w 


■ll^!J4^'^'^ 


^^./r/ 


ο, 


Ί 


-^^^  ^/s 


4    Wmiam  Μ.  Brooks,    t 


'V    /t' 


[S)~ieUlii^      Jtk^  :Ό  r. 


-■*      '^u  ~:Μ^' 


,JP. 


/n.    ^  -\- 


QfMl^-  A 


<i^. 


GEEEK-EiiGLISH  LEXICON, 


BASED  ON 


THE  GEEMAI  WORK  OF  EEAICIS  PASSO¥. 


HENRY  GEORGE  LIDDELL,  M,A, 

LATE   STUDENT  OF   CHRIST   CHURCH,   NOW  HEAD   MASTER  OF   WESTMINSTER  SCHOOL  J 


ROBERT  SCOTT,  M.A, 

PREBENDARY    OF    EXETER, 
SOME   TIME   STUDENT   OF   CHRIST   CHURCH,   AND   LATE    FELLOW  OF   BALLIOL  COLLEGE. 


WITH   CORRECTIONS    AND    ADDITIONS,   AND   THE   INSERTION   IN    ALPHABETICAL    ORDER     OF 
THE    PROPER    NAMES    OCCURRING    IN    THE    PRINCIPAL    GREEK    AUTHORS, 


BY  HENRY  DRISLER,  M.A., 

ADJUNCT  PBOFESSOE  OF  THE   GREEK  AND  LATIN  LANGUAGES  IN   COLUMBIA  COLLEGE,  NEW   ITOBK. 


HARPER    &   BROTHERS,    PUBLISHERS 

82    CLIFF    STUEET,    NEW    YORK. 
M.DCCC.XLVIir. 


Entered,  according  to  Act  of  Congress,  in  the  year  1S4G,  by 

Harper  &  Brothers, 
In  the  Clerk's  Office  of  the  Southern  District  of  New  York. 


TO 


CHARLES    ANTHON,    LL.D., 

PROFESSOR   OF   THE    GREEK  AND   LATIN    LANGUAGES    IN   COLUMBIA   COLLEGE, 

mxiH  2Folumc  is  most  rcsiJCctiuUs  JOcifCcatcii, 

AS    A   TOKEN    OF    ADMIRATION 

FOR    DISTINGUISHED    ABILITIES    ZEALOUSLY    AND    SUCCESSFULLY    DEVOTED    TO    THE 
ELEVATION    OF    CLASSICAL    LEARNING    IN    OUR    COUNTRY; 

A    TRIBUTE    OF    GRATITUDE 

FOR    INSTRUCTION    RECEIVED    IN    EARLIER    YEARS  ;    AND 

A   MEMORIAL   OF    FRIENDSHIP 

WHICH,   COMMENCING   IN  THE  RELATION   OF  PROFESSOR  AND   STUDENT,   HAS  EXISTED   UNBROKEN 
DURING    MANY    YEARS    OF    ALMOST    DAILY    INTERCOURSE, 

BY   HIS    PUPIL    AND    FRIEND, 

THE   EDITOR. 


2C4G9S8 


PREFACE    OF    THE    AMERICAN    EDITOR. 


It  is  with  feelings  of  satisfaction  that  the  editor  is  at  length  able  to  present  Messrs. 
Liddell  and  Scott's  enlarged  translation  of  Passow's  Greek-German  Lexicon  to  the 
American  public.  The  work  has  been  delayed  far  beyond  the  appointed  and  expected 
time  of  publication  by  unavoidable  causes :  the  editor's  public  duties  in  college  and 
school  occupying  six  hours  of  every  day,  apart  from  the  necessary  private  preparation 
for  those  duties,  did  not  allow  him  leisure  to  prepare  the  work  for  the  press  as  speedily 
as  was  first  intended,  consistently  with  that  degree  of  accuracy  which  it  has  been  his 
earnest  endeavor  to  attain. 

Of  the  work  itself  it  seems  scarcely  necessary  to  say  anything  in  commendation  ;  it 
needs  but  a  very  brief  comparison  with  either  of  the  Greek-English  Lexicons  now  in 
the  field,  to  convince  the  scholar  of  its  decided  superiority  in  point  of  arrangement, 
development  of  significations,  and  accuracy  of  quotation.  The  plan  pursued,  and  the 
materials  employed  in  constructing  this  Lexicon,  are  fully  detailed  in  the  preface  to  the 
English  edition,  to  which  the  reader  is  referred.  Adopting  Passow's  admirable  Lexicon 
as  the  basis  of  theirs,  and  carrying  out  the  principles  which  he  laid  down  for  his  own 
guidance,  the  English  editors,  by  their  own  reading,  by  the  aid  of  the  Paris  edition  of 
Stephen's  Thesaurus,  and  of  other  general  as  well  as  special  Lexicons,  have  produced 
a  Λvork,  which,  for  real  utility  and  general  accuracy,  now  stands,  and  will  be  likely 
long  to  be  without  a  rival  in  the  English  language.  It  presents  in  a  condensed  form 
the  results  of  the  indefatigable  researches  of  German  scholars,  who  have  for  some  years 
past  supplied  the  literary  world  with  what  is  most  valuable  in  this  as  in  every  other 
department  of  philology. 

From  its  first  appearance,  this  Lexicon  was  adopted  in  the  English  schools,  to  the 
almost  entire  exclusion  of  all  others,  received  the  stamp  of  public  approbation,  and 
was  awarded  the  palm  of  decided  superiority  over  the  only  other  Lexicons  of  equal 
pretensions  that  were  then  in  use  (Donnegan's  and  Dunbar's),  by  high  critical  authority, 
in  an  able  and  discriminating  article  in  the  Quarterly  Review,^  from  Λvhich  we  extract 
the  following  passages  : — "  In  speaking  of  Messrs.  Liddell  and  Scott's  Lexicon,  we  have 
awarded  it  the  praise  Avhich  we  think  it  deserves — we  have  shown  (we  hope)  satisfactorily 
its  superiority  over  its  rivals."*  Again,  "  This  great  principle"  (viz.  to  make  each  article 
a  histoiy  of  the  word  referred  to^),  "  the  only  sure  foundation  on  which  to  build  a  good 

Lexicon  of  the  Greek  language was  very  beautifully  exemplified  for  the  first  time 

in  Passow's  Lexicon — Donnegan  seems  to  have  disdained  it,  Dunbar  to  have  been 
ignorant  of  it  •*  Messrs.  Liddell  and  Scott  have  made  it  the  basis  of  their  work.  And 
the  consequence  is,  that  Passow's  Lexicon  was,  as  far  as  that  went,  admirable  ;  Donnegan's 
and  Dunbar's,  objectionable  and  mischievous  ;  Messrs.  Liddell's  and  Scott's,  excellent  and 
useful.  And  here  another  question  naturally  proposes  itself  to  us — Have  these  last  carried 
out  in  their  work  this  principle,  which  they  hold  forward  so  prominently  in  their  preface — 
have  they  constantly  kept  it  in  view,  and  regularly  acted  upon  it  1  We  have  examined 
their  Lexicon  with  great  care  and  patience,  as  well  with  regard  to  this  as  other  questions, 
and  we  answer  without  hesitation  that  they  do  appear  to  have  kept  constantly  in  vieAV  this 
great  fundamental  rule.""  Professor  Dunbar  himself,  the  editor  of  one  of  the  rival  Lexi- 
cons, testifies  to  the  value  of  Messrs.  Liddell  and  Scott's  labors  in  the  following  lano-uape  :'' 
— "  They  have  produced  a  good  Lexicon;  and,  notwithstanding  the  aid  they  received 
from  Passow,  their  additions  indicate  great  industry,  laborious  research,  general  accuracy, 

1  No.  CL.  for  March,  1845,  pp.  293-324 ;  to  this  the  245-258),  to  the  Quart.  Rev.,  he  exculpates  himself  from 
editor  is  indebted  for  some  corrections  of  errors  in  the  this  charge  on  the  ground  that  he  merely  edited  a  Lexi- 
Lexicon.  con,  put  into  his  hands  for  that  purpose,  which  was  infe- 

2  Quart.  Rev.  p.  318.  lior  to  the  one  adopted  by  Messrs.  L.  &  S.  as  the  basis 
'  "Vide  Preface  to  Eng.  Ed.  p.  xx.  of  theirs  ;  but  admits  its  correctness  with  regard  to  the 
*  It  is  but  justice  to  Prof.  Dunbar  to  mention  here,     Lexicon  itself 

that  in  his  reply,  in  the  Classical  Museum  (No.  IX.,  pp.         s  Quart.  Rev.,  p.  307.  ^  Class.  Museum,  p.  252, 


vi  AMERICAN  EDITOR'S  PREFACE. 

and  respectable  scholarship Their  work  proceetls  from  a  university  long  famed  for 

elegant  scholarship  and  high  pretensions,  whose  name  and  influence  may  he  suppostnl  to 

give  the  stamp  of  authority  to  cverytliing  that  emanates  from  it Ii  is  no  wonder, 

then,  that  their  volume  shfjuld  have  cleared  the  field  of  England  of  almost  all  its  com- 
petitors, supported,  as  it  may  he  supposed,  independent  of  its  merits,  by  many  scholars 
attached  to  the  ginius  /ot/."  But  apart  from  the  iniluenco  of  the  ^'  genius  loci,"  the 
substantial  merits  of  the  work,  drawn  as  it  has  been  carefully  and  laboriously  from  the 
best  German  sources,  and  embodying  tlie  lexicographical  discoveries  and  improvements 
of  German  critics  down  to  the  present  time,  entitle  it  to  the  fullest  confidence  of  the 
scholar,  and  the  same  reception  in  tliis  country,  that  it  has  already  obtained  in  England. 

Donnegan's  Lexicon,  notwithstanding  it  is  the  fashion  to  decry  it  as  utterly  worthless, 
having  been  drawn  in  a  great  measure,  especially  the  fourth  edition,  from  Passow's, 
contains  much  useful  matter,  but  the  absence  of  arrangement,  the  confusion  of  different 
significations,  erroneous  tpiotations  and  from  different  editions  of  the  same  author,  and 
the  blending  of  ditierent  articles  into  one,  or  giving  several  different  interpretations  to 
the  same  passage,  render  it  an  unsafe  guide  for  the  beginner,  while  to  the  Lcxicograjdier 
Donnegan's  sources  are  accessible  in  a  less  corrupt  form  ;  so  that,  though  much  of  his 
matter  is  valuable,  it  would  be  a  less  arduous  task  to  prepare  a  Lexicon  entirely  anew 
from  the  same  sources,  than  to  reproduce  his  Avork  in  a  fox'm  that  ΛνοηΜ  render  it  a  safe 
and  reliable  guide  to  the  youthful  student  of  Greek. 

Dunbar's  Lexicon  is,  in  some  resjiects,  open  to  the  same  charge  of  want  of  arrangement 
and  consistent  development  of  significations,  and  necessarily  so  ;  for  having  taken,  as  the 
basis  of  hio,  a  Lexicon'  that  was  originally  adapted  to  certain  authors  living  at  Avidely 
dificrent  periods,  which  could  not  therefore  be  expected,  and  was  not  intended  to  exhibit 
a  complete  or  systematic  view  of  the  Greek  language,  and  having  added  to  this  from  his 
own  reading,  generally  in  the  purest  authors  of  the  Attic  period,  and  fiOm  other  sources 
without  strict  regard  to  historic  arrangement,  he  has,  in  increasing  the  size  of  the  work, 
rendered  its  striking  and  fundamental  defects  (as  a  general  Lexicon)  more  glaring,  and 
more  difHcult  to  be  remedied.  These  radical  errors  have  been  avoided  or  obviated  in 
the  work  now  oflered  to  the  American  student,  partly  by  the  excellence  of  the  basis 
adopted  by  the  editors,  and  partly  by  their  own  care  and  diligence. 

It  remains  for  the  American  editor  now  to  state  Λvhat  he  has  attempted,  to  render  the 
book  more  acceptable  and  more  useful  to  the  youthful  students  of  Greek  among  us  (for 
for  such  chiefly  have  his  additions  been  designed),  and  to  justify  the  language  of  his 
title-page.  It  is  there  stated,  that  the  Lexicon  has  been  edited  "  with  corrections  and 
additions,  etc.,"  and,  to  show  that  this  statement  is  well  grounded,  a  few  of  the  correc- 
tions made  in  different  articles  are  given  below  f  and,  to  avoid  remark,  only  of  those 

1  Class.  Mus.,  p.  245 ;  and  Biog.  sketch  of  the  late  stance  mentioned  in  Ildt.  substitutes  νδρίαν  for 
Mr.  Pickering  in  the  Law  Reporter,  June,  1846,  p.  56.  ύγγος.                                                   t 

2  Articles  remaining  uncorrected  in  the  2d  English  ΰγελύρχης,  in  2d  ed.  ref  is  filled  up  to  Luc.  Amor.  22, 
edition,  which  have  been  corrected  in  the  American.  vvh.,  by  its  position,  is  incorrect,  the  word  being 
This  list  might  have  been  greatly  increased,  but  space  τανρος,  and  its  place  after  leader  of  a  herd. 

will  not  admit,  and  enough  arc  quoted  to  make  good  the  αγέλη  II.  the  editors  have  followed  Passow,  in  making 

assertion  of  the  title-page.  the  youths  remain  in  the  άγέ?.αι  to  the  age  of  17, 

ύΰτος,  2  articles  in  one,  v.  Buttm.  Lex.  s.  v.  while  Miiller,  whom  they  quote,  says  they  were  not 

άύω,  (2d.)  incorrect  as  theme  of  ύαται,  q.  v.,  and  enrolled  in  them  till  the  17th  year. 

Buttm.  Lex.  1.  c.  αγκύλη  II.  2,  is  not  the  leash,  but  something  on  it. 

ύβρότης,  the  first  ref.  to  Pind.  is  wrong,  both  being  άγκν/Μονς,  barbed,  incorrect  in  Q.  Sm.,  the  word  there 

in  fact  the  same  passage,  only  the  first  ref.  is  to  being  ΰρπη. 

Bockh's   lining,  the  2d  to  Ileyne's;  and  ref.  to  Eur.  αγωνίζομαι,  is  said  to  govern  the  dat.  in  Thuc.4,  87, 

wrong  also.     In  this  article  Donnegan's  materials  the  correct  constr.  is  given  under  II.  c.  inf 

are  much  better,  and  need  but  a  change  of  arrange-  ύγωνοθετέω  ref  to  Polyb.  in  that  connection  wrong. 

ment  to  be  correct.     It  is  not  often,  however,  that  άείρο  III.  Hdt.  I,  165  is  difTerent. 

this  praise  can  be  bestowed  on  his  Lexicon.  άερέβομαι,  all  the  forms  in  II.,  referred  to  here,  belong 

ύ)απ•άω  preferred  by  Hom.  to  ΰγαπάζυ ;  just  the  vinder  ήερέΟομαι. 

reverse,  as  Passow  correctly  .says.  άθήρεντος  in  Xen.  Cyr.  1.  c.  is  not  '=foreg.,'  as  is  evi- 

u>>of,  in  Hdt.  and  Eur.,  a  milk-pail ;  douBtful,  for  dent  from  the  connection  in  Xen. 

in  Hdt.  the  first  passage  refers  to  something  in  ΰθλίβήςλη  ^οηη.,Φνσίγναθος  m  Batr.  etc.,  wilh  wrong 

which  the  child  is  carried  by  the  herdsman,  and  quantities  from  Passow  ;  ΆβόηρΙτης,  right  in  Passow. 

afterwards  exposed,  and  so  in  Eur.  Ion,  where  it  άκαλ.ήςΐΐ.  ααύΰκολος=ίιθεσις  in  Strait. ;  1st  wrong,  2d 

\5=ύνή7ζηξ  1337-8,  and  in  the  other  pass,  of  Hdt.  right. 

it  IS  used  to  carry  water,  as  in  Eur.  El.  55,  where  γόον  under  γούω  impf.,  in  its  own  order  2  aor. 

Electra,  reduced  to  he  a  peasant's  wife,  with  her  Δαναίόης  in  Hes.  Sc.  229  (not  Ααναΐύαις),  is  not  from 

ΰ-,-,ος  on  her  head,  is  directed  by  the  peasant  to  Αηνηός  as  here  stated,  but  from  Αανύη,  the  line  com- 

the  fountains  ;  it  is  true  a  milk-pail  might  be  used  mencing  Τϊερσενς  ΑηναιόηΓ. 

for  this  purpose,  but  Ael.  relating  the  circum-  διεϊδον  and  όίοιόα  confounded ;  the  expl.  of  Eur.  Med. 


AMERICAN  EDITOR'S  PREFACE.  vii 

that  remain  uncoirected  in  the  2d  English  edition.  The  additions  speak  for  themselves ; 
they  occur  on  almost  every  page,  and  are  distinguished  from  the  rest  of  the  w^oi'k  by  an 
obelisk.^  This  api)lies  in  the  first  half  of  the  volume  only  to  entire  articles.  It  was  the 
editor's  desire  at  the  outset  to  use  some  special  mark  to  indicate  at  a  glance  his  own 
additions ;  but  at  the  request  of  the  publishers,  partly  from  a  fear  that  the  constant  inser- 
tion of  these  mai'ks  \vould  disfigure  the  book,  and  partly  because  Messrs.  Liddell  and 
Scott  had  not  so  distinguished  their  contributions  from  Passow's,  this  was  dispensed  with. 
The  editor,  however,  claimed  the  privilege  of  enumerating,  at  the  end  of  the  preface, 
the  words  that  had  been  added,  as  well  as  those  that  had  been  enlaro-ed  or  altered,  so 
that  both  here  and  abroad  it  might  be  known  what  changes  had  been  made,  Avithout 
the  necessity  of  comparing  the  two  editions  throughout. 

The  Avork  proceeded  in  this  way  as  far  as  the  end  of  A,  Avhen  the  2d  Eno-lish  edition 
appeared.'  On  a  comparison  of  his  labors  with  those  of  the  English  editors,  the 
American  editor  Avas  gratified  to  find  that  in  very  many  cases  they  had  made  the  same 
alterations,  added  the  same  references,  enlarged  the  same  articles,  and  inserted  the 
same  omitted  words.  In  making  these,  however,  though  the  meaning  was  nea7-ly  the 
same,  the  language  employed  to  express  this  meaning  was  generally  somewhat  different. 
In  regard  to  amount  the  editor  behoves  that  the  additions  of  new  articles  and  forms  are 
as  numerous  in  the  American  as  in  the  2d  English  edition,  and  so  of  articles  enlaro-ed 
in  the  first  part,  where  he  had  more  time  for  research ;  but  in  the  progress  of  the  Λvork 
the  English  editors  (who  have  added  and  connected  comparatively  very  little  in  the  early 
part)  increase  the  number  of  their  additions  of  new  Avords  and  of  improvements  of  arti- 
cles already  in  their  lexicon.  As  this  enlargement  seemed  to  continue  in  the  same  pro- 
portion after  A,  and  as  the  editor  on  comparing  his  corrections  and  alterations  in  this 
portion  found  most  of  them  anticipated  abroad,  it  enabled  him  to  comjily  with  the  earnest 

518  is  right  under  oioLOa,  but  ref.  wrong,  which  expl.  many  of  the  same  nature  ;  to  save  room  a  few  more  may- 
is  out  of  place  in  όίείδον,  but  ref  correct.  be  quoted,  and  the  two  editions  compared  for  the  cor- 

'Έ.λληςτΐοντιάς  in  Ath.  is  not  '^caught  in  the  H.,"  but  an  rections — ύγκών  II.,  άγ/.ννκης — ύημι,  &c.,  so  Ζεόνρί- 

adj.  agreeing  with  θύ?.ασσα.  -ης,  ήερόφοιτος,  θεΠ  in  voc.  should  be  θετΐ — θηβαί 

έ-ί'ηώ?,ησις  is  not  part  of  II.  8,  but  of  4.  — Ίταλίώτης—κό/.αξ in  Ar.  Vesp.— Αί/ζ;?ρά  in.  Epidau- 

ερνος,  gen.  ατός,  appears  to  be  without  auth.  for  this  gen.  rus — 'Με/.ίαι—ΙΙηνε?.07τη,  &c. 

ενπηκτος,  in  Theocr.  1,  128,  has  nothing  to  do  with  i  The  editor  has  used  this  mark  t  because  the  (    )  and 

"  cheese ;"  iiisihere  εϋπάκτοίο  καρώ.  [    ]  were   already  employed   for    a  diBerent    purpose. 

Ιος=εΙς  in  II.  6,  422  only  in  masc.  in  dat.  sing.,  and  so  When  the  mark  t  stands  at  the  beginning  of  an  article 

in  all  the  Lexicons ;  but  in  this  passage  it  is  dat.  neut.  and  is  not  followed  by  another,  the  entire  article  has 

agreeing  with  ίιματι,  and  no  example  of  masc.  oc-  been  added  by  the  Am.  editor ;  when  this  t  stands  at  the 

curs  :  (for  this  the  editor  is  indebted  to  Prof.  Anthon,  beginning,  or  in   the  body  of  an  article  followed  by  an- 

who  has  corrected  the  oversight  of  the  Lexicons  in  other  t,  then  the  part  included  between  the  marks  has 

the  glossary  to  the  new  edition  of  his  Homer,  soon  about  been  added  by  him;  and  finally  when  this  mark  stands 

to  appear).  in  the  body  of  an  article  not  followed  by  another  t,  the 

And  so  in  different  parts  of  the  work  the  editor  has  noted  part  from  the  t  to  the  end  is  his  addition. 

*  Extract  from  the  Advertisement  to  the  Second  Edition  : — 

"  The  unexpected  rapidity  Avith  which  our  First  Edition  has  been  sold,  has  pre\'ented 
us  from  improving  the  Second  so  much  as  we  had  hoped.  Those  \vhose  studies  are 
confined  to  the  best  and  earliest  authors  will  observe,  perhaps,  but  little  alteration. 

"  Nevertheless  a  good  deal  has  been  effected.  ΛΥβ  have  gone  over  the  whole  Λ-ery 
carefully,  correcting  errors,  adding  authorities,  completing  references  where  before  only 
the  author's  name  was  found,  and  inserting  the  words  of  the  passage  referred  to  more 
fully  when  this  seemed  useful  or  instructive.  The  Contents  of  the  Volume  have  been 
much  increased  ;  yet  a  slight  enlargement  of  the  page,  and  a  more  rigid  economy  of 
space,  have  enabled  us  to  comprise  it  within  almost  the  same  number  of  sheets. 

"  Our  chief  aid  in  these  improvements  has  been  Pape's  Lexicon,  which  was  only  in 
progress  when  we  published  our  former  Edition  (see  p.  xix).  It  is  a  copious  and  valua- 
ble work,  but  is  disfigured  by  countless  false  references,  partly  from  inadvertence,  but 
still  more  from  the  easy  way  in  which  the  Author  has  borrowed  his  references,  without 
verification.* 

"  \Ve  have  to  thank  a  great  many  friends  for  additions,  corrections,  and  suggestions. ' 
We  hope  they  will  continue  their  good  offices  \  as,  without  such  cooperation,  ultimate 
accuracy  cannot  be  looked  for.  May,  1845." 

*  \Ve  have  a  multitude  before  us,  for  we  kept  a  more  or  less  faithful  register  of  those  we  detected.  Mr.  Pape's  way  of 
writing  3,  3,  8  must  be  ditRcult  to  distinguish,  or  the  printers  must  have  put  one  for  the  other  with  very  little  care.  The  same 
may  be  said  of  1  and  4. 


viJi  AMERICAN  EDITOR'S  PREFACE. 

ami  fretiucntly  expressed  wishes  of  the  Publishers,  to  proceed  more  rapidly  with  the 
printing  of  the  work.  Accordingly  he  revised  the  portion  that  had  not  been  already 
stereotyped,  from  Αητοίδ>]ς,  by  tlie  2Λ  English  edition,  and  made  it  conform  as  far  as 
possible  to  that,  assigning  to  the  English  editors  what  they  had  corrected  or  altered  in 
this  part,  and  claiming  nothing  as  his  own,  though  previously  inserted  by  him,  that  liad 
been  anticipated  by  tliem. 

Abandoning  from  this  point  all  further  collection  of  new  materials,  the  editor  confined 
himself  to  the  insertion  of  the  Proper  names,  merely  comparing  his  previous  gleanings 
with  the  new  copy,  and  inserting  only  where  such  matter  had  not  been  noted  at  all 
in  the  original  \vork.  Here  too  he  connnenced  distinguishing,  by  the  mark  referred  to 
above,  all  his  own  additions,  intending  on  a  revision  of  the  first  part  to  make  the  same 
distinction  there  ;  this,  however,  was  found  impossible  in  the  case  of  simple  additions  or 
alterations,  but  has  been  everywhere  prefixed  to  entire  articles  inserted  by  the  editor : 
accordingly,  to  enable  those  who  feel  an  interest  in  the  matter  to  turn  at  once  to  the 
additions,  and  to  })revent  Messi's.  Liddell  and  iScott  from  being  exposed  even  to  the  risk 
of  unmerited  censure,  the  editor  has  collected  at  the  end  of  the  j)reface  (p.  xiv.  sqq.)  all 
those  words  to  which  additions  have  been  made  in  the  Amcncan  edition  not  distinguished 
from  the  rest  by  any  mark ;  this  does  not  include  those  to  which  refcreJices  have  been 
filled  up,  where  the  English  work  omitted  the  authority  altogether,  or  merely  quoted  the 
author's  name;  these  are  very  numerous,  especially  in  the  earlier  portion  of  the  work. 

To  have  I'eset  the  entire  first  half  would  have  been  protluctive  of  too  great  delay,  as 
well  as  too  expensive ;  the  first  32  pages  however  have  been  reprinted  from  the  2d  edition, 
and  in  these  ci'edit  has  been  given  to  the  English  editors  for  those  additions  and 
coiTections  which  had  been  simultaneously  made  by  both,  while  the  American  editor's 
additional  matter  is  distinguished  here  also  from  theirs  by  the  insertion  of  the  obelisk. 
In  the  remaining  portion  from  p.  32  to  p.  853  the  editor  compared  the  reprint  \vith  the 
2d  English  edition,  correcting  such  errors  as  Λvere  detected,  and  making  such  alterations 
as  could  be  comprised  in  the  same  space,  where  necessary.  New  words  could  not  be 
inserted,  nor  could  additions  be  made  to  given  articles ;  new  references  could  be  intro- 
duced only  where  spare  was  left  at  the  end  of  a  paragraph,  and  these  have  been  chiefly 
from  Aristotle.  In  making  this  comparison,  if  an  addition  of  the  editor  seemed  greatly 
inferior  to  the  corresponding  one  in  the  English  edition,  \vhen  a  change  could  be  made, 
credit  was  given  to  the  English  edition  for  this  by  not  inserting  the  editor's  mark,  as  in 
έττιδονέω.  Very  frequently,  however,  it  happened  that  in  the  two  editions  different 
words  were  added,  that  is,  a  new  article  in  the  American  was  not  in  the  2d  English,  and 
reversely.  In  this  perplexing  and  laborious  process  it  may  occasionally  hapjien  that  a 
word  of  translation,  or  reference  to  an  author,  may  have  been  included  Λvithin  the  editor's 
marks,  though  already  in  the  work,  and  again  a  signification  or  explanation  introduced 
by  the  editor  may  not  have  been  so  claimed,  and  may  seem  to  pass  under  the  authority 
of  the  English  editors;  if  so,  it  has  not  been  intentional,  and  could  scarcely  be  avoided 
in  so  great  a  immber.  Such  corrections  and  alterations  will  be  instantly  made  when- 
ever ascertained.  References  to  authors  however,  and  to  particular  passages  as  stated 
above,  have  not  been  alluded  to  in  the  Appendix  to  this  Preface  ; — they  have  all  been 
verified  and  are  believed  to  be  generally  correct;  in  another  edition  this  distinction  (it 
is  hoped)  can  be  fully  made. 

Now  \vith  regard  to  the  additions  of  common  words,  and  the  plan  pursued  by  the 
editor  in  making  these.  Few  scholars,  perhaps  none,  are  so  intimately  acquainted  with 
the  genius  of  the  Greek  language  as  to  be  able,  by  the  aid  of  an  index,  however  com- 
jilete,  to  turn  to  detached  passages,  and  aiTive  at  the  correct  explanation  of  a  given 
word  or  passage.  The  train  of  thought  running  through  the  previous  portion  f)f  the 
work  frequently  modifies  or  gives  force  to  an  expression,  which  cannot  be  gleaned  from 
the  isolated  passage  under  consideration  ;  and  it  may  safely  be  asserted  that  the  only 
mode  of  preparing  an  accurate  and  reliable  Greek  Lexicon  is  by  perusing  the  Greek 
authors  continuously  (in  the  order  laid  down  in  the  Summary),  and  noting  their  pecu- 
liarities, as  Passow  has  done  for  Homer  and  Hesiod ;  or  else,  in  the  mode  adopted  by 
Freund  for  the  early  Latiti  writers,  by  compiling,  from  actual  perusal,  special  Lexica  oi 
th«  separate  authors,  and  then  combinin<r  them  himself  into  a  systematized  whole.  As 
the  printing  of  this  Lexicon  commenced  immediately  aitei'  the  copy  was  put  into  the 
editor's  hands,  he  of  course  could  not  expect  to  improve  the  work  by  the  addition  of  any 
class  of  writings ;  besides,  his  time  was  limited  :  the  best  portion  of  the  day  was  Λvholly 
occupied  with  laborious  professional  duties,  and  he  had,  therefore,  only  the  evenings  and 
mornings  to  devote  to  the  Lexicon.     This  scanty  allowance  of  time,  with  the  tedious 


AMERICAN  EDITOR'S  PREFACE.  ix 

duty  of  proof-reading,  which  fell  almost  entirely  on  himself/  afforded  him  little  opportu- 
nity for  much  systematic  and  continuous  reading.  Ho\\'ever,  he  has  endeavoured  to 
accomplish  something  in  this  respect,  believing  that  the  correction  of  eriors  and  verifica- 
tion of  assertions  advance  the  cause  of  science,  as  well  as  the  accumulation  of  new  mate- 
rials, and  are  more  useful  than  the  repetition  of  unauthenticated  statements  from  previous 
writers. — As  Messrs.  Liddell  and  Scott  had  omitted  in  their  course  of  reading  the  Lvric 
poets  contained  in  Gaisford's  Poetae  Minores,  relying  on  Passow's  previous  labours, 
which,  though  accurate  and  extensive,  had  still  left  gleanings  sufficient  to  repay  a  subse- 
quent gatherer,  the  editor  began  Avith  these  in  chronological  order,  comparing  Gaisford's 
with  the  more  complete  collection  of  Bergk,  and  with  Schneidewin's,  and  inserting  in  the 
Lexicon  Λvords  or  significations  omitted,  and  earlier  i-eferences  to  particular  forms  or 
usages,  which  latter  class  of  additions  Λvas  most  numerous.  In  the  reference  to  these 
poets  Gaisford's  collection  is  always  intended,  except  in  the  cases  where  particular  edi- 
tions are  mentioned  in  the  list  of  authors,  or  the  word  is  not  given  in  Gaisford  :  then, 
the  reference  is  to  these  editions,  or  to  Bergk's ;  and  when  this  is  done,  it  is  indicated 
by  appending  the  letters  Bgk.  to  the  quotation.  In  the  course,  too,  of  college  duty,  and 
private  reading  apart  from  this,  the  editor  went  over  portions  of  Aristophanes,  Euripides, 
Xenophon  (who,  of  the  Attic  authors,  seem  to  have  been  least  carefully  examined  by  the 
Oxford  editors),  and  Theocritus,  from  all  of  \vhom  additions  have  been  made  to  the  Lexi- 
con. And  here  it  may  be  stated,  as  one  great  merit  of  the  plan  cairied  out  by  Messrs. 
Liddell  and  Scott  from  Passow,  that  additions  can  thus  be  made  to  their  Lexicon  from 
authors  of  different  periods  without  producing  that  confusion  alluded  to  in  the  notice  above 
taken  of  Professor  Dunbar's  Lexicon,  because,  being  arranged  chronologically,  every 
period  has  its  appropriate  place,  and  \vords  from  earlier  or  later  authors  fall  naturally 
and  consistently  into  this  without  marfing  the  symmetry  of  the  whole. 

The  most  numerous  additions,  however,  to  this  part  of  the  Lexicon,  have,  from  the 
nature  of  the  case,  been  drawn  fr-om  other  lexicons.  Especially  ΛνοηΜ  the  editor  make 
the  fullest  acknowledgment  of  his  indebtedness  to  the  Paris  edition  of  Stephen's  Thesau- 
rus,''Pape's  Greek-German  Lexicon,  Rost  and  Palm's  new  edition  of  Passow  [Α—Έργομαι), 
Jacobitz  and  Seller's  Greek-German  Lexicon  (A-0),  the  special  lexicons  referred  to 
on  p.  xix,  and,  in  addition,  Damm's  (ed.  by  Rost)  to  Homer,  Crusius'  to  Homer  (with 
review  by  Ameis  in  Neue  Jahrbiich.,  v.  37,  pp.  243-288),  Linwood's  to  Aeschylus, 
Matthiae's  to  Euripides  (Α-Γ),  Schleusner's  to  LXX.,  Wahl's  Clavis  N.  T.  (3d  edition, 
Leipzig,  1843,  4to),  compared  with  Wilke's  (Dresden,  1841,  2  vols.  8vo)  and  Rose's 
Parkhurst,  Schmid's  Concordance  to  N.  T.  edited  by  Bruder  (Leipzig,  1841,  4to),  and 
the  indexes  of  the  editions  referred  to  in  the  catalogue.  Besides  these,  the  editor  has 
occasionally  consulted  Donnegan's,  Planche's,  and  Dunbar's'  Lexicons  :  of  the  first  two 
he  has  made  little  use  ;  but,  as  they  are  intended  for  the  same  object,  he  felt  bound  to 
refer  to  them,  since  it  would  have  been  singular  indeed  if,  in  so  vast  a  variety  of  subjects, 
there  were  no  one  point  on  which  they  might  not  have  been  more  accurate  or  more  full 
than  the  Oxford  Passow;  and  such  has  been  found  to  be  the  case,  though  the  editor 
has  never  taken  aught  from  them  without  verification  elsewhere ;  while  of  the  last- 
mentioned,  except  the  excellent  apj^endix  of  scientific  terms,  he  has  made  no  use,  for  a 
different  reason ;  the  only  article  taken  from  Dunbar's  Greek-Ejiglish  Lexicon,  that  the 
editor  is  aware  of,  is  άγκαθεν,  and  this  is  credited  to  Professor  Dunbar  as  being  an 
addition  of  his  own.  For  another  class  of  words,  greatly  increased  in  number  for  the  benefit 
of  younger  students,  the  tense-forms,  etc.,  of  irregular  verbs,  the  editor  is  indebted  to 
Buttmann's  Catalogue  of  Irregular  A^erbs  translated  by  Mr.  Fishlake,  the  list  of  these  %"erbs 
in  Lobeck's  edition  of  Buttmann's  Greek  Grammar,  and  particularly  to  Carmichael's 
copious  and  excellent  work  on  the  same  subject.*  From  these  sources  then,  but  prin- 
cipally from  the  Thesaurus,  Pape,  and  Rost  and  Palm,  has  the  editor  derived  his 
additions  of  common  words  to  the  Lexicon,  but  he  has  always  verified  the  reference, 
and  made  the  translation  from  the  original  Greek,  and  not  from  the  Latin  or  German 
of  these  Lexicons,  except  in  the  case  of  a  few  later  authors,  as  Philo  Judaeus,  the 
Geoponica,  Oracula  Sibyllina,  Philostratus,  Clemens  of  Alexandrea,  and  a  portion  of 
Oppian  and  Xicander. 

ι  The  editor  was  subsequently  in  a  measure  relieved  saw  it  noticed  in  the  Quart.  Rev.  p.  299  ;  of  this  (2d  ed.) 

of  this  laborious  duty,  v.  Preface,  p.  xiv.  he  has  not  been  able  to  make  any  use  whatever. 

=*  Thirty-two  Nos.,  Α-Παραλ-,  omitting  certain  por-  *  This  work,  which  is  very  useful  for  the  actual  verbal 

tions.  forms,  has  been,  as  the  editor  learns,  reprinted  in  this 

3  Dunbar's  Lex.  1st  edition,  Edinb.  1840  ;  the  editor  country,  but  in  a  mutilated  condition,  and  without  due 

was  not  aware  of  a  2d  edition  having  appeared  until  he  credit  being  assigned  to  the  author. 


χ  AMERICAN  EDITOR'S  PREFACE. 

The  chief  improvement  (for  such  the  editor  believes  it  to  be),  however,  will  be  seen 
at  a  glance  to  consist  in  the  "  insertion  in  alphabetical  order  of  the  Proper  names 
occurring  in  the  principal  Greek  authoi-s."  His  own  experience  as  a  teacher  had 
made  him  feel  veiy  sensibly  the  want  of  some  such  aid  for  the  pupils  under  his  charge ; 
and,  on  communicating  his  intention,  when  recjuested  to  edit  this  Lexicon,  to  older 
and  more  experienced  teachers,  he  was  glad  to  find  that  their  views  in  this  respect 
coincided  witli  his  own.  The  Proper  names  are  a  portion  of  the  Greek  language, 
subject  to  similar  laws  of  composition,  denvation,  and  inilection  to  the  other  words  of  the 
language  ;  frequently,  too,  they  are  the  oldest'  or  only  existing  forai  of  some  regular 
Greek  substantive,  or  adjective,  the  use  of  which  in  the  common  language  may  be  found 
in  some  yet  unedited  production,  and  as  such,  are  necessary  to  the  full  develo}>ment 
of  the  language.  This  princi])l(;  has  long  been  admitted  and  acted  upon  in  Latin 
Lexicography ;  it  is  taken  as  lully  established  by  Freuud  in  his  recent  copious  and 
valuable  Lexicon,  and  is  adopted  in  the  reissue  of  Passow's  Greek  Lexicon  by  Host, 
Palm,  and  Kreussler.  The  propriety  of  introducing  them  into  a  Greek  Lexicon  is 
admitted,  too,  by  Pape,  who  adopts,  hoΛvever,  a  different  arrangement,  which  is,  giving 
them  in  a  separate  form  as  an  apj)endix  to  his  other  Lexicon  ;  but  a  great  objection  to 
this  mode  is  the  difficulty,  nay  almost  impossibility  of  determining  what  derivatives  shall 
be  assigned  to  the  Common  and  what  to  the  Proper  portion,  and  the  great  inconve- 
nience arising  therefrom  in  the  constant  reference  from  one  to  the  other.  Besides  it 
breaks  up  the  connection  between  the  two  portions,  which  is  exhibited  when  they  follow 
in  al])habetical  order  in  the  same  volume.  This  difficulty  has  been  felt  by  the  Oxford 
editors,  and  they  have  had  to  act  very  arbitrarily  in  the  admission  or  rejection  of  such 
words  ;  while  in  their  Lexicon  the  force  of  a  derivative  is  frequently  lost  from  the 
primitive  proper  name  not  being  exhibited  in  the  connection. 

On  this  head,  as  on  all  others  relating  to  Greek  Lexicography,  Passow's  example  and 
authority  ought  to  be  of  great  weight  :  he  says,^  "  But  we  ought  to  speak  here  chiefly  of 

the  admission  of  Proper  names,  mytho-historical  and  geographical As  regard» 

the  admission  of  these,  and  their  complete  enumeration,  I  have  expressed  my  reasons  for 
this  course  in  my  work,  Ueber  Zweck  und  Anlagc  Griechischer  Worterb.  [2),  pag.  21, 
and  I  have  sti-engthcned  these  in  my  Greek  Lexicon,  first  part,  pag.  xi,  4th  edit.  I  now 
repeat  them  the  less  fully,  because  Hermann,  Opusc.  2,  p.  223,  has  expressed  himself  on 
this  subject  in  the  most  peremptory  manner.  It  is  for  this  reason,  that,  as  I  agree  fully 
with  the  principles,  so  do  I  Avish  to  see  them  developed  more  consistently  in  the  contin- 
uation of  the  work." — Further  he  says,^  "Both  geographical  and  histoiical  names  (jught 
to  be  admitted,  but  there  should  not  be  given,  as  in  Forcellini  and  Schellcr,  comprehen- 
sive geographical  or  mytho-historical  information,  for  this  lies  entirely  beyond  the 
limits  of  a  Lexicon  ;  in  this  only  the  relation  of  the  individual  word  to  the  language 
ought  to  be  indicated.  Of  geographical  words,  therefore,  nothing  ought  to  be  stated, 
further  than  whether  the  Avord  indicate  a  country,  a  city,  a  river,  a  mountain,  etc.,  and 
to  \vhat  part  of  Greece  it  belongs,  because  the  character  of  the  race  had  an  actual  influ- 
ence on  the  formation  and  the  usage  of  the  words.  So  of  names  of  persons  ;  whetiier 
they  indicate  a  man  or  woman,  a  freeman  or  slave,  of  what  Grecian  tribe,  and  of  what 

period If  any  one  now  ask,  what  is  gained  for  lexicography  by  this  procedure,  we 

answer,  what  is  sought  to  be  gained  chiefly  by  a  critical  Lexicon,  that  one  may  survey  the 
language  in  all  its  formations  and  creations."  To  these  remarks  of  the  illustrious  lexicogra- 
pher we  subjoin  the  decisive  words  of  Hermann  :■*  "  In  our  opinion  tlu-se  (p7-(»per  names)  arc 
least  of  all  to  be  neglected,  not  only  on  account  of  the  forms  Avhich  cither  they  tliemsclves, 
or  else  their  derivatives,  have  most  worthy  of  mention,  but  also  because  a  large  pcntion  of 
these  names  are  by  far  the  earliest  monuments  of  the  ancient  language  of  the  Greeks." 

The  editor  has  gone  somewhat  beyond  what  Passow  lays  down  for  his  own  guidance, 
in  his  account  of  individuals  (indicating  here  also  the  portion  of  Greece,  etc.,  to  which 
they  belonged,  and  generally  the  occupation  of  each),  and  occasionally  also  of  towns ; 
commonly  merely  pointing  out  their  situation,  unless  some  derivative  reipiired  a  particu- 
lar fact  to  be  stated  respecting  them,  in  order  to  explain  fully  the  allusion  in  the  deriva- 
tive, or  else  some  peculiarity  of  form  or  quantity  required  further  notice  :  sometimes,  in 

1  Vide  Άδύμας,  'Χγασθενής,  ' Κγάστροφος,  etc.  ^  In  the  preface  to  his  Greek  Lexicon  quoted  above. 

2  Article  de  M.  Passow  sur  la  premiere  livraison  du  <  In  his  "  Censura  novae  editionis  The.«aurl  Stepha- 
Tresor  de  la  langue  grecque,  insere  dans  les  Annales  de  niani"  i.  e.  Valpy's  London  edition,  reprinted  in  his 
critique  litteraire  de  Berlin.  (Nos.  89,  90, 91,  de  I'annee  Opuscula,  vol.  2,  pp.  217-251;  the  extract  is  on  p. 
1831 ),  prelixed  by  M.  Didot  to  the  1st  vol.  fasc.  3d  of  the  223. 

Paris  Thesaurus,  p.  v. 


AMERICAN  EDITOR'S  PREFACE.  xi 

the  case  of  important  places,  the  modern  name  has  been  added.  For  further  particulars 
the  student  should  consult  a  Classical  Dictionary,  as  this  is  not  designed  to  supersede 
the  necessity  of  consulting  such  a  work  on  all  these  points ;  but,  while  the  student  should 
refer  to  the  Classical  Dictionary  for  historical  and  geographical  information,  it  does  not 
render  the  insertion  of  the  Greek  forms  in  an  ordinary  Lexicon  less  necessary  ;  for, 
apart  from  the  reasons  assigned  above  by  Passow  and  Hermann,  which  require  these  to 
be  included  for  a  complete  development  of  the  language,  the  youthful  student  will  not 
find  elsewhere  the  information  of  which  he  constantly  stands  in  need — the  mode  of  inflec- 
tion and  the  derivatives  of  such  words.  Dr.  Anthon's  Classical  Dictionary,  the  one  now 
chiefly  in  use  in  schools,  though  an  excellent  work,  professes  on  the  title-page  to  give  an 
account  merely  of  the  principal  names,  and  does  not,  as  a  general  rule,  add  the  Greek 
forms,  while  the  new  "  Biographical  and  Mythological  Dictionary,"  edited  by  Dr.  Smith, 
of  larger  size  and  greater  pretensions,  though  it  admits  the  Greek  form  of  Greek  names 
after  the  Roman  form,  gives  no  clue  to  their  inflection  or  composition  ;  and  it  omits  also 
several  classes  of  words  which  are  requisite  for  the  full  development  of  this  portion  of 
the  language,  namely,  Greek  forms  of  foreign  names  used  by  Greek  writers,  foreign 
words  introduced  into  the  Greek  language  ;'  as  a  general  rule,  patronymics,  and  gentile 
appellations,  even  from  the  earliest  writers,  and  minor  points  of  prosody,^  correctly  and 
properly  enough,  because  this  belongs  to  the  pi-ovince  of  Greek  lexicography,  and  lies 
beyond  the  scope  of  a  Classical  Dictionary  ;  besides,  but  a  few  numbers  of  this  were  pub- 
lished when  the  editor  began  his  labours,  and  geographical  articles  are  entirely  excluded. 
These  are  the  grounds  on  which  the  editor  has  admitted  the  proper  names  into  the 
body  of  the  Lexicon — it  is  for  others  to  decide  whether  correctly  or  not.  He  has 
endeavoured  to  give  a  pretty  accurate  account  of  those  occurring  in  the  early  Epic  and 
Lyric  poets,  historians,  orators,  and  the  Scenic  poets ;  from  later  writers  he  has  given  a 
very  copious  list,  but  not  completely  ;  and  in  the  whole  of  this  portion  of  his  work  he 
desires  to  render  the  fullest  acknowledgment  to  Pape's  Lexicon.''  This  volume  he 
has  followed  throughout,  not  slavishly,  for  it  is  liable  to  the  same  charge  as  the  other 
portion  of  his  work — erroneous  references  and  typographical  errors.  Dr.  Pape,  though 
he  has  evidently  gathered  materials  from  all  quarters  most  laboriously — in  fact,  as  every 
page  proves — appears,  nevertheless,  to  have  taken  Crusius'  Manual  for  his  basis,  and 
very  frequently  makes  the  same  erroneous  reference  that  that  work  contains,  especially 
in  Aristophanes,  substituting  one  play  for  another,  or  referring  merely  to  the  author 
without  quoting  the  passage.  Crusius'  work  is  one  of  considerable  labour,  and  deserves 
praise  for  what  it  effected  ;  but  it  is  very  faulty  in  references.  In  Pape's  work,  too,  the 
refei"ences,  in  the  case  of  all  the  Scenic  poets  and  the  Attic  orators,  ai'e  to  different 
editions  from  those  used  by  Messrs.  Liddell  and  Scott;  for  the  sake  of  uniformity  of 
reference,  and  the  convenience  of  those  using  this  work,  the  editor  has  adapted  them  to 
the  editions  as  quoted  in  the  list  of  authors.  This  was  a  tedious,  laborious,  and  time- 
consuming  task,  but  one  that  Avas  necessary,  if  the  editor  wished  to  discharge  his  duty 
aright.  He  has,  besides,  always  verified  the  references  to  the  earlier  winters,  and  very 
frequently,  but  not  always,  to  those  of  later  date.  In  the  correction  and  enlargement 
of  this  portion  of  the  work,  in  addition  to  Pape's  Lexicon,  which  (except  in  the  case  of 
Inscriptions  and  very  late  writers)  he  has  incorporated  almost  entire,  he  has  derived 
materials  from  Crusius'  Worterhuch  der  Eigennamen,  Dr.  Anthon's  Classical  Dictionary, 
Dr.  Smith's  Biographical  and  Mythological  Dictionary  (of  this  only  a  few  numbers  were 
available),  Davis's  (!)  Index  to  Herodotus  (London,  1S29),  Midler's  historical  wi-itings 
(with  the  maps  in  the  English  translation),  Cramer's  Greece,  Italy,  and  Asia  Minor  (with 
maps),  Kiepert's  Atlas  von  Hellas  (les  and  2es  Heft),  D'Anville's  Atlas,  the  Ancient  maps 
of  the  Society  for  the  Difllision  of  Useful  Knowledge,  Bischoft'and  Moller's  Wurterbuch 
der  Geographie,  Sickler's  Handbuch  der  Alten  Geographie,  TJckert's  and  Forbiger's 
treatises  on  the  same  subject,  Leake's  Morea  and  Northern  Greece,  Ainsworth's  "  Travels 
in  the  Track  of  the  Ten  Thousand,"  Thirlwall's,  Mitford's,  AVachsmnth's,  and  Heeren's 
historical  works,  Ersch  and  Gruber's  Allgemeine  Encyclopiidie,  C.  F.  Hei'mann's  Polit. 
Antiqq.,  Winer's  Biblisches  Real-Worterbuch  (2d  ed.  Leipzig,  1833)  ;  the  notes  and 
indexes  to  editions  of  classical  authors,  particularly  the  excellent  and  copious  index  to 
Groskurd's  German  translation  of  Strabo,  comprising  the  4th  volume,  and  the  indexes 
to  Didot's  "  Bibliotheca  Graeca,"  and  other  woi-ks  referred  to  under  separate  articles. 

1  Vide  Freund's  Preface  to  his  Latin  Lexicon,  p.  xi,  3  Worterhuch  der  Griechischen  Eigennamen  ;   drit- 
for  his  views  on  this  subject.  ter    Band   des     Handworterbuchs    der     Griechischen 

2  Compare  on  1st  page  A'baris  with  Άβαρις  in  Gr.  Sprache. 
Lex. ;  Άγαθίας,  etc. 


χϋ  AMERICAN  EDITOR'S  PREFACE 

The  editor  has  been  thus  particular  in  enumerating  the  sources  from  which  he  has 
drawn,  from  a  desire  of  assigning  full  credit  to  all  from  whom  he  has  taken,  and  because 
he  feels  deeply  sensible  of  his  own  deficiencies  in  so  vast  a  field  as  this,  and  of  the  necessity 
of  having  access  to  accurate  sources  of  information  to  produce  anything  useful  or  valuable; 
and  to  those  from  whom  he  has  drawn  he  is  willing  to  attribute  the  full  credit,  if  there 
be  anything  here  stated  more  accurately  or  more  fully  than  in  works  hitherto  accessible 
to  American  students,  satisfied,  in  this  his  first  appearance  before  the  public  in  his  own 
name,  if  he  has  been  the  means  of  collecting  into  one  body  information  from  many  diflerent 
quarters  for  the  benefit  of  those  for  whom  his  exertions  have  been  chiefly  employed.  The 
editor,  howevei•,  may  be  allowed  to  express  the  hope  that,  by  industriously  pursuing  the 
course  marked  out  for  his  future  labours  in  this  department — a  course  upon  which  he  has 
already  entered — he  may  hereafter  be  able  to  contribute  his  mite  to  the  advancement  of 
that  branch  of  philology  to  Λvhich  he  expects  to  devote  the  best  years  of  his  life.  Ample 
room  is  still  left  for  generations  yet  to  come  in  this  department  of  learning  :  the  Lyric 
poets  require  to  be  re-read  carefully,  Herodotus  will  admit  of  a  re-perusal,  and  Hippo- 
crates is  yet  to  be  studied  ;  Euripides  and  Aristophanes  have  hitherto  been  neglected  : 
a  wide  field  for  future  labour  is  offei'ed  in  the  Attic  orators:  Xenophon  of  the  early 
historians  needs  a  careful  reading  ;  Plutarch  and  Lucian  are  far  from  being  exhausted, 
having  generally  been  examined  only  by  indexes  :  and  then  before  the  adventurer  lies 
the  boundless  expanse  of  later  Greek,  almost  untouched;  room  enough  here  for  many 
labourers  to  work  without  jostling. 

One  object  of  eager  solicitude  with  the  editor  was  to  reproduce  the  labors  of  Messrs. 
Liddell  and  Scott  in  as  accurate  a  form  as  possible.  W^ith  this  \\ew  he  undertook  to  read 
the  second  proof  of  every  page  himself,  which  he  did,  with  the  exception  of  the  portion 
mentioned  on  p.  xiv.  In  many  places  there  was  an  inconsistency  in  the  accentuation, 
as  άγκνρα  and  άγκυρα,  δάς  and  δας,  ίδρώς  and  ϊδρο)ς,  δοίδνξ  and  δοϊδνξ,  κλίμαξ  and 
κλΐμαξ,  πους  and  πους,  the  compounds  of  πρώρα,  etc. ;  how  easy  a  matter  it  is,  however,  to 
overlook  such  minutia?,  may  be  perceived  from  the  word  δίέκπτο^σίς,  which  appears  to  have 
escaped  even  German  accuracy,  and  to  have  passed  unnoticed  in  at  least  four  different 
revisions ;  it  is  correctly  printed  in  Passow's  3d  edition,  incorrectly  δίέπτωσις  in  his  4th,  and 
so  repeated  in  Rost  and  Palm's ;  adopted  in  this  form  by  Messrs.  Liddell  and  Scott,  and 
unchan""ed  in  their  2d  edition.  In  the  accentuation  of  άγμα  the  editor  has  ventured  to 
differ  from  all  the  Lexicons  which  he  has  consulted  ;  they  give  άγμα:  but  the  analogy  of 
πράγμα  {πέπράγα)  requires  άγμα,  for  the  a  in  άγννμι  is  long  by  nature,  as  εάγα,  άγη,  etc. 
The  Oxford  editors,  in  the  2d  English  edition,  though  they  have  greatly  improved  their 
work  in  general,  have,  in  their  desire  to  gain  room,  at  the  same  time,  injured  it  not  a 
little  by  rejecting  many  Avords,'  which  stood  in  the  first  edition  without  authority ;  to 
some  of  these  the  American  editor  has  filled  up  the  references,  while  others  stand  as  in 
the  original  work  f  by  rejecting,  in  many  instances,  the  parts  of  compounds,  which  were 
o-iven  in  the  fiist  edition  from  Passow,  and  which  have  been  retained  where  occumng 
and  filled  up  where  wanting,  in  the  American  reprint ;  (they  have  given  rather  a  singular 
appearance  to  their  Avork  by  adopting  at  the  conclusion  Pape's  plan  of  indicating  the 
paits  of  compounds  by  a  hyphen,  while  at  the  commencement  they  adhere  to  their  former 
mode  ;  this  was  unnecessary,  and  in  the  editor's  opinion,  is  far  from  being  an  improve- 
ment, unless  the  parts  of  the  compound  he  written  after  (except  in  the  case  of  words 
compounded  without  change),  for  frequently  Pape's  hyphens  give  no  more  clue  to  the 
derivation  than  if  they  were  not  there  at  all,  especially  to  younger  students  ;  the  plan  of 
the  2d  edition  of  the  abridgment  is  a  very  good  one,  and  appears  to  the  editor  preferable 
to  either  of  the  others,  i.  e.,  to  use  the  hyphens  and  give  also  the  component  parts) ;  by 
alterino•  references  which  were  correct  in  the  1st  edition^  (this  seems  rather  to  be  the 

1  ύγαπητέος,  in  ΐ'\Άί.  Rep.  358  A;  βαθυγνώμων,  in  case;  he  stmck  out  άβνρτακος,  άγέα.  άγίνω,  άγροβώτης, 
Babr.  124,  5;  γεγωνητέον,  Pind.  Ο.  2,  10;  Έττίκυλίω,  in  άκύτειον,*άλόο),  άνατ'λύω,  βασανιστήρ,  βωτ?/ρ,  έξαλίζω, 
Polyb.  3,  53,  4;  ήρνγγίτης,  in  Plut.  2,  558  Ε.  &.C.,  in  εττιπορπάω  ;  and  all  of  these  were  omitted  in  2d  Eng- 
other  parts  of  the  work.  lish  edition,  except  άβύρτακος,  άγέω,  and  *άλδω  :  some 

"  In  reprinting  this  Lexicon  the  editor  omitted  nothing  forms  were  allowed  to  remain,  and  some  were  inserted, 
but  what  seemed  wrong,  or  without  any  authority  what-  though  not  in  use,  from  which  to  derive  remote  deriva 
ever;  while  he  allowed  those  words  that  rested  on  the  lives.  Others  may  have  been  omitted  not  noted  h«re. 
auth.  of  Gramm.  or  late  writers  to  remain,  even  when  no  3  We  have  noticed  many  of  these,  under  κ  alone,  κα• 
auth.  was  quoted  :  ofthese  the  English  editors  have  omit-  θαίρω,  καθάριος,  κατασφάζω,  κατερέειν,  καίννμαι,  και- 
ted  in  their  new  edition  a  very  large  number,  but  the  Am.  ρύς,  κατά,  κεφά?Μΐος,  Κτ'/ρ,  κύλχος,  κνανώπης,  κώττη  ; 
editor  did  not  feel  himself  at  liberty  to  do  so,  partly  from  so,  ύλίζωος,  άλυχνος,  άμνημοσύνη,  άν  F,  άνάπνενσίς, 
a  wish  to  reproduce  here  everything  that  was  not  actually  ('η'αββιττίζω.  άντικατα?ιλάσσυ,  etc. :  under  επισσαί  and 
wrong,  and  partly  from  the  belief  that  many  of  these  έπιστο?!.//  references  corrected  in  c.ddenda  to  1st  ed. 
words  might  be  verified  ;  and  this  has  proved  to  be  the     stand  uncorrected  in  2d. 


AMERICAN  EDITOR'S  PREFACE.  xiii 

result  of  hurried  printing,  for  the  2d  edition  does  not  appear  to  be  as  accurately  printed 
as  the  first) ;  and  finally,  they  have  in  one  or  two  instances  given  wrong  explanations  of 
passages  in  2d  edition  which  were  right  in  the  1st.'  In  the  early  part  of  the  work,  also, 
as  before  stated,  the  editors  have  not  often  con-ected  or  completed  references,  except  in 
the  case  of  Aristotle,  Polybius,  and  Lucian ;  in  this  part  the  editor  has  corrected  a 
number  of  eiToneous  references,  but  very  few  considering  the  immense  number  of  refer- 
ences in  the  volume,  and  from  an  actual  perusal  of  the  whole  work,  he  can  say,  in  jus- 
tice to  the  editors  and  proof-reader,  that  the  book  is  printed  with  great  accuracy. 

In  regard  to  the  use  of  particular  terms  and  foiTns  some  changes  have  been  made  ; 
chiefly  to  make  the  work  conform  to  the  text-books  in  use  among  us  ;  as,  restoring  '  sub- 
junctive' in  place  of'  conjunctive,'  giving  the  lenis  and  aspirate  to  pp;  inserting,  as  stated 
above,  both  forms  of  compound  words  ;  giving  the  tenses  of  verbs  more  fully,  particularly 
the  1  perfect  active,  when  resting  on  good  authority,  and  adopting  the  usual  form  of 
appellation  for  the  Greek  divinities  and  heroes  :  here,  a  difficulty  arose  at  the  outset ; 
the  nomenclature  appears  to  be  in  a  transition  state,  the  old  method  in  England  and  this 
country  still  in  a  great  measure  maintaining  its  ground,  the  new  and  more  accurate 
having  completely  established  itself  in  Germany,  and  with  the  diffusion  of  German 
learning  beginning  to  assert  its  claims  in  other  lands.  The  Oxford  editors  have  generally 
adopted  the  German  mode,  transplanting  into  their  language  the  Greek  forms,  but  not 
consistently,  for  they  speak  of  Hephaestus  and  l^ulcan,  Ares  and  Mars,  Asclepius  and 
Aesculapius,  and  almost  always  use  the  form  Hercules.  It  Avas  a  matter  of  debate  with 
the  editor  whether  to  follow  them  throughout,  or  to  make  their  articles  and  his  own 
in  accordance  with  what  in  this  country  is  yet  the  almost  universal  practice.  He  felt 
reluctant  to  introduce  so  radical  a  change,  especially  since  distinguished  scholars  were 
at  variance  on  this  point  and  unwilling  apparently  to  lead  the  way  :  the  editor  would  say 
wdth  Mr.  Leitch,*  "  Besides  I  felt  that  it  would  be  presumptuous  in  me  to  attempt  to 
lead,  while  those  who  are  entitled  to  do  so,  although  many  of  them  admit  the  necessity 
of  reform  in  this  matter,  have  done  so  little  toward  introducing  a  better  system."  For 
these  reasons  the  old  system  of  nomenclature,  which  has  become  naturalized  as  it  were 
in  our  poetry,  history,  and  light  literature,  as  well  as  our  school  manuals,  has  been 
for  the  present  retained. 

Before  concluding  the  editor  Λvould  publicly  acknowledge  his  deep  indebtedness  to 
Professor  Anthon  for  the  generous  interest  he  has  manifested,  and  the  valuable  aid  he 
has  affOrded  in  the  republication  of  the  present  work.  By  his  advice  and  encouragement, 
and  with  his  promised  assistance  in  difficulties,  it  was  undertaken,  for  Avithout  these  the 
editor  would  have  shrunk  from  so  laborious  and  responsible  a  task :  the  want  of  books 
of  reference  in  a  city  like  New- York,  where  there  is  no  public  library  containing  recent 
critical  editions,  and  philological  works  in  this  department,  is  a  serious  obstacle  to  exten- 
sive research ;  while  the  editor's  limited  reading  ill  qualified  him  to  revise  a  Lexicon 
intended  for  the  whole  body  of  Greek  literature  from  its  first  development  in  the  Ho- 
meric poems  to  its  decline  in  the  writers  of  the  Eastern  empire.  Professor  Anthon's 
valuable  and  extensive  library,  which,  on  this  as  on  previous  occasions,  has  been  at  the 
command  of  the  editor,  in  a  great  measure  supplied  the  former  want,  \vhile  in  respect 
to  the  latter  the  editor  hoped  to  find  in  that  same  distinguished  scholar's  varied  and 
abundant  stores  of  classic  leajning  a  cover  for  his  own  deficiencies.  In  every  difficulty 
where  aid  was  sought,  that  aid  has  been  cheerfully  and  readily  afforded ;  the  Professor 
has  never  refused  or  been  reluctant  to  give  his  time  and  attention,  even  to  the  neglect 
sometimes  of  his  own  editorial  labors.  This  work,  then,  is  offered  to  the  public  with 
more  confidence  than  it  would  otherwise  be,  from  the  fact  that  many  of  the  corrections 
and  additions  have  been  suggested,  or  approved  of,  by  Professor  Anthon.  But  while 
making  this  full  acknowledgment  for  the  assistance  he  has  received,  the  editor  would 
wish  it  to  be  understood  that  Professor  Anthon  is  not  in  any  I'espect  responsible  for  the 
merits  or  defects,  the  corrections  or  blunders  of  the  work ;  whatever  decision  may  be 
passed  upon  it,  whether  it  be  received  favorably  or  otherwise,  the  editor  alone  is  to  be 
held  accountable  for  the  additional  matter :  the  materials  furnished  by  Professor  Anthon 
from  his  own  reading  have  been  used  in  the  same  way  as  those  from  other  quarters,  and 
incorporated  with  the  editor's  collections.  For  this  same  reason  the  attempt  has  been 
made  to  distinguish  the  additions  and  alterations  from  the  original  work,  that  the  English 
editors  may  not  be  exposed  to  the  chance  of  censure  for  what  may  be  the  fault  of  another. 

The  editor's  acknowledgments  are  due  also  to  G.  W.  Collord,  Esq.,  an  instructor  in 

'  Under  κιών,  Find,  N.  3,  36,  έκκαρπόομαι,  etc.  2  Preface  to  his  translation  of  Miiller's  Mythology. 


xiv  AMERICAN  EDITOR'S  PREFACE,  ETC. 

the  Grammar  School  of  the  College,  for  having  relieved  him  of  a  portion  of  the  heavy 
labour  of  proof-reading,  viz.,  from  the  middle  ol'E  to  'Κμι,  p.  627,  and  again  from  τταξίνφί- 
στημι,  p.  1129  to  the  end;  this  gentleman  also  aided  the  editor  in  re-readnig  and  com- 
paring the  vvhole  work  (except  the  first  34  pages)  with  the  2d  English  edition.  Mr. 
Collord's  well  known  accuracy  and  practical  acquaintance  with  the  subject  afford  a 
guarantee  that  the  book  will  be  accurately  printed. 

The  desire  of  the  publishers  to  avoid  any  further  delay  in  the  publication  of  the  work, 
and  the  lonn•  and  tedious  labour  of  revising  the  plate  proofs,  induce  the  editor  to  send  it 
forth  without  a  table  of  '  addenda  et  corrigenda,'  for  which  he  has  collected  some  mate- 
rials. Close  application  to  the  task  through  the  whole  summer,  and  more  than  half  his 
scanty  vacation  of  a  single  month,  render  it  necessary  to  defer  the  preparation  of  this 
table  till  after  the  August  vacation. 

May  this,  his  first  appearance  before  the  public,  meet  with  a  not  too  harsh  reception ; 
want  of  time  and  other  occupations  ought  not  of  course  to  be  pleaded  as  an  apology  for 
errors  or  inaccuracies,  but  they  may  serve  to  account  sufficiently  for  no  further  additions 
havino-  been  made  to  the  Commtm  words,  especially  too  when  the  editor's  engagement 
only  required  him  to  insert  the  Proper  names.  Criticism,  in  a  proper  spirit  and  with 
the  detection  of  error  and  the  promotion  of  truth  as  its  object,  ought  not  to  be  objected 
to•  but  unfortunately  it  is  too  often  the  case  at  present  to  make  literary  criticism  a 
vehicle  for  ill-natured,  one-sided,  and  undeserved  attacks,  which  have  no  other  object  in 
view  than  to  o-ratify  private  enmity  or  personal  pique.  From  public  criticism,  whether 
passino-  a  favorable  or  unfavorable  decision  on  his  labours,  if  made  in  a  spirit  calculated 
to  promote  the  cause  of  truth  and  sound  learning,  and  from  private  communications,  the 
editor  will  most  gladly  and  thankfully  avail  himself  of  corrections  or  improvements  for 
a  future  edition. 

Mio-York,  August  IStJi,  1846. 


APPENDIX    TO     THE    PREFACE. 


Words  to  which  additions  or  in  which  alterations  have  been  made  in  the  American  edition,  from 
p.  32  to  p.  840,  exclusive  of  simple  references,  not  designated  ly  the  editor^s  markf.  At  the  end 
of  Κ  and  beginning  of  A,  in  some  words  where  space  allowed,  the  f  was  introduced,  and  this 
change  will  be  made  in  the  rest  of  the  book  where  j^ossible,  in  a  future  edition. 


Αίάντειηζ, 

αιχμαλωσία 

άκμων 

Αίας 

αιχμάλωτος 

άκνισσος 

αίγλη 

αίχμητής 

ακοή 

Αιγύπτιος 
αίοέομαί 

αιών 

άκοντιστικός 

αιώνιος 

άκοπος 

αΐδοίος 

αίωρέω 

ακόρεστος 

Άίόωνενς 

άκαιρος 

άκος 

αϊθαΆος 

"Ακακος 

άκόσμητος 

Αίβήρ 

ίκαλανθίς 

άκοσμος 

Αίθίοψ 

άκαμαντοχύομας 

άκουή 

αίθβοβάτης 

Άκύμας 

ακούω 

αΙΟνια 

άκαμπτος 

ακραίος 

αΐκα 

ακατάπαυστος 

άκραντος 

αίμασία 

άκατασί/μαντος 

άκριύοθήκη 

αίματύεις 

άκατος 

"Ακρις 

αΐματο/^βύφος 

άκεντρος 

άκροβαφής 

αίματύω 

ακέραιος 

ακροβόλος 

αίμόω 

'  Ακεσ'ιμβροτος 

ΰκροβυστία 

Αινείας 

ακίς  ^ 

ύκρόδρυα 

clpu 

ακκίζομαι 

άκρολόγος 

αίσα 

άκλαγγί 

άκρόμαλλος 

Αίσακος 

άκλίμστος 

άκροπήρος^ 

αίσθητήριον 

άκ?.ηρέω 

άκροσόαλής 

Αίσιμος 

άκλήρωτος 

Άκταία 

αισχροκερδής 

ακμάζω 

ΆκταΙος 

αισχρός     ^ 

ακμαίος 

ακτή 

αίσχρονργια 

ακμή 

Άκτιον 

αισχύνη 

άκμηνός 

άκτιος 

αίσχυντηλός 

Άκμητος 

Άκτωρ 

αίτέω 

'Ακμόνων 

άκωκή 

αλαλάζω 

άλαλητός 

άλαμπής 

άλάομαι 

ά7.αός 

άλαπαδνός 

άλαστέω 

άλγέω 

άλγηδών 

Άλγος 

αλγννω 

Α?.εκτρνών 

'Αλέξανδρος 

άλέξω 

άλέτης 

'Αλήτης 

άλιάδαι 

άλίαστος 

ά?.ιεύς 

αλιευτικός 

άλίζω 

άλιος  Α 

Άλφβόθιος 

άλιτενής 

άΐ.ιτήμερος 

άλιτρός 

ΆλκΊβιος 

'  Αλκίμαχος 

Άλκιμος 

Άλκίφρων 


άλλάσσω 

άλ7^τ) 

αλλήλων 

άλλοίος 

άλ?.οιόω 

αλλόκοτος 

άλλομαι 

ΰλ?ιοπάθεια 

ΰλ?.ος 

άλλοτι 

αλλότριος 

άλ?.οτριόω 

άλλοφν?.έω 

αλλόφυλος 

άλ?ιυδις 

άλλως 

αλόγιστος 

άλο-^ος 

Άλνπητος 

Άλνπος 

άλως 

άλώσιμος 

άμα 

'Αμαζών 

ύμαξεύω 

'Αμάραντος 

άμανρός 

άμαχος 

άμβλίσκω 

αμείβω 


ύμειψις 

άμέλγω 

αμελής 

άμεμφία 

άμεριμνία 

αμέτοχος 

άμήνιτος 

άμητος 

άμήτωρ 

αμήχανο 

άμικτος 

άμις 

άμισθί 

'Αμμων 

άμνηστικός 

άμοιβαδίς 

αμοιβή 

άμομφος 

άμοργ'ις 

άμοχθος 

"Αμπελος 

αμπελονργέω 

άμπέχω 

άμπνξ 

αμυδρός 

ΰμύζω 

άμνντήριος 

'Αμνντωρ 

άμύνω 

'Αμυρος 


APPENDIX  TO  THE  PREFACE. 


Άμνστίζ 

άμφαίσσομαί 

άμόα<Ι)ύω 

άμφιύχο) 

άμφί!3ο?.ος 

άμΟΓ/νοέω 

αμφιθαλής 

άμφίσνημι 

ΰμφίστομος 

ύμφιταράσσω 

άμφιτενχω 

άμφιτίθημι 

αμφιτρέχω 

άμφιφοβέομαΐ 

άμφίφορεύς 

άμφίχαίνω 

άμφηοος 

άμφορίόιον 

άμφότερος 

άμφω 

άμφώβολος 

ΰν 

ύν  for  ανά 

ανά 

άνάβασις 

αναβιβάζω 

άναβ?,αστάνω 

άναβ/.έ—ω 

άναβολενς 

άναβο/,ή 

άναβρόξειε 

αναγγέλλω 

αναγιγνώσκω 

άναγκαστέον 

ανάγκη 

ΰνάγκν7.ος 

αναγραφή 

αναγράφω 

αναγρνζω 

άναόαίω 

άναδέχομαι 

άναδέω 

άνάδημα 

άναδιδωμί 

αναδοχή 

αναδύομαι 

άναείρω 

άναζάω 

άναζεύγννμι 

άναζέω 

άναθά?.?Μ 

αναθαρσννω 

αναθεματίζω 

άναθέω 

άναθόρνυμαι 

ΰναΟρέω 

άναθνμιάω 

αναιδής 

άναιμόσαρκος 

άναφεσις 

άναιρέω 

άναισσω 

ύναισχνντέω 

αναίτιος 

άνακαθαίρω 

ΰνακάθημαι 

άνακαθίζω 

άνάκαιον 

άνακα?.έω 

άνακαχ/άζω 

άνάκειμαι 

άνακεφαλαιόω 

ανακηρύσσω 

άνακινέω 

ανακλάζω 

ίΐνακ'λ,άω 

άνάκ/.ησις 

άνακλίνω 

ανακομίζω 

άνακότΐτω 

άνακρεμάνννμι 

ΰνάκρονσις 

ανακρούω 


ανακταομαι 

άνάκτορον 

άνακύατω 

αναλαμβάνω 

ανα7.άμπω 

ίνά/.γητος 

άνα/.έ)  ω 

ανά/.ημμα 

άνά7.ηιΙ)ΐς 

άναλογισμός 

άνα/.ογιστικός 

άνα/,νζω 

άνά/.νσις 

άνύ/.ωτος 

άναμιμνήσκω 

άναμισθαρνέω 

άνάμνησις 

άναμφίβο7.ος 

άναμφί'/.ογος 

άνανδρία 

ΰναντΊ/.εκτος 

άνα—ετάνννμι 

αναπηδάω 

ύναπ'ιμττ/.ημι 

άναπίτττω 

άνα—?.άσσω 

αναπΆέκω 

ανατϊ/.έω 

άναπλήρωσις 

άναττνενστικός 

αναπνοή 

άναττοδίζω 

άνα—τερόω 

αναπτύσσω 

άναρθρος 

αναρίθμητος 

άνάριστος 

άναβ()ήγ'νυμι 

άναρριπτέω 

άνασείω 

άνασενω 

άνασκεν  αστικός 

ανασκο/.οπίζω 

άνασκοπεω 

άνασπάω 

άνασσα 

ανάσσω* 

άναστατόω 

ανάστημα 

αναστρέφω 

αναστροφή 

ΰνασφά/.λω 

άνασώζω 

αναταράσσω 

άνάτασις 

άνατατικός 

άνατείνω 

άνατέ/.λω 

άνατίθημι 

άνατ/ιήναι 

ανατολή 

ανατομικός 

άνατος 

ανατρέφω 

άνατροπεύς 

ανατροπή 

άνατυπόω 

άναύδητος 

άνανλος 

Άνανρος 

αναφέρω 

άναφ'λογίζω 

άναφρίσσω 

αναφύω 

άναφωνέω 

άναχέω 

άναχωρέω 

άνδανω 

'λνδρόβον7.ος 

Άνδροδάμας 

Άνδρομάχος 

ανεγείρω 

ανεπαίσθητος 


άνεπαφρόδιτος 

άνεπιβον7.ευτος 

άνεπιστήμων 

άνεπιτήδειος 

ύνεν 

άνενάζω 

άνεφα7.7.ομαι 

άνέχω 

άνήκοος 

άνήροτος 

άνθερεών 

άνθεσόόρια 

άνθονόμος 

άνθος 

άνθρακία 

άνβρακίζω 

άνβρωποποιός 

άνθνποκρίνομαι 

άνιάζω 

ανιαρός 

άνιάω 

Άνιγρός 

άνιερόω 

άνίημι 

^Ανίκητος 

'Ανιππος 

ανιστόρητος 

ανόητος' 

άνοίγννμι 

άνοιοαίνω 

άνομίλητος 

ανταγωνίζομαι 

ανταγωνιστής 

αντάδω 

άνταείρω 

άνταίρω 

άντα7'λάσσω 

άντεναγωγή 

άντεξάγω 

άντεπιδείκννμι 

άντεπιμε7ύΜ 

άντε-ιφι^οτιμεομαι 

άντεράω 

άντίβασις 

άντικοπή 

αντικρούω 

Άντίποινος 

'  λντίπολις 

άντισνναντάω 

άντιφύ.έω 

Άντίφονος 

άντ7•.υς 

αξία 

αξιόπιστος 

άξιος 

άξων 

αοιδός 

Άορνος 

άπαγκν7.όω 

άπα7.7.ακτέον 

άπατη 

άπειρέσιος 

άπειρος 

απεκδύομαι 

^Απις 

από 

Αποβάθρα 

αποβαίνω 

άποβ7.έπω 

άποδιδρύσκω 

άποδνω 

άποθύμιος 

Άποικος 

άποκαθίστημι 

άποκα7.έω 

άποκαπύω 

απολαυστικός 

άπο7.αύω 

απολήγω 

άπο7.νμαίνομαι 

άπο7•.ύτρωσις 

άπομάσσω 

άποξν7.ίζω 


άποσβένννμι 

άποσήπω 

άποσκοτόω 

άποσκνμβα7ύζω 

άποσκυ7.εύω 

αποσπάω 

αποστρέφω 

άποσχοινίζω 

άποσώζω 

άπότύψα 

άποτρέχω 

άποτρίβω 

υπότροφος 

αποφεύγω 

άποχέω 

άποψηφίζομαι 

άπρονόητος 

άπρόσκετϊτος 

άπφύς 

Άραβος 

'Αράχνη 

'Άρβη?Μς 

άργήεις 

'Αργός 

Άρενς 

Άρισταίος 

'Αρκάς 

'Αρμονία 

άρνεύω 

άρσενικόν 

άρτίτροπος 

άσβεστος 

ασθμαίνω 

Άσιάς 

άσινής 

Άσκ7ιηπιάδης 

ασπίς 

άστρεπτος 

ασύνετος 

Άταρβής 

Άτη^ 

άτιμόω 

'Ατλαντίς 

Άτλας 

άττανίτης 

αντερέτης 

άντέω 

άντή 

αυτογενής 

Αντομέδων 

αφανίζω 

Άφίίδας 

άφοδος 

άφομοίωσις 

αφοράω 

αφορίζω 

άφόρισμα 

άφορμιζω 

άφορος 

άφραίνω 

'Αφροδίσιας 

'Αφροδίσιος 

άφρων 

Άχε7ώος 

Άχερδούσιος 

Άχερόντειος 

Άχέρων  ^ 

Βακχευτης 

Βάκχη 

Βακχίς 

βάραθρον 

βαραθρώδης 

βαρβαρικός 

βαρβαρόκτονος 

βάρβαρος 

βαρύνω 

βαρύποτμος 

βαρύφρων 

βασανιστής 

Βάτραχος 

βεβαιόω 

βεβαιωτής 

βεβαιωτικός 


βέβη7.ος 

βέ/.ης 

β  ε7- ιστός 

βε7~ίων 

βένθος 

βητάρμων 

βία, 

βιάζω 

βίαιος 

βιαστικός 

βιβλίον  -= 

βινέω 

βίος  ^ 

βιοτή 

βίόω 

βίωσις 

βιωτός 

βλάξ 

βοηθέω 

βοηλατέω 

Βοίδιον 

βοοτρόφος 

Βόρειος 

Βορεύς 

Βορής 

Βο^ραϊος 

βόσκω 

Βόςπορος 

βοτός 

Βουκολικός 

βουμέ7.ιος 

βονπλήξ 

βραβειον 

βρασμός 

βραχύς 

βρονταιος 

βροτόστονος 

βροτόω 

βροχίς 

βρόχος 

βρύκω 

βρύχω 

βύζω 

βύρσα 

βυρσίνη 

βωμός 

γα/.α 

γα7Μθηνός 

γαμέω 

γαμικός 

γαμίσκω 

γαμοστόλος 

γάστρις 

γεγωνός 

γενεαλογέω 

γενειάς 

γένεσις 

γεννητός 

γεντιάνη 

γέρας 

γεροντιάω 

γεύμα 

γεύω 

γεωργέω 

γεωργικός 

γηθέω 

γ7.ύφω 

γλώσσα 

γ7Μσσόκομον 

γνώμη 

Γορ)  ώπις 

γράμμα 

γραμματικός 

γραπτέος 

;  ρνμαία 

γυμνητενω 

γυμνός 

γωνιόω 

Α,  δ 

δαήμων 

όαιδά7.εος 

Α.αίδα7.ος 


δαιμόνων 

δαίννμι 

δαιτρεύω 

όάκνω 

δάκρυον 

δακρνσίστακτοζ 

δακρύω 

δακρνώδης 

δακτυ7^.οθήκη 

Αάκτυλος 

όαμύω 

δαμόσιος 

δανείζω 

δανειστικός 

δανός 

Δΰος 

Αάρόανος 

ΑαρεΙος 

δάσκιος 

δαφναίος 

δάφνη 

δα-φι/.ής 

δέησις 

δέκα 

δεκάπολις 

Αέ7.τα 

Αε7.φίνιον 

Αε7.φίνιος 

δέον 

δεσπόσυνος 

Αενκα/.ίων 

δεύω 

Αη/.ιάς 

Αήλίος 

Αή7Μς 

δημαγωγέω 

Αημήτηρ 

δημοβόρος 

διαβλέπω 

διαβο7ί.ή 

διαγγέ7Λω 

διαθερίζω 

διαθερμαίνω 

διαθήκη 

δίαιτα 

διάκειμαι 

διακονέω 

διακονία 

διάκονος 

διάκρισις 

διάκτορος 

διακωδωνίζω 

διαλα7ι,έω 

δ  ια7.ν  μαίνομαι 

διαλύω 

διανοίγνυμι 

διανομοθετέω 

διαπεράω 

διάπ7.ασις 

διαπ7.έω 

διαπο/'εμέω 

διαπυρπα7ιαμάω 

5ιασαφέω 

διασκηνητέο 

διασφηκόω 

διατετραίνω 

διάτονος 

διαφαυ7.ίζω 

διαφέρω 

διαφθείρω 

διαφροντίζω 

διαχάζω 

διαχωρέω 

διαχωρίζω 

διαψνχω 

δίδυμος 

δίειμι 

διεΐπον 

διείργω 

διείρομαι 

διεκβολή 

διεκπεράω 

διέρομαι 


la  Eur.  I.  Τ.  31  γηί  should  be  joined  with  ου,  and  άιάσσω  with  dat.  only. 


APPENDIX  TO  THE  PREFACE. 


δίκαιος 

είλω 

έναγκνλίζω 

έπικνμαίνω 

Θαλής 

καρτερικός 

δικαιοσύνη 

Έ.ρ.ωτικός 

ενάλιος 

έπικνμέω 

θίιλπος 

Καρχηδών 

δικα'ιωσις 

εΐμέν 

ένατος 

έπιλήνιος 

θάνατος 

Καστοριάς 

δίκροτος 

ειμί 

ίνγόνασι 

έπίλνσις 

ϋανάτωσις 

Καταβαθμός 

δίμηνος 

εΐρεσία 

ένδεκα 

έπιμαίομαι 

θάσιος 

καταβρόξειε 

διμοφία 

εϊρτιν 

ενδελεχής 

έπιμελητέον 

θέμις 

κατακλείω 

δίμοιρος 

ειρήνη 

ένδημος 

έπινοια 

Θεράπνη 

κατακομάω 

Αιογενής 

είς 

ένδικος 

έπινομίς 

θερισμός 

κατάκομος 

Αώγνητος 

εΙ(α.γείρω 

ένδοθεν 

έπιπληρόω 

θερμός 

καταλύω 

Αίομηδης 

είςάγω 

ένδοιάσιμος 

έπιπο?.ή 

θήβαι 

καταπιστενω 

Αιοννσιάς 

είςαθρέω 

ένδυμα 

επιτύμβιος 

θηβαΐς 

Κατα!-)ί)άκτΐ]ς 
καταρρίπτω 

Αιόςκοροι 

εις  βαίνω 

ένδνναμόω 

έπίφορος 

θηβάνας 

Αιοςκούρειον 

είςελαννω 

ένδντός 

έπίφυσις 

Ο'/βη 

κατασκήνωσις 

δίπλεβρος 

είςκωμάζω 

ενελίσσω 

έπιχωρέω 

θησεύς 

καταφθίω 

διποδία 

ίΐςμασσομαι 

ένθα 

έπιχώριος 

θησηίς 

κατενώπα 

δισσός 

είςοόιάζομαι 

ένθρύπτω 

επτάμηνος 

θύωσα 

κατεσθίω 

διστάζω 

εΐςόκε 

ένιαυτός 

έπτάπολις 

Θράκη 

κατήγορος 

δίστομος 

είςπαίω 

ένιαχή 

έρείκω 

θράκιος 

Κενταυρίς 

διφρενω 

ειςπλέω 

ένιαχοϋ 

'Ερετρικός 

θρ'φκιστί 

κεντέω 

δίφρος 

είςποιέω 

ένναιω 

έρεύθω 

θραξ 

Κεραμεικός 

διφροφόρος 

είςπρύσσω 

ένολισθαίνω 

έριθακίς 

θρ'ασσα 

Κεμαυνιος 

δίχα       ^ 

είςφρέω 

ένομόργννμι 

έρίτιμος 

θρ'άττα 

Κέρβερος 

διχοτομεω 

είςχέω 

ένόρχης 

Έρμαϊος 

θρ'ε-φίππας 

Κέρκυρα 

Αιώνη 

εΐω 

ένοχος 

Ερμείας 

θύμβρις 

Κέρκω-φ 

δοκιμή 

έκ 

ενοω 

'Ερυθραίας 

θύρετρον 

Κεφαλλήν 

δόκιμος 

έκάτερος 

ένσφραγίζω 

εσπέρα 

θυώνη 

Κεφαλληνία 

δόλιχος 

εκβαίνω 

'Έ,ννύ?.ιος 

έσπέριος 

Ιαλυσός 

κήλον 

δοξάζω 

έκγέγαα 

Ένιιώ 

Έσπερίς' 

Ίάμβη 

Κιβωτός 

δοξόομαι 

έκγλύφω 

εξαγοράζω 

'Εστία 

Ίαπυξ 

Κίλιξ 

δοριΟήρατος 

έκ)  όνος 

εξαγώγιμος 

εταιρεία 

Ίασώ 

Κί'λισσα 

δορικτητος 

εκθειάζω 

εξαίσιος 

Έτεόκρητες 

-Irk 

Κιμμέριοι 

δοριπύνος 

έκθέω 

έξαλος 

εϋαίρετος 

Ιθάκη 

Κίρκη 

δορκα'λις 

εκθνήσκω 

ΈξάτΓολις 

Εύβοια 

Ίκάριος 

κίων 

δόρπον 

εκθρώσκω 

έξαρκέω 

ενγώνιος 

Ίλιάς 

κλεπτός 

Αρακόντειος 

έκκαλνπτω 

έξάρχω 

Έ,ύξενος 

Ινδικός 

Κλωνάριον 

δρακόντιον 

εκκλησιαστικός 

έξαστις 

Εΰπάτωρ 

Ινδός 

Κνίδιος 

δρύω 

έκκόπενσις 

έξαττικίζω 

Ευριπίδης 

Ίνώ 

Κοίλη 

δνςαίσθητος 

έκλυτος 

έξαυδάω 

Εύριπος 

Ιπποτροφέω 

Κολοσσηνός 

δνςαλθί/ς 

εκνέμω 

έξέόω 

Είφος 

'Ιρις 

κ(>πτω 

δνςαντί'λεκτος 

έκφεύγω 

έξεσθίω 

Ευρώπη 

ΊροΓ 

Κόρινθος 

δνςεργος 

ίκφνω 

έξοδιάζω 

Ευρώτας 

Ισθμιακός 

κύρος 

δαςκατέργαστος 

εκχέω 

έξόρμησις 

Έφέσια 

ΊσθΗίάς 

κόρος 

δνςμενής 

ίλαία 

έξοχη 

έφηβάω 

Ίσις 

κρείσκος 

δνςωρέομαι 

έλεδεμνάς 

έο'.κα 

εφηβεία 

ίστεός 

Κρήτη  ^ 

δωδεκύθεος 

έλεος 

επάκτιος 

έφορύ,ω 

'\ταλιώτης 

Κρητικός 

Αωδώνη 

ελευθέρια 

έπαναίρω 

'Εφύρα 

"\τυς 

Κρϊσα 

Αωριενς 

ελευθέριος 

έπανάστασις 

έχω 

Ίτωνία 

Κύνθος 

Αωρίς 

Έλευσίν 

έπαποθνήσκω 

έων 

Ιφιγένεια 

ΚνρηναΙος 

δώρον 

Ελικών 

έπαυγάζω 

έώνημαι 

Ιχθυοφάγος 

Κυρήνη 

'έβδομος 

Έλικώνιος 

έπειδάν 

έωςφόρος 

Ίω 

Κωλιάς 

εγερσίμαχος 

Έλ?.άς,  ή 

έπειςπίπτω 

έως 

"Ιων 

κώλον 

h/ερτικός 

Ελλάς,  0,  ή 

έπειςφέρω 

ζεφυρίτης 

Ιωνικός 

Κώρυκος 

έγκαθενδω 

Έλλήνιος 

έπειςχέω 

Ζέφυρος 

ιώτα 

λαβύρινθος 

έγκαθίημι 

Έλλήςποντος 

έπετήσιος 

ηβη 

Καδμείος 

Ααισποδίας 

έγκαθοριίω 

Έλ.πίς 

έπιβαρέω 

Ήλιάδης 

Καδμτιίς 

Αάκαινα 

έγκατατίΰημι 

εμβρόντητος 

έπίβλημα 

Ήλιάς 

Κάδμος 

Αακεδαίμων 

εγκλείω 

εμβρυος 

έπιβώμιος 

Ήλιος 

Κα?Μσιρις 

λακτίζω 

έγκολπίζω 

έμέω 

επίγειος 

Ηπειρώτης 

κα?ιλίνικος 

Αύκων 

έγχεσίμαργος 

έμμενής 

έπιδίδωμι 

Ηπειρωτικός 

Κα?ίλιόπη 
Καλλιστω 

Αακωνικός 

εδω 

εμπεδος 

έτΓίδιορθόω 

Ηράκλειος 

Ααπίθαι 

ίθειρα       ' 

εμφρων 

έπιζεφνριος 

ήρωίς 

Κα?ίλίχορος 

ΑαρισαΙος 

έθέλω 

έμφυσιόω 

έπίζηλος 

'ϋώς 

Καλυφώ 

λάχος 

εθίζω 

έμφύτευσις 

έπιθρώσκω 

θάλασσα 

Καππάδοξ 

λέγω 

εθνάρχης 

έμφυτος 

έπιΐστωρ 

θαλάσσιος 

Καρίνη 

Αείβηθρον 

εθνικός 

έμφύω 

επίκαιρος 

Θάλεια 

καρπόο) 

Αευκοθέα 

ΐΐκή 

έμίρνχος 

έπικέλομαι 

PREFACE. 


We  are  at  length  able  to  put  forth  this  Lexicon.  It  has  cost  us  several  years  of  labor, 
and  that  for  the  most  part  very  heavy,  because  for  the  most  part  we  had  only  spare  hours 
to  bestow.  Events,  of  which  it  is  needless  to  speak  particularly,  threatened  more  than 
once  to  break  it  off  altogether. 

However,  we  have  at  length  finished  it.  And  we  send  it  forth  in  the  hope  that  it 
may  in  some  wise  foster  and  keep  alive  the  accurate  study  of  the  Greek  Tongue  ;  that 
tongue,  which  has  been  held  one  of  the  best  instruments  for  training  the  young  mind  ; 
that  tongue,  which  as  the  organ  of  Poetry  and  Oratory  is  full  of  living  force  and  fire, 
abounding  in  grace  and  sweetness,  rich  to  ovei-flowing,  while  for  the  uses  of  Philosophy 
it  is  a  very  model  of  clearness  and  precision ;  that  tongue,  in  which  some  of  the  noblest 
works  of  man's  genius  lie  enshrined — works,  which  may  be  seen  reflected  faintly  in 
imitations  and  translations,  but  of  which  none  can  know  the  perfect  beauty,  but  he  who 
can  read  the  words  themselves,  as  well  as  their  interpretation. 

It  will  be  proper,  by  way  of  Preface,  to  say  something  of  the  nature  of  our  Work,  of 
the  sources  from  Avhich  we  have  drawn,  and  of  what  we  ourselves  have  done. 

But  first  it  may  be  well  to  notice  an  objection  that  may  be  taken,  at  starting,  to  the 
notion  of  an  English  Lexicon  of  the  Greek  Tongue.  It  may  be  asked,  whether  such  a 
Lexicon  should  not  be  in  Latin,  as  in  the  old  times ;  whether  the  other  is  not  an 
unworthy  condescension  to  the  indolence  of  the  age. 

In  answer,  we  Avould  draw  a  distinction  between  an  English  Lexicon  and  English 
Notes  to  Classical  Authors.  AVe  hold  that  Critical  Notes  on  these  Authors  will  always 
be  best  in  the  Latin  Tongue.  No  other  will  be  found  so  brief,  clear,  and  easy  of 
remembrance  ;  no  other  has  the  advantage  of  technical  terms  and  phrases  which  all 
Scholars  have  agreed  to  use  ;  no  other  will  be  so  readily  understood  by  Readers  of  all 
countries  and  all  ages.  But  though  this  is  our  opinion  in  regard  to  Critical  Notes,  it  by 
no  means  follows  that  we  should  hold  the  same  in  regard  to  Lexicography.  The  chief 
business  of  Lexicography  is  one,  to  interpret  words;  of  Criticism  another,  to  unravel 
the  idioms  and  inti-icacies  of  language.  The  Latin  Tongue  may  be  the  best  organ  for 
the  latter  work,  yet  very  unequal  to  the  due  execution  of  the  former.  And  quite 
unequal  it  is.  For  just  as  impossible  is  it  to  render  the  richness,  boldness,  freedom,  and 
variety  of  Greek  by  Latin  words,  as  it  is  to  give  any  adequate  conceptiona  of  Milton  or 
Shakspere  by  French  translations.  Yet  French  is,  confessedly,  the  language  of  Mathe- 
matics. So  Latin  is  the  language  of  Classical  Criticism.  But  we  hold  it  feeble  and 
defective  for  purposes  of  Lexicography.  And  when  we  add  to  this  the  fact,  that  in 
richness  at  least  and  fi-eedom  (though  certainly  not  in  beauty  or  exactness)  our  ΟΛνη 
language  is  not  unworthy  to  compare  with  the  Greek,  we  conclude  confidently,  that 
the  best  Lexicon  an  Englishman  can  use  to  read  Greek  with,  will  be  in  English.  A 
Frenchman  may  have  reason  for  using  a  Greek-Latin  Lexicon;  an  Englishman  can 
have  none. 

Nor  is  this  a  mere  opinion  of  our  own.  A  Greek-English  Lexicon  has  been  demanded 
often  and  by  high  authorities ;'  has  been  undertaken  more  than  once  by  able  scholars  ; , 
and  several  Lexicons  of  this  kind  have  been  published. 

1  As  by  Bp.  Blomfield  (Quarterly  Review,  vol.  22,  p.  Professor  in  this  University ;  and  by  others.     See  fur- 

348),  whose  Glossaries  to  Aeschylus  show  how  well  he  ther  an  able  Article  in  the  Quart.  Review  (vol.  51,  p.  144 

understood  the  office  of  a  Lexicographer.     (We  have  foil),  written,  we  believe,  by  Mr.  Fishlake,  the  Transla- 

thought  it  needless  to  refer  specially  to  these.)    A  work  tor  of  Buttmann's  Lexilogus  and  Catalogue  of  Irregular 

of  the  kind  was  undertaken  by  the  Bishop's  brother,  Verbs.     In  the  two  articles  just  quoted  will  be  found  an 

Mr.  E.  V.  Blomfield,  whose  early  death  left  many  fair  amusing  History  of  Greek  Lexicography  nearly  down  to 

promises  unperformed ;  also  by  Dr.  Nicoll,  late  Hebrew  the  present  time. 
b 


xviii  PREFACE. 

It  might  be  expected  that  we  shoultl  here  take  such  notice  of  these  Lexicons  as  to 
iustify  our  adding  another  to  the  hst.  We  could  easily  do  so.  But  at  this  time  and  in 
this  place  we  decline  the  task  ;  partly  because  it  is  an  invidious  one,  and  might  be 
attributed  to  other  motives  than  a  desire  of  sei-ving  the  cause  of  Truth  and  good 
Scholarship  ;  partly  because  to  do  it  thoroughly  would  require  a  considerable  sjiace  and 
much  minute  detail — more  perhaps  than  could  justly  be  allowed  within  the  compass  of 
a  Preface.  We  therefore  jiass  over  this  subject  here  and  now  ;  merely  remarkiuo-  that, 
if  in  the  most  popular  of  these  Lexicons  now  abroad,  there  are  found  resemblances  to 
ours  (as  no  doubt  there  will  be,  here  and  there,  especially  in  the  Homeric  words),  the 
reason  hereof  is  that  we  have  both  been  indebted  to  Passow — though  the  Author  of  tlie 
Lexicon  we  allude  to  has  made  slow  and  scanty  acknowledgment  of  the  amount  of  his 
debt.     ΛΥο  proceed  to  speak  of  our  own. 

In  the  Title-page,  our  Work  is  said  to  be  "  based  on  the  German  Work  of  Francis 
Passoav."  We  cannot  too  fully  express  our  obligations  to  this  excellent  book,  without 
which  ours  never  would  have  been  attempted.  But  before  doing  so,  we  will  lay  a  short 
account  of  it  before  our  Readers;  and  for  this  purpose  we  must  begin  with  Schneider's 
still  earlier  Work. 

The  Third  and  last  Edition  of  Schneider's  Greek-German  Lexicon'  appeared  in 
1819 ;  and  immediately  became  the  Book  of  common  use  throughout  Germany.  It 
contains  a  vast  mass  of  learning,  though  a  great  deal  of  it  is  out  of  the  way,  and  of  very 
little  use  to  the  general  Student.  Schneider  was  a  great  Naturalist,  was  the  Editor  of 
Aristotle's  History  of  Animals,  of  Theophrastus,  of  Nicander,  of  Oppian  ;  and  this  his 
peculiar  taste  shows  itself  a  little  too  much  in  a  Lexicon  of  limited  size  ;  while  he  too 
much  neglects  the  usages  peculiar  to  Homer  and  the  earlier  Avriters,  and  gives  little 
account  of  the  Construction  of  words.  Moreover  he  has  paid  slight  regard  to  clearness  of 
arrangement,  and  made  small  attempt  to  trace  the  connection  of  different  significations.^ 

After  this,  the  work  of  Greek-German  Lexicography  fell  into  the  hands  of  Passow 
in  the  following  manner.^  An  abridgment  (Handworterbuch)  of  Schneider's  Avork 
had  been  published  by  Riemer  under  Schneider's  own  direction.  Some  four  or  five 
years  before  Schneider's  3d  Edition  had  appeared,  Francis  Passow,  a  favorite  Pupil 
of  Jacobs  and  Hermann,  was  appointed  Professor  at  Breslau.*  He  had  already  written 
a  Treatise  containing  his  views  of  what  a  Greek  Lexicon  should  be  f  and  in  course  of 
time  it  came  to  Schneider's  ears,  that  Passow  had  supplied  the  prosodiacal  marks  and 
references  in  a  copy  of  Riemer's  Book.  Schneider  then  pressed  him  to  prepare  a  new 
Edition  of  this  Abridgment — merely  (as  Passow  thought'')  for  the  purpose  of  getting  the 
prosody  supplied.  Passow  complied,  but  undertook  the  work  in  a  veiy  different  sense 
from  this.  He  began  by  claiming  full  powers  of  alteration,  and  then  set  to  work  in 
earnest.  In  1819,  the  same  year  that  Schneider's  last  edition  was  published,  appeared 
also  the  First  Part  of  Passow's  Work  -J  what  he  proposed  to  himself  will  be  best  given 
in  his  own  words.  Thus  then  he  writes  to  his  old  Preceptor,  F.  Jacobs,  on  the  publi- 
cation of  the  First  Part  :*  "  It  would  be  worth  a  gi-eat  deal  to  me,  to  hear  your  judgment 
on  the  Plan  of  my  Lexicon,  especially  on  the  manner  in  which  I  have  given  the  first 
place  to  the  Homeric  senses,  and  then  to  those  of  Hesiod ;  my  purpose  being  to  go  on 
in  regular  historical  order,  and  thus  to  arrive  at  something  like  completeness.  These 
Homeric  and  Hesiodic  Articles  I  have  worked  up  with  real  diligence,  trusting  wholly  to 
myself;  and  here  I  hope  nothing  will  be  found  wanting,  that  can  properly  be  required 
in  a  Lexicon.  All  the  rest  has  been  put  together  from  Schneider's  materials  (often  raw 
enough), with  my  own  notes,  marginal  and  interlinear;  and  this  part  will  be  found  more 
or  less  perfect,  according  to  the  measure  of  Schneider's  exactness,  and  my  own  care- 
fulness. In  the  Conjunctions,  however,  Particles,  and  Prepositions,  I  have  ff»und  it 
necessary  to  go  below  Homer,  and  beyond  Schneider.     If  I  live  for  a  Second  Edition, 

1  Griechisch-deutsches  Worterbuch  beym  Lesen  der  *  In  1815,  being  in  his  twenty-ninth  year.  He  was 
griechischen  profanen  Scribenten  zu  gebrauchen.    Aus-     born  Sept.  20,  1786. 

gearbeitet    von  Johann    Gottlob   Schneider,    Professor  s  Ueber  Zvveck,  Anlage  und  Ergiiiizuiig  griech.  Wor- 

und  Oberbibliothekar  zu  Breslau.     Leipsig,  1819,  4°,  2  terbiichcr.     Berlin,  1812,  gr.  8°. 

vols.     An   Appendix   (Supplement-Band)   followed    in  e  See  the  Letter  referred  to  above. 

1821,  4°.  '  J.  G.  Schneider's  Handworterbuch,  etc.,  nach   der 

2  See  further  the  very  useful  Article  (by  Mr.  Fishlake)  dritten  Ausgabe  des  grossen  griechisch-deutschen  Wor- 
quoted  above,  p.  147,  sqq.  terbuch,  mit  besondrer  Beriicksichl  dcs  homcrischen  u. 

3  We  learn  this  from  a  letter  to  F.  Jacobs,  dated  Bres-  hesiod.  Sprachgebrauches,  u.  mil  genauer  Angabe  der 
lau,  August  10,  1819.  See  Franz  Passow's  Leben  u.  Sylbenliingen  ausgearbeitet.  Leipsig,  2  vols,  small  4".  It 
Briefe.     Breslau,  1839,  8".  was  finished  in  1823.                        *  In  the  same  Letter. 


PREFACE.  xix 

the  old  Lyric  and  Elegiac  Poets,  with  the  Prose  of  Herodotus  and  Hippocrates,  shall  be 
worked  into  the  text  on  the  same  principles  ;  in  a  Third,  the  Attic  Poets  ;  and  then, 
the  Attic  Prose.  In  this  way  I  hope  gradually  to  come  nearer  to  my  ideal  of  a  good 
Lexicon,  and  to  bring  organic  connection  into  the  thing  of  shreds  and  patches  which  we 
now  have."  These  views,  which  may  be  found  more  fully  stated  in  his  Preface,'  he  did 
not  live  to  see  fully  realized.  The  second  and  third  Editions  followed  so  quickly, 
that  he  had  not  time  to  make  any  thorough  improvement.*  But  in  the  fourth*  he 
carried  on  his  plan  so  far  as  to  have  worked  into  the  Text  (though  not  completely)  the 
phraseology  of  the  earliest  post-Homeric  Poets,  as  also  that  of  Herodotus.  And  the 
Work,  thus  remodelled,  he  considered  so  completely  his  ΟΛνη  child,  that  he  dropped 
the  name  of  Schneider  from  the  Title-page.  Soon  after  the  publication  of  this,  his  own 
Lexicon,  his  health  began  to  fail.  He  died  on  the  11th  of  March,  1833,  in  his  forty- 
seventh  year,  leaving  the  work  which  he  had  so  well  begun  for  others  to  bring  to 
an  end. 

This  is  what  we  proposed  to  ourselves,  viz.  to  carry  on  what  Passow  had  begun.  We 
perceive  that  others  are  doing  the  same  in  Germany."* 

AVe  at  first  thought  of  a  translation  of  Passow's  Work,  with  additions.  But  a  little 
experience  showed  us  that  this  would  not  be  sufficient.  Passow  indeed  had  done  all 
that  was  necessary  for  Homer  and  Hesiod,  so  that  his  Work  has  become  a  regular 
authority  in  Germany  for  the  old  Epic  Greek.*  But  he  had  done  nothing  farther 
completely.  For  though  in  the  Fourth  Edition  he  professes  to  have  done  for  Herodotus 
the  same  as  for  Homer,  this  is  not  quite  the  case.  He  had  done  little  more  than  use 
Schweighauser's  Lexicon — Λvhich  is  an  excellent  book,  and  leaves  little  of  the  peculiar 
phraseology  of  Herodotus  unnoticed,  but  is  very  far  indeed  from  being  a  complete 
vocabulary  of  the  author.®  One  of  us,  accordingly,  undertook  to  read  Herodotus  care- 
fully through,  adding  what  was  lacking  to  the  margin  of  his  Schweighauser.  The  other 
did  much  the  same  for  Thucydides.  And  between  us,  we  have  gone  through  the 
Fragments  of  the  early  Poets,  Lyric,  Elegiac,  etc.,  which  were  not  in  the  Poetae  Minores 
of  Gaisford ;  as  well  as  those  of  the  early  Historic  and  Philosophic  AVriters  ;  and  those 
of  the  Attic,  Tragic,  and  Comic  Poets,  which  were  dispersed  through  AthenaBus,  Sto- 
baeus,  etc.  We  have  referred  to  the  latter  as  collected  by  Meineke,  so  far  as  his 
collection  was  published  when  we  began  printing.  But  besides  all  our  own  reading  and 
collections,  we  have  made  unfailing  use  of  the  best  Lexicons  and  Indexes  of  the  great 
Attic  writers,  Wellauer's  of  ^schylus,'  Ellendt's  of  Sophocles,  Beck's  of  Euripides, 
Caravella's  of  Aristophanes,  Ast's  of  Plato,  Sturz's  of  Xenophon,  with  Reiske's  and 
Mitchell's  of  the  Attic  orators.  The  reader  will  see  by  this  that  we  have  thrown  our 
chief  strength  on  the  phraseology  of  the  Attic  writers.  AVe  have  also  sedulously  con- 
sulted Bockh's  Index  to  Pindar;  and  for  Hippocrates,  who  ought  to  be  closely  joined 

1  P.  xxvii,  sqq.  (Ed.  4.)  when  he  differs  from  him.     And  all  late  German  critical 

2  Published  in  1825  and  1827.        '  Published  in  1831.     works  are  full  of  references  to  Passow's  Lexicon. 

*  A  Lexicon  professedly  based  on  Passow's  was  be-  *  Forinstance  the  Reader  will  in  vain  look  fore/aaaoij, 

gun  in  1836  (Leipsig,  8".)  by  Pinzger,  and  continued  by  έλεγχος,  ελέγχω  -χομαι,  ελευθέρως,  έλενθερίη,  έ?.ενθε- 

Seiler  and  Jacubitz.     We  have  only  seen  the  first  Three  ρόω,  έλ-ενθέρωσις,  ελιγμός  (or  είλιγμός) — (all  omitted  in 

Numbers.    Works  of  more  promise  have  been  begun,  one  page  of  Schweighauser) — in  Passow:*  so  he  will  miss 

one  by   Rost  and   Palm   (Handworterbuch  d.   griech.  έπαναγκάζο).  ειζανάστασις,  έτταναχωρέω,  επάνω,  έπα- 

Sprache,  begriindet  von  Franz  Passow.     Leipsig,  roy.  πυνίζομαι,   έττειπεΐν,   έπειςερχομαι,  έττεξενρίσκω,   etc. 

8°.) ;  the  other  by  F.  Pape,  (Braunschweig,  roy.  8°.)    Of  The  latter  part  of  Passow  is  fuller  than  the  former :  after 

these  the  former  half  has  appeared.     Of  course  we  have  (about)  συν.  he  inserts  many  Herodotean  words  not  in 

not  been  able  to  make  any  use  of  them.  Schweighauser.     Here  too  he  corrects  the  false  referen- 

5  For  instance,  Nitzsch,  in  the  Preface  to  his  excellent  ces,  which  he  seldom  does  in  earlier  parts  of  his  work. 

Commentary  on  the  Odyssey  (p.  v),  says,  that  on  Lexi-  '  Mr.  Linwood's  came  too  late  for  us  to  be  able  to 

cographical  points  he  shall  expect  his  Readers  to  refer  make  any  use  of  it.     (fit  has  been  used  in  the  American 

to  Passow  ;  nor  shall  he  touch  on  such  questions,  but  edition,  and  in  the  2d  English  edition.!) 


*  tThis  is  a  strange  oversight  on  the  part  of  the  Oxford  editors,  and  the  more  surprising  that  it  has  been  allowed 
to  stand  uncorrected  in  the  2d  edition  :  the  statement  made  in  their  note  is  too  general,  and  does  great  injustice  to 
the  laborious  and  accurate  Passow ;  the  editors  can  merely  mean  that  Passow  has  not  given  the  Herodotean 
significations  of  these  words,  or  that  he  has  omitted  the  references  to  Hdt.,  for  the  words  themselves  are  all  in  his 
Lexicon,  except  ελέγχομαι,  and  έττατίονίζομαι,  which  two  also  are  not  given  in  the  Oxford  Lexicon  (the  ref.  under 
ελέγχω  to  Hdt.  are  for  that  form) :  in  the  former  case  the  statement  is  erroneous,  inasmuch  as  the  Hdt.  signfs.  are 
given  by  Passow  to  all  these  words,  as  they  stand  in  the  Oxford  Lexicon,  except  not  so  fully  to  έ-^άνω,  έπειςέρ- 
χομαι,  and  έλενθερόω  in  pass. ;  if  the  latter  be  their  meaning,  then  the  statement  is  incorrect  also,  for  ετταναγκάζω 
and  έπεξευρίσκω  have  in  Passow  a  reference  to  Hdt. ;  while  with  regard  to  the  very  first  word  quoted,  έ/.ασσόω, 
no  reference  is  made  to  Hdt.  in  either  Lexicon,  but  the  Oxford  editors  have  based  theirs  on  Passow's,  adopting 
even  the  erroneous  reference  at  the  end  to  ήσσόω. 


XX  PREFACE. 

with  Herodotus,  we  have  used  Foesius'  CEconomia,  with  the  references  in  the  Index  of 
the  Oxford  Scapula.  But  we  want  a  good  critical  revision  of  this  Autlior  to  make  his 
text  of  authority  in  elucidating  the  Ionic  dialect.  After  the  Attic  writers,  Greek  under- 
goes a  great  change  ;  which  begins  to  appear  strongly  about  the  time  of  Alexander. 
Aristotle's  language  strikes  us  at  once  as  something  quite  difierent  from  that  of  his 
master  Plato,  though  the  change  of  styles  cannot  be  measured  quite  chronologically;  as, 
for  instance,  Demosthenes  was  contemporary  with  Aristotle ;  yet  his  style  is  the  purest 
Attic.  Here,  as  in  painting,  architecture,  etc.,  there  are  transition  periods — the  old 
partly  surviving,  the  new  just  appearing.  But  the  change  is  complete  in  Polybius,  with 
the  later  Historic  AVriters,  and  Plutarch.  We  have  therefore  not  been  anxious  to  amass 
authorities  fi'om  these  authors,  though  we  have  endeavored  to  collect  their  peculiar 
words  and  phrases.^  For  Aristotle,  we  have  used  Sylburg's  Indexes,  and  those  in  the 
Oxford  editions  of  the  Rhetoric  and  Ethics ;  for  Theophrastus,  Schneider's  Index  ;  for 
Polybius  (of  course),  Schweighauser's  Lexicon ;  for  Plutarch,  Wyttenbach's  Index. 
Attic  phraseology  revives  inore  or  less  in  Lucian ;  but  for  that  reason  most  of  his 
phrases  have  earlier  examples,  though  in  some  of  his  works  (as  the  Verae  Historiae, 
Tragopodagra,  Lexiphanes,  etc.)  many  new  or  rare  words  occur.  We  have  taken  them 
from  G-eel's  Index  to  the  Edition  of  Hemstcrhuis  and  Reiz.  But  in  these,  and  Λvriters 
of  a,  like  stamp,  we  have  seldom  been  careful  to  add  the  special  reference,  being  usually 
content  with  giving  the  name  of  the  author.^  Another  class  of  writers  belongs  to  Alexan- 
drea.  We  have  not  neglected  these.  The  reader  will  find  the  Greek  of  Theocritus 
pretty  fully  handled ;  and  he  Λνίΐΐ  not  turn  in  vain  to  seek  the  unusual  words  introduced 
by  the  learned  Ejiic  school  of  that  city,  Callimachus,  Apollonius,  etc.,  or  by  that  whole- 
sale coiner  Lycophron.  We  have  also  been  careful  to  notice  such  words  as  occur  first, 
or  in  any  unusual  sense  in  the  Alexandrean  version  of  the  Old  Testament,  and  in  the 
New  Testament.  We  must  not  omit  to  mention,  tliat  in  the  first  part,  viz.  from  Β  to  Κ 
inclusive,  we  have  been  saved  much  labor,  and  have  very  much  enriched  our  Lexicon, 
by  consulting  Hase  and  Dindorf's  New  Edition  of  Stephani  Thesaurus.  We  only  wish 
we  could  have  had  their  assistance  for  the  whole. 

We  think  it  should  be  particularly  noticed,  that  all  passages  quoted  have  heen  specially 
verified  on  the  Proof  Sheets,  and  the  references  uniformly  made  to  the  same  Edition?  We 
can  thus  at  least  (barring  human  accidents)  insure  correctness  of  quotation ;  so  that  those 
who  doubt  our  authority  may  really  be  able  to  satisfy  themselves.  And  here  let  us  make 
full  acknowledgment,  and  give  our  best  thanks  to  George  Marshall,  M.A.,  Student  oi 
Christ  Church,  who  has  relieved  us  of  the  heaviest  part  of  this  most  laborious  and  irk- 
some task.     We  will  guarantee  his  accuracy  at  the  hazard  of  our  own. 

Such  is  a  brief  sketch  of  what  we  have  done.  It  remains  to  say  something  on  the 
manner,  how  we  have  attempted  to  do  it. 

Our  Plan  has  been  that  marked  out  and  begun  by  Passovv,  viz.  to  make  each  Article 
a  History  of  the  usage  of  tli.e  word  r(f erred  to.  That  is,  we  have  always  sought  to  give 
the  earliest  authority  for  its  use  first.  Then,  if  no  change  was  introduced  by  later 
writers,  we  have  left  it  with  that  early  authority  alone — adding,  however,  whether  it 
continued  in  general  use  or  no,  and  taking  care  to  specify,  whether  it  was  common  to 
Prose  and  Poetry,  or  confined  to  one  only.  In  most  cases  the  Λvord  will  tell  its  own 
story  :  the  passages  quoted  will  themselves  say  whether  it  continued  in  use,  and 
whether  it  was  used  or  no  both  in  Poetry  and  Prose  ;  for  there  are  few  words  that 
do  not  change  their  significations  more  or  less  in  the  downward  course  of  Time,  and 
iew  therefore  that  do  not  need  many  references.  It  will  be  understood  that  deviations 
from  the  strict  Historical  order  must  occur.  Homer  sometimes  uses  a  word  in  a  meta 
phorical  sense  only,  the  literal  sense  of  which  first  occurs  (perhaps)  in  Plato.  In  such 
instances,  of  course,  we  give  the  literal  and  actual  sense  the  preference.*  The  old  Epic 
part  we  have  left  nearly,  as  we  found  it,  in  the  hands  of  Passow.  Some  few  eiTors  we 
have  corrected  (but  there  were  not  many) ;  and  we  have  simplified  Passow's  account 
of  the  Homeric  usages  ;  for  he  was  too  fond  of  refining,  and  making  distinctions  ot 
signification,  which  depended  Λvholly  on  the  context.  But  we  have  never  been  anxious 
to  alter  for  altering's  sake.     All  post-Homeric  words  have  been  remodelled,  and  those 

ι  (tThis  applies  only  to  the  1st  ed.  ;  they  have  been  references  are  made  to  the  old  Edition.    We  ought  to 

quoted  at  length  in  the  2d.t)          =  (tFidc  foreg.  note.t)  have  altered  these,  but  have  not.     (tThis  change  has 

^  The  only  exceptions  are  in  the  case  of  single  refer-  been  made  in  a  great  measure  in  the  American  edition, 

ences  to  a  few  German  Works,  vvhich  we  could  not  ob-  and  in  the  2d  English,  but  not  completely.!) 

tain,  and  which  we  have  allowed  to  stand  as  in  Passow's  *  See  some  good  remarks  on  this  principle  in  Mr.  Fiish 

Text.    We  must  add  Wolf's  Leptines,  in  vvhich  the  lake's  Article  above  quoted,  p.  172. 


PREFACE.  xxj 

of  Attic  stamp  mostly  re-written.  We  should  here  except  the  articles  on  the  Prepositions, 
Conjunctions,  and  Particles,  which  Passow  had  (from  the  first)  wrought  out  with  true 
Germau  diligence.  Our  Λvork  here  has  been  chiefly  to  compress,  and  simplify  ;  often 
referring  to  Grammatical  Works,  for  matter  that  comes  more  properly  into  their 
sphere  than  into  that  of  Lexicography.  Many  will  think  we  might  have  well  carried 
this  pruning  system  further  ;  and  we  believe  so  too.  Statements  on  points  of  Criticism 
will  be  found  supported  by  reference  to  the  critical  writers  of  chief  authority  ;  and  here 
we  have  endeavored  to  refer  to  those  whose  Λvorks  are  most  within  reach  of  English 
Readers. 

We  think  then  that  we  have  the  same  right  to  call  our  Book,  A  Lexicon,  etc.,  "  based 
on  the  Work  of  Passow,"  that  he  had  to  eject  the  name  of  Schneider  altogether  from 
his  Title-page.  Our  object  is  not  to  claiin  undue  honor,  but  to  give  as  accurate  a  Title 
to  the  Work  as  we  can. 

In  the  Arrangement,  it  will  be  found,  that  the  Grammatical  Forms  come  first.  Then 
the  Root,  primary  or  secondary,  inclosed  in  curved  brackets  (  )  ;  except  when  it  is 
necessary  to  speak  at  length  on  the  Derivation,  which  will  then  be  found  at  the  end  of 
the  article.  Then  the  Interpretation  of  the  word,  Avith  examples,  etc.  Lastly,  remarks 
on  the  Prosody,  when  necessary,  inclosed  in  square  brackets  [  J.  This  also  we  have 
borrowed  from  Passow  ;  though  he  did  not  observe  the  first  part  very  strictly ;  for  his 
Grammatical  Forms  are  often  at  the  end,  or  mixed  up  with  the  Interpretation. 

All  irregular,  with  some  not  obviously  regular.  Tenses  will  be  found  in  their  own  alpha- 
betical place,  with  reference  to  the  Verb  they  belong  to.  Epic,  as  well  as  Doric,  Aeolic, 
and  other  dialectic  forms  maybe  similarly  found;  with  reference  to  the  Attic  form  under 
which  (generally)  they  are  discussed. 

The  Tenses  of  Compound  Verbs  will  be  found  under  the  Simple  forms,  except  when 
the  Compound  A'^erb  itself  has  anything  peculiar. 

Adverbs  must  be  sought  at  the  end  of  their  Adjectives. 

In  Etymology  we  have  departed  widely  from  Passow.  He  had  adopted  a  modification 
of  Hemsterhuis'  system,  referring  all  words  to  imaginary  primitive  Verbs,  and  inserting 
these  Verbs  in  their  alphabetical  places.  We  have  dismissed  most  of  these,  retaining 
such  only  as  are  actually  implied  in  some  extant  tense  of  the  Verb  or  some  Derivative, 
as  for  instance,  ΘΕΏ  is  implied  in  θήσω  (the  fut.  of  τίθημι),  "ΕΩ  in  ήσω  [οι  ΐημί),  ΓΕ'ΝΩ 
in  γέγονα,  γόνος,  and  so  forth.  Otherwise  we  have  recognized  the  Root  in  the  simplest 
forms  of  the  Verb  (usually  the  aor.  2)  or  Derivatives.  For  instance,  we  do  not  refer 
λαμβάνω  to  the  imaginary  ΛΑ'Ω,  but  to  the  Root  ΛΑΒ-,  β  being  clearly  part  of  the 
Root,  as  is  shown  by  the  aor.  2,  by  λαβή,  by  λανω  (i.  e.  λα/ω),  etc.  The  extant  Roots, 
or  the  Forms  nearest  them,  we  have  printed  in  capitals.  Words  not  extant  are  marked 
by  asterisks.  Lastly,  we  have  introduced  a  little  Comparative  Etymology,  by  quoting 
kindred  Roots  from  Sanscrit,  and  other  of  the  great  family  of  Indo-European  Tongues. 
Of  course  we  have  not  at  all  done  this  completely.  We  have  only  endeavored  to  call 
attention  to  the  subject  ;  to  stimulate  curiosity,  rather  than  satisfy  it.  In  this  department 
we  are  chiefly  indebted  to  Pott's  Etymologisc/ie  Forscliungen  auf  dem  Gebiete  der  Indo- 
Germanischen  S2:)rachen  (Lemgo  1833 — 1836),  2  vols.  8vo. 

In  the  Translations  of  the  Greek  terms,  we  have  been  anxious  to  use  genmne  Saxon- 
English  words,  rather  than  their  Latin  equivalents. 

Articles  of  Archeology  have  been  in  all  cases  re-written,  with  especial  attention  to  the 
law-phrases  of  the  Orators.  We  have  endeavored  here  to  give  a  summary  of  all  essentials, 
referring  for  details  to  other  Books.  We  might  have  been  content  to  refer,  once  for  all, 
to  the  Dictionary  of  Antiquities,  lately  completed  under  the  direction  of  Dr.  Smith  ;  but 
this  very  useful  Book  was  not  nearly  finished  when  Λve  went  to  press. 

Many  may  be  surprised  to  find  details  of  Mythology  under  some  w^ords,  as  'Απόλλων, 
Ζεΰξ",  etc.  These  are  retained  from  Passow,  though  curtailed.  If  the  Dictionary  of 
Mythology  and  Biography,  lately  begun  under  Dr.  Smith's  direction,  had  been  finished, 
we  might  probably  have  cancelled  them  altogether. 

Some  Proper  Names  will  be  found.  Passow  had  inserted  all  the  Homeric  and 
Hesiodic  names.  AVe  have  left  such  only  as  had  in  themselves  some  force  and  signifi- 
cance, or  presented  anything  remarkable  in  their  grammatical  forms.^ 

In  all  these  last  mentioned  cases  it  is  difficult  to  draw  a  line  between  what  is  essential 
to  general  Lexicography  and  what  is  not.  We  have  done  this  to  the  best  of  our  judg- 
ment, and  if  the  line  waves  more  or  less,  we  must  shelter  ourselves  under  the  plea  that  it 
could  hardly  be  otherwise. 

ι  See  for  example,  Αγαμέμνων,  'Ηρακλής. 


xxii  PREFACE. 

λΥβ  subjoin  an  Aljyhahetical  Catalogue  of  Authors  quoted,  together  with  a  note  of  the 
Edition  used,  to  which  (as  above  stated)  we  have  been  carelul  to  make  uniform  reference. 
The  date  of  each  Author's  "  floruit"  is  added  in  the  margin  ;  and  by  comparing  this 
with  the  short  summary  of  the  chief  Epochs  of  Greek  Literature  prefixed  to  the  Cata- 
lo<me,  it  will  be  easy  to  determine  the  time  of  a  Avord's  first  usage,  and  of  its  subsequent 
changes  of  signification.  It  will  be  imderstood,  however,  that  the  age  of  a  Avord  does 
not  wholly  depend  on  that  of  its  Author.  For,  first,  many  Greek  books  have  been  lost; 
secondly,  a  word,  of  Attic  stamp,  first  occurring  in  Lucian,  or  later  imitators  of  Attic 
Greek,  may  be  considered  as  actually  older  than  those  found  in  the  vernacular  writers 
of  the  Alexandrean  age.  Further,  the  Language  changed  differently  in  different  places 
at  the  same  time  ;  as  in  the  cases  of  Demosthenes  and  Aristotle  (noticed  above,  p.  xx), 
whom  we  have  been  compelled  to  place  in  different  Epochs.  And  at  the  same  place,  as 
Athens,  there  were  naturally  two  parties,  one  clinging  to  old  usages,  the  other  fond  of 
Avhat  was  new.  The  Greek  of  Thucydides  and  Lysias  may  be  compared  in  illustration 
of  this  remark.  We  may  add,  that  though  the  term  "  flourished"  is  vague,  it  is  yet  the  only 
one  available,  if  we  wish  to  observe  the  influence  of  any  particular  AVriter  on  Language 
and  Literature.  We  may  seem  to  have  been  capricious  in  assigning  some  of  the  Dates; 
but  it  has  been  done,  always,  by  comparing  such  notices  as  have  come  to  us  respecting 
the  author  in  question,  and  that  chiefly  by  the  aid  of  Mr.  Fynes  Clinton's  Fasti  Hellenici, 
for  the  period  which  that  work  embraces. 

Before  concluding,  we  beg  to  thank  all  Friends  who  have  assisted  us  by  advice  or 
information.  We  must  also  make  full  acknowledgments  to  the  Delegates  of  the 
University  Press  for  the  readiness  with  which  they  received  our  Work.  And  especially 
we  must  express  our  gratitude  to  the  Dean  of  Christ  Church  for  the  kindness  he  has 
shown  us,  and  the  interest  he  has  taken  in  the  progi'ess  of  our  Book. 

We  now  dismiss  our  Book  with  feelings  of  thankfulness  that  Λνβ  have  had  health  and 
streno-th  to  bring  it  to  a  close.  We  know  well  how  far  it  is  from  what  it  might  be,  from 
what  we  ourselves  could  imagine  it  to  be.  But  we  hope  that  by  pains  and  accuracy  we 
have  at  least  laid  a  good  foundation  ;  and  we  shall  be  ready  to  profit  by  any  criticisms 
that  may  be  made  upon  it,  whether  public  or  private.  For  the  present  we  shall  be 
content  if  it  shall  in  any  sort  serve  that  end  of  Avhich  we  spoke  in  the  outset;  if,  that  is, 
it  shall  tend  to  cherish  or  improve  the  accurate  study  of  the  classical  writers  of  Greece. 
We  cannot  look  for  much  more.  For  the  AVriter  of  Dictionaries,  says  Johnson,  in  Ms 
Preface,  has  been  "  considered  not  the  pupil,  but  the  slave  of  science,  the  pioneer  of 
literature,  doomed  only  to  remove  rubbish  and  clear  obstructions  from  the  path,  through 
which  learning  and  genius  press  forward  to  conquest  and  glory,  Avithout  bestowing  a 
smile  on  the  humble  drudge  that  facilitates  their  progress."  His  labors  have  been  com- 
pared to  "  those  of  the  anvil  and  the  mine;"  or  even  worse — 

condendaque  Lexica  mandat 
Damnatis,  poenam  pro  poenis  omnibus  unam. 

But  our  own  great  English  Lexicographer,  who  with  his  gloomy  mind  delighted  to 
heap  rejiroaches  upon  himself,  has  himself  also  removed  much  of  that  reproach  by  the 
noble  work  which  will  carry  his  name  wherever  the  English  tongue  is  spoken.  And  we 
at  least  are  well  pleased  to  think  that,  if  our  book  prove  useful,  it  has  been  our  lot  to 
follow,  however  humbly,  in  the  same  career  of  usefulness  that  he  chose  for  his  own. 

[July,  1843.] 


I.   SUMMARY  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  ERAS  IN  GREEK  LITERATURE. 


I.  The  early  Epic  Period,  comprising  the  Iliad  and  Odyssey,  the  Homeric  Hymns,  and  the  Poems  of  Hesiod. 

II.  From  about  800  to  530  A.  C,  in  which  Literature  chiefly  flourished  in  Asia  Minor  and  the  Islands  :  the  Period 

of  the  early  Lyric,  Elegiac,  and  Iambic  Poets. 

From  530  to  510,  A  C,  the  Age  of  Pisistratus,  etc. ;  the  beginning  of  Tragedy  at  Athens :  early  Historians. 

From  510  to  470,  A.  C,  the  Age  of  -u  ΙΙερσικά,  in  which  the  Great  Tragic  Poets  began  to  exhibit,  Simonides 
and  Pindar  brought  Lyric  Poetry  to  perfection. 

From  470  to  431.  A.  C,  the  Age  of  Athenian  Supremacy:  perfection  of  Tragedy:  regular  Prose,  Ionic  oi 

Herodotus  and  Hippocrates,  Attic  (probably)  of  Antipho. 
From  431  to  403,  A.  C,  the  Age  of  the  Peloponnesian  War:  perfection  of  the  Old  Comedy  :  best  Old  Attic 

Prose  in  Pericles'  Speeches,  Thucydides,  etc. 
From  403  to  about  336,  the  Age  of  Spartan  and  Theban  Supremacy,  and  of  Philip:  Middle  Comedy:  Attic 

Prose  of  Lysias,  Plato,  and  Xenophon:  perfection  of  Oratory,  Demosthenes,  etc. 
VIIL  From  about  336  to  the  Roman  Times :  (1)  Macedonian  Age :  Prose  of  Aristotle  and  Theophrastus :  New 

Comedy.     (2)  Alexandrean  Age ;   later  Epic  and  Elegiac  writers,  Callimachus,  Theocritus,  Apollonius 

Rhodius,  etc.,  learned  Poets,  Critics,  etc. 
IX.    Roman  Age :    Epigrammatic  Poets,  Hellenic  Prose  of  Polybius,  etc. ;  Alexandrean  Prose  of  Philo,  etc.  • 

Grarmnarians.    Then  the  revived  Atticism  of  Lucian,  the  Sophists,  etc. 


IIL 
IV. 


V. 


VL 


VII. 


II.     LIST  OF  AUTHORS,  WITH  THE  EDITIONS  REFERRED  TO. 


N.  B.     As  to  the  use  of  this  List,  see  the  Remarks  toward  the  End  of  the  Preface. 


Achaeus,  Tragicus 

Achilles  Tatius,  Scriptor  Eroticus.     Ed.  Jacobs 

Acusilaus,  Historicus.     Ed.  Sturz 

.    ,•     •     (  Hist.  Naturalis.     Ed.  Jacobs.  ) 

Aeiiani    ^  ya^iae  Historiae.     Ed.  Tauchnitz.  ] 

Aeschines,  Orator.     In  Bekker's  Oratt.  Attici,  vol.  3  ;  quoted  by  the  pages  of  H.  Stephens 

Aeschylus,  Tragicus.     Ed.  Dindorf (Date  of  first  prize) 

tAesopicae  Fabulae.    Ed.  De  Furiaf 

Agatho,  Tragicus 

Alcaeus,  Lyricus.     Ed.  Matthia 

Comicus  (Vet.)    In  Meineke's  Com.  Fragmenta  2,  p.  824 

Alciphron,  Scriptor  Eroticus.     Ed.  Wagner 

Alcman,  Lyricus.     Ed.  Welcker 

Alexis,  Comicus  (Med.)    In  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.  3,  p.  382 

Alexander,  Comicus  (Incert.)    In  Meineke's  Cora.  Fragm.  4,  p.  553 

tAlexander  Aetolus.     Ed.  Capellmannf 

Amipsias,  Comicus  (Vet.)    In  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.  2,  p.  701 

Amphis,  Comicus  (Med.)    In  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.  3,  p.  301 

.        -  ,      ■  (  His  true  Fragments  collected  by  Bergk.  ) 

Anacreon,  Lyricus.    ^^  gpurious  PoSms,  ^nacreo^i/ca.  "  Ed.  Fischer  ? 

Ananius,  lambographus.     At  the  end  of  Welcker's  Hipponax 

Anaxagoras,  Philosophus.     Ed.  Schaubach 

Anaxandrides,  Comicus  (Med.)    In  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.  3,  p.  161 

Anaxilas,  Comicus  (Med.)    In  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.  3,  p.  341 

Anasippus,  Comicus  (Nov.)     In  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.  4,  p.  459 

Andocides,  Orator.     In  Bekker's  Oratt.  Att.,  v.  1  ;  quoted  like  Aeschines.     (His  imprisonment) 

Antidotus,  Comicus  (Med.)    In  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.  3,  p.  328 

Antimachus,  Elegiacus.     Ed.  Schellenberg 

Antipater  Sidonius.    In  Brunck's  Analecta 

Thessalonicensis.    In  Brunck's  Analecta 

Antiphanes,  Comicus  (Med.)    In  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.  3,  p.  3 

Antipho,  Orator.     In  Bekker's  Oratt.  Attici,  vol.  1  ;  quoted  like  Aeschines      .... 

Antoninus,  M.,  Philosophus.     Ed.  Gataker 

Antoninus  Liberalis 

ApoUodorus  (tres,  Comici  Nov.)    In  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.  4,  pp.  438,  440,  450       .        .        Λ 
—   Mythologiis.     Ed.  Heyne 


Apollonius  Dyscolus,  Graminaticus.  (De  Constructione,  Ed.  Bekker.  De  Conjunct,  et  Adverb, 
in  Bekker's  Anecdota,  vol.  2.  De  Pronom.,  in  Wolf's  Musaeum  Antiquitatis.  Historiae  Com- 
mentitiae,  Ed.  Meursius 

Rhodius,  Epicus.     Ed.  Weilauer 

Sophista  ;  Lexicon  Homericum.     Ed.  Tollius 

ApoUophanes,  Comicus  ( \"et.)    In  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.  2,  p.  879  .        .  .        . 

Appianus,  Historicus.     Ed.  Schweighauser ... 

Araros,  Comicus  (Med.)    In  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.  3,  p.  273     ...  .        .        . 

Aratus,  Poeta  physicus.     Ed.  Bekker .        . 


Floruit  circa 
A.  C, 
447 


500 


346 

484 


416 
610 

388 

650 

356 

350? 

280 

423 

350 

559 

540? 

470 

376 

340 

303 

415 

350 

405 

127 

388 
440 


330 
260 
140 


194 


407 


375 

272 


P.  C. 

450? 


120 


200? 


50 


160 
150? 


140 

20 
140 


sxlv 


LIST  OF  AUTHORS, 


Arcadius,  Grammaticus.     Ed.  Barker 

Archedicus,  Comicus  (\ov.)    Jn  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.  4,  p.  435 
Archilocdus,  lainbographus.     In  Gaisford's  Poelae  Mitiores  Gr.     . 
Archippus,  Comicus  (Vet.)    In  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.  2,  p.  715 

Aretaeus,  Medicus  

Aristaenetus,  fcicriptor  Eroticus.     Ed.  Boissonade 

Aristagoras,  Comicus  (Vet.)     Jn  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.  2,  p.  761 

Aristarchus,  Grammaticus 

Aristias,  Tragicus 

Aristides,  Rhetor.     Ed.  Dindorf 

Aristomenes,  Comicus  (Vet.)  In  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.  2,  p.  730 
Aristonymus,  Comicus  (Vet.)  In  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.  2,  p.  698 
Arislo[)hanes,  Comicus  (Vet.)     Ed.  Dindorf  .... 

Aristopho,  Comicus  (Med.)     In  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.  3,  p.  356 

Aristoteles,  Piiilosophus.     Ed.  Bekker,  O-von 

,     .  Tj•  .  1  5  Anabasis  Alexandri.    Ed.  Kriiger 

Arnanus,  Historicust  ^  ,,^j,^^_    ^^   Schmieder    .... 

Asius,  Elegiacus.     Ed.  Bach 

Astydamas,  Tragicus 


Athenaeus.     Ed.  Dindorf 
Athenio,  Comicus  (Incert.) 
Autocrates,  Comicus  (Vet.) 
Axionicus,  Comicus  (Med.) 


374 


In  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.  4,  p.  557 
In  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.  2,  p.  891 
In  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm,  3,  p.  530 
Babrius,  Fabularum  Scriptor.     Ed.  Boissonade  fand  Lewisf    . 

Bacchylides,  Lyricus.     Ed.  Neue 

Bato,  Comicus  (Nov.)     In  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.  4,  p.  499 
Bion,  Bucolicus.     In  Gaisford's  Poetae  Minores  Gr. 
Callias,  Comicus  (Vet.)     In  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.  2,  p.  735 
Callicrates,  Comicus  (Med.)    In  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.  3,  p.  536 

Callimachus,  Epicus.     Ed.  Ernesti 

Callinus,  Elegiacus.     Ed.  Bach 

Callippus,  Comicus  (Incert.)    In  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.  4,  p.  561 
Cantharus,  Comicus  (Vet.)    In  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.  2,  p.  835 
Cephisodorus,  Comicus  (Vet.)    In  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.  2,  p.  883 

Chaeremon,  Tragicus 

Chariclides,  Comicus  (Incert.)    In  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.  4,  p.  556 
Charon,  Jiistoricus.     Ed.  Creuzer,  (with  Hecataeus  and  Xanthus) 
Chionides,  Comicus  (Vet.)    In  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.  2,  p.  5 

Choerilus,  Epicus.     Ed.  Nake 

Choerilus,  Tragicus 

Chrysippus,  Philosophus 

Clearchus,  Comicus  (Incert.)    In  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.  4,  p.  562 
Clemens  Ale.vandrinus,  Ecclesiasticus,  et  Philosophus.     Ed.  Potter 

Coluthus,  Epicus.     Ed.  Tauchnitz 

Corinna,  Lyrica 

Crates,  Comicus  (Vet.)    In  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.  2,  p.  233 
Cratmus,  Major,  Comicus  (Vet.)     In  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.  1,  p.  15 

Minor,  Comicus  (Med.)     In  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.  2,  ρ 

Critias,  Elegiacus  et  Ti-agicus.     Eu.  Bach 

Crito,  Comicus  (Nov.)     In  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.  4,  p.  537     . 
Crobylus,  Comicus  (Incert.)     In  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.  4,  p.  565 

Ctesias,  Historicus.     Ed.  Bahr  

Damo.\enus,  Comicus  (Nov.)    In  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.  4,  p.  529 
Demades,  Orator.     In  Bekker's  Oratt.  Attici ;  quoted  like  Aeschines 

Demetrius,  (duo,  Comici).    In  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.   \  ).,^  '\    '  P" 
'  ^       '  J  (  (Nov.)  4,  ρ 

Demetrius  Phalereus,  Rhetor 

tDemocritus,  Philosophus.     Ed.  Mullach. 

Demonicus,  Comicus  (Incert.)     In  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.  4,  p.  570 

Demosthenes,  Orator.     In  Bekker's  Oratt.  Attici ;  by  Reiske's  pages 

Dexicrates,  Comicus  (Incert.)     In  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.  4,  p.  571 

Dicaearchus,  Geographus.     in  Hudson's  Geographi  Graeci  Minores 

Dinarchus,  Orator.     In  Bekker's  Oratt.  Attici :  quoted  like  Aeschines 

Dinolochus,  Comicus  Doricus      .         • 

Dio  Cassius,  Historicus 

Diodes,  Comicus  (Vet.)    In  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.  2,  p.  838 

Diodorus,  Comicus  (Med.)     In  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.  3,  p.  543 

(Siculus),  Historicus.     Ed.  Wesseling 

Diogenes  Laertius.     Ed.  Tauchnitz 

Dionysius,  Comicus  (Med.)    In  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.  3,  p.  547 

Halicarnassensis,  Historicus,  et  Criticus.    Ed.  Reiske 

Periegetes.     Ed.  Berniiardy 

Diophantus,  Comicus  (Vet.)    In  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.  1,  p.  492 

Dioscorides,  Physicus.     Ed.  Sprengel 

Dioxippus,  Comicus  (Nov.)     In  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.  4,  p.  541 
Diphilus,  Comicus  (Nov.)    In  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.  4,  p.  375 
Draco  Stratonicensis,  Grammaticus.     Ed.  Hermann 
Dromo,  Comicus  (Med.)     In  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.  3,  p.  540 
Ecphantides,  Comicus  (Vet.)     In  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.  2,  p.  12 
Empedocles,  Poeta  p'nilosophicus.     Ed.  Sturz    .... 
Ephippus,  Comicus  (Med.)    In  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.  3,  p.  322 

Ephorus,  Historicus 

Epicharmus,  Comicus  Syracusanus.     Ed.  Polman-Krusemann 
Epicrates,  Comicus  (Med.)     In  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.  3,  p.  305 
Epictetus,  Philosophus.    Ed.  Schweighauser       .... 


539 


(Thi 


(First 


Ααιτα?. 


publ: 


εις) 


(Birth) 
10  speech) 


Floruit  rirca 
P.  Q. 
•MO  I. 
302 
600 
415 


410 
150 
450 

425 

420 

427 

350? 

35C 


700 
398 

350? 

390 

340 

.  .? 
472 
260 
272 
424 
350? 
256 
730 

.  .? 
420 
402 
380 

.  .? 
504 
487 
440 
480 
230 


500 
450 
454 
350 
411 

.  .? 
335 
398 
345? 
326 
400 
299 
325 
460 

.  .  ? 
355 

.  .  ? 
320 
336 
487 

470 

354 

59 

350 
7 
1 


320 

350? 

460 

444 

368 

340 

500 

37G 


70 
350 


150 


134 


200? 


190 

500? 


194 


210 


60 


WITH  THE  EDITIONS  REFERRED  TO. 


Epicurus,  Philosophus         .        .        .        .• 

Epigenes,  Comicus  (Med.)    In  Meineke's  Com.  Fragin.  3,  p.  537 
Epilj'cus,  Comicus  (\'et.)     In  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.  2,  p.  887 
Epinicus,  Comicus  (Nov.)     In  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.  4,  p.  505 

Eratosthenes        ...        . 

Erinna,  Lvrica.    In  Brunck's  Analecta  Graeca 

Eripiius,  Comicus  (Med.)    In  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.  3,  p.  556 
Etymologicum  Magnum.     Ed.  Sylburg:  quoted  by  the  pages  of  the  first  Ed. 
Euangelus,  Comicus.     In  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.  4,  p.  572     ,        .        , 
Eubulides,  Comicus  (Med.)    In  Meineke  s  Com.  Fragm.  3,  p.  559 
Eubulus,  Comicus  (Med.)    In  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.  3,  p.  203 
Eudoxus,  Comicus  (•\ον.)    In  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.  4,  p.  508 

Euenus,  Elegiacus.    In  Gaisford's  Poetae  Minores  Gr 

Eunapius 


Eunicus,  Comicus  (Vet.)    In  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.  2,  p.  856 

Euphorion.     Ed.  Meineke 

Euphro,  Comicus  (Nov.)    In  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.  4,  p.  486 

Eupolis,  Comicus  (Vet.)    In  .Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.  2,.p.  426    .  • 

Euripides,  Tragicus.     Ed.  Dindorf    . 

tEusebius,  Historicus.     Ed.  Heinichen 

Eustathius,  Grammaticus.     Ed  Romana 

Euthycles,  Comicus  (Vet.)    In  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.  2,  p.  890 

Galenus,  Medicus 

Geoponica.     Ed.  Niclas 

Gorgias,  Sophista        , 

Gregorius  Corinthius,  Grammaticus.     Ed.  Keen  et  Schafer 

Harpocratio,  Lesicographus 

Hecaiaeus,  Historicus.     Ed.  Creuzer,  (with  Xanthus  and  Charon) 
Hegemon,  Comicus  (Vet.)    In  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.  2,  p.  743 
Hegesippus,  Comicus  (Nov.)    In  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.  4,  p.  479 
Heliodorus.     Scriptor  Eroticus.     Ed.  Mitscherlisch 

Hellanicus.  Historicus.     Ed.  Sturz 

Henicchus.  Comicus  (Med.)     In  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.  3,  p.  560 

Hephaeslio,  Grammaticus.     Ed.  Gaisford 

Heiaclides,  Comicus  (Med.)     In  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.  3,  p.  565 
t ,  Ponticus.     Ed.  Tauchnitz 


(Date  of  first  prize) 


Heraclitus,  Philosophus 

Hermesianax,  Elegiacus.     Ed.  Bach 

Hermippus,  Comicus  (Vet.)    In  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.  2,  p.  380 

Herodianus,  Historicus 

,  Grammaticus.     In  Dindorfs  Gramm.  Graeci 

Herodotus,  Historicus.     Ed.  Gaisford (At  Thurii) 

Hesiodus,  Epicus.     In  Gaisford's  Poetae  Minores  Graeci 

Hesychius,  Lexicographus.     Ed,  Alberti       . 

Hieronymus  Rhodius  

Hipparchus,  Comicus  (Nov  )    In  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.  4,  p.  431 

Hippocrates.  Medicus.     Ed.  Foesius  .        .        .   • 

Hipponax,  lambographus.     Ed.  Welcker 

Homerus,  Epicus.     Ed.  Wolf 

Hyperides,  Orator 

lamblichus,  Pythagoreus 

Ibycus,  Lyricus.     Ed.  Schneidewin 

Ion,  Tragicus 

Josephus,  Historicus 

t ,Genesius  or  Byzantinus.     Ed.  Lachmann 

Isaeus,  Orator.    In  Bekker's  Oratt.  Attici,  vol.  3  ;  quoted  like  Aeschines    •        .        .        .        . 
Isocrates,  Orator.    Ibid.,  vol.  2  ;  by  Coray's  pages    .        .        ,    (Date  of  Panegyric,  a.  aet.  56) 

Ister,  Historicus.     Ed.  Siebelis 

Laon,  Comicus  (Incert.)    In  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.  4,  p.  574 

Lasus,  Dithyrambicus  

Leonidas  Alexandrinus.     In  Brunck's  Analecta 

Tarentinus.     In  Brunck's  Analecta 

Leuco,  Comicus  (Vet.)    In  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.  2,  p.  749  .        ... 

Libanius,  Sophista 

Longinus,  Rhetor 

Longus,  Scriptor  Eroticus.     Ed.  Schafer 

Lucianus.     Ed.  Hemsterhuis  et  Reiz 

Lycophron,  lambographus  (Alexandrinus).     Ed.  Bachmann 

Lycurgus,  Orator.     In  Bekker's  Oratt.  Attici ;  quoted  like  Aeschines 

I.ynceus,  Comicus  (Nov.)     In  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.  4,  p.  433 

Lysias,  Orator.     In  Bekker's  Oratt.  Attici,  v.  1 (Date  of  Exile) 

Lysippus,  Comicus  (Vet.)     In  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.  2,  p.  744 

LXX,  Ϊ.  e.  the  Septuagint  Version  of  the  Old  Testament 

Macho,  Comicus  (Nov.)     In  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.  4,  p.  496 

Magnes,  Comicus  (Vet.)    In  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.  2,  p.  9 

ISIaxirnus  Tyrius 

Melanippides,  Dithyrambicus 

Meleager,  Elegiacus.    In  Brunck's  Analecta 

Menander,  Comicus  (Nov.)    Ed.  Meineke;  also  in  the  Com.  Fragm.  4,  p.  69 

.Rhetor.     Ed.  Heeren 

Metagenes,  Comicus  (Vet.)     In  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.  2,  p.  751  

Mimnermus,  Elegiacus.     In  Gaisford's  Poetae  Minores  Gr.  ..*.... 

Mnesiinachus,  Comicus  (Nov.)     In  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.  3,  p.  567 

Moeris,  Grammaticus.     Ed.  Pierson 

Moschus,  Bucoiicus.    In  Gaisford's  Poetae  Minores  Gr.  .        .     ■ 


Floruit 
A.  C. 
310 
378 
394 
270? 
230 
610? 
350.' 


375 
? 
450 

394 
235 
280 
429 
441 

400? 

459 


520 
413 
300 

450 
350? 

348 

360? 

503 

290? 

432 


443 


250 
320 
430 
546 

.  .? 
335 

560 
451 


364 
380 
236 
.  .  ? 
503 

280 
423 


259? 
337 
300 
404 
434 
274? 
230 
460 
200 
520 
95 
321 

410 
630 


154 


circa 
P.  C. 


1050? 


400 


300 
1160 


164 
920? 


1150? 
350? 


390 
160 


230 
lUO 


310 


70 
950 


60 


350 

267 


160 


290? 


LIST  OF  AUTHORS, 


Musaeus 

Myrtilus,  Comicus  (V'et.)    In  Meinei  e's  Com.  Fragm.  2,  p.  418       .        .        .        , 
tNaumachius.     In  Gaisford's  Poetae  Minores  Gr.  ...... 

ISausicrates,  Comicus  (Med.  ?)    In  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.  4,  p.  575       . 

Isicander,  Poeta  physicus.     Ed.  Schneider  

Nicochares.  Comicus  (Vet.)     In  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.  2,  p.  842 
Nicoliius,  Comicus  (Incert.)     In  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.  4,  p.  579 

• ,  Damascenus,  Historicus 

Nicomachus,  Comicus  (Nov.  ?)     In  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.  4,  p.  583,  (cf.  1,  p.  77) 
Nicophon,  Comicus  (Vet.)     In  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.  2,  p.  848      .        .        .        , 
Tsicostratus,  Comicus  (Med.)     In  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.  3,  p.  278,  (cf.  1,  p.  77) 

Nonnus,  Epicus.    fEd.  Graefef 

Ophelio,  Comicus  (Med.)    In  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.  3,  p.  380 
Oppianus,  Poeta  physicus.    Ed.  Sclnieider 


Oracula  Sibyllina 

Orphica.     Ed.  Hermann     . 

Panyasis,  Epicus.     In  Gaisford's  Poetae  Minores  Gr.  .        .        . 

Parmenides,  Poeta  philosophicus 

tParoemiographi  Graeci.     Ed.  Gaisford 

Parlhenius,  Scriptor  Eroticus 

Paulus  Silentiarius 

Pausanias,  Geographus.     Ed.  Bekker 

Phanocles,  Elegiacus.     Ed.  Bach 

Pherecrates,  Comicus  (Vet.).    In  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.  2,  p.  252 

Pherecydes,  Minor,  Historicus.     Ed.  Sturz 

Philemon,  Comicus  (Nov.)     Ed.  Meineke:  also  in  Com.  Fragm.  4,  p.  3 

Minor,  Comicus  ^Nov.)    In  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.  4,  p.  68 

Philetaerus,  Comicus  (Med.)     In  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.  3,  p.  292 

Philetas,  Elegiacus.     Ed.  Bach 

Philippides,  Comicus  (Nov.)    In  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.  4,  p.  467 
Philiscus,  Comicus  (Med.)    In  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.  3,  p.  579 

Philiscus.  Historicus 

Philo,  Judaeus.     Ed.  Mangey 

Philonides,  Comicus  (Vet.)     In  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.  2,  p.  421 
Phiiostephanus,  Comicus  (Incert.)    In  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.  4,  p.  589 

Philostrati  duo,  Sophistae.     Ed.  Olearius 

Philoienus,  Dithyrambicus.    (v.  Meineke  Com.  Fragm.  v.  3,  p.  635  sqq.) 
Philyllius,^Comicus  (.Vet.)    In  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.  2,  p.  857     . 
Phocylides,  Elegiacus.     In  Gaisford's  Poetae  Minores,  Gr. 
Photius,  Lexicographus,  etc.     Edd.  Porson  and  Bekker   • 
Phrynichus,  Comicus  (Vet.)    In  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.  2,  p.  580 

,  Tragicus 

,  Grammaiicus.     Ed.  Lobeck 

Pindarus,  Lyricus.     Quoted  by  Heyne's  lines,  in  the  right  margin  of  Bockh.  Dissen.,  etc 

Fragments  from  Bockh's  Edition 

Plato,  Comicus  (Vet.)    In  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm,  2,  p.  615 

■ ,  Philosophus.     Ed.  Bekker  ;  quoted  by  the  pages  of  H.  Stephens 

Plotinus 


Plutarchus,  Philosophus.     Ed.  Xylandri  .... 

Poliochus,  Comicus  (Incert.)     In  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.  4,  p.  589 
Pollu.x,  Archaeologus.     Ed.  Hemsterhuis  .... 

Polybius,  Historicus.     Ed.  Schv^eighiiuser 

Polyidus,  Dithyrambicus 

Polyzelus,  Comicus  (Vet.)    In  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.  2,  p.  867 

Porphyrius 

Posidippus,  Comicus  (Nov.)    In  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.  4,  p.  513 

Pratinas,  Tragicus 

Praxilla,  Lyrica 

Proclus .  . 

Quintus  Smyrnaeus  (or  Calaber),  Epicus  .... 

Rhianus,  Elegiacus.     In  Gaisford's  Poetae  Minores  Gr.    . 
Sannyrio,  Comicus  (Vet.)    in  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.  2,  p.  872 

Sappho,  Lyrica.     Ed.  Neue 

Scymnus,  Poetae  Geographicus.     In  Hudson's  Geogr.  Minores  . 
Sextus  Empiricus,  Philosophus.     Ed.  Fabricius       .... 
Simonides  of  Amorgus.  His  poem  de  Midieribus  as  No.  230  in  Gaisford 
-ofCeos.    In  Gaisford's  Poetae  Minores  Gr. 


Solon,  Elegiacus 

Sophilus,  Comicus  (Med.)    In  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.  3,  p.  581 

Sophocles,  Tragicus.     Ed.  Dindorf 

Sophron,  Mimographus.     In  the  Museum  Criticum  Cantab. 
Sosicrates,  Comicus  (Nov.)    In  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.  4,  p.  591    . 
Sosipater,  Comicus  (Nov.)     In  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.  4,  p.  482 
Sotades,  Comicus  (Med.)    In  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.  3,  p.  585 
Stephanus,  Comicus  (Nov.)    In  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.  4,  p.  544 

Byzantinus,  Geographus.     Ed.  Westermann    . 

Stcsichorus,  Lyricus.     Ed.  Kleine 

«tohapus     i  I'"io''i'egiuni•    Ed.  Gaisford  ;  quoted  by  Gesner's  pages 

''      <"     "'    ^  Eclogae.     Ed.  Heeren 

Strabo  ;  quoted  by  Casaubon's  pages 

Strattis,  Comicus  (Vet.)    In  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.  2,  p.  763     . 

Suidas,  Lexicographus.     Ed.  Gaisford 

Susario,  Comicus  (V^et.)    In  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.  2,  p.  3 
Synesius 


(Date  of  Exile 


s  Fragments  of  Simonides 


(Date  of  first 


the 


prize 


Floruit  circa 
A.  C.        P.  C. 

430 

350? 

182 

388 

.  .? 

36 

.  .? 
388' 
240? 

580? 
370 

204 


489 
503 


63 


280? 

436 

480 

330 

300? 

250 

300 

335 

380 

363 

430 


398 
394 
544 

429 
511 


490 
428 
395 


167 
398 
402 


280 
499 


222 

407 

610 

90 

404 

525 

604 

350? 

468 

450 

.  .  ? 
290? 

.  .  ? 
332 

610 


30 

407 


560 


530 
160 


42 


210 
220 


850 
180 


250 
110 


180 


270 


450 


190 


400? 
500 


410 


ΛνίΤΗ  THE  EDITIONS  REFERRED  TO. 


Teleclides,  Comicus  (Vet.)    In  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.  2,  p.  361 

Telesilla,  Lyrica 

Telestes,  Dithyrambicus 

Themistius 

Theocritus,  Bucolicus.    In  Gaisford's  Poetae  Minores  Graeci 

Theognetus,  Comicus  (Nov.)    ]n  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.  4,  p.  549 

Theognis,  Elegiacus.     Jn  Gaisford's  Poetae  Minores  Gr 

Theophilus,  Comicus  (Med.)    In  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.  3,  p.  626 

rru       u      i         S  Physica.     Ed.  Schneider 

Theophrastus    |  characteres.    Ed.  Casaubon 

TheoDompus,  Comicus  (Vet.)    In  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.  2,  p.  792     .... 

,  Historicus 

Thomas  Magister,  Grammaticus.     Ed.  Oudendorp 

Thucydides,  Historicus.     Ed.  Bekker (Date  of  Exile) 

Thugenides,  Comicus  (Incert.)    In  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.  4,  p.  593 

Timaeus,  Grammaticus.     Ed.  Ruhnkenius 

Timocles,  Comicus  (Med.)    In  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.  3,  p.  590 

Timocreon,  Lyricus 

Timon,  Sillographus 

Timostratus,  Comicus  (Incert.)    In  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.  4,  p.  595 

Timotheus,  Comicus  (Med.)    In  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.  3,  p.  589 

Timotheus,  Dithyrambicus 

Try-phiodorus,  Epicus.     Ed.  Wernicke 

Tyrtaeus,  Elegiacus.     In  Gaisford's  Poetae  Minores  Gr 

Xanthus,  Historicus.     Ed.  Creuzer  with  Hecataeus  and  Charon 

Xenarchus,  Comicus  (Med.)     In  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.  3,  p.  614 

Xeno,  Comicus  (Incert.)    In  Meineke's  Com.  Fragm.  4,  p.  596 

Xenocrates,  Medicus 

Xenophanes,  Poeta  Philosophicus.    fin  Bergk's  Poetae  Lyrici  Graecif      .        .        •        .     _  • 

Xenophon,  Historicus,  etc.    Ed.  Schneider (Date  of  Anabasis) 

Xenophon  Ephesius,  Scriptor  Eroticus.     Ed.  Locella 

Zeno  (Eleaticus),  Philosophus 

(Cittieus),  Philosophus 

Zonaras,  Lexicographus 


Floruit  circa 
A.  C. 
440 
510 
401 


272 

.  .1. 
540' 
330 

322 

390 
338 

423 


360 


1300 


350 



471 

— 

279 

— 

350? 



398 

— 



.  .? 

680 

_ 

463 

350 

— 

30 

538 

— . 

401 

— 

— 

300? 

464 

— 

279 

— 

III.    LIST  OF  ABBREVIATIONS. 

N. B.   The  names  of  those  Authors  only  are  here  given  ivhich  are  liahle  to  be  mistaken:  the  rest 
will  easily  be  made  out  from  the  foregoing  list. 


A.  B.=Anecdota  Bekkeri 

A.    Br.,    or    Anal.    Br.  =  Analecta 

Brunckii 
A.  P.=  Anthologia  Palatina 
A.  Sax. =  Anglo  Saxon 
absol.=  absolute,  absolutely 
acc.=accusative 
ace.  to  =  according  to 
act.,  Act.=active 
Acusil.=  Acusilaus 
Adj.=adjective 
Adv.=  adverb 
Ael.=Aelianus 
Aeol.=  .\eolice 
Aesch.=  Aeschylus 
Aeschin.=  Aeschines 
afterwds.=  afterwards 
Alcm.=  Alcman 
Alex.=  Alexis 

Alexandr    or  «o»»^-  UAlexandrean 

times  Alex.  J 

Amips.=  Amipsias 
Amm.  or  Ammon.=  Ammoniu3 
Anacr.=  Anacreon's  true  Fragments 
Anacreont.=Anacreontica  (spurious) 
Anan.=  Ananius 
Ant.  Sid.=  Antipater  of  Sidon 
Ant.  Thess.=^Antipater  of  Thessalo- 

nica 


Antn.=  Anthologia 

Antig.=:Antigonus 

Antim.=Antimachus 

Antiph.=Antiphanes 

M.  Anton.=  Marcus  Antoninus 

aor.=aorist 

ap.=apud  (quoted  in) 

Ap.  Dysc.=  Apollonius  Dyscolus 

Ap.  Lex.  Hora.=Apollonii  Lexicon 

Homericum 
Ap.  Rh.=  Apollonius  Rhodius 
Apollod.=  ApoUodorus 
App.=  Appianus 
Ar.=  Aristophanes 
Arat.=  Aratus 
Arcad,=  Arcadius 
Archil.^  Archilochus 
Aret.  or  Aretae.=Aretaeus 
Arist.=:  Aristoteles 
Aristaen.=  Aristaenetus 
Aristid.=  Aristides 
Arr.=  Arrianus 
Astyd.=  Asty  damas 
Ath.  or  Athen.=  Athenaeus 
Att.=  Attice,  in  Attic  Greek 
Att.  Process=^Attischer  Process,  by 

Meier  and  Schomann^(Halle  1824) 
augm,=raugment 
Babr.=  Babrius 


Bast  Ep.  Cr.=  Bast's  Epistola  Critica 

Batr.=  Batrachomyomachia 

Bekk.=  Bekker 

Bentl.  Phal.=  Bentley  on  Phalaris 

Blomf=Blomheld 

Bockh  Inscr.  or  C.  I.=  Bdckhii  Cor- 
pus Inscriptionum 

Bockh  P.  E.=  Bockh's  Public  Econ- 
omy of  Athens 

Boeot.=  Boeotice.in  the  Boeot.dialect 

Br.=  Brunck 

Buttm.  Ausf.  Gr.=  Buttmann's  Aus- 
fuhrliche  Griechische  Sprachlehre. 
— ted.  Lob.=  Lobeck's  edition. 

Buttm.  Catal.  =  Buttmann's  Cata- 
logue of  irregular  verbs 

Buttm.  Dem.  Mid.  =  Buttmann  on 
Demosthenes'  Midias 

Buttm.Lexil.==Buttmann'sLexilogus 

c.=  cum  (with) 

c.  gen.  pers.,  etc. =  cum  genitivo  per- 
sonae,  etc. 

Call.=  Callimachus 

Callix.^  Callixenus 

cf=  confer,  conferatur 

Clem.  Al.=  Clemens  Alesandrinus 

collat.=  collateral 

Com.=  Comic,  in  the  language  of  the 
Comic  writers 


XXVllI 


LIST  OF  ABBREVIATIONS. 


Comp.  or  Compar.=  Comparative 

coinpLl.=com|iouii'l 

compos.=coin])i)sitioii 

conj.= conjecture 

Conjunct.=cunj  unction 

contr.=contracted,  contraction 

copul.=copulative 

Ctes.=Ctesias 

ilat.=dative 

Dem.=  Demosthenes 

Dem.  Phal.=  Demetrius  Phalereus 

Demad.=  Demades 

Dep.=  Deponent  Verb 

By  this  is  meant  a  Verb  of  passive  or 
middle  form  with  active  signification. 
A  Dep.  raed.  is  a  Deponent  with  the 
derivative  tenses  of  middle  form.•  Λ 
Dep.  pass,  is  a  Deponent  with  the  de- 
rivative tenses  of.  passiye  form. 

deriv.  =  derived,  derivation,  deriva- 
tive 

Desiderat.=desideratnve 

Diet.  Antiqq.=  Dictionary  of  Antiqui- 
ties (ted.  Anthon.  N.  Y.  1813) 

Dim.=diminutive 

Dind.=  Dmdorf  (W.  and  L•.) 

Dio  C.=  Dio  Cassius 

Diod.  torDiod.S.t=Diodorus  Siculus 

Dion.  H.=  Dionysius  Halicarnassen- 
sis 

Dion.  P.=  I)ionysius  Periegetes 

Diosc.=  Dio'scorides 

DiphiI.=  Diphilus  (Comicus) 

Diph.  Siphn.=  Diphilus  Siphnius 

dissyll.=dissyllable 

Doderl.=  Doderlein 

Donalds.  N.  Crat.=  Donaldson's  New 
Cratylus 

Dor.=  Dorice,  in  Doric  Greek 

downwds.=do\vnwards 

dub.,  dub.  I.=  dubious,  dubia  lectio 

e.  g.=  exempli  gratia 

E.  Gud.=  Etymologicum  Gudianum 

E.  M.=  Etymologicum  Magnum 

Ecci.=  Ecclesiastical 

Ecphant.=  Ecphantides 

Elmsl.=  Elmsley 

elsevvh.=  elsewhere 

enclit.=  enclitic 

Ep.=  Epice,  in  the  Epic  dialect 

Ep.   Ad.   or  Adesp.  =  Epigrainmata 

adespota  (in  Brunck's  Anal.) 
Ep.  Hom.=  Epigrammata  Homerica 
Epich.=  Epicharmus 
Epict.=  Epictetus. 
epith.=;  epithet 
equiv.=  equivalent 
Erf.=  Erfurdt 
esp.=  especially 
euphon.=  euphonic 
etc.=et  cetera 
Eur. =  Euripides 
Eust.=  Eustathius 
e.xclam.= exclamation 

f.  or  flit. =  future 
f.  1.=  falsa  lectio 
fern. =  feminine 
fin.=  sub  fine 
foreg.=  foregoing 
Fr.=  Fragment 

freq.=  frequent,  frequently 

Frequent.=  Frequentative  Verb 

iut.=  future 

Gaisf.=:=Gaisford 

Gal.  or  Galen. =Galenus 

gen.  or  genit.=  genitive 

tgenl.  or  in  genl.=  generally,  or  in 

general 
Geop.=  Geoponica 
Gottl.=Gottling 
Gr.  Gr.=  Greek  Grammar 
Greg.  Cor.=  Gregorius  Corinthius 
H.  Hom.r^Hymni  Homerici 
Harp.=  Harpoc  ratio 
Hdn.=;  Kerodianus 
Hdt.=  Herodotus 
Hecat.=  Hecataeus 


H('ind.=  Heindorf 
Heliod.=  Heliodorus 

Heinst.=  Hemsterhuis    (on   Luciun, 
and  Aristophanis  Plutus) 

Herm.=Hermann,  Godfrey 

Herm.  Pol.  Ant. =  Hermann's  (C.  F.) 
Political  Antiquities 

Hermes.,  Hermesian.=  Hermesianax 

Hephaest.=  Hephaestio 

Hes.=  Hesiodus 

Hescyh.=  Hesychius 

heterocl.=  heteroclite 

heterog.=  heterogeneous 

Hipp. =  Hippocrates  (but  Eur.  Hipp. 
=  Euripidis  Hippolytus) 

Hippon.=  Hipponax 

Huni.=  Homerus 

Homer.=  Homeric 

Hussey,  W.  and   M.=Hussey's  An- 
cient Weights  and  Measures 

i.  e.=  id  est 

Iamb.=Iamblichus 

■ib.  or  ibid.=  ibidem 

lbyc.=  Ibycus 

ICt.=  Junsconsulti 

Id. =  Idem. 

ll.^Hiad 

iinperat.=imperative 

imperf.  or  impf.= imperfect 

impers.=impersonal 

ind.  or  indie. =indicative 

indecl.=  indeclinable 

inr]ef=  indefinite 

inf.=  infinitive 

Inscr.=  Inscription 

insep.=  inseparable 

Interpp.=  Interpretes 

intr.  or  intrans.= intransitive 

Ion. =  Ionic 

irreg,=irregular 

Isae.=  Isaeus 

Isoj;r.=  Isocrates 

Jac.  A.  P.=Jacobs  (F.)  on  the  An- 
thologia  Palatma 

Jac.  Anth.=  Jacobs  (F.)  on  Brunck's 
Anthologia 

Jac.  Ach.  Tat. =  Jacobs  (F.)  on  Achil- 
les Tatius,  etc. 

Joseph.=Josephus 

tJoseph.  Gen.,  or   Byz.  =  Josephus 
Genesius,  or  Byzantinus 

Kiihn.=  Kuhner 

l.=  lege 

1.  c,  It.  cc,  ad  l.=  loco  citato,  locis 
citatis :  ad  locum 

Laced.=  Lacedaemonian 

Lat.=  Latin 

leg.=  legendum 

lengthd.=  lengthened 

Leon.  Al.=  Leonidas  Alexandrinus 

Leon.  Tar.=  Leonidas  Tarentinus 

tLesch.=  Leschest 

Lob.  Ai.=Lobeck  on  Sophoclis  Ajax 

Lob.    Phryn.  =  Lobeck    on   Phryni- 
chus 

Lob.  Paral.=  Lobeck's  Paralipomena 
Grammatica 

tLob.   Path.  =  Lobeck's  Pathologia 
Sermonis  Graeci 

Long.=  Longus 

Longin.=  Longinus 

Luc.=;Lucianus 

LXX.=The  Septuagint 

Lyc.^  Lycophron 

Lys.— Lysias  (but  At.  Lys.= Aristo- 
phanis Lysistrata) 

masc.=:  masculine 

math.=  mathematical 

Math.  Vett.=Mathematici  Veteres 

Μ  id. =  middle 

Medic. =in  medical  writers 

Mel.=  Meleager.    I  But  Schiif.  Mel.= 
Schafer's  Meletemata  Critica.) 

Men3nd.=  Menander 

metaph.=inetaphorice 

inelaplast.=  inetapl3stice 

inetalh.=:metathesis 


rnetri  grat.=metri  gratis 

Moer.=Moeris 

Mosch.  =  xMoschus 

Mull.    Archaol.    d.    Kunst=Mtiller's 

(K.  O.)  Archaologie  der  Kunst 
Miill.    Proleg.    z.    Myth.  =  Miiller's 

Prolegomenen    zu    einer   vvissen- 

schaftlichen  Mythologie 
Mus.  Crit.=  Museum  CIriticum 
n.  pr.=  nomen  propnuin 
N.  T.=New  Testament 
negat.=  negativum 
neut.=neuter 
Nic.=:Nicander 
]Vicoch.=  Nicochares 
Nicoph.=  Nicophon 
nom.=  nominative 
Od.=  Odyssey 
Oenom.   ap.   Eus.=  Oenomaus  apud 

Eusebium 
oft.=often 
Opp.=Oppianus 
opp.  to=  opposed  to 
opt.  or  optat.=  optative 
Opusc.=  0|iuscula 
Or.  Sib.=  Oracula  Sibyllina 
orat.  obliq.=  oratio  obliqua 
Oratt.=  Oratores  Attici 
orig.=  originally 
Orph.=  Orphica 
oxyt.=  oxytone 
parox.=  paroxytone 
part.=participle 
pass.=passive 
Paus.=r  Pausanias 
pecul.=  peculiar 
perf.  or  pf.=  perfect 
perh.=  perhaps 
perispom.=:  perispomenon 
Phryn. =  Phrynichus 
Piers.  Moer.=  Pierson  on  iMoeris 
pi.  or  plur.=  plural 
Plat. =  Plato  (philosophus) 
Plat.  (Com. )=  Plato  (Comicus) 
plqpf.=  plusquamperfectum 
plur.=  plural 
Phit.=  Plutarchus.     (But  Ar.  Plut.=; 

Aristophanis  Plutus) 
poet.=  poetice 
Poll.=  Pollux 
Polyb.=  Polybius 
Pors.r=  Person 
post-Hom.=  post-Homeric 
Pott    Et.  Forsch.=  Pott's  Etymolo- 

gische  Forschungen 
Prep.=  Preposition 
pres.=  present 
prob.=  probably 
proparox.=pro[iaroxytone 
properisp.=  properispomenon 
Q.  Sm.=  Quintus  Smyrnaeus 
q.  v.=zquod  vide 
radic.=  radical 
regul.=  regular,  regularly 
Rhet.=  Rhetorical 
Ruhnk.  Ep.  Cr.=Ruhnkenii  Epistola 

Critica,  appended  to  his  Ed.  of  the 

Homeric  hymn  to  Ceres 
Ruhnk.  Tim.=  Ruhnkenius  ad   Ti- 

maei  Lexicon  Platonicum 
Salinas,  in  Solin.=  Salmasius  in  So- 

linum  (Ed.  1689) 
Sanscr.=  Sanscrit 
tsc.=scilicet 
Schaf  Dion.  Comp.=  Schafer  on  Dio- 

nysius  de  Compositione 
Schaf.  Mel. =  Schafer's   Meletemata 

Critica,  appended   to  the  former 

work 
Schneid  .=  Schneider 
Schol.=  Scholium,  Scholiastes 
Schweigh.  or  Schw.  =  Schweighau- 

ser 
Scol.  Gr.=  Scolia  Graeca  (by  Ilgen) 
shortd.=  shortened 
signf=  signification 
Simon. =;Simonides  (of  Ceos) 


LIST  OF  ABBREVIATIONS,  SIGNS,  ETC. 


XXIX 


Simon.Amorg.=  Simonides(of  Amor- 
gus) 

sing.^  singular 

Slav. =  Slavonic 

Sopat.=  Sopater 

Soph  =  Sophocles 

sq.  or  sqq.=  sequens,  sequentia,  tse- 
quentes 

Stallb.  Plat.=  Stallbaum  on  Plato 

Steph.  Bvz.=  Stephanus  Bvzantinus 

Steph.  thes.=  Stephani  (H.)  The- 
saurus Linguae  Graecae 

Stesich.=  Stesichorus 

Stob.=  Stobaei  Florilegium 

Stub.  Ecl.=  Stobaei  Eclogae 

strengthd.= strengthened 

ts.  V.  =sub  voce 

sub.=:subaudi 

+subj.=subjunctive 

Subst.=  Substantive 

Suid.^Suidas 

Sup.  or  Superl.=Superiative 

susp.,  susp.  I.,=suspected,  suspecta 
lectio 


sy  11.=  syllable 

synon.=synonvmous 

Telecl.=Teleclides 

Th.  M.=Thomas  Magister 

Theopomp.  (Com.)  or  (Hist.)=The- 
opompus  (Comicus)  or  (Histori- 
cus) 

Thirhv.  Hist.  Gr.=  Bp.  Thirlwall's 
History  of  Greece 

Thuc.=  Thucydides 

Tim.=Timaeus 

Trag.=Tragic 

trans.=  transitive 

Tryph.=Tryphiodorus 

trisyll.= trisyllable 

Tyrt.=Tyrtaeus 

v.=  vide  :  also  voce  or  vocem 

V.  l.=varia  lectio 

Valck.  Adon.=  Valcknar  on  Theocri- 
tus Adoniazusae  (Idyll.  15) 

\^alck.  Diatr.=  Valcknar's  Diatribe, 
appended  to  his  Hippolytus 

Valck.  Hipp. = Valcknar  on  Euripidis 
Hippolytus 


Valck.  Phoen.= Valcknar  on  Euripi- 
dis Phoenissae 

verb.  adj. = verbal  adjective 

voc.=voce,  vocem 

vocat.=vocative 

usu.=usually 

vvd.=  vvord  (only  in  the  earlier  part) 

Welcker  Syll.  'Ep.=  Welcker's  Syl- 
loge  Epigrammatum 

Wess.  or  Wessel.=Wesseling 

wh.=which  (only  in  the  earlier  pait) 

Wolf  Anal.= Wolf 's  Analekten  (Ber- 
lin 1816-1820) 

Wolf  Mus.= Wolf's  Museum 

tvvr.=\vritten 

Wytt.  (or  Wyttenb.)  Ep.  Cr.=Wyt- 
tenbach's  Epistola  Critica,  append- 
ed to  his  Notes  on  Juliani  Laus 
Constantini  (ed.  Schafer) 

Wytt.  (or  Wyttenb.)  Plut.=Wytten- 
bach  on  Plutarch 

Xen.=  Xenophon 

Xen.  Eph.=  Xenophon  Ephesius 

Zon.=  Zonaras 


IV.   SIGNS,  ETC. 


=,  equal  or  equivalent  to,  the  same  as. 

(   )   Between  these  brackets  stand  the  Etymological  remarks  ;  either  immediately  after  the  Word  to  be  explained, 
or  (if  they  run  to  any  length)  at  the  end  of  the  Article. 

Words  in  Capital  Letters  are  Roots  or  presumed  Roots. 

[  ]  Between  these  brackets  stand  the  Prosodiacal  remarks,  at  the  end  of  the  Article. 

c.  ace.  cognato,  is  applied  where  the  accusative  is  of  the  same  or  cognate  signification  with  the  Verb,  as,  ϋβριν 
νβρίζειν,  iivai  ύόόν,  etc. 

Teuses  "from"  a  Verb  are  those  of  which  the  pres.  contains  the  Root.    Tenses  "  of"  a  Verb,  those  of  which  the 
Root  is  different  from  the  present :  e.  g.  θρέζω  is  future /roin  τρέχω,  but  δραμονμαι  of  it. 

When  a  word  is  compounded  without  any  change  or  inflexion  of  the  simple,  this  latter  is  omitted  ;  e.  g.,  in  τρίπα 
7.ai  we  do  not  insert  (ττάλαί).    fin  the  Am.  edition  the  parts  of  the  compound  have  been  given  in  full. 

■*  This  denotes  a  word  not  found  in  actual  use. 

t****t  These  marks  are  used  to  indicate  the  additions  of  the  Am.  editor,  as  explained  in  Preface. 


Α. 


A,  α,  ά/.φα,  τό,  indecl.j  first  letter 
of  the  Gr.  Alphabet :  hence  as  Nu- 
meral, α'^είς  and  ττρώτος,  but  ,a= 
1000. 

Changes  of  a  in  the  dialects : — I. 
Ion.,  α  into  η,  as,  σοφία  νεανίαςτΐράσ- 
σω  ί,ήρ,  into  ϋοφίη  νεηνίης  τίρήσσω 
ήήρ,  Greg.  Cor.  Dial.  Ion.  1,  10,  45: 
but  a  very  rarely  into  η,  as  τεσσαρά- 
κοντα  into  τεσσερήκοντα. — II.  Dor., 
a  in  the  verbal  termin.  ΰτο  (contr. 
for  άετο)  becomes  η,  as,  έκννζήτυ, 
Koen  Greg.  p.  265.— III.  Aeol.  and 
Dor.,  ά  in  masc.  and  fem.  termin.  of 
part.  aor.  1  becomes  ai,  as,  ολέσαις 
νπανηάξαισα,  Koen  Greg.  p.  210, 
Bockh  V.  1.  Find.  O.  1,  79 :— some- 
limes  also  in  adjs.  in  ας,  as  μέλας 
τάλας. — 2.  Ion.  also  in  some  compds. 
a  becomes  ai,  as,  θηβαιγενής  ίθαι- 
γενής  for  Θη3αγενης  ιθαγενής,  Koen 
Greg.  p.  29-1. — 3.  sometmies  also  ΰ 
becomes  at,  as  in  the  termin.  of  the 
prep,  διαί,  τταραί : — of.  αετός,  άεί. — 
IV.  Ion.  α  into  ε,  as,  βάραθρον  άρσην 
into  βέρεβρον  ερσην :  esp.  in  verbal 
termin.  άω,  as,  όρέω,  φοιτέω  for 
όράω  όοιτάω. — V.  Aeol.  and  Dor.,  ά 
sometimes  into  o,  as,  στροτός  όνω 
ονεχώρησεν  for  στρατός  άνω  άνεχώ- 
ρησεν,  Koen  Greg.  p.  455,  600,  Bockh 
Jnscr.  1,  p.  9. — VI.  on  the  inter- 
change of  α  and  ω,  v.  sub  u. 

a-,  as  insep.  prefix  in  compos. — 

1.  a  στερητικού,  alpha  privatimmi,  ex- 
pressing want  or  absence,  like  Lat. 
in-,  Engl,  tin-,  as,  σοόός,  wise,  άσο- 
φος,  «rtwise.  Sometimes  it  implies 
blame,  as  άβουλία,=δυςί3ονλία,  ill- 
counsel,  ά—ρόςωτϊος,  ill-iaced,  ugly, 
Bast.  Greg.  p.  893  : — strictly  a  hy- 
perbole, counsel  that  is  7io  counsel,  i.  6. 
bad,  a  face  no  better  than  none,  i.  e. 
Ugly.  This  a  may  precede  a  vowel, 
as,  άέκων  άελ—τος,  +and  sometimes 
forms  a  contraction  with  the  follow- 
ing vowel  when  ε,  as  ukuv,  άργός^, 
yet  before  a  vowel  άν-  is  more  com- 
mon, v.  sub  UV-.  It  answers  to  the 
adv.  ΰνεν,  and  so  adjs.  formed  with 
it  oft.  take  a  gen.,  as,  α/.αμπες 
ifkiov,  ίνατος  κακύν,=  άνευ  'λάμ- 
■φεως  ip.tov,  άνευ  άτης  κακών,  esp. 
in  Trag.,  Schaf.  Mel.  p.  137.  fThis 
a  does  not  admit  of  composition  with 
verbs ;  those  verbs  in  which  it  is 
found  are  to  be  regarded  as  derived 
froiri  adjectives,  etc.,  Scalig.  ap.  Lob. 
Phryn.  p.  266t. 

11.  a  άθροιστικόν, alpha  copidativum, 
expressing  union  or  participation,  as, 
άκοιτις  ύλοχος  αδελφός  ακόλουθος, 
cf.  Koen  Greg.  p.  344 :  fit  also  ex- 
presses equality,  likeness,  as  ίιτά/ιαν- 
τος,  and  assemblage  or  collection  in 
one  place,  as  άπαντες,  αθρόος ;  v. 
Kuhner  Gr.  Gr.  >ξ.  380,  8  ;  Jelf  (^  335, 

2,  dt-  It  answers  to  the  adv.  άμα, 
and  may  be  again  traced  in  ό/ζοί-, 
ό-,  as,  όμοιος  δπύτριος  δγύστριος. 
Akin  to  it  seems 

in.  a  έττίτατικόν,  alpha  intensivum, 
strengthening  the  force  of  compds., 
and  said  to  answer  to  the  adv.  άγαν, 
very.  The  use  of  this  a  has  been 
most  unduly  extended  by  the  old 
Gramm. ;    many  words    quoted    as 


ΑΑΠΑ 

examples  seem  to  be  inventions  of 
their  own,  as,  άγονος  αγνμναστος  for 
•πολνγονος  ποΛνγνμναστος,  Valck. 
Adon.  p.  214 ;  some  words  have 
been  referred  to  this  α  which  belong 
to  α  privative,  as,  άδ'ύκρντος  άθέσφα- 
τος  άξν/.ος,  etc.  (v.  sub  voce.) ;  and 
in  those  which  remain,  as,  άσκιος 
ατενής  άστΐερχές  άσκελές,  etc.,  it 
may  well  be  asked  whether  the  a  be 
any  more  than  a  modification  of  a 
copulat.,  just  as  the  Sanscrit  sa-, 
which  belongs  to  the  same  root  as 
άμα,  simul,  and  therefore  is  strictly 
copulative,  has  also  an  intensive  force; 
v.  Kuhner  Gr.  Gr.  §  380  D,  and  more 
at  length  Doderlein  de  a  intensivo 
(Erlangen  1830). 

IV'.  a  euphonicum,  in  lon.  and  Att., 
is  used  merely  to  soften  the  pronun- 
ciation, mostly  before  two  conso- 
nants, as,  άβληχρός  άστταίρω  ύστα- 
φίς  ΰστερο-ή  lor  βληχρός  σπαίρω 
σταφίς  στεροπή :  yet  sometimes  be- 
fore one,  esp.  μ,  as,  άμείρομαι  for 
μείρομαι,  Coray  άτακτα  2,  p.  1.  [α 
is  short  in  all  these  cases,  except  by 
position :  yet  a  is  used  long  in  the 
adjs.  αθάνατος,  ακάματος  by  Ep. 
Poets,  to  admit  them  into  the  hexam.: 
so  also  in  ά7ϊά?.αμος  in  Hes.,  cf 
Spitzn.  Vers.  Heroic,  p.  73.  This 
license  is  also  used,  sparingly,  by  the 
Trag.,  Pors.  Med.  139,  Elmsl.  Ar. 
Ach.  47.] 

Ά,  a,  exclamations  used  singly  or 
repeated,  to  express  various  strong 
emotions,  as  our  ali !  does  pain,  and 
ha!  surprise. 

"A  ά  or  ά,  ά,  to  express  laughter, 
like  our  ha  ha,  Eur.  Cycl.  157,  Ar., 
etc. 

Ά,  Dor.  for  artic.  ή : — &,  Dor.  for 
relat.  pron.  η: — a.  Dor.  for  y,  dat. 
from  δς. 

Άύατος,  αν,  (a  priv.,  άάω)  not  to 
be  hurl,  inviolable,  epith.  of  Στνγος 
νδωρ,  because  the  gods  swore  their 
most  binding  oaths  thereby,  II.  14, 
271 :  but,  άεθλος  άάατος,  a  contest 
which  cannot  be  overturned,  decisive, 
Od.  21,  91;  22,  5:— Buttm.,  Lexil. 
s.  v.  p.  4,  takes  the  word  in  both 
usages  to  mean  what  ought  not  to  be 
lightly  hurt  or  slighted,  tand  so  as 
applied  to  a  contest,  honourable,  dis- 
tinguished;  besides  these  passages 
the  word  occurs  onlyt  in  Ap.  Rh.  2, 
η ,  κάρτος άάατον,  invincible  strength, 
[άώα-  in  II.,  άάά-  in  Od.,  and  Ap.  Rh.] 

Άύβακτος,  ov,  Lacon.  for  foreg., 
= άβλαβης,  cf.  Buttm.  Lexil.  fsub 
άάατος,  p.  5. 

Άάγής,  ες,  (α  priv.,  ΰγννμι)  un- 
broken, not  to  be  broken,  hard,  strong, 
Od.  11,  575,  and  in  late  Ep.  [The 
first  α  short  in  Od.,  but  long  in  tAp. 
Rh.  3.  1251  andt  Q.  Sm.  6,  590.] 

Άάζο),  f.  -σω,  (άω)  to  breathe  through  I 
the  mouth,   breathe  out,   Arist.    Probl.  I 
34,  7.     (Hence  δασμός,  άσθμα.     Of  I 
the  same  root  with  αίω,  άντμός,  ατ- 
μός, as  also  άζω,  άζαίνω.) 

"λανθα,ή,  a  kind  oiearring,  Alcman 
96,  Ar.  Fr.  567. 

' λάτ:7.ετος,  ov,  lengthd.  poet,  for 
άπλετος,  Q.  Sm.  1,  675. 


ΑΒΑΘ 

Άαττοζ",  ov,  (a  pnv.,  άπτομαι) 
not  to  be  touched,  unapproachable,  of 
strong  arms,  χεϊρες  άαπτοι,  which 
no  foe  dare  cope  with,  Hom.  (mostly 
in  11.,  as  1,  567),  Hes.  Op.  147:  fin 
Opp.  κήτος  ά.,  Hal.  5,  629. 

Αύς,  Boeot.  for  ηώς,  fHesych. 

fAaffa,  contd.  άσα,  1  aor.  act. 
from  άάω,  q.  v. 

Άασιφροσννη,  -ης,  ?/,  and  άασίφρων, 
ov,  in  Gramm.  for  άεσιφρ-. 

Άασμός,  ov,  ό,  (άάζω)  a  breathing 
out,  Arist.  Probl.  34.  7. 

Άάσπετος,  ov,  lengthd.  poet,  for 
άσπετος,  Q.  Sm.  t3,  073. 

Άάσχετος,  ov.  lengthd.  poet,  for 
άσχετος,  11.  t5,  892. 

t'Aa-ai,3  sing.  pres.  pass,  of  *άω, 
to  satiate,  0.  fut.  sigtif.,  v.  Gottl.  Hes. 
Sc.  101. 

νλάται,  3  sing.  pres.  mid.  from 
άάω,  q.  v. 

ί'Αάτος,  ov,  hurtful,  destructive, 
νβρις.  Αρ.  Rh.  1,  459;  v.  Buttm. 
Lexil.  p.  5  (v.  άάατος  9),  who  ac- 
cents it  άατός,  and  considers  it  the 
verbal  adj.  of  άάω  in  act.  signf.  [ά-] 

Άΰτος,  ov,  contr.  άτος,  (άω,  άσαι) 
insatiate,  c.  gen.,  άατος  πολέμοιο, 
Hes.  Th.  714,  cf.  Buttm.  Lexil.  s.  v. 
tp.  2,  and  p.  27,  n.  2.t  [ύ] 

Άάτος,  ov,  in  Q.  Sm.  1,  217,  prob. 
=  άητος. 

ΆΑ'Ω,  an  old  Ep.  verb,  used  al- 
most solely  in  aor.  act.  άασα,  contr. 
άσα,  mid.  άασάαην,  contr.  άσάμην, 
t3  sing,  άσατο,  ll.  19.  95t,  and  pass. 
άάσθην :  the  pres.  occurs  only  in  3 
sing,  of  mid.,  άάται — all  in  Hom. 
Strictly  to  hurt,  damage,  but  mostly 
to  hurt  the  understanding  t(with  or 
without  φρένας)\,  mislead,  distract,  of 
the  effects  of  wine,  sleep,  divine 
judgments,  etc.,  διασάν  με  εταροι 
κακοί  και  νπνος,  Od.  10,  68  ;  άσε  με 
δαίμονος  αίσα  καΐ  νπνος,  Od.  11,  61, 
cf.  21,  296. — So  in  mid.,  'Α,τη  η  πάν- 
τας  άάται.  Ate  who  makes  all  go 
ivrong,  II.  19,  91,  129  ;  Ζήν'  άσατο 
(sc.  Ά-τη),  lb.  95. — But  the  mid.  and 
pass.  usu.  have  an  intr.  signf.,  to  go 
astray,  go  wrong,  err,  sin,  do  foolishly, 
άασθείς  (with  and  without  φρεσί), 
one  that  hath  erred  or  sinned,  Horn.; 
άασάμην,  I  went  wrong,  did  foolishly, 
11.  ;  also,  άάσα70  θνμώ,  11.  11,  310. — 
Cf.  Buttm.  Lexil.  s.  v.  άάσαι,  p.  6 
sqq.  [aa-  vary  in  quantity  taccord- 
ing  to  the  requirement  of  the  verset: 
Homer  has  them  thus, — άάσας,  til. 
8,  237t,  άάσεν,  fOd.  21,  290t,  άάσάν, 
tOd.  10,  68t,  άάσΰμην,  til.  9,  116; 
άάσάτο,  II.  11,  340;  άσατο,  11.  19, 
95t ;  άάσάτο,  fll.  9,  537t ;  άασθην, 
til.  19,  136,  but,  in  H.  Hom.  Cer. 
247,  also  άασθη^,  v.  Spitzn.  Pros. 
^  52,  2,  n.  5.] 

Άάω,  tincorrectly  assumed  as  a 
lengthd.  form  of  *άω  in  order  to  form 
the  pres.  pass,  άάται  (q.  v.),  v.  Buttm. 
Lexil.  s.  V.  άντιάν  1,  p.  142  and  note. 

ΤΚβα,  ης,  ή,  Aba,  daughter  of 
Zenophanes,  ruled  in  Olbe,  Strab.  p. 
672. 

Άβαθης,  ες,  (a  priv.,  βάθος)  not 
deep,  shallow,  ΐτραΰματα,  Galen,  π/.ά- 
roct,  Sext.  Emp.  tp•  314. 
1 


ΛΒΛΡ 

V  \'!ϋ.Ορης,  οι;  (α  priv.,  βάθρον) 
V'ilhi/iU  biixe  Or  foundation,  Pisid.  de 
Op.  M.  119. 

Υ'λβά,  Dor.  for  ΐ/βη ;  on  άβαι  v. 
sub  7/βός. 

^Άβαι  or  Άβαί,  ών,  a'l,  Abae,  a 
city  o(  Phocis,  on  the  Ccphisus,  with 
an  oracle  of  Apollo,  lidt.  1,  46; 
Soph.  O.  T.  899  :  hence  adj.  Άβαϊος, 
of  Abae. 

Υ ΚβακαινΙνος,  η,  ov,of  Abacaenum, 
Abacaenian,  Diod.  S. ;  etc.,  from  Άβα- 
Katvov,  TO,  a  town  of  Sicily. 

Άβακέω,  {ύβαξ,  adj.)  to  be  speech- 
less, be  at  a  loss,  in  Od.  4,  249  -fio  say 
nothing  respecting  one,  i.  e.  to  be  igno- 
rant or  unsuspicious  of,  absoLf,  opp. 
to  αναγνώναί. 

Αβΰκής,  ές,  (α  priv.,  βάζω)  speech- 
less, Lat.  infans :  hence  childlike,  in- 
nocent, φμην,  Sapph.  29.  Adv.  -κέως. 
[ύβ] 

Άβακίζομαι,  dep.,  =  άβακέω, 
Anacr.  78. 

^Αβάκίον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  άβαξ 
(signf.  1),  Lys.  ap.  Poll.  10,  105.^ 

Άβακίσκυς,  ου,  ύ,  dim,  from  άβαξ, 
a  coloured  stone  for  inlaying  Mosaic 
work,  Moschio  ap.  Ath.  207  D. 

Υλβακτος,  ου,  b,  v.  1.  for  Σαβάκ- 
της,  q.  v.  Ep.  Horn.  14,  9. 

Άβάκχεντος,  ov,  (a  ρήν.,βακχενω) 
without  Bacchic  frenzy,  \nninitiated  in 
the  riles  of  Bacchus^,  Eur.  Bacch. 
472,  tand  so  L\ic.  Conv.  3. — 2.  not 
Bacchic,  tvithout  Bacchanalian  festivity, 
and  sot  generally, jo^/ess.  Id.  Or.  319. 

"Ρίβάλε,  strictly  ά  βάλε,  express- 
ing a  wish,  Ο  that . .  !  Lat.  utinavi,  c. 
indie,  Callim.  Fr.  455  ;  c.  inf.,  Ep. 
Adesp.  396.     Cf  βάλε.  [άβ] 

Υ Κβαντες,  ων,  οι,  the  Abantes,  the 
earliest  inhabitants  of  Euboea,  11,  2, 
536 ;  ace.  to  Strab.  p.  445  originally 
Thracians,  who  passed  into  Phocis, 
and  thence  into  Euboea;  v.  lldt.  1, 
146. — 2.  a  branch  of  the  same  in 
lllyria  near  the  Ceraunian  ptoinon- 
tory,  Ap.  Rli.  4,  1214.  [ά-] 

YASavTia,  ας,  !/,  Abantia,  city  of 
foreg.  2,  Lye.  1043. 

Υ \βαντιάδτ)ς,  ov  and  ao,  6,  son 
or  descendant  of  Abas,  Ap.  Kh.  1,  78, 
etc.  [(tf5] 

ΥΑ'ίαί'τιάς,  άδος,  ή,='Αβαντίς, 
Call.  Del.  20. 

ΥΑβαρτίδας,  ου  and  a.  δ,  Aban- 
tidas,  a  tyrant  of  Sicyon,  Plut.  Arat.  2. 

ΥΑβαντίς,  ίόος,  ή,  prop.  adj.  Aban- 
tian,  nf  the  Abantes,  (with  or  without 
γή  or  νήσος)  Euboea,  Hes.  Fr.  47  : — 
also — 2.  Abantis,  a  region  of  Thes- 
protia,  Paus.  5,  22,  3. 

'A/iaf,  ακος,  a,  Lat.  abacus  (ace. 
to  Host  from  βαστάζω,  and  so  strictly 
a  bearer)  : — a  slab  or  board, — 1.  for 
reckoning  on.  Iambi. — 2.  a  draught- 
board, Caryst.  ap.  Ath.  435  D. — 3.  a 
side-board. — 4.  a  trencher,  plate,  Cratin. 
Cleob.  2. — II.  a  place  on  the  stage. 
Cf.  άβάκίον,  άβακΐσκος. 

Άβαξ,  ακος,  ό,  ή,=  άβακής,  only 
as  root  of  άβακέω. 

'Αβάπηστος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  βαπ- 
τίζω) not  dipped,  u3.  ά'λμας,  umvctled 
by  the  brine,  Pmd.  P.  2,  146:  ffor 
its  application  to  surgical  operat.,  v. 
τρύπανονΥ  —  II.  not  drenched  with 
liquor,  Plut.  2,  086  B.— III.  not  bap- 
tized, Eccl. 

Άβαπτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  βάπτω)  not 
dipped :  of  iron,  not  tempered  by  dip- 
fing  in  cold  water. 

'^'Αβαρβΰρέη,  ης,  η,  Abarbarea,  a 
Naiad,  II.  6,  22. 

Άβάρβαρος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  βάρβα- 
οος)  not  barbarous,  dub.  1.  Soph.  Fr. 
336,  V.  EUendt. 
2 


ΑΒΔΗ 

Άβΰρης,  ές,  (α  priv.,  βάρος)  with- 
out weight,  Arist.  Coel.  1,  8,  10,  etc. ; 
σφυγμός  άβ.,  a  light  pulse,  Galen. — 
II.  not  burdensome,  N.  T.  fAtlv.  -ως, 
Simpl. 

ΫΑβαρις,  ϊδος  Ion.  ιος,  6,  Abaris, 
a  Hyperborean  priest  of  Apollo,  who 
visited  Greece,  and  went  about  heal- 
ing sickness  and  domg  miracles, 
Hdt.  4,  36;  Plat.  Charm.  158  B. 
[w-v.  Nonn.  Dion.  11,  132,  v.  Spitzn. 
Gr.  Pros.  ^  02,  2,  e.] 

ΥΑβαρνιάς,  άδος,  7/,=  sq.,  Orjih. 

ΫΑβαρνίς,  ίδος,  η,  Abarnis,  a  town, 
district  and  promontory  near  Lamp- 
sacus  in  Asia  Minor,  Xen.  Hell.  2, 
1,  29  ;  also  "Αβαρνος. 

Υ Αβας.  αντος,  ό.  Abas,  son  of  Lyn- 
ceus  and  Hypermnestra,  king  of 
Argos,  Pind.  P.  8,  77.-2.  son  of 
Neptune  and  Arethusa,  founder  of 
Abae.— 3.  son  of  Eurydamas,  slain 
by  Diomed,  II.  5,  148,  sqq. — Others 
in  ApoUod.,  Paus.,  etc. 

Υ'Αβας,  Dor.  for  ήβ7ΐς. 

'Αβασάνιστος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  βασα- 
νίζω) without  torture;  and  so — 1.  im- 
examined  by  torture,  unquestioned,  An- 
tipho  112,  46.  —  2.  without  strain; 
unforced,  natural,  Eccl. — 13.  without 
the  application  of  any  test,  Plut.  2,  275 
C. — Adv.  -τως,  in  lit.  signf  without 
torture,  Joseph.  Bell.  Jud.  1,  32,  3: 
without  pain,  Ael.  N.  A.  10,  14.t — 2. 
tvithout  question  or  search,  Thuc.  1, 
20. 

Άβασίλεντος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  βασι- 
λεύω) without  a  king,  not  ruled  over, 
Thuc.  2,  80,  Xen.  Hell.  5,  2,  17.  [Ϊ] 

ΥΑβασΙτις,  ϊδος,  ή,  Ahasitis,  a  dis- 
trict of  Greater  Phrygia,  Strab.  p. 
576. 

'Αβάσκανος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  βασκαί- 
νω) free  from  envy,  Joseph.  Adv. 
-νως,  Μ.  Anton. 

'Αβάσκαντος,  ov,  (a  i)riv.,  βασκαί- 
νω) unenvied,  Plut. — 11.  as  subst., 
άβάσκαντον,  τό,  act.,  that  which 
keeps  off  envi/,  a  charm,  amulet,  Diosc. 
Adv.  -τως,  Ep.  Adesp.  91. 

'Αβάστακτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  βασ- 
τάζω) not  to  be  borrie  Or  carried,  Plut. 
tAnt.  16. t — Adv. -τως. 

Υ Αβαστάνοί,  ών,  οί,  the  Abastuni, 
a  people  on  the  Indus,  Arr.  An.  6, 
15,  1. 

Άβΰτάς,  ό.  Dor.  for  7)β?ιτι'/ς-  [ά] 

Άβατος,  ov,  also  77,  ov,  Pind.  N. 
3,  36  (a  priv.,  βαίνω)  : — untrodden, 
impassable,  inaccessible,  Hdt.  4,  25 ; 
8,  138,  Find.,  etc. :  of  a  river,  not 
fordable,  Xen.  An.  5,  6,  9 :  esp.  of 
holy,  consecrated  places,  not  to  be 
trodden,  like  άθικτος.  Soph.  O.  C. 
107,  etc. :  hence  άβατον,  τό,  adytum, 
Theopomp.  (Hist.)  ap.  Polyb.  16,  12, 
7.  —  2.  of  a  horse,  unridden,  Luc. 
tZeux.  6  ;  bat  also  non  inila,  ελαφος 
θηλ..  Id.  Philops.  7.t  —  II.  metaph. 
pure,  chaste,  'φυχ?/.  Plat.  Phaedr.  245 
A,  γυνή,  Luc.  Lexiph.  19 :  tso  wi- 
contaminated,  λέχος  άδίκοις  άβ.  ττό- 
θοις,  Synes.f — HI.  the  gout  is  called 
άβ.  πόνος,  a  plague  that  hinders  walk- 
ing, Luc.  Ocyp.  36.     Hence 

Άβατόω,  ώ.  f.  -ώσω,  to  make  impas- 
sable or  unapproachable,  LXX. 

Άβαφης,  ές,^=άβαπτος. — Π.  act., 
not  steeping,  and  of  wine,  7iot  i7itoxi- 
cating,  ivith  no  strength,  Plut.  fv.  1.  for 
άναφί/ς. 

ΥΑββα,  ης,  η,  Abba,  a  city  of 
Africa,  Polyb.  14,  0,  12.— II.  Άββΰ, 
ό,  (Hebr.)=father,  Ν.  Τ. 

' Αβδέ'λυκτος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  βδελνσ- 
σω)  not  abo.'ninated,  not  to  be  abhorred, 
Aesch.  Fr.  124. 

ΥΑβδηρα,  ων,  τά,  Abdera,  a  city 


ΑΒ1Ω 

of  Thrace,  whose  inhabitants  were 
proverbial  for  stupidity,  Hdt.  1,  108; 
etc. — 2.  a  city  of  Spain,  Strab. 
Hence 

'Αβδηρίτης,  ου,  ό,  a  man  of  Abdera 
in  Thrace,  the  Gothamite  of  antiquity : 
hence  proverb,  of  simpletons,  Dem. 
218,  10.  [t]     Hence 

Άβδηριτίκός,  η,  ov,  Abderilic,  like 
an  Abderite,  i.  e.  stupid,  Luc.  :  το 
Άβδηριτικόν,  a  piece  of  stupidity ,  Cic. 
Att.  7,  7. 

ΥΑβδηρόθεν,  adv.,  from  Abdera, 
JiUc.  Vit.  Auct.  13. 

ΥΑβδι/ρης,  ου,  ό,  Abdcrvs,  masc. 
pr.  η.,  a  favourite  of  Hercules,  ApoUod. 

ΥΑβδης,  a  whip,  Hippon.  Fr.  89 
used  for  μάστιξ. 

'Αβέβαιος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  βέβαιος) 
unsteady,  uncertain,  Hi])p.  54  :  of  per- 
sons, wavering,  fickle,  Dem.  1341,  fin. 
Adv.  -ως,  Menand.  p.  35.     Hence 

Άβεβαιότης,  ητος,  ή,  unsteadiness, 
Polyb.  Fr.  Gram.  6. 

'Αβέβηλος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  βέβ7ΐλος) 
like  άβατος,  sacred,  inviolable,  Plut. 
Brut.  20. 

ΥΑβελλα,  ης,  .η,  Abella,  a  city  of 
Campania,  Strab. 

'Αβε?.τέρεως,  a,  ov,  lengthd.  for 
άβέλτερος,\ί\ίβτ/μετέρειος,βΐ€.,  Hdn. 

Άβελτερία,  ας,  ή, silliness,  stupidity, 
fatuity.  Plat.  Symp.  198  D,  etc.  (The 
less  analogous  form  άβελτ?/ρία  has 
been  expelted  from  Plat,  by  Bekk., 
though  MSS.  and  Suid.  recognise  it.) 

'Aβελτίpιov,τό,=  ίoreg.,Aliaxaίidτ. 
Helen.  1,  Meinek. ;  sed  locua  dub. 

Άβελτεροκύκκυξ,  νγος,  ό,  (άβέλ- 
τερος,  κόκκυξ)  α  silly  fellow.  Plat. 
(Com.)  Laius  1. 

Άβέλτερος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  βέ?.τερος) 
good  for  notliiug,  silly,  stupid,  fatuous, 
Ar.  Nub.  1201,  etc.  — fAdv.  -ρως, 
Plut.  2,  127  E. 

Αβελτηρία,  -ήριον,  v.  sub  άβελ- 
τερία, -έριον. 

ΥΑβεντϊνον,  ου,  τό,  (όρος)  and 
ΆβεντΙνος,  ου,  δ,  (λόφος)  the  Aven- 
tine  {Mount),  Strab.;  Plut.  Rom.  9; 
etc.  [ά] 

Υ  Αβια,  ας,  ή,  Abia,  a  city  of  Mes- 
senia,  Polyb.  25,  1,  2;  ace.  to  Paus. 
the  Homeric  "Ιρη- 

'Αβίαστος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  βιάζομαι) 
unforced,  without  force  orhiolence,  Plat. 
Tim.  61  Α.— II.  act.  irresistible,  Plut. 
Adv.  -τως,  Arist.  Mot.  An.  10,  4. 

Άβίβλης,  ov,  δ,  without  books,  Diod. 
Fr.  20.' 

ΥΑβΐλα,  ων,  τά,  and  Άβίλη,  ης, 
ή,  Abila,  a  city  of  Coele-Syria,  Polyb. 
5,  71,  2:  hence  adj.  ΆβΙληνός,  η, 
όν,  of  Alnla,  ή  Ά.  sc.  χώρα,  Ν.  Τ. 
•  ΥΑβιυι,  ων.  οί,  the  Abii,  a  Scy- 
thian or  Thracian  race,  11.  13,  6. 

Άβιος,  ov.  (a  priv.,  βίης)^=άβίω• 
τος,  βίος  άβιος,  Emped.  326  :  not  to 
be  survived,  αισχύνη.  Plat.  Legg.  873 
C — II.  without  a  living,  poor,  Luc. 
Dial.  Mort.  15,  3. 

Άβίοτος,  ov,  =  -ίωτος,  κατακονα 
άβίοτοςβίου,άβίοτος βίον  τύχα,  Eur. 
Hipp.  821,  807,  ubi  olim  αβίωτος. 

ΥΑβισέφης,  ου,  δ,  Abisares,  masc. 
pr.  η.,  Arr.  An.  5,  20,  5. 

ΥΑβιωτοποιός,  όν,ίάβίωτος,ποιέω) 
making  life  insupportable,  Schol.  Eur. 

'Αβίωτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  βιόω)  not  to 
be  lived,  insupportable,  βίος  αβίωτος, 
Ar.  Plut.  969  ;  άβίωτον  χρόνον  βιο- 
τεϋσαι,  Eur.  Ale.  241  ;  άβίωτον 
ήμΐν,  1  can  live  no  longer.  Id.  Ion  070: 
■{άβίωτον  sc.  εστί,  and  άβίωτον  ζην, 
life  is  !>ίίΐφ;)0Γία6/«,  Plat.  Legg.  920  Bt. 
— Adv.  -τως,  ^άβιώτως  διατεΟ/~/ναι 
νπό  λΰπης,  to  have  life  rendered  in- 
supportable through  grief,  Plut.  Sol.  7 ; 


ABOH 

άβ.  εχειν,  to  be  beyond  hope  of  recovery. 
Id.  Dion  6t.     Cf.  άβίοτος. 

Άβλάβεια,  ας,  ή,  freedom  from 
harm,  security,   Lat.  incohimitas,  dub. 

1.  Aesch.  Ag.  1024,  ubi  Dind.  ενλα- 
β€ίψ- — II•  act.,  harmlessness.  Lat.  in- 
nocenlia,  Cic.  Tusc.  3,  8.     From 

Άβλαβης,  ες,  (α  priv.,  β'λάβη) 
without  harm,  i.  e., — I.  pass.,  unharmed, 
unhurt,  Pind.  O.  13,  37,  P.  8,  77, 
Aesch.  Theb.  68,  etc.  :  inviolate,  un- 
broken, σπονόαί,  Thuc.  5,  18,  fbetter 
perhaps=:act.,  cf.  ap.  Arnold  ad  l.f — 
II.  act.,  har/nless.  innocent,  ξννονσία, 
Aesch.  Eum.  285;  ί/όοναί,  Plat.,  etc. ; 
also  averting  OX  preventing  harm,  νδωρ, 
Theocr.  24,  96. -In  Plat.  Legg.  953 
A,  we  have  the  act.  and  pass,  signfs. 
conjoined,  άβλ.  τον  όράσαί  τε  και 
παΟεϊν. — III.  adv.  -βώς,  without  in- 
fringement, Thuc.  5,  47. — Ep.  άβλα- 
βέως,  in  act.  signf.,  H.  Horn.  Merc. 
83. 

Άβλαβίη,  η,  poet,  for  ύβλάβεια, 
άβλαβίαί  νόοιο,  Η.  Horn.  Merc.  393. 

'λβλαπτος,  ov,=  άβλαβης,  Nic. 
Th.  488.     Adv.  -τως,  Orph. 

Άβλαστέω,  ώ,  ί.  -ήσω,  to  be  ΰβλα- 
στος.  not  to  bud,  or  to  tad  imperfectly, 
Theophr. 

Άβλαστής,  ές,  Theophr.,  and  ύβλά- 
στητος,  ov,=  sq. 

"Αβλαστος,  ov,  (α  ρήν.,βλαστάνω) 
not  budding,  budding  imperfectly,  The- 
ophr. :  barren,  Id. 

Άβλαντος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  βλαύτη) 
unslippered,  0pp.  C.  4,  369. 

Άβ'λεμής,  ές,  {a  priv.,  βλεμεαίν^) 
feeble,  Lat.  impotens,  Nic.  Al.  82. — 11. 
without  I'elf  control,  ύβλεμέως  πίνων, 
drinking  intemperately,  Panyas.  6,  8. 
Only  poet. 

ΆβλετΓτέο),  ώ,  f.  -ησω,  ί{*ύβλεπ- 
τος  wh.  from  η  priv.,/3^£7ru)t,  riot  to 
see,  to  overlook,  disregard,  c.  ace, 
Polyb.  30,  6,  4  :— in  pass.,  Hipp.  24. 
Hence 

Άβλέπτημα,  τό,  a  mistake,  over- 
sight,—παρόραμα,  Polyb.  Fr.  1. 

Άβ'/έφαρος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  βλέφαρον) 
without  eyelids,  Anth.  P.  11,  66. 

Άβ'λεφία,  ας,  ή,  {άβλετττέω)  blind• 
tiess,  Eccl. 

ί'Αβληρος,  ου,  6,  Ablerus,  a  Tro- 
jan, li.  6,  32. 

Χβλής,  ητος,  6,  ή,  (α  priv.,  βαλλώ) 
not  thrown  or  shot,  iov  άβλητα,  an 
arrow  not  yet  used,  II.  4,  117. 

Άβλτ/τος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  βάλ.λω)  not 
hit,  unwounded,  II.  4,  540. 

•Κβληχής,  ες,  (a  priv.,  βλτ/χή) 
without  bleatings,  Antip.  Sid.  95. 

Άβληχρής,  ές,  gen.  ioc,  rarer  poet, 
form  for  sq.,  Nic.  Th.  885. 

' Κβληχρός,  ά,  όν.  (α  euphon.,  βλη- 
χρός,  Buttm.  Lexil.  s.  v.  βλίττειν 
nn.  )  : — weak,  feeble,  of  a  woman's 
hand,  II.  5, 337  ;  of  defenceless  walls, 
II.  8,  178 ;  but  also  άβλ.  θάνατος,  an 
easy  death  in  ripe  old  age,  opp.  to  a 
violent  one,  Od.  11,  135;  23,  282: 
νόσος  άβλ.,  a  chronic  disease,  opp.  to 
an  acute  one,  Plut.  Pericl.  38  ;  κώμα 
άβλ.,   Lat.  languidus  sopor,  Ap.  Rh. 

2,  205. 

Υ Αβληχρώδης,  ες,  {άβληχρός,  εί- 
δος) weak,  feeble,  ποίμνη,  Babrius 
93,  5. 

|Ά/3λ,ίτα£,  ών,  οι,  the  Ablitae,  a 
people  of  Asia  Minor,  Strab. 

'Αβοατί,  Dor.  for  άβοητί,  Pind. 

Άβόάτος,  ov.  Dor.  for  άβόητος. 

Άβο?/θ?]σία,  ας,  ή,  helplessness, 
LXX. :  from 

'Αβοήθητος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  βοηθέω) 
^destitute  of  succour,  helpless,  LXX.f 
— 2.  without  remedy,  incurable,   Hipp. 
402,  Theophr.,  etc.     Adv.  -τως. 
1* 


ΑΒΡΑ 

ΥΑβόηθος,  ον,=άβοήθητος  2,  The- 
ophr. 

Άβοητί,  Dor.  -art,  adv.,  (α  priv., 
βοάω)  uncalled,  without  su7nmons,  Pind. 
N.  8,  15. 

Άβόητος,  ov.  Dor.  -ΰτος,  (α  priv., 
βούω)  unmourned,  Ep.  Ad.  692. — II. 
voiceless,  Nonn. 

Άβολέο),  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (a  copulat., 
βάλλω,  βολή)  to  meet,  like  άντίβο- 
λέω,  c.  dat.,  Ap.  Rh.  t2,  770t.     Hence 

Άβολητύς,  νος,  ή,  a  meeting.  Ion. 
word :  and 

Άβολήτωρ,  ορός,  6,  one  who  meets. 
Poet.  word. 

Άβολος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  βολ?/)  a 
young  horse  that  has  not  shed  his  foal- 
teeth.  Soph.  Fr.  363,  Plat.  Legg.  834 
C  :  but  also  an  old  horse  that  no 
longer  sheds  them,  A.  B. — II.  as  subst., 
ή  άβολος,  a  horseman's  cloak,  Lat. 
abolla,  Arr.  Peripl.  p.  4. 

ΥΑβοράκη,  ης,  ή,  Aborace,  a  city 
on  the  Cimmerian  Bosporus,  Strab. 

V Αβορι,γΙνες,  ων,  οι,  the  Aborigines, 
in  Italy,  Strab. 

t'A/iojo/oaf,  ov  and  σ,  ό,  the  Ahor- 
rhas,  a  river  of  Mesopotamia,  Strab. 

ΥΑβος,  ov,  0,  Abas,  a  mountain  of 
Armenia,  Strab. 

Άβοσκτ}ς,  ές,  {a  priv.,  βόσκω)  un- 
fed, fasting,  Nic.  Th.  124. 

f  Αβόσκητος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  βόσκω) 
not  to  be  grazed,  affording  no  pasture, 
ορών  άβ.,  Babrius  45,  10. 

Άβότανος,  ov,  (u  priv.,  βοτύνη) 
without  plants  or  vegetation. 

ΤΑβοτις,  Abotis,  a  city  of  Aegypt, 
Hecat.  Fr.  269 :  hence  inhab.  Άβο- 
τενς  and  Άβοτίτης. 

Άβοτος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  βόσκω)  with- 
out pasture,  tHesych. 

Άβουκόλητος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  βονκο- 
λέω)  untended  :  melaph.  unheeded, 
άβ.  φρονήματί  μου,  Aesch.  Supp.  929. 

Άβονλεί,  adv.,  (a  priv.,  βουλή)= 
iάβoύλως. 

Άβονλεντως,  adv.,  (α  priv.,  βον- 
λενομαί)  inconsiderately,  LXX. 

Άβονλέω,  ώ,  f.  -ησω,=  ον  βονλο- 
μαι,  to  be  unwilling,  Plat.  Rep.  437  C  ; 
c.  inf..  Id.  Ep.  347  A  : — also  c.  ace. 
ito  disapprove  off,  Dio  C  55,  9. 

Άβονλής,  ές,:=sq.,  dub. 

Άβον?ιητος,  ov,  {a  ρήν.,  βοΰλομαι) 
unwilling,  involuntary.  Plat.  Legg.  733 
D. — II.  not  according  to  one's  wish  or 
will :  hence  disagreeable,  irksome,  Dion. 
H. :  also  adv.  -τως. 

Άβονλία,  ας,  ή,  (άβουλος)  ill-ad- 
visedness,  want  of  advice,  thoughtless- 
ness, Hdt.  7,  210,  and  Att. :  also  in 
plur.,  Hdt.  8,  57,  Pind.,  etc. 

ΥΑβουλ'ιτης,  ov,  ό,  Abulites,  a  Per- 
sian satrap,  Plut.  Alex.  68  :  in  Diod. 
S.  Άβονλήτης.  [t] 

Άβονλος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  βον?^η)  in- 
considerate, irresolute,  ill-advised,  Soph. 
Tr.  140,  etc.  Adv.  -ως,  Hdt.  3,  71  : 
superl.  άβονλότατα,  Hdt.  7,  9,  2. 

Άβοντης,  ov,  ό,  [a  priv.,  βονς) 
without  oxen,  i.  e.  poor,  Hes.  Op. 
453. 

'Αβρά,  ας,  η,  the  favourite  slave, 
Lat.  delicata,  Meineke  Menand.  p.  25. 
(Yet  the  deriv.  αβρός  is  not  certain  : 
even  the  old  Grainm.  call  the  word 
foreign,  and  write  it  άβρα,  cf.  A.  B. 
p.  322.) 

V Αβραάμ,  indecl.,  6,  (in  Joseph. 
Άβραμος,  ov)  Abraham,  the  cele- 
brated patriarch,  N.  T. :  hence  adj. 
Άβραμίαϊος.  a,  ov,  of  or  relating  to 
Abraham,  Joseph,  and  Eccl. 

ΥΑβραδάτας,  ov  and  a,  6,  Abrada- 
tas,  a  king  of  Susa,  Xen.  Cyr.  5,  1, 
3,  etc.,  V.  Pott  Et.  Forsch.  p.  xliii  sq. 

ΥΑβράμ,  ό,=:Άβραάμ,  Nonn. 


ΑΒΡΟ 

Άβραμίδιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  sq., 
Xenocr.  36. 

Άβράμίς,  ίδος,  ή,  a  fish  found  in 
the  sea  and  the  Nile,  perhaps  the 
bieam,  Opp.  Hal.  1,  244.   [t] 

ΥΑβρέας,  ov,  ό,  Abreas,  a  Mace- 
donian, Arr. 

Άβρεκτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  βρέγω)= 
άβροχος,  Plut.  2,  381  C. 

ί'Αβρεττηνη,  ης,  ij,  Abrettene,  a 
region  of  Mysia,  also  wr.  Άβρεττανή ; 
adj.  Άβρεττηνός,  ή,  όν,  Strab. 

Άβρίβής,  ές,  (α  priv.,  βρϊθος)  with- 
out weight,  light,  Eur.  Supp.  1125. 

Άβρίξ,  adv.,  (a  priv.,  βρίζω)  sleep- 
lessly,  Musgr.  Eur.  Rhes.  730,  for 
άβριζε  :  Hesych.  has  άβρικτος. 

Άβροβάτης,  ov,  6,  (αβρός,  βαίνω) 
softly  or  delicately  stepping,  Aesch. 
Pers.  1072.  [ά] 

Άβρόβιος,  ov,  (αβρός,  βίος)  living 
delicately,  f luxurious,  Plut.  2,  730  CIf 
Id.  Demetr.  2,  etc. 

Άβροβόστρνχος,  ον,=:άβροκόμης, 
Tzetz. 

Άβρόγοος,  ov,  (αβρός,  γοάω)  wail- 
ing womanishly,  Aesch.  Pers.  541. 

Άβρόδαις,  αιτος,  6,  ή,  f (αβρός, 
δαίς)  furnished  with  delicate  viandsf, 
luxurious,  άβρόδαιτι  τράπεζΐ},  Ar- 
chestr.  ap.  Ath.  4  E. 

Άβροδίαιτα,  ης,  ή,  (αβρός,  δίαιτα) 
luxurious  living,  Ael.  V.  Η.  12,  24, 
tv.  Lob.  ad  Phryn.  p.  603. 

Άβροδιαιτάομαι,  f.  -ήσομαι,  dep. 
mid.,  to  live  delicately,  fSchol.  Ar. 
Pac.  1226,  where  Bekk.  reads  άβρώς 
διαιτωμένονς :  from 

Άβροδίαιτος,  ov,  (αβρός,  δίαιτα) 
living  delicately,  Αυδοί,  Aesch.  Pers. 
41  :  70  άβρ.,  effeminacy,  Thuc.  1,  6. 
tAdv.  -ως,  Philo. 

'Αβροείμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  (αβρός, 
είμα)  softly  clad,  jEtym.  M. 

V Αβροζέλμης,  ov,  6,  Abrozelmes,  a 
Thracian,  interpreter  of  Seuthes, 
Xen.  An.  7,  6,  43. 

ΥΑβροιά,  ύς,  ή,  Abroea,  fem.  pr.  n., 
Luc.  Asin.  4. 

Άβρόκαρπος,  ov,  (αβρός,  καρπός) 
bearing  delicate  fruits. 

Υ Αβροκόμας,  a,  6,  Abrocomas,  a 
Persian  satrap,  Xen.  An.  ],  3,  20. 

Υ Αβροκόμης,  ov  Ion.  εω,  6.  Abro- 
comes,  a  Persian  satrap,  Hdt.  7,  224 ; 
on  form  of  name  v.  Locella  ad  Xen. 
Ephes.  p.  122  sq. 

Άβροκήμης,  ov,  6,  (αβρός,  κόμη) 
with  luxuriant  hair,  Mel.  2,  t9  ;  30,  3+. 
— II.  u'ith  delicate  or  luxuriant  leaves, 
φοίνιξ,  Eur.  Ion  920. 

Άβρόμιος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  'Άρόμιος) 
without  Bacchus,  Antip.  Sid.  59. 

Άβρομος,  ov,  (a  euph.,  βρόμος) 
noisy,  boisterous,  άβρομοι,  άνίαχοι,  of 
the  Trojans,  II.  13,  41  :  face,  to 
Buttm.  Ausf.  Spr.  2,  p.  359,  from 
a  copulat.,  shouting  together. — II. = 
άβρωμος,  ap.  Ath.  355  Β  (ubi  Dind 
-ωμός),  Xenocr. ;  v.  Lob.  ad  Phryn 
p.  150  and  cf.  βρώμος. 

Άβροπέδίλος,  ov,  (αβρός,  πέδιλ.ον) 
soft-sandalled,  Mel.  21. 

ΆβροτΓέτ7ΐλος,  ov,  poet,  for  άβρο- 
■πέταλος,  (αβρός,  πέτ7)λον)  with  deli- 
cate leaves,  late. 

Άβρόπηνος,  ov,  (αβρός,  πήνη,  πή- 
νος )  of  delicate  texture.  Lye.  863 ; 
whence  it  was  introduced  into  Ae.sch. 
Ag.  690,  by  Salmas.  for  the  vulg. 
άβρότιμος. 

Άβρόπλοντος,  ov,  (αβρός,  π?.οϋ- 
τος)  richly  luxuriant,  χαίτη,  Eur.  I.  Τ. 
1148. 

Υ Αβρόπονς,  6,  ή,  -πονν,  τό,  gen. 

-ποδός,    (αβρός,   πονς)    with    delicate 

feet,  Anth.  JEp-  ad.  dxxi.  but  Lob., 

ad  Phryn.  p.  602,  denies  the  correct- 

1* 


ΑΒΡΟ 

ness  of  such    compds.   and  writes 
άβμα  ποδών. 

'Αβρός,  ύ,  όν,  poet,  also  of,  όν  : — 
graceful,  beauteous,  pretty,  τταΐς.  Έρως, 
Anacr.  16,  64,  Χύρίτες,  Sapph.  50; 
esp.  of  the  body,  σώμα,  πονς,  etc., 
Pind.,  Eur.,  etc. :  of  things,  splendid, 
στέφανος,  κΰδος,  πλούτος,  etc.,  Pind. 
—  Very  early, however,  the  word  took 
the  notion  of  soft,  delicate,  luxurious, 
like  τρυφερός  ;  hence,  αβρά  παβείν, 
to  live  delicately,  Solon  12,  4,  Theogn. 
474  ;  and,  from  Hdt.  downwards  (e.g. 
1,  71  ;  4,  104),  was  a  favourite  epi- 
thet of  Asiatics  : — cf  σαΰλος. — Still 
the  Poets  continued  to  use  it  in  good 
sense,  esp.  of  women,  delicate,  gentle, 
e.  g.  Soph.  Tr.  523.  Eur.  Phoen. 
1486  :  and  so  of  anything  pretty,  or 
pleasant,  Valck.  Call.  p.  233  :  falso 
applied  to  grace  or  beauty  of  style,  v. 
Em  Lex.  Techn.  Gr.  p.  2t.  Adv. 
άβρώς,  Anacr.  16:  Eur.  has  ύβρόν 
βαίνείν,  as  well  as  ΰβρώς  β.,  Med. 
830,  1164  ;  ύβρώς  (ύβρη)  γελάν,  Αη- 
acreont.  41,  3,  etc.— The  word  is 
chiefly  poet.,  though  never  found  in 
old  Ep. ;  and  is  rare  in  Att.  prose. 
(  Prob.  from,  same  root  as  ηβη  : 
though  a  is  short  bv  nature,  v.  Eur. 
Med.  1164,  Tro.  820'.) 

ΥΑβρήστολα.  ων,  τά,  Abrostola,  a 
city  of  Greater  Phrygia,  Ptol. 

Άβροσΰνη,  ης.ή,^άβρότης,  Sapph. 
43,  Eur.  Or.  349. 

Άβροτύζω,  f.-άξω,  tomiss,  c.  gen., 
αήπως  άβροτύξομεν  άλλί/λοιϊν,  11. 
10,  65. — Ep.  word.  (From  the  same 
root  with  ϊιμβροτείν,  i.  e.  άμαρτείν, 
but  having  nothing  to  do  with  βρο- 
τύς,  άβροτης,  cf  Buttm.  Lexil.  s.  v. 
άμβρόσιος  7.)     Hence 

Άβρόταξις,  εως,  ή,  error ;  and 

Άβροτί/μων,  ov,  gen.  ο%•ος,  erring. 

Άβρότης,  ϊ)τος  Dor.  ατός,  ή,  {αβ- 
ρός )  splendour,  ίδόμονς  άβρότατος, 
houses  of  splendour,  for  splendid, 
wealthy  houses,  Pind.  P.  11,  51t>  lux- 
ury, delicacij,  in  clothing,  etc..  Plat. 
tSymp.  197  D,  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  8,  15: 
delicacy  in  genl.,  fastidiousness,  Eur. 
I.  A.  1343t  : — άβρότατος  επι ,  in  ieii- 
der  youth,  Pind.  P.  8,  127.— fAlso  of 
style,  elegance,  v.  Ern.  Lex.  Tech. 
Gr.  pp.  2,  126. 

Άβρότιμος,  ov,  (αβρός,  τιμή)  deli- 
cate and  costly,  v.  sub  άβρόπιμ'ος. 

Άβροτίνη,  ης,  τι,=  άμαρτωλί). 

Άβροτόνίνος,  η,  ον,  made  of  άβρό- 
τονον,  Diosc.  1,  60. 

Άβροτονίτης,  ον,  ό,  οίνος  άβρ., 
wine  prepared  with  άβράτυνον,  Diosc. 
5,  02. 

Άβρότονον,  ου,  τό,  an  aromatic 
plant,  prob.  southernwood,  Artemisia 
abrotonum,  Hipp.  402,  Theophr. 

f  Αβρότονον,  ov,  TO,  Abrotonum,  a 
city  of  Africa;  inhab.,  Άβροτονενς, 
Strab. — 2.  ή,  fern.  pr.  n.,  mother  of 
Themistocles,  Pint.  Them.  I. 

"Αβροτος,  ov,  also  ?;,  ov,  :=  the 
more  freq.  άμβροτος,  άμβρόσιος.  im- 
mortal, divine,  sent  from  or  sacred  to 
the  gods,  holy  :  in  Horn,  only  once, 
νυξ  άβρότ!],  II.  14,  78,  either  as  a 
divinity,  holy  Night  (like  νυξ  άμβρο- 
τος, αμβροσία,  δαιμόνια,  ιερόν  κνέ- 
φας,  ιερόν  ήμαρ).  or  recurring  in  end- 
less succession  (like  άφθιτος  ηώς) : 
έπη  άβροτα,  holy  hymns.  Soph.  Ant. 
1134,  ubi  v.  Herm. — Cf  ύμβροτος, 
αμβροσία,  and  Buttm.  Lexil.  s.  v. 
Only  poet. — H.  uithout  men,  deserted 
of  men,  V.  I.  Aesch.  Pr.  2. 

ΥΑβρούττολις,  ιος,  ό,  Abrnpolis,  a 
king  of  Thrace,  Polyb.  22,  22. 

' Αβροφυής,  ές,  {αβρός,  φύω)  tender 
of  nature,  prob.  1.  Philodein.  30. 
2« 


ΑΒΥΣ 

Άβροχαίτης,  ov,  6,  (αβρός,  χαίτη) 
=  άβροκομης,  Anacreont.  41,  2: — a 
fem.  άβροχαιτήεσσα  peril,  occurs  in 
Simon.  Amorg.  57. 

Άβροχία,  ας,  ή,  (άβροχος)  want  of 
rain,  drought,  Joseph.,  cf.  Lob.  Phryn. 
291. 

Άβροχίτων,  ωνος,  6,  ή,  in  soft 
tunic,  softly  clad  :  εί'νάς  άβροχίτωνας, 
beds  with  soft  coverings,  Aesch.  Pers. 
543.  [t] 

Άβροχος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  βρέχω)  like 
ίβρεκτος,  unmoistened,  funwet,  άγκν- 
pa,  Luc.  Apol.  pro  Merc.  Cond.  10 ; 
άβραχον  διαβιβάσειν  τον  στρατόν, 
Id. .'  Hippias  2|. — 2.  wanting  rain,  dry, 
Eur.  Hel.  1484.     Adv.  -χως. 

Υ Αβρόχροος,  ov,  (αβρός,  χρόα)  of 
tender  skin,  v.  1.  Aesch.  Pers.  541. 

f'Aβpvva,^rά,=zσvκάμιva,PaIlhen. 
ap.  Ath.  51  E. 

Άβ(>νντής,  ov,  b.  a  coxcomb,  fop, 
Physiogn.  t2,  20.     From 

Αβρύνω,  f.  -ννώ,  (  αβρός ).  To 
make  delicate,  treat  delicately,  Aesch. 
Ag.  919  ;  JTi/v  εσθητα  ηβρννε,  he  put 
on  delicate  clothing,  Philostr. — 2.  to 
deck  out,  κηί'ρην  εις  γύμον,  Leon. 
Tar.  7|. — Mid.,  to  live  delicately,  wax 
wanton,  give  one^s  self  airs,  Aesch.  Ag. 
1205,  etc.  :  to  pride  or  plume  owe's  self 
on  a  thing,  τινί,  Eur.  1.  A.  858,  fXen. 
Ages.  9,  2t ;  cf  'λαμπρύνω,  σεμνννω. 

Άβρωμος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  βρωμος) 
free  from  smell,  Diph.  Siphn.  ap.  Ath. 
355  B. 

ΤΑβρων,  or  "Αβρών,  ωνος,  ό, 
Abron  or  Habron,  masc.  pr.  n.,  Dem., 
Plut.,  etc. : — from  Abron,  a  rich  and 
luxurious  Argive,  was  derived  the 
proverb  ' Αβρωνος  βίος,  applied  to  an 
extravagant  person,  Suid.  Hence 
the  dim.  Άβρώνιχος.  Dem.  1083,  21, 
v.  Schaf  App.  Crit.  vol.  v.  p.  142. 

V Αβρώννχος,  ov,  o,Abronychus,  an 
Athenian,  son  of  Lysicles,  Hdt.  8, 
21  ;  Thuc.  1,  91,  where  Poppo  writes 
Άβρώνιχος,  v.  foreg. 

Άβρώς,  ώτος,  ό,  ή,=  άβρωτος, 
Paul.  Sil.  66. 

Άβρωσία,  ας,  ή,  want  of  food,  fast- 
ing:  from 

Άβρωτος,  ov,  (a  priv..  βιβρώσκω) 
^=ί>ηστις,  not  having  eaten,  fasting. 
Soph.  Fr.  796. — II.  pass.,  not  eaten, 
not  consumed,  fEccl. — 2.t  not  fit  to  be 
eaten,  uneatable,  Menand.  p.  50,  and 
Arist. 

νΑβνδόθεν,  adv.,y>om  Abydus,  II. 
4,  500. 

ΥΑβϋδόθι,  adv.,  in  Abydus,  II.  17, 
584. 

Άβνδοκόμης,^σνκοφάντης, ace.  to 
Dindorf  for  'Αβυδηνοκώμης,  Ar.  Fr. 
568. 

ΥΑβϋδος,  ov,  ή,  Abydus,  a  city  of 
Asia  Minor,  on  the  Hellespont,  now 
Avidn,  II.  2,  836,  etc. :  adj.  Άβνδηνός, 
i},  όν,  of  Abydus,  Hdt.  7,  44. — 2.  a 
city  of  Thebais  in  Aegypt,  Strab. 

Άβνθος,  ον,^άβνσσος,  nisi  hoc 
legend,  in  Plat.  Parm.  130  D. 

ΥΑβύλη,  ης,  ή,  Abyla.  a  mountain 
in  Africa,  one  of  the  Pillars  of  Her- 
cules. Strab.  p.  827. 

Άβνρσεντος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  βνρσενω) 
untanned. 

'Αβυρτύκη,  ης,  ή,  a  sour  sauce  of 
mustard,  onions,  pickled  capers,  etc., 
Menand.  p.  95. 

' Αβνρτακοποιός,  όν,  (  άβνρτύκη, 
ποιέο))  making  a  sour  sauce,  Demetr. 
Areop.  1. 

Άβυσσος,   ov,    ( a   priv.,  βνσσος ) 

bottomless,    tinfathomed,    Hdt.    2,    28, 

Aesch.  Supp.  470:  in  genl.  boundless, 

I  exhaustless,  like  βαθύς,  άβ.  πλούτος, 


ΑΓΑΘ 

Aesch.  Theb.  950.  άργνρίον,  Ar,  Lyi. 
174  ;  cf  Heind.  Plat.  Parm.  130  D, 
where  άβνθυς  now  stands.  —  II.  // 
άβυσσος,  the  abyss,  bottomless  pit,   N, 

T. — No  Att.  form  άβνττος  occurs. 

ΫΑβώνου  τείχος,  τό,  Abomtichos, 
a  city  of  Paphlagonia,  now  Jneboli, 
Strab. 

t'Ayu,  Dor.  for  ύγη,  Aesch.  Ag. 
131. 

Άγύασθαι,  άγύασθε,  Ep.  for  ύγα- 
σθαι,  άγασθε,  from  άγαμοι,  Od. 

ΥΑγαβος,  ov,  ό,  Agabus,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  N.  T. 

Άγαγον,  for  ήγαγον,  aor.  2  of  άγω, 
freq.  in  Horn.  ;  inf  άγαγεΐν. 

Άγύζομαι.  poet,  collat.  form  of 
άγομαι,  from  which  we  have  part. 
άγαζόμενοι,  revering,  Pind.  N.  11,7; 
ήγάζετο,  Orph.  Arg.  63;  —  Aesch. 
Supp.  )0C2  has  an  act.  άγάζω,  fexpl. 
by  Hesych.  άγανακτέω,  βαρέως  φέρω, 
to  feel  displeasure  at,  bear  impatiently  ; 
in  Soph.  Fr.  797=6'ρασΐ)Γω|.— For 
the  Homeric  άγύσσομαι,  etc.,  v.  sub 
άγαμαι. 

V A")  αθάγητος,  ov,  ό,  Agathagetus, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Polyb.  27,  6,  3. 

iΆγuβupχίδaς,  ου,  ό,  Agntharchi- 
das,  a  leader  of  the  Corinthians, 
Thnc.  2,  83. 

ΫΑγαθαρχίδης,  ov,  and  Άγύθαρ- 
χος,  ου,  ό,  Agalharchides  and  Aga- 
tharchus,  a  grammarian  of  Cnidus, 
Strab.,  etc. — 2.  an  Athenian  artist, 
Dem.,  etc. — A  name  common  to  many 
others  in  Thuc,  Dion.,  etc.  On  the 
promiscuous  use  of  the  patronym. 
and  ordinary  form  of  the  name,  v. 
Koen  ad  Greg.  Cor.  p.  290. 

'Αγύβεος,  Dor.  for  ηγάβεος,  Pind. 
tP.  9,  126. 

νΑγάβη,  ης,  ή,  Agathe,  a  city  of 
Gallia  Narb.,  now  Agde,  Strab. 

V Αγαθήμερος,  ου,  ό,  Agathemerug, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Anth.  Apjiend.  224. 

ΥΑγαθίας,  ου.  ό,  Agaihias,  a  histo- 
rian and  poet,  Anth.  [--—and  -- — ]: 
adj.  Άγαθεϊος,  poet.  Άγαϋηίος. 

ΥΑγαϋΙνος.  ου,  ύ,  Agathinns,  a  na- 
val commander  of  the  Corinthians, 
Xen.  Hell.  4,  H,  10. 

ΥΑγαθόβονλος,  ου,  6,  Agathohfilus, 
an  Alexandrean  philosopher,  Luc. — 
2.  a  brother  of  Epicurus,  Plut.  Epic. 
5,  Diog.  L.  10,  3. 

Άγαθίδιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  sq. 

Άγαβίε,  ίδος,  ή,  a  clue.  [  αγά-, 
Drac] 

Άγαθοδαιμονιασταί,  ών.  ol.  or  bet- 
ter άγαβοδαιμονισταί,  guests  who  drink 
to  the  αγαθός  δαίμων  (cf  sq.)  :  hence 
guests  who  drink  but  little,  Arist.  Eth. 
E.  3,  6,  3.     From 

Άγαβοδαίμων,  όνος,  ό,  (αγαθός, 
δαίμων)  the  good  Genius,  to  whom  a 
cup  of  pure  wine  was  drunk  at  the 
end  of  dinner,  the  toast  being  given 
in  the  words  άγαθον  δαίμονος :  and 
in  good  Greek  it  was  always  written 
divisim.  —  II.  an  Aegypttan  serpent, 
Wessel.  Diod.  3,  50. 

Άγαθοδότης.  ου,  ό,  (αγαθός,  δίδωμι) 
the  Giver  of  Good,  ffein.  άγαθοδύτιςΥ 
Eccl. 

Άγαβοειδής,  ες,  (αγαθός,  είδος) 
like  good,  seeming  good,  0\)\).  to  αγα- 
θός. Plat.  Rep.  509  A. 

Άγαθοεργέω,  contr.  -ονργέω,  ω,  to 
do  good  or  well,  N.  T.  fl  Tim.  vi. 
18+;  and 

Αγαθοεργία,  ας,  ή.  contr.  -ονργία, 
a  good  or  noble  deed,  Hdt  3,  154,  etc.  : 
fact.,  ivell  doing,  Eccl.+ ;  from 

Αγαθοεργός,  όν,  contr.  -ουργός, 
(άγο,θός,  *εργω)  doing  well  :■ — οι  Ά  γα- 
θοεργοί,  at  Sparta,  the  five  oldest  and 
most  approved  fof  the  select  body  of 


ΑΓΑΘ 

300  knights,  that  attended  the  kings 
in  war,  who  retired  each  yearf,  and 
were  theri  employed  on  foreign  mis- 
sions for  the  state,  Hdi.  1,  67,  cf. 
Ruhnk.  Tim.  s.  v. 

Υλγαθόκ?.εία,  ας,  ή,  Agathoclla, 
the  mistress  of  Ptolemy  Philopator, 
Polyb.  14,  11,  5.— Others  in  Ath. ; 
etc. 

νΑ.γαθοκ?.ης,  έονς  poet,  νος  (Alex. 
Aetol.  11,  1),  0,  Agatlwcles,  a  tyrant 
of  Syracuse,  Polyb.  12,  15,  6.-2.  a 
sophist  of  Abdera,  Plat.  Protag.  316 
D. — 3.  a  minister  of  Ptolemy  Philop- 
ator, Polyb, — Others  in  Strab., ;  etc. 

Άγαθο~θίέω,  ώ,  fabsol.,  to  do  good, 
N.  T.  Marc.  3,  4 ;  ίο  act  rightly,  1 
Pet.  2,  15,  etc. — 2.  c.  ace,  to  do  good 
to,  benefit,  LXX.,  N.  T.  Luc.  6,  33 ; 
and 

Άγα&οτΓΌΐία,  ac,  ή,=  αγαθοεργία, 
Ν.  Τ.:  from^ 

Άγαθοττοιός,  όν,  {αγαθός,  ττοιέω) 
^αγαθοεργός,  Plut.  |2,  368  Bf, 
LXX.,  etc. — If.  as  astrolog.  term, 
giving  a  good  sign,  Diog.  L. 

Άγαθοττρεττής,  ες,  {αγαθός,  ττρέ- 
ΐτω)  becoming  the  good. — fAdv.  -ώς, 
kindly,  Dion.  Areop. 

'λγαθό/^ρντος,  ov,  {αγαθός,  βέω) 
streaming  uith  good,  Synes. 

'A'/a^of,  ή,  όν,  good,  very  freq.  in 
Horn.,  who  often  joins  it  c.  ace, 
βοήν,  βίην,  TTif  αγαθός,  tH.  2,  408  ; 
6,  478 ;  3,  237  ;  so  also  in  Att.  γνύ- 
αην  άγ-.  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  6S7,  ττάσαν 
άρετήν.  Plat.  Legg.  899  Β  ;  900  D ; 
τα  TioJiiTLKU,  Id.  Gorg.  516  C  ;  so  oi 
Tt  αγαθοί  ;  Id.  Ale  1,  124  Ε  :  more 
rarely  c.  dat.  ττολέμω  άγ-,  Xen.  Oec. 
4.  15t ;  later  c.  inf.,  as,  άγ.  μάχεσθαι, 
Hdt.  1,  135,  cf.  193  ;  and  m  Att.  also 
c.  prep.,  άγ.  ιτερί  τι,  iLys.  130,  2|, 
εις  τι,  tPlat.  Rep.  462  At.  ~ρός  τι, 
tPlat.  Rep.  407  Ε  ;  Xen.  Mem.  4,  6, 
lot ;  έν  Tivi,  tPlut.  Pop!.  i7t.  Since 
αγαθός  merely  denotes  good  in  its 
kind.  It  serves  as  an  epith.  to  all 
sorts  of  nouns,  as  opp.  to  κακός,  bad 
in  its  kind. — 1.  in  Horn.  usu.  of  per- 
sons, esp.  with  the  notion  of  brave : 
hence  it  became  the  usu.  epith.  of 
heroes,  and  so  later  was  used  pretty 
nearly=  γενναίος,  ευγενής,  noble,  opp. 
to  κακός,  base,  ignoble  ;  and  this  was 
the  prevailing  notion  in  the  Att. 
phrase  κά}.οΙ  κάγαθοί,  like  Lat.  opti- 
mates,  Welcker  Theogn.  praef.  p. 
xxi  sq.,  tand  in  Od.  15,  324,  a  supe- 
riorf  : — but  in  Att.  more  usu.  in  moral 
signf,  good,  virtuous. — t'n  vocat.  ώ 
^γαβέ,  contd.  ύγαθέ,  in  Att.  writers 
used  as  a  term  of  friendly  address, 
or  of  coaxing,  but  usu.  in  gentle 
admonition  or  with  covered  censure  ; 
also  in  irony  ;  my  good  friend,  my  dear 
sir,  Plat.  Gorg.  491  C,  471  D,  Xen. 
Mem.  1,4.  17  ubi  v.  Kiihner,  Herm. 
Vig.  p.  722,  n.  04 :  cf  δαιμόνιε^. — 2. 
of  animals,  things,  etc.,  e.  g.  γη,  cf. 
κονροτρόφος. — 3.  of  outward  circum- 
stances, good,  fortunate,  lucky,  Valck. 
Theocr.  18,  10:  εις  ά}αθά  or  ύ)α- 
θόν  (έπ"'  άγαθώ),  to  one's  advantage, 
II.  t23,  305t;  9,  102;  11,  789:  talso 
v\iih  a  case,  c.  dat.,  good,  u.teful  to, 
Od.  17,  352 ;  Xen.  Cyn.  13,  17;  etc. : 
c.  gen.  πνρετοΰ,  όφθα'/.μίας  άγ., 
against,  for  fever,  etc.,  Xen.  Mem.  3, 
8,  3  ;  so  i-'  άγαθΰ)  της  'Yj'a'Auooc, 
Xen.  Hell.  5,  2,  25,  and  with  plur. 
έττ'  άγαθοΐς,  Id  6,  5,  33t  :  neut.  -« 
αγαθά,  the  goods  of  fortune,  wealth, 
Hdt.  t2,  172,  etc.  ;  advantages,  Id.  7, 
8t  ;  also  good  fare,  dainties,  Ar.  Ach. 
873,  etc.:  but  το  αγαθόν,  the  highest 
good,  summum  bonum,  Plat.,  etc. — II. 
it  has  no  regular  degrees  of  compari- 


ΑΓΑΚ 

son  t(the  comp.  -ώτερος,  and  superl. 
-ώτατος  are  found  only  in  non-Att. 
and  late  writers,  v.  Lob.  ad  Phryn. 
p.  92  sq.)t ;  but  many  forms  are  used 
instead;  viz.,  Compar.  βελτίων,  also 
άμείνων,  κρείσσων,  λωίων  (Ζώων), 
Ερ.  άρείων,  βέ'λτερος,  λωΐτερος,  also 
φέρτερος,  άρειότερος  Theog.  548. 
Superl.  βέλτιστος,  άριστος,  κράτί- 
στος,  λώϊστος  {λί^στος),  Ερ.  βέλτα- 
τος,  φέρτατος,  φέριστος :  the  regul. 
άγαθώτατος  only  in  £)iod.  16,  85. 
(The  same  word  as  Germ,  gut,  our 
good,  with  α  euphon.  added :  cf 
Donalds.  New  Cratyl.  p.  402,  sq.) 
Hence 

Άγαθότης,  ητος,  ή,  goodness,  Philo, 

Άγαθονργέω,  ώ,  contr.  from  ά)  α- 
θοεργέυ,  Ν.  Τ. ;  and 

Άγαθονργία,  ας,  η,  contr.  from 
αγαθοεργία,  Eccl.  :  and 

νΑ.γαθονργικός,  ή,  όν,  beneficent ; 
adv.  -ύς,  Dion.  Areop. :  from 

' Κγο.θονργός,  όν,  contr.  from  αγα- 
θοεργός, Plut.  t2,  1015  Ε. —Adv. 
-γύς,  Dion.  Areop. 

'Αγαθοφανής,  ές,  {αγαθός,  φαίνο- 
μαι) appearing  good,  Democr. 

ΥΑγαθοφΓλής,  ές,  {αγαθός,  φιλέω) 
loving  good,  Dion.  Areop. 

Άγαθόφρων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  ό,  ή, 
{αγαθός,  φρήν)  well-rninded,  Procl. 

' Κγαβοόνής,  ές,  {ά)αθός,  φύω)  of 
good  abilities;  t superl.  -φνέστατος, 
Nicet. 

Άγαθόί),  ώ.  f.  -ώσω,  {αγαθός)  to  do 
good  to  one.  LXX. ;  tc.  dat.  1  Sam. 
25.  31  ;  c.  ace.  ler.  44,  27. 

Άγαθννω,  tf  -ΐ'^ώ,  1  aor.  ήγάθννα, 
pass,  ήγαθννθην,  fut.  pass,  -θυνθί/σο- 
μαιί,  to  make  good,  exalt.  LXX. — II. 
to  do  good,  and  that,  either  transit., 
=foreg.,  or  absol.  to  do  good,  both  in 
LXX.  tPs.  l.;4,  4,  etc.— III.  to  adorn. 
Id.  2  Reg.  9,  30t.  Pass.,  to  be  of  good 
cheer,  tio  be  dtlighted,  Id.  Dan.  6,  23. 

Υ Αγάθνρΐ'α,  7]ς,  τ],  Agathyrna,  and 
^Αγάθνρνον.  ov,  τό.  Agathymum,  a 
city  of  Sicily,  Strab. ;  hence  adj. 
Άγαθνρναϊος,  a,  ov,  and  pecul.  fem. 
Άγαθυρνιτις,  Died. 

V Αγάθνρσοι,  ων,  οΊ,  the  Agalhyrsi, 
a  European  nation,  dwelling  on  the 
iVIaris,  in  what  is  now  Transylvania, 
etc.,  Hdt.  4,  49,  etc. 

V Αγάθυρσος,  ov,  b,  Agafhyrsus,  a 
son  of  Hercules,  Hdt.  4,  10. 

νΑγάθων,  ωνος,  δ,  Agatho,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  a  son  of  Priam,  11.  24,  249. — 2. 
an  Athenian  tragic  poet,  Ar.  Ran.  83. 
:  — Others  in  Plut.,  etc. 

Άγαθωσύνη,  ης,  ή,  goodness,  kind- 
ness, Ν.  Τ.  tRom.  15,  l4,  etc. 

'.\γαίομαι,  Ερ.  and  Ion.  pres.=  | 
j  άγομαι,  άγάομαι,  but  only  in  bad 
sense,  to  be  angry  at,  τι,  Od.  20,  10, 
Archil.  10;  tc  dat.,  Hes.  Op.  331t; 
also  c.  dat.,  to  envy,  Hdt.  6,  01,  cf.  8, 
69. 

t'Ayaiof,  ov,  6,  Agaeus,  an  Elean, 
Hdt.  6,  127. 

Άγακλεής,  ές :  a  poet.  gen.  άγα- 
κλήος,   11.    16,  738:    shortened   ace. 
(ΐγακ?.έά,  Pind.   P.  9,  187;   I.  1,  49: 
pi.  άγακ7•.έάς,    Antim.    Fr.  36;   dat.  | 
άγακλέί,  A  nth.  :  cf  ενκΆεής,  {άγαν,  | 
κλέος) : — very  glorious,  famous,  Lat.  ■ 
inclytus,  in  II.  always  of  men,  as  10, 
738  ;  23,  529  :  in  Pind.,  άγ.  ala.  etc. 
— Ep.  and   Lyr.  word,  except   that 
Hipp,  has  adv.  άγακΛεώς,  p.  23.  1 

V Αγακ7.ίης,     contd.    ■κ?.ής,    έονς  | 
poet.  7}or,  d,  Agacles,  a  Alyrmidon, 
11.  16,  57).  I 

Άγακλ.ειτός,  ή,  oi'.=  foreg.,  Horn., 
and  Hes.,  usu.  of  men,  yet  also,  άγα-  ι 
κλειτη  εκατόμβη.  Od.  3,  59  ;  άγ.  πά- 
θος. Soph.  Tr.  855.     Cf.  άγακλντός.  i 


ΑΓΑΑ 

Άγακλνμένη,  {άγαν,  κλνμενος)  a 
poet.  fem.=sq.,  only  in  Antim.  Fr.  25. 

Άγακλντός,  όν,  {  άγαν,  κλντός ) 
like  άγακλεής.  άγακλειτός,  Lat.  in- 
clytiLs,  Horn,  (chiefly  in  Od.),  and 
Hes.,  usu.  of  men  ;  yet  also,  άγακλΛ- 
τα  δώματα,  Od.  3,  388  ;  7,  3,  46. 

Άγακτιμένη,  ης,  ή,  {άγαν,  κτίζω) 
a  poet,  ίβίη.^εϋκτιμένη,  well-built  or 
placed,  πόλις,  Pind.  P.  5,  108. 

Άγαλακτια,  ας,  ή,  want  of  7nilk  : 
from 

Άγά?^ακτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  γάλα) 
ivilhout  milk,  giving  no  milk,  Hipp.  p. 
247,  cf  Call.  Apoll.  52.-2.  getting  no 
milk,  i.  e.  taken  froyn  the  mother's  breast, 
Horace's  jam  lacie  dtpulsus,  Aesch. 
Ag.  718,  ace.  to  some,  but  v.  inir.  II. 
— 3.  never  having  sucked,  Nonn. — 4. 
νομαΐ  άγά?Μκτυι,  pastures  bad  for 
milch  cattle,  Galen. — II.  (a  copulat., 
γάλα):=όμογύλ.ακτος,  fsucklcd  along 
with  otherst,  one  of  a  family,  hence 
λέοντα  έϋρεΦεν  άγαλακτυν,ϊΐϋ  reared 
a  lion  as  one  of  his  family,!,  e.  among 
his  children,  Aesch.  Ag.  718. 

Άγά?.αξ,  ακτος.  o,^,=foreg.  (signf 
I),  found  only  m  plur.  άγύ?Μκτες, 
Call.  Apoll.  52. 

\\.-}α'ληξία,  ας,  ή,=άγα?.ακτία. 

^Αγαλ'/ΐΰμα,  ατός,  τό,  α  transport 
o/>y.  idelight,  LXX.  Isae.  16,  10; 
also  a  cause  of  rejoicing,  source  of  joy. 
Id.  60,  15;  and 

Άγαλλίάσις,  εως,  ή,  exceeding  great 
joy,  N.  T.,  tLuc.  1,  14. — 2.  strong  ex- 
pression    of  joy,    exultation,    breaking 

forth  into  singing,  accompanied  with 
dancing,  LXX.  :  from 

Άγαλλιάω,  ώ,  more  freq.  as  dep. 
άγηλ./.ιάυμαι,  f.-ύσομαι  [α],  strength- 
ened for  άγάλ/.ομαι,  to  rejoice  exceed- 
ingly, N.  T.  tMatth.  5,  12,  absol.  : 
c.  subst.  cogn.  1  Pet.  1,  8  ;  c.  dat. 
c.  prep.  έν.  et  επί,  Joh.  5,  35  ;  Luc. 
1,  47,  etc.  ' 

Άγα/.λίς,  ίδος,  ή.  a  bulbous  plant 
of  the  genus  υάκινθος, the  iris  or  flag, 
H.  Horn.  Cer.  7,  426 ;  cf.  Alb.  Hesych. 
1,  p.  30. 

Άγά/ίλοχον,  ον,τό,  Lat.  agallochum, 
the  bitter  aloe,  Diosc.  1,  21,  ubi  v. 
Sprengel ;  from  Aetius'  time  called 
ξν7Μλόη. 

Άγύλλω,  f.  -αλώ:  aor.  άγηλαι: — 
=^άγλαον  ποιώ,  to  make  glorious,  glo- 
rify, honour,  praise,  Pind.  0.  1,  139, 
N.  5,  79 :  esp.,  to  pay  honour  to  a 
god,  ύγαλλε  Φοίβον,  Ar.  Thesm.  128; 
άγ.  τινά  θυσίαισι,  Ar.  Pac.  399 ;  to 
adorn,  deck,  γαμηλίονς  εννάς,  Eur. 
Med.  1026. — ilostly  m  pass,  άγάλ.- 
7<.ομαι  (Hom.,  Hes.,  Hdt.  never  use 
the  act.),  but  only  in  pres.  tin  Hom. 
and  Hes. ;  in  later  wr.  also  int  impf  : 
tan  aor.  pass,  ιιγαλθΐ/ναι  in  Dio  C. 
51,  20t  : — to  glory,  take  delight,  rejoice 
or  exult  in  a  thing,  be  proud  of  it,  USU. 
c.  dat.,  ϊπποισιν  και  όχεσφι,  II.  12, 
114;  όρνιθες ά) ύλ?.υνται  πτιρυγεσσι, 
νήες  ονρω  Αιός,  II.  2,  462,  θα.  5,  176  ; 
ό-ί  καλ?],  Hes.  Th.  68  :  so  too  in  the 
best  prose  from  Hdt.  and  Thuc.  down- 
wards, but  also  ά-}ά'λλεσθαι  επί  τινι, 
Thuc.  3,  82  ;  later  also  διά  or  άμφί 
τι,  and  even  c.  ace,  Anth.  P.  7, 378 :  c. 
part.,  to  delight  in,  iάγάλλετaι  έχων, 
he  exults  in  having,  11.  17,  473t  ; 
Thuc.  4,  95  ;  tXen.  Ag.  5,  3  ;  c.  infin. 
in  Nonn.t— Cf  άγα/.μα  throughout. 
(From  same  root  as  ϊιγ?.αός.)  Hence 

"Αγαλμα,  ατός.  τό,  ace.  to  Hesych. 
πάν  έφ'  φ  τις  άγά7.?.εται,  α  glory, 
delight,  honour,  Hom.,  as  11.  4,  144  :  so 
Alcae.,  Fr.  1,  speaks  oi  ?.όφοι  as  κε• 
φα7.αϊς  άγέιλματα  ;  and  Pind.  calls 
his  ode  ;^;ώραζ•  άγα7.μα,  Ν.  3,  2U  cf 
8,  27;  so,  τέκνον  δόμων  άγαλμα. 
3 


ΑΓΑΜ 
Aesch.  Ag.  207  ;  iKaόμείaς  Ί^νμψας 
ύγ..  Soph.  Ant.  llluf;  etc. — 2.  a 
pleasing  gift,  esp.  for  the  gods,  άγ. 
θεών,  Od.  8,  SOU,  cf.  3,  438,  where  a 
bull  adorned  for  sacrilice  is  called  an 
άγα'Αμα  or  votive  gift;  so  too  a  tri- 
pod, Hdt.  5,  CO  ;  and  in  genl.=ui'a- 
ΰ)/μα,  Buckh  Jnscr.  1,  p.  7.  Hence, 
esp.  after  Hdt., — -3.  a  xlatue  in  honuur 
of  a  god,  Hdt.  2,  42,  46,  etc.  ;  the 
image  of  a  god  as  an  object  of  wor- 
ship. Plat.  Phaedr.  251  A :— but  άγ. 
'Ai(5a,  ni  Pind.  iN.  10,  125,  is  the  head- 
stone of  a  grave,  called  στ?/'λιι  in  the 
parallel  passage  of  Theocr.,  22,  207. 
—  4.  then  in  genl.  =  άνύμιάς,  any 
statue,  Plato  Meno  97  D:  and— 5. 
lastly  any  image,  expressed  by  paint- 
ing or  words,  Plat.  Tim.  529  C,  Synip. 
21ΰ  Ε.— On  the  word  cf.  Ruhnk. 
Tim.  s.  v.,  jaita  Siebelis  praef.  ad 
Fans.  pp.  41  sqq.f     Hence 

Άγα'λματίας,  ov,  b,  like  a  statue, 
beautiful  as  one,  Philostr. 

Αγαλμάτων,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from 
άγαλμα,  Plut.  Lye.  25,  etc. 

Άγαλματογλύφος,  ov,  (άγαλμα, 
γ?^νφω)  a  carver  of  statues,  Eccl. 

Ά  γα?ψαΓ07Τοιέ(ι),  ώ,  to  make  statues. 
Poll.     Hence 

^Αγαλματοποιητικός,  η,  όν,  fit  for 
an  άγαλματοποώς.  Poll. 

^Αγαλματοποιια,  ας,  //,  the  art  of  an 
άγαλματοποιύς.  Poll. :  from 

Άγαλματοποίύς,  όν,  (  άγαλμα, 
τζοιέω)  making  statues:  as  subst.,  a 
statuary,  scidptor,  Hdt.  2,  46,  Plat., 
etc. 

Άγαλματονργία,  ας,  7'/,=  άγαλμα- 
τοποίία ;  and 

'λ}αλματυυργικός,  ή,  όν,=-αγαλ- 
ματοπυιι/τικός :  from 

Άγαλματυνμγός,  όν,  {άγαλμα,  *ip- 
γω)=άγαλματοποιός,  Poll. 

Άγαλματοφορέω,  ω,  only  met.,  to 
carry  an  image  in  one's  heart,  Philo  : 
from 

' Κγαλματοφόρος,  ov,  (άγαλμα,  φέ- 
pu)  only  met.,  carrying  an  image  in 
one's  heart,  Philo. 

Άγαλματόω,  ώ,  f.  -ώσω,  (άγαλμα) 
to  make  into  an  image,  Lye.  845. 

ΥΑγαλμοειδιΊς,  ές,  (άγαλμα,  είδος) 
statue-like,  beautiful  as  a  statue,  Lyd. 

' λγαλμοτνπής,  ές,  (άγαλμα,  τύ- 
■uOf)tfor  άγαλματοτυπήςί,  forming  a 
statue ;  as  subst.  ό,  or  άγαλματυ- 
πενς,  έος,  ό,  a  sculptor,  fManelh.  4, 
569. 

ΆΓΑΜΑΙ,  dep.  mid. :  fut.  ΰγάσο- 
μαι,  Ep.  άγάσσομηι :  usu.  aor.  7/γά- 
σβην,  but  also  ή}ασύμην  (even  in 
Att.,  as  Deni.  296,  4),  Kp.  ΐ/γασσύ- 
υην  (II.  3,  181),  or  without  augm. 
(lb.  224) :  Ep.  2  plur.  ures.  άγάασθε, 
inf.  άγάασβαι,  Od. :  impf.  ηγάμην, 
Plat. 

L  tin  good  sense,  to  hold  in  high 
estimation-\,—\.  absol.,  to  wonder,  be 
astonished,  Od.  16,  203,  etc.  ;  c.  part., 
άγαμαί  ίδών,  11.  3,  224.-2.  more 
freq.,  to  wonder  at,  admire  a  person  or 
thing,  esteem,  honour,  revere,  c.  acc, 
11.3,  181,  Od.  6,  168,  etc.:  άγασθαί 
Ti  Τίνος,  to  wonder  at  something  in 
one,  11.  7,  404  :  hence  in  prose,  άγ. 
τίνος  δτι...,  or  άγ.  τίνος,  c.  part.,  to 
wonder  at  one's  doing,  Hdt.  6,  70, 
etc.  :  άγ.  τινά  τίνος,  to  admire  one 
for  a  thing.  Plat.  Rep.  426  D  ;  also. 
άγ.  τινός  τίνος.  Id.  Euthyd.  276  D  ; 
and  c.  gen.  only,  Ar.  Av.  1744,  etc. ; 
also  like  χπίρω,  ί'/δομαι,  etc.,  c.  dat., 
to  be  delighted  with  a  person  or  thing, 
Hdt.  4,  75,  Xen.  Cyr.  2,  4,  9,  etc. ; 
and  liter  επί  tlvi,  cf.  Ruhnk.  Tim. 
— II.  ,n  bad  sense,  f"  regard  as  too 
hig\if  to  envy,  be  angry  at,  τι,  Od.  2, 


ΑΓΑΝ 

C7,  Ttvi,  11.  17,  71,  περί  τίνος,  II.  23, 
639,  and  c.  inf.  or  οννεκα  following, 
Od.  5,  119;  8,  565. — Horn,  uses  in 
this  signf.  only  aor.  ηγασάμην,  and 
as  pres.  άγάομαι  or  άγαιομαι,  q.  v. : 
tButtra.,  Catal  p.  2,  says  άγαμαι  is 
used  by  all  writers  in  a  good  sensef: 
in  Att.  άγ.  τινί  τι,  to  envy  one  some- 
thing ?  (From  the  same  root  as  άγη, 
wonder,  άγαν,  άγάζομαι :  cf.  Buttio. 
Lexil.  s.  V.  ah/τυς  4.) 

Αγαμέμνων,  όνος,  ό,  Agamemnon, 
kingol  Mycenae,  leader  of  the  Greeks 
agamst  Troy,  llom.:  hence  adj.  'Ayu- 
μεμνόνεος,  έα,  εον,  Hoin.,  also  Άγά- 
μεμνάνειος,  εία,  ειον,  tEur.  I.  Τ. 
1290t,  and  -ονιος,  la,  lov,  Aesch. 
tAg.  1499t,  and  Pind.  tP.  11,  30t: 
patronym.  Άγΰμεμνυνίδης,  ov,  δ, 
Agamemnon's  son,  Orestes,  Od.  1,  30. 
("Αγαν,  μέμνυν  from  μένω,  the  very 
resolute  or  steadfast,  cf.  Με/ζνών.) 

ΥΑγαμένης,ους,ό,  Agiimenes,masc. 
pr.  n..  Pans.  10,  9,  10. 

Άγαμένως,  adv.  part.  pres.  from 
άγαμαι,=  Οανμαστώς,  άγ.  λέγειν,  to 
speak  with  applause.  Arist.  Rhet.  3, 
7,  3 ;  so  too,  τον  λ.όγον  άγαμένως 
έδέξατο,  Heind.  Plat.   Phaed.  89  A. 

Άγάμήδη,  ?]ς,  ν,  (άγαν,  μήδος,  and 
so  strictly  the  very  icise)  iAgamede, 
daughter  of  Augeas,  wife  of  Mulius, 
acquainted  with  the  healing  virtues 
of  plants,  11.  11,  740. 

ί'Αγύμηδης,  ους,  ό.  (άγαν,  μί/δος) 
Agamedes,  son  of  Erginus,  and  one 
of  the  builders  of  Apollo's  temple  at 
Delphi,  H.  Herin.  Ap.  296. 

V Αγαμήστωρ,  ορός,  ό,  Agamestor, 
masc  pr.  n.,  Ap.  Rh.  2,  850.— Others 
in  Plut.,  etc. 

Άγάμητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  χαμέω) 
rarer  form  for  άγαμος.  Soph.  1•  r.  798, 
V.  Lob.  Phryn.  514.  [a] 

'Αγαμία,  ας.  η,  (άγαμος)  single  es- 
tate, celibacy,  Plut.  2,  491   E. 

Ά)  αμίον  δίκη,  ή,  an  action  against 
a  bachelor  fur  not  marrying,  Plut. 
Lys.  30. 

Άγαμος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  γάμος)  un- 
married, single:  in  11.  3,  40,  and  in 
prose,  only  of  the  man,  whether  a 
bachelor  or  widower,  άνανδρος  be- 
ing used  of  the  woman  :  however  άγα- 
μος is  used  of  the  woman  in  Aesch. 
Supp.  143,  Soph.  Ant.  867,  and  sev- 
eral times  in  Eur. — II.  γάμος  άγα- 
μος, a  marriage  that  is  no  marriage,  fby 
the  laws  of  gods  and  men,  i.  e.  an 
unhallowed  or  unnaturalf  marriage. 
Soph.  O.  T.  1214,  like  βίος  άβιος, 
etc. 

ΆΓΑΝ,  very,  much,  very  much,  first 
in  Pind.,  anrf  Trag.  :  the  word  in 
genl.  is  only  Dor.  and  Att.,  λίην 
being  its  eqiiiv.  in  Ep.  and  Ion.  : 
strongly  affirmat.  like  Lat.  prorsus, 
too  surely,  Aesch.  Theb.  811  ;  and  so 
in  compos,  it  always  strengthens  or 
enforces.  The  bad  sense  too,  too 
much,  like  Lat.  nimis,  occurs  only  in 
peculiar  phrases,  e.  g.  in  the  famous 
μηδέν  άγαν,  ne  quid  nimis,  not  too 
much  of  anything,  first  in  Theogn. 
219,  335,  etc.,  Pind.  Fr.  235:  so, 
άγαν  τι  ποιείν,  Plat.,  etc.  It  is  not 
seldom  joined  with  an  adj.,  which 
may  either  go  before  or  follow  :  also 
with  a  subst.,  t//  άγαν  σιγή,  Soph. 
Ant.  1251t,  7/  άγαν  έ?.ενθερία,  Plat. 
Rep.  564  A  ;  but  seldom  without  the 
article,  as,  εις  άγαν  δονλείαν.  Id.  ib. ; 
talso  with  ndv.,  as,  ώμώς  άγαν,  Xen. 
Vect.  5,  6t.  (From  same  root  as 
ά)αμαι,  άγάζομαι,  and  άγη,  wonder.) 
[ajcii',  but  later  sometimes  άγαν  in 
Anth.  tP.  5,  216;  10,  51,] 

Άγανακτέω,  ώ,  f.  -ησω,  strictly  in 


ΑΓΑΝ 

physical  sigiif.,  to  feel  a  violent  irrita- 
tion. Plat.  Phaedr.  251  C  ;  and  of 
wine,  to  ferment,  Plut.  t2,  734  Kt. — 
II.  metaph.,  to  be  grieved,  displeasi-d, 
vexed,  annoyed,  angry,  or  discontented, 
Ar.  Vesp.  287  ;  άγ.  ει-..,  or  έάν-..,  for 
δτι...,  Plat.  Lach.  194  A  ;  c.  dat.  rei, 
to  be  vexed  at  a  thing,  e.  g.  Οανάτω, 
Plat.  Phaed.  03  Β  ;  also  c.  acc.  rei, 
Heind.  Phaed.  64  A  ;  jc.  acc.  neut. 
pron.  followed  by  δτι,  ταύτα....  άγ. 
δτι,  Plat.  Euthyd.  4  Dt ;  also  άγ. 
επί  Tivt,  Isocr.  357  A  ;  νπέρ  τίνος. 
Plat.  Euthyd.  283  D,  etc.  ;  περί  τί- 
νος. Id.  Ep.  349  D  ;  προς  τι,  Epict. 
4 ;  and  sometimes  c.  gen.  rei,  A.  B. 
p.  334  :  also  c.  i)art.,  to  be  angry  at 
one's  doing,  Plat.  Phaed.  62  E.  t The 
person  at  whom  one  is  angry,  etc., 
stands  usu.  in  dat ,  for  whicli  also 
προς  Tiva,  Plut.  Camill.  28,  and 
κατά  τίνος,  Luc.  Tim.  18,  are  usedt. 
— In  Aristid.  and  Luc.  άγανακτεΐσθαι 
as  a  dep. — (It  is  plainly  connected 
with  άγαν.  The  final  -ακτέω  is  re- 
ferred by  Schneid.  to  άγω,  by  others 
to  άχβος ;  but  all  this  is  dub.)    Hence 

Άγανύκτησις,  εως,  ή,  strictly  phy- 
sical pain  and  irritation,  Plat.  Phaedr. 
251  C  ;  but  usu.,  vexation,  annoyance, 
άγανάκτησιν  έχει  τινί,  gives  a  man 
just  grounds  for  displeasure,  Thuc.  2, 
41.     Hence 

ΆγανακτητΙκός,  ή,  όν,  apt  to  be 
vexed,  easily  vexed,  irritable,  peevish, 
Plat.  Rep.  604  E,  COS  A,  Bekk.,  ubi 
olim  άγανακτικός. 

Άγανακτητός,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj. 
from  άγανακτέω,  vexatious,  annoying, 
Plat.  Gorg.  511  B. 

ΆγανακτΙκός,  η,  όν,^=άγανακτητι- 
κός  (q.  v.),  Luc.  Pise.  14.     Adv.  -κώς. 

ν.Κγάνίκη,ης,  ή,  Aganice,  a  female 
skilled  in  astronomy,  Plut.  2,  145  D, 
elsewhere  called  'Αγλαονίκη.  [t] 

V .\γάνίππη,  7ΐς,  ?/,  Aganippe,  a 
fountain  at  the  foot  of  Mt.  Helicon  in 
Boeotia,  sacred  to  the  Muses,  Pans. 
9,  29,  5. 

νΑγάνιππος,  ov,  6,  Aganippiis, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Q.  Sm.  3,  230. 

Άγύννιφος,  ov,  (άγαν.  νίψω)  muck 
snowed  on,  snowy,  "Ολνμπος,  II.  1, 
420:  poet. 

'  Αγανοβ?ιέφαρος,  ov,  (άγανός,  βλέ 
φαρον)  mild-eyed,  Ibyc.  4  :  tpoet. 

Άγανόρεως,  a,  ov.  Dor.  for  άγην-, 
Aesch.  Pers.  1020. 

'A)avopia,  ας,  ή,  (άγάνωρ)  Dor. 
for  άγ7/νομια. 

Άγανός,  ή,  όν,  (γάνος,  γάννμι) 
mild,  gentle,  kindly,  loving,  of  persons 
and  things,  βασιλεύς.  tOd.  2,  230t ; 
επεα,  til.  2,  180t,  εί'χωλαί,  til.  9, 
499t,  δώρα.  til.  9,  113,  μύθοι,  Od.  15, 
53t ;  also  in  Pind.  t/.o}  oi  άγ.,  P.  4, 
179,  οφρνς.  P.  9,  GGt,  and  Trag.  tonly 
έλτΓί'ί•,  Aesch.  Ag.  101,  but  adv.  in  Eur. 
V.  infrat,  but  in  flom.  mostly  of  the 
shafts  of  Apollo  and  Diana  (άγανά 
βέ?.εα),  as  bringing  an  easy  and  quick 
death. — Superl.  άγανώτατος,  Hes. 
Th.  408.  Adv.  -νώς.  tAnacr.  49,  It, 
Eur.  I.  A.  602.  Coinpar.,  άγανώτε- 
pov  β/.έπειν,  Ar.  Lys.  886.  Only 
poet,  [ay] 

"Αγανος,  ov,  (άγννμι)  broken  :  ξν- 
λον  άγ.,  sticks  broken  for  firewood, 
A.  B. 

Άγΰνοφροσννη,  ης,  //,  mildness, gen- 
tleness, kindliness,  II.  24,  772,  Od.  U 
202.  [f-]  From 

Άγΰνύφρων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  (άγανός 
φρ7μ•)  mild-minded,  gentle  ofmand.W. 
20,  467  ;  ΊΙσνχία,  Ar.  Av.  1321.  Oiilj 
poet. 

Άγανώπτις,  ον.ό,  fem.  -ώπις,  ιδος, 
(άγανός,  ώψ)  mild-looking. 


ΑΓΑΠ 

Κγάνωρ,  ορός,  ό,  η,  Dor.  for  άγή- 
vjp,  Find,  [(iju-] 

Άγάομαι,  Ep.  collat.  form  of  ύγα- 
uai,  but  only  found  in  part,  άγώμειος 
(in  act.  signf),  admiring,  Hes.  Th. 
619  ;  for  άγάασθε,  etc.,  are  lengthd. 
forms  from  άγαμαι. 

'Χγαττύζω,  tand  dep.  mid.  -ύζομαι, 
the  more  usu.  Horn,  collat.  form  of 
uya~au\,  v.  sub  ayairku. 

t'A)  ατταΓοζ•,  ov,  b,  Agapaens,  tyrant 
of  Oreus  in  Euboea,  Dem.  126,  4. 

Άγαπατός,  όν,  Dor.  for  αγαπητός, 
Find. 

Άγαττάω,  ώ,  f.  -ησω,  tpf.  ήγάπηκα, 
Flat.f  {άγαμαι,  άγάζομαι)  to  receive 
willingly  or  readily: — I.  of  persons, 
to  bid  tcetcome,  welcome,  entertain,  Horn., 
who  prefers  the  form Ιά}α7Γά^ω,  using 
αγαπάω  only  in  Od.  23,  214t ;  he  also 
has  άγαπάζομαι  as  dep.,  like  άμφα- 
γαπάζομαι,  Od.  7,  33,  tand  in  the 
phrase  κΰνεον  άγαπαζ.  κεφαλήν  τε 
και  ωαονς,  lb.  17,  35;  21,  224;  22, 
499t,  cf  Find.  F.  4,  247 :  in  genl.,  to 
love :  hence  of  all  acts  that  show 
love,  to  take  leave,  Ap.  Rh.  t4,  12911; 
to  pay  the  last  honours  to  the  dead, 
Valck.  Fhoen.  1337  :  it  is  used=epctv, 
of  sexual  love,  only  in  late  writers, 
as  Luc.  tV.  H.  2,  25,  etc.t ;  and 
strictly  diifers  from  φιλεΐν,  as  imply- 
ing regard  and  satisfaction,  rather 
than  affection,  v.  Xen.  Mem.  2,  7,  9, 
and  12. 

II.  in  relation  to  things,  to  be  well 
pleased,  contented,  oi'K  αγαπάς,  όθ' 
ίκηλος  μεβ"  ήμϊν  δαίννσαί,  Od.  21, 
289:  freq.  in  Att.,  αγαπάν,  ει—, 
ίάν...  or  ην...,  for  δτί,  Ar.  Vesp.  684, 
and  freq.  in  Flat.,  cf  Jelf  Gr.  Gr. 
804,  8;  also  c.  part.,  αγαπάν  τιμώ- 
μενος. Flat.  Rep.  475  6 :  very  freq. 
C.  dat.  rei,  to  be  contented  or  pleased 
(it  or  with  a  thing,  like  στέμγω,  ασπά- 
ζομαι, as  άγ.  τοις  ΰπύρχονσιν,  Lys. 
192,  20,  Dem.  13,  11  ;  more  rarely  c. 
ace,  Heind.  Plat.  Euthyd.  306, C  : 
lastly  c.  inf,  to  be  wont  to  do,  like 
ή>ι7.εϊν,  Arist.  Oec.  2.     Hence 

'Αγάπη,  ης,  ή,  love,  brotherly  love, 
tN.  T.  Matth.  24, 12,  etc.— In  pi.  άγά- 
παι,  the  love-feasts  of  the  early  Chris- 
tiatis.  Id.  Jud.  12,  cf  1  Cor.  11,  21-34. 
Άγάπημα,  ατός,  τό,  {άγαπάυ)  the 
object  ofhOe,  Lat.  deliciae,  Crat.  Theb. 
4. 

Άγαπήνωρ,  ορός,  δ,^ηνορέην  αγα- 
πών, loving  manliness,  manly,  epith.  of 
heroes,  II.  8,  114,  etc. 

V  Αγαπήνωρ,  ορός,  δ,  Agapenor,  son 
of  Ancaeus,  leader  of  the  Arcadians 
before  Troy,  II.  2,609.  _ 

Άγάπησις,  εως,  ή,  {αγαπάω)  affec- 
tion, Def  Flat.  413  Β  ;  'ίπρός  or  περί 
τίνα,  Flut.  Fer.  24,  Cor.  37. 

Άγαπησμός,  ό,  rarer  form  for 
foreg.,  Menand.  p.  157. 

Άγαπητεος,  ov,  verb.  adj.  from 
αγαπάω,  to  be  loved,  t eagerly  sought, 
Plat.  Rep.  358  A,  ^ 

Άγαπητικάς,  η,  όν,  affectionate, 
Plut.  Sol.  7. 

'Αγαπητός,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from 
αγαπάω,  behved,  II.  6,  401,  Od.  4, 
817  ;  μοννος  έών  αγαπητός,  the  only 
(and  so  doubly)  beloved  son,  Od.  2,  365, 
tand  thus  applied  to  an  only  son 
without  μοϋνος,  II.  6,  401,  Od.  4,  8l7t. 
— 2.  desirable,  delightful,  άγαπατά  {εσ- 
τί), c.  inf,  Find.  N.  8,  6:  freq.  m 
Att.  prose,  worthy  of  love,  loveable, 
Plal.  Ale,  1,  131  E,  etc.— II.  neut., 
αγαπητόν  {'εστί),  one  must  be  content, 
ει...,  έάν...,  Flat.  Prot.  328  A,  Arist., 
etc. — So  Adv.  -τώς,  readily,  content- 
edly, Plat.,  etc. ;  άγαπητώς  Ιχειν,  to 
be  contented,  like  ΰγαπΰν: — but  also 


ΑΓΑΤ 

in  Att.  prose,  so  as  only  just  to  content 
one,  i.  e.  only  just,  barely,  scarcely, := 
μόλις,  Heind.  Plat.  Lys.  218  C; 
άγαπητώς  σωθήναι,  Lys.  107,  16,  cf 
Meineke  Menand.  p.  108. 

^' Αγαπτό7.εμος,  ov,  b,  {άγαν,  πτό- 
λεμος)  Agapiolemus,  son  of  Aegyptus, 
ApoUod.  2,  1,  7. 

t'Ayap,  ή,  indecl.,  [Άγάρα,  ης,  Jo- 
seph.) Hagar  or  Agar,  Hebr.  fein.  pr. 
n.,  N.  T. 

Άγαρικόν,  ov,  τό,  Lat.  agaricum, 
a  sort  of  tree-fungus,  used  for  tinder. 
[The  quantity  of  first  syll.  is  dub.,  cf 
Gal.  Antid.  894  B,_895  D.] 

^Αγαρίστη,  ης,  ή,  Agariste,  daugh- 
ter of  Clisthenes  of  Sicyon,  Hdt.  6, 
126.— 2.  mother  of  Pericles,  Id.  0, 
131. 

Άγάβ^οος,  ov,  contr.  -ββονς,  ovv, 
{άγαν,  βέω)  strong-floiving,  of  the  sea, 
11.  2,  845  ;  12,  30  ;'tTt>'pif,  Anth.  P. 
7,  747. 

Άγασθενής,  ες,  {άγαν,  σθένος)  very 
strong,  ta}'.  ηρώων,  0pp.  Cvn.  2,  3  ; 
ί3ασι?ιήων,  Aiith.  P.  9,  688t :  in  II. 
only  as  prop,  n.,  v.  sq. 

ί'Αγασθένης,  εος  contd.  ονς,  b, 
Agasthenes,  son  of  Augeas,  king  of 
Elis,  II.  2,  624. 

νΑγασίας,  ov,  6,  Agasias,  a  Stym- 
phalian  of  Arcadia,  in  the  army  of 
the  ten  thousand,  Xen.  An.  4,  1,  27. 
— 2.  a  statuary  of  Ephesus,  Paus. 

νΑγασίκ2.έης  contd.  -κ7ιής,  gen. 
έονς,  b,  Agasicles,  a  Spartan  king,  in 
Hdt.  1,  65,  wr.  'Κγησικ?.έης.  A 
name  common  to  many  others,  Hdt., 
Paus.,  etc. 

Άγασμα,  ατός,  τό,  {άγαμαι)  a  mar- 
vel, a  wonder.  Soph.  Fr.  799. 

Άγάστονος,  oi>,  {  άγαν,  στένω ) 
much  groaning,  howling,  of  the  hollow 
roaring  of  the  waves,  Od.  12,  97,  H. 
Ap.  94  :  loud-wailing,  Aesch.  Theb.  95. 

'Αγαστός,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from 
άγαμαι,  admired,  admirable,  Aesch. 
Fr.  249,  tEur.  Hec.  169;  as  opp.  to 
ov  θανμαστόν,  Xen.  An  1,  9,  14; 
with  τίμιος.  Plat.  Legg.  808  C.  Adv. 
-τώς,  Xen.  Ages.  1,  24. 

'Αγάστροφος,  ου,  ό,  (άγαν,  στρέφω) 
strictly,  the  much-turning,  tonly  as  pr. 
n.,  Agasirophus,  a  Trojan,  II.  11,  338. 

Άγάστωρ,  ορός,  (α  copulat.,  γα- 
στηρ)  from  the  same  womb :  in  genl., 
a  near  kinsman,  Lye.  264. 

Άγασυ7.7.ίς,  Ίδος,  ή,  a  plant,  hera- 
cleum  gummiferum,  Diosc.  3,  98. 

Άγάσνρτος,  ov,  b,  an  obscure  epith. 
given  to  Pittacusby  Alcae.  (6),  which 
Diog.  L.  1,  81,  explains  hy  έπισεσνρ- 
μένος  και  βνπαρός. 

Άγασώς,  Lacon.  ace.  pi.  of  αγαθός, 
Ar.  Lys.  1301. 

Άγάτός,  ή,  όν,  poet,  for  αγαστός, 
as  θανματός,  άόάματος.  etc.,  Η.  Hom. 
Αρ.  515,  Ruhnk.  Ep.  Cr.  p.  26. 

t'Ayai'^,  τ/ς,  ή.  Agave,  daughter  of 
Nereus  and  Doris,  II.  18,  42.-2. 
daughter  of  Danaus,  Apollod.  2,  1,  4. 
— 3.  daughter  of  Cadmus,  wife  of 
Echion,  mother  of  Pentheus,  Hes. 
Th.  976. 

'  Αγαΰομαι,=:άγαμαι,ά.Μ\).\.'να  Opp. 
Hal.  4,  138. 

Άγανός,  η,  όν,  (akin  to  γαύρος, 
γαίω,  Lat.  gaudeo)  in  Hom.  almost 
always  of  kings,  heroes,  etc.,  illus- 
trious, noble,  high-born,  άγ.  κήρυκες, 
til.  3,  268t,  μνηστήρες,  tOd.  2,  209t, 
Φαί//«εζ•,  tOd.  13,  304t:  also,  άγαυή 
ΐίερσίφόνεια,  Od.  11,  213  ;  πομπήες 
άγανοί,  noble  guides,  Od.  13,  71  : — 
superl.  άγανότατος,  Od.  15,  229  ;  also 
in  Find.  tP.  4,  127t.— II.  Άγανός, 
Άγανή,  masc.  and  fern.  pr.  Ti.,Agavus, 
Agave,  II.,  and  Hes, ;  but  in  these 


ΑΓΓΕ 

the  accents  should  prob.  be  'Ayai'Oi, 
Άγανη,  Jac.  A.  P.  p.  809,  Elmsl. 
Bacch.  229  :  cf  γ7^ανκός,  ΓΛαί'/cof, 
etc. 

' Αγανρός,  ά,  όν,=^άγανός  (as  άλά- 
βαστος  and  αλάβαστρος),  yet  in  a 
somewhat  different  signf,  stately, 
proud,  τανρος,  Hes.  Th.  832,  Wess 
Hdt.  7,  57,  where  the  superl.  adv 
άγανρότατα  is  used  of  Xerxes.  Cf 
γατφος. 

'Αγάώβεγκτος,  ov,  {άγαν,  φθέγγο• 
μαί)  loud- sounding,  άοιύαί,  Find.  Ο. 
t6,  155. 

ί'Αγβαλος,  ov,  ό,  Agbalus,  an  Ai- 
cadian,  Hdt.  7,  98. 

V Αγβάτανα,  ων,  τύ,  Ion.  and  poet, 
for  'Έκβάτανα,  Hdt.  1,  98,  Aesch. 
Pers.  961. — 2.  a  small  town  of  Syria, 
Hdt.  3,  64. 

"Αγγαρα,  ων,  τά,  the  daily  stages  of 
the  άγγαροι. 

'Αγγαρεία,  ας,  η,  {άγγαρενω)  the 
office  of  an  άγγαρος. 

Άγγαρεντής,  οϋ,  b,  one  who  employs 
an  άγγαρος :  from 

Άγγαρεύω,  {άγγαρος)  to  despatch 
as  an  άγγαρος,  press  one  to  sen:e  as 
such,  ito  constrain  to  the  performance 
of  any  labour,  N.  T.  Malth.  5,  41  ; 
Marc.  15,  21t;  or  in  genl.,  to  press, 
detain,  Bentl.  Menand.  p.  58. 

Άγγαρήως,  b.  Ion.  form=  uyyapor, 
Hdt.  3,  126 : — TO  άγγαρήϊον,  the  busi- 
ness of  an  άγγαρος,  post-riding,  the 
whole  Persian  system  of  mounted 
couriers,  Hdt.  8,  98. 

Άγγαρος,  ov,  b,  Persian  word,  a 
mounted  courier,  such  as  were  kept 
ready  at  regular  stages  throughout 
Persia  for  carrying  the  royal  de- 
spatches. Hdt.  8',  98,  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  6, 
17:  tauthorized  to  compel  the  ser- 
vice of  the  king's  subjects,  and  to 
make  use  of  their  horses  and  what- 
ever might  facilitate  the  transmission 
of  the  intelligence  they  had  to  con- 
veyt : — In  Aesch.  Ag.  282,  as  adj. 
άγγαρον  πνρ,  the  courier  flame,  said 
of  beacon  fires  used  for  telegraphing ; 
cf  πομπός  fin. 

Άγγείδων,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  άγ- 
γεΐον. 

Άγγειολογέο),  ώ,  to  discourse  on  the 
blood-vessels,  Galen.     From 

Άγγεϊον,  ov,  τό.  Ion.  άγγήϊον,  {άγ- 
γος)  a  vessel,  pail,  Hdt.  1,  188,  etc.  : 
m  genl.,  a  reservoir,  receptacle,  Xen. 
Oec.  9,  2,  Plat.  Criti.  Ill  A,  etc.— II. 
of  the  human  body,  a  blood-vessel, 
Galen  :  of  plants,  a  cap.<tule,  Theophr. 

Άγγειοσέ7.ινον,  ov,  τό,  pot-parsley, 
Anacr.  35.  ace.  to  an  ingenious  con- 
jecture of  Bergk. 

Άγγειώδης,  ες,  {άγγεϊον,  είδος)  like 
a  vessel,  hollow,  t  Arist.  Part.  An.  3, 8. 5. 

'AyyeZi'a,  ας,  ή,  {άγγελος)  a  mes- 
sage, tidings,  news,  as  well  the  sub- 
stance as  the  conveyance  thereof, 
Horn.:  άγ^ελίη  /.έγονσα,  Hdt.  2, 
114;  άγγε7ύη  εμή,  a  report  of  me, 
concerning  me,  11.  19,  336;  so,  άγγ. 
τινός,  a  message  about  some  person  or 
thing.  Soph.  Aj.  221,  Thuc.  8,  15  :— 
αγγελίην  έ7.θεΙν,  like  Lat.  legationem 
obire,  II.  11,  140,  cf  Od,  21,  20 :— in 
Ep,  poets  also,  άγγελίης  ίβνθες,  11. 
13,  252  ;  άγγελίης  οιχνεσκε,  II.  15, 
040  ;  ήλνθε  σεϋ  Ινεκ'  άγγε7.ίης  (ί.  e. 
άγγελίης  σου  'ένεκα),  II.  3,  206  ;  άγ- 
γελ.ίης  πωλείται,  Hes.  Th.  781  ;  in 
all  which  places  it  is  geiiit.  causae, 
and  may  be  rendered  on  account  of  a 
message  ;  for  the  old  Interpp.  are  no 
doubt  wrong  in  assuming  a  masc. 
subst.  b  άγγελίιις,  cf  Buttm.  Lexil. 
s.  v.,  Spitzn.  11.  13,  252.-2.  tthe 
substance  of  a  message  t,  an  an- 
5 


ΑΓΓΙ 

noun  cement,  proclamation,  Pind.  P.  2, 
44:  a  command,  order,  11.  Hum.  Cer. 
448,  Pind.  O.  3,  50,  ci.  Od.  5,  loO; 
7,263. 

ΥΑ.γγε7ίίαρχος,  ov,  ό,=^άρχύγ~/ε- 
Aof,  Anth.  P.  1,34. 

'Αγγε?ααφομέω,  ώ,  f.  -ησω,  to  bring 
a  message :  lioin 

Άγγε/ααφόρος,  ov,  {αγγελία,  φέρω) 
bearing  a  message,  a  messenger,  Jon. 
άγγελυιφόρος,  Hdt.  1,  120;  esp.,  the 
Persian  minister  wko  introduced  people 
to  an  audience  with  the  king,  Hdt.  3, 
]18:  tcf.  είςαγγελενς,  and  Bahr  ad 
Hdt.  1,  114. 

Άγγελίεια,  ας,  η,  afemale  messenger, 
Orph.  Hymn.  78,  3. 
'λγγε'λίης,  6,  v.  sub  αγγελία. 
'Αγγελιαφόρος,  ov.  Ion.  for  αγγε- 
?.ιαφόρος,  Hdt. 

'Αγγελικός,  ή,  όν.  ο/ or  belonging  to 
an  άγγελος,  ^^ί/σεις  ύγγ.,  the  parts  in 
a  tragedy  spoken  by  messejigers^,  A.  B.: 
tin  Eccl.  a7igelic]  :  but,  αγγελική 
όρχησις,  a  dance  at  a  banquet,  Ath. 
629  E. 

Άγγελιώτης,  ov,6,  a  messenger,  H. 
Horn.  Merc.  206 :  feni.  -ώτις,  ιδος. 
Call.  Del.  216. 

Άγγέλλω,  f.  -ελώ  :  aor.  1  ϊιγγειλα: 
aor.  2  7/γγελον,  which  though  dis- 
puted is  tound  as  early  as  Hdt.  4,  153 
{άπήγγελον),  and  is  treq.  in  later 
Greek, V.  Poppo  Xen.  An.  3, 4, 14,tBor- 
nem.  Xen.  An.  1,4,  13  ;  pf.  ί/γγελκα, 
Dem.  343,  15  ;  1336, 12  (in  compos.)!: 
aor.  2  pass,  ηγγέλην  in  later  Greek, 
as  Plut.,  and  Ael.  (ujtj).  To  hear  a 
message,  bring  tidings  or  iiews,  to  pro- 
claim :  oft.  in  Horn.,  absol.,  II.  8,409, 
517  ;  tc.  dat.  pers.,  άγγ.  γνναικΊ,  Od. 
15,  458 ;  andt  ace.  rei,  to  report,  an- 
nounce, tell, ' Axikfji  κακόν  έπος,  ll.  17, 
701,  tand  in  prose,  as,  ταϋτα  μεν  ήμίν 
ηγγειλέ  τις.  Plat.  Phaed.  58  Λ,  etc. : 
in  Od.  14,  123  (cf.  120),  ΰγγίλλειν 
τινά,  where  otherwise  αγγ.  περί  τί- 
νος is  used,  or  c.  ace.  and  part.,  as 
in  Soph.  El.  1143,  Όρέστι/ν  βίον 
λελοιπότα  ;  πατέρα  ώς  ουκ  ετ'  όντα, 
Ο.  Τ.  955 ;  δτι  αϋτφ  Κϋρον  έπιστρα- 
τενοντα  ηγγειλα,  Xen.  An.  2,  3,  19: 
to  proclaim,  declare,  as  war,  ov  ττόλε- 
μόν  γε  αγγ..  Plat.  Phaedr.  242  Bt: 
— mid.,  Ύενκρφ  αγγέλλομαι  φίλης 
είναι,  I  amiounce  myself  to  him  as  a 
friend.  Soph.  Aj.  1376. — Pass.,  ϊιγέλ- 
λομαι,  to  be  reported  of,  knl  το  πλείον, 
Thuc.  6,  34  ;  also  c.  part.,  tCwf  ij 
θανών  αγγέλλεται.  Soph.  Tr.  73t,  or 
c.  inf.,  Χήγγελται  •//  μάχη  ισχυρά 
γεγονέναι.  Plat.  Charm.  153  Βτ,  c. 
Jelf  Gr.  Gr.  ί)  684  b. 

Άγγελμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  message,  ti- 
dings, news,  Eur.  Or.  870,  Thuc.  t7, 
74,t  etc. 

Άγγελος,  ov,  6,  η,  a  messenger, 
envoy,  oft.  in  Plom.,  Hdt.,  etc. ;  in 
genl.,  one  that  announces  or  tells,  e.  g. 
of  birds  of  augury,  11.  24,  292,  296 : 
and  Eur.,  Supp.  203,  calls  the  tongue 
άγγ-  λόγων.— Η-  in  Ν.  Τ.  and  Eccl. 
an  angel,  Matth.  24,  36  ; — a  bishop  or 
superior  of  a  particular  church,  Apoc. 
1,  lot. — II.  like  Lat.  nuncius,  the  mes- 
sage, or  tidings  brought,  Polyb.  1 ,  72,  4. 
ΤΑγγελος,  ην,  ό,  Angelus,  inasc. 
pr.  n.,  Plut.  Pyrrh.  2. 

Άγγελτήρ,  ϊ/ρος,  ό,^ύγγελος.  Or. 
Sib. 

ίΆγγέλτρια,  ας,  ή,  fern,  from 
fareg..  Or.  Sib. 

V Αγγίνίόας,  ov  and  a,  h,  Angenidas, 
a  Spartan  ephor,  Xen.  Hell.  2,  3,  10. 
Άγγϊ/ίον,  ov,  τό.  Ion.  for  άγγεΐον, 
Hdt.  t4,  2,  etc. 

νΑγνίτης,  ov,  b,  the  Angites,  a 
river  ol  Macedonia,  Hdt.  7,  113. 


ΑΓΕΙ 

νΑγγοθήκί),  ης,  ή,  {ύγγος,  τίθημι)  \ 

α  receptacle  fur  vessels,  Ath.  210  C. 

ΆΓΓΟΣ,  εος,  τυ,  a  ve.'isel  of  various 
kinds,  η  jar,  pun,  pail,  etc.  :  iu  Η  cm. 
and  Hes.,  to  hold  milk,  wine,  or 
travelling  stores,  til.  2,  471  ;  Od.  16, 
13;  2,  289;  Hes.  Op.  473:  so  post- 
Hom.  for — 1.  liquids,  a  water-pot,  pail, 
or  bucket ;  Hdt.  5,  12,  v.  Ael.ap.  Valck. 
1.  c,  Eur.  El.  55t ;  (in  Eur.,  a  milk- 
pail  !). — 12.  lor  solids,  a  chest  or  box, 
for  clothes,  Soph.  Ant.  622t ;  a  cine- 
rary urn.  Id.  El.  1205:  ta  kind  of 
basket  or  box,  το  αγγος  εν  τω  έφερε 
τον  παΐδα,  Hdt.  1,  113;  in  which 
children  were  sometinies  exposed, 
Eur.  Ion  1398,  1337-8  where  it  is=i 
άντίπ7/ξ ;  cf.  Hdt.  1.  c,  and  λύρναξ : 
—in  0pp.  Hal.  2,  406,  the  shell  of  the 
κύραβος'[ .—\\.  in  medic,  of  the  ves- 
sels of  the  body:  once  in  Hipp,  the 
womb,  but  usu.,  α  blood-vessel.  Cf. 
άγγείυν. 

Άγγονριον,  ov,  τό,  a  water-melon, 
modern  Greek  αγγούρι. 

\Άγγουρον,  ου,  τό,  {όρος)  Mt.  An- 
gurus,  at  the  mouth  of  the  Ister,  Ap. 
Kh.  4,  323. 

\Άγγρος,  ov,  δ,  the  Angrus,  a  river 
of  Illyria,  Hdt.  4,  49. 

νΑγγων,  ωνος,  ύ,  a  Celtic  javelin, 
Agatli. 

νΑγδαβάτας,  ov,  ό,  AgdabStas,  a 
leader  of  the  Persians,  Aesch.  Pers. 
959;  in  pi.,  lb.  924,  cf.  Άιδοβάτης. 

Άγδην,  adv.,  {άγω)  by  carrying, 
άγδ?]ν  σί'ρειν,  to  drag  along,  Luc. 
Lexijih.  10. 

ίΆγδιστις,  εως,  ή,  Agdistis,  an  epi- 
thet of  Cybele  i[i  Pessmus,  Strab. — 
Π.  a  mountain  of  Phrygia,  where 
Attis  beloved  of  Cybele  was  buried, 
Pans.  1,  4,  5. 

Άγε,  άγετε,  orig.  imperat.  from 
άγω,  used  as  adv.  like  φέρε,  come ! 
come  on  !  well !  Lat.  age  !  Horn.,  who 
usu.  strengthens  it,  εΐα  άγε,  ει  δ' 
άγε,  άγε  δη  :  άλλ'  άγε,  immo  age ! 
In  Att.  also  άγε  vvv,  Ar.  Eq.  Also 
like  φέι,χ  before  1  and  2  pers.  plur., 
άγε  δη  τραπείομεν,  II.  3,  441  ;  άγε 
δη  στέωμίν,  II.  11,  348  ;  άγε  τύμνετε, 
Od.  3,  332;  cf.  Valck.  Call.  p.  279, 
Eur.  Cycl.  590.  Even  the  plur.  άγε- 
τε is  used  with  the  1  pers.  plur.  in 
Od.  1,  76;  tand  even  with  1  pers. 
sing.,  Od.  22,  139. 

i'  Αγεάναξ,  ακτος,  δ,  Ageanax,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Theocr.  7,  52. 

Άγειος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  γή)  landless, 
homeless,  prob.  1.  for  άγιος  in  Aesch. 
Supp.  858. 

Άγείρητος,  ov,  poet,  for  αγέρα- 
στος, Ε.  Μ. 

Άγείρω,  f.  -ερω  :  aor.  ^yftpa, pass. 
ήγέρθην,  3  pi.  ήγερθεν  (Hom.):  pf. 
pass,  ΰγήγερμαι,  3  pi.  άγηγέραται, 
plqpf.  -ατο,  Hom. — We  also  find  in 
Hoin.  syncop.  aor.  of  mid.  form,  but 
pass,  signf.,  άγέροντο,  II.  18,  245,  inf. 
άγερέσϋαι,  Od.  2,  385  (not  άγέρεσβαι, 
V.  Pors.  ad  I.),  part,  άγρόμενος,  I!.  2, 
481,  etc.  (άγω).  To  bring  together, 
gather  together,  λαόν,  11.  tl  1,  716,  770  : 
l6,  129,  etc.t :  and  freq.  in  Att.  ;  άγ. 
στύλον,  στρατιών,  ξνμμάχονς,  etc. 
{μύχην  ηγειρας,  11.  13,  778  rather 
belongs  to  εγείρω,  as  also  πόλεμον 
ηγειραν.  Plat.  Legg.  685  C,cf.  Spitzn. 
11.  5,  510). — 2.  of  things,  to  get  together, 
collect,  gather,  δημόΰεν  άλφιτα  και 
olvov,  χρνσόν  και  βίοτον,  Od.  19, 
197 ;  3,  301  :  to  collect  bt/  begging, 
■Kvpva,  Od.  17,  302  ;  and  so  in  mid., 
Od.  13,  14:  later  esp.,  to  collect  for 
the  gods  and  their  temples,  Wessel. 
Hdt.  4,  35,  cf.  Ruhnk.  Tim.  s.  v., 
and  V.  sub  μητραγνρτης . — to  put  things 


ΑΓΕΛ 

together,  as  in  a  speech,  Aesch.  Cho. 
038. — Mid.,  to  come  together,  gather, 
assemble,  11.  2,  52,  Od.  2,  8,  eic. 

Άγείτων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  {a  priv., 
γείτων)  witliout  a  neighbour,  neighbour 
less,  πάγης,  Aesch.  Pr.  270  ;  οίκος, 
Eur.  El.  1130. 

Άγελύδόν,  Dor.  for  άγεληδόν 
Theocr.  tl6,  92. 

Άγίλάζυμαι,  as  pass.,  to  go  or  live 
in  herds,  to  be  gregarious,  Arist.  H.  A. 
9,  2,  1,  etc. 

Άγελαιοκομικός,  η,  όν,=^ίΐγελαιο- 
τρυφικός  ;  tdub.  coHal.  formof'aye- 
λοκομικός,  q.  v.,  and  Lob.  ad  Phryn. 
p.  6  12t  :  ή  -Kt'i,  sub.  τέχνη,  the  art  of 
breeding  and  keeping  cattle.  Plat.  Polit. 
275  E,  etc. ;  but  with  v.  1.  άγελαιο- 
νομικη. 

ΆγελαΙος,  a,  ov,  {αγέλη)  belonging 
to  a  herd,  feeding  at  large,  because  the 
herds  staid  out  at  grass  all  the  sum- 
mer, βούς  άγ.,  til.  11,  729,  Od.  10, 
410f,  etc.  :  αϊ  άγ.  των  ίππων,  i.  e. 
brood-marcs,  Xen.  Eq.  5,  8. — II.  in 
herds  Or  shoals,  gregarious,  ΊχΗυες, 
Hdt.  2,  03  ;  cf.  Arist.  Pol.  1,  3,  3.-2. 
of  the  herd  or  multitude,  i.  e.  coinmon, 
αγ.  άνθρωποι,  opp.  to  άρχοντες.  Plat. 
Polit.  208  A  (in  which  signf.  the 
Gramui.  make  it  propawx. άγέλαιης, 
Hemst.  Thom.  M.  p.  7). — HI.  οι  άγε- 
λαίοι,  tihe  members  of  the  άγέλαι 
in  Crete  and  Spartat,  cf.  αγέλη  II. 

Άγελαιητροφία,  ας,  ή,  the  keeping 
of  herds.  Plat.  Polit.  201  E,eti:.;  and 

' Αγελαιοτροφικός,  ?'/,  όν,  belonging 
to  or  fit  for  άγελαιατραφία  :  ή  -«?/,= 
foreg..  Plat.  Polit.  267  B,  etc. :  from 

Άγελαιοτρόφος,  ov,  (άγέλτ/,  τρ(φω) 
feeding  or  keeping  herds.  Max.  Tyr. : 
tLob.,  ad  Phryn  p.  042,  prefers  the 
forms  άγε?Μτρόψος,  etc. 

Άχελαιών,  ώνος,  δ,  {αγέλη)  a  place 
for  herds,  pasture,  tSuid. 

νΑγέλάος,  ov,  Attic  (but  also  in 
Od.  22,  131),  Άγέλεως.  ω,  ό,  {άγω, 
λαός,  ?.εώς)  Ageldus,  masc.  pr.  u., 
seviiral  different  persons  of  tliis  name 
in  Hom. ;  others  in  Apoilod. ;  etc. 

Άγελαρχέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  ta  lead  a 
herd  or  company,  C.  gen.,  Plat.  Galb. 
17:  from 

Άγελάρχης,  oti,  ό,  {αγέλη,  άρχω) 
the  leader  of  a  herd,  Σταύρος,  Luc. 
Amor.  22t  ;  leader  of  a  company,  a 
captain,  Plut.  Rom.  0. 

V Αγέλασμα,  ατός,  τό,  {άγελάζομαι) 
a  heap,  crowd,  Procl. 

Άγελαστέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  be  αγέ- 
λαστος. 

Άγελαστί,  adv.,  without  laughter. 
Plat.  Euthyd.  278  E. 

Άγελαστικός,  ή,  ov,  {άγελάζημαι) 
disposed  to  herd  together,  social,  Philo. 

'Αγέλαστος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  γελάω) 
not  laughing,  grave,  gloomy,  H.  Hom. 
Cer.  200  ;  άγ.  πρόςωπα  βιαζόμενοι, 
Aesch.  Ag.  794. — 11.  not  to  be  laughed 
at,  not  light  or  trifling,  ξνμφοραί, 
Aesch.  Clio.  30 ;  also  as  v.  1.  Od.  8, 
307. 

νΑγέλαστος,  ov,  {άγελ.άζομαι)  ol 
άγ.,  the  members  of  the  άγέλαι  in 
Crete  and  Sparta,  for  vvh.  Meursius 
reads  άγελαϊοι,  q.  v.,  and  άγέλιι  II., 
cf.  Miiller  Dor.  4,  5,  ^  3,  n.  1,  ed. 
Schneidew. 

'Αγε2.ύτης.  ov,  ό,  (αγέλη)  the  mas- 
ter of  the  άγέλαι  in  Crete,  tHeraclid. 
Pont.  Polit.  3t:  οί.άγέλ-η  II. 

'Αγε?.εία,  ας,  ή,  (άγω,  λ,είη)  in 
Hom.  til.  4,  128t,  and  Hes.,  e[))th.  ot 
Minerva. =  7.r?ir<f,  λ.είαν  άγονσα,  the 
driver  of  spoil,  the  forayer.  Sonio 
Gramm.  explain  it  as  7ίεων  άγονσα, 
leading  the  people  :  others  from  (ij  t?J2i 
guardian  of  herds. 


ΑΓΕΝ 

νΚγίλεως,  ω,  ό,  ν.  Άγελαος. 

'Αγέλη,  7jC,  ή,  (άγω)  α  herd,  in 
Horn,  always  of  oxen  and  kine,  tas, 
βοών  άγ.,  II.  11,  678  ;  18,  528  ;  etc.t— 
except  II.  19,281  of  horses:  later  any 
herd,  flack,  drove,  crowd,  Lat.  grex,  as, 
άγ.  τταμϋένων,  Pind.  Fr.  78 ;  πτηνών 
άγέλα),  Soph.  Aj.  168  ;  tuy.  άνόρών, 
Plat.  Legg.  694  E,  cf.  840  Dt  :— 
metaph.,  ττόνων  άγέλαι,  Eur.  Η.  F. 
1276. — 11.  in  Crete  άγέλαι  were  the 
bands  or  classes  in  whkh  the  youth 
tlived  together  from  their  18th  year 
till  the  time  of  their  marriage,  and 
consequently  even  after  they  had  at- 
tained the  age  of  manhoodt :  they, 
during  this  tune,  were  called  άγε- 
λαϊοι,  and  their  master  άγε'λύττ/ς, 
Miiller  Dor.  4,  5,  3.  tin  Sparta  the 
youth  entered  the tiyf/'.at called  βοναι 
at  the  age  of  seven,  and  remained  in 
them  even  after  admitted  to  the  pub- 
lic banquets,  Plut.  Lye.  16,  Miiller 
Dor.  4,  5,  1  and  2t.     Hence 

Άγεληόά,  adv.,=  sq.,  Arat.  Dies. 
233,347. 

Άγεληδόν,  adv.,  {αγέλη)  in  herds, 
droves,  or  crowds,  11.  16,  lUO,  Hdt.  2, 
93. 

Άγέληθεν,  adv.,  (αγέλη)  from  a 
herd,  Ap.  Rh.  1,356,  406. 

'λγεληΐς,  ίόος,  ή,  pecul.  fern,  of 
άγε7ιαΙος,  IN'umen.  ap.  Ath.  320  D. 

Άγεληκόμος,  ov,  {αγέλη,  κημέω) 
keeping  herds,  Nonn.  tD.  47,  208. 

Άγε'λήτης,  ov,  6,  belonging  to  a  herd. 

Άγεληφί.  Ep.  dat.  oi  άγίλη,  11.  t2, 
480:  on  suffix  and  omission  of  sub- 
script I,  V.  Kuhner  Gr.  Gr.  ^  262, 
Anm.  1  and  3. 

Άγέλοιος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  γελοίος) 
not  fond  of  laughter,  dull:  οί'Κ  άγ.,  of 
things,  Tw  bad  joke,  Henioch.  Troch. 
1. 

Ά  γε?Μκομικός,  ή,  όν,  άγελοτροψία, 
η,  άγε'/.ϋτρόφος,  ον,  more  analogous 
lorms  for  άγελαιο-. 

νΑγέμύχος,  ου,  ό,  (άγω,  μάχη) 
Agemachus,  masc.  pr.  η.,  Plut.;  Paus.; 
etc. 

^Αγέμεν,  Ion.  and  Dor.  for  άγειν. 

Άγεμόνενμα,  άγεμονενω,  άγεμών, 
Dor.  for  ήγεμ•. 

Άγεν,  Dor.  and  Ep.  for  εάγησαν, 
3  pi.  aor.  2  pass,  from  άγννμι,  11.  4, 
214. 

Άγενεαλόγητος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  -j'fvea- 
λογέω)  tiilhout  pedigree,  of  unknown 
descent,  N.  T.  tHebr.  7,  14. 

^Αγένεια,  ας,  ή,  {αγενής)  low  birth, 
Arist.  Pol.  6,  2,  7 :  meanness,  low  cun- 
ning. Id.  Virt.  et  Vit.  7,  4. 

Αγένειος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  γένειον) 
beardless,  boyish,  Pind.,  tLys.  162,  4t, 
Plat.  tSymp.  180  At :  άγένειόν  tl 
ΐίρηκέναι,  to  speak  like  a  boy,  Luc. 
Jup.  Trag.  29  :  tro  άγένείον,  the  ab- 
sence or  want  of  beard,  id.  Eun.  9t. — 
The  αγένειοι  were  boys  of  an  age  to 
enter  the  lists  for  certain  prizes  at 
the  games,  Pind.  O,  8,  71  ;  9,  135,  cf. 
Plat.  Legg.  833  C,  Paus.  6,  6,  3. 
Adv.  -ως,  Philo. 

'Αγενής,  ες,  {a  priv.,  *γένω)  strictly 
unborn,  uncreated,  Plat.  Tim.  27  C  : 
but — II.  usu.  ^without  illustriousoiViAt, 
of  no  family,  i.  e.  low-born :  hence 
metaph.,  base-minded,  low,  mean,  cow- 
ardly, vile,  opp.  to  αγαθός.  Soph.  Fr. 
105.  In  this  signf.  Stallb.  Plat.  Pro- 
tag.  319  D,  would  always  write  uyey- 
νής  {γέννα),  but  both  forms  are  found 
in  verse,  as  Soph.  1.  c,  Ar.  Pac.  748  ; 
cf.  θεογενής,  θεογεννής. — III.  tvith  no 
family,  i.  e.  chadless,  Isae.  ap.  Har- 
pocr, 

Άγένητος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  γίγνομαι) 
<=ov  γενόμενος,  unborn,  uncreated,  un- 


ΑΓΕΣ 

originated.  Plat.  Phaedr.  245  D.— II. 
not  done,  not  having  happened,  άγένη- 
τον  ποιεΐν  τι,  infectum  reddere.  Soph. 
Tr.  743,  cf.  Agatho  ap.  Arist.  Eth. 
N.  C,  2,  6 :  αίτίαι  άγ.,  groundless 
charges,  Aeschin.  86,  1.  Cf.  άγέν- 
νητος. 

Άγεννής,  ες,  {  a  priv.,  γ'έννα  )= 
άγενι'ις  (q.  v.),  Hdt.  1,  134,  and  freq. 
in  Plat.,  tas  Prot.  319  D,  Legg.  690 
A,  714  C,  etc.t  Adv.  -νώς,  Eur.  tl. 
A.  1458 ;  usu.  only  in  connection 
with  the  negative,  ουκ  άγεννώς.  Plat. 
Gorg.  492  D,  Rep.  529  At,  cf.  Heind. 
Plat.  Charm.  158  C. 

Άγέννητος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  γεννάω) 
r=ov  γεννηθείς,  like  άγένητος,  un- 
begotten,  unborn,  Soph.  O.  C.  973  : 
unoriginated.  Plat.  Tim.  52  A. — II. 
like' ά} ei'^f,  low-born,  mean.  Soph. 
Tr.  61,  cf.  Fr.  739.— 111.  act.,  not  pro- 
ductive, Theophr. 

' Αγεννία,  ας,  ή,  cowardice,  Polyb. 
30,  9,  1,  etc. :  ubi  al.  αγένεια. 

Άγ'εννίζυ,  fut.  Att.  -ϊώ,  to  act  like 
an  άγεννής.  Teles  ap.  Stob.  p.  68,  6. 

Άγεομαι,  Dor.  for  ήγέομαι,  Pind.  : 
Tu  άγημένα,  custom, prescription,  Orac. 
ap.  Dem.  1072,  27.  This  form  also 
occurs  in  Ion.  prose,  but  always  in 
dub.  places,  as  Hdt.  2,  40,  69,  72. 

V Αγέομαι,  Ion.  for  άγομαι,  v.  1. 
Hdt.  3,  14,  v.  Bahr  ad  1.  c. 

ΥΑγέττολις,  ιδος,  ό,  {άγω,  πόλις) 
Agepolis,  an  ambassador  of  the  Rho- 
dians,  Polyb.  28,  14,  6. 

Ά-)έραστος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  γέρας) 
without  a  gift  of  honour,  unrecompensed , 
unrewarded,  II.  1,  119,  Hes.  Th.  395; 
c.  gen.,  θνέων  άγ..  Αρ.  Rh.  3,  65 :  tso 
Ael.  says  κεράτων  ονκ  άγ.  βόε€,  Ν. 
Α.  2,  53. 

Άγέρατος,  or,=foreg.,  ν.  sub  άγεί- 
ρατος. 

ΆγερέΟω,  ν.  sub  ήγερέθσμαι. 

Άγερθεν,  Dor.  and  Ep.  for  ήγέρ- 
θησαν,  3  pi.  aor.  1  pass,  from  άγείρω, 
Horn. 

Άγερμός,  οϋ,  ό,  {άγείρω)  a  collect- 
ing of  money,  etc.,  begging,  Dion.  H. 
2,  19  :  in  Arist.  Poet.  8,  3,  of  the 
wanderings  of  Ulysses.    Cf.  άγνρμός. 

Άγερμοσννη,  ης,ή,=  άγερσις,  Opp. 
C,  4,  251. 

Άγέρρω,  fut.  άγερώ,  Aeol.  for 
άγείρω. 

Άγερσΐκνβηλις,  ό,  a  begging  sacri- 
ficer  or  priest,  Cratin.  Drap.  11,  ubi  v. 
Meineke.  (From  άγείρω  and  κύβη- 
λις,  not  Κνβήλη.)   [κϋ] 

Αγερσις,  εως.  ή,  {άγείρω)  α  gather- 
ing, mustering,  άγ.  στρατιης,  Hdt.  7, 
5,  48. 

Άγερωχία,  ας,  ή,  haughtiness , fierce- 
ness, Philostr.  :  from 

'Αγέρωχος,  ov,  in  Hom.  and  Pind. 
always  in  good  sense,  brave,  high- 
minded,  lordly,  νΡοδίων  άγ.,  II.  2, 
654,  Ύρώων  άγ.,  3,  36,  Ανκιοί  Μ.νσοί 
τ'  άγ.,  10,  430,  ΐίερικ'λνμενον  άγ., 
Οά.  11,  286;  νίκας  άγερώχυν,  Pind. 
Ο.  10,  95,  εργματα,  Ν.  6,  58t ;  in 
Archil.,  and  Alcae.  106  in  bad  sense, 
overweening,  haughty,  fierce,  v.  Butlm. 
Lexil.  s.  V.  :  so  also  later,  esp.  after 
Polyb.  Adv.  -χως,  Anyte  10,  and 
Polyb.  (Ace.  to  old  Gramm.  simply 
—  γεράοχος:  but  deriv.  very  dub.) 

Άγεσίλαος,  ov,  6,  Άγεσίλας,  ov, 
and  'Αγησίλαος  (Aesch.),  Ion.  ΊΙγη- 
σίλεως ;  {άγω,  λαός): — epith.  of  Pluto, 
u'ho  drives  all  mankind  into  his  realms, 
Spanb.  Call.  Lav.  Pall.  130. 

Άγέστρατος,  ό,  ή,  (άγω,  στρατός) 
host-leading,  Άθήνη,  Hes.  Th.  925  : 
\σάλπιγγος  ήχος,  Nonn.  D.  26,  15. 

V Αγέστράτος,  ου,  ο,  Agestratus, 
masc.  pr.  η.,  Qu.  Sm.  3,  230. 


ΑΓΗΝ 

Άγέτης,  άγέτις.  Dor.  for  ;7y-,tAnth. 
P.  6,  167  ;  7,  425. 

Άγενστία,  ας,  η,  the  state  of  an 
άγευστος,  fasting  :  from 

"Αγενστος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  γένομαι) 
act.,  not  tasting,  without  taste  of,  c. 
gen.  rei,  αιών  άγενστος  κακών.  Soph. 
Ant.  583  ;  cf.  Plat.  Rep.  576  Α.— II. 
pass.,  untasled,  Arist.  de  An.  2,  10,  3. 

^Αγέχορος,  ov,  {άγω,  χόρος)  leader 
of  the  chorus  or  dance,  Ar.  Lys.  1281, 
ubi  olim  άγέροχος. 

Άγεωμέτρητος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  γεω- 
μετρέω)  of  persons,  ignorant  of  ge- 
ometry, Arist.  Anal.  Post.  1,  12,  3. — 

2.  of  problems,  not  geometrical,  lb.  8. 
Άγεωργησία,  ας,  ή,  neglect  of  agri- 
culture, Theophr. :  from 

Άγεώργητος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  γεωργέω) 
untilled,  uncultivated,  Theophr. 

Άγεωργίου  δίκη,  ή,  an  action  for 
neglect  of  agriculture,  prob.  against 
careless  tenants,  A.  B.  20,  336. 

ΆΓΗ,  ης,  ή,  {άγομαι)  in  good 
sense,  wonder,  reverence,  awe,  Horn., 
as,  άγη  μ'  έχει,  Od.  3,  227.-2.  in 
bad  sense,  envy,  hatred,  Hdt.  6,  61  : 
and  of  the  gods,  jealousy,  άγα  θεόθεν, 
Aesch.  Ag.  131  : — the  two  senses 
answer  respectively  to  the  verbs  ά- 
γομαι and  άγάζομαι.—^η  Aesch.  Ag. 
730  Dind.,  with  Herm.,  reads  μη?Μ- 
φόνοισιν  άγαισιν  (for  άτοίσπ•), which 
can  only  be  exi)lained,  by  hateful 
slaughter  of  sheep  ;  for  we  cannot 
read  άγαίσι  (from  sq.)  with  Klausen, 
since  the  first  syll.  must  be  short: — 
Maiden's  conj.  άσαισι  is  better,  [uy??] 

ΆΓΗ',  ης,  ή,  {άγννμι)  breakage : 
a  fragment,  piece,  splinter,  κωπών  άγ., 
Aesch.  Pers.  425 ;  αρμάτων,  Eur. 
Supp.  693. — 2.  of  waves,  a  breaker, 
surf,  κύματος  άγή.  Αρ.  Rh.  1,  554; 
4,  941.- — 3.  a  curve,  bending,  like  έττί- 
αγή,  δφιος  άγή,  Arat.  Phaen.  688  : — 
hgnce  Bbckh  reads  άγαν  (for  άγαν) 
in  Pind.  P.  2,  50  (82),  in  the  sense  of 
crooked  arts,  deceit.   [(i>7/] 

'Αγη,  Ep.  for  έάγη,  3  sing.  aor.  2 
pass.  Ep.  from  άγννμι.  [ΰ,  II.  16,  801  ] 

Άγτρ/έραται,  -ατο,  3  pi.  pf.  and 
plqpf.  pass,  from  άγείρω,  Horn. 

Αγ7/?<.ατέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  drive  out 
an  άγος,  Lat.  piaculum  exigere,  to  ban- 
ish one  polluted,  esp.,  one  guilty  of  sac- 
rilege and  murder,  Hdt.  5,  72,  Soph. 
O.  T.  401,  Schaf.  Greg.  p.  546;  cf. 
άνδρηλατέω  :  from 

'Αγή?ΜΤος,  ov,  {άγος,  έλαννω)  driv- 
ing oxu  an  άγος,  άγ.  μάστιξ,  i.  e.  light- 
ning which  conswnes  and  so  purifies, 
Lye.  436. 

'Αγημα,  ατός,  τό,  Dor.  for  ηγημα, 
any  thing  led,  a  corps  or  division  of  an 
army,  of  the  Lacedaemonians,  Xen. 
Lac.  11,  9;  13,  6:  but  usu.  of  the 
Macedonians,  the  Guard.  Polyb.  5, 
65,  2,  etc.  tv.  Diet.  Antiqq.  s.  v. 
Agema. 

Άγημένα,  τά.  Dor.  part.  pf.  pass. 
from  ήγέομαι,  tv.  άγέημιιί. 

Άγηνόρειος,  a,  ov.  Dor.  άγάνόρ-, 
=  άγήνωρ,  Aesch.  Pers.  1026. 

Άγηνορέων,  a  participial  form= 
άγήνωρ,  ISonn.  tD.  12,  194. 

Αγηνορία,  ας,  ή,  {άγήνωρ)  manli- 
ness, manhood,  courage.  II.  t22,  457t, 
always  of  men,  except  in  II.  12,  46 
of  a  lion  :  talso  with  collar,  notion  ot 
pride,  haughtiness,  in  plur.,  11.  9.  700. 

f  Αγηνορίδης,  ην,  ό,  son  or  descend- 
ant of  Agenor,  Psp.  Cadmus,  A  p.  Rh. 

3,  1186;  also  Phineus,  Id.  2,  178.— 
In  pi.  oi  Άγηνορίδαι,  the  Thebans, 
Eur.  Phoen.  217. 

νΑγηνορίς,  ίδος,  ή,  daughter  or  fe- 
male descendant  of  Agenor,  Ino,  Opp. 
C.  4,  237. 


ΑΓΗΣ 

Άγήνωρ,  ορός,  ό,  //  .■  Dor.  άγάνωρ, 
(άγαν,  άνήρ)  : — >ηα7ΐΙι/,  θυμός,  κραόίη, 
til.  9,  398,  G35  ;  10,  220,  Od.  2,  103, 
etc.t,  also  in  ties. ;  but  even  in  Horn, 
freq.  with  collat.  notion  of  headsirong, 
haughty,  ^arrogant,  e.  g.,  of  Achilles, 
11.  9,  699t ;  μνηστήρες  αγ.,  oft.  in 
Od.  tl,  144,  etc. ;  of  the  insolent  spirit 
of  Thersites,  11.  2,  276t ;  so  of  the 
Titans,  Hes.  Th.  G41,  cf.  Aesch. 
Theb.  124  : — in  Pind.  of  animals  and 
things,  ay.  'ίπττος,  πλούτος,  κόμττος, 
stately,  splendid,  magnificent.  Only 
poet. 

νΑγί/νωρ,  ορός,  6,  Agenor,  son  of 
lasus,  king  oi  Argos,  ApoUod.  2,  1, 
2. — 2.  son  of  Neptune  and  Libya, 
king  of  Sidon,  father  of  Cadmus,  Id. 
3,  1,  2  ;  Soph.  0.  T.  268.-3.  son  of 
Amphion  and  Niobe,  Apollod.  3,  5,  6. 
— 4.  son  of  Antenor,  a  Trojan  chief, 
II.  4,  467  ;  etc.— 5.  father  of  Cilix,  a 
Phoenician,  Hdt.  7,  91. — Others  in 
Apollod. ;  etc. 

Άγήοχα,  perf.  act.  from  άγω,  to 
lead,  tDem.  238,  28. 

Άγήραντος,  ov,=  sq.,  Simon.  29. 

Άγ7}ραος,  ov  :  contr.  (as  always  in 
Att.  prose)  αγι'ιρως,  uv,  of  which 
Horn,  has  only  the  nom.  dual  άγήρω 
in  II.  tl2,  323;  17,  444t,  and  the  nom. 
sing,  and  ace.  plur.  άγήρως  in  Od. 
to,  218  ;  7,  94t ;  the  ace.  sing,  άγ?]- 
ρων  occurs  Η.  Cer.  242,  for  which 
Hes.  Th.  949  has  άγί/ρω,  as  also 
Soph. :  cf.  Spitzn.  Lxc.  iv  ad  11. 
(a  priv.,  γήρας)  ■.—free from  old  age,  not 
waxing  old,  vndecayi/ig,  of  the  gods, 
Hom.,  and  Hes. ;  also  of  the  Aegis, 
II.  2,  447  ;  άγ.  κνόος,  Pind.  P.  2, 
96 ;— freq.  in  Att. 

Άγτ/ρατον,  ov,  τό,  an  aromatic 
plant,  perh.  yarrow  or  milfoil,  Achillea 
ageratum,  Diosc.  4,  59. 

Άγήρατος.  ον,=  άγήραος,  κ?.έος, 
Eur.  I.  A.  567 ;  also  in  Xen.  Mem.  4, 
3,  13,  Plat.  Ax.  370  D. 

Άγίφατος,  ov,  6,  a  kind  of  stone 
used  by  shoemakers  to  polish  wom- 
en's shoes,  Galen. 

Άγί/ρως,  ων,  contr.  for  άγήραος, 

Άγης,  or  αγης,  ες,  (άγος)  guilty, 
accursed,  Hippon.  4. — II.  but  also  in 
good  sense,  sacred,  holy,  pure,  Emped. 
ap.  A.  B.  p.  337,  cf.  Nake  Choer. 
179,  sq. :  cf.  ευαγής  Β.  [α] 

Άγήσανόρος,  ου,  ό,  epith.  of  Pluto, 
=:ζ'Αγεσίλαος. 

ν Αγήσανόρος,  ου,  ό,  Dor.^'Hy;;- 
σανδρος,  a  Lacedaemonian,  Thuc. 
8,  91.— Others  in  Polyb. ;  etc. 

V Αγηοίύναξ,  ακτος,  ό,  Dor.=^'Hy7?- 
σίάναξ,  Plut. 

fAyz/aiOf,  ου,  ό.  Dor.  for  Ήγησίας, 
Agesias,  a  conqueror  in  the  Olympic 
games,  Pind.  O.  6,  19. — Others  in 
Polyb.  ;  etc. 

νλγησίδάμος,  ov,  b,  (ήγεομαι,  6ή- 
μος)  Agesidamus,  a  conqueror  in  the 
Olympic  games,  Pind.  O.  10,  12. 

νΑγησί?Μος,  ov,  ό,=^άγεσίλαος, 
Άιόης,  Aesch.  Fr.  307. 

^Αγησίλαος,  ov,  ό.  Ion.  'ϋγησί- 
λεως,  ω,  Uor.  ΆγησΟΜς,  a,  (v.  άγε- 
σίλαος)  A^esilaus,  name  of  several 
kings  of  Sparta,  Hdt.  7,  204  ;  8,  131  ; 
esp.  the  celebrated  one,  who  led  the 
Spartans  against  Persia,  Xen.  Ag. 
and  Hell. 

νΑγησίμάχος,  ου,  ό,  (άγεομαι,  μά- 
χη) Agesimachiis,  a  victor  in  the  Ne- 
mean  games,  Pind.  N.  6,  37. 

νΑγησίττολις,  lihc,  ό,  {ΰγέομαι, 
ττόλις)  Agesipnlis,  a  Spartan,  son  of 
Pausanias,  Xen.  Hell.  4,  2. — 2. 
another,  son  of  Cleombrotus,  Plut. ; 
Paus.  3,  6,  2. 
8 


ΑΓΙΟ 

V kγησLπ^ίίδaς,  a,  b,  Agesippidas, 
a  Spartan,  Thuc.  5,  56. 

V Αγησίστρατος,  ου,  b,  (άγέομαι, 
στρατός )  Agesisiratus,  a  Spartan 
ephor,  Xen.  Hell.  2,  3,  10. 

'Αγησί;^ορος,  ov,  {άγεομαι.  Dor.  for 
7/y-,  χορός)  '. — leading  the  chorus  0Γ 
dance,  προοίμια,  Pind.  P.  1,6. 

νΑγήτας,  ου,  δ,  {άγεομαι)  Agetas, 
a  leader  of  the  Aetolians,  Polyb.  5, 
91,  1. 

Άγητηρ,  ήρος,  ό.  Dor.  for  ήγητήρ, 
Pind.  tP.  1,  134t.  [a] 

Άγητός,  ή,  όν,  (άγαμαι)  admired, 
uondrous,  famous,  Horn.,  tfreq.,  and 
alwaysf  c.  ace.  rei,  άγητος  φύην, 
δέμας,  είδος,  til.  22,  370  ;  24,  376  ;  5, 
787 ;  φρενας  only  in  Od.  14,  177, 
where  now  δέμας  και  είδος  άγ. :  fem. 
είδος  ΰχητή,  Η.  Αρ.  198t;  also  c. 
dat.,  χρήμασί,  Solon  20,  3.  Only 
poet,  [(ij 

ΥΑγητος,  ου,  ό,  Agetus,  a  Spartan, 
Hdt.  6,  61. 

Άγϊ/τωρ,  ορός,  ό,  Dor.  for  ήγήτωρ, 
Eur.  t.Med.  426. 

t'Ayifidai,  ών,  οί,=^'Αγίδαι,  Plut. 
Lys.  24. 

'Ay<(i;^w,  {άγιος)  to  hallow,  purify, 
consecrate,  tof  persons,  LXX.  Ex.  19, 
22,  in  pass.;  N.  T.  Joh.  10,  36;  of 
things,  Matth.  23,  17.-2.  to  cleanse 
from  pollution,  purify,  LXX.  Levit. 
16,  19;  N.  T.  Hebr.  9,  13. 

t'Ayi'af,  ου,  6,  Agias,  an  Arcadian 
commander  in  the  army  of  Cyrus  the 
younger,  Xen.  An.  2,  6,  30.— Others 
in  Ath.  ;  Plut. ;  etc. 

Άγιασμα,  ατός,  τό,  (αγιάζω)  that 
which  is  hallowed,  a  holy  place,  sanc- 
tuary, LXX. 

'Αγιασμός,  ov,  b,  (αγιάζω)  consecra- 
tion, sanciificalion,  N.  T.  tRom.  6,  19. 

Άγιαστήριον,  ov,  τό,=^άγίασμα, 
LXX.  tLevit.  12,  4. 

ΥΑγιάτις,  Ιδος,  ή,  Agiatis,  wife  of 
king  Agis,  Plut.  Cleoin.  1. 

Άγιαφόρος,  ον,=^ίεραφόρος,  Bockh 
Inscr.  1,  p.  470. 

Άγίγαρτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  γίγαρτον) 
of  grapes,  etc.,  without  seed  or  stone, 
Theophr.  [i] 

t'Ayi'Jai,  ών,  oi,  (patron,  from 
^ Αγις)  the  Agidae,  descendants  of  Agis, 
Paus.  3,  2,  1. 

'Ayi'^'w,  f.  -ίσω  Att.  -ΐώ,  (άγιος)  to 
hallow,  make  sacred,  Lat.  dedicare,  βω- 
μοί πατρι  άγισθέντες,  Pind.  Ο.  3, 
34,  Soph.  Ο.  C.  1495,  esp.  by  burning 
a  sacrifice : — πόπανα  ήγιζεν  ες  σά- 
κτην,  a  joke  παρ'  νπόνοιαν  for  ες 
βωμόν,  Ar.  Plut.  681.  Cf.  έναγίζω, 
καθαγίζω. 

ΆγΙνέω,  ω,  lengthd.  Ion.  form  of 
άγω  :  mostly  used  in  pres.  and  impf., 
but  fut.  άγινήσω  in  H.  Hom.  Ap.  57, 
etc.  : — we  have  also  an  inf.  pres.  άγι- 
νέμεναι  (Od.  20,  213),  impf.  άγίνεσκον 
(Od.  17,  291),  as  if  from  a  pres.  άγίνω. 
To  lead,  bring,  carry,  tc.  acc,  νύμφας 
άγ.,  II.  ]8,  493t,  also  of  things,  ΰλ?;!", 
14,  784,  'ίδώρα  άγ.,  Hdt.  3,  89,  97: 
— mid.,  to  cause  to  be  brought,  to  have 
brought  for  one,  γυναίκας  ες  το  ίρόν 
άγ.,  Hdt.  7,  33. — It  also  occurs  in 
Arr.  Ind.  8,  9. 

'Αγιογράφος,  ov,  (άγιος,  γράφω) 
written  by  inspiration  :  tu  άγιόγραφα 
(sc.  βιβ?ύα),  ilhe  holy,  inspired,  writ- 
ingsi,  i.  e.  the  books  of  the  Old  Tes- 
tament, texcept  the  Pentateuch  and 
Prophetst,  Eccl. 

Άγιοπρεπής,  ες,  (άγιος,  πρέπω) 
befitting  the  holy,  holy.  Adv.  -πώς, 
Eccl. 

"Αγιος,  a,  ov,  devoted  to  the  gods, 
Lat.  sacer  (cf.  άγος),  and  so, — I.  in 
good  sense,  sacred,  holy. — 1.  of  things, 


ΑΓΚΑ 

Ιερόν  άγιον,  Xen.  Hell.  3,2,  19:  c. 
gen.,  sacred  to  a  god,  άγ.  'Αφροδίτης, 
Ήρακλέος,  Hdt.  2,  41,  44,  etc.— 2.  of 
persons,  holy,  pious,  pure,  Ar.  Av. 
522 :  To  άγιον,  a  sanctuary,  \άγια 
άγιων,  holy  of  holies,  N.  T.  Hebr.  9, 
3t. — II.  in  bad  sense,  accursed,  execra- 
ble, Lat.  sacer,  Cratin.  Incert.  35. — 
The  word  is  rare  in  Att.,  and  never 
found  in  Trag.,  who  use  αγνός  (q.  v.), 
instead,  cf.  Pors.  Med.  752:  for  άγιος 
in  Aesch.  Supp.  858,  should  prob.  be 
read  άγειος  (q.  v.).  Adv.  -ίυς.  Hence 

'Α}'ΐότης,  ητος,  ή,  sanctity,  holiriess, 
Ν.  Τ.  tHebr.  12,  10. 

Άγιόω,  ώ,  f.  -ώσω,  (άγιος)  to  viake 
holy,  hallow. 

t'Ayif,  ιδος,  ό.  Ion.  'Hytf,  Agis, 
name  of  several  kings  of  Sparta,  Hdt. 
7,  204  ;  Thuc.  3,  89  ;  etc. 

νΑγισ/ιός,  οϋ,  ύ,  (άγιζω)  pref.  read- 
ing in  Diod.  4,  39  for  αγιασμός— 
εναγισμός. 

Άγιστεία,  ας,  η,  usu.  in  plur.,  Ao/y 
rites,  temple-worship  or  service,  Isocr. 
227  A,  Plat.  Ax.  371  D.— II.  holiness, 
Strab.  p.  417  :  from 

Άγιστενω.  f.  -ενσω,  to  perform  sa- 
cred  rites.  Plat.  Legg.  759  D. — 2.  to 
be  holy  or  pious,  live  piously,  chastely, 
άγ.  βιοτάν,  Eur.  Bacch.  74. — Pass., 
to  be  held  holy,  Strab. — II.  act.,  to 
purify,  Orac.  ap.  Paus.  10,  6,  7. 

'Αγιωσννη,  ης,  ή,^^άγιότης,  Ν.  Τ. 
t2  Cor.  7,  1. 

Άγκ-,  poet.  (esp.  Ep.)  abbrev.  for 
άνακ-,  in  compds.  of  άι;ύ  with  words 
beginning  with  κ,  as,  άγκεΐσθαι  for 
άνακείσθαι. 

Άγκάζομαι,  f.  -άσομαι,  (άγκάς) 
dep.  mid.,  to  take  or  lift  up  in  the  arms, 
νεκρόν,  ]1.  17,  722. 

"Αγκαθεν,  adv.,  γ  from  between  the 
bended  arms,'  Aesch.  Ag.  3,  Dun- 
bar's Lex.  s.  v.,  the  termin.  -θεν  re- 
taining its  proper  signf.  from,  as  in 
Eum.  80,  άγκαβεν  λαβών  άρετας, 
having  taken  the  image  in  the  arms, 
so  that  it  depended  therefrom.  Others 
explain  άγκ.  in  Ag.  3  ast  for  άγκάς, 
on  the  arm,  i.  e.  resting  on  it,  Lat. 
cubilo  presso. — II.  said  to  be  put  for 
ανέκαθεν,  in  Aesch.  Eum.  360 :  but 
here  the  metre  requires  ανέκαθεν  : 
and  in  all  other  cases  άγκ•  stands 
for  άνακ-,  not  for  άνεκ-. 

νΑγκαϊος,  ov,  6,  Ancaeus,  son  ο 
Lycurgus  and  Astynome,  II.  2,  609. 
— 2.  an  Aetolian  from  Pleuron,  11.23, 
635. — 3.  son  of  Neptune,  one  of  the 
Argonauts,  Call.  Del.  50. 

Άγκαλέω,  poet,  for  άνακ-,  Aesch. 

'Αγκάλη,  ης,  ή,  the  bent  arm,  usu. 
in  plur.  :  άγκάλαις,  tv  άγκάλαις  or 
επ'  άγκάλαις  εχειν,  ?.αμβάνειν.  etc., 
Aesch.  t  Ag.  723,  Supp.  481 1,  Eur.tAlc. 
351,  loot,  etc. ,^άγκάλαισι  περιφέρειν. 
Id.  Or.  464t. — 11.  metaph.,  any  thing 
closely  enfolding,  e.  g.  πετραία  αγκάλη, 
Aesch.  Pr.  1019,  πόντιοι  ά-;  κάΑαι,  Id. 
Cho.587;cf.  Ar.  Ran.716.  Alsocf  ay- 
κοίνη.  (A  lengthd.  form  of  uyK7/.q.v.) 

Άγκαλιδαγωγέω,  ώ,Ιο  carry  an  arm- 
ful or  bundle ;  from 

'Αγκα?.ιδαγωγός,  όν,  (  άγκαλίς, 
άγω)  carrying  an  armful  or  bundle  :  of 
beasts  of  burden,  άγκα?αδοφόρος  be- 
ing used  of  men. 

Άγκαλιδηφορέω,  and  άγκαλιδοφο- 
ρέω,  ώ,^=άγκαλιδαγωγέω  :  from 

Άγκαλιδοφόρος,  ov,  {φέρω)=άγκα' 
λίδαγωγός,  q.  τ. 

Άγκαλίζομαι,  f.  -ίσομαι  Alt.  ϊοϋ• 
μαι,  dep.  Γη\ά.,=  άγκάζομαί,  Simon. 
Amorg.  77,  Mel.  23. 

Άγκα'/.ίς,  ίδος,  ή,  in  plur.=  ayA;u- 
λαί,  arms,  tonlv  in  dat.  άγκαλιδεσ- 
σινί,  II.    18,  555;    22,   503.— II.   an 


ΑΓΚΤ 

armful,  bundle,  Xicoslr.  Syr.  1,  and 
Plut.  tRom.  8. 

Ά)Α•αλίσμα,  ατός,  τή,  (άγκα?ύζο- 
uaij  that  which  is  embraced  or  carried 
in.  the  arms,  Luc.  Ainor.  14. — II.  α?ί 
embrace,  Lyc.  308. 

Άγκα/.or,  ov,  6,  an  armful,  bundle, 
H.  Hoin.  Merc.  82. 

Ά^,κάς,  adv.,  into  or  in  the  arms, 
άγκ.  ίλΐΐν,  /.αβείν,  μάρτΐτειν,  έχειν, 
Od.  7,  252,  11.  14,  353,  etc.  (Prob. 
for  άγκάζε,  from  άγκή.) 

Ά)κειμαί,  poet,  for  ΰνάκειμαι. 
Find. 

ΆΓΚΗ',  ijc,  ^,=a>/ia?.7y,  like  κόγ- 
χη, κογχν'/η,  Coray  Heliod.  2,  113, 
372  ;  cf  (i)  «Of. 

Άγκ,ηρνσσω,  poet,  for  άνακ.,  Soph. 
tFr.  68. 

Άγκίον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  άγκος, 
a  S7iiall  valley,  prob.  1.  Arist.  H.  A.  8, 
16,  2,  for  ά-,γείοις. 

Άγκιστρίία,  ας,  ή,  {ύγκιστρενω) 
angling,  Plat.  Legg.  823  D. 

Ά}κ.ιστρεντικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to 
or  fit  for  angling :  rb  -κόν,  angling, 
like  αγκίστρεία.  Plat.  Soph.  220  D : 
from 

Άγκιστρενω,  f.  -ευσω,  tand  dep. 
mid.  -ευομαά,  (,ύγκιστρον)  to  angle 
for,  entice,  Philo. 

Άγκίστριον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from 
άγκιστρον,  Theocr.  21,  57. 

Άγκιστρόύετος.  ov,  {άγκιστρον, 
δέω)  bound  on  a  hook,  Anth.  tP.  6,  27. 

Άγκιστροειδής,  ές,  (άγκιστρον,  εί- 
δος) hook-shaped,  barbed,  Diod.  5,  34. 

Ά}κιστρον,  ov,  τό.  (akin  to  άγκος, 
αγκύλος,  άγκυρα)  a  fish-hook,  Od.  4, 
369,  Hdt.  t2,  70t,  etc.  :  the  hook  of  a 
spindle.  Plat.  Rep.  616  C.  ^ 

Άγκιστρο~ώ?.ης,  ov,  ό,  (άγκιστρον, 
rizuAed))  a  seller  oj  fish-hooks. 

Άγ κιστροφάγος,  ov,  (  άγκιστρον, 
οΰγΰν)  biting  the  hook,  Arist.  H.  A. 
9,  37,  13. 

Άγκιστρόω,  ώ,  f.  -ώσω,  (άγκιστρον) 
to  furnish  with  barb.",  Plut.  Crass.  25. 
— 11.  to  hook,  catch,  τΐόθω,  Lyc.  67. 

'Α.γκιστρ6ιόΐ]ς,  ες,  {!-Ιόος)=  άγκι- 
στροειόής,  Polyb.  34,  3,  5. 

Άγκιστρωτός,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj. 
from  ά'^κιστμόω,  barbed,  Polyb.  6,  23, 
10. 

'λγκΤύνω,  and  άγκ?ίΐμα,  τό,  poet, 
for  άνακ'λ•. 

'Χγκοίνη,  ης,  ή,  (άγκών)  poet,  for 
ά)Λαλί/,  the  bent  arm,  used  only  in 
plur.,  II.  14,  213,  Od.  11,  261,  etc.— 
II.  metaph.,  any  thing  closely  enfolding, 
χϋονος  ά^κοΐναι,  άγκ.  ττίτραΐαι,  tlZ- 
μης,  λίνοιο,  Anth.  tP.  9.  398t,  and 
0pp.  tH.  3,  34t ;  cf  αγκάλη. 

Άγκομίζω,  poet,  for  άνακ-,  Pind. 
tP.  4,  15. 

^Αγκονίω,  for  άνακ- ,=  διακονίω,  to 
hasten.  Ar.  Lys.  1311. 

ΆΓΚΟΣ,  εος,  τό,  strictly  α  bend  or 
hollow,  esp.  of  the  arm,  tv.  Herm.  ad 
H.  tfom.  Merc.  159t:  hence  a  moun- 
tain glen,  winding  dell,  valley,  Horn., 
talways  in  ace.  pi.  άγκεα^,  as  II.  20, 
490,  Hdt.,  etc.  (Akin  to  άγγος,  άγ- 
X(j,Germ.en.g.  Hence  come  άγκά?.η. 
αγκοίνη ;  άγκύΚη,  αγκύλος :  άγκι- 
στρον, Lat.  uncus,  uncinus  :  άγκυρα  : 
angulus.) 

Άγκρεμάννναι,  poet,  for  άνακρ-, 
άγκρεμάσασα,  Od.  1,  410. 

Άγκρΐσις,  poet,  lor  άνάκρισις, 
Aesch.  tEum.  364. 

Άγκρονημαι,  poet,  for  ανακρούο- 
μαι, Theocr.  t4,  31. 

Άγκτήρ,  ηρος,  ό,  (άγχω)  that  which 
binds  tight,  Lat.  fibula  :  a  means  of 
closing  wounds,  Galen.     Hence 

^Αγκτηριάζίι),  or  -ίζω,  to  bind  with  an 
άγκτήρ.  Id. ;  and 


ΑΓΚΥ 

Άγκτηριασμός,  ov,  ό,  a  binding  with 
an  a-j  κτηρ.  Id. 

'Χγκϋλέομαι,  \ονμαι,  dep.  mid.,  to 
hurl  by  means  of  the  άγκνλη,  q.  v.  II.; 
hence  in  genl.,  to  hurl,  only  Ath.  534 
E,  κεραυνόν  ήγκνλημένος  Έρως: 
from 

Άγκνλ.η,  ης,  ή,  {άγκος)  tstrictly, 
any  thing  bent,  hence  the  bent  or  hollow 
hand,  the  right  hand  bent  ior  the 
purpose  of  throwing  the  wine  in  the 
game  of  the  cottabus,  v.  Bergk  ad 
Anacr.  Fr.  52,  and  A.  B.  pp.  327,  19 ; 
337, 30t ;  άττ'  άγκν/.ης  Ίέναι,  to  throw 
from  Uhe  bent  or  hollow  handf,  Lat. 
cotlabum  projicere,  Bacchvl.  Fr.  23 
(whence,  seemingly,  came  the  signf 
of  a  cup,  given  by  Ath.  667  C,  etc.). 
— 2.  a  knee  bent  by  disease,  Medic. — II. 
t^Lat.  ansa,  the  handle,  any  bent  ob- 
ject for  the  hand  to  rest  on,  esp.,  a 
bent  poise  or  rest  fitted  to  the  middle 
of  a  javelin,  by  which  it  was  hurled, 
differing  from  the  Lat.  amentum, 
which  was  a  thong,  though  others 
so  render  it,  v.  Diet.  Antiqq.  s.  v. 
ansa :  cf  Xen.  An.  4,  2,  2^\  : — also 
the  javelin  itself,  Eur.  Or.  1476. — III. 
a  loop  or  noose  in  a  cord,  Herm.  Eur. 
L  T.  1377  (1408):— talso  a  loop  or 
ring  for  the  hand,  at  the  end  of  the 
leash  of  a  hound,  ιμάντες  άγκύλας 
χειρί  έχοντες^,  Xen.  Cyn.  6,  1. — 2. 
any  thong  or  siring  ;  as  a  bowstring. 
Soph.  O.  T.  203  t(but  άγκ.  here  also 
has  more  prob.  its  usual  signf.  and 
means  the  bending  iou;  itself  )t:  άγκν- 
/.η  εμβάδος,  a  sandal-thong,  Alex.  Ach. 
2. 

Άγκνλ,ητός,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from 
άγκνλέομαι,  thrown  from  the  bent 
tor  hollow  handi,  of  the  cottabus, 
Aesch.  Fr.  165  ;  cf.  άγκνλη  I. — II.  as 
subst.,  TO  άγκνλητόν,  a  javelin.  Id. 
Fr.  14. 

Ά"}  κνλ.ιόοτός,  όν,  having  a  loop  for 
a  handle,  Hipp. 

\'λγκνλίζω,  (  άγκν/^η )  to  throw 
from  the  άγκύΧη,  κότταβον,  Anacr. 
ap.  Ath.  427  D,  but  v.  Bergk  Anacr. 
Fr.  52. 

Άγκύ?.ιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  άγκν- 
7.rj. — II.  τά  ά)κν/.ια,  the  Roman  an- 
cilia,  Plut.  Num.  13. 

Άγκν/ύς,  ίόος,  ή,  a  hook,  barb,  0pp. 

C.  1,  155. 

νΑγκνλ.ίων,  ωνος,  6,  Ancylion. 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Ar.  Vesp.  1397. — 2,  title 
of  a  play  of  Eubulus,  Meineke  1,  p. 
359. 

' λγκυλοβλέφαρον,  ov,  τό,  (άγκν/.η, 
β?.έψαρον)  a  cohesion  of  the  eyelids, 
Μ  eaic. 

Άγκν?Μβονλος,  ov,  (ά)  κν/.ος,  βου- 
λή) crafty.  tTzetz.  Hom.  144. 

'  λγκν/.όδειρος,ον,{ά}  κύλος,δειρή) 
crook-necked,  0pp.  H.  4,  630. 

Άγκνλόδονς,  οντος,  ό,  //,  (^α^,κνλος, 
όδονς)  crook-toothed,  iwith  curved  blade, 
άρπη\,  Q.  Sm.  6,  218  ;  barbed,  \σίγν• 
νος,  Anth.  P.  6,  176. 

Άγκνλόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  poet,  for 
άγκνλ.ος,  Nonn.  tD.  6,  21. 

V Χγκνλόκνκ7.ος,  ov,  {άγκν7.ης,  κύ- 
κλος)   curving,  curling,    ονρη,    Ιίοηη. 

D.  35,  217. 

Άγ κν7ώκω7.ος,  ov,  {άγκνΤ^ς,  κύ- 
2ον)  crooked-limbed,  Archestr.  ap.  Ath. 
320  A. 

Άγκνλομήτης,  ov  Ep.  εω,  6,  η,(άγκ- 
ν7.ος,  μήτις)  crooked  of  counsel,  wily, 
regular  epith.  of  Κράνος  in  Horn.  til. 
2,  205.  319;  etc..  Od.  21.  4l5t,  and 
Hes.  tTh.  19,  137:  of  Prometheus, 
Id.  Op.  48. 

Ά^/Κνλόμητις,  ιος,  ο,  ^,  =  foreg., 
Nonn. 

ΆγκνλΛπους,  ό,  η,  -πονν,  τό,  gen. 


ΑΓΚΤ 

•■ποδός,  {άγκί'/.ος,  τζονς)  with  bent  legs, 
άγκ.  δίφρος,  the  Rom.  sella  curulis, 
Plut.  xMar.  5. 

'A>/ci?iOf,  η,  ov,  {άγκος)  crooked, 
curved,  rounded,  e.  g.  τόξα,  II.  5,  209, 
Od.  21,  264.  άρμα,  II.  6,  39:  al.«o  of 
the  eagle.  άγκν7Μν  κάρα,  his  htaked 
head.  Find.  P.  1,  15. — II.  metaph., — 

1 .  of  style,  crooked,  intricate,  Luc.  Bis 
Ace.  21 :  but  in  good  sense,  ^rse, 
periodic,  like  στρογγν/Μς,  Dion.  H. — 

2.  of  character,  wily,  crafty,  Lyc.  344. 
tAdv.  -Zwf,  άγκ.  είρημένην,  Dion.  Η. 
deThuc.  jud.  31,  If.  [ϋ] 

Άγκν7.ότοξος,  ov,  (αγκύλος,  τόξον) 
with  crooked  bow,  II.  2,  848 ;  10,  428, 
Pind.  P.  1,  151. 

Άγκϋ7.οχεί7.ης,  ov,  ό,  {αγκύλος, 
χεΐ7,ος)  uith  hooked  beak,  αίετύς,  Od. 
19,  538,  II.  16,428,  etc. 

Άγκν7.οχή7.ης,  ov,  6,  {άγκνλ.ος, 
χη7.ή)  with  crooked  claws,  Batr.  285. 

Άγκν/ώω,  ώ,  f.  -ώσω,  {αγκύλος)  to 
crook,  hook,  την  χείρα,  Ath.  607  Β  : 
τάς  όνυχας  ηγκν7.ωιιένος,  with  crooked 
claws,  Ar.  Αν.  1180  : — absol.,  in  pass., 
to  be  stiffened  in  the  joints. 

Άγκϊ'/.ώννξ,  νχος,  ό,  y,  {άγκν7.ος, 
δννξ)  with  crooked  claws. 

'Αγκν7.ωσις,  εως,  ή,  {άγκν/.όω)  as 
medic,  term,  stiffening  of  the  joints, 
Paul.  Aeg. ;  or,  of  the  eyelids,  Galen. 

[*] 

Άγκνλιωτός,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from 
άγκν/.όω,  of  javelins,  furnished  with 
an  άγκύ7.η  (signf  II.),  άγκ.  στοχά- 
σματα,  Eur.  Bacch.  1197. 

Άγκυρα,  ας,  ή,  Lat.  ancora,  an 
anchor,  first  in  Theogn.  t459t,  and 
Find.,  for  in  Hom.  we  hear  only  of 
εϋναί :  άγκνραν  βά7.7.ειν,  καθιέναι, 
μεθιέναι,  άφιέναι,  to  cast  anchor, 
Pind.  I.  6,  18,  Hdt.  7,  36,  Aesch.  Cho. 
602,  Xen.;  άγκ.  alptoOai,  to  weigh, 
anchor,  Plut.  Pomp.  80  :  έ~'  άγκυρας 
άποσα/.ενειν  or  ορμείν,  to  ride  at  an- 
chor, Dem.  1213,  24;  and  metaph., 
e77i  δνοΐν  άγκύραιν  ορμεΙν  αντονς 
εάτε,  tiet  them  ride  at  two  anchors, 
i.  e.,  have  two  alternatives  to  choose 
bctweent,  Dem.  1295,  fin. ;  cf.  Soph. 
Fr.  612  ;  ^οίκων  άγκυρα  τ'  έμών.  Eur. 
Hec.  80 : — ή  ιερά  άγκ-,  the  main  an- 
chor of  a  ship  which  was  used  in 
emergencies,  Luc.  Fug.  ISf.  — 11. 
generally,  any  hook,  Theophr. — III.  in 
Epich.  p.  110,  =  ci'cJoiov.  t;Root 
άγκ-,  cf  άγκ-ος,  etc.  Lat.  unc-us, 
from  the  bend  of  the  fluke.) 

t"A}  Λΐ'ρα,  ας,  ή,  Ancyra,  a  city  of 
Greater  Phrygia,  Strab. — 2.  the  chief 
city  of  Galatia,  rendered  famous  in 
modern  tunes  by  the  monumentum 
Ancyranum  found  there.  It  is  now 
Angouri,  Id. — 3.  a  city  of  Ulyricum, 
Polyb.  28.  8,  11. 

Άγκίφη β 07.10V,  oV,  τό,^=άγκνρο- 
,3o/.iOf ,  tDemocr.  (ap.  Plut.  2,  495  E) 
Fr.  Phys.  10 ;  v.  Lob.  ad  Phryn.  p. 
644. 

Άγκνρίζω.  ί.  -ίσω  Att.  -ϊώ,  [άγκνρα^ 
to  hook,  catch  as  with  a  fish-hook,  Ar. 
Eq.  262  ;  where,  however,  others  ex- 
plain it  of  a  trick  in  wrestling,  where 
one  wrestler  hooked  the  other  behind  the 
knee  with  his  leg,  cf  II.  23,  730,  Eu- 
pol.  Tax.  6. 

Αγκύρων,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  άγκυ- 
ρα, Luc.  tCatapl.  1,  Dial.  Mort.  10, 
10,  Plut.  2,  564  Dt.— II.  τα  άγκύρια, 
(sc.  πείσματα)  anchor- cables,  Diod.  14, 
73.  [ϋ]  ^ 

Άγκϋροβο7.εω,  ω,  f.  -ησω,  (άγκυρα, 
βύ/.λω)  to  cast  anchor  :  in  genl.  to  set, 
hook  fast  in.  fasten  securely,  Hipp. 

Άγκϋροβόλίον.  ov,  τό,  an  anchor- 
age, Democr.  ap.  Plut.  2,  317  A  :  fcf. 
■ηβό7αον. 

9 


ΑΓΛΑ 

Άγκνροειύής,  ες,  (άγκυρα,  εΐύος) 
like  an  anchor,  Galen.      Adv.  -όώς. 

'λγκνρομήλη,  ης,  i/,  a  kind  of  probe, 
Hipp.  ap.  Galen. 

'ΡίγκΙφουχία,  ας.  ij,  (άγκυρα,  εχω) 
a  holding  by  the  anchor,  iv  άγκνρουχί- 
αις,  when  sale  at  anchor,  Aesch. 
Suppl.  766. 

Άγκϊφωτός,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  as  if 
from  άγκνρόω,  anchored,  Philo. 

νΑγκύωρ,  ορός,  ό,  Ancyor,  son  of 
Lycaon,  Apollod. 

'λγκών,  ώ\'ος,  ό,  the  bend  or  hollow 
of  the  arm,  the  bent  arm,  like  αγκάλη, 
til.  5,  582,  etc.t ;  νίκας  έν  άγκώνεσσι 
■κίτΐ'ειν,  Pind.  Ν.  5,  76  ;  ές  αγκώνα 
τνροςπτύσσεσθαί.  Soph.  Ant.  1237. — 
2.  the  elbow,  Horn.,  ^ορθωθείς  έττ'  άγ- 
κώνος,  supporting  himself  upon  his 
elbow,  11.  10,  80;  cf.  Luc.  Lex.  6,  επ' 
αγκύνος  δεητνεΙν\  ;  άγκώη  ννττειν, 
to  nudge,  Od.  14,  485.-3.  later,  the 
bend  in  animals'  legs,  Xen.  Cyn.  4, 
1  : — hence, — 11.  any  bend,  as  the  jut- 
ting angle  of  a  wall,  άγκών  τείχεος, 
11.  16,  702,  cf.  Hdt.  1,  180;  the  bend 
of  a  river,  Hdt.  2,  99  ;  ithe  ivindings 
of  the  shore  or  mountain.  Soph.  Aj. 
805  ;  a  pnornontory  οτ  jutting  rock,  Ap. 
Rh.  2,  500,  cf.  "Orph.  Arg.  756  and 
Plut.  Them.  32t :  a  bay  or  creek  of  the 
sea?  αγκώνες  κιθάρας,  the  bends  at 
the  ends  of  the  horns  of  the  cithara, 
Ath.  t637"Bt.— 111.  the  proverb  γλυ- 
κύς άγκών  is  used  to  soften  down 
something  unpleasant,  Plat.  Phaedr. 
257  D,  Ath.  516  A  ;  but  its  origin  is 
unknown,  v.  Interpp.  ad  1.  c. :  in  Plat. 
(Com.)  Pha.  4,  however,  it  seems  to 
ϊ)β^^πα.ρηγκά?Λσμα,  a  thing  to  be  ern- 
braced,  darling.  (From  same  root  as 
ΰγκος,  q.  V.)    Hence 

νΚγκών,  ώνος,  ή,  Ancona,  a  city  of 
Eastern  Italy,  deriving  its  name  from 
the  bend  of  the  coast  where  it  was 
built,  Strab.  p.  211. 

Άγκωνίσκίον,  ov,  ro,=  sq.  Math. 
Vett. 

Άγκωνίσκος,  ου,  ό,  dim.;  from  άγ- 
κών, LXX. 

Άγκωνισμός,  οϋ,  ό,  a  bending. 

Άγκωνοειόης,  ές,  (  είδος  )  curve- 
shaped,  curved. 

Άγλαέθειρος,  ov,  {άγλαός,  εθειρα) 
bright-haired,  Η.  Horn.  18,  5. 

'Αγλαία,  taf.  Ion.  -αίη,  ης^,ή,  (akin 
to  αίγλη  and  ά^αλ/ία) : — splendour, 
state,  beauty,  brightness,  adornment, 
Horn.,  who  has  it  of  anything  splen- 
did or  showy,  as  opp.  to  what  is  use- 
ful, Od.  15,  78:  hence  in  bad  sense, 
pomp,  show,  vanity,  Od.  17,  310,  and 
inplur.,  «a/iiVies,  dd.  17,244  :  in  Pind. 
festive  joy,  triumph,  glory,  O.  13,  18, 
etc.  ;  and  in  plur.,  festivities,  merri- 
ment, Hes.  Sc.  272,  285.— The  word 
is  poet.,  but  occurs  in  Xen.  Eq.  5,  8, 
and  in  late  prose,  as  Luc. 

νΑγλαίη,  ης,  ή,  Agla'ia.  mother  of 
Nireus,  II.  2,  672. — 2.  one  of  the 
Graces,  Hes.  Th.  009.— 3.  daughter 
of  Thcspius,  Apollod. 

Άγλαίζω :  f.  ί'σω  Att.  ϊώ ;  (άγλαός) : 
— to  make  splendid,  adorn,  τινά  Tivi, 
Ael.  tN.  A.  8,  28:  to  honour,  τινά 
TiVL,  Piut.  2,  965  Ct :  also  to  produce 
or  give  as  an  ornament,  ^Αε'/.φίς  πέτρα 
τοΰτό  τοί  ΰγλάϊσεν^,  Theocr.  Ερ.  1, 
4 :  tcf.  Ath.  622  Ct.— But  earlier  only 
in  pass.,  to  be  adorned  with  a  thing,  be 
proud  of  it,  deliglit  in  it.  hence  inf. 
fut.,  άγλαίεΐσθαι.  11.  10,  331  (the 
only  example  in  Horn  ) :  usu.  c.  dat., 
as  Simon.  Amorg.  70;  but  also,  άγλα- 
ίζεσθαι  μουσικής  iv  άώτω,  Pind.  Ο.  1, 
22;  ίκόμαις  ηγ?Μίσμέναι,  Lye.  1133. 

νΑγληίηφι,  Ερ.  dat.  for  ά-\λαΐα, 
11.  6,  510. 
10 


ΑΓΑΑ 

νΑγ?ιαΐς,  ίύος,  η,  Agla'is,  fern.  pr. 
η.,  Ath.  415  Α. 

^Αγλάισμα,  ατός,  τό,  (άγλαίζω)  an 
ornament,  honor,  Aesch.  Ag.  1312:  of 
an  oflering.  Id.  Cho.  193 ;  cf.  Eur. 
El.  325.   [,i]_ 

Ά-^λαϊσμός,  οϋ,  ό,  (άγλαίζω)  mt 
adorning,  an  ornament,  Plat.  Ax.  369  ϋ. 

Άγλαϊστός,  ή.  όν,  verb.  adj.  from 
άγλαίζω,  adorned,  Eccl. 

ΤΑγλαίτύδας,  a,  b,  Agla'itadas,  a 
distinguished  Persian,  Xen.  Cyr.  2, 
2,11. 

ΥΑγλαίων,  ωνος,  ό,  Aglaion,  an 
Athenian,  Plat.  Rep.  439  E. 

'Αγ?ΜΟβοτρνς,  υ,  gen.  υος,  (άγλα- 
ός, βότρνς)  with  splendid  bunches, 
Nonn. 

Άγλαόγυιος,  ov,  (άγλαός,  γνϊον) 
beauliful-iimbed,  ijjSa,  Pind.  N.  7,  6. 

Άγλαοόενόρος,  ov,  (άγ?ιαός,  όέν- 
δρον)  uith  beautiful  trees,  Pind.  0.  9, 32. 

' Αγλαόδωρος,  ov,  (άγλαός,  δώροί') 
with  or  bestowing  splendid  gifts,  Αημή- 
τηρ.  Η.  Hom.  Cer.  54,  192,  492. 

Άγλαοερ)ός,  όν,  (άγλαός,  *έργω) 
ennobled  by  works,  Eccl. 

Άγλαόβρονης,  ov,  (άγλαός,  θρό- 
νος) with  splendid  throne,  bright-throned, 
ΜοΖσαί,  Pind.  O.  13,  136;  cf.  sq. 

^Αγλαόθωκος,  ov,  (άγ7.αός,  βώκος) 
with  beautiful  seat,  v.  1.  for  foreg.  in 
Pind.  N.  10,  1. 

Άγ7ΜΟκαρπος,  ov,  (άγλαός,  καρ- 
πός) bearing  beautiful  or  goodly  fruit, 
of  fruit  trees,  Od.  7,  115;  11,  589.— 
This  signf.  may  be  retained  also  in 
H.  Honi.  Cer.  4,  23,  where  it  is  an 
epith.  of  Ceres  and  the  Nymphs,  as 
givers  of  the  fruits  of  the  earth  :  so  in 
Pind.  N.  3,  97,  of  Thetis,  as  blessing 
the  fruit  of  women's  womb,  v.  Bockh  ad 
1.  (56),— though  in  Ed.  I.  he  wrote 
άγλαόκρΰνος  (κρήνη). — The  sense  of 
with  beauteous  wrists  or  hands  is  quite 
spurious. 

Άγ'λαόκοιτος,  ov,  (άγλαός,  κοίτη) 
reclining  on  the  couch  of  honour. 

Άγλαόκουρος,  ov,  (άγλαός,  κοϋ- 
por)  rich  in  fair  youths,  Κόρινθος, 
Find.  O.  13,  5. 

ί'Αγλαοκρέων,  οντος,  ό,  (άγλαός, 
κρεων)  Aglaocreon,  a  native  of  Tene- 
dos,  Aeschin. 

Άγλαόκωμος,  ov,  (άγλαός,  κώμος) 
giving  sjilendour  to  the  feast,  <pijV7), 
Pind.  O.  3,  10. 

Άγλαόμητις.  ιος,  ό,  ή,  (άγλαός, 
μήτις)  of  rare  wisdom,  Tryph.  183. 

'Αγ?ίαόμορφος,  ov,  (άγλαός, μορφή) 
of  beauteous  form,  v.  1.  H.  Hom.  Cer. 
23,  and  freq.  in  late  Ep. ;  tOrph.  H. 
14,  5,  Anth.  P.  7,  343,  etc. 

Άγλαόπαις,  αιδος,  ό,  ή,^άγλαό- 
κούρος,  Opp.  Η.  2,  41. 

'Αγλαόπεπλος,  ον,  (άγλαός,  πέ- 
πλος) beautifully  veiled,  Q.  Sm.  11, 
240. 

' Αγ^Μοπηχνς,  υ,  gen.  νος,  (άγλαός, 
πήχυς)  with  beautiful  arms,  Nonn.  tD. 
32,  80. 

Άγλαόπιστος,  ov,  splendidly  faith- 
ful, dub.  in  Hesych. 

Άγλαοποιέω,  ώ,  to  make  famous, 
Herma().  ap.  Ammian. 

'Α)λαί)πνργης,  ov,  with  stately  tow- 
ers, Tzetz.  tHom.  418. 

ΆΓΑΑΟ'Σ,  ή,  όν,  also  ός,  όν  in 
Theogn.979,  Eur.  Andr.  135  : — splen- 
did, stately,  beautiful,  brilliant,  bright, 
oft.  as  epiih.  of  beautiful  objects,  as. 
άλσος,  γνϊα,  etc.,  til.  2,  506.  Od.  6, 
291.  II.  19,  385t;  μηρίη,  Hes.  tOp. 
335t ;  Λ//3;/,  Theogn.  I.  c,  Simon.  t44. 
It,  etc.  ;  U-lear,  sparkling,  νδωρ,  Π.  2, 
307t ;  of  men,  famous,  vobir,  tH.  2, 
736,  826,  etc.,  Pind.  O.  14,  9,  I.  6, 
90t;  also  c.  &Ai.,  famous  for  a  thing, 


ΑΓΛΩ 

κέρα  άγλαέ^ς,  II.  11,385;  so  too  of 
things,  δώρα,  έργα,  etc.,  til.  1,  213, 
etc.,  Od.  10.  223t  ;  and  very  freq.  in 
Pind.  Adv.  -ώς.  At.  Lys.  640.— it  is 
an  old  Ep.  and  Lyr.  word,  being  only 
found  twice  or  thrice  in  Att.  poets, 
tonce  only  in  Soph,,  O.  T.  152,  and 
once  only  in  Eur.,  And.  135.  (Root 
-γαλ-,  akin  to  αΐ-γλι,-η,  ά-γύλ-λο), 
γαλ-ήνη,  Germ,  ^/-aiiz,  Eng.  gl-e&m, 
etc.) 

ΥΑγλαός,  ov,  ό,  Aglaus,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  Anth.  P.  7,  78;  etc. 

Άγλαέιτενκτος,  ov. (άγλαός,  τεύχω) 
splendidly  built.  Or.  Sib.  14,  125. 

Άγλαότϊμυς,  ov,  (άγ?.αός,  τιμή) 
splendidly  honoured,  Orph.  tH.  12,  8. 

Άγλύοτριαίνης,  ov,  6,  (ά•)λαύς, 
τρίαινα)  he  of  the  bright  trident,  a  name 
of  Neptune,  Pind.  O.  I.  64,  in  ace. 
Άγλαοτρίαινάν,  cf.  Bockh  Praef.  p. 
39. 

Αγλαοφανής,  ές,  (άγληός,  φαίνο- 
μαι) of  bright  appearance,  Eccl. 

Άγλαοφάρής,  ές,  (άγ7ΜΟς,  φάρος) 
in  a  splendid  robe.  Or.  Sib. 

' Αγ7.αοφεγγής.  ές,  (άγλαός,  φέγ- 
γος) splendidly  shining,  Maxim. 

ΥΑγληοφήμη,  ης,  ή,  Aglaopheme 
one  ot  the  Sirens  ;  fem.  from 

Άγλαόφημος,  ov,  (άγλαός,  φήμη) 
of  splendid  Jam  e,  Orph.  -jH.  31,  4. 

'Αγλαόφοιτος,  ov,  (άγλαύς,  φοι- 
7«6))  walking  in  splendotir,  Maxim. 

' Αγ7.αόφορτος,  ov,  {άγλαός,  φόρ 
τος)  proud  of  one's  burden,  Nonn.  ήυ. 

7,  2.53. 

|Ά)•λβοφών,  ώντος,  ό,  Aglnophon, 
the  name  of  two  distinguished  paint- 
ers, Simon.  78,  1,  Plut.  Ion  532  E, 
Gorg.  478  B. 

Άγλαόφωνος,  ov,  (άγλαός,  φωνή) 
with  a  splendid  voice,  Procl.  H.  Mus. 
2  :  t?;.  as  pr.  ι\.,—Άγλαοφήμη,  Schol. 
Ap.  Rh.  4,  892. 

Άγλαοφώτις,  ίδος,  ή,  a  plant,  the 
same  as  γλνκνσίόη,  Ael.  tN.  A.  14, 

"Αγλαυρος.  ον,=  άγ7ιαός.  Nic.  Th. 
441. — 11.  7/  Άγλανρος,  Aglaurus,  a 
daughter  of  Cecrops,  worshipped  on 
the  Acropolis  at  Athens,  Hdt.  8,  53. 

Άγλαφίφως,  adv.,  in  unpolished 
manner,  inelegantly,  Ath.  431  D. 

Άγλαώπις,  ιδος,  ή,  pecul.  poet. 
fem.  of  sq.,  Emped.  185. 

Άγ7.αώΦ,  ώπος,  6,  ή,  (άγλ.αός,  uip) 
bright-eyed  ;  in  genl.  flashing,  πενκη, 
Soph.  0.  T.  214. 

Άγλενκής,  ές,  (a  priv.,  γλεύκος) 
not  sweet,  sour,  ΊοΙνος,  Luc.  Lex.  6t, 
harsh,  unpleasant,  Xen.  ap.  Suid., 
whence  Zeune  has  received  it  for 
■\άτερπής   in    Oec.   8,  3  ;   superl.  in 

8,  4:  and  conip.  in  Hier.  1,  21 1, 
for  άγ/Μκής,  cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  536: 
metaph.  of'  the  style  of  Tlincyd., 
harsh,  crabbed,  Hennog. — In  >  ic.  Al. 
171,  άγ7.ενκή  Θύ7.ασσαν  should  prob. 
be  read  for  άγ7.εΰκην  Θ-. 

Άγληνος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  γλήνη) 
without  γλήνη,  1.  e.  blind,  Nonn. 

Άγλίς.  άγ7.ΐβος,  not  so  well  άγλί- 
θύς  (Dind.  Ar.  Ach.  763)  :— only  used 
in  plur.,  <i  head  of  garlic,  which  is 
made  up  of  several  cloves,  Ar.  1.  c, 
Vesp.  680  :  cf.  γέ7.γις. 

'Αγλισχρος,  ov,  not  sticky,  Hipp. 

Άγλυκης.  ές,-=  άγλενκής,  q.  v. 

Άγλ.νφος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  γ7.ΰφω)  un- 
hewn. 

ΥΑγ7.ώμΰχος,  ον,ό,  Dor.  (οχ'Αγλα- 
όμ•  (ά}λαό(•,  μάχη)  Aglomachus,  a 
Cyrenean,  Hdt.  4.  164. 

' Αγλωσσία,  ας,  ή,  Att.  -ττία,  dumb- 
ness, Eur.  Alex.  13:  from 

Άγλωσσος,  ov.  Att.  -ττος,  ov,  (a 
priv.,   γλ.ώσσα) : — without   tongue,   of 


ΑΓΝΟ 

the  crocodile,  Anst.  Part.  An.  4,  1], 
2. — 11.  tongueless,  not  glib  of  tongue, 
Lat.  elviguis,  Find.  N.  8,  41.— 2. 
speaking  a  strange  tongue,= βάρβαρος, 
Soph.  Tr.  1060. 

'Άγμα,  ατός,  τό,  {άγννμι)  a  frag- 
ment, Plut.  Philop.  6. 

Άγμ'ός,  ov,  δ,  (άγννμι)  a  breakage, 
fracture  of  a  bune,  Hipp. — II.  in  plur., 
broken  cliffs,  crags,  Elinsl.  Bacch. 
1094:  tcf.  Nic.  Al.  391. 

Ά}  ναμτττος,  ov.  (a  priv.,  γνύμπτω) 
unbending,  iiifltxibk,  Aesch.  Pr.  163. 

' Χ^,να-τος,  ov,  [a  \>ή\'.,  γνύτντω) 
of  clolh,  not  fulled  or  carded:  hence, 
new,  Plut.  t2,  C91  Dt.— II.  also,  nut 
cleansed,  unleashed.  Id.  t2,  169  C 

Άγνάφος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  γνά~τω)= 
foreg.,  rs.  Τ.  tMatth.  9,  10. 

'Ayviia,  ας,  ή,  (ayvtvu)  purity, 
chastity.  Soph.  0.  T.  864,  Antipho 
116,  11  :  esp.,  strict  observance  of  reli- 
gious duties,  Plat.  Legg.  909  E,  etc. — 
11.  in  plur.,  purifications,  Isocr.  225  D, 
Pseudo-Phocyl.     215:    a    purifying, 

cleansing,  DioSC. 

"Αγνενμα,  ατός,  τό,  (άγνενω) chaste 
conduct,  chastity,  Eur.  El.  256. 

Άγνεντήριον,  ου,  τό,  a  place  of  puri- 
fication or  expiation,  Eccl. 

' λγνεντικός,  ή,  όι>,  preserving  chas- 
tity, opp.  to  άφροόισιαστικός,  Arist. 
H.  A.  1,  1,  30. — II.  act.,  purificatory, 
Philo  :  TO  ay  v.,  a  sin-offering,  Joseph. : 
from 

Ά>ιει''ω,  f.  -ενοω,  tpf-  ίρ,νενκα, 
Dem.  {ύ.}'νός)\,  to  consider  as  part  of 
parity,  make  it  a  point  of  conscience,  C. 
inf.  άγνεΰονσι  εμψνχον  μηόέν  κτεί- 
νειν,  Hdt.  1,  140:  hence  usu.  absol., 
to  be  pure,  Aescli.  Supp.  226,  Eur., 
etc. :  c.  gen.,  ϋ/γνενκέναι  τοιούτων 
έτητι/δευμάτωνί,  to  keep  one''s  self  pure 
from,  Dem.  618, 10. — II.  &αΙ.,=  ύγνίζω, 
to  purify,  Lat.  Ziisirare,  Antipho  1 19, 1 1. 

Άγνεών,  ώΐ'ος.  ύ,  α  place  of  purity, 
Clearch.  ap.  Ath.  515  F. 

t'A}  !-'iu(V/f,  ov,  0,  (patronym.)  son 
of  Agnias,  appell.  of  Tiphys  the  Ar- 
gonaut, Ap.  Kh.  1,  105. 

V Κγνιας,  ov,  ϋ•  Hagnias,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  Dem.  1050,  sqq. ;  others  in  Dem., 
Isae.,  etc. 

Ά))ί.^ω  ;  f.  -ίσο)  Att.  -Ζω  .•  {αγνός) : 
— to  make  pure,  to  purify,  cleanse.  Soph. 
Aj.  055  :  tchielly  by  water,  το  ττνρ 
καθαιρεί  *  *  *  τό  ύδωρ  ύγνίζει,  Plut. 
2,  263  Et. — II.  to  consecrate,  offer,  burn 
as  a  sacrifice,  iMusgr.  Soph.  Ant.  196  : 
simply,  to  burn  and  so  destroy,  Soph. 
Fr.  119. 

Άγνιος,  a.  ov,  made  of  ΰγνος  or 
withy,  Plut.  t2,  693  F. 

"Αγνισμα,  ατός,  τό,  (ύγνίζω)  a 
means  of  purification,  an  atonement, 
φόνου,  Aesch.  Eum.  325. 

Άγνισμός,  ov,  o,  (ύγνίζω)  a  purify- 
ing, expiation,  uyv.  ποιεϊσΟαι,  Dion. 
li.  t3,  22. 

Ά}νίστήριον,  ov,  τό,  a  place  or 
means  of  purifying  :=^περφ{>αντήριον. 
Math.  Vett. 

Άγνιστί/ς,  ov,  6,  a  purifier,  like 
ύγνίτ7/ς. 

Άγνιστικός,  ή,  ύν,  (  άγνίζω  )  = 
ΰγνεντικός  II. 

'λγνίτ-ης,  ον,  ό,  (άγνίζω)  α  purifier, 
θεοί  άγνιται,  Paus.  3,  14,  7 ;  llie 
Schol.  seems  to  have  read  άγνίτεω 
for  άφνείον  in  II.  24,  482,  cf.  Miiller 
Eumen.  'ii  51.  [;] 

\Άγνόόωρος,  ου,  ό,  (αγνός,  όώρην) 
Hag-nodorus.  brother-in-law  of  Critias, 
Lys.  135,  1. 

'Κγνοέω,  ω.  poet.  esp.  Ep.  άγνοιέω: 
f.  -τ/σημαι,  but  also  -τ/σω  in  Isocr., 
and  Dem.;  aor.  i/y νόησα,  Ep.  άγνοΊ- 
ijoa ;  and  in  Od.  23,  95  we  have  3 


ΑΓΝΟ 

sing,  άγνώσασκε,  tpf.  ηγνόηκα.  Plat. 
Soph.  221  Dt : — (as  if  from  *άγνοος 
^^άνοος). 

JSot  to  perceive  or  know,  Lat.  igno- 
rare :  in  Horn.  usu.  c.  negat.,  ova 
άγν.,  to  perceive  or  know  v.ell.  and  al- 
ways in  Ep.  aor.  οίκ  άγνοί7^σεν. — 
Construct.,  usu.  c.  ace,  to  be  ignorant 
of  a.  thing,  Hdt.  4,  156,  Soph.  Tr.  T8, 
Plat.,  etc. ;  also  περί  τίνος,  Plat. 
Phaedr.  277  D  ;  ayv.  τινά,  not  to  rec- 
ognise him,  Thnc.  2,  49  ;  also  c.  gen. 
pers.,  like  σννιέναι.  Plat.  Gorg.  517 
B:  sometimes  c.  part.,  as  Dein.  13, 
17: — absol.,  tomistake,  be  wrong,  Isocr. 
167  C;  hence  freq.  in  part,  ayvouv, 
by  mistake,  ayv.  τνράττειν,  Xen.  An. 
7,  3,  38  :  ito  err,  sin  through  ignorance , 
N.  T.  Hebr.  5,  2t. —  Pass  άγνοονμαι 
ϋτι...,  or  C.  part.,  I  am  not  known  to  be 
doing  a  thing,  Plat,  tl.egg.  797  A,  etct 
Hence 

Άγνόημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  fault  of  igno- 
rance, oversight,  Theophr. 

\\γνοητέον,  verb.  adj.  from  άγνοέω, 
but  only  with  negat.  ονκ  άγν.,  one 
must  not  fail  to  remark,  Dlosc. 

' Κγνοητικός,  η,  όν.  (άγνοέω)  erro- 
neous, mistaken,  τα  αγν.  πράττειν, 
Arist.  Eth.  Ε.  7,  13,  3. 

ΥΑγνοθεμις.  ιδος,  ό,  (αγνός,  θέμις) 
Hagnothemis,  masc.  pr.  η.,  Plut.  Alex. 
77. 

νΑγνόθεος,  ov,  δ,  (αγνός,  θεός) 
Hagnotheus,  masc.  pr.  η.,  Dion.  Η. 

Άγνοια,  ας,  ή,  want  of  perception, 
ignorance,  freq.  in  Att.  from  Aesch., 
tAg.  1596,  Supp.  499t,  downwds. ; 
'\άγνοία,  δι'  άγνοιαν,  υπ'  άγνοιας, 
etc.,  as  adv.,  άμαρτάνειν,  etct- — H. 
=άγνόημα,  Dem.  1472,  5.  [Poet, 
sometimes  άγνο'ιΰ.  Soph.  Tr.  350. 
Phil.  129  ;  and  this  is  old  Att.,  ace.  to 
Piers.  Moer.  191,  Lob.  Phryn.  494. 
Cf.  άνοια.] 

Άγνοιέω,  poet.,  esp.  Ep.,  form  for 
άγνοέω  (q.  v.),  Horn. 

Άγνοιησι,  Od.  24,  218,  is  usu. 
written  and  taken  as  3  sing.  opt.  aor. 
2  act.  of  άγνοέω  :  but  Thiersch  well 
alters  it  thus,  al  κέ  μ'  έ-ιγνώτι....ηέ 
κεν  ayvoiyai, — so  that  it  is  subj.  pres. 
Άγνόκοκκος,  ό.=  άγνος. 
Άγνοονντως,  adv.  part.  pres.  act. 
from  άγνοέω,  ignorantly,  Arist.  Top. 
t2,  9,  4.        ^        ^ 

Άγνοποώς,  όν,  (ποιέω)  making 
pure,  Eccl. 

Άγνο7ΓΟ?-ος,  ov,  (αγνός,  ττολέω) 
being  pure,  Orph.  H.  18,  12.— II.  act., 
making  pure.  Id.  Arg.  38. 

Άγνόρϋτος,  ov,  (ύyvός,  βέω)  pure- 
flowing,  ποταμός,  Aesch.  Pr.  435. 

Αγνός,  ή.  όν,  (άζω,  άγος)  ■ — strict- 
ly, impressed  with  άγος  or  religious 
awe,  esp.  of  places,  etc.,  sacred  to  the 
gods,  holi/,  sacred,  εορτή,  Od.  ;  ά?.σος, 
τέμενος,  Pind.,  etc  ;  χώρος  ονχ  αγνός 
τζατΰν,  a  spot  unholy  to  tread  on. 
Soph.  O.  C.  37  :  of  the  gods,  undefiled, 
unsullied,  chaste,  as  epith.  of  Diana 
and  Proserpina,  Od.  :  hence  also, 
ayvov  νδωρ,  πνρ,  Pind.  I.  C,  109,  P. 
1,  41 ;  α'ιβήρ,  Aesch.  Pr.  281  ;  ψάος, 
Eur.,  etc. :  post-Hom.  of  men  and 
their  acts,  pure,  upright,  impartial, 
κρίσις,  Pind.  O.  3,  37,  and  Trag.  ; 
and  frfq.  in  Att.  prose. — II.  later  c. 
gen.,  pure  from  a  thing,  αγνός  αίμα- 
τος, Eur. ;  φάνον.  Plat.  Legg.  759  C  ; 
άγν.  λέχους,  γάμων,  Valck.  Phoen. 
953 ;  also,  άγνη  άττ'  άϋδρός,  Dem. 
1371,  23.  Adv.  -νώς,  Η.  Horn.  Αρ. 
121,  and  Hes.  Op.  339.— Cf.  άγιος 
sub  fin. 

Άγνος,  ov.  η  Att.  ό  (Heind.  Plat. 
Phaedr.  230  A)  ■.—='/.ίηος.  a  tall  tree 
like  the  willow,  thebranches  of  which 


ΑΓΝΩ 

were  strewed  by  matrons  on  their 
beds  at  the  Thesmopboria,  vitex  ag- 
7ms-castus,  Chionid.  Her.  2,  ubi  v. 
Meintke.  (It  was  associated  wilh 
the  notion  of  chastity,  from  the  like- 
ness of  its  name  to  αγνός,  ή,  όν.) — 
II.  ό  άγνος,  α  fish,  Alh.  356  Α. — 111. 
α  bud,  Suid. 

Άγνόστροφος,  ov,  (αγνός,  στρέφω) 
winding  sacredly,  Maneth. 

Άγνοτί/ιής,  ές,  (αγνός,  τε/.έω) 
worshipped  in  holy  rites,  Orph.  Arg. 
547. 

Άγνότης,  ητος,  ή,  (αγνός)  purity, 
chastity,  Ν.  Τ.  t2  Cor.  6,  6. 

t'A)  νου  κέρας,  gen.  ατός,  τό,  a 
promontory  of  Aegypt,  Strab. 

t'A) voi'f,  ονντος.  δ,  Agyius,  an  At- 
tic deme  of  the  tribe  Acamantis; 
hence  adj.  Άγνονσιος,  Dem. ;  adv. 
Άγνονντι,  in  Agnus,  Άγνονντύθεν, 
from  Agnus,  Άγνονντάδε,  to  Agnus. 

νΑγνόφιλος,  ov,  ό,  (αγνός,  φίλος) 
Hag7iophilus,  an  Athenian,  Dem. 

Άyvvθες,  ων,  αϊ,  stones  hung  to 
the  thieads  of  the  warp  to  keep  iheiu 
straight,  Plut.  +2,  156  Bf;  cf.  Poll. 
7,  36,  and  v.  sub  'λέα,  κανών. 

Άγννμι,  3  dual  ayvvTov,  II.  12, 
148  :  fut.  άξω  :  aor.  1  έαξα,  Ep.  ηξα, 
Horn.  part,  άξας,  but  also  εάξας  in 
Lys. :  aor.  pass,  έιιγην  [v.  sub  fin.]  : 
perf.  εύγα.  Ion.  εηγα.  To  break,  s7iap, 
crush,  shiver ;  and  pass.  c.  pf.  act. 
εαγα,  to  be  broken,  to  snap  or  go  in 
pieces,  both  in  Horn.,  ^άγνντον  v'krjv, 
II.  12,  148  ;  uy  η  ίγχος,  16,  801t ;  esp. 
of  ships  and  swords  :  άγν^ηο  2/χώ, 
the  sound  spread  around,  Hes.  So. 
279  ;  so,  κέ?Μδος  άγννμενος  δια  στά- 
ματος, of  the  notes  of  song,  Pind.  Fr. 
238.  In  II.  4,  214,  usu.  taken  in  the 
sense  of  to  bend,  τον  ό'  έξελκομέΐ'οιο, 
πάλιν  άγεν  όξέες  byKOi,  the  barbs 
bent  back ;  but  if  πάλιν  be  joined 
with  έξελκ.,  the  usu.  signf.  may  be 
kept,  and  so  the  Schol.  e.xplains  it : — 
so  in  Hdt.  1, 185,  ποταμός  άγννμενος, 
is  merely  a  river  with  a  broken,  i.  e. 
winding  course. — Άγννμι  is  an  old 
Ep.  word,  and  orig.  had  the  digamma, 
which  still  remains  in  κανύξας,  v. 
sub  κατάγννμι :  it  rarely  appears  in 
prose,  except  in  thecompd.  κατάγνν- 
μι, of  which  the  aor.  oft.  retains  its 
augm.  through  all  moods,  as  κατεά- 
ξας,  tLys.  100,  5,  more  usu.  2  aor.,  as 
κατεα)ώΙ,  κατεαγηναι,  etc.,  tHipp. 
freq.,  cf.  έξεαγείς.  Αρ.  Rh.  4,  1086t. 
[ά  by  nature,  as  appears  from  the 
perf.  έάγα.  Ion.  έηγα :  but  «  in  aor. 
pass,  έάγην  in  Horn,  and  later  Ep. : 
even  Hom  however  \\^9•εάγτιν,  II.  11, 
559,  tin  arsist,  and  so  usu.  in  Att.,  v. 
κατάγννμι.  Cf.  Buttm.  Catal.  s.  v. 
tand  Heyne,  ad  II.  3,  367,  who  prefers 
the  form  άγτ)  or  fay  η  with  a.] 

Άyvώδης,  ες,  (άγνος,  είδος)  like  a 
willow,  Theophr. 

Άγvωμovεvω,=  sq.,  Plut.  de  Frat. 
Am.  Il=t2,  484  A. 

Άγνωμονέω.  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  iohe  άγνώ- 
μων,  to  act  without  judgment  or  right 
feeling,  act  ignorantly  or  unfairly,  Xen. 
Hell.  1,  7,  33  :  ayv.  εις  or  προς  τίνα, 
to  act  unfeelinsly  or  unfairly  towards 
one,  Dem.  219,  fin.  ;  also,  περί  τίνα 
or  τι.  Pint.  Cam.  28,  Ale.  19. 

Άγνωμοσννη,  ης,  ή,  watit  of  sense, 
judgment ,  or  right  feeling :  se7isetessness, 
ig7iora7ue,  Theogn.  892,  tPlat.  The- 
aet.199  D.Oratt.t:  hence.— 2.t</io7(^A/- 
less  disregard  of  consequences,  pro- 
ducing obstinate  adherence  to  07ie's  pur- 
pose, Hdt.  6,  10,  etc.  ;  and  sot  sense- 
les.'i  pride,  headstrong  arrogance,  Id.  2, 
172;  4,  93,  etc. — 3.  unfairness,  ingrat- 
itude, Soph.  Tr.  1266:  άγν.  τνχ-ης, 
11 


ΑΓΟΗ 

Lat.  iniquitas  fortunae,  Dem-.  179,  25. 
— 4.  in  plur.,  misunderstandings,  Xen. 
An.  ϋ,  5,  6  :  IVom 

' ky νώμων ,  ov,  όνος,  (a  priv.,  yvu- 
μη)  ^without  reason,  irratiunal,  !;νλα, 
λιόοι,  σίδηρος,  Aeschin.  88,  37t, 
wanting  sense,  judgment,  or  right  feel- 
ing, Unconsiderate,  Sopli.  Tr.  473t :  ill- 
judging,  senseless.  Piwd.  O.  8,79,  Ιπίρί 
τί,  riat.  Lcgg.  700  Dt,  etc. :— Hence 
in  various  relations, —  1.  headstrong, 
reckless,  arrogant,  Hdt.  9,  41. — 2.  un- 
feeling, iunkind,  τινί.  Soph.  O.  C. 
86t ;  ungrateful,  Xen.  Mem.  2,  10, 
3  ;  unjust,  κριτής,  lb.  2,  8,  5 ;  ^  ύγν., 
i.  e.  fortune,  Jsocr.  Epist.  10,  3. 
— 3.  pass.,  ill-jxidged  of,  unforeseen, 
Parthen. — Adv.  -όΐ'ωζ",  senselessly,  in- 
considerately, etc.,  Xen.  Hell.  6,  3,  11, 
■fDeni.  25,  18. 

Άγνώμων,  ov,  όνος.  (a  priv.,  γνω- 
μών HI)  of  horses,  without  the  teeth 
that  tell  the  age,  Poll. 

Υ'Αγνων  or  Άγνων,  ωνος,  6,  Hng- 
non,  son  of  Nicias,  founder  of  Amphi- 
polis,  Thuc.  1,  117,  etc.  —  Others  in 
Plut.,  Ath.,  etc.     Hence 

ΥΑγνώνειος,  a,  ov,  of  or  belonging 
to  Hagnon,  Thuc.  5,  11. 

Υ Κγνωνίδιις,  ov,  ό,  Agnonides,  the 
accuser  of  Phocion,  Plut.  Phoc.  29. 

'Αγνώριστος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  γνωρίζω) 
unknown,  unacquainted,  Theophr. 

Άγνώς,  ώτος,  ό,  ■>/,  (a  priv.,  γι- 
γνώσκω,  γνώναι)- — I.  pass,  ^m known, 
iisu.  of  persons,  άγνώτες  άλληλοις, 
Od.  5,  79 ;  and  freq.  in  Att.  ;  but, 
άγνώς  ττατρί,  clam  patrc,  Eur.  Ion  14  : 
also  of  things,  dark,  obscure,  φωι<η, 
ψθόγγος,  Aesch.,  and  Soph. ;  άγν. 
θήΚ7ΐσίς,  ifrom  which  no  certain  mean- 
ing can  be  gathered,  vague,-]  Soph.  O. 
T.  681. — 2.  not  known,  obscure,  ignoble, 
Eur.  I.  A.  19 ;  ουκ  άγνώτα  viuuv,  a 
victory  not  unknown  to  fame,  Pind.  I. 
2,  19.  —  II.  act.,  notknowing,  ignorant. 
Soph.,  etc. :  oft.  c.  gen.,  χβών  ούκ 
άγν.  ϋηρών,  Pind.  P.  9,  103 ;  άγνώτις 
αλλήλων,  Thuc.  3,  53.     Hence 

Άγνωσία,  ας,  ή,  α  not  knowing,  ig- 
norance, τινός,  of  a  thing,  Eur.  Med. 
1201  ;  δια  την  αλλήλων  άγν.,  from 
not  knowing  one  another,  Thuc.  8,  06. 
— II.  a  being  unknown,  obscurity.  Plat. 
Menex.  238  D. 

Άγνώσσασκε,  v.  sq. 

Άγνώσσω,=  άγνοεω,  a  pres.  only 
used  in  late  poets,  as  Musae.  249, 
Coluth.  8,  etc.,  and  prob.  formed 
backward  from  the  Hom.  άγνώσ- 
σασκε (Od.  23,  95),  on  the  analogy 
of  λι//ώσσω,  etc.,  cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  607 
sq. :  however  Buttm.  Ausf.  Gr.  i)  95 
fin.  writes  this  form  άγνώσασκε  (cf. 
άλ7Μγνώσας),  Ep.  for^)/ii07?CTe,3sing. 
aor.  1  from  άγνοέω. 

Άγνωστος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  γιγνώσκω) 
also  ά}νωτος  (q.  v.),  unknown,  Horn., 
etc. ;  άγν.  τινί,  Od.  2,  175  (where 
some  explain  it  unexpected)  :  unheard 
of,  forgotten,  like  άίδηλος,  Miinnerm. 
5,  7 ;  V.  sub  σιωπή.  —  2.  7wt  to  he 
known,  Od.  13,  191,397:  άγν.  γλώσ- 
σα, an  unknown  tongue,  Thuc.  3,  94. 
— II.  act.  not  knowing,  ignorant  of,  c. 
gen.,  ■ψευδέων,  Pind.  O.  6,  113.  Adv. 
•τως. 

'ΑγνωτοΓ,  ov,  another  form  of 
foreg.,  used  by  Soph.  O.  T.  58,  Ar. 
Ran.  926,  in  signf.  I. 

Άγξις,  ή,  {άγχω)  a  throttling. 

Άγογγνσία,  ας,  ή,  (  α  priv.,  γογ- 
γύζω  )  α  not  murmuring,  patience, 
Eccl. 

Άγόγγνστος.  ov,  (α  priv.,  γογγνζω) 
not  murmuring,  Eccl. 

Άγοήτευτος,  ov,  (a  priv,,  γοητεύω) 
not  to  be  snared  by  tnagic,  not  tu  be  be- 
12 


ΑΓΟΡ 

gulled,  Synes. — II.  act.  without  guile  : 
hence  adv.  τως.  Cic.  Att.  12,  3. 

ί'Αγοίατο,  Ion.  for  άγοιντο  from 
άγω. 

\\}όμφιος.  ov,  (α  priv.,  yo//0tOf ) 
without  γομφίοι  or  grinders  :  άγόμφιος 
αιών,  i.  e.  extreme  old  age,  Diocles 
Incert.  1. 

'Αγόμφωτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  γομφόω) 
not  fiuittd,  unfaste7ied. 

Άγόνάτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  γόνυ)  with- 
out a  knee,  Arist.  Inc.  An.  :  of  plants, 
without  knots  or  joints,  Theophr. 

Άγονέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  be  άγονος  oi 
unfruitjul,  Thpophr. ;  and 

Άγον'ια,  ας.  ή,  unf rail  fulness,  Plut. 
Rom.  24  :  from 

"Αγονος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  yov?;)  : — I. 
pass,  unborn,  11.  3,  40,  ^Έ.ητ.  Phoen. 
1598. t— II.  act.  not  producing,  unfruit- 
ful, barren,  of  animals  both  male  and 
female,  Arist.,  and  of  plants,  The- 
ophr. :  also  c.  gen.,  not  productive  of, 
and  so  being  without,  σοφίας.  Plat. 
Theaet.  150  C,  θηρίων,  Menex.  237 
D:  τόκος  άγονος,  like  βίος  αβίωτος, 
travail  iwithout  a  birth, f  when  the 
mother  dies  before  the  child  is  born. 
Soph.  O.  T.  27  :  άγ.  ήμερα,  a  day 
unlucky  for  begetting  children,  Hipp.  ; 
άγ.  ποιητής,  opp.  to  γόνιμος.  Plut. 
t2,  318  Bf.  —  2.  left  childless,  άγ.  γέ- 
νος, Eur.  Η.  F.  887. 

Άγοος,  ov.  {a  priv.,  γόος)  unmourn- 
ed,  Aesch.  Theb.  1063. 

Αγορά,  άς,  ή  :  Ep.  and  Ion.  άγορή, 
freq.  in  Hom.  and  Hdt.  (  άγείρω  )  :  — 
any  assembly  of  many  persons,  esp.  an 
assembly  of  the  people,  opp.  to  the 
council  {βουλή),  fU.  2,  53-93t,  Od. 
3,  127:  — at  first  not  only  for  public 
debating,  elections  and  trials,  but  also 
for  buying  and  selling,  etc.,  and  in 
genl.  as  a  place  of  public  resort.  In 
the  old  Athen.  constitution,  the  as- 
sembly by  δήμοι  and  φνλαί,  opp.  to 
the  promiscuous  έκκ?ιησία  :  καΗίζειν 
άγορήν,  (in  Att.  άγορΰν  ποιιϊν,  σννα- 
γαγείν),  to  hold  an  assembly,  opp.  to 
λ.νειν  άγ.,  to  dissolve  it,  Hom.  fOd. 
2,  09,  cf.  II.  1,  305  ;  2.  808+.  Phrases  : 
εις  άγορήν  (άγορήνδε)  καλέειν,  il.  +1 , 
54;  κηρνσσειν  άγορήνδε,  II  2,  51+; 
άγορήν  πυιεϊσθαι,  τίθεσθαι,  εις  τήν 
άγ.  είςιίναι,  άγείρεσβαι,  άγορήνδε 
καΟέζεσθαι,  Honi.,etc. — This  signf  is 
more  freq.  in  Ep.  than  Att.  —  jl.  the 
place  of  assembli/  or  market-plnce,  Lat. 
forum,  Hom.  +as  II.  1 1 ,  807,  Od.  0, 200  ; 
θεοϊς  .  .  .  αγοράς  επισκάποις,  Aesch. 
Theb.  272 ;  προς  ptay  Ύραχινίων 
άγορα,  Soph.  Tr.  372  ;  πόλις  ναοϊς 
.  .  ■  και  άγοραΐς  κατεσκενασμένην, 
Xen.  Hier.  11,  2;  ή  άγ.  ήν  εν  τω 
βαρβ.  στρατενματι,  Xen.  An.  1,  3, 
14  ;  οι  έκ  τής  αγοράς,  the  market  peo- 
ple. Id.  1,  2.  18  ;  cf  Ar.  Eq.  181,  293+  : 
εις  άγ.  ίμβάλ?ιειν,  to  go  into  the  forum, 
i.  e.  be  a  citizen,  Lycurg.  148,  23  ; 
έν  Ty  άγ.  έργάζεσθαι,  to  trade  in  the 
market,  l)em.  1308,9:  εΙς  την  άγοραν 
πλάττειν  τι,  to  make  it  for  the  mar- 
ket. Id.  47,  14  ;  —  also  in  plur.,  Od.  8, 
16.  —  III.  all  that  is  tratisacted  there,  a 
speech,  speaking,  gift  of  speaking,  II.  2, 
370;  also  in  plur.,  Od.  4,  818. —  IV. 
things  sold  in  the  αγορά,  esp.  provis- 
ions, Lat.  annona,  from  Thuc.  down- 
wards ;  ■\σΙτον.  olvov,  και  τήν  άλ?ίην 
άγοράν,  Arist.  Oec.  2,  8+ :  άγοραν 
παρασκευάζειν,  +Xen.  Ag.  1,  14; 
Hell.  3,  4,  11;  cf.  ?/  άγ.  παρεσκενά- 
σϋη,  Thuc.  7,  40+,  ά}οραν  παρίχειν, 
άγειν,  κομ'ιζειν  τινί,  Lat.  cOmmeatum 
afferre.  to  hold  a  market  for  any  one, 
bring  him  provisions  for  sale,  +Thuc. 
6,  50,  Xen.  An.  2,  3,  13 ;  Cyr.  2.  4, 
19;    Id.  6,  2,  3+ ;    uyopg.    δέχεσθαι, 


ΑΓΟΡ 

Thuc.  6,  44  :  opp.  to  άγοραν  εχειν, 
άγορα  χρήσθαι,  to  have  supplies, 
+Xet'i.  An.  7,  6.  17t.— V.  sale,  iay.{= 
τήν  avTJv),  Nicoch.  Cent.  2 ;  άγοραν 
uv  προντιβεις  των  βιβλίων,  Luc. 
adv.  Indoct.  19;  άγ.  αυτών  (παρθέ- 
νων) προκ7ΐμνττειν\,  Ael.  tV.  Η.  4, 
It.—  VI.  as  a  mark  of  time,  αγορά 
πλίήθονσα,  the  forenoon,  when  the 
market-place  was  lull,  and  the  ordi- 
nary business  was  going  on.  Heind. 
Plat.  Gorg.  469  D;  άγορί/ς  πληθνον- 
σης,  Hdt.  4,  181  ;  πφί  άγ.  πληθον- 
σαν,  Xen.  An.  2,  1,  7,  Uϊμφi  άγ.  πλ., 
lb.  1,  8,  1+ ;  έν  άγ.  πληβονσ?],  Plat. 
Gorg.  469  D  :  also  called  άγορί/Γ  πλη- 
θώρη,  Hdt.  2,  173  ;  7,  2ϋ3  ;  opp.  to 
άγορής  διά?.νσις,  the  time  just  after 
mid-day,  when  they  went  home  from 
market,  Hdt.  3,  lOi,  cf.  Xen.  Oec.  12, 
1. — +VII.  applied  as  name  of  a  town, 
as  Fortim  in  Latin,  Κεράμων  αγορά, 
Xen.  An.  1,2,  10.  —  VIII.  in  A.  B. 
210,  9,  Thessalian  term  for  λιμήν\. 
[tiy-] 

V Αγορά,  άς,  and  Ion.  -ρη,  ης,  ή, 
Agora,  a  city  of  the  Thracian  Cher 
sonese,  Hdt.  8,  50. 

Άγοράασθε,  2  pi.  ind.  pres.  for 
άγοράσθε.  from  άγοράομαι.  [άγοράα- 
σθε, II.  2,  337.] 

'Αγοράζω,  f.  -ύσω.  to  he  in  the  αγο- 
ρά, to  attend  it,  have  free  use  of  it,  Hdt. 

2,  35,  etc. :  hence,  to  do  busi?iess  there, 
buy  or  sell,  first  m  Ar.  Plut.  984, 
+Xen.  An.  1,  5,  10+,  but  later,  the 
most  freq.  signf  ;  also  in  mid.,  to  buy 
for  one''ssetf,  lb.  1,3,  14. — 2.  as  a  mark 
of  idle  fellows,  to  haunt  the  αγορά, 
lounge  there,  \r.  Eq.  1373  ;  άγοράζείν 
εις  πολιν,  Thuc.  6,  51  ;  cf.  sq.  II.  2. 

'Αγοραίος,  ov,  +also  ος,  a,  ov.  Pans. 

3,  11,  9+,  in,  of,  or  belonging  to  the 
αγορά.  Ζενς  'Αγοραίος,  as  guardian 
of  popular  assemblies,  Hdt.  5,  40  ; 
Έί>μής  'Αγ.,  as  patron  of  traffic,  Ar. 
Eq.  297  ;  +?}  'Αθηνά  αγοραία,  Pans. 
I.  c.+ ;  and  generally,  </tot  αγοραίοι, 
Aesch.  Ag.  90.  —  II.  of  persons,  fre- 
quenting the  market,  ό  άγ.  όχλος.  Xen. 
Hell.  6,  2,  23,  Arist.  Pol.  0,  4.  14,  etc., 
+and  so  το  άγοραΐον,  sc.  πλήθος,  as  a 
class  of  citizens,  lb.  4,  4,  10+:  —  ol 
αγοραίοι  (with  or  without  άνθρωποι), 
those  tvho  frequented  the  αγορά  :  hence, 
— 1.  hucksters,  petty  traffickers,  retail- 
dealers,  Hdt.  1,  93. — 2.  idlers  or  loun- 
gers, like  Lat.  subrostrani,  and  so  gen- 
erally, the  common  sort,  low  fellows, 
Ar.  Ran.  1015,  Plat.  Protag.347  G : 
so  too  in  compar.  the  baser  sort,  Pto- 
lem.  ap.  Ath.  438  F  :— hence,— III.  of 
things,  low,  mean,  vulgar,  common, 
σκώμμητα,  Ar.  Pac.  750;  άγ.  φιλία, 
Arist.  Eth.  N.  9, 13,  C— IV.  generally, 
proper  to  the  αγορά,  suited  to  forensic 
speaki7ig,  business-like,  etc.,  Plut.  Per- 
icl.  11  :  —  ή  αγοραίος  (  sc.  ημέρα  ),  a 
court-day,  Strab. ;  ( in  which  signf. 
some  Gramm.  write  proparox.  αγο- 
ραίος, as  in  most  cdd.  of  N.  T.) — 2. 
to  be  bought  in  the  market,  άρτος,  Ath. 
Adv.  -ως,  +Plut.  C.  Grac.  4.  Anton.  24. 

ί'ΑγοράκρΙτος,  ov,  ό.  (ά;ορά.  κρι- 
τός,  κρίνω)  Agoracritus,  an  Athenian 
demagogue,  Ar.  Eq.  1258 — 2.  a  cele- 
brated statuary  and  sculptor,  Strab. 
9;  Paus.  9,  34,  1,  etc. 

ΫΑγορύναξ,  ακτος,  b,  (  αγορά, 
άναξ)  Agoranax,  a  dramatic  jjoet  of 
Rhodes,  Call.  E[).  53.  [----] 

Άγοράνομέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  be  άγο- 
ρανόμος,  Diod.  +20,  36+,  and  Plut. 
+Caes.  5. 

'Αγορανομία,  ας,  ή,  the  office  of 
άγορανόμος,  Arist.  Pol.  7,  12,  7. 

'Αγορανομικός,  ή,  oj>,  belonging  to 
the  άγορανυμΧ)ς  or  his  office.  Plat  Rep. 


ΑΓΟΡ 

425  D.  —  11.  for  Lat.  aedilicius,  Dion 
H.  t6,  95t,  and  Plut.  tPomp.  53. 

' Κγομϋ,νόμιον,  ov,  τό,  the  court  of 
the  άγορανόμος,  Fiat.  Legg.  917  E. 

'Α}θβάνόμος,  ου.  ό,  {άγυρά,  νιμω) 
α  clerk  of  the  market,  who  regulated 
the  buying  and  selling  there,  Ar. 
Ach.  723,  etc.,  fat  Athens  ten  in 
number,  five  for  the  city,  five  for  the 
Piraeeus,  who  had  the  supervision  of 
all  things  sold  in  the  market  except 
corn,  Lys.  165,  3<it,  v.  Bockh  P.  E. 
i,  67.  —  II.  to  translate  Lat.  Aeddis, 
who  had  similar  duties,  Dion.  H.  An- 
tiqq.  6,  90,  and  Plut. 

'Αγοράομαι,  fut.  -ήσομαι,  tEp. 
impi.  3  pi.  lp/opo(jvToi,  dep.  mid.,  to 
■meet  in  assembly,  sit  in  debate,  11.  4,  1  : 
also,  to  address  an  assembly,  to  speak, 
iharangue,  11.  1,  73|,  and  oft.  in  Hom. 
and  Hdt. ;  very  rate  in  Att.,  though 
Soph.  Tr.  601  has  it  in  signf  to  speak 
or  talk  with,  TivL  [άγ-  in  11.  2,  337 
metri  grat. ;  otherwise  ay-] 

Άγοράσόω,  Dor.  for  αγοράζω, 
Theocr.  tl5,  16. 

Άγοράσείω,  desid.  from  αγοράζω, 
to  wish  to  buy,  Lat.  emptuno. 

Άγορΰσία,  ας,  ή,  {αγοράζω)  a  buy- 
ing, purchase,  Diog.  L.  2,  78. 

Άγόρΰσις,  εως,  ή,  —  foreg.,  Plat. 
Soph.  219  D,  in  plur. 

Άγόρασμα,  ατός,  τό,  (αγοράζω) 
that  which  is  bought  or  sold:  usu.  in 
plur.,  goods,  wares,  merchandise,  Dem. 
909,  27,  etc. 

Ά}υρασμός,  ov,  6,  a  buying,  piir- 
chasing,  LXX.  —  t2.  the  thing  pur- 
chased, the  purchase,  τυυ  αγ.  της  σοτο- 
δοσίας,  Id.  Gen.  42,  19. 

'Αγοραστής,  υϋ,  ό,  (αγοράζω)  the 
slave  who  had  Ιο  buy  provisions  for  the 
house,  the  purveyor,  Xen.  Metn.  1,  5, 
2  :  in  later  authors  ό'ψωνάτωρ,  Lat. 
obsonator,  Ath.  171  A. 

'Αγοραστικός,  η,  όν,  (αγοράζω)  be- 
longing to,  fit  fur  trafficking  or  trade, 
commercial.  Plat.  Crat.  4ua  A  :  y  -κή 
(sc.  τέχνη) commerce, trade,\a.  jSoph. 
223  Ct.     Adv.  -κώς. 

'Αγοραστός,  η,  όν,  verb.  adj.  bought, 
to  be  bought  or  sold. 

Υ .\γόρϋ.τος,  ου,  ό,  Agoratus,  an 
Athenian  against  whom  one  of  Ly- 
sias'  extant  orations  is  directed. 

Άγορατρός,  ό,=^ιτυΆαγάρας,  Bockh 
Inscr.  1,  p.  816. 

Άγορευτήριον,  ου,  τό,  a  place  for 
speaking,  Inscr. :  from 

Άγόρεντος,  ov,  ulterable,  to  be  spo- 
ken of,  Eccl. :  from 

'Αγορεύω,  f.  -ενσω  (  αγορά  )  :  —  to 
speak,  esp.  in  public,  in  the  assembly, 
ito  harangue,  absoL,  II.  8,  542t ;  επεα, 
αγοράς  άγορεύειν,  Hom.  jU.  3,  155; 
2,  788t;  vvho  constantly  uses  the 
word,  as  dees  Hdt. ;  άγ.  τινί,  til.  1, 
571t,  or  ττρός  τίνα,  11. ;  κακόν  τι  άγ. 
τινά,  to  speak  ill  of  one,  Od.  18,  15  ; 
in  Att.,  κακώς  άγ.  τινά,  e.  g.  Ar. 
Plut.  102:  φόβονδ'  άγ.,  to  counsel  to 
flight,  11.  5,  252.  —  2.  to  proclaim,  de- 
clare, Hom.,  fas  άμμι  θεοπροπίας  άγ., 
II.  i ,  3S5t,  and  so  in  aor.  inid.  άγορεύ- 
σασβαί  τι.  to  have  a  thing  proclaimed, 
Hdt.  9,  26 ;  talso  of  inanimate  ob- 
jects, to  proclaim,  show  forth,  δέρμα 
άγ.  χειρών  έργον,  Theocr.  25,  175t: 
to  say,  usu.  in  phrase,  ό  νόμος  άγη- 
ρενει,  the  law  says,  Antipho  123,  16, 
Lys.  115,  6:  tuy.  τινι  μη  ποιεϊν,  Ar. 
Ran.  629. 

Άγυρη,  ης,  f/,  Ε  p.  and  Ion.  for 
αγορά,  Horn.,  and  Hdt.     Hence 

Ά)ορ7/θεν,  adv.,  from  the  assembly 
or  tnarket.  11.  2,  264,  etc. 

Άγορήνδε,  adv.,  to  the  assembly  or 
market,  til.  1,  54,  etc. 


ΑΓΡΑ 

Άγορητής,  ov,  6,  ( άγοράομαι )  a 
speaker,  in  Horn.  esp.  of  Nestor,  λιγνς 
ΤΙνλίων  άγορητής,  11.  1,  248,  etc. 

Άγορητύς,  ύος,  ή,  the  gift  of  speak- 
ing, eloquence,  Od.  8,  168  :  an  old  Ep. 
or  Ion.  form. 

Άγορος,  ό,=  άγορά,  only  found  in 
lyrical  passages  of  Eur.,  and  always 
in  plur.,  1.  T.  1096,  £1.  723,  Andr. 
1037  ; — unless  with  Herm.,  and  Dind. 
we  read  άγορον  in  H.  F.  412. 

Άγος,  οϋ,  ό,  (  άγω  )  a  leader,  chief, 
oft.  in  II.,  always  c.  gen.  ^Κρητών, 
4,  265,  etc.t ;  also  in  Find.  N.  1,  77, 
Aesch.,  etc.  [ά] 

άγος,  εος,  τό:  Ion.  άγος  (v.  sub 
fin.):  —  any  matter  of  religious  awe: 
hence, — 1.  ^pions  dread,  reverence,  H. 
Hom.  Cer.  479  Wolf  and  Herm.  for 
άγ-Oft•  —  II•  usu.  a  curse,  pollution, 
guilt,  such  as  must  be  expiated,  Lat. 
piaculum=  μνσος,  εν  τω  άγει  ένέχε- 
σθαι,  Hdt.  6,56,  άγος  έκΟΰσασθαι  6, 
91,  'Ιάγος  πατρώων  θεών,  Aesch. 
Theb.  ioi7t;  φενγειν.  Soph.  Ant. 
256.  —  2.  the  person  or  thing  accursed, 
an  abomination.  Soph.  O.  T.  1426  ; 
άγος  έλαννειν=άγηλατεϊν,  Thuc.  1, 
126.  —  III.  an  expiatory  sacrifice,  ta 
means  of  purification] ,  Soph.  Fr.  613  : 
tso  the  Schol.  explains  άγος  in  Soph. 
Ant.  775  by  κάθαρσιη,  v.  Herm.  ad  l.t  : 
-Cf  Ruhnk.  Tim.'s.  v.  (The  root 
appears  also  in  άζομαι.  Hence  aytof, 
αγνός:  though  most  edd.  write 
άγος.) 

'Αγαστός,  ό,  the  flat  of  the  hand,  11. 
1 1,  425,  etc. ;  άγ.  χειρός,  Αρ.  Rh.  3, 
120.  —  II.  in  late  Ep.  for  the  arm,= 
αγκάλη,  Theocr.^  17,  129,  and  Anth. 
(Akin  to  άγκος,  αγκάλη,  etc.) 

ΆΓΡΑ,  ας,  ή,  a  catching,  hunting, 
the  chase,  άγραν  εφέττειν,  to  follow  the 
chase,  Od.  12,  330;  άγραις  ηροςκεΐ- 
σθαι.  Soph.  Aj.  407  ;  ιέναι  ες  άγραν, 
Eur.  Supp.  885:  —  metaph.,  άγραι 
άϋπνοι,  Soph.  Aj.  880:  also  a  way  of 
catching,  Hdt.  2,  70. —  II.  that  tvhich  is 
taken  in  hunting,  the  booty,  prey,  Od. 
22,  306,  etc. :  game,  Hdt.  1,  73,  etc.  ; 
also  of  fish,  a  draught,  lake,  Xen.  Cf. 
Buttm.  Lexil. — 111.  'Αγρα.  ή,  a  name 
of  Diana,  like  Άγροτέρα,  Plat.  (Prob. 
from  same  root  as  α'ιρέω,  q.  v.) 

ΥΑγραδάτης,  ov,  6,  Agradales, 
earlier  name  of  king  Cyrus,  Strab. 

"Αγράόε,  adv.,  poet,  collat.  form  of 
άγρόνδε.  Call.  Fr.  26. 

ΥΑγραΐοι.  ων,  οι,  the  Agraei,  a  peo- 
ple of  Aetolia,  on  the  Achelous,  Thuc. 
3,  106.— 2.  a  people  of  Aiabia,=; Ά^α- 
ρηνοί,  Strab. 

ΆγραΙος,  a'la,  alov,  (άγρα): — of  or 
belonging  to  the  chase,  esp.  as  epith.  of 
certain  gods,  Paus.  1,  41,  6:  cf 
Άγροτέρα. 

ΥΑγραΙος,  ov,  ό,  Agraeus,  son  of 
Temenus,  Paus.  3,  28,  3. 

νΑγραίς,  ίδος,  ή,  Agra'is,  the  terri- 
tory of  the  Agraei,  Thuc.  3,  111. 

Άγραμμάτία,  ας,  ή,  want  of  learning, 
Ael.  V.  tf.  8,  6 :  from 

Αγράμματος,  ov.  (a  priv.,  γράμμα) 
without  learning  (γράμματα),  unlettered, 
Lat.  illileratus  :  esp.  unable  lo  read  or 
write.  Plat.  tTim.  23  Β  ;  cf  Crit.  109 
Dt,  Xen.— 1\.=  άγραφος.  Plat.  Polit. 
295  A. — III.  of  animals,  unable  to  utter 
articulate  sounds,  Arist.  H.  A.  1,  1,  29  : 
of  sounds,  inarticulate,  Id.  Interpr. 
2,  2.  ^ 

Άγραμμής,  ες,  (  a  priv.,  γραμμή  ) 
without  line,  7iot  linear,  Arist.  de  Lin. 

Άγραμμος,  ov,  =  foreg. :  άγραμμα 
άφείται,  it  is  a  throw  (  at  dice  )  with- 
out 7nark,  counting  nothing.  Poll. 

tΆypαoί',  ων,  οί,=^'Αγραΐοι  1,  Po- 
lyb.  17,  5,  8. 


ΑΓΡΕ 

Άγραπτος,  ov,  ( a  priv.,  γράφω  ) 
unwritten,  άγρ.  νόμιμα.  Soph.  Ant. 
454  ,  cf.  άγραφος. 

Άγραυλέω,  ώ,  ί.  -ησω,  to  be  an 
άγρανλυς,  and  so —  1.  to  live  in  the 
country,  Arist.  Mirab.  11.  —  II.  to  live 
out  of  doors,  esp.  to  pass  the  night  there, 
Strab.  p.  197. 

Άγρανλής,  ές,^άγραυλος,  Nic.Th. 
78. 

Άγρανλία,  ας,  η,  the  state  nf  an 
άγρανλος,  Dion.  H. 

i' Αγρανλίς,  ίδος,  ή,  daughter  or  fe- 
male descendant  of  Agraulus,  Eur.  Ion 
23. 

Άγρανλος,  ov,  {αγρός,  ανλή)  dwell- 
ing in  the  fields,  living  out  (f  doors, 
epith.  of  shepherds.  II.  18,  162.  Hes. 
Th.  26  ;  of  oxen,  Od.  12,  253  ;  iroam- 
ing  at  large,  wild,  tii'/p,  Soph.  Ant. 
349t ;  of  things,  rural,  rustic,  Eur.  El. 
342. 

ΥΑγρανλος,  ov,  η,  Agraulus,  wife 
of  Cecrops,  Apollod. — 2.  daughter  of 
Cecrops  and  foreg.,  Dem.,  Plut.,  etc. 

Άγράφίον  γραφή,  ή,  an  action 
against  state-deljtors,  it/io  had  got  their 
names  cancelled  before  they  had  paid, 
Dem.  1378,  19. 

'Αγραφος,  ov,  =  άγραπτος,  unwrit- 
ten, μνήμη,  Thuc.  2,  43  ;  άγρ.  διαθή- 
και,  a  verbal  will,  Plut. ;  άγραφα  λέ- 
γειν, to  speak  without  book.  Id. :  esp. 
άγραφοι  νόμοι,  unwritten  laics,  which 
are  —  1.  the  laws  of  nature,  moral  law, 
Dem.  317,  23. — 2.  laws  of  custom,  our 
common  law.  Plat,  Legg.  793  A,  cf. 
omnino  Ari.it.  Rhet.  1,  10,  3  and  13, 
2.  —  II.  7iot  registered  or  recorded,  άγρ. 
πόλεις,  cities  whose  names  do  7iot 
stand  in  a  treaty,  Thuc.  1,  40. 

Άγρει,  v.  sub  άγρέω  II. 

ΆγρεΙος,  a,  ov,  (αγρός)  of  the  field 
or  country,  hence,  rural,  rustic,  Leon. 
Tar.  34  :  also  clownish,  boorish,  like 
άγροίκος,  Ar.  Nub.  655.     Hence 

Άγρειοσννη,  ?/<;,  ή,  clownishness  :  or 
roaitiing  wildly  through  the  country, 
Anth.,  cf.  Jacobs  Del.  Epigr.  1,  6. 

Άγρειώνα,  ης,  ή,  a  harrow,  rake, 
Anth.  tP.  6,  297. 

Άγρειώτις,  ιδος,  ή,  =  άγροιώτις, 
dub. 

Άγρεμα,  τό,=  άγρενμα, T>oet. 

Άγρέμίος,  ov,  taken  in  hunting,  τό 
άγρ.=άγρα  II,  Anth.  tP.  6,  224. 

Άγρεμών,  όνος,  ό,  Aesch.  F^r.  131, 
ace.  to  Hesych.=  λα/ίττάο  or  δόρυ. 

Άγρεσια,  ας,  ή,  =  άγρα,  Leon. 
Tar.  19. 

' Αγρετενω,  f.  -σω,  to  be  an  άγρέτης, 
Bockh  Inscr  i,  p.  672. 

Άγρέτης,  ov,  ό,  a  Lacedaemonian 
magistrate,  cf.  foreg. :  ace.  to  He- 
5γοΙλ.=  ήγεμών,  whence  Toup  would 
read  it  for  άγρόται,  in  Aesch.  Pers. 
1002. 

Άγρενμα,  ατός,  τό,  ( άγρενω  )  that 
which  IS  taken  in  hunting,  booty,  prey, 
whether  game  or  fish,  Eur.  Bacch. 
1241,  Xen.  Mem.  3,  11,  7:  cf  άγρα 
11.  —  11.  a  net,  toil,  Aesch.  Ag.  1048, 
Cho.  998,  etc. 

Άγρενς,  έως,  ό,  (άγρενω)  a  hunter, 
as  epith.  of  various  gods,  Pind.  P.  9, 
115,  Trag.,  etc. 

Άγρενσιμος,  η,  ov,  easy  to  catch. 

Άγρευσις,  εως,  ή,  a  catching.  —  II. 
booty. 

Άγρεντήρ,  ηρος,  o,=  sq.,  Theocr. 
21,  0,  Call.  Dian.  218. 

Άγρευτής,  ov,  ό.  {άγρενω)  a  h7inter, 
like  άγρίύς,  as  epith.  of  Apollo,  Soph. 
O.  C.  1091  ;  also  as  adj.,  άγρ.  κννες, 
hounds.  Solon  3,  2 ;  άγρ.  κάλαμος, 
Anth.  tP.  7,  171t.     Hence 

Άγρεντίκός,   ή,    όν,  of,   skilled  in 
hunting,  Xen.  Hipparch.  4,  12. 
13 


ΑΓΡΙ 

Άγρεντόζ,  όν,  caught,  Ορρ.  tH-  3, 
541t:  verb,  adj.  from 

Άγμενω,  ί.  -ενσω,  (ΐίγρα)  to  hunt, 
take  by  hunting,  catch,  ίχθνς,  Hdt.  2, 
95 ;  of  war,  άγμενει  άΐ'δμας,  Soph. 
Fr.  49β  :  mctaph.,  to  hunt  after,  thirst 
for,  alua,  Eur.  Racch.  138 :  also  in 
mid.,  Eur.  1.  T.  1163.  j 

Ά>ρέω,  Aeol.  collat.  form  of  foreg.,  I 
to  take,  lay  hold  of,  c.  acc,  ύγρει  ό'  ' 
oh'ov  ερνβμύν•,  Archil.  5,  3,  cf.  Sapph.  I 
2,  14,  Aesch.  Ag.  120.— 11.  in  Horn, 
only  ύγρει,   as  interj..=  a}e,   come.' 
come  on!  ayp€i  μάν  oi  επορσον  Άθη-  Ι 
ναίην,  11.  5,  765  :  also  άγρεΐτε,  Od. 
20,    149.     Cf.  Bimm.  Lexil.  s.  v. — 
The  woi-d  is  more  freq.  in  compds. 
Άγρη,  ης,  ή.  Ion.  for  άγρα.  Hence 
Άγρι/Οεν,  adv.,  from  the  chase,  Ap. 
Rh.  2,  938. 

Άγρτ/νον,  ov,  TO,  strictly,  a  net: 
hence,  a  net-like  woollen  robe  worn  by 
soothsayers,  Poll. 

Άγριαίνω,  f.  -ΰνύ  : — 1.  intr.,  to  be 
or  ftfcunc  (1•)ριος,  to  be  sax'nge,  provoked, 
angry.  Plat.  Rep.  493  B.  etc.  ;  Tivi, 
Kith  one.  Id.  Symp.  173  D  :  tmet.,  to 
become  angry,  chafe,  of  rivers,  Plut. 
Caes.  38  ;  and  so  in  pass.,  of  the  sea, 
Diod.  S.  24,  It . — of  .sores,  to  be  angry 
or  inflamed,  Med. — 2.  later,  trans.,  to 
make  άγριος,  provoke,  anger,  Dio  C. 
t44,  47t :  and  pass,  in  intr.  signf , 
Plut.  Anion.  58: — but  the  Alt.  form 
in  pass,  was  άγρωνσΟαι,  cf  Lob. 
Phryn.  757. 

Άγριύμττελος,  ov,  ή.  a  wild  vine,  in 
good  Greek  άγρια  άμτ:6?.ος ;  and 
most  such  compds  of  άγριος,  as  άγρι- 
οχηνιΐφΐυν,  αγριόχοιρος,  άγριηκνμϊ- 
νυν,  etc.,  are  very  liite,cf.  Lob.  Phryn. 
381. 

νΑ.γρίανες,  ων,  οι,  th«  Agrianes,  a 
Thracian  race  dwelling  on  Haemus, 
Hdt.  5,  16;  cf  Arr.  An.  1,  1,  11  ;  etc. 
— Adj.  Άγριάνικός.  ή,  όν. 

iΆγpίul'ης,  ov,  6,  the  Agriunes,  a 
river  of  Thrace,  Hdt.  4,  90. 

'Ajpiuf,  a<5of,  7/,=άγρία,  pecnl. 
fern,  of  άγριος,  loilil,  rough,  Ap.  Rh. 
1,  28. — II.  as  &\ι\>ί>1.,~άγμιάμ7τε?Μς, 
A  Β.  Τ 

Άγριάω,=  άγριαίΐ'ομαι,  Ορρ.  fC. 
3,  49  in  Ep.  part,  άγριήυντα. 

Άγρίόιον,  ov,  TO,  dnn.  fromuypof, 
α  sntall  field  or  farm.  Lat.  agetlus,  Arr. 
tEpict.'2,  2,  17t.  [i] 

' Κγριελαία,  ας,  ή,  {άγριος,  ελαία) 
awildolive,  Lat.  oleaster,  Diosc.  Hence 

Άγριέ'λαιος,  ov,  of  a  wild  olive, 
Anth.  P.  9. 237. — II.  as  subst.,  /;  άγρι- 
έ/.αιος,^άγριελα'ια,  Theocr.  7,  18, 
and  Theophr. 

νΑγρίκό?.ας,  ov  poet,  ao,  δ,  the 
Roman  Agrwola,  Anth.  P.  9,  549. 

ΆγριμαΙος,  a,  ov,  wild,  opp.  to  ήμε- 
ρος :  Tu  άγριμαΐα,  ivild  aniynals,  game, 
Ptoleni.  ap.  Ath.  549  F. 

Άγριμέλισσα,  ης,  ή,  wild  μέλισσα. 

Άγριοαπίδίον,ου,  τύ,  wild  άττίδιον, 
Geop.  t8,  37. 

^kγριo3άλavoς,ov,Tl,'wildβύ'kavoς, 
LXX. 

Άγρώΐ3ονλος,  ov,  {άγριος,  βον?.ή) 
wild  of  purpose,  Physiogn. 

Άγριοόαίτης,  ov,  ό.  {άγριος,  δαί- 
ννμαι)  eating  wild  fruits,  like  βα/Μ- 
νηφύγος,  Orac.  ap.  Paus.  8,  42,  6. 

'Χγριόεις,  εσσα,  εν,=  άγριος,  JNMc. 
ΑΙ.  30,  617. 

'λ-)ΐ>ιόθνμος,  ov,  {άγριος,  ϋνμός) 
wild  if  temper,  Orph.  Η.  11,  4. 

νλγριοι,  ων,  οι,  the  Agrii,  a  people 
of  Aeihiopia,  Strab. 

Άγριοκύρδαμον,  ov,  τό,  wild  κύρ- 
δυμον,  Galen. 

Άγριοκηκκύμηλα,  ων,  τύ,  ivild  κοκ- 
κίμη'λα,  Diosc. 
14 


ΑΓΡΙ 

Άγριοκρόμμνον,  ον,  τύ,  uild  garlic. 
Άγριοκνμϊνον,  ον,  τό,  wild  cummin. 

[ϋ]  ,      .     .  , 

^  Αγριολάχάνα,ων,  τά,  wild  Λάχανα, 
LXX. 

Άγριομΰ?Μχη,  ης,  η,  wild  mallow. 

'Χγριύμηλα,  ων,  τά,  wild  apples, 
Diosc. 

Άγριόμορφος,  ον,  {άγριος,  μορφή) 
wild,  savage  of  form,  Orph.  Arg.  977. 

Άγριομϊφικη,  ης,  ή,  wild  μνρίκη, 
LXX.  [pi] 

Άγριομωρος,  ov,  {άγριος,  μωρός) 
desperately  foolish,  Eccl. 

'Αγριοττετεινά?.ιον,  ov,  τό,  and 
άγ ρ um έτειναν,  ov,  τό,  the  hoopoe. 

ί'Αγριόπη,  ης,  ή,  {άγριος,  όψ)  ..4- 
griope,  wile  of  Orpheus  acc.  to  Her- 
mesiana.x,  Alh.  597  B. 

Άγριοπήγανον,  ου,  τό,  wild  rue. 

Άγριοπηγός,  ov,  ό,=  άμαξονργός. 

Άγριοποιίω,  ω,  to  make  wild  :  Irom 

'Άγριοττοιός,  όν,  {άγριος,  ποιέω) 
making  wild,  writing  wild  poetry,  as 
epith.  of  Aeschylus  in  Ar.  Ran.  837. 

Άγριορίγάνυς,  ov,  ό,  wild  όρίγανος, 
Diosc. 

Άγριόρνϊθες,  ων,  ul,  {άγριος,  όρ- 
νις) wildfowl.  Lob.  Phryn.  382. 
Αγριόρβοδον,  ov,  τό,  wild-rose. 

Άγριος,  ία,  lov :  also  ιυς,  lov,  II. 

3,  24  ;  19,  88,  but  άγριαι.  Od.  9,  119  : 
{αγρός)  '■ — living  in  the  fields  or  open 
air,  living  loild  : — hence, — I.  ivild,  sav- 
age, of  animals,  e.  g.  σνς,  αίγες,  άγρια 
πάντα,  wild  animals  υί  all  knids,  II. 
5,  52,  Hdt.,  etc. ;  opp.  to  τιθασός. — 
2.  of  trees,  opp.  to  ήμερος,  wild,  Hdt. 

4,  21,  and  Att.  —  3.  of  countries, 
wild,  miciillivated,  Lat.  hnrridus.  Plat. 
Phaed.  113  B,  etc. :— but,— 11.  usu. 
of  men,  beasts,  etc.,  as  having  ijuali- 
ties  incident  to  a  wild  state: — I.  in 
moral  sense,  vild,  savage,  fierce.  Lat. 
frrus,  ferox,  Od.  1,  199,  etc.:  hence 
also  of  men's  feelings,  θυμός,  χό'λος, 
μένος,  11.  ;  άγρια  οίδεν,  II.  24,  41  ; 
άγρ.  πτόλεμος,  μω'/.ος,  Π.  ;  άγριος 
άτη,  II.  19,  88.-2.  in  Att.  also  ορρ.  to 
αστείος  (as  rusticus  to  urbanns),  boor- 
ish, rude,  Plat.  Gorg.  510  B,  etc. :  but 
also  simply  a  countryman,  Mosch.  5, 
13. — 3.  also  of  any  violent  passion, 
vehement,  furious,  έρωτες,  φιλία,  cf 
Heind.  Plat.  Phaed.  81  A  :  hence  also 
—  παιδεραστής,  Interpp.  ad  Ar.  Nub. 
349;  fAeschin.  8,  loj  ;  but  άγριος 
ερωμένος,  a  cruel,  haughty  lover, 
Valck.  Theocr.  2,  54. — 4.  of  circum- 
stances, cruel,  harsh,  δου7>.εία.  Plat. 
Rep.  564  A  ;  fa}  p.  δεσμά,  Aesch.  Pr. 
net  ;  άγρ.  νόσος,  a  raging  disease. 
Soph.  Phil.  173  (where  some  would 
take  it  in  the  Medic,  sense,  malignant, 
cancerous,  \\]λ.β  τεθηριωμένος,  cf.  Gels. 

5,  28,  16).— III.  adv.  ίως,  also  άγρια 
as  neut.  pi.,  Hes.  Sc.  236.  [Hom. 
has  i,  when  the  ult.  is  long  also,  II. 
22,313.] 

t' A)piof,  ov,  h,  Agrins,  name  of  a 
centaur  and  of  a  giant,  Apollod. — 2. 
son  of  Porthaon,  II.  14,  117. — 3.  son 
of  Ulysses  and  Circe,  Hes.  Th.  1013. 

ΆγριοσέλΙνον,  ov,  τό,  wild  parsley, 
Diosc. 

Άγριοσίκυον,,ον,  τό,  a  wild  gourd 
or  melon,  Hipp. 

' Αγριυστάφν?.ίς,  ίδος,  also  άγρι- 
οστάφνλις,  ιος,  ή,  α  bunch  of  wild 
grapes. 

νΑγριησνκή,  ής,  ή,  wild  fig-tree, 
Horap. 

Άγριόσνκον,  ov,  τά,  a  wild  fig ; 
also  άγριοσύκιον,  A.  B. 

Άγριότης,  ητος.  ή,  wildness,  ffierce- 
ncss,  of  animals,  Xen.  Mem.  2,  2,  7t ; 
of  plants,  Theophr. — II.  usu.  of  men, 
in  moral  sense, fierceness, cruelty,  Plat. 


ΑΓΡΟ 

Symp.   197  D  :   tand  pi.  al  kv  ταις 
■ψνχαΐς  αγριότητες,  Dcm.  808,  15. 

Άγριοφάγοι,  ων,  οΐ.  {άγριος,  φα- 
γεΐν)  men  who  eat  raw  flesh  and  fruits, 
Ptolem. 

Άγριόφαγρος,  ov,  6,  the  wild  φύ- 
γρος,  Opp.  -IH.  1,  140. 

Άγριοφανής,ές,  {άγριος,  φαίνομαι) 
appearing  wild,  Galen. 

'Αγριόφρων,  όνος,  ό,  η,  {άγριος, 
φρήν)  savage  of  mind,  Eccl. 

Άγριόφνλλον,  ov,  τό,  the  plant 
peucedanitm,  Plin. 

Ά  γριόφωνυς,  ov,  (  άγριος,  φωνή  ) 
with  a  U'lld,  rough  voice,  or  tongue,  like 
βαρβαροφωνος,  Od.  8,  294. 

'Αγριοχηνάριον,  ov,  τό,  {άγριος, 
χην)  a  wild  goose,  Theophr. 

Άγριόχοιριις,  ov,  ό,  a  wild  sivine. 

Άγριο-φωρία,  ας,  ή,  {ψώρα)  an  in- 
veterate itch.  * 

Άγριόω,  ώ,  (.  -ώσω  :  {άγριος) : — to 
make  wild  or  savage,  provoke,  τινά  Tivi, 
one  against  another,  Eur.  Or.  616. 
Usu.  in  pass.,  to  grow  wild,  esp.  in 
perf  ήγρίωμαι,  to  be  wild,  strictly  of 
plants,  countries,  etc.,  Theophr. ; 
TO  τύπος  ήγρίωτο  βύτοις,  Long.  1, 
20t :  then  of  men,  to  be  savage,  fierce, 
cruel.  Soph.  Phil.  1321,  fhir.  El."l031, 
etc. ;  talso  of  wounds,  έ?ίκεα,  Hipp.t 
Cf  άγριαίνω. 

ΤΑγρίππας,  ov  and  a,  b,  the  Rom. 
name  Agrippa,  Strab. ;  etc.     Hence 

ΥΑγρίππειης,  ov,  of  or  belonging  to 
Agrippa,  Joseph. 

νλγριππίνη,  ης,  ή,  Agrippinn,  Ro- 
man lein.  pr.  n.,  Anth.  P.  6,  329.  [i] 

Άγριώδης,  ες,  {άγριος,  είδος)  of  a 
wild  nature,  Strab.  p.  155. 

Άγριώνιος.  ov,  ό,  epith.  of  Bacchus, 
Plut.  tAnt.  24t:  Άγριώνια.  τά,  a 
festival  in  his  honor  at  Orchomenus, 
tid.  2.291  A,  299  F. 

Άγριωπός,  όν,  {άγριος,  ώψ)  wild 
looking,  όμμα,  Eur.  Η.  F.  990:  tas 
subst.  TO  άγριωπόν  τον  προςώπον, 
the  fierce  expressionoihxs  countenance, 
Plut.  Mar.  14. 

Άγριωτός,  η,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from 
άγριόω,  grown  wild. 

Άγροβάτης,  ov,  ό,  {άγρος,  βαίνω) 
haunting  the  country,  v.  1.  in  Eur.  Cycl. 
54,  for  άγροβότης.  [ΰ] 

Άγροβύας,  ου,  ό,  {βοάω)  rudely 
shouting,  Cratin.  Incert.  36. 

Άγροβότης,  ov,  ό,  {αγρός,  βόσκω) 
feeding  in  the  field,  dwelling  in  the 
country,  as  αγρονόμος.  Soph.  Phil. 
214,  Eur.  Cycl.  54. 

Άγρογείτων,  όνος,  δ,  {αγρός,  γεί- 
των)  α  country  neighbour,  Plut.  Cat. 
Maj.  25. 

Αγροδίαιτος,  ov,  {αγρός,  δίαιτα) 
living  in  the  country,  ap.  Aul.  Gell. 

Άγροδότης,  ov.  b,  {αγρός,  δίδωμι) 
a  giver  of  tand. — II.  {άγρα) -a  giver  of 
booty,  Anth.  P.  6,  27. 

Άγρόθεν,  {άγρής)  adv.,  from  the 
country,  Od.  13,  268. 

Άγρόθΐ,  adv.,  in  the  country. 

Άγρυικενομαι,  f-  -ενσομαι,  dep. 
mid.,  to  be  άγροικος- 

Αγροικία,  ας,  ή,  ta  dwelling  in  the 
country  ;  a  country  residence,  USU.  in 
pi.  Diod.  S.  20,  8  ;  the  fields,  the  coun- 
try, Plut.  2.  311  E,  opp.  to  πόλις,  lb. 
519  A,  in  pi.,  lb.  311  Bt ;  hence— Π. 
the  character  of  an  άγροικος,  bnorish- 
ness,  coarseness,  olt.  in  Plat.  Gorg. 
461  C,  Rep.  560  D,  etc 
ιγροίκ 
<  t^'al. 

Άγροικικός,  η,  όν,  {άγροικος)  be- 
longing to  boors,  boorish,  Ath.  477  A. 

Ά)ροικοπνββώνειος,  ov,  b,  a  rude, 
coarse  Pyrrhonist,  Galen. 

Άγροικος,  ov,  {άγρύς,  οΐκέω)  of  or 


Άγροίκί^ημαι,  dep.,  like  άγροικενο- 
μαι,  Plat.  Theaet.  H6  A. 


ΑΓΡΟ 

in  the  country,  ύγρ.  βίος,  Ar.  Nub.  43, 
etc.  :  a  countryman,  clown.  Id.  47. — 
tin  pi.  as  a  division  of  the  Atlienian 
people,  the  husbandmen,  opposed  to 
the  Ei'-a-pi'Jrti,  Dion.  H.  2,  8,  cf. 
γεωμοβοι  and  Diet.  Antiqq.  s.  v. 
Geom.t;  hence — 2.  boorish,  rude, 
rough,  first  in  Ar.  fNub.  628 ;  cf. 
Theophr.  Ch.  8t :  άγρ.  σοφία,  Lat. 
crassa  Minerva,  Plat.  Fhaedr.  229  E: 
hence  also, — 3.  of  fruits,  grown  in  the 
country,  common,  opp.  to  γενναίος. 
Plat.  Legg.  844  D,  845  Β  :  but  also, 
— 4.  of  land,  rough,  uncultivated,  like 
άγριος,  Thuc.  3,  106. — II.  adv.  -κΐύς, 
tPlat.  Phaedr.  268  Dt,  Compar.  -κο- 
τέρως.  Id.  Rep.  361  Ε  ;  fXen.  Mem. 
3,  13,  It.  (The  accent  ΰγροικος  is 
now  generally  adopted,  though  some 
Gramin.  confine  this  to  signf.  2,  and 
elsewh.  write  άγροΐκος.)    Hence 

ΆγροίκύτοΓος,  ov,  (τόνος)  of  rustic 
tone,  very  dub.  1.  in  Ar.  Ach.  674. 

Άγροιώτης,  ov,  fDor.  -τας,  a,  Ar. 
Thes.  58t,o,poet.  for  αγρότης,  a  coun- 
tryman, clown,  Horn.,  who  always  uses 
the  plur.,  as  II.  1 1,  549  :  fem.  άγροιώ- 
τις,  ιόος,  ή,  Sapph.  23. — tin  pl.= 
γεωμόροί,  q.  v.,  and  Schom.  Ath. 
Assemb.  p.  4t. — II.  as  adj.  ru.?iic,Anth. 
P.  7,  411. 

Άγροιωτικός,  ή,  όν,  rustic,  tdub.  1. 
IQ  Ath.  309  C,  as  title  of  a  mime  of 
Sophron. 

ΆγροκήτΓίον-,  ov,  τό,  {αγρός,  κή- 
πος) a  field  kept  like  a  garden,  Strab.  545. 

Άγροκόμος,  ov,  (  αγρός,  κομέω  ) 
ke-ving  the  care  of  land :  b  άγρ.,  a  latid- 
tteward,  Joseph. 

Ά  γρόμενος,  ένη,  ενόν,  syncop.  part, 
aor.  mid.  of  ΰγείρω,  assembled,  Hom. 

Άγρόνδε,  adv.,  (αγρός)  to  the  coun- 
try, Od.  tl5,  370t :  also  άγραδε. 

Άγρονομία,  ας,  ή,  the  office  of  αγρο- 
νόμος. 

Αγρονόμος,  ov,  and  in  Anth.  η, 
ov  :  (αγρός,  νέμομαι)  : — haunting  the 
country,  rural,  Ννμφαι,  Od.  6,  106 ; 
π/.ύκες,  av'f.ai.  Soph.  O.  T.  1103, 
Ant.  785 :  also=a7ptOf,  v:ild,  αγρ. 
θήρες,  Aesch.  Ag.  142 :  \ν?.η  ay., 
Opp.  H.  1,  27t. — II.  as  subst.,  parox., 
ό  αγρονόμος :  (νέμω) : — a  magistrate 
at  Athens,  overseer  of  the  public  layids, 
fieq.  in  Plat.  Legg.,  cf  Arist.  Pol.  6,  8, 
6,  Ruhnk.  Tim.  s.  v.,  et  v.  sub  νλωρός. 

ΆΓΡΟ'Σ.  ού,  ό,  Lat.  AGER, 
Germ.  ACKER,  afield,  land,  til.  23, 
&32t ;  an  estate,  ^a  country  residence, 
opposed  to  the  town,  Od.  21,  204 1 ; 
Thuc.  2,  13:  also,  the  country,  opp.  to 
the  town,  Od.  11,  188;  tand  in  pi. 
collect.,  o'l  αγροί.  Soph.  O.  T.  112, 
Eur.,  etc.t :  έίΤ'  άγρον,  in  the  country, 
Od.  22,  47  ;  Att.  kv  άγρφ  or  αγροϊς, 
κατ''  άγρόν  or  ΰ,γρονς,  etc. : — pro- 
verb., ονδεν  'εξ  άγρον  λέγεις,  άγροϋ 
πλέως,  ί.  e.  boorish. 

Ά)  ροσννη,  ης.  ή,  (άγρα)  α  catching, 
dub.  1.  Ath.  284  Α. 

Άγρότερος,  α,  ον,  poet,  for  άγριος, 
in  Hom.  always  of  icild  animals,  ήμί- 
oiOt.tll.  2,  832t,  ffiff,  tn.293t,  έλα- 
<poi,  t6.  133t,  αίγες,  tOd.  17,  295t ;  so 
too  Pind.  ίλέωΐ',  Ν.  3,  81t :  also, 
υγρότεροι,  or  -pa  alone,  Theocr.  8, 
58. — 12.  dwelling  in  the  country,  a  pea- 
sant. Anth.  P.  9,  244,  άγροτέρων  dtoc, 
i.  e.  Pan,  Anth.  Plan.  235t.— 3.  later 
also  of  plants,  Anth. — II.  (άγρα)  fond 
of  the  chase,  huntress,  of  a  nymph, 
Pind.  P.  9,  10 ;  metaph.,  μέριμνα 
άγρ..  Id.  Ο.  2,  100:  hence,— 2.  as 
prop,  n.,  //  Άγροτέρα,  Diana  the 
huntress,  like  Άγρα,  Άγραίη,  II.  21, 
471  :  esp.  at  Sparta,  cf.  Interpp.  ad 
Ar.  Eq.  600. 

Άγροτήρ,  ήρος,  6,^=άγρότης,  Eur. 


ΑΓΤΙ 

El.  463  : — fem.  άγρότειρα,  as    adj., 
rustic,  lb.  168. 

'Αγρότης,  ov,  6,  (αγρός)  a  country- 
man, Od.  16,218,  fem.  άγρότις? — 2.  as 
adj.,  living  in  the  country,  rustic,  rural, 
tay.  άνήρ,  Eur.  Or.  1270t,  νύμφη 
άγρότις.  Αρ.  Rh.  2,  509 ;  Άρτεμις, 
Anth.— II.  dub.  1.  in  Aesch.  Pers.  1002 ; 
cf.  άγρέτης. 

Αγροτικός,  η,  όν,  (αγρός)  suited  to 
the  country  :  fond  of  the  chase.  Lye. 

Άγροψνλαξ,  ακος,  ό,  (αγρός,  φν- 
?.αξ)  α  watcher  of  the  country,  Anth. 
tPlan.  243.  [v] 

Άγρνμένη,  ης,  ή.  caught,  Anth.  P. 
7,  702.    (As  if  from  άγρνμι=άγρενω). 

Άγρνξία,  ας,  ή,  (a  priv.,  γρνζω) 
dead  silence,  Pind.  Fr.  253. 

Άγρνπνέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  be  άγρνπ- 
νος,  lie  awake.  Plat.  Legg.  695  A  ; 
opp.  to  καθενδειν,  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  3,  42  ; 
άγρνττνεϊν  την  νύκτα,  to  pass  a  sleep- 
less night,  Xen.  Hell.  7,  2,  19;  άγρ. 
τινί,  to  be  watchful  of  or  intent  upon  a 
thing,  Lat.  invigilare  rei,  Plut.  2,  337 
C  ;  so,  άγρ.  εις  τι  tand  υπέρ  rtvoft, 
Ν.  Τ.    Hence 

Άγρνπνητηρ,  ήρος,  (5,=  sq.,  tMa- 
neth.  1,  81. 

Άγρνττνητής,  ov,  δ,  a  watcher. 
Hence 

Άγρν^νητικός,  ή,  όν,  wakeful, 
Diod.,  ίχήνες,  Plut.  Cam.  27. 

Άγρνττνία,  ας.  ή,  sleeplessness, 
waking,  watching.  Plat.  Grit.  43  Β  ; 
also  in  plur.,  Hdt.  3,  129. — II.  a  time 
of  watching,  Plat.  Ax.  368  B.  [i  once, 
Opp.  Cyn.  3,  511.]     From 

Άγρνττνος,  ov,  sleepless,  wakeful, 
Hipp.,  Plat.  tRep.  404  At,  etc. :  me- 
taph., άγρ.  βέ?.ος,  Aesch.  Pr.  358. — 
II.  act.,  banishing  sleep,  keeping  awake, 
Arist.  Probl.  18.  7.  [άγρυπνος  as 
dactyl,  Theocr.  24,  104.] 

Άγρνκνώΰης,  ες,  {άγρυπνος,  είδος) 
of  sleepless  nature,  making  sleepless, 
Hipp. 

t'Aypcjv,  ωνος,  6,  Agron,  son  of 
Ninus,  king  of  Lydia,  Hdt.  1,  7.-2. 
sonof  Pleuratus,  kingof  thelilyrians, 
Polyb.  2,  2,  4. 

'Λ  γρώσσω,=  άγρενω,  άγρ.  Ιχθνς,  to 
fish,  Od.  5,  53  ;  later  also  άγρώσσομαι 
as  dep.,  tin  Opp.  C.  I,  129  before 
Schneider,  who  maintains  that  the 
mid.  is  not  used. 

Άγρώστης,  ov,  ό,^=άγρότης.  Soph. 
Fr.  83,  Eur.  H.  F.  377.— II.  α  htinter, 
tAp.  Rh.  4,  175t :  hence  fem.  άγρώ- 
στις,  ιδος,  η,  as  name  of  a  hoiind,  Si- 
mon. 185  Schneidew. — 2.  a  kind  of 
spider,  Nic.  Th.  734. 

Άγρωστΐνος,  Syracus.  for  άγροι- 
κος,  name  of  a  play  of  Epicharm., 
tAth.  120  C. 

Άγρωστις,  ιος  and  εως.  ή,  a  grass 
that  mules  fed  on,  άγρ.  μελιηδής,  Od. 
6,  90  ;  ει'λιτινής  άγρ-,  Theocr.  13, 
42 :  triticum  repens,  acc.  to  Interpp. 
ad  Theophr. 

Άγρώστωρ,  ορός,  ό,=^άγρώστης, 
Nic.  ΑΙ.  473. 

Άγριοτήρ,  ήρος,  ό,  f.  άγρώτειρα,= 
αγρότης. 

Άγρώτης,  ον,  ό,=  άγρότης,  ν.  1. 
Theocr.  25,  51.— 2.  as  adj.,  of  the  field, 
■\wild,  θήρες^-,  Eur.  Bacch.  502. 

Άγνιύ,  άς,  ή,  a  icay,  both  in  town 

and  country,  but  usu.,  a  street,  til.  5, 

642;   6,   391 1;   etc.:    also,   a    public 

place,  Hom.  tH•  20,  254 ?t;  in  plur., 

a  city,  town.  Pind.  P.  2,   107,   Soph. 

O.  C.  715.-2.  a  road,  first  in  Pind. 

i  N.  7,  136.     (A  quasi-participial  form 

I  from  άγω,  cf.  άρπνια.  υργνια,  Donald- 

j  son,  N.   Crat.  p.  499.)     (άγνιύ,   ex- 

I  cept  in  11.  20,  254,  where  it  is  written 

[  proparox.  άγνιά.}     Hence 


ΑΓΥΡ 

Άγνιαΐος,  αία,  alov,  of  the  streets, 
Soph.  Fr.  211. 

'Ayi'iur;;^,  ov,  ο,=^Άγνιενς.  Aesch. 
Ag.  1081,  in  vocat.  Ά}  viarn.  [άγνια-'[ 

Άγνιατις,  ιδος,  ή.  fern,  from  foreg., 
like  κωμήτις,  ^dwelling  in  the  same 
streeti,  a  neighbour,  Pind.  P.  11,2. — 
II.  as  adj.,  άγνιάτιδες  θεραπεΐαι,  the 
worship  of  Apollo  Agyieus,  Eur.  Ion 
186. 

Άγνιενς,  έως,  ό,  (άγνιά)  name  of 
Apollo,  as  guardian  of  the  streets  and 
public  places,  Eur.  Phoen.  631. — 2.  a 
pointed  pillar,  set  up  as  his  statue  0Γ 
altar  at  tlie  street  door,  Ar.  Vesp. 
875,  tat  which  sacrifices  were  burned 
in  honour  of  the  god,  v.  Miiller  Dor. 
2,  6  1^  5t ;  hence,  κνισΰν  Ά-}νιάς 
(acc.  pi.  for  Άγνιέας),  Ar.  Av.  1233, 
tbut  rec.  edd.  have  ύ^νιύς,  v.  κνί' 
ouwf  :  cf.  Valck.  Phoen.  1.  c. :  also, 
Άγνιενς  βωμός,  Soph.  Fr.  340. 

Άγνιοπ'/.αστέω,  ω,  {π?.άσσω)  to 
build  in  streets  or  rous,  Lye   601. 

Άγνιος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  γνίον)  without 
limbs,  weak  in  limb,  Hipp. 

ΤΑ.γν?ύ.α,  ης,  ή,  Agylln,  a  city  of 
Etruna  called  also  Caere,  Strab. , 
hence 

νΑ.γν7^7.αΙος,α.  ov,  ofAgylla.  Agyl- 
lean,  Hdt.  1,  167. 

Άγνμνΰσία.  ας,  ή,  want  of  exercise 
or  training,  Ar.  Ran.   1088  :  from 

Άγνμναστος,  ov,  (a  priv,,  γνμνάζω) 
without  exercise,  ^unexercised,  Xen.  Cyr. 
S,\.O>\,untrained,  Xen. .' ;  άγ.  τώ σώμα- 
τι, Plut.  tArat.  47t. — 2.  unpractised,  τι- 
νός, in  a  thing,  Xen.  Cyr.  1.  6,  29  ; 
also  ε'ις  or  προς  τι.  Plat.  tRep.  81 C 
At. — 3.  unharassed.  Soph.  Tr.  1083  ; 
άγ.  πόνοις  φρένας,  Eur.  Diet.  5. — II. 
adv.  -τως,  άγ.  εχειν  προς  τι,  Xen. 
Mem.  2,  1,  6. 

Άγνναιξ,  αικης,  ό,  (α  priv.,  γννή) 
wifeless.  Soph.  Fr.  5,  in  nom. 

ΥΑγνναιος,  ov,  o,=  foreg.,  Dio  C. 
56,  1. 

ΥΑγυνος,  ov,  ΰ,=  άγνναιξ,  Ar.  Fr. 
571,  Dio  C.  56.  10. 

νλγνριον,  ov,  TO,  Agyrivm,  a  city 
of  Sicily,  on  the  Symaethus,  Diod. 
S.  1,  4;  hence  adj.  \>\.γνριναΙος,  a, 
ov.  Id. 

Άγνρις,  ιος,  ή,  Aeol.  collat.  form 
of  αγορά,  also  a  gathering,  crowd,  άγ. 
ανδρών,  νεκνων,  νηών.  Od.  3,  31,  11. 
16,  G61  ;  24,  141  ;  also  in  Eur.  I.  A. 
753.  (Hence  όμηγνρις,  παν7'/)νρις.) 
[ά] 

Άγνρμα,  ατός,  τό,  α  collection,  Α.  Β 

Ά;  νρμής,  ον,  ό,  α  collecting ,  begging, 
Ath.  360  D.  ubi  al.  άγίρμός  :  v.  ύγεί 
ρω,  αγύρτης. — II.  fan  assemblage,  coun- 
cil, τών  άγριων  αγ.  έγεγόνει  ζώων, 
Babrius  102,  5.  ^       ^ 

Άγνρμοσννη,  ης,  ?/,=  u}i'pif,  ν.  1. 
for  άγερμοσύνη. 

ΥΑ}νββιος,  ον,  δ,  Agyrrhius,  an 
.Athenian  demagogue,  Xen.  Hell.  4, 
8,  31  ;  Ar.  Ran.  368. 

Άγνρτάζω,  f.  -άσω,  (αγύρτης)  to 
colled  by  begging,  χρήματα,  Od.  19, 
284. 

Άγνρτεία,  ας,  ή,  begging  :  from 

Άγνρτέω,  ώ,  to  be  an  αγύρτης,  to  beg, 

Άγνρτήρ,  ήρος,  o,=sq.,  tManeth. 
4,  218. 

Αγύρτης,  ov,  δ,  (άγείρω)  orig.,  a 
gatherer,  collector,  t^sp.,  a  begging 
priest  of  Cybele,  Μητρός  uv.,  Anth. 
P.  6.  218,  Τάλ?Μΐς  άγ.,  Babrius  Fr. 
2  Lewist,  (cf.  μητραγνρτης) :  hence 
usu.,  a  beggar,  vagabond,  Eur.  Rhe.l. 
503,  715;  a  fortune-teller,  juggler, 
quack,  cheat,  Soph.  O.  T.  388,  Plat. 
Rep.  364  Β  :  t">'•  και  μάντεις,  Plut. 
Mar.  42t.     Hence 

'Aγvpτικός,ή,όv.fitfor  an  άγνρτνι, 
15 


ΑΓΧΙ 

vagabond,  ΰγ.  μάντις,  Plut.  Lye.  23. 
Adv.  -κώς. 

'Κγυρ-^ύς,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  of  άγεί- 
ρω,  got  6^  begging.^ 

Άγνρτβία,  ac,  if,  fern,  from  άγνρ- 
τήβ,  Aesch.  Ag.  1273 ;  cf.  άγίφτης. 

Άγνρτώόης,  ες,  (.είδος)  like  an  αγύρ- 
της, Eccl. 

νΑγχ-,  poetic  comp.  for  ύναχ- ; 
words  not  found  un.ler  this  head 
must  be  sought  under  the  ordinary 
form. 

Άγχύζω,  poet,  for  άναχάζομαι,  to 
retire,  Soph.  Fr.  800. 

i' Αγχαλύω,  poet,  for  άναχαλάω, 
Αρ.  Rh.  2,  585. 

'ί'Αγχύρης,  ους,  δ,  Anchares,  a  Per- 
sian, Aesch.  Pers.  995.  [ά] 

Άγχύσκ(ο,  poet,  for  ύναχύσκω, 
Pherecr.  Incert.  22. 

Άγχανρος,  ov,  (ΐίγχι,  avpa)  near 
the  morning  air,  άγχ.  ννζ,  the  end  of 
night,  Ap.  Rh.  4,  111. 

'Αγχέμαχος,  ου,  (ay χι,  μάχομαι) 
fighting  hand  to  hand,  ^ΙΑνσών  τ' 
αγχεμάχων,  11.  13,  5  ;  άγχ.  έτάροισιν, 
16,  248  ;  Αοκροί,  Hes.  Sc.  Here.  25| : 
άγχ.  όπλα,  arms  for  close  fight,  Xen. 
Cyr.  1,  2,  13.     Adv.  -χως. 

]Άγχεαμός,  ov,  ύ,  Anchesrmis,  a 
hill  near  Athens,  whence  Jupiter  re- 
ceived the  epith.  Άγχίσμως,  Pans. 
1,  32,  2. 

Άγχήρης,  ες,^άγχι,  άρω)  close-fitted, 
near.  Soph.  Fr.  6. 

ΆΓΧί,=έ}'>α'ί•,  adv.  of  place,  jiear, 
nigh,  close  by,  in  the  neighl)ourhood, 
tU,  5,  185,  Od.  3,  449,  etc.t,  freq.  c. 
gen.,  wliich  usu.  follows  άγχι,  til. 
10,  IGI  ;  11,  G6Ct,  yet  sometimes  goes 
before,  as  in  II.  8,  117  ;  fand  so  in 
comp.,  τείχεος  άσσον  ίσαν,  II.  22, 
4t :  also  freq.  c.  dat.,  which  always 
goes  before  άγχι,  and  so  should  prob. 
be  taken  as  dependent  not  on  it  but 
on  the  verb,  cf.  II.  to,  570t,  6,  405 : 
not  freq.  in  Trag.,  and  always  c.  gen. 
—II.  in  Od.  19,  301,  it  is  usu.  taken 
of  time,  next,  soon,  but  needlessly. — 
III.  like  άγχιστα,  of  near  resemblance, 
c.  dat.,  Find.  N.  6,  16. — IV.  compar. 
άγχιον  and  άσσον,  the  latter  in  Horn.: 
superl.  ΰγχιστα,  Hom.,  later  άγχο- 
τάτω  ;  cf.  άγχοϋ,  άγχίων,  άγχιστος. 

ν  Αγχια7ι.εια,  ας,η,  ^oet.^  Αγχιάλη 
1,  Dion.  Ρ.  875. 

ν  Αγχιάλη,  ης,  ή,  (=sq.)  Anchiale, 
a  city  of  Cilicia,  Strab.  p.  671.— 2. 
another  in  Thrace  on  the  Ponlus,  Id. 
p.  319.— II.  fern.  pr.  n.,  Ap.  Rh.  1, 
1130. 

'Αγχίαλος,  ov,  also  η,  ov  in  H. 
Hom.  Ap.  32,  [άγχι,  uAf): — near  the 
sea,  of  cities,  til.  2,  640,  697t :  also  of 
islands,  near  the  mainland,  as  Lob. 
takes  Soph.  Aj.  135,  where  Salamis  is 
meant ;  but  it  can  hardly  be  so  in  H. 
Hom.  Ap.  32,  Aesch.  Pers.  887,  and 
so  had  better  be  explained  near  the 
sea  on  all  sides,  sea-girt,  like  αμφία- 
λος. 

ΥΑγχίαλος,  ου  poet,  oto,  ό,  (from 
foreg.)  Anchialus,  a  Greek,  11.  5,  609. 
— 2.  king  of  the  Taphians,  father  of 
Menies,  Od.  1,  180.— 3.  a  Phaeacian, 
Od.  8,  112. 

Άγχιβάθής,  ές,  (,ύγχι,  βάθος)  deep 
to  the  very  edge  or  shore,  θάλασσα, 
Od.  5,  413  ;  cf.  Plat.  Crili.  Ill  A  ;— 
generally,  deep,  high,  ακτή,  Arist.  H. 
A.  5,  16,  8;  iyuv  άγχ.,  0pp.  H.  5, 
61  ;  αίγια/ιοί,  Ath.  358  B. 

Άγχιβΰτέυ,  ώ,  to  step  up  to,  stand 
by :  from 

Άγχιβάτης,  ov,  ό,  (άγχι,  βαίνω) 
one  that  comes  near. 

Άγχιβαφής,  ές,  {άγχι,  βάπτω)  near 
16 


ΑΓΧΙ 

sinking,  Nonn.  tD•  15,  3,  for  wh. 
Graefe  reads  άγχιβαθής. 

Άγχίγάμος,  ov,  [άγχι,  γάμος)  near 
marriage,  Konn.  fD.  5,  572. 

Άγχίγειος,  ov,  (  άγχι,  γη  )  near 
land,  V.  1.  for  άγχίγνος  in  Dion.  P. 
215. 

Άγχιγείτων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  (.άγχι, 
γείτων  )  near,  neighbouring,  Aescil. 
Pers.  886. 

Άγχίγϋος,  ov,  (άγχι,  γνα)  a  neigh- 
bour, Ap.  Rh.  1,  1222:  inear  land, 
άγχ.  νανται.  Noun.  D.  3,  44. 

Αγχιθάλασσος,  Att.  -ττος,  ov, 
{άγχι,  θάλασσα)  near  the  sea,  tPoU. 
9,  17. 

' Αγχιθάνής,  ες.  {άγχι,  θνήσκω,  da- 
νείν)  near  dying,  Nonn. 

Ά^χιθεος,  ov,  {άγχι,  θεός)  near  the 
gods,  i.  e.  like  them  in  happiness  and 
power,  or  living  with  them,  Od.  5, 
35  ;  talso  in  prose,  Luc.  de  dea  Syr. 

Άγχίθρονος,  ov,  {άγχι,  θρόνος)  sit- 
ting near,  Nonn. 

Άγχίθϋρος,  ov,  {άγχι,  θύρα)  near 
the  door,  neighbouring,  Theogn.  302  ; 
^ά-νχ.  ναίοισα,  Theocr.  2,  71. 

Αγχικελενθος,  ov,  {άγχι,  κέλεν- 
θος)  near  the  way,  Nonn.  tD.  40,  328, 
488. 

Άγχίκρημνος,  ov,  {άγχι,  κρημνός) 
near  the  cliffs  or  Coast,  Αίγυπτος, 
Pind.  Fr.  50. 

Άγχίλω-ψ.  ωπος,  ό.  a  sore  at  the 
inner  corner  of  the  eye,  Galen. 

Άγχιμάχητής,  ov,  6,=^ αγχέμαχος, 
II.  2,  604. 

Άγχίμΰχος,  ov,  later  form  of  αγχέ- 
μαχος. Lob.  Phryn.  685. 

Αγχιμο'/.έω,  ώ,  to  come  from  nigh, 
Nonn.  tD.  25,  426  ;  and 

νΑγχιμόλιος,  ov,  ό,  Anchimolius, 
a  Spartan,  Hdt.  5,  63 :  from 

'ΑγχΊμο7ίθς,  ov.  {άγχι,  μολεΐν)  com- 
ing near,  Hom.,  and  Hes. ;  always  in 
neut.  as  adv.,  άγχίμολον  ελθεϊν,  στη- 
vai,  to  come  or  stand  near,  II.-  4, 
529,  Od.  8,  300,  etc. ;  tHes.  Sc.  Here. 
325  ;  usu.  c.  dat.,  which,  however, 
may  be  regarded  as  depending  on  the 
verb,  11.  4,  529  ;  etc.,  cf.  άγχι  I.t :  έξ 
άγχιμό?ιθω  έφράσατο,  he  perceived 
from  nigh  at  hand,  II.  24,  352  : — άγχί- 
μολον δε  μετ'  αυτόν,  close  behind 
him,  Od.  17,  336  (where  it  is  need- 
lessly taken  of  time).  Cf.  άγχι  II, 
and  άγχιστος  II. 

^Άγχίμο/.ος,  ου,  6,  Anchimolus, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Ath.  44  C. 

Άγχιμος,  ov,  {.άγχι)  =  πλησίος, 
Eur.  Incert.  188. 

Άγχινεφής,  ές,  {ύγχι,  νέφος)  near 
the  clouds,  Antip.  Sid.  27. 

t"Ay;i;ii'077,  7/f,  ή,  Anchinoe,  daugh- 
ter of  Nilus,  and  wife  of  Belus, 
ApoUod.,  cf.  Άγχίββόη. 

Άγχίνοια,  ας,  η,  readiness  of  mind, 
a  ready  wit,  shrewdness,  Plat.  Charm. 
160  A,  cf.  Arist.  Eth.  N.  6,  9,  3 : 
from 

Άγχίνοος,  ov,  contr.  νονς,  ουν, 
{άγχι,  νους) : — ready  of  mind,  Od.  13, 
332.  tXen.  Cyr.  1,  4,  3t :  shrewd, 
clever.  Plat.  Legg.  747  B,  etc.  Adv. 
άγχίνως,  t Arist.  Virt.  et  Vit.  4,  1. 

ΥΑγχιος,  ου.  ό,  Anchius,  a  centaur, 
Apollod.  2,  5,  4. 

Άγχίπλοος,  ov,  contr.  -πλους,  ovv, 
{άγχι,  π?ιθϋς) : — near  by  sea,  άγχ. 
■πόρος,  a  short  voyage,  Eur.  I.  Ί . 
1325. 

Άγχίπολις,  εως,  b,  ή,  poet,  άγχί- 
πτολις,  [άγχι,  7:ό7^ις)  near  the  city, 
dwelling  in  the  land,  'Αρης,  Soph.  Ant. 
970. 

Άγχίτϊορος,  ov,  {άγχι,  πορεύομαι) 
passing  near,  always  near  one,  κόλακες, 


ΑΓΧΙ 

Anth.  P.  10,  64:  tin.  gen\.,  near,  άγχ. 
άστεος,  Nonn. 

Άγχίπονς,  ό,  i],  πουν,  τό.  {άγχι, 
πους)  near  with  the  foot,  near,  Lye. 
318. 

Άγχίπτολις.  εως,  ό,  ή,  poet,  for 
άγχίπολις,  Aesch.  Theb.  501,  Sonh. 
Ant.  970. 

νΑγχιό()όη,  ης,  ή,  Anchirrhoe,  s-ub- 
stit.  by  Heyne  for  Άγχινόη  in  Apol- 
lod. 2,  1.  4. 

Άγχ'φβοος,  ov,  contr.  -{)ους,  ovv, 
(άγχι,  /ιέω)  flowing  near,  Ap.  Rh.  2, 
367. 

νΑγχίσης,  Dor.  -σας,  ου  Ep.  ao 
and  εω,  ό,  Anchises,  a  Trojan  prince, 
father  of  Aeneas,  II.  2,  819;  5,  313, 
H.  Ven.  53,  etc.— 2.  a  Greek  of 
Sicyon,  II.  23,  296.— Others  in  Dion. 
H. ;  etc.  [i]     Hence 

ΥΑγχΙσιάδης,  ov,  ό,  son  or  descend- 
ant of  Anchises  (I),  i.  e.  Aeneas,  II. 
17,  754  ;  of  Anchises  (2),  Echepolus, 
II.  23,  296.  [ad] 

Άγχίσπορος,  {άγχι,  σπορά,  σπεί- 
ρω) near  of  kin.  άγχ.  τινός,  one's 
kinsman,  Aesch.  Fr.  146. 

Άγχιστα,  superl.  οίάγχι,  very  near, 
Hom. ;  v.  sub  άγχιστος. 

'Αγχιστεία,  ας,  ή,  (άγχιστεύω)  near- 
ness of  kin.  Plat.  Legg.  924  D.— II. 
the  rights  of  km,  right  of  inheritance, 
At.  Av.  1661,  Isae.  65,  26,  Dem.  1067, 
13,  etc. 

Άγχιστεΐον,  ov,  ro,=  foreg.,  in 
Soph.  Ant.  174,  in  plur. 

Άγχιστεύς,  έως.  ό,  the  next  of  kin, 
Hdt.  5,  80  ;  {συγγενής  άγχ.,  in  Luc. 
Tim.  51  t :  the  heir-at-law,  oft.  in 
Oratt. ;  cf.  αγχιστεία.     Hence 

Άγχιστεύω.  f.  -ενσω,  (άγχιστος)  to 
be  near,  τινί,  Eur.  Tro.  225  :  esp.,  to 
be  next  of  kin,  and  SO  heir  to  one, 
Isae.  84,  28  ;  falso,  to  perform  the  part 
of  a  kinsmen  lo-  C.  acc,  whether  to 
avenge  the  death,  or  marry  the  widow 
of  a  deceased  kinsman,  LXX.t:  me- 
taph.  άγχ.  τινός,  to  have  to  do  with  a 
thing,  Hipp. 

Ά^χιστήρ,  ήρος,  δ,  poet,  for  άγχι- 
στενς :  metaph.,  an  accessory  or  ac- 
complice, τον  πάθους.  Soph.  Tr.  256. 

'Αγχιστικός.  ή,  όν,  belonging  to  the 
αγχιστεία  or  rights  of  kin. 

Αγχιστίνδι^ν,  adv.,  according  to 
nearness  of  kin,  Solon  ap.  Hesych. 

ΆγχιστΙνος,ίνη,  ϊνον,  poet,  length- 
ened form  of  άγχιστος,  near,  close  to, 
Hom.  ;  thronged,  in  heaps,  άγχίστινοι 
επιπτον  νεκροί.  II.  17,  361  :  on  the 
v.  I.  άγχηστίνοι,  cf.  Spitzn.  11.  5, 
141. 

Άγχιστος,  ov,  superl.  of  άγχι,  next 
or  nearest :  as  adj.  first  in  Pind.  tP. 
9,  ]14t.  and  Trag.,  tas  Aesch.  Ag. 
256,  Soph.  O.  T.  91 9t,  άγχ.  γένει, 
nearest  of  kin,  tEur.  Tro.  48,  and  so 
wilhuut  γένει.  Soph.  El.  llOSt:  for 
Hom.  has  only  neut.  άγχιστον  (Od. 
5,  280),  or  more  usu.  αγχιστα•,  as 
adv.  (11.  20,  18,  etc.) :  the_ latter  esp. 
in  the  phrases,  άγχιστα  έοικώς,  Od. 
13,  80;  άγχιστα  έΐσκω,  Od.  6,  152, 
ίάγχιστα  έωκει,  Π.  2,  58t,  etc. :  οΐ 
άγχιστα,  the  next  of  kin,  Hdt.  5,  79 : 
freq.  c.  gen.,  as.  άγχ^.  οίκείν  τίνος, 
Hdt.  1,  134.— II.  of  time,  ό  άγχ. 
αποθανών,  he  who  died  last,  Hdt. 
2,  143. 

Άγχίστροφος,  ov,  {άγχι,  στρέφω) 
near  in  turning,  hence  quick  changing, 
changeable,  Hdt.  7,  13  ;  άγχίστροφος 
μετα3ο?^ή,  the  sudden  change,  Thuc. 
2,  53 ;  άγχίστροφα  βονλενεσθαι,  to 
change  one's  mind  suddenly,  Wessel. 
Hdt.  7,  13,  Schiif.  Dion.  Comp.  p. 
300. — II.  in  rhetor,  writers,  as  Her- 
mog.,  closely  connected  with  what  goes 


ΑΓΧΟ 

before  or  follows. — III.  adv.  -φως, 
Longin.  f22,  1. 

Άγχι,τέ/,εστος,  ov,  {ύγχι,  τελέω) 
near  ending,  χρόνος,  Nonn. 

Άγχιτελής,  ές,  {ύγχι,  τέλος)  near 
en  end,  σελήνη,  JNontl.  ^Ό.  40,  314. 

Άγχιτέρμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  (ύγχι, 
τέρμα)  near  the  borders,  neighbouring. 
Soph.  Fr.  349;  rcvi,  Eur.  Rhes.  426: 
trjvof,  Lye.  1130t.  Mostly  poet., 
but  also  in  Xen.  Hier.  10,  7. 

Άγχίτοκος,  ov,  {ΰγχι,  τόκος)  near 
the  birth,  ΰόΐνες,  Pind.  Ft.  58  ;  ΥΣατϋ- 
pav,  Anth.  P.  7,  462. 

'Α.γχιφανής,  ές,  {ίγχι,  φαίνομαι.) 
appearing  near,  jVonn.  fD.  29,  29. 

Άγχίφντος,  ην,  {ayxt,  φνω) planted 
near,  Λοηη.  fD.  3,  152. 

Άγχίων,  lov,  gen.  όνος,  nearer, 
compar.  of  ύγχι,  only  in  E.  M. 

Άγχοάόην,  adv.  (χέομαι)  bubbling 
up,  poet,  word  in  Hesych. 

ί'λγχόη,  ης,  t/,  ( άναχέομαι )  An- 
cho'e,  a  swampy  region  in  Boeotia, 
Strab.  p.  406. 

'λγχόθεν,  adv.  {άγχον)  from,  near 
at  hand,  Hdt.  4,  31,  tLuc.  de  dea 
Syr.  28t ;  opp.  to  ττόρ^ωθεν. 

Άγχόθι,  Άά\.,^άγχον,  ύγχι,  near, 
c.  gen.,  II.  14,  412,  9d.  13,  103. 

Άγχονάω,  ώ,  ί.  -ησω,  {αγχόνη)  to 
strangle. 

Άγχόνειος,  εία,  ειον,  ν.  1.  for 
ύγχονιος. 

Αγχόνη,  ης,  η,  {άγχω)  α  throttling, 
strangling,  hanging :  Trag.  phrases  ; 
— τέρμα  αγχόνης,  Aesch.  Eum.  746  ; 
έργα  κρείσσον'  αγχόνης,  worse  than 
hanging,  fi.  e.  more  heinous  than  can 
be  atoned  for  by  hanging  ;  for  which 
hanging  would  be  too  goodf.  Soph. 
O.  T.  1374  ;  τόό'  αγχόνης  ττέλαζ•,  'tis 
nigh  as  bad  as  hanging,  Eur.  Heracl. 
246  ;  so,  ταΰτ'  ουκ  αγχόνη  ;  Ar.  Ach. 
125  :  fso  in  pi.  βραχίονας  άγχόναισιν, 
Eur.  Η.  F.  154,  έν  ύγχόναις,  Hel. 
200  : — also  in  prose,  αγχόνη  και  ?.v- 
■πη,  Aeschin.  33,  18  ;  άγχ-  αν  γένοιτο 
το  ττράγμα,  Luc.  Tim.  45t. — II.  α  cord 
for  hanging,  halter,  Siinon.  Amorg. 
18 ;  βρόχος  αγχόνης,  in  Eur.  Hipp. 
802.     Hence 

Άγχονίζο),  to  strangle. 

Άγχονιμαΐος,  a,  ov,  μόρος,  death 
by  strangling,  Euseb.,  of.  Lob.  Phryn. 
559.  ^ 

'Χγχόνιος,  ία,  lov,  {ύγχω)  fit  for 
strangling,  βρόχος,  Eur.  Hel.  686; 
■^δεσμός,  Nonn.  D.  21,  31. 

Άγχορεΰω,  poet,  for  άναχορενω, 
Anacreont. 

Άγχορος,  ov,  {ύγχι,  δρας)  border- 
ing. 

^Αγχόσε,  adv.,  coming  near,  tApoIl. 
Dysc. 

Άγχότατος,  άτη,  ατον,  super),  of 
ύγχι,  nearest,  next,  Eur.  Pel.  2: — 
usu.  as  adv.,  άγχοτάτω,  like  ύγχιστα, 
c.  gen.,  H.  Hom.  Ap.  18,  and  Hdt. 
t2,  169  ;  4,  35t :  οι  αγχ.  ττροςήκοντες, 
the  nearest  of  kin,  Hdt.  4,  73  :  άγχ. 
τίνος,  very  near,  i.  e.  very  like,  some 
one,  Hdt.  7,  73,  but  also  c.  dat., 
Id.  7,  91 : — so  too  ΰγχότάτα,  Hdt.  7, 

Άγχότέρος,  a,  ov,  compar.  of  ύγχι 
or  ύγχοϋ,  nearer,  c.  gen.,  Hdt.  7, 
175. 

ΆΓΧΟΥ'  =  ύγχι,  near,  freq.  in 
Hom.  ;  usu.  absol.,  twice  c.  gen.,  II. 
24,  709,  Od.  6,  5  ;  c.  dat.,  Pmd.  N. 
9,  95,  Hdt.  3,  85  ;  hut  cf.  ύγχι.  Later 
forms  are  άγχότερος,  ΰγχότατος,  and 
άγχοτύτυ,  q.  v.  (The  form  ύγχυς, 
which  is  found  in  Hesych.,  comes 
nearest  the  root  :  hence  εναγχος, 
ίγγνς : — cf.  also  ύγκος,  ύγχω,  Lat. 
ango,  Germ,  eng,  engen.) 
2 


ΑΓΩ 

Υ Κγχονρος,  ov,  ό,  Anchurus,  son  of 
Midas,  Plut. 

' Χγχονρος,  ov,  Ion.  for  ύγχορος, 
bordering,  ^ύγχ.  μεγύλαι  κόσμου  χιό- 
νες, Anth.  P.  9,  233,  τινί,  on  one, 
Orph.  Arg.  122,  τινός\,  Lye.  418. 

Ά.γχονσα,  ή,  Att.  έγχονσα,  (tthis 
rests  on  an  incorrect  reading,  v. 
Brunck  ad  Ar.  Lys.  48t)  Lat.  anchu- 
5a,  a  plant,  whose  root  yields  a  red 
dye,  alkanet,  Hipp.  :  fused  as  a  rouge 
for  the  cheeks  by  Ath.  ladies,  Schol. 
ad  Ar.  1.  cf    Hence 

Άγχονσίζομαι,  as  mid.,  to  use 
rouge. 

•ΑΓΧί2,  f.  ύγξω,  Lat.  ANGO,  to 
press  tight,  esp.  the  throat,  ύγχε  μιν 
ίμύς  ντΓΟ  όειρήν,  II.  3,  371  :  Ιο  strangle, 
throttle,  hang.  Pind.  fN.  1,  69  in  pass. ; 
Ar.  V'esp.  1039,  Lys.  81 ;  also  m  prose, 
ύγχοντες  και  τύτΐτοντες  την  γρανν, 
Dem.  1157,  8,  cf.  406,  5t ;  metaph. 
■\to  torture,  harass-\,  of  pressing  credi- 
tors, Ar.  Eq.  775,  cf.  ad  Thorn.  M. 
p.  8.  (Prob.  from  the  same  root  as 
άγχον,  q.  v.) 

Άγχώμάλος,  ov,  (  ύγχι,  6μαλός  ) 
nearly  equal,  ύ,γχ.  ίν  χειροτονία, 
Thuc.  3,  49  ;  άγχ.  μάχη,  a  doubtful 
battle.  Id.  4,  134 ;  \νίκη  άγχ.,  Plut. 
0th.  13|.  Adv.  ■7.ως,  also  -/a,  άγχώ- 
μηλα  νανμαχεΐν,  Thuc.  7,  71,  tand 
άγχωμά/.ως  νανμαχεΐν,  Luc.  Ver. 
Hist.  2,  37t,  like  Lat.  aequo  Marte 
pugnare,  cf.  Ruhnk.  Tim.  s.  V. 

ΆΓ£2  ;    f.  άξω   Dor.  ά^ώ  :    aor.  2 

ηγαγον,  inf.  άγαγεϊν  :  less  freq.  aor. 

1  ηξα,  tBatr.   l]5t  ;    inf.  ΰξέμεν  or 

■έμεναι  in  II.   +24,  663,   part,  άξας, 

j  Batr.  not,  very  rare  in  Att.,  fthough 

I  inf.     άξαι,     Antipho     134,     42 :     in 

I  compds.,  in  Hdt.  1,  190,  Thuc.  2,  97  ; 

i  8,  25,  dub.  1.  V.  Dind.  and  Poppo  ad 

I.  ;  and  cf.t  Valck.  Hdt.  5,  34;  perf. 
7/χα,  tin  compos,  with  συν,  etc.,  Xen. 
Mem.  4,  2,  8,  Dem.,  etc.+,  later  ά}ή- 
οχα,  which,  though  rejected  by  Attic- 
ists,  is  found  in  Lys.,  cf.  Buttm.  Lexil. 
άνήνοθε  30  ;  tpf.  pass,  ηγμαι,  Hdt.  2, 
158  ;  1  aor.  pass,  ηχβην,  Xen.  An.  6, 
3,  lot ;  fut.  pass,  άχβήσομαι,  but  Plat. 
Rep.  458  D  has  the  fut.  mid.  άξο- 
μαι  in  oass.  signf. :  ton  this  usage 
cf.  Jelfs  Kiihner  1^364,  obs.f 

I.  to  lead,  had  along,  take  with  one, 
USU.  of  persons,  φέρειν  being  used  of 
things,  Horn.,  as  \ί5ώκε  (5'  ύγειν  έτά- 
ροισι  γυναίκα,  και  τρίττοόα  φέρειν, 

II.  23,  512t;  ύγ.  εταίρους,  Od.  10, 
405  :  to  carry  off,  esp.  as  captives  or 
booty,  II.  2,  834;  9,  594:  — usu.  in 
phrase  άγειν  και  φέρειν,  to  siveep  a 
country  of  all  its  plunder  ( where 
strictly  φέρειν  refers  to  things,  ύγειν 
to  men  and  cattle),  first  in  11.  5,  484, 
then  freq.  in  Hdt.  and  Att.  Prose  ; 
more  rarely  reversed,  φέρειν  και 
ύγειν,  Hdt.  1,  88  ;  3,  39  ;  c.  ace.  loci, 
φέρειν  και  ύγειν  την  Βιθννίδα,  Xen. 
Hell.  3,  2,  2 ;  just  like  Lat.  agere  et 
ferre,  Liv.  22,  3,  etc. ;  but  φέρειν 
και  άγειν  sometimes  means  simply 
to  bear  and  carry,  bring  together,  Heind. 
Plat.  Phaedr.  279  C,  t(but  here  μήτε 
φέρειν  μήτε  ύγειν)^,  cf.  Legg.  817  A, 
Xen.  Cyr.  3,  3,  2  ;  like  portari  atque 
agi  in  Caes.  B.  C.  2,  25  : — esp.,  ύγειν 
εις  όίκην  or  όικαστήριον,  ύγ.  έπι 
τους  δικαστύς,  to  carry  one  before  a 
court  of  justice,  Lat.  rapere  in  jus,  oft. 
in  Att.  prose  ;  also  absol.  ύγειν.  Plat. 
Legg.  914  E,  Gorg.  527  A,  etc.— Part. 
ύγων  is  used  in  genl.  signf.,  taking, 
leading,  στήσε  δ'  άγων,  II.  2,  558,  cf. 
1,  391,  and  freq.  in  Att.— 2.  also  of 
things,  to  bring  to  or  in,  import,  oft  in 
Horn.,  olvov  νήες  ύγουσι,  cf.  Hdt.  1, 
70  :  ύγ.  τινί  τι,  Hom. — II.  to  lead  to- 


ΑΓΩΓ 
wards  a  point,  μοίρα  ύγεν  θανύτοιο 
τέλοςδε,  11.  13,  602,  also  c.  inf.,  ύγει 
βανεϊν,  leads  to  death,  Eur.  Hee.  43  ; 
ύόόν  ύγειν  τινά,  to  had  one  on  a 
way,  t7;}e  Ιαντό,  i.  e.  το  στράτευμα) 
τήν  έττι  'Μέγαρα,  Xen.  Hell.  4,  4,  13t : 
also,  οδός  άγει,  the  road  leads,  εις  or 
έττι  τό-ον,  tSoph.  Ο.  Τ.  734+,  Plat. 
IRep.  435  Dt,  and  Xen.  tCyn.  8,  4t.— 
2.  hence  metaph.  to  had,  as  a  general, 
t/.aov,  II.  10,  79  ;  Αυκίων  μέγα  έθνος, 
12,  330  ;  ύγ.  λ.όχον,  Aesch.  Ί  heb.  56, 
and  freq.  in  prose,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,4, 17; 
etct ;  to  guide,  as  the  gods,  etc.,  Pind., 
Hdt., etc.: ay.  την τ:ολιτίΐαν,1ο conduct 
the  government,  Thuc.  1,  127:  pass., 
to  be  led,  guided,  λογισμύ.  Plat.  Rep. 
431  C  :  hence  to  mislead,  seduce. — 3. 
to  train  up,  train,  educate,  ορθώς,  κα- 
?.ώς  or  κακώς  ήχθήναι,  Plat.  Legg. 
782  D,  etc. — III.  to  draw  out  in  length, 
τείχος  ύγειν,  to  draw  a  line  of  wall, 
Thuc.  6,  99 ;  so,  ήκται  ή  διώρνξ, 
Hdt.  2,  158,  cf.  Thuc.  6,  100:  in 
pass.,  koAttov  άγομένον  της  γης.  the 
land  running  round  into  a  bay,  Hdt. 
4,  99. — IV.  like  agere,  to  hold,  celebrate, 
έορτήν,  τα  'Ολύμπια,  etc.,  Hdt.  1, 
147,  183;  though  this  is  more  freq. 
in  Att.,  for  Hdt.  usu.  has  άνάγειν. — 
2.  also  to  hold,  keep,  observe,  άγ.  ε'ιρή- 
νην,  σττονδάς,  etc.,  Thuc.  6,  7,  etc. : 
hence  very  freq.  c.  ace,  as  a  peri- 
phrasis for  a  neut.  verb,  άγ.  βίνν  for 
βιονν,  to  lead  a  life,  live  ;  άγ.  τχόλε• 
μον,  είρήνην,  etc.,  bellum,  pacem 
agere,  etc.  : — but  ήσνχίαν,  άσχολίαν 
ύγειν  difier  from  ήσνχίαν,  άσχολίαν 
έχειν,  (it  seems)  in  expressing  a  con- 
tinuous state  ;  as,  γε?.ωτ'  άγειν,  to 
keep  laughing.  Soph.  Aj.  382  :  so  ot 
time,  δέκατον  έτος  ύγ.,  etc.,  decimum 
annum  agere. — V.  like  ήγέομαι,  Lat. 
ducere,  to  hold,  consider,  έν  τιμή  ύγειν 
or  άγεσθαι,  περί  πλείστον  άγειν,  έν 
οίδεμίτ/  μοίρΐ)  άγ-,  Hdt.  1,  134;  2, 
172  ;  9,  7,  etc. ;  θεόν  άγ.  τινά,  δι' 
αίδονς  or  δια  τιμής  άγ.,  etc.,  Heind. 
Plat.  Theaet.  p.  384  ;  παρ'  ουδέν  άγ.. 
Soph.  Ant.  35 :  also  with  adverbs, 
δυςφόρως  άγ.,  to  think  insufferable, 
Soph.  O.  T.  783 ;  so,  έντίμως  ύγειν. 
Plat.,  etc.  —  VI.  to  weigh  so  much, 
άγειν  μνΰν,  τριακόσιους  δαρείκους, 
etc.,  to  weigh  a  mina,  300  darics,  etc., 
Dem.  617,  21  ;  741,  7,  where  the  ace. 
is  the  weight  \vhich  the  thing  iveigks 
or  draws  down  ;  also,  άγειν  σταθμόν, 
Plut.,  like  έλκειν. 

Β.  mid.  άγομαι,  very  freq.,  esp.  in 
Ate,  usu.  in  the  sense  of  carrying 
away  for  one's  self,  taking  to  one's  self, 
χρνσόν  τε  και  άργνρον  οίκαδ'  άγεσ- 
θαι, Od.  10,  35 ;  άγεσθαι  γνναΐκα, 
Lat.  uxorem  ducere,  to  take  to  one's  self 
a  wife,  Od.  14,  211 ;  in  full,  άγ.  γυ- 
ναίκα ές  οίκον,  Hdt.  1,  59,  etc.  ;  and 
simply  άγεσθαι,  to  marry,  II.  2,  659, 
etc.,  and  in  Att.,  cf.  Elmsl.  Heracl. 
808  :  and  Aesch.  Pr.  560  has  the  act. 
άγειν  in  same  signf.,  though  this  is 
rare  : — also  of  the  father,  to  choose  a 
wife  for  his  son,  Od.  4,  10,  A"alck. 
Hdt.  1,  34,  etc.  ;  δώρον  άγεσθαι,  to 
take  to  one's  self  a  gift,  Valck.  The- 
ccr.  1,11;  δια,  στόμα  άγεσθαι  μνθοί', 
to  let  pass  through  the  mouth,  i.  e.,  to 
utter,  II.  14,  91  ;  άγεσθαί  τι  ές  χεί- 
ρας, to  take  a  thing  into  one's  hands, 
and  so  to  take  upon  one's  self,  under- 
take, Hdt.  1,  126;  4,79. 

ΥΑγώ  for  a  εγώ. 

Άγωγαϊος,  ov,  {αγωγή)  fit  for  lead- 
itig  by,  of  a  dog's  collar,  Leon.  Tar.  34. 

Άγωγενς,  έως,  ό,  {άγω)  a  leader, 
one  that  draws  or  drags,  Hdt.  2,  175. 
— 2.  one  who  brings  to  judgment,  an  ac- 
cuser.— II.  that  by  which  on£  leads, = 
17 


ΑΓΩΝ 

(>ντηρ,  α  leash,  rein.  Soph.  Fr.  801, 
Xen.  Equestr.  6,  5. 

Άγωγί'/,  ήζ,  ή,  (άγω)  a  leading,  car- 
rying from  one  place  to  another,  esp. 
α  carrying  away  or  off.  Soph.  O.  C 
662 :  also  intrans.,  a  gmng  away, 
Thuc.  4,  29. — 2.  α  bringing  to  or  in, 
Aesch.  Ag.  1263  :  ?}  νμών  ες  ολίγους 
άγ.,  your  bringing  us  before  the  coun- 
cil, Thuc.  5,  85. — II.  a  leading  towards 
a  point,  conducting,  guiding,  e.  g.  Ιπ- 
που, Xen.  Eq.  6,  1 :  and  intrans.,  the 
cmtrse  or  tendency  of  a  thing,  e.  g.  τοϋ 
λογισμού,  τοϋ  νόμον.  Plat.  Legg.  645 
Α. — 2.  the  leading  of  an  army,  lb.  746 
D :  guiding  of  a  state  or  public  busi- 
ness, Polyb.  3,  8,  5. — 3.  a  training, 
educating,  tending.  Plat.  tLegg.  819 
At,  Arist.,  etc.  ;  tesp.  the  public  edu- 
cation of  the  Spartan  youth  after  their 
seventh  year,  Pkit.  Ages.  l,etc.,  in 
Miiller  Dor.  4,  5,  i^  1,  n.  f.  Eng.  Tr.t : 
and  intrans.,  conduct,  mode  of  life, 
Arist  Eih.  N.  10,  7,  3:  — also  of 
plants,  culture,  Theophr. ;  ofdiseases, 
treatment,  Galen. :  hence, — 4.  gener- 
ally, α  method,  tvay,  treatment  of  a 
subject,  Arist.  Rhel.  1,  15,  10. — 5.  a 
school  or  sect  of  philosophers,  Sext. 
Emp. — III.  as  a  term  in  music  or 
metre,  time,  ποδός  άγ..  Plat.  Rep. 
400  C,  Plut.  2,  1141  C  :— generally, 
music,  Polyb.  4,  20,  10(?) 

Αγώγιμος,  ov,  (άγω)  capable  of  be- 
ing led  or  carried,  Eur.  Cycl.  385  :  τα 
αγώγιμα,  things  portable,  a  cargo  of 
wares.  Plat.  Prot.  313  C,  Xen.  tAn.  5, 
],  16t,  etc. — II.  that  may  be  led  or 
carried  away :  of  persons,  outlawed, 
Schneid.  Xen.  Hell.  7,  3,  11:  or  de- 
livered into  bondage,  Dem.  624,  12. — III. 
easily  led  away,  complying,  Plut.  Ale. 
6. 

'Aywyioi>,  ov,  τό,  in  Xen.  Cyr.  6, 1, 
54,  the  load  of  a  wagon  or  carriage. 

'Αγωγός,  όν,  («}  ω)  c.  gen.,  leading, 
guiding:  b  άγ.,  a  guide,  Hdt.  3,  26; 
ol  αγωγοί,  an  escort,  Thuc.  2,  12  ;  άγ. 
νδατος,  an  aqueduct,  Hdn.  t7,  12,  7t. 
— 2.  leading  towards  a  point,  προς  or 
ίπί  τι.  Plat.  Rep.  525  A  :  ^πμοβυμία 
άγ.  εις  μίμησιν,  Plut.  Per.  It. — II. 
drawing  forth,  evoking,  eliciting,  c.  gen., 

ioal  νεκρών  αγωγοί,  Eur.  Hec.  536; 
ακρνων  uy..  Id.  Tro.  1131:  tin  lit. 
signf.,  of  the  magnet,  δνναμιν  ίχει 
πάχους  άγ.,  Diosc.  5,  148t :  absol., 
attractive,  iπpoςώπoυ  χάριν  άγ.,  Plut. 
Crass.  7t,  tIj  άγωγόν,  attractiveness, 
riut.t2.  25B. 

Άγων,  ώνος,  ό  :  Aeol.  also  αγώνος, 
ov,  ό,  q.  V.  :  (άγω,  v.  esp.  signf.  IV) : 
— an  assembly,  like  άγυρά,  II.  24,  1,  cf. 
Eust.  ad  1.,  p.  1335,  57,  Spitzn.  II.  18, 
376  :  esp.  an  assembly  met  to  see  games, 
oft. in  II. 23;  Ύπερβορέων  άγων,  Find. 
P.  10,47. — 2.  later,  a  place  of  contest,  the 
arena  or  stadiion,  Hes.  Sc.  312,  Pind. 
P.  9,  202,  cf.  esp.  Thuc.  5,  50 :  hence 
proverb.,  εξω  αγώνος  out  of  the  lists 
or  course,  i.  e.  beside  the  mark,  Pind. 
P.  1,  84,  Luc.  Gymnas.  21  ;  cf.  έξα- 
γώνιος. — II.  from  Pind.  downwards, 
esp.  the  assembly  of  the  Greeks  at  their 
great  national  games,  άγων  ^Ολυμπίας, 
Ό?ιυμπικός,  etc.  :  hence  the  contest 
for  a  prize  at  their  games,  άγων  ιπ- 
πικός, γυμνικός,  etc.,  tHdt.  2,  91,  cf. 
Xen.  Hier.  9,  1 1  ;  άγ.  μουσικός,  Thuc. 
3,  104;  Ar.  Plut.  1163t;  άγ.  στεφα- 
νηφόρος  or  στεφανίτης,  a  contest 
where  the  prize  is  a  crown,  Hdl.  5, 
102,  Arist.  Rhet.  1,  2,  13;  ay.  χάλ- 
κεος,  where  it  is  a  shield  of  brass, 
Pind.  N.  10,  41,ubi  ν  Dissen  :  hence 
numberless  phrases,  άγώΐ'α  άγειν,  τι- 
θέναι,  προτιθέναι,  ποιείν,  etc.,  to 
hold  or  propose  a  contest ;  αγώνα  or 
18 


ΑΓΩΝ 

έν  άγώνι  νικάν,  to  win  one  or  at  one, 
etc. — 2.  in  genl.,  any  struggle,  Uontesl, 
contention,  τών  όπλων  'Αχίλλειων, for 
the  arms  of  Achilles,  Soph.  Aj.  1240  ; 
άγ.  μάχης,  Tr.  20,  λόγων.  El.  1492, 
Plat.  Prot.  335  A  ;  and  sot,  trial,  dan- 
ger, άγων  πρόκειται,  c,  inf ,  it  is  hard 
or  dangerous  to...,  Hdt.  7,  1 1  :  Uv  τώ• 
όε  άγων  μέγιστος,  in  this  consists  the 
greatest  risk,  Eur.  Med.  235t :  άγων 
περί  Τ7/ς  ψυχής,  περί  μεγίστων,  etc., 
α  struggle  lor  lile  and  death,  for  one's 
highest  interests,  etc.,  freq.  in  Attic 
prose,  cf.  Hdt.  Θ,  102.— 3.  a  battle,  ac- 
tion, ^ξιφτ/φόρους  αγώνας,  Aesch. 
Cho.  584t,  so,  Thuc.  2,  89,  etc.— 4. 
an  action  at  law,  trial,  \μένω  δ'  άκοϋ- 
σαι  πώς  άγων  κριθήσεται,  Aesch. 
Eum.  677,  cf.  744;  Plat.  Legg.  947 
Ε  ;  Rep.  494  Ε ;  andt  freq.  in  Oratt. 
— 5.  metaph.,  έστιν  άγώι^  λόγων,  etc., 
now  is  the  time  for  speaking,  etc., 
Valck.  Phoen.  588  ;  so,  ουκ  έδρας  άγ., 
'tis  no  tiine  for  sitting  still.  Id.  Or. 
1291,  cf.  Thuc.  3,  44,  etc. :  cf  ακμή. 

νΑγωνα?κεΙς,  έων,  οι,  the  Agonales, 
priests  at  Rome,  forming  part  of  the 
Salii,  Dion.  H.  2,  70.      ^ 

Άγωνάμχ7]ς,  ου,  b,  {άγων,  άρχω) 
president  or  umpire  of  a  contest,  Soph. 
Aj.  571. 

f  Αγώνες,  ων,  ol,  the  Agones,  a 
Gallic  people,  Polyb.  2,  15,  8. 

'Αγωνία,  ας,  ή,  {άγων)  a  contest, 
struggle  for  victory,  άγων  δια  πάσης 
άγωνίης,  Hdt.  2,  91  ;  tso,  εν  δημοτι- 
κή αγωνία,  Xen.  Cyr.  2,  3,  15t ;  esp.  in 
tlie  game's,  Pind.  0.2,  94,  P.  5,  150, 
etc. :  hence, — 2.  gymnastic  exercise, 
iDrestling,  etc..  Plat.  Legg.  765  C,  etc. : 
generally,  exercise.  Id.  Gorg.  456  D 
sq.,  Rep.  618  B. — 3.  of  the  mind,  ago- 
ny, anguish,  εν  φόβω  και  πολλή  άγω- 
νίφ,  Dem.  236,  19  I'tand  so, /ear,  ter- 
ror, Polyb.  3,  43,  8. 

Άγωνιάτης,  ου,  b,  a  nervous  person, 
Diog.  L.  2,  131  :  from 

'Αγωνιάω,  ώ,  f.  -άσω,  to  be  in  an 
άγων,  like  αγωνίζομαι,  Isocr.  59  Β  : 
but, — II.  to  strive  eagerly,  περί  Τίνος, 
Arist.  Rhet.  1,  9,  21  ;  to  be  distressed 
or  anxious  about  a  thing,  ^ττερί  τίνος, 
Polyb.  5.  34,  9t,  fear  it  much,  c.  ace, 
Id.  1,  20,  0;  44,  5,  etc. ;  tfoU.  by  μή, 
άγ.  μή  ταύτα  πιστευθή.  Id.  3,  9,  2t. 
[ΰσω] 

νΑγωνίδΰται,  Ion.  for  αγωνισμέ- 
νοι ε'ισί,  3  ρ1.  pf.  pass,  from  sq.,  Hdt. 
9,  26. 

'Αγωνίζομαι :  ί.  -ίσομαι  or  more 
usu.  Att.  -Ιονμαι,  tlon.  -ιεΰμαά  :  dep. 
mid.  :  {άγων).  To  contend  for  a  prize, 
esp.  in  the  public  games,  Hdt.  t5, 
67t :  c.  ace,  άγωνίζεσθαι  στάδιον, 
Hdt.  5,  22 :  ttind  so— 2.  in  genl.,  to 
struggle,  contend,  esp.  in  battle,  absol., 
Thuc.  8,  27  ;  cf  4,  87t ;  άγ.  προς  τίνα, 
to  contend  with  one,  1 ,  36  ;  περί  τίνος, 
about  something.  Id.  6,  16  :  fc  ace. 
cogn.,  to  fight  a  battle,  άγ.  μάχην, 
Plut.  Pericl.  lOt. — 3.  to  contend  for 
the  prize  on  the  stage,  act,  tof  a  poet, 
ot'  ένθαδι  θέογνις  ήγωνίζετο\,  Ar. 
Ach.  140,  cf.  tVesp.  ]479t,  and  Arist. 
Poet.  7,  11  :  tof  an  actor,  Μό/ων  (an 
actor)  ήγωνίζετο,  Dem.  418,  5  ;  ά  μεν 
{sc.  δράματα)  πολ?ΜΚΐς  τ/γωνίσω,  420, 
4  : — also,  to  contend,  exert  one's  self  in 
speaking,  όταν. ..τις  έν  τούτοις  άγωνί- 
ζηται,  Plat.  Menex.  235  D  ;  ορρ.  to 
διαλέγεαθαι,  to  contend  publicly,  be- 
fore tne  people,  άγ.  kv  τω  πλήθει, 
ίδια  διαλέγεσθαι,  Xen.  Mem.  3,  7,  4t. 
— II.  to  contend  Or  struggle  against,  as 
law-term,  άγ.  δίκην,  γραφήν.  to  fight 
a  cause  to  the  last.  Lys.  98,  14,  Dem 
653,  26  :  hence  also,  άγ.  φενδομαρτν- 
ριών,  sc.  γραφήν,  Dem.  741,  20;  but 


ΑΓΩΝ 

also,  άγ.  φόνον,  to  fight  against  a 
charge  of  murder,  Eur.  Andr.  336: 
hence  generally,  to  struggle,  to  exert 
one's  self,  c.  inf.,  Thuc.  4,  87:  hence 
also — 2.  in  pass.,  to  be  won  by  a  hard 
contest,  but  rarely  save  in  perf.,  as, 
πολλοί  αγώνες  άγωνίδαται  (Ion.  pf. 
for  ήγωνισμένοι  είσί),  many  battles 
have  been  fought,  Hdt.  9,  26  ;  tu  ήγω- 
νισμένα,  prizes  won,  Eur.  Suppl.  465, 
Dem.  745,  21  :  rarely  in  pres.,  as,  ό 
αγωνιζόμενος  νόμος,  tlie  law  now  wi- 
der debate,  Dem.  709,  7  ;  or  aor.,  as, 
ήγωνίσβην,  Lys.  194,  5. 

Άγωνικός,  ή,  όν,  ν  1.  for  αγωνισ- 
τικός, tDion.  Η.  Rhet.  6. 

Άγώνιος,  ov,  {άγων)  of  or  belonging 
to  the  contest,  άεβλος  άγ.,  its  prize, 
,Pind.  1.  5(4),  9;  tay.  ευχος,  Ο.  11, 
75t ;  hence  epiih.  of  Mercury,  as  pres• 
ident  of  games.  Id.  I.  1,  85;  also  of 
Jupiter  as  decider  of  the  contest.  Soph. 
Tr.  26  :  the  άγώνιοι  θεοί,  in  Aesch. 
Ag.  513,  Supp.  189,  are  held  by  some 
to  be  all  the  12  greater  gods  as  pro- 
tectors in  danger ;  by  others,  the  gods 
who  presided  over  the  great  games  (Ju- 
piter, Neptune,  Apollo,  and  Mercu- 
ry) ;  or,  ace.  to  Eust.,  those  worshipped 
on  a  common  altar  {κοινοβωμία),  as  in 
an  άγων  or  asse7nbly  : — σχολή  άγ.,  in 
Soph.  Aj.  195,  is  prob.  rest  from  com- 
bat. 

'Αγωνιάς,  ov,  {a  priv,,  γωνία)  with- 
out angle,  Theophr. 

ΥΑγωνίς,  ίδος,  ή,  Agonis,  title  of  a 
play  of  Alexis,  Ath.  339  C. 

'Αγώνισις,  εως,  ή,  {αγωνίζομαι)  a 
contending  for  a  prize,  ThuC.  5,  50. 

'Αγώνισμα,  ατός,  τό,  (αγωνίζομαι) 
a  contest,  combat  :  in  plur.,  deeds  done 
in  battle,  brave  deeds,  Hdt.  8,  76  ;  άγ. 
τινός,  an  achievement  of  his,  feather  in 
his  cap,  Thuc.  8,  12 ;  tin  horseman- 
ship, Xen.  Hipparch.  3,  5t.— 2.  άγ. 
ποιείν,  to  act  a  play,  Arist.  Poet.  9, 1 1. 
— II.  Uhe  object  of  contention^  ;  άγ.  ποί- 
εΐσθαί  τι,  to  make  an  object  to  strive 
for,  Hdt.  1, 140  :  ^παίδων  φόνος  αράς 
άγ.  Οίδίπον,  Eur.  Phoen.  1355t. — 2. 
=:άθλον,  the  prize  of  contest,  Thuc.  3, 
82  ;  7,  86  :  generally,  distinction,  Lys. 
137,  8. — III.  that  with  which  one  con- 
tends, a  prize-essay,  declamation,  etc., 
Thuc.  1,22. 

Άγωνισμός,  ov,  ό,  {αγωνίζομαι)  ri- 
valry, Thuc.  7,  70. 

Άγωνιστέον,  verb.  adj.  from  αγω- 
νίζομαι, one  must  contend,  νπέρ  τίνος, 
Xen.  Cyr.  1,  6,  9,  etc. 

Άγωνιστήριος,  ία,  lov,  also  of,  ov: 
:^άγωνιστικύς,  Anaxipp.  ap.  Ath.  169 
C  :  TO  άγωνιστήριον,  the  place  of  as- 
sembly, Aristid. 

'Αγωνιστής,  ov,  ό,  {αγωνίζομαι)  a 
combatant,  rival,  esp.  at  the  games, 
Hdt.  2,  160 ;  5,  22,  and  freq.  in  Att. : 
a  pleader,  an  advocate.  Plat.  Phaedr. 
209  D.  cf.  Thuc.  3,  37:— a^i  actor, 
Arist  tProbl.  19,  15,  cf.  Ath.  537  Dt. 
— άγ.  ίπποι,  race-horses,  Plut.  Them. 
25 : — c.  gen.,  07ie  who  struggles  for  a 
thing,  άγ.  τής  αρετής,  τής  ά?.ηθείας, 
α  c/ia»j!p!07i  of  virtue,  of  truth,  Aeschin. 
79,  31,  Plut.  2,  16  C:  ta  public  dis- 
putant. Plat.  Phaedr.  269  Dt.     Hence 

'Αγωνιστικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to,  or 

fit  for  contest,  Arist.  Rhet.  3,  12,  1. — 

II.  fit  for  winning  the  prize,  masterly  : 

ή  -κή  (sc.  τεχνιι),  the  art  of  winning 

or  prevailing.   Plat.   Soph.  225  A  :   το 

\  άγωνιστίκόν, mastery,  Hipp.,  and  Plat. 

tSoph.  219  Ct. — 2.  eager  for  applause, 

I  Plat.  Meno  75  C. — III.  adv.  -κώις,  in 

\  masterly  style,  άδειν,  Arist.  Probl.  tl9, 

j  15. — 2.  -κώΓ  έχειν,  to  have  a  desire  to 

fight,  Plut.  "Su  II.  16t.— 3.  boldly,  deci 

sively,  in  late  Medic. 


ΑΔΑΙ 

^Αγωνίΰτρια,  ας,  {],  fem.  of  ayejvi- 
Ότης,  Galen. 

Άγωνοόίκης,  ον,  ό,  {άγων,  δίκη)  α 
judge  of  the  contest,  [ί] 

Άγωνοθεσία,  ας.,  ή,  the  office  of 
άγωνοβέτης,  Plut.  Ages.  21. 

Άγωνοβΐτέο),  ώ,  f.  -ήσ<ο,  to  be  an 
άγωνοθέτης,  direct  the  games,  Thuc. 
3, 38  ;  tc.  ace,  ΤΙίβι'  άγ.,  σν  ό'  Ολύμ- 
πια, Strat.  Sard.  94t :  hence  c.  ace, 
άγ.  τϊόλεμον,  στάσιν,  etc.,  to  direct, 
i.  e.  stir  up,  war,  sedition,  etc.,  in 
later  writers,  as  tPolyaen.  7, 16,  Plut. 
Cat.  Min.  45;  of  persons,  to  excite  to 
war,  etc.,  άγ.  τινάς  και  σνμβάλλειν, 
Polyb.  9,  34,  3t.— Π.  in  genl.,  to  be 
judge  ;  and  so  to  judge,  decide,  Dem. 
119,  13. 

'λγυνοθετηρ,  ήρος,  o,=sq.,  Welck, 
Syll.  Kp.  p.  212. 

\\γ(ονοθέτ7]ς,  ov,  Ό,  {άγων,  τίθημι) 
a  president  in  the  games,  Hdt.  6,  127  : 
in  genl.,  a  judge,  Xen.  An.  3,  1,  21, 
Aeschin.  79,  30.     Hence 

\\γίι}νοθεηκός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to 
on  άγωνοϋέττις,  Osann.  Auct.  Inscr. 
5. 

Άγωνοθέτις  ίδος,  ή,  a  female  άγω- 
νοθέτης,  Inscr. —  II.  ==  άγωνοθεσία^ 
dub-  in  Soph.  Fr.  802,  where  Dind. 
would  read  άγωνοθήκη,  others  άγω• 
νόθεσις, — in  the  same  signf 

Ά.γωνΌ'/.ογία,  ας,  ή,  (άγων,  λέγω) 
tiresome  discussion,  Galen. 

Άγωνος.  ov,  like  άγώνιος,  without 
angle,  Theophr. 

' Ρί,γωνος,  6,  Aeol.  for  άγων,  Alcae. 
103,  of  Koen  Greg.  p.  592 ;  thougti 
Buttm.  (Ausf  Gramm.  ^56  Anm.  14 
n)  thinks  it  merely  a  nietapl.  form. 

νΧγώριος,  ov,  ό,  Agonus,  a  de- 
scendant of  Orestes,  Paus.  5,  4,  2. 

♦'Ada,  Of,  ή,  Ada,  wife  of  Hidrieus 
king  of  Caria,  Arr.  An.  1,  23,  7. 

^Αόαγμός,  ov,  ό,=^6δαγμός,  an  itch- 
ing, sting.  Soph.  Tr.  770. 

ΪΚδαδά-η,  7)ς,  ή,  Adadata,  a  city  of 
Pisidia,  Strab. 

Ά.δαδος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  δαίς,  δάς) 
without  resin,  Theophr. 

' Α.δαδοί'χητΌς,  ov,  (a  priv.,  δφδον-  i 
χεω)  not  lighted  by  torches ;  of  mar-  | 
riage,  clandestine,  Apiun  ap.  Eust. 

Άδΰηβονία,  ας,  ή,  ignorance,  un- 
skilfulness  in  doing,  c.  inf.  Od.  24, 
243 ;  but  v.  sq.  ;  and 

Άδύημοσννη,  ης,  η,  v.  1.  for  foreg. 
in  Od.  24,  243,  prelerred  by  Buttm. 
Lexil.  s.  V.  άδησαι  13  :  from 

Άδαήμων,  ov,  (a  priv.,  δαήμων) 
unknowing,  figtiorant,  absol.  Pseudo- 
Phoc.  8  It,  ignorant  of ,  μάχης,  II.  5,  634, 
etc. :  but  also,  άδ.  κακών,  beyond  the 
knowledge,  i.  e.  reach  of  ill,  Od.  12, 
208.     Ep.  word,  used  by  Hdt.  8,  65. 

Άδάης,  ες,  (α  priv.,  *δάω.  δαήναι) 
=  foreg.,  tabsol.  Simon.  79,  It,  c.  gen., 
tof  persons,  Hdt.  9,  46,  cf.  Xen.  Cyr. 
1,  6,  43,  Call.  Fr.  160,  of  things,  etc.t, 
Hdt.  2,  49,  etc.,  Soph.  Phil.  827  :  also 
c.  inf ,  unknowing  how  to...,  κηρ  άδαης 
ίχειν.  lb.  1167. 

Άδάι/τος,  ov.  (α  priv.,  δαήναι)  un- 
known, ties.  Th.  655.  [da] 

t'AJat.  ων,  αϊ,  Adae,  a  town  in 
Aeol  is,  Strab.  p.  622. 

Άδαίδαλτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  δαιδάλ- 
λω)  artless.  Orph.  Arg.  405. 

'λδαιετος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  δαίω)  undi- 
vided. A  p.  Rh.  3,  1033. 

Άδαιής,  ές,  (α  priv.,  δαήναι)  poet, 
for  ηδα7/ς. 

'λδαϊκτος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  δαίζω)  un- 
deslroyed,  Q.  Sin.  1,  196.  [δύ] 

Άδάίος,  ov.  Dor.  for  άόήϊος. 

Άδαίης,  ov,  ιΰδην)  abundant,  So- 
phron  ap.  Hesych. 

ΥΑδαϊος,  ov,  ό,  or  Άδδαΐος,  Adaeus, 


ΑΔΑΜ 

masc.  pr.  n.,  Polyb.  15,  27,  6;  Plut. 
Ages.  13;  etc. 

Άδαιτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  δαίννμαι) 
not  to  be  eaten,  of  v.hich  none  might  eat, 
θνσία,  Aesch.  Ag.  151. 

Άδαίτρεντος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  δαι- 
τpεvω)=sq.,  INonn.  \D.  17,  51. 

Άδαιτρος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  δαιτρεύω) 
undivided. 

Άδακρνς,  ν,  gen.  νος,  (a  priv.,  δά- 
κρυ)=άδάκρντος  I,  Find.  O.  2,  120, 
Eur.  Ale.  1047  :  νπό  τροφώ  άδακρνς, 
of  a  healthy  child,  Theocr.  24,  31.— 
t2.  i.  e.  costing  no  tears,  causing  no  tears 
to  be  shed,  νίκη,  Plut.  2,  318  Β  ;  πό- 
λεμος, Diod.  S.  15,  72,  v.  Wess.  ad  l.f 
— νΐ.=άδάκρντος  II,  άδ.  μοϊραν,  Eur. 
Med.  861. 

Άδακρϋτί,  adv.,  tearlessly,  without 
tears,  Isocr.  305  Ε  :  from 

Άδάκρντος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  δακρνω) 
without  tears  :  hence, — I.  act.  tearless, 
άσσε,  Od,  4,  186:  happy,  II.  1,  415 
t(better  here  in  lit.  sign!.,  άδάκρ.  και 
άττήμων)^  εννάζειν  άόακρντων  βλεφά- 
ρων τζόθον,  to  lull  the  desire  of  her 
eyes  so  that  they  weep  no  more.  Soph. 
Tr.  106  ;  cf  άδερκτος. — II.  pass.,  un- 
wept, unmourned.  Soph.  Ant.  881.  In 
the  places  of  Soph,  it  has  been  ex- 
plained very  tearful  (v.  Valck.  Adon. 
223) :  but  it  never  means  this,  v. 
Lob.  Aj.  515,  Ellendt  Lex.  Soph.  s.  v. 

'  Αδύ/.ής,  ες.  Dor.  ίοτηι,^άόηΛητος. 

ν  Αδάμ,  indecl.,  Άδαμος,  ov,  Jo- 
seph., ό,  Adam,  Ν.  Τ. ;  hg.  ό  έσχατος 
Ά.,  i.  e.  Christ,  Id.  [άδ-  Anth.  P.  1, 
46,  108,  ΰδ  Or.  Sib. :  δύ  and  δά  Greg. 
N.] 

'Αδαμάντινος,  ov,  (άδάμας)  ada- 
mantine, of  steel,  Find.  P.  4,  398, 
Aesch.  Pr.  6:  metaph.,  very  hard, 
stubborn,  stedfast.  Plat.  Gorg.  509  A. 
Adv.  -νως,  Fiat.  Rep.  619  A. 

νΑδαμύντιος.,  ov,  b,  Adamantius,  a 
late  writer. 

Άδύμαντόδετος,  ov,  {άδάμας,  δέω) 
iron-bound,  άδ.  /Λμαί,  Aesch.  Fr.  418. 

Άδάμαντοπέδίλος,  ov,  ( άδάμας, 
πέδι/ίον)  on  base  of  adamant,  κίων. 
Find.  Fr.  58. 

'Αδάμαντος,  ov,=^  αδάμαστος,  -μα- 
τος,  V.  1.  Aesch.  Supp.  143. 

Άδάμας, αντος, ό:  {a priv., δάμαω) : 
— first  in  Hes.,  (in  Horn,  only  as  prop, 
n.),  strictly  the  unconquerable  :  hence, 
— I.  USU.  as  subst.,  adamant,  i.  6.  the 
hardest  metal,  prob.  steel:  hence  the 
epithets  χλωρός,  πο?.ι6ς,  Hes.  Sc. 
231,  Th.  161.  also  in  Find.  fP.  4, 125,t 
etc.:  metaph.,  of  any  thing  fixed,  un- 
alterable, έπος  ερέω  άδάμαντι  πελάσ- 
σας,  having  fixed  it  firm  as  adamant, 
Orac.  ap.  Hdt.  7, 141  ;  αδάμαντος  δή- 
σεν  άλοις,  fixed  them  with  nails  of 
adamant,  i.  e.  inevitably.  Find.  P.  4, 
125. — 2.  α  compound  of  gold  and  steel. 
Flat.  Tim.  59  B.— 3.  the  diamond, 
Theophr.  Lap.  19.  tCf  Fres.  Moore's 
remarks  on  the  άδ'άμας  of  the  an- 
cients as  quoted  Diet.  Antiqq.  s.  v.t — 
]I.  as  adj.,  unalterable,  inexorable, 
Valck.  Theocr.  2,  34. 

νΑδάμας,  αντος,  ό,  Adamas,  a  Tro- 
jan, son  of  Asius,  11.  12,  140  ;  13,  560. 

' Αδάμαστί,  adv.,  ungovernably.  [l\. 
From 

'Αδάμαστος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  δαμάω) 
fstrictly,  unsubdued,  unconquered,  in 
Trag.  only  in  form  άδάματος.  v.  sq. ; 
—  of  animalst,  untamed,  unbroken,  πώ- 
λος, Xen.  Eq.  1,  1. — 2.  t«o<  to  be  sub- 
dued, metaph. t  inexorable,  epith.  of 
"Αιδης,  II.  9,  158. 

Άδάμΰτος,  ov,  Trag.  form  of  foreg., 
v.  Elmsl.  and  Reisig  Soph.  O.  T.  196  : 
tin  lit.  signf,  Aesch.  Cho.  54,  Theb. 
233,  Soph.  O.  T.  205,  etc.t :— of  fe- 


ΑΔΕΗ 

'  males,  «nwfiiiifd,  Soph. Aj.  450.  [ά(5α- 
I  but  άδ-  as  in  αθάνατος,  Theocr.  15, 

4.] 
I      Άδαμνής^  ες,  and  ύδαμνος,  ov,= 
ί  αδάμαστος. 

1      Άδαμος,  ον,=άδάμαστος.  Ion  ap. 
I  Ath.  35  Ε. 

Άδύν,  Aeol.  for  άδην,  Alcman  24. 
I    ΤΑδανα,  ων,  τύ,  Adana,  a  town  of 

Cilicia,  Ftol. 
I  Άδάξω,  or,  as  dep.  mid.,  άδάξομαι, 
fut.  -ξήσομαι : — to  sting,  cause  an  itch- 
ing, etc.,  the  latler  in  Hipp.  (Usu. 
called  Ion.  for  όδάξω  from  όδαξ,  but 
perh.  better  at  once  from  δάκνω  with 
a  euphon.) 

'Αδαπάνητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  δαπα- 
νάω) inexhaustible,  Eccl. 

Άδάπάνος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  δαπάνη) 

without  expense,  and  SO, —  costing  noth- 

\  ing,  icheap.  At.  Pac.  593t,  Teles  ap. 

Stob.  p.  69,  19,  Plut.  t2,  189  F,  230 

Bt.     Adv.  -νως,  Eur.  Or.  1176. 

Άδάρκη,  ης,  ή,  άδαρκος,  ov,  ό, 
άδάρκης,  ον,  ό,  Diosc.  5,  137  ;  and 
I  Άδάρκιον,  ον,  τό,  tthe  efflores- 
cence that  gathers  about  reeds  in  cer- 
tain salt  lakes,  έστι  ώσπερ  ίπίπαγος 
νφαλμνρίζων,  καθ'  νγρών  και  τελμα- 
τωδών τόπων...,  και  περιπηγννμενος 
!  κα/.άμοίς,  κ.  τ.  λ-i,  Dicsc.  1.  c. 

\Άδάρβα?.,  αλός,  6,  Adarbal,  masc. 
pr.  η.,  Strab. 

ΐ'Αδαρος,  ον,  ό,  name  of  a  Hebrew 
month  =  Maced.  δνστρος,  Joseph, 
Ant.  Jud.  4,  8,  49. 

Υ'Αιδας,  a,  ό,  Do»  for  "Αιδης,  Eur. 
Hec.  483. 

Άδαρτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  δέρω)  un- 
flayed :  not  cudgelled. 

t'Adaf,  άδος,  ή,  Adas,  a  city  of 
Pisidia.  Strab.  p.  570. 

"Αδασμος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  δασμός) 
tribuiefree,  Aesch,  Fr.  58. 

Άδαστος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  δαίω)  undi- 
vided. Soph.  Aj.  54. 

Άδαχέω,  ώ,=άδάξω,  to  scratch,  Ar. 
Fr.  360. 

νΑδδαΙος,  ov,  b,  v.  ^ΑδαΙος. 
Άδδεές,  poet,  for  άδεές,  til-  8,  423, 
etc. 

Άδδηκότες,  poet,  for  άδηκότες,  II. 
10,  98. 

'Αδδην,  poet,  for  άδην,  II.  5,  203  : 
yet  some  read  άδην  with  a. 

Άδδηφαγέω,  ώ,  etc.,  v.  sub  άδηφ•. 
t'AdJi,  indecl.  ό,  Addi,  masc.  pr.  n,, 
N.T. 

Άδδιξ,  ϊχος,  ή,  a  measure  of  four 
χοίνικες,  Ar.  Fr.  573. 

νΑδδονας,  ό,  the  Addua,  a  tributary 
of  the  Fo,  Strab.  p.  204. 

"Αδε,  3  sing.  aor.  2  οίάνδάνω,  Horn. : 
inf  άδεΐν.  II.  [ά] 

Άδέα,  Dor.  for  ήδεϊα,  and  also  for 
ήδνν,  V.  sub  ήδνς  ;  also  for  ήδεΐαν, 
Theocr.  20,  8. 

νΑδέας,  a,  b,  Adeas,  masc.  pr.  n., 
Xen.  Hell.  7,  1,45. 

Άδεής,  ες,  (α  priv.,  δέος)  fearless, 
shameless,  Horn.,  but  only  in  Ep.  form 
άδείής,  II.  7,  117,  and  in  phrase  κνον 
άδδεές,  II.  8,  423,  etc.,  (where  Buttm. 
would  read  άδεές,  Lexil.  s.  v.  θεονδής 
5.) — 2.  fearless,  without  fear  or  care  for 
a  thing,  άδ.  θάνατον.  Flat.  Ale.  1, 
122  ;  ad.  περί  τίνος,  Plut. :  το  άδεές, 
security,  Thuc.  3,  37  :  ονκ  άδεές,  not 
without  cause  for  fear,  Dem,  207,  23  : 
— άδεές  δέος  δεδιέναι,  to  fear  where 
no  fear  is,  Plat.  Symp.  198  A. — II. 
most  freq.  in  adv.  άδεώς,  without  fear 
or  scruple,  confidently,  Hdt.  3,  65 ;  9, 
109,  and  freq.  in  Att. 

'Ade^f,  ές,  (α  priv.,  δέομαι)  not  in 
want.  Max.  Tyr. 

Άδέητος,  ov,  la  priv.,  δέομαι),  not 
wanting  a  thing,  Antipho  ap.  Suid. 
19 


ΑΔΕΛ 

Άδεια,  ας,  ή.  Ion.  uthii;,  (άδεί/ς) 
freedom  from  fear,  Lat.  stcuritns,  esp. 
of  the  person,  safely,  amnesty,  άδείην 
όιδόναι,  licit.  2,  121,  Q^;  so,  το  σώμα 
Τίνος  εις  tuhtav  καΟιστάναι,  Lys. 
192,  4  ;  των  σωμάτων  άδειαν  ποιείν, 
Thue.  3,  58  ;  also,  αδειαν  παμέχειν, 
■καμασκενάζειν,  ■ψηφίζεσθαί  τινι,  etc.; 
ορρ.  to  ύδειαν  λαμβάνειν,  εχειν,  αδεί- 
ας τυγχάνειν,  to  have  an  amnesty  : — 
also  c.  gen.,  -/?/ς  ύδ.  εχειν,  to  have 
free  range  of  the  land,  tsoph.  O.  C. 
447,  cf.  Scliaf.  Mel.  p.  81  :  έν  άδείτι 
είναι.  Hilt.  8,  120  :  ουκ  έν  άδ.  ττοιεί- 
σθαί  τι,  to  hold  it  not  safe,  Jd.  9,  42 : 
μετ'  άδειας,  with  promise  of  safety, 
Dem.  601,  13  : — fi»  Athens,  protection 
from  injury,  hence,  permission  to  give 
information,  or  bring  an  accusation, 
in  the  case  of  strangers,  άτιμοι,  etc., 
Dem.  715,  3,  Plut.  Pericl.  31,  Phoc. 
26  ;  V.  Diet.  Antiqq.,  s.  v. 

'Αδειάζω,  to  be  in  άδεια,  be  at  ease, 
only  in  Eustath. 

Άδειγάνες,  ων,  οί,  a  name  of  certain 
Seleucian  magistrates  in  Polyb.  5,  54, 
10  ;  prob.  an  Eastern  word. 

'λδειής,  ες,  Ep.  lor  άδεής,  II.  7,  117. 

'λδεικτος,  ov,  (α  priv..  δείκννμι) 
not  shoiim,  or  to  be  shown,  Philo. 

'Αδει?.ία,  ή,  fearlessness  :  from 

Άδειλος,  ov.  fearless,  Physiogn. 

Αδείμαντος,  ov,  (ji  priv.,  δειμαίνω) 
fearless,  dauntless,  Pind.  N.  10,  30,  tl. 
i,  13t ;  etc. :  also  c.  gen.,  Ιμαντής, 
without  fear  for  myself,  Aesch.  Pers. 
162.     Adv.  -TUf,  Id.  Cho.  771. 

V Αδείμαντος,  ov,  ό,  Adlmantus,  a 
Corinthian  commander,  Hdt.  7,  137. 
— 2  a  general  of  the  Athenians,  Xen. 
Hell.  1,  4,  21,  Ar.  Ran.  1513.— 3. 
brother  of  Plato.  Plat.  Rep. — Others 
in  Plat.,  Plut.,  etc. 

Άδειματος,  ov,  and  άδειμος,  ov,  (a 
priv.,  δείμα)  fearless. 

Άδειν,  inf.  aor.  2  act.  of  άνδάνω. 

Άδεητνος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  δείπνον) 
without  having  eaten,  unfed,  Xen.  An. 
4,  5,  21,  etc. 

'  Αδεισΐδαιμονία,  ας,  ή, freedom  from 
superstition,  Hipp.  p.  23. 

Άδεισιδαίμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  (α 
γ>χ\\.,  δεισιδαίμων)  without  superstition, 
Clem.  A[.     Adv.  -μόνως,  Diod. 

'Αδέκαστος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  δεκάζω) 
tmbrihed,  impartial,  Arist.  Eth.  N.  2, 
9,  0.     Adv.  -τως. 

'Αδεκύτεντος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  δεκά- 
τεύω)  not  tithed,  Ar.  Eq.  301. 

Άδεκτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  δέχομαι)  not 
received,  not  believed,  LXX. —  ll.  act., 
not  receiving  or  admitting,  c.  gen.,  κα- 
κού, Plut,  2,  881  B. 

Άδελφεά,  ΰς,  ή,  Dor.  for  αδελφή, 
Pind.,  and  Lyr.  passages  of  Trag.,cf. 
Herm.  Soph.  O.  C.  1059.  [-ιρεά  as 
one  syll.,  Pind.  N.  7,  5.] 

Άδελφετ'ι,  7/ς,  ή.  Ion.  for  άδελφ?}, 
Hdt.,  and  Hipp. 

ί'Αδελφειή,  ης,  ή,  poet,  for  άδε?.φ7}, 
Qu.  Sm.  1,  30. 

Άδελφειός,  ό,  Ep.  for  άδε7ιφεός,  til. 
5,21. 

Άδελφεοκτόνος,  ov.  Ion.  for  αδελ- 
φοκτόνος, Hdt.  t3,  65. 

' Αδε'λφεός,  ov,  6,  Ep.  and  Ion.  for 
αδελφός,  Horn.,  tas  II.  2,  409,  586,  Od. 
4,  19!1 :  etc.t,  Hdt.  t3,  61,  62,  63,  etc.t, 
and  Pmd.  tO.  2,  89,  P.  10,  107 ;  etc.t, 
also  in  Aesch.  Theb.  974  (a  lyrical 
pa.ssage ;  it  can  hardly  be  right  in 
the  senarian,  lb.  576). 

'Αδελφή.  7/ς,  ή,  fein.  from  αδελφός, 
a  sister,  Trag. 

'Α.δελφιδεός,  εον,  ό,  contr.  δονς,  ov, 
ό,  a  brother's  or  sister's  son,  nephew, 
Hdt.  1,  65,  Thuc,  etc.    t(On  accent 
V.  Gottl.  Gr.  accent,  ό  23,  1.,  η.  5.) 
20 


ΑΔΕΣ 

Άδελφιδή,  ης,  ή,  Att.  contr.  for 
άδελφιδέ?!,  a  brother's  or  sister's  daugh- 
ter, a  niece,  IHipp.  Lys.,  97,  2t,  Ar. 
Nub.  47,  etc. 

Άδελφίδιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from 
αδελφός,  a  little  brother,  Ar.  Ran.  CO. 

νΑδε?ιφιδοϋς,  6,  contd.  from  άδελ- 
φιδεός. 

Άδελφίζω,  f.  -ίσω  Att.  ιώ,  {αδελ- 
φός) to  adopt  as  a  brother,  call  brother, 
Isocr.  390  C.     Pass.,  to  be  like.  Hipp. 

'Αδελφικός,  ή,  όν,  {άδίλφός)  broth- 
erly or  sisttrly,  Arist.  Eth.  N.  8,  10,  8. 
Adv.  -κώς,  LXX.  ^ 

Άδέλφιξις,  ιος,  ή,  brotherhood,  close 
resemblance,  Hipp.  823. 

Άδελφοκτονέω,  ω,  to  be  murderer  of 
a  brother  or  sister,  Joseph.  tBell.  Jud. 
2,  11,  4t;  and 

Άδελφοκτονία,  ας,  ή,  murder  of  a 
brother  or  sister,  Joseph.  tBell.  Jud. 
1,31,  2t:  from 

'Αδε?.φοκτόνος,  ov,  {αδελφός,  κτεί- 
νω)  murdering  a  brother  or  sister,  tPlut, 
2,  256  Ft,  in  Hdt.  3,  65,  in  Ion.  form 
άδε'λφεοκτ: 

Άδελφόπαις,  παιδος,  ό.  ή,  {αδελ- 
φός, αδελφή,  παΙς)  α  brother's  or  sis- 
ter's child,  V.  ].  Dion.  Η.  4,  64. 

νΑδελφοττρεττως,  adv.  (as  if  from 
άδελφοπρεπής,  άδε?.φός,  πρέπω)  in  a 
manner  worthy  of  his  brother,  Joseph. 

'Αδελφός,  {a  copul.,  δε?.φνς) : — I. 
as  subst.,  ό  άδε?.φός.  Ion.  άδελφεός, 
Ep.  -φεώς  (one  ol  which  two  forms 
Horn,  always  uses),  tvoc.  άδελφε,  v. 
Gottl.  Gr.  accent.,  ()  23,  111.,  c,  n.  It, 
a  brother,  or  in  genl.,  near  kinsman: 
αδελφοί,  brothers  and  sisters,  like  Lat. 
fratres,  Seidl.  Eur.  El.  531.— II.  anj., 
αδελφός,  ή.  όν,  and  ός,  όν,  brotherly 
or  sisterly,  Trag ,  as  Aesch.  Theb. 
811  : — hence, — 2.  in  genl.  like  Lat. 
geminus,  gemellus,  ot  any  thing  double, 
in  pairs,  twin,  Xen.  Mem.  2,  3,  19  : 
also,  twin  to  a  thing,  answering  to  it, 
just  like  it,  usu.  c.  gen.,  as  Soph.  Ant. 
192,  and  very  freq.  in  Plat.  ;  but  also 
c.  dat.,as  Soph.  O.  C.  1262,  cf  Schaf 
Greg  p.  569,  V^alck.  Call.  p.  160. 

i' Αδελφός,  ov,  ό,  Att.  crasis  for 
ό  αδελφός,  Ar.  Pac.  808.  [u] 

'Αδελφότης,  ητος,  ή,  {αδελφός) 
brotherly  kindness,  LXX.  —  II.  the 
brotherhood,  N.  T. 

Άδέμνιος,  ov.  {a  priv.,  δέμνιον)  un- 
wedded  to  any  one,  τινός,  ϋορ.  C.  3, 
358. 

'Αδένδρεος,  oi',=  sq.,  0pp.  C.  4, 
337. 

"Αδενδρος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  δένδρον) 
without  trees,  τά  άκρα  τών  Άλπεων 
άδ.,  Polyb.  3,  55,  9. 

Άδενοειδής,  ές,  contr.  ώδης,  like 
an  άδήν,  glandular,  όρχεις,  Galen., 
\φνματα,  Plut.  2,  664  F. 

'Αδέξιος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  δεξιός)  awk- 
ward, Luc.  Sat.^4. 

*  'Αδερκής,  £f,=  sq.  II,  Anth.  P.  11, 
372. 

Άδερκτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  δέρκομαι) 
not  seeing,  άδέρκτων  ομμάτων  τητώ- 
μένος,  reft  of  thine  eyes  so  that  they 
see  not,  Soph.  O.  C.  1200 ;  cf.  άδά- 
κρντος  I.  fin.  Adv.  -τως,  without 
looking,  lb.  130. 

Άδερματος,  ov,  (o  priv.,  δέρμα) 
without  skin. 

Άδέσμιος,  ov,=:sq.,  Nonn.  tD.  15, 
138. 

"Αδεσμος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  δεσμός)  «n- 
fettered,  unbound,  άδ.  φυλακή,  Lat. 
libera  custodia,  our  '■  parok,'  Thuc.  3, 
34,  tDion.  H.^  1,  83,  Arr.  An.  2,  15, 
5t: — δεσμός  άδ.,  Eur.  Supp.  32. 

'Αδέσποτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  δεσπότης) 
without  master  or  owner,  of  properly,  ι 


ΑΔΗΑ 

Plat.  Rep.  G)7  Ε  :  Ιταΐς  ύδ.  των  οΐκή' 
σεων\,  Arist,  Eth.  Ν.  8,  10,  8 :  οΙ  per- 
sons,/ree,  \δον?.οί,  Myro  ap.  Alh.  271 
F,  uncontrolled,  without  control  of  a 
superior,  τονς  θεοίς,  Plut.  2,  680t  : 
later  of  reports  or  writings  byunknown 
authors,  anonymous,  Plut.  ClC.  15,  etc. 

Άδετος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  δέω)  unbound, 
loose,  Hipp.  p.  41]  .free,  Dem.  753i 
1  ;  also,  unshod,  like  ανυπόδητος 
Philostr.,  cf.  Lob.  Phyrn.  765. 

νΑδίύης,  ου,  ό,  Adeites,  a  Persian 
Aesch.  Pers.  312. 

Άδενκής,  ες,  {a  priv.,  δενκος)  not 
sweet,  sour,  harsh,  bitter,  Lat.  acerbus, 
όλεβρος,  πότμος,  etc.,  Od.  4,  489  ;  10, 
245  (never  in  11.).     Only  Ep. 

Άδεντος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  δένω)  unwet- 
ied,  cf.  άτεγκτος. 

Άόέφητος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  δίιρεω)ηη- 
tanned,  of  a  raw  hide,  Od.  20,  2. 

*ΆΔΕΏ,  to  please,  obsol.  pres., 
whence  άνδάνω  has  its  fut.  αδήσω  : 
aor.  2  άδον,  άδεΙν  [ώ]  :  pf.  άδηκε  [α] 
Hippon.  83:  and  pf.  2  ίάδΰ,  Dor. 
έάδύ. 

*ΆΔΕ'Ω,  to  satiate,  obsol.  pres.,  to 
which  belong  the  Homeric  aor.  opt. 
άδήσειε,  pf.  part,  άδηκοτες,  or  metri 
grat.  άδδήσ-,  άδδηκ-,  [yet  early 
Gramm.  thinking  α  by  nature,  and 
only  ΰ  sometimes  m  thesis,  rejected 
the  δδ,  Heyne  U.  Ί'.  5,  p.  173,  sq. :  in 
Hoin.  the  verb  has  always  α  (and 
Wolf  writes  άδδ-) ;  but  the  adv.  άδην 
has  usu.  ύ] :  for  the  other  tenses  v, 
sub  αω.  The  orig.  signl.  comes  from 
άδος  [ώ],  {satiety,  the  loathing  hence 
arising),  μη  δείπνίύ  άόδήσειε,  lest  he 
should  feel  loathing  at  the  repast,  Od. 

I,  134;  καμύτω  ϊιδδηκότες  ήδέ  καΐ 
νττνω,  overwhelmed  with  toil  and  sleep, 

II.  10.  98.— (Buttm.  Lexil.v.  άδήσαι, 
thinks  it  is  contr.  from  άιιδέω,  and  so 
accounts  for  the  <i ;  but  such  a 
compd.  with  a  privat.  is  against  an- 
alogy.— Hence  (k^of,  άδΐ/ν,  άδημονέω, 
άση,  άσάομαι,  αδρός). 

Άδήιος,  contr.  ύδΐ/ος,  ον,  (α  priv., 
δι'βος)  unassailed,  unravaged,  Soph. 
Ο.  C.  1533. 

Άδηκτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  δύκνω)  ηη• 
bitten,  not  gnawed  or  worm-eaten,  Hes. 
Op.  418,  in  superl.  άδηκτοτάτη. — 2. 
metaph.,  unmolested,  not  carped  at, 
Plut.  2,  864  C. — 11.  act.,  not  biting  or 
pungent,  Diosc.  1,  29,  cf.  Schiif.  Kur. 
Hec.  1117.— HI.  adv.  -τως,  Plut. 
Pomp.  2. 

Άδηλέω,  ώ,  to  be  άδηλος,  be  in  the 
dark  about  a  thing,  τίνος,  Herm.  Soph. 
O.  C.  35.     In  pass.,  Hipp. 

Άδήλητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  δηλέομαί) 
unhurt,  Ap.  Rh.  2,  7«9. 

Άδηλία,  ας,  ή,  {άδηλος)^άδηλό- 
της,  Anlh.  P.  10,  96. 

Άδηλοποιός,  όν,  {ποιέω)  making 
unseen. 

Άδτ/λος,  ον  (α  priv.,  δήλος)  later 
also  η,  ον  (Lob.  Phryn.  Ιϋϋ)  : — not 
seen  or  known  :  hence, — I.  unknown, 
obscure,  ignoble,  Hes.  Op.  6.— II.  un- 
known,  unseen,  uncertain,  secret,  άδ. 
θάνατος,  death  6^  an  unknown  hand. 
Soph.  O.  T.  496 ;  άδ.  εχΟρα,  secret 
enmity,  Thuc.  8,  108  :  άόηλον  βείν, 
to  melt  away  to  nothing.  Soph.  Tr. 
698 :  άδ.  τινι,  unseen  by  one,  unob- 
served by  him,  Xen.  Cyr.  0,  3,  13,  and 
Plat.  :  rieut.  άδηλόν  {έστι),  foil,  by 
et'...,  OTl...,  etc.,  it  is  uncertain  wheth 
er...,  unknown  that...,  freq.  in  Att 
prose  ;  άδηλον  όν.  it  being  uncertain, 
Thuc.  1,2:  a.\so,  άδΐ]λός  εστί,  c.  part 
fut.,  Isocr.  256  D.  In  Eur.  Or.  l.ilS, 
it  has  a  half  act.  sen.se,  χρόη  άδηλα 
τών  όεδρημένων  πέ pi,  giving  no  sig^i 
Οί  what  had  been  done.     Adv.  -λως, 


ΑΔΗΣ 
secre/Zy.  Thuc.  1,92;  superl.  αδη7.ό- 
τατα,  Jd.  7,  50.     Hence 

Άόηλότης,  ητος-,  ή,  uncertainty, 
Polyb.  5,  2,  3,  etc. 

^λδηλόψλεβος,  ov,  {άδηλος,  φ/.έψ) 
with  invisible  veins,  Arist.  Gen.  An.  1, 
19,  15,  etc. 

^Αδη/^όω,  ώ,  to  make  ΰδη^ίος :  pass., 
to  be  or  become  so. 

^ Αδημιούργιιτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  όημι- 
ονργέυ)  not  wrought  by  workmen,  rough, 
Diod.  3,  26.— 12.  uncreated,  Eccl.t — 
Adv.  -rug. 

Άδημονέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  be  cast 
down,  troubled,  or  in  anguish,  τινί,  at 
a  thing,  Plat.  Phaedr.  251  D;  τας 
■φνχύς,  Xen.  Hell.  4,  4,  3.  (Cf.  Buttin. 
Lexil.  s.  V.  άδί/σαι  12,  who  derives  it 
from  ΰδημος,  as  if  strictly  not  at  home, 
ill  at  ease  :  for  αδήμων,  he  observes, 
is  wholly  invented  by  Eustath. :  bet- 
ter perh.  akin  to  *ΰδεω,  ύ,δην.)  [(2(5-, 
Nic.  ap.  Ath.  282  F].     Hence 

Άδ?ιμονία,  ας,  ή,  trouble,  distress, 
Plut.  Num.  4. 

Άδημος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  άήμος)=άπό- 
δημος.  Soph.  Fr.  566. 

Αδημοσίευτος,  ov,  (a  priv,,  δημο- 
aievu))  not  divulged,  secret,  Eccl. 

'Χδημοσύνη,  ης,  ή,  rarer  form  for 
αδημονία,  Deinocr.  IFr.  Moral.  91t, 
V.  Buttm.  Lexil.  s.  v.  άδησαι  13; 
from 

'A^;;/iijv,  01•,  gen.  όνος,  {άδέω)  cast 
down  ;  sed  v.  άδημονέω. 

'Κδην,  adv.,  Ep.  ΰδδην,  Att.  ΰδην, 
(αδέω)  Lat.  satis,  to  one^s  fill,  enough, 
like  ές  κόρον,  Horn.,  oft.  c.  gen.,  Tpcj- 
ας  ύόην  ελύβαι  πo'/Jμoιo,  to  give 
ttiem  enough  of  war,  II.  13,  315,  άδην 
ίλειξεν  αίματος,  licked  his  fill  of 
blood,  Aesch.  Ag-  828  :  άδην  ίχειν 
τινός,  to  have  enough  of  a  thing,  be 
weary  of  it.  Plat.  Charm.  153  D  ;  also 
c.  part-,  ύόην  είχον  κτείνοντες,  Hdt. 
9,  .39.  Ιά,  except  where  Ep.  αδδην  is 
written  nietri  grat.,  II.  5,  203,  cf. 
ίυδδην,  ΰ<5εω.] 

' Κδήν  or  ΰδην,  ένος,  ό,  also  ή,  an 
acorn :  and  as  medic,  term,  a  gland, 
Hipp,  passim,  [ά] 

Άδτμιεια,  ας,  ή,  ignorance :  from 

Άόηνής,  ες,  (α  priv.,  δηνος)  igno- 
rant, inexperienced,  Simon.  Amorg.  53. 
Adv.  -νέυς :  poet. 

'Α,δ^ος,  ov,  contr.  for  αδήϊος. 

Άόηρις,  εως,  ό,  ή,  (α  priv.,  δηρις) 
without  strife,  Leon.  Tar.  85. 

Αδήριτος,  ov,  [a  priv.,  δηρίομαι) 
wilhoui  strife  or  battle,  II.  17,  42,  ubi 
V.  Spitzn. — 2.  uncontested,  undisputed, 
Polyb.  1,  2,  3 :— so  adv.  -τως,  Id.  3, 
93,  1 . — I L  not  to  be  striven  against,  un- 
conquerable, ανάγκης  σθένος,  Aesch. 
Pr.  105. 

"Αιδης,  φδης,  ου,  6,  Att. ;  but  also 
Άΐδης,  ao,  and  εω,  the  older  and 
more  Homeric  form  :  (usu.  deriv. 
from  a  privat.  and  ΙδεΙν,  hence  ren- 
dered by  Herm.  Nelucus  ,•  but  the  as- 
pirate in  Att.  makes  this  very  dub.) : 
^n  Hom.  only  as  pr.  n.,  t(except 
nietaph.  in  form  'Ai'tJi  for  tv  δόμω 
Άϊδος  in  II.  23,  244,  είςόκεν  αυτός 
έγών  Άίδί  κεύθ(ομαι)\,  Hndes,  Pluto, 
the  god  of  the  Nether  World,  ace. 
to  Hes.  Th.  455,  son  of  Saturn  and 
Ehea,  next  brother  to  Jupiter ;  είν, 
εις  Άΐδαο  (sc.  δόμοις,  δόμους),  in, 
into  the  nether  world,  Horn.; — hence 
also  in  Att.  prose  iv  and  ίς  "Αίδου 
(sc.  oiKif),  οίκον). — II.  alter  Horn,  as 
appellat.,  the  nether  world,  th''-  grave, 
death,  άΐδην  /ιαμβύνειν,  δέξασϋαι, 
Pjnd.  P.  5,  130,  I.  6(5),  21:  αδης 
πόντιος,  death  by  sea,  Aesch.  Ag. 
667,  cf.  Eur.  Ale,  13,  Hipp.  1047. 
Ci.  Άϊς,  Άίδωνεΰς. 


ΑΔΙΑ 

Άδηφάγέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  be  greedy, 
Isocr.  127  C  ;  and 

Άδηφάγία,  ας,  ή,  gluttony,  ■  Call. 
Dian.  160,  and  Opp.  tH.  2,  218  ;  also 
in  Ael.  V.  H.  9,  13t :  from 

^Αδηφάγος,  ov,  {άδην,  φυγείν)  eat- 
ingone^s  filtand  more, gluttonous, greedy, 
άδ.  άνήρ,  of  an  athlete,  Theocr.  22, 
115;  άδ.  νόσος,  Soph.  Phil.  313;  ad. 
7Λ'χνος,  of  a  lamp  that  burns  much  oil, 
Al'cae.  (Com.)  Com.  2. — 2.  metaph., 
devouring  much  money,  costly,  τριήρης, 
Lys.  ap.  Harp.,  ίππος,  άρμα,  etc., 
Gramm. — Theform(i(5(5??0(2>Of  which 
freq.  occurs  in  MSS.  is  wrong,  Buttm. 
Lexil.  s.  v.  άδήσαι  8. 

Άδήωτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  δηόυ)  not 
wasted,  Xen.  Hell.  3,  1,  5. 

Άδίύβατος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  διαβαίνω) 
not  to  be  passed,  ποταμός,  νάπος,  Xen. 
An.  2,  1,  11,  Hell.  5,  4,  44.— II.  act., 
not  stepping  asunder,  closed,  σκέλη, 
A.  B. 

^Αδιαβεβαίωτος,  ov,  unconfirmed, 
Ptolem. 

ΫΑδιαβηνή,  ης,  ή,  Adiabene,  a  re- 
gion of  Assyria,  between  the  Lycus 
and  Caprus,  Strab.  p.  503  :  hence 

ί'Αδιαβηνός,  ή,  όν,  of  Adiabene  ;  o'l 
Άδιαβηνοί,  the  Adiabeni. 

Άδιαβίβαστος,  ov,  as  Gramm. 
term,  intransitive,  ApoU.  Dysc. 

'Αδιάβλητος,  ov.  (a  priv.,  διαβά?>,• 
λω)  unblameable,  tPlat.  Def  412  Ct, 
Arist.  Eth.  N.  8,  4,  4.— II.  act.,  not 
open  to  receive  calumnies,  Plut.  Brut.  8. 
— tAdv.  -ως  in  signf.  I.,  ορθώς  και  άδ., 
Clem.  ΑΙ. 

Άδιάβο?ιος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  διαβάλλω) 
=  foreg.,  Stob.  Eel.  2,  p.  240. 

'Αδιάβροχος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  διάβρο- 
χος) not  wetted  through,  tEutechn. 
Paraphr.  Opp.  Ixeul.  2,  1. 

Άδιάγλυπτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  δια, 
γλνπτω)  not  to  be  cut  through,  A.  B. 

Άδιάγνωστος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  διαγι- 
γνώσκω)  undistinguishable ,  Diod.  1, 
30. — 12.  difficult  to  understand,  Arist. 
Quint. 

Άδιάγωγος,  ov  {a  priv.,  διάγω)  im- 
possible to  live  with,  Philo. 

Άδιάδοχος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  διαδοχή) 
without  successor,  perpetual,  Eccl. 

Άδιάδραστος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  διαδι- 
δράσκω)  inevitable,  Eccl. 

Άδιάζενκτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  διαζεν- 
γννμι)  inseparable.  Iambi. 

'Αδιάθετος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  διατίθημι) 
act.,  not  having  disposed  or  set  in  order, 
Plut.  Cat.  Maj.  9,  or,  ace.  to  Schaf , 
having  made  no  will,  intestate. 

'Αδιαίρετος,  ov,  {a  Jiriv.,  διαιρέω) 
undivided,  Arist.  Pol.  2,  3,  6  :  indivis- 
ible. Id.  Metaph.  9,  1,  3.— 12.  in 
Gramm.,  not  affected  by  diaeresis\. 
Adv.  -τως. 

Άδιάκλειστος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  δια- 
κλεύο)  not  shut  out,  Joseph.  tBell. 
Jud.  5,  5,  4. 

'Αδιάκόν7]τος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  διακο- 
νέω)  not  executed,  Joseph.  tAnt.  Jud. 
19,  1,  1. 

Άδιακόντιστος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  δια- 
κοντίζω)  which  no  arrow  can  pierce, 
prob.  I.  in  Ael.  V.  H.  13,  15,  fortiiJia- 
κόν  ιστός. 

'Αδιάκοπος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  διακόπτω) 

not  cut  asunder,  Philo. 

Άδιακόσμ7/τος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  διακο- 
σμέω)  unarranged,  Dion.  H.  3,  10. 

'Αδιάκριτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  διακρίνω) 
not  to  be  parted,  undistinguishable, 
mixed,  Hipp.  p.  213 ;  αίμα,  Arist. 
Somn.  3,  29.-2.  unintelligible,  Polyb. 
15,  12,  9. — 3.  undecided,  Luc.  Jup. 
Trag.  25. — tAdv.  -τως,  promiscuously, 
Clem.  A  I. 

Αδιάλειπτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  διαλεί-  I 


ΑΔΙΑ 

πω)  vnintermitting,  incessant,  Tim. 
Locr.  98  E.  Adv.  -τως,  Polyb.  9, 
3,  8. 

Άδιάλεκτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  δια?.έγο- 
μαι)  without  conversation,  άδ.  βίος,  a 
solitary  life,  A.  B. 

iΆδιaλήπτως,  (a  priv.,  δια?.αμβύ- 
νω)  inseparably,  Philodem. 

'Αδιάλλακτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  διαλ- 
λάσσω)  irreconcilable,  τά  προς  υμάς 
αδιάλλακτα,  my  relation  to  you  ad- 
mits no  reconciliation,  Dem.  1472,  23. 
Adv.  -τως,  άδ.  εχειν  προς  τίνα,  IJion. 
Η.  Ο,  56. 

Άδιάλντος,  ον,  (α  priv.,  δια7ιύω) 
undissolved  :  indissoluble.  Plat.  Phaed. 
80  Β. — 2.  irreconcilable,  as  in  adv., 
άδια/.ύτως  πολεμειν  προς  τίνα,  Po- 
lyb. 18,  20,  4. 

'Αδιανέμητος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  διανέμω) 
not  to  be  divided,  Longin.  22,  3. 

'Αδιανόητος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  διανοέο- 
μαι)  incomprehensible,  Plat.  Soph.  238 
C. — II.  act.,  not  understanding,  silly. 
Id.  Hipp.  Maj.  301  C.     Adv.  -τως,  lb. 

ί'Αδιάντη,  ης,  η,  (άδίαντος)  Adi- 
ante,  a  daughter  of  Danaus,  Apollod. 
2,  1,  4. 

Άδίαντον,  ου,  τό,  a  water  plant, 
maiden-hair,  Theocr.  13,  41,  and  The- 
ophr.  :  strictly  neut.  fiom 

Άδίαντος,  ov,  also  η,  ov,  Simon. 
7,    3,    (a   priv.,    διαίνω):  —  unwelted, 

I.  c. :  not  bathed  in  sweat,  like  άνιδρωτί, 
άκονιτί,  Pind.  Ν.  7,  107.— II.  ή  ύ(5ί- 
ai'rof.=  foreg.,  Orph.  fArg.  917. 

Άόιάνϋτος,  υν,  (α  priv.,  διανύω) 
not  to  be  accomplished,   [tti'] 

Άδιάξεστος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  διαξέω) 
unpolislied,  Galen. 

'Αδιάπαυστος,ον,{αγχ'νι.,διαπανω) 
not  to  be  stilled,  incessant,  violent,  Po- 
lyb. 4,  39.  10.     Adv.  -τως.  Id.  1,  57, 1. 

Άδιάπλαστος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  δια- 
πλάσσω) as  yet  unformed.  Plat.  Tim. 
91  D. 

Άδιαπνευστέω,  ώ,  to  have  the  pores 
closed,  Galen. ;  and 

Άδιαπνευστία,  ας,  ή,  want  of  evapo- 
ration, Galen. :  from 

Άδιάπνευστος,  ov,  {a  J)riv.,  δια- 
πνέω) not  blown  through,  not  ventilated, 
Galen. — 2.  not  volatilised,  Theophr. — 

II.  act.,  without  drawing  breath  :  hence 
continual.  Iambi. 

Άδιαπόνητος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  διαπο- 
νέω)  not  worked  out,  undigested,  Ath. 
402  D. 

' Αδιάπταιστος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  δια- 
πταίω)  not  stumbling.  Iambi. 

Άδιαπτωσία,  ας,  ή,  infallibility, 
Hipp.  p.  1282  :  from 

'Αδιάπτωτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  διαπί- 
πτω)  not  liable  to  error,  infallible,  first 
in  Hipp.  p.  1282.  Adv.  -τως,  Polvb. 
6,  26,  4. 

Άδίαρθρος,  ov,  {άρθρον)  a  faulty 
form  for  sq.,  Theophr. ;  cf  Lob. 
Paral.  p.  39. 

Άδιάρθρωτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  διαρ- 
θρόω)  not  jointed  or  articulated,  Arist. 
H.  A.  2,  1,  5:  of  the  voice,  inarticu- 
late, Plut.  2,  378  C.  Adv.  -τως,  fwith- 
out  distinction,  Galen. 

Άδιά()1)ηκτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  διαβ- 
βήγννμι)  not  torn  in  pieces. 

ΆδιάρΙ)οια,  ας,  ή,  {a  priv.,  oiaf>f)oia) 
constipation,  Hipp. 

'Αδιάσειστος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  διασείω) 
not  shaken  about,  Galen. 

Άδιασκέδαστος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  διά, 
σκεδύνννμι)  not  scattered. 

Άδιασκέπτως,  adv.,  (a  priv.,  δια- 
σκέ^Ιιασβαι)  inconsiderately,  fEccl. 

'Αδιάσπαστος  ,  ov,  (a  priv.,  δια- 
σπύω)  not  torn  asunder,  uninterrupted, 
unbroken,  Polyb.  1,  34,  5.  Adv.  -τως, 
Xen.  Ages.  1,  4. 

21 


ΑΔΙΑ 

'Χδιαστασία,  ας,  ή,  continuousncss  :  ' 
from  [ 

Άδίάστύτος,  ον,  (α  priv.,  διιστα-  j 
μαι)  without  intervals,  conliinious,  He- 
liod. — II.  (α   priv.,  δΰστημι)  without  ^ 
dimensions,  Plut.  2,  601  C.  j 

Άδιύστικτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  διαστίζω) 
vndistingiiished,  uniform,  Philo. 

Άδιύστο/.ος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  διαστε?.- 
λω)  not  separated,  confused,  A.  B. — II.  I 
■=άπαρέμφατος,  Gramm.  Adv.  -τως. 
Άδιαστρέπτως,  adv.,  (α  priv.,  δια- 
στρέφω )  without  turning  any  way, 
Hipp. 

Άδίύστροφος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  διαστρέ- 
φω) not  twisted,  not  distorted,  Anst. 
Probl.  31,  7:  inetaph.,  unperverted, 
κρίσις,  Dion.  H.  de  Thuc.  2. 

'  Κδιάσχιστης.ον  .{αγιήν ., διασχίζω) 
not  cloven,  undivided,  Eccl. 

'Ρίδιάτακτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  διατάσ- 
σω) unarranged,  Dion.  H.  3,  10. 

Άδιύτμι/τος,  ov,  and  άδιάτομος, 
ov,  (a  priv.,  διατέμνω)  not  cut  in 
pieces,  indivisible,  Eccl. 

^Αδιύτομος,  ov,  ό,  Adiatomus,  a 
king  of  the  Celtae,  Ath.  249  A. 

^λδιατόριξ,  ιγος,  ό,  Adiatorix,  a 
ruler  in  Pontus,  Slrab.  p.  542. 

'Κδιάτρε-τος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  διατρέ- 
•κω)  immoveable,  headstrong,  LXX. 
Adv.  -τως,  LXX.     Hence 

Άδιατρίφία,  ας,  ή,  immoveableness, 
obstinacy,  Suet.  Calig.  29. 

'Χδιατνττωτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  διατν• 
πόω)  unshapen,  Died.  1,  10.  [i] 

Άδίαυ?.ος.  ov,  (a  priv.,  διανλος) 
with  no  way  through,  without  return,  of 
the  nether  world,  Eur.  Incert.  189. 

Άδιαφβαρσία.  ας,  ή,  incorruption. — 
2.  uprightness.     From 

'ΑδιύόΟαρτος,ον,{α  priv.,  διαφθεί- 
ρω)=  αδιάφθορος  I,  Plat.  Apol.  34  B, 
Legg.  951  C. — 1\.— αδιάφθορος  II, 
Galen. 

Άδιαφθορία,  ας,  ή,^άδιαφβαρσία, 
Ν.  Τ.  tTit.  2.  7t :  from 

Αδιάφθορος,  ov,  uncorrvpted,  incor- 
rupt. Plat.  Phaedr.  252  D  :  esp.  of 
women,  chaste,  Died.  1,  59,  and  Plut. 
t.\rtax.  2Gt  :  of  judges,  incorruptible. 
Plat.  Legg.  768  B. — II.  imperishable, 
Id.  Phaed.  106  D.— tAdv.  -ως.  without 
being  corrupted,  incorruptibly,  άδ.  ερά- 
σβαί,  Aeschin.  19.  19;  superl.  -ώτατα, 
Plat.  Legg.  768  B. 

Άδιαφορέω,  ω,  f.  -ήσω,  to  be  αδιάφο- 
ρος or  indifftrent,  -ρός  τι,  Μ.  Anton. 
11,  16:  αδιαφορεί,  c.  inf..  Lat.  nihil 
refert.  ApoU.  de  Pron.  57.     Hence 

Άδιαφορητικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to 
indifference:  τοάδ.=άδιαφορία,  Epict. 
2,  1,  14. 

Άδιαφόρητος,  ov,  not  evaporating, 
Medic. 

'Αδιαφορία,  ας,  ij,  indifference,  Cic. 
Acad.  Pr.  2, 42  ;  cf.  sq.-^ll.  equivalence 
of  signification,  Gramm. :  from 

'Αδιάφορος,  ov,  'a  priv.,  διαφέρω) 
not  different,  Arist.  Rhet,  1,  12,  35  :— 
in  his  Logic,  αδιάφορα  are  individual 
objects,  as  havmg  no  logical  differentia. 
Anal.  Post.  2,  13,  7,  Top.  1,7,  1.— II. 
indifferent,  esp.  in  Stoic.  philosophy, 
Tu  αδιάφορα,  res  mediae,  indifferentes, 
things  neither  good  nor  bad,  Cic.  de 
Fin.  3,  16,  Epict.  32.— III.  in  metre, 
common,  Lat.  anceps,  Gramm. — IV. 
Adv.  -pur.  without  distinction,  promis- 
cuously, Dion.  H. 

Άδιάφρακτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  δια- 
φράσσω)  parted  by  no  fence,  Theophr. 
Adv.  -τως.  Id. 

Άδιάχντος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  διαχέω) 
not  \flowing  ort  melting  away,  tilt, 
iignt.  in  Eccl.'  not  di.isolved  in  lux- 
ury, moderate,  Hipp.  22  :  of  Style,  con- 
cise, Longin.  34,  3. 
22 


ΑΔΙΚ 

'Αδιαχώριστος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  διαχω- 
ρίζω) unsepurnted. 

Άδιάψίνστος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  διαιίιεύ- 
δομαι)  not  dereilfid,  Diod.  5,  37, t  Adv. 
-ως.  Sext.  Emp.  p.  410. 

'^διδακτός,  ov,  (a  priv.,  διδάσκω) 
of  persons,  untaught,  ignorant  of  a 
thing:  not  practised,  rude,  Dem.  520, 
13. — II.  of  things,  jwt  learnt,  not  under- 
stood, Hipp.  p.  382  -.^^αντοδίδακτος, 
Luc.  de  Hist.  Conscr.  34. — 2.  άδ.  δρα-  : 
μα,  not  yet  acted,  Ath.  270  A.   [i] 

Άδιεκδίκητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  διεκδι-  \ 
κέω)  undefended,  [i] 

Άδιέκδντος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  διεκδΰω)  i 
not  to  be  escaped.     Adv.  -τως. 

Άδιεξέργαστος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  διεξερ- 
γάζομαι)  not  Ιο  be  wrought  out  or 
finished,  Isocr.  104  C,  with  v.  1.  άδιέρ- 
γαστος. 

Άδιεξέταστος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  διεξε- 

τάζω)  that  will  not  stand  inquiry,  LXX. 

Άδιεξίτητος,  ov,  («  priv.,  διέξειμι) 

not    to    be  gone    through,    inexplicable, 

Arist.  Phys.  Ausc.  3,  7.  [i] 

'Αδιέξοδος  ov,  (a  priv.,  διέξοδος) 
^without a  way  through  or  out,  and  so — 
1.  without  outlet,  χωρίον,  App.  Mith. 
100. — 2.  act.,  unable  to  get  οηΙ,τΐθρδή\, 
Anth.  P.  11,  395,  so  ττίοντος  τυφΆος 
και  άδ.,  Plut.  2,  679  Bt,  etc. 

Άδιέργαστος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  διεργά- 
ζημαι)  not  wrought  out,  unfinished, 
Isocr.  289  Β  ;  cf.  άδιεξέργαστος. 

'Αδιερεύνητος,  ov,  {a  pnv.,  διερευ- 
νάω) inot  thoroughly  investigated,  OV- 
δέν  άδ.  ύπολέλειπται,  Philo.— 2.  of 
persons,  unquestioned,  unexamined, 
(ΐΐλάτωνα)  άδ.  αντω  ττΆτ/σιάζειν, 
Plut.  Dio  19t.— II.  inscrutable.  Plat. 
Tim.  25  D. 

'Αδιευκρίνιστος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  διευ- 
κρίνέω)  indistinct. 

Άδιηγητος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  διηγέομαι) 
indescribable,  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  7,22,  Dem. 
219,  fin. — II.  not  related,  Heliod. 

Άδιηθητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  διηθέω)ηοΐ 
filtered. 

Άδϊκαίαρχος,  ον,^^άδικος  άρχων, 
in  Cic.  Att.  2,  12,  a  pun  on  the  name 
of  the  historian  Dicaearchus,  like 
'Ipof  ύϊρος,  etc. 

Άδϊκαιοδότητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  Si- 
καιοδοτέω)  Σικελία,  where  no  justice 
can  be  got,  Dlod.  Exc.  37. 

Άδίκαστης,  ov,  (a  priv.,  δικάζω) 
without  judgment  given.  Plat.  Tim.  51 
C  :  undecided,  Luc.  Bis  Ace.  23.  Adv. 
-τως,  Aesop. 

Άδικειμένος,  in  Ar.  Ach.  914, 
Boeot.  for //di«:7;|iivof, unless  it  should 
be  written  άδικείμενος. 

Άδίκενσις,  εως,  ή,  a  doing  wrong, 
Stob.  Eel.  2,  p.  100. 

'Αδικέω,ώ,^-ησω,^ρ(.ηδίκηκα,^ογ\ί. 
Phil.  1035t,  to  be  άδικος,  do  wrong,  first 
in  H.  Hom.  Cer.  368,  where  it  means 
to  do  wrong  before  the  gods,  to  sin  :  then 
very  freq.  in  Hdt.,  and  Att.  prose,  to 
do  wrong  in  the  eye  of  the  law,  the  par- 
ticular case  of  wrong  being  added  in 
participle,  hence  in  indictments,  as, 
Σωκράτης  αδικεί. ..ποιών. ..και  διδά- 
σκων. Plat.  Apol.  19  Β,  id.  beginning 
of  Xen.  Mem.,  άδικεϊ  Σωκράτης 
θεούς  ov  νομίζων,  κ.  τ.  λ.Ι : — if  an  ace. 
rei  be  added,  it  must  either  be  the 
cognate  άδικίαν,  αδικήματα,  etc.,  or 
some  adj.  implying  the  latter,  as,  άδι• 
κείν  μεγάλα,  πολλά,  etc.  :  άδ.  εις  or 
περί  τίνα,  cf  Bast.  Ερ.  Cr.  p.  15.  The 
pres.  oft.  takes  a  perf  signf.,  /  have 
done  wrong,  I  am  in  the  wrong,  (the 
perf  being  mostly,  though  not  always, 
used  in  trans,  signf.),  as,  ει  μη  αδικώ 
—  εΐ  μη  αδικώ  γε,  if  /  am  not  wrong, 
implying  certainty  of  being  right, 
Heirid.  Plat.  Charm.  156  Α.— II.  trans. 


ΑΛΙΚ 

c.  ace.  pers.,  to  do  one  wrong,  to  wrong, 
injure,  first  in  Hdt.  4,  119:  also  little 
more  than  β'/άπτειν  or  κακώς  ποιείν, 
as,  άδ.  )7/i',  Thuc.  2,  71,  etc.  ;  and  of 
animals,  Xen.  Eq.  6,  3; — c.dupl.  ace, 
to  wrong  one  in  a  thing,  Ar.  Plut.  4C0, 
cf  supr.  signf  I,  and  Wolf  Leptin. 
t494,  20,  Reiske  Dem.  467,  It,  but 
also,  άδ.  Tiva  περί  τίνος.  Plat.  Legg. 
854  E;  άδ.  τίνα  εις  τι,  Arist.  Rhet. 
—  Pass.,  αδικούμαι,  f.  tinid.  used 
passivelyt,  άδικησομαι  (Eiir.  I.  A. 
1437,  Thuc.  5,  56,  etc.,  tcf  Reiske 
and  Schaf.  in  Schaf  App.  Crit.  ad 
Dem.  V.  3.  p.  295-1 ),  to  be  wronged  or 
injured,  περί  τι.  Eur.  Med.  205  ;  also, 
μεγάλα  άδικεΐσθαι,  Aeschin.  65,  35. 
Άδικη,  ης,  ή,  a  nettle. 
'Αδίκημα,  ατος,τό,(άδικέω)η  wrong 
done,  a  wrong,  Lat.  injuria,  first  in 
Hdt.  1,2;  esp.  a  breach  of  law,  a  de- 
liberate wrong,  opp.  to  αμάρτημα  and 
ατύχημα,  Arist.  Eth.  is.  5,  8,  7,  sq. : 
c.  gen.,  άδ.  τίνος,  a  wrong  done  tonne, 
άδ.  των  νόμων,  Dem.  5S6,  11 :  άδ.  ε'ις 
τι,  Dem.  983,  25  ;  πι  pi  τι,  Plut.  2, 
569  C  : — έν  άδικι'ιματι  θέσθαι,  to  con- 
sider as  a  itron^,  Thuc.  1,35;  also, 
αδίκημα  θεΐναί  τι,  Dem.  188,  19. — Π. 
that  which  is  got  by  wrong,  ill-gotten 
goods.  Plat.  Rep.  365  E,  Legg. 
906  D. 

Άδίκησις,  εως,  η,  {άδικέω)  a  doing 
wrong. 

Άδικητέον,  verb.  adj.  from  άδικέω, 
one  ought  to  do  wrong.  Plat.  Rep.  365 
E. 

Άδΐκητικός,  η,  όν,  (άδικέω)  dis- 
posed to  do  wrong,  injurious,  Plut.  2, 
562  D.     Adv.  -κώς,  Stob. 

Άδικ7/ω,  Aeol.  for  άδικέω,  Sapph. 
1,20,  cf.  Gaisf.  Hephaest.  p.  65. 

'Αδικία,  ας,  ή,  (άδικος)  a  ur/mg, 
υffence,=  άδtκηua,  Hdt.  6,  136,  and  in 
plur..  Plat.  tLegg.  649  E.  854  E, 
etct — II.  injustice,  iniquity,  Eur.  tOf. 
28t,  Plat.  tGorg.  447  Ct ;  etc. 

ΆδΙκιύω,  Dor.  for  άδικέω,  Tab. 
Heracl. 

Άδίκιον,  ov,  τό,=^άδίκημα,  Hdt.  5, 
89. 

Άδΐκοδοξέω,  ω,  f.  -ήσω.  {άδικος, 
δόξα)  to  seek  fame  bi)  tniwerihy  means, 
Diod.  t31.  It.     Hence 

Άδϊκοδοξία.  ας,  η,  an  unfair  plan, 
evil  design,  Polyb.  23,  16,  7. 

Άδΐκομαχέω,  ώ,  to  fight  -unfairly, 
dub.  in  Alciphr. 

ΆδΙκομΰχία,  ας,  ή,  (άδικος,  μάχο- 
μαι) α  fighting  unfairly,  Anst.  ΕΙ. 
Soph.  1,  10. 

' Αδικομηχάνος,  ov,  (άδικος,  μηχα- 
νάομαι)  plotting  injustice,  Ar.  Fr.  560. 
'ΑδΙκοπήμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  (άδι- 
κος, πήμα)  unjustly  harming,  Α.  Β. 

'ΑδΙκοπράγέω,  ώ,  f.  -ησω,  (ΰδικο- 
πραγής)=άδικέω,  to  act  wrongly,  Plut. 
2,  501  Α.     Hence 

Άδϊκοπράγημα,  ατός,  τό,  α  wrong 
action,  Stob.  Eel.  2,  p.  194. 

Άδΐκοπρύγής,  ές,  tlon.  -πρηγής, 
Perictyone  ap.  Stob.t,  (άδικος,  πρα- 
γος)  acting  wrongly.     Hence 

Άδϊκοπρΰγία,  ας,  ή,  a  wrong  course 
of  action. 

Άδϊκος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  δίκη)  of  per- 
sons and  things,  doing  icro^ig,  un- 
righteous, unjust,  first  in  Hes.  Op.  258, 
332  ;  and  in  compar.  άδικώτερος.  Op 
274;  then  in  Hdt.  1,  96;  but  most 
freq.  in  Att.  : — άδ.  εϊς  τι,  unjust  in  a 
thing,  περί  τίνα,  towards  a  person, 
Xen.  Cyr.  8,  8,  6  and  27  ;  also  ill-got. 
ten,  unrighteous,  πληντος,  Isocr.  10  D  : 
— used  in  various  phrases  ;  άδ.  λόγος, 
freq.  in  Ar.  Nub. ;  άδ.  χειρών  άρχειν, 
to  begin  offensive  operations,  Xen.  Cyr. 
1,  5,  13  i  τό  δίκαιον  και  τό  άδ.,  τΰ  δί 


ΑΔΜΗ 

καια  και  άδικα,  right  and  wrong,  Plat. 
Gorg.  460  Ε,  etc. — II.  wrong,  improper, 
ill-matched,  Plat.  Theaet.  150  A  ;  Ίπ- 
ποι, Xen.  Cyr.  2,  2,  26  (or  perhaps 
this  IS  rather  obstinate,  unmanageable, 
like  άό.  γνάθος,  a  horse's  hard  mouth, 
Id.  Eq.  3  5),  cf.  Herni.  Opusc.  1,  77. 
— III.  άό.  ήμερα,  i.  e.  ΰνεν  όικών,  a 
day  on  which  the  courts  uere'shut,  Lat. 
dies  nefastus,  Luc.  Lexiph.  6. — Adv. 
-Kojc.  H.  Horn.  Merc.  316  :  ονκ  άόί- 
KG)c,  not  without  reason.  Plat.  Phaed. 
72  A. 

ΆόΙκότροπος,  ov,  (άδικος,  τρόπος) 
of  unjust  disposition,  Crates  Incert.  7. 

ΆδΙκόχειρ,  ό,  ή,  {άδικος,  χείρ)  with 
unrighteous  hand,  Soph.  Fr.  803. 

ΆόΙκοχρήματος,  ov,  (άδικος,  χρή- 
μα) with  lU-gotten  wealth,  Crates  In- 
cert. 7. 

VAotKpdv,  άνος,  ό,  Adicran,  a  king 
of  the  Africans,  Hdt.  4,  159. 

ΆδΙνάς,  ή,  όν,  (άόην)  radic.  signf. 
close,  thick,  v.  Buttm.  Lexil.  s.  v. : 
hence  in  Horn., — 1.  crowded  or  throng- 
ed, άδινον  κήρ,  like  πνκιναί  φρένες, 
in  physical  sense,  close-packed,  Od. 
19,  516  :  so  too  of  bees,  Hies,  sheep, 
11.  2,  87,  469,  Od.  1,  92.-2.  vehement, 
loud,  esp.  of  sounds,  άδ.  γόος,  11.  18, 
316;  Σειρήνες  άδιναί,  the  loud-voiced 
Sirens,  Od.  23,  236  :— but  more  freq. 
as  adv.  άόινώς,  II.  19,  314  ;  also  άδι- 
νον and  άδινά,  as  adv.,  vehemently, 
loudly,  άδινον  yodv,  κλαίειν,  μνκά- 
σθαι,  στοναχήσαι,  Horn. :  compar. 
άδινώτερος.  Od.  16,  216. — The  word 
continued  in  use,  though  rare  in  Att. 
poets,  άδ.  δάκος,  a  dee/)  bite,  Pind.  P. 
2,  98 ;  ad.  δάκρυα,  plentiful  tears. 
Soph.  Fr.  848  ;  and  very  freq.  in  Ap. 
Rh.,  as,  άδ.  νπνος,  κώμα.  abundant, 
refreshing  sleep,  3,  616;  άδ.  εΰΐ'^,/re- 
juerei  wedded  joys.  3,  1206.  (Buttm. 
connects  it  with  αδρός,  and  some  old 
Gramm.  wrote  it  with  the  aspirate, 
Spitzn.  II.  2,  87.)  [ώ] 

Άδιόδεντος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  διοδενω) 
not  to  be  travelled  through,  Chariton. 

Άδιοίκητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  διοικέω) 
unarranged,  Dern.  709,  5. 

ΆδίοτΓος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  δίο-ος)  with- 
out overseer  or  ruler,  Aesch.  Fr.  245. 

ΆδίόράΓος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  διοράω) 
not  to  be  seen  through. 

Άόιοργάνυτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  διοργα- 
νόν)  not  organised :  having  bad  organs, 
Iambi,  [a] 

Αδιόρθωτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  διορθόω) 
not  corrected,  perverse,  Pem.  50,  18. — 
II.  incorrigible,  Dion.  H.  6,  20.  Adv. 
-τως,  Diod.  S. 

^Αδιοριστία,  ας,  ή,  indefiniteness : 
from 

'Αδιόριστος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  διορίζω) 
undefined,  indefinite,  Arist.  Anal.  Pr. 
1,  1,  2,  tEth.  ]S.  10,  5,  Gt,  etc.  Adv. 
-τως,  Id.  tNat.  Ausc.  1,  1,  3. 

ΤΑόίς,  ή.  ace.  Άδίν,  Adis,  a  city 
of  Africa.  Polyb.  1,  30,  5. 

'Αδίστακτος,  ov,  ία  priv.,  διστάζω) 
undoubted,  Ptolem. — 11.  act.,  undoubt- 
ing,  Eccl.  Adv.  -τως,  tAnth.  P.  12, 
151. 

ΆδιίΟ.ιστος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  διυλίζω) 
not  strained,  Galen. 

Άδίχαστος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  διχάζω) 
not  to  be  cut  in  two,  Math.  Vett. 

ΆΛψέω,  ώ,  {άδιψος)  to  be  free  from 
thirst,  Hipp.  218. 

Άόi1L•ητoς,=  sq.,  of  dead  wood. 
Or.  Sib. 

Άδι-φος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  δίφα)  not 
thirsty,  Eur.  Cycl.  573. — II.  act., 
quenching  thirst,  Hipp.  ap.  Plut.  2, 
515  A.     Adv.  -φως.  Id.  p.  1089. 

Άδμής,  ήτος,  ό.  ή,^άδμητος. 

i' Αδμήτη,  ης,  ή,  Admete,  an  ocean 


ΑΔΟΛ 

'  nymph,  Η.  Horn.  Cer.  421. — 2.  daugh- 
ter of  Eurysthenes,  ApoUod.  2,  5, 
2. 

Άδμητος,  η,  ov,  also  άδμής,  ήτος, 

ό,   ή,   (a    priv.,    δαμάω) : — poet,    for 

αδάμαστος,   ^ unsubduedf ,  untamed  : — 

Hom.  has  both  adjs.,  but  only  in  fern., 

!  of  cattle  not  yet  broken  to  the  yoke,  Od. 

'  3,  383 ;  4,  637  ;  and  of  maidens  yet 

unmarried,     Od.    6,    109    (so     too    in 

j  Trag.)  :  c.  gen.,  νονσων  άόμήτες,  un- 

!  subdued  by  disease,   Bacchyl.  33  :   a 

i  fern,  άδμήτις,  ή,  v.  1.  II.  22,  655.     [ά, 

I  yet  V.  Elmsl.  Bacch.  72.] 

^'Αόμητος,  ov,  h,  (from  foreg.)  Ad- 
metus,  king  of  Pherae  in  Thessaly, 
one  of  the  Argonauts,  11.  5,  713, 
Pind.,  etc. — 2.  king  of  the  Molossians, 
friend  of  Themistocles,  Thuc.  1,  136. 
— 3.  a  poet  who  flourished  about  100 
A.  D.,  Luc.  Dem.  44. — 1.  title  of  a 
comedy  of  Aristomenes,  and  of  Theo- 
pompus.  Meineke  Com.  Fr.  1,  pp.  211, 
239.     Hence 

νΑόμήτειος,  a,  ov,  of  Admetus, 
Admetean,  ώ  όώματ'  Άδμήτεια.  Eur. 
Ale.  1. 

Άδμο/.ίη,  ης,  ή,  uncertainty,  Call. 
Fr.  338  :  also  άδμω'Κή  in  Hesych. 

Άδμωνες  or  άόμωες,  ot,  a  kind  of 
sea-tish,  Opp.  H.  3,  371. 

\Άδοας,  a,  ό,^Αδόονας. 

Άιδοβατης,  ov,  ό,  (αόης,  βαίνω) 
one  who  has  gone  to  the  nether  world : 
as  Passow  ingeniously  reads  in  Aesch. 
Pers.  924,  for  άγδαβάται.  [ύ] 

νΑόοβογίων,  ωνος,  ό,  Adobogion, 
masc.  pr.  η.,  Strab.  625. 

Άιδόθεν,  adv.,  from  the  nether  world, 
Hermesian.  5,  3. 

Άόοιάστως,  (a  priv.,  δοιάζω)  with- 
out doubt,  Anacr.  68  [where  the  2d 
syll.  is  short]. 

'Αδόκητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  δοκέω)  un- 
expected, Hes.  Fr.  31,  and  freq.  in 
Att. — II.  in  Pind.  N.  7,  45,  άδόκητον 
και  δοκέοντα,  may  be  either  the  in- 
glorious and  glorious.  Or  the  unexpecting 
and  the  expectant. — III.  adv.-rwf  ,Thuc. 
4,  17 ;  also  αδόκητα,  as  adv.,  Eur. 
Phoen.  318  ;  and  άπο  τοϋ  άδοκήτον, 
Thuc.  6,  47. 

Άόοκίμαστος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  δοκι- 
μάζω) untried,  unproved,  esp.  in  regard 
to  civic  rights,  Lys.  140,  14  ;  175,  45  ; 
cf  Harpocr.     Adv.  -τως.  [ί] 

'Αδόκιμος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  δόκιμος) 
unproved,  spurious,  ot  coin,  base,  Plat. 
Legg.  742  A  ;  disreputable,  Eur.  Tro. 
497  :  of  persons,  ignoble,  mean,  Plat. 
Rep.  618  B. — II.  rejected  as  spurious, 
reprobate,  N.  T.  tl  Cor.  9,  27  ;  Rom. 

1 ,  28. — 2.  useless,  unprofitable,  Id.  Hebr. 
6,  8. 

'Αδο?^εσχέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  talk  idly, 
to  prate.  Plat.  Phaed.  70  C,  Xen. 
tOec.  11,  3,  Dem.  73,  21,  Luc.  V.  H. 

2,  17t.   [ώ] :  from 

Άδο/.έσχης,  ov,  ό,  a  prating  fellow. 
At.  Nub.  1482,  etc. — II.  in  good  sense, 
a  keen,  subtle  reasoner,  Heind.  Plat. 
Crat.  401  B.  (Prob.  from  άδος,  λέ- 
σχη, talking  to  satiety:  Ar.  Κ  c.  has 
a.  but  perhaps  this  is  no  objection, 
cf.  sub  άδην,  άδος)     Hence 

ΆδοΆ.εσχία,  ας,  ή,  prating,  frivniity, 
Isocr.  292  D. — II.  keennests,  subtlety, 
Heind.  Plat.  Phaedr.  270  A.  [a] 

Άδολεσχικός,  ή,  όν,  (άδολέσχης) 
prating,  frivolous.  Plat.  Phaedr.  269 
E.     Adv.  -κώς.  [α] 

'Αδό?.εσχος,  ον,=  άδο/.έσχης.  from 
Arist.  downwds,  tEth.  N.  3,  10,  2?, 
Plut.  2,  509  B,  etc.— Adv.  -ως,  loqua- 
ciously, Philodem. 

Άδολος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  δόλος)  guile- 
less, without  trick,  σοόία,  Pind.  O.  7, 
98  :  in  Att.  esp.  of  treaties,  άδ.  ειρήνη, 


ΑΔΟΥ 

Ar.  Lys.  168  ;  στΐονδαϊ  άδ.  και  άβλα 
βεϊς,  Thuc.  5,  18  ;  so  esp.  in  άδολωι, 
και  δικαίως,  without  fraud  or  covin, 
Lat.  sine  dolo  malo,  Thuc.  t5,  23t ;  cf. 
Polyb.  22,  15,  2,  with  Liv.  38,  11,  and 
v.  sub  δόλος. — II.  of  liquids,  unmixed, 
pure,  Aesch.  Ag.  95,  Eur.  Supp. 
1029. 

"Αδον,  Ep.  for  έαφν,  aor.  2  ot 
άνόάνω. 

V ΑδοναΙος.  a,  ov,  tf  or  belonging  ij 
thelower  world,  Or.  Sib.  2,  204.   [άδ-] 

'Αδόνεντος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  όονενω) 
or  άδόνητοΐ,  ov,  (α  priv.,  δονέω)  un- 
shaken, Anl'h.  P.  5,  268. 

Άόονίς,  ίδος,  ή.  poet,  for  άηδονίς, 
Mosch.  3,  47  :  tand  by  Meineke  in 
Theocr.  Ep.  4,  U.t  [a] 

'Αδόξαστος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  δοξάζω) 
unexpected.  Soph.  Fr.  790.^2.  not  mat- 
ter of  opinion,  i.  e.  certain.  Plat.  Phaed. 
84  A. — II.  act.,  not  supposing,  i.  e. 
knowing  with  certainty,  Diog.  L,  7, 
162  : — forming  no  rash  opinion,  Plut. 
2,  1058  Q;  cf.  όοξα.—i Adv.  -τως, 
Sext.  Emp. 

Άδοξέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  be  άδοξος,  in 
no  esteem,  to  stand  in  ill  repute,  Eur. 
Hec.  294. — Π.  trans.,  to  hold  in  no 
esteem,  in  contempt,  τινά,  Plut.  Lucull. 
4  :  whence  the  pass,  in  signf  I,  Xen. 
Oec.  4.  2.     Hence 

Άδόξηαα,  ατός,  τό,  disgrace,  Plut 
2,  977  Ε.' 

Ά  δοξία,  ας,  ή,  the  state  of  an  άδοξος 
ill-repute,  Thuc.  1.  76,  Plat.  Phaed 
82  C  :  obscurity,  Plut.  Agis  2. — II. 
contempt,  App.  Syr.  41. 

Άδοξοποίητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  δοξο- 
ποίέω)  not  led  by  opinion  :  unreasoning, 
of  animals,  Polyb.  6,  5,  8. 

Άδοξος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  δόξα)  without 
δόξα,  funrenowned,  obscure,  άνώννμοι 
και  άδοξοι,  Dem.  106,  7t,  Isocr.  286 
A  ;  iheld  in  no  esteem,  despised,  εννον- 
χοι,  Xen.  Cyr.  7,  5,  61t ;  disgraceful, 
disreputable,  Id.  Symp.  4,  56 : — Adv. 
-ξως,  Plut.  Thes.  35. — \1.=^παράδο- 
ξος.  Soph.  Fr.  71. 

Άδόρητος,  oi^,=sq.,  Nonn.  tD.  14, 
380. 

Άδορος,  ov.  (a  priv.,  δέρω)  not 
skinned:  as  subst.,  ό  άδ.,  a  leathern 
sack,  Antimach.,  cf.  Schellenb.  ad 
Fr.  56. 

Άδορπος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  δόρπον)  with- 
out food,  fasting.  Lye.  638. 

'.Αδορνλη-τος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  dopt», 
λαμβάνω)  not  taken  by  spear,  i.  e.  in 
war,  not  to  be  taken,  dub.  1.  ap.  Philostr. 

Άδορνφόρητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  δορν- 
φορέω)  without  body-guard,  Arist.  Pol. 
5,  12,  4  ;  tPlut.  Aristid.  7. 

ΆΔΟΣ,  εος,  τό,  satiety,  loathing, 
only  in  II.  11,  88,  άόος  τέ  μιν  ικετο 
θνμόν.  (Usu.  deriv.  from  άδην  :  ace. 
to  Buttm.  Lexil.  s.  v.  άδήσαι  II,  from 
άδέω,  άηδέω,  in  which  case  it  should 
be  written  άδος,  and  Heyne  writes 
the  line  τάμνων  δένδρεα  μάκρ',  άδός 
τέ  μιν  Ικετο  θνμόν  :  if  so,  we  may 
safelyderive  ά(5ολίσ;(;?/ί• (q.  v.)from  it: 
however,  cf.  Spitzn.  ad  1.,  and  άδέω.) 

'Af5of,  εος,  τό.  Dor.  for  ήδος,  joy. 

Άδοτος,  ov.  (a  priv.,  διόωμι)  with- 
out gifts.  H.  Horn.  Merc.  673. 

ΥΑδονας,  a,  ό.^Άδδονας. 

νΑδονλας,  a,  ό,  Adulas.  the  highest 
ridge  of  the  Alps,  now  Mt.  St.  Go- 
thard,  Strab.  p.  192. 

Άδοί'/  ευτος  οΐκέτης,  6,  (a  priv., 
δονλεύω)  a  slave  who  has  never  changed 
his  master,  Arrian. 

Άδον/.ία,  ας,  ή,  a  being  without 
slaves,  want  of  slaves,  in  genl.  poverty, 
Arist.  Pol.  6,  5.  13  :  from 

Άδουλος,  ov,  without  slaves,  ti.  e. 
23 


ΑΔΡΑ 

having  none,  Pint.  2,  831  Β,  Arr. 
Epict.  3,  22,  47t :  in  genl.  poor,  be- 
cause ill  Greece  few  were  so  poor  as 
not  to  have  a  slave,  Ruhnk.  Veil.  P. 
2,  19,4. — 12.  unguarded  by  slaves,  ivith- 
out  attendants^,  Eur.  Andr.  594. 

'Κόονλωτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  (5οΐ)λί5ω) 
unenslavid,  unsubdued,  fiTo  γένος  τών 
βαρβάρων).  Died.  S.  1,  53,  of  a  hus- 
band, Plut.  2,  754  Bt,  άδ.  ήδονί), 
Crates  Theb.  ap'.  Clem.  Al.  Strom,  p. 
413. 

^ Ρίδούπητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  δουπέω) 
noiseless,  Anth.  P.  5,  294. 

Άδουπος,  oi',=foreg. 

ΫΑδονσιος,  ov,  ό,  Adusius,  a  Per- 
sian, made  by  Cyrus  satrap  of  Caria, 
Xen.  Cyr.  7,  4,  1. 

'λίδοφοίττις,  ου,  δ,  ("Αιδης,  φοιτάω) 
=  'λιδθίίάτης,  Ar.  Fr.  198,  4. 

V λδρηϊαταί,  ύν,  οι,  the  Adraistae; 
a  people  of  India,  Arr.  An.  5,  22,  3  : 
— in  Diod.  S.  17,  91  Άδρησταί. 

Άδράκης,  ες,  (α  priv.,  δέρκομαι)= 
άδερκής.  „^ 

'Αδράλεστος,  ον,  (  αδρός,  ΰλέω  ) 
coarsely  ground. 

ΫΑδραμύττείον,  etc.,  v.  Άτραμ-. 

^Αδράνεια,  ας,  ή,  lisilessness,  weak- 
ness. Hdn.  t2,  10,  17t :  Ep.  άδρανίη. 
Αρ.  Rh.  2,  200,  etc.  [(5ρΰ] 

Ά(5ρ(ίΐ'ίΌζ•,  εη,  εον,=^  αδρανή  ς,  q.  v., 
Anth,  tP.  9,  135.  [ύν] 

Άδράΐ'έω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  be  αδρανής, 
Ορρ.  Η.  1,  296,  etc. 

'Αδρανής,  ες,  also  ΰδράνεος,  α,  ον, 
(α  priv.,  δραίνω)  inactive,  listless,  fee- 
ble, ^ύδρανέστατοι  ζώων,  of  hares, 
Babrius  25.  3t,  Anth.  tP.  9,  359,  also 
in  prose,  Plut.  2,  373  D,  etc. — 2.  not 
to  be  wrought,  brittle,  σίδηρος.  Id.  Lye. 
9t.— II.  act.,  enervating,  Plut.  fZ,  987 
E. 

'Αδρανίη,  ης,  ή,  poet,  for  αδράνεια, 
q-  V.  ^ 

Ϋ Αδρύνον,  ov,  Άδράνόν,  οϋ,  τό, 
and  'Αδράΐ'ός,  ov,  b,  Adranum,  or 
Adranus,  a  town  of  Sicily  near  Mt. 
Aetna,  on  a  river  of  same  name, 
Diod.  S.  14,  37.— II.  ό,  name  of  a 
Sicilian  god,  Plut.  Timol.  12. 

^Αδράστεια,  Ion.  Άδρήστεια,  ας,  ή, 
Adrastea,  a  name  of  Nemesis,  from 
an  altar  erected  to  her  by  Adrastus, 
first  in  Aesch.  Pr.  936,  ubi  v.  Blomf. ; 
of.  προςκννέω  .—later  as  adj.  joined 
to  ΐ^έμεσις,  not  to  be  escaped,  as  if 
from  όιδμύσκω,  Valck.  Hdt.  3,  4Q. — 
t2.  a  daughter  of  Melisseus,  to  whom 
Jupiter  was  given  to  rear.  Call.  Jov. 
47,  Apollod.  1,  1. — II.  a  city  of  Asia 
Minor,  on  the  Propontis,  II.  2,  828. 

ΥΑδράστειος,  a,  ov,  of  ox  belonging 
to  Adrastus,  Pmd.  N.  10,  51  ;  and 

'Άδραστίδης,  ου,  h,  son  or  descend- 
ant of  Adrastus,  Pind.  O.  2,  80;  and 

Άδραστίνη,  ης,  ή,  daiighter  of  Ad- 
rastus, in  Ion.  form  Άδρηστίνη,  11. 
5,  412  ;  from 

Άδραστος,  ov.  Ton.  Άδρηστος,  ου, 
ό,  Adrastus,  a  kmg  of  Argos  and  of 
Sicyon,  II.  2,  572. — 2.  son  of  the  seer 
Merops,  slain  by  Agamemnon,  II.  2, 
830;  6,  51.— 3.  a  Trojan  slain  by 
Patroclus,  II.  16,  694.-4.  father  of 
Eurydice  and  founder  of  Adrastea, 
Apollod.— 5.  son  of  Gordius,  Hdt.  1, 
35,  etc, — 6.  a  peripatetic  philosopher 
of  Aphrodisias. — 7.  in  Plat.  Phaedr. 
269  A  Antipho  is  styled  μελίγηρνς 
Άδραστος,  v.  Stallb,  ad  loc. 

Άδραστος,  ov.  Ion.  αδρηστος,  (a 
ψιιν.,δίδράσκω)  not  running  away,  not 
inclined  to  do  so,  Hdt,  4,  142  : — in  II. 
only  as  prop,  n.  tv.  foreg.t — II.  pass., 
not  to  he  escaped. 

Άδραστος,  ov,  (a  priv,,  δράω)  as 
ίδράτος,  not  done. 
24 


ΑΔΡΥ 

Άδρύφαξυς,  ή,  v.  ύτρύόαξνς. 

Άδρύχνη,  ης,  ή,  a  kind  of  tree,  oft. 
confounded  with  άνδράχνη,  Piin.  13, 
22. 

Άδρέπΰ,νος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  δρέτανον) 
without  sickle :  unreaped,  Soph.  Fr. 
808. 

Άδρεπήβολος,  ov,  {αδρός,  έττήβο- 
2.ος)  attaining  great  things,  Longin. 
8,  1. 

ΆδρεπΓος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  δρέπω)  un- 
plucked,  Aesch.  Supp,  660. 

Άδρέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  tpf  ήδρηκα, 
Diosct,  to  be  αδρός,  ripen,  ttrans,  and 
neut.t,  Diosc. 

ΥΑδρήνη,  ης,  ή,  Adrene,  a  town  of 
Thrace,  Polyb.  13,  10,  6. 

Άδρηστος,  ov.  Ion.  for  άδραστος, 
Hdt. ;  so  too  pr.  n.  Άδρηστος.  etc., 
νΑδρήστη,  Od.  4,  123  ;  Άδρηστίνη, 
II.  5,  412. 

ΥΑδρία,  ας,  ή,  Adria,  a  city  of  Pi- 
cenum,  Strab.  p.  241.  Hence  adj. 
Αδριανός,  ή,  ύν,  and  Άδριάτης,  ου, 
Strab.  1.  c. 

ΥΑδριάκός,  ή,  όν,  Anth.  P.  6,  257  ; 
and 

t'Af5pi(ivr/fof,  ή,  όν,  Arist.  Η.  Α.  6, 

I,  3,  v.  1.  for  sq. ;  and 

'Af5piavof,  ή,  όν.  Ion.  Άδριηνός, 
Adriatic,  Eur.  Hipp.  736:  from 

νΑδρίας,  Ion.  Άδρίης,  ov,  b,  the 
Adriatic  sea,  Hdt.  4,  33  ;  as  fern.  adj. 
Άδριύς,  άδος,  ή,  Adriatic,  Dion.  P. 
92. 

νΑδριΰτΐκός,  ή,  όν,  Adriatic,  Diod. 
Sic.  4,  56. 

Άδριμυς,  ν,  (a  priv.,  δριμύς)  not 
tart  or  pungent,  Luc.  Tragop.  323. 

Άδροβάτικός,  ή,  όν.  (αδρός,  βαίνω) 
treading  on  solid  ground,  ορρ.  to  vypo- 
βατικός,  V.  1.  for  ξηροβατικός  in  Plat. 
Pol  It,  264  D. 

Άδρόβω'λος,  ov,  of  strong  firm  soil, 
Diosc.  1,  80. 

Άδρομερής,  ες,  (αδρός,  μέρος)  of 
strong,  firm  parts  :  strong,  stout,  opp. 
to  'λεπτομερής,  Diod,  5,  26. 

Άδρόμισβος,  ov,  (αδρός,  μισθός) 
getting  or  asking  high  pay.  Scymn.  352. 

Αδρός,  ά,  όν.  (prob.  akin  Ιοϊιδινός, 
as  κνδρός  to  κνδνός :  ace.  to  Buttm., 
Lexil.  s,  V.  άδινός  2,  from  άδέω) : — 
strictly  thick,  χιών,  Hdt.  4,  31  :— but 
usu.,  full-grown,  ripe,  καρπός,  Hdt.  1, 
17:  well-grown,  παιδίον,  Hdt.  4,  180: 
hence  stout,  large,  fat,  χοίρος,  Xen. 
Oec.  17,  10  :  in  genl.,  strong,  great  in 
any  way,  αδρός  πόλεμος,  -A,r.  Ran. 
1099  ;  άδρ.  πνρ,  Plut.  Sol.  1  ;  άδρ. 
νχοζ,  φϋέγμα,  a  loud  voice,  Ath.,  and 
so  άδρόν  -^ελάσαι,  to  laugh  loud, 
Anliph.  Lemn.  2,  8  : — oi  ύδρότεροι, 
the  stronger,  abler  sort,  Isocr.  255  C  : 
— of  Style,  TO  άδ.,  Lat.  ubertas,  gran- 
diloquentia,  opp.  to  ισχνόν,  Schaf 
Dion.  Comp.  63.— fAdv.-wf,  inconip., 
Hipp. 

Άδροσία,  ας,  ή,  (a  priv.,  δρόσος) 
want  of  dew,  Joseph.  tAnt.  jud.  2,  5, 
5. 

Άδροσύνη,  ης,  ή,  (αδρός)— άδροτής, 
of  ears  of  corn,  Hes.  up.  475. 

νΑδρόσφαιρος,ον,  (αδρός,  σφαίρα) 
of,  forming  large  balls,  Arr.  Peripl, 

Άδροτης,  ητος,  ή,  {αδρός)  thick- 
ness:   ripeness,  fulness,  esp.  of  body, 

II.  16,  857  ;  24,  6  :  of  plants,  Theophr. 
tH.  P.  7,  4,  1 1  ;  loudness,  τον  ήχου, 
Amarant.  ap  Ath.  415  At. — II.  abun- 
dance. N.  T.  Η  Cor.  8,  20. 

Άδρόομαι,  as  pass,,  (αδρός)  to  grow 
ripe,  come  to  one^s  strength.  Plat.  Rep. 
498  Β :  to  be  stout,  Myron  ap.  Ath. 
657  D. 

Άδρνα,  τά,  =  άκρόδρνα,  prob.  1. 
Pind.  Fr.  126;  said  to  be  Sicilian,  cf. 
Hesych.,  et  Ath.  83  A. 


ΑΔΥΤ 

Άδρνάς,  άδος,  ή,  [a  copul.,  δονς") 
=  Άμαδρυάς,  Anth.  tP.  9,  664,  Nonii. 
Dion.  22,  14. 

νΑδρνμη,  ης,  ή.  Strab.,  and  Άδρΰ- 
μης,  ητος,  b,  Polyb.  15,  5,  3,  Diod.  S. 
20,  17,  Adrumetum.  a  city  m  Africa 
Propria: — adj.  Άδρυμητινός,  η,  όν, 
of  Adrumetum. 

'Άδρυνσις,  εως,  η,  a  ripening,  bring- 
ing to  maturity,  Arist.  Metaph.  11,  9: 
from 

Άδρύνω.  f.  -ννώ,  (αδρός)  to  make 
ripe,  ripen,  Xen.  Mem.  4,  3, 10; — pass., 
to  grow  ripe,  ripen,  Hdt.  1,  193:  v. 
άδρέω,  (ίδρόω. 

Άδρυπτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  δμύπτω) 
not  scratching  or  tearing,  Nonn.  iD.  1 1 
137. 

Άδνγλωσσος,  -επής,  -μελής.  Dor. 
for  ήδν-,  Pind.  * 

Άδνναμέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  be  unable, 
c.  inf.,  dub.  1.  Plat.  Crit.  121  B,  ubi 
Ast  άδυνατέω :  and 

Άόννΰμία,  ας,  ή,  want  of  strength, 
power,  etc.,  debility,  Hdt.  8,  111,  Plat. 
Legg.  646  C,  etc.  ;  tr/  τον  λέγειν  άδ., 
want  of  ability  in  public  speaking, 
Antiph.  129,  33t :  poverty,  Xen.  Oec. 
20,  22 :  from 

Αδύναμος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  δνναμαι) 
—  αδύνατος,  Diosc.  5,  13.  [ϋ] 

Άδννασια,  ας,  ή,=^άδνναμία,  άδυ- 
νατία,  Hdt.  3,  79;  7,  172. 

νΑδυνάστεντας,  ον,  (α  priv.,  δυνα- 
στεύω) not  ruled  over,  Synes. 

ΆδνναστΊ,  adv.,  impotently. 

Άδννΰτέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  be  αδύνα- 
τος, to  want  strength,  like  άδνναμέω, 
Epich.  p.  90,  tXen.  Mem.  1,  2,  23t, 
Plat.  Rep.  366  D,  etc.  :  c.  inf.,  to  be 
unable  to  do,  Arist.  Eth.  N.  10,  4,  10, 
etc.    Hence 

Άδννατία,  ας,  ή,:=άδνναμία,  tonly 
on  auth.  of  Thorn.  M.,  cf.  Lob.  ad 
Phryn.  p.  508. 

Αδύνατος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  δυνατός) 
unable  to  do  a  thing,  c.  inf..  Hdt.  3, 
138,  Epich.  p.  105,  etc.— 2.  absol., 
without  strength,  powerless, weukly. Hat. 

5,  9  ;  oi  αδύνατοι,  nien  disabled  fot 
service,  invalids,  paupers,  cf.  L}'S.  νπέρ 
τοϋ  αδυνάτου,  I3uckh  P.  Ε.  1,  323, 
sqq,  ;  άδ.  τοις  χρήμασι,  poor,  Thuc 
7,  28  ;  εϊς  τι.  Plat.  Hipp.  Min.  366  Β  : 
— also  of  things,  itlsabled,  νέες,  Hdt. 

6,  16  : — TO  άδ.,  want  of  strength.  Plat. 
Hipp.  Maj.  296  A. — Π.  pass.,  wnaft/c  to 
be  done,  impossible,  αδύνατον  (Ιστι)  c. 
inf ,  Hdt.  1,  32  ;  or  more  freq.  αδύνα- 
τα (εστί).  Id.  1,  91,  and  Thuc. :  tc. 
dat.  et  inf  c.  ώστε.  Plat.  Protag.  338 
Ct:  TO  άδ.,  impossibility,  Hdt.  9,  60, 
cf  Valck.  Hipp.  370.  Adv.  -τως,  άδ. 
έχειν,  to  be  unwell,  Antipho  122,  42, 
and  Plat.  tAx.  364  Bt.— Little  used 
in  Poets,  and  of  the  Trag.  only  by 
Eur.  tAndr.  746,  Or.  665,  etc.t.  \y] 

Άδύπνοος,  Dor.  for  ήδ•,  Pind. 

y Αδνρμαχίδαι,  ών,  οι,  the  Adyrma- 
chidae,  an  African  people,  Hdt.  4, 
168. 

ΤΑδύρμαχος,  ov,  6.  Adyrmachus,  a 
ruler  of  Machlyene,  Luc.  Tox.  44. 

Άδνς,  έα,  ύ,  Dor.  for  ηδύς,  tfem. 
άδέα,  Epicharm.  ap.  Ath.  321  I) ;  ace. 
sing,  άδέα  for  ήδύν.  Theocr.  20,  44 ; 
and  for  ήδεϊαν.  Id.  20,  8. 

Άδνςώπητος,ον,(α  ρήν.,δυςωπέω) 
not  to  be  put  out  of  countenance,  shame- 
less, inexorable,  Plut.  2,  64  F,  etc.  Adv. 
-τως. 

Άδυτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  δύω)  not  to  be 
entered,  Pind.  P.  11,  7. — II.  Usu.  as 
siibst.,  άδντον,  τό,  the  innermost  sanc- 
tuary or  shriyie,  Lat.  adytum,  II.  5,  448, 
512;  where  however  the  gender  is 
not  determined  ;  but  it  is  to  ύδντον 
in  Hdt.  5,  72,  Eur.,  tlon  938t,  Plat., 


ΑΕΘΛ 

etc. ;  ό  άδυτος  only  in  Η.  Horn.  Merc. 
247. 

Άιδω,  άδω,  Att.  contr.  for  άείδω, 
q.  V.  ' 

^Αδώμητος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  δωμάω) 
unbuilt,  iNonn.  tD.  17,  40. 

'λόών,  όνος,  ή.  Dor.  for  αηδών, 
Mosch.  3,  9.  [ώ] 

Άδων,  ωνος,  ό,='λδυνις,  Nossis; 
V.  Burin.  Prop.  2,  10,53.  [ά] 

^Αδωναία,  ας,  ή,  epith.  of  Venus, 
Orph.  tArg.  30. 

Άδωναϊος,  a,  ov,  and  Άδώνίιος, 
a,  ov',  of  or  belonging  to  Adonis,  to  'Ad. 
='Αδωνις,  Plut.  2,  756  C. 

Άδώνια,  ων,  τύ,  the  mourning  for 
Adonis,  celebrated  yearly  by  Greek 
matrons,  Cratin.  Buc.  2,  cf.Theocr.  15. 

Άδωνίάζω,  f.  -άσω,  to  keep  the  Ado- 
ma,  Argum.  Theocr.  15. 

Αδωνιύς,  άδος,  ή,  =  Άδωναία, 
Nonn.  tD.  33,  25. 

Άδωνιασμός,  ov,  ό,  (Άδωνίάζω) 
the  mourning  for  Adonis,  Ar.  Lys.  390. 

Άδώνιον,  ov,  TO.  a  statue  of  Adonis 
borne  in  the  Adonia. 

νΑδώνιος,  ov,  ό,  an  unus.  collat. 
form  of  'Αδωνις,  Cratin.  and  Ar.  in 

B.  A.  1,  p.  346:  cf  Plant.  Menaech. 
1,  2,  35. — II.  a  species  of  verse  com- 
posed of  a  dactyl  and  spondee. 

Άδωνις,  ιδος,  ό,  Adonis,  son  of 
Cinyras  and  Myrrha.  favorite  of  Ve- 
nus. tHence  applied  genl.  to  a  fa- 
vorite, a  beloved  object,  Luc.  Merc. 
Cond.  35,  Alciphr.  1,  39.-2.  the  title 
of  a  comedy  of  Plato,  etc.,  Meineke,  1 , 
167t. — II.  Άδώριόος  K!J~ol,  pots  fur 
sowing  cress  and  such  like  ijuick-grouing 
herbs  in.  Plat.  Phaedr.  276  Β  ;  hence 
proverbially  of  any  short-lived  pleas- 
ure, Heindorf  and  Stallbaum  ad  1. — 
III.  a  sea-fish,  elsewh.  έξώκοίτος, 
Clearrh.  ap.  Ath.  332  C.  [it] 

Άόωρητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  όωρίομαι) 
—άδωρης,  Η.  Horn.  Merc.  168. 

'Αδωρία,  ας,  φ,  {ΰδωρος)  α  being  in- 
corruptible. 

Άδωροδόκητος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  δωρο- 
δοκέω)= άδωροδόκος,  Aeschin.  65,21, 
etc.     Adv.  -τως,  Dem.  310,  22. 

Άδωροδοκία,   ας,  ή,==άδωρία,  Dio 

C.  Fr.  37  :  from 

Άδωροδόκος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  δώρον, 
δέχομαι) incorruptible,  Anlh.  P.  9, 779 ; 
tNonn.  D.  4,  33. 

Άδωρόληπτος,  ov,  (a  piiv.,  δώρον, 
λαμβάνω)  =foreg. 

Άδωρος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  δώρον)  with- 
out gifts,  taking  none,  incorruptible,  C. 
gen.,  χρηαάτων,  Thuc.  2.  65.-2.  with- 
out pay,  Bockh  Inscr.  1,  p.  790. — II. 
giving  no  gifts,  c.  gen.,  ΰδ.  τίνος,  not 
giving  it.  Plat.  Symp.  197  D.— III.  in 
Soph.  Aj.  674.  άδωρα  δώρα,  gifts  that 
are  no  gifts,  like  βίος  αβίωτος:  cf. 
δνςδωρος. 

Άδώτης,  ov,  ό,  one  who  gives  no- 
thing, Hes.  Op.  353. 

Άέ,  Dor.  for  άεί,  Pind.  P.  9,  154. 
[ώ] 

Άεδνος,  ov,  without  εδνα,  undow- 
ered. 

Άέδνωτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  έδνόω)= 
foreg.  :  hence  unaffinnced.  Lye.  549 

Άεθλενω,  Ep.  and  Ion.  for  άθλενω, 
II.  t4.  389t,  and  Hdt.  t5,  22. 

Άίβλέω,  Ep.  and  Ion.  for  ΰθλέω, 
Hdt.  tl,  67. 

ΆεθΆητήρ.  άεθλήτης,  poet,  for 
αθλ-.  Pind.,  Theocr. 

ΆέΟλιον,  ov,  TO,  Ep.  and  Ion.  for 
αθλον,  Horn. :  strictly  iieut.  from 

'Αεθλως,  ov,  also  a,  ov,  (άεθλον) 
gaining  the  prize,  or  running  for  it,  ύ. 
ϊππος,  a  race-horse,  Theogn.  257 ; 
άέθλ.  μήλον,  the  apple  of  discord, 
Anth.  P.  9,  637. 


ΑΕΙΔ 

'  ΥΑέθ?αος,  ov,  6,  Aethlius.  son  of  Ju- 
piter or  Aeolus,  king  of  Elis,  Paus. 
5,  1,  3.— Others  in  Ath.  ;  etc. 

Άεθλον.  ov,  TO,  Ep.  and  Ion.  for 
αθλον,  Horn.,  and  Hdt. ;  sometimes 
also  Att.,  at  least  Trag. 

Άεθ/.ος,  ov,  ό,  Ε  μ.  and  Ion.  for 
άθ?Μς,  q.  v.,  freq.  in  Horn,  (who  has 
the  common  form  only  in  Od.  8, 160), 
and  Hdt.     Hence 

Άεθλοαννη,  ης,  ή,  a  contest,  a  strug- 
gle, Anth.  P.  5,  294. 

Άεθ?.οφόρος,  ov,  Ep.  and  Ion.  for 
αθλοφόρος,  II.,  and  Hdt. 

ΆΕΓ,  adv.,  ever,  always,  for  ever, 
Horn.,  etc. :  often  with  other  specifi- 
cations of  time,  as  διαμπερές,  συνε- 
χές, έμμενές  αίεί,  Hom. ;  άεΙ  καθ' 
ήμέραν,  καθ'  ί/μέραν  άεί,  άεΙ  καΐ  καθ' 
ήμέραν,  κατ'  ενιαντόν,  δια  βίον,  εκά- 
στοτε, etc.,  Heind.  Plat.  Phaed.  75 
D,  Schaf.  Greg.  169,  .Appar.  ad  Dem. 
3,  265,  Pors.  Phoen.  1422;  δενρ'  άεί, 
until  now,  Pors.  Orest.  1679  ;  also 
εις  άεί  or  είςαεί. — With  the  Artie, 
ό  άεΐ  χρόνος,  eternity  ;  oi  άεΐ  δντες, 
the  immortals : — but,  ό  άει  κρατών, 
whoeDfr  is  ruler,  etc.,  Aesch.  Pr.  937, 
v.  Herm.  Eur.  Supp.  p.  ix.,etc. — This 
word  had  twelve  forms,  Schaf  Greg. 
348;— of  which  we  may  here  notice, 
—  1.  άεί,  strictly  Alt.,  but  thrice  in 
Hom. — 2.  αίεί.  Ion.  and  poet.,  and — 
3.  to  shorten  the  ult.,  αίέν,  very  freq. 
in  Hom — 4.  αίές  and  άές.  Dor. — 5.  άέ, 
Pind.  P.  9,  154.— 6.  άί,  Aeol.— (Kijh- 
ner,  Ausf  Gratnm.  ij.  363,  lorins  αίεί 
from  a  snbst.  aiov,  aiFov,  aevum:  cf. 
άβεεί,  and  the  Dor.  οικεί  for  οίκω.) 
[Pors..  Praef  Hec.  p.  iv..  with  most 
English  scholars,  hold  the  first  syll. 
to  be  common ;  Herm.  Soph.  Aj.  p. 
xix,  and  most  Germans  read  αίεί 
wherever  the  first  must  be  long,  v. 
Ellendt  Lex.  Soph.] 

N.  B.  Some  compds.  of  άε/,  which 
are  m  no  way  altered  by  compos., 
are  left  out :  for  prob.  they  ought 
to  be  written  divisim,  and  they 
can  always  be  found  under  the 
simple  form. 

Άειβλαστέω,  ώ,  f.  -ησω,  to  be  ever 
budding :  from 

Άειβλαστής,  ες,  {άεί,  βλαστάνω, 
βλαστείν)  ever-buddmg,  Theophr. 
Hence 

Άειβλάστησις,  εως,  ή,  α  perpetual 
budding,  Theophr. 

Άεί3ο7Μς,  ov,  {άεί,  βά?.λω)  contin- 
ually thrown,  Anth.  P.  6,  282. 

Άειβρνής,  ές,  {άεί,  βρνω)  ever 
sprouting,  Nic.  Th.  846. 

Άειγενεσία,  ας,  ή,  perpetual  genera- 
tion, Julian. 

Άειγενετήρ,  ηρος,  o,=  sq.,  Orph. 
Η.  7,  5. 

Άειγενέτης,  poet,  αίειγενέτης,  ov, 
ό,  {άεί,  *γένω)  epith.  of  the  gods  in 
Hom.,  like  αίέν  ίόντες,  everlasting, 
immortal. 

Άειγενής,  ες,  Att.  for  άειγενέτης. 
Plat.  Legg.  773  E,  ace.  to  Bekk. ;  ubi 
olim  άειγεννής. 

Άειγεννήτης,  ov,  ό,  (άεί,  γεννάω) 
a  perpetual  begetter. 

'.Κείγνητος,  ον,=  (ίειγενέτηΓ,  Orph. 
Arg.  15. 

Άειδέλιος.  ov,=  sq. 

Άεί'£5ελοζ•,  ov,  {a  priv..  *εΙδω)  un- 
seen, dark,  Hes.  Er.  61. — II.  7iot  to  be 
looked  on,  horrible,  0pp.  H.  1,  86,  etc.  : 
dazzling,  Nic.  Th.  20.  {For  άίδηλος, 
like  άίδιος  for  άείδιος,  άττερείσιος  for 
άττεφέσιος,  Buttm.  Lexil.  s.  v.  άίδη- 
λος 7.) 

'.\ειδίις.  ές,  (α  priv.,  *Ρείδω,  Lat. 
video)  unseen,  without  bodili/  form,  im- 
material, opp.  to  σωματοειδής,  oft.  in  [ 


ΑΕΙΘ 

Plat.,  as  Phaed.  79  Α.— Π.  {a  priv., 
είδέναι)  unknown,  oUtcure,  Plal.  Ax. 
365  C. — III.  {είδος)  =  δυςίΐδ//ς.  un- 
sightly, Philetaer.  Cyn.  1. — Adv.  -δώς, 
Theophr.     Hence 

Άειδία,  ας,  ή,  deformity,  Joseph 
tBell.  Jud.  7,  5,  5. 

Άειδίνητος,  ov,  {άεί,  δινέω)  ever- 
revolving,  Leon.  Tar.  9.  [i] 

Άείδιος,  a,  ov,  ίος,  ov,  Orac.  ap. 
Didym.  Alex,  quoted  by  Lob,  Agla- 
oph.  p.  9i9t,  adj.  from  άεί,  as  setnpi- 
ternus  from  semper,  everlasting.  Hence 
Άειδονλεία,  ας,  ή,  and  άειδονλία, 
ή,  perpetual  slavery  :  from 

Άείδον?Μς,  ov,  (άεί,  δούλος)  aper- 
petual  slave,  Plautus'  (tPers.  3,  3, 
17t)  perenniservus,  dub.  in  Ael.  tN.  A. 
6,  10. 

Άείδω,  Att.  contr.  άδω  (also  used 
by  Alcae.,  Archil.,  and  Theocr.) :  fut. 
άείσομαι,  Att.  άσομαι  (also  in  H. 
Hom.  5,  2),  rarely  in  act.  form  άείσω 
(Epigr.  Hom.  14,  1,  Theogn.  4),  Att. 
άσω  (Eur.  H.  F.  681),  Dor.  άσώ  (The- 
ocr. 1,  145). 

To  sing,  til.  1,  604,  etc.t :  hence  of 
all  kinds  of  sounds  of  the  voice,  to 
crow  as  cocks,  tuitter  as  swallows, 
hoot  as  owls,  croak  as  frogs,  etc.  : — 
also  of  other  sounds,  as  the  twanging 
of  the  bow-strmg,  Od.  21,  411  ;  the 
whistling  of  the  wind  through  a  tree, 
Mosch.  5,  8 ;  the  ringing  of  a  stone 
when  struck,  Theocr.  7,  26.  Con- 
struction : — άείδ.  τινί,  to  sing  to  one, 
Od.  22,  316  ;  but  also  to  vie  with  one 
in  singing.  Theocr.  8,  6  :  αδ.  προς 
αί'λόν  or  νπ'  αν?.όν,  to  sing  to  the 
flute,  Plut. — II.  trans.: — 1.  c.  ace. 
rei,  to  sing,  chant,  άείδ.  ]μήνιν  Αγ., 
II.  1,  1,  παιήονα,  1,  473t,  κλέα  αν- 
δρών, νόστον.  etc.,  til.  9,  189,  Od.  8, 
73  ;  1,  326t,  etc. :  but  also  absol.,  ά. 
άμφί  τίνος,  to  sing  in  one's  praise, 
Od.  8,  267  ;  εις  τίνα,  Ar.  Lys.  1243 : 
— later  simp\y=  καλείν,  Ael.  H.  A.  2, 
28.  —  2.  C.  ace.  pers.,  to  sing,  praise, 
like  Lat.  canere,  Pind.  p.  5,  32,  and 
Att. :  hence  in  Pass.,  άείδεται  θρέ- 
■ψαισ'  ήρωας  is  celebrated  as  the  nurse 
of  heroes,  Pind.  P.  8,  35. — 3.  in  pass, 
also,  to  resound  with  song,  Pind.  O.  10 
(11),  92.  [a,  but  a  in  arsis,  Od.  17, 
519.  Theocr.  7,  41,  etc.] 

Άειεστώ,  όος,  ή,  {άεί,  έστω)  eternal 
being,  Antipho  ap.  Harp.,  cf.  ενεστώ, 
άπεστώ. 

Άειζωΐα,  ας,  ή,  {αεί,  ζωή)  eternal 
life,  Eccl. 

Άειζωος,  ov,  Att.  contr.  άείζως,  ων, 
ever-living,  everlasting,  πόα,  both  in 
Aesch.  Fr.  28  ;  πένθος.  Soph  Fr. 
807.  —  II.  TO  άείζωον,  an  evergreen 
plant,  houseleek,  Lat.  sempervivum, 
Theophr. 

Άείζωστος,  ov,  {άεί,  ζώνννμι)  ever- 
girded,  aye-ready. 

Άείζωτος,  oi',=  foreg. 
Άειζώων,  οντάς,   δ,  ή,   ever-living. 
Call.  Del.  314. 

Άειθύ?ιέω,  ώ,  f.  -?/σω,  to  be  ever- 
green, Nonn.  :  from 

Αειθαλής,  ές,  {άεί,  θάλ/^ω,  θαλεΐν) 
ever-green.  Mel.  2.  tmetaph.,  ever- 
blooming,  ever-fair,  ^ilpnt,  Orph.  H. 
43,  5,  Χάριτες,  Id.  60,  5t :  άειθαλλής, 
ές,  and  άειθηλής,  ές,  Jac.  Α.  P.  545 
sq. 

ΥΑειθάνής,  ές,  {άεί,  θνήσκω)  ever- 
dying,  in  constant  fear  of  death,  Man- 
eth.  1,  166. 

νΑειΟεήρ,  6,  ever  running  through 
air,  fancUul  deriv.  in  Plat  Crat.  410 
B,  for  αίθήρ,  otl  άει  θεϊ  περί  τον  αέρα 
βέων. 

Άειθερής,  ές,  (.άεί,  θέρω)  always 
warming,  Eratosth. 

25 


ΑΕΙΠ 

^Κίίθονρος,  ον,  (ύεί,  θονρος)  ever- 
warlike,  Ορρ.  C.  2,  189. 

Άείκαρ-ος,  ον,  ever-fruitful. 

Άεικείη,  Att.  contr.  αίκία  (q.  ν), 
otarage,  insult,  II.  24,  19,  Od.  20,  308: 
the  MSS.  of  Hdt.  also  give  άεικύ), 
Gaisf.  ad  1,  115. 

Άεικέ'λίος,  ία,  lov,  but  also  ος,  ον, 
Od.  19,  341  ;  coUat.  poet,  form  for 
άεικής,  Horn. ;  contr.  αΙκέ?.ιος,  Od. 
13,  402,  II.  14,  Θ4,  Theogn.  1344:  of 
persons,  things,  words,  and  actions  : 
also  in  Hdt.,  and  Att.  (in  contr. 
form). 

'λείκής,  ες,  Att.  contr.  αΐκής,  ες, 
(α  priv.,  εικός)  unseemly,  shabby,  piti- 
ful, mean,  insulting,  shamtful,  II.  1, 
456,  etc.  Adv.  -κώς,  Soph."  tEl.  102t, 
etc. ;  Ion.  -κέως,  Simon.  19  Schnei- 
dew. ;  Att.  αΐκώς:  άεικές  as  adv., 
Od.  17,  216. 

Άεικία,  ας,  i),  v.  sub  άεικείη. 

Άεικίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  Att.  contr.  αίκίζω, 
(άεΐκής) :  —  to  treat  unseemly,  insult, 
abuse,  Hom.,  who  also  has  Ep.  aor. 
mid.  άίΐκισσασθαί,  11.  IG,  559,  in  act. 
signf. ;  but  also  Ep.  inf.  aor.  pass. 
άεικισθήμεναι,  Od.  18,  222. 

ΆεικΙνησία,  ας,  ή,  perpetual  motion, 
Galen  :  from 

'Αεικίνητος,  ον,  {άεί,  κΐνέω)  ever- 
tnoving,  in  perpetual  motion,  Plat. 
Phaedr.  240  C.  Adv.  -τως,  Arist. 
Mund.  6,  37.  ^ 

ΆείΤιάλος,  ον.  (άεί,  λαλέω)  ever- 
babbling.  Mel.  95,  5. 

' ΚειΆαμπής,  ές.  (άεί,  λάμπω)  ever- 
shining,  Stob.  Eel.  1,  p.  494. 

Άεί?ιΙβής,  ές,  ( άεί,  λείβω )  ever- 
flowing,  Νοηη. 

'Χεί?αχνος,  ον,  ever  eager,  Philo. 

Άει'λογέω,  ώ,  ί.  -ησω,  to  be  always 
talking:  and 

'Χει?.ονία,  ας,  ή,  a  continual  talking. 
— II.  as  Att.  law  term,  t//v  άειλυγίαν 
προτείνεσθαι,  παρέχειν,  to  court  con- 
tinual inquiry  into  one's  conduct, 
Dem.  341,  16;  1306,  15.     From 

'λειλόγος,  ον,  (ύεί,  λέγω)  always 
talking. 

Άει/ίΟς,  ον,  (α  priv.,  εϊλη)  unsun- 
ned, Aesch.  Fr.  411. 

Άείμηργος.  ον,  (άεί,  μύργος)  ever 
greedy,  Ορρ.  Hal.  2,  213. 

Άειμνημόνεντος,  ον.  (άεί,  μνημο- 
νεύω) ever-remembered,  Joseph. 

Άειμνήμων,  ον,  gen.  όνος,  (άεί, 
μνήμων  )  ever-rememberin g ,  of  good 
memory,  Arist.  Physiogn.  3,  14. 

' Κείμνηστος.  ον,  also  η,  ον,  The- 
ogn. 1202  Bekk.,  and  Anth.  :  (άεί, 
μιμνήσκομαι)  : — in  everlasting  remem- 
brance, Thuc.  1,  33:  ever-memorable, 
everlasting.  Soph.  Aj.  1166,  Eur.,  and 
freq.  in  Oratt.  Adv.  -τως,  Aeschin. 
52,  22. 

V  λείμνηστος.  ον,  ό,  A'imnestus, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Hdt.  9,  64  ;  Thuc.  3,  52. 

'λ.εινΰής.  ff.=  sq.,  Nic.  ap.  Ath.  61 
A,  in  Ep.  dat.  pi.  άειναεεααι. 

Άείναος,  ov,^=  αέναος,  ποταμός, 
Hdt.  1,93. 

Άειναϋται,  ύν,  οι,  {άεί,  νανς)  α 
Milesian  magistracy,  which  held  Its 
sittings  on  shipboard,  Plut.  2,  298  C. 

Άείνηστις,  ιος,  ό,  ή,  (άεί,  νηβτις) 
ever-fasting,  Anth.  P.  9,  409. 

Άείνως.  ων,  Att.  contr.  for  άεί- 
ναος, Ar.  Ran.  146. 

ΆειπάΟεια,  ας,  ή,  continual  suffer- 
ing or  passion :  [τά]  from 

Άειπύθής,  ές,  (άεί,  παθεΐν)  ever- 
suffering.  Onto  ap.  Stob.  p.  43,  42. 

Άειπΰλής,  ές,  (άεί,  πάλλω)  in  con- 
stant vibration. 

Άειπλαντ/ς,  ές,=  ssq. 
■    Άείπλ,άνος,   οτ,  (άεί,  πλανάομαι) 
ever-wandiring,  Epigr. 
26 


ΑΕΙΦ 

νλεφείτη,  ης,  η,  (άεί,  1)έω)  the  ever- 
flowing,  a  fanciful  deriv.  for  αρετή  in 
Plat.  Crat.  415  D. 

Άείροος,  ον,  contr.  -ρονς,  ovv,=sq. 

Άείρντος,  ον,  (άεί,  βέω)  ever-flow- 
ing. Soph.  Ο.  C.  469. 

ΆΕΓΡΩ,  Ion.  and  poet,  for  Att. 
αίρω,  fut.  άερω  [ΰ],  contr.  άρω  [α] : 
aor.  act.  ηιιρα  and  άειρα.  subj.  άέρσω: 
aor.  mid.  i/ειράμην,  τφάμι^ν,  άράμην, 
the  other  moods  usu.  from  aor.  2  άρέ- 
σθαι :  aor.  pass,  ήέρθιιν,  poet,  άέρβην : 
pf.  pass.  part,  ήερμένος,  3  sing,  plqpf. 
pass.  Ep.  άωρτο. 

To  lift,  heave,  raise  up,  ίνψοο'  άεί- 
ρειν,  II.  10,  465,  and  in  pass.,  ν-φοσ 
άερθείς,  Od.  12,  432t,  hence  to  bear, 
carry,  νόσφίν,  έκ  βελέων  άείρειν,  11. 
16,  678  ;  24,  583  ;  άχθος  άείρειν,  of 
ships  of  burden,  Od.  3,  312  ;  to  carry 
off  as  plunder,  Od.  21,  18  :  but,  olvov 
άείρειν  τινί,  to  hand  or  offer  one  wine,  | 
11.  6,  264  :  oft.  in  participle  with  verbs 
of  motion,  άείρης  επεθήκατο,  II.  10, 
30,  cf.  Od.  1,  141,  II.  6,  293,  etc.— Π. 
mid.,  to  lift  up  for  one''s  self,  i.  e.  bear 
off,  xuin,  take,  freq.  c.  ace.  rei,  esp.  in 
Hom.,  e.  g.  II.  23,  856 :  έλκος  άρέ- 
σθαι,  II.  14,  130.  Cf.  αίρω.  — 2.  to 
raise  or  stir  up,  νεΐκος,  Theogn.  90 ; 
άείρ.  πόλίεμον,  to  undertake  a  long 
war,  Hdt.  7,  132,  156  : — άείρασθαι 
τά  ιστία,  to  hoist  sail,  Hdt.  8,  56,  94  ; 
also  without  ιστία,  Hdt.  1.  27  :  so 
Ap.  Rh.  has  άείρειν  ιστία  in  act.,  2, 
1229. — III.  pass.  (tusu.  aor.  άέρθην 
in  mid.  signf.)  to  raise  one's  selfi,  to 
rise  up,  arise,  \άερθέντες  εκ  των  Οι- 
νουσσέων  έπλεον,  they  rose  up  and 
sailed  away  from  the  Oenussae,  Hdt. 
1,  lG5;t  άερθέντες  πλιέειν  ές  Σαρδώ, 
to  rise  up  and  sail  to  Sardinia,  Id.  1, 
170,  tof  sea  voyages,  whence  some 
e.xplain  άερθέντ^ς  having  raised  an- 
chori  ;  but  also  of  land -journeys, 
as  ^άερθέντες  άπαλλάσσοντο,  they 
rose  up  and  departed.  Id.  9,  52t : 
άερθείς,  like  Lat.  elatus,  rising  above 
or  exceeding  due  limits,  Pind.  N. 
7,  111.  The  form  άείρω,  being  Ion., 
is  always  used  by  Hdt.,  as  also  by 
Horn.,  except  11.  17,  724  :  sometimes 
also  in  Pind.  and  Lyric  places  of 
Trag.,  never  in  Att.  prose,  [ά  when 
not  augmented,  yet  a  in  arsis  in  later 
writers.] 

t'Aei'f,  part.  pres.  from  άηαι. 

νΧεισάμην,  Ion.  1  aor.  mid.  from 
άείδω. 

V \εισέβαστος,  ον,  (άεί,  σεβαστός) 
=  Lat.  semper-augustus,  Hdn. 

Άείσεο,  an  irreg.  imper.  aor.  1  mid. 
from  άείόω,  Η.  Hom.  17,  1. 

Άεισθεντ/ς,  ές,  (άεί,  σθένος)  ever- 
strong. 

ΆείσΙτος,  ον,  (άεί,  σιτέω)  always 
fed :  esp.  of  those  who  lived  at  the 
public  expense  in  the  Prytaneum,  v. 
Bockh  Inscr.  1,  p.  322:  said  of  a 
parasite,  Epich.  p.  14.  [a-,  in  Epich. 
I.e.] 

Άεισκώφ,  a  kind  of  σκώ-φ,  Arist. 
H.  A.  9,  28,  1. 

Άεισμα,  ατός,  τό,  poet,  and  Ion. 
for  άσμα,  as  άείδω  for  άόω,  Hdt.  2, 
79,  but  also  in  Eupol.  Helot.  3. 

Άεισόος,  ον,  (άεί,  σώζω)  ever- safe, 
Νοηη. 

Άειστρεφής,  ές,  (άεί,  στρέφω)  ever- 
turning,  Greg.  Naz. 

Άείσίψος,  ον,  (έιεί,  σύρω)  ever- 
dragging,  οί  ants  (ore  trahit  quodcun- 
que  potest,  Hor.),  v.  1.  for  άήσνρος  in 
Aesch.  Pr.  450. 

Άείτας,  a,  6,  Boeot.  for  αετός. 
Lye.  461. 

Άειφύνής,  ές,  (άεί,  φαίνομαι)  ever- 
1  shining,  of  stars,  Arr.  Ind.  24,  6. — 2. 


ΑΕΛΑ 

always  visible,  of  the  pole,  Stob.  Eel 

1,  p.  900. 

Αείφάτος,  ον,  (άεί,  φημί)  ever-famed. 
Or.  Sib. 

'Χειφλεγής,  ές,  (άεί,  φλέγω)  ever- 
burning, Greg.  Naz.,  tnow  read  in 
Anth.  P.  11,  409  for  άφειύεές. 

Άειφόρος,  ον,  (άεί.  φέρω)  ever-bear- 
ing, esp.  fruits,  Soph.  Fr.  509,  ubi  al. 
άείφρονρος,  cf.  Hesych.  s.  v.,  Meineke 
Cratin.  Malth.  1,  7. 

Άειφρονρητος,  ον,  (άεί,  φρονρέω) 
=:sq.,  Νοηη. 

Άείφρυνρος,  ον,  (  άεί,  φρουρά  )— 
ever-xvalched,  or  ever-watching,  ever- 
wakeful,  of  the  nether  world.  Soph. 
Ant.  891  ;  άπονοι,  Ορρ.  Η.  4, 189  :  and 
so  ever-verdant,  perennial,  of  the  μελί- 
λωτον,  Craiin.  Malth  1,  7t :  ci.  άει- 
φόρος. 

Αειφϋγία,  ας,  ή,  (άεί,  φνγή)  exile 
for  life,  φενγέτω  άειφυγίαν.  Plat. 
Legg.  877  C  ;  άειφνγία  ζημιοϋν  τίνα, 
Dem.  528,  7. 

Άειφνλλία,  ας,  ή,  α  being  άείφυλ- 
λος,  Theophr. 

Άείφυλλος,  ον,  (άεί,  φύλλον)  ever- 
green, Theophr. 

Άείχλωρος,  ον,  (άεί,  χλ.ωρός)  ever- 
green, Euphor.  Fr.  64. 

Άειχρόνιος,  ον,  (άεί,  χρόνος)  ever- 
lasting, Anth.  P.  12,  229. 

Άεκαζόμενος,  η,  ον,  (άέκωί')  un- 
willing, resisting,  Od.  18,  135;  ττόλλ' 
άεκαζόμενος,  Virgil's  multa  reluctans, 
Od.  13.  277. 

Άεκήλιος,  ον,  for  άεικέλιος,  II.  18, 
77 ;  cf.  άείύελος. 

Άέκητι,  or  άεκητί.  Epic  adv., 
against  the  will,  oft.  in  Hom.,  tOd.  4, 
665,  etct,  c.  gen.,  ^άέκ7ΐτι  σέθεν,  Od. 

3,  213t,  σεν  άέκητι,  Lat.  invito  te,  0<1. 

4.  504  ;  βεών  άέκητι,  Lat.  non  propitiis 
Diis,  II.  12,  8.   [ά,  ί]. 

Άεκονσιος,  ον,  also  ία,  ιον,  Luc. ; 
Att.  contr.  ακούσιος,  (a  jiriv.,  εκού- 
σιος) : — against  the  will,  forced,  Hdt. 

2,  162,  also  in  Soph.  Tr.  1263. 
Άέκων,  ονσα,  ον,  Att.  contr.  άκων 

[ά]  :  (a  priv.,  εκών) : — against  the  ivill, 
unwilling,  \άέκοντος  έμείο,  II.  1,  3l0t : 
without  design  or  purpose,  Hom.  : 
strengthd.,  πόλλ.'  άέκων,  II.  11,  557: 
— Hom.  uses  the  contr.  form  only  in 
phrase  τω  6'  ουκ  άκοντε  πετέσθην, 
II.  5,  366,  Od.  3,  484  ;  otherwise  it 
first  occurs  in  H.  Hom.  Cer.  413: 
Hdt.  also  prefers  the  longer  form. 

Άέλικτος,  ον,  (  a  priv.,  ελίσσω  ) 
with  coils  relaxed,  v.  1.  m  Orac.  ap. 
Hdt.  6,  77,  for  τριέλικτος. 

Άέλιυι,  ων,  οί,  brothers-in-law, 
Hesych.  :  cf.  είνάτερες.  [ΰ  ?] 

Άέλιος,  ον,  ό.  Dor.  for  ηέλιος, 
ήλιος,  [ά  seemingly  in  Pind.,  and 
here  and  there  in  Trag.,  Herm.  Soph. 
Tr.  832,  tbut  cf.  Wunder  Emend,  in 
Soph.  Tr.  p.  70t:  in  these  cases 
Bockh  thinks  that  άε-  forms  one  long 
syll.] 

Άελλα,  ης,  ή,  a  stormy  wind,  esp. 
when  opposing  winds  meet,  a  whirl- 
wind, oft.  in  Hom.,  not  rare  also  in 
plur.  ;  άελλ.α  άργαλέων  άνεμων,  II. 
13,  795;  άελλαι  παντοίων  άνεμων, 
Od.  5,  292,  304.— 2.  metaph.  of  any 
whirling  motion,  ά.  άστρων,  Eur.  Hel. 
1498  :  but  the  word  is  mostly  Ep. 
(Prob.  from  εΐλω,  Ίλλω,  like  άολλής, 
q.  V.  :  ace.  to  others,  akin  to  Αίολος, 
άω,  άημι.  tthis  seems  preferable,  cf. 
θύ-ελ,λα  from  θν-ω\ :  Gramm.  quote 
also  άελλέω,  άίλλομαι.)  [uf]   Hence 

ΆελλαΙος,  a,  ov,  storm-swift,  πε• 
λειάς.  Soph.  Ο.  C.  1081. 

Άελλάς,  άδος,  7/.^foreg.,  'ίππος, 
Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  467 ;  άελλάς  φωνή,  Soph. 
Fr.  614. 


A  ΕΝΑ 

'λε7.7.ήΐίς,  εσσα,  εν,  ^  άΐλ?.αϊος, 
Νοηη.  tD.  5,  322. 

Άε/./.τ/ς  κονίσαλος,  ύ.  in  II.  3,  13, 
eddying  dust,  i.  e.  an  eddy  of  dust, 
not  found  elsewh. :  Buttm.,  Ausf.  Gr. 
^  41  Anm.  15  n..  would  write  ae/./i/f, 
contr.  from  άελ/.ήεις :  cf.  Spitzn. 
ad  1.         ^ 

νΑε?.λόδρομος,  ov,  {ΰε'/./.α,  όρα- 
μεϊν)  running  slorm-swift,  storm-suijt, 
Άχιλενς,  Tzetz.  Antehom.  189. 

Άε/.λόβριξ,  τρίχος,  ό,  ή.  (ύε/.λα, 
θρίξ)  W'ith  hair  floating  in  the  windt, 
with  dishevelled  hair,  Soph.  Fr.  273. 

Άελλομύχος,  ov,  (άελλα,  μάχομαι) 
struggling  with  the  storm,  Anth.  P.  7, 
586.    [ύ]      _ 

Άε/.'/.οττΰδης,  ov,  ό,=:άελλόπονς, 
0pp.  C.  1,41.3. 

Άε/.?.ό~ος,  for  άε?:?.όπονς,  (like 
άρη~ος,  ΟΙδίπος,  τϊον/ίυ-ος,  etc.) 
(αε'/,/.α,  ττονς)  :  storm-footed,  storm- 
sivifi,  11,  8,  409,  etc.,  (never  in  Od.)  : 
dat.  pi.  άελ/ίοπόδεσσιν,  Η.  Horn. 
Ven.  218 :  pi.  ΰε?~-?ΜΤ7θδες,  -πόδων, 
Simon.,  Find.,  etc.  : — very  rare  in 
Trag.,  though  Eur.  Hel.  1330  has  it, 
cf.  Br.  Soph.  O.  T.  467.— Later  άελ- 
/.οτΐόδης. 

ν Αε'/Λόπονς,  οδός,  ό,  ή,  (ύελΛα, 
TTOiV)  siorm-fo'iied,  only  as  pr.  η.,ή,^ 
'Αελλώ,  Apbllod.  1,  9,  21. 

Άίλ/.οτΓΓερί'^,  νγος,  ό,  ή,  (άε?ιλα, 
πτέρνξ)  ivith  wings  of  the  storm,  v.  1., 
Ath.  617  A. 

Άελ/Μς,  6,  a  bird,  perh.  the  stormy 
petrel. 

'Αελλώ,  όος  contr.  ους,  f],  (άελλα) 
Storm-suift,  name  of  a  Harpy,  Hes. 
Th.  267  ;  also  of  a  hound,  Ovid. 

Άελλύδης,  ες,  {άελλα,  εΐόος)  storm- 
like, stormy. 

Άε/ιΤΐτέω,  ώ,  to  be  ύελπτος,  have  no 
hope,  despair,  in  part.  άε7.τττέοντες,  c. 
inf.,  II.  7,  310,  Hdt.  7.  168  :— the  form 
άελ-εω,  etc.,  is  defended  by  Lob. 
Phryn.  569. 

Άελ-της,  ες,  (α  priv.,  έ?ί.ττομαι) 
unhopedfor,  unexpected,•}  alav  άε?.πτέα 
δώκεν  ίδέσθαι,  Od.  5,  408  ;  ubi  olim 
άελ~έα,  v.  foreg.     Hence 

Άε/.ΤΓτία,  ας,  ή,  an  unlookedfor 
eve>U.  ές  άελτττίης,  Lat.  ex  insperato, 
unexpectedly.  Archil  13,  2:  despair, 
Pind.  P.  12.  55  [where  ι  prob.].  From 

ΆελτΓΓΟΓ.  ov,  (a  priv.,  ε/.πομηι)=^ 
άε/.πτής,  Η.  Hom.  Cer.  219 :  έξ  άέλ- 
ΤΓ-ην.  Hdt.  1,  111  ;  ton  έξ  ΰέλτττων 
in  Soph.,  Aj.  716,  v.  Lobeck  ad  1.  p. 
330t. — 2.  beyond  hope,  to  be  despaired 
of.  Soph.  Aj.  648. — II.  act.  hopeless, 
desperate,  H.  Horn.  Ap.  91. — III.  adv. 
-τως,  beyond  all  hope,  Aesch.  Pers. 
261  ;  and  in  bad  sense,  Id.  Supp.  987: 
— also  neut.  pi.  as  adv.,  lb.  900. 

Άεμμα,  ατός,  τό,  for  άμμα,  a  bow- 
string ;  m  genl.,  α  bow.  Call.  Dian.  10, 
tApoll.  32. 

Άένάος,  ov,  (.ύεί,  νάυ)=^ύείναος, 
contr.  ύείνως  (q.v.),  ever-flowing,  κρή- 
νη, ττοταμός.  Hes.  Op.  597,  739  ;  πϊφ, 
Pmd.  P.  1,  9;  νεφέλαι,  Ar.  Nub.  275  ; 
—  generally,  everlasting,  perpetual, 
never-fading,  κλέος,  Simon.  16,  11  ; 
ύέν.  τρύτίεζαι,  of  the  dinners  in  the 
Prytaneum,  Pind.  N.  11,9:  also  in 
prose,  ύέν.  όλβος,  τροφή,  πρόςοδος, 
Xen.  Cyr.  4,  2,  44,  etc. ;  ουσία.  Plat. 
Legg.  966  E.  Often  in  adv.  -ύως. — 
The  form  άενναος,  which  is  a  constant 
V.  1.,  has  been  shown  by  Herm.,  Ion 
117,  to  be  against  analogy,  and  it  is 
now  generally  given  up  in  prose,  as  by 
Bekk.  in  Hdt.  l,145,etc.  But  it  is 
still  retained  in  some  poetic  passages, 
where  the  second  syll.  must  be  long, 
as  Pind.   P.   6,   4,   Theocr.   22,   37. 


AEPE 

Άενύαν.  ούσα,  ov,=foreg.,  Od.  13, 
109,  Hes.  Op.  552.  [a,  ώ] 
Άένναος,  v.  sub  αέναος,  fin. 
Άεννόητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  έννοέω) 

unthoughl-of. 

'Αεΐί-j  νιος,ον.(ΰέξω.••/νϊον)  strength- 
ening the  limbs,  άεΟλα,  Pind.  N.  4,  120. 

Άεξίκακος,  ov,  ίάέξω,  κακός)  mul- 
tiplying evil,  Nonn.  tD.20,  84. 

Άεξίκερως,  ων,  gen.  ω,  {άέξω,  κέ- 
ρας) making  horns  grow,  Welck.  Syll. 
Ep.  165. 

Άεξίνοος,  ov,  contr.  -νους,  ovv.  {άέ- 
Εω,  νοϊ<ς)  strengthening  the  viind,  Procl. 
H.  Mus.  16. 

Άεξίτοκος,  ov,  {άέξω,  τόκος)  nour- 
ishing the  fruit  of  the  womb,  ^κό7.πος 
μητέροςί,  Nonn. :  tof  Cyprus,  Id.  D. 
5,  614. 

Άεξίτροόος,  ov,  {άέξω.  τροφή)  fos- 
tering growth,  Orph.  H.  51,  17. 

Άεξίφυλ,λος,  ov,  (.άέξω,  φνλλ.ον) 
nourishing  leaves,  leafy,  Aesch.  Ag. 
697. 

\Αεξίφντος,  ov,  {άέξω,  φντόν)  nour- 
ishing plants,  'Huf,  Mel.  110,  5  :  ίεερ- 
σα,  Nonn.  D.  7,  146. 

ΆΕ'ΞΩ,  Ion.  and  poet  for  αίιξω, 
αυξάνω,  Lat.  ai/geo  :  used  by  the  old 
poets  only  in  pres.  and  impf.,  tact, 
and  mid.  but  always  without  augm.t 
later  poets  (as  those  of  Anth.)  formed 
a  fut.  άεξήσω,  aor.  ηέξησα.  To  in- 
crease, enlarge,  foster,  strengthen,  θν- 
μον  άέξειν,  11.  17,  226  ;  πένθος  ά.,  to 
cherish  woe,  Od.  17,  489  ;  νίόν  I'u,  to 
bring  him  to  ma7i's  estate.  Od.  13,  360  ; 
έργον  άέξουσι  θεοί,  they  bless  the 
work,  Od.  14,  66  :  to  exalt,  make  hap- 
py or  famous,  Pind.  O.  8,  fin.,  cf.  Hdt. 
3,  80  :  to  heighten,  7nultiply,  Soph.  Aj. 
226  ;  άέξειν  βουτάν  φήνον  (cf.  αυξάνω 
I.  fin.),  Eur.  Hipp.  537. — tlI.intrans../o 
grow,  spring  up,  increase,  in  later  poetst, 
as  Qu.  Sm.  1,  116,  etc. — III.  pass. 
and  mid.,  to  increase,  wax  great,  swell, 
of  a  youth,  Od.  22,  426  ;  also,  κνμα, 
tOd,  10,  93t,  θυμός,  χό'λος  άέξεται, 
til.  18.1 10,  etc.t :  ερ}  ov  ά.,  it  prospers, 
Od.  14,  66  :  ήμαρ  u.,  the  day  gets  on 
to  noon.  II.  8,  66,  etc. — Dind.  Soph. 
Ant.  353,  has  received  Doderlein's 
conj.  άέξεται  in  act.  signf.,  exalts, 
adorns. 

Άε-τος,  ov,  a  very  dub.  epith.  of 
young  animals  in  Aesch.  Ag.  145, 
meaning  (if  any  thing!  too  weak  to 
follow,  from  έπομαι :  tWellauer  cor- 
rects λε— -orfand  e.-tplaiiis  very  satis- 
factorily the  origin  of  the  false  read- 
ing, V.  note  Well  ad  1. 

t'.\fp-,  words  thus  beginning  and 
derived  from  άήρ,  have,  as  in  ΰήρ, 
the  a  long. 

Άεργείη,  ης,  ή,^=άεργία,  Bion  6.  6. 

Άεργη7.ός,  ή,  όν.  Αρ.  Kh.  4,  1186, 
etc.  ;  and  άεργης,  ές,  Nic.  Fr.  4,= 
άεργος. 

'Αεργία,  ας,  η,  tAtt.  contr.  άργίαί, 
α  not-working,  idleness,  Od.  24,  251, 
Hes.  Op.  313  [i]  — 2.  of  a  field,  a  ly- 
ing fallow  or  waste,  Aeschin.  69,  1  : 
from 

Άερ}  of ,ov.post-Hom  contr.apyof ; 
{a  ρή\•.,*έργω) : — like  άεργης,  άεγρη- 
7ός,  not-working,  idle,  II.  9.  320.  Od. 
19,  27,  and  oft.  in  Hes.,  tOp.  301, 
etc.t — 1.  ά.  δόμοι,  idle  houses,  i.  e. 
where  people  are  idle,  Theocr.  28,  25. — 
— 12.  not  cultivated,  fallow,  of  fields, 
Theophr.f — II.  act.  making  idle,  Nic. 
Th.  381. 

Άέρδην,  contr.  άρδην,  adv.,  (άε/ρω) 
lifiing  up.  Aesch.  Ag.  240. 

Άερέβομαι,  Ion.  τ/ερέβομαι.  (q.  v.), 
lengthd.  form  of  άείρω.  to  hang,  be 
suspended,  hover,  t  Ibund  only  in 
Gramin.,  v.  ήερέθομαι. 


AEPO 

Άερθίίς,  aor.  1  pass.  part,  from 
άείρω,  Od.  tl2,  432. 

Άερθεν,  Dor.  and  Ep.  for  ήερθη- 
σαν,  3  pi.  indie,  aor.  1  pass,  from 
άείρω,  11.  8,  74  :  άέρθη  3  sing.,  Od.  19, 
540. 

Άερία,  ας,  ή,  Ion.  Ήερίη,  old  name 
of  Aegypt,  iuepia  yd,  Aesch.  Supp. 
75,  cf.  Ap.  Rh.  4,  267,  270t,  prob. 
from  άήρ,  and  so  the  land  of  mist, 
Gramni.  :  also  of  Crete,  Plin. 

'Αερίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  ί}7;ρ)  to  be  like  air; 
and  so, — 1.  to  be  thin  as  air,  Diosc. 
1.83.— 2.   to  be   sky-blue,  Id.    5,  100. 

t"^    .  - 

'Αέρινος,  η,  ov,  {άήρ)  airy,  like  air, 

Arist.  Metaph.  3,  7,  5. — 2.  sky-blue. 

Άερίύΐκος,  ov.  {άήρ,  οίκέω)  dwelling 
man,  Eubul.  Incert.  16. 

'Αέριος,  ov.  also  a,  ov:  Ion.  ήέριος, 
η,  ov  :  {άήρ,  ηρ,  ήρι) : — in  the  mist  or 
thick  air  of  morning,  Eur.  Phoen.  1534  ; 
cf.  ήέριος. — II.  in  the  air,  high  in  air, 
Eur.  Tro.  546:  of  the  air,  airy.  opp.  to 
χθόνιος.  Id.  Aeol.  25:  ίδαίμονας,  άέ• 
piov  γένος.  Plat.  Epin.  984  D ;  cf. 
Luc.  Prom.  6,  αέρια  ζώα,  bring  in 
air\. — III.  wide  as  air,  infinite,  Diod.  1, 
33,  etc. — tAdv.  -ίως,  Iambi. t.  [ΰ] 

νΑερΐτις,  ιδος,  ή,  of  the  colour  of  air, 
sky-coloured.  Diosc. 

Άερκής,  ές,{α  priv.,  ερκος)  irrepress- 
ible, }  όος,  Q.  Sm.  5,  607. 

Άερκτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  έργω,  είργω) 
unfenced,  open,  Lys.  110,  40. 

' Αεροβΰτέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  walk  the 
air,  of  Socrates,  Ar.  Nub.  225  :  from 

Άεροβάτης,ου,  ό,  {άήρ,  βαίνω)  one 
who  walks  the  air,  Plut.  2,  952  F. 

Άεροδϊνής,  ές,  {άήρ,  δινέω)  wheel- 
ing in  air,  αετός,  Anth.  tP.  9,  223  in 
Ion.  form  ήερο-. 

Άεροδίνητος,  ov,  {άήρ,  δϊνέω)=ι 
foreg.,  dub.  1.  for  sq. 

Άεροδύνητος.  ov,  {άήρ,  δονέω)  air- 
tossed,  soaring.  At.  A\.   1385. 

Άεροόρομέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  traverse 
the  air,  Luc.  Ver.  Hist.  1,  10  :  from 

Άεροδρόμος,  ov,  {άήρ,  δραμείν)  tra- 
versing the  air. 

Άεροειδής,  ές:  Ep.  and  Ion.  ^εροεί- 
δής :  {άήρ.  είδητ)  : — like  the  sky  or 
air.  Plat.  Tin^T  78  C  :  sky-coloured, 
Arist.  Color.  3,  8. — For  the  Homeric 
usage  of  the  word,  v.  ήεροειδής.  [ΰ] 

Άερόεις,  hardly  to  be  found  save 
in  the  Ion.  form  ηερόεις,  q.  v. 

Άερόθεν.  {άήρ)  adv.,  out  of  the  air, 
fro?n  on  high,  [d] 

Άεροκόραξ,  άκος,  δ,  {άήρ,  κόραξ) 
an  air-raven,  Luc.  Ver.  Hist.  1,16. 

Άεροκώνω•ψ,  ωπος,  {άήρ,  κάνωψ) 
an  air-gnat,  Luc.  V.  Hist.  1,  16. 

'Αερολέσχης,  ov,  ό,  {άήρ,  λέσχη)  a 
man  <f  big  empty  words. 

Άερομΰχέω,  ώ,  {άήρ,  μάχομαι)  to 
fight  in  air.     Hence 

'Αερομαχία,  ας,  ή,  an  air-battle,  Luc. 
Λ'βπ  Hist.  1,  18. 

Άερόμελ-ΐ,  ιτος,  τό,  {άήρ.  μέ?.ι) 
honey-dew,  cf.  Virgil's  aeriurn  mel, 
(some  say  manna)  Ath.  500  D ;  also 
vov  μελί. 

Άερομετρέω,  ώ.  {άήρ,  μετρέω)  to 
measure  the  air ;  hence,  to  lose  one's 
self  in  vague  speculation,  Xen.  Oec.  11, 
3  ;  cf  άίροβατέω. 

ΆερομήκΊΐς,  ες,  v.  sub  ηερομήκης. 

Άερομι)ής,  ές,  {άήρ,  μιγννμι)  com- 
pounded of  air,  tDiog.  L.  7,  1 45. 

Άερόμορόος.  ov,  {άήρ,  μοροή) form- 
ed of  air.  Orph.  H.  14. 

'Αερονηχής,ες,{άήρ,νήχομαι)  swim- 
ming, floating  in  air,  of  the  clouds,  Ar. 
Nub.  337. 

Άερονομέω,  ώ,  {άήρ,  νέμω)  to  move 
in  air,  Heliod.  10,  30;  cf.  ;j;ripoiO- 
με'ω. 

27 


ΑΕΣΑ 

^λεροττετής,  ές,  {άήρ,  πίπτω)  fallen 
from  the  sky. 

Άιροπέτης,  ες,  {αήρ,  πέτομαί)  fly- 
ing in  air. 

ΐΆερόπη,  ης,  ή,  Aerope,  grand- 
daughter of  Minos,  wife  of  Atreus, 
Eur.  Or.  1009  ;  ace.  to  ApoUod.  wife 
of  Plisthenes,  son  of  Atreus. — 2. 
daughter  of  Ceplieus,  mother  of 
Aeropus,  Paus.  S,  44,  7. 

Άερόπλανος,  ov,  wandering  in  air. 

Άεμοπορέυ,  ώ,  to  traverse  the  air, 
Philo:  from 

'Αεροπόρος,  ov,  (αήρ,  πορεύομαι, 
πείρω)  traversing  the  air,  Plat.  Tim. 
40  A. 

νΑέροπος,  ov,  Ion.  Ήέροπος,  ov, 
6,  Aeropus,  son  of  Phegeus  king  of 
Tegea,  Hdt.  9,  26.-2.  son  of  Teme- 
nus,  Hdt.  8,  137.— 3.  son  of  Philip, 
father  of  Alcetes,  Hdt.  9,  139.-4 
son  of  Mars  and  Aerope,  Paus.  8, 
44,  8. 

Άεροσκοπία,  ας,  ij,  (σκοπέω)  divi- 
nation by  observing  the  heavens. 

Άεροτόμος,  ov,  [αήρ,  τέμνω)  cleav- 
ing the  air,  seems  to  have  been  coined 
by  way  of  a  derivation  for  Άρτεμις, 
Clem.  Al. 

Άερότονος,  ov,  (άήρ,  τείνω)  stretch- 
ed or  driven  by  air.  Math.  Vett. 

Άεροφεγγής,  ές,  {αήρ,  φέγγος)  shi- 
ning in  air. 

Αεροφοίτης,  ov,  o,-=sq. ;  Ion.  fem. 
ηεροφοίτίς,  q.  v. 

Άερόφοιτος,  ov,  (  άήρ,  φοιτάω  ) 
roaming  in  air,  Aesch.  ap.  Ar.  Ran. 
1291. 

Άεροφόρητος,  ov,  {αήρ.  φορέω)  tip- 
borne  by  air,  Eubul.  Steph.  2,  2.  [a] 

Άερύφωνος,  ov,  Ion.  ήερόφωνος, 
q.  v. 

^Αερόχροος,  ov,  contr.  -χρονς,  ovv, 
{άήρ,  xpoa)  sky-blue,  dub.  in  Orph. 

'Αέροψ,  Ion  ήέρο-φ,  οπός,  ό,  Boeot. 
name  for  the  bird  μέρο-φ. 

Άερύω,  ώ,  to  make  into  air  :  pass., 
to  become  air. 

'Aipp'j),  Aeol.  for  άείρω,  Sapph. 
73. 

Άερσικάρηνος,  ov,  {άείρω,  κάρη- 
νον)  carrying  the  head  high,  Anth. 
tPaul.  S.  Ecphr.  39-;•_ 

Άερσίλοφος,  ov,  {άείρω,  λόφος) 
high-crested,  Αρ.  Rh.  2,  1061. 

Άερσίνοος,  ov,  contr.  νονς,  ovv, 
{άείρω,  νους)  haughty,  Nonn. — II.  act., 
cheering,  Orph.  ;  ϊηΐνος,  Casaub.  conj. 
in  Ion.  ap.  Ath.  35  Ε  for  άερσίπνονν. 

ΆερσΙπέτης,  ες,  {πέτομαι)=άερσί- 
πότης,  Q.  Sm.  3,  211.^ 

Άερσϊπόδι/ς,  ov,  ό,  ^άερσίπονς, 
Νοηη.  tD.  10,  401. 

ΆερσΙπόροΓ,  ον,  going  on  high, 
Νοηη.  tD.  1,  285. 

ΆερσΙπότης,  ov,  δ,  {άείρω,  ποτύο- 
μαι)  hovering  on  high,  Hes.  Sc.  316. 

'ΑερσΙπότητος,  ov,  {άείρω,  ποτάο- 
μaι)=^{oreg.,  Has  Op.  775. 

Άερσίπους,  ό,  ή,  πουν,  τό,  {άείρω, 
πονς)  lifting  up  the  feet,  brisk-trotting, 
ίπποι,  11.  18,  532  :  contr.  άρσιπ.,  Η. 
Hom.  Ven.  212. 

Άερτάζω,  f.  -άσω,  lengthd.  poet, 
form  of  άείρω,  to  lift  up,  A  p.  Rh.  1, 
738,  Leon.  Al.  34 :  tc.  ace.  and  dat, 
χεΙράς  τινι,  Anth.  P.  9,  674. 

Άερτάω,  ώ,  =  foreg.,  from  which 
we  have  aur.  1  ήέρτησε,  and  pf.  pass. 
ήέρτηααι,  Antip.  Sid.  14,  0pp.  C.  2, 
99. 

Άερώδης,  ες,  {άήρ,  είδος)  airy, 
m.isty,  like  άεροειδής,  tArist.  Part.  An. 
3,  6,  8. 

Άές,  Dor.  for  άεί.  [a] 

"Αεσα,    άέσαμεν,    άσαμεν.   άεσαν, 
iaf.  άέσαι,  aor.  1,  prob.  from  the  same 
root  as  ενδω,  to  sleep,  Horn,  only  in 
28 


AZAN 

Od.  t3,  151,490,etc.t :  no  other  tenses 
in  use  :  akin  to  άημι-  [d  only  by  aug- 
ment, ά  in  inf.] 

Άεσιφροσνί'/ι,  ης,  ή,  silliness,  folly, 
in  plur.  άεσιφροσνναι,  Od.  15,  470, 
Hes.  Th.  502.     From 

Άεσίφρων,  ov,  gen.  ονος,^=φρεσΙν 
άασθείς.  damaged  in  mind,  witless,  sillij, 
Hom.,  fas  11.  20,  183,  Od.  21,  302t, 
and  Hes.  tOp.  333t: — and  therefore 
lor  άασίφρων,  from  άύω  and  φρήν, 
Buttin.  Lexil.  s.  v.  άάσαι. 

Άέτειυς,  ov,  {  αετός  )  of  the  eagle. 

["] 

Άετιαΐος,  ov,  of  or  belonging  to  the 
pediment  {άετός  111),  Bockh  Inscr.  1, 
p.  263. 

Άετ'ιδενς,  έως,  6,  an  eaglet,  Ael.  H. 
A.  7,  47.  [d] 

ί'Αέτιος,  ov,  ό,  AUtius,  a  king  of 
Troezene,  Paus.  2,  30,  8. — 2.  a  cele- 
brated physician. 

Άετίτης,  ov,  ό,  (άετός)  λίθος,  the 
eagle- stone,  said  to  he  fovnd  in  the 
eagle's  nest,  Ael.  H.  A.  1,  35.  [d,  i] 

νΑετίων,  ωνος,  ύ.  Action,  a  distin- 
guished painter,  Luc.  Imagg.  7,  etc. 
— 2.  a  Greek  sculptor  of  Amphipolis, 
Theocr.  Ep. 

'Αετός,  or  αιετός  (cf.  sub  fin.),  ov, 

6,  an  eagle,  (from  άημι,  like  Lat.  avis, 
because  of  its  rapid  flight,  cf.  Bergk 
Anacr.  23),  111.  8,  247t : — proverbs,  ui- 
ετυς  έν  ποτανοΙς,Ϋ\ηά.  Ν.  3,  138 ;  άε- 
τός έν  νεφέλαισι,  of  a  thing  quite  out 
of  reach, Ar.  Eq.  1013 ;  άετόν  κάνθαρος 
μαιενσομαι,ν.  sub μαιενομαι. — 11.  an 
eagle  as  a  standard,  tof  the  Persians!, 
Xen.  Cyr.  7,  1,  4 ;  esp.  among  the 
Romans,  Pint.  tMar.  23,  etc.1— III. 
in  architecture,  like  αέτωμα,  the  gable 
of  a  house,  esp.  the  pediment  of  a  tem- 
ple, Lai.  fasiigium,  Ar.  Av.  1110,  ubi 
v.  Schol.  ;  also  called  τνμπανον  and 
δέλτα  :  cf.  V'alck.  Diatr.  p.  214.  (Αίε- 
τός  is  the  only  Homeric  form,  and  is 
also  recognised  as  true  Att.  by  Elmsl. 
and  Harm.,  against  Pors.  Praef.  Hec, 
and  so  it  is  now  read  in  most  Edd.  : 
but  άετός  was  common  in  later  Att. : 
— cf.  EUendt  Lex.  Soph.  Another, 
only  poet.,  form  is  αίητός,  now  read 
in  Pind.  P.  4,  6,  v.  Arat.  522,  691.) 
[a,  Piers.  Moar.  231 ;  and  in  all  de- 
rivs.  and  compds.] 

νΑετός,  οϋ,  ό,  Aetus,  an  ancient 
name  of  the  Nile,  Diod.  S.  1,  19. 

Άετοφόρος,  ov,  {άετός,  φέρω)  eagle- 
bearing.  Or.  Slbyll.  :  ό  άετ.,  the  stand- 
ard-bearer. Pint.  [(2] 

Άετώδης,  ες,  (άετός,  είδος)  eagle- 
like, Luc.  Icarom.  14.  [a] 

'Αέτωμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  gable,  Lat. 
fasiigium,  Hipp.  p.  808  ;  v.  άετός  III. 

Άέτωσις,  εως,  ή,  the  forming  of  a 
gable,  fastigatio.   [u] 

*ΆΕΏ,  to  steep,  V.  άεσα. 

Ά  Ζ  A,  ή,  strictly  dryness,  ^χροός, 
Nic.  Th.  304t,  heat,  0pp.  ν/ελίον,  C. 
1,  133t :  but  usu.  dirt  or  mould  on 
things  put  by,  hence  an  old  shield 
is  said  to  be  άζτ/  πεπαλαγμένον,  Od. 
22,  184:  also  'dry  sediment,  Schol. 
Theocr.  5,  109,  (v.  sub  άζω.) 

νΑζάης,  ov,  6,  Azaes,  a  mythic 
king  of  Atlantis,  Plat.  Grit.  114  C. 

Άζαίνυ,  {άζω)  to  dry,  parch  up,  Nic. 
Th.  367. 

Άζd?ίέoς,  a,  ov,  {άζα)  dry,  parched, 
ονρος,  11.  20.  491;  νλη,  Od.  9,  234, 
etc.  :  βονς  άζαλίη,  dry  buH's-hide,  II. 

7,  239 :  hence  harsh,  cruel,  like  άτε- 
γκτος. Lob.  Aj.  317. — 11.  act.  parch- 
ing, scorching,  Σείριος,  Hes.  Sc.  153; 
ίήέλιος.  Αρ.  Rh.  4,  679t :  of  love, 
μανίαι,  Ibyc.  1. — Only  poet. 

νΑζΰνες,  ων,  υί.  the  Azanians,  v. 
Άζανία,  Strab  p,  388. 


AZHX 

νΑζάνης,  ου,  ύ,  Azanes,  a  Persian, 
lead'^r  of  tlie  Sogdiani,  Hdt.  7,  06. 

Άζανία,  ας,  ή,  an  old  name  of  Ar- 
cadia, land  of  Ζάν  or  Ζενς. — tAs 
geogr.  name,  a  portion  of  Arcadia 
Irom  Orchomenus  to  the  Alpheus, 
Paus.  8,  4,3;  Polyb.  4,70,3. 

νΑζάνιος,  a,  ov,  of  the  Azanes,  Aza- 
nian  ;  pecul.  fem.  Άζανίς,  ίδος,  Άζα- 
νίδα  κονρην,  Η.  ΑροΙΙ.  209,  i.  e.  Co- 
ronis,  where  Herm.  reads  Άτ^.αντίδα. 

νΑζΰνοί,  ών,  οΊ,  or  Άζάνιον,  ov, 
τό,  Azani  or  Azanium,  a  city  of  Phry- 
gia,  Strab. ;  hence,  ό  Άζανίη/ς,  an 
inhab.  of  Azani ;  ή  ΆζανΙτις,  the  ter- 
ritory of  Azuni,  Id.  p.  576. 

Άζάνω,^^άζαίνω,  Η.  Hom.  Ven. 
271,  in  pass. 

V Αζαριτία,  ας,  ή,  Azariiia,  a  spring 
at  Chalcedon,  Strab. 

t'A^f  ifh/r.  ov  Ep.  00,  b,  son  of  Azeus, 
i.  e.  Actor,  II.  2,  513. 

V Αζειώται,  ων,  οι,  the  Azcotae,  a 
Trojan  tribe.  Soph.  Fr.  156. 

V Αζέμιλκος,  ov,  o,Azemilcus,  a  king 
of  Tyre,  Arr.  An.  2,  15,  7. 

Άζενκτος,  ov.  {a  priv.,  ζενγννμι) 
unyoked,  Dion.  H.  2,  31. 

ΥΑζίΰς,  έως,  ό,  Azeus,  son  of  Cly- 
menus,  an  Orchomenian  king,  Paus. 
9,37,  1. 

Άζηλία,  ας,  ή,  freedom  from  jeal- 
ousy, tClem.  Al. — 2.  freedom  from 
show\,  simplicity,  Piut.  Lyc.  t21. 

Άζηλος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  ζήλος)  with- 
out envy,  hence, — 1.  like  άζή?ιωτος, 
nnenvied,  unenviable,  miserable,  φρον- 
ρύ.  Aesch.  Pr.  143  ;  έργον,  Soph.  Tr. 
745  :  hence,  in  ill  plight,  Orac.  ap. 
Hdt.  7,  140  (si  vera  lectio),  tLobeck 
amends  αίδηλα,  cf.  Schiif.  Dion,  de 
Comp.  p.  35t :  in  gerd.,  sorry,  incon- 
siderable, Plut.  Lyc.  10.  —  2.  nut 
grudged,  granted  feeely.  Soph.  El. 
1455. — II.  act.,  not  envious,  Ath.  594 
C. 

Άζηλοτνπητος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  ζηΐο 
τνπέω)  unenvied,  Plut.  2,  787  D.  [v] 

Άζηλότνπος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  ζηλότυ- 
πος) free  from  envy,  Plut.  Lyc.  et 
Num.  3. 

Άζήλωτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  ζη?.όω)  not 
to  be  envied.  Plat.  Gorg.  469  B. 

Άζήμιος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  ζημία)  without 
loss,  scot-free^  unharmed,  Hdt.  1,  212  ; 
^without  punishment,  άζήιιιον  άφείσθω. 
Plat.  Legg.  648  C,  so  αζ.  νπό  τίνος. 
Id.  Rep.  366  A  ;  έχθρονς  μεθείσα  άζη- 
μίονς,  Eur.  Med.  i050t:  not  deserving 
punishment,  Soph.  El.  1102:  7ioi 
amounting  to  punishment,  Thuc.  2,  37, 
tbut  better  here  as — H.  act.,  not  bring- 
ing punishment,  i.  e.  not  injuring,  harm- 
less, Thuc.  1.  c.  V.  Arnold  and  IJloomf. 
ad  1.,  and  so  in  Joseph.  Ant.  Jud.  15,  5, 
If. — Adv.  -ίως,  with  impunity,  Philem. 
p.  397  ;t  act.,  with  harmless  intent,  Jo- 
seph. Ant.  Jud.  15,  4,  4. 

νΑζήν,  ήνος,ό.  Ion.  ίοτΆζάν,Αζαη, 
son  of  Areas,  Hdt.  6,  127,  Paus.  8,  4, 
2. 

ΥΑζηνία,  ας,  ή,  Aze^iia,  a  deme  ol 
Attica  ;  hence  adj.,  Άζηνιενς,  Strab. 

ΥΑζηαία,  ας,  ή,  Azesia,  a  surname 
of  Ceres,  Soph.  Fr.  809:  cf.  Lob. 
Aglaoph.  p.  822  n. :  also  of  Proser 
pina,  ή  Άμέα  τήν  Άζησίαν  μετήλ- 
θεν,  prov.  of  those  who  undertook  a 
long  and  fruitless  search,  Paroam. 
Zenob.  4,  20:  (cf.  Erasm.  Chil,  74). 

Άζηται,  3  sing,  sulij.  pres.  pass. 
from  άζω,  Hes.  tTh.  99. 

'Αζήτητος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  ζητέω)  un- 
examined, Aeschin.  to7,  3t.  Adv. 
-τως,  άζ.  έχειν  τινός,  Philo. 

Άζηχ7/ς,  ές,  unceasing,  excessive, 
οδύνη,  II.  15,  25,  ορυμαγδός.  11.  17, 
741  :  more  freq.  as  adv.,  άζιιχές  \φα- 


ΑΗΔΗ 

γίμ(ν  και  ττύμη',  Οά.  \8,3j,  μεμα- 
κυΐαί,  til.  4,  435t. — II.  hard,  rough, 
KopvvTj,  Αρ.  Rh.  2,  99;  θυμός,  v.  1. 
II.  15,  25,  cf.  Lob.  Aj.  648.  (Deriv. 
uncertain  :  ace.  to  some  from  άζω, 
άζα,  in  which  case  signf.  II.  would  be 
the  strict  one :  ace.  to  others  Irom 
ήχέω  with  an  intens.  prefix,  a-,  ζα-). 

νΑζίλίς.  ιδος,  ή,  Azilis,  a  city  and 
river  of  Africa,  Call.  Ap.  89. 

"AZOMAI,  dep.,  used  only  in  pres. 
and  impf  ;  (an  act.  ΰζω  only  in  Soph. 
O.  C.  134)  : — to  stand  in  awe  of,  dread, 
esp.  the  gods  and  one's  parents,  aC 
ΆτΓϋλλωΐ'β,  μητέρα,  II.  1,  21,  Od.  17, 
401 ,  and  Trag. :  also  followed  by  inf. 
or  μη...,  II.  6,  267,  Od.  9,  478:  ονχ 
άζομαί  ϋανείν,  I  fear  not  to  die,  Eur. 
Or.  1116,  ubi  vulg.  οΰ  χάζομαι :  cf. 
Elmsl.  Heracl.  600,  Monk  Alcest. 
336 :  also  mtr.,  to  be  awestruck,  άζό- 
μενος,  Od.  9,  200  :  ύζεσθαί  άμφίηνι. 
Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  155. — (On  the  connexion 
between  άζομαι  and  άγαμαι,  v.  Bu ttm. 
Lexil  s.  V.  αητος  4.) 

'Afof,  ου,  6,  contr.  from  ύοζος,  a 
servant,  Clitarch.  ap.  Ath.  267  C. 

Άζϋγης,  ές,=  άζυξ,  Clem.  ΑΙ. 

Άζύγία,  ας,  η,  the  state  of  an  άζυξ, 
celibacy. 

Άζΰγος,  ον,=  άζυξ,  unwedded.  Luc. 
Am.  44. — 2.  not  a  pair,  αανόά7αα, 
Strab.  tp.  259. 

Άζνμος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  ζύμη)  unleav- 
ened, tuprof,  Ath.  109  Β  ;  ru  ήζυμα, 
unleavened  cakes,  or  bread,  LXX.,  but 
usu.t,  the  feast  of  unleavened  bread,  N. 
T. : — tmetaph.,  unfcrmented,  i.  e.  un- 
agglutinated,  έξ  οστον  και  σαρκός  άζύ- 
μου  κράσεως.  Plat.  Tim.  74  D. 

"Αζυξ,  νγος,  6,  ή,  (α  priv.,  ζεύγνυ- 
μι)  unyoked,  impaired,  and  SO  usu.  un- 
mam-ied,  Eur.  Bacch.  694:  more  freq. 
c.  gen.,  αζυξ  λέκτρων,  γάμων,  εννής, 
Lat.  nuptiarum  eivers,  Eur.  tHipp. 
546,  I.  A.  805,  Med.  673.t  (From  the 
gen.  were  formed  the  new  adjs.  αζυ- 
■γος  and  αζυγής.) 

"ΑΖΩ,  V.  sub  άζομαι. 

ΆΖΪ2,  to  dry,  dry  up,  parch,  of  the 
heat  of  the  dog-star,  Hes.  Op.  585, 
Sc.  397. — Pass.,  to  become  dry,  II.  4, 
487  :  to  be  parchedup,pine  atony  through 
grief,  άζηται  κραιΥιην  άκαχήμενος, 
Hes.  Th.  99  :  so  also,  άσϋείη  την  ψυ- 
χήν,  Hdt.  3,  41,  ubi  Gaisf.  άσηθείη. 
[άζα,  ΰζαίνω,  αυω,  αϋαίνω,  ατμός). 

V Κζωια,  ας,  ή,  (αζωος  Ι)  the  being 
without  life,  liftlessness,  Stob.  Ec. 
Phys.  52,  18. 

Άζωνος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  ζώνη)  confined 
to  no  zone  of  the  world,  i.  e.  found  eve- 
rytvhere. 

Άζωος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  ζωη)  lifeless, 
Eccl.^ — ^11.  (a  priv.,^(jov)  without  worms 
in  it,  of  wood,  Theophr. 

t'Afwp,  indecl.,  ό,  Azor,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  N.  T. 

ί'Αζώριον,  ου,  τό,  Azorium,  a  town 
of  Perrhaebia,  Polyb.  28,  11,  1. 

V Κζωρας,  ου,  ό,  Azorus,  a  city  of 
Macedonia,  Strab.  p.  307. 

Άζωστος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  ζώνννμι) 
ungirt,  from  hurry,  Hes.  Op.  343  :  in 
genl.,  not  girded.  Plat.  Legg.  954  A. 

ΓΑΓώτίΟί,  ων,  υ'ι,  the  Azotii,  a  peo- 
ple of  Palestine,  Strab. 

νλζωτος,  ου,  η.  Azotus,  a  city  of 
Palestine,  Hdt.  2,  157;  LXX.,  N.  T. 
freq.,  now  Esdud. 

Άζωτος,  ον,=  ύζωστος. 

Άηδέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  feel  disgust  at 
a  thing :  from 

Άηδί/ς,  ες,  (α  priv.,^Joi•)  unpleas- 
ant, annoying,  first  in  Hdt.  7,  101,  and 
freq.  in  Plat.  tPhaed.  84  B,  Legg. 
802  D,  etQ.f  :  of  persons,  unfriendly, 
morose,  Deal.   1147,  12. — Adv.  -δώς, 


AHMI 

Plat.  tPhaed.  88  C,  etc.t:  άηδύς 
έχειν  τινί,  to  be  on  bad  terms  with 
one,  Dem.  500,  15 ;  so,  άηδώς  δια- 
κεϊσθαι  νρός  τίνα,  Lys.  145,  36. 
Hence 

'Αηδία,  ας,  ή,  α  being  ill-pleased, 
disgtist,  dislike.  Plat.  Legg.  802  D,  and 
Oratt. — II.  unpleasantness,  odiousness, 
Dem.  564, 12,  Aeschin.  64,  3,  Theophr. 
Char.  20.     Hence 

Άηδίζω,  to  disgtist  one: — pass.,  to 
be  disgusted  with,  Eccl.     Hence 

Άηδισμός,  οϋ,  ό,  disgust,  Sext. 
Emp. 

Άηδόνειος,  ov,  dub.  for  άηδόνιος, 
Herm.  Op.  3,  p.  306. 

' Αηδόνια,  ας,  ή,  (a  priv.  ηδονή)  loss 
of  pleasure,  Diog.  L.  2,  89,  90. 

Άηδοριδεύς,  έως,  ό,  (dim.  from  αη- 
δών) a  young  nightingale,  Thoocr.  15, 
121,  in  poet.  plur.  άηδονιδήες,  cf. 
Valck.  ad  1.  (p.  401  B.) 

Άηδόνιος,  ov,  (αηδών)  of  or  belor,g- 
ing  to  a  nightingale,  νόμος  ά.,  the  night- 
ingale's dirge,  Aesch.  Fr.  412,  cf.  Ar. 
Ran.  684. 

Άηδονίς,  Ίδος,  η,^=άηδών,  a  night- 
ingale, Eur.  Rhes.  550:  dim.  only  in 
form. 

'Αηδώ,  said  to  be  Aeol.  for  αηδών, 
of  which  we  have  gen.  άηδοΰς.  Soph. 
Aj.  628,  dat.  άηδοΐ,  Ar.  Av.  679. 

'Αηδών,  όνος,  ^,  but  in  Alt.  ό,  Schiif. 
Mel.  p.  65  : — i)rob.  at  first  a  songstress 
(from  άείδω),  but  as  early  as  Hes. 
fOp.  201t,  the  nightingale :  Hom.  has 
it  only  of  the  daughter  of  Pandareiis, 
who  was  changed  into  a  nightingale, 
Od.  19,518:  its  epiths.  are  χ?Μρηίς 
Od.  1.  c),  χλωρανχιιν  (Simon.  158), 
ξουθά  (Aesch.  Ag.  1 142),  which  seem 
to  refer  to  its  color;  c.  also  ποικιλό- 
δειρος  :  freq.  also  λίγεια,  λιγύφωνος, 
etc.,  of  its  voice  : — Μουσών  αηδόνες, 
periphr.forpoeis, Valck.  Phoen.321 : — 
τεαϊ  άηδόνες,  thy  strains.  Call.  Ep.  47. 

Άήθεια,  ας,  ή.  Ion.  άηβίη,  [άήθης), 
unaccustomedness,  novelty  of  a  situa- 
tion, Batr.  72 :  ίήθ-  τίνος,  inexperience 
of  a  thing,  Thuc.  4,  55. 

Άηθέσσω,  poet,  for  αηθέω,  to  be  un- 
accustomed, c.  gen.,  άήθεσσον  έτι  νε- 
κρών, II.  10,  493,  the  only  place  where 
Hom.  has  it:  Ap.  Rh.  shortened  this 
into  άήθεσον  {or  -σαν),  1,  1171.     . 

Άήβης,  ες,  (u  priv.,  ήθος)  unwonted, 
unusual,  strange,  Aesch.  Supp.  568, 
Soph.  Tr.  869. — 2.  unused  to  a  thing, 
c.  gen.,  μάχης,  Thuc.  4,  34.— II.  with- 
out ήθος  or  character,  Arisl.  Poet.  25. — • 
III.  adv.-^ως,  unexpectedly, Thuc.  4, 17. 

Άηθ'ια,  ας,  ή,^άήθεια,  q.  v. 

^ Αηθ'ιζομαι,  dep.,  to  be  unaccustomed 
to  a  thing,  c.  gen.  ;  to  find  it  strange 
or  wipleasant,  Strab.  p.  303,  ubi  al. 
ΰηδίζεσθαι. 

Άημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  blast,  wind,  Aesch. 
Eum.  905,  Soph.  Aj.  674:  from 

"AHMI,  t3  sing.  pres.  άησι,  Hes. 
Op.  514,  dual,  άητον,  U.  9,  5;  pi. 
ύεισι.  Hes.  Th.  875t,  inf.  αήναι,  tOd. 
3.  18.3t,  άήμεναι,  t3,  17Gt,  part,  άε'ις, 
til.  5,  52ut.•  impf.  3  sing,  άη,  tOd. 
12,  325,  άε  from  άω.  Αρ.  Rh.  1,  605t. 
Mid.  and  pass,  αημαι,  άήμενος:  3 
impf.  άητο.  til.  21,  38Gt. 

To  breathe  hard,  blow,  of  the  wind, 
Horn.,  and  Hes. :  the  mid.  and  pass, 
forms  are  used  sometimes  in  strictly 
pass,  signf.  to  be  beaten,  by  the  wind, 
ΰόμενος  και  άήμενος,  Od.  G,  131  ;  but 
more  usu.  in  a  kind  of  intrans.  signf., 
to  toss  or  wave  about  as  if  by  the  wind, 
δίχα  θυμός  άητο,  his  mind  waved  to 
and  fro,  i.  e.  was  in  doubt  or  fear,  II. 
21,  386  ;  so,  θυμός  άηται  ιχερί  παίδων, 
Αρ.  Rh.  3,  688  :  but,  μαρτίφια  ΰηται 
επ'  ανθρώπους,  they  are  wafted  to  and 


ΑΘΑΜ 

fro  among  men,  one  knows  not  how, 
Find.  I.  4,  15  ;  ττερί  τ'  άιιφΊ  τε  κάλλος 
άητο,  beauty  breathed  all  around  her, 
Ruhnk.  H.  Hom.  Cer.  276;  so,  τοίον 
άητο  άπό  κρήθεν,  Hes.  Sc.  8. 

ΥΑηνόβαρβος,  ου,  ό,  the  Roman 
Ahenobarbus,  Strab. 

'Αήρ,  αέρος,  in  Hom.  αήρ,  ήέρος, 
while  Hipp,  has  the  nom.  ήήρ :  in 
Horn.,  and  Hes.  ή,  from  Hdi.  down- 
wards ό,  (II.  5,  776  ;  8,  50,  Η.  Cer. 
383,  cannot  be  quoted  for  the  masc. 
usage,  since  there  πουλνς  and  βαθύς 
need  not  be  masc. :  so  aer  was  fern. 
in  Enn.,  Gell.  13,  20) :— in  Horn.,  and 
Hes.,  the  lower  air,  atmosphere,  the  thick 
air  or  haze  that  surrounds  the  earth, 
opp.  to  α'ιθήρ,  the  pure  tipper  air.  (v. 
esp.  II.  14,  288):  hence  misty  dark- 
ness, mist,  gloom  ;  and  so  sometimes 
in  prose,  Foes.  Oecon.  Hipp. :  but 
later  usu.  in  genl.  air,  tPlat.  Legg. 
889  B,  891  C,etc.  ;  prov.  αέρα  δέρειν, 
to  beat  the  air,  N.  T.  1  Cor.  9,  26t.— 
Cf.  Buttm.  Lexil.  s.  v.  —  II.  the  open 
spice  in  baths,  Galen.  (From  *άω, 
άημι,  as  αίθήρ  from  α'ιθω.)  [ά,  but  α 
Soph.  .""^,1.  87,  and  in  one  or  two  later 
poets,  V.  K?rm.  ad  1.] 

"Αησις,  εως,  ή,  (  άημι )  =  άημα,  α 
blowing,  Eur.  Rhes.  417. 

Άήσσητος,  ov,  Att.  αήττητος,  (a 
priv.,  ήσσάω)  unconquered,  not  Lenten. 
Thuc.  6,  70.  —  2.  unconquerable,  Plat. 
Rep.  375  B. 

'Αήσϋλος,  for  αϊσυλος,  wicked,  II. 
5,  876. 

Άήσνρος,  ov,  (άω,  άημι)  light  as 
air,  hence  little,  Aesch.  Pr.  461,  ubi  v. 
Blomf. :  aloft,  Ap.  Rh.  2,  1101. 

Άητέομαι,  dep.  [άήτης]  tofly,  Arat. 
523. 

Άήτη,  ης,  ^,=  sq..Hes.  Op.  643,673. 

Άήτης,  ου,  ό,  (  άω,  άημι  )  α  blast, 
gale,  άνέμοιο,  άνεμων.  Ζεφνροιο  άή- 
ται,  til.  14,  254,  etc.,  Hes.  Op.  619; 
Plat.,  Crat.  410  B,  says  o'l  ποιηταΐ 
τά  ττνεύματα  αήτας  καλονσή  :  absoL, 
ο  wind,  Theocr.  2,  38. 

ΙΆήτης,  ου.  ό,  A'etes.  an  Athenian 
polernarch,  Dem.  1358.  23. 

Άητόβ^οος,  ov,  contr.  -δους,  ovi',    " 
(δέω)  creating  άήται,  a  wora  coined  by 
Plat.  Crat.  410  B. 

"Αητος,  ov,  an  old  word,  only  found 
in  phrase,  θύρσος  άι/τον,  11.  21,  395: 
but  quoted  also  from  Aesch.  (Fr.  2) 
by  Hesych.,  άήτους•  μεγάλας  : — prob. 
from  άημι,  hence  orig.  stormy,  and  so 
violent,  terrible,  like  α'ιητος  :  but  cf. 
Buttm.  Lexil.  s.  v. 

Άητός,  ό,  poet,  for  αετός,  an  eagle, 
cf.  αίητός,  Arat.  Phaen.  315. 

Αήττητος,  ov,  later  Att.  for  άήσσψ 
τος,  q.  v. 

Άηχος,  ov,  without  sound. 

Άθάλάσσεντος,  ov,  Alt.  -ττευτος, 
(a  priv.,  θα?.ασσεί<ω)^άθη?Μσσωτος. 

Άθαλασσία,  ας,  ή,  Att.  -ττ'ια,  igno- 
rance of  the  sea,  Gal. :  from 

Άθάλασσος,  ov,  Att.  -ττος,  (a  priv., 
θάλασσα)  without  sea,  far  from  it,  in- 
land, Menand.  p.  160. — II.  not  mixed 
with  sea-water,  οίνος,  Damocr.  ap. 
Gal.,  Horace's  vinum  maris  expers. 
[άί?ά-] 

Άθΰλάσσωτος.  ov,  Att.  -ττωτος, 
{a  priv.,  θαλασσόω)  unused  to  the  sea, 
never  having  been  at  sea,  Ar.  Ran.  204 

Άθαλής,  or  άθαλλής,  ες,  (α  priv., 
θάλ?ιω)  of  the  bay,  not  verdant,  Plut 
Pomp.  31.^ 

'Αθαλπής,ές,(α  pτl•τ.,θύλ^Γoς)with 
out  warmth,  fNonn.  D.  37,  151t.  Adv 
-πέως.  Hipp. 

ΥΑθΰμάν,  άνος,  ό,  genl.  in  plur.  oi 
Άθαμάνες,  the  Athamanes,  a  Thessa- 
lian  race,  expelled  by  the  Lapithae, 
29 


ΑΘΑΥ 

which  settled  in  Epirus  around  Mt. 
Pindus,  Strab.,  Pol.,  etc. 

νΑ.θάμάνία,  ας,  ή,  Atliamania,  a  re- 
gion in  Epirus,  the  territory  of  the 
Athamanes,  Strab.,  Pol. 

νλθαμάντιος,  a,  ov,  of  or  belonging 
to  Athamas ;  ττΐδίον  Άθαμ.,  a  plain 
in  Phthiotis,  Ap.  Rh.  2,  514. 

νΡίθαμαντίς,  ίδος,  ή,  daughter  of 
Athamas,  i.  e.  Helle,  Aesch.  Pers. 
70  :  as  fetn.  adj.,  of  Atha?nas. 

ΫΚΟάμας,  αντος,  ό,  Athamas,  son  of 
Aeolus  king  of  Orchomenus,  and  fa- 
ther of  Phrixus  and  Helle,  Hes.  Fr. 
28,  4.— Others  of  this  name  in  Paus., 
etc. 

Άθαμβεί,  Άάν.,  fearlessly. 

Άβαμβής,  ές,  (a  priv.,  θάμβος) fear- 
less, Mel.  91  :  at),  τινός,  without  fear 
of  a  thing,  Phryn.  ap.  Hesych.  tff/co- 
Tov,  Plut.  Lye.  IG.     Hence 

Άβαμβία,  ας,  ή,  fearlessness,  De- 
mocr.  ap.  Cic.  Fin.  5,  29. 

i'Adava.,  ας,  τ/.  Dor.  for  Άθήνη, 
Tragg. ;  ace.  to  Pors.,  Eur.  Or.  26, 
the  Tragic  writers  use  only  the  Dor. 
form. 

νκθΰνία,  7/,=foreg.,  Thecor.  28, 1. 

Αθανασία,  ας,  ή,  (ΰβανατος)  im- 
mortality, Plat.  Phaodr.  246  A,  etc. ; 
V.  Buttm.  Lexil   s.  v.  άμβρόσιος  4. 

' Αθάνύτ/ζ:^,  (αθάνατος)  to  make  im- 
Ttio'tM,  Arist.  ap.  Ath.  697  B. — Pass., 
to  become  or  be  immortal,  Polyb.  6,  54, 
2. — II.  to  hold  one's  self  immortal,  Hdt. 
4,  93,  etc.     Hence 

Άβάνΰτισμός,  ov,  a,  the  gift  of  or 
belief  in  immortality,  Diod.  1,  1, 

'Αθάνατος,  ov.  also  η,  ov  (as  al- 
ways in  Horn,  tbut  seldom  in  Att. 
poets,  Ehnsl.  Med.  807t)  (a  priv., 
θάνατος) : — undyitig,  immortal,  freq. 
in  Horn.,  and  Hes.,  opp.  to  βνιιτός 
and  ββοτός  :  hence  αθάνατο',  οι,  the 
Immortals,  Horn.  :  hence  of  things, 
etc.,  everlasting,  u&.  κακόν,  Od.  12, 
118  ;  so,  άθ.  κλέος,  μνήμη,  δόξα,  ορ- 
γή, etc. — also,  οΐ  αθάνατοι,  the  im- 
mortals, a  body  of  troops  in  which 
every  vacancy  was  filled  up  by  suc- 
cessors appointed  beforehand,  Hdt.  7, 
83,  211  ;  so,  άθ.  άνήρ,  one  whose  suc- 
cessor in  case  of  death  is  appointed, 
lb.  3 1  (as  we  say,  the  king  never  dies) : 
— άθ.  ο  θάνατος,  death  is  a  never- 
ending,  unchanging  state,  Amphis  Gy- 
naecocr.  1.  Adv.  τως,  fAnth.  P.  9, 
570t.  [αθάνατος  in  Ep.  and  some- 
times so  in  Trag.,  Pors.  Med.  139 ; 
yet  only  as  an  exception,  Elrasl.  Ar. 
Ach.  47.] 

ΥΑϋανατόω,  ώ,  f.  -ώσω,  to  make 
immortal,  Tzetz. 

νΑθάν?Ίς,  ές,=  αθάνατος.  Max.  Tyr. 

Άθαπτος,  οι>,  (α  priv.,  θάπτω)  un- 
hnried,  Π.  22,  386,  etc. — II.  unworthy 
of  burial,  Anth.  tP.  9,  498. 

Άθάρα,  ας,  ή;  Att.  άθάρη.  Piers. 
Moer.  184;  also  άθήρη  : — groats  or 
meal,  a  porridge  thereof.  Ar.  Plut.  673, 
Pherecr.  Metall.  1,  i.  (An  Egypt. 
word,  ace.  to  Plin.  22,  25.)  [άθά-] 

Άβαρσής,  ές,  (α  priv.,  θάρσος)  dis- 
couraged, downhearted,  Plut.  Cic.  35; 
fro  άθαρσές,  the  want  nf  boldness, 
cowardice.  Id.  Nic.  4. — Adv.  -ώς.  Id. 
Pomp.  50. 

Άθΰρώδης.  ες,  (είδος)  like  άθάρη. 

Άθανμασία,  ας,  ή,  dub.  collat.  form 
of  άϋανμαστία,  Lob.  Phryn.  509. 

Άθανμαστεί,  and  -τί,  adv.,  without 
wonder. 

Άθανμαστία,  ας,  ή,  the  character  of 
an  άθανμαστος,  Horace's  niladmirari, 
Strab. :  from 

Αθανμαστος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  θαυμάζω) 
not  wondering  at  any  thing  (cf  foreg.), 
hence  adv.  -τως,  Soph.  Fr.  810. — II. 
30 


ΑΘΕΡ 

not  wondered  at  or  admired,  Luc.  Amor. 
13. 

Άθεάμων,  ov,  gen.  oj^of,  (a  priv., 
θεάομαι)   not   beholding.     Adv.  •νως, 

ϊ"ι"ί  .       „  , 

'Αθέατος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  θίαομαι)  un- 
seen, invisible,  Plut.  Num.  9,  etc.  ; 
secret,  Pseudo-Phocyl.  94. — II.  act., 
not  seeing,  blind  to,  τινός,  Xen.  Mem. 
2,1,31. 

Άθεεί,  adv.,  (a  priv.,  θεός)  without 
the  aid  of  God,  usu.  c.  negat.,  ovK  άθε- 
ti,  Horace's  non  sine  Dis,  Od.  18,  353. 

ί'Αθεησίη,  ης,  ή.  Ion.  for  unusu. 
άθεασία,  {αθέατος)  the  being  without 
sight,  blindness,  Aretae. 

'Αθεΐα,  ας,  ή,—  άθεότης,  Eccl. 

Άθείαστος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  θειάζω) 
uninspired,  oVK  άθ.,  Plut.  Cor.  33. 

Άθελβάζω  and  άθέλβω,  to  filter, 
Hesvch. 

Άθε'λγης,  ές,  (α  priv.,  θέλγω)  un- 
appeased,  Nonn.  tD.  33,  200. 

Άθέλγω,=  άμέλγω,  Hipp. 

Άθέλεος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  θέλω)=sq., 
dub.  1.  Aesch.  Suppl.  862. 

'Αθέλητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  θέλω)  un- 
willing: — adv.  -τως,  Aspas.  ap.  Ath. 
219  D. 

'Αθελκτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  θέλγω)  t»o< 
to  be  soothed^,  implacable,  Aesch.  Supp. 
1056. 

Άθεμέλιος,  ov,  and  -ίωτος,  ov,  {a 
priv.,  θεμέλιον)  without  foundation. 

Άθέμηλος,  ov,  dub.  for  foreg. 

Άθεμις,  ιτος,  ο,  ή,  (α  priv.,  θέμις) 
latvless,  Pind.  P.  3,  56;  4,  193,  and 
Eur.  tlon  1093t.  Conip.  -ίστερος, 
Opp.  tH.  1,  756. 

Άθεμιστία,  ας,  η,  lawlessness,  App. 
Civ.  2,  77  :  and 

Άθεμίστιος,  ov,  lawless,  godless, 
Horn,  (only  in  Od.,  tl8,  141,et.c.t); 
usu.  in  phrase  άθεμ'ιστια  είδώς,\6ΥΒβά 
in  tvickedness,  t9,  189,  etc. :  from 

Άθέμιστος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  θέμις)  law- 
less, without  law  or  government,  godless, 
Lat.  nefarixis,  of  the  Cyclopes,  II.  9, 
63,  Od.  9,  106 ;  of  things,  Hdt.  7,  33, 
etc. :  tin  compar.  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  8,  51- 
Adv.  -τως,  tPhaennis  ap.  Paus.  10, 
15,  3. 

Άθεμιστονργία,  ας,  ή,=  αθεμιστΊα. 

Άθεμιστονργός,  όν,  ( άθέμιστος, 
*εργω)  doing  lawless  deeds. 

'Αθέμιτος,  ον,=  άθέμιστος,  ν.  1. 
Hdt.  7,33,  Antipho  113,  39,  Bekk., 
Plut.  Aem.  19.  Adv.  -τως,  tApp. 
Bell.  Pun.  53. 

Άθεος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  θεός)  without 
God,  denying  the  gods,  esp.  those  rec- 
ognised by  the  state.  Plat.  Apol.  26 
C,  etc. :  hence  several  philosophers 
were  named  άθεοι,  Cic.  N.  D.  1,  23. 
— II.  in  genl.,  godless,  ungodly,  Pind. 
P.  4,  288,  and  Trag.— HI.  abandoned 
of  the  gods.  Soph.  O.  T.  661  ;  and  so 
in  adv.  -ως,  lb.  254,  El.  1181.— On  the 
word  V.  Sturz  in  Comm.  Soc.  Phil. 
Lips.  2,  p.  64.     Hence 

'Αθέατης,  ητος,  ή,  ungodliness,  Plat. 
Polit.  308  Ε  :  atheism,  Philo. 

Άϋεραπεία,  ας,  7;,=  sq.,  neglect  of 
medical  care,  Antipho  127,  38. 

Άθεράπενσία,  ας,  ή,  want  of  attend- 
ance or  care  :  USU.  C.  gen.,  neglect  of  a 
thing,  θεών,  ιερών.  Plat.  Rep.  443  A  ; 
σώματος,  Theophr. :  from 

'Αθεράπευτος,  ov,  ( a  ]jriv.,  θερα- 
πεύω) not  attended  to  or  cared  for,  neg- 
lected, Xen.  Mem.  2,  4,  3  ;  το  σώμα, 
Dion.  Η.  t3,  22t,  etc.— II.  imhealed, 
incurable,  Luc.  Ocyp.  27.  Adv.  -τως, 
Philo.  [pa\ 

Άθερηίς,  ίδος,  η,  having  ΰθέρες  or 
spikes,  Nic.  Th.  848. 

Άθερίζω  :  f.  -ίσω,  in  Ap.  Rh.  also 
•ίξω  :  —  to  slight,  make  light  of,  Lat. 


ΑΘΗΑ 

nihil  curare,  in  Horn,  always  c.  acc. 
pers.,  as  II.  1,  261,  Od.  8,  212:  also 
c.  gen.  like  άμελείν,  oft.  in  A  p.  Rh. 
t2,  477,  etc.t :— mid.  in  Dion.  P.  997. 
(Better  from  θέρω,  θεραπεύω,  than 
from  αθήρ.) 

Άθερίνη,  ης,  ή,  a  poor  bony  fish, 
Arist.  H.  A,  6,  17,  6.  [u,  I  Opp.  tH. 
1,  108.] 

'Αθέριστος,  ov,  {άθερίζω)  unheeded. 
— II.  (a  priv.,  θερίζω)  not  reaped. 

'Αθέρμαντος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  θερμαί- 
νω) not  heated:  in  Aesch.  Cho.  029, 
άθ.  εστία,  prob.  a  household  not  heat- 
ed by  strife  or  passion. 

'Αθερμυς,  ov,  {a  priv.,  θερμός)  with- 
out warmth,  το  άθερμον,  Plat.  Phaed. 
106  A. 

νΑθ^ρυλόγιον,  ου,  τό,  {αθήρ,  λέγω) 
α  forceps  for  extracting  thorns,  splinters, 
etc..  Medic. 

Άθερολόγος,  ov,  {αθήρ,  λέγω)  gath- 
ering ears  of  corn. 

'Αθερώδης,  ες,  (αθήρ,  είδης)  like 
ears  of  corn,  full  of  them. — 2.^άθαμώ- 
δης.  Gal. 

Άθεσία,  ας,  ή,  faithlessness,  fickle- 
ness, Polyb.  3,  17,  2,  etc. 

Άθεσμία,  ας,  ή,  (άθεσμος)  lawless- 
ness, Eccl. 

Άθέσμιος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  θεσμός)  law- 
less, Nonn. :  also  άθεσμος. 

Άθεσμόβιος,  ov,  {άθεσμος,  βίος) 
living  a  lawless  life,  Nonn. 

Άθεσμόλεκτρος,  ov,  {άθεσμος,  λέκ- 
τρον)  joined  in  lawless  love.  Lye.  1143. 

'Αθεσμος,ον,^^άθέσμιος,ΡΙνΙ.ΟΆΡ,δ. 

10,  etc.     Adv.  -μως. 
'Αθέσφάτος,  ov,  in  Ap.  Rh.  also  η, 

ov  {a  priv.,  θέσφατος): — beyond  even 
a  god's  power  to  express  :  hence  inex- 
pressible, unutterable,  ineffable,  of  hor- 
rible or  awful  things,  δμβρος,  θάλασ- 
σα, ννξ,  II.  3,  4,  Od.  7,  273  ;  11,  373  ; 
but  also  simply  of  vast  quantities  or 
size,  άθ.  οίνος,  σίτος,  Od.  11,  61  ;  13, 
244  ;  βόες,  20,  211 :  then  wondrous  in 
point  of  beauty,  ύμνος,  Hes.  O.  660  : 
— very  rare  in  Trag.,  άθ.  θέα,  Eur. 
I.  A.  232.  Cf.  Buttm.  Lexil.  s.  v.  θέ- 
σκελος  7. 

Άθετέω,  ω,ί.-ήσω:  {άθετος) : — to 
set  aside,  disregard  a  treaty,  oath, 
promise,  etc.,  άθ.  πίστιν,  etc.,  Polyb. 
8,  2,  5,  etc. ;  also  c.  dat.,  to  refuse 
one's  assent  to  a  thing.  Id.  12,  14,  6. — 

11.  in  Gramm.,  to  reject  as  spurious, = 
όβελίζω.     Hence 

Άθέτημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  breach  of 
faith,  transgression,  Dion.  H.  t4,  27. 

Άθέτησις,  ή,  {άθετέω)  abolition,  re- 
jection, Cic.  Att.  6,  9. 

Άθετητέον,  verb,  adj.,  one  must  set 
aside,  Polyb.  3,  29,  2. 

'Αθετος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  τίθημί)  with- 
out position  or  place  ;  a  unit  {μονάς)  is 
called  ουσία  άθετος  as  opp.  to  a  point 
{στιγμή),  which  is  ουσία  θετός,  Arist. 
Anal.  Post.  1 ,  27. — II.  set  aside,  ifivalid, 
Polyb.  17,  9,  10:  hence  ziscless.  unfit, 
Diod.  11,  15.  Adv.  -τως,^^άθέσμως, 
lawlessly,  despotically,  Aesch.  Pr.  150. 

Άθεωρησία,  ας, ή,  (αθεώρητος)  want 
of  observation,  Diod.  1,  37. 

Άθεωρητί,  adv.,  inconsiderately,  An- 
tipho ap.  Harp. :  from 

'Αθεώρητος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  θεωρέω] 
not  seen,  not  to  be  seen,  Arist.  Mund.  6, 
26. — 2.  unexamined,  Plut.  ?  tDiod.  S. 
3,  36t.  —  II.  actively,  not  having 
observed,  ^inobservant,  Plut.  2,  405  At  : 
without  technical  knowledge.  Hence 
adv.  -τως,  Plut.  tNum.  18. 

Άθήητος,  ov,  Ion.  for  αθέατος, 
Nonn. 

νΑθη?.ής,  ές,  (a  priv.,  θηλ?/)  not  hav- 
ing suckled,  μαζόςι  Nonn.  D.  48,  361 ; 
Tryph.  34. 


ΑΘΗΝ 

'λθηλος,  ον,  (α  priv.,  θηλή)  ttnsuck• 
led,  Ar.  Lys.  881  :  just  weaned,  Hor- 
ace's jam  lade  depulsus,  Simon.  146. 

'λβήλνντος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  θτ/λννω) 
not  made  womanisk,  Anth.  ? 

Άθ})λνς,  υ,  (α  priv.,  θηλνς)  not 
womanhh,  Plut.  2,  285  C  :  indelicate, 
Id.  Lye.  et  Num.  3. 

'Αθηνά,  ΰς,  ή,  contr.  from  Άθηνάα, 
'Αθηναία,  in  Horn.  Άθήνη,  Άθηναίη  : 
Dor.  ^Αθύνα,  which  is  also  in  Att. 
poets  :  Aeol.  Άθανάα  : — Athena,  call- 
ed Minerva  by  the  Romans,  the  tute- 
lary goddess  of  Athens.  Boeckh 
P.  E.  says  that  'Αθηνά  was  not  used 
for  'Αθηναία  before  the  time  of  Eucli- 
des. 

V Αθηναγόρας,  ov  and  a,  b,  Athena- 
goras,  a  Samian  ambassador,  Hdt.  9, 
90.  —  2.  a  Syracusan  magistrate, 
Thuc.  6, 35.— Others  in  Diod.,  Polyb., 
etc. 

νΑθηνάδας,  ov  and  a,  6,  Athenadas, 
a  Trachinian,  Hdt.  7,  213.  — 2.  a  Si- 
cyoiiian,  Xen.  Hell.  3,  1,  15. 

νΑθήναζε,  adv.,  =  'Αθήναςδε,  v. 
sub  sq. 

'Αθήναι,  ων,  al,  the  city  of  Athens, 
Horn. ;  like  θήβαι,  etc.,  in  plur.,  be- 
cause it  consisted  of  several  parts : 
the  older  sing,  form  Άθήνη  occurs  in 
Od.  7,  80 :  'Αθήναι  in  genl.='ArriA-7/, 
of  the  whole  country,  Hdt.  9,  17  : 
Άθήναζε,  to  or  towards  Athens  :  'Αθή- 
νηθεν,  poet.  ΆθήνηθεΆηά  Άθήνοθεν, 
from  Athens:  'Αθήνησι,  tArr.  An.  1, 
1,  It,  at  Athens,  which  forms  were 
more  Att.  than  εις  'Αθήνας,  εξ  'Αθη- 
νών, and  εν  'Αθήναις,  Greg.  Cor.  p. 
165,  cf.  Heind.  Plat.  Hipp.  Maj.  281 
A. — tOther  cities  of  this  name  in  Boe- 
otia.  Pans.  9,  21,  2,  and  in  Euboea, 
called  al  Aiadef,  near  Dium,  Strab. 
p.  416. 

'Αθηναία,  ων,  τά,  older  name  of 
the  ΐΐαναθηναΐα.  Pans.  8,  2,  1. 

ΥΑθηνάΐζω,  {'Αθήναι)  to  be  an  Ath- 
enian, Just.  M. 

^Αθηναϊκός,  ή,  όν,  {'Αθηνά)  of  or 
belonging  to  Minerva,  resembling  Miner- 
va, Procl. 

'Αθήναιον,  ov,  τό,  (  'Αθηνά )  the 
temple  of  Minerva,  Hdt.  5,  95. — til.  as 
pr.  n.,  from  containing  her  temple, — 
1.  a  promontory  of  Campania,  Strab. 
— 2.  a  town  of  Arcadia,  Polyb.  2,  46, 
5. — 3.  a  place  in  Sicily  near  Himera, 
Diod.  S.  5,  3. 

'Αθηναίος,  a,  ov,  Athenian,  of  or 
from  Athens,  II.  t2,  551  ;  fem.  'Αθη- 
ναία, seldom  occurs,  in  place  of  it 
usu.  Άτθίς  or  'Αττική. 

V Αθηναίος,  ov,  6,  Athenaeus,  a 
Lacedaemonian,  Thuc.  4,  119. — 2.  a 
celebrated  writer,  of  Naucratis.  — 
Others  in  Plut.,  etc. 

V  Αθήναις,  ίδος,  ή,  Athenais,  a 
priestess  of  Erythrae,  Strab.  p.  645. 

ΥΑθήνηθεν,  'Αθήνησι, 'v.  sub  'Αθή- 
ναι- 

Άθηνιάω,  ω,  to  long  to  be  at  Athens, 
Luc.  Pseudol.  24. 

ΥΑθήνιον,  ov,  ή,  Athenium,  fem.  pr. 
n.,  Anth.  P.  5,  138. 

ΥΑθηνίων,  ωνος,  ό,  Athenian,  tnasc. 
pr.  n.,  Ath.  211  D,  etc. 

V Αθηνογένης,  ονς,  ό,  Athenngenes, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Ath.  399  A. 

^Αθηνόδωρος,  ov,  6,  {'Αθηνά,  δώ- 
pov)  Athenodorus,  a  stoic  philosopher, 
so-n  of  Sandon,surnamed  Κανανίτης, 
Strab.  p.  674,  Luc.  Macmb.  21.  — 2. 
another,  surnamed  Κορί)υλίων,  friend 
of  Cato  the  younger.  Id.,  Plut.  Cat. 
Min.  10,  etc.— Others  in  Dem.,  Strab., 
etc. 

\Άθηνοκλής.  έονς,  ό,  Athenocles,  an 
Athenian,  Strab.  p.  547. 


ΑΘΛΗ 

ΥΑθηνόκριτος,  ov,  b,  Athenocritus, 
father  of  Democritus,  ace.  to  some 
accounts,  Diog.  L.  7,  34. 

V Αθηνούάνης,  ονς.  ό,  Athenophanes, 
masc.  pr.  ii.,  Plut.  Alex.  35. 

ίΆθηνώ,  ονς,  ή,  Athene,  daughter 
of  Lycomedes,  Leon.  Tar.  8. 

ΆΘΗ'Ρ,  έρος,  b,  the  beard  or  spike 
of  an  ear  of  corn,  an  ear  of  corn  itself, 
Lat.  spica,  Hes.  Fr.  2,  2.  --- 12.  chaff, 
metaph.  οϋ  γαρ  καλάμη  καΐ  ύθέρες 
νμείς  έστε,  Luc.  Anach.  31t. — II.  the 
point  or  barb  of  a  weapon,  Aesch.  Fr. 
145,  and  Hipp. ;  tcf  Plut  Cat.  Min. 
70.  [a] 

'Αθήράτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  θηρύω)  not 
to  be  caught,  Ael.  N.  A.  1,  4  :  —  tinet. 
unattainable,  Clem.  AL,  Philo. — 2.  not 
caught,  in  Ion.  form,  άθηρήτοισι  λα- 
γωοϊς,  0pp.  C.  1,  514  Lehrs.  — Cf 
Mehlhorn  Anaereont.  p.  242. 

'Αθήρεντος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  θηρεύω) 
]uncaught,  unhunied\,  Xen.  Cyr.  1, 
4,  16. 

'Αθήρη,  ης,  ή,^^αθάρη,  Diosc. 

Άθηρηλοιγός,  οϋ,  ό,  {αθήρ,  ?.οιγός) 
consumer  of  ears  of  corn,  epith.  of  a 
winuowing-fan  {πτνον),  Od.  11,  128  ; 
23,  275  :  cf  άθηρόβρωτος. 

\Άθήρητος,  ov.  Ion.  for  άθήρατος, 
q.  V.  2. 

Άθηρ'ια,  ας,  ή,  (  άθηρος )  want  of 
game,  Ael.  N.  A.  7,  2. 

'Αθηρόβρωτος,  ov,  {αθήρ,  βιβρώ- 
σκω)  devouring  ears  of  corn,  uO.  bpya- 
vov,  i.  e.  a  winnowing-fan.  Soph.  Fr. 
404  ;  cf  άθηρηλοιγός. 

'Αθηρος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  θήρ)  without 
wild  beasts  or  game,  Hdt.  4,  185  :  το 
άβ7ΐρον,=  άθηρία,  Plut.  2,  981  C— II. 
(a  priv.,  θήρα)  without  the  chase,  άθ. 
ήμερα,  a  bUmk  day,  Aesch.  Fr.  225. 

'Αθηρώδης,  ες,  {ίίδος)=^άθερώδης. 

'Αθήρωμα,  ατός.  τό,  α  tumor  full  of 
matter  like  άθήρη,  Galen. 

'Αθησαύριστος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  θησαν- 
ρίζω)  not  treasured  up,  nut  to  be  treasured 
up.  Plat.  Legg.  844  D. 

Άθΐγής.  ες,  {a  priv.,  θιγγάνω,  θι- 
γειν )  untouched ;  \unwedded,  Anth. 
Append.  248. 

Άθικτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  θιγγάνω,  θι- 
γεϊν)  untouched,  usu.  c.  gen.,  untouched 
by  a  thing,  ύκτΐνος,  Soph.  Tr.  686  ; 
ήγητήρος,  Ο.  C.  1521,  etc.  ;  also  c. 
dat.,  νόσοις  άθ.,  Aesch.  Suppl.  5G1. — 
2.  not  to  be  touched,  holy,  sacred,  Aesch. 
Ag.  371,  Soph.  O.  T.  891.  — II.  act. 
not  touching,  c.  gen.,  κερδών,  Aesch. 
Eum.  704. 

Άθλαστος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  θλάω)  not 
crushed,  Arist.  Meteor.  4,  8. 

Άθλενω,  contr.  from  Ep.  άεθλενω: 
ί.  -ενσω  :  {άθλος)  ■  —  to  conteiul  for  a 
prize,  combat,  wrestle,  II.  (but  always 
in  the  longer  form  άεθ?-). — II.  rarely, 
to  struggle,  endure,  svffir,  II.  24,  734 
(the  only  place  where  Horn,  uses  the 
contr.  form,  v.  Spitzn.  ad  1.).  Aesch. 
Pr.  95. — The  common  form  m  Att.  is 
άθ7.έω. 

ΆΘ7^εω,  ώ,  ί.  -ήσω,  in  Horn.  = 
άθλενω,  II.  7,  453;  15,  30;  (he  has 
not  the  form  άεθλέω  at  all.)  But  the 
Att.  use  άθλέω  in  both  signfs.  of 
άθλενω,  to  contend,  κατά  άγωνίαν. 
Plat.  Tim.  19  Β  ;  άθλεΐν  κινδννενμα, 
ττόνον,  Ιο  endure  danger,  toil.  Soph. 
Ο.  C.  564,  Eur.  Supp.  317.— II.  to  be 
an  athlete,  Plut.  2,  795  E. 

"Αθλημα,  ατός,  τό,  {άθλέω)  a  con- 
test, struggle.  Plat.  Legg.  833  C  :  toil. 
— II.  that  which  is  won  by  toil  or  exer- 
tion. —  III.  an  implement  of  labor, 
Theocr.  21,9. 

"Αβ'λησις,  εως,  ή,  {άθλεω)  a  contest, 
combat,  esp.  of  athletes,  Polyb.  t5,  64, 
6  ;  Plut.  Thes.  10, 


ΑΘΑΟ 

Άβ7ιητήρ,  ήρος,  b,  Od.  8,  164 :  older 
form  of  sq. 

Αθλητής,  contr.  from  άεθλητής, 
ov,  b  ■'  {άθλέω)  :  —  a  combatant,  cham- 
pion ;  esp.  a  prize-fighter,  Lat.  athlela, 
Find,  in  both  forms,  tN.  5,  90;  10, 
95  ;  I.  6,  loot:  also  as  adj.,  άθλ.  'ίπ- 
πος, a  race  horse,  Plat.  Parm.  137  A. 
—  II.  in  genl.,  one  practised  or  skilled 
in,  master  of  a  thing,  c.  gen.,  πολέμου. 
Plat.  Rej).  543  Β  ;  των  καλών  έργων, 
Dem.  799,  16  ;  άθλ.  τής  αληθινής  λέ- 
ξεως, Schaf  Dion.  Comp.  p.  415; 
άθλ.  γης,  a  skilful  farmer,  Philostr. 
Hence 

'Αθλητικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to  an 
athlete,  athletic,  robust,  έξις,  Arist. 
Pol.  8,  8,  3  ;  ^σώμα,  Plut.  Fab.  19t : 
αγώνες  άθλ.,  Plut.  t2,  724  Ft.  Adv. 
-κώς.  Id.  t2,  192  C. 

'ΑθλΙβής,  ές,  (a  priv.,  Θ7ύβω)  not 
pressed,  ίμαζοί,  Nonn.  D.  9,  31. — 2. 
not  pressing,  slackened,  χαλινός,  Id. 
37,  220. 

νΑθλιβος,  ov,=foreg.  1,  Galen. 

Άθλιον,  ov,  TO,  contr.  irom  Ep. 
άέθλιον.=  άθλον,  the  prize  of  contest, 
Hom.  :  but  also=(i(^/.of,  contest,  Od. 
24,  169,  and  later  Ep. — Horn,  always 
uses  Ep.  form. 

Άθλιος,  ία,  lov,  also  ος,  ov,  Eur. 
Ale.  1038,  etc.  ;  contr.  from  ati^Aiof  : 
{άεθλον,  άθλον)  : — toilsome,  painful, 
hence  in  genl.,  unhappy,  ureiched, 
very  freq.  m  Att.  from  Aesch.  down- 
wards : — hence  also  to  denote  imper- 
fection of  any  kind,  miserable,  ivretched, 
in  a  moral  sense,  Dem.  142,  18 ;  also 
of  ability,  άθλ.  ζωγράφος,  a  wretched 
painter,  Plut.  2,  6  F. — Adv.  -ίυς,  άθλ. 
έχειν,  Eur.  Η.  F.  707,  etc.— II.  of 
or  belonging  to  contest,  only  in  form 
άέθλιος  (q.  v.)     Hence 

Άθλιύτης.  ητος,  ή,  suffering,  wretch- 
edness. Plat.  Rep.  545  A,  etc. 

ΆΘ7Λπτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  θλίβω)  — 
άθλιβής,  Galen. 

Άθλοθεσία.  or  -θετία,  ας,  ή,  th. 
office  of  αθλοθέτης,  Ar.  Fr.  585,  ubi 
V.  Dind. 

'ΑΘ7ιθθετέω,  ώ,  f.  ήσω,{άθ7.ον,  τί• 
θημι)  to  propose  a  prize,  in  genl.,  to 
offer  rewards,  τινί,  Ath.  539  B. — II.  to 
manage,  direct,  Heliod. 

ΆΘ7Μθίτήρ,  ήρος,  o,=  sq.,  Anth. 
tAppend,  130. 

ΆΘ7.υθέτης,  ov,  ό,  {άθλον,  τίθημι) 
one  who  gives,  awards  the  prize,  the 
judge  or  .steward  in  the  games,  also 
βραβενς.  Plat.  Legg.  764  D,  etc. 

Άθλοθετία,  ας,  ή,  =  άθλοθεσία, 
q.  V. 

ΆΘΑΟΝ,  ov,  τό,  contr.  from  Ep. 
άεβ/.ον,  which  alone  is  useii  by  Horn., 
Pind.,  and  Hdt.,  and  is  sometimes 
found  in  Trag.  :  the  prize  of  contest, 
in  genl.,  a  gift,  present,  II.  23,  413, 
620,  etc.:  in  Od.  only  11,  .548:  a  re- 
ward, recompense,  freq.  in  Find.,  and 
Trag.  :  also  in  prose,  άβ.  αρετής, 
Thuc.  2,  46,  αμαρτημάτων.  Lys.  96, 

8.  Phrases:  άθΛα  κείται  or  πρόκει- 
ται, prizes  are  proposed,  Hdt.  8,  26; 

9,  101  ;  άθλα  προφαίνειν,  to  propose 
them,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  2, 12 ;  άθ7α  λαμβά- 
νειν or  φέρεσθαι,  to  win  prizes.  Plat., 
etc. ;  cf  Thuc.  6,  80  :  άθ-  ποιεϊσθαι 
τά  κοινά,  Thuc.  3,  82. — Π.  in  plur. 
also=aflAof,  a  contest,  combat,  Od.  24, 
89,  Soph.  Phil.  508:  also  m  sing.. 
Xeiiophan.  ap.  Ath.  414  A. — 111.  in 
plur.  also,  the  place  of  combat,  Lat. 
arena.  Plat.  Legg.  868  Α.— Cf  sq. 

ΆΘ7.ονικία,  ας,  ή,  (άβ/ον,  νίκη) 
victory  in.  the  games,  Pind.  Γ\.  3,  11. 

άθλος,  ου,  b,  contr.  from  Ep. 
αεθλυς,  which  is  always  used  by 
Hom.  (except  in  Od.  8,  160),  Pind., 
31 


ΑΘΡΟ 

atid  Hdt. : — α  contest  either  in  war  or 
sport,  esp.,  coiitest  for  a  prize,  toil, 
trouble,  like  πόνος,  Lat.  labor,  Horn.  : 
ύθλος  πρόκειται,  a  task  is  set  one, 
Hdt.  1,  120;  άβλον  προτιθέναι,  to 
set  it,  Id.  7,  )97. — On  the  difference 
of  άθ'λορ  and  άβλυς,  v.  Coray  Isocr. 
Paneg.  37. 

Άθ'λοσννη,  ης,  ή,^άθλος,  Anth. 
P.  6,  54. 

ΆΘ?.ο(ρόρος,  ov,  {άθλον.  φέρω)  bear- 
ing away  the  prize,  victorious,   'ίππος, 

11.  9,  124,  άρδρες,  Pind.  Ο.  7.  13,  eic.  : 
in  Ep.  form  ύεβλ-,  II.  22,  22,  and  Hdt. 

νκβμονή.  f;,  //,  Alhmonr,  a  deme 
of  'i,.,  Aciic  tribe  Cecropis ;  hence 
Αθμονενς,  έως,  ό,  one  ο/ (the  deme) 
Atlimnne,  Ar.  Pac.  190. 

Άβολος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  θολός)  not 
mnddy,  clear,  Luc.  de  Hist.  Conscr. 
51. 

ΆΟόλωτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  θολόω)  un- 
troubled, of  water,  Hes.  Op.  593. 

"Αβορος,  ov.  (a  priv.,  θρώσκω,  θο- 
ρεΐν)  ol  animals,  veneris  expers,  tact., 
Anton.  Lib.  13. 

Άθορΰβητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  θυρνβέω) 
undisturbed  :  το  άθ.,  tranquillity  of 
mind,  Xen.  Ages.  6,  7. 

Αθόρυβος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  θόρυβος) 
without  vproar,  undisturbed,  tranquil. 
Plat.  Legg.  640  C.  Adv.  -Ι3ως,  Eur. 
Or.  6.30. 

'Aflof,  Dor.  for  ήθος. 

νΑβύως,  ω,  ό,  Ep.  for  Άθως,  q.  v. 

Άβραγένη,  ης,  ή,  a  tree,  the  wood  of 
which  made  tinder,  Theophr. 

Άθρακτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  θράσσω)  = 
άτάρακτος.  Soph.  Fr.  812. 

'Αβράνεντος,  ov.  {a  priv.,  θρανευω) 
not  stretched  or  spread,  Eur.  ap.  He- 
sych. 

Άθραυστος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  θραύω) 
unbroken,  undestroyed,  unhurt,  sound, 
Eur.  Hec.  17,  etc.:  not  to  be  broken. 
Pint.,  etc. — tAdv.  -ως,  Geop. 

ΆΗρεπτος,  ov,  [a  priv.,  τρέφω)  un- 
nurtured, dub.  1.  Mel.  95,  5. 

'A0PE'S2,  ώ,(.  -ησω,  (v.  Elms!. 
Med.  519) :  Att.  ύθρέω  : — to  look  earn- 
estly, to  gaze  at,  c.  ace,  11.  12,  391  ; 
14,  334  :  also  absol.,  to  gaze,  (though 
an  ace.  can  easily  be  supplied),  Od. 

12,  232;  19,  478;  άθρεΐν  ε'ις  τι,  to 
look  into  a  thing,  II.  10,  11.— 2.  later, 
of  the  mind,  to  look  at  or  into  a  thing, 
to  examine,  consider,  regard,  Pind.  P. 
2,  129,  and  Att.:  άθρειν  ει...,  πότε- 
ροι'.., μτ/..,  to  consider  whether...  Soph. 
Ant.  1077,  and  Plat. :  ύθρει,  ύθρησον, 
consider,  take  notice,  see,  Eur.,  and 
Plat. — Later  poets  have  an  aor.  mid. 
άθρήσασθαι,  e.  g.  Timon  6.  (Prob. 
from  the  same  root  as  θεωρέω,  with 
a  copul.  or  euphon.)     Hence 

Άθρήματα,  τύ,^όπττ/ρια,  Hesych. 

Άβιημ'ί,  adv.,  (α  priv.,  θρήνος) 
without  mourning. 

Άθρητέον,  verb.  adj.  from  άθρέω, 
one  must  consider,  Eur.  Hipp.  379. 

νΑθριάμβεντος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  θρι- 
αμβεύω) without  triumph,  Eccl. 

\Άβρίβίς.  ιος,  ή,  Athribis,  a  city  of 
the  Aegyptian  Delta,  Strab.  p.  813. 
Hence 

Άθριβίτης,  ου,  δ,  of  Athribis;  vo- 
μοςΆθρ.,  the  Athribitic  nome,  Hdt.  2, 
166.  [ir] 

Άθριξ,  τρϊχος,  b,  ή,  (α  priv.,  θρίξ) 
without  hair,  Matro  ap.  Ath.  656  F : 
cf.  όθριξ. 

Άθρίπήδεστος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  ί?ρ/'ψ, 
ίδεστόζ)  not  worm-eaten,  Theophr.,  m 
irreg.^  superl.  ΰθριπηδέστατος :  cf. 
ακορεστατος. 

'Αθροίζω,  f.  -οίσω  :  (αθρόος) :  —  to 
gather  together,  collect,  esp.,  to  levy 
forces,  άθρ.  στράτευμα,  δύναμιν,  etc., 
32 


ΑΘΡΟ 

Thuc,  and  Xen.  tAn.  1,  2,  1 ;  Id.  1, 
1,  It :  Ύροίαν  άθρ.,  to  gather  the  Tro- 
jans together,  Eur.  Hoc.  1139:  πνεύ- 
μα άθρ.,  to  collect  breath.  Id.  Phoen. 
851. —  Pass.,  to  be  gathered  or  crowded 
together,  ές  τί/ν  a'jopijv,  Hdt.  5,  101  : 
to  unite  into  one  mass.  Plat.  Theaet. 
157  Β  ;  of  armies,  to  muster  ;  of  the 
mind,  άθροίζεσθαι  εις  εαυτόν,  to  col- 
lect one's  self.  Plat.  Phaed.  83  A,  cf. 
67  C  .  φόβος  ηθροισται,  fear  has 
formed  itself,  arisen,  Xen.  Cyr.  5,  2, 
34.  Mid.,  to  gather  for  one's  self, 
Xen. :  much  like  the  act.  in  Eur. 
Heracl.  122.— Late  poets  also  write 
it  αθροίζω,  αθροίζομαι.  Jac.  A.  P. 
877,  but  not  Att.,  Lob.  Phryn.  616.— 
Others  write  άθρ-,  v.  Ellendt  Lex. 
Soph.  ;  twhich  form  Bekk.  has  intro- 
duced into  the  Oratt.  :  cf.  Lehrs  de 
Stud.  Arist.  Horn.  p.  346.t     Hence 

Άθροίσιμος,  ov,  ήμερα;  dsiy  of  as- 
sembling, Eccl. 

"Αθροισις,εως,  ή.  (αθροίζω)  a  gather- 
ing, collecting,  levying,  στρατού,  Eur. 
Hec.  314.  χρημάτων,  Thuc.  6,  26. 

Άθροισμα,  ατός,  τό,  (αθροίζω)  that 
winch  is  gathered,  a  gathering,  λαού, 
Eur.  Or.  874:  α  heap,  mass.  Plat. 
Theaet.  157  B: — in  Epicur.  philos., 
esp.  the  concourse  of  atoms,  Diog.  L.  8, 
60. 

Άθροισμός,  οϋ,  6,=  άθροισις,  The- 
ophr. :  also  condensation,  Id. 

Άθροιστέον,  verb.  adj.  from  αθροί- 
ζω, one  must  collect,  Xen.  Lac.  7,  4. 

Αθροιστής,  ού,  ό,  (αθροίζω)  a  col- 
lector.     Hence 

Αθροιστικός,  ή,  όν.  belonging  to,  fit 
for  collecting,  like  άθροίσιμος,  Eccl. — 
II.  in  Gramm.,  collective,  ονόματα, 
tApoll.  Dysc.t:  copulative,  σύνδεσμοι, 
Id.     Adv.  -κώς. 

Αθρόος,  a,  ov,  very  rarely  ος,  ov 
(as  ap.  Ath.  120  D):'contr.  αθρονς, 
in  later  Gr.,  as  Polyb.  :  old  Att. 
αθρονς,  ovv,  but  Bekk.  has  αθρόος  in 
Plat.  Tim.  64  C,  65  A,  cf.  Buttm. 
Ausf.  Gr.  ξ.  60,  9,  Spitzn.  Jl.  14,38: 
— assembled  in  crowds,  heaps  or  masses, 
crowded  together,  freq.  in  Horn,  but 
only  in  plur.,  til.  2,  439  ;  14,  38  ;  etc.t, 
oft.  joined  πάντες  (άπαντες)  αθρόοι, 
tOd.  3.  34.  etc.t:  the  sing,  first  in 
Pind.  tP.  2,  65-6t :  αθρόοι,  of  soldiers, 
in  dense  masses,  Hdt.  6,  112;  to 
άθρόον,  the  army  in  close  order,  but 
also  the  main  body,  Xen.  tCyr.  4,  2, 
20t. — II.  all  at  once,  once  for  all,  αθρόα 
πύντ'  άπέτισεν,  he  paid  for  all  at 
once,  Od.  1,  43  :  (hence  adv.  άθρόον 
and  αθρόως,  at  once,  suddenly):  αθρόα 
πόλις,  the  citizens  as  a  ivhole,  opp.  to 
'έκαστοι,  Thuc.  2,  60  ;  so,  άθρ.  δύνα- 
μις.  Id.  2,  .39,  cf.  1,  141  :  αθρόους  κρί- 
νειν,  to  condemn  all  by  a  single  vote, 
Plat.  Apol.  324  Β  :  ΰθρους  ωφθη,  was 
seen  with  all  his  forces,  Pint.  Themist. 
^  12,  cf.  Id.  Syll.  12  :  κατήριπεν  άθρ., 
he  fell  all  at  once,  Theocr.  13,  49,  cf. 
25,  252 :  άθρόαι  πέντε  νύκτες,  five 
ivhole  nights,  Pind.  P.  4,  231.— III. 
multitudinous,  immense,  also  co7itinuous, 
incessant,  άθρ.  κακότης,  Pind.  P.  2, 
65;  δάκρυ,  Eur.  H.  F.  489;  λ.όγος. 
Plat. ;  etc. — IV.  adv.  -όως,  all  at  once, 
in  the  mass :  αθρόως  λέγειν,  to  speak 
generally,  Rhet. — V.  compar.  άθροώ- 
τερος,  Thuc.  6,  34  ;  later  άθρούστε- 
ρος.  Pint.  Caes.  20,  cf.  Lob.  Phryn. 
143.  (From  a  copul.,  θρόος :  or  perh. 
from  άθρέω.) 

Άθροος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  θρόος)  noise- 
less, only  in  Gramm. 

Άθροότης,  ητος,  ή,'  (αθρόος)  the 
whole  mass,  Diog.  L.  10,  106. 

ΫΑθρονλλα,  ων,  τά,  Athrulla,  a  city 
of  Arabia,  Strab.  p.  782. 


ΑΘΥΡ 

νΑθρυίλατος,  ου,  ό.  Athry'ilalus,  a 
physician  of  Thasus,  Plut. 

Άθρνπτος,  ov.  {a  priv.,  θρνπτώ) 
unbroken,  imperishable,  Plut.  t2,  1055 
A  άφθαρτος  καΐ  άθρυπτος^. — II.  esp., 
not  enervated,  Pythag.  Carm.  Aur.  35, 
and  oft.  in  Plut. :  άθρνπτος  είς-/ελω- 
τα,  never  breaking  into  laugbter,  Plut. 
Pericl.  .5.     Adv.  -τως.  Id.  Fab.  3. 

^Άθρυς,  υος,  ό,  Athrys,  a  Thra- 
cian  stream  flowing  into  the  Danube, 
Hdt.  4,  49. 

ΆθρυιΙ'ία,  ας,  ή,  (άθρυπτος)  a  sim- 
ple way  of  life,  Plut.  2,  609  C. 

t'A  θυμβρα,  ων,  τά,  Alhymbra,  a  city 
of  Lydia,  Strab. 

ΥΑΘύμβραδος.  ου,  ο,  Athymbradus, 
brother  of  sq.,  Strab.  p.  050. 

Υ Αθνμβρης,  ov,  b,  Athymhrus,  a 
Spartan,  founder  of  Άθνμβρα,  Strab. 
p.  650. 

Άθϋμεω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω  : — to  be  ύθνμος, 
be  disheartened,  downhearted,  Aesch. 
Pr.  474,  Soph.,  etc. :  esp.,  to  want 
heart,  despond  at  or  for  a  thing,  τινί. 
Soph.  El.  769,  etc.  ;  επί  τινι,  Isocr. 
41  Β  ;  προς  τι,  Thuc.  2,  88  ;  τι.  Id.  5, 
91 : — also  άθ.  ότι...,  ώς...,  or  ει....  μη.... 
tSoph.  Tr.  666,  Ο.  Τ.  747t.     Hence 

Άθϋμητέον,  verb,  adj.,  one  must  lose 
heart,  Xen.  An.  3,  2,  23  ;  troif  παρού- 
σι  πράγμασιν  ουκ  άθϋμητέον  (ήμϊν) 
we  must  not  despond  at,  Dem.  40,  11. 

Άθϋμία,  ας,  ή,  (άθυμος)  want  of 
heart,  faiyitheartedness,  despondency, 
Hdt.  I,  37,  and  freq.  in  Att. 

Άθϋμίάτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  θυμιάω) 
not  exhaling,  Arist.  Meteor.  4,  8. 

'  Αθϋμος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  θυμός)  with- 
out heart  or  spirit,  spiritless,  faintheart- 
ed, Od.  10,  463,  Hdt.  7,  11:  down- 
hearted, desponding,  άθυμον  είναι  προς 
τι,  to  have  no  heart  for  a  thing,  Xen. 
An.  1,  4,  9:  so,  άθύμως  εχειν  προς 
τι.  Id.  Hell.  4,  5,  4;  αθνμως  όιακεϊ- 
σθαί—άθυμείν,  Isocr. :  άθύμως  πο- 
Ι'εΐν,  to  work  without  heart  or  spirit, 
Xen.  Oec.  21,  5. — II.  without  anger  O" 
passion,  Plat.  liep.  411  B. 

\Άθνρι,  Athyri,  an  Aegypt.  appell. 
of  Isis,  Plut.  2,  374  B. 

Άθϋρίδωτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  θνρίς) 
without  door  or  window,  tEccl. 

"Αθυρμα,  ατός,  τό,  (άθύρω)  a  play• 
thing,  toy,  like  παίγνιον,  II.  15,  363, 
Od.  18,  323:  like  άγαλμα,  a  delight, 
joy,  Άπολλώνιον  άθ-,  of  the  Pythian 
games,  Pmd.  P.  5.  29;  αθύρματα 
Μοισάν,  i.  e.  songs,  tBacchyl.  Fr.  28t, 
cf.  Hemst.  Luc.  1,  291. 

Άθυρμάτιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  of  foreg., 
a  little  game  OX  toy,  Philox.  ap.  Ath. 
643  D  :  a  pet,  Luc.  Dial.  Mar.  1,  5. 

Άθνρογλωττέω,  ώ,  to  be  άθυρό- 
γλωττος,  v.  Suicer,  s.  v. ;  and 

Άθνρογλωττία,  ας,  ή,  impudent  lo- 
quacity, Polyb.  8,  12,  1  :  from 

Άθϊ'ρόγλωττος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  θύρα, 
γλώττα)  one  that  cannot  keep  his  mouth 
shut,  (ώ  γλώσση  θνραι  ουκ  επίκεινται, 
Theogn.421),  ά  ceaseless  babbler,  Eur. 
Or.  903. 

Άθίφόνομος,  ov,  making  game  of  the 
laws. 

Άθΰρος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  θύρα)  tcithout 
door  or  lock,  Plut.  2,  503  C— II.  nie- 
taph.,  open,  unchecked,  γλώττα,  Clem. 
Al. 

Άθΰροστομέω,  ώ,—άθυρογ?.ωττέω : 
and 

Αθυροστομία,  ας,  ή. =^ άθνρογλωτ- 
τία, Anth.  P.  5,  252  :  from 

Αθυρόστομος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  θύρα, 
στόμα)  =  άθυρόγλωττος,  άθ.  άχώ, 
ever-babbling  Echo,  Soph.  Phil.  188. 
Adv.  -μως. 

Άθυρσος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  θύρσος)  with- 
out thyrsus,  Eur.  Or.  1342. 


ΑΙ 

ΆΘΥΤΩ,  to  play,  amnse  one's  self,  II. 
15,  3Gt ;  ivith  a  thing,  τινί,  Αρ.  Rh. : 
to  play  on  an  instrument,  κατά  -π-ηκ- 
τίδων,  Anacreont. — II.  c.  ace.  to  play 
a  thing^,  do  in  play,  παις  έων  αβνρε 
Ιίεγύλα  έργα,  great  deeds  were  the  sports 
of  his  childhood,  Find.  N.  3,  78  ;  also 
ΰθ.  jLto?.~)'/i',  to  sing  a  sportive  song, 
H.  Horn.  18,  15;  ΰθ.  άρετάν,  to  sing, 
or  celebrate  virtue,  Find.  ].  4,  67:  — 
also  έργα  όωτών  άθ.  to  play  the  deeds 
of  men,  oi  an  actor,  Anth.  Also  in 
mid.,  H.  Horn.  Merc.  485.  The  word 
is  almost  e.Tclusively  Epic,  and  from 
Ep.  passed  into  Lyric ;  very  rare  in 
Att.  Eur.  Ion  53.  [άθϋ-] 

Άθύρωτος,  ov,  [a  priv.,  θυρόώ)=^ 
ύθνρος,  στόμα,  Ar.  Raa  838.  [ϋ]. 

'λϋυστος,  ov,  v.  I.  =sq.  ίρά,  Simon. 
Amorg.  56. 

Άβϋτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  θνω)  not  offer- 
ed, not  to  be  offered.  Ιερά,  Lys. ;  also 
not  successfully  offered,  Lat.  inauspicata, 
Dem.  75,  12  :  in  gen.  unhallowed,  ανί- 
ερος αθύτων  πε'λάνων,  impure  in  that 
they  were  not  duly  offered,  Eur.  Hipp. 
147 ;  also  of  illegitimate  children. 
Plat.  Legg.  141  D,  cf.  Suid.  voc.  άθυ- 
Toi  γάμοι. — II.  act.  7wt  offering,  with- 
cnit  sacrificing,  uOvTOV  άττε/.θεϊν,  Xen. 
Hell.  3,"2,  23. 

ΥΑθωΐτης,  contr.  Άθώτης,  ov,  ό,  an 
inhabitant  of  Mount  Athos,  Luc.  Ma- 
crob.  5. 
ΥΑ,θων,  ωνος,  6,  =  Άθως,  Strab. 

Άθωος,  OV,  not  αθώος,  Elmsl.  Med. 
1267,  whom  Herm.  and  Bekk.  follow, 
(a  priv.,  θωή)  unpunished,  scot-free, 
Eur.,  andfreq.  in  Oratt. :  άθώον  έάν, 
άόίέναι,  καθιστάναι,  to  let  off,  acquit 
one;  αθώος  ύτνα'λλάττεα',  φίυγείν,  to 
get  off,  be  acquitted. — 2.  c.  gen.,  free 
from  a  thing,  τιμωρίας,  πληγών,  Ar. 
Nub.  I4l3  :  also  άθ.  αδικημάτων,  un- 
punished for  offences,  Lycurg.  157,  38. 
— II.  not  deserving  punishment,  guiltless, 
Heliod.  —  III.  act.  causing  no  harm, 
harmless,  Dem.  1437,  9. 

Άθωος,  η,  ov,  of  Mount  Athos, 
Aesch.  Ag.  285. 

Άθωόω,ώ,ί.  ώσω,(ΰθώος)  to  let  go  un- 
punished, absolve,  LXX. 

Άθώπεντος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  θωπεύω) 
unflattered,  without  flattery,  της  έμτ/ς 
γλώσσης,  from  my  tongue,  Eur.  Andr. 
460. — II.  act.  not  flattering.  Teles  ap. 
Stob.  p.  524  fin.  :  hence  rough,  harsh, 
Anth.     Adv.  -τως. 

Άθωράκιστος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  θωρακί- 
ζω) without  breastplate,  or  body  armour, 
Xen.  Ιΰθ] 

Άθώρηκτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  θωρήσσω 
II.)  not  drunken,  Hipp. 

Άθως,  ω,  ό,  (in  II.  14,  229,  Άθόως, 
όω)  ace.  Άθω,    Ion.    and    old   Att. 
Ά^ω:^,  Hdt.,Thuc.  5,  3;  Mount  Athos: 
in  Strab.  Άθων,  ωνος,  ό. 
ΥΑθώτης,  v.  Άθωίτης, 

Άθώωσις,  εως,  ή,  (άθωόω)  acquittal. 

Αί,  Έρ.  and  Dor.  for  ει,  if:  in  Horn, 
only  αί  κε  and  al  κεν,  Dor.  αΐκα,  if  on- 
ly, so  that,  Lat.  dunnrwdo,  always  c. 
subjunct.,  except  in  orat.  obliq.  as  II. 
7, 387 :  for  even  in  II.  5, 279,  Wolf  writes 
at  κε  τύχωμι,  for  τνχοιμι,  and  so  in 
Od.  24, 217  k-ιγνώη  should  be  written 
for  έπιγνοίη,  cf  fepitzn.  II.  24,  688. 

Αί,  exclam.  of  strong  desire,  Ο  that! 
woidd  that !  Lat.  utinam,  in  Horn,  al- 
ways al  γάρ  or  al  γύρ  δη,  Att.  ει 
yap  or  η  γάρ,  only  Aeol.  and  Dor.  al 
Dy  itself:  —  c.  opt.,  for  when  c.  inf, 
as  al  γαρ  εχεμεν,  Od.  7,  313,  there  is 
an  ellipse :  cf  αίθε. 

Al,   exclam.  of  astonishment  and 

grief,  ah  !  woe  !  Lat.  vae  ;  like  ε  it  is 

usu.   repeated,  al,  al,  esp.  in  Trag. : 

whence  Dind.  in  Att.  poets  writes 

3 


AIAN 

αίαΐ  as  one  word :  usu.  c.  gen.,  but 
sometimes  c.  ace,  αίαϊ  Άδωΐ'ΐν,  Ar. 
Lys.  393,  cf  Bion  1,  28.  (on  the  ac- 
cent v.  EUendt  Lex.  Soph.) 

Άί,  Aeol.  for  άεί. 

Ala,  ή,  gen.  αίης,  poet,  collat.  form, 
for  γαία,  earth,  land,  Horn. :  never  in 
plur. — II.  Αία,  ?),  orig.  name  of  Col- 
chis, Hdt.  1,  2.  etc.  (with  ala,  γαία 
Doderlein  well  compares  the  German 
Au,  Gau.) 

Αίαγμα,  ατός,  τό,  wailing,  lamenta- 
tion, Eur.  Ale.  873,  etc. :  from 

Αϊάζω,  to  cry  αί  or  ah  !  to  wail,  to 
mourn,  c.  acc.  to  bewail,  Aesch.  Pers. 
922.  (The  fut.  αίάξω  is  now  read  in 
Eur.  H.  F.  1054,  on  the  conj.  of  Her- 
mann, but  not  found  elsewhere.) 

Αί'αί,  V.  sub  al. 
\Αίαιος,  η,  ov,  {Ala)  Aeaean,  epith. 
of  Circe,  Od.  9,  42 ;  of  Medea,  Ap. 
Rh.  2,  1136  ;  ^  Αίαίη  νήσος,  the  island 
of  Aeaea  or  Circe,  Od.  10,  135,  made 
by  later  Greeks  the  promontory  of 
Circeii  in  Italy,  Strab. 

^ΑΙάκειος,  a,  ov,  of  Aeacus,  descend- 
ed from  Aeacus,  Soph.  i'r.  424  :  το 
Αΐάκειον,  the  temple  of  Aeacus,  Plut. 
Dem.  28,  Faus. :  τα  Αίύκεια,  the  fes- 
tival of  Aeacus. 

\Αίάκης,  εος,  6,  Aeaces,  father  of 
Syloson  and  Polycrates,  Hdt.  3,  39. 
—2.  son  of  Syloson  and  tyrant  of 
Samos,  Hdt.  4,  138. 
■\Αίάκίδης,  ου  Ep.  ao,  ό,  son  or  de- 
scendant of  Aeacus,  i.  e.  Feleus,  11.  IG, 
15;  Achilles,  II.  11,  801  ;  ol  Αίακί- 
δαι,  the  Aeacidae,  the  statues  of  Aea- 
cus and  his  descendants,  preserved  at 
Aegina,  Hdt.  5,  75,  80 ;  8,  64,  Fmd., 
Flut.  Them. — 2.  Aeacidcs,  king  of 
Epirus  and  father  of  the  celebrated 
Pyrrhus,  Plut.  Fyrr.  1,  etc. 
^Αιακός,  οΰ,  ό,  Aeactis,  son  of  Jupi- 
ter and  Aegina,  king  of  Aegina,  and 
lather  of  Feleus  and  Telamon,  II.  21, 
189,  Hes.  (According  to  Hermann 
from  al  and  άκος,  Malivortus,  averter 
of  evil.) 

Αίακτός,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from  αϊά- 
ζω, bewailed,  lamentable,  Aesch.  Theb. 
847,  and  Ar.  Ach.  1195. — II.  perhaps 
act.  wailing,  Aesch.  Pers.  1068. 

Αΐάνής,  ες,  Ion.  αίηνής,  an  old  po- 
etic word,  first  in  Pind.  as  epith.  of 
κόρος,  κέντρον,  7ύμος,  P.  1,  161  ;  4, 
420, 1. 3,  4,  then,in  Aesch.,  and  Soph, 
as  epith.  of  νόσος,  etc.,  like  Find., 
but  esp.  of  ννξ,  as  Aesch.  Eum.  416, 
Soph.  Aj.  672,  El.  506,  so  of  χρόνος, 
Aesch.  Eum.  572 :  prob.  from  αΐεί, 
and  so  orig.  everlasting,  as  with  χρό- 
νος, and  in  adv.  αιανώς,  forever, 
Aesch.  Eum.  672 :  then  ivearisome, 
gloomy,  as  with  ννξ :  then  in  gen. 
(like  αίνος,  to  which  it  seems  akin), 
dreadful,  painful,  distressing,  as  in 
Pind.  and  the  other  places  :  (in  the 
last  signf  some  derive  it  from  al,  al). 
— In  Aesch.  Eum.  416,  Soph.  El.  1. 
c.  we  have  the  collat.  form,  αίανός, 
cf  Hesych. — v.  Herm.  and  Lob.  Aj. 
672. — II.  as  pr.  n.  Αίανής,  έος,  ό,  Ae- 
anes,  a  Locrian,  Strab. 
\Αίάνίς,  ίδος,  ή,  Aeanis,  a  fountain 
in  the  country  of  the  Locri  Opuntii, 
Strab. 

Αΐάνός,ή,  όν,=αΙανης. 

Αίάντειος,  a,  ov,  of  Ajax :  το  Al- 
άντειον,  the  tomb  of  Ajax,  Philostr. ; 
also  the  tomb  and  temple  of  Ajax  on 
the  promontory  Rhoeteum  in  Troas, 
Strab.  :  τα  Αίάντεια,  sc.  ιερά,  festi- 
vals in  honour  of  Ajax. 

ίΑίάντεος,  a,  ον,^=Αίάντειος,  Pind. 
0.  9,  166. 

ΑΙαντίδης,  ov,  δ,  son  or  desce?idant 
of  Ajax,  patron. :  hence,  one  of  the 


ΑΠΈ 

tribe  Αίαντίς,  at  Athens,  Dem.  As 
pr.  n.  Aeantides,  a  tyrant  of  Lampsa- 
cus,  Thuc.  6,  59. 

■{Αίαντίς,  ίδος,  ή,  (prop.  fem.  adj. 
from  AiCf)  the  Attic  tribe  Aeantis, 
with  and  without  ουλή,  Plut.  Arist. 
19. 

{Αίαντόδωρος,  ov,  δ,  {Αίας,  δώρον) 
Aeantodorus,  an  Athenian,  a  pupil  of 
Socrates,  Plat.Apol.  34  A. 

Αίας,  αντος,  ό,  vocat.  Alav,  Ajax, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  in  Horn,  borne  by  two 
heroes,  the  Greater,  son  of  Telamon, 
and  the  Less,  son  of  Oileus.  Find. 
Fr.  179,  has  the  pecul.  acc.  Alav. 
[Αίας,  with  short  final  syllable,  is 
quoted  by  Choerob.  in  B.  A.  p.  1182, 
Irom  Alcman.] 

Αίαστός,ή,όν,^=αίακτός,  sad,  epith. 
of  the  hyacinth,  Nic.  ap.  Ath.  683  E, 
Dind.,  ubi  al.  Αίαστ?),  dat.  from  At- 
αστής,  οϋ,  ό,  of  or  belonging  to  Ajax, 
i.  e.  sprung  from  the  blood  of  Ajax. 

Ai'/ioi,  exclam.  of  disgust  or  aston- 
ishment ;  αίβοΐ,  βοΐ,  ha,  ha,  of  laugh- 
ter, Ar.  Pac.  1066. 

Αί}'α,  ή,  a  late  form  for  αΐξ,  Valck. 
Ammon.  230. 
\ Αίγά,=Αΐγαί,  Strab. — 2.  Aega,   a 
promontory  m  Aeolis,  Strab. 

Αίγάγρος,  ov,  ό  and  ή,  a  wild  goat, 
chamo>s,=^al^  άγριος,  Opp.  C.  1,  71, 
as  in  Horn,  σύαγρος,  for  σνς  άγριος. 
{Αίγΰθεν,  adv.,  Dor.  for  Αίγηθεν, 
from  Aegae,  Find.  N.  5,  68. 

tAtyci,  ών,  al,  Aegae,  a  small  town 
of  Achaia,  on  the  Crathis,  with  a 
temple  to  Neptune,  II.  8,  203,  Hdt., 
etc. — 2.  an  island  near,  or  a  city  in 
Euboea,  sacred  to  Neptune,  Od.  5, 
381,  v.  Nitzsch  ad  loc. — 3.  one  of  the 
Aeolian  cities  of  Asia  Minor,  Hdt.  1, 
149. — 4.  a  city  in  Ci)icia,  =  Ai}eai, 
Strab.,  and  Αίγαϊαι,  Ath. — 5.  a  city 
of  Emathia  in  Macedonia,  Diod.  S., 
Arr.,  etc. 
■\Αίγαϊαι,=Αίγαί  4. 

Αιγαίος,  a,  ov,  Aegaean,  πέλαγος, 
Aesch.  Ag.  659 :  όρος,  Mount  Ida,  Hes. 
Th.  484,  v.  Gaisf — II.  Αιγαίος,  ov,  ό, 
Aegaeus,  a  river  in  the  island  of  the 
Phaeacians,  Ap.  Rh.  4,  542. 

Αιγαίων,  ωνος,  ό,  Aegaeon,  the 
name  given  by  men  to  the  hundred- 
armed  giant,  called  by  gods  Briareos, 
II.  1,  404,  Hes.  Th.  714,  817,  cf  Βρι- 
άρεως. (Frob.  akin  to  άίσσω.) — Π. 
adj.  Αιγαίων,  ον,=Αίγαΐος,  Eur.  Ale. 
595.  _ 

{Αίγαλ.έον,  ov,  τό,  Aegaleum,  a 
mountain  in  Messenia,  near  Pylos, 
Strab. 

"{Αίγάλεως,  ω,  δ,  Hdt.  8,  90,  and  το 
Αίγάλεων  όρος,  Thuc.  2,  19,  Mount 
Aegaleus,in  Atiica,  opposite  the  island 
of  Salamis. 
{Αίγΰν,  ΰνος,  and  Αίγα,  ας,  ή,  Ae- 
gan  or  Aega,  a  promontory  of  Aeolis 
in  Asia  Minor,  Strab. 

Αίγΰνέη,  ης,  ή,  a  hunting-spear,  jav- 
elin, 11.  2,  774,  etc.,  and  Ep.  (Acc.  to 
Passow,  from  αΐξ,  and  so  strictly  a 
goat  or  chamois-spear :  at  all  events 
akin  to  άίσσω.) 

Άίγδην,  adv.,  {άΐσσω)  rushing  siuift- 
ly,  impetuously,  Ap.  Rh.  2,  826.  [a] 

Αίγέη,  ης,  ή,  a  goat's  ski7i,  Hdt.  4, 
189  :  v.  sub  αιγειος. 
^Αίγείδης,  ου,  ό,  son  or  descendant 
of  Aegeus,  i.  e.  Theseus,  II.  1,  265: 
oi  Αίγειδαι,  the  Aegldae,  or  descend- 
ants of  Aegeus,  i.  e.  the  Athenians, 
Dem. ;  the  Theban  Aegidae,  Pind. 
P.  5,  100  ;  the  Aegldae  of  Sparta, 
Hdt.  4,  149. 

{Αίγεΐος,  ov,  of  or  belonging  to  Ae- 
geus,   descended   from    Aegejis.    i.    e 
Athenian,  στρατός,  Aesch"  Eum.  C83 
33 


ΑΙΓΙ 

(Dind.  reads  Αίγέως) ;   το  ΑΙγεΐον, 
the  temple  of  Aegeus. 

Ah/nog,  εία  Ion.  είη,  ειον,  (aif) 
lengthd.  form  lor  αϊγεος,  of  a  goat,  or 
goats,  Lat.  capriuus,  τυρός,  11.  11,  039 : 
of  goatskin,  ασκός,  κννέη,  II.  3,  247, 
Od.  21,  231,  διφθέρη,  Hdt.  5,  58  :  also 
as  subst.  ή  αίγύη  (Hdt.  αίγέ//), 
sub.  όοβά,  a  goat's  skin.  Id.  4,  Ifcl'J. 
— Horn,  uses  this  form  except  in 
Od.  9,  196:  so  too  Alt. :  but  Hdt. 
αίγεος. 

ίΑίγειρα,  ας,  η,  Aegira,  a  city  of 
Achaia  on  the  Corinthian  Gulf,  Hdt. 

1,  145,  etc.  :  adj.  Άίγειράτης,  Polyb. 
Αίγείρινος,  η,  ov,  of  black  poplar 

wood :  from 

Αίγειρος,  ov,  ή,  the  black  poplar, 
Od.  9,  141,  cf.  Ιενκη  :  as  a  tree  of 
the  nether  world,  Od.  10,  510. — II.  as 
pr.  n.  Aegirus,  a  city  of  Lesbos, 
Strab. 

fAίγείpovσa,  more  correctly  Αίγει- 
ρονσσα,  ης,  ή,  Aegirussa,  a  small 
town  in  Megans,  Strab. 

ίΑίγειροφόρος,  ov,  {αίγειρος,  φέρω) 
producing  black  poplar,  IViax.  Tyr. 

Αιγείρων,  ώΐ'ος,  ό,  {αίγειρος)  a 
black  poplar  grove,  Strab. 

Αίγελύτης,  ου,  ό,  {αιξ,  D.avvu)  a 
goat-driiier,  goathe.rd,   Plut.   Pomp.  4, 
Anth.  [Γί] 
Αίγεος,  έα,  εον•,=αΙγειος,  q.  v. 

^Αιγεστα,  ης,  ή,  Atgesta,  later  form 
for  Έ}'£•σ7α,  Thuc.  C,  2 ;  E^esta,  or 
Segesta,  in  Sicily,  Strab.:  adj.  Αΐχεσ- 
ταίος  and  Αίγεστεύς. 

ίΑίγέστ7]ς,  ου,  ό,  Acgesfes,  founder 
of  Aegesta,  according  to  Strabo. 

ήΑίγεύς,  έως,  ό,  Aegeus,  son  of  Pan- 
dion,  king  of  Athens,  and  father  of 
Theseus,  Hdt.  1,  173.— 2.  a  descend- 
ant of  Cadmus,  son  of  Oeolycus, 
Hdt.  4,  149. 

^Αίγεωνεύς,  έως,  ό,  Acgeoneus,  son 
of  Priam,  Apollod. 

At)  V,  ης,  ?/,  the  Macedonian  city 
Ai'yat,  Hdt.  7,  123.  ^ 

|Α£>ίά/Ιεία,  ας,  ή,  Ερ.=Αί')'ίάλ77, 
Aegialea,  wife  of  Diomede,  II.  5,  412. 
— 2.  the  more  ancient  name  of  Achaea 
and  Sicyon,  Strab.:  adj.  Αίγιαλεύς, 
Hdt.  7,  94. 

Αίγιύλειος,  ov,  of  or  on  the  shore. 

^Αί.για?ιενς,  έως,  ό,  Aegialeus,  son 
of  Inachus  king  of  Argos,  Apollod. 

2,  1,   1. — 2.  son  of  Adrastus,  Eur. 
Suppl.  1216. 

Α'ιγιΰλενς,   έως,   ό,  =  αίγια7ύτης, 
Nic.  Tlier.  780.^ 
■f  Αίγιύ?^η-,=^Αίγιύλεια. 
ίΑίγια?ύς,  ίόυς,  ή,  fern,  to  ΑΙγια- 
Άεύς,  Alcm. 

ΑίγιΛλίτης,  ov,  6,  fern,  -ΐτις,  ΐόος, 
on  the  shore  οι  coast,  Strab., and  Anth.: 
from 

Αιγιαλός,  ov  6,  the  sea-shore,  flat 
beach,  Horn.,  Hdt.,  and  sometimes  in 
Att.  prose :  proverb,  αίγια'λύ  7•.α'λεΙς, 
of  deaf  persons,  Suid.  (Ace.  to  some 
from  άγννμι,  αλς^  and  so  like  άκτί}, 
that  on  which  the  sea  breaks  :  better 
ace.  to  others  from  άισσω,  άλξ•,  like 
αίγίς,  that  over  which  the  sea  rushes.) 
— II.  as  pr.  n.  Aegialus,  an  early 
name  of  Achaea,  II.  2,575.  As  a  ci- 
ty, the  later  Sicyon,  founded  by  Ae- 
gialeus, also  Αιγιαλοί,  Strab. — 2.  a 
city  in  Paphlagoma.  II.  2,  855,  also 
Αΐγια7.οί,  I/ue.  Ale.x.  57. 

Α'ιγιΐίλώδης,  ες,  {αιγιαλός,  εΐόος) 
found  on  or  near  the  shore,  Arist. 
H.  A. 

Αίγιάς,  ύδος,  η,  a  white  spot  on  the 
eye,  Hipp. 

Αίγιβύτης,  ov,  o,  {αΙξ,  βαίνω)  goat- 
mounting,    epith.    of   he-goats,   etc.. 
Find.  Fr.  215,  and  of  Pan,  Anth.  [a] 
34 


ΑΙΓΙ 

Αίγίβοσις,  εως,  ή,  {αιξ,  βόσις)  α 
goat-pasture,  Leon.  Tar.  56. 

Αίγιβότης,  ov,  ό,  {α'ιξ,  βοτής)  feed- 
ing goats,  browsed  by  goats,  Leon.  Tar. 
35. — II.  as  subst.  ό,  αίγ.,  a  goatherd, 
dub.  1.  Theocr.  Ep.  5. 

Α'ιγίβοτος,  ov,  {αΙξ, βόσκω)  browsed 
by  goats,  λειμών,  Od.  4,  600  ;  so  in 
Od.  13,  246,  γαία  must  be  supplied 
from  V.  238. 

Αίγίόιον,  ου,  τ6,  dim.  from  αιξ  a 
little  goat,  kid,  Pherecr.  Autom.  7.  [ϊ] 

Α'ιγιϋαλής,  ov,  ό,  dub.  form  of  αί- 
γίβαλος. 

Α'ιγίϋαλλος,  ov,  (5,=sq.,  Ar.  Av. 
887. — 11.  as  pr.  n.  AegUhallus,  a  pro- 
montory of  Sicily,  Died.  S. 

ΑίγίΟαλος,  ov,  6,  the  tit,  Lat.  parus, 
Arist.  H.  A. 
ίΑίγιβ/βας,=Αίγοθήλης,  Ael.  N.A. 

Αϊγιβος,  also  αίγίυΟος,  ov,  ύ,  perh. 
the  hedge-sparrow,  Arist.  H.  A'  :  in 
0pp.  also  αίγινθος,  ό,  ή. 

Αιγίιινημος,  ov,  {αιξ,  κνήμη)  goat- 
shanked,  Anth. 

Αίγικορεϊς,  έων,  οΐ,  {αιξ,  κορέννν- 
μι)  satisfiers,  ί.  e.  feeders  of  goats,  goat- 
herds, Plut.  Sol.  23  :  name  of  one  of 
the  four  old  Attic  tribes,  Hdt.  5,  66 
(who  derives  it  from  Αίγικόρης  a  son 
of  Ion),  Eur.  Ion  1581.— On  the  ques- 
tion whether  these  tribes  were  castes, 
V.  Thirlw.  Hist,  of  Greece,  2,  p.  4  sq. ; 
Clmton  F.  H.  1,  p.  53 ;  Harm.  Pol. 
Ant.  ^  94. 
^Αίγίλεια,  ας,  ή,  Aegilea,  a  small 
island  near  Euboea,  Hdt.  6,  107. 

ίΑίγιλία,  ας,  ή,  Aegilia,  a  demus  of 
the  Attic  tribe  Antiochis  ;  also  At- 
γιλος,  ή,  Theocr.  1, 147,  and  Αιγιλα: 
adj.  Αίγιλιεύς,  Dem. — 2.  a  small  isl- 
and between  Crete  and  Cythera, 
Scyl. — II.  Αίγίλια,  ων,  τύ,  Aegilia, 
a  place  in  Euboea,  near  Eretria,  Hdt. 
6.  101. 

Αίγίλι-φ,  ΐπος,  ό,  ή,  {αιξ,  λείπω) 
strictly,  destitute  even  of  goats,  hence 
inaccessible,  steep,  sheer,  πέτρη,  U.  9, 
15,  also  in  Aesch.  Suppl.  784.  [γΐ] — 

II.  as  pr.  n.  Aegilips,  an  island  near 
Epirus,  or  a  city  on  the  peninsula 
Leucas,  according  to  Strabo. 

Αίγΐλος,  ov,  ό,  an  herb  of  which 
goats  are  fond,  Theocr.  5,  128. 

Α'ιγιλώπιον,  ov,  τό=αίγίλωτρ  II., 
Diose. 

Α'ιγίλωιρ,  ωπος,  poet,  οπός,  ό,  a 
kind  of  oats,  wild  oats,  Lat.  avena 
sterilis,  Theophr. — II.  a  kind  of  oak 
with  sweet  fruit,  v.  1.  ap.  Theophr. — 

III.  an  ulcer  in  the  eye,  lachrymal  fistu- 
la, Diose.  [t] 

i Αίγίμουρος,  ov,  ή,  Aegiviurus,  an 
island  on  the  Lybian  coast,  Strab. 
fAιγiva  [later  also  Αϊγίνα],  Α'ιγίνη, 
ης,  ή,  Aegina,  daughter  of  the  river- 
god  Asopus,  and  mother  of  Aeacus, 
Pind.,  Hdt.,  Apollod.— II.  the  well 
known  island,  named  after  the  foreg., 
in  the  Saronic  gulf,  II.  2,  562,  etc. : 
also  the  city  on  the  island,  Strab. : 
adj.  ΑίγιναΙος  and  Αίγινητικός  ;  Αι- 
γινήτης, ov  ό,  and  Αίγινητις,  ιδης,  ή, 
an  inhabitant  of  Aegina,  an  Aeglnetan, 
Hdt,  etc. 

Α'ιγινθος,  ό,  v.  sub.  αΐγιθος. 
ίΑΙγίηον,  ov,  τό,  Aeginium,  a  city 
in  Thessaly,  Strab. 

Αίγΐνομενς,  έως,  (5,=sq.,  2,  Anth. 

Αίγΐνόμος,  ov,  {αΙξ,  νέμω)  feeding 
goats,  browsed  by  goats,  Anth. — 2.  ό 
ah/.,  a  goatherd,  lb. 

Α'ιγίοθος,  ό,  v.  sub    αΙγιΘος. 
tA'}70i•,   ov,    τό,    Aegium,    a    city 
of  Achaia,  II.  2,  574;  adj.  Αίγιεύς. 
iAlγιnς,  ov,  ό,  Aegius,  son  of  Aegyp- 
tus,  Apollod. 

Αίγίοχος,  ov,  {αίγίς,  ίχω)  Aegis- 


ΑΙΓΟ 

bearing,  cpith.  of  Jupiter,  Horn. ;  la 
ter  also  of  Minerva. 

ΑΙγίπΰν,  άνυς,  ό,  {αιξ,  ΤΙύν)  goat- 
Pan,  the  goat-footed  Pan,  used  as=: 
Rom.  Silvanus,  Plut.  [γϊ] 

ΑΙγίπλΜΎκτος,  ου,  {αιξ,  πλύζομαι) 
as  pr.  π.  sub.  όρος,  Mt.  Aegiplanctus 
in  Megaris,  Aesch.  Ag.  303. 

Ai)  Ιτίόόης,  ov,  ό,  {αιξ,  πονς)  goat- 
footed,  Η.  Hom.  18,  2,  37. 

Αΐγίπονς,  ό,  ή,  πουν,  τό,  gen.  πο- 
dof,=iureg.,  Hdt.  4,  25. 

Αίγίπϋρος,  ov,  ό,  a  plant  with  a 
red  flower,  of  which  goats  were  fond. 
(From  βί^  and  πυρ,  fire,  from  the  col- 
our of  its  flower,  nut  from  πυρός,  for 
ν  is  short  in  Theocr.  4, 25.) 

ίΑίγψόεσσα,  contr.  Αίγφοϋσσα,  ης, 
ή,  Aegirocssa,  one  of  the  twelve  Ae- 
olian cities  in  Asia  Minor,  Hdt.  1, 
149. 

Α'ιγίς,  ίδος,  i],  —  I.  the  aegis,  or 
shield  of  Jove,  flashing  forth  terror 
and  amazemeut,  as  described  at 
length  in  II.  5,  738  sq.,  and  so  prob. 
from  άΐσσω,  to  rush  or  move  violently : 
hence — 2.  later,  a  rushhig  storm,  hur 
ricanc,  terrible  as  the  shaken  aegis, 
Aesch.  Cho.  592,  cf.  καταιγίς. — In 
works  of  art  the  aegis  appears  on  the 
statues  of  Minerva,  not  as  ashicld,  but 
a  sort  of  short  cloak,  covered  with 
scales,  set  with  the  Gorgon's  head, 
and  fringed  with  snakes  {θνσσανόεσ- 
σα) :  the  artists  no  doubt  took  the 
word  to  come  from  αιξ,  and  to 
mean  a  goatskin,  v.  Hdt.  4,  189,  of. 
Diet.  Antiqq.  in  voc. :  hence — 3.  a 
goatskin  coat,  Eur.  Cycl.  3C0. — II.  a 
yellow  kernel  in  the  pith  of  the  pine, 
Theophr.  —  111.  a  speck  in  the  eye, 
Hipp.  [The  Att.  are  said  to  have 
used  Ihe  ult.  also  long,  Spohn  de 
extr.  Od.  parte,  175.] 
i Αίγισθος,  ου,  ό,  Aegisthus,  son  of 
Thyestes,  murderer  of  Agamemnon, 
Od.  1,  35,  etc. 

Αί)ίσκος  ov,  ό,  dim.  from  α'ιξ. 
fAiγίτιov,  ov,  τό,  Aegitium,  a  town 
in  Aetolia,  Thuc.  3,^97. 
^ΑΙγλά,  Dor.  for  αίγλη. 

Αιγλύεις,  Dor.  for  αίγλήεις,  Pind., 
contr.  αίγλΰς,  αντος. 

Αίγλη,  ης,  ή,  glitter,  lustre,  glare,  of 
the  sun  and  moon,  Hom.  :  λευκή 
αίγλη,  clear  daylight,  Od.  6,  45  :  and 
of  metal,  πνρΦόροι  αίγλαι,  fiery  lus- 
tres, i.  e.  torches.  Soph.  O.  T.  208.— 
2.  metaph.  splendour,  glory,  6.  g.  πο- 
δών, of  swiftness,  Pind.  O.  13,  49. — 
Ι1.=πέδη,  a  band,  Epich.  p.  8,  and 
in  Soph.  Phil.  831  Welcker  trans, 
lates  a  band  ;  v.  his  dissert,  transl.  in 
Phil.  Mus.  1,  p.  408  sqq.,  and  Don- 
alds. New  Crat.  p.  553  sqq.,  who  op- 
poses it.  (Akin  to  λύω,  αγλ^ός  : 
γλανσσω,  γλανκός  :  γλήνη :  λεύσσω, 
λευκός  :— cf  Donalds.  Ν.  Cratyl.  p. 
552.)— II.  as  pr.  η.  Aegle,  one  of  the 
Hesperides,  Apollod. — 2.  mother  of 
the  Graces.  Pans. — 3.  wife  of  Thes- 
eus, Hes.  Fr.  51.      Hence 

Αίγλήεις,  εσσα,  εν,  glittering,  beam- 
ing, radiant,  in  Hom.  always  epith.  of 
Olympus  ;  but  in  Pind.,  etc.,  m  gen. 
splendid,  bright. 

Αίγλήτης,  ου,  ό,  {αΙγ?ιη)  a  shedder 
of  light,  beaming,  radiant,  epith.  of 
Apollo,  Ap.  Rh.  4,  1714. 

\Αΐγλοί,  ων,  ol,  the  Aegli,  a  people 
of  Persia  on  the  Median  borders, 
Hdt.  3,  92. 

Αίγλοφανής,  ές,  {αίγλ.η,  φαίνομαι) 
beaming,  Anth. 

Αίγοβάτης,  ov,  o,=the  older  αίγι- 
βύτης, Anth.  [a] 

ΑίγοβοσκόΓ,  ό,  a  goatherd,  Valek. 
Hdt.  1,1 13. 


ΑΙΓΤ 

αίγοβότης,  ου,  ό,^αίγιβότης. 

Αίγόόομος,  ον,  {αΐξ,  δορά)  of  goat- 
skin, Ορρ.  Η.  5,  356. 

Αιγΰθήλης,  ου,  δ,  (αϊξ,  θηλή)  the 
goatsucker,  caprimulgus,  Arist.  Η.  A, 

■^Κίγοϋήρας,  ου,  ό,  {a<f,  θηρά)  the 
goat-hunter,  Ael.  Η.  Α.  14,  16,  accord- 
ing to  Jacobs'  emend, 

Αίγόκερας•,  άτος,  τό,  goatskori^ 
femigreek,  foenum  Graecum,  Gal. 

Αίγοκερεύς,  itjg,  o,  =  sq.,  Arat. 

Αιγόκερως,  ων,  gen.  ω,  also  αίγο- 
κέρ(,>ς,  ίύτσζι  ό,  {αΐζ,  κέρας)  goat- 
horned,  Anth, — Π-  as  subst.  ό  αίγ., 
Capricorn  in  the  Zodiac,  Luc. 

Αίγοκέφά?.θς,  ov,  {αΙξ,  κεφα?^ί) 
goat-headed. — Η.  ο  αίγ,,  strictly  ^oaf- 
head,  a  kind  of  bird,  Arist.  H.  A. 

Αίγό/.εθρος,  ov,  6,  (αϊξ,  όλεθρος) 
strictly  gnat's-deatk,  prob,  the  azalea 
pontica,  a  poisonous  herb,  Plin. 

Αίγομελής,  ές,  {αϊξ,  μίλος)  goat- 
Umbed^  Orph-,  like  αίγοσκελής. 

Αίγοί'Όμενς,  έοις,  ό-,^αίγίνομεύς, 
a  goatherd,  Nic. 

Αίγονόμιον,  ου,  τό,  {αίξ,  νέμομαι) 
β  herd  of  goats. 

Αίγονόμος,  ον,  =  αΙγίν6μος,  Anth. 

Αίγόνυξ,  νχος,  ό,  ή,  =  αΙγώνυξ, 
Jac.  Α.  Ρ.  ρ.  760. 

Αίγό~λαστος,  ον,  {αΙξ-,  πλάσσω) 
goat-shaped. 

Αίγοπόδης-,  ον,  ό,  —  αίγιπόδης, 
Anth. 

Αίγοπρόςωττος,  ον,  {αΙξ,  πρόςω- 
πον)  goat-faced,  Hdt.  2,  40. 
^Αίγόσθενα,  ων,τά,  Aegosthena,  a 
city  of  Megaris,  Xen.  Hell.  6,  4,  26  : 
lience  adj.  Α'ιγοσθένειος;  6  Alyoa- 
θενεύς  or  Αίγοσβενίτης,  an  inhabitant 
of  Aegosthena. 

Αίγοσκ,ελής,  ές,  {αΙξ,  σκέλος)  goat- 
shanked. 

^Αίγος  ιτοταμΜ,  (prop,  the  goat's 
river)  Aegos  potami,  a  small  river  and 
a  town  in  the  Thradan  Chersonese, 
Hdt.  9,  119,  Xen.  Hell.  2,  1,  21. 

Αίγότρι-φ,  ΐβος,  ό  ή,  {αϊξ,  τρίβω) 
trodden  by  goats,  Dion.  Η. 

ΑίγοτρΙχέω,    {αΙξ,    θρίξ)    to    have 
goat's  hair,  Strab. 
iA'r/ova,   ας,  ή,  Aegaa,  a  city  of 
Spain,  Strab, 

\Αίγοΰσσα,  ης,  η,  Aegussa,  an  island 
on  the  western  coast  of  Sicily,  Polyb.; 
in  pi.  ai  Αίγοΰσσαι,  Aegtisae,  three 
small  islands  near  Sicily,  called  by 
Rom.  Aegates. 

Αίγοφύγος,  ov,  {αΙξ,  φαγεΐν)  goat- 
eating,  epith.  of  Juno  at  Sparta,  Paus. 
3,  15,  7.    [ΰ] 

Αίγόφθαλμος,  ov,  [αϊξ,  οφθαλμός) 
goat-eyed :  ό  αίγ.,  a  kind  of  precious 
stone,  Plin, 

ΑίγϋτΓίός,  ov,  6,  a  vulture,  II.  7,  59, 
and  freq.  in  poets  from  Hom.  down- 
wards :  also  in  Hdt.  3,  76,  though 
γΰφ  is  the  usu.  prose  form. 

ΑίγνΰΓΐάζω,  (.  -ύσω,  to  be  like  an 
Aegi/ptian, — 1.  in  word  or  deed,  i.e. 
to  be  sly  and  crafty,  Cratin.  Incert.  32, 
Ar.  Thesm.  922,  cf.  Valck.  Adon.  p. 
357. — 2.  in  tongue,  to  speak  Aegyptian, 
Luc. — 3.  in  person,  to  be  siuarthy. 
Com.  ap.  Eust.  Od.  p.  1484,  28.— 
II.  ίο  he  like  Aegypt,  i.  e.  be  underwater, 
Philostr.     Hence 

^Αίγυπηακός,  ή,  όν,  Aegyptian; 
adv.  -κύς,  Ath.,  etc. 

Αίγν7ττίαστί,=Αΐγν7ΓΤίστί,  Jos. 

Αιγύπτιος,  ία,  lov,  Aegyptian,  II.  9, 
382 ;  ΚΐγύπτίΟί,  ων,  ol,  the  Aegypt- 
ians,  Od.  4,  83  ;  ri  Αίγντττία,  (χώρα) 
Aegypt,  Hdt.  1,  193.  [Often  poet.,  in 
Hom.  and  Ep.  always  as  trisyll.]— 2. 
ό  Αιγύπτιος,  Aegyptius,  Od.  2,  15. 

Αίγνπτιστί,  adv.,  in  the  Aegyptian 
tongue,  Hdt.  2,  46. — II.  in  the  Aegypt- 


ΑΙΔΗ 

ian  fashion,  i.  e.  craftily,  Theocr.  15, 
48.   ^ 

Αίγυπτογενής,  ες,  (Αίγυπτος,  *γέ- 
νω)  born  in  Aegypt,  of  Aegyptian  race, 
Aesch.  Pers.  35. 
ίΑίγυπτόνδε,  adv.,  to  Aegypt,  Od. 
17,  426. 

ΑΙγνπτΌς,  ov,  6,  the  river  Nile,  Od. 
4, 477,  while  even  Hes.  Th.  338,  calls 
it  Νείλοζ•.— II.  ή,  Aegypt,  Od.  17,  448, 
etc. — 2.  Aegyptits,  son  of  Belus  and 
brother  of  Danaus,  Aesch.  Supp.  10. 

Αίγνπτώδης,  ες,  (Αίγυπτος,  είδος) 
Aegyptian-like,  Crat.  ap.  Hesych. 

^Αίγνς,  νος,  η,  Aegys,  a  city  of  La- 
conia,  Strab.,  Paus. :  ό  Αίγνεύς,  and 
Αίγντης,  fern,  ?;,  Α'ιγντις,  ιδος. 

Αίγώλιος,  αίτώ?.ιος  and  έγώλιος, 
ου,  ό,  a  night-bird  of  prey,  Arist.  Η.  Α. : 
cf.  αΐπόλιος. 

ίΑίγων,  ωνος,  δ,  (αΙξ)  Aegon,  name 
of  a  herdsman,  Theocr.  4,  2. — 2.  a 
king  of  Argos,  Plut. — 3.  Αιγών,  ό,  a 
river  of  Libya,  Arist. 

Αίγώννξ,  νχος,  ό,  ή,  (αΙξ,  όννξ) 
goat-hoofed,  Anlh. 

Α'ιγώννχον,  ον,  τό,  strictly  goat's- 
hoof,  a  plant,  the  same  as  λιθόσπερ- 
μον,  Diosc. 

Αίγωπός,  όν,  [αΙξ,  ύ-φ)  goat-eyed, 
οφθαλμοί,  Arist.  Η.  Α . 

Άίόας,  Dor.  for  Άϊδης,  "Αιδης. 

Αίδεϊο,  imperat.  pres.  from  sq.,  for 
α'ίδέεο,  Π.  24,  503,  also  α'ιδέο. 

Α'ΙΔΕΌΜΑΙ,  f.  -έσομαι,  poet,  -έσ- 
σομαι,  also  -ήσομαι,  dep.  c.  fut.  mid. 
et  aor.  pass,  ■ήδέσθιμ',  (for  the  aor. 
mid.  ^δεσάμην  is  little  used  except 
by  poets,  v.  infr.) :  Ep.  pres.  αιδομαι. 
To  feel  shatne,  be  ashamed  or  fear,  oft. 
in  Horn.,  always  of  a  moral  feeling, 
opp.  to  bodily  fear,  φοβεισθαι,  δεδιέ- 
vai,  cf  II.  7,  93  :  esp.  towards  gods 
or  august  persons,  αΐδ.  τινά,  to  stand 
in  awe  of  any  one,  reverence,  II.  1,  23, 
fear  his  bad  opinion  of  one,  Od.  2,  65, 
etc. :  also  of  things,  αιδεσσαι  μέλα- 
θρον, respect  the  house,  i.  e.  the  rights 
of  hospitality,  II.  9,  640 ;  αίδεσθέν- 
τες  ύλκάν,  fearing  the  strength,  Pind. 
P.  4,  308  :  to  have  regard  to,  to  be  moved 
by^  to  respect,  Hdt.  7,  141,  τας  ίκτηρίας 
τάςδε :  later  also  έπί  τινι  and  νπέρ 
τίνος,  Anth.,  Plut.,  but  rarely:  c.  inf. 
to  be  ashamed  or  afraid  to  do  a  thing, 
Π.  7,  93 :  more  rarely  c.  part,  to  he 
ashamed  of  doing  it  or  having  done  it. 
Soph.  Aj.  500  :  rarely  foil,  by  ει...,  or 
μη... :  part  pf.  τ/δεσμένος  in  pass, 
signf ,  reconciled,  Dem.  645,  fin.  Ai 
Att.  law  term,  to  respect  a  person's 
misfortunes,  and  SO  to  pardon  him,  or 
obtain  his  pardon,  esp.  of  a  homicide, 
mostly  in  aor.  1  αΐδέσασθαι,  which 
is  the  signf.  this  tense  has  in  prose, 
Dem.  614,  1 ;  983,  19,  also  in  pres., 
Plat.  Legg.  877  A. 
■[Αΐδεσθεν,  for  ■^δέσθησαν,  3  pi.  1 
aor.  pass,  of  foreg. 

Αίδέσΐμος,  ov,  exciting  shame  or  re- 
spect, venerable,  Luc.  Nigr.  26  :  holy, 
Paus.    Adv.  -μως,  Ael. 

Αΐδεσις,  εως,  ή,  (αίδέομαι)  awe, 
reverence,  esp.  a  feeling  of  compassion, 
and  so  pardoning,  Dem.  528,  8. 

Αίδεστός,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  revered, 
venerable,  Plut. 
f  Άΐ(1εω, Ion.  gen.  οΐΆίδ7}ς='Άιδης. 

Άιδηλος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  ίδείν)  mak- 
ing unseen  :  hence  annihilating,  de- 
stroying:  so  always  in  Horn.,  as 
eoith.  of  Mars,  Minerva,  of  the  suit- 
ors, Od.  16,  29,  of  fire,  II.  2,  455,  etc. 
— II.  pass,  unseen,  unknoiun,  obscure, 
Hes.  Op.  754,  Parmenid.  ap.  Clem. 
Al.  p.  614  :  as  epith.  of  Hades,  either 
in  the  Hom.  signf,  or  dark,  gloomi/, 
Soph.  Aj.  608.    Adv.    ~?Μς,  =  6λεθ- 


ΑΙΔΟ 

ρίως,  Hom.    A  poet,  word,  on  which 
v.  Buttm.  Lexil.  in  v.  p.  50.    [i] 

Αίδημονέω,  ώ,  -ήσω,  to  be  αίδήμων, 
to  be  ashamed. 

Αίδημοσύνη,  ης,  ή,  bashfulness,  mod- 
esty, Zeno  ap.  Stob.  Eel.  2,  p.  106 : 
from 

Αίδήμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  bashful, 
modest,  Xen.  Lac.  2,  10,  etc.  Adv. 
-μόνως.  Id.  Symp.  4,  58. 

Άϊδής,  ές,  (a  priv.,  ΊδεΙν)  unsern. 
annihilated,  Hes.  Sc.  477. — II.  act.  not 
seeing,  Bacchyl.  ap.  Cram.  Anecd.  1, 
p.  65.    [αΓ-] 

Άίδης,  άο  and  εω,  ό,  poet,  for 
" Αιδης,  in  Hom.  the  usu.  form.  [Hom. 
άΐδ-,  Trag.  also  ΰΙδ~,  and  so,  ace.  to 
Herm.,  H.  Hom.  Cer.  348 :  gen.  άίδεω, 
in  Hom.  trisvU.,  later  also,  άίδεω, 
Pors.  Hec.  1018,  Jac.  A.  P.  p.  374.] 

Αίδήσιμος,  ov,  poet,  for  αΐδέσιμος, 
Orph. 
^Αίδη-φός,  ov,  η,  Aedepsus,  a  city  of 
Euboea,  Strab.  :  ό  Αΐδή-ψιος,  an  in- 
habitant of  Aedepsus,  Id. 

Άΐδιος,  lov,  in  Orph.  also  ίη,  lov, 
(αεί)  everlasting,  for  άείδιος,  Η.  Hom. 
29,  3,  Hes.  Sc.  310:  also  in  prose 
from  Thuc.  downwards :  ές  άΐδιον, 
for  ever,  Thuc.  4,  63 ;  ή  ά.  ονσία, 
efer«!i!/,  Plat.  Tim.37  Ε.  [ά?(5]  Hence 

'Αϊδιότ7]ς,  ητος,  ή,  eternity,  Arist. 
Coel.   [ΰ] 

Αίδνήεις,  εσσα,  εν,  Euphor.  60 : 
and 

Άϊδι•7ίς,  ές,  Ορρ.,  later  forms  of  sq. 

Άϊδνός,  ή,  όν,  (α  priv.,  ιδεΙν)  poet, 
for  αίδιοΓ,  ΰϊδής,  unseen,  hidden,  dark, 
Hes.  Th."  860. 

^Αίδοιέστερος,  -έστατος,  comp.  and 
superl.  of  αίδοίος. 

Αίδοίίκός,  ή,  όν,  of  or  belonging  to 
the  αιδοία. 

Αιδοίον,  ου,  τό,  mostly  in  plur.  τα 
αιδοία,  the  genitals,  pudenda,  both  of 
men  and  women,  11.  13,  508,  Hes. 
Op.  731,  etc. :  αιδοίον  θηλάσσιον,  a 
sea-monster,  Nic.  ap.  Ath.  105  C  ; 
strictly  neut.  from 

Αΐδοΐος,  οία,  οίον,  also  ος,  ov,  Plat 
Legg.  943  Ε :  (αϊδομαι)  regarded  with 
awe  or  reverence,  august,  venerable,  in 
Horn,  and  Hes.  only  of  persons,  as 
superiors  or  elders,  persons  under 
divine  protection,  esp.  of  the  wife  or 
mistress  of  the  house,  and  so  in  genl. 
of  women,  deserving  respect,  tender,  as 
παρθένος  αίδοίη,  II.  2,  514,  rarely  of 
the  gods,  as  II.  18,  394,  425  :  of  guests 
and  suppliants,  freq.  joined  with 
φίλος  and  δεινός  in  Hom. :  also  αί- 
δοίος absol.  for  ίκετί^ς,  Od.  15,  373, 
ubi  Schol.  In  Pind.  and  Aesch.  also 
of  things,  valuable,  excellent,  γέρας, 
χάρις,  Pind. :  but  also  ai6.  πνεύμα, 
λώγοι,  a  spirit,  words  of  reverence, 
Aesch.  Suppl.  29,  455.— 11.  act.  bash- 
ful, modest,  Od.  17,  578,  Plat.  1.  c— 
2.  reverent,  respectful,  έπη,  Aesch. 
Supp.  194 ;  whence  adv.  -ως,  reve- 
rently, Od.  19,  243.  A  poet.  Λvord  : 
for  the  few  places,  where  Plato  has 
it,  seem  to  be  from  poets.  Comp. 
αίδοιότερος,  Horn.,  αίδοιέστερος,  su- 
perl. -έστατος,  Pind.     Hence 

Αίδοίώδης,  ες,  (αιδοία,  είδος)  like 
the  αιδοία,  Arist.  Η.  Α. 

ΑΓΔΟΜΑΙ,β/(Ιό,Μ?;ι^  Ep.  for  αίδέο- 
μαι, oft.  in  Horn.,  and  occasionally  in 
Trag.,  esp.  in  participle,  as  Aesch. 
Suppl.  304,  Eur.  Phoen.  1489. 
^'Αίδονεύς,  ηος,  ο,  poet,  for  Άίδω• 
νενς,  Anth.    [       ] 

Άίδος,  "Αϊδι,  Ep.  gen.  and  dat.  ot 
Άίδί/ς,  from  an  obsol.  nom.  "Αϊς,  oft. 
in  Horn.,  who  has  also  "Αϊδόςδε  as 
adv.,  to  Hades,  so  too  εις  "Αϊδόςδε, 
and  ftV  "A (Joe  sc.  οίκω,  Att.  έν  άδ:Ί, 
■       35 


^ 


ΑΐΖΗ 

in  Hades,  τη  the  nether  u-orlrl.  Ιάΐδ- 
but  a  in  the  phrases  Άϊδος  ύσω, 
and  'λϊδος  είςαφίκηαι,  II.  20,  330.] 

ίΑίδούίοι,  (or  Αίόυϋοι),  ων,  οι,  the 
Aedui,  in  Gaul,  Strab. 

Αίδόόρων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  {αιδώς, 
όρήί')  regardful  nf  mind,  compassionate, 
Boph.  0.  C.  237,  Eur.  Ale.  059. 

Άίδρείη,  and  αίδρηίη,  ης,  ή,  {άΐδ- 
ις)  want  of  knowledge,  ignorance, 
"om.,  also  in  plur.,  Od.  10,  231 ;  11, 
272  :  Ep.  word,  used  by  Hdt.  G,  69  in 
Ion.  form  ίαδρηίη. 

Άϊδρηΐΐς,  εσσα,  εν,  later  collat. 
form  οί  ύϊδρις,  Nic.  ΑΙ.  115. 

Άϊδρία,  ας,  ή,^=αίδρείη. 

'Μδζίς,  ί,  gen.  ως  and  εος,  (α 
priv.,  ιδρίς)  unknowing,  ignorant,  11. 
3,  49 ;  freq.  c.  gen.,  as  Od.  10,  282. 

' λιδροδίκης,  ov,  ό,  Dor.  ύΐδροδίκας, 
{άϊδρις,  δίκη)  unknowing  of  right  or 
law,  lawless,  savage.  Find.  Ν  em.  1, 
96.    [δί] 

Άίδρϋτος,  ον,=άνίδρντος,  unset- 
tled, unsteady,  Ar.  Lys.  809 :  αιδρ. 
κακόν,  Cratin.  Seriph.  3,  expl.  by 
E.  M.,  ό  ουκ  ΰν  Τις  αντώ  ίδρνσαιτο. 
On  tlie  form  v.  Lob.  Phryn.  730. 

Άίδυν,  ωνος,  o,=sq. 

Ά'ιδωνεύς,  έως.  Ion.  ηος,  ό,  length- 
ened poet,  form  from  \\ίδης,  Hom. 
Later  authors,  as  Mosch.,  used  the 
forms  Άϊδοντ/ος,  ηί,  ηα,  for  the  sake 
of  the  verse  with  [\\.  In  Soph.  O.C. 
1560,  according  to  Hermann  Αΐδωνεν 
is  to  be  read  as  trisylL] 

ΑΊΛΩ'Σ,  όος  contr.  ονς,  ή,  as  a 
moral  feeling,  sense  of  shame,  bashful- 
ness,  modesty,  II.  21,  44,  etc. :  a  sense 
of  shame  or  honour,  awe,  αιδώ  θέσθ' 
ένϊ  θνμώ,  cherish  a  sense  nf  shame  ivith- 
in  your  breast,  II.  15,  561  :  regard  for 
others,  respect,  reverence,  Trag.  ;  δακ- 
ρύων πένθιμοι•  αιδώ,  tears  of  sorrow 
and  pity,  Aesch.  Suppl.  577 ;  hence 
also  mercy,  pardon.  Plat.  Legg.  867 
E. — II.  that  luhich  causes  shame  or  re- 
spect, and  so — 1.  a  shame,  scandal, 
αιδώς,  Άργεΐοι,  II.  5,  787. — 2.  =ra 
αιδοία,  II.  2,  262. — 3.  dignity,  ma- 
jesty, αιδώς  καΙ  χάρις,  Η.  Horn.  Cer. 
214. 

Αί'εί,  Ion.  and  poet,  for  ίεί :  Λvhen 
the  ult.  is  to  be  short,  αίεν,  Herm. 
praef  Orph.  p.  ix.  H.  Hom.  Ven.  202. 
At  the  end  of  a  hexam.,  to  round  off 
the  verse,  atri  is  preferred  to  αίέν. 
[Of  αεί,  sub  fin.] 

Αίειγενέτης,  ό,  II.  2,  400,  poet,  for 
άειγενέτης.  (For  compds,  of  αίεί  here 
omitted,  V.  sub.  ύεί'-.) 

Αίειγενής,  ές,  =foreg.,  0pp.  C.  2, 
397.  _ 

^Αΐείμνηστος,  ov,  =  αείμνηστος, 
Aesch.  Pers.  700.  (Dind.  άείμ.) 

Αΐέ7ίθυρος,  δ,  ή,  Ion.  for  αίλουρος, 
Kdt.  2,  66. 
tAi'ev,  poet,  for  ύεί,  q.  v.,  cf  αΙεί. 

Αΐέννττνος,  ov,  {αίέν,  ύπνος)  lulling 
in  eternal  sleep,  epith.  of  death,  Soph. 
O.  C.  1578,  ace.  to  Herm.  conj. 

Ai'fV,  Dor.  for  άεί,  αίεί,  Schaf.  Bi- 
on  11,  1. 

Αΐετηδόν,  adv.  {αίετός)  like  an  eagle, 
Schol.  Ven.  II. 

Αίετιαΐος,  αία,  αΐον,  {αετός  III.)  be- 
longing, to  or  placed  in  the  pediment, 
Inscr.  ap.  Miiller  de  Min.  Pol.  p.  51. 

Αίετήεις,  εσσα,  εν,  of  eagle-kind, 
Odo.  C.  3,  1 17  :  from 

Άίετός,  ov,  ό,  II.  12,  201,  etc.,  fuller 
form  for  αετός,  q.  v.  sub  fin. 

Αίζήείς,  εσσα,  εν,  later  form  for  αί- 
ζηός,  Theopomp.  Coloph.  ap.  Ath. 
183  B. 

Αίζήίος,  ό,  lengthd.  form  of  αίζηός, 
Od.  12,  83. 
36 


ΑΙΘΕ 

Άίζηλος,  ov,  V.  1.  of  the  Gramm.  in 
II.  2,  318,  for  άρίζηλος,  in  signf.  of 
αίδηλος,  cf  Buttm.  Lexil.  p.  53,  seqq., 
Spitzn.  ad  loc. 

Αίζηός,  lengthd.  αίζήίος,  6,  lively, 
active,  in  Hom.  always  of  youths  lit  for 
Avar  and  the  chase:  of  a/«s/y  slave, 
in  the  full  vigour  of  manhood,  lies.  Op. 
439,Th.  803.  Later  as  Subst.,  α  war- 
rior, Cratin.  Lac.  1 :  in  gen.  α  youth,  a 
man,  Ap.  Ilh.  4,  268  ;  Anth.  (usu.  ta- 
ken as  akin  to  ςάω,  ζέω  :  but  ace. 
to  Doderl.,  akin  to  α'ιβω,  ηίΟεος.) 
Αίηνής,  Ion.  for  ai'ar;/f,Archil.  94. 
^Αίήτης,  ου  Ep.  αυ,  ό,  Aeetes,  bro- 
ther of  Circe,  king  of  Colchis  and  fa- 
ther of  Medea,  Od.  10,  136;  later 
kings  of  Colchis  also  bore  this  name, 
Xen.  An.  5,  0,  37  ;  Strab. 
\Αίητίνη,  ης,  and  Αίητίς,  ίδος,.  η, 
fem.  patron,  of  Αίήτης,  as  appell.  of 
Medea  his  daughter. 

Αίητος,  in  II.  18,  410,  Vulcan  is 
called  πέλωρ  αίητον,  prob.  =  άητον, 
mighty  monster,  Bultin.  Lexil.  p.  46. 

Αίητός,  οΰ,  ό,  Dor.  for  αετός,  αΐε- 
τός,  an  eagle.  Find.  P.  4,  4,  Bockh; 
Bergk  Anacr.  70  :  also  άητός. 
■fAiOaia,  ας,  η,  Aethaea,  a  city  of  La- 
conia  ;     adj.    Αίθαιεύς,   οί   Αίθαιής, 
the  Aetheans,  Thuc.  1,  101. 
iAiθάλείa,  ή,  =Αίθύλη. 
Αίθά?.εος,  a,  ov,   {αιθάλη)   smoky. 
Αρ.  Rh.   4,  777.  — II.  of  ants,  fire-col- 
oured, like  αίθα?.όεις  II.  2,  Nic.  Ther. 
750. 

Αιθάλη,  η,  {αίθω)  =  αΙθα?ίθς,  esp. 
soot,  Luc.  Dial.  D.  15,  1.+— II.  As  pr. 
n.  Aethale,  a  small  island  in  the  Etru- 
rian sea  now  Elba ;  also  Αίθα?.ία, 
Strab.,  Ap.  Rh.  4,  654. 

Άϊβαλής,  ές,^άειΟα?.ής,  Orph.,  cf. 
Ruhnk.  Tim.   [αϊ] 

iAίθΰ■?.ίδης,  ov,  ό  Aethalides,  son  of 
Mercury  and  herald  of  the  Argonauts, 
Ap.  Rh.  1,  54. 

Αίθαλίων,  ωνος,  epith.  of  the  τέτ- 
τιξ,  prob.  =αί0αλόείς  II.  2,  fire-col- 
ourerf,  Theocr.  7,  138;  Mel.  Ill  :  ace. 
to  others,  heat-loving,  and  so  swarthy, 
dusky. 

Αίθα?.όεις,εσσα,  εν,  contr.  ονς,  ονσ- 
σα,  οϋν,  {αϊθαλος)  smoky,  blackened 
with  smoke,  sooty,  black,  II.  2,  415  ;  κό- 
νις,  black  ashes•  that  are  burnt  out,  II. 
18,  23. — II.  {αΙθω)  burning,  blazing,  κε- 
ραυνός, lies.  Th.  72  :  in  gen.,  epith.  of 
tire,  Aesch,  Pr.  992. — 2.  fire-coloured, 
Nic. 

iAίθaλόεις,  όεντος,  ό,  Aethalois,  a 
nver  of  Mysia,  Strab. 

ΑΙΘαλυς,  ov,  ό,  like  ?^γννς,  a  smoky 
flame,  the  thick  smoke  of  fire,  soot, 
Hipp.,  and  Eur.  Hec.  911:  also  αίθά- 
λη,  but  less  correct  than  αίθα'λος, 
Lob.  Phryn.  p.  114.— II.  as  adj.  ό,  ή, 
fire-coloured,  like  αίθα?Μεις  II.  2,  Nic. 
Αίθα?.όω,ώ,ί.•ώσω,ΐο  make  smoky  or 
sooty,  Eur.  El.  1140,  burn  to  soot  or 
ashes,  Diosc. 

Αίθα7.ώδης,  ες,  {αιθαλος,  είδος) 
sooty,  black,  Arist.  Mund.  4. 

Αίθά?.ωσις,    εως,    ή,    {αίθαλόω)   a 

rising  of  smoke  or  vapovr,  ]\Iax.  Tyr. 

Αίθαλωτός,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from 

αίθα7.όω,  burnt  to  soot  or  ashes.  Lye. 

338. 

Αί^ε,  Dor.  and  Ep.  for  είθε,  Ο  that ! 
would  that  !  Lat.  utinam,  very  freq.  in 
Hom.  αίθ'  δφελες,  c.  inf ,  or  αίθε,  c. 
opt. 

Αίθερεμβάτέω,  ώ,  {αίθήρ,  έαβατέω) 
to  walk  in  ether,  Anth.  Ep.  Aci.  546. 

Αιθέριος,  ία,  lov,  also  ος,  ov,  Eur. 
Chrys.6,9,0/"  or  belonging  to  αίθήρ,  or 
the  upper  air,  and  so — 1.  high  in  air, 
on  high,  Aesch.  P.  V.  158  ;  Soph.  O. 
C.  1082,  etc. :  αίθερία  άνέπτα,  fiew  up 


ΑΙΘΙ 

into  the  air,  Eur.  Med.  440,  cf.  Andr. 
830. — 2.  etherial,  heavenlu,  yovn,  Eur. 
Chrys.  6,  9.  ^'  ^      " 

Αίθεριώδης,  ες,  {αιθέριος,  είδος)  v.  i. 
for  αίθερώδιις. 

Αίθεροβατέω,=  αίθερεμβάτέω,  Luc. 
Philop.  25. 

Αίθεροβόσκας,  ov,  ό,  {αίθήρ,  βόσκω) 
feeding  or  living  in  ether,  Cercid.  ap. 
Diog.  L.  6,  76. 

Αίθεροδρομέω,  ώ,  to  skim  the  ether, 
Welck.  Syll.  Ep.  p.  36  :  from 

Αίθεροδρόμος,  ov,  {αίθήρ,  δραμείν) 
skimming  the  ether,  Ar.  Av.  1393. 

Αίβεμοειδής,  ές,  {αίθήρ,  εΙόυς)=αί- 
θερώδης,  Plut.  2,  430  Ε. 

■\Αίθερολαμπής,  ές,  {αίθήρ,  7ιάμπω) 
shining  in  ether,  Maneth. 

Αίθερο7.ογέω,  ώ,  to  talk  of  ether,  and 
the  like,  Anaximen.  ap.  Diog.  L.  2,  5: 
from 

Αίθερο?ιόγος,  ov,  (αίθήρ,  7Jγω)  talk- 
ing of  ether,  and  the  like,  Diog.  L.2,4. 

ΑίΟερονόμος,  ov,  {αίθήρ,  νέμομαι) 
=αίθερο3όσκας. 

Αίθερόπ/Μγκτος,  ov,  {αίθήρ,  πλά- 
ζομαι)  roaming  in  ether,  Orph. 

Αίθερώδης,  ες,  {αίθήρ,  είδος)  like 
ether,  Plut. 

Αίθη,  ης,  ή,  Aethe,  name  of  a  race- 
horse of  Agamemnon,  strictly  fiery, 
i.  e.  bright-bay,  II.  23,  295. 

Αίθήεις,  εσσα,  εν,  {αΙθω)  ^αίθός, 
Nic.  ΑΙ.  394. 

Αίθήρ,  έρος,  in  Hom.  always  ή,  in 
Att.  prose  always  0,  and  in  Aesch., 
in  Soph,  once  only  fem.  0.  R.  860,  in 
Pind.,  Eur.,  and  Ar.  common,  {αίθω): 
— ether,  the  uppjer,  purer  air,  opp.  to 
αήρ,  II.  14,  288  :  hence  heaven,  as  the 
abode  of  the  gods,  II.  15,  192  :  Τ,ίνς 
αίθέρι  ναίων,  2,412  :  also  the  char  sky 
or  heaven,  II.  8,  550  :  but  in  II.  16,  365, 
a  cloud  is  said  toAome  αιθέρος  εκ 
δίης,  cf  αίθρηγενής,  and  v.  Spitzn. 
ad  1. :  later  it  certainly  is  confound- 
ed with  αήρ,  e.  g.  αίθήρ  ζοφόεις,  άχ 
λνόεις,  in  Αρ.  Rh.,  and  Eur.  Cycl. 
409,  even  has  it  for  the  fione  from 
the  Cyclops' mouth. — 11.  in  Eur.  Ale. 
594,  a  clime,  region, — III.  Aethtr,  the 
name  of  a  dog,  Xen.  C3-n.  7,  5. 

Αΐθής,  ές,  {αΐθω)  burning:  αίθής 
τΓί'-λοι-,  the  robe  of  Hercules,  hence 
proverb,  of  a  demagogue,  Meineke 
Cialin.  Cleob.  4. 

ίΑΙΘϊκες,  ων,  οί,  the  Aethices,  a  Thes- 
salian  tribe  dwelling  on  Mt.  Pindus, 
11.  2,  744  ;  according  to  Strabo  on  the 
borders  of  Epirus ;  their  country  ή 
Αίθΐκία,  Strab. 

■\Αΐθϊκος,  ov,  ό,  Aethicus,  masc.  pr. 
n.  Qu.  Sm.  0,  318. 

Αίθΐνος,  η,  ov,  burning. 

i Αίθώπεια,  ή,  =Αίθιοπία,  Qu.  Sm. 
2,  32. 

fAίθίότrειoς,  ^Αίθιοπΐκός,  Luc. 

j-Αίθιο-ενς,  έως  Ion.  ήος,  ό,  an  as- 
sumed nom.  from  which  to  form  ace. 
pi.  Αίθιοπήας,  II.  1,  423 ;  the  only 
nom.  in  early  use  Αίθίοι}',  q.  v. 

f  Αιθιοπία,  ας,  ή,  Aethiopia,  Hdt. : 
hence  adj.  Αίθώπιος,  a,  ov  ;  Αίθιο- 
■ηίη  χώρη,  Hdt.  3,  114. 

Αίθιοπίζω,  to  speak,  or  be  like  an 
Arthiop,  Heliod. 

^Αίθιοπΐκός,  η,  όν,  {Αίθίοφ)  Aethio- 
pian;  7ιίθος  Αίθ.  i.  e.  granite,  v.  Baehr 
ad  Hdt.  2, 127 :  Αίθιοτηκά,  τά,  writings 
respecting  Aethiopia,  Heliod. 

\ΑίθιόπιθΓ,  V.  Αιθιοπία. 

ίΑΐθιοπίς,  ίδος,  ή,  pecul.  fem.  to  Λί- 
0ίοψ,  Atlhiopian,  Αίθ.  γη,  Aesch.  Fr. 
290,  2  ;  γλώσσα,  Hdt.  3,  19  :  ή  Αίθ. 
Hdt.  2,  106  ;  also  an  Aethiop  female. 

Αίθίοψ,  οπός,  ό,  Hom.  fem.  Αίθιο- 
πίς,  ίδος,  more  rarely  ή  AiOiorp,  Lob. 
Aj.  323,  {αΙθω,  ώψ)  an  Aethiop,  Hom. 


ΑΙΘΡ 

— ^Π.  also  as  adj..  xwnrthy,  Anth. :  cf. 
αίθοψ  :  ό  τΓοταμός  AiOioip,  probably 
the  -Niger,  Aesch.  P.  V.  80i}.  As  ear- 
ly as  11.  1,  423,  is  found  the  irreg. 
plur.  Αίθω-ηας,  to  which  later  auth., 
as  Call.,  tbrmed  a  nom.  Αίθίο~ενς. 

Α.ιβόΜξ,  ϊκος,  ή,  a  pustule,  pimple, 
Hipp. 

■[ΑίθοτΓία,  ας,  η,  {αίθοφ)  Aethopia,  an 
appell.  of  Diana,  isapph. 

Αίθος,  εος,  τό,  a  burning  heat,  fire,  Ap. 
Rh.  3,.  1301 ;  also  αίθος,  ov,  ό,  JEur. 
Suppl.  208,  Rhes.  95. 

Αίΰός,  η,  όν,  burnt,  Ar.  Thesm.  246. 
— II.  of  a  burnt  colour,  black,  or  rather 
fire-coloured,  fiery,  Find.  P.  8,  65,  Bac- 
chyl.  12. 

Αίθουσα,  ης,  ή,  sc.  στοά,  {αΐβώ)  the 
corridor,  open  in  front,  which  led  from 
the  court,  αΰ'/.ή,  into  the  ττρόδομος : 
usu.  looking  east  or  south,  to  catch 
the  sun, — whence  the  name.  Horn, 
makes  it  the  sleeping-place  of  travel- 
lers who  wish  to  start  earlv,  Od.  3, 
39i) :  in  Od.  4,  302,  he  says  the  same 
of  the  ττρόδομος,  prob.  as  including 
the  αίθουσα. — -4.s  pr.  n.  Aethusa, 
daughter  of  Neptune,  ApoUod. 

Αίθοφ,  οττος,  {αίθός,  ώφ)  fiery-look- 
ing, in  Horn,  as  epith.  of  metal,  flaxh- 
ing  ;  and  of  wine  sparkling,  (not  fiery- 
kot,  or  strong,  as  others) ;  once  of 
smoke,  Od.  10,  152,  where  it  prob. 
means  dark-red  smoke,  smoke  7nij:ed 
with  flame,  like  αίθαλος:  later  αίθοφ 
φ'λογμός,  Eur.  Supp.  1019,  ?.αμ-ύς, 
Id.  Bacch.  591. — 11.  metaph-  fiery, 
hot,  keen,  /.ιμός,  Hes.  Op.  3C1  :  hot, 
furious,  ΰνήμ.  Soph.  A].  224, 
\ Αίθρα,  later  form  for  αίθρη. 
Ρΰϋρέω,  {αίθρα)  like  χειμάζω,  to 
live  171  tie  open  air,  dub.,  v.  Lob.  Aj.  p. 
342. 

Αίθρη,  y,  in  Att.  as  well  as  Horn., 
later  αίθρα.  Piers.  Moer.  p.  184,  {ai- 
dijp,  as  γάστρη  from  γαστήρ) :  —  a 
clear  bright  sky,  fair  weather,  Hom.  : 
rare  in  AtL  poets,  as  Eur.  Phaeth. 
74,  Ar.  Av.  778,  cf  αίθρια.— IL  As 
pr.  n.  AethrcL,  mother  of  Theseus,  IL 
3,  144. 

Αίθρηγενέτης,  ου,  ό,  =sq.,  Od.  5, 
296. 

Αίβρηγεί'ής,  ες,  (αίθηρ, '  γένω)  epith. 
of  Boreas  in  IL  15,  171,  boni  in  ether, 
sprung  from  ether,  (not  act.  making  a 
clear  cold  sky,  Spitzn.  IL  L  c.) 

Κίθρτμις,  εσσα,  εν,  =αίθρως,  Ορρ. 
C)Ti.  4  "3. 

Αίθρια,  α,',  η,  prose  form  for  αιθρη, 
first  in  Hdt.,  αιθρίας,  sub.  ούσης,  in 
fine  weather,  Lat.  per  purum,  Hdt.  7,  37; 
Ar.  Nub.  371. — IL  the  open  sky,  y—b 
της  αίθριας,  in  the  open  air,  Lat.  sub 
dio,  Xen.  .A.n.  4,  4,  14 ;  hence  also  the 
cold  air  of  night,  Hdt.  2,  C8.  [t,  Ar. 
Plul.  1129,  Meineke  Com.  Fragm.  2, 
p.  34  ;  ί  Solon  5,  22  ;  Ar.  Nub.  371,  v. 
Herm.  ad  loc]    Hence 

Αΐθριύζω,  to  expose  to  the  open  air, 
cool,  Hipp. — -11.  to  make  a  clear  sky, 
-A.rist.  Probl.  —  III.  intr.  to  be  in  the 
open  air. 

Ai'ffpiau,=foreg.  I.,  Hipp. 

Αίθρϊνος,  ον,=αΙθβως. 

Αίθριοκοιτέω,ΰ,{.•)/σω,  (αίθρια,  αοί- 
τη)  to  sleep  in  the  open  air,  Theocr.  8,78. 

Αίθριος,  ov,  clear,  bright,  fair,  of 
Λveather,  H.  Horn.  Ap.  433 ;  also  as 
epith.  of  Zeuf,  Theocr. — II.  in  the  opm 
air,  kept  there,  Cratin.  Del.  5 :  hence 
cold,  chill.  Soph.  Ant.  357. — III.  ro  αί- 
θριοι', the  Lat.  atrium,  Joseph. 

Αίθριώδης,  ες,  (αιθρία,  είδος)  like 
the  clear  sky. 

Αίθροβύτης,  ov,  ό,  (αϊθρη,  βαίνω) 
wnlkiiig  through  ether,  Porph.  —  2.  α 
tighl-rope  dancer,  Maneth.  [μ] 


AIKH 

■\Αίθρο3ολέω,  ω,  (αίθρη,  βάλλο)  to 
cast  brightness  upon,  to  render  brilUant, 
xVIaneth. 

\ Αίθροόόνητος,  gv,  (αίθρη,  δονέω,) 
hastening  through  the  ether,  Maneth. 

■^Αίθροπλΰνής,  ές,  (αιθρη,  ττλανάο- 
μαι)  wandering  in  the  ether,  .Manelh. 

Αίθρος,  ου,  ό,=αίθρη,  the  clear  chill 
air  of  morn,  Od.  14,  318. 

Αίθυγμα,  ατός,  τό,  (αίθύσσω)  a 
lighting,  kindling:  hence — IL  a  spark: 
metaph.  the  last  spark  of  an  attach- 
ment, Polyb.— III.  the  flickering  of  a 
bright  body  in  motion,  =  μαρμαρυγή. 

Αίθυια,  ας,  ή,  a  water-bird,  diver, 
shag,  Lat.  inergus,  Od.  5,  337. — II. 
metaph.  a  ship,  L)-c.  230.  — As  pr.  n. 
an  appell.  of  Mmerva  as  protectress 
of  commerce,  Paus. 

Αίθνιόθρε-τος,  ov,  (αίθυια,  τρέ(1>ω,) 
feeding  with  αίθυιαΐ,  Lyc.   237. 

Αίθυκτήρ,  ήρος,  ό,  that  which  darts 
or  fltes  through  the  air,  swift-darting, 
of  wild  animals,  arrows,  etc.,  0pp. 
H.  1,  368,  Cyn.  2,  332:  from 

Αίθνσσω,ΐ.-νζω,(Ά\άη  to  αίθω  and 
θνω)  transit,  to  put  in  rapid  7notion, 
stir  up,  kindle,  έ/.-ις  αίθύσσει  όρένας, 
Bacchyl.  26.  Mid.  to  move  rapidly,  quiv- 
ver,  flicker,  of  leaves,  Sapph.  40  :  so 
too  act.  in  intr.  signf ,  Arat.  Cf.  the 
compds.  with  uva,  διύ,  κατά,  τταρύ, 
(There  was  no  Att.  form  αίθνττω.) 

ΑΙ'θί2,  only  found  in  pres.  and 
impf ,  to  light  up,  kindle,  to  keep  burn- 
ing, αίθειν  TTvp,  Hdt.  4,  145,  Aesch. 
Ag.  1435,  ιερά.  Soph.  Phil.  1033,  Eur. 
Rhes.  95. — 2.  rarely  intr.  to  burn  or 
blaze,  Pind.  O.  7,  87';  Soph.  Aj.  286  : 
— in  this  signf.  usu.  in  Pass,  αίθομαι, 
Hom.,  Hes.,  etc.,  though  rarely  save 
in  part,  αίθόμενος :  the  mi  αίθεσθαι, 
Hdt.  4,61,  and  Eur.  Bacch.  624  ;  impf. 
αίθετο.  Αρ.  Rh.  3,  296 : —also  like 
Lat.  uri,  έρωτι  αίθεσθαι,  Xen.  Cyr. 
5,  1,  15. 

Αίθων,  ό,  ή,  αίθον,  τό,  gen.  ωνος 
and  όνος,  ν.  Dindorf.  praef  ad  Poet. 
Seen.  p.  xi.,  (αίθω)  strictly  fiery,  bur- 
ning, of  lightning,  fire,  etc.,  Pind. : 
also  of  fiery  smoke,  Pind.  P.  1,  44, 
cf  αΙθοφ. — II.  of  metal,  and  the  like, 
flashing,  glittering,  like  αίθοφ,  σίδηρ- 
ος, Horn.,  also  Soph.  .Aj.  147  :  αίθω- 
νες  'λέβητες,  τρίττοδες,  Hom.  (where 
others  take  it  of  their  having  fire  -un- 
der them.) — III.  of  various  animals, 
as  in  Hom.  of  the  horse,  lion,  bull, 
eagle,  in  Pind.  of  the  fox,  where 
some  take  it  to  be  fiery,  fierce  ; 
others  of  the  colour,  like  hat.  fuh-us, 
rufus ;  others  of  their  bright,  fiery 
eyes  :  but  αίθων,  of  a  man,  Hermipp. 
J'loer.  1,  and  so  αίθωνες  θήρες.  Plat. 
Rep.  559  D,  λιμός  αίθων,  Plut.,  cf. 
αίθυφ,  fin.  — As  pr.  n.  Aethon,  a 
name  assumed  by  Ulysses,  Od.  19, 
183.—  A  horse  of  Hector,  IL  8,  185. 

Αικά,  Dor.  for  εΐ  κε,  =έάν,  c.  subj., 
Valck.  Theocr.  1, 10.  But  Kiihner  Gr. 
Gr.  {)  818,  Anm.  2,  says  αίκα  is  joined 
by  the  Aeol.  and  Dor.  to  the  indie.  ^ 
tAZ/ctti,  ων,  ai,  Aecae,  a  city  of  the 
Hirpini  on  the  borders  of  Apulia, 
Polyb. 

Αίκάλλω,  f.  -αλώ,  to  flatter,  wheedle, 
fondle,  c.  ace,  Eur.  Andr.  630,  Ar. 
Eq.  48  :  αίκάλ?.ει  καρδίαν  έμήν,  it 
does  my  heart  good,  Ar.  Thesm.  869, 

ΑίκάΧος,  ου,  6,  a  flatterer,  Hesych. 

Αίκ,ε,  αίκεν,  poet,  and  Dor,  for  εάν, 
Hom. 

Αίκίία,  ας,  ή,  ^=αίκία,  q.  ν, 

Αίκέ/.ίος,  ov,  ^ΰεικέλίος,  Theogn, 
1344,  Bekk, 
^Αιαεν,  v.  αίκε,  II.  4,  98. 

Άϊκή,  ης,  ή,  (αισσω)  rapid  motion, 
flight,  Lat,   impetus,  τόξων   άϊκαί,  II. 


AIAO 
15,    709,    έρετμών,  Ορρ, :    cf,  ρίττη, 

Άϊκής,  ές,  poet,  for  άεικής,  adv.  άϊ- 
κύς,  11.  22,  336  :  in  Trag.  also  αίκής 
ές,  like  αίκία,  Herm.  Soph.  El.  102. 
[αί]  ^ 

Αίκία,  ας,  ή,  Att.  for  the  Ion.  ύει- 
κείη,  q.  v.,  injurious,  insulting  treat- 
ment, an  affront,  outrage,  Aesch.  P.  V. 
93  ;  Soph.  O.  C.  748  ;  etc.  :  oft.  also 
in  plur.  blows,  stripes,  etc.,  Trag.  : — in 
prose  usu.  as  law -phrase  αίκίας  δίκη, 
an  action  for  assault,  less  serious  than 
that  for  ύβρις  (wluch  was  a  γραφή), 
esp.  freq.  in  Oratt.,  cf.  Att.  Process 
p.  54:1  sq.,  Bockh  P.  E.  2,  p.  102 ;  in 
gen.  suffering,  disgrace,  Thuc.  7,  75. 
[/vi-,  whereiore  Dawes,  Pors.,  etc.. 
would  Λvrite  αίκεία,  in  Trag.,  and  so 
certainly  analogy  would  require,  but 
V.  Herm.  Soph.  O.  C.  752,  Ellendt 
Lex.  Soph.] 

Αίκίζω,  to  treat  injuriously,  to  affront, 
outrage,  esp.  by  blows,  to  plague,  tor- 
ment, the  act.  only  in  Soph. :  usu.  as 
dep.  mid.  αίκίζομαι,  ί.  -ιοϋμαι, 
Aesch.  Pr.  195,  etc. :  c.  dupL  acc.pers. 
et  rei,  αίκίζεσθαί  τίνα  τά  αίσχιστα, 
Xen.  An.  3,  1,  18  :  cf.  the  Ep.  ύεικί- 
ζω. — The  aor.  7)κίσθην  is  only  used 
in  pass,  signf,'  as  Soph.  Ant.  206, 
Xen.  An.  2,  6,  29 :  pres.  αίκίζομαι, 
in  pass,  signf.,  Aesch.  Pr.  168  ;  peif 
τ/κισμαι,  Eur.  .Med.  1130.    Hence 

Αίκισμα,  ατός,  τό,  an  outrage,  tor- 
ture, Aesch.  Pr.  989:  in  plur.  Eur. 
Phoen.  1529. 

Αίκισμός,  ov,  o,=foreg.,  Dem.  102, 
20. 

Αίκιστής,  οϋ,  ό,  fem.  αίκίστρια,  ας, 
Tj,  one   who  outrages. 

Αίκιστικός,  ή,  όν,  prone  to  outrage. 
Adv.  -κως. 

Αϊκιστός,  ή,  όν,  outraged,  v.  1.  Soph. 
Ant.  206. 

AiK/.ov,  ου,  τό,  or  υ,ϊκ/.ον,  an  even- 
ing meal  at  Sparta,  Epich.  p.  18, 
Alcm.  20,  cf  Ath.  139  Β :— also  ai- 

KVOV. 

fAlK/Μς,  ov,  ό,  Aeclus,  the  founder  of 
Eretria,  Strab. — In  pi.  οι  Αΐκ/.οι,  the 
Aequi,  in  Italy,  Diod.  S.  12,  64. 

fAiKOV/.dvov,  ov,  TO,  the  Lat.  Aecu• 
lanum,  a  city  of  the  Hirpini  in  Italy, 
App.  B.  C.  1,  51. 

■\Αΐκουοι,  ων,  οι,  the  Lat,  Aequi,  in 
Italy,  Strab. 

'Αίκτήρ,  ήρος,  ό,  (άΐσσω)  the  swift- 
rushing,  darting,  Ορρ.  Η.  1,  171.  [α] 

Άϊκτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  ίκνέομαι)  un- 
approachable, Henn.  Η.  Hom.  ilerc. 
346. 

t  Αίλ'ώζ•,  V.  αΐκής. 

\Αί7.άνα,  ης,  ή,  Aelana,  a  city  on  the 
.Arabian  Gulf,  Strab. 

\ Αί7,ητανοί,  ων,  οι,  the  Aeletani,  an 
Djerian  tribe,  Strab. 

iAi'/.ia,  ας,  ή,  the  Lat.  Aelia,  a 
name  which  Jerusalem  received  from 
its  restorer  Aelius  Hadrianus,  Dio 
Cass. 

'\Αί7Λάνός,  ov,  ό,  Aelianus,  ό.  Τακτι- 
κός, the  writer  of  a  work  on  militarj^ 
tactics. — 2.  ό  Σοφιστής,  of  Praeneste, 
the  author  of  several  works. 

Αίλινος,  ov,  ό,  a  mournful  dirge, 
Aesch.  Ag.  121,  Soph.  Aj.  627:  (said 
to  be  from  al  Αίνος,  ah  me  for  Linus! 
Pausan.  9,  29,  8.  v.  Αίνος.)— 2.  Also 
adj.  ος,  ο:•,  plaintive,  mournful,  Eur. 
Or.  1395.  Hel.  171,  As  Adv.  ai/uva, 
Call,  and  Mosch. 

fAi/.ίος,  ου,  ύ,  the  Roman  Aelius, 
Strab.,  Plut. 

Αίλονριος,  ov,  ό,  cat-mint :  from 
Αίλουρος,  ov,   ό,  ή,  a  cat,  Hdt. — 
II.  later,  a   weasel,   (ace.  to   Buttm. 
Lexil.  p.  67,  from  αίό/Μς  and  ουρά, 
37 


ΑΙΜΑ 

as  expressive,  not  of  colour,  but  of  the 
wavy  inotion  of  the  tail  peculiar  to 
cats.) 

ΑΓΜΑ,  ατός,  τό,  blood,  in  Horn.  oft. 
φόνος  τε  και  αίμα,  joined ;  also  in 
plur.  streams  of  blood,  Aesch.  Ag. 
1293,  Soph.  Aiit.  121.— II.  bloodshed, 
murder,  Trag.,  cf.  Elinsl.  Bacch.  139: 
δμαιμοι>  αίμα  γί)  νεται,  a  kinsman's 
murder  is  done,  Aesch.  Suppl.  449,  SO 
είργασται μητμΰον  αίμα,  Eur.  Or. 284: 
also  αίμα  όράν  or  TzpaTTELU,  Eur., 
and  even  αίμα  κτανείΐ',  as  if  αίμα 
were  a  cognate  ace,  Soph.  Fr.  153 : 
— esp.  έττ'  αϊματί  φενγειν,  to  avoid 
trial  for  murder  by  going  into  exile, 
Dem.  548,  fin.,  wh.  in  Eur.  Suppl. 
148  is  αίμα  φεύγείν,  v.  Miiller  Eu- 
men.  ^  50  sq. : — the  plur.  is  freq.  in  this 
signf.  in  Aesch.  and  Eur.  never  in 
Soph. — 2.  in  Soph.  El.  1394,  usu.  taken 
as  the  instrument  of  bloodshed,  sword, 
but  V.  νεοκύν?]-ος,  and  Herm.  ad  1. — 
III.  like  Lat.  sanguis,  blood-relation- 
ship, kin,  αίμα  τε  και  γένος,  Od.  8, 
583 ;  αίματος  είναι,  γενε-ης  τε  και 
αίματος  είναι,  Od.  4,  611,  II.  19,  111  : 
in  Trag.  and  prose  usu.,  ύ  προς  αίμα- 
τος and  έί^  αίματι,  one  of  the  blood  or 
race.  Soph.  Aj.  1305,  Aesch.  Eum. 
600  :  ϊιφ'  αίματος,  from  the  race.  Soph. 
O.  C.  245.- tlV.  the  blood-red  juice,  βο- 
τρύων,  Achill.  Tat.  2,  2  ;  the  purple 
colour,  κοχ7Λδον,  Luc.  Catap.  10,  cf. 
Mehlhorn  Lyr.  p.  100.  (perh.  from 
άί'σσω,  Lat.  salio,  Herm.  Eur.  Hec. 
88.) 

Μμαγαγός,  όν,  {αίμα  άγω)  drawing 
off  blood,  Diosc. : 

Αίμϋκορίαι,  or  αίμακονρίαι,  ών,  al, 
{αίμα,  κορένννμι)  offerings  of  blood, 
made  upon  the  grave  to  appease  the 
manes,  Pind.  O.  1,  146,  v.  Dissen. 
(90.)    Dor.  and  Boeot. 

Αίμακτός,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from 
αΐμάσσω,  yningled  with  blood,  of  blood, 
Eur.  I.  T.  644. 

Αίμαλέος,  έα,  έον,  {αίμα)  bloody, 
blood-red,  Anth. 

Αίμα?Μπίς,  ίδος,η,  a  clot  of  blood, 
Diosc. ;  and 

Α'ιμάλωπος,  ov,  looking  like  clotted 
blood,  Aretae. :  from 

Αί/ίάλωψ,  ωπος,  ό,  {αίμαλεος)  a 
mass  of  blood,  a  bloodshot  place,  Hipp. 
— II.  as  adj.  =ιαίμάλω7ΐος,  Aretae. 

Αΐμαξις,  εος  ή,  {αίμάσσο)  a  letting 
of  blood,  Aretae. 

ΑΙμάς,  άδος,  ή,  a  gush  or  stream  of 
blood,  Soph.  Phil.  697,  αίματος  βύ• 
σις,  as  the  Schol.  has  it,  cf.  Herm. 
Trach.  778. 

Αΐμάσιά,  άς,  η,  {αίμος)  a  thorn, 
thorn-bush,  αίμασιάς  λέγειν,  Od.  18, 
359  ;  24,  224  :  hence  a  thorn-hedge, 
Theocr.  :  and  so  any  fence,  a  wall,  Lat. 
maceria,  Hdt.  1,  180,  and  freq.  in  Att. 
— Buttm.  Lexil.  p.  402  adopts  the 
signf  fence,  even  in  Od.,  interpreting 
αϊμασιας  λέγειν,  to  make  a  fence  of 
stones ;  he  thinks  that  if  αίμασιύ 
originally  meant  a  thorn  hedge,  this 
meaning  was  obsolete  even  in  Ho- 
mer's time. — II.  αίμασιύ— λιθο'λογία. 
Piers.  Moer.  p.  53. 

ΑΙμΰσιώδης  ες,  {αίμασιά,  είδος)  tike 
an  αίμασιά,  Plat.  Legg.  C81  A. 

ΑΙμάσσω,  Att.  αίμάττω,  f.  -άίω,  to 
make  bloody,  stain  with  blood  ;  τνέδον, 
ΐ3ωμόν,  χέρας,  etc.,  Pind.  and  Trag.  : 
hence  to  wound,  smite  so  as  to  make 
bloody,  κράτα  αίμ.  πέτρα,  to  dash  one's 
head  against  a  rock,  Sopn.  Phil.  1002  : 
aiu.  τϊέσεα  δάϊα,  to  put  enemies  to  a 
bloody  death,  Eur.  Phoen.  1229.  Pass. 
to  welter  in  blood,  he  slain.  Soph.  Ant. 
1175  :  metaph.,  αίμ.  ώδάς,  to  end  songs 
by  dying,  Eur.  Ion  168. — II.  as  medic. 
38 


ΑΙΜΑ 

term  to  scarify. — III.  later  intr.  to  be 
bloody,  blood-red,  Isic. 

Αίματεκχυσία,  ας,  f/,  {αίμα  έκχέω) 
shedding  of  blood,  N.  T.  Hebr.  9, 
22. 

Αιματηρός,  ά,  όν,  in  Eur  Or.  962, 
also  of,  όν,  bloody,  blood-stained,  chief- 
ly used  by  Trag.  αίμ.  χείρες,  ξίφος, 
etc.  :  αίμ.  φΛός,  the  blood-consuming 
flame,  tne  flame  that  licks  up  the 
blood  of  a  sacrifice,  Soph.  Tr.  766 : 
esp.  bloody,  murderous,  φόνος,  διαφθο- 
ρά, πνεύμα,  όμμα,  etc.— II.  also  of 
blood,  consisting  thereof,  σταγόνες  αίμ. 
gouts  of  blood,  Eur.  Phoen.  1415  : 
αίμ.  ΰονς,  a  bloody  flux,  discharge  of 
blood,  Hipp. 

Αίμΰτηφόρος,  ov,  {αίμα,  φέρω)  bring- 
ing blood  :  murderous,  μόρος,  Aesch. 
Theb.  419. 

Αίματία,  ας,  y,  blood-broth,  the 
Spartan  black  brolh  made  with  blood, 
Manso  Sparta  1,  2,  p.  192. 

Αίμάτιζω,  f.  -ίσω,  to  stain  with  blood, 
Aesch.  Suppl.  662. — II.  to  draw  bhod, 
sting,  Arist.  H.  A. 

Αιματικός,  ?;,  όν,  consisting  of  or 
charged  with  blood,  Arist.  H.  A. :  ru 
αίμ.  animals  which  have  blood,  Id.  Part. 
An. — II.  bloody,  like  blood  :  to  αίματι- 
κόν,  a  jjlant  of  a  blood-red  colour. 

Αιμάτινος,  ίνη,  tvov,  rare  collat. 
form  of  αιματικός,  Arist.  H.  A. 

Αίμάτιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  αίμα, 
a  little  blood,  Epict. 

Αίματίς,  ίδος,  ή,  a  blood-red  cloak, 
Arist.  Color. 

Αιματίτης,  ov,  6,  αίματίτις,  ιδος, 
ή,  blood-like ;  λίθος,  the  blood-stone, 
Diosc.  :  ειλεός,  a  disease,  Lat.  can- 
volvulus  sanguineus,  Hipp.  ;  αίματίτις 
φλέψ,  a  vein.  Id.  :  χορδή,  a  black  pud- 
ding, Sopliil.  Phyl.  2. 

Αϊμΰτοδύχος,  ov,  {αίμα,  δέχομαι) 
holding  blood. 

Αίματοειδής,  ες,  {αίμα,  είδος)  like 
blood,  blood-red,  Diod. 

Αίματόεις,  όεσσα,  δεν,  contr.  αιμα- 
τονς,  ονσσα,  ονν,  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  1279, 
{αίμα),  of  blood,  φίαδες,  II.  16,  459, 
blood-sprinkled,  bloody,  χειρ,  II.  5,  82, 
σμώδίξ,  II.  2,  267.-2.  blood-red,  flush- 
ed, βέθος.  Soph.  Ant.  528.-3.  bloody, 
murderous,  πόλεμος,  etc.,  II.  9,  650, 
Aesch.  Ag.  098. 

Αίμΰτολοιχός,  όν,  {αίμα,  λείχω) 
licking  blood,  ίρως  αίμ.,  thirst  for 
blood,  Aesch.  Ag.  1478. 

Αίματοποιέω,  ώ,  to  make  into  blood. 
Pass,  to  become  blood.  Medic.    Hence 

Αίματοποιητικός,  ή,  όν,  calculated 
for  making  into  blood,  promoting  the 
formation  of  blood,  Gal. 

Αίμΰτοποσία,  also  αίμοποσία,  ας, 
ή,  a  drinking  of  blood,  Porphyr. 

Αίμάτοποτέω,  ώ,  to  drink  blood : 
from 

Αίματοπότης,  ov,  0,  {αίμα,  πίνω), 
and 

Αίματοπώτης,  ου,  ά,  a  blood-drinker, 
blood-sucker.  At.  Eq.  198. 
I    ΑίματηΙ)()όφος,   ov,    {αίμα,   [)θφέω) 
'supping  up  blood,  blood-lapping,  Aesch. 
Eum.  193,  Soph.  P'r.  813. 

Αίμΰτόββϋτος,  ov,  {αίμα,  βέω)  blood- 
streaming,  αίματ.  βανίδες,  showering 
drops  of  blood,  Eur.  I.  A.  1515. 

Αίμάτοστΰγής,  ες,  {αίμα,  στάζω) 
blood-dripping,  Aesch.  Pers.  816,  and 
Eum.  305. 

Αίμΰτοσφάγής,  ες,  {αίμα,  σφύζω) 
reeking  with  the  blood  of  the  slaughtered, 
V.  σοάζω. 

Αίμΰτοφ7.εβόστΰ.σις,  εως,  ή,  {αίμα, 
φ^.έΦ,  ίστΐ]μι)  α  stopping  of  blood, 
Diosc. 

Αίμάτόφνρτος,  ov,  {αίμα,  φνρω) 
blood-stained,  Anth. 


ΑΙΜΟ 

Αίμάτοχάρής,  also  αίμοχΰρής,  £ς, 
{αίμα,  χαίρω)  delighting  i>i  blood. 

Αίμΰτυχάρμης,  ov,=foreg.,  An>h., 
cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  486. 

Αίμύτόω,  u,f.-uffw,fomnke  bloody, 
stain  with  blood,  Eur.  And.  260,  etc. :  to 
slay,  Soph.  Fr.  814  from  B.  A.  Mid. 
μι/δεν  αίματύμεθα,  let  us  shed  no  more 
blood,  Aesch.  Ag.  1656.  Pass.  perf. 
^ΐμάτωμαι,  to  be  stained  or  discoloured 
leith  blood,  Thuc.  7,  84. — II.  to  make 
into  blood.  Medic. 

Αίμάτώδης,  ες,  {αίμα,  είδος)  looking 
like  blood,  blood-red,  Thuc.  2,  49. — 
2.  of  blood,  consisting  thereof,  like  αι- 
ματικός, Hipp. 

Αίμΰτωπος,  όν,  {αίμα,  wip)  bloody 
to  behold,  blood-stained,  κυραι,  Eur. 
Orest.  256  ;  but  also  bloody,  murderous, 
Eur.  Phoen.  870. 

Αίμύτωσις,  εως,  if,  {αίματόω)  a 
changing  into  blood.  Gal. 

ΑίμΰτώΦ,  ώπας,  ό,ή,^αίματωπύς, 
V.  Pors.  Med.  1363. 

Αίμηπότης,  ό.  Ion.  for  αίματοπό- 
τ-ης,  Apoll.  Dysc. 

Αίμι/ρός,  ά,  άν,^=αίματηρός.  Gal. 
f  Αιμιλία,  ας,  η,  the   Lat.  Aemilia, 
Polyb.  :  ή  Αιμιλία  οδός,  via  Aemilia, 
Strab. 

'\Αίμί?αάνός,     ov,     ό,     Aemiliamts, 
Strab. 
i Αιμίλιος,  ov,  ό,  Aemilius,  Polyb. 

Αίμνιον,  0Λ},τό,  a  basin  for  blood,  v. 

1.  Od.  3,  444,  for  ΰμνίον. 
Αίμοβάρ/ί/ς,  ες,  {αίμα,  βάρος)  heavy 

with  blow},  Opp.  Hal.  2,  60:1. 

Αίμαβάύ/ις,  ές,  {αίμα,  βύπτυ} 
bathed  in  blood.  Soph.  Aj.  219. 

Αιμοβόρος,  ov,  {αίμα,  βιβρώσκω) 
bJOod-sucksng,  Arist.  H.  A. :  greedy  of 
blood,  Theocr.  24,  18.     Adv.  -ρως. 

Αίμοδαιτέω,  ώ,  {αίμα,  δαίννμαι)  to 
revel  in  blood,  Theophr. 

Αίμόδιφος,  ov,  {αίμα,  δίψα)  blood- 
thirsty, Luc.  Ocyp.  97. 

Αίμοειδίις,  ές,  {αίμα,  εΙδος)=αΐμα- 
τοειδΥ/ς,  Philo. 

Αίμόκερχνον,  ov,  τό,  {alfia,  κέρχ- 
νας)  α  slight  cough  with  blood-spitting, 
Hipp. 

Αίμομίκτης,  ου,  ό,  {αψα,  μίγννμι) 
incestuous. 

^Αιμομιξία,  ας,  ή,  {αίμα,  μίγννμι) 
incest. 

^Αίμονες,  ωΐ',  οι,  the  Haemonians, 
inhabitants  of  Haemonia  1>  Pind.  N. 
5,  91. 

^Αίμονία,  ας,  if,  Haemonia,  an  ear- 
lier name  of  Thessaly,  Strab.;  adv. 
Αίμονιήβεν,  from  Haemonia,  Callim. 
— 2.  a  region  of  Macedonia,  Ap.  Eh. 

2,  504  ;  adj.  Αίμων,  Αίμονανς. 
^Αίμονίδης,  ου,  ό,  son  of  Aemon,  II. 

17,  467;  but  Αίμονίδης,  son  of  Hae- 
mon,  II.  4,  394. 
^.^.Ιμονιήθεν,  v.  Aluovia. 
ί.'ίίμόνιος,  ov,  ό,  Haemonius,  father 
of  Amalthaea,  Apollod. — As  adj.,  of 
or  belonging  to  Haemon. 

Αίμοποσία,  ας,  if,=aίμaτoπoσίa. 

Αίυοπότης,    ov,   ό,=αίματοπότης. 
Or.  Sib. 
^Αίμοπτνΐκός,  ή,  όν,  {αίμα,  πτύω) 
spitting  blood.  Medic. 

Αίμοπώτης,  ου,  ό,τ^αΐμοπήτης.  Lye. 

Αιμόροος,  ον,  poet,  for  αίμόββοος, 
Nic.^ 

Αίμορβάγεω,  ώ,  to  have  a  haemor- 
rhage. Meed  violently,  Hipp. :  from 

Αΐμορρΰγής,  ές,  {αίμα,  β7'/γννμι) 
bleeding  violently,  Hipp.,  and  Soph. 
Phil.  825. 

Αίμο^φΰγία,  ας,  ή,  a  haemorrhage  : 
a  bloody  flux,  0Γ  any  violent  bleeding, 
Hipp.    Hence 

Αίμοββΰ}ίκός,  if,  όν,  liable  to  αί• 
μοβρα^ία^  Hipp.    Adv.  -κύς^  Gal. 


λΙΜΥ 

ΚΙμο^ιβαγώδης,  ές,  {α'ιμοβ^αγία,  εί- 
δος) like  αίμο/ιραγία,  σημεία  α'ιμ., 
symptoms  of  kemorrhitge,  Hipp. 

Αίμόββαντος,  ov,  {αίμα,  βαίνω) 
blood-sprinkled,  besmeared  with  blood, 
βνσίαι,  Eur.  Ale.  135,  ξείνοι,  Id.  I. 
T.  225. 

Αίμοβροέο,  ύ,  (αίμόββοος)  to  lose 
blood.  Hipp.  :  to  have  a  αίαυββοια,  Ν. 
Τ.  Matth.  9,  20. 

Αίμόββοια,  ας,  ή,  (αΊμόββοης)  α  dis- 
charge of  blood,  bloody  fliu:,  Hipp, 

ΑίμοββΌΐδοκαύστης,  ου,  ό,  an  in- 
strument for  stopping  hemorrhage. 

Αίμορβοίκός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to  a 
αίμόββοια,  indicating  or  causing  it, 
Hipp. 

Αίμοββοίς,  ίδος,  ή,  usu.  in  plur. 
αίμοβροίόες  sc.  φ?:,έβες,  veins  liable  to 
discharge  blood,  esp.  the  piles,  hemor- 
rhoids, Hipp.  :  also  of  any  flow  or 
discharge  of  blood  from  the  gums,  nos- 
trils, etc.,  Arist.  H.  A. — II.  a  shell-fish. 
Arist.  H.  A. — III.  a  kind  of  serpent  = 
αίμό^βοος  II.,  v.  Lucan  9,  708. 

Αιμόρβοος,  ov,  contr.  αίμόββονς, 
ovv,  {αίμα,  βέυ)  flowing  with  blood, 
suffering  from  hemorrhage,  Hipp. — II. 
subst,  (5,  a  serpent,  whose  bite  makes 
blood  floio  from  all  parts  of  the  body, 
Diosc,  and  Nic.  Th.  282. 

Αίμοββούδης,  ες,  {αίμόββοος,  είδος) 
=  α'ίμοββαγώδης,  Hipp. 

Αιμοββνής,  ές ,=αΙμόββυτος. 

Αίμόββΰσις,  εως,  ή,^αίμόββοια. 

Αίμόββντος,  also  αίμόρϋτος,  ον, 
{αίμα,  βέω)  blood-streaming,  Aesch. 
Fr.  216. 

Αίμορνγχιάω,  ώ,  {αίμα,  βνγχος)  to 
have  a  bloody  snout,  i.  e.  nose,  Her- 
mipp.  Incert.  3. 

Αίμος  or  αίμός,  ov,  ό,=δρνμός, 
prob.  any  scratching  point,  as  of  thorns, 
cf  Aesch.  Fr.  8.  {αίμα,  αίμασιύ : 
αίμύλος ;  άμνσσω.) 

iAlμoς,  ov,  ό,  Haemus,  a  mountain 
range  in  the  north  of  Thrace,  Hdt. 
4,  49,  also  το  Αίμον  or  Aiuov  δρης, 
Strab. — 2.  son  of  Boreas  and  king  of 
Thrace,  Luc.  Salt.  57. 

ΑΙμοσάτης,  δ,  a  Saniian  stone  used 
in  burnishing  gold,  Diosc. 

Αΐιιηστΰγής,  ές,  =  αίματοσταγής, 
Eur.  Thes.  1. 

Α'ιμόστΰσις,  εως,  ή,  {αίμα,  ΐστ/ιμι) 
α  means  of  stopping  blood.  Gal.  :  also 
a  plant  used  as  a  styptic,  Diosc. 

^ Αιμοστατικός,  Tj,  ov,  {αίμα,  ϊστημι) 
stanching  blood. 

Α'ίμο6ό3ος,  ov,  {αίμα,  όοβέομαι) 
afraid  of  blood,  i.  e.  of  bleeding,  Gal. 

Αίμοφάρνκτος,  ov,  {αίμα,  φορύσσω) 
defiled  with  blood,  Od.  20,  348. 

Αιμόφυρτος,  ov,  =  αίματόφνρτοΓ, 
Polyb. 

Αίμοχαρής,  ές,^αΙματοχαρ7]ς,  Or. 
Sib. 

Α'ιμόγροος,  ov,  contr.  αίμόχρονς, 
ovv,  {αίμα,  χρόα)  blood-red. 

Αίμοχροώόης,  £f,=foreg.,  Hipp. 

Αίμόω,=αίματόω,  from  which  we 
have  Ion.  part.  pass,  αίμενμενα  in 
Hipp.  p.  1138  ;  and  Dind.  reads  ai- 
uovaa  for  αίμύσσουσα  in  Eur.  I.  T. 
226,  rejected  by  Herin.,  but  approved 
by  Wunder  in  his  review  of  Lobeck's 
Ajax,  p.  73. 

Α'ιμυλία,  ας,  ή,  {α'ιμύλος)  winning, 
wily  manners,  Plut.  Num.  8. 

Αίμύλιος,  ov,  flattering,  winning, 
wily,  esp.  of  words,  Od.  1,  56,  more 
usu.  αίμύλος. 

Αίμνλομ)}της,  ου,  ό,  {αίμνλος,  μη• 
τις)  of  winning  wiles,  Lat.  blande  de- 
cipiens,  H.  Hom.  Merc.  13,  where 
Ruhnk.  conj.  αίμνλόμυθος,  Ugen  al- 
σνλομήτης. 

Αίμϋλοτϊλόκος,  ov,  {αίμύλος,  πλέ• 


ΑΙΝΕ 

κω)  weaving  or  plotting  wiles,  Cratin. 

Incert.  39,  cf  δο'λυττλόκος. 

ΑΊμν7.ος,  η,  ov,  in  Anth.  also  ος,  ov, 
flattering,  wheedling,  winning,  tvily,  usu. 
of  words,  Hes.  Op.  372:  also  of  per- 
sons, in  superl.,Soph.Aj.  389,  and  Eur. 
Rhes.  498 ;  also  αίμνλαι  μτιχαναί, 
wily  arts,  Aesch.  Pr.  206.  (11  from 
αίμος,  the  strict  signf  is  sharp,  acute, 
subtle:  the  Lat.  Aemilius  prob.  comes 
from  the  same  root.) 

Αίμνλόφρων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  {αίμύ- 
λος, φρ>/ν)  wily-minded,  Cia.tm.  Incert. 
39. 

Αίμωδέω,  ώ,  -ησω,  to  be  αίμώδης. 
— 2.  {αίμος,  οδούς)  in  Hipp,  to  have  the 
teeth  on  edge. 

Αίμώδης,  ες,  {αίμα,  είδος)  bloody, 
bloodshot,  scorbutic,  Diosc. 

Αιμωδία,  ας,  ή,  {αίμωδέω  2)  a  hav- 
ing the  teeth  on  edge,  Hipp. 
Αΐμωδιασμός,  ov,  o,=foreg. 
Αίμωδιάω,  ω,  =  αίμωδέω  2,  Arist. 
Probl. :  metaph.  of  one  whose  mouth 
waters  at  the  sight  of  dainties.  Ti- 
med. Epichaer.  1. — II.  trans,  αίμ. 
τονς  οδόντας,  to  set  the  teeth  on  edge, 
Hipp. 

Αίμων,  όνος,  ό,^=δαίμων,  δαήμων, 
knowing  skilful,  II.  5,  49. — Π.  {αίμα) 
bloody,  Aesch.  Supp.  847,  Eur.  I.  A. 
1514,  Hec.  90,  though  here  as  in  II. 
Herm.  1.  c.  takes  it  to  mean  eager, 
from  αίσσω. 

■\Αϊμων,  όνος,  δ,  Haemon,  a  hero 
from  Pylos,  II.  4,  296.-2.  son  of 
Creon  king  of  Thebes,  lover  of  An- 
tigone, Soph.  Ant. — 3.  son  of  Pelas- 
gus,  an  ancient  king  of  Thessaly, 
from  whom  the  country  was  called 
Haemonia,  Strab. — 1.  a  rivulet  in 
Boeotia  falling  into  the  Cephisus, 
Plut.  Thes.  27. 
Αίμωπός,  όν ,=α1ματωπός,  Anth. 
Αινάρέτης,  ov,  ο,  {αίνος,  αρετή) 
terribly  brave,  II.  16,  31. 

fAivapia,  ας,  ή,  Aenaria,  an  island 
off  the  coast  of  Campania,  now  Is- 
chia,  Plut.  Mar.  37. 

ίΑίνεύδης,  ov,  ό,  son  or  descendant 
of  Aeneas,  oi  Αΐνεάδαι,  the  Romans, 
Anth.  [a]  ^ 

•\Αΐνέας,  ov,  ό,  poet,  for  Αινείας, 
Soph.  Fr.  342. — 2.  Aeneas,  a  Theban 
or  Stymphalian,  Pind,  O.  6,  150.— 2. 
a  Corinthian  leader,  Thuc.  4,  119. 

^Αινεία,  ας,  ή,  Aenea,  a  Macedonian 
city  on  the  Thermaic  gulf,  Hdt.  7, 
123.— 2.  a  city  of  Troas,  Strab. 

Αινείας,  ου,  ό,  Aeneas,  son  of  An- 
chises  and  Venus,  a  Trojan  chieftain, 
Ep.  gen.  Αΐνείάο,  but  in  II.  5,  534, 
Αίνείω. — 2.  a  Stymphalian  captain 
in  the  army  of  Cyrus  the  younger, 
Xen.  An.  4,  7,  13.  —3.  ό  Τακτικός, 
a  writer  on  military  tactics,  Polyb. 
10,  44,  1. 

ί.Κίνειώνη,  ης,  ή,  female  descendant 
of  Aeneas. 

ίΑίνεσίδημος,  ov,  ό,  Aenesidemus,  a 
sceptical  philosopher,  Diog.  L. 

ΑΙνεσίΓ,  εως,  ή,  {αίνέω)  a  praising, 
praise,  Ν."  Τ.  Hebr.  13,  15. 

Αίνετής,  ού,  ό,  one  that  praises, 
Hipp. 

Αίνετός,  ή,  όν,  verb,  adj .  from  αί- 
νέω, praised,  praiseicoTthy,  Anth. 

^Αίνεύς,  έως,  ό,  Aeneus,  son  of 
Apollo  and  Stilbe,  Orph. 

Αίνέω,  ώ,  f.  -έσω  Ep.  -ήσω,  (Pind. 
has  both  forms)  :  aor.  ?)νεσα :  ^erf 
pass,  τινημαι  :  aor.  pass,  γνεϋην, 
strictly  to  tell  or  speak  of  {cf.' aJvoc), 
but  in  this  signification  first  in  Aesch. 
Ag.  98,  1482,  Soph.  Phil.  1380.— II. 
in  Hom.  and  usu.  to  speak  in  praise  of, 
praise,  approve,  c.  acc.  : — cf  Lat.  laud- 
are. — 2.  to  allow,  recommend,   Od.   16, 


AINI 
380,  403  :  c.  inf  to  recommend  to  do  a 
thing,  Aesch.  Cho.  555,  επαινώ  is  so 
used  581  ;  also  c.  part.,  αίνείν  ιόντα, 
to  commend  one's  going.  Id.  Pers.  642. 
— 3.  like  ΰγακάν,  to  be  content  with,  ac- 
quiescein,  Pind.N.  1,  112,  Aesch.  Eum. 
469,  cf  Monk  Alcest.  2. — 4.  to  decline 
courteously,  Hes.  Op.  611,  i.  e.  to  praise 
or  recommend  to  Others,  like  Lat.  laud- 
are  in  Virg.  G.  2,  412. — III.  to  promise 
or  vow,  Tivi  Ti  or  τινί  ποιεΖν,  Soph. 
Phil.  1398,  and  Eur.— The  word  is 
rare  in  prose  :  Hdt.  has  it,  but  in 
Att.  only  Plat.  Rep.  404  D,  Legg.  952 
C,  έτταινέω  being  used  instead. 

Αΐνη,  ης,  ή,τ=αίνος,  praise,  fame, 
Hdt.  3,  74;  8,  112. 

tAii'//iOf,  01',  ό,  son  or  descendant  of 
Aeneus,  Ap.  Rh.  1,  948. — 2.  an  appeli. 
of  Jupiter,  derived  from  Mt.  Aenos 
in  Cephallenia,  Hes.  Fr.  2 1. 

Αινημι,  Aeol.  and  Ep.  for  αίνέω, 
Hes.  Op.  681  :  also  ίπαίνημι,  Simon. 
139. 

'\Αίνησίας,  ου,  6,  Aenesias,  a  Spar- 
tan ephor,  Thuc.  2,  2. 

■\Αίνησίδημος,  ov,  6,  {αίνέω,  δήμος) 
Aenesidemus,  father  of  Theron  of 
Agrigentum,  Pind.  O.  2,  83,  Hdt. 
\Αινήσιος,  ov,  ό,  Aenesian,  appeli. 
of  Jupiter,  from  Mt.  Aenos,  Strab. 
cf  Αίνήϊος. 

}Αίνησίπαστα,  ης,  ή,  Aenesipasta,  an 
island  near  Marmorica,  Strab. 
^Αίνήτη,  ης,  ή,  Aenete,  wife  of  Ae- 
neus, Ap.  Rh.  1,  950. 

Αίνητός,  η,  όν,  poet,  for  αίνετός, 
Pind.  Ν.  8,  66.— Pr.  η.  Aenetus. 
■\Αίνία,  ας,  ή,  Aenia,  a  city  in  Thes- 
saly, Slrab.  Hence  Αίνιάν,  άνος,  δ, 
an  Aenean,  Soph.  El.  706,  Αίνιανικός, 
Thuc. 

tAi'i'iiii'ef,  ων,  οι,  the  Aenianes,  a 
Grecian  tribe  dwelling  around  Mt. 
Ossa,  II.  2, 749 :  in  Hdt.  7, 198,  in  south- 
ern Thessaly  on  the  Sperchius  ;  v. 
Αίνία. 
fAivιύτης,  ov,  6,  fem.  Αίνιάτις, 
ιδος,  ή,  inhabitant  of  Aenus. 

Αίνιγμα,  ατός,  τό,  {αίνίσσομαι)  a 
dark  saying,  riddle,  Aesch.  Pr.  610, 
etc. :  oft.  in  plur.,  as  διά  or  έξ  αίνιγ 
μάτων,  in  riddles,  darkly,  also  έν  al- 
νίγμασιν  :  αίνιγμα  /,ύειν,  είφίσκειν, 
etc.,  to  guess  a  riddle. — II.  a  taunt, 
Aristaen.     Hence 

Αίνιγματίας,  ov,  .6,  ^αίνιγματισ- 
τής,  Diod. 

Αίνιγμΰτίζομαι,ί.-ίσομαι, dep.  mid. 
to  speak  in  riddles. 

Αινιγματικός,  ή,  όν,=αίνικτήριος. 
Adv.  -κώς. 

Αίνιγμύ,τιστής,  οΰ,  ό,  one  %vko 
speaks  riddles,  LXX. 

Αίνιγμΰτώδης,  ες,  {αίνιγμα,  είδος) 
like  a  riddle,  riddling,  dark.  Plat.  Adv. 
-δως,  Diod. 

Αίνιγμός,  οϋ,  ό.  a  speaking  in  rid- 
dles :  usu.  in  plur.  like  αίνιγμα,  e.  g. 
δι'  αίνιγμών,  Ar.  Ran.  61. 

Αινίζομαι,  dep.  νη\ά.=αίνέω,  Π.  13, 
374,  Od.  8,  487  :  in  Anth.  also  αίνίζω. 

Αίνικτήρ,  ηρος,  and  αίνικτής,  ov,  ό, 
one  who  speaks  darkly,  aiv.  θεσφάτων. 
Soph.  Fr.  707. 

Αΐνικτηριος,  ov,  riddling.  Adv. 
-ίω^,  ridxllingly,  enigmatically,  Aesch. 
Pr.  949. 

Αίνίκτης,  ov,  δ, ^αίνικτήρ,  of  He- 
raclitus,  Timon  ap.  Diog.  L.  9,  6. 

Αίνικτός,  ί],  όν,  expressed  in  riddles, 

riddling.  Soph.  O.  T.  439. 

fAΐvιoς,  ov,  ό,  Aenius,  masc.  pr.  n. 

II.  21,  210.-2.  a  river  in  Troas,  Strab. 

\ Αίνίττπη,    ης,    η,    {αίνος,    ίππος) 

Aenippc,  mother  of  Busiris,  Plut. 

Αίνίσσομαι,    Att.     αίνίττομαι,    f. 
-ίξομαι,   dep.   mid.   {αίνος)   to   speak 
39 


ΑΙΝΟ 

darhly  Or  in  riddles,  Soph.  Aj.  1158, 
ίΰεα  ah•.,  to  speak  riddling  words,  Hdt. 
5,  56  :  to  hint  at,  ττρύς  τι,  At.  Αν.  970  ; 
to  hint  a  thing,  give  to  imderstand,  Plat. 
— IL  also  as  pass.,  to  be  spoken  rid- 
dlingly,  to  be  wrapt  up  m  riddles,  but 
hardly  except  in  aor.  ΐρίχθην,  perf. 
ννιγμαι,  Theogn.  681,'  Ar.  Eq.  196, 
Plat.  Gorg.  495  Β . 

Αίνο3ύκχεντος,  ov,  (αίνος,  Βα/c- 
'][EVij)  furiously  Jiacchic,  Lyc. 

'\Αΐνο3αρβος,  ov,  6,  the  Lat.  Ahen- 
obarbus,  Strab. 

Aivo'jiag,  Ion.  αίνοβίης,  ου,  6, 
(αίνος,  βία)  dreadfully  strong,  Aiith. 

Αινογΰμος,  ov,  (αίνος,  γαμεω) 
fatally  wedded,  Eur.  liel.  1120. 

Αίνογένειος,  ov,  (αίνος,  γένειον) 
with  dreadful  jaws,  Call. 

Αίνογίγας,  αντος,  ό,  (αίνος,  γίγας) 
α  terrible  giant,  Nonil.  Dion.  4,  417. 

Αίνοδρυφής,  ές,  (αίνος  ομύπτω) 
sadly  torn,  in  sign  of  mourning,  Epich. 
p.  113. 

Αίνόθεν,Άά\.  from  αίνός=εϊ  αίνου, 
but  only  found  in  the  phrase  αίνόθεν 
αίνώς,  from  horror  to  horror,  right  hor- 
ribly, II.  7,  97  :  cf.  οίόθεν. 

Αίνόθρυπτος,  ov,  (αίνος,  θρύπτο- 
μαι)  sadly  enervated,  remlered  saucy  by 
delicate  living,  of  a  domestic,  Theocr. 
15,  27,  ubi  Wiistem.  οίνόθρυπτος. 

Αίνο'λαμπής,  ές,  (αίνος,  λάμπω) 
horrid-gleaming,  Aesch.  Ag.  389. 

Αίνολεκτρος,  ov,  (αίνος  λέκτρον) 
fatally  wedded,  Aesch.  Ag.  713. — II. 
with  a  frightful  bed,  of  the  cave  of 
Echidna,  Lyc. 

Αίνολέτ)/ς,  ου,  ό,  (αίνος,  ϋλ?Λ'μι) 
α  dire  destroyer,  Orph. 

Αίνολεχής,ές,(αίνός,λέχος)=αίνό- 
λεκτρος,  Orph. 

Αίνολέων,  οντος,  6,  (αίνος,  λέων) 
α  dreadful  lion,  Theocr.  25,  108. 

Αίνόλίνος,  ov,  (αίνος,  λίνον)  unfor- 
tunate  in  life's  thread,  in  allusion  to 
the  Parcae,  Anth. 

Αίνόλνκος,  ου,  ό,  (αίνος,  λύκος)  α 
horrible  wolf,  Anth. 

Αίνομ&νής,  ές,  (αίνος,  μαίνομαι) 
raving  horribly,  Nonn.  Dion.  20,  152. 

Αίνόμορος,  ov,  (αίνος,  μορος)  doom- 
ed to  a  sad  end,  Od.  9,  53  :  come  to  a 
dreadful  end,  Aesch.  Theb.  904. 

Αίνοπάθής,  ές,  (αίνος,  παθείν)  suf- 
fering dire  ills,  Od.  18,  201. 

Αίνότταρις,  ι,δυς,  ό,  (αίνος,  ΐΐάρις) 
like  Αύςτταρις,  unlucky  Paris,  Paris 
the  author  of  ill,  Alcm.  50. 

Αίνοπάτήρ,  έρος,  ό,  (αίνος,  πατήρ) 
■unhappy  father,  Aesch.  Cho.  315. 

Αινοπέλωρος,  ov,  (αίνος,  πέλωρ) 
fearfully  portentous,  0pp. 

Αίνοπλήξ,  ήχος,  ό,ή,  (αίνος,  πλησ- 
cui)  ivith  dire  sting,  Nic. 

Αίνόπο-μος,  ον,  =  αίνόμορος,  Orph. 

ΑΓΝΟΣ,  ου,  ό,  a  tale,  story,  else- 
where μύθος,  Od.  14,  508,  αίνείν 
alvov,  to  tell  a  tale,  Aesch.  Ag.  1482, 
Soph.  Phil.  1380  :  hence  a  fable,  like 
Aesop's,  lies.  Op.  200  :  in  gen.  a  say- 
ing,  proverb,  Eur.  Melan.  23. — II.  that 
which  is  said  to  one's  praise,  praise,  II. 
23,  652,  Od.  21,  110,  freq.  in  Pind. 
An  old  poet,  word,  also  used  by  Hdt. 
7,  107:  (cf  Buttm.  Le.xil.  p.  59,  who 
compares  Lat.  aio,  αίσα,  hat.  fatum.) 

Αίνος,  ij,  ov,  Ep.  word=c5e(i'of, 
used  also  by  Pind.  and  now  and  then 
by  Trag.,  prob.  from  al,  ah  !  or  perh. 
akin  to  αίανής,  (but  v.  Buttm.  Lexil. 
p.  46)  :  dread,  dire,  fearful,  horrible, 
freq.  in  Horn.,  of  feelings,  as  άχος, 
χόλος,  τρόμος,  κύματος,  Ιηζνς :  of 
states  and  actions,  as  όηίότης,  πό/Ίε- 
μος,  μόρος,  etc  :  of  persons,  dread, 
terrible,  esp.  of  Jupiter,  αΐνότατε  Kpo- 
40 


AIOA 

νίύη,  II.  4,  25,  etc.,  of  Minerva,  II.  8, 
423.  Adv.  -νώς,  terribly,  i.  e.  very  much, 
exceedingly,  Hom. :  also  with  an  adj., 
αίνύς  πικρός,  terribly  bitter,  Hdt.  4, 
52,  cf.  61 :  also  αίνύ  as  adv.,  freq.  in 
Hom. 

iAivoς,  ov,  ή,  Aenus,  a  city  of  Thrace 
at  the  mouth  of  the  Hebrus,  II.  4, 520. 
—2.  a  city  in  Aetolia,  Hdt.  4,  90.— 

3.  (5,  a  mountain  in  Cephallenia, 
with  a  temple  to  Jupiter  on  it,  Strab. 
—4.  a  Trojan,  Qu.  Sm.  11,  79. 

ΆίΐΌζ",  ov,  (a  priv.,  Ις)  without  ves- 
sels or  fibres,  Theophr. 

Αίνοτάλΰς,  ανος,  ό,  most  miserable, 
Antim.  ap.  A.  B.  1422. 

Αίνότης,  ΐ]τος,  ή,  (αίνος)  Ion.  and 
poet,  for  όεινότης. 

Αίνοτόκεια,  ας,  ή,  unhappy  in  being 
a  mother,  Mosch. :  pecul.  fem.  of 

Αίνοτόκος,  ov.  (αίνος,  τίκτω)  miser- 
able in  being  a  parent,  Anth. 

Αίνοτνραννος,  ov,  ό,  (αίνος,  τύραν- 
νος) a  dreadful  tyrant,  Anth.    [ii] 

ΑΙννμαί,  defect,  dep.,  used  only  in 
pros.,  and  inipf  without  augm.,  (αίρω, 
άρνυμαι)  to  take,  lay  hold  of,  grasp, 
pluck,  τι  από  τίνος,  II.  11,  580,  Od. 
21,  53  :  also  c.  gen.,  τυρών  αίννμενος, 
taking  of  the  cheeses,  helping  one's 
self  to  them,  Od.  9,  225 :  metaph., 
πόθος  αΐνυταί  με,  a  longing  seizes  me, 
Od.  14,  144,  Hes.  Sc.  41  :  also  to  en- 
joy, feed  on,  καρπόν,  Smion.  139.  Only 
poet. 

fAlvipa,  ων,  τύ,  Aenyra,  a  region 
in  the  island  of  Thasus,  Hdt.  6,  47. 

*  ΑΓΝϋ,  ace.  to  Graumi.,  the  root 
of  διαίνω. 

Α\"ΝΩ„=^πτίσσω,  to  sift,  to  winnow, 
Pherecr.  Incert.  18,  (ap.  Eust.  II. 
801,  56,  q.  V.)  hence  proverb,  μολ- 
γόν  αϊνειν,  of  any  impossibilities,  v. 
IBergk  Ar.  Fr.  (ap.  Mein.  Com.  Fr.  2, 
p.  988,  1066,  sq.),  Dmd.  Ar.  p.  504. 

ΑΙξ,  αίγας,  ό,  ή,  dat.  pi.  αίγεσιν, 
II.  10,486,  (from  άΐσσω,  and  so  strictly 
a  darter  or  springer),  a  goat,  in  Hom. 
usu.  ή  αΐξ,  though  he  also  has  ό,  Od. 
14,  106 :  αΐξ  άγρια  or  άγριος,  the 
chamois,  Hom. — 2.  the  constellation  so 
called,  Arat. — II.  a  water-bird,  Arist. 
H.  A. — III.  a  fiery  meteor,  Arist.  Me- 
teor.— IV.  αίγες,  high  waves,  Artemid. 

Άϊξ,  άίκος,  ή,  (άΐσσω)  =  άίκή,  ανέ- 
μων αικες,  Αρ.  Rh.  4,  820.  [ui/cof]. 
(Hence  πολυάϊξ,  κορυθύϊξ,  cf.  αίγίς, 
έπαιγίζω.) 

Άϊξασκε,  Ερ.  freq.  aor.  from  άΐσσω, 
II  23,  369. 

ίΑίζωνή,  ης,  and  ΑΙζωνηις,  ίδος,  η, 
Aexone  or  Acxoneis,  a  demus  of  the 
Attic  tribe  Cecropis:  hence  ΑΙξω- 
νεύς,α  resident  of  Aexone,'K.en.Yle\\.  2, 

4,  26  ;  famed  as  calumniators,  hence 
αίξωνεύς,  a  slanderer;  ή  αίξωνεία, 
calumny,  slander;  and  αίξωνενομαι,  to 
slander.  Adj.  Αίξωνικύς,  as  pecul. 
fem.  Αίξωνίς. 

■\Αίολύδ/ις,  ου,  ό,  Aeolades,  a  The- 
ban,  Thuc.  4,  91. 

Αίολύομαι,  dep.  mid.  (αΙό?Μς)  to 
shift  about,  be  restless,  Hipp. 

■[ΑίολεΙαι,  ων,  ai,  the  daughters  of 
Minyas,  Plut. 

]Αίολεύς,  έως,  6,  an  Aeolian,  Hdt., 
etc. 

ή-Αίοληίς,  ίδος,  contr,  Ato^yf,  ^δος, 
71,  pecul.  fem.  to  Αίολικός,'νίήά..  Ο. 
1,  104,  etc. 

+Αίολία,  Ion.  ίη  (νήσος),  ή,  Aeolia, 
the  "dwelling  place  of  Aeolus,  ruler 
of  the  winds,  Od.  10,  1. 

Αίολέω,  =  ποικί?ιλω.  Plat.  Crat. 
409  A  :  on  Ιό/.ητο,  v.  sub  voc. 

Αίολίας,  ov,  0,  a  speckled  fish,  Phi- 
lox.  ap.  Ath.  5  C. 

\Αίολίδης,  ου,  ό,  son  of  Aeolus,  Sisy- 


AIOA 

phus,  II.  6,  154;  Cretheus,  Od.  11, 
257  ;  descendant  of  Aeolus,  Glaucus, 
Pind.  O.  13,  94. 

Αίολίζω,  -ίσω,  =  αίόλλειν,  dub.  1. 
Soph.  Fr.  815. — II.  (Αίολενς)  to  imi- 
tate the  Aeolians,  αίολ.  τφ  μέλει,  Pra- 
tin.  ap.  Ath.  624  F  :  to  speak  Aeolian, 
Strab. — 2.   to  be  sly  as  an  Aeolian, 
Hierocl. 
^Αιολικός,  ή,  όν,  Aeolian,  Thuc. 
^Αίόλιος,  a,  ov,  Aeolian,  Plut. 
iAίoλίς,  ίόος,  ■>'/,  pecul.  fem.  to  Αίο- 
λικός,  Aeolian,  Κύμη,  Hes.  Op.  034, 
Find.,  Hdt.    As  subst.  Aeolis,  a  region 
in  Asia  Minor,  Thuc,  etc. — 2.  a  re- 
gion around  Calydon,  Thuc.  3,  102. 
— 3.  also  an  early  name  of  Thessaly, 
Hdt.  I,  176. 

Αίολιστί,  (Αίολίζω)  in  the  Acolic 
dialect,  Strab. 

'[Αίολίων,  ωνος,  ό,  son  of  Aeolus,  H. 
Hom.  Ap.  37. 

Αίόλλησις,  εως,  ή,  rapid  motion ; 
better  prob.  αίόλησις. 

Αίόλλω,  to  shift  rapidly  to  and  fro, 
Od.  20,  27 :  (for  Pind.  P.  4,  414,  v. 
sub  voc.  έό'λει). — II.  to  variegate,  Nic. 
Mid.  to  shift  colour,  Hes.  Sc.  399,  cf. 
δμφακες  αίόλλονται,  the  grapes  begin 
to  colour,  Lat.  variegantur,  Buttm.  Lex. 
p.  71,  sq. ;  cf  αίολάω,  αίό'λος. 

Αίο'λόβουλος,  ov,  (αίόλυς,  βον7άι) 
full  of  various  counsels,  wily,  0pp. 

Αίολοβρόντης,  ου,  δ,  (αίόλος,  βρον- 
τή) wietder  of  quivering  lightning,  epith. 
oi  Jupiter,  Pmd.  O.  9,  04. 

Αίολοδεικτί/ς,  ov,  ό,  or  αίο7.όδεικ- 
τος,  ov,  (αίόλος,  δείκννμι)  showing 
himself  in  various  forms,  epith.  of 
Phoebus,  ace.  to  Herm.  Orph.  Hymn. 
7,  12. 

Αίολόδειρος,  ov,  (αίόλος,  <5fip?/'> 
with  changeful  neck,  Ibyc.  13,  cf.  ποικ 
ι?Μδειρος. 

Αίολόδερμος,  oj',  (αίύ?Μς,  δέρμα) 
with  variegated  skin. 

Αίολόδωρος,  ov,  (αίόλος,  δώρον)  be- 
stowing various  gifts,  Epimeiiid.  ap. 
Schol.  Soph.  O.  C.  42. 

Αίολοθώρηξ,  ηκος,  ό,  (αίόλος,  θώ- 
ραξ)  with  glittering  mail,  or,  aec.  to 
Buttm.,  swift,  active  in  mail,  11.,  v. 
Lexil.  p.  66. 

κίολομήτης,  ου,  o,  =  sq.,  Hes.  Fr. 
28. 

Αίολόμητις,  ιος,  ό,  η,  (αίόλος,  μή- 
τις)  full  of  various  wiles,  like  αίολό- 
βουλος,  Hes.  Th.  511,  Aesch.  Suppl. 
1037. 

Αίολομίτρης,  ov,  δ,  (αίό?ι.ος,  μίτρα) 
with  variegated  girdle,  II.  5,  707  ;  acc. 
to  Buttm.,  with  moveable  girdle,  or 
moving  freely  in  the  girdle,  cf.  αίο?.0- 
θώρηξ.  —  Π.  with  variegated  turban, 
Theocr.  17,  19. 

Αίολόμορφος,  ov,  (αΐόλος.  μορφί/) 
of  changeful  form,  Orph. 

Αίολονωτος,  ov,  (αίόλος,  νώτον) 
with  speckled  back,  0pp. 

Αίολόπεπλος,  ov,  (αίόλος,  πέπλος) 
with  spangled  robe,  Nonn. 

Αίο?ιοπτέρυγος,  ov,  or  αίο?.οπτέ- 
ρνί,  (αίό'λος,  πτέρυξ)  quick-fluttering, 
Tclest.  ap.  Ath.  617  A. 

Αίολόπω'λος,  ov,  (αίόλος,  πώλος) 
turning  or  managing  steeds,  ll.  3,  ]b5  : 
acc.  to  others  with  dappled  or  swift 
steeds. 

Αίόλος,  Τ],  ov,  easily  turning,  quickly 
moving,  and  so  nimble,  πόδας  αίόλος 
ίππος,  II.  19,  404 ;  αίόλαι  εν/Μί, 
wriggling  vorrns,  II.  22,  509  ;  so  too, 
σώί/κες  μέσον  αίόλοι,  II.  12,  167,  αι. 
οίστρος,  Od.  22,  300 :  lastly  in  Hom. 
as  freq.  epith.  οίτενχεα,  σάκος,  where 
most  interpret  it  in   signf   11.,  but 

Buttm.    Lexil.    in   voc,    to    be    easily 

wielded,    manageable;    Aesch    Theb. 


ΑΙΠΟ 

494,  calls  rolling  smoke  αΐόλη  πυρός 
κάσις:  at.  ττορεία,  a  quick  journey, 
Ar.  Thesm.  1054 ;  cf.  αϊ-  χορεία,  Id. 
Ran.  248. — II.  changeful  of  hue,  glister- 
ing, glancing,  sheeny  (like  shot  silk), 
■δράκων,  Soph.  Tr.  12,  κνώδων,  lb. 
Aj.  1025,  νύζ,  spangled  night.  Id.  Tr. 
94,  cf.  αΙο7ώχρως :  hence  variegated, 
speckled,  kvuv,  Callim.,  etc. ;  also 
αίύ'λα  σύρξ,  discoloured  Irom  disease. 
Soph.  Phil.  1 157 :  hence— III.  metaph. 
1.  changeful,  shifting,  varied,  aioK 
άνθρώττων  κακά,  Aesch.  Suppl.  327  ; 
also  of  sounds,  ίάχη,  Eur.  Ion  499  : 
αίόλοι  ήμέραί,  changeable  days,  Arist. 
Probl.  20,  (the  only  place  it  is  known 
to  occur  in  Att.  prose,  or  to  have  the 
fem.  in  ος). — 2.  subtle,  ivily,  slippery, 
■φενόος,  Pind.  N.  8,  43,  μηχάνημα, 
Poet.  ap.  Plut.  2,  16  D :  ct.  ποικίλος, 
which  is  used  in  all  these  signfs. 
— B.  as  prop.  n.  proparox.  Αίολος,  ου, 
ό,  the  god  of  the  winds,  strictly  the 
Changeable,  Od.  10,  2.-2  son  of  Hel- 
len,  king  of  Thessaly,  and  founder  of 
the  Aeolian  branch  of  the  Grecian 
race,  Pind.  P.  4, 191.  (Ace.  to  Buttm. 
from  ΰω,  ύημι,  and  so  strictly  moving 
with  the  wind,  fluttering.)  [in  Od.  10, 
36,  60,  Αΐύλος  with  the  short  vowel 
in  the  thesis  lengthened  by  reason 
of  the  succeeding  liquid  ;  Spitzner, 
Greek  Pros.  ()  12,  3.] 

ΑΜ,όστομος,  ov,  {αίό2.ος,  στόμα) 
speaking  things  of  various  import,  rid- 
dling, of  an  oracle,  Aesch.  Pr.  G61. 

Αίολόφν?Μς,  ov,  {αίόλος,  φνλον)  of 
divers  kinds,  0pp.  H.  1,  617. 

Αίο/.όόωνος,  ov,  {αίόλος,  ^ωνή) 
with  changeful  n-otes,  of  the  nightin- 
gale, 0pp.  H.  1,  728. 

Αίο/ιοχαίτης,  ου,  ό,  {αίό?.ος,  χαίτη) 
with  wavy  hair. 

Αίολόχρως,  οτος,  ό,  {αω?.ος,  χρόα) 
spangled,  νύξ,  Eur.  Pirith.  ir.  2, 
Grit.  15,  4. 

Αίονάω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  moisten,  foment, 
Hipp.,  V.  Piers.  Moer.  73.     Hence 

Αΐήνηαα,  aror,  τό,  a  fomentation, 
Dio  C.  55,  17  ;  and 

Αΐόνησις,  εως,  ή,  a  fomenting,  Hipp. 
tAi ΰάλίοζ•,  ου,  ό,  Aepalius,  a  king  of 
Doris,  Strab. 

fAίπύσιov,  ov,  τό,  (πέόιον)  Aepas- 
ium,  the  Aepasian  plain,  Strab. 

fAlrrειa,  ας,  ή,  Aepea,  a  city  of  Mes- 
senia,  afterwards  Thuria,  according 
to  Strabo,  but  according  to  Pausa- 
iiias,  Corone. — 2.  a  city  in  the  island 
of  Cyprus,  later  Soli.  Plut.  Sol.  26. 

Αίπεινός,  ή,  όν,  {αίπύς)  high,  lofty, 
high  seated,  in  Horn.  usu.  of  cities  on 
heights  :  of  mountain  tops,  II.  2,  869, 
Od.  6,  123 :  metaph.  lofty,  high-flown, 
.or  (ace.  to  Dissen)  rash,  λόγοι,  Pind. 
N.  5,  59. — 2.  steep,  hard  to  climb,  diffi- 
cult of  ascent,  Eur.  Ion  739 :  hard  to 
win  or  reach,  Pind.  O.  9,  161. 

iAιπεp,  Dor.  foret-tp,  Theocr.8,37. 

Αίπήεις,  εσσα,  εν,  poet,  for  αίπει- 
νός,  II.  21,  87.      ^ 

+Αί— ίοΐ',  ov,  τό,  Aepium.  a  city  of 
Elis,  Polyb.  4,  77,9.^ 

iAίπoκa,  Dor.  for  ε'ιποτε. 

ΑίτΓολέο),  ώ,{.-ήσθ),  (ηί—ολος)  to  be  a 
gu'ithrd,  to  pasture  goats,  Theocr.  8, 
85;  αιπ.  ταΐς  α'ιξίν,  Lys.  Fr.  13.  Pass. 
to  feed  as  herds  do,  Aesch.  Eum.  196. 

Α'ιπολικός,  η,  όν,  (αίπόλος)  of  or 
belonging  to  goatherds,  Mel.  27. 

Αίπόλιον,  ην,  τό,  a  herd  of  goats, 
αΐπΰλια  αιγών,  II.  2,  471;  also  in 
Hdt.  1,  126. — II.  a  goat-pasture,  Anth. 

Αΐπόλος,  ου,  ό,  for  αίγοπόλος,  like 
μονσοτϊόλος  (αιξ,  πολέω)  pasturing 
goats,  αίπ.  άνδρες,  II.  2,  474  ;  4,  275 ; 
ό  αιπόλοΓ,  α  goatherd,  ηΐπόλος  αιγών, 
,ΟιΙ.  17,  247 ;  freq.  in  Theocr. 


ΑΙΡΕ 

ΑΙπος,  εος,  τό,  α  height,  α  steep,  α 
hill,  Aesch.  Ag.  285,  etc  :  προς  αίπος 
Ίέναι,  όδοιπορείν,  to  toil  up  hill,  Hipp., 
hence  metaph.,  Eur.  Ale.  500. 

Αίπός,  ή,  όν,  Ep.  for  ηίπύς,  high, 
lofty,  usu.  of  cities,  11.  13.  G25 :  also 
αίπά  βέεθρα,  streams  falling  sheer 
down,  II.  8,  369  ;  21,  9. 
tAi-υ,  εος,  τό,  Aepy,  a  city  of  Elis, 
II.  2,  592. 

Αίπύδμητος,  ov,  {α'ιπύς,  δίμω)  high- 
built,  λ'οηη.  Dion.  4,  13.  ^ 

Αίπνδο?Μτής,  οϋ,  ό,  {α'ιπύς,  δο/.όω) 
an  arch  knave,  Timon  ap.  Se.xt.  Emp. 

Αί-ύκερως,  ων,  gen.  ω,  {αίπύς,  κέ- 
ρας) high-horned. 

Αίπν'λοφος,  ov,  (αίπνς,  λόψος)  high- 
crested,  Nonn.  Dion.  26,  158. 

ΑΙπυμήτης,  ov,  ό,  {αίπνς,  μητις) 
ivith  high  tho^ights  or  aims,  aspiring, 
Aesch.  Pr.  18.  ^ 

Αίπννωτος,  ov,  {αίπνς,  νώτον)  high- 
backed,  on  a  high  mountain-ridge,  Aesch. 
Pr.  830. 

ΑΓΠΎ'Σ,  εΖα,  ν,  high  and  steep, 
lofty,  in  Hom.  esp.  of  cities  on  steep 
rocks:  in  Soph.  Aj.  815  also  aίπ^Jς 
ουρανός :  ιΒρόχος  αίττύς,  a  noose  hang- 
ing straight  down,  Od.  11,  278. — 2. 
headlong,  sudden,  of  that  into  which 
one  fails  headlong,  and  cannot  es- 
cape, όλεθρος,  freq'  in  Hom. ;  so  φό- 
νος, Od.,  θάνατος,  Pind. :  also  of  pas- 
sions, αίπυς  χόλος,  towering  u-rath, 
II.  15,  223  ;  δόλος,  Η.  Hom.  and  Hes. 
— 3.  toilsome,  difficult,  painful,  πόνος, 
II.  11,  601  ;  αίπν  οί  εσσειται,  it  will  be 
hard  work  for  him,  II.  13,  317.— 4.  deep, 
σκότος  αίπνς,  Pind.  Fr.  Inc.  46 ;  ai. 
σοφίη,  Anth. ;  αίπεΐα  Ιωί/,  a  hollow 
sound,  Hes.  Th.  682. 

iAlπύτιoς,  η,  ov,  ofAepytus,  τύμβος, 
II.  2,  604. 

■\Αΐπϋτος,  ου,  ό,  Aepytus,  son  of 
Elatus  and  king  of  Phaesana,  Pind. 
0.  6,  60. — 2.  son  of  Cresphoutes  and 
Merope,  and  king  of  Messeuia. — 3. 
son  of  Neleus,  and  founder  of  Priene, 
Strab. 

Alpa,  ας,  η,  a  hammer,  αιράων  έρ- 
γον, smith's  work.  Call.  Fr.  120. — II.  a 
weed,  in  wheat,  darnel,  Lat.  lolium, 
Ar.  Fr.  364. 

Αίρεσιαρχέω,  ώ,  to  be  an  αίρεσιάρ- 
χης,  Eccl. 

Α'ιρεσιάρχης,  ου,  6,  Gal.,  and 

Αίρεσίαρχος,  ου,  ό,  {αϊρεσις,  άρχω) 
the  leader  of  a  sect,  Eccl. 

Αίρέσιμος,  ov,  {αίρέω)  that  can  be 
taken,  Xen.  Cyr.  5,  2,  2. 

ΑΊρεσιομάχος,  ov,  {αίρεσις,  μάχο- 
μαι) fighting  for  a  sect,  Philo. 

ΑΙρεσις,  εως,  ή,  {αίρέω)  a  taking, 
conquering,  esp.  of  a  town,  Hdt.  4,  1, 
Thuc.  2,  75,  etc.  ;  ή  βασι?ιέος  αϊρ., 
the  capture  by  the  king,  Hdt.  9,  3. — B. 
{αίρέομαι)  a  taking  for  one's  self, 
choosing,  choice,  αϊρεσίν  τινι  διδόναι, 
to  give  one  the  choice,  Hdt.  1, 1 1,  c.  inf.,  or 
c. ε/.., etc.,  Hdt..  etc.,  also  προτιθέναι, 
προβάλλειν.  Plat.  :  αΐρεσιν  λαμβά- 
νειν, to  have  the  choice  given,  Dem.  etc., 
— 2.  choice  or  election  of  magistrates, 
Thuc.  8,  89. — 3.  a  striving  after,  alp. 
δυνάμεως,  Lat.  affectatio  i/nperii.  Plat. 
Gorg.  513  A  :  attachment,  inclination, 
προς  Ttva,  Dem.,  hence  choice,  pre- 
ference,=προαίρεσις,  freq.  in  Polyb. 
— II.  the  thing  chosen,  and  so  a  plan, 
purpose :  a  course  of  action  or  thought. 
Plat.  Phaedr.  256  C. :  later,  a  philo- 
sophic principle  or  set  of  principles,  a 
sect,  school,  Dion.  H. ;  alp.  Ύ.λληνικη, 
study  of  Greek  literature,  Polyb.  and 
in  Eccl.  a  heresy. — 2.  a  chosen  body, 
conunittee.  Plat.  Ax.  367  A. — 3.  a  pro- 
posed condition,  Dion.  H. 

Αίρεσιτείχης,  ου,  ό,  {αΐρεσις,  τεΐ- 


ΑΙΡΕ 

χος)  taker  of  cities,  name  of  a  play  of 
Diphilus. 

Α'ιρεσιώτης,  ov,  ό,  fem.  α'ιρεσιώτις, 
ιδος,  {αϊρεσις)  a  heretic,  Eccl. 

Α'ιρετέον,  verb.  adj.  one  must  take, 
choose,  Plat. — 11.  αίρετέος,  a,  ov,  to 
be  taken,  desirable,  Xen.  Mem.  1,  1,  7, 
and  Plat. 

Αίρέτης,  ου,  ό,  fem.  αίρέτις,  ιδος, 
LXX.,  one  who  chooses. 

Αίρετίζω,  f.  -ίσω=  αίρέω,  to  c'noose, 
select,  Hipp. — II.  to  belong  to  a  sect, 
Eccl.     Hence 

Αιρετικός,  η,  όν,  {αίρέω)  able  to 
choose.  Plat.  Def  412  A  :  able  to  un- 
derstand, Arist.  Magn.  Mor. — 2.  caus- 
ing  heresies,  heretical,  N.  T.  Tit.  3,  10. 
— 3.  conditional.  Adv.  —κώς,  Diog.  L. 
f  Αίρέτις,  ιδος,  ή,  v.  sub   αίρέτης. 

Αίρετιστής,  οϋ,  ό,  {αίρετίζω)  one 
who  joins  a  party,  Diog.  L.  9,  6. 

Αιρετός,  ?},  όν,  verb.  adj.  from 
αίρέω,  that  7nay  be  taken  or  conquered, 
Hdt.  4,  201  ;  to  be  grasped  by  the 
mind,  to  be  widerstood.  Plat.  Phaed. 
81  B. — II.  {αίρέομαι)  to  be  chosen,  pre- 
ferable, desirable,  Hdt.,  etc. — 2.  chosen, 
elected,  δικασταί.  Plat.,  elective;  oi 
αιρετοί,  those  elected  for  the  purpose, 
the  deputation,  Xen.  An.  1,  3,  21 ; 
αιρετή  αρχή,  an  office  that  goes  by 
election,  freq.  in  Att.     Adv.  -τώς. 

ΑΊΡΕ'ί2,  fut.  αίρήσω  (in  late 
poets  also  έ?.ώ) :  pf.  ί)ρηκα,  Thuc.  1, 
103,  Ion.  άραίρηκα,  Hdt.  5,  102,  pass. 
άραίρημαι,  Id.  4,  66  :  aor.  pass,  γρέ- 
θην :  iut.  pass,  αίρεθήσομαι ;  1  aor. 
act.  only  in  late  wr.  τήρησα,  mid. 
■ί/ρησάμην,  {έξιφ.)  Ar.  Thesm.  761  • 
and  from  the  root  ♦ΈΑ12,  aor.  2 
είλον,  inf.  έλεϊν:  mid.  είλόμιρ,ΐίοιη., 
late  είλάμην,  Simon.  10,  9,  v.  Lob. 
Phryn.  183. 

A.  Act.  to  take  with  the  hand,  grasp, 
seize,  aip.  Ti  kv  χερσίν,  μετά  χερσίν, 
to  take  a  thing  in  hand,  Hom.  ;  aip. 
Tivu  χειρός,  to  take  one  by  the  hand. 
Id :  also  aip.  χερσί  δόρυ,  etc..  Id. ; 
the  part,  έ'λών  is  sometimes  used  as 
adv.,  like  λαβών,  by  force,  Soph.  Ant. 
497. — 2.  to  take  away,  η  ΰπό  τίνος, 
Hom. ;  but  also  τινά  τι,  like  ΰφαι- 
ρείσθαι,  II.  16,  805. — II.  to  take  or  get 
into  one's  power,  conquer,  πό/ιΐν,  ναύς, 
χωρίον,  etc.,  Hom.  and  Att.  ;  to  over- 
power, τινά,  Simon.  36  :  to  kill,  freq. 
in  Hom. :  freq.  of  passions,  etc.,  to 
come  upon,  seize,  as  χό?.ος,  θάμβος, 
δέος,  'ίμερος,  οίκτος,  έρως,  νπνος, 
λήθη  αίρει  με,  Horn.,  and  Att.  jioets. 
— 2.  to  catch,  take,  esp.  ζωόν  έλεΙν, 
II.  ;  to  take  in  hunting,  Hom. ;  also  to 
catch,  win,  seduce,  entrap.  Soph.  O.  C. 
764,  etc.  ;  and  c.  part,  to  catch  or  de- 
tect one  doing  a  thing.  Soph.  Ant.  385, 
655  ;  έτΐ'  αύτοώώρω  έλεΐι»,  to  catch  in 
the  very  act,  Eur.  Ion  1214. — 3.  in  gen. 
to  win,  gain,  κύδος,  II.  17,  321,  στε- 
φάνους, ύθλα,  ενχος,  Pind.,  etc.  ;  esp. 
of  the  public  games,  Ίσθμια  έλεΙν, 
etc. ;  hence  ό  άγων  f/ρέθη,  the  game 
ivas  won,  Soph.  O.C.  1148.— 4.  as  Att. 
law  term,  to  convict  a  person  of  a 
thing,  τινά  τίνος,  Ar.  Xub.  591  ;  also 
c.  part,  αίρείν  τίνα  κλέπτοντα,  to 
convict  of  theft,  Ar.  Eq.  829  ;  also  with 
a  subst.,  ίιρήσθαι  κλοπενς.  Soph. 
Ant.  493  :  αίρείν  δίκην  or  γραόήν,  to 
get  a  verdict  for  conviction,  freq.  in 
Oratt. ;  but  also,  δίκην  έλεΙν  τίνα,  to 
convict  one  on  trial,  Isae.  64,  19  ;  έλεΐν 
Tfi  διημαρτνρηθέντα,  to  convict  the 
evidence  of  falsehood,  Isocr.  374  Β  ; 
also  simply  έ?^εϊν,  to  get  a  conviction. 
Plat.  Legg.  762  B,  etc.  Hence— 5. 
ό  λύγος  αίρέει,  Lat.  ratio  evincit,  rea- 
son, the  reason  of  the  thing,  proves, 
Hdt.  2,  33  ;  also  c.  ace.  pers.,  reason 
41 


ΑΙΡΩ 

pcrmades  one,  Id.  1,  132;  7,  41,  also 
in  Plat. :  so  too  ώς  έμι/  γνώμ?!  α'φέει, 
Hdt.  2,  43. — III.  to  grasp  with  the  inind, 
take  in,  understand.  Plat,  and  Xen. 

B.  Mid.  αίρέομαι,  to  take  for  one's 
self.  Hence  τόξα,  δόρν  έλέσθαι,  to 
take  one's  bow,  one's  spear,  Hoin. :  δόρ- 
πον,  όείπνον,  to  take  one's  supper.  Id., 
and  so  on  in  most  signfs.  of  the  act., 
with  the  reflexive  force  added. — II. 
esp.  to  take  to  one's  sflf  choose,  II.  10, 
235,  Od.  16,  140  :  hence  to  take  in  pre- 
ference, prefer  one  thing  to  another, 
Ti  πρό  τίνος,  Hdt.,  τι  αντί  τίνος, 
Xen.,  but  also  τί  τίνος.  Soph.  Phil. 
1100 :  Τί  μάλλον  ?/  tc  or  μύλλόν  τί- 
νος, freq.  in  Att.  :  c.  inf.,  to  prefer  to 
do,  frtq.  in  Att.,  also  μάλλον  αίρείσ• 
θαι,  c.  inf.,  like  Cicero's  potius  malle, 
Plat.  Apol.  38  E,  etc. :  α'ιρΰσβαι  ti..., 
to  be  content  if...,  Mel.  14:  αίρείσθαι 
τύ  Τίνος  or  τινά,  to  take  another's  part, 
join  his  party,  Hdt.  1,  108^  etc.  :  alp. 
γνώμην,  to  adopt  an  opinion,  Hdt.  4, 
137. — 2.  to  choose  by  vote,  elect  to  an 
office,  αίρεϊσθαί  τίνα  άρχοντα,  etc., 
freq.  in  Att.,  also  a'tp.  τίνα  ετν'  αρχήν 
and  alp.  τίνα  άρχειν,  Plat.,  cf.  II.  2, 
127 :  but  more  Ireq.  in  pass.  aor. 
ΐιρέθην,  and  pf.  ?}ρημαι,  to  be  chosen 
or  elected,  Hdt.  and  Att.  (from  same 
root  as  άγρα,  χειρ,  Engl,  grip,  αρ- 
πάζω, etc.,  Donalds.  N.  Crat.  200.) 

Αίρικός,  ή,  όν,  also  αψίνος,  η,  ον, 
{αίρα)  like  darnel. 

Αίρίνος,  ίνη,  ινον,—foTeg.,  Diosc. 

Άιρος,  ό,  Od.  18,  73,  Ίμος  "Αιρος, 
Irus  unhappy  Irus,  a  play  upon  his 
name,  like  δώρα  άδωρα,  cf.  Ανςπαρις, 
κακοϋ-ίον.  [ί] 

ΑΓΡί2,  lengthd.  Ερ.  and  poet,  ύεί- 
ρω  ;  f.  ύρώ  ;  aor.  ήρα  ;  perf.  τ/ρκα, 
Dem.  786, 4 :  perf.  pass,  ηρμαι,  Thuc. 
7,  41  ;  1  aor.  ήρβην,  Thuc.  1,  49  :  1 
aor.  mid.  ήράμην,  and  in  Horn.  2  aor. 
ύρόμην  without  augm. :  Aeol.  άέ/ι/5ω : 
for  poet,  forms,  v.  ucipu. — A.  Act.  to 
raise,  raise  or  lift  up,  Hom.,  etc.:  to 
take  up  to  carry,  and  so  to  carry, 
bear,  bring,  τίνί  Τί,  Ar.  Ran.  1339. — 
Phrases  :  αϊρειν  πόδα,  βήμα,  to  step, 
walk,  Eur. ;  alp.  σημείον,  to  give  sig- 
nal, Xen.  ;  μηχανήν,  to  make  a  coup 
or  unexpected  scene  in  the  theatre, 
Ajitiph.  Poes.  1,  15  ;  so  θεούς,  to  make 
the  gods  appear.  Plat.  Crat.  425  D. — 
Esp.  of  armies  and  ships,  alp.  τας 
ναϋς,  to  get  the  fleet  under  sail,  Thuc. 
1,  52,  alp.  στόλον,  Aesch.  Pers.  795, 
etc. :  hence  usu.  seemingly  intrans., 
to  get  under  way,  start,  set  out,  Thuc, 
also  άραί  τω  στρατώ,  ταίς  ναυσίν, 
Thuc.  2, 12,  etc. :  Hdt.  usu.  has  pass. 
άερθήναι  in  this  signf ,  cf  άείρω  : 
also  in  mid.  Soph.  Tr.  1255.  Pass. 
to  mount  up,  ascend,  Ar.  Eq.  1362, 
Xen.  Hell.  5,  2,  5. — II.  to  raise,  ex- 
alt, make  great,  of  persons,  Aesch. 
Cho.  262  :  esp.  of  pride  and  passion, 
to  exalt,  excite,  alp.  ΰγκον,  to  be  puffid 
up.  Soph.  Aj.  129,  so  θνμόν,  θύρσος, 
δει?.ίαν,  Soph.,  and  Eur. — 2.  to  raise 
by  words,  and  so,  to  praise,  extol,  Eur. 
Heracl.  322,  etc.  ;  but  also  to  exagge- 
rate, Dem.  537,  13.  Pass,  to  rise  to  a 
height,  increase,  Thuc.  1,  118,  etc. — 
III.  to  lift  and  take  away,  and  so  in 
gen.  to  take  away,  put  an  end  to,  tu 
κακά,  Eur.  El.  942 :  alp.  τραττέζας, 
to  end  dinner,  Meineke  Mcnand.  p. 
95  :  also  to  take  away  from  a  thing, 
c.  gen.,  Aesch.  Eum.  846:  later  to 
kill,  N.  T. 

B.  Mid.  (which  alone  Hom.  uses 
in  this  form)  to  lift,  raise  for  one's  self, 
or  what  is  one's  own  :  hence  to  carry 
off,  ivin,  gain,  ΰέβλία,  κνδος,  τιμήν, 
κλέος  άρέσθαι,  Hom. :  so  too  freq.  in 
42 


ΑΙΣΘ 

Att.:  also  έλκος  άρέσβαι,  II.  14,  130. 
— II.  to  take  upon  one's  self,  undergo, 
Od.  4,  107,  Soph.  Ant.  907,  etc.:  in 
gen.  to  carry,  bear,  άχθος,  11.  20,  247, 
βάρος,  Eur.  Cycl.  473  :  like  act.  to 
take  away,  Eur.  I.  T.  1201.— 2.  /o 
undertake,  begin,  -κύλεμον,  ώνγήν, 
Aesch. :  νεΐκος,  εχθραν,  etc.,  Eur. — 
III.  of  sound,  αίρεσθαι  φωνήν,  to  raise, 
lift  up  one's  voice,  Ar.  Eq.  546  :  also 
in  act. 

[a  except  in  aor.  1 :  in  fut.  άρώ, 
a  or  «,  ace.  as  it  is  taken  to  be  from 
alpu  or  from  άείρω,  being  in  the  lat- 
ter case  contr.  from  άερώ,  cf.  Pors. 
Mod.  848,  Elmsl.  Heracl.  323  ;  Car- 
miehael's  Irreg.  Greek  Verbs,  s.  v. 
αίρω.ΐ 

Αίρώδης,  ες,  {αΙρα,εΙδος)=αίρίκός, 
Theophr. 

*  'Αϊς,  obsol.  nominat.  v.  Άϊδος. 

Αίσα,  7/f,  ή,  like  Μοίρα,  the  divin- 
ity who  dispenses  to  every  one  his 
fate,  goddess  of  fate,  Lat.  Parca,  Od. 
7,  197,  II.  20,  127.— II.  as  appellat.— 

1.  the  fatal  decree  of  a  god,  Αιός  αΙσα, 
δαίμονος  αΙσα,  Hom. — 2.  one's  ap- 
pointed lot,  fate,  destiny,  also  like 
μοίρα,  Od.  5,  113,  114:  in  gen.  share 
in  a  thing,  ληΐδος,  II.  18,  327,  Od.  5, 
40 :  hence  a  measure  and  term,  as 
■ήματος  alaa,  that  which  is  due  to,  be- 
fits one,  elsewhere  το  καθήκον,  esp. 
κατ'  αίσαν,  like  κατά  μοίραν,  fitting- 
ly, rightly,  0pp.  to  νπερ  αΙσαν,  Hom. ; 
αΙσά  τίνι,  c.  inf  it  is  allotted  or  per- 
mitted one,  Od.  13,  306  ;  έτι  ελπίδος 
αΙσα,  it  is  still  permitted  to  hope,  Od. 
16,  101  :  also  used  in  Trag.  (Akin 
to  αίνος,  αίνέω,  Lat.  aio,  as  fatum  to 
fari,  Buttm.  Lexil.  p.  59,  n.  2.) 

ίΑΐσαγέη,  ης,  ή,  Aesagea,  ορός  Α'ισ., 
a  mountain  in  Asia  Minor,  unknown ; 
Ilgen  proposes  Αίγαγέη  instead,  H. 
Hom.  Ap.  40. 

Αίσάκος,  ου,  ό,  a  branch  of  myrtle 
or  laurel,  handed  by  one  to  another 
at  table  as  a  challenge  to  sing,  v.  1. 
in  Plut.  Symp.  1,  1.  (Ace.  to  some 
from  άδειν,  others  from  αΙσα.) — Η. 
Aesacus,  a  son  of  Priam,  ApoUod. : 
hence  adj.  Αίσάκειος,  Lye.  224. 

Αίσύ?,ων,  ωνος,  ό,  acsnlon,  a  small 
kind  of  hawk,  prob.  the  sparrow-hawk, 
Arist.  H.  A. 

ίΑΙσάνιος,  ου,  ό,  Aesanius,  father 
of  Grinus,  of  Thera,  Hdt.  4,  150. 

ΙΑίσαρ,  αρος,  and  ΚΙσάρος,  ου,  6, 
Aesar,  a  river  of  Italy  near  Crotona, 
Strab.,  Theocr.  4,  17. 

^Αίσερνία,  ας,  ή,  Aesemia,  a  city  of 
the  Samnites,  Strab. 

ίΑίσηπος,  ου,  ό,  Aesepus,  a  river 
of  Mysia  falling  into  the  Propontis 
near  Cyzicus,  II.  2,  825.-2.  son  of 
Oceanus  and  Tethys,  a  river-god, 
Hes.  Th.  342.-3.  son  of  Bucolion, 
II.  6,  21. 

Αισθάνομαι,  dep.  mid.,  impf.  νσ- 
θανόμην  ;  fut.  αίσθήσομαι ;  perf.  ΐ/σ- 
θημαί,  Thuc.  1,  50  ;  aor.  ϊ^σθόμην, 
later  ήσθησάμην,  and  in  pass,  form 
alaUrfiyvai,  LXX.,  {ίιίω,  άίσΟω)  to 
perceive,  apprehend  or  Jiotice  by  the 
se7ises,  be  sensible  of  esp.  to  feel,  to 
see :  metaph.  of  mental  perception, 
to  perceive,  understand  :  also  to  hear, 
learn  ;  first  in  Hdt.  3,  87,  and  freq. 
in  Att.  Construct.  :  usu  c.  gen.  or 
ace,  to  take  notice  of  Or  notice  a  thing, 
more  rarely  περί  τίνος,  Thuc.  1 ,  70  : 
αίσθ.  υπό  τίνος,  to  learn  from  one.  Id. 
5,  2,  δίά  Τίνος,  by  means  of  some  one, 
oft.  in  Plat. :  dependent  clauses  are 
usu.  added  in  part,  agreeing  with  the 
subject,  αισθάνομαι  κάμνων,  Thuc. 

2,  51,  αίσθανόμεθα  γελοίοι  δντες. 
Plat.  Theag.  122  C  ;   or  with  object, 


ΑΙΣΙ 
Thuc.  1,  47,  etc. :  more  rarely  c.  ace. 
and  inf.,  as  Thuc.  6,  59 :  also  with 
ότι  .  .  .  or  ώς  .  .  . ,  Xen.  An.  1,  2,  21  : 
3,  1,  40.  The  pass,  is  supplied  by 
αίσθησιν  παρέχω,  cf.  αίσθησις. 

Αίσθημα,  ατός,  τό,  the  thing  per- 
ceived, Arist.  Org. — II.  ο  perception, 
sensation,  sense,  κακών,  Eur.  I.  A. 
1243. 

ΑΙσθησία,  ας,  7/,=sq.,  Aretae. 

Αισθησις,  εως,  ή,  perception  by  the 
senses,  esp.  by  feeling,  but  also  by 
seeing,  hearing,  etc.,  a  sensation, 
sense  of  a  thing,  πημάτων,  Eur.  El. 
291  :  αισθήσεις  θεών,  visions  of  the 
gods.  Plat.  Phaed.  Ill  C  :  also  of 
the  mind,  observation,  knowledge  :  αίσ- 
θ7]σιν  έχειν, —  1.  of  persons,=  atff- 
θάνεσθαι,  to  have  a  perception  of  a 
thing,  perceive  it,  USU.  τινός,  as  Plat. 
Theaet.  192  Β  :  also  αίσθησιν  αίσ- 
θάνεσθαι,  Phaedr.  240  C,  λαμβάνειν, 
Isocr. — 2.  of  things,  to  give  a  percep- 
tion, i.  e.  be  perceived,  become  percepti- 
ble, and  so  serving  as  a  pass,  to  αισ- 
θάνομαι Ttvi,  to  or  by  a  person,  Thuc. 
2,  61  :  more  freq.  αίσθησιν  παρέχειν 
or  παρέχεσθαι,  Thuc,  Plat.  etc.  : 
also  αίσθησιν  ποιεϊν,  Antipho  134, 
29  :  αίσθησιν  παρέχειν  τίνος,  to  give 
the  means  of  observing  a  thing,  furnish 
an  instance,  Thuc.  2,  50. — II.  in  plur. 
the  senses  themselves,  Plat. — III.  that 
which  is  perceived,  and  so  in  hunting, 
the  scent,  track,  slot,  Xen.  Cyn.  3,  5. — 
Only  in  Att.  prose,  except  Eur.  1.  c. 

Αισθητήρων,  ου,  τό,  the  scat  of  the 
senses,  organ  of  sense.  Plat.  Ax.  366 
A,  Arist.,  the  faculty  of  perception,  N. 
T.  Hebr.  5,  14. 

Αίσθητής,  οϋ,  ό,  one  who  perceives, 
Plat.  Theaet.  160  D. 

Αισθητικός,  ή,  όν,  (αΙσθάνομαι)  of, 
belonging  to,  fitted  for  perception,  per- 
ceptive, esp.  by  feeling.  Plat. :  in  gen. 
quick,  sharp,  Alex,  εις  τό  Φρ.  1 . — 2. 
pass,  that  which  is  perceived,  percepti- 
ble, Plut.  :  οδύνη,  a  keen,  sharp  pang, 
Gal._    Adv.  -κώς,  Ael.  V.  H. 

Αισθητός,  ?/,  όν,  verb.  adj.  perceived 
by  the  senses,  sensible,  Plat.  :  τό  αίσ- 
θητόν,  an  object  ofperception,ld.  Adv. 
-τώς,  Plut. 

Αισθομαι,  collat.  form  for  αισθάν- 
ομαι, only  found  in  late  writers,  unless 
it  be  retained  in  Plat.  Rep.  608  A,  wh. 
Stallb.  είσόμεθα  from  two  MSS. 

Άΐσθω,  (άω)  to  breathe  οτη,=άπο• 
πνέω  :  hence  θνμόν  άϊσθε  he  gave  up 
the  ghost,  II.  20,  403,  cf.  16,  468.  [u] 

Αίσιμία,  ας,  ή,  (αισιμος)  happiness, 
a  blessing,  πλούτου,  prob.  1.  Aesch. 
Eum.  996. 

■\Αΐσιμίδης,  ov,  6,  Aesimides,  a  Cor- 
cyrean  naval  commander,  Thuc.  1, 
47. 

Αισΐμος,  ov,  also  η,  ov,  Hom.,  (al- 
σα)  Lat.  fatalis,  appointed  by  fate, 
fated,  destined,  αίσιμον  ήμαρ,  the  dy- 
ing day,  Horn.  :  αΙσιμόν  ίστι,  'tis 
fatedl\.2i,29l. — II.  agreeable  to  the 
decree  of  fa*e,  meet,  right,  fitting, =το 
καθήκον,  αίσιμα  ειπείν,  είδώς,  freq.  in 
Hom.  ;  αίσιμος  φρένας,  right-77tinded, 
well-disposed,  Od.  23,  14  ;  αίσιμα  πί- 
νειν,  to  drink  in  decent  measure,  in  mod- 
eration, Od.  21,  294. — II.  as  pr.  n.  Ae- 
simus,  an  Athenian,  Ar.  Eccles.  208. 

Αίσιμόω,  only  used  in  compd.  av- 
αισιμόω,  q.  v. 

\Αισιον,  ου  τό,  Aesium,  a  city  of 
Umhria,  Strab. 

Αίσιος,  ov,  also  a,  ov,  Pind.  N.  9, 
43,  Eur.  Ion  424;  boding  well,  auspi 
cious,  coming  at  a  good  time,  lucky, 
happy,  οιωνός,  όρνις,  Horn.,  Pind., 
and  Att.  :  opportune,  οδοιπόρος,  II. 
24,  376,  cf.  Soph.  O.  C.  34,  ήμερα, 


ΑΙΣΥ 

Eur  1.  C. — II.  meet,  right,  αίσιος  όλ- 
κή,  Lat.  just.um.  pondus,  Nic.  Adv. 
-ιως. — III.  as  pr.  n.  Aesius,  an  Athe- 
nian, brother  of  Aphobus,  Dem.  933, 
11. — 2.  the  Aesis,  a  river  of  Umbria, 
Strab.     Hence 

Αίσιόω,  ώ,  only  used  in  mid.  αίσι- 
όομαι,  to  take  as  a  good  omen  for  one^s 
self,  Plut. 
{λίσις,  ιόος,  ό,  the  Aesis,  a  river  of 
Umbria,  Strab. 

iAiσovιδης,  ov,  ό,  son  of  Aeson,  i.  e. 
Jason,  Hes.  Th.  991. 

Άίσος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  Ισος)^ύνισος, 
unlike,  unequal,  Pind.  I.  7,  60. 

Άίσσω,  Att.  ασσω  or  αττω,  (but  in 
Trag•.  also  άίσσω,  Pors.  Hec.  31)  ; 
fut.  ai^u,  Att.  άξω ;  aor.  ί/ϊξα,  Att. 
Tjia  :  (perhaps  akin  to  *  άω,  άημι)  to 
move  with  a  quick,  shooting  motion,  to 
shoot,  dart,  glance,  as  light,  αΐιγή,  II. 
18,  212,  etc.;  so  of  the  mind,  νόος 
ύνέρος,  II.  15,  80 ;  of  shooting  pain, 
Eur.  Hipp.  1352 : — hence  of  any  rapid 
motion,  freq.,  in  Hom.,  e.  g.  of  one 
rushing  or  darting  Upon  his  enemy, 
άίσσ.  εγχεϊ,  φασγύνφ,  Ι-ποις,  Lat. 
Tuere,  impetu  ferri  ;  ol  the  rapid  flight 
of  birds,  II.  23,  861,  etc.;  of  ghosts, 
ghding  about,  Od.  10,  495  ;  of  darts, 
freq.  in  II. : — so  also  once  in  aor.  mid., 
άντίον  άΐξασθαί,  II.  22,  195,  more 
freq.  in  pass.,  ίς  οίφανόν  αϊχβήτην, 
II.  24,  97  ;  ίκ  χειρών  ηνία  ήίχβησαν, 
slipped  from  his  hands,  II.  16,  404 ; 
ΰμφΐ  δέ  χαΐται  ωμοις  άΐσσονται, 
tossed  over  his  shoulders,  II,  6,  510,  cf. 
Soph.  O.  C.  1261 :— c.  ace.  cognat. 
άίσσ.  όρόμ7]μα,  Eur.  Phoen.  1394.— 
2.  later,  to  turn  eagerly  to  a  thing,  be 
eager  after,  εις  τι,  Eur.  Ion  331,  cf. 
574,  also  c.  inf.,  to  be  in  haste  to  do. 
Plat.  Legg.  709  A  ;  and  freq.  in  later 
prose. — II.  transit,  to  move  a  thing 
quickly,  to  send  shooting  or  rushing 
along,  avpav,  Pors.  Or.  1428,  χέρα. 
Lob.  and  Herm.  Aj.  40  :  which  usage 
is  borne  out  by  the  use  of  the  pass., 
V.  supr. — The  word  is  chiefly  Ep., 
but  occurs  in  Pind.,  and  Trag. :  rare 
in  prose,  [a  in  Hom.  always,  except 
in  compound  ντΐάίξει,  II.  21,  126:  in 
Trag.  ώ  when  trisyll.,  but  this  is  very 
rare,  v.  Pors.  Hec.  31,  EUendt  Lex. 
Soph.] 

Άίστί,  adv.  of  sq. 

άϊστος,  ov,  Att.  αίστος,  Aesch. 
Eum.  565,  (a  priv.,  Ιόεϊν)  unseen,  un- 
krioic-n,  not  to  be  seen  and  heard,  Hom. : 
hence  vanished,  destroyed,  II.  14,  258, 
cf.  Buttm.  Lexil.  p.  51,  n.  2. — II.  act. 
not  seeing  or  knowing,  unco?iscious,  ig- 
norant, c.  gen.,  Eur.  Tro.  1313,  1321. 
— 2.  in  Stesich.  Fr.  97  as  epith.  of 
Minerva,  prob.  =  aiCTrouaa,  extermi- 
nating.    Hence 

Άίστόω,  Att.  αίστόω,  ύ,  Soph.  Aj. 
515,  f.  -ώσω,  to  make  unseen  or  un- 
known,  to  destroy,  Od.  10,  259,  Pind., 
and  Trag. :  to  slay,  kill,  Hdt.  3,  69. 

Άΐστωρ,  ορός,  ό,  (α  priv.,  ϊστωρ) 
unhiowing,  inexperienced,  Plat.  Legg. 
845  Β  ;  m  a  thing,  δττλων  και  μάχ7]ς, 
Eur.  Andr.  682. 

Άϊστωτι/ριος,  ov,  {άίστόω)  destruc- 
tive, Lye.  71. 

Αίσνητήρ,  ηρος,  6,  a  word  found  in 
all  the  MSS.,  II.  24,  347,  as  epith. 
of  κοϋρος,  explained  variously  by 
Gramm. :  Heyne  antl  Spitzn.  follow 
Aristarch.  in  restoring  αΊσνμνηττφι, 
a  princely  youth  :  yet  the  other  form 
occurs  in  the  pr.  n.  Αίσϋήτ7/ς. 

■\Αίσύήτης,  ov  Ep.  ao,  ό,  Aesyltes,  a 
Trojan  leader,  II.  2,  793. 

Αίσν7.οεργός,  όν,=αΙσν?.α  βέζων, 
ill-doing,  ap.  Clem.  Al. 

Χίσνλος,  ov,  opp.  to  αίσιμος,  Od.  2, 


ΑΙΣΧ 
232,  unseemly,  evil,  godless,  αΙσν7.α 
βέζειν,  II.  5,  403,  μνθτ/σασΟαι,  to  do, 
speak  evd,  Hom.  (Some  from  αίσα, 
others  from  άσαι,  άτη  :  Pott  Etym. 
Forsch.  1,  272,  for  αϊσύλος,^=^άίσος, 
cf.  άεικέ?Λος,  αίκ.έ?.ιος.) 

^Αίσύμη,  ης,  ή,  Aesyme,  a  city  in 
Thrace  ;  adv  ΑίανμηΟεν,  from  Ae- 
syme, II.  8,  304. 

Αίσνμνάω,ώ,ΐ.-ήσω,  {αϊσα)  to  give 
each  his  due,  αίσια  νέμειν  :  hence  in 
gen.  to  rule,  c.  gen.,  χθόνος,  Eur. 
Med.  19.     Hence 

Αίσυμνητεία,  ας,  ή,  {αίσυμνήτης) 
rule  ;  esp.  an  elective  monarchy,  Arist. 
Pol._ 

Αΐσυμνητήρ,  ΐιρος,  (5,=sq.,  cf.  αί- 
σνητήρ. 

Α'ισνμνήτης,  ov,  ό,  (αΐσνμνύω)  a 
regulator  of  games,  chosen  by  the  peo- 
ple, ^Wo-e  or  umpire,  Od.  8,  258. — II. 
a  ruler,  esp.  one  chosen  by  the  peo- 
ple, an  elective  prince,  Arist.  Pol.  3, 
14,  8 :  an  oflicer  invested  with  su- 
preme power  for  a  period,  like  the 
Koinan  Dictator,  Dion.  Hal.,  v.  Diet. 
Antiqq.  s.  v. :  in  gen.  an  overseer,  man- 
ager, Theocr.  25,  48. 

Αισνμνητία,  ας,  ■η,=αίσνμνητεία, 
Diog.  L. 

Αίσνμνητις,  ιδος,  ή,  fem.  from  al- 
σνμνήτι^ς. 

^Αίσυμνος,  ov,  ό,  Aesymnus,  masc. 
pr.  n.  11.  11,  303. 

Αίσχήμων,  ov,  v.  αίσχρήμων. 
ίΑΐσχινιύδης,   ov,  ό,   Aeschiniades, 
masc.  pr.  n.  Ar.  Pac.  1154. 

Αισχίνης,  ov,  ό,  Aeschines,  an  Ere- 
trian,  Hdt.  6,  100.— 2.  a  pupil  of  So- 
crates, Plat.,  etc. — 3.  a  celebrated 
Athenian  orator,  the  rival  of  Demos- 
thenes.— Many  others  of  this  name 
in  Xen.,  Ar.,  Strab.,  etc. 

Αίσχίων,  pv,  gen.  όνος,  comp.,  and 
αισχιστος,  η,  ov,  superl.  of  αισχρός, 
but  formed  from  αίσχος,  Hom. 

Αίσχος,  εος,  τό,  shame,  disgrace,  a 
reproach,  Hom.,  who  often  has  it  in 
plur. — II.  ugliness  or  deformity,  whe- 
ther of  mind  or  body.  Plat.,  Xen. 
Cyr.  2,  2,  29  :  a  disgrace,  infamy. 
Plat.     (Root  ΑΙΔ-,  as  in  αιδώς.) 

Αίσχόω,  (αίσχος)  to  disgrace,  dub., 
V.  Memeke  Eupol.  Hel.  7. 

^Αίσχρέας,  ov,  ό,  Aeschreas,  an 
Athenian,  Hdt.  8,  11. 

■^Αισχρεοκερδής,  ες ;  αίσχρεόμνθος, 
ov  ;  and  αίσχρεορήμων,  ov,  lengthd. 
forms,  for  αισχροκ.,  etc. 

^Αισχρή,  ης,  ή,  Aeschre,  fem.  pr.  n., 
Callim. 

^Αίσχρηΐς,  ίδος,  ή,  Aeschreis,  daugh- 
ter of  Thespius,  Apollod. 

Αίσχρήμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  (αισ- 
χρός) shameful,  base,  in  Anth.  al. 
αίσχήμων  :  but  Pors.  Phoen.  1622 
reacts  άσχημων. 

^Αίσχριων,  ωνος,  ό,  Aeschrion,  a 
poet  ot  Samos,  Anth. — 2.  a  physi- 
cian, instructor  of  Galen,  Gal. — Oth- 
ers of  this  name  in  Dem.,  Diog.  L., 
etc. 

^Αίσχριώνη,  ης,  ή,  (φν?.ή),  or  Αίσ- 
χριωνία,  Aeschrione,  a  tribe  of  the 
Samians,  Hdt.  3,  26. 

Αΐσχρό3ιος,  ov,  (αισχρός,  βίος) 
living  filthily.  Or.  Sib. 

Αίσχροεττέω,  to  use  foul  language, 
Ephipp.  Phil.  3  :  from 

Αίσχροεττής,  ές,  (αισχρός,  έπος) 
foul-mouthed. 

Αίσχροεργέω,  (αισχρός,  *  έργω)  ν. 
αίσχρονργέω. 

Αισχροκέρδεια,  ας,  ή,  (αισχροκερ- 
δής) sordid  lore  of  gain,  covetousness, 
Sojih.  Ant.  1050,"Plat.,  etc. 

Αίσχροκερδέω,  ώ,  to  be  αισχροκερ- 
δής, Hyperid.  ap.  Poll.  3,  113. 


ΑΙΣΧ 

Αισχροκερδής,  ές,  (αισχρός,  κέρ- 
δος) sordidly  greedy  of  gam,  Plautus' 
turpilucricupidus,  first  in  Hdt.  1,  187. 
Adv.  -δώς,  for  the  sake  of  sordid  gain, 
N.  T.  1  Pet.  5,  2. 

Αίσχροκερδία,  ας,  ή,=^αίσχροκέρ- 
δεια,  Diphil.  ap.  Stob.  p.  126,  15. 

Αίσχρο/ιογέω,—αίσχροεττέω,  Plat., 
and 

Αίσχρο7.ογία,  ας,  ή,  foul  language, 
Xen.  Lac.  5,  6  :  abuse,  κατά  τίνος, 
Polyb.  8,  13,  8  :  from 

Αίσχρολόγος,  ov,  (αισχρός,  ?.έγω) 
foul-mouthed. 

Αίσχρόμητις,  ιος,  ό,  ή,  (αισχρός, 
μήτις)  giving,  fostering,  forming  base 
designs,  Aesch.  Ag.  222. 

Α'ισχρομνθέω,  ώ,  (αισχρός,  μνθος) 
^=αΙσχροε7τέω,  Hipp. 
^Αίσχρο~ΰβής,  ές,  (αΙσχρός, πάσχω) 
allowing  impurities,  Phil. 

Αίσχροποιέω,  ώ,  to  act  shamefully 
Ath.  — II.  act.  ίο  degrade,  dishonour, 
Hipp.,  and 

Αίσχροποιΐα,  ας,  r/r fellatio:  from 

Αίσχροποιός,  όν,  (αισχρός,  ποιέω) 
acting  shamefully,  base,  Eur.  Med. 
1340  :  esp.  fellator.  Macho  ap.  Ath. 
582  D. 

Αίσχροπράγέω,  ω,  (αισχρός,  πρά- 
γος)=αίσχροποιέω  :  hence 

Αίσχροπράγία,  ας,  ή,  =  αίσχρο- 
ποιΐα. 

Αίσχροπρόςωπος,  ον,  (αισχρός, 
πρόςωπον)  of  hideous  countenance. 

Αίσχροβρημονέω,  =  αίσχροεπέω, 
Incert.  ap.  Stob.  p.  291,  13. 

ΑίσχροΙ)βημοσννη,  ης,  ή,^αίσχρο- 
λογία,  late  word  :  from 

Αίσχρορρήμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  (αισ- 
χρός, ρήμα,  ()ϊ]θήναι)^αίσχρο'λό-)'ος. 

Αισχρός,  ά,  όν,  also  ός,  όν,  Anth., 
(αίσχος)  in  Hom.  causing  shame,  dis- 
gracing, esp.  αισχρά  έπεα,  abusive 
words,  so  αίσχρώς  ενένισπε,  II.  23, 
473. — II.  opp.  to  καλός: — 1.  ugly, 
ill-favoured,  freq.  in  Hdt.  :  but  usu. — 
2.  in  moral  sense,  shatneful,  disgrace- 
fid,  base,  infamous,  II.  2,  298,  freq.  in 
Att. :  the  Socratics  and  Stoics  spoke 
of  TO  κα?.ον  και  το  αίσχρόν,  Lat. 
honestinn  et  tvrpe,  virtue  and  vice  ;  kv 
αίσχρΟ)  τίθεσθαί  τι,  to  regard  a  thing 
as  disgraceful,  Eur.  Hec.  806  ;  unfa- 
vourable, αισχρός  ό  καιρός,  Dem.  de 
Cor.  287  ;  αισχρός  προς  τι,  awkuard 
at  anything,  Xen.  Mem.  3,  8,  7.  In- 
stead of  the  regular  comjar.  and 
superl.  αισχρότερος,  αισχρότατος, 
Horn.,  Hdt.,  and  Att.  usu.  nave  αίσ- 
χίων, αίσχιστος.  Adv.  -ρώς.  Hence 
■\Αίσχροσννη,  ης,  n,=sq.,  and 

Αίσχρότης,  ητος,η,  ugliness :  shame, 
infamy.  Plat.  Gorg.  525  A. 

Αίσχρονργέω,  ώ,  contr.  for  αίσχρο- 
εργέω, to  act  obscenely,  Diog.  L. 

Αίσχρονργία,  ας,  ή,  contr.  for  αίσ- 
χροεργία,  disgraceful  conduct,  Xen. 
Lac.  5,  6  ;  obscenity,  Eur.  Bacch. 
1060:  from 

Αισχρουργός,  όν,  contr.  for  αίσ- 
χροεργός,  doing  disgraceful  things : 
obscene,  Gal. 

ίΑίσχν?.ίδης,  ov,  ό,  (strictly  patron, 
of  ΑίσχνΆος)  Aeschylides,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  Lys.  415  . 

iλίσχv/.ίς.  ίδος,  η,  Aeschylis,asmg'h.• 
ter  of  Thales,  Callim. 

^Αίσχν/.ος,  ov,  ό,  Aeschylus,  son  of 
Euphorion,  the  celebrated  Athenian 
tragic  poet,  Hdt.  2,  150.— Others  of 
the  name  m  Ath.,  Paus.,  etc. 

Αισχύνη,  ης,  ή,  (αίσχος)  shame 
done  one,  disgrace,  dishonour,  ές  αίσ- 
XVVfjV  φέρει,  it  leads  to  disgrace,  Hdt. 
1,  10,  also  αίσχννην  έχει,  entails  dis- 
grace, Eur.  Andr.  214,  etc. — 2.  esp. 
γνναικών,  a  dishonouring,  vialaiian 
43 


ΑΪΤΕ 

of  women,  Lat.  stupratio,  Plat.,  and 
Oratt. — II.  sha?ne  ibr  an  ill  deed,  Lat. 
piuJor :  hence  in  gen.  sAnmc,  the  sense 
of  shame,  modesty,  personified,  Aesch. 
Theb.  109  ;  δι'  αισχύνης  or  έν  αίσ- 
χυΐ'ί]  ίχείν  τι,  to  be  ashamed  of  a 
thing,  Eur. :  but  also  αισχύνη  τινός 
έχει  με,  Soph.  El.  20:  αίσχ.  επί  τινι, 
Plat.,  νττέρ  τίνος,  Dem. — III.  in  late 
authors,  =a/(5oioy.  [v] 

iAίσχυvβ)/μεv  and  αίσχννθ/'/μεναι, 
for  αίσχυθ/'/ναι,  from  αίσχύνω. 

Αίσχννομένη,  ης,  y,  a  Ivind  of  Mi- 
mosa or  sensitive  plant,  Plin. 

Αίσχΰνομένως,  adv.  part.  pres.  mid. 
from  αίσχννω,  with  sliamc,  Dion.  H. 

Αίσχυντέον,  verb.  adj.  from  αίσ- 
χννομαί,  one  must  be  asharned,  Xen. 
t;yr._  4,  2,  19. 

Αίσχυντηλία,  ας,  ή,  hashfalness, 
Plut.  :  from 

ΑίσχυντηΤιός,  ή,  όν,  bashful, modest. 
Plat.  160  Ε  ;  τύ  αίσχνντηλόν,  bash- 
fubtcss,  Plat.  158  C.  —  II.  that  of 
which  on£  ought  to  be  ashamed,  shame- 
ful, Arist.  2,  6,  27.  Adv.  -λώς.  Plat. 
665  E. 

Αίσχνντήρ,  7/ρος,  ό,  a  dishonourer, 
esp.  seducer,  Aesch.  Cho.  990. 

Αίσχνντηρός,  ύ,  όν,^=αίσχνντηΛΟς, 
Plat.  Gorg.  487  Β.  (It  is  disputed 
which  is  the  more  Att.  form,  v.  Piers. 
Moer.  p.  28.) 

iAίΐrχυvτικάς,  ή,  όν,  v.  1.  for  αίσ- 
χνντηλός,  Arist.  Rhet. 

Αίσχυντός,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from 
sq.,  shameful,  Pseudo-Phocyl.  170. 

Αίσχννω,  f.  -ΰνώ,  perf.  7ίσχνγκα, 
Dio  Cass.,  ϊ/σχναα,  Drac,  (αίσχος) 
to  make  ugly,  disfigure,  ill-use,  ττρός- 
ωπον,  II.  18,  21,  κόμην,  II.  18,  27  ;  so 
νέκνς  ίισχνμμένος,  II.  18,  ISO :  rare 
in  prose,  αίσχ.  τον  ϊττπον,  to  give  the 
horse  a  bad  form,  Xen.  Eq.  1,  12. — 
11.  to  shame,  disgrace,  dishonour,  bring 
to  shame,  IL  23,  571,  freq.  in  Att., 
e.  g.  αίσχ.  εύνήν,  τρύπεζαν,  Aesch. : 
esp.  to  dishonour  a  woman,  Eur.  El. 
44,  etc. — B.  Mid.  αίσχύνομαι,  f.  αίσ- 
χννθήσομαι,  or  more  ireq.  αίσχΰνοΰ- 
μαι ;  perf.  τΙ]σχυμυ.αί :  to  be  ashamed, 
feel  shame,'  absol.  Od.  7,  305  :  but 
more  freq.  to  be  ashamed  at  a  thing, 
c.  ace.  rei,  αίσχύνεσθαί  τι,  Od.  21, 
323,  and  freq.  in  Att.,  also  tlvl,  Ar. 
Nub.  979,  etc.,  επί  tlvl,  Isocr.  87  A, 
L•  tlvl,  Thuc.  2,  43  :  also  c.  ace. 
pers.  to  fed  shame  before  one,  Plat., 
etc.:  c.  part,  to  be  ashained  at  doing  a 
thing  (which  however  one  is  doing), 
Soph.  Ant.  510:  but  c.  inf  to  be 
ashamed  to  do  a  thing,  (and  therefore 
not  to  do  it),  Hdt.  1,  82,  Aesch.  Ag. 
85G  :  αίσχύνεσθαι  ει  or  //ι•  ... ,  to  be 
ashamed  that  .  .  .  ,  Plat.,  cf.  Kiihner 
Gr.  Gr.  ί)  771,  7,  also  αίσχ.  μη  .  .  .  , 
Plat.  Theaet.  183  Ε.     Hence 

Αίσχννωμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  disgraceful 
act,  LaX. 

fAtσωv,  όνος,  (ace.  to  Choer.  in  B. 
A.  also)  ωνης,  ό,  Aeson,  son  of  Cre- 
theus  and  Tyro,  king  of  lolcos  and 
father  of  Jason,  Od.  11,  259.-2.  an 
Argive,  Thuc.  5,  40. — 3.  a  river  in 
Macedonia,  Plut.Aem.  16.— 4.  ΑΙσών, 
ώνος,  or  Αίσωνία,  ή,  a  city  of  Mag- 
nesia :  adj.  Αίσώνιος,  a,  ov,  and  fern. 
Αίσωνίς,  Αρ.  Rh. 

Αίσωποττοίητος,  ov,  (Α'ισωτζος,  ποι- 
έω)  made  by  Aesop,  Quintil. 
iAlσω~oc,  ου,  ό,  Aesop,  the  cele- 
brated fabulist,  Hdt.  2,  134  ;  adj.  Ai- 
σώπειος,  Αίσώπιος,  Αίσωπικός. — 2. 
a  tragic  actor  in.  Cicero's  time,  Plut. 
Cic.  5. 

ΑΓΤΕ'Ω,   f.   -ήσω,    perf.    τιτηκα  ; 
impf  in  Hdt.  without  augm.  αΐτεον: 
to  ask,  beg,  absol,  Od.  18,  49,  but  usu. 
44 


AITI 

c.  ace.  rei,  to  ask,  crave,  demand  some- 
thing, Horn. ;  όδον  αιτ.,  to  beg  one^s 
departure,  i.  e.  leave  to  depart,  Od. 
10,  17  :  c.  ace.  pers.  to  ask  a  person, 
hence  freq.  c.  dupl.  ace.  to  ask  a  per- 
son for  a  thing,  II.  22,  295,  Od.  2, 
387,  and  freq.  in  prose,  but  αίτείν 
TLVL  TL,  to  implore  something  for  One  ; 
also  αιτ.  tl  ττρός  τίνος,  Theogn.  556, 
τταρά  τίνος.  Plat.,  and  Xen. :  c.  inf. 
to  ask  one  to  do,  Od.  3,  173,  αιτεί 
δε  λαβείν,  Eur.  Hec.  40,  etc.  —  B. 
Mid.  to  ask  for  one^s  self,  for  one's 
own  use  or  purpose,  to  claim,  and  so 
oft.  almost  act.,  and  with  the  same 
construct.,  first  in  Hdt.  1,  90  ;  9,  34  ; 
hence  also  to  borrow,  Menand.  p.  165, 
Thuc.  G,  40 ;  αίτείσθαι  νπέρ  τίνος, 
to  beg  for  one,  Lys.  141,  35. — C.  Pass. 
to  have  a  thing  begged  of  one,  αίτείσ- 
θαί  TL,  Thuc.  2,  97,  etc. :  also  c.  inf. 
Pind.  I.  8  (7),  10.     Hence 

Αίτημα,  ατός,  τό,  that  ivhich  is  ask- 
ed, a  request,  demand,  Dion.  H.  ;  as 
mathemat.  term,  a  postulate,  Arist. 
Rhet.     Hence 

Αίτηματώδης,  ες,  (αίτημα,  είδος) 
like  a  postulate,  Plut. 

Αΐτημι,  Aeol.  for  αίτέω,  Pind. 

Αίτης,  ου,  ό,  a  beggar,  usu.  προς- 
αίτης. 

'Αίτης,  ov,  ό,  Dor.  άΐτας,  a  beloved 
youth,  Ar.  Fr.  576,  Theocr.  12;  14 : 
Thessalian  word,  cf.  ειςπνη?ιος.  [άΐ] 

Αίτησις,  ευς,  ή,  α  request,  demand, 
Hdt.  7,  32,  etc. 

Αίτητέον,  verb.  adj.  from  αίτέω, 
one  must  ask,  Xen.  de  Mag.  Eq.  5,  11. 

Αίτητής,  οϋ,  ό,  one  that  asks,  a  peti- 
tioner, Dio  C. 

Αίτητίκός,  rj,  όν,  fond  of  asking, 
τινός,  Arist.  Eth.  N.  Adv.  -κώς, 
hence  αιτ.  εχειν  ττρός  τίνα,  Diog.  L. 

Αίτητός,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from  αί- 
τέω, asked  for,  begged.  Soph.  O.  T.  384. 

Αιτία,  ας,  ή,  a  cause,  origin,  ground, 
first  in  Pind.,  and  Hdt.  :  hence  the 
subject  for  a  poem,  Pind.  N.  7,  16; 
and  at  αίτίαι,  the  elements,  Diog.  L.  : 
in  gen.  occasion,  αίτίαν  τταρέχειν,  to 
give  occasion,  Luc. — II.  esp.  the  occa- 
sion of  something  bad,  and  SO  fault, 
guilt,  laid  to  one's  charge,  and  so  in 
gen.  a  charge,  accusation,  Lat.  crimen, 
Hdt.,  etc.,  but  in  Thuc.  1,  69,  reproof, 
remonstrance  of  a  friend,  opp.  to  κατ- 
ηγορία.— Phrases:  αίτίαν  εχειν,  Lat. 
crimen  habere,  to  be  accused,  τινός,  of 
a  thing,  Hdt.  5,  70  ;  also  c.  inf,  Ar. 
V'esp.  506  ;  foil,  by  wf  .  .  .  c.  indie, 
Plat.  Apol.  38  C,  c.  part.,  Id.  Phaedr. 
249  Ε  ;  ντϊό  τίνος,  by  some  one, 
Aesch.  Eurn.  99  :  reversely,  αιτία 
Ιχει  με,  Hdt.  5,  70,  71  :  but  more 
freq.  in  Att.,  έν  αιτία  είναι  or  γίγ- 
νεσθαι :  also  αίτίαν  νττέχειν,  to  lie 
under  a  charge,  Xen.,  also  νηομένειν, 
Aeschin.,  φέρεσθαι,  Thuc:  αιτίαις 
περιττίπτειν,  εις  αίτίαν  έλθειν  or 
έμττίτττειν,  αιτίας  τνγχύνειν.  Plat., 
and  Oratt. — Opp.  to  these  are  έν  αι- 
τία εχειν,  Hdt.  5, 106,  τιθέναι  or  ττοι- 
είσβαι,  to  hold  one  guilty,  accuse.  Hdt. 
8,  99,  also  δι'  αιτίας  εχειν,  Thuc.  ; 
and  έν  αιτία  βύ'λλειν.  Erf  Soph.  Ο. 
Τ.  655  :  την  αίτίαν  έττιφέρειν  τινί, 
to  impute  the  fault  to  one,  Hdt.  1 ,  26, 
also  ΰνατιθέναι,  προςτιθέναι,  ττρος- 
βάλλειν,  etc.,  freq.  in  Att. :  άπολνειν 
Tivii  της  αιτίας,  to  acquit  one  of 
guilt,  Oratt. — Hence  αιτία  like  Lat. 
causa,  a  ground  of  accusation,  prosecu- 
tion, c.  gen.  rei :  but  also  in  good 
sense,  αίτίαν  άγαβοΰ  ίχειν  and  έπι- 
θεΐναί  TLVL,  αιτία  βε/.τίους  γεγονέν- 
αι,  Heind.  Plat.  Gorg.  503  Β,  cf  αϊ- 
τιάομαι,  κατ?/γορέομαΐ-~Ό&ί.  αιτία, 
like  Lat.  abl.  causa,  for  t/ie  sake  of. 


AITI 

c.  gen.,  Thuc.  4,  87. — III.  the  head  or 
category  under  which  a  thing  comes, 
Dem.  0 15,  7.    Hence 

Αίτιύζομαι,  as  pass.,  to  be  charged 
or  accused,  Xen.  Hell.  1,  6,  5 :  the 
act.  is  not  found. 

Αίτίάμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  charge,  accusa- 
tion, guilt  imputed,  Aesch.  Pr.  194, 
and  Eur. 

Αίτιάομαι,  ωμαι,  f.  -ύσομαι,  dep. 
mid.,  to  give  as  the  cause  or  occasion, 
Plat.  :  esp.  of  a  fault,  hence  to 
charge,  accuse,  blame,  τινά,  Horn., 
who  has  it  only  in  bad  signf  :  usu. 
αιτ.  τινά  τίνος,  to  accuse  of  a  thing  ; 
also  c.  ace.  rei,  but  hardly  except 
when  a  neut.  pron.  as  ταντα  stands 
for  the  subst.,  e.  g.  Ar.  Ach.  514, 
Xen.  Cyr.  3,  1,  39:  also  c.  inf.,  αιτ. 
Tiva  ποιείν,  to  accuse  one  of  doing, 
Hdt.  5,  27  ;  foil,  by  δτι  . . .  or  ως  . . . , 
Thuc.  1,  120,  Xen.  An.  3,  1,  7 ;  αιτ. 
Tiva  Ίτερί  τίνος,  Xen.  Hell.  1 ,  7,  6 : 
αιτ.  TL  κατά  τίνος,  to  bring  a  charge 
against  one,  Antipho  144,  32. — II.  as 
pass,  to  be  accused,  in  aor.  ήτιάΟην, 
Thuc.  6,  53,  perf  ϊ]τίαμαι,  id.  3,  61, 
fut.  αίτιαθτ/σομαι,  Dio  C.  [a  in  fut. 
and  other  deriv.  tenses.]    Hence 

Αίτιάσις,  εως,  ή,  a  complaint,  accu- 
sation, Antipho :  and 

Αίτιΰτέον,  verb.  adj.  from  αίτιά- 
ομαι, one  must  accuse,  one  must  attri- 
bute, Plat. 

Αίτιατικός,  ή,  όν,  (αίτιάομαι)  be- 
longing to  accusation. — II.  αιτιατική, 
ή,  sc.  πτώσις,  casiis  accusativus.  Adv. 
-κώς,  in  the  accusative. 

Αιτιατός,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from  αί- 
τιάομαι, caused,  effected,  Lat.  causa- 
tus ;  TO  αιτ.,  the  effect,  Arist.  Org., 
cf.  αίτιον. 

Αίτίζω,  -ίσω,  (αίτέω)  to  ask,  beg, 
c.  ace.  rei,  Od.  17,  222,  558  :  c.  ace. 
pers.  to  beg,  solicit,  Od.  17,  346  :  also 
absol.,  Od.  17,  228,  etc. 

Αίτιολογέω,  ώ,  [αΐτιολόγος)  to  iii- 
quire  into  and  assign  the  cause,  Plut. : 
also  as  dep.  mid.,  αίτιολογέομαι. 
Hence 

ΑίτιοΤίΟγητέον,  verb.  adj.  one  must 
investigate  causes,  Diog.  L. 

Αιτιολογία,  ας,  ή,  a  giving  the 
cause,  the  cause  or  proof  itself,  Strab. 

Αίτιο'λοΎΪκός,  ή,  όν,  ready  at  giving 
the  catisc,  Strab. :  as  subst.,  ή  -κή,  or 
TO  —κόν,  readiness  at  giving  it.  Gal. 
Adv.  -κώς. 

Αίτιολόγος,  ov,  (αίτια,  λέγω)  giv- 
ing the  cause. 

Αίτιον,  ov,  TO,  strictly  neut.  from 
αίτιος,  like  αιτία,  a  cause.  Plat. ;  in 
M.  Anton.  for7n  without  matter. 

Αίτιος,  ία,  lov,  more  rarely  ιος,  lov, 
Ar.  Plut.  547,  causing,  occasioning,  but 
in  Horn,  always  in  bad  sense,  causing 
ill,  bearing  the  blame,  guilty,  reprehen- 
sible ;  in  good  sense,  Pind.  P.  5,  33, 
etc.  :  ό  αίτιος,  the  author,  originator, 
Thuc.  3,  22,  etc.,  but  more  usu.  the 
accused,  defendant,  culprit,  Lat.  reus, 
Aesch.  Ch.  68,  etc. ;  oi  αίτιοι  τον 
πατρός,  they  who  have  sinned  against 
my  fa/her,  lb.  273.— Construct,  usu.  c. 
gen.  rei,  also  αιτιός  τινός  τινι,  being 
the  cause  of  a  thing  to  a  person,  Isocr. 
179  C  :  also  c.  inf.,  with  and  without 
the  art.  τον,  Hdt.  2,  20,26;  3,  12, 
etc.,  cf  Schiif  Mel.  p.  23  ;  Heind. 
Plat.  Crat.  416  C  ;  Gorg.  452  D  :  τού- 
το αίτιον  δτι  .  .  .  ,  Plat. — Comi)ar. 
αίτιώτερος,  superl.  αίτιώτατος,  Thuc. 
1,  74  :  4,  20. 

'Χίτις,  ιος  and  ιδος,  ή,  fern,  to  αίτης, 
Alc._ 

Αιτιώδης,  ες,  (αίτια,  είδος)  like  the 
cause,  of  the  cause,  άγνοια.,  Clein.  Al, 
— II.  causal,  original :   hence    το  αί• 


AIXM 

τιώδες,  form  withoiU  matter,  opp.  to 
νλικόν,  Μ.  Anton.,  cf.  αΙτων. 

ΑίτναΙος,  αία,  alov,  of  or  belonging 
to  Aetna,  Aesch.  Pr.  305  ;  Zei'f  kirv., 
because  worshipped  there,  Pind.  01. 
6,  162;  of  a  horse,  in  Soph.  O.  C. 
312,  ace.  to  some,  fiery,  ace.  to 
others,  huge,  but  rather,  Aetnean,  Si- 
cilian (for  the  Sicihan  horses  were  a 
famous  breed) ;  so  jestingly  of  the 
beetle,  Ar.  Pac.  73,  ubi  Schol.  et  Ar. 
Ach.  347  ;  cf.  Plaut.  Mil.  4,  2,  73.— 
II.  αίτναίος,  ό,  a  sea-fish,  Opp. 
ίλίτνη,  ης,  (Dor.  Alrva)  ij,  Aetna,  the 
famous  volcano  of  Sicily,  Pind.  P.  1, 
38.-2.  a  city  on  the  southern  de- 
clivity of  Mt.  Aetna,  Pind.  N.  9,  3.— 
3.  a  shepherdess,  Theocr.  9,  15. 

Αίτρία,  for   αιθρία,  barbarism   in 
Ar.  Thesm.  1001. 
f  Αιτωλία,  ας,  ή,  Aetolia,  a  country 
of  Greece  lying  east  of  Acarnania 
Soph.  EI.  701;  hence  adj.  Αίτωλίκος, 
ή,  όν,  AetoUan,  Thuc.  4,  30. 
■\Αΐτώ7αος,   on,   ό,   coUat.  form   of 
Αιτωλός,  an  AetoUan,  II.  4,  399  :  as 
adj.  AetoUan,  Arist.,  Pans. 
ΙΑί-ωλί'ζ•,  ίδος,  ή,  fem.  to  foreg.,  as 
Air.  χώρη,  AetoUa,  Hdt.  6,  127 ;  Air. 
yrj,  Eur.  Phoen.  982. 

\Αίτω/Μς,  ov,  a,  an  AetoUan,  II.  2, 
638 ;  also  as  adj.  AetoUan,  Pmd.  01. 
3,  22. — The  Aetolians  were  said  to 
derive  their  name  from — 2.  Aetolus, 
son  of  Endymion,  king  of  Ells,  who, 
when  banished,  settled  on  the  Ache- 
lous,  Apollod.  1,  7,  6,  Pans. 

Αίφνης,  ?i(!i\'.,=  aibvu,  άφνος,  on  a 
sudden,  Eur.  I.  A.  1581. 

Αίονίδίος,  ov,  unforeseen,  sudden, 
quick,  Aesch.  Pr.  GSO,  Thuc.  2,  61. 
Adv.  -δίως,  Id.  2,  53,  also  -δίον,  Plut. 
■\-Αίχμαγόρας,  ου,  ό,  {αΙχμή,  άγείρω) 
Aechmagoras,  a  son  of  Hercules, 
Paus. 

Αίχμάζω,{.-άσω,  (αιχμή)  to  throw 
th0  αιχμή  or  spear,  αίχμάς  αίχμύζείν, 
II.  4,  324 ;  to  fight  with  the  spear, 
Aesch.  Pers.  756 ;  αίχμάζείν  χέρα 
ττρός  TLVL,  to  arm  the  hand  against  one, 
Soph.  Aj.  97,  cf.  Soph.  Trach.  355, 
ubi  al.  ΐ/μαξας. 

Αίχμά?ι.ωσία ,  ας,  ή,  {αΙχμη,  ΰλωσις) 
α  beinu prisoner  of  war,  captivity,  Diod. 
20,  61';  N.  T.  Ephes.  4,  8.— II.  a  body 
of  captives,  Diod.  17,  70. 

Αίχμάλωτενο),  f.  -ενσο,  to  make 
prisoner  of  war,  to  lead  captive,  Is.  T. 
Ephes.  4,  8. 

Αίχμΰλωτίζο),  =foreg.,  Diod.  14, 37. 

Αίχμαλωτϊκός,  ή,  όν,  befitting  a 
prisoner,  Eur.  Tro.  871. 

Αίχμΰλωτίς,  ίδος,  ή,  a  captive. 
Soph.,  and  Eur. :  also  as  pecul.  fem. 
οίαίχμάλωτος,  e.  g.  χειρ,  Soph.  Aj. 71. 

Αι,χμ<1?ΜΤΐσμός,  οϋ,  ό,  {αιχμαλω- 
τίζω) captivity. 

Αιχμάλωτος,  ov,  (αιχμή,  άλίσκο- 
μαι)  taken  by  the  spear,  or  in  ivar,  first 
in  Hdt.  9,  70 :  οι  αίχμύ?ΜΤθΐ,  prison- 
ers of  war,  Thuc.  3,  70  :  tu  αίχμύλω- 
τα,  booty,  Xen. :  αίχμά'λωτον  λαμβά- 
νει, αίρεΐν,  αγειν,  to  take  prisoner, 
Eur.,  and  Xen.,  αίχμ.  γίγνεσθαι,  to 
be  taken  prisoner,  Xen. — 11.  =αίχμα• 
λωτικός,  ενναν  αίχμ.,  the  couch  of  a 
captive,  Aesch.  Theb.  364 ;  cf.  δορυ- 
ύλωτος.  [α] 

Αί,γ/i^)  ής.  Τ)•  the  point  of  a  spear, 
δονρός,  έγχεος,  Horn. :  also  any  point, 
e.  g.  αγκίστρου,  κεράτων,  Opp. — II. 
hence  a  spear,  freq.  in  Hom.,  also  in 
Hdt.,  and  Trag.,  but  rare  in  Att. 
prose,  in  as  Xen.  Cyr.  4,  6,  4  :  also  a 
dart,  javelin.,  arrow,  Aesch.  Pers.  239  : 
on  Soph.  Tr.  884  v.  Herm. :  a  sceptre, 
Aesch.  Pr.  405,  925.-2.  a  body  of 
apear-bearcrs,  like  άσττις,  Pind.  P.  8, 


ΑΙΩΝ 

58,  Eur.  Heracl.  276. — 3.  ivar,  battle, 
Hdt.  5,  94 :  αΙχμή  θηρών,  battle  with 
wild  beasts,  Eur.  H.  F.  158  ;  esp.  in 
compds.,  as  αιχμάλωτος,  μεταίχμιος, 
etc.,  like  δόρυ. — 4.  in  Aesch.  Ag. 
483,  Cho.  625,  γυναικός  or  γυναικεία 
αιχμή  seems  to  be  a  woman^s  spirit, 
or  (ace.  to  others)  authority,  rule,  cf. 
supr.  II.  1,  fin.  (Akin  to  αίσσω,  as 
δραχμή  to  δράσσω,  Donalds.  N.  Crat. 
224  :  also  perh.  to  άκή,  ακμή.) 

Αίχμήεις,  εσσα,  εν,  armed  with  the 
spear,'Aesch.  Pers.  136. 

Αίχμητά,  ό,  Ep.  coUat.  form  for 
αίχυητής,  II.  5,  197.  [α] 

Αίχμητήρ,  ήρος,  6,  =^αίχμ7)Γής,  Opp. 
C.  3,  211.     Hence 

Αίχμ7]τήριος,  ία,  ιον,  warlike,  Lye. 

Αίχμητής,  ov,  ό,  (αιχμή)  α  spear- 
man, warrior,  esp.  as  opp.  to  archers, 
oft.  in  II. — II.  in  Pind.  as  adj.,  ivarlike, 
brave ;  seldom  in  prose,  Piut.  Rom. 
2.     Fem.  αίχμήτις,  ιδος. 

Αίχμόδετος,  ov,  (αιχμή,  δέω)  hound 
in  war, ^αιχμάλωτος.  Soph.  Fr.  41. 

Αίχμοφόρος,  ov,  (αιχμή,  φέρω)  who 
trails  a  pike,  spear-bearing ;  ό,  a  spear- 
man :  freq.  in  Hdt.,  used  esp.  of  body- 
guards.=(5opL'0opof,  1,  8  ;  7,  40. 

ΑΓ"ίΆ,  adv.,  quick,  with  speed,  forth- 
with, on  a  sudden,  oft.  in  Horn.,  who 
also  joins  ahpa  μάλα,  and  αΐ-φα  δ' 
έπειτα,  straight  thereupon  :  rare  in 
other  poets,  and  never  in  prose. 
(άφαρ,  άφνως,  αίφνως :  hence  αΙ•φη- 
ρός,  λαιφηρός,  q.  v.) 

Αίψηροκέλευϋος,  ov,  (αίφηρός,  κέ- 
λευθος)  suift-speeding,  epith.  of  Bo- 
reas, Hes.  Th.  379. 

Αίφηρός,  ά,  όν,  (αίφα)  quick,  spee- 
dy, sudden,  κόρος  γόου  αίφηρός,  sati- 
ety in  grief  comes  soon,  Od.  4,  103  : 
/.ϋσεν  άγορήν  αιφηρήν,  he  dismissed 
the  assembly,  so  tliat  it  quickly  broke 
up,  i.  e.  suddenly  dismissed  it,  II.  19, 
276,  Od.  2,  257  :  so  θοήν  ΰ7^εγννετε 
δαϊτα,  Od.  8,  38 :  not  Att. ;  cf.  7mi- 
φηρός. 

ΆΙΏ,  used  only  in  pres.  and  impf : 
to  perceive,  become  atvare  of,  esp.  to 
hear,  but  also  to  see,  Od.  18,  11,  Soph. 
O.  C.  182  :  also  of  mental  perception, 
to  observe,  know,  11.  10, 1S9,  160.  Con- 
struct. ;  always  c.  gen.  pers. :  and 
usu.  c.  gen.  rei,  but  also  c.  ace.  rei,  as 
II.  10,  532:  and  so  usu.  in  Pind., 
and  Trag.  Only  poet.,  and  mostly 
Ep.  and  Lyr.  [άϊ-  mostly  in  Hom., 
but  a,  sometimes  in  arsis,  as  II.  10, 
532  ;  (it- in  Pind,  and  Trag.,  v.  Seidl. 
Eur.  Tro.  156,  Ellendt  Lex.  Soph. : 
ί  rarely,  Hejne  11.  15,  252,  Spohn 
Hes.  Op.  215.] 

Άΐω,=*  άω,  άημι  to  breathe,  found 
only  once  in  the  impf,  φίλον  uiov 
i/Top,  I  breathed  out  mi/  life,  II.  15,  252, 
like  θυμόν  άϊσθε,  1120,  403:  others 
refer  it  to  the  foreg. ;  translating,  / 
knew  it  in  my  heart,  Spitzn.  ad  I.  [a] 
tAt<j,  poet,  for  αιώνα,  v.  αΙών. 

'Αιών,  όνος,  τ/.  Dor.  for  ήΐών, 
Pind.  and  Aesch.  [άΐ] 

Αιών,  ώνος,  ό,  also  η.  Ion.,  Ep., 
and  Eur.  Phoen.  1484  ;  ace.  apocop. 
αίώ,  Aesch.  Fr.  413  : — a  space  or  pe- 
riod of  time,  esp.  a  lifetime,  life,  Lat. 
aevum,  Horn.,  who  joins  φνχή  και 
αιών,  and  so  freq.  in  Hdt.,  and  Att., 
αιών  ττέφαται,  II.  19,  27,  φθίνει,  Od. 
5,  160,  λείπει  τινά,  II.  5,  685,  τελευ- 
τΰν  τον  αιώνα,  Hdt.  1,  32,  etc.,  άττ- 
έπνενσεν  αίωνα,  Eur.  Phil.  14:  also 
one''s  ti?ne  of  life,  age :  the  age  of  man, 
νέος  απ'  αιώνος,  young  in  age,  II.  24, 
725 :  δι'  α'ιώνος,  for  one's  life  long, 
Aesch.  Ag.  554 :  an  age,  generation, 
Aesch.  Theb.  744 :  also  one's  lot  in 
life,  Soph.»  Eur.   And.    1215.— 2.  α 


ΑΚΑΔ 

lo7ig  space  of  time,  eternity,  like  Lat. 
aevum,  τον  αιώνα,  forever,  Plat.  Tim. 
38  C  ;  εις  άπαντα  τον  αιώνα,  hycur. 
162,  24:  and  in  plur.  εις  τoiJς  αιώνας 
τών  αιώνων,  unto  ages  of  ages,  for 
ever  and  ever,  N.  T.  Gal.  1,  5. — 3.  la- 
ter, a  space  of  time  clearly  defined  and 
marked  out,  an  era,  age,  period  of  a 
dispensation :  6  αιών  ούτος,  this  pre- 
sent life,  this  world,  N.  T.  Luc.  16,  8, 
opposed  ^to  ό  αιών  ό  μέ?.λων  or  ερ- 
χόμενος. Marc.  10,  30  ;  the  world, 
Hebr.  1,  2.  —  II.  the  marrow,  spinal 
marrow,  H.  Hom.  Merc.  42,  Ruimk. 
Ep.  Cr.  29.    Hence 

Αιώνιος,  ov,  also  ία,  ιον,  Plat.  Tim. 
38  B,  lasting,  eternal,  e.  g.  δόξα.  Plat., 
N.  T. ;  αιώνιοι  6eai=Lat.  hidi  saecu- 
lares,  Herodian  3,  8,  18.     Adv.  -ίως. 

ΑΐωνόβΙος,  ov,  (αιών,  βίος)  immor- 
tal, Inscr.  Rosett. 

ΑΊωνοτόκος,  ov,  (α'ιών,  τεκεϊν) 
parent  of  eternity,  Synes. 

Αίωνοχΰρής,  ες,  (α'ιών,  χαίρω)  re- 
joicing in  eternity,  Clem.  Al. 

Αιώρα,  ας,  ή,  (άείρω)  a  machine  for 
suspending  bodies,  a  swinging-basket, 
bed,  or  mat,  hammock,  Plut. :  a  chariot 
on  springs.  Plat. :  a  swing,  v.  Millin- 
gen  uned.  anc.  Monum.  1,  77,  pi.  30. 
— II.  a  flying,  being  suspended  Or  hov- 
ering in  the  air,  oscillation.  Plat. 
Phaed.  Ill  E.  (v  Buttm.  Lexil.  v. 
άνήνοθεν  27,  p.  136.) 

Α'ιωρέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω  (from  αιώρα, 
Buttm.  Lexil.  p.  136,)  to  lift  up,  raise, 
rear,  αίωρεΐν  το  νώτον,  of  the  eagle 
raising  his  back,  Pind.  P.  1,  17:  <o 
hang  up,  let  hang,  and  so  to  wave,  or 
set  waving,  Hipp.  More  freq.  pass. 
αίωρέομαι,  c.  fut.  mid.  to  be  raised  on 
high,  Eur.  Hec.  32,  to  be  suspended,  to 
hang,  Hdt.  7,  92  :  to  vibrate.  Plat. 
Phaed.  112  Β :  in  gen.  to  wave  or 
float  in  air,  hover  or  flit  about,  of  the 
iiair,  Asius  Fr.  2,  of  a  dream,  Soph. 
El.  1390  :  to  be  tossed  about  on  the  open 
sea,  to  be  out  at  sea,  Plut.  Alcib.  28. — 
— 2.  metaph.  to  be  in  suspense,  Lat. 
suspensus  esse,  εν  κινδύνφ  αίωρείσθαΐ, 
to  hang  in  doubt,  to  be  involved,  Thuc. 
7,  77  :  but  αίωρ.  εν  τινι,  to  depend 
Ίΐροη  a  person,  Lat.  pendere  ab  aliquo. 
Plat.  Menex.  248  A  ;  also  to  be  in  a 
state  of  high  excitement,  αίωρείσθαι 
υπέρ  μεγύ/MV,  to  play  for  a  high 
stake.  Hut.  8,  100  ;  αίωρ.  την  φυχήν, 
Xen.  Cyn.  4, 4. 

Αιώρημα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which  is 
hung  up  or  hovers,  Lyc. — II.=:sq.,  a 
being  hung  up,  liovering,  Eur.  Or.  984, 
suspense. — 2.  α  hanging,  φονίον  αιώ- 
ρημα, the  noose  of  death.  Id.  Hel.  353. 

Αίώρησις,  εως,  ή,  a  hovering :  sus- 
pense, Plat.  Tun.  89  A. 

Αίώρ?/τος,  ov,  hanging,  hovering, 
Mel.^  77. 

Aiijpt'f(j,=the  more  usu.  αίωρέω. 

ΆΚΑ"  or  ΆΚΑΓ,  Άάν.,=ύκήν, 
softly,  gently.  Pind.  P.  4,  277  :  v.  ΰκέ• 
ων,  άκήν,  άκασκα,  ηκα,  cf.  Buttm. 
Lexil.  v.  άκέων. 

ν  Ακαδημαϊκός,  ή,  όν.  Academic, 
Platonic,  Cic.  Att.  13,  12,  Plut.,  Luc. 
From 

' Ακαδημία  and  Άκαδήμεια,  ας,  ή, 
the  Academy,  a  gymnasium  in  the 
suburbs  of  Athens  (so  named  from 
the  hero  Academus),  where  Plato 
taught ;  hence  the  Platonic  school 
of  philosophers  were  called  Academ- 
ics, oi  άπό  της  'Ακαδημίας.  ['Ακα- 
δημία, Herm.  Ar.  Nub.  1003,  Buttm. 
Ausf  Gr.  p.  37,  38,  n.,  so  that  it 
should  be  Άκαδήμεια,  or  at  least 
Άκαδ/'/μια.'] 
νΑκαδημιΰκός,  ή,  όν,=^άκαδημαϊ 
κός,  Plut. 

45 


AKAK 

νΚκά6?ιμος,  ov,  ό,  Academus,  an 
Athenian  hero,  from  whom  the  Acad- 
emy derived  its  name,  Theogn.  987. 

Άκύζυ,  obsol,  pres.,  whence  the 
part,  άκαχμένος,  q.  v. 

ΆκαΥκ,  ές,  (α  priv.,  καίω)  unburnt. 

Άκαθαίρετος,  {a  priv.,  καΟαψέω) 
not  to  be  -put  down,  Philo. 

Ακαθαρσία,  ας,  τ/,  (ακάθαρτος) 
want  of  cleansing,  Hipp. :  unclcanncss, 
filth,  Plat.:  also  moral  foulness,  filthy 
vice,  impurity,  Dera.,  N.  T.  Rom.  6, 
19,  etc. 

'Ακάθαρτης,  ητος,  τ/,  dub  I.  for 
foreg.,  N.  T.  Apoc.  17,  4. 

'ΚκάΟαρτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  καθαιρώ) 
uncleaned,  Hipp. :  undean,  filthy,  in 
body  or  mind.  Plat.,  and  Xen. :  un- 
purified,  unatoned.  Soph.  O.  T.  256. — 
II.  act.  not  fit  for  cleansing,  Aretae. 
Adv.  -τος. 

Άκαθεκτέω,—ον  κατέχω,  I  do  not 
occupy  or  fill,  Sext.  Emp. 

'Ακάθεκτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  κατέχω) 
ungovernable,  Pseudo-Phocyl.  180. 
Adv.  -τως. 

Άκαιί'α,  ης,  η,=ακ-ή,  ΰκίς,  α  thorn, 

frick,  goad,  Lat.  stimulus,  Αρ.  Rh. — 
I.  a  ten-foot  rod  used  in  land  survey- 
ing. Lat.  acnua,  aciia,  Schneid.  Ind. 
Script.  R.  R.  [a] 

Άκαιρεύομαι,  dep.  to  behave  %msea- 
sonably,  Philo. 

Άκαιρέω,  opp.  to  εύκαιρέω,  to  be 
άκαιρος,  be  without  an  opportunity. 
Died. 

Άκαιρία,  ας,  ή,  an  unseasonable 
time.  Plat.,  etc.— 11.  opp.  to  καιρός, 
want  of  opportunity,  a  bad  situation, 
Dam.  16,  4  :  also  ivant  of  time,  Plut. 
— III.  the  character  of  an  άκαιρος, 
want  of  tact,  importunity.  Plat.  Symp. 
182  A,  Theophr,  Char.  12. 

Άκαίριμος,  η,  ov,  (α  priv.,  καίρι- 
μος,  καίριος)  ill-timed,  unseasonable, 
hence  proverb.,  δ  τι  κεν  trr'  άκαίρι- 
μαν  γλώσσαν  έλθΐ),  Lat.  quicquid  in 
baccamvenerit,  tvhat ever  chanced  to  come 
uppermost,  Schif.  Dion.  Comp.  12. 

Άκαίριος,  ov,  poet,  for  άκαιρος, 
Welck.  Syll.  Ep.  54. 

Άκαιροβόας,  ov,  ό,  (άκαιρος,  βοάω) 
an  unseasonable  braider,  Eccl. 

νΑκαιρυλογέω,  ώ,  to  talk  unseason- 
ably ;  and 

f  Ακαφολογία,    ας,  ή,  unseasonable 
talking.    From 
\'Άκαιρολόγος,  ov,  (άκαιρος,  λε/ω) 
talking  laiseasonably,  Philo. 

Άκαιρος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  καιρός)  ill- 
timed,  unseasonable,  Aesch.  Pr.  103G, 
etc.  :  ές  άκαιρα  τνονεΐν,  Lat.  operam 
perdere,  to  bestotu  labour  in  vain,  un- 
profitably,  Theogn.  915:  importunate, 
troublesome,  Lat.  molestus  or  ineptus, 
Theophr.  Char.  12  :  ill-suited  to  do  a 
thing,  c.  inf.,  Xen. — IL  nof  observing 
due  bounds,  excessive,  γνώμα  άκαιρος 
όλβου,  Eur.  I.  Τ.  419.  Adv.  -ρως, 
Hipp. 

νΑκάκαλίς  or  Άκΰκα?Λίς,  ίδος,  η, 
the  seed  of  an  Aegyptian  shrub,  Diosc. 
— II.  as  pr.  n.  Acacallis,  daughter  of 
Minos,  Ap.  Rh.  4, 1490.— 2.  a  nymph, 
Pans. 

Άκΰκέμφατος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  κακέμ- 
φατος)  not  in  ill  repute. 

Άκακης,  ov,  ό,  only  in  Aesch. 
Pers.  852,  poet,  for  άκακος,  guileless, 
Lat.  innocuus. 

ΥΑκακήσιον,  ov,  τή,  Acacesium,  a 
city  of  Arcadia,  Pans. 

Άκακήσιος,  ov,  ό,  cpith.  of  Mercu- 
ry in  Arcadia,  from  tho  city  Acacesi- 
um; or  rather=sq.,  Call.  Dian.  143. 

Άκύκητα,  Ep.  for  ΰκακήτης,  II.  16, 
185,  Od.  24,  10,  epith.  of  Mercury : 
in  Hes.  Theog.  614,  of  Prometheus, 
46 


AKAM 

^=άκακος,  guileless, gracious,  like  αγα- 
θός, πρανς,  ίριούνιος. 

'Ακακήτης,  ov,  ό,  v.  foreg. 

Ακακία,  ας,  ή,  (ϊική)  an  Aegyptian 
tree,  the  thorny  acacia,  elsewh.  άκαν- 
θα, Diosc. 

Ακακία,  ας,  ή,  (άκακος)  guileless- 
ness,  innocence,  Dem.  1372,  23. 

Άκακοήθης,  ες,  (a  priv.,  κακοήθης) 
guileless. 

Άκακος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  κακός)  un- 
knowing of  ill,  guileless,  Aesch.  Pers. 
604,  and  Plat. :  esp.  without  ihalice, 
Lat.  non  malus,  άπλονς,  Ruhnk.  Tim., 
Schiif  Greg.  342.  Adv.  -κωη,  cf.  (/(5ό- 
λως. — II.  as  pr.  n.  Acacus.  son  of  Ly- 
caon,  founder  of  Acacesium,  Pans. 

Άκάκούργητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  κακ- 
ονργέω)  uncorrupted,  unhurt.  Adv. 
-τως. 

Άκάκνντος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  κακύνω) 
=  sq.,  Hierocl.     Adv.  -τως. 

Άκάκωτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  κακόω) 
unharmed,  Dio  C. 

ί'Ακάλανδρος,  ov,  ό,  Acala7idrus,  a 
river  of  Italy  near  Thurii.  Strab. 

Άκαλανθίς,  ίδος,  ή,-=ϊικανθίς,  a 
goldfinch,  an  epith.  applied  to  Άρτε- 
μις in  Ar.  Av.  872,  explained  by  some 
in  Ar.  Pac.  1079  as  a  species  of 
dog. 

'Ακα?ι.α^)βείτης,  ov,  ό,  (άκαλος, 
βέω)  soft-flowing,  epith.  of  Ocean,  U. 
7,  422. 

Άκαλάββοος,  ov,  post-Hom.  for 
άκα/.αββείτης,  Orph. 

ΆκαΛήφη,  ης,  ή,  a  nettle,  Ar.  Eq. 
422 :  hence  the  sting  as  of  a  nettle, 
άττό  τνς  οργής.  Id.  Vesp.  844. — II.  a 
sea-fish,  Lat.  urtica,  which  stings  like 
a  nettle,  Arist.  H.  A. 
γΑκάλ?.η,  ης,ή,Acalle,=Άκaκaλίς, 
ApoUod. 

Άκαλλής,  ές,  gen.  έος,  (a  priv., 
κύλ?ίθς,)  without  charms,  Luc,  Plut. 

Άκα'λλιέρητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  καλλι- 
ερέω)  esp.  ιερά,  not  accepted  by  the 
gods,  ill-omened,  Aeschin.    Adv.  -τως. 

Άκαλλώπιστος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  καλ- 
?.ωπίζω)  unadorned,  Plut.,  κόμη,  Luc. 
Pise.  12. 

Άκαλός,  ή,  όν,  (άκήν)  like  ηκαλος, 
peacefid,  still.     Adv.  -?.ύς, 

'Ακάλυπτος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  καλύπτω) 
uncovered,  unveiled,  Soph.  O.  T.  1427. 
Adv.  -τως. 

Άκαλνφής,  ές,=ΰκάλνπτος.  Soph. 
Phil.  1327:  also  άκάλϋφος,  ov,  Diog. 
L.  8,  72. 

ΫΑκαμαντίδης,  ov,  ό,  son  or  descend- 
ant of  Acamns,  Dem.  1398,  11. 

^Ακαμαντίς,  ίδος,  ή  (φνλή,)  the  At- 
tic  tribe  yl(Y//?m7i<is,  Thuc.  4,  118. 

Άκαμ.αντολόγχης,  ov,  ό,  (άκάμας, 
λόγχη)  unwearied  at  the  spear,  Pind.  I. 
7,  13. 

Άκαμαντομάχης,  ov,  ό,   (άκάμας, 
/ίάγΐ])  unwearied  in  fight,  Pind.  P.  4, 
304. 
νΑκαμαντοπόδης,  ov,  (5,— sq.,  Synes. 

Άκαμαντόπονς,  ό,  η,  πουν,  τό.  gen. 
ποδός,  (άκάμας,  πους)  untiring  of  foot, 
ίππος,  Pind.  Ο.  3,  5  :  also  άκ.  απήνη, 
βροντή,  Id.  5,  Ο  ;  4,  2. 

' Ακαμαντοχάρμας,  ό,  (άκάμας,  χάρ- 
μη)  -unwearied  in  fight,  Pinn.  Fr.  179, 
in  voc.  άκαμαντοχάρμαν,  wh.  makes 
it  probable  that  the  gen.  would  be 
-ιιαντος,  Lob.  Paral.  J,  p.  172;  al- 
though the  analogy  of  μενεχάρμης 
would  favour -//?;f,  ov. 

Άκάμας,  αντος,  ό,  (a  priv.,  κάμνω) 
untiring,  unresting,  ήέλιος,  II.  18,239, 
S7rfp,Yfiof,etc..Il.  16, 176, and  Pind. — 
II.  as  pr.  n.  Acomas,  son  of  Theseufi, 
Dem.,  Diod.  Sic,  etc. — 2.  son  of 
Antenor,  II.  2,  823.-3.  son  of  Asius, 
II.  12, 140.— 4.  a  leader  of  the  Thra- 


AKAN 

cians,  II.  2,  844. — 5.  a  promontory  of 
Cyprus,  Strab.,  Luc.  Nav.  7. 

'Ακάματος,  ov,  also  η,  ov,  Hes.  Th. 
747,  Soph.  Ant.  339,  ivithout  sense  of 
toil,  hence — 1.  like  foreg.,  untiring, 
unresting,  in  Horn,  always  epith.  of 
filre :  άκ.  μένος,  σθένος,  Aesch.,  etc.: 
■)yi,  Soj)h.  1.  c,  earth  tliat  never  rests 
from  tillage,  or  that  never  tires  of 
yielding  fruits,  i.  e.  inexhaustible. — 2. 
not  tired  OX  weary,  Hipp. — II.  act.  not 
tiring,  Aretae.  Adv.  -τως,  also  ακά- 
ματα. Soph.  El.  164.  [Ep.  ακάματος, 
cf.  a  sub  fin.] 

Άκύμμνστος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  καμμύω 
for  καταμνω)  without  winking. 

Άκαμπής,  ές,=  άκαμπτος,  Orph. 
Hence 

Άκαμπία,  ας,  7),=άκαμιΙιία,  Hipp. 
νΑκαμπτόπονς,  ό,  ή,  πονν,τό,  gen. 
ποδός,  (άκαμπτος,  πους)  withunbend- 
ing  fret  or  legs,  Nonn. 

'Ακαμπτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  κάμπτω) 
unbent,  stiff.  Plat.  :  without  curve, 
straight,  δρόμος,  Hipp. — II.  unbending, 
inexorable,  Pind.,  and  Aesch.  :  το 
άκαμπτον,  firmness,  steadfastness, 
Plut.     Hence 

Ακαμψία,  ας,  ή,  inflexibility,  Arist. 
Gen.  An. 

Άκανθα,  ης,τι,(άκήλα  thorn,prickle, 
Theocr.  7,  1 40  :  hence — 1 .  a  prickly 
plant,  thistle,  or  perh.  the  same  as 
άκανθος,  Od.  5,  328  :  also  a  thorny 
tree,  prob.  a  kind  of  acacia,  found  in 
Aegypt,  Hdt.  2,  96  ;  several  kinds  are 
nientioned  by  Theophr. : — proverb., 
oi)  γάρ  άκανθαι,  7io  thistles,  i.  e.  no- 
thing useless,  Ar.  Fr.  407. — 2.  the 
prickles  or  spines  of  the  porcupine, 
etc.,  Arist.  H.  A. — 3.  the  pointed  bortes 
of  the  back,  and  so  the  back-bone  or 
spine  itself,  esp.  of  fish,  Hdt.  2,  75, 
cf  4,  72  ;  also  of  serpents,  Theocr. 
24,  32. — 4.  metaph.  άκανθαι  τών  ζη- 
τήσεων, Cicero's  spinae  disserendi, 
thorny  questions,  knotty  points,  Λο. 
Anth.  2,  2,  p.  123. 

Άκανθεών,  ώνος,  ό,  a  thorny  brake, 
Lat.  dumctum ;  late. 

Άκανθήεις,  εσσα,  εν,  (άκανθα) 
thorny,  prickly.  Nic  Th.  638. 

Άκανθηρός,  ά,  όν,  (άκανθα)  with 
spines,  Arist.  II.  A.  9,  37,  16. 

Άκανθίας,  ov,  ό,  (άκανθα)  a  prickly 
thing,  and  so — 1.  a  kind  oi  fish,  perh. 
the  sqttalus  acanthias,  Linn.,  Arist.  H. 
A. — 2.  a  kind  of  cicada,  Ael. — 3.  a 
prickly  asparagus. 

Άκανθικός,  ή,  όν,  (άκανθα)  thorny, 
Theophr. 

Άκάνθΐνος,  η,  ov,  thorny,  of  thorns, 
στέφανοΓ,  Ν.  Τ.  Marc.  15, 17.— II.  of 
the  tree  'άκανθα,  Hdt.  2,  96.— III.  of 
the  down  of  thistles,  Strab. 

'Ακάνθων,  ov,  τή,  dim.  from  άκαν- 
θα, Arist.  H.  A. — II.  a  kind  of  thistle, 
Lat.  onopordum  acanthium,  Diosc. 

Άκανθίς,  ίδος,  ή,  a  thistle-finch, gold- 
finch, Arist.  II.  Α.— II.  a  plant  like 
'άκανθα,  Diosc.  —  III.  as  fern,  adj., 
prickly,  Anth. 

Άκανθίων,  όνος,  ό,  a  hedgehog, 
porcupine,  Galen. 

Άκανθοβύτης,  ov,  ό,  fem.  -βάτις, 
ίδος,  ή,  (άκανθα,  βαίνω)  going  on 
thorns,  Leon.  Tar.  65:  metaph  =άκαν- 
θολόγος.  Anth.  [α] 

Άκανθοβόλος,  ov,  (άκανθα,  βάλλω) 
shooting  thorns,  pricking,  βόδοτ',  Nic. 
— II.  ό  άκ-,  a  surgical  instrument  for 
extracting  bones. 

Άκανθολόγος,  ov,  (άκανθα,  λέγω) 
gathering  thorns  :  esp.  metaph.  01 
quibbling  arguers,  Anth.  cf  άκανθα  4. 

Άκανθόνωτος,ον,  (άκανθα,  νώτον) 
prickle-backed. 

Άκανθοπλήξ,  ήγος,  ό,  ή,  (άκανθα, 


ΑΚΑΡ 

ίτλ^σσω)  scratched  with  thorns  Or 
sharp  bones,  Όύυσσενς  άκ.,  name  of  a 
play  of  Sophocles. 

'Ακανθος,  ov,  ή,  Lat.  acanthus, 
bear's-breech,  a  plant  much  used  in 
works  of  art,  esp.  Corinth,  capitals, 
with  the  epith.  υγρός,  Lat.  mollis, 
flexiis,  Theocr.  1,  55  :  also  άκανθα, 
Voss  Virg.  Eel.  3,  45. — II.  a  prickly 
Aegyptian  tree,  also  ακακία,  Voss 
Virg.  Georg.  2,  119.  More  rarely  ό 
UK;  Schol.  Nic.  Thar.  645.  (Passow 
suggests  a  deriv.  from  άκή  and  άνθος, 
thorn-flower.) 

■\-"Ακαι<θος,  ov,  ό,  Acanthus,  masc. 
pr.  n.  Thuc.  5,  19. — 2.  ή,  a  city  of 
Chalcidice,  on  the  Strymonian  gulf, 
Hdt.  G,  44  ;  ό  Άκάνθως,  Hdt.  7,  116. 
— 3.  a  city  of  Aegypt  with  a  temple 
of  Osiris,  Strab.  ;  'Ακανθών  πόλις, 
Diod.  Sic.  1,  97  :  hence  ό  Άκανθο- 
πολίτης. 

Άκανθοστεφής,  ές,  gen.  έος,  {άκαν- 
θα, στέφω)  crowned  with  thorns  ;  οί  a 
fish,  prickle-backed,  Arist.  ap.  Ath. 
319  C. 

Άκανθοφύγος,  ov,  (άκανθα,  φα- 
γεϊν)  eating  thor?is,  Arist.  H.  A.   [a] 

Άκανθοφορέω,  to  bear  thorns  •  from 

Άκανθοφόρος,  ov,  {άκανθα,  φέρω) 
bearing  thorns  or  thistles,  Nonn. 

Άκανθοφυέω,  {άκανθα,  φύω)  to 
bear  thorns  or  thistles,  Diosc. 

'Ακανθόφυλ?Μς,  ov,  {άκανθα,  φνλ- 
λον)  prickly-leaved. 

Άκανθόχοίρος,  ου,  ό,  {άκανθα,  χοί- 
ρος) α  porcupine  ;  or  a  hedgehog. 

Ακανθόω,  {άκανθα)  to  make  prickly , 
Theophr.,  in  pass. 

Άκανθυλλίς,  ίδος,  ή,  Arist.  Η.  Α. ; 
dim.  from  άκανθίς. 

Άκανθώδΐ]ς,  ες,  gen.  εος,  {άκανθα, 
είδος)  full  of  thorns,  thorny,  Hdt.  1, 
126:  metaph.  βίος  άκ.,  Strab. — 2. 
prickly,  Arist.  H.  A. :  λόγοι  άκ.,  sharp 
speeches,  Luc.  D.  Mort.  10,  8. 

'Ακανθών,  ώνος,  ό,=άκανθεών. 
ΥΑκανίας,  ου,  ό,  Acanias,  a  harbour 
of  Rhodes,  Arist. 

Άκΰνίζω,  {άκανος)  to  bear  or  be  like 
άκανοι,  Theophr. 

ΆκανΙκός,  like  the  άκανος,  Theophr. 

Άκύνιον,  ου,  τό,  dnn.  from  άκανος. 

Άκΰνος,  ου,  ό,=άκανθα  :  hence — 
Π.  α  kind  of  thistle,  Theophr.  —  III. 
the  prickly  head  of  some  fruits,  like 
the  pine-apple ;  v.  Schneid.  Ind. 
Theophr. 

Άκά-η?ίεντος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  καττη- 
Τί,εϋω)  free  from  the  tricks  of  trade, 
sincere,  Synes. 

'Ακάπη7ίθς,  ov,  =  foreg. :  βίος,  a 
life  without  guile,  Strab. 

Άκάττνιστος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  καττνίΐ,ω) 
unsmoked  :  μέλι,  honey  taken  with- 
out smoking  the  bees,  Strab. 

Άκαπνος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  καπνός) 
without  s?noke,  free  from  it,  οικία, 
Hipp.  —  II.  7iot  smoking,  making  no 
smoke,  ττϋρ,  Theophr.  :  θυσία  άκαπ- 
νος, an  ojfering  thoush  no  burnt  offering, 
such  as  a  poem,  Jac.  Anth.  2,  1,  p. 
96  ;  θϋειν  άκαπνα,  to  live  without  a 
hearth  of  one's  own,  i.  e.  at  others'  ex- 
pense, Ath.  8  E.— III.=  foreg.,  Plin. 

Άκάπνωτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  καπνόω) 
free  from  vapour,  Eur.  Ph;let.  2,  54. 

Άκάρδιος,  ov,  {a  priv..  καρδία) 
wanting  the  heart,  Phit.  Caes.  63  : 
metaph.  heartless  ;  iveak,  Lat.  excors, 
Galen. — II.  of  wood,  u'ithout  heart  or 
pith,  and  so  solid,  Theophr. 
Άκαρεί,  adv.,  v.  ΰκαρί/ς. 

Άκάρηνος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  κάρηνον) 
headless,  Anth. 

Άκυρης,  ές,  {a  priv.,  κείρω)  strict- 
ly of  hair,  too  short  to  he  cut,  hence  in 
geil.  short,  small,  tiny,  most  usu.  of 


AKAT 

time,  hence — 1.  άκαρές,  a  moment,  έν 
άκαρεί  χρόνου,  Ar.  Plut.  244  ;  also 
ίν  άκαρεί  χρόνω,  Diod.,  and  έν  άκα- 
ρεί, Luc.  Asin.  37  :  err'  άκαρές,  for  n 
moment,  Aretae.  :  άκαρή  όίαλιπών, 
sc.  χρόνον,  having  umiled  a  moment, 
Ar.  Nub.  496  ;  and  άκαρή,  Alciphr. : 
but — 2.  also  άκαρές,  a  morsel,  Ar. 
Vesp.  701,  and  oft.  with  negat.,  οΰδ' 
άκαρή,  not  even  a  morsel,  not  a  bit,  Ar. 
Vesp.  541,  etc. :  nap'  άκαρή,  within  a 
hair's  breadth,  very  nearly.  Plat.  A.t. 
366  C — II.  TO  άκαρές,  the  ring  of  the 
little  finger.  Poll. 

'Ακαρι,  TO,  a  mite,  or  maggot  in 
cheese,  etc.,  also  in  the  skin  of  ani- 
mals, Arist.  H.  A. 

'Ακαριαίος,  αία,  αΐον,  {άκαρής) 
short,  small,  tiny,  πλους,  Dem.  1292, 
2  :  also  of  time,  Dion.  H. 

Άκαρνα,  ης,  ή,  a  kind  of  thistle, 
Theophr. 

νΑκαρνάί',  άνος,  ό,  Acarnan,  son  of 
Alcmaeon  and  Calhrrhoe,  progenitor 
of  the  Acarnanians,  Thuc.  2,  102.— 2. 
an  Acarnanian,  Hdt.  1,  62;  7,  221; 
fem.  Άκαρνάνίς. 
V Ακαρνανία,  ας,  η,  Acarnania,  a 
country  of  Greece,  between  Epirus 
and  Aetolia,  Hdt.  2,  10. 

V Ακαρνάνΐκός,  ή,  όν,  Acarnanian, 
Thuc.  2,  102  ;  ή  Άκαρνανική  sc.  χώ- 
ρα, Acarnania,  Strab. 

'  Ακαρπέω,  to  he  άκαρπος,  or  barren, 
Theophr.     Hence 

Άκαρπία,  ας,  ή,  unfruitfulness, 
Aesch.  Eum.  801. 

Άκύρπιστος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  καρπίζω) 
=^άκάρπωτος,  where  nothing  is  to  be 
reaped,  unfruitful,  of  the  sea,  like 
άτρύγετος,  Eur.  Phoen.  210. 

Άκαρπος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  καρπός) 
without  fruit,  barren,  Eur.,  etc.,  c.  gen., 
λίμνη  ά.  ιχθύων,  Paus. — II.  metaph. 
fruitless,  unprofitable,  πόνος,  Bacchyl. 
18.— III.  act.  "in  Aesch.  Eum.  912. 
making  barren,  blasting.  Adv.  -πως^ 
Soph. 

Άκάρπωτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  καρπόω) 
not  made  fruitful,  without  fruit,  The- 
ophr. :  metaph.,  νίκης  άκάρπωτος  χά- 
ρις, a  fruitless  victory.  Soph.  Aj.  176 
ubi  Herm. :  χρησμός  άκ.,  an  unful- 
filled oracle,  Aesch.  Eum.  714. 

Άκαρτέρητος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  καρτε- 
ρέω)  insupportable,  Plut. 

"Ακαρτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  κείρω)  un- 
shorn, uncut,  Ath.  211  E. 

Άκαρφής,  ές,  {a  priv.,  κάρφω)  not 
dried  or  withered,  Nic. 

Άκασκΰ,αάν., ge7itly,  Cratin.Nom. 
5,  cf  άκΰ,  άκέων.     Hence 

ΆκασκαΙος,  αία,  αΐον,  geritle,  άγαλ- 
μα πλούτου,  Aesch.  Ag.  741. 

ΥΑκάστη,  ης,  ή,  Acaste,  a  daughter 
of  Oceanus,  Η.  Hom.  Cer.  421. 

Υ Ακαστος,  ου,  ό,  Acastus,  son  of 
Pelias  king  of  lolcos,  Pind.  N.  4,  93. 
—2.  king  of  Dulichium,  Od.  14,  336. 

Άκαταβίαστος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  κατα- 
βιάζομαί)  uncontrolled. 

Ακατάβλητος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  κατα- 
βά/.λω)  not  to  be  thrown  down,  irrefra- 
gable, λόγος,  Ar.  Nub.  1229. 

Άκατάγγελτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  κατ- 
αγγέλλω) unproclaimed,  πόλεμος, 
Dion  H. 

Άκατάγνωστος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  κατα- 
γιγνώσκω)  not  to  be  condemned,  blame- 
less, N.  T.  Tit.  2,  8.    Adv.  ~τως. 

Άκαταγών ιστός,  ov,  {a  priv.,  κατ- 
αγωνίζομαι)  unconquerable,  Diod. 

Άκαταδίκαστος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  κατα- 
δικάζω) not  condemned. 

Άκαταθνμιος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  κατα- 
θύυιος)  asninst  one's  Xfish,  disagreea- 
ble, post- Horn,  for  άποθύμιος,  Arte- 
mid.  Iv] 


AKAT 

Άκαταιτίάτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  καταΐ' 
τιάομαι)  not  to  be  accused,  Joseph. 

Άκατακάλνπτος,ον,  {a  priv.,  κατά• 
κα'λνπτω)  uncovered,  Polyb.  ;  stripped 
of  coveritig.    [-αλ-] 

Άκατάκλαστος,  op,  {a  priv.,  κατά• 
κλάω)  that  cannot  be  broken. 

Άκατακόσμητος,  ov,  {a  priv,,  κατά- 
κοσμέω)  unadorned,  unarrangrd,  Plut. 

' ΑκατάκρΙτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  κατα- 
κρίνω) not  condemned,  N.  T.  Act.  16, 
37.     Adv.  -τως. 

Άκύτακτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  κατύγνυ- 
μι)  not  to  be  broken,  Aiist.  Meteor. 

Άκατα?^ηκτικός,  ή,  όν,  dub.  for 
άκατά?.ηκτος  II. 

Άκατάληκτος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  κατά- 
?ίήγω)  i7icessant,  Epict. — II.  acatalec• 
tic,  in  prosody,  Hephaest.    Adv.  -τως. 

Άκαταληπτέω,^^οίι  ?Μμβάνω,  not 
to  understand,  Sext.  Emp. 

Ακατάληπτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  κατα- 
λαμβάνω) not  seized  or  touchrd,  Arist. 
Probl.  :  not  held  fast,  M.  Anton. — II. 
not  to  be  seized  or  conquered,  Joseph.  : 
metaph.  incomprehensible,  Cic.  Acad. 
2,  9,  18  ;  Plut.    Adv.  -τως.    Hence 

'Ακατα?αιψία,  ας,  ή,  incomprehensi- 
bleness :  hence  the  Academic  tenet, 
that  "  nothing  can  be  comprehend- 
ed," Cic.  Att.  13,  19,  3. 

'Ακατάλ?Μκτος,  ov,  {a  priv,,  καταλ- 
?Αττω)  irreconcilable,  Zaleuc.  ap. 
Stob.  p.  280,  12.  Adv.  -τως,  άκ.  έχειν 
or  διακεϊσθαί  τινι,  Polyb.  12,  7,  5. 

Ακατάλληλος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  κατά, 
αλλήλων)  not  fitting  together,  hetero- 
geneous, Arist.  Mund. 

Ακατάλυτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  καταλύω) 
indissoluble,  indestructible,  Dion.  H. 

Άκαταμάθητος,  ov,  {a  pnv.,  κατα- 
μανθάνω)  not  learnt  or  known,  Hipp. 

'Ακαταμάχητος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  κατά 
μάχομαι)  not  to  be  subdued,  uncon- 
querable, Luc.  Philop.  8. 

Άκαταμέτρητυς,  ov,  {a  priv.,  κατά- 
μετρέω)  unmeasured,  immense,  Strab. 

'Ακατανόητος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  κατα- 
νοέω)  7U)t  to  be  conceived  of,  Luc.  Phi- 
lop. 13.     Adv.  -τως. 

Άκατάξεστος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  κατα- 
sf Gj)  n/it  polished  or  hewn,  Bockh, 
Inscr.  1,279. 

Άκαταπάλαιστος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  κα• 
ταπάλαίω)  unconquerable  in  boxing. 

Ακατάπαυστος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  κα- 
ταπαύω) not  to  be  set  at  rest,  incessant, 
Polyb.,  perpetual,  αρχή,  Plut.  Arat. 
26  :  that  cannot  cease,  c.  gen.  N.  T.  2 
Pet.  2,  14.     Adv.  -τως. 

Άκατάπληκτος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  κατα- 
πλήσσω) undaunted,  Dion.  H.  1,  81. 
Adv.  -τως,  Diod.     Hence 

Άκαταπληξία,  ας,  ή,  undaunted- 
ness,  Clem.  AL 

Ακαταπόνητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  κατα- 
πονέω)  not  to  be  worn  out,  κόσμος,  Phi- 
lolaus  ap.  Stob.  Eel.  1,  420. 

Άκατάποτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  καταπί- 
νω) not  to  be  swallowed,  LXX.  Job  20, 
18. 
ΥΑκατάρδεντος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  καταρ- 
δεύω)  unmoistened,  Eccl. 

Άκατάσβεστος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  κατά• 
σβένννμι)  unquenchable,  Galen. 

Άκατάσειστος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  κατα- 
σείω)  not  to  be  shaken. 

Άκατασήμαντος,  ov,  {  a  priv.,  κα- 
τασημαίνω)  unsealed;  hence  άκ.  έν- 
ταλμα, a  co?nrnission  not  given  in  wri- 
ting, i.  e.  verbal,  Hdn.  3,  ίΐ,  19. 

Άκατασκεναστος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  κα- 
τασκευάζω) unirrought,  unformed, 
rough, inartificial,Vh\\os\,τ.,'L•'X.X.Geτί. 
1 ,  2. — II.  not  admitting  of  high  finish, 
Pint.  Adv.  -τως. 

Άκατάσκευος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  κατα- 
σκευή) without  preparation,  inartificial, 
47 


AKAY 

simpIe,O'ion.K.  Thuc.  27.— U. without 
re<rular  establishment,  without  a  dwell- 
ing, βίος,  Diod.     Adv.  -ως,  Polyb. 

Ακαταστασία,  ας,  η,  a  bein^  ακατ- 
άστατος, a  state  of  disorder,  anarchy, 
tumult,  Polyb.  1,  70,  N.  T.  Luc.  2 J, 
9  :  coiifuston,  N.  T.  1  Cor.  14,  33.— 
II.  zinstcadincss,  Polyb.  7,  4,  8. 

Άκαταστΰτέίο,  ώ,  to  be  ακατάστα- 
τος, Epict. :  from 

'ιίκατάστΰτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  καθίσ- 
ηιμι)  unstable,  unsettled,  Hipp.  :  τννεϋ- 
μα,  Dem.  383,7:  unsteady,  fickle,  Po- 
lyb.— II.  not  making  any  deposit,  thick, 
ούρα,  Hipp.  Adv.  -τως,  Isocr.  401  B. 
' Κκατάστροί^ιος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  κατα- 
στροφή) without  end:  of  Style,  not 
rounded,  Dion.  H. 

'Ακατάσχετος,   ov,   (a  priv.,  .κατ- 
έχω) not  to   be  checked  or   restrained, 
L)iod.,Plut.Mar.44.   Adv.  -r(jr,Plut. 
Άκατάτρητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  κατα- 
τετραίνω)  not  pierced.  Gal. 

'Ακατάτριπτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  κατα- 
τρίβω)  not  to  be  worn  out,  Polyb.  3, 
89,9. 

Άκαταφρόνητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  κατα- 
φρονέυ)  not  to  be  despised,  hence  im- 
jjortant,  Lat.  haud  spernendus,  dreaded, 
Xen.  Ages.  0,  8. 

Άκαταχώριστος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  κατα- 
χωρίζω) undigested,  νΚη,  Arist.  Probl. 
Άκατύφαυστος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  κατα- 
πάνω) not  to  be  touched,  v.  1.  Hdt.  4, 
191. 

Άκατάψ έκτος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  κατα- 
■φέγω)  blameless,  Eccl.     Adv.  -τως. 

Άκατύφευστος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  κατα- 
■φεύύομαι)  not  feigned,  real,  Hdt.  4, 
191. 

'Ακατέργαστος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  κατερ- 
γάζομαι) unwrought,  rough,  Longin. : 
undigested,  τροφή,  Arist.  Part.  An. 

Άκάτη,  y,=^  άκατος,  ace.  to  the 
MSS,  in  Aesch.  Ag.  985:  cf.  Klau- 
Ken,  not.  crit.  ad  v.  916. 

'Ακατηγόρ?ιτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  κατη- 
γορέω)   not   to   be  accused,  blameless, 
Diud.  11,40.     Adv. -τως. 
f'Aκaτc(^ης,  ov,   a,  Acatides,  masc. 
pr.  n.  Polyb. 

'Ακάτων,  ov,  ro,  dim.  from  άκατος, 
a  light  boat,  esp.  of  pirates,  Lat.  actu- 
aria,  Thuc.  4,  67. —  II.  the  mainsail, 
Xen.  Hell.  0,  2,  27 ;  or,  ace.  to  oth- 
ers, a  light  sail  hoisted  in  fair  winds, 
V.  Sturz.  Lex. ;  Schneider  epimetr. 
1,  ad  lib.  6  :  a  sail  in  gen.,  Luc.  Jup. 
Trag.  46. — III.  a  boat-shaped  cup,  like 
κϋφος,  κνμβί],  Lat.  cymba,  Epicr. 
Incert.  2. 

'Ακατονόμαστος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  κατ- 
ονομάζω) unnamed,  not  to  be  named, 
naineless,  Epicur.  ap.  Plut.  2,  898  D. 
Άκατος,  ov,  ή,  also  6  in  Hdt.  7, 
186,  a  light  I'essel,  boat,  Lat.  actuaria, 
Theogn.  458,  and  Pind. :  esp.  a  tran- 
sport vessel,  Hdt.  1.  c.  :  in  gen.  a  ship, 
Eur.  Hec.  446,  etc. :  of  Charon's  boat, 
Anth. — II.  a  boat-shaped  cup,  Theo- 
pomp.  (Com.)  Alth.  2 ;  cf  ακάτων, 
and  Pors.  Med.  139.  (Klausen  re- 
gards άκατος  and  the  v.  1.  άκάτη  in 
Ag.  985  as  adj.  with  ναΰς  sub.,  from 
άκάζω  referring  to  the  figure  of  the 
vessel,  ad  Aesch.  Ag.  910.)    [a/c-] 

Άκατον'λωτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  κατον- 
λόω)  not  scarred  over. 

Άκάττϋτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  καττύω) 
unsoled.  Teles  ap.  Stob.  p.  523,  49. 

Άκηυλοζ•,  ov,{a  priv.,  κav'λός)with- 
out  stalk,  Diosc.  :  without  tail,  Arist. 
Part.  An. 

' Ακανστηρίαστος,  not  branded,  of 
horses,  Strab. :  v.  καυτηριάζω. 

Άκανστος,  ov,  {a  pnv.,  καίω)  ν,η- 
burnt,  Xen.  Mem.  3,  5,  8 :  incombusti- 
ble, Arist.  Meteor. 
48 


AKEP 

Άκαντος,  ov,=ioTeg.,  Gal. 
Άκανχησία,  ας,  ή,  (α  priv.,  καύχη- 
σις)  humility,  Eccl. 

'Ακαχείατο,  Ερ.  for  ηκάχηντο,  ν. 
*άχω. 

'Ακάχημαι,  άκαχήιιεθα,  ακηχέδα- 
ταί,  Ερ.  1  sing.,  1  and  3  pi.  perf.  pass, 
of  *άχω  :  άκαχημένος,  part,  of  same 
tense. 

Άκαχήσω,  άκάχησα,  Ερ.  fut.  and 
aor.  1  of  *  άχω . 

Άκαχίζω,  to  trouble,  grieve,  Od.  16, 
432.  Pass,  to  be  troubled,  only  in  imp., 
II.  6,  486  :  c.  part.,  μήτί  βανών  άκα- 
χίζεν,  be  not  at  all  grieved  at  having 
dud,  Od.  11,  486,  (from  the  root  AX-, 
cf.  *  άχω,  άχος). 

Άκαχμένος,  ένη,  ένον,  {άκή)  point- 
ed, sharpened,  Hom.  part,  pass.,  a 
pecul.  form  which  implies  a  pres. 
*  άκάζω. 

*  'Ακάχω,  V.  sub  *  άχω. 
Άκέαστος,  ov,  (α  pnv.,  κεάζω)  not 
to  be  split  or  parted,  Eccl. 

Άκείομαι,  Ερ.  for  άκέομαι,  hence 
άκειόμενος,  Od.  14,  383,  II.  16,  29, 
where  άκειάμενος  is  f.  1. 

Άκείρΰτος,  ov,  (  a  priv.,  κείρω)  un- 
shorn, V.  Nuke  Choenl.  p.  107. 

Άκειρεκόμας,ου,ό,^ύιβ  more  usu. 
άκερσεκόμης,  Pind.  I.  1,  8. 

'Ακέλενϋος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  κέλενθος) 
pathless. 

'Ακέλενστος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  κελεύω) 
unbidden,  Trag.,  and  Plat.  Leg.  953  D. 
Ι'Α/νελλον,  ov,  TO,  Acellum,  a  later 
name  oi  Aegithallus,  Diod.  S. 

Άκέλνφος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  κέλυφος) 
ivithout  shell  or  husk. 

Άκενοόοξία,  ας,  η,  freedom  from 
conceit :  from 

'Ακενόδοξος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  κενός, 
δόξα)  not  vain,  without  conceit,  M.  An- 
ton. 

^Ακενος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  κενός)  not 
empty,  without  a  vacuum,  Diog.  L.  10, 
89. 

'Ακενόσπονδος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  κενός, 
σπονδή)  shunning  vain  pursuits,  Cic. 
Fam.  15,  17,  4. 

'Ακέντητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  κεντάω) 
needing  no  goad  or  spur,  Pind.  0. 1,  33. 
'Ακεντρος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  κέντρον) 
without  a  sting,  κηφτ/νες,  Plat.  504  Β  ; 
φυτόν,  Philo. — 2.  without  spur,  of  a 
cock,  Clyt.  ap.  Ath.  655  E.  —  3. 
without  force  or  energy,  Longin. 

'Ακένωτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  κενόω)  un- 
emptied,  Eccl. 

Άκέομαι,  f.  -έσομαι,  Att.  uKOvuat 
(Plat.  Rep.  304  C),  dep.  mid.,  {ακέ- 
ων,  άκήν)  to  heal,  cure,  c.  ace.  of 
thing  healed,  as  ελκεα,  II.  16,  29, 
ι/'ώρ??ν,  Hdt.  4,  90  ;  or  of  part  healed, 
βλέφαρον,  Eur.  Hec.  1007 :  also  c. 
ace.  pers.,  11.  5,  448  :  absol.  II.  5,  402, 
901  (though  an  ace.  rei  may  be  sup- 
plied).—  2.  to  stanch,  quench,  δίφαν, 
11.  22,  2,  Pind.  P.  9,  180.  —  3.  in  gen. 
to  cure,  amend,  repair,  make  good,  to 
atone  for,  νήας,  Lat.  naves  nficere,  Od. 
14,  383:  άμαρτίαν,  Hdt.  1,  167,  τα 
έπιόερόμενα.  Id.  3,  10;  κακόν,  άχος. 
Soph.  Ant.  1027,  Tr.  1035,  αδίκημα. 
Plat.  The  act.  άκέω  only  in  Hipp. 
412,  34 :  the  aor.  άκεσϋηναι  in  pass, 
signf ,  Paus.  2,  27,  3,  etc. 

Άκέραως,  ov,  {a  priv.,  κεράνννμι) 
unmixed,  pure :  pure  in  blood,  Eur. 
Phoen.  943  :  guileless,  Lat.  integer.  Id. 
Or.  922  :  incorrupt,  impartial,  Polyb. 
— II.  entire,  unharmed,  unravagcd,  of 
countries,  Hdt.  and  Thuc.  (perh. 
with  allusion  to  κεραίζω)  :  δύναμιξ, 
in  full  force,  fresh,  Thuc.  3,  3  :  λέχος, 
inviolate,  Eur.  Hel.  48  :  ονσία,  un- 
touched, Dem.  1087, 24 :  ελπίδες,  ορμή, 
fresh,  Polyb. :  έξ  ακεραίου,  while  yet 


ΑΚΕΣ 

fresh,  Polyb.,  anew,  afresh,  Lat,  dt 
integro,  24,  4,  10,  but  also  with  ptire 
intentions,  Ath. :  έν  άκεραίω  liv,  to 
leave  alone,  Polyb.  Adv.  -ως.  Cic. 
Att.  13,  21.  Cf.  ακήρατος.  Hence 
Άκεραίότης,  ητος,  ή,  purity,  integ- 
rity, Eccl. — II.  freshness,  Polyb. 

Άκέραστος,  ov, (a  priv.,  κεράΐ'ννμι) 
unmixed, pure,  free,  τινός,  from  a  thing. 
Plat.  Polit.  310  D.— II.  woi  to  be  jiiu- 
ed,  incompatible,  Dion.  H. 

Άκέράτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  κέρας)  with- 
out horns,  Plat.  Polit.  205  C. 

Άκέραυνος,  ov,=  sq.,  of  Capancus, 
Aesch.  Fr.  15. 

Άκεραννωτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  κεραν- 
νόω)  not  struck  by  lightning,  Luc.  Jup. 
Trag.  25. 

Άκέρδεια,  ας,  -ή,  want  of  gain,  loss, 
Pind.  O.  1,  84:  from 

Άκερδής,  ές,  (a  priv.,  κέρδος)  with- 
out gain,  bringing  loss,  χάρις,  Soph. 
O.  C.  1484. — il.  bringing  no  gain,  Di- 
on. II.  Adv.  -δώς,  in  vain,  Plut. — 
III.  not  greedy  of  gain,  Plut.  Arist.  1. 
Άκέρκιστος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  κερκίζω) 
unwoven,  Anth. 

Άκεμκος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  κέρκος)  with- 
out a  tail,  Arist.  Part.  An. 

Άκερματία,  ας,  ή,  (a  priv.,  κέρμα) 
want  of  money,  Ar.  Fr.  119. 
"Ακερος,  ov,=  άκέρατος,  Arist.  H.  A. 
Άκερσεκόμης,  ov,  ό,  {a  priv.,  κεί- 
ρω, κόμη)  ivith  unshorn  hair,  epith.  of 
Apollo.  11.  20,  39  :  hence  ever  young, 
as  the  Greek  youths  wore  their  hair 
long,  till  they  reached  manhood. 

' Ακερχνος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  κέρχνος) 
without  hoarseness,  Aretae. — II.  curing 
hoarseness.  Id. 

ΆκερωΓ,  ων,  gen.  ω.  Plat.  Polit. 
205  B,  and 

Άκέρωτος,  ov,  («  priv.,  κέρας) 
ivithout  horns,  Anth.,  as  άκερος,  άκέ- 
ρατος. 
Υ Ακεσαμενός,  poet.  Άκεσσαμενός, 
υν,  ό,  Acesamenus,  a  king  of  Thrace, 
II.  21,  142. 

νΑκέσανδρος,  ου,  6,  {άκέομαι,  άΐ'ήρ) 
Acesatulrus,  a  Grecian  historian,  Plut. 
Symp.  5,  2. 

ΥΑκεσίας,  ov,  ό,  (άκέομαι)  Acesias, 
properly  the  healer,  masc.  pr.  n.,  Plut., 
etc. 

Άκεσίμβροτος,  ov,  (άκέομαι,  βρο- 
τός)  healing  mortals,  epith.  of  Aescu- 
lapius, Orph. — II.  as  pr.  n.  Arcsim- 
brotus,  a  physician,  Plat.  Crat.  394  C. 
— 2.  a  naval  commander  of  the  Rho- 
dians,  Pol.  17,  i,  4. 

Άκέσιμος,  poet,  άκέσσιμος,  ov, 
(άκέομαι)  wholesome,  healing,  Plut.— 
II.  curable. 

ί'Ακεσίνης,  ov,  δ,  Aceslnes,  a  river 
of  Sicily,  Thuc.  4,  25. — 2.  a  river  of 
India,  Strab.,  Arr.  An.  5,  20,  13,  also 
Άκεσϊνος,  Diod.  S. 

Άκεσίνοσος,  ov,  poet,  άκεσσίν., 
(άκέομαι,  νόσος)  healing  disease,  Anth. 
Άκέσιος,  ov,  (άκέομαι)  healing,  sa- 
ving, epith.  of  Apollo,  Lat.  opifcr,  Paus. 
'Ακεσίπονος,  ov,  poet,  άκεσσίπ., 
(άκέομαι,  πόνος)  assuaging  pain  or 
toil,  Nonn. 

Άκεσις,  εως,  ή,  (άκέομαι)  a  heal- 
ing, cure,  remedy,  Hdt.  4,  90. 

Άκεσμα,  ατός,  τό,  (άκέομαι)  α 
remedy,  cure,  Pmd.  P.  5,  80,  Aesch. 
Pr.  482. 

Άκέσμιος,  ov,  (άκέομαι)  curable. 
Άκεσσ-,  for  words  so  beginning, 
v.  sub  άκεσ-. 

Άκεστήρ,  ήρος,  ό,  (άκέομαι)  α  heal- 
er, restorer,  physician  :  άκ.  χαλινός, 
the  rein  that  tames  the  steed.  Soph.  O. 
C.  714.     Hence 

Άκεστήρως,  ον,=άκεστικός;  το 
άκ-,  a  tailor's  shop. 


ΑΚΗΔ 

'Κκεστής,  οϋ,  ό,  =  άκεστήρ  ;  άκ. 
Ιματίων  βαγέντυν,  α  mender  of  clothes, 
Xen.  Cyr.  i,  6, 16,  with  v.  1.  τ/ττηταί. 

Άκεστικός,  ή,  όν,  fitted  for  healing 
or    repairing  :    ή   ~κή,    sub.     τέχνη, 
clothes-mending,  Plat.  Polit.  281  B. 
V ^κεατόόωρος,  ov,  ό,  Acpstodorus,  a 
Grecian  historian,  Plut.  Them.  13. 

ΥΑ-κεΰτορίδης,  ον,ό•  son  or  descendant 
of  Acestor,  oi  Άκεσ.,  the  Acestoridae, 
a  distinguished  familj'  at  Argos  from 
which  the  priestesses  of  Mmerva 
were  chosen,  Callim.  lav.  Pall.  34. — 
2.  Acestorides,  an  Athenian  archon, 
Dion.  H.,  etc. — Others  of  this  name 
in  Diod.  S.,  etc. 

Άκεστορία,  ας,  ή,  healing,  the  art 
of  healing,  Ap.  Rh.  2,  512.— II.  a  cor- 
rective, Anth.     Hence 

Άκεστορικός,  ή,  όν,  {άκέομαι)  of 
or  belonging  to  the  healing  art. 

'Ακεστορίς,  ίδος,  ή,  fern,  from  ακέσ- 
Tup,  Hipp. 

'λ.κεατός,  ή,  όν,  (άκέομαι)  curable, 
Hipp. :  in  11.  13,  115,  of  one  that  can 
be  easily  cheered  up. 

Άκέστρα,  ας,  ή,  a  darning-needle, 
Luc.  D.  Mort.  4,  1. 

Άκέστρια,  ας,  ^,=  sq.,  Luc,  Plut. 
Aemil.  8. 

Άκεστρίς,  ίδος,  η,  fem.  from  ακ.εσ- 
τήρ,  esp.  α  midwife,  Hipp. — II.  a  semp- 
stress, Luc. 

Άκεστρον,  ου,  τό,  a  remedy.  Soph. 
Fr.  427. 

Άκεστύς,  ύος,  ή,  Ion.  for  ύκεσις. 

Άκέστωρ,  ορός,  ό,  (άκέομαι)  α  heal- 
er, saviotir,  Φοίβος,  Eur.  Andr.  900. 
— II.  As  pr.  η.  Acestor,  a  wretched  tra- 
gic poet  at  Athens,  Ar.  Vesp.  1221, 
— others  of  this  name  in  Ath.,  Plut., 
etc. 

ΥΑκεσφορία,  ας,  ή,  healing,  preserva- 
tion. Max.    From 

'Ακεσφόρος,  ov,  (άκεσις,  φέρω) 
bringing  a  cure,  healing,  c.  gen.  rei 
Eur.  Ion  1005. 

Άκεσώδϋνος,  ov,  (άκέομαι,  οδύνη) 
allaying  pain,  Anth. 

Άκέφά?Μς,  ov,  (a  priv.,  κεφα?.ή) 
without  a  head :  oi  άκέόα?.οι,  fabulous 
creatures  in  Libja,  Hdt.  4,  191. — 2. 
without  beginning,  /.ό-/ος  άκέςια?.ος,  a 
speech  or  tale  without  beginning,  Plat. 
Phaedr.  264  C  :  incomplete,  imperfect. 
Plat.  Legg.  752  A  :  στίχοι  άκέφ.,  hex- 
a?neters  which  begin  with  a  short  sylla- 
ble, Plut. — 3.  άκέφα/.οι,  Eccl.,  certain 
schismatics. — II.  =άτίμος,  Horace's 
capitis  minor,  Artemid. 

'Ακέω,=  άκέομαι,  once  in  Hipp. 

Άκέων,  άκέονσα,  (άκήν)  in  form 
a  part.,  used  by  Hom.  as  adv.,  stilly, 
softly,  silently :  usu.  in  sing.  nom. 
even  with  a  plur.  verb,  άκέων  δαίννσ- 
θε,  Od.  21,  89,  Η.  Hom.  Αρ.  404  :  the 
dual  άκέοντε,  Od.  14,  195,  the  plur. 
form  never.  Although  άκέονσα  oc- 
curs in  II.  and  Od.,yet  άκέων  stands 
also  with  fem.,  II.  4,  22  :— Ap.  Rh.  1, 
765,  has  an  opt.  άκέοις,  cf.  Buttm. 
Lexil.  p.  72,  seqq.  [a]  (Ace.  to 
Damm,  like  άκήν,  the  ace.  of  a  lost 
adj.  άκαός,  from  the  root  χάω,  χάσ- 
κω :  akin  to  Lat.  taceo.) 

*  ΆΚΗ',  ή,  a  subst.  quoted  by 
Gramm.  in  three  signifs. — 1.  a  point, 
edge,  (whence  ακίς,  άκωκή,  ακμή, 
αιχμή,  άκονή,  άκρος,  the  termin. 
—ήκης,  and  Lat.  acies,  acuo.) — II.  si- 
lence, (whence  άκήν,  άκέων,  cf  άκέ- 
ων, sub  fin.  and  άκΰ). — III.  healing, 
(hence  άκέομαι). 

νΑκη,  ης,  ή.  Ace,  the  earlier  name 
of  the  city  Ptolemais  in  Phoenicia, 
Strab.,  etc. — 2.  a  region  of  Arcadia, 
Paus.  8,  14,  2. 

Άκήδεια,  ας,  ή,  (άκηδής)  carelcss- 
4 


ΑΚΗΡ 

ness,  indifference,  Emped.  383  :  used 
also  in  the  plur.,  Ap.  Rh. 

'Ακηδεμόνευτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  κηδε- 
μών)  neglected,  slighted,  Eccl. 

' Ακήδεστος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  κηδέω)  sm- 
eared for,  esp.  tinburied,  11.  6,  60.  Adv. 
—τως,  act.  without  concern,  remorseless- 
ly, 11.  22,  465  ;  carelessly,  ττίνειν, 
Anth. 

Άκήδεντος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  κηδεύω) 
unhuried,  Plut.  Peric.  28. 

Άκηδέω,  t  -έσω,  later  -ήσω,  to  be 
άκηδης,  to  neglect,  slight,  to  be  careless 
of,  c.  gen.,  II.  14,  427;  23,  70. 

Άκηδής,  ές,  (a  priv.,  κήδος)  pass. 
uncared  for,  unheeded,  slighted,  esp. 
wiburied,  Od.  20,  130:  24,  187.— II. 
act.  without  care  or  sorrow,  Lat.  secu- 
rus,  II.  21, 123  ;  24,  526,  Hes.  Th.  489. 
— 2.  heedless,  careless,  Od.  17,  319. 
Adv.  -δως. 

Άκτ/δία,  ας,  ή,^άκήδεια,  Hipp. 

Άκηδιάω,ώ,  f.  ■ύσω,=  άκηδέω,  Eccl. ; 
to  be  dejected,  LXX. 

Άκή/.ητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  κηλέω,)  to 
be  won  by  no  charms,  proof  against  en- 
chantment. Plat.  Phaedr.  259  B,  un- 
conquerable,  inexorable,  in  Hom.  only 
once,  άκήλητος  νόος,  Od.  10,  329,  (a 
line  susp.  even  by  old  Gramm. :) 
also  of  persons,  Theocr.  22,  169  :  μα- 
νία άκ.,  ynadness  that  cannot  be  assua- 
ged. Soph.  Tr.  999. 

Άκη'/.ίδωτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  κ.η%ιδόώ) 
spotless,  pure,  LXX. 

Άκημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  cure,  relief, =^ 
ύκεσμα  ;  όδυνάων,  II.  15,  394. 

*  Άκήν,  orig.  ace.  from  άκή,  only 
found  as  adv.,  stilly,  softly,  silently, 
Hom.  only  in  phrase,  άκήν  έγένοντο 
σιω'-η,  ΐί  3,  95,  etc.  :  Pind.  P.  4, 
277,  has  a  Dor.  dat.  άκα,  or  as  adv. 
άκΰ,  in  signf.,  quietly,  gently,  withoiU 
passion  :  cf  άκασκα  and  άκέων. 

Άκή— εντός,  ov,  (a  priv.,  κηττεύω) 
not  made  into  a  garden  :  wild,  of  trees, 
Posid.  ap.  Ath.  369  D. 

Άκη—ος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  κηττος)  with- 
out a  garden:  κήτνος  άκ.,  a  garden  that 
is  no  garden,  cf.  άδωρος. 

Άκηρασία,  ας,  ή,  purity  :  from 

Άκηρύσιος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  κεράννυ- 
μι)  luimixed,  pure,  οίνος,  Od.  9,  205  : 
hence  uncomipted,  untouched,  Lat.  in- 
teger ;  UK.  ?.ειμώνες,  meadows  not  yet 
grazed  Or  moivn,  H.  Hom.  Merc.  72  : 
in  gen.,  pure,  guileless,  sincere,  noble, 
Anth.  :  cf.  sq   [pa] 

Ακήρατος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  κεράννυμι) 
unmixed,  pure,  clear,  ϋδωρ,  II.  21,  303, 
τνοτόν,  Aesch.  Pers.  614,  δμ3ρος. 
Soph.  O.  C.  690,  χρυσός,  Hdt.  7,  10, 
1,  etc. ;  cf  Ruhnk.  Tim. :  hence  of 
persons,  incorrupt,  etc.,  τταρθένος,  an 
undefiled  virgin,  Eur.  Tro.  670,  hence 
also  άκ.  λέχος,  Eur.  Or.  575  ;  and  c. 
dat.,  ακήρατος  άνδράσι,  ά7.γεσι.  un- 
touched by  men,  by  woes,  Valck.  Hipp. 
1114:  usu.  c.  gen.,  άκ.  κακών,  pure 
from  evil,  guiltless,  Eur.  Hipp.  949, 
and  so  simply  άρχων  άκ.,  an  upright 
judge.  Plat.  :  άκ.  ώδίνων,  free  from 
throes  of  child-birth,  and  the  like,  Ap. 
Rh. —  II.  untouched,  unhurt,  in  full 
power  or  vigour,  fresh,  κτήματα,  οΙκος 
και  κ/.ήρος,  II.  15,  498,  Od.  17,  532, 
σκάφος,  Aesch.  Ag.  661  ;  κόμη,  λει- 
μών,  unmoiim,  unshorn,  Eur.,  φι?.ία, 
κόσμος,  τάξις,  unbroken,  Xen.  Cyr. 
8,  7,  22  :  φάρμακα,  spells  that  have  all 
their  power,  Ap.  Rh.  4,  157: — in  Hdt. 
4,  152,  it  may  be  taken  for  either  un- 
touched, unvisited  (like  άκ.  άνδράσι 
supr.),  or  in  full  force  and  freshness. 
Cf  ακέραιος,  άκηράσιος.  Sup.  άκη- 
ρότατος,  shortened  from  άκηρατώτα- 
τος,  Anth. 
f  Ακήρατος,  ov,  ό,  Aceratus,  a  priest 


AKIX 

of  Delphi,  Hdt.  8,  37.-2.  a  poet  of 
the  Anthology. 

Άκήριος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  κήρ)  un• 
harmed  by  the  Fates,  in  gen.,  unharmed, 
Od.  12,  98  ;  23,  328  (never  m  1!.) : 
ιΐ'νχαΐ  άκήριοι,^άθάνατοι,  free  from 
the  power  of  the  Fates,  Pseudo-Pho- 
cyl  99.- — II.  act.  unharming,  har7nlcss, 
βάβδος,  Η.  Hom.  Merc,  530,  ημέρα, 
Hes.  Op.  821.     Ep.  word. 

Άκήριος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  κήρ)  ivithout 
heart  or  sotd,  i.  e.  lifeless,  dead,  II.  11, 
392  ;  21,  466.— II.  ivithout  heart  or 
courage,  faint-hearted,  άκ.  δέος,  heart- 
less fear,  II.  5,  812  (never  in  Od.) 

Άκηρότατος,  poet,  shortened  su- 
perl.  for  άκηρατωτατος,  from  ακήρα- 
τος, Anth  Strat.  88. 

Άκηρνκτεί  and  άκηρνκτί,  adv., 
without  proclamation,  Diod. — 2.  ivithout 
a  flag  of  truce,  Thuc.  2,  1  :  from 

Ακήρυκτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  κηρύσσω) 
unannounced,  unproclaimed  :  άκ.  ττόλε- 
μος,  a  sudden  war,  without  previous 
declaration,  Hdt.  5,  81  :  but  also  a 
war  in  which  no  herald  was  admitted, 
implacable,  Xen.  An.  3,  3,  5,  Plat. 
Legg.  626  A ;  so  too  έχθρα,  Plut. 
Peric.  30. — 2.  inglorious,  unknotvn, 
Eur.  Heracl.  89,  Aeschin.  86,  37.-3. 
unheard  of,  without  sending  any  tidings. 
Soph.  Tr.  45.  Adv.  -τως,  βΒρ.=^άκη- 
ρνκτί,  Thuc.  1,  146. 

Άκήρωτος,  ov,  (a  priv  ,  κηρόω)  not 
covered  with  wax,unwaxed,  Luc.  Icar.  3. 
Υ  Ακης,  ου   Ion.  εω,  6,  Aces,  a  river 
of  Hyrcania,  Hdt.  3,  117. 

Άκηχέδαται,  Ep.  for  ήκήχηνται,3 
pi.  pf  pass,  from  *  άχω. 

Άκΐι3δή?.εντος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  κιβδη- 
λεΰω)  =sq.  Eccl. 

Άκίβδηλος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  κίβδΐ]7.ος) 
unadulterate,  unalloyed,  pure,  ά~ύ  τί- 
νος, Hdt.  5,  81  :  also  guileless,  honest, 
Id.  9,  7,  1.  Adv.  -λως,  Isocr.  2  C. 
ΥΑκίδας,  αντος,  ό,  Acidas,  a  river 
of  Elis,  Paus. 

Άκιδνός,  ή,  όν,  weak,  feeble,  faint, 
Horn.,  always  in  the  compar.  είδος 
άκιδνότερος,  Od.  8,  169,  cf  5,  217  ; 
18,  130.  In  prose,  the  word  occurs 
in  Hipp.,  άκιδναι  a'l  μήτραι. 

Άκιδώδης,  ες,  (ακίς,  ειδΓ\)  pointed, 
Theophr. 
Υ  Ακίδων,  ωνος,  ό,=^Άκίδας,  Strab. 

Άκϊδωτός,  ή,  όν,  (ακίς)  ^  άκιδώ- 
δης.— II.  τό  άκ.,  a  ιΛαηΙ,^τΓοτήριον, 
Diosc. 

Άκίθΰρις,  ι,  gen.  ιος,  (α  priv.,  κί- 
θαρις)  without  the  harp,  Aesch.  Suppl. 
681. 

Άκϊκνς,  νος,  ό,  ή,  (α  priv.,  κικύς) 
powerless,  feeble,  Od.  9,  515  ;  21,  131. 
— II.  act.  weakening,  νονσος,  Orph. 

Ι'Ακί'λα,  ης,  ή,  Acila,  a  promontory 
of  Arabia,  Strab. 

ΥΑκι?Λσηνή,  ης,  ή,  Acilisene,  a  re- 
gion of  Armenia  between  Taurus  and 
the  Euphrates,  Strab. 

Άκϊνάκης,  ov,  6,  Lat.  acinaces,  Per- 
sian word,  a  short  sword,  oft.  in  Hdt., 
who  also  declines  it  ης,  εος,  etc. :  v. 
Diet.  Antiqq.  [vu] 

Άκινδϋνί,  adv.,  ivithout  danger,  [vi'i 

Ακίνδυνος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  κίνδυνος) 
without  danger.  Eur.,  Thuc,  etc. :  άρε• 
ταϊ  άκίνδ.,  virtues  that  do  not  court 
danger,  and  so  vile,  Pind.  O.  6,  14. 
Adv.  -νως,  ή  άκ.  δουλεία,  Thuc.  6, 
80  :  but  το  άκ.  ά—ε?.θεΐν  αυτούς, 
perh.,  without  harmi7ig  us,  Id.  7,  08. — 
II.  as  pr.  n.  ό,  Acindynus,  Anth.  Hence 

Άκινδννότης,  ητος,  ή,  freedom  from 
danger.  Gal. 

Άκινδϋνώδης,  ες,  (ακίνδυνος,  εϊδος) 
appearing  free  from  danger,  Hipp. 

ΆκΙνήεις,  εσσα,  εν,  =  ακίνητος, 
Nic. 

49 


ΑΚΛΑ 

'Ακινησία,  ας,  ή,  (ακίνητος)  quies- 
cence, rest,  Arist.  Probl. 

Άκίνητέω,  to  be  ακίνητος,  Hipp. 
ΆκΙνητί,  or  άκίνητεί,  adv.,  immova- 

ΆκΙνητί^ο),  ^άκίνητέω,  Arist.  Η. 
Α. — II.  to  wish  to  rest. 

ΆκΙνητίνδΰ,  adv.,  ΰκ.  παίζειν,  to 
play  a  game  wherein  the  object  was 
to  resist  all  temptations  to  move, 
Poll.  9,  110  :  so  βασι'λίνύα  and  other 
adverbs  relating  to  games. 

'Ακίνητος,  ov,  also  r/,  ov,  Find.  O. 
9,  51,  (a  priv.,  κίνέω)  unmoved,  move- 
less, motionless,  Find.,  etc. :  έξ  ακινή- 
του ποδός,  without  stirring  a  step. 
Soph.  Tr.,  875  :  hence — 2.  idle,  slug- 
gish, έττ'  άκινήτοισι  καθίζειν,  to  sit  in 
idleness,  Hes.  Op.  748  (where  others 
explain  ακίνητα,  graves,  cf.  infr.  II. 
2  ;  UK.  φρένες,  a  shtggish  mind.  At. 
Ran.  899. — 3.  unaltered,  settled,  stea- 
dy, freq.  in  Att.,  esp.  ΰκ.  νόμιμα, 
Thuc.  1.  71,  etc. — II.  iminovable,  hard 
to  move,  Plat. — 2.  not  to  be  stirred  or 
touched,  as  Lat.  non  movendus,  τύφος, 
Hdt.  1 ,  187  :  esp.  of  sacred  things, 
τώ  ακίνητα,  Hdt.  G,  134,  freq.  in  Plat, 
(and  so  some  take  ακίνητα  in  Hes., 
V.  supr.) :  hence  that  must  be  kept 
secret.  Soph.  O.  C.  024,  Ant.  1000.— 
3.  of  the  mind,  tiot  to  be  shaken, 
steadfast,  stubborn.  Soph.  Ant.  1027. 
Adv.  -τυς,  Isocr.  [i] 

Άκίνιος,  ό,  a  chaplet  of  ακίνος,  Ath. 

Άκΐνος,  ov,  a,  basil-thyme,  Diosc. — 
Π.  acinus,  a  grape,  [a] 

Άκΐος,  ov,   (a  priv.,   κίς)  without 
worms,  not  worm-eaten,  superl.  άκιώ- 
τατος,  Hes.  Op.  433. 
νΑκφις,  ιος,  ό,  Aciris,  a  river  of 
Magna  Graecia,  Strab. 

Άκΐβός,  όν,  Theocr.  28,  15,  and  v. 
1.  in  Hes.  Op.  433,  prob.=a«;idi'Of. 

'Ακίς,  ίδος,  ή,  {άκή,  Lat.  acies)  a 
point,  barb,  Plut.  Demetr.  20  :  a  splin- 
ter, Hipp. :  the  pointed  extremity  of  a 
ship's  beak. — II.  any  pointed  instru- 
ment, a  weapon,  Diod. :  a  hunting  spear, 
a  harpoon,  0pp. — III.  metaph.  πόθων 
ακίδες,  the  stings  of  desire,  Mel.  17. — 
IV.  also  acute  bodily  pain,  Aretae. — V. 
a  surgical  bandage,  Gal.— VI.  as  pr.  n. 
Acis,  a  female  slave,  Luc. 
νΑκις,  ιδος,  ό,  the  Acis,  a  river  of 
Sicily,  Theocr.  1,  69. 

Άκίχητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  κιχάνω)  not 
to  be  reached,  unattainable,  άκίχητα  δι- 
ώκυν,  II.  17,  75  :  not  to  be  reached  by 
prayer,  inexorable,  Aesch.  Pr.  184. 
Adv.  --(jr. 

ί'Ακιχώριος,  ov,  6,  Acichorius,  a 
leader  of  the  Gauls,  Paus. 

ΤΑκκα,  ης  {Αανρεντία),  η,  Acca 
(Latirentia),  Plut.  Rom.  4. 

'Ακκίζομαι,  dep.  miu.,  (ΰκκώ)  to  pre- 
tend indifference  to  a  thing  one  desires, 
esp.  of  coy  girls,  to  coquet :  in  gen.  to 
feign.,  dissemble.  Plat.  Gorg.  497  A. 
cf.  Ruhnk.  Tim.  in  voc. — The  act. 
άκκίζω  in  Ael.  Ep.  9. 
νΑκκΐπησίος,  ου,  ό,  the  sturgeon, 
Lat.  acipenser,  Athen.  294  F. 

Άκκισμα,  ατός,  ro,=sq. 

Άκκισμός,  ov,  ό,  (ακκίζομαι)  affect- 
ed refusal,  coyness,  affectation,  Phuem. 
p.  358,  V.  Piers.  Moer.  48. 

Άκκώ,  ονς,  ή,  like  μορμώ,  a  bugbear 
that  nurses  used  to  frighten  children 
with  :  ace.  to  others,  «  vain  woman. 

Άκλαγγί,  (a  priv.,  κλαγγη)  adv., 
without  clang  or  noise,  Longus,  1,  5; 
for  which  ακλαυτί  is  used  in  rec.  edd. 

' ΑκΤιάδεντος,  αν,  ((ipriv.,  κΤ^,αδενω) 
uncut,  unprvncd,  Eccl. 

Άκλαστος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  κλύω)  un- 
broken, Theophr. 

Άκλανστεί,  άκ?.ανστί,  ΰκλαντεί  or 
50 


ΑΚΛΩ 

ακ'λαντί,  (a  priv.,  κ7.αίω)  adv.,  ivith- 
out  weeping.  Call,  [i,  Draco  p.  37,  96.] 

Άκλανστος,  ov,  the  prevailing 
form  in  Trag.  for  sq.,  q.  v. 

ΆκΆαντος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  κλαίω)  the 
Ep.  form  of  foreg.— I.  pass,  unwept, 
esp.  without  funeral  lamentation,  II.  22, 
380  :  c.  gen.  φί?,ων  ύκλ.,  Soph.  Ant. 
847. — II.  act.  not  weeping,  [earless,  Od. 
4,  494,  Aesch.  Theb.  096. 

Άκλεής,  ές,  gen.  έος,  ace.  ακ7.εα, 
Ion.  άκλεή,  poet,  ΰκλέά,  Od.  4,  728, 
(α  priv.,  κλέος)  without  fame,  biglori- 
ous,  unsung,  Horn.,  Hdt.,  etc.  Adv. 
άκ'λεές  αύτως,  II.  7,  100—ύ.κ?.εώς, 
Buttm.  Le.\il.  296,  297.    Hence 

Άκ7.εία,  ας,  poet,  η,  ης,  ή,  inglori- 
ousness.  Leon.  Tar.  2. 

Άκλειής,  ές,  poet,  for  άκλεής,  Αρ. 
Rh.  3,  932.     Adv.  -ως,  II.  22,  304. 

Άκλειστος,  ov.  Ion.  άκληίστος, 
(Call.,)  contr.  άκληστος,  Eur.  Iph.  A. 
340,  and  Thuc.  (ά  priv.,  κ'λείω)  not 
shut,  closed  or  fastened,  Thuc.  2,  93. 

Άκλεπτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  κλέπτω) 
not  stealing,  not  deceiving,  Soph.  Fr. 
015. 

Άκληής,  ές,  l)oet.  for  άκλεής,  II.  12, 
318  ;  cf.  Spitzner,  E.xc.  22  ad  II. 

Άκλήϊστος,  contr.  άκληστος,  ov. 
Inn.  for  άκλειστος.  Call. — ίΐ.  (a  priv., 
κ7.ηίζω)  nameless,  Eccl. 

Άκληρέω,  ώ,ί.ήσω,'ρΒή.  ήκλήρηκα, 
Polyb.  1,  7,  4,  to  be  άκληρος,  to  be  un- 
fortunate, Polyb.     Hence 

Άκλήρημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  mishap, 
Diod. 

Άκληρία,  ας,  ή,  poverty,  misfortune. 
Soph.  Fr.  810,  Diod. 

'Ακλιηρος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  κ?.ήρος) 
without  lot,  portion,  or  property,  h&nce 
poor,  needy,  Od.  11,  490. — II.  unallot- 
ted, without  an  owner,  H.  Horn.  Ven. 
123. 

Άκληρωτεί  and  -τί,  adv.,  without 
casting  lots,  Lys.  147,  19  :  from 

'A κληρωτός,  ov,  (a  priv.,  κληρόω) 
without  portion  or  possession,  c.  gen. 
χώρας.  Find.  0.  7,  108.— 2.  that  has 
not  cast  lots;  not  having  obtained  by  lot, 
Dio  Cass. — II.  not  distributed  in  lots, 
Plut. 

"Ακ7.τιστος,  ov,  Att.  for  ΰκλ.ειστος, 
Eur.  Iph.  A.  340,  v.  Keen.  Greg.  100. 

Άκλητί,  adv.,  uncalled,  unbidden : 
from 

Άκ7ίητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  καλέω)  un- 
called, unbidden,  Aesch.  Pr.  1024,  Soph. 
Aj.  289. 

Άκλΐνής,  ές,  (a  priv.,  κλίνω)  bend- 
ing to  neither  side,  Plat.  :  later,  inflex- 
ible, inexorable,  Clem.  Al.  Adv.  -νως, 
Philo. 

Άκλΐσία,  ας,  ή,  indeclinableness, 
Gramm.  :  from 

Άκ7ΰ-ος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  κ7ύνω)  unde- 
clined,  indeclinable,  Gramm.  Adv. 
-τώς. 

'Ακλόνητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  κλονέω), 
and 

Άκλονος,  ov,  unshaken,  unmoved. 
Gal. 

"Ακλοπος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  κλοπή)  not 
stolen  or  to  be  stolen. — II.  not  furtively 
concealed,   0pp. 

Άκ7Λδώνιστος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  κλν- 
δωνίζομαι)  not  lashed  by  waves,  shelter- 
ed from  ...,  των  πνευμάτων,  Polyb. 
10,  10,  4.     Adv.  -τως. 

" Ακλνστος,  ov,  also  η,  ov,  Eur.  I. 
T.  121,  (a  priv.,  κλύζω)=^{oτeg. 

Άκλντος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  κλύω)  un- 
heard, 7ioiseless,  Plut. 

Άκλώνητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  κλών) 
without  twig  or  branch,  Theophr. 

Άκλωστος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  κλώθω)  un- 
spun,  στήμονες,  Plat.  (Com.)  Incert. 
53. 


ΑΚΜΗ 

'Ακμάζω,  f.  -ύσω,  (ακμή)  to  be  at 
the  highest  point,  to  be  at  the  most  flour- 
ishing period,  to  be  in  full  bloom,  be  at 
the  prime,  e.sp.  of  man,  άκμ.  σώματι, 
βωμί),  etc..  Plat,  and  Xen.  :  hence 
also  of  cities  and  states,  Hdt.  6, 127  ; 
3, 57 :  in  gen.  to  be  at  the  height,  flourish, 
abound  in  a  thing,  πλοΰτω,  Hdt.  1,  29  ; 
παρασκευή  πύσΐ},νεότητι,Ί'\ΐΜθ.  1, 1 ; 
2,  20  ;  also  ει;  τινι,  Aeschin.  46,  23  : 
of  things,  ακμάζει  ό  πό7ιεμος,  ή  νόσος, 
is  at  its  height,  Thuc.  3,  3  ;  2,  49  ;  άκ- 
μαζαν θέρος,  midsummer.  Id.  2,  19  :  of 
corn,  to  be  just  ripe,  lb. :  vvv  ακμάζει 
ΤΙείθώ,  now  is  Per.iuasion  at  her  van- 
tage, i.  e.  now  is  the  time  for  Persua- 
sion, Aesch.  Cho.  720,  cf.  Xen.  Cyr. 
4,  2,  19  :  and  impers.  c.  inf,  now  is 
the  time  to  do,  Acsch.  Theb.  90  ;  also 
c.  inf,  to  be  strong  enough  to  do,  Xen. 
An.  3,  1,  25. 

'Ακμαίος,  αία,  alov,  (ακμή)  in  full 
bloom,  at  the  prime,  blooming,  vigorous, 
πώλοι,  Aesch.  Eum.  405:  άκμ.  φύσιν, 
in  the  prime  of  strength,  Id.  Pers.  441 : 
— in  gen.  of  things,  at  the  height,  μά- 
χη, Diod.,  χειμών,  Arr.,  etc.  :  ακμαι- 
ότατος καιρϊις  τής  ημέρας,  Polyb.  3, 
102  ;  (in  Att.  prose  ακμάζων  is  usu.) 
— II.  just  in  time,  άκμ.  ί/οΛεπ',  Soph, 
Aj.  921.  Adv.  -ως,  ακμαίως  εχειν 
κατά  την  ήλικίαν,  to  be  in  the  full 
vigour  of  years,  Polyb.  .32,  15,  7. 

Άκμαστής,  ov,  (5,=foreg.,  Hdn. 

Άκμαστικός,  ή,  όν,  =  ακμαίος, 
Procl. 

'Ακμή,  -ης,  ή,  (άκή,  Lat.  acies)  a 
point,  edge :  proverb.  ΙπΙ  ξυρον  ακ- 
μής, on  the  razor's  edge,  i.  e.  yet  unde- 
cided, at  the  critical  moment,  II.  10, 
173,  Theogn.  557,  Hdt.  0,  11,  etc.; 
φασγάνου,  οδόντων.  Find.,  etc. ; 
Soph,  uses  it  of  the  extremities,  άμ- 
φιδέξίοι  άκμαί,  both  hands.  Erf.  O.  T. 
1243  ;  ποδοΐν  άκμαί  lb.  1034  :  εμπν- 

foi  άκμαί,  the  pointed  flames,  Eur. 
'hoen.  1255,  cf  Epicr.  Enip.  1.— 2. 
the  highest  point  of  any  thing,  the  cul- 
minating point,  the  period  of  greatest  de- 
velopment, the  bloom,  flower,  prime,  esp. 
of  man's  age,  Lat.  flos  aetatis,  ακμή 
ήβης.  Soph.  0.  Τ.  741,  βίου,  Xen. 
Cyr.  7,  2,  20,  etc.  :  άκμήν  εχειν,  εν 
άκμτ)  ε'ίναι,=άκμάζειν,  Thuc.  4,  2, 
Plat.  Phaedr.  230  Β  :  then  in  various 
relations,  as  ακμή  ήρος,  the  spring- 
prime.  Find.  P.  4,  114,  θέρους,  mid- 
summer, Xen. :  π7.ηρώματος,1}ίβ  high- 
est condition,  pmne  of  a  crew..  Id.  7, 
14  ;  ΐ'οσήματος,  the  crisis  of  a  disease, 
Hipp.: — in  gen. strength,  vigour,  γερός. 
Find.  0.  2,  113,  ποδός,  Aesch.  Eum. 
370,  φρενών,  Find.  N.  3,  68  ;  so  too 
ακμή  θησειδΰν.  Soph.  Ο.  C.  1006. — 
2.  esp.  of  time,  like  καιρός,  the  time, 
i.  e.  the  best,  most  fitting  time,  esp.  in 
Trag.,  as  έργων,  λόγων,  'έδρας  ακμή, 
the  time  for  doing,  speakiiig,  sitting 
still.  Soph.  Fhil.'^12,  El.  22,  Aj.  811  : 
ακμή  (έστι)  c.  inf.,  'tis  high  time  to  do, 
Aesch.  Pers.  407  ;  το  μή  μέ7.λειν  ακ- 
μή, a  time  for  no  delay,  Aesch.  Ag. 
1353  :  έττ'  άκμ.ής  είναι,  c.  inf,  to  be  on 
the  point  of  doing,  Elir.  Ilel.  903,  cf. 
Ar.  Plut.  256  :  εις  άκμήν,  Valck. 
Fhoen.  591.     Cf  also  sq. 

Άκμήν,  strictly  ace.  from  foreg., 
adv.,  in  a  moment,  directly,  Xen.  An. 
4,  3,  26. — II.  even  now,  still,  like  ετι, 
only  in  later  writers,  as  Theocr.  4,  00, 
cf.  Piers.  Moer.  79,  Lob.  Phryn.  123. 

Άκμηνός,  ή,  όν,  (ακμή)  fidl-groivn, 
θάμνος  έ7ηίης,  Od.  23,  191  ;  ννμφαΐ 
άκμηναί,  Paus.  5,  15,  4. 

"Ακμηνος,  ον,  fasting,  vathout  meal 
and  drink,  σίτοιο,  II.  19,  163  ;  absoL 
lb.  346.  (ακμή  is  said  to  have  been 
Aeol.— νηστεία.) 


AKOl 

'Κκμης,  ητος,  ό,  ?'/,  (α  priv.,  κάμνω) 
ι^άκάμας,  lor  άκύμης,  Hntiring,  un- 
tvtaried,  freshy  11.  11,  802,  and  in  late 
Drose,  as  Plut.  Cim.  13,  Luc.  Her- 
mot.  40. 

^Χκμητεί  and  ακμήτί,  adv.,  without 
toil,  easily,  Joseph.  :  from 

Άκμητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  κάμνυ)  nn- 
wearied,  untiring,  ττοσίν,  Η.  fiom.  Αρ. 
520  :  without  toil  or  pain,  like  ακμής, 
Nic.  Ther.  737. — II.  as  pr.  n.  Acmetws, 
Polyb. 

Άκμοθέτης,  ov,  o,=sq. 

Άκμόθετον,  ου,  τό,  (ύκμων,  τίθη- 
μι)  the  anvil-block,  II.  18, 410,  Od.  8, 274. 

'Κκμόνιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  sq., 
Aesop. — Π.  'Ακμόνων  {ά?.σος),  το, 
the  Acmonian  grove,  near  the  Ther- 
modon,  Ap.  Rh.  2,  992. 

Άκμων,  όνος,  ο,  (quasi  άκάμων)  an 
anvil,  Horn.,  Hdt.,  etc. :  λόγχης  άκ- 
μονες, very  anvils  to  bear  blows,  i.  e. 
Dearing  the  thrusts  of  the  spear  as 
an  anvil  does  the  blows  of  the  ham- 
mer, Aesch.  Pers.  51,  or  (ace.  to 
etymol.)  as  adj.,  unu'earied  by  the 
spear ;  so  Ύφύνθιος  ύκμων,  Call. 
Dian.  146. — II.  a  kind  of  tool/,  0pp. 
— III.  =  ουρανός.  Lob.  Aj.  814. — As 
pr.  n.  Acmon,  father  of  Uranus  ;  also 
elsewhere  as  masc.  pr.  n.  Strab.,  etc. 

Άκναμτττος,ύκναπτος,  άκναφος,^= 
άγν-, 

Άκνημος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  κνήμη)  with- 
out leg  or  calf  of  the  leg,  Plut. 

Άκνηστις,  ιος,  η,  (ύκανος)  the  spine 
or  backbone  of  animals,  Od.  10,  161. — 
II.  a  plant,  Nic. 

Άκνισσος,  ov,  or  rather  ΰκνϊσος, 
(α  priv.,  κνίσα)  tdthoitt  fat,  and  so 
without  the  savour  of  fat  burned  in  sa- 
crifice, Anth. — 2,  lean,  meager,  Plut. 
2,  661   B.  —  3.  not  fatty,  Theophr. 

Άκνίσσυτος,  ov,  or  rather  ίκνίσω- 
τος,  (α  priv.,  κνίσόω,)  without  the 
steam  and  fat  of  sacrifices,  Aesch.  Fr. 
414. 

'Ακοή,  ης,  ή.  Epic,  άκονη,  q.  v., 
{ακούω)  hearing,  and  so — I.  the  sense 
of  hearing,  Hdt.  1,  38,  etc. :  hence  the 
ear,  Aesch.,  etc. ;  esp.  in  plur.,  ύκο- 
αΐς  δέχεσθαί,  εις  άκοας  έρχεται  τι, 
Eur. ;  also  δι'  ακοής  αίσθάνεσθαι. 
Plat.,  ακοήν  διόόναι  τινέ.  Soph.  ΕΙ. 
30  ;  την  ύκ.  δέχεσθαί  μεν  πάσας  όω- 
νάς,  Xen.  Mem.  1,  4,  6,  etc. — II.  hear- 
ing, listening  to,  ακοής  άξιος,  worth 
hearing,  Plat.  Theaet.  142  D.— III.  the 
thing  heard,  a  report,  saying,  fame, 
tradition,  Pind.  P.  1,  162,  174;  also 
in  plur.  άκοαΐ  λόγων,  hearsay  reports, 
Thuc.  1,  73  ;  ακοή  φέρεται,  Valck. 
Phoen.  826;  ΰκο§  εΐδέναι  τι,  μανθύ- 
νειν,  ίπίστασθαι,  δέχεσθαί,  etc.,  to 
Jcnotv  by  hearsay,  Hdt.  2,  148,  Thuc. 
1,  4,  etc.  :  άκοήν  μαρτνρεΐν,  to  give 
evidence  on  hearsay,  Dem.  1300,  16  ; 
so  too,  άκοήν  προςάγειν,  to  bring 
hearsay  evidence,  lb.  [a] 

Άκόησις,  εως,  ^,=rforeg.  Ill,  Hipp., 

Άκοίλιος,  ην,  (α  priv.,  κοιλία)  with- 
out hollows,  Hipp. 

'Ακοίμητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  κοιμάομαι) 
sleepless,  unresting,  ()ενμα  of  Ocean, 
Aesch.  Pr.  139  ;  in  prose,  Plut.  and 
Ael. 

Άκοίμιστος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  κοιμίζω) 
=foreg.,  Diod. 

Άκοινος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  κοινός)  not 
common. 

Άκηινωνησία,  ας,  ή,  the  non-exist- 
ence of  a  community  of  goods,  Arist. 
Pol. — II.  unsociableness,  Stob.  Eel.  2, 
p.  320. — III.  excommunication,  Eccl.  : 
from 

Άκοινώνητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  κοινω- 
νέω)  not  shared  in,  not  common,  εΰνή, 
Eur.   And.    470. — 2.   excommunicated, 


ΑΚΟΛ 

Eccl. — II.  act.  not  sharing  in,  not  par- 
taking of,  τινός,  Plat.  Legg.  914  C. — 
2.  having  no  intercourse  with,  τινί,  Ar- 
ist. Org.  :  hence  unsocial.  Plat.,  inhu- 
man.— Adv.  -τως,  Cic.  Att.  6,  1,7. 

Υ Ακοινωνία,  ας,  ή,  (α  priv.,  κοινω- 
νία) want  of  harmony,  discord,  Plat. 
Ep.  3,  318  E. 

Άκοίτης,  ov,  6,  {a  copul.,  κοιτή) 
a  bed-fellow,  spouse,  husband,  Hom. : 
fern,  ΰκοιτις,  ιος,  ή,  a  wife,  Hom. : 
also  in  Pind.,  Soph.,  etc.,  but  only 
poet. 

"Ακοιτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  κοίτη)  with- 
out bed. — 2.  of  honey,  not  settling,  Plin. 
' Ακο7Μκεντος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  κολα- 
κενω)  not  flattered,  not  won  by  flattery, 
not  to  be  won  by  flattery.  Plat.  Legg. 
729  A,  Plut. — 11.  act.  Jiot  flattering, 
Teles,  ap.  Stob.  p.  524  fin.  Adv. 
-τως,  Cic.  Att.  13,  51,  1. 

ΆκόλΜκος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  κόλαξ)  not 
flattering,  Diog.  L. 

Άκολΰσία,  ας,  ή,  (ακόλαστος)  li- 
centiousness, intemperance,  any  excess 
or  extravagance,  Thuc.  3,  37,  etc.  : 
opp.  to  σωφροσύνη,  Arist.  Eth.  N.  2, 
7,  etc. 

Άκόλασταίνω,ί-  •ΰvώ,tobe  licentious 
or  intemperate :  to  live  licentiously,  Ar. 
Av.  1226,  and  Plat.  555  D. 

Άκολάστημα,  ατός,  τό,  an  act  of 
ύκο7ιασία,  Ar.  ap.  A.  B.  367 :  Dor. 
άκολάσταμα,  Epicur.  lb. 

Άκολαστητέον,  verb,  adj.,  as  if 
from  ύκολαστέω,  one  must  behave  li- 
centiously, Clem.  Al. 

Άκολαστία,  ας,  ή,=άκο?.ασία,  Al- 
ex, ap.  A.  B.  367  :  from 

'Ακόλαστος,  ov,  ( a  priv.,  κο?ιάζω) 
Lat.  tion  castigatus,  unchastiscd,  undis- 
ciplined, unbridled,  Hdt.  3,  81,  Eur. 
Hec.  607:  also  uneducated,  Plat.  Gorg. 
507  A. — 2.  esp.  unbridled  in  sensual 
pleasures,  licentious :  hence  intemperate, 
opp.  to  σώφρων,  Arist.  Eth.  N.,  ττερί 
τι,  Id.  Η.  Α.  Adv.  -τως.  Plat.  Comp. 
-τοτέρως  εχειν  ττρός  τι,  to  be  too  in- 
temperate in  a  thing,  Xen.  Mem.  2,  1, 1. 
Άκο/.λητί,  adv.,  of  sq.,  Herm.  ap. 
Stob.  Eel.  1,  p.  1078. 

Ά  κολλητός,  ov.  {a  priv.,  «ολλάω) 
not  glued  or  fastened  tr)  a  thing,  τινί. 
Gal. — 2.  not  to  be  so  fastened,  incom- 
patible. Dion.  H. 

'Ακολ?ιος.ον.  (α  priv.,  κόλλα)  with- 
out glue,  that  cannot  be  stuck  together, 
Theophr. 

'Ακο?.ος,  ov,  0,  (a  priv.,  κόλον)  a 
bit,  morsel,  like  i/'cJ/_/of.  Od.  17.  222: 
Βοί^οί.ίοτένθεσις,  Stratt.  Phoen.  3,7. 
Άκo7Mvθέω,ώ,ί.■ήσω,tobe  an  άκό- 
?.ονθος.  to  follow  one,  go  after  or  with 
one,  esp.  of  soldiers,  servants,  etc., 
Thuc,  etc. :  usu.  c.  dat.  pers..  but 
also  άκ.  μετά  τίνος.  Plat.,  and  Oratt., 
συν  Tivi.  Xen.  An.  7,  5,  3,  also  κατ- 
όπιν τινός,  Ar.  Plut.  13  :  very  rarely 
c.  ace,  as  Menand.  p.  208,  cf  Lob. 
Phryn.  354. — II.  metaph.  to  follnv 
one  in  a  thing,  let  one's  self  he  led  by 
him,  τή  γνώμΎ)  τινός.  Thuc.  3,  38  : 
τοις  καιροϊς.  λογισμοΐς.  etc..  Dem.  : 
to  obey,  Μ.  Anton. — 2.  to  imitate.  Ar- 
ist. H.  Λ. — 3.  esp.  to  follow  the  thread 
of  a  discourse,  oft.  in  Plat. — 4.  also 
of  things,  to  follow  or  result,  from  one 
another,  Theophr. :  to  resemble,  agree 
with,  Plat.  :  ΰκο7ιθυθεΐ,  it  follou-s. 
Lat.  sequitur.  Arist.  Org. — The  word 
is  only  found  in  Att.  Com.  and  prose: 
cf  άκό7Μνθος.    Hence 

' Ακολούθημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  conse- 
quence. 

Άκολονθησις,  εως.  ή,  a  following, 
sequence,  Arist.  Rhet.—  2.  a  conse- 
quence, conclusion.  Id.  Org. — 3.  obedi- 
ence, Plat.  Def.  412  B. 


AKON 

Άκολονθητέον,  verb.  adj.  from  άκο- 
λον^έω,  one  must  follow,  Xen.  Oec. 
21,7. 

Άκολονθητικός,  ή.  όν,  disposed  to 
follow.  Ar.  Rhet.  2,  12,  3,  etc. 

Άκο7Μυθία,  ας.  ή,  a  following,  at- 
tendance, train.  Plat.  Alc.  1,  122  C  : 
a  series,  connexion.  Dion.  H. — II.  agree- 
ment or  conformity  with  a  thing,  c. 
dat.,  Plat.  Crat.  437  C  :  hence  obe 
dience,  M.  Anton. — III.  a  consequence, 
result,  Philo. 

'Ακο7.ονθίσκος,  ov,  a,  dim.  from 
άκό7Μνθος,  a  foot-boy,  Ptol.  ap.  Ath. 
550  A. 

'Ακόλουθος,  ov,  (a  copul.  κέ7ιευ- 
θος,  ace.  to  Plat.  Crat.  405  C)  folloiv- 
ing,  attending  on,  hence  USU.  as  subst., 
ακόλουθος,  ό,  a  follower,  attendant, 
footman. fieqAn  Att.  prose. cf  Heind. 
Plat.  Charm.  155  Β  :  oi  ακόλουθοι, 
the  camp-followers ,  Xen.  Cyr.  5,  2,  36: 
later  also  ή  άκ..  Plut. — II.  following 
after,  c.  gen.  Soph.  O.  C.  719  :  hence 
agreeing  with,  suitable  to.  like,  c.  gen., 
Ar.  Ach.  438.  Plat.  Phaed.  Ill  C; 
but  also  c.  dat.,  Plat.  Legg.  716  C, 
Tim.  48  E.     Hence 

'Ακολούθως,  adv.,  consequently,  in 
consequence ,  Diosc.  :  in  accordance 
with,  νόμοις.  Dem.  1100,  14. 

Άκο/.οντέω.  for  άκο7.ονθέω,  a  bar- 
barism in  Ar.  Thesin.  1198. 

Άκο7.πος,  ov.  (a  priv.,  κόλπος) 
without  bay  or  gulf,  Ael. 

'Ακό7.υμ!3ος.  ov,  (a  priv.,  κό7.νμ- 
βος)  unable  to  swim.  Batr.  157. 

Άκομιστία,  ας,  ή.  want  of  tending 
or  care.  Od.  21,284:  from 

Άκόμιστος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  κομίζω) 
untended,  Nonn. 

Άκόμμωτος,  ov,  (a  priv..  κομμόω) 
unpainted,  undissembling,  Themist. 

Άκομος.  ov,  (a  priv.,  κόμη)  without 
hair.  bald.  Luc.  Ver.  Hist.  1 ,  23  :  of 
trees,  leafless,  hare. 

Άκόμπαστος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  κομπά• 
ζω)  unboastful,  Aesch.  Theb.  538. 

Άκομπος.  ov.  (a  priv.,  κόμπος)= 
foreg..  Aesch.  Theb.  554. 

' Ακόμιρεντος.  ov.  (a  priv.,  κομ-φεν- 
ομαι)  unadorned,  inartificial.  Dion.  H. 

Άκομψος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  κομψός)  tin- 
adorned,  simple,  plain,  Lat.  simplex, 
Diog.  L. — II.  awkxrard,  esp.  ineloqu^nt, 
Ηώό'  άκομψοΓ. '  rude  am  I  in  speech,' 
Eur.  Hipp.  986.  Αάν.-ψως,  Plut. 
■\Άκον,  neut.  of  άκων. 
i'AKOvai.  ων.  al.  Aconae,  a  small 
city  of  Bithynia,  Athen. 

Άκονάω.ώ,ί.  ■ήσω,{άκόνη)  to  sharp- 
en, whet.  Xen.  Cyr.  6,  2,  33:  Mid. 
άκονάσθαι  μαχαίρας,  to  sharpen  one's 
sivord.  Xen.  Hell.  7,  5,  20  :  metaph., 
like  θήγειν,  οξύνειν,  παράκαναν, 
Lat.  acuere.  to  provoke,  inflame.  Poet, 
ap.  Plut.  Lysand.  et  Syll.  4  ;  Xen. 
0.21,3. 

Άκόνδνλος.  ov,  (a  priv.,  κονδν?.^) 
without  knuckles. — II.  without  blows, 
Luc.  Char.  2. 

'Ακόνη,  ης,  ή  {άκή)  a  whetstone, 
hone  (the  best  were  from  Naxos), 
Pind.  I.  6,  fin. :  άκόναι,  pieces  of  the 
size  of  whetstones,  Strab.  :  δόξαν  έχω 
άκ.  λιγνρΰς  έπϊ  γλώσσα,  Ι  have  the 
feeling  of  a  uhetstone  on  my  tongue, 
i.  e.  am  sharpened  or  roused  to  song, 
Pind.  O.  6,  141. 

Άκόνησις,  εως,  ή,  a  sharpening,  Ε. 
Μ. 

Άκονίΰτος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  κονιύω) 
unplastered,  not  whitewashed,  Theophr. 

Άκόνιον,  ov,  TO.  in  medicine,  a 
specific  for  the  eyes,  prob.  a  fine 
powder  made  from  certain  stones 
{άκόναι).  Diosc. 

ΆκονΙτί,  adv.  oi  άκόνιτος,  without 
51 


ΑΚΟΝ 

dust,  esp.  without  the  ilust  of  the  arena: 
hence  without  combat,  toil,  or  effort, 
Lat.  sine  pulvere,  iisu.  of  the  conquer- 
or, Thuc.  4,  73,  Xen.,  etc.  :  but  also 
UK.-  ττροΐεσβαί  τι,  icilhout  a  struggle, 
Dem.  295,  7.  [ri] 
ί'ΑκόιΊτες,  ων,  οΊ,  the  Aconites,  a 
people  of  Sardinia,  Strab. 

Άκονϊτικός,  r,  όν,  made  of  άκόν- 
iTov,  Xen.  Cyn.  11,  2. 

ΆκόνΙτον,  ου,  r(),=  Sq.,  Lat.  aconi- 
tum,  a  poisonous  plant,  like  monks- 
hood, growing  hv  άκόναις,  on  sharp, 
steep  rocks,  or  in  a  place  called 
Άκόναι,  Theophr.  and  Plin. 

ΆκόνίΓος,  ov,  7;,=  foreg.,  Schneid. 
Nic.  Al.  13. 

ΆκόνΙτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  kovlu)  with- 
out dust,  combat,  or  struggle,  Q.  Sm.  4, 
319. — II.  ~  άκώνιστος.  Adv.  -τυς, 
Diosc. 

f'AKOVTijc,  ov,  or  Άκόντιος,  ov,  ό, 
Acontes  or  Acontius,  a  son  of  Lycaon, 
ApoUod. 

Άκοντί,  adv.,  oi  ΰκων,  unwillingly, 
for  ΰέκοντί,  but  not  in  good  Att.,  Lob. 
Phryn.  5.  [άκοντί] 

f'AKovTia,  ας,  ή.  Acontia,  a  city  of 
Hispania  on  the  Durius,  Strab. 

Άκοντίας,  ov,  6,  (άκων)  a  quick- 
darting  serpent,  Lat.  jaculus,  Luc. 
Dips.  3,  Nic.  Th.  491.— II.  a  meteor, 
usu.  in  plur.,  Plin. 

Ακοντίζω,  ί.-ίαω  Att.  -ιω,  (άκων)  to 
hurl  a  javelin  :  also  to  throw,  fling, 
dart,  hence  ύονρΐ  and  δανμα  Ιικοντί- 
ζειν  τινός,  to  throw  at  one,  Hoiii.,  also 
εις  and  κατά  τίνα  :  so  too  εγχεϊ,  αίχ- 
μάς  άκ-,  Horn.,  just  like  βά7Λειν  : 
whence  later  c.  ace.  pers.,  to  hit  or 
strike  ivith  a  javelin,  to  wound,  Hdt.  1, 
43,  etc.,  and  pass,  ακοντίζεσβαι,  to  be 
hit  or  ivounded  with  a  javelin,  Eur. 
Iph.  T.  1370.— 2.  in  gen.  to  throw, 
shoot,  or  send  darting  forth.  Pind.  I. 
2,  51  :  absol.  to  shoot  forth  rays,  of  the 
moon,  Eur.  Ion  1155. — II.  mtrans.  to 
dart  or  pierce,  είσω  γης.  Eur.  Or.  1241. 
' λκόντίον,  ου,  τό.  dim.  from  ΰκων, 
a  dart,  javelin,  H.  Hoin.  Merc.  460, 
Hdt.  1,  3i,  etc.  :  the  javelin  exercise. 
Plat.  Legg!  791  C. 

VAkovtlov.  ov,  to,  Acontium,  a  city 
of  Arcadia,  Pans.  8,  27,  4. — 2.  όρος. 
Mount  Acontius,  in  Boeotia,  Strab., 
Plut.  Sylla,  19. 
ΥΑκόντιος,  V.  Άκόντης. 
^ Ακόντΐσις,  εως,  η,  {ακοντίζω)  the 
throwing  a  javelin,  Xen.  An.  1,  9,  5. 

Άκόντισμα.  ατός,  '  τό,  {ακοντίζω) 
thatiohich  is  thrown,  έντος  άκοντίσμα- 
τος,  within  a  dart^s  throw,  Xen.  Hell. 
4,  4,  16. — 2.  a  dart,  javelin.  Plut.  Alex. 
43. — 3.  in  plur. =  the  concrete  άκον- 
τισταί,  Plut.  Pyrrh.  21. 

'Ακοντισμός,  ov,  6,  =  άκόντισις, 
hence  ακοντισμοί  αστέρων,  shooting 
stars,  Procl. 

Άκοντιστήρ,  τ}ρος,  o.=  sq.,  Eur. 
Phoen.  142. — II.  as  adj.,  AurZed,  thrown, 
Nonn.  Dion.  25,  295. 

'Ακοντιστής,  ov,  6,  {ακοντίζω)  a 
javelin-man,  a  hurler  of  javelins,  Horn., 
and  Hdt. 

Άκοντιστίκός,  ή,  όν,  of  or  skilled 
in  throwing  the  dart,  Xen.  Cyr.  7.  5, 
63  :  and  in  superl.  6,  2,  4.  Plat.  The- 
ag.  120  B. 

Άκοντιστύς,  νος,  ή.  Ion.  for  άκόν- 
τισις,  11.  23,  622,  ΰκοντιστυν  ές(Υί^σε- 
αι,  the  game  of  the  dart  (like  the 
Eastern  djerid). 

Άκοντοβό?ίθς,  ov,  {άκων,  βάλλω) 
spear-throu'ing.  Αρ.  Rh.  2.  1000. 

Άκοντοδόκος,  ov,  {άκων,  δέχομαι) 
receiving  and  so  hit  by  the  dart,  Simon. 
45. — II.  watching,  and  so  shunning  the 
dart. 

52 


ΑΚΟΣ 

Άκοντοφόρος.  ov,  {ΰκων,  φέρω) 
carrying  a  dart.  Nonn. 

Άκόντως,  adv.  from  ΰκων,^ΰκον- 
τί.  Plat,  [ύ] 

Άκοττητί,  adv.,  {ΰκοττος)  without 
toil. 

Άκοπία,  ας,  ?/,  {άκοπος)  freedom 
from  fatigue,  Cic.  Fam.  16,  18. 
Ι'Α/ίοτΓίαστί,  adv.  from 
Άκοπίαστος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  κοπιύω) 
not  wearying,  οδός,  Arist.  Mund. — II. 
untiring,  xmwearied,  Stob.  Eel.  1,  p. 
952.     Adv.  -τως. 

Άκοπος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  κόπος)  with- 
out  weariness,  and  so — I.  unwearied, 
untiring.  Plat.  Legg.  789  I).— 11.  act. 
not  wearying,  easy,  of  a  chariot.  Plat. 
Tim.  89  A,  of  a  horse,  Xen.  Eq.  1,  6. 
—  2.  remotiing  weariness,  refreshing, 
Stallb.  Plat.  Phaedr.  227  A :  hence 
TO  άκοπον,  sub.  φύρμακον,  a  restora- 
tive. Medic,  in  Galen  also  ή  άκοπος. 
Adv.  -πως,  Theophr.  —  ill.  (from 
κόπτω)  not  worm-eaten,  Arist.  Probl. 
— 2.  not  broken,  not  ground,  whole, 
Alex  Aph. 

Άκόπριστος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  κοπρίζω) 
not  manured,  Theophr. 

Άκοπρος,  oii,  =  foreg.,  Theophr.— 
II.  act.  not  manuring,  Hipp. 

Άκοπρώδης,  ες,  {άκοπρος,  είδος) 
=foreg. 

Άκορέστΰτος,  in  Soph.  Ο.  C.  120, 
most  ill  to  satisfy,  most  capricious,  a 
superl.  either  from  ακορης  (which 
however  only  occurs  in  very  late 
authors),  or  from  ακόρεστος,  syncop. 
for  άκορεστύτατος,  like  μέσσατος, 
νέατος. 

'Ακόρεστος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  κορέν- 
ννμι)  Att.  for  άκόρητος,  Hipp.,  "ί- 
satiatc,  insatiable,  ?iever  ending,  freq.  in 
Trag.  Adv.  -τως. — II.  act.  7iot  sa- 
tiating, Aesch.  Ag.  1331,  Xen.  Symp. 
8,  15. 

'Ακόρετος,  ov,  =  foreg.  I.  Aesch. 
Ag.  1114,  1143,  Soph.  El.  122. 
Άκορτ/ς,  ες,  v.  sub  άκορέστατος. 
Άκόρητος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  κορέννυμι) 
insatiate,  unsaled,  c.  gen.,  πολέμου, 
μάχης,  απειλών,  II.  12,  335;  20,  2; 
14,  479. — II.  (α  priv.,  κορέω)  unswept, 
witrimmed.  At.  Nub.  41. 

Άκορία,  ας,  ή,  {άκορος)  a  ravenous 
appetite,  Hipp. 

ΥΑκορις,  ιος,  6,  Acoris,  a  king  of 
Aegypt,Diod.  S.  15,2. 

'  Ακορίτης,  ov,  i),  οίνος, wine  flavour- 
ed u-ith  άκορος,  Diosc.    [«] 

Άκορνα,  ης,  ή,  a  prickly  plant, 
Theophr. 

Άκορον,  ου,  τό,  the  aromatic  root 
of  the  plant  άκορος,  Diosc. 

Άκορος,  ov,  i],  Lat.  acorum,  a  plant, 

prob.  our  sweetgale,  galanga,  Theophr. 

Άκορος,  ον,^άκόρητος,  insatiate: 

hence  metaph.  untiring,  ceaseless,  Lat. 

improbus,  Pind.  P.  4,  360. 

Άκόρϋόος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  κορυφή) 
without  top,  ivithout  beginriing,  Dion.  H. 
— II.=  sq. 

Άκορνφωτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  κορνφόω) 
not  to  be  summed  up,  countless. 

"Ακος,  εος,  τό,  (άκέομαι)  a  cure,  re- 
lief, remedy,  help,  resource  for  a  thing, 
c.  gen.,  κακών,  Hoin.,  Hdt.,  etc. : 
I  άκος  ενρείν,  II.  9,  250,  also  εξενρείν, 
?Μβεϊν,  etc.,  esp.  άκος  τέμνειν  or 
'εντέμνειν,  Aesch.  Ag.  17,  Cho.  534, 
Eur.  Andr.  121  :  a  means  of  obtaining 
a  thing,  e.  g.  σωτηρίας,  Eur.  Hel. 
1055 :  άκος  ουδέν  θρηνεΐσθαι,  it  is  of 
no  vsc,  it  avails  not  to  mourn  for  him, 
Aesch.  Pr.  43. 

' Ακοσμέω,ώ,ί.-ήσω,  to  be  άκοσμος, 
be  disorderly,  unmannerly,  neglect  one  s 
duly,  offnul,  esp.  in  pres.  part.  Soph. 
Phil.  387,  Dem.  1226,  12  :   ά«.   περί 


ΑΚΟΥ 

Γί,  to  offend  in  a  point,  Plal.   Legg. 
764  B. 

Άκοσμήεις,  εσσα,  εν,  =  άκοσμος, 
Nic.  ΑΙ.  175. 

Άκόσμητος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  κοσμέω) 
unarranged,  disorderly.  Plat.  Gorg  506 
E. — 2.  unadorned,  unfurnished  loith. . .  , 
τινί,  Xen.  Oec.  11,  9 ;  of  style,  Dion. 
H.    Adv.  -τως. 

Άκοσμία,  ας,  ή,  disorder,  confusion. 
Plat.  Gorg.  508  A  :  extravagance,  λό- 
γων, Eur.  1.  A.  317 :  in  moral  sense, 
disorderly  conduct,  indecency,  offence, 
Soph,  f  r.  726 :  περί  τίνα,  against 
some  one.  Plat.  Symp.  188  B. 

Άκόσμιος,  ov,=sq.,  prob.  1.  Lys. 
100,  25. 

Άκοσμος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  κόσμος) 
without  order,  disorderly,  confused, 
φυγή,  Aesch.  Pers.  470  ;  άκοσμος  καΐ 
ταραχώδης  ναυμαχία,  Plut.  Mar.  10  ; 
disobedient.  Soph.  Ant.  600  :  in  Hom. 
only  in  moral  signf  unseemly,  indeco- 
rous, of  Thersites,  11.  2,  213  ;  shame- 
less, abandoned,  Anth.  Adv.  -μως, 
Hdt.  7,  220. — II.  κόσμος  άκοσμος,  a 
world  that  is  no  world,  Anth. 

Άκοστάω  or  άκοστέω,  only  used 
in  aor.  part.,  ϊππος  άκοστήσας  έπϊ 
φίίτνη,  II.  6,  506  ;  15,  263,  a  horse  well- 
fed  at  rack  and  manger  (prob.  from 
sq.),  and  so,  overfed,  waxed  ivanton  : 
cf.  κριβάω,  and  Buttm.  Lexil.  p.  75, 
seq. 

Άκοστή,  ή,  {άκή)  barley,  Nic.  (said 
to  be  a  Cyprian  word,  cf.  Bultin. 
Lexil.  ubi  sup.) 

Άκοστής,  ov,  ό,  (akin  to  άκος)  a 
physician,  Phrygian  word,  Etym. 
Gud.,  where  it  must  not  be  altered 
into  άκεστής,  Buttm.  Lexil.  p.  77,  n. 
Άκοτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  κότος)  without 
grudge. 

'Ακονίζομαι,  dep.  mid.,  =  ά«οιίω, 
to  hear,  hearken  or  listen  to,  c.  gen., 
Od.  9,  7. — II.  δαιτός  άκονάζεσθον,  ye 
are  bidden  to  the  feast,  like  κα7ιεΙσθαι, 
Lat.  vocari,  II.  4,  343 :  in  H.  Merc. 
423,  also  ΰκουάζω. 
ΥΑκούαι,ών,αί,  {Στατίε?^λαι)  Aquae 
Statiellae,  a  city  of  Liguria,  Strab. 

Άκονή,  ης,  y,  Ep.  for  ακοή,  Hom. 
— II.  the  thing  heard  ;  and  in  II.  16, 
634,  only  a  sound,  noise,  but  in  Od. 
a  rumoxir,  report ;  μετά  πατρός  άκονί/ν 
Ικέσθαι,  βήναι,  for  a  hearing  of  his 
father,  i.  e.  in  quest  of  intelligence  con- 
cerning his  father,  2,"308  ;  4,  701. 

VAkovivov,  ου,  τό,  Aquinum,  a  city 
of  Latium,  Strab. 

γΑκονϊτάνία,  ας,  ή,  Aquitania,  aj>ro- 
vince  of  Gaul,  Strab. ;  hence  oi 
Άκουϊτανοί,  the  Aquitani,  Strab. 

ΥΑκονμενός,  ov,  ό,  Acumenus,  a 
celebrated  physician  of  Athens,  Plat. 
Phaed.  268  A. 

Άκονρεντος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  κονρενω) 
unshaven. 

Άκονρος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  κονρος  for 
κόρος)  childless,  ivithout  male  heir,  Od. 
7,  64. — II.  (a  priv.,  κονρά)  unshaven, 
unshorn,  Ax.  Vesp.  477. 

Άκονσείω,  desiderat.  from  ακούω, 
to  long  to  hear.  Soph.  Fr.  820. 

'Ακουσία,  ας,  ή,  a  being  ακούσιος, 
constraint.  Soph.  Fr.  822.     [a/c] 

Άκονσιάζομαι,  as  mid.,  to  do  a 
thing  unwillmgly,  LXX.  Num.  15, 
28.    [ά] 

Άκονσίθεος,  ον,{άκονω,  θεός)  heard 
of  God,  Anth.  P.  6,  249.  ' 

ΥΑκονσίλάος,  ov,  Att. ' Ακονσίλεως, 
ω,  6,  {ακούω,  ?.αός)  Acusilaus,  a 
Greek  writer  of  Argos,  Plat.  Conv. 
178  B.— Others  in  Paus.,  etc. 

ΆκούσίΜος,  η,  ov,  {ακούω)  audible, 
Soph.  Fr."  823. 
'Ακούσιος,  ov,  contr.  for  άεκούσιος, 


ΑΚΟΤ 
vnwilling,  involuntary,  under  constraint, 
forced,  Aesch.  Ag.  803  ;  Xen.  Cyr.  3, 
1,  38 ;  also  iwwekome,  hence  adv. 
-itjf,  UK.  άόίκέσϋαι  τινι,  Thuc.  3,  31 : 
but  adv.  also  unioillingly,  Id.  2,  8,  etc. ; 
supeil.  άκονσιώτατα  as  adv.,  Plat. 
Tun.  62  C. 

Άκουσις,  ευς,  ή,  (ακούω)  hearing, 
Arist.  de  Anima. 

Άκουσμα,  ατός,  τό,  (ακούω)  a  thing 
heard,  whether  music,  song,  etc.,  as 
ήδιστον  άκουσμα,  the  sweetest  strain 
the  ear  takes  in,  Xen.  Mem.  2,  1,  31  : 
α  rumour,  report,  tale.  Soph.  O.  C.  517. 

Άκονσματίκός,  ή,  όν,  (ακούω) 
ready  or  uilling  to  hear,  oi  άκουσμα- 
τικοί,  the  hearers,  the  probationers  in 
the  school  of  Pythagoras,  Iambi. 

Άκουσμύτιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from 
άκουσμα,  a  little  story,  Luc.  Philop.  18. 

Άκονστέον,  also  plur.  άκουστέα, 
verb.  adj.  from  ακούω,  one  must  hear, 
hearken  to,  c.  gen.,  Hdt.  3,  61. 

Άκονσττ}ς,  ov,  a,  (ακούω)  a  hearer, 
listener,  Menand.  p.  290. 

'Ακουστικός,  ή,  όν,  (ακούω)  of,  be- 
longing to  the  sense  of  hearing,  αΙσβ7]σις 
UK-,  Plut.  ;  πόρος  άκ.,  the  orifice  of  the 
ear.  Gal. — II.  =άκουσματικός,  c.  gen., 
Arist.  Eth.  N.    Adv.   -κώς. 

'Ακουστός,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from 
ακούω,  heard,  audible,  H.  Horn.  Merc. 
512  ;  that  should  be  heard.  Soph.  O.  T. 
1312. 

■\Άκοντίζω,ί.-ίσω  Att.  -Ιώ,  to  make  or 
cause  to  hear,  to  make  known  to,  LXX. 
"ί'Ακοϋΐρίζ•,  ιoς,ό,Acuphis,  achieltain 
of  the  Nysaei,  Arr.  An.  5,  1,  3. 

ΆΚΟΫΏ,  fut.  άκονσομαι,  the  act. 
form  ακούσω  first  occurs  in  .-Vlexandr. 
Greek,  Winer's  Gramm.  of  N.  T.  p. 
78,  and  then  in  Dion.  H.,  Lvic,  etc., 
Schiif.  Appar.  Dem.  2,  p.  232) ;  peri. 
Att.  άκήκοα,  Dor.  άκονκα,  later 
fjKOVKa:  plpf.  άκηκάειν  (Hdt.  2.  52, 
Lycnrg.)  ήκηκόειν,  Xen.  Hell.  5,  1, 
26 :  pf.  pass,  ηκουσμαι,  not  in  pure 
writers  :  aor.  ήκονσθην.  To  hear, 
Horn.,  etc.  Construct,  strictly  c. 
ace.  oi  thing  heard,  gen.  of  pers.  from 
tchom  it  is  heard,  e.  g.  τούτα  Καλυ- 
■φούς  ηκουσα,  Οά.  12,  389  :  however 
very  Ireq.  also  c.  gen.  rei,  and  so 
even  in  Hom.  as  άκ.  άϋτής,  φθογγης, 
κτύπ-ον,  etc. :  but  c.  gen.  oft.  also  to 
hear  of,  hear  tell  of,  uK.  ττατρός,  Od. 
4,  114,  freq.  c.  part.  άκ.  πατρός  τεθ• 
νηύτος,  Od.  1,  289,  etc.,  in  same 
signf.  c.  ace,  Od.  1,  287,  Aesch.  Pr. 
272;  this  in  prose  is  usu.  άκ.  περί 
τίνος,  and  so  first  in  Od.  19,  270  :  in 
prose  there  is  oft.  a  prep,  of  pers. 
from  whom  the  thing  is  heard,  as  άκ. 
από,  εκ,  παρά,  προς  τίνος,  and  so 
first  11.  G,  524,  Hdt.  3,  62,  Soph. 
O.  T.  95,  Thue.  1,  125:  rarely  c. 
dat.  pers.,  as  II.  16,  515,  Soph.  El. 
227:  in  Att.  c.  gen.  pers.,  to  hear  a 
teacher,  attend  his  lectures :  rarely  C. 
dupl.  gen.  pers.  et  rei,  to  hear  of  a 
thing  from  a  person,  as  Od.  17,  115, 
Dem.  228,  12 :  the  act  or  state  of  a 
person  or  thing  is  added  in  part,  or 
inf.  ;  in  part,  when  certainty  or  pre- 
sent time  is  to  be  strongly  marked, 
otherwise  in  inf.  as  ει  πτύσσοντας 
ν<ί>'  Έκτορί  πύντας  άκούσαι,  should 
he  hear  that  all  are  now  crouching  under 
Hector,  11.  7,  129,  cf.  Hdt.  7,  10,  8  ; 
and  freq.  in  Att.  άκ.  τίνος  7^έγοντος, 
διαλεγομένου,  etc. :  but  άκ.  αυτόν 
άγαβορ  είναι,  to  hear  (generally)  that 
he  is  good,  Xen.,  etc.:  this  is  oft. 
changed  for  οτι  or  ώς  with  finite 
verb,  as  Od.  3,  193,  Xen.  Mem.  4.  2, 
33.-2.  to  know  by  hearsay,  Od.  3.  193, 
cf.  Heind.  Plat.  Gorg.  503  C,  Rep. 
407  A. — 3.  absol.  to  hear,  give  ear,  esp. 


ΑΚΡΑ 

to  begin  a  proclamation  άκούετε  λεώ 
hear,  0  people,  At.  Ach.  1000.— li. 
to  listen,  give  ear  to,  usu.  c.  gen.,  more 
rarely  c.  dat.,  Heyne  11.  16,  515: 
hence  to  obey,  βασιλήος,  βεον,  Π.  19, 
256,  Od.  7,  11.— III.  only  post-Horn., 
to  hear  one's  self  called,  be  called,  pass 
for,  like  Lat.  audire,  either  with  adj. 
or  subst.,  as  άκ.  έσθλός,  κακός,  κό- 
λαξ,  Soph.,  and  Plat.,  or  \vith  adv. 
εν,  κακώς,  άριστα  άκ.,  Lat.  bene,  male 
audire,  Hdt.,  etc. ;  sometimes  c.  inf., 
fjKOVOV  είναι  πρώτοι,  were  said  or 
held  to  be  the  first,  Hdt.  3,  131  ;  also 
άκούσομαι  ώς  i(pvv.  Soph.  Phil.  1074: 
κακώς  άκ.  υπό  τίνος,  to  be  ill  spoken 
of  by  one,  also  προς  τίνος,  Hdt.  7, 
16,  1 :  κακώς  άκ.  παρά  τινι,  to  have 
ill  credit  with  one,  Plut.  ;  περί  τίνος, 
for  a  thing,  Hdt.,  also  επί  τινι,  Plut. 
— 2.  άκ.  κακά,  to  have  evil  spoken  of 
one,  Ar.  Thesm.  388,  cf.  Soph.  Phil. 
607  :  so  too  άκ.  ?Μγον  έσβλόν,  Pind. 
I.  5,  17. — 3.  όντως  άκ.,  to  hear  it  so 
said,  i.  e.  at  first  hearing.  Wolf  Dem. 
Lept.  235,  Schaf  Mel.  80. 

"Ακρα,  ας,  ή.  Ion.  άκρη,  ης,  (strictly 
fern,  from  άκρος)  the  end,  point,  esp. 
the  highest  point,  the  top  of  a  hill, 
peak,  high  headland,  Od.  9,  285,  and  in 
plur.  II.  4,  425,  etc. :  elsewhere  he 
uses  the  sing,  only  in  phrase  κατ" 
άκρτ/ς  πέρθειν,  έ7.εΙν,  σμύχειν  πό'/.ιν, 
Att.  κατ'  άκρας,  strictly  to  destroy 
from  top  to  bottom,  i.  e.  utterly,  Lat. 
funditus  evertere,  II.  15, 557,  Hdt.  6. 18: 
so  ε'/.ασε  κνμα  κατ'  άκρης,  a  billow 
struck  from  above,  Od.  5,  313,  cf  άκρη- 
θεν  and  κατάκρηθεν. — 2.  later  usu., 
like  ακρόπολις,  of  the  castle  or  citadel 
built  on  a  steep  rock  overhanging  a 
town,  Lat.  arx,  Xen.,  etc.,  cf.  Nieb. 
R.  H.  3,  n.  311. 

VAKpa,  ας,  ή,  Acra,  a  region  on  the 
Cimmerian  Bosporus,  Strab. — 2.  a 
city  and  promontory  of  Scythia  Mi- 
nor.    Others  in  Diod.  S.,  Arr.,  etc. 

Άκράαντος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  κραιαίνω) 
^=άκραντος,  without  result,  unfulfilled, 
fruitless,  L-at.  irritus,  Hom.     [κρύ] 

ίΆκραγαλ?.ίδαι,  ων,  οι,  the  Acra- 
gallidae,  a  people  inhabiting  the  Cir- 
rhaeaii  plain  in  Phocis,  Aeschin. 

νΑκράγας,  αντος,  ό,  Agrigentum,  a 
city  and  river  of  Sicily  ;  the  name  of 
the  river  is  only  masc.  Thuc.  6,  4, 
etc.  ;  the  city  usu.  masc.  Thuc.  7, 50 ; 
Xen.  Hell.  2,  2,  etc. ;  but  also  fem. 
Pind.  P.  6, 6 :  Άκραγαντϊνος,  ό,  Hdt. 
7,  170. 

Άκρΰγής,  ες,  (a  priv.,  κράζω)  not 
yelling,  voiceless,  dumb,  κύνες,  Aesch. 
Pr.  803. 

'Ακράδαντος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  κραδαί- 
νομαι)  unshaken,  Philo. 

Άκράεί,  adv.  from  sq.  ά.  πλεΐν, 
with  afresh  breeze,  Arr. 

Άκρΰής,  ες,  (άκρος,  άημι)  blowing 
strongly,  of  the  north  and  west  wind, 
and  so  brisk,  fresh,  fair,  Od.,  and 
Hes. 

ΥΑκράθωοι,  ων,  ol,  Acrathoi,  a  city 
on  Athos,  Thuc.  4,  109,  Strab. 

ΥΑκράθως,  ω,  άκρον  (άκρος,  'Αθως) 
Acrathos,  a  promontory  of  Acte, 
Strab. 

ΥΑκραι,  ών,  al,  Acrae,  a  city  of 
Sicily,  Thuc.  6,  5  ;  hence  adj.  Ά«- 
ραΐος,  a,  ov. — 2.  a  region  in  Acarna- 
nia,  Polyb. 

'Ακραίος,  a,  ον,=άκρος.  Gal. — II. 
dwelling  on  the  heights  :  epith.  of  Juno, 
Eur.  Med.  1379  ;  of  Venus,  Paus.  2, 
32,  6.  —  Π,  Acraea,  a  Nereid.  Hes. 
Theog.  249.-2.  daughter  of  the  river- 
god  Asterion,  Paus.  2, 17,  2. 

'Ακραίπάλος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  κραι- 
πύ'λη)   without  nausea  from  drunkcn- 


AKPA 

ness,  Arist.  Probl. — II.  act.  preventing 
drunkenness,  Diosc. 

ίΆκραιφία,  ας,  ή,  Acraephia,  Hdt.  8, 
135,  Άκραιφίαι,  ών,  αϊ,  and  Άκραί- 
ώων,  ου,  τό,  Strab.,  a  city  of  Boeotia 
near  lake  Copais. 

'Ακραιφνής,  ες,  syncop.  from  άκε- 
ραιοφανής,^  ακέραιος,  unmixed,  pure, 
Eur.  Hec.  537 :  πενία,  sheer,  utter 
poverty,  Anth.  :  hence — II.  unhurt,  un- 
harmed, Lat.  integer,  Eur.  Ale.  1052 : 
c.  gen.,  untouched  by  a  thing.  Soph. 
O.  C.  1147.  Adv.  -νώς. 
f  Ακραιφνών,  ov,  τό,—  Ακραιφία, 
"Ακραντος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  κραίνω)  un- 
accompjlished,  unfulfilled,  fruitless,  idle, 
επεα,^ίΆπίδες,  Pind.,  τέχναι,  Aesch.: 
ovK  άκραντα,  the  truth,  Eur.  Bacch. 
435. — II.  endless,  ννξ,  Aesch.  Ch.  05 ; 
where  others  explain  the  dead  of  night. 
Only  poet. 

Άκραξόνιον,  ov,  τό,  (άκρος,  άξων) 
the  point  or  end  of  the  axle. 

Άκράσία,  ας,  ή,  (άκρατος)  ill  mix- 
ture, άκρ.  αέρος,  an  unwholesome  tem- 
perature, or  climate,  Theophr.,  opp.  to 
ευκρασία. 

Άκράσία,  ας,  η,  like  ακράτεια,  the 
character  of  an  άκρατης,  incontinence, 
Lat.  impotentia,  Xen.,  opp.  to  h/κρά- 
τεια,  Arist.  Eth.  N. 

ΥΑκράστιστος,  ov,  Bergk's  reading 
in  Theocr.  1,  51,  for  άκράτιστος,  q.  v. 
Ακράτεια,  ας,  ή,  (άκρατής)=άκρα- 
σία,  Xen. — II.  icant  of  power  of  sto- 
mach, Hipp,    [ΰ] 

Άκράτεύομαι,  dep.  mid.,  to  be  άκ- 
ρατης, Arist.  Eth.  N.  The  act.  occurs 
in  Plut.  ap.  Stob.  p.  81,  40. 

Άκράτεντικός,  ή,  όν,  connected  with 
incontinence,  Arist.  Rhet.  2,  16,  4. 

Άκράτέω,  ώ,  to  be  άκρατης,  Hipp. : 
from 

Άκρατης,  ες,  (a  priv.,  κράτος) 
powerless,  ■}'ηρας,  Soph.  O.  C.  1236 : 
not  having  power  or  command  over  a 
thing,  Lat.  impotens.c.  gen.,  γλώσσης, 
Aesch.  Pr.  884,  op}7/r,  Thuc.  3,  84  : 
άκρ.  jetpof,  of  athief,  Dion.  H.  :  also 
άκρ.  κέρδους,  τιμής,  intemperate  in  the 
purs-uit  of,  Arist.  Eth.  N. :  esp.  in 
moral  sense  without  power  or  command 
over  one's  self  or  one's  passions,  m- 
continent,  unbridled,  licentious,  Arist. 
Eth.  N. ;  στόμα,  Ar.  Ran.  838  :  άκρ. 
δαπάνη,  immoderate  expense,  Anth. 
Adv.  -τώς,  Plat. 

Άκράττ/τος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  κρατέω) 
ungoverned,  uncontrolled,  Arist.  Me- 
teor. :  not  to  be  controlled,  Hdn. 

Άκρΰτί,  adv.  of  άκρατ7)ς,—άκρα- 
τώς,  Aretae. 
Άκράτία,  ας,  ή=^άκράτεια. 
Άκρύτίζομαι, dep.  mid. ,  ίΜί.-ΐονμαί, 
(άκρατος)  to  drink  pure  wine,  (merum)  ■ 
hence — II.  to  breakfast,  because  this 
meal  consisted  of  bread  dipped  in  wine, 
V.  Br.  Ar.  Plut.  295:  c.  ace,  άκρ. 
κοκκνμηλα,  to  breakfast  on  plums,  Ar. 
Fr.  505. 

Άκράτισμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  breakfast, 
Arist.  H.  A.    [κρά] 

Άκράτισμός,  ov,  ό,  breakfasting, 
Ath.  IID.  ^ 

Άκράτιστος,  ov,  the  MSS.  reading 
in  Theocr.  1,  51,  defended  by  Herm., 
who  takes  only  άκράτιστον  έπι  ξη- 
ροΐσι  together,  in  the  signf  having 
made  a  dry  breakfast,  i.  e.  none  at  all, 
but  it  is  very  dub.  :  Wiistem.  takes 
Toup's  emend,  άνάριστον :  Bergk 
conj.  πριν  άκράστιστον  (from  κρασ- 
τίζω),  ivithout  food,    [κρά] 

Άκρατβκώθων,  ωνος,  ό,  (άκρατος, 
κύβων)  α  hard  toper,  Ath.  483  Ε. 

Άκράτοποσία,  ας,  ή,  Ion.  άκρητο- 
ποσίη,  α  drinking  of  unmixed  wine, 
Hdt.  6,  84,  and 

53 


AKPl 

Άκράτοποτέω,  ώ,  to  drink  unmixed  I 
wi?ie,  Anst.  Probl. :  from 

Άκρΰτοπότης,  ου,  6,  Ion.  ακρητο- 
Ίΐότης,  {άκρατος,  ττίνω)  α  drinker  of 
unmixed  wine,  HJt.  6,  81.  Fein,  -ττό- 
Tif,  ιδος.  ή. 

' Ακρατος,  αν,  Ion.  ύκρητος,  q.  v.,  (α 
priv.,  κΐράννυμί)  unmixed,  pure,  sheer, 
unadulterate :  esp.  of  wine,  άκρητοι 
σπονδαί,  drink-offerings  of  pure  wine, 
II.  4,  59  ;  6  άκρατος  sub.  οίνος,  wine 
without  water,  unmixed  wine,  sheer 
wine,  Lat.  meruin,  Ar.  Eq.  105:  also 
TO  ύκρατον.  Flut. :  but  also  of  solids, 
etc.,£iiip.  σώματα,  Plat.,  ακρ.  μέλαν, 
pure  black,  Thcophr.  ;  ύκρ-  νους,  pure 
intellect,  Xen.— 2.  of  the  temper  or 
state,  untempered,  unrestrained,  abso- 
lute, ίλευθκρία,  δημοκρατία,  etc., 
Plat. :  ύκρ.  νόμος,  absolute  law.  Id. 
Legg.  723  A ;  ψεϋδος,  a  sheer  lie.  Id. 
Rep.  382  C— 3.  strong,  hot,  strictly  of 
sheer  wine,  as  Xen.  An.  4,  5,  27 : 
then  in  gen.,  intemperate,  excessive, 
violent,  ακρ.  οργήν,  Aesch.  Pr.  678  : 
ακρ.  διύ/^ροία.  Thuc.  2,  49  ;  άκρατος 
έλθέ,  come  with  all  thy  power,  _Eur. 
Cycl.  C02.  A  syncop.  comp.  άκρα- 
τέστερος,  in  Hyperid.  ap.  Ath.  421  D, 
superl.  άκρατέστατος.  Plat.  Phil.  53  A. 
Άκράτόστομος,  ov,  {ακρατής,  στό- 
μα) unbridled  of  tongue. 

Άκρύτότης,  ητος,  ή,  {άκρατος)  re- 

fugnance  to  mix,  οΙνου  και  μέλιτος, 
lipP•  ,         ,    , 

Άκράτοφόρος,  αν,  ο,  and  ακρατο- 
φόρον,  ου,  τό,  {άκρατος,  φέρω)  α  ves- 
sel for  pure  wine,  elsewhere  ■φυκτήρ, 
Lat.  acratophorns,  Cic.  Fin.  3,  4.  15. 

' A κρύτωρ,  ορός,  ό,—άκρατί/ς,  Soph. 
Phil.  486.    [κρΰ] 

Άκράχο/ύω,  ώ,  to  be  passionate, 
Plat.  Legg.  731  D.  ^   Hence 

Άκράχολία,  ας,  η.  Ion.  άκρηχολίη, 
passionateness,  a  burst  of  passion,  Hipp. : 
from 

Άκράχο/.ος,  ov.  Ion.  άκρήχολος, 
quick  or  sudden  to  anger,  passionate, 
Ar.  Eq.  41  :  κύων  άκρ.,  an  ill-tempered 
dog,  Ar.  Ran.  535,  μέλισσα,  Epinic. 
ap.  Ath.  432  C.  and  even  άχερδος  ακρ., 
a  wild  pear  that  pricks  on  the  least 
touch,  Pherecr.  Incert.  32.— II.  in 
gen.  in  passionate  distress,  Theocr.  24, 
60 :  ακρόχολος  is  a  later  and  worse 
form,  (the  deriv.  uncertain,  either 
from  άκρος,  χόλος,  or  from  άκρατος, 
χόλος  for  άκρατύχολος.)     [/cpu] 

Άκρεμονίκός.  ή,  όν,  like  an  άκρέ- 
μων  or   twig,  I'heophr. 

Άκρέμίίν,  όνος,  ό,  {άκρος)  strictly 
ο  bmtgh  or  branch,  which  ends  in 
smaller  branches  and  twigs,  Theophr. 
H.  P.  1,  1,  9:  but  usu.  in  gen.  a 
branch,  twig,  shoot,  Simon.  51,  Eur. 
Cycl.  455. 

Άκρεος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  κρέας)  with- 
out flesh,  not  fleshy,  Hipp. 

Ακρέσ~ερος,  ov,  {άκρος,  εσπέρα) 
at  the  beginning  of  evening,  at  even  tide: 
άκρέσπερον,α,Β  adv.,  Theocr.  24,  75: 
Hipp. 

Ακρήβης,  ef,=sq.,  Anth. 
Άκρηβος,  ov,  {άκρος,  τί/βη)  in  earliest 
youth,  very  young,  Theocr.  8,  93. 

Άκρί/δεμνος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  κρήδεμ- 
vov)  without  head-band  or  chaplet,  0pp. 
Άκρητος,    ov,    Ion.    for    άκρατος, 
Hom. 

Άκρητόχολος,  ov,  of  or  from  sheer 
bile,  πυρετός,  Hipp. 

Ακρηχολία,    άκρήχολος,   Ion.    for 
άκράχολία,  etc. 
Υ  Ακρια,   ας,  ή,  «pith,  of  Minerva, 
but  prob.  should  be  ακραία. — Π.  άκ- 
ρια, τύ  =  άκρα.  Ορρ. 
ΥΑκριαί,  or  Άκρίαι,  ών,  αϊ,  Acriae, 
a  city  of  Laconia,  Polyb.,  Strab. 
54 


AKPI 

t'A/ipiaf,  ου,  ό,  Acrias,  masc.  pr.  n. 
Pans. 
'Ακρΐβάζω,=ΰκριβόω,1>ΧΧ.  Hence 
Άκρί3ασμα,  ατός,  τό  =  άκρίβωμα, 
LXX.    [ί] 

Άκρίβασμός,    οΰ,    ό  =  άκρίβωσις, 
LXX. 

'Ακρίβεια,  ας,  ή,  exactness,  literal 
accuracy,  precision.  Thuc.  1,  22,  τών 
πραχθέντων,  Antipho  127,  12  ;  δι' 
ύκριβείας.  =  άκριβώς,  freq.  in  Plat. : 
perfection,  άκρ-  Tov  ναυτικού,  its  fine 
state,  exact  discipline,  Thuc.  7,  13  : 
strictness,  severity,  νόμων,  Isocr.  147 
E,  εις  άκρ.  φΛοσοώεΐν,  to  investigate 
clearly  or  strictly,  Plat.  Gorg.  487  C  : 
nicencss,  punctuality,  also  oiyer-nice- 
ness,  pedantic  precision,  Polyb.  :  par- 
simony, frugality,  Plut.  ;  hence  δι' 
ακριβείας  είναι,  to  be  scarce.  Plat. 
Legg.  814  B.  Only  in  Alt.  prose,  [t] 
Άκρϊβίη,  ης.  Ion.  for  foreg.,  Hipp. 
'Ακριβής,  ές.  exact,  accurate,  precise, 
nice,  strict,  true,  perfect  in  its  kind, 
Lat.  absolutus,  Eur.  El.  367,  Thuc, 
etc. :  in  all  sorts  of  relations,  of  argu- 
ments, close,  subtle,  Ar.  Nub.  130 ;  of 
thoughts  and  notions,  clear,  definite, 
Eur.,  etc.  :  very  freq.  in  adv.  -βώς, 
ακριβώς  ε'ιδέναι,  επίστασθαι,  καθο- 
ράν,  μαθεΐν,  etc.,  Ildt.  7,  32,  etc. : 
το  άκριβές=άκρίβεια,  Thuc.  6,  18. 
— II.  of  persons,  ejaci,  strict,  δικαστής, 
Thuc.  3,  46  ;  severe,  scrupulous,  punc- 
tual, Plat.,  etc.:  άκρ.  τοις  δμμασι, 
sharp-sighted,  Theocr.  22,  194:  also 
frugal,  stingy,  άκρ.  τονς  τρόπους, 
Menarid.  ap.  Stob.  387,  45,  v.  Gaisf. 
ad  1. :  ακριβώς  και  μόλις,  Lat.  vix 
ac  ne  vix  quidem,  with  the  greatest  diffi- 
culty, Plut.  Only  in  Att.  poetry  and 
prose,  (usu.  deriv.  from  άκρος.) 

'Ακριβοδίκαιος,  ov,  {ακριβής,  δί- 
καιος) severely  jiidging,  επΙ  τό  χείρον, 
extreme  to  mark  what  is  amiss,  Arist. 
Eth.  N. 

Άκρίβολογέομαι,  ονμαι,  f.  -ήσομαι, 
as  dep.,  to  be  exact,  accurate,  precise  in 
language,  investigation,  etc.,  usu. 
absol.,  Plat. ;  but  also  c.  ace.  rei,  to 
weigh  accurately.  Id.,  also  άκρ.  περί 
τίνος,  Dem.  .307,  9.  The  act.  is  found 
later,  as  in  Dion.  H.     Hence 

Άκριβολογητέον,  verb,  adj.,  me 
rnust  weigh  accurately,  Arist.  Rhet. 

'Ακριβολογία,  ας,  ή,  exactness,  pre- 
cision in  speech,investigation,  etc. .Arist. 
Rhet. ;  also  in  money  matters,  Id.  Eth. 
N. 

'Ακριβολόγος,  ov,  {ακριβής,  λέγο)) 
exact,  accurate,  precise  in  speech,  inves- 
tigation, etc.,  Timon  ap.  Diog.  L. 
2,  19. 

Άκρίβόω,  ώ,  f.  -ώσω,  perf.  ηκρίβωκα, 
{ακριβής)  to  make  exact  or  accurate, 
Eur.  Hipp.  469  :  to  arrange  precisely, 
Arr.  Eccl.  274  :  but  usu.  to  examine 
or  investigate  accurately  ;  to  under- 
stand thoroughly,  Eur.  Hec.  1192,  and 
Xen.  :  also  περί  τι,  λ\γ181.  Gen.  An. : 
— to  express  accurately,  Xen.  Cyr.  2, 
1,  26.  Pass,  to  be  perfect,  Ar.  Ran. 
1483  ;  ηκριβώθαι  προς  τι,  in  a  thing, 
Arist.  Pol. 

' Ακρί3ωμα,  ατός,  τό,  exact  knowl- 
edge, Epicur.  ap.  Diog.  L.  [i] 

Άκρίβωσις,  εως,  ή,  exactness  :  strict 
observance,  νόμου,  Joseph,   [κρί] 

Άκρίβωτέον,  verb,  adj.,  one  mu^t 
examine  accurately,  Philo. 

Άκρίδιον,  ου,  τό,  dim,  from  άκρίς, 
Diosc. 

ΆκρϊδοΟήκη,  ή,  {άκρίς,  θήκη)  α  lo- 
cust-cage :  received  by  Meineke  in 
Theocr.  1,  52,  and  Seller  in  Long.  1, 
10,  instead  of  seq. 

Άκριδοθήρα,  ας,  ή,  {άκρίς,  θηράω) 
;  α  locust-trap,  Valck.  Theocr.  1,  52, 


AKPI 

Long.  1,  10 ;  v.  foreg.  (by  analogy  it 
should  be  a  locust-hunt.) 

Άκριδοφάγος,  ov,  {ακρίς,  φαγείν) 
a  locust-eater,  Strab.  [ώά] 

Άκρίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {άκρος)  to  climb 
heights. — II.  to  go  on  tiptoe,  Eur.  Oen. 
11. — HI.  to  cut  off  the  extremities:  v. 
'εξακρίζω. 
ΥΑκριος,  a,  ov,  v.  άκρια. 
Άκρις,  ιος,  ή,  Ion.  for  άκρα,  the 
extremity,  in  Hom.  only  in  Od.,  al- 
ways in  plur.,  άκριες  γνεμόεσσαι,  the 
windy  mountain-tops,  Od.  9,  400  :  in 
gen.  a  hill-country  is  called  άκριες, 
Od.  10,  281,  and  just  above,  275,  βήσ- 
σαι.—ΙΙ.  Acris,  a  city  of  Libya,  Diod. 
S.  20,  57. 

ΆΚΡΙ'Σ,  ίδος,  ή,  a  locust,  Π.  21,  12. 
'Ακρισία,    ας,    ή,    {άκριτος)    want 
of  distinctness    and   order,    confusion, 
Xen.  Hell.  7,  5,  27. — II.  wajit  of  judg- 
ment, bad  judgment  or  choice,  perversion, 
Polyb.  2,  35.  3. — III.  undecided  char- 
acter of  a  disease,  Hipp. 
ΫΑκρίσιος,  ου,  ό,  Acrisius,  son  of 
Abas  and  father  of  Danae.  Hdt.  6,  53. 
— 2.  a  Sicyonian,  Xen.  Hell.  7,  1,  33. 
ΥΑκρϊσιώνη,  ης,  ή,  (fern,    patron.) 
daughter  of  Acrisius,  i.  e.  Danae,  11. 
14,  319. 

Άκρίσχιον,  ov,  τό,  {άκρος,  Ισχίον) 
the  end  of  the  Ισχίον  or  hip.  Hipp. 

V Ακρίτα,  neut.  pi.  o{  άκριτος,  adv., 
indiscriminately,  H.  Horn.  Pan.  26. 
ΥΑκρίτας,  a,  b,  Acritas,  a  promon- 
tory of  Messenia,  Strab. 

Άκρϊτί,  adv.  of  άκριτος,  xvithout  in- 
quiry, trial,  choice  or  judgyneni,  Lys. 
Fr.  56.  [i  but  also  t,  Drac] 

Άκρϊτόβουλος,  ov,  {άκριτος,  βου- 
λή) indiscreet  of  counsel.  Or.  Sib. 

ΆκρΙτόδακρυς,  ν,  gen.  νος,  {άκρι- 
τος, δάκρυ)  shedding  floods  oj  tears ^ 
Anth. 

ΥΑκριτοεπής,  ές,  {άκριτος,  ί•πος)=^ 
άκριτόμυβος. 

' Ακρίτόμνθος,  ον,  {άκριτος,  μνθος) 
recklessly  or  confusedly  babbling.  II.  2, 
246. — II.  ονειροι,  confused  dreams,  and 
so  hard  to  interpret,  Od.  19,  560, 

Άκριτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  κρίνω)  un- 
arranged,  undistingttishable,  confused, 
disorderly,  μΰθος,  11-  2,  790,  so  άκριτα 
πόλλ'  άγορενειν.  Od.  8, 505  :  τύμβος, 
one  common  undisting^tished  grave.  11. 
7,  337  :  άκρ.  πάγος,  a  confused  mass, 
Hipp. — 2.  not  to  be  separated,  lasting, 
unceasing,  πενθήμεναι  άκριτον  α'ιεί, 
Od.  18,  174  ;  19,  120,  δηρον  και  άκρι- 
τον, Η.  Horn.  Merc.  126:  άκριτα 
άχεα,  griefs  not  to  be  assuaged,  11,  3, 
412: — δρος  άκρ..  a  continuous  chain 
of  mountains,  Anth. — 3.  in  late  poets, 
countless,  0pp. — 11.  undecided,  doubt- 
ful, νείκεα,  άεθλος,  11.  14,  205,  Hes. 
Sc.  311  :  άκριτων  όντων.  Thuc.  4, 
20 :  so  too  adv.  -τως,  ivithout  decisive 
issue.  Id,  7,  71  : — ττυρετός.  a  fever  that 
will  not  come  to  a  crisis,  Hipp.  : — un- 
certain as  to  time,  Arist.  Meteor. — 2. 
unjudged,  untried,  of  persons  and 
things,  e.  g.  άκριτόν  τίνα  κτείνειν, 
άναφείν,  άπολλνναι,  to  put  to  death 
without  trial,  Lat.  indicia  causa,  Hdt. 
3,  80,  Thuc.  2,  67.^  cf.  8,  48,  Dem. 
212,  23: — πράγμα  άκρ.,  a  cause  not 
yet  tried,  Isocr.  385  A  ;  cf.  Plat.  Tim. 
5 1  C  : — also  not  subject  to  trial,  irre- 
sponsible, Aesch.  Suppl.  374.  —  III. 
act.  not  giving  a  judgment,  wit/tout  ad- 
judging, Hdt.  8,  124  :  7iot  capable  of 
judging,  rash,  headstong,  Polyb.,  etc. 
— 2.  not  exercising  judgment,  undistin- 
guishing.  of  the  Fates,  Anth.,  v.  Jac. 
2,  2,  p.  221.     Adv.  -τως. 

' Ακρΐτόφνλλος,  ov.  {άκριτος,  φν7<.• 
λον)  of  undistinguishable,  that  is, close- 
ly blending  leafage,  όρος,  II.  2,  8QS. 


ΑΚΡΟ 

'Α,κρΐτόφυρτος,  ον,  {άκριτος,  φνρω) 
vndistinguishably  mixed,  Aesch.  Theb. 
360. 

Άκρΐτόφννος,  ον,  (άκριτος,  φωνή) 
of  indistinct  language. 

■^'Χκρίόιος,  ου,  ό,  Acriphius, masc.  pr. 
η.  Paus. 

Ακροάζομαι,  =  ΰκροάομαι,  Me- 
nand.  p.  36. 

'Ακρόαμα,  ατός,  τό,  (άκροάομαι) 
Lat.  acroama,  any  thing  heard,  Xen. 
Symp.  2,  2,  esp.  heard  with  pleasure, 
any  thing  read,  recited,  played  or  sung, 
a  feast  to  the  ear,  v.  άκονσμα  :  a  play, 
musical  piece,  etc.,  Xen.  Hier.  1,  14, 
and  freq.  from  Polyb.  downwards. — 
II.  in  plur.  for  the  concrete,  lecturers, 
singers  or  players,  esp.  during  meals, 
Polyb.,  etc.    Hence 

'Ακροαματικός,  ή,  όν,  to  be  heard, 
designed  for  hearing  only,  άκρ.  όιόασ- 
κα'/χαι,  the  esoteric  doctrines  of  phi- 
losophers, which  were  not  commit- 
ted to  writing,  Plut.  Alex.  7,  opp.  to 
έτ:ο~τίκαί. 

Άκροάομαι,  fut.  -άσομαι  [ά]:  pf. 
ήκρόάμαι,  dep.  mid.,  to  hear,  hearken 
or  listen  to,  usu.  like  άκονω,  c.  gen. 
pers.  et  ace.  rei,  Thuc,  etc.  :  but 
sometimes  also  c.  gen.  rei,  Plat. 
Hipp.  Maj.  285  D  :  esp.  to  hear  or  at- 
tend lectures,  hence  ό  άκροώμενος,  a 
hearer,  pupil.  Plat.,  and  Xen. — II.  to 
obey,  τινός,  Thuc.  3,  27.  (Prob.  con- 
nected with  άκονω,  cf.  Hesych.) 

Άκρόάσις,  εως,  ή,  a  hearing,  heark- 
ening or  listening  to,  Thuc.  1,  21,  etc., 
κ'λέτΓτειν  την  άκρόασιν  υμών,  to  cheat 
you  into  hearing,  Aeschin.  58,  37. — 2. 
obedience,  submission,  τινός,  Thuc.  2, 
37. — II.  the  thing  listened  to,  a  dis- 
course, lecture,  Hipp. — III.  τ=άκροατή- 
piov,  Plut.  2,  58  C. 

Άκροάτέον,  verb.  adj.  07t£  must 
listen  to,  obey,  τών  κρειττόνων,  Ar. 
Αν.  1228. 

'Ακροατηρίου,  ου,  τό,  (ΰκροάομαι) 
α  place  of  audience,  Lat.  auditorium, 
Plut. — II.  an  aiuiience.  Id.  Cat.  22. 

'Ακροατής,  οΰ,  ό,(άκροάοααι)  a  hear- 
er, listener,  έργων,  Thuc.  3,  38  :  a  pu- 
pil. Plat.— II.  a  reader,  Plut.  Thes.  1. 

Άκροάτικός,  ή,  όν,  (άκροάομαι) 
belonging  to,  proper  to  hearing,  μισθός, 
a  lecturer's  salary,  Lat.  honorarium, 
Luc.  Enc.  Dem.  25.  Adv.  -κύς,  άκρ. 
έχειν,  ίο  be  fond  of  hearing,  Philo. 

Άκροβαμονέω,=:  ΰκροβατέω,  Hipp. : 
from 

'Ακροβάμων,  ον,  (άκρος,  βαίνω) 
walking  on  tiptoe  or  erect,  (βά) 

'Ακροβάτέω,  ώ,  (άκρος,  βαίνω)  to 
walk  or  run  on  tiptoe  or  erect,  Anth.  v. 
Lob.  Aj.  1217.— IL  to  climb  aloft,  Pol- 
yaen.  4,  3,  23. 

'Ακροβατικός,  ή,  όν,  fit  for  mount- 
ing, Lat.  scansorius,  Vitruv. 

'  Ακρόβάτος,  ον,  =  ακροβάμων, 
Nonn.  Dion.  47,  235. 

Άκροβαφής,  ές,  (άκρος,  βάκτω) 
with  tlie  extremities  immersed,  Nonn. — 
II.  tinged  nt  the  point,  or  slightly,  Anth. 

Άκροβελής,  ές,  (άκρος,  βέ/^υς)  with 
a  point  at  the  end,  Anth. 

Άκροβε/.ίς,  ίδος,  ή,  the  point  of  an 
arrow,  spit,  etc.,  Archipp.  ap.  A.  B. 
371. 

Άκρόβ7,αστος,  ον,  (άκρος,  βλαστά- 
νω)  budding  or  sprouting  at  the  end, 
Theophr. 

'Ακρο3ο7Αω,  ώ,  to  he  an  άκροβόλος, 
throw  from  afar,  to  sling,  skirmish, 
Anth.     Hence 

Άκροβο'λία,  ας,  ή,  a  throwing  from 
afar,  slinging,  skirmishing,  App. 

Άκροβο/Λζομαι,ί.-ίσομαί,άβρ.  mid., 
to  throw  or  strike  front  afar  :  to  provoke 
the  enemy   to  attack,   skirmish,    τνρός 


ΑΚΡΟ 

τίνα,  Thuc.  4,  34  :  έττεσι,  Hdt.  8,  64. 
Act.  only  in  Anth.  Ep.  Ad.  667. 
Hence 

' Ακροβόλισις,  εως,  η,  a  throwing 
from  afar,  skirmishing,  Xen.  An.  3, 
4,  18. 

Άκροβόλισμα,  ατός,  τό,  App.,  and 

'Ακροβο?.ισμός,  οΰ,  ό,  Thuc.  7,  25, 
=ΰκροβόλισις. 

'Ακρο3οΆιστής,  οϋ,  o,=sq.  Xen. 
Cyr.  6,  i,  28. 

Άκροβό/.ος,  ον,  ό,  (άκρος,  βάλ?.ω) 
one  that  throws  from  afar,  a  skirmisher : 
but  —  II.  proparox.  άκρόβο/.ος,  ον, 
struck  from  afar,  or  acc.  to  SchiitZ, 
struck  upon  the  summit,  Aesch.  Theb. 
158. 

Άκροβνστέω,  to  be  uncircumcised, 
LXX.,  and 

Άκρο3νστία,  ας,  ή,  the  prepuce  or 
foreskin,  LXX.  Gen.  17,  11.— II.  un- 
circumcision,  the  state  or  class  of  the  un- 
circumcised, N.  T.  Rom.  4,  10 ;  Id.  2, 
26.     From 

Άκρόβνστος,  ον,  (άκρος,  βνω)  un- 
circumcised, LXX. 

Άκρογένειος,  ον,  (άκρος,  γένειον) 
with  prominent  chin,  Arist.  Physiogn. 

'Ακρογωνιαίος,  αία,  αΐον,  (άκρος, 
γωνία)  at  the  extreme  angle,  άκρ.  /.ίΟος, 
the  comer  foundation  atone,  N.  T.  1 
Pet.  2,  6. 

' Ακροόακτν?Λθν,  ου,  τό,  (άκρος, 
δύκτν?.ος)  the  finger-tip. 

Άκρόδετος,  ον,  (άκρος,  δέω)  bound 
at  the  end,  at  the  top,  Anth. 

ΫΑκροδίκαιος,  ον,  (άκρος,  δίκαιος) 
strictly  just,  Stob.  Eel.  2,  320. 

Άκρόδρνα,  ων,  τύ,  (άκρος,  δρυς) 
fruit-trees,  strictly,  bearing  fruit  at  the 
extremities  of  the  branches,  Xen.  Gee. 
19,  12,  Plat.  Cnt.  115  B.— II.  fruits 
that  grow  at  the  end  of  the  branches  : 
usu.  of  hard-shelled  fruits,  as  nuts, 
chestnuts,  etc.,  Arist.  H.  A.  :  in  gen. 
fruit,  Theophr.  The  sing,  άκρόδρν- 
ov  seldom  used. 

' Ακροέ7.ικτος,  ον,  (άκρος,  ελίσσω) 
twisted  at  the  end,  Anth. 

' Ακρόζεστος,  ον.  (άκρος,  ζέω)  boiled, 
or  heated  slightly,  Diosc. 

Άκρόζνμος,  ον,  (άκρος,  ζύμη)  slight- 
ly leavened,  Galen. 

Άκροβεν,  adv.  from  άκρος,  from 
the  end  or  top,  Arist.  Physiogn.  6,  20. 

ΆκρόΟερμος,  ον,  (άκρος,  θερμός) 
very  hot,  late. 

'Ακροθι,  adv.  from  άκρος,  at  the 
beginning,  c.  gen.,  νυκτός,  Arat. 

ΆκροβΙγής,  ές,  (άκρος,  θιγεΐν) 
touching  on  the  surface  or  lightly :  φί- 
λημα, Mel.  14.  Adv.  -γώς,  άκρ.  εμ- 
βάτντειν,  just  to  dip  in,  so  that  it  is 
hardly  wetted,  Diosc. 

Άκρόθϊνα,  ων,  τά,  Pind.  v.  άκρο- 
θίνιον. 

Άκροθίνιάζω,  (άκρος,  θίς)  to  take 
an  offering  for  the  gods  fro/n  the  top 
of  a  heap  of  booty,  etc.,  usu.  in  mid. 
to  take  of  the  best,  pick  out  for  one's  self, 
Eur.  H.  F.  476. 

Άκροθίνιον,  ον,  τό,  (άκρος,  θίς) 
usu.  in  plur.,  but  in  sine,  also  Eur. 
Phoen.  282,  Thuc.  1,  132,  in  Pind. 
also  άκρόθϊνα  : — strictly  the  top  of  the 
heap,  i.  e.  the  best  or  choice  parts  : 
hence  usu.  the  first-fruits  nf  the  field, 
of  booty,  etc.,  esp.  to  be  offered  to  the 
gods,  like  άτταργαί,  oft.  in  Hdt., 
Pind.,  and  Att.  :  άκρόθϊνα  πολέμου, 
in  Pind.  O.  2,  7,  the  Olympic  games, 
as  being  founded  from  spoils  taken  in 
war : — strictly  a  neut.  adj.,  and  so  in 
Aesch.  Eum.  834,  θνη  άκροθίνια,  of- 
ferings offirstfruits.  \θί] 
νΑκρόθωον,  ον,  τό,  Acrothoum,  and 

νΑκρόθωοι.  ων,  οι,  Acrotho'i,  a  city  on 
,  Mt.  Athos,  Hdt.  7,  22,  Thuc.  4, 109. 


ΑΚΡΟ 

Άκροθώραξ,  ΰκος,  ό,  η,  (άκρος 
θωρήσσω)  superficially,  i.  e.  slightly 
drunk,  tipsy,  Arist.  Probl. 

Άκρόκαρττος,  ον,  (άκρος,  καρπός) 
bearing  fruit  at  the  top,  e.  g.  φοίνιξ 
Theophr. 

'Ακροκελαινιάω,  (άκρος,  κελαινός) 
only  used  in  part,  άκροκελαινιόων, 
growing  black,  darkening  on  the  surface, 
of  a  swollen  stream,  II.  21,  249. 

'Ακροκέραια,  τά,  (άκρος,  κέρας)  the 
ends  of  sail-yards ,  like  Lat.  cornua. 
Υ  Ακροκεραύνια,  ων,  τά,  (άκρος,  κε- 
ραυνός) Acroceraunia,  a  chain  of 
mountains  in  Epinis,  forming  a  bold 
promontory  near  Oricum. 

Άκροκιόνιον,  ον,  τό,  (άκρος,  κίων) 
the  capital  of  a  pillar,  Philo. 

Άκροκνέφαιος,  ον,  (άκρος,  κνέφας) 
at  the  beginning  or  end  of  night,  in  twi- 
light, Hes.  Op.  565. 

Άκροκνεφης,  cf,=foreg.  Luc.  Lex- 
iph.  11. 

Άκροκόαης,  ον,  o,=sq. 

Άκρόκομος,  ον,  (άκρος,  κόμη)  with 
hair  on  the  crou-n,  epith.  of  the  Thra- 
cians,  who  either  tied  up  their  hair 
in  a  top-knot,  or  shaved  all  their  head 
except  the  crown,  II.  4,  533  :  with 
hair  at  the  end,  Strab. — II.  icith  leaves 
at  the  top,  Eur.  Phoen.  1516,  esp.  of 
the  palm ;  κυπάρισσοι,  Theocr.  22, 
41. 

^Ακροκόρινθος,  ον,  ό  also  ;;,  Xen. 
Hell.  4,  4,  4,  (άκρος.  Κόρινθος)  the 
Acrocorinthus,  the  citadel  of  Corinth. 

Άκροκϋματόω,  (άκρος,  κνμα)  to 
float  on  the  topmost  waves,  a  bombastic 
word  ridiculed  by  Luc.  Lexiph.  15. 

Άκροκωλία,  ας,  ή,  (άκρος,  κω/.ία) 
the  shoulder-blade. 

Άκροκώλιον,  ον,  τό,  (άκρος,  κω- 
λον)  usu.  in  plur.,  but  sing,  also  An- 
tiph.  Corinth.  1,  Eubul.  Amal.  1,  the 
extremities  of  the  hodij,  esp.  of  animals, 
the  snout,  ears,  trotters,  pettitoes,  Lat. 
trunculi,  Hipp.,  etc. 

Άκρόλειον,  ον,  τό,  (άκρος,  ?.εία}= 
άκροθίχ'ΐον,  the  fir ^t  fruits  of  the  spoil. 

ΆκρόλΙθος,  ον,  (άκρος,  λίθος)  with 
the  ends  made  of  stone  :  ξόανον,  a  sta- 
tue with  the  head,  arms,  and  legs 
marble,  the  rest  wood,  .\nlh.  cf  Mul- 
ler  Archaol.  d.  Kunst,  ς^  84,  1. 

Άκρολίνιον,  ου,  τό,  the  edge  of  a 
net,  Xen.  Cyn.  2,  6.  [t]  from 

Άκρό'/.ινος,  ον,  (άκρος,  λ.ίνον)  at  the 
edge  of  the  net,  Opp. 

' Ακρολίπΰρος,  ον,   (άκρος,   λίπος) 
fat  on  the  surface,  Alex.  Pon.  7.    [t] 
Υ Ακρόλισσος,  ον,  ό,  (άκρος,  Αισσός) 
the  Acrolissus,  the  citadel  of  Lissus, 
Strab. 

Άκρολογέω,  ω,  to  gather  at  top,  pick 
ears  of  com,  Anth. :  from 

Άκρο?.όγος,  ον,  (άκρος,  /.έγω)  ga- 
thering from  the  top,  Lat.  decerpens,  μέ- 
λισσα, Epinic.  in  Ath.  10,  432  C. 

'Ακρολοφία,  ας,  η,  (άκρος,  λόφος) 
α  mountain  crest,  hilly  country,  Polyb. 
2,  27,  5. 

'Ακρο?.οφίτης,  ον,  ό,  a  mountaineer, 
Anth.  [ί] 

Άκρόλοφος,  ον,  (άκρος,  λ.όφος) 
high  crested,  peaked,  πρύνες,  πέτραι, 
Opp, — II.  ό  άκρ.,^=άκρολοφία,  α  moun- 
tain crest,  Plut.  ΡορΙ.  22. 

Άκρολντέω,  (άκρος,  ?,νω)  tn  untie 
only  at  the  end,  not  entirely,  Anth. 

Άκρόμαλ/.ος,  ον,  (άκρος,  μα?.?Μς) 
Strab.  The  meaning  can  only  be 
having  long  ivool,  and  Coray  therefore 
reads  μακρόμαλλος. 

Άκρομάνής,  ές,  (άκρος,  μαίνομαι) 
at  the  point  of  madness,  or  at  the  height 
of  madness,  raving  mad,  Hdt.  5,  42. 

Άκρομέθνσος,  ον,  (άκρος,  μεβύω), 
=άκροΟώραξ. 

55 


ΑΚΡΟ 

Άκρημό?.ίβδος,  ον,  {άκρος,  μόλιβ- 
δος)  leaded  at  the  edge,  'λίνον,  Anth. 

ΚκρομΛίιά7Λον,  ον,τό,  [ΰαρος,  όμψα- 
?.0ί)  the  middle  of  the  navel. 

Άκρόμφαλον,  ου,  TO,=foreg. 

Άκρον,  ου,  τό,  neiit.  from  άκρος, 
the  highest,  topmost,  last,  hence  as 
Subst., — 1.  a  point,  top,  height,  peak, 
άκρον  Αθηνών,  "Ιδης,  Horn. :  τα  άκ- 
ρα, Hdt.  6,  100.  2.  the  highest  pitch, 
the  height,  πανδοξίας  άκρον,  Pind.  Ν. 
1,  14:  εις  άκρον,  έττ'  άκρον,  to  the 
highest  pitch,  iSimon,  15,  Plat.  Tim. 
20  A  :  άκρα  φέρεσθαι,,  to  win  the  prize, 
Theocr. — II.  the  end,  edge,  border,  Po- 

ΫΑκρόνεΐύς,  ω,  6,  (άκρος,  νανς) 
Acroneus,  a  Phaeacian,  Od.  8,  111. 

Άκρονϋγώς,  {άκρος,  νύσσω)  adv., 
touching  at  the  edge,  Galen. 

Άκρονύκτιος,  ov,  {άκρος,  νύξ)  at 
the  beginning  of  night,  at  even. 
Άκρόνυκτος,  oi',=;foreg. 
Άκρύνυξ,  gen.  -ννκτος,  ή,  also  άκ- 
ροννχία,  ας,  nightfall,  Schaf.  Schol. 
Αρ.  Kh.  p.  233. 

Άκροννχί,  adv.,  {άκ^ος,  δννξ)  ivith 
the  tip  of  the  nail,  for  ακρωννχί,  Jac. 
A.  P.  p.  760.  [<-] 

'λκρονϋχία,  ας,  η,  v.  άκρόννί;.^ 
λκρόννχος,    ον,   {άκρος,    ννξ)    at 
nightfall,  at  even,  Arist.,  Theocr. 

Άκρόννχος.  ov,  {άκρος,  δνυξ)=^άκ- 
οώννχος,  Q.  Sm.  8,  157. 

Άκροπΰγτις,  ες,  {άκρος,  πήγννμι) 
fastened  or  ?iailed  at  the  end  or  on  high, 
Nonn. 

Άκρόπαθος,  ov,  affected  on  the  sur- 
face, Hipp. :  but  the  word  is  contra- 
iy  to  analogy. 

Άκρό-αστος,  ov,  {άκρος,  πάσσω) 
sprinkled  on  the  surface,  e.  g.  with  salt, 
hence  slightli/  salted,  Sopat.  ap.  Ath. 
119  A. 

Άκροπενθής,  ες,  {άκρος,  πένθος) 
exceeding  sad,  Aesch.  Pars.  135. 

'λκρόπηλος,  ov,  {άκρος,  πη?.ός) 
muddy  on  the  surface,  Polyb. 

ΆκροτΓίς,  maimed,  γ'λώσσα,  Hipp.  ". 
also  as  subst.,  α  maimed  tongue.  Id.  : 
— but  the  readings  vary. 

Άκρόπλοος,  ov,  contr.  άκρόπλους, 
ovv,  {άκρος,  πλέω)  swimming  at  the 
top,  skimming  the  surface,  Plut.  :  me- 
taph.  superficial,  Hipp. 

Άκροποόητί,  or  άκροποδιτί,  adv., 
{άκρος,  πους)  on  tiptoe,  stealthily,  Luc. 
Dial.  Mort.  27,  5,  etc. 

i'AKpo-o?.tvu,  {.-ενσο,  {άκρο-δ7^ος) 
to  move  on  high. 

Ακρόπολις,  εως,  y,  the  upper  or 
higher  city,  hence  the  citadel,  castle, 
Od.,  and  Hdt.  :  in  Att.  esp.  the  Acrop- 
olis of  Athens,  which  served  as  the 
treasury,  hence  γε}'ράφβαί  έν  τι)  άκ- 
ροπό?ίει,  άνενεχθήραί  εις  άκρόπολιν, 
to  be  entered  as  a  debtor  to  the  state, 
Dem.  1337,  24;  1327,  25  (in  this  signf. 
the  art.  is  oft.  omitted). — II.  metaph., 
a  tower  of  defence.  Theogn.  233. — 2. 
the  highest  point.  Plat.  Tmi.  70  A. 

Άκροπόλος,  ov,  {άκρος,  πολέω) 
high-ranging,  in  gen.  high,  όρη,  II.  5, 
523. 

Άκροπόρος,  ov,  {άκρος,  πείρω) 
boring  through,  piercing  with  the  point, 
6βε'λοί,  Od.  3,  463.— II.  proparox., 
ΰκρόπορος,  ov,  pierced  at  the  end,  with 
an  opening  at  the  end,  Nonn.  Dion.  2. 
2. — III.  {άκρος,  πορεύομαι)  high-step- 
ping, Nonn. 

Άκμοπόρψνρος,  ov,  {άκρος,  πορφύ- 
ρα) purple-edged. 

Άροποσθία,  ας,  ή,  {άκρος,  πόσθη) 
the  foreskin,  Lat.  praeputium,  Hipp. 
Άκροπόσθιον,  ov,  TO.^foxeg. 
Άκροζότης.  ov,  δ,  {άκρος,  πίνω)  a 
hard  drinker,  ΝοηΠ. 
56 


ΑΚΡΟ 

Άκρόπους,  -ποδός,  δ,  {άκρος,  πους) 
the  point  of  the  foot. 

Ακρόπρωρου,  ου,  τό,  {άκρος,  πρώ- 
ρα) the  end  of  a  ship's  prow,  Strab. 

Άκρόπτερον,  ου,  τό.  {άκρος,  πτε- 
ρόν)  the  tip  of  the  wing,  Anth.  :  άκρόπ- 
τερα  φωτών,  in  an  army,  the  men  at 
the  end  of  the  wings,  0pp. 

Άκρύπτολις,  ή,  poet,  for  ακρόπο- 
λις, Aesch.  Theb.  240. 

Ακρό()[)ίζος,  ov,  {άκρος,  Ι^ίζα)  hav- 
ing the  root  high  up,  i.  e.  not  striking 
deep  root. 

Άκρορβίνιον,  ov,  τό, {άκρος, βίς)  the 
tip  of  the  nose,     [pi] 

Άκροββνμίον,  τό,  {άκρος,  (^νμός) 
the  fore-end  of  the  pole.  [v\ 

'Ακρος,  a,  ov,  {άκή)  outermost,  at 
the  end  or  edge,  Lat.  cxtremus,  esp.  at 
the  top,  Lat.  summus,  and  so  pointed, 
sharp,  high :  Horn,  has  it  only  in  this 
signf,  άκρα  χειρ,  άκροι  πόδες,  άκρος 
ώμος,  the  end  of  tlie  hand  or  feet,  the 
top  of  the  shoulder,  etc.,  so  too  πόλις 
άκρη=άκρόπο?ας,  11.  G,  257:  ϋδωρ 
άκρον,  the  surface  of  the  water,  11.  16, 
102,  etc.:  hence  ουκ  άπ'  άκρας  φρε- 
νός, not  from  the  surface  of  the  heart,  i. 
e.  from  the  inmost  heart,  Aesch.  Ag. 
805,  cf.  Eur.  Hec.  242 :  but  also  άκ- 
ρος μυελός,  the  inmost  marrow,  Eur. 
Hipp.  255. — II.  of  time,  άκρα  εσπέρα, 
the  end  of  the  evening,  nightfall,  Pind. 
P.  11.  18  ;  νύξ,  the  beginning  of  night, 
Schaf.  Soph.  Aj.  285.— III.  of  degree, 
the  highest  in  its  kind,_/irsi,  exceeding 
good,  excellent,  Hdt.  5,  112;  G,  122, 
Aesch.  Ag.  G28,  and  freq.  in  Att., 
esp.  Plat. :  άκροι  Ααναών,  ποιητών, 
the  first  among  the  Greeks,  the  poets, 
Valck.  Ad.  p.  414  :  Άργεος  άκρα  ΐΐε- 
λασγοί,  the  oldest  rulers  of  Argos, 
Theocr.  15,  142:  -ψυχην  ουκ  άκρος, 
not  strong  of  mind,  Hdt.  5,  124  :  άκροι 
Tu  πολέμια,  Hdt.  7,  111  ;  άκρος  ύρ- 
yijV,  quick  to  anger,  very  passionate, 
Hdt.  1,  73  ;  also  άκρος  εις  or  περί  τι. 
Plat. — IV.  as  subst.,  v.  sub  άκρα  and 
άκρον. — V.  as  adv.,  άκρος  and  άκρον, 
very,  exceedingly,  highly,  so  άκρα, 
also  εις  and  έπ'  άκρον,  Schiif.  Dion. 
Comp.  873  :  superlative,  άκροτάτως, 
Ael. 

Άκροσάπης,  ες,  {άκρος,  σήπομαι) 
rotten  at  the  end,  Hipp. 

Άκροσίδηρος,  ov,  {άκρος,  σίδηρος) 
pointed  or  shod  with  iron,  Anth. 

Άκρόσοφος,  ov,  {άκρος,  σοφός)  high 
in  wisdom,  Pind.  O.  11,  19. 

Άκροσσος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  κροσσός) 
without  tassels,  fringeless. 

Άκροστήθιον,  ov,  τό,  {άκρος,  στή- 
θος) the  upper  part  of  the  breast ;  the 
chest,  Arist.  Physiogn. 

' Ακροστΐχίς,  ίδος,  ή,—sq.,  Cic.  Di- 
vin.  2,  54. 

Άκρόστϊχον,  ov,  τό,  {άκρος,  στί- 
χος) the  beginning  of  a  verse. — II.  an 
acrostic  poem,  late  word,  also  παρα- 
στιχίς  :  Epicharmus  is  said  to  have 
invented  them. 

Άκροστόλιον,  ου,  τό,  {άκρος,  στό- 
λος) the  uppermost  part  of  a  ship, 
hence — 1.  the  gunwale,  PIut.,Demetr. 
43. — 2.  the  projecting  prow  and  its  or- 
name^ιts,^uφ?Mστov,  Diod. 

Άκροστόμιον,  τό,  {άκρος,  στόμα) 
the  edge  of  the  lips,  Dion.  H. — II.  =άκ- 
ροφύσιον. 

Άκροσφάλης,  ες,  {άκρος,  σψάλλω) 
easily  falling,  apt  to  trip,  unsteady, 
Plut. :  ύκρ.  προς  νγίειαν,  of  precari- 
ous healtn,  Plat.  Rep.  404  Β  :  άκ. 
προς  όργήν,  inclined  to  anger,  Plut., 
so,  too,  προς  πάθος.  Id.  Symp.  1,  4. 
— II.  act.,  apt  to  throw  down  lipnery, 
dangerous,  Polyb.  Adv.,  -λώς^  ύκρ. 
ίχειν  or  διακεΐσθαι,  Plut. 


ΑΚΡΟ 

ΆκροσχΧδης,  ές,  {άκρος,  σχίζω) 
cloven  at  the  end,  Theojjhr. 

f  Ακρότατος,  ov,  ό,  Acrotatus,  son 
of  Cleomenes  king  of  Sparta,  Diod. 
S.,  Pans. — 2.  grandson  of  the  prece- 
ding and  king  of  Sparta,  Plut.  Pyrrh. 
2G,  etc. 

Άκροτελεύτιον,  ov,  τό,  {άκρος,  τε- 
λευτή)  the  end  of  anything,  esp.  the 
ftg-end,  of  a  verse,  Thuc.  2,  17 : 
hence  the  burden,  chorus,  Dio  C. 

Άκροτεντ/ς,  ές,  {άκρος,  τείνω) 
stretching  high,  Nonn.  Dion.  7,  309. 

Άκρότης,  7]τος,  ή,  (άκρος)  an  end, 
height,  highest  point,  Hipp.,  and  Arist. 
Eth.  N.  :  excellence,  Dion.  H. 

'Ακρότητας,  ov,  {a  priv.,  κροτέω) 
not  struck,  not  beaten  together :  κνμ- 
βαλα,  cymbals  that  are  not  in  u7iison, 
Ath. 

Άκροτομέω,  ω,  -ησω,  to  lop  off, 
shave  the  surface,  Xen.  Oec.  18,  2  : 
from 

Άκρότομος,  ov,  {άκρος,  τέμνω)  cut 
off  sharp,  of  a  Stone,  squared,  Joseph.  ; 
of  a  precipice,  abrupt,  Polyb.  9,  27,  4. 
Άκροτόνος,  ov,  {άκρος,  τείνω) 
straining  the  extremities,  muscular  in 
the  arms  and  legs,  Ath. 

Άκροτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  κρότος)  tm- 
applauded. 

Άκρονλος,  ov,  {άκρος,  ονλος)  curled 
at  the  end,  Arist.  Physiogn. 

ΥΑκρουρανία,  ας,  ή,  {άκρος,  ουρανός) 
the  summit  or  pinnacle  of  heaven,  Luc. 
Lexiph.  15. 

Άκρουχέω,  {άκρον,  εχω)  to  possess 
or  inhabit  the  heights,  Anth. 

Άκροφάής,  ές,  {άκρον,  φάος)=άκ• 
ροφανής,  Nonn. 

Άκροφαληριάω,  to  shine  at  top,  to 
be  white  above,  Nonn. 

Άκροψάνής,  ές,  {άκρον,  φαίνομαι) 
appearing  over  the  hills,  or  just  dawn- 
ing, ΐ/ώς,  Nonn.  :  bright-shining,  Id. 

Ακροφνής,  ές,  {άκρος,  φυή)  of  high 
birth,  high-minded,  Synes. 

Άκροφνλαξ,  άκος,  ό,  {άκρα,  φνλαξ) 
the  governor  of  a  citadel,  Polyb.  5,  50, 
10. 

Άκρόφυλ7ίθς,  ov,  {άκρος,  φνλλον) 
with  leaves  at  top,  Theophr. 

Άκροφνσιον,  ου,  τό,  {άκρος,  φνσα) 
the  snout  or  pipe  of  a  pair  of  bellows, 
Soph.  Fr.  824,  Thuc.  4,  100  :  άπ'  άκ- 
ροφυσ ίων,  fresh  from  the  bellotcs,  or  (as 
we  say)  from  the  anvil,  Ar.  Fr.  561. — 
II.  a  comet's  tail,  Dio  C. 

'Ακΐ)όχα?Λς  or  άκροχύλιξ,  δ,  ή,= 
άκρουώραξ,  drunken.  Αρ.  Rh. 

Άκροχάνής,  ές,  {άκρος,  χαίνω) 
wide-yawning,  Anth. 

Άκρόχειρ,  ειρος,  ή,  {άκρος,  χείρ) 
the  lower  part  of  the  arm,  Lat.  ulna, 
Hipp.  ,       , 

Άκροχειρία,  ας,  η,=ακροχειρισμος, 
Hipp. 

Άκροχειριασμός,  ov,  δ,  v.  1.  for 
άκροχειρισμός,  Luc. 

Άκροχεφίζω,ί.-ίσω, to  seize  with  the 
tips  of  the  fingers,  Aristaen. — II.  more 
freq.  in  mid.  to  struggle  at  arm's 
length ;  esp.  of  a  kind  of  wrestling, 
in  which  they  grasped  one  another's 
hands,  without  clasping  the  body 
(the  latter  being  called  σνμπ?Μκή), 
absol.  Arist.  Eth.  N.,  but  also  άκρ. 
Tivi  or  προς  τίνα,  Plat.  Ale.  1,  107  E, 
Posidon.  ap.  Ath.  154  B.  :  cf.  Ruhnk. 
Tim.    Hence 

Άΐ'ροχείρισις,  εως,  57,=sq.  Hipp. ; 
and 

Κκροχειρισμός,  ov,  ό,  wrestling  with 
the  hands,  Hipp. 

Άκροχεφιστής,  ov,  δ,  a  hand-wrest- 
ler (ci.  ακροχεψίζω),  Paus. 
'Ακροχεριστής,  ού,  o,=foreg. 
Άκροχλίαρος,  ov.  Ion.  άκροχλίερος. 


ΑΚΡΩ 

ον,  {άκρος,  χ7ααρός)  warm  at  the  sur- 
face, lukewarm,  Hipp,     [t] 

Άκροχολέω,  άκροχολία,  ή,  (Pint.), 
and  ακρόχολος,  ον,  (Arist.  Eth.  Ν.), 
later  I'orms  for  άκραχο'λέω,  etc.,  q.  v. 

Άκροχορύονώόης,  ες,  (άκροχορόών, 
είδος)  tike  or  full  of  άκροχοροόνες, 
DioC. 

' λκροχορδών,  όνος,  ή,  {άκρος,  χορ- 
δή) α  wart  with  a  thin  neck,  Hipp. 

Άκρόφί?.ος,  ον,  {άκρος,  ψιλός)  bare 
or  bald  at  top.  Gal. 

Άκρόψωλος,  ον,  ψωλόζ•  at  the  end. 

Άκρυτϊτος,  ον,  (α  priv.,  κρύκτυ) 
unhidden,  Eur.  Andr.  830. 

Άκρύσταλ/Λς,  ον,  {a  priv.,  κρύ- 
ατα/Λος)  without  ice,  unfrozen,  Hdt. 
2,  22. 

'Ακρω?.ένιον,  ου,  τό,  {άκρος,  ώλένη) 
the  point  of  the  elbow :  in  Xen.  Cyn. 

2,  6,  leg.  ακρο'λίνιον. 

Άκρωμία,  ας,  ή,  {άκρος,  ωβος)  the 
upper  arm,  shoulder,  acromion  process, 
Hipp. :  in  a  horse,  the  withers,  Xen. 
Eq.  1,  11 ;  etc. 

Άκρώμων,  ro,=:foreg:. 

Άκρωμίς,  ίδος,  ή,^άκρωμία,  Al- 
ciphr. 

Άκρων,  ωνος,  ό,=άκροκώ?Λθν. 
f\\.Kpu)v,  ωνος,  ό,  Acron,  father  of 
Psaumis,  Piud.  O.  5,  18. — 2.  a  cele- 
brated   physician    of    Agrigentum, 
Diog.  L.,  etc. 

'λκρωνία,  ας,  ή,  in  Aesch.  Eum. 
188  usu.  taken  as  =^ύκροτηριασμός, 
a  cutting  off  the  extremities,  mutilation, 
which  Herm.,  Opusc.  6,  2,  p.  41,  de- 
nies to  be  possible :  the  Schol.  in- 
terprets κακού  άκρ.  by  κακών  άβροι- 
σις,  the  height  of  woe  :  but  the  pas- 
sage is  prob.  corrapt,  of.  χλοννίς- 

Άκρώννξ,  νχος,  ό,  {άκρος,  δννξ)~ 
ΰκρώννχος. 

Άκρωνϋχία,  ή,  {άκρος,  δννξ)  the  tip 
of  the  nail:  hence  any  extremity,  the 
top  of  a  mountain,=^aKpupeLa,  Xen. 
An.  3,  4,  37. 

Άκρώνϋχος,  ον,  {άκρος,  δννξ)  with 
or  haning  nails,  claws,  hoofs,  etc.  ; 
χερός  άκρώνυχα,  the  tips  of  the  fingers, 
Mel.  79;  Ιχνη  άκρ..  the  traces  of  one 
walking  on  his  toes,  Plut. 

Άκρώρεια,  ας,  ή,  {άκρος,  δρος)  α 
mountain  ridge,  Xen.  Hell.  7,  2,  10, 
and  Polyb. — II.  as  pr.  n.  Acrorea,  the 
territory  of  the  city  Acrorei,  on  the 
Alphcus,  Xen.  Hell.  3,  2,  30  ;  hence 
Άκρώρειοι,  οι,  the  inhabitants  of 
Acrorei,  Id.  7,  4,  14. 

Άκρωρία,  ας,  ή,  {άκρος,  ώρα)  day- 
break, Theophr. 

Άκρωτηρίάζω,ί.-άσίύ.Ιο  cut  off  the 
ακρωτήρια  or  extremities,  esp.  the 
hands  and  feet,  to  tnutilate,  like  μασχα- 
λίζειν :  in  the  strict  signf  first  in 
Polyb.  :  but  of  ships,  άκρ.  τας  ττρώ- 
ρας,  Hdt.  3,  59,  so  too  in  mid.,  Xen. 
Hell.  6,  2,  36  :  and  Dem.  324,  22,  has 
pf.  pass,  in  mid.  signf  ήκρωτηριασ- 
uivoL  τάς  ττατρίδας,  having  ruined 
their  countries. — ll.  intr.  toforyn  a  pro- 
montory, to  jut  out  like  one,  Polyb.  4, 
43,  2,  and  Strab.     Hence 

Ακρωτηριασμός,  οϋ,  ό,  a  cutting  off 
the  extremities,  mutilalinn,  Diosc. 

Άκρωτήριον,  ον,  τό,  {άκρος)  any 
topmost  or  prominent  part,  e.  g.  ούρεος, 
a  mountain-peak,  Hdt.  7,  217  :  i';/of,  a 
ship''s  beak,  Lat.  rostrum,  Hdt.  8,  121  : 
also  ακρωτήρια  πρύμνης,  Η.  Horn. 
33,  10:  absol. — 1.  m  plur.  the  extremi- 
ties nf  the  body,  hands  and  feet,  fingers 
and  toes:  Thuc.  2,  49,  etc. — 2.  in 
sing,  a  promontory,  Pind.  01.  9,  12. — 

3.  the  end  of  a  gable  or  pediment,  i.  e. 
the  top,  and  ends  of  the  base,  on 
which  stood  statues,  Plat.  Crit.  116 
D.    Hence 


ΑΚΤΗ 

Άκρωτηριώδης,  ες,  (άκρωτήριον, 
είδος)  like  an  άκρωτήριον. 

'Ακτάζω,{.•άσω,{άκτ?/)  to  banquet  on 
the  cool  shore,  to  enjoy  one^s  self,  Lat. 
in  actis  esse,  convivari,  Plut.  2,  668  B. 
— II.   =άκταίνω. 

Άκταία,  ας,  ή,  a  fine  Persian  state 
robe,  Democr.  ap.  Ath.  525  D,  cf  Lob. 
Aglaoph.  1022,  n. — II.  a  marble  ball, 
Clearch.  ap.  Ath.6l8F. — ΙΙ1.=:ΰκ-£α. 
— IV.  as  pr.  n.  Actaea,  name  of  a 
Nereid,  II.  18,  41.  — 2.  daughter  of 
Danaus,  Apollod. — 3.  a\so=  Χττική, 
V.  sub  ΆκταΙος. 

Άκταινόω,  =  sq..  Plat.  Legg.  672 
C,  T.  Bergk  Anacr.  Fr.  110. 

'Χκταίνω,  seems  to  be  a  strengthd. 
form  from  άγω,  to  put  in  motion,  raise, 
=μετεωρίζω  (ace.  to  Hesych  ),  άκτ. 
στύσιν  or  βάσιν,  Aesch.  Eum.  30  : 
but  ace.  to  Suid.  the  word  is  mtr.  to 
move  rapidly,  be  strong  and  active,  v. 
Ruhnk.  Tim. ;  and  Passow  derives 
it  from  άκτίς :  cf.  also  άκταινόω, 
άκταΐζω,  ύτνερικταίνομαι. 

Άκταΐος,  a,  ον,  {ακτή)  on  the  shore 
or  coast,  as  epith.  of  Ionian  cities, 
Thuc.  4,  52  :  dwelling  on  the  coast,  be- 
longing thereto,  θεοί,  Orph. — II.  Άκ- 
ταία, ή,  SC.  γή,  Actaea,  i.  e.  Coast-land, 
an  old  name  of  Attica,  also  Ακτή, 
Callim.  Fr.  34S.— III.  Άκταϊον  όρος. 
Mount  Actacum,  in  Scythia,  Lye. — 
IV.  ΆκταΙος,  ου,  ό,  Actaeus,  masc. 
pr.  n.  Pans.,  Apollod. 

νΧκταίων,  όνος  and  ο>νος,  ό,  Actaeon, 
son  of  Aristaeus  and  Autonoe,  grand- 
son of  Cadmus,  Eur.  Bacch.  230. 

Άκτία,  ας,  ή,  contr.  ακτή,  the  elder- 
tree,  samhucus  tiigra,  Hipp. 

Άκτέΰνος,  ον,  {a  priv.,  κτέανον) 
without  property,  poor,  Anth. 

Άκτένιστος,  ον,  {a  priv.,  κτενίζω) 
uncombed,  unkempt.  Soph.  O.  C.  1261. 

Άκτέον,  verb.  adj.  from  άγω,  one 
must  lead,  Plat., Xen  :  είρήνην άκτέον, 
one  must  keep  peace.  Dem. — II.  one 
must  go  or  march.  Xen. 

Άκτερέίστος,  ον,  {a  priv.,  κτερείζω) 
without  funeral  rites.  Anth. 

Άκτερής,  ff,=foreg..  Or.  Sib. 

Άκτέριστος,  {a  priv.,  κτερίζω)= 
άκτερέίστος.  Soph.  Ant.  1071. 

Ακτή,  ης,  ή,  {άγννμι)  the  sea-beach, 
strand,  Horn.  :  Strictly  the  place  where 
the  waves  break,  opp.  to  ?ίΐμήν,  like 
ί)ΐ1)'μίν  from  ρήγννμι,  hence,  usu. 
with  epithets  denoting  a  high  rug- 
ged coast,  τρηχεία,  ν-ψηλή,  Hom. : 
and  in  plur.  άκται  ιτροβΆητες,  Od. 
5,  405  ;  10,  89  :  also  a  tract  by  the  .sea, 
Hdt.  4,  38 :  even  of  rivers,  Ne ίΡιου, 
Pind.  I.  2,  62,  Σιμόεντος,  Aesch.  Ag. 
697,  Άχέροντος,  Soph.  Ant.  813.^ 
The  word  seldom  occurs  in  Att. 
prose,  but  v.  Xen.  An.  6,  2, 1,  Lycurg. 
149,  sq. — II.  in  gen.  any  raised  place, 
edge,  like  the  sea-coast,  Lat.  ora.  χώ- 
ματος, of  a  sepulchral  mound,  Aesch. 
Cho.  722,  βώμιος,  of  an  altar.  Soph. 
O.  T.  183,  cf.  Aesch.  Ag.  493.— III. 
as  pr.  n.  Acte,  old  name  of  Attica, 
Coast-land,  hke  Άκταία,  Soph.  Fr. 
19. — 2.  the  east  coast  of  ;he  Pelopon- 
nesus, between  Troezene  and  Epi- 
daurus,  Diod.  S. — 3.  the  peninsula 
on  which  Mount  Athos  rises,  Thuc. 
4.  109.— 4.  κα/.ή,^  a  region  in  Sicily, 
Hdt.  6,  22. — 5.  λευκή,  an  island  in 
the  Euxine,  Eur.  And.  1262. 

Ακτή,  ης,  ή,  {άγννμι)  strictly  fern, 
from  άκτός,  broken,  bruised,  and  so  as 
subst.  ground,  bruised  corn,  Lat.  mola, 
groats,  meal,  bread  made  thereof,  άλφί- 
του  ίερον  ακτή,  μυληφάτον  ά?.φίτον 
ακτή,  Αημήτερος  ακτή,  II.  11,  030; 
13,  322,  Od.  2,  355:  some  supply 
δωρεά :  in  Hes.  Op.  464,  and   later, 


AKTO 

Αιιμήτερος  ακτή,  occurs  for  seed- 
corn. 

Ακτή,  ης,  ή,  contr.  for  άκτέα,  q.  v. 

Άκτημοσννη,  ης,  ή,  poverty,  Eccl. . 
from 

Άκτήμων,  ον,  gen.  όνος,  {a  priv., 
κτήμα)  without  property,  needy,  poor, 
c.  gen.  χρυσοιο,  poor  in  gold.  II.  9,  126. 

Άκτήρ,  ήρος,  =  άκτίν,  dub.  1.  Η. 
Hom.  32,  6. 

Άκτησία,  ας,  ή,^=άκτημοσννη. 

Άκτητος,  ον,  (α  priv.,  κτάομαι) 
not  to  be  got,  not  worth  getting.  Plat. 
374  E. 

fAKTia,  ων,  τά,  Actian  games,  cele- 
brated at  Actium,  Strab.,  v.  Diet. 
Antiqq.  s.  v. 

'\Άκτιακός,  ή,  όν,  of  Actium,  Actian, 
πόλεμος,  the  battle  of  Actium,  Strab. 
Υλκτιάς,  άδος,  ή,  peculiar  fern,  to 
foreg.,  Anth. 
Υ Ακτική ^Αττική,  Strab. 

*  Άκτίν,  ινος,  assumed  by  Gramm. 
as  the  orig.  form  of  άκτίς,  but  hardly 
to  be  found  in  use. 

Άκτϊνηόόν,  adv.,  like  a  ray,  Luc. 
Salt.  18. 

Άκτϊνοβολέω, ύ,ί.-ήσω,  {άκτινοβό- 
λος)  to  send  forth  rays,  radiate,  Philo. 
Pass,  to  be  irradiated,  Ath.  :  and 
hence 

Ακτινοβολία,  ας,  ή,  the  shooting  of 
rays,  Plut. 

ΆκτΙνοβόλος,  oVf  {άκτίς,  βάλλω) 
radiating. 

Ακτινογραφία,  ας,  ή,  {άκτίς,  γρά- 
φω) α  treatise  on  radiation,  by  Democr. 
ap.  Diog.  L.  9,  48. 

Άκτίναειδής,  ες,  {άκτίς,  είδος)  like 
rnys,  Philostr. 

ΥΑκτΙνόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  {άκτίς)  emit- 
ting rays,  Or.  Sib.  8,  376,  where  the 
I  is  incorrectly  made  short. 

Άκτΐνος,  η,  ον,  {ακτή)  of  elder-wood, 
Theophr. 

ΆκτΙνοφόρος,  ον,  {άκτίς,  φέρω) 
bearing  rays. — '2.  as  subst.  a  radiated 
shell-fish,  Lat.  pecten,  Xenocr. 

Ακτινωτός,  ή,  όΐ',  furnished  with 
rays,  Lat.  radiatus,  Philo. 

Άκτιον,  ον,  τό,^=άκτή,  Ael. — Π. 
as  pr.  η.  Actium,  a  promontory  of 
Acarnania,  famed  for  the  victory  of 
Augustus  over  Antony  ;  also  a  town 
on  the  same;  Thuc.  1,  29  ;  Strab.  : 
strictly  neut.  from 

Άκτϊος,  ον,  {ακτή)  of  or  on  the  sea- 
beach,  epith.  of  Pan  as  god  of  the 
coast,  Theocr.  5,  14,  cf.  άλί-?Μγκτος 
and  λιμενίτης ;  and  of  Apollo,  Ap. 
Rh.  1,  402. 

ΥΑκτίς,  ΐνος,  ό,  Actis,  founder  of 
Heliopolis,  Diod.  S. 

Άκτίς,  Ινος,  ή,  (cf.  άκτίν)  a  ray, 
beam,  esp.  of  the  sun,  freq.  from  Hom. 
downwards  :  hence  μεσσα  άκτίς, 
midday.  Soph.  O.  C.  1247  :  but  also 
of  fire  and  lightning.  Pind.  P.  4,  352, 
Soph.  Tr.  1086 ;  of  the  eyes,  Pind. 
Fr.  88 :  hence  metaph.  brightness, 
splendour,  κα7ιών  εργμάτων,  δλβου, 
Pind. — II.  like  Lat.  radius,  the  spoke 
of  a  wheel,  Anth.  (usu.  deriv.  from 
άγννμι :  others  refer  it  to  the  same 
root  as  άίσσω.) 

■\Άκτισύνης,  ό,  Actisanes,  a  king  of 
Aethiopia,  Diod.  S. 

Άκτιστυς,  ον,  {a  priv.,  κτίζω)  un- 
built ;  uncreate,  Eccl. 

Άκτίτης,  ου,  ό,  {ακτή)  a  dweller  on 
the  coast :  άκτ.  λίθος,  stone  from  Ακτή, 
i.  e.  Pentelic  marble.  Soph.  Fr.  72.    [ϊ j 

ΆκτΙτος,  ον,  poet,  for  ΰκτΐ€Π•ος, 
uncultivated,  H.  Horn.  Ven    123. 

νΑκτορίδης,  ον,  ό,  son  or  descendant 
of  Actor,  11.    16,    189,   and  in   later 
poets. 
t'A/croptf,  ίδος,  η,  Actoris,  female 
57 


ΑΚΤΡ 

slave  of  Penelope,  prob.  fem.  patr. 
from  Άκτωμ. 

ΥΚϋΤορίων,  ωνος,  ό,^Ακτορίδης, 
n.  11,  750. 

νΧκτός,  ή,  όν,  Λ'βΛ.  from  άγω, 
brought,  colhcted,  Plut.  C.  Grace.  7. 

Άκτωρ,  ορός,  ό,  (άγω)  α  leader, 
chief,  Aesch.  Fers.  557. — II.  a  leash, 
=  cirijy£-i;i•.— III.  as  pr.  n.  Actor,  son 
ofMyriiiidon,kingofPhthia,ApoIlod.' 

I,  7,  3. — 2.  son  of  Dion  in  Pliocis, 
Find.  O.  9,  104.— 3.  son  of  Phorbas, 
Pans.,  ApoUod. — 4.  son  of  Azeus  in 
Orchomenus,  II.  2,  513.  — 5.  son  of 
Hippasus,  an  Argonaut,  Apollod. 

Άκτωρέω,  ω,  to  be  an  άκτωρός. 

Άκτωρός,  ov,  ό,  {ακτή,  ώρα)  a  guard 
of  the  coast. 

Ακυβέρνητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  κυβερ- 
νάω) without  pilot,  not  steered,  Plut. 
Caes.  28,  Luc. 

Άκύβεντος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  κυβεύω) 
risking  nothing  upon  a  die :  venturing 
nothing,  prudent,  M.  Anton,    [v] 

ΆκύΟηρος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  Κυθΐ'/ρ?/) 
like  αναφρόδιτος,  Lat.  invenustus, 
without  charms,  Cic.  Fam.  7,  32,  2.   [ϋ] 

Άκϋθος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  κύω)  unfruit- 
ful, Call.  H.  ApoU.  52  :  also  ύκντος. 

ΆκύκΆιος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  κύκλος)  one 
who  has  not  gone  the  round  oi  studies, 
opp.  to  εγκύκλιος.  Plat.  (Com.)  In- 
cert.  62. 

ΥΑ,κυληία,  ας,  ή,  Aquileia,  a  city  of 
Cisalpine  Gaul,  Strab. ;  hence  ol 
Άκυ?α/ϊοι,  Hdn. 

Άκύλιστος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  κυλίω)  not 
to  be  rolled  about.  Or  carried  along,  im- 
moveable.— II.  also  metaph.  κραδίη, 
an  undaunted  heart,  Tirnon  ap.  Ath. 
162  F  :  but  ovK  άκύλιστος,  voluble  in 
speech,  Id.  ap.  Sext.  Enip.    [i>] 

y λκύλλίος,  ου,  ό,  the  Lat.  Aquillius, 
Strab. 

"Ρίκϋ^,ος,  ή,  an  esculent  acorn,  fruit 
of  the  πρίνος,  Lat.  ilex,  or  of  the  άρία, 
Od.  10,  212. — II.  the  beech-mast,  ]\ic. 

'Ακύμαντος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  κυμαίνω) 
not  washed  by  the  waves,  waveless,  calm  ; 
ιράμαβοι,  above  tvatcr-mark.Kuv.  Hipp. 
235  ;  πέλαγος,  Luc.     Adv.  -τως.   [ϋ] 

Άκνιιατος,ον, =^ioieg.,'Eui.  Incert. 
146.   [ύ] 

Άκϋμος,  ov, ^ακύμαντος,  Eur.  Η. 
F.  698. 

Άκνμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  (a  priv., 
κϋμα)  —  ακύμαντος,  Find.  Fr.  259, 
Aesch.  Ag.  566 :  metaph.  freq.  in 
later  prose,  Wyttenb.  Plut.  8  B.  [v] 

Άκύμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  (a  priv., 
κνέω)  without  fruit  Οϊ  offspring,  barren, 
of  women,  Eur.  Andr.  158 ;  of  the 
earth,  Moschion  ap.  Stob.  Eel.  1,242. 
[μκϋ-] 

Άκυρης,  ες,  Ion.  and  poet,  for 
ατυχής. 

'Ακϋρία,  ας,  ή,  (άκυρος)  impropriety 
of  language,  Gramm. 

Άκϋρίευτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  κνριεύω) 
not  Tided,  suffering  ?to  jnaster,  late. 

Ακνρο?ογέω,  ώ,  -ήσω,  to  speak  in- 
correctly, Philo ;  and 

Άκϋρο/ίΟγία,  ας,  ή,  an  improper 
phrase,  Dion.  H. :  from 

'Ακνρο?.όγος,  ov,  {άκυρος,  λέγω) 
speaking  incorrectly. 

"Ακυρος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  κϋρος)  without 
κϋρος  or  authority. — I.  oi  laws,  sen- 
tences, etc.,  710  longer  in  force,  can- 
celled, not  enforced,  set  aside,  νόμος, 
Thuc.,  δίκη,  Plat. :  άκυρον  ττοιείν, 
to  set  aside,  like  άκνρόω,  Xen.,  and 
Oratt. ;  άκυρος  γίγνεσθαι..  Plat.,  etvc/, 
Dem.,  to  have  no  force,  be  set  aside. — 

II.  of  persons,  having  no  right  or 
power,  τινός,  over  a  thin?,  Plat.  The- 
aet.  109  E,  or  c.  inf.,  Id.  Legg.  929  E. 
— 2,  so  too  of  things,  άκυρος  άμφο- 

58 


ΑΛΑΒ 

ρεύς,  the  voting  urn  into  which  the 
neutral  votes  are  said  to  have  been 
thrown.  Poll. :  tu  άκυρα,  the  unim- 
portant parts  of  the  body,  Galen. — 
ill.  of  words  and  phrases,  used  in  an 
improper  sense,  Lat.  improprius,  Cic. 
Fam.  IG,  17.  1.    Adv.  ~ρως.     Hence 

Άκύρόω,  ώ,  f.  -ώσω,  to  7nake  of  no 
effect,  to  cancel,  set  aside,  Dion.  H.  ; 
N.  T.  Matt.  15,  6.  ^  Hence 

Άκύρωσις,  εως,?/,  a  cancelling,  Oion. 
H.    Ιϋ\      / 

Άκυρωτέον,  verb,  adj.,  one  must 
cancel,  Clem.  Al. 

Άκνρωτος,  ov,  verb,  adj.,  uncon- 
firmed, Eur.  Ion  800.    [i] 

Άκΰτήριον,  ου,  τό,  sc.  φύρμακον, 
a  drug  to  cause  abortion,  dub.  1.  Hipp. 

Άκϋτoςil  ov,  (a  priv.,  κύ(Λ>)=άκν- 
θος. 

i'Aκύώaς,  αντος,  δ,  Acyphas,  a  town 
of  Dons  usu.  called  Pindus,  Strab. 

Άκωδώνιστος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  κωδω- 
νίζω)  untried,  unexamined,  Ar.  Lys. 
485. 

Άκωκ//,  η,  (άκή)  a  point,  edge,  Lat. 
acies,  δονρός,  II.  10,  373,  βέ'λεος.  Id. 
13,  251,  etc.,  in  prose  in  Arr.  and 
Luc. 

Άκώλιστος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  κωλίζω) 
not  divided  into  clauses  or  members, 
Dion.  H.,  like  sq. 

Άκωλος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  κύλον)  with- 
out li?nbs  or  members,  Pans. — 2.  περί- 
οδος, not  divided  into  clauses. 

Ακώλυτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  κωλύω)  un- 
hindered, free,  Luc.  Tim.  18.  Adv. 
-τως,  Plat. 

^Ακώμαστος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  κωμύζω) 
not  having  feasted  or  eaten,  Liban. 

Άκωμώδητος,  ov,  {a  \m\•.,  κωμωδέ  ω) 
not  made  the  subject  of  comedy  :  in  gen. 
not  ridiculed.  Only  as  adv.  -τως,  Luc. 
V.H.I,  2. 

Άκων,  οντος,  ό,  (άκή)  a  javelin, 
dart,  smaller  and  lighter  than  the 
έγχυς,  Horn. 

Άκων,  άκουσα,  άκον,  gen.  άκον- 
τος,eic.  Att.  contr.  for  άέκων,  against 
one^s  will,  perforce,  even  in  Hoin.,  v. 
άέκων. — II.  =άκούσιος,  Trag. :  rarely 
of  deeds,  as  Soph.  O.T.  1230,  0.  C. 
240,  987.    [ά] 

Άκώνιστος,  ov.  (a  priv.,  κωνίζω) 
unpitched,  dub.  1.  Diosc. 

Άκωνος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  κώνος)  with- 
out a  cimical  top,  πίλος,  Joseph. 

Άκώττητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  κωπέω) 
not  having  oars  :  in  gen.  unequipped. 

Άκωτϊος,  ov,  (  a  priv.,  κώπη)  with- 
out oars,  Anth. 

Άλάβα,  V.  άλάβη,  η. 
t  Αλ.άΰίαΐ'(5η.  ων,  τά,  a  city  of  Caria, 
Hdt.  7',  195,   but  v.  8,   136,   Strab.: 
hence  Άλάβανδος,  ό,  Hdt.  7,  195. 

Ά7ιαβαρχεία,  ας,  7/,=^άλαβαρχία, 
Anth. 

Άλαβορχέω,  ώ,  f.  -ί/σω,  to  be  άλα- 
βάρχης,  Joseph. 

Άλαβάρχι/ς,  ov,  ύ,  a  word  of  dub. 
origin,  the  title  of  the  chief  magis- 
trate of  the  Jews  at  Ale.xandiia,  prob. 
a  chief  tax-gatherer,  Joseph.,  cf.  Sturz 
de  Dial.  Maced.  p.  65  sq. :  Cicero 
calls  Pompey  Alabarches,  from  his 
raising  the  taxes. 

Άλαβαρχία,  ας,  ή,  the  office  or  resi- 
dence of  the  άλαβύρχης,  Joseph. 

Άλάβαρχος,  ό,  less  usu.  form  for 
άλαβάρχης. 

Άλάβαστος,  ov,  6,  άλαβαστίτης,  δ, 
ace.  to  Gramm.,  Att.  for  αλάβαστρος, 
etc.,  cf.  Br.  Ar.  Ach.  1053,  Schweigh. 
Ath.  T.  3,  151. 

Άλαβάστιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from 
ΰλάβαστροΓ,  Att.  for  αλαβάστρων, 
Eubul.  Steph.  7. 

Άλαβαστρίτης,  ό,  also  fem.  άλα- 


AAAl 

βαστρΐτις,   ιδος,  ή,  sub.  λίθος,  ala 
basler,  Theophr. 

Άλαβαστροθήκη,  ης,  ή,  (αλάβασ- 
τρος, ΰί/Κ?])  α  case  for  alabaster  orna- 
ments :  in  gen.  a  small  box,  esp.  for 
ointment,  Ar.  Fr.  463. 

Άλάβαστρον,  ου,  TO,=sq.,  only  in 
N.  T.,  for  plur.  αλάβαστρα,  belongs 
to  sq. 

Αλάβαστρος,  ό,  also  ?;,  alabaster, 
άλαβαστρίτης  'λίθος,  not  however 
the  same  as  ours,  but  a  calcareous 
spar,  Hdt.  3,  15.— 11.  that  which  is 
wrought  or  made  of  it,  a  box,  casket, 
case,  esp.  for  unguents,  Ar.  Ach.  1053 
(ubi  Dind.  άλάβαστον) :  and  because 
these  were  made  pointed  at  top, 
Pliny  gives  this  name  to  rosebuds : 
heterog.  plur.  αλάβαστρα,  Theocr. 
15,  114,  Agath.  Ep.  61. 

Άλαβαστροφόρος,  ov,  (ά?Μβασ- 
τρος,  φέρω)  carrying  alabaster  vases, 
Aesch.  Fr.  358. 

Άλάβη,  ης,  η,  coal-dust,  soot,  ink 
made  therefrom. — II.  a  kind  o(  jlsh. 

Ά?Μβης,  or  Άλλάβ7]ς,  ητος,  ό,  a 
fish  of  the  Nile,  Ath.:  m  Plin.  also 
alnbetes. 

νΑλαβών,  ώνος,  ό.  Alabon,  a  river 
and  city  of  Sicily,  Diod.  S. 

ΧΑλαγονία,  ας,  ή,  Alagonia,  a  city 
of  Messenia,  Paus. 

Άλαδε,  adv.,  (άλς)  towards,  to,  into 
the  sea :  Horn,  says  εΙς  άλαδε. — II. 
άλαδε  μύσται,  name  of  the  second 
day  of  the  Eleusinian  mysteries,  the 
16th  of  Boedromion,  Polyaen. 

Άλάδρομος,  ov,  dithyrambic  word 
in  Ar.  A  v.  1395,  by  some  derived 
Irom  άλλομαι,  the  boundmg  race,  by 
others  from  άλς  and  δραμείν,  a  race 
over  the  sea. 
ΥΑλαζία,  ας,  ή,  Alazia,  a  city  of 
Pontus,  Strab. 

ΥΑλαζίρ,  Ιρος,  δ,  Alazir,  a  king  ol 
Libya,  Hdt.  4,  164.^ 

'Αλαζονεία,  ας,  -ή,  the  character  of 
a7i  άλαζών,  vain-boasting.  Plat.,  etc. 

Άλαζόνενμα,  ατός,  τό,  an  impudent 
lie,  Ar.  Ach.  87 :  from 

Άλαζονεύομαι,  f.  -εύσομαι,  dep. 
mid.  :  to  be  άλαζών,  to  brag,  swagger, 
lie,  Xen.,  etc.  :  c.  ace.  rei,  to  pretend, 
Arist.  Oec. 

Ά?.αζονίας,  ου,  δ,  a  boaster, braggart. 

Άλαζονίη,  ης,  ή,  poet,  for  αλαζο- 
νεία, Or.  Sib. 

ΆλαζονΙκός,  η,  όν,  ditposed  to  swag- 
ger, lie,  Hipp.     Adv.  -κώς,  Diod. 

Άλαζών,  όνος,  δ,  ί/,  (άλη)  orig.  a 
wanderer  about  the  country,  vagabond, 
the  Scottish  landlouper,  Alcae.  ap. 
Suid.  :  hence  like  αγύρτης,  a  quack, 
juggler,  liar,  impostor,  Ar.  Ach.,  etc. ; 
esp.  of  false  prophets,  and  sophists, 
Hipp.,  Plat.,  etc.,  cf.  lluhnk.  Tim., 
Theophr.  Char.  23. — II.  as  adj.  swag- 
gering, boastful,  braggart,  Lat.  glorio^us, 
Hdt.  6,  12  :  άλ.  λόγοι.  Plat.  Rep.  560 
C  :  superl.  άλαζονέστατος  or  -ίστα- 
τος,  Plat.  Phil.  65  C. 
^'Αλάζωνες,  ων,  οι,  the  Alazdnes,  a 
people  of  Scythia,  Hdt.  4,  17. 
fΆ?.aζώvιor,  ov,  ό,  Alazonius,  a  river 
of  Albania,  Strab. 

Άλάθεια,άλαθί/ς,  Dor.  for  αλήθεια, 
αληθής. 

Άλάθείς,  Dor.  for  αληθείς,  part, 
aor.  1  pass,  from  άλύομηι. 

'Αλάθητος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  7.αθεΐν)= 
άλ7/στος :    not  to   be  deceived,  Aesop. 

[λα] 

ΥΑλύθινός  Dor.  for  ά?.ηθινός. 

ΥΑ?.αί,  ών,  and  "Άλαί,  a'l,  Halae,  2 
Attic  demi.  —  1.  ΆλαΙ  Άραφηνίδες, 
Hntae  Araphenides,  between  Mara- 
thon and  Brauron,  Eur.  1.  T.  1452, 
Strab.   Ά?^ησι,  in  Halae,  Plut.  Ant. 


AAAA 

70. — 2.  'λλαΐ  Αίξωνίδες,  Halae  Aex- 
O'lides,  belonging  to  the  tribe 
Cecropis,  Xen.  Hell.  2,  2,  34  ;  hence 
Άλαΐίύς,  έως,  ό,  in  pi.  oi  ΆλαιαΙς, 
Dem.,  Strab. — II.  a  city  of  Boeotia 
on  the  borders  of  Locris,  Strab. 

Ά?ιαίνω,^ά?Μθμαι,  to  wander  about, 
Aesch.  Ag.  82,  and  Eur. 

Ά?.αίός,  όν,  =  άφρων,  Aesch.  Fr. 
399.  (cf.  ά/ΜΟς.) 

Ά'λάίος,  a,  ον,=^α7ΜΟς,  Hipp. 
Yk'/.acaa,  -ης,  ή,  Alaesa,  a  city  of 
Sicily,  Strab.,  Died.  S. 

Άλακάτα,  ή,  Dor.  for  ■ή?.ακύτη, 
Theocr.  28,  1. 

Ά/.α/.ά,  ύς,  ή,  alala !  a  war-cry, 
esp.  at  the  beginning  of  the  fight, 
Find.  Fr.  255 ;  hence  the  onset  or 
fight  itself,  Id.  N.  3,  109  :  in  gen.  a 
loud  cry  or  shout.  Soph.  Tr.  20G. 

'Α/.α?.αγή,  ή,  {αλαλάζω)  a  shouting, 
V.  1.  for  foreg..  Soph.  1.  c. 

Άλά7Μγμα,  ατός,  ro,=  sq.,  Call. 
Fr.  310. 

Ά?.αλαγμός,  οϋ,ό,^άλαλαγή,ΊΙάΙ. 
8,  37  ;  τυμ-άνων,  ανλον,  Eur.  Cycl. 
65,  Hel.  1352. 

Άλαλάςω,  f.  -ύξί>,  also  -άξομαι 
(Eur.  Bacch.  593) ;  to  raise  the  άλα- 
λά  or  war-cry,  τω  'Έ.ννα7ιίω  αλ.,  Xen. 
An.  5,  2,  14  :  in  gen.  to  cry  or  shout 
aloud.  Find.  0.  7,  68,  etc.,  usu.  in 
sign  of  joy,  but  also  of  pain,  Eur.  El. 
843  (si  vera  lect.),  Plut.  Luc.  28,  to 
wail,  N.  T.  Marc.  5,  38 ;  to  utter  an 
inharmonious  sound,  to  tinkle,  to  clank, 
1  Cor.  13,  1 :  c.  ace.  νίκην  αλ.,  to 
shout  the  shout  of  victory,  Soph.  Ant. 
133.     Hence 

' λλαλύξιος,  ό,  epith.  of  Mars,  to 
whom  the  battle-cry  is  raised. 

Άλαλάτόί-,  ό,  Dor.  for  άλα7.ητός, 
Find. 

Άλαλ^,  later  form  for  άλαλα, 
needlessly  questioned  by  Buttm. 
Ausf.  Gr.  ()  34,  2. 

'Α/Μ7.ημαί,  a  perf.  form  from  άλάο- 
μαι,  but  only  used  in  pres.  signf.,  to 
wander  or  roa7n  about,  without  object 
or  purpose,  or  like  a  beggar,  II.  23, 
74,  etc.  :  also  of  things,  μυρία  λυγρά 
κατ'  άνβρώτζονς  ά7.άληται,  Hes.  Up. 
100.     Ci.  ά?.αλύκτ>ιμαι. 

Άλάλητος,  ον,  (α  priv.,  λαλεω), 
unexpressed,  unutterable,  Ν.  Τ.  Rom. 
8,  26.  [α] 

Ά?.αλ7/Γ0(•,  οΰ,  ό,  (άλαλα)  the  war- 
cry,  shout  of  victory,  11.  16,  78,  and 
Find.  ;  a  loud  or  tumultuous  shout,  II. 
2,  149  :  also  a  cry  of  woe,  wailing,  II. 
21,  10. 

Άλα?ιητνς,  ύος,  ή,  Ion.  for  άλαλη- 
τός,  dub.  in  Anth. 

Άλαλκε,  3  sing.  aor.  2,  always 
without  augment,  optat.  άλά?.κοίς, 
-Kot  -HOLEV,  subj.  άλάλκ'Γίσι,  infin. 
άλα7.κεΙν,  -κέμεν  -κέμεναι,  partic. 
άλα7-κων,  (formed  from  root  *ά7.κω 
^=ά7.έξω  with  poet,  reduplicat.)  To 
ward  or  keep  off,  TLv'i  TL,  τινός  τι, 
Horn.,  also  τινί  τι  κρατάς,  Od.  10, 
288.  No  other  tenses  are  in  use,  for 
Wolf  has  altered  the  fut.  άλαλ/ίζ/σεί 
(Od.  10,  288)  into  subj.  aor.  άλάλ«7?- 
σι.  (On  its  deriv.  from  a  root  ά7.έκω 
and  its  affinity  to  ύλκ?/,  v.  Buttm. 
Lexil.  pp.  132  and  548.) 

V Α7Μ7.κομεναί,  ών,  at,  Alalcomenae, 
a  city  of  Boeotia,  containing  a  tem- 
ple of  Mmerva,  Strab.,  etc. — 2.  a  city 
of  Ithaca,  Plut.  2,  301  D,  accord- 
ing to  Strab.  on  the  island  Asteria, 
near  Ithaca. 

V Αλα7.κομένειον,  ov,  ro,=  foreg.  1, 
Flut. 

'Λ7.α7-κομεΐ'ηις,  iJof,  epith.  of  Mi- 
nerva, II.  4,  8  ;  '5,  908,  according  to 
Aristarch.  from    Alalcomenae  ;    ac- 


ΑΑΑΠ 

cording  to  others  the  guardian  god- 
dess, from  ά7Μ7.κεϊν:  cf.  Ά<5ράσ7ε<α. 
Υλ7.α7.κομένης,  ονς,  ό,  Alalcomenes, 
a  Boeotian  hero,  Faus. 

ΥΑλα7.κομεΐ'ία,  ας,  ή,  Alalcomenin, 
the  territory  of  Alalcomenae,  Died. 
S.  19,  53.-2.  daughter  of  Ogyges, 
Faus. 

'A7. αλκομένιος,  ov,  0,  a  Boeotian 
month,  answering  to  the  Att.  μαιμα- 
κτηριών. 

'Α7.α7,κτήριον,  ov,  τό,  a  remedy. 

Άλα/of,  ov,  (a  priv.,  7μ7.ογ),  not 
speaking,  speechless,  dumb,  Aesch.  Fr. 
52.  ^  ;  ^ 

'Α7Μ7.νγξ,  νγγος,  ι)=λνγμός,  a 
swallowing,  Nic. :  according  i^  others 
=^ά7νκ7],  anguish. 

'Αλα7,ν κτήμα/.,  a  perf.  form  as  if 
from  ά7,νκτέω,  {ά7.ύω)  but  like  άλά- 
7,ημαι,  only  used  in  pres.  signf.,  to 
wander  about  in  angidsh,  to  wander  in 
mind  from  grief,  II.  10,  94. 

Ι'Αλάλΐ'Λ,το,  Qu.  Sm.  14,  24,  as- 
signed by  Buttm.  as  plpf.  3  sing,  to 
άλνκτέω. 

'Α7Αμ7τετος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  λάμττω) 
without  light,  darksome,  H.  Horn.  32, 
5,  where  hov*rever  Herm.  reads  άττο- 
λάμττετος,  metri  grat.  :  freq.  of  the 
nether  world,  as  v.  1.  Soph.  O.  C. 
1062;  cf.  Welcker,  Syll.  epigr.  p. 
55. 

'Α7.αμττής,  8f,=foreg.,  άλ.  τ)7.ίον, 
without  light  of  sun,  Soph.  Tr.  091  ; 
met.  ΰλαμπης  δόξα,  Plut.  Fhoc.  1. 
Hence 

'Χλαμττία,  ας,  η,  want  of  light. 
VA7.uvoi,  ων,  01,  the  Alani ;  ή  'Αλά- 
νια,   the   country  of  the   Alani,  Luc. 
Tox.  51  ;  Dion.  P.  ^ 

Άλάομαι,  impf.  η7Μμην  ;  fut.  ά7.ή- 
σομαι  (in  comp.  with  άττό,  Hes. 
Scut.  409)  ;  aor.  ήλ^Ίβην,  poet,  άλ//- 
θην,  dep.  mid.,  or  perh.  simply  mid., 
to  wander,  stray,  or  roam  about,  Honi., 
etc. :  usu.  c.  prep.,  as  άλ.  κατά  πεδί- 
ον, έπ'  άστεα.  II.  6,  201,  Od.  15,  492, 
also  c.  ace.  άλ.  Λην,  to  wander  tlirough 
or  over  the  land.  Soph.  O.  C.  1686, 
πορθμούς,  Eur.  Hel.  532;  c.  gen.  to 
wander  au:ay  from,  7niss  or  be  without 
a  thing,  Find.  0.  1,  94,  cf.  Eur.  Tro. 
635  :  also  to  wander  from  home,  be  ban- 
ished, like  φεύγειν,  Soph.  O.  C.  444, 
also  with  έκ  c.  gen.,  1363. — II.  me- 
taph.  to  wander  in  mitid,  to  be  in  utter 
uncertainty.  Soph.  Aj.  23. — The  more 
usu.  prose  form  is  πλανασθαι.  [ΰλ 
sometimes  poet.] 

Ά7.αός,  όν,  not  seeing,  blind,  Od.  8, 
195  ;  10,  493  :  άλαοί,  (as  opp.  to  δε- 
δορκότες,)  the  dead,  Aesch.  Eum. 
322  :  a7.abv  Ώαιος  ομμάτων,  a  wound 
that  brings  blindness.  Soph.  Ant.  974. 
— II.  like  Lat.  caecus,  dark,  obscure, 
Ap.  Rh.  [ΰλΰος,  but  Od.  10,  493  ;  12, 
207,  ΰλίίοϋ,  where  however  Herm. 
and  Doderl.  read  Μάντηδς  αλάοί).] 
(the  usu.  deriv.  from  7Αω,  λεύσσω, 
will  not  agree  with  the  accent :  Do- 
derl. refers  it  to  ά7Μθμαι,  orig.  with 
gen.  signif.  of  not  having,  missing,  af- 
terwards limited  by  custom  to  priva- 
tion of  sight.) 

Άλΰοσκοπιή,  ης,  τ],  (uZaof,  σκο- 
πέω),  a  blind,  i.  e.  useless,  careless 
watch,  II.  10,  515  ;  13,  10,  Od.  8,  285, 
and  Hes.  [αλ-.] 

'Α7Μθτόκος,  ov,  (άλαός,  τεκεΐν) 
bringing  forth  young  blind. 

'Aλuόω,f.•ώσω,tomake  blind,  Horn, 
c.  gen.,  όφθαλμον,  Od.  1,  69  ;  9,  516. 

'Α7.(1παδνός,  ή,  όν,  (άλαπάζω)  easi- 
ly mastered,  weakened  :  powerless,  fee- 
ble, Nireus,  II.  2,  675  ;  στίχες,  σθένος, 
μνΰος,  II.  5,  783;  comp.  11.  4,  305. 
Hence 


AABA 

Ά7.ΰπαδνοσννη,  ης,  η,  feebleness, 
Q.  Sm.  7,  12. 

Άλάπάζω,  f.  -ά^ω,  (ο  euphon.,  λα• 
πάζω)  to  empty,  drain,  ν  take  poor,  Od. 
17,  424  :  esp.  to  drain  of  power  and 
strength,  overcome,  slay,  waste,  στίχας 
ανδρών,  φάλαγγας  νέων,  πόλεις, 
Horn. : — an  ep.  word  used  by  Aesch. 
Ag.  130. 

^Άλαρόδιοι,  uv,  o'l,  the  Alarodii,  a 
people  on  the  Euxine  sea,  Hdt.  3, 
94. 

"Αλαζ•,  άτος,  τό,  {ά7.ς)  salt,  accord, 
to  Suid.  only  used  in  the  proverb 
άλασίΐ'  νει,  hence  prob.  only  the  lan- 
guage of  common  life  ;  but  frequent- 
ly in  N.  T-,  and  Eccl. ;  cf.  Buttm. 
Ausf.  Sprach.  "JSS. 

'Α7Μσταα'ω  =sq. 

'Α7,αστέω,  ώ,  {ά7Μστος)  strictly, 
to  be  not  forgetful  of,  esp.  an  injury, 
and  so  to  be  wrathful,  bear  hate,  11.  12, 
163. 

' Α7ίαστορία,  ας,  ή  (άλάστωρ)  wick- 
edness, Joseph. 

ΫΑ/Μστορίδης,  ov,  ό,  soti  or  descend- 
ant of  Alastor,  11.  20,  462. 

'Α7.άστορος,  οι•,  under  the  influence 
of  an  avenging  deity,  accursed  of  a 
deity.  Soph.  Ant.  974,  in  dat.  plur. 
ά7.αστόροίσι,  accord,  to  Buttm.  Ausf. 
Gr.  1^  56, 14,  who  holds  it  to  be  mere- 
ly by  Aeol.  metaplasia  for  ά/Λστορ- 
σι ;  but  Aesch.  Fr.  416  has  ά7.άστο- 
pov,  in  ace. 

Άληστος,  ov,  not  to  be  brooked  or 
forgotten,  insufferable,  unceasing,  πέν- 
θος, άχος,  Horn. ;  ά7.αστον  οδνρομαι, 
incessantly,  Od.  14,  174  :  abominable, 
horrible,  shocking,  accursed,  first  in  II. 
22,  261,  where  Hector  is  called  άλα- 
στε,  accursed !  then  in  Soph.,  and 
Eur.,  cf.  άλάστωρ.  (Usu.  deriv.  a 
priv.,  λαθείν,  λήθη  :  but  rather  perh. 
from  άλη,  αλάομαι,  cf.  Lob.  Faral. 
450,  n.) 

'Αλάστωρ,  ορός,  ό,  the  Avenging 
Deity,  Lat.  Deus  Vindex,  with  0Γ 
without  δαίμων,  Trag.  passim :  hence 
in  gen.  an  avenger,  persecutor,  torment- 
or, so  βονκό7.ων  άλάστωρ,  the  herds- 
jnen's  plague,  of  the  Nemean  lion. 
Soph.  Tr.  1092.— II.  pass,  he  uho  suf 
fers  from  such  vengeance  ;  hence  the 
sinner,  evil-doer,  aciursed  and  polluted 
man,  Aesch.  Eum.  236,  Dem.  438, 28. 
t-III.  As  pr.  n.  0,  Alastor,  different 
men  of  this  name,  II.  4,  295  ;  5,  677, 
etc.,  (from  the  same  root  with  άλασ- 
τος,  q.  V.) 

Ά7.άτας,  ό,  Dor.  for  αλήτης.  Soph, 
[αλΰ] 

'Α7Μτεία,  ας,  η.  Dor.  for  ά?.ητεία, 
Aesch. 

Άλάτινος,  OK,  (άλας)  made  of  salt, 
Clem.  Al.  [λα] 

Άλάτιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  άλας, 
[α] 

'Αλάτόμητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  λατο- 
μέω)  not  quarried  or  hewn,  Clem. 
Al. 

Άλατοπωλία,  ας,  ij  {άλας,  ττωλέω) 
the  sale  of  salt,  the  trade  or  right  of 
vending  salt,  Arist.  Oec. 

Άλά;^"*"^'  0'^'  ("■  "P^^••  λάχανον) 
without  pot-herbs  or  greens,     [λΰ] 

Άλΰώπις,  ιδος,  ^,  pecul.  fern,  of  sq. 

'Αλάωπός,  όν,  {άλαός  ώψ)  blind- 
eyed:  dark,  Lat.  caecus,  Nonn. 

Άλαωτνς,  νος,  ή  (άλαόω)  a  being 
blinded,  blinding,  blindness,  οφθα7^μον, 
Od.  9,  503. 

Άλαώψ,  ύπος,  6,  η,=  άλαωπός. 
■[Άλβα,  ης,  ή,  Alba,  a  city  of  Lati- 
um,  Polyb.,  Strab. ;  hence  adj.  'Αλβα- 
νός, ή,  όν,  and  fern,  also  'Αλβύνίς, 
Flut.  Cam.  3. 

Υ  Αλβανία,  ας,  ??,  Albania,  a  region 
59 


ΑΛΓΟ 

of  Asia,  adjacent  to  the  Caspian  sea, 
Strab. 

f'A.?j3avoi,  ών,  ol,  the  inhabitants  of 
Alba. — 2.  the  inhabitants  of  Albania, 
Strab.,  Plut.  Pomp.  34. 

t'AAduf ,  a,  o.  Albas,  an  early  name 
of  the  Tiber,  Diod.  S. 

i' λ.'λ3ίγγαννον,  ου,  τό,  Albingau- 
num,  or  Albiuin  Ingaunum,  a  city  of 
Liguria,  Strab. 

t'AA/iiiif,  ώ)',  o'l,  the  Albies,  a  peo- 
ple of  Gaul,  Strab. 

i'A?J3ioiKoi,  ων,  o/,=foreg.,  Strab. 

fAAitoc  Ίΐ'ΤΓΐιέλίον,  τό,  Albium 
Intumertum,  a  city  of  Liguria,  Strab. 

+Άλ/ίίομ  ϋροΓ,  Mons  Albius,  the 
continuation  of  the  Alps  towards  11- 
lyricum,  Strab. 

νλλβιος,  ου,  Dio  Cass,  and  Άλβις, 
ιος,  Strab.,  ό,  the  Elbe. 

^Α'λβονλα  νδατα,  τά,  the  Albulae 
Aquae,  niephitic  springs  near  Tibur, 
Strab. 

+Άλ/3οιιλθζ•,  ου,  ό,  the  Albula,  the 
earlier  name  of  the  Tiber. 

'Αλγεινός,  ή,   όν,   (άλγος)    giving 

fain,  j>ainful,  grievous,  Trag.,  etc. — 
I.  act.  feeling  pain,  suffering.  Soph. 
O.  C.  16G4.     Adv.  -νώς. 

Άλγεσίί^ωρος,  oi>,  {ά?ίγος,  όώρον) 
bringing  pain,  Sapph.  97. 

'Αλγεσίθνμος,  ov,  {άλγος,  θυμός) 
grieving  the  heart,  Orph. 

Άλγέω,ί.-ήσω,ίμλγος)  to  feel  bodily 
vain,  suffer  pain,  Hoin.,  etc.  :  to  be 
'sick,  Hdt. :  αλγ.  όδύνΐ]σι,  II.  12,  206  : 
the  suffering  part  in  ace,  as  «λγ. 
ήπαρ,  Aesch.  Eum.  135,  τας  γνάθους, 
Αγ.  Pac.  237,  etc. — II.  metaph.  to  feel 
pain  of  mind,  to  grieve,  be  troubled  or 
distressed,  Od.  12, 27,  and  freq.  in  Att. ; 
in  full  ΰλγ.  -ψυχήν,  φρένα,' Hdt.  1, 
43,  Eur.  Or.  607:  to  suffer  pain  at  or 
about  a  thing,  ΰλγ.  τα•ί  or  εττί  tlvl, 
Soph.,  etc.,  also  διά  τι,  Hdt.  4,  68, 
περί  τι  or  τίνος,  Thuc.  2,  65,  Eur. 
Andr.  240,  but  also  ΰλγ.  τινός,  Aesch. 
Ag.  571,  and  τί.  Soph.  Aj.  790 ;  c. 
part,  ηλγησ'  ΰκονσας,  Aesch.  Pers. 
844. — Ιϊί  =  ΰλγννω,  only  late,  as 
Clem.  Al. 

'Αλγτ]δών,  όνος,  ή,  a  sense  of  pain, 
pain,  grief,  very  freq.  in  Att.  poetry 
and  prose,  also  in  Hdt.  5,  18 :  iisu. 
bodily  pain,  but  also  of  the  mind,  Eur. 
Med.  56,  etc. 

"Α7.γημα,  ατός,  τό,  pain  felt  or  caus- 
ed, Soph.  Phil.  340,  and  Hipp. 

Άλγηρός,   ύ,   όν,  painful,  v.  1.   in 

Άλγησις,  εως,  ή,  sense  of  pain, 
Soph.  Phil.  792,  Ar.  Thesm.  147. 
ΤΑ7.γιδον,  ov,  τό,  Algidum,  a  city 
of  Latium,  Strab.,  written  by  Dion. 
Hal.  Άλγιδών,  ή. — 2.  a  mountain 
range  in  Latium,  Dion.  Hal. 

Άλγινόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  (άλγος)  pain- 
ful, grievous,  ό'ίζνς,  Hes.  Th.  214,  πό- 
νος, 226. 

'Αλγύΰν,  ov,  gen.  oi'Of,  irrfig.  com- 
par.,  and  'Αλγιστος,  η,  ov,  superl.  of 
αλγεινός,  as  καλλί'ωΐ',  κάλλιστος, 
formed  from  subst.  άλγος,  more  pain- 
ful, grievous  or  distressing.  Of  the 
compar.  Horn,  has  only  neut.  άλγιον, 
which  some  made  neut.  from  a  posit. 
ύλγιος,  usu.  in  signf  so  much  the 
worse,  Od.  4,  292,  cf  γλύκιος:  he  has 
superl.  only  in  II.  23,  655.  [Γ  Ep., 
iAtt.] 

Άλγος,  εος,  τό,  in  Horn,  any  pain, 
whether  of  body  or  mind ;  trouble, 
grief,  distress,  icoe  :  he  uses  the  plur, 
much  oftener  than  sing.  ;  in  Att. 
prose  not  often  used,  ΰλγηδών  taking 
its  place. — II.  later,  any  thing  that 
causes  pain,  Jac.  Anth.  1,  2,  p.  38, 
(akin  to  ΰλέγυ.) — Hi.  as  pr.  n.  Al- 
GO 


ΑΑΕΓ 

gns,  a  river  of  Thessaly,  Aesch.  Supp. 
254.    Hence 

Άλγννο),  f.  -ννώ,  to  pain,  grieve, 
distress,  έμί/ν  ϊ/λγννεν  φρένα,  Aesch. 
Ch.  746 ;  freq.  in  Trag.,  but  rare  in 
prose:  c.  dupl.  ace.  άλ/.  τινά  τι,  to 
give  one  pain  in  a  thing,  v.  Herm. 
Soph.  Phil.  66. — Pass,  to  fid  or  suffer 
pain,  be  grieved  or  distressed  at  a  thing, 
Tivi,  also  έπί  τινι,  Eur.  Tro.  172,  also 
τι.  Soph.  Phil.  1021.    [ϋ] 

Άλδαίνω,  f.  -«ί'ώ,  to  7nake  to  grow, 
to  increase  the  size  of,  nourish,  strength- 
en, ηλδανε  μέλεα,  she  filled  out  his 
limbs.  Od.  18,  70  ;  21,  368:  θυμοί'  ΰλδ., 
Aesch.  Pr.  540:  to  increase,  multiply, 
άλ(5.  κακά.  Id.  Theb.  557.  Only  poet, 
(root  AL-,  cf  Sanscrit  al,  to  fill  up, 
and  *  άλω,  Lat.  alo,  oleo,  *  άλθω,  ΰλ- 
θαίνω,  and  akin  to  άρδω.) 

Άλδέω,  ω,  f.  -7;CT(j,=foreg. 

Άλδήεις,  εσσα,  εν,  growing,  wax- 
ing, increasing,  Max.  Tyr. 

Αλδί'ισασκε,  lengthened  aorist  of 
άλδαίνω,  Orph. 

'Αλδ?}σκω,  to  grow,  wax,  increase, 
thrive,  II.  23,  599.— II.  trans.  =άλ(5αί- 
νω,  Schiif.  Theocr.  17,  78  :  the  form 
άλδίσκω  is  dub. 

Άλδννω,^ΰλδαίνω,  Q.  Sm.  9,  473, 

'Αλέα,  ας,  ή.  Ion.  ύλετ?,  (ά7.η, 
άλίΰω)  an  avoiding,  escaping,  flight, 
II.  22,  301  :  c.  gen.  shelter  from  a 
thing,  νετοϋ,  Hes.  Op.  543.     [ΰλ-] 

'Αλέα,  ας,  ή.  Ion.  ΰ7Λη,  Att.  u?Ja, 
warmth,  heat,  esp.  of  the  sun,  Od.  17, 
23,  cf.  ε?ιη,  ε'ίλη,  Buttm.  Lexil.  p. 
225,  n.     Hence 

ΥΑλέα,  ας,  ή,  Alea,  a  city  of  Arca- 
dia, Paus.  8,  21,  2.-2.  an  epithet  of 
Minerva  in  Arcadia,  esp.  at  Tegea, 
Hdt.  1,  66  ;  derived  by  some  from 
Aleus,  who  built  her  temple,  by 
Herm.  from  αλέα,  escaping. 

Άλεάζωί.-άσω,  Att.  ak.,  to  be  warm, 
Arist.  Probl. 

Άλεαίνω,  Att.  άλεαίνω,  to  warm, 
make  warm,  sun,  Arist.  Probl. — II. 
intr.  tn  grow  ivarm,  be  warm,  Ar.  Eccl. 
540,  and  so  in  pass.,  Menand.  p.  261. 

' Αλεαίνω, =ΰλεείνω,  dub. 
νΑλεαΐ'τικός,  ή,  όν,  verb,  from  ΰ?.ε- 
aίι•ω,fit  for  warming,  affording  ivartnth, 
Sext.  Emp. 

'Α?ιέασθαι,  άλέασθε,  Ep.  forms  of 
the  aor.  1  of  άλέομαι,  Horn.,  Hes.,  σ 
in  the  termin.  being  left  out,  cf  7/2ευ- 
άμην. 

νΑλεβίων,  ωνος,  ό,  Alebion,  a  son  of 
Neptune,  Apollod.  2,  5,  10.  Heyne 
reads  'Αλβίων. 

Άλεγεινός,  ή,  όν,  (ΰλέγω,  cf.  αλ- 
γεινός) grievous,  sad,  troublesome, 
troublous,  'ίπποι  ΰλεγεινοι  δαμήμεναι, 
horses  hard  to  break,  II.  10,  402. — II. 
act.  bringing  pain,  grief,  trouble,  dan- 
ger, Hom. 

ΥΑλεγηνορίδης,  ov,  6,  son  of  Alege- 
nor,  II.  14.  503. 

νΑ?ιεγήνωρ,  ορός,  ό.  (ΰλέγω,  ΰνήρ) 
Alegenor,  masc.  pr.  η.  II.,  Diod.  S. 

Άλεγίζω,ί.  -ίσω, (ΰλέγω)  tn  trouble 
one's  self  about  a  thing,  to  care  for, mind, 
heed :  in  Hom.  always  with  the  ne- 
gat..  oi'K  ΰ?.εγίζειν  τινός,  to  have  no 
care  for  a  thing,  also  absol.  11. 15. 106 : 
in  later  Ep.  without  the  negat. ;  c. 
ace.  rei  in  Q.  Sm.  2,  428.     Only  Ep. 

'Α?^,εγννω,  (ΰ7.έγω)  Hom.  only  in 
Od.,  always  with  δαΐτα  and  δαίτας, 
to  care  for  a  meal,  and  so  Wke  μιμν-ησ- 
κεσθαι  δόρπον,  to  take  the  meal :  the 
general  signf,  to  prepare  a  meal  for 
guests,  only  Od.  11.  186:  after  Ap. 
Rh.  this  signf  prevails  ;  δολοφροσύ- 
νην  ΰλεγύνων.  Η.  Merc.  361 ;  absol. 
Αρ.  Rh.  4,  1203.     Only  Ep. 


A  ΑΕΙ 

'Αλέγω,  only  used  in  pres.,  to  trart- 
ble  one's  self,  have  a  care,  mind,  heed, 
when  absol.  usu.  with  the  negat.  ονκ 
αλ.,  to  have  no  care,  heed  not,  11.  11, 
389,  Od.  17,  390 ;  κύνες  ονκ  ά/.έγον- 
σαι,  careless,  reckless  dogs,  Od.  19, 
154;  rarely  absol.  without  negat.,  as 
II.  9,  504.  Αιται  ΰ7.έγονσι  κιοΰσαι, 
ivalk  heedful ly ;  also  c.  ace.  vel  gen., 
to  care  for,  7nind,  heed  a  person  or 
thing,  ΰλ.  ΰλλήλων,  \ιός,  Od.  6. 268  ; 
9,  115,275,  άλ.όπ-<ν  θεων,\\.  16.388; 
rarely  νπερ  τίνος.  Αρ.  Rh.  2,  034  :  to 
honour,  Pmd.  Ο.  11  (10).  15.  Pass. 
ΰλέγεσθαι  tv  τισι,  to  be  regarded  or 
counted  among,  Pind.  O.  2,  142. — Ep. 
word  used  also  by  Pind.,  and  once  in 
Trag.,sc.  Aesch.  Suppl.  752. — (Usu. 
deriv.  from  a  copul.,  ?,έγω,  to  count 
with;  which  signf  appears  in  Pind., 
1.  c. :  hence  ΰλεγίζω,  άλεγννω  ;  Kalt- 
schmidt  derives  it  from  a  copul.,  and 
the  root  λ-κ,  comparing  Sans,  lauc, 
Germ,  lugen,  Lat.  luceo,  Engl,  look ; 
hence  prim,  signf  to  look  to,  to  have 
a  care  for.  perh.  also  akin  to  ά7.γος, 
ΰ7.γεΙν,  through  the  common  notion 
of  cura,  curare.) 

Ά7.εεινός,  η,  όν,  (ΰλέα,  άλω)  warm, 
hot,  Hdt.  2,  25,  and  Xen.  Cyr.  8.  6.  22. 

Άλεείνω,  =  άλέομαι,  ΰλενομαι, 
(αλέα,  άλη)  to  flee,  fly,  give  ground, 
Od.  4,  251,  H.  Merc' 239;  άψ  άλ.. 
Αρ.  Rh.  3,  650 :  but  usu.  c.  ace.  rei, 
to  shun,  avoid,  escape.  Hom.,  rarely 
c.  ace.  pers.,  as  Od.  16,  477:  some- 
times also  c.  inf.  άλ.  κτεϊναι,άλεξέ- 
μεναι,  II.  6,  167  ;  13,  356.  Ep.  word, 
used  also  by  Luc. 

'Αλέη,  ή.  Ion.  for  αλέα. 

'Α7ιε7ΐς,  ες.  (αλέα.  άλω)  warming  or 
warm,  ύπνος  ΰλ.,  sleep  in  the  u-armth. 
Soph!  Phil.  859:  for  Hes.  Op.  491, 
cf.  ά?,τ}ς. 

Άλεία,  ας. 7/.  (akrj)awandering  about. 

'Αλί  <α,  ας.  ή,=  αλιεία,  fishing,  like 
νγεία  for  νγίεια,  Arist.  Oec.  2,  4,  2, 
cf.  Lob.  Phrj-n.  493. 

ΥΑ7.εια,  ων,  τά,  also  wr.  ά/ια.  a 
festival  of  the  Rhodians,  Ath.  561  E. 

Ά7-είαντος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  ?.ειαίνω) 
■unpolished  :  tiot  to  be  polished. 

Άλειαρ,  άτος,  τό,  (ΰλέω)  wheaten 
fiour.=ti\e  later  ά?.ενρον,  Od.  20, 108, 
in  plur. 

Άλειμμα,  ατός,  τό,  (αλείφω)  any 
thing  used  to  anoint  with,  unguent,  fat, 
oil,  Plat.,  cf  χρίσμα. — II.  ayi  anoint- 
ing, Arist.  Prool. 

Ά7.ειμμάτιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from 
foreg.,  Diog.  L. 

Άλειμματώδης,   ες,   (άλειμμα,   εί- 
δος) like  ointment,  unctuous,  Hipp. 
|'Αλείπτ7/ρ,  ήρος^ΰλείπτης,  Maneth. 

Άλειπτήριον,  ov,  τό,  (ΰ7.είφω)  a 
place  for  anointing  in  gjmnastic 
schools,  or  among  the  Romans  at  the 
baths,  used  also  as  a  sudatory.  The- 
ophr.  ;  v.  Schneid.  Vitruv.  5.  10,  5. 

Άλείπτης,  ov,  ό,  (α7.είφω)  strictly 
an  anoint  IT :  but  usu.  the  trainer  and 
teacher  in  gymnastic  schools.  Lat. 
nliptes,  lanista,  Arist.  Eth.  N.,  cf. 
Wytt.  Plut.  133  Β  :  hence  in  gen.  a 
trainer,  teacher,  των  πολιτικών,  Plut. 
Peric.  4,  της  κακίας,  Sext.  Emp. 
Hence 

ΆλειπτΧκός,  ή  όν,  belonging  to  the 
άλείπτης,  trained  under  hi7n.  Plut.  : 
ή  -κή,  sub.  τέχνη,  the  art  of  training, 
Tim.  Locr.  Adv.  -κώς,  after  the  man- 
ner of  an  ΰ7^είπτης. 

Ά7\.ειπτος,  ov,  verb.  adj.  from  αλεί- 
φω, anointed,  Clem.  Al. 

'Ά7Λΐπτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  7 είπω)  not 
left  behind,  not  vanquished,  Eccl. 

Ά7.είπτρια.  ας,  ή,  fern,  of  άλείπ 
της,  name  of  a  play  of  Diphilus. 


ΑΛΕΚ 

Άλειπτρον,  ου,  ro,  α  box  of  oint- 
ment, dub.  1.  Ath.  202  Ε. 

'λλείς,  εϊσα  εν,  drawn  together, 
hence  either  crouching,  shrinking,  Π. 
16,  403,  or  collected,  standing  ready,  II. 
21,  571,  etc. :  part.  aor.  2  pass,  from 
έάλην,  and  belonging,  not  to  ΰλημι, 
but  to  είλω,  εΐλέω.  [ά] 
Υ'λλεις,  εντός,  ό,  also  "Αλης,  Hales, 
a  river  of  Lucania,  Theocr.  5,  123  ; 
of  Cic.  Att.  16,  7.  5.-2.  a  demus  of 
the  island  Cos,  Theocr.  7.  1. 

Ι'Αλείσίου,  ov,  τό,  Aleisiwn,  a  city 
of  Elis,  II.  2,  617,  called  bj^  Strab. 
Άλεσιαϊον. 

νΑλείσίος,  ov,  ό,  Aleisius,  a  river  of 
Elis,  Strab. 

Άλείσοί',  ov,  τό,  (a  priv.,  λεΐος) 
an  embossed  cup:  in  gen.=(?e7raf, 
Horn.,  usu.  χρνσειον. — Π.  the  hip- 
socket,  Ath. 

Άλεισος,  (5,=foreg..  Ar.  Fr.  521. 

'Α?.ειτεία,  ας,  ?'/,  {ύλη)=άλίτημα. 

Άλείτης,  ov,  ό,  {ΰλη)  one  uho  leads 
or  goes  astray,  a  sinner,  a  u'icked  per- 
son, in  Horn,  of  Paris,  and  the  suit- 
ors :  ά?.είτης  τινός,  an  offender  against 
one,  an  injurer,  Ap.  Rh.  1,  1338,  of. 
άλιτρός,  άλοιτός. 

ΆΑειτονργι^σία,  ας,  ή,  (α  priv., 
λειτονργέω)  exemption  from  λει,τονρ- 
yiat  ana  other  public  burdens,  Strab. : 
more  usu.  ατέλεια. 

Ά?,ειτούργητος,  ov,  free  from  λει- 
τονργίαι,  Decret.  ap.  Dem.  256,  10. 

Ά.Αειψα.  τό,  collat.  form  of  sq., 
found  in  Hipp.  p.  620,  Aesch.  Ag. 
322,  and  late  Ep.  also  in  prose,  v. 
Jacobs  ad.  Ael.  12, 41,  p.  433  ;  Gottl. 
would  also  restore  it  in  Hes.  Th.  553, 
cf.  Buttm.  Ausf.  Gr.  1,  p.  166  n. 

"λ?^ειφαρ,  ατός,  τό.  {ίύ.είφω)  un- 
guent, anointing-oil,  oil,  fat,  used  in 
ifuneral  sacrifices,  Horn.  ;  αλειφαρ 
ΰπο  κέδρον,  u-o  σιλλικυ-ρίων,  Hdt. 

2,  87,  94. — Π.  in  gen.  any  thing  for 
smearing  with,  hence  in  Theocr.  7, 
147,  pitch,  to  seal  W\ne  jars. — Aeol. 
άλίΤΓττα.  [      ] 

Άλειφΰτίτης,  ov,  δ,  άρτος,  bread 
baked  with  oil  or  fat,  Epich.  p.  37.  [-ϊ] 

Ά/ιείφω,ί.-ψυ,'.ηδνι.  aor.  pass,  ήλεί- 
φθΐ]ν,  but  aor.  2  έξη7.ίφην  is  read 
from  MSS.  by  Beivk.  in  Plat.  Phaedr. 
258  Β  :  pf.  ή?Μΐφα.  Att.  ΰ?.ή?:ίφα  : 
pass.  ά?.ή?.ιμμαι.  though  ΰ?.?/λεί-ταί 
occurs  in  Luc.  Pise.  24, 30  ;  in  LXX. 
νβειμμαι,  (a  copul.,  ?.ίττος).  In  Horn. 
to  anoint  with  oil,  oil  the  skin,  as  was 
done  esp.  after  bathing  :  he  joins 
ύλεΐφαι  or  αΧείφασθαι  7.ίττα  ε?Μίφ 
with  another  ace,  as  χρόα  κα?.όι>: 
Τιίττα  ΰλ.  without  ελαίφ,  Od.  6,  227, 
(cf.  λίττα) :  but  ονατα  άλεΐ^ιαι,  to 
smear  ΟΥ  stop  up  the  ears,  Od.  12,  47, 
177,  200.— II.  later  in  gen.  like  έτζα- 
λείόω  in  Hom.,  to  anoint,  daub,  plas- 
ter, grease,  besmear,  dye.  αίματι,  Hdt. 

3,  8,  μι? -ω,  Xen.,  ■φιμνθίφ,  Plat.: 
esp.  to  anoint  for  gymnastic  contests, 
Ιιβηθ6=γνμνάζεσθαί,  Plut.,  oi  αλει- 
φόμενοι,  the  pupils  of  the  gymnastic 
school,  Bockh.  Inscr.  1,  p.  304 : 
hence — 2.  metaph.  to  encourage,  stim- 
ulate, prepare,  Demad.  180,  29,  and 
freq.  in  late  prose,  cf.  α?.είπτης. — 
III.  to  ivipe  out,  blot  out,  extinguish,  ef- 
face, like  linere,  also  αλοίφτι,  litura. 

Άλείΐ/itr,  εωΓ,  ή,  an  anointing,  dye- 
ing, Hdt.  3,  22.' 

' ΚΧεκταίνω,  to  strut  like  a  cock, 
Hesych. 

' ΚΙ^εκτηρ,  ηρος,  δ,  (ΰλέξω)  a  de- 
fender, helper,  dub. 

'λ?.εκτόρειος,  ov,   (ά?.έκτωρ)  of  a 
fowl,  ώά,  Synes. 
t  \/^εκτορΐδεύς,    έως,    δ,    dim.    of 
αλέκτωρ,  Ael.  Ν.  Α.  7,  47. 


AAE3 

^Α?.εκτορίδης,  ov,  δ,  son  οτ  descend- 
ant of  Alector,  Orph. 

Άλεκτορίς,  ίδος.  ή,  fern,  from  αλέκ- 
τωρ, a  hen.  Epich.  p.  80. — II.  the 
crest  of  a  helmet,  dub.  in  Alcae.  3. 

Άλεκτορίσκος,  ov,  δ,  dim.  from 
αλέκτωρ,  a  cock-chicken,  Aesop. 

' Αλεκτορόλοφος,  ov,  {αλέκτωρ,  λ.ό- 
φος)  u'ith  a  cock^s  comb,  Plin. 

'Αλ,εκτοροφωνία,  ας,  ή,  {αλέκτωρ, 
φωνή)  the  crowing  of  a  cock :  hence 
cock-crow,  i.  e.  the  third  watch  of  the 
night,  from  twelve  o'clock  to  three, 
Aesop. 

Άλεκτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  λενω)  that 
cannot  or  must  not  be  told,  Polyb. 
ίΆλε'/crpa,  ή,  Dor.   for  Ηλέκτρα, 
Find. 

Άλεκτροπόδιον,  τό,  (αλέκτωρ, 
ττονς)  the  constellation  Orion. 

Άλεκτρος,  ov.  (a  priv.,  λέκτρον) 
unbedded  :  umvedded,  Trag. :  αλεκτρα 
γάμων  άμιλλ.ήματα,  strivings  in  a 
marriage  that  is  no  marriage,  i.  e.  a 
lawless  marriage,  Soph.  El.  492 : 
α'λεκτρα  as  adv.,  lb.  962. — II.  sleep- 
less. Lye.  353. 

Άλεκτρύαινα,  ης.  η,  a  hen,  comic 
fern,  of  άλεκτρνών  for  άλ.εκτορίς.  by 
analogy  of  λέαινα,  Ar.  Nub.  667.  [v] 

Άλεκτρνόνειος,  ov,  of  a  fowl,  κρέ- 
ας. Hipp. 

Άλεκτρνόνιον.  ov,  τό,  dim.  from 
άλεκτρνών,  Ephipp.  Obel.  1,  8. 

Άλ.εκτρνονοπώλ.ης,  ov,  δ,  (άλεκ- 
τρνών, ττωλεω)  a  poulterer. 

Άλεκτρνονοττωλητήριον,  ov,  τό,  v. 
1.  for  άλ.έκτρνοπωλ.,  q.  v. 

' Α7^εκτρνονοτρόφος,  δ,  a  cock-feed- 
er, (άλ.εκτρνών,  τρέφω)  Aeschin.  ap. 
Poll.  7,  135. 

Άλεκτρνονώόης,  ες,  (άλ.εκτρνών, 
είδος)  like  fowls.  Eunap. 

Άλ.εκτρνοπώλης,  ov,  ό,=άλεκτρν- 
ονο-ώλ.ης.  Lob.  Phryn.  669. 

Άλ.εκτρνοτΐωλ.ητήρίον,  ου,  τό,  a 
poultry-market,  Phryn.  (Com.)  Cron.  4. 

' Α7,εκτρνών,  όνος,  δ,  ή,  a  cock,  hen, 
Theogn.  862,  Ar.  Nub.  663 :  ό  άλ.  άδει, 
'tis  cock-crow.  Plat.  Symp.  223  C— II. 
as  masc.  pr.  n.  Alectryon,  II.  17,  602. 
Athen. 

Άλε'/ίτωρ,  ορος,  δ,  a  cock,  house- 
cock,  Hom.  Batr.  193,  Find.  0. 12,  20, 
Simon.  130,  etc.  (akin  to  άλεκτρος, 
the  sleepless.) 

'Αλέκτωρ,  ορος,  η,  (a  priv.,  λέγω) 
■=ά7.εκτρος. 

νΑ7Λκτωρ,  οοος,  δ,  Alector,  son  of 
Pelops,  Od.  4, 10.— 2.  father  of  Iphis, 
king  of  Argos,  ApoUod.,  Pans. 

'χ\.ΑΕ'ΚΩ,  less  usu.  form  for  άλέ- 
ξω,  to  ward  off,  avert,  τινί  τι,  Anth.  : 
hence  comes  the  Homeric  aor.  mid. 
άλέξασθαι,  to  ivard  offfrorn  one's  self, 
repel,  άλέξω,  and  ά/.κω. 

Άλέλαιον,  ου,  τό,  (αλς)  salted  oil, 
Hipp. 

Άλέματος,  Dor.  for  ήλ.έματος, 
Synes.     Adv.  -τως.  Call.  Cer.  91. 

"Αλεν,  Dor.  and  Ep.3  pi. aor. 2  pass, 
from  είλω,  for  'εύλ.ησαν,  they  crowded 
together,  i.  e.  they  drew  backy  retired,  II. 
22,  12. 

Άλεν,  V.  άλείζ-,  II.  23,  420. 

Άλεξαίθριος,  ov,  {άλέξω,  αίθρη) 
screening  from  the  chill  air.  Soph.  Fr. 
120. 

f  Αλεξαμενός,  ov,  ό,  Alexamemis, 
masc.  pr.  n.  Polyb.,  etc. 

^Αλ,εξάνδρα,  ας,  ή,  Alexandra,  an- 
othername  of  Cassandra. Anth.,  Pans. 
^Αλεξάνδρεια,  ας,  ή,  Alexandrea,  a 
city  of  Egypt^  near  the  Canopic 
mouth  of  the  Nile,  Arr.,  Strab.,  etc. 
The  name  of  many  other  cities  found- 
ed by  Alexander  or  named  in  honour 
of  him,  in  Arr.,  Strab.,  etc. 


AAE3 

f  Αλχξάνδρειον,  ov,  τό,  Alexandre- 
um,  a  grove  dedicated  to  Alexander 
in  Teos,  Strab. 

ΥΑλ.εξύνδρειος,  a,  ov,  of  or  belong- 
ing to  Alexander. 

νΑ7ίεξανδρεύς,  έως,  δ,  an  Alexan- 
drean,  Strab.,  etc. 

ΥΑλεξανδρεωτικός,  ή,  όν,  Alexan- 
drian, Ath.,  Luc. 

Υ Αλίεξανδρίδης,  ov,  δ,  Alexandrides, 
a  historian  of  Delphi,  Plut.  Lys.  18. 

'Α,λεξανδρίζω,  to  be  like  Alexander , 
Ath. 

V Αλεξανδρινός,  ή,  όν,  Alexandrian, 
Diog.  L. 

ΥΑλ.εξάνδριος,  collat.  form  of  Άλ- 
εξάνδρειος;  'Αλεξάνδρων,  ov,  τό,  ΑΙ- 
exandrium,  a  fortress  of  Judea,  Strab. 

'  Άλ.εξανδριστής,  ov,  δ,  a  partisan  of 
Alexander,  Plut.  Al.  24. 

Άλεξανδροκό7.αξ,  ακος,.δ,  ('Αλέξ- 
ανδρος, κόλαξ)  a  flatterer  of  Alexan- 
der, Ath. 

'Αλέξανδρος,  ov,  (άλέξω,  άνήρ)  de- 
fending men,  -πόλεμος,  Epigr.  ap.  Di- 
ed. 11,  4. — IL  Alexander,  the  usu. 
name  of  Paris  in  II.  as  3,  15,  etc. — 2. 
the  famous  king  of  Macedonia,  son 
of  Philip,  Plut.  Alex.,  Arr.,  etc.  A 
name  common  to  many  other  kings 
of  Macedon,  Hdt.  5,  17  ;  Thuc.  1,  57, 
etc.— 3.  tyrant  of  Pherae,  Xen.  Hell. 

6,  4,  34.     Others   of  this   name  in 
Plut.,  Diod.  Sic,  etc. 

Άλεξανδρώδης.  ες,  {' Α/.έξανδρος, 
είδος)  Alexander-like,  Menand.  p.  211. 

'Κ7.εξανεμία,  ας,  ή,  shelter  from 
wind,  Polyb.  Mail  2,  451  :  from 

Άλεξάνεμος,  ov,  (άλ.έξω,  άνεμος) 
keeping  off  the  wind,  sheltering  from  it, 
Od.  14,  529.  [ξα\ 

νΑλ.εξάνωρ,  ορος,  δ,  Alexanor,  son 
of  Machaon,  Paus. 

ΫΚλέξαρχος,  ov,  δ,  Alexarchus,  a 
commander  ol  the  Corinthians.  Thuc, 

7,  19.-2.  a  historian,  Plut. 
Άλε^έω,  =  αλέξω,    in  pres.   only 

Pind.  O.  13,  12 :  for  several  tenses 
from  it  V.  sub  άλέξω. 

'Α,Αέξημα,ατος,  τό,α  defence,  g^iard, 
help,  Aesch.  Pr.  479 :  άλ.  τινός  or 
προς  τι,  defence  agaijist .  .  ,  Plut., 
and  Dion.  H. 

Άλεξήνωρ,ορος,  Ό,ή,  (άλέξω,  άνήρ) 
aiding  ?ηαη,  esp.  as  epith.  of  Vulcan 
and  Aesculapius. 

'Α,λιέξησις,  εως,  ή,  (άλεξέω)  a  keep- 
ing off,  resistance,  Hdt.  9,  18  :  α  help- 
ing,  Hipp. 

' Αλ^εξήτειρα,  ας,  ή,  Anth.,  Nonn., 
fern,  from 

Άλεξ7]τήρ,  ήρος,  δ,  (άλέξω)  one 
who  keeps  off,  a  helper,  guardian,  άλ. 
μάχης,  one  who  keeps  the  light  oif 
the  rest,  a  champion,  II.  20,  396  :  λοι- 
μού, a  protector  from  plague,  Ap.  Rh. 
2,  519  :  as  adj.,  ΰλ.  θνμός,  Ορρ.  Hal. 
4,  42.  Ep.  word,  used,  however,  by 
Xen.  Oec.  4,  3.     Hence 

Άλεξητήριος,  ία,  iov,fit  or  able  to 
keep  off,  defend  or  help,  esp.  as  epith. 
of  the  gods,  like  Lat.  Averrunci, 
Aesch.  Theb.  8,  Eur.  H.  F.  464  :  το 
άλεξητήριον,  sc.  φάρμακον,  a  help, 
remedy,  medicine,  Hipp.  :  a  protection, 
Xen.  ;  an  amulet,  Theophr. 

Άλ.εξητικός,  ή,  όν,=:ά7ιξξητήριος. 

Ά7.εξ7}τωρ,  ορος,  ό,^άλεξητήρ,  of 
Jove,  Soph.  Ο.  C.  143. 

Άλεξιάρη,  ης,  η,  (άλ.έξω,  άρά)  she 
that  keeps  off  a  curse,  or  (from  Άρης) 
she  that  guards  from  death  and  ruin, 
Hes.  Op.  402,  άλ..  βάμνος,  a  wand 
that  served  as  an  amulet,  Nic.  [up] 
νΑλεξίύρης,  ους,  ό,  Alexiares,  son 
of  Hercules  and  Hebe,  Apollod. 

ίΆλεξίας,  ov,  ό.  Alexias,  an  Athe- 
nian archon,  Xen.  Hell.  2,  1,  10. 
6] 


ΑΛΕΟ 

νΑ.λίξίβιύόας,    α,    ύ,    Alexibiadas, 
masc,  pr.  η,  Pind.  P.  5,  59. 

Ά?ιεςφέλί•μνος,  ov,  {άλέξω,  βέ- 
?<.εμνον)  keeping  off  darts,  Anth. 

ΫΑλεζίβιος,  ου,  ύ,  Alcxibius,  masc. 
pr.  η.  Pans. 

Ά'λεξίγΰμος,  ov,  {ΰλέξω,  γάμος) 
keeping  off,  shunning  marriage,  Βάκχαι, 
Nonn. 

νΡίλεξίΰα,  ας,  ή,  Alexida,  daughter 
of  Amphiaraus,  Plut.  Qu.  Gr.  23. 
t'AAffiJ///iOf,  ου,  ό,  («λί^ω,  δήμος') 
Alexidemus,  a  Thessalian,  father  oi 
Menon,  Pind.,  Plat.  Men. 

Άλεξίϋακος,    ov,    {αλέξω,   κακόν) 
keeping  off  ill  or  mischief,  11.  10,  20. 
Υ Κλεξικ'λής,  έονς,  ό,  Ale.vicles, masc. 
pr.  η.  Thuc.  8,  92. 

νΑ?^εξικράΤ!ΐς,  αυς,  ό,  Alexicrates, 
masc.  pr.  η.  Plut.  Pyrrh.  5. 

' ΑΤιεξίλογος,    ov,   {αλέξα,   Tioyoc) 
promoting     or     supporting     discourse, 
γράμματα,  Critias  Fr.  1,  9,  dub. 
V Κ-λεξίμΰχος,   ου,    ύ,   Alcximachus, 
masc.  pr.  n,  Aeschin.,  etc. 

Άλεξίμβροτος,  ov,  (ΰλέξω,  βροτύς) 
protecting  mortals,  "λόγχη,  Pind.  N.  8, 
51,  ποαπαί,  sacred  processions  to  shield 
men  from  ill,  Pmd.  P.  5,  122. 

Άλεξίμορος,    ov,,   {ΰλέξω,   μόρος) 

warding  off  fate  or  death,  Soph.  O.  T. 

164. 

'Α-λέξιμος,  ov,=  ΰλεξητήριας,  Nic. 

νΑλεξίνΙκος,  ου,  ό,  Alexinlcus,  masc. 

pr.  n.  Paus. 

V Α.7.εξίνομος,  ου,  ό,  Alexinomus, 
masc.  pr.  r».  Qu.  Sm.  8,  78, 

νΑ.7.εξΙνος,  ov,  ό,  Alexiniis,  a  soph- 
ist of  Elis,  Plut.,  Diog.  L. 

Ά'λέξιον,  τό,^=ΰλεξητήρίον,  Nic. 
Υ Α.λεί;ι~τύδας,  a,  ό,  Alexippidas,  a 
Spartan  ephor,  Thuc.  8,  58. 
Υλ.λέί;ι~~ος,  ov,  ό,  Alexippus,  masc. 
pr.  n.  Andoc. 

Άλεξις,  εως,  ή,  help,  Aristid. 
νχλεξις,  ίδος,  ό,  Alexis,  a   comic 
poet  of  Thurii,  Ath.     Others  of  this 
name  in  Ath.,  Paus.,  etc. 

Άλεξι<ράρμΰκος,  ov,  {ΰλέξω,  φάρ- 
μακον)  keeping  off  poison,  acting  as  an 
antidote,  Hipp.  :  re  άλεξιφάρμακον, 
an  antidote,  Lat.  remedium.  Plat.  :  in 
gen.  α  remedy. 

ψλλεξίων,  ωνος,  ό,  Alexion,  masc. 
pr.  n.  Plut. 

ΆΑΕ'λΩ,  or  άλεξέω,  q.  v.,  fut. 
άλεξήσω,  fut.  mid.  ΰλεξήσομαι ;  aor. 
act.  opt.  ΰλεξήσειε,  Od.  3,  340,  aor. 
inf.  mid.  ΰλέξασθαι,  part,  ΰλεξάμε- 
νος,  subj.  άλεξώμεσβα,  as  if  from 
άλέκω,  Horn.  : — to  this  must  be  re- 
ferred the  poet.  aor.  2  ηλαλκον, 
rarely  ΰλαλκον,  inf.  ΰλαλκείν,  as  if 
from  ύλκω,  Horn.  To  ward  or  keep 
off,  turn  away  or  aside,  hence  to  de- 
fend, assist,  aid  .•—Construct.,  c.  dat. 
pers.  et  ace.  rei,  separately  or  togeth- 
er, as  ΰλ.  τινί,  to  help  one,  II.  3,  9, 
Ζευς  τόγ'  ΰλεξήσειε,  Od.  3,  346,  but 
most  Ireq.  ΰλ.  Λαναοϊς  καιών  ήμαρ, 
ΰλλήλοίς  ττόνον  ΰλέξειν,  11.  :  in  Hdt. 
oft.  absol. :  of.  άλαλκε.  Mid.  ΰλέξ- 
ασθαί  riva,  to  keep  some  one  off  from 
one's  self,  defend  one's  self  against  one, 
Lat.  drfemUre,  11.  13,  475,  Hdt.  7,  207, 
also  ΰλέξασθαι  περί  τινι  or  τίνος.  Αρ. 
Rh.  4,  551  and  14S8  :  also  c.  dat.  in- 
strum.  Soph.  O.T.  171,  where  Biittrn. 
holds  άλέξεται  for  fut.,  F.llendt  for 
pres.  :  to  retaliate,  to  return  like  for 
like,  to  requite,  Xen.  An.  1,  9,  11. 
Soph,  is  the  only  one  of  Trag.  who 
has  the  word,  and  Xen.  the  chief  au- 
thority in  Att.  prose. 

Υλ'Αέξων,  ωνος,  ό,  Alcxon,  masc.  pr. 
n.  Polyb.,  etc. 

Άλέομαι,  contr.  ΰλενμαί  (Theogn. 
575),  a  defect,  mid.,  whose  act.  is 
62 


ΑΛΕΥ 

only  found  in  the  form  ΰ?.ενω  :  hence 
opt.  ΰλέοιτο,  II.  20,  117,  part,  ΰλεν- 
μένος,  Simon.  Amorg.  Gl  :  but  chief- 
ly used  by  Horn,  in  aor.,  as  3  sing. 
ηλενατο  or  ΰλ^:νατο,  II.,  inf.  ΰλέα- 
σθαι,  II.,  α7^ενησθαί.  Hes. ;  snbi.  ΰλ- 
έ7/ται,  Od.,  also  ΰ'λενεται,  Od.  14, 
400  :  opt.  ύλέαιτο,  Od.  20,  308  :  im- 
l)erat.  ύ'λευαι.,  11.,  ΰλέασθε,  Od.,  etc. 
To  avoid,  shun,  usu.  c.  acc.  rei,  ΰλ. 
βέλος,  θάνατον,  etc.,  Hom.,  rarely  c. 
acc.  pers.  as  Od.  9,  274:  also  c.  inf 
to  avoid  doing,  omit  to  do,  II.  23,  340, 
Od.  14,  400  :  absol.  to  escape,  flee,  II. 
5,  28,  Od.  20,  305  :  to  neglect,  Hes. 
Op.  732  :  cf.  ΰλεϋ. 
Άλεός,  όν.  Dor.  for  ηλεός,  Orph. 
t'AAeof,  ov,  ό,  Aleus,  a  king  of  Ar- 
cadia, Ap.  Rh.  1,  170. 

Άλεότης,  ητος,  ή,  {ΰ7.τις)  an  assem- 
blage, assembly,  like  ΰβροισις.  Gal. 

'Κλεόι^ρων,  ov,  gen.  ovof,  =Ho- 
mer's  φρένας  ηλεός,  foolish  of  mind. 

Άλεττίδωτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  λεττιδω- 
τός)  without  scales,  0pp.   [ΐ] 

' λλέπιστος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  λεπίζω) 
without  scales,  Archestr.  ap.  Ath.  311 
B. — II.  unpeeicd :  of  flax,  ?iot  hackled. 
ΫΑλερία,  ας,  η,  Aleria,  a  city  of 
Corsica,  Diod.  S.  5,  13. 
νΑλεσία,  ας,  ή,  Alesia,  a  city  of 
Gallia  Aquitania,  Strab. 
"Αλεσις,  εως,  ή,  {ΰ?ιέω)  a  grinding, 
ν.^-λεσμός,  ov,  o,=foreg. 
Άλεστέον,  verb,  adj!  from  ΰλέω, 
one  must  grind,  Diosc. 

Άλ.εστής,  ού,  ό,  (ΰλέω)  a  miller, 
dub.  in  Joseph. 

Άλ.εται,  Ep.  for  άληται,  subj.  aor. 
2ui! (ΐλλομαι.,ΐο  leap,  Spitzn  II.  11,192. 
Ά'λέτης,  ov,  δ,  a  grinder,  ΰλ.  όνος, 
a  mill-stone,  Xen.  An.  1,  5,  5  ;  a  mill- 
er, dub.  1.  in  Ath.  618  D. 

"Αλετος,  6,  a  grinding,  bruising, 
pounding,  Plut. — II.  ^=^ΰλτι~ον,  ΰλεν- 
pov,  late. 

Άλετρενω,  f. -ενσω,  strengthd.  from 
ΰ7\,έω,  to  grind,  Od.  7,  104. 

Άλετρίβάνος,  ό,  {ΰλέω,  τρίβω) 
that  which  grinds  or  pounds,  a  pestle, 
Ar.  Pac.  259,  etc.  [«λ,  ί] 

ΥΑλέτριον,  ov,  το,  Alatrium,  a  city 
of  Latium,  Strab. 

Άλετρίς,  ίδος,  ή,  a  female  slave 
who  grinds  corn,  Lat.  molitrix,  γννη 
ΰλετρίς,  Od.  20,  105.— 2.  at  Athens, 
one  of  the  noble  maidens  who  prepared 
the  meal  for  the  otfering-cakes. —  II. 
an  insect  found  in  mills. 

Άλετών,  ωνος,  ό,  a  grinding  place, 
mill,  Ath. 

'Αλεϋ,  or  ίλεν,  prob.  shortened  for 
ύλέου,  imper.  from  ΰλέομαι,  avoid! 
cease  !  Aesch.  Pr.  508. 
Άλενμενος,  part,  of  ΰλέομαι. 
f  Αλευάδαι,  ων,  oi,  the  Aleuadae,  the 
noblest  family  of  Thessaly,  Hdt.  7, 
6 ;  patron,  of 
ΥΑλεύας,  a,  b,  Aleuas,  Pind.  P.  10,8. 
Άλενρίτης,  ου,  ό,  (;/  ivheaten  flour 
{ΰ?.ενρον),  Diph.  Siphn.  ap.  Ath.  115 
C.  [i] 

Άλενρομαντεΐον,  ov,  τό,  {ύλενρον, 
μαντείον)  divination  from  flour,  Oe- 
nom.  ap.  Euseb. 

Ά/.ενρόμαντις,  εως,  ό,  {ΰλενρον, 
μάντις)  one  that  divines  from  flour, 
epith.  of  Apollo,  Lob.  Aglaoph.  2,  815. 
'AAfupoi',  ov,  TO,  (άλέω)  ivheaten 
flour,  in  ^en.  fine  meal  οΐ  flour,  usu. 
in  plur.,  distinguished  from  άλφιτα, 
Hdt.  7,  1 19,  Plat.,  etc. 

' Α7.ευροποιέω,  ώ,  {α7.ευρον,  ποιώ) 
to  make  ivheaten  flour. 

Άλενρότησ'.ς,  εως,  ή,  {αλενρον)  a 
flour  sieve. — II.  the  flour  sifted,  Gramm. 
Άλευρώδης,   ες,    {αλευρον,   είδος) 
like  flour,  Gal. 


ΑΛΠΘ 

^Αλενω,    («λ?/,    ΰ7.έα)    act.   very 

rare  ;  to  remove,  keep  fur  away.  Aesch. 
Suppl.  528.  Theb.  87,  141  ;  fut.  ΰλεύ- 
σω.  Soph.  Fr.  825  :  the  χήΑ.ΰλενομαι,, 
=  ΰλέομαι,  in  pres.,  Hes.  Op.  533, 
the  other  forms  v.  sub  ΰλέομαι. 

ΆΛΕ'ί2,  f.  -έσω,  imperf.  ηλονν : 
perf  act.  Att.  ΰλήλεκα,  perf.  pass. 
άλέλεσμαι,  Thuc.  4,  20  (where  how- 
ever Bekk.  ΰλήλεμαι),  Hdt.  7,  23, 
later  ηλεσμαι,  Diosc.  To  grind, 
bruise,  pound,  like  ύλίέθω  and  ΰλήθω, 
κατά  ττνρόν  άλεσσαν,  Od.  20,  109  : 
βίος  ΰ7.ηλεμένος,  α  civilized  life,  in 
which  one  uses  ground  corn  and  not 
raw  fruits,  v.  Meineke  ad  Amph. 
Gynaecom.  1.  (Perh.  akin  to  έ?.ω, 
όλαί,  ονλαί,  Lat.  mola,  molere,  Buttm. 
Lexil.  p.  259.) 

'Αλέω,=^ΰλεύω,  only  used  in  mid. 
ΰλέομαι,  q.  v. 

Ά7.εωρή,  ης,  η.  Att.  ΰλεωρά,  ΰς, 
{αλέα,  ΰλέομαι)  an  avoiding,  shunning, 
escaping.  II.  24,  216  :  hence  a  means 
of  escape,  defence,  shelter,  from  a  per- 
son or  thing,  e.  g.  δη'ίων  ΰνδρών, 
II.  12,  57,  of  a  breastplate,  II.  15, 
533  :  absol.  a  defence  against  an  en- 
emy, help,  succour,  Hdt.  9,  6  :  shelter, 
0pp. 
Άλέως.  adv.  from  ΰ7ιής.  Hipp. 
"AAH,  ης.  ή,  {ΰλάομαι)  a  wander- 
ing or  roaming  without  home  or  hope 
of  rest,  Od.  15,  342  :  also  of  the  mo- 
tion of  ghosts.  Soph.  Fr.  693.  —  2. 
nietaph.  a  wandering  of  mind,  distrac- 
tion, Lat.  error  mentis.  Plat.  Crat.  421 
B. —  II.  act.  ύλαι  βροτών,  things 
which  lead  men  astray,  ol  storms, 
Aesch.  Ag.  195. 

Ά7ίηγός,  όν,  {άλς,  άγω)  carrying 
salt,  Plut. 

'Αληθάργητος,  ov.  {a  priv.,  λήθαρ- 
γος) free  from  drowsiness. 

'Α7.ήθεια,  ar.  ή.  Ion.  ΰληθείη.  also 
ΰληΟτμη,  ης.  \\.άΙ.,{ΰληθής)  truth,  opp. 
to  a  lie.  or  to  mere  apjjearance. — 1.  in 
Hom.  and  Pind.,  only  as  opp.  to  a  lie, 
and  Horn.  usu.  has  it  in  phrase,  ΰλη- 
θείην  καταλέξαι.  also  ΰποειπείν,  II. 
23,  361,  and  ταιδός  ττάσαν  ΰληθείην 
μνθεΐσθαι,  to  tell  the  whole  truth  about 
the  lad,  Od.  11,  507 :  so  too  in  Att , 
είττεϊν  την  ΰλήθειαν,  χρήσθαι  Ty 
ΰληθεία.  also  in  plur.  Isocr.  p.  190 
A,  Mehand.  p.  410.— 2.  but  in  Att. 
also  opp.  to  appearance,  truth,  reality, 
έργων.  Thuc.  2,  41  ;  τ?}  ΰλτ]βείφ.  in 
very  truth,  rarely  ΰληθεία.  as  Plat. 
Prot.  343  D  :  έττ'  αληθείας,  in  truth 
and  reality.  Dem.  ;  but  έτ'  ΰληθεία, 
for  the  end  or  sake  of  truth,  Aesch. 
Suppl.  628,  Ar.  Plut.  891,  also  accord- 
ing to  truth  and  nature,  Theocr.  7,  44: 
μετ'  ΰ7^ηθείας,  Xen.,  and  Dem. :  κατ' 
ΰλήθειαν,  Isocr. :  ξυν  ΰλ.ηθεία.  Aesch. 
Ag.  1567  ;  προς  ΰλήθειαν.  Diod. :  η 
ΰλ.  περί  τίνος,  Thuc.  4,  122  : — excel- 
lence, perfection,  της  Ιατρικής,  Plat.  : 
in  Polyb.  also  real  war  as  opp.  to  ex- 
ercise or  parade  :  realization,  as  of  a 
dream  or  omen,  Ruhnk.  Tim.  v.  ^^;;- 
γηταί,  lin. — 11.  the  character  of  the 
αληθής,  truthfulness,  sincerity,  Hdt.  1, 
55  :  φρενών,  Aesch.  Ag.  1550  :  frank- 
ness, candour,  Arist.  Eth.  N. — HI.  the 
symbol  nf  truth,  a  sapphire  ornament 
vvom  by  the  Aegyptian  highpriest, 
Diod.,  and  Ael. 

Άλήθενσις,  εως,  ή,=ΰλήθεια,  II., 
Sext.  Emp. 

ΥΑ7.ηθευτής,    ov,    6,  {ΰληθενω)  a 
speaker  of  truth.  Max.  Tyr. 

Ά7,.ηθεντικός,  ή,  όν,  {ΰ7ιηθεύω) 
truthful,  frank,  candid,  Arist.  Eth.  N. 
Adv.  -κώς. 

'Αληθεύω,  to  he  ΰληθής,  to  speak 
truth,   Aesch.,    etc.  ;    also  in    mid., 


ΑΛΗΚ 

Arist.  Eth.  Ν. :  of  things,  to  he  true, 
7ώγοί  άληθεύονσι,  Hipp. :  of  divina- 
tions, to  foretel  the  true  event :  but 
also  in  pass,  to  come  true,  be  fulfilled, 
Schneid.  Xen.  Cyr.  i,  6,  10— U.  c. 
ace.  rei,  to  speak  as  truth,  as  real  and 
true,  ά/ιήθευσου  πάντα,  speak  nought 
but  truth,  Batr.  14  :  hence  to  keep  on€s 
word,  Xen. 

Άληθηίη,  ης,  ή,  Ion.  for  αλήθεια, 
Hdt. 

Αληθής,  ες,  (α  priv.,  *  λ.ήθω,  λα- 
βείν) unconcealed,  and  so  open,  true,  as 
opp.  to  false,  or  to  apparent.  —  I.  in 
Horn,  only  as  opp.  to  false,  and  that 
usu.  in  phrase  άλ.ηθέα  μνθήσασθαι, 
ειπείν,  άγορεύειν,  except  ΰληθες  kv- 
ισπείν  :  in  Hdt.,  and  Att.  το  αληθές, 
ταληθές  or  τα  α/.ηθέα  (ή),  ταληθή. — 
2.  of  persons,  open,  truthful,  frank, 
honest,  in  Horn,  only  once  αληθής 
γυνή,  Π.  12,  433,  so  άλ.  νόος.  Find. 
Ο.  2,  167  ;  οίνος  άλ.  εστί,  in  vino  Ver- 
itas, Plat.  Symp.  217  Ε  :  άλ.  κριτής, 
Thuc.  3,  56. — ^11.  opp.  to  apparent, 
true,  really  this  or  that,  real,  actual, 
freq.  in  Att.  :  also  realizing  itself, 
coming  to  fulfilment,  άρύ,  Aesch.  Theb. 
946,  cf.  αλ.ηθίνός. — HI.  adv.  ά7.ηθώς. 
Ion.  άληθέως,  Hdt.,  truly,  really,  ac- 
tually, Thuc.  1,  22  :  also  ώς  αληθώς. 
Plat. — 2.  also  neut.  as  adv.,  proparox. 
ΰληθες  ;  itane  ?  indeed  ?  in  sooth  ? 
with  ironical  expression,  Br.  Soph. 
O.  T.  350,  Ar.  Ran.  840  :  but  τυ  αλη- 
θές, in  very  truth,  really  and  truly,  Lat. 
revera,  Plat.,  etc. 

'Χληθίζομαι,  dep.  mid.  =αληθενω, 
Hdt.  1, 136 ;  later  also  άληθίζο,  Nic, 
and  Plut. 

Άληθϊνολογία,  ας,  ή,  {αληθινός, 
λίόγος)  α  speaking  truth,  truthfulness, 
Polyb. 

Αληθινός,  ή,  όν,  {ά?ιηθής)  agreea- 
ble to  truth,  truthful,  honest,  Dem. :  but 
usu. — 2.  real  and  true,  actual,  genuine, 
opp.  to  apparent  or  sham.  freq.  in 
Plat.  :  cf.  Donalds.  N.  Crat.  335. 
Adv.  -νώς,  Isocr. 

' Ρίληθογνωσία,  ή,  {ά?.7ΐθης,  γνώναι) 
a  knowledge  of  truth. 

Άληθοεπής,  ές,  {αληθής,  έπος) 
speaking  truth. 

Άληθόμαντις,  εως,  ό,  ή,  {αληθής, 
μύντις)  α  prophet  of  truth,  Aesch.  Ag. 
1342. 

Ά/.ηθομϋθεύω,  {ά?ι.ηθής,  μνθενω) 
to  speak  truth,  Democr.  ap.  Stob.  p. 
140,  26. 

Άληθόμϋθος,  ov,  {α).ηθής,  μϋθος) 
speaking  truth  or  truly.  Id.  ap.  Gal. 

Άληθορκέω,  {ύ?-ηθής,  όρκος)  to 
swear  truly,  Chrysipp.  ap.  Stob.  p. 
196,  29. 

Άληθοσύνη,  ή,  poet,  for  αλήθεια, 
Theogn.  1224. 

ΥΑλι/θότης,  ητος,  ή,=^αλήθεια,  Jo- 
seph. 

'Α-'ληθονργής,  ές,  {α'Κηθής,  *  IpytS) 
acting  truly. 

'Αλήθω,  f.  -^ήσω,  common  Greek 
for  the  Att.  ύλέο,  first  in  Theophr., 
cf.  Meineke  Pherecr.  Coriann.  9. 

Άλήίον  πεδίον,  τό,  (άλ?;)  Ale'ian 
plain,  land  of  wandering,  in  Lycia  Or 
Cilicia,  11.  6,  201,  Hdt.  6.  95. 

Άλήως,  ov,  {a  priv.,  λήϊον)  with- 
out  corn  land  or  fields,  poor,  II.  9,  125, 
267,  opp.  to  πολνλήίος. 

'Α/.ηκτος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  λήγω)  un- 
ceasing, incessant,  Horn,  always  in 
poet,  form  ΙΰΧηκτος,  so  too  Soph. 
Tr.  985,  and  late  Ep.  ;  αλλ.  χό^Μυ, 
abating  not  from,  wrath,  II.  9,  636. 
Adv.  -τύς,  also  ίλ7.ηκτον,  II. 
ΥΡύ.ηκτώ,  όος  contr.  ους,  ή,  Alecto, 
also  wr.  Άλληκτώ,  Alecto,  one  of  the 
Furies,  Orph.,  Apollod. 


AAHT 

Άλ.ήλεκα,  α7άιλεσμαι,  Att.  pf.  act. 
and  pass,  from  αλέω. 

'ΚλήλΙφα,  α?.ήλιμμαι,  Att.  pf  act. 
and  pass,  from  ά/.ειφο). 

Άλημα,  ατός,  τό,  (άλεω)  strictly 
that  which  is  ground,  fine  flour  :  hence 
metaph.  a  subtle,  wily  fellow,  like  παι- 
πάλημα,  τρίμμα,  of  Ulysses  in  Soph. 
Aj.  381,  390  (the  deriv.  from  ίλη  is 
wrong). 

Άλήμεναι,  for  άλήναι,  Ep.  inf.  of 
έάλην,  aor.  2  pass,  of  είλω,  II.  5,  823 ; 

18,  76,  to  recoil,  retire. 

*  ΆΛΗΜΙ,  root  assumed  for  some 
tenses  of  εΐ/ιω,  viz.,  aor.  2  pass,  έά- 
?^7iv,  inf.  άλήναι,  Ep.  άλήμεναι, 
Buttm.  Lexil.  p.  256,  sq. 

Ά?.ημοσννη,  ης,  ή•  {άλη)  a  wander- 
ing or  roaming,  Ap.  Rh. 

Ά.λήμων,  όνος,  ό,  ή,  {ά7Λομαι)  α 
wanderer,  rover,  ά7.ήμονες  άνδρες,  Od. 

19,  74,  and  without  άνδρες,  17,  376. 
Ep.  word. 

Ά7\.ήυαι,  II.  16,  714,  v.  άλήμεναι. 
νλ/.ηξ,  ηκος,  ό,  Halex,  a  river  in 
lower  Italy,  Thuc.  3,  99. 

'Κλήπεδον,  τό,  v.  ά7.ίπεδον. 

Ά/ι,ηπτος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  λαμβάνω) 
not  to  be  laid  hold  of  or  caught,  hard  to 
catch,  ά/^ηπτότερος,  less  amenable, 
Thuc.  1.  37. —  II.  incomprehensible, 
Plut. — III.  Stoic,  ά7.ηπτα  are  things 
not  to  be  made  mxitter  of  choice,  opp.  to 
7^ηπτά.     Adv.  —τως. 

Ά7.ής,  ές,  also  άλ^ζ•,  Ep.  and  Ion. 
=:Att.  αθρόος,  thronged,  crowded,  in  a 
mass,  Lat.  confertus,  freq.  in  Hdt., 
and  Hipp. :  hence  prob.  also  αλέα 
λ,έσχην,  the  crowded  hall,  Gottl.  Hes. 
Op.  491  (akin  to  άο7.7.ής,  α7.ις :  hence 
άλίζω,  u7Ja).  [a,  as  appears  from 
Hes.  1.  c,  if  rightly  referred  to  this 
word,  but  at  all  events  from  Callim. 
Fr.  86,  and  ύ7ύζω.'\ 

t'Aλ??f,  εντός,  ό,  Hales,  a  river  near 
Colophon,  Pans. 

νΑ7ίήσίθν,  ου,  τό,  πεδίον,  Alesian 
plain,  a  plain  in  Troas,  Strab. — 2. 
Alesium,  a  mountain  of  Mantinea, 
Paus. 

Άλησις,  εως,  ή,=  άλη,οί  the  course 
of  the  sun,  Arat. — II.  (άλέω)  a  grind- 
ing. 

Ά?-ηστεντος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  ληστεύω) 
unpillaged,  not  plundered,  Arr. 
'  Αληστος, ov,{a  priv.,*λ^^<ίω,  λαθεΐν) 
Ion.  for  ά7.αστος,  not  to  be  forgotten, 
very  grievous,  Phllo. — 11.  act.  unfor- 
getting,  Euphor.  Fr.  50,  where  how- 
ever Meineke  άλλιστος,  cf.  Jac.  A. 
P.  7,  643. 

"Α7.ηταί,  subjunct.  aor.  2  mid. 
of  αλ7Μμαι,  to  leap,  II.  21,  536. 

'Αλητεία,  ας,  ή,  a  wandering,  roam- 
ing, Eur.  Hel.  934  :  from 

Α7.ητεϋω,  to  be  an  ά7άιτης,  to  wan- 
der, roam  about,  Horn,  only  in  Od., 
usu.  of  beggars,  but  also  of  hunters, 
Od.  12,  330  :  in  Eur.  of  exiles. 

'Αλήτης,  ov,  ό,  {ά7Λομαι)  a  χυαη- 
derer,  stroller,  rover,  vagaboyid,  Hom. 
only  in  Od.,  and  always  of  beggars  ; 
in  Aesch.  and  Eur.  also  of  exiles. — 2. 
as  adj.  βίος  ά/.ήτης,  Hdt.  3, 52.  Fem. 
ά7αιτις,  ιδσς,  ή,  as  adj.  άλ.  εορτή,  an 
Athenian  festival  in  honour  of  Eri- 
gone,  elsewh.  αιώρα,  Ath.  :  άλ.  ημέ- 
ρα, the  fleeting  day,  dub.  in  Plat. 
(Com.)  ap.  Hesych. — II.  as  pr.  n.  Ale- 
tes,  son  of  Icarius,  Apollod. — 2.  son 
of  Hippotas,  one  of  the  Heraclidae, 
king  of  Corinth,  Pind.  01. 13,  17.— 3. 
worshipped  as  a  hero  in  Spain,  Polyb. 
f'A7jjTia,  ας,  ή,  Aletium,  a  city  of 
Calabria,  Strab. 

fΆ7.ητιάδaι,  ών,  οι.  the  descendants 
of  Aletes,  i.  e.  the  Corinthians  so  call- 
ed from  Aletes,  Callim.  Fr.  103. 


AAIA 

Άλητοειδής,  ές,  {αλητον,  είδος) 
like  meal,  meal-coloured.  Hipp. 

''Α7,ητον,  ην,  τό,  {άλέω)  that  which 
is  ground,=  ά7.εvpov,  Hipp. 

Άλητνς,  νος,  ή.  Ion.  for  άλη.  Call. 

Ά/.βαία,  ας,  ή,  wild  mallow,  marsh- 
mallow,  Theojjhr. 

\'Α7.θαία,  ας,  ή.  Althaea,  daughter 
of  Thestius,  wile  of  Oeneus,  11.  9, 
555. — 2.  title  of  a  comedy  of  Theo- 
pompus,  Mein.  1,  p.  238. — 3.  a  city 
of  Spain,  Polyb.  3,  13,  5. 

ΥΑ7.θαιμένης,  ονς,  ό,  Althaemenes 
son  of  the  Cretan  king  Catreus 
Diod.  S.  5,  59.-2.  one  of  the  Hera 
clidae,  Strab. 

"Α/.θαινος,  ov,  δ,  Altkaenus,  a  river 
of  Italy,  Lye.  1053. 

'Α7^θαίνω,  f.  -άνω,  to  heal,  Lye. : 
pass,  to  heal  over,  get  well,  Hipp. 

Ά/Μεξις,  εως,  ή,  a  healing,  cure, 
Hipp.     From 

Άλθέσσω,  to  heal,  Aretae. 

Ά7.θενς,  έως,  ό,  a  healer,  physician. 

ΆΑΘΕΏ,=  άλ(?ω,  from  which  we 
have  the  fut.  ά7.θήσω  in  Nic. 

Ά7.θήεις,  εσσα,  εν,  healing,  whole- 
some, Nic. 

ΫΑλθημένης,  ονς,  ό,=^Ά7^θαιμένης, 
Apollod.  3,  2,  1.  ^ 

ΫΑ7.θηπία,  ας,  ή,  {γη)  Alihepia,  near 
Sicyon,  so  named  from  Althepus, 
son  of  Neptune,  Paus. 

Ά7ιθήσκω,^ά7.θαίνω,  prob.  I.  in 
Hipp. 

Άλθηστήρισς,  ov,  healing,  whole- 
some, τά  ά7.θηστήρια  sc.  φάρμακα, 
remedies,  Nic. 

Ά7.θος,  εος,  τό,  a  healing,  cure. 

ΆΛθί2,  Lat.  alo.  to  make  to  grow, 
fill,  heal,  restore,  only  found  in  impf. 
pass.  ά7Μετο  χειρ,  the  hand  became 
ivhole  or  sound,  II.  5,  417,  and  pari. 
άλθομένη,  Q.  Sm.  9,  475  (where 
perh.  άλδοίΐένη  is  better,  v.  Spitzn.). 
Cf.  the  collat.  forms  ά7.θαίνω,  ά/.θέω, 
ά7.θέσσω,  ά7£ήσκω,  all  rare. 

YA7Ua,  ας,  Ion.  'χΌ.ίη,  ης,  ή,  ΗαΙία, 
a  Nereid.  II.  18,  40.-2.  =Άλιαί. 
Υ'Αλια,  τά,  ν.  °Α7.εια. 

'A7ia,  ας.  ή.  Ion.  ά7.ίη,  {ά7.ής)  an 
assembly,  gathering  of  the  people,  e.  g. 
of  the  Milesians,  ά7.ίην  ποιεΐσθαι 
and  σνλλέγεα;  Hdt.  1,  125 ;  7,  134•, 
etc. ;  the  word  is  rare  in  Att.,  but 
quoted  in  Dem.  255,  21.  from  a  By- 
zantine decree,  and  is  freq.  in  Doric 
Inscrr.  ap.  Bockh.,  in  genl.  in  the 
Doric  states  =  Attic  έκκ7ιησία,  Dorv. 
[a-,  cf  άλ^ζ•.] 

Άλίύ,  ΰς,  ή,  {άλς)  α  salt-cellar ,  Ατ- 
chipp.  Heracl.  6 ;  άλιάν  τρνπάν,  to 
clear  out  the  salt-cellar,  empty  it  of  the 
last  grain,  a  mark  of  extreme  poverty, 
cf.  Pers.,  digito  terebrare  salinwn,QdL\\.. 
Ep.  51,  1,  where  however  it  is  writ 
ten  parox.  ά7.ίη. 

Ά7.ιάδαι,  ών,  οι,  {α7.ς)  seamen.  Lob. 
Aj.  879  ;  ace.  to  ouiers,  fishermen. 

Ά7.ΐάετος,  poet.  ά7.ίαίετος,  ov,  ό, 
{α?,ς,  αετός)  sea-easle,  osprey,  Eur. 
Pol.  1,  Ar.  Av.  891."Γϋλ,  ά] 

Άλιάής,  ές,  {ά7.ς,  άημι)  blmving  on 
the  sea,  blowing  sea-ivard,  only  in  Od. 
4,  361  ;  cf.  9,  285,  and  Nitsch  ad  I. 
ΥΑλιαί,  ών,  al,  Haliae,  a  town  in 
Argolis,  Thuc.  1,  105,  (where  Poppo 
edits  Άλιάς)  and  so  Diod.  S.  11,  78, 
oi  Ά7αεις,  for  the  town  itself ;  hence, 
ό  Ά7αεύς,  and  in  pi.  ol  Ά/.ιεΐς,  the 
inhabitants  of  Haliae,  Xen.  Hell.  4,  2, 

|Άλίά/ί«ων,  όνος,  δ,  a  river  of  Ae- 
tolia,  Hes,  Th.  341. 

Ά7..ίανθής,  ές,  {ά7.ς,  άνθος)  strictly 
sea-blooming,  h.ence:^a7  ιπόρφνρος,  of 
a  bright  purple,  v.  1.  Orph. 
'Αλιαρός,  όν,  (άλζ•)  salted. 
63 


ΑΑ1Δ 

f'AXcaprog,  ov,  ό  and  η,  Haliartus, 
a  city  ol  Bceotia,  on  the  lake  Copai's, 
Jl.  2,  503  ;  hence  adj.  Άλιάρτιος,  a, 
Of ;  7/  'Χλίαρτία,  {γη)  the  territory 
of  Haliartus,  Strab. 

Υλλίάς,  άόος,  ή,  (prop.  fern.  adj.  γη 
sub.)  the  territory  of  Haliae,  Thuc.  2, 
5β. 

VA?Uag,  ov,  ό,  the  Allia,  a  river  of 
Italy,  Plut. 

'Κλιάς,  ύδος,  ή,  {<ίλς)  of  or  belong- 
ing to  the  sea :  ή  ύλίάς,  sub.  κνμβα, 
a  fishing  boat  or  bark,  Moschion  ap. 
Ath.  208  F. 

t'A^i'af,  or  u?.Lag,  adv.  collat.  form 
ΟΪ  ΰ/ας,  Eur.  Ion  723,  v.  Dmd.  praef. 
ad  Poet.  Seen.  Gr.  p.  xxv. 

Άλίαστος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  7αάζομαί) 
■unbending,  rmyielding,  unabating,  un- 
ceasing, 7iot  to  be  stayed  or  turned, 
Horn.,  only  in  11.  as  epith.  οι  μάχη, 
•πύΑεμος,  ομάδος,  yoog,  14,  57,  etc. : 
neut.  as  adv.  ΰλίαστον  οδύρεσβαι,  to 
mourn  incessantly,  11.  24,  549 :  άλ. 
ΰνίη,  Hes.  Th.  Oil  :  used  also  in 
late  Ep.,  and  twice  in  Eur.,  viz., 
Orest.  1479,  and  in  Hecuba  85, 
ovttot'  ίμά  φρι/ν  ώί'  ΰλίαστος  φρίσ- 
σει, never  does  my  mind  thus  incessantly 
shudder.  Cf.  Buttni.  Lexil.  p.  400. 
Only  poet. 

Υ λλίάαντίς,  ίδος,  ή,  φυλή,  the  tribe 
Alabantis,  Ά  name  applied  by  Lucian, 
Nee.  20,  to  the  regions  of  the  dead, 
V.  ύ?ύί3ας. 

Ά/ιφύνωτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  λφανω- 
τός)  not  honoured  With  incense,  Plat. 
(Com.)  Poet.  1. 

Ά'λίβαπτος,  ov,  {αλς,  βάπτω)  dip- 
ped in  the  sea,  drowned  therein,  NlC. 
Al.  618.  [ΰλϊ-,  but  in  Nic.  1.  c.  ΰλΐ-, 
metri  grat.] 

Ά'λίβας,  αντος,  ό,  (α  priv.,  ?αβάς) 
sapless,  lifeless,  dead,  opp.  to  διερός, 
Plat.  Uep.  387  C  :  hence  άλ.  οίΐ'ος 
of  vinegar.  Call.  Fr.  SS :  oi  άλίβαν- 
τες^νεκροί,  Bentl.  ad  1. — II.  as  subst., 
of  the  Styx,  the  Dead  River,  Soph. 
Fr.  751.     [ίϊΛί] 

'λ?ύβατος,  ov.  Dor.  for  ήλίβατος, 
Pind.,  and  Eur. 

Ά?.ιβδνω,{.-νσω,Α6θ\.  for  ύλιδύω, 
to  sink  in  the  sea,  in  gen.  to  sink.  Call.  : 
to  hide,  Lye.  351. 

Άλίβρεκτος,  ov,  (ΰλς,  βρέχω) 
washed  by  the  sea,  Anth. 

Άλίβρομος,  ov,  (αλς,  βρέμω)  mur- 
muring like  the  sea,  σύριγ^,  JSionn. 

ΆλΙβροχος,  ov,— άλίβρεκτος,  Αρ. 
Rh.  2,  731. 

Άλίβρος,  οτος,  ό,  η,  and 

Ά?ύβρίΰτος,  ov,  {ίίλς,  βιβρώσκω) 
swallou-ed  by  the  sea,  both  in  Lyc. 

Άλίγδονπος,  ov,  poet,  for  ΰλίδου- 
πος,  Opp.  Hal.  3,  423. 

Άλΐγείτων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  (ίίλς, 
γείτων)  near  the  sea,  Ep.  Horn.  4. 

'Α?.ΐγενής,  ες,  {ΰ,'λς,  *γένω)  sea- 
born, epith.  of  Venus,  Plut. 

Άλίγκίος,  ία,  lov,  resembling,  like, 
TLvi,  11.  6,  401,  but  the  compd.  kva- 
λίγκιος  is  more  freq.  Ep.  word, 
used  also  by  Aesch.  Pr.  449.  (of  un- 
certain deriv. :  perh.  akin  to  ηλιξ, 
ηλικος.)  ,        .      ^ 

Ά?.ΐ}ύγ/Μσσος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  λιγνς, 
γ?.ώσσα)  with  no  clear-toned  voice,  Tl- 
mon  ap.  Sext.  Emp.  9,  57. 

Ά?.ΐδΐντ}ς,  ές,  {αλς,  δίνη)  sea-tossed, 
Dion.  P. 

Ά?ύδονος,  ov,  {αλς,  δονέω)  sea- 
tossed,  σώματα,  Aesch.  Pers.  275. 

Άλίδονπος,  ov,  {a?,  ς,  δοϋττος)  sea- 
resounding,  epith.  of  Neptune,  Orph. 

' Α7ύδρομος,  ov,  {u'/.r,  δραμείν)  run- 
ning over  the  sea,  Nonn. 

Α7ίδνω,{.-νσω,{αλς,  δνΐύ)  to  sink 
into  the  sea,  in  gen.   to  sink,  dive  or 
64 


AAIK 

plunge  down.  Call,  [in  pres.  v',  in  fut. 
*■]         , 

'Αλιεία,  ας,  ή,  {αλιενς)  fishing, 
Arist.  Pol. 

Άλιειδής,  ές,  {αλς,  είδος)  sea- 
coloured,  Numen.  ap.  Ath.  3'.'5.  C. 

'Α?.ιεργ7'/ς,  ές,  {(ίλς,  *εργω)  working 
in  the  sea,  fishing,  Opp. — II.  =ιύλονρ- 
γής,  purple. 

Άλιεργός,  ov,  =  foreg.,  Nonn. 

Άλιερκής,  ές,  {ίίλς,  ίρκος)  sea-girt, 
surrounded  by  the  sea,  Pind.  O-  8,  34  ; 
and  so  δχθαι,  P.  1,  34,  where  some 
give  it  an  act.  signf ,  but  v.  Dissen. 

Ά7ύενμα,  ατός,  τό,  {αλιεύω)  that 
which  is  caught,  a  draught,  Strab. 

Άλιενς,  έως  Ion.  ΐ/ος,  and  contr. 
ΰλιώς,  Pherecr.  Incert.  27,  ό,  {αλς, 
α7Λθς)  one  who  has  to  do  with  the  sea, 
and  so— I.  a  fisher,  Od.  12,  251.— II. 
α  seaman,  sailor,  Od.  24,  419  :  as  adj. 
έρέτας  ΰ7.ιήας,  rowers  at  sen,  Od.  10, 
349,   so   αλιενς  στρατός,   Opp.  Hal. 

5,  121  ;  βάτραχος  αλ.,  Arist.  Η.  Α. — 
II.  a  kind  of  fish,  Plut. 

'Α7αευτής,  ov,  o,  =  foreg.  I. 

' Α7αεντικός,  ή,  όν,  {αλιεύω)  of  or 
belonging  to  fishing,  άλ.  πλοΐον,  a  fish- 
ing-boat, Xen.,  άλ.  βίος,  a  fisher's  life, 
Arist.  Pol. :  ή  άλ.  (with  "or  without 
τέχνη),  the  art  of  fishing.  Plat.  Ion 
538  D  ;  Soph.  220  Β  :  ά7αεντικά,  τά, 
halieutics,  i.  e.  instruction  in  the  art  of 
fishing,  a  didactic  poem  of  Oppian. 
Adv.  —κώς,  after  the  manner  of  fisher- 
men. 

Άλιεύω,{.-εϋσω,{&7.ς)  to  fish  for,  τι, 
Epicharm.  p.  24  :  to  be  a  fisher,  live  on 
the  sea :  also  in  mid.,  Plat.  (Com.) 
Europ.  2. 

Άλίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  perf  pass,  η7.ισμαι, 
{άλής)  to  gather  together,  assemble, 
Hdt.  i,  77,  etc.  Mid.  to  assemble,  to 
meet  together,  Hdt.  1,  63,  etc.  [u 
Elmsl.  Heracl.404.] 

Ά7ύζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {ά7.ς)  to  salt. — II.  to 
feed  with  salt:  Pass,  to  feed  on  or  lick 
salt,  Arist.  H.  A. :  to  be  salted,  to  he 
seasoned,  LXX.  Lev.  2,  13  ;  N.  T. 
Matt.  5,  13  ;  Marc.  9,  49. 

ΥΑλιζώνιον,  ov,  TO,  Halizonium,  a 
city  on  the  Aesepus,  Strab. 

ΥΑλίζωνοι,  or  Άλιζώνες,  ων,  ο!,  the 
Halizoni  or  Halizones,  a  people  of 
Bithynia,  II.  2,  856. 

Άλίζωνος,  ov,  {άλς,  ζώνη)  sea-girt, 
Anth. 

Άλίζωος,  ov,  {αλς,  ζωή)  living  on 
the  sea,  Pancrat.  ap.  Ath.  321  F. 

Άλίη,  ή.  Ion.  for  άλία. 

Άλιηγής,  ές,  (αλζ-,  ύγννμι)  broken 
on  by  the  sea,  πέτρα,  Opp. 

Άλίήρης,  ες,  {αλς,  έρέσσω)  sweep- 
ing the  sea,  κώττη,  Eur.  Hec.  455. 

Ά7Λί/τωρ,  ορός,  ό,  poet,  for  άλιεύς, 
Horn.  Ep.  16. 

Άλιηχής,  ές,  {ΰλς,  ήχος)  sea-re- 
sounding, Musae.,  cf.  άλιβρομος. 

ΥΑ7Λθέρσης,  ου,  ό,  Halitherses,  an 
inhabitant  of  Ithaca,  Od.  2,  157.— 2. 
son  of  Ancaeus,  Paus. 

Άλίθιος,  Dor.  for  ηλίθιος,  Pind. 

Ά7.ιθος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  7.ίθος)  without 
stones,  not  stony,  of  lands,  Xen.  An. 

6,  4,  5. — II.  iL'ithout  a  stone  set  in  it, 
of  a  ring.  Poll. — III.  without  the  stone, 
as  a  disease,  Aretae. 

Άλικύκάβον,  ου,  τό,  a  plant,  in 
Diosc,  physalis  Alkekevgi,  Sprengel. 
ΥΑλικαρνασσός,  or  Άλικαρνάσός, 
ov,  7],  Ion.  Άλικαρνησσός,  Halicar- 
nassjis,  a  Dorian  city  of  Caria,  Hdt. 
2,  178 ;  hence  ό  ' Αλικαρνασσενς,  a 
native  or  inhabitant  of  Hal.,  Hdt. 
Praef 

Άλικία,  ή,  Dor.  for  ηλικία,  Pind. 

' Α7.ίκ7.ύστος,ον,  {α7.ς,  κλύζω)  sea- 
beaten,   of  a   coast,  Soph.  Aj.  1219 ; 


ΑΛΙΝ 

also  δέμας,  Anth.,  high-surging,  πόν- 
τος, Orph. 

Άλίκμητος,  ov,'  {ΰλς,  κάμνω)  la- 
bouring OH  the  sea,  concerning  maritime 
affairs,  άλ.  μέριμνα,  the  care  and  toil 
of  a  sea  life,  Anth. 

Άλικνήμις,  ϊδος,  ό,  ή,  απήνη,  a 
car  that  goes  upon  the  sea,  Nonn.  Dion. 
43,  199. 

Άλίκος,  ίκα,  ίκον.  Dor.  for  ήλίκος, 
Theocr. 

Άλικος,  ΰλικότης,  worse  forms  for 
ΰλνΚος,  ά7^νκότης. 

Άλίκρΰς,  άτος,  ό,  ή,  {άλς,  κεράν- 
ννμι)  mixed  with  sea  or  salt  water. 
ΥΑλικράτωρ,  ορός,  o,  =  sq. 

Άλικρείίον,  οντυς,  ό,  {αλς,  κρείων) 
lord  of  the  sea. 

Άλικρήπϊς,  ΐδος,  ό,  ή,  {άλς,  κρη- 
ττίς)  founded  on  or  by  the  sea,  Nonn. 
Dion.  1,  289. 

Άλικρόκΰλος,  ov,  {άλς,  κροκάλη) 
shingly,  pebbly,  Orph. 

'Αλίκροτος,  ov,  {άλς,  κρότεω)  prob. 

I.  in  Alcae.  for  άλίκτορος. 

' Αλίκτνπος,  ov,  {άλς,  κτνπέω)  sea- 
beaten,   of  ships.  Soph.  Ant.  953. — 

II.  act.  roaring  on  the  sea,  κύμα,  Eur. 
Hipp.  754. 

ΥΑλικύαι,  ων,  αϊ,  Halicyae,  a  city 
of  Sicily  ;  hence  o'l  Άλικναιοι,  the 
Halicyaeans,  Thuc.  7,  32. 

Άλΐκνμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  (άλ{•, 
κνμα)  surrounded  by  waves,  Anth. 

ΥΑλίκνρνα,  ης,  ?/,  Halicyma,  a  re 
gion  of  Aetolia,  Scyl. 

Άλικώδης,  ες,  {άλικος,  είδος)  in- 
ferior form  for  άλνκώδης. 

ΥΑλιλαιοι,  ων,  ol,  the  Alilaei,  a 
people  of  Arabia,  Diod.  S.  3,  45. 

ΥΑλιλάτ,  ή,  an  Arab.  \νοιά=οϋρα- 
νία,  Hdt.  3,  8. 

Άλιμέδων,  οντος,  δ,  {άλς,  μέδων) 
lord  of  the  sea,  like  ποντομέδων,  Ar. 
Thesm.  323. 

Άλιμενία,  ας,  ή,  want  of  harbours, 
Hypend.  ap.  A.  B.  :  from 

Α7.ίμενος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  λιμήν)  ivith- 
out  harbour,  harbourless,  Lat.  impor- 
tuosus,  Aesch.,  Eur.,  Thuc.  4,  8,  etc. : 
in  gen.  giving  no  shelter,  inhospitable, 
δρεα,  αντλος,  Eur.  Hel.  1132,  Hec. 
1025 :  metaph.  άλ.  καρδία,  Eur.  Cycl. 
349.    [i]    Hence 

Άλΐμενότης,  ητος,  ή, =■  άλιμενία, 
Xen.  Hell.  4,  8,  7. 

ΥΑλιμήδη,  ης,  ή,  Halimede,  a  Nereid, 
Hes.  Th.  255. 

Άλιμήδης,  ες,  {αλς,  μήδος)  devoted 
to  the  sea,  εμπορία,  Dion.  P.  908,  v.  1. 

Άλίμικτος,  ov,  {άλς,  μίγννμι)= 
άλίκρας. 

"Αλιμος,  ov,  {αλς)  of  οτ  belonging  to 
the  sea,  Lat.  marinus,  hence  as  subst. 
TO  άλιμον,  also  written  άλιμον,  a 
shrubby  plant  growing  on  the  sea- 
shore, Atriplex  Halimus,  Linn.,  An- 
tiph.  Mnem.  1,  and  Theophr. :  in 
Diosc.  also  6  αλιμος. 

Άλιμος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  λιμός)  without 
hunger,  \.  e.  relieving  hunger,  Plut. 

ΥΑλιμοϋς  or  Άλιμονς,  ονντος,  ό, 
Halimus,  a  deme  of  the  Attic  tribe 
Leontis ;  hence  Ά7α/ιούσιος,  of  Hali- 
mus, Dem.,  Plut.,  etc.  :  adv.  Άλι- 
μοϋντάδε,  to  Alimus,  Ar.  Av.  496. 

Άλιμνρήεις,  εσσα,  εν,  {αλς,  μνρω) 
ποταμοί,  flowing  or  murmuring  into 
the  sea,  II.  21,  190,  Od.  5,  4G0,  cf  sq. 

Άλΐ/ηφής,  ff,=foreg.,  Phanocl.  1, 
17,  Ap.  Rh.— 11.  =ά7.ιος,  Anth. 
ΥΑ7.ινδα,  ων,  τά,  Alinda,  a  city  of 
Caria,  Strab. 

Ά7,ίνδέω,  aor.  άλΐσαι,  cf  έξαλιν- 
δέω,  (like  κνλινδέω,  κυ7ΰσαι),  to  make 
to  roll,  set  a  rolling;  but  prob.  only 
used  in  Pass.  ά7Λνδέομαι,  poet,  άλίν- 
δομαι,  Nic,   and  Leon.  Tar. :    aor 


ΑΑΙΠ 

part,  άλινδηθείς,  Nic. :  pf.  part,  άλιν- 
ύημένος,  Dinarch.  ap.  Suid.  :  to  roll 
like  a  horse  :  also  to  wander  up  and 
dtwn,  roiwjt  ebowt.    Γΰ] 

^ ΚΤΛνδηθρα,  ας,  η,  a  place  for  horses 
te  roll  in,  Lat.  volutahrum,  elsewhere 
κονίστρα,  cf.  Ar.  Nub.  32 :  inetaph. 
of  long  rolling  verses  0Γ  words,  άλιν- 
όήθρα  έττών,  Ar  Ran.  904. 

'Α-λίνόησις,  εως,  τ/,  {ΰλινόέω)  α 
rolling  in  the  dust,  an  exercise  in 
which  the  wrestlers  rolled  on  the 
ground,  Hipp. 

'Α?ύνδομαί,  as  pass.,  v.  sub  άλιν- 
δέω. 

Άλινέο),  =  αλείφω,  Lat.  lino, 
Gramm. 

Άλινηκτεφα,  ή,  {αλς,  νήχω)  fern, 
as  if  from  ΰλινηκτήρ,  swimming  in  the 
tea,  Anth.  [t  but  t  in  arsis,  A.  P.  6, 
190.] 

ΆλΙνηχής,  ές,  {άλς,  νήχω)  «pwi- 
ming  in  the  sea,  Anth. 

"ΑλΓίΌί•,  η,  ov,  (άλζ)  made  of  or 
from  salt,  Hdt.  4,  185. 

Άλϊνος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  λίνον)  without 
a  net,  without  hunting  toils,  ύλ.  θήρα, 
a  chase  in  which  no  net  is  used,  Anth. 

Άλί'νω,  to  pound,  Soph.  Fr.  826,  v. 
Ellendt  in  voc. 

'AAtf,  Dor.  for  ήλιξ.  Find. 
t'AAif,  ΐκος,  6,  alica,  speZi,  Ath.647D. 

'ΑΜξαντος,  ov,  {αλς,  ξαίνω)  worn  by 
the  sea,  χοιράδες,  Anth. :  άλ.  μόρος,  lb. 
t'AXiov,  ov,  TO,  Alium,  a  town  of 
Elis,  Diod.  S.  14,  17. 

"A/iof,  a.  Dor.  for  ήλιος. 

Άλιος.  ία,  lov,  also  ος,  ov.  Soph. 
Aj.  357,  Eur.  Heracl.  82,  (A)  {άλς)  of, 
from,  or  belonging  to  the  sea,  Lat.  ma- 
ri)ius,  esp.  as  epith.  of  sea-gods, 
nymphs,  etc.,  ΰλως  γέρων,  the  aged 
tea  deity,  II.  1,  556  ;  άλιαι  θεαί,  11. 
18,  86,  and  without  θεαί,  αλιαι,  sea- 
goddesses,  Nereids,  II.  18,  432 :  άλ. 
■φάμαθοι,  the  sea-sand,  the  sand  of  the 
sea  shore,  Od.  3,  38,  πρών,  Aesch. 
Pers.  131  :  νανς,  πλύτα,  πρύμνη, 
etc..  Find,  and  Trag. 

"Αλως,  ία,  lov,  {Β)=μάταιος,  fruit- 
less, unprofitable,  idle,  erring,  πόνος, 
έπος,  μϋθος,  βέ?•,ος,  άκων,  οδός,  δρκ- 
ιον,  σκόηος,  Hom. :  also  in  neut.  as 
adv.,  in  vain,  II.  13,  505,  and  so  best 
taken,  II.  4,  179.  Adv.  -ίως.  Soph. 
Phil.  840.  (ace.  to  some  the  same 
word  with  foreg.,  and  so  strictly  like 
the  sea.  faithless,  useless,  but  this  is 
too  artificial  for  so  early  a  word  :  ace. 
to  others  akin  to  ύλη,  ήλέος,  ηλίθιος.) 
{αλί] 
ΥΚλίος,  ου,  ό,  Halius,  a  Lycian,  II. 
5,  678. — 2.  son  of  Alcinous,  Od.  8, 
119. 

Άλιοτρεφής,  ές,  {α?.ς,  τρέφω)  feed- 
ing in  the  sea,  φώκαι,  Od.  4,  442. 

ΥΑλιονς,  ονντος,  ό,  Halus,  another 
name  of  Άλοζ•,  in  Fhthiotis,  Strab. 
Ι'Αλιοϋσα,  ης,  ή,  Haliusa,  an  island, 
Faus. 

'Αλιόω,ώ,ΐ.-ώσω,{άλίθς  Β)  to  make 
fruitless,  disappoint,  νόον  Atof,  Od.  5, 
104 ;  βέλος,  to  hurl  the  spear  in  vain, 
II.  16,  737  :  and  so  in  later  Ep. :  άλ. 
έπος,  to  speak  a  word  in  vain,  Soph. 
Tr.  258.  —  2.  =αίστόω,  to  bring  to 
nought.  Soph.  O.  C.  704.    Ep.  \\ord. 

Κλίπΰρής,  ές,  not  fit  for  a  suppliant, 
άλ.  θρίξ,  neglected,  squalid  hair,  v. 
Herm.  Soph.  El.  451:  but  Schnf 
Mel.  p.  129,  suspects  it.  (If  right, 
from  a  priv.,  λιπαρής,  not  from  λι- 
παρός, as  the  quantity  shows.) 

'Α.7.ίπαστος,  ov,  {άλς,  πύσσω) 
sprinkled  with  salt,  salted,  Archestr. 
ap.  Ath.  399  E. 

Άλίπεδον,  ov,  τό,  or,  as  Ar.  Fr. 
30,  ace.  to  Harp.,  άλ.,  {άλς,  πεδίον) 
5 


ΑΑΙΣ 

orig.  a  plain  near  the  sea,  tandy  plain, 
Theophr. :  esp.  a  plain  in  Attica  near 
the  Piraeus,  Xen.  Hell.  2,  4,  30,  v. 
Ruhnk.  Tim. :  also  written  άλίσπε- 
δον  and  άλήπεδον,  Bast  Greg.  917. 
[ΰλί.  Lye.  681.] 

Ά.7ΐπής,  ές,  {a  priv.,  λίπος)  with- 
out fat,  meagre,  Ath. :  without  any  fatty 
substance,  Strab. :  in  Medic,  not  thick 
and  fatty,  of  lotions,  as  opp.  to  salves. 

Άλίπιστος,  ov,=foreg.,  Theophr. 

Άλίπλαγκτος,  ov,  {άλς,  πλάζω) 
roaming  in  or  by  the  sea,  epith.  of  Pan 
as  god  of  the  shore,  Soph.  Aj.  695. — 
II.  formerly  read  as  epith.  of  islands. 
Find.  P.  4,  24,  Soph.  Aj.  596,  but 
Bockh  and  Herm.  respectively  read 
άλίπλακτος,  v.  sq. 

Άλίπλακτος,  Dor.  for  άλίπληκτος, 
q.v. 

Άλιπκαν-ής,  ές,  {άλς,  πλάνη)  sea- 
wandering,  Anth.     Hence 

Άλίπ?Μνία,  ας,  ή,  a  wandering  on 
the  sea,  wandering  voyage,  Anth. 

' Κλίπλ&νος,  ον,^=άλι—λανής,  Opp. 

' Αλιπλενμων,  όνος,  ό,  {άλς,  πλεν- 
μων)  lit.  sea-lungs,  a  kind  of  fish. 

Ά?.ίπληκτος,  ov,  {άλ.ς,  πλήσσω) 
lashed  by  the  sea,  like  ύλιπλήξ  and 
θαλασσόπληκτος,    cf.    άλίπλαγκτος 

Άλιπλήξ,  ήγος,  ό,  ^,^foreg.,  Call. 

Άλίπλοος,  ov,  contr.  άλίπλονς, 
ovv,  {άλς,  πλέω)  covered  with  water, 
τείχεα,  II.  12,  26. — II.  later  act.,  sail- 
ing on  the  sea.  Call.  :  as  subst.  ό 
ΰλίπλ. ,  a  seaman,  fisher. 

Άλίπνοος,  ov,  (άλς,  πνέω)  redolent 
of  the  sea,  Musae. 

Άλιπόρος,  ov,  {άλς,  πείρω)  plough- 
ing the  sea,  Luc.  Tragop.  24. 

Άλιπορφνρίς,  ίδος,  ή,  strictly  pe- 
cul.  fern,  from  sq.,  a  kind  of  sea-bird, 
prob.  1.  Ibyc.  13. 

Άλιπόρφνρος,  ov,  {άλς,  πορφύρα) 
of  sea-purple,  of  true  purple  dye,  dark 
red,  ήλακάτα,  φάρεα,  Od.  6,  53  ;  13, 
108,  όρνις,  Alem.  12. 

Άλιπτοίητος,  ov,  {άλς,  πτοιέω) 
scared  by  the  roar  of  the  sea,  Nonn. 

Άλφβΰγής,  ές,  {άλς,  ()ήγννμι) 
breaking  the  waves :  or  rather  pass., 
against  which  the  tide  breaks,  σκόπε- 
λος, Anth. 

Άλφβαίστης,  ov,  ό,  {άλς,  βαίω) 
δράκων,  a  ravenous  sea-monster,  Nic. 

' Α7.ίΙ)ραντος,  ov,  {άλς,  Ι)αίνω)  sea- 
surging,  πόντος,  Anth. 

Άλίβόηκτος,  ον,-=άλφβαγής,  Anth 

Άλιρβόθιος,  ov,  also  ίη,  ιον,  Anth. 
{άλς,  βόθος)  sea-roaring,  sea-beat,  νηνς, 
κόνις,  Anth.  —  II.  roaring,  θάλασσα, 
Orph. — III.  as  pr.  n.  ό,  Halirrhothius, 
son  of  Neptune  and  the  nymph 
Eurj-te,  Dem.,  Eur.  El.  1260. 

Άλίρβοθος,  ov,  =  foreg.,  πόροι, 
Aesch.  Pers.  367,  ακτή,  Eur.  Hipp. 
1205,  cf  άλίκλνστος  and  άλίκτνπος. 

Άλίββοιζος,  ον,=  άλιρβόθιος,  Nonn. 
Dion.  13,  322. 

Άλίβ^)θος,  ov,  contr.  άλίβ^ιονς,  ovv, 
{άλς,  βέω)  washed  by  the  sea,  άκταΐ 
άλ.  dub.  1.  Mosch.,  for  άλίββοθοι. 

Άλίββντος,  ov,  {άλς,  βέω)  washed 
by  the  sea,  Anth. — II.  άλ.  άλσος,  the 
surging  sea  itself,  Aesch.  Supp.  868. 

"ΑΛΙΣ,  adv.  {άλής)  in  heaps,  in 
crowds,  in  swarms,  in  abundance,  μέ- 
λισσαι  άλις  πεποτήαται,  Ύρωαι  άλις 
ήσαν,  κόπρος  ά7ας  /ce;j^i;7o,  etc., Horn., 
who  always  makes  the  case  depend 
on  the  verb,  for  in  II.  9,  137,  χρνσον 
belongs  not  to  ά7.ις  but  to  νηησάσθω, 
and  II.  21,  319,  we  should  read  χέρα- 
δος  as  ace,  not  χερύδος  as  gen.,  v. 
Spitzn.  Excurs.  32  ad  II. :  hence 
enough,  Lat.  satis,  άλις  άρονραι;  άλις 
χαλκον  χρνσόν  τε  δέδεξο;  άλις  ελαι- 


ΑΛΙΣ 

ον,  corn-fields  enough,  etc.,  Hom. :  also 
with  verbs  ονχ  άλις,  ότι...  ;  is  it  Tiot 
enough  ?  II.,  so  ονχ  άλις,  ώς...,  Od.  2, 
312.  Later  authors,  from  Hdt.  down- 
wards, oft.  add  a  gen.,  as  with  Lat. 
satis,  άλις  εστί  μοι  τινός,  I  have 
enough  of  a  thing,  Hdt.  9,  27,  άλις 
εχω  τινός,  Eur.  Or.  240 :  also  ά^.ις 
εστί  μοι,  c.  inf.,  'tis  enough  for  me 
to...,  Aesch.  Theb.  664,  etc.  ;  more 
rarely  c.  part,  άλις  {ε'ιμί)  νοσοϋσ' 
εγώ,  'tis  enow  that  I  suffer.  Soph.  O.  T. 
1061,  cf.  Eur.  H.  F.  1339  :  the  Att. 
rarely  use  the  Homeric  construct., 
as  in  άλις  βίοτον  ενρον,  Eur.  Med. 
1097:  also  εις  άλις=άλις,  Theocr. : 
rarely  ju^t  enough,  =  μετρίως,  Eur. 
Ale.  910 :  αλίζ•  ειπείν,  Lat.  verbo 
dicere,  to  say  all  at  once,  Hipp,     [a] 

Άλίς,  ίδος,  ή,  {άλς)  saltness. 
νΑλις,  ιδος,  η.  Dor.  for  Ήλίξ-,  Find. 
νΑλίσαρνα,  ης,  ή,  Halisama,  a  city 
of  Mysia,  Xen.  Hell.  3,  1,  6.-2.   a 
district  in  the  island  of  Cos,  Strab. 

Άλισγέω,  ώ,  to  pollute,  LXX.  Mai. 
1,7. 

Άλίσγημα,   ατός,   τό,   a  pollution, 
Ν.  Τ.  Act.  15,  20. 

Ά7.ίσκομαι,  a  defect,  pass.,  the 
act.  being  supplied  by  α'ιρέω  :  impf. 
ήλισκόμην :  fut.  άλώσομαι :  aor.  sya- 
cop.  ήλων,  Hdt.  3,  15,  Xen.  An.  4,  4, 
21,  Att.  usu.  ka^MV,  inf.  άλύναι, 
part.  άλοΰ£•,  subj.  ύλώ,ίη  Hom.  άλώω, 
opt.  ά7Μίην,  in  Hom.  ά7.ώην,  11.  9, 
592  :  perf.  ήλωκα,  έάλωκα,  the  latter 
form  always  in  Thuc.,  and  Dem. : 
all  in  pass,  signf. :  Hom.  uses  only 
the  aor.  To  be  taken,  to  be  conquered, 
to  fall  into  the  enemy's  hand,  of  per- 
sons and  places,  Horn.,  Hdt.,  etc.: 
άλίσκεσθαι  εις  πολεμίονς,  to  let  one's 
self  be  taken  prisoner  by  the  enemy, 
Stallb.  Plat.  Rep.  468  Α.— 2.  to  be 
caught,  seized,  of  persons  and  things, 
θανάτω  άλώναι,  to  be  seized  by  death, 
to  die,'  II.  21,  281,  Od.  5,  312,  also 
without  θανάτω,  II.  12,  172,  Od.  18, 
y65,  etc. :  έάλωσαν  εις  'Αθήνας  γράμ- 
ματα, letters  were  seized  and  taken  to 
Athens,  Xen.  Hell.  1,  1,  23.-3.  to  be 
taken  or  caught  in  hunting,  II.  5,  487, 
and  Xen. :  hence — 4.  metaph.  άλ. 
νπνω,  Aesch.  Eum.  67 ;  άπάταις, 
μανία.  Soph.  El.  125,  Aj.  216,  ερωτι, 
Xen.,  etc. :  also  absol.  to  be  over- 
powered. Soph.  Aj.  649:  so  too  ά7.ονς 
έφόνενσα,  on  compulsion,  Herm. ;  or 
being  entrapped,  circumvented.  Soph. 
O.  C.  553. — 5.  rarely  in  good  sense, 
to  be  %von,  achieved.  Soph.  O.  T.  543. 
— II.  to  be  caught,  detected  in  a  thing, 
or  doing  a  thing,  freq.  e.  part.,  e.  g. 
Hdt.  1,  112,  209,  etc.:  also  with  a 
subst.  or  adj.,  the  part  ων  being 
omitted,  ά7.ώσοααι  φονεν€.  Soph. 
Ο.  Τ.  576,  μοιχός,  Ar.  Nub.  1079.  and 
so  prob.  must  be  taken  Soph.  O.  C. 
1065,  Άρης  άλώσεται  δεινός,  ivill  be 
found  terrible:  also  άλ.  tv  κακοΐσΐ, 
"Soph.  Ant.  496:  esp.  as  Att.  law- 
term,  to  be  convicted,  and  so  condemned, 
with  or  without  δίκη,  Plat.  Legg. 
937  C,  Dem.  632,  12  ;'but  more  freq. 
c.  part.  Plat.,  and  Oratt. :  freq.  also 
c.  gen.  criminis,  άλώναι  ασεβείας, 
παράνοιας,  etc.,  sub.  γραφή  or  δίκη, 
Dem.,  and  Plut. :  also  άλ.  γραόήν, 
Plut. :  άλ.  θάνατον,  to  be  convicted  of 
a  capital  crime.  Id.  [a,  except  in  II. 
5.  487,  where  it  is  made  long  in  the 
thesis.] 

Άλισμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  water-plant, 
Alisma  Parnassifolia,  Diosc. 

Άλισμύβΰγος,  ov,  {άλς,  σμαραγή) 
sea-resounding,  Nonn.  Dion.  39,  362. 

'Αλίσμηκτος,     ov,    {ά7.ς,    σμήχω\ 
washed  by  the  sea,  Lye.  994. 
65 


ΑΛ1Τ 

'\' λΧισόδημος,  ου,  ό,  Halisodcmus, 
a  poet  of  Troezene,  Luc.  Dem.  enc. 
27. 

Άλίστταρτος,  ov,  {ίιλς,  σπείρω) 
sprinkled  with  salt,  Valck.  Ammon. 

Άλίσπεδον,  τό,  v.  άλίπεδον. 
f  \7,ίσσωμα,  -ωσις,  vv.  11.  for  λίσσω- 
μα,  -ωσις. 

Άλιστέώΰνος,  ον,  (άλ.ζ•,  στέφανος) 
=  sq.,  Η.  Ηοιη.  Αρ.  410,  though  for 
ύλιστ.  τττολίεθρον  is  ingeniously  pro- 
posed "Ε,λος  τ'  έφαλον  πτ.  from  II. 
2,  584. 

Άλιστεφής,  ες,  {ΰ?.ς,  στέφω)  sea- 
girt, Orph. 

'Αλίστονος,  ον,  {ΰλς,  στένω)  sea- 
resounding,  βαχίαι,  Aesch.  Pr.  712. — 
II.  groaning  on  the  sea,  epith.  of  fish- 
ers, 0pp. 

Άλιστόζ•,  ή,  όν,  (ύλίζω)  salted, 
pickled,  A  nth. 

Άλιστος,  ov,  only  found  in  poet, 
form  άλλιστος,  q.  v. 

Άλίστρα,  ας,  ή,:=αλινδήθρα. 

Άλίστρεπτος,  ον,  (ΰλς,  στρέφω) 
whirled  or  rolled  to  and  fro  in  the  sea, 
sea-tost,  νανς,  Anth. 

Άλίστρεφής,  ές,  dub.  1.  Orph.  for 
ΰλιστεφής. 

Ά?.ιταία,  ας,  η,  Halitaea,  a  foun- 
tain in  the  territory  of  Ephesus, 
Paus. 

Άλΐταίνω,  -ήσω,  a  verb  of  which 
the  pres.  only  occurs  in  mid.,  Hes. 
Op.  328  :  elsewhere  only  in  aor.  act. 
ifkiTov,  11.  9,  375,  and  more  freq.  aor. 
mid.  uiif,TovTO,  άλιτέσθαι,  Hom. : 
later  also  an  aor.  ή/ύτησα  :  part. 
άλιτί/μενος,  with  accent  and  signf. 
of  pres.,  Od.  4,  807.  To  sin,  offend 
against,  c.  ace.  pers.  II.  9,  375  ;  19, 
265,  Od.  4,  378  ;  5,  108,  also  in  Hes. 
Op.,  Aesch.  Eum.  269 :  the  part. 
άλίτήμενος,  c.  dat.  pers.,  Od.  I.e.: 
c.  ace.  rei,  to  transgress,  έώετμας  Αιός, 
II.  24,  570,  δρκον,  σπονοάς.  Αρ.  Rh., 
and  Ορρ.  :  to  stray,  αλίτησεν  αταρ- 
ηοϋ,  Orph.  :  also  absol.,  Call. — Ep. 
word.  —  (akin  to  αλη  :  the  simple 
forms  αλείτω,  άλιτέω  no  where  oc- 
cur: hence  άλήτ?ις,  άλοιτής,  etc.) 

'Α.?ΰτύνευτος,  ov,  [a  priv.,  λιτα- 
νεύω)  inexorable,  'Άιδ?]ς,  poet,  άλλ- 

Άλϊτενής,  ές,  (αλζ•,  τείνω)  stretch- 
ing to  or  along  the  sea,  Diod. :  hence — 
II.  flat,  low,  of  lands,  hence  ambulatio 
άλ.,  a  walk  on  a  flat  place,  or  oi^eraplain, 
Cic.  Att.  14,  131  :  of  boats,  flat,  shal- 
low, Plut.  Them.  14  :  of  the  sea,  shal- 
low, Polyb.  4,  39,  3. 

Άλΐτέρμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  {(ίλς, 
τέρμα)  bounded  by  the  sea,  bordering 
on  it,  Anth. 

*  Άλίτέω,  assumed  as  pres.  whence 
to  form  αλίΤ7/σα,  aor.  1  of  άλΐταίνω  : 
in  Aesch.  Eum.  316  for  άλιτρων  or 
ΰλιτύν,  should  be  read  άλιτών,  part, 
aor.  2  of  άλΐταίνω,  q.  v, 

Άλίτημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  sin,  offence, 
Anth. 

'λ.72τήμενος,  a  part,  of  άλΐταίνω, 
q.  V.  with  accent  and  signf.  of  pres., 
as  if  formed  from  άλίτημι,  άλίτημαι, 

' Κλΐτι'ιμερος,  ov,  (^ά7uτεlv,  ήμερα) 
missing  the  right  day  :  hence  untimely 
horn,  like  ή7.ιτόμηνος,  Hes.  Sc.  91, 
of.  Sch;if.  Greg.  879,  and  Buttmann. 
Ausf.  Gr.  Spr.  2,  p.  108,  who  ccnsid- 
ers  it  an  error  for  άλιτήμενος.  Lob. 

Άλΐτημοσννη,  ης,  ή,  =  ΰλιτήμα, 
Orph. :  from 

'Α?ιΪΓήμων,  ov,  gen.  ovor,  (άλιτεϊν) 
=sq.,  II.  24,  157. 

'\λΐτ7ίριος,  ov,  {ά?Λτεϊν)  sinful, 
wicked,  laden  with  guilt,  esp.  against 
the  gods,  hence  in  full  θεον  άλιτήρι- 
01,  Ar.  Eq.  445,  Thuc.  1,  126,  so  too 
άλ  άλλων,  rvorking  evil  to  others, 
66 


AAKA 

Dem.  280,  26  :  also  absol.,  Lat.  homo 
piaculari»,  Lys.,  and  Dem.:  in  Soph.  O. 
C.  371,  κάλιτηρίον  φρενός  is  the  prob. 
1.  for  κάξ  άλιτηρον,  which  will  not 
scan,  since  λι  is  short,  but  cf.  άλοι- 
τημυς. — II.  άλιτήριος  δαίμων, =^ά?Μσ- 
τωρ,  an  avenging  spirit,  liuhllk.  Tim. 

Ά'λΙτηριωδης,  ες,  {ά7ιΐτήριος. είδος) 
belonging  to  οχ  befalling  a  sinner :  hence 
accursed,  pernicious,  ruinous,  οίστρος, 
τύχη.  Plat.  854  Β,  881  Ε. 

Άλΐτηρός,  όν,  ν.  άλιτήριος  sub  fin. 

Άλίτης,  ό,=άλείτ7ΐς,  Gramm.,  and 
so  Herm.  reads  in  Eur.  Heracl.  614 
for  άλάταν,  which  is  against  the  me- 
tre, [i] 

Άλίτόξενος,  ov,  {άλιτεϊν,  ξένος) 
sinning  against  a  guest.  Find.  O.  10,  7. 

Ά?ΰτοφροσνν'η,  ης,  ή,  {ά?ΛτεΙν, 
φρήν)  α  wicked  mind,  Leon.  Tar.  64. 

Άλιτραίνω,  =  άλΐταίνω,  dub.  in 
Hes.  Op.  328,  but  found  in  Anth. 

Άλιτρεφής,  ές,  (ΰλς,  τρέφω)  sea- 
bred,  Qu.  Sm.  3,  272. 

Άλιτρέω,^=ά7\.ι,ταίνω,  dub.  v.  άλι- 
τέω. 

Άλιτρία,  ας,  ή,  (άλιτρός)  sinful- 
ness, mischief.  Soph.  Fr.  42,  Ar.  Ach. 
907. 

Άλιτρόβιος,  ov,  (άλιτρός,  βίος) 
living  wickedly,  Nonn.  Dion.  12,  72. 

Άλιτρόνοος,  ov,  {άλιτρός,  νόος) 
wicked-minded,  Anth. 

Άλιτρόττος,  ov,  for  άλιτρόπονς, 
{άλιτρός,  πους)  of  wandering  foot,  un- 
stable, prob.  1.  in  Pseudo-Phocyl.  133, 
for  άλίτροττος,  seafaring. 

Άλιτρός,  όν,  syncop.  for  άλιτηρός, 
and  of,  ή,  όν,  Simon.  Amorg.  7, 
crafty,  sinful,  sinning,  tvicked,  11.  8, 
301,  Theog.,  and  Find.:  but  in  Hom. 
usu.  as  subst.  ό  άλ.,  a  sinner,  δαίμοσιν 
άλιτρός,  a  sinner  against  the  gods,  11. 
23,  595  :  also  in  milder  signf.,  a  knave, 
rogue,  Od.  5,  182.     Hence 

Ά'λιτροσύνη,  ης,  ή,^άλιτρία,  Αρ. 
Rh.  4,  099. 

Άλίτροφος,  ον,  {αλς,  τρέφω)  living 
by  the  sea,  or  bred  thereon,  of  fishers, 
0pp. — II.  =ύλιτρεφής. 

Αλίτρντος,  ov,  also  η,  ov,  Nonn., 
(άλς,  τρνω)  sea-beaten,  sea-wor7i,  γέ- 
ρων. Tlieocr.  1,  45. 

νΑλιττα.  ή.=^Άφροδίτη  among  the 
Arabians,  Hdt.  1,  131. 

Άλίτνπος,  ov,  {ΰλς,  τύπτω)  sea- 
beaten,  sea-tost,  Aesch.  Pers.  945 :  as 
subst.,  a  seaman,  Eur.  Or.  373. 

Ά'λίτνρος,  ov,  ό,  {άλς,  τυρός)  a  sort 
of  salt  cheese,  Anth. 

ΥΑλίφειρα,  ας,  ή,  Alipheira,  or  'Αλί- 
φΐ]ρα,  Paus.,  a  mountain-city  in  Ar- 
cadia. Polyb.  4,  78,  2. 

νΑ'λίφηρος,  ου,  ό,  Alipherus,  son  of 
Lycaon,  founder  of  the  above  city, 
Paus.,  Apollod. 

Άλιφθορία,  ας,  ή,  a  disaster  at  sea, 
shipwreck,  Anth. :  from 

Άλιφθόρος,  ov,  {άλς,  φθείρω)  de- 
stroyiug  on  the  sea  :  as  subst.,  ό  άλ.,  a 
pirate,  Leon.  Tar.  82. 

Ά7.ίφλοιης,  ου,  ό,  ή,  {άλς,  φλοιός) 
sea-bark,  a  kind  of  oaK,  Theophr. 

Άλιφροσννη,  ης,  ή,  vanity,  folly  : 
from 

Άλίφρων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  {άλιος, 
φρήν)  vain,  foolish,  Naumach. 

Άλίχλαινος,  ov,  {άλς,  χ?ι,αΐνα) pur- 
ple-clnd,  Nonn.  Dion.  20,  105,  cf.  άλι- 
πορφυρός. 

Άλκαθεϊν,  poet.  aor.  form  from 
*άλΛ:ω,  Aesch.  Fr.  417,  like  διωκα- 
θείν,  etc. 

νΑ?.κάθοος,  contr.  Άλκάθονς,  ου,  ό, 
Alcaihoiis,  son  of  Pelops  and  Hippo- 
damia.  Find.  I.  8.  148.— 2.  son  of  For- 
thaon  and  Euryte,  Paus.,  Apollod. — 
3.  a  Trojan,  son  of  Aesyetes,  Π.  12,93. 


AAKH 

Άλκαία,  ας,  ή,  a  tail,  esp.  a  lion's 
tail,  dub.  1.  Ap.  Rh.  (Prob.  from  άλ• 
κή,  the  fury  with  which  he  lashes  it 
about :  and  so  strictly)  fem.  from 
άλκαίος. 

ΫΑλκαΐδης,  ου,  ό,  son  of  Alcaeus, 
Pmd.  Ol.  6,  115. 

'Αλκαίος,  αία,  alov,  {αλκή)  strong, 
mighty,  Eur.  Hel.    1152. 

Υ  Αλκαίος, ου,  ό,  Alcaeus,  son  of  Per- 
seus, father  of  Amphitryon  Hes.  Sc. 
26.-2.  son  of  Hercules,  Hdt.  1,  7.— 
3.  son  oi"  Androgens,  Apollod. — 4.  a 
lyric  poet  of  Mytilene  in  Lesbos, 
Hdt.  5,  95 ;  hence  Άλκαιϊκός  and  'A7<.• 
κάίκός,  Alcaic,  cf.  Lob.  ad  Fhryn.  p. 
39.— Other  persons  of  this  name  m 
Thuc.  5,  19,  Diod.  S,  etc. 

^'Αλκαμένης,  ους,  ύ,  Alcamenes  son 
of  Teleclus,  king  of  Sparta,  Hdt.  7, 
204  ;  another  Spartan,  son  of  Sthen- 
elaidas,  Thuc.  8,  5. — 2.  a  renowned 
Athenian  statuary,  Paus.,  Luc. 

^'Αλκάνδρη,  ης,  ή,  Alcandra,vii[e  of 
Polybus,  Od.  4,  126. 

νΑλκανδρος,  ov,  ό,  {αλκή,  άνήρ) 
Alcander,  a  Lycian,  11,  5,  678. — 2.  a 
Spartan  who  struck  out  an  eye  of 
Lycurgus,  Plut.  Lye.  11,  etc. 

Ά'λκαρ,  τό,  only  used  in  this  form, 
a  safeguard,  bulwark,  defence,  help,  aid, 
c.  dat.,  Ύρώεσσι,  to  the  Trojans,  II. 
5,  644 ;  c.  gen.,  'Αχαιών,  against  the 
Achaeans,  11.  11, 823,  cf.  H.  Apoll.  193, 
Find.  P.  10,  80.    (Akin  to  αλκή.) 

'Α7•.κας,  άντος,  ό,  ή.  Dor.  contr. 
from  άλκύεις,  άλκήεις.  Find. 

Άλκέα,  ας,  ή,  a  kind  of  wild  mal- 
low,Diosc. 

Άλκεα,  τά,  a  poisonous  plant, 
Orph. 

νΑλκείδης,  ου,  ό,  son  or  descendant 
of  Alcaeus,  Alcides,  Hes.  Sc.  112,  etc. 
— 2.  Alcides,  a  Spartan,  Hdt.  6,  61. 

Ι'Αλκεταζ-,  Ion.  -της,  a,  and  ov,  ό, 
Alceias,  son  of  Aeropus,  Hdt.  8, 139. 
— 2.  brother  of  Perdiccas  II.  of  Ma- 
cedonia, Flat.  Gorg.  471  A. — 3.  bro- 
ther of  Perdiccas,  Arr.  An.  4,  27. — 4. 
son  of  Arybbae,  king  of  the  Molos- 
sians,  Xen.  Hell.  6,  1,  4. — Others  in 
Plut.,  etc. 

ί'Αλκεύνας,  a  and  ov,  ό,  Alceunas, 
leader  of  the  Cadusians,  Xen  Cyr.  b, 
3,42. 

*Άλκέω,  a  pres.  assumedby  Gramm. 
for  άλαλκεΐν. 

*'AAKH',  ης,  ή,  bodily  strength, 
force,  esp.  in  action,  and  so  distin- 
guished from  βώμη,  mere  strength  ; 
in  Hom.  joined  with  μένος,  σθένος, 
βίη,  ήνορέα  :  θηρία  ές  άλκήν  ά7^κιμα, 
Hdt.  3,  110:  in  gen.  force,  power, 
might,  βελέων.  Soph.,  λόγων,  Polyb.: 
in  plur.  άλκαί,  feats  of  strength,  bold 
deeds,  Find  N.  7,  18. — II.  s^iVii,  cour- 
age, boldness,  freq.  in  II.,  esp.  in  phrase 
έπιειμένος  άλκήν,  so  too  φρεσιν  εί- 
μένος  άλκήν,  11.  20,  381,  ana  δνεσθαι 
άλκήν,  II.  9,  231. — III.  α  safeguard, 
defence,  and  so  help,  succour,  aid, 
Horn.,  etc. :  αλκή  τίνος,  defence  oi 
aid  against  a  thing,  Hes.  Op.  199, 
Soph.  O.  T.  218,  cf.  άλκαρ  :  άλκήν 
ποιεϊσθαι  or  τιθέναι,  to  give  aid, 
Soph.  O.  C.  459,  1524 :  προς  άλκήν 
τρέπεσθαι,  to  put  one's  self  on  one's 
guard,  Hdt.  3,  78,  etc.,  also  ές  άλκήν 
τρέπεσθαι,  Thuc.  2,  84,  and  ές  ά/.κήν 
έλθεΐν,  Eur.  Phoen.  417. — IV.  battle, 
fight,  Aesch.  Theb.  483,  861.  (*ύλ- 
κω,  άλαλκείν,  prob.  akin  to  άρκέω, 
άρήγω.) 

'Α7ική,  ης,  ή,  an  elk,  Pliny's  alces 
or  achlis,  PUn.,  Paus. :  strictly  strong 
beast,  V.  Pott,  Forschungen,  1,  85. 

"Αλκή,  ης,  ή.  Alee,  daughter  of 
Olympus  and  Cybele,  Diod.  S.  5, 99 


AAKI 

khir/nc,  εσσα,  ev,  valiant,  brave, 
uarlike.  H.  Horn.  28,  and  Find.  O.  9, 
1 10,  in  Dor.  contr.  form  άλκφς,  άντος. 

V\?^K7!Vup,  ορός,  ό,  Alcenor,  an  Ar- 
give.  Hdt.  I,  82. 

'Κ7.κηστής,  ου,  6,  a  champion,  0pp. 

ΫΑλκϊΐσ-ις.  ιόος  and  ιος.  η,  Alcestis, 
daughter  of  Pelias  and  wife  of  Ad- 
uietus,  in  whose  stead  she  died,  II, 
2,  715,  Eur,  Ale. 

Άλκί,  an  irreg.  poet,  dat.  of  αλκή, 
formed  as  if  from  ύλί,  esp.  of  bodily 
stret^gth;  Horn,  five  times  has  it  in 
phrase  ά?.κΙ  ττεποιθώς.  always  of  wild 
beasts,  except  II.  18,  J58, 

Υλ'/.κία.  ας,  η,  Alcia,  wife  of  A^- 
thocles,  Died.  S.  20.  33, 

iΆλκίaς^  ov,  ό,  Alcias,  masc.  pr,  n. 
Arr..  Lys. 

Ά/.κίβιάδειον,  ov,  τό,^^ΰλκίβως, 
Diosc. 

VA/Λίβία  or  η,  ης,  η•,  Akibia,  fern, 
pr.  n.  Qu.  Sm.  1,  45. 

ΫΑλκιβιάδης,  ov,  o,  Alcihiades,  fa- 
ther of'Clinias,  Hdt  8,  17.— 2.  son 
of  ClJaias,  the  celebrated  Athenian 
commander,  Thuc,  etc. — 3.  a  cousin 
of  the  latter,  Xen.  Hell.  1,  2,  13. 

'λλκί3ιος,  7],  with  and  without 
Ιχίς,  a  kind  of  Anchv^a,  used  as  an 
antidote  to  the  bite  of  serpents,  Nic, 
Ther.  541. — II.  as  pr.  n,  Alcibiiis,  Lys. 

V ΑΤίκώάμας,  αντος,  ό,  Alcidamas  a 
pupil  of  Gorgias,  Luc.  Dem.  enc.  12. 
— 2.  a  Cynic  philosopher,  Luc.  Conv. 
11. 

ΤΧ?.κίδας,  Όοτ.=Άΐκείδης. — 2.  ΛΙ- 
cidas.  Thuc.  3,  16,  etc. 

νΑ?κιδίκη,  ης,  η,  Alcidice,  wife  of 
Salmoneus,  Diod.  S.  4,  C8. 

fA/jcLdoi],  ης,  ij,  Ahithoe,  daughter 
of  Minyas,  Ael. 

Ά7^κίβαχος,  ov,  also  η,  ov,  Anth., 
{μΤίκή,  μάχομαι)  bravely  fighting,  ep- 
ith.  of  Minerva. — II.  as  inasc.  pr.  n. 
Alciynachus,  Hdt,  6,  101,  Dem.,  etc. 

Ϋ Α^.κιιιέδη^  ης,  η,  Alcimede,  wife  of 
Aeson  and  mother  of  Jason,  Ap,  Rh. 

1,  47. 

νΑ}>Μ.ιμέδης,  ονς,  6,  Alcimedes,  a 
companion  of  the  Oilean  Ajax  bel'ore 
Troy,  Qu,  Sm.  6,  557. 

ΫΑ'λικμΐδων,  οντος,  ό,  Alcimedon, 
son  of  Laerces,  II.  16,  197, — 2,  an  Ar- 
cadian hero,  Pans, — 3,  an  Olympian 
conqueror,  of  Aegina,  Find,  O,  8. 

νΑ?.κιμένης,  ov,  ό,  Alcimenes,  son 
of  Glaucus,  Apollod. — 2,  son  of  .lason 
and  Medea,  Diod.  S.  4.  54. — Others 
in  Xen.  Hell.  4,  4,  7,  Anth.,  etc. 

νΑ7.κίμίδ7]ς,  ου,  δ,  Alcimides,  son  οι 
descendant  of  Alcimus,  Od.  21,  235. — 

2.  victor  in  the  Nemean  games,  from 
Aegina,  Find.  N.  6. 

Ά?.κιμος,  ov,  also  17,  ov.  Soph.  A]. 
401.  {ά?Μ])  strong,  stout,  of  men  and 
things,  as  εγχος,  δονρα,  Hom. :  war- 
like, brave,  Horn.,  Hdt.,  etc. :  ί7.κιμος 
τα  τ:ο?.εμικά.  Hdt.  3,  4,  ές  α).κην 
ίλκιμα,  Hdt.  3, 110  :  rarely  of  battle, 
as  ii/.K.  μάχη,  Eur.  Heracl.  683, — 
Proverb.,  πάλαι  ποτ'  ήσαν  όλκιμοι 
Μύίήσιοί,  hke  fuimus  Troes,  times 
are  changed,  Anacr.  86,  etc. — II.  as 
pr.  n.  Alcimus.  a  Myrmidon,  II.  19, 
392. — 2.  son  of  Hippocoon,  a  Spartan, 
Paus. — 3.  a  promontory  near  the  Pi- 
raeus, Flut.  Them,  32, 

ΥΑ7.κη>ίδας,  a,  δ,  Akinidas,  masc, 
pr.  n.  Thuc.  5,  19. 

\'Α7,κίν6η,  ης,  ή,  Alcinoe,  fem.  pr.  n. 
in  Apollod.,  Paus.,  etc. 

ίΆ7.κίνοος,  contr.  ' Αλκίνονς,  ov,  ό, 
Alcinous,  king  of  the  Phaeacians.  Od. 
— Others  of  this  name  in  Apollod., 
Paus.,  etc.  ;  hence  Ά7^κίνον  άττόλο- 
γος,  proverb.,  of  a  long  fabulous  enu- 
meration, Plat.  Rep.  614  B. 


AAKY 

ΥΑΤίκίοπος,  ου,  δ,  Alciopus,  masc. 
pr.  n.  Plut.  Qu.  Gr.  58. 

ΫΑλκίτΐπη,  ης,  ii,  Alcippe,  an  at- 
tendant of  Helen,  Od.  4,  124.— 2.  a 
daughter  of  Mars  and  Agraulus, 
Apollod. — Others  in  Apollod.,  Diod. 
S.  4,  16. 

^'Α7.κιππος,   ov,   ό,   (ΰλκή,   ίππος) 
Alcipvus, masc.  pr.  η.  Plut.,  Paus.,  etc. 
Άλκις,  ιδος,  ό.  Aids,  son  of  Ae- 
gyptus,  Apollod.  2,  1,  4. 

i'  Α?Μΐσβένης,  ονς,  δ,  {ΰλκή,  σθένος) 
Alcistkenes,  an  Athenian  archon, 
Dem. — 2.  father  of  the  commander 
Demosthenes,  Thuc.  3,  91. 

Άλκίφρων,  ov,  gen.  ονοζ,  (ύλκ^, 
φρήν)  stout-hearted,  Aesch.  Pers.  90. 
— II.  masc.  pr.  n.  Alciphron,  Thuc.  5,. 
59  ;  also  a  distinguished  writer,  prob- 
ably of  Athens. 

νΑλκμαίων,  ωνος,  δ,  Akmaeon,  son 
of  Amphiaiaus  and  Eriphyle,  Od. 
15,  24θ.— 2.  father  of  Megacles,  the 
last  of  the  archcns  who  held  this 
office  for  life,  Hdt.  1,  59. — 3.  son  of 
Megacles,  Hdt.  6,  125.-4.  a  Pytha- 
gorean philosopher  and  medical  wri- 
ter of  Crotona,  Arist.,  Diog.  L.• — 5. 
son  of  Sillus,  Paus. 

V Α7.κμαι<^νίδαι,  ών,  o'l,  the  Alc/nae- 
onidac,  descendants  of  Alcmaeon,  an 
illustrious  noble  Athenian  family, 
Hdt.  6,  121, 

νΑ7.κμαιωνίς,  ίδος,  ή,  an  epic  poem 
respecting  Alcmaeon,  Strab. 

ΫΑ/^κμάν,  ΰνος,  δ.  Dor.  for  Άλκ- 
μαίων,  Pind.  P.  8,  66. — 2.  Alcman.  an 
early  lyric  poet,  Diod.  S.  4,  7,  Plut., 
etc. 

νΑλκμάνίδαι,  ol.  Dor,  for  Άλκααι- 
ijvioai,  Pind,  P.  7,  2. 

^Άλκμΰνικός,  ή,  όν,  after  the  man- 
ner of  Alcman,  Plut, 

νΑλκμά^ν,  ωνος  and  όνος,  (5,= 
Άλκμηίων.  —  2.  Alcmaon,  son  of 
Thestor,  II.  12,  394. 

ίΆ7.κμέων,  ωνος,  δ,  Att,  for  Άλκ- 
μαίυν,  Dio  Cass. 

Ϋ Αλκμεωνίδαι,  οί,=Άλκμαιωνίδαι, 
Dem. 

Ϋ Αλκμήνη,  ης,  ή,  Alcmene,  mother 
of  Hercules,  II,  14,  323, 

νΑλκμήνωρ,  ορός,  δ,  Alcmenor,  son 
of  Aegyptus,  Apollod. 

νΑ7.κομεναί,  ών,  ai,  Alcomenae,  a 
city  of  Macedonia,  Strab. 

'Α7.κτήρ,  ήρος,  δ,  {*u7\Jcω,  αλα7.- 
κΐΐν)  one  who  wards  off,  a  protector 
from  a  thing,  c.  gen.,  asap^f,  kvvCiv, 
II.  18,  100,  Od.  14,  531,  so  too  Hes. 
Th.  657,  where  the  dat.  depends  on 
■γένεο. 

Άλκτήριον,  ov,  TO,  a  help,  antidote, 
Nic,  andsoprob.  Eur.  Tel.  2. 

Άλκνόνειον  and  άλκνόνιον,  ov,  τ6, 
a  kind  of  zoophyte,  so  called  from 
being  like  the  kingfisher's  {άλκύων) 
nest.  Diosc. 

Ί'Α7.κνονενς,  έος,  δ,  Alcyonetis,  one 
of  the  giants,  Apollod. ;  another  in 
Pind.  N.  4,  44. — 2.  son  of  Antigonus 
Gonatas,  Plut.  Pyrrh.  34. 

ΫΑλκνόνη,  ης,  ή,  Alcyone,  spouse  of 
Meleager,  II.  9,  562.-2.  daughter  of 
Aeolus,  wife  of  Ceyx,  Apollod. — 3.  a 
Pleiad,  Apollod. — 4.  mother  of  Dio- 
des, Arist. 

ΫΑ7.κυονίδες,  ων,  αϊ,  daughters  of 
Alcyone,  changed  into  kingfishers, 
cf.  sq. 

'Αλκυονίδες,  uv,  a!,  with  or  with- 
out ήμέραι,  the  fourteen  winter  days 
during  which  the  kingfisher  builds  its 
nest,  and  the  sea  is  always  calm,  hence 
halcyon  days,  proverb,  of  undisturbed 
tranquillity,  Ar.  Av.  1594,  cf.  Alb. 
Hesych.  in  voc. 
'Αλκυόνων,  ου,  τό,  v.  άλκνόνειον. 


AAAA 

Άλκϋονίς,  ίδος,  ή,  dim.  from  όλ- 
κνών,  α  young  kingfisher,  in  genl.  α 
kingfisher,  halcyon,  Αρ.  Rh.  —  II.  as 
adj.,  cf  άλκνονίδες. — III.  Άλκ.  θά- 
λασσα, the  Alcyonian  bay,  the  eastern 
part  of  the  Corinthian  gulf,  Strab. 

Άλκνών,  όι•ος,  ij,  the  kingfisher,  hal- 
cyon, alcedo  hispida,  Voss  Virg.  Georg, 
1,  339,  cf  κηρνλος,  first  in  II.  9,  562, 
where  Spitzn.  maintains  that  ΰλκυ- 
ών,  etc..  become  ά7ιΚ.  in  Ion.,  but  v. 
Schaf  Plut.  6.  92.  (Usu.  deriv.  from 
u/lf,  κνω,  cf  άλκνονίδες.) 

*ΆΑΚΩ,  assumed  root  of  άλαλ.- 
κεϊν,  cf  ά7.έξ(ο. 
i'A7.K0)v,  ωνος,  δ,  Alcon,  son  of 
Hippocoon,  one  of  the  Calydonian 
hunters,  Apollod. — 2.  son  of  Erech- 
theus,  Ap.  Rh.  1,  97. — 3.  a  Molossian, 
one  of  the  suitors  of  Agariste,  Hdt. 
6,  127. — 4.  a  statuary,  Ath. 

ΆΑΑΑ',  conjunct.,  neut.  pi.  from 
άλλος,  though  with  changed  accent, 
and  so  strictly  in  another  way,  other- 
wise :  άλλα  therefore  introduces 
something  diflerent  from  what  was 
before  said,  and  serves  to  limit  or 
oppose  whole  sentences  or  single 
clauses. — I.  in  opposing  single  claiis- 
es,  but,  Lat.  autem,  freq.  from  Hom. 
downwards ;  in  this  case  it  always 
stands  first  except  in  late  poets, 
as  Call.  Ep.  5,  11,  Κ7ιεινίον  άλ7Λ 
θνγατρί  διδον  χάριν.  —  When  two 
clauses  are  strongly  opposed  άλλα  is 
preceded  by  μέν  if  aflirmative,  by  ov 
μόνον  if  negative,  ενθ'  ύλλοί  μέν 
πάντες  έπενφήμησαν  'Αχαιοί,  ά7.λ' 
ονκ  'Ατρείδ?!  Άγαμέμνονι,  ήνδανε 
θνμώ,  II.  1,  24  ;  ον  μόνον  άπαξ  άλλα 
πο7ίλάκις.  Plat.  Phaedr.  228  A  :  but 
in  the  latter  case,  to  heighten  the 
opposition  και  usu.  follows  άλλα,  as 
Xen.  Mem.  1,  4,  13;  2,  7,  6:  άλλα 
καί  is  also  found  after  ονδέν,  ονδείς, 
etc.,  without /ίόΐΌμ,  Wolf  Leptin. 
460,  2:sotoooi'j  {μη)  δτι,  ονχ  (μή) 
δποος,  are  followed  by  ΰλλύ  ...,  άλλα 
καί...,  not  only...,  but...  The  first 
clause  is  also  oft.  strengthd.  by  van- 
ous  particles,  as  τοί,  η  τοι,  etc.,  and 
άλ/Α  by  the  addition  of  γέ  or  δμως. 
— Special  usages  of  άλλα  with  single 
clauses. — 1.  in  hypothet.  sentences, 
the  apodosis  is  oft.  opp.  to  the  prota- 
sis by  ά7.λά,  άλλα  καί,  άλλα  περ,  yet, 
still,  at  least,  II.  1,  281  ;  8,  154  ;  12, 
349,  etc. :  so  after  ε'ιπερ  τε  ...,  άλλα 
τε...,  II.   10,   226,  άλλα  τε  καί...,  Π. 

I,  81  :  also  in  pro.«e  after  ει..,  άλλα.., 
or  άλλα..  }ε,  Plat.  Phaed.  91  Β,  Gorg. 
470  D,  etc.  Sometimes  also  after 
conjunctions  of  time,  as  after  επειδή, 
Od.  14,  151,  after'^TTii,  Soph.  O.  C. 
241. — 2.  in  post-Hom.  authors,  άλλα 
is  sometimes  attached  to  a  single 
word,  when  it  may  be  rendered  at 
least :  but  in  fact  the  usage  is  elliptic, 
and  may  be  explained  from  the  foreg. 
head,  as  in  Soph.  El.  411,  ώ  θεοί  πα- 
τρικοί, σνγγένεσθέ  γ'  άλλα  νϋν,  ί.  e. 
ει  μη  πρότερον  σννεγένεσθε.  άλλα  νυν 
γε  σνγγένεσθέ,  cf  Id.  Ο.  C.  1276 : 
this  usage  is  very  freq.  in  Trag. : 
γε  is  usu.  added  to  the  emphatic  wd., 
but  not  always,  as  Soph.  Ant.  552. — 
3.  also  post-Horn,  is  the  usage  of 
άλλ'  η,  but  as  this  is  in  full  not 
άλλα  ή,  but  άλλο  ή.  v.  sub  άλλ'  η. — 

II.  to  oppose  whole  sentences,  but, 
yet,  Lat.  at. — 1.  freq.  in  quick  transi 
lions  from  one  subject  to  another,  as 
in  II.  1,  134,  140,  etc.:  so  too  άλλ' 
ονδ'  6)f...,  Od.  1,6. — Post-Hom.  also  in 
quick  answers  and  objections,  nay  ha 
..  .,«•e//ftI^^..,  mostly  in  negation,  as  Ar, 
Ach.  402.  but  not  always,  as  e.  g.  Plat. 
Protag.  330  B,  Gorg.  449  A  :  the  ob- 

67 


ΑΛΛΑ 

lection  also  takes  the  form  of  a  ques- 
tion, and  is  sometimes  repeated,  as 
TCOTepov  7jTovi>  τι  σε... ;  ύλλ'  άπτ?- 
τονν ;  «ΛΛα  περί  παιδικών  μαχόμε- 
νος ;  αλλά μεβνων  έτταρώΐ'ησα  ;  Χβη. 
An.  5,  8,  4,  where  all  after  the  first 
may  be  rendered  by  or :  in  such 
questions  ΰλλύ  is  oft.  strengthd.  and 
becomes  ύλλ' ή  ;  Lat.  w^o  .''  Ehnsl. 
Heracl.  42ϋ :  Horn,  also  has  άλ/ά  at 
the  beginning  of  a  speech,  to  intro- 
duce some  general  objection,  Od.  4, 
472,  cf  Xen.  Symp.  init. — 2.  ΰλλύ  is 
used,  esp.  by  Horn.,  c.  imperat.,  to 
encourage,  persuade,  etc.,  like  Lat. 
fandem,  esp.  αλλ'  Ιθι,  άλλ'  άγε,  άλλα 
ιωμεν,  αλλά  πίθεσβε,  Hom.  :  the  νο- 
cat.  sometimes  goes  before  ΰλλύ,  as 
ώ  Φίντις,  άλλα  ζενξον.  Find.  Ο.  6, 
37. — 3.  a  number  of  Attic  phrases 
may  be  referred  to  this  head,  as  el- 
liptic, ov μην  άλ?Μ,  οΰ  μέντυι  άλλύ..., 
it  is  not  (so)  but...,  e.  g.  Xen.  Cyr.  1, 
4,  8,  ό  ϊππος  πίπτει  και  μικρόν  αυ- 
τόν ίξετραχήλισεν  ■  ού  μην  (sc.  ίξε- 
τραχήλισεν)  άλλ'  έπέμεινεν  ό  Κύ- 
ρος, it  did  not,  however  (throw  him), 
but...,  on  the  contrary. — 111.  joined  with 
other  particles,  αλλά  and  the  other 
particles  retain  their  proper  force,  as — 
1.  άλλ'  άρα,  much  like  αλλά  in  quick 
transition,  II.  6, 4 1 8  ;  12, 320. but  m  Att. 
to  introduce  an  objection  founded  on 
something  foregone,  Plat.Apol.  25  A, 
also  άλλ' άρα,  Id.  Rep.  381  B.— 2.  άλλ' 
ovv,  but  then,  hoifevtr,  Hdt.  3,  140, 
etc.  ;  also  in  apodosi,  yet  at  any  rate, 
άλλ'  ovv  γε.  Plat.  Phaed.  91  B.— 3. 
άλλ.ά  yap,  Lat.  enimvero,  but  really, 
certainly,  but  this  phrase  is  really  ir- 
regular, as  Eur.  Phoen.  1307,  άλλα 
γαρ  Κρέοντα  λενσσω...  πανσω  γόους, 
should  strictly  be  άλλα,  Κρέοντα  γαρ 
λενσσω,  παύσω  γόους,  and  so  we  find 
the  collocation  m  Soph.  Phil.  81,  cf. 
Elmsl.  Heracl.  481  ;  so  that  usu.  άλ- 
λα γύρ  stands  for  ύλλ'  έπεί :  this 
phrase  is  opp.  to  ού  γαρ  αλλά :  also 
άλλα  γαρ  όή,  άλλα  γύρ  τοι.  Soph. 
Aj.  167,  Phil.  81.— 4.  άλλα  is  fol- 
lowed by  many  words  that  merely 
strengthen  it,  as  άλλ'  ήτοι,  Hom., 
άλλα  τοι.  Soph.,  etc. 

'Κλλάγή,ης,  ή,  (άλλύσσω)  α  change, 
Aesch.  Ag.  482. — II.  interchange,  ex- 
change, barter,  traffic,  whether  buying 
or  selling.  Plat.  Rep.  371  B,  etc.,  and 
Arist. — III.  α  change  of  horses,  afresh 
stige. 

Άλλαγμα,  ατός,  τό,  (άλλώσσω) 
that  which  is  changed  or  interchanged, 
— 1.  the  price  to  be  paid,  Mel.  58. — 
2.  wares  bought,  LXX. 

Άλλαγμός,  ov,  o,=foreg. 

Άλλακτέον,  verb.  adj.  from  άλ- 
λ,άσσω,  one  must  change,  Plut. 

Άλλακτικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to 
traffic  or  barter.  Plat.  Soph.  223  C. 

ί'Αλλαλοώόνος  ov.  Dor.  for  άλλη- 
λοφόνος,  Aesch.  Theb.  932. 

'Αλλα)'τοίί(5•;^ζ•,  ες,  (άλλΰς,  είδος) 
shaped  like  an  αλλάς.  Gal. 

Άλλαντοποιός,  ov,  ό,  {αλλάς, 
ποιέω)  a  maker  of  άλλάντες,  Diog.  L. 

Άλλαιτοπ-ωλεω,  ώ,  to  deal  in  άλ- 
λάντες. At.  Eq.  1242  :  from 

'Αλ.λαιτοτΓώλί^ζ•,  ov,  ό,  (αλλάς, 
ττωλέω)  α  dealer  in  άλλάντες,  Ar.  Eq. 
143,  etc. 

'Αλλά^,  adv.,  (άλλάσσω)  by  changes 
or  tur7is,  alternately. 

'Αλλαξις,  εως,  ή,  (άλλάσσω)  a 
changing,  interchange. 

'Αλλάς,  άντος,  6,  forced-meat, 
something  between  our  sausage  and 
black-pudding,  Ar.  Eq.  161,  etc. 

'Α/~λάάσω,  Att.  άλλύττω,  f.  -άξω  ; 
perf.  ήλλαχα  (in  comp.  with  άττό,  etc., 
68 


ΑΛΛΗ 

Xen.  Mem.  3,  13,  6) :  perf.  pass.  7/λ- 
λαγμαι,  Calliin.  Ep.  7,  2,  Hdt.  2,  26 ; 
aor.  1  pass,  ίβλύχθην,  always  in 
Hdt.,  usu.  in  'I'rag.,  and  sometimes  in 
Ar.  ;  but  aor.  2  pass.  ήλ/Μγην,  most 
freq.  in  Att.  prose,  (άλλος).  To  make 
otherwise,  change,  alter,  χροΐάν,  Eur. 
Med.  1168:  hence — 1.  to  give  in  ex- 
change, requite,  repay,  φόνον  φονενσι, 
Eur.  El.  89  :  πόνω  πονον  άλλ.,  to  ex- 
change one  toil  with  another.  Soph.  Fr. 
400. — 2.  to  change,  and  so  leave,  quit, 
ούράνιον  φώς.  Soph.  Ant.  944,  ;^ώραν, 
πόλιν.  Flat.,  v.  παραλλάσσω  1.  3. — 
II.  to  take  in  exchange,  exchange  one 
thing  for  another  (though  this  more 
usu.  in  mid.),  τι  τίνος,  Aesch.  Pr. 
007,  Ti  αντί  τίνος,  Eur.  Ale.  664:  άλλ. 
θνητόν  είδος,  oi  a  god,  to  put  on  a 
mortal  fonn,  Eur.  Bacch.  53. — 2.  to  go 
to,  c.  ace.  loci,  like  Lat.  mutare,  Eur. 
Hec.  483,  cf.  supr.  I.  2.-3.  absol. 
άλ'λάσσων  εχειν,  to  have  in  turn,  al- 
ternately, Eur.  Phoen.  74. — B.  Mid.  to 
change  or  alter  mie's  own,  Ιχνος,  Eur. 
El.  103  :  but  usu. — II.  to  exchange  for 
one's  self,  exchange,  interchange,  τί  τίνος 
or  αντί  τίνος,  freq.  in  Att.,  as  Eur. 
Meil.  9C8,  Thuc.  8,  82  :  hence  to  bar- 
ter, traffic,  Tivi,  with  a  person,  Hdt.  7, 
152,  also  προς  τίνα.  Plat. :  and  so — 1. 
to  iniy,  in  full,  άλλάττεσθαί  τι  άντΙ 
αργυρίου.  Plat.  Rep.  371  C. — 2.  to 
sell.  Flat,  who  in  Legg.  915  D,  has 
l)oth  these  signfs.  combined.  Cf. 
αμείβω. 

Άλλαχη,  adv.,  (άλλος)  elsewhere,  in 
another  place,  άλλος  άλλαχη,  one  here, 
another  there,  Xen.  An.  7,  3,  47  ;  άλ- 
λοτε άλλαχη,  now  here,  now  there.  Id. 
Άλ?Μχόβεν,  adv.,  from  another 
place,  Ael.  H.  A.  7,  10. 

Άλλαχόθι,  adv.,  elsewhere,  some- 
where else,  Xen.  Mem.  4,  3,  8. 

Άλληχόσε,  adv.,  elsewhither,  to  an- 
other place,  Xen.  Cyr.  7,  4,  7,  and 
Plut. 

Άλλαχον,  adv.,  —  άλλαχη,  else- 
where, somewhere  else,  Soph.  O.  C.  43, 
and  Xen.  Hell.  2,  3,  20. 

Άλλε^ον,  άλλέξαι,  Hom.  for  άν- 
έλεγον,  άναλέξαι,  v.  άναλέγω. 

' Αλλεπαλ?ιη?ύη,  ας,  ή,  α  piling  one 
upon  another  :  Irom 

'Αλλεπάλληλες,  ov,  (άλλος,  έπί, 
αλλήλων)  piled  one  upon  another,  Paus. 
Άλλτ?,  adv.,  strictly  dat.  fem.  from 
άλ?ιθς  ; — I.  adv.  of  place. — 1.  in  an- 
other place,  elsewhere,  II.  13,  49,  and 
Att.  :  c.  gen.  loci,  άλλος  άλλ»/  της 
πόλεως,  one  in  one  quarter  of  the  city, 
another  in  another,  in  different  parts  of  the 
city,  Thuc.  2,  4,  so  άλλοτε  άλλτ},  as  in 
άλλαχη,  q.  v.,  Xen. :  άλλτ/  κα\  άλλί), 
here  and  there.  Id. — 2.  to  another  place, 
elsewhither,  II.  5,  187,  Od.  18,  288  : 
έρχεται  άλλί),  is  going  in  another  di- 
rection, II.  1,  120:  in  prose  also  Ty 
άλλτ?,  which  is  usu.  in  Hdt. — II.  adv. 
of  manner,  in  another  way,  somehow 
else,  otherwise,  II.  15,  51  ;  άλλη  πολ- 
λαχη,  Hdt.  6,  21,  άλλτ;  πως,  Xen. 

Άλλ'  η,  i.  e.  άλλο  η,  though  the 
accent  seems  to  refer  it  to  άλλα,  other 
than...,  except,  after  negat.  words,  esp. 
ουδείς  or  μηδείς,  which  are  often 
joined  with  άλ7ος  or  'έτερος,  ονδεϊς 
άλλ'  η  Ικείνη,  no  one  except  she,  Hdt. 
9,  109 ;  μηδέν  άλλο  δοκεϊν  είναι  αλη- 
θές η  τό  σωματοειδές,  Flat.  Rep.  429 
Β :  Hom.  uses  άλλο  in  the  same 
way,  as  Od.  8,  312  ;  12,  404,  so  too 
Soph.  O.  T.  1331.  Cf.  Kiihner  Gr. 
Gr.  i)  74L  5. 

'Αλλ'  η,  in  questions,  v.  άλλα  II.  1. 

Άλλτ/γορέω,  ώ,  (άλλος,  αγορεύω) 

to  speak  so  as  to  imply  something  other 

than  what  is  said,  to  express  or  interpret 


ΑΛΛΗ 

allegorically,  to  allegorize,  Plut.,  and 
N.  T.  Galat.  4,  24.    Hence 

Άλλη-^όρημα,  ατός,  τό,  an  allegori- 
cal raying  ;  and 

Άλληγορητής,  ov,  6,  an  allegorical 
expounder. 

'Αλληγορία,  ας,  ή,  (ά?J.ηγopέω)  an 
allegory,  i.  e.  descriptian  of  one  thing 
under  the  image  of  another,  Cic,  Att,  2, 
20,  3, — II.  an  allegorical  exposition,  esp. 
of  mythical  legends,  Plut. — HI.  alle- 
gorical language,  Cic.  Orat. 

'Αλληγορικός,  ή,  ύν,  allegorical, 
Longin.     Adv.  -κώς,  Dem.  Fhal. 

Άλληκτος,  ov,  poet,  for  άληκτος, 
Hom. 

Άλληλοβόρος,  σν,  (αλλήλων,  βι- 
βρώσκω,  βορά)  in  ρ1.,  devouring  one 
another. 

Άλληλoκτσvέω,ύ,to»lay  each  other, 
Hipp.,  and 

'  Αλλ7;λ.ο«'Γ<η.'ία,  ας,  ή,  mutual  tlaiigh- 
ter,  Dion.  H. ;  from 

'Αλλ,τ;λοκτόχΌί•,  ov,  (άλ7.ήλων, 
κτείνω)  in  plur.,  slaying  each  other : 
of  things,  producing  mutual  slaughter, 
όαΐτες,  Moschion  ap.  Stob.  Eel.  1,  p. 
242  ;  φθόρος,  Ζ,ηλος,  Dion.  Η.  1,  52  ; 
2,24. 

'Αλλ.ηλομύχέω,  ώ,  to  fight  with  each 
other  ;  and 

Άλληλομαχία,ας,  ή,  a  mutual  fight : 
from 

Άλληλομύχος,  ov,  (αλλήλων,  μά- 
χομαι) in  plur.,  fighting  one  with  an- 
other, V.  1.  Arist.  H.  A.  for  άλλι^λιο- 
φάγος. 

Άλληλοτομέω,  ώ,  (ά7ίλήλων,  τέμ- 
νω) to  cut  through  one  another. 

Άλληλοτρόπος,  σν, (αλλήλων, τρέ- 
πω) in  plnr.,  exchanging  forms  with 
each  other,  Linus  ap.  Stob.  Eel.  1,  p, 
282. 

Άλληλοτνπέω,  ώ,  (άλλήλον,  τνπ- 
τω)  to  strike,  wound  each  other.  Lob. 
Phryn.  p.  593.    Hence 

Ά?ι,ληλοτνπία,  ας,  ή,  mutual  strik- 
ing or  wounding,  Democrit.  ap.  Stob, 
Eel.  1,  p.  348. 

Άλληλονχέω,  (άλληλονχσς)  to 
hold,  hang  together,  Pnilo  :  and 

' Αλλίηλουχία,  ας,  ή,  a  holding  toge- 
ther, connexion,  Dion.  H. :  from 

Άλ.ληλονχος,  ov,  (αλλήλων,  έχω) 
in  plur.,  holding  together,  mutual. 

Άλίληλοφΰγέω,  ώ,  to  eat  one  ano- 
ther, Arist.  H.  A. :  and 

Άλληλοφΰγία,  ας,  ή,  an  eating  one 
another,  Hdt.  3,  25  :  from 

Άλληλ.οφάγος,  ov,  (αλλήλων,  φυ- 
γείν) in  plur.,  eating  each  other,  Arist. 
H.  A. 

Άλληλοφθονία,  ας,  ή,  (αλλήλων, 
φθόνος)  mutual  envy,  Dion.  Η.  4,  26. 
Άλληλοφθορέω,   ώ,  to  destroy  one 
another,  Eccl.  ;  and 

Ά?ιληλοφθορία,  ας,  ή,  mutual  slaugh- 
ter. Plat.  Protag.  321  A  :  from 

Άλληλοφθόρος,  ov,  (αλλήλων, 
φθείρω)  destroying  one  another.  Max. 
Tyr. 

Άλληλοφίλος,  ov,  (αλλήλων,  φϊ• 
λέω)  in  plur.,  dear  to  each  other.  [Γ] 

'Αλλη?.οφονία,  ας,  ή,  mutual  slaugh- 
ter or  murder.  Find.  O.  2,  74  :  from 

Άλληλοφόνος,  ov,  (αλλήλων,  φο- 
νεύω) in  plur.,  murdering  one  another, 
λόγχαι.  Find.  Fr.  131,  χείρες,  μανίαι, 
Aesch.  Theb.  932,  Ag.  1575,  αδελφοί, 
Xen.  Hier.  3,  8. 

Άλληλοφόντης,  ov,  o,=foreg..  Just. 
Mart. 

Άλληλοφνής,  ες,  (αλλήλων,  φύω) 
in  ρ\υτ.,  grown  out  of  one  another,  Plut. 
'Αλλήλων,  gen.  plur.,  which  from 
the  nature  of  the  word  can  have  no 
nom. :  dat.  άλ^ιήλοις,  αις,  οις :  ace. 
αλλήλους,  ας,  a.     Of  one  another,  to 


AAAO 

•Λβ  another,  one  another,  Lat.  alter  al- 
terius,  etc,  hence  mutually,  reciprocal- 
It/,  used  of  all  the  three  persons,  II. 
4,  62,  Od.  1,  209;  in  Od.  12.  102,  by 
the  common  punctuation  liXkifkuv 
must  be  taken  for  τού  έτερου,  but  if 
the  stop  be  put  after  πλησίον  (as 
the  Schol.  advises),  there  is  no  diiifi- 
culty :  of  the  dual,  Horn,  uses  the 
dat.  άλλή?Μΐϊν  for  ά?Λήλοιν,  perh. 
also  as  gen.  11.  10,  65 ;  in  prose  the 
dual  is  rare.  Adv.  ~?Μς,  mutually, 
(from  άλλοι  άλ?ιων,  etc.,  united  into 
one  word  άλλύλλΜν,  v.  Kiihner,  Gr. 
Gr.  «338.) 

'Αλ?.ην,  ace.  fern,  from  ΰ?Λος,  used 
as  adv.,  ehewhither,  to  another  place, 
sub.  εψ'  όόόν  ;  sometimes  more  fully 
αλλην  όδόν:  ύλ7.ην  καΙ  άλλην,  now 
hither,  now  thither.  Plat  Euth.  273  B. 
'λ.λ7.ηξ,  ηκος,  ^,=  se<}. 
Άλλίξ,  Ικος,  ή,  Lat.  alicxda,  a  man^s 
upper  garment,  coat,  Euphor.  Fr.  112, 
Call.  Fr.  149,  v.  MiiU.  ArchuoL  d 
Kunst  ^  337,  6. 

'  Α.λλϊτύνεντος,  =  άλιτύνεντος, 
Anth. 

ί'Α.λ?^φαι,  ών,  αϊ,  AlUphae,  a  city 
of  Sanrmium,  Strab. 

νΑ?^λά3ριγες,  and  Άλλόβρνγες,ων, 
ot.=sq.,  Polyb.,  Apollod. 

νΧλλΛβρογες,  ων.οΐ,  the  AUobroges, 
a  people  of  GauL,  Strab. 

^ Α-λλ^γενής,  ές,  {άλλος,  γένος)  of 
another  race,  a  stranger,  LXX. 

Άλλο/λωσσί'α,  ας,  ή,  the  use  of  a 
strange  tongue,  difference  of  tongue,  Jo- 
seph :  from 

'Α^ι/^γλωσσος,  ov,  {άλλος,  γλώσ- 
Oa)  of  a  strange  01  foreign  tongue,  for- 
eign, Hdt.  2,  154. 

'Χλλογνοέω,    ώ,  f.  -ήσω,     {ά7.λχ}ς, 

νΟίω)  to  take  one  person  or  thing  for 

another,  mistake  for  another,  not  know, 

άλ7Μγνώσας,  Ion.  for  άλ?Μγνοήσας, 

Hdt.  1,  85. — IL  to  be  deranged,  Hipp. 

Ά-λλΛγνί>ς,  ωτος,  ό,  ^,=:sq. 

'λ?.λΛγνωτος.  ov,  {ά?.λος,   γιγνώ- 

OKu)  known  to  others,  hence  strange  to 

ms,  unknown,  δήμος,  Od-  2,  366. 

'λ7.λοδΰ.πής,  ές,  later  form  for  sq. 

^Αλλοδαπός,  ή,  όν,  (prob.  a  mere 

lengthening  of  ίλΤίος,  lite  ποδαπός, 

ημεδαπός.    Lob.    Aj.    391  ;     ace.    to 

others,  compd.  with  έδαφος,  v.  sub 

•ποδαπός :  Buttnu  Lexil.  p.  322.  seq. 

assumes  an  old  anastrophe  άλ?Μν 

ύπο).     Strange,  foreign,  behnging  to 

another  people   or   land,    IL    16,   550, 

Find,  aad  other  poets,  and  Xen. 

Άλλοδημία,  ας,  η,  {άλλ/)ς,  δήμος) 
=  αποδηρύα,  stay  in  a  foreign  land, 
travel,  Hipp. :  έν  άλλοδημία  for  iv 
«λλω  δημφ,  abroad.  Plat.  Legg.  954 
EL    '         ' 

^Αλλοδίκης,  δ,  {άλλος,  δίκη)  hav- 

ingstrange  luAions  of  justice.  Or.  Sib. 

''Αλλοδοξέω,^=έτεροδοξέω,  to  be  of 

another,  esp.  of  a  wrong  opinion,  err  in 

opinion,  Plat.  cf.  ΰλλοφρονέω  :  and 

Άλλοδοξία,  ας,  ή,  a  different  or 
usrong  opinion.  Id.  :  from 

Άλ?ιόδοξος,  ov,  (ύλλοζ•,  δόξα)  hold- 
ing a  different  or  wrong  opinion. 

Άλ7Λεθνής,  ές,  {ύλ,λος,  έθνος)  of 
a  foreign  nation,  Diod.  :  hence 

Άλλοεθνία,  ας,  ή,  difference  of  na- 
tion, a  different  nation,  Strab. 

ΆλλΛειδής,  ές,  {ά?.7.ος,  είδος)  of 
different  form,  hoking  differently,  Od. 
13,  194,  [where  ΰλ7ιθείδέα  must  be 
pronounced  as  three  long  syll. ;  cf 
however  Buttm.  Lexil.  p.  354  note] 
Adv.  -δώς,  Diog,  L. 

Άλ7Μθ'  elided  from  άλλοθι,  and  so 
always  in  Hom. 
Άλλοθα,  Dor.  and  Aeol.  for  sq. 
Άλλοθεν,  adv.,  {ά7.7ιθς)  from  ano- 


AAAO 

ther  place,  Hom.  who  usu.  says  άλλο- 
θεν αλλ-Of,  one  from  one  place  or  quar- 
ter, another  from  another,  Valck.  Phoen. 
1254 ;  άλλοθεν  είλή7χ)νθε,  he  came 
from  abroad,  Od.  3,  318  ;  άλλοθέν  πό- 
θεν, from  some  place  else,  Od.  7,  52 : 
also  άλλοθεν  όθενονν  or  όποθενονν, 
from  what  other  place  soever,  Plat. 
Gorg.  512  A:  c.  gen.  loci,  άλλοθεν 
των  'Ελλήνων.  Plat.  Legg.  707  Ε. 

"Αλλοθι,  adv.  elsewhere,  in  another 
place,  esp.  in  a  strange  οτ  foreign  land, 
Od.  14,  130,  and  Hdt. :  sometimes  c. 
gen.  άλλοθι  γαίης,  ehewhere  on  earth, 
i.  e.  in  another  or  strange  land,  Od.  2, 
131,  άλλοθι  πύτρης,  elsewhere  than  in 
one's  native  land,  i.  e.  away  from  home, 
17,  318,  άλ?ιθθι  ονδαμον,  πανταχοϋ, 
πολλαχον,  etc.,  Plat. :  in  Plat.  Lach. 
181  E,  followed  by  relat.  έν  οίς,  as  if 
it  had  been  kv  άλλοίξ-  τόποις. — II.  in 
another  way,  in  another  case,  otherwise, 
Thuc.  1,  16,  and  Plat.— III.  some- 
times also  with  verbs  of  motion, 
where  strictly  άλλοσε  is  required, 
Hdt.  3,  73,  Xen.  HelL  2,  2,  1,  Dem. 
918,  5. 

Άλλόθροος,  ov,conti. -όθρονς,  ovv, 
{άλ.λος,  θρόος)  speaking  another  or 
foreign  tongue,  hence  in  gen.  foreign, 
Od.  1,  183;  3,  302,  etc.,  and  Hdt: 
strange,  alien,  γνώμη,  Soph.  Tr.  844. 
— Not  in  good  Att.  prose. 

ΆλΤίΟΐνία,  ας,  ή,  {ά7.λος,  οίνος)  the 
changing  of  wines  at  a  feast,  drinking 
several  wines,  Plut.  2,  661  C. 

' Αλλαιόμορφος,  ov,  {άλλοίος  μορ- 
φή) strangely  formed,  Hanno  Peripl. 
ΆλλοΙος,  οία,  οίον,  (άλ/lof)  of  ano- 
ther sort  or  kind,  different,  other,  al- 
ways with  notion  of  comparison,  II. 
4,  258,  Od.  16,  181 ;  esp.  in  the  con- 
nexion άλλοτε  άλ7.οΙος,  at  one  time 
in  one  way,  at  another  in  another,  i.  e. 
mutable,  ever  varying,  Hes.,  Pind., 
Xen.,  etc.  ;  ά7.7Μς  άλλαϊον,  one  one 
thing,  another  another  ;  άλλοΐόν  τι,  in 
bad  sense,  other  than  what  is  good,  i.  e. 
κακόν  τι,  Hdt.  5,  40 : — a  comp.  ύλ- 
/υΟΐότερος,  different,  occurs  Hdt.  7, 
212,  Thuc.  4,  106.  Adv.  -ως,  other- 
wise. Plat :  comp.  -ότερον,  Xen. 
Mem.  4,  8,  2. 

Ά7.7ιθίόστροφος,  ov,  {άλλοΐος,  στρο- 
φή) of  different  strophes,  i.  e.  not  con- 
sisting of  alternate  strophe  and  anti- 
strophe,  Gramm. 

'  Αλλοιοσχήμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος, 
{άλλαΐος  σ)(^ήμα)  of  changed  or  differ- 
ent form,  Diog.  L. 

ΆλΤίοώτης,  ητος,  ή,  (άλλοΐος)  dif- 
ference, Hipp.,  Plat. 

Άλλοιοτροπέω,^άλλοτροπέω. 
Άλλαιότροπος,  ον^=άΛλότροπος, 
EccL 

Άλλοιόχροος,  ov,  contr.  άλλοιό- 
χρονς,  ουν,  {άλλοΐος  χρόα)  of  changed 
or  different  colour,  Sext.  Emp. 

'ΑΛλοιόω,  ώ,  f.  •ώσω,  {ΰλλοϊος)  to 
make  different,  to  change,  alter,  Hipp., 
and  Plat.  Crat.  418  A:  more  freq.  in 
pass,  to  become  different,  be  changed, 
freq.  in  Att.  prose,  as  την  γνώμην, 
Thuc.  2,  59,  T7)  όψει,  Xen.  Cyn.  9, 
4 ;  but  rare  in  poetry,  as  Eur.  Suppl. 
94:4:,  ήλλοιωμένην  :  esp. — 1.  to  be  es- 
tranged, Dio.  C.  — 2.  to  be  altered  for 
the  worse,  to  become  worse,  Xen.  Cyr. 
3,  3,  9. — 3.  to  be  deranged  in  mind, 
Lat.  mente  alienari,  Polyb.     Hence 

Άλλοίωμα,  ατός,  τό,  =^  seq.,  Da- 
mox.  ap.  Ath.  102  C. 

Ά7.λοίωσις,  ε(,)ς,  ή,  a  change,  altera- 
tion, freq.  in  Plat. — 2,  esp.  derange- 
ment of  mind,  Polyb.  3,  81,  5. 

Άλλοιωτίκός,  ή,  όν,  {ΰλλοιόω)  be- 
longing to  or  jit  for  change,  Tim. 
Locr. 


AAAO 

Ά7.7•.οιωτός,  ή,  όν,  changed,  change- 
able, Plut 

'Αλλοκα,  Dor.  and  Aeol.  for  άλ- 
λοτε, Theocr.  4,  43. 

'Αλλόκοτος,  ov,  of  an  unusual  kind, 
rtature  or  form,  hence  strange,  mon- 
strous, mis-create,  portentous,  first  in 
Hipp,  in  compar.  ά7.Αοκοτώτερος, 
also  in  Ar.  Vesp.  71,  Thuc.  3,  49,  and 
freq.  in  Plat.  :  also  c.  gen.  -γνώμη 
αλλόκοτος  των  πύρος,  utterly  changed 
from,  directly  the  reverse  of.  Soph. 
Phil.  1191.  Cf  Ruhnk.  Tim.  Adv. 
-τως.  (Some  take  it  as  compd.  with 
κότος  as  if,  like  όργη,=ήθος  :  others 
assume  a  transposition  of  letters  for 
αλλότοκος,  dfferently  produced.) 

"AAAOMAI,  fut.  άλονμαι.  Dor. 
άλενμαι ;  aor.  1  ήλάμην,  inf.  ά7Μσθαι 
[α] :  aor.  2  ήλόμην,  inf  άλέσθαι, 
(though  Herm.  Soph.  O.  T.  1311  re- 
jects the  indie,  aor.  2) :  syncop.  2  and 
3  pefs.  άλσο,  άλτο ;  and  the  part. 
άλμενος  only  in  compds.,  (the  only 
part  of  the  verb  that  takes  a  smooth 
breathing) :  subj.  άληται  and  άλεται 
II.  11,  192  [with  u].  To  spring,  leap, 
bound,  strictly  of  living  beings,  Horn., 
εις  oka,  II.  1,  532 ;  less  often  η7.ατο 
πόντον  for  εις  ποντον,  Callim.  Dian. 
195  :  to  leap,  rush  upon  or  against,  II. 
20,  353  ;  21,  174 :  in  H.  Hom.  Cer. 
390  u7vTo^  θέειν  as  βή  θέειν  in  II.  2, 
183  ;  so  άλτο  πέτεσθαι,  Η.  Hom.  Αρ. 
448. — 2.  but  also  of  things,  άλτο  οϊ• 
ατός,  II.  4,  125 :  of  sound,  Heind. 
Plat.  Phaedr.  255  C:  of  the  eye,  άλ- 
λεται  οφθαλμός,  it  twinkles,  throbs, 
Theocr.  3,  37,  cf  άλμα.  (root  ΆΑ-, 
as  in  Lat.  SAL-io.) 

Άλλόμορφος,  ov,  {άλλος,  μορφή)  of 
strange  shape,  Hipp. 

Άλλοπάθεια,  ας,  ή,  the  state  of  an 
άλλοπαθής,  foreign  or  external  influ- 
ence, Diod :  from 

'Α7.7ιοπΰΟής,  ές,  {ά7.λος,  πάσχω, 
παθειν)  suffering  influence  from  ano- 
ther. The  Gramm.  called  the  transit, 
verb  ρήμα  άλλοπαθές,  opp.  to  ^μα 
αϋτοπαθές,  a  neuter  or  intrans.  verb. 
Άλλοπρόςαλλος,  ό,  i.  e.  άλλοτε 
προς  ά7.λον,  one  who  turns  now  one 
way  now  another,  who  inclines  first  to 
one  side  then  to  the  other,  epith.  of 
Mars,  II.  5,  831,  889  :  ace.  to  others 
from  αλλομαι,  cf  Lat.  Salisuhsulu^, 
V.  Nake  Opusc.  p.  107. 

ΆΛΑΟΣ,  η,  ο,  Lat.  ALIUS,  ano- 
ther, i.  e.  one  besides  what  has  been 
mentioned  :  when  joined  with  a 
subst.,  that  subst.  is  either  in  same 
case,  or  in  gen.,  so  άλλος  'Αχαιός  or 
'Αχαιών,  ανδρών  άλ7Μς,  or  βρότος 
άλλος,  Hom.,  etc. :  άλλος  μέν..,  άλ- 
λος  δέ..,  one..,  another..,  or  the  one.., 
the  other..,  II.  22,  493,  and  Att. ;  but 
also  ό  μέν..,  άλλος  δέ..,  II.  6,  147  and 
Att. ;  έτερος  μέν..,  άλλος  δέ..,  Π.  9, 
313,  άλλος  μέν..,  έτερος  δέ..  Hdt.  1, 
32,  ό  μέν  έτερος...  ό  ο'  άλ7.ος,  Eur.  Ι. 
Τ.  962  ;  but  ύλλοί  in  plur.  only 
stands  in  the  second  clause,  Spitzn. 
II.  9,  594.  The  following  usages 
may  be  distinguished  : — 1.  άλλος  τις, 
or  τις  άλλος,  any  other,  some  other, 
Hom. :  ουδείς  άλ7.ος,  no  other,  άλλοι 
πολλοί  or  πολλοί  άλλοι,  or  πολλοί 
και  άλλοι,  many  others,  Att.  :  ει  τις 
άλλος,  Lat.  si  quis  alius,  Thuc.  6,  32. 
also  ει  τις  και  ά7^λος,  Xen. :  oft.  fol- 
lowed by  ή,  with  a  compar.  force. 
ονόέν  ά7ι7.ο  (or  ώλλο  ουδέν)  ή..,  no- 
thing else  than..,  Xen.  ;  esp.  in  ques- 
tions τί  άλλο  ή..  ;  what  else  {is  it) 
than..  ?  1.  e.  it  can  be  nothing  else, 
Thuc.  3,  39,  etc.,  cf.  άλλοτι.—2.  άλ• 
7.ος  is  oft.  joined  with  other  of  its 
own  cases  or  adverbs  derived  from 
69 


ΑΛΛΟ 

it,  as  άλλος  άλλο  λέγει,  one  man  says 
one  thing,  one.  another,  i.  e.  different 
men  say  different  things  ;  so  too  άλλος 
άλλον,  one  here,  another  there,  II.  2, 
804  ;  νέμει  γέρα  άλλοισιν  άλλα,  dis- 
tributes one  reward  to  one,  another  to 
another,  i.  e.  different  reivards  to  differ- 
ent perso7is,  Aesch.  Pr.  230 ;  άλλος 
ύλλτι,  άλλοβεν,  άλλοσε,  άλλοτε,  etc., 
Horn.,  and  Att. :  the  plur.  άλλοί  is 
used  in  the  same  way  :  άλλος  is  also 
joined  with  'έτερος,  as  Soph.  El.  739, 
Plat.  Legg.  849  E,  Theoer.  7,  36: 
άλλος  και  άλλος,  another  and  then 
another,  Xen.  An.  1,  5,  12  ;  άλλος  αν- 
έστη όμοΜς  και  άλ?Μς,  Id.  7,  6,  10  ; 
άλλην  καΐ  άλλην  ήόονήν  διώκειν,  to 
pursue  one  pleasure  after  another,  Xen. 
Cyr.  4,  1,  13  ;  ά'λ?:θς  ύλλοζ-  τρό- 
ΤΓος,  quite  another  sort,  Eur.  Phoen. 
132. — 3.  joined  with  the  art.,  ό  ύλ- 
λος,  the  other,  the  rest,  all  besides 
what  has  been  mentioned,  in  plur.  oi 
άλλοι,  in  Hdt.  contr.  ώλλοι,  all  the 
others,  the  rest,  Lat.  ceteri,  freq.  from 
Hom.  downwards,  who  has  ΰλλοί 
sometimes  in  same  signf.,  Spitzn.  II. 
2,  1  :  Tu  άλλα,  contr.  τάλλα  or  (as 
Wolf,  Anal.  2,  p.  431  would  have  it) 
τάλλα,  Lat.  cetera  reliquxi,  never  alia, 
Hom.,  etc.,  in  Att.  oft.  used  adv. /or 
the  rest,  sometimes  also  of  time=roj' 
άλλον  χρόνον,  Xen.  Hell.  3,  2,  2; 
where  observe  that  ό  άλλος  χρόνος  is 
usu.  said  of  past  time,  ό  λοιπός  χρ. 
of  future,  Wolf  Leptin.  462,  1,  but  ό 
άλλος  χρ.  is  sometimes  saia  of  future, 
as  Lys.  139,  45  :  ο'ί  τε  άλλοι  και..,  τύ 
τε  άλλα  καί..,  all  others  and  especially.., 
Hdt.  1,  1,  etc. :  το  άλλο  is  much  less 
freq.  than  τα  άλλα. — 4.  άλλος  is  used 
with  numerals,  when  it  must  be  ren- 
dered by  yet,  still,  further,  etc.,  πέμπ- 
τος ποταμός  άλλον,  yet  a  fifth  river, 
Hdt.  4,  54,  cf.  Aesch.  theb.  486, 
Soph.  Ant.  1295  ;  so  too  άλλος  έτε- 
οος,  yet  a  second  one  more,  Eur.  Or. 
345  ;  so  too  in  enumerating  several 
objects,  where  it  is  often  seemingly 
pleonast.,  as  άμα  Τ7)γε  και  άμφίπολοι 
κίον  άλλαΐ,  with  her  their  mistress  came 
attendants  also,  Od.  6,  81,  cf.  9,  367  ; 
13,  266 ;  so  freq.  in  Att.  ού  γαρ  -ην 
χόρτος  ονόέ  άλλο  δένδρον  ονδέν, 
there  was  no  grass  nor  besides  was 
there  a  single  tree,  Xen.  An.  I,  5,  5, 
cf.  Herm.  Soph.  Phil.  38,  Heind.  Plat. 
Gorg.  473  D,  Stallb.  Plat.  Apol.  36 
Β  :  Hom.  also  oft.  has  it  almost  ple- 
onast. with  compar.,  οντις  σείο  νεώ- 
τερος άλλος  'Αχαιών,  II.  15,  569,  cf. 
22,  106,  etc. ;  also  with  πλησίος,  11. 
4,  81,  etc.,  with  εις  or  μόνος,  Eur. 
Med.  945,  Plat.  Charm.  166  E.— On 
the  other  hand  άλλος  is  said  to  be 
omitted  in  phrases  like  ώ  Τ,εν  και 
θεοί,  At.  Plut.  1,  cf  Schaf.  Bos  El- 
lips,  p.  847. — II.  much  more  rarely 
like  ΰλλοΐος,  of  other  sort,  different.  11. 
13,  64;  21,  22:  in  this  signf  it  is  oft. 
used  like  a  compar.,  c.  gen.,  as  άλλα 
των  δικαίων,  other  than  what  is  just, 
Xen.  Mem.  4,  4,  25  ;  so  also  follow- 
ed by  7/-,  Hdt.  1,  49,  etc.,  by  πλην, 
Soph.  Aj.  125,  Ar.  Ach.  39  ;  also  by 
prepositions,  as  ΰντί,  Aesch.  Pr.  467, 
-παρά,  Plat.  Phaed.  80  B,  etc.  :  and 
when  joined  with  a  necat.,  some- 
times by  άλλα,  II.  18,  403  ;  21,  275  ; 
24,  697  :  hence  come  several  second- 
ary signfs. — 1.  ofhrr  than  what  is  com- 
mon, strange,  foreign,  ύλλοζ"  όδίτης, 
Od.  23,  274. — 2.  other  than  what  is,  i.  e. 
untrue,  unreal,  Od.  4,  348;  17,  139.— 
3.  other  than  lohat  is  right,  wrong,  had, 
like  έτερος,  and  Lat.  alius,  secus,  se- 
quior,  Plut.,  cf  άλλως. 

Άλλοσε,  adv.,  to  another  place,  else- 
70 


ΑΑΛΟ 

whither,  Od.  23,  184,  and  Att. :  to  for- 
eign lands,  άλλ.  έκπέμπειν,  to  export, 
Xen.  Hell.  6,  1,  4:  joined  with  ano- 
ther adv.,  άλλοσε  ονδαμόσε,  to  no 
other  place,  άλλ.  πολλαχόσε,  to  many 
other  places,  Plat.  ;  ποί  άλλοσε  ;  to 
what  other  place  Ί  Plat. :  freq.  also  c. 
gen.,  άλλοσε  ποι  τής  Σικελίας,  to 
some  other  part  of  Sicily,  Thuc.  7,  51  ; 
άλλοσε  τον  σώματος.  Plat.  Legg. 
841  A  :  άλλος  άλλοσε,  one  one  way, 
another  another,  cf.  ά?ιλος  I.  2. — II. 
said  to  be  put  for  άλλαχον.  in  another 
place,  but  only  in  phrase  άλλοσε  οποί 
αν  άή>ίκΊ},  Plat.  Grit.  45  Β,  where  it 
may  be  explained  by  attraction,  Kuh- 
ner  Gr.  Gr.  %  789,  Obs.  2. 

Άλλοτα,  Aeol.  for  άλλοτε. 

Άλλοτε,  adv.,  {άλλος,  ότε)  another 
time,  at  another  time,  at  other  times, 
first  in  Hom.,  who  usu.  has  in  oppos. 
άλλοτε..,  άλλοτε..,  at  one  time,  at  ano- 
ther, now..,  now.. :  for  which  also  ΰτέ 
μέν,  άλλοτε  δε,  II.  11,  65,  άλλοτε 
μέν,  άλλοτε  δε  άντε,  Hes.  Fr.  22, 
τότε  άλλοτε,  Soph.  ΕΙ.  739,  ποτέ 
μέν,  άλλοτε.  Soph.  Ant.  367  :  also 
άλλοτε  μέν,  τότε  δέ,  Xen.  An.  4,  1, 
17  :  sometimes  the  former  άλλοτε  is 
omitted,  as  Eur.  Hec.  28,  {άλλοτ') 
έπ'  άκταϊς,  άλλοτ'  εν  πόντον  σάλφ  : 
— άλλοτε  και  άλλοτε,  ?ιοιν  and  then, 
from  time  to  time,  Xen.  An.  2,  4,  26  : 
very  oft.  joined  with  άλλος,  etc.,  άλ- 
λοτε άλλος,  sometimes  this,  sometimes 
that,  Trag.,  Plat.,  etc.,  now  and  then, 
Xen. :  so  too  with  άλλί?,  άλλως,  άλ- 
λοθι,  άλλοσε,  Att.,  cf  άλλος  I.  2. 

Άλλοτέρμων,  ον,  {άλλος,  τέρμων) 
having  other  boundaries,  foreign,  γη, 
Euseb. 

Άλλοτι,  or  rather  άλλο  τι,  adv., 
{άλ?ιος  τις)  what  else  ?  is  it  any  thing 
else  that  ?  Lat.  numquid  aliud  ?  when 
used  alone  implying  an  affirm,  an- 
swer, Heind.  Plat.  Charm.  173  A : 
but  most  U.SU.  from  Hdt.  downwards, 
followed  by  η,  in  which  case  the  sen- 
tence is  elliptic,  e.  g.  άλλο  τι  η  πει- 
νησονσι ;  i.  e.  άλΧο  τι  πείσονται,  η 
πεινησονσι  ;  (which  implies  that 
they  will  suffer  nothing  else),  Hdt.  2, 
14  ;  άλλο  τι  η  ονδέν  κωλύει ;  does  no- 
thing else  prevent?  i.  e.  is  there  any 
thing  else,  or  does  nothing  prevent  ? 
Xen.  An.  4,  7,  5 :  also  άλλο  τι  ovv, 
?/..  Plat.  Crit.  50  A,  52  D.— II.  η  is 
sometimes  omitted,  Stallb.  Plat.  Eu- 
thyphr.  15  C :  sometimes  πλην  is 
put  instead,  Plat.  Soph.  228  A  :  last- 
ly, sometimes  without  a  question, 
άπόγνοια  τον  άλλο  τι  η...,  Thuc.  3, 
85. 

Άλλοτριάζω,  {αλλότριος)  to  be  un- 
favourably disposed,  Lat.  alieno  animo 
'esse.  Polyb.  15,  22,  1.  ^ 

ίΆλλότριγες,  ων,  ol,  AUotriges,  an 
Iberian  nation,  Strab. 

Άλλοτριόγνωμος,  ov,  {αλλότριος, 
γμώμη)  thinking  of  other  things,  absent, 
Cratin.  Panopt.  3. 

Άλλοτριοεπίσκοπος,  ov,  ό,  {αλλό- 
τριος επίσκοπος)  a  busy-body  in  other 
men's  matters,  N.  T.  1  Pet.  4,  15. 

Άλλοτριολογέω,  ω,  {αλλότριος, 
λέγω)  to  speak  of  things  foreign  to  the 
subject,  Strab. 

Άλλοτριομορφοδίαιτος,  ov,  (άλλό- 
τριος,  μορφί],  δίαιτα)  ever-changing  in 
form,  epith.  of  nature,  Orph. 

Ά?Λοτριονομέω,  ώ,  {αλλότριος,  νέ- 
μω) to  assign  to  an  improper  place,  opp. 
to  έκαστα  άπονέμειν  έκάστοις.  Plat. 
Theaet.  195  A,  cf  Ruhnk.  Tim.  in 
V. — II.  to  adopt  foreign  customs,  Dio 
C.  52,  36. 

Ά?ιλοτρίοπρΰγέω,  ώ,  {αλλότριος 
πρύσσω)  to  meddle  with   other  folk's 


ΑΛΛΟ 

business,  Dion.  H.  :  to  excite  commo 
tions,  Polyb.  5,  41,  8 ;  hence 

' Αλλοτριοπράγία,  ας,  ή,  a  meddling 
with  other  folk's  business,  Plut. 

Άλλοτριοπραγμοσννη,  ης,  η,  = 
foreg-.  Plat. :  from 

Άλλοτριοπρύγμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος, 
{αλλότριος,  πρύσσω)  busy  about  oilier 
folk's  business,  meddlesome,  A.  B. 

'Αλλότριος,  a,  ov,  {άλ?ιθς)  of  οτ  be- 
longing to  another,  Lat.  alienvs,  (opp.  to 
Ιδιος,)  βίοτος,  νηνς,  άχεα,  Hom. ;  άλ- 
λοτρίων  χαρίσασθαι,  to  he  bountiful 
of  what  is  another's,  Od.  17,  452  ;  άλ- 
λοτρίοις  γναθμοίς  γελάν,  to  laugh 
with  a  face  unlike  one's  mim,  i.  e.  to 
laugh  a  forced,  unnatural  laugh,  (cf. 
Val.  Flacc.  8,  164),  or  (as  Eustath.) 
to  laugh  where  laughing's  out  of 
place,  to  laugh  wiseasonahly,  Od.  20, 
347,  (Horace  has  borrowed  the 
phrase,  malis  rider e  alienis,  but  appli- 
ed it  differently) :  proverb.,  άλλότρι- 
ov  αμάν  θέρος,  to  put  one's  sickle  into 
one's  7ieighbour's  corn,  Ar.  Eq.  392 : 
άλλοτριωτύτοις  τοις  σώμασιν  χρη- 
σθαί,  to  use  one's  body  as  if  it  were 
quite  miolher's,  Thuc.  1 ,  70  ;  cf.  ΰσπερ 
έν  άλλοτρίαις  ■ψνχαις  μέλλοντες  κιν- 
δννενείν,  Isocr. — ΐΐ. foreign,  Ij&t.pere- 
grinus,  Od.  18,  219,  and  fr&q.  in  Att. 
as  Lys.  and  Isocr.,  ή  αλλ&τρία.  with 
and  without  χώρα,  a  foreign  land,  also 
an  enemy's  territory,  Isocr.,  Xen.  : 
hence  strange,  alieii,  Hdt.  3,  119,  c. 
dat.  pers.,  Isocr.  306  C :  hence  also 
estranged,  hostile,  IL  5,  2i4,  Od.  16, 
102,  and  c.  gen.,  cstra7iged  from  one, 
Polyb. :  so  too  adv.  άλλοτρίως  ίχειν, 
διακεϊσθαι  προς  τίνα,  Isocr. — 2.  for- 
eign to  the  subject,  not  to  the  pterpose^ 
Plat,  and  Dem.    Hence 

Άλλοτριότης,  ητος,  ή,  a  being  αλ- 
λότριος: foreignness,  strangeness,  es- 
trangement, opp.  to  οΊκεώτης,  Plat. : 
dislike,  προς  τίνα,  Dem. 

' Αλλοτριοφάγέω,  ώ,  to  eat  another's 
bread  :  from 

Άλλοτριοφύγος,  ov,  (αλλότριος, 
φυγείν)  eating  another's  bread.  Soph. 
Fr.  .309. 

Άλλοτριοφρηνέω,  ώ,  (αλλότριος, 
φΐτήν),  to  be  estranged,  be  iil-disposed, 
Diod.  S.  17,  4. 

Ά?ίλοτριόχρως,  ωτος,  ό,  η,  («λλό- 
τριος,  χρως)  changing  colour,  Anlh. 

Άλλστριόχωρος,  ov,  (αλλότριος, 
χώρα)  of  a  strmige  land,  foreign,  Jo- 
seph. 

Άλλοτριόω,ώ,ί.-ώσυ,  (αλλότριος') 
to  make  strange,  estrange  from  a  per- 
son, make  hostile  or  ill-disposed  to  one, 
την  χώραν  τοις  πολεμίοις,  c.  ace.  rei 
et  dat.  pers.  Xen.  Cyr.  6,  1,  16,  but 
more  usu.  c.  gen.,  την  πάλιν  των  σω- 
μάτων ονκ  άλλ.,  not  depriving  the  city 
of  the  services  of  its  citizens  by  ban- 
ishment, etc.,  Goell.  Thuc.  3,  65, 
also  από  τίνος,  Dem.  1233, 11.  Pass. 
to  become  estranged,  be  made  an  enemy, 
Tivi,  Thuc.  8,  73  ;  προς  τι,  to  be  pre- 
judiced against  a  thing,  Dion.  H. — II. 
to  bring  into  another's  hands,  give  up  to 
strangers.  Pass,  to  fall  into  strange 
hands,  Hdt.  1,  120.     Hence 

Άλλοτρίωσις,  εως,  η,  estrangement, 
and  so — I.  a  giving  up  to  the  enemy, 
Thuc.  1,  35. — II.  dislike,  τινός  or  etc 
Tiva,  App. 

Άλλοτροπέω,  ώ,  to  he  changeable, 
to  change :  from 

Άλλότροπος,  ov,  (ά/ί  ?,of,  τρόπος) 
in  use  only  in  adv.  άλλοτρόπως,  in 
another  manner,  otherwise. 

Άλλον,  adv.,  strictly  gen.  from 
άλλος,  sub.  τύπον,  like  άλλοθι,  else- 
where, in  another  place :  άλλον  γέ  πον, 
or  άλλονγέπου,  any  ivhere  else,  Lys. 


ΑΑΛΩ 

170,  13,  where  however  Bekk.  ΰμον 
γέ  7Γ01>,  some  where  or  other. 

Ά/^Μφύντ/ς,  ές,  {ΰ?Λος,  φαίνομαι) 
appearing  otherwise,  Nonn. 

ΆλΛοώάσσω,  to  be  ill  at  ease,  Hipp. 
cf.  Lob.  thryti.  607. 

Άλ?Μφάτος,  ov,  {άλλος,  *  φένω) 
stain  by  others. — II.  (άλλοζ",  *  φάω, 
φαίνομαι)=άλλοώαντΊς,  Nic.  Th.  148. 

Ά'/Λοφος,  ov,  JEp.  for  ύλοφος,  II. 
10,  258. 

Άλλοφρονέο,ΰ,ί.-ήσω,  to  be  ΰλ.λό- 
φρων,  and  so — I.  to  think  otherwise 
than  as  one  should,  be  absent  or  un- 
heeding, Od.  10,  374. — 2.  to  be  sense- 
less, lose  one's  ivits,  II.  23,  698,  Hdt.  5, 
85. — II.  to  be  of  another  mind,  have 
other  views,  Hdt.  7,  205.     Hence 

Άλλοφροσύνη,  ης,  ή,  absence  or  de- 
rangement  ofviind. 

Άλλόφρων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  (άλλο{•, 
φρήν)  thinking  of  something  else. 

Άλλοφνής,  ές,  {ύλλ.ος,  φνή)  change- 
ful in  nature,  Nonn.  Dion.  2,  148. 

Ά?Λοφνλέω,  to  be  άλλόφυ?,ος,  adopt 
foreign  customs  or  religion,  LXX.,  for 
which  Schleusn.  reads  ά?Λοφνλίζω. 
Hence 

Άλ?.οφνλ.ία,  ας,  ή,  a  being  strange 
or  foreign,  foreign,  foreign  rnatter,  Epi- 
cur.  ap.  Diog.  L.  10,  106 :  and 

'  Χλ/.οφνλισμός,  ov,  ό,  adoption  of 
foreign  manners,  LXX.,  cf.  Sturz, 
Dial.  Maced.  et  Alex.  p.  145  :  from 

Ά?.'λόφνλος,  ov,  {άλλος,  φυλή)  of 
another  tribe,  foreign,  strange,  Aesch. 
Eum.  851  ;  άνθρωποι,  Thuc.  1,  102, 
etc.  :  πόλεμος  αλλόφ.,  a  war  with  a 
foreign  7iation,  a  foreign  war,  Plut. 
Cam.  23. — 2.  of  a  different  kind,  ζώα, 
Diod. 

Άλ.λϋΟφωνία,  ας,  ή,  the  speaking  a 
foreign  tongue,  confusion  of  tongues, 
Joseph. :  from 

Άλ'λόφωνος,  ov,  {άλ7.ος,  φωνή) 
sounding  differently,  speaking  a  foreign 
tongue,  LXX.,  like  αλλόγλωσσος. 

'\/ι/οχροέΐύ,  ώ,  to  change  colour, 
Arist  Probl. :  and 

Άλ?Μχροια^  ας,  ή,  a  change  of  col- 
our :  from 

Ά/ιλόγροοζ•,  ov,  contr.  χρονς,  ovv, 
{άλλος,  χρόα)  changed  in  coloxir,  Eur. 
Hipp.  174. 

Ά7.7.όχρως,  ωτος,  6,  η,  =  foreg., 
hence  looking  strange  or  foreign,  Eur. 
Phoen.  138,  Andr.  879. 

Άλλνδις,  adv.,  {άλ/,ος)=άλ?ιθσε, 
elsewhither :  a  poet,  and  mostly  Ep. 
word  :  Horn,  has  it  only  with  ά?Λος, 
e.  g.  άλλνόις  άλλος,  one  hither  another 
thither,  II.  11,  486  :  τρέπεται  χρως 
ΰλλνδις  άλλί),  the  colour  changes  now 
in  this  way  now  in  that,  i.  e.  in  every 
possible  way,  II.  13,  279. 

Άλιλύεσκε,  άλλνονσα,  [ϋ],  Ep.  for 
ανέλυε,  άνα?.νονσα,  Horn. 

Άλ/ι,ως,  adv,  from  άλλος,  in  an- 
other way  or  manner,  otherwise,  Hom., 
etc.,  for  other  reasons,  on  other  business, 
άλλως  εις  Άργος  κίεις,  Aesch.  Ch. 
680:  in  Att.  oft.  joined  with  other 
adv.,  άλλως•  πως,  in  some  other  way, 
άλλως  ουδαμώς,  in  no  other  way,  etc. : 
και  άλλως,  besides,  in  all  other  respects, 
at  any  rate,  II.  9,  699,  Hdt.  1,  60,  and 
Att. :  in  prose  esp.  freq.  in  phrase 
ά/.λως  τε  και.  .  ,  both  otherwise  and 
also.  .  ,  i.  e.  especially,  above  all,  Thuc. 
],  70,  81,  etc.  ;  also  άλ7.ως  τε,  much 
like  και  άλλως,  Xen.  Mem.  1,  2,  59, 
Cyr.  1,  6,  43  :  strengthd.  άλλως  τε 
•πάντως  και.  .  ,  both  on  all  other  ac- 
counts and  .  .  ,  Aesch.  Pr.  636  :  άλ- 
?.ως  τε  και.  ,  is  mostly  followed  by 
ει,  επειδή,  or  the  like,  Thuc.  2,  3,  or 
by  a  part.,  as  Thuc.  4,  104  ;  7,  80.— 
IL  otherwise  than  something  implied, 


AAMT 

differently,  ονκ  άλλως  λέγω,  I  say  not 
otherwise,  i.  e.  I  say  so,  Eur.  Hec.  302: 
άλλωf  έχείν,  to  be  of  a  different  opinion, 
Dion.  H. :  hence  several  special  usa- 
ges.— 1.  in  far  other  manner,  i.e.  better, 
II.  14,  53,  "Od.  8,  176,  etc.— 2.  more 
freq.  otherwise  than  as  shotdd  be,  and 
so  heedlessly,  at  random,  without  aim 
or  purpose,  Od.  14,  124;  20,  211: 
without  reason,  Hdt.  3, 16  :  4,  77,  etc. ; 
also  fruitlessly,  in  vaiii,  like  μάτην, 
II.  23,  144,  and  freq.  in  Att.  who  also 
use  την  ά/ίλως  (sub.  o(5oi')Plat.Legg. 
650  A  :  for  nothing,  like  προίκα,  Lat. 
gratis,  Hdt.  3,  139  :  hence=/ioi.'oi', 
only,  merely,  simply,  Soph.  Phil.  947, 
Eur.  Hec.  489,  Plat.  Theaet,  176  D, 
etc.,  cf.  Ruhnk.  Tim.  voc.  oi'/c  άλλως : 
also  otherwise  than  is  right,  wrongly, 
perversely,  Dem.  1466,  5,  and  later. 

"Αλμα,  ατός,  τό,  {ά'λλημαι)  a  spring, 
leap,  bound,  first  in  Od.  8,  103,  and 
later  mostly  poet.,  πήδημα  being  the 
prose  word  :  άλμα  πέτρας  or  πετραΐ- 
ov,  a  leap  or  fall  from  the  rock,  Eur. 
H.  F.  1148,  Ion  1268;  a?  μα  κννής, 
the  leap  of  the  lot  from  the  helmet.  Soph. 
Aj.  1287.—  2.  in  Eur.  El.  439  Achil- 
les is  called  κοϋφον  άλμα  ποδών, — 
the  abstract  being  put  for  the  con- 
crete.— II.  in  Medic,  a  pulsation,  pal- 
pitation, esp.  of  the  heart,  Hipp.,  and 
so  Plat.  Tim.  70  D  nmst  be  taken, 
V.  Stallb. 

Άλμα,  ατός,  τό,  {άλδω)=άλσος. 
Lye.  318. 

Άλμαία,  ας,  ή,  brine,  Ar.  Fr.  366. — 
II. ^τά  άλμαια,  ν.  άλμαίος. 

Άλμαίνομαι,  {άλ.μη)  as  pass.,  to  be- 
come salt,  Theophr. 

Άλμαϊος,  a,  ov,  {άλμη)  salted: 
hence  τά  άλμαϊα,  Lat.  salgama, fruits, 
roots,  or  herbs  preserved  in  brine,  as 
olives,  Diosc. 

Άλμάς,  άδος,  ή,  salted,  steeped  in 
brine,  ε7ύα,  Ar.  Fr.  190. 
+Άλ/ίάω,  ώ,  {άλμη)  to  be  salt,  Eccl. 
■\'λ.λμενος,  v.  άλλομαι. 

Άλμενσις,  εως,  ή,  {άλμενω)  α  pick- 
ling :  brine,  Diosc. 

Άλμεΐ'τής,  ov,  6,  Lat.  salgamarius, 
a  seller  of  pickled  fruit,  Diosc.  :  from 

Άλμεύω,  {άλμη)  to  steep  in  brine, 
Diosc. 

"Αλμη,  ης,  η,  {ά?,ς)  sea-ivater,  Od.  5, 
53,  Pind.,  and  Att.,  sprat/  that  has 
dried  on  the  skin,  Od.  6,  219  ;  and  a 
salt  incntstation  on  soil,  Hdt.  2,  12:  in 
later  poets  also,  the  sea,  Pind.  P.  4, 
69,  Aesch.  Pers.,  397,  etc.— 2.  salt- 
water, brine  used  for  pickling,  Hdt.  2, 
77,  Ar.  Vesp.  1515.— II.  saltness,  esp. 
as  a  bad  quality  of  soil.  Plat.,  and 
Xen. 

'Α?ιμήεις,  εσσα,  εν,  {άλμη)  salt, 
briny,  πόρος  άλμ.,  the  sea,  Aesch. 
Suppl.  824. 

"Αλμια,  uv,  τά,  salted  provisions, 
Menand.  p.  160. 

Άλμοπότης,  ov,  6,  {άλ.μη,  πίνω) 
drinking  salt-water :  fem.  —πότις,  ιόος, 
ή,  Ath. 

^Α?^μος,  ov,  ό,  Halmtcs,  son  of  Sis- 
yphus, Paua.  9,  34,  10. 

Ά?.μνρίζω,  {ύλμνρός)  to  be  salt  or 
saltish,  Arist.  ap.  Ath.  394  F. 

Άλμνρίς,  ίδος,  ή,  saltness,  Diod. — 
II  any  thing  salt,  and  SO — 1.  a  salt  in- 
crustation on  the  skin,  Hipp. — -2  salt- 
pickle,  Plut. — 3.  salt  soil  or  land,  The- 
ophr. 

Άλμνρόγεως,  ων,  {αλμυρός,  γη) 
with  salt  soil,  Philo. 

Άλμνρός,  ά,  όν,  {άλμη)  salt,  brine, 
Hom.  only  in  Od.,  and  always  in 
phrase  άλμνρόν  νδωρ,  the  salt  sea-wa- 
ter; άλμ.  πόντος,  Hes.  Th.  107,  άλμ. 
βένθεα,  Pind.  Ο.  7.  105,  άλμ.  ποτά- 


ΑΛΟΓ 

μός,  as  the  Hellespont  is  called  in 
Hdt.  7,  35 :  of  water  for  drinking, 
brackish,  Thuc.  4,  26.-2.  in  Att. 
prose,  salted,  pickled.  Plat.,  etc. — 3. 
metaph.  bitter,  distasteful,  umcelcome, 
like  Lat.  amarus,  ακοή,  γειτόνημα. 
Plat.  Phaed.  243  D,  Legg.  705  A  : 
άλμνρά  κλαίειν,  to  weep  bitterly,  The- 
ocr.  :  also  piquant,  κάλλος,  Plut. 
Hence 

Άλμνρότης,  ητος,  ή,  saltness,  Hipp. 

Άλμνρώδης,  ες,  {άλμνρός,  είδος) 
like  salt,  saltish,  Hipp. 

Άλμώδης,  ες,  {άλμη,  είδος)  saltish, 
Hipp. 

ΙΆλ/ζώττεζ•,  ων,  οι,  the  Almopes,  a 
tribe  of  Macedonia  ;  their  territory 
'Αλμωπία,  ας,  ή,  Almopia,  Thuc. 
2,  99. 

Άλ^,  obsol.  nom.  to  which  is  re- 
ferred dat.  άλκί,  q.  v. 

"Αλξεις,  εων,  a'l,  {άλέξω)=  επάλ- 
ξεις, dub.  in  Polyb.  5,  68, 1,  for  which 
άλις  is  the  prob.  1. 

i'A/,ξίων,  ωνος,  ό,  AL•ion,  father  of 
Oenomaus,  Paus.  5,  1,  6. 

Άλοάω,ώ,ί.-ήσω,  in  old  Att.  also 
άλοάσω  [άσ],  poet,  άλοιάω,  II. :  to 
thresh,  thresh  out.  Plat.,  and  Xen.  Oec. 
18,  2  :  to  cudgel,  Ar.  Ran.  149,  Thesm. 

2.  Pass,  άλοάομαι,  aor.  ήλοήθ7]ν,  to 
be  trampled  under  foot,  Polyb.  10,  12, 
9. — II.  to  tread  round,  like  cattle  when 
treading  out  the  corn,  v.  Schol.  Ar. 
Thesm.  2. 

Ά^Λβος,  ov,  with  a  lobe  wanting,  of 
the  livers  of  victims,  and  thence  om- 
inous :  άλ.  'ιερά,  Xen.  Hell.  3,  4, 15. 

' Α?.ογενομαι,  dep.  mid.,  to  behave 
like  an  ά7.ογος,  like  a  fool,  Cic.  Att.  6, 
4,3. 

' Αλογέω,ώ,ί.-ήσω,  to  he  άλογος,  to 
pay  no  regard  to,  take  7io  heed  of,  slight, 
despise,  like  Lat.  rationem  non  habere, 
ana  contemnere,  absol.  II.  15,  162:  but 
usu.  c.  gen.,  as  Hdt.  3,  125,  etc. — II. 
mid.  to  reckon  without  one's  host,  to 
miscalculate,  Polyb.  8,  2,  4. — 2.  to  be 
out  of  one's  senses,  Luc.  Ocyp.  143. — 

3.  to  offend  against  the  laws  of  lan- 
guage, Gramm.     Hence 

'Αλόγτηια,  ατός,  τό,  a  mishap,  mis- 
fortune. Polyb.  9,  16,  5  :  and 

Άλογητέον,  verb,  adj.,  one  must 
slight,  Philo. 

Άλογία,  ας,  poet,  -γίη,ης,  ή,  a  being 
άλογος,  want  of  respect  or  esteem,  dis- 
respect, contempt,  εν  άλογίη  εχειν  ΟΓ 
ποιεϊσθαί  τι,  to  pay  no  regard  to  a 
thing,  Lat.  nullam  ejzts  rationem  habe- 
re, Hdt.  6,  75  ;  7,  226  ;  also  εν  άλο- 
γί-τίσι  εχειν  των  Αιγυπτίων,  Hdt.  2, 
141  (where  the  gen.  is  an  anacolu- 
thon,  as  if  he  had  said  ά?Μγίην)  : 
άλογίης  έγκυρεϊν,  to  be  disregarded, 
Hdt.  7,  208.— II.  ivant  of  reason  or 
thought,  senselessness,  folly,  διανοίας, 
Thuc.  5,  111,  and  Plat.— 2.  a  folly,  an 
absurdity.  Plat.  Lys.  213  A  :  an  un- 
reasonable method.  Id.  Theaet.  207  C  : 
confusion,  disordtr.  Polyb.  5,  53. — III. 
indecision,  doubt,  Pausan. — IV.  speech- 
lessness, amazement,  Polyb.  36,  5,  4  ; 
Luc.  Lexiph.  15. 

'Α?Μγίον  γραώή,  or  δίκη,  Att.  law- 
term,  a  prosecution  of  a  public  offi- 
cer, who  had  not  passed  his  accounts, 
Eupol.  Incert.  24;  cf.  Att.  Process,  p. 
363,  V.  ?.ογιστής. 

' Αλογίστεντος,  ov,  not  calculating. 

Άλογιστέω,  ώ,  to  be  αλόγιστος,  be 
thoughtless  or  silly,  Plut. 

'Αλογιστί,  adv.  of  άλ.όγιστος, 
thoughtlessly. 

Άλογιστία,  ας,  ή,  thoughtlessness, 
Polyb :  from 

'Αλόγιστος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  λογίζομαι) 
unreasoning,  thoughtless,  silly',  τόλμα, 
71 


ΑΛΟΙ 

Thuc.  3,  82,  etc.;  το  ύλόγιστον,= 
άλογιστία,  Plat.  Rep.  439  D  :  rash, 
Thuc.  5, 99. — II. noi  ίο  be  reckoned  or 
counted  up.  Soph.  O.  C.  1675,  cf.  El- 
lendt. — 2.  not  to  be  named,  vile,  Eur. 
Or.  1156.  Adv.  -τως,  imprudently, 
thoughtlessly,  Thuc.  3,  45 ;  ποιεΐν, 
Lys.  109,  20. 

Άλογος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  λόγος)  with- 
out ?Μγος,  and  so — I.  without  speech, 
speechless.  Plat.  Legg.  696  D  ;  also 
Soph.  O.  C.  131,  in  adv.  -γος—2. 
not  to  be  told  in  words.  Plat.  :  hence 
unutterable,  inexpressive,  Lat.  infandus. 
Soph.  Fr.  241. — II.  without  reason,  un- 
reasoning, irrational,  tu  άλογα,  brutes, 
Xen.  Hier.  7,  3  :  hence  also  of  pas- 
sion, θυμός,  οργή,  etc.,  Polyb.,  and 
so  usu.  in  adv.  -γως. — 2.  not  according 
to  reason,  not  guided  thereby,  or  spring- 
ing thence,  αίσθησις,  δόξα,  Stallb. 
Plat.  Theaet.  201  C:  άλ.  τριβή,  mere 
routine,  mechanical  skill  without 
knowledge,  Stallb.  Plat.  Gorg.  501 
A. — 3.  contrary  to  reason,  absurd,Ύh\lc. 
6,  85  :  uiifit.  unsuited  to  its  end.  Id.  1, 
32  :  groundless,  Polyb. — III.  without 
reckoning. — 1.  not  reckoned  upon,  unex- 
pected, Thuc.  6,  46. — 2.  act.  not  having 
paid  one's  reckoning,  of  an  ερανιστής, 
Gramm. — IV.  of  quantities,  irrational, 
surd,  Mathem. 

'Α.λογχος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  λόγχτ))  with- 
out lances  or  weapons,  άλ.  ανθέων 
στρατός,  Chaereni.  ap.  Ath.  608  E. 

Άλογώδης,  ες,  {ά?ίθγος,  είδος)  like 
something  irrational,  Arist.  Spir. 

'Αλόη,  ης,  ή,  the  aloe,  Plut. 

Άλοηδάριον,  ov,  τό,  a  purgative  pre- 
pared from  aloes.  Medic. 

Ά?^όησις,  εως,  ή,  {ΰλοάω)  a  thresh- 
ing- 

Άλοητάς,  ov,  ό,  (ΰλοώω)  threshing, 
or  threshing-time,  Xen.  Oec.  18,  5,  cf. 
άμητός. 

Αλόθεν,  adv.,  (άλς)  from  or  out  of 
the  sea,  also  έξ  ύλόθεν,  II.  21,  335. 

Άλοιάυ,  Att.  ύλοιάω,  poet,  for 
ΰλοάω,  q.  \.,.γήν  χερσιν  ΰλοία,  she 
smote  the  earth  with  her  hands,  II.  9, 
568. 

Άλοιδόρητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  λοιδο- 
ρέ(β))  unreviled,  not  railed  at :  not  to  be 
reviled.  Soph.  Fr.  731.     Adv.  -τως. 

Άλοίδορος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  λοίδορος) 

not  reviling  or  railing,  Aesch.  Ag.  412. 

ΥΑλοίην.  2d.  aor.  opt.  of  ΰλίσκομαι. 

Άλοιητήρ,  ήρος,  6,  (άλοιάω)  a 
thresher,  grinder,  σίδηρος,  Nonn. :  άλ. 
οδόντες,  the  grinders,  Lat.  molares, 
also  called  γομφίοι,  Anth. 

Άλοιμα,  ατός,  τό,=άλειμμα,  έπά- 
λει-φσις.  Soph.  Fr.  73. 

Άλοιμός,  οϋ,  o,=foreg.,  Soph.  Fr. 
830. 

' Α7Μΐτηρός,  όν,=  άλιτήριος,  Soph. 
Ο.  C.  371,  ace.  to  Herm. 

Άλοίτης,  ov,  ό,  Aeol.  for  άλείτης, 
Emped.  ap.  Plut. 

Άλοίτις,  ιδος,  η,  (άλιτείν)  Avenger 
of  crime,  of  Minerva,  Lye.  936. 

' Αλοίτός,  ον,ό,{άλιτεϊν)^άλείτης, 
Lye.  136. 

ΆλοίόαΙος,  a,  ov,  for  anointing. 
Lye.  579  :  from 

'Αλοιφή,  ης,  ή,  (αλείφω)  any  thing 
with  which  one  can  smear  or  anoint:  in 
Horn.  usu.  hogs'  lard,  grease,  both 
while  in  the  carcass,  II.  9,  208,  and 
when  melted  for  use,  11.  17,  390  :  but 
also  of  an  unguent  for  suppling  the 
limbs  and  softening  the  skin,  as  early 
as  Od.  0,  220  ;  21,  179  :  then  in  gen. 
ointment,  pitch,  varnish,  paint,  etc.. 
Plat. — II.  an  anointing,  smearing,  var- 
nishing, etc.,  Plut.  Thes.  23.— III.  an 
effacing,  blotting  out :  also  an  erasure, 
Lat.  litura,  Plut. 
7? 


AAOT 

Άλο'ιω,  poet,  for  άλούω,  ά?^οιάω, 
Epigr.  ap.  Diog.  L.  7,  31. 

Άλοκίζω,  (ά?.θξ)  to  trace  furrows, 
esp.  like  Lat.  arare,  in  waxen  tablets, 
to  write,  draw,  Ar.  Vesp.  850  :  also  to 
scratch,  tear,  Lyc. 

ΥΑλοκράτης,  ου,  δ,  Halocrates,  son 
of  Hercules,  Apollod.  2,  7,  8. 

'Ι'ΑλόννΊ/σος,  ov,  ό,  also  wr.  Άλόν- 
7ΐσος,  Halonnesus,  an  island  in  the 
Aegean  sea,  with  a  city  in  it  of  the 
same  name,  Dem.,  Strab.,  etc. — 2.  an 
island  not  far  from  Mount  Corycus 
in  Ionia,  Strab. 

Άλόντε,  [ώ]  dual.  part.  aor.  of  ύλ- 
ίσκομαι,  Hom. 

'Αλοξ,  οκος,  Tj,  a  poet,  form  of  av• 
λαξ,  never  used  in  nom.  sing.,  a  fur- 
row ploughed  in  a  field,  Aesch.  Ag. 
1016  ;  hence  ploughed  land,  corn  land  : 
metaph.  βαθείαν  άλοκα  δια  φρενός 
καρποί/μένος,  reaping  the  produce  of 
the  deep  soil  of  his  sold,  Aesch.  Theb. 
593,  cf.  Ruhnk.  Tim.  :  also  metaph. 
of  a  wife  as  the  fruitful  mother  of 
children,  σττείρειν  τέκνων  άλοκα, 
Eur.  Phoen.  18 ;  and  in  pi.  met.  of 
the  nuptial  bed,  ττατρώαι  ύλοκες. 
Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  1210,  cf.  άροω.—2.  a  fur- 
row in  the  skin,  a  gash,  wound,  ovv- 
χος,  Aesch.  Cho.  25,  δοράς,  Eur.  H. 
F.  164. — 3.  a  hollow  way,  gutter,  Em- 
ped. 251.  (Prob.  like  ανλαξ.  Dor. 
ώλαξ,  in  Hom.  ώλ^,  from  ίλκω, 
Buttm.  Lexil.  p.  537.) 

^'Αλόπη,  ης,  ή,  Alope,  daughter  of 
Cercyon,  beloved  by  Neptune,  Ar. 
Av.  559. — 2.  a  city  in  Locris,  opposite 
Euboea,  Thuc.  2,  26.-3.  a  city  in 
Phthiotis,  II.  2,  682 :  hence  ό  Άλο- 
■πεύς,  and  Άλοτΐίτης. 

Άλοπήγια,  ίων,  τά,  salt-works,  salt- 
pits,  Strab. ;  from 

Άλοττηγός,  όν,  (ΰλς,  ττήγννμι),  one 
ivho  prepares  salt,  works  in  a  salt-pit, 
Nic.  Al.  518. 
ΥΑλόπιος,  ov,   ό,  Alopius,  son  of 
Hercules,  Apollod.  2,  7,  8. 

Άλόπιστος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  λέπω)  not 
barked  or  peeled,  Theophr. 

"Αλοπος,  ov,  {a  priv.  λέπω)  not 
hackled,  of  flax,  Ar.  Lys.  736. 

t'AXof,  ov,  ό  and  ή,  Alus,  a  city  of 
Phthiotis,  II.  2,  682  ;  in  Strab.  "Αλός, 
who  also  speaks  of  a  city  of  this 
name  in  Locris.  Hence  ό  Άλενς  or 
Άλενς,  an  inh.  of  Alus. 

' Α?.οςύνβΐνος,  η,  ov,  (άλς,  άνθος) 
prepared  with  brine,  Diosc. 

Άλοςύχνη,  ης,  ή,  a  zoophyte  be- 
longing to  the  class  of  άλκνόνεια, 
strictly  αλός  άχνη,  foam  of  the  sea, 
Hom. 

Άλοσκόροδον,  ov,  τό,  a  name  for 
the  caper-tree,  Diosc. 

Άλοσύδνη,  ης,  ή,  (άλς,  νδνης,  un- 
less it  be  merely  a  poet,  form  άλοαν- 
νη=^άλίά)  the  sea-born,  epith.  of  Am- 
phitrite,  Od.  4,  404,  where  the  seals 
are  called  children  of  Halosydne. 
As  appellat.,  II.  20,  207,  where  The- 
tis is  named  έύπλόκαμος  άλοανδνη, 
fair-haired  child  of  the  sea. 

Άλότριφ,  ϊβος,  ό,  {άλς,  τρίβω)  = 
άλέτρίβανος,  α  pestle  to  pound  salt, 
Anth. 

νΑλονντιον,  ov,  τό,  Haluntium, 
(also  wr.  Άλόντιον)  a  city  of  Sicily, 
Dion  H.  1,51. 

ΥΑλονργημα,  ατός,  τό,^^άλονργίς, 
Liban. 

Άλονργής,  v.  άλονργός. 

ΥΑλονργία,  ας,  ή^^=αλονργίς.  Phi- 
lost. 

' Αλονργιαϊος,  αία,  αϊον,=άλονρ• 
γός,  Ar.  ap.  Α.  Β.  380. 

Άλονργίδιον,  ον,  τό,  dim.  from. 
ύλονργίς,  Bockblnscr.  1,  p..  2.46.. 


ΑΑΣ• 

Άλονργίς,  ίδος,  ή,  α  purple  robe, 
Ar.  Eq.  967. 

'Α?ίθνργοβαφής,  ές,  {άλονργός, 
βύτττω)  purple-dyed,  Clem.  ΑΙ. 

' Αλονργοπώλης,  ον,  ό,  {άλονργός 
πωλέω)  α  dealer  in  purple,  Arist.  Mech. 
Hence 

'Αλονργοπω?ΰκή,  ης,  -ή,  sub.  τέχνη, 
the  trade  of  an  άλουργοπώλης. 

Άλονργός,  όν,  later  also  ή,  όν, 
Ath.,  and  in  better  Att.  άλονργής,  ές, 
{αλς,  *  έργω)  strictly,  wrought  in  or 
from  the  sea,  hence  dyed  with  sea-pur- 
ple, i.  e.  of  a  genuine  purple,  as  distin 
guished  from  imitations,  first  in 
Aesch.  Ag.  946,  άλονργή,  purple  robes. 
Plat,  has  both  forms,  Phaedr.  110 
C  ;  Rep.  429  D  :  on  the  colour  itself, 
V.  Arist.  Col.  5. 

Άλονργονς,  ovv,  =  foreg.,  hence 
neut.  in  Plat.  Tim.  68  B.  Bekk. 

Άλονσία,  ας,  ή,  (άλουτος)  a  being 
unwashen,  want  of  the  bath,  Hdt.  3,  52. 

Άλοντεω,  to  be  άλοντυς,  not  to 
bathe,  Hipp.  :  from 

"Αλοντος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  λονω)  υη• 
washen,notbalhing,filthy,  Eur., and  Ar. 

Άλοφος,  ov,  Horn,  άλλοψος,  (α 
priv.,  λόφος)  without  a  crest,  11.  10, 
258  :  opp.  to  ενλοφος,  Anth. 

Άλόχεντος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  λοχενω) 
unborn  :  bom  not  j>»  the  natural  way,  as 
Minerva,  Coluth.  180. — ll.thathasnot 
given  birth,  virgin,  Nonn.  Dion.  41,  53, 

'Αλοχος,  ov,  ij,  (a  copul.,  λέχος} 
the  partner  of  one's  bed,  bedfellow, 
spouse,  Horn,  like  άκοιτις,  also  a 
Uman,  concubine,  II.  9,  336,  Od.  4, 623. 
— Ep.  word,  also  used  by  Trag. — II. 
{a  priv.,)/ree  frmn  the  throes  of  child- 
birth, a  maid.  Plat.  Theaet.  149  B. 

Άλόω,  Ep.  for  άλύον,  άλω,  jmpe- 
rat.  from  άλάομαι,  Od.  5,  377. 

ΆΑΟΏ,  assumed  as  pres.,  from  vvh. 
to  form  some  tenses  of  άλίσκομαι. 

^'Αλπεις,  εων,  αί,  the  Alps,  Slrab., 
etc. ;  also  τά'Αλπεια  όρη,  Strab;  τά 
Άλπεινύ  όρη,  Polyb.  2,  14,  8;  τά 
Άλπια,  Posidon.  ap.  Ath. ;  ή  Άλπις, 
ιος,  Dion.  P.  295  ;  τά  Άλβιόνια, 
Strab. :  hence  oi  'Αλπειοι,  the  inha• 
bitants  of  the  Alps,  Strab. 

iΆλ'rτJ/vός,  ov,  tj,  and  Άτί7^ηνοί, 
Alpenus  or  Alpeni,  a  city  near  Ther- 
mopylae, Hdt.  7,  176,  216. 

ΥΑλπις,  ιος,  ό,  Alpis,  a  river  of  Ita- 
ly, a  tributary  of  the  Danube,  Hdt.  4, 
49. — 2.  ή,  v.  Άλπεις. 

ΥΑλπιστος,  ov,  ό,  Alpistus,  a  Per- 
sian leader,  Aesch.  Pers.  982. 

'Αλπιστος,  η,  ov,  superl.  from  άλπ• 
νος,  which  however  is  only  found  in 
the  compd.  επαλπνος,  q.  v.,  sweetest, 
loveliest,  Pind.  1.  5,  14  (ace.  to  some 
from  ελπω,  others  from  άλφω  ;  but 
perh.  rather  akin,  to  θάλπω). 

ΥΑλπωνος,  ov,  ό,  Alponus,  a  mount- 
ain and  city  in  Macedonia,  Aeschin., 
Strab. 

ΆΛΣ,  αλός,  ό,  (cf.  Lat.  SAL,  our 
SALT)  A.  in  sing,  mostly  to  denote 
a  grain  or  lump  of  salt,  and  then  usu. 
αλός  χόνδρος,  άλς  χόνδρος  or  χον• 
δρίτης,  Elmsl.  Ar.  Ach.  526,  in  plur. 
to  denote  salt  as  prepared  for  use,  Od. 
11,123,  Hdt.,  and  Att. ;  poets  however 
sometimes  use  sing,  for  plur.,  as  II.  9, 
214.  Proverb,  phrases :  ονδ'  άλα  δοί- 
ης,  not  even  α  grain  of  salt,  Od.  17, 455  : 
άλας  σνναναλώσαι,  Arist.  Eth.  N.  8, 
8,  3  ;  and  των  άλών  ανγκατεδηόοκέ- 
ναι  μέδιμνον,  to  have  eaten  a  bushel 
of  salt  together,  i.  6.  to  be  old  friends, 
Plut.  2,  94  A  :  hence  πον  άλες ;  που 
τράπεζαι  ;  Dem.  400,  16  :  τονς  άλας 
παραβαίνειν,  to  violate  the  rights  of 
hospitality,  Id.  401,  3:  further,  άλών 
δέ  φόρτος•  ένθεν  ήλθεν  ένθ'  έβη,  said 


AATK 

of  men  who  had  lost  what  they  had 
got,  Paroemiogr. — II.=  άλμη,  brine, 
Lat.  muria.  Call.  :  also  άλος  άνθος, 
cf.  ά?.οςάνθι,νος. — III.  (ί?.ες,  salt-ivorks, 
Lat.  salinae.  Dion  H.  2,  55. — IV. 
αλες,  also  metaph.  like  Lat.  sales, 
tvitticisms,  wit,  Plut.— B.  ή  Thesea,  oft. 
in  Horn.,  and  poets,  rare  in  prose  : 
ά?.ός,  at  sea,  by  sea,  Od.  12,  27  ;  some- 
times seemingly  pleonast.  πόντος 
αλός,  II.  21,  59,  ά?.ός  πελάγη  or  πέλ- 
αγος, Theogn.  10,  Eur.  Tro.  88,  but 
also  πελαγέων  άλς.  Soph.  Ant.  966, 
and  πε?ι.αγία  άλς,  Aesch.  Pers.  427. 

Άλσηωες  ων,  ai,  {άλσος)  grove- 
nymphs,  Αρ.  Rh.  I,  1066. 

Ά?.σίι•7ΐ,  ης,  ή,  an  unknown  plant, 
perh.  a  kmd  of  cerastium,  Plin. 

Ι'Αλσίοΐ',  ου,  τό,  Alsium,  a  town  of 
Etruria,  Strab. 

"Αλσις,  εως,  η,  βάλλομαι)  a  spring- 
ing, leaping,  Arist.  Eth.  N. 

Άλσο,  Ep.  syncop.  2  sing.  aor.  2 
of  άλλομαι,  Horn. 

Άλσος,  εος,  τό,  a  place  grown  with 
trees  and  grass,  a  grove,  esp.  a  sacred 
grove,  Horn.,  and  Hdt. :  but  also  ant/ 
grove  or  wood,  IL  20,  8,  Od.  10,  350  : 
ΐ33ίΙγ=τέμενος,  ani/  hallowed  place  or 
Uwn,  even  without  trees,  11.  2,  506, 
Bockh  Pind.  0.  3,  19  :  hence  also 
πόντιον  άλσος,  Lat.  Neptunia  prata, 
the  ocean-plain,  Aesch.  Pers.  Ill,  cf. 
SuppL  868.  (Prob.  from  *  άΛ(5ω,  άλ- 
δαίνω,  and  so  strictly  a  fresh,  green 
place :  ace.  to  Doderl.  from  ΰλλομαί, 
as  salius  from  salio.)    Hence 

'Κ.λσώ6ης,  ες,  {άλσος,  είδος)  like  a 
grove,  woodland,  Eur.  I.  A.  141. — II. 
growing  in  woods,  of  plants,  Theophr. 
Άλτήμες,  ων,  oi,  {άλλομαι)  weights 
held  in  the  hand  to  give  an  impetus  in 
leaping,  Arist.  Probl.  :  something 
like  dumb-bells,  v.  Juv.  6,  241,  Mar- 
tial, 7,  6,  cf.  Miiller,  Archiiol.  d. 
Kunst,  ^  423,  3 ;  and  Diet.  Antiqq. 
s.  V.  Halteres.     Hence 

Άλτημία,  ας,  ή,  a  leaping  with  the 
αλτήρες,  Artemia. 
νΑλτης,    ου     Ep.    ao  and   εω,   ό, 
Altes,   king  of  the  Leleges,   II.  21, 
85. 

Άλτικός,  ή,  όν,  {άλλομαι)  belong- 
ing to,  or  good  at  leaping,  Xen.  Cyr.  8, 
4,  20 :  ά'λτικά  μόρια,  the  parts  used 
in  leaping,  Arist.  Part.  An. 
t'AATiiOv,  ου,  τό,  Altinum,  a  city  in 
Upper  Italy,  Strab. 

'Α.λτις,   ιος,  6,  the  sacred  grove  of 

Jove   at    Olympia,    Pind.    O.    10,  55. 

(Pausan.  says  it  is  Eiean  for  άλσος.) 

^λλτο,  Ep.  syncop.  3  sing.  aor.  2  of 

άλλομαι,  Horn. 

iΆλυάττης,  ov  Ion.  εω,  ace.  εα,  ό, 
Alyattes,  a  king  of  Lydia,  Hdt.  1,  16. 
νίΟύβας,  αντος,  ό,  Alybas,  a  city 
mentioned  in  Od.  24,  304,  ace.  to 
some  =  later  Metapontum,  to  others 
=ζ'Αλΰβη.    [άλϋ-] 

ΐΆλύί?;,  ης.  ή,  Alybe,  a  city  on 
the  Pontus  Euxmus,  11.  2,  857. 

ίΆλυ^ία,  ας,  and  'Κλνζεια,  ας,  ή, 
Alyzia,  a  city  of  Acarnania,  Thuc.  7, 
31  ;  hence  ό  ΑλυζαΙος,  an  inhabitant 
of  ΑΙ.,  Diod.  S.  18.  11. 

Υλλυζεύς,  έως,  ό,  Alyzeus,  son  of 
Icarius,  founder  of  the  city  Alyzia, 
Strab. 

Άλνκη,  ης,  ή,  {άλύω)  ^=  άλυσίς, 
άλυσμός,  Hipp,    [άλϋ] 

'λλϋκίς,  ίδος,  ή,  {άλς)  α  salt-spring, 
Strab. — II.  saltness,  Plut. 

Άλνκός,  ή,  όν,  salt,  like  αλμυρός, 
Ar.  Fr.  65. 

fAAvKOf,  ου,  ό,  Halycus,  a  river  of 
Sicily,  near  Agrigentum,  Diod.  S.  15, 
17. — 2.  a  statuary  of  Sicyon,  Paus.  6, 
].3. 


ΑΑΥΣ 

ΥΑλνκος,  ου,  ό,  Alycus,  son  of  Sci- 
ron  Plut.  Thes.  32. 

Άλυκόσμυρνα,  ης,  ή,  {άλνκός, 
σμύρνα)  α  kind  of  myrrh,  Hipp. 

' Αλνκότης,  ητος,  ή,  saltness,  The- 
ophr. 

Άλϋκρός,  ά,  όν,=θαλνκρός,  warm, 
lukewarm,  Nic. 

' Αλυκ,τύζω,  -άσο,  {άλύω)  to  be  in 
trouble  or  distress,  Hdt.  9,  70.  So 
too  in  Gramm.  άλνκταίνω,  ά7.νκτέω, 
άλύκτημαι,  άλα'/.ύκτημαι :  cf.  ά/.νσ- 
κω,  άλυσκάζω,  and  Lat.  allucinor. 

Άλνκτοπέδη,  ή, {a  ρήν.,  λύω, πέδη) 
indissoluble  bonds  or  fetters,  usu.  in 
plur.,  Hes.  Th.  521,  Ap.  Rh.,  and 
Anth. 

Άλυκτος.  ov,  {άλύω)  troubled. 

Άλνκτοσύνη,  ης,  ή,  a  state  of  dis- 
tress. 

Άλνκώδης,  ες,  {άλνκός,  είδος)  like 
salt,  saltish,  Hipp. 

' Κλύμαντος,  ov,  {a  priv..  7^υμαίνω) 
unhurt,  unimpaired,  Plut.    [i] 
■^Άλύνομος,  ov,  a,  Alynoinus,  masc. 
pr.  n.  Plut. 

Άλνξις,  εως,  ή,  {άλύσκω)  a  shun- 
ning, avoiding,  Aesch.  Ag.  1300. 

'Α?ινπητος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  λνπέω)  not 
pained  or  grieved,  Soph.  Tr.  168. — II. 
act.  not  paining  or  distressing,  Soph. 
O.  C.  1662.  Adv.  -τως,  in  latter  signf., 
Plat.  Legg.  958  E.  — III.  as  pr.  n. 
Alypetus,  a  Spartan,  Xen.  Hell.  5,  4, 
52.    [i] 

Άλϋπία,  ας,  η,  freedom  from  pain  or 
grief,  cheerfulness,  Arist.  Rhet.  —  II. 
act.  hartnles.^ness,  Theophr. :  and 

Άλΰπιάς,  ύδος,  ή,  a  herb  that  stills 
pain.  Medic.  :  from 

Άλϋπος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  λύπη)  without 
pain,  grief,  or  sorrow,  unpained,  unhurt, 
freq.  in  Att.  from  Soph,  downwards  ; 
c.  gen.  άλ.  γήρως,  without  the  pains 
of  age,  Soph.  O.  C.  1519,  άτης.  El. 
1002  :  TO  άλνπον  =  άλυπία.  Plat. : 
adv.  -πως,  άλ.  ζην,  δίάγειν,  etc.,  to 
live  free  from  pain  and  sorrow.  Plat., 
Isocr.,  etc. — 11.  act.  not  paining  or 
troubling,  causing  no  pain  or  grief, 
harmless.  Plat.,  etc.  :  οίνος,  Hermipp. 
Phorm.  2,  5,  cf.  Eur.  Bacch.  425  : 
ά7^ύπως  τοις  άλ7^οις  ζην,  to  live  with- 
out  offence  to  others,  Isocr.  233  D. — 

III.  ά7.υπον,  τό,^=ά7^νπιύς,  Diosc. — 

IV.  as  masc.  pr.  n.  Alypus,  Polyb. 
Paus. 

Ά7.νρος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  λύρα)  without 
the  lyre,  unaccompanied  by  it,  ύμνοι 
ά7.νροι,  perh.  of  the  wild  sad  strains 
of  the  flute,  as  opp.  to  the  lyre,  Eur. 
Ale.  461,  cf.  Miiller  Eumen.  918,  Eur. 
Hel.  185,  etc. :  of  death.  Soph.  O.  C. 
1223.— 2.  unpoetic.  Plat.  Legg.  810 
B. 

'Αλνς,  υος,  ό,  {άλύω,  ύλη)  listless- 
ne.ss,  ennui,  Hipp.,  and  Plut. 
νΑλνς,  νος,  ό,  Halys,  a  river  of  Asia 
Minor,  flowing  into  the  Euxine,  Hdt. 
1,6. 

Άλνσηδόν ,  adv.,  in  chains. 

Άλνσθαίνω,  (ύλΰω)  to  be  sick  or 
weak,  Hipp.,  also  άλνσθμαίνω.  Call. 
H.  Del.  212  :  ά7.νσταίνω  also  occurs 
Hesych. 

Άλϋσίδετος,  ov,  {άλυσις,  δέω) 
bound  in  chains,  fettered. 

' Α7Λσίδιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  άλν- 
οίς- 

'Αλυσιδωτός,  ή,  όν,  (as  if  from  a 
verb  ά7.νσίδόω)  wrought  or  linked  like 
a  chain,  άλ.  θώραξ,  chain  armour,  a 
mail  skirt,  Polyb.  6,  23,  15. 

Ά7.ύσιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  sq., 
Menaiid.  p.  92. 

"Αλνσις.  εως,  ή,  sometimes  wrongly 
written  ά7.υσις,  a  chain,  bond,  Hdt.  9, 
74,  and  Att. :  sometimes  also  for  or- 


ΑΑΥΩ 

nament,  Ar.  Fr.  309,  12.  (usu.  deriT. 
from  λΰω,  but  dub.) 

'Α7.υσις,  εως,  η,  {ά7.ύω^  distress, 
anguish,  Hipp. 

Ά7Λσιτέ7^ια,  ας,  ή,  damage,  pre- 
judice, Polyb. :  from 

'Αλυσιτελής,  ές,  {a  priv.,  λύω,  τέ- 
λος) unprofitalle,  bringing  in  nothing, 
Hipp. :  hence  hurtful,  prejudicial,  Xen. 
Adv.  -λώς,  Xen. 

'Αλνσκάζω,  f.  -άσω  strengthd.  for 
άλύσκω,  Hom.  has  pres.  and  impf., 
but  forms  the  other  tenses  from 
άλύσκω :  Nonn.  has  the  aor.  άλυσ- 
κύσειε,  cf.  sq. 

Άλυσκάνω,  lengthd.  form  from 
ά7.νσκω,  restored  by  Wolf  in  Od.  22, 
330,  for  άλνσκασε,  from  Apoll.  Lex., 
and  the  Harl.  MS. 

Ά7.ύσκω,  fut.  άλύξω,  Hom.,  and 
Soph.,  άλύξομαι,  Hes.  Op.  363  :  aor. 
ηλνξα  {ά7-εύομαι)  To  flee  from,  shun, 
avoid,  forsake,  c.  acc,  freq.  in  Horn., 
e.g.  IL  10,  371,  Od.  12,  335:  rarely 
like  φεύγω,  c.  gen..  Soph.  Ant.  488, 
El.  627  :  absol.  to  escape,  get  off,  όθεν 
ονπως  ηεν  άλύξαι,  Od.  22,  460,  προτΐ 
άστυ  ά/.ύξαι,  11.  10,  348 :  tv  Τερήνω 
ά7.νξεν,  he  escaped  by  staying  in  G., 
Hes.  Fr.  22. — U.  intrans.  to  wander 
about,  like  άλύω.  Αρ.  Rh.  4,  57.  A 
poet.,  and  chiefly  Ep.  word,  mostly 
used  in  pres.  and  aor.    [u] 

Άλνσμός,  ov,  ό,  (ύλνω)  distress, 
anguish  :  esp.  of  the  tossing  about  of 
sick  persons,  Hipp. 

Άλνσμώδης,  ες,  {άλνσμός,  είδος) 
uneasy,  troubled,  Hipp. 

Ά7,νσσον,  ου,  τό,  {a  priv.,  λνζω)  a 
plant  used  to  check  the  hiccup,  Diosc. 

Ά7.νσσος,    ov,    {a    priv.,    ζ.νσσα) 
πηγή,  Alyssus,  a  fountain  in  Arcadia, 
curing  canine  madness,  Paus.  8,  19,  3. 
Άλνσσω,  f.  -ύξω,  Hipp.,  (ά/Ινω)  to 
be  uneasy,  the  pres.  only  in  II.  22,  70, 
άλύσσοντες  περί  θνμω  :  Q.  Sm.  14, 
24,  has  a  plqpf.  pass.  ά7.αλνκτο,  was 
disquieted.  (Sometimes  wrongly  deriv. 
from  /.ύσσα.) 
' Α7.νσταίνω,  v.  ά7ι,νσθαίνω. 
'Αλυτάρχης,  ov,  ό,  {'Αλυτης,  άρχω) 
α  chief  of  the  Άλνται,  Luc.  Hermot. 
40. 

Άλυτης,  ου,  ό,  α  police-officer,  Lat. 
Lictor. 

Άλυτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  λύω)  not  to  be 
loosed  or  broken,  indissoluble,  πέδαι, 
Horn.,'  δεσμά,  Aesch.,  etc.:  hence 
imperishable,  Pind.  P.  4,  383 ;  con- 
tinuous, ceaseless.  Soph.  El.  230  :  also 
of  substances,  indissoluble,  Arist. 
Meteor. — 2.  inexplicable,  late. — 11.  not 
loosed  or  dissolved.  Plat.  Tim.  60  E. 
Adv.  -τως.  Plat. 

Ά7.νχνος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  7.ύχνος) 
without  lamp  Or  light,  Eur.  Ino   17. 

'Α?.ύω,  sometimes  written  ά7.ύω, 
used  only  in  pres.  and  impf.,  {άλη, 
άλάομαι)  to  wander,  but  in  older  and 
better  authors,  where  the  word  is 
solely  poet.,  only  of  the  muid,  to  be  ill 
at  ease,  be  troubled,  distracted,  frantic, 
be  beside  one's  self,  II.  5,  352,  Od.  9, 
398,  etc. :  to  be  at  a  loss,  not  know  what 
to  do,  like  άπορεϊν.  Soph.  Phil.  174, 
cf.  Heyne.  11.  5,  352 :  to  be  weary, 
enmiyi,  Ael. :  more  rarely  to  be  beside 
one's  self  for  joy,  OT  pride,  Οά.  18,  333, 
cf.  γανριάν,  and  Jac.  A.  P.  p.  760. — 
II.  in  late  authors,  as  Plut.,  Luc, 
etc.,  to  ivander  Or  roam  about.  There 
are  many  collat.  forms,  άλνσσω, 
ά7.υκτέω,  ά7.νκτάζω,  ά7.νκταίνω, 
ά7.ύκτημίιι,  άλνσθαίνω :  whereas 
ά/.νσκω,  ά7.νσκάζω,  are  more  akin 
to  άλενομαι.  [ϋ  in  Horn.,  except 
once  at  the  end  of  the  verse,  Od.  9, 
398 :  ϋ'  in  later  Ep.,  ν  in  Att.,  Griife 
73 


ΑΛΦΙ 
Mel.  25,  Meineke  Cur.  Crit.  Ath.  p. 
54.] 

Ά-λνώδης,  ες,  (άλυω,  είδος)  fit  for 
wandering  in,  τόπος,  dub.  in  Hipp. 

Άλφα,  TO,  indecl.  v.  a  init. 

ΆΑΦΑ'Νί2,  aor.  ηλφον,  opt.  ύλφοι: 
Horn,  uses  the  aor.  only,  but  the 
pres.  occurs  in  Eur.  Med.  298,  and 
Fr.  Comin.,  v.  Elmsl.  ad  1. —  Τυ  bring 
in,  yield,  βίοτον,  ίκατόμβοιον,  μυρίον 
ώνον,  άξίον  ά'λφίΐν,  Οό.  17,  250,  11. 
21,  79,  Od.  15,  452  ;  20,  383  :  nietaph. 

ίϋόνον  (Λφύνειν,  to  incur  envy,  Eur. 
c.  The  forms  ΐιΆφάζω,  Dor.  άλ- 
φύδδω,  άλφαίνω,  ά'λφαίω,  άλφύω, 
αλφέω,  άλφω,  with  the  signf.  to  find, 
get,  win,  are  found  only  in  Gramm. 
(the  root  άλφ-  is  prob.  akin  to  λαβ-, 
λαφ-,  in  λαμβάνω,  λαβείν.) 

j-Άλφεαία,  Άλφειονία,  ας,  and  Άλ- 
άειούσα,  ης,  ή,  appell.  of  Diana  in 
Elis,  Paus.  G,  22,  5,  Strab. 

Αλφειός,  οΰ,  ό,  Alpheus,  a  river  of 
Elis,  il.  7,  15,  Find.,  etc.,  also  the 
river-god,   cf.    Luc.   Dial.    M.  3. — 2. 
masc.  pr.  n.  Hdt.  7,  227,  etc. 
■[Άλφειώσα,  7ΐς,=^Άλφεαία. 
ί'Αλφεός,  οϋ,  ό,~' λλφεώς.  Find. 
Ι'Αλ^εσι  Joia,  ας,  ή,  (ν.  sq.)  Alphesi- 
boea,  daughter  of  Fhoeni.x,  mother  of 
Adonis,  ApoUod.  3,  14,  4. — 2.  wife  of 
Alcmaeon,  Fans.  8,  24,  8.-3.  daugh- 
ter of  Bias  and  Pero,  Theocr.  3,  45. 

'Χλφεσίβοιος,  οία,  οίον,  (άλφείν, 
βοϋς)  strictly  brmging  m  oxen  :  hence 
παρθένοι  άλφεσίβυιαι,  II.  18,  593, 
maidens  who  yield  their  parents 
many  oxen  as  presents  from  their 
suitors :  hence  in  genl.  wooed  with 
rich  presents  :  but  ύδωρ  ΰ'λφ.  of  the 
Nile,  water  that  yields  fat  oxen  by 
enriching  the  pastures,  Aesch.  Suppl. 
855. 

ΆΑΦΗ',  ης,  η,  (άλφαίνω)  produce, 
gain..  Lye.  549. 

Άλφημα,  ατός,  ro,=foreg.,  esp.  the 
sum  for  which  a  contract  is  made  by  a 
builder,  etc.,  Bockh  Inscr.  2,  p.  221. 

Άλφιιστίύω,  to  be  north  much,  to 
sell  well,  Hippon.  Fr.  30. 

Άλφΐ]στήρ,  ηρος,  o,==sq..  Or.  Sib. 

Ά.λφηστης,  οϋ,  ό,  (άλφεϊν)  an  old 
word  used  by  Horn,  only  in  Od.,  and 
always  in  phrase  άνδρες  άλφησταί, 
ace.  to  Eustath.  inventive,  reasoning 
men,  as  distinguished  from  brutes, 
but  rather  (ace.  to  Homeric  usage  of 
the  verb)  gain-seeking,  enterprising, 
industrious  men,  άνδρες  not  άνθρω- 
ποι, and  in  Hes.  Op.  82,  even  greedy, 
covetous :  hence  esp.  applied  to  Ira- 
ding,  sea-faring  people.  Op.  13,  261, 
H.  Apoll.  458,  and  so  the  Fhaeacians 
are  said  to  be  εκας  ανδρών  άλφησ- 
τάων,  out  of  reach  of  enterprising  men, 
Od.  6,  8.  Cf.  Nitsch  Od.  1,  349.  Ep., 
but  also  used  once  or  twice  by  Trag. 
— II.  a  kind  offish  that  went  in  pairs, 
Epich.  p.  27 :  hence  of  lewd  men, 
Ath.  281  F. 

Άλφηστικός,  οϋ,  ό,^=ά?.φηστης  II., 
Arist.  ap.  Ath.  281  F. 

Άλφί,  TO,  poet,  indecl.  abbrev. 
form  from  άλφιτον.  Ejiich.  p.  Ill,  cf. 
Ruhnk.  H.  Horn.  Cer.  208. 

'ΙΆ'λφίνοος,  ov,  ό,  Alphinous,  masc. 
pr.  n.  Plut. 

Ά?^ώΐτΰμοιβός,  ό,{άλφιτα,  αμείβω) 
a  dealer  in  άλφιτα,  Ar.  Av.  491,  etc. 

Άλφΐτείη,  or  άλφιτία,  ας,  ή,  a  pre- 
paring of  ά/^φιτα. 

Άλφΐτεϊον,  ov,  TO,  a  mill  for  grind- 
ing ά'/φιτα.  dub. 

'Α?.φΐτενς,  έως,  ό,  a  barley  miller, 
Hyperid.  ap.  Foil.  7,  18. 

Άλφΐτηοόν,      adv.,     like     άλφιτα, 
Diosc.  :  esp.  of  fractures,  where  the 
bone  is  much  shivered.  Gal. 
74 


ΑΑΩΒ 

Άλφΐτήριος,  ία,  lov,  also  ρός,  ά,  όν, 
of  belonging  to  άλφιτα,  άγγειον,  a 
meal-tub,  Antiph.  Bomb.  1. 

Άλφϊτοειδής,  ές,  {άλφιτον,  είδος) 
like  άλφιτα,  Foet.  de  Vir.  Herb.  77. 

ΆλφΙτοβήκη,  ης,  ή,  {άλφιτον,  θήκη) 
α  vessii  for  holding  άλφιτα. 

Άλφΐτύμαντις,  εως,  ό,  ή,  {άλφιτον, 
μάντις)  one  who  divines  from  άλφιτα, 
v.  άλενρόμαντις. 

ΆΛΦΙΤΟΝ,  ov,  τό,  peeled  or  pearl- 
barley,  Lat.  polenta :  in  sing,  only  in 
Ilom.  in  phrase  άλφίτον  ακτή,  barley- 
meal. barley  cakes,  11.  ll,C3LOd.2, 355, 
and  in  Medic,  (v.  inf.) :  elsewhere  in 
plur.  ά'λφιτα,  barley-groats,  and  the 
cakes  or  porridge  made  thereof  as  early 
as  Od.  19,  197  :  Horn,  calls  it  μνελόν 
ανδρών,  man's  marrow,  not  unlike  our 
staff  of  life :  of  this  meal  was  made 
also  a  kind  of  barley-water,  Hipp., 
and  poultice,  Diosc.  :  it  was  used 
too  as  powder  by  the  Κανηφόροι,  cf. 
Ar.  Ec;cl.  732,  Hermipp.  The.  2.— II. 
in  genl.  any  m.eal  or  groats,  as  of 
wheat  or  pulse,  Hipp.  :  even  λίθοιο 
άλφιτα,  Orph.  —  III.  metaph.  one's 
bread,  daily  bread,  Ar.  Plut.  219:  and 
so  πατρώα  άλφ.,  one's  patrimony.  Id. 
Nub.  107. 

Άλόΐτοποιία,  ας,  η,  =  άλφιτεία, 
Xen.  Mem.  2,  7,  6. 

Άλφιτοποιός,  ov,  ό,  {άλφιτον, 
ποιέω)  α  preparer  of  άλφιτα,  Oenom. 
ap.  Euseb. 

Άλφΐτοπώλης,  ov,  ό,  (άλφιτον,  πω- 
λέω)=άλφιταμοιβός,  Nicoph.  Chir. 
1  :  fem.  ύλφιτοπώλις,  ιδος,  ή,  άλφ. 
στοά,  the  flour-market  at  Athens,  Ar. 
Eccl.  C82. 

Άλφΐτοπωλητήριον,  ov,  τό,  a  mar- 
ket for  ά?ιφιτα. 

' λ'λφίτοσίτέω,  ώ, {άλφιτον,  σίτος) to 
eat,  live  on  άλφιτα,  or  bread  made 
thereof,  Xen.  Cyr.  6,  2,  28. 

Άλφΐτοσκόπος,  ov,  6,  (άλφιτον, 
σκοπέω)=:άλφιτόμαντις. 

Άλφϊτοφύγος,  ov,  (άλφιτον,  φα- 
γείν)  eating  άλφιτα,  Ael.    [ΰ] 

Άλφΐτόχρως,  ωτος,  6,  ή,  {άλφιτον, 
χρως)  of  the  colour  of  άλφιτα,  κεφαλή, 
apowdered,  i.  e.  hoary  head,  Ar.  Fr.  453. 

Άλφΐτώ,  όος  contr.  οϋς,  ή,  like 
Άκκώ,  a  spectre  or  bugbear  with  which 
nurses  frighten  children,  Flut. 

Άλφοι,  opt.  aor.  of  άλφάνω,  Horn. 
ΥΑλφοπρύςωπος,  ov,  {άλφός,  πρός- 
ωπον)  white  faced,  Hippiatr. 

iΆλφόpvγχoς,  ov,  (άλφός,  βνγχος) 
with  white  snout  or  ?nou,th.  Id. 

Ά?^φός,  ov,  ό,  a  kind  of  leprosy,  esp. 
on  the  face,  Lat.  vitiligo,  Hes.  Fr. 
5  :  later  λεύκη,  (akin  to  albus,  as 
όρφός,  ορφανός,  to  orbus.) 

*'AA<J>i2,  assumed  pres.  from  which 
to  form  the  aor.  of  άλφάνω. 

'Κλφώδης,  ες,  (άλφός,  είδος)  leprous. 
Gal. 

νΡίλχαίδαμος,  ov,  ό,  Alchaedamus, 
king  of  the  Rhambaei,  in  Syria, 
Strab. 

*'ΆΛΩ,  assumed  as  root  of  άλδέω, 
άλδαίνω,  άλϋω,  άλθέω,  άλθαίνω, 
άλέω.  άλεαίνω,  αίο.  halo,  οΙο,  adolesco. 

Άλωύ,  Dor.  for  άλωή,  Theocr. 

'Αλώα,  ων,  τά.  (άλως)  α  festival  of 
Ceres  as  inventress  of  agriculture, 
like  Lat.  Cerealia,  harvest-home,  Dem. 
1385,  2. 

ΥΑλωάδαι,  or  Άλωάδαι,  o'l.  Died. 
S.  4,  85,  Euseb.,  ='ΑΛω«(5α£. 

Άλωαιος,  a,  ov,  (άλως)  belonging 
to  the  threshing-floor  :  hence  Άλωαία, 
as  epith.  of  Ceres,  Orph. 

Άλωύς.  άδος,  7/=  Άλωαία, Theocr. 
7,  155,  ubi  al.  Άλωίς. 

Αλώβητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  λωβάομαι) 
unhurt :  unblamed,  Themist. 


ΑΛΩΠ 

Άλώδης,  ες,  (άλς,  είδος)  like  salt, 
Plut. 

νΑλωεΙδαΐ,  ων,  ο'ι,  the  Alnidae,  i.  e. 
Otus  and  E[)hialtes,  sons  of  Neptune 
and  Iphimcdia  the  wife  of  Aloeus, 
from  whom  they  derive  the  appell., 
ApoUod.  1,  7,  4. 

Ά7ιωεινός,  ή,  όν,  (άλως)  of  οτ  used 
in  a  threshing-floor,  Anth. 

Άλωεύς,  έως,  ό,  one  who  xvorks  on  a 
threshing-floor  or  a  field :  a  thresher, 
husband7nan,  gardener, vine-dresser,  etc., 
Ap.  Rh. — II.  in  Horn,  only  as  prop.  n. 
Aloeus,  11.  5,  306. — 2.  son  of  Helius, 
king  of  Alopia,  Fans.  2,  38. 

Άλωή,  ής,  ή,  sometimes  written 
άλωή,  a  poet,  word  used  in  Ep.  and 
Anth.  for  Alt.  άλως:  Dor.  άλωύ. — L 
a  threshing-fioor,  11.  5,  499,  etc.,  Hes. 
Op.  597. — ll.  any  levelled  plot  of  ground, 
sown  or  planted,  a  garden,  orchard, 
vineyard,  etc.,  II.  9,  534.  etc.  :  but 
ΊΙοσειδύωνος  άλ.,  like  άλσος,  the 
sea,  Lat.  Neptunia  prata,  0pp. — III.  a 
halo  of  the  sun  or  moon,  Arat. 

Ά7.ώτι,  Ep.  for  άλω,  3  sing.  subj. 
aor.  2  of  άλίσκομαι,  ΐί.  14,  81 :  but— 
II.  άλώη,  Ep.  for  άλοίη,  3  sing,  opt., 
Hom.  ' 

Υ Κλωϊάδαι,  οΊ,=  ΑλωεΙδαι,  Αρ.  Rh. 
1,  484. 

Άλώϊος,  α,  ον,=:άλωεινός,  Nic. 

Άλωΐς,  ίδος,  ή,  ν.  Άλωύς. 

Άλωΐτης,  ον,  ό,=  άλωεύς,  Anth. 

Άλώκαντι,  Dor.  for  έα'λώκασι,  3  ρ1. 
perf.  of  άλίσκομαι,  Flut. 

Άλώμεναι,  Ep.  for  άλώναι,  inf. 
aor.  2  of  άλίσκομαι,  Horn. 

Άλώμενος,  η,  ov,  part,  from  άλά- 
ομαι,  Hom. 

'Άλων,  ωνος,  η,^=άλως,  but  only 
found  in  oblique  cases  from  Arist. 
downwards. 

Άλώναι, mf.zox. of  άλίσκομαι,ϊίοϊη. 

Άλωνεύομαι,  dep.,  to  work  on  a 
threshing-floor  or  afield,  App. 

Άλώνητος,  ov,  (άλς,  ΰνέομαϊ) 
bought  with  salt :  άλώνητα  δονλύρια, 
ivorthless  slaves,  esp.  those  from 
Thrace,  because  the  Thracians  sold 
men  for  salt,  as  the  Africans  do  lor 
brandy. 

Άλωνία,  ας,^άλως,  a  threshing- 
floor,  Athen. 

Αλωνίζω,  to  be  ox  work  on  a  thresh• 
ing-floor. 

Άλώνιον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  άλων. 

ΆλωνοτρΙβέω,  ώ,{άλων,  τρίβω)  to 
heat  on  a  threshing-floor,  Longus. 

■\Άλωόφντος.  ov,  (άλως,  φνω)  vine- 
yard-grown, Nonn.  Dion.  13,  267. 

Άλωπεκέη,  ης,  ή.  Ion.  for  αλω- 
πεκή, Hdt.  7,  75. 

Άλωπέκειος,  a,  ov,  (άλωπηξ)  be- 
longing to  a  fox.  Gal. 

Αλωπεκή,  ής,  ή,  Att.  contr.  from 
Ion.  άλωπεκέη.  sub.  δορά,  a  fox-skin, 
Hdt.  7,  75  :  proverb,  όπον  ή  λεοντή 
μη  εφικνείται,  προςραπτέον  ίκεΐ  την 
ά'λωπεκήν.  i.  e.  where  force  won't  do, 
one  must  use  cunning,  Plut.  Lys.  7. 
νλλωπεκή,  ής,  ή,  and  Άλωπεκαί  or 
-και,ών,  a'l,  Alopece,  an  Attic  demus  ; 
hence  Άλωπεκήθεν,  from  Alopece, 
Plat.  Gorg.  495  D ;  Άλωπεκήσι  in 
Alopece,  Hdt.  5,  63.  ^ 

'Αλωπεκία,  ας,  η  a  disease,  like 
the  mange  of  foxes,  in  which  the  hair 
fails  otT,  Soph.  Fr.  309 :  in  plur., 
places  wheie  the  hair  has  fallen  off, 
Arist.  Probl. — II.  the  hole  or  earth  of  a 
fox. 

Υ  Αλωπεκία,  ας,  ή.  Alopecia,  an  isl- 
and in  the  Palus  Maeotis,  Strab. 

Αλωπεκίας,  ου.  6,  foxy :  branded 
with  a  fox,  Luc,  Pise.  47. — II.  a  kind 
of  shark,  Lat.  squalus  vulpes,  Arist. 
ap.  Ath.  294  D. 


ΑΛΩΣ 

Ά?ι.ωπεκίασις,  εως,  ή,=άλωττεκία 
ι,  Gal. 

Άλωττεκΐδενς,  έως,  ό,  α  fox's  cub, 
young  fox,  Ar.  Pac.  1067. 

Άλυπεκίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {ά?Μπηξ)  to  be 
a  fox,  play  the  fox,  deal  slily,  Lat.  vul- 
■pinari,  Ar.  Vesp.  1241 :  proverb,  άλ. 
TTpof  ίλώττεκα,  to  cheat  the  cheater. — 
II.  act.  to  overreach. 

Ά/.ωπέκων,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  ά?.ώ- 
"κηξ,  a  little  fox,  Ar.  Eq.  107ti. 

Α'/ΜΤϊεκίς,  ίδος,  ή,  a  mongrel  be- 
tween fox  and  dog,z=κυva'λώ^ϊηξ,  Xen. 
Cyn.  3,  1. — II.  α  fox-skin  cap,  Xen. 
An.  7,  4,  4. — III.  a  kind  of  vine,  the 
cluster  resembling  a  fox's  brush, 
Plin.^ 

νΧ7Μ~εκόννησος,  ov,  η,  Alopecon- 
nestts,  a  city  in  the  Thracian  Cher- 
sonese, Dera. 

■\Ά'/Μ~εκος,  ov,  6,  Alopecus,  masc. 
pr.  n.  Pans.  3,  16,  9. — 2.  a  hill  near 
Haliartus,  Plut.  Lys.  29. 

Άλωπέκονρος,  ov,  a,  {ά?ιώ7τηξ, 
οίφύ)  fox-tail,  a  plant,  prob.  lagurus, 
Theophr. 

Άλωπεκώδης,  ες,  {ΰλώπηξ,  είδος) 
fox-like,  sly. 

Ά'λώ.τηζ,  εκος,  ή,  also  ά?ιώπ•ηκος, 
in  Ananius  1,  ace.  to  Herm.,  dat.  pi. 
ά?-υττ7'/κεσσί,  0pp.  :  α  fox,  first  in 
Find,  and  Hdt. ;  metaph.  of  men,  a 
sly  fox,  master  Reynard,  Horace's 
animi  sub  vulpe  latentes.  Proverb,  την 
άλώττεκα  έ'λκεί  μετόπισθεν,  he  has  a 
fox's  tail,  i.  e.  is  a  fox  in  disguise, 
Plat.  Rep.  365  C  :  αλώπηξ  τον  βούν 
Ε/.αννει,  i.  e.  cunning  beats  force,  Pa- 
roemiogr. — 2.  =ά?.ω7Γεκή,  a  fox-skin, 
Ruhnk.  Tun.  :  so  too  λέων  for  λε- 
οντί). — II.  TTTijvu  δερμόήτερα  οίον 
ΰ/.ώηηξ,  prob.  a  kind  of  flying  squir- 
rel, Arist.  H.  Α.  — III.  a  sea-fish, = 
ύλω-εκίας,  lb.  —  IV.  in  plur.  ύλώ- 
ττεκες,  the  muscles  of  the  loins, ^νεώ- 
ρομήτομες,  Hipp. — V.  =^άλω~εκία  Ι., 
Call.  Dian.  79. — VI.  a  kind  of  dance. 
(The  fox's  Sanscrit  name  Ιόρύςα  is 
said  to  mean  carrion-eater.)    [u] 

Ά?.ω~ός,  όν,=^αλωτ:εκώδης.  Soph. 
Fr.  242.— ll.  =ΰ'Λώ-ηξ,  Ignat.  Ep.  9. 
Cf.  Coray  Plut.  3.  p.  l»'.     Hence 

Άλωποχροος,  ov,  contr.  -χρονς, 
ovv,  {α/.ω~ός,  χ^ρόα)  fox-coloured. 

VA'/Mpiov,  ov,  TO,  Alorium,  a  city  of 
Triphylia,  Strab. 

Υλ'λωρίς,  ίδος,  Scyl.,  and  '\λο)ρος, 
ov,  ή,  Alorus,  a  city  of  Macedonia, 
Strab. ;  hence  ό  Ά/.ωρίττις,  an  iahab. 
of  ΑΙ.,  Polyb.,  5,  63,  12. 

"ΑΑί2Σ,  ω,  ή,  later  also  gen.  ά?.θ)θς. 
Call.,  and  αλωνος,  (cf  άλων) :  =poet. 
ά/.ωή,  a  threshing-floor,  Xen.  Oec.  18, 
6 :  and  from  its  round  shape,  also — 
II.  the  disk  of  the  sun  or  moon ;  also 
of  a  shield,  explained  by  ασπίδας 
κύκ'λον.  Aesch.  Theb.  489  :  but  later, 
as  Arist.  Mund.  4,  22,  a  halo  round  the 
sun  or  ?noon. — 2.  ο  coiled  snake,  Nic. 
— 3.  a  bird's  nest,  Ael. — 4.  the  pupil  of 
the  eye. 

Άλώσΐμος,  ov,  {ά2.ώναι)  easy  to 
take,  catch,  win,  or  conquer,  of  places 
or  persons,  ττό?ας,  Hdt.  3, 153,  Thuc. 
4,  9,  and  Xen.  Cyr.  5,  4,  4.-2.  of 
the  mind,  easy  to  make  out  or  contrive, 
Soph.  Phil.  863  ;  in  law,  exposed  to 
conviction,  Aristid. — II.  {ΰ?.ωσις)  of 
or  belonging  to  capture  or  conquest, 
τταΐάν  άλ.,  a  paean  of  conquest,  a 
song  of  triumph  on  taking  a  city, 
Aesch.  Theb.  635  ;  βύξις  άλ.,  tidi)igs 
of  the  capture.  Id.  Ag.  10. 

"A/waif,  εως,  ή,  {ΰ7.ίσκομαΐ)  a 
taking,  capture,  conquest,  destruction, 
Find.,  Hdt.,  and  Att.  :  δαίων  άλ., 
conquest  or  capture  by  the  enemy, 
Aesch.  Theb.  119  :  means  of  conquest, 


ΑΜΑΔ 

Soph.  Phil.  81. — II.  as  law-term,  de- 
tection, conviction,  Plat.  Legg.  920  A. 

Ά?.ωτός,  ή,  όν,  later  also  of,  ov, 
verb  adj.  from  άλώναι,  to  be  taken  or 
conquered,  Thuc.  6,  77 :  attainable. 
Soph.  O.  T.  111. 

Άλώώητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  λωφάω) 
■unremitting,  incessant,  Plut.  Fab.  M. 
23. 

Άλώω,  Ep.  for  άλω,  subj.  aor.  2  of 
ΰ?ύσκομαι,  Hom.  ^ 

Άμ,  for  ΰνά,  before  a  word  begin- 
ning with  the  labials  β,  π,  φ,  or  μ, 
e.  g.  άμ  βωμοΐσι,  αμ  μέσον,  αμ  πε- 
δίον, αμ  πέλαγος,  άμ  (pvTU  : — this 
form  is  mostly  Dor.,  as  in  Pind.,  but 
also  in  Horn.,  and  sometnnes  in  Att. 
poets,  even  in  Comic— Buttm.  Ausf. 
Gr.  ^  117,  Anm.  4,  would  write  άμ- 
joined  with  its  substantive,  as  άμπέ- 
λα^,ος,  etc. 

"ΑΜΑ. — I.  as  adv.,  at  once,  usu. 
of  time,  serving  to  unite  two  dif- 
ferent actions,  etc.,  very  oft.  added 
to  τέ...,  και,  as  άμ'  οιμωγή  τε  και 
ενχωλή,  II.  8,  64,  άμα  ωκνμορος 
και  όϊζνρός,  II.  1,  417,  σέ  'θ'  άμα 
κλαίω  καΐ  εμε,  Π.  24,  773  :  also  with 
και  only,  άμα  πρόσσω  καΙ  οπίσ- 
σω,  II.  3,  109  :  with  δέ  only,  άμα  μύ- 
θος εην,  τετέλεστο  δέ  έργον,  II.  19, 
242,  which  was  shortened  into  άμ 
έπος  άμ'  έργον,  no  sooner  said  than 
done  :  άμα  μεν-..,  άμα  δέ...,  in  Att., 
partly....  partly....  Plat.  Phaed,  115  D, 
Xen.  Hell.  3, 1,  2.  In  prose  άμα  τε..., 
και,  may  oft.  be  translated  by  simul 
ac,  as  soon  as,  the  moment  that,  as  άμα 
άκηκόαμέν  τε  και  τριηράρχονς  κα- 
θίσταμεν,  as  soon  as  we  heard,  we 
appointed...,  Dem.  50,  18,  άμα  διαλ- 
λ.άττονται  και  της  έχθρας  έπιλαν- 
θάνονται,  Isocr. :  in  this  case  the 
former  verb  oft.  becomes  a  partic,  as 
άμα  ειπών  ανέστη,  as  soon  as  he 
spoke,  he  stood  up,  Xen.  An.  3,  1, 
47 ;  άμα  γιγνόμενοι  λαμβάνομεν,  at 
the  moment  of  our  birth  we  receive,  Plat. 
Phaed. 70  C. :  της  αγγελίας  άμα  βηθεί- 
σης  έβοήθονν,  as  soon  as  the  news 
was  brought  they  assisted,  Thuc.  2, 
5,  cf.  Valck.  Phoen.  1184,  Kuhner 
Gr.  Gr.  1>  666,  Obs.  5. — άαα  μέν  fol- 
lowed by  έτι  δέ,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  4,  3 ; 
άμα  μέν...,  προς  δέ...,  Hdt.  8,  51, 
which  are  anacolutha.  All  instances 
of  the  adv.  have  the  notion  of  time, 
though  it  sometimes  involves  that  of 
place,  or  quality,  as  άμα  πάντες  or 
πάντες  άμα,  άμα  ύμφω,  άμα  κρατε- 
ρός και  άμνμων. — II.  as  prep.  c.  dat., 
at  the  same  time  with,  together  with, 
άμ'  ijol,  at  dawn,  II.  9,  682,  etc.,  Att. 
άμ'  εω  :  so  too  άμ'  ηελίω  ΰνιόντι  or 
καταδνντι,  at  sun-rise  or  sun-set,  II. 
18,  136,  210,  etc. :  άμ'  ήμερα,  or  more 
freq.  τι)  ήμερα,  Hdt.,  and  Att. :  άμ' 
ήρι  άρχομένω  or  άμα  τω  ήρι,  at  be- 
ginning of  spring,  v.  Thuc.  5,  20,  etc.  : 
sometimes  in  genl.,  along  ivith,  to- 
gether with,  as  άμα  τινι  έπεσθαι, 
έλθεϊν,  άγειν,  πέμπειν,  so  too  Έλέ- 
νην  και  κτήματ'  άμ'  αντί),  II.  3,  458  ; 
άμα  πνοΐ7)ς  άνέμοιο,  equally  with  the 
blasts  of  'the  wind,  Od.  1,  98;  twice 
repeated,  άμα  αντω  άμ'  έποντο,  Od. 
11,  371.  (of  the  same  root  as  a  copul. 
όμοΐ}  όμοιος,  Sansc.  sa.sam,  hat. simul. 
Germ,  sammt,  zusammen,  v.  Hartung, 
Partikell.  1.  p.  226.) 

Άμα,  and  άμα,  Dor.for  άμα,  P*ind. 
νΑμάδοκος,  ov,  ό,  Amadocus,  a  king 
of  the  Odrysffi  Xen.  Hell.  4,  8,  26. 

Άμαδρνύς,  ύδος,  ή,  {άμα,  δρνς) 
usu.  in  plur., //ie//ama</rya(Zes, nymphs 
who  came  into  being  and  died  with 
the  trees  to  which  they  were  attach- 
ed, Alh. :  also  Άδρνάς. 


ΑΜΑΘ 

νΑμαζόνειον,  ov,  τό,  Amazoneum,  a 
place  in  or  near  Athens,  where  the 
battle  with  the  Amazons  was  said  to 
have  taken  place,  Diod.  S.  4,  58. 

V Αμαζ,ονίδες,  v.  Άμαζών. 

νΑμαζονικός,  ή,  όν,  of  or  belonging 
to  the  Amazons,  Amazonian,  Plut. 
Pomp.  35  ;  and 

νΑμοζόνιος,  (n',=  foreg.,  όρη.  Αρ. 
Rh.  2, 977.— 2.0,  epith.  of  Apollo  in 
Laconia,  Paus.  3,  25,  2  ;  from 

Άμαζών,  όνος,  ή,  usu.  in  plur.,  the 
Amazons,  a  warlike  nation  of  women 
in  Scythia.  II.  3, 189,  and  Hdt.  4, 110  ; 
dwelling  on  the  banks  of  the  Ther- 
modon,  in  the  plain  of  Themiscyra, 
hence  styled  'Αμαζόνων  πεδίον, 
Strab. ;  in  Pind.  01.  13,  124,  also 
Άμαζονίδες.  —  II.  epith.  of  Diana, 
Paus.  (usu.  derived  from  a  priv., 
μαζός,  from  the  fable  that  they  either 
took  off  or  checked  the  growth  of  the 
right  breast,  that  it  might  not  inter- 
fere with  the  use  of  the  bow  ;  but 
this  is  disproved  by  works  of  art  in 
which,  though  the  right  breast  is  con- 
cealnd  by  drapery,  its  form  is  plainly 
disceiuible,  cf.  Anthon's  Class.  Diet. 

s.  V.) 

'Αμάθαίνω,  to  be  αμαθής,  untaught, 
stupid.  Plat.,  usu.  absol.,  but  also  c. 
ace.  or  εις  τι,  to  be  ignorant  m  a  thing, 
Legg.  689  C,  D. 

Άμΰθεί,  adv.  of  άμαθης. 

'Αμάθεια,  ας,  worse  form  for  ΰμα- 
θία,  Buttm.  Plat.  Men.  p.  50. 
'{'Αμάθεια,  ας,  ή,  Amatheia,  a  Nereid, 
II.  18,  48. 

'Αμαθής,  ές,  (α  priv.,  μαθεΐν)  im- 
taught,  unlearned,  ignorant,  and  SO 
stupid,  dull,  Hdt.  1,  33,  arid  freq.  in 
Att.  from  Eur.  downwards,  of  per- 
sons and  their  actions :  also  coarse, 
boorish,  rude,  like  άγροϊκος.  Wolf 
Leptin.  p.  339  :  άμαθης  τήν  άμαθίαν 
εκείνων,  stupid  with  their  stupidity. 
Plat.  Apol.  22  Ε  :  άμαθέστερον  των 
νόμων  νπεροτρίας  παιδενεσϋαι,  to  be 
educated  with  too  little  learning  to  de• 
spise  the  laws,  Thuc.  1,84:  also  c. 
gen.  rei,  without  knowledge  of,  un- 
learned or  unskilled  in,  Thuc.  4,  41, 
etc. :  more  rarely  άμ.  περί  τίνος. 
Plat.  Eryx.  394  Ε,  τι.  Id.  Lach.  194 
D,  προς  τι,  Plut. :  so  too  άμαθώς 
έχειν  τινός,  Ael. :  also  of  things,  άμ. 
(ίώμτ),  rude  force,  Eur.  Tern.  11,  δν- 
ναμις,  Plut. — II.  pass.,  not  leamt,  un- 
known, Eur.  Ion  916.  Adv.  -θώς, 
άμαθώς  χωρεϊν,  of  events,  to  take  an 
unforeseen  course,  Thuc.  1.  140. 

' Αμάθητος,  ov,  =  άμαθης,  PhryTL 
(Com.)  Conn.  3. 

Άμΰθία,  ας,  ή,  the  state  of  an  άμα- 
θης, loant  of  learning,  knowledge, 
etc.,  ignorance,  dullness,  coarseness, 
τινός  or  περί  τι,  freq.  in  Att.  prose, 
but  also  in  Soph.  Fr.  633,  and  Eur. 

Άμάθΐτις,  ιδος,  ή,  (άμαθος)  dwel- 
ling in  the  sand  :  άμαθίτιδες  κόγχοί, 
sand-snails,  cowries,  Epich.  p.  22. 

Άμάθόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  contr.  άμα- 
θους, ονσσα,  οΰν,—  Ερ.  ήμαθόεις. 

άμαθος,  ου,  ή,=  άμος,  άμμος, 
■φάμαθος,  Lat.  sahulum,  sctnd,  a  sandy 
soil,  opp.  to  sea-sand  (-φάμαθος), 
Hom. :  in  plur.,  the  links  or  dunes  by 
the  sea,  H.  Hom.  Ap.  439.  [ΰμμ-']. 
Ϋ Αμαθος,  ov,  6,  Amathus,  a  river  of 
Ehs,  Strab. 

νΑμαθονς,  ονντος,  ή,  Amathus,  a 
city  of  Cyprus,  in  which  Venus  had 
a  famous  temple,  and  was  hence 
called  Άμαθονσία,  Hdt.  5, 105 :  hence 
adj.  Άμαθονσιος,  a,  ov,  of  Amathus, 
Amathusian,  Hdt.  5,  114. 

Άμΰθννω,   (άμαθος)   to  make  into 
dust,  bitterly  desti-oy,  πάλιν,  H.  9,  593, 
To 


AMAA 

όνίρα,  Aesch.  Pr.  938,  αμ.  Iv  (piOyl 
σάρκα,  Theocr.  2,  26. — 2.  to  hide  in 
the  sand,  H.  Horn.  Merc.  140.  Only 
poet. 

Άμάθώδης,  ες,  (άμαθος,  είδος)  like 
sand,  sandy. 

"Αμαι,  Ion.  for  ΰμα,  Call.  Lav.  Pall. 
75. 

Άμαίεντος,  ov,  (a  ρήν.,μαιεύομαι) 
that  huA•  never  needed  a  7nidwife,  i.  e. 
virgin,  maiden,  Nonn.  Dion.  41,  133. 
— 11.  without  aid  of  midwife,  λοχεία, 

Άμαιμύκετος,  έτη,  ετον,  irresistible, 
ϊη8αρροτί(ώΙε,  huge,  enormous :  an  Old 
poet,  word,  first  in  Horn.,  of  the 
Chimaera,  II.  6,  179,  Od.  14,  311 ;  of 
a  mast,  of  fire,  and  sea,  Hes. ;  of  the 
trident,  Pind.,  who  also  has  ΰμ.  μένος 
and  κι.νηθμός ;  of  the  Furies,  Soph. ; 
and  in  late  Ep.  poets,  as  Orph.  and 
Q.  Sm.,  of  Mars,  kings,  warriors  and 
weapons.  (Ace.  to  Granim.  from 
μακρός,  or  μαιμάω,  but  better  from 
άμαχος,  μαέμαχος,  by  a  kind  of  re- 
dupl.,  Gottl.  Hes.  Th.  319,  Lucas 
Quaest.  Lexil.  1,  p.  360.) 

V Α-μαιάκρΙτος,  ου,  ό,  Amaeocritiis, 
masc.  pr.  n.  Polyb.  20,  4,  2. 

Άμαλΰιαστία,  ας,  ή,  (α  priv.,  μα- 
λακίζυ)  incapability  of  being  softened, 
hardness,  Diod. 

Άμάλακτος,  ov,  (a  ρήν.,  μαλάσσω) 
unsoftened,  unmitigated,  TO  ijjvxpov, 
Plut. :  of  leather,  untanned :  metaph. 
of  expressions,  harsh,  Longin.  —  II. 
not  to  be  softened,  unfeeling. 

'Αμΰλά7ΐΓω,=^άμα?ιόύνω,  Soph.  Fr. 
413. 

'λμαλδύνω,  f.  -ϋνώ,  poet,  for  άμα- 
λύνω,  (άμα/ιός)  strictly  to  soften, 
weaken :  hence  to  crush,  destroy,  ruin, 
τείχος  αμαλδύναί,  II.  12,  18,  and  in 
pass.  7,  463 :  hence  in  genl.  to  efface, 
wipe  out,  στίβον,  Αρ.  Rh. — 2.  metaph. 
to  hide,  conjceal,  disguise,  είδος,  Η. 
Horn.  Cer.  94 :  to  keep  in  the  shade, 
and  so  to  eclipse,  excel,  Leon.  Tar., 
like  άμαυρόω.  Poet,  word,  used  also 
by  Hipp. 

Άμάλη,  ή,^άμαλλα.  Lye. 

Άμαλητόμος,  ov,  {άμαλλα,  τέμνω) 
cutting  sheaves,  a  reaper,  0pp.  Cyn.  1, 
522. 

' Αμάλθαατος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  μαλ- 
θάσσω)=^άμάλακτος.  Anth. 

Άμά?.θεια,  ας,  ή,  the  goat  Amal- 
thia  which  suckled  Jupiter,  Call. : 
from  its  horn  flowed  nectar,  hence 
κέρας  Αμάλθειας,  the  horn  of  plenty, 
Anacr.  8,  Phocyl.  1 :  and  in  allusion 
thereto  Cicero  calls  the  estate  of 
Atticus  Άμα/ιβεΙον,  Att.  1,  16;  2,  1. 

Άμαλίζω,  later  form  of  ΰμαλλίζω. 

Άμαλλα,  ης,  ή,  (άμάω)  α  bundle  of 
ears  of  corn,  sheaf.  Soph.  Fr.  540 : 
later,  άμάλη,  q.  v. — 2.  the  sheaf-band, 
Philostr. — 3.  like  δράγμα,  the  stand- 
ing com  that  is  to  be  cut,  Q.  Sm.  11, 
156,  171.    Hence 

Άμαλλεύω  and  άμαλλίζω,  to  bind 
into  sheaves  :  to  bind,  tie. 

Άμάλλιον,  ου,  τό,  a  sheaf-band. 

Άμαλλοδετήρ,  ηρος,  ό,  (άμαλλα, 
δέω)  α  binder  of  sheaves,  11.  18,  553. 

' Κμαλλοδετής,  οΰ,  (},=foreg.,  The- 
ocr. 10,  44. 

' Αμαλλοτόκεία,  ας,  ή,  producer  of 
sheaves.  Nonn.,  pecul.  fern,  of 

Άμαλλοτΰκος,  ov,  (άμαλλα,  τίκτω) 
producing  sheaves,  Nonn.  Dion.  7,  84. 

Άμαλλοψόρος,  ov,  (άμαλλα,  φέρω) 
bringing  sheaves,  epith.  of  Ceres. 

'Αμΰ?.ός,  ή,  όν,  Att.  άμαλός,-=ίπα- 
λός,  soft,  slight,  tender.  Lat.  tener,  in 
Horn,  of  young  animals,  II.  22,  310, 
Od.  20,  14  :  hence — 2.  iveak,  feeble, 
γέρων,  Eur.  Heracl.  75.  Adv.  -Aif, 
76 


AMA2 

slightly,  moderately,  Hipp,  (from  a 
euphon.,  μαλακός,  ace.  to  Buttm. 
Lexil.  p.  194 :  but  Rost  derives  it 
from  άμάω,  in  signf  laid  low,  and 
so  low,  small,  which  connects  it  with 
ομαλός,  and  this  certainly  agrees 
well  with  the  signf  of  its  derivs. 
άμα'λδννω,  άμαλόω.) 

' Α^άλόω,=  άμαλδύνω. 

Άμάααξυς,  νος,  also  Sapph.  112, 
νδος,  η,  α  vine  trained  on  two  poles, 
Epich.  p.  12.* 

'Αμΰμ?]λίς,  ίδος,  ή,  (άμα,  μήλον)  α 
sort  of  tree  with  sweet  fruit  like  the  pear, 
prob.  a  kind  of  medlar,  Hipp. :  like 
έττιμηλίς. 

'Αμάνδΰλος,=^άφανής,  as  if  άμάλ- 
δανος  from  άμαλδύνω,  Alcae.  97. 

νΑμύνίδες,  ων,  πύλαι,  οχΆμανικαί, 
αϊ,  the  passes  of  Amanus,  a  pass  or 
defile  in  Mount  Amanus,  between 
Cihcia  and  Syria,  Polyb.  6,  57,  5: 
Arr.  An.  2,  7,  1. 

ΆμάνΙται,  ων,  οι,  a  sort  of  fungi, 
Diosc. 

ΥΑμάνόν,  ov,  τό,  and  Άμανός,  ov,  6, 
Mount  Amanus,  a  branch  of  Taurus, 
between  Cilicia  and  Syria,  Strab. 

Άμάντεντος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  μαντεύο- 
μαι)  not  prophesied  or  foretold,  Charito. 
— 2.  act.  not  prophesying. 

Άμαξα,  ης,  η.  Ion.  άμαξαία,  Att. 
άμαξα,  (άγω)  a  carriage,  esp.  a  heavy 
wagon  or  wain,  opp.  to  the  war-cha- 
riot  (άρμα),  and  in  Horn,  synon.  with 
απήνη,  Lat.  plaustrum,  four-wheeled, 
Od.  9,  241,  drawn  by  oxen  or  mules, 
for  carrying  goods,  (but  also  corpses, 
11.  7,  426),  11.  24,  782,  Od.  6,  37  :  βοΰς 
ύφ'  αμάξης,  draught-oxen.,  Xen.  An.  6, 
4,  22  :  άμαξα  λίθων,  σίτου,  a  wagon- 
load  of  stones,  of  corn.  Id.  :  τρισσών 
αμαξών  βάρος,  a  weight  of  three  tvagon- 
loads,  Eur.  Cycl.  385,  cf  473.  Pro- 
verbs, η  άμαξα  τον  βοϋν  (sc.  έλκει), 
our  "  cart  before  the  horse,"  Luc. 
Dial.  Mort.  6,  2  :  έξ  αμάξης  νβρίζειν, 
of  gross  ribaldrous  abuse,  Bentl. 
Phal.  p.  180. — 2.  the  carriage  of  the 
plough,  Lat.  currus,  Hes.  Op.  424, 
451  :  Charles'  wain  in  the  heavens, 
the  great  bear  (άρκτος),  II.  1 8, 487,  Od.  5, 
273. — 3.  a  high-road,  carriage-road, 
Anth.  (ace.  to  Pott,  from  άμα,  άξων, 
of  two  axles,  i.  e.four  wheels.) 

Άμαξαίη,  Ion.  for  άμαξα,  Arat. 

ΆμαξαΙος,α,ον,^άμαξίαΙος,^οχνα. 

Άμαξάριον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from 
άμαξα. 

Άμαξεία,  ας,  η,  the  loading  of  a 
wagon. 

Άμαξεύς,  έως,  ό,  a  wagoner:  βονς 
ά.,  a  draught-ox,  Plut. 

Άμαξεύω,  (άμαξα)  to  go  with  a 
wagon,  be  a  wagoner,  Arr. — II.  in  Pass. 
to  be  traversed  by  wagons,  have  wagon- 
roads  through  It,  Hdt.  2,  108.  —  III. 
metaph.  άμ.  βίοτον,  to  drag  on  a 
weary  life,  Anth.  —  IV.  to  live  on  a 
wagon,  to  be  an  άμαξόβιος,  of  the 
Scythians,  Philostr. 

Άμαξήλΰτος,  ov,  (αααξα,  ί7.αννω) 
traversed  by  wagons :  η  άμαξήλατος, 
sub.  οδός,  a  carriage-road. 

' Αμαξήποδες,  oi,  v.  άμαξόπονς. 

Άμαξήρης,  ες,  (άμαξα,  *άρω)  at- 
tached to  a  wagon  or  carriage,  of,  on, 
or  belonging  to  a  wagon  or  carriage, 
άμ.  θρόνος,=  δίφρος,  Aesch.  Ag.  1054: 
άμ.  τρίβος,  a  high-road,  Eur.  Or. 
1251. 

Άμαξιά,  ΰς,  η,  the  track  of  a  car- 
riage, dub. 

Υ Αμαξία.  ας,  rj,  Hamaxia,  a  small 
city  of  Cilicia,  Strab. 

Άμαξίαϊος,  αία,  αΐον,  (άμαξα)  fit 
for  a  wagon  :  large  enough  to  load  one, 
λίθοι,  Xen.  An.  4,  2,  3. 


AMAP 

Άμαξιενς,  έως,  ό,=  ΰμαξεύς. 

Άμαξϊκυς,  ή,  υν,  (άμαξα)  belonging 
to  a  wagon,  Theophr. — 2.  lying  towards 
Charles'  jcam,  or  the  great  northern  bear. 

Άμύξιον,  ου,  ro,=  sq.,  Arist.  Mot. 
An. 

Άμαξίς,  ίδος,  ή,  dim.  from  άμαξα 
a  little  wagon,  Lat.  plostellum,  Hdt.  3 
113:  as  a  toy  for  children,  a  go-cart 
At.  Nub.  804. 

' Αμα!;ίτης,  ov,  ό,  of  a  wagon,  carried 
on  a  wagon,  φόρτος,  Anth.   [i] 

'Αμαξιτός,  ov,  Ep.  and  Lyr.  αμαξι- 
τός, (άμαξα,  εΙμι)  traversed  by  wagons: 
ή  αμαξιτός,  or  αμαξιτός,  with  and 
without  ύδός,  a  high-road  for  wagons, 
carriage-road,  Hom.,  Theogn.,  Hdt., 
etc. :  metaph.  πειθούς  αμαξιτός,  Em- 
ped.  304. 

Υ  Αμαξιτός,  ov,  ή,  Hamaxitus,  a  city 
on  the  coast  of  Troas,  Thuc.  8,  101  ; 
hence  ό  Άμαξιτεύς,  an  inhabitant  of 
Ham.,  and  ή  'Αμαξιτία,  the  territory  of 
Ham.,  Strab. 

Άμαξόβιος,  ov,  (άμαξα,  βίος)  living 
in  wagons,  as  nomad  tribes  do,  Strab., 
cf  Hor.  Carm.  3,  24,  10. 

Άμάξοικος,  ov,  (άμαξα,  οίκος) 
dwelling  in  wagons,  of  a  Scythian  no- 
mad tribe,  Strab. 

Άμαξοκνλιστής,  οϋ,  ό,  (άμαξα,  κν• 
λίνδω)  α  wheelbarrow  trundler :  the 
Άμαξοκνλισταί  were  a  Megarean 
family,  Plut.  Qu.  Gr.  59. 

Άμαξοτΐηγέω,  ώ,  to  build  wagons, 
and 

Άμαξοττηγία,  ας,  ή,  wagon-building, 
Theophr. :  Irom 

Άμαξοπηγός,  όν,  (άμαξα,  πήγννμι) 
building  άμαξαι,  a  wainwright,  Plut. 
Per.  12. 

Άμαξοπληθής,  ες,  (άμαξα,  πλήθος) 
filling  a  wagon,  large  enough  to  fill  a 
wagon,  like  άμαξιαίος,  Eur.  Phoen. 
1158,  cf  χειροπλΫ/θής. 

Άμαξόποδες,  oi,  (άμαξα,  πους)  the 
pins  or  bolts  of  a  wagon,  used  only  in 
plur.,  also  άμαξηποδες,  Vitruv.  10. 

Άμαξοτροχιά,  άς,  ή,  (άμαξα,  τρο• 
χός)  the  track  of  a  wagon  or  carriage, 
Callias  Cycl.  9,  ubi  v.  Meineke. 

Άμαξουργία,  ας,  η,=ζάμαξοπηγία, 
Theophr. :  irom 

Άμαξονργός,  όν,  (άμαξα,  *  έργω) 
like  άμαξοπηγός,  making  wagons  or 
carriages,  έξ  αμαξονργον,  to  talk  cart• 
Wrights'  slang.  At.  Eq.  464. 

Άμαξοφόρ7)Τος,  ov,  (άμαξα,  φορέω) 
carried  in  wagons. 

Άμαρ,  ατός,  το,  Dor.  for.  ημαρ, 
Pind. 

'Αμάρα,  ας,  ή,  a,  trench,  conduit,  Π. 
21,  259:  α  sewer,  drain,  Theocr.  27, 
52  :  also  a  spring  or  stream,  Ap.  Rh.  3, 
1392.    [αμά] 

Άμύρύκινος,  η,  ov,  of  amaracus  or 
marjoram,  Antiph.  Thoric. 

Άμάράκόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  like  amat 
acus,  INic 

Άμάράκον,  ου,  τό,  and  άμάρακος, 
ov,  ό.  Lat.  amaracum,  amaracus,  first 
in  Pherecr.  Pers.  2,  where  the  gen- 
der is  uncertain,  but  Theophr.  has 
both  forms :  the  Greek  species  was 
prob.  a  bulbous  plant :  the  foreign, 
called  Persianor  Aegyptian,  answers 
to  our  marjoram,  strictly  σάμψυχον, 
Diosc,  Plin.    [μΰ] 

Άμαράντινος,  η,  ov,  (αμάραντος) 
of  amaranth,  amaranthine,  Philostr. 

'Αμάραντος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  μαραίνω) 
unfading,  undecaying,  Diosc. — II.  as 
sllbst.  ό  άμ-,  a  never-fading  flower, 
amaranth,  Plin. — III.  τά  'Αμάραντα, 
όρη,  the  monies  Amaranti  or  Amarantan 
mountains,  a  range  in  Colchis,  in 
which  the  Phasis  rises,  hence  called 
6  Άμαράντιος,  Αρ.  Rh.  2,  399 


AMAP 

'Αμΰρΰτος,  ov,=  {oTeg.,  Anth.,  ubi 
Schneid.  άμύρακον.    [μα] 

'λμύργαρος,  ov,  (ο  γή\.,μάρ-)αρον) 
without  pearls. 

ν.Κμαρδοι,  ων,  οι.  Amardi,  a  people 
of  Media,  on  ihe  Caspian  sea,  Strab. 

'Αμάρενμα,  ατός,  τό,/οαΐ  water  car- 
ried off  by  a  drain  :  Irom 

'Αμΰρενω,ί.-ενσω,  {αμάρα)  to  flow 
off. — II.  transit,  to  let  flow  off. — 2.  to 
water,  Aristaen. 

Άμύρία,  ας,  ή,=άμάρα. 

Άμΰριαϊος,  οία,  aiov,  drained  off  in 
an  αμάρα,  or  sewer,  νόωρ,  Theophr. 

νΑμαρσνάδας,  ov  ana  a,  6,  son  or 
descendant  of  Amarsyas,  Piut.  Thes. 
17. 

Άμαρτάνω,  futur.  άμαρτήσομαι, 
{αμαρτήσω  only  in  Alexandr.  Greek) : 
aor.  ήμαρτον,  inf.  άμαρτείν,  for  which 
Horn,  has  also  ημβροτον,  (only  in 
later  auth.,  aor.  1.  ήμάρτησα.  Lob. 
Phryn.  732) :  perf.  ήμάρτηκα.  To 
miss,  miss  the  mark,  esp.  of  a  spear 
thrown,  either  absol.  11.  5,  287,  or  c. 
gen.  as  φωτός,  II.  10,  372 ;  so  too 
Ion.,  and  Att.,  ύμ.  της  όόον,  to  miss 
the  road,  Ar.  Plut.  961,  etc. :  hence — 
2.  in  genl.  to  fail  of  doing,  fail  of  one's 
purpose,  to  miss  one's  point,  fail,  go 
wrong,  either  absol.  as  Od.  21,  155, 
or  c.  gen.  ούτε  νοήματος  τ/μ3ροτεν 
έσθ?.ον,  he  hit  upon  the  happy  thought, 
Od.  7,  292,  cf.  11,  511:  so  too  in 
prose,  and  Att.,  -γνώμης,  ε7.~ίδων, 
βουλήσεως  άμ.,  Hdt.  1,  207,  Eur. 
Aled.  498,  Thuc.  1 ,  92:  but  άμ.  γνώμη, 
to  be  wrong  in  judgment  (v.  signf.  11.), 
Thuc.  6,  78  :  once  also  c.  ace.  au.  το 
αληθές,  Hdt.  7,  139.— 3.  in  Horn',  and 
the  poets,  to  fail  of  having,  i.  e.  to  be 
deprived  of  a  thing,  lose  it,  usu.  c. 
gen.  χειρών  εξ  Όδνσήος  άμαρτήσεσ- 
θαι  ό~ω~ής,  that  Ι  should  lose  my 
sight  by  Ulysses'  hands,  Od.  9,  512  : 
so  too  in  Trag.,  ύμ.  ττιστης  ά7.οχοϋ, 
Eur.  Ale.  879,  etc.,  and  once  in  Hdt. 
9,  7,  ήμαρτάνομεν  της  Βοιωτίας : 
once  also  c.  ace.  neut.  pron.  ούκ 
είκος  έμέ  νμών  τονθ'  άμαρτείν,  'tis 
not  seemly  that  I  should  lose  this  at 
your  hands,  i.  e.  ask  this  of  you  in  vain. 
Soph.  Phil.  231. — 1.  very  rarely  to 
fail  to  do,  neglect,  ς>ί?.ων  ήμάρτανε 
δώρων,  11.  24,  68. — Π.  to  fail,  do  wrong, 
err,  sin,  either  absol.  as  II.  9, 501,  etc., 
or  with  some  word  added  to  define 
the  nature  of  the  fault,  as  εκούσιος 
or  εκουσίως  άμ.,  to  sin  wittingly, 
ακούσιος  or  ακουσίως  άμ.,  to  sin  un- 
wittingly:  also  c.  part,  πρόθυμος  ων 
ημαρτες,  Eur.  Or.  1630  :  or  with  the 
case  of  a  noun  λόγω,  έργω  au.,  also 
έν  Άάγοις,  Plat.  Rep.  396'  A :  lastly 
with  a  cognate  ace.  άμαρτίαν  άμ.. 
Soph.  Phil.  1249 :  and  in  like  man- 
ner άμ.  ί~η.  to  speak  wrong  words, 
sin  in  word,  Id.  Aj.  1096 :  but  most 
freq.  c.  ace.  neut.  pron.,  first  in  Od. 
22,  154,  αντος  ίγώ  τάδε  γ'  ημβροτον  : 
but  in  prose  usu.  άμ.  περί  τι  or  τίνος, 
to  do  wrong  in  a  matter,  Plat.  Legg. 
891  E,  and  Xen.  An.  3,  2,  20:  άα. 
εΙς  τίνα,  to  sin  against  a  person,  Soph. 
Fr.  419,  etc.  Pass,  either  άμαρτά- 
νεταί  τι,  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  621,  etc.,  or  less 
MSM.  άμαρτάνεται  περί  rt.  Plat.  Legg. 
759  D,  α  sin  is  committed ;  τύ  άμαρ- 
τανόμενα,  ήμαρτημένα,  ήμαρτηθέντα, 
the  sins  committed,  freq.  in  Plat.  Cf. 
άβροτάζω.  (Buttm.  Lexil.  p.  85,  not., 
refers  άμαρτάνειν  with  άμείρειν  to 
the  root  μείρω,  μέρος,  and  assumes 
as  the  orig.  signf.  to  be  without  share.) 

Άμαρτάς,  άδος,  ή.  Ion.  for  αμαρτία, 
Hdt.  1,  91.  and  Hipp. 

Άμαρτή,  adv.,  together,  at  the  same 
time,  at  once,  Horn.,  and  Solon  25,  4. 


AMAP 

(The  forms  άμαρτή  or  άμαρτη,  and 
όμαρτΐι  occur,  v.  Spitzn.  Excurs.  12 
ad  II. :  Wolf  writes  άμαρτη  :  as  to 
its  deriv.  the  άμ-  is  plainly,  with 
άμα,  akin  to  όμον,  and  the  latter 
part  is  usu.  referred  to  άραρείν,  άρ- 
τάω.) 

Αμάρτημα,  ατός,  τό,  {άμαρτάνω) 
like  αμαρτία,  α  failure,  fault,  sin,  freq. 
in  Att.  from  Aesch.  downwards ; 
midway  between  αδίκημα  and  ατύ- 
χημα, Arist.  Eth.  N. :  άμ.  περί  τι, 
a  fault  in  a  matter,  f  if  τίνα,  towards  a 
person.  Plat.  Legg.  729  E. — 2.  a  bodily 
defect,  malady,  Plat.  Gorg,  479  A. 

'Αμαρτητικός,  ή,  όν,  prone  ίο  failure 
or  sin,  Arist.  Eth.  N. 

'Αμαρτία,  ας,  η,  a  failure,  fault,  sin, 
freq.  in  Att.  from  Aesch.  downwards : 
άμ.  τινός,  a  fault  committed  by  one, 
Aesch.  Ag.  1198:  άμ.  δόξης,  fault  of 
judgment,  Thuc.  1,  32. 

Άμαρτίγαμος,  ov,  {άμαρτάνω,  γά- 
μος) failing  in  being  married,  unwed- 
ded,  Nonn.  Dion.  48,  94. 

Άμαρτίνοος.  ov,  {άμαρτάνω,  νόος) 
erring  in  mind,  distracted,  Hes.  Th. 
511,  Aeseh.  Suppl.  542. 

Άμάρτιον,  ov,  τό,  =  αμάρτημα, 
Aesch.  Pers.  676,  Ag.  537:  on  the 
form  cf.  άμπλάκιον. 

Άμαρτοεπής,  ες,  {άμαρτάνω,  έπος) 
failing  in  words,  speaking  at  random  or 
idly,  II.  13,  824:  οίνος  άμ.,  wine  that 
makes  men  talk  at  random,  Poet.  ap. 
Clem.  Al,  p.  183. 

Άμαρτο/.όγος,  ov,  {άμαρτάνω,  λό- 
γος) speaking  faultily ,  Ath. 

Άμαρτνρητος,  ov,  {a  priv,,  μαρ- 
τνρέω)  irithout  witness,  needing  no  wit- 
ness, Eur.  H.  F.  290. 

'Αμάρτυρος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  μάρτνς) 
without  witness,  unattested  by  fact,  un- 
accredited, Thuc.  2,  41,  Dem.  Adv. 
-ρως,  Dem.  869,  22. 

*  ΆΜΑΤΤΩ,  assumed  as  radic. 
form  of  άμαρτάνω. 

' Αααρτωλή,  ης,  ή,-=άμαρτία,  The- 
ogn.  325,  327,  Ar.  Thesm,  1111. 

Άμαρτωλία,  ας,  η,  =  αμαρτωλή, 
Eupol.  Mar.  10,  ubi  v.  Meineke. 

'Α.μαρτω7.ός.  όν,  sinful,  hardened  in 
sin,  Plut.,  LXX.,  N.  T. 

Άμΰρνγή,  ή, =z μαρμαρυγή,  a  spark- 
ling, twinkling,  glancing,  of  objects  in 
motion,  as  of  the  eye,  H.  Hom.  Merc. 
45 :  of  stars,  Ap.  Rh.  2,  42 :  and  so 
of  any  quick  motion,  ϊππον  άμ.,  gal- 
loping, Ar.  Av.  925 :  cf.  άμαρνσσω, 
fin.  [v,  but  in  Ep.  ϋ.] 
i' Αυ,αρνγκείδης,  ov,  6,  son  of  Am- 
arynceus,  i.  e.  Diores,  II.  2,  622. 
^'Αμαρνγκενς,  έως,  ό,  Amarynceus, 
a  leader  of  the  Epeans,  II.  23,  630.— 
2.  a  Thessalian,  Pans.  5,  1,  8. 

Άαάρυ^/μα,  ατός,  τό,  a  sparkle, 
twinkle,  of  the  eye,  Ap.  Rh.  3,  288,  of 
changing  color,  and  light,  Anth. : 
hence  of  any  quick,  light  motion, 
-ίαρίτων  άμαρύγματ'  έχουσα,  with 
the  light  steps  of  the  Graces,  Hes.  Fr. 
35  ;  χείλεος,  quivering  of  the  lip,  The- 
ocr.  23,  7. 

ί'Αμαρυ/.λίς,  ίδος,  η,  Amaryllis,  a 
shepherdess,  Theocr,  5,  1,  etc. 

ί'Αμάρυνθος.  ov,  η.  Amaryjithus,  a 
city  of  Euboea,  with  a  temple  of 
Diana,  Strab.,  Pans. :  hence  fern, 
adj.  Άμαρννθιάς,  Amarynthian,  Anth. ; 
and  Άμαρννθία  or  Άμαρυσία  Άρτε- 
"tfjPaus. — 2.  a  dog  of  Actaeon.  Apol- 
lod.  3,  4,  4. — 3.  also  a  river  of  Elis,  a 
tributary  of  the  Alpheus. 

Άμαρύσσω  f.  -νξω  to  sparkle,  twinkle, 
glance,  esp.  of  the  eye,  πΰρ  άμαρύσσει 
έξ  όσσων,  Hes.  Th.  827 :  πνκνόν 
or  πνκν'  άμαρύσσων,  darting  quick 
glances,  Η.  Hom.  Merc.  278,  415 ;  so 


AMAY 

too  in  mid.,  of  light,  colour,  etc,  Ap 
Rh.  4,  1146. — II.  act.  to  shoot  forth, 
dart,  πνρ,  Q.  Sm,  8,  29.-2,  to  dazzle, 
Nonn.  (akin  to  μαρμαίρω,  μαρμαρυ- 
γή, cf.  Lucas  Quaest.  Lexil.  1,  p.  96, 
104,  183.) 

Άμάς,  άδος,  ή,  v.  sub  ΰμίς,  V.  1. 
Aesch.  Supp.  842. 

t  Άμάσεια,  ας,  ή,  Amaeea,  a  city  of 
Pontus  on  the  Isis,  Strab. ;  hence  ό 
Άμασενς,  an  inhabitant  of  Amasea,  Id. 

'Αμάσητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  ^ασύο//αί) 
unchewed. 

ΥΑμασίας,  ov,  δ,  the  Lat.  Amisia, 
now  the  Ems,  a  river  of  Germany, 
Strab. 

ΥΑμάσις,  ιος,  ό,  Amasis,  a  king  of 
Aegypt,  Hdt.  1,  30.— 2,  a  Persian 
commander,  Hdt.  4,  167. 

Άμαστίγωτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  μαστι- 
yoo))  unscourged,  Synes.  [l] 

'Αμάστικτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  μαστίζω) 
=foreg. 

Άμαστος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  μαστός)  with- 
out breasts. 

ΫΑμαστρίνη,  ης,  ή,  Amastrine,  a 
priestess,  Arr.  An.  7,  4,  5,  in  Strab. 
also  Άμαστρις. 

ί'Αμαστρις,  ιδος  and  εως.  Ion. 
Άμηστρις,  ιος,  ή,  Amastris,  wife  of 
Xerxes,  Hdt.  7,  61,  called  by  Ctesias 
Άμιστρις. — 2.  a  city  of  Paphlagonia, 
the  earlier  Sesamus,  Strab. ;  hence 
ό  Άμαστριανός,  an  inhabitant  of  Amas- 
tris, and  ή  Άμαστριανή,  the  territory 
of  Am.,  Strab. 

'Αμάσϋκας,  αδος,  ?/,=8q. 

Άμάσνκον,  ov,  ro,  with  or  with- 
out μήλον,  a  fruit  like  the  fig,  or  ripen- 
ing at  the  same  time  with  the  fig,  Paus. 

Άμΰταιότης,  ητος,  ή,  (a  priv,,  μά- 
ταιος) freedom  from,  vanity,  Diog.  L, 

' Αματροχάω,  ω,  {άμα,  τρέχω)  to  run 
together,  run  along  with,  only  used  in 
Ep.  part,  άματροχόων ,  Od.  15,  451. 

Άματροχιά,  ΰς,  ή,  a  running  together, 
jostling  of  wheels,  II.  23,  422,  in  plur, 
— 2.  a  chariot-race.  Call.  Fr,  135,  as 
if  for  άρματρ.,  cf,  άμαξοτροχιά. 

Άμάτωρ,  Dor.  for  άμήτωρ,  Eur. 
Phoen.  666. 

Άμανρίσκω,^=άμανρόω,  Stob. 

Άμαυρόβΐος,  ov,  {άμανρός,  βίος) 
living  in  physical  or  mental  darkness, 
darkling,  άνδρες,  Ar.  Av,  685, 

Άμανρόκαρπος,  ov,  {άμανρός,  καρ- 
πός) vnth  dark,  black  fruit,  Theophr, 

Άμαυρός,  ά,  όν,  dark,  i.e. — 1.  hardly 
seen,  dim,  faint,  baffling  sight,  ειδω/MV, 
a  dark  shadmvy  spectre,  Od.  4,  824  : 
Ίχνος,  a  faint  footstep,  Eur.  H,  F,  125, 
— 2,  having  no  light,  darkling,  dusk, 
ννξ,  Luc. :  hence  blind,  sightless,  like 
Lat.  caecum,  άμ.  κύ?.ον,  χείρες,  blind 
foot,  hand^,  i.  e.  foot,  hands  of  the 
blind.  Soph.  O.  C.  183,  1639,  v.  Herm. 
ad  1022,  and  cf.  τνί^λός:  gloomy, trou- 
bled, όρην,  Aesch.  Ag.  546,  άμανρά 
βλέπειν,  Anth. — II.  metaph. — 1.  dim, 
faint,  weak,  uncertain,  κλ.τιδών,  Aesch. 
Cho.  853  :  σθένος,  Eur,'  H,  F,  231  ; 
δόξα,  ήδοναί,  etc.,  Plut. — 2.  obscure, 
mean,  unknown,  γενεή,  Hes.  Op,  282  ; 
άμ.  όώς,  γννή.  Soph.  Ο.  C.  1018,  Eur, 
Andr,  203. — III.  act.  rendering  invisi- 
ble, making  dim  ;  weakening,  νονσος, 
Anth.  Adv.  -ηώς-  (prob.  a  euphon, 
(not  priv.),  and  μαίρω,  μαρμαίρω,  and 
so  strictly  glimmering,  flickering,  and 
hence  dim,  Lucas  Quaest,  Lexil,  1,  p, 
94  sq, :  cf,  αμυδρός.) 

Άμανρότης,  ητος,  ή,  dimness,  obscu- 
rity. ,      .      , 

Άμανροφάνής,  ες,  {αμανρός,  (φαίνο- 
μαι) dimly  gleaming,  of  the  moon, 
Stob. 

Άμανρόω,ώ•^•-ώσω,  to  make  ύμαν- 
ρός,  q.  V,,  to  make  dark,  dim,  faint,  or 
77 


ΑΜΑΩ 

^scwrc,  Ιχνη,  Xen.  Cyn.  5, 4 :  υβυ.  in 
Pass  to  become  dark  or  dim,  ό  ίβίος 
ΰμανρώθη,  Hdt>  9,  10;  άμαυμονσθαι 
σκότφ,  to  disappear  in  darkness,  Aesch. 
Pers.  291  :  also  to  come  to  nothing,  to 
perish  utterly,  φορτία  ΰμανρωθείη.ΥΙ^Β. 
Op.  691,  cf.  αφανίζω, — II.  metaph.  in 
same  signfs.,  esp.  to  eclipse,  cast  into 
shade,  την  Λόξαν,  Polyb.  20,  4,  3,  and 
so  also  τας  άΤ^λας  κακίας,  Plut. ;  to 
weaken,  dull,  impair,  ήόοΐ'7'jVy  Alist. 
Eth.,  opyijv,  έρωτα,  Plut.  :  also  to  de- 
tract from,  lower,  Plut.  Cf.  μανρόω. 
Hence 

Άμαύρωμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  darkness,  ob• 
sctiration,  of  the  sun,  Plut.  Caes.  69. 

Άμανρωσις,  εως,  ?),  a  darkening,  esp. 
ομμάτων  ύμ.,  a  becoming  didl  of  sight, 
Hipp. :  later  a  name  for  a  kind  of  cat- 
aract, Lat.  suffusio  nigra,  Foes.  Oecon. 
Hipp.,  Lucas  Quaest.  Lexil.  1,  p.  105, 
- — II,  α  lowering,  detraction,  Plut.  An- 
ton. 71. 

Άμανρ<ύτικός^  η,  όν,  apt  to  darken 
or  obscure. 

'Χμάχαψος,  oi>,  (a  priv.,  μάχαιρα) 
without  a  knife,  Pherecr.  Crap.  13. 

Άμΰχΰνία,  ΰαύχάνος,  Dor.  for 
ΰμηχανία,  etc.,  Pind. 

Ά/ζα^ν^*'  ^'^^^  '^^  'ίρ^ο,χοςι  without 
stroke  of  sword,  without  resistance,  freq. 
in  Thuc, :  also  άμαχί. 

Άμάχετος,  ov,  poet,  for  αμάχητος, 
Aesch.  Sept.  85. 

Άμάχι/τεί,  adv.,=sq. 

'Αμαχητί,  adv.  of  αμάχητος,  with- 
out battle,  without  stroke  of  sword,  II. 
21,  437,  and  oft.  in  Hdt. 

' Αμάχητας,  ov,  (a  priv.,  μάχομαι) 
tint  to  be  fought  with,  unconquerable. 
Soph.  Phil.  198. — II.  never  having 
fought,  never  having  been  in  battle,  Xen. 
Cyr.  G,  4,  14.     Cf.  άμαχος. 

Άμάχί,  adv.  οί  άμαχος, =άμαχεί. 

Άμαχος,  ov,  (α  ρην.,  μάχη)  ivith- 
out  battle,  and  so — I.  with  whom  no  one 
fights,  unfought,  unconquered :  lience 
also  not  to  he  withstood,  unconquerable, 
irresistible,  of  persons,  Hdt.  5,  3,  Pind., 
and  Trag. :  of  places,  impregnable, 
Hdt.  1,  84:  also  of  things,  κακόν, 
Pind.,  κύμα,  Aesch. :  of  feelings,  ά?.- 
γος,  Aesch.,  ψβόνος,  Eur. :  κάΧλος 
Wytt.  Ep.  Cr.  p.  250  :  hence  άμαχου 
ίστι  c.  inf.,  like  άμήχανον,  'tis  impos- 
sible to  do  .  .  ,  Pmd.  O.  13,  16.— II. 
act,,  not  having  fought,  taking  no  part 
in  the  battle,  Xen.  Cyr.  4,  1,  16. — 2. 
disinclined  to  fight,  peaceful,  Aesch. 
Pers.  855  :  not  coyitentious  or  quarrel- 
some, N.  T.  1  Tim.  3,  3. 

ΆΜ.\Ώ,  ώ,  f  -ήσω,  if  from  the  same 
root  as  αμα,  strictly  to  gather  together, 
as  the  reaper  does  the  stalks  of  corn, 
and  so  usu.  to  reap,  cut  corn,  II.  18, 
551,  Od.  9,  135,  also  in  Res.,  Theogn., 
etc.,  but  V.  at  end:  the  notion  oi gath- 
ering together,  appears  only  in  Od.  9, 
247,  γάλα  άμήσασβαι.  to  collect  milk  or 
curds  for  one's  self:  later — 1 .  to  reap,  i.  e. 
to  gaihrr  as  harvest,  σίτον,  Hdt.  6,  28; 
αλλότρίον  αμάν  βέρος,  Ar.  Eq.  392: 
also  in  mid.,  άμάαθαι  εις  την  γαστέρα, 
to  gather  into  one's  belly,  lies.  Th.  599  ; 
hence  metaph.  καλώς  7/μησαν,  they 
have  had  a  good  harvest,  Aesch.  Ag. 
1044  ;  ελενθερίαν  ήμησαν,  they  have 
reaped  the  fruits  of  liberty,  Plut. — 2.  to 
scrape  together,  άμ.  γαίαν  or  κόνιν,  to 
pile  a  funeral-mound,  Ap.  Rh.,  and 
Anth. :  but  κόνις  καταμα  viv,  the 
mound  covers  him.  Soph.  Ant.  597  (ace. 
to  Herm.). — 3.  to  moiu  down  in  battle, 
like  Lat.  demetere,  Ap.  Rh.,  though 
Horn,  has  άπαμάν  for  to  cut  off  limbs 
from  the  body.  (Donalds.  N.  Cratyl. 
294  takes  the  root  to  be  the  same  as 
that  of  ομαλός,  and  the  orig.  signf  to 


AMBA 

be  that  of  levelling,  laying  low.)  [a  in 
Horn.,  except  in  Od.  9,  247,  and  11.  3, 
359  in  comp.,  in  Att.  prob.  ά  :  in  late 
Ep.  and  Anth.  common,  e.  g.  Theocr. 
10,  50  ;  11,  73,  v.  Spitzn.  Pros.  p.  83.] 

Άμβ-,  Ep.  and  Ion.,  and  hence 
poet,  for  tivafi-  at  beginning  of  words : 
also  prob.  the  form  used  in  common 
life.  Only  the  most  important  forms 
will  be  found  in  their  place  :  for  the 
rest  V.  sub  άναβ-. 

'Κμβαίνειν,  Ion.  and  Ep.  for  ava- 
βαίνειν,  Hom. 

Άμβαλλώμεθα,  Ion.  and  Ep.  for 
άναβαλλ.,  Hom. 

Άμβασις,  ή,  poet,  for  ΰνάβασις, 
Soph. 

'Αμβάτης,  ov,  6,  poet,  for  άναβ., 
Eur. ;  also  in  Xen. 

Άμβατός,  όν,  Ion.  and  Ep.  for  ανα- 
βατός, Hom. 

Άμβη,  7],  Ion.  for  άμβων,  Hipp. 
νΑμβιάνοί,  ών,  οΊ,  the  Amhiani,  a 
people  of  Gallia  Belgica,  Strab. 

"Αμβίκος,  ου,  o,=rsq.,  Posidon.  ap. 
Ath.  152  C. 

Άμβίξ,  Ικος,  ό,  a  cup,  beaker,  Ath. 
— 2.  the  cap  of  a  still,  Diosc.  (from 
άμβη,  or  prob.  better  from  άμφ-, 
amb-,  and  5θ=:ΰμώορενς.) 

ί'Αμβίόριζ,  ιγος,  ό,  Ambiorix,  a  Gal- 
lic leader,  Dio  C.  40,  5. 

νΑμβλαδα,  ων,  τά,  Amblada,  a  city 
of  Pisidia  ;  hence  'Αμβλαδενς,  of  or 
belonging  to  Anudada,  οίνος,  Strab. 

ΆμβλακεΙν,  άμβλάκημα,  άμβλα- 
κία,  V.  ΰμπλακείν,  etc. 

Άμβλήδην,  Adv.,  Ion.  and  Ep.  for 
άναβλήόην,  Hom. 

' Αμβλίσκω,  fut.  ΰμβλώσω,  perf.  ημ- 
βλωκα,  Ar.  Nub.  137  in  comp.  and  perf. 
pass,  in  comp.  ημβλωμαι,  Ar.  Nub. 
139,  (belter  from  βλώσκω  than  from 
αμβλύς)  to  have  an  abortion,  miscarry. 
Plat.  Theaet.  149  D  :  βρέφος  ύμβλω- 
βέν  anabortivebabe,llipp.c{.  έξαμβλόω. 

Άμβ?Mω,=ίoreg.,  Longin.,  mpass. 
άμβλονσθαι. — II.  ^αμβλύνω,  Theo- 
phr.,  also  in  pass. 

Άμβλϋγώνιος,  ov,  {αμβλύς,  γωνία) 
obtuse-angled,  Polyb.  34,  6,  7. 
γΑμβ?.ύζω,    poet,    for    αναβλύζω, 
Anth. 

' Αμβλυντήρ,  ηρος,  6,  {αμβλύνω) 
blunting,  iveakening.  Poet,  de  Herb.  65. 

Άμβλνντικός,  ή,  όν,  apt  to  blunt, 
Diosc. 

' Αμβλύνω, {.ννω,{άμβ?'-νς)  to  blunt, 
dull,  take  the  edge  off,  Lat.  hebetare, 
strictly  of  a  sharp  instrument,  but 
usu.  metaph.  : — freq.  in  pass,  to  be- 
come blunt  or  dull,  lose  its  edge,  οργή 
γέροντος  ωςτε  μα?^θακη  κοπίς  .  .  αμ- 
βλύνεται., Soph.  Fr.  762:  of  an  oracle, 
to  lose  its  edge  or  force,  Aesch.  Theb. 
844  :  of  the  mind,  to  be  damped,  Thuc. 
2,  87  :  άμβλύνειν  άλγος,  to  dull  or  al- 
lay pain,  Aretae. ;  also,  άμβλ.  olvov, 
Plut.,  etc.  ;  cf.  άπαμβλ.ύνω. 

ΆΜΒΑΥ'Σ,  εΐα,  ν,  blunt,  dulled, 
with  the  edge  or  point  taken  off,  strictly 
of  a  sharp  instrument,  ξίφος,  Plut., 
but  usu.  metaph. :  hence  άμβλ.  γωνία 
an  obtuse  angle.  Plat.  Tim.  55  A  : — 
metaph.  dull,  dim,  faint,  weak,  of  sight : 
also  of  passion,  οργή.  Thuc.  3,  38,  of 
words,  etc. :  in  Aesch.  Eum.  238,  of 
Orestes  as  now  purified,  having  lost 
the  edge  of  guilt :  but  of  persons  usu. 
dull,  cold,  spiritless,  slack,  sluggish, 
Thuc.  2,  40,  Xen.  Mem.  3, 9,  3  :  άμβλ. 
ττρός,  not  energetic  enough  in,  Plut. 
Syll.  4,  so  εις  or  περί  τι.  dull  or  slug- 
gish in  a  thing,  Plut.  Cat.  Maj.  24, 
etc. — II.  act.  making  blunt  Or  dull : 
darkening,  of  a  cloud,  Anth. 

Άμβλνσκω,-=αμβλίσκω,  Soph.  Fr. 
134. 


AMBP 

Άμβ?.νσμός,  ό,=^άμβλωβις,  Aretae. 

Άμβ/.ντης,  ητος,  ή,  bluntness,  dull- 
ness, ό'ψεως,  διανοίας,  Plut.  :  faint- 
ness,  weakttess,  slackness,  shiggiehness, 
Id. 

Άμβλνωγμός,  ov,  6,  {άμβλυώττω) 
dull  or  dim  sight,  Hipp. 

' Αμβ'λνωπέω,  to  be  άμβ?.νωττής, 
Hipp.,  Xen.,  etc. :  from 

'Αμβ7ίυωπής,  ες,  {αμβλύς,  ώψ)  dim- 
sighted,  weak-sighted,  Theojihr.  Hence 

Άμβλνωττία,  ας,  r),  dim-sightedness, 
short  or  weak  sight,  Hipp. 

Άμβλνωπός,  όν,  =  άμβλνωττής, 
Hipp. — U.  act.  weakening  the  sight, 
Diosc. 

Άμβλνωσμός,οΰ,  ό,=άμβλνωγμός, 
Hipp. :  from 

'Αυ,βλνώσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  i.  -ώξω, 
{αμβλύς)  to  be  dim-sighted  or  short' 
sighted,  have  weak  sight,  Hipp,  and 
Plat.  Rep.  508  D :  άμβλ.  προς  τι,  to 
be  blind  to  a  thing,  Luc.  :  το  άμβλυ- 
ώττον=  άμβλνωγμός,  Plut. 

Άμβλωθρίδιον,  ov,  τό,  sub.  παι• 
δίον,  an  abortive  child. — II.  act.,  sub. 
φάρμακον,  a  drug  to  cause  abortion: 
Strictly  neut.  from 

Άμβλωθρίδιος,  ov,  {άμβλώσαι,  ΰμ- 
β?.ίσκω)  causing  abortion,  prob.  1. 
Aretae.  Cans.  Morb.  Ac.  2,  11. 

Άμβλωμα,  ατός,  τό,  {άμβλώσαι, 
άμβλίσκω)  an  abortion,  Antipho  ap. 
Poll.  2,  7.    ^ 

Άμβλωπης,  ές,=άμβλυωπής,  The- 
ophr. 

Άμβλωττός,  ov,=fOTeg.,  dim,  be- 
dimmed,  βίος,  Aesch.  Eum.  955 :  dark, 
άχλνς,  Crit.  2,  11. 

ΆμβλώσΙμος,  ov,  {άμβλώσαι,  άμ- 
βλίσκω) belonging  to  abortion. 

Άμβλωσις,  εως,ή,=  άμβλωμα, Lys. 
ap.  Poll.  2,  7. — II.  the  failure  of  the 
eyes  or  buds  in  the  vine,  Theophr. 

' Αμβ7.ώσκ(,),^=άμβλνώσσω,  Gal. 

' Αμβλωσμός,  οϋ,  ό^^άμβλωμα,  Gal. 

' Αμβλώσσω,-=άμβ7..νώσσω,  Nic. — 
2.  =άμβλίσκω,  Diosc. 

Άμβ?.ωτικός,  ή,  όν,  =  άμβλωθρί- 
διος. Gal. 

'Ααβλώ-ψ,  ύτΓος,  ό,  ή,^=άμβλωπός, 
Pors.  Med.  1363. 

ΥΑμβόύμα,  poet,  for  άναβόαμα, 
Aesch.  Choeph.  34. 

ΥΑμβοάω,  poet,  for  άναβοάω,  Aesch. 
Pers.  572. 

Άμβολά,  i],  Lyr.  for  αναβολή, 
Pind. 

Άμβολάδην,  adv.,  poet,  for  ava- 
βολάδ7μ>,  bubbling  up,  of  boiling  wa- 
ter, II.  21,  364,  whence  Hdt.  1,  181 
borrowed  it. — II.  like  an  αναβολή,  or 
prelude  in  solemn  song,  H.  Horn.  Mere. 
426,  Pind.  N.  10,  62. 

Άμβολαδίς,  adv.,  poet,  for  ava• 
/?oAa(SiV,  Call.  Dian.  61. 

Άμβολάς,  ύδος,  ή,  for  άναβολάς, 
άμβ.  γη,  earth  thrown  up,  Xen.  Cyr.  7, 
5,  2. 

Άμβολή,  ή,  poet,  for  αναβολή. 

Άμβολιεργός,  όν,  {αναβάλλω,  Ιρ• 
γον)  poet,  for  άναβολ.,  putting  off  a 
7i'ork,  loitering,  lazy,  άνήρ,  Hes.  Op. 
411  :  άμβ.  τινός  or  ίν  τινι,  slow  to  do 
anything,  Plut. 

Άμβολίη,  ή,  poet,  for  άναβολία. 
Αρ.  Rh.  3,  1Ί3,  etc.,  and  late  Epp. 

ί'Αμβολογήρα,  ας,  ή,  {αναβάλλω, 
γήρας)  putting  off  or  retarding  old  age, 
appell.  of  Venus,  Pans.  3,  18,  1. 
^'Αμβρακία,  ας,  ή,  Ambrncia,  Xen., 
Strab.  etc.,  hut  earlier  ' Αμπρακία, 
Hdt.  and  Thuc,  a  city  of  Acarnania, 
a  colony  of  the  Corinthians  ;  hence 
6  Άμπρακίώτης,  an  Ambraciot,  Hdt. 
8,  45,  also  'A^Tpa«ir/r;;fIon.Id.9,28 
fem.  Άμπρακίώτις,  ιδος,  Thuc.  1,  48 
in  Ap.  Rh.  4, 1228,  Άμττρακιενς:  adj 


AMBP 

*A/i7rpaKivof>  Amoracmn,  Thuc.  1,  55, 
and  Άαβρακικός,  Polyb. 

ΆμΙ^ρακίόΐς,  (jv,  ai,  Ambracian 
shoes. 

■\'Αμβρακος,  ov,  όι  Ambracus,  a  for- 
tress in  Epirus,  Polyb.  4,  61,  7. 

'Αμβροσία,  ας,  ή,  Ep.  and  Ion.  άμ- 
βροσίη,  strictly  fern,  from  αμβροσίας, 
sub.  έόωδή,  φορβή,  which  are  added 
by  Try  ph.,  and  Nonn.,  though  Buttm. 
Lexil.  p.  81  would  make  it  a  subst. 
=^αθανησία, — a?nbrosia,  in  Hom.,  etc., 
the  food  of  Che  gods,  as  nectar  was 
their  drink ;  and  like  this  withheld 
from  mortals,  as  containing  the  prin- 
ciple of  immortality,  Od.  5,  93  :  Sap- 
pho and  Alcman  however  make  am- 
brosia the  drink  of  the  gods,  Ath. 
39  A. — 2.  sometimes  used  as  an  un- 
guent, II.  14,  170,  etc. — 3.  any  dhnne 
restorative  :  thus  the  Simois  causes 
ambrosia  to  grow  up  for  the  horses 
of  Juno,  II.  5,  777  :  and  Od.  4,  445 
Eidothea  perfumes  Menelaus  with 
ambrosia  to  counteract  the  stench  of 
the  phocae. — I.  in  religious  rites  a  mix- 
ture of  water,  oil,  and  various  fruits,  Ath. : 
and  so  some  understand  it,  II.  14. 170. 
— 5.  in  Medic,  α  perfumed  draught 
or  salve.  (In  Sanscr.  a-mrita  is  the 
elixir  of  immortality,  from  mri, — Lat. 
mori:  ΐί.μορτός,βροτός,  Buttm.  Lexil. 
ubi  supr.,  and  Pott,  Forsch.  1,  113.) 

'  Α.μβροσίοδμος,  ov,  {ΰμβρόσιος, 
δδμή)  smelling  of  ambrosia,  Philox. 
ap.  Ath.  409  E. 

' Χμβρόσως,  ία,  lov,  rarely  ιος,  lov 
as  Eur.  Med.  983,  lengthened  form  of 
ΰμβροτος,  immortal,  divine,  of  divine 
nature^  rarely  of  persons,  as  ννμοη,  Η. 
Horn.  Merc.  230 : — in  Hom.  night  and 
sleep  are  called  ambrosial,  divine,  as 
gifts  of  the  gods,  as  ιερόν  ημαρ, 
ιερόν  κνέφας,  cf  Hes.  Op.  728,  (so 
that  it  need  not  be  rendered  still  re- 
curring-, or  as  act.  refreshing,  immortal- 
ising) :  so  too  άμβρ.  ϋδωρ,  Ep.  Hom. 

I,  4  :  άμβρ.  κρηιαι,  Eur.  Hipp.  748. — 

II.  agam  every  thing  belonging  to  the 
gods  is  C4ll  led  ambrosial,  divinely  beau• 
teotis,  hence  of  their  hair,  II.  1,  529, 
their  robes,  5,  333,  etc.,  sandals,  24, 
341,  anointing  oil,  14, 172,  their  voice 
and  song,  H.  Hom.  27,  18,  Hes.  Th. 
69  :  lastly  the  fodder  and  the  man- 
gers of  their  horses,  II.  5,  369 ;  Θ,  434  : 
— also  of  all  things  that  appear  more 
than  mortal  in  greatness  or  beauty, 
like  our  godlike,  divine,  κάλλος,  Od. 
18,  193,  of  verses  Pind.  P.  4,  532, 
friendship.  Id.  N.  8,  2,  etc.,  cf  αμβρο- 
σία, άμβροτος,  άβροτος,  and  Buttm. 
Lexil.  in  v.  p.  79,  seq.     Only  poet. 

Άμβροτεΐν,  Ep.  for  ΰμαρτείν,  inf 
aor.  2  of  άμαρτύνω,  Hom. 

Άμβροτόττωλος,  ov,  {άμβροτος, 
πώ?.ος)  U'ith  coursers  of  immortal  strain, 
epith.  of  Diana,  Eun  Tro.  536. 

'λμ3ροτοΓ,  ov,  rarely  η,  ov.  as  Pind. 
Fr.  3,  15,  tmroth.  ap.  Ath.  465  C, 
immortal,  divine,  of  divine  nature,  like 
its  lengthened  form  ΰμβρόσιος,  only 
that  it  is  used  of  persons  as  well  as 
things,  θεός  άμβροτος,  II.  20,  358,  Od. 
24,  444,  so  too  Pind.,  and  Trag. :  next 
άμβρ.  νύξ,  like  άμβροσίη  νύξ,  Od.  11, 
330 : — then  of  all  belonging  to  the 
gods,  just  like  άμβρόσιος,  αίμα,  Π.  5, 
339,  κρήδεμνον,  Od.  5,  347,  etc.  Only 
poet,  (from  a  ρήχ.,  βρότος :  though 
μ  also  is  part  of  the  root,  cf  μύρτος, 
Lat.  mori,  mors,  Sanscr.  mri,  to  die  ; 
Pers.  merd,  a  mortal  man,  our  murder, 
mtirther,  cf  αμβροσία. 

ΥΚμβρνσος,  ου.  ή.  Ambry sus,  a  for- 
tress in  Phocis,  Polyb.  4, 25, 2 :  hence 
6  Άμβρνσεύς,  an  inhabitant  of  Ambry - 
sus,  Strab. 


AMEI 

ί'Αμβρωνες,  ων.  οι.  the  Ambrones,  a 
Celtic  tribe,  Strab.,  Plut.  Mar.  19. 

Άμβνξ,  νκος,  ό,  v.  1.  for  ύμβιξ. 

Άμβο)ν,  (ονος,  ό.  Ion.  άμβη.  strictly 
any  rising,  hence  usu.  the  edge  of  a 
dish  that  rises  above  the  centre,  Dion. 
H.,  etc. ;  in  a  cup,  prob.  the  raised  bot- 
tom, as  in  our  common  wine-bottles. 
Grit. : — of  a  hill,  the  round  top,  Aesch. 
Fr.  93 : — later  also  a  raised  stage,  pul- 
pit or  reading-desk,  as  in  the  poem 
of  Paul.  Silentiar.  called  Άμβων. 
(akin  to  iimbo,  prob.  from  άμβαίνω, 
άναβ..  Lob.  Paral.  138.) 

Άμβώσας,  Ion.  for  άνοβοήσας,  part. 
aor.  1,  Hdt. 

'Αμέ,  Dor.  for  ημάς.  At.  Ach.  759, 
Lys.  95,  etc. 

Άμέγαρτος,  ov.  (a  priv.,  μεγαίρω) 
unenvied,  unenviable. — 1.  USU.  of  con- 
ditions, unhappy,  sad,  miserable,  πό- 
νος, II.  2,  420,  μάχη,  Hes.  Th.  666, 
ΰντμή  άνεμων,  θα.  11,  400:  so  too 
in  Att.  poets,  κακά,  Eur.  Hec.  193, 
πάθος,  Ar.  Thesm.  1049.  — 2.  of 
persons,  άμέγαρτε  σνβώτα,  as  a 
reproach,  unhappy  wretch  of  a  swine- 
herd, Od.  17,  219:  άμεγάρτων  φνλ' 
άνθρώπων,Ή..  Hom.  Merc.  542: — also 
άμ.  ποίμνα,  a  miserable  band,  Aesch. 
Suppl.  641. — 3.  of  things,  horrible, 
κρέα,  Anth.  (The  other  interp.  of  the 
word,  abundant,  large,  etc..  like  άφθο- 
νος, is  refuted  by  Buttm.  Lex.  p.  409, 
seq. 

Άμεγέθης,  ες,  (a  priv.,  μέγεθος,) 
not  great,  small,  trifling,  Dion.  H. 

'Αμέθεκτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  μετέχω) 
not  sharing,  without  share,  Orph.  Adv. 
-τως.     Hence 

Άμεθεξία,  ας,  ή,  want  of  participa- 
tion, Cornut. 

Άμεθόδεντος,  ov,  (a  priv..  μεθο- 
δεύω) not  to  be  ma?iaged  or  deceived, 
κριτής,  Stob.  Eel.  1,  p.  976. 

'Αμέθοδος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  μέθοδος) 
unguided,  without  plan,  Longm.  Adv. 
-δως.  Gal. 

Ά  μέθυσος,  ον,=  ΰμέθνστος  I.,  Di- 
osc. — II.  TO  άμέθνσον,  cf  άαέθνστος, 
fin. 

ΆμεθνστΙνος,  t},  ov.  amethystine, 
made  of  amethyst,  Luc.  V.  H.  2,  11. 

'Αμέθυστος,  ov.  [a  ρή\..μΐθνω)  riot 
drunken,  without  drmikemiess,  Plut. — 
II.  act.  preventing  drunkenness  :  hence 
as  subst.  αμέθυστος,  ή.  a  remedy 
against  drunkenness,  and  hence — 1.  a 
kind  of  herb,  Plut. — 2.  the  precious 
stone  amethyst,  supposed  to  have  this 
power,  Dion.  P.,  cf  Coray  Heliod.  p. 
178 :  in  Theophr.  το  ΰμέθυστυν  or 
ύμέθυσον. 

'Αμείβοντες,  oi,  v.  sub  αμείβω  A. 
II. 

ΆΜΕΓΒί2,  f. -ψω:  aor.  ?/μειφα: 
(akin  to  άμφί,  Lat.  amb-,  Buttm. 
Lexil.  p.  300,  seq.)  A.  act.,  to  change, 
exchange,  τενχεα,  εντεα.  II.  προς  τίνα, 
with  one,  II.  6,  235,  χρύσεα  χα7.κείων, 
golden  for  brazen,  lb.,  SO  yovv  γοννός 
αμείβων  changing  one  knee  for  the  other, 
crossing  one  with  the  other  (alter- 
nately,) i.  e.  walking  slowly,  II.  11, 547 : 
but  also  uu.  Ti  αντί  τίνος,  Pind.  P.  4, 
30,  Eur.  Hel.  1382  :  esp.  of  place,  to 
change,  and  SO  to  pass,  cross,  πορθ- 
μόν,  πόρον  Aesch.  Pers.  69,  Eur.  I. 
A.  144  :  hence  either  to  go  out  of  leave 
a  house,  άμ.  στέγας,  δώματα.  Soph. 
Phil.  1262,  Eur.  El.  750,  or  to  go  into, 
enter  it,  άμ.  θύρας.  Hdt.  5,  72  (ubi 
Wessel),  Aesch.  Cho.  571 :  and  in 
genl.  either  to  leave,  quit,  or  to  go  to  a 
place,  like  L•at.muto,c{.  Horat.  Od.  1, 
17, 1,  Carm.  Secul.  39  :  so  too  in  mid., 
cf  B.  II. :  πόλιν  έκ  πόλεως  άμ..  Plat., 
and  so  μορφήν  άμ.  έκ  θεοϋ  βροτησίαν, 


ΑΜΕΙ 

Eur.  Bacch.  4:  but  also  δάμαρτ'  άμ., 
to  give  a  wife  in  exchange,  Eur.  Alc. 
46,  cf  sup.  and  ύλλάσσω  : — simply, 
to  change,  alter,  χρώμα,  Aesch.  Pers. 
317. — 2.  to  make  others  change,  II.  14, 
381. — 3.  very  rarely  like  mid.,  to  re- 
pay, return  άμ.  χάριν,  Aesch.  Ag.  729. 
— II.  intrans.  only  in  part.,  iv  άμεί- 
βοντι=άμοιβύδίς,  sometimes  so  and 
sometimes  not,  Pind.  N.  11,  53  : — ol 
αμείβοντες,  the  interchangers,  i.  e.  the 
rafters  that  meet  and  cross  each  other, 
II.  23,  712.  B.  Mid.  to  change  one 
with  another,  do  in  turn  or  alternately, 
freq.  3.\)5θ\.ύμειβόμενοι  φύλακας  έχον, 
II.  9,  471,  cf.  1,  604,  αμειβόμενοι  κα- 
τά οίκους,  at  every  house  in  turn,  Od. 

I,  375  :  so  too  ύρουραι  αμειβόμενοι, 
ploughed  and  fallow  in  turn,  Pind.  N. 
6,  17 :  ύλ/.α  ά'λλοτ'  αμείβεται,  now 
comes  one  thing,  now  another  in  turn, 
Eur.  Hipp  1 108 : — άμείβεσθαι  όπλαΐς 
of  a  horse,  like  Virgil's  sinuat  alterna 
volumina  crurum,  Pind.  P.  4,  403  :  άμ. 
στενότητί,  to  vary  in  narrowness^  Xen. 
Cyn.  9,  14. — 2.  esp.  of  dialogues, 
άμείβεσθαι  έπέεσσι,  to  interchange 
words,  to  talk  together,  Od.  3,  148,  etc. : 
but  also  c.  ace.  yers.  et  dat.  rei  άμ. 
Tiva  μύθφ,  μνθοις,  έπέεσσι,  also  ΰμεί• 
βεσθαί  τίνα  alone,  to  ans^rcr,  to  reply 
to  one,  Horn.,  etc.,  who  also  oft.  uses 
the  part,  absol.  in  reply,  αμειβόμενος 
προςέφη,  προςηύδα,  προςέειπε :  τον 
?.όγοις  ήαείόθη  (in  aor.  pass,  used  as 
mid.),  Pind.  P.  4,  180:  later  also  c. 
ace.  rei,  though  usu.  only  of  neut. 
pron.,  ήμείφατο  ταντα,  Hdt.  1,  37 
(though  he  more  usu,  says  τοϊςδε), 
and  even  c.  dupl.  ace.  pers.  et  rei, 
ταύτα  τους  φίλους  ήμεί-φατο,  Hdt.  2, 
173,  cf  3,  52,  Pind.  P.  9,  68  -.—άμ. 
προς  τι,  to  reply  to  a  thincr,  Hdt.  8,  58, 
Eur.  Tro.  903 :  hence  also — ^3.  to  re- 
pay, requite,  c.  acc.  pers.  et  dat.  rei, 
δώροισιν  άμ.  τινά.  Od.  24,  285,  χρησ- 
τοίσι.  Hdt.  1,  41,  όμοίοις,  Dem.  458 
fin. :  also  c.  acc.  et  dat.  rei,  άμ.  ευερ- 
γεσίας χάρισιν,  Xen.  Mem.  4,  3,  II.: 
or  c.  acc.  rei  onlv,  χάριν  φιλότητος 
Soph.  El.  134,  άρετήν,  Plut.,  etc.: 
rarely  c.  dat.  pers.,  as  Eur.  Cycl.  311 : 
— rarely  too  c.  gen.  rei,  άμ.  τινά  της 
δικαιοσύνης,  Luc. — Ν.  Β.,  in  this 
signf  usu,  to  return  good  for  good,  but 
also  bad  for  bad.  repay,  avenge,  Aesch. 
Ag.  1267,  Eur.  El.  1093. 

II.  like  act.,  to  change,  esp.  of  place, 
to  pass  either  out  or  in,  "φυχή  αμεί- 
βεται έρκος  οδόντων,  II.  9,  409,  and 
reversely  φάρμακα  άμ.  ερκ.  όδ.,  Od. 
10,  328  :  so  πύλας  άμ.,  Eur.  Alc.  752, 
πό?αν,  Plat.  Apol.  37  D  ;  βίοτον  άμ., 
to  pass  through  life,  Aesch.  Cho.  1θί9; 
νπέρ  ονδόν  άμειβόμενον,  passing  over 
the  threshold,  Theocr.  2.  104  ;  γήν  ου- 
ρανού, to  change  earth  for  heaven,  Plut., 
and  so  in  genl.  άμείβεσθαι  τί  τίνος, 
Diod. — Metaph.  to  pass,  surpass,  out- 
do, Pind.  P.  6.  54  ;  7,  19  :    cf  άμενω. 

Άμειδής,  ές,  (a  priv.,  μειδάω)  not 
smiling,  i.  e.  gloomy,  βίος,  Plut.,  and 
freq.  in  Opp. 

'Αμείδητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  μειδάω)=: 
foreg.,  νύξ.  Αρ.  Rh.,  etc. 

Υ,/^μειδίαστος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  μειδιάω) 
=  άμείδητος,  Eccl. 

'Αμείλικτος,  ov,  (α  'ρύ\.,μειλίσσω) 
unsoothed,   harsh,    cruel,  of  words,  II. 

II,  137,  of  fetters,  Hes.  Th.  659:== 
sq.,  Ζευς,  Αρ.  Rh.  3,  337. 

Άμείλίχος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  μειλίσσω) 
unsoothed,  relentless,  'Αίδης,  II.  9,  158, 
ήτορ,  lb.  572,  βία,  Sol.  27,  στρατός, 
κήτος,  Pind.,  πόνοι,  Aesch. 

t'A/'-ftl'iuJr/f,     ov,     ό,    Ameiniades, 
strictly  son  of  Ameinias,  Thuc.  2,  67. 
ΥΑμείνιας,  a  and  ov,  ό,  Ameinias, 
79 


AMEA 

brother  of  Aeschylus,  Hdt.  8,  84. — 
a  Lacedemonian.  Thnc.  4,  132. — 3. 
an  Athenian  archon,  Diod.  S.  12,  72. 
^Άμεΐνοκλτ/ς,  έονς,  ό,  Ameinncles, 
niasc.  pr.  n.,  Hdt.  7, 190,  Thnc.  1, 13. 

Άμείνων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  irregular 
compar.  of  αγαθός,  better.  In  Horn, 
of  persons,  abler,  stouter,  stronger, 
braver :  in  genl.  of  things,  better,  fitter, 
II.  1,  116,  274;  3,  II :— from  Homer 
downwards,  ΰμεινον,  with  or  without 
εστί,  Uis  better  so,  or  as  we  say  'tis 
good  or  well,  either  absol.,  as  Hdt.  1, 
187,  or  c.  inf.  in  Att. :  άμεινόν  εστί 
or  γίγνεταί  τινι  c.  part.,  e.  g.  εΐ  σώι 
ΰμεινον  γίγνεΤαι  τιμωρέουσι,  if  it  is 
good  for  them  to  assist,  Hdt.  7,  169,  cf. 
Thuc.  1,  118;  6,  9:  ΰμ.  ττράσσειν, 
Hdt.  4,  157,  etc. :  oi  ΰμείνονες,  Lat. 
optimates.  Opposed  to  πλήθος.  Plat. 
Legg.  627  A,  cf.  αγαθός. — The  usual 
adv.  is  ΰμεινον,  rarely  ύμεινόνως. — A 
new  comparat.  ΰμεινότερος,  a,  ov, 
formed  from  this  comparat.,  occurs 
Mimn.  11,  9.  (The  original  root  has 
perh.  been  preserved  in  amoenus.) 

Άμείρω,  fut.  άμερώ,  (a  priv.,  μοίρα, 
Ιΐέρος)  to  rob  of  one^s  share,  deprive, 
bereave,  c.  gen.  rei,  Pind.  P.  6,  27. 
Pass,  ΰμερθήναί  τίνος,  to  be  bereaved 
of  a  thmg.  11.  22,  58. 

^'Κμει^ιίας,  ου,  ό,  Ameipsias,  an 
Athenian  comic  poet,  Ar.  Ran.  14. 

Άμεί-φφβυσμέω,  {αμείβομαι,  βνσ- 
μός)  to  change  form.    Hence 

λ.μειιΙ>φ()υσμία,  ας,  ή,  change  of 
form,  Democrit.  ap.  Diog.  L.  9,  47. 

"λμειψις,  ευς,  ή,  (αμείβω)  exchange, 
interchange,  Polyh.  10,  1,  5:  alternation, 
Plut.  Arist.  16,  Syll.  7.— II.  a  requit- 
ing, repaying,  αμ.  άργνρική,  a  repay- 
ment in  silver,  Diod.  S.  3,  46 ;  and  so 
an  answer,  Plut.  Moral.  2,  803  C. 

νΑμείυτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  μειόω)  un- 
lessened,  still  entire  :  not  to  be  lessened. 

Άμέλαθρος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  μέλαθρον) 
without  a  roof-tree,  withotU  a  house  or 
home,  Man. 
ί'Αμέλγεν,  Dor.  for  αμέλγειν. 

ΆΜΕ'ΛΓΩ,ί. -ίω,ίο  MILK,  Lat. 
MULGERE,  Ud. :  όΐες  άαελγόμε- 
vai  γάλα,  sheep  that  are  milked,  milch 
ewes,  II.  4,  434  :  in  mid.  to  let  suck, 
0pp. — II.  in  gen.  to  press  out,  νέκταρ, 
όπώρης  ΰμ.,  Nonn.  12,  320,  γύνος  εκ 
βοτρνων,  Anth. :  mid.  to  squeeze  out  for 
one's  self,  to  suck,  to  imbibe,  to  sip,  Nic. 
Al.  506  ;  of  bees.  Nonn.  5, 246  ;  of  the 
moon,  Id.  5, 166 :  hence  metaph.  to 
drain  a  man  of  all  his  goods,  Ar.  Eq. 
325.— III.  to  sip,  drink,  Bion  1,  48. 
(from  the  same  root  as  lac,  Donald. 
N.  Cratyl.  284  :  oft.  confounded  with 
άμέρδω  and  ΰμέργω,  v.  Nake  Choe- 
rU.  p.  154.) 

Άμέλει,  strictly  imperative  from 
άμελέω,  never  mind,  do  not  trouble 
yourself,  esp.  at  the  beginning  of  an 
answer.  Xen.  Cyr.  5,  2,  13,  Ar.  Ach. 
368.  Hence,  as  adv.,  by  all  means, 
yes,  surely,  of  course,  freq.  in  Ar., 
Plat.,  etc. ;  oft.  ironically,  as  Ar.  Ran. 
533. 

Αμέλεια,  ας,  ij,  the  character  of  an 
ύαελτ/ς,  indifference,Thnc.  1, 122,  etc.: 
also  in  plur..  Plat.  Rep.  443  A. 

' Κμελετησία,  ας,  ή,  (α  priv.,  μελε- 
τάυί)  want  of  practice :  negligence, 
Plat.  Phaed.  275  A. 

Άμελέτητος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  μελετάω) 
unpracticrd,  unprepared  in  a  thine, 
περί  τίνος  or  εν  τινι.  Plat.  Symp.  172 
A,  τινός,  προς  τι,  Luc.  Char.  7,  Tox. 
29.  Adv.  -τως,  ΰμ.  εχειν,  to  be  un- 
prepared. Plat. 

Άμελέω,  ώ,  f.  -τ/σω  : — to  be  ΰμελής, 
be  careless,  heedless,  negligent,  not  to  do 
one's  duty,  absol.,  first  in  Att.,  and 
80 


AMEM 

usu.  c.  negat.  ουκ  ΰμ.,  to  be  careful, 
attentive,  etc.,  το  μη  ΰμελείν  μάθε, 
learn  not  to  be  neglectful.  \.  e.  learn  care- 
fulness, Aesch.  Euin.  86. — 2.  in  Hom. 
(only  in  II.)  always  c.  gen.,  to  neglect, 
have  no  care  for,  heed  not,  slight,  over- 
look, leave  undone,  but  always  C.  ne- 
gat., ovK  ΰμέλησε,  c.  gen.  rei,  II.  17, 
697  ;  pers.  II.  8,  330,  where  protection 
is  implied:  but  17,  9,  ονκ  ΰμέλησε 
ΤΙατρόκλου  πεσόντος,  he  lost  not  sight 
of  the  fallen  Patroclus  (in  order  to 
plunder  him) :  so  too  freq.  later,  with 
and  without  neg. : — rare  construct., 
ΰμ.  έτΓί  φθιμένοις,  to  neglect  one's  duty 
in  the  case  of  the  dead.  Soph.  El.  237. 
— 3.  c.  ace.  et  part.,  to  overlook,  and 
so  to  let  suffer,  like  περιοράν,  e.  g. 
παίδας  λάθρα  θνησκοντας  ΰμελει,  he 
lets  them  die,  Eur.  Ion  439  : — Xen.  has 
the  gen.  in  same  signf..  Hell.  5.  2. 16. 
— 4.  c.  inf.  to  neglect  to  do,  Heind. 
Plat.  Phaed.  98  D  :  also  with  τον,  so 
that  the  inf.  becomes  a  gen.  rei,  ΰμ. 
τον  όργίζεσθαι,  Xen.  Mem.  2,  3,  9. — 
5.  in  Lycurg.  149,  36,  c.  dat.  τοντφ 
ΰμ.,  ace.  to  MSS. — Pass,  to  be  slight- 
ed, overlooked,  Thuc.  1,  68.  Adv. 
ημελημένως,  carelessly,  Xen.  An.  1,7, 
19. — For  ΰμέλει,  v.  sub  voc. 

'Αμελής,  ές,  (a  γ>ήν.,  μέλει)  careless, 
heedless,  negligent,  Thuc.  etc. :  joined 
with  ΰργός,  Plat.,  βάθνμος,  Plut. : 
freq. ,  c.  gen.  careless  of,  unconcerned 
about  a  thing,  Plat.  etc. :  later  c.  inf., 
ούκ  ΰμ.  ποιείν,  diligent  in  doing,  Plut. 
Adv.  -λώς,  Thuc.  6,  100:  comparat. 
ΰμελέστερον,  with  less  care  and  order, 
Thuc.  2,  11  :  ΰμ.  εχειν  περί  τίνα.  to 
be  negligent  in  07ie's  duty  towards,  Xen. 
Cyr.  1,2,7;  ΰμελώς  έχειν  προς  τι, 
Xen.  Oec.  2,  7. — II.  pass,  wncared /or, 
unheeded,  Xen.  Hell.  6,  5,  41 :  ονκ 
ΰμελές  εστί  μοι,  c.  inf.,  /  am  anxious 
to...,  Luc. 

ΥΑμέλης,  ητος,  ό,  {ΰμελ-ής)  strictly 
the  free  from  care,  the  Ameles.  a  river 
of  the  lower  world,  Plat.  Rep.  621 
A. 

i'  Αμελ7]σαγήρας,  ov,  ό,  Amelesagoras, 
a  historian  of  Chalcedon,  Dion.  H. 

' Αμελησία,  ας,  ή,=  ΰαέλεια,  Stob. 
ΫΑμέλησίΓ,  εως,  ή,=  αμέλέια,  Anth. 

Άμελητέον,  verb.  adj.  from  ΰμελέω, 
one  must  neglect  τινός,  Isocr.  190  C : 
also  ΰμελητέα  εστί  τίνος,  Arr. — II. 
ΰμελητέος,  έα,  έον,  to  be  neglected, 
Luc. 

Άμελητί.  adv.  of  sq.,  like  ΰμελώς, 
carelessly,  Luc.  Tim.  12. 

Άμέλητος,  ov,  (ΰμελέω)  like  ΰμε• 
ληΓ,  not  cared  for :  unworthy  of  care, 
Theogn.  422. 

Άμελία,  ας,  ή,  poet,  for  ΰμέλεια, 
Eur.  I.  A.  850. 

'Αμελλητί,  without  delay,  forthwith : 
adv.  of 

Άμέλλητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  μέλλω) 
not  delayed :  not  to  be  delayed  or  put 
off.  Luc.  Nigr.  27.  Adv.  -τως,  Polyb. 
4,  71,  10. 

"Αμελξις,  εως,  η,  (ΰμέΧγω)  a  milk- 
ing. Pind.  Fr.  73. 

' Αμελώδητος,  ov,  (a'pnv ., μελφδέω) 
without  melody ,  Aristox. 

' Αμεμπτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  μέμφομαι) 
not  to  be  blamed,  blameless,  without  re- 
proach, γρόνον,  in  regard  of  time, 
Aesch.  Pers.  692 :  ΰμ.  τι  or  περί  τι, 
blameless  in  a  thing,  Plut. :  of  things, 
perfect  in  its  kind,  δείπνον,  Xen.,  δί- 
κη. Plat.,  etc. :  compar.  ΰμεμπτότε- 
ρος,  less  blameworthy,  Plut.  Adv. 
—τως,  so  as  to  merit  no  blame,  so  that 
nothing  can  be  said  against,  right,  well. 
Soph.  Phil.  1465,  Xen.— II.  act.  not 
blaming,  ivell  content,  άμεμπτόν  τίνα 
ποιεΐσθαι,  Xen.  Cyr.  4,  5,  52 ;  8,  4, 


AMEP 

28.     Adv.  -τως,  to  a  person'»  satiifae• 
tion,  lb.  4,  2,  37. 

Άμεμώής,  f c,=  ΰμεμπτσς  I.,  Pind. 
O.  6,  78,  Aesch.  Pers.  168  :— a  poet, 
form,  used  also  in  late  prose,  Schaf. 
Plut.  4,  p.  410.  Adv.  -φύς,  Ion.= 
-φέως,  Emped.,  and  Orph. 

Άμεμφία,  ας,  ή,  a  being  ΰμεμφής, 
blamelessness,  freedom  from  blame,  oi- 
αλλακτήρι  ονκ  ΰμεμφία  φίλσις,  free- 
dom from  blame  on  the  part  of  friends, 
Aesch.  Theb.  909.  —  II.  contentment, 
Soph.  Fr.  259. 

Άμεμφίμοιρος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  μέμφο- 
μαι, μοίρα)  not  complaining  of  one's 
tot.  Marc.  Ant. 

Άμεναι,  Ep.  for  ΰέμεναι,  ύειν,  inf. 
pres.  from  ΰω,  to  satisfy,  II.  21,20,  cf. 
Buttm.  Lexil.  p.  25. 
ί'Αμενάνός,  ov,  ό,  Amenanus,  a  river 
of  Sicily,  Strab. 
\'Αμένας,  a,  ό,  Dor.  for  foreg.,Pind. 
P.  1,  130. 

Άμενηνός,  ov,  also  ή,  όν,  0pp.,  a 
poet,  word,  used  by  Hom.  chiefly  of 
ghosts  or  shades  of  the  dead,  Od.  10, 
521,  etc.,  also  of  dreams,  Od.  19,  562, 
and  of  a  wounded  man,  II.  5,  887 : — 
usu.  derived  from  μένος,  and  so  with- 
out strength,  faint,  feeble,  but  Doder 
lein  assumes  μένω  as  the  root,  and 
explains  it,  not  abiding,  fleeting,  pass 
ing  .• — later,  it  is  used  of  mortal  men 
in  genl.,  ΰμενηνα  φνλ'  ΰνθρώπων,  Η. 
Hom.  Cer.  352,  cf.  Ar.  Av.  686 ;  by 
Soph.,  and  Eur.,  only  in  Homeric 
signf. ;  and  in  the  prose  of  Theophr., 
of  any  thing  become  weakly  or  sickly, 
κλήμα,  φνλλον,  σπέρμα.  In  neut.  as 
adv.,  ΰμενηνα  φαείνειν,  Arat.,  ΰμένη• 
vbv  όράν,  Philostr.  Also  adv.  -νύς, 
Gal.     Hence 

Άμενηνόω,ώ,ί.-ώσω,ΐο  make  weak, 
weaken  or  deaden  the  force  of  a  thing, 
αίχμήν,  II.  13,  562. 

'Αμενής,  ές,  (αγήν., μένοΓ)=άμενη- 
vof,  Eur.  Suppl.  1116. 

'Αμέρα,  Dor.  for  ήμερα,  Pind. 

ΆΜΕ'ΡΓΩ,  -ξω,  to  pluck  or^pull, 
Lat.  decerpere,  distringere  :  άνθη, 
Sapph.  92,  κύρπον,  Eur.,  φνλ?.α, 
Theocr.— In  mid.,  Theocr.  26,  3.  Ap. 
Rh.  4,  1144,  and  Nic— Π.  the  signf. 
to  press,  squeeze,  or  s^ick  out  is  dub., 
for  except  in  Ap.  Rh.  1,  882  where 
there  is  a  v.  1.  ΰμέλγονσα,  it  never 
occurs.  (Often  confounded  with 
ΰμέλγω  and  ΰμέρδω,  to  both  of  which 
it  is  prob.  akin.) 

ΆΜΕ'ΡΔΩ,  f.  •σω,  to  deprive  of  one's 
share,  bereave  one  of,  amerce  one  in, 
Tiva  οφθαλμών,  φίλης  αιώνος,  Od.  8, 
64,  Hes.  Sc.  331 :  also  c.  dupl.  ace. 
pers.  et  rex,  τιμήν  ...  ήμερσεν  'Ολύμ- 
πια δώματ'  έχοντας,  Η.  Hom.  Cer. 
312 :  always  of  thing.s  one  has  a  right 
to,  one's  own,  hence  when  only  c. 
ace.  pers.  to  bereave  of  one's  natural 
rights,  τον  όμοΐον  ΰμέρσαι,  II.  16,  53  ; 
hence  also  οσσε  αμερδεν  ανγή  .the  glare 
bereft  his  eyes  of  their  power,  i.  e.  blind- 
ed "them,  II.  13,  340,  Hes.  Th.  698 ; 
καπνός  ΰμέρδει  τεύχεα,  the  smoke 
robs  the  arms  of  their  lustre,  i.  e.  tar- 
nishes them,  Od.  19,  18.  Pass,  to  be 
robbed  or  bereft  of,  to  lose  a  thing,  c. 
gen.  rei.  Φίλης  αιώνος,  II.  22,  58,  δαι- 
τός,  Od.  21 ,290  :— later  the  act.  seems 
to  be  used  in  same  signf.,  c.  ace.  rei. 
βίον,  Eur.  Hec.  1029.  καρπόν,  (of 
trees)  Theophr.  H.  P.  9,  8.  2.— II. 
like  ΰμέργω.  In  pluck,  Leon.  Tar.  98, 
Nic.  Th.  686.  (.\kin to //είρο//α<,  ΰμείρω, 
prob.  also  to  ΰμέργω,  and  perh.  to 
ΰμέλγω :  v.  Buttm.  Lexil.  p.  85,  n.) 

Άμερης,  ές.  (a  priv.,  μέρος)  without 
parts,  indivisible.  Plat.  Parm.  138  A 
Adv.  -ρώς.    Hence 


AMET 

'Κμζρία,  ας,  ή,  indivisibility. 
t'A/yfpt'a,   ας,  η,  Ameria,  a  city  of 
Cmbria,  now  Amelia,  Strab. :  hence 
adj.  ΆμερΙΐ'ος,  η,  or,  of  Ameria.  — 2. 
a  small  town  of  Pontus,  Strab. 

'Αμεριαϊος,  αία,  alov,  too  small  to  he 
divided,  atomic,=  uκaoLaΐoς,  Chrysipp. 
ap.  Plut.  2,  1046  D.  ' 

ΥΑμερέας,  ov,  ό,  Amerias  of  Mace- 
donia, a  grammarian,  Ath. 

Άμεριμνέω,  ώ,  to  be  αμέριμνος, 
Iambi. : — others,  -μνάω  ;  but  v.  Lob. 
FhrjTi.  629.    Hence 

'Αμεριμνησία,  ar,  i),^sq. 

Άμεριμνία,  ας,  ή,  freedom  from  care, 
security,  Pint. :  uu.  της  δεσποτείας, 
Hdn.  2,  4,  13 :  from 

Αμέριμνος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  μέριμνα) 
free  from,  care,  unconcerned,  Menand. 

0.  204.  Adv.  -νως. — II.  pass,  uncared 
for,  unheeded,    Soph.   Aj.    1207. — III. 

driving  away  care,  Anth. :  hence  το 
άμέριμνον,  the  name  of  a  plant,  Plin. 

'Αμέριος,  Dor.  for  ήμέριος,  Eur. 

'Αμέριστος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  μερίζω) 
undivided,  indivisible,  indiindual.  Plat. 
Tim.  35  A.     Adv.  -τως,  Clem.  Al. 

Άμερμηρεί,  adv.,  (a  τρήν.,μέρμηρα) 
carelessly. 

Άμερόκοιτος,  Dor.  for  ήμερόκοι• 
τος,  Eur. 

"Αμερος,  Dor.  for  ήμερος,  Pind. 

'Αμ.ερσε,  άμέρσαι,  aor.  1  from  άμέρ- 
δω,  Horn. 

Άμερσίγΰμος,  ov,  (άμέρδω,  γάμος) 
robbing  of  wedlock,  Nonn.  Dion.  7, 
226. 

Άμερσίνοος,  oi',=sq.,  Nonn.  Dion. 

1,  388. 

Άμερσίφρων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  {άμέρ- 
δω, ώρτ/ν)  depriving  of  mind. 

Άμεσίτευτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  μεσι- 
τεύω) without  a  mediator,  Eccl. 

Άμεσος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  μέσος)  imme- 
diate, direct,  Arist.  Org.     Adv.  -σως. 

'Αμετάβατος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  μετα- 
βαίνω) not  to  be  transferred. — 2.  not 
passing  over  :  άμετάβατον  ρήμα,  Lat. 
verbum  intransitivum,  Gramm.  Adv. 
~τως,  intransitively. 

Άμεταβ/.ησία,  ας,  η,  unchangeable- 
ness,  Theophr. :  from 

'Αμετάβλητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  Hfra- 
βά?:,Xω)nncha}ιged,unchangeable,liipp.^. 
TO  (ΐμετά37.7}τον,=ίοτβξ.,  Dion.  H. 

' ΑμετάβοΜς,  ov,  (a  priv.,  μεταβο- 
?.^)=foreg.,  Dion.  H. 

Άμετάγνωστος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  μετα- 
■)  ιγνώσκω)  unalterable,  implacable,  μί- 
σος, Joseph. — 2.  not  to  be  repented  of, 
ηδονή.  Max.  Tyr. 

Άμετάδοτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  μεταδί- 
δωμι)  not  imparting,  stingy.  Adv. 
-τως,  άμ.  ζην,  to  live  without  giving  to 
any  one,  Plut. 

'Αμετάθετος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  μετατί- 
θημι)  nut  to  be  transposed  :  fixed,  un- 
alterable, freq.  in  later  prose,  as  Polyb., 
Dion.  H.,  etc.    Adv.  -τως. 

'Αμετακίνητος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  μετα- 
κινέω)  not  to  be  moved  from  place  to 
■place,  immovable,  unchangeable.  Plat. 
Ep.  343  A.  Adv.  -τως,  ΰμ.  εχειν,  to 
stand  unmoved,  Arist.  Eth.   [i] 

Άμετάκλαστος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  μετά, 
κ?,άω)  not  to  be  bent  or  broken,  un- 
changeable :  TO  άμετάκ?..  τής  γνώμης, 
firmness  of  mind,  (Xen.)  Ep.  1,  2. 

'Αμετάκλητος,  ov.  {αρή\.,  μετακα- 
?.έω)  irrevocable,  Polyb.  37.  2,  7. 

ΆμετακλΙνής,  ές,  (α  priv.,  μετά- 
κΤίίνω)  inflexible. 

Άμετάλητττος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  μετα- 
7.αμβάνω)  not  to  be  understood. 

'Auετά?JMKToς,  ov,  (a  priv.,  μετ- 
αλ/Λσσω)  unchanging,  Joseph. 

'Ααεταμέ?•.ητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  μετα- 
υ,έλει)  unrepented  of.  not  to  be  repetttcd 
6 


AMET 

of  or  regretted,  ηδονή,  το  πεπραγαέ- 
νον.  Plat.  Legg.  866  Ε  :  άμεταμέλη- 
τόν  εστί  τί  μοι,  Ι  have  nothing  to  re- 
pent of,  Polyb. — II.  act.  not  repenting, 
firm,  sure,  N.  T.  Rom.  11,  29.  Adv. 
-τως. 

'Αμετανόητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  μετα- 
voέω)—foτeg.  I.,  Luc.  Abd.  11. — 11. 
act.  unrepentant,  N.  T.  Rom.  2,  5. 
Adv.  -τως. 

Άμετάττειστος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  μετα- 
ττείθω)  not  to  be  brought  to  another 
opinion,  not  to  be  moved  fron  his  pur- 
pose, Plut.  Thes.  17,  etc. :  of  things, 
unchangeable,  steadfast,  σνμμαχία, 
Diod.  Adv.  -τως,  Epicur.  ap!  Plut. 
2,  1117  F. 

'Αμετά-7.αστος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  μετα- 
ττλάσσω)  not  to  be  transformed,  Stob. 

Άμετατϊοίητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  μετα- 
ττοιέω)  tiiichanging,  Xenocr. 

Άμετάττταιστος.  ov,  {αγιτνν.,μετα- 
ΤίΤαίω)  infallible.  Gal. 

ΆμετατΓτωσία,  ας,  ή,  unchangeable- 
ness,  Hierocl. :  from 

'Αμετάπτωτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  μετα- 
πίπτω)  not  to  be  overthrown,  irrefraga- 
ble, Aoyof,  Plat.  Tim.  29  Β  :'  'έξις. 
(5ofa,Plut.  Adv. -τωζ•,  Plut.  Dion.  14. 

' Αμετασάλεντος,  ov ,  {a  priv.,  μετα- 
σα7.ενω)  not  to  be  shaken  about,  Clem. 
Al. 

' Αμετάστατος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  μεθίσ- 
τημι)  not  to  be  transposed  or  changed, 
unchanging,  fixed,  like  αμετάθετος. 
Plat.  Rep.  361  C  :  το  άμετάστατον, 
uniformity,  Plut.  Adv.  -τως- — 2.  not 
to  be  got  rid  of  OT  put  away.  Plat.  Rep. 
378  E. 

'  Αμεταστρεπτεί  and  αμεταστρετϊτί, 
adv.,  without  turning  round,  straight 
fonvard,  Ίέναι.  φεύγειν.  Plat.  Pol.  620 
E,  Legg.  854  C. :  from 

Άμετάστρε-ΤΓΤος,  ov,  {a  γήν., μετα- 
στρέψω) ivithout  turning  round,  without 
regarding.  Max.  Tyr. 

Άμετάστροοος,  ov.  {a  priv.,  μετα- 
στρέφω) not  to  be  turned  round,  unalter- 
able. Plat.  Rep.  620  E,  etc.,  comp. 
Plat.  Epin.  982  C.    Adv.  -φως. 

Άμετάτρετττος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  μετα- 
τpέ■!ΐω)=foτeg.,  Plut.    Adv.  -τως. 

' Αμετατροπία,  ας,  ή,  immovableness  : 
from 

Άμετάτροττος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  μετα- 
τρέπω)=αμετάστροφος,  Orph. 

Άμετάφορος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  μετα- 
φέρω) not  to  be  transferred  or  changed. 
— II.  without  metaphor. 

'Αμετάφραστος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  μετα- 
φράζομαι) untranslatable. 

'Αμεταχείριστος,  ov,{a  τρήν.,μετα- 
χειρίζω)  not  handled,  new. — II.  not  to 
be  taken  in  hand,  difficult  to  handle. 

Άμέτερος,  Dor.  for  ημέτερος,  Trag. 

Άμετεώριστος.  ov,  (a  priv.,  μετεω- 
ρίζω) not  lightminded,  Eccl. 

'Αμέτοχος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  μετέχω) 
having  no  share  of,  not  partaking  in  a 
thing,  εγκλημάτων,  άμετ.,  (Thuc.)  1, 
39  :  v.  Bloomf.  ad  1. 

Άιιετρής.  ές.  poet,  for  sq.,  Orac.  ap. 
Diod.  12,  10,  where  however  Schaf. 
ίμετρι  δέ  for  άμετρη. 

'Αμέτρητος,  ov,  also  η,  ov,  Pind.  I. 
1,  53,  (a  priv.,  μετρέω)  unmeasured, 
immeasurable,  immense,  Lat.  immensus, 
ingens,  πένθος,  πόνοΓ,  Od.  19,  512. ; 
23,  249,  ΰλς,  Pind.  1.  c,  άήρ,  Ar.  Nub. 
264  :  also  unnumbered,  countless,  έρετ- 
μοί,  Eur.  El.  433,  exhavstless,  Anth. : 
cf.  Jac.  A.  P.  p.  10.     Adv.  -τως. 

Άμετρί,  adv.  of  άμετρος :  cf.  άμε- 
τρης- 

Άμετρία,  ας,  η,  (άμετρος)  excess, 
itnmoderateness,  disproportion,  κακών. 
Plat. :  infinity,  countless  number,  Id. : 
exaggeration,  Id. 


AMHT 

Άμετροβάθής,  ές,  {άμετοος,  βάθος) 
immensely  deep,  0pp. 

ΆμεΤρόβΐος,  ov,  (άμετρος,  βίος)  of 
an  immensely  long  life,  Anth. 

'Αμετροεπής,  ές,  (άμετρος,  έπος) 
immoderate  in  words,  intemperate  of 
speech,  unbridled  of  tongue ;  or  ace. 
to  Doderlein,  not  measuring  or  weigh- 
ing his  words,  II.  2,  212. 

' Αμετρόκάκος,  ov,  (άμετρος,  κακός) 
immensely  bad. 

Άμετροπότης,  ον,6(άμετρος,  πίνω) 
drinking  to  excess,  Anth. 

"Αμετρος,  ov  (a  priv.,  μέτρον)  with- 
out measure,  immense,  excessive,  bound- 
less, Simon.  7,  16,  Plat.,  etc.,  esp.  in 
Adv.  -τρως. — 2.  immoderate  in  moral 
sense,  Plat.  Legg.  690  E. — 3.  never- 
ceasing,  τέττιγες,  Simon.  129 :  opp. 
to  μέτριος. — 4.  disproportionate.  Plat. 
Tim.  87  E. — II.  without  metre,  prosaic, 
opp.  to  έμμετρος,  Arist.,  etc.  Adv. 
-τρως. 

Άμενσιεπής,  ές,(άμεύω,  έπος)  φρον- 
τίς,  a  thought  that  answers  to  the  word, 
or  surpasses  words,  Pind.  ap.  Eust. 
Opusc.  p.  56,  86. 

Άμενσιμος,  ov,  (άμενω)  that  can  be 
passed,  passable,  Ap.  Rh.  4,  297. 

Άμενσίπορος,  ov,  (άμενω,  πόρος) 
τρίοδος,  Lat  trivium.  where  three  paths 
interchange  or  cross,  Pind.  P.  11,  58. 

Άμενω,  poet.,  or  rather  Dor.,  for 
αμείβω.  In  Pind,  P.  1,  86,  aor.  1  mid. 
άμενσασθαι,  to  surpass,  excel,  conquer, 
c.  acc. :  cf.  also  a  Fragm.  ap.  Eust. 
Opusc.  p.  56,  85. 

ΆΜΗ,  ης,  ή,  a  shovel  or  mattock, 
Ar.  Av.  1145,  Pac.  426,  Xen.  Cyr.  6, 
2,  34:  (the  deriv.  from  άμάω  is  dub., 
and  the  signf.  sickle,  scythe,  deduced 
therefrom,  without  example). — 2.  a 
water-bucket,  pail,  Lat.  hama,  αμαις 
και  σκάόαις  άρνσασθαι,  proverb,  of 
great  abundance,  Plut.  2,  963  C— 3.  a 
harrow,  rake,  Geop. — 4.  Ion.  for  άμης, 
q.  v. — The  reading  άμη  has  the  best 
Gramm.  against  it,  Brenii  Aeschin. 
70.  fin.  [ά] 

Άμη,οτ  άμή,  adv.,  Att.  άμη,  strictly 
dat.  fern,  from  άμός^=  τις,  in  a  certain 
way :  esp.  in  compds.  άμηγέπη,  άμη- 
γέποι,  άμηγέπον,  άμηγέπως,  in  some 
way,  somehow  or  other,  Βίο.,^όπωςονν , 
Rnhnk.  Tim.,  Elmsl.  Ach.  608;  v. 
άμός  and  άμώς. 

'Αμήν,  (Hebr.)  Adv.,  verily,  of  a 
truth :  so  be  it :  also  as  noun,  το  αμήν, 
certainty,  Ν.  Τ. :  applied  to  Christ,  6 
Αμήν,  Apoc.  3,  14. 

Άμήνιον,  ov,  TO,  Lat.  minium,  ver- 
milion, Diosc. 

Άμηνις,  ιος,  ό,  ή,  (a  priv.,  μήνις) 
=sq.,  Joseph. 

Άμήνϊτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  μηνίω)  not 
angry  or  wrathful,  Hdt.  9,  94  :  χει- 
μών  οί'Κ  άμήνιτος  θεοϊς,  α  storm  exci- 
ted in  anger  by  the  ^ods.  Aesch.  Ag. 
6-49.     Adv. -rtjclb."^  1034. 

Άμήνντος.  ov,  (a  priv.,  μηνύω)  not 
informed  of,  Heliod. 

Άμήρντος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  μηρύω)  not 
spun  out,  not  to  be  spun  out :  hence 
endless,   tedious,   γήρας.  Αρ.    Rh.    2, 
221. 
ΥΑμής,  αμήν.  etc.,  v.  sub  άμός. 

Άμης,  ητος,  ό.  a  kind  of  milk  cake, 
Ar.  Plut.  999,  Bergk  Anacr.  p,  249. 
ΥΑμήστριος.  ου,  ό,  Amestrius,  a  son 
of  Hercules,  Apollod.  2,  7,  8. 

\Άμηστρις,  ιδος  and  ιος,  ό,  Ames- 
tris,  a  Persian  leader,  Aesch.  Pers, 
320  ;  another  in  Diod.  S.  20,  109.— 2. 
ή,=Άμαστρις. 

Άμήτειρα,  ας,  η,  fem.  of  sq.  [ά] 

Άμητήρ,  ήρος,  ό,  (άμάω)  α  reaper, 
II.    11,   67  :    metaph.   one   that   mows 
down    a    destroyer,  Anth  :    as    adj., 
81 


ΑΜΗΧ 

ύμητήβΐ.  τύττω,  in  form  like  a  sickle, 
Nonn.  [a] 

'Κμητήριον,  ου,  τό,  a  sickle.  Max. 

Άμητικός,  ή,  όν,  (άμητος)  belong- 
ing to  reaping,  δρέπανον  αμ.,  a  reap- 
ing-hook, sickle,  Ael.  [a] 

Άμητίσκος,  ου,  ό,  dim.  from  ύμης, 

"Αμητος,  ου,  ό,  {αμάω)  α  reaping, 
harvesting,  harvest,  hariiest-time,  11.  19, 
223,  Hdt.  2,  14,  and  in  late  prose.— 
II.  the  harvest  gathered  in:  also  ίΛβ 
iield  from  which  it  is  gathered,  Dion. 
r.,  also  as  adj.  ληίοίο  άμητοΐο,  Opp. 
Cyn.  1,  527.  The  more  accurate 
Gramm.  vary  the  accent,  writing 
ΰμητος,  signf  I.,  άμητός,  for  signf  11., 
as  in  τβύγτ/τος  and  τρυγητός,  σπόρη- 
τος  and  σπορητός  :  Rost  remarks 
that  the  distinction  is  good,  for  that 
in  signf  I.  each  word  is  subst.,  in 
signf  II.  adj.,  sub.  καρπός  :  on  the 
whole  question  v.  Spitzn.  Excurs.  30 
ad  II.  [a] 
Άμητρίς.ίδος,η,ίβηΛ. οΐαμητήρ.  [ά] 
Άμήτωρ,  op,  gen.  ορός,  {a  priv., 
μήτηρ)  without  mother,  inolherless ,ϋάί . 
4,  151 — 2.  born  of  a  mean  mother,  Eur. 
Ion  109. — II.  unlike  a  mother,  destitute 
of  a  mother^s  feelings,  unmotherly,  μή- 
τηρ άμήτωρ,  Soph.  El.  1154. 
'Aμηχavύo),—i^q■,  Opp. 
Άμ)ΐχΰνέθ),ώ,ί.•ήσω,  to  be  αμήχα- 
νος, not  to  know  what  to  do,  be  at  a 
loss  or  m  leant,  τινός,  of  a  thing,  Hdt. 
1,  35 ;  TTtpi  τίνος,  about  a  thing,  Eur. 
I.  T.  731,  also  ri,  Aesch.  Ag.  1178, 
and  in  Ap.  Rh.  τινί :  oft.  followed  by 
a  conjunction  ;  άμ.  πότερον  .  .  ,  ή, 
with  subj..  Soph.  Phil.  337  :  αμ.  δποι 
τράπωμαι  or  τραττοίμ.ην,  Eur.  Or.  034, 
Aesch.  Pers.  458  :  absol.  αμήχανων 
βιοτενο),  I  live  in  want  of  the  necessa- 
ries of  life,  Xen.  Cyr.  2,  1,  19.  Cf 
άπορέω,  which  is  snnilar,  but  less 
strong,  V.  Thuc.  7,  48. 

Άαηχάνής,  ές.  poet,  for  αμήχανος, 
Η.  Hoin.  Merc.  447. 

Άμηχάνητος,  ov,=  αμήχανος  II., 
Joseph. 

'Αμηχανία,  ας,  ή,  {αμήχανος)  like 
απορία,  want  of  means.  helpl€ss7iess, 
distress,  Od.  9,  295;  freq.  in  Hdt., 
Pind.,  and  Att. — II.  of  things,  hard- 
ship, trouble,  χειμώνας  άμηχανίη,  Hes. 
Op.  494. 

Άμηχάνόεργος,  ov.  {αμήχανος, 
*  έργω)  \mfitJor  work,  Hes.  Fr.  13. 

Άμηχανοποίέομαι,  dep.  raia.,  (αμή- 
χανος, ποιέυμαι)  to  go  awkwardly  to 
work,  Hipp. 

'Αμήχανος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  μηχαν//) 
xvithout  means,  uot  knowing  what  to  do, 
at  a  loss,  in  distress  or  trouble,  helpless, 
αμήχανος  τίνος,  in  distress  about  one, 
Od.  19,  363  :  hence,  where  the  αμή- 
χανος is  the  cause  of  his  own  situa- 
tion, awkward,  siinple,  Eur.  Hipp.  643, 
εΙς  τι,  awkward  at  a  thing,  Id.  Med. 
408  :  c.  inf.,  at  a  loss  how  to  do,  un- 
able to  do.  Soph.  Ant.  79,  and  Plat. 
Adv.  -νως.  άμηχάνως  εχειν=άμηχα- 
νεΐί>,  Aesch.  Cho.  405,  Eur.  Oenom. 
3. — II.  more  freq.  in  pass.,  allowing 
of  710  means,  hence — 1.  things  imprac- 
ticable, impossible,  hard,  αμήχανος  έσ- 
σΐ  πιθέσθαΐ,  thou  art  hard  to  persuade, 
i.  e.  to  be  persuaded,  II.  13,  726,  cf 
14,  262  :  {όύυς)  αμήχανος  είςελθεΐν 
ατρατενματι,  impossible  for  an  army  to 
enter,  Xen.  An.  1,  2,  21  ;  but  also 
with  neut.,  ΰμήχανόν  έστι,  it  is  hard, 
impossible,  usu.  c.  inf ,  Hdt.,  and  Att., 
but  also  αμήχανων  έρΰν,  to  desire  im- 
possibilities. Soph.  Ant.  90;  cf  92  :  so 
τάμήχανα  ζητεΐν,  Eur.  Ale.  202.— 2. 
o!  persons  and  things,  against  whom  or 
82 


AMIK 

ivhich  nothing  can  be  done,  irresistible, 
in  Hom.  the  comm.  usage :  applied 
to  Jupiter,  Juno,  Achilles,  so  too 
αμήχανος  εσσι,  II.  10,  107  :  but  αμή- 
χανα έργα,  mischief  without  resource, 
help,  or  remedy,  II.  8,  130  :  SO  too  ίιμ. 
κακόν,  δύη,  άλγος,  ξνμφορά,  νόσος, 
irremediable,  inextricable,  Trag.,  and 
Att. ;  so  in  neut.  plur.  εξ  αμήχανων, 
Aesch.  Pr.  59  :  άμήχανον  κάλλος,  ir- 
resistible beauty,  agamst  which  all  arts 
are  vain,  Plat.  Symp.  218  E. — Spe- 
cially also  of  dreams,  δνειροι  άμ.,  in- 
explicable, not  to  be  interpreted,  Od.  19, 
560  :  in  Att.  indescribable,  iyiexpressi- 
ble,  inconceivable,  ελπίς,  ήδοναί.  Plat., 
άμήχανον  ευδαιμονίας,  an,  inconceiva- 
ble amount  of  happiness,  Plat.  Apol. 
41  C  ;  oft.  too  c.  ace.  άμ.  το  κάλλος, 
το  πλήθος,  indescribable  on  the  score 
of  beauty,  etc.,  i.  e.  of  iiidescribable 
beauty.  Plat.  Rep.  615  Α.,  and  Xen. 
Cyr.  7,  5,  38,  but  also  άμ.  τώ  πλήβει. 
Plat.  Phil.  47  D  :— Plat,  also  is  fond 
of  joining  the  word  with  the  relatives 
οίος,  όσος,  and  the  adv.  with  ώς,  as 
άμήχανον  δσον  χρόνον.  an  inconceiv- 
able length  of  time,  Phaed.  95  C,  ά/ιη- 
χάνφ  όσω  πλέον  ι,  by  it  is  impossible  to 
say  how  much  more,  Rep.  588  A  :  άμή- 

ίανόν  τι  οίον,  quite  indescribably, 
leind.  Charmid.  155  D,  so  too  άμη- 
χάνως  ώς  εΰ,  ώς  σφόδρα,  Rep.  527  Ε, 
Phaedr.  263  D  ;  cf.  Kuhner  Gr.  Gr. 
^  788,  Obs.  6. 

ΥΑμηωος,  ώη,  ώον,  (αμα,  ηώς)  with 
the  dawn  of  day,  at  daybreak,  Herm. 
Orph.  Arg.  486. 

Άμία,  ας.  ή,  Epich.  p.  29,  Arist.  H. 
Α.,  and  άμίας,  ου,  ό,  Matro  ap.  Ath. 
135  F,  a  kind  of  thunny. 

'Αμίαντος,  ov,  {a  ρήν.,  μιαίνω)  un- 
defiled,  pure,  νδωρ,  Theogn.  447,  φάος, 
Pind.  Fr.  106  :  and  Aesch.  Pers,  578 
calls  the  sea  simply  ή  αμίαντος,  cf 
Gottling,  preface  to  Hes.  p.  15,  sq.  : 
άμ.  τοϋ  άνοσίον,  free  from  the  stain  of 
ungodliness.  Plat.  Legg.  777  E. — 2. 
not  to  be  defiled  or  violated.  Dion.  H. 
— II.  ό  αμίαντος,  a  greenish  stone 
like  asbestos,  Diosc. 

^'Αμίαντος,  ου,  ό,  Amiantus,  masc. 
pr.  n.  Hdt.  6,  127.  ^ 

Άμίας,  ου,  ό,^=άυία,  q.  v. 
'Αμιγής,  ές,  (α  priv.,  μίγνυμι)  un- 
mixed, pure,  τινός,  ivithout  mixture  of 
a  thing.  Plat.  Men.  245  D  ;  ττρης  άλ- 
ληλα. Id.  Polit.205E,also  τινί,  Strab. 
Adv.  -γώς. 
f  Ααίδης,  ου,  ό,  Amides,  masc.  pr.  n. 
Qu.  'Sm.  9,  186. 
ΥΑμιζώκης.  ov,  ό,  Amizoces,  a  Scy- 
thian, Luc.  Tox.  40. 

Άμιθρέω,  poet,  by  metath.  for  άριθ- 
μέω,  Call.  Fr.  339,  Ruhnk.  Ep.  Cr.  p. 
172,  and 

Άμιϋρος,  poet,  for  αριθμός,  Simon. 
210. 

Άμικτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  μίγννιχι) 
unmixed,  pure,  freq.  in  Plat.  :  άμ. 
τινί,  more  rarely,  προς  τι,  unmixed 
with  a  thing.  Id.  Polit.  310  D  ;  etc.  ; 
άμικτα  κατά  στίχον,  poems  in  which 
the  same  measure  occurs  in  every 
line,  as  in  Epic,  Hephaest. — II.  not 
mingling  icith  others,  as  μιγήναί  is 
used  of  intercourse,  unsociable,  shy, 
surly,  savage,  of  Centaurs  and  Cy- 
clopes, Soph.  Tr.  1095,  Eur.  Cycl. 
428  ;  άμ.  τινί,  having  no  intercourse 
with  any  one,  Thuc.  1,  77,  also  προς 
Tiva,  Plat.  Soph.  254  D:  also  of  pla- 
ces, άμ.  aia,  an  inhospitable  land,  Eur. 
I.  T.  402,  τόπος,  Isocr.  202  (λ— 2. 
without  sc.Tual  intercourse.  Plat.  Polit. 
276  A. — III.  not  to  be  mingled,  αμ.  βοή, 
discordant  cries,  Aesch.  Ag.  321.  Adv. 
-τως,  Plat. 


AMIA 

νΑμίλκας,  a,  6,  Hamilcar,  a  name 
common  to  many  illustrious  Cartha- 
ginians, Hdt.  7,  165;  Polyb.,  esp  ό 
Βάρκας,  father  of  Hannibal,  Polyb. 
1,  56. 
ΫΑμίλκων,  ωνος,  ό,  prob.=foreg., 
Diod.  S.  11,  20. 

"Αμιλλα,  ης,  ή,  a  contest,  trial  or 
strife  for  superiority,  rivalry,  and  in 
gen.  a  struggle,  conflict,  first  in  Pind,, 
and  freq.  in  Att.':  the  genit.  with 
άμιλλα  is  either  that  in  u'hkh  the 
contest  is,  as  άμ.  ισχύος,  a  trial  of 
strength,  Pind. ;  ποδοΐν,  χερών,  λό- 
γων, Eur.,  or  that  for  which  it  is,  as 
άμ.  λέκτρων,  Eur.  Hipp.  1141,  or  the 
persons  between  whom  it  is,  as  άμ.  αγα- 
θών ανδρών,  Dem.  490,  1 ;  instead  of 
the  first  we  also  have  αμ.  -κερί  τίνος 
or  τι,  Isocr.,  επί  τινι,  Dem. ;  mstead 
of  the  two  latter  an  adj.  in  the  poets, 
as  άμ.  φιλόπλοντος.  πολύτεκνος,  a 
striving  afttr  wealth  or  children,  Eur. 
I.  T.  412,"  Med.  557  ;  and  χαλαργοΐς 
iv  άμίλλαις,  {)ΐμφαρμάτοις  άμίλλαις, 
in  the  racing  of  swift  horses  or  chariots, 
Soph.  El.  861,  O.  C.  1063  :  the  per- 
son with  whom  another  contends  in 
dat.,  Eur.  Tro.  ^617,  or  προς  τίνα, 
Plat.  Legg.  830  Ε  : — άμιλλαν  τιθέναι, 
προτιθέναι,  ίο  propose  a  contest,  like 
άγων,  Eur.,  άμιλλαν  ποιεΐσθαι,  to 
engage  in  a  ccmtest.  Thuc.  6,  32,  etc. : 
also  εις  άμ.  ελθεΐν,  έξελθεΐν,  Eur.  ; 
άμιλλα  γίγνετηι.  α  struggle  arises, 
Thuc.  :  έξ  άμίλλης,  in  emulation, 
Plut.  (from  u^a,nuthing  to  do  with  ϊλτ?, 
akin  to  όμιλος,  όμιλεΐν.)    Hence 

Άμιλ?Μομαι,  ώμαι,  f.  -ήσομαι,  dep. 
c.  fut.  mid.,  et  aor.  pass,  (later  also 
aor.  mid.,  Plut.,  and  Aristid.)  :  to 
compete,  vie,  Lat.  nemulari,  first  in 
Hdt.,  and  Pind.  ;  in  gen.  to  contend, 
strive  with  one,  Eur.,  etc. — Construc- 
tion, c.  dat.  pers.,  to  vie  or  strive  tvitk 
one,  Hdt.,  also  προς  τίνα,  Thuc.  6, 
31  ;  cv.  dat.  rei,  to  contend  in  or  with  a 
thing,  λόγοις,  Eur.,  τόξοις.  ΐπποις, 
Thuc. ;  ττερί  τίνος,  about  or  for  a 
thing,  Valck.  Hdt.  5,  49,  but"  also 
περί  τινι,  Pind.  Ν.  10,  58,  ίπί  or 
προς  τι.  Plat.  Legg.  830  Ε,  968  Β, 
υπέρ  τίνος,  PolylD.  :  foil,  by  ώς  or 
όπως,  Plat.,  and  Xen. : — the  kind  of 
contest  is  usu.  in  ace,  which  is  a  cog- 
nate ace,  for  άμ.  στάδιον,  δίανλον 
(Plat.  Legg.  833  Α)=άμ.  άμιλ?.αν 
σταδίου :  hence  met.  ποιον  άμι'λλαθώ 
γόον  ;  i.e.  ποίαν  άμιλλαν  γόου  άμιλ- 
λαθώ;  how  shall  I  groan  loud  enough? 
Eur.  Hel.  164,  cf  Hec.  271  :  hence  in 
jiass.  TO  πεζόν  .  .  .  προς  ά?Λήλονς 
άμιλλ7]θέν,  being  matched  or  backed 
one  against  another.  Thuc.  0,  31 ,  where 
others  take  it  act.,  vying  with  each 
other. — II.  in  gen.  to  strive,  struggle, 
esp.  to  hasten,  επί  τι,  to  a  point,  Xen. 
An.  3,  4,  44 :  δενρ'  άμιλλάται  ποδί, 
Eur.  Or.  456,  also  όρεγμα  άμ.,  to  has- 
ten eagerly.  Id.  IIcl.  546  (where  όρεγ- 
μα is  a  cognate  ace,  ut  sup.). — III. 
Hesych.  has  the  act.  άμιλλάω=τα- 
χνγραφέω.     Hence 

Άμίλλημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  contest,  con- 
flict, struggle,  striving :  άμιλλήματα 
γάμων,  poet,  periphr.  for  γάμοι.  Soph. 
El.  493. 

Άμιλλητέον,  verb.  adj.  from  άμιΚ- 
λάομαι,  one  must  vie,  ττρός  τι,  Isocr. 
154  Ε. 

Άμιλ7ι.ητήρ,  ήρος,  ό,  {άμιλλάομαι) 
α  competitor  :  τροχοί  άμιλλητήρες 
ήλιου,  the  racing  wheels  of  the  sun, 
i.  e.  the  flying  hours.  Soph.  Ant. 
1065. 

Άμΰιλητήριον,  ov,  τό,  a  place  of 
contest :  strictly  neut.  from 

Άμιλλίητήριος,   ία,   ων,    {άμΜιά- 


AMIT 

ϋμαΐ)  belonging  to  a  contest,  άμ.  ίπποι, 
race-horses,  Aristid. 

Άμιλλ7/της,  ου,  6,^ΰμιΧ7\,ητήρ. 

Άμίλλητίκός,  ή,  όι•,  {άμιλλάομαι) 
fit  or  inclining  for  rivalry.  Plat.  Soph. 
225  A. 

Άμίμητόβιος,  ov,  {αμίμητος,  βίος) 
inimitable  in  one's  life,  Flut.  Ant.  28, 
71. 

'Αμίμητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  μιμέομαι) 
inimitable,  τιΐ'ί,  in  a  thing,  Plut.  Adv. 
—τυς•,  Id. — II.  not  imitated.  Id.  [«] 

'Αμιξία,  ας,  ή,  a  being  άμικτος,  and 
so — I.  unmixedncss,  purity,  Theophr. 
— 2.  U'ant  of  intercourse,  άλ?.ήλον, 
Thuc.  1,  3,  προς  τίνα,  Luc.  Tim.  42: 
unsociableness,  savageness,  Isocr.  130 
A  :  hence  ΰμιξίη  χρημάτων,  want  of 
money  dealings  and  commerce,  Hdt.  2, 
136. 

Άμιππος*  ov,  {Ιίμα,  Ιππος)  along 
with  horses,  i.  e.  fleet  as  a  horse,  Βορε- 
ύς  αμιππος.  Soph.  Ant.  985.  —  2. 
ύμίπποί,  οι,  infantry  mired  with  cav- 
alry, Thuc.  5,  57,  and  Xen.  Hell.  7, 
5,23. 

'AMI'S,  ίδας,  fi,  a  chamber-pot,  also 
ύμις,  Ar.  Vesp.  935,  Thesm.  633.— II. 
a  ship,  boat,  Aesch.  Suppl.  842,  of. 
άαάς  and  Dindorf  ad  loc.  [«  in 
signf.  I.,  but  ά  in  signf.  II.,  ace.  to 
Herm.  ap.  .Seidl.  Dochm.  p.  414.] 

Άμισγής,  ές,  poet,  for  αμιγής,  Nic. 

ΆμΙσής,  ές,  (α  priv.,  μίσος)  without 
hatred,  not  hateful:  in  Xen,  Eq.  8,9. 
Comp.  άμισέστερος,  less  disagreeable 
or  troublesome. 

Άμισθί,  adv.  of  άμισθος,  Eur.,  and 
Dem, :  ού  μόνον  χρημάτων  ύλλά  και 
όόξης  προίκα  και  αμισθί,  gratuitously 
and  without  recompense  not  only  as  re- 
garded money  but  also  preferment  in  the 
state,  Plut.  Arist.  3. 

Άμισθία,  ας,  ή,  the  state  of  an  άμισ- 
θος, App. :  from 

'Αμισθος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  μισθός)  with- 
mu  hire  ox  pay,  and  so — 1.  pass,  un- 
paid, xmhired,  Aesch.,  and  Soph.  Fr. 
832,  cf.  αμιοβί. — 2.  giving  no  pay,  Luc. 
0pp.  to  έμμισθος. 

Αμίσθωτος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  μισθόω) 
not  let  out  on  hire,  bringing  in  no  return, 
Dem.  865,  20.— II.  unhired,  Diod. 

V Αμισία.   ας,    ή,   (άμισής)  freedom 
from  hatred,  Clem.  Al. 
ΥΑμΙσός,  οΰ,  η,  Amisus,  a  city  of 
Pontus,  Strab. :   hence  adj.  Άμιση- 
νός,  ή,  όν,  of  Amisus,  Strab. ;  ή  Άμι- 
σηνή,  the  territory  of  Am.,  lb. 
ΨΑμίστρης,  ου,  6,  Amistres,  a  Per- 
sian, Aesch.  Pers.  21. 
Υ Αμιστρις,  v.  Άμαστρις. 

'Αμιστν?ι,λευτος,  ov,=sq. 

Άμίστυλλος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  μιστνλ- 
/Ιω)  not  cut  into  small  pieces. 

Άμισχος,  ov.  (a  priv.,//iff;^;of)  with- 
out stem  or  stalk. 

ΥΑμισώόαρος,  ου,  ό,  Amisodarus,  a 
king  of  Lycia,  Π.  16,  317,  Hes.  Th. 
319. 

νΑμίτερνον.  ου,  τό,  Amitermtm,  a 
city  of  the  Sabines,  Strab. ;  ή  Άμι- 
τερνίνη,  the  territory  of  Am.,  Strab. 

Άμιτρος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  μίτρα)  with- 
out head-band ;  without  girdle,  παίδες 
άμιτροι,  girls  who  have  not  yet  put 
on  their  woman's  girdle,  i.  e.  unmar- 
riageable,  Spanh.  Call.  Dian.  14,  cf. 
αζωστος. 

Άμιτροχίτωνες,  ων,  οι,  epith.  of 
Lycian  warriors,  Π.  16,  410,  either 
(from  a  priv.,  μίτρα,  χιτών)  wearing 
no  girdle  over  or  under  their  coat  of 
mail ;  or  (at  copul.,  μίτρα,  χιτών)  hav- 
ing the  girdle  joined  to  the  coat  of  mail: 
αιτροχίτων .  in  Ath.  523  D  makes  the 
iirst  more  probable.     Cf.  Spitzn.  ad  1. 

Άμίτρωτος,  ov,  (a  priv,,  μιτρόω) 


AMMO 

not  bound  with  a  head -band,  Nonn. 
Dion.  35,  220. 

Άμιχθαλόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  (α  priv., 
μίγννμι,  μιχθήναι)  epith.  of  Lemnos, 
11.  24,  753,  Η.  Hom.  Αρ.  36,  inacces.'^i- 
ble,  inhospitable,  like  άμικτος  II.,  of 
which  word  it  seems  to  be  a  lengthd. 
form  :  not  άμικτος  κατά  την  ΰλα, 
for  -α7ώεις  is  nothmg  but  an  adj. 
termiu. :  others  wrongly  make  it= 
ομιχλώδης. 

Αμμ-,  poet,  for  αναμ.,  e.  g.  άμμίγ- 
δην  for  άναμίγδην. 

"Αμμα,  ατός,  τό,  (άπτω)  any  thing 
tied  or  made  to  tie,  and  SO — 1.  a  knot, 
Hdt.  4,  98. — 2.  a  noose,  halter,  Eur. 
Hipp.  781.  —  3.  a  cord,  band,  Eur.: 
άμμα  παρθεΐ'ίας,  the  maiden  girdle, 
Mel.  125.-4.  the  link  of  a  chain,  The- 
mist. — 5.  in  plur.  ίμματα,  huggings  in 
wrestling,  Plut.,  also  the  wrestler's 
arms.  Id. — 6.  a  measure  of  length,  like 
our  chain,=i.O  πήχεις,  Math.  Vett. 
Hence 

Άμματίζω,  {άμιια)  to  tie,  bind.  Gal. 

Άμμε,  old  Aeol.,  Dor.,  and  Ep.  for 
ήμΰς,  Hom. 
νΑμμέας,  ου,  ό,  Ammeas,  masc.  pr. 
n.  Thuc.  3,  22. 

ΥΑμμεγα,  more  correctly  αμ  μέγα, 
poet,  for  ανά  μέγα,  Αρ.  Rh.  1,  127. 

Άμμένω,  poet,  for  αναμένω,  Eur. 

Άμμες,  old  Aeol.,  Dor.,  and  Ep. 
for  ημείς,  Horn. 

Άμμέσον,  poet,  for  ΰνά  μέσον,  Hes. 

Άμμι,  άμμιν,  old  Aeol.,  Dor.,  and 
Ep.  for  ήμΐν,  Hom. 

Άμμΐγα,  adv.  poet,  for  ΰνάμιγα. 
Soph.,  etc.  :  in  later  auth.  =  ai;i',  c. 
dat.,  Ap.  Rh.,  and  Anth.,  also  c.  gen., 
Anth. 

Άμμίγδην,  adv.  poet,  for  άναμίγ- 
δην, ανάμιγα,  Nic. 

Άμμίγννμι,  poet,  for  άναμ.,  Bac- 
chyl.  26. 

ΥΑμμινάπης,  ου,  6,  Amminapes,  a 
satrap  of  Alexander,  Arr.  Anab.  3, 
22,  1. 

"Αμμιον,  ου,  τό,  (άμμος)  cinnabar  in 
its  sandy  state,  Lat.  minium,  Diosc. 

Άμμίσγω,  poet,  for  άναμίσγω,  Em- 
ped.  47. 

Άμμίτης,  ου,  6,  also  άμμΐτις,  ιδος, 
η,  (άμμος)  sub.  Τάϋος,  sandstone,  Plin. 

' Αμμνάσει,  άμμνάσειεν.  Dor.  for 
αναμνήσει,  άναμνήσειεν,  Pind. 

'Αμμοβάτης,  ο,  (άμμος,  βαίνω)^ 
άμμοδντης,  Ael. 

Άμμόδρομος.  ου,  6,  (άμμος,  δρόμος) 
α  sandy  place  for  riding,  driving,  and 
racing. 

Άμμοδϋότης,  ov,  ό,  poet,  lengthd. 
for  sq.,  Anth. 

Άμμοδύτης,  ου.  ό,  (άμμος,  δύω)  α 
kind  of  serpent  that  burrows  in  the  sand, 
more  generally  called  δι-ψύς,  Strab.  : 
also  άμμοβάτης.  [δν,  perh.  also  ϋ, 
cf.  χηραμοδντης,  Leon.  Al.  91,  3,  and 
σισνρνοδύτης.^ 

Άμμοκονία.  ας,  η,  (άμμος,  κονία)  α 
calcareoussand,esp.Pozzuolana,  Strab. 

Άμμόνιτρον,  ου.  τό,  (άμμος,  νίτρον) 
potass  mixed  u'ith  sand,  a  coarse  glass 
fused  therefrom,  Plin. 

Άμμοπλνσία,  ας,  ή,  (άμμος,  πλύ- 
νω) sand-washing. 

Άμμορία,  ας,  ή,  (α  priv.,  μόρος) 
poet,  for  άμορία,  which  is  not  found 
in  use,  Od.  20,  76,  Ζευς  οιδε  μοίρύν 
τ'  άμμορίην  τ'  ανθρώπων,  what  is 
man  s  fate  and  what  is  not,  or  their 
good  fortune  and  their  bad,  cf.  A.  P. 
9,  284. 

Άμμορία.  ας,  η.^=άμορία,  δμηρία, 
Epigr.  ap.  Dem.  86,  23,  and  Anth. 

'Αμμορος,  ov,  poet,  for  άμηρος,  άμ- 
οιρος, (a  priv.,  μόρος)  without  lot  or 
share  in  a  thing,  esp.  in   something 


AMNH 

good,  c.  gen.,  as  7.οετρων  Ωκεανοιο, 
II.  18,  489,  Od.  5,  275,  πάντων.  Soph. 
Phil.  182,  τέκνων  άμ.,  bereft  of  chil- 
dren, Eur.  Hec.  421  :  hence  absol. 
unhappy,  Π.  6,  408: — later  άμ.  κακό 
τητος.  Q.  Sm.,  ώδίνων,  Anth. 

"ΑΜΜΟΣ,  ου,  ή,  also  άμμος,  sand. 
Plat.  Phaed.  110  A,  etc.  :  also  a  sandy 
place,  race-course,  Xen.  Mem.  3,  3,  6. 
— 2.  =  άμμοκονία,  Theophr.  (άμαθος, 
■ψάμμος,  -ψάμαθος.) 

Άμμότροφοζ,  ov,  (άμμος,  τρέφομαι) 
grouing  in  sand,  Mel.  1 ,  20. 

V Αμμους,  ύ,  an  Aegyptian  name  of 
Jupiter,  Hdt.  2,  i2,=' Αμμων. 

Άμμόχρϋσος,  ου,  ό,  (άμμος,  χρυ- 
σός) a  gem,  like  sand  veined  with  gold, 
Plin. 

Άμμοχωσία,  η,  (άμμος,  χόω)  a 
sanding  or  silting  up. 

'Αμμώδης,  ες,  (άμμος,  είδος)  sandy, 
gravelly,  Diod. 

Άμμων,  ωνος,  ό,  the  Libyan  Jupi 
ter-Ainmon  :  said  to  be  an  Aegyptian 
word,  Hdt.  2,  42,  v.  Buhr.— Also  the 
temple  and  oracle  of  Jupiter- Ammon, 
Strab. 

^Αμμωνία,  ας,  ή,  Ammonia,  a  region 
of  Africa,  Ptol. :  hence  Άά].Άμμωνι- 
ακός,  ή,  όν. — 2.  another  name  of  the 
city  Puraetonium,  Strab. —  3.  an  ap- 
pell.  of  Juno  in  Elis,  Paus.  5,  15,  7. 

Άμμωνιακόν,  ov,  τό,  sal  ammonia- 
cus,  rock-salt,  Diosc. — 2.  the  gum  of 
an  umbellated  plant,  gum-ammoniac. 

'Αμμωνίας,  ύδος,  and 

Άμμωνις.  ίδος,  ή,  Libyan,  Ά.  έδρα, 
the  seat  of  Ainmon,  Libya,  Eur. 

ΫΑμμώνιοι,  ων,  οι,  the  Ammonians, 
inh.  of  Ammonia,  in  Africa,  Hdt.  3,  26. 
ΥΑμμώνιος.  ου,  ό,  Ammonius,  a  per- 
ipatetic philosopher  of  Alexandrea, 
teacher  of  Plutarch,  Plut.  Symp.  3, 
1. — 2.  a  poet  of  the  Anthology,  Anth. 
Jac.  3,  p.  154. 

ΥΑμναΙος,  ου,  Ό,  Amnaeus,  masc.  pr. 
n.  Plut.  Cat.  Min.  19. 

Άμνΰμος,  ου,  b,  (αμνός,)  a  descend- 
ant, son,  grandson,  oft.  in  Lyc.  :  in 
Poll,  also  άμνάμων,  όνος,  ό.     [ά-μν-Ί 

Άμνάς,  ύδος,  ή,  fern,  of  αμνός,  α 
lamb,  ν.  1.  for  άμνίς,  Theocr.  5,  3  ; 
Alexandr.  word,  ace.  to  Ruhnk.  Ep. 
Crit.  p.  187. 

Άμναστέω,  άμναστος,  Dor.  for  άμ• 
νηστ.,  Soph.,  Theocr. 

Άμνεΐος,  εία,  εΐον,  of  a  Ιαηώ,  The- 
ocr. 

Άμνή,  ης,  ή,  fern,  from  αμνός,  a 
lamb,  Orph. 

'Αμνημόνευτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  μνη- 
μονεύω) unmentioned,  Polyb. :  in  Eur. 
I.  T.  1419,  it  seems  to  be  unthought 
of,  unheeded. — II.  3.ο\..=ζάμνήμων,  un 
mindful,  Diog.  L.  1,  86. 

Άμνημονενω,^8οι.,  Luc. 

Άμνημονέω,  ώ,  ί.  -ήσω,  to  be  άμνήμων, 
be  unmindful,  absol.  Aesch.  Eum.  24, 
etc.  :  to  make  no  mention  of,  not  speak 
of,  pass  over,  mostly  c.  gen.,  as  Eur. 
I.  T.  361,  Thuc.  3,  40,  but  also  τι 
περί  τίνος,  Thuc.  5,  18 : — a  depend- 
ent clause  is  added  either  in  partic, 
as  άμνημονείς  σαυτον  δρώντα.  .  ;  do 
you  forget  your  doing.  .  ?  Plat.  Theaet. 
207  D,  or  with  δτι  and  verb,  Id.  Rep. 
474  D. 

Άμνημοσύνη,  ης,  η,  forget  fulness, 
Eur.  Ion  1100;  from 

Άμνήμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  adv.  -νως, 
(a  priv.,  μνήμη)  unmindful,  forgetting, 
forgetful,  Pind.  I.  7  (6),  24,  and  Plat., 
τινός,  of  a  thing,  Aesch.  Theb.  006. 
— 2.  pass,  forgotten,  not  mentioned, 
Eur.  Phoen.  64. 

Αμνησία,  ας,  ή,=  7.ήθη,  forgetful- 
ness,  LXX. 

Άμνησικάκέω,  to  bs  άμνησίκακος : 
83 


AMOI 

pass,    to    enjoy    an     amnesty,     Diod. 
Hence 

'Αμνησικάκ7/τος,  ov,  not  maliciotisly 
rcmentbered,  άμνησικάκητον  ποίεΐσ- 
θαί  TL,  to  forget  an  injury  suffered, 
Polyb. 

'Αμνησκακία,  ας,  7),forgeifahiess  of 
a  u'rong,  forgivingness,  Clem.  Al. 

Άμνησίκΰκος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  μνύο- 
uai)  not  remembering  v/rong,  forgiving, 
£ccl.     Adv.  -Kug. 

Άμΐ'ήστευτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  μνησ- 
τενω)  unu'ooed,  not  sought  in  marriage, 
Eur.  Phoen.  Fr.  13. — II.  act.  not  woo- 
ing, in  neut.  plur.  as  adv.,  Pseudo- 
Phocyl.  186. 

Άμνηστέο,—  ΰμντιμονέω,  to  be  ύμ- 
νηστος,  be  unmindful,  to  forget,  Soph. 
El.  482.  Pass,  to  be  forgotten,  Thuc. 
1,  20. 

Αμνηστία,  ας,  ή,  a  being  άμνηστος, 
a  forgetting,  esp.  wrong  done  one  : 
hence  an  amnesty,  Plut.,  in  better  au- 
thors άδεια. 

Άμνηστικός,  ή,  όν,  easily  forgetting, 
V.  1.  in  Pint.  Cat.  Min.  1,'  lor  which 
άνα7.η-τικός  is  now  read. 

Άμνησ-ος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  μνάομαι) 
forgotten,  no  longer  remembered,  The- 
ocr.  IG,  42. — 2.  act.  unmindful,  forgel- 
ful,  A.  B. 

ίΆμΐ'ίας,  ov,  6,  Amnias,  a  river  of 
Paphlagonia,  Strab.  —  2.  Άμνιάς, 
άδος,  ή,  an  appell.  of  liithyia. 

'Αμνίον,  ov,  TO,  (not  so  well  ύμνι- 
ov)  a  bowl  in  which  the  blood  of  victims 
■uias  caught,  Od.  3,  4 It.  Some  write 
αμνών,  as  if  αΐμνιον,  from  αΐμα. — 2. 
the  membrane  round  the  foetus,  the 
caul.  Gal.,  cf.  ΰμνός. 

Άμνίς,  ίδος,  ή,^άμνή,  fern,  from 
αμνός,  a  lamb,  Theocr.  5,  3. 
i' Αμνισός,  ov,  ό,  Amnisus,  a  city  of 
Crete,  Od.  19,  18S.— 2.  a  river  of 
Crete,  Ap.  Rh.  3,  877 ;  hence  ΆμνΙ- 
σιάς,  Άμνΐσίς,  fem.  adj.  of  Amnisus, 
νύμοαι  Άμ.  Callim.  Dian.  15,  162. 

Άμνοκών,  ό,  only  used  in  nom., 
{ΰμνός,  κούω,  κοέω)  sheep-minded,  i.  e. 
siynpleton,  as  we  say  a  calf^s  head,  Ar. 
Eq.  264. 

ΆΜΝΟ'Σ,  ov,  ό,  a  lamb,  Ar.  Av. 
1559  :  ύμνοι  τονς  τρόπους,  lambs  in 
tem-per,  Ar.  Pac.  935 :  fem.  ή  αμνός, 
Theocr.  5,  144,  but  also  ίιμνή,  άμνύς, 
or  άμνίς. — The  oblique  cases  are  sel- 
dom found,  άρνός,  αρνί,  άρνα,  etc., 
being  used  instead. 

Άανοφόρος,  ov,  {αμνός,  φέρω)  bear- 
ing lambs,  luilh  lamb,  in  genl.  preg- 
nant, Theocr.  11,  41,  Gaisf ,  ubi.  al. 
ααννοφόρος. 

Άμογητί,  adv,  of  sq.,  without  toil  or 
effort,  II.  11,  637. 

Άμόγητος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  μογέω)  ivith- 
out  toil,  unwearied,  untiring,  H.  Hom. 
7,3. 

Άμόθεν,  Att.  άμόθεν,  adv.,  {άμός) 

from  some  place  or  other,  των  άμόθεν.. 

είπε  και  ημίν,  of  which,  from  ivhat 

source  soever,  tell  US  also,  Od.  1,  10  : 

άαόβεν  γέ  ττοβεν,  from  somewhere  or 

other,  Plat.  Gorg.  492  D,  Legg.  798  B, 

cf.  άμΐ],  ονδαμόβεν  and  Ruhnk.  Tim. 

Άμ'όθι,  or  (as  Bekker)  άμοθεί,  adv., 

{άμός)  sometvhere,  Thuc.  5,  77,  from 

a  Laced,  state-paper :  but  Schneid. 

proposes  άμόθε^=άμόσε,  and  Buttm. 

Ausf  Gr.  %  lie.  Anm.  22,  n..  άμάδις. 

Άμοΐ,  adv.,  {άμός)  somewhither. 

Άΐ-ΐοι.•3άδιθΓ,   ία,    ιον,^=άμοιβαΐος, 

Anth.,  Ορρ.  Cyn.  4,  349. 

' Αμηιβάδίς,  adv.,  {αμοιβή)  by  turns, 
alternately,  άμ.  άλ?.οθεν  ΰ?,λος,  alter- 
nately one  from  one  side,  the  other  from 
the  other,  Theocr.  1 ,  34,  so  άμ.  άνέρος 
uvfjp.  Αρ.  Rh.  4,  199  :  cf.  sq.,  and 
άμοιβηδίς. 
84 


AMOA 

Άαοιβαδόν,  adv.,=foreg.  Ap.  Rh. 
2,  1226,  Tim.  Locr.  98  E. 

'Αμοιβαίος,  ov,  also  η  or  a,  ov, 
{αμοιβή)  interchanging,  alternate,  mu- 
tual, answering  one  another,  esp.  in 
song,  αμοιβαία  βιβ?-ία,  interchanged 
letters,  ildl.  6,  4  ;  άσμα  άμοιβαΐον, 
Lat.  carmem  amoebaeum,  an  amocbean 
ode,  an  alternate  song,  also  τύ  αμοι- 
βαία. Plat.  Rep.  394  15,  or  άμοιβαίη 
άοιδύ,  Theocr. — U.  fitted  for  changing 
or  exchanging,  Anth. — III.  giving  like 
for  like,  retributive,  δείπνα,  Pind.  O.  1, 
63,  νεμεσις,  φόνος,  Anth.     Adv.  -ως. 

Άμοιβάς,  άδος,  ή,  pecul.  fem.  of 
αμοιβαίος,  χλαίνα  άμοιβύς,  a  cloak 
for  a  change,  Od.  14,  521.  Those 
who  read  παμεχέσκετ'  άμοιβύς  take 
it  as  ace.  from  αμοιβή,  but  Horn,  and 
Hes.  never  use  αμοιβή  in  this  signf. 
ΤΑμοιβέας,  ov,  and  'Αμοιβιύς,.έως, 
ό,  Amoebeas  or  Amoebeus,  an  Athenian 
harper,  Ath.,  Ael. 

'Αμοιβή,  ής,  ή,  {αμείβω)  a  requital, 
recompense,  return,  in  Hom.,  Hes., 
and  Pind.,  always  in  this  signf,  and 
so  mostly  in  Eur.,  and  Plat.  :  hence 
specially  a  compensation,  repayment, 
amends,  Od.  (v.  inf)  ;  atonement ,  pun- 
ishment, Hes.  Op.  332  ;  revenge,  Eur. 
Or.  841  ;  reward,  pay,  lb.  467.  Con- 
struct, usu.  τινός,  for  a  thing,  but 
αντί  τίνος,  Hes.  1.  c. :  άμοιβήν  δον- 
ναί  τίνος,  to  make  return  for  a  thing, 
Od.  3,  58,  later  άποδονναι,  Eur.  ; 
also  τίνειν,  Od.  12,  382  ;  άμοιβη  τίνα 
τίνεσθαι,  to  pay  one  by  a  like  return, 
Pind.  P.  2,  43  :  άμοιβήν  καρτνονσθαι, 
αμοιβής  κνρείν,  to  receive  repayment, 
Eur.  Oed.  4,  Med.  23.-2.  an  ansuer, 
Hdt.  7,  160.— II.  change,  barter,  τας 
άμοιβάς  ΤΓΟιεϊσθαι,  Strab. :  espec. 
change  of  money,  Plut.  ;  that  which  is 
received  in  exchange,  δέκα  μνών  άμοι- 
βήν, the  value  in  money  of  ten  minae, 
Plut.  Lyc.  9.-2.  alternation,  εορτών 
άμοιβαί.  Plat.  Legg.  653  D. 

Άμοιβηδήν,  adv.=sq.,  Ap.  Rh.  2, 
1071. 

Άμοιβηδίς,  adv.,  {αμοιβή)  alternate- 
ly, in  successioyi,  II.  18,  506,  Od.  18,  310, 
cf  άμοιβαδίς. 

Άμοιβηδόν,  adv.  =  foreg.,  Hipp., 
and  so  Aristarch.  in  II.  1.  c. 

Άμοιβός,  ov,  ό,  {αμείβω)  a  succes- 
sor, follower,  II.  13,  793  :  άμοιβοί,  sol- 
diers that  relieve  others,  elsewhere  διά- 
δοχοι. As  adj.  in  requital  or  iyi  ex- 
change for,  νέκνν  νεκρών  άμ.,  Soph. 
Ant.  1067. 

Άμοιρέω,  ώ,  to  be  άμοιρος,  have  no 
lot  or  share  in  a  thing,  c.  gen.  Plut.  : 
to  be  free  from,  Philo.     Hence 

Άμοίρημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  loss,  mishap. 

"Αμοιρος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  μοίρα)  like 
άμμορος,  without  lot  or  share  in  a  thing, 
usu.  some  advantage,  and  so.— 1.  shut 
out  from,  bereft  of,  destitute  of,  C.  gen., 
freq.  in  Trag.,  and  Plat. :  more  rare- 
ly freed  from  some  evil,  as  νβρεω€, 
μεταβολής.  Plat.  Symp.  181  C,  Poli't. 
269  E. — II.  absol.  unfortunate,  Eur. 
Phoen.  613  :  in  Pind.  N.  6,  26  άμμο- 
ρος is  now  read. 

Άμο?^γαϊος,  αία,  αΐον,  {άμέ7.γω)  of 
milk,  made  uith  milk,  μάζα,  Hes.  Op. 
588,  or  (as  others)=  ά/^ορ,θαία,  -shep- 
herd's bread,  country  bread,  οτ^άκ- 
μαία,  since  άμολγός  is  said  to  be 
Achaean  for  ακμή,  and  so  bread  that 
is  perfectly  T)nked,  a  cake  raised  by 
yeast  or  the  like,  which  last  interpr. 
is  adopted  by  Buttm.  Lexil.  p.  90,91, 
who  also  in  Leon.  Tar.  98  takes  άμο7.- 
γαΐον  μαστόν  to  be  an  udder  in  its 
ακμή,  1.  e.  η  distended  udder.  But  in 
Or.  Sib.  4,  214  άμο7.γαΐης  is  certain- 
ly dark,  gloomy.     Cf.  άμοΧγός. 


AMD? 

'Άμο7.γενς,  έως,  6,  {άμέλγώ)  a  milk- 
pail,  Lat.  mulctra,  Theocv.  8,  87. 

Άμό/,γιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  foreg., 
Theocr.  25,  106. 

Άμο7,γός,  ov,  6,  ace.  to  the  Dsual 
deriv.  from  άμέ/^γω,  the  milking-time, 
i.  e.  morning  and  evening  twilight. 
Hom.  always  joins  νυκτός  άμολγω, 
meaning  thereby  the  four  hours  either 
before  daybreak,  (the  time  of  true 
dreams,  Od.  4,  841,  the  autumnal  ri- 
sing of  the  dogstar,  11.  22,  28),  or  af- 
ter sunset,  II.  22,  317  :  and  so  in  genl. 
night-time,  the  dark  of  night,  11.  11, 
173  :  15,  324,  H.  Hom.  Merc.  7,  cf. 
'λυκόφως,  and  so  later,  as  in  Orph. 
Hymn.  33,  12,  άμο?ίγ.  without  νυκ- 
τός : — νυκτός  άμολγόν  also  occurs  in 
Aesch.  Fr.  64,  and  Eur.  is  said  by 
Hesych.  to  have  used  άμ.  as  an  adj., 
νύκτα  άιιο/ιγόν  =ζοώερά^  σκοτεινήν  : 
but  in  Eur.  Phaeth.  2,  2,  6  (where  it 
stands  alone)  Herm.  explains  it  by 
quicquid  tnrbiduni  est. — From  this  last 
passage  Herm.  infers  the  orig.  signf 
to  be  the  thick  part  of  jnilk,  and  so 
thickness,  darkness,  etc.,  Opusc.  3,  p. 
137  sq.  : — Buttm.  Le.xil.  in  v.  rejects 
all  deriv.  from  άμέ7.\ω  as  childish, 
and  follows  Eustath.  11.  15,  324,  who 
says  that  άυο/ιγύς  is  an  old  Achaean 
word  for  ακμή,  and  so  νυκτός  άμ. 
would  be  the  depth  or  dead  of  night, 
though  not  necessarily  midnight,  cf. 
άμο7^γαϊος.     Cf  also  άμορβός. 

'Αμόλυντος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  μολύνω) 
nndcfiled,  pure,  LXX. — II.  not  defiling, 
not  leaving  any  mark  or  stain,  Medic. 

ΥΑμομφάρετος,  ov,  6,  Amomphare- 
ttis,  a  Spartan  commander,  Hdt,  9, 
71,  85;  Plut.  Arist.  17. 

Άμόμώητος,  ον,=  άμομφος,  dub.  1. 
Aesch.  Cho.  510,  where  Herm.  reads 
άμεμφή  τόνδ'  ίτείνατον  {-ύτην  Bl.) 
λό-}ον. 

'Αμομφος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  μομφή)= 
άμεμτττος,  unblamed,  blameless,  ττρός 
νμών,  from  you,  i.  e.  in  your  sight, 
Aesch.  Eum.  078 ;  also  c.  dat.  άμ. 
πό?ιει.  Id.  475. — Π.  act.  not  blaming  or 
reproaching,  having  nought  to  complain 
of,  prol.  1.  lb.  413,  for  άμορφον. 

ΥΑμοπάων,  όνος,  ό,  Amopaon,  aTro- 

jan,  11.  8,  276.  _  [ ]. 

Άμόρα  ar,  ή,  a  sweet  cake,  Philet. 

ΥΑμοραΐος,  ov,  ό,  Amoraeus,  king  of 
the  Derbices,  Cles. 

Άμορβαϊος,  ov,  only  in  Nic.  Ther. 
28,  489,  ace.  to  the  Schol.  rustic,  pas- 
toral ;  or  dark,  cf  sq.  and  άμο7ί,γαϊος. 

Άμορβύς,  ύδος,  ή,  fem.  of  άμορβός, 
άμορβύδες  Ί\ν/ίφαί,  Αρ.  Rh.  3,  881, 
(ace.  to  Schol.  =άκο7ιθνθαι)  rural,  or 
attendant  Nymphs. 

Άμορβενς,  ήος  and  έως,  ό,=^άμορ- 
βός,  Ορρ.  Cyn.  3,  295. 

Άμορβεύω,ί.  -εύσω, to  follow,  attend, 
c.  dat.,  iS'ic.  Fr.  35  :  mid.  to  let  follow, 
make  to  follow.  Id.  Ther.  349. 

'A//o/>;5eu,=foreg..  Antim. 

Άμορβίτης,  ό,  άρτος, =άμορα,  Ath. 
646  F,  and  so  prob.  f  1.  for  άμορίτης. 

Άμορβός,  ov,  ό,  a  follower,  attend- 
ant, Spanh.  Call.  Dian.  45 :  esp.  on 
herds,  and  so — 2.  a  herdsman,  shep- 
herd, swain,  Antim.  15,  0pp.,  and 
Nic. :  pecul.  fem.  άμορβάς  as  adj., 
q.  V. — II.  as  adj.  dark,  Schol.  Nic. 
Ther.  28,  but  this  very  dub.,  though 
άμορβώ  is  also  a  v.  1.  for  άμο7.γο>  in 
Hom.  (The  whole  family  of  words 
is  of  uncertain  origin,  and  only  found 
in  Alex,  poets.) 

Άιιοργεύς,  έως,  ό,  one  who  presses 
out  the  άμόργη. 

'Αμόργη,  ης,  7),=sq.,  Plut. 

'Αμόργης,  ov,  ό,  {άμέργω)  the  ua• 


AMOT 

tery  part  of  olives,  olive-lees,  Lat.  amur- 
ga,  amurca,  Arist.  Color. 

t'Awopy?/£•,  ov  and  εω,  6,  Amorges  a 
Persian  commander,  Hdt.  5,  121  ; 
another,  Thuc.  8,  5 ;  also  a  king  of 
the  Sacae,  Ctes. 

'Αμοργίδιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from 
ΰμοργίς. 

'Αμοργΐκός,  ή,  ό^',=sq. 

'Αμοργίνος,  ov,  epith.  of  rich  cloths 
and  stuifs,  either  made  of  ΰμοργίς 
(q.  v.),  of  fine  linen ;  0Γ  (from  ΰμόργ?/) 
red,  purple,  like  the  dregs  of  olives, 
άμόργιΐ'α  χιτώνια,  Ar.  Lys.  150;  ύμ. 
κύ/.νμμα,  Clearch.  ap,  Ath.  255  Ε  ; 
also  Tu  άμόργινα,  sc.  ιμάτια,  Aes- 
chin.  14,  3,  of  Bockh  P.  E.  1,  p. 
141. 

'Αμοργίς,  ίδος,  η,  fine  flax,  from  the 
isle  of  Amorgos  :  άλοττος  αμ.,  unhack- 
ledfl(uc,  Ar.  Lys.  736 :  in  pi.  ai  άμορ- 
γίδες,=ΰμόργινα χιτώνια.  Cf  foreg. 
— II.  proparox.  ύμοργις,  εως,  ?},= 
άμόργη,  Meineke  Cratin.  Malth.  4. 

Άαοργμος,  ov,  ό,  (άμέργω)  a  gather- 
ing, culling,  Mel.  129. 

'Αμοργός,  ή,  όν,  (άμέργω)  squeezing 
out,  sucking  out,  draining. 

V Αμοργός,  ov,  ή,  Amorgxis,  one  of 
the  Sporades  famed  for  the  culture 
of  flax,  and  as  the  birth-place  of  Si- 
monides,  Strab. 

Άμορία,  ας,  ή,  (άμα,  δρος)  α  conti- 
guous boundary,  poet,  ΰμμορία,  q.  v. 

ΥΑμόριον,  ov,  τό,  Amorium,  a  city  of 
Greater  Phr)'gia,  Strab. 

Υ  Αμορίτης,  ov,  6,  (άμόρα)  a  honey 
cake,  LXX.     Cf  ΰμορ:3ίτης.    [t]• 

Άμορος,  ον,=άμοιρος,  c.  gen.  Eur. 
Med.  i395  :  absoL  unlucky,  wretched. 
Soph.  O.  T.  248.  ^ 

'Αμορφία,  ας,  ή,  (ύμορόος)  shape- 
lessness,  want  of  shape,  Hermes  ap. 
Stob.  EcL  1,  318. — II.  unshapeliness, 
ill  shape,  deformity,  Eur.  Or.  391. 

Άμορόος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  μορφή)  mis- 
shapen, ugly,  hideous,  Hdt.  1,  196, 
Eur.,  etc. :  cf.  ύμομφος- — Π.  without 
form,  shapeless,  rough.  Plat.  Tim.  51 
A  :  c.  gen.  άμορφος  τίνος,  without  par- 
taking of  the  shape  of,  lb.  50  D. — III. 
metaph.  unseemly,  unbefitting,  Plat. 
Lesg.  752  A  :  degrading,  lb.  855  C. 
Adv.  -φως.  Superl.  άμορφέστατος, 
Hdt.  1.  c,  but  a  reg.  compar.  άμορ- 
φότερος,  Xen.  Symp.  8,  17,  and  su- 
perl. -φότατος,  Plut. 

Άμορφννω,  to  make  misshapen,  dis- 
figure, Antim.  ap.  Cramer  Anecd.  1, 
p.  55,  30. 

'Αμόρφωτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  μορφόω) 
not  formed,  unwrought.  Soph.  Fr.  243. 

Άμος,  7,=the  lengthd.  άμμος,  άμα- 
θος,   [α] 

Άμός,  ή,  όν,  Aeol.  and  Ερ.  for 
ήαός,  ημέτερος,  our,  ours,  oft.  in  Hom., 
also  in  Pind.,  and  Trag.  chorus  :  but 
in  Att  poets  also  for  έμός,  my,  mine. 
It  has  been  proposed  to  vrnte  άμός  in 
the  former  sense,  ύμός  in  the  latter, 
but  without  authority  ;  cf.  Buttm. 
Ausf  Gr.  ^  72,  Anm.  23,  Spitzn.  II. 
6,414.   [u] 

Άμός,  Att.  άμός,  an  old  form  for 
εΙς,  and  Β0=τϊς,  but  only  used  in  the 
adv.  forms  ύμοϋ,  άμή,  άμως,  άμόθεν. 

^Αμος,  Dor.  for  ί/μος,  as,  when, 
Theocr. 

"Αμοτον,  adv.  from  άμοτος  (v.  inf. 
II.),  insatiably,  incessantly,  restlessly,  in 
Hom.  always  joined  with  verbs  ex- 
pressing passion,  desire,  etc.,  esp. 
with  μεμάασι,  μεμαώς,  μεμανία,  striv- 
ing incessantly,  fidl  of  insatiate  long- 
ing ;  so  ά.  κ7.αίειν,  χο7Λναθαι,  to 
u^eep,  be  angry  continualttj,  II.  19,  300  ; 
23,  567,  μενεαίνειν,  Hee.  Sc.  361  ; 
ήμίονοι  άμοτον  ταννοντο,  they  strug- 


ΑΜΠΕ 

gled  restlessly  forwards,  Od.  6,  83  :  la- 
ter vehemently,  violently,  Ap.  Rh. — II. 
as  adj.  άμοτος,  ov,  furious,  savage, 
θΊ]ρ.  Theocr.  25,  42,  7.ίς,  lb.  202  (ace. 
to  Meineke),  πνρ,  Mosch.  4,  104. — 
Ep.  word,  (the  deriv.  from  μότον, 
shredded  linen,  lint,  is  very  unlikely  : 
ace.  to  Rost  from  same  root  as  μέμαα 
with  a  intens.  or  euphon.) 

Άμον,  adv.,  Att.  άμον,  of  άμός,^= 
τις,  somewhere,  άμον  γέ  ττον,  or  άμον- 
γέτΐον,  Lys.  170,  13,  where  however 
before  Bekk.  ύλλου  γέ  που,  cf.  άμό- 
θεν and  άμ•^. 

νΑμού/Λος,  ov,  6,  the  Lat.  Amidius, 
Plut.  Rom.  3. 

Άμονσία,  ας,  τ/,  the  character  of  the 
άμονσος,  want  of  education,  taste,  or 
refinement ;  rudeness,  grossness,  oft.  in 
Plat.  :  leant  of  harmony,  discord,  Eur. 
Cf  νομονσία. 

' Αμονσο7.ογία,  ας,  η,^άμονσοι  7ώ- 
γοι,  vulgar  expressions,  Ath. 

Άμονσος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  Μονσα)  with- 
out the  3Iases,  without  taste  for  the  arts 
sacred  to  the  Muses :  and  SO  of  per- 
sons, without  taste  or  refinement,  unpol- 
ished, rude,  gross,  without  knowledge  of 
music,  unmusical,  Eur.  Ion  526,  Ar. 
Vesp.  1074,  and  freq.  in  Plat. :  Αεί- 
βηθρίων  άμονσότερος,  proverb,  for 
the  lowest  degree  of  mental  cultiva- 
tion. Bast.  Ep.  Cr.  p.  266.— 2.  of 
things,  rude,  coarse,  esp.  unmusical, 
discordant,  άμονσ'  νλακτειν,  Eur.  Ale. 
760,  άμονσόταται  φδαί,  Phoen.  807  : 
άμ.  ηδοναί,  αμαρτήματα,  gross  plea- 
sures, faidts.  Plat.  Adv.  -σως.  Plat. 
Hipp.  Maj.  292  C. 

Άμονσότης,  ητος,  ή,^=αυ.ονσία. 

'Αμοχθε'ι,  adv.  of  άμοχθος,  without 
toil  or  trouble,  Aesch.  Pr.  208. 

' Αμόχθητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  μοχθέω) 
=:  άμοχθος,  0pp.  Cyn.  1,  456. 

'Αμοχθί,  =:άμοχθεί. 

Άμοχθος,  ov,  (β  priv.,  μόχθος)  with- 
out toil  or  trouble,  not  toiling  or  having 
toiled.  Soph.  Fr.  359,  Eur.  Archel.  9  ; 
shrinking  from  toil,  Pind.  N.  10,  55. — 
II.  not  toilsome,  βίος.  Soph.  Tr.  147. 
Adv.  -θως. 

Άμ--,  poet.,  esp.  Ep.  and  Lyr. 
abbrev.  for  uva--,  under  which  will 
be  found  all  words  beginning  with 
άμτΓ-. 

Άμ:τα7.ίνοβί^ος,  ov,  strengthd.  for 
■τα7.ίνοΙ)βος,  Meineke  Philetaer.  Mel. 
1. 
ΥΑμ'τά7.7.ομαι  for  άναπά7.λομαι. 

Άμ~α7.ος,  poet,  for  ύΐ'ατταλοζ•,  dub. 
in  Pind. :  but  in  Theocr.  28,  4  (ace. 
to  Herm.)  Dor.  for  άμφία7^ος. 

Άμττανμα,  άμπαύω,  etc.,  v.  άνά- 
πανμα,  etc. 

Άμπεδίον,  ΰμ-πεδιήρεις,  ά/ζίτελα- 
γος,  should  be  written  divisim  άμ 
~εδίον,  i.  e.  άνά  ττεδίοΐ•,  etc. 

\Άμ~ειρα,  άμιζείρω,  etc.,  for  άνά- 
πειρα,  etc.,  Strab.,  Hom. 

'Αμττε7Ανθη,  ης,  ή,  {άμπείος,  άν- 
θος)=οα•άνθη,  Luc.  V.  Η.  2,  5. 

'Αμτϊε7.εΐον,  ον,  τό,  α  vineyard. 

Άμπέλειος,  ον,  of  α  vine  or  vine- 
yard. 

Άμπε7.εών,  ώνος,  ό,  poet,  for  άμττε- 
7.ών,  α  vineyard,  Theocr.  25,  157. 
ΥΑμπε7.ίδας,  α  and  ον,  ό,  Ampelidas, 
masc.  pr.  η.  Thuc.  5,  22. 
'\Άμπε7,ίδιον,  ον,  ή,  (dim.  of  Άμ- 
ττελί'ζ•)  my  dear  Ampelis,  or  my  little 
Ampelis,  Luc,  Dial.  Mer.  8. 

'Αμπε7ΰκός,  ή,  όν,  of  or  belonging  to 
the  viiie.  Adv.  -κώς,  in  the  manner  of 
a  vine,  Arr. 

Άμπέ7.ινος,  ov,  also  j/,  ον,= foreg., 
of  the  vine,  καρπός,  Hdt.  1,  212  ;  οίνος 
άμπ.,  grape-wine,  opp.  to  οίνος  κρίθι- 
νος, etc.,  Hdt.  2,  37,  CO:  metaph. 


ΑΜΠΕ 

γρανς  άμτΓε?ύν7),  a  drunken  old  woman, 
Lat.  anus  vinosa,  Anth. 

ΫΑμτΐε7.ΐνος,  ov,  ό,  Ampeliniis,masc.. 
pr.  n.  Antiph. 

Άμττέ7ιΐον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  άμπε- 
λος, Ar.  Ach.  512. 

'Αμπε7ύς,  ίδος,  ή,  dim.  from  άμπε- 
7ος,  η  young  vine,  vine-plant,  Ar.  Ach, 
995. — II.  the  bird  άμπε7ύων,  Ar.  Av. 
304. — III.  a  sea-plant,  Opp. — IV.  as 
pr.  n.  Ampelis,  a  courtesan,  Luc.  Dial. 
Mer.  8. 

'Αμπε7.ΐτις,  ιδος,  η,  of  or  belonging 
to  the  vine,  γη  άμπ.,  earth  for  covering 
the  vine,  Diosc. 

'Αμπε7ύων,  ωνος,  ό.  a  kind  of  sing- 
ing bird,  Opp. :  elsewhere  άμπελίς. 

'Αμπε7.ογενής,  ες,  {άμπεΑΛς  *  -γε- 
νώ) of  the  vine  kind,  bearing  vines, 
Arist.  Nat.  Ausc. 

Άμπελόδεσμος,  ov,  ό,  {άμπε?.ος, 
δεσμός)  a  Sicilian  plant  used /or  tying 
up  vines,  Plin. 

Άμπελόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  once  εις,  εν, 
II.  2,  5GI,  full  of  vines,  rich  or  abounding 
in  vines,  of  Countries,  II. — 2.  made  of 
vines,  taken  therefrom,  βάκτρον,  Nonn., 
άμπ.  καν7ύα,  vine-shoots,  Nic. 

Άμπε7.οεργός,  όν,  =contr.  αμπε- 
λουργός, Anth. 

'Αμπελόκαρπον,  ov,  τό,  {άμπε7.ος.. 
καρπός)  a  name  of  the  plant  άπαρίνη, 
Diosc. 

Άμπε7.ο7.εΰκη,  ης,  ή,  the  wild  vine, 
elsewh.  7.ενκη  άμπε/^ς,  Plin. 

'Αμπε7.ομιξία,  ας,  ή,  \άμπε7Μς,  μίξ- 
ις)  an  intermixture  of  vines,  Luc.  V.  Η. 
1,  9. 

Άμπε7ιόπράσον,_  ov,  τό,  {άμπελος, 
πράσον)  vine-leek,  i.  e.  a  leek  grown 
in  vineyards,  Diosc. 

Άμπε7.ος,  ου,  ή,  a  vine,  first  in  Od. : 
δρόσος  άμπέ7.ου,  the  juice  of  the  vine, 
wine,  Pind.  O.  7,  3,  also  άιιπέλον  γύ- 
νος,  Aesch.  Pers.  614.  and  even  παις, 
Pind.  N.  9,  124  :  άμπ.  αγρία  or  7.ενκή, 
the  wild  vine,  Theophr.  :  also  a  sea- 
plant,  clematis  maritima.  Id. — II.  a 
vineyard,  Ael.  H.  A.  11,  32.— III.  an 
engine  for  protecting  besiegers,  Lat.  vi- 
nea.  Math.  Vett. — IV.  As.  pr.  n.  Am 
pelus,  a  promontory  in  the  gulf  of  To 
rone  in  Macedonia,  Hdt.  7,  122. — 2. 
a  promontory  on  the  west  shore  of 
Samos,  Strab. — 3.  another  in  Crete, 
with  a  city  of  the  same  name,  Ptol. 
— 4.  another  in  Libya,  Scyl. 

Άμπε7,οστάτέω,  to  plant  vines : 
from 

Άμπε7Μστάτης,  ov,  ό,  {άμπε7Μς, 
Ιΰτημί)  a  vine-planter. 

Άμπε7.ουργειον,  ου,  τό,  {άμπελος, 
*  έργω)  α  nursery  of  vines,  vineyard,  v. 
1.  Aeschin. 

' Αμπε7.ονργέω,  ώ,  to  be  an  άμπε- 
7.ουργός,  to  work  in  or  cultivate  a  vine- 
yard, Luc.  V.  H.  1,  39  :  esp.  to  dress 
or  strip  vines,  Theophr.  ;  ό  άμπε7.ονρ- 
γών,  the  line-dresser,  Plut.  Philop.  4  : 
hence  metaph.  to  strip,  plunder,  πόλιν, 
Aeschin.  77,  25  :  hence 

Άμπε7.ονργημα,  ατός,  τό,  work  in 
a  vineyard. 

'Αμπε7.ονργία,  ας,  ή,  vinedressing, 
Theophr. 

Άμπελονργΐκός,  ή,  όν,  of  or  belong- 
ing to  the  culture  of  vines,  or  to  a  vine- 
dresser, ή  -κή,  sub.  τέχνη,  the  art  of 
cidtivating  the  vine,  vinedressing,  Plat. 
Rep.  393  D. 

'Αμπελουργός,  οϋ,  ό,  {άμπελος, 
*ίργω)  α  vinedresser,  worker  in  a  vine- 
yard, Ar.  Pac.  189  :  also  as  adj.  αμπε- 
λουργός, όν,  cultivating  the  vine. 

'Αμπελοφάγος,ον,{άμπε7.ος,φαγεΐν) 
eating  or  gnawing  vines,  Strab.  [UJ 

Άμπελοφόρος,  ov,  {άμπε7•.ος,  φέρω) 
bearing  vines. 

*  85 


A  ΜΠΑ 

Άμπελόφνλ?<.ον,  τό,(<ϊ/Ζ7Γελοζ•,  φύλ- 
\,ον)  α  vine-leaf. 

Άμττελοφντης,  ον.  ό,  {άμπελος, 
φύϋ))  α  vine-planter,    [ϋ] 

'Χμιτέλόφΰτος,  ον,  {άμπελος,  φύω) 
vlanted  with  vines,  groiving  vi7ies,  Diuil. 

Άμπελοφύτωρ,  ορός,  6,  {ύμ-ελυς. 
Φύω)  producer  of  the  vine,  epith.  ol 
Bacchus,  Anth.    [ii] 

Άμπελώόιις,  ες,  {άμπελος,  εΐύος) 
ich  or  abounding  in  vines. 

Άμπελών,  ώΐ'ος,  ό,  a  vineyard,  Aes- 
ehiii.  49,  13,  ace.  to  Bekk. 

'Χμπέμπω,  lor  άναπ.,  Aesch.  Cho- 
eph.  382. 

'Αμηεπά?ι,ώΐ',  ep.  for  ΰναπεπαλών, 
edupl.  part.  aor.  2  from  ύναπάλλω, 
Horn. 

Άμπερές,  adv.,  δια  δ'  ύμπερές,  by 
tmesis  for  διαμπερές  δέ,  Od.  21,  422. 

Άμπεχόνη,  -ης,  ή,  {άμπέχω)  α  robe, 
fine  upper  garment,  worn  by  women 
and  etieminate  men,  Plat.  Charm. 
173  B,  etc.,  and  Xen.  Mem.  1,2,  5. 

Άμπεχόνιον,  ον,  τό,  dim.  from  sq. 

Άμπέχονον,  ου,  τό,=άμπεχόνη, 
Αι.  Fr.  309,  7. 

Άμπέχω,  also  ααπίσχω,  of  Ehnsl. 
Med.  277  ;  impf  αμπείχον.  epic,  ύμ- 
πεχον  ;  fut.  άμφέξω  :  aor.  ημπισχον, 
inf.  ίμπισχείν,  part,  άμπισχών.  Mid. 
άμπέχομαι,  also  άμπίσχομαι  (Eur. 
Hal.  422,  Ar.  Vesp.  1150),  and  άμπι- 
σχνονμαι,  (Ar.  Λν.  1090) ;  impf  ?/μ- 
πειχόμην  ;  fut.  ΰμφέξομαί ;  aor.  7/μ- 
πισχόμην ;  {άμφί,  εχω.).  Το  put  round 
or  over,  Lat.  circumdare,  in  full  τινά 
η,  to  put  a  thing  round  a  person,  Ar. 
Vesp.  1 153,  also  τινά  τινι,  to  surround 
a  person  with  a  thing,  Plat.  Prot.  320 
E,  and  so  of  one  person  clothing  ano- 
ther :  but  also  of  the  clothes,  etc.,  to 
surround,  cover,  τινά,  Trag.  :  hence  in 
Horn,  άλμη  οι  νώτα  άμπεχεν,  the  brine 
dashed  around  his  back. — Mid.  to  put  on 
one's  self,  to  array  one's  self  in,  also  to 
have  on,  wear,  usu.  c.  ace.  χιτώνιον, 
etc.,  as  Ar.  Eccl.  374,  also  λενκυν 
ΰμπ.,  to  wear  a  white  cloak.  Ar.  Ach. 
1023  ;  καλώς  άμπ.,  to  be  well  dressed, 
Ar.  Thesm.  165,  περιττώς  άμπ.  to  be 
gorgeously  dressed,  Plut.  '.  also  c.  dat., 
to  clothe  or  cover  one's  self  with  some- 
thing, Eur.  Hel.  422. 

ΥΚμπη.  ης,  ή.  A/npe,  a  city  at  the 
mouth  of  the  Tigris,  Hdt.  6,  20. 

Άμπϊ/δησε,  for  άνεπί/δησε,  11. 

Άμπί,  Aeol.  for  the  aspirated  άμφί. 
Keen.  Greg.  p.  344,  like  Lat.  amb-  in 
amhio,  etc. 

Άμπίπλημι,  ίοτ  άναπίμπλημι,  Pind. 
t'A//7rt7rrcj,   for   άναπίπτω,  Aesch. 
Ag.  1599. 

Άμπισχνέομαι,  άμπισχνονμαι,  v. 
sub  άμπέχομαι. 

Άμπίηχω,  v.  sub  άμπέχω,  Eur. 
Supp.  1C5,  Id.  Hipp.  193. 

*' Αμπλακέω,  a  pres.  assumed  for 
the  deriv.  of  fut.  άμπ7,ακίισω,  aor. 
ημπλακον,  subj.  άμπλάκω,  inf  άμπ- 
λακεΐν,  part,  άμπλακών,  the  only  pres. 
in  use  being  άμπλακίσκω,  and  that 
only  late : — precisely=a/iaprai'«,  and 
prob.  akin  to  πλάζω,  to  miss,  fail  or 
come  short  of,  c.  gen.  άνορέας  Pind. 
O.  8,  89,  of  Soph.  Ant.  554,  1234.— II. 
also  c.  gen.  to  lose,  be  bereft  of.  παιδός, 
Soph.  Ant.  910,  γυναικός,  ά?Μχου, 
etc.,  Eur. — III.  to  fail  to  do,  sin,  err, 
do  wrong,  Ibyc,  Fr.  51,  and  Eur. :  also 
c.  neut.  pron.,  ώς  τάδ'  ημπλακον, 
when  I  committed  these  siTis,  Aesch. 
Ag.  1212,  and  hence  also  in  Pass,  τι 
δ'  ήμπλάκηται  έμοί.  Id.  Suppl.  910. 
Only  poet. — When  the  first  syll.  is  to 
be  short,  it  is  now  usu.  written  άπλ~ : 
nay  Pors..  and  Elmsl.  hold  this  to  be 
the  true  form  everywhere  (ad  Eur. 
86 


ΑΜΥΓ 

Med.  115),  against  them  v.  Herm. 
Opusc.  3,  p.  146.  Cf.  EUendt  Lex. 
Soph.     Hence 

Άμπλάκημα,  ατός,  τό,  an  error, 
fault,  offence,  freq.  in  Trag. 

' Αμπλάκητος,  ον,  {άμπ'.ΚακεΙν)  sin- 
ful, loaded  with  guilt,  Aesch.  Ag.  345 : 
— in  Soph.  Tr.  120  άναμπλάκητος,  q. 
v.,  must  be  read. 

Άμπλακία,  ας,  ή,  =  άμπ?ΜΚΤΐμα, 
the  latter  more  freq.  in  Trag.,  the 
former  in  Lyr.,  as  Pind.  :  άμπλακίαι 
φρενών,  distraction,  Pind.  P.  3,  24 : 
άμπλ.  τινός,  offence  against  some  one, 
Eur.  Hipp.  832. 

Άμπλάκιον,  ου,  ro,=:foreg.,  Pind, 
P.  11,  41,  cf  άμάρτιον. 

Άμπλακίσκω,  v.  sub  *άμπλακέω. 

"Αμπνενμα,  άμπνενσαι,  etc.,  poet, 
for  άνάπνευμα,  etc. 
ίΆμπνέω,  for  αναπνέω. 
iΆμπvoά,  Dor.  and  άμπνοή,  poet, 
for  αναπνοή. 

Άμπννε,  Ep.  for  άνάπννε,  imper. 
aor.  2  act.  from  αναπνέω,  11. 

Άμπνννθη,  Ep.  for  άνεπνύθη,  3 
sing.  aor.  1  pass,  from  αναπνέω,  11. 

Άμπνντο,  Ep.  for  άνέπνυτο,  sync, 
aor.  2  from  ά,ναπνέω,  Hom. :  otliers 
would  refer  the  word  to  άναπινύω, 
V.  Rost  Le.x.  in  v. 

ΥΑμπράκία,  Άμπρακιεύς,  etc.,  older 
form  ior  Αμβρακία,  etc.,  Hdt.,  Thuc. 

Άμπρεύω,  {άμπρον)  to  draw  along, 
drag,  Call.  Fr.  234  :  metaph.  λνπρον 
βίον  άμπρενειν,  to  drag  on  a  wretched 
life,  like  άμαξενειν,  ελκειν,  Lat.  cx- 
antlare  vitam,  Lyc.  635. 

Άμπρον,  ου,  τό,  and 

Άμπρος,  ου,  ό,  only  in  Gramm.  as 
root  of  foreg.,  ace.  to  some  a  rope  for 
drawing  loads :  ace.  to  others  the  trace 
or  yoke  of  oxen. 

Άμπτάμενος,  άμπτάς,  poet,  for 
άναπτ.,  Aesch.,  and  Eur. 

Άμπνκάζω,  -άσω,  and  άμπυκίζω, 
■ίσω,  to  bind  the  front  hair  with  a  band 
{άμπνξ) :  in  gen.  to  bind,  wreath, 
κισσώ,  Anth. 

^Άμπυκίδτ/ς,  ον,  ό,  son  ox  descendant 
of  Ampyx.  i.  e.  Mopsus,  Hes.  Sc.  181 ; 
Idmon,  Orph.  Arg.  721. 

Άμπνκτήρ.  ήρος,  ό,  =  άμπνξ :  the 
frontal  Or  head  trappings  of  a  horse, 
Aesch.  Theh.  461,  like  άμπυκτήρια 
φύλαρα.  Soph.  Ο.  C.  1069. 

Άμπνκτήριος,  ία,  lov,  belonging  to 
an  άμπυπτήρ,  v.  foreg. 

Άμπνξ,  νκος.  ό,  ή.  the  latter  esp. 
in  Trag.,  {άμπέχω)  a  band  or  fillet  for 
binding  up  women's  front  hair,  a  head- 
hand,  snood,  11.  22,  469  :  also  the  hair 
braided  round  the  head. — II.  the  fron- 
tal or  head-band  of  horses  :  also  a  head- 
stall, a  bridle,  of.  χρνσάμπνξ,  and 
Diet.  Antiqq.  s.  v. — 111.  any  thing  round 
or  rounded,  a  wheel.  Soph.  Phil.  080  : 
the  coifer  of  a  cup,  cf.  λιπαράμπνξ,  Ar. 
Ach.  071. — IV.  as  pr.  n.  Ampyx,  one 
of  the  Lapithae.  Pans.  5,  17,  10.— 2. 
son  of  Pelias,  Pans.  7,  18,  5. 

Άμπωσις,  εως,  y.  rare  coUat.  form 
of  άμπωτις.  Max.  Tyr. 

'  Αμπωτίζω,  to  ebb,  of  the  sea,  Philo ; 
from 

Άμπωτις.  εως  Ion.  ιος,  later  also 
ιδος,  Lob.  Phryn.  340,  shortened  from 
άνάπωτις  for  άνάπωσις  {άναπίνο- 
μαι),  a  being  drunk  up,  hence  of  the 
sea,  the  ebb,  Hdt.  7,  198,  and  also  in 
Att.  from  Arist.  downwds.  :  also  the 
retiring  of  a  stream,  Call.  Opposed  to 
πλήμΐ],  πλημμύρα,  ^α^ί'α.— 11.  the  re- 
turn of  humours  inward  from  the  sur- 
face of  the  body,  Hipp. 

Άμνγδαλέα,  ας,  Diosc,  usu.  contr. 
αμυγδαλή,  ης,  oft.  in  Theophr.,  the 
almond-tree. 


AMYH 

Άμνγδαλέος,  έα,  έον,  or  perh.  bet- 
ter άμυ)δάλεος,  έα,  εον,  of  or  belong- 
ing to  almonds  or  the  almond-tree,  v.  1. 
Nic:  from 

Αμυγδαλή,  ης,  ή.  an  almond,  Comici 
ap.  Ath.  52  C,  sq.  [a] 

Άμνγδά?α/,  ης,  y,  contr.  for  άμνγ 
δαλέα,  q.  v. 

Άμυγδά?ίΐνος,  η.  or,  of  almonds, 
ίλαιον,  Xen.  An.  4,  4,  13. 

Άμνγδάλιον,  ον,  τό,  dim.  from 
αμυγδαλή.  Hipp. 

Άμυγδάλίς,  ίδος,  ή,  dim.  from 
άμνγδάλη,  Philox.  aj).  Ath.  643  C. 

Άμνγόαλίτης,  ον,  ό,  with  almonds . 
άρτος,  almond-cake,  [t] 
_  Άμνγδΰλοειδί/ς,    ές,    {άμνγδάλη, 
είδος)  like  the  almond  or  almond-tree, 
Diosc. 

Άμυγδΰλόεις,  εσσα,  εν,^άμνγδά- 
λεος,  ISic. 

Άμνγδάλοκατάκτης,  ον,  ό,  {άμνγ 
δά?ι.η,  κατάξαι.  κατάγνυμι)  an  αΐ 
7nond-eracker,  Ath. 

Άμνγδΰλον,  ον,  τό,  =άμνγδύλ7}. 
Piers.  Mocr.  p.  10. 

Άμνγδΰ'λος,  ον,  η,^=  άμνγδάλη,  an 
ahnond-trce,  Luc. 

Άμνγδΰλώδί^ς,  ες.  {άμνγδύλ.η,  εΐ 
δος)—άμνγδαλοειδής. . 

"Αμνγμα,  ατός,  τό,  {άμν<τσω)  that 
which  has  been  torn :  a  scar,  rent. — II. 
=  sq.,  άμ.  χαίτης.  Soph.  Aj.  C33,  Enr. 
Andr.  827. 

Άμυγμός,  ον,  ό,  {άμύσσω)  a  tearing, 
mangling,  Aesch.  Ch.  24. 

Άμυδις,  adv. =  its  primitive  άμα, 
of  time,  together,  at  the  same  time,  Od. 
12,  415;  oftener  of  place,  together,  all 
together,  άμνδις  κικλησκετο.  he,cnlled 
together,  II.  10,  300,  οσττα  πάντα 
άμνδις,  all  the  bones  together,  II.  12,385, 
άμυδις  ίστάσιν=σννιστάσιν.  11.  13, 
336,0λό>'α  άμνδις  εβαλλον,  they  threw 
the  burning  embers  together,  11.  23,  217  : 
freq.  in  late  Ep.,  in  Oratt.  also  as 
prep.  c.  dat.  (The  word  is  Aeol.  like 
άγνρά,  άλλνδις :  hence  άμ.  not  αμ., 
cf  Spitzn.  II.  9,  0.) 

Άμνδρήειν,  εσσα,  ev,=.«q.  Nic. 

ΆΜΤΔΡΟ'Σ,  ά,  όν,  dark,  dim,  dull, 
faint,  indistinct,  γράμματα,  illegiblt 
letters,  Thuc.  6,  51  :  άστρον,  a  fmatltf 
glimmering  star.  Hipp.  ;  άμ.  είδος,  a 
shadowy  form.  Plat.  Tim.  49  A,  άμ- 
προς  αλτ/θειαν.  faint  in  comparison 
with  truth.  Id.  Rep.  597  A,  άμ.  μαν- 
τεία, obscure  oracles.  Id.  Tim.  72  B, 
etc.  ;  άμ.  ίλπίς,  a  faint  hope,  Plut. 
Ale.  .38 :  and  so  perh.  αμυδρά  χοφάς, 
a  rock  scarcely  visible  above  U'ater, 
Archil.  55,  though  the  Schol.  on  Nic. 
interprets  this  by  ^β/Ίεττόζ•.  cf.  Plat. 
Tim.  49  A.  Adv.  -δρώς,  faintly,  im~ 
perfectly,  άμ.  μιμείσβαι,  Arist.  Η.  Α. 
(though  so,  like  άμανρός  in  sigiif, 
Pott  doubts  the  connexion.)    Hence 

Άμνδμότης,  ητος,  η,  of  the  eye, 
want  of  power  to  distinguish,  weakness. 
Gal. 

'Αμνδρ6θ),ω,{.-ώσω,  to  darken,  weak- 
en, Philo :  hence 

Άμύδρωσις,  εως,  η,  a  darkening, 
weakening,  like  άμαύρωσις.  Gal. 

ΥΑμνόών,  ώνος,  η,  Amydon,  a  city 
of  Paeonia,  11.  2,  849. 

Άμύελος,  ον,  {a  γ)χϊ^.,  μυελός)  with- 
out marrow,  [ϊ"'] 

Άμνζω,  a  dub.  form  for  μύζω  with 
a  copul.,  to  suck  with  compressed  lips, 
Xen.  An.  4,  5, 27  ubi  nunc  μνζειν,  cf. 
Buttm.  Catal.  in  v. 
t'A/ii'siJi',  ώνος,  ή,  Amyzon,  a  city 
of  Caria,  Strab. 

Αμνησία,  ας,  ή,  a  being  αμύητος, 
or  uninitiated  :  from 

Αμύητος,  ον,  {a  priv.,  μνέω)  unini- 
tiated, profane,  Plat-  Phaed,  63  C ;  c. 


AMTM 

gen.  άμ.  Αφροδίτης,  not  admitted  into 
the  mysteries  of  Venus,  Aristaen. : — in 
Plat.  Gorg.  493  A,  with  a  secondary 
sense,  as  if  from  μύω,  and  8θ=οΰ 
^ιννάμενος  μνειν,  unable  to  keep  close, 
leaky. 
νΑμΰβάν,  ό,  Όοτ.ζ=Άμυθάων,  Find. 
P.  4.  223, 

ΥΑμϋθάονίδαι,  ών,  oi,  the  Amytha- 
onidae,  descendaiUs  of  Amythaon,  Pind. 
Fr.  170.     From 

νλμνθάων,  όνος,  6,  Amythaon,  son 
of  Cretheus  and  Tvro,  and  founder 
of  Pylos,  Od.  11,235. 

ΧΑμυθέων,  ωνος,  o,=foreg.,  Hdt.  2, 
49. 

'Αμύθητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  μϋθέομαι) 
unspeakable,  unspeakably  many  or  great, 
χρήματα,  κακά,  Dem.  49,  fin. ;  520, 20. 
'Αμϋθος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  μϋθος)  without 
legends,  or  mythic  tales,  ττοίησις.  Pint. 
Άμνκητος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  μϋκάομαι) 
without  lowing :  of  places,  where  no 
herds  low,  Anth.  [ϋ] 

Άμύκλάθεν,  adv.,  from  Amyclae, 
Pind. 

+Ά//ϋ/£λα,  ας,  η,  Amycla,  daughter 
of  Niobe,  Apollod. — 2.  =  Αμνκλαι. 

ΥΑμύκλαι,  ών,  αϊ,  Amyclae,  an  an- 
cient city  of  Laconia  on  the  Eurotas 
famed  for  the  worship  of  Apollo,  11. 
2,  584  ;  Ap.  hence  called  Άμνκ?Μΐος, 
Paus.  3, 19,  6 :  Άμυκ'λαΙος  and  Άμυ- 
κ'/.αιενς,  Amyclaean,  of  Amyclae,  Xen. 
Hell.  4,  5,  11,  etc. ;  fem.  Άμυκλαίς. 
— 2.  a  city  of  Latium,  Ath. 

'  Αμνκλαι,  αϊ,  a  sort  of  shoes,  named 
after  the  Laconian  town  Amyclae, 
Theocr.  10, 35  :  also  Άμνκλαίόες,  al. 
ΆμνκΛάιζο),  to  speak  in  the  Amy- 
clean,  i.  e.  Laconian  dialect,  Theocr. 
12,  13, 

ή-Άμυΐί?ΜΪον,  ov,  τό,  (.sub.  ιερόν)  the 
temple  of  Apollo  in  Amyclae,  Thuc.  5, 
18;  cf'Bloomf  ad  1. 
V Αμυκλάς,  a  and  ov,  6,  Amyclas,  son 
of  Lacedaemon  and  Sparta,  the  my- 
thic founder  of  Amyclae,  Paus.  3,  1, 
3 :  x\pollod.  3,  10,  3,  who  mentions 
another  of  this  name  in  3,  9,  1. 

ΥΑμυκλαιος,  ov,  6,  Amyclaeus,  a 
Corinthian  sculptor,  Paus.  10,  13,  4, 
etc. 
^Άμϋκος,  ov,  a,  Amycus,  son  of  Nep- 
tune king  of  the  Bebryces,  Ap.  Rh. 
2,48. 

■\'Αμνκο6όνος,  ov,  δ,  {Άμνκος,*  φέ- 
νω)  slayer  of  Amycus,  i.  e.  Pollux,  0pp. 
Cyn.  1,  363. 

Άμνκτηρ,  ηρος,  ό,  ή.  (a  priv.,  μνκ- 
τήρ)  u-ithout  nose,  Strali. 

Άμνκτΐκός,  ή,  όν,  (ΰμύσσω)  fit  for 
tearing,  mangling,  Plut.  2,  642  C  : 
also  of  certain  medicines,  ^rouocdiref, 
Gael.  Aur.    Adv.  -κώς. 

Άμνλιον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  ΰμν- 
Τιος  II.,  a  small  or  fine  cake,  Arist. 
Probl.,  Plut.— ΙΙ.=  ύ//υλου  II..  Hipp. 
Άμνλον,  ov,  ro,=  sq.  II.,  Ath. — II. 
sub.  άλειφαν,  fine  meal,  prepared 
more  carefully  than  by  common  grind- 
ing, cf  Diosc.  2,  123,  Plin.  H.  N.  7, 
18:  from 

Άμν7\,ος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  μύλη)  without 
a  mill,  not  ground,  hence  of  the  finest 
meal,  άρτος,  etc.,  cf  foreg.  If — II. 
usu.  as  subst.  ό  ίμνλος.  a  cake  of  fine 
meal,  Ar.  Pac.  1195  :  where  Dind.  has 
restored  τηνς  for  τάς  after  Theocr.  9, 
21,  Teleclid.  Ster.  2. 

Άμύμον,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  (a  priv., 
μώμος,  by  an  Aeol.  change,  like  χε- 
λώνη  into  χελννη),  irreproachable, 
blameless,  in  Horn,  epith.  of  all  men 
and  women  distinguished  by  rank, 
e.xploits.  or  beauty,  yet  without  any 
moral  reference,  so  that  in  Od.  1.  29 
it  is  given  even  to  Aegisthus ;  but 


AMYN 

never  applied  to  gods,  for  Aescula- 
pius is  called  so  as  a  physician  (II.  4, 
194),  and  the  blameless  nymph  (II.  14, 
444)  was  a  mortal : — sometimes  of 
things,  οίκος  ΰμ-,  a  house  in  which  there 
is  nothing  to  blame,  with  which  no  fault 
can  be  found ;  and  so  μήτις,  τόξον, 
ορχηθμός.  τύμβος,  rare  in  other  Ep., 
as  Hes.  Theog.  654,  once  in  Pind.  O. 
10  (11),  33,  never  in  Att.  poets,  [a/ii•] 
ΫΑμνμών?!,  ης,  -ή,  Amymone,  one  of 
the  Danaides,  Apollod.  2,  1,  4.-2.  a 
fountain  and  rivulet  at  Lerna,  Strab., 
Paus. :  hence  Άμνμώνιος,  a,  ov,  of 
Amymone,  Άμ.  νδατα,  Eur.  Phoen. 

Άμυνα,  ης,  ή,  (άμύνω)  the  warding 
off  an  attack,  defence,  also  requital, 
vengeance :  also  aid,  succour,  \.  Ruhnk. 
Tim.  ;  only  in  late  writers,  as  Plut., 
cf  Lob.  Phryn.  23. 

Άμϋνύθω,  a  pres.  assumed  as 
lengthd.  form  of  άμύνω,  but  prob.  the 
forms  assigned  to  it  all  belong  to  an 
aor.  ήμύνΰθον,  inf  άμνναθείν,  (not 
-άθειν),  Eur.  I.  A.  910,  Andr.  1079, 
imper.  mid.  άανναθοϋ,  (not  -ilHov) 
Aesch.  Eum.  4.38,  v.  Elmsl.  Med.  186, 
EUendt  hex.  Soph,  in  v.  :  to  defend, 
assist,  Soph.  O.  C.  1015,  Ar.  "Nub. 
1323,  c.  dat.  pers.,  Eur.  11.  cc.  Mid. 
to  ward  off  from  one's  self,  repel,  Aesch. 
1.  c. :  to  take  vengeance  on,  τινά,  Eur. 
Andr.  721. 

ΥΑμννανδρος,  ov,  ό,  (άμύνω.  άνήρ) 
Amynandrus,  masc.  pr.  n.  Plat.  Tim. 
21  C. — 2.  a  prince  of  the  Athamanes, 
Polyb.  16,  27,  4.  [ϋ] 

i' Αμυνας,  or  Άμϋνΰς,  ό,  :=  foreg. 
Polyb.  4,  16,  9. 

'Αμϋνητί,  adv.,  by  way  of  defence. 
Άμννίας,  ov,  ό,  Amynias,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  also  used  as  appellat.,  ό   θνμος 
ενΟνς  ήν  άμννίας,  on  its  guard,  Ar. 
Eq.  570 :  from  άμύνω. 

^Αμύντας,  a  and  ov,  ό,  Amyntas,  a 
name  common  to  many  kings  of  Ma- 
cedonia, Hdt.  5,  17,  etc.,  Xen.  Hell. 
5,  2,  12,  etc. — 2.  son  of  Andromenes 
a  general  of  Ale.xander,  Arr.  An.  3, 
27. — 3.  son  of  Antiochus  a  Greek  fu- 
gitive and  enemy  of  Alexander,  Arr. 
1,  17.  Others  in  Arr.,  Theocr..  etc. 
Άμύντεψα,  ας,  ή,  fem.  from  άμνν- 
TTjp,  a  protectress. 

Άμνντέον,  verb.  adj.  from  άμύνω, 
one  must  assist,  c.  dat.  pers.,  Xen. ;  so 
too  ΰμνντέα,  Soph.  Ant.  077. — II.  one 
must  repel,  Ar.  Lys.  061. 

Άμνντήρ,  νρος,  ό,  (άμύνω)  a  de- 
fender; άμνντηρες,  in  Arist.  Η.  Α.  are 
the  front  points  of  a  stag's  antlers. 

' Αμνντήριος,  ov,  (άμύνω)  warding 
off,  defending,  avenging  :  fitted  to  ward 
off,  etc.,  hence  άμνντίιρια  'όπλα,  de- 
fensive armour.  Plat,  (cf  infra  II.) ; 
άμ.  τέχναι.  Id.  :  c.  gen.,  preventing  or 
remedying  a  thing,  φάρμακον  άμ.  yf/p- 
ως,  a  means  for  warding  off  old  age, 
Ael.  N.  A.  0,  51.— II.  as  subst.  τό 
ΰμνντηρίον,  a  means  of  defence.  Plat. 
Polit.  279  C,  sq. :  esp.  a  defence,  bul- 
wark, Polyb. :  a  weapon  of  defence,  Plut., 
cf  also  Wessel.  Diod.  1,  194. 

Αμυντικός,  ή,  όν,  (άμύνω)  fit  or 
able  to  ward  off,  defend  or  revenge :  ή 
άμνντίκή,  sub.  δύναμις,  the  ability  to 
keep  off,  c.  gen.  rei.  Plat.  Poht.  200  Ε  : 
άμ.  δρμη,  the  instinct  of  revenge,  Plut. 
iΆμύvτιχoς,  ov,  ό,  (dim.  of  Αμύν- 
τας) Amyntichus,  the  little  or  dear 
Amyntas.  as  a  word  of  endearment, 
Theocr.  7,  132. 

\Άμνντορίδαι,  ών,  οΊ.  Amyntoridae, 
descendants  of  Amyntor,  Pind.  O.  7, 
40. 

Άμνντωο,  ορός,  ό,^άμνντήρ,  oft. 
in  Horn.,  who  never  uses  the  latter. 


AMYN 

— always  in  signf  a  helper,  aid:  an 
avenger,  Eur.  Or.  1588.  Only  poet. — 
II.  as  pr.  n.  Amyntor,  son  of  Ormenus, 
and  father  of  Phoenix,  II.  10,  206.— 
2.  an  Athenian,  Aeschin,  36,  23. 

Άμύνω,  f.  -ννώ  Ion.  άμννέω  Hdt. 
9,  60,  1  aor.  ημννα,  cf  άμυνάθω,  (a 
euph,  μύνη)  to  keep  off,  ward  off,  Hom., 
mostly  in  11. :  the  full  construct,  is  c. 
ace.  of  the  pers.  or  thing  to  be  kept 
off,  c.  dat.  of  pers.  from  Λvhom.  i^ava- 
οΐσιν  λ.οιγον  άμύνειν,  to  ward  off  de- 
struction from  the Danai,  II.  1,  456,  etc., 
cf  Od.  8,  525  :  the  dat.  is  oft.  omitted, 
as  εις  θεών  ος  λ.οιγον  άμύνει,  II.  5, 
603 :  again  the  ace.  is  omitted  (though 
λοιγόν  or  the  like  may  easily  be  sup- 
plied), and  then  the  verb  maybe  ren- 
dered to  defend,  fight  for,  aid,  succonir, 
άμννέμεναι  ώρεσαι,  to  fight  for  wives, 
i.  e.  to  ivard  off  destruction  from,  II.  5, 
486,  cf  Od.  11,  500 :  for  dat.  we  oft. 
have  gen.,  as  Ύρώας  ύμννε  νεών,  he 
kept  the  Trojans  off  from  the  ships,  H. 
15,  731,  cf  12,  402:  in  the  passage 
Ααναών  άπο  ?Μΐγ6ν  άμνναι,  II.  16, 
75,  Od.  17,  538,  it  is  usu.  written  ΰ~ο, 
as  if  the  prep,  belonged  to  Ααναών : 
buthere  as  in  II.  Ι,βΐ,ήμΐν  άττό  7.oiyov 
άμνναι,  ace.  to  Hom.  usage  άτύ  is  an 
adv.  and  denotes  the  direction  of  the 
action  expressed  by  the  verb  with 
relation  to  the  object  which  stands  in 
the  gen.  or  dat.,  cf  Jelf's  Gr.  Gr. 
%  C14,  seq.,  640,  Anthon's  Homer, 
Exc.  2,  and  Spitzn.  II..  I,  c. :  here 
too  the  ace.  may  be  omitted,  as  άμ. 
νηών,  to  defend  the  skips,  II.  13,  109: — 
absol.,  χείρες  άμύνειν,  hands  to  aid, 
II.  13,  814,  άμύνειν  είσι  και  ά/./.οι, 
lb.  312  :  once  with  περί,  άμννέμεναι 
περί  ΐΐατρόκλ.οιο,  like  the  mid.,  11. 
17,  182:  —  lastly  c.  dat.  instrum., 
σθένεΐ  άμ.,  to  defend  with  might,  II. 
13,  678. — These  constructions  are  all 
repeated  in  Pind.,  and  Trag.,  also  c. 
dat.  pers.  et  pron.  neut.,  τοιαύτ'  άμ- 
ύνετ'  ΊΙρακλει,  such  aid  did  ye  give 
to  Hercules,  Eur.  H.  F.  219 :  rarely 
like  mid.,  to  requite,  repay,  έργα  κακά. 
Soph.  Phil.  602,  άμ.  τινί  τι,  to  repay 
one  thing  with  another.  Id.  O.  C.  1128: 
C.  inf,  to  keep  off,  prevent  from  doing, 
Aesch.  Ag.  102. — In  prose  mostly  c. 
dat. :  also  c.  dat.  et  inf,  τοΙς  μεν  ονκ 
■ΐ/μύνατε  σωθήναι,  Thuc.  6,  80 :  also 
άμ.  νπερ  της  'Έ.λλάδος,  (as  in  Hom. 
περί)  Plat.  Legg.  692  D,  άμ.  προ  πάν- 
των, Polyb. :  absol.,  τά  άμννοντα, 
means  of  defence,  Hdt.  3,155.— B.  Mid. 
to  keep  or  ivard  off  from  one's  self  to 
guard,  defend  one's  self,  oft.  with  col- 
lat.  notion  of  requital,  revenge,  either 
absol.,  as  II.  16,  556,  or  c.  ace.  rei, 
άμύνετο  νη?.εές  ήμαρ,  II.  13,  514,  so- 
too  in  Hdt.  1,  80;  3,  158,  etc.:  that 
from  which  danger  is  warded  off  in 
gen.,  as  in  act.,  αμυνόμενοι  σφών 
αντών,  II.  12,  155,  χ'ηών  ημύνοντο,  lb. 
179  :  also  with  περί,  άμύνεσθαι  περί 
πάτρης,  II.  12,  243,  so  too  in  prose, 
περί  τών  οικείων,  Thuc.  2,  39,  also 
νπέρ  τίνος,  Xen.  Cyn.  9,  9. — Post- 
Hom.,  άμννεσθαί  τίνα,  not  only  to 
keep  off,  repel  an  Assailant,  as  Hdt.  3, 
158,  but  (esp.  in  Thuc.)  to  avenge  one's 
self  on  him,  do  vengeance  on  him,  re- 
quite, repay,  punish :  freq.  c.  dat  in- 
strum., ρήμααιν  άμύνεσθαί  τίνα,  tvith 
words.  Soph.  O.  C.  873,  τοις  όμοίοις, 
ταΐς  νανσίν,  άρεττ},  Thuc,  cf  Herm. 
Soph.  Ant.  639  :  also  άμννεσθαί  τίνα 
νπέρ  τίνος,  to  punish  one  for  a  thing, 
Thuc.  5.  69. — Very  rarely  in  Pass., 
as  άμννέϋβω,  let  him  be punmhed,  Plat, 
Legg.  845  C.  [i] 

νΑμννων.  οντος,  ό,  Amynon,  masc. 
i  pr.  n.  Ar.  Eccl.  365. 

87 


ΑΜΦΑ 

Αμνξ,  νχος,  ■)Ί,=  ΰμνϊ(ς,  ίιμυχή. 

Άμνξ,  adv.,  ( άμύσσω )  tearing, 
scratching,  mangling,  v.  1.  ]Nic. 

Άμνξις,  εως,  ή,  {άμύσσω)  α  tearing, 
scratching,  mangling,  Orph. :  scarifica- 
tion. Medic. 

'Αμνός,  ov,  (a  priv.,  μνς)  without 
mtiscles,  -not  muscular,  σκέλος.  Hipp. 

νΑμύργιοι,  ων,  οι,  Amyrgii,  a  Scythi- 
an race,  Hdt.  7,  64. 

νΑμνρις,  ιος,  ό,  Amyris,  a  sage  of 
Sybaris  surnained  the  "  wise,"  Hdt. 
6,  127:  hence  the  γτον.,Άμνρις  μαί- 
νεται, the  wise  vian  is  mad. 

'Αμύριστος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  μυρίζω) 
unanointcd,  unperfumed,  Heracl.  ap. 
Plut.  2,  397  A. 

Άμνρος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  μύρον)  = 
foreg. :  or  (from  a  intens.,  μνρω)  very 
wet,  epith.  of  Lycia,  Or.  Sib. —  II. 
Άμνρος.  ό,  the  Amyrus,  a  river  of 
Thessaly,  Ap.  Rh.  1,  506;  on  this 
lay  the  'Αμυρικον  πεδίον,  Polyb.  5, 
99,  5. 

νΑμυρταΐος,  ov,  ό,  Amyrtaeus,  a 
king  of  Aegypt,  Hdt.  2,  140. 

ΆΙ&Τ'ΣΣ12,  Att.  άμύττω,  fut.  -ξω, 
to  tear,  scratch,  wound,  στήβεα  χερσί, 
II.  19,  284  :  to  tear  in  pieces,  inangle, 
Hdt.  3,  76,  108  :— esp.  of  any  slight 
eurface-wound,  from  whatever  cause: 
to  prick  as  a  thorn.  Long.,  sting  as  a 
fly,  Luc,  etc. :  in  Medic,  to  scarify. — 
II.  metaph.  θνμον  άμύξεις  χωόμερος, 
thou  wilt  wound,  gnaw  thy  tieart  with 
rage,  II.  1,  243:  καρδίαν  άμύσσει 
όροντίς,  care  rends  or  gnaws  my  heart, 
Aesch.  Pers.  161.  Pass,  φρην  αμύσ- 
σεται  φόβω,  Aesch.  Pers.  115  :  so  in 
Lat.  animmn  ptmgere,  animo  ptingi. 

Άμνσταγώγητος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  μνσ- 
ταγωγέω)  not  initiated,  Clem.  Al. 

Άμνστί,  adv.,  (a  priv.,  μνω)  strictly 
without  closing  the  mouth,  i.  e.  at  one 
draught,  at  a  breath,  άμνστι  πίνειν, 
Anacreont.,  σπάν,  Λ  el. 

Άμνστίζω,  to  drink,  drink  deep,  tip- 
ple. Eur.  Cycl.  565. 

Άμνστις,  ιος  and  ιδος,  η,  a  long 
draught  of  drink,  άμνστιν  προπιείν, 
Anacr.  62, 2,  ubi  Bergk,  έλκύειν,  Eur. 
Cycl.  417  ;  hence  deep  drinking,  tip- 
vling.  Rhes. — II.  a  large  cup.  used  by 
the  Thracians,  noted  as  topers,  άμ- 
νστιν έκλύπτειν,  At.  Ach.  1229,  cf 
Hor.  Od.  1,  36,  14.— III.  as  pr.  n. 
Amystis,  an  Indian  river,  Arr.  Ind. 
4,  5. 

Άμνστος,  ον,^=ΰμνητος. 

Άμνσχρός,  όν,  (a  priv.,  μνσος)  un- 
defiled,  Parlhen.  ap.  Hephaest.  p.  9. 
ϊ'Αμντις,  ως,  ή,  Amytis,  a  daughter 
of  Astyages,  Ctes. 

Άμΰχή,  ης,  ή,  ( άμύσσω)  a  tear, 
scratch,  rent,  crack.  Hipp. — II.  =ύμυ- 
ξις,  in  sign  of  sorrow,  Plut.  Sol.  21. 

Άμνχηδόν,  and 

Άμνχί,  αάν.,^άμύξ. 

Άμνχιαιος,  αία,  αΐον,  ( άμνχί) ) 
scratched,  slightly  hurt :  hence  me- 
taph. superficial,  slight.  Plat.  Ax.  366 
A,  ubi  al.  μυχιαΐος. 

Άμνχμύς,  ov,  ό,— άμνξις,  άμνχή, 
hence  άα.  ξιφέων,  α  sword  wound. 
Theocr.  24,  124. 

Άμνχνός,  όν,  or  άμνγνός,^άμνσ- 
γρός,  Soph.  Fr.  834. 

Άμνχώδτις,  ες,  {άμνγή,  είδος)  like  α 
Kcratch :  full  of  scratches,  chapped, 
Ιξύνϋημα,  Hipp. 

Άμφ-,  old  and  poet,  abbrev.  for 
ιιναφ- ;  cf.  άμπ-. 

Άμφάγάττάζω,  -άσω,  {άμφί,  άγαπύ- 
ζο)  to  embrace  with  love,  treat  kindly, 
greet  warmly.  Lat.  amore  amplecti,  Od. 
14,  381  :  so  too  in  mid.,  11.  16,  192, 
H.  Horn.  Cer.  290. 

'Άμ.φΰγάπάω,ί,-ήσω,  z=  foreg.,    H. 


ΑΜΦΑ 

Horn.  Cer.  439  :  ί-ον  κακόν  άμφαγα- 
πύντος,  i.  e.  Pandora,  Hes.  Op.  58. 

Άμφαγείρω,  (άμφί,  άγείρω)  to  col- 
lect around :  only  in  aor.  mid.  Οεαί  μιν 
άμφαγέροντο,  gathered  round  her,  II. 
18,  37  :  hence  in  later  Ep.  we  have  a 
pres.  άμφαγέρομαι,  v.  1.  Theocr.  17, 
94. 

Άμφάγερέθομαι,  =  foreg..  άμφΐ  δ' 
ίίγερέθοντο,  (in  tmesi)  Od.  17,  34. 

'Αμφαγέρομαι,  v.  sub  άμφαγείρω. 

*'Αμφαγνοέο),  a  pres.  assumed  for 
deriv.  of  ημφηγνόόνν,  v.  1.  for  τ/μφιγ- 
νόυνν,  Xen.  An.  2,  5,  33,  cf.  Valck. 
Amm.  p.  69  ;  the  prob.  1.  is  ήμφεγ- 
νόονν  from  άμφιγνοέω,  Buttm.  Ausf. 
Gr.  'ξ.  86,  6.*, 

Άμφΰδά,  v.  sub  άμφαδόν,  Od.  19, 
391. 

' Αμφαδήν^άμφαδόν,  Archil.  14,  4. 

Άμφύδιος,  ία,  lov,  (poet,  shortd. 
for  obsol.  άναώάδιος,  v.  άμφαδόν) 
public,  knoimi :  Hom.  only  has  άμφύ- 
διος γάμος,  Od.  6,  288,  and  the  fem. 
άμφαδίην,  as  adv.,  publicly,  openly, 
aloud,  Lat.  palam,  II.  13,  356,  and  so 
freq.  in  later  Ep. :  in  Π.,  1.  c,  άμφα- 
δίιι,  is  a  V.  1.,  cf  Spitzn. 

Άμφαδόν,  adv.,  publicly,  openly, 
without  disguise  ;  opp.  to  λάθρη,  II.  7, 
243,  to  κρνφηδόν,  Od.  14,  330,  to  δόλφ, 
Od.  1,  296:  άμφ.  βαλέειν,  κτείνειν, 
άγηρεύειν,  ειπείν,  Hom.  Strictly 
neut.  of  an  adj.  άμφαδός,  ή,  όν,  nay 
in  Od.  19,  391,  μη  άμφαδα  έργα  γέ- 
νοιτο, άμφαδά,  seems  to  be  an  adj., 
discovered,  known:  cf.  άμφαδήν.  The 
orig.  form  was  άναφαδσν,  (αναφαί- 
νομαι) but  this,  like  άναφάδιος,  is 
nowhere  found  ;  though  αναφανδόν, 
-δά,  are. 

Άμφαίνω,  poet,  for  άναφαίνω, 
Horn.,  etc. 

Άμφάΐσσομαι,  (άμφί,  άίσσω)  as 
pass.,  to  rush  on  from  all  sides,  flutter 
or  float  around,  II.  0,  510 ;  11,  417,  only 
with  prep,  separate,  the  actual  comp. 
does  not  occur. 

Άμφαιωρέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  make 
float  around,  prob.  1.  Aretae.  72  C. 

Άμφάκανθος,  ov,  (άμώί,  άκανθα) 
surrounded  with  prickles,  δέμας,  of  the 
porcupine,  Ion  ap.  Plut.  2,  971  F. 

'Αμφαλαλύζω.  (άμφί,  αλαλάζω)  to 
shmit  around,  Nonn. 

' Αμφαλάλημαι,  (άμφί,  άλάλημαι) 
to  wander  round  about,  Opp.  Cvn.  3, 
423. 

Άμφαλλάξ,  adv.,  (άμφαλλάσσω) 
strengthd.  for  άλλάξ,  mutually,  poet, 
ap.  Ath.  116  C. 

Άμφαλλάσσω,  -ξω,  (άμφί,  άλλύσσω) 
to  change  entirely,  Opp.  Cyn.  3,  13. 

Άμφαμιώται,  ων,  οΊ,  collat.  form 
οΐΆφαμιώται,  q.  v.,  a  class  in  Crete 
answering  to  the  Helots  in  Laconia, 
Ath.  263  JE,  V.  Diet.  Antiqq.  p.  316,  b. 
νΑμφαΐ'ηί,  ών,  al,  Amphanae,  a 
town  of  Thessaly,  on  Mount  Oeta ; 
hence  adj.  ' ΑμφαναΙος,  a,  ov  ;  ή  Άμ- 
φαναία  (χώρα),  the  territory  of  Am- 
phanae, Eur.  Here  F.  392. 

' Αμφανδόΐ',  adv.  poet,  for  αναφαν- 
δόν, Pind.,  cf.  άμφαδόν. 

Άμόανέειν,  poet,  for  άναφαΐ'εϊν, 
inf.  fut.  from  άναφαίνω,  Η.  Hom. 
Merc.  16. 

νΑμφαζϊτις,  ιδος,  ή,  (άμφί,  Άζιός) 
Amphaxitis,  a  region  of  Macedonia 
lying  along  the  Axius,  Polyb.  5, 
97,  4. 

Άμφαξονέω,  (άμώί,  άξων)  to  reaver 
to  and  fro,  totter:  ong.  of  axles,  which 
turned  to  both  sides,  A.  B. 

Άμφάρΰβέω,ω,ί.-ησω,  (άμφί,  άρα- 
βέω)  to  rattle  about,  ring  about,  τεύχεα 
άμφαράβησε,  II.  21,  408. 

Άμφάpάβίζω,^{oτeg.,  Hes.  So.  64. 


ΑΜΦΗ 

Άμφαρίστερος,  ov,  (άμφί,  άριστε 
ρός)  with  two  left  hands,  and  so  tlwr 
oughly  awkward,  ciumsy,  Lat.  anibilae- 
viis,  formed  on  the  analogy  of  άμώι- 
δεξιάς.  At.  Fr.  432. 

Άμφασίτ],  ης,  ή,  poet,  for  αφασία, 
speechlessness,  always  with  collat.  no- 
tion of  fear,  amazement,  or  rage, 
which  deprives  of  speech,  άμφασίη 
επέων,  II.  17,  695,  Od.  4,  704.  (μ  is 
inserted  as  in  άμπλακέω.) 

"Αμφανξις,  εως,  ?/,  (άμφί,  αυξάνω) 
the  groicth  of  suckers  round  a  tree, 
also  άμφιφύα,  Theophr. 

Άμφαντέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω  to  resound,  ring 
around,  II.  12,  100,  with  prep.  sap. 
not  in  comp.  [ϋ] 

Άμφΰφάω,  and  mid.  άμφαφάομαι, 
(άμφί,  άφάω)  to  touch  all  round,  feel  or 
touch  on  all  sides,  Od. :  χερσιν  άμφ., 
to  turn  around  in  the  hands,  to  handle, 
Od.  15,  462  :  τόξον,  Od.  19,  586,  also, 
like  Lat.  tractare.  of  persons,  μα7.α 
κώτερος  άμφαφάασθαι,  poet,  for  άμ 
φαφάσθαι,  he  is  easier  to  deal  with,  II. 
22,  373  :  Horn,  uses  act.  and  mid.  in- 
differently. 

ΥΑμφεια,  ας,  η,  Amphea,  a  town  of 
Messenia,  Paus.  4,  5,  8. 

ΥΑμφεΙον,  ov,  τό,  or  Άμφειον,  less 
correct  form  of  Άμφιεΐον,  q.  v.  and 
Lob.  ad  Phryn.  372. 

V Αμφείρα,  ας,  η,  Amphira,  appell. 
of  Minerva,  Lye.  1103. 

Άμφελελίζομαι,  (άμφί,  έλελίζω)  as 
pass.,  to  saving  or  wave  to  and  fro, 
Orph.,  and  Q.  Sm. 

Άμφελικτός,  όν,  poet,  for  άμφιελ.., 
coiled  round,  δράκων,  Eur.  H.  F.  399. 

' Αμφελύσσω,  Att.  άμφελίττω,  f. 
-ίξω.  poet,  for  άμφιελ.,  to  wrap,  fold, 
or  twine  round,  Eur.  Andr.  425.  Mid. 
άμφελίξασθαι  γνάθους  τέκνοις,  to 
close  their  jaws  upon  the  children, 
Pmd.  N.  1,  62. 

'χ\.μφέλκω,  f.  -ξω,  to  draw  arormd; 
mid.  άμφέλκεσθαί  τι,  to  draw  a  thing 
round  one's  self,  i.  e.  be  surrounded  by 
it,  Dion.  P.  268. 

Άμώε?Μτρόω,ώ,ί. -ώσυ,(άμφί,  ελν• 
τρον)  to  wrap  rottnd.  Lye.     Hence 

Άμφελύτρωσις,  εως,  η,  a  wrapping 
round.  Lye.  845. — 2.  a  veil. 

Άμφενέπω,  strengthd.  for  ίνέπω, 
Nic 

Άμφέπω,  poet,  for  άμφιέπω,  Horn., 
etc. 

Άμφερείδω,  (άμφί,  Ιρείδω)  to  fix 
around,  ζυγον  άμφ.  τινί.  Lye.  504. 

Άμφερέφω,  (άμφί,  ίρέφω)  to  cover 
up,  Anth. 

Άμφερκής,  ες,  (άμφί,  ίρκος)  fenced 
round. 

Άμφερϋθαίνω,  (άμφί,  έρνθαίνω)  to 
redden,  ?nake  red  all  over,  Q.  Sm.  1,  60. 

Άμφέρχομαι,  (άμφί,  Ιρχομαι)  dep. 
mid.  c.  aor.  2,  and  perf  act.,  to  come 
round  one,  surround,  Hom.  only  in 
aor.,  once  c  ace  άμ^ήλυθέ  με,  Od.  6, 
122  :  once  c.  dat.,  Od.  12,  309. 

Άμώέρω,  poet,  for  αναφέρω,  Aesch. 
ΥΑμφέσταν,  for  άμφέστησαν  from 
άμώίστημι. 

Άμφεύγω,  poet,  for  άναφεύγω,  Eur. 
\  ■ίφέχάνε,  3  sing.  aor.  2  from  άμ• 
φιχαΐίΛ.;  Hom.._ 

Άμφεχύθη,  άμφέχντο,  forms  of 
aor.  pass,  of  άμφίχεω,  with  intrans. 
signf,  Hom. 

Άμφέχω,  the  form  used  by  Q.  Sm. 
for  αμπέγω.  always  c.  ace,  Spitzn. 
Obs.  in  Q.  Sm.  p.  15. 

Άμφήκης,  ες,  (άμφί,  άκη)  two-edged, 
double-biting,  ξίφος,  φάσγανον,  Horn., 
δόρν,έγχος,  yivrr,  Aesch.,  and  Soph.: 
of  lightning,  forked,  πυρός  βόστρυ- 
χος, Aesch.  Pr.  1044  :  metaph.  άμφ. 
γ?.ώττα,  a  tongue,  that  will  cut  όο/Λ 


ΑΜΦΙ 

ways,  i.  e.  maintain  either  right  or 
wrong,  Ar.  Nub.  1160;  so  loo  of  an 
oracle,  cutting  both  ways,  ambiguous, 
Luc.  Jup.  Trag.  43. 

'Αμφήλιξ,  ικος,  ό,  ή,  dub.  1.  for 
άφήΛΐξ,  Lob.  Phryn.  84. 

Άμ^ήλυθε,  aor.  from  άμφέρχομαί, 
Horn. 

Άμφημερΐνός,  ή,  όν,  {άμφί,  ήμερα) 
ττνρετός,  quotidian,  ορρ.  to  όιύτριτος 
and  τεταρταΐζουσα,  Hipp.,  cf.  Piers. 
Moer.  p.  46. 

Άμφήμερος,  ov,  {ίμφί,  ημέρα)  = 
foreg.,  ό  άμφ.,  sub.  ττυρετός,  a  quotid- 
ian fever,  isoph.  Fr.  448. 

'Αμφηρεφής,  ες,  {άμφί,  ερέφώ)  cover- 
ed on  all  sides,  close-covered,  epith.  of 
Apollo's  quiver,  II.  1,  45. 

Άμφήρης,  ες,  {άμφί,  *άρω ;  v.  τριή- 
ρης) rowed  or  having  oars  on  both  sides, 
δόρυ,  Eur.  Cycl.  15. — 2.  fitted  or  joined 
on  all  sides,  ξύλα  άμφ.,  the  wood  ot 
the  funeral  pile  regularly  piled  all  round, 
Eur.  H.  F.  243 :  σκηναί,  dwellings 
well  fastened  or  secured,  Eur.  Ion 
1128.  (Prob.  however  -ήρης  is  sim- 
ply a  termin.,  and  the  word  is  at 
once  derived  from  άμφί.) 

Ϋλμφήρης,  ους,  ό,  Ampheres,  son  of 
Neptune  and  Ciito,  ruler  in  Atlantis, 
Plat.  Crit.  1)4  B. 

ΆμφηρΙκός,  ή,  όν,  {άμφί,έρέσσωΓ) 
άμφ.  άκύτίον,  rowed  (by  each  man) 
on  both  sides,  a  pirate's  boat,  wherein 
each  man  pulled  two  oars,  or  α  boat 
worked  by  sculls,  Thuc.  4,  67. 

Άμφήρίστος,  ov,  {άμφί,  ερίζω)  con- 
tested on  both  sides,  dototfal,  disputed, 
γένος,  Call.,  νίκη,  Anth. — 2.  equal  in 
the  contest,  άμφήριστον  ίθηκεν,  made 
him  equal  to  himself,  i.  e.  no  better  off 
than  himself,  II.  23,  382. 

ΆΜΦΓ,  prep.  c.  gen.,  dat.,  et  ace: 
— radic.  signf.  on  both  sides,  and  so 
around,  akin  to  Sans,  api,  Lat.  amb- 
in  compos.,  as  in  amb-io,  amb-igo, 
Gerni.  um,  old  Germ,  umb,  cf.  περί : 
— joined  with  the  gen.,  dat.,  or  ace, 
and  more  used  in  poets,  and  Ion., 
than  in  Att.  prose. 

A.  0.  GEN.,  rare  in  prose.  I.  Cau- 
sal, like  ένεκα,  about,  for,  for  the  sake 
of  a  thing,  άμφι  ττίόακος  μάχεσθαι,  to 
fight /ο/"  the  possession  of  a  spring,  II. 
16,  825.  Pleonast.,  άμόι  σοννεκη,  v. 
Herm.  Soph.  Phil.  550,  where  how- 
ever others  άμφί  σον  νέα  (cf.  Wan- 
der, not.  crit.  ad  v.  546). — 2.  about,  i.  e. 
concerning  a  thing,  of  it,  like  περί,  c. 
gen.  and  circa  for  de,  only  once  in 
Horn.  :  άμφΐ  φί/.ότητος  άείδειν,  to 
sing  of  love,  Od.  8,  267,  once  too  in 
Hdt.  6,  131,  more  freq.  m  Pind.— II. 
of  place,  about,  around,  round  about, 
is  a  post-Hom.  usage,  άμφΐ  ταύτης• 
της  πόλιος,  Hdt.  8,  104,  cf.  Schaf. 
Dion.  Comp.  p.  351. 

B.  c.  DAT.  L  of  place,  about,  around, 
round  about,  άμφι  κεφα/.τ},  ωμοις,  στή- 
θεσσι,  about  the  head,  etc.,  Hom., 
άμφί  οι,  around  him,  II.  12,  396,  μοι 
άμφ'  αντώ,  around  me,  II.  9,  470, 
likewise  αμφϊ  περί  στήθεσσι,  Od.  11, 
609  : — all  round,  as  κρέα  άμφι  όβελοίς 
επεφαν,  they  fixed  the  meat  on  the 
spits,  so  that  these  were  in  the  mid- 
dle of  it,  Hom.  Hence— 2.  the  more 
general  relation  of  place,  at,  by,  near, 
with,  like  επί,  άμφι  φά'λφ,  on  the  hel- 
met, II.  3,  362  :  αμφΐ  πνρί,  on  or  by 
the  fire,  II.  18,  344  :  άμφ'  έμοί,  b>/  my 
side,  Od.  11,  423,  cf  II.  4,  493,  Soph. 
Aj.  562. — II.  in  Pind.  of  connexion  or 
association  in  genl.  without  any  dis- 
tinct notion  of  place,  άμφι  σοφία, 
Pind.  P.  1,  22,  σον  άμφι  τρόπω,  Pmd. 
Ν.  1,  42,  άμφι  "Νεμέα. — III.  as  with 
gen.  signf.  I.,  about,  for,  on  account  of. 


ΑΜΦ1 

for  the  sake  of,  άμφ'  Έλεντ)  μάχεσθαι,  Ι 
to  fight  for  Helen,  II.  3,  70,  άμφι  γυ- 
ναικι  άλγεα  πάσχειν,  to  suffer  woes 
on   account  of  a  woman,  II.  3,  157: 
about,  of,  regarding,  coyicerning,  U.  7,  j 
408,  Od.  1,  48,  also  freq.  in  Hdt.  ; 
also  άμφί  Tivi  "Αέγεσθαι,  for  the  usu. 
περί  τίνος,  e.  g.  θανάτω  α'υτης  "λέγε- 
ται, of  her  death  it  is  reported,  Hdt.  : 
3,  32. — 2.  hence  the  dat.  denotes  also 
the  means,  manner,  or  cause  of  a  thing, 
άμφι   θνμώ,   Soph.,  τάρβει,  Aesch., 
prae  ira,  prae  pavore,  άμφ'  όννχεσσι, 
by  means  of  the  talons,  Hes.  Op.  205, 
Jac.  A.  P.  p.  664.  I 

C.  c.  ACC,  which  is  the  most  usu. 
in  prose. — i.  as  with  dat.,  about, 
around,  on,  at,  mostly  however  with 
coUat.  notion  of  moving  towards,  Od. 

10,  365. — 2.  of  general  relations  of 
place,  άμφ'  αλα,  by  the  sea,  II.  1,  409,  | 
άμφι  βέεθρα,  somewhere  by  the  ban  ks,  | 

11.  2,  461,  also  άμφι  περί  κρήνην, 
somewhere  about  the  foimtain,  11.  2, 
305,  and  περί  πίδακας  άμφί,  Theocr.  ! 
7,  142,  άμφΐ  άστυ,  all  about  in  the 
city,  II.  11,  706,  άμφι  τα  μέσα,  some- 
where in  the  middle,  so  in  Lat.  circa 
Campaniam  mittere,  Liv.  :  οι  άμφι 
ΤΙρίαμον,  Priam  and  his  train,  II.  3,  ' 
146,  cf.  Hdt.  8,  25:  but  oi  άμφι  Με)•α-  j 
ρέας  και  Φ/.ιασίονς,  Hdt.  9,  69,  are  ι 
the  same  as  immediately  afterwards 
οίΜεγαρέες  καιΦ?Λάσιοί.  Hence  the  : 
peculiar  Att.  usage,  οι  άμφι  Κρίτωνα, 
Crito  (and  no  one  else),  less  however 
as  an  individual  than  as  the  specimen 
of  a  class  :  so  o'l  άμφι  ΐΙ?.ύτωνα  Ι 
are,  Plato  and  his  followers,  oi  άμφι  ; 
Ένβύφρονα,  Euthvphro  and  all  his 
class,  Heind.  Plat.Crat.  399  Ε  :  later  ' 
auth.  use  it  for  the  mere  individual, 
Herm.  Vig.  6,  so  περί.  But  ru  άμφί 
τι,  that  which  concerns  a  thmg,  τύ 
άμφι  τον  πόλεμον,  war  and  all  that 
belongs  to  it :  very  seldom  κλαίειν 
άμφί  Τίνα,  to  weep  about  or  for  one, 
II.  18,  339,  μνήσασθαι  άμφί  τίνα,  to 
make  mention  of  one,  H.  Hom.  6,  1. 
— 11.  a  loose  definition  of  time,  space  or 
magnitude,  άμφι  βίοτον,  άμφ'  o7.ov 
χρόνον,  his  life  l<\ig,  through  the 
whole  time,  Pind.,  άμφι  Τίλειύδων 
δύσιν,  .\esch.,  άμφι  δόρπιστον,  Xen., 
άμφι  τα  τετταράκοντα  έτη  είναι,  to 
be  about  forty  years  old,  άμφί  τάς 
δώδεκα  μυριάδας,  about  120,000,  circi- 
ter,  Xen.,  just  like  εις  except  that  the 
article  follows  άμφί,  but  not  εις. — 4. 
Att.  phrase  άμφί  τι  έχειν,  with  an 
adv.,  to  set  a  value  upon  a  thing,  take 
care  about  a  thing,  take  pains  about 
it,  be  occupied  about  or  with  it :  so 
είναι,  διατρίβειν,  στρατεύεσθαι  άμφί 
τι  ■  cf  περί. 

D.  WITHOUT  CASE,  as  adv.,  about, 
around,  round  about,  on  ^l  sides,  very 
often  in  Hom.,  who  often  so  places  it 
that  it  may  be  either  an  indepen- 
dent adv.,  or  separated  by  tmesis 
from  a  verb  :  e.  g.  II.  5,  310  :  freq.  the 
foreg.  verb  must  be  repeated,  e.  g. 
Od.  10,  218  from  217.  Also  άμφι 
περί  as  adv.,  II.  21,  10.— 2.=a//.(iitf  3, 
by  one's  self,  apart,  as  χωρίς,  δίχα,  Η. 
Hom.  Cer.  85  :  but  v.  Buttm.  Lexil. 
p.  104. 

E.  IN  COMPOS.,  abmit,  on  all  sides, 
on  both  sides,  SO  that  it  sometimes 
seems  to  stand  for  δύο,  and  reminds 
one  of  ambo,  άμφω,  e.  g.  αμφίστομος 
=  δίστομος,  cf.  αμφίαλος.  Some- 
times also  a  causal  idea  is  expressed 
by  this  compos.,  e.  g.  in  άμφιμάχομαι, 
If.  18,  20,  and  άμύιτρομέω,  Od.  4, 
820. — 'Χμφί  never  suffers  anastrophe. 

Άμφιάζω,  {άμφί,  as  άντιάζω  from 
άντί)  to  put  round  or  on,  of  garments, 


ΑΜΦΙ 

τινί  τι,  only  in  late  Gr.,  as  The- 
mis t. 

νλμφιύλη,  ης,  ή,  {άμφί,  άλς)  Am- 
phiale,  a  promontory  of  Attica,  Strab. 
'Αμφίαλος,  ov,  {άμφί,  αλ.ς)  sea-girt, 
constant  epith.  of  Ithaca  in  Od. :  esp. 
having  the  sea  on  both  sides,  between 
tvjo  seas,  as  Corinth,  Horace's  bimaris 
Corinthus,  Schneid.  Xen.  Hell.  4,  2, 
13  ;  so  Pind.  O.  13,  57,  calls  the  Isth- 
mian games  άμφία'λοι  ΐίοτείδάΐ'ος 
τεθμοί. 

νΑμόία?.ος,  ov,  ό,  Amphialus,  a  no- 
ble Phaeacian,  Od.  8,  1 14. 

Άμφιάνακτες,  ων,  οι,  {άμφί,  άναξ) 
a  nickname  of  the  dithyrambic  poets, 
because  they  oft  began  their  odes, 
άμφί  μοι  αύθις  άνακτα  or  άμφί  μοι 
αί'τε,  Φοί/ίε  άναξ,  ν.  Ar.  Nub.  595, 
and  Schol.     Hence 

Άμφιανακτίζω,  to  sing  dithyrambic 
hymns,  Ar.  Fr.  151,  v.  foreg. 

ΥΑμφιάναξ,  ακτος,  ό,  Amphianax,  a 
king  of  Lycia,  Apollod.  2,  2,  1. — 2.  a 
son  of  Antimachus,  Paus.  3,  25,  10. 

Υ  Αμφιάραος,  ov,  Dor.,  Άμφίάρηος, 
lat.  Ep.,  Άμφιάρεως,  εω,  Ion.,  and 
Att.,  ό,  Amphiaraus,  son  of  Oicles,  a 
renowned  soothsayer,  and  king  of 
Argos,  Od.  15,  244,  Pind.,  Aesch., 
etc.     Hence 

ΥΑμφιαρειον,  ου,  τό,  the  Amphiarl- 
um,  temple  and  oracle  of  Amphiaraus 
at  Oropus,  Strab. 

Άμφίας,  άμφης,  or  άμφίς,  ό,  a  bad 
Sicilian  wine,  the  first  in  Nicostr., 

ΟίΙΌΤΓ. 

ΥΑμφίας,  ov,  ό,  Amphias,  masc.  pr. 
n.  in  Thuc.  4,  119,  Dem.,  Plut.,  etc. 

Άμφίΰσις,  εως,  ό,  {άμφιάζω)  a  put- 
ting on  a  garment. — 2.  the  garment,  late 
word. 

Άμφίασμα,  ατός,  τό,  {άμφιάζω)  a 
garment,  dress,  Luc.  Cyn.  17. 

Άμφιασμός,  ov,  ό,=  άμφίασις. 

Άμώιαχω,  to  soiind  on  all  sides  :  of 
a  bird,  tujiy  about  ivith  a  loud  cry,  to 
fitter  a  loud  cry  around,  11.  2,  316  in 
irreg.  part.  perf.  άμφίαχνΐα. 

Άμφιβαίνω,  fut.  -βησομαι,  to  go, 
walk  about  or  around,  ήέλιος  μέσον 
I  οίφανον  άμφιβεβήκει,  the  s^in  in  his 
course  had  reached  mid-heaven,  Horn.  : 
oft.  of  tutelary  deities,  Κίλλαν  άμφι- 
βέβηκας,  thou  hast  ever  gone  around  Cil- 
ia protecting  it,  i.  e.  thou  guardest  or pro- 
tectest  Cilia,  II.  1,  37  :  more  rarely  of 
men,  as  άμφι  κασιγνήτω  βεβαώς,  Π. 
14,  477,  the  image  is  borrowed  from 
a  wild  beast  pacing  round  and  round 
its  young,  as  0pp.  Cyn.  3,  218,  or 
round  its  prey,  as  Xen.  Venat.  10,  13 
gives  it :  άμφ'  ένϊ  δούρατι  βαίνε,  he 
bestrode  a  beam,  Od.  5,  371,  SO  ιπτζον 
άμφ.,  Call.  Del.  113. — II.  to  surround, 
encompass,  tvrap  round,  c.  ace,  νεφέλη 
σκόπελον  άμφιβέβηκε,  Od.  12,  74 : 
σε  πόνος  φρένας  άμφιβέβηκεν,  Π.  6, 
355,  Od.  8,  541  ;  also  c.  tiat.,  Ύρώων 
νέφος  άμφιβέβηκε  νηνσίν,  II.  16,  66: 
metaph.,  άμφιβαίνει  μοι  θράσος,  cour- 
age comes  over  me,  Eur.  Suppl.  609  : 
also  άμφιβάσα  φλοξ  olvov,  the  fiery 
glow  of  wine  having  heated  me.  Id.  Ale. 
758. 

Άμφίβαιος,  ov,  ό,  epith.  of  Nep 
tune  at  Cyrene,=  auotyaior,  γαιήο 
χος,  Tzptz.  on  Lycdphr.  749. 

Άμφιβαλενμαι,  Ion.  for  άμφιβα 
λονμαι,  fut.  mid.  from  αμφιβάλλω 
Hom. 

'Αμφιβάλλω,  f.  -άλω,  {άμφί,  βάλ?.ω\ 
to  throw  or  put  round,  esp.  of  clothe^ 
etc.,  to  put  something  on  a  person 
like  Lat.  circumdare,  c.  dupl.  ace 
pers.  et  xei,  χΑ,αΙναν,  φάρος,  /5u/cOi 
άμφ.  τινά,  Horn.  :  also  c.  dat.  pers. 
but  in  Hom.  never  except  with  prep 
89 


ΑΜΦΙ 
separate,  as  II.  18,  204,  etc.  :  later 
however,  στολί/ν  άμφ-  τινί,  Eur.  Η. 
F.  465,  γέρας  κήμαις,  Find.  P.  5,  42  ; 
so  too  ζνγον  'Ελλάδι,  Ae.sch.  Pers. 
50 :  also  άμφ.  Ούλαμόν  tlvi,  to  build 
a  chamba-  over  One,  Od.  23,  192.  Me- 
taph.  κματηρ  ΰττνον  αμφιβάλλει  άν- 
όράσι,  Eur.  Bacch.  384.— Mid.  to  put 
on  one's  self,  put  round  one,  put  on,  Lat. 
accingi,  Od.  6,  178;  22,  103;  λΐυκην 
ΰμφιβύλλεσθαι  τρίχα,  to  wear  or  get 
white  hair.  Soph.  Ant.  1093  :  the  act., 
like  the  mid.,  κηατερυν  μένος  άμφί- 
βαλόντες,  like  έττιειμένοι  αλιιήν,  11. 
17,  742,  cf.  Eur.  Andr.  110.— 2.  esp. 
άμφιβύ?.λ,ειν  χείρας  tlvi,  to  throw 
one's  arms  round  one,  embrace  one, 
Ud.  21,  223,  also  πήχεε,  Od.  24,  347: 
but  the  same  phrase  also  means  to 
seize,  grasp,  Od.  4,  454  :  later  αμφ. 
Tivu  χερσί,  ΰλέναις,  Eur.  Bacch. 
1363,  Phoen.  306  :  also  simply  αμφ. 
τινά,  II.  23,  97. — 3.  to  surround,  en- 
compass, άμφΐ  κτύτϋος  ονατα  βάλλει, 
11.  10,  535 :  esp.  with  nets.  Soph. 
Ant.  311 :  to  strike  or  hit  on  all  sides, 
τινά  βέλεσι,  Eur.  Η.  F.  422. — On 
Find.  0.  1,  14(8),  v.  Dissen.— II.  to 
throw  to  and  fro,  and  to  change,  alter, 
Hipp. — 2.  later  to  dotot  that  a  thing 
is,  foil,  by  inf.,  ώς,  or  ει,  Ael.,  and 
Clem.  Al. —  III.  iutrans.  to  turn  out 
differently,  Alciphr. — 2.  άμφ.  εις  τό- 
ττον,  to  go  into  another  place,  Eur. 
Cycl.  60. 

Άμύίβάσία,  ας,  ή,  v.  1.  for  αμφιςβ., 
Hdt.  4,  14. 

Άμφίβάσις,  εος,  ή,  (άμφβαίνω)  α 
going  round,  esp.  with  view  of  shel- 
tering or  defending,  hence  a  protec- 
tion, defence,  II.  5,  623,  cl.  άμφιβαί- 
νω. 

'λμφιβατέ(ύ,ώ,ΐ.-ήσω,  v.  1.  for  αμ- 
όιςβατέω. 

Αμφιβατήρ,  ήρος,  ό,  (άμφιβαίνω) 
α  defender,  late. 

'Αμφίβιος,  ον,  (άιχφί,  βίος)  living  α 
double  life,  ι.  e.  both  on  land  and  in 
water,  amphibious,  of  frogs,  Batr.  59  : 
said  by  Theophr.  Fr.  12,  12,  to  have 
been  first  used  by  Democritus. 

Άμφίβλημα,  ατός,  τό,  (αμφιβάλλω) 
something  thrown  around,  an  enclosure, 
Eur-  Hel.  70. —  II.  a  garment,  clothing, 
Jb.  423;  πάνοττλα  άμφιβλ.,  coats  of 
panoply,  Eur.  Phoen.  779. 

Άμφιβληστρευτικός,  ή,  όν,  belong- 
ing to  net-jishing,  -κή,  i],  net-fishery, 
from 

Υ λμφιβ7.ηστρεύυ,  f.  -εΰσω,  {αμφί- 
βληστρον)  to  fish  with  a  net,  v.  1.  lxx. 

Α,μφιβ'/.ηστρικός,  ?/,  όν,  serving  for 
a  net,  catching  as  in  a  net.  Flat.  Soph. 
235  B. 

Αμφιβληστροειδής,  ες,  [ΰμφίβλησ- 
τρον,  είδος)  net-like,  Medic. 

Άμφίβληστρον,  ου,  τό,  (άμφιβά?ι.- 
7iU)  any  thing  thrown  rouml  or  put  on  : 
a  garment,  covering,  esp.  a  large  fish- 
ing-net, as  αμφίβολη,  Hes.  Sc.  215, 
Hdt.  1,  141  :  a  garment,  covering, 
Aesch.  Ag.  1382,  Cho.  492  (but  not 
without  a  play  on  the  former  signf.) 
also  άμφίβ/.ηατρα  ()άιΐ)/.  Eur.  Hel. 
1079,  as  adj.,  but  cf.  άμφίβλητος,  and 
Herm.  ad  1. :  a  fetter,  bond,  Aesch. 
Pr.  81  :  ίμφίβλι/στρα  τοίχων,  sur- 
rounding walls,  Eur.  I.  T.  96. 

Άμφιβόητος,  ov,  {αμφί,  βούω) 
shouted  or  roared  around,  Musae. — 2. 
cried  οτ  proclaimed  all  round,  far-famed, 
Anth. 

Άμφίβλητος,  ov,  {αμφιβάλλω)  put 
or  thrown  round,  βάκ?/,  Eur.  Tel.  2, 
and  so  perh.  .should  be  read  in  Hel. 
1079  for  άμφίβ?-)]στρα. 

Άμφιβολιύς,  έως,  ό.  {ΰ.μφιβάλλω) 
one  who  uses  nets,  a  fisherman. 
{?0 


ΑΜΦΙ 

'Αμφίβολη,  ης,  ή,= άμφίβληστρον, 
α  fishing-net,  Ορρ.  Hal.  4,  149. 

Αμφιβολία,  ας,  ή,  the  state  of  being 
attacked  on  both  sides,  άμφιβολίτ)  ίχεσ- 
θαι,  to  be  attacked  on  both  sides,  Hdt. 
5,74. — II.  ambiguity, uncertainty,  doubt, 
εις  άμφ.  ϋέσϋαι,  to  make  doubtful, 
Plut.,  but  άμφ.  άναιρεΐν,  to  remove 
doubt.  Id.  :  from 

'Αμφίβολος,  ov,  {αμφιβάλλω)  thrown, 
put  round  or  on,  Eur.  Tro.  537  :  το 
άμφ.,  a  garment,  Id.  Ion  1490. — II. 
struck,  hit,  attacked  on  both  or  all  sides, 
Aesch.  Theb.  298 ;  άμφ.  είναι,  to  be 
exposed  to  shots  on.  all  sides,  to  be  be- 
tween two  tires,  Tiiuc.  4,  32. — 2.  act. 
hitting  from  both  sides,  κάμακες,  Leon. 
Tar.  24,  or  perh.  double-headed,  like 
άγκυρα  άμφ.  in  Strab. — III.  tossed  to 
and  fro,  wavering,  doubtful,  ambiguous. 
Plat.,  and  Xen. ;  ές  άμφίβολον  θέσ- 
θηι  τι,  to  slake  a  thing  on  a  hazard, 
Thuc.  4,  18  :  but  adv.  -λως  in  this 
signf.,  Aesch.  Theb.  863,  and  v.  1. 
Pers.  905. 

Άμφιβόσκομαι,  dep.,  to  feed,  eat, 
consume  all  about,  Luc.  Tragop.  303. 

Άμφίβονλος,  ov,  {άμφί,  βουλή) 
double  -  minded,  halting  between  two 
opinions,  Aesch.  Eum.  733. 

Άμφιββάγχια,  ων,  τά,  {άμφί,  βράγ- 
χιΟΊ•)  the  parts  about  the  tonsils,  Hipp. 

' ΑμφιβρΰχΙονίσαντες,  having  arm- 
lets on  each  arm,  read  in  Asius  ap. 
Ath.,  by  Nake  Choeril.  p.  70. 

Άμφίβρΰχνς,  εια,  υ,  {άμφί,  βραχύς) 
short  at  both  ends :  hence  ό  άμφ.,  the 
metrical    foot  amphibrach,   e.  g. 

άμεινον. 

Άμφίβροτος,  η,  ov,  also  ος,  ov, 
{άμφί,  βροτός)  covering  the  whole  man, 
man-protecting,  in  Horn,  always  as 
epitn.  of  ασπίς,  e.  g.  II.  2,  389  :  άμφ. 
χθων,  of  the  body,  as  surrounding  the 
soul,  Emped. 

Άμφίβροχος,  ov,  {άμφί,  βρέχω) 
thoroughly  soaked,  Anth.  :  drunken, 
vino  mndidus. 

Άμφιβώμιος,  ov,  {άμφί,  βωμός) 
round  the  altar,  surrounding  the  altar, 
Seidl.  Eur.  Tro.  578. 

Άμφιβώτος,  ov,  contr.  from  άμφι- 
βόητος. Ion  ap.  Hesych. 

ΆμφΓ/άννμαι,  =  άμφιγηθέω,  Q. 
Sm.  1,  62, 

ΥΑμψιγένεια,  ας,  ή,  Amphigenia,  a 
city  of  Triphylia,  II.  2,  593. 

Άμφίγενυς,  ν,  gen.  υος,  {άμφί,  γέ- 
ννς)  with  a  double  jaw,  hence  two- 
edged,  like  άμφήκ7/ς. 

Άμφιγηθέω,  {άμφί,  γηθέω)  to  re- 
joice around  or  exceedingly,  H.  Hom. 
Ap.  273. 

Άμφίγλωσσος,  ov,  {άμφί,  γλώσσα) 
double-tongued,  ambiguous. — 11.  speak- 
ing two  tongues,  Lat.  bilinguis,  Synes. 

Άμφιγνοέω,  ύ,  f.  -ήσω,  imp.  ήμώεγ- 
νόονν  and  ήμφιγνόουν,  on  which  form 
V.  Buttm.  Ausf.  Gr.  ()  86,  anm.  6,  n. 
{άμφί,  νοέω,  Aeol.  γνοέω)  to  be  doubtful 
about  a  thing,  not  to  know  or  understand 
a  thing,  τι.  Plat.  Soph.  228  E,  also  περί 
τίνος,  Isocr.  20  C,  επί  τίνος.  Plat. 
Gorg.  466  C ;  c.  ace.  and  part,  in  a  dep. 
clause,  οϋ  δήπου  σ"  εγώ  γεγονότα 
σνστρατιώτην  εμον  άμφιγνοώ,  Ι  do 
not  surely  err  in  recognizing  you  as  hav- 
ing once  been  a  fellow  soldier  of  mine, 
Plut.  Pomp.  79  :  ήμφιγνόουν  6  τι 
έποίουν,  they  knew  not  what  they  were 
about,  Xen.  An.  2,  5,  33.  .Pass,  to  be 
not  knotvn,  Xen.  Hell.  6,  5,  26. — II.  c. 
ace.  not  to  know,  to  doubt  about.  Flat. 

Άμώιγόητος,  ov,  {άμφί,  γοάω)  be- 
wailed all  round,  Anth. 

Άμφίγονος,  ov,  {ί'ιμφί,  γοντ/)  a  step- 
child. 

Άμφιγνήεις,  6,  {άμφί,  and  γνώς, 


ΑΜΦΙ 

not  from  γνΐον),  Horn.,  epith.  of  Vul- 
can, he  that  halts  in  both  feet,  the  lame 
one,  II.  1,  607,  etc. 

Άμφίγνος.  ov,  {άμφί,  γνΐον)  strictly 
having  limbs  on  both  sides  or  at  both 
ends.  In  Horn,  always  as  epitb.  of 
έγχος,  perh.  shod  with  iron  at  both  ends 
(ci.  σανρωτήρ),  or  to  be  flung  with 
both  hands :  but  άμφίγνοι,  in  Soph. 
Tr.  504,  are  ace.  to  Herm.  armis  an- 
cipitibus  pugnanles,  aec.  to  Ellpndl  = 
άμφιδέξιοι,  well  practised  combat- 
ants. 

Άμφιδαίω,  {άμφί,  όαίω)  to  light  up 
or  kindle  around :  m  pert',  and  plqpf., 
intr.  to  burn  or  blaze  around,  hence 
άμφιδέδηε  πόλεμος,  μάχη,  the  battle 
burns  around,  U.  6,  329 ;  12,  35,  cf. 
Hes.  Sc.  62. 

Άμφιδάκνω  f.  -δήξομαι,  {άμφί,  δάκ• 
νω)  to  bite  all  round,  grasp,  grip,  Anth. 

Άμφιδάκρϋτος,  ov,  {άμφί,  δακρνω) 
causing  tears  on  all  sides,  all-tearful, 
πόθος,  Eur.  Phoen.  330. 

ΥΑμφιδάμας,  αντος,  6,  {άμφί,  δα- 
μάω)  Amphidumns,  a  hero  of  Cythera, 
II.  10,  269.-2.  father  of  Clysonymus, 
II.  23,  87,  ApoUod.  3,  13,  8.-3.  a 
king  of  Chalcis,  in  Euboea,  Hes.  Op. 
652.  Others  of  this  name  m  Apollod., 
Fans.,  etc. 

' Αμφίδΰσνς,  εια,  ν,  {άμφί,  δασύς) 
shaggy  or  fringed  all  round,  epith. 
of  the  Aegis,  as  hung  round  with 
θύσανοι,  11.  15,  309  ;  also  of  the  head 
of  Marsyas,  Poet.  ap.  Plut.  2, 456  B. 

Άμφίδεα,  τά,  cf.  sq.  4. 

Άμώιδέαι,  ών,  al,  {άμφί,  δέω)  any 
thing  that  binds  or  is  bound  around, 
bracelets,  necklace,  anklets,  Hdt.  2,  09, 
Ar.  Fr.  309,  1 1.— 2.  the  iron  rings,  Lat. 
armillae,  by  which  folding-doors  were 
secured  in  the  hinges,  Lys.  ap.  Har- 
pocr.,  cf.  Juv.  3,  304. — 3.  rings  round 
a  bow,  Clem.  Al. — 4.  τά  άμφίδεα,  the 
edge  of  the  womb,  Hipp.  A  masc. 
ace.  άμφίδεα  in  A.  B.,  el.  Lob  Paral. 
236. 
y Αμφιδέδηα,  v.  sub  άμφιδαίω. 

Άμφιδεής,  ές,  {άμφί,  δέος)  afraid 
on  all  sides. 

Άμφιδέμω,  {άμφί,  δέμω)  to  build 
round  about,  Josepn. 

Άμφιδέξιος,  ov,  {άμφί,  δεξιός)  with 
two  right  hands,  very  dextrous,  like 
περιδέξιος,  Lat.  ambidexter,  opp.  to 
άμφαριστερός,  Hipp.,  Arist.  Eth.  N. 
— 2.  ready  to  take  icith  either  hand,  and 
so  taking  either  of  two  things,  indif- 
ferent. Poet.  ap.  Plut.  2.  34  A,  so  too 
άμφιδεξίως  ίχεί,  'tis  indifferent,  Aesch. 
l•  r.  243. — 3.  like  άμφήκης,  two-sided, 
ambiguims,  Lat.  anceps,  χρηστήριον, 
Hdt.  5,  92,  5 :  also  tivo-edged,  σίδηρος, 
Valck.  Eur.  Hipp.  780.  —  4.  ■=^άμφό- 
τερος,  Lat.  utrrque,  of  hands,  Soph. 

0.  T.  1243,  πίεϊψον,^  Ο.  C.  1112. 
Άμφιδέρκομαι,    {άμφί,     δέρκοααι) 

dep.  mid.,  to  look  round  about  one, 
Anth. 

Άηφιδέτης,  ov,  6,  {άμφί,  δέω)  a 
collar  for  oxen,  Artemid. 

Άμφίδετος,  ov,  {άμφί,  δέω)  hound 
or  set  all  round,  Anth. 

Άμφιδεύτατα,  dub.  1.  in  Find.  01. 

1,  80,  where  Bockh  and  Dissen  άμφΐ 
δεύματα  from  the  Schol. 

'Αμφιδέω,  f.  -δι/σω,  {άμφί,  δέω)  to 
bind  round,  Ap.  Rh.  2,  64. 

Άμφιδηριάομαι,  dep.  mid.  {άμφί, 
δηριάω)  Ιο  fight  or  contend  for,  c.  dat. 
rei.  Simon.'  Amorg.  de  Mul.  118. 

ΆμφιδήρΙτος,  ov,  {άμφί,  δηρίομαι) 
contested,  disputed,  doubtful,  νίκη, 
Thuc.  4,  η\.μά:^η,  Polyb. 

' Αμφιδΐαίνω,  {άμφί,  διαίνω)  to  water 
around,  Anth. 
ΥΑμφίδικος,    ου,    ό,    {άμφί,    otKij) 


ΑΜΦΙ 

Amphidicus,  masc.  pr.  η.  Apollod.  3, 
6,8. 

Άμφίδίνεύω,  =sq. 

Άμόιόϊνέω,  ώ,  ί.  ήσω,  {άμφί,  δινέο) 
to  wind  or  roll  a  thing  all  ro-and,  άμ- 
φιδεδίνηται  χεϋμα  κασσιτέρου,  a 
stream  of  tin  rolls  round,  II.  23,  562  : 
κολΐον  άμφιδεδίνηταί,  sc.  aop,  a 
scabbard  is  fitted  close  round  it,  Od.  8, 
405. 

'Α/χφιδοκεύω,  {άμφί,  δοκενω)  to  lie 
in  ivatt  or  spy  all  round,  lay  an  ambush 
round,  Bion  2,  6. 

ΥΑμφίδο/.οι,  ων,  ol,  Amphidoli,  a 
city  in  Triphylian  Elis,  Xen.  Hell.  3, 
2,  30  ;  ή  Άμψίδολίς,  ίδος,  and  Άμφι- 
δο?.ία,  ας,  the  territory  of  Amphtdoli, 
Strab. 

Άμφίδομος,  ov,  (άμφί,  δέμω)  built 
around,  0pp.  Hal.  2,  351. 

Άμφιδοΐ'έω,ώ,ί.•ησω,  (ΰμφί,  δονέΐύ) 
to  whirl  round,  make  giddy,  distract, 
έρυς  αρένας  άμφεδόνησε,  Theocr.  ]  3, 
4§ ;  to  murmur  round,  of  the  wind, 
Anth. 

Άμφίδοζέο,  ύ,  to  be  irresolute,  άοιώΐ- 
ful,  -ερί  τίνος,  Polyb.  32,  26,  5 :  in 
pass,  to  be  disputed,  Plut.  :  from 

Άμφίδοξος,  ov,  {άμφί,  δόξα)  of 
double  meaning :  undecided,  doubtful, 
Pseud-Eurip.  Dan.  52,  νίκ?/,  ελπίς, 
Polyb.  11,  1,  8.-2.  in  prosody,  of 
doubtful  quantity,  Lat.  anceps. — II.  act. 
undecided,  having  no  fixed  opinion,  προς 
or  περί  τι,  Plut. 

Άμφίδορος,  ov,  {άμφί,  δέρω)  skinned 
all  round,  quite  flayed,  Anth. 

'Αμφίδον'λος,  ov,  {άμφί,  δοϋλος)  a 
slave  both  by  father  and  mother,  a  born 
slave. 

Άμφίδοχμος,  ov,  {ΰμφί,  δοχμη)  fill- 
ing the  whole  hand,  as  large  as  can  be 
grasped,  /,ίθος,  like  χΐίρο~}.τ)θής, 
Xen.  Eq.  4,  4. 

Άμφιδρόμια,  iuv,  τά,  the  Amphi- 
dromia,  an  Att.  festival  at  the  naming 
of  a  child,  so  called  because  the 
parents'  friends  carried  it  round  the 
hearth,  and  then  gave  it  its  name,  Ar. 
Xiys.  757  ;  the  exact  day  is  not  fixed, 
cf  Heind.  Plat.  Theaet.  160  Ε  ;  and 
Diet.  Antiqq.  s.  v. :  from 

Αμφίδρομος,  ov,  {άμφί,  δραμείν) 
running  round,  eddying,  Strab. — 2.  en- 
compassing, inclosing.  Soph.  Aj.  352. 
— 11.  pass,  that  one  can  run  round,  v.  1. 
Xen.  Cyn.  6.  5. 

Άμφίδρυπτος,  oy,=sq.,  Anth. 

Άμφιδρϋφ?Ίς,  ές,  {άμφί,  δρυ— τω, 
δέδρυφα)  scratched  or  torn  all  round, 
άλοχος,  a  wife  who  from  grief  had 
torn  both  cheeks,  II.  2,  700,  Orac.  ap. 
Hdt.  6,  77. 

Άιιφίδρϋφος,  ov,={oTeg.,  τταρειαί, 
Π.  11,  393. 

Άμφίδϋμος,  ov,  {άμφί,  δύομαι)  ap- 
proachable on  both  sides,  ?.ιμήν,  a  har- 
bour that  can  be  entered  on  two  sides, 
Od.  4,  847. — 2.  later =(5ίσσόζ•,  double, 
0pp.  Cyn.  3,  483  :  so  that  -δυμος, 
became  merely  a  termin.,  as  in  δίδυ- 
μος, τρίδυμος. 

Άμφιδνω,  f.  -δύσω,  {άμφί,  δύω)  to 
put  round  Or  on.  Mid.  άμφιδύομαι,  to 
put  on  one^s  self  dress,  χροι.  Soph. 
Tr.  C05.    [ϋ  in  fut.,  but  υ'  in  pres.] 

ί'λμφίδωρος,  ου,  ό,  {άμφί.  δώρον) 
Amphidorus,  masc.  pr.  η.  Thuc.  4, 
119. 

Άμφιέζομαι,  dep.  mid.,  {άμφί,  εζο- 
μαι)  to  sit  round. 

Άμφιέζω,  =  άμφιένννμι,  to  clothe, 
Plut.  C.  Gracch.  2. 

V λμφιεΐην,  ου,  τό,  the  Amphieum, 
or  tomb  of  Amphion  at  Thebes,  Xen. 
Hell.  5,  4,  8,  V.  Schn.  ad  1.,  and  Lob. 
Phryn,  372,  cf  Άμφεϊον, 

Άαφίεκτον,  ov,  το,  {άμφί,  έκτος)  a 


ΑΜΦΙ 

measure,  between  the  ήμίεκτον  and 
άμφορεύς,  Themist. 

Άμφιελικτός,  όν,  {άμφιε?.ίσσω) 
turned  round  and  round,  circling,  re- 
volving, as  a  wheel,  the  moon,  the 
planets :  cf.   άμφε'/ΛΚτός. 

'Αμφιέ?Λξ,  ΐκος,  ό,ή,=άμφιε7.ικτός, 
Anth. 

Άμφιέ?Λσσα,  {άμφί,  έ?.ίσσω)  an 
Ερ.  adj.  only  used  in  this  fem.  form, 
in  Horn,  always  of  ships,  and  usu. 
interp.  rowed  on  both  sides :  but  (as 
Rost  remarks)  the  signf  of  ελίσσω, 
and  the  usage  of  later  Ep.  may  lead 
to  another  interpr. :  for  they  use  it 
in  the  signf.  twisting  in  all  ways, 
ίμάσβλη,  iN'onn.  48,  328  ;  wavering, 
doubtful,  άοιδή,  Tryph.,  μενοινή, 
Anth.,  and  so  in  Horn,  perhaps  νανς 
άμφιέΧισσα,  is  the  ship  swaying  to 
and  fro,  the  rocking  ship.  On  the 
form  cf  Wernicke  Tryph.  667,  Lob. 
Paral.  472. 

Άμφιε'λίσσω,  f.  •ίζω,  to  wind  round, 
cf  άμφελίσσω. 

'Αμφιέννυμί  and  άμφιενννω  :  fut. 
άμφιέσω,  Att.  άμφιώ ;  imp.  ημφιέν- 
νυν  ;  aor.  ί/μφίεσα,  poet,  άμφίεσα,  to 
put  round  or  on,  like  Lat.  circumdare, 
mostly  c.  dupl.  ace.  pers.  et  rei,  εί- 
ματα  άαφ.  τινά,  to  put  garments  on  a 
person,  Od.,  and  Att.;  rarely  άμφ. 
τινά  τινι,  to  clothe  one  with  a  garment. 
Plat.  Prot.  321  Ε  :  so  too  pass,  pf 
τ/μφίεσμαι,  poet,  also  άμφιείμαι,  esp. 
in  part,  ήμφιεσμένος  τι,  clothed  in..., 
wearing,  Ar.  Eccl.  870,  etc.  Mid.  ύ^- 
φιέννυμαι :  aor.  ήυ.φιεσάμην,  in  Hom. 
αμφιέσσαντο,  imperat.  άμφιέσασθε, 
to  put  on  one's  self,  dress  one's  self  in, 
ειματα,  χιτώνας,  Od.  :  also  νεφέ/.ην 
ώμοισιν  αμφιέσαντο,  they  put  a  cloud 
round  their  shoulders,  11.  20,  150  ;  so 
γυίοις  κόνιν  άμφ.,  Anth. :  λενκτ/ν 
κόμ7]ν  άμφ.,  Anth.,  ci.  άμφιβάλ- 
λομαι. 

Άμφιέττω,  poet,  also  άμφέπω  (the 
only  form  used  by  Trag.) :  aor.  άμ- 
φίεπον  and  άμφεττον,  both  in  Hom. : 
to  go  about,  be  all  round,  γύστρην  τρί- 
ποδος πυρ  άμφεπε,  II.  18,  348  :  έερσα 
άμφεπει,  the  dew  hangs  round  (the 
grass),  Pind.  N.  3,  135:  hence  usu. 
— II.  to  be  busy  about  or  with,  to  wait 
on,  take  care  of,  look  after,  c.  acc. 
τάφον  Έ/cropof,  II.  24,  804  ;  Σαρπη- 
δόνα,  II.  5,  667 ;  στίχας  Φωκήων,  to 
arrange  the  Phocians'  ranks,  II.  2,  525  : 
άμφ.  κρέα,  to  dress  meat,  II.  11,  776, 
also  jioi'v,  oiv  άμφ.,  Hom. :  to  do 
honour  or  reverence  to,  Αήμητρα,  Pind. 
O.  6,  160:  άμφ.  σκήπτρου,  to  sway 
the  sceptre.  Id.  0.  1,  18  :  esp.  to  guard, 
protect,  like  άμφιβαίνειν.  Id.  P.  5,  91 : 
άμφ.  Κ7/δος,  to  court  an  alliance,  Lat. 
ambire,  Eur.  Phoen.  340:  άμφ.  μόχ- 
θον,  to  go  through  toil  and  trouble, 
θυμόν,  5?ί.,3ον,  to  foster  wrath,  enjoy 
happiyiess,  all  in  Pind. — 2.  absol.  in 
partic.  ίππους  άμφιέποντες  ζεύγνυ- 
σαν,  they  harnessed  the  horses  with  all 
care,  II.  19,  392,  so  κακά  ράπτομεν 
άμφιέποντες,  Od.  3,  118:  άμφέπων 
δαίμων,  the  fate  that  attends  one,  Pind. 
P.  3,  192.— 3.  in  mid.  to  follow  and 
crowd  round,  τινά,  II.  11,  473,  ubi  v. 
Spitzn.,  Tivi,  Q.  Sm.  In  prose  the 
usu.  word  is  περιέπω. 

Άμφίεργος.  ov,  {άμφί,  *  έργω)  work- 
ed on  both  sides,  Theophr.,  of  a  soil 
that  is  one  half  wetted  by  the  rain, 
the  other  half  scorched  by  the  sun. 

'  .Κμφίερχομαι,  v.  άμφέρχομαι. 
νλμφιεσύμην,   1  aor.   mid.   of  άμ- 
φιένννμι. 

Άμοίεσις,  εως,  ^,=  sq. 

Άμφίεσμα,  ατός,  τό,  {άμφιέννυμι) 
α  garment,  clothing,  Plat.  Gorg.  523  D. 


ΑΜΦΙ 

Άμφιεστρίς,  ίδος,  ή,  {άμφιένννμι) 
α  little  cloak  or  gown,  esp.  a  night• 
gown. 

Άμφιετεί,  adv.,=sq. 

Άμφίετες,  adv.  {άμφί,  Ιτος)  yearly, 
year  by  year.  Piers.  Moer.  p.  45. 

Άμφιετηρίς,  ίδος,  ή,  {άμφί,  έτος)  α 
yearly  festival,  formed  like  τριετ. 

Άμφιέτηρος,  ον,{άμφί,  έτος)  yearly, 
Orph. 

Άμφιετής,  ef,=foreg.,  Orph. 

Άμψιετίζυμαι,  {άμφί,  έτος)  as  pass., 
to  return  yearly,  as  festivals. 

Άμφιζύνω,  {άμφί,  ίζάνω)  to  sit  near 
or  on  a  thing,  stick  thereto,  c.  dat. 
χιτώνι  άμφίζανε  τέφρη,  the  ashes  set- 
tled upon  or  stuck  to  the  tunic,  11.  18, 
25. 

Άμόίζενκτος,  ov,  {άμφί,  ζενγνυμι) 
joined  from  both  sides,  Aesch.  Pers. 
130. 

Άμφιζέω,  f.  -ζέσω,  {άμφί,  ζέω)  to 
boil  or  bubble  around,  Q.  Sm.  6,  104. 

Άμφίζωστος,  ov,  {άμφί,  ζώννυμι) 
girt  round,  Nonn.  Dion.  32,  159. 

Άμφιήκης,  ες,  {άμφί,  άκή)  =  άμ- 
φήκης- 

Άμφιθύλαμος,  ον,  {άμφί,  θάλαμος) 
having  chambers  on  both  sides,  v.  L 
Vitruv.  for  άντιθά?\,. 

Άμφιθάλασσος,  ov,  Att.  άμφιθάλ- 
αττος,  ov,  {άμφί,  Θύ/Μσσα)  sea-girt, 
like  αμφίαλος,  Pind.  Ο.  7,  61 :  near 
the  sea,  Xen.  Vect.  1,  7. 

'  ληφιθάλής,  ές,  {άμφί,  θαλεΐν) 
strictly  blooming  on  both  sides,  esp.  of 
children  who  have  both  parents 
alive,  Lat.  patrimi  et  matrimi,  11.  22, 
496,  cf  Alb.  Hesych.  1,  p.  300:  but 
also  άμφ.  κακοϊς,  abounding  on  all 
sides  in  evils,  Aesch.  Ag.  1144. — 11. 
fl/}urishing,  abounding,  rich,  pmverful, 
epith.  of  the  gods,  Aesch.  Cho.  394, 
cf  Ruhnk.  Tim. :  άαφ.  άλήβεια,  the 
full  truth,  Plat.  Ax.  370  D. 

Αμφιβάλλω,  {άμφί,  θύλ?-ω)  perf. 
with  pres.  signf  άμφιτέβη/.α,  to  bloom 
all  round,  to  be  in  full  bloom.  Anth. 

Άμφιθάλπω,  {άμφί.  Θάλπω)  to 
warm  on  all  sides,  to  cherish,  Luc 
Tragop.  28. 
Υ  Αμφιθέα,  ας,  Ep.  Άμφιθέη,  ης,  ή, 
{άμφί,  θεά)  Amphithea,  wife  of  Au- 
tolycus,  Od.  19,  416.— 2.  wife  of  Ad- 
rastus,  Apollod.  1,  9,  14. — 3.  wife  of 
Lycurgus,  Id. — 4.  wife  of  Aeolus, 
Stob. 

'  Αμφιθέατρου,  ου,  τό,{άμφίβεύομαί) 
an  amphitheatre,  space  wholly  sur- 
rounded by  seats  rising  one  behind 
another,  so  as  to  command  a  view  oi 
the  whole  arena,  Hdn. :  strictly  neut. 
from 

ΥΑμάιθέατρος,  ov,  {άμφί,  θεύομαι) 
presenting  a  view  from  all  sides. — 2.  in 
the  form  of  0Γ  resembling  an  amphithe- 
atre, Dion.  H.  4,  44. 

νΑμόίβεμις,  ιδος,  δ,  {άμφί,  θέμις) 
Amphiihemis,  son  of  Apollo  and  Aca- 
callis,  Ap.  Rh.  4, 1494.-2.  a  Theban, 
Pans. 
Υ Αμφίβεος,  ov,  6,  {άμφί,  θεός)  Am- 
phitheus,  a  comic  character  in  Ar. 
Ach.  46,  etc. —2.  ='Αμφίθεμις  2, 
Plut.  Lys.  27. 

Άμφίθετος,  ov,  {άμφί,* θέω, τίθημι) 
φιάλη,  II.  23,  270,  616,  acc.  to  Aris- 
tarch.,  a  cup  tliat  will  stand  on  both 
ends,  cf  άμφικνπε?,'λος  :  acc.  to  Eust., 
with  handles  on  both  sides,  that  may  be 
taken  up  by  both  sides,  like  άμφιψο- 
ρεύς. 

Άμφιθέω,  fut.  άμφιθεύσουαι,  {άμφί, 
θέω)  to  run  round  about,  αμφιβέονσΐ 
μητέρας,  Od.  10,  413:  also  c.  dat. 
vaoc  δέ  oi  αίσιμος  άμφιθέει,  a  right 
mind  surrounds  him,  i.  e.  ho  has  a 
right  sound  mind,  Mosch.  2,  107. 
91 


ΑΜΦ1 

Κμίξιιθηγης,  if,Anth.,=::sq. 
Άμφίθηκτος,     ον,     {ύμφί,     θηγω) 
sharpened  on.  both  sides,  two-edged,  ξί- 
φος, Soph.  Ant.  1309. 

Άμφίβλΰσίς,  εως,  η,  a  crushing  all 
round,  Aretae.  :  from 

Άμφίθλύο),  f.  -άσω,  {ΰμφί,  θ?Μω) 
to  crush  all  round,  to  shiver,  Hipp. 
[ύσω] 

^'Χμφιβοάζω,  (ΰμφί,  θοάζω)  to  hasten 
around,  Man.  4,  84. 

ΥΑμψίθόη,  ης,   ή,  (άμφιθέω)  Amph- 
ilhoc,  a  Nereid,  II.  18,  42. 

Άμφιθορεΐν,  part,  άμφιθορών,  to 
leap  about,  aor.  2  of  άμφιΟρώσκω,  Αρ. 
Rh.  3,  1373. 

Άμφίθρεπτος,  ον,  {ΰμφί,  τρέφω) 
clotted  around,  coagulated,  αίμα,  Soph. 
Τγ.  572. 

' Κμφίθρνιττος,  ον,  [άμφί,  θρύπτω) 
crushed  all  round,  bruised  small,  v.  1. 
Aretae. 

Άμφίθϋρος,  ον,  {ΰμφί,  θύρα)  with  a 
door  or  opening  on  both  sides,  icith 
double  entrance.  Soph.  Phil.  159,  Lys. 
121,23. 

'Αμφΰστημι,  v.  άμώίστημι. 
ΥΑμφίκαια,  ης,  ή,  Amphicaca,  a  city 
of  Phocis,  Hdt.  8,  33. 

Αμφικΰ?.ύπ-ω,  f.  -ψω,  {ΰμφί,  κα- 
Άϋτττω)  to  cover  all  round,  wrap  close 
up,  enfold,  hide,  esp.  of  wrapping 
round  with  garments,  II.  2,  2(32  :  of  a 
coffin,  ΰμφικ.  οστέα,  Π.  23,  91  :  ττό- 
Τιις  Ιππον  όονράτεον  ΰμφ-,  received 
within  it,  Od.  8,  511,  of.  4,  618  :  hence 
also  ερυς  άμφεκ.  με  φρένας,  love  has 
entirely  enveloped  vty  senses,  11.  3,  442  ; 
θάνατος,  μοίρα,  θανάτου  νέφος  μιν, 
death  wrapped,  shrouded  him  around,  II. 
5,  68;  12,  116;  16,  350;  ννξ  υσσε, 
night  veiled  the  eyes,  11.  11,  356,  so 
νπνος  βλέφαρα,  Od.  5,  493.— II.  to 
put  a  thing  round  any  one  as  a  veil, 
cover,  or  shelter,  τίνί  τι,  Hom.,  as 
ΰμφ.  σάκος  τινί,  II.  8.  331,  νέφος  τινί, 
ΐί7  14,  3 13  :  νύκτα  μάχη,  to  throw  the 
mantle  ofrdght  over  the  battle,  11.5,  506 : 
όρος  ττόΤί,εΐ,  to  throw  a  mountain  round 
the  town,  Od.  8,  569:  later  also  τινά 
Tivi,  V.  Spitzn,,  II  8,  331  :  pass,  ΰμ- 
φεκαλύφθη  κράτα  λέοντος  χάσματι, 
he  had  his  head  covered  with  a  lion's 
jaws,  Eur.  H.  F.  361.  ^ 

Άμφικάρηνος,  ον,  {ΰμφί,  κάρηνον) 
tivo-headed,  many-headed,  of  the  nydra, 
Nic. 

Άμφικαρ7/ς,ές,{ΰμφί,κάρη)={οτ6^., 
Nic.  Th.  812. 

Άμφίΐίαρπος,  ον,  {ΰμφί,  καρπός) 
with  fruit  all  round. 

Άμφίκαυστις  or  ΰμφίκαντις,  εως, 
ή,  {ΰμφί,  καίω)  half-ripe  toasted  barley, 
which  was  bruised  for  άλφιτα,  Schol. 
Ar.  Eq.  1236,  E.  M.  p.  90,  32. 

Άμφικεάζω.ί.-ύσω  Ion.  -άσσυ,  {ΰμ- 
φί, κεάζω)  to  cleave  on  both  sides,  cleave 
asunder,  Od.  14,  12. 

Άμφίκειμαι,  {ΰμφι,  κεΐμαι)  to  lie 
round,  lean  on,  έττί  TLvi,  Soph.  O.  C 
1620 ;  t~'  όλέθρφ  ΰμφ.  φόνος,  one 
murder  lies  or  follows  close  upon  an- 
other. Id.  Ant.  1292. 

Άμφικείρω,  f.  -κερώ,  {ΰμφί,  κείρω) 
to  shear  or  clip  all  round,  Anth. 

Άμφίκερως,  uv,  gen.  ω,  {ΰμφί,  κέ- 
ρας) two-horned. 

Άμόίκεύθω,  (ΰμφί,  κενθω)  to  cover 
all  round. 

Άμφίκέφΰλος,  ον,  {ΰμφί,  κεφαλή) 
two-headed,  Eubul.  Sphing.  1,  10,  in 
poet,  form  ΰμφικέφαλλος. — II.  of  a 
couch,  having  two  places  for  the  head, 
i.  6.  two  ends. 

ΆμφικΧννρομαι,  {ΰμφί,  κινύρομαι) 
dep,  mid.,  to  go  waiting  about,  moan 
aloud  or  incessantly,  Ap.  Rh.  1,  883. 

fi2 


ΑΜΦΙ 

Άμφικίων,  ον,  gen.  όνος.  {ΰμφί, 
κίων)  with  pillars  all  round,  like  ττε- 
ρίστνλος.  Soph.  Ant.  285.    [κϊ] 

Άμφικλαστος,  ον,  {άμφί,  κλάω) 
broken  all  round,  Anth. 

Άμφίκλανστος  or  -κ?Μυτος,  ον, 
{ΰμφί,  κλαίω)  bewailed  all  around, 
much  lamented,  0pp.  Hal.  1,  257. 

Άμφικλάω,  f.  -άσω,  {ΰμφί,  κλάω) 
to  break  all  in  pieces,  crush  utterly,  Q. 
Sm.  8,  345.  [uj 
Υ  Αμφίκλεια,  ας, ή,  AmphicUa,—'Aμ- 
φίκαια.  Pans.  10,  33,  9. — 2.  fern.  pr.  η. 
ΥΑμφικλείδης,  ον,  6,  Amphiclldes, 
masc.  pr.  η.  Diog.  L. 

ΥΑμφικλής.  έονς.  ό,  Amphicles,  masc. 
pr.  η.  Theocr.,  Paus.,  etc. 
Υ Αμφικλος,    ον,    ό,    Amphiclus,    a 
Trojan,  II.  16,  313.— 2.  an  Euboean, 
Paus.  7,  4,  9. 

Άμφικλύζω,  {ΰμφί,  κ?.νζω)  to  wash 
οτ  flood  around,  Orph.     Hence 

Άμφίκ7χ,υστος,  ον.  washed  οτ  flooded 
around,  Soph.  Tr.  752. 

Άμφικνεφί/ς,ές,{ΰμφί,κνέφας)  dark 
all  round. 

Άμφίκοιλος,  ον,  {ΰμφί,  κοϊλ.ος)  hol- 
lowed all  round,  quite  hollow. 

Άμφίκολλος,  ον,  {ΰμφί,  κολλάω) 
glued  all  round,  κλίνη  ΰμφ.,  perh.  a 
couch  with  two  ends  iixed  on,  Plat. 
(Com.)  Ύ.ορτ.  10. 

Άμφικομέω,  {ϊιμφί,  κομέω)  to  tend 
on  all  sides,  or  carefully,  Anth. 

Άμφίκομος,  ον,  {ΰμφί.  κόμη)  with 
hair  all  round,  thick-haired,  Anth.  : 
hence  thick-leafed,  II.  17,  677. 

Άμφίκοπος,  ον,  {ΰμφί,  κόπτω, 
κοπήναι)  two-edged. 

Άμφίκονρος.  ον,  ν.  περίκονρος. 
Άμφικρΰδαίνω,  and  -κράόιΊω,  {ΰμ- 
ώί,  κραδαίνω)  to  brandish,   shake  all 
round. 

Άμφίκρΰνος.  ον,  {ΰμφί,  κρΰνον)= 
ΰμφικάρηνος.  Eur.  Η.  F.  1274, 

ΥΑμφικράτης,  ους,  ό,  {ΰμφί,  κράτος) 
Amphicrates,  an  ancient  king  of  Sa- 
mos,  Hdt.  3,  59. — 2.  an  Athenian, 
Xen.  An.  4,  2,  17.— 3.  a  historian, 
Ath. — 4.  a  rhetorician.  Pint.  LucuU. 
22. 

Άμφικρέμΰμαι,  {ΰμφί.  κρεμάννυμι) 
as  pass.,  to  hover,  flutter  round,  φρένας 
ΰμφικρέμανται  ελπίδες,  Pind.  I.  2, 
64.     Hence 

Άμφικρεμης,  ές,  hanging  round  or 
on,  Lat.  suspjcnsus,  φαρέτρη,  χλαμνς, 
Anth. 

Άμφίκρημνος,  ον,  {ΰμφί,  κρημνός) 
steep  on  all  sides,  with  cliffs  all  round, 
άγκος,  Eur.  Bacch.  1049. — II.  metaph. 
υπάτη  ΰμφ..  deceit  which  is  always  on 
the  edge  of  the  precipice,  Luc.  Philop. 
16.  :  ερώτημα  αμφ.,  a  captious  ques- 
tion, Eccl. 

Άμφίκρηνος,  ον.  Ion.  for  ΰμφίκρα- 
νος. — 2.  surrounding  the  head,  πίλος, 
Anth. 

ΥΑμφίκρΐτος,  ον,  b,  {ΰμφί,  κρίνω) 
Amphicritus,  masc.  pr.  n.  Diog.  L.  4, 
43. 

Άμφικτίονες,  ων,  οι,  {κτίζω)  they 
that  dwell  round  or  near,  next  neigh- 
bovr.i.  also  περικτίονες,  Valck.  Hdt. 
8,  104,  Bockh.  Pmd.  N.  6,  40,  and 
cf.  sq. 

Άμφίκτνονες,  ων,  oL  the  Amphic- 
tyons,  deputies  of  the  state  associated 
in  an  ΰμφικτυονία. — 2.  =  ΰμφικτνο- 
νία.  an  Amphictyonic  League  :  there 
were  several  in  Greece,  but  the  one 
which  almost  appropriated  the  name 
was  that  which  met  twice  a  year,  at 
Delphi,  and  at  Anthela  near  Ther- 
mopylae :  instituted,  ace.  to  Parian 
Chron.,  B.  C.  1522,  but  ace.  to  others 
post-Horn.  Its  twelve  memliers  in- 
cluded the  prmcipal  Hellenic  states, 


ΑΜΦΙ 

which  sent  to  it  deputies  of  two 
classes,  πυλαγόραι  and  Ίερομνήμονες 
(qq.  V.) :  its  objects  were  to  mamtain 
the  common  mterests  of  Greece,  v. 
esp.  Aeschin.  p.  43,  Paus.  10,  8,  but 
afterwards  it  became  a  mere  machine 
in  the  hands  of  powerful  states,  ?/  έν 
άελφοΐς  σκία,  Dem.  63,  ult.  The 
ancients  derived  the  name  from  a 
hero  Amphictyon :  but  the  word 
doubtless  was  orig.  ΰμφικτίονες= 
περικτίονες,  cf.  Timae.  in  v.,  Anaxi 
men.  ap.  Harp,  in  v.,  Paus.  1.  c,  etc., 
and  so  it  is  sometimes  spelt  in  Inscr., 
Bockh.  1.  p.  805.  Cf.  Tittmann, 
iiber  d.  Amphiktyonenbund,  1812, 
Herm.  Pol.  Ant.  §«5>  H,  14.— II.  ?/ic 
presidents  of  the  Pythian  games. 
Hence. 

Άμφικτνονεύω,  to  be  a  member  of 
the  Amphictyonic  Council. 

Άμφικτυονία,  ας,  η,  the  Amphic- 
tyonic League  or  Council,  Isocr.,  and 
Dem.  153,  14,  etc. 

Άμφικτνονικός,  ?/,  όν,  Amphic- 
tyonic, belmiging  to  the  Amphictyons  or 
their  League,  'Αμφ.  δίκαι,  trials  in  the 
court  of  the  Amphictyons,  Dem.  331, 
29 :  ιερά,  offerings  made  at  their 
meeting,  law  quoted,  Dem.  632,  1. 

Άμφικτυονίς,  ίδος,  ή,  fern,  from 
foreg.,  sub.  πό?ιΐς.  a  city  or  state  in 
the  Amphictyonic  League,  Aeschin. — 
II.  a  name  of  Ώιαηα  at  Anthela,  the 
meeting-place  of  the  Amphictyonic  Coun- 
cil, Hdt.  7,  200. 

ΥΑμφίΚτύων,  όνος,  6.  Amphictyon, 
son  oi  Deucalion  and  Pyrrha,  Hdt.  7, 
200. 

Άμφικϋκάω,  ω,  f.  -ήσω,  {ΰμφί,  κνκάω) 
to  stir  up,  Nic.  Th.  602. 

Άμφικνλίω,ί.•ίσω,{ΰμφί,  κυλίω)  to 
roll  about:  φασγάνω  ΰμφικνλίσαις, 
having  made  him  writhe  vpon  his  sword, 
Pind.  N.  8,  40.    [t  always.] 

Άμφικνπελ?ιθς,  ον,  {ΰμφί,  κύπελ 
?.ο\>)  in  Horn,  always  with  δέπας,  ά 
double  cup,  such  as  forms  a  κνπελλον 
both  at  top  and  bottom,  Buttrn. 
Lexil.  in  voc. :  cf.  άμφίθετος. 

Άμφίκυρτος,  ον,  also  η,  ον,  {άμφί, 
κυρτός)  curved  on  each  side,  like  the 
moon  in  its  third  quarter,  gibbo^ts, 
Plut. :  cf.  μηνοειδής,  and  διχοτόμος. 
'  ΑμφΐΑά7.ος,  ον,  {άμφί,  λαλέω) 
chattering  everywhere,  incessantly,  Ar. 
Ran.  678. 

Άμφιλαμβάνω,  fut.  -λ.η-φομαι,  {άμ 
φι.  λαμβάνω)  to  take  in  on  all  sides. 

Άμώιλάφεια, ας,  ή, compass, fulness, 
wealth,  Cic.  ad  Q.  Fr.  2,  6,  3.  From 
Άμφιλΰφής,  ές,  (ace.  to  the  old 
Gramm.  from  άμφί,  λαβείν,  and  so) 
strictly  taking  in  on  all  sides,  far- 
spreading,  of  large  trees,  Hdt.  4,  172, 
Plat.  Phaedr.  230  Β  ;  hence  thickly 
grown,  thick,  αμφ.  ΰ7.σος  δένδρεσιν, 
Call.  Cer.  27  ;  also  of  hair,  Philostr. : 
hence  in  genl.  wide,  large,  vast,  i?J- 
φηντες,  Hdt.  3, 114,  νήσος.  Αρ.  Rh.  4, 
983,  λειμών,  Plut.  :  also  great,  exces- 
sive, violent,  δύναμις,  Pind.  O.  9,  122 : 
βρονταί,  χιών,  Hdt.  4,  28,  50  ;  δόσις, 
a  large  bounteous  gift,  Aesch.  Ag. 
1015  ;  ΎΟος,  a  universal  wail.  Id.  Cho. 
331  :  rarely  of  persons,  as  Call. 
Apoll.  42.  Adv.  -ώοις,  Plut.  Euni.  6. 
Cf  Ruhnk.  Tim.,  Blomf.  Aesch.  Ag. 
985. 
ΥΑμφιλαφία,  ας,  ή ,=^άμφιλάφεια. 
Άμφίλΰχαίνω,  {άμφί,  λαχοίνω)  to 
dig,  delve,  or  hoe  round,  φυτόν,  Od. 
24,  242. 

Άμφιλέγω,  f.  •ξω,  {άμφί,  λέγω)  to 
speak  07i  both  sides,  dispute,  to  have  a 
quarrel,  Xen.  An.  1,  5.  11  :  foil,  by 
μη.  to  dispute  that  a  tiling  is,  Xen. 
Apol.  12. 


ΑΜΦ1 

Άμφΐ?\.ΐί~ω,  (άαόί,  λείττο)  ίο  for- 
sake utterly,  Q.  Sm.  12,  106. 

Άμψίλεκτηζ,  ov,  (άμφιλέγω)  dis- 
cussed on  all  hands,  doubtful,  Lat.  ati- 
ceps,  πήματα,  Aesch.  Ag.  831  :  so  too 
adv.  -τως.  Id.  Theb.  809.— II.  act. 
disputing,  captious,  ίμις,  Eur.  Phoen. 
500 :  άμφ.  εΙναί  rcvi,  to  quarrel  for 
a  thing,  Aesch.  Ag.  1585. 

Άμφίλΐνος,  ον,=/.ίνόδετος,  Soph. 
Fr.  43.         ^ 

ί'λμόύΰττής,  ες,  (άμφί,  λεί —ω)  want- 
ing  on  both  sides,  defective  at  both  ends, 
applied  to  a  verse  which  appears  to 
want  the  beginning  and  ending,  cf. 
Nake,  Choer.  p.  265. 

Άμφί/.ογέομαί,  dep.  mid.,  to  dis- 
pute, άοιώί,  ττερί  τίνος,  like  άμφι- 
λέ>•ω,  Plut.  Lys.  22 :  and 

ΆμφΛογία,  ας.  ι),  dispite,  debate, 
doubt,  Hes.  Th.  229  :  άμφ.  έχειν,  δια- 
λνειν,  Plut.  Ιφί  metrigrat.,  Hes.  1.  c] 
From 

Άμόίλογος,  ov,  {άμφί,  7.έγω)  dis- 
puted, disputable,  questionable,  doubtful, 
αγαθά,  Xen. :  tu  άμφίλογα,  disputed 
points,  Thuc.  4,  118:  άμφίλογον  γίγ- 
νεταί  TL  πμός  τίνα,  a  dispute  on  a 
point  takes  place  with  some  one,  Xen. 
Hell.  5,  2,  10. — 2.  uncertain,  wavering, 
άμφίλογα  as  adv.,  Eur.  I.  T.  655. — 
II.  act.  disputing,  captious,  νείκη. 
Soph.  Ant.  Ill,  όργαί,  Eur.  iVIed. 
636. 

Άμφίλοξος,  ov,  {άμφί,  ?.οξός) 
slanting  all  waijs,  hence  metaph.  like 
Lac.  obliquus,  άμφί'λοξα  μαντεύεσθαί, 
to  divine  all  ambiguously,  Luc. 

'Αμφί?Μφος,  ov,  {άμφί,  /ιάφος)  en- 
compassing the  neck,  ζνγόν,  Soph. 
Ant.  351. 

νΑμφύ.οχία,  ας,  ή,  Ainphilochia,  a 
region  of  Acarnania,  Thuc.  2,  68  ; 
hence  ol  Άμφί/.οχα,  ων,  the  Amphi- 
lochians,  Thuc,  Strab. :  adj.  Άμφι- 
λοχικός,  ή,  ov,  Amphilochian,  Thuc. 
2,  68. 

V ΑμφίΤίΟχος,  ov,  6,  Amphilochus,  son 
of  Amphiaraus,  a  celebrated  seer, 
Od.  15.  248,  Hdt.  7,  91.— 2.  son  of 
Alcmaeon,  grandson  of  Amphiaraus, 
ApoUod,  3,  7,  7. — 3.  a  Macedonian, 
Dem. 

'Αμφιλνκη,  ννξ,  ή,  in  Ή.  7,  433,  the 
morning-twilight,  gray  ofnwrning,  else- 
where λνκόύως:  in  Ap.  Rh.  2,  671, 
without  νύξ:  the  masc.  άμφίλυκυς 
is  not  found.  {?ί,ενκός,  Lat.  lux,  etc., 
cf.  *  Αύκη.) 

ΫΑμφί'λντος,  ov,  6.  {ΰμφί,  ?Λω)  Am- 
philqtus,  a  renowned  seer  in  the  time 
of  Pisistratus,  Hdt.  1,  62;  Plat. 
Theag.  124  D.— 2.  a  Bacchiad,  Paus. 

2,  1,  1. 

Άμφίμακρος,  ov,  {άμφί,  μακρός) 
long  both  ivays. — 2.  6  άμφ-,  the  me- 
trical foot  amphimacer,  — ,  also  Cr^ti- 
CU3,  6.  g.  Οίδίττονς. 

ΥΑμφίβα'/J.a,  ων,  τά,  Amphimalla, 
a  city  of  Crete,  Strab. 

Άμφίμα?νΜς,  ov,  {ΰμφί,  μαλλός) 
woolly,  shaggy  on  both  sides,  Ael.  V.  H. 

3,  40. 

*Άμφίμάομαι,  pres.  assumed  for 
deriv.  of  aor.  ΰμφιμύσασθε,  Od.  20, 
152,  τρατϊέζας  στϊόγγοις  ΰμφ.,  to  wipe 
or  rub  the  tables  all  round  with 
sponges,  δέμας,  Qu.  Sm.  9,  428,  {άμοί, 
tiau,  μάσσομαί,  μαίομαι.) 
^Άμώίμαρος,  ov,  ό,  Amphimarus, 
son  o{  Neptune,  Paus.  9,  29,  6. 

Άμφιμάρπτω,  {άμφί,  μάρτττω)  ίο 
seize  or  grasp  all  round,  feel,  or  handle, 
Ap.  Rh.,  and  0pp.  in  perf.  άμφιμέ- 
ααρπα,  Αρ.  Rh.  3,  147. 

Άμφιμύσχαλος,  ov,  {ΰμφί,  μασ- 
χά/-7ΐ)  covering  both  shoulders,  two- 
sleeved,  ΰμφ.  χιτών,  Ar.  Eq.  882. 


ΑΜΦΙ 

Άμφιμάτορες,  Dor.  for  άμφίμή- 
τορες,  Eur. 

Άμφίμύχητος,  ov,  {ΰμφί,  μάχομαι) 
contended  jor,  contested  on  both  hajids, 
for  whom  or  which  a  battle  has  been 
fought,  Anth.    [a] 

Άμφιμύχομαι,  f.  -μαχοϋμαι,  {άμφί, 
μάχομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  fight  round, 
and  that — 1.  c.  ace.  to  assail,  attack, 
besiege,  'l?uov,  πόλιν,  στρατόν,  11.  6, 
461,  etc. — 2.  c.  gen.  to  fight  for,  as  for 
a  prize,  both  of  defendants  and  as- 
sailants, τείχεος,  II.  15,  391,  νέκνος, 
II.  18,  20.    [ΰ] 

ΫΑμφίμΰχος,  ov,  ό,  {ΰμφί,  μάχη) 
Amphimachus,  brother  of  Alcmene, 
ApoUod.  2,  4,  5.-2.  son  of  Cteatus, 
leader  of  the  Epei  against  Troy,  II. 
2.  620. — 3.  son  of  Nomion,  leader  of 
the  Carians,  II.  2,  870. — 4.  son  of 
Polyxenus,  Paus.  5,  3,  4. 

■\'Αμφιμέδων,  οντος,  δ,  {ΰμφί,  μέ- 
δων)  Amphimedon,  one  of  the  suitors 
of  Penelope,  Od.  22,  284. 

Άμφιμέλάς,  μέλαινα,  μέ/ιάν,  {ΰμ- 
φί, μέ?Μς)  black  all  round :  in  Horn, 
always  φηένες  αμφιμέΐΜίναι,  which 
cannot  always  be  taken  to  mean 
darkened  by  sorrow  (e.  g.  II.  17,  499, 
573),  SO  that  it  probably  always  re- 
fers to  the  position  of  the  φρένες,  or 
midritf,  as  being  in  the  inside,  and 
so  wrapt  in  darkness,  dark-seated : 
ΰμφ.  κόνις,  coal-black  dust,  Anth. 

Άμφιμέλει,  {ΰμφί,  μέλει)  only  άμ- 
φιμέμηλε  σοι,  it  concerns  thee  much, 
Q.  Sm.  5,  190. 

Υ Αμφιμένης,  ονς,  ό,  Amphimenes, 
masc.  pr.  η.  Diog.  L.  2,  46,  Anth. 

Άμφιμερίζω,  {ΰμφί,  μερίζω)  ίο  di- 
vide on  all  sides.  Pass,  to  be  completely 
parted,  Anth. 

Άμφιμήτορες,  ων,  ol,  a'l,  {ΰμφί, 
μήτηρ)  brothers  or  sisters  by  different 
ynothers,  but  the  same  fathers,  Aesch. 
Fr.  08,  Eur.  Andr.  465,  cf.  ΰμφιττά- 
τορες. 

Άμφιμτ/τριος,  ov,  {ΰμφί,  μήτρα) 
round  the  womb,  concerning  it,  Hipp. — 
2.  TU  ΰμφιμήτρια,  a  ship's  bottom  or 
beams  next  the  keel,  elsewhere  έγκοί- 
?ua,  Artemid. — II.  {ΰμφί,  μήτηρ)  = 
foreg.,  Lye. 

Άμφιμΐγ!/ς,  ές,  {ΰμφί,  μιγεΐν)  mix- 
ed on  all  sides,  welt  mixed. 

Άμφιμίγννμι ,  f.  -μίξω,  {ΰμφί,  μίγ- 
ννμι)  to  mix  on  all  sides,  jnix  up  well. 

Άμφίμΐτος,  ov,  {ΰμφί,  μίτος)  with 

double  woof,  double-threaded,  our  dimity. 

ΥΑμφίμνι/στος,  ov,  b,  {ΰμφί,  μνάο- 

μαι)  Amphimnestus,  masc.  pr.  n.  Hdt. 

6,  127. 

Άμφιμϋκύομαι,  {ΰμφί.  μνκάομαι) 
dep.  mid.,  to  bellow  around,  strictly  of 
cattle  :  δάττεδον  ΰμφιμέμνκε,  the  floor 
echoed  all  around  to  the  song  of  Circe, 
Od.  10,  227. 

Άμφινάω,  {ΰμφί,  νάω)  to  flow  round 
about,  νδωρ  ΰμφίναον,  of  the  eye, 
Emped.  282. 

Άμφινεικής,  ές,  {ΰμφί,  νεΐκος) 
made  an  object  of  contest,  worthy  to  be 
contested,  eagerly  wooed,  of  Helen, 
Aesch.  Ag.  686,  of  Deianira,  Soph. 
Tr.  104. 

Άμφινείκητος,  ov,  {ΰμφί,  νεικέω) 
=foreg.,  Soph.  Tr.  527. 

Άμφίνεικος,  ov,  dub.  1.  for  ΰμφι- 
νείκ?'/ς,  in  Soph.  1.  c. 

Άμοινέμομαι,  {ΰμφί,  νέμομαι)  as 
mid.,  to  dwell  round  about,  inhabit, 
'07χ'μπον,  Ίθάκην,  ττόλιν,  Hom., 
ό/.βος  σε  ΰμφ.,  encompasses  thee, 
Pmd.  P.  5,  18 :  orig.  of  cattle,  re- 
tained from  the  old  pastoral  times, 
and  meaning  strictly  to  graze  round 
about. 

Άμφινοέω,   {ΰμφί,   νοέω)   ίο   ihink 


ΑΜΦΙ 

both  ways,  doubt,  εΙς  τι.  Soph.  Ant. 
376. 

ί'Αμφινόμη,  ης,  ij,  Amphinome,  a 
Nereid,  II.  18,  44. 

ί'Αμφίνομος,  ov,  ό,  Amphinomus,  one 
of  the  suitors  of  Penelope.  Od.  16, 
394.-2.  a  Trojan,  Qu.  Sm.  10,  88.— 
3.  a  Sicilian  of  Catana,  Strab.— 4.  a 
mathematician,  Procl.  ad  Euclid. 

Άμφίνοος,  ov,  {ΰμφί,  νόος)  looking 
at  ση  both  sides,  reflecting,  Democr. 

\  Άμφινωμάω,  {ΰμφί,  νωμάω)  to  move 
round  about,  dub.  1.  H.  Hom.  Cer. 
374. 

Άμφιξέω,  f.  -έσω,  {ΰμφί,  ξέω)  to 
scrape,  smooth  all  round,  Od.  23,  196. 
Hence 

Άμφίξοος,  ov,  contr.  ΰμφίξονς,  ovv, 
polishing  all  round,  Anth. 

Άμφίον,  ov,  τό,^^άμφίεσμα.  Soph. 
Fr.  370  :  (from  ΰμφί,  as  ΰντίος  from 
ΰντί.) 

ΥΑμφΙος,  ov,  b,  Amphius,  an  ally  of 
the  Trojans,  II.  5,  612. — 2.  son  of 
Merops,  11.  2,  830. 

Άμφιορκία,  ας  ή,  {ΰμφί,  όρκος)  α 
mutual  oath,  i.  e.  taken  by  each  party 
in  a  law-suit. 

Άμφι-ΰγι'ις,  ές,  {ΰμφί,  τίήγννμι) 
fixed  all  round,  Nonn. 

Άμφιττΰλίννοστος,  ov,  {ΰμφί,  ττά- 
λιν,  νόστος)  returning  back  again, 
Nonn. 

Άμφίπαλτος,  ov,  {ΰμφί,  πάλλω) 
swung  from  all  round,  re-echoing,  Anth. 

Άμφιπΰ/ύνω,  {ΰμφί,  τταλννω)  to 
scatter  around,  Ap.  Rh.  3,  1247. 

Άμφιπύτάσσω,  {ΰμώί,  ττατάσσω) 
to  strike  on  all  sides,  Anth. 

Άμφιπάτορες,  οι,  αϊ,  {άμφί,  ττατήρ) 
brothers  or  sisters  by  different  fathers, 
cf.  ΰμφιμήτορες. 

Άμφι-εδάω,  ω,ί.-ήσω,  {άμφί,  πε- 
δάω)  to  fetter  all  round,  0pp. 

Άμφίττεδος,  ov,  {ΰμώί,  τνέδον)  sur- 
rounded by  a  plain,  Ρίηα.  P.  9,  94. 

Άμφιπέλομαι, {ΰμφί,  ■ηέ/.ομαι) dep. 
raid-,  used  only  in  pies,  and  impf.,  to 
be  about,  hover,  or  float  around,  c.  dat-, 
Od.  1,  352. 

Άμφι-ένομαι,  dep.  mid.,  used  only 
in  pres.  and  \\\Λγί.,=  ΐΐένομαι  ΰμφί 
τινι,  to  be  busied  about  a  person  or 
thing,  have  the  care  of,  mind,  tend, 
Lat.  curare,  esp.  of  people  tending  a 
wounded  man,  II.  4,  220,  Od.  19,  455  : 
ΰμφ.  δώρα,  took  charge  of  the  presents, 
li.  19,  278 :  mostly  in  good  sense, 
but  also  τον  ov  κννες  ΰμφεττένοντο, 
the  dogs  fell  not  to  xvork  with  him,  II. 
23,  184,  cf.  21,  203:  also  of  dead 
bodies,  I^at.  funera  curare. 

Άμφιπεριίστημι,  {ΰμφί,  τνερί,  Ισ• 
τημι)  to  stand  round,  Q.  Sm.  in  mid. 

' Αμφιπερικλάω,  i.  -κ?.άσω,  {ΰμφί, 
ιτερί,  κλάω)  to  break  all  in  pieces. 
[ΰσω] 

Άμφιπερικτίονες,  ων,  ol,  (.άμφί, 
τνερικτίωνες)  the  dwellers  all  around, 
Theogn.  1054. 

' Αμφιτζεριτΐλάσσομαι,  {ΰμφί,  περί, 
τζλάσσω)  to  be  put  round  like  a  mould, 
Orph.  Lith.  80. 

Άμφι-ερι-?.έγδην,  adv.  {ΰμφι,  πε- 
ρί, π/JKu)  twined  round  about,  Anth. 

Άμφι-εριτίτώσσω,  {ΰμφί,  περί, 
πτύσσω)  to  tremble  all  over,  Q.  Sm. 

Άμφιπερισκαίρω,  {ΰμφί,  περί, 
σκαίρω)   to  skip  all  about,  0pp. 

Άμφιπεριστείνομαι,  {ΰμφί,  περί, 
στεινός,  στενός)  as  pass.,  ίο  be  press- 
ed or  crowded  all  round,  be  pressed  to 
the  full,  Call. 

ΆμΦίπεριστέφω,  {ΰμφι,  περί,  στέ- 
φω) to  put  round  as  a  crown  :  pass. 
χάρις  ΰμφιπεριστέφεται  έπέεσσι, 
grace  crowns  all  his  words,  Od.  6,  175. 

ΆμφιπεριστρέΦω,      {ΰμφί,      περί, 
93 


ΑΜΦΙ 

GT(>i(l)w)  ib  tarn  round  about^  turn  or 
guide  on.  all  sides. 

Άμφιττεριστρυφύω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  = 
foreg-,  ϊ-τΓονς,  II.  8,  348. 

Άμφιπερί-ρίζυ,  {ύμφί,  περί,  τρίζω) 
to  chirp,  twitter  all  around. 

Άμφιττερί-τρομέω,  {αμφί.  περί,  τρο- 
μέω)  to  tremble  all  ocer,  Opp. 

Άμφιπερίτρύζω,  =  άμφιπεριτρίζω, 
Anth. 

Άμφίπεριφθιννθο),  (άμφί,  περί, 
φθίνω)  to  decay,  wither,  die  all  arouiui, 
H.  Horn,  Ven.  272 :  poet. 

Άμφίπερίφρίσσω,  (άμφί,  περί, 
φρίσσα)  to  bristle  all  round,  all  over, 

Άμφίπεσονσα,  part.  aor.  2  of  αμ- 
ψιπίπτω,  Horn, 

Άμφιττετύνννμί,  ί.  -πετύσω  [ΰ], 
{αμφί,  πετάνννμι)  ίο  spread  out  or 
around,  Orph. 

Άμφιπέτη'λος,  ov,=^  πετη7Μς,  In- 
cert.  ap.  Plut.  2, 515  D,  ubi  Wyttenb. 
άμφΐ  πετ. 

Άμφί  ττέτομαι,  (άμφί,  πέτομαι)  dep. 
mid, :  to  flutter  or  fl^  around,  c,  ace, 
Opp. 

Αμφιπτ/γνυμι,    f.     -πΖ/ξω,    {ΰμφί, 

Τϊήγννμι)  to  fix  ox  fasten  around,  Opp. 

Άμφιπιάζω,  f.  •ύξ(ύ-,  {ΰμφί,    πιάζω, 

Dor.  lor  πιέζω)   to  press  all  round  or 

close  together,  Theocr  Ep.  6,  4. 

Άμφίτϊί-τω,  f.  -πεσονμαι,  (άμφί, 
πίπτω)  to  fall  upon  and  lie  around, 
embrace  eagerly,  c.  ace.  φί'Αον  πόσίν, 
Od.  8.  523  :  metaph.,  like  Lat.  am- 
plecti.  Find.  O.  10(11),  118. 

Άμφιπίτΐ'ω,  =  άμφιπίπτω,  Eur. 
Suppl.  278. 

Άμφιπ?.εκής,  ες,  =  άμφίπλεκτος, 
Orph. 

Άμφίπ/.εκτος,  ov,  {άμφί,  πλέκω) 
twisted  on  both  sides,  intertwining,  Soph. 
Tr.  520,  ΰί.κλίμαξ. 

Άμφιπλέκω,  {άμφί,  πλέκω)  to  twine, 
twist  all  round,  Eur.  Erechth.  13,  1. 
Pass,  to  embrace,  hug,  c.  ace. 

'Χμφί~λΊ]κτος,  ov,  {άμφί,  πλήσσω) 
beatenonall  sides. — 11. s.ci.  beating,  dash- 
ing on  all  sides,  βόθια.  Soph.  Phil.  G88. 
Άμφιπλ-ήξ,  ήγος,  δ,  ή,  {άμφί, 
πλήσσω)  striking  with  both  sulrs, 
double-biting,  φάαγανον,  Soph.  Tr. 
930.  άρά,  αΤ.  417. 

'\μφιπλίξ,  adv.,  {άμφί,  πλίσσω)  at 
full  stride,  long  striding.  Soph.  Fr. 
538. 

■  Άμφιπ7ιίσσω,  {άμφί,  πλίσσω)  to 
fold  round,  entangle. — II.  to  stride  out. 

Άμφίπλννω,  (άμφί,  π?ιννω)  to  wash 
all  over,  Hipp. 

Άμφίπολεΐον,  ου,  τό,  =  περιπό- 
λων, Inscr.  ap.  Miill.  Aegin.  p.  160. 

Άμφιπολενω.  to  be  an  ΰμφίπολος 
or  attendant,  Od.  20,  78  :  to  be  a!  work, 
be  bu.iy,  Hes.  Op.  601 :  more  Ireq.  c. 
ace,  to  be  busied  about,  take  care  of, 
mind,  tend,  βίυν,  δρχατυν,  ϊππονς  καΙ 
ήμίόνονς,  Od.  and  liymn.  Ηοιπ. :  esp. 
of  slaves,  hence  to  serve,  have  the  care 
of,  Ti,  as  ίρόν  Αιός,  Hdt.  2,  56,  also 
c.  dat.,  to  serve  a  God,  as  priest,  Q. 
Sm.  :  cf.  sq. 

' λμφιπολέω,  ώ,{.■ήσω,=foτeg.,  to  at- 
tend, follow,  Find.  O.  12,  3,  P.  4.  280  : 
also  τρώμαν  ελκεος  άμφιπολείν,  as 
θεραπεύειν,  Pind.  P.  4,  483  :  c.  dat., 
like  συνέπεσθαι.  Soph.  O.  C.  686, 
also  auo.  φρενί,  Bacchyl.  18. 

Άμφιπολία,  ας,  η,  the  office  of  άμφί- 
ττσ/Μς  or  attendant  priest,  Diod. 

Άμφίπολις,  ως  Att.  εως,  ύ,  ή,  poet. 
άμ.φίπτολις,  (άμφί,  πόλις)  around  α 
city,  pressing  a  city  on  all  sides,  ανάγκη, 
Aesch.  Ch.  72. — II.  ή  άμφ.,  a  city  be- 
tween two  seas  or  rivers,  v.  Thuc.  4, 
102  ;  Amphipolis,  a  cit}'  in  Macedonia, 
lying  on  both  sides  of  the  Stryiuon, 
94 


ΑΜΦ1 

earlier  Εννέα  οδοί,  a  colony  of  the 
Athenians,  Hdt.,  Strab.,  etc. 

Άμφίπολος,  ov,  (άμφί,  πέλω,  πο- 
λέω)  strictly  being  about,  busied  about : 
but  in  Horn.,  and  Hdt.,  only  as  fern, 
subst.,  7/  άμφ.,  a  handmaid,  waiting- 
woman,  confidential  attendant,  like  ϋε- 
ράπαινα,  opp.  to  the  inaids  and  ie- 
niale  slaves,  όμωαί  and  όυνλαι : 
sometimes  in  Hom.  joined  with  an- 
other subst.,  άμφ.  ταμίη,  γρανς,  the 
house-keeper,  the  old  woman  in  waiting: 
the  άμφίπολοί,  took  care  of  the 
household  atl'airs  and  formed  the 
train  of  the  mistress.  Later,  a  hand- 
maid of  the  gods,  priestess,  θεάς,  Eur. 
I.  T.  1114.  The  masc.  ό  άμφ..  an  at- 
tendant, follower,  occurs  in  Pind.  O.  6, 
53,  Eur.  Incert.  73 :  Pind.  also,  O.  1, 
149,  uses  it  as  adj.,  άμφ.  τύμβος,  the 
much  frequented  tomb. 

'Αμφίποΐ'έομαι,  dep.  mid.,  (άμφί, 
πονεω)  to  attend  to,  take  care  of,  pro- 
vide for,  c.  ace.  rei,  11.  23,  159 :  also 
in  bad  sense,  like  άμφιπένομαι.  Ar- 
chil. 6,  in  aor.  pass.  άμφεπονηΟη. 

Άμψιποτάομαι,  {άμφί,  πυταομαι) 
dep.  mid.,  to  fly  or  flutter  around,  c. 
ace,  11.  2,  315  :  poet. 

"Αμψίπποί,  ων,  οι,  (άμφί,  ϊππος) 
horsemen  who  in  riding  vaulted  from 
one  horse  to  another,  Lat.  desultores, 
Ael. 

Άμφιπποτοξύται,  ων,  οι,  (άμφί,  'ίπ- 
πος, τοξότης)  light  cavalry,  the  same 
as  άμφιπποι,  but  also  armed  with 
bows,  Diod..  and  Plut.,  ubi  al.  άμ- 
φιπποι- Others  read  άφιπποτοξότ>/ς 
or  έφιπποτοξότης. 

Άμφιπμυνευω,  (άμφί,  προνεύω)  to 
bend  forwards  from  all  sides,  Emped. 
214. 

'Α-μφιπρόστϋλος,  ov,  (άμφί,  πρό- 
στνλος)  having  a  double  prostyle,  Vi' 
truv. 

Άμφιπρόςωπος,  ov,  (άμφί,  πρόςυ- 
πον)  with  a  face  before  and  behind, 
double-faced,  Lat.  bifrons,  Emped., 
and  Piut. 

Άμφίπμυμνος,  ov,  {άμφί,  πρνμνα) 
νανς,  a  sliip  ivilk  two  sterns,  i.  e.  with 
a  rudder  behind  and  before,  Soph. 
Fr.  135;  cf.  όιττρωρος. 

Άμφίπταμαι,  dep.  mid.,=::a/i(i>i7ro- 
τάομαι. 

Άμφιπτο?ιεμοπ7]δησίστρα,τος,  ov. 
Com.  word  of  Eupolis  in  A.  B.  2, 
p.  702. 

ΥΧμφιπτύλεμος,  ου,  ό,  Amphiptole- 
■mus,  father  of  Asius,  Paus.  7,  4,  1. 

Άμφΐπτνσσω,ί.-ξω,{άμφί,  πτύσσω) 
to  clayp  around,  embrace.     Hence 

Άμφιπτνχή,  7)ς,  ή,  a  folding,  or 
clasping  round,  embrace,  Eur.  Ion  519. 

' λμφίπυλος,  ov,  {άμφί,  πύλη)  with 
two  doors  or  entrances,  like  άμφιϋνρος, 
Eur.  Med.  135. 

Άμφίπνρος,  ov,  (άμφί,  πυρ)  sur- 
rounded by  fire,  with  fire  all  round, 
τρίποδες.  Soph.  Aj.  1405,  cf.  ύμφι- 
βαίνω  mit. — II.  in  Soph.  Tr.  214, 
epith.  of  Diana  as  torch-bearer. 

\Άμφίμετος,  ου,  ό,  Amphiretus,  masc. 
pr.  n.  Polyaen.  6,  54. 

Άμφιβρεπής,  ές,  (άμφί,  βέπω)  in- 
clining both  ways,  wavering,  esp.  of  a 
balance. 

Άμφφβήγνϋμι,  (άμφί,  βήγνυμι)  to 
rend  att  in  pieces. 

Άμφιρβηδης,  ές,  (άμφί,  βέω)  sink- 
ing down,  V.  περφρηδής. 

'Αμφίρβοπος,  ov,  {άμφί,  ροπ//)=ΰμ• 
φΐίφεπης. 

' Λμφίρρϋτος,  cf.  ΰμφίρυτος. 

Άμφι/)ρώξ,  ώγος,  ό,  ή,  split  around, 
full  of  clefts.  Αρ.  Kh.  1,  995. 

Άμφίρντος,  η,  or,  (άμφί,  βέω)  floiv- 
.  ed  around :  ill  Od.  always  in  fern,  as 


ΑΜΦΙ 

epith.  of  islands,  e.  g.  Od.  1,  50  :  also 
άμφίρβυτος,  ov,  Hes.  Th.  983,  Orao. 
ap.  Hdt.  4,  103. 

Υλμφιρώ,  ονς,  η,  Amphiro,  daughter 
of  Oceanus,  Hes.  Th.  360. 

ΆΜΦΓΣ,  strictly  the  same  with 
άμφί,  like  μέχρις,  μεχρί,  but  mostly 
used  as  adv.— 1.  on  or  at  both  sides, 
άμφις  αρωγοί,  helpers  on  either  hand, 
to  each  party,  II.  18,  502  ;  άμαρτΤι  δού- 
ρασιν  αμφίς  (sc.  βάλεν),  threw  with 
spears /Γοίτι  both  hands  at  once,  II.  21, 
162  ;  hence— 2.  in  genl.  around,  round 
about,  άμφίς  έόντες,  11.  24,  488 :  άμ- 
φις  ίδών,  having  looked  about,  taken 
care,  Hes.  Op.  699 :  άμφίς  έχειν,  to 
surround,  encompass,  Od.  8,  340  ;  but 
also  to  have  or  carry  on  both  sides,  Od. 

3,  486,  and  also  to  keep  apart,  ut  inox 
inf — II.  from  the  notion  of  on  both 
sides,  comes  that  of  apart,  asunder, 
like  χωρίς  and  δίχα,  γαϊαν  και  ovpa- 
νον  άμφις  έχειν,  to  keep  heaven  and 
earth  asunder,  part  them,  Od.  1,  54, 
άμφις  έέργείν,  to  keep  apart,  II.  13, 
706,  άμφις  άγήναι,  to  break  in  twain, 
II.  11,559,  ΰμφίς  μένον=Ιδία  εμενον, 
II.  15,  709 :  hence  άμφις  φ'ράζεσθαι, 
to  think  separately,  each  think  for  hitn- 
self,  i.  e.  be  of  a  different  mind,  Lat. 
dissentire,  II.  2,  13,  SO  άμφίς  φρονείν, 
II.  13,  345,  and  άμφϊς  έκαστα  ε'ιρεσ- 
θαΐ,  to  ask  each  by  itself,  i.  e.  one 
after  another,  Od.  19,  40.  In  this 
signf.  άμφί  is  used,  but  rarely. — III. 
the  signf.  between,  usu.  ascribed  to 
άμφίς  in  II.  3,  115  ;  7,  342,  is  rejected 
by  Buttm.  Lexil.  p.  100,  sq.,  who  in 
both  places  interp.  it  about,  all  round. 

B.  more  rarely  as  prep. — 1.  c.  gen. 
around,  άρματος  άμφις  ίδείν,  to  hok 
all  round  his  chariot,  II.  2,  384. — 2. 
apart  from,  far  from,  άμφις  εκείνων 
είναι,  Od.  14,  352,  άμφίς  τίνος  ήσβαι, 
II.  8,  444.  άμφϊς  φυλόπιδος,  Od.  16, 
267,  also  άμφϊς  όδον,  out  of  the  road, 
11.  23,  393  :  έσθάτος  άμφίς,  Pind.  P. 

4,  450,  ace.  to  Buttm.  far  from,  i.  e. 
without  garments,  ace.  to  Bockh.=: 
άμφί,  for  a  prize  of  a  robe  :  c.  gen.  it 
sometimes  follows  and  sometimes 
goes  before  its  case. — II.  very  rarely 
c.  dat.,  like  άμφί,  σιδηρέφ  ύξονι  άμ- 
φίς, II.  5,  723. — 2.  c.  ace,  like  άμφί, 
about,  around,  always  after  its  case, 
as  Κρόνον  άμφίς,  11.  14,  274,  ΙΙοσί- 
δ7}ίον  άμφίς,  Od.  6,  266.  The  word 
is  Ep.  and  Lyr.,  but  most  froq.  in 
Hom. :  quite  un-Att.,  v.  Buttm. 
Le.xil.  in  voe. 

ΥΑμφις,  ιος,ό,=ζ' Αμφιάραος,  Aesch. 
Fr.  367. — 2.  a  celebrated  comic  poet, 
Ath.,  Meineke  1,  p.  403,  sq. 

Άμφισαλεύω,  {άμφί,  σα?.εύω)  to 
toss  about,  Anth. 

Άμώίςβαινα,  ης,  ή,  {άμφίς,  βαίνω) 
a  kind  of  serpent,  that  can  go  either 
forwards  or  backwards,  Aesch.  Ag. 
1206. 

Άμφιςβασίη,  ης,  η,  Ion.  for  ΰμφις• 
βήτησις  :  ές  άμφιςβασίας  άμφικνεισ• 
θαί  τινι,  to  come  to  controversy  or  dis• 
pute  ivith  one,  Hdt.  4,  14. 

Άμφίςβΰσις,  εως,  ή,  =  άμφισβή• 
τησις. 

'Αμφιςβατέω.=  άμώισβητέω,  cf.  νν. 
Π.  Hdt.  9,  74. 

Άμφίςβάτος,  ον,=  άμφίςβητος,  dub. 

Άμφιςβησίη,  ι^ς,  Ιοπ.  for  άμφις- 
βήτησις,  dub.,  Wessel.  Hdt.  4,  14. 

Άμφιςβητέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω  :  impf.  ημ- 
φιςβτ/τονν,  or  ήμφεσβήτονν,  aor.  αμ- 
φισβήτησα or  ημφεσβητησα,  Buttm. 
Ausf.  Gr.  ^  86,  6.  ΊΌ  go  asunder, 
stand  apart,  and  so  to  differ  in  opinion, 
dispute,  argue,  Lat.  allercari,  but  opp. 
to  ίρίζειν,  to  wrangle.  Plat.  Prot.  337 
A.     Construct,  either  absoL,  as  Hdt. 


ΑΜΦΙ 

4,  14,  or  c.  dat.  pers.  to  dispute  with 
one,  Hdt.  9.  74,  also  ττρύς  TLva.  Plat. 
Soph.  246  Β  :  c.  gen.  rei,  to  dispute 
for  a  thin  J,  Isocr.  44  D,  and  Dein.,  or 
more  freq.  περί  τίνος.  Plat. :  c.  ace. 
rei,  to  argue  or  uphold  a  point.  Plat. 
Gorg.  472  D :  αμό.  ώς...  or  ώς  ov..., 
to  ars-uc  that  a  thing  is  or  is  not,  freq. 
in  Plat. ;  also  δτι....  Id.  Symp.  215 
Β ;  also  c.  inf..  ΰμώ.  μη  εΙναί  τι, 
Dem.  899,  11.  Pass,  to  be  the  subject 
of  dispute,  ΰμφιςβητείταί  ri  or  περί 
τίνος,  Plat.:  τα  αμώις3ητονμενα,^= 
αμφιςβητήματα,  Thuc,  and  Plat. 
Mostly  in  Att.  prose.     Hence 

'Αμφις;3ήτημα,  ατός.  τό,  a  point  in 
dispute,  question.  Plat.  Theaet.  158  Β  : 
an  arg^ument.  Id.  Phileb.  init. 

Άμφις3ητ!}σιμσς,  or,  disputed,  ques- 
tioned, tH  ΰμώίσ^ί/ιτήσιμα,  disputed 
points,  Plat.  Legg.  954  C. — II.  dis- 
putable, questionable,  dotώtful,  Plat., 
and  Xen. 

Άμόιςβήτησις,  εως,  ή,  {άμφιςβη• 
τέω)  α  dispute,  controversy,  argument, 
περί  Τίνος,  freq.  in  Plat. 

Άμφιςβητητΐκός,  ή,  όν,  fond  of  dis- 
puting, disputatious,  περί  τι.  Plat. 
Polit.  306  A  :  ή  -κή.  sub.  τέχνη,  the 
art  of  disputing,  Id.  Soph.  226  A :  το 
—κόν,  argumentation.  lb.  225  A. 

Άμφις3ήτητος,  ov,  disputed,  deba- 
teable,  yfj.  Thuc.  6,  6. 

Άμφις3ητΐκός,  ή,  όν,  v.  1.  for  άμ- 
φιςβητητικός,  in  Plat. 

Άμόίςβητος,  ov,  =  άμφιςβήτητος, 
dub. 

ΥΑμφισθένης,  ονς,  ό,  {άμφί,  σθένος) 
Amphisthenes,  masc.  pr.  η.  Aeschin. ; 
Paus.  3,  16,  9. 

Άμφίσκιος,  ov,  {άμφί.  σκιά)  cast- 
ing a  shadow  two  ways,  i.  e.  sometimes 
north,  sometimes  south,  according  to 
the  position  of  the  sun ;  of  the  inhab- 
itants of  the  torrid  zone,  Strab.  ;  of. 
έτερόσκιος,  περίσκιος. 

ΥΧμόισσα,  ης.  ή,  Amphissa.  grand- 
daughter of  Aeolus,  Paus.  10,  18, '4, 
after  whom  the  city  of  the  Loeri 
Ozolae  on  the  borders  of  Phocis  was 
named,  Hdt.  8,  32  ;  etc. 

ΥΑμφισσήνη,  ης,  ή,  Amphissene,   a 
region  of  Armenia,  Strab. 
Άμόίστΰμαι,  v.  άμφίστημι. 
Άμόιστύτηρ.  ηρος,  o.  =  sq. 
^Χμφίστάτης,  ου,  ό,  (άμφίστημι)  an 
examiner. 

'Α.μφιστέλ7Μ,  (άμφί,  στέλλω)  to 
fold  about  one,  to  deck  or  clothe  one 
with.  Mid.  to  fold  round  one's  self, 
deck  07ie's  self  in,  c.  ace.  ξνστίδα  άμ- 
φιστειλαμένη,  Theocr.  2,  74. 

^Χμφιστένω,  (άμφί,  στένω)  to  sigh 
or  groan  around,  Q.  Sm.  9,  440. 

Άμόίστερνος,  ov,  {άμφί,  στέρνον) 
double  breasted,  Emped.  214. 

Άμφιστεφΰνόω,  ώ,  (άμφί,  στεώαν- 
6'J)  to  wind  round  like  a  crown:  hence 
Pass.,"  όιι.Λος  ΰμφεστεφάνωτο,  an  as- 
sembly (Lat.  corona)  stood  all  around, 
H.  Horn.  Yen.  120. 

Άμόιστεφής,  ές,  (άμφί,  στέφω) 
placed  round  like  a  crown,  of  the  three 
neads  of  a  dragon,  II.  11,  40,  where 
however  Wolf  ΰμφιστρεφέες. — II.  en- 
twined, crowned :  κρητηρ  άμφιστ.,  a 
bowl  all  crou-ned  with  wine,  i.  e.  full  to 
the  brim,  v.  επίστεψης. 

Άμφίστημι,  f.  ΰμφιστησο,  pf.  άμ- 
6έστηκα,{άμόί,  ΐστημί)ΐο  place  round : 
Hom.  uses  only  the  mid.  άμφίσταμαι, 
with  the  intr.  act.  tenses,  sc.  aor. 
άμοέστην,  pf.  άμφέστηκα,  to  stand 
around,  to  surround. — II.  to  examine, 
investigate. 

Άαόίστομος,  ov,  (άμφί,  στόμα)  ivith 
double  mouth  or  opening,  όρνγμα  άμφ., 
a  tunnel,  Hdt.  3,  60 ;   άμφ.  θυρίδες, 


ΑΜΦΙ 

Arist.  Η.  Α. :  άμφ.  λαβα'ι  κρατήρων, 
diuble  handles  of  bowls,  Soph.  Ο.  C. 
473.-2.  two  edged.  πέ?:.εκυς,  Diosc.  ; 
esp.  of  a  body  of  soldiers  formed  so 
as  to  front  both  ways,  with  a  double 
front,  όνναμις,  τάξις,  Polyb.,  π?Μί- 
ffior,  Plut. — 3.=  άμφίγλωσσος, double- 
tongued, false, 

Άμώιστρΰτάομαι,  (άμφί,  στρατός) 
dep.  mid. : — to  beleaguer,  besiege,  πά- 
λιν, II.  11,  713. 

ΥΑμφίστράτος,  ov,  6,  Amphistratus, 
charioteer  of  the  Dioscuri,  Strab. 

ί'λμφιστρενς,  εως,  ό,  Amphistrevs,  a 
leader  of  the  Persians,  Aesch.  Pers. 
320. 

' λμφιστρεφής,  ές,  (άμφί,  στρέφω) 
tivisling  round,  turning  all  ways,  v.  1. 
II.  11,  40,  for  άμφιστεοής. 

' λμφιςτρόγγΰ/  ος.  ov,  (άυάί,στρογ- 
yuAof)  quite  round,  Luc.  Hipp.  6. 

Άμφίστροόος,  ov,  (άμφί,  στρέφω) 
turning  to  and  fro,  quickly  turning,  Lat. 
versatilis.  βάρις  άαφ.,=  άμφιέ/.ισσα, 
Aesch.  Suppl.  882.^ 

'\μφισφύ7.λω,  (άμφί,  σφάλλω)  to 
throiv  round :  Pass,  to  fall  round,  Hipp. 
Hence 

'Αμφίσφα?.σις,  εως,  ή,  a  throwing  or 
turning  round. — 2.  pass,  a  falling  or 
coming  round,  Hipp. 

νΑμφίσφΰρον,  ov.  τό,  (άμφί,  σφνρόν) 
a  kind  of  shoe,  prob.  reaching  to  the 
ankle  and  fastened  there.  Poll. 

Άμφίςωπος,  ov,  (ίιμφίς,  ώφ)  open 
on  all  sides,  Aesch.  Fr.  32,  of.  περι- 
ωπή. 

' Αμφιτα,λαντενω,  ( άμφί,  ταλαν- 
τεύω) to  weigh  on  all  sides,  Nonn. 
Dion.  1,  183. 

Άμφίτάμνω,  said  to  be  Ion.  for 
άμόιτέμνώ.  II.  18,  528,  but  the  comp. 
does  not  occur ;  the  prep.  sep.  as 
adv. 

' Αμφιταννω.^=άμφιτείνω,  Η.  Hom. 
Merc.  49  ;  v.  foreg. 

Άμφιτάπης.  ητος,  ό,  and  άμφίτα- 
πις,  ιδος,  η,  (άμφί,  τάπης.  τάπις)  α 
carpet  or  coverlet  shaggy  on  both  sides. 

Άμφίταπος,  ov.  hairy  or  shaggy  on 
both  sides,  κοίται,  LXX. — 2.  ό  άμφ.,= 
foreg.,  Ath. 

Άμφιτΰράσσω,  f.  ~ύξω,  (άμφί,  τ» 

^άσσω)  to  disturb  or  trouble  all  around: 
'asG.  to  be  agitated  or  tossed  to  and  fro 
on  every  side,  of  the  sea.  Simon.  125. 
ΫΑμφιταρβής.    ές,   (άμφί,   τάρβος) 
encompassed   with   terrors,   Aesch.  Ch. 
547,  where  is  now  read  άμφϊ  τάρβει. 

'Αβφιτείνω,  (άμφί.  τείνω)  to  stretch 
round,  χέρας  δέργ,  Eur.  Or.  1042. 

Άμφιτειχής,  ές,  (άμφί,  τείχος)  en- 
compassing the  walls,  7.εώς,  Aesch. 
Theb.  290. 

' Αμφιτέμνω,  (άμφί,  τέμνω)  to  cut, 
clip  around,  lop  off,  curtail,  v.  περί- 
τέμνω. 

'  Αμφίτερμος,  ov,  ( άμόί,  τέρμα ) 
bounded  on  all  sides,  marked  out,  limit- 
ed.    Adv.  -μως,  Soph.  Fr.  125. 

Άμφιτεύχω,  (άμφί,  τεύχω)  to  make 
or  build  round  about,  only  in  plupf. 
pass,  άμφίτέτυκτο,  Q.  Sm.  5,  14. 

Άμφιτίθημι,  (άιιφί,  τίθημι)  to  lay 
or  put  round,  in  Hom.  like  άμφιβάλ- 
λω,  of  pieces  of  dress,  to  put  on,  κόσ- 
μον  χροΐ,  Eur.  Med.  787,  etc. :  άμφ. 
πέδας  τοις  άόίκοις,  Solon  15,  33  : — 
but  also  reversely,  to  cover  or  deck 
xi-ith  a  thing,  πέπ7ιθΐς  κάρα,  Eur. 
Hec.  432  ;  with  ace.  alone,  Theogn. 
846,  Theocr.  15,  40.  Mid.  to  put  on 
one's  self  put  on,  στέφανον,  Plut. 
Pass,  to  be  put  on  or  round,  κννέη  άμ- 
φιτεθεισα,  II.  10,  271. 

Άμφιτΐνάσσω,  f.  -άξω,  (άμφί,  τι- 
νάσσω) to  shake  around,  Anth. 

' Αμφιτιττϋβίζω,  (άμφί,  τιττνβίζω) 


ΑΜΦΙ 

to   ttvitter   or    chirp  around,    Ar.   Av, 
235. 

Άμφιτόμος,  ov,  (άμφί,  τέμνω,  τα• 
μεΐν)  cutting  on  both  sides,  two-edged, 
βέ/.εμνον,  Aesch.,  λόγχαι,  ξίφος, 
Eur.  Hipp.  1375 ;  El.  164  :  but— II. 
proparox.  άμφίτομος,  ov,  cut  on  both 
sides,  V.  1.  Xen.  Hipp.  4,  4. 

Άμφίτορνος,  ov,  (άμφί,  τορνόω) 
turned  quite  round,  well-rounded,  ασπίς, 
Eur.  Tro.  1156. 

Άμφιτόρνωτος,  ov,  (άμφί,  τορνόυ) 
=foreg..  Lye.  704. 
Υ'Αμφιτος,  ov,  6,  Amphitus,  a  river 
of  Messenia,  Paus.  4,  33,  3. 

Άμφιτράχη7.ος,  ov,  (άμφί,  τράχη- 
λος) surrouiiding  the  neck. 

Άμφιτρέμω,  to  tremble  all  over,  Π. 
21,  507,  comp.  does  not  occur. 

Άμφιτρέχω,  (άμφί,  τρέχω)  pf  άμ- 
φιδέδρομα.  Archil.  109.  aor.  άμφέδρα- 
μον,  Pind.  ;  to  run  round,  surround, 
encompass,  c.  acc,  Archil.  1.  c,  Pind. 
P.  3,  69.     ^ 

Άμφιτρης,ητος,  b,  ή,  (ΰμΦί,  *τρύω) 
^sq.  :  7/  άμφιτρής,  a  rock  pierced 
through,  a  cave  with  a  double  entrance, 
Eur.  Cycl.  707  ;  also  neut.,  άμφιτρής 
av7.iov,  Soph.  Phil.  19,  cf.  Lob.  Aj. 
323. 

Άμφίτρητος,  ov,  (άμφί,  *  τράω) 
bored  or  pierced  through,  open  on  both 
sides,  Anth. 

' Αμφιτρϊβης,  ές,  (άμφί,  τρίβω,  τρΐ' 
βεΐν)  rubbed  all  round  :  metaph.  prac- 
tised, uily,  V.  περίτριμμα. 

ί'Αμφιτρίτη,  ης,  ή,  Amphitrite,  Nep- 
tune's wife,  Horn. :  poet,  also  for  the 
sea.  [i] 

Άμφιτρομέω,  (άμφί,  τρέμω)  to  trem- 
ble for,  c.  gen.,  Od.,_4,  820. 

\  Αμφιτρόπη,  ης,  ή,  Amphitrope,  an 
Attic  demus  ;  hence  Άμφιτροπησιν, 
in  Amphitrope,  Aeschin. ;  ό  Άμφιτρο- 
παίενς,  an  inhabitant  of  Amph.,  L)'S. 

Άμφιτροχάω,  ==  άμφιτρέχω.  Αρ. 
Rh. 

νΑμφιτροχόω,  ώ,  f.  -ώσω,  =  άμφι- 
τρέχω, to  extend  around,  άμφιτροχώ- 
σας,  Apollod.  1,  9,  12. 

νΑμφιτρνχής,  ές,  (άμφί,  τρνχω)  ex- 
ρ1.  by  Hesych.  =  κατεριΊωγώς.  rent 
all  around,  Eur.  Phoen.  325,  Dind. 
writes  άμφί  τρνχη,  but  v.  Klotz  not. 
crit.  ad  loc. 

ΫΑμφιτρνων,  ωνος,  ό,  Amphitryon, 
son  of  Alcaeus,  husband  of  Alcmena 
the  mother  of  Hercules,  and  king  of 
Tiryns,  aftenvard  of  Thebes,  11.  5, 
392^  etc. ;  hence 

ΥΚμφιτρνωνιάδης.  ου,  ό,  son  of  Am- 
phitryon, i.  e.  Hercules,  Pind.  I.  5,  56. 
Άμφιτνπος,  ov,  (άμφί,  τνπτω,  τν- 
πεΐν)  two-edged.  Q.  Sm.  1, 159  ;  but — 
II.  proparox.,  άμφίτνπος,  ov,  (τύπος) 
embossed  all  round,  [ϋ] 

Άμφιφαείνω,  (άμφί,  φαίνω)  to  shine 
or  beam  around,  c.  acc,  H.  Hom.  Ap. 
202. 

' Αμφιφαης,  ές,  (άμφί,  φάος)  every- 
where or  ever  visible,  Arist.  Mund.,  cf. 
άμφιφανής. 

'Αμώίφΰ7.ος.  (άμφί,  φά7.ος)  κυνέη, 
Π.  5,  743 ;  11,41,  a  helmet  with  ψάλοι, 
i.  e.  studs,  or  bosses  all  round  :  or,  acc 
to  Buttm.  Lexil.,  s.  v.  φάλος,  a  hel 
met  whose  φά7.ος  stretched  from  the 
forehead  to  the  back  of  the  neck  :  cf. 
τετραφά7.ηρος. 

Αμφίόάνής,  ές,  (άμφί,  φαίνομαι, 
φανηναι)  visible  all  round,  seen  by  all, 
known  to  all,  Eur.  Andr.  835  :  esp.  of 
stars  visible  morning  and  evening,  oi 
(acc.  to  others)  rising  and  setting  just 
before  and  after  the  sun,  Arr.  ap.  Stob. 
Eel.  1,  588. 

Άμφιφάω,  (άμφί,  φύω)  to  shine  all 
round,  SjTies. 

95 


ΑΜΦΙ 

Άμφίφέρω,  {άμφί,  φέρυ)  to  bear 
round.  Q,  Sm.  5,  10. 

Άμφίφ?.οξ,  ογος,  ό,  ?),  {άμφί,  φλόξ) 
shining  as  in  twilight. 

Άμφίφοβέομαι,  {άμφί,  φοβέω)  as 
pass.,  Ιο  fear,  tremble  οχ  quake  all  round, 
ϊταροί  μιν  άμφΐφόβηθεν,  II.  IC,  290, 
ubi  nl.  ΰμψί  φ. :  the  comp.  occurs  in 
Qu.  Sm.  2,  546;  11,  117. 

Άμφιφορεύς,  έως  Ion.  ήος,  ό,  {ΰμφί, 
φέρω,  φορέω)  α  large  jar  or  pitcher  with 
two  handles.  In  Horn,  of  gold  or  stone, 
chiefly  for  keeping  wine  in  :  so  in 
Simon.  75,  4 :  also  a  cinerary  urn,  II. 
23,  92 :  hence  prob.  the  shortened 
form  άμόορΐύς,  used  in  prose,  while 
ύμφιφορενς,  occurs  only  in  Ep.  and 
Epigramm. ;  v.  άμόορεύς. 

Άμφιφρύζομαι,  {άμφί,  φράζω)  dep. 
mid.,  tn  consider  on  all  sides,  to  weigh 
well,  II.  18,  254. 

Άμόι.φύα,  ή,  (αμφί,  φνω)  =  ΰ.μφαν- 
ξις,  Theophr. 

Άμφιφών,  ώντος,  ό,  strictly  part, 
from  αμφίφύω,  shining  around  :  hence 
a  kind  of  cake,  so  called  because  of- 
fered by  torch-light  to  the  Munychian 
Diana,  Pherecr.  Incert.  6,  cf.  Ath. 
645  A. 
Υλμφιφώς,  {άμφί,  φως)  giving  light 
on  both  sides,  Ath. 

Άμφιχαίνω,  only  in  late  writers 
usu.  pres.  άμφιχύσκω,  (άμφί,  χαίνω) 
to  yawn  or  gape  round,  gape  for,  έμέ 
Κηρ  άμφέχανε,  II.  23,  79 ;  to  open  the 
mouth  about,  μαστον  ΰμφέχασκ'  έμον 
βρεκτήρίον,  applied  his  mouth  to  the 
breast  that  gave  me  nourishment,  Aesch. 
Ch.  545 :  absol.  to  yawn  wide,  Soph. 
Ant.  118. 

Άμφίχαιτος,  ov-  {ΰμφί,  χαίτη)  with 
hair  or  leaves  all  round,  Diod. 

Άμφιχαλκοφύλΰ,ρος,  ov,  {άμφί, 
χαλκός,  φάλαρα)  covered  all  over  wi/h 
brass.  Com.  word  in  Ar.  Ach.  1072, 
where  however  Dind.  and  most  Edi- 
tors divide  the  words  άμφϊ  χαλ. 

' Αμφιχανής,  ές,  {άμφί,  χαίνω,  χα- 
νεΐν)  yawning  around,  gaping  wide. 

Άμφιχύσκω,  the  more  nsual  pres. 
for  άμφιχαίνω,  Aesch.  Ch.  545. 

Άμφιχέω,  f.  -χενσω,  {άμφί,  χέω) 
to  pour  or  shed  around,  Lat.  circumfm- 
dere :  to  pour,  spread  over,  δέσματα 
έρμΐσιν,  Od.  8,  278,  with  prep,  separ. 
as  adv.  Hom.  mostly  uses  mid.,  to 
pour  or  shed  itself,  to  diffuse  itself 
around  or  over,  c.  ace,  βείη  viv  άμφέ- 
χυτο  ομφή,  II.  2,  41,  την  άγος  άμφε- 
χύθη,  Od.  4,  716 :— absol.  υ,μφιχείσ- 
ναι,  like  circumfundi,  to  embrace,  Od. 
22,  498,  but  also  c.  ace,  άμφιχυθείς 
ττατέρα,  Od.  16,  214  ;  Inter  poets  join 
it  c.  dat.  as  Qu.  Sm.  7,  78,  and  Anth. 
Άμφιχορεύω,  {άμφί,  χορεύω)  to 
dance  around,  Crit.  15,  5. 

Άμφίχροος,  ov,  also  άμφίχρονς, 
ovx',  {άμφί,  χρόα)  coloured  both  ways, 
i.  e.  of  two  colours. 

Άμφίχρνσος,  ov,  {άμφί,  χρυσός) 
gilded  all  over,  φύσγανον,  Eur.  Hec. 
543. 

Άμφίχϋτος,  ov,  {άμφιχέω)  poured, 
shed  around,  thrown  or  heaped  vp 
around,  esp.  of  mounds  or  banks,  so 
τείχος  άμφίχντον,  II.  20,  145. 

Άμφίχωλος,  ov,  {άμφί,χω7•,ός)  lame 
in,  both  feet,  Anth. 

\Άμφίων,  όνος,  ό,  Amphion,  son  of 
lasiusj  king  of  the  Boeotian  Orcho- 
menus,  Od.  11,  283.-2.  son  of  Jupi- 
ter and  Antiope,  who  raised  the  walls 
of  Thebes  by  the  tones  of  his  lyre, 
Od.  11,  262,  Apollod.  3,  10,  1  ;  hence 
adj.  'λμφιόνιος,  a,  or,  of  Amphion, 
Eur.  Phoen.  824. — 3.  son  of  the  foreg. 
and  Niobe,  Apollod. — 4.  a  leader  of 
the  Epei  against  Troy,  11, 13, 692  —5. 
96 


ΑΜΦΩ 

king  of  Corinth,  Hdt.  5,  92.— Others 
in  Ap.  Rh.  1,  176,  Paus.,  etc.  [i] 

Άμφόδιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  sq. 

"Αμφοδος,  ή,  {άμφί,  οδός)  any  road 
that  leads  round  a  place,  esp.  a  street, =: 
άγνια,  Ar.  Fr.  304;  N.  T.  Marc.  11, 
4. — 2.  =?Μύρα,  hat.  platea,  vicjis,  a 
street  with  the  houses  forming  it,  quarter 
of  a  town. 

Άμφόδονς,  οντάς,  ό,  ή,  { άμφί, 
οδούς)  with  teeth  above  and  below, 
Arist.  H.  A. 

Άμφορεάφορέω,  ω,  to  carry  water- 
pitchers,  A  r.  Fr.  285  :  from 

Άμφορεάφόρος,  ov,  {άμφορενς,  φέ- 
ρω) carrying  water-pitchers. 

Άμφορείδων,  ov,  to,  dim.  from 
sq.,  Ar.  Pac.  202. 

Άμφορεύς,  έως,  ό,  {άμφί,  φέρω)  α 
jar,  used  for  various  purposes,  esp. 
for  wine  or  water,  Ar.  Fr.  285  :  for 
pickling,  Xen.  An.  5,  4,  28  :  also  a 
cinerary  urn.  Soph.  Fr.  303. — II.  a 
liquid  measure,  =  1^  Roman  ampho- 
rae, or  nearly  nine  gallons,  Hdt.  1, 
51.  (shortened  form  of  άμφιφορενς, 
from  its  having  two  handles ;  or  perh. 
for  άναφορεύς.) 

Άμφορίόιον,  ου,  τ6,  dim.  from  άμ  • 
όορεύς ;  cf.  Buttm.  Ausf.  Gramm. 
^119,  Anm.  32. 

Άμφορίσκος,  ov,  ό,  dim.  from  άμ- 
φορεύς, Dem.  617,  19. 

Άμφοτεράκις,  adv.,  {άμφότερος)  in 
both  ways,  Arist.  Mechan. 

' Κμφοτέρΐ),  as  adv..  in  both  ways, 
Lat.  vtrinque,  Hdt.  1,  75  ;  7,  10,  2._ 

Άμφοτερίζω,  ί.  -ίσω  Att.  -ΐώ,  {άμ- 
φότερος) to  encompass,  enclose,  Strab. 

Άμφοτερόίίλεπτος,  ov,  {άμφότερος, 
β?ίέπω)  looking  both  ways,  undecided, 
Timon  ap.  Sext.  Emp. 

Άμφοτερόγλωσσος,  ov,  Att.  άμφο- 
τερόγλωττος,  ov,  {άμφότερος,  γλώσ- 
σα) speaking  both  ways,  double-tongued. 
Id.  ap.  Plut. 

' Αμφοτεροδέξιος,  ov,  =άμφιδέξιος, 

Άμφοτερότϊλοος,  ov,  contr.  -πλους, 
ουν,  {αμφότερος,  π?Μνς)  navigable  on 
both  sides,  i.  e.  ivith  two  ports,  γη.  Poll. 
9,  17. — 2.  TO  άμφοτερόπλουν,  sub. 
ϊψγύριον  or  δάνειον,  money  lent  on 
bottomry,  έδάνεισα  Φορμίωνί  είκοσι 
μνΰς  άμφοτερόπλουν  εις  τον  ΪΙόντον, 
Dem.  908,  20,  etc. :  the  terms  were, 
that  the  lender  bore  the  risk  both  of 
the  outward  and  homeward  voyage  ; 
when  only  of  the  outward,  έτερό- 
πλουν,  was  the  word,  v.  Bockh  P. 
E.  1,  176  sq.,  cf.  ναντικόν. 

'Αμφύτερης,  έρα,  ερον,  {άμφω)  Lat. 
uterque,  both  .-—the  smg.  is  very  rare. 
Honi.  uses  it  only  in  neut.,  as  adv., 
άμφότερον,  foil,  by  τε  . . .  και,  as  άμ- 
φότερον  βασιλεύς  τ'  αγαθός,  κρατε- 
ρός τ'  αίχμητής,  both  together,  as  well 
a  wise  king  as  a  valiant  warrior,  11.  3, 
179 ;  and  so  without  change  for  all 
cases,  as  άμφ.  γενε^ί,  etc.,  II.  4,  60: 
also  άμφότερον,  foil,  by  τε  ■ . ,  δέ. 
Find.  P.  4,  140:  in  bke  manner  also 
αμφότερα,  is  used,  foil,  by  και. . . ,  και, 
Plat.,  but  by  τε-,  ?/,  Find.  O.  1,  166. 
The  dual  is  more  freq.  in  Horn.,  and 
the  plur.  still  more.  Phrases:  κατ' 
αμφότερα  on  both  sides,  Lat.  utrimque, 
Hdt.  7,  10,  2,  and  Plat.,  also  άμφο- 
τέρτι  or  άμφοτέρωθι,  q.  v. :  έττ'  αμφό- 
τερα, towards  both  sides,  both  ways, 
Lat.  in  utramque  partem,  Hdt.  3,  87, 
etc.,  and  Plat.  ;  άττ"  αμφοτέρων,  from 
both  sides,  Lat.  ex  utraque  parte,  Hdt. 
7,  97,  also  άμφοτέρωθεν,  q.  v.  ;  παρ' 
αμφοτέρων  and  παρ'  άμφοτέροις,-= 
άμφοτέρωθεν,  Schaf.  Dion.  Comp.  p. 
118  ;  άμφοτέροις  βλέπειν,  svib.  υμ- 
μασι,  Call. ;   άμψοτέραις,  Ep.  -yci. 


ΑΜΩΜ 
sub.  χερσί,  Od.  10,  264,  cf.  Koen. 
Greg.  p.  35.  In  Theocr.  12,  12,  άμφ. 
is  considered=a?„A7/Xoif,  but  as  no 
instance  of  this  occurs  elsewhere 
Meineke  reads  μετά  προτέμοισι  in- 
stead of  μετ'  άμφ. 

V Αμφότερος,  ov.  6,  Amphoterus,  a 
Trojan,  II.  16,  415.— 2.  son  of  Alc- 
maeon,  Paus.  8,  24,  9. — 3.  a  son  of 
Alexander  the  Great,  Arr.  An.  1,  25, 
9  ;  (some  accent  Άμφοτερός,  to  dis- 
tinguish it  from  pron.) 

Άμφοτερόχω7.ος,  ov.=  άμφίχωλος. 

'Αμφοτέρωθεν,  adv.,  {άμφότερος) 
from  or  on  both  sides,  Lat.  ex  vtraque 
parte,  Hom.  :  from  both  ends,  Od.  10, 
167:  also  in  Hdt.  2,29,  and  Find., 
Thuc,  and  Plat. 

Άμφοτέρωθι,  adv.,  {άμφότερος)  on 
both  sides,  Xen.  Mem.  3,  4,  12. 

Άμφοτέρως,  adv.,  iti  both  ways, 
Plat.  Gorg.  469  A,  etc. 

Άμφοτέρωσε,  adv.,  to  or  on  both 
sides,  11.  8,  223.      . 

Άμφονδίς,  adv.,  from  the  ground, 
only  in  Od.  17,  237,  κύρη  άμφονδις 
άείρας,  lifting  up  an  enemy's  head  from 
the  ground  to  dash  it  down  again. 
(Prob.  from  άμφίς  III.  and  ονδας, 
hardly  from  άμφί.) 

Άμφρύσσαιτο,  poet,  for  άναφρύσ- 
σαιτο,  opt.  aor.  l,from  άναφράζομαι, 
Od. 

\Άμφρνσός,  ov,  6,  Amphrysus,  a 
river  of  Thessaly,  Ap.  Rh.  1,  54. 

Άμφνλάω,  {άμφί,  νλάω)  to  bark 
around  or  at,  Eccl. 

Άμφύω,  poet,  for  αναφύω.  Find. 

Άμφω,  τώ,  τά,  τω,  also  οΐ.  αϊ,  τά, 
gen.  and  dat.  άμφοϊν,  hat.  amho,  both, 
not  only  of  individuals,  but  also  of 
two  armies  or  nations,  II.  1,  363  ;  2, 
124.  Hom.  uses  only  nom.,  and  ace, 
άμφω.  From  Hom.  downwds.  freq. 
joined  with  a  plur.  noun  or  verb.  In 
Soph.  0.  C.  1425  in  sense  of  a?J,T}- 
λοιν :  θάνατον  ίζ  άμφοιν,  death  by 
each  other's  hand.  Sometimes  the 
word  is  indecl.,  like  δύο,  Ruhnli.  H. 
Hom.  Cer.  15  :  on  the  connexion  be- 
tween άμφω  and  άμφί,  v.  Buttm. 
Lexil.  p.  96. 

Άμφώβολος.  ov,  ό,  {άμφί.  άβολος)  a 
kind  of  javelin,  prob.  with  double 
point,  Eur.  And.  1133.  In  Soph.  Fr. 
835  a  neut.  pi.  τα  άμφώβολα,  expl.  by 
Eust.=  rtt  δια  σπλάγχνων  μαντειαι. 

Άμφώδων,  οντος,  ό,  ή,=  άμφόδονς: 
in  Lye.  1401,  the  ass. 

Άμφ(.)ης,  ες,  {άμφί,  ονς)  two-eared, 
two-handled,  Theocr.  1,  28. 

Άμφωλένιος,  ov,  {άμώί,  ωλένη) 
about  the  elbow  or  arm,  Aristaen. :  το 
άμφωλένιον,  a  bracelet. 

Άμφωμος,  ov,  {άμφί,  ώμος)  round 
or  on  the  shoulders, 

Άμφωμοσία,  ας,  ή,  {άμφί,  όμννμι, 
6μόσαι)^=άμφιορκία. 

Άμφωτις,  ιδος,  τ/,  also  oxyt.  άμφ- 
ωτίς,  ίδος,  {άμφί,  ονς),  like  άμφώης, 
α  two-eared  or  two-handled  vessel,  esp. 
a  milk-pail,  Philet.  35. — II.  a  covering 
for  the  ears,  worn  by  young  boxers,  to 
"prevent  their  ears  becoming  swollen, 
Plut.,  cf.  Αακωνίζω. — III.  —έπωτίς. 

Άμφωτος,  ov,  {άμφί,  ούς)  two-eared, 
two-handled,  Od.  22,  10. 

Άμωεν,  3  plur.  opt.  pres.  act.  for 
άμάοιεν,  from  άμύω,  Od.  9,  135.  [ti] 
ΥΑμώ7ιΐος,  ov,  6,  Amulius,  Strab. 

Άμώμητος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  μυμέομαι) 
unhlamed.  blameless,  II.  12, 109,  Archil. 
3,  2.     Adv.  -τως,  Hdt.  3,  82. 

Άμωμίτης,  ov,  ό,  olvoc,  wine  sea- 
soned, witli  amomum  :  [f]  from 

Άμωμον,  ην,  τό,  Lat.  amomum,  a 
well-known  Indian  spice-plant,  The- 
ophr., cf.  Voss  Virg.  Eel.  3, 89  ;  4, 25. 


AN 

'Χμωμος,  ov,{aj)ny.,  μώμος)  without 
bhme,  blameless,  Hdt.  2,  177. 

Άμύς,  Att.  άμώς,  adv.  from  the 
obsol.  ΰμός=τΙς,  esp.  in  the  compd. 
adverb  άμωςγέπως,  in  a  certain  7nan- 
ner,  in  some  ivay  or  other,  Ar.  Thesm. 
429,  and  Plat.,  cf.  ύμή- 

'Κμωτον,  ου,  τό,  =  καστανέων, 
Ageloch.  ap.  Ath.  5t  D. 

'AX,  a  particle  which  cannot  be 
exactly  rendered  by  any  word  in  our 
language,  though  in  particular  cases 
it  answers  to  Lat.  forte,  our  probably, 
■perchance,  in  all  likelihood. — It  always 
implies  a  condition,  and  therefore  re- 
quires a  verb  either  expressed  or  un- 
derstood.— The  Ep.  and  Lyr.  particle 
«ε,  κεν,  Dor.  κα,  are  used  in  the  same 
way :  V.  sub  κε- 

A.  With  indic.-vt.  avmakes  a  posi- 
tive assertion  conditional,  or  depen- 
dent on  circumstances:  hence — I.  uv 
cannot  be  joined  with  j>rps.  or  per/., 
because  that  which  is,  or  has  been, 
cannot  be  made  conditional :  the  pas- 
sages where  this  appears  to  have  been 
so,  either  have  been  corrected,  or 
need  correction,  v.  Elmsl.  Med.  911. 
— II.  with  fut.  uv  expresses  that 
which  certainly  will  happen,  if  some- 
thing else  happens  first ;  this  is  freq.  in 
old  Ep.,  e.  g.  II.  22,  66,  but  is  rare,  if 
not  suspicious,  in  Att. :  v.  however 
Stallb.  Plat.  Rep.  615  D,  Kuhner 
Ausf.  Gr.  ^  454,  a,  Schaf.  Gregor.  p. 
66. — III.  with  imperf.  and  aoiists, 
esp.  imperf.,  uv  stands— 1.  in  inde- 
pendent propositions,  to  express  a 
condition  fulfilled  as  opportunity  of- 
fered, conseq.  repetition  or  frequency 
of  an  action  in  time  past,  e.  g.  ελεγεν 
af,  he  icas  in  the  habit  of  saying,  he 
would  say. — 2.  with  the  same  tenses 
and  plqpf.,  in  apodosis  to  hypotheti- 
cals,  when  the  condition  is  not  yet 
fulfilled,  nor  likely  to  be  so,  as  ει  tl 
είχεν,  έδίδον  uv,  εΙ  τι  εσχεν.  εδωκεν 
άν,  ν.  Buttm.  Gr.  §  139,  9.  This  con- 
dition is  often  expressed  by  a  part., 
as  Soph.  Ant.  909,  πόσις  μεν  άν  μοι 
κατθανόντος  ύλλοζ•  ήν,  tor  ει  κατέ- 
θανεν.  On  άν  after  ϊνα  with  indie. 
V.  sub  ίνα. 

Β.  With  ορτ.λτ.,  with  which  άν  is 
most  common,  it  turns  the  xcish, 
which  the  mood  expresses,  when 
alone,  into  a  conditional  assertion. — I. 
in  propositions,  where  the  anteced- 
ent is  not  expressed, — 1.  it  implies 
general  uncertainty,  e.  g.  τούτο  γέ- 
νοιτ'  άν,  this  might  be,  it  is  possible  : 
— this  signf.  becomes  sometimes  al- 
most =fut.,  as  ovK  άν  ά~oφεvγoL'^,,you 
are  not  like  to  escape. — 2.  it  marks 
prayers  or  commands,  less  strongly 
worded  than  by  imperat.,  ?.έγοις  άν. 
Soph.,  speak,  if  you  ivill. — II.  in  apo- 
dosis  to  hypotheticals,  as,  ει  τοϋτο 
έτΐραξεν,  μέγα  με  ώφελήσειεν  άν,  if 
he  had  done  this,  he  woidd  have  done 
me  great  service. — III.  in  dependent 
propositions,  assigning  time  or  cause, 
as  Od.  4,  64,  γένος  έστέ  όιοτρεφέων 
βασιλήων — έ~ει  ου  κ,ε  κακοί  τοιούςδε 
τέκοιεν.  —  IV.  with  the  particles 
δττως,  rarely  Ινα,  Ion.  ώζ•  and  οόρα, 
to  make  the  object  indefinite,  Hdt.  1, 
75,  διύρυχα  ορυσσειν,  δττως  uv  λάβοι 
cf.  Thuc.  7,  65.  So  Hom.  u.ses  ει  κε 
in  hypotheticals,  e.  g.  II.  5,  273,  ει  κε 
λαίοιμεν,  but  ει  άν  Att.  is  very  dub.. 
v.  Sclin.  Xen.  An.  4, 1,  8,  de  Vect.  6,  2. 
C.  With  subjunct.  άν  is  not  so 
much  to  be  referred  to  the  verb  itself 
in  this  mood,  as  to  the  particle  on 
which  the  verb  depends,  with  which 
it  often  forms  one  word,  as  έ-εύν, 
oTuv,  οπόταν,  so  ττρϊν  uv,  εως  άν,  δς 


AN 
άν  gyicunque,  etc.  The  Homeric 
use  of  the  subj.  with  άν  nearly  in  a 
fut.  sense  must  be  excepted,  as  nf 
ύτϊεροπ'λίιισι  τάχ'  άν  ττοτε  θνμον 
ο7\,έσση,  he  will  quickly  at  some  ii'me  in 
all  likelihood  lose  his  life  through  his 
overbearing  in.solence,  II.  1,  205. 

D.  Where  άν  appears  to  be  joined 
WITH  IMPERAT.,  it  must  be  referred  to 
some  other  word  in  the  sentence,  as 
Xen.  An.  1, 4,  8,  άλλ'  ιόντων  άν  είδό- 
τες  ότι,  where,  ace.  to  Hermann,  άν 
belongs  to  ε'ιδότες,  as  if  for  Ιόντων, 
και  είδεΐεν  άν,  i.  e.  εΐ  Ιοιεν,  είδεϊεν 
άν,  but  is  om.  by  Porson  and  Dind. 

E.  With  infimt.  άν  is  used  in 
cases  where  in  recta  oratione  the  in- 
die, or  optat.  would  appear  with  it, 
but  not  where  they  would  reject  it, 
e.  g.  εττοίησ'  άν,  φημι  άν  ττοιτ/σαι,  and 
Τΐοιοϊμ'  άν,  οΐμαι  αν  ττου'/σαι. 

F.  With  p.\rticiple  the  same 
general  observation  holds  good  as 
with  infin.  That  of  the  aor.  has  a 
sort  of  future  signf.,  and  can  only  be 
rendered  in  Latin  by  that  tense,  as 
Xen.  An.  5,  2,  8,  έσκοττείτο ...  ττότερον 
είη  κρειττον  άπύγειν  ...  ώζ•  άλόντος 
αν  τον  χωρίον:  ν.  Matth.  Eur.  Hipp. 
518. 

G.  General  Obss. — I.  when  the 
verb  is  wanting  with  uv,  it  can  easily 
be  supplied  from  the  context,  e.  g. 
Soph.  Phil.  947,  οΰ  γαρ  uv  σβένοντύ 
γε  ειλέν  μ''  έττεϊ  οϋδ'  αν  ώδ'  έχοντ', 
SC.  είλεν. 

II.  άν  is  often  doubled, — 1.  when 
separated  from  its  verb  by  several 
intervening  words,  as  Soph.  El.  333, 
ώςτ'  άν,  ει  σθένος  ?Μ3οιμί,  δηλώσαιμ' 
άν,  or — 2.  where  one  άν  belongs  to 
the  verb,  and  the  other  to  some  other 
word,  e.  g.  Plat.  Apol.  31  A,  νμεϊς  δ' 
ίσως  τάχ'  uv  άχθόμενοι,  ΰςττερ  οι 
νυστάζοντες  εγειρόμενοι,  κρονσαντες 
άν  με,  πειθόμενοι  Άνντω,  βαδίως  uv 
άττοκτείναιτε,  ν.  Kiihn.  Cr.  Gr.  (^  458. 
This  is  most  frequently  the  case  with 
the  neg.  ουκ  and  the  particles  com- 
pounded with  it,  which  even  when 
they  stand  in  close  connection  with 
the  verb,  allow  this  repetition,  as 
ονκέτ'  uv  φβύνοις  άν,  Eur.  Tro.  456, 
lb.  Heracl.  721.— But  still  it  is  often 
found  repeated  without  any  such 
reason :  even  thrice.  Soph.  Fr.  789, 
ττώς  uv  OVK  άν  εν  δίκτ]  θάνοιμ  άν. 
So  Hom.  without  particular  reason, 
άν  κεν,  II.  13,  127.— III.  άν  omitted,^ 
1.  in  the  Protasis,  where  it  is  neces- 
sarily implied  by  the  Apodosis,  as 
Plat.  Syrap.  198  C,  ολίγου  ά-οδράς, 
ΰχόμην  εΐ  7Γ7?  είχον,  Ι  had  run  away 
had  1  had  anywhither  to  run. — 2.  in  the 
Apodosis  after  a  part..  Plat.  Rep.  450 
D,  πιστεύοντας  μεν  γαρ  έμοϋ  έμοι 
είδέναι  α  λέγω.  καλώς  εΙχεν  ή  -παρα- 
μνθία. — 3 .  after  έως,  άχρι, μέχρι,  πριν, 
to  make  the  time  more  indefinite, 
and  in  genl.  after  relat.  pronouns  and 
adverbs,  chiefly  poet.,  Pors.  Med.  222, 
Or.  141,  but  also  in  prose,  esp.  in  the 
earlier  writers,  v.  Stallb.  Plat.  Phaed. 
62  C. 

H.  Position  of  άν. — It  never  be- 
gins a  sentence,  and  regidarly  follows 
the  word  whose  signf.  it  limits,  as 
εΙχον  άν,  έχοιμ'  άν,  etc. :  but  when 
words  dependent  on  the  verb  precede 
it  in  the  sentence,  άν  may  follow  any 
of  them,  because  in  sense  they  follow 
the  verb,  as  πρόφασιν  άν  εΙχον,  =εΙ- 
χον  uv  πρόφασιν.  The  subjunct.  in- 
deed usu.  follows  άν,  but  there  we 
have  seen  that  άν  limits  not  the  verb 
but  its  particle. — In  such  cases  as  τι 
ούν  uv  φαίη  ό  λόγος  ίτι  άπιστεΐς 
for  τί  ονν  ετι  ΰπιστεΐς,  φαίη  άν  ό 


ΑΝΑ 

?.όγος,  Plat.  Phaed.  87  A,  the  sen- 
tence should  be  written  without  a 
comma  :  so  also  ούκ  οίδ'  άν  ει  πείσαι- 
μι,  Eur.  Ale.  48  Monk.  (On  the  etym. 
of  άν,  and  the  distinctions  between 
it  and  κε,  cf.  Kuhner  Ausf.  Gr.  '^  453.) 
[a  always,  v.  Herm.  Opusc.  4,  p.  373, 
against  Dindorf,  Praef.  Poet.  Seen. 
Gr.  p.  vii.  sqq.] 

Άν,  conj.,=fav  with  subjunctive  ; 
Trag.  always  use  ην,  and  so  usu.  in 
Att.,  except  Plato.  [Herm.  Opusc. 
4,  p.  273,  holds  ύ,  but  Schafer  and 
Franke  Callin.  p.  186,  "ά.] 

'Ai',  or  better  άν  (v.  Buttm.  Ausf. 
Gr.  vWn,  Anm.  4,)  shortd.  Ep.  form 
of  άνά,  q.  v.,  before  ν  and  r,  II.  10, 
298  ;  20,  319. 

'Ai^  apocop.  from  άνα,  for  ανέστη, 
like  tvi  for  ένεστι,  he  stood  up,  arose, 
II.  3,  268  :  and  here  note  that  άν  al- 
ways represents  past  tenses  of  the 
Indie,  άΐ'α  Imperat.  pres.,  but  v.  avs. 
t"Av  by  crasis  for  ά  άν. 

Άν-,  sometimes  for  a  priv.  before  a 
vowel :  the  ν  prob.  belongs  to  the 
root  of  the  negative,  as  in  other  in- 
stances a  stands  immediately  before 
the  vowel  {ά-έκων,  ά-ελπτής)  :  perh. 
the  negat.  in  full  was  άνα  (cf.  άνεν, 
Lat  in-,  Engl,  un-),  which  is  still 
retained  in  άνάεδνος,  άνάελπτος, 
Buttm.  Lexil.  p.  118,  Lob.  Phryn. 
728.     Cf.  also  νη-. 

ΆΝΑ',  prep.  c.  dat.  et  ace,  but  c.dat. 
only  in  Ep.  and  Dor.  poetry  :  by  apo- 
cope άν  or  rather  άν,  before  a  palatal 
ΰ)•,  before  a  labial  άμ,  or  rather  άμ  (v. 
sub  ά^),  but  this  too  only  in  Ion.  and 
Dor.  poetry.  Radic.  signf.  up,  upon, 
opp.  to  κατά. 

in  Od.  in  phrase  ύνά  νη()ς  βαίνειν, 
to  go  on  board  ship,  2,  416;  9,  177; 
15,  284,  it  is  said  to  govern  the  gen., 
but  it  is  better  to  regard  it  as  the 
adv.,  and  the  gen.  to  be  used  of  the 
I)art  affected,  v.  Jelf  Gr.  Gr.  §  624, 
obs. 

A.  c.  DAT.,  on,  upon,  without  any 
notion  of  motion,  only  in  Ep.  and 
Lyr.  poetry,  and  so  used  by  Trag. 
only  in  Lyrics  :  άνά  σκί/πτρω,  upon 
the  sceptre,  II.  1,  15,  Pind.  P.  1,  10; 
άνά  ωμω,  upon  the  shoulder,  Od.  11, 
127,  άί'ά  Ταργύρω  άκρω,  II.  15,  152. 

2.=  συν,  seems  to  rest  on  mistaken 
passages,  as  Eur.  I.  A.  1058. 

B.  c  ACC,  the  common  usage,  im- 
plj'ing  motion  upwards,  directly  op- 
posed to  κατά  —I.  of  place,  up,  άνά 
κίονα,  Od.  22, 176,  άνά  ποταμόν,  Hdt. 
2,  96.  Hence — 2.  from  bottom  to  top, 
throughout,  [φ/.εφ'ί  άνα  νώτα  βέονσα 
διαμπερές  αυχέν'  ίκύνει,  II.  13,  547; 
so  άνά  δημον,  άστυ,  δμιλον,  through 
all  the  people,  throughout  the  city, 
throng ;  hither  may  be  referred  άί'ά 
στόμα  έχειν,  Horn.,  to  have  continually 
in  the  mouth,  on  the  tongue;  άνά  θνμον 
όρονέειν,  to  revolve  up  and  down  in 
one^s  mind,  i.  e.  frequeyitly,  11.  2,  36, 
άνά  τους  πρώτους  είναι,  to  be  among 
the  first,  Hdt.  9,  86.  And  so— II._  of 
time  throughout,  in  Hom.  only  άνά 
νύκτα,  all  night  through,  II.  14,  80  : 
Hdt.  has  it  often  άνά  ττάσαν  την 
ημέραν,  all  the  day  long  (not  άνά  ττά- 
σανήμ.,  of  which  below),  άνά  τον 
πό?.εμον,  etc. — III.  in  numbers,  up 
to,  άνά  είκοσι  μέτρα  χενε,  he  poured 
full  twenty  measures,  Od.  9,  209 : 
and  so — IV.  of  mode  and  manner  ; 
the  action  being  conceived  of  as 
moving  along  to  some  higher  point, 
as  άΐ'ά  κράτος,  from  weakness  up  to 
the  full  measure  of  strength,  i.  e. 
strongly,  vigorously,  much  like  κατιΊ 
κράτος  φενγειν,  άπομάχεσβαι,  Xen. 

97 


anX 

Cyr.  4,  2,  30  ;  5,  3, 12  ;  so  avu  μέρος, 
in  turn;  hence  arises  its  distributive 
force,  ηί/ί-{σκε  ύέ  άνά  τΐάν  ίτος, 
now  he  was  accustomed  to  send  every 
year,  ildt.  7,  1U6  ;  ύνά  ττάσαν  t/μέμαν, 
day  by  day,  Hdt.  2,  37  ;  at  the  rate  of, 
άνά  TTivre  τταρασσάγγας  τϊ/ς  ημέρας, 
Xen.  An.  4,  ϋ,  4. 

C.  WITHOUT  CASE,  as  adv.,  Horn, 
and  poet,,  thereon,  thereupon,  and  with 
the  notion  of  distribution  through  a 
space,  throughout,  all  over  :  avu  jJOT- 
ρνες  ήσαν,  all  over  there  were  clusters, 
11.  18,  502  :  but  ανά  oft,  is  an  adv. 
in  Horn.,  where  ace.  to  some  it  is 
only  parted  from  its  verb  by  tmesis, 
άνά  ύ'  ώμτο  for  ΰνώρτο  δέ,  ΰνϋ  Ttv- 
χε'  άείρας  lor  τενχεα  άναείρας,  etc. 

D.  IN  co.MPos. — 1.  as  in  Β.  Ι.=  ύνω, 
iip  to,  upwards  vp,  opp.  to  κατά,  as 
αναβαίνω,  ΰνίστημι,  άναβοάω,  ανα- 
πνέω :  poet,  sometimes  doubled,  ΰνα 
ορσοβϋρην  ΰναβαίνειν,  Od.  22,  132. 
— 2.  hence  Hows  the  signf.  of  in- 
crease or  strengthening,  as  in  ανακρί- 
νω, although  it  cannot  always  be 
translated,  as  in  the  Horn,  ΰνέρομαι: 
in  this  case  opp.  to  ΰττό,  sub. — 3.  from 
the  notion,  throughout,  C,  comes 
that  of  repetition  and  improvement,  as 
in  άναβλαστάνω,  αναγιγνώσκω- — 4. 
the  notion  of  back,  backwards,  in  ava- 
χωρέω,  άνανεύω,  etc.,  seems  to  come 
from  such  phrases  as  avu  βόον,  up, 
i.  e.  against,  the  stream,  ^Lat.  re-, 
retro-.  When  used  as  prep,  άνά  never 
suffers  anastrophe,  though  llerm,  ad 
Elmsl.  Med.  1143  maintains  the  con- 
trary, of.  sq.  [ύνά] 

Άνα,  the  prep,  άνά  written  with 
anastr.,  usu.  expl.  for  άνάστηθι,  tip  I 
arise!  usu,  ά'λ'λ'  άνα,  11,  6,  331,  Od. 
18,  13,  but  it  is  better,  and  more  in 
accordance  with  Homeric  usage  to 
regard  it  as  simple  adv.,  np ! — in  this 
signf.  the  ult.  is  never  elided,  Herm. 
Soph.  Aj.  194:  the  apocop.  άν  is  al- 
ways for  ανέστη,  [ανά] 

Άνα,  vocat.  of  άναξ,  king,  only  in 
the  phrases  ώ  άνα,  contr.  ώνα,  and 
Ζεϋ  άνα,  and  only  as  an  address  to 
gods,  Horn. :  Sappho  is  said  to  have 
used  it  also  for  ώ  άνασσα. — Rare  in 
Trag.,  Herm.  Bacch.  546  :  the  ult.  is 
never  elided,  Herm.  H.  Ap.  526,  [ύνΰ] 

Άνύβά,  Att,  for  άνάβηθι,  iinperal. 
aor.  2  from  αναβαίνω. 

Άναβάδην,  adv.,  {αναβαίνω)  going 
up,  mounting  :  also  sitting  or  being  up 
on  high,  aloft,  hence  in  Ar.  Ach.  399, 
Plut.  1123,  opp.  to  καταβάδην,  either 
upstairs,  in  the  garret,  or  loith  the  legs 
up,  lying  on  a  couch,  cf.  Interpp.  ad  U. 
CO.,  and  Alb.  Hesych.  1,  p,  313.  [βά] 

Άναβύδόν,  adv.,  (αναβαίνω)  mount- 
ing or  going  up,  άν.  όχεύείν,  Arist.  Η.  Α. 

Άναβΰβμΐκός,  ή,  άν,  (αναβαθμός) 
flitted  for  going  up,  rising  m  steps. 

Άναβαθμίς,  ίδος,  ή.  (αναβαίνω) 
a  step,  stair. — II.   an  ascent. 

'Αναβαθμός,  οϋ,  ό,  (αναβαίνω)  a 
means  of  going  up,  a  flight  of  steps  a 
stair,  Hdt,  2,  125. — 2.  an  ascent. 

Άναβύθρα,  ας,  ή,  (αναβαίνω) = 
foreg,,  α  ladder,  Luc. 

Άνάβαθρον,  ου,  τό,=  άναβαθμάς,α 
seat  on  steps,  e.  g,  a  professor's  chair, 
V.  Ruperti  ad  Juv.  7,  46  :  metaph.  a 
gradation  :  from 

'Αναβαίνω,  A.  in  fut.  άναβ-ησω : 
aor.  άνέβησα,  transit.,  to  make  to  go 
up  or  Ttioiuit,  esp.  to  make  mount  on 
shipboard,  II.  1,  144,  308,  Find.  P.  4, 
340  ;  also  in  aor.  mid.  άνεβι'ισατο,  Od. 
15,  475:  άνδρας  έπϊ  καμήλους  άνέ- 
βησε,  he  mounted  men  on  camels,  Hdt. 
1,  80. — B.  in  pres.  with  f.  άναβήσο- 
uat :  aor.  άνέβην  and  άνεβησύμην, 
98 


ANAB 

intrans.,  (the  common,  and  in  Att. 
the  only  usage)  :  to  go  up,  climb, 
mount,  m  Horn.  usu.  absol.  ol  seamen, 
to  go  on  shipboard,  or  to  put  out  into 
the  high  sea,  put  to  sea  :  C.  ace,  ovpa- 
vbv,  νττερώϊα  άναβ.,  to  go  vp  to  heaven, 
to  the  upper  rooms,  11,  1,  497,  Od.  18, 
301  ;  more  freq.  c.  εις,  άναβ.  εις  έ?.ά- 
την,  ίς  δίφρον,  II.  14,  287}  16,  057, 
(but  ές  'ΐροίην  άναβ.  (sc.  νήα),  to 
embark,  i.  e.  sail  for  Troy,  Od.  1,  210, 
opp.  to  εκ  Κρήτι/ς,  Ιο  sad  from  Crete, 
Od,  14,  252) ;  rarely  c.  άνά,  as  Od. 
22,  132 :  post-Horn,  most  freq.  with 
ετϊί  τι  or  Τίνος,  as  άναβ.  έττι  οΰρεα, 
Hdt.  1,  131,  esp.  άναβ.  έφ'  Ίττπον  or 
ΙτΐΤΓου,  to  mount  on  horseback,  Xen., 
hence  absol.  άν αβ ε βηκώς, mounted, ΛΑ., 
cf,  inf.  4  :  rarely  c.  dat.,  as  νεκροίς 
άναβ,,  to  trample  on  the  dead,  Lat. 
mortuis  insultare,  II,  10,  493 :  with 
cognate  acc,,uv,  άνά/ϊασίν.  Plat.  Rep. 
519  D  ;  so  too  άν.  στό'λον,  to  go  up  on 
an  expedition,  Dissen  Pind.  P.  2,  02 
(114). — Special  usages: — 1.  of  land 
journies,  to  go  up  from  the  coast  into 
Central  Asia,  Hdt.,  and  Xen. :  άναβ. 
παρά  βασιλέα.  Plat.  Ale,  1,  123  Β, — 
2,  of  rivers,  to  rise,  Hdt,  2, 13  ;  άν.  ές 
τας  άρουρας,  to  overflow  the  fields, 
Hdt,  1,  193. — 3.  of  plantsf  to  shoot  up, 
grow,  Xen.;  also  of  hair.  Id. — 4.  in 
Att.  άν.  έπι  το  βήμα,  or  absol.,  to 
mount  the  tribune,  rise  to  speak,  Lat.  in 
concionem  escendere,  Wolf  Leptin.  p. 
373 :  hence  also  άι•,  έπΙ  or  εΙς  το 
■πλήθος,  το  δίκαστήριον,  to  come  be- 
fore t/ie  people,  before  the  court.  Plat.  : 
άν.  έτϊΐ  τον  όκρίβαντα,  to  mount  the 
stage,  Plat.  Syinp.  194  B,  also  absol. 
to  enter,  Ar.  Eq.  149. — -5.  of  the  male, 
to  mount,  cover,  Lat.  inire,  άν.  τάς  θ>}- 
λέας,  Hdt.  1,192.— II.  Ιο  go  through,  c. 
ace.  φύτις  ανθρώπους  αναβαίνει.  Od. 
6,  29,  nisi  leg,  ανθρώπους  άνα  β.,  v. 
Nitzsch. — III.  to  come  to  an  end,  turn 
out,  like  άττοβαίνειν,  εκβαίνειν,  Lat. 
evenire,  Valck.  Hdt.  7, 10,  8  ;  άπα  τί- 
νος, to  result  from,  Xen.  Rep.  Ath.  2, 
17  :  hence  also^2.  to  come  round,  like 
περιελθειν,  ές  Αεωνίδην  άνέβαινεν 
ή  βασιληίη,  Hdt.  7,  205,  cf.  1,  109. 
— iV.  to  go  upwards  or  onwards,  and 
so  to  proceed,  esp.  to  speak  of  a  thing, 
προς  τι,  Xen.  Hipp.  1,  4,  cf.  Plat. 
Rep.  445  C. 

Άναβακχεύω,  (άνά,  Βάκχος)  to 
rouse  to  Bacchic  phrenzy,  to  madden, 
Eur.  H.  F.  1086,  cf.  sq.— II.  to  break 
forth  in  Bacchic  phrenzy,  to  rage,  exult, 
Eur.  Bacch.  864. 

Άναι^ακχιόω,  =  foreg.,  Eur.  Or. 
332,  Pors. 

Άναβά?.λω,  f.  -βάλω,  to  throw  or 
toss  up,  χουν  έξ  ορύγματος,  Thuc.  4, 
90 ;  άν.  έπϊ  τον  ϊππον,  to  put  on 
horseback,  Xen.  An.  4,  4,  4  :  but  also 
of  the  horse,  άν.  τον  άναβάτην,  to 
throw  his  rider  up  or  back,  i.  e.  off,  Id. 
Eq.  8,  7.  —  II,  to  put  back,  put  off, 
άεθλον,  Od.  19,  584  (the  only  place 
\vhere  Horn,  uses  the  act.) :  also  άν- 
αβ. τινά,  to  put  one  off,  sc.  with  ex- 
cuses, I)cm.  102,  27 :  also  in  pass, 
άνεβλήθη  ή  εκκλησία,  was  adjourned, 
Thuc,  5,  45:  cf,  mf.  B,  II.— III.  άν. 
κίνδυνον,  like  άνα/)ρίπτειν,  to  run  a 
risk  (prob.  metaph.  from  dice),  Acsch. 
Theb.  1028,  in  tmesi. — B.  much  more 
freq,  in  mid.,  to  lift  up,  esp.  one's  voice, 
άναβάλ'λετο  άείδειν,  he  lifted  %ip  his 
voice  to  sing,  Od.  1,  155,  etc.  ;  later 
without  άείδειν,  to  make  a  prelude,  be- 
gin a  sung,  Find.  N.  7,  114,  Ar.  Pac. 
1269,  cf.  αναβολή,  and  Valck.  Theocr. 
0,  20  :  hence  in  genl.  to  begin,  c.  ace, 
rei,  Philostr. :  but  μί/ιος  άναβεβλη- 
μένον,  a  slow  tune,  opp.  to  έπίτροχον, 


AJiAB 

Synes. — II.  like  act.  II.,  to  put  off,  de* 
lay,  II.  2,  436,  also  in  Pind.,  Hdt.,  and 
freq.  in  Att.  prose, — III.  to  throw  one's 
cloak  up  and  round  one,  like  περιβαλ- 
λεσβαι,  throw  it  over  the  right  shoulder, 
so  as  to  draw  it  round  one,  and  let  it 
hang  in  graceful  folds.  Plat.  I'heaet. 
175  E,  cf.  Ar.  Av.  1568:  άναβάλλεσ- 
θαι  χ'λαΐναν,  Ar.  Vesp.  1132  ;  but  al- 
so without  subst.,  Ar.  Eccl.  97,  cf. 
Ileind.  and  Slallb.  Plat,  1,  c— 1V.= 
act.  111.,  άναβάλλεσθαι  μάχην,  to  risk 
a  battle,  dub.  in  Hdt.  5,  49  lor  άναλα- 
βέσθαι,  V.  Schweigh. 

'Αναβαπτίζω,  (άνά,  βαπτίζω)  to  dip 
repeatedly,  Plut.  Marcell.  15. — H.  to 
re-baptizc,  Eccl. 

'Ai'a/jU7rr<j,=foreg.  I  ,  Tbeophr. 

Άνά.ι3άσις,  εως,  ή,  (άναβοινω)  a 
going  up,  an  ascending,  an  ascent,  Plat. 
Polit.  517  Β  ;  moimting,  esp.  on  horse- 
b.ick,  freq.  in  Xen.  Hipparch. :  way 
of  mounting,  lb,  7,  4  :  πάσα  ίππων 
άμβασις  lor  πάντες  άναβάται.  Soph. 
Ο.  C  1070. — 2.  a  journey,  expedition  up 
from  the  coast,  esp.  into  contra] 
Asia,  like  that  of  the  younger  Cyrus, 
related  by  Xen, — 3.  the  rising  of  a 
river,  Xen,,  and  Plut. — II.  a  way  up, 
the  ascent,  of  a  tower,  mountain,  etc., 
Hdt.  1,  181;  7,223. 
ΥΑνάβασμα,  ατός,  τό,  ascent. 

Άναβασμός,  οϋ,  ό,  =  αναβαθμός, 
Paus. 

V Αναβασσαρέω,  ώ,  ί.  -ησω,  (άνά, 
'Βασσαρέω)=άναβακχενω,ΑηΆ€τ.β2,6. 

' Αναβαστάζω,  f.  -άσω,  {άνά,  βαστά• 
ζω)Ιο  raiseorlift  up,carry, huc.Gy  mn.24. 

'Αναβατήρων,  ov,  τό,  sub.  ιερόν, 
a  sacrifice  for  a  fair  voyage,  Plut. ; 
(from  αναβαίνω  to  put  to  sea.) 

'Αναβάτης,  ov,  ό,  poet,  shortd.  άμ• 
βατ>/ς,  (αναβαίνω)  one  who  is  mounted, 
Eur.  Bacch.  1107  :  esp.  a  horseman, 
ruler,  Plat.  Crit.  119  A,  and  Xen.  Hell. 
5,  3,  1. — 2.  a  stallion,  [a] 

ΆναβάτΙκός,  ή,  όν,  (αναβαίνω) 
skilled  in  mounting,  άναβατικώτεροί 
έπΙ  τους  ίππους,  readier  at  mounting 
and  riding,  Xen.  Mem.  3,  3,  5. 

'Αναβατός,  όν,  Horn,  άμβατός, 
(αναβαίνω)  that  ?nay  be  mounted  or 
scaled,  easy  to  be  scaled,  II.  6,  434,  Od. 
11,315. 

ΥΑναβεβλημένος,  perf.  part,  pass 
from  αναβάλλω,  q.  v.    Hence 

Άναβεβλημένως,  adv.,  with  delay, 
slowly,  Dion.  H. 

Άναβέβρνχεν,  perf.  from  an  obsol. 
άναβρνχω  or  -βρύζω,  to  boil  or  bubble 
up,  of  a  fountain,  11.  17,  54.  (No 
doubt  radically  akin  to  βλύζω,  βλύω, 
βρύω,  V.  Buttm.  Lexii.  p.  204,  sqq.) 

νΑναβησίνεως,  ω,  ό,  (αναβαίνω, 
νανς)  Anabesineus,  a  Phaeacian,  Od. 
8,  1,  13.  strictly  a  navigator. 

' Αναβήσσω .  f.  -βήξω,  to  cough  up, 
expectorate,  Hipp. 

'Αναβιβάζω,  f,  -άσω.  fut,  mid.  -βι 
βάσομαι,  Att.  contr.  -βιβώμαι.  (Dem. 
440,  18) ;  (άνά,  βιβάζω)  to  make  to 
go  up,  to  cause  to  ascend,  to  take  up  to 
a  higher  place  and  station,  έπΙ  πνρ- 
γον,  έπι  λόφον,  Hdt.,  and  Xen. 
esp. — 1.  άν-  έπϊ  ΐππον,  to  mount  one  on 
horseback,  Hdt,  1,  03,  and  Xen, :  also 
έφ'  άρμα,  Hdt,  4,  180. — 2.  άν.  vavv,  to 
draw  a  ship  up  on  land,  Xen,  Hell,  1, 
1,2:  but  also — 3.  in  mid.  to  put  on 
board  ship,  to  embark  for  .sea,  Thuc,  7, 
33,  35  :  and  so  prob,  Xen.  Hell.  3,  4, 
10. — 4.  άναβ.  έπι  τό  βήμα,  usu.  ab- 
sol., at  Athens  esp.  to  bring  up  to  the 
bar  of  a  court  of  justice,  Lys.  122, 
17 :  but  more  freq.  in  mid.  for  one's 
advantage,  in  one's  own  behalf,  esp.  of  a 
prisoner  bringing  up  his  wife,  chil 
dren,  etc.,  to  raise  compassion,  Plat 


ANAB 

-Apol.  18,  D,  and  Oratt. — 5.  metaph. 
«f.  εις  τιμήν,  όνναμιν,  to  raise  to  hon- 
our or  dignity,  to  advance  in  power, 
Pint  Cat.  Maj.  16;  τας  τιμάς,  τονς 
UiaOovc  ΰναβ.,  to  raise  the  price,  to  ad- 
vance in  price,  Diod.  S. — In  Gramm. 
to  thrmv  back  roi'  τόνοι',  the  accent, 
V.  Schaf.  Greg.  Cor.  p.  411.     Hence 

Άναβιβαστέον•,  verb,  adj.,  one  ?mist 
set  on  or  mount,  Xen.  Hipparch.  1,  2, 
Plat.  Rep.  467  A. 

Άναβιβρώσκω,  f.  άναβρώσω,  {ανά, 
βιβρύσκω)  to  eat  vp,  Nic.  Th.  134. 

Άναβιόω,ώ,ί,-ώσομαί :  aor.  ύνΐβί- 
ων,  inf.  άναβιώναι,  rarely  άνεβίωσα 
(Meineke  Com.  Fragm.  2,  p.  660) :  to 
come  to  life  again,  return  to  life.  Hipp. 
113,  Ar.'  Ran.  177,  Plat.— II.  mid. 
άναβιώσασθαι,  to  bring  back  to  life, 
Plat.  Phaed.  69  C. 

Άναβίοσις,  εος,  ή,  (am,  βιόω)  a 
reviving,  LXX. 

Άναβιώσκομαι,  f.  -ώσοααι,  dep. 
mid.,  to  bring  to  life  again,  revivify. 
Plat.  Crito  48  C. — 2.  intr.=uva/jiOGj) 
to  revive.  Id-  Phaed.  72  C. 

Άναβ?Μστύι>ω,  f.  -στήσω,  {leva, 
βλα.στάν(ο)  to  make  shoot  or  spring -up. 
— 2.  intr.  to  shoot,  spring,  or  grow  up, 
properly  of  plants.  Plat.  Legg.  845 
D ;  metaph.  of  a  city,  to  spring  or 
sh<x>t  lip  again,  to  flourish  again,  Hdt. 
7, 156  :  also  of  misfortunes  springing 
up,  Hdt  5,  92,  4,  of.  3.  62.     Hence 

Άναβ/.άστημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  shooting, 
springing,  or  growing  up  again. 

Άναβ'/άστησις,  εως,  ?/,=  foreg. 

Άνύβ/εμμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  took  cast 
upwards,  a  looking  up  or  back,  as  of 
dogs  when  called,  Xen.  Cyn.  4,  4. 
From 

Άναβ7έ~ω,{.-ι!ιω,(<'ίνύ,  βλέττω)  to 
look  up.  Plat.,  and  Xen. ;  esp.  as  a 
mark  of  confidence,  άν.  ό(βοΐς  6μ- 
μασιν,  Xen.  Hell.  7,  1,  30:  άν.  τίβός 
τίνα,  to  look  one  in  the  face,  like  άν- 
τιβλέ-ειν.  Id.  Cyr.  1,  4,  12.— 2.  to 
Jook  up  at,  ΰελίου  ό'  uv.  λαμττύσιν, 
Eur.  Ion  1467. — 3.  άν.  ό?.όγα.  to  cast 
up  a  glance  of  fire,  Eur.  Ion  1263,  cf 
βΧέτηο. — II.  to  see  again,  recover  one's 
sight.  Hdt.  2,  111,  and  Plat.  Phaedr. 
243  Β  :  to  open  the  eyes  again,  Xen. 
Cyr.  8,  3,  29.     Hence 

Άνύβ/.εψις,  εο)ς,  ή,  a  looking  up, 
upwards,  or  at. — 2.  a  seeing  again,  re- 
covery of  sight,  Ael. 

Άναβ?.ήδην,  adv.,  poet,  shortened 
άμβλήδην,  Horn.,  {αναβάλλομαι) 
boiling  up,  and  so  witli  sudden  bursts, 
άμβλήδην  γούν,  II.  22,  476,  cf.  uva- 
βο/Λδην. 

Άναβ?ιηδ6ν,  adv.,  {αναβάλλομαι) 
thrown  round,  esp.  of  clothes. 

Άνύβ7.ησις,  εος,  ή,  {αναβάλλω)  a 
putting  off,  delay,  II.  2,  380. 

Άναβλητίκώς,  Άάν.,=άναβλήόην, 
—►2.  with  delay,  slowly. 

Άναβ/.νζω,  f.  -ύσω,  (Ufa,  βλύζο) 
to  make  to  gush  forth,  Arist.  Mir. 
Ausc,  and  Anth. — 2.  intr.  to  gush 
or  spoiii  forth,  Arist.  Mund. :  'Νείλος 
αναβλύζων,  Theocr.  17,  80.    Hence 

' Ανάβλϋσις,  ει,)ς,  ή,  a  gushing  or 
spouting    up  πηγών. 

' Α.ναβλνσταίνω,=  άναβ7.νζω ,  dub., 
yet  V.  I3ast.  Ep.  Cr.  Append,  p.  55. 

Άναβ7.ύω,^=άνα3'λύζω,νιΜτ.,'ΆϊγΌ. 
[ί-]      ' 

Άναβόαμα,  ατός,  τό,  poet.  άμβ.,= 
άναβόησις.  Aesch.  Cho.  34. 

Άναβοάω.ώ,ί. -j/σομαι  ;  Ion.  aor. 
αμβώσαι,  Hdt.  ;  {άνά,  βούω)  to  cry  or 
sliout  aloud,  utter  a  loud  cry,  esp.  in 
sign  of  grief  or  astonishment,  άν.  μέ- 
γα, Hdt.  1,  8,  etc.:  of  the  ivar-cry, 
Xen.  Cyr.  7,  1,  38  :  to  shout,  in  sign 
of  applause,  Lat.  acclamare,  Xen. — 


ANAB 

Π.  c.  ace.  rei,  to  cry  out  something, 
Eur.  Bacch.  525  :  but  άχη,  ξνμόοράν 
άν-,  to  wail  aloud  over  a  misfortune, 
lament  it  aloud,  Aesch.  Pers.  572,  Eur. 
Hel.  1108. — 2.  c.  ace.  pers.,  to  call  on, 
συμμάχους,  Eur.  Hel.  1592,  Άσκ/.η- 
πιόν,  Ar.  Plut.  639. — 3.  also  to  cry  up, 
praise  aloud,  Alex.  Isos.  1,  12.    Hence 

Άναβόησις,  εως,  ή,  a  crying  or 
shouting  almid,  calUng out,u\ui].H.U,\0. 

'Αναβο?.άδην,  adv.,  poet,  shortd. 
άμβολάδην,  {άναβο?.ή)  bubbling  vp, 
7.έβης  ζεΐ  άμβο7Μδην,  the  caldron  boils 
bubbling  up,  11.  21,  364,  Hdt.  4,  181.— 
II.  as  a  prelude  0Γ  beginning  of  song, 
Pind.  N.  10,  62.— III.  uith  delay. 

Άναβο/.ΰόίς,  poet.  άμβο7..,=  άΐ'α- 
βλήδην. 

'Αναβό/.αιον,  ου,  τό,  {άναβά7^.ω) 
something  thrown  round,  a  mantle,  gar- 
ment. 

Άναβολάς,  άδος,  ή,  ■)•η,  earth 
throu-n  up,  in  Xen.  Cyr.  7,  5,  12,  in 
the  shortened  form  άμβο7.άς. 

Άναβο/Λνς,  έως,  6,  {άναβά7\7.ω)  a 
groom  who  helps  to  mount,  App.  Punic. 
106,  Plut.  C.  Grace.  7,  cf  Schneid. 
Xen.  An.  4,  4.  4. — II.  in  Medic,  a  for- 
ceps for  extracting  any  thing. 

Άναβο/.ή,  ής,  ή,  poet,  shortened 
άμβο/ίή,  {άναβύ7.λω)  that  which  is 
thrown  up,  a  7nound  of  earth,  bank, 
Xen.  An.  5,  2,  5,  cf  άναβο7.ύς.—2. 
that  which  is  thrown  back  and  round 
one,  a  mantle,  cloak.  Plat.  Prot.  342 
C  :  dress,  attire,  Luc.  Som.  6. — II.  a 
throwing  or  lifting  up,  esp.  of  the  voice 
to  sing,  a  prelude.  Pind.  P.  1,  7,  Ar. 
Pac.  830  ;  and  so  a  rambling  dithy- 
rambic  ode.  Arist.  Rhet.  3,  9,  6. — 2.  a 
putting  off,  delaying,  ες  άναβο7Μς 
τζοιείσθαι  τι,  to  keep  putting  off,  Hdt. 
8,  21,  also  ίς  άναβο7άς  πράσσειν 
τι,  Thnc.  7,  15,  άναβο7ιήν  τίνος  ττοι- 
είσθαι.  Thuc.  2,  42,  άναβ.  ττοιεΐν 
τίνος.  Plat.  Conv.  201  Ό,'  έτνι  άνα- 
βο7.τι  ττράσιν  ττοιεϊσθαι,  to  make  a 
purchase  on  credit  or  time.  Id.  Legg. 
915  D. — 3.  a  carrying  vp  and  over, 
transporting,  conveyance,  Poljb. ;  more 
USU.  intrans.  a  going  up  and  over,  an 
ascent,  Polyb.  ;  3\$0  an  ascending  path, 
a  route  by  which  one  goes  up  and 
over.  Polyb. — 4.  as  law-term,  a  throw- 
ing back,  an  appeal.  Cf.  αναβάλλο- 
μαι. 

Άναβολίη,  ης,  ή,  poet,  shortd.  άμ- 
βο7.ίη .=:άναβολή ,  Tryph. 

Αναβολικός,  ή,  όν,  whence  adv. 
—κώς,  =άναβολάδην. 

Άναβορβορύζω,ί.  ύξω,{άνά.  βορβο- 
ρνζω)   to  mutter,   grumble  aloud,  Ar. 
Eccl.  433. 
νλνάβονρα,  ων,  τά,  Anabura,  a  city 
of  Pisidia,  Strab. 

Άναβράζω,  f.  -aaw,=sq. — 2.  intr. 
to  froth  or  boil  up,  dub. 

Άναβράσσω.  Att.  άναβρύττω,  f. 
-ζω,  to  make  froth,  foam  or  boil  up.  to 
boil,  seethe,  Ar.  Ach.  1005,  Ran.  ,τΙΟ : 
κίχ?.ας,  to  boil  thrushes,  Ar.  Pac.  1192  : 
— to  throw,  up,  eject,  τά  εν  τοΐς  7  ίκ- 
νοις  άναβραττόμενα  the  scum  left  in 
sieves,  Arist.  Meteor.  2,  8,  42.  Hence 
^'Αναβρασμός,  οΰ,  ό,  a  bubbling  or 
foaming  up,  Synes.  :  and 

ΆνάβραστοΓ,  ov,  boiled,  κρέα,  Ar. 
Ran.  553. 

Άναβράχείν,  an  Ep.  aor.  form  from 

*  Άναβράχω,  of  which  only  άνέ- 
βραγεν  occurs,  to  crash,  clash,  rattle 
or  clank  loudly,  of  armour,  II.  19,  13, 
of  folding  doors  that  burst  open  with 
a  noise,  Od.  2) ,  48,  of  water  bubbling 
up,  Ap.  Rh.  1,  1147  :  v.  Buttm.  Le.xil. 
p.  206,  sq. 

Άναβρέχω,   f.   -βρέξω,   to   moisten 


ΑΝΑΓ 

again;  pass,  to  become  wet  again, \.  L 
Arist.  Probl. 

Άναβρομέω,  ω,  {ανά,  βρέμω)  to 
roar  out  or  aloud,  Ath. 

'Αναβροντάω,ώ,ί.-ήσω,  {άνά,  βρον- 
τάω) to  thunder  aloud,  Tryph. 

Άναβροχίζω,  {άνά.  βρόχος)  to  draw 
up  or  out  by  a  hop.  Medic. 

Άναβρόξειε,  3  sing.  opt.  aor.  act. 
from  obsol.  *  άναβρόχω,  δτε  άνα- 
βρόξειε ύδωρ,  as  oft  as  Charybdis 
stoallotved  again,  gulped  down  the  wa- 
ter, Od.  12,  240;  also  the  part.  aor. 
pass,  ύδωρ  άναβροχέν,  the  water 
swallowed  back,  swallowed  down  again, 
Lat.  aqua  reglutita,  Od.  1 1 ,  585 ;  in 
Ap.  Rh.  4,  826  the  part,  is  used  άνα- 
βρόξασα ;  cf.  Buttm.  Lexil.  p.  201. 

Άναβρνάζω,  fut.  -άξω,  {άνά,  βρνά- 
ζω)  to  shout  aloud  for  ίου,  Ar.  Eo. 
602.  J     J  y>  4 

Άναβρϋχάομαι,  {άνά,  βρνχύομαι) 
dep.  nud.,  to  roar  aloud,  esp.  from  pain 
or  grief,  Plat.  Phaed.  117  D. 

'Αναβρύχω,  v.  άναβέβρνχε. 

'Αναβρνω,=άναβ7.ύω,  Ael.  [ΰ'] 

Άνάβρωσις,  ιως,-ή,  {άναβιβρώσκω, 
άνοβρώσομαι)  an  eating  up,  gnawing 
aivay.  Medic. 

Άναβρωτΐκός,  ή,  όν,  {άναβιβρώσ- 
κω) ready  at  eating  up,  corrosive,  Medic. 

Άναβώσαι,  Ion.  for  άναβοΐισαι, 
Hdt. 

^Αναγα7λίς,  ίδος,  ή,  anagalUs,  a 
plant,  Ολλχ  pimpernel,  Diosc,  cf  άγαλ- 
λίς. 

Άναγαργΰρίζω.  {άνά.  γαργαρίζω) 
to  gargle,  rinse  the  throat,  Hipp.    Hence 

Άναγαργάριστον,  ov,  τό,  a  gargle, 
Hipp. 

'  Ανα}γε?.ία,  ας,  ή,  a  public  prod  am 
at  ion,  Inscr.  :  from 

Άναγγέ?.?ιω,  f.  -ελώ,  {άνά,  άγγέλ- 
λω)  to  carry  back  tidings  of  &  thing,  re- 
port, Lat.  renunciare,  τι,  Aesch.  Pr. 
601,  Tivi  Ti,  Thuc.  4,  122,  τι  ττρός 
τίνα,  Polyb. :  c.  part,  to  tell  of  a  per- 
son doing,  Xen.  Ages.  5,  6  :  to  in- 
form, advise  OTgive  notice,  Plut.  Pass. 
to  be  publicly  announced,  Plut.  Peric. 
18. 

Άνύγγελος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  άγγελος) 
not  announced  or  proclaimed,  e.  g.  μά- 
χη, Anth. 

^Αναγείρω,  {άνά,  άγείρω)  to  reas- 
semble, Q.  Sm.  2,  577. 

Άνα•)  ε/  άω,ώ,{.-άσω,  {άνά.  }£-λάω) 
to  laugh  aloud,  Xen.  Cyr.  5,  1,  9:  έπί 
TLvi,  at  a  thing,  Id.  0,  1,  34.  [ασω] 

'Αναγεννάω.ώ.[.-ήσω,  to  beget  anew, 
to  regenerate.  N.  T.  1  Pet.  1 ,  3.    Hence 
ίΆνα}έννησίς,  εως,  ή,  new  birth,  re- 
generation, Philo. 

Άνΰγέομαι,  Dor.  for  άνηγέομαι, 
Pind. 

Άναγενω,  {άνά,  γενώ)  ίο  let  taste,  to 
give  to  taste,  Ar.  Nub.  523. 

Άνα-^ηρύομαι,  dep.  mid.,  {άνά,  γη- 
ρνω)  to  cry  aloud,  Ael.    [y"\ 

Άνάγής,  ές,  (α  priv.,  άγος)=ύνα- 
γνος.    [at•] 

'Αναγιγνώσκω,  later  in  common 
Greek  άναγϊνώσκω  :  f.  άναγνώσομαι, 
pf  άνέγνωκα,  2  aor.  άνέγνων.  Ion, 
also  1  aor.  άνέγνωσα,  {άνά,  γιγνώσ 
κω)  to  know  accurately,  precisely, 
strengthd.  for  γιγνώσκω :  so  in  Horn., 
vfho  only  uses  aor.  άνέγνων :  hence 
— 2.  the  later  signf.  to  know  again,  re- 
cognise, own,  Lat.  agnoscere,  Hdt.  2, 
91',  dignoscere,  Eur.  Hel.  290. — 3.  to 
distinguish,  discern,  τι  άττό  τίνος,  and 
hence  specially  to  read,  to  read  aloud, 
γράμματα,  βιβλία,  as  in  Lat.  cogno- 
scere,  first  in  Ar.  Eq.  118,  Ran.  52, 
and  Thuc.  3,  49.  etc.,  the  common 
signf  in  Att.,  for  which  Hdt.  says 
έττύ.έγεσθαι,  esp.  in  Oratt.  where 
99 


ΑΝΑΓ 

ανάγνωθί  freq.  occurs  as  a  direction 
to  the  γραμματενς-,  to  read  to  the 
people  tne  laws  arTd  enactments  that 
an}"  occasion  required  ; — ahsol.  oi 
αναγιγνώσκοντες,  students,  Pint.— II. 
in  Ion.  Greek  the  aor.  1  ίνέγνωσα,  is 
used  in  signf.  to  persuade,  c.  ace.  et 
inf.  to  persuade  one  to  do,  Hdt  1,  68, 
87,  etc. :  so  too  in  aor.  pass,  άνεγνώσ- 
θι/ν,  Hdt. 7, 7,  etc.,  and  once  in  perf. 
pass.,  Id.  8.  110. 

'  λναγκάζωΧ-ύΰω. (ανάγκη)  to  force, 
compel,  usu.  c.  ace.  pers.  et  inf.,  άν. 
Ttvu  όρΰν,  ττοίείν,  etc..  to  do  a  thing, 
freq.  from  Soph,  downds.  ;  on  Soph. 
O.  C.  589,  V.  Herm. :  c.  ace.  pers. 
only,  to  constrain  a  person,  esp.  by 
force  of  argument,  opp.  to  πείθην. 
Plat.  Gorg.  472  B,  cf.  Valck.  Hipp. 
921,  to  require  :  also  to  force  by  torture, 
and  so  to  vex,  harass,  annoi/,  Soph. 
El.  221,  Xen.  Hier.  9,  2.-2;  to  carry 
through  by  force,  esp.  by  force  of  argu- 
ment, to  demonstrate,  prove,  τι,  Heind. 
Plat.  Theaet.  153  C  ;  also  to  prove 
that  a  thing  is,  c.  inf.,  or  with  ώο-. 
Plat.  Theaet.  100  B,  Eep.  611  Β  : 
also  to  seek  to  prove,  contend  that  a 
thing  is,  c.  inf..  Id.  Symp.  202  A,  etc. 
— 3.  c.  dupl.  ace.  pers.  et  rei,  to  force 
a  person  to  a  thing,  where  δρΰν,  etc. 
may  be  supplied,  Soph.  Phil.  13(i0  : 
hence  in  pass,  άναγκάζεσβαί  τι,  to  be 
forced  to  a  thing,  Plat.  Phaedr.  242 

A,  ubi  V.  Heind. 

'λναγκαίη,  ης,  η,  Ep.  and  Ion.  for 
ανάγκη,  Horn.,  and  Hdt. 

' λναγκαίος,  αία,  alov,  also  Att.  ος, 
ov,  (Thuc.  1,  2,  Plat.  Rep.  554  A, 
etc.)  {ανάγκη)  of  or  with  force: — I. 
act.  constraining,  applying  force,  press- 
ing, μνθος,  a  word  of  force,  a  compul- 
sory mandate.  Od.  17,  399  ;  χρειώ,  ur- 
gent necessity,  II.  8,  57  ;  ημαρ  άναγ- 
καϊον,  like  δούΤιίον  ημαρ,  the  day  of 
constraint, i.e.  a  life  of  slavery  (not,  as 
some,  of  death)  II.  16,  836,  so  too 
τύχη  αναγκαία,  the  lot  of  slavery, 
Soph.  Aj.  485  :  το  ΰναγκαΐον.  a  pri- 
son, Xen.  Hell.  5,  4,  8,  and  14,  cf. 
' .^νάκείον. — 2.  forcible,  cogent,  convin- 
cing, πειθώ.  Plat.  Soph.  265  D.— 3. 
of  things,  c.  inf.  requiring  to  be  done, 
or  that  one  should  do  them  in  a  certain 
way,  άν.  ποιεΐσθαι,  Plat.  Gorg.  449 

B,  μαθήματα  άν.  ττμομεμαθηκέναι. 
Id.  Legg.  643  C. — II.  pass. /orted,  ττο- 
?.εμίσταί,  soldiers  perforce,  pressed,  Od. 
24,  498,  so  too  δμώες  αναγκαίοι,  lb. 
209,  not  pass,  elsewh.  in  Honi. : 
hence — 2.  painful,  troublous,  Br.  The- 
Ogn.  291,  461. — 3.  necessary  (physical- 
ly or  morally),  and  ονκ  άν.,  unneces- 
sary, freq.  in  Att. :  άναγκαϊόν  έστι, 
like  ανάγκη  έστι,  it  is  necessary  to.., 
Plat.,  and  Xen. :  τά  αναγκαία,  neces- 
saries, a.?  food,  sleep,  etc.,  in  genl.  na- 
tural ivants,  desires  or  instincts.  Plat., 
and  Xen. ;  but  also  loith  certain  or  ne- 
cessary results,  Xen.  Mem.  1,  1,  6,  as 
also  τά  ίκ  θεοϋ  άν.,  the  order  of 
things  appointed  by  God,  laws  of  na- 
ture, Id.  Hell.  1.  7,  36  : — also  absolute- 
ly necessary,  indispensable,  barely  suf- 
ficient, άν.  τροφή=ή  καθ'  ήμεραν, 
Thuc.  1,  2:  το  άναγκαιότατον  ίη^ος 
the  least  height  that  was  absolutely  ne- 
cessary. Id.  1,  90,  cf.  Plat.  Rep.  369 
D  :  το  άν.=αίδοΙον,  Arteni.,  cf.  Mei- 
neke  Com.  Fragm.  3,  p.  309. — 4.  con- 
nected by  Jiccessary  or  natural  ties,  i.  e. 
related  by  blood.  Plat.  :  ol  αναγκαίοι, 
Lat.  necessarii,  kinsfolk,  relations,  Xen. 
Adv.  -ως,  necessarily,  of  necessity,  per- 
force, as  άνάγκί]  was  used  :  αναγκαί- 
ος ίχει,  it  must  be  so,  Hdt.  1,  89, 
Trag. :  -ως  φέρειν,  i.  e.  φ.  ώς  άναγ- 
καϊόν, Thuc.  2,  04.    Hence 

100 


ΑΝΑΓ 

'.Κναγκαιήτης,  ητος,  ή,  blood  rela- 
tionship, Lat.  necessitudo,  Lys.  209, 
13. 

Άνάγκασμα,  ατός,  τό,  {αναγκάζω) 
force,  Joseph. 

Άναγκαστέον,  verb.  adj..  one  must 
force  or  compel.  Plat.  Rep.  378  D ; 
also  in  masc.  άναγκαστέος.  Id.  539  E. 

Άνηγκαστήριης,  ία,  lov,  compulso- 
ry, coercive  :  τά  άν.,  means  of  compid- 
sion,  Dion.  H.  2,  75. 

' Χναγκαστικός,ή,  ov,=foreg.,  Plat. 
Legg.  930  B,  άν.  δνναμις,  Arist.  Eth. 
N. 

Άναγκαστής.  ή,  όν,  verb,  adj., 
forced,  constrained.  Hdt.  6,  58.  Adv. 
-τώς.  Plat.  Αχ.  306  A. 

'Ανάγκη,  ης,  ή.  Ion.  and  Horn. 
άναγκαίη,  force,  constraint,  necessity, 
first  in  Horn.,  who  usu.  has  it  in  dat. 
joined  with  verbs,  as  an  adv.,  άνάγ- 
KT),  perforce,  of  necessity,  so  ανάγκη 
άείδειν,  ΰφ  ιμεν,  πολεμίζειν,  φενγειν, 
etc. :  also  act.  forcibly,  by  force,  ανάγ- 
κη Ίσχειν,  ύγειν,  κελενειν :  the  dat. 
is  strengthd.  by  καί.  Od.  10,  434  :  so 
too  vtt'  ανάγκης,  Od.  19,  156;  later 
σνν  ανάγκη,  Pind.  P.  ] ,  98  ;  προς 
ανάγκην,  Aesch.  Pers.  509  ;  έξ  ανάγ- 
κης. Soph.  Phil.  73,  Xen. ;  δι'  ανάγ- 
κης. Plat.  Tim.  47  Ε  ;  κατ"  ανάγκην, 
Xen.,  and  Plat.  : — ανάγκη  εστί,  c. 
inf,  it  must  he  that..,  it  is  necessary 
that..,  freq.  in  Att.  ;  in  Trag.  also 
very  freq.  in  answers  and  arguments, 
πολλή  γ'  ανάγκη,  πολλίι  'στ'  ανάγκη 
or  πολλή  μ'  ανάγκη,  with  which  an 
inf.  may  easily  be  supplied,  Elmsl. 
and  Herm.  Med.  981  ;  also  πΰσ' 
ανάγκη,  c.  inf..  Soph.  El.  1497,  and 
oft.  in  Plat.,  cf.  Wolf  Le])tin.  p.  244. 
— 2.  necessity,  as  a  law  of  nature,  na- 
tural leant  or  desire,  e.  g.  γαστρος 
άνάγκαις.  Aesch.  Ag.  725,  cf.  Xen. 
Mem.  1,  1,  II,  Id.  Cyn.  7,  1  :  also 
ανάγκη  δαιμόνων,  a!  έκ  θεών  άνάγ- 
Kaufate,  a  decree  of  the  gods,  destiny, 
Eur.  Phoen.  1000,  1763,  ανάγκη  ουδέ 
θεοί  μάχονται,  agai7ist  the  decree  of 
fate  not  even  the  gods  contend,  Simon., 
v.  Heind.  Plat.  iv.  p.  593  : — poet,  also 
oft.  personified,  as  Soph.  Fr.  234,  cf. 
Voss  H.  Horn.  Cer.  216.— 3.  actual 
force,  violence,  punish7nent,  bonds,  etc., 
usu.  in  plur.  VVessel.  Hdt.  1,  116, 
Diod.  3,  14,  άν.  επιφέρειν,  to  apply 
compulsion,  to  coerce,  άν.  προςτιθεναι, 
Xen.  Hier.  9,  4,  έπιτιθ.,  Lac.  10,  7  : 
hence  poet.  bocUly  pain,  anguish,  suf- 
fering, distress,  νπ'  ανάγκης  βοΰν. 
Soph.  Phil.  215,  cf.  Herm.  ib.  200  ; 
ώδίνων  άνάγκαι,  Eur.  Bacch.  89, 
etc. — II.  like  Lat.  necessitudo,  the  tie 
of  blood,  relationship,  kindred,  Andoc. 
32,  14.  (u.su.  derived  from  ανάγω, 
Lat.  adduco,  others  from  άνάσσω,  but 
better  from  άγχ-,  root  of  άγχω,  ango, 
angustus,  etc.) 

' Αναγκόδακρνς,  ν,  gen.  νος,  {ανάγ- 
κη, δάκριή  squeezing  out  tears,  shed- 
ding false  tears,  Aesch.  Fr.  407. 

ΆναγκοσΙτέω,  ώ,  to  force  to  eat,  fat- 
ten, feed  by  force,  from 

Άΐ'αγκόσΙτος,  ov.  {ανάγκη,  σ/τέω) 
eating  perforce,  i.  e.  getting  what  one 
can,  epith.  of  parasites,  Crates,  In- 
cert.  6. 

Άναγκοτροφέω,  {ανάγκη,  τρέφω) 
to  eat  perforce :  to  eat  by  regiment,  not 
after  one's  oivn  appetite,  like  the  athle- 
tes, Epict. 

Άναγκοφαγέο),  =  άναγκοτροφέω, 
Longin. :  and 

Άναγκοώϊιγία,  ας,  ή,  compidsory 
eating,  strict  prescribed  diet  of  athletes, 
Arist.  Pol.  8, 4,  9: from 

Άναγκοφάγος.  ov,  {ανάγκη,  φα- 
γεΐν):^άναγκόσιτος. 


ΑΝΑΓ 

Άναγκοφηρέω.ώ,{άνάγκη  φέρω)  to 
bear  cm  compntsion,  as  unavoidable, 
Dion.  H.  10,  16. 

Άνάγκνλος,  ov.  {a  priv.,  αγκύλη) 
without  άγκχ0.η.  ivithout  a  poise  or  rest, 
of  a  javelin,  Diod.,  v.  άγκν?.η  II. 

Άναγλνκαίνω,  f.  -ΰνώ,  {άνά,  γλν• 
καίνω),  to  .weeltn,  Theophr. 

Άνάγλνπτος,  ov,  {άνά,  γλύφω)= 
άνάγ?.νφος. 

Άναγλνφή,  ης,  η,  embossed  work, 
work  in  low  relief,  Strab. 

'-^.νάγλνφος,  ov,  wrought  in  low  re 
lief:    TO  άνάγλ.=άναγλνψή.     From 

'Αναγλύφω,  f.  -i/)(j,  {άνά,  γλύφω)  to 
carve  in  relief,  opp.  to  διαγλύφω. 

Άναγνάμπτω,  -ijioi,  {άνά,  γνάμπ- 
τω)  tO  be>id  back  or  round,  to  crook : 
hence  in  pass,  αιχμή  άνεγνάμφθη.  the 
spear-point  teas  bent  back,  II.  3,  348. — 
2.  to  undo,  loose,  δεσμόν,  Od.  14,  348. 

Άναγνάπτω,=^άνακνάπτω,  q.  v. 

Άναγνεία,  ας,  ή,  {άναγνος)  impu- 
rity, pollution  by  crime. 
^Άνάγνειαι,    ών,    al,  Polyb. ;  and 
Άναγνίπ,  ας,  ή,  Strab.,  Anagnia,  a 
city  of  Latiuin  in  Italy. 

Άνάγνιστος,  ην,  {a  priv.,  άγνίζω) 
unpitrified,  not  expiated,  Orph. 

"Αναγνος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  αγνός)  im- 
pure, unclean,  unchaste,  Eur.  Hipp. 
1448  :  in  genl.  unholy,  guilty,  Aesch., 
and  Soph. 

Άνάγνωμα,  ατός,  τό,  dub.  for  ανά- 
γνωσμα. Lob.  Aj.  704. 

'Αναγνωρίζω,  f.  -ίσω  Att.  -ϊώ, 
{άνά,  γνωρίζω)  to  know  again,  recog- 
nize. Plat.     Hence 

Άναγνώρισις,  εως,  ή,  a  knowing 
again,  recognition.  Plat.  Theaet.  193 
C  :  esp.  in  a  drama,  the  denouement, 
Arist.  Poet. 

Άναγνώρισμα,  ατός,  τό,  {άναγί'ω- 
ρίζω)  α  mark  or  tokcii  for  recognition  : 
in  plur.  ornaments  or  toys,  by  which' 
children  e.xposed  and  found  again  are 
recognized,  Lat.  crepundia. 

Άναγνωρισμός,  ov^  ό,^άναγνύρι• 
σις.  J 

Άναγνωσείω.  desiderat.  of  άναγι• 
γνώσκω,  to  wish  to  read. 

Άνάγνωσις,  εως,  ή,  (αναγιγνώ- 
σκω) a  knowing  again,  like  άναγνώρι• 
σις,  owning.  Hdt.  1,  116. — 2.  a  read- 
ing. Plat.  Euthyd.  279  Ε  :  fondness 
for  reading,  study,  Plut. — III.  as  Att. 
law-term,  a  preliminary  investigatimi, 
=  άνάκρισις,  Dem.  1253,  25,  Att. 
Process,  p.  623,  not. 

'Ανάγνωσμα,  ατός,  τό.  (αναγιγνώ- 
σκω) any  thing  read,=  άκουσμα,  ακ- 
ρέιαμα,  η  passage  read  aloud,  a  lecture, 
Dion.  H.,  cf.  άνάγνωμα. — II.  a  read- 
ing, like  foreg. 

ΥΑναγνωστέον,  verb.  adj.  from  άνα- 
γΐ}νώσκω,  one  must  read,  Ath. 

Άναγνωστήρων,  ov,  τό,  (αναγι- 
γνώσκω) a  lecture-room  or  reading- 
desk.=  άναλογεϊον. 

'Αναγνώστης,  ov.  6,  a  reader,  Plut. 

' Α\'αγνωστικός.  ή,  6v,fond  of  read- 
ing, reading  xvell,  Plut. 

Άνάγνωστος,  ov,  (άναγιγνώισκω) 
read :  that  can  be  read,  legible,  Dio  C. 
40.  9. 

Άνΰγόρενσις,  εως,  ή,  a  crying  aloud, 
proclamation,  public  nomination  to  a 
thing,  c.  gen..  Decret.  ap.  Dem.  253 
fin.  Plut.  Marcel  1.  4,  Coriol.  20  :  from 

'Ανάγορεύω,ί.•εύσω,{άνά,  αγορεύω) 
to  cry  aloud,  to  jtroclaim  publicly,  Dem. 
70,  ult.,  etc.  :  άν.  κήρνγμα,  to  make 
public  proclamation,  Polyb.  18.  29. 
Pass,  to  be  proclaimed,  named  public- 
ly, άναγορεύεσθαι  νικηφόρος.  Plat. 
Legg.  730  D  :  to  be  generally  colled  or 
sumamed,  φιλοπάτωρ,  Xen.  Cyn.  1, 
14. 


ΑΝΑΓ 

' kvaypauua,  ατός.  τό,  {αναγράφω) 
α  transposition  of  the  letters  of  one  word 
so  as  to  form  another,  an  anagram, 
e.  g.  "Ηρα.  ύήρ  :  άρετί/,  έρατή,  'Αρσι- 
νόη, Ιον  'Ήρας.     Hence 

'Αναγραμμάτίζω,(.-ίσυ,ίο  make  an 
anagram.     Hence 

'Αναγραμματισμός,  οϋ,  b,  a  making 
an  anagram. 

ΆνάγρατΓΤος,  ov,  (άναγράόο))  writ- 
ten up  or  out,  registered,  Thuc.  1,  129. 

Άναγράφεύς,  έως,  ό,  (αναγράφω)  a 
writer,  copier,  public  notary,  secretary 
of  a  magistrate,  Lat.  scriba  ptolicus, 
των  νόμων,  τών  ιερών  και  οσίων, 
Lys.  183,  11 ;  185,  33. 

'Αναγραφή,  ης,  ή,  α  writing  out. — 
II.  that  which  is  written  out,  a  pMic  re- 
cord, register.  Plat.  Legg.  850  A,  Xen., 
etc. ;  a  narrative,  delineation,  Plut. : 
from 

Άναγράφω,ί.'-φω.ίο  write  up,  esp. 
on  a  tablet  placed  in  some  public 
place,  te  register,  άν.  εν  στή7.-η  or  ίς 
στή'Αην.  εις  λεύκωμα,  etc.,  Thuc, 
andOratt. :  esp.  άν-  νόμον,  etc. : — in 
genl.  to  enter  in  a  public  register  or  re- 
cord, and  pass,  to  be  so  entered,  ava- 
γραφήναι  ττατρόθεν,  Hdt.  6.  14  ;  8, 
90 : — hence  άναγρύφεσβαι  ευεργέτης, 
to  be  recorded  as  a  benefactor,  as  was 
the  custom  of  the  Persians,  Valck. 
Hdt.  8.  85,  cf.  Thuc.  1,  129:  and  so 
the  phrase  came  into  general  use. 
Plat.  Gorg.  506  C,  Xen.  Vectig.  3, 
1 1 :  opp.  to  έχθρόν  τίνα  άν.,  Dem. 
122,  10  : — άν.  στή7.ην,  to  raise  a  pillar 
with  an  inscription  on  it. — II.  to  write 
out,  describe,  Xen.  Ep.  1,  6,  and  Plut., 
and  in  mid.  to  describe  mathematical 
figures.  Plat.  Men.  83  Α.— 111.  to  fill 
up,  finish  a  painting,  Arist.   Eth.  N. 

Άναγρια,  ας,  η.  (a  priv.,  άγρα) 
want  of  hunting :  close-time  :  in  genl. 
prohibition  nf  hunting. 

Άναγρύζω.  f.  -ξω.  (ύνά,  γρνζω)  to 
grunt,  to  grumble  or  mumble  aloud.  At. 
Nub,  945,  usu.  e.  negat.  οΰό'  άναγρύ- 
ζειν,  not  to  mutter  so  much  as  γρϋ, 
Xen.  Oec.  2,  11. 

'Αναγνμνόιυ.ύ.,{.-ώσω.  (ύνά,  γνμ- 
νόω)  to  strip  naked,  unveil. 

Άνάγνρις,  εως,  Tj.=  sq.^ 

Άνύγυρος.  ου,  ό.  and  ή,  a  strong- 
smelling  shrub  that  ■  bears  pods, 
Diosc.  (prob.  ΰ,  ef.  ονόγΰρος.) 

ΥΑνύγνρβς,  ov,  ό,  Anagyrus,  an 
Athenian  hero. — 2.  a  title  of  a  come- 
dy of  Aristophanes,  v.  Dind.  Fr.  135. 
Hence 

■\'Αναγνρονς,  οϋντος,  6,  Anagyrus, 
an  Attic  demus  ;  hence  adj.  Άναγυ- 
βάσιος,  a,  ov,  of  Anag.,  Hdt.,  Dem. ; 
adv.  ' Αναγνρουντόθεν,  from  Anagy- 
rus, At.  Lys.  67. 

Άναγχιπττέω,  {ανάγκη,  ίπ—ενς)  to 
be  forced  to  serve  as  a  knight,  Eupol. 
ap.  Suid. 

Άνάγχω,  (άνά,  άγχω)  to  hang  up, 
choke,  strangle.  Nic. 

'Ανάγω,  f.  άνύξω,  aor.  άνήγαγον, 
— I,  to  lead  up  from  a  lower  place  to 
a  higher :  hence  into  the  high  sea : 
Horn,  uses  it  of  carrying  by  sea,  λαον 
ές  Ύροιήν,  II.  9,  338,  γυναίκα  εξ 
'Απίης  γαίης,  3, 48,  but  he  usu.  makes 
it=: simple  άγω,  to  conduct,  carry  to  a 
place,  e.  g.  II.  8,  203,  Od.  3,  272.'  The 
phrase  άν-  vavv.  to  put  out  to  sea.  first 
in  Hdt.,  who  also  has  άνάγειν.  absol. 
in  same  sense,  but  this  more  usu.  in 
mid. — 2.  to  lead  up  into  the  interior  of 
a  country,  esp.  into  Upper  Asia,  άν. 
τάρα  3aai?Ja,  Xen.  Hell.  1.  4,  6. — 
3.  to  bring  up  or  forth,  εις  φάος.  to 
light  and  life,  Hes.  Th.  626  :  so  \/λ- 
νει  ϋΰνάγει  πάλιν,  carries  down  and 


ΑΝΑΔ 

brings  up  again,  Soph.  Aj.  131 — 4.  to 
lead  up.  conduct,  χορόν,  Hes.  Sc.  280  : 
hence  to  celebrate,  άν.  θνσίαν,  έορτήν, 
freq.  in  Hdt. — 5.  to  raise,  lift  up,  φώ- 
νην  ;  also  παιάνα,  to  lift  up  the  paean. 
Soph.  Tr.  210  ;  εΙς  τιμήν,  to  raise  to 
honour. — 6.  to  bring  up,  educate. — II.  to 
bring  hack,  λόγον  εις  την  αρχήν,  to 
carry  back  to  its  principles,  Lat.  altius 
repetere.  Plat.  Legg.  626  D•  — 2.  to 
refer  a  thing  to  another,  εΙς  άρχον- 
τας, like  ad  senatum  referre. — 3.  to 
make  legal  restitution,  Lat.  redhibere. 
Plat.  Legg.  916  A,  cf.  αναγωγή,  Π.  2. 
— 4.  intrans.  to  withdraw,  retreat,  sub. 
εαυτόν  or  πόδα,  Lat.  referre  pedem, 
Xen.  Cyr.  1,  4,  24,  etc.  B.  Mid.  and 
(in  Plut.)  pass.,  ανάγομαι,  to  put  out 
to  sea,  to  set  sail,  Hdt.,  Thuc,  etc.  : 
hence — 2.  to  begin  a  thing,  prepare  for 
it,  like  άνα3ά?.7.εσθαι,  άν.  ώς  ττοιή- 
σων.  Plat.  Charm.  155  D: — opp.  to 
κατάγω.     Hence 

Άναγωγεύς,  έως,  ό,  strictly  one  that 
leads  up :  hence  usu.  ayiy  thing  by 
which  one  draws  or  leads  up,  a  line,  rein, 
thong  of  a  shield,  shoestring :  also  the 
hind  quarter  of  a  shoe,  Ath.  543  F. 

'Αναγωγή,  ής,  ή.  a  leading  or  taking 
up,  esp.  taking  a  ship  into  the  high  sea, 
a  putting  to  sea.  άν.  γίγνεται,  Thuc. 
6,  30,  Xen.,  etc. — 2.  a  bringing  up, 
rearing,  φντων,  Theophr.  :  education, 
discipline.  Polyb. — 3.  a  lifting  up  of 
the  mind  to  abstract  speculation. — II. 
a  leading  back,  referring,  esp.  of  indi- 
viduals to  a  class,  Arist.  Metaph.  3, 
2,  22. — restitution  by  law,  Lat.  redhi- 
bttio,  άν.  εστί,  restitution  is  made,  άνα- 
γωγην  ττοιείσβαι,  to  make  restitution, 
Plat.  Legg.  916  A. 

Άναγώγια.  ων,  τά,  sub.  Ιερά,  {ανά- 
γω)—αναβατήρια,  offerings  made  by 
persons  going  to  sea,  Ael. 

Άναγωγία,  ας.  ή,  (ανάγωγος)  want 
of  education,  clownishness,  Polyb.  7, 
10,  5. 

'Αναγωγικός,  ή,  όν,  fitted  for  lifting 
up  or  exalting  the  mind.     Adv.  -κώς. 

Άναγώγισς,  ov,  (ανάγω)  leading  up 
or  on  high.  —  II.  leading  or  bringing 
back,  Anth. 

'Ανάγωγος,  όν,  (uvaycj)=foreg. 

'Ανάγωγος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  αγωγή) 
without  guidance  or  education,  ill-bred, 
unbred  :  of  horses  and  dogs,  unbroken, 
unmanageable,  Xen.  Mem.  3,  3,  4 ;  4, 
1,  3.     Adv.  -γως. 

Άνΰγώνιστος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  αγωνί- 
ζομαι) without  contest,  never  having 
contended  for  a  prize,  Xen.  Cyr.  1 ,  5, 
10 :  άν.  περί  αρετής,  making  no  exer- 
tion in  the  cause  of  virtue,  Plat.  Legg. 
845  C. 

Άναδαίω,  f.  -δάσομαι,  (άνά,  δαίω) 
to  divide  aneio,  re-distribute  a  country 
among  its  inhabitants,  Thuc.  5,  4 : 
in  genl.  to  divide,  apportion  a  conquer- 
ed land,  Orac.  ap.  Hdt.  4,  159,  cf. 
Ruhnk.  Tim. 

Άναδαίω,  poet.  άνδαίω,^=άνακαίω, 
to  light  up.  Aesch.  Ag.  305.  In  pass. 
to  be  kindled  up,  to  arise,  Ap.  Rh.  4, 
1726. 

Άναδάκνω,  f.  -δήξω,  to  bite  again,  to 
bite  all  routul. 

Άναδάσασθαι,  aor.  1  mid.  inf.  of 
άναδαίω. 

Άναδασμός,οϋ,ό,{άναδαίω,-δάσασ- 
θαι)  a  re-distribution,  in  genl.  a  distri- 
bution, division,  Hdt.  4,  159,  163. 

'.Κνάδαστος,  ov,  (άναδαίω,  -δύσασ- 
θαι)  divided  anew,  re-distrihuted,  γήν 
άν.  ποιεΐν.  Plat.  Legg.  843  Β,  and 
Dem. :  in  genl.  distributed. — II.  later, 
άΐ'.  ποιεΐν  τι,  to  undo,  rescind,  Luc. 
Abd.  11,  Dio  C.  54,  28:  cf.  Ruhnk. 
Tim. 


ΑΝΑΔ 

Άναδέδρομε,  3  sing.  perf.  2  from 
ανατρέχω,  Od. 

Άνάοειγμα,  ατός,  τό,  (άναδείκννμι) 
an  image  for  show,  pattern. — 2.  a  mouth- 
piece worn  by  public  criers  to  serve  the 
purpose  of  our  speaking-trumpets,  cf. 
φορβειά,  Jac.  Anth.  3,  2,  p.  62. 

'Αναδείκννμι  and  αναδεικνύω,  fut. 
-δείξω,  to  lift  up  and  shew,  shew  forth, 
exhibit,  display:  πν/,ας άναδεικνύναι, 
to  display  by  opening  the  gates,  i.  e. 
throw  wide  the  gate.?,  Soph.  El.  145S, 
so  άναδείκννται  δόμος,  At.  Nub.  304: 
άναδέξαι  ασπίδα,  to  hold  up  a  shield 
as  signal,  Hdt.  6,  115:  άν.  σημεϊόν 
τινι  άνάγεσθαι,  to  make  signal  for  put- 
ting to  sea,  Hdt.  7,  128,  also  in  pass. 
— II.  to  make  public,  declare,  notify, 
Xen.  Hell.  3,  5,  16  :  esp.  to  proclaim 
any  one  as  elected  to  an  oihce,  άν. 
τινά  βασι'λέα,  Polyb. :  hence  also 
άναδ.  τινά  δνναστήν,  to  make  a  per- 
son powerful,  Lat.  reddere.  Id. — III.  to 
consecrate,  Lat.  dedicare.     Hence 

' Ανάδειζις,  εως,  ή,  a  shelving  forth, 
exhibition,  display. — 2.  a  making  known, 
proclaiming,  nominating,  Lat.  renvntia- 
tio,  Plut.  :  άν-  τον  διαδήματος,  the 
solemn  appointment  to  the  crown,  Polyb. 

Άναδέκομαι,  Ion.  for  άναδέχομαι. 

' Αναδεκτΐκος,  ή,  όν,  (άναδέχομαι) 
fitted  for  receiving,  Se.Xt.  Emp. 

'Ανάδελφος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  άδε/φός, 
αδελφή)  without  brother  or  sister,  Eur. 

'Ανάδεβα,  ατός,  τό,  (άνά,  δέω)  = 
άνάδημα. 

Άναδέμομαι,  (άνά,  δέμω)  as  mid.,  /ο 
build  up  again. 

Άναδενδράς,  άδος,  ή,  (άνά,  δέν- 
δρον)  α  vine  that  climbs  up  trees,  or  is 
trained  up  them,  Lat.  arbuslum,  vitis 
arbustiva,  Theophr. :  in  gen.  a  vine, 
Pherecr.  Metall.  2.     Hence 

Άναδενδρίτης,  ov,  ό,  οίνος,  wine 
from  the  αναδενδράς  vine,  Polyb.  : 
fem.  άναδενδρίτις,  ιδος,  ή.  [i] 

Άναδέξαι,  Ion.  for  άναδειξαι,  inf. 
aor.  1  act.  from  άναδείκννμι. 

Άναδέρκω,  (άνά,  δέρκω)  to  look  up, 
άναδ.  όφθαλ.μοισιν,  to  open  the  eyes 
again  after  fainting,  II.  14,  436,  cf. 
άναβλ•.έπω. 

'Αναδέρω,  f.  -ί5ερώ,  (άνά,  δέρω)  to 
flay,  draw  off  the  skin,  esp.  to  strip  off 
the  scar  of  a  wound  just  healing,  Lat. 
refricare  ulcus,  At.  Ran.  1106:  hence 
to  rip  up  old  sores,  to  revive  painful 
feelings. — 2.  to  uncover,  reveal,  Luc. 
Pseudol.  20. 

Άνάδεσις,  εως,  ή,  (άναδέω)  a  tying 
up  or  on,  κόμης,  στεφάνων,  Plut. 

Άναδεσμεύω,^Β(\.,  Diod. 

'Αναδεσμέο),ώ,{άνά,δεσμέω)  to  bind 
up,  on,  or  to. 

Άναδέσμη,  ης,  ή,  a  hand  οτ  fillet  for 
women's  hair,  a.  headband,  like  μίτρα, 
η.  22,  469,  where  it  is  described  as 
πλ.εκτή,  cf.  sq. 

Άνάδεσαος,  ov,  o,=foreg.,  in  Eur 
Med.  978  ace.  to  the  MSS.,  but  άνα 
δεσμών  from  άναδέσαη  is  now  usu. 
read,  v.  Elmsl.  (948.)' 

Άνάδετος,  ov,  (άναδέω)  bound  up 
or  back,  bound  to. — 2.  act.  binding  up, 
μίτραι,  Eur.  Hec.  923. 

Αναδεύω,  (άνά,  δένω)  to  moisten, 
wet,  steep,  dye,  Theophr.  :  ηθεσι  άν. 
τους  νόμους,  to  imbue  them  with 
moral  principle,  Plut.  Lye.  et  Num. 
4. — 2.  intr.  to  be  moistened  or  socked, 
of  one  intoxicated,  dub.  Anacreont. 

Άναδέχομαι,  {.  -δέξομαι,  (άνά  δέχ- 
ομαι, dep.  mid.,  c.  pass.  perf.  άναδέ- 
δεγμαι.  To  take  vp,  catch,  receive, 
σάκος  άνεδέξατο  δονρατα,  Π.  5,  619  ; 
so  άναδ.  πλ.ηγάς  εις  το  σώμα,  Plut, 
Timol.  4,  and  βέλη  τω  σώματι.  Id 
MarcelL  10. — II.  to  take  upon  one's 
101 


self. 


ANA Δ  ΑΝΑΔ 

submit    to,    endure.    ϊιν<'δέ-/μεθ'  1  (άι•ύ,  δικάζω)  to   recommence   a   suit, 


όΚ,νν,  Od.  17,  563,  so  αίπαν  αν., 
Plat. :  also  uv.  τι  έφ'  εαυτόν,  Dem. 
613,  5  ;  absol.  to  own  a  fact,  allow  it, 
Id.  1131,  2. — 2.  to  undertake,  promise  to 
do,  c.  inf.  fut.,  Hdt.  5,  91,  and  Xen. 
Cyr.  G,  1,  17. — 3.  to  be  surety  to  one, 
Tivi,  Thuc.  8,  81 :  also  τινί  τι,  to  one 
for  a  thing,  Polyb.  11,  25,  9  :  but  άν. 
τινϋ  τών  χρημάτΐύν,  to  bail  a  person 
for  the  sum  required,  Id.  5,  16,  8. — 
4.  to  take  back,  Dem.  1365,  1. — III.  to 
wait  for,  Polyb.  1,  52,  8. 

'Α,ναδέω,  poet,  shortd.  ανδέω,  f. 
-δήσω  ;  perf.  pass,  -δέδΐμαι,  (ΰνά, 
όέΐύ)  :  to  bind  or  tie  up,  bind  round, 
Tivu  στεφάνοις,  δάφνη,  to  wreathe 
with  crowns,  bay,  Pind.  P.  2.  10,  μί- 
τρησί,  Hdt. :  also  στέφανοι  άνέδησαν 
έθέιραν,  Pind.  I.  5  (4),  11  :  άν.  τινά 
ευαγγέλια,  to  crown  one  for  one's 
good  news,  Ar.  Plut.  76 i  ;  αναδ.  την 
κΐφαλί/ν  τίνος,  Plat.  Symp.  213  Ε  : 
— mid.  άνδ>]σύμι:νος  κύμα  ν,  χαίτας, 
having  wreathed  one's  hair,  Pind.  : 
κρώβνλον  άναδεΐσθαι  τών  τριχών,  to 
bind  one's  hair  into  a  knot,  Thuc.  1,  6: 
άναδεΐσθαι  δόξαν,  ττίστιν,  to  crown 
one's  self  with  renown,  credit,  i.  e. 
to  gain  honour,  credit  for  one's  self, 
Plut.  Pass,  to  be  crowned,  i.  e.  to  he 
honoured,  to  be  adorned.  Plat.  Pollt. 
465  D. — II.  to  attach  or  bind  to,  προς  τι, 
Plut., hence  tolmk,totraceiiom\u^  to 
link,  esp.  αναδήσαι  την  τζατρίην  or 
εαυτούς  ες  τίνα,  to  trace  up  one's  fam- 
ily to  a  founder,  Hdt.  2,  143  ;  in  mid. 
to  attach  to  one's  self,  hence  to  make 
dependant  on  one's  self,  Plut.  de  Fort. 
Rom.  2.  —III.  in  mid.  to  fasten  with  a 
rops  to  one's  self,  esp.  άναδούμενος 
ελκειν  (sc.  νανς),  to  take  in  tow,  tow 
along,  Thuc.  1 ,  50 ;  2,  90,  etc.  Hence 
Άνάδημα,  ατός,  τό,  poet,  shortncl. 
άνδημα,—ΰναδέσμη,  Eur.  Hipp.  83. 
— 2.  a  wreath  or  garland  of  victory, 
Xen.  Symp.  5,  9.      ^       ^ 

'λνάδηξίς,  εως,  ή,  (άναδάκνω)  a 
biting,  bite. — 2.  an  itching. 

Άναδιαρθρόω,  ώ,  -ώσω,  strengthd. 
for  διαρβρόω,  Theophr. 

Άναδΐδύσκω,  f.  -ά^ω,  [ανά,  διδάσ- 
κω) to  teach  othenoise  or  better,  Lat. 
dedocere,  άν.  ως.  .  ,  Hdt.  4,  95,  cf. 
Thuc.  8,  80;  also  simply=  JtJuff/ctj, 
Thuc.  1,  32  : — ^pass.  to  learn  better, 
Valck.  Hdt.  8,  63.— II.  to  teach  again: 
άναδ.  δράμα,  to  alter,  a  play  and  bring 
it  on  the  stage  again :  Blomf.  praef. 
Aesch.  Pers.  p.  xxii. — 3.  to  expound, 
interpret,  ?Μγια,  Ar.  Eq.  1045. 

Άΐ'«<5ί(5ρασ/(ω,  f.  -δράσομαι,  (άνά, 
διδράσκω)  to  run  away  again,  Polyb. 
29,  7,  1. 

Άναδίδωμι,  poet,  shortd.  άνδίδωμι 
f.  άναδώσω,  pf.  άναδέδωκα,  {άνά,  δι- 
δωμι)  to  give  up,  hold  up  and  give, 
Pind.  I.  6  (5),  57,  Xen.— II.  to  give 
forth,  send  up,  esp.  of  the  earth,  to 
yield,  καρπόν,  Hdt.  7,  15,  ώραΐα, 
Thuc.  3,  58,  etc. :  of  springs,  άν.  άσ- 
ώα7^τον,  Hdt.  1,  179;  of  a  volcano, 
uv.  TTvp  και  καπνόν,  Thuc.  3,  88, 
etc. — 2.  intr.,  of  springs,  fire,  etc.,  to 
burst  or  issue  forth,  Hdt.  7,  26 :  of 
plants,  to  groiv  up,  Theophr.  in  pass. 
— III.  to  gine  round,  deal  round,  distrib- 
ute, T7/V  φήφον,  the  voting-shells,  and 
so  to  put  to  the  vote,  Plut.,  and  Luc.  : 
pass,  to  be  dispensed,  Hipp,  and  so  of 
food,  τροόη  άναδίδοται  εις  τυ  σώμα, 
1.  β.  is  digested,  Id. — 2.  also  intr.,  in 
same  signf  as  pass.,  Id. — IV.  to  give 
back,  restore,  Pind.  Fr.  4,  in  3  sing. 
άνδιδοϊ. — 2.  intr.  to  go  back  or  back- 
wards, retire,  opp.  to  έπιδίδωμι,  Arist. 
Rhet. 
Άναδϊκάζομαι,  f.  -άσομαι,  mid., 
103 


isae.  ai•.  Haipocr. — II.  the  act.  only 
in  Agath.,  of  a  judge,  to  alter  his  sen- 
tence. 

Άναδίκεΐν,  {άνά,  δικείν)  defect, 
aor.,  to  throw  back,  ovtrturn,  hence 
άνδικε,  Ep.  for  άνέδικε,  A.  B.  1,  394. 
'Χναδΐκία,  ας,  ή,  {άνά,  δίκΐ])  an  ac- 
tion {δίκη)  brought  on  again,  a  new 
trial,  Lys.  ap.  Poll.  8,  13. 

ΆνάδΙκυς,  ov,  {άνά,  δίκη)  tried  over 
again,  δίκη,  Andoc.  12,  7  :  also  ψ?}- 
φον  άν.  καβιστάναι,  to  put  a  thing  to 
a  second  vote,  to  bring  a  cause  before 
the  tribunal  for  a  second  trial,  Dem. 
700,  3,  Plat.  Legg.  937  D. 

Άναδίνεύω,  {άνά,  δινενω)  to  whirl 
aloft,  Opp. 

Άvaδlvέω,=  {oϊeg. 
Άναδιπλασιάζω,     -άσω,  =  άναδι- 
τζλόω  :  hence 

Άναδιπλασιασμός,  ov,  ό,^άναδί- 
πλωσις. 

Άναδιίϊλόω,  ώ,  ί.  -ώσω,  {άνά,  δί-_ 
πΤιόω)  to  make  double  :  pass,  φάλαγξ 
βαθύτερα  αναδιπλούμενη,  being  made 
twice  as  deep,  Xen.  Cyr.  7,  5,  15. 

\\^ναδίπ'λωσις,  εως,  ή,  a  doubling 
back,  εντέρου,  Arist.  H.  A. 

ΥΑναδίφάω,  ώ,  {άνά,  διώάω)  to  search 
out,  Cratin.  Maj.  Arch.  2. 

νΑναδοθείς,  είσα,  εν,  1  aor.  pass, 
part,  from  άναδίδωμι. 

Άναδοιδϋκάζω,  or  -ίζω,  fut.-uaiJ  or 
-ί'σω,  to  stir  up,  Gramm. 

Άναδορά,  άς,  ή,  {άναδέρω)  a  strip- 
ping off  the  skin,  Aretae. 

Άνάδοσις,  εως,  ή,  {άναδίδωμι)  a 
sending,  giving  forth  :  but  USU.  in- 
trans. — I.  a  growing  up,  growth,  as  of 
plants,  Theophr.  :  a  bursting  or  issu- 
ing forth,  as  of  fire,  wind,  water, 
Arist.  Mund.,  Plut. — II.  agiving  round, 
distributing,  and  of  food,  digestion, 
Plut. 

Άναδοτικός,  ή,  όν,  {άναδίδωμι) 
giving  up  or  forth. — II.  distributive,  di- 
gestive, c.  gen. 

Άνάδοτος,  ov,  {άναδίδωμι)  given 
up,  or  lo  be  given  up,  Thuc.  3,  52. 

Άΐ'ά(5οιι,  Att.  for  άνύδοσο,  imperat. 
aor.  2  from  άναδίδωμι. 

Άναδον/.υω,  ώ,  f.  -ώσω,  {άνά,  δον- 
λόω)  to  reduce  to  slavery  again,  App. 
Hence 

Άναδον?Μσις,  εως,  ή,  repeated  sla- 
very. 

'Αναδοχή,  ης,  ή,  {άναδέχομαι)  α 
taking  up,  reception,  acceptance ;  ανά- 
δοχη πόνων,  the  receiving  of  a  burden 
or  labour  from  another,  i.  e.  a  succes- 
sion of  labours,  Herm.  Soph.  Tr.  825. 
— II.  an  undertaking,  engagement:  and 
so  bail,  security,  Polyb.  5,  27,  4. 

'Ανάδοχος,    ov,   {άναδέχομαι)    re- 
ceiving or  accepting,  τών  χρημάτων, 
Menand.  p.  178. — II.  undertaking,  en- 
gaging, giving  bail,  and  as  subst.,  6 
άν.,  a  hail  or  surety,  Plut.  Dio  18. 
Ανδρΰμείν,  inf  aor.  2  oi  ανατρέχω. 
Άναδρομέω,=^άνατρέχω. 
'Αναδρομή,  τ/ς,  ή,  {ανατρέχω,  -δρη- 
μείν)  α  running  up,  rising,  as  of  the 
sap,   Theophr.  ;    hence    growth,    im- 
provement.— 2.  a  sudden  shoot  or  throb 
of  ])ain,  Hipp. — II.  a  naming  back. 
V Ανάδρομος,  ov,  {άνά,  τρέχω,  δρα- 
μείν)  running  up,  i.  e.  from  the   sea 
into  rivers,  Ιχθνες,  Alex.  Trail. 

Άναδννω,  {άνα,  δννω)  to  come  ont 
of,  or  to  the  top  of  water,  (Hom.)  Batr. 
90. 

'Αναδύομαι,  f.  -δύσομαι,  dep.  mid., 
c.  act  aor.  άνέδϋν,  and  pf.  ΰναδέδν- 
κα,  {άνά,  δύω)  to  come  up,  rise,  esp. 
from  the  sea.  c.  gen.  αλός,  λίμνης, 
II.  1,  359,  Od.  5,  337;  also  c.  ace. 
κύμα  θαλάσσης,  11.  1,  496  :  but  most 


ANAZ 

freq.  absol.,  esp.  of  the  sun.  to  rise, 
of  springs,  to  gush  or  issue  forth . 
'Αφροδίτη  άναδνομέτη,  Venus  rising 
out  of  the  sea,  a  lamous  subject  for 
works  of  art. — 2.  to  draw  back,  with 
draw,  retire,  Od.  9.  377  ;  ίς  ομιλον,  II. 
7,  217  :  to  hold  back,  shirk,  Lat.  ter- 
giversari,  Dem.  109,  12,  etc. :  also  c. 
ace,  άνδύεται  πόλεμον,  he  shuns  the 
conflict,  11.  13,  225,  in  imitation  of 
which  Plato  said  άναδνεσθαι  τά 
ώμολογημένα,  to  retract  one's  admis- 
sions, Theaet.  145  C  :  also  c.  inf.,  to 
delay  to  do,  avoid  doing,  e.  g.  δύκνειν, 
Ar.  Kan.  800.  In  act.  aor.  to  draw  back, 
to  dry  up,  to  disappear,  οι  ποταμοί 
άνέδυσαν,  Plut.  Thes.  15 ;  the  act. 
form  is  only  used  in  late  writers,  as 
Plut.  [ύ  only  in  άνδύεται.^  Hence 
Άνάδϋσις,  εως,  ή,  a  rising  up,  com- 
ing forth,  LXX. — 2.  a  drawing  back, 
returning,  retreat,  escape.  Plat.  Eu- 
thyd.  302  Ε  :  a  holding  back,  shunning, 
esp.  to  serve  as  a  soldier,  Plut. 

Άνάεδνος,  ή,  {a  priv.,  έδνον)  with- 
out presents  from  the  bridegroom,  with- 
out bridal  gifts,  II.  9,  146,  ubi  v.  Spitz- 
ner. 

Άναείρω,  {άνά,  άείρω)  to  lift  or 
raise  up,  Hom.  ;  άν.  χείρας  uJdava- 
τοις,  11.  7,  130,  Virgil's  palmas  ad 
sidcra  tendtt. — Mid.  to  raise  up  to  one's 
self.  Ap.  Rh.  4,  94. 

Άνάελπτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  ελπομ^ι) 
like  άε?-πτος,  unhoped,  unlooked  fur, 
άνάελπτα  παθόντες,  Hes.  Th.  660. 

Άνάέξω,  f.  -εξήσω,  {άνά,  άέξ^)  to 
enlarge.  Nonn. 

ΆναερτάΐΛ,    lengthd.  for  άναείρω, 

Anth. 

νΑνάες,  v.  ίνανς,  Aesch.  Pers.  680. 

Άναζάω,  inf.  άναζην,  f.  -?;σο),  {άνά, 

ζάω)  to  revive,  to  come  to  life  again,  N. 

T.  Luc.  15,  24,  etc. 

Άναζείω,  Ep.  for  άναζέω,  Anth. 
Άνάζεμα,  ατός,  το,  {άναζέω)  a  boil- 
ing or  bubbling  up. 

Άνάζεσις,  εως,  ή,  {άναζέω)  a  boil- 
ing up.  and  of  fire,  blazing  up,  Arist. 
Mirab. 

Άναζεύγννμι  and  άναζενγννω,  fut. 
-ζεύξω,  {άνά,  ζενγννμι)  to  yoke  or  har- 
ness again  :  hence  to  jjrepare  to  go 
away  again,  esp.  with  an  army,  to 
break  up,  move  off,  άναζεν^νύναι  τον 
στρατόν,  το  στρατόπεδον,  Hdt.  9, 41, 
58  ;  and  even  νηας  ά\>.,  to  set  sail 
again,  Hdt.  8,  GO,  1  :  also  absol.,  sub. 
στρατόν,  etc.,  to  march  off,  Lat.  castra 
movere,  Thuc.  8,  108,  and  Xen.  Cyr. 
8,  5,  1  ;  in  genl.  to  return  home.  oftPIi 
έπ'  οίκον,  έτΓ*  οίκον.  Plat.  Pomp.  42, 
etc.    Hence 

Άνάζενξις,  εως,  η,  a  breaking  «j» 
one's  quarters,  marching  off  OT forth  ;  a 
return  home,  Plut. 

Άναζέω,  f.  -ζέσω,  {ανά,  ζέω)  to  boil 
up,  or  bubble  up.  Soph.  Tr.  702 : — 
άναζ.  εύ/.άς,  to  boil  or  swarm  with 
worms,  a  kind  of  disease,  Plut. 
(where  εν?Μς  is  a  cognate  ace.) — 11. 
act.  to  make  to  boil,  to  exhale,  άντμην, 
Anthol.,  hence  metaph.  to  m-ou.ie,  to 
stir  up,  άν.  χό'λον.  Αρ.  Rh.  4,  391. 

Άνάζητέω,ώ,'ί.-ήσω,  {άνά,  ζητέω) 
to  seek  or  search  into,  examine,  Lat.  an- 
quirere,  τάςαΐτίας.  Plat.  Legg.  693  A: 
and  in  pass.,  Hdt.  1,  137,  Thuc.  2.  8: 
to  investigate  philosophically.  Plat. 
Apol.  18  B:  to  search  out,  discover, 
το'νς  δράσαντας,  Dem.  1331, 1.  Hence 
'Αναζήτησις,  εως,  ή,  a  seeking  into, 
investigation.  Plat.  Crit.  110  .\. 

Άναζϋγή,  ης,  ή,=  άνάζενξις,  Polyb. 
— 2.  an  opening  of  doors,  v.  sq. 

'Αναζνγόω,  ώ,  f-  -ώσω,  to  unyoke, 
undo  :  esp.  to  push  back  the  boll  {ζν)  όν, 
ζνγωθρον),  which  fastened  doors  or 


ΑΝΑΘ 

chests,  to  unbolt,  open  :  hence  civ. 
στόμα,  to  open  the  mouth :  opp.  to  έ/Tt- 
ζνγόω. 

Άναζνμόω,  (ύνά,  ζνμόω)  to  leaven 
thoroughly,  cause  to  ferment,  γην  χιών, 
Theophr. 

Άναζωγρΰφέω,  {ανά,  ζωγραφέω)  to 
paint  throughout,  give  a  design,  Strabo. 

Άναζί^γρέο»,  {άνά,  ζωγρέω)  to  re- 
call to  life,  Anth. 

'Χναζώνννμι  and  ΰναζωνννω,  fut. 
•ζώσω,  (am,  ζώνννμι.)  to  gird  up,  gird 
on  or  round,  N.  T.  I  Yet.  1,  13. 

Άΐ'αζωττνρέω,  ύ,{άνά,  ζω~νρέω)  to 
rekindle,  light  up  again,  νείκη,  Eur. 
EI.  1121  Dind. :  hence  in  pass,  to  be 
rekindled,  gain  fresh  life,  strength,  and 
courage.  Plat.  Rep.  527  D,  and  Xen. 
Hell.  5,  4,  46 ;  so  too  intr.  in  act., 
Plut.  Timol.  24.  Cf.  Piers.  Moer.  p. 
170.    Hence 

Άναζω-ύρησις,  εως,  η,  a  rekindling, 
gaining  fresh  strength  or  courage. 

Άναζωτίκός,  ή,  όν,  {άνά,  ςωόω)  re- 
viving, encouraging. 

'Α.ναζώω,  to  live  again,  revive,  Nic. : 
poet,  for  άναζύω. 

Άναθύ'/.λω,  flit.  -θΰ?.ώ  and  -θΰ?^?/- 
au,  aor.  άνέθηλα,  {άνά,  θάλ?Μ)  to 
shoot  up  again,  come  into  fresh  leaf  or 
blossom :  hence  to  get  fresh  life  or 
strength,  Ael.  —  II.  trans,  to  cause  to 
flourish  or  bloom  again,  LXX. 

Άναθά?.-ω,  -ψω,  (ανά,  θάλπω)  to 
warm  up,  warm  again. 

Άναθαρσέω,  Att. -θα^βέω,ώ,ίάνά, 
θαρσέυ)  to  regain  one's  courage,  Thuc. 
7,71. 

Άναθαρσννω,  Att.  -θαρβύνω,  {ανά, 
Οαρσύνω)  to  fill  with  fresh  courage,  en- 
courage,  Xen.  Cyr.  δ,  4,  23. — II.  in- 
trans.  to  regain  one's  courage,  Plut. 
LuculL  14. 

Άναθανμύζω,  {άνά,  θαυμάζω)  to 
admire  again,  dub.  1.,  Soph.  Fr.  319. 

Ανάθεμα,  ατός,  τό,  {άνατίθημι) 
any  thing  devoted  or  dedicated,^avu- 
θιιμα :  in  Eccl.  writers  always  devoted 
to  evil,  accursed,  N.  T.     Hence 

Αναθεματίζω,  to  make  ανάθεμα,  in 
L  sign.,  to  devote  or  consecrate,  LXX.  ; 
USU.  to  make  accursed,  to  curse,  excom- 
municate, N.  T.  freq. ;  also  to  bind  by 
a  curse,  άν.  εαυτούς,  Ν.  Τ.  Act.  23, 
12. 

'λναθεματΐκός,  ή,  όν,  inferior  form 
for  αναθηματικός. 

' λναθεματισμός,  οϋ,  6,  α  cursing, 
excommunication,  Eccl. 
νλναθέμεναι,  poet,  for  άναθεΐναι 
from  άνατίθημι. 

Άναθεράττεύω,  {άνά,  θεραπεύω)  to 
cherish  up,  to  make  grow,  τονς  βλασ- 
τούς, Theophr. 

Αναθερμαίνω,  {ανά,  θερμαίνω)  to 
warm  up,  heat  again.  Paes.  to  become 
warm  again,  recover  one's  heat,  oft.  in 
Hipp. , 

Άνάθεσις,  εως,  η,  {άνατίθημι)  a 
setting  up,  laying  out  in  public,  esp.  a 
setting  up,  dedicating  of  gifts  in  tem- 
ples, σκευής,  τρίποδος,  Lys.  161,  38; 
162,  3. — Ί.  afijcing,  establishing,  order- 
ing.—  3.  a  referring,  attributing  to  a 
first  principle. — 1.  α  putting  off,  ad- 
journment, M.  Anton. 

'λναθετέον,  verb.  adj.  from  άνατί- 
θημι, one  must  put  off,  Plat.  Legg. 
935  E. 

Άναθέω,  f.  -θεύσομαι  αηά-θευσοϋ- 
μαι,  {άνά,  θέω)  to  run  up,  to  run  up  kill ; 
of  plants,  to  shoot  or  grow  up,  Ael. — 
11.  to  run  back,  return,  Plat.  Tim.  60  C. 

Άναθεωρέω,  {άνά,  θεωρ(ω)  to  look 
at,  observe  carefully ;  to  view  or  observe 
again,  Theophr.,  and  Plut.    Hence 

Άναθεώμησίς,  εως,  ή,  close  observa- 
tion, investigation,  Plut. 


ΑΝΑΘ 

Άναθεωρισμός,  ov,  6,  repeated  ob- 
servation. 

Άναθήκη,  ης,  ή,=  άνάθεσις. 

Άναθηλάζω,  L  -άσω,  {άνά,  θη/.άζω) 
to  rear  by  suckling,  Pliilo. 

Άναθ7ΐ?ι,έω,ώ,ί.-ήσω,  like  άναθά/.- 
Αω,  to  groio  green,  bloom  or  sprout 
afresh,  \\.  1,  236. 

Ανάθημα,  ατός,  τό,  {άνατίθημι) 
that  which  is  set  up,  esp.  of  votive  offer- 
ings set  up  in  temples,  such  as  trip- 
ods, statues,  etc.,  like  άγαλμα,  ανα- 
θήματα όαιτός,  delights,  ornaments  of 
the  feast,  i.  e.  music  and  dancing,  Od. 

I,  152 ;  21,  430 ;  so  too  children  are 
called  τοις  τεκονσι  άν.  βιότον,  Eur. 
Melea?.  12,  and  fame  άν.  σοόίας. 
Plat.  Hipp.  Mm.  364  Β  :  but  also  a 
slave  in  a  temple  is  called  άν.  πό/.ε- 
ως,  devoted  to  this  service  by  the  city, 
Eur.  Ion  310.     Cf.  ανάθεμα. 

'Αναθηματικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to 
οτ  fit  for  an  άνάθ7]μα,  Polyb.  27, 15,  3. 

Άνάθλασις,  εως,  ή,  a  squeezing  out, 
Hipp. :  from 

Άναθλύω,  f.  -άσω,  {άνά,  θλάω)  to 
squeeze  hard,  Q.  Sm.  8,  94.   [ΰσω] 

Άναθ'/.ίβυ,ϊ.  -■ψω,{άνά,  θλίβω)  to 
press  strongly,  compress,  express,  Anth. 

'Αναθ?Λς,  ov,  {a  priv.,  αθ?.ος)  with- 
out contest,  not  fighting,  not  warlike. 

Άναθολόω,  {άνα,  θολόω,  θολός)  to 
make  muddy,  Arist.  H.  A. :  and  so 
metaph.,  in  pass.,  to  be  troubled,  agi- 
tated, νπο  της  ανίας,  Pherecr.  Myrm. 
8.     Hence 

Άναθό?.ωσις,  εως,  ή,  a  making  mud- 
dy, άν.  οπών,  a  mixture  of  the  juices 
of  herbs,  Plat.  Legg.  824. 

ΆναθορεΙν,  inf.  aor.  2  of  άναθρώ- 
σκω. 

Άναθόρννμαι,  {άνά,  θόρνυμαι)^:^ 
άναθρώσκω,  Ael. 

' Αναθορνβέω,ώ,ί.-ήσω,  {άνά,  θορν- 
βέω)  to  make  a  noise,  cry  out,  foil,  by 
ώς,  Plat.  Prot.  334  C  :  but  usu.  c. 
ace.  to  cry  out  either  for  or  against  a 
person,  to  applaud  or  hoot,  but  hke 
Lat.  acclamare,  mostly  in  good  sense, 
Heind.  Plat.  Euthyd.  276  B. 

Άνάθρεμμα,  ατός,  τύ,  {ανατρέφω) 
a  nursling,  Theocr.  23,  19. 

Άνάθρεπτος,  ov,  {ανατρέφω)  reared 
or  brought  up,  App. 

' Ανάθρεφις,  εως,  η,  {ανατρέφω)  a 
rearing. — \\.  fresh  growth,  Hipp. 

Άναθρέω,  f.  -ήσω,  {άνά,  άθρέω)  to 
look  up  at:  to  view  iiarrowly,  observe 
closely,  like  άναθεωρέω,  Eur.  Hec. 
808. — Pass.  Tu  έργα  έκ  τών  2.όγων 
άναθ.,  Thuc.  4,  87.  ^ 

' Αναθρηνέω,  {άνά,  θρηνέω)  to  be- 
wail, lament. 

Άνάθρησις,  εως,  η,  {άναθρέω)  close 
observation,  Timo.  Fr.  24. 

Άναθρνπτομαι,  {άνά,  θρνπτω)  as 
mid.,  to  return  to  one's  affectations. 

Άναθρώσκω,  fut.  άναθορονμαι : 
aor.  άνέϋορον,  inf.  άναθορείν,  {άνά, 
θρώσκω)  to  spring  up,  bound  up,  re- 
bound, as  a  stone,  vxpi  άναθρώσκειν, 

II.  13,  140,  of  men,  Hdt.  7,  18:  to 
spring  upon,  επι  τον  ϊππον,  Hdt.  3, 
64.  A  poet.  aor.  1  άνέθρωξα  occurs 
in  Opp. 

' Αναθυάω,  {άνά,  θνάω)  to  be  again 
at  heat  or  rut,  strictly  of  swine,  Arist. 
H.  A. 

' Αναθϋμία,  ας,  ή,  a  rising  vapour. 

' Αναθϋμίΰμα,  ατός,  τό,  (άνα(?υ- 
μιάω)  incense  burnt  and  rising  in  va- 
pour, the  fume  of  incense. 

Άναθϋμίάσις,  εως,  ή,  a  rising  up  in 
fume  or  vapour,  Arist.  Meteor. :  from 

Άναθϋμιάω,  ω,  f.  -άσω,  {άνά,  θυ- 
μιάω)  to  77iahe  to  rise  in  fume  or  vapour, 
to  burn  as  incense,   Theophr. — II.  to 


ANAI 

kindle  or  light  up  again,  μίσος,  Polyb. 
15,  25,  7.  Pass,  to  ascend  as  smoke  01 
vapour,  Arist.  Meteor. :  οίνος  άναθν- 
μιαθείς,  wine  whose  fumes  mount  to  the 
head.  Plut.  Mid.  to  draw  up  vapours, 
of  the  sun,  Arist.  Probl. — 2.  intr.  to 
smoke,  rise  as  smoke,  Luc.  [άω,  ασω] 
Άναθνω,  f.  -νσω,  {άνά,  θνω)  to  dart 
up,  burst  forth,  ύδωρ,  CalL  Cer.  30. 

Άναθωνσσω,  f.  -ύζω,  {άνά,  θωύσ- 
σω)  to  call  upon,  shout  aloud,  esp.  for 
battle. 

YAvaia,  ων,  τά,  Anaea,  a  city  of 
Ionia,  opposite  Samos,  Thuc.  3,  32 : 
hence  ό  Άναιΐτης,  ου,  ή  ΆναιΙτις, 
ιδος,  of  Anaea,  Anaea7i,  Thuc.  8,  61. 

'Αναίδεια,  ας,  η,  Ερ.,  and  Ion. 
άναιδείη,  ης,  and  also  in  Att.  αναί- 
δεια, Ar.  Fr.  29,  {αναιδής) :  shame- 
lessness,  impudence,  assurance,  Hom., 
άναιδείην  έπιειμένος,  clad  tvith  I'm- 
pudence,  II.  1,  149 ;  άναιόείης  έπι- 
βήναι,  to  give  one's  self  over  to  impw- 
de7ice,  Od.  22,  424. 

Άναιδέομαι,  dep.  mid.,=:  sq.,  Py- 
thag.  ap.  Diog.  L.  8,  8. 

Άναιδεύομαι,  dep.  mid.,  to  be  αν- 
αιδής, behave  impudently ,  Ar.  Eq.  397. 

'Αναιδήμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  {a  priv., 
αίδήμων)  unabashed,  irreverent.  Adv. 
-μόνως. 

Άναίδην.  supposed  adv.  from  sq., 
but  really  f.  1.  for  άνέδην,  v.  Stallb. 
Plat.  Gorg.  494  E. 

'Αναιδής,  ές,  (a  priv.,  αίδέομαι) 
shameless,  unabashed,  bold,  reckless,  of 
Agamemnon,  11. 1, 158;  of  Penelope's 
suitors,  freq.  in  Od. :  also  as  epith.  of 
Κνδοιμός,  the  reckless,  remorseless 
battle-roiit,  II.  5,  593.  So  in  Od.  11, 
598,  the  stone  of  Sisyphus  is  called 
λάας  αναιδής,  because  it  heeded  not 
his  sutferings,  cf.  U.  4,  521  ;  13,  139, 
Pind.  O.  10,  123,  where  others  ex- 
plain it  as  7inma7iageahle,  monstrous : 
also  εργ'  αναιδή,  Soph.  Ο.  C.  516  : 

70  άναιδές=  αναίδεια.  Soph.,  and 
Eur. :  έπι  το  άναιδέστερον  τραπή- 
ναι,  Hdt.  7,  39 :  the  word  is  used 
also  in  Att.  prose,  as  Plat.,  Xen. 
Adv.  -δώς.  Soph.  O.  T.  354,  and  freq. 
in  Att. 

Άναίδητος,  oi',=foreg.,  Ap.  Rh.  3, 
92.  _ 

Άναιδίζομαι,=  άναιδέομαι. 

Άναιδίη.  ή,  poet,  for  αναίδεια,  v.  1. 
in  Archil.  87. 

' Αναίθνσσω,  {άνά,  αίθνσσω)  Ιο  stir 
up,  rouse,  kindle,  Soph.  Fr,  486,  φ/.όγα, 
Eur.  Tro.  344.-2.  intr,  to  burst  forth. 

Άναίθω,  {άνά,  αίθω)  to  light  up,  set 

071  fire,  to  inflame,  Eur,  Cycl,  331. — 2. 
intr.  to  burn,  blaze  forth,  Valck.  Hdt. 
4,  145. 

Άναιμακτί,  adv.  of  sq.,  bloodlessly, 
without  bloodshed. 

'Αναίμακτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  αίμάσσω) 
bloodless,  unstained  with  blood  or  mur• 
der,  Lat.  iticruentus,  άν.  φυγαί.  Aesch. 
Suppl.  196, 

ΆναίμΰτοΓ,  αν,—  άναιμος,  drained 
of  blood,  Aesch,  Euie.  302. 

'Αναιμία,  ας,  ή,  want  of  blood,  Arist. 
Part.  An. :  from 

'Αναψος,  ov.  {a  priv.,  αίμα)  blood- 
less, having  no  blood,  Plat,  Tim.  70  C, 
e>tc, 

Άναιμόσαρκος,  ov,  {αναψος,  σαρξ) 
having  flesh  without  blood,  of  the  cicada,, 
Anacreont. 

Άναψότης,  ητος,  if,  ^  αναιμία, 
Arist.  Part.  An. 

Άναίμων,  ov,  gen.  ονος.^αύναιμος^ 
withorit  blood,  bloodless,  e[)ith.  of  the 
gods.  II.  5,  342  ;  also  of  fish,  Ion  ap,. 
Ath.  318  Ε  :  of  the  colour  of  wiQe» 
οίδ'άν.,  Plut.  2,  692  E. 

103 


AN  ΑΙ 

i'Avai,u(jTei,  adv.,  later  form  of  sq. 
Άναιμωτί,    adv.,    like    άναιμακτί, 
without  shedding  blood,  II.  17,  3C3,  Od. 
18,  149.    [n] 

'Αναίνομαί,ίτ(ψ{.-!μ'αίνόμην,Αβ$οΥι. 
poet,  άναινόμην,  in  later  auth.,  as 
Agath.  not  seldom  ΰνηνόμην :  aor. 
7/νηνύμηΐ',  inf.  άνήνασθαι,  subj.  άνή- 
νηται,  Horn,  (no  other  tenses  in  use) : 
dep.  mid.  To  refuse,  reject,  spurn,  έρ- 
γον άεικές.  όόσιν,  Od.  3.  265  ;  4,  651 ; 
with  collat.  notion  of  contempt,  τών 
άλλων  οντινα  άναίνομαι,  on  no  one 
of  the  rest  do  I  turn  viy  back,  Od.  8, 
212,  cf  II.  9,  079  :  also  c.  inf  refuse, 
decline  to  do,  as  ήναίνετο  λοιγον  άμν- 
vai,  11. 18, 450 ;  and  vv'ith  pleon.  negat. 
άναίνετο  μηδέν  έλέσθαι,  he  said  no, 
he  had  received  nothing,  11.  18,  500 : 
SO  too  in  Theogn.,  Aesch.,  etc. :  also 
without  inf,  freq.  in  Hom. — 2.  later, 
to  excuse  one^s  self  from  a.  thing,  re- 
nounce,  disown,  γυναίκας,  Eur.  El. 
311,  πόσιν,  λέκτρα,  Id.  Med.  237, 
Hipp.  14:  c.  part.,  to  repent,  be  ashamed 
o/" doing  or  having  done,  ουκ  άναίνο- 
uat  νικώμενος,  I  am  not  ashamed  at 
being  conquered,  Valck.  Call.  p.  250  ; 
άναίνομαί  το  γνρας  νμών  είςορών,  Ι 
am  ashamed  to  look  on  thine  old  age, 
Herm.  Eur.  Bacch.  251,  I.  A.  1502, 
H.  F.  1124.  Chiefly  in  poets,  but 
now  and  then  even  in  the  best  prose, 
as  Plat.  Phil.  57  E,  Xen.  Cyr.  2,  1, 
31.  (ace.  to  Damm.  and  Pott,  Ety- 
mol.  Forsch.  2,  152,  from  αίνος,  αίνέ- 
ομαί  with  a  priv. :  ace.  to  Buttm., 
Lexil.  V.  ύνήνοθεν  10,  p.  118,  formed 
by  redupl.  from  the  negative  root 
άν-,  SO  that  αίνομαι  is  a  mere  verbal 
termination.) 

Άναίρεμα,  ατός,  τό,  (άναιρέω)^ 
ίλώρΐϋν,  plunder,  booty,  spoil. 

'^.ναίρεσις,  εως,  //,  (ΰναιρέο)  α 
taking  up  Or  away,  esp.  of  dead  bodies 
for  burial,  όστέων,  Eur.  Or.  404,  vtK- 
ρύν.  Thuc.  3,  114,  but  also  absol.  for 
burial,  as  Thuc.  2,  34,  and  freq.  in 
Att.  from  Thuc.  downwards. — 2.  a 
taking  up,  a  seizing  upon,  uv.  καΐ  θέσις 
οπλίον,  Plat.  Legg.  814  A. — 3.  an  un- 
dertaking, Ιργων,  lb.  847  B. — II.  a 
destroying,  destruction,  Xen.  Hell.  6, 
3,  5 :  murder,  N.  T.  Act.  8,  1  ;  abroga- 
tion of  laws,  Plut. 

Άναφέτης,  ov,  ό,  (άναιρέω)  a  de- 
stroyer, murderer. 

Αναιρετικός,  ή,  όν,  {ΰναιρέω)  de- 
structive :  in  argument,  refutative, 
Arist.  Rhet.  2,  8.  Adv.  -κώς,  nega- 
tively, Diog.  L. 

νλναίρετος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  αίρέομαι) 
not  having  power  to  choose,  incapable  of 
choosing,  Sext.  Emp. 

Άναιρέω,  f.  -ήσω,  pf  avypTjKa,  Ion. 
αναραίρηκα,  (a  priv.,  αίρέω)  to  take 
■up,  Lat.  tullrre,  and  so — I.  to  lift  up 
from  the  ground,  to  take  or  raise  up, 
II.  1,  449,  Od.  3,  453,  esp.  in  part. 
ϋ,νελών,  II.  1,  301,  etc.  ;  usu.  to  take 
up  and  carry  off,  to  bear  away,  esp.  of 
hard-won  prizes,  II.  23,  736  :  so  άν. 
αγώνα,  Όλύμτια,  to  win  in  a  contest, 
in  the  Olympic  games  ;  but  this  more 
freq.  in  mid.,  as  Hdt.  6,  70,  103,  etc. ; 
also  simply,  to  take  up,  lift,  Pind.  P. 
9,  105. — II.  to  take  away,  make  away 
with,  destroy,  of  men,  to  kill,  like 
ί7.εΙν  in  Horn.,  also  θανύτοις  άν., 
Plat.  Legg.  870  D  :  of  laws  and  cus- 
toms, to  abolish,  an/ml,  νόμιμα,  νό- 
μους, Dem.,  δλιγαρχίαν,  Xen. :  of 
objections,  to  confute'.  Plat.  Rep.  533 
C,  and  Arist. :  also  έκ  μέσου  άν., 
Dem.  141,  1 :  of  an  encampment,  to 
break  up,  to  strike,  σκηνιμ'.  Xen. — III. 
to  appoint,  ordain,  esp.  of  an  oracle's 
answer  to  an  inquiry  made,  ους  αν  ο 
104 


ANAl 

θεός  άνέλτ?,  Plat.  Legg.  805  D,  cf 
C42  D ;  άνεΐλεν  θεοΐς  οίς  Ιδει  ϋνειν, 
Xen.  An.  3,  1,  6 ;  also  c.  ace.  et  inf, 
άνεΐλέ  μιν  βασιλέα  είναι,  Hdt.  1, 13  : 
but  more  usu.  absol.  to  ansiuer,  give  a 
response,  άνεϊ/.ε  ή  ϊϊυβίη,  etc.,  oft.  in 
Hat.,  so  too  freq.  in  Att.  ;  άν.  τι  περί 
Τίνος,  to  give  an  oracle  about  a  thing, 
Plat.  Legg.  914  A  ;  μαντείας  άν.,  to 
deliver  oracles,  Dem.  1406,  fin. — B. 
Mid.,  to  take  up  for  one's  self,  to  catch 
up,  εγχος,  11.  13,  296,  etc.  :  hence — 

1.  to  gain,  win,  Ό?^υμπιάδα,  etc.,  Hdt. 
6, 70,  etc.,  as  in  act.  :  hence  in  genl. 
άν.  έπιφροσύνας,  Od.  19,  22,  v.  sub 
έττιφροσυνη,  cf  Theogn.  281  ;  φιλο- 
ψνχίι/ν,  to  entertain  a  love  for  life, 
Hdt.  6,  29  :  ει  σ'  άνελυίμην,  if  I 
should  receive  thee,  i.  e.  into  my  ser- 
vice, Od.  18,  357  :  σΐτα  άν-,  to  take 
food,  Hdt.  4,  128  :  ττοινί/ν  τίνος  άν., 
to  take,  exact,  punishment  from  one, 
i.  e.  revenge  one's  self  on  him,  Hdt.  2, 
134  :  όνομα,  to  assume  a  name,  Hdt. 

2,  52. — 2.  esp.  to  take  up  dead  bodies 
for  burial,  freq.  in  Hdt.,  Thuc,  etc. : 

rarely  in  act.,  as  Xen.  An.  6,4,9,  and 
Dem.  1069,  12. — 3.  to  take  up  new- 
born children,  oum  them,  Lat.  tollere, 
suscipere  libcros. — 4.  to  conceive  in  the 
womb,  like  σν?.λαμβύνειν,  Hdt.  3, 
108  ;  6,  69. — 5.  to  take  up  money  at 
interest,  Dem.  1212,  3. — II.  to  take 
upon  one^s  self,  undertake,  Lat.  susci- 
pere, πόλεμόν  τινι,  luar  against  one, 
Hdt.  5,  36 ;  also  άν.  έχθραν,  Plat. 
Phaedr.  233  C,  εχθραν  ττρός  τίνα, 
Dem.  71,  2  :  άν.  έργον,  to  undertake, 
contract  for  the  execution  of  a  AVOrk, 
Plat.  Legg.  921  D.— III.  to  take  back 
to  one's  self,  undo  what  one  has  done, 
cancel,  Tyv  συγγραφήν,  τας  σννθήκας, 
etc.,  Dem. 

'Avaip'j,  fut.  άναρώ,  (άνά,  αίρω)  to 
lift  or  raise  up,  Eur.  El.  102 :  to  take 
away. 

'Αναισθησία,  ας,  η,  a  being  αναίσ- 
θητος, ivant  of  feeling  or  perception. 
Plat.  Tim.  52  Β  :  stupor,  lb.  74  Ε  : 
also  loss  of  presence  of  mind,  distraction, 
Id.  Ax.  305  D. 

Άναισθητεύομαι,  dep.  mid.,  to  be- 
have like  or  be  αναίσθητος,  Diosc, 
who  also  has  act.  άναισθητεύω,  v. 
Lob.  Phryn.  349. 

Άvaισθητέω,=  foτeg.,  Dem.  302,  3. 

'Αναίσθητος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  αισθά- 
νομαι, αίσθέσθαι)  unfeeling,  icithout 
feeling,  insensate,  Plat.,  and  Xen.  ; 
άν.  τινός,  ivithout  sense  or  knowledge 
of  a  thmg.  Plat.  Legg.  843  Α.— 2. 
without  common  sense,  senseless,  ThuC. 
β.  86:  TO  άναίσθητον=  αναισθησία, 
Id.  1,  69. — II.  pass,  unfelt,  θάνατος, 
Thuc.  2,  43 :  not  subject  to  the  senses, 
insi;nj<ible.  Plat.  Tim.  52  A.  Adv. 
—τως,  άν.  εχειν,  to  be  indifferent  or  in- 
sensible, Isocr.  256  A. 

Άναισΐμόω,ώ,{άνά,αΙσα :  the  sim- 
ple αίσιμόω  being  never  used.)  An 
Ion.  word,=  Att.  άνα?.ίσκω  or  δαπα- 
νάω, to  use  up,  use  :  of  time,  to  spend  ; 
of  food  or  drink,  to  consume,  Hdt.  1. 
72,  185;  2,  60;  3,  150.  etc.:  άν.  τι 
ες  τι,  to  use  something /or  a  purpose, 
speml  upon  a  thing,  as  εις  τί/ν  'ίττττον 
εκατόν  τάλαντα  άναισιμονται,  Hdt. 
3,  90.  όσα  ές  σνρμαίην  άναισιμώθη,  2, 
125  :  also  -κοϋ  (i.  e.  ες  τι)  ταύτα  άν- 
αισιμονται ;  on  what  is  this  spent  ?  3, 6, 
so  δεΙ  έττιφράσαι  ίνα  (i.  e.  ίς  τι)  ή  γη 
άναισιμώθη,  1, 179.  Cf  the  compos. 
καταισιμοω,  προαναισ.,  τϊροςαναισ- 
Hence 

Άναισίμωμα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which 
is  used  up,=zAtt.  δαπάνη,  άναισιμώ- 
ματα  τί/  στρατιή,  war-expenses,  Hdt. 
5,  31.    ' 


ΑΝΑΚ 

Άναΐσσω,  ί.  -ξω,  Att.  άνάττω,  also 
άνάσσω,  aor.  άνήϊξα,  Att.  άν^ξα, 
(άνά,  άΐσσω)  to  start  up,  rise,  or  stand 
up  quickly,  spring  forth,  Hom.,  and 
Trag. :  also  νόος  άνέρος  άναίσσει,  II. 
15,  80,  πΐ]γαι  άναΐσσουσι,  burst  forth, 
gush  up,  II.  22,  148  :  μυελός  στέρνων 
εντός  άνάσσων,  springing  fresh  within 
the  breast,  Aesch.  Ag.  77,  also  in  Eur. : 
c.  ace,  άν.  άρμα,  to  leap  upon  a 
chariot,  II.  24,  440 :  c.  inf,  to  begin 
eagerly  to  do,  Opp.  The  word  is 
poet.,  though  Xen.  has  it,  Cyn.  6, 17. 
[ανά-] 

Άvaισχυvτέω,ω,to  be  αναίσχυντος, 
to  be  shameless,  to  behave  imjjudently, 
Thuc.  1,  37,  and  Plat.:  also  c.  part. 
άναισχνντεί  ποιών,  he  is  impudent 
enough  to  do,  Ar.  Thesm.  708.  so  άν. 
διαλεγόμενος.  Plat.  Crit.  53  C.  Pass. 
to  be  treated  shamelessly,  Arist.  Rhet. 
3,  11. 

' Αναισχύντημα,  ατός,  τό,  an  impu- 
dent act. 

Άναισχυντία,  ας,  η,  shamelessness, 
impudence,  Lys.  169,  22,  and  Plat. 

Άναισχνντογράφος,  ό,  {άναίσχτν- 
τος,  γράψω)  an  obscene  writer,  Poiyb. 
12.  13,  1.    [ά] 

'Αναίσχυντος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  αίσ- 
χύνω)  shameless,  impudent,  Eur., 
Plat.,  etc.  :  of  things,  abominable,  de- 
testable, revolting,  βορά,  Eur.  Cycl. 
415,  cf.  Thuc.  1,  52:  to  άναίσχυν- 
roF,=  foreg.,  Eur.  I.  A.  1144.  Adv. 
-τως,  Plat.  Apol.  31  B. 

ΆναίτητοΓ,  η,  ov,  (a  priv.,  αιτέω) 
unasked,  Pind.  Fr.  151,  8. 

Άναιτία,  ας,  ή,  guiltlessness,  inno- 
cence, Hipp. 

'Αναίτιος,  ov,  also  a,  ov,  Aesch. 
Cho.  873,  (a  priv.,  αιτία)  without  rea- 
son or  motive,  groundless  ;  of  persons, 
guiltless,  not  in  fault,  not  the  cause  of, 
Horn.,  who  usu.  joins  άναίτιον  α'ιτι- 
άσθαι :  αναίτιος  άθανάτοις,  guiltless 
before  the  gods.  Hes.  Op.  825,  cf  Eur. 
Med.  730  ;  free  from  blame,  Xen.  Cyr. 
1,  6,  10:  later  freq.  c.  gen.  rei,  guilt- 
less of  a  thing,  Hdt.  1,  129;  7,  233, 
so  too  άν.  φόνου,  κακών,  Aesch.  1505, 
άώροσύνης,  Xen.  Cyr.  1.  5,  10,  etc.: 
ουκ  άναίτιον  έστι,  c.  inf.,  it  is  blame- 
able  to  do,  Xen.  Cyr.  5,  5,  22.  Adv. 
-ίως. 

^Αναίτιος,  ov,  6,  Anaetius,  one  of 
the  thirty  tyrants  at  Athens,  Xen. 
Hell.  2,_  3,  2. 
νΑναΙτις,  ιδος,  η,  Anaitis,  a  Per- 
sian and  Armenian  goddess,  corres- 
ponding to  Venus,  Strab. — 2.  an  ap- 
pellation of  Diana  among  the  Lyd- 
ians,  Paus.  3,  16,  8. 

Άναιωρέω,  ώ,  -ήσω,  (άνά,  αίωρέω) 
to  lift  up,  hold  suspended,  Nonn. 

'Ανακαγχάζω,  f.  -ύσω,  {άνά,  καγ 
χάζω)  to  burst  out  laughing,  μέλ  a 
πάνυ  άν..  Plat.  Euthyd.  300  D  :  uv. 
μάλα  σαρδόνιον,  Id.  Rep.  337  A. 

Άνακαθαίρω,  {άνά,  καθαίρω)  and 
mid.  άνακαθαίρομαι,  used  indiffer- 
entlj',  to  cleanjie  or  clean  out  again, 
clear,  or  sweep  away,  to  βύρβαρον 
άνακαθαίρεσθαι  ίκ  τ/^ς  θα?.άσσης. 
Plat.  Men.  241  D;  την  παραλίαν 
άνακ-,  thoroughly  to  free  the  coast  of 
enemies,  Plut.  Alex.  17. — II.  to  cleanse, 
purify,  as  metals.  Id.  Legg.  678  D. — 
III.  άν.  λόγον,  to  make  clear  or  enu 
cleate  a  subject,  lb.  042  A. — IV.  Me- 
dic, term,  to  cleanse  upwards,  i.  e.  by 
vΰmiting,=  (^^'ω  καθαίρω,  Kipp.  Pass. 
to  be  made  clear,  to  become  clear,  to  clear 
up,  of  the  air,  Plut.  Flamin.  8,  cf. 
Timol.  27.     Hence 

Άνακάθαρσις,  ε(•'ς,  ν,  a  cleansing 
or  clearing  out  agaiti,  Polyb.  5,  100,  6. 
— II.  a  clearing  up  an  obscxire  passage, 


A.NAK 

txplanation. — ΠΙ.  as  medic,  term,   a 
cleansing  upwards,  i.  e.  vomiting. 

Άνακαθαρτίκός,  ή,  όν,  {άνακα• 
θ  αίρω)  fit  for  cleansing  or  clearing  out. 
—II.  medic,  promoting  vomiting. 

Άνακύθημαι,  (άιά,  κάθημαι)  to  sit 
upright. — 2.  to  sit  down  again,  Alex. 
Trail. 

Άνακαθίζω,  {ανά,  καθίζω)  to  set  tip 
or  upright.  Mid.  to  sit  iip,  έ~1  την 
κλίνην,  Plat.  Phaed.  60  Β.— II.  intr. 
to  sit  up,  Plut.  Philop.  20  ;  N.  T.  Luc. 
7, 15. — 2.  to  sit  down  again,  of  a  hare, 
to  squat,  Xen.  Cyn.  5,  7  :  also  in  mid. 

Άνακαινίζο),  {άνά,  καινίζω)  to  re- 
new, refresh,  restore,  to  re-establish : 
νόμον,  App. :  in  pass.,  έχθρα  αν., 
Isocr.  141  D.    Hence 

Άνακαίνΐσις,  εως,  ή,  a  renewal,  re- 
storation. 

Άνακαινισμός,  ov,  o,=foreg. 
'AvaKatvovpyiu    =    ανακαινίζω, 
Anth. 

Άνακαινόω,  =  ανακαινίζω,  Ν.  Τ. 
Hence 

Άνακαίνωσις,  εως,  ή,^ανακαίνι- 
σις.  lb. 

Άνακαΐον,  ον,  τό,  α  prison,  cor- 
rupted from  άναγκαϊον,  which  is  to 
be  preferred  in  Isae.  Fr.,  v.  Schoem. 
ad  1.  p.  493,  and  Xen.  Hell.  5,  4,  8,  cf. 
Άνύκειον. 

Άνακαίω,  f.  -κανσω,  {άνά,  καίω) 
to  kindle,  light  up,  πυρ,  Od.,  Hdt., 
etc. ;  also  in  mid.,  to  light  one's  self  a. 
fire,  Hdt.  1,  202 ;  8,  19  :  metaph.  to 
fire,  rouse,  encourage :  in  pass.,  to  kin- 
dle up  with  anger,  Hdt.  5,  19. 

Άνακώλεω,  ώ,  poet,  ά^καλεω  :  fut. 
-έσω,  {άνά,  καλέω) :  to  call  up,  esp. 
the  dead,  Aesch.  Pers.  621,  Eur.  Hel. 
966,  in  mid. — II.  to  call  upon  or  call 
again  and  again,  and  so — 1.  to  invoke 
again  and  again,  appeal  to,  esp.  to  the 
gods,  both  in  act.  and  mid.,  Hdt.  9, 
90,  Eur.,  etc. :  also  uv.  θεονς  έ/.θεΐν, 
Soph.  Ο.  C.  13TG:  hence  also,  to 
repeat  aloud,  Plat.  Rep.  471  D:  also, 
U)  lament  often,  Pind.  Fr.  101. — 2.  to 
summon,  Hdt.  3. 127  :  to  cite,  Lys.  144, 
34:  esp.  in  mid.,  to  call  to  one's  self, 
send  for,  Hdt.  2,  121,  I,  Thuc.  7.  73, 
etc.  ;  εις  τονς  μνρίονς  άνακα'λεΐσθαι, 
to  summon  before,  Xen.  Hell.  7,  4,  33, 
and  so  freq.  in  Polyb. — 3.  to  call  by 
a  name,  to  name,  to  enumerate,  άνακ. 
Δαναούς  και  Άργείονς,  etc.,  to  name 
separately  or  individually  the  Danai 
and  Argivi,  etc.,  Thuc.  1,  3  ;  SO  in 
pass.  Άργεΐος  άνακα/.ούμενος,  Soph. 
El.  683  :  so  too  prob.  τώ  Αημνίω  τωό' 
άνακαλονμένω  πνρί,  this  far-famed 
Lemnian  fire".  Id.  Phil.  800. — 4.  to 
call  on,  call  to,  esp.  for  encourage- 
ment, ά'Κ\τ(λονς,  Xen.  Cyr.  7,  1,  35, 
etc.:  also  in  mid.,  avawa/fiffi^at  τας 
κύνας  ζητείν  u7J.ov,  to  cheer  on  the 
hounds,  to  seek  another  (hare),  Id. 
Cyn.  6,18. — III.  to  call  h^-k,  recall,  most- 
ly in  mid..  Aesch.  Ag.  1021.  etc. :  esp. 
to  recall  from  exile.  Plat.  Phaedr.  89 
A :  to  recall  a  general  from  his  com- 
mand, Thuc.  1.  131 :  to  call  back  from 
battle,  άνακαλεΐσθαι  ~y  σά?.~Γ/γι, 
to  sound  a  retreat,  Xen.  An.  4,  4,  22  ; 
to  call  back  hounds,  call  them  off.  Plat. 
Rep.  440  D. 

ΑνακάΆινδέω,  ώ,  f•  -ήσω,  =  άνακυ- 
?ιΐν6έω. 

Άνακα7.?.ννω,  {άνά,  κα?ιλύνω)  to 
re-beautify. 

'λνακα7.ντ:~ήρια,  ων,  τά,  {άνακα- 
/ιύτττω)  the  festival  of  unveiling,  when 
the  bride  first  took  off  her  maiden 
veil,  and  received  presents  from  the 
bridegroom. — II.  the  presents  them- 
selves, Lys.,  Fr.  Θ,  elsewhere  άνακά- 
Μπτρα  and  θεώρητρα. 


ΑΝΑΚ 

'λνακά?~υπτρα,  ων,  ru.=  foreg.  Π. 
Diod. 

Ανακαλύπτω,  f.  -ι/'ω,  {άνά,  κα?.- 
ν~τω)  to  uncover,  unveil. — II.  intr.  to 
unveil,  Eur.  Or.  294,  ubi  v.  Pors. 
(288.)    Hence 

'λνακά^.νφις,  εως,  ή,  an  uncovering, 
unveiling. 
V  Ανακαμττής,     ές,    bending    round, 
Phil. 

ΆνακαμτΓτήριον,  ου,  τό,  the  place 
of  turning  back,  Euseb.  :  from 

'Ανακάμ7ΐτω,ί.-ψω,  {άνά,  κάμτϊτω) 
to  bend  upwards  or  back  :  usu.  intrans., 
sub.  έαντόν,  to  bend  back,  return,  ές 
τόπον,  Hdt.  2,  8 :  e~t  τι,  Plat.  Phaed. 
72  B,  strictly  of  the  chariot  turning 
round  the  last  pillar  in  the  race- 
course, Stallb.  Plat.  1.  c. :  also,  to 
turn  often,  walk  up  and  down,  Diog. 
L. 

Άνακαμφέρως,  ωτος,  ό,  ή,  {ανα- 
κάμπτω, έρως)  bringing  back  love:  ό 
άνακ.,  an  herb  whose  touch  was  said 
to  bring  back  love,  a  kind  of  sedum, 
Plut.,  and  Plin. 

ΆνακαμΦί-νοος,  ov,  {άνακάμπτα, 
ΤΓΐ'οή)  άνεμος,  a  changing  wind,  a  kind 
of  whirlwind,  Arist.  Mund. 

Άνάκαμψις,  ε•ως,  ή,  (ανακάμπτω) 
a  bending  back,  Hipp. :  intr.  a  tttming 
round,  return,  Arist.  Gen.  et  Corr. 

Άνάκανθος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  άκανθα) 
without  thorns  or  bones,  uithout  a  spine, 
of  certain  fish,  Hdt.  4,  53. 

Άνακάπτω,ί.  --ιΙ:ω,(άνά,  κάπτω)  to 
snap  up,  swallow,  gulp  down,  Hdt.  2, 
93,  Ar.  Av.  579. 

Άνύκαρ,  adv.,  {άνά,  κάρα)  up  to 
or  towards  the  head,  upwards,  Hipp., 
unless  άνά  κάρ  is  to  be  read:  cf. 
έπίκαρ,  κατώκαρα. 

Άνακάταξις,  εως,  ή,  {άνά,  κατ- 
άγννμι)  α  breaking  in  pieces  again, 
Medic. 

Άνύκανσις,  εως,  ή,  {άνακαίω)  α 
setting  on  fire,  kindling. 

'Ανακαχ?Μζω,  -άσυ,  {άνά.καχ?,άζω) 
to  dash  or  boil  vp,  to  shoot  up,  0pp. 
Cyn.  1,  275.     Hence 

Άνακάχ7Μσις,  εως,  ή,  a  dashing  or 
boiling  up. 

Άνάκαψις,  εως,  ή,  {άνακάπτω)  a 
snapping  up,  gulping  doum. 

Ανακεάζω,  -άσω,  {άνά,  κεάζω)  to 
split  up. 

Άνακέαται,  Ion.  for  άνάκεινται, 
Hdt. 

Άνάκεια,  ων,  τά,  the  festival  of  the 
Dioscuri,  V.  Άνακες. 

Άνάκειμαι,  poet,  άγκειμαι,  f.  -κεί- 
σομαι,  {άνά,  κείμαι)  to  be  laid  up.  as 
a  votive  ofiering  in  a  temple  ;  and  so, 
to  be  dedicated,  τινί.  to  a  god.  Hdt.  1, 
14,  and  Att. :  metaph.  αινός  τινι 
ay  κείται,  is  offered,  devoted,  to  one, 
Pmd.  O.  11  (10).  8,  cf  13.  48:  also, 
to  be  set  up,  as  a  statue  in  public. 
Dem.  420,  8,  cf  Plat.  Rep.  592  Β  ; 
ό  Σόλων  άνακεΐται,  the  statue  of  So- 
lon stands  in  the  fonmi,  Aeschin. :  so 
that  άνάκειμαι  seems  as  a  pass,  to 
άνατίθημι. — II.  πάν  or  πάντα  άνά- 
κειται  ες  τίνα,  every  thing  is  referred 
to  a  person,  depends  on  his  will,  Hdt. 
1,97;  3,  31;  so  πάντων  άνακειμέ- 
νων  τοις  Άθηναίοις  ές  τάς  νανς, 
Thuc.  7,  71 :  also  άνάκειται  επί  σοι 
πάντα,  Ar.  Αν.  638,  and  σοι  άνακεί- 
μεσθα,  Eur.  Bacch.  934. — 2.  to  be  en- 
trusted to,  to  devolve  upon,  ή  ηγεμονία 
άνακ.  τινί,  Plut.  Arist.  15. — III.  later, 
to  lie  at  table,  Lat.  accumbere,  Ath. 

Άνάκειον,  ου,  τό,  {Άνακες)  the 
temple  of  the  "Ανακες  or  Diosctiri,  An- 
doc.  7. 10. — II.  seemingly=  ΰνακαΐον, 
or  άναγκαϊον,  in  Lys.  Fr.  45,  Dem. 
1125,  24. 


ANAK 

Άνακείρω,  f.  -κερώ,  {άνά,  κείρ(ύ) 
to  sheer  or  cut  off,  cut  in  pieces. 

Άνακέκ/.ομαι,  poet,  for  άνακα7.έω, 
to  call  out,  H.  Hoiii.  18,  5. 

Άνακε/.άδέω,  {άνά,  κε/.αόέω)  to 
shout  aloud. 

'Ανακέ7.αδος,  ου,  6,  {άνά,κέΤΜ,δος) 
a  loud  shout  or  din,  Eur.  Or.  185. 

Άνακέομαι,  fut.  -έσομαι  {άνά,  άκέ- 
ομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  mend  up,  patch,  re- 
store, Ael. 

Άνακέομαι,  Ion.  for  άνάκειμαι. 

Άνακεράνννμι  and  άνακεραννύω, 
f.  -κεράσω,  Att.  -κερώ,  {άνά,  κεράν 
ννμι))  to  mix  again,  Od.  3,  390  :  in 
genl.  to  mix  up,  mix  well,  olvov,  Ar 
Ran.  511. 

Άνάκερμα,  ατός,  τό,  {άνακείρω)  a 
piece  cut  off. 

" Ανακες,  ων,  οι,  the  Diosctiri,  Cas- 
tor and  Pollux,  Cic.  N.  D,  3,  21  :  (an 
old  plur.  from  άναξ,  and  so  strictly 
the  Kings.) 

' Ανάκεστος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  άκέομαι) 
incurable,  like  ανήκεστος. 

Άνακεφαλαιόω,  ώ,  f.  -ώσω,  {άνά, 
κεφα7.αιόω)  to  sum  up,  to  close  by  .sum- 
ming up,  conclude.  Pass,  to  be  sum- 
med up,  to  be  comprehended,  N.  T. 
Rom.  13,  9.  Mid.  to  gather  together  in 
one,  to  comprehend  in  a  ivhole  {κεφα/.ή), 
Ν.  Τ.  Eph.  1,  10.    Hence 

Άνακεφΰ/.αίωσις,  εως,  ή,  a  summa- 
ry, completion,  Dion.  H. 

Άνακεφΰ/Μίωτικός,  ή,  όν,  fit  for 
άνακεφα7.αίωσις,  Dion.  Η. 

Άνακηκίω,  {άνά,  κηκίω)  Ιο  spout 
up,  gush  forth,  άνεκήκιεν  αίμα,  ιδρώς, 
II.  :  also  to  bubble  vp.  throb  violently, 
Plat.  Phaedr.  251  B.— II.  act.  to  make 
to  spout  out,  freq.  in  late  Ep.,  Well- 
auer  Ap.  Rh.  4,  600.  [ϊ  Ep.,  cf.  κη- 
κίω^ 

Άνακτ/ρνκτος,  ov,  proclaimed  :  and 

Άνακήρυξις,  εως,  ή,  a  proclamation  : 
from 

'Ανακηρύσσω,  Att.  -κηρύττω,  fut. 
-ύξω,  (άνά,  κηρύσσω)  to  proclaim  by 
voice  of  herald,  hence  to  publish,  to 
announce  as  if  a  herald,  Suph.  O.  T. 
450  :  esp.  to  proclaim  as  conqueror,  Ar. 
Plut.  585,  also  Hdt.  6,  103.  in  pass.— 

II.  to  put  up  to  auction,  Hdt.  1,  196. — 

III.  to  offer  by  voice  of  herald,  άι>.  σώσ- 
τρά  τίνος,  Xen.  Mem.  2,  10,  2. 

Άνακικύω,  =  άνακηκίω,  Bockh 
Pind.  Fr.  184. 

'  Ανακινδννεύω,ί.  -ή•σω,{άνά,κινδυ- 
νεύω)  to  rush  into  danger  again,  to  run 
afresh  risk,  absol.  Hdt.  8, 100  :  c.  dat. 
νανμαχίτισι.  Id.  8,  68,  1 :  c.  part.  av. 
συμβάλλοντα,  9,  26. 

'Ανακϊνέω,ίύ,  {.-ήσω,  {άνά,  κινέω) 
to  move  upwards  or  sway  to  and  fro, 
Hdt.  4,  94. — 2.  to  rouse  or  stir  up,  ex 
cite  aneiv,  awaken,  Lat.  suscitare,  νό- 
σον,  Soph.  Trach.  1259  ;  όοξαι  άνα- 
κεκινήνται.  Plat.  Meno  85  C. — II.  av. 
χείρας,  to  exercise  the  amis,  of  pugi- 
lists, Cicero's  brachia  concalefacere. 
Plat.  Legg.  789  C,  cf.  άνακίνησις. 
Hence 

' Ανακίνημα,  ατός,  τό,  motion  up- 
wards ;  in  plur.  7notio7i  of  the  arms  as 
an  exercise,  Hipp.,  cf.  sq.  [i] 

'Ανακίνησις,  εο)ς,  ή,  (άνακινέω)  a 
moving  upwards,  swinging  to  and  fro, 
esp.  of  the  arms  as  a  preparatory  ex 
ercise  of  pugilists,  a  swinging  of  the 
arms  to  and  fro :  hence  in  genl.  a 
preparation,  prelude.  Plat.  Legg.  722 
D,  in  plur. — 2.  excitement,  excitation, 
perturbation,  φρενών,  Soph.  O.  T.  727. 
[Kl] 

'Ανακίρνημι.=ζανακεράνννμι,  mid. 

to  mix,  άνακίρναται  ποτόν.  Soph.  Fr. 

239  :   metaph.  άνακίρνασθαι  φύίας, 

to  join  in  closest  friendship,  Lat.  jua 

105 


ANAK 

fsre  amicilias,  Eur.  Hipp.  254,  v.  Pors. 
£ed.  138,  cf.  νεοκράς. 

Άνακ'λύζω,  f.  -κ'λύγξο),  1  aor.  uv- 
έκλαγξα,  A  el.,  2  aor.  άνέκλαγορ, 
Eur.  1.  Λ.  1002,  (ΰΐ'ύ,  κλάζω)  to  cry 
aloud,  scream  out,  Eur.  I.  A.  1062  :  ol 
a  dog,  to  bark,  bay,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  4, 15. 

Άνακλαίω,  f.  -κλαύσυμαι,  (ύ;'ά, 
κλαίω)  to  weep  aloud,  burst  into  tears  ; 
also  c.  ace.  to  weep  for,  to  bewail,  both 
in  Hdt.  3,  14  :  also  in  mid.,  Soph. 
PhiL  939. 

Άνάκλΰσις,  εος,  ή,  (Ufa,  ickau) 
a  breaking  upwards  or  back,  fracture, 
Hipp. — II.  a  bending  back,  esp.  refrac- 
tion of  light,  Arist.  Org. :  also  of  wa- 
ter, Polyb.  4,  43,  9. 

Άνακλασμός,  ov,  o,=foreg. 

'Αΐ'άκ?ΜσΓθς,  ov,  (άνακλάω)  bent 
upwards  or  back,  reflected.  —  IL  in 
Gramm.  declinable,  Plut. 

Άνακ'λαυΟμός,  οϋ,  ό,  {άνακλαίω) 
loud  wailing. 

Άνάκλαυσις,  εως,  ή,  and 

Άνακλαυσμός,  οϋ,  ό,^=άναΐίλανθ- 
μός,  Dion.  Η. 

'Ανακλάω,  ί.  -άσω,  {ανά,  κλύω)  to 
break  upwards  Or  back,  to  break  in 
pieces,  Thuc.  2,  76  ;  7,  25. — II.  to  bend 
back ;  in  pass.  esp.  of  light,  to  be  re- 
flected. Arist.  Meteor.  :  of  sound,  to 
re-echo  :  also  in  pass,  to  come  back,  re- 
turn, Polyb.  18,  22,  4 :  άνακεκλασ• 
μέρη  τον  τρύχηλον,  with  one's  neck 
bent  double  or  back,  Theopoinp.  (Com.) 
Strat.  1.  In  late  wr.  to  cause  to  re- 
cline at  table,  as  act.  to  ανακείμαι,  Ach. 
Tat.  [«  in  all  tenses.] 

ΆνάιΟι,ημα,  ατός,  τύ,  {άνακαλέω) 
that  which  is  called  on  or  out:  also= 
άνύκ?Μσις. 

Άναύ^ηρωτεί,  adv.,  (ανά,  κληρόω) 
by  lot,  Inser. 

Άνάκλησις,  eug,  ?/,  {άνακα?ιέω)  a 
calling  on,  invocation,  θεών,  Thuc.  7, 
7 1 . — 2.  a  calling  out  to,  exhorting,  Plut. 
• — 3.  a  summoning. — II.  a  calling  buck, 
retreat,  Ty  σάλττιγγί  σημαίνειν  άνύκ., 
to  cause  the  trumpet  to  sound  a  re- 
treat, Pint.  Fab.  Max.  12  ;  α  recalling, 
esp.  from  banishment. 

Άνά)ίΆητ!/ρια,  uv,  τύ,  {ύνακηλέω) 
a  f'estiiial  on  a  king's  proclamation, 
Polyb.  18,  38,  3. 

'Ανακλητικός,  ή,  όν,  {ύνακα?έω) 
calling  up  or  forth,  summoning. — II.  a 
recalling  ;  το  ΰνακλητίκύν  (sub.  ση• 
μείον)  σι/μαίνειν  or  σαλπίζειν,  to 
sound  the  retreat,  Dion.  H. 

'Ανάκ'λ7ΐτος,  ov,  {άνακαλέω)  called 
back  to  service,  Lat.  evocalus. 

Άνακλήτωρ,  οράς,  6,  {άνακαλέω)  a 
plaintiff.  Lat.  qui  in  jus  vocat,  Eubul. 
m  Br.  Gnom.  v.  9. 

Άνάκλΐμα,  ατός,  τύ,  {(Ίνακλίνω)  a 
hcining  towards  :  hence  a  slope,  ascent, 
Lat.  acclivitas,  Math.  Vett. 

Άνακλίνοπύλη,  ης,  ή,.=  παγκρά- 
τιον,  Salm.  Solin.  p.  200  A  :  cf.  Boet- 
tig.  Amalth.  1,  p.  301. 

Άνακλίνττ/ριον,  ου,  τό,  {άνακ?ύνω) 
a  recumbent  chair,  couch,  Erotian. 

Άνάκλιντρον,  ου,  ro,=  foreg. 

Άνακλίνω,  poet,  ΰγκλίνυ,  1.  -ϊνω, 
{ΰνύ,  κ?.ίνω)  to  -make  to  lie  back,  to 
lean  or  pres.t  one  thing  against  an- 
other, to  let  rest  upon,  τόξα  πυτί  yaiy, 
11.  4,  1 13  ;  but  mostly  in  mid.  with  1 
aor.  pass.,  to  lie.  sink  or  lean  back,  Lat. 
resupinari,  ΰνακλίνθείς  ττέσεν  ντττί- 
ος,  Od.  9,  371  ;  of  persons  asleep,  18, 
189  ;  of  rowers,  13,  78.— II.  to  push  or 
put  back,  and  so  to  open,  θνρην  ay- 
κλίνας,  Od.  22,  150,  esp.  ol  a  trap- 
door, Hdt.  5, 16,  so  too  νέφος  άνακλϊ- 
vat,  to  put  back  the  chmd  at  heaven's 
gate,  and  thus,  open  the  gate  of  hea- 
ven, 11.  5.  751 ;  opp.  in  this  signf.  to 
106 


ANAK 

ίτΓίτίθημι,  to  put  on  or  to,  and  so  to 
shut,  Valck.  Schol.  Phoen.  115.— III. 
to  throw  the  head  back,  and  so  to  lift 
up,  Plat.  Rep.  540  A.  [i  in  pres.] 

Άνύκ7.ΐσις,  εως,  ή,  a  lying  or  lean- 
ing back,  Hipp. 

Άνακλισμός,  οϋ,  u,=foreg. — II.  a 
recumbent  chair  or  couch. 

ΆνακΆϊτικός,  ?},  όν,  fitted  for  lean- 
ing upon. 

Άνύκλΐτος,  ov,  {άνακλίνω)  leant 
■upon,  βρυνος  άνύκλιτος,  also  τό  ύνά- 
κλίτον,=  άνακλιντί/ριον,  Plut. 

Άνακλονέω,  ώ,  {άνά,  κλονέω)  to 
move  up  and  down,  Opp.  Hal.  3,  478. 

Άνακλνζω,  f.  -ναω,  {ύνά,  κλνζω)  to 
wash  up  against,  Ap.  Kh.  2,  551. 

ΆνακλώΟω,  f.  •ώσω,  {άνά,  κλώθω) 
of  the  F'ates,  to  unravel,  a  thread  of 
life,  and  spin  it  otherwise,  hence  to 
change  one's  destiny,  Anth.,  Luc. 
Quom.  Hist.  Scr.  38. 

Άνακνάπτω,  f.  -i/'o,  {άνά,  κνύπτω) 
to  make  old  clothes  fresh  by  fulling, 
hence  to  vamp  up  as  new,  Meineke 
Com.  Fragm.  2,  p.  715. 

Άνακνισσόω,  {άνά,  κνισσόω)  toper- 
fume  thoroughly,  fill  with  vapour, 
Tryph. 

Άνακογχύζω,  {άνά,  κόγχη)  to  fill 
with  a  κόγχη,  opp.  to  άποκογχύζω. 

'Ανακογχϋλιάζω,{άνά,  κόγχη)  δια- 
θήκην,  to  open  and  counterfeit  a  seal, 
Ar.  Vesp.  589. — 2.  =:άναγαργαρίζω, 
νδατι  sc.  Plat.  Symp.  185  D,  cf. 
Ruhnk.  Tim.     Hence 

Άνακογχϋλιασμός,  ov,  6,  the  coun- 
terfeiting of  a  seal,  Aretae. 

Άνακογχνλίζω,  =  άνακογχν?Λάζω. 
Hence 

' Ανακογχϋλ.ισμός,  οϋ,  ό,=-άνακογ- 
χυλίασμός. 

Άνακοι,  ων,  οΙ,=  Ανακες,  Koen. 
Greg.  p.  592,  cf.  Hesych. 

Άνάκού.ος,  ov,  {άνά,  κοϋ.ος)  hol- 
lowed out,  hollow. 

Άνακοιμάομαι,  pass.  c.  fut.  mid., 
poet,  also  c.  aor.  mid.,  to  lie  down  to 
sleep,  lie  asleep,  v.  1.  Xen.  Cyr.  2,  4, 
30,  for  άποκοιμάομαι. 

Άνακοινόω,ώ,ί.ώσω,  {άνά,  κοινόω) 
to  communicate  or  impart  something  to 
another,  τη'ί  τι,  Lat.  communicare 
aliquid  cum  aliquo.  Plat.  Crat.  init.  : 
and  ace.  rei  omitted,  to  communicate 
u-ith  another,  hold  counsel  with,  consult 
him,  Ar.  Lys.  1177  :  esp.  of  oracles, 
άνακοινονν,  τοις  μάντεσι,  τοις  θεοΐς 
περί  τίνος.  Plat.  Legg.  913  Β,  Xen. 
An.  3,  1,  5.  —  II.  Mid.  c.  pf.  pass. 
(Xen.  An.  5,  6,  36),  to  communicate 
what  is  one's  own  to  another,  so  of  a 
river,  άνακοινούται  τώ  "Ιστρω  τό 
ύδωρ.  Hdt.  4,  48  :  but  usu.  much  like 
act.  to  impart,  TLvi  Ti,  Thoogn.  73, 
and  Xen. :  and  άνακοινοΐ'σβαί  Ttvi, 
to  consult  one,  Ar.  Nub.  300.  Plat. 
Prot.  314  B.  Cf.  act..  Piers.  Moer.  p. 
20,  and  συμβουλεύω. 

Άνακοινωνέομαι,  dep.  mid.,  {άνά, 
κοινωΐ'έω)  to  communicate,  Plut. 

Άνακοίνωσις.  εως,  ή,  {άνακοινόω) 
communication,  an  agreement. 

■[Άνακοιρανέω,  ώ,  {άνά,  κοιρανέω) 
to  rule  over,  to  hold  sway  over,  Anth. 

'  Ανακοκκύζω,  {άνά,  κοκκύζω)  to  crow 
aloud,  begin  to  crow,  late. 

'Ανακο??.άω,  {άνά,  κολλάω)  to  glue 
on  or  to,  glue  together. 

Άνηκύλλημα,  ατός,  τό,  that  xvhich 
is  glued  on. 

Άνακόλλησις,  εως,  ?),  a  gluing  on. 

Άνακο'λουθία,  ας,  ή,  want  of  se- 
quence ;  es.p.  in  Gramm.  an  anacohi- 
thon,  where  the  construction  of  the 
sentence  changes  and  becomes  nn- 
grammatical :  also  to  άνακόλονθον  : 
from 


ANAK 

'Ανακόλουθος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  άκο7^ον' 
θέω)  wanting  sequence,  without  connex- 
ion, V.  foreg.     Adv.  -θως,  Dion.  H. 

Άνακολπάζω,  {άνά,  κόλπος)  to  gird 
or  tuck  up  into  a  fold,  (Lat.  sinus). — 
II.  intr.  to  gird  one's  self  up,  Ar. 
Thesm.  1174,  ubi  olim  άνακόλπισον. 

Άνακηλπόω.=  ίοτ(•ζ. 

' Ανακολνμίίάω,ώ,ί.-ήσω,  {άνά,  κο- 
λνμβάω)  to  come  up  after  diving,  to 
swim  on  the  top. — II.  transit,  to  bring 
a  thing  up  from  the  bottom,  'i'heophr. 

Άνακομάω,  {άνά,  κομάω)  to  get  hair 
or  leaves  again,  Luc.  Dial.Meretr.  12,5. 

Άνακυμϊδη,  ης,  ή,  {άνακυμίζω)  a 
carrying  away  again,  recovery,  Decret. 
ap.  Dem.  250,  13. — II.  a  coming  back, 
return,  esp.  from  property,  income,  re- 
venue, Lat.  reditus,  Arist.  H.  A. 

Άνακομίζω,  poet,  άγκομίζω,  f.  -ίσω- 
Att.  -ΐώ,  {άνά,  κομίζω)  to  carry  up, 
Xen.  Hell.  2,  3,  20:  esp.  to  carry  up 
or  against  stream,  and  pass,  to  go  up, 
Hdt.  2,  115. — II.  tobring  back. recover, 
Xen.  Mem.  2,  10,  1.  Mid.  with 
perf.  pass.  (Xen.  An.  4,  7,  1),  to  bring 
back  for  one's  self,  to  collect  for  one's 
self  to  bring  or  take  back  with  one,  Hdt. 
5,  85:  to  recover  one's  own,  regain,  Eur. 
Hipp.  831  :  to  bring  to  pass  again, 
Piud.  P.  4,  15 :  έαντόν  άνακομίζεσ- 
βαί  έκ  τιΐ'ος,  to  break  one's  self  loose 
from  a  thing,  to  withdraw  from,  Plut. 
Arat.  51.  Pass,  to  return,  to  come  or 
go  back,  Hdt.  2,  107  ;  3,  129 :  also  to 
escape,  rally,  Polyb.  :  ol  εκ  της  vav- 
αγίας  άνακομισθέντες,  those  brought 
back,  i.  e.  preserved  from  shipwreck, 
Polyb.  1,  38,  5. — III.  esp.  to  restore  to 
health,  and  mid.  to  recover  one's  health, 
Polyb. 

' Ανακοντίζω,  ί,-ίσω, {άνά,  ακοντίζω) 
to  dart,  hurl,  or  fling  up,  spout  up. — 
II.  intr.  to  dart  or  shoot  up,  as  blood 
from  a  wound,  II.  5,  113;  so  too  of 
water,  Hdt.  4,  181. 

'Ανακοπή,  ης,  ή,  a  beating  or  forcing 
back,  a  checking,  hmdcrance,  Lat.  retu• 
sio  — II.  the  recoil  of  the  waves,  Plut. 
— III.  water  left  after  flood-tide,  stag- 
nant water,  Strab.,  and  Plut. :  from 

'Ανακόπτω,(.-Λΐ>ω,{άνά,  κόπτω)  to 
beat,  drive,  or  force  back,  e.  g.  the  bolt 
of  a  door,  Od.  21,  47  :  also  of  driving 
back  an  assailant,  Thuc.  4,  12,  in 
mid.  :  άν.  ναίιν,  to  change  a  ship's 
course.  Casaub.  Theophr.  Char.  25. — 
2.  later,  to  check,  hinder,  Plut.  Caes. 
38. — 3.  to  break  off,  άοιδην,  Coluth. 
123.  Pass,  to  stop  short,  stick  fast, 
esp.  in  a  speech,  Luc.  Nigr.  35. 

Άνακορέω,  {άνά,  κομέω)  to  sweep 
again  or  out,  A.  B. 

"Ανακος,  ό.  —  άναξ,  heterocl.  like 
φύλακας  for  φνλαξ,  Koen.  Greg.  p. 
592. 

Άνακοσμέω,  ώ,  {άνά,  κοσμέω)  to 
order  or  adorn  anew,  Arfstid. 

Άνάκουστος,  ov,=^ έπύκονστος. 

'Ανακουφίζω,  f.  ίσω, {άνά,  κονφίζω) 
to  lift  or  rai.'ie  up,  Soph.  Fr.  24  ;  esp. 
of  a  ship,  άν.  κάρα  βυθών.  Soph.  Ο. 
Τ.  23.  Pass,  to  hover. — 2.  to  make 
light,  lighten.  Pass,  to  feel  lightened  or 
lifted  up,  raise  one's  spirits,  like  άναπτε- 
ροϋσθαί,  Xen.  Hell.  5,  2,  28.     Hence 

Άνακούφισις,  εως,  ή,  a  lifting  up.-^ 
2.  a  lightening,  relief  from  a  thing,  as 
κακών.  Soph.  O.  T.  218. 

Άνακονφισμα,  ματος,  τό,  {ανα- 
κουφίζω) any  thing  lifted  up. — 2.  a  lift- 
ing up,  Hipp. 

Άνακρΰδαίνω,  {άνά,  κραδαίνω)  to 
saving  upwards,  brandish 

Άνακράδάω,=  άνακραδαίνω. 

Άνακράζω,  f  -άξημαι,  aor.  άνέκρα- 
γον,  {άνά,  κράζω)  to  cry  out,  lift  up 
the  voice,  Od.   14,  407  :    άν.  έξ  ενός 


ANAK 

στόματος,  Ar.    Eq.   670  ;    άν.  ώς..., 
ότι..  ,  Id.  Eccl.  431,  and  Xen. 

Άνάκράσις,  εως,  ή,  [άνακερύννν- 
Ui)  a  mixing  up.  Plut.  Alex.  47. 

Άνακρανγύζω,  ί.-άσω,  {ανά,  κραυ- 
γάζω) to  cry  aloud.     Hence 

Άνακρανγασμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  loud 
outcry,  Epicur.,  v.  Lob.  Phryn.  p. 
337. 

Άνακρέκω,  {ανά,  κρεκω)  strictly, 
to  begin  to  strike  a  stringed  instrument : 
hence  as  mid.,  εις  σε  άπας  όρνις  ανα- 
κρέκεται,  each  bird  tunes  its  voice  for 
thee,  Anth. 

Άνακρέμΰμαι,  as  pass.,  ίο  hang 
aloft,  hover. 

Άνακρεμύνννμι  (Plat.),  άνακρε- 
uao)  (Aeschin.),  poet,  ύγκρεμάνννμι, 
fut.  -κρεμάσω,  Att.  -κρεμώ,  {άνά, 
κρεμάνννμι) :  to  hang  up  upon  a  thing, 
e.  g.  — ασσύλω,  on  a  peg,  Od.  1,  440, 
also  ες  or  πρύς  τι,  Hdt.  5,  77,  95,  εκ 
τίνος,  Plat.  Ion  536  A  ;  to  cause  to  be 
suspended,  i.  e.  to  undermine,  λόφους 
άνακ.  όρνγμασι,  Plut.  LucuU.  39  : 
— intr.  to  hang  one's  self,  Diod.  2,  6. 
Pass,  to  hang  or  be  hanging  up,  Hdt. 
2,  121,  3:  metaph.  ίο  be  in  suspense 
or  doubt.  Lat.  suspensus  esse.     Hence 

Άνακρεμασμός,  οϋ,  6,  a  hanging  up, 
A.  B. 
f'AvaKpiuv,    οντος.  ό,  Anacreon,  a 
lyric  poet  of  Teos,  Hdt.  3,  121. 

Ανακρίνω,  fut.  -ΐνώ.  {άνά,  κρίνω) 
to  examine  well,  to  search  out,  to  prove, 
Pind.  P.  4,  HI,  in  mid. — II.  to  exam- 
ine beforehand,  and  that  esp.  at  Athens 
in  two  signfs. — 1.  to  examine  the  Ar- 
chons.  SO  as  to  prove  their  qualifica- 
tion, Deiu.  1320,  18.— 2.  as  law-term. 
to  examine  persons  concerned  in  a  suit, 
SO  as  to  see  whether  the  action 
would  lie,  freq.  in  Dem.  v.  ΰνάκρισις. 
— Β.  In  mid.  ύνακρίνεσθαι  προς  εαυ- 
τούς, to  question  or  wrangle  one  with 
another,  Hdt.  9,  56.     Hence 

Άνάκρΐσις,  εως,  ή,  poet,  ύγκρισις, 
an  examination,  inquiry,  Hdt.  3,53.  but 
with  V.  1.  άπόκρισις.  —  II.  esp.  at 
Athens. — 1.  the  examination  of  the 
Archons  to  prove  their  qualification. — 
2.  the  previous  examination  of  Jjarties 
concerned  in  a  suit,  to  see  whether 
an  action  should  be  allowed :  this 
was  the  business  of  the  Archons, 
who  were  said  ανάκρισιν  διδόναι 
or  τ:αραδι<^ήναι  (Plat.  Charm.  176  C, 
Legg.  855  E),  while  the  parties  were 
said  εΙς  ανάκρισιν  ηκειν  (Isae.  57,  26, 
etc.) :  hence  in  genl.  εις  άγκρισιν 
έλθεΐν,  to  come  to  trial,  Aesch.  Eum. 
364 :  V.  Diet.  Antiqq. 

'Ανακριτικός,  ή,  όν,  {ανακρίνω)  be- 
longing to  or  fit  for  examination. 

' Α.νακροτΰ.7Λζω,  {άνά,  κροταλίζω) 
τ=άνακροτέω.  Ath. 

Άνακροτέω,ύ,ί.  ■ήσω{ανά,  κροτέω) 
to  lift  up  and  strike  together,  τω  χεΐρε, 
Αγ.  Plut.  739,  τάς  χείρας,  Aeschin. 
33.  36  :  hence  absol.  to  clap  with  up- 
lifted hands,  to  ajiplaud  vehemently,  Ar. 
Eq.  651.  Poet,  also  prob.  ΰνακορτέω, 
Meinek.  Com.  Fragm.  3,  p.  188. 

Άνάκρουσις,  εως,  ή,  {ανακρούω) 
a  pushing  back,  stopping,  checking,  esp. 
pushing  a  ship  back,  backing  i<jaier,Thuc. 
7,  36  ;  also  ή  πάλιν  άν.,  lb.  62 :  άνακ. 
τοϋ  'ί~~ου,  a  sudden  checking  of  a 
horse  with  the  bit,  Plut.  ;  met.  τοϋ 
φρονί/ματος.  Id.  —  II.  in  music,  the 
first  touching  of  an  instrument,  begin- 
ning of  η  tune  :  cf.  άναβο?.ή. — 2.  in 
metre  anacrusis,  Herm.  Elem.  Metr. 
p.  11. 

Άνακρονστέον,  verb.  adj.  from  άνα- 
κοούω.  one  must  drive  back  or  check, 
Xen.  Eq.  10,  12. 
Άνακρουστΐκός,   ή,  όν,  fitted  for 


ΑΝΑΚ 

beating  back,  or  checking,  πληγή,  Plut.: 
from 

'Ανακρούω,  f.  •σω,  {άνά,  κρούω)  to 
thru.1t  back,  stop  short,  check,  ϊππον 
χαλινω,  Xen.  Hipparch.  11,  3,  cf. 
ανακρουστέον  ;  to  flog  back,  to  drive 
back,  οπίσω  άνακ.  το  ζεύγος,  Plut. 
Alcib.  2.  In  mid.  esp.  of  a  ship,  άνα- 
κρούεσθαι  έπι  πρύμνην,  to  put  her  back 
sternwards,  i.  e.  without  turning  her, 
by  backing  water,  Hdt.  8,  84  ;  in  Att. 
άν.  πρύμνην,  Ar.  Vesp.  399,  or  άνα- 
κρονεσβαι  alone,  Thuc.7,  38, 40  ;  also 
κρούεσθαι  πρύμναν,  cf.  κρούω  : — 
hence  metaph.,  άν.  ?.όγον  πάλιν,  to 
check  an  argument,  Plat.  Phil.  13  D. — 
II.  in  music,  to  strike  the  strings,  pre- 
lude, like  άνα3ά2Λεσθαι,  Theocr.  4, 
31,  and  so  to  begin  a  song,  to  begin  ; 
freq.  later,  cf  Schweigh.  Lex.  Polyb. 

'Ανακρνπτω,  -ψω,  {άνά,  κρύπτω) 
to  hide  carefully. 

Άνακτάομαι,  f.  -τ/σομαι  {άνά,  κτά- 
ομαι)  dep.  mid.  to  regain  for  one's  self, 
to  get  back  again,  to  recover,  to  retrieiie, 
with  οπίσω,  Hdt.  1,  61  ;  3,  73  ;  also 
ες  έαντον  άν.  τι,  Hdt.  6,  83. — 2.  to  re- 
fresh, revive,  σώματα,  τρυχάς,  αρχήν, 
τυραννίδα,  Polyb. :  άνακτ.  εαυτόν, 
Lat.  recolligere  vires,  Valck.  .\don. 
365  B. — 3.  to  restore,  reinstate,  e.  g. 
an  exile,  Lat.  restituere  in  integrum, 
Dio  C. — II.  c.  ace.  pers.  to  win  a  per- 
son over,  gain  the  favour  or  friendship 
of,  conciliate,  Hdt.  1,  50,  and  Xen. : 
also  <pi?.ov  άν.  Tivu.Xen.  Cyr.  2,2, 10. 

Άνακτέον,  verb.  adj.  from  άνάσσω, 
one  must  rule. — II.  from  ανάγω,  one 
must  refer,  Arist.  Gen.  An. 

Άνάκτησις,  εως,  ή.  {άνακτάομαι)  a 
regaining:  gaining,  Hdn. — 2.  recovery 
of  strength,  Hipp. 

' Ανακτητΐκός,  ή,  όν,  fit  for  re- 
gaining or  gaining. 

Άνακτίζω,ί.  ίσω,{άνά.  κτίζω)  to  re- 
build, to  make  anew.  Strab.     Hence 

Άνάκτΐσις.  εως,  ή,  a  rebuilding, 
new  creation,  Eccl. 

' ,Κνακτίτης,  ov,  ό,  a  precious  stone, 
in  Orph.  also  γα?.ακτίτης.  [<] 

ΫΑνακτόρειον,  ov,  τύ,=^' Ανακτόρι- 
ov.  Soph.  Fr.  775. 

' Ανακτορία,  ας,  ή.  {άνάκτωρ)  lord- 
ship, rule,  manageynent,  e.  g.  of  horses, 
H.  Hom.  Ap.  234. 

ΥΑνακτόριον,  ov.  τ6,  Anactorhtm,  a 
promontory  of  Acarnania,  on  the 
Ambracian  gulf,  with  a  city  of  the 
same  name  on  it,  Thuc .  1 ,  55.  Hence 
'ί'.^.νακτόριος,  a,  ov,  of  Anactorium  ; 
ή  Άνακ.,  the  territory  ofAnac.  Thuc, 
also  the  earlier  name  of  Miletus, 
Paus.  7,  2,  5. 

Άνακτόρως,  ία,  lov,  {άνάκτωρ)  be- 
longing to  a  lord  or  king,  royal,  νες,Οά. 
15,  397. — II.  τη  (ii'a/cropioi',=sq.,  a 
temple,  Hdt.  9,  65,  but  with  V.  1.  άνύκ- 
Topov. 

Άνάκτορον,  ov,  TO,  {άνάκτωρ)  a 
king's  dwelling,  palace  :  more  freq.  of 
the  dwelling  of  the  gods,  a  temple, 
Simon.  59,  a  shrine,  freq.  in  Eur., 
also  of  the  altar,  Eur.  And.  43  ;  of 
the  innermost  part  of  the  temple, 
where  the  statue  of  the  deity  stood, 
V.  Lob.  Aglaoph.  1,  p.  59,  sq. :  in  Eur. 
esp.  as  TO  Άνάκειον,  the  temple  of  the 
" Ανακες  or  Dioscuri,  or  the  temple  of 
Ceres  :  cf.  foreg. 

' Ανακτοτέ7,εσται,  ων,  oi,  {άναξ, 
τε?.έω)  the  presidents  of  the  myste- 
ries of  the  Corybantes,  Paus. 

Άνάκτωρ,  ορός,  ό,  a  lord,  king,  like 
άναξ,  Aesch.,  and  Eur. 
^Ανάκτωρ,  ορός,  ό,  Anactor,  son  of 
Electryon  and  Anaxo,  ApoUod.  2,  '4. 

Άνακνίσκω,= κυίσκω,  .\rist.  Η.  Α. 

Άνακνκάω,ώ,Ι,-ήσω,  {άνά,  κυκάω) 


ΑΝΑΚ 

to  stir  up,  stir  in,  mix,  Ar.  Ach.  671 : 
to  mingle  confuse. 

Άνοκυκλέω,  ω,  ί.  -ήσω,  {άνά,  κνκ- 
λέω)  to  turn  round  and  rmmd,  to  bring 
back  again  and  again  in  the  same  course, 
to  repeat.  Pass,  to  revolve,  come  round 
again.  Plat.,  and  Arist. :  in  Eur.  Or. 
231,  άνακνκ?^ει  δέμας,  turn  me  over  to 
the  other  side.     Hence 

Άνακύκ7.ησις,  εως,  ij,  a  turning 
rou7id  and  round,  a  circuit,  revolution. 
Plat.  Polit.  269  E. 

Άνακυκ?.ΐκός.  ?/,  όν,  ea.iy  to  turn 
round,  esp.  of  verses  that  will  read 
either  backwards  or  forwards,  as 
Leon.  Alex.  33. 

Άνακυκ/.ισμός,  ov,  ό,=άνακύκ?.η 
σις,  Diod. 

Άνακνκλόω,=^άναιΑ'κ7.έω  to  turn 
round  and  round,  whirl  round.  Mid.  to 
repeat.     Hence 

Άνακνκλωσις,  εως,  ή,=  άνακνκ?.ψ 
σις,  άνακ.  των  πολιτειών,  α  revolu- 
tion of  states,  Polyb.  6,  9,  10. 

Άνακϋλινδέω,  =άνακνλιω. 

Άνακνλισμός,  ov,  ό,  α  rolling  up- 
wards or  back :  from 

Άνακνλίω,  f.  -ίσω,{άνά,  κνλΛω)  to 
roll  up,  roll  back  or  away,  Alex.  Klf- 
βερν.  1,  7.  [<-] 

Άνακνμβαλ.ιάζω,  {άνά,  Kvu3a7.ov) 
only  in  11.  16,  379,  δίφροι  άνεκνμ- 
βα?.ίαζον,  the  chariots  were  overturned 
with  a  rattling  noise,  like  that  of  κνμ- 
βα?.α,  cf  11,  160: — others  read  «v- 
εκνμβαχίαζον,  from  κνμβαχος,  they 
fell  over,  fell  headlong,  v.  Spitzn. 

Υ Ανακννδαράξης,  ov,  b,  Anacynda- 
raxes,  father  oi"  Sardanapalus,  Arr. 
An.  2,  5. 

Άνακϋπόω,ΰ,ί.-ώσω.  {άνά,  κνπόω) 
to  overturn,  turnupside  doum,  Lyc.  137. 

Ανακύπτω,  f.  -ψω,  {άνά,  κνπτω)  to 
lift  up  the  head,  Hdt.  5,  51. — 2.  esp. 
to  come  up  out  of  the  water,  pop  up,  Ar. 
Ran.  1068,  and  freq.  in  Plat. :  άν.  εξ, 
to  spring  up  or  arise  from.  Plat.  Eu- 
thyd.  302  A  :  hence  to  rise  out  of  diffi- 
culties, to  recover,  breathe  again,  Xen. 
Oec.  11,  5. — II.  to  put  back  the  head 
as  in  drinking,  Arist.  H.  Α.,  of.  Eur. 
Cycl.  212. 

Άνάκνρτος,  ov,  {άνά,  κνρτός)  curv- 
ed upwards  or  backwards. 

Άΐ'ακωδωνίζω,  {άνά,  κωδωνίζω)  to 
sound,  try  by  the  sound,  ring,  Ar.  Fr. 
288. 

Άνακωκνω.{.-νσω,{άνύ,  κωκνω)  to 
wail  aloud,  Aesch.  Pers.  468,  Soph. 
Ant.  1227  ;  but  άν.  oSirv  φθόγγον,  to 
■utter  a  loud,  shrill,  wailing  cry,  Ih.  423. 

Άνάκωλος,  ov,  {ανά,  κώλον)  dock- 
ed, curtailed,  of  a  camel,  short-legged, 
Diod.  S.  2,  54 :  uv.  χιτωνίσκος,  a 
short  garment,  like  a  shirt,  elsewhere 
έπιγονατίς,  Plut. 

'Ανύκωμα.  ατός,  τό,  a  district,  Py- 
thag.  word,  Bockh  Philolaos,  p.  174. 

Άνακωμωδέω,  {άνά,  κωμωδέω)  ίβ 
ridicule,  satirize,  dub.  1.  in  Plut. 

Άνακώς,  Άά'ν.,=:έπιμελώς,  careful- 
ly, άνακώς  εχειν  τινός,  to  took  well  to 
a  thing,  give  good  heed  to,  Hdt.  1 ,  24  ; 
8,  109,  Thuc.  8,  102  :  on  the  dialect 
V.  Piers.  Moer.  p.  43,  Meineke  Com. 
Fragm.  2,  p.  688,  (from  άναξ,  άνα- 
Κος,  a  manager,  one  who  has  the  care.) 

'.\νακωχενω,  (.•ενσω,{άΐ'έχω,  ανο- 
χή) to  hold  back,  stay,  kinder,  esp.  of 
ships,  to  keep  the  ships  riding  at  an- 
chor, τας  νέας,  Hdt.  6,  116,  etc.  ;  so 
too  metaph.  of  a  chariot.  Soph.  El. 
732 :  but  άν.  τον  τόνον  τών  δπλ.ων, 
to  keep  up  the  tension  of  the  ropes,  keep 
them  taut,  Hdt.  7,  36.— II.  also  intr., 
sub.  iavTOv,  to  keep  back,  keep  stilly 
Hdt.  9,  13. 


ΑΝΑΛ 

Άυακω,γέω,  less  usu.  form  of  foreg. 
Ανακωχή,  ΐ/ς,  ή,  a  stay,  cessatio?i, 
■  naKUv,  T^huc.  4,  117:  but  esp.  a  ces- 
sation of  arms,  truce,  freq.   in  Thuc, 
όι'  ανακωχής  γίγνεσθαι  tlvl,  to  have 
a  truce,  wuh  one,  Thuc.  1,  40  ;  ανακω- 
χή γίγνεταί  tlvl  ττρός  τίνα,  one  party 
has  a  truce  luith  another.  Id.  5,  32. — 2. 
a  hindrance,    Thuc.     8,    87.       Soine 
urauim.  write  it  άνοκωχ//,  which  is 
ρ  rob.  the  more  correct  form,  Valck. 
Amuion.  1,  5.  p.  24,  cf.  Dind.  Stepha- 
ni  Thes.  v.  διακο)χή. 
i'λvaκώχησις,  εως,7l,={oτeg.,  App. 
ΫΑναλαβεΙν,  2  aor.  inf.  of  αναλαμ- 
βάνω- 

Άναλάζομαί,  {άνύ,  λάζομαι)  to  take 
again,  μορφήν,  Mosch.  2,  159. 

Άνα'λακτίζω  {άνύ,  λακτίζω)  to  kick 
out  b':hind,  Lat.  recalcitro,  kite. 

'Κναλα7Μζω,  f.  -ξω,  {ανά,  αλαλά- 
ζω) to  raise  a  war-cry,  shout  the  battle- 
shout,  Eur.  Phoen.  1395,  and  Xen. 
An.  4,  3,  19 :  in  genl.  to  cry  aloud,  Eur. 
Suppl.  719,  and  Xen. 

Αναλαμβάνω,  f.  -?ί,ήφομαι,  (άνά, 
λαμβάνω)  to  take  up,  take  into  one's 
haiids,  τα  οτλα,  τα  τόξα,  etc.,  Hdt. : 
take  on  board  ship.  Id.  1,  166,  etc.  : 
and  so  in  genl.  to  take,  get,  receive, 
freq.  in  Att.  prose :  hence  the  part. 
ΰναλαβών,  having  taken  along  with 
one,  may  be  oft.  rendered  simply  by 
our  prep,  with,  άνδρας άναλαβων  ήγή- 
σομαι,  Xen.  An.  7,  3,  36,  like  λαβών. 
— 2.  to  take  into  one's  care  or  service, 
Thuc,  and  Xen. :  to  adopt  as  a  child, 
to  engage  or  hire  as  a  servant. — 3.  like 
Lat.  recipere,  to  take  upon  one,  accept, 
undertake,  την  προξενίαν.  Thuc.  6, 
89,  TO  πρόςωπον,  Coray  Plut.  Ages. 
20 :  in  mid.  to  take  upon  one's  self,  to 
incur,  to  encounter,  άναλαβέσθαι  κίν- 
δννον,  Hdt.  3,  69,  and  so  prob.  μάχας 
ίναλαβέσθαι,  5,  49. — 4.  to  take  up 
again,  resume,  τον  λύγον,  Hdt.  5,  62, 
cf.  Stallb.  Plat.  Rep.  544  B.— II.  to 
lake  back,  regain,  την  αρχήν,  Hdt.  3, 
73,  and  Xen.  :  hence — 2.  to  recover, 
retrieve,  make  good,  αίτίην.  Hdt.  7, 
231,  άμαρτίαν.  Soph.  Phil.  1249,  Enr. 
Ion  426,  cf.  Dem.  550,  14.— 3.  to  re- 
store to  health  and  strength,  repair,  Lat. 
reficere,  κηκότητα,  τρώμα,  Hdt.  5, 
121  ;  8,  109  :  άν.  έαντυν,  to  recover 
one's  self,  regain  strength,  revive,  Thuc. 
6,  20.  etc.,  but  also  άναλαβείν  with- 
out εαυτόν,  Stallb.  Plat.  Rep.  467  B. 
— III.  to  pull  short  up,  of  a  horse,  to 
cheeky  Xen.  Hipparch.  3,  5,  Plat. 
Legg-  701  C — IV.  to  gain  quite  over,  at- 
tach to  one's  self,  Ar.  E(i.  082,  Dinarch. 
93,  43  ;  av.  τον  ΰκροατήν,  to  win  the 
ear  of  the  auditor,  Arist.  Rhet. 

ΆναλάμτΓω,  f.  -λύμφω,  (άνά,  λάμ- 
ίτω)  to  flame  up.  take  fire.  Xen.  Cyr.  5, 
1,  15:  metaph.  to  blaze  forth,  breakout 
anew,  as  war,  Plut.  Syll.  6 ;  love.  Id. 
Anton.  30. — II.  metaph.  to  come  to 
one's  self  again,  recover.  Plut. 
γΧνάλαμφίς.  εως.  ή,  {άναλάμπω) 
a  shining  forth,  brilliancy,  effulgence, 
Plut.  Moral.  419  Y.  ^ 

Άναλγής,  ές,  (α  priv.,  άλγος)  =ΰν- 
άλγητος. 

Αναλγησία,  ας,  ?/,  the  character  of 
an  ανάλγητος,  want  of  feeling,  like 
ΰναισβησία,  Dem.  237,  14,  and  Arist. 
Eth.  N. 

Άνύ7ίγητος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  άλγέω) 
without  pain,  and  so, — I.  of  per.sons, 
unfeeling,  hard-hearted,  ruthless.  Soph. 
Aj.  946:  άΐ'α?ι,γητότερος  είναι,  to  be 
less  sensible ,  feel  less  grieved,  Thuc.  3, 
40  :  C.  gen.  lannoved  by,  insensible  to, 
τοΰ  ττάβους  ανάλγ.,  Plut.  Paul.  Aem. 
35.  .Vdv,  -τως,  unfeelingly.  Soph.  Aj.. 
1333;  with  indifference,  άναλγ.  ΰκον- 


ANAA 

ειν  τινός,  Plut.  Moral.  46  C. — II.  of 
things,  not  painful,  i.  e.  enjoyable, 
Soph.  Tr.  126. 

Άναλδαίνω.  {άνά,  αλδαίνω)  to  cause 
to  grow  up,  bring  forth,  Nonn.  Dion. 
40,  390. 

Άνα?ι,δής,  ές,  (σ  priv.,  ΰλδεΐν)  not 
growing,  not  thriving,  feeble,  Ar.  Vesp. 
1045  :  small,  Arat. — 2.  act.  checking 
growth,  Arat. 

Άναλδήσκω.  {ανά  άλδήσκω)  to 
grow  up,  Ap.  Rh.  3,  1303 :  to  spring 
up  afresh,  0pp. 

'Κναλεαίνω,  {άνά,  λεαίνω)  to  smooth 
anew. — 2.  to  bruise  fine. 

Άναλέγω,  f.  -λέ^ω,  (poet,  άλλέγω, 
-έξω)  {άνά,  λέγω)  to  pick  up,  gather 
up,  όστέα  άλλέξαι,  11.  21,  321.  Mid. 
to  pick  up  for  one's  self,  Hdt.  3,  130  ; 
άναλέγεσβαι  ττνενμα,  to  collect  one's 
breath,  Mel.  58,  8. — 2.  to  recount,  com- 
inemorate,  Poppo  Xen.  An.  2,  1,  17. 
— 3.  to  reckon  up,  consider,  Dion.  H. — • 
II.  to  read  aloud,  Call.  Ep.  24,  and 
Luc. 

Άναλειφία,  ας,  ή.  {a  priv.,  αλείφω) 
neglect  of  anointing,  Hipp. 

Άναλείχω,  f.  •ξω,  {άνά,  λείχω)  to 
lick  up,  Hdt.  1,  74. 

Άνάλεκτος,  ov, '  {άναλέγω)  picked 
up,  chosen :  τά  ανάλεκτα,  fragments 
or  crumbs  picked  up,  late. 

Άνάλήυης,  ες.  {a  priv.,  αληθής) 
untrue,  false,  Dion.  H.     Adv.  -θ<ος. 

Άνάλημμα,  ατός,  τό,  {αναλαμβά- 
νω) an  erection,  an  elevated  structure. 
Diod.  S. — 2.  that  which  is  used  for 
restoring  or  repairing:  hence  plur., 
ivallsfor  underpropping,  Lat.  substruc- 
tiones,  basements,  etc.,  e.  g.  in  VitrUV., 
columns  to  serve  as  sun-dials. 

'Κναληπτέον,  verb.  adj.  of  αναλαμ- 
βάνω, one  must  resume.  Plat. 

Άνάληπτήρ,  ήρος,  6,  {αναλαμβά- 
νω) a  bucket  for  dratving  water,  else- 
where άναρνστήρ,  Joseph. 

'λνα7^ηΤίΤΐκός,  ή,  όν,  {αναλαμβά- 
νω) fit  for  restoring  or  strengthening, 
αγωγή,  Gal.     Adv.  -κώς. 

Άνάληψις,  εως,  ή,  {αναλαμβάνω) 
α  taking  up,  acceptance,  adoption,  e.  g.  of 
an  office,  of  a  child,  Luc. — 2.  a  taking 
into  the  mind,  comprehension,  acquisi- 
tion, επιστήμης.  Plat.  Tim.  Locr.  100 
C. — 3.  a  taking  up,  ascension,  N.  T. 
Luc.  9,  51. — II.  a  taking  again  or  back, 
a  -means  of  regaining.  Plat.  Tim.  83 
E. :  recovery  of  health,  Luc. — 2.  a  re- 
pairing, refreshing,  esp.  of  soldiers  af- 
ter labour,  Polyb.  :  making  amends  for 
a  fault.  Thuc.  5,  65. 

Άναλθής,  ές,  {a  priv.,  άλθω)  incu- 
rable, not  to  be  healed,  Hipp. — 2.  act. 
7iot  healing,  unwholesome,  Bion   7,  4. 

Άνάλθητος,  ov,=ioreg.,  incurable, 
Nonn. 

'Χναλίγκιος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  άλίγκιος) 
unlike. 

Άναλικμάω,  {άνά,  λικμάω)  to  tvin- 
nmv  out,  thresh  out,  of  grain,  Plat. 
Tim.  52  E,  in  pass. 

νΚναλικνάω,  v.  1.  for  foreg.  in  Plat. 
Tim.  cf.  Stallb.  ad  loc. 

ΥΚνάλιος,  ov.  Dor.  for  ανήλιος, 
Trag.  [«λ] 

' Α:νάλι-ος,  ov,  Dor.  for  άν'ή7\.ιπος, 
barefoot,  Theocr.  4,  56.    [άλ] 

Αναλίσκω,  i.  αναλώσω ;  aor.  άνψ 
λωσα,  (which  Atticists  reject,  yet  it 
seems  to  be  the  genuine  Att.  form,  v. 
Ellendt  hex.  Soph.,  Herm.  Aj.  1028, 
who  consider  ανάλωσα  as  not  Att.): 
perf.  άν/βωκα,  άνάλωκα.  ήνάλωκα, 
pass,  άνάλωμαι,  Valck.  Phoen.  591, 
and  άνήλωμαι :  aor.  pass,  άνΰλώθην 
and  άνηλώθην — the  pres.  άνάλόω  is 
rare,  though  found  in  Att. :  as  Aesch. 
Theb.   813,  Eur.  Med.  325,  also  in 


ANAA 

Thuc,  and  Xen.,  cf.  Schiif.  Greg.  p. 
706,  916.  To  use  up,  spend,  esp.  in  a 
bad  sense,  to  lavish,  squander,  esp.  of 
money,  freq.  in  Thuc.  ;  εις  τι  or  έτνί 
τι,  to  spend  upon  a  thing,  freq.  in 
Plat. :  hence  metaph.  av.  σώματα  πο- 
λεμώ, Thuc.  2,  04  :  also  av.  νπνον,  to 
Mse  to  the  full,  i.  e.  enjoy  sleep,  Pmd. 
P.  9,  44. — II.  of  persons,  to  kill,  de- 
stroy, Aesch.,  etc. :  hence  in  genl.  to 
annihilate.  Plat.— III.  in  Plat.  Polit. 
289  C,  άνήλωσθαί  τίνος,  to  be  dis- 
charged or  hindered  from  a  thing. 

'Α-νά'λιστος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  άλίζω)ηη- 
salted,  Plut. :  silly,  Diog.  L.   [άλ] 

Άναλιχμάομαι,  =  άναλείχω,  Jo- 
seph. 

Άνάλκεια,  ας,  ή,  (α  priv.,  άλια)) 
vmnt  of  strength,  feebleness,  weakness, 
cowardice,  II.  always  in  plur. ;  The- 
ogn.  887,  in  sing. 

Άναλκία,  ας,  ή,^=άνάλκεια. 
Άναλκις,  ιδος,  ό,  η,  ace.  -ιδα,  but 
-IV,  Od.  3,  375,  {a  priv.,  αλκή)  feeble, 
impotent,  weak,  cowardly,  in  Hom.  oft. 
joined  with  άπτόλεμος  or  κακός,  as 
11.  2,  201,  etc. 

Άνάλλακτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  άλλάσ- 
σω)  unchangeable,  Orph. 

Άναλληγόρητος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  άλ- 
ληγορέω)  without  allegory. 

Άναλλοιόω,  ω,  {άνύ,  άλλοιόω)  to 
change  quite,  Theophr.  with  v.  1.  uva- 
?.ύω. 

'Ανα?.λοίωτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  άλ- 
λοιόω) unchangeable,  Arist.  Metaph. 
Adv.  -ως,  Diog.  L. 

' Χνάλλομαι,  {άνά,  ΰλλομαι)  dep. 
mid.,  to  spring  or  leap  up,  Ar.  Ach. 
669. 

"Αναλμος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  άλμη)  not 
salted,  Xen.  Oec.  20,  12. 

Άνάλμϋρος,  oi',=  foreg..  Gal. 
Άναλογάδην,  {ανάλογος)  adv.,  pro- 
portionably. 

Άναλογεϊον,  ov,  τό,  a,  place  for  lay- 
ing books  upon,  reading-desk,  Lat.  puU 
pitum,  elsewhere  άναγνωστήριον. 

Άνα?Μγέω,  to  be  ανάλογος,  to  be 
proportionate  to  a  thing,  to  be  like  or 
conformable,  τινί  or  προς  τι,  Plut 
Hence 

Άναλογητέον,  verb,  adj.,  one  must 
sum  up,  Arist.  Rhet.  Al.  37,  26,  un- 
less άναλογιστέον  is  to  be  read. 

Άναλογ7ΐτικός,  ή,  όν,  {άναλογέω) 
proceeding  on  analogy,  Diog.  L. 

'Αναλογία,  ας,  ή,  {ανάλογος)  right 
proportion,  analogy.  Plat.,  and  Arist. 
'Ανα?ιογίζομαι,  {άνά,  λογίζομαι) 
dep.  mid.,  to  count  up,  sum  up,  Lat. 
enmnerare,  τά  ομολογημένα.  Plat. 
Prot.  332  C  :  to  think  over,  caladate, 
consider,  τι,  Thuc.  5,  7  :  but  usu.  foil, 
by  a  conj.,  άναλ.  ώς...,  to  consider  that, 
Thuc  8,  83,  oTi...,  Xen.,  etc 

'Αναλογικός,  ή,  όν,  {ανάλογος) 
proportional,  analogous. 

Άναλόγιον,  ov,   τό,^=  άναλογεϊον. 
Άνα7ι.όγισμα,   ατός,  τό,  {αναλογί- 
ζομαι) α  calculation  of  proportions,  com- 
parison  of  one  thing  with  another, 
Plat.  Theaet.  186  C. 

Άναλογισμός.  οΰ,  ό,  {άνα7.ογίζο 
μαι)  α  counting  up,  calculation,  consid- 
eration, reasoning  with  one's  self,  Thuc. 
3,  36:  a  fair  proportion,  Dem.  262,  5. 
— 2.  a  course  of  reasoning,  Xen.  Hell. 
5,  1,  19. 

'Αναλογιστικός,  ή,  όν,  fit  for  judg- 
ing by  analogy,  teaching  by  analogy. 
Adv.  -κώς. 

'Ανά7^ογος,  ov,  {άνά,  7όγος)  accord 
ing  to  a  due  λόγος  or  ratio,  proportion 
ate,  conformable,  Plat.  Tim.  69  Β  • 
a?ialogous  to,  τινί,  Theophr.,  also  τί 
νός-  Adv.  -γως,  also  ,  άνάλογον, 
Arist.  Eth.  N.,  ubi  al.  άνά  λόγον. 


ANAM 

Άνα?.ος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  ά?.ς)  without 
salt,  not  salt,  Arist.  Probl. 

'Αΐ'άλόω,  another  form  of  αναλίσ- 
κω, found  in  the  early  Att.,  and  fur- 
nishing its  tenses,  v.  sub    αναλίσκω. 

Άναλτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  άλΟω)  not  to 
be  filled,  insatiate,  Lat.  inexplebilis,  ya- 
ατηρ,  Od.  17,  228. 

Ά,ναλτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  ά7ι.ς)=ίνα- 
λος,  Hipp. 

'Αναλύζω,  {ανά,  λνζω)  to  sob  aloud, 
Q.  Sm.  14,  281,  άνωλύζεσκε,  for 
which  now  stands  άνωμώζεσκε. 

Άνάλϋσις,  εως,  η,  {αναλύω)  α  loos- 
ing, releasing,  καίιώί-',  from  evils,  Soph. 
El.  142. — 2.  a  dissolving,  dissolution  ; 
death,  destruction,  Plut.  ;  the  repeal  of 
a  law,  and  the  like. — 3.  the  solution  or 
unravelling  of  a  difficulty. — 4.  analyti- 
cal inquiry,  analysis,  opp.  to  γένεσις, 
Arist.  Elh.  N. — II.  a  breaking  up,  de- 
parture, return,  Plut. 

'Κναλντήρ,  ηρος,  ό,  {αναλύω)  a  de- 
liverer :  one  that  ends  strife,  Aesch. 
Cho.  159. 

' Κνα7ιύτης,  ov,  6,  {αναλύω)  a  deliv- 
erer, esp.  from  a  magic  spell. 

'Αναλυτικός,  ή,  όν,  (αναλύω)  fit 
for  loosing :  analytical,  Arist.  Eth.  N. 

'Αναλύω,  f.  -ύσω,  Ion.  and  Ep.  ΰλ- 
λνω,  {άνά,  λύω)  to  unloose,  undo  again, 
usu.of  Penelope's  web, Od.  2, 105, 109, 
etc. :  also  to  set  free,  release,  έμέ  ό'  έκ 
δεσμών  ανέλυσαν,  Od.  12,  200  :  (nev- 
er in  II.)— II.  post-Hom.,  to  undo  in 
various  senses. — 1.  to  dissolve  matter 
into  its  elements,  Tim.  Locr.  ;  dis- 
solve snow,  etc.,  Plut. — 2.  to  do  au-ay, 
get  rid  of,  esp.  of  blame,  faults,  etc. 
Dem.  584,  16  :  but  usu.  in  inui,  as 
Xen.  Hell.  7,  5,  18,  Dem.  187,  24.— 
3.  to  stop,  to  put  an  end  to,  as  frost 
stops  hunting,  Xen.  Cyn.  5,34. — 4.  to 
solve  a  difficulty,  a  problem,  etc.,  Plut. : 
also  to  break  a  spell.  Alb.  Hesych.  1, 
p.  330. — 5.  to  investigate  a  subject  ana- 
lytically, analyse,  Arist.  Eth.  N. — HI. 
intr.  to  loose  for  departure,  iveigk  an- 
chor, like  Lat.  solvere,  and  so  in  genl. 
to  depart,  return,  Polyb.  [0  by  nature, 
and  remains  so  except  before  σ  and 
λ:  in  άνα/.νσω,  ανέλυσα,  άνα?ιέ/.ϋκα, 
and  in  Hom.  forms  ά?Λύεσκε,  άλλ.ύ- 
ονσα-} 

'Αναλφάβητος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  αλφά- 
βητος)  not  knowing  even  the  alphabet, 
utterly  ignorant,  Philyll.  Aeg.  2. 

ΫΑνάλωκα,  άνύλωμαι,  v.  αναλίσκω. 

' Αναλωμα,  ατός,  τό,  {ΰναλόω)  that 
which  is  used  or  spent :  expense,  cost, 
loss,  Aesch.  Suppl.  470  ;  opp.  to  λΐ/μ- 
μα.  Plat.  Legg.  920  C  :  also  in  plur., 
expenses,  Thuc.  7,  28,  etc.    [αλ] 

Άνάλωσις,  εως,  ή,  {ΰναλόω)  out- 
lay, exjjenditure,  Theogn.  899,  Thuc. 
6,  31.    [αλ] 

Άναλωτέος,  έα,  έον,  verb.  adj.  from 
ΰναλόω.  to  be  spent.  Plat.  Legg.  847  E. 

Άνα,'λωτής,  οϋ,  ύ,{άνα?Μω)  a  spend- 
er, ivaster,  Plat.  Rep.  552  B. 

Άνΰλωτικός,  ή,  όν,  {ΰναλόω)  lead- 
ing to  expense,  expensive,  costly,  ήδοναί, 
fTTii^D/ziai,  Plat.  558  D,  559  "C. 

Άνά7.ωτος,  ov,  {a  pnv.,  *άλόω, 
ΰλίσκομαι)  not  taken,  Thuc.  4,  70: 
not  to  be  taken,  invincible,  impregnable, 
esp.  of  strong  cities,  forts,  etc.,  Hdt. 
1,  84  ;  8,  51  :  hence  proof  against  all  ar- 
gument, not  convincible.  Plat.  Theaet. 
179  C  :  αναλ.  νττο  χρημάτων,  not  to 
be  bribed  by  money,  incorruptible,  Xen. 
Ag.  8,  8.    [ανα]  _ 

Άναλωφάω,  {ΰνά,  λωφάω)  to  return 
to  rest,  take  rest. 

Άναμαιμάω,ώ,ί.  -ήσω,  {ΰνά,  μαι- 
μάω)  to  rage  through  or  throughout, 
πνμ  ΰναμαιμάει  ύγκεα,  II.  20,  490, 
where  the  penult,  is  long. 


ANAM 

Άναμά7.άσσω,  f.  -ξω,  {ΰνά,  μαλάσ- 
σω) to  soften  again.  Gal. 

Άναμανθάνω,  f.  -μαθήσομαι,  {ΰνά, 
μανϋάνω)  to  learn  again  or  anew,  learn 
differently. — Π.  to  inquire  closely,  Hdt. 
9,  101. 

Άναμαντεύομαι,  {ΰνά,  μαντεύο- 
μαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  do  away  an  oracle, 
make  it  invalid,  v.   Valck.  Hipp.  890. 

Άναμάξεντος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  ΰμα- 
ξεύω)  impassable  for  wagons,  Hdt.  2, 
108. 

' Αναμαρμαίρω,  strengthd.  for  uap- 
μαίρω.  Αρ.  Rh.  3,  1300,  ubi  Ruhnk. 
ΰναμορμύρω. 

Άναμαρτησία,  ας,  η,  faultlessness, 
innocence :  from 

' Αναμάρτητος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  ΰμαρ- 
τάνω,  ΰμαρτεΐν)  without  missing  or 
failing,  unfailing,  iinerring,  Xen.  Cyr. 
8,  7,  22. — 2.  esp.  in  a  moral  sense, 
faultless,  blameless,  Xen.,  and  Plat. : 
ΰν.  προς  τίνα  or  τινί,  having  done  no 
wrong  to  a  person,  having  given  one  no 
offence,  Hdt.  1,  117  ;  5,  39  :  ΰν.  τινός, 
guiltless  of  a  thing,  Hdt.  1,  155.  Adv. 
-τως,  without  fail,  unerringly,  Xen. 
Mem.  2,  8.  5  :  inoffensively,  Dem.  1407, 
22. — II.  of  things,  not  done  by  fault, 
unavoidably,  συμφορά,  Antipho  122, 
18. 

Άναμασάομαι,  {ΰνά,  μασάομαι) 
dep.  mid.,  to  chew  over  again,  Lat.  ru- 
minari ;  hence  metaph.  to  ruminate 
upon  a  thing,  consider  over  again,  At. 
Vesp.  783. 

' Αναμασσάομαι,  inferior  form  for 
ΰναμασύομαι,  Jacob  Luc.  Alex.  12. 

'Αναμύσσω,  -ξω,  Att.  ΰναμύττω, 
{ΰνά,  μάττω)  to  rub,  wipe  off]  έργον  υ 
στ)  κεφα7.Ί!ΐ  ΰναμάξεις,  a  deed  (as  if  a 
stain)  which  thou  wilt  ivipe  off  on 
thine  own  head,  i.  e.for  which  thou  wilt 
become  responsible,  Lat.  capite  lucre, 
Od.  19,  92,  Hdt.  1,  155  :  hence  to  de- 
file by  contact,  pollute,  also  in  mid. — 
l5.  mid.  to  knead  one's  bread,  Ar.  Nub. 
C7G. — 2.  in  genl.  to  mould  or  shape 
anew,  Tim.  Locr.  :  cf.  ίκμάσσω. 

Άναμαστεύω,  {ΰνά,  μαστεύω)  to 
search  out,  inquire  into,  Lat.   anquirere. 

Άναμασχα/Λστηρ,  τ/ρος,  ύ,  {άνά, 
μασχΰ7.η)  α  shoulder-strap,  an  article 
of  lemale  dress,  Philippid.  ap.  Poll. 
5,  100. 

'Ανάματος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  νάμα) 
wanting  water,  Epigr.  ap.  Plut.  2,  870 
E. 

Άναμύχομ'αι,  f.  -χέσομαι  and  -χη- 
σομαι,  or  more  usu.  -χονμαι,  {ΰνά, 
μάχομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  renew  the  fight, 
ami  so  to  retrieve  a  defeat,  Hdt.  5,  121  ; 
8,  109  :  later  also  c.  ace,  av.  ήτταν, 
σφάλματα,  ώθοράν,  to  make  a  loss 
good,  Wytt.  Ep.  Cr.  p.  182  :  so  too 
ΰν.  τον  λόγον,  to  fight  the  argument 
over  again.  Plat.  Hipp.  Maj.  286  D,  cf. 
Phaed.  89  C.    [//u] 

Άνάμβατος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  αναβαί- 
νω) not  to  be  climbed,  inaccessible  :  of 
a  horse  that  one  cannot  mount,  unbro- 
ken. Xen.  Cyr.  4,  5,  4C. 

'Ανάμε7.κτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  ΰμέλγω) 
not  to  be  milked,  unmilked.  The  form 
ΰναμέλγητος  is  dub. 

'ΑναμέλΊϊω,ί.-τΙιω,{ΰνά,  μέλττω)  to 
begin  to  sing,  ΰοιόάν,  Theocr.  17,  113. 
— Π.  trans,  to  praise  in  song,  Anacre- 
ont. 

Άναμεμιγμένως,  adv.  part.  perf. 
pass,  from  αναμίγννμι,  mixed  up  pro- 
miscuously. 

f  Αναμενητέον,  verb.  adj.  from  ΰνα- 
μένω,  one  must  await,  Ach.  Tat. 

'Αναμένω,  f.  -μένω,  {ΰνά,  μένω)  to 
ivait  for,  await,  abide,  c.  ace.  ήώ  δϊαν, 
Od.  19,  342,  νύκτα,  Hdt.  7,  42,  and 
so  freq.  in  Eur.,  and  Att.  prose  :  also 


ANAM 

c.  ace.  et  int.  ΰν.  τινά  ττοιεΐν,  to  await 
one's  doing,  Hdt.  8,  15;  τι  γίνεσϋαΐ, 
a  thing  happening.  Hilt.  5,  35,  cf. 
Thuc.  4,  120,  135 :  also  foil,  by  ες  τ' 
uv...,  'έως  αν...,  to  wait  till....  Plat., 
and  Xen. : — absol.  to  tvait,  stay,  Ar. 
Ran.  175,  etc. — 2.  to  aivait,  endure,  τί, 
Xen.  Mem.  2,  1,  30,  Symp.  4,  41.— 3. 
to  put  off,  delay,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  6,  10, 
Dem.  411,5. 

Άνάμεσος,  ov,  {ΰνά,  μέσος)  in  the 
middle,  ΰν.  πόλεις,  cities  in  the  heart 
of  a  country ,  hat.  mediterraneus,  Hdt. 
2,  108. 

Άνάμεστος,  ov,  {ΰνά,  μεστός)  filled 
full,  τινός,  of  a  thing,  i)eni.  779,  25. 
Άναμεστόω,ω,ί.-ώσω,  {ΰνά.  μεσ- 
τόω)  to  fill  up,  fill  full.  At.  Ran.  1084. 
'Αναμετρέω,ω,ί.  ησω.{ΰνά.  μετρέω) 
to  measure  back,  measure  over  again, 
esp.  to  remeasure  (i.  e.  return)  the  same 
road  one  came  by,  hence  ΰν.  Χάρνβ- 
διν,  Od.  12,  428,  cf.  Hdt.  2,  109  :  in 
genl.  to  do  or  say  over  again,  repeat, 
recall,  Eur.  Or.  14,  Ion  1271,  in  mid. 
— II.  in  genl.  to  measure,  τινί  τι.  One 
thing  by  another.  Plat.  Rep.  531  A : 
more  freq.  in  mid.  as  Eur.  El.  52, 
Ar.  Nub.  205  : — ΰναμετμεΐσβαι  όάκρν 
εΙς  τίνα,  to  measure  out  to  him  {pay 
him)  the  tribute  of  a  tear,  Eur.  L  T. 
346.     Hence 

Άναμέτρησις,  εως,  η,  remeasure- 
ment,  in  general  measurement,  >^f, 
Strab.  :  consideration,  an  estimate, 
Plut. 

Άναμηλόω,  {ΰνά,  μηλόω)  to  exam- 
ine ivith  a  probe,  v.  Wolf,  and  Ruhnk. 
H.  Hom.  Merc.  41. 

' Αναμηρνκάομαι,  {ΰνά,  μηρνκάο- 
μαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  chew  the  cud,  Alex. 
Mynd.  ap.  Ath.  390  F.  ^ 

'  Αναμηρύομαι,  {ΰνά,  μηρύομαι) 
dep.  mid.,  to  wind  tip,  draw  back,  as  a 
woollen  thread,  Plut.    [i] 

Άναμηχΰνίιομαι,  {ΰνά.  μηχανάο 

μαΐ)  dep.  mid.,  to  make  fresh  attempts. 

'Ανάμιξα,  adv..=  ΰvaμίς,  Αρ.  Rh. : 

sometimes    also    like   ΐιμα,    c.    dat 

Wunderi.  Obs.  Cr.  p.  24. 

Άνάμιγδα,  adv.,  =  foreg..  Soph. 
Tr.  519. 

Άνομίγδην,  poet,  ΰμμίγδην,  adv., 
=  ΰναμιξ. 

'Αναμίγννμι  and  ΰναμιγνύω,  f. 
-μίξω,  {ΰνά,  μίγννμΐ)  to  mix  up.  mix 
together,  ΰμμίξας  for  ΰναμίξας.  II,  24, 
529;  also  in  Hdt.  4,  2C,  and  Att.: 
esp.  in  pass,  to  be  mixed  with  others, 
τισί,  Hdt.  1,  146,  etc.  Hence 
'Ανάμικτος,  ov,  mixed  up. 
Άναμίλλιιτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  άμι7ιλά- 
ομαι)  undisputed. 

Άναμιμνήσκω,  f.  ΰναμνησω,  poet. 
ΰμμνησω,  {ΰνά,  μιμνήσκω)  to  remind 
one  of  a  thing,  c.  dupl.  ace,  ΰνέμνη 
σάς  με  ταντα,  Od.  3,  211,  Soph.  O^ 
Τ.  1133  :  but  also  c.  gen.  rei,  ΰν.  τινά 
τίνος,  Eur.  Ale.  1045,  and  Plat.:  c. 
ace.  pers.  et  inf.,  to  remind  one  to  do, 
Find.  P.  4,  9G  :  c.  ace.  rei  only,  to  re- 
call to  memory,  make  mention  of,  Anti- 
pho 120,  26.  Pass,  to  remember,  τι- 
νός, Hdt.  2,151.  Thuc.  2, 54,  etc. ;  more 
rarely  τί.  Plat.  Phaed.  72  E,  etc. ;  also 
περί  τι,  in  Xen.  An.  6,  1,  23,  ace.  c. 
part. : — oft.  foil,  by  a  relat.,  ΰν.  οτι . . , 
etc.,  Thuc.  2,  89,  etc.  Cf.  ΰνάμνησις. 
Άναμίμνω,  poet,  for  ΰναμένω,  c. 
ace,  11.  11,  171  ;  absol.,  11.  16,  3C3. 

Άναμΐνΐφίζω,  to  sing  languishingly. 
Plot.  ap.  Ath.  176  B. 

Άναμίζ,  adv.,  mixed  up,  all  together, 

pell-mell,  Hdt.  1, 103,  Thuc.  3, 107,etc. 

Άνάμιξίς,  εως,  ■>/,   {ΰνά,  μίγννμι) 

a  mixture,  mingling,  Theophr. 

νΑΐ'αμις,  ιδος,ό,  Anamis,  a  river  of 

India,  Arr.  Ind.  33,  2. 

109 


ANAM 

'λναμίηγω,  poet,  and  Ion.  for  άνα- 
αίγννμι,  (tP-  σίτφ  φάρμακα,  Od.  10, 
235,  and  oft.  in  Hdt. ;  used  only  in 
pres.  and  impf. 

Άναμισθαρνέω,  (ανά,  μισθαρνέω) 
to  hire  one's  self  again,  serve  again  for 
pay,  Plut.  Nic.  2,  9,  Moral.  801  A. 

'Αναμμα,  αΤος,  τό,  (ανάπτω)  any- 
thing kindled,  Plut. 

Ανάμματος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  ίίμμα) 
without  knots,  Xen.  Cyn.  2,  4. 

*  Άναμνάω,  assumed  as  pres.  from 
which  to  form  the  tenses  of  ύναμι- 
υ,νήσκω. 

Άνάμνησις,  εως,  η,  {αναμιμνήσκω) 
α  calling  to  mind,  recollection.  Plat., 
and  Arist.,  who  distinguish  it  from 
ίΐνήμτ],  memory,  v.  sub.  voc. :  a  remind- 
ing^ admnnition,  αναμνήσεις  θυσιών, 
recollection  of  vows  to  pay  sacrifices, 
Lys.  194,  22. 

'Αναμνηστικός,  ή,  όν,  {αναμιμνή- 
σκω) belonging  to  recollection,  easily 
recalling  to  mind,  having  a  good  memo- 
ry, Arist.  Memor. 

' Αναμνηστός,  όν,  that  which  one  can 
recollect.  Plat.  Meuo  87  Β . 

ΆναμολεΙν,  άνέμολον,  {ΰνά,  μο- 
?.εϊν)  a'or,  2  with  no  pres,  in  use  (cf. 
β?.ύσκω),  to  go  up.  go  back. 

Άΐ'αμολύνϋ),  strengthd,  for  μολύ- 
νω, (ΰνά,  μολύνω)  to  di-file  thoroughly, 
Pherecr.  Incert.  4,  in  Pass. 

'Αναμονή,  ής,  ή.  {αναμένω)  a  wait- 
ing, abiding  a  thing  :  endurance,  pa- 
tience :  a  slaying  behind,  diiay. 

^Αναμόργνυμι,  f.  -ξομαι,  (ΰνά,  μόρ- 
γννμι)  to  ηώ  off:  hence  in  mid.  nie- 
taph.  to  rub  off  on  one's  self  hence  uv. 
τα  τών  πολλών  πάθη,  to  enter  into  the 
passions  of  the  many,  Plut. 

Άναμορμύρω,  (ΰνά,  μοριινρω)  to 
roar  loudly,  foam  or  boil  up,  like  iva- 
ζέω,  Lat.  aestuare,  of  Ihe  sea,  Od.  12, 
238,  cf.  sub  ΰναμαρμαίρω.   [ϋ] 

Άναμορφόω,  ώ.  -ώσω,  (ΰνά,  μορφί/) 
to  form  anew,  raiovalc,  Eccl,     Hence 
Άναμόρφωσις,  εως,  ή,  forming  anew, 
Eccl. 

Άναμοχθίζομαι,  {ΰνά,  μοχθίζω)  to 
groan  aloud,  sob,  v.  I.  Aesch.  Pr.  743, 
for  ΰναμνχθίζομαί. 

'Αναμοχλεύω,  f,  -ενσω,  (um,  μοχ- 
λεύω) to  lift  with  a  lever,  force  with 
levers:  hence  to  force  from  concealment, 
drag  to  light,  v,  Pors,  Med.  1314. 

'Αναμτΐέχονος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  άμκε- 
χόνη)  without  tipper  garment,  of  a  wo- 
man, V.  Meineke  Euphor.  p.  23. 

' Αναμ-χλάκητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  ΰμ- 
'ίΐλακειν)  unerring,  unfailing,  κήρες. 
Soph.  0.  T.  472,  where  however  (as 
the  metre  requires)  ΰναπλάκητοι,  is 
now  read ;  without  wnnd-ering  or  stray- 
ing, δόμων,  Herm.  Soph.  Tr.  120  ;  cf. 
ΰμττλάκητος.  [α] 

Άνάμπνξ,  νκος.  6,  ή,  (α  priv.,  ΰμ- 
πνζ)  ivithoat  head-band  or  fillet,  Call. 
Cer.  125. 

Άναμνχθίζομαι,  dcp.  {ΰνά,  μνχθί- 
ζω)  to  breathe  hard,  to  sigh,  groan  deep- 
ly, Aesch.  Pr.  743. — II.  also  to  snort 
or  mock  at. 

Άναμώήριστος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  ΰμφή- 
ριστοΓ)  undisputed,  undoubted,  prob.  1. 
in  Tnno  ap.  Sext.  Emp,  1,  p,  224, 
Adv.  -τως. 

'Αναμφίβολος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  άμφψο- 

?ίθς)  unambiguous,  positive,  νίκη,  Dion. 

H.  3,  57.     Adv.  -λως,  Luc.  Gym.  24. 

Άναμφίόοξος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  ΰμφίδο- 

ξος)   not  doubtfid  Or  wavering.     Adv. 

Άναμφίεστος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  αμφιέν- 
ννμι)  undressed,  not  clad.     Adv.  -τως. 

Άναμφίλεκτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  άμφί- 
λεκτoς)=sq.  Dion.  H.     Adv.  -τως. 

Άναμφίλογος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  άμφίλο- 
110 


AN  AN 

yoc)  undisputed,  undoubted,  Xen. 
Syinp.  3,  4.  Adv.  -γως,  without  dis- 
pute, readily,  willingly,  Id.  Cyr.  8,  1, 
44. 

Άναμφιςβητήσιμος,  ov,  {a  priv., 
αμφιςβητήσιμος)  indisputable. 

Άναμφιςβήτητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  άμ- 
φίςβήτητος)  undisputed,  indisputable, 
τεκμήρια,  Thuc.  1,  132:  uv.  χώρα,  a 
place  about  which  there  is  no  dispute, 
1.  e.  uell  known,  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  5,  6. — II. 
act.  uithout  dispute  or  controversy,  uv. 
όιετελέσαμεν,  Isae.  74, 5.  Adv.  -τως, 
Plat.,  etc. 

Άναμωκάομαι,  {ΰνά,  μωκάομαι) 
dep.  mid.,  to  mock. 

Άνανύγκαστος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  αν- 
αγκάζω) unconstrained,  Arr. 

ί'Αΐ'άνόατος,  ov,  ό,  xinandatus,  a 
Persian  divinity,  Strab. 

Άνανόρεία,  ας,  ή,  rarer  form  of 
sq.,  Sehaf.  Mel.  p.  41  :  in  the  Ion. 
form  ΰνανδριμη,  in  Luc.  Dea  Syr.  26. 
Άνανόρία,  ας.  ή.  the  character  of  the 
άνανδρος,  unmnnliness,  mean  conduct, 
cowardice,  Thuc.  1,  82,  Plat.,  etc. — II. 
a  not  being  marriageable,  Luc. — 2.  want 
of  a  husband,  Plut. 

ΆνανδρίΐΙς,  ών,  οι,  (α  priv.,  ΰνήρ) 
eunuchs,  Hipp. 

'Ανανδρος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  ΰνήρ) — 1. 
=^άνεν  ανδρός,  without  a  ?nan,  without 
a  hxisband,  of  virgins  and  widows, 
Trag.,  Plat.,  etc. — 2.=άνειι  ΰνδρών, 
χρήματα  άν-,  money  without  men, 
Aesch.  Pers.  ICG,  πόλις,  desolate, 
empty.  Soph.  O.  C.  939. — II.  unmanh/, 
cowardly,  Hdt.  4,  142,  Thuc,  etc'.  : 
unworthy  of  a  man.  Plat.  Adv.  -δρως, 
opp.  to  ΰνδρικώς.  Plat.  Theaet.  177 
B.     Hence 

Άνανδρύω,  to  unman,  enfeeble : 
hence 

Άνάνδρωτος,  ov,  U7imanned,  enfee- 
bled.— 2.  widowed,  ενναί.  Soph.  Tr. 
110. 

Άνανεάζω,ί.  •ύσω,{άνά,  νεάζω)  to 
renew,  make  young  again,  Ar.  Ran.  593. 
Άνανέμω,  poet,  ύννέμω,  (ΰνά,  νέ- 
μω) to  divide  or  distribute  anew,  like 
ΰναδάζομαι. — II.  to  count  up,  recount, 
only  in  mid.,  Valck.  Hdt.  1,  173. — 2. 
to  recite,  rehearse,  lecture,  like  αναγι- 
γνώσκω, mostly  Dor.,  as  Epich.  p. 
1 1  l,but  also  found  in  Att.  poets, Toup 
Theocr.  18,  48. 

Άνανέομαι,  poet,  ΰννέομαι,  {ΰνά, 
νέημαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  mount  up,  rise  : 
contr.  ΰννεΐται  ήέλιος,  Od.  10,  192. 
— II.  to  go  back. 

Άνανεόω,  ώ,  f.  -ώσω,  {ΰνά,  νεόω)  : 
but  usu.  as  dep.  mid.,  to  rcttew,  ava- 
νεονσθαι  δρκον,  Thuc.  5,  18,  προξε- 
viav,  5,  43,  σπονδάς,  5,  80,  φιλίαν, 
Dem.  060,  17:  άνανεώσασβαι  λόγους, 
to  recall  them  to  mind,  Soph.  Tr.  396, 
e  conj.  Herm. 

t'Ai'ai'ff,  uv,  01,  the  Ananes,  a  peo- 
ple of  Gallia  Cispadana,  Polyb.,  2, 
17,  7. 

Άνάνετος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  άνετος) 
never  relaxed. 

Άνάνενσις,  εως,  η,  {ΰνανενω)  a  re- 
fusal, denial. 

Άνανενστικός,  ή,  όν,  disposed  to 
refuse.     Adv.  -κώς,  Arr. 

Άνανενω,  f.  -ενσω,  {άνά,  νενω) 
strictly  to  throw  the  head  back  in  token  of 
denial,  which  we  express  by  shaking 
the  head,  opp.  to  κατανεύω,  also  to 
έπινεύω,  in  full.  av.  καρήατι,  II.  22, 
205,  also  όφρνσι,  Od.  9,  468  :  hence 
to  deny,  refuse,  c.  ace.  rei,  II.  16,  250  : 
c.  inf.,  lb.  252  ;  absoL,  II.  6,  31 1  :  also 
in  Hdt.  5,  51,  and  Att, :  pf.  part,  ΰνα- 
νενενκώς,  with  the  head  up,  i.  e,  stand- 
ing upright,  Polyb.  1,  23,  5. 
Άνανέω,  f.  -νεύσομαι,  {ΰνά,  νέω) 


ANAS 
ίο  sicivn  to  the  top,  come  to  the  surface, 
Lat,  emergere,  Ael.  ;  hence  to  rise  from 
a  difficulty. 

'Ανανέωσις,  εως,  η,  {ΰνανεόω)  a 
renewal,  ξνμμαχίας,  Thuc.  6,  82. 

ΥΑνανεωτικός,  ή,  όν,  {ΰνά,  νεόω) 
making  young  again,  renewing,  Joseph. 

Άνανηττιεύομαι,  {ΰνά,  νήπιος)  to 
become  a  child  again,  Lat.  repucrascere. 

'Ανανήφω,  f.  ψω,  (ΰνά,  νήφω)  to  be- 
come sober  again,  Plut. :  in  gen.  to 
come  to  mie's  sober  senses. — 2.  transit. 
to  make  sober  again,  Luc. 

Άνανήχομαι,  -ξομαι,  {ανά,  νι'ιχο- 
μαΐ)  dep.  \ί\\Α.,^ΰνανέω,  Plut. 

Άνανθέω,  {ΰνά,  ΰνθέω)  to  blossom 
again,  continue  blossoming,  Theophr. 

Άνάνθι/ς,  ες,  {a  priv.,  άνθος)  with- 
out bloom  or  blossom,  Qu.  Sm.  2,  638  : 
weak,  feeble.  Plat.  Synip.  196  A. 

Άνάνιος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  ΰνία)  tuith 
out  pain  or  sorrow, — 2.  act.  7iot  harm 
ing  or  distressing.    Adv.  -ως. 

Άνάνιος,  ov.  Dor.  for  ΰνήνιος. 

Άνανίσσομαι,  dep.  =  ΰνανέομαι, 
Opp. 

Άνανομή,  ης,  η,  {άνανέμω)  α  redis 
tribution,  Eur.  Tern.  20. 

' Ανανοσέω,  ώ,  -ήσο},  {ΰνά,  νοσέω) 
to  be  sick  again,  to  relapse,  Joseph. 

Άναντα,  adv.  of  ανάντης,  up  hill, 
opp.  to  καταντά,  II.  23,  116. 

Άναντάγών ιστός,  ov,  {a  priv.,  αν- 
ταγωνίζομαι) tvithout  a  rival,  without  a 
struggle,  Thuc.  4,  92  :  άναντ.  έννοια, 
pure,  unalloyed,  good  will,  Id.  2,  45. 
Adv.  -τως,  Plut. 

Άνανταπόδοτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  ΰντ- 
αττοδίδωμι)  in  Gramm.  without  apodo- 
sis  :  TO  ανανταπόδοτον,  an  hypothe- 
tical proposition  wanting  the  conse- 
quent clause,  Greg.  Cor.  Dial.  Att.  13, 
p.  47. 

'Ανάντης,  ες,  {ΰνά,  άντάω)  up-hill, 
steep,  opp.  to  κατάντης,  χωρίον,  Hdt. 
2,  29,  Plat.,  etc. :  and  so  like  Lat. 
ardiius,  difficult. 

Άναντίβλεπτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  άντι- 
β?ιέττω)  not  to  be  looked  in  the  face, 
what  one  dares  not  face,  Plut. 

Άναντίλεκτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  αντι- 
λέγω) without  contradictio7i,  incontesta- 
ble, causa,  Cic.  ad.  Quint.  Frat.,2, 10, 
Strab.     Adv.  -τως,  Luc. 

ΆναντίΙφητος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  άντε- 
pfiv)=foreg.,  Plut.     Adv.  -τως. 

V Αναντ ιτνττητος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  ύντί- 
τνπτω)  not  striking  in  turn,  not  rebound- 
ing, not  elastic,  Sext.  Emp. 

Άναντίφωνησία,  ας,  η,  (α  priv.,  άν- 
τιφωνέω)  α  not  answering,  Cic.  Att. 
15,  13,  2. 

Άναντ ιφώνητος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  άντι- 
φωνέω)  unansivered,  Cic.  Att.  6,  1,  23. 

Άναντλέω,  {ΰνά,  ΰντλέω)  to  draw 
up  or  out,  as  water  :  metaph.  to  draw 
out  to  the  last  drop,  go  patiently  through, 
Τϊόνονς,  like  Lat.  exantlare  labores, 
Strab. 

ΆΝΑΞ,  άνακτος,  ό,  a  lord,  prince, 
king,  applied  to  all  the  gods.  esp.  to 
Apollo,  oft.  in  Hom. :  later  also  esp. 
to  the  Dioscuri,  cf.  also  "Ανακες  and 
Άνακοι. — The  irreg.  vocat.  άνα,  is 
never  addressed  save  to  gods,  v.  sub 
voc. — II.  any  earthly  lord,  pritice,  chief 
Hom.  calls  all  his  heroes  so,  but  esp 
Agamemnon  as  general  in  chief,  dva^ 
ΰνδρών  :  while  Orsilochus  is  called 
άναξ  ύνδρεσσιν  in  II.  5,  546 : — also  as 
a  title  given  to  all  men  of  rank  or 
note,  as  e.  g.  Tiresias,  Od.  11,  144; 
so  to  the  sons  or  kinsmen  of  kings,  and 
in  gen.  (hechicfperso7isofastate,es]>. 
in  Pind.  and  Trag.,  v.  Musgr.  Soph. 
O.  T.  85, 911 ;  pleon.  άναξ  βασΛεύς, 
V.  Pors.  Or.  342. — 2.  so  too  the  master 
of  the  house,  Lat.  hems,  dorninus,  oi- 


ANAS 

Koco  ίναξ,  Od.  1,  397:  esp.  as  denot- 
ing the  relation  of  master  to  slave, 
oft.  in  Od. ;  also  in  Od.  9,  440,  of  the 
Cyclops  as  owner  of  his  flocks. — 3.  in 
genl.  κώπης,  ναών  άνακτες,  lords  of  the 
oar,  of  skips,  Aesch.  Pers.  378,  383, 
■ώενόώρ,  Eur.  Andr.  447,  and  so  Com. 
uv.  ν~ήνης  ;  of.  άνύσσω. — ή  άναξ  for 
άνασσα  is  very  rare,  as  in  Find.  P. 

12,  6.  of.  Herm.  H.  Horn.  Cer.  5S  (cf., 
άνύσσω.)  [ΰναξ^ 

^Αναξαγόρας,  a  and  ov,  ό,  Anaxago- 
goras,  son  of  Megapenthes,  king  of 
Argos,  Pans.  2,  18,  4. — 2.  a  celebra- 
ted philosopher  of  Clazomenae  in 
Ionia,  Plat.  Phaed.  270  Α.— 3.  an 
Athenian  orator,  scholar  of  Isocrates, 
Ael,  Diog.  L. — Others  in  Pans.,  etc. 

'[Άΐ'αξαγορίδαί,  ύν,  οι,  the  Anaxa- 
goridae,  descendants  of  Anaxagoras, 
kings  of  Argos,  Pans.  2,  18,  5. 

Άναξαίνω,  f.  -ΰνώ,  (ΰνύ,  ξαίνώ)  to 
scratch  or  scrape  up,  tear  open,  e.  g. 
εΤίΚος,  Lat.  vulnus  rifricare  :  hence,  to 
renew,  stir  afresh,  λνπην,  Babrius  12, 
23 ;  and  so  in  pass,  to  break  open 
anew,  Polyb. 

ΥΚναξάνδρα,  ας,  ή,  Anaxandra, 
daughter  of   Thersander,    Paus.   3, 

13,  6. 

ΫΑναξανόρίόης,  ov,  ό,  Anaxandrides, 
son  of  Leon,  king  of  Sparta,  Hdt.  5, 
39. — 2.  son  of  Theopompus,  also  king 
of  Sparta,  Hdt.  8,  131.— 3.  a  poet  of 
the  old  comedy,  Ath. 

ΫΑνύξανόρος,  ov,  o,  Anaxandrus,  son 
of  Eurycrates,  king  of  Sparta,  Hdt.  7, 
204.— 2.  a  Theban,  Thuc.  8,  100,  v.  1. 
for  Άνάξαρχος. 

ΥΑι>αξύρχος,  ov,  ό,  Anaxarchvs,  a 
philosopher  of  Abdera,  a  disciple  of 
Democritus,  Strab.,  Plut. 

νΑναϊήνωρ,  ορός,  ό,  Anaxenor,masc. 
pr.  η.,  Ath. 

Άναξηραίνω,  f.  -ΰνώ,  (ΰνύ,  ξηραί- 
νω) to  dry  up,  ΰνξηράντι,  Ep.  subj. 
aor.  1  for  ΰναξηράνη,  II.  21,  347  ;  άν- 
αξ. ττοταμόν.  Hdt.  7,  109. 

Άναξήρανσις,  εως,  ή,  a  drying  up, 
drying,  Theophr. 

Άναξηραντικός,  ?/,  όν,  {άναξηραί- 
νω)  fit  for  drying,  Plut. 

Άναξηράϋία,  ας,  ή,^άναξήρανσις. 

Άναξία,  ας,  ή,  (άνάσιτω)  α  com- 
mand, behest,  charge,  Dissen  Find.  Ν. 
8.  10  (18).— 2.  =z  βασιλεία,  Aesch. 
Fr.  9. 

Άναξία,  ας,  η,  (a  pri\'.,  αξία)  worth- 
hssness,  άναξίαν  εχειν,  to  be  worthless, 
Zeno  ap.  Diog.  L.  7,  105 :  cf.  Lob. 
Phryn.  106. 

tAvafi/Ji'a,  ας,  η,  Anaxibia,  daugh- 
ter of  Bias,  wife  of  Pelias,  Apollod. 

1,  9,  10.-2.  wife  of  Nestor,  Id.  1,  9, 
10. — 3.  sister  of  Agamemnon,  wife 
of  Strophius,  Paus.  2,  29,  4. 

■['Αναξίβιος,  ov,  ό,  An.axibius, a  naval 
commander  of  the  Spartans,  Xen.  An. 
5,  1,  4. 

ΥΑναξίδοτος,  ov,  6,  Anaxiddtus, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Arr.  Ind.  18,  3. 

νΑναξίκ?,ης,  έονς,  ό,  Anaxicles, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Luc.  Phil.  14. 

ΤΑναξίκρύτης,  ονς,  6,  Anaxicrates, 
an  Athenian  archon,  Diod.  S.  20,  45. 
—2.  another.  Paus.  10,  23,  4.-3.  a 
Byzantine,  Xen.  Hell,  1,  3,  12. 

'\Άναξί7,αος,  ov,  6,  Anaxilaus,  (Ion. 
Άναξί'λεως,  Dor.  Άναξίλας)  son  of 
Archidamus  in  Sparta,  Hdt.  8, 131. — 

2.  a  tyrant  of  Rhegium  in  Magna 
Graecia,  Hdt.  6,  23. — 3.  a  comic  poet, 
Ael.,  Ath. 

νΑναξίμανδρος,  ov,    6,    Anaximan- 
der,  a  philosopher  of  Miletus,  disci- 
ple of  Thales,  Plut. — 2.  an  historian, 
Diog.  L. 
Άναξιμένης,  ονς,  6,  Anaximenes,  a 


ΑΝΑΠ 

philosopher  of  Miletus,  pupil  of  An- 
aximander,  Plut.  —  2.  rhetorician  of 
Lampsacus,  but  now  regarded  same 
as — 3.  an  historian  of  Lampsacus, 
who  wrote  a  history  of  Alexander 
the  Great,  Paus.  6,  18,  2.  Diog.  L. 

νΑναξΙνος,  ov,  6,  Anaxinus,  a  spy 
of  Philip  of  Macedon,  Dem.,  etc. 

'Αναξιόλογος,  ov,  {άνύξίος,  λόγος) 
not  worth  speaking  of,  inconsiderable, 
Diod. 

Άναξιοπάθεια,  ας,  η,  unworthy 
treatment,  just  indignation  thereat,  Jo- 
seph. :  from 

Άναξιοπΰθέω,ώ,  {.-ήσω,  {ανάξιος, 
τναθεΐν)  to  sttffer  tmworthily,  be  indig- 
nant thereat,   Dion.  H. 

'Ανάξιος,  ov,  also  often  in  Att.  a, 
ov,  (a  priv.,  άξιος)  unworthy,  not  deem- 
ed or  held  worthy,  c.  gen.,  άν.  σφέων 
αντών,  έωντον,  Hdt.  1,  73, 114  ;  άνύξ- 
ιον  σον,  too  good  for  thee,  Soph.  Phil. 
1009  :  also  c.  inf ,  as  Eur.  Her.  526  ; 
Soph.  O.  C.  1446  ubi  v.  Herm. :  absol. 
unworthy,  worthless,  of  persons,  Hdt. 
7,  9,  etc.,  and  thmgs,  esp.  δρΰσαι, 
τταθείν  ανάξια,  Trag. — 2.  undeserving 
of  evil,  Thuc.  3,  59.  Adv.  -ίως,  Hdt. 
7,  10,  5,  etc. 

'Ανάξιος,  ov,  {άναξ)  kingly,  royal, 
late. 

^'Αναξί~ττος,  ov,  ό,  Anaxippus,  a  com- 
mander of  Alexander  the  Great,  Arr. 
An.  3,  25,  2. — 2.  a  poet  of  the  new 
comedy,  Mein.  1,  469. 

ΥΑναξίΓ,  6,  Anaxis,  an  historian, 
Diod.  S.  l5,  95. 

Άναξιόόρμιγξ,  ιγγος,  ό.  ή,  {άνύσ- 
σω, φόρμιγξ)  lord  of  the  lyre,  ύμνος, 
Find.  Ο.  2,  1. 

Άναξννόω,  {ανά,  ξννόω)=άνακοι- 
νόω,  Xen.  Hell.  1,  1,  30. 

Άναξνρίδες,  ίδων,  α'ι,  only  used  in 
plur.,  the  trowsers  worn  by  eastern 
nations,  Hdt.,  and  Xen. :  ace.  to  Bahr 
Hdt.  1,  71.  not  the  loose  trowsers 
{θύλακοι)  but  a  tighter  kind  like  the 
Gallic  braccae  or  trews.  (The  deriv.  of 
Eustath.  from  ανασύρομαι  is  wrong, 
for  the  word  is  Persian,  v.  Biihr  1.  c.) 
Άναξύω,  -νσω,  {άνά,  ξύω)  to  scrape 
up  or  away,  and  so  obliterate,  tu  Ιχνη, 
Antipho  134,  35  :  also  to  polish,  i*lut. 
[i] 

νΑναξώ,  όος  contr.  ονς,  ή,  Anaxo, 
daughter  of  Alcaeus.  wife  of  Elec- 
tryon,  Apollod.  2,  4.  Others  in  Anth., 
etc. 

Άναοίγω,  -ξω,  poet,  for  ανοίγω,  II. 
24,  455. 

' Αναπαιδεύω,  {άνά,  παιδεύω)  to  ed- 
ucate afresh,  Soph.  Fr.  434,  Ar.  Eq. 
1099. 

Άνατταιστικός,  ή,  όν,  anapaestic, 
Dion.  Η. :  from 

'Ανάπαιστος,  ov,  {άναπαίω)  struck 
back,  rebounding. — 2.  mostly  as  subst., 
ό  άναπ.,  an  anapaest,  i.  e.  a  dactyl  re- 
versed or  as  it  were  struck  back :  Ar. 
Eq.  504,  etc.  ;  on  ανάπαιστοι  σύμ- 
πτνκτοι,  v.  Meineke  Com.  Fragm.  2, 
p.  283  :  hence  ru  άνάπαιστα,  ana- 
paestic poems,  usu.  satirical,  hence  in 
gen.  a  satire,  libel,  Alciphr. 

Άναπαίω,  {άνά,  παίω)  to  strike 
again,  strike  back. 

Άναπάλαίω,  f.  -αίσω,  {άνά,  πη- 
λαίω)  to  contend  again,  renew  the  con- 
test, like  άναμάχομαι, 

Άναπάλειπτος,  ov,  {a  priv,,  άπ- 
αλείφω)  indelible. 

Άναπά7ί,η,  ης,  ή,' {άνά,  πάλη)  α  re- 
newed contest. — 2.  a  dance  which  imi- 
tated the  five  contests  of  the  πέντ- 
αθλον,  Ath. 

Άνάπάλιν,  {άνά,  πάλιν)  adv.,  back 
again,  Ίέναι,  Plat.  Folit.  269  D.— II. 
over  again,■=.eμπaλιv,  Plat.,  also  άνά- 


ΑΝΑΠ 

παίιν  αν,  Id.  Rep.  451  Β.— III.  con 
trariwise,  reversely,  άνάπαλίν  έστιν 
ήμίν  τ)  τοις  ά?ιλοις,  with  us  it  is  not 
as  with  the  rest,  Theophr. 

Άναπάλ?Μ.  f.  -α/.ώ,  {άνά,  πά/ι?Μ) 
ίο  swing  to  and  fro,  έγχος  άμπεπαλών, 
poising  and  drawing  back  the  spear,  in 
order  to  throw  it  with  greater  force, 
Horn. :  to  put  in  motion,  excite,  τινά 
έπί  τινι,  Eur.  Bacch.  1190.— Mid.  or 
pass,  to  dart,  spring  or  bound  up,  Horn., 
m  syncop.  aor.  άνέπαλτο.  Avhich  is 
sometimes  wrongly  referred  to  άνε- 
ψάλλομαι.  Spitzn.  Excurs.  xvi.  ad  II. 
'Ανάπαλσις,  εως,  ή,  {άναπάλ'λω)  a 
suinging  on  high,  hurling,  throwing  or 
flinging  up,  Arist.  Mund. 

'Αναπάντητος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  απαν- 
τάω) not  met  with,  that  meets  with  no 
one,  Cic.  Att.  9,  1,  3. 

Άναπΰριάζω,  to  change  sides  like  ike 
Parians,  to  rat,  proverb,  in  Corn.  Nep, 
Milt.  7,  4. 

Άναπάρτιστος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  απαρ- 
τίζω) incomplete,  not  ready,  Diog.  L. 

Άναπάσσω,  f.  -ύσω,  {άνά,  πάσσω) 
to  scatter  upon  :  metaph.  χάριν  τινί, 
to  shed  grace  upon  one,  Find.  0. 10  (11), 
115. 

Άναπατέω,  {άνά,  πατέώ)  to  go  up, 
go  back. 

Άνάπανλα.  ης,  ή.  {αναπαύω)  rest, 
repose,  ease  from  a  thing,  κακών,  μόχ- 
θων, Soph.,  and  Eur. :  κατ'  ανάπαυ- 
λας διηρήσΟαι,  to  be  divided  into  re- 
liefs, Thuc.  2,  75. — II.  a  resting  place, 
Ar.  Ran.  113,  etc. 

Άνάπανμα.  ατός,  τό,  poet,  ύμπ.,  a 
resting-place,  r^st,  Hes.  Th.  55. 

Άνάπανσις,  εως,  ή,  poet,  ΰμπ., 
{αναπαύω)  rest,  repose,  ease,  Minm.  8, 
2,  and  Xen.  :  esp.  relaxation,  recrea- 
tion. Plat.,  and  Xen. — II.  rest  from  a 
thing,  cessation.  Find.  N.  7,  76  :  uv. 
κακών.  Thuc.  4,  20,  πολέμου,  Xen. 
Hier.  2,  11. 

Άναπανστήριος,  en'.  Ion.  and  ΰμπ., 
{αναπαύω)  belonging  to  resting  or  rest, 
fit  or  intended  for  it,  θώκος,  a  seat  to 
rest  in,  Hdt.  1,  181.— II.  as  subst.  το 
άνάπ.,  a  resting  place:  the  time  or  hour 
of  rest,  Xen.  Mem.  4,  3,  3,  in  form 
άναπαντήριον.  cf  Lob.  Soph.  Aj.  704, 
p.  321  :  also.  sub.  σημεϊον,  the  sound 
of  ti»impet/or  all  to  go  to  rest,  opp.  to 
Tij  άνακλητικόν,  the  reveillee. 
Άναπαντήριος,  ov,  v.  foreg. 
'Αναπαύω,  ί.  -παύσω,  poet,  and  Ion. 
άμπ.,  {άνά,  παύω)  to  make,  cease,  stop 
or  kinder  from  a  thing,  χειμών  άνέ 
πανσεν  ανθρώπους ίργων,  II.  17.550: 
later  to  give  rest,  relieve  from  a  thing, 
πλάνου.  Soph.  O.  C.  1113:  also  c. 
part.,  άν.  τινά  λειτονργονντα,  Dem 
1046,  21. — II.  c.  ace.  only,  to  keep  at 
rest,  keep  still,  kalt,  esp.  fo.  rest,  Ireq. 
in  Xen. :  hence— 2.  to  refre.th,  Ae.sch. 
Fr.  178. — 3.  to  make  an  end  of.  kill, 
Plut. — B.  in  mid.  to  cease,  leave  off, 
desist  from  a  thing,  άπο  ναυμαχίας, 
Thuc.  7,  73  : — but  usu.  absol.  to  take 
one's  rest,  sleep,  Hdt.  1,  12,  etc.  :  also 
to  die,  Valck.  Theocr.  1,  138.-2.  to 
stop,  halt,  rest,  freq.  in  Xen. — 3.  to  re- 
gain strength,  Xen.  Cyr.  6,  1,  11. — 
The  act.  is  rarely  used  intr.  in  signf 
of  mid.,  as  Thuc.  4,  11. 

Άναπείθω,  ί.  -πείσω,  {άνά,  πείθω) 
to  bring  over  to  another  opinion,  but 
usu.  simply  to  persuade,  move  to  do  a 
thing,  c.  inf..  Hdt.  1,  124,  etc.,  ar.  ώς 
χρή . .  ,  Id.  1,  123,  also  άν.  7Μγω 
ϋκως  .  . ,  1,37:  c.  dupl.  ace.  to  persuade 
one  of  a  thing,  Ar.  Nub.  77  :  άν.  τινά, 
to  seduce,  mislead,  Hdt.,  3,  148  ;  5,  66 
so  too  Att.  in  all  usages. 

Άναπεινάω,    {άνά,    πεινάω)  to  be 
hungry  again,  Ath.   [αω] 

111 


ΑΝΑΠ 

'Avutveipa,  ας,  ή,  {ίινύ,  πείρα)  α 
trials  attempt,  exercise  of  soldiers, 
Polyb.     Hence 

'Ava-xtipuKj,  f.  •ύσω  Ion.  -ησω,  but 
mostly  as  dep.  mid.  αναηεφάομαί, 
to  try  or  attempt  again,  in  genl.  to  make 
a  trial,  essay,  Polyb.  :  ύνατζεψασθαι 
ναϋν,  to  make  trial  of  a  new  ship,  jjrove 
her,  Dem.  1229, 19.— II.  as  a  military 
and  naval  term,  to  exercise,  practice, 
Hdt.  6,  12.  Thuc.  7,  7.  [ραω] 

'Αναιτείρω,  f.  -περώ,  {άι^ύ,  πείρω) 
to  pierce  through,  spit,  II.  2,  42G,  in  Ep. 
part.  aor.  1,  άμπείραντες:  ύναπ.  έπΙ 
ξύλου,  Hdt.  4,  103 ;  also  άνά  tl,  Ar. 
Ach.  706,  cf.  1007. 

Άνάπεισμα,  ατός,  τό,  {αναπείθω) 
trust,  reliance,  assurance, 

Άνα-ειστήρίος,  ov,  and  sometimes 
ία,  ιυν,  (ύναπείθω)  persuasive,  seduc- 
tive, χαύνωσις,  Ar.  Nub.  875. 

'Αΐ'άπειστος,  ov,  {αναπείθω)  per- 
suaded, seduced,  7!iisleil. 

Άναπεμπύζομαι,  f.  -άσομαι,  {ανά, 
πεμπύζω)  strictly  to  count  over  again, 
to  count  over,  sum  up,  Plat.  Lys.  222 
Ε  :  to  think  over,  ponder  upon,  Id.  Legg. 
724  Β :  not  till  late  in  act.,  Ruhnk. 
Tim. 

'Αναπέμπω,  -ψω,  poet,  άμπ.,  {άνά, 
πέμπω)  to  send,  send  up,  send  forth. 
Find.  P.  1,  48 :  esp.  of  any  thing 
strong-scented,  like  ανάγω,  αναφέρω : 
in  mid.  to  send  up  from  one's  self- — II. 
to  send  back,  Pind.  I.  7  (G),  IG. 

Άναπεπταμένος,  η,  ov,  part.  perf. 
pass,  of  ui'OTrerai'x-'ii/ii,  II. 

Άναπέπτω,  later  form  for  ava- 
πέσσω. 

' Αναπεπτωκότως,  adv.  part,  perf 
άναπέπτωκα  of  αναπίπτω,  despond- 
ingly,  feebly. 

Αναπέσσω,  Att.  άναπέττω,  fut. 
-πέφω,  {άνά,  πέσσω)  to  cook  agaiji, 
Arist.  H.  A. 

Άναπετύννϋμι  and  ΰναπεταννύω, 
f.  -πετάσω  and  -ττετώ  :  poet,  ΰμπετ., 
{άνά,  πετύνι•νμι):=ίη  Pind.  also  άνα- 
πίτνημι.  Ίο  spread  out  or  open,  expand, 
unfold,  unrol,  uv.  ιστία,  to  spread  the 
saife,  II. l,480,etc.,  with  prep. Sep.:  άνα 
πετύσαι  τάς  πνλας,  to  throw  wide  the 
gates.  Hdt.  3,  146,  so  άναπεπταμέναι 
σανίδες,  II.  12,  122  :  ΰλώπΐ]ξ  ΰναπι- 
τναμένη,  a  fox  lying  on  its  back  to  de- 
fend itself  against  the  eagle,  Pind.  I. 
4,  80  :  άμπέτασον  χάριν  ίπ'  ΰσσοις, 
to  .ihed  grace  over  the  eyes,  Sapph. 
62:  βόστρνχον  άναπ.,  to  let  the  hair 
flow  down,  Eur.  Hipp.  202 :  freq.  in 
part.  pf.  pass,  άναπεπταμένος,  rj,  ov, 
open,  πέ'λαγος,  Hdt.  8,  60,  1 ;  όμματα, 
Xen.  Mem.  2,  1,  22  ;  οικία  προς  μεσ- 
ημβρίαν  άν.,  having  a  south  exposure. 
Id.  Oec.  9,  4  :  metaph.,  ά,ναπεπταμέ- 
V7]  παΙ^Ιίησία,  open,  bare-faced  impu- 
dence. Plat.  Phaedr.  240  E.  [ασω] 

V  Αναπετής,  ές,  {άναπετάνννμί) 
opened  wide,  open,  οφθαλμοί,  Med. 

Άναπέτομαί,  {ανά,  πέτομαι)  f. 
-πτησομαί  (Aeschin.  83,  fin.) :  aor. 
άνεπτάμην,  or  άνεπτάμην,  and  in 
Tratr.  also  άνέπτην  (as  if  from  *  άν- 
ύπτημι).  cf  ϊπταμαι.  To  fly  vp.fly 
up  and  away,  Hdt.  4,  132,  metaph. 
άναπτέσθαι  ερυτι,  άναπτήναι  φόβο. 
Soph.  Aj.  693,  Ant.  1307,  like  άνά- 
πτεμονσθαι,  μετεωρίζεσθαι. 

Άναπεφλασμένως,  adv.  part,  perf 
pass,  from  άναφ?ιάω,  Ar.  Lys.  1099. 

Άναπηγάζω,  i.  -άσω,  {άνά,  πηγι}) 
to  make  spring  or  gush  up. 

Άναπήγνυμι  or  -πηγνύω,  {.  -πήξω, 
Ιάνά,  π?/γνναί)  to  transfix,  spit,  Ar. 
Eccl.  843. 

'Αναπηδάω,  ω,  {.  -7'/σω,  poet,   άμπ., 
{άνά,  π7)δάω)    to   leap,  spring  up   or 
forth,  start  up,  esp.  in  haste  or  fear, 
112 


ΑΝΑΠ 

έκ  λόχον,  η.  11,  379,  cf.  Hdt.  3,  155 ; 

άν-  έπ'  έργον,  to  jump  up  (from  bed) 
to  work,  Ar.  Av.  490  :  έπι  τον  'ίππον 
άν.,  to  leap  on  horseback,  Xen.  Hell. 
4,  1,  18:  of  springs,  etc.,  to  leap  or 
gush  forth. — II.  to  leap  or  bound  back, 
Ar.  Ran.  566.  [άω]     Hence 

'Αναπί/δ?/σις,  εως,  ή,  a  leaping  up, 
άν.  καρδίας,  jndsation,  Arist.  de  Re- 
spir. 

Άναπηνίζομαι,  {άνά,  πηνίζομαι) 
dep.  mid.,  to  ivind  up,  reel  off,  e.  g.  the 
threads  of  a  silkworm's  cocoon, 
Arist.  H.  A. 

'Αναπηρία,  ας,  ή.  a  being  ανάπηρος, 
la7neness,  Cratin.  Plut.  9  :  from 

'Ανάπηρος,  ov,  {ανά,  πηρός)  maim- 
ed, crippled.  Plat.  Rep.  460  C,  etc.  : 
lame,  Valck.  Ad.  p.  317  A.     Hence 

'Αναπηρόω,ώ,{.-ώσω,  to  make  ανά- 
πηρος, to  maim,  cripple  :  pass,  to  be  or 
become  viaimed.  Plat.  Polit.  310  E. 

ΥΑναπίας,  ov,  ΰ,  Anapias.  brother 
of  Amphinomus  of  Catana,  Strab. 

Άναπίδναμαι,  v.  άναπίλναμαι. 

Άναπίδνω,  {άνά,  πιδνω)  to  make 
spri7ig  up.  Pint.  Aem.  14.  Mid.  to 
spring  up,  swell,  grow,  Theophr.  [ϊ>] 

Άναπιέζω,  f.  -έσω,  {άνά,  πιέζω)  to 
press  upwards  or  back.     Hence 

' Αναπίεσμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  kind  of 
trap-door,  used  on  the  Attic  stage. 

'Αναπί?Λ•αμαι,  {άνά,  πίλνημι)  as 
pass,  to  spring  up  or  forth,  Mosch.  2, 
109,  ubi  a!,  άνεπηλατο  and  άνεπίδ- 
νατο  in  same  signf. 

Άναπίμπλημι,  f.  άναπλήσω,  {άνά, 
πίμπλημι)  to  fill  up,  Lat.  explere,  and 
so — I.  to  accomplish  what  is  destined, 
so  always  in  Horn.,  who  joins  μηΐραν, 
πότμον,  οίτον,  κακά,  άλγεα,  κήδεα 
άναπλησαι,  to  fill  up  the  full  measure 
of  destiny,  of  woe,  misery,  etc.  ;  so 
too  in  Hdt.  5,  4,  etc.,  like  τελέω,  έκ- 
τελΛω.- — II.  to  fill  up,  appease,  satiate, 
also  of  the  passions,  θνμόν,  Hdt.  6, 
12.— III.  to  fill  full  of  a  thing,  τινός, 
esp.  with  collat.  notion  of  defiling, 
infecting,  etc.,  Ar.  Nub.  1023,  Plat. 
Apol.  32  D  :  πό?Λν  αισχύνης  άν., 
Dem.  406,  1  :  so  in  pass.,  like  Lat. 
impleri  (Liv.  3,  6  ;  4,  30),  to  be  infected 
with  disease.  Thuc.  2,  51,  and  oft.  in 
Plat.,  cf  Ruhnk.  Tim.  v.  άναπλέως. 

Άναπίμπρημι,  {άνά,  πίμπρημι)  to 
blow  up,  swell  up,  Nic,  cf.  αναπρή- 
θω. 

Άναπίνω,  {άνά,  πίνω)  to  drink  up, 
suck  in,  Hipp,  [i] 

Άναπιπράσκω,  f.  -πράσω,  {άνά, 
πιπράσκω)  to  sell  again. 

'Αναπίπτω,  f.  -πεσονμαι,  {άνά, 
πίπτω)  poet,  άμπίπτω,  Aesch.  Ag. 
1599  :  to  fall  back,  Aesch.  1.  c,  Eur. 
Cycl.  410  :  to  lay  one's  self  back,  like 
rowers,  Cratin.  Incert.  8,  and  Xen.  : 
to  lie  doum,  recline,  at  table,  like  άνά- 
κειμαι :  but  this  only  late,  as  in  Luc, 
nay  Phryn.  p.  216,  rejects  it  altogeth- 
er.— 2.  to  fall  back,  give  ground,  Thuc. 

1,  70  :  hence  to  slacken,  flag,  lose 
heart,  Lat.  concidere  aiiimo,  Dem.  411, 
3. — III.  of  a  plan,  to  be  given  up,  fail. 
Id.  507,  12.- IV.  άν.  εξ  οίκων,  to  be 
banished  from  one's  house.  Eur.  In- 
cert. 127,  5. 

Άναπιστενω,  {άνά,  πιστεύω)  to 
trust  again,  gain  new  confidence. 

Άναπίτνω,    poet,  for  αναπίπτω. 

Άναπίτνημι,  poet,  for  άναπετάν- 
ννμί. 

Άναπλάκητος,  ov,^=  άναμπλάκη- 
τος,  q.  v. 

Άνάπλασις,  εως,  ή,  {άναπλάσσω) 
α  remodelling,  new  formation,  Hipp. — 

2.  a  representation,  illusion,  fiction. 

' Ανάπλαπμα,  ατός,  τό,  {άναπλάσ- 
σω   that  w/iich  is  reinodelled  or  copied : 


AN  All 

a  copy,  representation,  Strab.  :  a  figure, 
shape,  Diod. 

'Αναπ?Μσμός,  ov,  ό,^=άνάπλασις, 
άν.  ματαίων  ελπίδων,  building  castle» 
in  the  air,  Plut.  2,  113  D. 

Άναπ?Μσσω,  Att.  -πλάττω,  fut. 
-πλάσω,  {άνά,  πλάσσω)  to  form  anew, 
remodel,  άναπλάσασβαι  οΊκίην,  to  re- 
build one's  house,  Hdt.  8, 109  :  in  genl. 
to  mould,  shape.  Plat.  Ale.  1,  121  D : 
to  represent,  feign,  invent,  κακά,  Phi- 
lemon Inc.  71 ;  esp.  in  mid.,  Anth. 

'Αναπ?.είω,  Ep.  for  άναπλέω,  Nic. 
Άναπίίέκω,  -ξω,  {άνά,  πλέκω)  to 
fasten  up  with  a  plait  or  braid,  to 
■wreath,  ορμοισι  χέρας,  Pind.  Ο.  2, 135; 
in  mid.  τ//ν  κόμην  άναπλέκεσθαι,  to 
bind  up  otie's  hair,  Luc.  :  metaph.  άν. 
άοιδ/'/ν,  Anth.,  like  νψαίνειν. 

Άνάπλεος,  έα,  εον,  =  άνάπλεως, 
Arist.  Anim. 

' Ανάπ7\.ενσις,  εως,  ή,  {άναπ7ίέω)  α 
sailing  upivards,  esp.  up  stream. — II. 
the  dropping  out  of  teeth,  etc.,  Hipp., 
cf  sq.  III. 

Άναπλέω,  f.  -πλενσομαι  or  -πλεν- 
σονμαι.  Ion.  άναπλώω,  {άνά,  πλέω) 
to  sail  upwards,  and  so  go  up  stream, 
στεινωπόν  άναπλειν,  to  pass  up  the 
strait,  Od.  12,  234,  cf.  Hdt.  2,  97 ;  4, 
89  :  also  to  put  out  to  sea,  leave  harbour, 
like  ανάγομαι,  ες  Ύροίην,  II.  11,  22: 
pass,  to  be  sailed  up,  be  navigable,  of 
rivers,  Polyb. —  II.  to  sail  the  same 
way  hack  again,  sail  back,  Hdt.  1,  78, 
and  Xen.  :  also  of  fish,  to  s^vim  back, 
Hdt.  2,  93. — III.  οδόντες  άναπλέονσι, 
the  teeth  fall  out.  Hipp. — IV.  to  break 
up  from  the  stomach,  to  rise  up  in  the 
throat,  as  food,  τροφή  άν.,  Ael. — V.  to 
overflow,  as  a  river,  Ael. 

'Ανάπλεως,  ων,  gen.  ω,  also  fern. 
άναπλέα.  Plat.  Phaed.  83  D,  ubi  v. 
Heind.,  Ion.  and  Att.  for  άνάπ?ίεως, 
filled  up,  quite  full  of  a.  thing,  c.  gen., 
Hdt.  4,  31. — II.  defiled,  infected  ivith  a 
thing.  Plat.  Phaed.  83  D.  Symp.  211 
E,  cf  άναπίμπλημι,  fin. 

Άναπλήθω,  {άνά,  πλήθω)  poet,  for 
άναπίμπλημι,  used  only  in  pres.  and 
impf ,  for  the  fut.  άναπλήσω  belongs 
to  άναπίμπλημι,  Coray  Heliod.  2,  p. 
123,  Bast.  Ep.  Cr.  p.  138.-2.  intr.  to 
be  full,  Q.  Sm.  13,  22. 

Άναπλημμνρέω,{άνύ,  πλημμυράω) 
to  overflow. 

' Αναπ7 ημμνρω,^ίοτζζ.,Ο..  Sm.  [ν] 

' Αναπληρόω,  ώ,  -ώσω,  {άνά,  πλη• 
ρόω)  to  fill  up,  fill  full,  Eur.  Hel.  906, 
in  mid. :  to  fill  up  a  void,  make  up, 
supply,  Plat.,  both  in  act.  and  mid. : 
to  discharge  a  debt,  App. — II.  to  fill  up 
again,  in  pass.,  to  return  to  one's  full 
size,  of  the  sun  after  an  eclipse, 
Thuc.  2,  28.    Hence 

Άναπλήρωμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  supple- 
ment, Arist.  Mirab.    Hence 

'Αναπληρωματικός,  ή,  όν,  fit  for 
filling  up  or  supplying. 

Άναπλήρωσις,  εως,  η,  {αναπλη- 
ρόω) a  filling  up,  supplying,  Arist.  Eth. 
N. — 2." (I  being  full,  hence  of  men,  sa- 
tiety, τινός,  Plut. — 3.  a  being  raised  to 
honour,  elevation,  Plut. 

' Αναπλήσσω,  -ξω,  {άνά,  πλήσσω) 
to  kick  with  the  feet,  as  in  leaping  up, 
Arat. 

Άναπληστικός,  ή,  όν,  {άναπίμπλη- 
μι) fit  for  filling  up,  Arist.  Part.  An. 
— II.  infectious. 

Άναπλοκή,  ης,  ή,  {άναπλέκω)  in 
music,  α  combination  of  notes  ascend- 
ing in  the  scale,  opp.  to  καταπλοκή. 

' Ανάπλοος,  ov,  ό,  contr.  άνάπλ.ονς, 
ov,  {άναπλέω)  a  sailing  upwards,  esp. 
up  stream,  Hdt.  2,  4,  and  8  :  also  a 
putting  out  to  sea,  freq.  in  Polyb. — II. 
a  sailing  back,  return,  Theophr. — 2.  a 


ΑΝΑΠ 

place  where  ships  put  in  after  a  voy- 
age. Flat.  Cnti.  ill  E. 

Άναπλόω,  {άνά,  άπλόω)  to  unfold, 
expand,  Diosc. 

'Αναττλννω,  f.  -ννΰ,  {άνά,  πλύνω) 
to  wash  or  rinse  out.  [i]     Hence 

'Α.νάπλϋσίς,  εως,  ή,  a.  washing  or 
rinsing  out, 

'ΑνίπΤΜΟις,  εως,  η,  {αναπλόω)  an 

unfolding,  explanation,  Lat.  explicatio, 

Erotian. 

Άναπλώω,  Ion.  for  άναπλέω,  Hdt. 

Άναττνείω,  Ion.  άμπνείω,  Ep.  for 

αναπνέω. 

Άνάπνενμα,  ατός,  τό.  Ion.  άμτννεν- 
ua,  {αναπνέω)  recovery  of  health,  re- 
vival.— II.  a  resting-place,  Pind.N.  1, 1. 
Άνάπνευσις,  εως,  ή,  {αναπνέω)  a 
breathing  again,  recovery  of  breath,  and 
SO  a  respite,  rest  from  a  thing,  πολέ- 
UOIO,  II.  12,  900,  etc. — II.  a  drawing 
breath,  respiration,  Plat.  Tim.  93  B. 

'Αναπνευστικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to 
respiration,  ό  αν.  τόπος,  the  lungs, 
Theophr.,  and  so  ra  αναπνευστικά, 
Alex.  Trail. :  av.  δύναμι,ς,  the  power 
of  breathing,  M.  Anton. 

Άνάπνενστος,  ov,  {αναπνέω)  with- 
out drawing  breath,  breathless,  poet,  for 
άπνευστος,  Hes.  Th.  797,  ubi  Herm., 
Opusc.  6, 164,  άμ'  άπνευστος,  but  of. 
ύπνευστος  I. 

'Αναπνέω,  f.  -πνεύσω,  poet,  άμπ- 
νεω,  {ανά,  πνέω)  to  breathe  again,  re- 
cover breath,  have  a  respite,  recover  or 
rest  one's  self  from  a  thing,  e.  g.  κακό- 
τητος,  πόνοιο,  Horn,  (who  also  uses 
the  poet,  forms  άμπνυε,  άμπνντο, 
and  άμπνύνθη,  v.  sub  voce.)  :  also 
έκ  της  ναυηγίης,  Hdt.  8,  12 :  but  άν- 
έπνευσα  έκ  σέθεν,  by  thy  help  have  I 
recovered.  Soph.  O.  T.  1220  :  absol.  to 
recover  breath,  revive,  Xen.  :  hence 
πϋρ  άναπνεΐ,  the  fire  recovers,  burns 
up,  Theophr.  —  II.  to  draw  breath, 
breathe,  Lat.  respiro,  Plat.  Phaed.  112 
B,  etc. — 2.  esp.  to  breathe  hard,  esp. 
from  desire,  and  so  to  pant  after  a 
thing,  επί  τι,  Pind.  Ν.  7,  7.— III.  to 
breathe  forth,  send  forth,  c.  ace.  cog- 
nate καπνόν,  Pind.  O.  8,  47. — 2.  ab- 
sol. to  send  forth  a  vapour  or  odour,  ex- 
hale, Theophr.,  cf  αναπνοή. — IV.  act. 
to  let  breathe  or  rest,  Ιππον,  Heliod. 

'Αναπνοή,  ης,  ή,  {αναπνέω)  poet, 
also  άμπνοή,  recovery  of  breath,  rest, 
revival.  Plat.  Phaedr.  251  E.— II.  a 
drawing  breath,  breathing,  Lat.  respira- 
tio,  άμπνοάς  εχοντα=  άναπνέοντα, 
Soph.  Aj.  416  :  Ar.  Nub.  627,  v. 
Arist.  Resp.  21,  1. — III.  a  blowing  up, 
a  freshening  breeze,  άπό  της  θαλάσσης, 
Theophr. — IV.  an  air-hole,  vent,  Plut. 
Άνάπνοια,  ας,  ή,  {άναπνέω)  = 
foreg.,  Plat.  Tim.  Locr.  101  D. 

Άνάπνυε,  poet,  imperat.  pres.  of 
αναπνέω,  Hom. 

Άναποβλέπω,  strengthd.  for  ava- 
βλέπω,  lamblich. 

'Αναπόΐ3λητος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  απο- 
βάλλω) not  to  be  cast  away  or  despised, 
Diog.  L. 

Άναπόγράφος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  απο- 
γράφω) not  registered,  esp.  in  the  cus- 
tom-house books,  hence  contraband, 
Bockh  P.  E.  2,  55. 

Άναπόδεικτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  άπα- 
δείκννμι)  7iot  proved,  undemonstrated, 
Lycurg.  166,  18,  and  Arist.  Eth.  N. 
— II.  indemonstrable,  αρχή.  Plat.  Def 
415  A,  cf.  Schif.  Dion.  Comp.  p.  29. 
Adv.  -τως. 

Άναπόδεκτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  αποδέ- 
χομαι) not  to  be  received. 

Άναποδίζω,  f.  -ίσω    Att.  -ΐώ  ;  in 

Plut.   the  forms    άναποδοϋσιν    and 

ανάποδων,  occur  as  from  άναποδόω ; 

[άνά,  πονς)  to  draw  back  the  foot,  step 

8 


ΑΝΑΠ 

back,  retire,  εΙς  τούπίσω,  Hdn.  5,  6, 
17,  Luc. — 2.  transit,  to  make  to  step 
back,  call  back  and  question,  cross-ex- 
amine, VV^ess.  Hdt.  5,  92,  6,  cf  Aes- 
chin.  81,  26  :  άναποδίζειν  εαυτόν, 
to  correct  or  contradict  one's  self, 
Schweigh.  Hdt  2,  116.     Hence 

Άναπόδισις,  εως,  ή,  a  stepping  back. 
— 2.  a  calling  back,  cross-examination. 

Άναποδισμός,  οϋ,  o,=foreg. 

Άναπόδοτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  άποδί- 
δωμι)  not  given  back  or  returned,  Arist. 
Org.  :  7iot  to  be  compensated. — II.  to 
άναπόδοτον,=άνανταπόδοτον,Βο]ιαί. 
Greg.  p.  48,  958. 

'Αναπόδραστος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  άπο- 
διδράσκω)  unavoidable,  Arist.  Mund. 
— 2.  act.  unable  to  run  away. 

Άναποιέω,  {άνά,  ποιέω)  to  make 
up,  prepare,  Xenocr. 

Άνάποινος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  άποινα) 
without  ransom,  recompense  or  reward, 
in  neut.  smg.  as  adv.,  II.  1,  99  :  later 
adv.  -νως. 

Άναποκρΐτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  αποκρί- 
νομαι) unanswered,  Polyb. — 2.  act.  not 
answering.  Id.  Adv.  -τως,  Antipho, 
122,  34. 

'Αναπόλανστος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  απο- 
λαύω) not  to  be  enjoyed. — 2.  act.  not 
enjoying. 

Άναπολεμέω,  {άνά,  πολεμέω)  to 
renew  the  war,  Strab.     Hence 

Άναπολέμησις,  εως,  ή,  renewal  of 
ivar,  Strab. 

Άναπολεμόω,ώ,ί.-ώσω,  {άνά,  πο- 
λεμάω) to  incite  to  a  renewal  of  war. 

' Αναπο7^έω,  poet,  άμπολέω,  {άνά, 
πολέω)  strictly  to  turn  up  the  ground 
again,  plough  up,  ci.  πολέω  and  ava- 
πολίζω  :  hence  to  go  over  again  in 
thought  or  word,  to  repeat,  reconsider, 
like  Lat.  volvere  or  versare  {animo),  av. 
ταντά  τρις  τετράκι  τε,  Pind.  Ν.  7, 
153,  άν.  έπη.  Soph.  Phil.  1238,  cf 
Plat.  Phil.  34  Β.     Hence 

Άναπόλησις,  εως,  ή,  {άναπολέω) 
α  ruminating,  thinking  over  again,  repe- 
tition, V.  1.  Arist.  Spir. :  and 

Άναπολητΐκός,  ή,  όν,  fit  for  doing 
over  again. 

'Αναπυλίζω,=άναπολέω,  of  a  field, 
Pind.  P.  6,  2. 

'Αναπολόγητος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  άπο- 
λογέομαι)  without  defence  or  excuse :  in- 
excusable, Polyb.  12,  21,  10.— 2.  act. 
unable  to  defend  one's  self. 

' Αναπόλντος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  απολύω) 
not  loosed,  not  freed  or  discharged  :  in- 
dissoluble, Arist.  H.  A. 

'Αναπομπή,  ης,  ή,  {αναπέμπω)  a 
sending  up,  e.  g.  to  the  metropolis, 
Polyb.  30,  9,  10  :  θησαυρών,  a  digging 
up  of  treasures,  Luc.  Alex.  5. — II.  α 
sending  back,  delivery. 

Άναπόμπιμος,  ov,  {αναπέμπω) 
sending  back. — II.  sent  back,  Luc.  Luct. 
10. 

' Αναπομπός,  ov,  6,  {αναπέμπω)  one 
that  sends  up  or  back,  epith.  of  Hades, 
as  sending  up  the  shade  of  Darius, 
Aesch.  Pers.  650. 

' Αναπόνιπτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  άπο- 
νίπτω)  unwashen,  Ar.  Eq.  357. 

Άναπορεύομαι,  {άνά,  πορεύομαι) 
pass.  c.  fut.  mid.,  to  go  up  οτ  forth,  as- 
cend. 

ΥΑνάπος,  ου,  δ,  Anapus,  a  river  of 
Sicily  near  Syracuse,  Thuc.  6,  96. — 
2.  a  river  of  Acarnania,  a  tributary  of 
the  AcheloUs,  Thuc.  2,  82. 

' Αναπόσβεστος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  άττο- 
σβένννμι)  inextinguishable,  Joseph. 

Άναπόστάτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  άφίσ- 
τημι)  not  to  be  moved  to  revolt. — 2.  not 
to  be  removed  or  set  aside. — II.  fro7n 
which  there  is  no  release ;  δεσπότης, 
Plut. 


ΑΝΑΠ 

Άναποτάομαι,  dep.  inid.,=avaire 
τομαι. 

Άναπότευκτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  άπα 
τνγχάνω)  not  going  wrong,  Arr. 

ΥΑναποτνιασμός,  ov,  ό,  {άνά,  ποτ 
νιασμός)  loud  or  earnest  invocation  of 
divine  aid  in  severe  suffering,  Eccl. 

Άναπότριπτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  άπο- 
τρίβω)  not  to  be  rubbed  off  or  out. 

ΥΑναποφαίνω,  strengthd.  form  for 
άποφαίνω,  Ael. 

Άνάπραξις,  εως,  ή,  {άναπράσσω) 
the  exaction  of  a  debt  Or  penalty,  δίκης, 
Dion.  Η. 

Άνάπρΰσις,  εως,  ή,  {άναπιπράσκω) 
α  second  sale,  re-sale  of  a  thing  pur- 
chased. 

Άναπράσσω,  Att.  -πράττω,  fut. 
-πράξω,  {άνά,  πράσσω)  to  exact,  levy, 
as  money  or  debts,  Ar.  Av.  1621, 
Thuc.  8,  107  ;  also  av.  νπόσχεσιν,  to 
exact  the  fulfilment  of  a  promise, Thuc. 
2,  95.  Mid.,  to  exact  for  one's  self, 
gather,  collect,  Plut.  :  also  to  bring 
about,  accomplish. 

Άναπράτης,  ου,  6,  {άναπιπράσκω) 
one  who  sells  again,  a  retailer,  [ττρΰ] 

Άναπρεπής,  ές,  {άνά,  πρέπω)  dis 
tinguished. 

Άναπρεσβεύω,  {άνά,  πρεσβεύω)  to 
send  up  ambassadors,  esp.  to  Rome, 
Joseph. 

' Αναπρήθω,  f.  -σω,  {άνά,  πρήθω) 
strictly,  to  set  on  fire,  light  up.  Hom. 
says,  δάκρυ'  άναπρήσας,  letting  hot 
tears  burst  forth,  cf.  II.  16,  350,  and 
Buttm.  Lexil.  v.  πρήθειν  4,  p.  485, 
sq.,  and  Od.  2,  81,  II.  9,433.^ 

Άναπρίζω,  -ίσω,  τΆτβ,=άναπρίω. 
[ίσω]     Hence 

Άνάπρΐσις,  εως,  ή,  α  sawing  up. 

Άναπρίω,  {άνά,  πρίω)  to  saw  up.  [i] 

' Ανάπταιστος,  ov, ^άπταιστος,  cf. 
άνάεδνος. 

Άναπτερόω,ω,ί.-ώσω,  {άνά,  πτε- 
ρόω)  to  furnish  with  tvings  or  to  raise 
the  wings  for  flight :  in  genl.  to  raise, 
set  up,  όρθιους  έθείρας  άνεπτέρωκα, 
Eur.  Hel.  639  :  hence  esp.  of  the 
mind,  to  set  on  the  wing,  put  on  the  tip- 
toe of  expectation,  excite  vehemently, 
Hdt.  2,  115  :  so  φόβος  μ'  άναπτεροΐ, 
Eur.  Supp.  89 :  ci.  omnino  Ar.  Av.  1436 
sq.  :  to  arouse,  to  agitate,  Eur.  Or.  876, 
pass,  to  be  on  the  wing,  long  to  fly: 
hence  to  be  in  a  state  of  eager  expecta- 
tion or  excitement,  Aesch.  Cho.  229  :  c. 
part,  άνεπτέρωμαι  κ7ιύων,  Ar.  Av. 
433,  also  in  Xen.  :  cf  άναπέτομαι, 
μετεωρίζομαι. — Π.  to  furnish  with  new 
wings,  make  light  and  active  again,  Ar. 
Lys.  609.  Pass,  to  get  new  wings, 
Plat.  Phaedr.  249  D.^ 

Άναπτερνγίζω,  {άνά,  πτερνγίζω) 
to  raise  the  wings  to  fly,  fly  away,  Ael. 

Άναπτηναι,  άναπτασθαι,  άνα 
πτέσθαι,  inf  from  άνέπτην,  άνεπτά 
μην,  άνεπτόμην,  aor.  of  άναπέτομαι. 

\'Ανάπτης,  ου,  ό,  {άνάπτω)  an  en• 
kindler,  an  exciter,  Eccl. 

Άναπτοέομαι,  {άνά,  πτοέω)  as 
pass.,  to  be  scared:  hence  to  be  in 
great  fear  or  excitement,  Plut. 

Άναπτοιέω,ώ,ί.-ήσω,  {άνά,  πτοιέω) 
to  scare  exceedingly,  0pp.  and  Nonn. 

'Αναπτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  άπτομαι) 
untouched.— 1\.  {a  priv.,  απτω)  not  fas- 
tened on  or  to. — 2.  not  kindled. 

Άνάπτνκτος,  ov,  {αναπτύσσω)  un- 
folded, developed,  opened,  explained, 
Arist.  Part.  An. 

Άνάπτυξις,  εως,  ή,  an  unfolding, 
explanation,  like  άνάπλωσις,  Arist. 
Rhet.  Al. 

Άνάπτΰσις,  εως,  η,  {άναπτύω)  a 
spitting  out.  Gal. 

'Αναπτύσσω,  fut.  -ύξω,  {άνά,  πτύσ- 
σω) to  unfold,  undo,  esp.  of  rolls  of 
113 


ΑΝΑΠ 

books,  and  so  like  Lat.  evolvcre,  to 
unroll,  opeyi  for  reading,  Hdt.  1,  48, 
125 :  also  uv.  τϊύλας,  κύτος,  to  undo, 
to  open,  Eur.,  άναπτνξας  χέρας,  with 
outstretched  hands,  Lat.  passis  manibus, 
Eur.  Hipp.  1190:  hence  to  unfold, 
bring  to  light,  reveal,  relate,  Lat.  expli- 
care,  Trag.  ;  av.  τι  προς  τίνα,  Eur. 
Tro.  657. — II.  as  militaiy  term,  την 
φάλαγγα  άναπτ.,  to  fold  back  the 
phalanx,  i.  e.  deepen  it  by  wheeling 
men  from  either  flank  into  rear,  like 
the  French  r^plier,  Xen.  Cyr.  7,5,3; 
Dut  conversely  το  κέρας  άναπτ.,  to 
open  out  the  wing,  i.  e.  extend  the 
front,  like  Fr.  deployer,  Lat.  explicare, 
(Virg.  G.  2,  280),  Xen.  An.  1,  10,  9, 
V.  Kriiger  ad  1. 

Άναπτνχή,  ^ς,^  ή,  =  άνάπτνξις  : 
esp.  άνατΓτυχαΙ  ovpavov,  the  toide  ex- 
panse of  heaven.  Soph.  Fr.  655 ;  also 
ήλίον,  αιθέρος αναπτνχαί,  Eur.Hipp. 
601,  Ion  1445,  of.  πτυχή,  περιπτνχή. 
Άνύπτνχος,  ον,=  άνύπτνκτος. 
Άναπτνω,  ί.-νσω,  (.άνύ,  πτύω)  to 
spit  up  or  out,  cast  up :  absol.  to  spit 
and  sputter,  Soph.  Ant.  996.  [ϋ'  Ep., 
but  V  Att.,  cf.  Ellendt.] 

Άϊ'άτΓτω,  f.  -ψω,  (άνά,  Ιίπτω)  to 
hang  lip  or  on,  tie,  bind,  fasten  on  or  to 
a  thing,  Horn,  only  in  Od.,  mostly  of 
the  tying  of  a  ship's  cable  ;  but  αγάλ- 
ματα άι<άπτείν,=άνατιθέναί,  to  hang 
up,  put  up  votive  gifts.  Od.  3,  274  ;  so 
too  later  prose,  as  Plut. : — hence 
also  μώμον  ανάπτειν,  to  fasten  dis- 
grace upon  one,  Od.  2,  86 :  αίμα  άν. 
εις  TLva,  to  fasten  a  charge  of  blood 
upon  some  one,  i.  e.  to  impute  to,  Eur. 
Andr.  1197,  and  so  in  late  prose,  as 
Plut.  Mid.  to  fasten  for  one^s  self, 
and  so  in  genl.  like  act.,  Eur.  Med. 
770,  etc. ;  θεοϊσι  κή()ος  άνάψασθαι, 
to  form  connexion  with  the  gods,  Eur. 
Tro.  845 :  χάριτας  εις  τίνα  άν.,  to 
confer  a  favour  on  one,  Eur.  Phoen. 
569  :  but  also  to  fasten  to  one's  self, 
and  so  to  carry  off,  νανς,  etc.  Pass. 
to  be  fastened  or  fasten  one^s  self  on, 
cling  to,  c.  gen.,  e.  g.  πέπλων,  Eur.  H. 
F.  629:  also  άμφί  τίνος,  lb.  1038 :  esp. 
in  perf.,  άνηφθαί  τι,  to  have  a  thing 
fastened  on  one,  like  Horace's  sus- 
pensi  loculos,  lb.  549,  Ap.  Rh.  6,  11. — 
IL  to  light  up,  light,  kindle,  λύχνα, 
Hdt.  2. 133  ;  uv.  πυρ,  etc.,  Eur. ;  also 
πνρΐ  άν.  δόμους,  Eur.  Or.  1594 :  me- 
taph.,  άν.  τινά,  to  inflame,  excite  one, 
Eur.  Med.  107. 

Άνάπτωσις,  εως,  ή,  {αναπίπτω)  a 
falling  or  lying  down  ;  a  reclining  at 
table. — 2.  metaph.  a  sinking  of  courage. 

Άνπυνθάνοιιαι,  f.  -πεύσομαι,  {άνύ, 
πννθύνομαι)  clep.  mid.,  to  search  out, 
inquire  into,  c.  ace,  Hdt.  6,  128;  άν. 
τον  ποιήσαντα,  to  ask  who  did  it.  Id. 
8,  90  :  also  to  learn  by  inquiry,  άν.  ταύ- 
τα πραττόμενα,  Xen.  An.  5,  7, 1  ;  also 
uv.  περί  τίνος.  Plat.  Hipp.  Min.  363 
Β  :  άν.  τι  τίνος,  to  ask  of  a  person, 
learn  from  him,  Ar.  Pac.  677. 

Άναπυρόω,ώ,ί.-ώσω,  {άνύ,  πνρόω) 
to  light  up,  set  on  fire,  Arist.  Mund. 

Άναπνρσενω,  {άνύ,  πνρσεύω)  to 
hold  up  πυρσοί,  to  raise  a  light :  hence 
άν.  βαφήν,  to  make  a  colour  more  fiery 
οτ  glaring.  Poll.  1,  49. 

Άνάπνστος,  ov,  {άναπυν  θ  άνομοι) 
searched  out,  publicly  known,  notorious, 
Od.  11,  274,  Hdt.  6,  64.  66,  etc.  ^ 

Άναπΰτίζω,ί.-ίσω,{άνά,  πντ(ζω)  to 
spit  up,  spout  tip. 

Άναπωλέω,  {άνύ,  ττωλέω)  to  sell 
again. 

Άναπωμάζω,  (άνά,  πώμα)  to  lift  up 
the  cover  or  lid.  Math.  Vett. 

Άνάπωτις,   εως,    ή,    (άναπίνω)    a 
drinking  up  :  esp.  the  ebb  tide,  return- 
114 


ANAP 

ing  of  the  waters,  Pind.  O.  9,  78 :  cf. 
άμπωτις. 

'Aran-,  in  compounds  of  άνά  with 
words  beginning  with  β  the  ό  is  usu- 
ally doubled,  as  in  άναρβαιζω,  etc., 
though  in  poets  and  Ion.  Greek  it  is 
sometimes  single,  as  in  sq. 

' Αναρύίζομαι,  Ion.  and  poet,  for 
άναββαΐζομαι. 

Άναραιρηκώς,  Ion.  for  άνηρηκώς, 
part.  perf.  from  άναιρέω. 

Άναράομαι,  {άνύ,  άράομαι)  dep. 
mid.,  to  withdraw  or  recall  a  curse. 

Άνύρβνλος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  άρβύλη) 
without  shoes,  unshod,  Eur.  Mel.  4. 

'Ανάργυρος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  άργυρος) 
withmit  silver  ;  USU.  without  money, 
Lys.  Fr.  19,  Plat.  Legg.  679  B.— II. 
costing  no  money. — III.  accepting  no 
money,  incorruptible. 

Άνύρδεντος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  αρδεύω) 
unwatered,  dry. 

Άνάρετος,  ov,  {a  piiv.,  άρέτη) 
slothful.  Soph.  Fr.  146.  [a  i]    , 

'Ανάρθμιος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  άρθμός) 
=^άνάρσιος,  Plut. 

Άναρθρος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  άρθρον) 
ivithout  limbs  or  joints.  Plat.  Tim.  75 
A :  and  so — 1.  ivithout  strength  of 
limb,  nerveless,  Soph.  Tr.  1103. — 2. 
without  visible  joints,  like  fat  men, 
Hipp. — II.  of  sound,  inarticulate,  Plut. 
Mar.  19,  freq.  in  Moral. :  L•δή  άν.,  a 
wild,  unmeasured  scmg,  Diod.  S. — III. 
ivithout  the  article,  Gramm. 

Υ Αναριάκαι,  ων,  o'l,  the  Anariacae, 
a  people  of  Asia,  between  Hyrcania 
and  Atropatene,  on  the  Caspian  sea, 
Strab. :  their  chief  city  Άναριάκη. 

Άναριθμέω,  ω,  f.  -ήσομαι,  {άνύ, 
άριθμέω)  to  count  up.  Mid.  to  think 
over  with  one's  self,  reconsider.  Plat. 
Ax.  372  A :  to  recount  Dem.  346,  20. 

'Αναρίθμητος,  ov.  {a  priv.,  άριθ- 
μέω) not  to  be  counted,  like  sq.,  Hdt.  1, 
126 ;  9,  79,  etc.  :  of  time,  endless, 
Soph.  Aj.  646  :  immense,  λεία  άν., 
Plut.  LuculL— 2.  =  sq.  2,  Eur.  Ion 
837.  —  II.  act.  not  counting,  unable  to 
count. 

Άνάριθμος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  αριθμός) 
without  number,  countless,  nuniberless, 
Pind.  I.  4,  64  :  poet,  sometimes  c. 
gen.  without  bounds  or  measure  in  a 
thing.  Soph.  El.  232,  cf.  Herm.  ad  Aj. 
597. — 2.  not  counted,  not  taken  into  ac- 
count, unregarded,  Lat.  qui  in  nullo 
numero  est:  cf.  άνήριθμος,  which  is 
used  in  Soph,  without  distinction, 
V.  Lob.  Phryn.  711.  [άνάρίθμ.,  Dor. 
also  άνάρΓθμ.  for  άνήριθμ.Ί 

Άνάριστάω,ώ,ΐ.-ήσω,  (α  priv.,  άρ- 
ιστον) to  take  no  breakfast.     Hence 

Άνάρίστησις,  εως,  ή,  want  of  break- 
fast, Hipp. 

'Ανάρίστητος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  άρισ- 
τάω)  without  breakfast,  not  having 
breakfasted,  fasting,  Ar.  Fr.  391. 

Άνΰριστία,  ας,  ή,^^^άναρίστησις, 

Hipp• 

Άνάριστος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  οριστον) 
without  breakfast,  without  having  taken 
food,  fasting,  Xen.  An.  1,  10,  19;  Id. 
"Hell.  7,  5,  15,  where  it  is  also  used 
of  horses  that  have  not  received  their 
fodder. 

'Ανάρίτης,  ου,  ό,  a  sea-snail,  Epl- 
charm.  p.  22 :  cf.  νηρείτης,  [ρΐ] 

ΆνΰρΙτοτρόφος,  ov,  (άναρίτης, 
τρέφω)  v.  1.  for  νηριτοτρ.,  q.  v. 

' Αναρΐχάομαι,  v.  άναββιχάομαι. 
ΥΑναρκία,  ας,  ή,  Anarcia,  another 
name   of  Penelope,    Schol.  Od.  4 
797. 

"Αναρκτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  άρχω)  not 
governed  or  subject,  'Thuc.  5,  99 :  not 
submitting  to  be  governed,  βίος,  Aesch. 
Eum.  596. 


ANAP 

Άνάρμενος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  upu)  uti' 
equipped,  Anth. 

'Αναρμόδιος,  ov,  (o  priv.,  αρμόζω) 
unfit.     Adv.  -ίως. 

Άναρμόζω,  f.  -ό<τω,  (et  priv,,  αρμό- 
ζω) to  fit  or  suit  exactly. 

Άναραοστέω,  ώ,  to  be  ανάρμοστος, 
not  to  fit  or  suit,  be  unfitting  :  of  musi- 
cal instruments,  to  be  out  of  tune,  not 
in  harmony,  Heind.  Plat.  Gorg.  483  B. 

Άναρμοστία,  ας.  ή,  unsuitableness  : 
discord,  disorder,  Plat.  Phaed.  93  Ε  . 
from 

'Ανάρμοστος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  αρμόζω) 
unfit,  unsuitable,  incongruous,  Hdt.  3, 
80  :  of  sound,  out  of  tune,  inharmoni 
ous.  Plat.  Tim.  80  A  :  of  persons, 
silly,  absurd,  like  Lat.  ineptus,  Ar. 
Nub.  908.  —  2.  unfitted,  unprepared, 
προς  τι,  Thuc.  7,  67. — Adv.  -τως, 
Plat.  Rep.  590  B. 

Άναρμόττω,^=άναρμόζω. 
\'Αναροιβδέω,  poet,    for    άναββοι- 
βδέω,  Od.  12,  105. 

Άναρπάγδην,  adv.,  {άναρπάζω) 
snatching  upwards,  snatched  upwards, 
Ap.  Rh. 

Άναρπα,γή,  ης,  η,  a  carrying  off, 
seizure,  Eur.  Hel.  50,  in  plur. 

Άναρπάζω,  fut.  -άσω  and  -άξω, 
(άΐ'ά,  αρπάζω)  to  tear  up,  snatch  up, 
εγχος,  II.  22,  276. — II.  to  snatch  atvay, 
hurry  along,  Hom. :  to  carry  off,  II.  9, 
564,  Tivu  εΙς...,  Eur.  Hipp.  454  :  in 
prose  to  drag  by  force,  esp.  before  a 
magistrate,  Lat.  rapere  in  jus,  v. 
Buttm.  Dem.  Mid.  in  Ind. — 2.  to  res 
cue  from  danger. — III.  to  take  by  storm, 
and  so  to  plunder,  sack ;  in  genl.  to 
treat  with  violence,  πόλεις,  Valck. 
Phoen.  1079 :  so  too  Hdt.  in  mid. 
άναρπασόμενος  τους  Φωκέας  to  take 
the  Phnc.  by  storm  or  at  once,  8, 
28 ;  9,  59 :  to  carry  off,  steal,  τρία  τά 
λαντα,  Dem.  822,  27.  ^ 

Άναρπάξανδρος,  ov,  i.  e.  άναρπάξ 
ας  άνδρας,  snatching  away  men,  e.  g. 
the  Sphinx,  Aesch.  Th.  776.  ^ 

Ανάρπαστος,  όν,  also  ή,  όν,  Eur. 
Hec.  206,  (άναρπάζω)  torn  or  snatched 
away,  carried  off,  άναρπαστόν  γίγνεσ- 
θαι, to  be  carried  off.  Plat.  Phaedr.  229 
C,  cf.  Dorv.  Char.  p.  416;  άναρπασ 
τους  γίγνεσθαι  προς  βασιλέα,  to  be 
seized  and  sold  as  slaves  into  Persia, 
Xen.  Mem.  4,  2,  33  :  treated  with  vio- 
lence, Valck.  Hdt.  4,  205.  Others 
write  ανάρπαστος,  v.  Lob.  Paral.  491. 

Άναββαΐζομαι,  [άνά,  βαίζω)  as 
puss.,  to  recover  from  a  bad  illness. 

Άναββαίνω,  {άνά,  βαίνω)  to  shed 
forth,  make  gush  forth,  πέτρα  κρουνον 
άν.,  Arist.  Mirab. 

Άναββ(ϊπτω,ί.•^<ο,{άνά,  βάπτω)  to 
patch  uji  or  on,  sew  together,  Plut. 

ΥΑναββαφή,  ης,  ή,  (άναββάπτω)  tlie 
name  οι  a  surgical  instrument,  Paul. 
Aeg. 

Άναββα-φφδέω,  (άνά,  βαφφδέω)  to 
begin  to  sing  like  a  ραψωδός  :  in  genl. 
to  begin  singing,  Luc. 

Άναββέπω,  {άνά,  βέπω)  to  fly  up, 
of  scales. 

*  Άναββέω,  to  speak  aloud,  only 
used  in  aor.  pass,  αναββηθήναι,  to  be 
proclaimed,  elected, 'X.&Cl.  Hell.  1,4,20, 
Aeschin.  60,  9. 

Άναββέω,  f.  -εύσομαι,  {άνά,  βέω) 
to  flow  back  Or  up  hill,  Plat.  Tim.  78  D. 

Άναββήγννμι,άναββηγνύω,  f.  -βήξω, 
{άνά,  βήγνυμι)  to  break  up,  break  in 
pieces,  e.  g.  γαϊαν,  11.  αύλακας,  Hdt.  2, 
14 ;  άν.  τάφον,  to  dig  a  grave,  Eur. 
Tro.  1153. — 2.  to  break  through,  τεί- 
χος, II.  7,  461  :  to  break  open,  οίκων 
μυχούς,  Eur.  Hec.  1040.— 3.  to  tear 
asunder,  to  rend  in  pieces,  βοός  βοείην, 
11.  18,  582  ;  cf.  Xen.  Cyn.  7,  9  :  also 


ANAP 

of  opettwg  a  slaughtered  animal, 
Soph,  Aj.  236.  —  II.  to  make  break 
forth,  λόγον,  Find.  Fr.  172,  επη,  Ar. 
Eq.  626  :  also  άν,  νΐΐκος,  Theocr.  22, 
172,  cf.  ^)ί]γννμι :  pass,  to  hirst  forth, 
break,  of  sores,  Hipp, :  so  also — III. 
seemingly  intr.,  to  burst  forth,  Soph. 
O.  T.  1075 :  esp.  in  part,  pf.  avePfiu- 
γώς,  open  wide,  στόμα,  Arist.  H.  A, : 
προς  bpvfjv  av.,  to  break  forth  into 
passion,  Plut. 

Άναβ^ήκτως,  adv.,  =  άΙ>^ηκτως, 
without  rent  or  breach,  not  to  be  broken: 
on  the  form  cf.  άνάεδνος. 

Άνά/)^;μα,  ατός,  τό,  (*  (ϊναββέω) 
that  which  is  said  aloud,  a  proclamation, 
Lat.  edictum. 

Άνάββηξις,  εως,  ή,  (ανα^φήγννμι) 
a  breaking  up,  a  rent,  breach,  Plut. 

Άνάί^ρησις,  εως,  ij,  (*  avapf>acj)  a 
speaking  aloud,  a  proclamation,  esp.  of 
an  election,  Lat.  renuntiatio,  Dem.  244, 
21,  Aeschin.  68,  20:  praise  publicly 
bestowed,  praeconium,  Dion.  H. 

Ά.νάρβινον,  ου,  τό,  a  pungent  herb, 
nasturttum,  Arist.  Probl, 

Άναφβΐπίζο),  (ανά,  βιπίζω)  to  fan 
again,  re-kindle ;  metaph.  of  re-kin- 
dling passions,  Antiph.  Strat.  2, 16. 

' ΚναΙ)()ΐπτέω,  used  only  in  pres. 
and  imperf.,  Od.,  Hdt.,  etc,  cf,  sq. 

'Ava})fii~TG),i.-ipu,a\so  άνα/φίτττέω, 
which  form  of  the  pres.  is  found  in 
Hdt-  7,  50,  and  Thuc,  (άνύ,  [Λτίτυ) 
to  tliTow  up,  ΰνα{}[)ί7ττειν  αλα  πηδώ, 
to  throw  up  the  sea  vnth  the  oar,  i.  e.  to 
row  with  might  and  main,  Od.  7,  328; 
also  simply  ΰναβρίπτειν,  to  row,  οι 
ό'  άμα  πάντες  ανέρβιψαΐ',  Od.  10, 
130,  where  however  Wolf  has  ύ,λα. — 

II.  α.ναΐ}()ίπτείν  κίνδυνον,  a  phrase 
from  the  game  of  dice,  to  stand  the 
hazard  of  a  thing,  run  a  risk,  Valck. 
Hdt  7,  50,  Thuc,  4,  85,  95,  Elmsl. 
Heracl.  149 :  also  μάχην  ΰνα{){).,  set 
all  upon  the  chance  of  a  battle,  as  Lat. 
pugnae  aleani  jacere.,  Plut.  :  the  full 
expression  occurs  in  Plut.  Brut.  40 : 
τον  κύβον  περί  τίνος  δια  μάχης  άν- 
β^/3. ;  but  even  κίνδυνον  came  to  be 
omitted,  as  εις  άπαν  το  υπάρχον  άν- 
αρβ.,  to  throw  for  one's  all,  stake 
one's  all,  Thuc,  5,  103,  and  so  usu. 
in  late  prose,  cf.  ύίπτειν  :  also  το 
πάν  προς  ένα  κίνδυνον  άν.,  Plut. — 

III.  to  set  in  motion,  stir  up,  στάσιν, 
Dion,  H. 

Άναβριχάομαι,  -ύμαι,  f,  -ησομαι, 
dep.  mid.,  to  clamber  up  with  the  hands 
and  feet,  scramble  up,  an  Ion.  word, 
used  also  in  Att,  e.  g.  Ar.  Pac  70, 
Arist.  H.  A. :  mostly  in  pres.  and 
impf.  The  Gramm.  prefer  the  form 
άναρι,χάομαι.,  Hemst.  Thom.  M,  p. 
61.    Hence 

Άνα/)βίχησις,  εως,  ή,  a  clambering 
up. 

Άνάββιψις,  εος,  ή,  (άναββίπτω)  a 
throwing  tip,  Plut. 

Άναβροθίάζυ,  (άνά,  βοθιάζω)  to 
dash  up,  of  the  sea,  Eupol.  Incert.  32. 

Άνάββοια,  ας,  η,  (άναββέω)  a  flow- 
ing back,  ebb,  Arist.  Mirab. 

Ά.ναββοιβδέω,ύ,ί.-ήσω,  (άνά,  βοι- 
βδέω)  to  swallouj  back,  gulp  down  again, 
άν.  ύδωρ,  of  Charybdis,  Od.  12,  104. 
Hence 

Άναββοίβδησις,  εως,  ή,  a  gulping 
down  again. 

Άναββοιζέω,  {άνά,  βοιζέω)  to  rush 
vp,  rush  back,  Plut. 

Άναββοπία,  ας,  ή,  an  inclination  or 
motion  upwards,  esp.  of  the  scales, 
Hipp.  :  Irom 

' Ανάββοπος,  ov,  (ύναββέπω)  inclin- 
ing or  rnoving  upwards,  flfjitig  up,  like 
one  side  of  a  balance  ;  and  so  recoiling. 

' Ανάββονς,  ου,^^άνάββοια. 


ANAP 

Άναββοφύω,  άναρβοφέω,  (άνά,  βο- 
φάω,  βοφέω)=άναββοιβδέω,  to  swal- 
low up  again,  Luc.    Hence 

Άναββόφησις,  εως,  ή,  =  άναββοί- 
βδησις, 

λναββοχθέω,  {άνά,  βοχθέω)  to  roar 
up  or  again,  Orph. 

ΥΚναββνθμίζω,  {άνά,  βυθμίζω)  Ιο  ar- 
range in  order  again,  to  reduce  to  order, 
to  regtdate,  Philostr. 

Άνάββνσις,  εως,  η,  a  snatching 
away,  rescuing.— 2.  the  third  day  of  the 
festival  Άπατούρια,  Ar.  Pac.  890,  ubi 
Schol. :  from 

Άναρβύω,ί.-νσω,{άνά,  βνω,  έρύω) 
to  draw  hack  :  esp.  to  dratv  tne  victim's 
head  back,  so  as  to  cut  the  throat : 
hence  to  sacrifice,  slay,  like  the  Horn. 
ανερύω,  Eupol.  Incert.  136. — 2.  mid. 
to  rescue,  and  so  άναββύεσθαι  ητταν, 
to  repair  a  defeat,  Dion.  H. 

Άναββώννυμί  and  άναββωνννω, 
fut.  -βώσω,  {άνά,  βώνννμι)  to  strength- 
en agai?i,  restore.  Pass,  to  regain 
strength  or  spirit,  revive,  Thuc.  7,  46. 

Άναββώομαι,  f.  -ώσομαι,  {άνά,  βώ- 
ομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  rush  upwards  or 
back,  Ep.  word  ;  the  act.  is  very  dub., 
Herm.  Orph.  Arg.  1209. 

Άνάββωσις,  εως,  η,  {άναρβώνννμαι) 
a  regaining  of  strength. 

Άνύρσιος,  ov,  also  ία,  tov.  Soph. 
Trach.  642,  (a  priv.,  άρω,  άρσιος)  not 
fitting  together,  incongruous,  at  odds  : 
hence,  hostile,  unpropitious,  implacable 
usu.  joined  with  δνςμενης,  II.  24,  365, 
and  more  freq.  in  Od. ;  also  without 
it,  Od.  11,  401,  and  this  became  the 
common  signf  in  Trag.,  etc.:  of 
things,  untoward,  strange,  monstrous, 
Hdt.  3,  10  ;  5,  89,  90. 

'ΑΛ'αρτάω.ώ,ΐ.-ήσω,  {άνά,  άρτάω) 
to  hang  up  or  upon,  to  attach  or  refer 
to,  make  dependent  upon,  TCi'i  τι,  as 
δήμω  πάν  uv.  κράτος,  Eur.  Plisth.  2, 
1 ;  aiso  ές  θεούς  άν.  τι.  Id.  Phoen.  705, 
εαυτόν  εις  δημον,  Dem.;1480,  5.  Mid. 
c.  pf  pass,  άνήρτημαι,  to  attach  to  one's 
self,  make  dependent  on  one,  Xen.  Cyr. 
1,  4, 1 ;  also  to  subdue,  lb.  1, 1,  5:  but 
in  Hdt.  άνήρτημαι  c.  inf.  to  be  pre- 
pared to  do,  Hdt.  1,  90  ;  6,  88  ;  7,  8,  3. 
Pass,  also  c.  pf  άνήρτημαι,  to  hang, 
depend  upon,  άν.  έλπίσιν  έξ  έ?ι.πίδων, 
to  depend  on  one  hope  after  another, 
Dem.  346,  27  ;  also  εις  τίνα.  Plat., 
etc.,  εκ  τίνος,  like  Lat.  pendere  ex 
aliquo.  Id.  Ion  533  Ε  :  δτφ  πάντα  εις 
εαυτόν  άνήρτηται,  who  has  every  thing 
dependent  on  himself,  Id.  Menex.  247 
Ε  ;  ανηρτημένοι  ταϊς  όφεσιν  προς  τί- 
να, hanging  on  one  with  their  eyes,  Plut. 
ΫΑνάρτης,  ov,  6,  a  poet,  shortd.  form 
for  άναρίτης,  Ath.  86  B. 

Άνάρτησις,  εως.  η,  a  hanging  up  : 
an  attaching  or  being  attached  to  an- 
other, hence  mutual  dependence,  The- 
ophr. 

Άνάρτιος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  άρτιος) 
uneven,  odd,  opp.  to  άρτιος.  Plat. 
Phaed.  104  E. 

Άνάρτιος,  ον,=^άνάρσιος, 

Άνύρτντος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  άρτύω) 
unarranged,  unprepared :  of  food,  un- 
seasoned, ill  dressed, 

Άνΰρύτω  and  άνάρύω,  f.  -σω,  {άνά, 
άρύτω)  to  draw  up,  draw  water  from  a 
well,  Hipp.  :  hence  άν.  θριάμβους, 
Cratin.  Didasc.  1,  ubi  v.  Memeke.  [i] 

' Αναρχαίζω,  {άνά,  αρχαΐζω)  to  make 
old  again,  Anth. 

Αναρχία,  ας,  ή,  a  being  άναρχος, 
άναρχίης  έούσης  since  there  was  no 
cormnander,  Hdt.  9,  23 :  esp.  the  state 
of  a  people  without  government,  or 
without  lawful  government  lawlessness, 
anarchy,  ThucT  6,  72,  and  Plat.  :  at 
Athens  this  name  was  given  to  the 


ΑΝΑΣ 

year  of  the  thirty  tyrants,  during 
which  there  was  no  archon,  Xen. 
Hell.  2,  3,  1,  cf.  Wolf  Dem.  Lept.  p. 
cxxviii. 

νΑνάρχομαι,  strengthd.  for  άρχομαι, 
to  begin,  etc.,  Plut.  Syll.  30,  where 
Coray  reads  ένήρχετο. 

Άναρχος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  αρχή)  with- 
out head  or  chief,  11.  2,  703. — 2.  without 
beginning.     Adv.  -χως. 

ΥΑνας,  a,  ό,  the  Anas,  now  the 
Gaudiana,  a  river  of  Spain,  Strab. 

Άνασαλενω,  {άνά,  σαλεύω)  to  shake 
up,  stir  up,  Luc. 

Άνασύξιμον,  ov,  τό,  a  mine  that  is 

re-opened  and  worked  after  having  been 

closed,  Bockh  Inscr.  1 ,  p.  289 :  from 

Άνασάττω,  f.  -ξω,  {άνά,  σάττω)  to 

re-open  a  mine  that  has  been  closed. 

'\  Ανασβένννμι,ί.-σβέσω,{άνά,  σβέν 
ννμι)  to  extinguish  again  or  utterly,  to 
destroy  entirely,  Plut.  2,  617  C. 

'Ανασειρύζω,  -άσω,  {άνά,  σεφάζω) 
to  draw  or  pull  back  with  a  rein,  draw 
aside,  draw  off  the  right  road,  Valck. 
Hipp.  238.     Hence 

Άνασειρασμός,  ov,  ό,  a  drawing 
back,  esp.  with  a  rein. 

Άνάσεισμα,  ατός,  ro,^sq. 
Άνασεισμός,   οϋ,    ό,   {άνασείω)   α 
shaking  tip  and  down,  esp.  of  the  hand, 
and  so  threatening  gestures,  Dion.  H. 

Άνασείω,  poet,  άνασσείω,  {άνά, 
σείω)  to  shake  up  or  back,  Eur.  Bacch. 
240  :  to  swing  to  and  fro,  brandish,  αι- 
γίδα Hes.  Sc  344,  cf.  Lys.  107,  40 : 
τάς  χείρας.  Ιο  move  the  hands  up  and 
doum,  Thuc  4,  38,  hence  also  βοήν 
άνασείειν,  Ar.  Ach.  347. — 2.  esp.  to 
make  threatening  gestures,  and  so  c. 
ace.  rei,  to  threaten  ivith  a  thing,  είς- 
αγγελίαν,  Dem.  784,  22. — II.  to  shake 
or  stir  vp,  persuade,  Meineke  Com. 
Fragm.  2,  p.  836 :  to  stir  up,  to  arouse, 
Diod.  S.— The  irr.  imperf.  άνασσεί- 
ασκε  for  -εσκε,  Η.  Hom.  Αρ.  403. 

Άΐ'ασελγαίνω,  {άνά,  άσε?.γαίνω)  to 
banter,  abuse  wantonly,  Ar.  \  esp.  61, 
where  however  Dind.  et  al.  ίνασ. 

Άνασενω,  {άνά,  σενω)  to  move  up- 
wards. Mid.,  c.  syncop.  2  aor.,  to  move 
one's  self  upunrds,  i.  e.  to  spring  up  or 
forth,  spout  up,  αίμα  άνέσσυτο,  II.  11, 
458. 

Άνασηκόω,ώ,ί.-ώσω,  {άνά,  σηκόω) 
to  weigh  up,  i.  e.  make  up  what  is 
wanting  by  adding  weight,  Ar.  Fr. 
583:  hence  in  genl.  to  compensate  for, 
like  άντισηκόω,  Lat.  rependere,  Hipp. 

Άνασθμαίνω,  {άνά,  ασθμαίνω)  ίο 
breathe  ivith  difficulty,  Q.  Sm.  4,  244. 

Άνασιλ?Μομαι,  {άνάσιλλος)  dep, 
mid.,  to  wear  the  hair  bristling  up,  esp. 
to  have  thick  bristly  hair  over  the  fore- 
head. 

Άνασιλλοκομάω,:=  foreg.,  dub.  1. 
Plut.  Crass.  24. 

Άνάσιλλος,  ό,  also  άνάσιλος,  brist- 
ling hair,  esp.  on  the  forehead  as  the 
Parthians  wore  it :  also  of  the  hair 
on  the  head  of  a  lion,  dub,  1.  Arist. 
Physiogn. — 2.  a  slave's  mask  in  com- 
edy, prob.  from  the  fashion  of  its 
hair.  (The  word  is  rare,  and  neithei 
its  form  nor  origin  settled.) 

ΆνασΙμαίνομαι,  dep.  mid.,  =  άνα 
σιμόω.  Poll.  2,  73.^ 

ΆνάσΙμος  ov,  {άνά,  σιμός)  Lat.  re- 
simus,  with  a  turned  up  nose,  snub- 
nosed,  Ar.  Eccl.  940 :  hence  in  genl. 
turned  up  at  end,  οδόντες,  Arist.  Probl. 
Hence 

ΆνασΙμόω,  ω,  ί.  ώσω.  {άνά,  σιμόω) 
to  turn  up  the  nose,  smiff,  esp.  of  male 
animals  following  the  females,  Lat. 
nasum  supinari. 

Άνασκαίρω,  to  hop  or  skip  up,  Q 
Sm.  8,  321. 

115 


.ΑΝΑΣ 

Άνασκΰλενω,  {άνά,  σκαλενω)  to 
scratch,  hoc,  or  dig  up,  seek  out,  dis- 
covfr. 

ΆνασκύπΓω,ί.•ύιΡω,{άνύ,  σκάπτω) 
to  dig  out,  dig  up  again:  hence  to 
extirpate,   destroy    utterly,   raze  to    the 

f  round,  of  plants,  Theophr.,  of  cities, 
'olyb. 

Άνασκεδάνννμι, -σκεδάσω  [α],  Att. 
-όώ,  {άι>ά,  σκεδάνννμί)  to  scatter 
abroad,  Plut. 

Άνασκεπτέον,  verb,  adj.,  one  must 
consider,  Theophr. :    iiom 

Άνασκέπτομαι,  dep.  mid.,  coUat. 
form  of  άνασκοπέω,  q.  v..  Plat. 

Ανασκευάζω,  f.  -άσω,  opp.  to  κατα- 
σκευάζω ;  strictly  to  pack  up  the  bag- 
gage (tu  σκευή),  Lat.  vasa  colligere, 
and  so  to  carry  away,  Xen.  An.  G,  2, 
8 :  usu.  in  mid.,  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  5,  2, 
etc.  :  hence  to  break  -up,  march  away. 
— 2.  to  disfurnish,  dismantle  a  place, 
Thuc.  4,  116  :  and  in  mid.  to  disman- 
tle one's  house,  city,  etc.,  Id.  1,  18. — 
3.  to  waste,  ravage,  destroy,  Xen.  Cyr. 
6,  2,  25  :  ar.  τάς  συνθήκας,  to  break 
compacts,  Polyb.  :  hence  άνεσκεν- 
άσμεθα,  we  are  ruined,  undone,  Eur. 
El.  602. — 1.  in  pass,  to  be  bankrupt, 
break,  η  τράπεζα  ανασκευάζεται,  the 
bank  is  broken,  Dem.  1205,  2  ;  οι  άν- 
εσκενασμένοι  των  τραπεζιτών,  broken 
bankers.  Id.  1201,  26.-5.  of  rhetori- 
cians, to  undo,  refute  the  opponent's 
arguments.  —  II.  to  build  again,  re- 
build, Strab. :  hence  to  repair,  heal, 
klKV,  Diosc. 

Άνασκευαστικός,  η,  όν,  fitted  for 
undoing,  Rhet. — 2.  adapted  to  building 
up  again. 

'Ανασκευή,  τ/ς,  ?'/,  όρρ.  to  κατα- 
σκευή, a  pulling  down  :  suppression  of 
desires,  Epict.  —  2.  esp.  ανασκευή 
τραπέζης,  the  breakage  of  a  bank.- — 3. 
a  refuting  of  arguments,  Quintii. 

Άνασκησία.  ας,  ή,  want  of  practice, 
neglect  of  exercise  :  from 

Άνάσκητος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  άσκέω)  un- 
practiced.  unexercised,  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  8, 
24.     Adv.  -τως. 

'λνασκίδνημι,  {άνά, σκίδντ)μι)ρΆ85. 
άνασκίόναμαι,=άνασκεδάννυμι. 

Άνασκινδαλενω  and  άνασκινδν- 
λεύω,  later  forms  for  the  Att.  ΰνα- 
σχινδυλεύω. 

' Κνασκιρτάω,ω,ί.-ήσω,  {άνά,  σκιρ- 
τάω) to  leap  or  skip  up. — II.  to  leap 
back. 

Άνασκολοπίζω,  -ίσω,  (άνά,  σκολο- 
ττίζω)  to  fix  on  a  pole  or  stake,  impale, 
Hdt.  1,  128,  _cf.  9,  78,  where  it  is  used 
almost  Ά3=ζάνασταυροΰν  :  a  fut.  mid. 
ύνασκολοπιείσβαι  in  pass,  signf.  oc- 
curs, Hdt.  3,  132 ;  the  word  occurs 
freq.  in  later  writers,  Luc.,  Diod.,  etc. 

'ΑνασκοΤίόπισις,  εως,  ή,  an  impaling. 

Άνασκο7.οπισμός,  οΰ,  o,=foreg. 

Άνασκοπέω,  lut.  -σκέψομαι,  1  aor. 
ΰνεσκεψάμην,  {άνά,  σκοπέω)  to  look 
at,  view  attentively,  inquire  into,  Ar. 
Thesm.  C66,  and  freq.  in  Att. :  also 
in  mid.,  Ar.  Eccl.  827 :  usu.  c.  ace, 
also  περί  τίνος,  Dion.  II.  :  to  look 
back  at,  reckon  up,  like  άναλογίζεσ- 
θαι,  Xen.  Vect.  5,  11.     Hence 

' Κνασκοπή,  ης,  ή,  examination. 

Άνασμύχω,  {άνά,  σμύχω)  to  con- 
sume by  a  slow  fire,  Aretae.   [i] 

Άνασοβέω,  {άνά,  σοβέω)  to  scare 
and  make  stand  up,  in  genl.  to  rouse, 
Plat.  Lys.  206  A  :  άνασεσοβημένος 
την  κόμην,  with  hair  on  end  through 
fright,  Luc.  Tim.  54. 

Άνασπαράσσω,  f.  -άξω,  {άνά,  σπα- 
οάσσω)  to  tear  up,  Eur.  Bacch.  1 104. 

Άνάσπΰσις,  εως.  ή,  {άνασπάω)  a 
drawing  up,  contraction,  Hipp. :  a  tear- 
ing up,  της  γης,  Theophr. 
116 


ΑΝΑΣ 

Άνασπαστί/ριος,  ov,  {άνασπάω) 
fitted  for  drawing  up  or  upwards,  App. 

Άνάσπαστος,  ov,  drawn  or  dragged 
up,  esp.  carried  from  their  country  up 
into  central  Asia,  hence  άνασπάστους 
ποιειν  τινας,  Hdt.  4,  204,  etc.,  of. 
Valck.  ad  7,  80  :  later,  in  genl.  leaving 
home,  emigrating,  Polyb. — 2.  of  a  door, 
drawn  back,  i.  e.  opened,  πύλη.  Soph. 
Ant.  1186,  where  however  the  accent 
is  άνασπαστός,  v.  Herm.  —  II.  as 
subst.  oi  άνύσπαστοι,  shoe-strings, 
dub.  ap.  Ath.,  and  Ael.     From 

Άνασπάω,  poet,  άνσπάω,  f.  -άσω, 
pf.  άνέσπΰκα,  {άνά,  σπάω)  to  draw  or 
pull  up,  Hdt.  4,  154,  την  βνβλον  έκ 
των  έλέων,  Hdt.  2,  92  ;  so  too  in  mid., 
έκ  χροος  έγχος  άνεσπάσατο,  he  drew 
his  spear  forth,  II.  13,  574:  to  draw  a 
ship  up,  i.  e.  on  land,  like  άνέλκω, 
Pind.  P.  4,  48 :  νδωρ  άν.,  to  draw  wa- 
ter, Thuc.  4,  97:  to  tear  or  break  up, 
τάς  σανίδας  της  γέφυρας,  the  planks 
of  a  bridge,  Polyb.  2,  5,  5  :  also  τάς 
γέφυρας.  Id.  2,  32,  9. — 2.  to  draw  or 
sack  up,  αίμα,  Aesch.  Eum.  647. — 3. 
to  draw  hack,  Ar.  Plut.  691. — II.  τάς 
δφρϋς,  το  μέτωπον  άνασπάν,  to  draw 
up  the  eyebrows,  and  so  put  on  a 
grave,  important  air,  e.  g.  τάς  όφρϋς 
άνεσπακώς  ωςπε(J  τι  δεινον  αγγέλων, 
Ar.  Ach.  1069,  εβλε-ψε  νάπν  και  μέ- 
τωπ'  άνέσπασεν,  Eq.  631,  cf.  L.  Dind. 
Xen.  Symp.  3,  10  ;  hence  λόγους  άν- 
ασπάν, to  utter  boastful  words.  Lob. 
Soph.  Aj.  290  ;  where  others  explain 
it  drawing  forth  words  u'ith  labour  or 
care,  cf  Plat.  Theaet.  180  Α.— III.  to 
carry  away  from  Iwme  :  in  mid.  to  de- 
part, [u] 

Άνασπογγίζω,  -ίσω,  {άνά,  σπογγί- 
ζω)  to  wipe  up  with  a  sponge,  expunge, 
Hipp. 

Άνασσα,  ης,  ή,  fern,  from  άναξ,  a 
queen,  lady,  mistress,  addressed  to  god- 
desses, Od.  3,  380 :  6,  175,  to  a  mor- 
tal, Od.  6,  149  :  the  word  becomes 
common  from  Pind.  downwds.  in  po- 
etry, but  unus.  in  prose: — άνασσα 
πράγους  και  βουλεύματος,  authoress, 
adviser  of  this  deed,  Eur.  Tel.  4. 

Άνάσσάτος,  Dor.  for  ΰνήσσητος, 
Theocr. 

Άνασσείασκε,  or  -εσκε,  Ep.  for 
άνέσειε,  3  sing.  impf.  from  άνασείω. 

Άνάσσϋτος,  ov,  (άνασεύω)  rushing 
up  or  back,  put  back,  Hij>p. 

ΆΝΑ'ΣΣΩ,  f.  -^ω,  to  be  άναξ,  to  be 
lord,  master,  owner,  to  rule,  sway,  as 
well  of  earthly  lords  as  of  tutelary 
deities ;  in  Horn,  mostly  c.  dat.  Αρ- 
γεί, νήσοισι,  δώμασι,  κτήμασιν  οισιν 
άν.,  to  be  lord,  hold  sway  in  Argos, 
etc. ;  but  also  c.  gen.  Ύενέδοιο,  Άρ- 
γείων,  πεδίοιο  άνάσσειν,  to  be  lord 
of  Tenedos,  etc.,  i.  e.  to  rule  over 
Tenedos,  etc.,  II.  1,  38,  etc.  ;  c.  gen. 
and  dat.  at  once,  Ύρώεσσιν  άνάσσειν 
τιμής,  II.  20,  180,  cf.  Od.  24,  30  ;  ου 
γης  άνάσσει  βαρβάροισι,  where  he  is 
lord  of  the  land  over  barbarians,  Eur.  I. 
T.  31  :  also  μετ'  άθανάτοισιν  άνάσ- 
σειν, to  hold  sivay,  to  be  first  among  the 
immortals,  II.  4,  61,  μετ'  Άργείοισιν, 
II.  23,  471  ;  έν  θήβη  ά.,  to  reign  in 
Thebe,  II.  and  Od.  Often  strengthd. 
by  Ιψι,  ίφι  άν.  δώμασι,  κτήμασι,  etc., 
Od.  11,  275  ;  so  with  gen.  ιφι  άν.  Ύε- 
νέδοιο, II.  1.  c,  etc. — Mid.  once  in 
Horn.,  τρις  άνάξασθαι  γένεα  ανδρών, 
to  be  king  for  three  generations,  i.  e.  to 
be  thrice  king,  and  each  time  through 
one  generation,  Od.  3,  245.  Pass,  to 
be  ruled,  έμοι  άνάσσονται,  Od.  4,  177. 
— Common  also  in  Pind.,  and  Att.  po- 
ets, who  also  use  it  in  the  signf.  to 
sivay,  wield,  manage,  άν.  κώπης,  Eur. 
Tel.  20  ;  παρ'  δτω  σκήπτρον  άνάσ- 


ΑΝΑΣ 

σεται.  Soph.  Phil.  140,  cf.  Arlst, 
Rhet.  3,  2,  10,  and  άναξ  fin.  (The 
root  is  prob.  άνα,  άνω.) 

Άνφσσω,  Alt.  for  άναίσσω,  also  in 
Pind. 

Ανάστα,  imperat.  aor.  2  for  άνά 
στήθι,  from  άνίστημι. 

Άναστΰδόν,  adv.,  {άνίστημι)  up 
right,  II.  9,  671 ;  23,  469. 

Άναστάλάω,  {άνά,  σταλάω)  to  makt 
trickle  forth,  Opp. 

Ανασταλτικός,  η,  όν,  {αναστέλλω) 
fitted  Jor  putting  back. 

Άναστΰλύζω,  strengthd.  for  σταλ' 
νζω,  άστα'λνζω,  Anacr.  41,  4. 

Άναστάς,  άδος,  ή,=.παστάς,  ν.  1. 
in  Αρ.  Rh.  1,789. 

'Αναστασία, =:sq.,  α  destroying.  Or. 
Sib. 

ίΆναστασίη,  ης,  ή,  Anastasia,  fern, 
pr.  η.  Anth. 

Ι'Λναστύσιοζ•,  ου,  6,  Anastasius,  a 
Greek  emperor,  Anth. 

Άνάστΰσις,  εως  Ion.  ιος,  η, —  I. 
act.  {άνίστημι)  a  making  to  stand  or 
rise  up,  awakening,  a  restoration,  e.  g. 
of  the  dead,  Aesch.  Eum.  648,  cf. 
Pors.  Phoen.  58].— 2.  esp.  a  making 
to  rise  and  leave  their  place,  removal,  as 
of  supjiliants,  άν.  έκ  τοϋ  ιερού,  Thuc. 

1,  133;  άν.  της  Ιωνίας,  the  removal 
of  all  the  Greeks  from  Ionia  (for  safe- 
ty), Hdt.  9,  106,  cf.  Thuc.  2,  14  :  but 
usu.  in  bad  sense,  a  laying  waste,  over- 
throw, destruction,  ruin,  'Ιλίου  πόλεων, 
οίκων,  Aesch.,  and  Eur.,  της  πατρί- 
δος, Dem.  10, 17. — 3.  a  setting  up  again, 
rebuilding,  τειχών,  Dem.  478,  24. — II. 
pass,  {άνίσταμαι)  a  standing  or  rising 
up,  esp.  in  token  of  respect,  Ast  Plat. 
Rep.  4,  4  :  άν.  ίξ  ύπνου,  an  awaken 
ing,  Soph.  Phil.  276 :  freq.  in  N.  T. 
and  Eccl.,  the  resurrection. 

Άναστάτήρ,  ήρας,  ό,  (άνίστημι)  a 
destroyer,  waster,  Aesch.  Theb.  1015, 
Cho.  303. 

Άναστάτήριος,  ov,  belonging  to  ri- 
sing up  :  θυσία,  a  sacrifice  on  one's  re- 
covery. 

Ανάστατης,  ov,  ό,  =  άναστάτήρ, 
Aesch.  Ag.  1227. 

Ανάστατος,  ov,  (άνίσταμαι)  made 
to  rise  up,  and  depart,  driven  from  one's 
house  and  home,  esp.  of  conquerors, 
ανάστατους  ποιειν  τινας,  and  of  the 
conquered,  ανάστατοι  γίγνεσθαι, 
freq.  in  Hdt.,  Thuc,  etc. :  nence  also 
ruined,  destroyed,  laid  waste,  ravaged, 
of  cities,  Hdt.  1,  155,  177,  178,  etc.— 

2.  engaged  in  revolt  or  sedition.  Plat. 
Soph.  252  A. — II.  as  subst.,  ό  άνάστ., 
a  kind  of  light  bread  at  Athens,  Valck. 
Adon.  398  B.     Hence 

Άναστάτόω,  ώ,  f.  -ώσω,  late  word 
for  άνάστατον  ποιειν,  to  ruin,  upset, 
put  in  confusion,  N.  T.  Act.  17,  6. — 2. 
mtr.  to  make  an  uproar,  to  excite  a  tu- 
mult, 1^.  Ύ.  Act.  21,  38.     Hence 

Άναστάτωσις,  εως,  ή,  a  revolt,  a 
milling,  destruction. 

Άναστανρόω,  (άνά,  στανρόω)  to 
impale  or  crucify,  Hdt.  3,  125,  etc.,  cf. 
άνασκο?Μπίζω.     Hence 

Άνασταύρωσις,  εως,  ή,  an  impaling^ 
crucifixion. 

Άvaστύχυόω,=  sq.,  Or.  Sib. 

Άνασταχύω,  (άνά,  στάχυς)  to  shoot 
up  like  blades  of  corn,  spring  up  with 
ears,  Ap.  Rh.  3,  1054. 

Άναστείβω,  strengthd.  for  στείβω, 
Anth.  ^ 

Άνάστειος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  άσ-^εϊος) 
not  town-like,  unmannerly,  Lat.  inur• 
bonus,  Ath. 

Άνάστειρος,  ov,  (άνά,  στείρα)  ivith 
a  high  prow,  νανς,  Polyb.  16,  3,  8. 

Άναστείχω,  (άνά,  στείχω)  to  step 
up,  walk  up,  Opp.  Hal.  4,  65. 


ΑΝΑΣ 

'Αναστέλλω,  f.  -ελώ,  {ανά,  στέλ- 
λω) to  send  ttp,  raise  up,  οπωπάς,  Anth. 
Mid.  to  gird  or  tuck  up  one's  clothes, 
νεβρίόας,  Eur.  Bacch.  696,  χιτώνια, 
Αγ.  EccI.  268 ;  also  absol.  αναστεί- 
λασθαι,  Artein. :  hence  in  pass.  ύι•εσ- 
ταλμένος  χιτών,  a  girt  up  frock,  Plut. : 
cf.  avaavpu- — Π.  to  send  back,  draw 
hack,  e.  g.  the  flesh  of  a  wound,  Hipp. 
— 2.  to  keep  back,  check,  mostly  Used 
of  the  assault  of  light  troops,  Thuc. 

6,  70.  Pass,  to  go  back,  retire,  keep 
back,  Thuc.  3,  98  :  also  to  make  as  if 
one  U'ordd  retire,  in  genl.  to  feign,  dis- 
semble, Lat.  tergiversari,  Polyb.  —  3. 
seemingly  intr.,  sub.  εαυτόν,  to  xvith- 
draw,  as  in  pass.,  Eur.  Iph.  Taur. 
1378. — III.  in  mid.,  to  renounce,  deny 
one's  self,  e.  g.  άναστέλλεσθαι  τροφην, 
Ael. 

Αναστενάζω,  -άξυ,  (άνύ,  στενάζω) 
=άναστένω,  Hdt.  1,  86  ;  6,  80,  Soph. 
Aj.  930. 

' Χναστενΰχίζω,  {άνύ,  στεναχίζω) 
to  groan  oft  and  loudly,  wail  aloud,  II. 
10,  9. 

Άναστενάχω,  {ανά,  στενάχω)  to 
groan  aloud  over,  bemoan,  bewail  aloud, 
c.  ace,  li.  23,  211 :  so  too  in  mid.,  11. 
18,  315. 

Άναστένω,  {άνά,  στένω)  to  groan 
aloud,  Trag.  —  II.  =  άναστενάχω,  c. 
ace,  Eur.  I.  T.  551. 

Άνάστερος,  ov,  poet,  for  άναστρος, 
A  rat.  228. 

Άναστεφανόω,  {άνά,  στεφανόω)=: 
e^\.,  Anth. 

Άναστέφω,ΐ.-'ψω,{άνά,  στέφω)  to 
crown,  wreath,  Eur.  Arch.  16.  Pass. 
άνέστεμμαι  κάρα  φνλλοις,  I  have  my 
head  wreathed  with  leaves,  Id.  Hipp. 
806. 

Άναστηλόω,  ω,  f.  -ώσω,  {άνά,  στη- 
Τιόω)  to  place  on,  or  set  up  as  a  pillar. 
Lye.     Hence 

'Αναστή?Μσΐζ,  εως,  I'j,  a  setting  up 
of  a  statue. 

'Ανάστημα,  ατός,  τό,  {άνίστημϊ)  a 
setting  -up,  raising. — XL  {άνίσταμαι) 
height,  tallness,  as  of  a  mountain, 
plant,  etc.,  Theophr.  :  also  height, 
stature,  Diod.  S. :  άνάστ.  βασιλικόν, 
the  royal  majesty,  Diod.  S. 

Άναστηρίζω,  f.  -ίξω,  {άνα,  στηρί- 
ζω) to  set  up  on  a  firm  base,  Anth. 

Άναστησείω,  desiderat.  from  άν- 
ίστημϊ, to  wish  to  set  up. 

'Κναστίζω,  f.  -ίξω,  {uva,  στίζω)  to 
mark  with  a  hot  iron,  brand. 

Άναστο?.ή,  ης,  η,  {αναστέλλω)  a 
putting  back,  e.  g.  κόμης,  Plut.,  cf. 
Winckelm.  5,  5,  11. — 2.  the  baring  of 
a  wound  by  putting  back  the  flesh. 
Medic. 

Άναστομόω,  ώ,  f.  -ώσω,  {άνά,  στο- 
μόω)  to  furnish  with  a  mouth  :  hence 
to  open  wider,  enlarge,  esp.  άν.  τάφρον, 
to  open,  clear  out  a  trench,  Xen.  Cyr. 

7,  5,  15,  so  Νεί'λου  διώρυγας,  Polyb. 
— Mid.  χεΐ7.ος  φάρυγγας  άναστόμου, 
open  your  mouth  wide,  Eur.  Cycl.  357. 
Pass,  άναστομοϋνται  ποταμοί,  the 
rivers  empty  themselves,  disembogue. — 
2.  to  contract  into  a  narrow  mouth, 
straiten,  Arist.  Mund. :  hence — III.  to 
bring  to  a  point  or  edge  {στόμωμα),  to 
sharpen,  whet,  of  the  appetite,  Ath. 
Hence 

Άναστόμωσίζ,  εως,  η,  an  opening, 
outlet,  discharge,  Phlt. — II.  a  contract- 
ing, straitening. — III.  a  bringing  to  a 
point,  sharpening,  whetting,  of  the  ap- 
petite, Ath. 

Άναστομωτήριος,  ov,:=sq. 

Άναστομωτικός,  ή,  όν,  {άναστο- 
μόω) opening. — II.  sharpening,  whetting, 
esp.  of  the  appetite,  Diosc. 

Άναστονάχέω.ώ,ί.-ήσω,  Orph.,  and 


ΑΝΑΣ 

Ά.vaστov(ίχίζω,=^άvaστέvω,Q.Sm. 

Άναστράγάλος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  άσ- 
τρύγα?.ος)  without  dice. 

' Αναστράτενομαι,  {άνά,  στρατεύ- 
ομαι) dep.  mid.,  to  go  to  war  again, 
take  the  field  again.  Act.  άναστρα- 
τενω,  to  enlist  again,  only  in  late  wri- 
ters, as  App. 

Άναστρΰτοπεδεία,  ας,  ή,  the  shift- 
ing an  encampment,  breaking  up,  de- 
parture, Polyb.  6,  40,  1  :  from 

Άναστρΰτοπεδενω,  -ενσω,  {άνά, 
στρατοπεδεύω)  to  shift  or  draw  back 
an  encampment,  Dion.  H. 

Αναστρέφω,  f.  -ψω,  pf.  άνέστροφα, 
Theognet.  ap.  Ath.  104  C,  {άνά.  στρέ- 
φω) to  turn  up,  turn  iipside  doum,  δί- 
φρους, to  upset  the  chariots,  II.  23, 
436  :  esp.  to  turn  up  by  digging  or 
ploughing,  Xen.  Oec.  16,  11,  ορός 
άνεστραμμένον  kv  Ty  ζητήσει,  Hdt. 
6,  47 :  άν.  καρδίαν.  to  upset,  turn  the 
stomach,  cause  sickness,  Thuc.  2, 
49. — II.  to  turn  back,  around  or  about, 
τινά  εξ  "λιδου.  Soph.  Phil.  449, 
strengthd.  άναστρ.  πάλιν,  to  turn  back 
again,  sub.  λόγον,  to  repeat,  Aesch. 
Pers.  325  :  to  rally  soldiers,  Xen. 
Hell.  6,  2,  21.— 2.  seemingly  intr., 
sub.  εαυτόν,  to  turn  back,  round  or 
about,  return,  Hdt.  1,  80,  and  freq.  in 
Att. :  άναστρέφον,  τό,  part.,  a  poem 
that  will  read  backwards  or  forwards, 
V.  άνακυκλικός. — Β.  pass.vvith  fut. 
mid.,  to  turn  one's  self  about  in  a  place, 
be  or  dwell  in  a  place,  tarry  there,  like 
Lat.  versari,  γαιαν  αναστρέφομαι,  to 
go  to  a  place  and  dwell  there.  Od.  13, 
326  :  άναστρέφεσθαι  tv  τόπφ.  freq. 
in  Att.  (also  αναστρέφειν  πόδα  έν 
γ-η,  Eur.  Hipp.  1176)  :  άν.  εν  ξνμμα- 
γία,  to  continue  in  an  alliance,  Xen. 
Hell.  7,  3,  2  :  to  be  busied  or  engaged 
in  a  thing,  έν  γεωργία.  Xen.  Oec.  5, 
13  :  to  revolve,  like  the  sun  in  the 
heavens  : — of  soldiers,  to  face  about ; 
but  also,  to  turn  and  flee  :  έμοί  τοϋτ' 
άνέστραπται,  with  me  that  is  reversed, 
Xen.  Hier.  4,  5. —  2.  to  return,  Plat. 
Polit.  271  A. 

Άναστρολόγητος.  ov,  {a  priv.,  άσ- 
τρολογέω)  ignorant  of  astrology,  Strab. 

"Αναστρος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  άστρον) 
without  stars,  Theopbr. 

Άναστροφύδην,  adv.,  {αναστρέφω) 
turned  about,  reversely. 

'Αναστροφή,  ής,  ή,  {αναστρέφω)  a 
turning  back  or  about,  a  return.  Soph. 
Ant.  226  : — a  turning  about  in  battle, 
whether  to  flee  or  rally,  Xen.  Cyr.  5, 
4,  S,  Hell.  4,  3,  6  :  of  a  ship,  Thuc.  2, 
89  :  μοϊραν  εις  άνασ.  δίδωσι,=άνασ- 
τρέφει,  Eur.  And.  1007,  v.  Pflugk  ad 
1. — 2.  a  turning  about  in  a  place,  dwell- 
ing in  a  place,  or  occupation  in  a  thing : 
— hence  the  place  where  one  tarries,  an 
abode,  Aesch.  Eum.  23  :  also  a  mode 
of  life,  behaviour,  Polyb.  :  delay,  like 
διατριβή.  Id. — II.  in  Gramm.  a  throw- 
ing back  of  the  accent  to  the  former 
syllable,  as  in  prepos.,  when  they 
stand  after  their  case,  e.  g.  άπο  for 
άπό. 
■\Άναστροφίη,  ης,  ή, =^ ανάστροφη. 

'Ανάστροφος,  ov,  {αναστρέφω)  turn- 
ed or  turning  round.  Adv.  -φως,  Sext. 
Emp. 

νΑναστρωπή.  ης,  η.  Plat.  Crat.  409 
C,  as  a  fanciful  derivation  for  αστρα- 
πή- 

Άναστρωφάω,  poet,  for  άναστρέ- 
όω,  to  turn  every  way,  Od.  21,  394. 
Mid.  to  wander  about.  Soph.  Fr.  682. 

' Αναστΰφε?.ίζω,  strengthened  for 
στυφελίζω,  Nonn. 

Άναστνφω,  {άνά,  στύφω)=στνγ- 
νάζω,  to  look  sad  or  gloomy.  Soph.  Fr, 
371. — 2.  =:άναστνω,  Com.  [ϋ] 


ANAT 

Άναστύω,  {άνά,  στύω)  strengthd. 
for  στνω.  [ΐ] 

Άνασύνταξις,  εως, ή,  α  change  in  the 
σννταξις  or  war-tax  levied  on  property, 
on  the  nature  of  which  v.  Bockh  P. 
E.  2,  p.  280. 

'Ανασυντάσσω,  ί.-ξω,  {άνά.  συντάσ- 
σω) to  change  the  war-tax,  v.  foreg. 

Άνάσνρμα,  ατός,  τό,  the  effect  of 
άνασύρεσύαι :  and  so  παρθένου  άν., 
a  clandestine  birth,  Eubul.  Incert.  29  : 
from 

'Ανασύρω,  f.  -σΐφώ,  {άνά,  σύρω)  to 
draw  or  pull  up,  hence  in  mid.  to  pull 
up  one's  clothes,  expose  one's  person, 
Hdt.  2,  60,  Theophr.  Char.  11:  hence 
part,  pf  pass,  άνασεσυρμένη  κωμωδία, 
an  obscene  comedy,  Synes.  [ϋ  pres.,  ν 
fut.] 

' Ανασφάδάζω,  -άσω,  {άνά,  σφαδά- 
ζω) to  kick,  struggle,  start  with  pain  or 
anger. 

Άνασφάλλω,  {άνά,  σφά7Χω)  intr., 
to  rise  up  from  a  fall  or  illness,  to  re- 
cover, c.  gen.  or  εκ  τίνος.  Plat.  Ax. 
364  C,  and  Plut.— 2.  to  fall  back. 

Άνασφηνόω,  {άνά.  σφηνόω)  to  pin 
or  fasten  with  ivedges.  Math.  Vett. 

Άνασφράγίζω,  {άνά,  σφραγίζω)  to 
unseal,  Lat.  resignare. 
νΑνασχεθεΐν,  or  άνσχεθέειν,  v.  sq. 

*  Άνασχέθω,  a  pres.  assumed  for 
the  deriv.  of  the  Ep.  aor.  άνέσχεθον, 
άνασχεθεΐν,  which  is  really  but  a 
lengthd.  form  of  άνεσχον,  cf.  άνέχω. 

ΆνασχεΙν,  inf  aor  2  act.  of  άνέχω. 
ΥΑνασχέμεν,  Ep.   for  άνασχεΐν  2 
aor.  inf.  oi  άνέχω. 
\'Ανάσχεο,  Ep.  for  άνάσχον  2  aor. 
imper.  mid.  of  άνέχω. 

Άνασχέσθαι,  2  aor.  inf.  mid.  of 
άνέχ». 

'Ανάσχεσις,  εως,  ή,  {ανέχομαι)  α 
taking  upon  one's  self,  sufferance,  των 
δεινών,  Plut. — 2.  άνάσχεσις  'ηλίου, 
the  rising  of  the  sun,  Arist.  Mund. ; 
cf  ανατολή,  ανοχή. 
V Ανασχετικός,  ή,  όν,  {ανέχομαι)  fit 
for  or  capable  of  enduring,  enduring, 
Plut.  2,  31  A. 

Άνασχετός,  όν,  Ep.  άνσχετός, 
{ανέχομαι)  to  be  undergone,  borne  or 
suffered,  suffernble,  but  usu.  with  ne- 
gat.  ούκ,  οϋκέτι,  ουδαμώς  άν.,  unbear- 
able, insufferable,  as  Od.  2,  63,  Hdt.  1, 
207,  and  freq.  in  Att. 

'Ανασχίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {άνά,  σχίζω)  to 
split  up,  rip  up,  USU.  of  opening  a  dead 
body,  Hdt.  1,  123 :  3,  35. 

'Ανασχινδϋλενω,  in   later   Greek 
άνασκινουλεύω,    =    άνασκο7Μπίζω, 
Plat.  Rep.  362  A,  cf.  Piers.  Moer.  p. 
360,  Ruhnk.  Tim. 
■\'Ανασχών,  2  aor.  part,  of  άνέχω. 

Άνασώζω,  f.  -σώσω,  {άνά,  σώζω)  to 
recover  what  is  lost,  rescue.  Soph.  O. 
T.  1351  :  freq.  in  mid.  to  regain  for 
one's  self,  άνασώσασθαι  αρχήν,  Hdt. 
1,  82,  etc.  ;  in  3,  65  he  joins  both  act. 
and  mid. — 2.  to  bring  back,  restore. 
Plat.  Phileb.  32  E.  Pass,  to  return 
safe,  ές  τάς  πατρίδας,  Xen.  Hell.  4, 
8,  28  ;  έκ  της  φυγής  άν.,  to  be  restored 
to  one's  rights,  i.  e.  to  be  rescued  back 
from  exile,  Polyb.  18,  10,  2.-3.  to  pre- 
serve in  mind,  remember,  Hdt.  6,  65,  but 
more  usu.  in  mid. 

Άνασωρενω,  {άνά,  σωρεύω)  to  heap 
up,  Polyb.  8,  35,  5. 

'Ανατΰνύω,-ύσω,^=άνατείνω,  Call. 

'Αναταράσσω,  Att.  -ταράττω,  fut. 
•ταράξω,  {άνά,  ταράσσω)  to  stir  up 
and  trouble,  Hipp.  :  hence  to  excite, 
rouse  to  frenzy.  Soph.  Tr.  218  :  to  con- 
found, disorder.  Plat,  and  Xen.  :  άτα- 
τεταραγμένον  πορεύίσθαι.  to  march 
in  disorder,  Xen.  An.  1,  7.  20. 

Άνάτΰσις,   εως,   ή,   {άνατείνω)   a 
117 


ANAT 

stretching  out,  extension  in  length  and 
height :  a  stretching  forth  of  the  hands 
against  any  one,  threatening,  Polyb. 
4,  4,  7  :  ή>ρονήματος  άν.,  tension  of 
spirit,  i.  e.  unbending  resolution,  firm- 
ness, Plut.  Mar.  6. — II.  endurance  of 
hunger,  fasting,  Plut. 

'Ανατάσσω,  Att.  -tuttu,  fut.  -τάξω, 
to  set  in  order  again.  Mid.  to  go  regu- 
larly through  again,  esp.  to  re-examine 
scientific  principles,  Plut. 

ΆνατΰτΙκός,  ή,  όν,  {ανατείνω) 
stretching  up,  esp.  with  the  hands, 
threatening,  Polyb.  5,  43,  5. — II.  high- 
flown,  haiighty.  Adv.  —κώς,  threaten- 
ingly, Polyb.  4,  4,  7. 

Άνΰτεί,  also  άνατί,  adv.  of  ΰνατος, 
without  harm,  with  impunity,  ΎIag., and 
Plat.  :  cf.  Ruhnk.  Tim.,  also  EUendt 
Lex.  Soph. 

'Ανατείνω,  fut.  -τενώ,  poet,  ΰντεί- 
vu,  (άνά,  τείνω)  to  stretch  up,  lift  or 
hold  up,  Xen. ;  e.  g.  χείρα  άν.,  to  lift 
■up  the  hand  and  swear,  Pind.  O.  7, 
120  :  also  in  prayer,  Id.  I.  6  (5),  60  ; 
and  as  token  of  assent  in  voting,  Xen. 
An.  5,  6,  33,  etc.  : — to  stretch  forth, 
hold  forth,  την  μύχαφαν  άνατεταμέ- 
νος,  having  his  sword  stretched  out  to 
threaten,  Xen.  Cyr.  4,  1,  3.  Mid. 
άνατείνεσθαί  τινι,  to  threaten  one, 
Polyb.  5,  55, 1 :  τινί  τι,  to  threaten  cme 
with  a  thing,  Dem.  389,  1. — 2.  to  hold 
up,  propose  as  a  prize,  Pind.  N.  8,  43. 
—-3.  to  exalt,  increase,  lb.  58. — 4.  to  lift 
up  to  higher  objects  :  and  in  pass,  to 
strain  upwards,  as  the  soul,  freq.  in 
later  Platonists,  Ruhnk.  Tim.  etc. — 
II.  intrans.,  to  reach  up,  stretch  up, 
Hdt.  7,  67  ".  to  stretch  out,  to  extend,  ές 
TO  πέλαγος,  Polyb.  1,  27,  4. — III.  to 
stretch  or  spread  out,  expand,  Tu  κέρα- 
τα, the  wings  of  an  army,  Xen.  Cyr. 
7, 1,  6  :  αετός  άνατεταμένος,  a  spread 
eagle,  lb.  7,  1,  4. — IV.  to  hold  out,  per- 
severe, esp.  in  abstinence  Epict. 

Άνατειχίζω,  fut.  -ίσω  Att.  -ϊώ, 
{άνά,  τειχίζο))  to  repair  or  rebuild 
avails,  to  raise  new  walls,  Xen.  Hell.  4, 
4,  18.     Hence 

Άνατειχισμός,  οϋ,  ό,  a  rebuilding, 
building  of  new  walls,  Xen.  Hell.  4, 
8,  9. 

'Ανατέλλω,  fut.  -τελώ,  (ανά,  τέλλω) 
to  make  or  let  rise  up,  άμι^ροσίην  άνέ- 
τειλεν  Ιτητοις,  he  made  ambrosia  grow 
up  for  the  horses,  II.  5,  777  :  νδωρ  άνα• 
τέλλειν,  to  spout  up  water,  Pind.  I.  6, 
Jll  ;  hence  to  bring  forth,  give  birth  to, 
bring  to  light,  Αιόννσον  άν.,  thou 
gavest  birth  to  Dionysos  (Bacchus),  lb. 
7,  5  :  μυρί'  άπ'  αισχρών  άνατέλλειν, 
to  bring  numberless  issues /ογ</ι  from 
shameful  acts.  Soph.  Phil.  1139: 
τον  ή/.ιον  άν.,  to  cause  the  sun  to  rise, 
N.  T.  Matth.  5,  45.— II.  intr.  to  rise 
vp,  come  to  light,  rise,  esp.  of  the  sun 
and  moon,  Hdt.  4,  40,  etc.,  like  άνίσ- 
χω  I.  (though  in  Hdt.  2,  142  it  takes 
in  both  rising  and  setting),  and  Att. : 
επιτέλλω  is  more  usual  of  stars, 
Schaf.  Schol.  Par.  Ap.  Rh.  4,  263,  cf. 
ανατολή  :  of  the  rising  or  source  of  a 
river,  Hdt.  4,  52  :  and  so  in  mid., 
^λοξ  άνατελλομένη,  aflame  mounting 
and  blazing  up,  Pind.  I.  4,  111;  to 
grow,  of  hair,  Aesch.  Theb.  520 :  of 
teeth,  Arist.  H.  A. 

'Ανατέμνω,  f.  -τεμώ,  {ανά,  τέμνω) 
to  cut  up,  cut  open,  Hdt.  2,  87,  to  tear 
open :  to  cut  off,  lop,  Aeschin.  77,  26. 
Άνατεταμένως,  adv.  part,  perf 
pass,  from  ανατείνω,  stretched  or 
strained  to  the  utmost. 

'  Ανατήκω,  ί.-ξω,[άνά,  τήκω)  to  melt: 
metaph.  to  slacken,  relax,  Lat.  lique- 
facere  Pass,  to  inelt  away,  thaw, 
Polyb  2,  16,  9.    Hence 

iia 


ANAT 

Άνάτηξις,  εως,  ή,  a  melting,  thaw- 
ing, Polyb.  9,  43,  5. 

Άνάτί,  Άά\'.,:=.άνατεί. 

Άνατίθημι,  f.  άναθήσω,  {ανά,  τί- 
θημι)  to  set  up  upon,  in  Horn,  only 
once,  έλεγχείτιν  αΓαθήσει  μοι,  he  will 
put  a  reproach  upon  me,  11.  22,  100, 
like  μωμον  άνάπτειν  :  to  put  or  place 
on,  to  lay  on  as  a  burden,  άχθος,  Ar. 
Eq.  1056  ;  άναθίντας  τά  σκενΐ},  Xen. 
An.  3,  1,  30  :  but  also  in  good  sense, 
άν.  κνύός  τινι,  Pind.  Ο.  5,  17  :  in 
prose  most  USU.  to  refer,  attribute, 
ascribe  a  thing  to  a  person,  τινί  τι, 
Hdt.  2,  134  :  freq.  in  Att. ;  άν.  τινι 
πάντα  πράγματα,  to  entrust  all  things 
to  one,  Ar.  Nub.  1453,  Thuc.  8,  82 : 
also  άν.  τι  έπί  τι,  Ar.  Plut.  69 :  so 
too  in  mid.,  άνατίθεσθαι  τα  σκεύη 
έπί.  to  put  one's  baggage  on,  Xen.  An. 
2,  2,  4. — II.  to  set  up  as  a  votive  gift, 
dedicate,  consecrate,  τινί  τι,  first  in 
Hes.  Op.  656,  and  freq.  in  Hdt.,  etc. : 
hence  the  votive  gift  itself  was  ανά- 
θημα, also  ανάθημα  άνατιθέναι,  Hdt. 
2,  182  :  they  usu.  said  άν.  τι  εις  Δελ- 
φονς,  etc.,  as  Hdt.  2,  135,  seldom  εν 
Αε'λφοίς:  very  rare  in  mid. — III.  to 
put  back,  remove,  cf.  άναθετέον  :  c. 
gen.  to  remove  from,  τ/μέρα — προς- 
θείσα  κ'  άναθιίσα  τον  γε  κατθανείν. 
Soph.  Aj.  476,  adding  to  or  taking 
away  from  the  necessity  of  death,  cf. 
EUendt,  or,  placing  (us)  near,  or  re- 
moving (us)  from  death. 

B.  mid.,  to  take  upon  one's  self,  un- 
dergo, and  oft.  much  like  act. :  but — 
II.  esp.  to  place  differently  .change  about, 
e.  g.  the  men  on  a  draught-board,  v.  1.? 
Orac.  ap.  Hdt.  8,  77  :  but  in  Att.  usu. 
to  take  back  a  move,  retract  one's  opinion, 
Xen.  Mem.  1,2, 44,  and  freq.  in  Plat., 
e.  g.  άνατίθεσθαι  ό  τι  δοκεΐ.  Plat. 
Gorg.  462  A :  ανατ.  μη  ov  τοντο 
είναι,  to  retract  and  say  this  is  not  so, 
Id.  Phaed.  87  A. 

Άνατίκτω,  f.  -τέξω.  {ανά,  τίκτω) 
to  bring  forth  again.  Ael. 

Άνατϊμάω,ώ,ί.-ήσω,  {άνά,  τιμάω) 
to  raise  in  price,  Valck.  Hdt.  9,  33  : 
esp.  to  raise  the  price  of  com  by  false 
reports,  etc.,  like  επιτιμάω. 

Άνατϊναγμής,  ov,  ό,  a  swinging  and 
throwing  up,  LXX.  :  from 

'Ανατινάσσω.  ί.•ξω,  {άνά,  τινάσσω) 
to  shake  up  a)id  down,  brandish,  θνρ- 
σον,  Eur.  Bacch.  80 :  also  of  the 
wind  shaking  about  a  sail,  Id.  Or. 
341. 

Άνατϊταίνω=^άνατείνω. 

Άνατιτραίνω,  Att.  collat.  form  of 

Άνατιτράω,  i.  άνατρήσω,  {άνά, 
τιτράω)  to  bore  through,  bore,  Tryphon 
ap.  Ath.  182  E,  in  aor.  pass. 

Άνάτλημα,  ατός,  τό,  s-afferance : 
from 

Άνατληναι,  inf.  of  2  aor.  άνέτλην. 
besides  which  only  fut.  άνατ7.ήσομαι 
is  used,  {άνά,  τ7ιηναι,  v.  sub  τλάω) 
to  bear,  siffer,  undergo,  with  body  or 
mind,  Od  :  φάρμακα  άνέτλη,  he  bore, 
i.  e.  resisted  the  strength  of  the  magic 
drink,  Od.  10,  327. 

'  Ανατμίζομαι,  {ανά,  ατμίζω)  to 
evaporate,  Democrit. 

' Ανατοιχέω,  {ανά,  τοίχος)  to  reel 
from  wall  to  icall  or  from  side  to  side, 
esp.  of  sailors  in  a  storm :  Gramm. 
prefer  διατοιχέω,  cf.  Lob.  Phryn. 
161. 

Άνατοκίζω,ί.-ίσω,{άνά,  τοκίζω)  to 
take  compound  interest.     Hence 

'Ανατοκισμός,  ov,  ό,  compound  in- 
terest, Lat.  anatocismus,  cf.  Ernesti 
Clav.  Cic. 

'Ανατολή,  ής,  η,  {άνατέΌ.ω)  poet. 
άντολή,  a  rising,  rise,  esp  of  the  sun 
and  moon,  άντολαϊ  τιελίοιο,  Od.  12, 


ANAT 

4,  Hdt.  4,  8:  in  Trag.  also  of  the 
stars,  Valck.  Phoen.  506 :  ποταμού 
άνατο?Μί,  the  sources  of  a  river,  Polyb. 

2,  17,  4.  —  2.  the  quarter  of  sunrise. 
East,  Lat.  Oriens,  Opp.  in  plur. — II. 
a  growing,  as  of  the  teeth,  Arist.  H.  A. 
Hence 

'Ανατολικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  ίο  sun 
rise,  eastern,  Joseph. 

' Ανατολμάω,  ώ,  f.  -^σω,  {άνά,  το7.- 
μάω)  to  regain  one's  courage,  take  cou- 
rage, only  in  late  writers  as  Plut.,  cf. 
Pors.  Med.  325. 

'Ανατομή,  ης,  ή,  {ανατέμνω)  a  cut• 
ting  up,  esp.  of  an  animal's  body, 
aimtomy,  Theophr.     Hence 

'Ανατομικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to 
άνατομίι,  anatomical ;  ή  ανατομική, 
sub.  τέχνη,  anatomy. 

' Ανάτονος,  ov,  {ανατείνω)  stretching 
up  or  upwards. 

Άνατοπόομαι,  f.  -ώσομαι,  {ύνύ, 
τύπος)  to  put  in  place  of  any  one,  in- 
sert, Philostr. 

Άνάτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  άτη)  without 
harm,  unpunished,  Aesch.  Ag.  1211 
c.  gen.  κακώι•  άνατος,  harmed  by  no 
ills.  Soph.  O.  C.  786,  ubi  v.  Herm.— 
II.  act.  not  harming,  harmless,  Aesch. 
Suppl.  356,  359  :  άνατον  φιτγάν,  i.  e. 
a  flight  caused  by  no  crime. 

'Ανατρεπτικός,  ή,  όν,  turning  vp  or 
over,  ovtrthrowing,  ruirums.  Plat.  Rep. 
389  D :  from 

'Ανατρέπω,  f.  -τρέψω,  pf.  -τέτροφα, 
later  also  -τέτρΰφα,  Dinarch.,  and 
Aeschin.,  Butlm.  Ausf.  Gr.  ij  97, 
Anm.  2,  n.  {άνά,  τρέπω)  To  turn  up 
or  over,  overturn,  upset,  throw  down, 
like  αναστρέφω,  the  act.  first  in  Ar- 
chil. 15,  3 :  in  mid.  άνετράπετο,=:^ 
ύπτιος  επεσεν,  he  tumbled  headlong, 
II.  6,  64  :  hence — 2.  to  overthrow,  ruin, 
Lat.  evertere,  like  άπό/.λνμι,  opp.  to 
σώ;ω,  so  πρό^βιζον  άνατρέψαι  τινά, 
Hdt.  1,  32,  cf.  8,  62  :  freq.  also  in 
Att.  άνατρ.  o7J}ov,  π?.οντον,  πολι- 
τείαν,  etc. :  Plat,  also  has  aor.  mid. 
άνετράπετο  as  Pass.,  Crat.  395  D. — 

3.  τράπεζαν  άνατρ.,  to  upset  a  bank- 
er's table,  i.  e.  make  him  bankrupt, 
Andoc.  17,  10. — 1.  to  upset  in  argu- 
ment, refute,  Ar. —  II.  Pass.  c.  fut. 
mid.,  poet,  also  c.  aor.  mid.,  to  be  cast 
down,  disheartened,  άνετράπετο  φρένα 
?.νπα,  Theocr.  8,  90,  also  ταϊς  ψν- 
χαΐς  άν..  Diod.  S. 

'Ανατρέφω,  fut.  άναθρέ\1<ω,  {άνά, 
τρέφω)  to  restore  by  7ionrishment. — II. 
to  bring  up,  rear,  nurse  up,  educate,  Ar. 
Ran.  944  :  άν.  το  φρόνημα,  to  raise 
the  spirit,  Xen.  Cyr.  5,  2,  34,  Jac.  A.  P. 
p.  85.  Pass,  to  be  reared  tip,  to  grow 
up,  εν  τινι,  Plut. 

'Ανατρέχω,  fut.  αναθρέξομαι,  as 
well  as  άναδραμονμηι,  also  άναδρά 
μομαι,  Anth.,  {άνά,  τρέχω)  to  run 
back,  draw  back,  withdraw,  flee,  ανΟις, 
οπίσω  άΐ'έδραμε,  he  drew  back  in  the 
conflict,  II.  5,  599;  16,  813:  hence 
later,  to  go  hack  from  a  design,  change 
one's  mrtid,  esp.  for  the  better :  to 
mend,  make  up,  Plut. — 2.  to  jump  up 
and  run,  start  up,  of  men,  Hdt.  3,  36, 
etc.  ;  but  also  άναδέδρημε  πέτρη, 
perf.  (with  pres.  signf ),  the  rock  runs 
sheer  up,  Od.  5,  412 :  εγκέφαλος 
άνέδρ..  the  brains  spurted  up  from  tlie 
wound,  II.  17,  297  :  σμώδιγγες  άνέ• 
δραμον,  the  weals  rose  under  the  blow, 
ll.  23,  717. — 2.  to  run  up,  shoot  up, 
strictly  of  plants,  II.  18,  56,  Hdt.  8, 
55  :  hence  of  cities  and  peoples,  Hdt. 
1,  66  ;  7,  156. — III.  c.  ace,  to  run  back 
over,  retrace,  Lat.  repetere,  κνδος, 
Dissen.  Pind.  O.  8,  54  (72.) 

Άνάτρεφις,  εως,  ή,  {ανατρέπω)  a 
being  ttumed  up,  Arist.  Meteor. 


ANAY 

Ανάτρησις,  ευς,  τ/,  (άνατίτράω)  ο 
horing  through. — 2.  a  hole  bored,  Plut. 

Άνάτρητος,  ov,  (ανατιτράω)  bored 
through. 

'Χνατρΐαινόω,  ώ,  {άνά,  τρίαινα)  to 
shake  as  with  a  trident,  Amphis  Dlthyr. 
1,  8,  cf.  σνντριαη'όω. 

' Χνατρίβω,ί.•-ψα,{άνά,  τρί3(ο)  to  ηώ 
well,  ηώ  clean,  Xen.  Cyn.  6,  26. — II. 
to  rub  in  pieces  :  pass,  to  be  worn  away, 
Hdt.  3,  113.    [i] 

Άνατρίζω,  {άνά,  τρίζω)  to  chirp 
aloud,  Q.  Sm. 

Άνάτρηττος,  ov,  (άνατρίβω)  rubbed 
up  :  (IV.  ίμύτιον,  a  cloth  with  rough, 
vaised  pile,  like  plush  or  velvet,  Diosc. 

νΑνατριχόομαι,  to  get  hair  again, 
from 

Άνύτρΐχος,  ov,  (ανά,  θρίξ)  with 
hair  bristling  backwards. 

Άνάτρι-φις,  εως,  ή,  {άνατρίβω)  a 
rubbing  well  or  anointing  with  oil,  etc., 
Arist.  Probl. — 2.  an  itching  or  scratch- 
ing. ,       ,  ,       , 

Ά.νατροπενς,  έως,  6,  {ανατρέπω) 
an  overtumer,  destroyer,  τοϋ  οίκου, 
Antipho  116,28:  άνατρ.  της  νεότη- 
τας, a  corrupter  of  the  youth,  Plut. 

'Ανατροπή,  ης,  ή,  {ανατρέπω)  an 
overtaming,  δωμάτων,  Aesch.  Eum. 
355  ;  an  overthrow,  upset,  τον  π/Μίου, 
Arist.  Metaph. :  in  genl.  destruction. 
Plat. 

Άνατροφενς,  έως,  ό,  {ανατρέφω)  a 
foster-father. 

'Ανατροφή,  ης,  η,  {ανατρέφω)  α 
rearing  up  :  education,  Plut. 

Άνατροχύζω,  -άσω,  and 

Άνατροχύω,  late  and  rather  dub. 
forms  ot  ανατρέχω,  Philo. 

Άνατνλίσσω,  Att.  -/.ίττω,ί.-ξω, 
(άνά,  τν/.ίσσω)  to  wind  back  or  off 
again,  Lat.  revolvere  :  metaph.  /^γονς 
προς  εαυτόν,  to  recall  and  reconsider 
words,  Luc.  Nigr.  7. 

Άνατνπόω,ώ,ϊ.-ώσω,  {άνά,  τνπόω) 
tt  form  again  or  anew,  Luc.  Alex.  21  : 
mid.,  to  form  OT  fashion  a  thing  to  one's 
mind,  to  depict  to  one's  mind,  to  ima- 
gine, Plut.  Moral.  329  B,  Id.  331  D. 
Hence 

Άνατνπωμα,  ατός,  τό,  an  image 
formed,  Diog.  L. 

Άνατνπωσίς,  εως,  ή,  a  forming 
again,  imagination, 

Άνατϋπωτικός,  ή,  όν,  giving  an 
image,  τινός,  Simp. 

Άνατυρβάζω,  ί.-άαω,[άνύ,  τυρβάζω) 
to  stir  up,  confound,  disorder.  At.  Eq. 
310. 

ί'Αναυα,  ων,  τά,  Armua,  a  city  of 
Greater  Phrygia,  between  the  Mar- 
syas  and  Maeander,  Hdt.  7,  30. 

Άνανάγητος,  {a  priv.,  ναυάγέω) 
tinshipwrecked,  Eccl.    [u] 

Άνανγητος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  αυγή)  ray- 
less,  "Αιοης,  Aesch.  Pr.  1028. 

Ϋλναύόάτος,  ov.  Dor.  for  άνανδητος, 
Aesch.  Theb.  896. 

Άναυδης,  ές,  (α  priv.,  ανδή)  speech- 
less.— II.  =sq. 

Άνανδητος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  ανδάω) 
inexpressive,  unutterable,  Lat.  infan- 
dus.  Soph.  Aj.  715.  —  2.  speechless. 
Soph.  Tr.  964,  Herm.  :  depriving  of 
the  power  of  speech,  μένος,  Aesch. 
Theb.  896,  in  Dor.  form. 

Άνανδία,  ας,  ή,  speechlessness, 
Hipp.  :  from 

Άναυδος,  ov,  speechless,  voiceless, 
Od.  5,  456  ;  10,  378:  άν.  ϋπνος.  still, 
calm  sleep,  Hipp. — II.  secret,  treacher- 
ous. Soph.  Aj.  947,  where  some  ex- 
plain it  unutterable :  μέ/,η  βοών  άν- 
αυδα, harsh,  unmusical  strains,  Id. 
Fr.  63 1 . — 2.  preventing  speech,  silencing, 
χα/ιΐνών  άν.  αένος,  Aesch.  Ag.  238. 
Adv.  -δως. 


ΑΝΑΦ 

I     Άναυλεί,  adv.,  (a  priv.,  ναύλος) 
without  fare  or  passage-money. 

"Αναυλος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  αυλός)  with- 
out pipe  or  pipe-playing,  κώμος  άν- 
αν/.ος,  a  procession  unaccompanied  by 
pipes,  i.  e.  joyless,  sad,  Eur.  Phoen. 
791  :  άναυλα  θνειν,  to  offer  sacrifices 
urMccompanied  by  the  music  of  the  pipe, 
Plut.  Moral.  277  F.— 2.  unskilled  in 
pipe-playing,  LuC.  Halc.  7. 

Άναυ/Μχητος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  νανλο- 
χέω)  not  brought  into  harbour  or  to 
anchor,  Lyc.  745  ;  but  others  explain 
it  without  a  ship's  crew,  deriving  it 
from  ναϋς  and  λόχος. 

Άνανμάχητος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  ναυ- 
μαχέω)  without  sea-fight,  όλεθρος,  loss 
of  a  fleet  without  striking  a  blow,  Lys. 
Fr.    [a] 

Άναυμάχίον,  γραφή,  ή,  an  indict- 
ment of  a  tnerarch /or  keeping  his  ship 
out  of  action,  Andoc,  cf  Att.  Process, 
p.  364  :  cf  λειποστρατίον,  ?•.£ΐποτας• 
ίου  δίκη. 

Άναυξής,  ές,  {α  priv.,  ανξω)  not 
in/leasing.  —  II.  intr.  rwt  waxing  or 
growing,  Arist.  H.  A.    Hence 

Άναυξησία,  ας,  ή,  want  of  growth  : 
in  Gramm.,  omission  of  the  augmetit. 

Άνανξησις,  εως,  ^,=foreg. 

Άνανζητος,    ov,   also   η   ον,=^άν- 
ανξής,  Arist.  Coel. — 2.  without  augment, 
Gramm.     Adv.  -τως. 
V Αναυξος,  ον,=^άνανξής,  Plut.  Mo- 
ral. 981  F. 

Άναυος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  αΰω)  thought 
to  be  the  adj.,  from  which  comes  the 
Horn,  άνεφ,  v.  άνεως. 

Άνανρος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  αύρα)  with- 
out air,  windhss,  still,  Lyc.  1424. 

Άνανρος,  ov,  ό,  the  Anaurus,  a  river 
in  Thessaly,  Hes.  Sc.  477 :  hence  in 
later  poets,  any  mountain  torrent,  Ap. 
Rh.  cf.  Άχελ,ώος. — 2.  a  river  of  Phoe- 
nicia, Mosch.  2,  31. 

*Άνανς,  gen.  άνάος,  ό,  ή,  {a  priv., 
νανς)  without  ships,  only  used  by 
Aesch.  Pers.  680  in  nom.  pL,  νΰες 
άναες,  ships  that  are  ships  no  vuore, 
Lat.  naves  nenaves,  CatulL,  Schaf. 
Eur.  Hec.  612  :  cf  ΆΙρος. 

Άναϋτέω,  ω,  f.  -ήσω,  {άνά,  άϋτέω) 
to  shout  aloud,  call  out,  0pp.  [aO] 

Άναύχην,  ενός,  ό,  ή,  {a  priv.,  av- 
χήν)  without  neck  or  throat,  Emped. 
219. 

ΥΑνανχίδας,α,  ό,  Anauchidas,  masc. 
pr.  n.  Paus.  5,  27,  12. 

Άνανω,  {άνά,  ανω,  to  dry)  to  light 
up,  set  on  fire. 

Άνανω,  {άνά,  άνω,  to  cry)^avaii- 
,τέω. 

' Αναφαίνω,  poet,  άμφ.,  f.  -φανώ ; 
aor.  έψηνα,  {άνά,  φαίνω)  to  make 
shine  or  blaze  up,  Od.  18,  310:  hence 
USU.  to  bring  to  light,  show  forth,  make 
known,  display,  θεοπροπίας,  έ~εσ3ο- 
λίας,  άρετήν,  Hom.,  and  freq.  in  Att. : 
to  proclaim,declare,  βασι/.έα  άν.  τινά, 
Pind.  P.  4,  110:  c.  inf,  αναφαίνω 
σε  τόδε  όνομάζειν,  I  proclaim  that  they 
call  thee  by  this  name,  i.  e.  that  thou 
be  so  named,  Eur.  Bacch.  529.  Pind. 
also  uses  mid.  in  act.  signf ,  I.  4  (3), 
119.  Pass.  c.  fut.  mid.,  άναφανήσο- 
μαι  (Ar.  Eq.  950),  et  perf.  act.  άν- 
απέφηνα,  to  be  shown  forth,  come  to 
light  or  into  sight,  appear  plainly,  αν- 
αφαίνεται αστήρ,  II.  11,  62:  hence 
also  αναφαίνεται  όλεθρος,  lb.  174, 
etc. ;  freq.  in  Hdt.,  and  Att. ;  also  to 
reappear,  Hdt.  7,  30:  άναφανήναι 
μουναρχος,  to  be  declared  king.  Hdt. 
3,  82  ;  so  άν.  λογογρύόος  εκ  τριήραρ- 
χου, to  come  out  a  romancer  instead 
of  a  sea  captain,  Aeschin.  78,  26 : 
hence  in  genl.  to  become  or  be  thought 
so  and  so,  in  Plat.,  and  Xen. :  also 


ΑΝΑΦ 

c.  part,  άναφαίνεσθαι  έχων,  σεσωσ- 
μένος,  etc.,  to  be  seen  to  have,  to  be 
plainly  in  safety,  etc.,  lb.  The  act. 
aor.  άναφηναι  is  used  as  pass,  once 
in  Hdt.  1,  165  (unless  άναφανήναι  is 
to  be  read),  and  in  late  authors,  Co- 
ray  Hel.  2,  p.  187. 

'Αναφαίρετος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  άφαιρέω) 
not  to  be  taken  or  torn  away,  Dion.  H. 
'Αναφά?.ακρος,  ον,=^άναφάλαντος, 
bald-headed,  Procl. 

Άναόά'/.αντίας,  ov,  ό,  =:  άναφά- 
/.αντος,  Luc.  Tim.  47. 

Άναφάλαντίασις,  εως,  ή,  hssofthe 
eyebrows :  in  genl.  baldness,  Arist. 
H.A. 

'Αναφά?Μντος,  ov,  without  eye- 
brows :  in  genl.  bald-headed,  LXX. 

Άναφάλάντωμα,  ατός,  τό,  =  άν- 
αφα'λαντίασις. 

Άναφανδά,  adv.,  {αναφαίνω)  vis- 
ibly, openly,  before  the  eyes  of  all,  opp. 
to  κρνβδην,  Od.  3,  221 ;  11,  455:  in 
Ap.  Kh.  also  as  neut.  adj. 

Άναόανδόν.  adv.,=toreg.,  Π.  16, 
178,  Hdt.,  and  Plat. 
Άναόύντάζω,  -άσω.  {άνά,  φαντάζω) 
=  αναφαίνω  :  the  mid.  often  in  Plat, 
for  αναφαίνομαι. 

Αναφέρω,  poet,  άμφ.,  {άνά,  φέρω): 
f.  άνοίσω :  aor.  άνήνεγκα.  Ion.  άνή- 
νεικα,  also  άνωσα,  (Hdt.  1,  157.) — I. 
to    bring    or    carry   up,    Κέρβερον    έζ 
Άίδαο,   Od.   11,  624:    later  esp.   to 
carry  up  into  central  Asia,  Hdt.  6, 30. 
Pass,    to   rise  up,    Pind.    N.    11,   49. 
Mid.,  to  carry  up  for  one's  self  OT  what 
is  one's  own,  take  with  one,  Hdt.  3,  148 ; 
8,  36,  etc. :  esp.  άνανείκασθαι  absol., 
to  fetch  up  a  deep-drawn  breath,  heave  a 
deep  sigh.  II.  19.  314,  cf.   Schweigh., 
Hdt.  1 ,  86,  Buttm.  Lexil.  in  v.,  (where 
others  interpr.  to  have  recovned  one's 
self,  come  to  one's  self)  ;  but  in  Alex- 
andr.  poets,  to  utter,  άνενείκατο  φω- 
νάν,  Theocr.  23,   18.— 2.  to   lift  up, 
extol,  praise. — 3.  to  xiphoid,  take  upon 
one,  Lat.  susiinere,  άχθος,  Ae.sch.  Cho. 
841,  κινδύνους,  Thuc.  3.  38.-4.  mtr. 
to  rise,  as  stars. — II.  to  bring  or  carry 
back,  freq.  in  prose :  U!•.  κώπην,  to  re- 
cover  one's  oar  (after  pulling  it  through 
the  water).  Thuc.  2,  84  :  esp. — 1.  to 
bring  back  tidings,  report,  Lat.  renun- 
tiare,  like  άπαγγέ?./.ειν,  άν.  ?^όγους, 
etc.,  παρά  τίνα.  ές  τίνα,  Hdt.,  etc. — 
2.  to  bring  back  from  exile,  Thuc.  5, 16. 
— 3.  to  carry  back,  trace  up,  refer  one's 
family  to  an  ancestor,  γένος  εις  ΐίερ- 
σέα  άν..  Plat.  Ale.  1,  120  Ε,  but  also 
without  γένος,  άν.  εις  Ήρακλέα,  Id 
Theaet.  175  Α. — ί.  to  throw  back  upon 
another,  refer  something  to  one,  usu. 
άν.  τι  εις  τίνα,  as   βουλεύματα  ες 
το  κοινόν,  Hdt.  3,  80 :  άν.  αμαρτίαν 
εις  τίνα,  freq.  in  Eur.,  so  άν.  αίτίαν 
εΙς  τίνα,  Dem.  ;  but  also  άν.  τινί  τι, 
Eur.  Or.  432,  and  έπί  τίνα,  Aeschin. 
84,  36 :  hence  absol.  to  refer  to  a  per- 
son, make  reference  to  him,  i.  e.  corisult 
him,  άν.  Ις  τίνα  περί  τίνος,  Hdt.  1, 
157  ;  7, 149  ;  also  simply  άν.  εις  τίνα, 
like   Lat.  referre  ad  senalum,  Hdt.  3, 
71  ;  but  άν.  ε'ις  τίνα.  also  to  refer,  i.  e. 
appeal  to  another.  Plat.  Αροί.  20  Ε, 
to  refer  to  an  author,  Plut. :  άν.  εις 
τι,  also  to  have  reference  to  a  thing,  be 
related  to  it.  Plat.  Rep.  484  C— 5.  to 
bring  hack  to  one's  self,  restore,  recover, 
πάλιν  έκ  πονηρών  πραγμάτων,  Thuc. 
θ,  97  :  hence  pass,  to  recover  one's  self, 
come  to  one's  self,  Hdt.  1, 116,  (v.  supr. 
I.  1 ) :    also  intrans. .  to   refresh   one's 
self,  recover.  Hdt.  3,  22,  Dem.  210,  lb. 
—6.  to   call   back   to   m.emory,  άν.    τι 
προς  εαυτόν,  Plut. :   and  so  intr.  to 
remember,  Wyttenb.  Plut.  2,  126  E. — 
7.  to  recall  a  likeness,  and  so  to  repre- 
119 


ΑΝΑΦ 

sent,  pourtray,  lb.  2,  C5  Β  :  intr.  to  be 
Uke,  Plut. 

Άναψΐύγω,  f.  -ξομαι,  {ΰνά,  φεύγω) 
to  flee  back  or  away,  Xen.  An.  6,  2,  24. 
Hence 

Άναψενκτικός,  ή,  όν,  fit  for  fleeing 
Οι  flight,  Strab. 

Άΐ'άώευξις,  εως,  ή,  a  fleeing  away, 
Dio  C. 

V Ανάφη,  ης,  ή,  Anaphe,  a  small  isl- 
and in  the  Aegaean  sea,  near  Thera, 
Ap.  Rh.  4,  1717,  Strab. 

'Ανάφης,  ες,  (α  priv.,  ύφη)  untouch- 
ed, not  to  be  touched,  impalpable.  Plat. 
Phaedr.  247  C. — 2.  giving  to  the  touch, 
yielding,  Plut.  2,  721  C. 

ΥΑνύφης,  εω,  δ,  Anaphes,  son  of 
Otanes,  leader  of  the  Cissians,  Hdt. 
7,  62. 

Άναφθέγγομαι,  f.  -γξομαι,  dep. 
mid.,  (άνά,  φθέγγομαι)  to  call  out 
aloud,  Polyb. — 2.  to  call  out  again, 
answer. 

Άναφθείρομαι,  pass.,  (ΰνά,  φθείρω) 
to  destroy  one's  self,  perish  utterly :  but, 
κατά  Tt  δενρ'  άνεφθάρης,  by  what  ill 
luck  came  you  hither  ί  Ar.  Av.  916,  cf. 
φθείρομαι. 

Άναφλασμός,  ου,  6,  Lat.  mastur- 
tMtio,  Lupol.  Autol.  21. 

Άναφλάω,  -άσω,  {άνά,  φ?Μω)  Lat. 
ifiasturbare,  Ar.  Lys.     [ΰω,  ασω] 

Άναφλεγμαίνω,  f.  -μάνώ,  {άνά, 
φλεγμαίνω)  ίο  inflame  and  swell  up, 
Plut. 

'Αναφλέγω,  f.  -ξο),  (άνά,  φλέγω)  to 
■ight  up,  rekindle,  Eur.  :  hence  to  in• 
e.ame,  excite.  Pass,  to  glow  with  anger, 
Plat.  Ep.  349  A.     Hence 

' Ανάψλεξις,  εως,  ή,  a  lighting  up, 
nflammation,  Plut.  Lys.  12. 

Άναφλογίζω,=άναφλέγω,  λύχνον, 
Jail.  Ep.  76. 

Άναφ'λύ^ω,  -i)ffa>,=sq. 
\'Ανάφλνστος,  ου,  ύ,  Anaphlystus, 
an  Attic  denius  of  the  tribe  Antiochis, 
according  to  Pans.  2, 30,  9,  so  named 
from  a  son  of  Neptune,  Hdt.  4,  99. 
Hence  'Αναφ?.νστιος,  ύ,  an  inhabitant 
of  An.,  Ar.  Ran.  427. 

Άναφλνω,  f.  -νσω,  {άνά,  φλνω)  to 
bubble  up  like  boilmg  water,  II.  21, 
361.    [i] 

Άναφυβέω,  ω,  -ήσω,  {άνά,  φοβέω) 
to  frighten  away,  Ar.  Vesp.  670. 

Άναφοιτάω,  ώ,  -ήσω,{άνά,  φοιτάω) 
to  go  up,  go  back,  Nic. 

Άναφορά,ΰς,  ή,  {αναφέρω)  a  bring- 
ing or  carrying  up,  raising  :  also  intr. 
a  coming  up,  rising.  —  II.  a  carrying 
back,  and  so — 1.  a  reporting. — 2.  a  re- 
ferring, a  reference,  esp.  to  a  class, 
Standard  or  principle,  Arist.  Eth.  N., 
and  Plut.  άναφοράν  ποιείσθαι^άν- 
αφέρειν  II.,  3,  Id.  Η.  Α. :  esp.  an  im- 
puting, layi7ig  to  one's  charge,  Id. — 3.  a 
giving  back,  giving  leay,  a  respite,  Lat. 
remissio,  Eur.  Or.  414. — 4.  intr.  a  going 
back,  recurrence,  recourse,  εις  τι,  Aes- 
chin.  41, 42  :  a  means  of  recovery,  Dem. 
301,  24 :  also  recovery  from  illness, 
etc.,  Plut. 

Άναφορενς,  έως,  ό,  a  bearer,  any- 
thing for  carrying  with,  e.  g.  strap, 
pole,  etc.,  esp.  the  yoke  or  beam,  such 
as  milkmen,  etc.,  use  for  carrying 
their  pails. 

Άναφορέω  =  άναφέρω  L,  Hdt.  3, 
102,  and  Att. 

Άΐ'αφορικός,  η,  όν,  standing  in  rela- 
tion, referring  :  in  Gramm.  relative. — 
IL  in  Medic,  bringing  up  blood,  phlegm, 
etc. — III.  in  Astronom.,  belonging  to 
the  risiJig  of  the  stars  :  v.  αναφέρω  I. 
4.     Adv.,  -κώς. 

Άνάφορον,  ου,  τό,=^άναφορεύς,  Ar. 
Ran.  8. 

Άναφορνσσω,  fut.  -ύξω,  {άνά,  φο- 
120 


ΑΝΑΦ 

ρύσσω)  poet,  and  Ion.  for  άναφν- 
ράω. 

'Αναφράγνϋμι,=:^άναφράσσω,  The- 
mist. 

Άναφράζομαι,  f.  -άσομαι,  {άνά, 
φράζομαι)  mid.,  to  observe  again,  re- 
cognise, Od.  19,  391. 

' Αναφράσσω,ί.-άξω,{άνά,  φράσσω) 
to  open  anything  blocked  up,  remove 
barriers  :  also  άναφράγνυμι. 

Άναφρίσσω,  Att.  -φρίττω,  fut. 
-φρίξω,  to  shudder,  thrill,  Arist. ;  άκάν- 
θαις,  to  bristle  up. 

' Αναφροδίσία,  ας,  η,  a  being  without 
'Αφροδίτη,  and  so — I.  aci.  want  of  the 
power  of  inspiring  love. — II.  pass,  in- 
setisibility  to  love  :  from 

'Αναφρόδιτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  Άφρο- 
δίττι)  without  'Αφροδίτη,  not  enjoying 
her  favours,  Luc. — 2.  without  charms, 
Lat.  invenustus. — 3.  without  love,  not 
amorous,  Plut. 

Άναφρονέω  ώ,ί.-ησω,  {άνά,  φρονέω) 
to  come  back  to  one's  senses,  come  to 
one's  self,  Xen.  An.  4,  8,  21. 

Άναφροντίζω,  f.  -ίσω  Att.  -ϊώ,  {άνά, 
φροντίζ(ΰ)  to  think  over,  c.  inf  av. 
σχεθέμεν,  to  meditate  how  to  get,  Pind. 
O.  1,  111. 

"Αναφρος,  ov,  { a  priv.,  αφρός ) 
without   froth   or  foam,   not  foaming, 

Hipp.  ,  ,      , 

Άναφνγη,  ης,  η,  {άναφεύγω)  a  flee- 
ing back,  escape,  release  from,  άναφνγαΐ 
κακών,  Aesch.  Cho.  943. — II.  α  re- 
treat, Plut. 

Άνάφνξις,  εως,  ^,=  foreg.,  Plat. 
Legg.  713  E. 

Άναφϋράω, ω, f.-ήσω,=:sq.  :  also  to 
mix  or  moisten  anew,  Theophr.  :  SO 
too  άναφορνσσω. 

Άναφνρω,  f.  -νρω,  {άνά,  φύρω)  to 
mix  up,  confound,  Hdt.  1, 103,  in  pa.ss.: 
to  soil,  defile,  μάστιζι  και  αϊματι  άνα- 
πεφυρμένος.  Id.  3,  157.  [ϋ] 

Άναφϋσάω,  ύ,  ί.  -ήσω,  {άνά,  φυσάω) 
to  breathe  up  or  forth,  puff  out.  Plat. 
Phaed.  113  B. — II.  act.  to  blow  up, 
puff  up.  Pass,  to  be  puffed  up  or  arro- 
gant, Xen.  Cyr.  7,  2,  23. — III.  to  hloiv 
the  flute,  begin  to  blow,  Ath.  351  E. 
Hence 

Άναφνσημα,  ατός,  τό,  the  effect  of 
blowing  up,  a  blast,  eruption  of  wind, 
fire,  etc.,  Arist.  Mirab. — II.  metaph. 
conceit,  arrogance,  Luc.   [i] 

Άναφνσησις,  εως,  ή,  a  blowing  up, 
puffing  up. — 2,  the  prelude  in  flute- 
playing,   [li] 

Άναφνσητικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to 
the  prelude  in  flute-playing. 

Άναφΰσιάω,  {άνά,  φνσιάω)  to  fetch 
up  a  dcep-draimi  breath,  breathe  hard, 
blow,  of  a  dolphin,  Hes.  Sc.  211: 
hence  to  gasp,  pant,  Ap.  Rh.  2,  431. 

'  Αναφντεύω,  {άνά,  φυτεύω)  to  plant 
or  soxv  again. 

'Αναφύω,  f.-νσω,  {άνά,  φύω)  to  make 
to  grow  up,  to  produce,  beget.  Mid. 
with  pf  αναπέφνκα,  plpf  άνεπεφύ- 
κειν,  and  aor.  2  άνέφνν,  of  act.  used 
intrans.,  to  grow  up,  grow,  of  grass, 
Hdt.  4,  58 ;  to  spring  up,  to  arise,  τινί, 
against  one,  διαβολαΐ  άν.,  Plut. ;  so 
δικαί,  Plut. :  to  grow  again,  of  the 
hair,  Hdt.  5,  35,  and  so  (ace.  to  Hemst. 
ap.  Valck.  Phoen.  647)  always  of 
things  that  grow  from  a  root,  while 
αναδύω,  is  used  of  such  as  come  clear 
out.  [ϋσω] 

' Αναφωνέω,ώ,ί.-ήσω,  {άνά,  φωνέω) 
to  call  up  or  aloud,  exclaim,  Arist. 
Mund.,  in  pass.  ;  to  proclaim,  τινά 
βασιλέα,  Plut. — 2.  to  declaim,  to  ex- 
ercise the  voice  in  declamation,  Plut., 
hence  τά  άΐ'απεφωνήμενα,  declama- 
tions, Plut. — 3.  to  reclaim,  to  demand 
again,  έλενθερίαν,  of  a  slave,  late. 


ANAX 

Άναφώνημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  loud  call, 
proclamation,  Plut. 

'  Αΐ'αφώνησις,  εως,  ή,  a  calling  up  or 
aloud :  declamation  as  an  exercise  of 
the  lungs,  Gael.  Aur. 

Άναφωτίς,  ίδος,  ή,  a  window,  late. 

Άναχάζω,  -άσω,  (άνά,  χύζω)  very 
rare  in  act.,  to  make  recoil  or  give  way, 
drive  back,  Pmd.  N.  10,  129  (69),  ubi 
v.  Bockh :  whereas  Xen.  An.  4,  1, 
16,  has  it  in  signf  of  mid. : — usu.  as 
dep.  mid.,  άναχάζομαι,  f.  -άσομαι ; 
Ep.  aor.  άνεχασσάμην,  to  recoil, retire, 
draw  back,  freq.  in  Horn. :  in  genl.  to 
turn  back  or  about,  Od.  7,  280  ;  11,  97. 

Άναχαίνω,ί.-ΰνώ,{άνά,  χαίνω)  to 
open  the  mouth,  gape  wide,  Ar.  Eq.  641 ; 
in  genl.  to  open  like  a  wound,  Lat.  re- 
fricari,  prob.  1.  Hipp. 

'Αναχαιτίζω,  ί.  -ίσω,  (άνά,  χαίτη) 
of  a  horse,  to  throw  the  mane  back,  rear 
up,  turn  restive,φό3ω,E\lT.  Rhes.  786: 
but — 2.  usu.  C.  ace.,  to  rear  up  and 
throw  the  rider,  hence  in  genl.  to  throw 
off,  throw  back,  Eur.  Bacch.  1072, 
Hipp.  1232  :  metaph.  to  overthrow,  up- 
set, Dem.  20,  27.  Cf.  εκτραχηλίζω. — 
3.  c.  gen.  to  get  rid  of,  τινός,  Wytlenb. 
Plut.  2,  150  Α.— il.  to  hold  back  by 
the  hair,  in  genl.  to  hold  back,  Luc. 
Hence 

' Αναχαίτισμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  drawing 
back,  restraint,  Plut. 

Άναχΰλασμός,  ου,  ό,  a  relaxation, 
loosening,  easing,  Plut.  ;  and 

Άναχάλαστικός,  ή,  όν,  relaxing, 
loosening,  easing  :  Irom 

Άναχάλάω,  ω,  -άσω,  (άνά,  χαλάω) 
to  relax,  loosen,  ease,  Polyb.  [ΰσω] 

Άναχάραξις,  εως,  ή,  a  tearing  up 
again,  της  λεπίδας,  Plut. :  inetaph. 
an  exciting  :  from 

Άναχάράσσω,  Att.  -ύττω,  f.  -άξω, 
{  άνά,  χαράσσω )  to  scrape  up,  make 
rough :  hence  άήρ  άναχαράσσει  ιόν, 
air  causes  the  roughness  of  rust,  Plut. 

νΑνάχαρσις,  ιδος  and  ιος,  ό,  Ana- 
charsis,  a  Scythian  of  royal  birth,  who 
visited  Athens  in  the  time  of  Solon 
to  acquire  wisdom,  Hdt.  4,  46. 

'Αναχάσκω,=  άναχαίνω,  Ar.  Av. 
502  :  only  in  pres.  and  impf. 

Άναχειρίζομαι,  dep.  mid.,  (άνά, 
χείρίζω)  ίο  hold  back,  hinder. 

Άναχελύσσομαι,  dep.  mid.,  (άνά, 
χελύσσω)  to  cough  up,  Hipp. 

Άναχέω,  f.  -χεύσω,  (άνά,  χέω)  to 
pour  on  or  oiit.  Pass,  to  empty  itself, 
of  a  river,  Arr. :  to  be  spread  abroad, 
of  fire,  φλόγες  άνακεχνμέναι,  Ath. 
φήμης  άν.  ές  τό  πλήθος,  Plut. — II.  to 
pour  back. 

' Αναχλαινόω,ω,ί.-ώσω,  (άνά,  χλαι- 
νόω)  to  clothe  with  a  mantle  (χλαίνα), 
Nonn. 

Άναχλΐαίνω,  (άνά,  χλιαίνω)  to 
warm  again,  make  warm  again,  Arist. 
Probl. 

Άναχνοαίνω,  (άνά,  χνόος)  to  make 
the  first  down  grow.  Pass,  to  get  the 
first  down,  Ar.  Ach.  791. 

'  Avaχvoάω,=  {oτeg. 

Άναχοή,  ής,  ή,  (άναχέω)  a  pouring 
out,  eruption,  Longin. 

Άναχορενω,  f.  -ενσω,  (άνά,  χορεύω) 
to  begin  a  choral  dance,  Ar.  Thesm. 
994,  Eur.  Or.  582 :  and  c.  ace.  cogn., 
άν.  θίασον,  όργια,  Eur. :  to  scare  away, 
Id.  Or.  582. — II.  intr.  to  dance  on  high, 
dance  with  joy,  Eur.  Ion  1079. 

Άναχόω,  older  regul.  pres.  for  the 
usu.  irreg.  άναχώΐ'νυμι,  q.  v. 

Άναχράομαι,  (άνά,  χρύομαι)  dep. 
mid.,  to  Jtse  up,  make  away  with,  dis• 
patch,  destroy,  acc.  to  Gramm.  in 
Thuc,  v.  Arnold  ad  3.  81. 

Άναχρέμπτομαι,  (άνά.  χρέμπτο- 
μαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  cough  up,  bring  up. 


ANA"? 

more    rarely    in    act.    άναχρέμ-τω. 
Hence 

Άνύχρεμψίς,  εως,  η,  a  coughing  up, 
bringing  up,  Hipp. 

'Χναχρονίζίύ,  {ανά,  χρονίζω)  to  re- 
fer to  a  wrong  time,  to  confound  times. 
Hence 

'Αναχρονισμός,  ov,  ό,  an  anachro- 
nism, Valck.  Phoen.  861. 

Άναχρώννϋμι,  f.  -χρώσω,  {ανά, 
χρώνννμι)  to  colour  anew,  discolour, 
Flut.    Hence 

Άνύχρωσις,  εως,  -η,  a  discolouring, 
Plut. 

Άνύχνμα,  ατός,  τό,  (άναχέω)  that 
which  is  poured  out :  any  place  where 
water  stands,  esp.  an  estuary. 

Άναχύρωτος.  ov,  (a  priv.,  ά;^;ιιρόω) 
without  chaff  οτ  husks,  Ar.  Fr.  152. 

Άνύχνσις,  εως,  ή,  {άναχέω)  a  pour- 
ing out,  spending,  excess,  N.  T. — Π.  = 
ΰνάχνμα,  Strab. 

'Ανάχωμα,  ατός,  τό,  {άναχόω,  άνα- 
χώνννμι)  earth  thrown  up,  a  mound, 
dam,  dyke. 

Άναχωματισμός,  ov,  ό,  (as  from  a 
verb  άναχωματίζω,  used  by  Eust.) 
the  throwing  up  a  m.ound  or  dyke. 

Άναχωνενω,  {άνά,  χωνεύω)  to  cast 
or  7nelt  over  again,  Strab. 

Άναχύνννμι,  f.  -χώσω,  {άνά,  χών- 
ννμι)  to  heap  up  and  form  a  mound, 
uv.  66όν.  to  raise  a  road  by  throwing 
down  rubbish,  Dem.  1279,  20. 

ΆvaχoJpέω,  ω,  f.  -ήσω,  {άνά,  χω- 
ρέω)  to  go  back,  give  way,  draw  bark, 
retire,  withdraw,  oft.  in  Hom.,  who 
sometimes  adds  άψ,  as  in  prose  οπί- 
σω, Hdt.  4,  183,  etc. ;  mostly  εκ,  but 
also  c.  sen.  only,  άνεχώρησαν  μεγά- 
ροίο,  Od.  22,  270  :  to  recoil  from,  give 
way  to  any  one :  freq.  in  prose  with 
all  preps,  denoting  motion  to  or  from. 
— II.  to  come  back  to  the  former  posses- 
sor, revert  to  Or  deiwlve  on  the  right 
owner,  η  βασίΐηίη  άνεχώρεε  ές  τον 
παϊόα.  Hdt.  7,5:  cf.  αναβαίνω. — ^ΙΙΙ. 
to  retire  from  public  life  or  from  the 
world,  Cic.  Att.  9,  4  ;  έκ  των  πραγ- 
μάτων, Polyb.  29,  10,  5  :  hence  άνα- 
κεχωρηκως  τόπος,  a  retired  spot,  a  re- 
treat, Lat.  locus  in  secessu,  Theophr. : 
άνακεχωρηκός  βήμα,  an  obsolete  phrase, 
Dion.  H.     Hence 

Άναχώρημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  stepping 
back,  retiring :  a  retired  place,  Lat. 
secessus. 

Άναχώρησις,  εως  Ion.  ιος,  η,  {άνα- 
χωρίω)  α  going  or  drawing  back,  retir- 
ing, retreating,  Hdt.  9,  22,  and  freq.  in 
Thuc.  :  also  a  means  ox  place  of  retreat, 
refuge,  Lat.  recessus,  Dem.  354,  11.— 
II.  a  turning  back,  return. 

ΥΑναχωρητέον,  verb.  adj.  from  ava- 
χωρέω,  one  must  retire,  etc.,  Plat.  Crit. 
51  B. 

Αναχωρητής,  ov.  6,  {άναχωρέω 
ΠΙ.)  one  who  has  retired  or  withdraiun 
from,  the  world,  a  hermit,  anchoret, 
Eccl. 

Άναχωρητικός,  ή,  όν,  {άναχωρέω) 
disposed  to  give  way  or  retire,  Arr. 

Άνηχωρίζω,  fut.  -ίσω  Att.  -ΐω, 
(άΐ'ά,  χωρίζω)  to  make  to  go  back  or 
retire.  Tab.  Heracl. 

Άναφΰθά^Λω,  {άνά,  ιΐ'αθάλλω)  to 
touch  071  the  upper  side,  A.  B. 

ΆναχΙια'λχΊσσω,  {άνά,  ■ψαλάσσω)  to 
tear  up,  open,  Lyc.  343. 

Άναψάω,  ώ,  f.  -τ/σω,  {άνά,  ψάω)  to 
ηώ  or  wipe  up,  like  άνασπογγίζω, 
Ctes. 

Άνα-φηφίζω, fut.  -ίσω  Att.  -«ώ,  (άνά, 
■ψηόίζω)  to  put  to  the  vote  again.  Thuc. 
6,  14  :  to  take  up  ane^v.  do  over  again, 
alter.  Lat.  retrnctare.  Mid.  to  vote  anew, 
Pherecr.  Δουλοίί.  6.     Hence 

'Κνα-φήψισις,  εως,  η,  a  putting  to  the 


ΑΝΔΟ 

vote  again:  in  genl.  a  doing  over  again, 
alteration. 

Άναφήχω,  -ξω,^=άναύ)άω. 

"Αναίρις.  εως,  ή,  {άναπτω)  α  light- 
ing up,  kindling,  Dion.  Η. 

Άναφνκτήρ,  ήρος,  ό,  {άναψύχω)  α 
cooler,  refresher,  Eur.  Andromed.  30,  3. 

'Αναψυκτικός,  ή,  όν,  {άναψύχω) 
cooling,  refreshing. 

Άνάψνξις.  εως,  η,  α  cooling,  refresh- 
ing, recreation,  Strab. 

'Αναψυχή,  ης,  ή,  =  foreg.,  Plat. 
Legg.  919  Α. — II.  relief,  recovery  from, 
κακών,  πόνων,  Eur.:  respite,  rest. 
Plat.  Symp.  176  A. — 2.  a  drawing  of 
breath,  inhalation,  Ath. 

Άναψύχω,  fut.  -ψύξω,  {άνά,  ψύχω) 
to  revive  by  fresh  air,  to  cool,  refresh. 
Od.  4,  568  :  in  genl.  to  cheer,  and  so 
uv.  φίλον  ητορ,  to  take  courage,  II.  13, 
84 :  also  άν.  ε?.κος,  to  get  a  wound  heal- 
ed, II.  5,  795 ;  νανς  άν.,  to  let  the  ships 
rest  and  get  dry,  relieve  them,  Hdt.  7, 
59,  Xen.  Hell.  1,  5,  10:  later  c.  gen., 
άν.  πόνου,  to  recover  from  toil,  0pp. 
Mid.  to  breathe  fresh  air  again,  recover 
breath,  revive.  Plat.  Tim.  70  D.   [0] 

'Α-νδαίω,  poet,  for  άναύαίω,  Aesch. 
ΥΑνδακα,  ων,  τά,  Andaca,  a  city  of 
India,  Arr.  An.  4,  23,  5. 

ΫΑνδάνία,  ας,  ή,  Andania,  a  city  of 
Messenia,  Strab. 

Άνδάνω.  {-ηδος,  ηδομαι)  imperf.  ην- 
δανον,  in  Horn,  also  έήνδανον,  in 
Hdt..  and  Att.  sometimes  έάνδανον  : 
ΐηΐ.άδήσω:  aor.  earfor,  besides  which 
Hom.  has  aor.  ενΰδον,  which  like 
άδον  [α]  is  merely  poet.  :  perf.  εΰδα. 
Dor.  εΰδα.  To  please,  delight,  gratify, 
mostly  Ion.  and  poet.,  used  generally 
just  as  the  comm.  ήδομαι,  except  as 
to  construction  :  in  Hom.  always  c. 
dat.  pers.,  άνδάνει  μοι,  so  too  Hdt.  ; 
also  c.  dupl.  dat.,  'Αγαμέμνονι  τ/νδα- 
νε  θυμφ,  II.  1,  24  also  άνδ.  τίνί,  to 
do  one  a  kindness,  Hdt.  5,  39  :  impers. 
άνδάνει  μοι  ποιείν,  like  Lat.  placet, 
Hdt.  4,  145,  etc. :  in  Eur.  Med.  12,  c. 
gen.,  πο/ιΐτών  άνδ..  for  which  Pors. 
reads  πο?.ίταις,  Dind.  after  Br.  πολί- 
τας,  but  v.  Pors.  Or.  1623,  and  Dind. 
Or.  1607;  formerly  Theogn.  26  was 
quoted  as  authority  for  the  ace.  after 
άνδ.,  but  Gaisf.  after  Pors.  Or.  1623, 
reads  ονδ'  ό  Ζευς  νων  πάντεσσ'  (lor 
πάντας)  άνδάνει. — The  mid.  άνδά- 
νεται,  occurs  in  Anth. 
\Άνδειρα.  ων,  τά,  Andira,  a  city  of 
Mysia,  Strab. 

Άνδεμα,  άνδεσμός,  άνδέω,  poet, 
for  άνύδεμα,  etc. 

^'Ανδημα,  poet,  for  άνύδημα,  Eur. 
El.  882. 

"Ανδηρον,  ov.  τό,  mostly  plur.  τα 
ύνδηρα,  the  raised  banks  or  edges  of 
rivers,  trenches,  Lyc.  :  a  raised  border, 
flower-bed,  like  πρασιά,  Theocr.  5,  93, 
cf.  Jac.  Anth.  2,  3,  p.  86  :  any  earth 
dug  or  thrown  up,  Mosch. —  2.  the 
trench  or  canal  itself,  Plut.  (deriv.  im- 
certain  whether  from  άναδέω  or  άν- 
θέω  :  the  form  άνθηρον,  refers  to  the 
latter.) 
νΑνδήτριον,  ov,  τό,  Andetrium,  a 
stronghold  in  Dalmatia,  Strab. 
^Άνδιζήτίοι,  ωι>,  oi.  the  Atidizetii,  a 
people  of  Pannonia,  Strab. 

'Ανδίκτης,  ov,  ό,  for  άναδίκτης, 
(άναδίκω)  the  catch  of  a  mouse-trap, 
also  ρόπτρον.  Call.  Fr.  233. 

"Ανδϊχη,  adv.  {άνά,  δίχα)  asunder, 
in  twain,  άνδιχα  κεάζω  and  δάσασθαι, 
II.,  άνδιχα  θνμον  ίχειν,  to  have  a  di- 
vided mind,  lies.  Op.  ]  3 :  also  apart. 
— 2.  as  prep.  c.  gen.,  like  άμφίς. χωρίς, 
apart  from,  far  from,  Ap.  Kh.  2,  927. 

^ΑνδοβάληΓ,  ov,  ό,  Andohales.  king 
of  the  Ilergetes,  Polyb.  10,  18,  7. 


ΑΝΔΡ 

' Ανδοκάδην,  adv.  for  αναδοκάδην, 
{ΰναδοχτι)  alternately. 

ΥΑΐ'δοκίδης,  ου,  ό,  Andocides,  son  of 
Leogoras,  a  celebrated  Athenian  ora 
tor,  Thuc.  1,  51. 

Άνδραγΰθέω,  fut.  ανδραγάθησα 
μαι,  {άνήρ,  αγαθός)  to  be  a  brave,  good 
vian,  prove  so,  behave  as  such,  Polyb. 
Hence 

'Ανδραγάθημα,  ατός,  τό,  brave,  hon- 
est conduct,  Plut. 

' Ανδράγάθία,  ας,  η,  the  character  of 
a  brave  good  man,  bravery ,  manly  virtue, 
oft.  in  Hdt.  and  Thuc. 

Άνδρΰγάθίζομαι,  ί.-ίσομαι  Att.  -lov- 
μαι,  {άνήρ,  αγαθός)  dep.  mid.,  to  act 
bravely,  honestly,  εΐ  τις  άπραγμοσύντ) 
άνδραγαθίζεται,  if  any  one  thinks  to 
sit  at  home  and  play  the  honest  man, 
Thuc.  2,  63,  έκ  τοϋ  ακίνδυνου,  Id.  3, 
40. 

Άνδράγάθικός,  ή,  όν,  befitting  a 
brave  good  man,  Hipp. 

Άνδράγρια,  ων,  τά,  {άνήρ.  άγρα) 
the  spoils  of  a  slain  enemy,  II.  14,  509. 

'Ανδρΰδε?.φή,  ης,  ή,  {ανήρ,  αδελφή) 
α  husband's  sister. 

Άνδρΰδελφός,ον,  ό,  {άνήρ,άδε?.φός) 
α  husband's  brother,  brother-in-law,  (not 
άνδράδελφος.  Lob.  Phryn.  304.) 
'Ι'Ανδραιμονίδης,  ου,  ό,  son  of  An- 
draemon,  11.  2,  638. 

νΑνδραίμων,  όνος,  ό,  Andraemon, 
father  of  Thoas  and  kingof  Calydon, 
Paus.  5,  3,  7 ;  Apollod. — 2.  son  of 
Codrus,  Paus.  7,  3,  5. — 3.  a  Pylian, 
founder  of  Colophon,  Strab. 

Άνδρΰκάς,  adv.,  {άνήρ)  man  by  man, 
like  κατ'  άνδρας,  Lat.  viritim.  Od. 
13,14:  in  genl.  separately, apart,  Acsch. 
Ag.  1595. 

Άνδραχάς,  άδος,  ή.  {άνήρ)  a  man's 
portion,  equal  share,  Nic. 

ΥΑνδραμίας,  ov,  or  -μύας,  ov,  ό, 
Andramias,  a  Median  commander, 
Xen.  Cyr.  5,  3,  38. 

Άνδηαπόδεσσι,  metapl.  dat.  of  άΐ"- 
δρόιποοον,  for  άνδραπόδοις,  II.  7,  475. 

Άνδραποδία,  ας,  ή,=  άνδραποδισ- 
μός. 

Άνόράποδίζω.  fut.  -ίσω  Att.  -ΐώ, 
and  as  dep.  mid.  άνδραποδίζομαι,  f. 
-ιονμαι,  {άνδρύποδον)  to  reduce  to 
slavery,  enslave,  esp.  to  sell  the  freemen 
of  a  conquered  place  into  slavery,  (and 
so  something  worse  than  δσνλόω, 
καταδον?.όω,  to  subjugate  or  subdue,) 
Lat.  vendere  sub  corona,  freq.  in  Hdt. 
who  mostly  uses  the  mid.,  as  do  the 
Att.  Pass,  to  be  sold  into  slavery,  oft. 
in  Hdt.,  who  also  has  fut.  mid.  in 
pass,  signf.,  6,  17  ;  such  selling  was 
usu.  a  public  act :  but  also  of  indi- 
viduals, to  kidnap  free  men  or  other 
people's  slaves.  Plat.,  and  Xen. ;  cf. 
άνδραποδιστής.     Hence 

'Ανδράπόόισις,  εως,  7),=  sq.,  Xen. 
Apol.  25. 

Άνδράποδισμός,  ov,  ό,  a  selling  a 
freeman  into  slavery,  enslaving,  Thuc. 
2,  68,  cf.  άνδραποδίζω:  of  individuals, 
kidnapping,  whether  of  free  men  or 
other  people's  slaves,  hence  υπόδικος 
άνδραποδισμον ,  liable  to  action  for  kid- 
napping. Plat.  Legg.  879  A. 

Άνδρΰποδιστήριος,  ία,  lov,  belong- 
ing to,  fitted  for  enslaving  or  kidnap- 
ping. 

Άνδράποδιστής,  ov,  6,  a  slave  dealer, 
one  who  kidnaps  free  men  or  slaves  to 
sell   them    again.    At.    Pint.    525,   cf 


i 


Heind.  Plat.  Gorg.  508  Ε  :  metaplT. 
άνδρ.  έαντοϋ,  one  who  sells  his  own 
independence,  Xen.  Mem.  1,2,  6, 

Άνδράποδιστικός,  ή.  όν,:=άνδρα- 
ποδιστήριος:  ή,-κή.  sxih.  τέχνη,  kid- 
napping.  Plat.  Soph.  222  C. 

' Ανδράτχοδοκάπηλος,  ov,  ό,  {άνδρα- 
121 


ΑΝΔΡ 

ποι^οΐ',  ι<.ύ-η?.ος)  α  trafficker  in  slaves, 
Luc.  [κΰ] 

'A.fOf)a-n(hv,  ου,  τό,  a  slave,  esp. 
one  made  iii  war  and  sold,  first  in 
Horn.,  but  only  II.  7,  475,  in  meta- 
pla.st.  dat.  άί>όραττόύεσσι  as  if  from 
ΰνόμάπονς,  (but  the  use  of  the  word 
has  made  the  verse  suspected, 
Thiersch  Gr.  Gr.  <^  197,  CO,)  then  in 
Hdt.,  etc.  :  a  slavish  low  fellow,  Plat. 
Theasr.  130  B,  Xen.  Mem.  4,  2,  39. 
(usu.  deriv.  from  άνόμός,  ττούς,  from 
the  notion  of  the  captive/a//mg•  al  his 
conqueror's  fi-et,  which  seems  to  have 
suggested  the  form  άνόραπάόεσσι : 
others  from  άνδρα  (Ίττοδόσθαι,  v. 
Pott,  Forsch.  1,211.)  [δρά] 

Άνδρΰττοδώδης,  ες,  {ΰνδράποόον, 
είδυς)  slavish,  Lat.  servilis :  in  genl. 
opp.  to  ελεύθερος,  servile,  low  minded, 
brutal.  Plat.,  and  Xen. :  θηριώδης  και 
άνδ..  Rep.  430  Β  ;  άνδ.  ήδοναί,  low 
sensual  pleasures,  Arist.  Eth.  N.  :  cf. 
Ruhnk.  Tim.     Adv.  -δώς.  Plat. 

Άνδρΰποδωδία,  ar,  ή,  slavery,  sla- 
vishness,  servility,  Plut. 

Άνδραποδώνης,  ου,  ύ,  {ΰνδράπο- 
δοι>,  ώνέομαι)  α  slave-dealer,  Ar.  Fr. 
295. 

Άνδράριον,  ου.  τό,  dim.  from  άνήρ, 
α  manikin,  Ar.  Ach.  517.  [(5μΰ] 

Άνδράσι,  dat.  plur.  from  άν/'/ρ. 

Άνδράφαξις,  ή,  ν.  1.  for  ά-ρύφαξις. 

Άνδραχθής,  ες,  {ΰνήρ,  άχθος)  load- 
ing α  man,  as  much  as  a  man  can  carry, 
χερμάδια,  Od.  10,  121. 

'Ανδράχλ?!  or  ύνδράχνη.  ης,  η,  also 
ΰνδραχΆος  and  άνδραχνος,  purslane, 
Theophr. — II.  a  wild  strawberry-tree, 
also  κάμαρας.  Id. — III.  a  coal-pnn. 
chafing-dish,  only  however  in  the  form 
ύνδράχλί],  in  tliis  signf.  plainly  akin 
to  άνβραξ. 

^'Ανδρέας,  a  and  ov.  Ion.  εω,  ό,  An- 
dreas, masc.  pr.  n.  Hdt.  6, 126.  Others 
in  Plut..  Paus.,  etc. 

Ανδρεία,  ας.  η,  disputed  form  for 
ανδρία,  but  justified  by  the  Ion.  liv- 
δρηίη.  and  shewn  to  be  the  older  Att. 
form  by  Stallb.  Plat.  Gorg.  492  A, 
Meno  88  A  ;  against  him  however  v. 
Buttm.  Ausf.  Gr.  ^51119,  38._ 

' Ανδρείκελον,  ov,  τύ,  (ΰνήρ,  ε'ικε- 
?ιος)  an  image  or  likeness  of  a  7nan,  esp. 
β  statue,  =z  άνδριάς,  Theophr. — II.  a 
flesh-coloured  pigment.  Plat.  Rep.  501 
B,  cf.  Ruhnk.  Tim.  Strictly  neut. 
from 

Άνδρείκελος,  ov,  {άνήρ,  είκελος) 
like  a  man,  Dion.  H. 

Ανδρείος,  εία,  εϊον.  Ion.  άνδρ/ήϊος, 
{άνήρ)  of  or  belonging  to  a  7nan,  manly, 
masculine,  courageous,  Hdt.  7,  153,  and 
freq.  in  Att.  Neut.  το  άνδρεΐον,  man- 
liness, manhood.  Plat. — II.  τα  ανδρεία, 
the  public  meals  of  the  Cretans,  also 
the  older  name  for  the  Spartan  φειδί- 
Tia,  Alcm.  37,  cf.  Miiller  Dor.  4.  3,  3  : 
sometimes  wrongly  written  άνδρια- 
Adv.  -uς. 

Άνδρειότης,  ητος,  ή,  =  άνδρια, 
Xen.  An.  6,  5,  14. 

Άνδρειφόντης,  ου,  ύ,  (άνήρ,  φο- 
νεύω) man-slaying,  II.,  always  as 
epith.  of  the  god  of  war,  cf.  ανδρο- 
γόνος. 

'Ανδρειών,  ώνος,  ό,  poet,  for  άνδρε- 
ών,  άΐ'δρών. 

Άνδρεράστρια,  ας,  ή.  α  lover  of  men, 
woman  that  is  fond  of  men,  Ar.  Thesm. 
392. 

*  "Ανδρεσσι,  Ep.  for  άνδράσι,  dat. 
plur.  from  άι•ήρ. 

Άνδρενμενος,  η,  ov.  Ion.  for  άν- 
δρονμενος. 

'  Ανδρενομαι,=  άνδρίζομαι. 

Άνδρεών,  ώνος,  ό,  Ion.  for  ανδρών, 
Hdt. 

123 


ΑΝΔΡ 

Άνδριμη,  ης,  ή.  Ion.  for  ανδρεία, 
άνδρια,  Hdt. 

'Ανδρήιος,  ϊη,  ϊον.  Ion.  for  ανδρείος, 
Hdt. 

ΆνδρφΜτέο,  (άνήρ,  έλαύνυ)  to 
drive  away,  banish  from  home,  Aesch., 
and  Soph. 

Άνδρηλύτης,  ov,  ό,  (άνήρ,  έλαύνω) 
he  that  drives  one  from  his  home.  esp.  the 
avenger  of  blood  in  cases  of  murder, 
Aesch.  Theb.  637,  cf.  Ruhnk.  Tim., 
Miiller  Eum.  §  41.  [ά] 

Άνδρια,  ας,  ή,  also  ανδρεία,  q.  v.. 
Ion.  ανδρηϊη,  7nanliness,  vianhood, 
manly  strength  or  spirit,  courage.  Lat. 
virtus,  opp.  to  δειλία,  first  in  Hdt.  7, 
99,  Soph.,  etc.  :  in  bad  sense,  inso- 
lence,=  αναίδεια,  Wytt.  Ep.  Cr.  p. 
233,  275. 

Άνδρια,  ων,  τά,  f.  1.  for  ανδρεία, 
V.  under  ανδρείος. 

ίΆνδριακή,  ης,  ή,  Andriace,  a  city 
of  Thrace,  Strab. 

Άνδριαντάριον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from 
άνδριύς. 

'Ανδριαντίσκος,  ου,  ό,  dim.  from 
άνδριάς.  a  small  statue,  puppet.  Plut. 

Άνδριαρτογλνφος,  ov,  a,  {άνδριάς, 
γ?.ύφω)  a  carver  of  statues,  statuary. 
[ϋ] 

Άνδριαντοειδής,  ες,  {άνδριύς,  εί- 
δος) like  a  sfatur,  Eccl. 

Άνδριην-οπ?Μστης,  ov,  ό,  {άνδρι- 
άς, ■πλάσσω)  a  modeller  of  statues,  in 
clay,  wax,  etc.     Hence 

Ανδριαντοπλαστική,  ης,  η,  sub. 
τέχνη,  the  art  of  modelling  in  clay,  wax, 
etc. 

Άνδριαντοποιέω,  ώ,  to  be  an  av- 
δριαντοποιής,  to  make  statues,  Xen. 
Mem  3,  1,  2.     Hence 

Άνδριαντοποιητίκή,  ης,  ή,  sub. 
τέχνη,  statuary,  sculpture. 

Άνδριαντοττοίία,  ας,  ή,  =  foreg., 
Plat.,  and  Xen. 

Άνδριαντοποΐίκή,  ης,  ή,=:άνδριαν• 
τοποιτ^τική,  Sext.  Emp. 

Άνδριαντοποιός,  οϋ,  6,  (άνδριάς, 
ττοιέω)  α  statue-maker,  statuary,  sculp- 
tor. Plat.,  and  Xen. 

Άνδριαντονργέω,=άνδριαντοποι- 
έω  :  from 

Άνδριαντουργός,  ό,  {άνδριύς,  *  ερ- 
γω)^=άνδριαντοποίός,  Philostr. 

Άνδριας,  άντος,  ό,  (άνήρ)  the  image 
of  a  man,  a  statue,  oft.  in  Hdt.  :  in 
Plat.  Rep.  420  C,  usu.  taken  as  a 
picture,  but  wrongly,  v.  Ast,  and 
Stallb. :  ironically  a  puppet,  Dem. 
270,  11. 

Άνδρίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (ΰνήρ)  to  make  a 
m.an  of,  make  inanly,  Xen.  Oec.  5,  4. 
Pass,  to  be  or  become  a  man,  come  to 
manhood,  Ar.  Fr.  653  :  hence  to  think 
and  act  like  a  man,  play  the  man.  Plat. 
Theaet.  151  D.  :  opp.  to  βλακεύω, 
μαλθακίζομαι. 

Ανδρικός,  ή,  όν,  (άνήρ)  befitting  α 
man,  masculine,  manly,  stout,  brave. 
Plat.,  and  Xen. :  also  of  things, 
strong,  stout  ;  violent,  σεισμός,  Ael. 
Adv.  -κώς,  like  a  man.  oft.  in  Ar.  : 
superl.  -ώτατα,  Ar.  Eq.  81. — II.  com- 
posed of  men,  χορός,  Xt-ll.  Hell.  6,  4, 
16,  cf.  ανδρείος. 

Άνδρίον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  άνήρ, 
Ar.  Pac.  51. 

^Ανδριος,  ov,  δ,  Andrius,  a  tribvi- 
tary  of   the   Scamander  in    Troas, 
Strab. — 2.  v.  sub  "Ανδρος. 
ίΆνδρίσκος,  ου,  ό,  Andriscus,  son 
of  Perseus,  Paus.  7,  13,  1. 

Ανδρισμός,  ov,  ί),τ=άνδρία. 

Άνδριστέον,  verb.  adj.  from  άνδρί- 
ζω, one  must  play  the  man.  Plat. 
Phaed.  90  E. 

Άνδριστί,  adv.,  after  the  manner  of 
men,  Ar.  Eccl.  149.    [ft] 


ΑΝΔΡ 

ΆνδρίφΏ.ος,  ov,  (άνήρ,  φίλος) 
friettdli/  to  men. 

Άνδρο,3ΰτέω,ώ,ί.-ήσω,  {άνήρ,  βαί- 
νω) paedico,  Mel.  48,  2. 

Άνδροβόρος,  ov,  (άνήρ,  βιβρώσκω) 
man-devouring,  Allth. 

Άνδρό8ον?Μς,  ov,  (άνήρ,  βονλή) 
of  manly  counsel,  masculine,  κέαρ, 
Aesch.  Ag.  11  :  opp.  to  γνναικόβου- 
?.ος. — II.  as  pr.  n.  Androbfilus,  father 
of  Timon,  Hdt.  7,  141. 

Άνδροβρώς,  ώτος,  ό,  ή,  (άνήρ,  βιβ- 
ρώσκω) 7nan-devouring,  carmibal,  γνά- 
θος, Eur.  Cycl.  93,  χαρμοναί.  Id.  Η. 
F.  385. 

Άνδρογένεια,  ας,  ή,  (άνήρ,  γένος) 
α  manly  race. — II.  the  generation  of 
males,  κατ"  άνδρογένειαν,  descent  by 
the  man's  side,  Hipp. 

νΑνδρόγεως,  ω,  ό,  Androgeus,  son 
of  Minos,  Plut.  Thes.  15. 

Άνδρογίγας,  αντος,  ό,  {άνήρ,  γί- 
γας) α  giant-man.  Call. 

Ανδρογόνος,  ov,  (άνήρ,  *γένω)  be- 
getting men,  ήμερα  άνδρ.,  a  day  favour- 
able to  the  birth  or  generation  of 
boys,  Hes.  Op.  781,  786. 

Ανδρόγυνης,  ov,  o,=sq. — 11.  pathi• 
cus,  cinaedus,  Jac.  Anth.  2,  1,  p.  280. 
[δ]  , 

Ανδρόγυνος,  ov,  (άνήρ•,  γύνη)  a 
man-woman,  both  male  and  female,  her- 
maphrodite. Plat.  Symp.  189  E. :  also 
γύνανδρος  and  'Ερμαφρόδιτος. — II. 
ο  άνδρ.,  a  eunuch  :  also  a  womanish 
man,  weak,  effeminate  person,  Hdt.  4, 
67  ;  also  ήμίανδρος,  ήμιγύναιξ. — III. 
common  to  men  and  women,  λουτρά, 
baths  used  by  both  sexes  at  once, 
Anth. 

Άνδροδύϊκτος,  ov,  (άνήρ,  δαίζω) 
slain  by  men. — 2.  act.  murderous,  Aesch. 
Cho.  860. 

Άνδροδύμας,  αντος,  6,  ή,  (άνήρ, 
δαμύω)  taming  men,  φόβος,  οίνος, 
Pind.  Ν.  3,  67  :  7nan-slaying,  Id.  Ν.  9, 
37.  [ΰ] — Π.  as  pr.  η.  Androdamas, 
Hdt.  8,  85 ;  others  in  Arist.,  Paus., 
etc. 

Άνδροδόχος,  ov,  receiving  men. 

Άνδροθέα,  ή,  the  mau-goddess,Anih, 

Άνδρύθεν,  adv.,  (άνήρ)  from  a  man 
or  7nen,  Anth. 

Άνδρόθηλυς,  ο,  ή,  {άνήρ,  θήλνς)= 
ανδρόγυνος  Ι.,  Philostr. 

' Ανδροθνής,  ήτος,  ό,  ή,  (άνήρ,  θνή- 
σκω)  jnurderous,  bringing  many  deaths, 
Aesch,  Ag.  814. 

Άνδροκύπηλης,  ov,  ό,  (άνήρ,  κύπη• 
λος)  a  slave-dealer,  Galen,  [α] 

ΥΑνδροκλείδης,  ov.  Dor.  -δας,  a,  6, 
Androclides,  masc.  pr.  n.  Xen.  Hell. 
3,  5,  1  ;  etc. 

νΑνδροκλείων,  ωνος,  ό,  Androclion, 
ma.sc.  pr.  n.  Plut.  Pyrrh.  2. 

ί'.\νδροκ?ής,  έονς,  δ,  Androcles,  an 
Athenian  demagogue,  Thuc.  8,  65 ; 
others  in  Ar.,  Dem..  etc. 

νΑνδροκλος,  ov,  ό,  Androclus,  son 
of  Codrus,  founder  of  Ephesus, 
Strab. — 2.  a  Macedonian,  Arr.  An.  3, 
29,  1. 

Άνδροκμής,  ητος.  6,  ή,  (άνήρ,  κάμ 
νω)  bringing  toil  and  pain  to  man,  άνδρ. 
?.οι.γός,  μόχθος,-=λοιγός,  μόχθος  αν- 
δρών καμνόντων.  Lob.  Aj.  323:  hence 
also,  oppressive,  deadly,  destructive. 

Άνδρόκμητος,  ov,  (άνήρ,  κάίίνω) 
wrought  by  men  or  meti's  hands,  τύμβος, 
II.  li,  371  ;  ace.  to  others  raised  to  a 
marl's  memory,  but  cf.  θεόδμητος. 

Άνδροκοιτέω,ώ,ί.-ήσω,  (άνήρ,  κοί- 
τη) to  .^leep  with  a  man,  Aetius. 
\Άνδροκρύτης,  ονς,  ό,  (άνήρ,  κρα- 
τέω)   Androrrafes,   a   hero  honoured 
at  Plataea,  Hdt.  9,  25. 

Άνδροκτάσίη,  ar,  ή,  (άνήρ,  κτείνω) 
slaughter  of  men,  esp.  in  battle,  and 


ΑΝΔΡ 

then  mostly  in  plur.,  Horn. :  but  in 
II.  23,  86,  murder. 

'Ανδροκτονέω,  to  slay  men,  Aesch. 
Eum.  002 ;  and 

' kvopoKTOvLa,  ας,  ή,=άνδροκτα- 
σία  :   from 

Άνδροκτόνος,  or,  (άνήρ,  κτείνω) 
man-slaying,  murdering,  Hdt.  4,  110. 

νΑνδροκύδης,  ους.  ό,  (άνήρ,  κνδος) 
Androcydes,  a  distinguished  painter 
of  Cyzicus,  Plut.  Symp.  4,  2,  3.  [ϋ] 

' Αιδρό?,αγνος,  ov,  {άνήρ,  λάγνος) 
lusting  after  men,  Theophr. 

Άνδρολέτειρα,  ας,  ή,  {άνήρ,  δλέ- 
τειρα)  α  murderess,  Aesch.  Ag.  1465, 
poet. 

Άνδρο/.η-ψία,  ας,  ή,  {άνήρ,  λαμβά- 
νο.  /.ί/ψομαι)  seizure  ο/  men :  an  Athe- 
nian law  which,  in  case  of  a  citizen's 
murder  abroad  remaining  unatoned, 
authorized  the  seizure  of  three  citi- 
zens of  the  oftendmg  state,  Lex  ap. 
Dem.  C47,  24  sq. :  also  άνδρολή-φων, 

TO. 

Άνδρο7ίή•φιον,  ου,  -o,=  foreg. 

Άνδρολογέω,  {avrjp,  λέγω)  to  pick 
out  men,  levy  for  war-service,  Luc. 
Hence 

'Ανδρολογία,  ας,  ?/,  a  levying  men 
for  war-service. 

'  Ανδρο?Μγίζω,=^άνδρο7Μγέω. 

'Ανδρολόγος,  ov,  {άνήρ,  λέγω), 
picking  out  men,  levying  them  for  war- 
service. 

Άνδρομάνής,  ές,  {άνήρ,  μαίνομαι) 
mxid  after  men,  lustful,  Eur.  ap.  Plut. 
Lyc.etN.3:cf.yiTai/io//ar7/f.      Hence 

' Ανδρομΰνία,  ας,  ή,  lust  after  men. 
ΫΑνδρομάχη,    ης,    ή,    Andromache, 
daughter  of  Eetion  anil  wife  of  Hec- 
tor, U.  6,  405,  etc.     From 

Άνδρομάχος,  ov,  {άνήρ,  μάχομαι) 
fighting  with  men  :  through  the  well- 
known  prop.  n.  Andromache,  II.,  we 
find  a  fern,  άνδρομύχη  in  Anth.  [a] 
— II.  as  pr.  n.  Andromachus,  Xen. 
Hell.  7,  4,  19,  etc. 
•['Ανδρομέδα,  ας.  Ion.  -έδη,  ης,  ή, 
Andromeda,  daughter  of  Cepheus  and 
Cassiope,  Hdt. 

Υ Ανδρομέδιις,  ov,  6,  Andromedes,  a 
Lacedaemonian,  v.  1.  Thuc.  5,  42 ; 
for  sq. 

Ί'Ανδρομένης,  ονς,  ό,  Andromenes, 
masc.  pr.  n.  Dem.,  etc. 

Άνδρόμεος,  έα,  εον,  {άνήρ)  of  man 
or  men,  human :  αίμα,  κρέας,  χρόος 
άνδρ;  man's  blood,  flesh,  skin,  Hom.  ; 
χλωμοί  άνδρ.,  gobbets  of  man's  fl^sh, 
Od.  9,  374  ;  δμι/.ος  άνδρ.,  a  press  or 
throng  of  men,  II.  11,  538. 

Άνδρομήκης,  ες,  {άνήρ,  μήκος)  of 
a  man's  height,  σταύρωμα,  Xen.  Hell. 
3,  2,  3. 

Άνδρομηρόν,  ov,  or  άνδρομητον 
έγχειρίδιον,  τό,  {αναδρομή)  a  dag- 
ger with  a  blade  slipping  back  into 
the  haft,  used  for  stage-murders, 
Hesych.,  cf  Ach.  Tat.  3, "20,  21. 

νΑνδρόνΙκος,  ου.  ό,  {άνήρ,  νικάω) 
Androalcus,  a  commander  of  the 
Greek  mercenaries  of  Darius,  Arr. 
An.  3,  23,  9. — 2.  a  peripatetic  philo- 
sopher of  Rhodes,  Strab. — 3.  a  poet 
of  the  Anthology. 

'Χνδρότταις,  αιδος,  ό,  {άνήρ,  τταΐς) 
α  man-boi/,  youth  near  inanhond,  Aesch. 
Theb.  533  :  a  youth  of  manly  temper. 
Soph.  Fr.  551. 

' Ανδροττλαστία,  ας.  η,  {άνήρ,  πλάσ- 
σω) η  inodelling,  moulding  of  men. 

Άνδρο— λήθεια,  ας,  ή,  (άνήρ,  π?.ή- 
6ος)  α  multitude  of  men,  ανδρ.  στρα- 
τού. Aesch.  Pers.  235. 

Άνδροποιός,  όν,  {άνήρ,  ττοιέω) 
making  α  man  of  making  manly, 
Plut. 

Υ Κνδρόπομζος,  ov,  δ,  {άνήρ,  πέμπω) 


ΑΝΔΡ 

Andropompus,  founder  of   Lebedus,  Ι 
Strab. 

Άνδρόηορνος,  6,  {άνήρ,  πόρνη)  ci- 
naedus,  Theopomp.  ap.  Polyb. 

'Ανδροπρεπής,  ές,  {άνήρ,  πρέπω) 
befitting  men. 

Άνδροπρόςωπος,  ov,  (άνήρ,  πρόςω- 
πον)  with  a  man's  face. 

' .\νδρ077ρωρος,  ov,  {άνήρ,  πρώρα) 
=  foreg.,  Emped.  215,  v.  πρώρα. 

^Άνδρος,  ov,  ή.  Andrus,  one  of  the 
Cyclades  islands  with  a  city  of  the 
same  name,  Hdt.,  Aesch.,  etc.  Hence 
ό  Άνδριος,  an  inhabitant  of  Andrus,  an 
Andrian,  Arist. 

' Ανδρόςαιμον,  τό,  {άνήρ,  αίμα)  a 
kind  of  St.  John's  ivort  with  blood-red 
juice,  tutsan,  androsaemum,  Diosc. 
ΫΑνδροσθένης,  ονς,  ύ,  {άνήρ,  σθέ- 
νος) Androsthenes,  an  Arcadian,  Thuc. 
5,  49. — 2.  an  admiral  of  Alexander,  a 
native  of  Thasus,  sent  to  explore  the 
southern  coast  of  Asia,  Arr.  An.  7, 
20,  7. — 3.  an  Athenian  statuary, 
Paus. 

Άνδρόσΐνις,  ιδος,  δ,  ή,  {άνηρ,  σί- 
νις )  hurtful  to  men,  m.ischievous, 
Anth. 

Άνδροσννη,  ή,=άνδρία,  Oenom. 
ap.  Euseb. 

Άνδρόσφιγξ,  Γ/γος,  ό,  {άνήρ,  σφίγξ) 
α  man-sphinx,  sphinx  with  the  bust 
not  (as  usually)  of  a  woman,  but  a 
man.  Hdt.  2,  175 :  ace.  to  others, 
merely  a  human  sphinx,  as  opp.  to  the 
ram-sphinx,  etc. 

Άνδρότης,  ητος,  ή,^=άνδρία,  man- 
hood, V.  Spitzn.  II.  22,  363. 

V Ανδροτίων,  ωνος,  ό,  {άνήρ,  τίω) 
Androtion,  an  Athen.  pr.  η.  Plat., 
Dem.,  etc. 

Άνδροτομέω,  {άνήρ,  τέμνω)  to  geld, 
Sext.  Emp. 

' Ανδρο  Γϋχής,  ές,  {άνήρ,  τυγχάνω, 
τνχεΐν)  getting  α  man  or  husband, 
άνδρ.  βίοτος,  wedded  life,  Aesch. 
Eum.  900. 

Άνδροφΰγέω.  to  eat  men,  v.  1.  in 
Hdt.  4.  106  :  from 

Άνδροφάγος,  ov,  {άνήρ,  φαγεϊν) 
eating  men  or  man's  fl^.sh,  epith.  of 
the  Cyclops,  Od.  10,  200:  oi  Άνδρ., 
the  Androphagi,  a  people  of  Sarmatia, 
Hdt.  4,  18.    [a] 

Άνδροφθόρος,  ov,  {άνήρ,  φθείρω) 
man-destroying,  murderous,  μοΐρα,  Pind 
Fr.  164,  ίχιδνα.  Soph.  Phil.  260.— 
II.  proparox.  άνδρόφθορος,  ov,  hence 
in  Soph.  Ant.  1022  αίμα  άνδρ.,  the 
blood  of  slain  men,  cf.  τραγόκτονος. 

Άνδροφονέω,  to  slay  men  ;  and 

Άνδροφονία,  ας,  ή,  slaughter  of 
men,  Plut. :  from 

Άνδροφόνος,  ov,  {άνήρ,  φονεύω) 
man-slaying,  Horn.,  mostly  as  epith. 
of  Hector,  and  so  (like  άνδροκτασία) 
of  slaughter  in  battle :  but  also  φύρ- 
μακον  άνδρ.,  Od.  1,  261. — 2.  fern,  ή 
άνδρ.,  murderess  of  her  husband,  like 
Clytaemnestra.  —  II.  as  law  term, 
convicted  of  manslaughter,  Lys,  116,38, 

Άνδροφόντης,  ov,  δ,=^άνδρειφόν- 
της,  Aesch.  Theb.  572. 

Άνδρόφρων,  gen.  όνος,  δ,  ή,  manly- 
minded.  Soph.  Fr.  680. 

Άνδροφνής,  ές,  {άνήρ,  ώνή)  of 
man's  shape  0Γ  nature,  Emped.  216. 

Ά:νδρόφωνος,  ov,  {άνήρ,  φωνή)  with 
a  man's  voice. 

Άνδρόω,ώ,ί.-ώσω,  {άνήρ)  to  make  a 
man  of,  strengthen  :  hence  also  to 
change  into  a  man  or  into  man's  shape, 
Miilier  Lye.  176. — II.  pass,  to  becmne 
a  man,  become  manly,  reach  manhood, 
freq.  in  Hdt.  to  fulfil  the  duties  of  a 
man,  Hipp.  :  of  women,  to  know  a  man, 
άΐ'δρωθείσα,  \jZ.i.virum  experta,  Valck. 
Hipp.  490. 


ΑΝΕΔ 

Άνδρύνω,^άνδρόω,  dub. 
Άνδρώδης.  ες,  {άνήρ,  είδος)  like  a 
man,  manly,  Isocr.  97  C.     Adv.  -δώς, 
άνδρ.  διακΐϊσθαι.  Id.  239  Β  :  superl. 
άνδρωδέστατα,  Xen.  Mem.  4,  8,  1. 

'Ανδρών,  ώνος,  ό.  Ion.  άνδρεών,  a 
man's  apartment,  Hdt.  1,  34,  etc., 
Aesch.,  and  Eur.  :  also  άνδρωνίτις, 
ιδος,  ή,  opp.  to  γνναικών,  γνναικωνί 
τις. — II.  among  the  Romans,  a  pas- 
sage between  two  courts  of  a  house,  Vi- 
truv. 

νΑνδρων,  ωνος,  ό,  Andrmi,  an  Athe- 
nian, contemporary  of  Socrates,  Plat. 
Gorg.  487  B. — 2.  an  historian  of  Ha- 
licarnassus,  Plut.  Thes.  24. 

ΥΑδρωνίδης,   ov.   Dor.   —δας,  a,   ό, 
Andronidcs,  masc.  pr.  n.  Aeschin. 
νΑνδρώνίκος,  ov,  6,=  Ανδρόνικος, 
Anth. 

Άνδρωνΐτις,  ιδος,  ή,=^άνδρών,  Xen. 

Άνδρωννμέω,  to  have  a  inaii's  name : 
from 

Άνδρώννμος,  ov,  {άνήρ,  όνομα) 
with  a  jnan's  name.     Hence 

Άνδρωνΰμϊκός,  ή,  όν,  espec.  in 
Gramm.  to  άνδρ.,  sub.  ovoua,  aname 
transferred  from  an  animal  to  a  man, 
e.  g.  σκύμνος,  πώ?.ος. 

Άνδρωος,  ώα,  ωον,  =  ανδρείος, 
Hipp. 

Άνδύεται,  poet,  for  αναδύεται,  Π. 

Άνδωκε,  poet,  for  άνέδωκε,  from 
άναδιδωμι,  Pind. 

■\'Ανδώματις,    ό,    the  Andomalis,    a 
river  of  India,  Arr.  Ind.  4,  4. 
ΥΑνέβην,  2  aor.  of  αναβαίνω. 
\Άνέβραχον,  def.  aor.,  v.  ανάβρα- 
χεΐν.  ^ 

Άνέβωσε,  Ion.  for  άνεβόησε. 

Άνέγγνος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  έγγνος)  not 
vouched  for,  not  accredited,  01  an  illegi- 
timate child,  νόθος  και  ΰνέγγ..  Plat. 
Symp.  461  Β  :  of  a  woman,  not  law 
fully  wedded,  Plut. 

Ανεγείρω,  f.  -ερώ,  {ανά,  ίγείρωϊ)  to 
wake  up,  rouse,  esp.  from  sleep,  έ^ 
ύπνου,  εκ  ?Jχεωv,  Hom. :  άν.  κώμον, 
Vina.,  μο7-ήν,  Ar.  Ran.  370  :  nietaph. 
to  rouse,  cheer  up,  encourage,  Od.  10, 
172  ;  cf.  άναγείρω  :  of  buildings,  to 
raise,  build.  Pass,  to  be  waked  up, 
aivaken,  aor.  pass,  άνηγ'έρθη,  he  awoke, 
Poppo  Xen.  An.  3,  1,  12;  sync.  2 
aor.  mid.  άνηγρόμην.     Hence 

Άνεγέρμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  waked 
up,  wakeful,  Anth. 

Άνέγερσις,  εως,  η,  a  waking  up, 
awakening  :  a  building  up,  Plut. 

Άνέγερτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  εγείρω) 
not  to  be  awakened,  άν.  ύπνος,  a  sleep 
that  knows  no  waking,  Arist.  Eth.  E. 
1,  5,  6.     Adv.  -τως. 

Άνεγκλητί,  adv.  of  sq. 

Άνέγκλητος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  έγκα?.έω) 
not  accused  or  charged  :  without  re- 
proach, blameless.  Plat,  and  Arist. 
Adv.  -τως,  άν.  εχειν,  Arist.  Pol. 

Άνέγκνος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  έγκυος)  not 
pregnant. 

Άνεγκωμίαστος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  έγκω• 
μιάζω)  not  praised. 

Άνέγνω,  άνέγηων, irreg.  aor.  2 act. 
of  αναγιγνώσκω,  Hom. 

Άνεγχώρητος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  έγχω- 
ρέω)  inadmissible,  impossible. 

'Ανεδάόιστος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  έδαφίζω) 
not  levelled  to  a  smooth  surface,  γή, 
Arist.  Probl. — II.  not  thrown  to  the 
ground. 

Άνεδέγμεθα,  Ep.  syncop.  aor.  of 
άναδέχομαι,  Od.  17,  563. 

Άνέδην,  adv.  {άνίτ/μι)  let  loose,  free- 
ly, without  restraint.  Plat.  Prot.  342  C  : 
ar-  φεύγειν,  Lat.  effuse  fugere,  Aesch. 
Supp.  14  :  remissly,  carelessly.  Soph, 
Phil.  1153  :  freq.  also  licentiously, pro- 
fusely, Polyb.  etc. — II.  without  mon 
123 


ANEI 

ado,  simply,  absolutely.  Plat.  Gorg.  494 
E.  (The  form  άναίδην  seems  mere- 
ly to  be  a  wrong  deriv.  of  the  word 
from  ΰναιδής.) 

Άνέόρΰμε,  άνέδραμον,  irreg.  aor.  2 
of  ανατρέχω,  11. 

Άνέόραστος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  έδρύζω) 
without  firm  seat,  U7isteady,  Dion.  H. 

Άνεέργω,  imperf.  άνέΒργορ,  old 
Ep.  form  for  avepytj,  άνείργω,  Π. 

Άνέζω,  to  set  up,  used  only  in 
aor.,  ές  δίφρον  ίνέσαΐ'τες,  II.  13,  057. 
In  form  it  might  be  from  ΰνέω, 
άνίημι,  V.  II.  21,  537,  and  the  sense 
would  admit  this,  but  the  best  Gramm. 
are  for  άνέζο. 

Άνεθελησία,  ας,  ή,  unwillingness : 
from 

'λνεθέλητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  ίθέλω) 
against  the  xvill,  compulsory  :  melancho- 
ly, συμφορά,  Valck.  Hdt.  7,  88,  133  : 
cf.  αναγκαίος.     Adv.  -τως. 

Άνεβίζομαι,  {άιά,  εθίζομαι)  as 
pass.,  to  be  or  become  used  to  a  thing, 
Diog.  L.  2,  96. 

Άνέθίστος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  εθίζω)  un- 
accustomed, strange,  ιερά,  Dion.  H. 

Άνείδεος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  είδος)  shape- 
less, rough,  Plut. 

'Άνειδωλοττοιέω,  :=  είδω?.οποιέω, 
Plut.     Hence 

Άνειδω'λοττοιίη,  ας,  ή,  and 

Άνείδο/λοηοίησίς,  εως,  ή,=είδωλο- 
τΓΟίΐα,  Sext.  Emp. 
t'Ai'ei/ca,  perf.  act.  of  άνίημι. 
ί'Ανείην,  opt.  2  aor.  act.  of  άνίημι. 

Άνεικαιότης,  ητος,  ή,  (α  priv.,  εί- 
καιότης)  discretion,  foresight,  Diog.  L. 
7,  46. 

Άνείκαστος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  εικάζω) 
incomparable. — 2.  not  to  be  guessed. 

Άνεικής,  ές,  (α  priv.,  νεϊκος)  un- 
contested :  proposed  by  some  in  II.  12, 
435  for  άεικέα. 

Άνεικόνιστος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  εικονί- 
ζω) not  pourtrayed,  not  to  be  pourtrayed, 
Eccl. 

Άνειλείθνια,  ας,  ή.  (a  priv.,  Έ,ίλεί- 
θνια)  without  the  aid  of  Eileithyia : 
hence  άν.  ώδίνων  ?..οχιΰν,  never  hav- 
ing invoked  Eileithyia  in  the  pangs  of 
thildbirth,  Eur.  Ion  453. 

Άνεΰέω,ώ,ίάνά,είλέω)  to  wind  up, 
roll  together :  but  acc.  to  Buttm.  Lexil. 
voc.  είλείν  10,  p.  260,  to  press  close 
together.  Mid.  to  croud  or  throng  to- 
gether, άνειληθέντες  εΙς  τι  χωρίον, 
Thuc.  7.  81,  cf.  Arist.  Η.  Α.  9,  40,  57, 
Audib.  65,  and  άνείλλω  :  but  certain- 
ly in  later  authors,  to  unrol,  unfold, 
Lob.  Phryn.  29.     Hence 

'Ανεί?.ημα,  ατός,  τό,  that  whicli  is 
wound  up  or  close  pressed :  hence  in 
plur.  wind  in  the  bowels,  flatulence,  Lat. 
tormina.  Hipp. ;  elsewh.  στροφός. 

^Ανείλησις,  εως,  ^,=fureg.,  Hipp. 

ΆνείλιξίΓ,  εως,  ή,  {άνεύ.ίσσω)  α  re- 
volution, unwinding,  such  as  all  things 
go  through  after  coming  to  their  cli- 
max. Plat.  Polit.  270  D,  286  B. 

Άνει2ίσσω,  -ξω,  poet,  for  ανελίσσω. 

'Ανείλ?ιω,=  άνει?-έω,   in   pass,    to 
shrink  up  Or  back.  Plat.  Symp.  206  D. 
Some  write  άΐ'είλω. 
νΑνεΙ?.ον,  2  aor.  act.  of  άναιρέω. 
ΥΑνειλόμην,  2  aor.  mid.  of  άναιρέω. 
ί'Ανειμαι,  part,  άνειμένος,  perf.  pass. 
of  άνίημι. 

Άνείμαρται,  3  sing,  perf  pass,  (a 
priv..  εϊμηρμαι)  it  is  not  decreed  by  fate, 
for  01',^;  εϊμαρται,  dub.  1.  in  Plut.,  cf. 
ε'ίμαρται,  μείρομαι. 

Άνειμένως,  adv.  from  άνειμένος, 
part.  perf.  pass.  from,  άνίημι,  let  loo.<:e, 
slackly,  carelessly,  Xen.  Mem.  2.  4,  7 : 
without  restraint,  freelij,  διαιτΰσθαΐ, 
Thuc.  2,  39,  άν.  ζήν,  Arist.  Eth.,  cf. 
ΰνέδην. 

124 


ANEK 

Άνειμι,  {άνά,  εΙμι)  to  go  up,  ΰμ' 
ηελίω  άνιόντι,  at  sun-rise,  Horn.,  and 
Hdt.  :  to  go  up,  mount,  άνήϊον  ες  πε- 
ριωττήν,  Od.  10,  146  :  to  sail  up,  i.  e. 
out  to  sea,  \ike.άvaπ'λέω,  Od.  10,  332  : 
but  also  to  go  tip  inland,  Od.  10,  274, 
4-16,  esp.  into  central  Asia,  Hdt.  5, 
108. — II.  to  approach,  esp.  in  suppli- 
ant guise  or  for  succour,  άνεισι  ές 
πατρός  εταίρους,  II.  22,  492,  499.— 
HI.  to  go  back,  go  home,  return,  oft.  in 
Od. :  άν.  έπΙ  τον  ττρότερον  λόγον, 
Hdt.  1,  140. 

Άνείμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  (α  priv., 
εΐμα)  without  clothing,  unclad,  uncover- 
ed, Od.  3.  348. 
νΑνεΙναι,  2  aor.  inf  act.  of  άνίημι. 

ΆνειπεΙν,  {άνά,  ειττεΐν)  to  say  aloud, 
proclaim,  esp.  by  herald,  άν.  τινά,  to 
proclaim  conqueror,  Pind.  P.  1,  61,  etc. : 
C.  inf,  to  make  proclamation  that,  Ar. 
Pac.  550,  and  Xen.:  absol.  to  proclaim, 
give  notice,  usu.  6  κήρυξ,  esp.  in  the 
Athen.  assemblies,  law-courts,  thea- 
tres, etc.,  usu.  6  κήρυξ  άνείπε,  but 
also  simply  ύ  δ'  άνεΙπε,  Ar.  Ach.  11. 

Άνείργω,{.-ξω,{άνά,  ε'ιργω)  to  force 
or  keep  back,  ward  off,  II.  3,  77,  etc., 
always  in  poet,  impf  άνέεργον. 

ί'Ανείρεαι,  poet,  for  άνείρτ},  from 
άνείρομαι. 

νΑνείρηκα,  def  perf.  act.  assigned 
to  αναγορεύω. 

"Ανειρξις,  εως,  ή.  (άνείργω)  α  forc- 
ing back,  keeping  off,  Plut. 

Άνείρομαι,  Ep.  and  Ion.  άνέρο- 
μαι.  to  ask,  question,  inquire,  C.  acc. 
pers.,  Hom. :  also  c.  dupl.  acc.  δ  με 
άνείρεαι,  what  thou  inquirest  of  me,  II. 
3,  177.  He  uses  only  the  pres.  and 
impf. 

Άνειρύω,  f.  -ύσω,  poet,  and  Ion.  for 
άνερνω,  Hdt. 

'Ανείρω,  fut.  άνερω,  (άνά,  εΐρω)  to 
fasten  on  or  to,  άν.  τι  περί  τι,  to  siring 
one  thing  on  another.  Hdt.  3,  118  :  to 
vreathe  together,  e.  g.  στεφάνους. 
■f'Aie/f,  2  aor.  part,  of  άνίημι. 

Άνείςακτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  είςάγω) 
not  introduced,  uninitiated,  elsewhere 
αμύητος,  Iambi. 

Άνεισίδωρος,  ov,  =  άνησίδωρος. 
Alciphr. 

'Ανείςοδος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  είςοδος) 
without  entrance  or  access,  Plut. 

Άνειςφορία,  ας,  ή,  exemption  from 
the  είςφορά,  q.  v.,  Plut. :  from 

'  Ανείςφορος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  εΐςφορά) 
exempt  from  the  είςφορά,  Dion.  H. 

'Ανέκαθεν,  adv.  of  place. /rom  above, 
like  άνωθεν,  Aesch.  Cho.  427 :  cf 
άγκαθεν. — II.  of  time,  from  the  first, 
esp.  είναι  ανέκαθεν  ΤΙύ?.ιοι,  etc.,  to 
be  Pylians  by  origin,  Hdt.  5,  65 ;  so 
too  TO  άνέκ.  είναι,  τό  άνέκ.  γένος, 
Biihr  Hdt.  1,  170  ;  τα  άνέκ.  λαμπροί, 
of  ancestral  renown,  Hdt.  6, 125. 

Άνεκάς,  adv.,  (άνω,  έκάς)uρwards, 
on  high,  Lat.  sursum,  Pind.  O.  2,  38 
(23),  Ar.  Vesp.  18  :  it  was  never  used 
of  stay  in  a  place,  or  of  time,  Bockh 
Pind.  1.  c. 

Άνέκβατος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  έκβαίνω) 
without  outlet,  Thuc.  3,  98. 

Άνεκβίαστος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  εκβιά- 
ζομαι) not  to  be  forced  out,  impregnable. 
Adv.  -τως. 

' Ανεκδήμητος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  έκδημέω) 
unsuitable  for  going  abroad :  Ί/μέρα,  a 
day  on  which  no  journey,  no  cam- 
paign is  undertaken,  Plut. 

Άνεκδιήγι/τος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  έκδιη- 
γέομαι)  indescribable,  extraordinary,  N. 
Γ.     Adv.  -τως. 

Άνεκδίκητος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  έκδικέω) 
unpunishable,  unavenged.  Joseph. 

'Ανέκδοτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  έκδίδωμι) 
notgive)i  out  or  published,  kept  secret. — 


ANEK 

2.  of  a  maiden,  unaffianced,  unwedded, 
Lys.  134,  1. 

Άνέκδρομος,  ov.  (a  priv.,  ίκτρέχω) 
without  escape,  inevitable,  Anth. 

Άνεκθέρμαντος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  έκθερ- 
μαίνω)  not  uarmed  or  to  be  warmed. 

Άνέκθΰτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  έκθνομαι) 
not  to  be  appeased  by  sacrifice. 

Άνεκκλ^ησίαστος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  ίκ- 
κλησιάζω)  without  an  assembly  of  the 
people,  Ath. 

Άνέκκλϊτος,  ov,  (c  priv.,  εκκλίνω) 
not  to  be  evaded. 

Άνεκλάλητος,  ov,  (a  priv..  ίκλαλ^.• 
έω)  unutterable,  immense,  Diosc.  [u] 

Άνέκλειπτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  εκλεί• 
πω)  uninterrupted,  incessant,  endless, 
Diod.     Adv.  -τως. 

'Ανέκλεκτος.  ov,  (a  priv.,  εκλέγω) 
not  picked  out,  Dion.  H. 

'Ανεκλιπής,  ές,^άνέκλειπτος. 

Άνεκλώγιστος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  ίκ.• 
λ.ογίζομαι)  not  liable  to  give  accmmt, 
irresponsible.  Adv.  -τως,  without  reck- 
oning, measure,  or  thought,  Pherecr. 
Tyr.'  1,7. 

Άνέκνιπτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  ίκνίπτω) 
not  to  be  washed  out,  hard  to  wash 
out. 

Άνεκπίμπλημι,  fut.  άνεκπλ.ήσα, 
(άνά,  έκπίμπλ.ημι)  to  fill  up  again, 
Xen.  Anab.  3,  4,  22,  though  Kriigei 
doubts  the  word. 

Άνέκπλ.ηκτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  εκ- 
πλήσσω) not  fear-stricken,  undaunted, 
unshaken.  Plat.  Rep.  619  A. — II.  act. 
not  striki7ig  with  fear,  making  no  im- 
pression, λ,έξις,  Plut. 

Άνεκπληξία,  ας,  ή,  {a  priv.,  εκ- 
πλ.ήσσω)  intrepidity.  Plat.  Def  412  C. 

' Ανεκπλ^ιρωτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  ίκ- 
πληρόω)  not  filled  or  to  be  filled  up. 

'ΑνέκπλΛτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  έκπλί- 
νω)  not  to  be  washed  out,  indelible. 
Plat.  Tim.  26  C. 

Άνεκπτοιέω,  strengthd. for  έκπτοι- 
έω,  Anth. 

Άνεκπνητος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  εκπνέω) 
not  suppurating. — II.  preventing  suppu 
ration,  Hipp.  [i"i] 

Άνέκπνστος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  έκπνν- 
θύνομαι)  not  found  out  by  inquiry, 
Joseph. 

Άνεκρίζωτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  έκριζό<ύ) 
not  rooted  out  or  up,  Eccl. 

'Ανεκτέος,  ov,  verb.  adj.  fiom  αν- 
έχομαι, to  be  borne.  Soph.  0.  C.  883, 
unless  it  be  neut.  plur.,  ουκ  άνεκτέα 
{εστί),  one  must  not  bear  it. 

'Ανεκτικός,  ή.  όν,  (ανέχομαι)  endur- 
ing, patient,  Anton. 

'Ανεκτός,  όν,  later  ή,  όν.  (ανέχομαι) 
bearable,  sufferable,  Horn.,  who  USU. 
joins  it  (like  άνασχετός)  with  a  neg.  : 
but  also  ανεκτά  παθείν,  Thuc.  7,  77  ; 
παντί  τρόπω  δςτις  και  ύπωςοϋν  αν- 
εκτός, in  any  tolerable  manner  what- 
soever. Id.  8,  90  :  ovK  άνεκτόν  (εστί), 
foil,  by  inf.  or  μή  ov  c.  inf.  one  cannot 
but  do,  cannot  help  doing.  Plat.  Theaet. 
154  C,  181  B.  Adv.  -τώς,  in  Hom. 
always  ονκέτ'  άνεκτώς,  άνεκτώς 
εγει,  it  is  to  be  borne,  Xen.  Hell.  7, 

3,  1. 

Άνέκτριπτος,  ov.  (a  priv.,  έκτρίβω) 
not  to  be  rubbed  out  or  off,  indelible. 

'Ανέκφενκτος,  ov,  (a  priv,,  έκφεν- 
γω)  not  to  be  avoided.— W.  act.  unable 
to  flee  away  or  escape,  like  αναπόδρα- 
στος, Plut. 

Άνεκφλογόομαι,  (a  priv.,  έκφλο- 
γόω)  dep.,  to  inflame.  Gal. 

Άνεκφοίτητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  έκφοι- 
τάω)  not  going  out  or  abroad,  unsocial. 

' Ανέκοορος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  εκφέρω) 
net  to  be  brought  out,  that  ousht  not  to 
be  brought  to  light,  clsew.  άνέξοιστος. 

'Ανέκφραστος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  έκόοά• 


ΑΧΕΛ 

f(j)     tintitterable,    indescribable,    Xen. 
Mom  4,  3,  8. 

\\\.νέκφυκ7ος,ον,  (epriv.,  έκφεύγω) 
not  to  be  avoided,  App. 

' Κνεκφώνητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  έκφω- 
νέω)  =  foreg. — 2.  in  Gramm,  άνεκ- 
φώνητα  are  unpronounced  letters,  e.  g. 
the  lota  subscriptum. 

Ανέ/.αως,  ov,  (a  priv.,  έλαια,  έλαι- 
ov)  without  olive-trees,  olives,  or  oil, 
Theophr. 

Άνέ?<,α-ος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  ελαννω) 
not  wrought  or  to  be  wrought  with  the 
hammer,  Aristot. 

'Ανέλεγκτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  ελέγχω) 
safe  from  being  questioned,  proved,  or 
tried,  Thuc.  5,  85 :  not  to  be  convicted 
or  refuted,  irrefutable,  also  unconvicted, 
■unrefuted,  both  in  Plat.     Adv.-rtjf. 

' λνελεγξία,  ας,  η. a  being  irrefutable, 
Diog.  L.  7,  47. 

'Χνε7.έγχω,  -γξω,  {ανά,  ελέγχω)  to 
search  into  or  examine  anevi,  to  prove 
fully,  convict,  convince,  Eur. 

Άνελεημοσννη,  ης,  ή,  mercilessness : 
from 

Άνελεήμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  Att.  uv- 
ε7άιμων,  (a  priv.,  ελεήμων)  merciless: 
also  ΰνηλεήμων.  Adv.  -μόνως,  An- 
tipholU,  10. 

'λνε?.εής,  ές,  (a  priv.,  έ?.εος)  piti- 
less, merciless.  Adv.  —εώς  :  rejected 
by  Bockh  and  others  :  but  it  is  found 
in  Gramm.,  though  άνη?.εής  is  the 
better  form,  v.  Schaf  Schol.  Par.  Ap. 
Rh.  4,  1047. 

Ανελέητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  έ?.εέω)  un- 
pitied,  unworthy  of  pity.     Adv.  -τως. 

Άνελΐλίζω,  -ίξω,  {άνύ,έ/.ε/.ίζω)  to 
shake  and  rouse.  0pp. 

Άνε/.ενθερία,  ας,  η,  the  conduct  and 
character  of  an  ανελεύθερος,  a  slavish 
temper,  servility,  Plat.:  esp.  in  money 
raaXXers. stinginess,  Arist.  Eth.  N. ;  and 

'Χνελευθεριότης,  ητος,  ^,=foreg. : 
from 

Άνε/^ύθερος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  ελεύ- 
θερος) not  free,  illiberal,  slavish,  ser- 
vile, Lat.  illiheralis.  Plat. :  esp.  in  mo- 
ney matters,  niggardly,  stingy,  Ar. 
Plut.  591.     Adv.  -ρως,  meanly,  Xen. 

Άνέλενσις,  εως,  ή,  {ανά,  έρχομαι, 
ίλενσομαί)  α  going  up  or  back,  return- 
ing, Eccl. 

Άνελήμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  Att.  for 
άνε?.εημων. 

Άνέλιγμα,  ατός,  τό,  (άνε?ύσσω) 
any  thing  rolled  up,  hv.  χαίτης,  a  ring- 
let, Anth. 

Άΐ'ελί^ίζ•,  εως,  ή,  al.so  ανεί7Λξις, 
{άνε/.ίσσω)  a  rolling  or  winding  up. — 
2.  a  rolling  round,  revolution  of  the 
heavens. — 3.  a  winding  about,  rrmze, 
intricate  dance,  Plut. 

'Ανελίσσω,  Att.  άνελίττω,ίΜί.  -ίξω, 
also  ΰΐ'ει/.ίσσω,  to  roll  or  wind  up, 
wind  round.  Pass,  to  twist  about,  Ar. 
Ran.  827. — 2.  to  unrol,  unwind,  esp. 
like  Lat.  evolvere,  of  books  in  rolls, 
and  so  to  read  and  explain,  Xen.  Mem. 
1,  6,  14,  cf  Wyttenb.  Plut.  2,  83  D. 
— II.  metaph.  uv.  βίον,  Lat.  versare 
vitam. 

Άνε?.κόω,ώ,{ανά,έ?.κόω)  to  suppu- 
rate. Medic. 

Άνε/,κτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  έλκω)  not 
to  be  drawn,  not  to  be  drawn  along. 

Άνελκτός.  όν,  (άνέ/.κω)  up-drawn, 
οφρύες,  Cratin.  Incert.  123,  cf.  ava- 
σπάω. 

' λνελκύω,ί.-νσωί=^^.,  ίο  drag  up  or 
forth,  εις  φώς,  Ar.  Pac.  307 :  to  drag 
up  into  open  court,  Ar.  Ach.  6S7,  άν. 
ναϋς,  to  haul  up  ships  high  and  dry, 
Hdt.,  and  Thuc. 

'λνέ?,κω,  fut.  -ξω.  (άνύ,  έλκω)  to 
draw  up  or  upwards,  Hom.,  e.  g.  av. 
τάλαντα,  II.  12,  434  ;  esp.  to  draw  up 


A^ΈM 

a  bow,  i.  e.  draw  it  to  fall  stretch,  Π. 
11 ,  375,  Od.  21,  128  :  cl.  foreg.  Mid. 
to  draw  to  one^s  self,  Od.  22,  97 :  iiv- 
έ?ι,κεσθαί,  to  tear  one's  own  hair,  τρί- 
χας, II.  22,  77. — II.  to  draw  back,  Hdt. 

Άΐ'ε'λ/ίωσίί,  εως,  ή,  (άνε/.κόω)  a 
suppuration.  Medic. 

'λνέλκωτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  έλκόω) 
without  wounds,  unhurt. 

Άνέλλΐ]ν,  ηνος,  6,  ή,  (α  priv.,  Έλ- 
7.ην)  un-Greek,  outlandish,  στό?Μς, 
Aesch.  Supp.  234. 

Άνε/ύ.ήνισ-ος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  έλλην- 
ίζω)  not  Grecian,  Sext.  Emp. 

Άνε?./ΰ~ής,  ες,  (α  priv.,  ελλείπω) 
unfailing,  unceasing,  Ael. 

Άνε/.πις,  ιόος,  ό,  ή,  (α  priv.,  έ?.-ίς) 
without  hope,  hopeless,  Eur.  I.  T.  487. 

Άνελτϊΐστέω,ίο  be  άνέλ-ιστος:  and 

Άνελτζιστία,  ας,  ή,  hopelessness : 
from 

'Ανέ?<.πιστος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  ελπίζω) 
unhoped  for,  unlooked  for,  Aesch.,  to 
άνέ'λττιστον  τον  3ε3αίον,  the  hopeless- 
ness of  certainty,  Thuc.  3,  83,  etc. — 
II.  act. — 1.  of  persons,  having  no  hope, 
hopeless,  Thuc.  6,  17  :  despairing  of  a 
thing,  σωθήσεσθαι,  Thuc.  8,  1,  τοϋ 
έ7.εΙν,  Xen. — 2.  of  things  or  condi- 
tions, giving  or  leaving  no  hope,  hope- 
less, desperate,  Thuc.  5,  102  ;  προς  τό 
άνέ/.7Τΐστον  τρέπεσθαι.  Id.  2,  51. 
Adv.  -τως,  άν.  έχει,  he  is  in  despair, 
Plat.  Phil.  36  B. 

Άνέ'λντρος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  έλντρον) 
without  sheath  oi  covering,  Arist.  H.  A. 

Άνέμβατος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  έμβαίνω) 
inaccessible,  of  a  sacred  place,  Plut. — 
2.  act.  not  going  to  Or  into,  Anth. 

Άνεμέσητος.  ov,  {a  priv.,  νεμεσάω) 
free  from  blame,  without  offence.  Plat. 
Crat.  401  A  :  άνεμέσητόν  έστιν  αύ- 
τώ,  he  can  do  it  without  offence.  Plat. 
Symp.  195  A,  Aeschin.  03,  8.  Adv. 
-τως.  Plat.  Legg.  6S4  E. 

Άνέμετος,  ov  (a  priv.,  εμετός) 
without  vomiting,  Hipp. 

Άνεμέω,  f.  -έσω,  (ανά,  έμέω)  to 
vomit  up,  spit  up,  Hipp. 

Άνέμητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  νέμω)  not 
divided,  not  distributed,  ουσία,  Dem. 
1083,  16. — 2.  act.  having  no  share, 
Plut. 

Άνεμία,  ας,  ή,  {ύνεμος)=έμπνεν- 
μάτωσις,  flatulency,  Hipp. 

Άνεμιαΐος.  ov,  also  α.  ov.  (άνεμος) 
windy,  ώον  άνεμιαΐον,  strictly  α  wind- 
egg,  also  υπήνεμων,  which  is  less 
Att.  ace.  to  Piers.  Moer.  p.  73  :  me- 
taph. light  as  air,  empty,  vain,  cf. 
Hemd.  Plat.  Theaet.  151  E. 

'Ανεμίζομαι,  as  pass.,  to  be  driven 
viith  the  wind,  N.  T. 

Άνέμίος,  ία,  lov ,=^άνεμιαϊος. 

Άνεμόδρομος,  ov,  (άνεμος,  τρέχω, 
δραμείν)  swift  as  the  wind,  Luc. 

'Ανεμόεις.  εσσα,  εν,  (άνεμος)  windy, 
full  of  wind,  filled  by  the  wind,  ίστί- 
ov,  Pind.  P.  1.  177.— II.  uindy,  of  a 
mountain  or  hUl,  Pmd.  O.  4,  11,  and 
Eur.  :  αιγίδες,  αί'ραι  άνεμοέσσαι, 
storms,  breezes  of  wind,  Aesch.,  and 
Soph. — III.  like  wind,  swift  as  wind, 
airy,  φρόνημα.  Soph.  Ant.  354.  [ώ  in 
Pind.,  and  Trag.  ;  so  the  word  must 
be  taken  as  Dor.  for  ηνεμόεις.'] 

'Ανεμοζά?.η,  ης,  ή.  (άνεμος,  ζάλη) 
α  stormy  surging  sea,  .To.  Lyd.  [ΰ] 

Άνεμόθροος,  ov,  (άνεμος  θρόος) 
rustling  with  the  wind. 

νΑνεμοίτας,  a,  a,  Anemoetas,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Dem. 

Άνεμοκοίται,  (άνεμος,  κοίτη)  ivi-nd- 
lullers.  people  at  Corinth  who  prac- 
tised the  same  arts  as  Lapland  wiz- 
ards, A.  B. 

Άνεμος,  ov,  6,  a  breath  or  stream  of 
air,  wind,    breeze,  gale,  storm,  Horn., 


ANEM 

who  also  joins  θύελ?.α  άνέμοιο,  a 
whirlwind,  so  άήτης  άνέμοιο,  άύτμή 
and  άε'λ/.αι  άνεμων,  πνοιαΐ  άνέμοιο : 
so  too  ΰ^'έ/^ωι'p£—αί,Pmd.,and  Soph. 
άηματα,  Aesch.,  πνεύματα,  Eur., 
άνεμου  φθόγγοι,  Simon.  7,  12:  προς 
άνεμον,  against  the  wind,  συν  άνέμφ, 
with  the  wind :  άνεμου  κατιόντος,  a 
sudden  storm  having  come  on,  Thuc.  2 
25 :  άνεμος  κατά  βορέαν  έστι/κώς, 
the  wind  being  in  the  north,  Id.  6.  104  : 
δοΰναί  τι  άνέμοις.  to  cast  a  thiii'.i  ta 
the  winds,  ventis  tradere,  Ap.  Rh.  Pro 
verb,  άνεμους  θηράν  εν  δικτνοις,  to 
try  and  catch  the  wind,  άνέμφ  διά/.έγ 
εσθαι,  to  talk  to  the  wind.  i.  e.  in  vam. 
Hom.  and  Hes.  only  mention  foui 
winds,  Boreas,  Eurus.Notus  (in  Hes. 
Argestes),  and  Zephyrus:  Arist.  Me- 
teor. 2,  6,  gives  twelve,  which  served 
as  points  of  the  compass ;  cf  Goltl. 
Hes.  Th.  379.  (From  *  άω.  άημι, 
like  Lat.  anima,  cf.  Horat.  Od.  4,  12, 
Cic.  Tusc.  1,  9.) 

Άνεμοσκεπής,  ές,  (άνεμος,  σκέπη) 
sheltering  from  the  wind,  keeping  it  off, 
II.  16,  224. 

Άνεμόστροφος,  ov,  (άνεμος,  στρέ- 
φω) turned,  whirled  by  the  wind :  but 
— 2.  parox.  άνεμοστρόφος,  ov,  whirling 
the  wind,  Anacreont.  41,  but  the  read- 
ing varies. 

' Ανεμοσφάράγος,  ov,  (άνεμος,  σφύ- 
ραγός)  echoing  to  the  wind,  Pind.  P. 
9,6.  [σφΰ] 

Άνεμοτράφης,  ff,=sq. 

Άνεμοτρεφής,  ές,  (άνεμος,  τρέφω) 
twice  in  Hom.,  κνμα  άνεμοτρ.,  a 
wave  fed,  i.  e.  reared,  raised  by  the 
wind,  II.  15,  625  :  έγχοςάνεμ.,  a  spear 
from  a  tree  made  tough  and  strong  by 
the  beating  of  the  wind,  II.  11,  256, 
ubi  al.  άνεμοτρεπές  or  άνεμοστρεφές, 
turned,  shaken  by  the  wind,  v.  Spitzn. 

Άνεμότροφος,  ov,  (άνεμος,  τρέφω) 
V.  1.  for  άνεμόστροφος. 

Άνεμονριον,  ου,  τό,  (άνεμος,  οίφος) 
α  vane,  the  sail  of  a  windmill,  late. 

"t'Avf,uoiipiOV,  ov,  τό,  Anemurium,  a 
promontory  of  Cilicia,  Strab. 

Άνεμοφθορία,  ας,  ή,  damage  or 
havoc  made  by  the  v-ind  :  from 

Άνεμόφθορος,  ov,  (άνεμος,  φθείρω) 
demolished,  damaged  by  the  wind. 

Άνεμοφόρητος,  ov,  (άνεμος,  φορέω) 
borne  or  carried  away  by  the  uind,  Luc. 

Άνεμόω,ώ,ί.-ώσω,  (άνεμος)  to  air, 
expose  to  the  wind.  Pass,  to  be  blown 
upon,  moved,  or  shaken  by  the  wind, 
Plat.  Tim.  83  D :  perf  pass.  oft.  c. 
ace,  ηνεμωμένος  την  τρίχα,  having 
his  hair  floating  to  the  wind,  Callistr.  : 
of  the  sea,  to  be  raised  by  the  wind, 
Anth. — II.  to  puff  up,  swell,  Hipp. 

' Ανέμπληκτος,  ov,  (a  '^ήν.,έμπλήσ- 
σω)  unshaken,  unmoved.  Adv.  -τως, 
Plut. 

Άνέμπ/.ηστος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  έμπί- 
π/.ημι)  not  to  be  made  full,  insatiable, 
— 2.  of  u-hich  one  is  never  tired,  θέαμα, 
Themist. 

Άνέμπ7.οος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  ίμπ7.έω) 
not  sailing  :  useless  for  sailing,  ναϋς, 
Nonn. 

'Ανεμπόδιστος,  ov,  (a  priv..  εμποδί- 
ζω) unhindered,  Arist.  Eth.  N,  Adv. 
-τως.  Id.  Part.  An. 

Άνεμπό7.ητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  έμπο- 
7.άω)  unsold. 

'Ανέμπτωτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  εμπίπτω) 
not  getting  or  falling  into  a  thing,  εΐζ 
7.ύπας,  Plat.  Def.  412  C. 

'Ανέμφΰτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  εμφατος) 
not  announced  :  without  expression,  un 
meaning,  πρόςωπον,  Plut.    Adv.  -τως 

'  Ανεμώδης,  ες,  (άνεμος,  είδος) 
uindy,  airy. — 2.  metaph.  vain,  idle, 
Plut. 

125 


ANES 

■λνηίώκης.  ες,  (άνεμος,  ύκύς)  swift 
as  the  wind,  Eur.  Phoen.  163,  Ar.  Av. 
697  :  formed  like  ττο^ώκης. 

Άνεμώ'/-εια,  ας,  ή,  (earlier  Άνεμώ- 
ρεισ)  Anemolta,  a  city  of  Phocis,  11. 
2,  521,  Strab. 

'Χνεμώ?Λος,  ov,  windy,  Horn.,  but 
only  metaph.,  vain,  idle,  fruitless:  di'- 
εμώ'λιη  βάζειν,  to  talk  windy,  idle 
trash,  talk  to  the  winds,  II.  4,  355.  (De- 
riv.  simply  from  άνεμος,  for  -ώλιος 
is  an  adject,  termin.,  cf. μεταμώνιος.) 

'Ανεμώνη,  ης,  ή  the  wind-flower,  ane- 
mone, Cratin.  Malth.  1,  Pherecr.  Me- 
tall.  1,  25,  cf  Jac.  Mel.  1,  46:  ανε- 
μώναι  λό)'ω^,   flowers  of  speech,  Luc. 

'Α.νεμώΐΊς,  ιδος.  ή, =  t'oreg.,  Nic. 
ΥΚνεμώρεια,  ας,  ή,  Antmorla,  II.  2, 
521,  afterwards   called    'Χνεμώλεια, 
q.  v.,  Strab. 

ΫΚνεμώσα,  ης,  ή,  Anemosa,  a  region 
in  Arcadia,  Paus. 

'Χνεμώτις,  ιδος,  η,  she  that  stills 
the  wind,  epith  of  Minerva,  Paus.  4, 
35,  8. 

Άνενδεής,  ές,  (a  priv.,  ενδεής)  not 
scanty,  abundant. — 2.  act.  not  wanting, 
not  needy.     Adv.  —ώς. 

Άνένδεκτος,  ov.  (a  priv.,  ένδέχο- 
flCLl)  inadmissible,  impossible. 

'Ανενδοίαστος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  ένδοι- 
ύζο) undoubted,  indubitable,  Luc.  Adv. 
~τως. 

Ανένδοτος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  ένδίδωμι) 
not  giving  in,  unyielding.     Adv.  —τυς. 

Άνένδντος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  ενδύω)  not 
put  on. 

Άνένεικα,  poet,  for  ΰνήνεικα,  aor. 
act.  of  αναφέρω,  Od.  11,  625;  ύνεν- 
είκατο,  aor.  mid.,  11.  19,  314  :  ύνεν- 
ειχβείς,  Hdt.  1,  116.  No  pres.  άνεν- 
είκω  ajipears  in  use. 

'Ανενερ}'ής,  ές,  (α  priv.,  ίνεργης) 
ineflicacious,  Theophr. 

Άνενεργησία,  ας,  ή,  inefficacy,  Sext. 
Emp.  :  from 

Άνενέργητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  ένερ- 
γέω)  inefficacious.  Id. 

Άνενηνοθε.  v.  ένήνοθε. 

Άνενβουσίαστος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  tv- 
θον(ηά!^ω)  not  extravagant  or  impas- 
sioned, έρως,  Plut.     Adv.  -τως. 

Άνεννόητος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  έννοέω) 
without  thought  or  conception  of  a  thing, 
τινός,  Polyb, — II.  inconceivable.  Adv. 
-τως. 

'Ανενόχλητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  ένοχ- 
λέω)  undisturbed,  Heliod.     Adv.  -τως. 

Άνέντατος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  εντείνω) 
not  strained,  without  force,  Theopomp. 
(Com.)  Incert.  9. 

Άνέντενκτος,  ov,  [a  priv.,  έντνγ- 
χάνω)  not  to  be  met  or  conversed  with, 
unf:ociahle,  Plut. — 2.  in  good  sense, 
inaccessible  to  persuasion  or  bribery, 
incorruptible,  Id. 

Άνέντροττος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  έντρέπο- 
μαι)  not  minding  or  heeding  a  thing. 

'Ανεξύκονστος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  έξα- 
κονω)  not  well  heard,  not  quite  audible. 

'Ανεξύ?.ειπτος.  ov,  (a  priv.,  εξ- 
αλείφω) inextinguishable,  indelible, 
Isocr.  96  C.     Adv.  -τως. 

'Ανεξά?λακτος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  έξαλ- 
λάιτσω)  unchangeable. 

'Ανεξάντλητος,  OV,  (α. priv.,  'εξαν- 
τλέώ)  inexhaustible. 

Άνεξά-άτησία,  ας,  ή,  infallibility, 
Arr. :  from 

Άνεξίίττάτητος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  έξ- 
απατάο))  infallible,  Arist.  Org. ;  uv. 
προς  τι,  in  a  thing,  Id.  Pol.  Adv. 
-τως. 

Άνεξΰρίθμητος,  ov,  (σ  priv.,  έξ- 
αρΦίιέω)  not  to  be  counted  or  told. 

Άνεξάρνητος.  ov,  (a  priv.,  έξαρνέ- 
ομηι)  not  denying,  without  denying. 

'Ανεξέλεγκτος,   ov,   (o    priv.,    έξ- 
126 


ΑΝΕΠ 

ε?.έγχυ)  not  put  to  the  proof,  not  ques- 
tioned, convicted,  or  refuted,  Thuc.  4, 
126  :  safe  from  question,  impossible  to 
be  questioned  01  refuted.  Id.  1,  21  ;  not 
to  be  blamed,  Xen.  Cyn.  13,  7,  like 
ανέλεγκτος.     Adv.  -τως,  Xen. 

Άνεξέ/.ικτος,  ov,  [a  priv.,  'εξελίσ- 
σω) not  unfolded,  Sext.  Emp. 

' Ανεξέργαστος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  έξερ- 
γύζομαι)  not  wrought  out,  unfinished. 
Luc. 

'Ανεξερεύνητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  έξερ- 
εννύω)  not  to  be  searched  out,  Arist. 
Eth.  N. 

'Ανεξέταστος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  εξετάζω) 
not  searched  out,  not  inquired  into  or  ex- 
amined, Dem.  50,  16. — II.  βίος  ίν.,  a 
life  without  inquiry.  Plat.  Apol.  38  A. 
Adv.  -τως. 

Άνεξενρετος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  εξευρίσ- 
κω) not  to  be  found  out,  Thuc.  3,  87. 

'Ανεξήγητος,  ov,  [a  priv.,  έξηγέο- 
μαι)  not  to  be  told,  countless,  Gal. — II. 
not  to  be  explained. 

Άνεξία,  ας,  ή  (άνέχω)  patient  en- 
durance, forbearance,  Cic.  Att.  5,  11. 

ΥΑνεξίβίη,  ης,  ή,  Anexibia,  a  Da- 
naid,  unless  Άναξιβ.  is  to  be  read, 
Apollod. 

Άνεξικΰκέω,  to  be  άνεξίκακος  ;  and 

'Ανεξικακία,  ας,  ή,  forbearance, 
Plut.:  from 

Άνεξίκΰκος,  ov,  (ανέχομαι,  κακός) 
enduring  evil,  Luc. ;  forbearing.  Adv. 
-κως. 

Άνεξίκμαστος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  έξικμά- 
ζω)  not  dried  up,  not  to  be  dried  up, 
Arist.  Probl. 

Άνεξικώμη,  ή,  ης  ονκ  uv  ανάσχοι- 
το  d?aj  κώμη,  Cratin.  (Incert.  54)  ap. 
Hesych. :  but  this  is  evidently  a 
wrong  interpretation. 

Άνεξίλαστος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  έξΟΑσ- 
κομαΐ,  implacable. 

Άνεξίτη/.ος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  έξίτηλος) 
imperishable. 

Άνεξίτητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  εξειμι) 
with  no  outlet :  inevitable. 

'Ανεξιχνίαστος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  εξιχ- 
νιάζω) not  traced  out. 

' Ανεξοδίαστος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  έξοδι- 
άζ(ύ)  not  alienated,  not  to  be  alienated. 

'Ανέξοδος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  έξοδος)  with 
no  outlet,  without  return.  Theocr. :  ivith- 
out  practical  result,  Plut. 

'Ανέξοιστος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  εκφέρω, 
έξοίσω)^=άνέκφορος,  Plut. 

'Ανεοι  or  άνεοί,  ν,  sub  άνεως. 

Άνεορτάζω,  (α  priv.,  έορτη)  to  be 
without  holidays,  Dio  C.    Hence 

'Ανεόρταστος,  ov,  not  festal,  with- 
out holidays  or  festive  joy,  βίος,  De- 
mocr.  ap.  Stob.  J  6,  21,  p.  154. 

Άνέορτος,  ov,  {a  γύν .,  εορτή)  with- 
out festival,  iiv.  Ιερών,  without  share  in 
festal  rites,  Eur.  El.  310. 

Άνεοστΰσίη,  ης,  ή.  (ΰνεως,  Ιστημι) 
—  ένεοστασίη,  Ruhnk.  Ερ.  Cr.  ρ. 
212. 

'Ανεπύγγε?.τος,  ον,  (α  priv.,  έτταγ- 
γέ?ι,?Λ•))  nor  announced,  πόλεμος,  α  war 
begun  without  formal  declaration,  Po- 
lyb., cf  ακήρυκτος. — 2.  uninvited,  un- 
bidden, Cratin.  Dionys.  4. 

ΆνετΓαίσϋητος,  ov,  (άνετταισθάνο- 
μαι)  not  felt,  imperceptible,  Tim. 
Locr. — 2.  act.  not  feeling  Οΐ  perceiving, 
c.  gen.,  Longin.  4,  1.     Adv.  -τως. 

Άνεπάίστος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  έττάίστος) 
not  heard,  inaudible,  Ath.  376  A. 

Άνετταίσχυντος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  έττ- 
αισχύνομαι)  =  αναίσχυντος.  Adv. 
-τως. 

Άνετταιτίάτος,  ov,  'a  priv.,  έτται- 
τιάομαι)  unimpeached,  innocent,  Jo- 
seph. 

ΆΐΈττάλλακτοζ-,  ov,  (a  priv.,  kπaλ- 
λύσσω)  not  interchanging  or  altemat- 


ΑΝΕΠ 

!»i^,  UV.  ζώα,  animals  v^'hich  have 
their  upper  and  lower  teeth  meeting 
flat  together.  Arist.  H.  A.  2,  1,  51. 

ΥΑνεττάλμενος,  part.  sync.  2  aor. 
mid.  of  ανεφύλλομαι,  Αρ.  Rh.  2, 
825. 

'Ανέπα7.το,  Ερ.  for  άνεπά?ίετο, 
syncop.  3  sing.  aor.  2  mid.  from  ΰνα• 
πάλ'λω,  with  pass,  signf,  he  was 
thrown  up,  rushed  up.  11.  ;  cf  Spitzn. 
Exc.  XVI.  ad  11.  :  if  from  άνεφάλ- 
λομαι,  it  must  have  been  written 
άνε7τά?.το,  like  έπΰλτο. 

'Ανεπανόρθωτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  έττ• 
ανορθόω)  not  to  be  amended,  incorrigible, 
Plut. 

'Ανέπαφος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  επαφή)  un- 
touched, unharmed,  ap.  Dem.  926,  20  ; 
c.  gen.  rei,  unharmed  by  a  thing, 
νβρεως,  Anton. 

'Ανεπαφρόόΐτος,ον,=  ΰναφρόδιτος, 
Xen.  Symp.  8,  15,  v.  Schn.  and 
Born,  ad  1.  ;  Alciphr.  3,  80. 

Άνεπαχθής,  ές.  (α  priv.,  επαχθής) 
not  burdensome,  U'ithout  offence,  Phalar. 
Adv.  -θώς,  Thuc.  2,  37  :  uv.  φέρειν, 
not  to  take  ill,  haud  gravate  ferre. 

Άνεπέκτΰτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  επεκ- 
τείνω) not  extended :  of  declensions, 
parisyllabic,   Gramm. 

Άνεπέλενστος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  έττερ- 
χομαϊ)  not  coining  back. 

'Ανεπηρέαστος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  Ιπη- 
ρεάζω)  not  despitefully  treated,  Diod. 

'Ανεπής,  ές,  (α  priv.,  έπος)  without 
a  word,  speechless. 

Άνεπίβΰτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  έττί- 
βαίνω)  not  to  be  climbed,  impassable, 
Diod. 

Άνεπιβούλεντος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  έπι- 
βου?ι,εύω)  without  plots .  and  so — 1.  act. 
not  plotting,  το  ΰνεπιβούλεντον,  the 
absence  of  intrigue,  Thuc.  3,  37. — 2. 
not  plotted  against,  Ael. :  free  from  or 
secure  against  plots,  Polyb.  7,  8,  4. 

Άνεπίγνωστος.  ov.  [a  priv.,  έπι• 
γιγνώσκω)  not  distinctly  known.  Adv. 
-τως,  Polyb.  18,  1,  16. 

Άνεπίγρΰφος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  επι- 
γραφή) without  a  title,  without  author's 
na7ne,  unauthentic,  Diod. 

Άνεπιδεής,  ές.  (α  priv.  έπιδεής)= 
άνενδεής.  Plat.  Legg.  947  Ε. 

Άνεπίδεικτος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  έπι• 
δείκννμι)  without  ostentation  or  dis- 
play. 

'Ανεπίδεκτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  επιδέ- 
χομαι) not  accepting  or  admitting,  C. 
gen.  λόγων  uv.,  listening  to  no  rea- 
sons.— 2.  inadmissible,  impossible,  cf. 
άνεγχώρητος. 

Άνεπίδετος,  σν,  (α  priv.,  έπιδέω) 
not  bound  or  bandaged,  έλκος,  Galen. 

Άνεπίδΐκος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  επίδικος) 
without  a  lawsuit,  not  subject  to  dispute, 
undisputed,  Isae.  44,  1  :  /)  άνεπίο.,  an 
heiress  about  whose  marriage  there 
was  no  dispute,  Dem.  1135,  fin.,  cf. 
Att.  Process,  p.  470. 

Άνεπιδόκητος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  έπί, 
δοκέω)  unexpected,  unforeseen,  Simon. 
223. 

'Ανεπίδοτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  ίπιδί- 
δωμι)  not  increasing  or  growing,  The- 
opnr. 

Άνεπιείκεια,  ας,  ή,  unreasonable- 
ness, unkindness,  Dem.  845,  22  :  from 

'Ανεπιεικής,  ές,  (a  priv.,  επιεικής) 
unreasonable,  unfair,  Thuc.  3,  66. 
Adv.  -κώς. 

Άνεπίθετος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  έπιτί- 
Οημί)  allowing  of  no  addition,  Dicae- 
arch.  ap.  Creuz.  Mel.  3,  185. 

'Ανεπιθό?^ωτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  έπί.  θο• 
λόω)  untroubled, unpolluted,  Sext.  Emp. 

'Ανεπιθύμητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  έπι 
θνμέω)  without  desire,  Eccl.     [r] 

Άνεπικάλνπτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  ίπι• 


ΑΝΕΠ 

καλύτϊΤω)  unconcealed,  Diod.  Adv. 
~Τως.    [ΰ] 

Άνεττίκανστος,  ον,  (α  priv.,  έτζι- 
καίω)  not  set  on  fire,  not  burnt. 

Άνεττίκαντος,  ov,=foTeg. 

' λ.νε~ικηρνκεντος,  ov,  (a  priv., 
έπικηρνκενομαί)=^ύκήρνκτος.    [ί] 

Άνετϊίκ/ιητος,  ov,  (α  priv.  έτηκα- 
λέω)  unblamed,  Xen.  Cyr.  2,  1,  22. 
Adv.  -τως,  Thuc.  1,  92. 

Άνε-ίκοίνών7]Τος,  ov,  (a  priv., 
έτΓίκοινωχ'έυ)  not  to  be  communicated, 
not  communicable. — 2.  act.  not  com- 
municating. 

Άνεπικονρητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  έττι- 
Kovpiu)  ivithout  aid  or  succour,  Phi- 
lem.  p.  390. 

Άνεπικρϊσία,  ας,  ή,  impossibility  of 
judging :  a  reservation  of  judgment, 
Sext.  Emp. :  from 

Άνεττίκρΐτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  έττι- 
κρίνω)  not  giving  judgment  about  a 
tning,  Sext.  Emp. — 2.  pass,  not  judged. 
Adv.  -τως. 

Άνεττίκρνπτος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  i~i- 
Kpv~Tu)  unconcealed,  Anton. 

Άνε-ικώ/.ϋτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  έπι- 
κω/.ύω)  unhindered,  Joseph.  Adv. 
-τως,  Diod. 

'λνεπί/.ιιπτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  ίπι- 
?.αμ3άνομαι)  not  to  be  laid  hold  of,  at- 
tacked, Tivi,  Thuc.  5,  17  ;  blameless, 
βίος.  Eur.  Or.  922.  Adv.  -τως,  Xen. 
An.  7,  6,  37. 

Άνεττίληστος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  ίτίΰαν- 
θάνω)  not  concealed. — II.  (a  priv.,  ε— £- 
λήθομαΐ)  not  to  be  forgotten. — 2.  not 
forgetting. 

Άνεπι7.όγιστος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  έπι- 
?.ογίζομαι)  inconsiderate,  thoughtless. 
Adv.  -τως.  Plat.  Ax.  365  D. 

Άνεπιμέλητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  ίττιμε- 
7.έομαΐ)  uncaredfor,  unheeded. 

' Ανεπίμικτος,  ov,  {a  priv,,  έττίμί- 
γνυμι)  unmixed  with  a  thing,  τινί, 
Arist.  Spirit. :  pure  from,  τινός,  Diosc. 
— 2.  not  mixing  With  Others,  c.  gen. 
άνθρώτ^ων,  Strab. :  of  a  country, 
without  intercourse,  unfrequented,  Diod. 
Adv.  -τως.     Hence 

Άνεττιμιξία,  ας,  ή,  unmixedness, 
purity. — 2.  want  of  intercourse  or  traffic, 
Polyb. 

Άνεττίμονος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  έττιμένω) 
not  holding  out,  inconstant. — 2.  insuffer- 
able, Plut. 

ΆνετΓίνοτίΰία,  ας,  τ),  incoTiceivable- 
ness,  Sext.  Emp.  :  from 

Άνετϊΐνόητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  έπινοέο)) 
without  conception  of  a  thing,  incapable 
of  conceiving,  Diou. — 2.  inconceivable, 
unknown.  Id. 

Άνεττίξεστος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  έ—ιξέω) 
not  polished  over,  not  finished  off,  όόαος, 
Hes.  Opp.  744 :  cf.  Gottl.  ad  1. 

Ά.νε7Γίπλαστος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  έττί- 
ΤΓ/Ιάσσω)  not  plastered  or  painted. 

Άνε7Γίτϊ?.εκ.τος,  ov,  (a  priv.  ^ττι- 
ττλέκω,)  unentwined,  ivithout  alliance  or 
communion  with  others,  Strab. 

Άνε~ίπ?.ηκτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  km- 
Ίϊλήοσω)  not  struck  or  punished :  un- 
blamed. faidtless,  v.  1.  Xen.  Cyr.  2,  1, 
9 :  in  bad  sense,  iticorrigible,  licentious. 
Plat.  Legg.  695  B.— 2.  act.  not  striking, 
punishing  or  blaming,  Anton.  Adv. 
-τως.    Hence 

Άνε-ίτνληξία,  ας,  η,  impntrity,  licen- 
tiousness. Plat.  Legg.  695  B. 

'Κνετΐφρεκτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  έττί/^- 
{)έζω)  not  used  for  sacrifices,  χντρό- 
ποδες  ΰνεπφβ.  (like  άθυτοι),  sacri- 
ficial implements  as  yet  unused,  Hes. 
Op.  746. 

Άνε-ίσήμαντος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  επιση- 
μαίνω) not  marked  or  distinguished  by 
praise  or  blame  :  not  striking  the  eye, 
Polyb. 


ΑΛΈΠ 

ΆνετΓίσημείωτος,  ov,  (a  priv., 
έιτισημειόω)  furnished  with  no  note, 
unexplained,  Eccl. 

Άνετϊίσκετττος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  ίτη- 
σκέτΐτομαι)  not  examining,  inattentive, 
inconsiderate,  Xen.  Adv.  -τως,  Hdt. 
2,  45. — II.  pass,  not  considered,  not  ex- 
plored, not  judged,  Xen.  Mem.  2,  4,  3. 

Άνεττισκεναστος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  i-t- 
σκενύζω)  irreparable. 

Άνε-ισκειΙ'ία,  ας,  ή,  {άνεττίσκεττ- 
τος)  want  of  observaticm,  Arist.  Org. 

Άνε-ιστάθμεντος,  ov,  {a  priv., 
έτΓίσταθμενω)  without  billeting  ('of 
soldiers),  exempt  therefrom,  Polyb. 

Άνετΐίσταθμος,  ov,=foTeg. 

Άνεττιστΰσία,  ας,  ή,  {ΰνετνίστατος) 
inattention,  thoughtlessness.  Plat.  Ax. 
365  D. 

Άνε-ιστύτητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  irrt- 
ατατέω)  without  an  inspector. 

' Χνεττίστάτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  i<p- 
ίστημι)  inattentive,  careless,  Polyb. 
Adv.  -τως,  Polyb. 

Άνεττιστημονικός,  η,  όν,  not  fitted 
for  scientific  pursuits,  Arist.  Eth.  Ν  : 
and 

' λνεηΐστημοσννη,  ης,  ή,  ignorance, 
inexperience,  Thuc.  5,  7  :  want  of  sci- 
ence. Plat.,  and  .4rist. :  from 

Άνεΰΐστήμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  un- 
knowing, ignorant,  unskilful,  of  per- 
sons, Hdt.  9,  62.  Thuc.  5,  111  :  un- 
scientific. Hdt.  2,  21,  and  freq.  in 
Plat.  :  άν.  τινός  or  περί  τίνος,  un- 
skilled in  a  thing,  Plat. :  ai'..  c.  inf., 
}iot  knoiving  how  to  do  a  thing,  Xen. 
Mem.  2,  3.  7 :  rarely  of  things,  ναϋς 
ανεττιστήμονες,  unskilfully  arranged 
or  managed,  Thuc.  2,  89.  Adv.  -μό- 
νως.  Plat.,  and  Xen. :  ά\^ο  -μοσύνως. 

Άνεπιστρεπτεί,  and  ανεπιστρεπ- 
τί, adv.  οί  ανεπίστρεπτος,  Plut. 

Άνεπιστρεπτέω,  not  to  turn  one's 
self  round,  to  be  inattentive  or  negligent, 
Epict. :  from 

Άνεπίστμεπτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  επι- 
στρέφομαι) without  turning  round, 
Plut.  :  metaph.  inattentive,  heedless  : 
inexorable.  Adv.  άνεπίστρέκτως,  heed- 
lessly. 

Άνεπιστρεφής,  ές,=foτeg.,  άν.  τι- 
νός, careless  of  a  thing,  Plut. 

Άνεπιστρειίάα,  ας,  ή,  {ίνεπιστρέ- 
φομαι)  inattention,  heedlessness,  Epict. 

Ανεπίστροφος,  ov,=  ανεπίστρεπ- 
τος, Hdn.     Adv.  -φως. 

Άνεπισφΰ?:,ής,  ές,  (a  priv.,  επί, 
σφά7.7.ω)^ΰσΦα7.ής,  Themist. 

'Κνεπίσχετος.  ov,  (α  priv.,  επέχω) 
not  stopped,  not  to  be  stopped  or  checked, 
Plut.     Adv.  -τως. 

Άνεπίτακτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  επιτάσ- 
σω) not  commanded,  subject  to  no  one, 
independent,  έξονσία  εΙς  ΤΙ,  Thuc.  7, 
69.     Adv.  -τως. 

Άνεπίτΰτος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  επιτείνω) 
not  strained  or  stretched :  not  to  be 
stretched. 

Άνεπίτενκτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  επιτυγ- 
χάνω) not  hitting  the  mark. 

Άνεπιτέχνητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  έπι- 
τεχνάομαι)  inartificial :  without  design 
or  reflection.     Adv.  -τως. 

'AiTTrtTT^deiOf,  ου,  also  fern.  e,Geop., 
Ion.  ΰνεπιτί/δεος,  έη,  εον,  (α  priv., 
επιτήδειος)  unfit,  disadvayitageous,  in- 
convenient. Plat.  :  prejudicial,  hurtful, 
Hdt.  1,  175.  Adv.  -ως,  comp.  -ότε- 
pov.  Plat.  Legg.  813  Β  :  of  persons, 
hostile,  unfriendly,  Xen.     Heuce 

Άνεπιτηδειότης,  ητος,  ή,  unfitness, 
inconvenience. 

Ανεπιτήδευτος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  ίπι- 
τηδεύω)  made  without  care  or  design, 
inartificial,  Plut.     Adv.  -τως. 

Άνεπιτίμ7ίτυς,  ov,  (α  priv..  επιτι- 
μάω) not  to  be  reproached  or  censured, 


ANEP 

Arist.  Eth.  N. ;  τινός,  for  a  thing, 
Dem.  1417, 12. — 2.  unpunished,  Polyb. 
— II.  witaxed,  Inscr.    [τί] 

Άνεπίτροπος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  επίτρο- 
πος) withov.t  guardian. — 2.  (a  priv., 
έπιτρέπω)^=άνεπίστρεπτος. 

'Χνεπιτνχής,  ές.  (α  priv.,  ίπί,  τυ- 
χειν)=άνεπίτενκτος,  Artem. 

Άνεπίφαντος,  ον,  (α  priv.,  επιφαί• 
νομαι)  not  made  visible  or  conspicuous, 
unadorned.     Adv.  -τως- 

Άνεπίφάτος,  ov,  unexpected,  un- 
known. 

Άνεπίφθονος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  Ιπί- 
φθόνος)  unenvied,  not  inviduous,  without 
reproach,  εγχος.  Soph.  Trach.  1033 : 
av.  εστί  πάσιν,  it  is  no  reproach  to 
any  one,  Thuc.  6,  83,  cf.  ΰνεμέσητος. 
Adv.  -ιως,  Thuc.  6,  54. 

Άνεπίοραστος,  ov,  {a  priv,,  έπι- 
Φράζομαι)  unannvunced,  unobserved,  Si- 
mon. 231,  21. 

' λνεπιχείρητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  έπι• 
χειρέω)  not  to  be  attacked  or  overcome. 

Ανεπόπτευτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  έ— - 
οπτενω)  not  admitted  among  the  έπ- 
όπται. 

Άΐ'επόφιος,  ov,  not  in  sight. 

Άνέραμαι,  poet,  for  sq. 

Άνεράομαι,  aor.  άνηράσθην,  {άνύ, 
έράω)  to  love  again,  love  anew,  c.  gen., 
Xen.  Mem.  3,  5,  7,  Andoc.  16,  37: 
rare  word. 

Άνεραστία,  ας,  ή,  life  without  love, 
ignorance  of  love,  Themist. :  from 

'Ανέραστος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  έράω)  not 
worthy  of  love,  unlovely,  Plut. — 2.  act. 
not  loving,  unkind.  Luc. 

Άνεργάζομαι,  fut.  -άσομαι,  to  finish, 
complete. 

'Ανέργαστος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  εργάζο- 
μαι) itot  thoroughly  wrought,  imperfect, 
incomplete,  Anst.  Metaph, 

"Ανεργος,  ov,  (a  priv,,  *1ργω)  not 
done,  έργα  άνεργα,  ii'dt.  facta  infecta, 
Eur,  Hel.  363. 

Άνέργω,  old  poet,  form  of  άνείργω, 
to  keep  back,  keep  off,  poet,  whence 
lengthd.   impf.,    άνέεργε,    άνέεργον, 

Άνερεθίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (ανά,  ερεθίζω) 
to  provoke  OTtinger  again.  Pass,  to  be 
.stirred  up,  in  a  state  of  excitement, 
Thuc.  2,  21. 

Άνέρεικτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  έρείκω) 
not  crushed  or  bruised,  unground. 

*Άνερείπομαι,  dep.  mid.,  but  only 
found  in  aor.  άνηρεί'φάμην,  to  snatch 
up  and  carry  off,  ot  the  harpies  carry- 
ing off  their  prey,  Horn.,  who  only 
uses  3  pers.  pi.  άνηρείψαντο  :  later, 
to  take  upon  one's  self,  πόνοί',  Orph. 
Only  Ep.  (the  aor.  cannot  be  formed 
from  άνερέπτω,  though  no  doubt  it 
was  from  the  same  root.) 

Άνερέπτω,  to  tear  up,  draw  up : 
pass,  στόμαχος  άνερεήτόμενος,  the 
stomach  drawn  up  spasmodically  so  as 
to  cause  vomiting,  Nic. 

Άνερεύγω,  f.  -ξω,  {άνά,  έρενγω)  to 
throw  up.  Mid.  to  discharge  itself,  of 
a  river,  Arist.  Mund.,  Ap.  Rh. 

Άνερεννάω,  ω,  f.  -ήσω  {άνά,  Ιρ• 
εννάω)  Ιο  search  out,  examine.  Plat. 
Phaed.  63  A  :  also  in  mid.,  Id.  Legg. 
816  C.     Hence     •  , 

Άνερεύνησις,  ε'ως,  ή,  a  tracing  out, 
search  for  a  thing. 

' Ανερεννητος,  α•,{α'ρτ.,έρεννάω)  not 
searched  out,  unexamined,  Plat.  Hipp. 
Maj.  298  C  :  not  to  be  searched  or  found 
out,  Id.  Crat.  421  D.  Adv.  -τως,  also 
neut.  pi.  as  adv.,  inscrutably,  Eur. 
Ion  255. 

Άνερίθεντος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  έριθενο- 
μαι)  7inbribed,  uncorrupted,  Phiio.   [z] 

'Ανερίναστος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  έρΐνά^ω) 
not  ripened  by  art,  of  ngs,  Theophr. 
127 


ΑΝΕΣ 

Άνέμιστος,  ον,  (α  priv.,  έμίζω)  νη- 
dispntcd. 

'AvtpKijC  ές,  (η  priv.,  ερκος)  not 
fenced  around,  unprotected,  Q.  Sin. 

Άνίρμάηστος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  έρμα- 
τίζω)  without  ballast,  not  loaded,  strict- 
ly of  ships.  Plat.  Theaet.  144  Α.— 2. 
metaph.  without  stay  or  base,  tottering, 
unsteady,  Ruhnk.  Loilgin.  2,  2. 

'Ανερμήνευτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  ερμη- 
νεύω) not  explained,  inexplicable. 

Άνερομαι,  aor.  unipoui/v,  {ανά, 
ίρομαι)  to  question,  ask,  τινά  τι,  soine- 
tning  of  a  person,  Soph.  O.  C.  210, 
and  freq.  in  Plat.  Scarcely  used  but 
in  aor. :  the  other  tenses  are  sujiplied 
by  άνερωτάω  :  the  Ep.  had  also  a 
pres.  άνείρομαι,  q.  v. 

Άνερπνζω,=Β^.,  At.  Pac.  584. 
Άνέρπω,  {άνά,   'έρπω)  to  creep  up- 
wards or  np,  Eur.  Phoen.  1178. 
ΐ'Ανεβ/η'/θην,  def.  aor.  pass,  assigned 
to  pres.  άναγορίύω,  v.  άνερώ. ^ 

Άνέρόω,  t.  -βήσω :  aor.  ϋ.νήΙ)1»]σα, 
{ανά,  έρβω)  to  come  or  get  up,  with 
notion  ol  bad  luck,  Eupol.  Pol.  27 : 
άνε/ι/ιε,  like  εββε,  away  with  you,  Lat. 
abi  inmalam  rem,  Valck.  Hipp.  793. 
'Avfpt')'}  ύνω,=  ΰνερενγω. 
ΥΑνερυϋριάστυς,  adv.  without  blush- 
ing, unblushingly ;  iroui 

Άνερνθριύω,  ώ,  -ύσω,  {ύνύ,  έρυ- 
θρίύω)  to  begin  to  blush,  blush  up,  Plat. 
Charm.  158  C.   [ύσω] 

Άνερνω,ί.-νσω,Ιοη.  ΰνειρύω  {ΰνά, 
ίρνω)  Ιο  draw  up,  Od  9,  77,  in  tmesi : 
άνειμύσαί  ντΊας^-άνελκυσαι,  Hdt.  9, 
96.  Often  as  v.  1.  for  αΰερυω.  [ϋω, 
ϋσω] 

'Ανέρχομαι.,  fut.  άνελεύσομαι :  aor. 
ΰνήλυΟυν,  or  usu.  uvi/'Adov,  {άνά, 
έρχομαι)  to  go  up,  go  upwards,  climb 
or  mount  up,  ΰνελβών  ές  σκοπιήν, 
Od.  10,  97  :  of  trees,  to  grow  up,  shoot 
up,  Od.  G,  163,  167,  of  the  sun,  to  rise, 
Aesch.  Ag.  658,  of  lire,  to  blaze  up.  Id. 
Cho.  536. — II.  to  go  or  come  back,  go  or 
come  home  again,  return,  Honi.,  who 
also  strengthens  it  by  άψ  or  αύθις: 
also  to  come  back  to  a  point,  recur  to  it, 
recount,  Eur.  Phoen.  1207,  Ion  933. — 
2.  εΙς  Ttva,  to  come  backio  one,  be  re- 
ferred to  or  made  dependent  upon  one, 
Id.  Hec.  802.  [uv  in  άνερχομένφ,  II.  4, 
392,  the  more  strange  because  of  II. 
6,  187.] 

ΫΑνερώ,  def.  fut.  act.,  from  which 
pf.  ai'tipijKa,  assigned  to  pres.  άν- 
ayopi-vu. 

Άνερωτάω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {ανά,  ερω- 
τάω) to  ask  again  or  repeatedly,  like 
ΰνέρομαι,  Od.  4,  251 :  άν.  περί  τίνος, 
Hdt.  9,  89. 

' Avεpωτίζω,~foreg.,  Teleclid.  In- 
cert.  14. 
iΆvες,  2  aor.  imp.  of  ΰνίημι. 

Άνέσαιμι,  Ep.  opt.  aor.  1  act.  of 
ανίημι,  only  II.  14,  209,  cf.  άνέσει. 

'Ανεσαν,  3  plur.  aor.  2  of  ΰνίημι, 
II.  21,  537. 

Άνέσαντες,  part.  aor.  1  act.  from 
άνέζω,  q.  v.,  11.  13,  657. 

Άνέσει,  Ep.  for  ΰνήσει,  3  sing.  fut. 
from  ΰνίιιμι,  Od.  18,  265.  Horn,  has 
traces  also  of  a  regul.  aor.,  formed 
from  this  fut.,  ν^Μ,νέσω,  άνέσαιμι, 
ΰνεσαν. 

Άνεσία,  ας,  ή,  =  !1νεσις,  Cratin. 
Buc.  6. 

Άνέσιμος,  ον,  {ΰνίημι)  let  loose, 
idle,  Lat.  remissus. 

"Ανεσις,  εως  Ion.  ιος,  ή,  {ΰνίημι) 
α  loosening,  relaxing,  i.  e.  χορύών  of 
the  strings,  Plat. :  but  ΰνεσις  κακών, 
an  abating  of  misery,  Hdt.  5,  28 : 
hence  relaxation,  recreation,  opp.  to 
anovih'i.  Plat.  Legg.  724  A ;  and  in 
bad  sense,  Ustlessness. — 2.  a  letting 
128 


ΑΝΕΥ 

loose,  esp.  of  the  passions,  license,  licen- 

twusness,   Plat.   Rep.  561    A,   Legg. 

637  C. 

Άνέσπερος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  'έσπερος) 

without  evening. 
Άνέσσντο.  Ep.  syncop.  3  sing.  aor. 

pass.  o{  ΰνασενω,  II.  11,  458. 
■\'Ανέσταν,  for  άνέστησαν,  2  aor.  of 

ΰνίστημι,  II.  1,  533. 
νΑνέστειΤια,  -άμτ/ν,  1  aor.  act.  and 

mid.  of  ΰναστέΤί'λω. 
■\Άνέστι/κα  and  -έστην,  pf.  and  2 

aor.  act.  of  ΰνίστημι- 

'Ανέστιος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  εστία)  with- 
out hearth  of  one's  own;  and  therefore 

not  respecting  its  sanctity,  II.  9.  63. — 2. 

without  home,  homeless.  Soph.  Fr.  5. 
Άνεστραμμένως,  adv.   part.    perf. 

pass,  from  ΰναστρέφω,  turned  about, 

perversely. 
νΑνεστώς,  sync.  part.  pf.  for  ΰν- 

εστηκώς,  of  ΰνίστημι. 

'Ανέσχεθε,      ΰνεσχέθομεν,      poet. 

lengthd.  for  ΰνέσχε.  ΰνέσχομεν,  aor. 

2  of  ΰνέχω,  cf.  ΰνασχέθω,  Horn. 
νΑνέσχυν,   -όμην,  2  aor.   act.  and 

mid.  of  ΰνέχω. 

Άνετάζω,  f.  -άσω,  {ΰνά,   ετάζω)   to 

search  thoroughly,  prove  well. 
ΥΑνετάθην,    1    aor.   pass,    of   ΰνα- 

τείνω. 
Άνέταιρας,   ov,  (α  priv.,  εταίρος) 

without  companions,  friends  or  ftlloics, 
Plut. 

Άνετέον,  verb.   adj.  from  ΰνίημι, 

one  7nust  relax.  Plat. 

Άνετεροίωτος,   ov,   {a  priv.,   έτε- 

ροιόω)  unchanged,  unchangeable,  Arist. 
Mund. 

Άνετικός,  ή,  όν,  {ανετός)  fit  for  re- 
laxing, relaxing :  in  Gramm.  ΰνετικά, 
as  opp.  to  έπιτατικά,  words  denoting 
relaxation. 

Άνέτλιιν,  ης,  η,  etc.,  aor.  2  from 
*  ΰνάτλημι. 

'Ανέτοιμος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  ξτοιμος) 
not  ready,  not  fitted  out,  Polyb.  :  of 
persons,  not  ready  or  willing. 

Άνετος,  όν,  {ΰνίημι)  loosened,  re- 
laxed, slack;  Strictly  of  a  Ijow.  then 
esp.  of  men's  bodily  and  mental  pow- 
ers, Arist.  Gen.  An. :  άνετος  την 
κόμην,  with  the  hair  loose,  Luc.  Adv. 
-τώς.  Soph.  Fr.  567.  —  2.  let  loose, 
licentious,    wanton. — 3.   let  free,  freed, 

free  from  labour,  esp.  of  men  and  ani- 
mals dedicated  to  a  god,  and  so  free 
from  all  work,  Tacitus'  7iullo  mortali 
opere  contacti,  Plut.  2,  12  A. 

Άνετνμο'λόγητος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  έτν- 
μο?Μγέ(ύ)  of  unknown  derivation,  Sext* 
Emp. 

Άνέτνμος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  ίτνμον)= 
foreg.,  Sext.  Einp.     Adv.  -μως. 

"Ανευ,  adv.,  and  prep.  c.  gen.,  with- 
out, opp.  to  σύν,  used  both  of  persons 
and  things,  ΰνευ  'έθεν,  ovist  συν 
αντίο,  II.  17,  407 :  άνευ  κέντροιο, 
u'ithont  spurring,  i.  e.  without  the  ap- 
plication of  the  spur,  II.  23,  387  :  with 
persons  in  a  pregnant  sense,  ΰνευ 
θεών,  Lat.  sine  I)iis.  without  divine 
aid  or  countenance  Od.  2,  372 :  ΰνευ 
έμέθεν,  without  my  knowledge  and  tvill, 
II.  15,213  :  ΰνευ  τον  κραίνοντος,  Lat. 
injiissu  regis,  ivithout  the  sanction  of  the 
monarch,  Soph.  O.  C.  926 :  so  ΰνεν 
τοϋ  νγιει.νοϋ,  ivithout  reference  to 
health.  Plat.  Gorg.  518  D.— Π.  away 
from,  far  from  Or  parted  from  a  thing; 
'ΰνευ  ihflMV,  II.  13,  556,  cf.  Od.  16,  239. 
— III.  in  prose,  except,  besides,  like 
χωρίς,  Plat.  Grit.  112  C.  It  was 
sometimes  by  Att.  authors  put  after 
its  case,  as  νφηγητοΰ  γ'  ΰνεν.  Soph. 
Ο.  C.  502;  Xen.  Cyr.  6,  1,  14,  but 
never  by  Horn.  By  the  Boeot.  and 
some  Alexandr.  written  avif.    {Άνευ 


ANET 

is  closely  akin  to  ΰν-  or  ΰνα~  priv. 
to  which  also  belong  the  Lat,  in-, 
Engl.  un~,  Germ.  un~  and  ohn-,  cf. 
sub  a .  and  Irom  it  again  sprung 
ΰνενθε,  ΰπάνενβε,  q.y-,  just  as  from 
ΰτερ,  ΰτερθε  and  ΰπάτερθε.) 

Άνενάζω,  {ΰνά,  ενάζω)  to  honour 
with  loud  cries  of  εύα,  ΰν.  Έάκχον, 
I/yc.  to  celebrate  with  loud  shouts,  δή 
piv,  Nonn. 

Άνενϋε,  before  a  vowel  ΰνενθεν, 
{ΰνευ,  as  ΰτερθε  from  ΰτερ).  —  I. 
prep.  c.  gen.,  without,  like  άνευ,  of 
persons  and  things,  μούνα  ΰνενθ" 
ΰλλων,  Od.  16,  239,  like  οίος  ΰπ'  άλ- 
λων in  later  authors  ;  ΰνενθε  πόνον, 
Od.  7,  192 :  so  too  ΰνενθε  θεον= 
ΰνευ  θεοϋ,  q.  v.,  II.  5,  185. — 2.  apart 
from,  far  from,  11.  21,  78. — Horn,  al- 
ways puts  it  before  its  case,  though 
sometimes  parted  from  it,  II.  22,  88 : 
later  it  often  follows,  as  πατρός 
ΰνευθε,  Αρ.  Rh.  4,  746. — II.  adv..  /«r 
away,  dista>it,  opp.  to  ίγγνς  or  έγ}ύθι, 
II.  22,  3(J0  ;  23,  37H  :  out  of  the  way, 
away,  11.  23,  241,  Od.  9,  26;  and  so 
most  freq.  with  part,  tjv,  ούσα,  όν. — 
Only  poet.,  and  never  Att. 

Άνενβετος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  ένθετος) 
not  well  placed  or  arranged,  ill-suiting. 

' Ανενθϋνία,  ας,  ή,  the  state  of  an 
ΰνεύθυνος.  irresponsibility :  from 

'Ανεύθυνος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  ευθύνη) 
not  having  to  render  an  account,  not  ac- 
countable, irri  sponsible,  opp.  to  υπεύ- 
θυνος, Hdt.  3,  80,  ΰκρόασις,  Thuc.  3, 
43  ;  also  guiltless,  innocent,  because 
such  a  one  is  not  liable  to  trial,  Arist. 
Pol. :  so  ΰν.  τινός,  guiltless  of  a  thing, 
Luc.     Adv.  -νως. 

Άνεύθνντυς,  ov,  {a  priv.,  ενθύνω) 
not  made  straight,  not  going  in  a  straight 
line,  Arist.  Meteor,  4,  9,  8. 

"Ανευκτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  εύχομαι) 
ununshedfor. — II.  act.  not  wishing,  not 
praying.  Poet.  ap.  Plat.  Alcib.  2, 143  A. 

'Ανευλαβής,  ές,  (α  priv.,  ευλαβής) 
incautious. — 2.  fearing  nothing  :  esp. 
without  fear  of  the  gods,  impious. 

Άνενρεσις,  εως,  η,  {ΰνενρίσκω)  a 
finding  out,  discovery,  Eur.  Ion  569. 

Άνενρετέον,  verb  adj.  from  ΰνεν- 
ρίσκω. one  must  find  out,  Plat.  Polit. 
294  C. 

Ανεύρετος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  ειφίσκω) 
not  found  out,  not  to  be  found  out,  Plat, 
Legg.  874  A. 

Άνινρίσκω,  f.  -ρήσω,  2  aor.  ΰνεν- 
pov,  un-Att.  1  aor,  mid.  ΰνενράμην, 
pass,  ΰνενρέθην,  to  find  out,  make  out, 
to  trace  out,  discover,  Hdt.  1,  67  :  2, 
54,  and  Att.  Pass,  to  be  found  out  or 
discovered  to  be,  c.  part.,  lidt.  1,  137  ; 
4,  44  :  seldom  with  augm. 

"Ανευρος,  ov.  {a  priv.,  νεϋρον)  with- 
out sinews  :  unelastic,  slack,  feeble, 
Hipp.,  and  Theopomp.  (Com.)  In- 
cert.  9. 

Άνενρύνω,  fut.  -ϋνώ,  (ΰνά,  εΐφύνω) 
to  widen,  open,  Hipp.     Hence 

'Ανεύρυσμα,  ατός,  τό,  and 

Ανευρυσμός,  οΰ,  ό,  α  widening. 

Άνενφημέω,  ώ,  f-  -ήσω,  {άνά, 
εύφημέω)  to  shout  aloud  loithjoy ;  and, 
ace.  to  some,  as  euphemism,  to  cry 
aloud,  make  an  outcry,  even  in  grief, 
ΰνενφ.  οίμωγί}.  Sop'h.  Tr.  783,  Eur. 
Or.  1335,  Plat.  Phaed.  CO  A  :  but 
Herm.  Soph.  1.  c.  explains  it  to  cry 
out  εΰφήμει,  without  any  euphemism, 
cf.  Heind.  and  Stallb.  Plat.  1.  c. 

Άνεύόραντυς,  ov.  {a  priv.,  ευφραί- 
νω) not  rejoicing,  joyless. 

Άνεύχομαι,  dep.  mid.,  {ΰνά,  εύχο- 
μαι) to  ask  or  pray  agaiii :  to  take  back 
a  pirai/er,  recall  ii,"Plat.  Alc.  2,  142  D, 
148  B,  V.  Valck.  Hipp.  890,  cf.  ΰνα 
μάχομαι. 


ANEX 

'^νεφίλλομαι,  (ανά,  επί,  ΐϊλλομαί) 
dep.  mid.,  to  leap  up  at,  rush  upon; 
only  used  in  sync.  part,  άνεπύλμε- 
νος,  q-  V. :  cf.  άνέπαλτο. 

Άνέφαπτος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  έφύπτω) 
τ=ανέπαφος,  esp.  not  to  be  carried 
away  as  a  slave,  Inscr. 

'βίνέφελος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  νεφέλη)  un- 
clouded, cloudless,  αίθρη,  Od.  G,  45  : 
UHveded,  Soph.  EI.  1246.  [a  Ep.,  as 
in  άθάνατος.'\ 

Άνεφθος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  έφθός)  un- 
boiled, Goop. 

'Ανέφικτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  έφικνέ- 
ομαί)  not  to  be  reached,  out  of  reach, 
impossible,  Luc. 

Άνεχέγγυος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  εχέγγυος) 
unwarranted :  δια  τα  την  γνώμην  αν- 
εχέγγνον  γεγενήσβαί,  because  they 
had  no  sure  confidence  in  themselves, 
Thuc.  4,  55. 

Άνέχω,  iinpf.  άνεΐχον :  also  άνίσχω, 
άνίσχον :  f.  άνέξω,  also  άνασχήσω  : 
aor.  ΰΐ'έσχον,  and  poet,  lengtha.  άνέ- 
σχεθον,  Horn., and  Eur.  Med.  1027  (cf. 
άνασχέθω) :  pf.  άνέσχηκα,  aor.  pass. 
ΰνεσ'χέθην  : — we  also  find  in  Od.  19, 
111,  a  3  sing.  ind.  pres.  ίινέχησί,  as 
if  from  άνέχημι,  like  παμφαίνησι, 
πρυφέρησί,  Buttm.  Ausf.  Gr.  ()  95,  a, 
Anm.  5  :  to  hold  up,  lift  up,  Horn., 
esp.  χείρας  ΰν.  θεοίς,  to  raise  one's  I 
hands  to  the  gods  in  prayer  (but  in  Od.  [ 
18,  89,  χείρας  άν.,  to  hold  out,  raise 
one's  hands  to  light,  like  mid.),  hence 
uv.  ενχάς,  to  oti'er  prayers,  Soph.  El. 
636  :  άν.  τινί,  to  hold  up  and  shew  to 
one,  to  raise  admiration,  pity,  etc., 

II.  10,  461  ;  22,  80  :  άν.  φύος,  φλόγα, 
to  hold  up  a  light,  Eur. ;  esp.  to  hold 
up  the  nuptial-torch,  hence  the  phrase. 
άνεχε,  ττάρεχε  φώς,  or  simply  άνεχε, 
πύρεχε,  hold  up  and  lend  the  light  to 
lead  the  procession,  and  so  in  genl. 
make  ready,  go  on,  Herm.  Eur.  Cycl. 
203  :  to  lift  up,  exalt,  τινά.  Find.  P.  2, 
163  ;  also  to  lift  up  by  words,  extol, 
praise. — 2.  of  land,  άνέχείν  την  anpyjv, 
putting  out  a  headland,  Hdt.  4,  99,  cf 

III.  2. — 3.  to  hold  up,  uphold,  maintain, 
support,  εύδικίας,  Od.  19,  111,  πολέ- 
μους, Thuc.  1,  141  :  άν.  σε  λέχος 
στέρξας  άνέχει,  ?naintains,  is  attached 
to  thee,  Soph.  Aj.  212,  cf.  Eur.  Hec. 
123 : — so  prob.  the  nightingale  is  said, 
άν.  Κίσσόν,  to  keep  constant  to  the  ivy, 
Soph.  0.  C.  674,  ubi  v.  Herm. — II.  to 
hold  back,  hold  in,  keep  in,  'ίππους,  II. 
23,  426  ;  έμαυτον  άνίσχον,  Hdt.  1, 
42  ;  ΰν.  Σικελίαν,  to  maintain  it  free, 
μη  υπό  Τίνα  είναι,  Thuc.  6,  86. — 2.  in 
Theogn.  26,  Τ,ευς  άνέχων,  opp.  to 
VOJV,  holding  up,  stopping  the  rain. — 
III.  intrans.  to  rise  up,  rise,  as  out  of 
the  sea,  Od.  5,  320  :  later  esp.  in 
form  άνίσχω,  of  the  sun,  προς  ηλιον 
άνίσχοντα,  Hdt.  3,  98,  etc. :  to  arise, 
happen,  Hdt.  5,  100;  7,  14 : — in  Soph. 
().  T.  174,  to  cease  from  suffering,  to 
obtain  rest,  v.  Schol.  ad  1. — 2.  to  come 
forth,  stick  out,  άνέσχεν  αιχμή,  II.  17, 
310  :  esp.  of  a  headland,  to  jut  out 
into  the  sea,  Hdt.  7, 123,  Thuc.  1,  46, 
etc. — 3.  to  hold  on,  keep  doing,  c.  part. 
uv.  διασκοπών,  Thuc.  7,  48  ;  also 
absol.,  Xen.  Hell.  2,  2,  10.  Horn. 
uses  no  tense  intrans.,  but  the  aor. 

B.  Mid.  ανέχομαι,  f.  άνέξομαι  or 
άνασχήσομαι :  Att.  impf.  and  aor.  c. 
dupl.  augin.,  'ηνειχόμην,  ηνεσχόμην  : 
— strictly  to  hold  one's  self  up  or  up- 
right, and  so  to  hold  or  bear  up  against 
a  thing,  endure,  suffer,  allot  ν ;  either 
c.  ace,  άν.  κήδεα,  κακά,  etc.,  Horn., 
Hdt.,  and  Att. ;  or  c.  gen.,  once  in 
Horn.,  δονλοσύνης,  Od.  22,  423,  and 
freq.  in  Plat.,  e.  g.  Apol.  31  Β  :— the 
dependent  clause  is  usu.  (always  in 
9 


ΑΝΕΩ 

Horn.)  added  in  part.,  as  ονκ  άνέξο- 
μαι σε  άλγε'  έχοντα,  Ι  will  not  suffer 
thee  to  have  .  .  ,  II.  5,  895  ;  άΐ'έχεσ- 
θαι  ήμενος,  Od.  4,  595,  and  this  is  the 
common  constr.  in  prose,  e.  g.  Hdt.  1, 
80,  Thuc.  2,  74,  etc. ;  but  in  signf.  to 
dare  to  do,  c.  inf ,  ανέσχοντο  τον  έπι- 
όντα  όέξασθαι,  Hdt.  7,  139,  cf  Kiih- 
ner  Gr.  Gr.  ^  160,  Obs.  1  :— absol.  to 
hold  out,  last,  II. ;  esp.  in  imperat.  aor. 
άνάσχεο,  άνσχεο=τέτ?Μθί,  be  of  good 
courage,  Hom.  ;  so  too  ξυμφοραΐς 
ηνεσχόμην,  I  was  patient  in  calamities 
(not  I  bore  up  against  them)  Eur. 
Andr.  981  (where  however  Dmd. 
ξυμφοούς),  cf  Herm.  Bacch.  790  ;  in 
part,  ανεχόμενοί  φέρουσι,  they  bear 
ivith  patience,  Hdt.  4,  28. — 2.  άνέχε- 
σθαι  ξείνονς,  to  allow  the  presence  of 
guests,  Od.  7,  32  ;  and  so  to  receive, 
entertain  them,  Od.  17,  13. — II.  to  hold 
up  u'hat  is  one's  own,  hence  άνέχεσθαι 
δόρυ,  έγχος,  etc.,  Hom.  :  esp.  άν. 
χείρας,  to  hold  up  one's  hands  to  fight 
(never  to  pray,  as  in  act.),  Hom.  : 
hence  without  χείρας,  π?.ήξεν  άνα- 
σχόμενος,  II.  3,  362,  Od.  14,  425.— III. 
rarely,  to  hold  on  by  one  another,  hang 
together,  Od.  24,  8.     Cf  άνίσχο). 

Άνέφΰνος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  έ'ψu>)  hard 
to  boil  or  to  make  boil. 

Άνεψέω,  (ανά,  'έ'φω)  to  boil  again. 

Άνέψητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  έ-ψητός) 
unboiled. 

Άνε'φιά,  ΰς,  η,  fern,  from  άνεφιός, 
Xen.  Mem.  2,  7,  2.     Hence 

Άνε-φίαδεή,  contr.  άνειίηαδή,  η,  a 
first-cousin's  daughter,  Dind.  Ar.  Fr. 
584  :  Xen.  Mem.  2,  7,  2. 

νΧνηφιαδεός,  οϋ,  ό,  =  άνεψιάδης. 
For  the  accentuation,  v.  Kiihner,  Gr. 
Gr.  t)  266,  2. 

Άνεψιάδης,  ov,  δ,  a  first-cousin's 
son. 

Άνεφιαδοϋς,  οϋ,  o,=foreg.,  Pher- 
ecr.  Incert.  28. 

'Ανεψιός,  οϋ,  ό,  a  first-cousin,  but 
also  in  wider  sense  any  cousin,  a  kins- 
man, Hom.,  and  Hdt.  :  fem.  ανεψιά 
(cf  Lat.  nepos,  neptis.  Sans.  7iaptri). 
[When  the  ult.  is  long,  Hom.  length- 
ens also  the  penult.,  as  άνε-ψΐοϋ  ιιτα- 
μένοιο,  II.  15,  554.]     Hence 

Άνεψιότης,  ητος,  ή,  relationship, 
strictly  in  the  degree  of  first-cousins, 
Plat.  Legg.  871  B:  cf  Dem.  1068, 
fin. 

Άνέψομαι,  f.  άνεψ7'/σομαι,  (άνά, 
'έ'φω)  to  boil  up  or  out  of. 

Άνέω,  an  old  pres.  from  which  are 
formed  some  tenses  of  ΰνίημι :  Hdt. 
has  a  3  plur.  pres.  pass.,  άνέονται  ές 
το  μύχιμον,  for  άνίενται,  2,  165,  but 
v.  ανέωνται. 

"Ανεω,  V.  άνεω,  in  ΰνεως. 

Άνέφγα,  Att.  perf.  2  from  ανοίγω, 
always  intr. 

Άνέωγον,  imperf.  from  ανοίγω, 
Hom. 

Άνεφγότως,  ad.  part.  perf.  άνεω- 
γώς,  from  ανοίγω,  openly. 

■f' Ανέωνται,  for  ανεινται,  3  plur. 
perf  pass,  of  άνίημι,  the  reading  of 
Flor.  MS.  in  Hdt.  2,  165,  for  άνέον- 
ται preferred  by  Buttmann,  Ausf.  Gr. 
^  108,  4,  n. 
\'Ανέωξα,  1  aor.  act.  of  ανοίγω. 

'Ανεως,  gen.  ω,  ό,  ή,  is  considered 
as  Att.  form  of  an  obsol.  adj.  άναυος, 
άναος  (α  priv.,  αυω,  *  άω,  to  cry), 
without  a  sound,  voiceless,  mute  : — from 
it  are  found  άνεω,  nom.  plur.,  six 
limes  in  Horn.,  and  άνεω,  fem.  nom. 
sing.,  Od.  23,  93.  But  this  latter 
lorm  is  against  analogy  :  hence  Aris- 
tarch.  always  writes  άνεω  as  adv.,  in 
silence,  and  he  is  followed  by  Buttm. 
Lexil.  in  voc,   Spitzn.   II.    2,   323. 


ANHK 

Hom.  only  joins  it  with  -γενέσθαι, 
είναι,  ήσθαι. 

Άν?},  ης,  ή,  (άνω)  an  accomplish- 
ment, fulfilment,  Aesch.  Theb.  713. 

Άvηi3ύσκω,=  sq.,  Dion.  H. 

Άνηβάω,ώ,{.-ήσω,{άνά,  ήβάω)  to 
grow  young  again,  Lat.  repuerascere, 
Theogn.  1003,  Eur.,  and  Xen.  Cyr. 

4,  6,  7. — II.  to  grow  up,  attain  to  ηβη, 
Call.  Jov.  55.  The  lorm  άνηβάσκω, 
ace.  to  Gramm.,  is  not  so  good,  Thorn. 
M.  p.  415.    Hence 

'Ανηβητήριος,  ία,  lov,  making  young 
again,  άν.  βώμη,  the  returning  strength 
of  youth,  Eur.  Andr.  552. 

"Ανηβος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  ηβη)  not  hav- 
ing yet  reached  ήβη,  or  puberty,  not 
come  to  man's  estate,  beardless,  Opp.  to 
έφηβος.  Plat.  Legg.  833  C. 

'Ανήγαγον,  aor.  2  from  ανάγω. 

Άνηγεμόνευτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  ηγε- 
μονεύω) without  leader  or  commander, 
Luc. 

Άνηγέομαι,  f.  -ήσομαι,  (άνά,  ήγέο- 
μαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  tell  as  in  a  narrative, 
relate,  recount,  Pind.  N.  10,  35,  Hdt. 

5,  4  :  like  διηγ.,  and  έξηγ. — 2.  to  go 
along  in  a  chariot,  Bockh  Expl.  Pind. 
O.  9,  86. 

\'Ανηγέρθην,  1  aor.  ind.  pass,  from 
ανεγείρω. 
ΥΑντρ/ρόμην,  sync.  2  aor.  mid.  from 
ανεγείρω. 
ΥΑνήγρετος,  ον,=^νηγρετος,  Nonn. 
^'Ανηδέως,  adv.,  coUat.  form  of  άη- 
δέως,  άηδώς,  from  αηδής,  Hipp. 

Άνήδομαι,  as  pass.,  to  withdraw  or 
recall  one's  enjoyment  of  a  thing,  no 
longer  enjoy  it,  like  άνεύχομαι,  c.  ace, 
Hermipp.  Incert.  5.  (Compd.  not 
with  άν-  priv.,  but  \vith  adv.  άνά, 
back. ) 

Άνήδονος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  ηδονή)  tvith- 
out  pleasure,  disagreeable. 

' Ανήδυντος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  ήδύνω)  not 
sweetened  or  seasoned.  Lat.  inconditus, 
Arist.  Probl. :  metaph.  unpleasant,  re- 
pulsive, ηλικία,  Arist.  H.  Α.,  γυνή, 
Plut. 

Άνήδυστος,  ov,=  foreg.,  Plut. 

Άνήτ],  Ep.  for  avy.  3  sing.  subj. 
aor.  2  of  άνίημι,  II.  2,'  34. 

νΑνηθέλαιον,  ου,  τό,  (άνηθον,  έλαι- 
ον)  oil  from  the  seed  of  άνηθον,  oil  of 
anise  seed,  Galen. 

ΆνήθΙνος,  η,  ov,  {άνηθον)  made  of 
dill,  στέφανος,  Theocr.  7,  63. 

'Ανηθίτης  οίνος,  δ,  wine  mixed  with 
dill,  Geop.  [i] 

Άνηθον,  ου,  τό,  dill,  anise,  Lat. 
anethum,  Ar.  Nub.  982  :  also  άννηθον, 
Ar.  Thesm.  480 ;  Ion.  άννησον  or 
άνησον,  Hdt.  4,  71 ;  poet,  άννητον  or 
άνητον,  Alcae.,  and  Anacr. :  later 
Att.,  Dor.,  and  AeoL,  άνισου  or  άννι 
σον,  Alex.  Leb.  2,  7 :  v.  Dind.  Ar• 
Nub.  982,  Bergk  Anacr.  138. 

Άνηθοποίητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  ήθο 
ποίέω)  not  giving  exact  delineation  of 
character,  Dion.  H.  —  2.  ivithout  fitted 
character,  immoral,  Cic.  Att.  10,  10. 

ΆνήΙξαν,  aor.  1  from  άναΐσσω,. 
Hom. 

Άνήϊον,  ες,  ε,  Ep.  for  άν^ειν,  im- 
perf of  άνειμι,  Od. 
Υ  Ανήκα,  1  aor.  act.  of  άνίημι. 

'Ανήκεστος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  άκέομαι) 
not  to  be  healed,  incurable,  desperate,  γά- 
λος, άλγος,  II.  5,  394,  15,  217  ;  πάθος, 
λώβη,  ?Λ'μαι,  Hdt.  1, 137,  etc. ;  κακά, 
σνμφοραί,  etc..  Archil.  1,  5,  and  freq. 
in  Att.  :  ανήκεστα  ποιειν  τινα,  to 
ruin,  destroy  utterly,  Xen.  ;  ανήκεστα 
πάσχειν,  to  be  utterly  ruined  or  destroy- 
ed, Thuc.  3,  39,  etc. — II.  act.  dama- 
ging beyond  remedy,  most  destructive  or 
pernicious,  πυρ.  Soph.  El.  888 :  χαρά. 
Id.  Aj.  52.  Adv.  -τως :  άν.  διατιθέ- 
129 


ΑΝΗΛ 

ναι,  to  treat  with  barbarous  cruelty,  Hdt. 
3,  155,  cl.  8,  28  :  άν.  λέγειν,  to  chatter 
incorrigibly,  ap.  Aeschdil.  5,  34. 

'Avr/Kf'/g,  ές,  (α  priv.,  a/cof)=:loreg., 
isoph.  Fr.  44,  v.  EUenclL  in  voc. 

Άνηκιδωτος,  ov,  [a  priv.,  άκίδω- 
τος)  without  point,  Aesch.  Fr.  262. 

'AvijKoia,  ας,  y,  a  not  hearing,  deaf- 
ness.— 2.  unwillingness  to  hear,  disobe- 
dience.— 3.  a  not  having  heard,  ignor- 
ance, Phit. :  from 

Άνήκοος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  ακοή)  without 
hearing,  deaf,  Arist.  Probl. — II.  c.  gen., 

I,  not  hearing,  never  haiiing  heard  or 
learnt,  Plat.  Phaedr.  261  C,  Xen. 
Mem.  2,  1,  31  :  hence  unknowing,  ig- 
norant of,  Bern.  441,  15,  Aeschin.  19, 
41.— 2.  not  willing  to  hear,  disobedic?it, 
TO  άνήκοον,  disobedience,  Dion.  JI. — 
III.  \Miss.,  not  heard  or  lobe  heard.  Adv. 
-όως,  άν.  εχ(ο  τινός,  to  be  ignorant  of 
a  thing,  Plut. 

Άνΐ]κ.ουστέυ.  f.  -ήσω,  to  be  ανήκουσ- 
τος, unwilling  to  hear  or  listen,  to  diso- 
bey, c.  gen.  ττατρυς  ουκ  άνηκονστησε, 

II.  15,  236;  c.  dat.  Hdt.  6,  14:  also 
absol.,  Hdt.  1,  115;  and 

Άνηκουστία,  ας.  ή,  want  of  hearing, 
deafness,  Hipj). — 2.  disobedience,  Plat. 
Legg.  671  A:  from 

'Ανήκουστος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  άκονω) 
not  heard,  inaudible,  Arist.  Probl.  :  un- 
heard of,  too  horrible  to  listen  to,  Soph. 
El.  1408. — II.  act.  not  hearing,  or  hav- 
ing heard :  not  obeying,  disobedient,  το 
άνήκονστον,  disobedience,  Xen.  Cyn. 
3,  8.     Adv.  -τως. 

'Ανήκω,  f.  -^ω,  {άνά,  ηκω)  to  have 
come  up,  or  reached  to  a  point,  εις  τι, 
i.  e.  ές  τον  όμφαλόν,  Hdt.  7,  60  :  ές 
Tu  μέγιστα,  τ:ρώτα  αν.  τινί  or  πεμί 
ΤίνοΓ,  to  have  reached  the  highest  point 
in  a'thing,  Hdt.  5,  49  ;  7,  134  ;  also 
ές  τοσούτο  εΰηθείης,  πρόσω  αρετής 
ίν.,  Id.  7,  16,  237  ;  but  εις  ουδέν  ανή- 
κει, it  amounts  to  nothing,  Hdt.  2,  101 : 
also  av.  εις  .  .  ,  to  refer  to  or  be  con- 
nected with  .  .  ,  Lat.  pertinere  ad  .  .  , 
Dem.  1390,  17. — II.  to  come  back,  re- 
turn. Plat.  Theaet.  196  B,  cf.  Anti- 
pho    123,  14. 

Άνηλύκΰτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  ήλακάτη) 
without  a  spindle,  unable  to  spin.  Ma- 
tron ap.  Ath.  183  A. 

' Ανή7.ατο,  3  sing.  aor.  1  mid.  from 
αναΚ'Κομαι. 

Άνήλατος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  έλαύνω) 
not  to  be  beaten  nut  with  the  hammer, 
not  ductile,  Arist.  Meteor.  :  hence 
hard,  utitameable. 

'Ανη?.εγής,  ές,  unconcerned,  careless. 
Adv.  -έως  :  cf.  άττηλεγής,  άττηλεγέως. 

Άνηλεήμων,  ov,  gen.  ονος.^άνε- 
λεήμων,  Nicoch.  Incert.  5,  cf.  Schiif. 
Greg.  p.  163. 

'Ανηλεής,  ές,  and  ανηλέητος,  ov,= 
άνελ.,  q.  V. 

Άνήλειπτος,  άνήλειφος,  and  άνή- 
λΐψος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  αλείφω)  unano'mt- 
ed,  unpainted,  unsmearerl.     Hence 

Άνηλει-ψία,  ας,  ή,  the  state  of  an 
άνήλειΤΓτος,  uncleanliness,  filth,  like 
άλουσία,  Polyb. 

i' Ανηλεώς,  adv.  from  ανηλεής,  mer- 
cilessly, ivithout  pity,  Aesch.  Pr.  240, 
where  Blomf  reads  ύλλα  νηλεώς,  v. 
adl. 

Άνη7ίής,  ές,  poet,  contr.  for  ανη- 
λεής. 

νΑνήλθον,  contr.  for  ανήλνθον,  2 
aor.  of  ανέρχομαι. 

Άνη7αύζω,  fut.  -άσω,  {ανά,ή7αάζω) 
to  expose  to  the  s^m. 

Άνή7.ϊκος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  ηλιξ)  not 
yet  arrived  at  ή7.ικία  or  man's  estate. 

'Ανήλιος,  ov,  («  priv.,  ήλιος)  with- 
out sv7i,  utisunned.  sunless,  gloomy,  esp. 
of  the  nether  world,  Trag. 
130 


ANHP 

'Ανή7ίΪ7τος,  ov.  Dor.  άνάλ.,  unshod, 
barefoot,  Theocr.  4,  56,  cf.  νή7.ΐ7τος, 
νηλί-ονς.  (Said  to  be  from  ή7.ΐ'ψ,  a 
Dorian  shoe  :  others  from  έλίσσειν 
πυδα,  which  gives  a  wrong  sense ; 
at  all  events  the  termin.  -πος  has 
nothing  to  do  with  πους.) 

Άν/ιλΐφής,  ές,  and  άνή7ΰφος,  ov,= 
ανήλειπτος. 
^Ανήλνθον,  v.  άνή7ί.θον. 

'Ανή7Λσις,  εως,  ή,  {ανέρχομαι)  α 
going  up. — 2.  α  coming  back,  return : 
also  ανέλενσις. 

Άνήμελκτος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  αμέλγω) 
wimilked,  Od.  9,  439. 

'Ανήμερος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  ήμερος)  not 
tame,  wild,  savage,  of  persons,  Aesch. 
Pr.  716,  of  a  country,  Eum.  14:  of 
plants,  ivild  :  of  land,  unlilled.  Adv. 
-ρως.     Hence 

Άνημερότης,  ητος,  ή,  wildness,  sav- 
ageness. 

Άνημερόω,  (άνά,  ήμερόω)  to  tame. 
Soph.  Fr.  233. 
\Άνημμαι,  perf  pass,  from  ίνάπτω, 
Eur.  H.  F.  549. 
i'Avip',  2  aor.  ind.  of  άνίημι. 

Άνήνασθαι,  inf.  aor.  from  άναίνο- 
μαι,  of  which  tense  Horn,  has  also 
ανήνατο  and  ΰνήνηται. 

Άνηνεμέω,  to  be  without  wind,  calm, 
Strab. ;  and 

' Ανηνεμία,  ας,  ή,  a  calm,  Anth. : 
from 

^Ανήνεμος,  ov,  ivithout  wind,  calm, 
ανήνεμος  χειμώνων  for  ανεν  ανέμου 
χειμώνων,  ivithout  the  blast  of  storms. 
Soph.  O.  C.  677.  (a  priv,,  άνεμος  : 
cf  νήνεμος  and  νηνεμία,  but  the  η 
belongs  to  the  root,  cf.  ήνεμόεις,  and 
άνήρ,  ήνορέη,  ανήνωρ.) 
ΫΑνήνεγκον,  2  aor.  οί  αναφέρω. 

Άνήνιος,  ον,  (α  ρην..  -ηνία)  Dor. 
άνύνιος,  without  bridle,  unbridled,  inso- 
lent. 

Άνήνιος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  ανία)  Ion.  for 
άνύνιος,  without  pain  or  grief. 

Άνήνοθε,  Ep.  perf  2  c.  intr.  pres. 
signf.,  the  3  pers.  also  used  as  aor. : 
Hom.  has  it  twice  αίμα  άνήνοθεν  έξ 
ώτει7.ής,  gushed  forth  from  the  old 
wound,  II.  11,  266  ;  and  κνίση  άνήν- 
οθεν, mounted  up,  Od.  17,  270.  (Buttm. 
Lexil.  in  voc.  assumes  a  pres.  form 
*  ανέβω,  άνβω,  akin  to  άνθέω,  to  shoot 
up  into  flower ;  and  prob.  the  prep. 
άνά  is  the  root,  cf.  αντί,  άντυμαι : 
the  word  'ενήνοθε  comes  very  near  it 
'inform,  though  prob.  from  a  different 
root.) 

Άνήννστος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  άννω)  like 
άτέλεστος,  not  to  be  accomplished,  end- 
less, aimless,  έργον,  Od.  16,  11:  un- 
completed. 

'Ανήνΰτος,  ov,  =  foreg.,  freq.  in 
Plat.,  άν.  οΙτοΓ,  endless  woe.  Soph. 
El.  167,  cf  Valck.  Adon.  379  C.  Adv. 
-τως.  Soph.  Fr.  501. 

Άνήνωρ,  ορός,  ό,  (a  priv.,  άνήρ) 
nmnanly.  dastardly,  like  άνανδρος, 
Od.  10,  301  :  άνήρ  άνήνωρ,  a  man  of 
no  manhood,  Hes.  Op.  749. 

' Ανήπνστος,  ov.  Ion.  and  poet,  for 
άνάπ..  Lob.  Phryn.  701. 

Άνηπύω,  f.  -σω,=  άναφωνέω,  to  cry 
aloud,  roar,  Mosch.  2,  98.  [On  quan- 
tity, cf  ήπύω.) 

Άνήρ,  ό,  gen.  ανδρός,  δρί,  δρα,  voc. 
άνεμ,  plur.  άνδρες,  ανδρών,  άνδράσι, 
άνδυας.  The  Ερ.  have  also  the  regul. 
decl.  άνέρος,  etc.,  dat.  pi.  άνδρεσσι : 
a  man.  as  opp.  to  woman,  Lat.  vir, 
{άνθρωπος,  Lat.  homo,  being  man,  as 
opp.  to  beast),  II.  17,  435 :  though 
Hom.  as  an  Ep.  poet  mostly  uses  it 
of  princes,  leaders,  etc.,  yet  he  ex- 
tends it  to  all/r<>e  men  :  άνήρ  δήμου, 
one  of  the  people,  II.  2,  198,  Od.   17, 


ANHP 

t  352  ;  and  to  mark  a  man  of  rank,  a 
qualifying  word  is  usu.  added,  a.•* 
βον7ιηφόρος,  άρχος,  βασΟ.ενς,  άγος, 
ήγήτωρ,  έξοχος  άνήρ. — 11.  α  man,  as 
0])ρ.  to  a  god,  πατήρ  ανδρών  τε.  θεών 
τε,  Hom.,  Δίό^  άγγελοι  ήόέ  και  αν- 
δρών, II.  1,  334,  403:  most  freq.  in 
plur.,  yet  sometimes  in  sing.,  e.  g.  11. 
18,  432,  Herm.  Vig.  ^  66  :  oft.  with 
βροτός  or  θνητός  added  ;  also  άνδρες 
ημίθεοι,  II.  12,  23,  and  freq.  άνδρες 
ήρωες. — III.  a  man,  as  opp.  to  a  youth, 
though  the  latter  is  also  called  in 
Horn,  νέος,  νεώτερος,  κονρότερος, 
όπλότερος,  νεηνίης  άνήρ  :  so  again 
άνήρ  γέρων  or  προγενέστερος.  Oil.  4, 
205:  18,  53  ;  but  άνήρ  alone  alvv'ays 
means  a  man  in  the  prune  of  life, 
esp.  a  warrior. — IV.  a  man,  emphati- 
cally so,  a  man  indeed  ;  άνέρες  εστε, 
φί7.οι,  11.  5,  529,  and  freq.  in  Hilt., 
esp.  πολλοί  μεν  άνθρωποι,  ολίγοι  δέ 
άνδρες,  Hdt.  7,  210;  so  too  in  Att., 
who  also  use  it  of  moral  worth,  a 
man,  a  braise,  honest  7nan,  V  alck.  Hdt. 
1,  c.  Wess.  Hdt.  9,  39,  Heind.  Plat. 
Phaedr.  239  B.— V.  α  husband,  Horn., 
Hdt.,  and  Att. :  ές  άνδρος  Ιέναι,  or 
έλθείν,  to  be  married,  Schiif,  Greg.  p. 
45  :  though  not  necessarily  implying 
marriage,  indeed  in  Soph.  Trach.  551 
it  is  opp.  to  πόσις,  a  paramour,  cf. 
Valck.  Hipp.  491,  Toup  Theocr.  15, 
131.  Almost  all  these  signfs.  belong  to 
Lat.  vir. — VI.  later  usages,  esp.  in 
Alt. — 1.  άνήρ  was  commonly  joined 
with  titles,  prolessions,  and  the  like, 
as  in  Horn.,  as  άνήρ  δικαστής,  άρ- 
χων, φιλόσοφος,  etc.:  also  with 
names  of  nations  as  άνδρες  Κίλικες, 
βρήκες,  etc.  :  esp.  in  addresses,  άν- 
δρες δίκασταί,  βονλενταί,  έφοροι, 
and  so  in  the  well-known  άνδρες 
'Αθ7]ναΐοι :  hence  in  Com.  άνδρες 
κύνες,  Ιχθύες.  Meineke  Archipp. 
Ichth.  14. — 2.  ό  άνήρ,  by  crasis,  Att. 
άνήρ.  Ion.  ώνήρ,  is  very  freq.  used 
as  emphatically  for  αυτός,  εκείνος, 
Trag.,  and  Plat. :  and  so  in  oblique 
cases  without  the  article,  Trag., 
but  not  in  pro.se :  very  rare  in  this 
signf.  without  the  article,  v.  Stallb. 
Excurs.  ad  Plat.  Phaedr.,  cf.  άνθρω- 
πος.— 3.  άνήρ  δδε.  οδ'  άνήρ,  freq.  in 
Trag.  in  all  cases=^}'w,  έμαντον.  etc. 
— 4.  πάς  άνήρ,  every  man,  every  one, 
freq.  in  Plat.  (Of  one  root  with  άν- 
ήρ are  άρήν,  Άρης,  άρείων,  άριστος, 
αρετή  :  on  the  same  root  in  kindred 
languages,  v.  Lassen  in  the  Rhein- 
isches  Museum,  2,  p.  160.)  [In  Ep, 
usu.  «  in  arsis,  a  in  thesis ;  but  in  tri- 
syll.  cases  άνερος.  etc.,  alw'ays  «2: 
Att.  always  «  ;  for  when  it  is  long,  iL 
must  be  written  άνήρ  (by  crasis  for 
6  άνήρ),  Pors.  Phoen.  1670 ;  but  in 
Lyr.  parts  of  Tragedy  it  sometimes 
follows  the  Ep.  rule,  as  Soph.  O.  T. 
869,  cf  Lob.  Aj.  1183.] 
Υ  Ανήρ,  by  crasis,  Att.  foro  άνήρ.  [α] 

Άνήρεικτος,  ov,  poet,  and  Ion.  for 
άνέρεικτος. 

'Ανηρέμητος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  ήρεμέω) 
restless,  uneasy.  Adv.  -τως,  Sext. 
Emp. 

Άνήρεστος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  αρεστός) 
unpleasing,  displeasing. 

Άνηρεφής,  ές,  (a  priv.,  έρέφω)  not 
covered,  ivithout  roof.  .\p.  Rh.  2,  117], 
ΥΑνήρηκα,  perf  ind.  act.  from  άν- 
αιρέω. 

Άντ/ρης.  ες,  (a  priv.,  άρω)  unjoined. 
hence  unmarried. — 11.  {a  priv.,  άνήρ) 
=ύνδρώδης,  Aesch.  Fr.  204. 

Άνήριθμος,  ov,  poet,  and  Ion.  for 
άνύριθμος,  Aesch.  Pr.  90  :  άνήριθ- 
μον  χρόνον  βεβώς  for  ημέρας  άν.. 
Soph.  Tr.  246,  μηνών  άνήριθμος  τρυ- 


ΑΝΘΚ 

χίιβΐνος,  ηοτη  out  months  out  of  mim• 
ber,  Aj.  598,  ubi  v.  Herm. 
t'Af//f)iffr<Jf,  01'.  0,  Ane.rist\ts^  a 
Spartan  ambassador  to  Persia,  Hdt. 
7,  137, — 2.  grandiather  of  the  preced- 
ing. Hdt.  7,  134. 
^Άν/ΐροέστί^ς  or -έστης,  ov,  6,  Anero- 
es'ex.  a  Gallic  prince,  Polyb.  2,  22,  2. 

Άνηροτσς,  ov,  (a  priv.,  hpou)  un- 
phu^hed,  untHlfd,  Od.  9,  109.  Also 
it)  Aesch.  Pr.  708,  there  being  no  Att. 
lorm  άνύροτος:  yvvr/,  Luc.  Lex.  19. 
f'AvTipurevv,  Dor.  tor  άνηρώτοιν, 
from  άνεριοτύυ,  Theocr.  1,  81. 

Άν?ισίόωρος.  ov.  {ύνίημι,  όώρον) 
sending  forth  gifts,  i.  e.  making  them 
gmo  up,  epith.  of  Earth  and  Ceres, 
like  ζήόωρος :  also  ύνεισίδωρος, 
Wagner  Alciph.  1,  3. 

'Χνησον,  ov,  ra,  or  άννησον.  Ion. 
for  ΰνηθον,  but  later  Edd.  prefer  uv- 
νησυν,  cf.  άνητον. 

Άνήσσητος,  ov,  Att.  ΰνήττητοζ,  or 
ΰιιττητος,  Xen.,  (a  ρνΐΛ'.,  ήσσαίύ)  un- 
conquered,  vnconqiierahle. 

Άνηστίζ,  f6;r,  ό,  ή,  (α  priv.  ίδω, 
^aei(,/)^=vyoTir.fasiiiig,  Cratin.  Dion. 
3 ;  like  νώνυμος.  ανώνυμος ;  vtjve- 
uoc,  (ΐΐ'ήνΐμος ;  νήρίβμος,  ΰι^ήρίβαος. 

Άνήτινος,  η,  ov.  Dor.  for  ανήό. 
ΥΧνήσω,  fut.  of  ανίημι. 

'XvijTov  or  ΰννητον,  ov,  τό.  Dor. 
and  Aeol.  for  ύνη(^ην. 

'λνήττητος.  ov,  Att.  for  ΰνήσση- 
τος. 

' Χνήόαιστος,  ov.  {a  priv.,  Ήψαι- 
στος)  without  Ήόαιστος,  ιΊν.  ττνρ,  with 
fW  material  fire,  £l)r.  Or.  621. 

Άν/ίφθω,  3  sing,  imperat.  perf  pass, 
from  άνά~τω,  Od.  12,  51. 

Άνηχέω,  {άνά,  ήχέω)  to  sound 
aloud,  resound. — 2.  to  sound  back,  echo. 

Άνθαιρέομαι,  f.  -ήσομαι,  {αντί, 
α'ψέομαί)  dep.  mid.,  to  choose  a  thing 
instead  of  another,  prefer  one  to  an- 
other, Ti  or  Tiva  τίνος,  Eur.  Cycl 
311  :  c.  ace.  only,  to  prefer,  choose  in- 
stead, Eur.,  etc.— Π.  to  dispute,  lay 
claim  to.  Eur.  Hec.  660. 

Άνθΰ/^σκομαι,  f.  -αλώσοααι,{άντί, 
ά?.ίσκοιιαι)  pass.  c.  fut.  mia.,  aor.  and 
perf.  act.,  to  be  c/iught.  overthrown  in 
turn,  i.  e.  after  one  has  overthrown 
others,  Aesch.  Ag.  340. 

' λνθάμιλλάομαι,  {αντί,  αμι7.7Αο- 
uat)  dep.  c.  fut.  mid.,  and  usu.  c.  aor. 
pass.,  but  also  c.  aor.  mid.,  to  vie  with 
another,  or  one  another,  be  rivals, 
Plat.  Legg.  731  A  :  to  race  one  an- 
other. Xen.  Hell.  6,  2,  28. 

' λνθάμι'λλος.  ov,  {αντί,  άμ(λ?Μ) 
vying  tfith,  rivalling,  Eur.  Ion  606. 

Άνθάπτομαι,  f.  -ά'φομαι.  Ion.  άντ- 
άπτομαί,  {ΰντί,  άπτομαι)  dep.  mid., 
to  lay  hold  of,  meddle  with,  engage  in, 
c.  geu.,  πολέμου,  Hdt.  7,  138,  άνθ. 
τών  πραγμάτων,  to  take  part  in  state 
affairs,  capessere  remp.,  Thuc.  8,  97, 
cf  Plat.  Rep.  525  C— 2.  to  lay  hold 
of,  seize,  attack,  esp.  of  pain,  etc., 
Soph.  Tr.  778,  Eur.  Med.  55.— II.  to 
lay  hold  of  in  return,  Eur.  Hec.  275 : 
always  c.  gen. 
ΥΑνβας,  a  and  ov.  ό,  Anthas,  son  of 
Neptune  and  Alcyone.  Paus. 
^Ανθεια,  ας,  ή,  Anihea,  a  city  of 
Messenia,  II.  9.  151,  ace.  to  Strab.:^ 
the  later  Thuria,  cf.  Paus.  4,  31,  2.— 

2.  a  city  of  Troezene,  Paus.  2, 30,  7. — 

3.  a  district  of  Achaea,  named  from 
Antheus,  Paus.  7,  18,  3. — 4.  a  place 
in  The.ssalv,  Hes.  Sc.  381,  who  also 
calls  it'Ai'i?;;,  Id.  474. 

Άνβείνός,  ή,  όν,=ύνθίνός,  Luc. 

Άνθειον,  ov,  τό,  {άνθος)  a  flower, 
blossom,  Ar.  Ach.  869. 

Άνθειας,  a,  ov,  {άνθος)  flowery, 
epith.  of  Ceres,  Paus. 


ΑΝΘΕ 

\\.νθεκτέον,  verb.  adj.  from  αντ- 
έχω, one  must  hold  to,  cleave  to,  τινός. 
Plat.  Rep.  424  B,  so  too  ΰνθεκτέα  έσ- 
τι  της  θαλάσσης,  Thuc.  1,  93.-2. 
one  must  resist. 

Άνθελιγμός,  ov,  ό,  {αντί,  έ?ύσσω) 
a  counter-winding. 

Άνθέλιξ,  ικος,  η,  {αντί,  ελιξ)  the 
part  of  the  outer  ear  which  surrounds  the 
passage  (έλί-ί). 

Άνθε/ικόντως,  adv.  part.  pres.  from 
άνβέ?.κω,  drawing  to  one^s  self,  or 
against  another,  SO  that  resistance  is 
implied. 

'Ανθέ?Λω,  f.  -ξω,  {ΰντί,  ίλκω)  to 
draw  or  pull  against,  Thuc.  4,  14,  άΐ'θ. 
α\7.'ί]λϋ,ΐς.  against  one  another,  Plat. 
Legg.  644  Ε  :  hence  to  draw  in  a  con- 
trary direction,  draiv  aivay.  Id.  Rep. 
439'B. 

Άνθεμα,  ατος,τό.  poet  for  ανάθεμα, 
Η.  Hem.  5,  9,  or  ανάθημα,  Mel.  114. 

' Ανθιμίζομαι,  dep.  mid.,  {άνθεμίς) 
to  pluck  a  flower  or  blossom  :  hence  in 
Aesch.  Supp.  73,  γόεόνα  άνθ.,  ace.  to 
Schol.  for  TO  άνθος  τών  γόων  άπο- 
δρέπομαι,  like  άπανθίζω. 

ΥΑνθεμίδτις,  ου.  ό,  son  of  Anthemion, 
II.  4,  488,  for  Άνθεμιωνιάδης. 

'Ανθέμιον,ον,τό,=άνθος,Ύ}\βοτρ}ιτ. 
V.  Schneid.  in  Ind. — II.  the  volute  of 
Ionic  columns  ;  a  spiral  line,  Lat. 
spira. — III.  άνθέμ.  έστιγμένος.  tattoo- 
ed with  flowers  or  spiral  lines,  like  the 
Mosynoeci,  Xen.  An.  5,  4,  32,  v. 
Sturz  Lex.  in  voc. 

Άνθεμίς,  ίδος,  ή,  =  άνθος,  Anth. — 
2.  an  herb  like  our  chamomile. 

νΑνθεμίς,  ίδος,  -η,  Anthemis,  the 
earlier  name  of  Samos,  Strab. 

ΥΑνθεμίων,  ωνος.  ό,  Anthemion,  a 
Trojan,  11.  4,  473.-2.  father  of  Any- 
tus.  Plat.  Men.  90  Α.  — Others  in 
Dem.,  Alciph.,  etc. 

Άνϋεμοειδής,  ες,  {άνθεμον,  είδος) 
like  flowers,  flowery,  blooming,  many- 
coloured,  Orph. 

Άνθεμόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  also  εις,  εν, 
Hes.  Fr.  22,  blooming,  flowery,  of 
meadows,  etc.,  Horn. :  also  of  works 
in  metal,  κρητήρ,  λέβης  άνθεμόεις, 
chased  or  embossed  with  flowers,  II.  23, 
a35,  Od.  3,  440  :  from  άνθεμον. 
νΑνθεμοεισίς,  ίδος,  η,  {?.ίμνη)  = 
Άνθεμονσίς,  the  Anthemu^ian  lake,  in 
Bithynia,  Αρ.  Rh.  2,  724. 
ΥΑνθεμόκριτος,  ον,ό,  Anthem/}crifus, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Dem.,  etc. 

Ά^'θεμον,  ov,  τό.  {άνθέω)=  άνθος, 
Pind.  Ν.  7, 116:  hence  άνθεμα  χρνσοϋ, 
i.  e.  the  costliest  gold,  Pmd.  O.  2,  130, 
cf  άνθος- — II.  in  plur.  the  name  of  a 
dance,  Ath.  629  E. 

' Ανθεμόρβντος,  ov,  {άνθεμον,  βέω) 
flowing  from  flowers,  άνθ-  γάνος  με- 
λίσσης,  i.  e.  honey,  Eur.  I.  T.  634. 

Άνθεμονργός,  όν,  {άνθεμον  *  έργω) 
working  !>ι  flowers,  esp.  ή  άνθεμονρ- 
γός, of  the  bee,  Aesch.  Pers.  612. 

ΥΑνθεμοϋς,  contr.  from  άνθεμόεις, 
q.  V. 

ΥΑνθεμονς,  ονντος,  ό,  Anthemus,  a 
city  of  Macedonia,  Hdt.  6,  94. — 2.  a 
river  of  Erythea,  ApoUod.  2,  5,  10. 

ΥΑνθεμονσία,  ας,  ή,  {χώρα)  Anthe- 
musia,  a  region  of  Mesopotamia, 
Strab.,  containing  a  city  of  the  same 
name.  Id. 

νΑνθειιονσσα,  ης,  η,  Anthemussa,  an 
i.sland  in  the  Tyrrhenian  sea,  the 
abode  of  the  Sirens,  Hes.  Fr.  27. 

Άνθεμωδής,  ές,  =  άνθεμοειδης, 
Aesch.  Pr.  455. 

Άνθεξις,  εως,  ή,  {αντέχω)  α  holding 
against,  holding  fast,  or  clinging  to, 
ά'λλήλων,  Plat.  Ep.  323  B. 

Άνθεο,  Ep.  for  άνάθεσο,  άνάθον, 
imperat.  aor.  2  mid.  from  άνατίθημι- 


ΑΝΘΗ 

Άνθερεών,  ώνος,  ό,  the  chin,  esp.  the 
under  part,  Lat.  mentum,  II.;  χειρί  ύττ' 
άνθερεώνος  έλεΐν  τίνα,  to  take  hold 
of  a  person  under  the  chin,  like  em- 
bracing the  knees,  in  token  of  sup- 
plication, II.  I,  501. — 2.  later,  the 
neck,  throat,  Euphor.  51,  in  plur.,  and 
of  a  woman. — Also  the  mouth,  Nonn. 
Dion.  3,  247.  (Some  derive  it  from 
άνθέω,  others  from  άθηρ,  άνθέριξ : 
the  former  more  prob.,  as  Hom.  him- 
self uses  άνθεϊν  of  the  sprouting  of 
the  beard,  Od.  11,320.) 

Άνθερίκη,  ης,  ή,=άνθέρικος,  άν- 
θέριξ, Anth. 

Άνθέρικος,  ov,  ό,=άνθέριξ,  a  stalk 
of  corn,  halm,  Cratin.  Incert.  135  :  the 
stalk  of  the  asphodel,  Theophr.  H.  P. 
7,  13.  2. 

'Ανθερικώδης,  ες,  {ά.  θέρικος,  εί- 
δος) like  a  stalk,  Theophr. 

Άνθέριξ,  ϊκος,  ό,  {αθήρ)  the  beard 
of  an  ear  of  corn,  the  ear  itself,  Lat. 
spica,  II.  20,  227.—2.=ζάνθέρικος.  a 
stalk,  e.  g.  of  asphodel,  Hdt.  4,  190, 
cf.  Foes.  Oecon.  Hipp. 

Άνθερίσκος,  ov,  6,=^άνθέρικος,  A. 
B.  p.  403. 

Ανθεσαν.  Ep.  for  ανέθεσαν,  3  plur. 
aor.  2  act.  from  άνατίθημι. 

Άνθεσιπότητος.  ov,  {άνθος,  ποτά- 
ομαι)  fluttering,  flying  around  flowers, 
μέ?ιεα.  Antiph.  i'ritag.  1. 

Άνθεσίχρως,  ωτος,  ό,  η,  {άνθος, 
χρως)  flower-coloured,  variegated,  Ma- 
tron ap.  Ath.  135  Ε. 

Ανθεστήρια,  ίων,  τά,  strictly,  the 
Feast  of  Flowers,  the  three  days'  fes- 
tival of  Bacchus  at  Athens,  in  the 
month  Anthesterion,  v.  Buttm.  Exc. 
l,ad  Dem.  Mid. 

Ανθεστηρίων,  ύνος,  ό,  the  month 
Anthesterion,  eighth  of  the  Attic  year, 
answering  to  the  end  of  February 
and  beginning  of  March,  in  which 
the  Anthesteria  were  celebrated. 

Άνθεστιύω,ώ,ί.-ύσω,{άντί,  έστιάω) 
to  entertain  in  return  or  mutually,  Plut. 
[ίϊσω] 

Άνθεσφόρια.  ίων,  τά,  the  Anthes 
phoria,  a  festival  in  honour  of  Pros- 
erpina, who  was  carried  oft"  while 
gathering  flowers  :  festivals  of  this 
name  also  celebrated  in  honour  of 
other  deities,  as  Ceres,  and  Juno, 
Strab.,  v.  Diet.  Antiqq.  s.  v. :  from 

Άνθεσφόρος,  ov,  {άνθος,  φέρω) 
bearing  flowers,  flowery,  Eur.  Bacch. 
703 :  αϊ  άνθ.,  women  celebrating  the 
An.thesphoria. 

Άνθετο,   Ep.  for  άνέθετο,  3  sing, 
aor.  2  mid.  from  άνατίθημι. 
νΑνθενς,  έως,  ό,  Antheus,  masc.  pr. 
η..  Ant.  Lib.,  etc. 

Άνθέω,  ώ,ί.-ήσω,{άνθος)  to  shoot  up, 
sprout,  of  the  youthful  beard,  in  Od. 
11,  320,  (the  only  place  in  Hom.),  cf 
άvήvoθε.hut  from  Hes.  downwds.esp. 
of  flowers,  to  bloom,  blossom  :  c.  dat., 
άνθ.  ρόδοις,  Pind.  I.  4,  31 :  hence 
πέ/Μγος  άνθονν  νεκροϊς,  as  it  were, 
flowering,  covered  with  them,  Aesch. 
Ag.  659:  oft.  metaph. — 1.  to  bloom, 
flourish,  shine,  of  colours,  ήνθει  φοι- 
νίκισι,  Xen.  Cyr.  6,  4,  1 :  then  of 
wealth  and  prosperity,  άνθεύσης  της 
Άσίης,  Έρετρίης,  Hdt.  6,  127,  cf 
Thuc.  1,  19,  etc. :  so  too  of  men,  Ar. 
Eq.  530 :  c.  dat.  άνθ.  άνδράσι,  to 
flourish,  abound  in  men.  Hdt.  4,  1  :  so 
πραπίδεσσι,  δόξΐ]  άνθ.,  Pind.  Ο.  10 
(11),  10,  etc. — 2.  'to  be  at  the  height  or 
pitch,  as  a  disease.  Soph.  Tr.  1089, 
cf  βά'λλω. — Π.  trans,  to  make  to  sprout 
forth  or  bloom,  only  in  late  writers, 
"Lob.  Soph.  Aj.  p.  93. 

Άνθη,  ης,ή,=  άνθος  or  άνθησις,  a 
blossom  or  bloo7n,  Plat.  Phaedr.  230  Β : 
131 


ΑΝΘΙ 

a  pecul.    Att.   form,  Piers,  Moer.  p. 

4,  Thorn.  M.  p.  127. 

Υλνβη,  ης,  ή,  Anthe,  a  city  of  the 
Myrmidons,  lies.  Sc.  Here.  474. 

Άνθι/όών,  όνος,  ?;,  (.άνθέω)  the  flowery 
one,  i.  e.  the  bee,  Ael.  (Cf.  ΰλγ7)όών, 
άι/ί)ών,  Κτ/?ν7ΐδών  ;  others  from  άνθος, 
ίόω,  the  flower-eater  .') 

νΑνθηύών.  όνος,  ή,  Anthedon,  a  city 
in  Boeotia,  having  a  port,  Strab. 

ΆνΟήεις,  εσσα,  εν, ^=άνθ7ΐρός,  flow- 
ery. 

■\Άνθηίς,  ίόος,  ή,  Antheix,  sister  of 
Aegleis,  Apollod.  3,  15,  8. 

ΫΧνΟήλεια,  ας,  ή.  Anthelea,  one  of 
the  Daiiaides,  Apollod.  2,  1. 

' Χνβίβ^η,  ης,  ή,  {ανθη'λός  for  ανθη- 
ρός) a  blossom,  flower:  esp.  the  downy 
plume  of  the  reed,  Lat.  patiicula, 
Thcophr. 

ί'Ανθηλη,  ης,  η,  Anthele  a  town  in 
Phocis,  with  a  temple  of  Ceres, 
where  the  Amphictyonic  council  as- 
sembled, Hdt.  7,  170. 

'AvdijXiov,  ov,  τι;  dim.  from  άνθή- 
λη,  Diosc. 

Άνθηλίος,  ov,  later  Att.  form  for 
άνττ/λίος,  q.  v. 

Άνβημα.  ατός,  τό,  (άνθέω)  a  bloom- 
ing, flowering  :  εξάνθημα  and  other 
coinpds.  are  more  common. 

^Ανθί/μων,  ov,  gen.  ονοΓ,=^άνθηρός, 
Nic. 

VAv07'/vri,  'ης,  ή,  Anthene,  a  town  of 
Cynuria  in  the  Peloponnesus,  Tliuc. 

5,  41. 

^Ανθηρογρα,φέω,  (ανθηρός,  γράφω) 
to  write  in  a  florid  style,  Cic  Att.  2,  6. 

'Ανθηρός,  ύ,  όν,  (άνθέω)  flowery, 
bloomi7i.g,  έαρ,  Chaerem.  ap.  Ath.  COS 
E,  '/Λίμών,  ύάπεδον,  Ar. :  hence 
fresh,  young,  χλόη,  Eur.  Cycl.  541  : 
also  of  music,  etc.,  fresh,  neiv.  Xen. 
Cyr.  1,  6,  38,  cf  0<L  1,  53,  and  άνθος 
II.  fin. — 2.  metaph.  άνθηρυν  μένος, 
rage  bursting,  as  it  were,  into  flower, 
i.  e.  at  its  heiglit.  Soph.  Ant.  960,  cf 
άνθος  II.  tin. — 3.  bright-coloured,  party- 
coloured,  like  άνθινος,  άνθ.  στολή, 
Enr.  I.  A.  73. — 4.  of  style,  flotver'y, 
florid,  Isocr.  294  E.  Adv.  -ρως. 
Hence 

' Ανθΐιρότης,   ητος,  ή,  the  bloom  of 
youth,  fresh7iess,  loveliness :  a  flourish- 
ing state. 
i" Ανθής,  ov,  6,  Anthes,  masc.  pr.  n., 
Strab..  Plut. 

"Ανθησις,  εως,  ή,=  άνθη,  Theophr., 
Att. 

Άνθησσάομαι,  (αντί,  ήσσάομαί)  as 
pass.,  to  be  beaten  in  turn,  give  way  or 
yield  in  turn,  τινί,  Thuc,  4,  19. 

ΥΑνθησνχάζω.  {αντί,  ησυχάζω)  to 
be  quiet  or  repose  in  turn,  App. 

Άνθ7]τΙκός,7],  όν,  (άνθέω) floweri7ig, 
blossoming. 

Άνόηφόρος,  ov,  (άνθος,  φέρω)=^ 
άνθεσφόρος, Em.  LA.  1544. 

Άνθίας,  6,  Lat.  anthias,  a  sea-fish, 
Anan.  Fr.  1,1. 

Άνθιερόω,  ω,  (αντί,  ίερόω)  to  con- 
secrate one  thing  instead  of  another, 
Plut. 

'Ανθίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (άνθος)  to  strew 
with  flowers,  Eur.  Ion  890  :  to  deck  as 
with  flowers  ;  and  so  to  dye  or  stain  with 
colours.  Arist.  H.  A.  Pass,  to  bloo7n  : 
to  be  dyed  or  painted,  ηνθίσμένοι  φαρ- 
μάκοισι,  Hdt.  1.  98  :  ήνθισμένος, 
metaph.,  a  man  whose  hair  is  sprmA•- 
led  ivitli  white.  Soph.  Ei.  43  ;  κρέα 
■πνρΐ  ήρθισμένα,  browned,  Epicr.  Em- 
por.  1 ,  cf  Philem.  p.  384. 

Άνθίκός,  ή,  όν,^άνθινός  of  or  be- 
longing to  flowers,  Theophr. 

'ΑνΗιμος,  oi,',=  sq.,  Orph. 

Άνθινος,  ή,  όν.  (άνθος)  of  flowers, 
blooming,  fresh,  like  ανθηρός  :   in  Od. 
132 


ΑΝΘΟ 

9,  84  the  esculent  lotus  is  called  άν- 
θινυν  είύαρ,  where  jirob.  vegetable  as 
opp.  to  animal  food  is  snnply  meant ; 
άνθ.  κνκεών,  ίλαιον,  a  drink,  oil  fla- 
voured with  flowers,  Hipp. — II.  flower- 
ed, and  so  party-coloured,  bright-colour- 
ed, Lat.  floridits,  hence  τα  άνθινα, 
sub.  ιμάτια,  dresses,  such  as  at 
Athens  ihe  έταΐραι  wore,  {άνθινα  φο- 
ρεΙν=άνθοφορ(Ιν ,)  also  called  βαπτά, 
ποικίλα,  κατάσηκτα,  ζωωτά. — 2.  also 
of  dresses  worn  by  the  priest  of 
Bacchus  at  the  Anthesteria,  by  the 
satyrs,  etc.,  hence  άνθινα  ένόΰσαι.  to 
put  on  motley,  said  of  Bion,  who  de- 
livered his  philosophic  precepts  in 
pithy  sarcastic  verses,  like  those  used 
in  tire  satyric  dramas,  Diog.  L.  4,  52, 
cf  Strab.  I,  p.  15.— Cf  Welcker, 
praef  Theogn.  l.xxvii.  sq.,  and  άνθος 
III. 

Άνθιππάζομαι,  f.  -άσομαι,  (αντί, 
ίππάζομαι)  to  ride  to  meet,  ride  up 
agai7ist.     Hence 

Άνθιττπΰσία,  ας,  ή,  a  riding  against, 
a  sham-fight  of  horse,  Xen.  Hipparch. 
1,20. 

'ΑνθηΓπεύω,=  άνθιπτΓύζομαι,  Xen. 
de  Re  Eq.  8,  12. 

νΑνθίππη,  ης.  ή,  (αντί,  ΐτϊπος)  Αη- 
thippe,  daughter  of  Thespius,  Apol- 
lod. 2,  7,  8. 

"Ανθισμα,  ατός,  τό,  (ανθίζω)  that 
which  is  flowered  or  parly-coloured ;  a 
party-coloured  dress,  Clem.  Al. 

Άνϋίστημι,  ί.  άντιστ7)σω,  (άντί. 
Ιστημι)  to  set  agai7ist,  esp.  in  battle  : 
to  set  over  against  or  opposite :  to  set 
one  against  another,  and  so  to  com- 
pare, Lat.  componcrc,  τινί  τι,  Plat. 
Legg.  834  A. — II.  Hom.  uses  only 
mid.  and  intrans.  aor. — 2.  act.  to  stand 
against,  esp.  in  battle,  to  withstand, 
τινί,  II.,  and  Hdt. ;  later  more  usu. 
προς  Tiva,  Plat.,  rarely  c.  gen.,  as 
δέος  άνθίσταται  φρενών.  Aesch. 
Pers.  703  (ubi  Wakef  άνθάπτεται), 
cf  Q.  Sm.  1,  520;  absol.  Hdt.  5,  72, 
etc. 

Άνθοβάφεια,  ας,  ή,  a  dyeing  in 
ma7iy  colours  :  from 

Άνθοβάφής,  ές,  (άνθος,  βάπτω) 
dyed  of  many  colours,  party-coloured, 
Luc.     Hence 

Άνθοβάφος.  ov,  6,  a  dyer  in  many 
or  bright  colours.  Plut. 

Άνθοβολέω.ώ,  (άνθοβόλος)  tothrow 
flowers  at  one,  bestrew  icith  flowers. 
Pass,  to  be  strewed  or  covered  with  flow- 
ers, as  a  mark  of  honour,  I'lut. 
Hence 

Άνθοβόλησις,  εως,  ή,  a  casting  or 
shedding  of  flowers,  Geop. 

Άνθοβόλος,  ov,  (άνθος,  βάλλω) 
throwing  or  strewing  flowers :  se7iding 
forth  a  S7nell  of  flowers,  or  as  of  flow- 
ers, θρίξ,  Anth. 

Άνθοβοσκός,  όν,  (άνθος,  βόσκω) 
nourishing  flowers.  Soph.  Fr.  29. 

Άνθοδιαιτος,  ov.  (άνθος,  δίαιτα) 
living  071  flowers,  μέλισσα,  Mel.  108. 

'Ανθοδμον,  ov,  τό,  (άνθος,  οδμ.ή) 
the  sce7it  of  flowers :  a  stveet  flower. 

Άνθοδόκος,  ov,  (άνθος,  δέχομαι) 
receiving  flowers,  Mosch.  2,  34. 

Άνθοκύρηνος,  ov,  (άνθος,  κύρηνον) 
crowned  with  flowers,  Opp. 

Άνθοκομέω,  (ανθοκόμος)  to  tend 
flowers:  βοτάνας  άνθοκ.,  to  te7idplants 
like  a  flower-garde7i,  Anth. 

ΥΑνθοκόμης,  ov,  6,  Anthocomes, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Aristaen. 

Ανθοκόμος,  ov,  (άνθος,  κοιιέί.ι)  fend- 
ing or  bearing  flowers,  Anth. — i  \.  ddorn- 
ing  one's  self  with  flowers,  party-colour- 
ed. Opp. 

Άνθοκράτεω,ω.  (άνθος,  κρατέω)  to 
govern  flowers,  Luc. 


ΑΝΘΟ 

Άνθοκρόκος,  ov.  (άνθος,  κρίκω) 
woven  or  worked  jvil  It  flowers,  Kur.  Hec. 
471.  (The  deriv.  from  κρόκος,  so  as 
to  mean  safl'ron-colourtd,  is  wrong,) 

Άνθολκή,  ης,  ή,  (άνϋελκω)  a  draw- 
ing against  or  to  the  other  side,  counter- 
poise, Plut. 

Άνθο7^κός,  όν,  (άντί,  'έλκω)  drawing 
agai7ist  or  to  the  other  side,  like  άντί() 
βοπος. 

Άνθολογέω,  ώ,  ίο  pick,  gather  flow 
ers,  Plut. ;  and 

Ανθολογία,  ας,  ή.  a  picking  or  ga- 
thering flowers :  'Ανθολογίαι  were 
collections  of  small  Greek  poems 
(esp.  ejjigrams)  by  several  authors, 
which  one  editor  picked  out,  and 
made  up,  as  it  were,  into  a  nosegay. 
The  first  was  made  by  Meleager  ol 
Gadara  about  100  years  B.  C,  next 
came  Philippus  of  Thessalonica, 
then  Agathias:  we  have  also  those 
of  Constantinus  Cephalas  (called  the 
Vatican,  or  more  correctly  the  Pala- 
tine), and  of  Maximus  Planudes: 
from 

Ανθολόγος,  ov,  (άνθος,  λέγω)  pick 
ing,  gathering  flowers,  Anth.  :  compil 
ing  an  Anthology. 

Άνθόμοιος,  ov,  (άντί,  όμοιος)  ex- 
actly like,  dub.,  V.  Herm.  Opusc.  7, 
203. 

Άνθομολογέομαι,  (άντί,  όμολογέω) 
dep.  mid.,  to  agree,  7nake  an  agreenie7it 
or  co7npact  with  another,  προς  τίνα, 
Dem.  894,  26,  and  Polyb.,  also  τινί, 
Polyb.  :  absol.  to  confess  freely  and 
openly,  Id.     Heiice 

Άνθομολόγησις,  εως,  τ/,  a  mutual 
agreement,  compact,  treaty,  Polyb. 

Άνθομολο)  ία,  ας.  )';,=foreg. 

Άνθονομέω,  ώ,  to  feed  on.  flowers, 
Aesch.  Suppl.  44,  ace.  to  Person. : 
from 

Άνθονόμος,  ov,  (άνθος,  νέμομαι) 
feeding  on  flowers. — 2.  proparox.  άν- 
θόνομος,  affording  flowery  pasturage, 
Aesch.  Supp.  539. 

Άνθοπ'λίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (άντί,  οπλίζω) 
to  arm  or  equip  against.  Pass,  and 
mid.,  to  be  armed,  arm  one's  sclfagai7ist, 
προς  τι,  Xen.  Oec.  8.  12. 

Άνθοπλίτης,  ov,  6,  (άντί,  οπλίτης) 
an  armed  oppo7ient,  Lyc.     [(] 

Άνθοποιός,  όν,  (άνθος,  ποιέω) 
makiiig,  produci7ig  flouers. 

Άνθοπωλέω,  (άνθος,  πωλέω)  to 
sell  flowers. 

Άνθορε,  poet,  for  άνέθορε,  3  sing. 
aor.  2  of  άναθρώσκω. 

Άνθορίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (άντί,  όριζω;  Ιο 
define  against  anotlicr,  make  a  cou7ite, 
definition.     Hence 

Άνθορισμός,  οΰ,  ό,  a  cou7iter-defini 
tion. 

Άνθορμέω,  ώ,  f  -ι'/σω,  (άντί,δρμέω) 
to  lie  at  anchor,  be  moored  against  or 
opposite  one  another :  esp.  of  two  hos- 
tile squadrons  before  fighting,  άλ/.ή- 
λοις,  Thuc.  2,  80,  etc. 

"Ανθος,  εος,  τό  :  gen.  plur.  ανθέων, 
uncontr.  even  in  Att.,  v.  Aristag. 
Mamm.  1  :  that  u-hich  buds  or  sprouts 
7ip,  a  young  bud  or  sprout,  II.  17,  56, 
Od.  9,' 449:  but  even  in  Hom.  the 
prevailing  signf  is  a  flower,  whether 
a  single  blossom,  a  flower  (i.  e.  flower 
ing  plant),  or  the  bloo?n  (i.  e.  flower- 
ing time) :  and  so  κονριον  and  ωριον 
άνθος,  Ruhnk.  Η.  Hom.  Cer.  108. 
of  things,  anything  at  top,  esp.  swim- 
ming at  top  or  on  the  surface,  like  tht 
froth  or  scum  on.  7rater,  άνθος  oivov, 
Lat.  fios  rini,  the  crust  on  tine  old 
wines,  Schneid.  Cohim.  p.  027,  038. 
—11.  metaph.  the  bloom  ox  flower  ui  a 
thing,  άνθος  ήβης,  11.  13,  484;  tht 
flower  of  an  army  and  the  like,  Aesch, 


ΑΝΘΡ 

Ag.  197,  Thuc.  4, 133  :  άνθος  ΰοίόών, 
the  flower  of  bards,  Simon.  107,  1  :  but 
ύνθεα  νμνοη'  νεωτέρων,  the  freshest, 
newest  songs,  Pind.  O.  9.  74,  cf.  αν- 
θηρός, and  Dissen  Pind.  O.  3,  4 :  also 
άνβη,  the  flowers  or  choice  passages, 
(Jic.  Att.  16,  11:  in  genl.  ornament, 
grace,  pride,  honour,  Pind.  O.  2,  91  ; 
7,  147 :  TO  σον  άνθος,  πυρός  σέλας, 
that  ornament  nf  thine,  Aesch.  Proin. 
7 :  in  genl.  like  άκμί),  the  height  or 
highest  pitch  ot'anythnig,  bad  as  well 
as  good,  e.  g.  μανίας.  Soph.  Tr.  1000, 
cf  ανθηρός  I.  fin. — 3.  esp.  brightness  of 
colour,  brilliancy,  e.  g.  of  gold,  Theogn. 
452 :  hence  esp.  in  phir.,  bright  dye, 
gay  colour,  Meineke  Com.  Fr.  2,  p. 
382 ;  esp.  of  red  or  purple,  hence 
ά7.ός  ύνθεα,  Anth.,  cf.  Welcker  ad 
Philostr.  Imag.  p.  II,  14,  and  άν- 
θινος. (Ace.  to  some  from  *ύω,  ύημι, 
to  breathe,  exhale,  cf  ύωτος  :  but  better 
from  άνύ,  that  ivhich  shoots  up,  cf. 
άνθεω,  άνήνοθε.) 
νΑνθος,  ov,  ό,  Anthu^,  son  of  Au- 
tonous,  Anton.  Lib. 

' Ρίνθοσμίας,  ov,  6,  (άνθος,  οσμή) 
redolent  of  flowers,  smelling  like  them,  in 
gen.  sweet-scented :  esp.  οίνος  άνθ., 
tine  old  wine,  with  a  high  perfume 
and  flavour,  not  owing  to  anything 
artificial,  v.  hiterpp.  Ar.  Plut.  807, 
also  without  οίνος. 

Άνθοσύνη,  ης,  ή,  a  flowering,  bloom, 
Anth. 

Άνθοτρόφος,  ov,  {άνθος,  τρέφω)=^ 
άνθοβοσκός. 

Άνθοώορέω,  ώ,  ίο  bear  flowers, 
Anth. ;  and 

Ανθοφορία,  ίων,  τά,=  Ανθεσφόρια : 
from 

Ανθοφόρος,  αν,  (άνθος,  φέρω)  bear- 
ing floivers,  flawery,  Ar.  Ran.  442  : 
blooming,  Mel.  2,  31.^ 

^Ανθοφϋής,  ές,  (άνθος,  φνή)  pro- 
ducing flowers,  flowery,  bright-coloured, 
party-coloured,  τϊτέρνξ,  Anth. 

\'Ανθρακεία,  ας,  ΐ/,  (ανβρακενω)  the 
burning  of  charcoal,  Theophr. 

Άνθράκεύς,  έως,  ό,  (άνθραξ)  a 
coalman,  maker  or  burner  of  charcoal. 

Άνθρΰκευτής,  ov,  o,=ibreg. 

Άΐ'β[)ύκεντός,  ή,  όν,  turned  into 
charcoal,  charred,  Arist.  Meteor.  4,  9, 
31:  from 

Άνθρΰκενω,  to  be  an  άνθρακενς, 
hum  charcoal,  Theophr. :  to  burn  to  a 
cinder,  άνθρ.  τινά  ττνρί,  Ar.  Lys.  340. 

Άνθρΰκηρός,  ά,  όν,  belonging  to  coal 
or  charcoal,  Alex.  Spond.  1.  Adv. 
-ύς. 

' Ανθρα,κιά,  άς,  Ep.  -ιή,  -ιης,  ή,  (άν- 
θραξ) α  heap  of  coal  or  charcoal,  hot 
coals,  11.  9,  213:  metaph.  of  lovers, 
Jac.  Ep.  Ad.  22. — II.  for  άνθρακεία, 
a  burning  of  charcoal,  Theophr.,  where 
άνθρακεία  is  to  be  read. — 2.  the  black- 
ness of  coals,  Anth.— III.  as  pr.  n.  An- 
thracia,  an  Arcadian  nymph,  Paus. 

Άνθρακίας,  ov,  ό,  a  coal-black  man, 
Luc. 

Άνθρακίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  to  turn  into 
charcoal. — 2.  to  roast  or  dry  on  coals, 
Ar.  Pac.  1136.-11.  intr.  to  look  black 
as  coal. — to  be  like  an  imposthume,  (άν- 
θραξ II.  2.) 

'Ανθράκων,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  άν- 
θραξ, a.  small  coal. — IL  a  small  car- 
buncle or  ryby. — III.  a  coal-pan,  Philyll. 
Pol.  1. 

' Ανθράκιος,  ov,  (άνθραξ)  coal-black. 
Άνθράκίς,  ίόος,  ή,  a  coal  fire,  coal. 
— II.  plur.  anything  broiled  on  coal,  esp. 
a  small  fish,  Ath. 

'Ανθρακίτης,  ov,  6,  fern,  άνθρακΐ- 
τις,  ifioc,  7],  like  coals. 

Άνθράκοίΐδής,  ές,  (άνθραξ,  είδος) 
like  Οί  burning  like  coal. 


ΑΝΘΡ 

Άνθράκόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  (άνθραξ) 
like  coal,  made  of  coal. 

' Ανθράκοκαύστης,  ov,  ό,  (άνθραξ, 
καίω)=:άνθρακενς. 

' Ανθρακοπώλης,  ov,  ό,  (άνθραξ, 
Ίτωλέω)  α  coal-merchant,  Philyll.  Pol. 
5. 

Άνθρακόω,ώ,ί.-ώσω,  (άνθραξ)  to 
turn  into  coal,  burn  to  ashes,  κεραννφ 
ηνθρακωμένος,  Aesch.  Pr.  372. 

' Ανθρΰκώδης,  ες,  (άνθραξ,  εΙδος)=^ 
άνθρακοειδής,  Hipp. 

'Ανθρύκωμα,  ατός,  τό,  =  άνθραξ, 
Diosc. 

'.\νθρύκωσις,  εως,  η,=άνθραξ  II.  2. 

Άνθραξ,  ΰκος,  ό,  coal  or  charcoal, 
usu.  in  plur.  άνθρακες,  Ar.  Ach.  34, 
etc.  :  άνθραξ  γαιώδης,  or  έκ  της  γης, 
fossil-coal,  pit-coal.  — ■  Π.  a  precious 
stone  of  a  dark  red  colour,  a  car- 
buncle, Arist.  Meteor. — 2.  hence  like 
Lat.  carbimculus,  a  gathering,  impos- 
thume, carbuncle,  Ath.  :  also  άνυρά- 
κωσις. — III.  cinnabar,  Vitruv. 

Άνθρηδών,  όνος,  77,=  sq.  Diod. : 
also  πεμφρηδών  and  τενθρηδών. 

Άνθρήνη,  ης,  ή,  a  wild  bee :  poet. 
in  genl.  a  bee,  Ar.  Nub.  947.     Hence 

Άνθρηνιον,  ov,  τό,  the  honeycomb  of 
an  άνθρήνη :  in  Ar.  Vesp.  1080,  a 
wasps'  nest.     Hence 

'Ανθρηνιώδης,  ες,  (άνθρηνιον,  εί- 
δος) honeycombed,  Plut. 

Άνθρηνοειδής,  ές,  (άνθρήνη,  είδος) 
like  α  wild-bee,  Theophr. 

"Ανθρνσκον,  ov,  τό,  an  vmbelliferoits 
plant,  Cratin.  Malth.  1,  cf.  Schneid. 
Theophr.  H.  P.  7.  7. 
νΑνθρωπαρεσκεία,  ας,  ή,  the  seeking 
to  please  men,  man-pleasing,  Eccl.: 
from 

Υ Ανθρωτταρεσκέω,  ώ,  to  seek  to  please 
men,  from 

Άνθρωπύρεσκος,  ov,  ό,  (άνθρωπος, 
αρέσκω)  a  man-pleaser,  Ν.  Τ.  Ephes. 
6,6. 

Άνθρωπάριον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from 
άνθρωπος,  a  mannikin,  pigmy.  At. 
Plut.  410.    [ττα] 

Άνθρωπέη,  contr.  άνθρωπή,  ης,  ή, 
sub.  δορά,  a  man's  skin,  like  αλωπεκή, 
λεοντή,  etc. :  Ion.  άνθρωπηίη,  η, 
Hdt.  5,  25. 

'Ανθρώπειος,  a,  ov,  Ion.  άνθρω- 
πήίος,  ηΐη,  ήϊον,  of  or  belonging  to 
man,  befitting  man,  his  nature,  lot.  con- 
duct, etc.,  human,  first  in  Hdt.  (in  Ion. 
form),  and  freq.  in  Att.  :  τα  άνθρόι- 
πεια,  man's  estate,  humanity,  Aesch. 
Fr.  146,  etc.  Adv.  -ως,  by  human 
means,  in  all  human  probability,  Thuc. 
5,  103 :  άνθρ.  φράζειν,  to  speak  as 
befits  a  man,  Ar.  Ran.  1058.  Cf.  αν- 
θρώπινος. 

Άνθρωπέομαι,  as  pass.,  to  be  a  man, 
Plut. 

Άνθρωπεύομαι,  dep.  mid.,  to  he- 
come  a  man,  act  like  one,  as  opp.  both 
to  the  states  of  gods  and  beasts,  Arist. 
Eth.  N. 

' Ανθρωπήϊος,  ίη,  ϊον.  Ion.  for  αν- 
θρώπειος, cf.  άνθρωπέη. 

Άνθρωπίζω,  f.  -ίσω.  (άνθρωπος)  to 
act.  behave  like  a  man,  Luc. :  so  too  in 
mid.,  Ar.  Fr.  100,  to  take  human  na- 
ture.— II.  trans,  to  make  into  a  man : 
pass,  to  become  man,  Eccl. 

Άνθρωπικός,  ή,  όν, ^ανθρώπειος, 
Plat.  Soph.  268  D.  ubi  Heind.  αν- 
θρώπινος.   Adv.  -κώς,  Luc. 

'Ανθρώπινος,  η,  ov,  of,  from  or  be- 
longing to  man,  men  or  mankind,  human, 
first  in  Ar.  Vesp.  1179:  πάν  τό  άν- 
θρώπινον,  all  mankind,  Hdt.  1,  86; 
but  also  Tu  ανθρώπινα,  man's  estate, 
the  lot  of  man,  human  misery,  frailties, 
etc..  Plat.  etc. ;  ανθρωπινή  δόξα, 
fallible  human  understanding,  Heind. 


ΑΝΘΡ 

Plat.  Soph.  229  A :  ονκ  άνθρ.  άμαθία, 
a  more  than  mortal  ignorance,  i.  e.  ex- 
cessive, Plat.  Legg.  737  B,  etc.  Adv. 
—νως,  άνθ.  άμαρτάνειν,  to  com?nit  hu- 
man, i.  e.  venial  errors,  Thuc.  This 
is  the  usu.  prose  form :  the  Trag. 
use  only  ανθρώπειος,  and  άνθρωπικός 
is  rare. 

'Ανθρώπων,  ov,  ro,  =sq.,  Eur. 
Cycl.  185. 

Άνθρωπίσκος,  ov,  6,  dim.  from  άν 
θρωπος,  a  little  man,  mannikin,  Eur. 
Cycl.  316. 

'Ανθρωπισμός,  ov,  ό,  (άνθρωπίζω) 
a  becoming  man,  taking  man's  nature, 
Eccl. 

Άνθρωποβορέω,  ώ,  to  eat  men,  be  a 
cannibal :  from 

Άνθρωποβόρος,  ov,  (άνθρωπος,  βι- 
βρώσκω)  a  man-eater,  cannibal. 

' Ανθρωπόγλωσσος,  ov,  Att.  άνθρω 
πόγλωττος,  (άνθρωπος,  γλωσσά) 
speaking  man's  language,  speaking  ar- 
ticulately, Arist.  H.  A. 
Υ ΑνθρωπογνάφεΙον ,  ov,  τό,  (άνθρω- 
πος, γναφεϊον)  a  place  for  fulling  ?nen. 
Comic  appellation  of  the  bath,  Clem. 
Al. 

Άνθρωπογονία,  ας,  ή,  (άνθρωποι, 
γονή)  α  begetting  of  men,  Joseph. 

Άνθρωποδαίμων,  όνος,  ό,  ή.  (άν- 
θρωπος, δαίμων)  like  ήρως.  α  man- 
god,  i.  e.  a  deified  ηιαη,Έητ.  Rhes.971. 

' Ανθρωπόδηκτος,  ov,  (άνθρωπος, 
δάκνω)  bitten  by  a  man. 

Άνθρωποδίδακτος,  ov,  (άνθρωπος, 
διδάσκω)  taught  by  man,  opp.  to 
θεοδ. 

'Ανθρωποειδής,  ές,  (άνθρωπος,  εί- 
δος) tike  or  πι  the  shape  of  a  man,  Hdt. 
2,  142.     Adv.  -δώς. 

Άνθρωποθηρία,  ας,  ή,  (άνθρωπος, 
θήρα)  α  hmiting  or  catching  of  men. 

Άνθρωπόθϋμος,  ov,  (άνθρωπος,  θυ- 
μός) of  manly  courage,  like  λεοντό- 
θνμος,  Plut. 

'Ανθρωποθυσία,  ας,  ή.  (άνθρωπος, 
θύω)  α  humati  sacrifice,  Strab. 

Άνθρωποθντέω,  to  offer  human  sacri 
fices. 

Άνθρωποκομικός,  ή,  όν,  (άνθρω 
πος,  κομέω)  belonging  to  or  fit  for  the 
care  of  men. 

'Ανθρωποκτονέω,(άνθρωποκτόνος) 
to  murder  men,  Eur.  Hec.  260,  v.  ].  for 
άνθρω  ποσφαγεΐν. 

'Ανθρωποκτονία,  ας,  ή,  the  murder 
of  men,  Heliod.  :  from 

Άνθρωποκτόνος,  ov,  (άνθρωπος 
κτείνω)  murdering  men,  a  homicide, 
Eur.  I.T.  389. — II.  proparox.  άνθρω- 
πόκτονος  βορά,  a  feeding  on  slaughter 
ed  men.  Id.  Cycl.  127. 

' Ανθρωπολατρεία,  ας,  ή,  man-wor 
ship :  from 

'Ανθρωπο?ιατρέω,  (άνθρωπος,  λατ- 
ρεύω) to  worship  7nan.     Hence 

Άνθρωπολάτρης,  ov,  δ,  a  man-uor- 
shipper. 

Άνθρωπο7<,εθρος,  ov,  (άνθρωπος, 
όλεθρος)  plague  of  men,  murderous. 

Άνθρωπόλιχνος,  ov,  (άνθρωπος, 
λίχνος)  fond  of  men,  haunting  men, 
μνία,  Stob. 

'  Ανθρωπο?ίόγος,  ov,  (άνθρωπος, 
λέγω)  speaking  or  treating  of  m.an, 
Arist.  Eth.  N. 

Άνθρωπομάγεφος,  ου,  ό,  (άνθρω- 
πος, μάγειρος)  one  who  cooL•  human 
flesh,  Luc. 

Άνθρωπόμϊμος,  ov,  (άνθρωπος,  μι 
μέημαι)  imitating  men,  Plut. 

' Ανθρωπύμορφος,  ov,  (άνθρωπος, 
μορφή)  of  human  form,  Strab.    Hence 

Άvθpωπoμopφόω,toforvι  like  a  man, 
clothe  in  human  shape. 

' Ανθρωπονομικός,    ή,   όν,   (άνθρω- 
πος,  νέμω)  feeding,   supporting  men, 
133 


ΑΝΘΡ 

ij,  —κή  sub.  τέχνη,  the  mode  of  s^ipport- 
ing  men,  Plat.  Polit.  200  E. 

Άνθρωπόνοος,  οι»,  contr.  άνθρωπό- 
νονς,  ουν,  {ύΐ'θμωττος,  νους)  with  hi- 
man  understanding,  Strab. 

Άνθρωττόυμαι,  -οϋμαι,  (ύιΌρωττος) 
mid.,  to  form  the  conception  of  a  -man, 
opp.  to  really  seeing  one,  Plut.  2, 
J 120  C,  ci.  ίτίττόομαι. 

Άνθμωποπύθεια,  ας,  η,  man^s  pas- 
sion or  feeling,  humanity,  kindness,  Al- 
ciphr.  ;  ami 

Άνθρωποτνΰθέω,  ώ,  to  have  mari's 
passions  or  feelings :  from 

ΆνθρωπυπάΟι'/ζ,  ές,  {άνθρωπος, 
ττάθος)  ivilh  7nan's  passio7is  and  feel- 
ings.    Adv.  -θώς. 

Άνθρωττοτΐοιΐα,  ας,  ή,  a  making  of 
man,  a  creating,  Luc. :  from 

Άνθρωποποιός,  όν,  {άνθρωπος, 
ποιέώ)  making,  creating  7?ian,  LllC.  : 
ό  άνθ;  a  maker  of  men,  a  statuary, 
Luc.  Philopo.  18,  20. 

Άνθρωποπρεπής,  ές,  {άνθρωπος, 
πρέπω)  befitting,  suiting  men. 

Άνθρωποβ^αίστι/ς,  ου,  6,  {άνθρω- 
TOf,  ^αίω)  a  man  destroyer,  Drawcansir, 
a  comeily  of  Strattis. 

Άνθρωπος,  υν,  ό,  man,  both  as  a 
generic  term  and  of  individuals,  from 
Hom.  downwards :  he  gives  the 
name  even  to  those  who  had  died 
and  been  removed  to  the  Isles  of  the 
Blest,  Od.  4,  505 :  in  plur.  oi  άνθρω- 
ποι, freq.  u'hole  7iations,  Od.  8,  29  :  all 
mankind,  the  whole  world,  hence  μαν- 
τίβα  μούνα  εν  ΰνθρώποις,  the  only 
oracle  in  the  world,  Hdt.  1,  53,  anel 
with  superl.  ό  άριστος  εν  άνθρ. 
ορτνξ,  the  best  quail  in  the  world, 
Heind.  Plat.  Lys.  211  Ε  :  so  εξ  αν- 
θρώπων, e.  g.  ra  έζ  άνθρ.  πράγματα, 
a  world  of  trouble.  Plat.  Theat.  170  E. 
ai  εξ  ανθρώπων  πληγαί,  Aeschin. 
9,  12,  and  esp.  later,  Coray  Hel.  2, 
p.  54 ;  so  too  μά'/.ιστα,  7/ιαστα  αν- 
θρώπων, most  or  least  of  all,  κάλλιστα, 
ορθότατα,  etc.  ανθρώπων,  freq.  in 
Plat. :  sometimes  like  άνί/ρ,  it  is 
joined  to  another  subst.  άνθρ.  ΰδίτ7ΐς, 
a  wayfaring  inan,  II.  10,  203:  also 
with  names  of  nations  H.  Hom.  Ap. 
42.  hi  Att.  άνθρωπος  usu.  gives  to 
its  accompanying  subst.  a  contemptu- 
ous signf ,  άνθ.  δούλος,  κόλαξ,  νπο- 
γμαμιιατεύς,  etc.,  Valck.  Oratt.  p. 
330,  Heind.  Plat.  Phaed.  87  B,  like 
homo  histrio,  Cic.  de  Orat.  2,  40 ; 
though  they  oft.  used  it  exactly  like 
άνι}ρ :  also  standing  alone  with  a 
contemptuous  signif ,  esp.  of  slaves, 
ώ  άνθρωπε  or  ώ  "νθρωπε,  as  we  say 
sirrah,  sir,  WesS.  Hdt.  9,  39,  and 
freq.  in  Plat. :  with  art.  by  Crasis 
ω'νθρωπος  ϊοη.,  άνθρωπος  Att.  The 
fem.  7/  άνρθωπος,  (like  homo  fem.  in 
Lat.)  a  woman,  first  in  Hdt.  1,  GO, 
later  esp.  in  Oratt.,  Valck.  Adon.  p. 
395:  ace.  to  Hesych-,  Lacon.  ή  άν- 
θρωπώ.  (Ace.  to  some  akin  to  άνήρ, 
ανδρός,  others  make  the  root  άνά, 
άνω,  cf  άνθος.) 

Άνθρωποσφάγεω,  {άνθρωπος,  σφύτ- 
τω)  to  slay  or  sacrifice  men. 
f  Α.νθρωπυσχημος,    ov,    {άνθρωπος, 
σχΐ/μα)  of  human  shape  or  7nien,  Eccl. 

' Χνθρωπύτης,  ητος,  i),  (άνθρωπος) 
human  nature,  hu7nanity,  Clem.  Al. 

ΆνθρωίΓονργία,  ας,  ^,— άνθρωττο- 
ποιία :  from 

Άνθρωπονργός,  όν,  {άνθρωπος, 
*  εργω)=^  άνθρωποποιός. 

Άνθρωποφΰγέω,  {άνθρωπος,  φα- 
γείν)  to  cat  7nen  or  ma7i's  flesh,  Hdt.  4, 
100.     Hence 

'Ανθρωποφαγία,  ας,  ή,  an  eating  of 
men,  cannibalism.  Plut. 

'Ανθρωποφάγος,     ov,    {άνθρωπος, 
134 


ΑΝΘΤ 

φαγεΐν)  eating  7nen,  cannibal,  Altiph. 
Butal.  1,  12.    [u] 

'  Ανθρωποφάνι)ς,  ές,  {άνθρωπος, 
φαίνομαι)  in  human  fur7n,  Eccl. 

Άνθρωποφθόρος,  ov,  {άνθρωπος, 
φθείρω)  destroyi7ig  7nen. 

Άνθρωποφΰής,  ές,  {άνθρωπος,  φνή) 
of  man's  nature,  like  a  man,  Hdt.  1, 
131. 

Άνθρωπώδης,  ες,  {άνθρωπος,  είδος) 
=  ανθρωποειδής. 

Άνθρώσκω,  shortened  for  άνα- 
θρώσκω,  Hdt.  7,  18,  and  Soph.  Vi. 
372. 

Άνθυβρίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {αντί,  υβρίζω) 
to  abuse  one  another,  abuse  in  turn,  Eur. 
Phoen.  020,  in  pass. 

Άνθνλακτέω,  ί  -r/σω,  {αντί,  νλακτέω) 
to  bark  or  bay  at,  Ael. 
i'A  νΟυλλα,  ι/ς,  ή,  Anthylla,  a  city  in 
lower  ^Egypt,  Hdt.  2,  97.-2.  fem. 
pr.  n.,  Alciph. 

'Ανθν?ι?.ιον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  άν- 
θος, a  floweret,  like  έπνλλιον  from 
έπος,  Anton.— Π.  =sq. 

'Αϊ'θνλ?ύς,  ίδος,  i/,  a  ki7id  of  plant. 

Άνθυπάγω,  {αντί,  νπό,  άγω)  to 
bring  to  tried  or  i7idict  m  turn,  Thuc.  3, 
70. — Π.  =^άνθφνποφέρω. 

Άνθνπα/ιλάγή,  7/ς,  τ/,  an  inter- 
change :  from 

Άνθνπα?Λάσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  fut. 
-ξω,  {αντί,  νπό,  άλλάσσω)  to  exchange 
for,  interchange,  confound,  Phllo. 

Άνθνπαντάω,  {αντί,  νπό,  άντάω) 
to  meet,  go  to  7ncet,  Longin. 

Άνθυπάρχω,  f  -ξω,  {αντί,  υπάρχω) 
to  have  an  apposite  existence,  Sloic.  in 
Plut.  2,  960  B. 

Άνθνπατεία,  ας,  ή,  the  pro-consul- 
ate :  from 

Άνθνπάτενω,  f.  •ενσω,  {ανθύπατος) 
to  be  pro-consul,  Plut. 

Άνθνπύ,τικός,  ή,  όν,  proconsular : 
from 

'Ανθύπατος,  ου,  6,  a  proconsul, 
for  άντί  νπάτον,  Lat.  pro  co7isule, 
Polyb. 

'.Ανθνπείκω,  ί.-ξω,{άντί,  νπείκω)  to 
yield  to  each  other,  Plut.     Hence 

Άνθύπειξις,  εως,  ή,  a  mutual  yield- 
ing or  submission,  Plut. 
ΥΑνθνπερβά?^Μ,{άντί,ΰπερβάλλω) 
to  overthrow  in  tUTm,  Jos. 

' Ανθυπερφρονέω.  {άντί,  νπερφρον- 
έω)  to  be  haughty  towards. 

' Ανθυπ7]ρετέω,  {άντί,  νπΊ]ρετέω)  to 
serve  each  other,  return  a  favour,  τίνί 
τι,  Arist.  Eth.  N. 

'  Ανθυπισχνέομαι,  fut.  άνθυπο- 
σχήσομαι,  {άντί,  νπισχνέομαι)  dep. 
mid.,  to  promise  in  return  or  mutually. 

Άνθνποβάλλω,  fut.  -βάλω,  {άντί, 
νποβά?.λω)  to  bring  an  objection 
against,    Aeschin.  83,  fin. 

Άνθυποκαθίστημι,  fut.  -καταστή- 
σω, {άντί,  νποκαθίσττιμι)  to  substitute 
for  a7iother. 

' Ανθνποκρίνομαι,  fut.  -κρϊνονμαι, 
{άντί,  νποκρίνω)  to  dissemble  or  make 
pretences  instead,  or  in  answer,  Hdt.  6, 
80,  2 :  to  feign  or  pretend  in  turn, 
οργήν,  Luc.    [iv] 

' Ανθυπόμννμι,  fut.  -ομοϋμαι,  {άντί, 
νπόμνυμι)  to  7nake  a  counter-affidavit, 
Dem.  1174,  8. 

Άνθνποπτεύω,  {άντί,  νποπτενω) 
to  suspect  7nutuaUy,  Thuc.  3,  43. 

ΆνΟνπορύσσω,  (.  -νξω,  {άντί,  νπ- 
ορύσσω)  tomake  countcr-mints,I'o\yaen. 

Άνθυποστρέφω,  {άντί,  υποστρέφω) 
to  turn  right  round. 

'A  νθυποτΙμάομαι,  {άντί,  υποτιμάω) 
as  mid.,  to  7nake  a  counter-estimate  to 
the  νποτίμ>/σις,  q.  v. 

'Ανθυπονργέω,=  άνθνπτ/ρετέω,  to 
return  a  kindness,  τινί  τι,  Hdt.  3,  133  ; 
χάριν  τινί.  Soph.  Fr.  313.    Hence 


AXlA 

Άνθνπονρ)ημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  kind- 
ness done  in  return  ;   and 

Άνθνπούμγτισις,  εως,  ή,  the  teturn• 
^^g  of  ^  kiiidness. 

Άνθνποφέμω,  fut.  άνθνποίσω,  {άν- 
τί, ύποφέμω)  to  urge,  advance  against, 
Dion.  H.    Hence 

Άνΰνποφομά,  ύς,  ij,  a  reply  to  an 
objection,  id. 

Άνθνποχώρησις,  εως,  ?/,  {άντί, 
υποχωρέω)  a  mutual  retreati7ig  or 
gimng  way,  Plut. 

Άνθνπωμοσία,  ας,  ij,  {άντί,  νπ- 
όμνυμι) a  counter-affidavit,  cf.  νπω- 
μοσία. 

Άνθνφαίρεσις,  εως,  η,  α  mutual 
taking  away,  LXX. :   from 

Άνθνφαιμέω,  ώ,  {άντί,  νφαφέω)  to 
take  away  in  return,  or  frorn  one  an- 
other. 

Άνθυφίσταμαι,  f.  -υποστησομαι, 
{άντί,  νφίστημι)  to  place  one's  self  under 
a  thing  m  another's  stead,  to  take  on 
otie's  self  tindertuke  for  another,  άνθ. 
χορηγός,  to  serve  for  another,  Deni.  536, 
21. 

Άνθώδιις,  ες,  {άνθος,  είδος)  like 
flowers,  flowery,  Theophr. 

νΑνθ'  ών,  for  άΐ'τΐ  ων,  wherefore, 
also  =  (ivrt  τούτων  ΰτι,  for  the  reason 
that,  V.  Jelf  Gr.  Gr.  ij  CIS :  Matth. 
Gr.  Gr.  ^  480  c ;  <^  572. 

Άνθωραίζομαι,  -ίσομαι,  {άντί, 
ώραίζω)  mid.,  to  vie  with  another  in 
beauty  or  ornaments. 

'Ανία,  ας,  ή.  Ion.  άνί?],  grief,  sor- 
row, distress,  trouble :  in  this  sense 
first  in  Sapph.  1,  3,  and  Theogn. ;  for 
Hom.  only  uses  it  act.,  δαιτός  ΰνίη, 
the  kiU-joy  of  our  feast,  Od.  17,  440  ; 
so  too  Scylla  is  calleti,  άπρι/κτυξ 
άνίη,  an  inevitable  bane,  Od.  12,  223. 
[In  Hom.  always  uvi-,  from  Sappb 
and  Theogn.  downwards,  also  i;  in 
later  poets  ι  or  ϊ,  as  the  verse  re- 
quires, though  the  Homer,  quantity 
prevailed  in  Ep.,  Ruhnk.  Ep.  Cr.  p. 
276,  Pors.  Phoen.  1334.]    Hence 

Άνιάζω,  to  grieve,  distress,  like 
όνιάω.  but  only  in  Od.  19,  323  :  move 
usu. — 11.  intr.  to  be  grieved  or  distress- 
ed, feel  grief,  sorrow,  distress,  11.  23, 
721  ;  θ}>μώ  άνιύζων,  grieced  at  heart, 
Od.  22,  87  :  but  κτεάτεσσιν  άναιζειν, 
for  his  goods,  II.  18,  300.  Chiefly 
poet. :  cf.  άνιύω.  [i  as  coming  from 
άνΙα,  but  even  in  Hom.  t  rnetri  grat., 
and  more  freq.  in  later  poets.] 

Άνιάομαι,  iut.  -άσομαι.  {άνά,  ΐάο- 
μαΐ)  dep.  mid.,  to  cure  again,  restore, 
repair,  Hdt.  7,  236,  in  Ion.  form  άνι 
εννται.  [I,  yet  also  not  seldom  i,  esp. 
in  Comics;  α  in  pres.,  ΰ  in  fut.] 

'Ανιαρός,  ά,  όν.  Ion.  and  Ep.  aviij• 
ρός,  {άΐ'ΐάω)  grievous,  distressing ,  troub- 
lous, Od.  17,  220:  irreg.  couiparat. 
άνΐηρέστερος,  Od.  2,  190  :  cf.  άκρα- 
τος.— 2.  molesting,  injurious,  hurtful, 
Hdt.  3,  108.- II.  grieved,  distressed, 
Xen.  Cyr.  1,4,  14.  Αάν.~ρώς,  Soph. 
Ant.  316.  [In  Hom.  and  Soph,  al 
ways  iivi-,  in  Eur.  and  Ar.  also  ΰνΐΰ 
ρος,  and  so  prob.  t  in  common  Ian 
guage  :  later  Γ,  but  <2  always,  cf. 
Pors.  Phoen.  1334.] 

'Ανίατος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  Ιύομαι)  incti• 
ruble,  [λκος,  τραύμα.  Plat. ;  but  also 
of  men,  incurable,  i.  e.  incorrigible.  Id. 
Adv.  -τως,  άν.  ίχειν,  to  be  incurable. 
Id.  ["ίΰ-,  Schol.  Heph.  p.  2.] 

'Αΐ'ΐύτρευτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  ίατρεύω) 
=foreg.  [άνΐά-] 
t  Ανιατρενω,  {άνά,  ίατρενω)  to  heal 
again. 

Άνιΰτρολόγητος,     ov,     (a     priv., 
Ιατρολογέω)   uninstructed    i)i  medical 
science. 
Άνιΰτρολογϊκός,  ή,  QV,=foreg. 


ANIE 

ΑνΙατρος,  Ion.  ΰνίητρος,  ου,  ό, 
(ο  priv,,  Ιατρός)  no- physician,  i.  e.  α 
φιαοΗ,  Hipp. 

'λνίύχω,  f.  •χήσω,  {ανά,  Ιάχω)  to 
cry  aloud,  xhout,  Αρ.  Rh.  2,  270  :  ίο 
praise  Imtdlt/,  Anth. 

Άνιύί),  fut.  -άσω,  Ion.  -ήσο),  1  aor. 
ηνίασα.  Soph.  Aj.  994,  Xen.  Hell.  5, 

4,  33,  (άΐ'ί'α)  like  ΰνιύζυ,  to  grieve, 
distress,  trouble,  τινά,  Horn.,  and 
Soph-,  but  also  c.  dupl.  ace.  ri  ravf 
άνιφζμε;  Soph.  Ant.  550. — Pass.  c. 
fut.  mid.  -άσομαι,  like  άνιάζω,  perf. 
ηνίαμαι,  1  aor.  ήνιάβην,  to  be  grieved, 
distressed,  etc.  :  avidrac  Trapeov't.he 
is  vexed  by  one's  presence,  Od.  15,  335: 
also  c.  neut.  adj.,  ΰνιΰσθαι  τούτο,  to 
be  vexed  at  this.  Soph.  Phil.  906. 
Horn.  oft.  has  part.  aor.  pass,  άνιη- 
θείς,  absol.  for  a  joyless,  melancholy 
man:  άνίώατο.  Ion.  3  plur.  opt.  pres. 
pass..  Hilt.,  4,  130.  This  pass.,= 
άνιάζο),  intr.,  is  the  commoner  prose 
form. — [i  in  Hom.  always,  later  also 
I:  ά  penult,  in  pres.,  α  in  fut.,  etc., 
hence  Ion.  it  becomes  η.] 

ί'Αηγρίς,  ίδος,  Paus.  5,  5,  6,  and 
Άνιγρίάς,  ύδος,  η,  Anigrian,  of  Ani- 
grus,  a'l  'Aviy.,  the  Anigrian  nymphs. 
Άνίγρός,  ά,  όν,=^  ανιαρός,  in  later 
poets,  as  0pp. — II.  as  pr.  n.  Anigrus, 
a  river  of  Triphylian  Elis,  Paus.  5, 

5,  3. 

Άνιδεϊν,  inf.  aor.  from  a  pres. 
*άνείδυ,  to  look  up,  Aesch.  Cho.  808; 
but  Harm,  proposes  άνέόην,  which  is 
better. 

Άνίδιος,  ov,  (a  priv.  Ιδιος)  with  no- 
thing of  one's  own,  without  property,=^ 
άκτήμων. 

Άνϊδϊτί,  adv.,  (α  priv.  ίδίω)  without 
sweat,  without  perspiring.  Plat.  Legg. 
718  Ε  :  hence  without  toil  or  trouble. 

'kvuUu,  {(ΐνά,  Ίδίω)  to  perspire,  so 
that  the  sweat  stands  up  on  the  sur- 
face. Plat.  Tim.  74  C,  Bekk. 

'Κνίδριτί,  adv.,  (a  priv.  Ίδρώς)  less 
correct  than  ύνιδιτί. 

Άνΐδρος,  or,  {a  priv.,  ίδρώς)  with- 
out sweating,  Hipp. 

Άνίδρόω,  {ανά.  Ίδρου)  to  get  into  a 
sweat,  Hipp. — II.  {ύνιόρος)  not  to 
sweat,  Id. 

Άνίδρϋτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  Ίδρύο)  not 
fixed,  unsettled,  restless,  Eur.  I.  T. 
971  ;  esp.  having  no  fixed  home,  v.ga- 
bond,  like  ανέστιος,  ΰττολις,  Dem. 
786,  10 ;  so  too  ΰίδρυτος  of  Timon 
the  misanthrope,  Ar.  Lys.  809. 

' Ρίνιδρνυ,ί.-νσω,{ϊινά,  ιδρύω)  to  set 
up,  set  or  place  on,  fix,  Dio  C.  [On 
quant,  v.  Ιδρύω.] 

Άΐ'ίδρωσις,  εως,  ή,  {άνιδρόω)  α 
sweating,  Hipp. — Π.  want  of  sweat.  Id. 

Άνίδρωτί,  adv.,  without  srveat,  with- 
out toil  or  trouble.  II.  15,  228:  hence 
lazily,  slowly,  Xen.  Cyr.  2,  2,  30: 
from 

'X^• ίδρωτας,  ov,  {a  priv.,  Ίδρόω)  not 
throten  into  a  sweat,  not  exerting  one's 
self  Xen.  Cyr.  2,  1,  29. 

ί'λνίειν,  εις,  ει.  Ion.  and  Att.  imp. 
of  ύνίημι. 
Ϋλνιείς,  εΐσα,  εν,  pres.  part,  from 
άνίημι. 

Άνίεμαι,  pass,  and  mid.  from  ύνίη- 

Ανίερος,  ov,  {a  γΐτΊν..  ιερός)  unholy, 
unhallowed,  impious,  Aesch.,  ami  Eur. : 
άν.  ΰ^ύτων  τϊε^.ύνων.  neglectful  of  the 
due  offerings,  Eur.  Hipp.  147.  Adv. 
-ρως.    [-η 

'Ανιεηόω,ί.-€)σω,])ΐ.ύνιέρωκα,  Plut., 
{ΰνύ,  ιερόω)  to  hallow,  consecrate, 
Arist.  Oecon.  τινί  τι,  something  to 
one.  Plut.  Cor.  3.     Hence 

'Χνιέρωσις.  εως,  ή,  a  hallowing,  con- 
secration, sanctity,  Dion.  H. 


ANIH 

ΆνίεσκΕ,  lengthd.  Ion.  for  ανίει, 
ανίη,  impf.  from  άνίημι,  Has.  Th. 
157. 

Άνιηθείς,  Ion.  for  άνιαθείς,  part, 
aor.  pass,  from  άνιάω,  Hom. 

Ά.νί7]μι,  imperf.  άνίτ/ν.  Ion.  and 
Att.  άνίειν,  εις,  ει,  also  in  Hom. 
lengthd.  3  sing,  άνίεσκε,  Hes.  Th. 
157 :  fut.  άνήσω,  in  Hom.  also  άνέ- 
σω  :  aor.  1  άνηκα,  Ion.  άνέηκα,  Hom. 
also  άνήσα,  but  this  only  in  opt.  άνέ- 
σαιμι,  for  the  Hom.  part,  άνέσαντες 
was  even  by  the  ancients  referred  to 
άνέζω  :  perf.  άνεΐκα  :  aor.  2  not  used 
in  sing,  ind.,  inf  άνεΐναι,  but  Hom. 
has  3  plur.  άνεααν,  subj.  άνήν  for 
avy,  opt.  άνείη,  part,  άνέντες.  Pass. 
άνίεμαι.  pert,  άνεΐμαι. — 1.  to  send  up 
or  forth,  Ζεφνροιο  άήτας  άνίησιν 
Ωκεανός,  Od.  4,  568  :  to  send  up.  i.  e. 
?nake  spring  or  shoot  up,  produce,  as 
the  earth,  H.  Hom.  Cer.  333,  Aasch. 
Supp.  266  ;  also  of  the  gods,  άν.  άρο- 
τον  γης.  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  270 :  esp.  to 
send  up  from  the  nether  world,  Aesch. 
Pars.  650,  Ar.  Ran.  1462  :  to  vomit  up, 
Aesch.  Eum.  183. — 2.  pass.  c.  άττό, 
to  be  sent  forth  from,  to  be  traced  back 
from,  [)ίζωμα  άνείται  άττό  στταρτών, 
Aesch.  Theb.  413. — II.  to  send  back, 
let  go  home,  Od.  18,  2C5,  where  Schol. 
refers  it  to  nest  signf — III.  to  send 
away,  to  let  go,  from  Horn,  downwds. 
the  usu.  signf  :  ν-νος  άΐ'ήκεν  έμέ, 
sleep  sent  me  away  from  under  its  in- 
fluence, i.  e.  left  me,  oft.  in  Hom.  : 
more  rarely  c.  gen.  rei,  δεσμών  άνίει. 
loosed  them  from  bonds,  Od.  8,  359  :  of 
a  state  of  mind,  εμε  θνμόν  ονκ  άνίει 
οδύνη,  II.  15,  24  ;  so  too,  οίνος  άνηκε 
μιν,  Hdt.  1,  213  :  πν7.ας  άνεσαν,  they 
unlocked  the  gates,  II.  21,  537. — 2.  άν. 
τινί.  to  let  loose  (as  a  dog)  against 
one,  slip  at,  set  upon  one,  like  Lat.  im- 
mittere  alictii :  σοι  τοντον  άνηκε  θεά, 
11.  5,  405 :  hence  in  genl.  to  set  on,  ex- 
cite to  do  a  thing,  c.  inf  Μοίσο  άοι- 
δον  άνήκεν  άείδειν,  Od.  8,  73,  cf.  II. 
2,  276.  Hdt.  4,  180 :  very  freq.  c.  ace. 
pers.  only,  to  let  loose,  excite,  as  Od.  2, 
185.  so  too  θνμον  άνηκεν.  moved  his 
wrath,  etc.  ;  also  c.  dat.  commodi.  τοΐ- 
σιν  θρασνμ?'ίδεα  άνηκεν,  urged  Thra- 
symedes  to  their  aid,  11.  17,  705. — 3.  άν. 
τινά  ττρός  τι.  to  let  go  for  any  purpose, 
Hdt.  2,  129  ;  άν.  εαυτόν  ες  τναιγνίην, 
to  give  himself  up  to  amusement,  Hdt. 

2,  173 ;  but  άν.  τινά  μανίας,  to  set 
free  from  madness,  Eur.  Or.  227  :  to 
acquit,  τινά.  Lys.  138,  40. — 4.  to  let 
alone,  let,  c.  inf,  άν.  τρίχησ  ανξεσθαι. 
Hdt.  2,  36  ;  4,  175.  Μίά.'άνίεμαι.  to 
loosen,  undo,  hence  c.  ace.  κό'λττον 
άνίεμέΐ'η,  loosing,  i.  e.  baring  the  breast, 
II.  22,  80  :  αίγας  άνιέμενοι.  strij/ping 
or  flaying  snats,  Od.  2,  300,  cf  Eur. 
El.  826. — Pass,  to  be  let  go.  go  free,  ^ς 
TO  έ?.εύθερον,  Hdt.  7,  103  :  part,  pf 
pass,  going  free,  left  to  one's  trill  and 
pleasure.  Soph.  Ant.  579,  El.  516  :  esp. 
of  animals  dedicated  to  a  god.  which 
are  let  range  at  large,  Λ^alck.  Hdt.  2, 
65,  cf  άνετος,  and  so  prob.  Soph.  Aj. 
1214: — hence  in  genl.  άνειμένος  εις 
τι,  devoted  to  a  thing,  wholly  engaged 
in  it,  e.  g.  ες  τον  τ:ό7.ΐμον,  Hdt.  2, 
167,  ίς  το  κέρδος,  Eur.  Heracl.  3 : 
άνει/ιένος  γέλως,  unrestrained  laugh- 
ter. Wytt.  Ep.  Cr.  p.  159,  5,  cf  άνει- 
μένως :  hence — 5.  like  Lat.  rendttere, 
to  slacken,  relax,  opp.  to  ετϊΐτείνω, 
strictly  of  a  bow.  to  unstring,  as  Hdt. 

3.  22  ;  so  άν.  'ίττ—ον,  to  slack  the 
horse's  rein,  to  give  the  rein  to.  Soph. 
El.  721  :  hence  to  neglect,  give  over, 
Ti,  Soph.  O.  C.  1C08  ;  όυλακ/'/ν,  άσ- 
κησιν,  etc.,  Thuc,  Xen.,  etc. :  άν. 
θάνατον  Τίνΐ,  to  remit  sentence  of  death 


ΑΝΙΣ 
to  one,  let  one  live,  Eur.  Andr.  532, 
so  κόλασίν  τινι,  Plut.  Pass,  to  be 
slack  or  unstrung,  το  άνειμένον  της 
γνώμης,  Thuc.  5,  9,  άν.  πρεσβντών 
γένος,  Eur.  Andr.  728  :  but  much 
more  freq. — IV.  mtrans.  in  act.,  to 
slacken,  relax,  be  remiss,  Lat.  remisse 
agere,  Hom.  only  in  11.  5,  880,  but 
freq.  in  Hdt.,  and  Att. :  r^  ήδονΐι,  Ty 
οργή,  ίσχνρώ  γέ7.ωτι  άνιέναι,  sc.  έαν- 
τόν'οτ  θυμόν.  Lob.  Aj.  248:  but  usu. 
c.  part,  to  give  up,  cease  doing,  Hdt.  4, 
28,  Eur.  L  T.  318,  etc. :  also  freq.  c. 
gen.  to  cease  from  a  thing,  e.  g.  μωρί- 
ας, Eur.  Med.  456,  οργής,  Ar.  Ran. 
700  :  also  absol.  to  give  up,  slack,  e.  g. 
of  the  wind,  Hdt.  2,  113.  [άνϊ-  Ep., 
uvl-  Att.  :  but  even  Hom.  has  ι  in 
άνίει  and  άνιέμενος,  and  Ar.  some- 
times has  i,  Seidl.  Fragm.  Ar.  p.  27.] 
ΥΑνΙηρέστερος,  irreg.  compar.  of 
άνιηρός,  Od.  2,  190. 

Άνιηρός,  ή,  όν.  Ion.  for  ανιαρός, 
Hom.  and.  Hdt. 
ΥΑνίης,  ηνος,  ό,=^'Ανίων,  Plut. 

Άνίκα,  Dor.  for  ήνίκα.   [ϊ] 

'Ανίκανος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  ικανός)  dis- 
contented,  dissatisfied  with  every  thing, 
Epictet.  :  insufficient,  incapable,  He- 
liod.    [i] 

νΑνίκάτος,  ov,  Dor.  for  ανίκητος. 
Find. 

Άνϊκεί,  adv.,  (a  priv.,  νίκη)  without 
victory,  Dio  C. 

Άνικέτευτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  ικετεύω) 
not  entreated. — II.  act.  not  entreating, 
Eur.  I.  A.  1003. 

'Ανίκητος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  νικάω)  un• 
conquered,  unconquerable,  Hes.  Th. 
489.  and  freq.' in  Soph. — II.  as  pr.  n. 
Anicetus,  son  of  Hercules  and  Hebe, 
A  polled.  2,  7,  7. 

Άνικμάζω,  {άνικμος)  to  dry,  Diosc. 

Άνικμάω,  v.  1.  for  άνα?Λκμάω, 
Plat. 

'Ανικμος,  ov,  {a  priv..  ίκμύς)  with- 
out moisture,  dry,  Arist.  Probl. 

Άνίλαστος,  ov.  (a  priv.,  ϊ7Μμαι) 
unappeased,  merciless,  Plut.    [i] 

Άΐ'ί'λεωζ•,  uv,  gen.  ω,  Att.  for  άνί- 
7.αος  (which  is  not  in  use),  unmerci- 
ful,'N.  Ύ.  3&c.  2.  13.  [i] 

' .Κνίμαστος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  ίμάσσω) 
unscourged. 

Άνΐμάω,  fut.  -7;σω,  usu.  -ήσομαι, 
{άνά,  ιμάω)  to  draw  up,  raise,  as  water, 
strictly  by  leather  straps  (ίμάς),  The- 
ophr. :  in  genl.  to  draw  out  or  up,  Xen. 
An.  4,  2,  8  :  also  seemingly  intr.  sub. 
εαυτόν,  to  get  up.  Id.  Eq.  7,  1.    Hence 

Άνίμησις,  εως,  ή,  a  drawing  up  or 
raising. 

Άνΐος,  ov,  {άνία)=άνιαράς,  Aesch. 
Pers.  1061. 

Άνίονλος.  ov.  {a  priv.,  ιov7.oς)with• 
out  down,  beardless,  Anth. 

Άνιπτϊενω,  {άνά,  ίττπεύω)  to  ride 
up  or  on  high,  e.  g.  ή7Λθς  άν.  Eur.  Ion 
41. 

'ΑνιπτΓος,  ov,  {a  priv.  ΐττττος)  with- 
out a  horse,  not  using  horses,  not  serving 
on  horseback,  Hdt.  1,  215:  of  coun- 
tries, unsuited  for  horses,  unfit  to  ride 
in,  Hdt.  2,  108. — II.  Tiot  knowing  how  to 
ride,  Plut. — III.  as  pr.  n.  Anippu^,  v. 
1.  in  Xen.  Hell.  6,  2,  36. 

Άνίπτάμαι,  dep.  mid.,=  ava^ero- 
μαι,  q.  v. 

ΆνιτΓτόττονς,  ό,  ή,  πουν,  τό.  gen. 
ΊΓοδος,  {ΰνιτττος,  πους)  u'ith  tinwashen 
feet,  II.  16,  235.  Epith.  of  the  Σελ- 
λοί, the  Dodonaean  priests  of  Jupi- 
ter, Heyne,  II.  T.  7,  p.  288. 

'Ανίήτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  νίζω)  un- 
washed, II.  6,  266,  Hes.  Op.  723.-2. 
not  to  be  washed  out,  αίμα,  Aesch.  Ag. 
1459. 

'Ανις,  Boeot.  for  άνευ,  also  Mega• 
.135 


ΑΝΙΣ 

rean  in  Ar.  Ach.  834,  cf.  Lye.  359, 
Nic.  Al.  419. 

Άνισάζω,  f.  -ύσω,  (ανά,  Ισύζώ)  to 
make  even  or  equal,  equalise,  Arist. 
Eth.  N. 

Άΐ'ΐσάριθμος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  ισάριθ- 
μος) of  a>i  odd  number. 

'Ανΐσασμύς,  ov,  6,  (άνισάζω)  equali- 
sation. 

t'Ai'i'ffaror,  ου,  τό,  (ανισον)  a  decoc- 
tion of  anise,  Medic. 

Άνϊσίτης,  ov,  6,  fern,  ϊτις,  ιδος,  ή, 
flavoured  with  aniseed,  Geop. 

'Ανΐσοειδ7)ς,  ές,  (άνισος,  είδος)  of 
uneven  form,  Porphyr. 

Άνΐσοκβατέω,  (άνισος,  κράτος)  to 
be  too  weak  for  a  thing,  Sest.  Emp. 

'Ανισόμετρος,  ov,  (άνισος,  μέτρον) 
incommensurate  with  a  thing,  τινί,  Are- 
tae. 

Άνΐσομήκης,  ες,  (a  priv.,  Ισομήκης) 
of  unequal  length.  Gal. 

Άνισον,  ου,  τό,=^άνηθον,  q.  v. 
[prob.  i] 

Άνΐσοπάχής,  ες,  (a  priv.,  Ισοπα- 
χήζ)  of  unequal  thichiess.  Gal. 

'Ανισόπ?.ενρος,  ov,  (άνισος,  πλευ- 
ρά) with  unequal  sides,  Tim.  Locr. 

Άνισος,  ov,  also  ?;,  ov,  (a  priv., 
Ισος)  unequal,  uneven,  freq.  in  Plat., : 
TO  άν.  inequality,  Arist.  Eth.  N. — II. 
metaph.  unequally  divided,  unfair. 
Adv.  -ως,  άν.  έχειν  προς  τίνα,  to  act 
unfairly  towards,  Dem.  752,  17.  [i  Ep., 
iAtt.]    Hence 

ΆνΙσότης,  ητος,  ή,  inequality.  Plat. 
— II.  unfairness. 

'Ανισότιμος,  ov,  (a  priv..  Ισότιμος) 
of  unequal  value. 

ΫΑνισοτοιχέω,  (άνισος,  τοίχος  II.) 
to  incline  to  one  side,  of  a  ship,  Simpl. 
νΑνισοφϋί/ς,  ές,  (άνισος,  φυτ/)  of  un- 
like nature  or  disposition,  Eccl. 

Άνισόω,  (άνα,  Ίσόω)  to  make  equal, 
equalise,  Plat.  Polit.  289  E.  Mid.  and 
pass,  to  equal,  be  equal  in  a  thing,  πλή- 
θεϊ  άνισωβήναι.  Hdt.  7,  103. 

'Ανίατα  and  άνίστη,  for  άνίστηθι, 
imperat.  from  άνίστι/μι. 

Άνιστάνω,  later  form  for  sq. 

Άνίστημι.  f.  αναστήσω, — I.  trans. 
in  pres.,  impf.,  fut.,  and  aor.  1,  to  make 
to  stand  up,  raise  up,  set  up,  ■)  έροντα 
χειρός  άνιστί],  he  raised  the  old  7nan 
up  by  his  hand,  II.  24,  515,  Od.  14,  319  : 
esp.  to  raftefroin  sleep,  wake  up,  Π.  14, 
336,  etc.  ;  to  raise  from  the  dead,  II.  24, 
551,  and  Trag. :  in  Horn,  only  of  per- 
sons :  later  to  set  up,  build,  στήλην, 
Hdt.  2.  102  :  πύργον,  Xen.,  etc. : 
also  to  build  up  again,  restore,  τείχη, 
Dem  477,  23. — 2.  to  rouse  to  action, 
cheer,  stir  up,  II.  10,  176  ;  τινί,  against 
one,  II.  7,  116:  to  stir  up  to  rebellion, 
n.  1,  191. — 3.  to  make  people  rise  to 
leave  their  homes,  to  make  them  emi- 
grate, transplant  them.  Od.  6,  7 ;  though 
in  pass.,  and  intr.  tenses,  it  usu.  has 
a  hostile  sense,  to  he  unpeopled,  laid 
waste  ;  χώρα  άνεστηκνία,  a  wasted 
land,  Valck.  Hdt.  5,  29,  cf.  Eur.  Hec. 
494,  and  ανάστατος:  also  to  make 
suppliants  rise  and  leave  sanctuary, 
Hdt.  5.  71,  Soph.  O.  C.  276,  Thuc.  1, 
137,  etc. :  also  άν.  στρατόττεδαν,  to 
make  an  army  decamp,  Polyb.  ;  άν.  έκ- 
κ7.ησίαν,  to  make  an  assembly  rise, 
i.  e.  adjourn  it,  Xen.  Hell.  2,  4,  42. — 
4.  to  raise  men  for  war,  levy,  Thuc.  2, 
68. — II.  in  aor.  mid.  also  trans.,  uva- 
στήσασΟαι.  ττόλιν,  to  raise  a  city  for 
one's  self,  Hdt.  1,  165:  μάρτυρα  άνα- 
στήσασΑαί  τίνα,  to  call  one  as  a  wit- 
ness, Plat.  Legg.  937  A. — III.  intrans. 
in  pres.  and  impf.  pass.,  and  in  aor.  2, 
perf.,  and  plqpt.  act.,  to  stand  up,  rise, 
esp.  to  speak,  freq.  from  Hom.  down- 
wards :  also  to  rise  from  one's  seat  as  a 
136 


ANSH 

mark  of  respect,  II.  1,  513  :  to  rise 
from  bed,  rest  or  sleep,  Aesch.  Eum. 
124,  esp.  to  start  up  for  action,  άν.  τινί, 
to  rise  up  against  one,  II.  23,  635,  Od. 
18,  333,  and  now  read  in  Aesch.  Pr. 
354:  to  rise  from  the  dead,  II.  21,  56, 
Aesch.,  etc. :  to  rise  from  an  illness, 
recover,  έκ  νόσου.  Plat.  Lach.  195  C  ; 
absoL,  Thuc.  2,  49  :  to  rise  to  go,  set 
out,  go  aumv,  εις  "Αργός,  Eur.  Heracl. 
59,  Heind.'Plat.Phaed.  116  A. 

Άνιστορέω,  (άνά,  ίστορέω)  to  make 
inquiry,  ask,  c.  acc.  rei  Soph.  O.  T. 
578:  c.  acc.  pers.  etrei,toosA:  a  thing 
of  a  person,  Aesch.  Pr.  963 :  also  άν. 
τινά  περί  τίνος,  to  ask  a  person  about 
a  thing,  Eur.  Hipp.  92. 

Άνιστορησία,  ας,  ή,  ignorance  of 
history,  Cic.  Att.  1,7:  from 

'Ανιστόρητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  Ιστορέω) 
ignorant  of  history. — 2.  not  having  in- 
quired, incurious,  Polyb. — II.  not  men- 
tioned in  history,  unknown,  Joseph. 
Adv.  -rwf,  άνισ.  εχειν  τινός,  to  have 
no  knowledge,  i.  e.  to  be  ignorant  of, 
Plut. 

'Ανίστω,  contr.  for  άνίστασο,  im- 
perat. pass,  from  άνίσταμαι,  Aesch. 
Eum.  133. 

Άνισχάνω,  poet,  for  άνέχω,  Orph., 
cf.  άνίσχω, 

Άνίσγιος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  Ίσχίον)  with- 
out tliighs  or  buttocks :  leithout  hips, 
esp.  without  high  hips,  Arist.  H.  A. 

'Ανίσχυρος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  ισχυρός) 
not  strong,  ivithout  strength,  Strab. 

Άνισχυς,  ν,  gen.  υος,  without 
strength,  LXX. 

'Ανίσχω,=άνέχω,  in  Hom.  only 
act.,  to  raise,  lift  up:  later  also  intr., 
άνίσχει  ήλιος,  the  sun  rises.  Hdt.,  etc., 
cf.  άνέχω:  the  form  άνισχάνω  also 
occurs  m  Orph.  Arg.  447. 

Άνίσωσις,  εως.  ή,  (άνισόω)  a  mak- 
ing even  or  eqiial,  equalisation,  Plat. 
Legg.  740  Έ.    ^ 

Άνινζω,  (άΐ'ά,  ίύζω)  to  howl  aloud, 
Qu.  Sm.  11,  177. 

'Ανιχθνς,  ν,  gen.  νος,  (a  priv., 
ΙχβΰΓ)  without  fish,  with  few  fish  in  it, 
Strab. 

'Ανίχνευτος,  ov.  (a  priv.,  Ιχνενω) 
not  tracked,  not  to  be  tracked,  Luc. 

'Ανιχνεύω,  (άνά,  Ιχνενω)  to  track, 
search  after,  II.  22,  192. 

Άνιχνίαστος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  ιχνιάζω) 
=άνίχνεντος. 
νΑνίων,   ωνος,   ό,   the    Anio,    now 
Teverone,  a  tributary  of  the  Tiber, 
Strab. 

'Ανίωτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  Ιόω)  not  rust- 
ed, not  liable  to  rust,  Arist.  Mirab.  [t] 
VAvva,  ας,  ή,  Anna,  fem.   pr.  n., 
Paroem. 

Άννεΐται.  poet,  for  άνανεΐται,  from 
άνανέομαι,  Od. 

Άννέφε7ιθς.  ov,  in  later  Ep.  for  the 
Homeric  άνέφε7.ος. 

Άννησον,  and  άννητον,  τό,  v.  sub 
άνηθον. 

ΥΑννιβαϊκός.  ή,  όν,  of  or  belonging 
to  Hannibal,  o'l  Άν.  καιροί,  the  times 
of  Hannibal,  Diod.  S.     From 

ΥΑννίβας.  a.  h.  Hannibal,  the  dis- 
tinguished Carthaginian  general,  Po- 
lyb., etc. :  adject,  also  Άννίβειος,  a, 
ov. 

Άννιβίζω.  ('Αννίβας)  to  side  with 
Hannibal,  like  Φι?.ιππίζω,  Plut. 

ΥΑννίκερις,  εως  and  ιδος,  ό,  Anni- 
eeris,  a  Cyrenian,  who  is  said  to  have 
ransomed  Plato,  Luc. 
νΑννιος,  ου,  ό,  Annius.  Polyb. 
t*Ai'r6)i',  ωνος,  ό.  Hanno,  the  name 
of  manv  distinguished  Carthaginians, 
Hdt.  7,  165;  etc. 

Άνξηραίνω,  poet,  for  άναξηραίνω, 
II.  21,  347. 


ΑΝΟΙ 

^Ανόδεντος,  ov,  (a  priv.  οδεύω)  im- 
passable, Strab. 

ΆΐΌ(5ία,  ας,  η.  (άνοδος)  a  bad  road, 
a  difficult  country,  Polyb. 

'Ανοδμος,  ov.  (a  priv.,  6δ/ιή)  with- 
out smill,  having  no  smell,  Hipp. 

' Ανύδοντος.ον,^=άνόδονς,  Pherecr. 
Coriann.  9,  Crajiat.  13. 

"Ανοδος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  οδός)  having 
no  way  or  road,  imjiassable,  Eur.  I.  T. 
889,  Xen.  An.  4,  8,  10. 

Άνοδος,  ov,  ή.  (άνά,  οδός)  a  way  up, 
ascent.  Hdt.  8,  53  :  esp.  into  central 
Asia,  like  άνάβασις,  άν.  παρά  βασι- 
λέα, Hdt,  5,  51,  and  Xen. — II.  a  way 
back,  return. 

'Ανόδους,  οντάς,  ό,  ή,  (a  priv., 
οδούς)  without  teeth,  toothless,  Arist 
Part.  An. 

Άνοδνρομαι,  (άνά,  οδύρομαι)  dep. 
mid.,  to  break  out  into  wailing,  Xen. 
Cyr.  5,  1,  6.   [0] 

Άνόδυρτος.  ov,  (a  priv,,  οδύρομαι) 
unmourned. — II.  act.  not  mourning,  In- 
cert.  ap.  Anton. 

Άνοζος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  όζος)  without 
sucker  or  branch,  Theophr. 
ΥΑνόημα,  ατός,  τό,  (a  priv.,  νοέω) 
a  want  of  reflection,  an   act   of  folly, 
Stob. 

Άνοήμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος.  (a  priv., 
νοέω)  senseless,  without  understanding, 
Od.  2,  270,  278. 

Άνθ7]σία,  ας,  ή,  the  character  of  an 
ανόητος,  ivant  of  sense. 

Άνοηταίνω,  to  be  ανόητος.  Plat. 
Phil.  12  D. 

Άιό;?-{  ■i;cj,=foreg.,  dub. 

Άνοητία,  ar,  η,  Att.  for  ανοησία, 
Ar.  Fr.  585,  cf.  Moer.  p.  28. 

'Ανόητος,  ov,  (a  priv.  νοέω)  not 
thought  07i,  unheard  of.  H.  Hoin.  Merc. 
80. —  2.  not  to  he  conceived,  not  vithin 
the  province  of  the  intellect. VWi.  Phaed. 
80  B. — II.  act.  not  thinking,  not  capa- 
ble of  or  adapted  to  thinking.  Plat.  Par- 
men.  132  C. — 2.  not  iindirstanding, 
foolish,  Hdt.  1,  87,  Soph.  Aj.  162:  in 
Att.  esp.  as  opp.  to  σώφρων,  unreason- 
able, senseless,  giving  way  to  passion, 
Lat.  amens,  freq.  in  Plat. :  tu  άν.,  sen- 
s-ual  pleasures,  Ar.  Nub.  417.  Adv. 
-τως.  Id.  Lys.  518,  Plat.,  etc. 

'Ανόθευτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  νοθεύω) 
unadulterated,  genuine,  Arist.   Mirab. 

Άνοια,  ας,  η,  the  character  of  an 
άνοος,  want  of  understanding,  folly, 
Hdt.  6,  69,  and  freq.  in  Att. :  άνοια 
ΤΓολλτ)  χρήσθαι,  to  be  a  great  fool,  An- 
tipho  122,  31  ;  άνοιαν  οφλισκάνειν, 
to  be  thought  a  fool,  Dem.  1 6,  24.  In 
old  Att.  it  seems  to  have  been  άνοια 
[(i],  Aesch.  Theb  402  (though  Dmd 
έννοια).  Soph.  Fr.  517,  Er.r.  Andr. 
520,  cf.  άγνοια. 

Άνοιγμα,  ατός.  τό,  an  opening:  and 
so  a  door,  etc.  LXX  :  from 

Άνοίγνϋμι  and  ανοίγω,  Ep.  άναοί- 
γνϋμι,  f.  ανοίξω  :  c.  dupl.  augm.,  as 
impf.  άνέωγον  ;  (Ep.  άνώγον  and 
άναοίγεσκΌν,  II.  14,  168  ;  24,  455) ; 
ηνοιγον,  Xen.  Hell.  1,  1.  2:  aor.  1 
αΐ'εω^α,  inf.  άνοΐζαι,  also  άνωία, 
(Hdt.  1.  68)  and  ijvoiia.  (Xen.  Hell. 
1,  5,  13),  άνοιξα,  Hdt.  4,  143:  pf.  1 
άνέφχα,  pf-  2  άνέφγα  ;  perf.  pass. 
(/j.'f'ur//ai.Thuc.2,4;^laor.(£i'f(j;(fl/;i', 
Eur.  Ion  1563  ;  (aor.  ηνοιξα  unusii.  in 
pure  Greek,  but  occurs  in  Xen.  1.  c: 
pass,  ήνοίγην,  is  late,  cf.  A.  B.  p. 
399.) — 1.  to  open,  undo.  esp.  of  doors, 
chests,  locks,  etc.,  κληίδα  άναοίγε- 
σκον,  Π.  24,  455,  άπο  χη?.οϋ  πώμα 
άνέωγε,  to  take  off  the  cover  and  open 
it,  II.  16,  221  ;  oft.  in  Hdt.  and  Att. 
— 2.  metaph.  to  lay  open,  unfold,  As- 
close,  Aesch.  Supp.  321,  Soph.  O.  C. 
515. — 3.  as  nautical  term,   absol.  to 


ΑΝΟΙ 
get  into  the  open  sea.  get  clear  of  land, 
Xen.  Hell.  1,  1,  2 ;  5,  13 ;  6,  21. 
Pass,  to  be  open,  stand  open,  lie  open, 
SO  too  perf.  2  act.  ανέωγα.  but  later, 
for  Hdt.  1, 187,  has  it  transit.,  and  the 
Att.  use  pf.  pass.  ανέω\μαί  in  this 
signf.,  Dem.  764,  22,  cf.  Lob.  Phryn. 
157  sq. 

Άνοί'/ω,  f.  -f(j,  V.  fore^. 

' kvowaivu  and  (ίΐ'Οίίεω,  f.  -^σω, 
(ανά.  οίδαίνω)  to  make  to  suell,  blow 
up,  inflate. — -11.  to  be  blown  tip,  swell, 
of  passions,  like  Lat.  intumescere. 

Άνοιδείω,  Ep.  for  sq. 

Άνοιδέω,ώ,  f.  -ησω,  (άνά.  οΐδέω)  like 
ανοιδαίνω,  to  swell  up,  Hipp. :  of  a 
wave,  Eur.  Hipp.  1210  :  to  swell  with 
passion,  like  Lat.  intumescere,  Hdt.  7, 
39 :  so  too  in  mid.     Hence 

Άνοίδησίς,  εως,  ή,  a  swelling  up  :  a 
tumor,  Arist.  H.  A. 

Άνοιδίσκω,=^άνοίδαίνω. — Π.  pass. 
to  swell  up,  like  ΰνοιδεω,  Hipp. 

'Ανοίκειος,  ov,  also  a.  ov,  not  home- 
ly, not  domestic  or  familiar. — II.  not 
proper,  unfitting,  useless,  τινός,  tlv'l, 
and  προς  τι,  Polyb.    Hence 

Άνοικειότης,  ητος,  ή,  the  character 
of  an  ανοίκειος,  strangeness. — U.  un- 
fitness. 

Άνοίκητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  οΐκέω)  un- 
inhabited, uninhabitable. 

^Ανοικίζω,  fut.  -ί'σω  Att.  -ΐώ,  (άνά, 
οΐκίζω)  to  rebuild,  though  in  this  signf. 
the  usu.  word  is  άνοικοδομέω. — II.  to 
shift  another's  dwelling,  make  him 
shift,  migrate.  Pass.,  and  mid.,  to 
shift,  migrate,  Ar.  Pac.  207.  in  aor. 
pass.,  Ar.  Av.  1351,  cf.  Thuc.  8,  31 : 
metaph.  av.  rivu  φθόνου,  to  remove 
out  of  envy's  way,  Philostr. — 2.  esp. 
av.  πόλιν,  to  dispeople  a  city,  lay  it 
waste.  Arist.  Rhet.  AI.  2,  23:  but  also, 
— 3.  to  bring  back,  restore  to  their  former 
homes,  Strab. — III.  in  pass.,  to  be  built 
up  the  country,  away  from  the  coast, 
Thuc.  1,  7. 

Άνοίκισις,  εως,  ή,  a  shifting  people 
inland,  away  from  the  coast,  App. 

Άνοικισμός,  ov,  o,  =  foreg. — II.  a 
rebuilding,  Hdn.  3,  6,  20. 

Άνοικοδομέω, ώ,ί.-τ]σω,(άνά.  οίκο- 
δομέω)  to  build  up,  Hdt.  1,  186.— II. 
to  build  again,  rebuild,  ap.  Lycurg.  158, 
7,  and  Xen. — III.  to  wall  up,  close  by 
building,  Ar.  Pac.  100,  Lycurg.  166,8. 

Άνοικοδόμητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  οίκο- 
δομέω)  not  built  up.  Or.  Sib. 

'Ανοικονόμητος,  ov.  (a  priv..  ο'ικο- 
νομέω)  not  well  ordered,  Machon  ap. 
Ath.  341  B. — II.  act.  not  economical^ 

'Ανοικος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  οίκος)  house- 
less, homeless,  Hdt.  3,  145. 

Άνοικτέον,  verb.  adj.  from  ανοίγω, 
one  must  open,  Eur.  Ion  1387. 

Άνοικτίρμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  (α 
priv.,  οΐκτίραων)  pitiless,  merciless, 
Soph.  Fr.  587. 

Άνοικτιστος,  ov.  (a  priv.,  οΊκτίζω) 
unmourned,  AnVix. — II.  ΆΖ\,.=:ΰνοικτος: 
so  adv.  -τως,  in  Antipho    114,  10. 

'Ανοικτός,  ή,  όν,  (ύνοίγνυμι)  open- 
ed, open  :  that  can  be  opened. 

'Ανοικτός,  or,  (a  priv.,  οίκτος)  piti- 
less,  ruthless,    Eur.   Tro.  782.     Adv. 
-τως.  Soph.,  and  Eur. 
'Ανοικτρος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  οΙκτρός) 

finding  no  pity,  unpitied  :  needing  or 
deserving  no  pity,  v.  1.  Eur.  I.  T.  227. 
Adv.  -τρως. 

Άνοιμώζω,  fut.  -ξομαι,  aor.  άνώμω- 
ξα,  {άνα,  οίμώζω)  to  wail  aloud,  Aesch. 
Pers.  465. 

Άνοιμωκτεί,  and 

Άνοιμωκτί.  adv.,  without  wailing: 
also  without  need  to  wail,  i.  e.  xi:ith  im- 
punity :  δεινά  civ.  χανείν,  Soph.  Aj. 

1227.  [i]    From 


ANOM 

Άνοίμωκτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  οΙμώζω) 
unmourned,  urdamented,  Aesch.  Cho. 
433,  511. 
VAvoivia,  ας,  η,  less  usu.  form  for 
ΰοινία,  Euseb. ;  v.  Lob.  Phryn.  729. 
'Ανοίξις,  εως,  ή,  (άνοίγννμι)  an 
opening,  τΓΐ'λΰΐ',  Thuc.  4,  67,  68. 

Άνοισις,  εως,  η,  {αναφέρω,  ανθί- 
σω) α  referring. 

Άνοιστέον,  verb.  adj.  of  αναφέρω, 
one  must  carry  back  or  report,  Soph. 
Ant.  272,  Eur.  H.  F.  1221.  _ 

Άνοιστός.  η,  όν.  Ion.  άνώϊστος, 
(άναώέρω)  brought  back,  reported,  άν. 
ες  τίνα.  referred  to  some  one  for  de- 
cision, Hdt.  6,  66. 

Άνοιστρέω,  (άνά,  οίστρέω)  to  goad, 
drive  to  madness,  Eur.  Bacch.  979. 
'Ανθίσω,  fut.  of  άναόέρω,  Hdt. 
'AvoiTo,  opt.  pres.  pass,  from  άνω, 
Π. 

Άνοκωχη,  ης,  ή,  more  correct  way 
of  writing  ανακωχή,  q.  v. 

Άνολβία.   ας.  ή,    the  state   of  an 

ύνολβος.  misery.  [[  in  Hes.  Op.  317.] 

'Ανόλ3ιος,  of,=sq.,  Hdt.  1,  32. 

'Άνο?.3ος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  όλ'5οζ•)  un- 

blest,  wretched,  ημαρ,  Orac.  ap.  Hdt. 

1,  85  :  of  a  person,  Aesch.  Eum.  551, 

and  Eur. — Π.  unblest,  i.  e.  senseless, 

infatuated.  Soph.  Aj.  1156,  Ant.  1265. 

Άνόλεθρος.  ov,  (a  priv.,  όλεθρος) 

not  ruined,  having  escaped  ruin,  II.  13, 

761. — II.  act.  not  ruining:  cf  the  more 

Att.  ΰνώ?.εθρος. 

'Ανο?.κή,  ης.  ή,  (άνέ?κω)  α  drawing 
or  hauling  up.  ?.ίθων,  Thuc.  4,  112. 

'Ανο7.ο7.νζω,  fut.  -ύξω,  (άνά,  ολο- 
λύζω) to  cry  aloud,  esp.  to  shout  with 
joy,  Simon.  72  :  also,  to  scream  from 
fear. — 2.  c.  acc.  to  bewail  loudly.  Soph. 
EI.  750. — II.  act.  to  make  one  shout, 
set  a  shouting,  Eur.  Bacch.  24. 

Άνο?.οόνρομαι,  dep.  η\\ά.,=ζάνοδν- 
ρομαι.  to  break  into  loud  wailing,  Thuc. 
8,  81,  Plat.,  and  Xen.  [ϋ] 

ΆνολνΜ,  poet,  for  άνολοΧύζω,  Qu. 
Sm.  14,  281,  dub. 

Άνολνμτζιύς,   ύδος,  ή,   an   Olym- 
piad omitted  in  the  list,  Pans.  6, 22, 2. 
Άνομαι,  v.  sub  ΰνω. 
' Ανομα?.ίζω,  {άνά,  ημαλίζω)  to  make 
even,  equalise,  Arist.  Rhet.     Hence 

' Ανομά?,ωσις,  εωο,  ή,  equalisation, 
Arist.  Pol. 

'Ανομ3ρέω,  (άνά,  ομβρέω)  streng- 
thened for  ομβρέω,  to  wet  or  deluge 
with  rain.     Hence 

'Ανομ3ρήεις.  εσσα,  εν,  wet  through 
and  through,  Nic. 

'Ανομβρία,  ας,  ή,  want  of  rain, 
drought.  Arist.  H.  A. :  from 

Άνομβρος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  όμ3ρος) 
wanting  or  without  rain,  Hdt.  2,  22, 
etc. 

'Avoμέω,ώ,{.-f/σω,iobe  άνομος,  lead 
a  lawless  life,  act  lawlessly,  ττερί  τι, 
Hdt.  1,  144.     Hence 

Άνόμημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  transgression 
of  the  law,  illegal  act. 

'Ανομία,  ας,  ή.  Ion.  άνομίη,  (άνο- 
μέωΊ  lawlessness,  lawless  or  unjust  con- 
duct, opp.  to  δικαιοσύνη,  Hdt.  1,  96, 
97,  Xen..  etc. 

' Ανομίλητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  όμιλέω) 
having  no  intercourse  or  communion  with 
others,  shunning  society,  Plat.  Legg. 
951  A  :  having  no  acquaintance  with.  C. 
gen.,  av.  παιδείας,  uneducated,  Plat. 
Ep.  332  C. 

Άνόμιχλος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  ομίχλη) 
without  foir  or  mist,  Arist.  Mund. 

' Ανάμματος,  ov,  (a  ρή\\.όιιμα)  with- 
out eyes,  sightless.  Soph.  Phil.  857. 

Άνηαογενίις.  ές.  (a  priv.,  ομογενής) 
of  different  kind,  Sext.  Emp. 

ΥΑνομοειδής,  ές,  (a  priv.,  ομοειδής) 
unlike. 


ΑΝΟΠ 

' Ανομόζηλος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  δμόζη?.ος) 
having  a  different  bent  or  taste,  Sext. 
Emp. 

Άνομοθέτητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  νομό- 
θετέω)  not  well  ordered,  lawless,  disor- 
derly, freq.  in  Plat.  Legg. 

' Ανομοωβαρης,  ές,  (ανόμοιος,  βά- 
ρος) of  unequal  weight,  Arist.  Coel. 

'Ανομοιογενής,  ές.  (ανόμοιος,  γέ- 
νος) of  different  kind.  Epicur.  ap.  Diog. 
L.  10,  32 :  esp.  of  different  gender, 
Gramm.    Adv.  -νως. 

Άνομοιοΐίδης,  (ανόμοιος,  είδος)  un- 
like, unequal,  Arist.  Eth.  N. 

Άνομοιομερής,  ές,  ( ανόμοιος,  μέ- 
ρος) consisting  of  unlike  parts,  hetero- 
genecms,  Arist.  H.  A. 

Άνομοιό-τωτος,  ov,(a  priv,,  όμοιό- 
πτωτος)  with  unlike  inflections,  Gramm. 
'Ανόμοιος,  ov,  also  a,  ov,  (a  priv., 
όμοιος)  unlike,  Pind.  N.  8,  48,  and 
freq.  in  Plat.  Adv.  -ως,  Plat.,  and 
Xen. 

Άνομοιόστροφος,  ov,  ( ανόμοιος, 
στροφή)  consisting  of  unequal  strophes, 
Gramm. 

Άνομοιότης,  ητος,  ή,  a  being  ανό- 
μοιος, unlikeness,  Plat. 

Άνομοιόχρονος,  ov,  (ανόμοιος,  χρό- 
νος) of  unequal  time  or  quantity,  Me- 
tric. 

Άνομοιόω,  ώ,  (ανόμοιος)  to  make 
unlike  or  unequal.  Plat.  Rep.  546  Β  : 
more  freq.  pass,  to  be  so,  Id.  Hence 
Άνομοίωσις,  εως,  ή,  a  making  7ΐη- 
like. — II.  (from  Fass.)  unlikeness,  F\&t. 
Theaet.  166  B. 

Άνομο/.ογέομαι,  f.  -ήσομαι,  (άνά, 
όμολογέω)  to  agree  upon  a  thing,  τι. 
Plat.  Legg.  737  C  ;  more  freq.  -roi 
τίνος,  Id. :  av.  Ίτρος  ά7.λήλονς.  Id. 
Rep.  348  B. — Π.  to  recapitulate,  sum 
up,  Id.  Symp.  200  E.— III.  to  pay 
money  by  note  of  hand  or  order,  Bockh 
Inscr.  1 ,  p.  222.— IV.  For  the  sense 
not  to  agree  with,  v.  sub  άνομολογον- 
μενος.  The  act.  in  no  good  author. 
Hence 

' Ανομο7.όγημα,  ατός,  τό,  agreement. 
— Π.  an  order  for  payment,  promissory 
note  :  payment  on  ordir. 

Άνοιιολογητέον,  verb.  adj.  from 
άνομο?.ογέομαι,  one  must  agree  upon, 
Ti  or  τζερί  τίνος,  Plat. 

'Ανομο?.ο-}ίη,  ας,  ή,  (άνά,  6μο7.ο- 
-/έομαι)  α  mutual  understanding,  asree- 
ment. — Π.  (α  ^ύ\ .,)disagreement,  Plut., 
cf  sq. 

Άνομολογονμενος,  η,  ov,  (a  priv., 
όμο7.ογέω)  not  agreeing,  inconsistent, 
Plat.  Gorg.  495  A  :  not  admitted,  not 
granted.  Arist.  Rhet. :  better  taken  as 
adj.,  than  as  part,  from  άνομολογέο- 
μαι,  V.  Stallb.  Plat.  1.  c. 

"Ανομος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  νόμος)  uithout 
law,  lawless,  impious,  Hdt.  1,  162,  and 
Trag.  :  τα  άνομα,  lateless  conduct, 
Hdt.  1 ,  8.  Adv.  -μως,  Thuc.  4,  92.— 
II.  (a  priv.,  νύμοςίΐ.)  unmusical,  νόμος 
άν.,  Aesch.  Ag.  1142. 

'Ανόνητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  ονίνημϊ) 
unavailing,  itnprofitable,  useless.  Soph. 
Aj.  758,  and  Eur.  :  άνόνητα  as  adv., 
in  vain,  Eur.  Hec.  766,  etc.,  and  Plat. 
— II.  act.  c.  gen.,  άν.  των  αγαθών, 
makins;  no  profit  from  a  thing,  Dem. 
442,26. 

Άνονόμαστος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  ονομά- 
ζω) nameless,  unknown. 

Άνοης,  ov,  contr.  άνονς,  ovv,  (a 
priv.,  voof )  without  understanding,  fool- 
ish, άνοος  κραδίη.  II.  21,  441. 

Άνοταια,  only  in  Od.  1.  320,  όρνις 
ώς  άνο-αΐα  διέτττατο,  where  it  is 
variously  written  and  expl.  ;  acc.  to 
Herodian  ap.  Eust.,  an  adv.  from 
όφομαι.  Οηταίνω,  she  flew  away  un- 
noticed like  a  bird :  or  from  (lvu,=! 
137 


ANOP 

ανάφερες,  upwards,  up  in  the  air,  for 
which  V.  Sturz  Einped.  p.  308:  some 
read  άνόπαια  or  πηνόπαια,  taking  it 
to  be  a  kind  of  eagle :  others  again 
άν'  δτταϊα,  up  to  the  hole  in  the  roof,  up 
the  chimney  :  v.  Nitzsch  i.  C. 
Υ kvOKaia,  ας,  ή,  Anopaea,  a  sum- 
mit of  Oeta  on  the  borders  of  Locris, 
Hdt.  7,  216. 

Άνόηίν,  adv.  backwards,  cf.  κατό- 
πιν. 

Άνοπλος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  δπλον) 
strictly  without  the  ο~λον  or  large 
shield,  lldt.  9,  62,  of  the  Persians,  who 
only  bore  γέ/φα:  not  heavy  armed :  in 
genl.  unarmed,  Plat.  Euthyd.  299^B. 

Άνοπτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  ΰράω,  όψο- 
uai)  unseen. 

'λνύρατος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  6ρύω)  = 
foreg.,  Plat.  Tim.  51  A:  also  αόρα- 
τος. 

Άνόργϋνος,  ov,  («  priv.,  όργανον) 
without  instruments,  Plut. 

Άνόργητος,  ov,  Hellen.  for  uvop- 
γος,  Moer.  p.  12. 

Άνοργία,  ας,  η,^=ΰμνησία. 

Άνοργίαστος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  οργιάζω) 
attended  by  no  orgies,  Ar.  Lys.  898. — 
II.  in  whose  honour  no  orgies  are  held, 
Flat.  Epin.  985  D. 

"λνοργος,  ov.  {a  priv.,  όργη)  without 
anger,  not  wrathful,  Cratin.  Incert.  43 : 
cf  άνόργητος. 

Άνορέα,  ας,  η,  more  usu.  Ion.  ηνο- 
ρέη.  manhood,  courage,  Pind.   [a] 

Άνορεκτέω,  to  have  no  desire,  to  be 
without  appetite  :  from 

'λ,νόρεκτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  ορέγομαι) 
without  desire  or  appetite,  Plut.  Adv. 
-τως.     Hence 

Ανορεξία,  ας,  ή,  want  of  appetite, 
Tim.  Locr. 

Άνόρεος,  ία,  εον,  (άνήρ)  manly, 
courageous,  like  ανδρείος.  Soph.  Fr. 
384.  [ά]    _ 

' Κνορθιάζ(ύ,  (άΐ'ά.  ορθιύζω)  to  call 
out,  shout  aloud,  Andoc.  5,  5. 

Άνορθόω,  (ανά,  ορβόω)  to  set  up- 
right again,  set  up  what  has  fallen,  re- 
store, Hdt.  1,  19,  etc..  Soph.  O.  T.  46: 
to  set  straight  again,  set  right,  amend, 
Plat.  Rep.  346  Ε  :  oft.  c.  dupl.  augm. 
ηνώρθονν,  etc. 

"Αι-ορκος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  όρκος)  bound 
by  no  oath. 

' Κΐ'ορμάω,ώ,ί.-ήσω,{ύνύ,  ορμάω)  to 
start  eagerly  up,  feel  a  vehement  desire, 
c.  inf ,  Luc. 

Άνορμίζω,ί.  ■ίσω,{ΰνά,  δρμίζω)  to 
take  out  of  harbour  into  the  high  sea, 
εις  πέλαγος,  Dio  C. 

Άνορμος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  όρμος)  with- 
out harbour,  tinhospitable,  metaph.  γά- 
uov  uv.  είςττλεΐν,  Soph.  O.  T.  423. 

Άνήρνϋμι,  f  -όρσω,  {άνά,  όρννμι) 
to  rouse,  stir  up,  Pind.  N.  9,  16. 

'Χνορονω,ί.-ονσω,{άνά.  όρονω)  to 
start  up,  leap  up,  freq.  in  Hoin.,  esp. 
ίκ  θρόνων  and  εξ  ύπνου  :  so  Ήέλιος 
άνόρονσεν  ίς  ονρανόν,  Helios  went 
swiftly  up  the  sky,  Od.  3.  1. 

Άνόροφος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  όροώος) 
roofless,  unsheltered,  πέτρα,  Eur. 
Bacch.  38. 

' \νοΙ)1)οπνγιος,  ov.  {a  priv.,  ό/)/5ο- 
ττύγιον)  without  tail,  Arist.  H.  A.  [ii] 

'\νορτα?ύζω.{.•ίσω,{ΰνά,  όρτα?.ίζω) 
to  flap  the  wings  and  crow,  like  a  cock: 
to  strut,  swagger,  like  πτερύσσομαι, 
Ar.  Eq.  1344. 

' Κνηρνομαι,  to  roar  out,  Mel.  [ϋ] 

Ανορύσσω,  Alt.  -ττω,  fut.  -ξω, 
{άνά,  όρνσσω)  to  dig  up  what  has  been 
buried,  όστεα,  Hdt.  2,  41,  Ar.  Pac. 
372,  Av.  602  ;  άν.  τάφον,  to  dig  up, 
break  open,  destroy,  Hdt.  1,  C8,  Isocr. 
351  E. 

Άνορχέομαι,  f. ■■ησομαι,{άνύ,  ορχέο- 
138 


ΑΝΟΦ 

μαΐ)  to  jump  up  and  dance  about,  dance 
merrily,  Eur. 

Άνορχος,  ov,  without  όρχεις,  gelded, 
Hipp. 

*  Άνόρω,  suppos.  pres.  from  which 
several  tenses  of  άνόρνυμι,  are  form- 
ed, v.  δρω. 

Άνόσητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  νοσέω)  ivifh- 
out  sickness,  not  ailing,  Soph.  Fr.  838. 

'Ανοσία,  ας,  ή,  the  state  of  an  άνο- 
σος, freedom  from  sickness. 

'Ανόσιος,  ov,  more  rarely  la,  iov, 
(Aeschin.),  (a  priv.,  όσιος)  imholy, 
wicked,  Lat.  profanus,  of  persons  and 
things,  avi]p,  έργον, μόρος,  etc.,  Hdt., 
and  freq.  m  Att. :  ανόσιος  νέκνς,  a 
corpse  xvith  all  the  rites  unpaid.  Soph. 
Ant.  1071,  Shaksp.  "  unhousel'd,  dis- 
appointed, unaneled."  Adv.  -ίως, 
Eur.,  etc. 

Άνοσιότης,  ητος,  η,  unholiness,  pro- 
faneness,  Plat.  Euthyd. 

Άνοσιονργέω,  to  be  άνοσιονργός, 
act  profanely.  Plat.  Legg.  905  Β  ;  and 

Ανοσιονργημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  profane 
act. 

Άνοσίονργία,  ας.  ή,  the  character  of 
an  άνοσίονργός,  unholiness,  Plat.  Ep. 
335  Β  :  from 

Άνοσιονργός,  όν,  {ανόσιος,  *εργω) 
acting  profanely,  unholy.  Plat.  Ep. 

Άνοσμος,  ov.  (a  priv.,  δσμή)^άνοδ- 
μος,  without  smell,  Hipp. 

Άνοσος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  νόσος)  Ion. 
and  Horn,  άνονσης,  without  sickness, 
healthy,  sound,  of  persons,  Od.  14, 255, 
Pind.  Fr.  107,  etc.  :  of  things,  free 
from  all  defect,  λοιβή.  Eur.  Ion  1201 : 
of  a  season,  /VeeyVom  sickness,  healthy, 
uv.  έτος,  Thuc.  2,  49  :  also  c.  gen. 
άνοσοΓ  κακών,  untouched  with  ill,  Eur. 
I.  A.  982.     Adv.  -ως. 

Άνόστεος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  δστέον)  the 
boneless  one,  of  the  polypus,  Hes. 

Άνόστητος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  νοστέω) 
unreturning,  Orph. 

Άνόστιμος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  νόστιμος) 
κεΐνον  άν.  εθηκεν,  cut  off  his  return, 
Od.  4,  182. — II.  not  to  be  retraced,  κέ- 
λενθος,  Eur.  Η.  F.  431. 

Άνοστος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  νόστος)  un- 
returning, without  return,  Od.  24,  528  : 
Superl.  άνοστότατος,  never,  never  to 
return.  A  nth. 

Άνόσφραντος,  ov,  that  cannot  be 
smelt,  Arist.  de  Anim. 

Άνάτιστος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  νοτίζω) 
unmoistened. 

Άνοτοτνζω,  {άνά,  δτοτνζω)  to  break 
out  into  wailing,  Aesch.  Ag.  1074. 

Άνούΰτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  ους)  with- 
out ear:  without  handle,  Theocr.  Ep. 
4,  3. 

νΑνονβείδιον,  ου,  τό,  temple  of  Ana- 
bis,  Luc.  Tox.  28  :  from 
νΑνουβις.  ιδης,  ό,  A?inbis,an  Egyp- 
tian dog-headed  deity,  Luc.  Tox.  32, 
Strab. 

Άνονθέτητος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  νονθε- 
τέω)  unwarned.  Isocr.  15  C  :  that  will 
not  be  warned,  Dem.  1477,  14. 

Άνονς,  ουν,  conir.  for  avoor,  q.  v. 

Ανούσιος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  ουσία)  unth- 
ovt  essence,  unsubstantial. 

Άνουσός,  ov.  Ion.  for  άνοσος,  un- 
diseased,  unhurt,  Od.  14,  255,  Hdt.  1, 
32. 

Άνοντατος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  οντάω) 
unwounded,  esp.  by  the  sword,  II.  4, 
540. 

Άνουτητί,  adv.,  without  wound,  II. 
22,  371.  [[]:  from 

Ά^•ovτ?jτoς,  ον,^άνοντατος. 
ΥΑνο\}τ(ς,  ιος,  ή,  Anutis,  sister  of 
Xerxes,  Ath. 

' Ανοφθαλμίατος,  ov,(a  priv.,  όφθαλ- 
μιάω)  without  the  ophthalmia.  Diosc. 

Άνοφρνάζομαι,    ( άνά,    δφρυύζω ) 


ANTA 

dep.,  to  raise  one's  eyebrows, =  ά,να' 
σπΰν  τας  δφρϋς,  and  so  to  look  big, 
be  pompous,  A.  B. 

Άνόχευτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  οχεύω) 
without  sex-ual  intercourse,  Arist.  H.  A. 

Ανοχή,  ης,  ή,  {ανέχω)  a  holding 
back,  stopping,  esp.  of  hostilities,  an 
armistice,  mostly  in  plur.  like  induciae, 
Xeii.  Mem.  4,4,  17,  ap.  Dem.  282,20, 
for  which  ανακωχή  or  άνοκωχτ}  is 
said  to  be  the  more  Att.  form. — II. 
{άΐ'ίχομαι)  long-suffering,  forbearance, 
N.  T. — 1Ιί.=ΰΐ'ατολ^,  V.  άνίσχω. 

Άνοχ?.έω,=:άνοχλίζω,  Sext.  Emp. 

Άνοχλησία,  ας,  ή,  =^  άοχ'λζ/σία, 
Diog.  L. 

Άνοχλητικός,  ή,  όν,  (άνοχλέω) 
heaving  upwards,  Sext.  Emp. 

Άνοχλίζω,  {άνά,  6χ2.ίζω)  to  heave 
upwards  or  out  of  the  way,  Ap.  Rh. 

Άνοχ?Μς,  ov,  {a  priv.,  όχλος)  7iot 
beset  or  annoyed  by  thrcmgs :  in  genl. 
7iot  annoyed  or  importuned. — II.  act. 
not  annoying  or  importuning,  Arist. 
Part.  An. 

Άνοχμάζω,ί.-άσω,{άνά,  οχμάζω)  to 
hold  up,  lift  up,  Anth. 

Άνύχνρος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  οχυρός) 
not  firm,  not  secured,  unfortified,  v.  1. 
Xen.  Ages.  6,  6. 

Άνοψία,  ας,  ή,  want  of  όψον,  want 
offish,  etc.,  to  eat  with  bread,  Antiph. 
Πλονσ.  1,  8  ;  from 

Άνοφος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  δψον)  want- 
ing in  όφον,  fish,  etc.,  Plut. 

Άνπερ,^ηνπερ,  provided  that,  Dem. 

Άνστα,  Ep.  shortd.  imperat.  for 
ανάστα,  i.  e.  άνάστηβι. 

Άνστύς,  άνστήμεναι,  άνστήσεις, 
άνστήσων,  άνστ7)την,  Ε  ρ.  shortd. 
forms  for  άναστάς,  etc.,  Hom. 

Άνστρέψειαν,  for  άναστρέφειαν,  II. 

Άνσχεθέειν,  άνσχεο,  for  άνασχε• 
θείν,  άνύσχον,  Hom. 

Άνσχετός,  for  άνάσχ.,  Od.,  some- 
times written  άνσχετος. 

Άντα,  (αντί,  άντην.  like  κρνβδην, 
κρύβδα)  adv..  over  against,  face  to  face, 
Lat.  coram.  Hom.  mostly  in  the  phra- 
ses, άντα  μάχεσθαι,  to  fight  man  to 
man ;  άντα  ίδεΐν,  to  look  in  the  face ; 
and  άντα  έώκει,  as  θεοΐς  άντα  έώκει, 
he  was  like  the  gods  to  look  at,  II.  24, 
630,  (whence  the  mistaken  notion, 
that  άντα  governed  the  dat.) ;  άντα 
τιτνσκεσθαι,  to  ai?n  straight  at  them, 
Od.  22,  206,  cf  Pind.  N.  6,  46.— If. 
as  prep.  c.  gen.,  like  αντί,  over  against, 
Ήλιδος,  li.  2,  626  ;  άντα  παρειάων, 
before  the  cheeks,  of  a  veil,  Od.  1,  334  : 
also  of  persons,  άντα  σέθεν,  before 
thee,  to  thy  face.  Od.  4,  160  ;  so  too  II. 
21,  331,  with  notion  of  comparison, 
confronted  U'ith  thee,  like  ανάξιος. 
but  most  freq.  in  hostile  se.  f<  -^nnst, 
άντα  Ator  πολεμίζειν,  Αιός  άντα 
έγχος  άείραι,  II.  8,  424,  428,  etc. :  cf. 
S|)itzn.  Ex.  xvii.  ad  II. 

Άντάγοράζω,ί.  -άσω,  (αντί,  αγορά- 
ζω) to  buy  in  return,  Xen.  An.  1,  5,  5. 
ίΆνταγόρας,  a,  ό,  Antagoras,  a  Co- 
an,  Hdt.  9,  76.-2.  a  poet  of  Rhodes, 
Plut.  Symp.  4,  4, 2.  Others  in  Paus., 
Ath.,  etc. 

Άντάγορενω,  (αντί,  αγορεύω)  to 
speak  against,  reply,  Pind.  P.  4,  278. — 
II.  to  contradict,  τινί,  Ar.  Ran.  1072. 

Άντ&γωνία,  ας,  η ,=  άνταγώνισμα, 
ά.  βίου.  the  struggle  of  life,  Inscr.  ap. 
Welck.  Syll.  79,  6. 

'Ανταγωνίζομαι,  fut.  -ίσομαι  Att. 
-ϊονμαι,  (αντί,  αγωνίζομαι)  dep.  mid., 
to  struggle  against,  vie  with,  rival,  esp. 
in  war,  c.  dat.  pers.  Hdt.  5, 109,  Thuc, 
etc.  ;  also  υποκρινόμενος  τραγωδίαν 
άντ.  τινί,  to  contend  with  one  i>(  the 
representationof  a  tragedy,  Plut.  Dem, 
29 :  also  to  dispute  with,  τινί,  Thuc. 


ANTA 

3,  38  ;  oi  ανταγωνιζόμενοι,  the  parties 
in  a  law-suix,  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  2,  27  :  also 
as  pass,  to  be  set  againut,  τινί,  Xen. 
Oec.  10,  12. 

Άντάγώνι,σμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  struggle 
with  another,  Clem.  Al. 

Ανταγωνιστής,  ού,  ό,  {ανταγωνί- 
ζομαι) an  advtrsary,  rival,  Arist.  Rhet.  ; 
an  enemy,  in  war,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  6,  8  : 
έρωτος  αντ.,  a  rival  in  love,  Eur.  Tro. 
1006. 

Άνταγύνιστος,  ov,  fought,  contend- 
ed/or as  by  rivals.     Adv.  —τως. 

Άντάόϋλφος,  ό,  {αντί,  αδελφός)  in 
a  brother^s  stead,     [aj 

ΆνταδΙϋέω,  {αντί,  αδικέώ)  to  do  a 
man  wrong  in  return,  retaliate  on,  αλ- 
λήλους, Plat.  Theaet.  173  A. 

Άντάδω,  fut.  -φσω,  and  more  Att. 
φσομαι,  to  sing  in  answer,  sing  against 
another,  Arist.  Mir. :  ταϊς  Μουσαις 
αντ.,  to  vie  or  contend  with  the  Muses 
in  singing,  Luc.  Pise.  6. 

Άνταείρω  =  άνταίρω.  Mid.  άντ- 
αείρεσθαι  χείρας  τινι,  ίο  raise  one's 
hands  against  one,  make  war  upon 
him,  freq.  in  Hdt. ;  also  άνταείρεσβαί 
τινι  ττόλεμον,  Hdt.  8,  140,  1,  to  take 
up,  i.  e.  undertake  a  war  against  one. 

Άντάεις,  εσσα,  εν,  Dor.  for  ύν- 
τήεις. 

Άνταθλος,  ov,  {αντί,  άθλος)  con- 
tending against,  rivalling,  Mel.  14. 

Άνταιδέομαι,  f.  -έσομαι,  {αντί, 
αΐδέομαι)  as  mid.,  to  honour,  respect 
one  another,  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  1,  28. 

Ανταίος,  αία,  aiov,  (αντα)  set  over 
against,  right  opposite,  Lat.  adversus : 
άνταία,  with  or  without  ττληγή,  a 
wound  in  front,  right  in  the  breast, 
Valck.  Eur.  Phoen.  1440,  Erf.  Soph. 
Ant.  1308  :  hence — 2.  opposed  to,  hos- 
tile, hatiful,  Lat.  adversarius,  Aesch. 
Clio.  588. — II.  besought  ivith  prayers, 
hence  τα  ανταΐα  θεών  is  explamed 
prayers  to  the  gods,  Aesch.  Pers.  604  : 
of.  ΐιντιάω. — 2.  hence  Άνταία  as  a 
name  of  Hecate,  Orph. 

t'AvraiOf,  ov,  6,  Antaeus,  son  of 
Neptune  and  Terra,  slain  by  Her- 
cules, Pind.  I.  3,  87.-2.  a  Libyan  of 
Cyrene,  father  of  Barce,  Piud.  P.  9, 
183. — 3.  a  comedy  of  Antiphanes, 
Meineke  1,  p.  312. 

Άνταίρω,  f.  -άρω,  {αντί,  αίρω)  to 
raise  against:  mid.,  άνταίρεσβαι  χεί- 
ρας, όπλα,  Thuc.  3,  32i  1,  53,  of 
άνταείρω. — II.  seemingly  intr  sub. 
χείρας,  or  the  like,  to  raise  up  against, 
withstand,  Lat.  contra  assurgere,  τινι. 
Plat.  Euthyd,  272  A ;  προς  τι,  Dem. 
66,  24:  in  Strab.  of  a  clifi",  to  rise 
right  opposite,  rise  abruptly :  of  the 
Alps,  Plut. 

Άνταισχννομαι,  {άντί,  αίσχύνομαι) 
pass.  c.  fut.  mid.,  to  be  ashamed  before 
another. 

Άνταιτέω,  {αντί,  α'ιτέώ)  to  demand, 
exact  in  return,  Thuc.  4,  19  ;  τι  Τινός, 
App.  ^  ,      ^ 

Άνταιτιάομαι,  f.  -ασομαι,  {αντί, 
αίτιάομαΐ)  to  retort  on. 

Άντακαίος,  ου,  ό,  a  sort  of  sturgeon, 
Hdt.  4,  53. — 2.  as  adj.,  ος,  ov,  αντ. 
τύριχος,  caviare,  Antiph.  Paras.  3. 

Άντάκ,ολονθέω,  to  follow  in  turn, 
accompany,  Plut.  ;  and 

Άντάκολονθία,  ας,  ή,  an  accom- 
panying :  from 

Άντΰκόλουθος,  ό,  {αντί,  ακόλου- 
θος) V.  1.  for  ΰντ'  ακολούθου,  Isae. 
51,31. 

Άντακοντίζω,  f.  -ίσω  Att.  -ίώ, 
{αντί,  ακοντίζω)  to  hurl  against,  Dio  C. 

Άντάκυνω,{.-ούσομαι,{ΰντί,άκονω) 
to  hear  in  turn,  τι  αντί  τίνος.  Soph. 
Ο.  Τ.  544 :  absol.  to  listen  in  return, 
Aesch.  Eurn.  198:  cf.  Lob.  Aj.  1130. 


AJSTTA 

Άντακροάομαι,  f.  -άσομαι,  {αντί, 
άκροάομαι)  aep.  mid.,=  foreg.,  Ar. 
Lys.  527. 

Άντακρωτήριον,  ov,  τό,  {άντί,  άκ- 
ρωτήριον)  an  opposite  headland,  Strab. 

Άνταλαλάζω,  ί.  -άξω,  {άντί,  άλα- 
λάςω)  to  return  a  shout,  7/χώ,  Aesch. 
Pers.  390. 

^Άντα/ικίδας,  a,  b,  Antalcidas,  a 
Spartan  who  concluded  with  the 
Persians  the  truce  which  bears  his 
name,  Xen.  Hell.  4,  8,  12. 

Ανταλλαγή,  ής,  ή,  an  exchanging, 
exchange,  barter :  and 

Αντάλλαγμα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which 
is  given  or  taken  in  exchange ;  an  ex- 
change, άντ.  φί?.ου,  Eur.  Or.  1157: 
and 

Άντά?ιλαγος,  ov,  exchanged,  in  ex- 
change, Menand.  p.  90 :  from 

Ανταλλάσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  fut.  -ξω, 
{άντί,  άλλάϋσω)  to  give  or  take  in  ex- 
change, άντ.  τινι  τι,  to  exchange  one 
thing  with  another,  Eur.  Tro.  351 : 
also  in  mid.,  τι  τινός,  to  take  one 
thing  in  exchange  for  another.  Id.  Hel. 
1088  :  also  άντί  τίνος,  Dem. 

Ανταμείβω,  f.  -ψω,  {άντί,  αμείβω) 
to  give  or  take  in  exchange:  mid.  to 
exchange,  τινι  τι,  a  thing  with  an- 
other. Archil.  16,  7. — 2.  esp.  to  give 
back  bad  treatment,  to  requite,  punish, 
άνταμείβεσΟαί  τίνα  κακοϊς.  Archil. 
118,  Aesch.  Cho.  123,  τινά  άθέοις 
έργοις  άντί  τίνος,  Ar.  Thesm.  722 : 
also  to  give  words  in  exchange,  answer 
again,  άνταμείβεσθαι  τοίςόε,  Hdt.  9, 
79,  also  άντ.  τι  ττρός  τίνα.  Soph.  Ο.  C. 
814,  τινά  ουδέν,  lb.  1273.    Hence 

Άντύμειψις,  εως,  ή,  an  exchanging  ; 
and 

Ανταμοιβή,  ης,  ή,—ioTeg. ;  and 

Άντάμοιβός,  όν,  requiting,  repay- 
ing. 

Άντάμννα,  ης,•  ή,  α  defending 
against,  late  word :  from 

Άντάμύνομαι,  {άντί,  αμύνομαι)  as 
mid.,  to  defend  one's  self  against  an- 
other, resist,  Thuc.  4,  19. — 2.  to  re- 
quite, τινά  κακοίς,  Soph.  Ant.  043. 

Άνταναβιβάζω,  f.  -άσω,  {άντί, 
αναβιβάζω)  to  make  go  up  in  tarn, 
Xen.  Hell.  3,  2,  15. 

ΆνταναγΙνώσκω,  {άντί,  άναγι- 
νώσκω)  to  read  and  compare  with,  Cra- 
tin.  Incert.  44,  ubi  v.  Meineke.  Hence 

Άνταναγνώστης,  ov,  ό,  one  who 
reads  and  compares,  a  collator. 

Άντανάγω,  {άντί,  ανάγω)  to  lead  up 
against,  esp.  άντ.  νέας,  to  put  out  to 
sea  against,  sail  against,  Hdt.  6,•  14; 
so  Thuc.  7,  37,  but  νανσί,  7,  52 ;  but 
more  freq.  absol.,  whether  in  act., 
as  8,  38,  and  Xen.,  or  in  mid.,  as 
Thuc.  4,  13  :  in  genl.  to  attack,  Siebe- 
lis  Pausan.  10, 16,  4. 

Άνταναδίδωμι,  {άντί,  άναδίδωμι) 
to  give  way  in  turn.  —  II.  to  give  up, 
restore. 

Άνταναίρεσις,  εως,  ή,  a  taking  away 
in  turn,  subtracting,  Arist.  Org. :  an 
abolishing :  from 

Άνταναιρέω,  {άντί,  άναιρέω)  to 
take  away  in  turn,  to  abolish,  cancel  in 
turn,  Dem.  304,  19. 

Άνταναίρω,  f.  -αρύ,  {άντί,  άναίρω) 
to  raise,  lift  up  in  turn. 

Άντανάκλάσις,  εως,  ή,  {άντί,  αν- 
ακ?Μω)  reflection  of  light  or  sound,  an 
echo,  Plut. — II.  the  use  of  a  word  in  an- 
other sense,  Lat.  contraria  significatio, 
Quinctil.  9,  3,  68. 

Άντανακ?.ασμός,  ov,  o,=foreg. 

Άνταΐ'ακλαστϊκός,  ή,  όν,  belonging 
to  άντανάκ'λασις :  ή  αν.  αντωνυμία, 
a  reflective  pronoun,  Gramni. 

Αντανακλάω,  f.  -άσω,  {άντί,  av- 
ακ?Μω)  to  reflect  light  or  sound,    [λά] 


ANTA 

Άντανακοτΐή,  ής,  ή,  mutual  reflee 
tion,  recoiling,  alternation,  Arist.  Mund 
From 

Άντανακόκτω.  f.  -ψω,  {άντί,  άνα 
κόπτω)  to  throw  back  again,  reflect. 

Άντανακράζω,  {άντί,  άνακράζω)  to 
cry  out  in  turn,  App. 

Άντανάλίσκω,ί.-λώσω, {άντί,  ανα- 
λίσκω) to  use  up.  ivaste,  destroy  in  re- 
turn, Eur.  Or.  1165. 

Άνταναμένω,  {άντί,  αναμένω)  to 
wait  in  turn  or  instead,  C.  inl.,  Thuc. 
3,  12. 

Άνταναπαύομαι,  {άντί,  αναπαύο- 
μαι) as  mid.,  to  rest  in  turn,  Polyaen. 

Άνταναπίμπλημι,  {άντί,  άναπίμ- 
πλημι)  to  fill  in  turn  or  in  opposition, 
Xen.  Hell.  2.  4,  12. 

Άνταναπλέκω,  f.  -ξω,  {άντί,  άνα- 
πλέκω)  to  twist  or  plait  in  rivalry  with, 
Tivi,  Anth. 

Άνταναπ?.'ηρόω,=άνταναπίμπλη- 
μι,  Dem.  182,  22.    Hence 

Άνταναπλήρωσις,  εως,  ή,  a  filling 
up  again,  Epicur.  ap.  Diog.  L.  10,  48. 

Άνταναφέρω,  fut.  -ανοίσω,  {άντί, 
αναφέρω)  to  bring  or  carry  back  again  ; 
άντ.  TT/v  πίστιν,  Lat.  fidem  aequare, 
Wytt.  Plut.  2,  20  C. 

Άνταναχωρέω,  {άντί,  άναχωρέω) 
to  give  ground  in  turn,  Aristid. 

ΥΑντάνδρ?],  ης,  ή,  {άντί,  άνήρ)  Αη- 
tandre,  an  Amazon,  Qu.  Sm.  1 ,  43. 

Άντανδρος,  ov,  {άντί,  άνήρ)  instead 
of  a  man,  άντΙ  ανδρός,  Luc. 

ΥΑ,ντανδρος,  ov,  ή,  Antandrus,  a  city 
of  Troas  at  the  foot  of  Mount  Ida, 
Hdt.  5,  26:  adj..  Άντάνδριος,  a,  ov, 
of  Antandrus,  Thuc,  Xen.,  etc.  :  7/ 
Άντανδρία,  the  territory  of  Antandria, 
Strab. 

Άντάνειμι,  {άντί,  άνά,  ειμί)  to  go 
up  against,  Thuc.  2,  75. 

Άντανέχω,  {άντί,  άνέχω)  to  hold 
up  against,  Polyaen. 

Άντανισόω,  {άντί,  άνισόω)  to  maJse 
equal,  Synes. 

Άντανίστημι,  {άντί,  άνίστημι)  to 
set  up  against  or  instead  of,  τινός, 
Plut.  Mid.  to  rise  up  against,  Tivt, 
Soph.  Tr.  441. 

Άντανίσχω,=^άντανέχω — II.  intr 
to  go  up  against. 

Άντάνοίγω,ί.-ξω,{άντί,  ανοίγω)  to 
open  against,  τα  όμματα  τινι,  to  look 
straight  at  a  thing,  Longin. 

ΫΑντάνορίδαι,ών,  oi,  Dor.  for 'Avr- 
ηνορίδαι,  epith.  of  Trojans,  Pind.  P. 
5,  110. 

Άνταννω,  poet,  for  αναταννω. 
Call. 

Αντάξιος,  ία,  lov,  {άντί,  άξιος) 
worth  just  as  much  as,  fully  equal  to,  c. 
gen.,  χΙ>νχής  άντάξιον,  worth  life  itself, 
11.  9,  401  ;  πολλών  αντάξιος  άλλων, 
II.  11,  514  ;  so  too  Hdt.  7,  103.  Adv. 
-/(jr.    Hence 

Άνταξιόω,ώ,ί.-ώσω,  to  demand  as 
an  equivalent,  or  in  turn,  Thuc.  6,  16. 

Άνταπαιτέω,ώ,{άντί,  άπαιτέω)  to 
demand  in  return,  Thuc.  3,  58. 

Άνταπάμείβομαι,  strengthened  for 
άπαμείβομαι,  Tyrt.  8,  6. 

Άνταπαστράπτω,  -ψω,  {άντί,  απα- 
στράπτω) to  lighten  in  turn. 

^Άνταπειλέω,   w,  {άντί,   άπει}έω) 
to   threaten  in  turn,  προς  τίνα,  The- 
mist. 
νΑνταπερνκω,  {άντί,   άπερνκω)   to 
keep  back  or  away  in  turn.  Anth. 

Άνταποδείκννμι,  f.  -δείξω,  {άντί, 
άποδείκννβΐ)  to  prove  in  return  or 
answer,  Xen.  Symp.  2,  22,  Arist. 
Rhet. 

Άνταποδίδωμι,  fut.  -δώσω,  {άντί, 
άποόιόωμι)  to  give  back,  requite,  ren- 
der, repay,  Batr.  187;  άνταποόιδόναι 
TO  duoiov,  TO  Ισον,  Hdt.  1,  18,  Thuc. 
•  139 


ANTA 

1,  43. — II.  to  render,  i.  e.  make  so  and 
so,  Plat.  Rep.  5C3  Ε  :  esp.  to  make 
correspondent.  Id.  Fhaed.  71  E:  and 
— 2.  intrans.  to  answer,  correspond  ici/h. 
lb.  72  A,  B. — 111.  to  give  back  ivords, 
answer,  τινί,  Id.  Phaedr.  236  C. — IV. 
to  deliver  in  turn,  το  σύνθημα,  Xen. 
Cyr.  3,  3,  58 :  to  set  forth,  explain  in 
turn.  Plat.  Tim.  87  C.     Hence 

■^Άνταπόδομα,  ατός,  τό,  a  repamng  ; 
a  recompense  of  good  or  evil,  jN.  T. 
Luc.  14,  12,  Rom.  11,9:  and 

Άνταττόδοσις,  εως,  ή,  a  giving  back 
in  turn,  opp.  to  ά-οόοχή,  Thuc.  4, 
81  :  a  rendering,  requiting,  repayment, 
Arist.  Eth.  N. :  reward,  N.  T.  Cor.  3, 
24. — II.  an  opposite  direction,  course,  or 
path,  Polyb. — III.  a  reflection,  echo. — 
IV.  correspondence,  opposition,  Graniin. 
'Κνταποδοτέον,  verb.  adj.  from 
άντατίοδίδωμι,  one  must  give  back ; 
hvT.  έζιν,  one  must  make  a  coirespiond- 
ing  habit.  Plat.  Phil.  40  D.  ^ 
^ Ανταττοδοτικύς,  ή,  όν,  (ΰνταποδί- 
TOut)  requiting.  —  II.  belonging  to,  or 
marking  ανταπόδοσις,  Gramm.  Adv. 
-κύς. 

' Χνταττοδύομαί,  (αντί  άττοδύομαι) 
mid.  c.  aor.  et  perf.  act.,  to  pull  off 
clothes  or  strip  against  another  :  hence, 
to  prepare  for  battle. 

Άνταποθν/'/σκω,  {αντί,  ΰποθντ/σκω) 
to  die  in  turn,  Antipho     130,  26. 

'AvTUnOCva,  ων,  τύ,  {αντί,  άποινα) 
repayment,  compensation,  Eur.  Η.  F. 
755. 

'Ανταποκρίνομαι,  (αντί,  αποκρίνο- 
μαι) to  answer  again,  Ν.  Τ. 

Άνταποκτείνω,  f.  -κτενώ,  {αντί, 
άποκτείνω)  to  kill  in  return,  Hdt.  7, 
136,  Aesch.,  etc. 

Άνταπολαμβάνω,  f.  -λήψομαι,  {ίν- 
τί,  ίητοΐαμβάνω)  to  receive  or  accept 
in  return.  Plat.  Tim.  27  B,  and  Dem. 
Άνταπό?.?.νμι,  -ολέσυ,  {αντί,  άπόλ- 
?.νμΐ)  to  destroy  in  return  or  mutually. 
Eur.  Ion  1328.  Pass,  and  mid.,  c. 
perf.  2  act.,  to  perish  in  turn.  Exjr.  : 
άντ.  υπέρ  τίνος,  to  put  to  death  for  or 
in  revenge  for  another,  Hdt.  3,  14. 

'Αντα-ο?.ογέοααι,  {αντί,  άπο?.ο- 
γέομαι)  dep.  mia.,  to  speak  for  the  de- 
fence, Isae.  52.  23. 

Άνταποπαίζω,  {αντί,  άττοπαίζω)  to 
lose  what  one  has  won  at  play. 

Άνταττοπέμπο,  {αντί,  άποπέμττυ) 
to  send  away  mutually. 

ΆντατΓοπέρδω,  {αντί,  άποπέρδω) 
Lat.  nppedere,  Ar.  Nub.  293. 

Άνταττοστέλλω,   {αντί,    άποστίλ- 
2,ω)  to  send  away  in  reiurre,  Poljb.22,26. 
Ανταποστροφή,  ης,  ή,  {αντί,  απο- 
στρέφομαι)  α   mutual   sending    away, 
Strab. 

Άνταποταφρενω,  {αντί,  άποτα- 
φρενο))  to  part  from  one  another  by 
trenches,  App. 

' Ανταποτειχίζω,  ί.•ίσω,{άντί,  άπο- 
τειχίζο))  to  wall  off  from  one  another, 
Dion.  H. 

Άνταποτίο),  ΐ.•ίσω,  {αντί,  άποτίω) 
to  requite,  LXX.    [(] 

Άνταποφαίνω,  {αντί,  άποφαίνω)  to 
shoiv,  prove  on  the  other  hand,  Thuc.  3, 
C8.  INIid.  to  state  a  contrary  opinion  as 
one's  own.  with  or  without  γνώμην. 

Άνταποφέρω,  {αντί,  αποφέρω)  to 
carry  away  in  turn. 

'Ανταποχη,  ης,  ή,  {αντί,  αποχή) 
the  debtor's  acknowledgment  of  his  debt. 
— 2.  the  creditor's  acknowledgment  of 
payment,  quittance,  receipt. 

Άντύπτομαι,  Ion.  for  άνθάπτομαι, 
Hdt. 

Άνταπωθέω,  -ήσω.  {ΰντί,  άπωβέω) 
to  repel  mutually,  Arist.  Probl.    Hence 
Άνταπώθησις,   εως,  η,  mutual  re- 
pulsion. 

140 


ANTE 

Άντάπωσις,  εως,  ^,=fore?.,  Plut. 
' Αντϊφιθμέω,  ώ,  {ΰντί,  άριθμέω)    to 
cou'it  against,  compare  number  for  num- 
ber, Psius. 

'Ανταρκέω,{.-έσω,{ΐη'τί,  άρκέω)  to 
be  a  witch  for  or  hold  out  aiiuinst ; 
τινί,  Plat.  Ep.  317  C  :  absol.  to  hold 
out,  Ar.  Eq.  540. 

'Ανταρκτικός  ή,  όν,  {ΰντί,  άρκτος) 
opposite  to  the  north,  antarctic,  Arist. 
Mund. 

Άντασπάζομαι,  f.  -ύσομαι,  {ΰντί, 
ασπάζομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  welcome, 
greet  in  turn,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  3,  3  :  to  re- 
ceive kindly,  lb.  5,  5,  42. 
i" Αντασσος,  ov,  o,  Antassus,  grand- 
father of  Cypselus.  Pans.  2,  4,  4. 

Άνταστράπτω,  {ΰντί,  άστρύπτω) 
to  lighten  against.  Luc. 

'Ανταυγύζω,-άσω,=άντανγέω,ΐΐ6- 
liod. 

Άντανγασία,  ας,  ή,  reflection  of 
light. 
'Ανταύγεια,  η, = άντανγασία  ;  and 
Άνταυγέω,ώ,ί.-ησω,  to  reflect  light, 
Chaerem.  ap.  Ath.  608  Β :  hence  φάσ- 
•}  avov  άνταυγεί  φόνον,  Eur.  Or.  1519: 
absol.  to  gleam,  glitter,  Eubul.  Κυ- 
βευτ.  1  :  from 

Άντανγης,  ές,  {αντί,  ανγή)  reflect- 
ing Uslit,  gleaming,  sparkling,  κόραι, 
Ar.  Thesm.  902. 

Άντανδάω,  f.  -ήσω,  {αντί,  ανδύω) 
to  speak  against,  answer,  τινά,  Soph. 
El.  1478. 

Άντΰνω  -νσω,  {ΰντί,  άνω)  to  sound 
in  turn,  answer,  άντ.  βροντάς  φθέγμα. 
Find.  P.  4,  350.    [ν] 

Άνταφαιρέω,  {αντί,  άφαιρέω)  to 
take  away  instead,  Antipho  125,  46, 
in  mid, 
' Ανταφεστιύω,'ν.  sub  άντεφεστιύω. 
Άνταφίημι,  fut.  -αφήσω,  {αντί, 
άφίι/μ()  to  let  go  instead  or  in  return, 
δάκρν  άν.,  to  let  the  tear  fall  in  turn, 
Eur. 

Άντάω,  Ion.  άντέω,  f.  -ήσω,  {άντα, 
αντί)  to  come  opposite  to,  meet  fare  to 
face,  rniet  with,  in  Hom.  c.  gen.  or  dat. 
pers. ;  also  in  hostile  sense,  to  meet  in 
battle,  fight  with,  c.  gen.  pers.  Od.  16. 
254  ;  of  things  always  c.  gen.,  to  7neet 
with,  take  part  in,  partake  in  or  of,  μά- 
χης, οπωπής,  so  freq  in  Hdt. ;  also 
άντ.  τινός  νπό  τίνος,  to  meet  with 
treatment  from  another,  Hdt.  1,  114  : 
also  c.  ace.  rei,  like  άντιάω,  Soph. 
Ant.  9S2,  V.  Herm.  O.  C.  1446. 
ΧΑντέας,  a  and  ov,  6,  Anteas,  a 
Macedonian,  Arr.  An.  2,  1,  4. — 2.  a 
king  of  the  Scythians,  Luc.  Macrob. 
10. 

Άντεγγράώω,  -■ιΙ>ω,{άντί,  εγγράφω) 
to  insert  one  man's  name  instead  of  an- 
other's, Dem.  792,  3.    [a] 

Άντεγείρω,  {αντί,  εγείρω)  to  raise 
or  build  over  against,  Heliod. 

Άντεγκάλέω,  f.  -έσω,  {αντί,  έγκα- 
λέω)  to  accuse  in  turn,  recriminate, 
Isocr.  361  A     Hence 

Άντέγκλημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  counter 
accusation.     Hence 

Άντεγκλημα,τικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging 
to  a  counter  accusation. 

Άντεγχειρίζω,  fut.  -ίσω  Att.  -ϊώ, 
{αντί,  εγχειρίζω)  to  put  in  one's  hands 
in  return,  Dio  C. 
i'AvTEia,  ας,  ή,  Anten,  daughter  of 
lobates  and  wife  of  Proetus,  11.  6, 
160. 
ΥΑντείας,  or  Άχ'τίας,  a  and  ov,  b, 
Antias,  son  of  Circe  and  Ulysses, 
Dion.  H.  1,72.       ^ 

Άντεικάζω,  f.  -άσω,  also  -άσομαι, 
Plat.  Meno  80  C,  {ΰντί,  εικάζω)  to 
compare  in  return,  τιΐ'ά  τινί,  Ar.  Vesp. 
1311,  absol.  Plat.  1.  r. 
Άντείνω,  poet,  for  άνατείνω. 


ANTiL 

Άντεΐπον,  aor.  2  without  any  ρ  res. 
in  use,  {αντί,  είπον)  to  speak  again.^t 
or  in  ansiver,  gainsay,  USU.  C.  dat. 
ουδέν  τινϊ  άντ.,  Aesch.,  Soph.,  etc. ; 
also  c.  ace.  Soph.  Ant.  1053;  άντ. 
προς  τίνα  or  τι,  to  say  in  answer  to, 
Plat.,  and  Xen. :  άντ.  τινί  τι,  to  set 
one  thing  against  another.  Plat.  Apol. 
28  Β  :  υπέρ  τίνος,  to  speak  in  07ie's 
defence,  Ar.  Thesm.  545.  Only  used 
in  aor..  the  other  tenses  being  formed 
from  άντερεΐν. 

Άντείρομαι,  Ion.  for  άντέρομαι, 
Hdt. 

Άντειςα/ω,  -ξω,  {αντί,  είςάγω)  to 
introduce  instead,  substitute,  Dem.  121, 
6,  in  pass.     Hence 

Άντειςάγωγή,  ης.  ή,  a  bringing  in 
instead  of  another  :   and 

Άντείςακτος,  ov,  brought  as  an 
objection  against,  Cic.  ad  Quint.  2,  10. 
Άντειςβάλλω,  f.  -βάλω,  {αντί,  είς- 
βάλ?.ω)  to  throw  into  in  return, — II. 
intr.  to  make  an  inroad  byway  of  repri- 
sals, Dio  C. 

Άντείςειμι.  {αντί,  ειςειμι)  to  go 
into  in  return,  Synes. 

Άντειςέρχομαι.  f.  -ελεύσομαι,  {αν- 
τί, είςέρχομαι)  to  come  into  in  return 
or  instead  of. 

Άντειςφέρω,  f.  -οίσω,  {αντί,  είςφέ• 
ρω)  to  pay,  contribute  for  another,  Ar. 
Lys.  654,  cf.  είςφορά. — II.  νύμον,  to 
substitute  a  new  law  for  an  old  one, 
Dem.  486,  24. 

Άντεκθλίβω,  {άντί.  εκθλίβω)  to 
press  out  in  turn,  Hipp,   [ϊ] 

Άντεκκ'λέπτω,ί -■ιΙιω,{άντί,  έκκλέπ- 
τω)  to  steal  away  in  return,  Ar.  Ach. 
527. 

Άντεκκομίζω,  fut.  -ίσω,  Att.  -Γΰ, 
{άντί,  έκκομίζω)  to  carry  out  or  away 
in  return. 

Άντεκκόπτω,  f.  -ι/'ω,  {άντί,  έκκόπ- 
τω)  to  knock  out,  etc.,  in  return,  δφθαΧ- 
μόν,  Dem.  744,  13. 

' Αντεκπέμπω,  {άντί,  εκπέμπω)  to 
send  out  or  aieay  in  return. 

Άντεκπλέω,  {άντί,  έκπλέω)  to  sail 
out  against,  τινί,  Thuc.  4,  13. 

Άντεκπλήσσω,  -ξω,  {άντί,  εκπ7,ήσ- 
σω)  to  frighten  in  return,  Ael. 

Άντέκτάσις.  εως,  ή,  an  extending 
side  by  side  :  from 

Άντεκτείνω,  {άντί,  εκτείνω)  to  hold 
out  against :  hence  to  compare  one  with 
another,  nlfeasure  leith  or  by  another, 
άν.  αντύν  τινί,  Ar.  Ran.  1042. 

Άντεκτίθημι,  f.  -θήσω,  {άντί,  εκτί- 
θημι)  to  set  forth,  state  instead,  Plut. 

Άΐ'Τ{Λ•-ίΊ.'ω,  {άντί,  έκτίνω)  to  repay. 
[ί]     Hence 
Άντέκτϊσις.  εως,  ή,  a  requital. 
'Αντεκτίω,=άντεκτίνω    [ί] 
Άντεκτρέφω,  ί.  -βρέύ)ω,  {άντί,  εκ- 
τρέφω) to  bring  up  in  return,  Arist. 
H.  A. 

Άντεκτρέχω,  f.  -δρΰ,μονμαι,  {άντί, 
έκτρέγω)  to  sally  out  against,  Xen. 
Hell.  4.  3.  17. 

Άντεκφέρω.  f.  -οίσω,  {άντί,  εκφέ 
ρω)  to  carry  forth  against,  set  against, 
τινί.  Plut. 

Άντελαττόομαι,  {άντί,  έλαττόω) 
as  pass.,  to  be  worsted  in  turn. 
ΥΑντε?αννω.  f.  -ελάσω   Att.  -ελώ, 
{άντί,  έλαννω)  to  go  out  against  or  to 
meet,  τριήρει,  Plut.  Nic.  24. 

Άντελιγμός,  oit.  ό.  Ion.  for  άνθελ., 
a  winding  the  other  way,  Plut. 
Άντέλλω.  poet,  for  άνατέ??ω. 
Άντί7.πίζω,    fut.    -ίσω,   Att.    -ΐω, 
{άντί,    ελπίζω)    to    hope   instead,    τι, 
Thuc.  1,  70. 

Άντεμβαίνω,  {άντί,  έμβαί^'ω)  to 
enter  or  embark  instead. 

Άντεμβά?.?.ω.  f.  -βά7ώ,  {άντί.  έμ• 
βάλλω)  to  throw  in  against. — 2.  intr., 


ANTE 

to  make  an  inroad  in  turn,  Xen.  Hell. 
3,  5,  4  :  to  attack  in  turn,  Plut. 

Άντέμβΰσις,  εως,  ή,  (άνημβαίνω) 
an  entering,  embarking  instead,  Galen. 

Άντεμβΐβάζω,  f.  -άσω,  (αντί,  έμβί- 
βάζω)  ίο  put  on  board  instead,  Thuc. 
7,  13. 

Άντεμβολή,  ης,  ή,  (αντεμβάλλω) 
a  mutual  inroad, 

ΥΑ,ντεμνα^  ών,  a'l,  Antemnae,  a  city 
of  the  Sabines  in  Italy,  Strab. 

'λντεμτταίζω,  -ξομαι,  {αντί,  εμτταί- 
ζού)  to  mock  at  in  return,  τινί. 

Άντεμ—ήγννμί,  f.  -πήξω,  {αντί, 
έμττήγνυμί)  to  stick  right  in,  Ar.  Ach. 
230. 

Άντεμπίττλημι,  f.  -πλήσω,  {αντί, 
ίμτϊί-λημί)  to  fill  in  turn.  Plat.  Legg. 
705  B. 

Άντεμπίττρημι,  f.  -ττρήσω,  {αντί, 
ίμιτί•ηρ7]μι)  to  set  on  fire  in  return. 

Άντεμ-'λέκω,  f.  -ξω,  {αντί,  έμττλέ- 
Κ(ύ)  to  entwine  mutiLally.  Mid.  to  em- 
brace each  other.     Hence 

'Κντεμτζλοϋή,  ης,  ή,  a  mutual  entwi- 
ning, embrace,  Anton. 

Άντεμφαίνω,  f.  -φανώ,  {αντί,  εμ• 
ώαίνυ)  to  oppose  by  a  counter  statement, 
Polyb.    Hence 

'Κντέμφίσις,  εως,  ή,  a  counter  state- 
ment, Strab. 

Ά.ντενάγωγή,  ης,  ij,  a  cross-suit  at 
law,  f.  1.  tor  άντειςαγωγ?';,  in  Aquil. 
Rom. 

Άντενόείκννμί,  f.  -δείξω,  {αντί, 
ένδείκννμί)  to  express  an  opinion 
against.     Hence 

Άντένδειξις,  εως,  ή,  an  adverse 
statement. 

Άντενδίδωμι,  f.  -δώσω,  {αντί,  έν- 
δίδωμι)  to  give  way  in  turn,  Ar.  Vesp. 
694,  Dind. 

' λντενδύομαι,  (αντί,  ενδύομαι)  to 
put  on  instead,  Plut. 

Άντενέδρα,  ας,  ή,  a  counter-ambus- 
cade, Polyb. 

'Ρίντενεδρενω.  {αντί,  ίνεδρενω)  to 
lie  in  irait  against,  to  lay  a  counter-am- 
buscade, Hipp. 

Άντενεργέω,  {αντί,  ένεργέω)  to 
operate  against. 

Άντενεχνρύζομαι,  dep.,  to  take  a 
counter-pledge  :  from 

Άντενέχϋρον,  ου,  τό,  {αντί,  ΰνέ- 
χνρον)  α  counter-pledge. 

Άντεξάγω,  f.  -ύξω,  {αντί,  εξ,  άγω) 
to  export  in  turn  or  instead,  Xen.  Vec- 
tig.  3,  2. — 2.  to  lead  out  against,  Polyb. 
2,  18,  6. — Π.  intr.  to  march  out  against, 
τινί.  Polyb.  3,  66,  11. 

Άντεξαιτέω.ώ,ΐΰντί,έξ,  αίτέω)  to 
demand  in  return,  Plut.  Alex.  11. 

Άντεξανίστημι,  {αντί,  έξανίστημι) 
to  set  up  against. — 2.  pass,  and  intr. 
tenses  of  act.,  to  rise  up  agair^t,  He- 
liod. 

Ά.ντεξΛ~ατάω,  {αντί,  έξαττατύω) 
to  deceive  in  return. 

Άντέξειμι,  {αντί,  εξειμι)  to  go  or 
march  out  against,  freq.  in  Xen. 

Άντεξελαννω,  f.  -ελύσω,  Att.  -ε?.ω, 
{αντί,  έξελαύνω)  =  foTeg.,  Plut.,  cf 
έλαύνω. 

Άντεξέρχομαι,  {αντί,  εξέρχομαι) 
=^ίντέξειμι,  Xen. 

Άντεξετάζω,  f.  -άσω.  {αντί,  εξετά- 
ζω) to  try  one  against  another,  Aeschin. 
6,  2.  Mid.  to  measure  one's  strength 
against  another,  esp.  to  dispute  with 
him  at  law,  like  άντιδικέω.     Hence 

Άντεξέτΰσις,  εως,  ή,  a  trying  one 
against  another:  the  form  άντεξετασ- 
υ,ός,  b,  is  dub. 
Υ\ντεξητ-ενω, ί.-ενσω,{αντί,  έξιττ- 
TZtvcj)  to  advance  on  horseback  against, 
Plut.  Pomp.  7,  where  Reiske  conj. 
ΰντεξί-ττάσαντο  from  άντεξηττϊύζο- 
μαι. 


ANTE 

'  ΥΑντεξίσταμαι,  with  inlrans.  ten- 
ses of  act.,  to  rise  up  and  depart  before, 
to  give  way  before  or  against,  Plut. 

Άντεξορμάω,  ύ,  f.  -7;σω,  to  march 
out,  or  sail  against.  Die  C.     Hence 

Άντεξόρμησις,  εως,  ή,  a  sailing 
against,  Thuc.  2,  91. 

Άντέξωσις,  εως,  ή,  {αντί,  έξωθέω) 
α  mutual  thrusting  out,  Epicur.  ap. 
Diog.  L. 

Άντε77άγω,ί.-ξο),{ίντί,  έττάγω)  to 
lead  against :  also  to  lead  back  to  battle, 
Diod.,  and  Arr. — II.  intr.  to  advance 
against  or  to  meet,  Thuc.  4,  124. 

Άντετταινέω,  f.  -έσω,  {αντί,  έπαι- 
νέω)  to  praise  in  return,  Xen.  Cyr.  8, 

3,  49. 

Άντεπανάγω,  {αντί,  έτϊανάγω)  to 
put  to  sea  against,  ττρός  Tlva,  Thuc. 

4,  25,  in  mid. 

Άντεπαφίημι,  {αντί,  έπαφίημι)  to 
let  go,  let  slip  against,  Luc. 

Άντέ~ειμι,  {αντί,  εττειμι)  to  rush 
upon,  assault  one,  τινί,  Thuc.  4,  33. 

Άντεηειςάγω,  -ξω,  {αντί,  έτνειςά- 
γω)  to  bring  in  instead,  Tim.  Locr. 

Άντεπείςοδος,  ov,  ή,  {αντί,  έττείς- 
οδος)  an  entrance  instead,  opposite  en- 
trance, Plut. 

Άντεττειςφέρω,  fut.  -οίσω,  {αντί, 
εκειςφέρω)  to  bring  in  instead,  Plut. 

'Α.ντε~εξάγω,  -ξω,  {αντί,  k~εξάyω) 
to  go  out  against,  Thuc.  8,  104. 

Άντετϊέξειμι,  {άντί,  έττέξειμί)  to 
march  out  against,  Thuc.  7,  37. 

Άντεπεξε'λαννω,  {άντί,  έττεξελαύ- 
vω)={oϊeg.,  Thuc.  4,  72,  cf.  έλαύνω. 

'Αντεπεξέρχομαι,  {άντί,  εκεξέρχο- 
μαι)^άντεπέξειμί,  Thuc.  4,  131. 

Άντεττέξοδος,  ον,  ή,  {άντί,  έττέξο- 
δος)  α  sally  in  (urn,  Die  C. 

Άντεπερείδομαι,  (άντί,  έττερείδω) 
as  mid.,  to  hold  on  by. 

Άντετϊέρχομαι.  (άντί,  επέρχομαι) 
to  march  against,  Dio  C. 

Άντεπερωτάω,  (άντί,  επερωτάω) 
to  question  in  turn.     Hence 

Άντεπερώτησις,  εως,  η,  a  mutual 
questioning,  danand. 

Άντεπηχέω,  (άντί,  έπηχέω)  to  re- 
echo. 

Άντεπιβαίνω,  (αντί,  επιβαίνω)  to 
go  on  against. 

Άντεπιβουλενω,  (άντί,  επιβον- 
λενω)  to  form  counter  designs,  Thuc. 
3,  12,  etc. 

Άντεπιγράφω,  -■φω,  (άντί,  επιγρά- 
φω) to  write  something  instead,  to  chayige 
an  inscription  to,  τι,  Deni.  615,  fin., 
άντεπιγράφεσθαι  έπι  το  νίκημα.  ίο 
put  their  own  names  instead  of  the  other 
party  to  the  victory,  i.  e.  claim  it, 
Polyb.  18,  17,  2.  [ΰ] 

'Αντεπιδείκννμι,  f.  -δείξω,  (άντί, 
έπιδείκΐ'νμι)  to  shew  forth  in  turn. 
Plat.  Theaet.  162  Β  :  έαντον  άντ.,  c. 
part.,  to  shew  forth  or  exhibit  one's  self 
in  turn  as  doing,  Xen.  Ages.  1,  12. 

Άντεπίθεσις,  εως.  ή.  (άντεπιτίθη- 
μί)  α  mutual  attack,  Philo. 

Άντεπιθνμέω,  (άντί.  έπιθνμέω)  to 
desire  in  turn  ΟΓ  in  rivalry,  τινός,  An- 
doc.  32,  42.  Pass,  άντεπιθνμεΐσθαι 
της  ξννονσίας,  to  have  one's  company 
desired  in  turn,  Xen.  Mem.  2,  6,  28. 

Άντεπικά/.έω,ώ,ί.-έσω,  (άντί,  έπι- 
κα/.έω)  to  call  on  in  return,  App. 

Άντεπικηρνσσω,  f.  -ξω,  (άντί,  επι- 
κηρύσσω) to  have  announced  or  pro- 
claimed  in  return. 

Άντεπικονρέω,  (άντί,  έπικονρέω) 
to  help  in  return,  τινί,  Xep.  Hell.  4, 
6,3. 

Άντεπικράτέω,  (άντί,  επικρατωέ) 
to  gain  the  upper  hand  in  turn,  Dio  C. 

Άντεπιλαμβάνομαι,  (άντί,  έπι- 
?,αμ3άνω)  as  mid.,  to  take  hold  on  the 
other  side,  resist,  Luc. 


ANTE 

Άντεπιμε?.έομαι,  (άντί,  ίπιμε?.έο- 
μαί)  dep.,  c.  fut.  mid.  et  aor.  pass.,  to 
attend  or  give  heed  in  turn,  Xen.  Cyr. 
5,  1,  18,  An.  3,  1,  16. 

' Αντε~ΐμέ7.?.ω,  to  be  always  making 

counter-demonstrations,  v.  1.  Thuc.  3, 

12  ;  where  now  is  read  άντιμελ'/.ησαι. 

Άντεπιμετρέω,  (άντί,  επιμετρέω) 

to  measure  to  in  return. 

Άντεπινοέω,  (άντί,  επινοέω)  to  de- 
vise in  turn,  Joseph. 

'Αντεπιπ7.έω,  (άντί,  επιπλέω)  to 
sail  against  in  turn,  v.  1.  Thuc.  1,  50. 

Άντεπφβέω,  f.  -ρενσομαι,  (άντί, 
έπιρρέω)  to  flow  to  in  return,  Hipp. 

'Αντε—ισκώπτω,ί.-ψω,  (άντί,  επι- 
σκώπτω)  to  mock  in  return,  τινά,  Polyb. 

Άντεπιστέ/.λω,  (άντί,  επιστέλ'λω) 
to  send  a  message  back,  write  an  answer, 
Luc. 

^ Αντεπιστράτεύω,  (άντί,  επιστρα- 
τεύω) to  take  the  field  against,  Xen. 
Hell.  4,  8,  33. 

Άντεπιστρέφω,  (άντί,  έπιστρέφι^ 
to  turn  against,  retort,  Plut.  :  intr.  * 
tur/i  one's  self  towards  some  one.  Hence 

'Αντεπιστροφή,  ης,  ή,  a  turning 
against,  Plut. 

Άντεπιτάσσω,  -ξω,  (άντί,  επιτάσ- 
σω) to  enjoin  in  turn,  τινί,  Thuc.  1, 135. 

Άντεπιτείνω,  (άντί,  επιτείνω)  to 
turn  upon  something  else  instead,  Plut. 

Άντεπιτειχίζομαι,  (άντί,  έπιτειχί- 
ζω)  dep.  mid.,  c.  perf.  pass.,  to  occupy 
ground  with  a  fort  in  turn,  Thuc.  1, 
142. 

Άντεπιτίθημι,  fut.  -θήσω,  (άντί, 
έπιτίθημι)  to  appoint,  com?nission  in 
turn,  έπιστολήν  άντ.  προς  τίνα,  to 
give  a  letter  in  answer,  Thuc.  1,  129, 
cf.  επιτιθΐ]μι.  Mid.  to  make  a  counter- 
attack: in  genl.  to  throw  one's  self  upon, 
τινί,  Strab. 

Άντεπιφέρω,  fut.  -οίσω,  (άντί,  επι- 
φέρω) to  bring  to  in  turn,  Tim.  Locr. : 
to  lead  against. 

' ΑντεπιφΐλοτΙμέομαι,  as  mid.,  to 
rival  one  another  in  a  thing :  dub.  for 
άντιφίλοτιμέομαι. 

Άντεπιχειρέω,  (άντί,  επιχειρέω)  to 
undertake  in  turn,  Strab. :  to  bring  con- 
trary proofs,  Arist.  Top.,  cf.  επιχείρη- 
μα.    Hence 

Άντεπιχείρησις,  εως,  ή,  a  counter- 
attack, Strab.  ;  an^opyosing  proof. 

Άντεράνίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (άντί,  έρανίζω) 
to  contribute  one's  share  in  turn,  Anth. 

Άντεραστής,  ov,  a,  a  rival  in  love, 
Ar.  Eq.  733,  and  Plat. :  fem.,  dub. 
άντεράστρια,  ή  :  from 

Άντεράω,  (άντί,  έράω)  to  repay  love 
with  love,  love  in  return,  Aesch.  Ag. 
54^1 :  c.  gen.  vel.  ace. — II.  to  rival  in 
love,  τινί,  Eur.  Rhes.  184  :  τόάντερΰν, 
jealousy,  Plut. 

' Αντεργο7.άβέω,  (άντί,  εργο?.αβέω) 
to  compete  iti  work  with  another. 

Άντερείδω,  f.  -σω,  (άντί,  έρείδω)  to 
fix  OT  prop  against,  χειρί  χείρα,  Pind. 
P.  4,  65  ;  άντ.  βάσιν,  to  plant  firm, 
Soph.  Phil.  1403. — II.  intr.  to  set  one's 
self  against,  stand  firm,  Xen.  Cyr.  8, 
8,'l6,''Cyn.  10,  16. 
νΑντερεΐν,  inf.  from  άντερύ,  q.  v. 

Άντέρεισις,  εως,  η,  (άντερείδω)  a 
fixing  against :  striving  against,  Plut. 
— 2.  a  pushing  back,  repulse.  Id. — II. 
the  fulcrum,  or  resistance,  as  in  Step- 
ping, Arist.  Inc.  An.  3,  2. 

'Αντέρεισμα,  ατός,  τό,  (άντερείδω) 
that  which  is  set  as  a  prop  against :  a 
prop. 

Άντερίζω,  {.-ίσω,  (άντί,  ερίζω)  to 
contend  u'ith,  τινί,  Plut. 

Άντέρομαί,  Ion.  -είρομαι,  to  ask  in 
turn.  Hdt.  1,  129;  3,  23. 

Άντερύυμαι,  (άντί,  έρύω)  to  make 
equal  in  weight  with :   hence  to  value 
141 


tts 


ANTE 

equally  with,  c.  gen.,  χρνσον  re  και 
αργυρού  αντερυσασθαι  άξιης,  'The- 
Ogn.  77,  cf.  αντίαψιόω  and  ίρνω.  [fi] 
ΆνΓερώ,  fut.  without  any  pres.  in 
use  ;  perf.  άντείρηκα  ;  cf.  ΰντεΐπην, 
to  speak  agamst,  gainsay,  Soph.  Ant. 
47  ;  άίΤ.  τινί  τι,  to  refuse  one  a  thing, 
Aesch.  Ag.  539  :— pass,  ovoev  άντει- 
ρησεται,  no  denial  shall  be  given,  Soph. 
Tr.  1184. 

'Ai'-fpijf,  ωτος,  6,  {αντί,  εηως) 
strictly  return-love,  love-fhr-love,  Plat. 
Phaedr.  255  D,  Bekk.— II.  iisu.  as  a 
god  who  avenged  slighted  love.  Pans.  1, 
30, 1,  the  Dens  ultor  of  Ovid.  Met.  14, 
757:— but  also  (as  it  seems)  a  god 
who  struggled  against  love,  Paus.  G,  23, 
5. — For  representations  of  Anteros  in 
works  of  art,  v.  MuUer  Archaol.  d. 
Kunst,  ()  391,  8. 

^Αντερωτάω,ώ,ί.  -ήσω,  (αντί,  ερω- 
τάω) to  ask  in  turn,  Plat.  Euthyd.  295 
Β  :  hence 

Άντερώτησις,   εως,   η,   a    question 
ked  in  ttvrn, 
^Αντεστραμμένος,  adv.  part,  perf 
pass,     from     αντιστρέφω,     reversely, 
Arist.  Part.  An. :  in  logic,  by  conver- 
sion, Id.  Org. 

ΥΑ,ντεταγών,  poet,  for  ΰνατεταγών, 
(V.  τέτανων,  for  deriv.)  raising  on  high, 
Ap.  Rh.'2,  119. 

^Άντέτΰται,  poet,  for  ύνατέταται 
from  ΰνατείνω,  Pind.  N.  8,  43. 

Άντενεργετέω,ώ,  {αντί,  ενεργετέω) 
to  return  a  kindness,  Xen.  Mem.  2,  6, 
4,  etc.     Hence 

'Άντενεργέτημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  kind- 
ness returned. 

Άντευεργέτης,  ov,  6,  (αντενεργε- 
τέω)  one  who  returns  kindnesses.  Hence 
Ά]•τενεργετικός,  ή,  όν.  disposed  to 
return  ki?idnesses,  Arist.  Eth.  N. 

Άντεννοέω,  (αντί,  εΰνοέω)  to  wish 
well  in  return,  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  3,  49. 

Άντενπύσχω,  (αντί,  ενπύσχω)  to 
receive  good  in  return,  v.  1.  for  αντ^  εν 
π..  Plat.  Gorg.  520  Ε,  nbi  v.  Stallb. 

^Αντενττοιέω,  (αντί,  ενποιέω)  to  do 
good  in  return,  v.  1.  Plat.  Gorg.,  v. 
foreg. :  ΰντ.  τινά,  to  do  one  a  kind- 
ness in  return,  Arist.  Rhet.  1,  13,  12. 

V Αντενφημέω,ώ,{.-ήσω,  (αντί,  ενφη- 
αέω)  to  praise  in  return,  Synes. 

Άντεφεστιάω,  f.-άσω,  (αντί,  ίφέσ- 
τιος)  to  entertain  in  return,  acc.  to  the 
1.  vulg.  in  Plat.  Tim.  17  B,  retained 
by  Bekk. ;  but  Bockh  and  Stallb.  fol- 
low Procl.  and  Schol.  in  reading  άντ- 
αφεστιάω  :  the  former  however  oc- 
curs in  Philostr.,  and  Ael. 

Άντεφενρίσκω,  (αντί,  ίφενρίσκω) 
to  find  out.  invent  against,  Joseph. 

^Αντεώοδιάζω,  (αντί,  έφοί^άζω)  to 
victual  for  a  journey  against,  Joseph. 

Άντεφορμάω,  (αντί,  εφορμάω)  to 
rush  against,  to  attack,  Heliod. 

Άντεφορμέω,  (αντί,  έφορμέω)  to  lie 
at  anchor  over  against  the  enemy. 

νΑντεφόρμησις,  εως,  η,  (άντεφορ- 
μάω) a  inarching  out  against  a  foe,  He- 
liod. 

'Αντέχω,  or  αντίσχω,  f  ανθέξω, 
(αντί,  εχω)  to  hold  against,  c.  acc.  et 
gen.,  χείρα  κράτος  άντ.,  to  hold  one's 
hand  against  one's  head,  so  as  to  shade 
the  eyes,  Soph.  O.  C.  1651  :  also  c. 
acc.  et  dat.,  ΰντ.  τι  ομμασι,  to  hold  a 
thing  hcforehxs  eyes,  Herm.  Phil.  830. 
— II.  intrans.  to  hold  out  or  stand  firm 
against,  withstand,  τινί,  Hdt.,  and 
Thuc. :  also  προς  τινα,  Thuc. :  absol. 
fo,Ίί)/r/oIί^Hdt.,andThuc.;  hence esp. 
of  the  rivers  drunk  by  the  Persian  ar- 
my, to  hold  out.  .suffice,  be  enough,  Hdt. ; 
in  full  ΰντ.  βέεύρον,  Hdt.  7,  58,  and 
άντ.  νόωρ  παρέχων,  7,  108.  Mid. 
άντέχεσθαι,  to  hold  before  one  against 
142 


ANTH 

something,  c.  acc.  et  gen.  άντίσχεσ- 
θε  τράπεζας  ίων,  hold  out  the  tables 
against  the  arrows,  Od.  22,  74  : — later, 
c.  gen.  only,  to  hold  on  by,  hold  to, 
cling  to,  cleave  to,  keep  close  to,  των 
όχθων,  Hdt.  9,  56  ;  πέπλου,  etc., 
Eur.  : — uvT.  Ήρακ?.έους,  to  cleave  to, 
i.  e.  worship  Hercules  above  all, 
Pind.  N.  1,  50 :  also  άντ.  της  άρετης, 
Lat.  adhaerere  virtuti,  Hdt.  1,  134,  so 
ΰντ.  τοϋ  κέρδους.  Soph.  Fr.  325,  τοϋ 
πολέμου,  Hdt.  7,  53,  της  θαλάσσης, 
Thuc.  1,  13. 

Άντέω,  Ion.  form  from  ΰντύυ,  also 
in  II.  7,  423. 

Άντη,  ης,  η,  (ύντομαι  II.)  prayer, 
entreaty :  a  word  formed  by  Herm., 
and  received  into  the  text  of  Soph. 
El.  139,  by  him  and  Dind. 

'Αντί/εις,  εσσα,  εν,  Dor.  άντάεις, 
(ύντα)  set  against,  hostile. 

'Αντήλιος,  ov,  (αντί,  ήλιος)  opposite 
the  sun,  i.  e.  looking  east,  eastern.  Soph. 
Aj.,  cf  πρόςειλος: — hence  δαίμονες 
αντήλιοι,  statues  of  gods  which  .<!tood 
m  the  sun  before  the  house  door, 
Aesch.  Ag.  519,  Enr.  Meleag.  24.— 
II.  like  the  sun,  formed  like  αντί- 
θεος,  Eur.  Ion  1550. — III.  αντήλια^ 
παρήλια,  parhelia. — Though  in  form 
strictly  Ion.  for  ΰνθή?αος,  it  prevails 
also  in  the  best  Att.  poets,  Lob.  Aj. 
805.  The  strict  Att.  άνθήλιος  is  only 
in  late  prose. 

Άντημοιβός,  όν,  Ion.  for  άνταμοι- 
βός.  Call. 

Άντην,  adv.,  (αντί)  against,  over 
against,  άντην  στήσομαι,  I  will  con- 
front him,  opp.  to  φενξομαι,  II.  18, 
307,  cf  11,  590:  straight  on,  fonvards, 
άντην  ερχεσθαι,  opp.  to  πάλιν  τρέ- 
πεσθαι,  II.  8,  399  :  in  front,  άντην 
βαλλόμενοι,  Π.  12,  152:  face  to  face, 
openly,  like  Lat.  coram,  αντην  ειςιδέ- 
ειν,  to  look  in  the  face,  II.  19,  15  ;  24, 
223,  αντην  λοέσσομαι,  to  bathe  openly, 
Od.  6,  221,  cf  8,  158;  άντην  ΰγαπά- 
ζειν,  to  love  without  disguise,  11.  24, 
464.  —  Freq.  joined,  είκελος  άντην, 
έναλίγκιος  άντην,  όμοιωθήμεναι  άν- 
την, to  denote  exact  likeness  on  close 
comparison,  Hom.,  cf  άντα. — Not 
used  with  a  case. 
^Αντηνορίδης,  ov,  6,  son  or  descend- 
ant ofA7itenor,l\.3,  123. 

Άντήνωρ,  ορός,  6,  ή,  (ΰντί,  άνήρ) 
instead  of  a  man,  σποδός  ΰντ.,  dust 
for  men,  Aesch.  Ag.  442. 
f'AvTTjVup,  ορός,  ό,  AntenQr,  a  Tro- 
jan prince,  freq.  in  II. — 2.  a  statuary, 
Paus.  1,  8,  5. 

Άντηρέτης,  ου,  ό,  (ΰντί,  έρέτης) 
one  ivko  rows  against  another  :  in  genl. 
an  opponent,  rival,  for  ΰντιστάτι/ς, 
Aesch.  Theb,  283,  595:  άντ.  δορός 
τινι,  lb.  993. 

Άντήρης,  ες,  set  over  against,  oppo- 
site, χώρα,  Eur.  Tro.  221  ;  λαβείν 
τινα  αντήρη,  to  meet  face  to  face  (in 
battle),  Eur.  Phoen.  754,  cf  1367: 
π'λΊρ,αΙ  στέρνων  ΰντήρεις,  bloivs  taken 
on  the  breast.  Soph.  El.  89: — ΰντ.  τινί, 
opposite  to  a  thing,  Eur.  I.  A.  224. 
(Usu.  taken  as  a  compd.  of  ΰντί,  άρω, 
cf  ενήρης :  but  prob.  formed  imme- 
diately from  ΰντί,  as  άγχήρης  from 

"''^'•^        Γ  .   J•      r  . 

Άντηριηιον,  ov,  το,  dim.  trom  uv- 

τηρίς,  Vitruv. 

Άντηρίς,  ίδος,  ή,  a  stay,  prop:  in 
Thuc.  7,  36,  a  beam  to  stay  the  outer 
timbers  of  a  ship's  bow,  in  case  of  a 
severe  shock.  (Prob.  immed.  from 
αντί,  cf  ΰντήρης.)  \ΐδος,  Eur.  Inc. 
150.] 

"Αντησις,  εως,  ή,  (άντάω)  a  meeting 
or  coming  towards. — II.  in  plur.  earnest 
prayers. 


ΑΝΤΙ 

Άντηχέω,  Dor.  -ΰχέω,  (ΰντί,  ^χέω) 
to  re-echo,  παιάνα,  Eur.  Ale.  423,  ΰμ• 
νον.  Id.  Med.  426.     Hence 

Άντήχησις,  εως,  i],  a  re-echoing, 
Pint. 

ΆΝΤΓ,  (prep.  c.  gen.) :  orig.  signf. 
over  against. — I.  of  place  only,  oppo' 
site,  before,  Lat.  ante  ;  but  in  II.  21, 
481,  Od.  4,  115,  late  editors  have  ΰν• 
τία,  άντα ;  against,  in  hostile  sense, 
II.  15,  415,  where  also  άντα  is  read  ; 
V.  Spitzn.  Exc.  17  ad  II. — II.  usu.  to 
denote  worth,  value,  etc.,  set  against, 
put  for,  for,  hat.  pro,  inst^ar,  ΰντϊ  πολ- 
λών ληών  έστι,  he  is  for,  i.  e.  worth 
many  people,  11.  9,  116;  ξένος  'εστίν 
άντι  κασιγνήτον,  a  guest  is  as  much 
as  a  brother,  Od.  8,  546  ;  αντί  Ίκέταό 
ειμί,  I  am  as  a  suppliant,  II.  21,  75, 
cf  II.  8,  163,  Od.  8.  405.— This  usage 
was  further  carried  out — 1.  to  denote 
exchange,  at  the  price  of,  in  return  for, 
άντϊ  0ωτών  σποδός,  Aesch.  Ag.  434 : 
and  here  must  be  placed  the  phrases 
άνθ'  ού,  άνθ'  δτον,  άνθ'  ών,  wherefore, 
because :  but  άνθ'  ών  also  for  άντι 
τούτων  οτι  .  .  ,  in  order  that,  άντϊ 
τηϋ  ;  wherefore?  ivhi/  ?  cf.  άντι  τώνδε, 
II.  23,  650,  Wess.  Hdt.  3,  59.— 2. /or 
the  sake  of.  Soph.  El.  537. — 3.  in  stead 
of,  for,  άντι  ήμερης  ννξ  εγένετο,  Hdt. 
7.  37  ;  cf  Valck.  ad  6,  32  -.—avf  άνι 
ών  άνίαι,  grief  /or  grief,  i.  e.  grief, 
upon,  after  grief,  Theogn.  344,  cf  In- 
terpp.  ad  Evang.  Joh.  1,16  :— for  this 
genit.  we  sometimes  find  an  inf  sine 
artic,  but  only  in  Ion.  writers,  as  άν- 
τϊ άρχεσθαι  υπ'  άλλων,  Hdt.  1,  210. 
— 4.  to  mark  comparison,  εν  άνθ' 
ενός,  one  set  against  the  Other,  cojn- 
pared  with  it,  Plat.  Rep.  331  B,  Legg. 
705  B,  cf  προς  C.  III.  3 :— but  also 
even  after  comparatives,  πλέυν  άντϊ 
σον,  μείζων  ΰντϊ  της  πάτρας,  Soph. 
Tr.  677,  Ant.  182  ;  so  too  άλλος  ΰντ' 
ίμον,  Aesch.  Pr.  467,  Soph.  Aj.  444, 
Ar.  Nub.  653 :  αίρεισθαί  τι  ΰντί  τί- 
νος,where  τι  τίνος  is  more  usu.,  Xen. 
An.  1,  7,  3,  cf  πρό  II.  2,  προς  C.  II.  2, 
παρά,  C.  VII.  4. — 5.  with  verbs  of  en- 
treaty, like  προς  c.  gen.,  by,  ΰντϊ  παί- 
δων τώνδε  Ίκετενομεν,  Soph.  Ο.  C. 
1326.^ — Though  ΰντί  sometimes  fol- 
lows its  case,  as  II.  23,  650,  most 
critics  agree  in  saying  that  it  nevei 
suffers  anastrophe. 

B.  in  compos,  it  signifies — 1.  ovei 
against,  opposite,  as  αντιβαίνω,  αντι- 
μέτωπος, άντίπορος. — 2.  against,  in 
opposition  to,  as  άντιπολεμέώ,  αντι- 
λέγω, άντίβιος. — 3.  one  against  an- 
other, m,utually,  as  ΰντιδεξιόομαι. — 4. 
in  return,  as  άντιβοηθέω. — 5.  instead, 
as  άντίβασιλενς,  ανθύπατος,  άντι- 
ταμίας. — 6.  equal  to,  like,  as  ΰντίθεος, 
ΰντίπαις,  ΰντίδουλος. — 7.  correspond- 
ing, counter,  ΰντίμορφος,  άντιπράςω- 
πος,  άντίτυπος.  (Akin  to  German 
ant-,  in  antworten,  Antlitz.  From  it 
come  advs.  άντα,  άι•τ7]ν  :  and  adj. 
άντίος,  like  άπιος  from  άπό.) 

Άντία,  only  used  as  adv.,=avT7iv, 
though  strictly  ncut.  plur.  from  άΐ"- 
τίος,  q.  v.,  Hom.,  and  Hdt. 

fAvTi'n,  ας,  ή,  Antia,  fern.  pr.  n., 
Dem.  1351.  14. 

■\'Α%<τίΰδης,  ov,  6,  Antiades,  son  of 
Hercules  and  Aglaia,  Apollod.  2.  7,  8. 
'Αντιάζω,ί.•άσω  Dor.  -ά^ω,  (ΰντί) 
to  cnme  OT  go  towards,  to  meet,  whether 
as  friend  or  foe,  c.  acc,  Hdt.  2,  141, 
etc.;  ΰντ.  τινα  δώροις,  Hdt.  1,  105: 
— but  ΰντιάζειν  μύχαν  τινί,  to  join 
battle  with  one,  Pind.  N.  1,  102.— 2. 
of  things,  to  meet  with,  obtain.  Soph. 
El.  869. — II.  to  approach  tvith  prayer, 
entreat,  τινά.  Soph.  Aj.  492,  absol. 
EI.  1009,  and  Eur.    Cf.  άντιάω. 


ΑΝΤΙ 

Άντιαμοιβός,  όν,  poet,  for  άντα- 
αοιβός.  ^ 

Άντιάνεφα,  ή,  (αντί,  ΰνήρ)  like 
βίίτιύνειρΰ,  κνόιάνεφΰ,  a  fein.  form 
of  a  masc.  in  -άνωρ  or  yvup  (for  the 
a  shews  that  it  cannot  come  from  a 
nom.  in  -ος),  cf  όώτεψα,  σώτειρα, 
δράστεφα,  etc.:  —  in  11.  always  as 
epith.  of  the  Amazons,  a  match  for 
mini,  like  ισανδρος  :  but.  Pind.  O.  12, 
23,  στάσις  άντίύνειρα,  faction  where- 
in man  is  set  against  man.     Hence 

VAvTiaveipa,      ας,     ή,     Antianlra, 
daughter  ot    Menetus,  Ap.  Rh.  1, 56. 

'Pivriuiuv,  όνος,  ό,  {ΰ,ντί,  άξιον) 
the  opposite  pole  of  the  earth. 

Άντιάς,  άόος,  η,  the  glands  of  the 
throat,  esp.  when  swollen. 
^'Κντίας,  a  and  ov,  6,  Antias,  an 
Argive,  Pind. 

' !^ντίάχέω,  {αντί,  Ιαχέω)  to  cry  or 
call  against,  Theocr. 

'Α.ντιάχω,  {αντί,  /a;t;(j)=foreg. 

'KvTiau,  ύ,  f  -άσω  :  Hom.  uses  the 
pres.  only  in  the  lengthd.  forms  uv- 
Τίάαν,  άντίίασθε,  also  άντιόω,  άντί- 
όων,  όωσα,  όωντες,  cf  Thiersch  Gr. 
Gr.  iji  220  {αντί,  άντίος),  of  persons, 
like  άντιύζω,  to  meet,  whether  as 
friend  or  foe  :  to  match,  measure  one's 
self  with,  c.  gen.,  II.  7,231 :  more  rare- 
ly in  signf.  of  coming  to  aid,  also  c. 
gen.,  because  an  aim  is  expressed, 
Od.  24,  56. — 2.  more  usu.  of  things, 
to  go  to  meet,  go  in  quest  of  c.  gen.  rei, 
when  an  aim  at  or  design  on  it  is 
implied,  so  άντ.  πο7^μοω,  πόνοιο, 
αύχης,  έργων,  άέθλων,  Horn. :  so  too 
of  an  arrow,  to  hit.  στέρνων  άντ.,  II. 
13,  290  ;  but  esp.  of  the  gods,  to  come 
(as  it  were)  to  meet  an  offering,  i.  e. 
uccept  graciously  of  it,  άντ.  εκατόμβης, 
κνίσης  αιγών,  Od.  1,  25,  II.  1,  67:  so 
in  genl.  to  partake  of  a  thing,  enjoy, 
τινός,  Od.  6,  193,  etc. :  also  once  m 
mid.,  άντίάασθε  γάμου,  11.  24,  62. — 
II.  C.  dat.,  to  meet  tvtth,  light  upon,  as 
by  chance,  μηδ'  άντιάσειας  έκείνω, 
may  you  never  come  within  his  reach, 
Od.  18.  147 ;  έμζ)  μένει  άντιόωσι, 
they  come  in  the  way  of,  encounter  my 
wrath,  II.  21,  151. — ^2.  oft.  also  absol.. 
as  II.  10,  551  ;  and  so  άντιάσας,^=δ 
Τνχών,  any  one,  a  common  mortal,  Od. 
13.  312. — III.  c.  ace,  to  busy  one's  self 
with,  arrange,  prepare,  only  in  έμον 
?^έχης  άντιόοσα,  euphem.  for  sharing 
it.  II.  1,  31,  cf.  τΓορσύνω. — 2.  to  ap- 
proach as  a  suppliant,  supplicahle.  like 
άντιάζω  II.  only  in  late  Ep.,  as  Ap. 
Rh.  3,  691.  [ά,  so  that  fut.  and  aor. 
belong  equally  to  this  word  and  tiv- 
Γίάίω.] 

Άντίβύδην,  adv.,  going  against, 
withstanding. —  II.  going  the  contrary 
way,  backwards,  Plut.     From 

'Αντιβαίνω,  {■  -βησομαι,  {αντί,  βαί- 
νω) to  go  against,  withstand,  resist,  c. 
dat.,  or  absoL,  Hdt.  5,  4  • ;  8,  3,  etc.  : 
to  stand  in  the  gap.  Ar.  Eq.  767  :^άν- 
τιβάς  έ?Μν,  to  pull  stoutly  against  the 
oar,  going  well  back.  Id.  Ran.  202. 

Άντιβύλλω,  f.  -βΰ?.ώ.  {αντί,  βάλ- 
λω) to  throw  against,  or  in  turn,  to  re- 
turn the  shots,  Thuc.  7,  25. — II.  to  put 
one  against  the  other,  compare,  collate, 
Strab. :  λόγους  άντ.,  to  parley,  con- 
verse. Luc. :  hence  absol.,  to  hold  con- 
ference, τινί. 

Άντιβάσΐλεύς,  έως,  ό,  {αντί,  βα- 
σιλεύς) α  vice-king,  Lat.  inierrex,  Dion. 
Η- — 2.  a  rival-king.     Hence 

Άντιβάσΐλεύω,ί.-εύσω,Ιο  be  a  rival- 
king.  Joseph. 

'Αντίβΰσις,  εως,  ^,  {αντιβαίνω)  a 
going  against  or  resisting,  contention, 
Plut. — 2.  a  counter-prop  or  support, 
Vitruv. 


ΑΝΤΙ 

Άντιβάτης,  ου,  ό,  {αντιβαίνω)  an 
opponent. — II.  the  bolt  drawn  across  a 
door.    [/3(i]     Hence 

Άντιβάτΐκός,  ή,  όν,  inclined  to  re- 
sist, Plut. 

Άντιβία,  dat.  used  as  adv.  from 
αντίβιος,=:  άντιβίην. 
ΥΑντιβία,  ας,  η,  Antibia,  fern.  pr.  η., 
Anth. 

Άντιβιάζομαι,  -άσομαι,  {αντί,  βιά- 
ζομαι) dep.  mid.,  to  use  force  against, 
retort  violence,  Anth. 

Άντιβιβρώσκω,  fat.-βρώσω,  {αντί, 
βιβρώσκω)  to  eat  in  turn,  Ath. 

'Αντιβίτ/ν,  adv.,  against,  in  the  way 
of  resistance,  άντ.  έρίζειν,  to  strive 
against ;  άντ.  ελθείν,  ιτείρηθηναι,  to 
rtish  upon,  prove  in  close  fight,  τινί,  Π. 
21,  226;  so  also  άντίβιον  and  in 
prose  άντιβία  were  used.  Strictly 
ace.  fern,  froni 

Άντίβιος,  ία.,  lov,  also  ος,  ov, 
{αντί,  βία)  opposing  force  to  force  :  as 
adj.  in  Hom.  only  in  the  phrase  άντι- 
βίοις  έττέεσσι,  with  wrangliyig  words  : 
much  more  freq.  as  adv.  άντιβίην 
and  άντίβιον,  q.  v. 

Άντιβλάτττω,  --φω,  {αντί,  βλάτττώ) 
to  harm  in  return,  Arist.  Eth.  N. 
\Άντιβ7.ετΓτέον,    verb.     adj.    from 
άντιβ7Λττω,  one  must  look  straight  or 
steadily  at,  Luc. 

'Αντιβ7Λπω,  -ι}'ω,  {αντί,  βλέπω)  to 
look  straight  at,  look  in  the  face,  τινί 
and  εις  τι,  Xen.,  ττρός  τι,  Dem. 
Hence 

Άντίβλεψις,  εως,  ή,  a  looking  in  the 
face,  a  gazing  on,  Xen.  Hier.  1,  35. 

Άντιβοάω,  ω,  f.  -ήσομαι,  {αντί, 
βοάω)  to  return  a  cry,  Bion. 

' Αντίβοηθέω,ω,ί.-ήσω,  {αντί,  βοη- 
θέω)  to  help  in  turn  or  mutually,  τινί, 
Thuc.  6,  18 ;  7,  58._ 

Άντίβοιος,  ov,  {άί'τί,  βαϋς)  instead 
of  an  ox,  ivorth  an  ox.  Soph.  Fr.  353. 

Άντιβολέω, ώ,ί.-ήσω,  {άντιβίΊλ?^ω) 
to  meet  by  chance,  hit  upon,  esp.  in  bat- 
tle, c.  dat.  pers..  or  absol..  freq.  in 
Hom.  ;  also  c.  gen.  pers.,  Od.  18, 
272  ;  rarely  c.  dat.  rei,  as  φάνω  αν- 
δρών, τύφφ,  Od.  11,  416;  24,  87. — 
II.  to  meet  with,  partake  of,  always  c. 
gen.  rei,  μάχης,  τάόον.  έπητνος. 
Horn.,  γάμου,  Hes. — III.  to  meet  as 
a  suppliant,  entreat,  c.  acc.  pers.,  Ar. 
Nub.  110.  Xen.  Ath.  Rep.  1,  18;  ab- 
sol. Ar.  Eq.  667. — It  does  not  seem 
ever  to  be  used  in  the  strict  signf  to 
throw  against. — In  Att.  it  takes  the 
double  augment,  e.  g.  ήντεβόλησα, 
Ar.  Fr.  101,  Buttm.  Ausf.  Gr.  <S>  86, 
Anm.  5.     Hence 

' Αντιβολί],  ης,  η.  a  throwing  against, 
confronting,  comparing. — II.  a  going  to- 
wards or  meeting. — 111.=:ΰντιβο7Λα. 

Άντιβόλησις,  εως,  ή.  Plat.  Apol. 
37  A,  and 

' Αντιβο7Λα,  ας,  η,  {άντιβολέω) 
Thuc.  7,  75,  an  entreaty,  prayer. 

Άντιβομβέω,  {αντί,  βομβέω)  tore- 
turn  a  humming  sound. 

ν.\.ντιβονλεύω,  -εύσω  {αντί,  βον- 
λενω)  to  give  contrary  advice,  Polyaen. 

' Αντιβροντύω,ώ,ί.'ησω,  {αντί,  βρον- 
τάω) to  rival  in  thundering,  τινί,  Luc. 
ΥΑντιβρότη.  ης,  η,  (αντί,  βροτός) 
Aniibrote.  an  Amazon,  Qu.  Sm.  1,45. 

Άντιγέγωνα,  (αντί.  γέγωνα)  c. 
pres.  signf.,  to  return  a  cry.  No  pres. 
in  use. 

Άντιγενεαλογέω,  {αντί.  γενεαλο- 
γέω)  to  rival  in  pedigree,  Hdt.  2,  143. 

^Αντιγενείδης,  ου,  ό,  prop,  son  of 
Aniigenes,  as  masc.  pr.  n.  Antigemdes, 
Anth. 

■\'\ντιγένης,  ους,  ό.  Antisenes,  an 
Athenian  Archon.  Xen.  Hell.  1,3,  1. 
— 2.   father  of  the  commander  So- 


ANTI 

crates,  Thuc.  2,  23.-3.  a  general  of 
Alexander  the  Great,  Arr.  An.  5, 
16. 

^Άντιγενίδας,  a  and  ου,  ό,  Antigeni- 
das,  a  famous  flute  player,  Plut.  : 
hence  ol  Άντιγενίδειοι,  the  pupils  of 
Antig.,  Plut. 
ΥΑντιγεννύω,  ώ.  {αντί,  γεννάω)  to 
beget  in  turn,  Ath.  285  F. 
ΥΑντιγεραίρω,  {αντί,  γεραίρω)  to  re- 
ward or  honour  in  turn,  App. 

Άντιγηροτροφέω,  {αντί,  γηροτρΟ' 
φέω)  to  support  in  old  age  in  turn. 

Άντιγνωμονέω, ώ,ί.-ήσω, to  be  of  a 
different  opinion,  άντ.  Ti  μη  οϋκ  είναι, 
to  think  that  a  thing  is  otherwise,  Xen. 
Cyr.  4,  3,  8.     From 

Άντιγνώμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  {αντί, 
γνώμη)  of  a  different  opinion,  holding 
different  sentiments. 

ϊ'Αντιγόνεια,  and  Άντιγονία.  ας.  ή, 
Antigonla.  the  name  of  several  cities 
founded  by  or  in  honour  of  Antigo- 
nus, — 1.  in  Bithynia,  afterwards  Ni- 
caea,  Strab. — 2.  in  Troas,  afterwards 
Alexandrea  Troas.  Strab. — 3.  in  Epi- 
rus,  Polyb.  2,  5,  6. — 1.  in  Syria  on 
the  Orontes,  Strab. 

Υ  Αντιγόνη,  ης,  ή.  Antigone,  daugh- 
ter of  Oedipus  and  Jocasta,  freq.  in 
Aesch.,  Soph,  etc.— 2.  wife  of  Pel- 
eus,  Apollod.  3, 13, 1. — 3.  daughter  of 
Berenice,  Plut.  Pyrr.  4. 
ΥΑντίγονος,  ου,  ό.  Antigonus,  a  gen- 
eral of  Alexander  the  Great,  suriiam- 
ed  μονόφθαλμος,  or  Κνκλωψ.  Arr,, 
etc. — 2.  ό  Τονατάς,  son  of  Deme- 
trius Poliorcetes.  king  of  Macedonia, 
Plut.,  Luc— Others  in  Plut.,  Polyb., 
etc. 

Άντίγραμμα,  ατός,  τό,  {αντιγρά- 
φω) a  transcript,  counterpart,  Luc. 

Άντιγρΰφενς,  έως,  ό,  {αντί,  γρα- 
φεύς)  one  U'ho  keeps  a  cmtnter-reckoii- 
ing,  a  check-clerk ,  hat.  cmitrarotulator, 
Aeschin.  57,  23  :  in  genl.  άντ.  τίνος, 
one  ivho  keeps  a  check  upon  accounts, 
Dem.  615,  14. 

'Αντιγραφή,  ης.  ή,  {αντί,  γραφή) 
reply  in  uriting.  like  Caesar's  Anticato 
against  Cicero's  Cato,  Plut. — II.  as 
law-term,  strictly  the  answer  put  in 
by  the  defendant,  his  plea,  v.  1.  Lys. 
167,  21  ;  (put  also  of  the  plaintiff,  an 
indictment,  impeachment,  Ar.  Nub.  471, 
Plat.  .λροΐ.  27  C  ;  and  so  in  genl.  like 
διωμοϋία.  of  both  parties,  cf  Diet,  of 
Antiqq. — III.  a  transcribing,  Dion.  H. 
Άντίγρΰφος,  ov,  copied,  duplicate, 
στήλαι,  διαθήκαι,  etc.,  Dem.  468,  9  ; 
1104.  23  : — hence  as  subst.  ret  αντί- 
γραφα, copies,  duplicates,  Andoc.  10, 
31,  etc. 

' Αΐ'τιγράφω,{.-'φω,{άντί,  γράφω)  to 
ivrite  agai7ist  or  in  answer,  write  back, 
Thuc.  1,  129  in  pass.  Mid.  c.  pass, 
perf  (Dem.  1115,  16),  as  law  term, 
put  in  as  an  αντιγραφή,  or  plea,  to 
plead  against,  τι  τΐερί  τίνος,  Isae.  85, 
19;  also  άντ.  τινί  or  τινά,  c.  inf  to 
plead  against  another  that  such  is  the 
case,  Lys.  166,  45,  Dem.  1092,  10. 
[u]  hence 

Άντίγραφις,  εως,  ή,  the  preferring 
an  αντιγραφή,  Ά\80=άντιγραφή .  Bie- 
mi  Lys.  in  Panel.  10. 

Άντιδάκνω,  f.  -δήξομαι,{άντί,  δάκ- 
νω)  to  bite  in  turn,  Hdt.  4,  168  :  to  bite 
at. 

Άντιδανειστέον,  {αντί,  δανείζω) 
A'erb.  adj.,  one  must  lend  in  return, 
Arist.  Eth.  N. 

Άντίδειτνος,  ov,  {αντί,  δεΐττνον) 
taking  another's  place  at  dinner.  Luc. 

Άντιδεξιόοιιαι,    {άντί,    δεξιόαμαί) 
to  give  one  another  the  right  hand,  to  re- 
turn a  salute,  Xen.  Cyr.  4,  2,  19. 
Άντιδέομαι,  -δεήσομαι,  {άντί.,  δέο- 
143 


ΑΝΤΙ 

uai)  to  entreat  in  return,  Plat.  Lach. 
i86  D. 

Άντίδέρκομαι,  (αντί,  δέρκω)  Eur. 
Η.  F.  163,=  άντιβλέπω. 

Άντιόέχομαι,ί.  -ξομαι, {αντί,  δέχο- 
uai)  to  receive  in  return,  accept,  Aesch. 
Cho.  91G. 

Άντιδημΰ,γωγέω,  {αντί,  δί/μαγω- 
yi(j)  to  counteract  the  plans  of  a  dema- 
gogue, Plut. 

Άντιδιιμιουργέω,  {αντί,  δημιονρ- 
γέω)  to  make  or  leork  in  rivalry,  Clem. 
Al. 

Άντιδιαβαίνω,  f.  -βήσομαι,  {αντί, 
διαβαίνω)  to  go  over  again  or  in  turn, 
cross  in  turn,  Xen.  Ages.  1,  8. 

Άντιδιαβύλλω,  f.  -βάλω,  {αντί, 
διαβά/,λίύ)  to  slander  or  attack  in  re- 
turn, Arist.  Rhet. 

Άντιδιαίρεσις,  eug,  η,  a  counter- 
division,  opposition,  Diog.  L. :  from 

Άντίδιαψέω,  ώ,ί.  -ήσω,{άντί,  διαι- 
ρέα)  to  divide  so  as  to  oppose.  Pass. 
to  be  opposed  as  the  members  of  a  logi- 
cal division,  Arist.  Org. 

Άντιδίύκονος,  ov,  {αντί,  διάκονος) 
serving  in  return,  Strab. 

Άντιδιακοσμέω,  {αντί,  διακοσμέω) 
to  arrange  Or  array  against,  App. 

Άντιδία?ι.έγομαι,  {αντί,  διαλέγο- 
μαι) to  except  or  object,  Chrysipp.  ap. 
Diog.  L.  7,  202. 

Άντιδίαλ?.ύσσομαι,{.  -ξομαι,  {αντί, 
διαλλάσσομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  inter- 
change, exchange,  6.  g.  prisoners. — II. 
to  alter  or  vary  contrariwise. 

Άντιδιαννκτερεύω,  {αντί,  διανυκ- 
τερεύω) to  bivouac  against,  App. 

Άντιδιαπλέκω,  (αντί,  διαπλέκω) 
to  twist  or  entangle  in  return  :  αντιδια- 
■ττ/.έκει  ώς  ■ . .,  he  makes  this  tortuous  re- 
ply, Ae.schin.  57,  11. 

'Αντιδιαστέλ?.ω,  f.  -στε?.ώ,  {αντί, 
δ(αστέλ?Μ)  to  oppose  to  so  as  to  distin- 
guish, Ttvi,  Dion.  H.     Hence 

'Αντιδιαστολή,  ης,  ή,  opposition  and 
distinction. 

Άντιδιατύσσω,  f.  -τάξω,  {αντί,  δια- 
τάσσω) to  order,  establish  in  return. 

ΆντίδιατίΟημι,  f.  -θ/ισω,  {αντί,  δια- 
τίθημι)  to  place  in  any  situation  or  re- 
lation in  return :  κακώς  παθόντα  av- 
τιδ-,  to  retaliate  for  wrong  suffered. 

' ΧντιδΙδάσκϋ,λος,  ου,  6,  usu.  in 
plur..  the  poets  who  bring  rival  plays  on 
the  stage,  Casaub.  Ar.  Eq.  525,  cf.  sq. 

Άντίδΐδύσκω,  f.  -διδάξω,  {αντί, 
διδάσκω)  to  teach  in  turn  or  against : 
of  dramat.  poets,  to  bring  rival  plays  on 
the  stage,  Ar.  Vesp.  1410. 

Άντιδίδωμι,  f.  -δώσω,  {αντί,  δίδω- 
μΐ)  to  give  in  return,  repay,  τίνί  Tl, 
Hdt.,  and  freq.  in  Att.— II.  as  law 
term,  to  offer  to  change  fortunes  with 
one,  sub.  ονσίαν,  Lys.  1G9,  4,  Dem. 
496, 21 ;  also  uvt.  τριηραρχίαν,  Dem. 
539,  fin. :  cf.  ΰντιδοσις. 

Άντιδιέξειμι,  {αντί,  διέξειμί)  to  go 
through  or  recount  in  turn  or  again, 
Aeschin.  22,  17. 

Άντιδιεξέοχομαι,  {ύντί,  διεξέρχο- 
^a()=foreg.,  Plat.  Theaet.  167  D. 

Άντιδίίστημι,  f.  •διαστ//σω,  {αντί, 
διΐστημι)=  ΰντιδιαστέ?.λω. 

Άντιδΐκάζω,  ί.-άσω,  {ύντί,  δικάζω) 
to  bring  an  action  against,  implead. 
Mid.  in  plur.,  to  implead  one  another, 
Lys.  ap.  Poll.  8,  5,  24.     Hence 

Άντιδΐκάσία,  ας,  ή,  litigation. 

Άντιδΐκέω,  ώ,  ί.^σω:  impf.  ηντιδί- 
κουν,  Lys.  104,  16 :  aor.  ήντιδίκησα, 
Dem.,  {αντίδικος,)  to  be  an  αντίδικος, 
defendant,  or  in  genl.  party  in  a  suit, 
o'l  άντιδικοϋντες,  the  parties.  Plat. 
Legg.  948  D  : — ύντ.  προς  τι  or  προς 
τίνα,  to  oppose  a  point  or  person, 
Dem.  1030,  fin.,  Isae.  84,  21  :  to  join 
issue,  Lys.  1.  c. 
144 


ΑΝΤΙ 

Άντιδίκησις,  εως,  i],  and 

^Αντιδικία,  ας,  ή,=^άντίδίκασία. 

'Αντίδικος,  ον,  {ύντί,  δίκη)  an  oppo- 
nent in  a  suit,  strictly  tlie  defendant, 
but  also  the  plaintiff.  Plat.,  Ar.  Nub. 
776,  etc.  ;  hence  o'l  αντίδικοι,  the  par- 
ties to  a  suit.  Id.  Hence  in  genl.  an 
opponent,  adversary,  Aesch.  Ag.  41. 

^'Αντίδικος,  ov,  6,  Antidicus,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Diog.  L. 

Άντιδιορύσσω,  Att.  -ύττω,  f.  -νξω, 

{αντί,  διορνσσω)  to  countermine,  Strab. 

i'Avτίδυyμaτίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {αντί,  δογ- 

ματίζω)  to   hold  or  maintain  contrary 

principles,  Luc. 

Άντιδοκέω,  {αντί,  δοκέω)  to  be  of  a 
contrary  opinion,  to  differ  in  opinion. 

Άντιδοξάζω,  {αντί,  δoξάζω)=ίoτeg. 
Plat.  Theaet.  170  D. — II.  to  extol  inre- 
turn. 

' Αντιδοξέω,=:αντιδοκέω,  προς  τίνα 
and  τινί,  Polyb.  :  from 

Άντίδοξος,  ov.  {αντί,  δόξα)  of  a 
different  opinion,  Luc. 

Άντίδορος,  ov,  {αντί,  δορά)  clothed 
as  uith  a  skin,  κάρνον  χλωρής  a.  λε- 
πίδας, Jac.  Del.  Epigr.  1,  90,  4. 

Άντίδοσις,  εως,  ή,  {άντιδίδωμι)  a 
giving  in  return  or  in  exchange,  an  ex- 
change, compensation. — 2.  at  Athens, 
it  was  a  form,  by  which  a  citizen 
charged  with  a  ?ιειτονργία  or  είςφορά 
called  upon  any  other  citizen,  who 
had  been  passed  over,  and  whom  he 
thought  richer  than  himself,  either  to 
exchange  properties,  or  submit  to  the 
charge  himself,  Isocr.  περί  Άντιδο- 
σέως,  cf.  Dem.  in  Phaenipp.,  Wolf 
Lept.  p.  cxxiii.,  Buckh.  P.  E.  2,  368. 

Άντίδοτος,  ov,  {άντιδίδωμι)  given 
in  return  or  remedy,  Anth. — II.  as 
subst.  άντίδοτος,  ή,  and  άντίδοτον, 
τό,  sub.  δόσις  and  φάρμακον,  a  reme- 
dy, antidote.  Diosc. 
ϊ'Αντίδοτος,  ου,  δ,  Antidotus,  an 
Athenian  archon,  Diod.  S.  11.91. — 2. 
a  poet  of  the  middle  comedy,  Mein- 
eke  1,  p.  450. 

'Αντιδοχ)λενω,  f.-ενσω,  to  he  άντίδον- 
?Μς,  be  no  better  than  a  slave  to  an- 
other, τινί,  Eur.  Supp.  362  :  from 

Άντίδουλος,  ov,  {αντί,  δυϋλος) 
instead  of  a  slave,  Aesch.  Fr.  180  :  of 
persons,  being  as  a  slave,  no  better  than 
a  slave.  Aesch.  Cho.  135. 

Άντίδονπος,  ov,  {αντί,  δονπέω)  re- 
sounding, re-echoing,  Aesch.  Pers.  121. 

' Αντιδράω,^-άσω,{άντί,  δράω)  to  do 
in  return,  repay,  requite,  absol.  Soph., 
and  Eur.  ;  also  ύντ.  τίνα  κακώς, 
Soph.  Ο.  C.  1191.  [άσω] 

Άντιδρομέω,  {αντί,  δρόμος)  to  run 
against,  Luc. 

' Αντιδυςχεραίνω  f.  -άνώ  {αντί,  δυς- 
χεραίνω)  to  be  angry  in  turn,  _ Anton. 

Άντιδωρεά,  ας,  ή,  a  return-gift,  re- 
compense. 

'Αντιδωρέομαι,  {αντί,  δωρέομαι) 
dep.  mid.,  to  present  in  return  or  recom- 
pense with  a  thing,  τινά  τινι,  Hdt.  2. 
30. 

\Άντιδωρίδης,  ov,  6,  prop,  son  of 
Antidorus,  as  masc.  pr.  n.  Antidorides, 
Dem.  1386,  10. 

Άντίδωρον,  ov,  τό^=άντιδωρεά. 

^Άντίδωρος,  ov,  δ,  Antidorus,  masc. 

pr.  n.,  Hdt.  8,  11,  Andoc,  Dem.,  etc. 

Άντιζ7]τέω,  ω,  {αντί,  ζητέω)  to  seek 
in  return,  seek  one  who  is  seeking  us, 
Xen.  Oec.  8,  23. 

Άντίζομαι,  Ion.  for  άνθίζομαι,  to  sit 
before  or  opposite. 

Άντίζϋγος,  ov,  {αντί,  ζυγόν)  hold- 
ing the  scale,  like  άΐ'τίββοπος. — II. 
pass,  put  in  the  opposite  scale,  corres- 
pondent, Arist.  Part.  An.     Hence 

Άντιζνγόω,  {αντί,  ζνγόω)  to  hold 
the  scale,  keep  the  balance. 


ANTl 

Άντιθάλπω,  (ύντί,  θάλπω)  in 
plur.,  to  ivarm  one  another,  Joseph. 

Άντιϋάπτω,  -ψω,  {αντί,  θάπτω)  to 
bury  opposite,  Anth. 

Άντίβεος,  έη,  εάν,  {αντί,  θεός)  god- 
like, equal  to  the  gods,  like  ίσόΟεος. 
In  Hom.  usu.  epitli.  of  heroes,  as  dis- 
tinguished for  strength,  beauty,  etc.  : 
also  of  whole  nations,  11. 12,  408,  Od. 
6,  241  :  ol  women  only  in  Od.  11,  117  : 
-—no  moral  quality  is  implied,  as  it 
is  applied  even  to  Polyphemus  and 
the  suitors. — II.  ό  ΰντιΟ.,  a  hostile 
deity,  Heliod. 

ΥλντίΟΐος,  ου,  ό,  Antitheus,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Ar.  Thes.  898,  etc. 

' Αντιθεραπενω,ί.•Ενσω,{άντί,  θερα 
πεύω)  to  take  care  of  in  return,  Xen. 
Mem.  1,  4,  18. 

Άντιθερμαίνω,  {αντί,  θερμαίνω)  to 
warm  in  return. 

ΆντίΟεσις,  εως,  ή,  {αντί,  τίθημι) 
opposition.  Plat. :  antithesis,  Arist. 
Rnet. — II.  resistance. 

Άντιθετέον,  {άντιτίθημι)  verb, 
adj.,  one  must  oppose,  Arist.  Pol. 

'Αντίθετος,  ov,  {άντιτίθι/μι)  oppos- 
ed, antithetic :  το  άντ.,  an  antithesis, 
Arist.  Rhet.  Al.  27,  1. 

Άντιθέω,  f.  -θεύσομαι,  {αντί,  θέω) 
to  run  against :  to  run  a  race  with,  τινί, 
Hdt.  5,  22. 

Άντιθήγω,  {αντί,  θήγω)  to  whet 
against  one  another,  Luc. 

ΆντιΟλίβω,  -ψω,  {αντί,  θλίβω)  to 
press  in  turn,  press  against,   [θλϊ] 

ΆντιΟνήσκω,  f.  -θάνονμαι,  {αντί, 
θΐ'ήσκω)  to  die  in  return  or  J'or  one. 

Άντιΰροέω,  {αντί,  θροέω)  to  return 
a  noise,  Emjied.  315,  in  Ep.  gen.  ot 
part,  άντίθροώντος. 

ΆντίθροΓος,  ov,  {αντί,  θρόνος)  sit- 
ting opposite. 

Άντίβροος,  ov,  {αντί,  θρόος)  re- 
sounding, Anth. 

'  Αντιθύρετρος,  ov,  {αντί,  θύρετρον) 
instead  of  a  door. 

Άντιβΰρος,  ov,  {αντί,  θύρα)  oppo- 
site the  door,  κατ'  άντίθυρον  κλισίης, 
opposite  the  door  of  the  house,  Od.  16, 
159,  where  others  take  it  as  subst., 
the  inner  part  of  the  house  opposite  the 
door ;  and  so  certainly  in  plur.,  Soph. 
El.  1433,  ubi  V.  Herm. 

Άντικαθαιρέω,  ώ,{.-ήσω,{άντί,  καθ- 
αιρέω)  to  pull  down  or  destroy  m  turn. 

Άντικαθέζομαι,  {ύντί,  καθίζομαι) 
to  Sit  over  against :  freq.  of  armies  or 
fleets,  lying  opposite  one  another, 
Thuc.  1,  30;  4,  124. 

Άντικαθενδω,  f.  -ενδήσω,  {ύντί, 
καθεύδω)  to  sleep  opposite  to,  Anth. 

Άντικάθηιιαι,  {αντί,  κάθημαι)  Ion. 
άντικάτ., ^άντικαθέζομαι,  Hdt.  9,  39. 

Άντικαθίδρύω,  {αντί,  καθιδρύω) 
to  substitute  for  another,  late. 

Άντικαθίζω,  {ύντί,  καθίζω)  Ion. 
άντικατ.,  fut.  -καθιζήσω  and  -καθιώ, 
to  set  opposite.  M.id.=^ άντικαθέζομαι , 
Hdt.  5,  1. 

Άντικαθίστημι,  f.  αντικαταστήσω, 
{αντί,  καθίστημι)  to  lay  doxvn  or  es- 
tablish instead,  substitute,  Hdt.  9,  93  : 
to  set  against,  oppose,  τινά  προς  τίνα, 
Thuc.  4.  93,  τινί  τι.  Plat.  :  to  set  vp 
again,  Thuc.  2,  65. — II.  pass.,  c.  aor. 
2  and  perf.  act.,  to  be  put  in  another's 
place,  succeed,  Hdt.  2,  37. — 2.  to  stand 
against,  resist,  τινί,  freq.  in  Thuc,  etc. 

Άντικαίω,  Att.  -κάω,  fut.  -καύσω, 
(αντί,  καίω)  to  set  on  fire  or  burn  in 
turn.  Plat.  Tim.  65  E. 

Άντικάκονργέω,  {αντί,  κακονργέω) 
to  damage  in  turn,  τινά.  Plat.  Crito 
49  C. 

Άντικάλέω,  ω,  f.  -έσω,  {αντί,  κα- 
λέω)  to  call,  invite  in  turn,  Xen.  Symp. 
1,  15. 


ΑΝΤΙ 

*Χντικαλ?Μ7τίζομαι,  {αντί,  καλλω- 
νήζυ)  to  adorn  one's  self  in  rivalry. 

Άντικαρτεμέω,  ώ,  f.  -ησω,  (αντί, 
καμ~ερέ<^)  to  holdout  against,  Dio  C. 
t'XvriKUaLOv,  ov,  τό,  Anticasium,  a 
mountain  in  Syria,  Strab. 

Άντικατάγω,  [αντί,  κατάγω)  to 
bring  in.  instead.  Mid.  to  come  into 
the  place  of  another,  Tim.  Locr.  101 
D. 
Υ Χντίκαταδνομαι,  {αντί,  καταδύ- 
ομαι) to  go  under,  to  conceal  one's  self 
in  tarn,  Ach.  Tat.  6,   18. 

ΆντικαταΟνί/σκω,  aor.  2  -έθανον, 
{ΰντί,  ααταϋνήσκω)  to  die  in  turn,  ΰ,ντ. 
όίκην,  to  suffer  punishment  of  death 
in  turn,  Afisch.  Cho.  144,  ubi  Herm 
άντίκατακανεϊν  ύίκΐ),  from  sq. 

Άντίϋατακαίνω,  {αντί,  κατακαί- 
νω)  to  kill  in  return,  v.  foreg. 

'Α.ντικατακτείνω,  {αντί,  κατακτύ- 
V6>)=foreg. 

Άντίκαταλαμβάνω,  f.  -'λή-φομαι, 
{αντί,  κατα/,αμ3άνω)  to  take  posses- 
sion of  in  turn,  Tim.  Locr. 

Άντικαταλέγίο,  {αντί*  καταλέγω) 
to  enrol,  enlist  against.  Id. 

'  λ.ντικατα?.είπω,  {ΰντί,  κατα7.εί• 
ττω)  to  leave  in  the  place  of  another, 
Plat.  Rep.  540  B. 

Άντικαταλ'/.ύγή,  ης,  ή,  {άντικατ- 
αλλύσσω)  exchange,  trade,  Plut. 

^Αντικατάλλαγμα,  ατός,  τό,  =  sq., 
Joseph. 

' Χντικατύ?ΰαξίς,  εως,  ή,  the  pro- 
ceeds, pro-its  of  trade,  Diog.  L.  :  from 

' Pi.vTiKaTa'/J'.aaaij),{,-ifA,{u.vTi,  κατ- 
αλλάσσω)  to  exchange  one  thing  for 
another:  usu.  in  mid.,  τί  τίνος,  Dern., 
also  TL  νττερ  τίνος,  Isocr.  109  C,  τι 
ΰντί  τίνος.  Id.  138  Β  :  also  to  set  off, 
balance  one  against  another,  ευεργεσί- 
ας κρίσεως,  Dinarch.  92,  1. — 2.  to  re- 
concile ;  in  pass.,  Polyb. 

Άντίκαταπ'/ιήσσω,  -ξω,  {ΰντί,  κα- 
τατϊ7^ησσω)  to  frighten  in  turn,  App. 

Άντικατασκενάζω,  f.  -άσω,  {ΰντί, 
κατασκευάζω)  to  prepare,  arrange  in 
tarn,  Dion.  H. 

Άντικατάστάσίς,  εως,  ή,  {άντι- 
καθίστημι)  α  beitig  confronted  with  one 
another,  Polyb. :  a  placing  in  the  stead 
of  another. — II.  (from  pass.,)  resist- 
ance, contradiction 

Άντίκαταστρατοπεδεύω,  {ΰντί,  κα- 
ταστρατοτνεδεύω)  to  encavip  opposite, 
Dion.  H. 

Άνηκατάσχεσις,  εως,?/,{άντί,κατ- 
ύσχεσίς)  a  holding  in  by  force,  stopping, 
resisting,  Arist.  Probl. 

Άντικατατείνω,  {ΰντί,  κατατείνω) 
to  stretch  against,  -τείναντες  λέγωμεν 
αντώ,  let  tis  speak,  setting  our  ti:ords 
against  his,  Stallb.  Plat.  Kep.  348  A. 

Άντίκατατρέχω,  {ΰντί,  κατατρέ- 
χω) to  overrun  in  turn,  Dio  C. 

Άντίκαταφρονέω,  {αντί,  καταφρον- 
έω)  to  despise  in  turn.  Id. 

Άντικατηγορέω,  {ΰντί,  κατηγορέω) 
to  accuse  in  turn,  to  recriminate  upon, 
τινός,  Lys. — II.  in  logic,  to  predicate 
conversely,  Arist.  Org.  in  pass. 

Άντικατηγορία,  ας,  ή,  a  counter- 
charge. 

^Αντικάτημαι,  άντικατίζομαι,  άντι- 
κατίστημι.  Ion.  for  άντικύΗ. 

Άντίκειμαι,  f.  κείσομαι,  {αντί,  κεϊ- 
μαι)  to  lie  opposite  to,  τινί.  Pind.  I.  7, 
(6),  36  :  to  be  opposed,  ττρος  aAJ.rfKa, 
Plat.  Soph.  258  Β  :  in  logic,  to  be  con- 
tradictory, TLvi,  Arist.  Org. 
νΧντίκείτης.  ου,  ό,  AnticTtes,  a  river 
the  same  as  the  Hypanis,  Strab. 

Άντικέλενθος,  ov,  {αντί,  κέ'λενθος) 
by  an  opposite  road,  opposite,  Nonn. 

Άντικελεύω  {ΰντί,  κε?.ενω)  to  com- 
mand in  turn,  Thuc.  1,  128. 

Άντίκεντοος,  ov,  {ΰντί,  κέντρον) 
10 


ΑΝΤΙ 

sharp  as  a  goad,  Aesch.  Eum.   136, 
466. 

Αντικηδενω,  {ΰντί,  κηδεύω)  to  take 
care  of  instead  of  another,  τινός,  Eur. 
Ion  734. 

Άντικηδομαι,  {ΰντί,  κήδομαι)= 
foreg. 

Άντικηρνσσω,  -ύξω,  {ΰντί,  κηρύσ- 
σω) to  proclaim  in  answer  to,  τινί,  Eur. 
Supp.  673. 

'Αντικΐνέω,ώ<  {.•ησω.{ΰντί,  κινέω) 
to  move  in  turn:  pass.,  to  make  counter- 
movements,  move  against  the  enemy, 
Polyb. :  so  too  seemingly  iiitr.  in  act., 
sub.  στρατόν.    Hence 

^ Αντικίνησις,  εως,  ή,  counter-move- 
ment. 

ί'Αντικίνω?Λς,  ιδος,  ή,  Anticinolis, 
an  anchorage  on  the  coast  of  Paph- 
lagonia,  Strab. 

ΥΑντικίρ^α,  ας,  ή,  Anticirrha,  a  city 
of  Phthiotis,  near  Mount  Oeta,  Hdt. 
7,  198. — 2.  a  maritime  city  of  Phocis, 
Strab. — Both  were  farned  for  the  pro- 
duction of  hellebore,  and  hence  the 
prov.,  Άντικίρρας  σε  δεϊ,  of  one  who 
was  deranged  in  mind. 

Άντικίχρημι,^ΰντιχράω. 

' Αντικλαζω,  fut.  -κλύγξω,  {ΰντί, 
κλάζω)  to  ring  back,  Eur.  Andr.  1145. 
— II.  c.  ace.  cognat.,  μέλος  τινί,  to 
sing  agaifh^t  one,  Id.  Bacch.  1057. 

'Αντικ?.αίω,  fut.  -κλανσομαι,  (ΰντί, 
κ?Μίω)  to  weep  in  turn,  \.  1.  Hdt.  3, 
14:  Att.  -κλύω.  [u] 

'Avtlk/mu,  f.  -κλάσω,  (ΰντί,  κλύω) 
to  refract,  as  rays  of  light. — II.  intr. 
and  pass,  to  be  refracted,  [u] 

VAvTiK/^eia,  ας,  ή,  Anticlea,  daugh- 
ter of  AutoJvcus,  and  wife  of  Laer- 
tes, Od.  11,  85.-2.  daughter  of  Aris- 
totle, Anth. — Others  in  Paus.,  Apol- 
lod.,  etc. 
ΥΑντικ?.είδης,  ου,  ό,  Anticlldes, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Plut.  Strab.,  etc. 

Άντικ7.είθρον,  ου,  ro,=  sq. 

Άντίκλεις,  είδος,  (ΰντί,  κλείς)  α 
false  key,  Clem.  ΑΙ. 

ΥΑντικλής,   έους,   ό,    Anticles,    an 
Athenian  commander,  Thuc.  1,  117. 
— Others  in  Plut.,  etc. 
ΥΑντίκλος,  ου,  b,  Antichis,  a  Greek, 
Od,  4,  280. 

Άντικλίνω,  (ΰντί,  κ?ύνω)  to  incline 
in  turn,  lean  on  one  another. 

Άντικνημίζω,  (ΰντί,  κνημίζω)  to 
strike  on  the  shin,  Sext.  Emp.  ;  not 
ΰντίκνημιάζω.  Lob.  Phryn.  95  :  from 

Άντικνήμιον,  ου,  τό,  {ΰντί,  κνήμη) 
the  shin,  teg,  Ar.  Ach.  219,  of.  Arist. 
H.  A.  1,  15,  5. 

Άντικο?Λίζω,  -άσω,  (ΰντί,  κολάζω) 
to  punish  in  turn  or  for  a  thing,  Luc. 

Άντικο/.ΰκεύω,  (ΰντί,  κολακεύω) 
to  flatter  in  turn,  Plut. 

'Άντικομίζομαι,  fut.  -ίσοααι  Att. 
-ΐονμαι,  (ΰντί,  κομίζω)  to  receive  in  re- 
turn, carry  off  again,  Plut. 

Άντικομκΰζω,  -άσω,  {ΰντί,  κομπά- 
ζω)  to  boast  in  turn,  Plut.  Ant.  02. 

Άντικοντέω,  -κοντόω,  or  -κον- 
ταίνω, (ΰντί,  κοντός)  to  support  with 
a  pole  or  rod,  Hipp.     Hence 

Άντικύντίοοις,  εως,  ή,  a  supporting 
with  a  pole  or  rod,  Hipp. 

Άντικοττή:  ης,  ή,  a  beating  back, 
Plut. — 2.  a  heating  or  dashing  against 
one  another,  Philo  :  from 

ΆντικόηΤω,  -φω,  (ΰντί,  κόπτω)  to 
beat  against  or  back. — II.  intr.  to  resist, 
oppose,  like  ΰντικρονω,  Xen.  Hell.  2, 
3,31. 

Άντικορνσσομαι,  (ΰντί,  κορύσσω) 
as  mid.,  to  take  arms  against,  Anth. 

Άντίκοσμέω,  (ΰντί,  κοσμέω)  to  ar- 
range or  adorn  in  turn,  Arist. 

Άντίκοφις,  εως,  ή.  (ΰντικότζτω) 
resistance,  opposition,  Theophr. 


ΑΝΤΙ 

ΥΑντίκραγος,   ov,  ή,  Anticragus,  a 
mountain  in  Lycia,  Strab. 

'Αντικράζω,  f.  -κεκράξομαι,  (ΰντί, 
κράζω)  to  shout  in  return,  Joseph. 

Άντικρίνω,  fut.  -Ινώ,  {ΰντί,  κρίνω'' 
to  adjudge  in  turn,  to  compare  in  turn 
Mid.  to  contend  against,  LXX.  [ϊνωΐ 
Hence 

Άντίκρΐσις,  εως,  ή,  =  ΰττόκρισις, 
Anaxil.  Incert.  11. 

Άντίκρουσις,  εως,  ή,  α  striking 
against,  pushing  back,  stopping,  Arist. 
Rhet. :  from 

'Αντικρούω,  f.  -ούσω,  (ΰντί,  κρούω) 
to  strike  or  push  back,  stop,  check.  Plat. 
Legg.  857  B. — II.  intr.  to  set  one's 
selj  against,  resist,  cf.  ΰντικόπτω. — 2. 
to  clash  with,  to  run  counter  to  one's  ex- 
pectations, αντοΐς,  Thuc.  6,  46  :  to  turn 
out  unfortunately,  Dem.  294,  20 

'Αντικρύ  and  ΰντικρύς,  or  better 
ΰντικρνς.  The  old  Gramm.  distin- 
guish the  two  forms  by  their  signfs., 
making  ΰντικρύ  and  κατάντικρυ— 'εξ 
εναντίας,  ΰντικρύς^φανερως,  διαρ- 
ρήδην, ν.  ap.  Herm.  Orph.  p.  745 : 
and  the  usage  of  the  best  authors 
agrees  with  this  account :  cf.  Buttm. 
Ausf.Gr.  ^  117,  1. 

I.  ΰντικρύ,  over  against,  like  ΰν• 
την,  right  opposite,  ΰντικρύ  μύχεσθαι, 
II.  5.  130.  ά.  μεμαώς,  II.  13,  137:  to 
the  face,  II.  7,  362:  sometimes  also  c. 
gen,,  as  "Εκτορος  ΰντικρύ,  II.  8, 301 : 
so  also  very  freq.  in  Plat.,  v.  Ruhnk. 
Tim.  ;  though  the  Att.  generally  pre- 
fer καταντικρύ  in  this  signf. :  later, 
as  in  Pausan.,  Plut.,  Arr.,  and  App., 
we  find  ΰντικρύς  and  καταντικρύ^ 
also  in  this  signf..  Lob.  Phryn.  444. 
— 2.  in  Horn,  also  =  ca'ri/ipiif,  straight, 
right  on,  usu.  joined  with  a  prep.,  ΰν- 
τικρύ δι'  ωαου,  right  through  the 
shoulder,  II.'  4,  481,  cf.  Od.  22,  16; 
ΰντικρύ  κατά  με^σον,  right  in  the 
middle,  II.  16,  285:  hence  also — 3. 
outright,  thoroughly,  quite,  entirely,  ΰν- 
τικρύ ΰτταράσσειν,  11.  16,  116;  17,49, 
Od.  10,  162,  where  Att.  usage  would 
require  ΰντικρυς :  ΰντικρύ  μακάρεσ- 
σιν  εϊκτο,=  αντα  and  αντην,  quite, 
exactly  like,  Αρ.  Rh.  4,  1612. 

II.  ΰντικρνς,  straight,  right,  έτϊ'  ευ- 
θείας, never  in  Hom.,  oft.  in  Att. 
ΰντικρνς  ίων  παρεκαϋέζετο  εκ  δεξιάς, 
he  came  straight  up,  and...,  Plat. 
Euthyd.  273  B,  cf.  Ar.  Lys.  1069, 
Thuc.  2,  4 :  hence  —  2.  outright, 
thoroughly,  quite,  without  reserve,  open- 
ly, plainly,  without  disguise,  αΐνείν 
ΰντ.,  Aesch.  Cho,  192,  εύχεσϋαι.  Ar. 
Plut.  134,  etc. :  ΰντικρνς  δον?.εία, 
downright  slavery,  Thuc.  1,  122,  cf.  8, 
64. — 3.  sometimes  of  time,  straight- 
way, forthwith,  Plat.  Ax.  367  A :  so 
too  εις  TO  ΰντικρυς,  Plat.  Symp.  223 
B.  [t  Ερ.,ί  Att. :  inHom.  ϋ  in  arsis, 
ϋ  in  thesis,  but  the  latter  rare,  as  11.  5, 
130 ;  in  Att.  i.] 

Άντικρύς  or  ίντικρυς,  v.  ΰντικρύ. 

Άντικτύομαι,  f.  -κτήσομαι,  (ΰντί, 
κτάομαι)  to  gain  in  return,  or  instead. 
Hence 

Άντίκτησις,  εως,  ή,  acquisition  of 
one  thing /or  another,  .Plut. 

Άντίκτόνος,  ov.  {αντί,  κτείνω)  kill- 
ing in  return,  Aesch.  Eum.  464. 

Άντίκτϋττέω,  (ΰντί,  κτυκέω)  to 
sound,  nng,  clash  against,  Anth. 
Hence 

'Αντίκτυπος,  ov,  resmmding,  re- 
echoing, Nonn. 

Άντικϋδαίνω,  (ΰντί,  κνδαίνω)  to 
praise  in  turn,  Themist. 

Άντικνμαίνομαι,   (ΰντί,   κυμαίνω) 
as  pass.,  to  boil  with  conflicting  waves, 
Plut. 
t  Αντίκυρα,   ας,   ή,  Anticyra,  Ion 
145 


ΑΝΤΙ 

Άντικνρη,  Hdt.  7, 198,  v.  Άντικφβα  : 
hence  adj.  Άντοκνρενς,ύ,  of  Anticyra, 
Hdt.  7,  214. 

'kvTiKvpu.  f.  -κύρσω,  {αντί,  κνρω) 
to  hit  upon  so7nelhin<;,  meet,  τινί,  Pind. 
O.  12,  16.  Soph.  O.  C.  99,  etc. :  poet, 
word.    [£'] 

Άντίκω?.ύω,  (αντί,  κωλύω)  to  hin- 
der in  return,  Hipp.     [0] 

Άντικωμωδίω,  {αντί,  κωμωόέω)  to 
write  a  co/iiedy  against  another ;  in 
genl.  to  libid  or  ridicule  in  turn,  Plut. 

'Κνηλάί-ίεΰς,  έως,  o,=  sq. 

Άντιλΰ,βή,  ης,  ή,  {άντι?.αμ3άνω) 
α  handle,  Lat.  ansa :  άντιλαβτ/ν  εχειν, 
to  get  a  hold,  Thuc.  7,  65 :  nietaph., 
like  ?.aj3-/j,  a  handle,  point  of  attack, 
Plat.  Phaed.  84  C. 

Ι'Αιτιλα/ίώι^  2  aor.  part.  act.  of 
άντιλαμβάνω. 

Άντιλαγχύρω.  fut.  -λήξομαι,  {αντί, 
λαγχύνω)  to  draw  lots  for,  obtain  in 
turn :  as  law  term,  άντ.  δίαιταν,  to 
get  a  decree  against  the  sentence,  get 
it  set  aside,  Dein.  542,  12  ;  also  hvT. 
την  μη  ούσαν  or  έρημον,  sub.  δίαιταν 
or  οίκην,  to  get  the  judgment  set 
aside  as  false  or  groundless.  Id.  543, 
14;  889,  23,  v.  Herm.  Pol.  Ant. 
^  145,  1. 

Άντιλύζομαι  and  ΰντιλάζνμαι, 
poet,  for  αντιλαμβάνομαι,  to  take 
hold  of,  hold  by,  c.  gen.,  Eur.  I.  A. 
1227 :  to  take  a  share  of,  partake  in, 
ττόνων,  Id.  Ur.  452,  etc. :  cf.  λάζομαι. 

Άντιλακτίζω,  -ίσω,  {αντί,  λακτίζω) 
to  kick  against,  Ar.  Pac.  613. 

Άντιλαμι3ύνω,  f.  -λή-φομαι,  {αντί, 
λαμβάνω)  to  receive  instead  of,  τι  τί- 
νος, Eur.  Η.  F.  646  :  to  receive  in  turn, 
Theog.  •108,  Eur.,  etc.— II.  but  uwi. 
in  mid.,  always  c.  gen.,  like  αντ- 
έχεσθαι.  Ιο  lay  hold  of,  take  hold  of, 
Plat.,  etc. :  hence  in  various  rela- 
tions,— 1.  to  cling  to,  take  part  with, 
defend,  assist,  της  ελευθερίας,  της 
σωτηρίας,  Thuc. :  but  also  άντ.  περί 
της  σωτηρίας,  Thuc.  7,  70. — 2.  to  lay 
claim  to,  τον  θρόνου.  Ar.  Ran.  777. — 
3.  to  take  part  or  share  in  a  thing,  take 
it  in  hand,  Lat.  capcssere,  Thuc.  2,  8, 
Plat.,  etc. — 4.  to  take  hold  of  for  the 
purpose  of  finding  fault.  Plat.  Gorg. 
506  A,  etc. ;  also  to  object  άντίλ.  ώς 
αδύνατον...,  Id.  Soph.  251  β. — 5.  to 
take  hold  of  so  as  to  captivate,  charm, 
of  a  speech,  Id.  Phaed.  88  D,  Parm. 
130  E. — 6.  of  plants,  to  take  hold,  take 
root,  like  Lat.  comprehendere,  The- 
ophr. — 7.  to  grasp  icith  the  mind,  per- 
ceive, apprehend.  Plat.  Ax.  370  A. — HI. 
to  hold  against,  hold  back,  check,  e.  g. 
'ίππου,  Xen. 

Άντιλάμπω,  f.  ipu,  {αντί,  λάμπω) 
to  light  up  in  turn,  Aesch.  Ag.  294. — 
II.  intr.  to  reflect  light,  shine,  Xen. 
Cyn.  5,  18.— 2.  to  dazzle,  τινί,  Plut. 
Hence 

'Ρί.ντίλαμ•φις,  εως,  ί/,  resplendency. 
ΥΚντίλας,  a,  ό,  Antilas,  father  of 
the  poet  Dumostratus,  Anth. 

Αντιλέγω,  f.  -λέξω,  {αντί,  λέγω) 
for  which  also  we  have  ΰντερώ,  to 
speak  against,  gainsay,  άντ.  ως  ova 
έστι,  to  deny  that  it  is  so,  Hdt.  8,  77  : 
also  άντ.  τινί,  προς  τίνα  or  τι  μή,  c. 
inf ,  Thuc.  3,  41,  Xen.  Cyr.  2,  2,  20 ; 
also  sine  negat.,  άντ.  ως...,  Thuc.  8, 
45,  or  c.  inf. :  to  speak  against  a  per- 
son or  thing.  Plat.,  etc.:  c.  ace.  rei, 
iff'  άντ..  Soph.  O.  T.  409:  άντ.  τινί 
τι,  to  allege  something  against..., 
Thuc.  5,  30:  freq.  also  absol.,  Hdt. 
9,  42,  Eur.,  etc.    Hence 

Άντιλεκτέον.  verb,  adj.,  one  must 
gainsay,  Eur.  Herac.  975  :  and 

Άντίλεκτος,  ov,  questionable,  to  be 
disputed,  Thuc.  4,  92. 
146 


ΑΝΤΙ 

Άντίλεξις,  εως,  η,  {αντιλέγω)  con- 
tradiction.— 11.  conversation. 

Άντιλέων,  οντος,  ό,  lion-like,  Ar. 
Eq.  1044.  formed  like  άντίθεος. 

ν\ΐ'τί?,εων,  οντος,  ό,  Aniileon,  son 
of  Hercules  and  Procris.  Apollod.  2, 
7.  8.  Others  in  Xen.  An.  5,  1,  2, 
Plut..  etc. 

Άντίληξις,  εως,  η,  {άντιλαγχάνω) 
a  couyiter-charge. 

Άντιληπτέον,  verb.  adj.  of  άντι- 
/.αμβάνω,  one  must  take  the  part  of, 
assist,  Ar.  Pac.  485. — II.  07ie  must  hold 
in,  check.  Xen.  Equestr.  8,  8. 

'Αντιληπτικός,  ή,  όν,  {άντιλαμ- 
βάνω)  grasping,  able  to  grasp,  percep- 
tive. Tun.  Locr. 

νΑ-ντιλήπτωρ,  ορός,  ό,  {άντίλαμ- 
βάνω)  aprotector,  LXX.,  Ps.  3,  3. 

Άντίλη-φις,  εως,  ή,  {άντιλαμβάνω) 
α  receiving  in  turn,  Thuc.  1,  120.^11. 
(from  mid.,)  a  laying  hold  of,  seizure, 
as  by  a  disease.  Id.  2,  49:  also=.aj'- 
τιλαβή,  a  hold,  support.  Xen.  Equestr. 
5,  7,  άντ.  παρέχειν  τινί,  to  give  one 
a  hold,  Plut. :  hence — 1.  a  taking  part 
with,  defending. — 2.  a  claim  to  a  thing, 
Xen.  Hell.  3,  5,  5. — 3.  an  attacking, 
attack,  objection,  Plat.  Phaed.  87  A. 
etc. — 1.  of  plants,  a  taking  root,  The- 
ophr.  —  5.  a  grasping  with  the  mind, 
perception,  Tim.  Locr.  100  B. 

νΑντίλίβανος.  ov,  6,  Antilibanus,  a 
mountain-range  of  Syria,  Strab. 

Άντιλΐτάνενω,  {άντί,  λιτανεύω) 
to  entreat,  beg,  in  return,  Plut. 

Άντιλογέω,  ώ,  -7'/σω,=  άντιλέγω, 
Soph.  Ant.  377. 

Άντίλογία,  ας,  -ή,  {αντιλέγω)  con- 
tradiction, controversy,  disputation,  dis- 
cussion, Lat.  disceptatio,  Hdt.  9,  87, 
88 :  a  plea  or  defence,  Thuc.  2,  87 : 
in  genl.  opposition,  resistance. 

Άντιλογίζομαι,  {άντί,  λογίζομαι) 
dep.  mid.,  to  count  up  or  calculate  on 
the  other  hand,  Xen.  Hell.  6,  5.  24. 

Άντιλογικός,  ή,  όν,  given  to  contra- 
diction, disputatious,  Ar.  Nub.  1173: 
ή  -κή,  with  or  without  τέχνη,  the 
art  of  contradiction,  sophistry.  Plat. — 
IF.  ?.όγοι  άντ., contrary, opposite  words. 
Plat.  Phaed.  90  B.  Adv.  -κώς.  Id. 
Theaet.  164  C. 

Αντίλογος,  ov,  {αντιλέγω)  contra- 
dictory, reverse,  Eur. 

Άντιλοιδορέω,  {άντί,  ?>.οιδορέω)  to 
rail  at,  abuse  in  turn,  Plut. 

^Άΐ'τιλοχίδης,  ου,  ό,•  A?itilochides, 
more  correct  Άντιοχίδης,  q.  v. 

ί'Αντίλοχος^  ου,  ο,  Anlilochus,  son 
of  Nestor.  11.  4,  457. — 2.  an  historian. 
Clem.  Al. 

Άντιλϋπέω,  {άντί,  λυπέω)  to  vex, 
grieve  in  return,  Luc.     Hence 

f'Avτιλύπησις,  εως,  ή,  a  grieving  or 
injuring  in  turn,  Plut.  Moral.  442  B. 

Άντί7Λρος,  ov,  {άντί,  λύρα)  in  har- 
?nony  with  the  lyre,  Soph.  Tr.  643. 

Άντίλντρον,ου,τό,αταηεοηι,  N.T. : 
from 

Άντιλυτρόω,  to  release  for  ransom. 
—  II.  mid.  to  ransom,  redeem  one's  self, 
have  one's  self  ransomed.     Hence 

Άντιλυτρωτέον.  verb,  adj.,  o?ie  must 
ransom  in  turn,  Arist.  Eth.  N. 

Άντιμαίνομαι,  as  pass.,  c.  fut. 
-μάνήσομαι,  not  -μανονμαι,  {άντί, 
μαίνομαι)  to  rage,  bluster  against,  Luc. 

Άντιμανθάνω,  f.  -μαθήσομαι,  {άντί, 
μανθάνω)  to  learn  in  turn  or  instead, 
Ar.  Vesp.  1453. 

Άντιμαρτϋρέω,  {άντί,  μαρτνρέω) 
to  appear  as  witness  against,  Ar.  Fr. 
382  ;  solemnly  to  contradict  a  person 
or  thing,  τινός,  τινί,  and.  προς  τι, 
Plut.     Hence 

' Αντιμαρτύρησις,  εως,  ή,  counter- 
testimony,  Sext.  Emp.    [ϋ] 


ΑΝΤΙ 

Άντιμαρτύρομαι,  =  άντιμαρτυρέυ, 
Luc.  [ν] 

V Αντίμαχη,  ης,  ή,  .4 nii'macAe, daugh- 
ter of  Amphidamas,  Apollod.  3,  9,  2, 

Άντιμάχησις,  εως,  ή,  battle  against, 
opposition,  Dion.  H.  [ΰ]  and 

Άντιμΰχητής,  ov,  b,  an  antagonist. 
Or.  Sib. :  Irom 

'Αντιμάχομαι,  f.  -μΰχήσομαι,{άντί, 
μάχομαι)  to  fight  against,  Thuc.  4,  08. 
[ά]   Hence 

'Αντίμαχος,  ov,  fighting  against  the 
enemy,  Atri. 

Υ  Αντίμαχος,  ov,  6,  Antimachus,  son 
of  Hercules,  Apollod.  2,  7,  8.-2.  a 
Trojan,  11.  11,  122.— 3.  a  poet  of  Co- 
lophon, Paus.  8,  25, 4.  Others  in  Ar. 
Plut.,  etc. 

Άντιμεθέλκω,  -ξω,  {άντί,  μεθέλκω) 
to  drag  to  the  opposite  side,  pull  away, 
Anth. 

Άντιμεθίστημι,  fut.  -στήσω,  {άντί, 
μεθίσττ/μΐ)  to  remove  from  one  side  to 
the  other :  to  revolutionise,  ψηφίσματα 
καΙ  νόμον,  Ar.  Thesm.  362.  Mid.,  c. 
aor.  2  and  perf.  act.,  to  put  one's  self 
in  the  place  of  another,  pass  to  the  other 
side,  give  way, 

Άντιμείβΰκιενομαι,  {άντί,  μειρα- 
κιενομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  behave  like  a 
boy  to  a  person,  προς  τίνα,  Plut. 
Syli.  6. 

Άντιμελίζω,  {άντί.  μελίζω)  to  com- 
pete with  one  in  singing  or  playing, 
τινί,  Jac.  Del.  Epigr.  4,  90,  2. 

Άντιμέλλω,  1.  -μελλήσω,  {άντί, 
μέλλω)  to  wait  and  watch  against  one, 
Thuc.  3,  12. 

Άντιμέμφομαι,  --φομαι,  {άντί,  μέμ- 
φομαι) dep.  inui..  Ιο  blame  in  turn,  re- 
tort -upon,  Hdt.  2,  133. 

νΑντιμενίδας,  a  and  ov,  6,  Anti- 
7nenidas,  masc.  pr.  n.,  Thuc.  5,  42. 

^Άντιμενίδης,   ov,    o,   Antimenides, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Arist. 
νΑντιμένης,  ους,  6,  Antimenes,  son 
of  Deiphon.  Paus.  2,  28,  6. 

Άντιμεριζομαι,  {άντί.  μερίζομαι) 
dep.  mid.,  to  impart  in  turn,  χάριν, 
Anth. 

Άντιμεσονρανέω,  {άντί,  μεσονρα- 
νέω)  to  be  opposite  in  the  meridian,  to 
culminate,  Plut.    Hence 

Άντιμεσονράνημα,  ατος,  τό,  a  being 
in  the  meridian,  Sext.  Emp. 

Άντιμεταβάλλω,  ί.  -βά?.ύ,  {άντί, 
μεταβάλλω)  to  overturn,  change  in 
turn,  Hipp.     Hence 

Άντιμεταβολή,  ης,  ή,  transforma- 
tion, revolution. 

Άντιμεταλαμβάνω,  f.  -λήφομαι, 
{άντί,  μεταλαμβάνω)  to  partake  or 
share  in  turn,  τί,  Plut.  Pass,  to  bt 
transformed,  A.  B.  540,  21.     Hence 

' Αντιμετάλη-φις,  εως,  ή,  a  partak- 
ing mutually. — 11.  άντ.  των  βίων,  ex- 
perience of  divers  kinds  of  life,  Plut.  : 
m  genl.  a  taking  the  opposite. — III.  re- 
tribution. 

'  Αντιμεταλλενω,  {άντί,  μεταλ- 
λεύω) to  coujitermine,  Polyb. 

' ΑντιμεταΙφέω,  fut.  -1)ενσομαί,  {άν- 
τί, μετα()1)έω)  to  flow  off  in  turn  or 
back,  Plut. 

Άντιμετασπάω,  f.  -σπάσω,=ιάντί- 
μεθέλκώ,  Joseph,    [ασω] 

' Αντιμετάστΰσις,  εως,  ή,  {άντιμεθ- 
ίστημι) transpositij)n,  inversio7i,  change. 
— II.  (from  pass.)  a  passing  over  to  the 
other  side. 

Άντιμετάταξις,  εως,  ή,  an  inter- 
change of  position,  e.  g.  ill  the  order  oi 
battle,  Dion.  H. :  from 

Άντψετατάσσω,ί.  -ξω,{άντί.  μετα- 
τάσσω)) to  change  one's  position  in  turn, 
esp.  the  order  of  battle,  just  as  the 
enemy  does. 

Άντιμεταχωρέω,  ώ,  {αντί,μετοχω- 


ΑΝΤΙ 

€w)  ft»  go  away  to  the  other  sides  uvTi- 
Ιίεταχ-  ταϊς  ελττίσι,  to  make  room  for 
neiv  hope,  Joseph. 

Άντιμέτειμί,  {αντί,  μέτειμι)  to  com- 
pete with  one  for  a  thing,  Plut. 

'Ανημετέρχομαί,=^ίΌΐβ§. 

Άντιμετρέω,  ώ,  {αντί,  μετρέο)  to 
measure  out  in  turn,  recompense,  N.  T. 
Hence 

Άντιμέτρησις,  εως,  ή,  a  measuring 
out  in  turn,  recompense, 

'Αντιμέτωπος,  ov,  {αντί,  μέτωπον) 
facing,  front  to  front,  like  άντίττρόςυ• 
πος,  Heliod. 

Άντιμηνίο),  {αντί.  μηνίω)  to  rage, 
be  wrathful  against,    [yi] 

' Κντιμηχανάομαι,  {αντί,  μηχανά- 
Όμαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  contrive  against  an- 
other, -<',  Hdt.  8,  52,  Thuc.  7,  53: 
absol.  to  counteract,  Eur.  Bacch.  291. 

' λντιμηχάνιιμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  counter- 
plot, Joseph,    [a] 

Άντιμίμησις,  εως,  ή,  {ΰντί,  μί- 
αησις)  close  imitation,  aping,  c.  dupl. 
gen.,  Thuc.  7,  67.   [μΐ] 

Άντίμϊμος,  ov,  χάντί,  μιμέομαι) 
closely  imitating,  aping,  τινός,  Arist. 
Rhet.  —  2.  modelled  after,  counterpart, 
Tivi,  Ar.  Thesm.  17. 

ΆντιμΙσέω.  {αντί,  μισέω)  to  hate  in 
return,  Ar.  Lys.  818. 

'Αντιμισθία,  ας,  ή,  a  reward,  re- 
quital, N.  T. 

Άντίμισθος,  ov,  {αντί,  μισθός)  for 
a  reward,  serving  instead  of  it,  Aesch. 
Supp.  270. 

'Αντψνηστεύο),  {αντί,  μνηστενω) 
to  rival  in  love,  Diod. 

i^Avτίμvr}στoς,  ου,  6.  Antimrustus, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Thuc.  3,  105 

Άντιμοιρέω,  {αντί,  μοΐρα)  to  share 
in  turn,  receive  a  proportionate  share. 
Hence 

Άντιμοΐρία,  ας,  ή,  a  share  given  in 
return,  com.pensation,  Dem.  946,  28. 
Bekk. 

νΑντίμοιρος,  ov,  f),  Anfunoerus,  a 
pupil  ot  Protagoras,  Plat.  Prot.  315  A. 

Άντιμο7.εΙν,  {αντί,  μο'λείν)  to  go  to 
meet. 

Άντιμο/ΛΟ,  ας,  ή,  v.  sub  αντιμω- 
λία. 

Άντίμολπος,  ov,  {αντί.  μολττή) 
sounding  against  or  opposite  to,  hence 
of  far  other  sotind  than,  avT.  ό?.ολνγής 
κωκυτός.  Eur.  Med.  1176:  but  άντί- 
μοΑττον  ΰκος  ντννου  song,  sleep's  sub- 
stitute, Aesch.  Ag.  17. 

Άντίμορφος,  ov,  {αντί,  μopφή)form- 
ing  after,  copying.  —  II.  pass,  copied 
after,  like  Ισόμορφος,  Plut. 

Άντιμϋκύομαι,  {αντί.  μνκάομαι) 
to  bellow  against,  Dion.  H. 

Άντιμνκτηρίζω,  {αντί,  μνκτηρίζω) 
to  mock  in  turn. 

'Αντιμωλία  δίκη.  ή,  a  latv-suit,  where 
both  parties  appear  personally,  also  ui'- 
τιμολία,  as  if  from  άντιμολεΐν,  cf. 
έτερομόλιος. 

'Αντιναυττηγέω,  {αντί,  νανπηγέω) 
to  build  ships  against,  fit  out  a  navy 
against,  Thuc.  7,  36.     • 

Άντινήχομαι.  f.  -νήξομαι,  {αντί, 
νήχομαι)  dep.  niid.,  to  swim  against, 
Plut! 

ΆντινΙκάω,  {αντί,  νικάω)  to  conquer 
in  turn,  Aesch.  Cho.  499. 

Άντινοέω,  {αντί,  νοέω)  to  be  of  a 
different  opinion. 
νΧντινόεια.  ας.  ή,  Antinoea,  a  city 
of  Aegypt^'AvrivooD  ττόλις. 
i'Avτivόη,  ης,  ή,  Antinoe,  tern.  pr.  n., 
Pans. 

Αντινομία,  ας,  ή,  {αντί,  νόμος)  an 
ambiguity  in  the  law,  Plut.     Hence 

Άντινομικός,  ή,  όν,  relating  to  an 
ambiguity  in  the  laws  :  to  avr.=:foreg., 
Plut. 


ANTl 

Άντινομοθετέω.ΐ. -ησω,{άντί,  νομό- 
θετέω)  to  ynake  laws  against,  τινί, 
Plut. 

Άντίνοος,  ov,  of  different  mind  0Γ 
character,  Hipp.  :  in  Hom.  only  as 
prop.  n.  :  v.  sq. 
ΥΑντίνοος,  contr.  Άντίνονς,  ov,  6, 
Antiiwus,  one  of  the  suitors  of  Pene- 
lope, freq.  in  Od. — 2.  a  handsome 
Bithynian  youth,  a  favourite  of 
Adrian.  Paus.  8,  9,  7. 

Άντινονθετέω,  -ήσω,  {αντί,  νον- 
θετέω)  to  warn  in  return,  Plut. 

Άντίνωτος,  ov,  {αντί,  νώτον)  back 
to  back,  Diod. 

Άντιξοέω,  to  set  one's  self  against, 
oppose  to,  Pind.  O.  13,  47  :  from 

'Αντίξοος,  ov.  Ion.  άντίξονς,  ovv, 
{αντί,  ξέω)  strictly  scraped  against ; 
but  USU,  turned  against,  opposed  to, 
hostile,  τινί.  Hdt.  7,  218,  etc. :  to  αν- 
τίξοου, opposition,  Hdt.  1,  174:  the 
strict  Ion.  form  is  αντιξος,  ov,  though 
Hdt.  does  not  use  it. 

Άντιξνω,  {ίιντί,  ξύω)  to  scrape  in 
turn,  Anstid.     [i] 

ΥΑντιόλοχος,    ov,    6,    Antiolochus, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Diog.  L. 
i'AvTiov.  ov,  TO,  Antium,  a  city  of  the 
Volsci  in  Latuim,  Strab. 

Άντίον.  as  adv.,  =ύ.ντην.  against, 
Horn.,  and  Hdt.  :  v.  sub  άντίος. 

Άντίον.  ου,  τό,  a  part  of  the  loom, 
Ar.  Thesm.  822;  called  by  Poll. 
ίστοΰ  άντίον. 

Άντιόομαι,  dep.  c.  fut.  mid.  -ώσο- 
μαι :  aor.  pass,  ηντιώθην  =  άντιάω, 
to  meet,  esp.  in  battle,  to  resist,  op- 
pose, τινί,  freq.  in  Hdt. ;  also  άντ. 
Tivl  ές  μάχην,  Hdt.  7,  9  ;  τινά.  ές 
τόποι',  only  9,  7,  2,  ubi  v.  Schweigh. : 
absol.  οι  άντιούμενοι=:οί  ενάντιοι, 
Hdt.  1,  207.  The  Hom.  forms  άν- 
τιάω. etc.,  belong  to  άντιάω,  q.  v. 
^Αντιόπη,  ης,  ή,  Antiope.  mother  of 
Amphion  and  Zethus,  Od.  11,  260. 
— 2.  daughter  of  Thespius,  ApoUod. 
2,  7,  8. — 3.  an  Amazon,  wife  of  The- 
seus, Eur. 

Άντίος,  ία,  ίον,  {αντί)  set  against, 
and  so, — I.  local,  over  asainst,  oppo- 
site:  in  Hom.  of  any  meeting,  etc., 
hostile  or  friendly :  άντίος  ηλθεν, 
άντίος  εστη,  etc. :  c.  gen.,  before  one, 
in  one's  presence,  Lat.  coram,  e.  g. 
'Αγαμέμνονος.  'Έκτορος  άντίος;  also 
before  the  gen.,  άντίος  ηλνθ'  ύν- 
ακτος,  Od.  16.  14;  much  more  rarely 
c.  dat.,  as  II.  7,  20,  Hdt.  5,  18,  Pind. 
N.  10,  149.  —  II.  opposite,  contrary, 
τούτοις  άντία  γνώμη,  an  opinion  op- 
posed to  th(='se,  Herm.  Eur.  Suppl.  p. 
XIV.:  ol  άντίοι,^ηί  ενάντιοι,  Hdi. 
9,  62 :  εκ  της  άντίης,  the  contrary 
way,  Hdt.  8,  6:  Xen.  has  the  unusu. 
construct.  ?jr,oL  άντίοι  η  ους  ηκηυον, 
very  different  from  those  I  have  lieard, 
An.  6,  6,  34. — III.  as  adv.  Hom.  and 
Hdt.  esp.  use  neut.  άντία  and  άντίον, 
like  άντην  and  ίντα,  against,  straight 
at,  right  against :  against  one's  will,  c. 
gen. :  in  άντίον  ανύάν  τινά.  the  ace. 
is  governed  by  the  verb ;  and  we 
find  σέΟεν  άντ.  ε'ιπεΐν,  II.  1,  230,  also 
άντίον  αυτών  φωνήν  ίέναι,  Hdt.  2,  2. 

Άντιοστΰτέω,  poet,  for  ανθίστα- 
μαι, to  stand  against,  oppose,  as  con- 
trary winds.  Soph.  Phil.  610. 

ΥΑντιόχεια,  ας,  ή,  Antiachia,  the 
chief  city  of  Syria,  on  the  Orontes, 
Strab. — 2.  in  Caria  on  the  Maeander, 
Strab. — 3.  in  Phrygia  on  the  borders 
of  Pisidia.  Strab.  Others  mentioned 
in  Strab.,  etc. :  hence  adj.  Άντιο- 
χικός.  ή,  όν,  Strab. 

Άντιοχεύω,  {αντί,  δχεύω)  to  drive 
toward  or  against.  Pass,  to  be  so  car- 
ried, Anth. 


ΑΝΤΙ 

ν^ντιόχης,  ov,  ό,  Antioches,  son  ot 
Melas,  ApoUod.  1,  8,  8. 
νΑντιοχίς,    ίόος,    η,   Antiochis,   an 
Attic  tribe.   Plat.,  etc. — 2.  the  terri- 
tory of  Antiochia  in  Syria,  Strab. 

\Άντίοχος,  ov,  h,  Antiochus.  the 
name  ol  many  kings  of  Svria,  in 
Slrab.     Others  in  Hdt.  9,  33,'etc. 

Άντώω.  V.  sub  άντιάω,  άντιόομαι. 

Αντιπάθεια,  ας.  ή,  an  opposite  feel- 
ing, antipathy,  Plut.  :  counteraction. — 
Π.  a  suffering  for  something  done,  e.  g. 
κακών,  Plat.  Ax.  370  A.    [a]  :    from 

Άντιπαθέω,  to  be  αντιπαθής,  have 
an  aversion,  Polyb. 

Αντιπαθής,  ές,  {αντί,  πάθος)  in  re- 
turn for  suffering,  Aesch.  Eum.  782. 
— II.  of  opposite  feelings  or  properties, 
Plut.  ;  TO  άντ.^άντιπύθεια. 

Άντιπαίζω,  {αντί,  παίζω)  to  play 
one  with  another,  Xen.  Cyn.  3,  4. 

Άντίπαις,  παιδος,  6,  ή,  (αντί, 
παις)  like  a  child,  no  better  than  a  child, 
Aesch.  Eum.  38 :  formed  like  άντί- 
θεος. — II.  a  big  boy,  like  βούπαις  and 
πρόςηβος.  Soph.  Fr.  148. 

Άντιπαίω,  {αντί,  παίω)  to  strike  in 
return,  strike  again. — II.  =άντιπίπτω, 
Arist.  Probl. 

Άντιπΰλαιστής,  ov,  b,  one  who 
wrestles  against,  an  antagonist,  Ael.  : 
from 

Άντιπαλαίω,  {αντί,  παλαίω)  to 
wrestle  against. 

Άντιπάλαμάομαι.  {αντί,  παλαμάο• 
μαι^άντιμηχανάομαι. 

Άντίπα'/.λομαι,  {αντί,  πάλλω)  as 
pass.,  to  rebound. 

'Αντίπαλος,  ov,  {αντί,  πάλη)  strict- 
ly tvrestling  against,  hence  set  against, 
antagonist,  opposite,  rival,  άντ.  τινί  or 
τινός,  rivalling  another,  Eur.  Ale. 
922.  Bacch.  544  :  ό  αντίπαλος,  a  ri- 
val, adversary.  Hdt.  7,  236,  etc. :  το 
άντίπαλον,  the  rival  party,  Thuc.  2, 
45,  etc. -^2.  matched  against  each  other, 
and  so  like  Ισόπαλος,  nearly  matched, 
nearly  balanced,  τινί,  a  rnatch  for  him, 
Id.  1.  11  ;  TO  άντίπαλον  της  ναυμαχί- 
ας, the  equal  balance,  undecided  state 
of  the  action.  Id.  7,  71,  cf  38  :  αντί- 
παλα καταστήσαι,  to  bring  to  a  state 
of  balance,  Id.  4,  117  :  εις  άντ.  κατα- 
στήναι,  to  be  in  a  state  of  balance,  Id. 
7.  13  :  άντ.  ποινή,  adequate  punish- 
ment. Eur.  I.  T.  446  :  ήθεα  άντίπαλΜ, 
corresponding  to  {τη  πόλ.ει),  Thuc.  2, 
61. — II.  fighting  against  SO  as  to  de- 
fend, and  so  a  champion.  Aesch. 
Theb.  417.  Adv.  -λως,  Thuc.  8, 
87. 

'Αντιπαραβάλλω,  fut.  -βαλώ,  {αντί, 
παραβά?^λω)  to  hold  side  by  side,  com- 
pare closely,  τι  προς  τι  or  παρά  τι. 
Plat.  Apol.  41  Β,  Hipp.  Min.  369  C. 

'Αντιπαραβολή .  ής,  ή,  a  close  com- 
parison, Arist.  Rhet. 

' Αντιπαραγγελύα,  ας.  ή,  a  counter- 
order. — II.  competition  for  a  public  of- 
fice, Plut. :  from 

Άντιπαραγγέλλ.ω.  f.  -ελώ,  (αντί, 
παραγγέλλω)  to  countermand,  to  order 
m  turn  or  also,  Xen.  Hell.  4,  2,  1 9. — 
II.  to  stand  against  another  for  a  public 
office,  compete,  Plut. :  in  genl.  opp.  to 
παραγγέλλω. 

'  Αντ  ιπαραγ  ραφή,  ής,  ή,  {αντί, 
παραγραφή)  α  counter-παραγραφή,  α 
replication. 

Άντιπαραγράφω.  (αντί,  παραγρά- 
φω) to  rejily  to  a  παραγραφή,  [ά] 

Άντιπαράγω,  {αντί,  παράγω)  to 
lead  on  or  in  turn  against. — II.  intr., 
sub.  στρατόν,  to  advance  against,  Xen. 
Hence 

Άντιπαράγωγή,ής.ή,  a  leading  out 
or  advancing  against,  Plut. 

ΥΑντιπαραδίδωμι,   ί.  -όώσω,  {άντί, 
147 


ΑΝΤΙ 

'Καραδίδωμί)  to  give  up  or  deliver  over 
in  turn,  Joseph. 

'Χντι—αμάΟίσις.  εας,ή-  {άντιπαρα- 
τίθημι)  η  placing  one  against  the  other, 
comparison,  Dion.  H. 

'Ανητναραϋέω,  f.  -Οενσομαι,  (αντί, 
παραβέω)  to  run  against  and  get 
Tuwul:  hence  to  outflank,  Xen.  An.  4, 
8,  17. 

Άντιπαραινέω.  ώ,  fut.  -έσω,  (αντί, 
τταραινέω)  to  advise  in  turn,  Dio  C. 

'Αΐ'Τίπαρακα?.έω,  ώ.  fut.  -έσω,  {ΰν- 
τί,  τταρακα'/Λω)  to  invite,  siwunoji  in 
turn  or  contrariwise,  Thuc.  G,  8G. 

■\'\ντΐ7ϊαρύκειμαι,  (αντί,  ηαρακεί- 
μαΟ  to  be  situated  opposite,  to  lie  near 
on  the  opposite  side,  Polyb.  3,  37,  7. 

Άντι:7αρακε/ιενομαι,  {ΰντί.  τταρα- 
Λ'ελεύω)  as  dep.,  to  exhort  in  turn  or 
contrariwise,  c.  inf.,  Thuc.  6,  13,  and 
Xen. 

Άντιπαραλαμβύνω,  fut.  -λήψομαι, 
(αντί,  παρα?Μμβάνο))  to  take  and  put 
just  opposite,  compare  closely,  τι  ττρός 
τι,  Isocr.  Ill  Β. 

Άντηταραλϋπέω,  {αντί,  napaJ-v- 
ττέυ)  to  annoy  in  turn,  Thuc.  4,  80. 

Άντιτταραπλέο,  fut.  -τ:7.ενσομαι, 
{.αντί.  παραπλέω)  to  sail  along  wi  the 
other  .side,  Thuc.  2,  83. 

Άΐ'τιπαραπορενομαι,  as  pass.,= 
υ,ντιττάρειμι,  Polyb. 

^  Αντιπαρασκενάζημαι,ίαί.  -ύσομαι, 
{αντί.  παρασκευάζω)  as  dep.,  to  pre- 
pare one\  self  in  turn,  arm  on  both 
sicZes,  Thuc.  1.80,  etc. 

Άντιπαρασκενή,  ης,  ή,  {αντί,  πα- 
ρασκευή) mutual  preparation,  Thuc.  1, 
141. 

Άντιπαραστρατοπεόεύω,  (αντί, 
Ίταραστρατοπεύενω)  to  encamp  oppo- 
site. Dion.  Η. 

Άντί-αράταξις,  εως,ή,  (αντιπαρα- 
τάσσω) α  drawing  up  against,  esp.  of 
an  army  :  resistance,  Joseph. :  victory, 
Dion.  ti. 

Άντιπαρύτΰσις,  εως,  ή.{άντιπαρα- 
τείνω)  a  stretching  out  against  :  opposi- 
tion ;  comparison. 

'Αντιπαρατάσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  fut. 
-ξω,  {αντί,  παρατάσσω)  to  draw  out 
against,  esp.  in  order  of  battle.  Pass. 
to  stand  in  array  agai^ist,  Thuc.  1,  C3: 
άπο  του  άντιπαραταχθέντος,  in  bat- 
tle array,  Thuc.  5,  9. 

' Αντιπαρατείνω,  f.  -τενώ,  (αντί, 
παρατείνω)  to  stretch  side  by  side  trver 
against :  hence  to  compare  one  with  an- 
other, Ti  προς  τι,  Plat.  Phaedr.  257  C. 
.  Άντιπαρατίθημι,  (ΰντί,  παρατί- 
θτ]μί)  tn  set  out  agaitist,  to  compare  one 
to  another,  τινί  τι.  Plat  Apol.  40  I). 

'Αντιπαρηχωρέω,ώ,(άντί,παραχω- 
ρέω)  to  give  way  in  turn  or  mutually. 

Άντιπάρειμι,  {αντί,  πάρεψι)  to 
march  m^er  against  Or  along  side  of. 
like  armies  on  opposite  banks  of  a 
river,  Xen.  An.  4,  3,  17. 

' Αντιπαρέκτΰσις,  εως,  ή,  =  αντι- 
παράτασις:  from 

Άντιπαρεκτείνω,  (ΰντί,  παρεκτεί- 
νω)=  αντιπαρατείνω.  Diog.  L. 

Άντιπαρεξάγω,  (αντί,  παρεξύγω) 
to  lend  out  against,  oppose  to  :  to  lead  on 
an  army,  ahvays  in  sight  of  the  enemy, 
like  άνηπαράγω,  Philijjp.  ap.  Dem. 
239,  6  :  also  intr.,  to  march  against, 
Plut. — II.  to  compare.  Id. 

Άντιπαρέξειμι,  (αντί,  παρέξειμι) 
to  march  out  against,  Plut. — 11.  to  give 
way  171  turn. 

Άντιπαρεξέρχομαι,  (ΰντί,  παρεξ- 
έρχομαι)={οτ6Ί;..  Dio  C. 

Άντιπαρεξετάζω,-ύσω,  (ΰντί,  παρ- 
εξετάζω)  to  examine  in  turn,  confront 
with,  Dion.  H. 

Άντιπαρέρχομαι,  {ΰντί,  παρέρχο- 
uai)=  άντιπάρειμι. 
148 


ΑΝΤΙ 

Άντιπαρέχω,  {αντί,  παρέχω)  to  fur- 
nish or  supply  in  turn,  Thuc.  6,  21 :  tn 
replace. 

Άντιπαρηγορέω,  (αντί,  παρηγο- 
ρέω)  to  persuade,  comfort  in  turn,  Plut. 

Άντιπαρήκω,  (αντί,  παρήκω)  to 
stretch  along,  Arist.  Mund. 

Άντιπαριππενω,  (ΰντί,  παριπ- 
πενω)  to  ride  or  had  cavalry  along  op- 
posite, Arr. 

Άντιπαρίστημι,  fut.  -στήσω,  (αντί, 
παρίστι/μι)  to  place  opposite. 

' λντιπα[φησιάζομαι,  {ΰντί,  παΙ)βη- 
σιάζυμαΐ)  dep.  mid.,  to  speak  freely  in 
turn.  Plut. 

Άντιπαρωδέω,  (αντί,  παρωδέω)  to 
write  a  parody  in  competition,  Strab. 

'λντιπάσχω,  f.  -πιίσομαι,  {αντί, 
πάσχω)  to  suffer  or  endure  in  turn,  κα- 
κά, also  with  adv.,  κακώς  άντιπ.,  to 
suffer  evil  for  evil,  Xen..  opp.  to  χρ?/- 
στά  or  ει•  άντιπ.,  to  receive  good  for 
good.  Soph.  Phil.  584,  so  άντ'  εν 
πάσχειν.  Plat.  Gorg.  520  Ε,  cf.  άΐΎΐ- 
ποιείν  :  also  άντ.  αντί  τίνος,  1  hue. 
3,  61  :  70  άντιπεπονβός,  neut.  ])art. 
perf.  retaliation,  reciprocity,  Arist.  Eth. 
N. — II.  to  counteract,  τινί,  Diosc. — III. 
to  be  of  opposite  nature,  Polyb.  34,  9,  5. 

'λντιπάτά^'έω.  (αντί.  παταγέω)  to 
clatter  or  make  a  noise  against,  like 
the  wind,  Thuc.  3,  22. 

ί'Αντιπατρία,  ας,  ή,  Antipatria.  a 
city  of  Elymiotis  on  the  borders  of 
lllyria,  Strab. 

t'Av7t7rarpi(5//f.  ov,  6,  Antipatridcs, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Plut.  Amat.  16 ;  prop. 
son  of  Antipater.     From 

t'AvTt'-arpof,  ου,  6,  Antipater,  a 
general  of  Alexander  the  Great,  and 
father  of  Cassander,  Dem.  362,  fin. 
— 2.  grandson  of  foreg..  king  of  Ma- 
cedonia.— 3.  a  Thasian,  Hdt.  7,  118. 
— 1.  an  Athenian  archon.  Diod.  S. 
14,  103.— Others  in  Strab.,  Paus., 
etc. 

'Αντιπε?ίαργέω,  (ΰντί,  πελαργός) 
to  love,  cherish  in  turn.     Hence 

Άντιπίλιάργησις,  εως,  ή,  and -yia, 
ας.  ή,  love  in  return,  esp.  the  nfiutual 
love  of  parents  and  children,  cf. 
στοργή. 

'Αντιπέμπω,  (ΰντί,  πέμπω)  to  send 
back  an  an.^ver,  Hdt.  2,  114:  to  send 
in  return,  Soiih. 

Άντιπενβής,  ές,  (αντί,  πένθος) 
causing  grief  in  turn,  v.  1.  Aesch. 
Eum.  782,  for  αντιπαθής. 

Άντιπεπονθός,  ότος,  τό,  v.  sub 
άντιπάσχω.    Adv.  -θότως. 

' Αντίπερα,  adv.  for  άντιπέράν, 
Polyb. 

' Αντιπεραίνω  ί.  -άνω,  (αντί,  περ- 
αίνω) to  pierce  through  in  turn,  Anth. 

Άντιπέραιος.  αία.  aiov,  lying  over 
against,  esp.  beyond  sea,  II.  2,  635 : 
from 

Άντιπέράν,  Ion.  άντιπέρην.  (αντί, 
πέραν)  anv..  =  sq.,  Xen.:  also  as 
adj.,  'Ασίαδ'  άντιπέρην  τε,  Asia  and 
the  opposite  coast,  Mosch.  2,  9. 

Άντιπέρΰς,  adv.,  mer  against,  on 
the  other  side  of.  c.  gen.,  Thuc.  2,  66, 
etc. :  in  late  writers  also  c.  dat.  :  also 
absol.,  ^  άντ.  Θράκη,  Thuc.  1,  100, 
cf  4,  92. 

Άντιπέρηβεν,  from  the  opposite 
side,  c.  gen.,  Ap.  2,  1030  :   from 

'Αντιπέρην,  Ion.  for  άντιπέράν, 
q.  V. 

Άντιπεριάγω,  (αντί,  περιάγω)  to 
turn  or  bring  round  against  the  enemy, 
Polyb.  1,22,  8.     Hence 

' Αντιπεριΰγωγή,  ης,  ή,  opposite  mo- 
tion. 

' Αντιπεριβάλ.λ.ω,  (αντί,  περιβάλ- 
λω) to  surround,  encompass,  LXX. 

Άντιπεριέλ.κω,    (άντί,    ■κεριέλκώ) 


ΑΝΤΙ 

to  draw  round  to  the  other  side,  Sext. 
Emp. 

Άντιπεριηχέω,  (άντί,  περιηχέω) 
to  echo  around. 

Άντιπεριιστημι,  f.  -στήσω,  (ΰντί, 
περιίστημι)  to  bring  raund,  τινί  τι, 
Polyb.:  to  surround  and  eiiclose,  Arist. 
Probl.,  and  Meteor.  Pass.  c.  aor.  2 
and  perf  act.,  to  turn  round,  to  be  en- 
closed. ]b. 

Άντιπεριλαμβάνω,  fut.  -λ.ή-φομαι, 
(άντί.  περιλαμβάνω)  to  embrace  vi 
turn,  Xen.  Symp.  9.  4. 

Άντιπεριπ'/.έω.  fut.  -πλ.ενσομαι, 
(αϊ'Τί,  περιπ/.έω)  to  tail  round  07i  the 
other  side,  Strab. 

Άντιπερίσπασμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  draw- 
ing off,  diverting  from  an  object,  άντ. 
ποιειν  τινι,  to  draw  one  away,  Polyb. : 
and 

'Αντιπερισπασμός,  ov,  o,=foreg., 
Diod. :  from 

Άντιπερισπάω,ί.-άσω,{άντί.  περι- 
σπάω) to  drniv  iff  tlie  enemy,  make  a 
dirtrsion,  Polyb.  Pass,  to  be  drawn 
off  all  round,  Arigt.  Part.  An.  [ώσο] 

Άντιπερίστησις.  εως.  ή.  {άντιπερι- 
ιστημι) α  placing  around,  encmnpass- 
ing;  a  shutting  in  closely,  Arist.  Probl.  : 
an  opposing  pressure,  counteraction. 

'λντιπεριστρέφω,ί.  ψω,{άντί.  περι- 
στρέφω) to  turn  round  to  the  other  side. 
Hence 

Άντιπεριστροόή.  ης.  ή,  a  turning 
round  to  the  other  side,  Plut. 

' Αντιπεριχωρέω,  ω,  (άντί,  περιχω- 
ρέω)  to  go  round  to  the  other  side,  en- 
compass in  turn,  Plut. 

'Ανπερί/φνχω.  fut.  -ipvSu,  (άντί, 
περιψύγω)  to  cool,  refresh  in  turn, 
Plut.  [i] 

' ^ντιπεριωθέω,  ώ,  (ΰντί,περιωθέω) 
to  pu.'.-h  round  to  the  other  side,  press 
round  in  turn.  Plut.     Hence 

Άντιπερίωσις.  εως.  ή,  a  pushing  or 
pressing  back  of  any  surrounding  body, 
Phit. 

Άντιπέσσω.  Att.  -ττω,  (άντί,  πέσ 
σω)  to  cook  or  digest  in  turn.  Pass. 
of  food,  to  be  quite  digested,  Arist. 
Probl. 

' Αντίπετρος,  ov,  (ΰντί,  πέτρα)  in- 
stead of  stone,  stone-like,  rocky.  Soph. 
O.  C.  192 ;  formed  like  άντίΟεος, 
άντίπαις,  etc. 

Άντιπηδάω,ώ,  {.-ήσω,  (ΰντί,  πη- 
δάω) to  leap  in  turn  or  against. 

Άντίπηξ,  ηγος,  ή,  (άντί,  πήγννμι) 
α  wooden  chest.  Eur.  Ion  19.  (Said  to 
be  a  Lesbian  word.) 

Άντιπηρόω,  (ΰντί,  πηρόω)  to  maim 
in  turn. 

Άντιπιέζω,  -έσω,  (άντί,  πιέζω)  to 
press  against  or  in  turn. 

Άντιπίμπλημι,  f.  -πλήσω,  (ΰντί, 
πίμπλημι)  to  fill  in  return. 

Άντιπίμ—ρημι,  f.  -πρήσω,  (άντί, 
πίμπρημι)  to  kindle,  burn  in  return. 

' Αντιπίπτω,  f.  -πεσονμαι,  {άντί, 
πίπτω)  to  fall  against,  Arist.  Probl.  : 
to  fall  upon  as  an  enemy,  Polylj.  :  to 
be  adverse,  τινί  and  προς  τι.  Polyb.  : 
to  strive  again.9t,  resist,  N.  T. — II.  of 
things,  to  fall  out  in  an  adverse  maimer 
or  ill,  Polyb. 

Άντίπλαστης,  ov,  (άντί,  πλάσσω) 
formed  like,  like.—iσόπλaστoς,  Soph. 
Fr.  268. 

Άντιπλ^έκω,  (άντί-  πλ.έκω)  to  plait, 
twist  in  turn. 

Άντίπλενρος,  ov,  (άντί,  πλενρά) 
with  its  side  opposite  :  in  genl.  opposite. 
Soph.  Fr._  19. 

Άντιπ/,έω,  f.  -πλ.ενσημ.αι,  (ΰντί, 
ττλ,ί'ω)  to  sail  against,  Thuc.  1,  50. — 
II.  to  sail  against  the  wind.  Lob.'  Al. 
1072. 

Άντιπλ.ήξ,    ήγος,     ό,     ή,     (άντί, 


ΑΝΤΙ 

ΐίλ^σσω)  striking  against. — Π.  Pass. 
stricken^  beaten  by  the  storm,  άκταί. 
Soph.  Ant.  592. 

Ά.ντητ~Αηρόω,  {αντί,  τΓ?ίηρόω)  to  fill 
in  tttrn  or  against,  άντιττλ.  vavr,  to 
man  the  ships  against  the  enemy,  Thuc. 
7,  69,  etc. — 11.  to  fill  up  by  new  mem- 
bers, uvT.  εκ  ■7Γ0?.ιτών,  Xen.  Cyr.  2, 2, 
26. 

Άντιτίλήσσο),  fut.  -ξω,  (,άντί,  πλήσ- 
σω)  to  strike  in  turn,  Arist.  M.  Mor. 

'AvTLTT/.ota,  ας,  η,  (αντίττλέυ)  a 
sailing  with  contrary  winds,  Polyb.  : 
metaph.  resistance. 

Άντιττνέω,  fut.  -τϊνενσω,  {αντί, 
τννέω)  to  blow  against,  of  winds,  ΰλ- 
?.ιΡ.οις.  Hipp. — II.  to  hinder  by  foul 
winds,  Plut. :  metaph.  of  adverse  for- 
tune, Polyb.,  cf  οίφίζω,  Ruhiik.  Rut. 
Lup.  p.  123.     Hence 

Αντιτϊνοή,  ης,  7/.=sq. 

'Χντίττνοια,  ας,  ή,  a  contrary  wind: 
from 

Ά.ντίττνοος,  ov,  contr.  άντίπνους, 
ουν,  (αντί,  πνέω)  blowing  against, 
caused  by  adverse  winds,  ύττλοιαι, 
Aesch.  Ag.  149;  στάσις  άντ..  Id.  Pr. 
1088.     Adv.  -νόως. 

'Αντίποδες,  οι,  v.  ΰντίπονς. 

^Αντίποθέω.ώ,  {αντί,  ποθέω)  tolong 
Jor  in  turn,  Xen.  Mem.  2,  6,  28. 

Άντιποιέω,  {αντί,  ποιέω)  to  do  in 
return,  opp.  to  άντιπάσχείν,  Plat. ; 
άντ.  Tiva  ευ  or  κακώς,  to  do  one  good 
or  ill  in  return :  also  τι  αντ.  τινά, 
Xen.  An.  3, 3,  7,  and  ΰντ.  ευ  ποιεΐν. 
Plat.  Gorg.  520  Ε.  Mid.  usu.  c.  gen., 
to  exert  one's  self  about,  to  seek  after  a 
thing,  Isocr.  1  Β  :  esp.  to  lay  claim  tij, 
Lat.  sibi  arrogare,  της  πο/'.εως,  Thuc. 

4,  122,  αρετής,  Isocr.,  τέχνης,  νικη- 
τήριων, Plat. :  to  pretend  to,  C.  inf.. 
Plat.  Meno  91  C  :  to  contend  ivitkone 
for  a  thing,  τινί  τίνος,  more  rarely 
Tivl  περί  τίνος,  Xen.  An.  2,  3,  23  ; 

5,  2,  11. — IL  in  Polyb.,  to  stand  firm. 
Hence 

Άντιποίησις,  εως,  ή,  a  laying  claim 
to  a  thing,  undue  assumption,  Dion.  H. 

Άντίττοινος,  ov,  {αντί,  ποινή)  in 
requital  or  repayment,  USU.  for  ill, 
AescU.  Eum.  268:  as  subst.,  τα  av- 
~ίποινα,=^ύ~οιι•α,  requital,  retribution, 
άντ.  τίνος  πρύσσειν,  λαμβάνειν,  to 
exact  retribution  for  a  thing,  Aesch. 
Pers.  476,  Soph.  El.  592  ;  πάσχειν, 
to  suffer  retribution.  Soph.  Phil  316. — 
II.  as  pr.  n.  Antipoenus,  a  Boeotian, 
Pans.  9,  17,  1. 

'ΑντιποΑεμέω,ώ,(άντίπολεμέω)  to 
wage  war  against  one,  Thuc.  3,  39, 
Plat.,  etc. 

' Αντιπο7ίέμιος,  ov,  =  sq.,  Hdt.  4, 
134,  140,  Thuc.  3,  90. 

'Αντιπόλεμος,  ov,  {αντί,  πόλεμος) 
warring  against,  esp.  oi  άντιπόλεμοί, 
enemies,  Hdt.  7,  236  ;  8,  68,  2. 

Άντιπο?.ίζ(ι),  ΐ.-ίσω,  {αντί,  πολίζω) 
to  build  in  turn  or  over  against, 
Joseph. 

Άντιπολιορκέω,  ώ,  ί.  -ησω,  {αντί, 
πολιορκέο))  to  besiege  in  turn,  Thuc.  7, 
28. 

Άντίπολις,  εως,  ή,  {αντί,  πόλις) 
α  rival  city,  Strab. — 2.  as  pr.  η.  Anti- 
polis,  a  city  of  Gallia  Narbonensis, 
now  Antibes,  Strab. 

Άντιπολίτεία,  ας,  ή,  the  adverse 
partij  in  the  state,  Polyb. — II.  an  oppo- 
site policy  :   party-spirit.  Id. :   from 

'Αντιπολιτεύομαι,  {αντί,  πολιτεύ- 
ομαι) to  conduct  the  government  on  an 
opposite  policy,  be  a  political  opponent, 
προς  Tiva,  Plut.  :  in  genl.  to  oppose 
by  divers  arts  and  devices. 

Άντιπονέω,  ώ,  to  exert  one's  self 
against,  App.:  from 

Άντίπονος,  ov,  {αντί,  πόνος)  like 


ΑΝΤΙ 

toil,  toilsome,  Aesch.  Eum.  268,  ace.  to 
Lachm. :  formed  like  άντίθεος. 

Άντιπορενομαι,  mid.,  c.  aor.  pass., 
{αντί,  πορεύω)  to  advance  against, 
march  to  meet  another,  Xen.  Hell.  7, 
3,5. 

Άντιπορθέω,ω,ί.-ησω,  {αντί,  πέρ- 
θω)  to  ravage,  lay  waste  in  return,  Eur. 
Tro.  359. 

Άντίπορθμος,  ov,  {αντί,  πορθμός) 
over  the  Straits ;  kv  άντιπόρθμοις, 
ΤΙελοπίας  χθονός,  in  the  parts  oppo- 
site Peloponnesus,  Eur.  Mel.  1. 

Άντιπορνόβοσκος,  ου,  ό,  {αντί, 
πορνοβοσκός)  title  of  a  comedy  of 
Dioxippus. 

'Αντίπαρος,  ov,  {αντί,  πόρος)  like 
άντίπορθμος,  on  the  opposite  coast, 
over  against,  Aesch.  Pers.  66,  Supp. 
544. 

Άντίπους,  ό,  ή,  πουν,  τό,  gen.  ττο- 
όος,  {αντί,  πους)  with  the  feet  opposite. 
Plat.  Tim.  63  A  :  οι  άντ.,  the  Antipo- 
des, Strab.  15  A,  and  Plut. 

νΑντιππος,  ov,  ό,  Antippus,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Thuc.  5, 19,  v.  1.  Άνθιππος. 

Άντι πρακτικός, ή,  όν, counteracting, 
Anton.  ;  and 

Άντίπραξις,  εως,  η,  counteraction, 
opposition,  Dion.  Η. :  from 

Άντιπράσσω,  Att.  -ττω.  Ion.  -πρήσ- 
σω,  fut.  -^ω,  {αντί,  πρύσσω)  to  act 
against,  seek  to  counteract,  oppose,  ό 
άντιπρήσσων,^άντιστασιώτης,  Hdt. 
1,92. 

Άντιπρεσβεύομαι,  {αντί,  πρεσ- 
βεύω) as  mid.,  to  send  counter-ambas- 
sadors, Thuc.  6,  75. 

Άντιπρεσβευτής,  ov,  6,  {αντί, 
πρεσ)3ευτής)  an  ambassador's  substi- 
tute. 

Άντιπρήσσω,  Ion.  for  άντιπράσσω, 
Hdt. 

Άντιπροαίρεσις,  εως,  ή,  {αντί,  προ- 
αίρεσις)  mutual  preference  or  choice, 
Arist.  Eth.  E. 

Άντιπροβά/Αομαι,  fut.  -βΰλοϋμαι, 
{αντί,  προβά/.λω)  to  put  forward  or 
propose  instead  of  another,  Plat.  Legg. 
755  D  :  to  use  as  a  shield  or  defence. 
Hence 

Άντιπροβολή,  ης,  η,  a  putting  for- 
ward or  proposing  instead  of  another. 
Plat.  Legg.  755  D. 

Άντιπρόειμι,  {αντί,  πρόειμι)  to 
come  forward  against,  τινί,  Thuc.  6, 66. 

Άντίπροικα,  {αντί,  προίκα)  adv., 
for  next  to  jwthing,  cheap,  Xen.  Ages. 
1,  18. 

Άντιπροκάλέομαι,  {αντί,  προκα- 
λέω)  as  mid.,  to  retort  a  legal  challenge 
{πρόκλησις,  q.  v.),  Dem.  979,  9. 

Άντιπροκαταληπτέον,  verb.  adj. 
of  άντιπροκαταλαμβάνω,  one  must 
anticipate  in  turn,  Arist.  Rhet.  Al. 

Άντιπρόκλησις,  εως,  ή,  {αντί,  πρό- 
κλησις)  α  retorting  of  α  πρόκ7.ησις. 

Άντιπροπίνω.  {αντί,  προπίνω)  to 
drink  to  in  turn,  Dionys.  ap.  Ath.  669  E. 

Άντιπροςά'γορενω,  {αντί,  προςα- 
Ύορενω)  to  address  in  turn,  salute  again, 
Plut. 

Άντιπρος&μάομαι,  {αντί,  προςα- 
μάω)  as  mid.,  to  heap  in  turn:  άντ. 
την  yrjv,  to  scrape  up  new  soil  upon, 
Xen.  Oec.  17,  13. 

Άντιπρόςειμι,  {αντί,  πρόςειμι)  to 
go  against,  Xen.  Cyr.  3,  3,  24. 

Άντιπροςεΐπον,  {αντί,  προςεΐπον) 
aor.  2.  no  pres.  in  use,  to  accost  in  turn, 
Aristid. 

Άντιπροςελαύνω,  f.  -ελάσω  Att. 
-ελω,  {αντί,  προςελαυνω)  to  march  or 
ride  against,  sub.  στρατόν,  Ιππον, 
DioC. 

Άητιπροςερώ,  fut.  of  άντιπροςει- 
πείν,  Xen.  Mem.  3,  13,  ]. 

Άντιπροςέρχομαι,  {αντί,   προςέρ- 


ANTI 

χομαι)  dep.  χηϊά.,=  άντίπρόςειμι,  Dio 

Άντιπροςκαλέομαι,  {αντί,  προς- 
καλέομαι)  to  summon  in  turn,  Dem. 
1153,  3. 

Άντιπροςκύνέω,  {αντί,  προςκυνέω) 
to  fall  down  before  and  worship  in  turn, 
Plut. 

Άντιπροςφέρω,  f.  -προςοίσω,  {αντί, 
προςφέρω)  to  bring  in  turn,  /Λχνον 
τινί,  Xen.  S\Tnp.  5,  9. 

Άντιπρόςωπος,  ov,  {αντί,  πρόςω- 
πον)  with  the  face  towards,  face  to  face, 
Xen.  Cyr.  7, 1,  25.  Adv.  -πως,  Arist. 
Mir. 

Άντιπρότάσις,  εως,  ή,  a  counter 
proposal :  from 

'Αντιπροτείνω,  f.  -τενώ,{άντί,  προ- 
τείνω) to  hold  ovi  in  turn,  Xen.  Hell. 
4,  1,31. 

'Αντιπροτίθημι,  fut.  -θησω,  {αντί, 
προτίθημι)  to  put  out,  propose  in  turn, 
Dio  C. 

Άντίπρωρος,  ov,  {αντί,  πρώρα) 
with  the  prow  towards,  τινί,  Hdt.  8,  11, 
and  Thuc. :  in  genl.  like  άντιπρός- 
ωπος,  fronting,  face  to  face,  open, 
Soph.  Tr.  223. 

Άντίπτωμα,  ατός,  τό,  {άντιπίπτω) 
a  stumbling  against,  LXX. 

Άντίπτωσις,  εως,  ή,  {άντιπίπτω)  a 
falling  against,  resistance,  Hipp. — II. 
in  Gramra.  are  interchange  of  cases. 
Hence 

Άντιπτωτικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to 
άντίπτωσις.  Adv.  -κώς,  with  such 
interchange,  Gramm. 

Άντίπϋγος,  ov,  {αντί,  πυγη)  with 
the  rump  toward,  rump  to  rump,  Arist. 
H.  A. 

Άντίπν7.ος,  ov,  {αντί,  πύ7.τι)  oppo- 
site the  door  or  gate,  with  the  gates  op- 
posite, Hdt.  2,  148. 

' Αντιπυνθάνομαι,  fut.  -πεύσομαι, 
{αντί,  πννθάνομαι)  to  ask  after,  in- 
quire in  return,  v.  1.  Xen.  Hell.  3,  4, 
10,  for  άι>απ. 

Άντίπνργος,  ov,  {αντί,  πύργος) 
like  a  tower  Οι  fort,  Eur.  Bacch.  1097  ; 
formed  like  άντίθεος,  etc.     Hence 

Άντιπνργόω.ω,ί.-ώσω,  to  build  a 
tower  over  against,  C.  acc.  COgnat.  πό- 
7.1V,  to  rear  up  a  rival  towered  city, 
Aesch.  Eum.  688. 

Άντιπνρσεύω.  {άντί,  πνρσενω)  to 
return  signals  by  beacons  {πυρσοί)  Po- 
lyb. 

Άντιρητορενω.  {άντί,  βητορεύω)  to 
speak  against,  Joseph. 

Άντφβέπω,  {άντί,  όέπω)  to  coun- 
terpoise, balance,  Aesch.  Ag.  574,  cf. 
αντίρροπος. 

Άντφρέω,  f.  -βενσομαι,  {άντί,  βέω) 
to  flow  towards. 

'*  Άντφβέω,  assumed  pres.  for  de- 
riv.  of  άντίββησις. 

Άν'τφρήγννμι,  {άντί,  ρήγννμι)  to 
break  opposite  ways,  Plut. 

Άντίββησις.  εως,  η,  a  gainsaying, 
altercation,  Polyb.  :  and 

Άντφβητέον,  verb.  adj.  (as  if  from 
*  άντφρέω),  one  must  speak  against. 
Plat.  JPolit.  297  B. 

Άντφβητικός,  ι),  όν,  inclined  to 
gaiiisay,  disputatious. 

νΑντίββιον,  ov,  TO,  {άντί,  Ύίον) 
sub.  άκρον,  Antirrhium,  a  promontory 
of  Aetolia  opposite  Rhium  in  Achaea, 
Strab. 

ΥΑντίββοδος,  ου,  η,  {άντί,  Ύοδος) 
Antirrhodus,  an  island  before  Alex- 
andrea,  Strab. 

Άντίββοια,  ας,  ή,{άντφβέω)  aflotv- 
ing  back,  hack  current,  Theophr. 

Άντίββοπία,ας,  ή,  a  counterpoise, 
Hipp. :  from 

Άντίβρόπος,  ov,  {άντφβέπω)  coun- 
terpoising,     counterbalancing,      τινός, 
14ί) 


ΑΝΤΙ 

Dem.  12,6:  άγείνλνπ7ΐς άντ. ΰχθος,ίο 
bear  up  (against)  the  grief  that  weighs 
down  the  uthtr  scale.  Soph.  El.  119: 
hence  in  genl.  equivalent  to,  like  uv- 
τίζυγος.  Xen.  Oec.  3, 15.  Adv.  -πως, 
Id.  Hell.  5,  1,  36. 

'ΚντΙαάζω,  {αντί,  ίσάζω)=:άντί• 
σόω. 

Άντισέβομαι,  (αντί,  σέβομαι)  dep., 
to  revere  in  turn,  Plut. 

Άντισεμνννομαι,  f.  -ϋνονμαι,  (αν- 
τί, σεμνύνομαι)  to  return  pride  with 
pride,  Arist.  Pol. 

Άντισι/κόω,ύ,ί.-ώσω,ί,ΰντί,  σηκόω) 
to  weigh  against :  άντισηκώσας  της 
ττάροιΟ'  εύπμαξίας,  having  counterbal- 
anced your  former  hajjpiness  (by  pres- 
ent woe),  Eur.  Hec.  57. — 2.  to  restore 
the  balance,  compensate,  amend. —  II. 
intr.  to  be  equal  in  weight,  to  counter- 
poise, όις  άντισηκώσαι  j^ony,  to  be 
twice  as  heavy,  Aesch.  Pers.  437. 
Hence 

Άντισήκωμα,  ατός,  τό,  equipoise, 
compensation. 

Άντισί/κωσις,  εως  Ion.  ιος,  ή,  a 
restoring  the  balance :  hence  compensa- 
tion, retribution,  Ildt.  4,  50. 

Άντισημαίνω.  ί.  -άνώ,  (αντί,  ση- 
μαίνω) to  signify,  comynand  in  turn, 
Joseph.  :  to  interpret  against  one. 

^Αντισθένης,  ους,  ύ,  (ΰντί,  σθένος) 
Antisthene.i,  a  pupil  of  Socrates,  and 
founder  of  the  cynic  school,  Plat. 
Phaed.  59  B. — 2.  a  disciple  of  Hera- 
clitus,  Diog.  L.  —  3.  of  Rhodes,  a 
Greek  historian,  Polyb.— 4.  a  Spar- 
tan adnural,  Thuc.  8,  39,  Xen.  Hell. 
3,  2,  6. 

Άντίσιγμα,  τό,  (αντί,  σίγμα)  Sig- 
ma reversed,  as  a  critical  mark,  Di- 
og. L. 

Άντισιωπάω,ώ,ΐ.-ήσω,  (αντί,  σιω- 
ττάω)  to  be  silent  in  turn,  Ar.  Lys. 
528. 

Άντισκενάζομαι,  f.  -άσομαι,  (αντί, 
σκευάζομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  furnish,  ar- 
range, in  turn,  Xen.  Ages.  8,  0. 

Άντισκώπτω,  f.  -ψω,  (αντί,  σκώπ- 
τω)  to  mock  in  return,  Dion.  H. 

Άντισοφίζομαι,  fut.  -ίσομαι    Att. 

-ΐοϋμαι,  (αντί.  σοφίζομαι)  to  use  tricks 

or  intrigues  in  turn,  Arist.  Pol.    Hence 

Άντισοφιστι'/ς.  ov,  ό,  one  who  seeks 

to  refute  by  sophistry  or  trick,  Luc. 

ΆντΙσοω,  (αντί,  ίσόω)  to  make  even 
or  equal  m  turn  Pass,  to  stand  against 
one  on  equal  terms,  Thuc.  3,  11. 

Άντίσπίσις,  εως,  η,  (άντισπάω)  a 
drawing  back,  esp.  of  the  humours  of 
the  body,  Hipp. 

Άντίσττασμα,  ατός,  τό,(αντισπάω) 
a  drawing  away  from  an  object,  a  diver- 
sio?i,  like  (Ίντιπερίσπασμα,  Polyb. — 
II.  contsMdiction,  quarrel,  Joseph. — 2. 
an  occasion  of  quarrel. 

^Αντισπασμύς,  ov,  δ,^σπασμός,  a 
convulsion,  Ar.  Lys.  967. 

Άντισπαστικός,  ή,  όν,  able  to  draw 
away  or  divert. — II.  in  metre,  antispas- 
tic,  V.  sq. 

Άντίσπαστος,  ov,  (άντισπύω) 
drawn  over  or  in  the  contrary  direction. 
— II.  act.  drawing  over,  counteracting : 
but  also  like  a  spasm,  convulsive,  ύδαγ- 
μός,=  Ισος  σπασμώ.  Soph.  Tr.  770, 
like  ΰντίθεος,  etc. — III.  as  subst.  ό 
άντ.,  in  prosody,  an  antispasltts,  , 

a  foot  made  up  of  an  iambus  and  tro- 
chee, e.  g.  Αλέξανδρος. 

Άντιστΐάω,  ί.  -άσω,  (αντί,  σττύω) 
to  draw  in  turn,  draw  to  itself,  Xen. 
Cyn.  5,  1.  Pass,  to  be  drawn  back, 
suffer  a  check,  Arist.  Rhet.  —  II.  to 
slander,  Lat.  traducere. — III.  =  αντ- 
έχομαι, to  cling  to,  c.  gen.,  Ap.  Rh. — 
IV.  intr.  to  be  against,  resist,  [ασω] 
Άντισπεύδω,  (αντί,  σπενόω)  to 
150 


ΑΝΤΙ 

hasten  in  turn :  to  oppose  eagerly,  προς 
Tiva,  Antiphon  112,  16. 

Άντισπυδιον,  ου,  τό,  (αντί,  σπο- 
δός) α  substitute  for  (mineral)  ashes, 
e.  g.  vegetable  ashes. 

Άντίσποόος,  ov,  (αντί,  σποδός) 
serving  instead  of  ashes,  Diosc. — U.  as 
subst.,  ή  άvτίσπoδoς,=^ίoτeg. 

Άντισπονδύζίύ,{.•ύσο),(άντί,  σπου- 
δάζω)=άντισπενδω,  Dio  C. 
νΑντισσα.  ης,  ή,  Antissa.  a  city  of 
Lesbos,  Strab. :  hence  adj.  Άντισ- 
σαιος,  a,  ov,  of  Antissa,  Antissaean, 
Thuc.  3,  18. 

Άντισταθμέω,  ώ,  -ήσω,  (άντίσταθ- 
μος)=^αντισηκύω.     Hence 

Άντιστάθμησις,  εως,  ή,=^άντισή- 
κωσις. 
Άντισταθμ,ίζω,  -ίσο),=^άντισηκόυ. 
Άντίσταθμος,  ον,  (αντί,  σταθμός) 
balancing  :  and  so  equivalent  to,  in 
compensation  for,  τινός.  Soph.  El. 
571. 

Άντιστΰσιύζω,  f.  -άσο>,  (αντί,  στα- 
σιάζω) to  stir  Qr  for7n  a  party  against, 
op2mse,  τινί.  Xen.  An.  4, 1, 27.   Hence 
Άντιστάσιαστής,  οΰ,  δ,=  άντιστα- 
σιώτης,  Dio  C. 

Άντίστάσις,^  εως,  ή,(άντί,  στάσις) 
an  opposite  στάσις  or  party,  στάσις 
και  άντ..  Plat.  Rep.  560  Α. — II.  α 
standing  against,  opposition,  Plut.  : 
Ιση  άντ,,  equipoise,  Arist.  Mund. 

Άντιστάσιώτης,  ου,  ό,  (me  of  the 
opposite  faction  or  party,  Hdt.  1,  92, 
etc. 

Άντιστίΐτέω,^^άνθίσταμαι,ίο  stand 
against,  resist.  Plat.  :  esp.  to  be  a 
political  opponent,  Hdt.  3,  52  :  from 

Άντιστάτης,  ου,  ό,  (ανθίσταμαι) 
an  opponent,  adversary,  Aesch.  Theb. 
518.    [a]     Hence 

'Αντιστατικός,  ή,  όν,  fit,  dispo.sed 
for  resisting.     Adv.  —κώς. 

Άντίστερνον,  ου,  τό,  (αντί,  στέρ- 
νον)  the  part  of  the  back  opposite  the 
breast. 

Άντίστημι,  Ion.  for  άνθίστημι. 
Άντιστήριγμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  prop  or 
support,  Hipp.  :  and 

Αντιστηριγμός,  οϋ,  ό,  a  propping, 
supporting. — 2.  a  resisting:  in  pro- 
linnc. the  clashing  of  consonants ,  Schaf. 
Dion.  Comp.  p.  200 :  from 

Άντιστηρίζω,ί.  ίζω,(άντί,  στηρίζω) 
to  .support,  Arist.  Probl. :  to  resist,  τινί, 
Hipp.  Pass,  to  be  supported  or  lean 
against,  Hipp. 

Άντιστοιχεία,  ας,  η,  and 
Άντιστοιχείωσις,    εως,   ή,  =  αντι- 
στοιχία :  from 

Άντιστοιχέω,  (αντί,  στοίχος)  ίο 
stand  opposite  in  rows  or  pairs,  χοροί 
αντιστοιχούντες  άλλήλοις,  Xen.  An. 
5,  4,  12  :  to  dajice  opposite,  άντ.  τινί, 
to  be  one's  partner  in  a  dance.  Id. 
Symp.  2,  20  :  in  genl.  to  be  opposed  to: 
and 

'Αντιστοιχία,  ας,  ή,  a  standing  op- 
posite in  pairs,  ποδών,  Arist.  Probl.— 
II.  a  puttiiig  one  letter  in  the  place  of 
another,  Ath.:  from 

'Αντίστοιχος,  ov,  (αντί,  στοίχος) 
ranged  opposite  in  rows  or  pairs,  Arist. 
Inc.  An. :  in  genl.  standing  over  against, 
σκιά  άντ.  ΰς,  like  a  man's  shadow, 
Eur.  Andr.  745,  ubi  al  σκιά  άντ.  ων, 
just  like  a  shadow.  Adv.  -χως.  Hence 
Άντίστομος,  ov,  (άντί,  στόμα) 
having  the  mouth  or  orifice  opposite. 

'Αντιστρατεύομαι,  (άντί,  στρα- 
τεύω) dep.,  to  take  the  field,  make  war 
against,  τινί,  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  8,  26.— II. 
the  act.  first  occurs  in  App.  in  signf., 
to  levy  or  enlist  again. 

Άντιστράτηγέω,  to  be  αντιστράτη- 
γος ;  in  genl.  to  act  against  as  an 
enemy,   τινί,   Dion.  H. — II.  to  be  the 


ΑΝΤΙ 

general's  άντιστρύη/γος.  or  lieutenant, 
at  Rome  to  be  Propraetor :   from 

Άντιστάτη )  ος,  ου,  ό.  (άντί,  στρατη 
γός)  α  commander  against  another,  tlie 
enemy's  general,  Thuc.  7,  fc6. — II.  the 
lieutenant  of  the  στρατηγός,  esp.  at 
Rome,  the  Propraetor  or  Ltgatus 
Praetoris,  Polyb. 

Άντιοτράτιωτης,  ov,  6,  (άντί, 
στρατιώτης)  a  soldier  of  the  enemy, 
Joseph. 

Άντιστρΰτοπεδεία,  ας,  7i,=^sq., 
Polyb. 

' Αντιστρατονέδενσι/^,  εως,  η,  an 
encamping  opposite,  the  position  of  two 
armies  in  sight  of  one  another,  Dio  C  : 
from 

Άντιστράτοπεδενω,  (άντί,  στρα- 
τοπεδεύω) to  encamp  over  against, 
τινί,  Isocr.  130  D  :  more  usu.  in  mid., 
Hdt.  1,  76,  Thuc.  1,  30,  and  Xen. 

Άντιστρεπτέος,  a,  ov,  verb.  adj. 
from  αντιστρέφω,  that  may  beconverted, 
convertible,'\ogic-d\  term  in  Arist.  Org. 

'Αντιστρεπτός,  ov,  turned  about, 
able  to  be  so  turned :  τά  άντιστρ., 
machines  that  move  on  a  pivot  or 
swivel,  Diod. :  from 

'Αντιστρέψω,  f.  -φω,  pf.  -έστροφα, 
(άντί,  στρέφω)  to  turn  to  the  other  side, 
turn  back  or  about :  hence  to  retort  an 
argument,  Arist.  Org. :  as  logical 
term,  to  convert  the  terms  of  a  syllo- 
gism, lb. ;  and  so  in  pass,  to  be  con- 
vertible, lb.  :  so  too  in  pass.,  αντι- 
στρέφεται, the  case  is  reversed. — U. 
seemingly  intr.,  sub.  έαντύν,  στρα- 
τόν,  vavv,  etc.,  to  turn  about,  face 
about,  Xen. — 2.  in  logic,  -a  άντι- 
στρέφοντα,  convertible  terms :  also 
correlatives,  Arist.  Org.  :  ό  άντιστρέ• 

ίων,  a  retorted  argument,  Gell.  5,  11. 
lence 
Αντίστροφη,  ης,  ή,  a  turning  back 
oi  about. — II.  in  choruses  and  dances, 
the  antistrophe  or  returning  of  the 
Chorus,  exactly  answering  to  a  pres- 
vious  στροφί/,  except  that  they  now 
danced  Irom  left  to  right  instead  oi 
from  right  to  lelt :  hence  the  name 
given  to  the  words  of  this  part  of  the 
choral  song,  v.  Pind.,  and  Trag. 
passim. — 111.  in  Rhet.,  the  figure  of 
retortion,  Dion.  II. — IV.  in  Gramm., 
an  inverted  construction,  as  έκαμε 
τεύχων,  ληρείς  έχων,  for  ετενξε  κα- 
μών,  έχεις  ληρών. 

Άντιστροφικύ,  ών,  τά,  the  lyrical 
parts  of  Greek  dramas,  consisting  of 
strophes  and  a>Uistrophes,  Gramni. : 
from 

'Αντίστροφος,  ov,  (αντιστρέφω) 
f&rned  and  put  opposite,  set  over  against, 
the  opposite  of  a  thing  :  but  also  the 
correlative  or  counterpart  of  it,  τινός 
and  τινί,  Plat.,  cf.  Gorg.  464  B,  465 
D.  Adv.  —φως,  contrariwise  to,  τινί. 
Plat.  Rep.  539  D. — II.  ή  αντίστροφος, 
—αντιστροφή,  Schaf.  Dion.  Comp. 
225,  260,  430.     Adv.  -φως. 

' Αντισύγκλητος,  ov,  ή,  (άντί,  σύγ- 
κλητος) a  counter-senate,  name  given 
by  Marius  to  his  body-guard,  Plut. 
Syll.  8. 

Άντισνγκρίνω,  (άντί,  συγκρίνω) 
to  compare  one  with  another,    [κρϊ] 

Άντισυλλογίζομαι,  (άντί,  συλλο- 
γίζομαι) to  answer  by  regular  argu- 
ment, Arist.  Rhet.     Hence 

' Αντισυ?.λογισμός,  ov,  ό,  a  counter- 
argument, Arist.  Rhet. 

Άντισνμμάχέω,  (άντί,  σνμμαχέω) 
to  succour  in  turn.  Longin. 

Άντισνμποσιάζω,  f.  -σω,  (άντί, 
σνμπόσιον)  τον  ΙΙ/ιάτωνα  άντ.,  to 
write  a  Symposium  in  rivalry  of  Plato, 
Luc. 

Άντίσνμφωνέω,  (άντί,  σνμψωνέω) 


ANT 

(ο  chime  in  with  in  turn,  answer  in  song, 
Plut. 

'Αντκτνναντάω,  (αντί,  συναντάω) 
to  meet  face  to  face,  or  in  turn,  Anth. 

Άντισφαιριζω,  f.  -ί'σω  Att.  -ϊώ, 
{αντί,  ΰψαιριζυ)  to  play  at  ball  against, 
oi  uvT.,  the  parties  in  a  match  at 
ball,  Xen.  Rep.  Lac.  9,  5. 

'ΑντίσφάΓΤ(^,{.-άξω,{άντί,  σφάττυ) 
to  slaughter  in  turn,  Dio  C. 

Άντίσχεσθι;,  2  plur.  imperat.  aor. 
2  mid.  ot  αντέχω,  Od. 

Άντισχηματίζω,  fut.  -ίσω  Att.  -ΐώ, 
to  rival  in  gestures  Or  rhetorical  tricks, 
Dion.  H.     Hence 

Άντισχηματισμός,  ov,  ό,  rivalry  in 
rhetorical  tricks,  Dion.  H. 

Άντισχϋρίζω,  fut.  -ίσω  Att.  -ίώ, 
{αντί,  ϊσχυρίζω)  to  strengthen,  secure 
agaitist  i?i  turn.  Mid.,  to  maintain  a 
contrary  opinion,  Thuc.  3,  44. 

Άντίσχνω,  f.  ίσω,  {αντί.  ισχύω)  to 
repel  by  force,  Dio  C.  [in  fut.  ϋ] 

'Α,ντίσχω,  coliat.  form  of  αντέχω, 
Thuc.  1,  7,  etc._ 

Άντισώζω,  {αντί,  σώζω)  to  preserve 
in  turn. 

Άντίταγμα,  ατός,  τό,  {αντιτάσσω) 
a  counter -disposition :  an  opposing  army, 
Diod. 

Άντιτακτέον,  verb.  adj.  from  αν- 
τιτάσσω, one  must  make  resistance, 
προς  Tiva,  Arist.  Top. 

'Χντιτακτικός,  η,  όν,  fit  for  a  de- 
fence, Plut. 

Άντίτΰ?ι,αντεύω,     {ΰντί,     ταλαν- 
τεύω) to  weigh  against,  to  preserve  a 
balance,  like  άντισηκόω,  Anth. 
Άντίτά/Μντος.  ον,=  1σοτάλαντος. 
Άντιτΰμίας,  ου,  ό,  (αντί,  ταμίας) 
the  Roman  Proquaestor,  Dio  C. 

Άντίταξις,  εως,  ή,  {αντιτάσσω)  α 
setting  in  array  against  another,  άντ. 
των  τριηρών,  ships  ranged  for  battle, 
Thuc.  7,  17:  αντίταξιν  ποιεϊσθαι 
ττρός  τινα,^άντιτάσσεσθαι.  Id.  5,  8  : 
in  genL  opposition,  Plut. 

Άντίτΰσις.  εως,  ή,  {αντιτείνω)  a 
stretching  against :  the  setting  of  a  dis- 
located limb,  Hipp. — 2.  opposition,  re- 
sistance, ττΰσαν  άντίτασιν  αντιτεί- 
νειν.  Plat.  Legg.  7S1  C. 

'Αντιτάσσω,  Att.  -τάττω,  fut.  -τά- 
ξω, {αντί,  τάσσω)  to  range  in  battle 
against  another,  or  against  one  an- 
other, στρατόν.  etc.,  τινί  τίνα,  Hdt. 
5,  110,  Aesch.  Theb.  395,  etc.:  so 
too  Thuc.  in  aor.  mid.,  e.  g.  2,  87, 
ΰρετήν  Tivi,  3,  56,  cf  Xen.  Hell.  6, 
4,  10.  Pass,  to  he  ranged  or  drawn  out 
against,  ττρός  τίνα,  Hdt.  7,  103,  Xen., 
etc. :  also  τινί,  freq.  in  Xen. :  το 
αντιτετάχΟαι  γνώμτι  άλλήλoις,Ύhuc. 
3,  83  :  in  genl.  to  oppose,  resist,  Polyb. 
ΫΑντίταυρος,  ov,  ό,  {αντί,  Ύανρος) 
Antiiaunis,  a  northern  branch  of 
Taurus,  Strab. 

'Αντιτείνω,  f  -τενώ,  {ΰντί,  τείνω) 
to  stretch,  direct  against. — 2.  to  stretch 
out  or  offer  in  return,  repay,  τι  ύντί 
τίνος,  Eur.  Med.  891. — Π.  intr.  and 
mid.,  to  act  or  strive  against,  counteract, 
resist,  c.  dat.,  and  absoL,  freq.  in  Hdt. : 
also  iu  Pind.  X.  4,  60,  Eur.,  etc.— ΠΙ. 
of  countries  and  places,  to  lie  over 
against,  τινί,  Plut. 

Άντιτειχίζω,  fut.  -ίσω  Att.  -ϊώ, 
{αντί,  τειχίζω)  to  build  a  wall  or  fort 
against. 

Άντιτείχισμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  counter- 
fortification,  Thuc.  2,  77. 

'Αντιτέμνω,  f.  -τεμώ.  {αντί,  τέμνω) 
to  cut  against,  i.  e.  as  a  remedy  or  anti- 
dote, Eur.  Ale.  972 :  cf  άντίτομος. 

Άντιτέρπω,  ί.  -ψω,  {ΰντί,  τέρπω) 
to  delight  in  return. 

Άντιτεύχω,  f.  -τεύξω,{άντί,  τεύχω) 
to  make  in  turn  or  in  opposition. 


ANTl 

Άντιτεχνάζω,   {αντί,  τεχνάζω)  to  Ι 
form  a  counter  plan  or  stratagem. 

Άντιτεχνάομαι,  {αντί,  τεχνύομαι) 
dep.  mid.,=foreg.,  Hdt.  5,  70. 

Άντιτεχνέω,  {άντίτεχνος)  to  be  a 
rival  in  an  art. — II.  =  άντιτεχνάζω. 
Hence 

Άντιτέχνησις,  εως,  ή,  the  use  of  a 
counter-stratagem,  counter-manoeuvring, 
Thuc.  7,  70. 

Άντίτεχνος,  ov,  {αντί,  τέχνη)  a 
rival  in  an  art  or  craft,  Ar.  Ran.  816. 

Άντιτίθημι,  f  -θήσω,  {αντί,  τίθημι) 
to  set  against  one  another,  compare, 
oppose,  τινί  τι,  Simon.  II,  7,  Hdt.  1, 
207  ;  8,  60,  and  Eur.  :  άντ.  τινί  τίνα, 
to  match  one  against  the  Other  in  battle, 
like  ξννίημι  in  Hom.,  Lat.  committere, 
Eur.  Phoen.  750.  Pass,  to  be  com- 
pared or  matched  one  against  another, 
Hdt.  4,  50 ;  8,  83.— II.  to  place  in  re- 
turn, Eur.  Hipp.  620 :  give  one  thing 
for  another,  τι  τινός,  Id.  I.  T.  358. 

ΆντιτΙμύ(,),ώ,{.-ήσω,  {ΰντί,  τιμάω) 
to  do  honour  to  i}i  return,  τινά,  freq.  in 
Xen.  Mid.,  as  law  term,  to  fix  a 
counter-estimate  of  damages.  Plat.,  v. 
άντιτίμησις. 

Άντιτίμημα,  ατός,  τό,  the  sum  of 
money  fixed  by  the  άντιτίμησις,  v.  sq. 

ΙτΙμ-ί       _  ,       ,  , 

Άντιτίμησις,  εως,  η,  {άντιτιμάω) 
α  counter-estimate,  esp.  as  Att.  law- 
term,  a  counter-estimate  of  the  penal- 
ty, etc.  put  in  by  the  defendant  in 
answer  to  the  τίμησις  of  the  plaintitf, 
much  the  same  as  νττοτίμησις,  v. 
Att.  Process,  p.  725,  Herm.  Pol.  Ant. 
(j  143,  10.  [-(>] 

ΆντίτΙμος,  ov,  {ΰντί,  τιμή)  estima- 
ting in  turn,  requiting. — II.  equivalent 
to,  c.  gen. 

Άντιτΐμωρέω,  ώ,  {ΰντί,  τιμωρέω) 
to  punish  in  return.  Mid.  to  revenge 
one's  self  on  in  turn,  τινά,  Eur.  I.  T. 
357. 

Άντιτίνω,  f.  -τίσω,  {αντί,  τίνω)  to 
pay  or  suffer  punishment  for  a  thing, 
TL,  Theogn.  738,  Soph.  Aj.  1086.  Mid. 
to  exact  or  inflict  in  turn,  φόνον  ά}ω- 
γτ/ς  άντιτίσασθαι,  to  exact  death  as  a 
punishment  for  bringing,  Aesch.  Ag. 
1263  :  άντ.  όίκην  τινά  τίνος,  to  inflict 
punishment  on,  i.  e.  punish  one  for  a 
thing,  Elrnsl.  Med.  256,  cf  τίω  II. 
[On  quantity  v.  τίνω.]     Hence 

Άντίτΐσις,  εως,  ή,  repayment,  requi- 
tal. 

' Αντίτϊτος,  ov,  punished  for :  of 
things,  expiated. 

Άντιτιτρώσκω.  {αντί,  τιτρώσκω) 
to  wound  in  turn,  Heliod.  7,  27. 

Άντιτίω,  {αντί,  τίω)  to  honour  in 
return.     [On  quantity  v.  τίω.] 

Άντιτολμάω,  ώ,  -ήσω,  {αντί,  το7.- 
μάω)  to  dare  to  stand  against  another, 
Thuc.  2,  89. 

Άντίτολμος,  ov,  {ΰντί,  τό7.μα)  da- 
ring against  all  dangers,  over-bold, 
Aesch.  Eum.  553. 

Άντίτομος,  ov,  {αντιτέμνω)  cut  as 
a  remedy  for,  to  άντίτομον,  a  remedy, 
antidote,  esp.  cut  from  roots  or  herbs, 
H.  Hom.  Cer.  229,  Pind.  P.  4.  394. 

Άντιτονέομαι,  as  pass.,  to  strain 
every  nerve  against,  resist  stubbornly. 
Plat.  Tim. :  from 

Άντίτονος,  ov,  {αντιτείνω)  strained 
against,  resisting.  Plat.  Tim.  62  C. — 
II.  as  subst.  Tu  άντίτονα,  cords  to 
manage  an  engine  used  in  sieges,  Plut. 

Άντιτοξενω,  {αντί,  τοξεύω)  to  shoot 
arrows  in  turn,  Xen.  An.  3,  3,  15. 

Άντιτορέω,  {αντί,  τορέω)  to  bore 
right  through,  c.  gen.,  II.  5,  337 :  also 
c.  ace,  άντ.  δόμον.  to  break  through 
or  open.  II.  10, 267,  cf  Herm.  H.  Hom. 
Merc.  86,  178. 


ΑΝΤΙ 

Άντϊτος,  ov,  (poet,  for  άνάτιτος, 
which  is  not  in  use,  from  άνατίνω) 
requited,  revenged,  ύντιτα  έργα,  the 
ivork  of  revenge,  Od.  17,  51,  60:  άντι- 
τα  έργα  τναιόός,  revenge  for  her  son, 
11.  24,  213. 

Άντιτρέφω,  f.  -θρέψω,  {άντί,τρέώω) 
to  rear  in  turn. 

Άντιτρέχω,  fut.  -θρέξομαι,  {αντί, 
τρέχω)  to  run  in  turn,  Anth. 

Αντιτυγχάνω,  f.  -τενξομαι,  {αντί, 
τυγχάνω)  to  meet  with  in  return,  τινός, 
Simon.  56,  Theogn.  642  ;  άντ.  επι- 
κουρίας από  τίνος,  Thuc.  6,  87  :  to 
hit  exactly  upon,  τινός,  Hipp. 

Άντιτϋπέω,  ώ,  (.  -ήσω,  {άντίτυπος) 
to  strike  against,  esp.  of  a  hard  body, 
to  repel,  τινί,  Hipp.,  absol.,  Plat.,  and 
Arist.     Hence 

Άντιτνπτ/ς,  ές,  striking  back,  repel- 
ling:  in  genl.  hard,  solid,  like  αντί- 
τυπος. 

Άντιτΰπία,  ας,  ή,  α  striking  against 
or  back,  repelling :  the  resistance  of  a 
hard  body  :  metaph.,  hardness,  rugged- 
ness,  Dion.  H. — II.  repercussion,  Her- 
mes ap.  Stob.  Eel.  1,  400. 

Άντίτϋπον,  τό,  ct.  sq.  B. 

'Αντίτνπος,ον,{άντί,τνπτω)  struck 
back,  repelled,  esp.  by  a  hard  body, 
thrown  hack,  echoed,  echoing,  στόνος. 
Soph.  Phil.  695,  1400 :  αντίτυπα,  as 
adv.,  backwariis.  Soph.  Ant.  134  :  τύ- 
πος άντ.,  blow  against  blow,  of  the 
hammer  and  anvil,  Orac.  ap.  Hdt. 
1,  67. — II.  act.  striking  back,  repelling, 
as  a  hard  body  does  :  hence  resisting, 
hard.  Plat.  Tim.  62  C,  cf  Ruhnk. 
Tim. — 2.  metaph.  stιώborn.  obstinate. 
Id.  Theaet.  156  A ;  μάχη  άντ.  Xen. 
Ages.  6,  2 :  adverse,  of  events.  Id. 
Hell.  6,  3,  11  ;  άντ.  Αιός,  the  adver- 
sary, enemy  of  Jupiter,  Aesch.  Theb. 
521  :  άντ.  τινί,  opposite  to,  Polyb. 
Adv.  -πως.  Β.  {αντί,  τύπος)  formed 
after,  copied:  hence  to  άντ.,  an  anti- 
type, copy,  also  ό  ΰντίτυπος. 

Άντιτνπτω,ί.'φω,{άντί,  τύπτω)  to 
beat  in  turn,  Ar.  Nub.  1424. 

Άντιφαίνω,  {αντί.  φαίνω)  to  reflect 
light.  Theophr.  Hence 

'Αντιφάνίΐα,  ας,  ή,  a  reflection,  im- 
age, elsewh.  έμφασις.  [ώ] 

^Αντιφάνης,  ους,  ό,  Antiphanes,  a 
poet  of  the  middle  comedy,  Meineke, 
1,  p.  304,  sq. — 2.  a  statuary  of  Argos, 
Pans.  10,  9,  6. 

Άντιφάρμΰκον,  ov,  τό,  {αντί,  φάρ- 
μακον)  an  antidote,  Heliod. 

Άντίφάσις,  εως,  ή,  {άντίφημι)  α 
speech  in  reply  :  in  logic,  opposition, 
Arist.  Org. 

'\\Κ.ντιφάτης,  ov,  6,  Antiphates,  son 
of  Melampus  and  father  of  Oecles, 
Od.  15,  242.-2.  a  king  of  the  Laes- 
trygones  (gen.  Άντιύάταο,  ace.  -φα- 
τήα),  Od.  10,  106,  114.— 3.  an  Athe- 
nian archon,  Dion.  H. 

'Αντιφατικός,   ή,    όν,   {άντίφάσις) 

belonging   to,    disposed  for   reply  :    in 

logic,  opposed.    Adv.  -κώς,  Arist.  Org. 

■\Άντίφε'λ7.ος,  ov.  ή.  Antiphellus,  the 

port  of  Phejlus  in  Lycia,  Strab. 

Άντιφερίζω,  {άντιφέρω)  to  set  one's 
self  against,  match  or  measure  one's 
self  with  another,  τινί,  II.  21,  357,  Ar. 
Eq.  813  ;  also  μένος  τη•ι  άντ.,  II.  21, 
4*^8  :  to  fight  with  one  for  a  prize,  Hes. 
Th.  609  ;  like  ίσοόαρίζω,  cf  άντι- 
φέρομαι : — more  rarelv,  άντιφερίζειν 
παρά  τίνα,  Pind.  P.  9,  88. 

' Αντίφιρνα,  ων,  τά,  a  return-present 
from  the  bridegroom  :  from 

Άντίφερνος,  ov,  {αντί,  φερνή)  in- 
stead of  or  for  a  dower,  Aesch.  Ag. 
406. 

' .\.ντιόέρω,  f.  -οίσω,  {αντί,  φέρω)  to 
carry  or  set  against.     II.    mid.   and 
151 


ΑΝΤΙ 

pass,  ΰνηφέρομηι,  to  set  one's  self 
against.  Oil.  16,  238  ;  μύχιι  αιτ.,  11.  5, 
701 ;  άργαλέος,  αντιφέρΐοβαι,  hard  to 
oppose,  II.  1,  5S9  :  also  c.  ace.  cognat., 
μένος  άντιφ.  tlvl,  to  match  one's  self 
with  another  in  strength,  11.  21,  482  ; 
like  άντιφερίζω. 

Άντιφΐύγω,  f.  -φενξομαι,  {αντί, 
φεύγω)  to  flee  or  go  into  exile  in  turn, 
αντί  τίνος,  Eur.  El.  1091. 

Άντίφημι,  ί.   -φήσω,  {ΰντί,   φημί) 

to  speak  against,  deny,  Plat.;  to  answer. 

νΧντίφημος,  ου,  ό,    Antiphemus,  a 

Rhodian,  (bunder  of  Gela  in  Sicily, 

Hdt.  7, 153. 

Άντιφθέγγομαι,  f.  -φθέγξομαι,  (αν- 
τί, φβέγγομαι)  to  return  a  sound,  echo, 
Pind.  O.  G,  105 :  to  repeat,  iviitate, 
Arist.  Gen.  An. — II.  to  speak  against, 
contradict,  Luc.     Hence 

Άντίφθεγμα,  ατός,  τό,  an  echo. 

Άντίφθογγος,  ois  {άντιφθέγγομαι) 
returning  a  sound,  echoing,  responsive, 
Find.  Fr.  91. — II.  dissonant,  discord- 
ant. 

Άντιφί?ι.έω,ώ,(.-ήσο,  {ΰντί,  φιλέω) 
to  love  in  return. — 2.  to  kiss  in  return, 
Anth.    Hence 

Άντιφίλησίς,  εως,  η,  a  return  of 
love.  Arist.  Eth.  N. ;  and 

Άντιφολία,  ας,  ή,  mutual  love,  Ar- 
ist. Eth.  E. 

' Χντίφΐλοδοξέω,  {αντί,  φιλοδοξέω) 
to  vie  with  in  ambition,  προς  τίνα, 
Polyb.  1,  40,  11. 

Άντιφΐλονεικέω,  (αντί,  φιλονεικέω) 
to  strive  jealously  against,  resist  stub- 
bornly. Tivi,  Polyb. 

γΑντίφί?.ος.  ov,  o,  Antiphilus,  a  poet 
of  Byzantium,  Anth. — 2.  a  painter  of 
Ale.xandrea,  Luc. — Others  in  Dem. 
549,  22,  etc. 

'ΑντιφΙ'λοσοφέω,  to  hold  contrary 
philosophical  tenets,  Luc.  ;  and 

' Αντιφΐλοσοφία,  ας,  ή,  a  rival  sys- 
tem ill  philosophy :  from 

Άντιφίλόσοφος,  ov,  {αντί,  φιλόσο- 
φΟΓ)  of  another  sect  in  philosophy. 

^Αντιφίλου  λίμήν,  ό,  the  harbour  of 
Antiphilus  in  Troglodytica,  Strab. 

ΆντίΦΐλοτΙμέομαι,  {ΰντί,  φιλοτι- 
μέομαι)  dep.  pass.  c.  fut.  mid.,  to  vie 
with  from  ambition,  Plut. 

ΆντιφΙλοφρονέομαι,  {ΰντί,  φι?.ο- 
ύρονέομαι)  to  receive  kindly  in  turn, 
Plut. 

Άντιφλέγω,  fut.  -έξυ,  {αντί,  φλέγω) 
to  light  vp  again  Or  to  meet  one,  αντώ 
όλον  οφθαλμόν  ΰντέφλεξε  Μήνα, 
Pind.  Ο.  3,  36. 

Άντιφονεύο),  to  murder  in  return  : 
from 

Άντίφονος,  ov,  {ΰντί,  φόνος)  in  re- 
turn for  slaughter,  in  revenge  for  blood, 
ποιναί,  ΰται,  όίκαι.  Aesch.  Eum.  982, 
Soph.  El.  248  :  also  αντίφονον  as 
adv..  Soph.  Phil.  1156.— II.  βάνατοί 
ΰνΤ;  deaths  by  mutual  slaughter, 
Aesch.  Theb.  893.  Only  in  lyric  pas- 
sages of  Trag. — III.  as  masc.  pr.  n. 
Antiphonus,  a  son  of  Priam,  11.  24, 
250. 

Άντιφορά,  ας,  η,  {ΰντιφέρω)  a  set- 
ting  against,  opposition. 

Άντιφορτίζομαι,  f.  -ίσομαι,  {ΰντί, 
φορτίζομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  take  in  a  car- 
go instead :  to  import  in  exchange  for 
exports,  Xen.  Vectig.  3,  2:  also  in 
pass,  aor.,  to  be  so  imported,  ap.  Dem. 
926,  11. 

'Αντίφορτος,  ov,  ό,  a  return-freight. 

νΑντιφος,  ov,  ό,  Antiphxis,  a  son  of 
Priam,  11.  4,  489.-2.  son  of  Pylae- 
menes,  an  ally  of  the  Trojans,  II.  2, 
864. — 3.  son  of  Thessalus,  one  of  the 
Herachdae.  11.  2,  078. — 4.  son  of  Ae- 
gyptius  in  Ithaca,  Od.  2,  19. — Others 
in  Od.  17,  C8,  Apollod.,  etc. 
152 


ΑΝΤΙ 

Άντίφραγμα.  ατός,  τό,  {ΰντιφρύσ- 
σω)  α  fence,  bulwark,  Plut. 

Άντιφρύζω,  f.  -ύσω,  {ΰντί,  φράζω) 
to  express  by  antithesis  or  negation. 
\'Αντίφραι,ών,  αϊ,  Antiphrae.  inPtol. 
Αντίφρα,  a  city  of  Marmarica,  Strab. 

Άντίφραξις,  εως,  ή,  {αντιφράσσω) 
a  barricading,  closing  up:  γης  ΰντιφρ., 
the  earth's  coming  between  the  sun 
and  the  moon,  Arist.  Org. 

Άντίφρασις,  εως,  η,  {άντιφρύζω) 
contradiction,  objection. — 11.  Rhet.  and 
Gramm.,  antiphrasis,  i.  e.  the  use  of 
words  the  reverse  of  what  one 
means,  e.  g.  an  euphemism,  Ευμενί- 
δες for  Ερινύες,  πόντος  ενξεινος  for 
άξεινος. 

Άντιφράσσω,  Att.  -φράττω,  fut. 
-φράζω,  {ΰντί,  φράασω)  to  barricade, 
block  up,  Xen.  Symp.  5,  6. 

Άντιφραστικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to, 
like  άντίφρασις.  Adv.  -κώς,  by  way 
of  άντίφρασις,  Gramm. 

Άντιφρίσσω.  f.  -ξω,  {άντί,  φρίσσω) 
to  bristle  up  agaitist,  Arist.  H.  A. 

Άντίφρονρος,  ov,  ό,  {άντί,  φρουρέω) 
a  deputy-sentinel. 

'Αντίφρων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  {ΰντί, 
φρήν)  disaffected  towards. 

Άντιφϋλάκή,  ής,  ή  a  watching 
against  one,  προς  τίνα,  Thuc.  2,  84 : 
from 

Άντιφύλαξ,  ακος,  ό,  a  watch  posted 
to  observe  another,  v.  1.  Luc.  [v] 

Άντιφνλάσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  fut.  -ξω, 
{άντί.  φυλάσσω)  to  tvatch  in  turn. 
Plat.  Legg.  705  E.  Mid.  to  be  on  07ie's 
guard  against,  τινά,  Xen.  An.  2,  5,  3. 

Άντιφντεύω,  {ΰντί,  φντεύω)  to 
plant ,  beget  in  turn,  Pseud-Phoc.  73. 

Άντιφνω,ί.  νσω,{άντι,  φύω)  to  pro- 
duce i7i  return.  Pass.  c.  aor.  2  and 
perf  act.,  to  be  of  a  contrary  nature. 
[ι'ισω] 

ί'Αντιφών,  ώντος,  ό,  Antipho  an 
Athenian  archon,  01.  90,  3,  Diod.  S. 
12,  80. — 2.  an  Athenian  orator,  born  at 
Rhamnus  in  Attica,  B.  C.  480,  Thuc. 
8,  68,  etc. — 3.  a  Sophist  in  the  time 
of  Socrates,  Xen.  Mem.  1,  6. — 4.  the 
youngest  brother  of  Plato,  ace.  to 
Plut.  i\at.  Am.  12.— Others  in  Plat., 
Xen.,  etc. 

Άντιφωνέω.ύ,ί.  -ησω,  {άντί,  φωνέω) 
to  sound  in  answer,  reply,  USU.  absol., 
as  Aesch.  Eum.  303  ;  so  c.  ace.  cog- 
nat., άντ.  έπος,  to  titter  a  word  in  re- 
ply. Soph.  Aj.  773  ;  but  c.  ace.  pers., 
to  reply  to,  answer,  Id.  Phil.  1065. — II. 
in  music,  to  accompany,  play  on  several 
instruments  so  as  to  produce  a  harmo- 
ny ;  also  μαγαδίζω.     Hence 

Άντιφώνησις,  εως,  7/.  a  returning 
of  a  sound,  echoing :  a  reply,  answer. 

Άντιφωνία,  ας,  7/,=foreg. :  from 

Άντίφωνος,  ov,  {ΰντί,  φωνή)  return- 
ing a  sound,  echoing. responsive  to,  τινός, 
Eur.  Supp.  800. — 2.  disagreeing  with, 
out  of  harmony  with,  Tivi,  Plat.  Legg. 
717  B,  812  D. — II.  in  nmsic,  accompa- 
nying on  an  instrument. — 2.  as  subst., 
TO  άντίφ;  an  accord  in  the  octave.  Ar- 
ist. Probl. :  also  in  Eccl.  an  antiphon, 
anthem. 

Άντιφωτισμός,  ov,  6.  {άντί,  φωτί- 
ζω) reflexion  of  light,  Plut. 

Άντιχαίρω,  {ΰντί,  χαίρω)  to  re- 
joice in  turn  or  answer,  ^ίκα  ΰντιχα- 
ρεϊσα  Θήβα,  Soph.  Ant.  149,  where 
perh.  ΰντιχαρείσα  is  not  aor.  2  pass., 
but  as  if  from  χάρημι,  Mehlhorn  in 
Jahn's  Jahrb.,  1831. 

Άντιχά7^επαΙνω,   {άντί,  χαλεπαί• 
νω)  to  be  embittered  against,  Dion.  H. 
ΥΑντιχάρης,    ονς,     ό,     Antichares, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Hdt.  5,  43. 

Άντιχΰρίζομαι,  fut.  -ίσομαι,  Att. 
-ΐονμαι,  {αντί,  χαρίζομαι)  dep.  mid., 


ANTA 

to  show  kindness  to  in  turn,  τινί,  Hdt. 
7,  114. 

Άντιχασμάομαι,  {ΰντί,  χασμάο- 
μαι)  to  yawn  before  or  at,  τινί,  Arist. 
Probl. 

Άντίχειρ,  εφος,  ό,  {άντί,  χειρ) 
the  thumb,  as  being  opposite,  to  the 
fingers,  Arist.  H.  A. 

Άντιχεφοτονέω.  {άντί,  χειροτον- 
έω)  to  vote  against,  absol.  m  Thuc.  6, 
13  ;  but  άντ.  μη  παρέχειν,  Ar.  Eccl. 
423.    Hence 

Άντιχειροτονία,  ας,  ?),  a  contrary 
vote. 

'Αντίχθων,  όνος,  ή,  sc.  γή,  {άντί, 
χθων)  the  land  of  the  antipodes,  Arist. 
Coel.  2,  13,  2,  and  Plut. :  hence  οι 
ΰντίχθονες^^άντίποδες. 

Άντίχορδος,  ov,  {άντί,  χορδή) 
played  on  different  strings  :  in  harmony. 

Άντιχοριιγέω,  to  be  άντιχόρηγος, 
Andoc.  34,  30  ;  άντ.  τινί.  to  rival  one 
in  the  choregia,  Dem.  534,  25. 

Άντιχόρηγος,  ου,  ό,  {ΰντί,  χορηγός) 
arival  choregus,  Andoc.  31,  36,  cf. 
Wolf  Dem.  Lei)t.  p.  XCI. 

Άντιχορία,  ας,  ή,  {ΰντί,  χορός)  α 
chorus  that  sings  alternately/  ivith  an- 
other, the  song  of  such  chorus. 

Άντίχρη,  un-Att.  ΰντιχρΰ,  aor.  1 
ΰντέχρησε :  impers.,  it  is  sufficient  for, 
τινί,  Hdt.  (formed  like  the  more 
freq.  ΰπόχρη.) 

'Αντίχρησις,  εως,  η,  {ΰντί,  χρησις) 
reciprocal  usage. 

'Αντιχρησμοδοτέω,  {άντί,  χρησμο- 
δοτέω)  to  deliver  oracles  in  turn. 

Άντιχρόνισμα,  ατός,  τό,  and 

Άντιχρονισμός,  ov,  ό,  the  u.^e  of 
one  tense  for  another,  Gramm. 

Άντι-ψάλλω,  {άντί.  ψάλλω)  to  play 
a  stringed  instrument  in  accompaniment 
of  song,  έλέγοις  φόρμιγγα,  Ar.  Αν. 
217.     Hence 

Άντίφαλμος,  ov,  responsii^e,  like 
αντίστροφος,  Eur.  I.  T.  179. 

Άντι-ψέγω,  {άντί,  ψέγω)  to  blame  in 
turn. 

Άντιψηώίζημαι,  fut.  -ίσομαι  Att. 
-Ϊονμαι,  {αντί,  ψηφίζομαι)  to  vote 
against,  Plut. 

Άντί-φηφος,  ov,  {ΰντί,  -φήφος)  vot- 
ing against,  opposing,  τινί.  Plat.  Ale. 
2,  150  B. 

Άντί-ψνχος,  ov,  {ΰντί,  ψυχή)  in- 
stead of  life,  given  for  life,  Luc. 

ΆντιιΙιύχω,{.-ξω,{ΰντί,  ■ψύχω)  to 
cool  or  refresh  in  return,  [v] 

Άντλεία,  ή,=^ΰντλία. 

Ά  ντλέω,  ώ,  ί, ησω, {αν  τλος)  strictly, 
to  bale  ffut  bilge-water,  bale  the  sh>p, 
Theogn.  673,  and  Alcae.,  cf.  Elmsl. 
Heracl.  169:  in  genl.  to  draw  water, 
Hdt.  6,  119:  άντλ.  επί  or  ες  τι,  to 
draw  and  pour  into  a  vessel,  i'lat.  Tim. 
79  A,  Xen.  Oec.  7,  40.— II.  metaph. 
to  draw  for,  i.  e.  seek  after,  search  for, 
άντλ.  μηχανήν,  Pind.  P.  3,  110  ;  but 
more  usu. — 2.  of  toil,  suffering,  etc., 
to  drain  dry,  i.  e.  bear  to  the  last.  πό• 
vov,  τύχην,  βίον  άντλείν,  like  Lat. 
exantlare,  exhnurire  lahores,  etc.,  Monk 
Hippol.  902. — 3.  άντλείν  κτήση•,  to 
drain,  i.  e.  squander,  Soph.  El.  1291 

Άντλη,  ή,=άντλος. 

"Αντλημα,  ατός,  τό,  (uit/Ifm'^  t'^nt 
which  is  emptied,  a  bucket,  pad,  Piut. 
— 11.  an  emptying. 

"Αντ^.ησις,  εως,  η,  a  drawing  vp  or 
emptying,  Ael. 

Άντλητήρ,  ήρος,  o,=  sq. 

Άντλητής,  ov,  6,  one  who  draws  up. 
— II.  a  vessel  to  draw  water,  a  huchii, 

Άντλητήριος,  ία,  lov,  belonging  to 
drawing  up,  TO  άντλ.,  sub.  ΰγγείον,  a 
bucket. 

'Αντλία,  ας,  ή,  also  άντλεία,  ή,  a 
ι  baling  out  of  bilge-water,  cf.  άντλος.— * 


ANTO 

II.  =  αντ7Μς,  bilge-water  :  in  genl. 
mud,  dirt,  Ar.  Pac.  17  :  also  the  hold 
itself.  Soph.  Phil.  482. 

Άντ/.ιαν-λήτηρ,  ηρος,  6,  a  bucket, 
Menand.  p.  17,  but  v.  Aleineke. 
Άντ'λίον,  ov,  TO,  a  bucket,  Ar.  Fr.82. 
•ANTAON,  ov,  70,=  sq. 
ΆΝΤΑΟΣ,  ov,  0,  in  Horn,  the  hold 
of  a  ship,  where  the  bilge-water  set- 
tles, Lat.  sentiua,  Od.  12,  411 ;  15,  479  : 
also  the  bilge-u-ater  in  the  hold,  ΰντ/.ον 
όέχεσθαι,  to  let  in  water,  leak,  Aesch. 
Theb.  790  ;  ΰντ/.ον  είργειν  ναός,  to 
pump  out  water  from  a  ship,  Lat.  senti- 
nam  exhaurire,  Eur.  Tro.  686  :  εν  ύντ- 
λω  τιθέναι,  to  put  in  the  lowest,  dirti- 
est part  of  the  ship,  i.  e.  treat  despite- 
fully,  Pind.  P.  8,  14,  cf  Lob.  Aj.  804: 
εις  άν-'λον  έμβαίνειν  ττόόα,  to  slip  into 
the  mud,  i.  e.  get  into  a  difficulty, 
Elmsl.  Eur.  Heracl.  168.— 2.  poet, 
in  genl.  the  sea,  Pind.  O.  9,  79,  Eur. 
Hec.  1025. — IL  a  bucket,  ship^s  pump. 
— lU.  a  heap  o/ corn,  thrashed  but  not 
yet  cleansed,  later,  Nic,  v.  Jac.  Anth. 
2,  2,  p.  227.  (Perh.  from  άνύ  :  Pott 
from  άνύ,  τλί/ναι,  cf.  τε'/.αμών,  τύ- 
λαντον,  from  Sans,  tul,  Lat.  tuli,  tol- 
lere,  Forsch.  1,  265.) 

Άντοδνρομαι,  f.  -νρονμαι,  {αντί, 
οδύρομαι)  to  lament  in  return.  [0] 

Άντοικοδομέω,  {αντί,   οίκοδομέω) 
to  build,  fortify  against,  Polyb.    Hence 
Άντοικοδομία,    ας,   ή,   a    building 
against.  Id. 

Άντοικος,  ov,  {αντί,  οίκος)  living 
opposite,  Plut. 

Άντοικτείρω,  {αντί,  οίκτείρω)  to 
pity  in  return,  τινά,  Eur.  Ion  312. 

Άντοίκτί^ω,  {αντί,  οίκτίζω)  = 
foreg.,  Thuc.  3,  40. 

Άντοίομαι,  {αντί,  οίομαι)  dep.  c. 
aor.  pass,  αντ^,ήβην,  to  be  of  contrary 
opinion.  Plat.  Theaet.  178  C. 

'kvTo7.i),  ης,  ή,  poet,  contr.  for  ava- 
το7.ή,  a  rising,  usu.  in  plur.  άντολαί 
ηε?ύοιο,  Od.  12,  4,  and  Trag. 

Άντυ?.ίη,  ης,  ή,  poet,  for  ΰνατο/.ίη, 
Nonn. :  άντο'λίηβε,  adv.,  poet,  for 
άνατολίηθε,  from  the  east,  0pp. 

Άντομαι,  defect,  dep.,  only  used 
in  pres.  and  inipf.,  {αντα,  αντί)  like 
άντύω  and  ΰντιάω,  to  meet,  light  upon, 
c.  dat.,  ά/,/ήλοις,  II.  15,  698  ;  but 
also  c.  gen.,  first  in  Pind.  P.  2,  130: 
absol.,  δι-/.όος  ηντετο  θώρηξ,  the 
do^ώle  breastplate  stoid  in  the  way,  op- 
posed, II.  4,  133,  but  ace.  to  Doder- 
lein,  the  breastplate  met,  lapped  over, 
so  as  to  be  double. — II.  c.  ace.  pers., 
^=αντιύζοι,  to  approach  with  prayers, 
entreat,  Έρμην,  Ar.  Thesm.  9Γ7  :  also 
c.  ace.  rei,  ΰντ.  τι  ν—έρ  Τίνος,  to  beg 
in  another's  behalf,  Soph.  O.  C.  243. 
Only  poet. 

Άντόμννμι,  fut.  -ομόσω  and  -ομοΰ- 
μαι,  {αντί,  δμννμι)  to  sicear  in  turn, 
c.  inf ,  Xen.  Hell.  3,  4.  6.— II.  as  Alt. 
law-term,  to  swear,  one  against  the 
other,  take  an  άντωμοσία  (q.  v.),  freq. 
in  Oratt. :  also  in  mid.,  Isae.  50, 17. 

Άντονίνημι,  fut.  -ονήσω,  {αντί, 
ονίνημι)  to  serve  mutually. 

Άντονομάζο.ΐ.  -άσω,{άντί,  ονομά- 
ζω) to  name  instead,  call  by  a  new  name, 
Thuc.  6.  5. — II.  to  speak  in  tropes,  Ar. 
Thesm.  55 :  in  Gramm.  to  use  uvt- 
ονομασίαι,  Rhet. — 2.  to  use  the  pro- 
noun, Gramm. ;  cf.  sq.    Hence 

Άντονομασία,  ας,  η,  a  different 
name  :  hence  antonomnsia,  i.  e.  the  us- 
ing an  epith.,  patronym.,  or  appellat. 
for  a  proper  name,  and  vice  versa, 
Yit.  Honi. :  also  in  Gramm.  the  pro- 
noun, or  the  use  of  it,  Lat.  pronomina- 
tio.  Bast.  Greg.  p.  399. 

'.Κ.ντόρνξις,  εως,  ή,  a  digging  in 
turn:  from 


ΑΝΤΩ 

Άντορνσσω,ί.  ■νξω,{ίντί,  ορνσσω) 
to  dig  against,  dig  a  counter-mine,  Hdt. 
4,  200. 

Άντορχέομαι,  {αντί,  δρχέομαι) 
dep.,  to  dance  against,  imitate  in  danc- 
ing, Arist.  H.  A. 

Αντοφείλω,  f.  ■?.ήσω,  {αντί,  οφεί- 
λο)  to  owe  another  a  good  turn,  Thuc. 
2,  40. 

Άντοφθα?.μέθ),  {αντί,  οφθα7.μέω) 
to  look  in  the  face,  meet  face  to  face, 
defy,  withstand,  τινί  and  ττρός  Tiva, 
Polyb.  :    from 

Άντόφθα/.μος,  ov,  {αντί,  οφθαλ- 
μός) looking  in  the  face,  defying. 

'Αντοχενς,  έως,  ό,=^άντιλαβενς  : 
from 

'Αντοχή,  ης,  ή,  {αντέχομαι)  α  hold- 
ing against,  holding  fast. 

Άντοχνρόω,  {αντί,  οχνρόω)  to  for- 
tify in  turn. 

Άντραΐος,  αία,  αΐον,  {άντρον)  be- 
longing to  or  like  a  cave :  haunting  caves 
or  grots,  Eur.  ap.  Steph.Byz.v.uirpoj', 
cf.  Meineke  Com.  Frag.  2, 1,  p.  434. 
Άντρέττω,  poet  for  ανατρέπω. 
Άντριάς,  ύδος,  ή,  {άντρον)  pecul. 
fem.  of  άντραϊος,  hence  ^,υμφαι  αντ., 
grot-Nymphs,  Anth. 

Άντροδίαιτος,  ov,  {άντρον,  δίαιτα) 
living  in  caves,  Orph. 

Άντροειδί^ς,  ες,  {άντρον  είδος)  like 
or  full  of  caves,  Plut. 

Άντροθε,  adv.,  formed  like  οίκο- 
θεν, from  a  cave,  Pind.  P.  4,  181. 

ΆΝΤΡΟΝ,  ου,  τό,  Lat.  antrum,  a 
cave,  grot,  cavern,  hole  :  Hom.  only  in 
Od.,  mostly  as  a  haunt  of  the  nymphs 
and  woodland  gods,  for  which  σττέος 
is  more  usu.  :  also  in  Pmd.,  and 
Trag.  (Deriv.  uncertain,  perh.  from 
ύημι,  άνεμος,  through  which  the  wind 
blows.  Pott.) 

Άντροφϋής,  ές,  {άντρον,  φύω)  bom 
in  caves  ;  uVT.  ττέτραι,  cavernous  rocks, 
Orph. 

Άντροχαρης,  ές,  {άντρον,  χαίρω) 
cave-harmting,  epith.  of  nympns  and 
Pan,  Id. 

Άντρώδης,  ές,  =  ΰντροειδής,  ftdl 
of  caves,  πέτρα,  Xen.  An.  4,  3,  11. 

V Αντρών,  ώνος,  ό  and  ή,  and  pi.  oi 
Άντρώνες,  Antron,  a  city  of  Thessaly, 
II.  2.  697  ;  hence  adj.  Αντμώνιος,  a, 
ov,  of  Antron,  Antronian,  Strab. 

VAvtv7.7m,  ης,  ή,  Antylla,  a  city  not 
far  from  Alexandrea,  Ath.  p.  33  E. 

ΫΑντυ7Λος,  ov,  ό,  Antyllus,  masc.  pr. 
n..  Plut.,  etc. — 2.  as  title  of  a  comedy 
of  Nicostratus,  Meineke  l,p.  347. 

Άντνξ,  ϋ}  Of .  ή,  strictl)',  any  round- 
ed or  curved  body,  and  so — I.  in  Hom. 
(only  in  II.), — 1.  the  rim  of  the  round 
shield,  with  or  without  σακέος  or 
άσπίδος,  11.  6,118;  18,479.-2.  the 
rail  or  high  rim  of  the  chariot,  some- 
times made  double,  δοιαΐ  δε  περίδρο- 
μοι  ύντυγές  είσι,  II.  5,  728  ;  it  rose 
in  front  to  a  point  on  which  the 
reins  might  be  hung,  lb.  262,  322,  cf. 
Ιτνς  :  later  also  in  plur.,  the  chariot  it- 
self. Soph.  El.  746.  Eur.  Phoen.  1193. 
— II.  post-Hom., — 1.  the  frame  of  the 
lyre,  Valckn.  Hippol.  1131.— 2.  the 
disc  of  the  moon,  Mosch.  2,  88. — 3. 
the  orbit  of  the  planets,  H.  Hom.  7, 
8. — 4.  in  Nonnus,  the  rounded  parts  of 
the  body,  άντνγες  μαστών,  μηρών, 
the  breasts,  hips. 

ΆντντΓοκρίνομαι,  Ion.  for  ΰνθνπο- 
κρίνομαι,  Hdt.  [t] 

Άντνττονργέω,  Ion.  for  άνθνπονρ- 
γέω)  Hdt. 

Άντωδή,  ης,  ή.  {αντί,  ωδή)  respon- 
sive singing :  hence 

Άντωδός,  όν,  singing  in  ansu-er  to, 
/.oyuv,'  Ar.  Thesm.  1059.  — II.  act. 
sung  in  answer,  ύρμονιά,  Anth. 


ANYM 

Άντωθέω,  ύ,  f.  -ώσω,  {αντί,  ώθίω) 
to  push  against  or  back,  Arist.  Mech. 

Άντωμος,  ov,  {αντί,  ώμος)  shoulder 
to  shoulder,  side  by  side  :  hence  a  next 
door  neighbour,  Cleomed.  4. 

Άντωμοσία,  ας,  ή,  {άντόμννμι)  an 
oath  taken  by  one  against  another  :  and 
SO  as  Att.  law-term,  the  oath  taken  on 
one  side  by  the  plaintiff,  on  the  other  by 
the  defendant,  that  their  cause  was 
just,  also  called  διωμοσία,  cf.  Ruhnk. 
Tim.,  Stallb  Plat.  Apol.  19  Β  :  it 
formed  part  of  the  άνύκρισις :  hence 
the  form  or  words  of  this  oath,  Plat, 
ibid. ;  also  άντ.  της  δίκης,  Lys.  169, 
38. 

VAvTuv,  ωνος,  ό,  Anton,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  Plut. 

Άντωνέομαι,  {αντί,  ωνέομαι)  dep., 
to  buy  instead,  Xen.  Oec.  20,  26  :  to 
bid  against,  ΰ7^λή?Μΐς,  Lys.  165,  5,  and 
Dem. 

ί'Αντωνία,  ας,  ή,  the  Lat.  Antonia, 
Anth. 

νΑντωνΐνος,  ου,  ό,  (he  Lat.  Antoni- 
nus, Hdn. 
^^Αντώνιος,  ov,  ό,  Antonius. 
'Αντωνυμία,  ας,  ή,  {αντί,  όνομα)  α 
word  used  instead  of  a  noun,  pronoun, 
Lat.  pronomen,  Dion.  H. :  the  use  of 
such  a  word.     Hence 

Άντωνϋμικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to 
αντωνυμία,  pronominal,  Dion.  H.  Adv. 
—κώς,  like  a  pronoun. 

Άντω-έω,=^άντοφθα7^μέω,  to   look 
straight  at,  Clem.  Al. :  from 
Άντωπής,  ές,  and 
'ΑντώτΓίος,  ov.  Αρ.  Rh.,^sq. 
Άντωπός,  όν,  {αντί,  ώψ)  with  the 
eyes  towards,  looking  straight  at,  facing, 
αντωπα  β/.έφαρα,  Eur.  1.  A.  585  :  be- 
fore the  eyes,  in  front,  Luc.  :  in  genl. 
straight  opposite :  manifest :  also  like, 
Opp.    Neut.  άντωπόν,  as  adv.,=:av- 
τικρύ. 

Άντωσις,    εως,    ή,    {άντωθέω)   α 
pushing  against  or  back.  Arist.  Respix. 
'Αντωτίς,  ίδος,  ή,=  άμφωτίς,  Clem. 
ΑΙ. 

'Αντωφε7ιέω,  {αντί,  ώφελέω)  to  as- 
sist, benefit  in  turn,  τινά,  Xen.  Mem. 
2,  10,  3.  Pass,  to  derive  profit  in  turn, 
lb.  2,  8,  3. 

Άννβριστί  adv.  of  sq.  Π.,  Anacr. 
62. 

Άνύβριστος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  υβρίζω) 
not  insulted,  not  ill-treated,  not  outraged. 
II.  act.,  without  insulting,  not  outrage- 
ous, τταιδίαί,  Plut.,  cf.  foreg. 

Άνϋγίαστος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  ύγιάζω) 
^=άνα7Μής,  incurable. 

'Avv^  ραίνω,  {άνύ,  υγραίνω)  to 
moisten,  soften,  and  mix  again,  Hipp. 
Hence 

'Αννγρασμός,  ov,  ό,  a  moistening, 
softening,  Archig.  ap.  Ο  rib. 

'Ανύδατος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  ύδωρ)  with- 
out water. 

Άννδρενομαι,  {άνά,  υδρεύομαι) 
dep.,  to  draw  up  water.  Pherecr.  Cori- 
ann.  11. 

Άννδρεντος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  υδρεύω) 
unwatered. 

'Ανυδρία,  ας,  ή,  want  of  water, 
drought,  Thuc.  3,  88  :  from 

"Ανυδρος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  νδωρ)  want- 
ing water,  waterless,  freq.  in  Hdt.  :  ή 
άνυδρος,  sub.  ■}ή,  or  τό  άννδρον,  sub. 
χωρίον.  Hdt.  3,  4,  9. 

Άνϋ/.ος,  ov.  {a  priv.,  νλη)  without 
wood. — 11.  immaterial,  incorporeal. 

Άννμέναιος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  νμεναϊος) 
without  the  nuptial  song,  unutdded. 
Soph.,  and  Eur. 

'Ανϊ•αες,  Dor.  for  ηννμεν,  from  av- 
νμι.  Theocr.  7,  10.     [u] 

Άννμι.  άννμαι,=^ύννω,  f/νντο  ίρ• 
γον,  the  work  was  finished,  Od.  5,  243. 
153 


ΑΝΤΠ 

'Ανυμνέω,  (ανά,  νμνέω)  to  praise  in 
song,  Eur.  El.  1190. 

Άνιί,ί/<ρειι-θ(•,  ov,  (a  priv.,  νυμφεύω) 
unwedded,  Soph.  El.  165 :  uv.  yovijv 
ίγειν.  to  be  born  of  an  evil  marriage, 
U.  Ant.  080,  ubi  v.  Schol. 

Άννμφος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  νύμφη)  not 
bridal,  unwedded,  uv.  τροφή.  Soph.  El. 
1183:  νύμφη  άννμφος,  a  bride  that  is 
no  bride,  unhappy  bride,  Eur.  Hec. 
f>l'2  :  άννμόα  γάμων  άμύ/ήματα,  un- 
hallowed embraces,  Sopn.  El.  492. — II. 
without  bride  or  mistress,  μέλαθρα, 
Eur.  Hel.  1125. 

Άννκαίτιος,  ov,  (a  priv.,ii7ramof) 
innocent.  Heliod. 

Ανύπαρκτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  νπύρχω) 
not  eiisling.  unreal,  Flut.     Hence 

Άινπαρ^ία.  ας,  ή,  non-existence, 
nonentity,  Sext.  Einp. 

Άννπείκτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  νπείκω) 
unyielding,  hard 

Άι'νπεξαίρετος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  νπεξ- 
αιρέομαι)  not  excepted.  Adv.  -τω^, 
xoithout  ejcception,  Anton. 

'λννττέρβΰτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  υπερ- 
βαίνω) not  passed  or  overcome,  Diog. 
L.  7,  93. 

'Ανυπέρβλητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  νπερ- 
βά7.'/.<Λ))  not  to  be  excelled,  unconquera- 
ble. Lys.,  and  Dein.  Adv.  -τως, 
Arist.  Rhet. 

' Ανυπέρθετος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  νπερτί- 
θημι)  not  delayed,  immediate. — II.  act. 
not  delaying.     Adv.  —τως. 

'  A  νυπέρΟη  τος,  σν ,  =άννπέρβλητος, 
strictly  lengthd.  collat.  form  of  άν- 
νπέρθετος. 

'Ανυπεροφία,  ας,  ή,  (α  priv.,  ΰπερ- 
OXpia)  want  of  haughtiness  or  vanity. 

Άννπεύθϋνος,  ov.  (a  priv.,  υπεύ- 
θυνος) not  liable  to  the  ευθύνη,  not 
accountable,  irresponsible,  absolute,  Ar. 
A''esp.  587,  and  Plat.    'Adv.  -νως. 

Άννπήκοος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  υπήκοος) 
not  obeying,  τινός.  Plat.  Tim.  73  A. 

' Αννπιγνος-,  ov,  (a  priv.,  νπτ/νη) 
beardless. 

Άνυπηρέτητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  νπη- 
ρετέυ)  witlunU  attendance,  Eurypham. 
ap.  Stob. 

Άννπνόω,  (ανά,  νπνόω)  to  rouse 
from  sleep. 

Άννποδεσία,  ας,  ή,  άνυποδετέω, 
άνυπόόετος,  ov,  are  later  forms  of 
ΰΓυποδησία.  -όητέω,  -δητος,  only 
found  in  late  prose,  as  Plut.,  Luc. 
etc.,  Lob.  Phryn.  445. 

Άννποδησία,  ας,  ή,  a  going  bare- 
foot. Plat.  Legg.  633  C  ;  and 

Άνυποδητέω,ώ,ί.-ήσω,  to  go  bare- 
foot, Luc. :  from 

'Ανυπόδητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  ύποδέω) 
unshod,  barefoot,  as  the  philosophers 
and  Spartans,  Epicharm.  p.  60,  Plat., 
etc.,  cf  Becker  Charicles  2,  p.  364, 
sq. :  also  with  old  shoes,  ill-shod,  Em. 
Ar.  Nub.  103. 

' Αννπόδΐκος,  ov,  {a  ρήν., υπόδικος) 
not  liable  to  action,  Plut. 

Άνυπόθετος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  ύποτίθη- 
til)  not  supposititious:  not  hypothetical, 
absolute,  Plat.  Rep.  510  B,  511  B.— 
II.  without  a  subject. 

Άνύποιστος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  υποφέρω) 
insupportable,  Dion.  H.     Adv.  -στως. 

'Ανυπόκριτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  υποκρί- 
νομαι) undisguised,  without  dissimula- 
tion, N.  T.     Adv.  -τως. 

'Ανυποαένετος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  υπομέ- 
νω) insupportable. — II.  act.,  unable  to 
bear.  The  form  άννπομένητος  is 
dub. 

Άνυπομόνητος,  ov,=foreg.,  Arist. 
Mir. 

Άννπονόητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  ΰπονο- 
έω)  unsuspected,  προς  tl,  in  a  thing, 
Dem  1404,  22.-2.  unexpected,  Polyb. 
154 


ΑΝΤΦ 

— II.  act.  unsuspecting,  τινός,  Id.  Adv. 
-τως. 

Άνυπόπτεντος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  ΰποπ- 
τεύω)  unsuspicious. 

'Ανύποπτος,  ov,  without  suspicion, 
unsuspicious,  i.  e. — 1.  pass,  unsuspect- 
ed, Thuc.  3,  43,  and  Xen. — 2.  act., 
unsuspecting,  τινός,  Polyb.  Adv.  —τως. 

'Ανυπόστατος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  νφίσ- 
τημι)  not  to  be  withstood,  irresistible, 
unconquerable,  δύναμις.  Plat.  Legg. 
666  Β  ;  φρόνημα,  πόλις,  Xen. — II. 
without  subsistence  or  consistence,  Are- 
tae. 

Άννπόστο?.ος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  vno- 
στέ?.λoμaι)^ιsing  no  concealment. frank, 
fearless,  Alciphr.     Adv.  -λωζ•. 

Άνυπόστρεπτος,  ov,  (ο  priv.,  υπο- 
στρέφω) vnri'turning. 

Άνυπόστροφος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  υπο- 
στροφή) from  which  7ione  return,  Orph. 

'Ανυπότακτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  υποτάσ- 
σω) 7iot  subdued,  turbulent. — II.  not  to 
be  classified  under  heads,  perplexed,  uv. 
διηγησις,  a  confused  narrative,  Polyb. 

Άνυποτίμητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  υποτι- 
μάω) not  valued,  not  enrolled  in  the  cen- 
sor's books,  Lat.  7ion  census. — II.  uv. 
δίκη,  a  suit,  in  which  the  defendant  has 
put  in  no  estimate  of  damages. — III. 
unpunished,  like  ίνεπιτίμ7]τος,  Jo- 
seph.    Adv.  -τως. 

Άννπονλος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  ύπουλος) 
without  guile. 

Άννπονς,  6,  ή,  gen.  ποδός,  {αννω, 
πους)  for  άνυσίπους,  =  ταχνπους, 
formed  like  τηνύπονς. 

Άνυποφόρητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  ϋπο- 
φορέω)  insufferable . 

Άνύπτιης.  ov,  (α  priv.,  ύπτιος)  not 
leaning  back,  Diog.  L. 

Άννσιεργός,  όν,  (άννω,  έργον)  fin- 
ishing work,  industrious,  Theocr. 

Άνύσιμος,  ov,  {άννω)=άννστικός, 
άνυτικός,  efficacious,  effectual,  προς  τι. 
Plat.  Legg.  716  D,  εΐΓ  τι,  Xen.  Cyr. 
1,  6.  22.     Adv.  -μος.  Plat,  [ϋ] 

"Ανϋσις.  εως,  ή.  (άννω)  accomplish- 
ment, end,  II.  2,  347  :  ονκ  άννσίν  τίνα 
δήομεν,  we  find  no  end,  accomplish  no- 
thing, Od.  4,  544  :  hence  cessation, 
Theocr.  25,  93. 

^Άννσις,  ιος,  6,  Any.iis,  an  early 
king  of  Aegypt,  Hdt.  2,  137. 

νΑννσις,  ιος  and  εως.  ή,  Anysis,  a 
city  of  Aegypt,  Hdt.  2,  137 :  hence 
Άνύσιος,  a,  ov,  of  Anysis,  Anysian, 
Id.  2,  166. 

■\Άνυσο€,  ου,  δ,  Anysus,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  Hdt.  i,  98. 

Άννστέον,  verb.  adj.  from  άννω, 
one  must  accomplish. 

Άννστικός,  ή,  όν,  (άννω)  fit  for  ac- 
complishing, efficacious,  effectual,  Arist. 
Physiogn. :  cf  άνυτικός. 

Άννστός,  όν,  (άνύω)  accomplished, 
fulfilled  :  to  be,  that  can  be  accomplish- 
ed, possible,  Eur.  Heracl.  961  :  σιγί) 
ώς  ανυστόί',  as  stilly  as  possible  (like 
ώς  δυνατόν),  Schneid.  Xen.  An.  1,  8, 
11  ;  so  too  ?/  άννστυν  μετριωτύτω, 
Id.  Oec.  20,  22. 

ί'Ανύτη,  ης,  ή,  Anyte.  a  poetess  of 
Tegea  in  Arcadia,  Pans.  10,  38,  13. 

Άνυτικός,  ή,  όν,^=άννστικός,  Xen. 
Hipparch.  2,  6 :  condemned  by  Lob. 
Paral.  431. 

"Ανϋτο,  Dor.  for  ήνυτο,  3  impf.  of 
ύννμι,  Theocr.  [ώ] 

νΑνϋτος.  ου,  ό,  Anytus,  a  Titan, 
Pans.  8,  37,  5. — 2.  son  of  Anthemion, 
and  one  of  the  accusers  of  Socrates, 
Xen.,  Plat. 

Άνύτω,  or  better  άνύτω,  Att.  form 
of  ΰνΰω,  only  used  in  pres.  and  impf, 
Pors.  Phopu.  46:i :  but  άννττω  is  bar- 
baious,  Schiif  Greg.  p.  70.  [αι•ί] 

Άννφαίνω,  {άνύ,  υφαίνω)  to  un- 


ΑΝΩ 

weave. — II.  ίο  weave  anno.  Plat.  Phaed. 
87  D.  ^ 

Άνΰφαντος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  υφαίνω) 
unwoven. 

Άνυφόω,  (άνά,  νφόω)  to  raise  on 
high,  Anth.     Hence 

Άννψωμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  raised  place, 
Aesop. 

'Αννω,  ί.ΰσω,  Att.  άνΰτω,  or  better 
άνύτω,  q.  v.,  and  poet,  άνυμι,  {άνω) 
to  accomplish,  complete,  effect,  Lat.  con- 
ficere,  strictly  to  finish,  make  complete 
by  upward  growth  (v.  Thuc.  2,  75,  76) : 
hence — 1.  to  complete,  finish  a  work, 
έργον,  Od.  5,  243  :  absol.  ουδέν  ήννε, 
he  did  no  good,  Hdt.  9,  66. — 2.  to  make 
an  end  of,  destroy,  φ7ώξ  σε  ήνυσεν, 
Od.  24,  71  :  also  to  kill,  for  which 
Hom.  uses  έξαννω. — 3.  to  come  to  the 
end  of  a  journey,  όσον  7/νυσε  ν7/ϋς,  as 
much  as  a  ship  gets  over  (sub.  όδοϋ), 
Od.  4,  357,  and  without  this  ace, 
όφρα  τάχιστα  νηνς  άνύσειε  (sub. 
όδυν),  Od.  15.  294,  cf  Theogn.  511, 
Sojih.  Ant.  231 ;  in  Att.  freq.  άνύειν 
or  τε/uiv  εις...,  to  make  one's  way  to 
a  place,  Br.  Soph.  O.  C.  1562 ;  so  too 
προς  πόλιν.  Soph.  Tr.  657,  έπΙ  άκτάν, 
Eur.  Hipp.  743;  and  without  prep. 
άνύτειν  θάλαμον  for  έιδον  εΙς  θάλα- 
μον,  to  reach,  arrive  at  the  bridal  cham- 
ber. Soph.  Ant.  805 ;  so  άν.  άδην, 
Eur.  Supp.  1142. — 4.  to  attain  to.  get, 
procure,  γαστρϊ  φορβάν.  Soph.  Phil. 
713  ;  c.  gen.  χρείας  άν.,  Sojjh.  Ο.  C. 
1755,  like  τυγχάνω. — II.  c.  partic, 
OVK.  άννω  φθονέονσα,  I  gain  nothing 
by  grudging,  II.  4,  56  ,  in  Att.  also  like 
φθάνω,  with  signf  of  doing  a  thing 
speedily,  άΐ'νε  πράττων,  7nake  haste 
about  it,  Ar.  Plut.  413;  άννσην  νπο- 
δησύμενος,  make  haste  and  get  your 
shoes  on,  Ar.  Vesp.  1108,  cf  Av.  241  ; 
but  Ar.  more  frcq.  has  άννσας,  or  άν- 
ύσας  τι,  c.  imperat.,  7nake  haste  and 
...,  e.  g.  άνΰσας  άνοιγε,  ανάβαινε, 
etc..  Nub.  181.  Vesp.  398  ;  so  too  άν- 
ύσας  βυηθησάτω,  Ach.  571  ;  so  too 
ακολουθήσεις  άνύσας  τι.  Nub.  506, 
cf  1253  :  also  άννε  alone,  7nake  haste! 
dispatch  !  so  too  ovKovv  άννσεις.  Ran. 
049. — III.  much  less  freq.  c.  inf.  στρα- 
τός ήνυσε  περάν,  the  ar7ny  succeeded 
in  crossing,  Aesch.Pers.  721. — B.  Mid. 
to  accomplish  for  one's  own  advantage, 
έργα  άνύσσεσϋαι,  Od.  16,  373  ;  so  too 
in  Att.,  Heind.  Plat.  Phaed.  69  D: 
but  in  Hdt.  1,  91,  it  is  used  just  like 
act. — C.  Pass.,  to  be  fi7iished,  and  of 
persons,  to  groiv  up,  ήνντόμην  τρο- 
φαϊς,  Aesch.  Ag.  1159.  [άιϋ  ■  but  in 
Ep.  fut.  and  aor.,  σ  is  sometimes 
doubled.]     Cf.  sq.  sub  fin. 

ΆΝΩ,  imperf  ήνον,  radic.  form  of 
άννω  and  άνντω,  to  accomplish,  finish  : 
the  act.  only  in  Horn.,  7)vov  όδόν,  Od. 
3,  496 ;  (έπισπένδων  άνοις  ace.  to 
Dobree's  conj.),  Aesch.  Fr.  147  ;  άνων 
(ace.  to  Herm.),  Soph.  O.  C.  526; 
άνοντος  εις  σωτηρίαν  (like  άνύω  I. 
3),  Ar.  Vesp.  3G9.  Pass,  to  come  to 
an  end,  be  finished,  Hom.  :  also  in 
Hdt..  ήνετο  το  έργον,  8,  71,  and 
Aesch.  Cho.  799,  ubi  v.  Bloinf  :  most- 
ly of  the  conclusion  of  a  period  of 
time,  ννξ  άνεται,  the  7vght  draws  to  its 
end,  II.  10,  251  ;  έτος  άνόμενον.  the 
leaning  year,  Valck.  Hdt.  7.  20,  cf  1, 
189:  cf  άνώομαι.  (Prob.  akin  to  the 
adv.  ύΐ'ω,ν.  Buttm.  Lex.  v.  ίνήνοθεν 
7.)  [ά,  except  once  in  άνοιτο,  II.  18, 
473.] 

"Ανω,  adv.  (άι•ά)  vp,  upwards,  άνω 
προς  λόφον,  Od.  11,  596  :  c.  gen., 
αιθέρος  άνω,  up  to  ether.  Eur.  Or. 
1542  :  usu.  above,  on  high,  άνω  ήσθαι, 
οί'ρανω  κνρείν  άνω,  έν  θίοϊς  άνω, 
etc.,  Trag. — 2.  of  the  quarters  of  the 


Α.ΝΩΓ 

heaven,  northwards,  II.  24,  544,  Hdt. 
1,  T-i,  opp.  to  KUT(j,  southwards. — 3. 
Oi  countries,  inland,  upfront  the  coast. 
Valck.  Hdt.  4, 18. — t.  of  nine,  former- 
ly, of  old,  είζ  TO  άνω,  reckoning  upwards 
or  backwards.  Plat.  Theaet.  175  Β  : 
also  oi  ΰνω  τοΰ  γένους  or  τον  χρόνου, 
the  forefathers,  ancestors.  Plat.,  etc.  : 
but  oi  άνω  θεοί.  the  gods  above,  Lat. 
superi.  Soph.  Ant.  1072 ;  but  oi  άνω, 
the  liinng,  opp.  to  oi  κάτω,  the  dead, 
lb.  1068. — 5.  άνω  καϊ  κάτω,  up  and 
down,  upside  down,  topsy-turvy,  hence 
Hdt.  3,  3,  τά  μεν  άνω  κάτω  ϋήσω,  τα 
όέ  κάτω  άνω.  cf.  Aesch.  Eum.  650 ; 
so  in  Att.  άνω  καΐ  κάτω  στρέφειν, 
μεταστρέόΐίν,  μετα'λαμβάνειν,  etc., 
Plat.. and  άΐ'ω  και  κάτω μετα~ί~τειν, 
γίγνεσθαι,  to  be  turned  upside  down, 
ρ  rob.  metaph.  from  the  sea,  Dissen 
Pind.  O.  12,  7  :  but  άνω  και  κάτω 
αετα3ά/.λειν  or  μετα3ά/./.εσθαι,  to 
turn  a  thing  all  ivays  in  one's  mind,  and 
SO  to  be  quite  at  a  loss.  Plat.  cf.  Heind. 
Phaed.  96  A,  Prot.  356  D :  also  άνω 
τε  και  κάτω,  and  κάτω  τε  και  άνω, 
Plat.  Phil.  43  A  ;  and  sometimes 
άνω  κάτω,  like  Lat.  hie  illic,  Ar.  Av. 
3,  cf.  Heind.  Gorg.  493  A;  also  xip 
and  down,  to  and  fro,  always  in  the 
same  place,  Lnc.  Tim.  24. — II.  as  prep, 
c.  gen.,  above,  η  άνω  "A/.voc  'Ασίη, 
Hdt.  1, 130  :  also  Ά/Λ'ος  άνω,  1,  103; 
but  so  mostly  in  late  authors,  άνω 
γένους,  etc.,  Schiif.  Schol.  Ap.  Rh. 
Par.  4,  825.  Compar.  ανωτέρω,  ab- 
sol.  and  c.  gen.,  ανωτέρω  Σαμοϋ,  be- 
yond Samos,  Hdt.  8,  130,  132  :' superi. 
άνωτάτω,  Hdt.,  cf.  ανώτατος. 

*  ΆΝΩ,  supposed  root  of  διαίνω 
in  Gramm. 

Άνω.  subjunct.  aor.  2  from  άνίημι. 
[ά] 

Άνωγα,  old  Ep.  perf.  c.  pres,  signf., 
I  command,  bid,  order,  Lat.  jubeo,  esp. 
of  kings  and  masters:  but  also  of 
equals  or  inferiors,  to  advise,  urge  one 
to  do...,  II.  5,  899,  Od.  2,  195  :  fuii 
construct,  c.  ace.  pers.  et  inf ,  e.  g. 
άνώγει  ττάσας  ενχεσβαι,  he  bade  all 
pray.  Soph.  Tr.  1247 :  also  c.  dai. 
pers.,  Od.  10,  531 ;  20,  139,  sq.:  Horn 
oft.  has  θυμός  άνωγέ  με,  iny  spirit 
bids,  prompts  me.  ana  joins  έΰοτρννω 
καί  άνωγα,  κέ/Μμαι  και  άνωγα.  The 
tenses  are  very  irreg. :  from  the  perf 
(which  never  takes  the  augment) 
we  have  1  plur.  ind.  άνωγμεν,  Η. 
Horn.  Αρ.  528.  imperat.  άνωχβι,  άνω- 
γέτω,  άνώ)ετε,  and  irreg.  ΰνώχβω. 
ανωχβε,  as  if  from  άνώγημι :  piqpf- 
ηνώγειν.  and  without  augm.  άνώγειν. 
Ion.  ήνώγεα  (c.  impf.  siarnf )  :  but 
άνώγει  in  Od.  5.  1.39,  Hdt.  7,  104, 
must  not  be  referred  to  this  pIqpf , 
for  by  signf  it  is  pres.  :  whence  we 
have  further  forms  in  impf.  άνωγον, 
άνώγεον,  fut.  άνώξω,  aor.  1  ηνωξα, 
all  in  II.  or  Od.  (Deriv.  uncertain. 
Buttm.  derives  it  from  an  old  root 
*άγγω,  thus  connecting  it  with  άγ- 
γέλλω:  Pott,  Forsch.  1,  183,  tries 
other  ways.) 

Άνώγαιον,  ου,  τό,  {άνω,  γαία) 
strictly  any  thing  above  ground:  but 
only  used  for  a  raised  building,  the  up- 
per floor  of  a  house,  used  as  a  grana- 
ry, Xen.  An.  5,  4,  28  :  also  as  a  din- 
ing-room, like  Lat.  coenaculum,  N.  T. 
Marc.  14,  15.  We  find  in  Gramm. 
the  forms  άνώγεον,  τό,  άνώγεων,  εω, 
τό,  and  άνώγεως,  εω,  ό,  ή.  Lob.  Phryn. 
297. 

Α,νύγεν,  3  sing,  imperf.  act.  Ep. 
for  άνέφγεν,  from  άνοίγνυμι,  II.  14, 
1C8. 

Άνώγεων,  ω,  τά,  and  άνώγεως,  ω, 
ό  τ].—ανύγαιθί>,  q.  ν. 


ΑΝΩΝ 

'Κνωγή,  ης,  η,  (άνωγα)  α  command, 
exhortation,  advice.  Αρ.  Rh. 

Άνωγμεν,  Ep.  syncop.  1  plur.  ind. 
from  άνωγα,  like  έοιγμεν  from  έοικα, 
Η.  Hom.  Αρ.  528. 

Άνώγω,  old  pres.,  only  found  in  3 
sing,  άνώγει,  cf.  άνωγα,  fin. 

^Άνώγων,  ωνος,  ό,  Anogon,  son  of 
Castor  and  Hilaira,  ApoUod. 

Άνώδης,  ες,  (α  priv.,  όζω,  όδωδα) 
scentless,  without  smell.  Plat.  Tim.  50 
Ε  :  formed  like  ευώδης. 

Άνωδος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  ωδή)  song- 
less,  not  singing,  Arist.  H.  A. 

Άνωδϋνής,  ές,  (α  pi'iv.,  όδύντι)= 
ανώδυνος. 

Άνωδΰνία,  ας,  ή,  freedom  from  pain, 
Protag.  ap.  Plut.  2,  118  Ε  :  from 

'Χνώδννος,  ov,  {a  priv..  οδύνη)  free 
from  pain,  άνθρωπος,  Soph.  Phil.  883: 
also  of  things,  to  μη  φρονείν  κάρτ' 
άν..  Id.  Aj.  555. — II.  act.  allaying  pain  ; 
φάρμακον  άν.,  an  anodyne,  Plut.  Adv. 
-νως. 

Άνωθεν,  Dor.  άνωθα,  adv.,  (άνω) 
of  place,  from  above,  from  ftearen, Pind. 
Fr.  87. — 2.  much  like  άνω,  above,  on 
high,  Aesch..  and  so,  oi  άνωθεν,  the 
living,  Aesch.  Ch.  834  :  also  in  Plat., 
etc. :  c.  gen.,  άνωθεν  γης.  Id.  Ag.  1579: 
cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  128.— II. /rorn  the  be- 
ginning, άρχεσθαι  εττιχειρείν.  Plat., 
έξετάζειν,  Dem.,  like  Lat.  ex  alto 
repetere. 

Άνωθέω,  fut.  -ωθήσω  and  -ώσω, 
(ανά,  ώθέω)  to  push  up  or  forth,  άνώ- 
σαντες  π?.έον,  sc.  vavv,  they  pushed 
off  from  shore  and  sailed,  Od.  15.  553, 
like  protrudere  in  altum.  Mid.,  to  put 
away  from  one's  self,  like  άττωθεΐσθαΐ, 
Hdt.  7,  139;  8,  109.^  Hence 

Άνώθησις,  εως,  ή,  a  pushing  up- 
wards, poshing  back. 

Άνωιστί,  adv.  of  sq.,=άvωiστως, 
unlooked  for,    unforeseen,    Od.    4,    92. 

Άνώιστος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  οίομαι)  un- 
looked for,  unforeseen,  II.  21,  39. — II. 
not  to  be  guessed  or  made  out,  like 
άφραστος,  Ep.  Hom.  5.  Adv.  -τως. 
— III.  =^άνοιστός,  (αναφέρω)  referred, 
snhmitted  to  a  person,  ες  τήν  ΙΙυβίαν, 
Hdt.  6,  66,  where  some  read  ivoi- 
στός. 

'Ανώλεθρος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  όλεθρος) 
indestructible,  αθάνατος  και  άνώλ.. 
Plat.  Phaed.  88  Β,  etc.— II.  act.  not 
deadly,  harmless.  Paus. 

Άνωμα/.ής,  ές,  (a  priv.,  oyua?i,of)  = 
ανώμαλος,  Arist.  Probl.  Comp.  -λέ- 
στερος,  Id.  Η.  Α. 

Ανωμαλία,  ας,  ή,  unevenness,  irre- 
gularity, Aeschin.  29,  11;  35,  7:  in 
Gramm  ,  deviation  from  the  general  rule, 
anomaly. — II.  indisposition,  Heliod. 

Άνωμα/.ίσθαι,  inf.  pi.  pass,  from 
άνομαλιζω,  Arist.  Rhet.  3,  11,  5. 

'Ανώμαλος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  όμα'λός) 
uneven,  unequal,  irregular,  inconstant, 
Eur.  Scyr.  2  :  to  av.,  unevenness  of 
ground,  Thuc.  7,  71.  —  2.  in  Gramm. 
of  words  which  deviate  from  a  general 
rule,  anomalous.  Adv.  -7.ως,  Plat. 
Hence 

Άνωμαλότης,  ητος,  ή,=^άνωμα7ύα. 
Plat. 

Άνωμάλωβις,  εως,  ή,  (άνύ,  όμαλόω) 
α  making  even,  των  ουσιών,  equalisa- 
tion of  property. 

Άνωμος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  ώμος)  without 
shoulder. 

Άνωαοτί,  adv.  of  sq.,  without  oath, 
Hdt.  2,'ll8. 

Άνώμοτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  όμννμι)  un- 
sworn, not  bound  by  oath,  Eur.  Hipp. 
612,  ubi  Valck.,  cf  Ar.  Ran. 

Άνωνις,  ιδος,  ή,=όνωνις. 

Άνωνόμαστος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  όνα- 


ASEI 
μύζω)  vn'thout  name,  not  to  he  named, 
indescribable,    Eur.     Hec.    714 ;     άν. 
οσμή,    Ar.    Av.    1715.  —  II.  nameless, 
inglorious. 

νΑνωνος,  ov,  6,  Anonus,  a  fountain 
in  Laconia,  Paus.  3,  20,  7. 

Άνωννμεί,  a  id  άνωννμί,  adv.  of 
ανώνυμος,  without  name. 

Ανωνυμία,  ας,  ή,  namelessness : 
from 

Ανώνυμος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  όννμα, 
Aeol.  for  όνομα)  without  name,  not 
named,  Od.  8,  552,  Hdt.  4,  45.  — II. 
nameless,  unknown,  inglorious,  "',ήρας, 
Pind.  O.  1,  132 :  so  γη,  πατρίς,  -Jiof, 
etc.,  Eur.,  Ar.,  etc. 

Άνωξις,  εως,  ή,=  άνωγή. 

Άνώξω,  irreg.  tut.  of  ανωγα,  Hom. 

Άνώομαι  =  άνω,  άνύω,  corrupt 
readmg  Η.  Hom.  Αρ.,  ubi  al.  μνωό- 
μενος,  al.  άγαιόμενος.    [άν} 

Άνώπιον,  ου,  τό  (άνύ,  6πή)  the 
part  above  the  door,  or,  like  προνωπιον, 
the  part  before  it. 

'Ανωρία,  of,  η,  untimeliness :  άν. 
τον  έτους,  the  bad  season  oi  the  year, 
i.e.  winter,  Valck.  Hdt.  8,  113;  opp. 
to  ώρα  έτους :  from 

Άνωρος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  Cjpa)  like 
άωρος,  untimely,  unripe,  Lat.  imma- 
turus,  άν.  άτϊοθανέειν,  Hdt.  2,  79. 

Άνώροφος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  όροφος) 
without  roof,  uncovered.  Lye. 

Άνωρροθία,  ας,  ή,  (άνω,  ροθέω)  the 
dashing  up  of  the  waves. 

ΆνωΙ^ροηος,  ov,  (άνω,  βέπω)  in- 
clined upwards. 

Άνωρύομαι,  (άνύ,  ώρύομαι)  dep., 
to  howl  aloud,  Anth.    [v] 

Άνωσαι,  Ion.  for  άνοϊσαί,  =  Att. 
άνενέγκαι,  inf.  aor.  1  act.  of  αναφέρω, 
Hdt.  1,  157. 

Άνώσαντες,  part.  aor.  1  of  άνωθέω, 
Od. 

Ανώτατος,  η,  ov,  superi.  formed 
from  άνω,  topmost,  τα  ανώτατα,  Hdt. 
2,  125. 

Άνωτάτω,  superi.  adv.  from  άνω, 
at  top,  Hdt.  7,  23. 

Άνωτερικός  ή,  όν,  upper  or  higher, 
N.T. :  from 

'Ανώτερος,  a,  ov,  compar.  adj.  from 
άνω,  upper,  Dion.  H. 

'Ανωτέρω,  compar.  adv.  from  άνω, 
higher,  above,  Hdt. 

Άνωφέλεια,  ας,  ή,  uselessness,  Diog. 
L. :  from 

Άνωφε/.ής,  ές,  (a  priv.,  ΰφε/.έω) 
useless,  Aesch.  Pr.  33,  Eur.,  etc. :  in 
Att.  usu.  hurtful,  prejudicial,  Thuc.  6, 
33,  Tivi,  Plat.,  and  Xen.,  cf.  Heind. 
Plat.  Prot.  334  A.     Adv.  -λώς. 

Άνωφέ/.ητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  ώφε/Jω) 
not  turned  to  profit,  fruitless,  unprofit- 
able, Tivi,  to  one,  Aesch.  Cho.  752 : 
absol.  άν.  γη,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  6,  11. — 2. 
useless,  worthless.  Soph.  Ant.  645. — 3. 
whom  no  assistance  can  avail,  hopelessly 
lost,  Eupol.  Incert.  87. 

Άνώφε?.ος,  ον,=^άνωφε?-ής. 

Ανωφέρεια,  ας,  ή,  niotion  upwards, 
opp.  to  κατωφέρεια :  from 

Άνωφερής,  ές.  (άνω,  φέρομαι)  borne 
upwards,  ascending,  AriSt.  Probl. : 
rugged,  steep,  Diod.,  opp.  to  κάτω• 
φερής. 

Άνώφ?ΰον,  ου,  τό,  (άνω,  φ/uu)  the 
lintel  of  a  door. 

Άνώφοιτος,  ov,  (άνω,  φοιτάω) 
mounting  uptvards. 

Άνώφορος,  ον,^άνωφερής. 

Άνωχθι,  ΰνώχβω,  άνωχθε,  Ερ. 
syncop.  imperat.  perf.  from  άνωγα, 
q.  v.,  Hom. 

Άνώχνρος,  ov,  =  άνόχνρος,  Xen. 
Ages.  6,  6,  if  reading  correct. 

Άξεινος,  ov.  Ion.  for  άξενος,  (a 
priv.,  ξένος)  first,  in  Hes. — II.  Άξεί' 
155 


ΑΞΙΟ 

vor,  ό,  SC.  TTOvroc,    The  Axine,  usu. 
called  the  Eiucine,  Find.  P.  4,  362. 

νχξέμεν  and  άξέμεναι.  Ep.  for 
άξΐΐν,  fut.  inf.  of  άγυ,  II.  23,  668; 
also  as  aor.  inf ,  II.  2-1,  663,  v.  Buttm. 
Catal.  p.  7. 

Άξΐνάγώγητος,  ov,  (o  priv.,  ξενα- 
γωγέω)  not  received  as  a  guest. 

Άξίΐ'ία,  ας.  ή,  inhospitality,  Strab. : 
of  places,  a  being  uninhabitable  :    from 

Άξενος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  ξένος)  inhos- 
pitable. Plat.  Soph.  217  Ε  :  of  places, 
uninhabitable,  desolate,  όρμος.  Soph. 
Phil.  217,  πόντος,  γη,  στέγη,  etc., 
Eur. 

Άξεστος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  ξέω)  unhewn, 
unwrought,  ?.ίθος.  Soph.  O.  C.  19. 

'Αξία,  ας,  ή.  (strictly  fern,  from 
άξιος)  the  worth  or  value  ol'  a  thing, 
τινός,  Hdt.  4,  196,  etc. :  of  persons, 
worth,  rank,  honour ;  thus  oi  εκ'  αξίας, 
those  in  honour  or  office,  the  magistrates, 
Luc. :  in  genl.  a  man's  due  or  deserts, 
ντΓοτελεΙν  άξίην  ιίασιλέϊ,  Hdt.  4, 201 ; 
της  αξίας  τνγχύνειν,  to  get  one's  due, 
Ar.  Av.  1223  ;  κατ'  αξίαν,  according 
to  desert,  duly,  Eur.  Hec.  374,  and 
Plat. ;  also  πρυς  την  αξίαν,  Plat. 
Legg.  945  Β,  and  Xen. ;  νιτέρ  την 
άξίαν,  beyond  desert,  unduly,  Eur. 
H.  F.  146 ;  also  -αρά  την  αξίαν,  un- 
deservedly, Wytt.  Ep.  Cr.  p.  204 :  in 
the  technical  language  of  the  Stoics. 
the  honestum,  Heyne  Epict.  36 :  τιμή 
is  supplied. — II.  will,  desire,  Diod.,  v. 
άξιυω. 
ΥΑξία,  ας,  η,  Axia,  a  city  in  Locris. 
— 2.  a  city  of  Italy. 

Αξιαγάπητος,  ov,  (άξίος,  αγαπάω) 
worthy  of  love,  Clem.  Al. 

Άξιάγαστος,  ov,  {άξιος,  άγομαι) 
worth  admiring,  admirable,  Xen.  Rep. 
Lac.  10,  2. 

Άξιύκονστος,  ov,  (άξιος,  ακούω) 
worth  hearing,  Xen.  Symp.  4,  44. 

Άξιακρόύτος.  ov,  (άξιος,  άκρού- 
ομαι)  worth  listening  to,  Xen.  Lac. 
Kep.  4,  2. 

Άξιαττήγητος,  ov,  Ion.  for  άξιαφή- 
γητος,  Hdt.  1,  16,  etc. 

Άξιαπόλαυστος,  ov,  (άξιος,  άπο- 
?.ανω)  worth  enjoying,  Strab. 

Άξιαόήγητος,  ov,  Ion.  άξιαπήγ., 
(άξιος,  ΰφηγέομαι)  worth  telling,  Hut. 
1,  16,  etc. 

Άξιεπαίνετος,  ov,=  sq.,  v.  1.  in 
Xen.  Hell.  4,  4,  6. 

'Αξιέπαινος,  ov,  (άξιος,  ίπαινέω) 
praiseworthy,  Xen.,  and  Dem. 

Άξιεπιθνμητος,  ov,  (άξιος,  έπιθϋ- 
μέω)  worth  desiring,     [ϋ] 

Άξιέραστος,  ov,  (άξιος,  εραμαι) 
worthy  of  love,  Xen.  Symp.  8,  14. 

Άξιήκοος,  ov,  (άξιος,  άκοή)=^άξιά- 
κονστος,  Ep.  Socr. 

Άξΐνάριον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  sq., 
Joseph. 

Άξίνη,  ης,  ή,  an  axe  :  in  Horn,  a 
battle-axe,  11.  13,  612,  Hdt.  7,  64. 
(Passow  from  άγνυμι :  Pott,  better, 
from  ξέω,  with  a  euphon.)    [i] 

Άξίνίδιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  fromforeg., 
Joseph. 

νλξινομαντεία,  ας,  ή,  (άξίνη,  μαν- 
τεία) divination  by  means  of  axes,  Plin. 
H.  N.  36,  19. 

Άξιοβίωτος,  ov,  (άξιος,  βιάω)  worth 
living  for,  ονκ  άξιοβίωτόν  έστιν,  cf 
αβίωτος,  Xen.  Hell.  4,  4.  6. 

Άξιοδύκρϋτος,  ov,  (άξιος,  δακρνω) 
worthy  of  tears. 

Άξιοεργός.  όν,  (άξιος,  ίργον)  worthy 
of  work,  equal  to  or  capable  of  work, 
Xeii.  Oec.  7,  34. 

Άξιόζηλος,  ov,  (άξιος,  ζήλος)  envi- 
able, Ael.     Adv.  -λως. 

Άξιοζήλωτος,  ov,  (άξιος,  ζηλόω)= 
(oreg.,  Plut. 
156 


ASIO 

Άξι<)θάνΰτος,  ov,  (άξιος,  θάνατος) 
worthy  of  death,    [a] 

'Αξιοθαύμαστος,  ov,  (άξιος,  θαυ- 
μάζω) wondi:r-worthy,  worthy  of  admira- 
tion, Xen.  Mem.  1,  4,  4,  in  compar. 
-ότερος. 

'Αξιοθέατος,  ov.  Ion.  -ητος,  (άξιος, 
θεάομαι)  well  worth  seeing,  freq.  iii 
Hdt.,  and  Xen. 

Άξιόθεος.  ov,  (άξιος,  θεός)  worthy 
of  God.  holy,  Eccl. 

Άξώβεας,  ov,  (άξιος,  θέα)  ivorth 
seeing,  Alciphr. 

Άξώθρηνος,  ov,  (άξιος,  θρήνος) 
worthy  of  lamentation,  Eur.  Alc.  904. 

Άξιοθρΐάμβευτος,  ov,  (άξιος,  θριαμ- 
βεύω) worth  a  triumph,  Sueton. 

Άξιοκαταφρόνητος.  ov,  {άξιος,  κα- 
ταφρονέοή  deserving  contempt. 

' Αξιοκοινώνητος,  ov,  (άξιος,  κοι- 
ΐ'ωνέω)  worthy  of  one's  society,  Plat. 
Legg.  961  A. 

Άξιόκτητος,  ov,  (άξιος,  κτάομαι) 
worth  getting,  Xen.  Cyr.  5,  2,  10. — II. 
bought  cheap. 

Άξίόληπτος,  ov,  (άξιος,  λαμβάνω) 
worth  acceptance,  late. 

'Αξιόλογος,  ov,  (άξιος,  λ.όγος) 
worthy  of  mention,  remarkable,  Hdt.  2, 
148,  and  freq.  in  Thuc,  Xen.,  etc. 
Adv.  -γως.  Xen. 

Άξιημΰκάριστος,  ov,  (άξιος,  μα- 
καρίζω) worthy  to  be  deemed  happy, 
Xen.  Apol.  34. 

Άξωμάχητος,  oi',^sq. 

'Αξιόμαχος,  ov,  {άξιος,  μάχομαι) 
a  match  in  battle  or  war  for,  τίνί,  Hdt. 
7,  157,  etc.  ;  also  c.  inf.  νέες  αξιό- 
μαχοι τ-^σι  Αίγινητέων  σνμβαλέειν, 
Hdt.  6.  89,  cf  7,  138  ;  hut  also  absol., 
Hdt.  8,  63  :  freq.  also  in  Thuc.  Adv. 
-χος,  Plut. 

ΆξιομΙσής,  ες,  (άξιος,  μισέω)  hate- 
ful, Dio  C. 

Άξιομίσητος,    ov,  =  foreg.,    Plut. 

Άξιόμϊσος,  ον,=  αξιομισής,  Aesch. 
Eum.  360. 

'Αξιομνημόνευτος,  ov,  (άξιος,  μνη- 
μονεύω) worthy  of  mention,  Plat.,  and 
Xen. 

Άξιόνϊκος,  ov.  (άξιος,  νίκη)  worthy 
of  victory,  U'orthy  of  bei?i^  preferred, 
Xen.  Cyr.  1,  5,  10:  c.  inf,  άξιονικό- 
τερος  εχειν.  more  u'orthy  of  success  in 
obtaining,  Hdt.  7,  187,  cf  !»,  26. 

^ΆξιόιΊκος.  ου,  b,  Axionicus,  a  poet 
of  the  middle  comedy,  Ath. — Others 
in  Pans.,  etc. 

Άξιυπΰθέω,  (άξιος,  παθεΐν)  to  re- 
ceive one's  due. 

' Αξιοπενθής,  ες,  (άξιος,  πένθος) 
lamentable.  Eur.  Hipp.  1465. 

'Αξιοπιστία,  ας,  ή,  trustworthiness, 
Strab. :  from 

'Αξιόπιστος,  ov,  (άξιος,  πιστός) 
trustworthy,  Plat.,  and  Xen.  :  but — II. 
plausible,  in  bad  sense.  Adv.  —τως, 
Timae.  ap.  Polyb.  12,  8,  9.— III.  as 
masc.  pr.  n.  Axi<φistus,  Ath.    Hence 

Άξίοπιστοσύνη,  ης,  ή,  =  αξιοπι- 
στία, poet. 

'Αξιόποινος,  ov,  (άξιος,  ποινή)  de- 
serving punishment. 

'Αξιοπρέπεια,  ας,  ή,  propriety,  de- 
corum :  from 

'Αξιοπρεπής,  ες,  (άξιος,  πρέπω) 
proper,  becoming,  goodly,  Lat.  decorus, 
σώμα,  Xen.     Adv.  -πώς. 

' Αξιοπροστάτευτος,  ov,  (άξιος,  προ- 
στατεύω) worthy  of  a  patron,    [a] 

Άξιόρΰτος,  ov,  (άξιος,  δράω)  worth 
seeing,  Luc. 

Άξιος,  ία,  lOV,  of  like  value,  worth 
as  much  as.  c.  gen.,  βοος  άξιος,  worth 
an  ox,  II.  23,  8h5,  cf.  Hdt.  1,  32:  οϋδ• 
ένος  άξιοί  ε'ιμεν  "Έκτορος,  we  are  not, 
all  together,  ivorth  Hector  by  himself, 


ΑΞίυ 

π.  8.  234 :  άξιον  ίσται  αμοιβής,  it  Is 
worth  a  return,  i.  e.  will  brmg  in  a  re- 
turn, Od.  1,  318:  hence  πολέος  οι 
άξιον  έστι,  it  is  worth  inuch  to  him, 
Hom. ;  so  Att.  πολλού  άξιον,  dear, 
valuable  ;  πολλοϋ  άξιον  εστί  μοι,  it  i.i 
of  great  consequence  to  me ;  but  also 
often  πλείστον  άξιον,  quantivis  pretii, 
also  παντός  and  τοϋ  παντός  άξιον 
Hemd.  Plat.  Soph.  216  C  ;  so  too  άξ. 
'λιι-}  ov=^ αξιόλογος,  very  freq.  in  Plat. : 
opp.  to  these  are  όλί-jov,  σμικρού, 
βραχέος,  οίόένος  άξ..  Plat.,  and  Xen. 
— 2.  c.  inf,  and  αντί,  Προθοήνορος 
άντΙ  πεφάσβαι  άξιος,  worthy  to  be 
killed  insttad  of  Pr.,  11.  14,  412;  also 
c.  inf  alone,  Hdt.  1,  14. — 3.  absol., 
worthy,  goodly,  so  άξια  δώρα,  etc. ; 
άξιος  ώνος,  a  goodly  price,  Od.  15, 
429 ;  άξων  σοι  ά/.φοι,  may  it  bring 
thee  a  good  price,  Od.  20,  383  ;  in  Hom. 
the  word  always  has  a  coUat.  notion 
of  high  price :  but  in  Att.  it  has  also 
an  exactly  opp.  sense,  of  a  proper 
value,  not  over-priced,  cheap,  as  m  Ar. 
Eq.  045,  672. 

II.  post-Horn.,  esp.  in  moral  rela- 
tion, worthy,  estimable,  of  persons  and 
things,  Hdt.  7.  224,  etc. :  hence  sjiited 
to,  befitting,  deserving,  usu.  also  c. 
gen.  rei,  άξιον  φυγής,  άξια  στεναγ- 
μάτων, γέλωτας,  etc.,  Eur.,  Plat., 
etc. — 2.  άξιον  (εστί)  c.  dat.  pers.  et 
inf,  as,  τη  πάλει  γαρ  άξιον  ξυλλα- 
βεϊν  τον  άνδρα,  'tis  meet  for  the  city, 
worthy  of  it,  to  seize  him,  Ar.  Ach.  205; 
so  άξιον  ye  πΰσι  έπολολύξαι.  Id.  Eq. 
016 ;  and  freq.  in  Xen.,  cf  Poppo  ad 
Anab.  2,  3,  25,  Sturz  Lex.  .s.  v.  10: 
rarely  c.  dat.  only  (omitting  the  inf), 
άξιον  γαρ  Ελλάδι,  Ar.  Ach.  8. — 3. 
άξιος  ειμί,  c.  inf.,  like  δίκαιος  ε'ιμι, 
I  deserve  to  do,  etc.,  as,  άξιος  είμι 
πληγάς  λαβείν,  I  deserve  to  receive 
stripes,  Ar.  Eccl.  324. — 4.  c.  gen.  rei 
et  dat.  pers.,  ήμϊν  Άχι/.λενς  άξιος 
τιμής,  Achilles  is  ivorthy  of,  i.  e.  de- 
serves honour  at  our  hands,  (trom  us), 
Pors.  Hec.  309,  Elmsl.  Heracl.  316 ; 
so  άξιος  θανάτου  τη  πόλει,  worthy  or 
deserving  of  death  (unto,  i.  e.)  at  the 
hands  of  the  state,  Xen.  Mem.  1.  1,  1, 
cf  1,  2,  62.  Adv.  άξιως,ΙίάΙ.  fFiom 
άγω  άξω  IV.,  to  weigh,  and  so  strictly 
u-eighiitg  as  much.) 

ί'Αξιός,  οϋ.  ό,  Axius,  a  river  of 
Thrace,  which  empties  into  the  Ther- 
ma'icus  Sinus,  11.  2,  849. — 2.  the  god 
of  the  Axius,  11.21,  157. 

Άξιόσκεπτος,  ov,  (άξιος,  σκέπτο- 
μαι) worth  considering.  Xen.  Hell.  ^ 

' Αξιοσπούδαστος,  ov,  (άξιος,  σπου 
δάζω)  worthy  of  -zealous  endeavours, 
Xen.  Rep.  Lac.  10,  3. 

' Αξιοστράτηγικός,  ή,  όν.  An.,  and 
-τηγητος,  ov,  Dio  C.,  =  sq. 

'Αξιοστράτηγος,  ov,  (άξιος,  στρα- 
τηγός) ivorthy  of  a  general. — 11.  worthy 
of  being  general,  Xen.  An.  3,  1,  24,  in 
compar. 

Άξιοτέκμαρτος,  ov,  (άξιος,  τεκ- 
μαίρω) ivorthy  of  being  brought  in  evi- 
dence, credible,  ύξιοτεκμαρτότερον  τοϋ 
λόγου  TO  Ιργον,  deeds  are  a  stronger 
proof  than  words,  Xen.  Mem.  4,  4,  10. 

Άξιότης,ητος,  ή,  (άξιος)  worthiness, 
worth. 

' Αξιοτίμητος,  ov,  (βξιος,  τιμάω) 
worthy  to  be  honoured. 

'Αξιότιμος,  ov,  (άξιος,  τιμή)  worthy 
of  honour,  App. 

Άξιοφίλητος,    ov,    (άξιος,   ψΐλεω) 
worth  loving,  Xen.  Oec.lO,  3. 
i'Aξίoχoς.  ov,  a,  Axiochus.  an  Athe- 
nian, son  of  Alcibiades,  P. at. 

' Αξιόχρεης,  ov,  Ion.  for  sq,  Hdt., 
who  also  has  the  usu., 


ΑΞΙΩ 

'Α.ξιόχρεως,  εων,  gen.  ω,  {άξιος, 
χρέος)  worthy  of  a  thing,  and  so — 1. 
absol.  like  άξιό/-θγος,  ivorth  consider- 
ing, note-uionhy,  considerable,  notable, 
αράγματα,  Hdt.  5,  65,  ττόλις,  Thuc. 
1, 10. — 2.  serviceable,  trusty  .trustworthy , 
sufficient,  -ρόψασις,  αίτίη,  Hdt.  1, 156  ; 
3,  35. — II.  c.  mf.  able,  sufficient  to  do..., 
Hdt.  4,  126,  Thuc.  5,  13.— III.  like 
άξιος,  c.  gen.,  worthy,  deserving  of  a 
thing,  Hdt.  5,  65.  Rare  in  poets,  as 
Eur.  Or.  598,  in  signf.  II. 

Ά^ίόω,  ώ,  f.  -ώσω,  {άξιος)  to  think 
or  deem  worthy  of  a  thing,  τινά  τίνος, 
freq.  from  Hdt.  downwards ;  whe- 
ther in  good  sense  to  thi?ik  worthy  of 
a  reward,  or  in  bad  of  a  punishrneyit, 
as  Hdt.  9,  111 ;  of  tilings  αξ.  τι  τίνος, 
to  value  at  a  certain  price.  Plat.  Legg. 
917  D :  also  c.  ace.  pers.  οηΐγ,  to 
esteem,  honour,  Soph.  Aj.  1114;  άξ. 
τινά  ττροςφθέγμασιν,  ίο  honour  one 
with  words,  Aesch.  Ag.  903  ;  hence 
also  in  pass.,  κα'/.οϊς  νμεναίοις  άξι- 
ονσθαι,  Eur.  Or.  1210;  cf.  Pors.  et 
Herm.  Hec.  319. — U.  but  most  usu. 
c.  inf.,  in  full  c.  ace.  pers.  et  inf.,  to 
think  one  worthy  to  do  or  be,  σε  τοι 
τ/ξίωσε  ναίειν,  Eur.Alc.  572;  and 
freq.  άξιώ  or  ova  αξιώ  έμαντόν,  c. 
inf.,  Ar.  Eq.  182 :  hence — 1.  in  re- 
gard of  others,  to  think  fit,  expect,  re- 
quire, demand,  desire,  Lat.  postulare, 
αξ.  τινά  έ/Μεϊν,  Hdt.  2,  162 ;  and  c. 
inf.  only,  άξ.  κομίζεσθαι,  τν/χύνειν, 
to  expect,  think  one  has  a  right  to  re- 
ceive, Thuc.  1,  42;  7,  15  :  ουκ  άξιονν, 
to  require  not  to...,  to  think  one  does  not 
deserve...,  like  οΰ  φημί,  e.  g.  ούκ  άξιώ 
νποπτενεσθαι,  Thuc.  4,  86,  cf.  1, 102  ; 

3,  44 :  absol.  to  make  a  claim,  Thuc. 

4,  58  :  so  too  in  Plat.,  Dem.,  etc. — 2. 
of  one's  self,  to  think  fit  to  do  or  be,  and 
so  in  various  senses,  άξιώ  θανείν,  I 
consent  to  die,  Trag. ;  άξ.  ττράσσειν, 
etc.,  /  dare,  determine  to  do,  Aesch. 
Pers.  335,  etc. ;  esp.  to  deign  to  do. 
Soph.  O.  T.  1413 ;  and  so  άξιώ  'λαμ- 
βάνειν, I  do  not  hesitate  to  receive. 
Plat.  Hipp.  Min.  364  D,  etc. ;  οίκ 
άξιοϋν,  not  to  deign,  to  disdain  to  do, 
Aesch.  Pr.  215,  etc. ;  also  in  mid., 
άξιούσθαι  με/Λΐν,  to  deign  to  care  for, 
Aesch.  Ag.  370 ;  so  ονκ  άξιούσθαι 
άναμίσγεσθαι  τγσι  a/./.yai,  Hdt.  1, 
199  ;  but  also,  οίκ  άξιενμενος  ες  τον 
θρόνον  κομίζεσθαι,  thinking  myself 
unworthy  to  sit  on  the  throne,  Hdt.  7, 
16 :  so  too  in  Plat.,  etc. — 3.  to  think, 
suppose,  άξιονντες  άόικέεαθαι,  Hdt. 
6,  87.  cf.  Soph.  O.  C.  579 :  esp.  in 
philos.  language,  to  lay  down,  take  for 
granted,  maintain.  Plat  Legg.  885  C, 
etc.     Cf.  Buttm.  Ind.  ad  Dem.  Mid. 

ΆξΙόος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  ξίφος)  without 
sword,  Lye. 

'Ρίξίωμα,  ατός,  τό,  {άξιόώ)  that  of 
which  one  is  thought  worthy,  and  so 
esteem,  honour,  reputation,  Lat.  dignitas, 
Eur.,  Thuc.  2,  34,  etc. ;  είναι  kv 
άξιώματι  v~b  αστών,  Thuc.  6,  15  : 
esp.  rank,  αξιώματος  αφάνεια,  Id.  2, 
37  :  ov  τώ  -πλήΟει  άλλα  τω  άξιώματι, 
not  by  (piantity,  but  quality.  Id.  5,  8. — 
II.  that  which  is  thought  fit,  a  resolve, 
decision.  Soph.  O.  C.  1452  ;  a  purpose, 
lb.  1459 :  a  request,  petition,  Plut.^2. 
in  science,  and  philosophy,  a  self-evi- 
dent proposition,  an  axiom,  Plut. 
Hence 

Αξιωματικός,  ή.  όν,  of  or  belonging 
to  honour  or  rank,  Polyb. :  honourable. 
— 11.  belonging  to  entreaty,  supplicatory, 
Id. — 2.  belonging  to,  consisting  of  an 
axiom,  speaking  in  axioms,  Diog.  L. 

iΆξίωv,  όνος,  b,  Axion,  a  son  of 
Priam,  Pans.  10,  27,  2. — 2.  a  son  of 
Vhegeus,  Id.  8,  24,  10. 


ΑΟΙΔ 

I  Άξίωσις,  εως,  Ion.  ιος,  ή,  {άξιόω)  a 
thinking  worthy  :  and  so  honour  done 
one,  Interpp.  Hdt.  6,  130 :  reputation, 
character,  Thuc.  1,  138  ;  2,  61 ;  actual 
worth  of  a  thing,  excellence,  Schaf. 
Dion.  Comp.  p.  54. — II.  (from  mid.) 
α  thinking  one's  self  worthy,  a  demand, 
claim,  esp.  of  merit,  opp.  to  χρεία, 
Thuc.  1,  37. — III.  α  thinking  fit,  an 
opinion,  rule,  maxim,  Thuc.  2,  88, 
Aeschin.  85,  17. — IV.  άξ.  τών  ονομά- 
των ες  τα  έργα,  the  established  7iiean- 
ing  of  words,  Thuc.  3,  82. 

Άξόΰνος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  ξόανον)  with- 
out carved  images,  Luc. 

Άξονή/Μτος,  ov,  {άξων,  έλαύνω) 
whirling  on  the  axle,  σύριγγες,  Aesch. 
Supp.  181. 

Άξόνιος,  ία,  lov,  {άξων)  belonging 
to  the  axle,  Anth. 

'Κξοος,  ον,^=άξεστος. 

Άξος,  ό,  Cretan  word  for  άγαός, 
Wessel.  Hdt.  4,  154. 
νΑξός  ov,  ή,  Αχη•ί,  the  capital  of  a 
small  kingdom  in  Crete,  Hdt.  4,  154. 

Άξνγκρότητος,  ov,  for  άσνγκ.,  {a 
priv.,  σνγκροτέω)  not  welded  together 
by  the  hammer,  not  well  joined :  of 
rowers,  not  rowing  in  time,  not  well 
trained,  Thuc.  8,  95  ;  of  writing,  loose, 
not  in  periods,  Dion.  H. 

Άξν?.εντος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  ξνλενω) 
unfelled,  unthinned,  Lat.  incaeduus. 

Άξν'/.ία,  ας,  ή,  {άξν?.ος)  want  of 
wood,  Hes.  ap.  Schol.  Van.  II.  11, 
155. 

Ά.ξύλιστος.  ον,^ΰξύ^^εντος. 

Άξν/.ος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  ξύλον)  un- 
felled, unthinned,  like  άξύ/.εντος,  ν?.η, 
II.  11,  155,  hence  by  implication. 
thickly  flooded,  i.  e.  from  which  no 
timber  has  been  cut,  (which,  sigiif. 
is  usu.  got  at  by  means  of  a  intens., 
very  woody :  but  ξν/Μν  is  timber,  not 
growing  U'ood.) — II.  without  wood,  ill- 
wooded,  Hdt.  4,  61,  185. 
ί'Αξν'/.ος,  ov,  6,  Axylus,  a  Thracian 
prince,  II.  6,  12. 

Άξνμ-,  άξνν- :  for  all  such  com- 
pounds, V.  άσνμ-,  άσνν-. 

Άξϊνος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  ξννός)  un- 
sociable :  also  ace.  to  Gramm  very 
sociable,  A'alck.  Adon.  p.  226  C. 

Άξνρής.  ef,=:sq. 

'Α-ξϊ'ρος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  ξνρω)  unshorn, 
unshaven. — II.  act.,  that  will  not  shave, 
blunt. 

Άξύστάτος,  ov,  v.  άσνστ. 

Άξνστος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  ξνω)  not 
scraped,  unpolished. 

Άξων,  όνος,  ό,  an  axle,  either  of 
metal  or  beech-wood,  II.,  etc. ;  also 
the  w;hole  wheel,  Π.  16,  378:  later 
also,  the  supposed  axis  of  the  heavens, 
the  pole.- — 2.  in  pi.  a  course  of  conduct 
or  life,  LXX. — II.  oi  άξονες,  the  wooden 
tablets  of  the  laws  in  Athens,  made  to 
turn  upon  an  axis,  Plut.  Sol.  25,  I.  78 
E.  cf.  Herm.  Pol.  Ant.  «  107,  1,  and 
κνρβεις.  (cf.  Lat.  axis,  Sanscr.  ach- 
sha,  άμαξα  :  perh.  from  άγω,  άξω.) 

Άυδμος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  δομή)  without 
smell. 

Άοζέω,  to  serve,  wait  on,  Aesch.  Fr. 
47 :  from 

Άοζος,  ov,  ό,^=θερά~ων,  a  servant, 
attendant,  esp.  belonging  to  a  temple, 
Aesch.  Ag.  231,  cf.  άοσσέω.  (Ace.  to 
Doderl.  and  Pott,  from  a  copul.  ετζο- 
μαι,  cf.  νίζω,  νίτττω.) 

Άοζος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  όζος)=άνοζος, 
without  branches. 

Άοιδί/,  ης,  ή,  contr.  ώ&ή,  ης,  {άείδώ) 
song,  α  singing,  whether  the  art,  the 
act,  or  the  thing  sung,  Horn.,  etc., 
esp.  freq.  in  Pind. :  also  the  person 
sung  of,  Od.  8,  580,  and  so  in  Od.  24, 
200,  it  is  said  of  Clytaemnestra  that 


ΑΟΑΛ 

she  will  be  a  στυγερή  άοώή  among 
men  :  hence  a  legend,  tale,  story,  Jac. 
Del.  Ep.  9,  12.    Hence 

Άοίόίάω,  poet,  for  άείδω,  Od.  5,  61^ 

Άοίδιμος,  ov,  {άοιδή)  sxmg  of,  fa- 
mous in  song  or  story,  Hdt.  2,  79,  135  ; 
from  Pind.  downwards,  favourite 
epith.  of  Athens,  like  λι-αραί,  ΛVytt. 
Ep.  Cr.  p.  144 :  only  once  in  Hom., 
and  in  bad  sense,  infamous,  notorious, 
11.  6,  358. — 11.  that  can  be  sung. 

Άοιδοθέτης,  ov,  6,  {άοιδή,  τίθημι) 
a  lyric  poet,  Anth. ;  formed  like  ϋεσ- 
μοθέτης,  νομοθέτης. 

Άοιδομάχος,  ov,  {άοιδη,  μάχομαι) 
fighting  with  verses,  quoting  poetry  at 
one  another,  Anth. 

Άοιδοηό/.ος,  ov,  {άοιδη.  πο/.έω) 
busied  with  song,  a  poet,  like  μονσο- 
ττό2χις,  Anth. 

Αοιδός,  ov,  ό,  {άείδω)  a  singer, 
minstrel,  bard,  Lat.  vales,  Horn.  :  also 
αοιδός  άνήρ,  Od.  3,  267  :  in  the  heroic 
age  they  are  represented  as  inspired, 
and  under  divine  protection,  Horace's 
sacri  vates.  Also  as  fem.  ή  αοιδός, 
a  songstress,  of  the  Sphinx,  Soph.  O.  T. 
36,  Eur.  Phoen.  1507.— 2.  =  έ-ω(5ό^, 
one  who  heals  by  magic  incantations. 
Soph.  Trach.  1001.— 11.  as  adj.  tuneful, 
musical,  όρνις,  άοιδοτάτα,  Eur.  Hel. 
1109.  —  2.  pass,  famous,  =^  άοίδιμος, 
Diog.  L.  4,  30,  in  compar. 

'Α.οιδοσννη,  ης,  ή,  poet,  for  άοιδί). 

Άοιδοτόκος,  ov,  {άοιδή,  τεκείν) 
producing,  inspiring  song,  Anth. 

'λοίκητος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  οίκέω)  un- 
inhabited, άοίκ.  και  έρημος,  Hdt.  2, 
34.  —  II.  houseless,  ivithout  a  home, 
ποιεΐν  Tiva  άοίκητον,  to  banish  one 
from  home,  Dem.  1123,  2.  On  the 
form.  cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  731. 

Άοικος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  οίκος)  house- 
less, homeless,  ivithout  home  or  country, 
Hes.  Op.  eoo,  Soph.  Tr.  300 :  άοικος 
είςοίκησις,  a  homeless,  i.  e.  miserable 
home.  Soph.  Phil.  534. 

Άοιμος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  οΐμος)  impass- 
able, pathless.  — 11.  (a  priv.,  οΙμη)  = 
άττόββητος,  not  to  be  divulged,  secret. 

'Αοινέω,  to  be  άοινος,  drink  no  wine, 

Άοινία,  ας,  η,  abstinence  from  wine, 
Strab. :  from 

Άοινος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  οίνος)  without 
wine,  χοαί,  θνμώματα,  such  as  were 
offered  to  the  Erinjes,  Aesch.  Eum. 
107,  860 :  whence  they  are  them- 
selves called  άοινοι.  Soph.  O.  C.  100, 
cf.  νηφάλιος  :  drinking  no  wine,  sober, 
Xen.  Cyr.  6,  2,  27 :  also  of  a  place, 
having  no  wine,  lb.  26. 

Άοκνία,  ας,  ή,  resolution,  Hipp. : 
from 

Άοκνος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  όκνος)  without 
fear  or  hesitation,  resolute,  untiring,  rest- 
less, Hes.  Op.  493,  Soph.  Aj.  563, 
Thuc,  etc. :  άοκνος  βλάβη,  a  press- 
ing, present  mischief.  Soph.  Tr.  841. 
Adv.  -νως,  Dem. 

Άολ7.ήδην,  adv.  of  sq.,  in  a  body, 
together,  Opp. :  of  two  only,  Mosch. 
2,  49,  cf.  sq. :  from 

Άολλής,  ές,  all  together,  like  αθρόος, 
in  throngs,  shoals  or  crowds,  freq.  in 
Horn.,  esp.  of  warlike  hordes,  always 
in  plur.  :*  also  in  Att.  χωρώμεν  πάντες 
άο/.λείς.  Soph.  Phil.  1469:  also  of 
two  only,  together.  Id.  Tr.  513.  cf. 
foreg.  (Prob.  from  a  copul.,  εΐ/.ω, 
έόλημαι,  allied  to  ά7.ής.)     Hence 

ΆοΑ/.ίζω.  f.  -ίσω,  to  bring  together, 
gather  together,  like  αθροίζω,  always 
of  men,  II.  6,  270.  Mid.  to  come  to- 
gether, assemble,  11.  15,  588 :  ■'"some- 
times also  strengthened  by  εις  εν 
άολλ.  Later  of  things,  to  gather, 
heap  up,  Anth. 

157 


ΑΟΡΤ 

νΚομβρία,  ας,  7}.=: ανομβρία,  Arist. 
Η.  Α,  8,  27,  cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  p.  729. 

fAo^ff,  on•,  01,  the  Aoties,  the  earli- 
est inhabitants  of  Boeotia,  Strab. 
Hence 

VAovia,  ης,  ή,  Annin,  an  early  name 
of  Boeotia,  Call.  Del.  75  :  and 

V^ovLor,  a,  ov,  of  Ao7iia,  Aonian, 
i.e.  Boen'tian,  Ap.  Rfl.  3,  1178;  etc. 

Άοπλος•,  01',  (α  priv.,  δπ'/.ον)  un- 
armed, Thuc.  4,  9 ;  άρμα  ΰοττ.,  a 
chariot  without  scyihcs,  Xen.  Cyr.  C, 
4,  16. 

Άοπος,  ov.  (a  priv.,  όψ)  speechless. 
— II.  =sq.,  sightless. 

ΆοπΓος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  δψομαί)  sight- 
less, unseen. 

Άορ  and  uop,  άορος,  τό,  cf.  Lob. 
Paral.  201,  (άείρω)  a  suvrd,  strictly  a 
hanger,  whence  the  name,  cf.  αορτής, 
freq.  in  Hoin. :  it  must  have  been 
broad  and  stout,  as  LTlysses  dug  a 
trench  with  his  uop,  Od.  11,  24.     Od. 

10,  294.  321,  shews  that  it  is  oft.  sy- 
non.  with  ξίφης.  Later,  any  weapon, 
as  a  trident,  Call.  Cf.  also  δπλον, 
χρυσάωρ.  [Horn,  has  α  in  disyll. 
cases  ;  m  trisyll.,  ΰ  in  arsis,  α  in  the- 
sis. II.  10,  484;  11,  240:  uop  as  one 
long  syll.  in  Hes.  Th.  283.  From 
Hes.  Sc.  221  downwds.  α  in  arsis,  in 
dissyll.  also,  which  must  then  be 
written  uop.] 

'Aopuf,  ace.  without  nom.  in  use, 
only  found  in  Od.  17,  222,  ονκ  ύορας, 
ουδέ  λέ37]τας,  whence  some  Gramm. 
take  them  to  be  a  kind  of  λέβητες  ; 
others  make  it=oapaf.  by  traiispos. : 
but  prob.  it  is  only  heterog.  for  uopa, 
ace.  plur.  from  to  uop,  a  sword,  [ξίφη, 
Hesych.)  cf  Mehlhorn  Anacr.  p.  190. 
The  nom.  sing.,  if  any,  would  prob. 
be  ύωρ,  not  (lop. 

Άορΰσία,  α,ς,Τ],  blindness:  a  being 
invisible :  from 

'Aopurof,  ov,  (a  priv.,  όράω)  unseen, 
not  to  be  seen,  invisible.  Plat. :  rarely 
seen,  scarce. —  II.  act.  not  seeing,  άόρ. 
τινός,  unacquainted  with  a  thing,  Po- 
lyb.     Adv.  -τως. 

Άοργησία,  ας,  η,  a  defect  in  the  pas- 
sion of  anger,  lack  of  gall,  Arist.  Eth. 
N. :  from 

Άόργητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  bpyuu)  in- 
capable of  anger,  Arist.  Eth.  N. 
t'Aoptf,  ιος  and  εως,  ό,  Aoris,  son 
of  Mars,  Paus.  2,  12,  5. 

'  kopLaTaivu,=  ^q. 

Άοριστέω,ώ,ί-ήσω,  to  be  αόριστος, 
indetirminale,  Arist.  Probl. ;  and 

Αοριστία,  ας,  ή,  unsetlledness.  Arist. 
Probl. :  indeterminateness ,  Id.  Meteor., 
opp.  to  ορισμός ;  and 

Άοριστικός.  ή,  όν,  indeterminate, 
like  an  aorist,  Gramm.  :  from 

'Αόριστος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  ορίζω)  ivith- 
out  boundaries,  )^,'l'huc.  1,  139:  U7i- 
settled,  indefinite,  indeterminate.  Plat. 
Legg.  916  D.  and  Drm.  50,  16,  18.— 

11.  ό  αόριστος,  sub.  χρόνος,  the  aorist, 
Gramm.  Adv.  -τως,  Plat.  Legg. 
916  D. 

Άοριστώόης,  ες,  (αόριστος  είδος) 
indefinite  in  nature,  Gramm. 

'Aopror,  ov,  (a  priv.,  όρνις)  rvith- 
oul  birds,  ?ύμνη,  Soph.  Fr.  840  :  nnp- 
va  vxj/η,  heights  no  bird  can  reach,  Plut. 
— II.  ό  Άορνος,  lake  Avernus,  in  Cam- 
pania. Strab. — 2.  'AopxOf,  ή,  (πέτρα) 
a  moimtain  fastness  in  India,  Arr. 
Ind,  5,  10. 

'Aopor,   6,  =  ύωρος,   contr.   ώρος, 
sleep,  Jac.  Del.  Ep.  7,  21,  2. 
f'Aopao-i,  ων,  οι,  Aorsi,  a  people  be- 
tween the  Maeotis  and  the  Caspian 
sea,  Strab. 

'Αορτέω,  lengthd.  collat.  form  from 
άείρω,  of  which  only  part.  aor.  1  pass. 
158 


ΑΠΑΓ 

άορτηθείς  occurs,  hanging,  hung  up, 
Anth. 

'Αορτή,  ής,  ή,  (άείρω)  in  Hipp.,  the 
loioer  extremity  of  the  windpipe,  elsewh. 
βρόγχια. — 11.  later,  the  aorta  οτ  great 
artery,  which  proceeds  from  the  left 
ventricle  of  the  heart.  Arist.  H.  A. 

Άορτήρ,  ήρος,  ό,  (άείρω)  a  strap 
over  the  shoulder  to  hang  any  thing  to, 
Hom.,  a  belt,  and  usu.  like  τε?Μ/ιών, 
a  sword-belt,  baldrirk,  Lat.  balteus;  but 
also  a  knapsack,  strap  for  a  knapsack. 
Oil.  13,438  :  in  Od.  always  in  phrase 
στροφός  άορτήρ,  except  in  the  dub.  1. 
Od.  11,  609:  in  plur.,  II.  11,  31.— II. 
άορτήρες  ίπποι,— σεφαϊοι  or  παρύ- 
σειροι,  Dio  Chrys. 

'Αορτής,  ov,  ό,  a  knapsack  which 
hung  from  the  shoulders. 

"Αορτο,  Ion.  for  ήηρτο,  3  sing,  plqpf. 
pass,  from  άείρω,  cf  ύωρτο. 

Άορτρα,  ων,  τύ,  the  two  lobes  of  the 
lungs,  Hipp. 

Άόρχης,  ες,  (a  'priv.,  όρχις)  ivithout 
όρχεις,  gelded,  Dio  C. 

Άοσμία,  ας,  ή,  want  of  smell. — II. 
an  ill  s7)ieU  :  frotn 

"Αοσμης,  ov,  (a  priv.,  οσμή)  without 
smell,  like  ύοδμος,  Arist.  Sens. — II. 
of  an  ill  smell. 

Άοσσέω,ώ,  f.  ήσω,  to  help,  aid,  τινί, 
Αρ.  Rh.,  cf.  Spitzn.  II.  15,  254.  (Ace. 
to  some  from  όσσα,  others=aoi^fu.) 
Hence 

Άοσσητήρ,  ήρος,  ό,  a  helper,  aider, 
Hom. 

Άοντος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  οντύω)  not 
wounded,  tmhurt,  II.  18,  530. 

Άοντος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  ονς)  without 
ears  or  hearing. 

' Αοχ?ιησία,  ας,  ή,  undisturbcdness, 
stillness :  from 

Άόχλητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  ότλ,Εω)  un- 
disturbed, still,  calm,  Dion.  H. 

"Αοφ,  οπός,  ό,  η,  (a  priv.,  όψ)  u'ith- 
out  sight,  blind. 

'Απαγγελία,  ας,  ή,  a  report,  as  of 
an  ambassador,  Dem.  342,  20,  άπ. 
πυιεΐσθαι,  Lvcurg.  149,  29  :  a  narra- 
tive, recital,  Thuc.  3,  67.— II.  in  Rhet. 
=  έρμηνεία.  expression,  pronunciation, 
SchSf.  Dion.  Coirip.  p.  11,  281  :  from 

'Απαγγέλ?Μ,  f.  -ρλώ,  also  -ελέω, 
Simon.  139  :  (άπύ,  άγγέλλω)  to  bring 
tidings,  report,  announce,  τινί  τι,  Hom., 
and  freq.  in  Att. :  also  τι  προς  τίνα, 
Aesch.  Cho.  200  :  hence  to  relate,  tell, 
Hdt.  1,  210 ;  so  also  in  mid.,  πάλιν 
uπ.,  to  bring  back  tidings,  report  in  an- 
swer, Od.  9,  95. — II.  to  nominate,  ap- 
point, like  άποδείκννμι,  Lat.  renun- 
riare.  —  III.  =  ερμηνεύω,  to  express. 
Hence 

Άπαγγελτήρ,  ήρος,  ό,  a  messenger : 
a  narrator,  Anth. 

Άπαγγελτικός,  ή,  όν,  reporting,  re- 
laling. — \l.m^.\\ei.. belonging  to  expres- 
sion, expressive,  like  έρμτβ'ευτικός. — 
III.  TO  άπαγγ..^ απαγγελία,  expres- 
sion.    Adv.  -κώς,  Sext.  Emp. 

Άπαγε,  adv.  arvay!  be  gone!  Lat. 
apage  !  ύπ.  ές  μακαρίαν,  Ar.  Eq.  1151: 
άπ.  άπό  τίνος,  hands  οβ !  Ar.  Pac. 
1018:  strictly  imperat.  from  απάγω, 
so  that  σεαντόν  must  be  supplied,  if 
not  expressed,  as  it  is  Ar.  Ran.  853. 

Άπάγής,  ες,  (a  priv.,  πήγνυμι)  not 
firmly  fixed,  not  firm  or  stiff :  of  loose 
te.Tturc,  πίΤ-ος,  Hdt.  7,  61,  ubi  v.  Bahr: 
flabby,  of  flesh,  Diog.  L. 

ΆπΰγΙνέω,  Ion.  for  απάγω,  Hdt., 
esp.  of  paying  tribute,  άπ.  φόρον,  3, 
89,  94,  cf.  απαγωγή. 

Άπαγκν?.όω,ώ,  {.-ώσω,(άπό,  άγκν- 
/όί,))  to  make  crooked,  Ath.,  pf.  pass. 
άπηγκνλωμένος,  Β.  Α.  327,  19. 

' Απαγκωνίζομαι,  -ίσομαι,  (άπό,  άγ- 
κωνίζω)  to  push  away  with  the  elbows, 


ΑΠΑΓ 

eZfcou',  hence  γ?.ώττα  άπηγκωνισμίνη 
καΐ  γυμνή,  a  pushing,  unscrupulous 
tongue. 

Άπαγ?.ΰίζω,  (άπό,  άγ7ιΰίζω)  to  de- 
prive of  ornament,  τινά  Τίνος,  Anth. 

Άπαγνίζω,  Ion.  for  άφαγνίζω,  Hipp. 

Άπάγνϋμι,  f.  -άξω,  (άπό,  άγνυμι) 
to  break  off. 

'  Απΰγόρενμα,  ατος,  τό,  an  interdict, 
prohibition,  Plut.  ;  and 

Απΰγόρενσις,  εως,  ή,  a  prohibition. 
— II.  the  making  a  report. — 111.  failure 
of  strength,  exhaustion,  Luc.  :   and 

'Απαγορευτικός,  ή,  όν,  forbidding, 
Plut. :  from 

'Απαγορεύω,  f.  -εύσω,  (άπό,  αγο- 
ρεύω) to  forbid,  μή  7ro<e?vT£, Hdt.  1,183; 
3,  51,  Ar.  Ach.  109,  Plat.,  etc. :  absol. 
to  dissuade,  Hdt.  3,  124,  etc.  ;  also  to 
refuse,  deny.  Plat.  —  II.  intr.,  to  bid 
farewell  to,  c.  dat.,  e.  g.  άπαγ.  τϊΐι  πο- 
λεμώ, to  give  up,  renounce  war.  Plat. 
Meri.  245  Β :  also  c.  part.,  to  give  up 
doing,  e.  g.  οντε  λέγων,  οντε  άκούων 
άπαγ.,  Xen.  Cyn.  1,  16  :  also  to  grow 
u'cary  of,  άπ.  βεώμενος.  Xen.  Eq.  11, 
9  ;  absol.  to  give  up,  Plat.  Rep.  368  C  : 
hence — 2.  like  άπείρηκα,  άπεϊπον,  to 
fail,  sink,  as  Strength,  etc..  Plat. 
Rep.  508  C,  Theaet.  200  D,  and  Xen. : 
also  of  things,  τα  άπαγορενοντα, 
worn  out  and  useless,  Xen.  Cyr.  6,  2, 
33. 

Άπαγρενω,  (άπό,  άγρενω)  to  carry 
off,  take  away. 

Άπαγορία,Όοτ.ίοτ  άπηγορία,Τίηά. 

Άπαγριόω,  (άπό,  άγριόω)  to  make 
wild  or  savage.  Pass,  to  become  vtild 
or  savage,  Soph.  Phil.  220.    Hence 

Άπαγρίωσις,  εως,  ή,  a  growing  wild 
or  savage,  Theophr. 

Άπαγροικίζω,  f.  -ί'σω,  (άπό,  ΰγροι 
κος)  to  make  rustic  or  boorish.  Pass. 
to  grow  rustic,  behave  like  a  clown. 

Άπαγχονίζω,  -ίσω,  (άπό,  άγχονίζω) 
=sq.,  Anth. — II.  to  let  loose  from  a 
noose,  Luc. 

'Απάγχω,  fut.  -άγξω,  (άπό,  ΰγχω) 
to  strangle,  throttle,  hang,  Od.  19,  230, 
Ar.,  etc.  :  hence,  to  make  one  choke 
with  spite,  Ar.  Vesp.  680.  Mid.  to 
hang  one's  self  Hdt.  2,  131  :  to  be 
ready  to  choke,  Ar.  Nub.  988. 

'Απάγω,  fut.  -άξω,  (άπό,  άγω)  to 
lead  away,  carry  off,  Horn.,  sometimes 
almost=the  simple  άγω.  as  Od.  10, 
370  :  18,  278.  Mid.  to  take  aivay  for 
or  with  one's  self,  Hdt.  1,  190  ;  4,  80. 
— II.  to  bring  back,  bring  home,  U.  18, 
326,  άπ.  οπίσω,  Hdt.  9,  117.— III.  to 
return  what  one  owes,  pay,  e.  g.  tribute, 
like  άποδίδωμι,  αποφέρω,  Xen.  Cyr. 
2,  4,  12.  cf.  Thuc.  5,  53,  and  άπαγι 
νέω. — IV.  as  Att.  law  term,  to  bring 
before  a  magistrate  and  accuse,  in  cases 
of  summary  jurisdiction,  άπ.  ασεβεί- 
ας, for  impiety,  Dem.  601,  26,  ΰπ.  ώς 
θεσμοθέτης,  hi.  630,  16 :  hence,  as 
the  result  of  such  process,  to  carry 
off  to  prison.  Plat.  Gorg.  486  A,  Dem., 
etc.,  and  cf  απαγωγή. — 3.  τήν  έπι 
θανάτω  άπύγ.,  sub.  όδόν,  to  lead  to 
death,  άπ.  τοΙς  'ένδεκα,  Dem.  730,  2, 
cf.  απαγωγή.  — V.  to  lead  ou<ay  or 
astray, perplex,  esp.  by  sophistry.  Plat. 
Phaedr.  262  Β  :  also  to  draw  off,  turn 
aside,  divert,  TO  όργιζόμενον  της  γνώ- 
μης, Thuc.  2,  59. — VI.  as  if  intr.,  sub. 
εαυτόν,  to  make  off,  go  away,  esp.  in 
imperat.  άπαγε,  q.  v.     Hence 

'Απαγωγή,  ής,  ή,  a  leading  axvay, 
Xen.  :  a  taking,  dragging  away. — II.  a 
taking  back  or  home. — III.  payment, 
esp.  of  a  tribute,  φόρου,  Hdt.  1,6,  27, 
cf.  άπαγινέω. — IV.  as  Att.  law  term, 
—  1.  a  bringing  before  the  magistrate, 
esp.  when  a  man  was  caught  in  the 
fact,  in  cases  of  summary  jurisdiction, 


ΑΠΑΐ 

with  pnnalty  of  not  more  than  fifty 
drachmae,  Oasaub.  Theophr.  Char. 
6  :  hence — 2.  the  surnynary  process  it- 
selt,  and  its  results,  Oratt.  :  άπύγκιν 
την  απ.,  to  lay  such  accusation,  άττ. 
τταραόϋχεσθαι,  of  the  Eleven,  Lys. 
138,  5,  V.  Diet.  Antiqq. — V.  a  kind  of 
argument  described  by  Arist.  Anal. 
Pr.  2,  25. 

Άπύγωγός,  όν,  (υπάγω)  leading, 
dragging  away. 

Άπάόεΐν,  -δέειν,  Ion.  for  άφαδ., 
inf  aor.  2  of  άφανδάνο,  Hdt. 

Άπάδις,  αϊ,  [ΰττΰ]  read  by  most 
MSS.  in  Pind.  P.  1,  161  ;  but  some 
good  ones  give  έ'Αττίόας,  which  Bockh 
adopts  :  Doderlein,  Rhein.  Museum 
3,  p.  12  defends  the  word,  as=7rpa- 
τϊίόες,  cf  ήπαρ. 

Άπάδω,  f.  -άσομαι,  (άπό,  ςίδω)  to 
sing  oat  of  tune,  be  out  of  tune,  o/.y  Ty 
αρμονία,  Plat.  Legg.  802  Ε  ;  absol., 
Hipp.  Alin.  374  C  :  metaph.  to  dissent 
from,  άπ'  αλλήλων,  Legg.  662  Β  :  to 
wander  away  from,  άπό  τον  ερωτήμα- 
τος, Hipp.  Maj.  292  C. 

Άπύείρω,  {άπό,  άείρω)  for  contr. 
ά,παιρω,  q.  v.,  to  depart,  withdraw. 

Άπαέξομαί,  {άπό,  άέξω)  to  grow  out 
of,  poet,  for  άπαυξάνομαί,  Simon. 
Mulier.  85. 

Άπΰβάνΰτίζω,ί.•ίσω,{άπό,  άθανα- 
τίζω)  to  place  among  the  gods,  deify, 
Heind.  Plat.  Charm.  156  D.     Hence 

Άπαθΰνάτισις,  εως,  ή,  deification, 
Dio  C. 

'Απάθεια,  ας,  ή,  the  state  of  an  απ- 
αθής, want  of  passion,  insensibility, 
apathy,  Arist.  Eth.  N.  :  but  among 
the  Stoics,  calmness,  dispassionateness, 
the  state  of  their  true  σοφός,  Horace's 
nit  admirari,  cf.  Heyne  Epict.  12,  29. 

[ττά]  ,       ,     , 

ΆπάθηναΙοι,  ων,  οι,  {απο,  Αθη- 
ναίοι) degenerate  Athenians,  Theo- 
pomp. 

Άπΰθής,  ές,  (α  priv.,  πάθος)  with- 
out πάθος  or  suffering,  not  suffering, 
not  having  suffered, — 1.  C.  gen.,  esp. 
ΰπ.  κακών,  Hdt.  1,  32;  2,  119,  Xen., 
etc. :  άεικείης,  Hdt.  3,  160,  σεισμών, 
Plat.,  νόσων,  Dem.,  etc.;  but  also, 
ώ?Γ.  μεγάλων  καλών,  Hdt.  1,  207  ;  c. 
gen.  also,  impatient  of.  πόνων,  Hdt.  6, 
12. — 2.  absol.  not  having  suffered,  un- 
harmed, Thuc.  1,  26,  προς  τίνος,  Pind. 
P.  4,  529. — II.  without  passion  or  feel- 
ing, insensible,  apathetic,  esp.  in  Stoic 
philos.,  calm,  dispassionate,  Ireq.  in 
Plut. — III.  act.  caiisivig  tio  suffering. — 
IV.  τα  απαθή,  intrans.  or  pass,  verbs, 
Gramm.     Adv.  -Οώς. 

Άπάθητος,  ov,=  ioreg. 

Άπαί,  poet,  for  άπό,  like  διαί,  πα- 
ραί,  νπαί,  for  διά,  etc.,  Hes.  Sc.  409, 
and,  before  Wolf,  II.  11,  ϋ64. 

Άπαίγειρόω,  {άπό,  αίγειρος)  to 
change  into  a  poplar,  Strab. 

Άπαιδΰγώγητος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  παι- 
δαγωγέω)  without  teacher  or  guide, 
Arist.  Eth.  N. :  uneducated,  untaught, 
τινός,  in  a  thing,  Id.  Pol. :  u7idis- 
ciplined,  unruly.     Adv.  -τως. 

Άπαιδάγωγος,  oy,=  loreg.  [aj 

Ά7Γαί(5εί;σία,  ur,  ή,  want  of  teaching, 
education,  or  inslrMtion,  ignorance, 
Thuc.  3,  42,  Plat.,  οργής,  want  of  self- 
control,  Thuc.  3,  84  :  grossness,  coarse- 
ness, Aeschin.  18,  36,  etc.     From 

'Κπαιδευτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  παιδεύω) 
untaught,  uneducated,  ignorant,  Eur. 
Or.  410,  Plat.  :  coarse,  rude.  Soph.  Fr. 
779  :  also  άπ.  μαρτυρία,  clumsy  evi- 
dence, Aeschin.  7,  12.  Adv.  -τως, 
Plat.  Rep.  559  D. 

Άπαιδία,  ας.,  ή,  {απαις)  childless- 
ness, Hdt.  6, 139,  and  Att. 

Άπαιδοτρίβητος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  παι• 


ΑΠΑΙ 

δοτρΐβέω)  not  taught  by  a  παιδοτρι- 

βνε- 

'Απαιθά?ιόω,  {άπό,  αίθαλόω)  to  burn 
to  cinders  or  ashes,  Theophr. 

Άπαίθομαι,  as  pass.,  only  in  pres. 
or  impf ,  {άπό,  α'ιθω)  to  take  fire. 

Άπαιθριάζω,  f.  -άσω,  {άπυ,  αίθριά- 
ζω)  to  expose  to  the  air,  refresh,  Hipp. 
— 2.  άπ.  τάς  νεφέλας,  to  drive  away 
the  clouds,  and  make  fair  weather,  Ar. 
Av.  1502. 

Άπαιθύσσω,  (άπό,  αιθύσσω)  to 
move  away.  Pass.  ?.αμπας  άπαιθνσ- 
σομένη,  a  torch  with  the  flame  blown  on 
one  side,  flaring,  Diod. 

Άπαίννμαι,  {άπό,  αιννμαι)  dep., 
to  take  away,  unthdraw,  Horn.  :  τι  τί- 
νος, Od.  17,  322  ;  to  pluck  off,  Mosch. 

2,  66  ;  only  poet. 

Άπαιολάω  and  άπαιολέω,  {άπό, 
αιολάω)  to  blind,  perplex,  confound, 
Eur.  Ion  549  :  to  cheat  one  out  of,  τινά 
τίνος.     Hence 

Άπαιόλη,  ης,  ή,  cheating,  duping, 
any  means  of  cheating  or  plundering, 
hence=  άποστέρησις,  Aesch.  Fr.  172, 
Ar.  Nub.  1150. 

Άπαιόλημα,  ατός,  τό,  =  foreg., 
Aesch.  Cho.  1002,  Soph.  Fr.  841,  Ar. 
Nub.  729. 

Ά.παιό7.ησις,  εως,  ή,=  άπαιό?.η. 

'Απαιρεθέω,  Ion.  for  αφαιρεθώ, 
subj.  aor.  1  pass.,  and 

'Απαιρερτ/μένος,  Ion.  for  άφτ/ρημέ- 
νος.  part,  perf  pass,  from  άφαι'ρέω. 

Άπαιρέω,  Ion.  for  άφαιρέω,  Hdt. 

Άπαίρω,  (.  άπΰρώ.  {άπό,  αίρω)  Ερ. 
lengthd.  άπαείρω,  Hom.  ;  frequent, 
impf  άπαίρεσκον,  Hdt.,  to  lift  off,  and 
so  to  carry,  take  away,  ξν?.α,  Hdt.  1, 
18G. — II.  esp.  to  lead  or  carry  away  a 
sea_  or  land  force,  άπ.  τάς  νήας  άπό 
Σαλαμίνος,  Hdt.  8,  57  :  hence  usu. 
as  if  intr.,  sub.  τάς  ναϋς,  τον  στρα- 
τόν,  etc.,  to  sail  away,  inarch  axray  : 
in  genl.  to  set  oiu,  depart,  e.  g.  άκαι- 
ρε iv  άπό  Σαλαμίνος,  Hdt.  8,  60,  so 
too  freq.  in  Thuc,  Xen. ;  also  c. 
gen. ;  άπαίρειν  χθονός,  to  depart  from 
the  land,  Eur.  Cycl.  131  ;  άπ.  πρεσ- 
βείαν,  to  set  out  on  an  embassy,  Dem. 
392,  14 :  Hom.  has  mid.  in  same 
signf.,  άπαείρεσθαι  πόλιος,  II.  21, 
563,  cf  απάγω. 

Άπαις,  άπαιδος,  ό,  ή.  {α  priv., 
παις)  childless,  Hdt.  5.  48,  Trag.,  etc.: 
freq.  also  c.  gen.,  άπ.  ερσενος,  γόνου, 
without  male  heirs,  Hdt.  1,  109,  etc.  ; 
άπ.  αρρένων  παίδων,  Xen.  Cyr.  4,  6, 
2  :  'Νυκτός  παίδες  άπαιδες,  children 
of  Night,  yet  children  none !  Aesch. 
Eum.  1034. 

'Απαίσιος,    ov,   {άπό,    αίσιος)    ill- 
omened,  Lat.  inauspicatns.     Adv.  —ίως. 
ΥΑπαισός,  ov,  ή,  Apaesus.  a  city  in 
Mysia  Minor,  II.  2,  828,  also  written 
Ιίαισός. 

Άπαίσσω,  f.  -ξω,  Att.  άπφσσω,  {άπό, 
ά'ισσω)  to  jump  from,  rush  down,  esp. 
fro7n  a  height,  κρημνού,  II.  21,  234: 
in  genl.  to  dart  away,  Soph.  Tr.  190, 
Aj.  448.  [άπύ,  Hom.  ;  cf  άΐσσω.] 

Άπαισχύνομαι,  fut.  -χννθήσομαι, 
{άπό,  αίσχύνομαι)  as  pass.,  some- 
times C.  fut.  mid.,  to  lay  aside  shame. 
— II.  to  abstain  from  a  thing  through 
shame,  Plat.  Gorg.  494  C,  like  άτΓΟ- 
δει/Λάω. 

Άπαιτέω,ώ,ί.  -ήσω,{άπό,  α'ιτέω)  to 
demand  back,  deinand  to  have  returned, 
esp.  of  things  forcibly  taken  or  right- 
fully belonging  to  one,  τι,  Hdt.  1,  2, 

3,  etc.,  and  Att.,  cf  esp.  Andoc.  22, 
29 :  freq.  also  to  demand  of  one,  άπ. 
τινά  τι.  Hdt.  8,  122,  Ar.  Αν.  554,  and 
Xen.  ;  esp.  χάριν  άπ.  τινά.  Plat. 
Phaedr.  241  A,  Dem.,  etc. :  also  άπ. 
oiKijv  εκ  τίνος,  Aesch.  Cho.  398:  esp. 


ΑΠΑΛ 

to  demand  back  an  office:  in  genl.  lo 
demand  urgently,  esp.  to  demand  of  one, 
i.  e.  deprive  one  o/his  office  or  rank,' 
like  Lat.  abrogarc,  Plut.  Pass,  to  have 
demanded  of  one,  άπαιτεΐσθαι  ενεργε- 
σίαν,  Xen.  Αροί.  17.    Hence 

Άπαίτησις,  εως,  ή,  α  demanding 
from  or  back,  Hdt.  5.  85:  esp.  άπ. 
ποίεΐσθαι,  to  make  a  formal  demand, 
before  legal  proceedings,  Dem.  901, 1. 

Άπαιτητέον,  verb.  adj.  from  άπ- 
αιτέω,  one  must  require,  Arist.  Eth. 
N. 

'Απαιτητικός,  ή,  όν,  (άπαιτέω)  fit 
or  disposed  for  demanding,  exacting, 
Joseph. 

Άπαιτίζω,ί.-ίσω,^άπαιτέω,  to  de- 
mand back,  esp.  of  things  forcibly  ta- 
ken away,  χρήματα,  Od.  2,  78. 

Άπαιωρέο>,ώ,(.-ήσω,  {άπό,  αίωρέω) 
to  make  to  hang  down,  suspend.  Pass, 
c.  fut.  mid.,  άπαιωρονμαι,  to  hang 
doivn,  hover,  Hes.  Sc.  234.     Hence 

Άπαιώρημα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which 
hangs  down,  Hipp. 

Άπακμή,  ης,  ή,  {άπό,  ακμή)  α  going 
out  of  bloorn,  decay,  Longin. 

Απάκοντίζω,  fut.  -ίσω  Att.  -ϊώ, 
{άπό,  ακοντίζω)  to  throw  away  like  a 
javelin. — H.  to  drive  away  by  darting, 
Nonn. 

Άπακρίβόω,  (άπό,  άκριβόω)  ίο  fin- 
ish carefully  off:  esp.  in  part.  pass, 
pf  άπηκριβωμένος,  highly  wrought  or 
finished.  Pass,  to  be  highly  wrought, 
finished,  'Κόγοι,  Isocr.  43  A,  and  Plat. ; 
also  accurately  versed,  επί  τινι,  in  a 
thing,  Isocr.  238  D  :  άκριβονσθαί 
χαλκφ,  to  be  highly  wrought  in  brcmze, 
Anth.  :  cf  άπηκριβωμένως. 

Άπακταίνω,  {άπό,  άκταίΐ'ω)  to  be 
unequal  to  violent  exercise. — II.  trans. 
to  tire  by  violent  exercise,  as  must  be 
read  in  Plat.  Legg.  672  C,  cf  Ruhnk. 
Tim.  v.  άκταίνειν. 

Άπακτος,  ov,  {απάγω)  led,  carried 
away. 

Άπάλαιστος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  πα?ίαίω) 
not  thrown  in  ivrestling,  not  to  be  so 
thrown :  in  genl.  unconquerable,  Pind. 
N.  4,  154.  [ώ] 

' ΑπάΑΛίστρος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  παλαί- 
στρα) without  a  palaestra  or  place  for 
gymnastics  :  of  persons,  not  trained  in 
them,  hence  awkward,  clumsy. — II.  not 
customary  on  the  palaestra,  contrary  to 
its  rules,  Mel.  97.— III.  =  foreg.  [ώ] 

Άπάλαλ/ίε,  3  sing.  aor.  2,  opt. 
άπα7Μ7.κοί,  from  a  suppos.  pres. 
*  άπα7.ά7.κω,=^άπαλέξω,  to  ward  off, 
keep  off  something/rom  one.  τι  τίνος, 
II.  22,  348,  cf  Od.  4,  766.  The  other 
tenses  are  supplied  by  άπαλιέξω. 

'Απά?ιαμνος,  ov,=  sq.,  άνήρ  άπύ- 
λαμνος,  strictly  a  man  without  hands, 
i.  e.  helpless,  silly,  II.  5,  597. — II.  in 
Lyr.  and  Eleg.  poets,  like  αμήχανος, 
impracticable,  Theogn.  281  :  unman- 
ageable, and  so  wicked,  sca7)dalous,  law- 
less, opp.  to  κα7.ός,  Sol.  14,  Theogn. 
481,  Pmd.  O.  2,  105.  (Formed  metri 
grat.  from  άπά7.αμος,  like  νώννμνος 
from  νώννμος.)  [πά] 

Άπά/.ΰμος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  πα7Μμη) 
strictly  without  hands  or  without  the 
use  of  the?n  :  hence  helpless,  lazy.  άπ. 
βίος,  Lat.  vita  iners,  Pind.  O.  1,  95. — 
II.  =foreg.  II.,  Hes.  Op.  20  [αττ.  me- 
tri  grat.,  Hes.  1.  c],  which  cannot  be 
helped,  unman/igeable. 

Άπΰλάομαι,  {άπό,  άλΛομαι)  as 
pass.,  to  go  astray.,  wander,  άπ.  ά7.7.ΐ), 
to  wander  elsewhere,  Hes.  Sc.  409. 

Άπα7.γέω,ώ,ί.-ήσω,  {άπό,  άλ}'/ω) 
to  put  off  sorrow,  cease  to  sorrow  for  a 
thing,  Ti,  Thuc.  2,  61,  like  άπο7ιθφν- 
ρομαι. — II.  in  genl.  to  be  without  sense 
of  pain,  to  be  apathetic,  άπ.  kv  ε7.πί• 
159 


ΑΠΑΑ 

(Τ/ν,  to  lose  the  excitement  of  hopes, 
Polyb.     Hence 

'Αττά?.γησις,  εως,  ή,  a  ceasing  to  feel 
sorrow  or  pain.  Heliod. 

'ATraXti(pu.{.-ijiu,(<'i~o,  αλείφω)  to 
u-ipe  off,  expunge,  esp.  from  a  record 
or  register,  Dem.  1115,  5;  tivH  άπό 
οφλήματος,  to  give  one  his  quittance, 
la.  1338,  8  :  απ.  τι,  to  cancel  a  thing, 
Aeschin.  49,  36. 

Άττΰλέξησις,  εως,  ή,  (άτολείω) 
a  defence. 

Ά-αλεξίκακος,  ov,=  ά?•,εξίκακος, 
Orph. 

Άττΰλέξω,  f.  -ξήσω,  (ύ~6,  άλέξω) 
to  ward  off  from  another,  c.  ace.  rei 
et  gen.  pers.,  II.  24,  371,  also  reverse- 
ly, c.  ace.  pers.  et  gen.  rei,  rwu  κα- 
κότητος,  to  keep  one  from  mischief, 
lilie  defcndere  aliqjum  ab  aliqua  re,  Od. 
17,304;  also  τινί  τι,  Aesch.  Supp. 
1053.  Mid.  to  defend  one's  self  against, 
Ίζρός  τι,  Soph.  Aj.  106  :  to  this  verb 
belongs  the  poet.  aor.  άτάλα/./ϊΡ. 

Άπάλεύομαι,  dep.  mid.,  {άπό, 
άλενω)  to  keep  one's  self  aloof  from, 
shun,  Nic. 

Άτϊΰληβεύω,  {άττό,  ά7,ηθενώ)  to 
speak  the  whole  truth,  ττρός  τίνα,  Xen. 
■ — II.  to  verify,  confirm. — III.  to  search 
out  the  truth. 

'AKa?£aivoimi,=sq.,  Qu.  Sm. 

Άττα/.θέομαι,ί.  -θήσομηι,  dep.  mid., 
(άττό,  ά?Μέω)  to  cure,  heal  thoroughly, 
Ώ.κεα,  II.  8,  419. 

Ά  7τάλθομαι,=  foreg. 

Άττΰ'λία,  ας,  ή,  {άπαΤίός)  tenderness, 
softness. 

Ά.πύ?Λος,  ου,  6,  α  sucking  pig, 
Diog.  L. 

'Απαλλαγή,  ής,  ή,  (ά-αλλάσσω) 
deliverance,  release,  relief  from  a  thing, 
πόνων,  πηαάτων.  συμφοράς.  Trag. ; 
so  in  plur.,  Aesch.  Pr.  310.  and  Eur. : 
«T.  Γοϋ  πολέμου,  a  putting  an  end  to 
the  war,  Thuc.  7,  2. — II.  a  re/noval, 
Plat.  Legg.  736  A :  esp.  a  divorce, 
Eur.  Med.  230.— III.  (from  pass.)  a 
going  away,  escape,  retreat,  Hdt.  1,  12, 
etc. :  τέλος  της  ά~αλ?Μγής.  the  final 
departure,  Hdt.  2,  139  :  ΰπ.  του  βίου, 
departure  from  life,  Xen.  Cyr.  5,  1,  13 ; 
also  by  itself,  death,  Diog.  L. 

Άπα?.?Μκτέον,  verb.  adj.  from  ΰτ- 
a?  /.άσσω,  one  must  deliver  from,  τινά 
τίνος,  Plut.  Coriol.  32. — 2.  (mid.)  one 
must  deliver  one's  self  from,  τινός,  Plat. 
Phaed.  06  D. 

Άπα?ι?ιακτιύω,=  άπα?.λαξείω,  An- 
ton. 

Άπα/.λακτικός,  ή,  όν,  delivering, 
fit  for  delivering.  Adv.  -κώς,  hence 
-κώς  εχειν,  to  wish  to  be  delivered. 

Άπαλ?Μξ.  adv.,  =  εναλλάξ,  V.  1. 
Xen.de  Re  Eq.  1,7. 

ΆτΓολλαίί i'(,;,  desiderat.  from  άπ- 
αλ?Μσσομαι,  to  irish  to  he  delivered,  to 
wish  to  go  away  from,  τινός,  Thuc.  1, 
95  ;  3,  84. 

Άπύ2-λαξις,  εως,  ή,  =  ά-αλ?Μγή, 
Hdt.  9.  13.^ 

'Απαλλάσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  fut.  •ξω, 
{άπό,  άλλάσσω)  to  set  free,  release,  de- 
liver from  a  thing,  τινά  τίνος.  e.  g. 
κακών,  πόνων,  φόβου,  etc.,  Trag., 
Plat.,  etc. :  c.  ace.  only,  to  set  free, 
release,  let  go.  Soph.  Ant.  597,  etc. — 
2.  to  put  away  from,  remove  from,  τι 
τίνος.  e.  g.  γης  πρόςωπον,  φρενών 
έρωτα,  Eur.  Med.  27,  Hipp.  774  :  c. 
ace.  only,  to  put  away,  remove,  τί.  Id. 
Hec.  1008,  Plat.,  etc. :  κακά  άπ.  μν- 
θοις,  to  do  away  ill  by  words,  Eur.  Au- 
tol.  1,  20  :  also  to  get  rid  of,  τους  χρή- 
στας.  creditors,  Isae.  53,  36 :  hence — 
II.  intrans.  to  get  off  frer,  escape,  esp. 
with  an  adv.  or  adj.  added,  e.g.  εν, 
κακώς,  καλώς  άπ..  Plat.,  καταγελ- 
160 


ΑΠΑΛ 

αστώς  άπ.,  Dem. ;    so  too  ονκ    ώς 

ήθελε  άπήλλαξεν,  Hdt.  1,  10:  χαί- 
ρων άπ.,  Hdt.  3,  09  ;  αθώος,  άζήμιος 
άπ..  Plat.,  etc. — 2.  to  go  away,  remove, 
depart.  Plat. :  άπ.  βίου,  to  depart  from 
life,  Eur.  Hel.  302:  so  also— B.  In 
pass.,  c.  fut.  and  aor.  mid.,  άπαλλάξ- 
ομαι,  άπ7/λ?.αξύμ7μ• ;  but  also  c.  fut. 
and  aor.  pass.,  άπηλλαχθι/σομαι,  άπ- 
ηλλάχθην  or  άπηλλά^ην  (the  former 
most  usu.  in  Trag.,  Pors.  Phoen.  980), 
to  be  set  free,  released  from  a  tlimg, 
get  rid  of  it,  e.  g.  κακών,  όονλοσννης, 
etc.,  Hdt.,  etc. — 2.  to  get  off,  escape, 
usu.  with  some  adj.  or  adv.  added,  as 
in  act.  II.  1,  so  άι•ατος  άπ..  Soph.  Ο. 
C.  780  ;  αγώνος  άπ.  καλώς,  Eur. 
Heracl.  346;  άζήμιος  άπ.,  Ar.  Plut. 
271,  and  freq.  in  Plat. :  hence  alone, 
to  be  let  off,  acquitted.  Plat.,  and  Oratt., 
— II.  to  remove,  depart  from,  εκ  or  άπο 
γης,  Hdt.,  also  γης,  χθονός,  Eur. : 
sometimes  also  trans.,  )7;f  άπαλλάσσ- 
εσθαι  πόδα,  Eur.  Med.  729  :  to  de- 
part, go  away,  εΙς,πρός,Οΐ  έπί...,  Hdt., 
etc. :  hence  in  various  relations,  as 
— 1.  άπαλλάσσεσθαι  τον  βίου,  to  de- 
part from  \H'e,  Thuc.  2,  42  ;  also  freq. 
without  τον  βίου.  Plat.,  Xen.,  etc. — 

2.  άπ.  λέχονς,  to  be  divorced,  Eur. 
Andr.  592  :  also  γυνή  άπαλ?.άσσεται 
άπο  του  ανδρός.  Plat.  Legg.  808  Β. — 

3.  άπ.  τον  διδασκάλου,  to  leave  school. 
Plat.  Gorg.  514  C,  cf.  Xen.  Mem.  1, 
2,  24. — 4.  άπ.  έκ  παίδων,  like  Lat.  e 
pneris  excedere,  to  become  a  man,  Aes- 
chin. 0,  10. — 5.  to  be  removed,  i.  e.  far 
from,  άπηλλαγμένος  ενηθίης,  ?nan.y 
removes  from  folly,  Hdt.  1,  00,  ξυμ- 
φορών,  Thuc.  1,  122  :  hence  πολλον 
άπτ/λλαγμένος  τινός,  far  inferior  to 
him,  Hdt.  2,  144  :  c.  inf.,  κρίναι  Ίκα- 
νώς  άπ.,  to  be  far  from  judging,  Thuc. 

I,  138. — 0.  to  depart  from,  1.  e.  leave 
off  from,  τών  μακρών  7Μγων,  Soph. 
El.  1335,  σκωμμάτων,  Ar.  Plut.  310  : 
hence  absol.  to  have  done,  give  over, 
cease.  Soph.  Ant.  422,  Plat.  Apol.  39 
D  :  esp.  c.  part.,  άπα?.λάγηθι  ειπών, 
speak  and  have  done,  etc..  Plat.  :  so 
άπαλ?.άχθ7/τι  πνρώσας,  Eur.  Cycl. 
000,  like  άνυσον  πράξας,  etc.  :  but 
also  like  άνύσας  with  a  verb,  ονκονν 
απαλλαχθείς  ΰπει :  ?nake  haste  and 
be  off.  Soph.    Ant.   214. — 7.  to   depart 

from  enmity,  and  so  to  be  reconciled, 
like  κατα?ίλάσσεσθαι,  absol.  or  προς 
ά?.λ7'/λονς.  Plat.  Legg.  708  C,  915  C. 
νΑπα/.λότριος,  a,  ov,  {άπό,  αλλό- 
τριος) given  over  to  foreigners,  jra  the 
hands  of  others,  v.  1.  Diod.  S.  11,  76. 

Άπα?.λοτριόω,ώ,ΐ.ώσω,  {άπό,  άλ- 
λοτριόω)  Ιο  estrange,  alienate,  Lat.  ab- 
alienare.  Plat.  Tim.  05  Λ.  :  άπ.  τι  άπό 
τίνος,  to  estrange  or  detach  froi7i,  Aes- 
chin. 29,  20.     Hence 

Άλλοτρίωσις,  εως,  ή,  an  estra7iging, 
alienating. 

Άπα'λοάω,  poet  -λοιάω,ώ,{.-ήσω, 
{άπό,  άλοάω)  strictly,  to  thresh  out, 
σίτος  άπ7ΐλοημένος,  Dem.  1040,  22: 
hence  to  pound,  bruise,  crush,  όστέα, 

II.  4,  522. 

Ά  πΰλόθριξ,  τρίτος,  ό,  ή,  {απαλός, 
θρίξ)  with  soft  hair,  Eur.  Bacch.  1185. 

'Απαλοιφή,  ής,  ή,  {απαλείφω)  an  ef- 
facing, expunging. 

Άπαλοκονρίς,  ίδος,  ή,  =  απαλή 
κονρ7],  Epich.  ρ.  42. 

'  Απαλοπ'/.όκάμος,  ον,  {απαλός, 
πλόκαμος)  ivith  soft  curls,  Philox.  ap. 
Ath.  147  B. 

'Απΰ?ός,  ή,  όν,  (perh.  from  άπτω, 
άφή)  soft  Ιο  the  touch,  lender  :  in  Horn. 
mostly  of  human  body,  δειρή,  ανχήν, 
παρειαί.  πόδες,  ήτορ ;  so  παρειά, 
χείρες,  Aesch.,  βλέφαρον,  Eur. :  but 
rare  in  Trag. :    more  freq.  in  Plat. : 


ΑΠΑΜ 
in  Xen.  also  of  tender  meat. — Π.  me- 
taph.  soft,  getitle  :  άπα?κόν  γελάν, 
like  ήδν  γελΰν,  to  laugh  g'^tly,  slight- 
ly, Od.  14,  405  :  and  so  very  freq.  in 
later  prose. — 2.  soft,  delicate,  like  τρυ- 
φεοός,  δίαιτα.  Plat.  Phaedr.  239  C. 
Adv.  -?.ώς,  άπ.  όπτΰν,  to  roast  mod- 
erately, Sotad.  Έγκλ.  1,  10,  cf.  Wess. 
Diod.  1,  p.  192.  [ύπ] 

Άπάλόσαρκης,  ov,  {απαλός,  σύρξ) 
with  soft  or  tender  fiesh,  Hipp. 

Άπύλότης,  ητος,  ή,  {απαλός)  soft- 
ness, tenderness.  Plat.  Synip.  195  D, 
Xen.  Mem.  2,  1,  22. 

Άπάλοτρεφής,  ές,  {απαλός,  τρέφω) 
well-fed,  plu//ip,  fat,  σίαλος,  II.  21, 
303  ;  λειμώνες,  rich  pastures,  Herod. 
Att. 

Άπΰλοφόρος,  ov,  {απαλός,  φέρω) 
wearing  soft  ramient. 

'Λπΰ?.όφρων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  {απα- 
λός, φρήν)  soft-hearted,  i/mocent,  Anth. 

Άπάλόχροος,  ov,  contr.  άτζρ,'λό- 
χρους,  χρουν,  {απαλός,  χρως)  soft  or 
fuie  skinned ;  also  with  heterocl.  gen. 
άπαλόχροος,  dat.  χροι,  etc.,  H.  Hom. 
Ven.  14,  Hes.  Op.  517,  Eur.  Hel. 
373. 

' Απαλόχρως,  ωτος,  6,  ?;.^foreg. 

Άπά'/ύι•ω.  fut.  -ΰνώ,  {απαλός)  to 
soften.  Xen.  Eq.  5,  5  :  to  7nake  plump 
and  soft,  Hipp.  :  but  also  to  make  ten- 
der or  delicate.  Id. :  metaph.  to  soften, 
■make  gentle,  LXX.     Hence 

Άπά'λυσμός,  ov,  a,  a  making  soft  or 
plump,  Hipp. 

Άπΰ/.νσκω,  -νξω,=  άπάλεύομαι. 

Άπα'λώδης,  ες,  {απαλός,  είδος)  soft 
of  nature.  Gal. 

t'A~ayua  or  Άπά/χη,ης,  ή,  Apama, 
wife  of  Seleucus  ISicator,  Strab. 

Άπΰμαλδννω,  {άπό,  άμαλδννω)  to 
overpower,  bring  to  nought,  Leon.  Tar. 

' Απαμαυρόω,  {άπό,  άμαυρόω)  to 
drive  away  darkness,  illumine,  Orph. 

Άπαμύω,ώ,ί-ήσω.  {άπό.  άμάω)  to 
cut  off,  άπ'  ονατα  χαλκφ  βινάς  r'  άμή- 
σαντες,  Od.  21,  300,  άπάμησον  πόδα. 
Soph.  Phil.  749.  [ά,  but  in  Soph,  ά] 

Άπαμβλίσκω,  {άπό,  αμβλίσκω)  to 
make  abortive,  hence  άπ.  καρπούς, 
Plut. 

Άπαμβλόω,  to  miscarry,  Plut. 

Άπημβ?.ύνω,  f.  -ννώ,  {άπό,  άμβλν- 
νω)  to  blunt,  dull  the  edge  of  a  thins:,  τι. 
Pind.  P.  1,  100,  Aesch.  Theb.  715: 
more  freq.  in  pass,  to  be  dulled  or 
blunted,  lose  its  edge  or  force,  Horn. 
Ep.  12,  Hdt.  3, 134,  Plat.  Rep.  442  D. 

Άπαμβροτεϊν,  inf.  aor.  2  άπήμβρο- 
Tov  ot  άφαμαρτάνω. 

^Απάμεια,  ας,  ή,  Apamea,  ή  Κιβω- 
τός, a  city  in  Phrygia  Major,  on  the 
Marsyas,  Strab. — 2.  a  city  of  Syria, 
on  the  Orontes,  Strab. — 3.  ή  προς 
'Ραγαΐς,  in  Parthia,  Strab. — i.  a  city 
of  Bilhynia,  the  earlier  Μύρλεια, 
Strab. 

Άπΰμείβομαι,ί.--ψομαι, aep.mUl.  c. 
aor.  1  pass.,  (άττό,  αμείβω)  to  reply. 
usu.  in  words,  to  ansirer:  but  Hom. 
always  adds  a  second  more  definite• 
verb,  e.  g.  άπημειβόμενος  προςέφη. 
or  άπαμείβετο  φώνησέν  τε  :  aor.  pass. 
άπημείφθην  c.  act.  signf.  Xen.  An- 
ab.  2,  5,  15. 

Άπαμείρω,  {από,  άμείρω)  to  de- 
prive of  a  share  in  a  thing,  τιΐ'ά  Τί- 
νος. Pass,  to  he  bereft,  τινός  as  was 
once  read  Od.  17,  322  for  άπομ.,  and 
is  still  defended  by  some,  as  Spohn. 
who  has  introduced  it  into  Hes.  Th. 
801,  Op.  576. 

ΥΑπαμεΙτις,  ιδος,  ή,  {λίμνη),  or 
λίμνη  ή  προς  Άπαμεία,  the  lake  of 
Apamea  near  Apamea  ini  Syria,  Strah. 

Άπαμελέω,  {άπό.  άμελέω)  to  neg- 
lect utterly,  Hdt.  3, 129,  132,  in  pass. 


ΑΠΑΝ 

' λτταμέργομαι,  as  mid.,  only  used 
ill  pres.  and  imperf.,  {ά~ό,  άμέργω) 
te  take,  carry  off  for  one's  self,  Nic. 

Άτταμέμόω,  (ά~ό,  ίμέρδω)  =  απ- 
αμείρω. 

'λπαμμένος,  η,  ον,  part.  perf.  pass. 
Ion.  for  άψημμένος,  (rom  άφάτττω. 

*ΆπαμτΓίσχο.  assumed  pres.  of  the 
aor.  2  άτταμττκτχεϊν,  to  u-ndress. 

* 'Απαμ—/.ακ.έο),  assumed  pres.  of 
the  aor.  ΰττημπλακον,  άπαμπλακείν, 
=  άφαμαρτύνω,  to  fail  utterly,  Soph. 
Tr.  1139. 

'Χτΐάμννω,  fut.  -ννώ,  (άττό,  ΰμννω) 
to  keep  off,  ward  off,  with  coliat.  no- 
tion of  defence,  in  full  a-,  τι  τίνος, 
to  ward  off  a  ihing  from  one,  also  τί 
TivL,  as  κακόν  ήμαρ  ΚίτωλοΙς  II.  9, 
597  ;  also  c.  ace.  only,  to  repulse,  τον 
βάρβαρον,  Hdt.  9,  90.— Β.  Mid.  to 
keep  off  from  one's  self,  and  SO  to  drive 
back,  repel,  άνδρα  ύτταμύνασθαι, 
Horn.,  SO  also  in  Hdt.,  who  also  has 
άΰ.  TL  and  οφθαλμών,  3,  110. — 2.  to 
defend,  protect  one's  self  Od.  11,  579  : 
but  πόλις  y  ύπαμνναίμεσθα,  by 
which  we  may  protect  ourselves,  II.  15, 
738. 

Άπαμφιύζω,  (από,  άμφιύζω)  to  lay 
aside  a  garment,  strip  off,  Pint.     Hence 

Ά.παμφιασμός,  ov,  ci,  an  undressing. 

Άτταμφιένννμι,  fut.  άτταμφιέσω, 
{άττό,  αμφιένννμι)  to  take  off.  lay  aside. 

Ά-αμφίζω,  =  άτταμφίύζω,  to  strip 
o/,  Menand.  p.  119. 

'Χ-αναγκάζω,  -άσω,  {άττό,  αναγκά- 
ζω) to  force,  compel,  Hipp. 

'Χπανάγω,  {άττό,  άνάγο)  to  lead 
away  :  usu.  as  if  intr.,  sub.  ναϋς, 
στρατόν,  etc.,  to  go  away,  march  or 
sail  a'cay. 

Άτταναίνομαί,  (άττό,  άναίνομαι) 
dep.,  to  refuse  or  reject  utterly,  tl,  Od. 
10,  297,  Find.  N.  5,  60,  and  Aesch. 
Eum.  972,  in  aor.  mid.  άπαντράμην, 
but  aor.  pass,  άττανηνύσθην  in  Ep. 
Horn.  4,  10. 

' Κηαναισιμόω,  (ά— ό,  άναισίμόω)  to 
use  quite  up,  like  ΰπανα7.ίσκω,  Hipp. 

' Χπαναισχυντέω,  {άπό,  άναισχνν- 
τέυ)  to  be  utterly  shameless,  Dem.  850, 
17  :  to  be  shameless  enough  to  do  or 
say,  Tl,  Plat.  Apol.  31  C. 

Κπανάλίσκω,  f.  -λώσω,  (άττό,  αν- 
αλίσκω) to  use  quite  up.  utterly  con- 
sume, Thuc.  2,  13.     Hence 

'Α.πανα}Μσίς,  εως,  ή,  a  using  quite 
up.  Died,  {vu] 

Άπανύστΰσις,  εως,  ή,  {άπανίστη- 
ui)  a  removing  from  one  place  to  an- 
other. 

Άπαναστύτης,  ov  b,  an  emigrant. 

Απαναστομόω,=  άΐ'αστομόω,  Dion. 

Άτταΐ'ατέλλω,  (άττό,  άνατέ?.7.ω)  to 
rouse  up  from  a  place,  0pp. — II.  intr. 
to  rise  up  from.  Id. 

Άττανηχωρέω,  (άττό,  άναχωρέω) 
strengthd.  for  άναχωρέω.     Hence 

Άπαναχώρησίς.  εως,  ή,  strengthd. 
for  αναχώρηπίς,  Diod. 

'Χτϊανδόκεντος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  rrav- 
δοκεύς)  without  an  inn  to  rest  at,  όδος 
άττ.,  Democr.  ap.  Stnb. 

' Απανδρίζομαι,  f.  -ίσομαι,  (άττό,  άν- 
δρίζομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  be  a  real  man, 
play  the  man,  ττρός  τι,  Callistr. 

Άπανδρόω,  ώ,  {άττό,  άνδρόω)  to 
make  one  a  man.  Pass,  to  become  a 
man,  be  grown  up,  Eur.  Ion  53. 

' Κτΐΰνεμάω,  {ά~ό,  άνεμος)  to  blow 
down,  only  in  Hesych. 

Άττύνενθε,  and  before  consonants 
άττάνενβεν,  strengthd.  for  άνενθε, 
adv.,  afar  off,  far  away,  Horn. — II.  as 
prep.  c.  gen.  far  from,  away  from, 
Horn. ;  aloof  from  them,  11.  14,  189  ;  20, 
41 :  άττάΐ'ενθε  θεύν,  without  their  know- 
ledge, II.  1,  549  ;  sou-rurei'^e  τοκήων, 
11 


ΑΠΑΝ 

Od.  9,  30 ;  but  also  τον  άττύνενθε 
σέλας  h/έΐ'ετο,  out  from  it  light  beam- 
ed, II.  19,  374 :  oft.  placed  after  its  gen. 

Ά.τζανθέω,ω,ί.-ήσω,  {άττό,  άνθέω)  to 
leave  off  blooming,  fade  wither,  Ar. 
Eccl.  1121  ;  άττηνθηκός  σώμα,  Plat. 
Symp.  196  A.    Hence 

Άττάνθησις,  εως,  ή,  a  fading,  with- 
ering, decaying. 

'Αττανθίζω,ί.-ίσω,  (άττό,  ανθίζω)  to 
pluck  off  flowers.  Metaph.  ματαίαν 
γλώσσαν  άττ.,  to  cull  the  flowers  of 
idle  talk,  i.  e.  talk  as  boldly  as  they 
please,  Aesch.  Ag.  1662.  Mid.  c. 
ace,  to  pluck  the  flower  oneself,  to 
pick  out  the  best  of  a  thing,  Plut.  :  cf. 
λωτίζομαι.     Hence 

'Απάνθισμα,  ατός,  τό,  something 
plucked,  a  flower  culled. — II.  ^sq. 

Άττανθισμός,  ov,  b,  a  plucking  of 
flowers. — II.  a  culling  of  flowers,  choice 
collection. 

' Αττανθρΰκίζω,ί.-ίσω  Att.  -ϊώ  {άπό, 
ανθρακίζω)  to  broil  on  the  coals,  roast, 
Ar.  Av.  1546. — Π.  to  eat  broiled  fish, 
V.  sq. 

Άπανθρακίς,  Ίδος,  ή,  a  small  fish 
for  broiling,  also  έπανθρακίς. — II.  a 
cake  baked  on  coals. 

Άπανθράκισμα,  ατός  τό,  {άπαν- 
θρακίζω)  anything  broiled  on  coals. 

Άπανθρακόω,  strengthd.  for  άν- 
θρακόω,  to  burn  to  a  cinder,  Luc. 

'A— ανθρωπεία,  ας,  ή,  the  nature  of 
an  απάνθρωπος ;  inhumanity. 

Άπανθρωπέομαι,  dep.,  to  be  απάν- 
θρωπος.— II.  c.  ace,  to  shun  like  a 
misanthrope,  Hipp. 

Άπανθρωπενομαι,^ίοτβζ. 

Άπανθρωπία,  ας,  ή,  =:  άπανθρω- 
■πεία,  Luc. 

Άπανθρωπίζω,ί.-ίσω,  (άπό,  άνθρω- 
πίζω)  to  turn  into  a  man,  humanise, 
Slob.     Pass,  to  become  a  man,  Stob. 

'Απάνθρωπος,  ov,  (άπό,  άνθρωπος) 
far  from  man,  and  so — I.  inhuman, 
savage.  Soph.  Fr.  842 — II.  unsocial, 
misanthropic,  Plat.  Ep.  309  B. — 2.  of 
countries,  uninhabited,  Aesch.  Pr.  20. 
— III.  inconsistent  with  human  nature. 
Adv.  -πως. 

Άπανίστημι,  fut.  -στήσω,  (άπό, 
άνίστημι,  to  make  rise  up  and  depart, 
take  or  send  aumy,  στρατιήν,  Hdt.  3, 
156 ;  6,  133.  Mid.  c.  aor.  2  et  perf. 
act.,  to  arise  and  go  away,  depart  again, 
Hdt.  9,  87,  άπο  της  πόλιος,  Hdt.  9, 
86,  also  c.  gen.  loci,  Thuc.  1,  139: 
esp.  to  leave  one's  country,  emigrate, 
Thuc.  1,  2. 

Άπάνουργος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  πανούρ- 
γος) guileless,  Plut. 

'Απαντάχή,  adv.,  (άπας)  every- 
where, Eur.  Ant.  12. 

Άπαντάχόθεν,  adv.,  (άπας)  from 
all  sides,  Luc. 

Άπαντάχόθι,  ΆάΎ.,=^  απανταχού, 
Luc. 

Άπαντάχόσε,  adv.,  (άπας)  in  all 
directions,  to  every  side,  Plut. 

Άπαντάχον,  adv.,  (άπας)  every- 
where, V.  1.  Eur.  Hipp.  431,  etc. 

'Απαντάω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  or  more  usu. 
-■ήσομαι  (Thuc. 4, 77,  Xen.,  and  Dem.): 
aor.  απήντησα,  (άπό,  άντάω) :  to 
come  or  go  from  a  place  towards,  and 
so  to  come  or  go  to  meet,  encounter, 
whether  as  friend  or  foe,  τινί,  Hdt.  8, 
9,  etc. :  hence  oft.  to  resist,  withstand. 
Plat.,  Xen.,  etc.:  also  άπ.  δορί,  δπ- 
λοις,  Eur. — 2.  esp.  to  meet  with,  light 
or  fall  upon,  τινί,  as  άπ.  ταΐς  όμοί- 
αις  φνσεσι,  Dem.  1395,  5 :  absoL,  ό 
άει  απαντών  any  one  you  meet,  any 
one,  Plat.  Rep.  563  C,  so  at  άπαντών- 
τες,  Dem.  958,  16:  hence  —  3.  of 
things,  to  happen,  come  upon  one, 
άπαντα  δάκρνύ  μοι,  Eur.  Ion  940 : 


ΑΠΑΞ 

άπαντα  μοι  κρανγή  παρά  των  δικά 
στων,  Aeschin.  23,  31  :  absol.,  to  con 
cur,  τοντέων  άπαντύντοη',  in  this 
concurrence.  Hdt.  8,  142 :  also  ες 
ταντο  άπ.,  Hdt.  6,  84  :  also  to  turn  out 
well,  prosper. — 4.  foil,  by  a  prep.,  άπ. 
TLvl  εις  or  έπϊ  τόπον,  Hdt.  2,  75, 
Thuc.  4,  70,  89,  etc. :  but  oft.  little 
more  than  to  go  or  come  to,  arrive  or 
be  present  at  a  place  :  so  άπ.  ενθάδε, 
δενρο,  Ar.  Lys.  13,  Plat.  Theaet.  210 
D  :  also  άπ.  προς  δίκην  to  be  present 
at  a  trial.  Plat.  Legg.  936  Ε  :  προς 
τους  διαιτητάς,  θεσμοθέτας,  etc.,  to 
come  before  them,  Dem.  ;  but  άπ.  έπΙ 
δίαιταν,  to  agree  to  an  arbitration,  ap. 
Dem.  544,  20  :  also  άπ.  προς,  έπί,  or 
εις  τι,  to  approach  or  attempt  a  thing, 
προς  τάς  μαθήσεις,  Plat.  Theaet.  144 
Β,  εις  τον  αγώνα,  Legg.  830  A  ;  άπ. 
εις  την  τίμησιν,  to  come  to  the  question 
of  rating,  Aeschin.  62,  21 ;  but  also  to 
have  recourse  to  a  thing,  'επι  ταντα, 
Dem.  760,  24,  etc.:  άπ.  άλλοτρίοις 
άγώσι,  to  be  present  at  other  people's 
suits,  meddle  in  them.  Id.  580,  20,  cf. 
133,  15.  The  mid.,  except  fut.,  is 
late,  Lob.  Phryn.  288. 

'  Απαντέ7•.λω,  poet,  for  άπανα- 
τέλλω. 

' Απαντή,  ης,  ή,=:άπάντησις,  LXX. 

Άπάντη,  adv.,  (άπας)  everywhere, 
in  all  places,  κνκλφ  άπάντη,  all  round 
about,  Od.  8,  278. — II.  every  way,  in 
all  directions.  II.  7,  183. — ΙΠ.  in  all 
ways. 

Άπάντημα,  ατός,  τό,  (απαντάω) 
a  meeting,  encountering. — Π.  α  reply, 
answer. 

Άπάντησις,  εως,  ^,=foreg.,  Polyb. 

Άπαντητέον,  verb.  adj.  from  άπ- 
ηΐ'τύω,  one  must  meet  or  go,  εις  τόπον. 
Plat.  Theaet.  210  D. 

Άπαντιάζω,  -άσω, ^=  απαντάω. 

Άπαντικρν,  adv.,  strengthd.  for 
αντικρύ,  right  opposite,  b  άπ.  λόφος, 
Xen.  Hell.  6,  4,  4. 

Άπαντίον,  adv.,  strengthd.  for  άν- 
τίον,  like  άπεναντίον,  right  opposite, 
Hdt.  7,  34. 

Άπαντλέω.ώ,(άπό,άντλέω)  to  draw 
off  from,  άπ.  χθονος  νβρισμα  θνη- 
τών, Eur.  Or.  641 :  to  draw  off,  πό- 
νονς  τινί,  Aesch.  Pr.  84,  and  so  c. 
ace.  only,  to  lighten,  lessen,  βάρος  ψυ- 
χής, Eur.  Ale.  354.     Hence 

Άπάντλησις,  εως,  ή,  a  pumping  or 
drawing  off  of  water,  Arist.  Probl. 

Άπάντομαι,  (άπό,  άντομαι)^άπ• 
αντάω,  Eur.  Rhes.  901. 

Άπύντοτε,  adv.,  (άπας)  always, 
Lob.  Phryn.  103. 

Άπαννω,ί.-νσω,(άπό,  άννω)  to  ac- 
complish, finish  entirely,  νήες  άπήνν- 
σαν  οΊκαδε,  sc.  την  όδόν,  the  ships 
performed  the  voyage  home,  Od.  7,  326. 
[ϋω,  ϋσω] 

"Απαξ,  adv.  first  in  Od.  12,  22,  350, 
once,  once  only,  once  for  all,  like  Lat. 
semel,  Bentl.  Hor.  Sat.  2,  8.  24  :  hence 
πο?.λάκις  και  ονχι  απ.,  Hdt.  7,  46,  so 
Plat,  ονχ  άπ.  αλλά  πο?.λάκις :  c. 
gen.,  άπ.  τού  ενιαντον,  ετεος  έκασ- 
του, Hdt.  2,  59;  4,  105;  also  άπ.  έν 
τω  ενιαντφ,  Hdt.  2.  132. — II.  without 
any  notion  of  number,  after  επεί,  εάν, 
ώς,  όταν.  etc.,  like  Lat.  ut  semel,  ώς 
άπαξ  ήρξατο,  when  once  he  began,  Xen. 
Hell.  5,  4,  58,  έπει  άπαξ  αντοΐς  φι 
λος  έγένετο.  Id.  An.  1,  9,  10,  cf.  3,  2 
25.  (From  ά,  άμα,  copul.,  and  ace. 
to  Pott,  Tray-,  πήγννμι,  cf.  έπιμίξ.) 

Άπαξύπάς,  άσα,  αν,  (άπαξ,  άπας'^ 
and  such  words  usu.  in  plur.,  all  at 
once,  all  together,  Ar.  Plut.  Ill,  206; 
but  also  in  sing.,  every  one,  Xenarch. 
Porph.  1,  16,  Stratt.  Myrm.  1. 

' Απαξαπλώς,  (άπαξ,  άπ7,ώς)  adv.. 
161 


ΑΠΑΡ 

strengthd.  for  άττ^ύς,  in  general,  upon 
the  whole,  Luc. 

Άτταξια.  ας,  ή,  {άπό,  αξία)  vnwor- 
thincss :  in  the  language  of  the  Sto- 
ics, m.iTal  worthlessness,  opp.  to  αξία. 

Ά,πάζίος,  ov, ^ανάξιος,  unworthy 
of,  τινός.  Plat.  Legg.  645  C. 

Ά7ταξιόθ),ώ,{ύπό,άξιοω)  to  deem  a 
thing  uiuvorlhy  of  one,  τί  τίνος,  Plut.: 
to  disclaim  as  unworthy,  disown,  Lat. 
dedignari,  Thuc.  1,5:  also  απ.  μη,  c. 
inf ,  Schiif.  Dion.  Comp.  p.  38 :  in 
mid.,  έθνος  ης  λεσγ?/ί  άττηξιώσατο, 
hath  banished  thtm  (rom  his  hall, 
Aesch.  Euin.  307.     Hence 

Άπαξίωσις,  εως,  ή,  a  deeming  un- 
worthy :  conte7npt,  contemptuousness, 
Polyb  "^  ^ 

'Ατνάορος,  ov,  Dor.  for  ΰττήορος, 
Pind. 

Ά~ατταϊ,=  άτηταπαί. 

'\ιτατΓ-ος,  op,  ( a  priy.,  ιτάπιτος) 
with  no  grandfathfr  or  ancestors  :  nie- 
taph.  φύος  ουκ  άπ.  Ίι^αίον  πυρός,  not 
unfathered  by  th'  Idaean  flame,  Aesch. 
Ag.  311. 

ΆττάτΓτω,  Ion.  for  άφάπτω,  Hdt. 
2,  121. 

'Απαράβατος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  παρα- 
βαίνω) not  passed  or  transgressed  :  not 
to  be  transgressed  or  infringed,  Plut. — 
II.  act.  not  passing  over  to  another, 
esp.  of  state-offices  :  hence,  not  pass- 
ing away,  unchangeable,  N.  T. — 2.  not 
transgressing,  Joseph.     Adv.  -τως. 

Άπαράβλαστος,  ov,{a  priv.,  παρα- 
βλαστύνω)  not  putting  forth  shoots  or 
suckers,  Theophr. 

Άπαρύβλητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  παρα- 
βύλ?.θ))  not  to  be  confronted  or  com- 
pared, unlike  :  not  to  be  united. 

Άπαρύγγελτος,  oi>,  (a  priv.,  παρ- 
αγγέ/.λω)  not  ordered.  Adv.  -τως, 
without  the  sign  of  battle.  Polyb. 

Άπαράγρΰφος.  ov,  (a  priv.,  παρα- 
γράφω) not  limited :  not  to  be  marked 
out  by  boundaries,  Polyb. 

Άπαράγωγος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  παράγω) 
not  to  be  turned  from  his  path  or  pur- 
pose, Hierocl.  Aur.  Carm. 

Απαράδεκτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  παρα- 
δέχομαι) not  to  he  received,  not  accepta- 
ble.— II.  act.  7iot  receiving. 

Άπαράθετος.  ov,  (a  priv.,  παρατί- 
θΐ]μι)  not  placed  beside  or  compared. — 
II.  in  Gramm.  άπαράθετα,  words  or 
phrases  without  quoted  authority,  Bast. 
Greg.  p.  348. 

Άπαραιρημένος,  part.  pf.  pass.  Ion. 
for  ΰφΐ)ρημ.,  from  ΰφαιρέω. 

'Απαραίτητος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  παραι- 
τέω)  not  to  be  turned  away  by  prayers  : 
hence  inevitable,  extreme,  like  ανήκεσ- 
τος.— II.  of  persons,  not  to  be  entreated, 
implacable,  inexorable.  Plat.,  Lys.,  in- 
flexible, ^ίκη,  Dem.  772,  25.  Adv. 
-τως,  implacably,  inexorably,  Thuc.  3, 
84. 

Άπαρακά7νυπτος,  ov,  ( α  priv., 
παρακαλνπτω)  uncovered  :  hence  adv. 
-τως,  undisguisedly,  openly,  Plat.  Rep. 
538  C,  Euthyd.  294  D.  {ku] 

ΆπαράκΆητος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  παρα- 
καλέω)  not  called  in,  without  summons, 
as  a  volunteer,  Thuc.  2,  98. — II.  not  to 
be  confuted. 

Άπαρακολούθητος,  ov,  (a  priv., 
παρακηΧονθέω)  not  to  be  followed,  un- 
intelligible, inconsistent :  hence  adv. 
-τως,  Anton. 

' ΑπαρύΤιειπτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  παρα- 
λείπω) not  omitted,  continual. 

' Απαράλ7.ακτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  παρ- 
σλ/ά'σω)  unchanged,  unchangeable  : 
hence  c.  dat.,  exactly  like.  Adv.  -τως, 
Ath.     Hence 

' Απαραλλαξία,  ας,  ή,  unchangeable- 
7iess,  Pint. 
162 


A  ΠΑΡ 

Άπαρα/.όγιστος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  πάρα- 
?\.ογίζομαι)  not  to  be  deceived,  Aesop. 
— 11.  act.  not  deceiving.     Adv.  —τως. 

' Απαρά'λογος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  παρά- 
λο}  ος)  not  unreasonable.  Iambi. 

' Απαραμί'λλητης,  ov,  (α  priv.,  παρ- 
αμιλ'λαομαι)  not  to  be  emulated  or  ex- 
celled, Joseph. 

'Απαράμιλλος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  παρά- 
μίλλoς)=^toreg. 

Άπαραμνθητος,  ov,  (α  priv,,  παρα- 
μνβέομαι)  not  to  be  persuaded:  hence 
incorrigible,  and  adv.  -τως,  incorrigibly, 
Plat.  Legg.  731  D  :  also  inconsolable, 
Plut. — 11.  not  to  be  entreated,  inexora- 
ble. Plat.  Epin.  980  D.  Adv.  -τως, 
not  to  be  guided  or  advised,  Plat,  [v] 

Άπαράμνθος,  oi',=  foreg.,  inexora- 
ble, κέαρ,  Aesch.  Pr.  185:  unbending, 
stubborn,  wild,  shy,  Eur.  I,  A.  620. 
[Aesch.  άπΰρά,  like  αθάνατος.] 

Άπαράπειστος,  ov,  (a  priv,,  παρα- 
πείθω)  not  to  be  seduced,  Dion,  H. 

Άπαραπόόιστος,  ov,  {a  priv,,  παρ- 
αποδίζω)  not  entangled,  clear,  διάνοια, 
Hices,  ap.  Ath.  689  C.     Adv.  -τως. 

Άπαραποίητος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  πάρα- 
ποιέω)  not  imitated  or  counterfeit. 

' Απαρααάλεντος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  πα- 
ρασα/ιενω)  unshaken.     Adv.  -τως. 

' Απαρασήμαντος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  παρα- 
σημαίνω)  not  noted,  umnarked,  undis- 
tinguished, LXX, 

Άπαρασημείωτος,  ov,=foreg. 

Άπαράσημος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  παρά- 
σημος)  not  falsely  stamped,  not  counter- 
feit. 

Άπαρασκενασία,  ας, ή,  want  of  prep- 
aration :  from 

Άπαρασκεύαστος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  πα- 
ρασκενάζω)=  sq.,  freq.  in  Xen. 

Άπαράσκευος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  πα- 
ρασκευή) without  preparation,  unpre- 
pared, Antipho  131,  28,  Thuc.  2,  87: 
άπαράσκευόν  τίνα  λαβείν,  Xen.  Cyr. 
7,  5,  25  ;  and  άπ.  ληφθτ/ναι,  Dem. 
1017,  17. — II.  without  great  preparation, 
without  expense.     Adv.  -ως,  Polyb. 

Άπάρύσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  fut.  -ξω, 
{άπό,  αράσσω)  to  dash,  strike  off,  11. 
16,  116,  Hdt.  5,  112,  etc.:  χαμύζε 
άπ.,  to  smite  to  the  earth.  II.  14,  497  : 
to  knock  or  sweep  off,  Lat.  decutere, 
τους  ίπιβάτας  άπο  της  νηός,  Valck. 
Hdt.  8.  90,  cf.  Thuc.  7,  63. 

Άπαρασχημάτιστος,  ov,  {a  priv., 
παρασχηματίζω)  not  to  be  changed  in 
form :  άπ.  τω  ονδετέρω  όνομα,  that 
does  not  take  the  form  of  the  neuter, 
Gramm.     Adv.  -τως. 

'Απαρατήρητος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  παρα- 
τηρέω)  unobserved,  not  watched.  Adv. 
-τως,  Polyb. 

Άπαράτιλτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  παρα- 
τίλ7^ω)  with  one's  hair  not  pulled  out, 
At.  Lys.  279. 

Άπύρΰτος,ον,  (άπό,  άράομαι)  wish- 
ed away,  accursed,  Lat.  nefandus,  Plut. 
.  Άπαράτρεπτος,  ov,  {α'ρήχ.,παρα- 
τρέπω)  not  to  be  turned  aside,  inevita- 
ble :  of  persons,  inexorable.  Adv.  -τως, 
Anton. 

Άπαρύφβαρτος,  ov,  and 

Άπαράφθορος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  παρα- 
φθείρω) not  spoiled. 

Άπαραφύλακτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  πα- 
ραφϋλάσβω)  not  watched. — II.  (from 
mid.)  careless.     Adv.  -το)ς. 

'Απαραχάρακτος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  πα- 
ραχαράσσω) not  falsely  marked,  not 
counterfeit. 

Άπαράχντος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  παρα- 
χέω)  without  any  thing  poured  into  it, 
unmixed,  esp.  of  wine  without  water, 
Gal. 

Άπαραχώρητος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  παρα- 
χωρέω)  not  giving  ground,  staunch, 
Polyb.     Adv.  -τως. 


ΑΠΑΡ 

Άπαργία,  ας,  y,  an  herb,  prob.  a 
kind  ol  succory,  Theophr. 

Άπαργμα.  ατός,  τό.  {άπάρχομαΐ) 
■=άπαρχή.  q.  v.,  and  like  it  m  plur., 
Ar.  Pac.  1056. 

'Απαρ}νριζω,-ίσω, (άπό,  άργνρίζω} 
to  silver  over  :  to  turn  into  viotiey,  The- 
mist.     Hence 

Άπαργϋρισμός,  ov,  ό,  a  silvering 
over  :  a  selling  for  ready  money. 

'Απαργνρόω,=Σ  άπαργνρίζω,  Arte- 
mid, 

'Απαρέγκλιτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  παρ- 
εγκ'λίνω)  not  to  be  bent  aside. 

Άπαρεγχείρητος,  ov,  (a  priv..  παρ- 
εγχειρέω)  riot  to  be  attacked,  inviolable, 
Epict, :  unblamable, perfect,'Vim. Locr. 
Adv.  —τως,  exactly,  Diod, 

Άπαρέγχντος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  παρεγ- 
χέω)=  άπαράχντος,  Ath. 

Άπαρεμποδιστος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  παρ• 
εμποδίζω)^=άπαραπόδιστος,  Plut. 

'Απαρέμφατος,  υν,  (α  priv,,  παρεμ- 
φαίνω)  not  determining  a  thing,  c,  gen., 
τινός,  Schiif.  Dion.  Comp.  p.  83. — H. 
ή  απαρέμφατος,  sub.  εγκλισις,  modus 
infinitums.  Adv.  -τως,  in  the  infin. 
mood,  Dion.  H. 

Άπαρενθνμητος,  ov,  (c  priv,,  παρ• 
ενβνμέομαι)  not  tightly  considered. — II. 
act.  not  considering  carefully,  Anton. 
Adv.  -τως.  Id.  [v] 

' Απαρενόχλητος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  παρ- 
ενοχλέω)  not  troubled,  Plut. 

'Απαρέσκω,  f.  -ρέσω,  {άπό,  αρέσκω) 
to  displease,  be  disagreeable  to,  τινί, 
Thuc.  1. 38  :  also  τινά.  Plat.— 2.  mid. 
oi)  νεμεσητόν  βασιληα  άνδρα  άπαρ- 
έσσασθαι,  one  must  not  take  it  ill  that 
a  king  should  be  displeased,  II.  19,  183. 
— 3,  later,  to  displease  one's  self,  be  dis- 
satisfied with  a  thing.     Hence 

Άπάρεστος,  ov,  unpleasant. 

'Απαρηγόρητος,  ov,  («  priv.,  παρη- 
γορέω)=άπαραμνθητος,  not  comfort- 
ed.— II.  insatiable,  Plut,     Adv,  -τως. 

Άπαρήγω,  {άπό,  άρήγω)  to  ward  off. 

Άπαρθένεντος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  παρ- 
θενενω)  unmaidenly,  unfitting  a  maid- 
en, Eur.  Phoen.  1740,  in  neut.  pi.  as 
adv. — II.  (a  copul.)  maidenly,  pure. 
Soph.  Fr.  287. 

Άπάρθενος,  ov,  {a  priv.  παρθένος") 
no  more  a  maid,  Theocr.  :  νυμφην 
άννμφον  παρθένον  τ'  άπάρθενον, 
"  virgin  wife  and  widow'd  maid," 
Eur.  Hec.  612. 

Άπαρθρόω,  {άπό,  άρθρόω)  to  dis- 
member, dissect,  Hipp. 

Άπάριθμέω,  {άπό,  άριθμέω)  to  count 
over,  take  an  inventory  of,  Xen.  Oec. 
9,  10  :  to  recko7i  up.  Id.  Cyr.  5,  2,  35. 
— II.  to  reckon  or  pay  back,  lb.  3,  1,  42. 
Hence 

Άπΰρίθμησις,  εως,  ή,  a  counting 
over,  Thuc.  5,  20. 

Άπαρίνη,  ης,  ή,  a  kind  ofbed-straw, 
prob.  Galium  aparine,  goose-grass, 
Sprengel  Diosc.  3,  94.  [i] 

Άπαρκέω,  ω,  fut.  -έσω,  (άπό,  άρ• 
κέω)  to  suffice,  be  sufficient,  Aesch. 
Pers.  474,  Soph.  O.  C.  1769,  Eur.  In- 
cert.  12,  3. — II.  intr.  to  be  contented, 
acquiesce,  Aesch.  Ag.  379  :  so  too  in 
pass..  Lye. 

Άπαρκονντως,  adv.  part.  pres.  act. 
from  άπαρκέω,  sufficiently. 

Άπαρκτίας,  ov.  o.  a  north  wind,  like 
βορέας.  Arist.  Meteor.  :  from 

Άπάρκτιος,  ία,  lov,  {άπό,  άρκτος) 
from  the  north,  northerly,  πνοαί. 
Lye. 

Άπαρνέομαι,  (άπό,  άρνέομαι)  dep., 
c.  fut.  mid.,  and  aor.  pass.  (Thuc.  6, 
56),  to  deny  utterly,  deny,  absol.  Hdt. 
6,  69 ;  άπ.  τι,  Thuc.  1.  c.  ;  άπ.  το 
μη,  sc.  δράσαι.  Soph.  Ant.  442.  Aj. 
96.    Also  fut.  άπαρνηθήσεται  in  pass. 


ΑΠΑΡ 

Signf.,   !ί  shall  be   denied  Or   refused. 
Soph.  Phil.  527.     Hence 

Άττάρνησις,  εως.  r),  utter  denial,  and 

^Κτζαρνητής,  οϋ,  ό,  one  who  denies 
rttterly. 

i'kTTapvoi,    (jv,   o'l,   the   Aparni,   a 
people  on  the  Caspian  sea,  Strab. 

Άτταρνος,  ov,  {άτζαρνέομαι)  deny- 
ing utterly,  άτίαρνός  έστι  μη  voaittv, 
Hdt.  3,  99 ;  also  c.  gen.,  άτταρνος 
ονδενος  καθίστατο,  she  denied  nothing. 
Soph.  Ant.  435. — II.  pass,  denied,  re- 
fused, τινί,  to  any  one,  Aesch.  Suppl. 
1040. 

'Χττάρννμαι,  (άχό,  άρνυμαι)  dep., 
to  take  or  carry  away  from,  τί  τίνος. 

Άτταρόδεντος,  ov,  (α  ρην.,  τταρο- 
όενω)  without  approach,  inaccessible, 
Died.  I 

'Χ-αρόρμητης,  ov.  (α  priv.,  παρορ- 
μάω) not  excited  or  excitable,  dull,  slug- 
gish. 

ΆτΓαΙ>βεν6ω,=ίπανδρόω,Τ}ΐ€θρ\ιτ. 

\\.-^αΙ)ρησίαστος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  Tzaf)- 
{ιησιάζ'ψαι)  deprived  of  freedom  of 
speech,  Polyb. — II.  not  speaking  freely, 
not  frank.  Cic.  Att.  9,  2. 

'Αττσρσίζ•,  εως,  ή,  (arraipw)  a  setting 
out  on  a  march,  departure,  LXX. 

Ά~αρτάω.ώ,ί.-ήσω,  {ά~ό,  άρτύω) 
strictly,  to  hang  up  from.  άττ.  όέρην, 
to  hang,  strangle,  Eur.  And.  412. — 2, 
to  make  dependent  upon  a  person  or 
thin?,  Plut.  :  pass,  to  drpi-nd  upon. 
TivL  Wytt.  Plut.  2,  113  B.— II.  to 
take  away  and  hang  up:  hence  in  genl. 
to  separate,  remove,  part,  τί  τινοζ. 
Dem.  244,  27  :  pass.,  of  time,  to  be 
distant.  Poh'b, — 2.  seemingly  intr., 
sub.  έαντόν,  to  remove  one's  self,  go 
away.  Thuc.  6,  21,  unless  τας  κομί- 
duf  be  supplied  from  the  foreg.  clause. 
Hence 

Άπάρτησις.  εως,  η.  a  hanging  from 
or  upon. — II.  dependence^ 

'Κπαρτί,  {από,  ΰρτι)  adv.,  complete- 
ly, wholly:  in  numbers,  exactly,  just, 
Hdt.  5,  53. — II.  jtL<>t  the  reverse,  quite 
the  contrary,  Ar.  Plut.  38S,  Pherecr. 
Coriann.  6,  also  άπαρτί  μάλ/.ον.  Id. 
Crap.  7,  ubi  v.  Meineke. — III.  in  N. 
T.,  for  ύτΓο  τον  vvv.from  noWyfrom  this 
time,  and  so  to  be  written  άπάρτι,  cf. 
Lob.  PhrjTi.  21.  [τί] 

'Απαρτία,  ας,  ή.=:απάρτισις,  ac- 
complishment, perfection. — Π.  later,  a 
pitting  up  to  public  sale,  cf.  άπάρτιον. 
— 11\.=απο(ΤΚευή,  hoitsehold  utensils, 
moveables,  Hippon.  54. 

'  Απαρτιζόντως,=^άπαρτί,  adv.  part, 
pres.  act.  from  απαρτίζω,  completely, 
perfectly.  Diog.  L. 

'Απαρτίζω,  ί.•ίσω.{άπό,  άρτίζω)  to 
gel  ready,  complete.  Polyb.  :  (m  Aesch. 
Theb.  374,  Herm.  would  read  καταρ- 
γίζει.)  Pass,  to  be  completed,  be  ex- 
actly made  up.  Hipp. :  so  more  freq. 
— 2.  intr.,  as  άπαρτιζούσης  της  οκτα- 
μιγνίας,  Id.  :  άπ.  προς  τι,  like  Lat. 
qttadrare  ad,  Arist.  Pol.  :  also,  απαρ- 
τίζονσα  ώρα,  the  fitting  season.  Id.  li. 
Α.,  cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  447. 

' Απαρτι^χιγία,  ας,  ή,  (άπαρτί,  λέ- 
γω) α  round,  full,  even  number  or  sum, 
Valck.  Hdt."7,  29. 

Άπάρτιον  προγράφειν,  (απαρτία) 
Lat.  auctionem  bonorum  prnscribere .  to 
put  up  goods  to  public  sale,  Plut.  Cic. 
27.        ^ 

Άπάρτισις,    εως,    ή,    (απαρτίζω) 
completion,  perfection. 
'Απαρτισμός,  ov,  o,=foreg.,  Ν.  Τ. 
Άπαρτιστικός,  ή,  όν,  (απαρτίζω) 
completing,  belonging  to  completion. 

'Απαρτιτόκος,  ov,^ άρτιτόκσς,  hav- 
ing JTist  brotight  forth,  Inscr. 

Άπαρτίως,  adv.,  (άπό,  άρτιος)= 
άπαρτί. 


ΑΠΑΣ 

Άπαρνστέον,  verb,  adj.,  one  must 
draw  off,  esp.  water,  Ar.  Eq.  921 : 
fi-om  άπαρνω. 

ΥΑπαρνται,  ών,  οι,  the  Aparytae,  a 
people  of  Persia,  Hdt.  3,  91. 
'ATupi)ru.=  sq.,  Plut.  [ϋ] 
Άπαρύυ,  -νσω,  (άπό,  άρνω)  to  draw 
off,  skim  off,  Hdt.  4,  2 ;  metaph.  to  ex- 
haust, enfeeble,  like  άπαντ?.έω.  [y  in 
all  tenses.] 

Άπαρχαΐζω,  -ίσω,  (άπό,  άρχαίζω) 
to  compare  to  something  ancient,  τινί 
τι,  Ath.     Pass,  to  be  antiquated. 

'Aπapχaιόω,={oreg■,  απηρχαιωμέ- 
να, old  fashioned  songs,  Antiph.  Di- 
plas.  1. 

'Απαρχή,  ης,  ή,  and  more  usu.  in 
plur.  άπαρχαί,  the  beginning  of  a  sacri- 
fice, the  first  part  of  offerings,  as  the 
hair  from  the  forehead,  ears,  etc., 
άπαρχαι  κόμης.  Eur.  Or.  96,  cf.  άπάρ- 
χομαι :  but  usu. — 2.  the  firstlings  for 
sacrifice  or  offering,  /?rsi-/ru.iis,  άπαρ- 
χας  άγειν  θεοίσι.  Soph.  Tr.  183 : 
απαρχας  θύειν,  Eur.  Meleag.  3,  ίπι- 
φέρειν,  Thuc.  3,  58 :  άπαρχη  των 
πατρωΐων  χρημάτων,  Hdt.  1,  92,  etc. : 
also  άπ.  άπό  τίνος,  Hdt.  4,88:  hence 
freq.  metaph.  άπ.  των  έμών  προς- 
φθεγμάτων,  Eur.  Ion  402,  άπ.  σοφί- 
ας, etc.,  Plat. 

'Απάχημα,  ατός,  ro.=foreg. 
Άπάρχομαι.  -ξομαι.(άπό,  άρχομαι) 
dep.  micf.,  to  make  a  beginning,  esp.  in 
sacrifice,  in  Hom.  always  c.  ace, 
τρίχας  άπάρχεσθαι,  to  begin  the  sacri- 
fice with  the  hair,  i.  e.  by  cutting  off 
the  hair  from  the  forehead  and  throw- 
ing it  into  the  fire,  II.  19,  254,  Od.  3, 
446,  etc. — 11.  later  c.  gen.,  to  cut  off 
part  of  a  thing  to  offer  it,  άπ.  κόμης, 
Eur.  El.  91,  τοϋ  ώτος,  Hdt.  4,  188:  c. 
gen.,  to  offer  part  of.  των  κρεών  και 
σπ?ιύγχνων,  Hdt.  4,  61  :  hence — 2. 
esp.  to  offer  the  firstlings  or  first-fruits 
of  a  thing,  πάντων,  Hdt.  3,  24 :  ab- 
sol.  to  begin  a  sacrifice  or  offer  the  first- 
lings, Ar.  Ach.  244,  Pac.  1056:  άπ. 
τοις  θεοϊς,  Xen.  Hier.  4,  2.-3.  me- 
taph. to  take  as  the  first-fruits,  take  as 
the  choice  or  best.  Plat.  Legg.  767  C. 
— III.  in  late  prose,  just  like  άρχομαι, 
to  begin,  c.  inf,  Luc.  Cf.  κατάρχο- 
μαι. 

'Απαρχος,  ov,  ό,=ε-αρ;ί;οί•,  dub.  1. 
Aesch.  Pers. 

Άπάρχω.ί.-ξω,  άπό,  άρχω)  to  be  the 
first,  to  lead,  ό  άπάρχων  των  ορχησ- 
των,  the  leader  of  the  dance,  Dion.  H.: 
to  Tnake  a  beginning,  Anth. —  II.  in 
Pind.  N.  4,  76,  to  hold  rule  afar  off, 
V.  Dissen  (46). 

"Απΰς,  άπΰσα,  άπαν,  (άμα,  πάς) 
strengthd.  for  πας,  quite  all.  all  togeth- 
er, very  freq.  from  Hom.  downwds.  : 
sometimes  also  άμα  πάς,  altogether : 
έν  άπασι  and  εΙς  άπαντα,  entirely, 
Valck.  Phoen.  622 :  with  adj.  άργν- 
ρεος  άπας,  all  silver,  i.  e.  of  massive 
silver,  Od.  4,  616 :  ή  εναντία  άπασα 
οδός,  the  exactly  contrary  way.  Plat. 
Prot.  317  Β  :  the  Att.  also  used  it 
like  πάς  in  sienf.  every  one,  Lat.  unus- 
quisque,  Heind.  Plat.  Phaed.  108  Β  : 
TO  άπαν,  as  adv.,  altogether.  Plat. 
[άπαν  Hom..  but  άπαν,  Att.,  Drac. 
p.  24,  29,  85,  cf.  Buttm.  Ausf  Gramm. 
§  53,  Anm.  5.] 

' ΑπασβοΆόομαι,  as  pass.,  (άπό,  άσ- 
βο?.όω)  to  turn  to  soot,  become  sooty, 
Diosc. 

ΥΑπασιακαί,  ών,  οΊ,  the  Apasiacae, 
a  Scythian  race,  Strab. :  of.  Άσπα- 
σιακαί. 

Άπασκαρίζω,ΐ.•ίσω.(άπό,άσκαρίζω) 
to  leap,  bound  away,  struggle,  Ar.  Fr. 
416:  to  be  convulsed,  γέ?.ωτι,  prob.  in 
Menand.  p.  263. 


ΑΠΑΤ 

Άπασπύζομαι,  (άπό,  ασπάζομαι) 
to  take  leave  of,  rii'a,Himer. 

Άπασπαίρω,  (άπό,  άσπαίρω)  to  go 
on  struggling  or  panting :  in  general 
strengthd.  for  άσπαίρω,  to  struggle 
convulsively,  Eur.  Ion  1207. 

Άπαστί,  adv.  oi  άπαστος,  fasting, 

Άπαστία,  ας,  ή,  an  abstaining  from 
food,  fasting,  fast,  άπ.  άγειν,  Ar.  Nub. 
621 :  from 

Άπαστος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  πατέομαι 
πέπασμαι)  not  having  eaten,  fasting, 
Hom.  ;  c.  gen.,  άπαστος  έδητνος  ηδέ 
ποτήτος.  without  having  tasted  meat  or 
drink,  Od.  4,  788. 

'Απαστράπτω,  f.  -ψω,  (άπό,  άσ- 
τράπτω)  to  flash  forth,  beam  forth, 
ah/ /.ην,  Orph.,  like  άπο/.άμπω. 

Άπασχο'/.έω,  ω,  (άπό,  άσχολέω)  to 
hinder  through  business,  cf.  άπαισχί'- 
νομαι :  in  genl.  to  detain,  prevent,  Luc. 
Pass,  and  mid.,  to  have  no  leisure. 
Hence 

Άπασχολία,  ας,  ή,  detention  by  6h- 
siness,  Strab. 

Άπαταγί,  adv.,  (a  priv.,  πάταγος) 
noiselessly. 

'Απατάω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  cheat,  trick, 
outwit,  beguile,  Lat.  decipere,  Horn. : 
hence  like  Lat.  fallere  tempus,  to  be- 
guile the  time.  Pass,  to  be  deceived, 
esp.  to  be  self-deceived,  mistaken.  Soph. 
O.  T.  594,  Eur.,  άγγε/.ία  άπατωιιένη, 
a  disappointed,  vain  message,  Soph.  El. 
170  :  but  άπατάσβαι  ως...,  to  be  led  by 
deception  to  do  anything,  Heind.  and 
Stallb.  Plat.  Prot.'  323  A.  [The  old 
deriv.  from  άπό  and  πάτος  cannot 
stand  :  better  with  Buttmann  from 
άπτω,  άψη,  Lat.  palpare,  cf.  άπάφω, 
άπαόίσκω.) 

'Απάτερθε,  and  before  a  conson. 
UTrarfpfej.•,  adv.,  (ά-ό.άτερ)  strength- 
ened for  άτερθε,  far  apart,  aloof,  all 
alone,  II. — II.  also  as  prep.  c.  gen., 
far  from,  away  from,  II.  5,  445. 

Άπατενω,  Ion.  for  άττατάω,  Xeno- 
phan.  ap.  Sext.  Emp.  9,  193. 

Άπΰτέω,  Ion.  for  απατάω. 

'Απάτεών,  ώνος,  ό,  a  cheat,  rogue. 
Plat.  Rep.  451  A,  and  Xen. :  from 

'Απάτη,  ης,  ή,  cheating,  trickery, 
fraud,  guile,  deceit.  Dem.,  etc.,  σκο- 
?.ial  άπάται,  crooked  wiles,  Pind.  Fr. 
232,  2  :  a-,  /.εχέων,  a  being  cheated 
out  of  the  marriage.  Soph.  Ant.  630 : 
in  a  less  bad  signf,  cunning,  craft, 
Od.  13,  294  ;  esp.  of  the  gods,  άπ.  δι- 
καία. Aesch.  Fr.  273.  cf.  Od.  13,  294 : 
a  stratagem  in  war,  Thuc.  2,  39  ;  also 
craft  for  one's  own  good,  etc.,  cf. 
Aesch.  Pers.  93  :  άνευ  δόλον  και 
άπατης,  cf.  δό?.ος. — 2.  'Απάτη  is  per- 
sonified in  Hes.  Th.  224.— II.  a  be- 
guiling of  tiuie,  enjoyment.  —  HI.  ο 
plant,  acc.  to  Sprengel  the  leontodon 
taraxicum,  or  dandelion,  v.  1.  Theophr. 
[άτΰ]  Hence 

Άπάτήλιος,  ov,  deceitful,  guileful, 
ivily,  άπ.  είδώς,  skilled  in  wiles,  Od. 
14,  288. 

'Απατηλός,  ή,  ov,=foreg.,  Ιπος,ί\. 

I,  526. 

Άπάτημα,  ατός,  τό,  (άπατά<ύ)= 
άπατη,  Mel.  112. 

Άπατήμων,  ον,  gen.  ονος,=άιτα- 
τήλιος. 

Άπατήνωρ,  ορός,  ό,  η,  (απατάω, 
άνήρ)  cheating,  beguiling  men. 

'Απάτησις,  εως,  ή,  (απατάω)  α  be- 
guiling, misleading,  LXX.  [ά~ά] 

Άπάτητικός,  ή,  όν,  (απατάω)  able 
or  inclined  to  cheat,  fraudulent,  Plat. — 

II.  fit  to  beguile  the  time,  agreeable. 
'Απάτητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  πατέω)  un- 
trodden, Anth. — II.  not  trodden  down, 
not  worn,  new.  [a] 

ΆπΰτΙμάζω,  f.  -άσω, (άπό.  ατιμάζω) 
163 


ΑΠΑΤ 

later  form  for  sq.,  Aesch.  Eum.  95, 
in  pass. 

ΆτϊοτΙμάω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω  {ύττό,ατιμάω) 
to  dishonour,  disgrace,  II.  1.3,  113. 

Άττατμίζω.  i-  -ίσω,  (άττύ,  άτμίζο))  to 

send  forth  vapour,  exhale,  Arist.  P.  A. 

Άττοτονρεών,    ώνος,    ό,    Cyzicenc 

name  for  the  third  month,  answering 

to  the  Attic  Pyanepsion  :  from 

' Ρίττατούβία,  ων,  τά.  the  Apaturin, 
a  festival  at  Athens  in  the  month  Py- 
anepsion, lasting  three  days,  Schol. 
Ar.  Pac.  890  :  but  also  held  by  all  the 
Ionic  race,  except  at  Ephesus  and 
Colophon,  Hdt.  1,  147  :  at  it  the 
Athenians  had  their  grown  up  sons 
enrolled  among  the  citizens.  (Hence 
jirob.  from  a  copul.,  and  πατρία,  φρα- 
τρία,  V.  Diet.  Antiqq.) 

t'ATaroi'pta,  ας,  ή,  Apaturia,  prop. 
the  deceitful  one,  a  surname  of  Miner- 
va, given  by  Aethra,  Paus.  2.  33. 1. — 
2.  an  appellation  of  Venus,  worship- 
ped in  the  Tauric  Chersonese,  Strab. 
Υλπατούριης,  ου,  6,  Apaturius,  an 
inhabitant  of  Byzantium,  against 
whom  Demosthenes  spoke,  Dem. 

fATTUTtvpov,  ov,  TO,  Apatftrum,  a 
place  on  the  Bosporus,  contaming  a 
temple  of  Venus  Apaturus,  Strab. 

Άτάτωρ,  ορός,  ό.  ή,  (a  priv.,  πα- 
τήρ) fatherless,  orphan.  Soph.,  etc. : 
also  in  neut.  pi.,  άπύτορα  τέκαα,  Eur. 
Η.  F.  114:  disowned  hi/  the  father. 
Plat.  Legg.  929  A :  also'c.  gen.,  άπ.  j 
έμοϋ,  not  having  me  for  a  father.  Soph.  , 
O.  C.  1383. — 2.  born  after  the  father's 
death,  hat.  posthtiinus. — 3.  of  unknown 
father,  like  σκότιος,  Lat.  spurius.— 
il.  not  fatherhj,  not  like  a  father,  [a] 

Άτταναίνο,  f.  -άνώ,  {ΰπό,  αναίνω) 
to  let  ivither.  Pass,  to  be  withered, 
Theophr. 

' .^.πανγύζω,  f.  -άσω,  {από,  ανγάζω) 
to  flash  forth,  like  απαστράπτω.  Mid. 
to  shine,  beam  forth,  Call. — 2.  to  see 
from  far.  Id.  Del.  125. 

Άπανγάομαι,  dep.,  to  behold  from 
far.  Call. 

'Απαύγασμα,  ατός.  τό,  reflected  light, 
reflection,  LXX.,  and  N.  T. 

Άπανγασμός,  ού,  ό,  a  reflecting  of 
light,  reflection.  Pint. 
'Απανγή,  τ/ς,  ^,=  foreg. 
Άπανόύω,ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {ΰπό.  αΐ'Λάω) 
to  forbid,  absol..  Soph.  Phil.  1293 : 
esp.  foil,  by  μή  c.  inf ,  Soph.  O.  'Γ. 
236,  Aj.  741 :  also  άπ.  τινά  τίνος,  like 
Lat.  interdicere  re. — II.  to  tell  or  bid 
plai)ili/,  Lat.  edicere,  c.  inf,  Ar.  Ran. 
369.— III.  to  deny,  Anth.— IV.  to  say 
No  to,  be  wanting  towards,  fait,  (ρίλοισί, 
Eur.  Andr.  87  :  hence  to  fail,  sink,  to 
die,  Theophr.  :  to  become  speechless, 
Luc.  cf  ΰπείπον,  απαγορεύω. 

ΥΑπανθάδέω,  ώ,  =  απανθΰδίζομαι. 
Hence 

Άπαυθύδημα,  ατός,  τό,  sublimity, 
DioChr.  [ΰ] 

' Απανθύδίάζομαι,  dep.  mid.,=  sq. 

Άπανβάδίζομαι,  [από,  ανθαδίζομηι) 

dep.  mid.,  to  speak  or  act  boldly,  speak 

out.  Plat.  Apol.  37  A,  and  freq.  in  late 

prose,  Lob.  Phryn.  66. 

Άπανβημερίζω,  f  -ίσω  Att.  -ΐώ, 
(άπό,  ανθημερίζω)  to  do  a  thing  on 
the  same  day :  esp.  to  go  or  return  the 
same  day,  Xen.  An.  5,  2,  1,  έκ  ϋίσης 
εις  Αίγιναν,  Ael. 

'Απαύ?αα,  ων,  τά,  {ΰπό,  αυλή)  α 
sleeping  alone,  esp.  the  night  before 
the  wedding,  when  the  bridegroom 
slept  alone  in  his  father-in-law's 
house  :  also  the  presents  made  to  the 
bride  on  the  same  day,  both  in  Poll. 

' Απαν? ίζομαι,ί.-ίσομαι, {άπό,  ανλί- 
ζομαι)  mid.  c.  aor.  pass.,  to  sleep  or 
live  away  from,  της  πόλεως,  Dion.  Η. 
164 


ΑΠΑΧ 

'Απαν7Λστήριος,  ία,  ιον,  belonging 
to  the  άπανλια,  άπ.  χ?.ανίς  α  garment 

f  resented  on  the  day  of  the  άπαύλια, 
'oil. 

ΆπανΤιος,  ov,  {ΰπό,  αυλή)  away 
from  the  αυλή. 

Άπανλόσυνος,  ov,=foreg.,  Anth. 
Άπαύξτ/σίς,  εως,  ή,  {άπό,  ανξησίς) 
decrease,  decline,  Longin. 

Άπανράω,  never  found  in  pres. ; 
for  the  early  writters  mostly  follow 
Horn,  in  using  only  the  impf  c.  aor. 
signf,  άπηύρων,  άπηνράς,  άπηνρά, 
{άπηύρατο  is  f.  1.  in  Od.  4,  C46)  :  to 
take,  wrest  away  from,  rob  of,  USU.  C. 
dupl.  ace.  pers.  et  rei,  αντον  άπηνρα 
θνμύν,  he  robbed  him  of  life,  so  i/;i)- 
χήΐ',  ήτορ  άπηύρα  τινά:  but  also  c. 
dat.  pers.  li.  17, 236,  Od.  3, 192 ;  and  in 
passages  like  11.  19,  89,  c.  gen.  pers., 
which  last  was  usu.  later:  to  these 
must  be  added  the  aor.  forms  άπού- 
ρας  and  άπονράμενος,  which  are 
found  with  same  construct,  in  Horn., 
11.  9,  107,  Od.  13,  270,  v.  Buttm. 
Le.xil.  p.  141.  sq.— II.  to  receive,  get, 
whether  good  or  ill,  and  so  to  enjoy 
or  suffer ;  so  first  Hes.  Op.  238,  where 
some  read  επανρεί,  but  Eur.  Andr. 
1029,  has  απ.  τι  πρύς  τίνος,  to  receive 
at  another's  hands,  without  v.  1.  ;  and 
Aesch.  Prom.  28,  has  mid.  in  same 
signf,  τοιαϋτ'  άπηύρω,  ubi  Elmsl., 
Dind.,  έπηνρον,  and  so  Passow  would 
alter  άπ-ΐη  all  such  places,  cf.  έπαυ- 
pfiv,  but  V.  Buttm.  Lexil.  ji.  152. 
(Some  take  αίρέω  for  the  root,  others, 
as  Buttm.,  εΰρείν,  ενρίσκειν  ;  for  the 
simple  ανρω  is  not  found.) 

'  Απανρίσκομαι,  =  ίπαυρίσκομαι, 
dub.  1.  in  Hipp.,  v.  Buttm.  Lexil. 
p.  147. 

Άπανστί,  adv.  of  sq.,  unceasing,  in- 
cessant, Dio  C. 

Άπανστος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  πάνω)  not 
to  be  stopped,  quieted  Or  assuaged,  6i\pa, 
Thuc.  2,  49  :  never-ending,  ατα,  Soph. 
Aj.  1186,  and  Plat. — II.  c.  gen.,  never 
ceasing  from,  γόων,  Eur.  Suppl.  82. 
Adv.  -τως,  Arist.  Mund. 

Άπαντικα,  adv.,  {άπό,  αντίκα) 
forthwith,  on  the  spot. 

Άπαντοματίζω,  fut.  -ίσω  Att.  -ϊω, 
{άπο,  αύτοματίζω)  to  do  or  offer  of 
one's  self.  Pint. 

Άπαντο/ιο'λέω,ω,{άπό,αί>τομολέω) 
to  go  of  one's  own  accord,  desert,  Thuc. 
7,  75. 

Άπανχενίζω,  fut.  -ίσω  Att.  -ΐώ, 
{άπό,  ανχενίζω)  to  break  the  neck : 
τανρον  άπ.,  to  tame  a  bull  by  forcing 
back  his  neck,  Philostr. — II.  to  shake  off 
from  the  neck,  get  free  by  struggling. 

*'Απαφύω,  pres.  assumed  as  root 
of  άπαφήσω,  fut.  of  sq. 

Άπαφίσκω,  fut.  άπαφήσω :  aor. 
ήπαφυν,  part,  ΰπαφών,  mostly  found 
in  compos. :  of  the  simple  word  Horn, 
has  only  άπαώίσκει  and  ήπαφε.  and 
opt.  aor.  mid.  άπάφοιτο  in  act.  signf, 
all  in  Od.,  =  απατάω,  to  cheat,  be- 
guile, {άπτω,  ΰφή,  palpare,  v.  απ- 
ατάω.) 

Άπαφρίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {άπό,  ΰφρίζω) 
to  skim  off  the  froth. 

Άπάόω,  pres.  assumed  as  root  of 
ήπαφον  aor.  of  άπαφίσκω. 

Άπΰχής,  ες,  (α  priv.,  πάχος)  with- 
out thickness. 
■\Άπαχθείς,  1  aor.  pass.  part,  from 
απάγω. 

Άπύχθομαι,  {άπό,  άχθομαι)  dep., 
to  be  hateful  01  grievous,  τινί,  Sapph. 
37 :  to  become  disliked,  iticur  odium, 
Thuc.  1,  75,  iv  τι)  άρχΐ/,  Id.  2,  63. 
' Απαχ7.νόω,^=&ι\.,  Aretae. 
Άπάχλνω,  {άπό,  άχλνω)  to  free 
from  darkness,  Qu.  Sm.  1,  78.    [i] 


A  ΠΕΙ 

Άπαχρειόομαι,  {άπό,  ΰχρειόω)  as 
pass.,  to  fall  into  disuse,  grow  useless. 

Άπεγγ?.ωττίζομαι,  {άπό,  ίν,  γ/ΜΤ- 
τα)  as  pass.,  to  be  tongjieless,  Luc. 
Lexiph.  15. 

Άπέγγονος,  ό,  ή,  {άπό,  ίγγονος)  α 
great-grandson  or  daughter,  Lat.  pro- 
nepos,  cf  εγγονός. 

Άπεγγϋΰλίζω,ί.-ίσω  anά-ίξω,{ΰπό, 

έγγναλίζω)  to  give  up,  deliver  again.    • 

Άπεγνωκότως,  adv.  part.  perl',  act. 

from  άπογιγνώσκω,  desperately,  like  a 

desperate  man. 

Άπεδανός,  όν.  Dor.  for  ήπεδανός. 
Άπεδίζω,  {άπεδος)  to  make  even,  to 
level. 

Άπέδίλος,  σν,  {a  priv.,  πέδιλον) 
unshod,  barefoot,  Aesch.  Pr.  135. 

Άπεδίλωτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  πεδίλόω) 
=  foreg.,  Call,    [i] 

Άπεδος,  ov,  {a  copul. ,  πέδον)  even, 
level,  flat,  Lat.  planus,  campestris,  Hdt., 
and  Thuc.  :  το  ΰπεδον,  a  plain,  flat 
surface,  Hdt.  4,  62. 

'Απέδω,  only  in  late  Greek,  v.  sub 
άπεσθίω. 

Άπέειπε,  Ep.  for  άπείπε  3  sing. 
indie,  from  άπειπείν,  Hom. 

Άπέεργε,  3  sing,  imperf.  act.  from 
άποέργω,  II. 

Άπεζος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  πέζα)  footless, 
Lye. 

Άπεθίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {άπό,  εθίζω)  to 
disuse,  disaccustom  :  έθ.  μή  ποιείν,  to 
use  or  teach  not  to  do  something,  Lat. 
dedocere,  Aeschm.  21,  31,  τινά  τιμω- 
ρίαις,  Id.  5,  27. 

'Απεΐδον,  inf  άπιδείν,  aor.  2  with- 
out pres.  in  use,  serving  as  aor.  to 
αφοράω,  to  look  away  from  other  things 
at,  and  so  simply  to  look  at,  ές  or 
πρύς  τι,  Thuc. — II.  to  look  away  from, 
and  so  to  despise,  Plut. 

'Απειθαρχία,  ας,  ή,  (α  priv.,  πειθ- 
αρχέω)  disobedience  to  command. 

'Απείθεια,  ας,  ή,  the  Conduct  of  an 
άπειθής,  disobedience,  contumacy,  Plut. 
Άπειθέω,  ώ,ί.-τ/σω,  to  be  άπειβής, 
to  refuse  compliance.  Aesch.  Ag.  1049  ; 
to  disobey,  τινί.  Eur.  Or.  31. — II.  not 
to  let  one's  self  be  persuaded,  to  disbe- 
lieve, mistrust,  Plat.  :  not  to  abide  by, 
άπ.  ένεχνρασία^ς.  Id.  Legg.  949  D. 

Άπείθη,  άπείθησαν.  Ion.  lor  άφείθη, 
άφείθησαν,  3  sing,  and  plur.  aor. 
1  pass,  from  άφίημι,  Hdt. 

Άπειθής,  ες,  (α  priv.,  πείθομαι) 
disobedient.  Soph.  Fr.  45 ;  άπ.  τοις 
νόμοις.  Plat.  :  umnanageable,o{s\i\'ps, 
Thuc'  2,  84  ;  so  of  countries,  imprac- 
ticable, difficult,  Hermesian.  ap.  Ath. 
597  B. — II.  act.,  not  persuading  or  con- 
vincing. Adv.  -θώς,  άπ.  ίχειν,  Plat. 
Rep.  391  Β.  ^  _ 
'Απειθία,  ας,  ή.^=άπειθεία. 
'Απεικάζω,ί.-άσω,{άπό,  εΙκαζω)  to 
form  from  or  after,  copy,  represent,  ex- 
press. Plat. :  esp.  to  express  by  a  com- 
parison. Soph.  Fr.  102,  and  Plat. : 
nence  most  usu.,  to  compare  with,  liken 
to,  τινί  τι.  Plat.,  etc. — II.  ώς  άπεικά• 
σαι,  =  ώς  ίπεικάσαι.  Ιο  conjecture. 
Soph.  Tr.  141,  cf  Eur.  Or.  1298,  un- 
less έπεικ.  is  to  be  read,  v.  Herm. 
Soph  1.  c.     Hence 

Άπεικΰσία,  ας,  ή,  a  copying,  repre- 
sentation, μίαησις  και  άπ-.  Plat.  Legg. 
608  Β. 

' Απείκασμα,  ατός,  τό,  {άπεικάζω) 
α  copy,  image,  imitation,^ioTeg.,  Plat. 
Crat.'  402  D. 

Άπεικαστέον,  verb.  adj.  from  άπει- 
κάζω, one  must  represent  or  express. 
Plat.  Phaedr.  27UE. 

'Απεικονίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {άπό,  εΙκών)=^ 
άπεικάζω.  Philo.     Hence 

Άπεικόνισμα,  ατός,  τό,=  άπείκασ• 
μα,  Epist.  Socr. 


ΑΠΕ1 

'Χπεικότως,  adv.  from  sq.,  usu. 
OXK  άτΓ.,  not  unreasonably,  Thuc.  1, 
73  ,  2,  8 :  but  in  6,  55,  he  has  ΰπεοι- 
κότο,ς. 

Ά-εικώς,  νια,  ός,  part.  perf.  Att. 
for  άττεοικώζ,  q.  v.,  unlike,  unseemly  : 
but  usu.  in  neut.  of  things,  unreason- 
able, unfair,  Antipho  117,  1,  and 
(req.  in  late  prose,  v.  Wyttenb.  Ind. 
Plut. :  cf.  άτΐέοικα. 

Άιτειλείω,  poet,  for  άττείλέω,  to 
threaten. 

Άπει?.έο,ώ,{.-ήσω,  (άττό,  εί?^ω)  = 
άττίίλω.  to  press  hard:  usu.  in  pass., 
ΰ~ει7-ηθείς,  ά-ειλημένος  ες  α-ορίην, 
ες  ανα-,'καίην,  brought  into  great  straits, 
Hdt.  1,  24 ;  8,  109 ;  also  ές  στεινόν, 
forced  into  narrow  compass,  Hdt.  9, 
34.     Cf.  εί/ίέω,  εΐ/.ω,  ί/λω. 

Άτΐει/.έω,  ώ,ί.-ήσω  :  Horn,  has  a 
form  ά-εί/,ι/τι/ν.  Ep.  for  7/~ει?.είτην, 
3  dual.  impf.  act.,  Od.  11,  312:  to 
threaten,  Lat.  minor,  in  Horn,  always 
c.  dat.  pers.,  sometimes  c.  ace.  rei, 
άτΓ.  TLvi  ri,  sometimes  c.  inf.  pres.  or 
fut.,  to  threaten  to  do;  SO  too  freq.  in 
Att. :  also  ύ— .  otl...,  ώς-..,  Xen.  :  and 
often  absol. — IL  to  assist  in  a  threat- 
ening way,  to  make  boastful  threats,  11. 
8,  150:  in  genl.  to  boast,  brag,  Lat. 
gloriari,  Od.  8.  383  :  hence  also— III. 
to  assure,  promise,  vow,  II.  23,  863,  872. 
B.  pass,  άττειίονμαι,  to  be  terrified  by 
threats,  Xen.  Symp.  4,  31  :  but  later 
άττει/Μνμαι  is  found  as  dep..Polyaen., 
and  N.  T.  (the  common  notion  is 
that  of  speaking  loud,  whence,  with 
άττεΆλάζω,  it  is  referred  to  Ι/ττύω). 
Hence 

'Α-ει?.ή,  ης,  η,  mostly  in  plur., 
threats,  Horn.,  etc.  :  also  boasts,  brag- 
gart words,  IL  20,  83 :  in  sing.,  α 
threatening,  threat  of  punishment,  Soph. 
Ant.  753,  Plat.  Legg.  668  B. 

' Χηεί'/.ημ.α,  ατός,  TO,=foreg.,  Soph. 
O.  C.  660,  m  plur. 

' Χπεί'/^ημμαι,  per£  pass,  from  ύ,ιτο- 
7ιαμ3άνω. 

'Αιτ-εί/ι?/σις,  εως,  ή,  α  threaiening, 
Polyb.   _ 

'Απειλητήρ,  ήρος,  ό,  α  threatener, 
boaster,  II.  7,  96.    Hence 

Ά.7Τ£ΐλητί^ριος,  ία,  ιον,  (α-ΰειλέω) 
belonging  to  or  disposed  for  threatening, 
UTZ.  AOyoi,  threatening  language,  Hdt. 
8,  112. 

Άπειλητής,  οϋ,  0,=  αΤίει7.ητ-ηρ. 

'Απει?ι7ΐτυίός,  η,  όν,^ΰττεΐΑητη- 
ριος.  Plat.,  and  Xen.     Adv.  -κώς. 

Άττεί/.ηφα  and  άττεί'λημμαι,  part. 
ανειλημμένος,  perf  act.  and  pass, 
from  α~ο'/.αμ;ίάνω . 

Ά—εί'λ)]φόρος,  ov,  {μπεί7\.ή,  φέρω) 
bearing  threats,  poet. 

Άπεί/ΛκρΙνέο),  (arro,  εί?ακρινέω) 
to  purify,  Syaes. 

'Απει'/ιίσσω,  Ion.  for  απε7.ίσσω,  to 
unrol,  unwind,  Dio  C. 

Άττείλ/Μ,  like  άττείλέω,  to  force 
back,  but  prob.  only  found  in  old  Att, 
law  phrase,  δςτις  άπείλλ^  (but  Bekk. 
άπί/.'λει)  Tytivpa,  whoever  bars  the 
way  with  the  door,  ap.  Lys.  117,  37, 
cf.  έξεί'/.λω,  Buttm.  Lexil.  v.  είλείν 
10. 

Άττειμι,  fut.  άττέσομαι,  (άττό,  είμ[) 
to  be  away  or  far  from.  Horn. ;  τινός, 
Od.  19,  169  ;  20,  155  ;  but  usu.  absol. 
to  be  away  Or  absent :  of  things,  to  be 
oiuay,  wanting :  ol  r'  όντες,  ol  r* 
άτόίΤεζ",  i.  e.  all  that  are,  every  one. 
Soph.  Ant.  1109;  so,  ruf  ούσας  τέ 
μου  και  τάς  ΰχούσας  έ?.~ίόας,1ά.  ΕΙ. 
300.  cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  754.  Hom. 
mostly  uses  impf.  άπήν,  ύττέην,  3  pi. 
άττεσαΐ',  and  fut.  ΰττέσσομαι. 

Ά~ειμι,  (άτό.  εΐαι)  to  go  away,  de- 
part, Horn. :    the  ind.  pres,  usu,  in 


ΑΠΕΙ 

fut.   signf.,   /  will  go,   Od.   17,  593: 
Imperat.  άτϊίθι,  part,  ΰ—ιών. 

Ά—εΐτΓον,  inf.  άπειπείι•,  Ep.  άττο- 
ειπείν  :  later  also  aor.  1  άττειπα,  and 
άτνειττύμην :  fut.  άττερώ,  perf.  ΰττεί- 
ρ-ηκα,  mostly  used  in  signf.  IV.  2 : 
other  tenses  supplied  by  άττόφημι, 
απαγορεύω: — To  speak,  say,  or  tell 
out,  μνθον,  ά/.ηθείην,  έφημοσύνην, 
ΰγγε'λίην  άποειπεϊν,  Hom. ;  also  κρα- 
τερώς  or  άττη?.εγέως  ΰττοειπεΐν  to 
speak,  say.  Or  tell  out  boldl)•,  bluntly, 
U. :  to  declare,  so  too  Arist.  Mirab.  in 
aor.  mid. — II.  to  deny,  refuse,  opp.  to 
κατανεύω,  II.  1,  515;  9,  675. — III.  to 
forbid,  like  άτταγορεύω,  (very  freq.  in 
prose,  esp.  c.  μ?)  et  inf )  άπ.  rivi  μη 
ποιεΐν,  etc.,  to  forbid  one  to  do,  tell 
him  not  to  do,  Hdt.  1, 155,  Thuc,  etc. : 
TO  ΰτζείρημένον,  a  forbidden  thing, 
Hdt.  3.  5,  2. — IV.  like  άκαγορενειν, 
ά~ανδάν,  to  renounce,  disown,  give  up, 
c.  ace.  rei,  e.  g.  μήνιν,  II.  19,  35,  cf 
3,  406 ;  and  not  seldom  in  prose,  as 
άττειπεϊν  τον  vibi>  ντϊο  κήρυκας.  Plat. 
Legg.  928  D,  ύτ.  ττροξενίαν,  Thuc. 
6,  89  :  (dub.  whether  ever  c.  gen.  rei, 
for  II.  3,  406  is  now  read,  with  Aris- 
tarch.,  θεών  δ'  ά-όεικε  κελεύθου,  v. 
Spitzn.  ad  1. :)  so  Hdt.  uses  mid., 
απείττασθαι  τον  ν'ιύν,  to  disouii  his 
son,  1 ,  59  ;  άτι.  όψιν,  to  avert  a  vision 
by  offerings,  5,  56 :  hence — 2.  intrans. 
to  give  up,  be  uv>rn  otU,  fail,  flag,  sink, 
Trag.,  etc. :  c.  dat.  pers.,  to  fail  or  be 
wanting  to  one,  οί'Κ  άττειρηκως  φί?.όις, 
Eur.  Med.  460,  cf  Andr.  87  ;  but  c. 
dat.  rei,  to  fail,  fall  short  in  a  thing, 
χρήμασι,  Dem.  30,  fin.,  σώμασι,  Ly- 
curg.  153.  4  :  ά~.  ν~ό  τίνος,  to  sink 
under...,  Xen.  Hell.  6,  3,  15 ;  but  also 
c.  dat.,  (1—.  κακοίς,  ύλγει,  Pors.  Or. 
91 :  also  c.  part.,  άπ.  καθήμενος,  to  be 
quite  tired  of  sitting.  Plat.  Phaedr. 
228  Β  ;  άπ.  λέγων,  to  give  over  speak- 
ing, Id.  Legg.  769  E.  [ΰ,-ϋειπών 
once  in  Hom.,  II.  19,  35.] 

Άπειρΰγΰθέω,  to  act  without  know- 
ledge of  good  and  right :  and  j 

Άττειράγάθία,    ας,   ή,  ignorance  of  ι 
goodness,  Hierocl. :  from  ! 

Άπειρύγαθος,  ov,  (άπειρος,  αγα- 
θός) unacquainted  with  goodness,  like 
άπεφόκαλος.     Adv.  -θως,  Diod. 

Άπειραίη,  ης,  ή,  an  Apiraean  wo- 
man, OcT.  7,  8 :  but  as  no  such  place 
is  known,  some  make  it  Dor.  from 
'Υίπεφος  :  yet  a  ? 

Άπειράκις,  adv.,  (άπειρος)  times 
without  number,  Arist.  de  Xen.,  etc. 

Άπείραντος,  ov,  endless,  boundless, 
αλκή,  Pind.  P.  9,  61 :  the  prose  form 
is  απέραντος. 

Άπείραστος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  πειράζω) 
untried,  not  put  to  the  test :  hence  pure, 
chaste,  Heliod. — II.  act.  inexperienced 
in  a  thing,  τινός.  '     I 

Άπείράτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  πειράομαι) 
Dor.    for    άπε'ιρητος,  and  =  foreg.,  I 
Pind. 

Άπείράτος,  ov,  shortened  for  άπεί- 
ραστος, like  θαύματος  for  θαυμαστός,  ι 
Bockh  Pind.  O.  6,  54  (90). 

Άπειραχώς,  adv.  (άπειρος)  in  an  in-  | 
finite  number  of  ways,  Plut.  | 

Άπειργάθω,  άπεργάθω,  and  Hom. 
άποεργύθω,  lengthened  forms  from 
άπείργω. 

Άπείργω,  in  Hdt.  usu.  άπέργω,  and 
in  Hom.  also  άποέργω,  f.  -^ω,  (άττό, 
ειργω)  to  keep  away  or  shut  out  from, 
part  frmn,  τινά  τινος,  Horn.,  Hdt., 
etc. ;  also  άπό  τίνος,  Hdt.  9,  68 :  to 
keep  OT  hinder  from,  τινά  τίνος,  Thuc. 
2,  39,  cf  3,  45 :  άπ,  τινά,  to  keep  one 
back,  hinder  him.  Id.  2,  53  :  of  a  river, 
j  άπεργμένος,  shut  out  from  its  old 
ί  course,  Hdt.  2,  99, — II.  to  part,  divide. 


ANEI 

and  so  to  bound,  skirt,  of  seas  and. 
rivers,  etc.,  e.  g.  ό  "Α/^νς  ένθεν  μει 
Καππαδόκας  άπέργει,  ένθεν  δέ  Πα 
φλαγόνας,  Hdt.  1,  72,  cf.  171,  204: 
so  too  of  a  person,  έκ  δεξιής  ονρος 
απεργών,  keeping  the  hill  on  the  right 
hand,  Hdt.  7,  43,  112,  much  like  λαμ- 
βάνων.— III.  to  shut  up,  confine,  εντός 
άπ.,  Hdt.  3,  116;  άπ.   εν  τόπω,  Id. 

I,  154,  etc. 

Άπειρέσιος,  ία,  ιον,  and  later  ιος, 
ιον.  lengthd.  form  for  άπειρος,  in 
signf  I.  :  bmmdless,  endless,  in  size  or 
quantity,  endless,  countless,  γαία.  όί- 
ζνς,  άνθρωποι,  Hom.  ;  άνδρες,  Hes. 
Fr.  39.  4  :  also  intensive,  απ.  είδος, 
untold  beauty,  Hes.  Fr.  73,  3.  Also 
άπείριτος,  and  in  Att.  άπειρος,  q.  v. 
The  neut.  -σιον  as  adv.,  Qu.  Sm.  2. 
179. 

ΥΑπείρηθεν,  adv.,  from  ApirS,  ace. 
to  others,  from  the  mainland,  or  from 
Epirus,  Od.  7,  9,  v.  sub  Άπειραίη, 
and  cf  Nitsch  ad  1. 

Άπείρηκα,  inf  άπειρηκέναι,  part. 
άπεφηκώς,  pass,  άηεφημένος,  perf. 
of  άπεϊπον. 

Άπείρητος,  άπείράτος,  ov,  also  η, 
ov,  Η.  Horn.  Ven.  133,  and  Pind.,  (a 
priv.,  πειράομαι)  without  trial,  and  so 
• — I.  act.  without  7naking  trial  of,  not 
having  tried  or  attempted  a  thing,  τινός, 

II.  12,  304  :  absol.  making  no  attempt 
or  venture,  Pind.  I.  4,  50. — 2.  without 
trial  or  experience  of,  τινός,  II.  17,  41, 
where  ητ'  ά7.κης  ήτε  φόβοιο  must  be 
joined  with  άπείρ.,  v.  Spitzn.  ad  1. : 
hence  inexperienced,  unskilled  in  a 
thing,  unknowing  of  it,  φι/.ότι/τος,  Η. 
Hom.  Ven.  133.  κα/.ων,  Pind.  O.  10 
(11),  18:  absol.  inexperienced,  unknoiv- 
ing,  opp.  to  εν  είδώς,  Od.  2,  170. — II. 
pass,    untried,    unattempted,    Hdt.    7, 

9,  3. 

'Απειρία,  ας,  ή,  (άπειρος)  opp.  to 
εμπειρία,  u-ant  of  skill,  inexperience, 
ignorance,  Thuc.  1,  80,  etc. — II.  (a 
priv.,  πείρας,  πέρας)  infinity,  either  of 
space  or  number,  infinitude,  χρόνου. 
Plat.  Legg.  676  A  :  τών  κόσμων,  Epi- 
cur.  ap.  Diog.  L.  10,  45 :  absol.,  opp. 
to  πέρας,  Plat.  Phil.  16  C. 

ΆπείρΙτος,  ον,^άπεφέσιος,    Od. 

10,  195. 

Άπεφξις,  εως,  ή,  (άπείργω)  α  keep- 
ing off. 

'Απειροβΰθής.  ές,  (άπειρος,  βάθος) 
unfathomable,  Synes. 

Άπειρόβιος,  ov,  (άπειρος,  βίος)  in- 
experienced in  life.    Adv.  -ίως,  Hierocl. 

Άπειρόγαμος,  ov,  (άπειρος,  γάμος) 
unmarried,  Eubul.  Echo  1. 

Άπειρόδακρνς,  ν,  gen.  νος,  (a 
priv.,  πείρας,  δάκρυ)  weeping  without 
bounds,  or  to  excess,  καρδία,  Aesch. 
Suppl.  71. 

Απεφόδροσος,  ov,  (άπειρος,  δρό- 
σος) unused  to  dew,  unbedewed,  Eur. 
El.  735. 

Άπειροδύναμος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  πεί- 
ρας, δύναμις)  infinite  in  power. 

Άπειροθά'λασσος,  ov,  Att.  —ττος, 
(άπειρος,  θάλ.ασσα)  unused  to  the  sea. 

Άπείροκΰκέω,  to  be  άπειρόκακος  : 
from 

Άπεφόκΰκος,  ov,  (άπειρος,  κακός) 
in  a  moral  sense,  inexperienced  ^in  ill 
or  evil,  guileless,  το  άπειρόκακον, 
guilelessness,  simplemindcdness,  Thuc. 
5,  105. — II.  in  a  physical  signf,  un- 
used to  evil  or  misery,  Eur.  Ale.  927. 

Άπεφοκΰλέομαι,  dep.  mid.,  to  act 
like  an  απειρόκα/.ος,  Lat.  ineptire. 

Άπειροκαλενομαι,  dep.  mid.,  = 
foreg. 

Άπειροκυ.7.ία,  ας,  η,  ignorance  of 
the  beautiful,  want  of  taste  or  sensibili- 
ty, άπ.  και  άμονσία,  Plat.  Rep.  403 
165 


ΑΠΕ1 

C:    in  plur.  vulgarities,  Xen.  Cyr.  1, 
2,  3  :  from 

Άττειμόκΰλος,  ov.  {άπειρος,  καλός) 
ignorant  of  the  beautiful :  without  taste, 
tasteless,  coarse  :  in  most  cases  it  an- 
swers to  Lat.  ineptus,  Plat.  Legg. 
775  Β  :  TO  ΰπείρόααλον,  =  foreg., 
Xen.  Mem.  3,  10,  5.  Adv.  -λως. 
Plat.  Phaedr.  211  C. 

Άτϊειρολεχής,  ές,  {άττειρος,  λεχος) 
=  άπειρογαμος,  Ar.  Thesm.  119. 

Άπειρολο}ία,  ας, ή. {α  priv.,  πεφας, 
λόγος)  boundless  loquacity,  Scxt.  Emp. 

'Απεφομάχ7ΐς,  ov,  ο,  Dor.  -μύχας 
{ύττειρος,  μάχ?/)  unused  to  battle,  un- 
tried in  war,  find.  N.  4,  49.  [a] 

ΆπειρομεγέΟ/ις,  ες,  (α  priv.,  πεί- 
ρας, μέγεθος)  immensely  large. 

Άπείρόμοθυς,  ov,  =  ΰττείρομάχτις, 
Nonn. 

Άπειροπάθεια,  ας,  i],fTeedmn  from 
passion  or  suffering. — 11.  infinite  suf- 
fering :  [a]  from 

Άπειροπΰθής,  ές,  {άπειρος,  πάθος) 
free  from  passions  or  suffering,  LXX. 
— II.  (a  priv.,  πείρας,  πάθος)  of  end- 
less, infinite  suffering. 

'Απειροπ?Μσίθς,  ov,  {άπειρος  II.) 
infinitely  more,  many  thousand  fold. 
Ion.  άπειροπ7.ήσιος,  in  later  writers 
also  ΰπειρυπλΰσίωΐ',  ov.  [πλά] 

Άπειρόπλοιις,  ονν.  gen.  ου,  {άπει- 
ρος, πλοϊις)  ignorant  of  navigation,  LuC. 

'Απειροπόλεμος,  ov,  {άπειρος,  πό- 
λ^εμος)  ignorant  of  umr.  Adv.  -μως, 
in  an  unsoldier-like  way,  Dion.  Η . 

Άπειρόπονος,  ov,  {άπειρος,  πόνος) 
unused  to  toil,  Liban. 

Άπειρος,  ov, — I.  {a  priv.,  πείρα, 
■πεφάομαι)  first  in  Theogn.  1007,  like 
the  Horn,  άπείρητος,  tvithout  trial  or 
experience  of,  unused  or  nev;  to  a  thing, 
άθλων,  Theogn.  1.  c,  καλών,  Pind., 
τυράννων,  ναντικϊις,  Hdt.,  κακών,  πό- 
νων, νόσων,  etc.,  Trag. :  ignorant  of, 
unacquainted  with,  τινός,  Hdt.,Thuc., 
etc.  :  esp.  άπ.  ανδρός,  not  having 
known  a  man,  Hdt.  2,  111  ;  an.  λέ• 
χους,  unwedded,  Eur.  Med.  672  :  also 
without  λέχονς,  lb.  1091. — 2.  absol. 
inexperienced,  ignorant,  Ireq.  in  Att., 
e.  g.  as  prov.,  όίδασκ'  άπειρον,  Aesch. 
Cho.  118.  Adv. -ρωζ-;  απείρως  ίχειν, 
to  be  unacquainted  with,  τινός.  Hut.  2, 
45 ;  also  προς  τι,  Xen.  Mem.  2,  6, 
29:  comp.  άπειρότερον,  Thuc,  but 
also  άπεφοτέρως,  Isocr.  240  C. — II. 
(a  priv.,  πείρας,  πέρας)  first  in  Pind., 
and  Hdt.,  like  the  Hom.  απείρων, 
άπειρέσιος,  boundless  in  size  or  num- 
oer,  infinite,  endless,  countless,  σκότος, 
Pind.  "Fr.  95,  8,  πίτίθος,  Hdt.  1,  204, 
αίθήρ,  ήπειρος,  Eur. ;  άπ.  πλ-ήθει  or 
το  πλήθος,  infinite  in  number.  Plat. — 
2.  in  Trag.  esp.  garments,  etc.,  in 
which  one  is  entangled  past  escape,  end- 
less, i.  e.  without  end  or  outlet,  άμφί- 
βληστρον,  Aesch.  Ag.  1382,  χίτων. 
Soph.  Fr.  473,  ύφασμα,  Eur.  Or.  25, 
cf.  δεσμοί  άπείρονες,  Od.  8,  340, 
ατέρμων  πέπλος,  Aesch.  Eum.  634. 
(Both  words  appear  in  the  deriv. 
απειρία,  and  in  some  late  compds., 
as  άπειροπαθής,  cf.  απείρων.) 

Άπειροσννη,  ης,  τ/,^=άπεφία,  in- 
experience, want  of  skill,  Eur. 

νΑπειροτέρως,  irreg.  comp.  to  απεί- 
ρως, adv.  of  άπειρος  I. 

Άπειρότεχνος,  ov,  {άπειρος,  τέχ- 
νη) unskilled  in  an  art. 

Άπειρότοκος,  ov,  {άπειρος,  τόκος) 
not  havins:  yet  brought  forth,  Anlh. 

Άπειρωδιν.  ίνος,  ή. {άπειρος,  ώδίν) 
not  having  felt  the  pains  of  childbirth. 

'Απείρων,  ov,  gen.   ovor,  {a  priv., 

πείρας,  πέρας)  boundless,  endless,  in 

Hom.  mostly    of  vast  plains,  γαία, 

ΎΛλήςποντος,     but    also    δήμος,  a 

166 


ΑΠΕΑ 

ccnmtless  people,  II.  24,  776 :  ΰπνος, 
endless  sleep,  Od.  7,  280  :  δεσμοί  άπει- 
ρονες.  Od.  8,  340:  hence  also  having 
no  end,  circular,  Aesch.  Fr.  395.  The 
forms  άπειρος,  απέραντος,  άπείραν- 
τος,  άπειρέσιος,  άπερείσιυς,  άπείρι- 
τος,  άπειρίδιος,  άπέραστυς,  άπέρα- 
τος,  are  quite  synon. — II.  {a  priv., 
πείρα)=^ άπειρος  I.,  inexperienced,  un- 
knowing. Br.  and  Erf.  Soph.  O.T.  1088. 

Άπείς,  Ion.  for  άφιίς,  jiart.  aor.  2 
act.  from  άφίημι,  Hdt. 

' Απειστέω,  to  be  άπειστος,=^ΰπει- 
θέω  :  from 

'Απειστος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  πείθω)  = 
άπειθής,  hence  το  άπ.,  disobedience. 

'Απέκ,  prep.  c.  {r-n.,  away  out  of, 
Π.  Hom.Ap.  110:  but  better  separate- 
ly, άπ'  έκ,  like  δι'  έκ,  νπ'  έκ,  Spitzn. 
Exc.  xviii.  ad  II. 

Άπέκγονος,  ov,  6,  {άπό,  εκγονος) 
a  great-great-grandson,  Lat.  abnepos, 
also  //  άπ.,  Simon.  87. 

Άπεκδέχομαι,  f.  -ξομαι,  {άπό.  έκδέ- 
χομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  expect,  Heliod. — 
II.  to  gather,  i.  e.  ijifer  from.     Hence 

Άπεκδοχή,  ής,  ή,  expectation. — II. 
an  inference. 

'Απεκδύομαι,  f.  -δύσομαι,  [ί]  :  aor. 
-έδΟν,  perf  -δέδϋκα,  {άπό,  έκδύω. 
irr.)  as  mid.,  to  strip  one's  self,  and 
so  to  prepare  for  single  combat,  Jo- 
seph. :  to  strip  off  for  one's  self,  to  de- 
spoil, αρχάς,  Ν.  Τ.  Col.  2,  15:  to  put 
off,  as  clothes,  met.  N.  T.  Col.  3,  9. 
Hence 

Άπέκδνσις,  εως,  ή,  a  putting  off,  as 
of  clothes,  N.  T.  Col.  2,  II. 

Άπεκλ.ανθάνω,  f.  -λ^]σω.  {άπό,  εκ- 
λανθάνω)  to  inake  quite  forgotten,  C. 
gen.  Mid.  to  forget  entirely,  but  only 
found  in  imperat.  aor.  2  mid.,  άπεκ- 
λε/.άθεσθε  Οάμβεος,  Od.  24,  394. 

Άπεκλέγομαι,  {άπό,  εκλέγομαι)  to 
reject  in  sorting  out,  to  sift,  Diosc. 

Άπεκλελάθεσθε,  v.  ΰπεκλανθάνω. 

Άπεκλογή,  ης,  ή,  {άπεκλέγομαι) 
α  rejection,  Sext.  Emp. 

Άπεκλονω,  {από,  έκλούω)  to  wash 
off  or  out,  rinse. 

Άπεκλνω,  f.  -ύσο),  {άπό,  έκλνω)  to 
dissolve  :  to  set  free :  to  relax,  weaken, 
[νσω] 

Άπέκρνσις,  εως,  ή,  {άπό,  έκρύο- 
μαι)  deliverance  from  an  evil,  Strab. 

νΑπεκτέταγκα  and  άπεκτέτακα, 
perf  act  of  άπεκτείνω. 

'Απέκτάνον,  ες,  ε,  aor.2  act.  of  «ττο- 
κτείνω.  Hom. 

Άπέκτάσις,  εως,  η,  an  extending, 
spreading  out,  LXX.  :  from 

Άπεκτείνω,  f.  -τενώ,  {άπό,  εκτεί- 
νω) to  stretch  far  out,  spread  out, 
Arist.  Pol. 

'     Άπέκτητος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  πεκτέω) 
uncombed,  unkempt,  Anth. 

^Απεκτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  πέκω)  = 
foreg.,  Ath. 

Άπεκφέρω,  f,  -οίσω,  {άπό,  εκφέρω) 
to  carry  out  and  away. 

Άπελάζω,  v.  1.  for  άπελλάζω. 

Άπελΰσία,  ας,  η,  {άπελαννω)  α 
driving  aivay. 

Άπέ7.ΰσις.  εως,  ^,=  foreg. 

Άπέλαστος,  ον,  (α  priv.,  πελάζω) 
unapproachable,  Poet.  ap.  Plut.  2, 
748  Β. 

Άπελάτης,  ov,  6,  one  who  drives 
aivay,  Lat.  abactor,   [a]  ;  from 

Άπελαννω.  fut.  απελάσω,  Att.  άπ- 
ελώ,  but  alsoaTreXa  as  imperat.  from 
simple  pres.  άπελύω  once  in  Xen. 
Cyr.  8,  3,  32,  and  Dor.  aor.  άπηλαον, 
Ar.  Lys.  1001  {άπό.  Ιλαννω):  to  drive 
au-ay,  expel  from  a  place,  της  γης, 
πόλεως,  etc.,  Soph,  and  Eur. :  also 
άπό  τον  λΜφον,  etc.,  Xen.  :  to  remove, 
φόβον  τινί,  Xen. — II.  esp.  άπ.  στρα- 


ΑΠΕΑ 

τΐήν,  to  lead  away  an  arrny,  '-Idt.  4, 
92  :  hence  usu.  as  if  intr.  Κκβ  άπ- 
ά)ω,  to  march,  go  aivay,  depart.  Hot. 
1,77,  etc.:  al.'io  sub.  ιππον,  to  ride 
away,  freq.  in  Xen.  Pass,  to  be  driven 
away,  άπ.  ένθεντεν,  Hdt.  5,  94. — 2. 
to  be  driven  out  or  excluded  from  a 
thing,  xivof.  Id.  7,  161,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,2, 
15:  in  genl.  tobefurj'rom,  Hdt.  7,205. 

Άπελ.αφρννω,  {άπό,  έλαφρννω)  = 
αποκονφιζω,  ίο  make  a  thing  easy. 

Άπελύω, =άπε/.αννω,  q.  v. 

Άπέλεγμα,  ατός,  τυ,  and  άπελεγ- 
μός,  υν  ό,  Ν.  T.=:sq. 

Άπέλεγξις,  εως,  ή,  conviction,  refu- 
tation :  from 

ΆπελΛγχω,ί.  -έγξω,  {άπό,  ελέγχω) 
strengthd.  for  ί7.έγχω,  to  convince,  re- 
fute thoroughly,  Anllplio  131,  35. 

Άπέλεθμος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  πέλεθρον) 
imjnea.iureable,  άπ.  Ις,  Hom.,  άπέλε• 
θρον  άνέδραμε,  he  sprang  back  im- 
measurably far,  II.  11,  354. 

Άπελύκιιτος,ον,  (α  priv.,  πελεκάω) 
unhewii,  m  genl.  unwrought. 

Άπελέσθαι,  άπελόμενος.  Ion.  for 
άφελ.,  inf.  and  part.  aor.  2  mid.  of 
άφαιρέω. 

Άπελευθερία,  ας,  ή,  {απελεύθερος) 
the  enfranchisement  of  a  slave,  Aes- 
chin.  59,  25.— II.  the  state  of  a  freed- 
man,  Lat.  libertinitas.     Hence 

Άπελενθεριάζω,{.-άσω,  to  be  free, 
act  freely. 

Άπελενθερΐκός,  η,  ov,=  sq.  Plut. 

Άπελενθεριος,  ov,  of,  from,  or  be- 
coming a  freedman  :  from 

Απελεύθερος,  ov,  6,  {άπό,  ελεύθε- 
ρος) an  emancipated  slave,  a  freedman, 
Lat.  liberlus,  libcrtinus.  Plat.  :  Opp.  to 
δον'λος  and  μέτοικος,  Xen.  Kep.  Ath. 
1,  10  ;  άπ.  άφιέναι  τινά,  Aeschm.  59, 
25  :  also  απελεύθερα,  ή,  Lat.  liberta, 
Isae.  58,13,cf.Lob.Paral.470.  Hence 

Άπελευθεηόω,ώΛ.-ώσω,  to  sit  free, 
emancipate.  Plat.  Legg.  915  A,  sq. 
Hence 

Άπελενθέρωσις,  εως,  ή,  emancipa 
tion,  Dem.  215,  25. 

Απελευθερωτής,  οϋ,  ό,  one  who  sets 
free. 

Άπέλευσις,  εως,  η,  {απέρχομαι, 
-ελεύσομαι)  α  going  away. 

Άπελήλνθα,  ας,  ε,  etc.,  perf.  of 
απέρχομαι.  Hom. 

Άπελίσσω,=:άπειλίσσω,  to  unrol, 
unwind. 

Άπέλκω.  Ion.  for  άφέλκω,  Hdt. 

Άπελλάζω,  L•acon.,^=έκκλ7iσιάζ(^, 
Plut.  Lye.  6.  (Hesych.  has  άπελλαί, 
=  έκκλ.7ΐσίαί,  prob.  akm  to  άελληο 
άολλής. 

Άπελί,λ.αίος,  ov.  ό,  the  Macedonian 
month  which  answered  to  the  Ro- 
man December,  perh.  from  άελλα,  thtt 
windy  month. 

\Άπελλής.  ov,  ό,  Apelles,  a  distin- 
guished painter  in  the  time  of  Alex- 
ander the  Great,  Plut. — 2.  a  statuary, 
Paus. — 3.  a  philosopher,  Strab. — 
Hence  adj.  Άπέλ?ι.ειος,  a,  ov,  of 
Apelles,  Apelleayi,  Anth. 
\Άπελλίκων,  οντος  and  ωντος,  and 
in  Ath.  214  D,  -κών,  ύντος,  ό,  Apel- 
licon,  a  Peripatetic  ]>hilosopher,  and 
great  book-collector,  Strab.,  etc. 

■\'Απελλίς,  ίδος,  ή,  Apellis,  fern.  pr. 
n.,  Callim. 

\Άπελλίχος,  ου,  ό,  Apellichus, masc. 
pr.  n.,  Anth. 

Άπελ.ος,  τό,  {a  priv.,  πέλος.  Lat. 
pellis)  a  wound  not  yet  skinned  over, 
Callim. 

Απελπίζω,  f  -ίσω  Att.  -ίώ.  {άπό, 
ελπίζω)  to  give  up  hope  of,  despair  of, 
τινός,  Polyb. :  to  give  up  as  lost,  τι, 
Diod.  Pass,  to  be  given  up,  Polyb. — 
II.  to  drive  to  despair,  τινά. — HI.  =: 


ΑΠΕΞ 
έΤίτήζειν  από  τίνος,  to  hope  from  one, 
Ν.  Τ.    Hence 

Άττε'λτησμός,  οϋ,  ό,  hopelessness, 
despair,  Polyb. 

'Κπεμίω,ΰ,ί.-έσω,  {από,  έμέω)  to 
spit  up,  throw   out,  evomere,  II.  14,  437. 

Άπεμνήσαντο,  3  plur.  aor.  1  mid. 
of  άττομιμνήσκο),  II. 

ΆπεμτΓολύω,ύ,-ήσω,  perf.  ΰττήμιτο• 
λα  (Kuhner  Gr.  Gr.  '5. 106,  β),  (ύττο,  έμ- 
πολάω)  to  sell  to  a.nolh.ei,  τίΐ'ί  7-i,Eur. : 
to  sell  for  a  thing  τι  τινός,  Xen.  Symp. 
8,  21  :  to  betray,  Eur.  Tro.  973,  so  ΰπ- 
εμπολώμενοι,  (as  we  say)  bought  and 
sold,  Ar.  Ach.  374  :  άττ.  ψυχήν,  to  bar- 
ter one's  life,  Eur.  Phoen.  12^:8,  cf.  έ^- 
εμπηλάω  :  in  late  writers  also  ίττεμ- 
ΤΓολέω,  Lob.  Phryn.  584.     Hence 

Απεμπολή,  ης,  ή,  and  απεμπόλψ 
(Τΐς,  ευς,  ή,  α  selling,  α  sale. 

Άπεμπολητής,  ού,  ό,  α  seller,  deal- 
er. Lye. 

Άπεμφαίνω,  f.  -φάνω,  {ΰπό,  εμ- 
φαίνω) to  represent  as  unlikely. — ll. 
usu.  neut.,  to  be  unlikely,  absurd,  in- 
congruous, Polyb.     Hence 

Άπέμφΰσις,  εως,  τ/,  unlikeliness,  ab- 
surdity, contradiction,  obscurity,   Strab. 

Άπεμφερής,  ές,  {από,  εμφερής)  un- 
like, Theophr. 

'απέναντι,  adv.,  {από,  έναντι)  over 
against,  ojiposite,  c.  gen.,  Polyb  :   also 

Άπεναντέον,  adv.,  {άπό,  εναντίον) 
=foreg.,  7/  απ.,  so.  χώρα,  the  opposite 
shore,  Hdt.  7,  55. 

'Α,πεναντίως,ίάν  .,contrariwise,\j\iC. 

Άπενάρίζω,  f.  -ίξω,  {από,  έναρίζω) 
like  σκνλεύο,  to  strip  of  arms,  de- 
spoil one  of  a  thing,  τινά  τι,  with 
prep.  sep.  τους  ενάριζον  ύττ'  έντεα, 
11.  12,  195  ;  15,  343. 

Άττένεικα,  ας,  ε,  Ερ.  for  άπήνεικα, 
or  ύπήνεγκα,  aor.  of  αποφέρω.  Horn. 

Άπενειχθηναι,  aor.  inf.  pass,  of 
αποφέρω. 

Άπενεοω,  {από,  ένεός)  to  make 
dumb. 

Άπενέπω,  v.  άπεννέπω. 

ΆπενΟής,  ές,  (α  priv.,  πένθος)  free 
from  gruf,  Aesch.  Prom.  956. 

Άπένθητος,  ov,  {a  pnv,  πενθέω) 
not  suJjjcct  to  grief,  free  from  it,  φρήν, 
Aesch.  Ag.  895. 

Άπενιαυτέω,  (άπ-ό,  ένιαντός)  to  go 
into  banishment  for  a  year.  Plat.  Legg. 
866  C,  868  C,  as  all  the  MSS.  give  it, 
but  in  Xen.  Mem.  1,  3,  13,  άπενιαυ- 
τίζω.  On  the  thing,  cf.  Miiller  Eu- 
men.  ^  44. — II.  to  survive  by  a  year, 
Dio  C.    Hence 

'Απενιαύτ?/σις,  εως,  η,  banishment 
for  a  year.  Plat.  Legg.  808  D,  where 
only  one  MS.  άπενιαύτισις. 

Κπενιαυτίζω,  fut.  -ίσω  Att.  -ΐώ, 
=^άπενιαντέω,  q.  v. 

'Κπενιαντισις,  εως,  ή,  and 

Άπενιαυτισμός,  οΰ,  ό,^άπενιαύ• 
τησις,  q.  ν. 

Άπεννέπω,  {άπό,  έννέπω)  Trag. 
word,  also  άπενέπω,  but  only  in  a  lyr. 
passage  of  Eur.  I.  A.  553,  and  so  Herm. 
Soph.  O.  C.  209,=άπανόάω  to  for- 
bid,  απ.  τίνα  ποιείν,  or  μη  ποιείν, 
Eur.  Med.  813,  Ion  1282:  alsoabsol., 
Trag. — II.  to  order  away  from,  απ.  τί- 
να θαλάμων,  to  deny  one  entrance,  to 
forbid  him  the  chamber,  Eur.  I.  A.  553, 
also  c.  ace.  only,  to  bid  keep  away, 
Aesch.  Eum.  957. 

^ΆπεννΙνος,  ου,  ό,  in  Strab.  also 
ΆπεννΙνον,  ου,  τό,  in  Dion.  P.  Άττ- 
έννιον,  the  Apennines,  a  range  of 
mountains  in  Italy,  Polyb.  Adj. 
ΆπεννΙνος,  η,  ov,  of  the  Apennines, 
Apennine. 

Άπέξ.  V.  άπέκ. 

Άπείαμαρτύνω,  strengthd.  for  έξ- 
αμαρτάνω. 


ΑΠΕΡ 

Άπεξεργάζομαι,  -ύσομαι,  {άπό,  έξ- 
εργύζομαι,  to  work  out  completely,  to 
finish  off. 

Άπεξηγέομαι,  -ήσομμι.  {άπό,  έξη- 
γέομαι)  to  tell  to  the  end,  Xen.  Ephes. 

Άπεοικώς,  Att.  άπεικώς,  q.  v..  perf. 
part,  of  άπέοικα,  which  will  hardly 
be  found  in  use,  άπεοικώς  προς  τα 
καλά,  unfitted,  indisposed  for  noble 
deeds,  Polyb. :  ουκ  άπεοικός,  not  un- 
likely. Id.     Adv.  -κότως,  Thuc.  6,  55. 

'  Α,πέπαντος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  πεπαίνω) 
not  ripened,  unripe. 

Άπέπειρος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  πέπειρος) 
unripe,  untimely. 

Άπεπλος.  ov,  (o  priv.,  πέπλος) 
without  πέπλος,  unrobed,  unclad,  Pind. 
N.  1,  74  ;  φαρέων  άπεπλος,  Eur. 
Phoen.  324,  cf.  a  as  prefix,  [. 

Άπεπτέω,  not  to  digest,  to  suffer 
from  indigestion,  Luc. :  from 

"Απεπτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  πέπτω)  un- 
boiled, ^^ndigested,]:i\^'l>. :  unripe,  Plut. : 
χώραι  άπ.,  countries  where  fruits  ripen 
ill.  Theophr.     Adv.  -τως. 

"Απερ,  neut.  ρ1.  from  δςπερ,  q.  v. 
In  Att.  oft.  used  as  3.άν.,=  ώςπερ,  as, 
so  as,  Aesch.  Eum.  660,  Soph.  0.  T. 
176. 

νΑπεράντεια,  ας,  η,  Aperantia,  a 
small  state  of  Aetolia  on  the  borders 
of  the  Amphilochi,  Polyb.  Hence 
'Απέραντοι,  ων,  οΊ,  Plut.  Flam.  15. 

Άπεραντολογέω,  {άπεραντολόγος) 
to  talk  u'ithout  end,  Strab.     Hence 

' Απεραντολυγία,  ας,  ή,^=άπειρολο- 
γία,  endless  loquacity,  Luc. 

'Α7ΓφΛΐΐ'Γο/.ό}Ό^,  ov,  {απέραντος, 
λέγω)  talking  without  end. 

'Απέραντος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  περαίνω) 
boundless,  in  size  or  number,  infinite, 
endless,  πεδίον,  Pind.,  πόντος,  Eur., 
and  freq.  in  Plat.  ;  to  χρήμα  των 
νυκτών.  Αχ.  Nub.  3,  άπέραντον  ήν, 
there  ivas  no  end  to  it,  Thuc.  4,  36. — 
II.  allowing  no  escape,  that  none  can 
pass,  Ύύρταρος,  δικτυον,  Aesch. 
Prom.  153,  1068.     Adv.  -τως. 

Άπέράσις.  εως,  ή,  {ύπεράω)  a  spit- 
ting  out,  Plut.  :  a  carrying  off  mois- 
ture, Theophr. 

'Απέράτος.  ον.=^ΰπείρατος,  άπεί- 
ραστος,  Aesch.  Supp.  1049. 

Άπεράτωτος,  ov,{a  priv.,  περατόω) 
unbounded,  Plut. 

Άπεράω.  f.  -άσω,  {άπό,  *έρύω)  to 
spit  out,  carry  off  moisture,  Strab.  9,  p. 
139,  Siebenk.  [ΰσω] 

'Απεργάζομαι,  i.  -άσομαι,ό^-ρ.  mid., 
{άπό,  εργάζομαι)  to  work,  finish  off, 
turn  out,  complete,  freq.  in  Plat.  ;  άπ- 
ειργασμένος,  complete,  finished,  τύ- 
ραννος, τέχνη  άπ-,  etc.,  Plat. ;  άνηρ 
άπ.  καλός  κάγαθός,  Xen.  Oec.  11,  3  : 
esp.  of  a  painter,  to  fill  up  with  colour, 
opp.  to  νπογράφαι,  to  sketch.  Plat. 
Rep.  548  D,  cf.  504  D :  hence  t»  re- 
present or  express  perfectly  in  any  way, 
as  in  words,  by  illustration,  etc.,  freq. 
in  Plat.  :  in  genl.  to  make,  build,  form, 
cause,  Ar.  Av.  1154,  Plat.,  etc.,  esp.  to 
?nake  by  education.  Plat. — 2.  to  finish 
a  contract,  Xen.  Mem.  1,  6,  5,  cf.  άπο- 
δίόωμι. — II.  c.  dupl.  ace,  άπ.  τινύτι, 
to  do  something  to  one,  Plat.  Riv.  135 
C  :  but  also  to  make  one  thing  into 
another,  άπ.  ϋδωρ  γήν,  πϋρ  αέρα,  to 
make  earth  water,  air  fire.  Ια.  Tim.  61 
B.  The  perf.  άπείργασμαι  is  used 
both  as  act.  and  pass.,  cf.  Plat.  Legg. 
704  C,  710  D. 

Άπεργάθω,  poet,  for  άπείργω,  απ- 
εργώ. 

Απεργασία,  ας,  ή,  {απεργάζομαι) 
α  finishing  off,  completing,  esp.  of 
painters.  Plat.,  cf.  απεργάζομαι :  a 
making,  causing,  procuring,  άπ.  χάρι- 
τος και  ηδονής,  Id.  Gorg.  462  C. — II. 


ΑΠΕΡ 

α  way   of  treating,  treatment,   νόσων, 
Id.  Ale.  2,  140  B. 

Άπεργαστέος,  έα,  έον,  verb.  adj.  ot 
απεργάζομαι,  to  be  finished  off,  or  made. 

' Απεργαστικός,  ή,  όν,  {απεργάζο- 
μαι) fit  for  finishing  off,  or  making, 
causing  a  thing,  c.  gen.,  Plat.  Rep. 
527  Β  :  7J  -Ktj,  sc.  τέχνη,  the  art  of 
making,  τινός.  Id.  Epin.  375  B. 

"Απεργός,  ov,  {άπό,  έργον)=άερ• 
γος,  αργός,  away  from  work,  idle,  Ar- 
temid. 

Άπέργω,  Ion.  for  άπείργω. 

'Απέρδω,  f.  -^ω,  {άπό,  έρδω)  to  bring 
to  an  end,  finish,  Ίρήϊα,  Hdt.  4,  62. 

Άπερεί,Άάχ.,^ύςπερεί,  from  απερ. 
Soph.  El.  189. 

Άπερείδω,  f.  -είσω.  {άπό,  ίρείδω) 
strengthd.  for  έρείδω,  just  as  Lat.  defi- 
go  ίοτ  figo,  to  fix  fast  οτ  firmly :  usu.  in 
mid.  άπερείδομαι,  to  fix  one's  self 
fast  upon,  i.e.  to  support  one' s  self  upon 
a  thing,  τινί.  Plat.  Symp.  190  A ;  of 
a  horse,  άπ.  tv  χαλινύ  to  lean  upon 
the  bridle,  Xen.  Eq.  10,  7 :  άπ.  εΙς  τι, 
to  dwell,  insist,  rely  upon.  Plat.  Rep. 
508  D,  581  A  ;  also  προς  or  επί  τι, 
Polyb. :  also  of  diseases,  to  settle 
in  a  particular  part,  e.  g.  εις  βον- 
βύνα,  cf.  άποσκήπτω  :  absol.  to  lean 
or  bend  away,  Xen.  Cyn.  5,  32. — II. 
later,  mid.,  in  act.  signf.,  like  Lat.  in- 
tendere  alicui.  e.  g.  άπ.  έλ.πίδα  εις  τί- 
να, to  fL•  one's  hope  upon  one :  also 
άπ.  όργήν  εις  τίνα,  χάριν  επί  τίνα, 
to  direct  one's  anger,  one's  gratitude 
towards  one ;  also  άπ.  άγνοιαν  επί 
Τίνα,  to  throw  one's  ignorance  upon  an- 
other, all  in  Polyb.,  and  so  freq.  in 
Plut.:  άπ.  τι  εις  τόπον,  to  carry  safe- 
ly to  a  place,  Polyb. — 2.  to  force  from 
out  one's  self,  produce  with  effort,  Cal- 
lim. — III.  intr.  in  act.,  like  pass.,  Luc. 

Άπερείσιος,ον,  poet. ,=:άπειρέσιος, 
like  άείδελος  for  άίδηλος,  in  Hom. 
almost  always  with  άποινα,  a  count- 
less ransom. 

Άπέρεισις,  εως,  ή.  {άπερείδω)  a 
fixing  firmly,  pressing  fast,  propping. 

Άπερεύγω,ί.  -ξω,  {άπό,  έρεύγω)  to 
belch  or  vomit  forth  :  esp.  of  a  river,  to 
empty  itself:  also  in  mid.  c.  act.  signf., 
Ruhnk.  Ep.  Cr.  p.  150,  hence 

Άπέρενξις,  εως,  -η,  a  belching  or 
pouring  forth. 

Άπερέω,  Ion.  for  άπερώ,  q.  v. 

Άπέρημος,  ov,  strengthened  for 
έρημος.       ^ 

'Απερημοω,ω,ι.•ωσω,  {απο,  ερημοω) 
to  make  utterly  desolate.  Pass,  to  be 
left  destitute,  deprived  of  a  thing,  τιΐ'ός. 
Plat.  Polit.  274  B;  άπό  τίνος.  Id. 
Soph.  237  D. 

' Απερητνω,  f.  -νσω,  {άπό,  έρητύω) 
to  keep  back,  hinder,  Ap.  Rh.  ['v  pres., 
ϋ  fut.] 

Άπερίβλ.επτος.  ov,  {a  priv.,  περι- 
β7ίέπω)  not  looked  at  on  all  sides  ;  not 
well  considered :  not  to  be  guarded 
against,  not  altogether  known. — II.  not 
considerate. — III.  not  renowned. 

Άπερίβλητος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  περι- 
βάλλω) without  covering,  unclad. 

Άπεριγένητος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  περι- 
γίγνομαι)  not  overpowered,  not  to  be 
overpowered,  Diod. 

'Απερίγραπτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  περι- 
γράφω) not  circumscribed,  i.  e.  bound- 
less, endless :  undetermined.  Adv. 
-τως. 

ΆπερίγρίΊφος.  ov,  {a  priv.,  περι- 
γράφω)—loreg.,  PMlo.     Adv.  -φως. 

'Απεριέργαστος,ον,{αγη\., περιερ- 
γάζομαι) not  wrought  carefidly  all 
round,  Hierocl. 

Άπεριεργία,  ας,  η,  the  character  of 
an  άπερίεργος,  arllessness :  from 

Άπερίεργος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  περίερ- 
167 


ΑΠΕΡ 

γοζ)  not  over-busy,  artleas,  unaffected, 
Hipp.     Adv.  -}(jf. 

Άπερη'ιγητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  περιη- 
γέομαι)  not  traced  out  0Γ  explained, 
Plat.  Legg.  770  Β  :  indescribable. 

Άπερίήχητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  περι- 
7ΐχέω)  not  encompassed  by  sound. 

Άπερικάθαρτος,  ov,  [a  priv.,  περί- 
καθαίρω)  not  purified  all  round,  uncir- 
cumctseil,  LXX. 

Άπερικύλυπτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  περι- 
κα/.ύτττω)  undisguised,  open,  free,  He- 
liod.     Adv.  -τως,  Noun,    [a] 

Άπερίκοπος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  περικότϊ- 
τω)  unwearied. 

Άπερικόπως,  adv.  (α  priv.,  ηερι- 
κοκή)  without  hinderance. — II.  without 
show  or  pomp. 

Άπερικόσμητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  περι- 
κοσμέω)  not  decked  overmuch. 

' Απερικτνπητας,  ov,  (a  priv.,  περι- 
κτνττέω)  not  surrounded  with  noise. 

Άττερί'λάλητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  περί- 
λαλέω)  not  to  be  over-talked  or  out-done 
in  talking,  Ar.  Ran.  839  :  Aesch.  Fr. 
340  is  dub.    [ύ] 

Άττερίληπτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  ττερι- 
λαμι^άνω)  not  circumscribed,  εξουσία 
άπ.,  absolute  power,  Plut. 

Άπεριμέριμνος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  περί, 
μέριμνα)  without  anxiety,  careless, 
Dion.  H.     Adv.  -νως,  Ar.  Nub.  13ϋ. 

'Κπερινόητος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  περί- 
voiu)  incomprehensible,  Sext.  Έηιρ. 
Adv.  -τωζ",  unawares,  Polyb. 

Άτϊερίοδος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  περίοδος) 
7iot  periodic,  Dion.  H. 

'Απερίοπτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  neptoipo- 
μαί)  not  looking  round  about,  careless, 
reckless  of,  πάντων,  Thuc.  1,  41. 
Adv.  -τως. 

'Απεριόριστος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  περι- 
ορίζω) unbounded,  indetermiyiate ,  Long. 

' Απερίπτυκτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  περι- 
πτύσσω)  not  folded  around :  not  em- 
braced. 

' Απερίπτωτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  περι- 
πίπτω) not  falling  ■  into  or  liable  to, 
τινός,  Diosc. 

Άπερισάλπιγκτος,  ov,  (a  priv., 
περισαλπιζω)  not  surrounded  by  the 
.sound  of  trumpets :  in  Synes.  άπερι- 
σύ'λπιστος. 

'Απερίσκεπτος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  περι- 
σκέπτομαι)  inconsiderate,  thoughtless, 
heedless,  Thuc.  4,  108.  Adv.  -τως, 
Id.  4,  10.     Hence 

'Απερισκεψία,  ας,  ή,  xvant  of  reflec- 
tion, thoughtlessness . 

Άπερισκύπητος,  ov,  and 

Άπερίσκοπος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  περί- 
σκοπίω)=άπερίσκεπτος. 

'Απερίσπαστος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  περι- 
σπάω) not  drawn  hither  aiid  thither,  not 
distracted,  esp.  by  business,  like  Lat. 
negotiis  non  distractus,  Polyb.  Adv. 
-τως,  Id. 

'Απερίσσεντος,=άπέριττος,  Phint. 
ap.  Stub.  p.  74,  61. 

Άπέρισσος,  ov,  v.  απέριττος. 

\Κπερίστατος,  ov,  (  a  priv.,  περι- 
ίστημι)  strictly  not  stood  around,  i.  e. 
not  surrounded  or  guarded  ;  hence — I. 
without  needof guards,  safe,  Lat. securus, 
Polyb. — 11.  defenceless,  helpless,  alone, 
Ps.-Phoc.  24,  Hemst.  Ar.  Plut.  p.  333. 

Άπερίστρεπτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  περι- 
στρέφω) not  to  be  turned  round:  not 
turning  round. 

Άπεριτμητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  περι- 
τέμνω)  uncircumcised,  LXX. 

Άπερίτρεπτος,  ov,  (o  priv.,  περι- 
τρέπω)  not  to  be  turned  round  0Γ  back, 
immutable,  LXX. — 2.  not  returning. — 
II.  not  caring  about  any'thing,  heedless. 
Adv.  -τως,  Sext.  Emp. 

Άπερίτροπος,  oi',:=foreg.,  not  re- 
turning, Soph.  El.  182,  but  also  with 
168 


ΑΠΕΡ 

collat.  notion  of  unheeding,  careless,  v. 
Herm. 

'Απέριττος,  and  ΰπέρισσος,  ov, 
{a  priv.,  περιττός)  without  anything 
oner  and  above',  without  pomp  or  show, 
unadorned,  plain,  simple,  Dion.  H. 
Adv.  -ττως.     Hence 

Άπεριττότης,  ητος,  ή,  freedom  from 
superfluous  ornament,  ptamiiess,  Sext. 
Einp. 

ΆπερίτΓωτος,ον,=:ύπέριττος:  esp. 
without  περιττώματα,  Theophr. 

Άπεριφερής,  ές,  (α  priv.,  περιφέρω) 
not  going  round,  not  moving  round :  not 
rounded,  Theophr. 

Άπεριώόρητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  περι- 
φopέω)=^{oτeg. 

Άπερίψυκτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  περι- 
ψύχω)  not  cooled  down,  Gal. 

Ι'ΑτΓφοτΓί'α,  ας,  !/,  Aperopia,  an  isl- 
and opposite  Buporthmus,  now  Hy- 
dron,  Paus.  2,  34,  9. 

'Απεβ^)ίγάσι,  3  plur.  perf.  2  from 
άπο[)^ιγέω,  Od.    [i] 

'  Απερριμμένως,  adv.  part.  perf. 
pass,  from  ΰποββίπτω. 

ΆπέΜω,  {από,  έββω)  to  go  away,  be 
gone,  Eur.  H.  F.  200 :  esp.  to  go  to 
one's  own  loss,  hence  <1πε()Ι)ε,  away, 
begone,  Lat.  ahi  in  tnalam  rem,  Ar. 
Nub.  783. 

Άπερυγγύνω,  [από,  ίρυγγάνω)  to 
be  sick  from  a  debauch,  and  so  become 
sober,  Diod. 

'Απερνθριάω,ω,{»1.•ύσω,{ΰπό,  kpv- 
θριάω)  to  put  away  bliishcs,  lose  all 
sense  of  shame,  act  shamelessly,  Ar. 
Nub.  121G.    [ασω] 

'Απεΐ)ύκω,1.-ξω,ΰπό,  έρύκω)  to  keep 
back,  keep  off  or  away,  hinder,  scare 
away,  Hom.,  and  Soph.  Aj.  18G  :  mid., 
to  abstain,  desist,  Soph.  O.  C.  169  ; 
mostly  poet.,  but  also  άπ.  τινί  τι,  to 
keep  off  from  one,  Hdt.  1,  32,  απ.  τι 
από  τίνος,  Xen.  Mem.  2,  9,  2,  Oec. 
5,  6. 

Άπερϋσίβόω,ί.-ώσω, {ϊιπό,  ερνσίβη) 
to  destroy  by  -mildew,  Theophr. :  to  pro- 
duce mildew.  Id. 

Άπερύω,  -ύσω,  {άπό,  έρνω)  to  draw 
or  tear  off froin,  τινός.  [On  quantity, 
V.  έρνω.Ί 

'Απέρχομαι,  fut.  -ελεύσομαι,  {άπό, 
έρχομαι)  to  go  away,  depart  from,  έκ 
or  άπό  τόπον  ;  in  poets  also  c.  gen. 
only,  as  άπελήλυθε  πάτρτ/ς,  Hom.  : 
when  used  with  εΙς,  departure  from 
one  place  atid  arrival  at  another  is  im- 
plied, so  άτΓ.  ές  Σάρόις,  Hdt.  1.22, 
cf.  Soph.  Ant.  818:  hence — U.  to  go 
back,  return.  Plat.  Symp.  193  C— III. 
to  depart  front  life,  die,  b  άπελθών,  the 
deceased,  Plut. 

Άπερώ,  Ion.  ΰπερέω,  fut.  without 
pres.  in  u*3  ;  perf.  ΰπείρηκα,  fut.  mid. 
άπερονμαι,  cf.  άπείπον :  {άπό,  έρω) 
to  speak  plainly  out,  1)ησιν  άπερείν,  to 
deliver  a  verbal  message,  Hdt.  1,  152. 
— II.  to  deny,  to  renounce,  τί,  Hdt.  7, 
205.— III.  to  forbid,  c.  inf.,  Hdt.  6,  61. 
— IV.  intr.  to  give  up,  flag,  sink,  fail. 
Plat.,  etc. :  the  act.  perf  άπείρηκα 
seems  to  be  used  only  in  this  signf , 
cf  άπεΙπον  IV.  2. 

Άπερωενς,  έως,  δ,  one  who  hinders 
or  thwarts,  έμών  μενέων  άπερωενς, 
tltwarter  of  my  plans,  II.  8,  361,  from 

Άπερωέω.ώ,ΐ.-ϊ/σω,  {άπό,  έρωέω) 
strictly  to  ebb :  hence  to  go  back  or 
away,  to  retire,  withdraw  from,  πολέ- 
μου, II.  16,  723. — II.  trans,  to  keep  back, 
hinder.     Hence 

Άπερωή,  ης,  ή,  a  going  back  or  away, 
withdrawing. — ll.  a  keeping  back,  hin- 
derance. 

Άπέρωτος,  ov,  {άπό,  έρως)  without 
love,  unloving,  έρως  άπέρωτος,  like 
γάμος  άγαμος,  Aesch.  Cho.  600,  where 


ΑΠΕΦ 

some  Gramm.  proposed  άπέρωπος,  as 

=  άπάνϋρωπος. 

"Απες,  Ion.  for  άφες,  imperat.  aor. 
2  act.  I'rom  άφίημι. 

ί'Απέσας,  αντος,  ό,  Apesas,  a  moun- 
tain in  Argolis,  between  Cleonae 
and  Mycenae,  with  a  temple  of  Ju- 
piter, lies.  Th.  331.  Hence  adj. 
Άπεσάντιος,  a,  ov,  of  Apesas,  Ape- 
santian,  Paus.  2,  15,  3. 

Άπεσθέομαι,  {άπό,  έσθής)  as  mid., 
to  undress  one's  self,  Luc.  Lexiph.  5, 
in  part.  perf.  άπησβι/μένοι. 

Άπεσβίω,  f.  άπέδομαι,  {άπό,  έσθίω) 
to  eat  off,  την  βϊνα,  Dem.  788,  25  :  to 
eat  up,  devour,  Hermipp.  Strat.  7. — 
II.  to  leave  off  eating,  Theopomp. 
(Com.)  Phin.  i,  ubi  v.  Meineke. 

Άπέσκης,  ες,  (a  priv.,  πέσκος)  un- 
covered. Soph.  Fr.  552. 

Άπέσσουα,  he  is  gone  off,  i.  e.  dead, 
Lacon.  for  άπεσσνη,  aor.  pass,  of 
άποσεύω,  Xen.  Hell.  I,  1,  23. 

ΆπεσσνμεΗα,  -σντο,  Ep.  sync.  aor. 
pass,  of  άποσεύω,  Hom. 

Άπεστνς,  νος,  η.=ι»(\.,  Gramm. 

Άπεστώ,  ους,  ή,  {άπειμι)  Ion.,  ο 
being  away,  absence,  της  μάχης,  Hdt. 
9,  85  :  formed  like  ενεστώ. 

Άπέτηλος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  πέτηλον) 
leafle.is,  Anth. 

Άπευδιασμός,  ό,  {άπό',  ενδιύζω)  α 
clearing  off,  making  calm  and  fair. 
Iambi. 

Άπευδοκΐμέω,  (άπό,  ενδοκιμέω)  to 
disapprove. 

' Απενθάνατίζω,{.-ίσω,{άπό,  ενθαν- 
ατίζω)  to  die  happy,  LXX. 

Άπενβής,  ές,  (a  priv.,  πυνθάνομαι) 
not  inquired  into,  not  well  known,  un- 
known, Lat.  ignolus,  Od.  3,  88. —  II. 
act.  ignorant,  unskilled,  Lat.  isnarus, 
Od.  3.  184. 

"Απενθος,  oi',^foreg..  Gramm. 

'Απευθύνω,  {άπό,  ενΟννω)  Ιο  make 
straight  or  even  again,  Polyb.  :  to  set 
up  again :  mostly  metaph.  to  restore, 
make  happy :  to  guide,  direct,  δεϊφ'  άπ. 
μο?ι,εΐν.  Aesch.  Ag.  1667  :  to  rule, 
Soph.  O.  T.  104:  but  χέρας  δεσμοίς 
άπ.,  to  guide  the  hands  with  chains,  i.  e. 
bind  his  arms,  Id.  Aj.  72. 

'Απενκος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  πεύκη)  with- 
out resin,  Theophr. 

'Απευκταίος,  ov,  =  sq..  Plat.  Ax. 
369  B. 

Άπενκτός,  όν,  not  ύπενκτος,  Lob. 
Paral.  408,  {απεύχομαι)  to  be  depreca- 
ted, abominable,  πήματα,  Aesch.  Ag. 
638. 

' Απεννύζω,ί.-άσω,{άπό,  εϋνάζω)  to 
lull  to  sleep,  put  to  rest :  metaph.  κα- 
κού άπευνασθέντος,  when  the  pain 
was  at  rest.  Soph.  Tr.  1242. 

Άπενστος,  ον,=  ΐιπευθής,  Gramm. 

Άπευτακτέω,  ω,  {άπό, εύτακτος)  to 
pay  off  or  discharge  duly  and  regularly, 
Strab. — II.  to  depart  from  good  order. 

' Απευφημέω,{1>,(.-ήσω,  {άπό,  εΰφη- 
μέω)  to  deprecate,  Lat.  abominari,  Phi- 
lostr. 

Άπενχαριστέω,  to  thank  heartily. 

Άπενχετος,  ον,^άπευκτός,  Aesch. 
Cho.  155. 

Άπεύχομαι,{.•ξομαι,{άπό,  εύχομαι) 
dep.  mid.,  to  wish  away,  to  deprecate  a 
thing,  wish  that  it  may  not  liapjjen,  τι, 
Eur.  Hipp.  891,  ubi  v.  Monk  ;  άπ.  τι 
τοις  θεοίς,  to  pray  the  gods  it  may  not 
be,  Plat.  Legg.  687  D  ;  άπ.  τι  μη  γε- 
νέσθαι. Dem.,  also  without  μί].  Id. 
489,  15.  —  Π.  to  reject,  despise,  τι, 
Aesch.  Eum.  608. 

Άπενω,  to  scorch  off,  v.  άφενω. 

Άπενωνίζω,  fut.  -ίσω  Att.  -Ζω, 
{άπό,  ενωνίζω)  to  make  cheap,  sell 
cheap,  like  έπενωνίζω,  dub.  in  Luc. 

ΆπέψθΙθον,  V.  sub.  ύποφθίθω. 


ΑΠΕΧ 

Άπεφθος,  ον,  strictly  ύφεφθος, 
(άφέφω)  boiled  down.  άττ.  χρυσός,  re- 
fined gold,  like  Lat.  aurum  coctum, 
Theogn.  449,  Hdt.  1,  50;  νόωρ  ΰπε- 
φθον,  water  purfied  by  boiling,  Alex. 
Pythag.  1. 

Άτϊεχβαίρω,  f.  -ΰρώ  :  aor.  άττήχ- 
θηρα,  (ά— ό,  έχθαίρω)  to  hate  with  all 
one's  heart,  hate  utterly,  τινά,  II.  3,  415. 
— II.  to  make  utterly  hateful,  Ttvt  Ti, 
Od.  4,  105. 

ΆτϊεχΟάνοίΐαι,  f.  -χθήσομαι,  Hdt. 
1,  89:  aor.  u-ηχθόμην,  Horn.,  etc.  : 
pf.  ΰττήχθημαί,  Thuc.  1,  75 ;  2,  63, 
{από,  έχβύνομαι)  : — the  pres.  is  used 
by  Horn,  only  in  Od.  2,  202,  but  also 
by  Plat.  Xen.,  etc. :  cf.  άττέχθομαι : 
άβρ.,=^άπέχθομαι,  to  be  hated  or  treat- 
ed as  an  enemy,  Hom.  :  ούτε  τί  μοι 
■πάς  δι'/μος  άπεχθόμενος  χαλεπαίνει, 
nor  docs  the  people  roused  to  hate  against 
me  distress  me,  Od.  16,  114  :  c.  dat. 
pers.,  to  be  or  become  hateful  to  one, 
incur  his  hate  or  enmity,  Hdt.  1,  89, 
Thuc.  1,  136 ;  c.  dat.  rei,  to  be  hated 
for  a  thing.  Plat.  Apol.  24  A,  cf. 
Thuc.  2,  63.— II.  act.  λόγοι  άπεχθα- 
νόμενοί,  language  that  causes  hatred, 
opp.  to  01  προς  φι/Jav  άγουσι,  Xen. 
Symp.  4,  58. 

'Απέχθεια,  ας,  ή,  {απεχθής)  enmity, 
hatred,  freq.  in  Att.  prose  :  also  in 
plur.  enmities.  Plat.,  and  Dem. : — δι' 
απέχθειας  τινι  ε/.θεΐν,  to  be  hated  by 
one,  Aesch.  Pr.  121 ;  6t  απ.  γί}νεταί 
τι,  it  becomes  hateful,  Xen.  Hier.  9,  2 ; 
cf.  διύ,  A.  III.  2. 

Άπέχθημα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which  is 
hated,  the  object  of  hate,  Eur.  Tro.  425. 

Άπεχθήμων,  ov,  gen.  o^•Of,^sq. 

Απεχθής,  ες,  {άπό,  εχθος)  hateful, 
hostile.  Soph.  Ant.  50.  Adv.  -ϋώς. 
Dem. 

Άπεχθητικός,  ή,  όν,  making  hated : 
in  Arist.  Eth.  E.,  opp.  to  κό?.αξ,  fault- 
finding, snarling. 

Άπέχθομαι,  like  απεχθάνομαι, 
{άπό,  εχθομαι)  to  be  hated  or  hateful : 
— the  indie,  pres.  not  till  Theocr.  7, 
45,  for  in  Eur.  Hipp.  1260,  ύπύχθο- 
μαι  is  now  read  :  the  inf.  άπέχθcσθaι 
is  found  in  II.  21,  83,  Eur.  Med.  290, 
Thuc.  1,  136,  etc.,  but  many  take  this 
to  be  from  απηχθόμην,  aor.  of  απεχ- 
θάνομαι, and  so  it  is  written  απεχ- 
θέσθαι  by  Elmsl.  Med.  1.  c,  cf.  Buttm. 
Catal.  in  v. 

Άπεχΰρόω,  {άπό,  εχνρόω)  to  make 
quite  secure,  represent  as  secure. 

Απέχω,  f.  άφέξω:  aor.  άπεσχον, 
{άπό,  εχΐι))  to  hold  off,  keep  off,  away 
or  far  from  a  person  or  thing,  τινός. 
e.  g.  άπ.  νήανήσων,  Od.  15,  33  :  χεΐ- 
ρας  πάντων  άφέξω  σοι.  Od.  20,  263, 
cf.  Spitzn.  II.  1,  97;— so  too  Hdt., 
and  Att. ;  also  άπό  τίνος,  as  κ/.ηΐδες 
αυχένα  άπ.  ώμων,  the  collar-bone  part- 
td  the  neck  from  the  shoulders.  II.  22, 
324,  so  too  Att.  : — also  παρά  τίνος, 
Eur.  Bacch.  427.  — Mid.  άπέχεσθαι 
χειράς  τίνος,  to  hold  one's  hands  off  a 
person  or  thing,  Od.  22,  316,  which 
in  Aesch.  Eum.  3.50  is  άπέχειν  χεί- 
ρας:— but  usu.  άπέχεσθαι  τίνος,  to 
hold  one's  self  off  a  thing,  withhold,  ab- 
stain, desist  from  it.  e.  g.  εΰνής.  πο/.έ- 
μου,  Horn.,  and  freq.  in  Hdt.,  and 
Att.  :  esp.  to  spare  a  man,  Od.  19, 
489,  cf.  Hdt.  9,  73,  Thuc.  1,  20,  etc.  : 
also  άπέχεσθαι  μη  στηατεϋσαι,  to  ab- 
stain from  marching,  Thuc.  5.  25,  more 
usu.  τον,  c.  inf.,  as  άπ.  τον  σνμβου- 
Τ^εϋειν,  Xen.  Mem.  4,  2,  3  ;  but  also 
ύπ.  TO  μη  c.  hif ,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  6,  32, 
Plat.  Rep.  354  B. — II.  intrans.  to  be 
away  OX  far  from,  C.  gen.  loci,  τής  πό- 
Αεως  oh  ποΆλην  οδον  απέχει,  Thuc. 
6,  97;  more  freq.  ΰ-ό  Βαβυ'λώνος, 


ΑΠΗΜ 

etc.,  Hdt.  1, 179,  etc. : — also  like  mid. 
to  abstain  or  desist  from  a  thing,  τινός, 
Hdt.  1,  07  :  πλείστον  άπ.  του  ποαίν, 
to  be  as  far  as  possible  from  doing,  Xen. 
Mem.  1,  2,  62. — III.  to  have  or  receive 
in  full,  την  άπόκρισιν,  Aeschin.  34, 
35  :  άπ.  μισθόν,  χάριν,  etc.,  to  have  a 
full  reward,  due  thanks,  etc.,  Jac. 
Anth.  2,  3,  p.  243  : — άπ.  άπό  τίνος,  to 
get  one's  due  from  a  person  or  thing. 

Άπ^ψία,  ας,  ή,  {άπεπτος)  indiges- 
tibility,  Arist.  Meteor. 

Άπέψω,  Ion.  for  άόέ-φω,  Hdt. 

Άπέωσε,  3  sing.  aor.  1  act.  from 
άπωθέω,  Od. 

Άπηγέομαι,  άπήγημα,  τό,  άπήγη- 
σις,  ή,  Ion.  for  άφψ/.,  Hdt. 

Άπηγόρενμα,  ατός,  τό,  =:  άπηγό- 
ρημα. 

'Απηγορέω,  =  άπαγορενω,  mid.,  to 
answer  for  one's  self,  προς  τι,  like 
άπο/.ογέομαι,  Arist.  Probl.     Hence 

Άπηγόρημα,  ατός,  τό,  an  answer 
given,  plea,  defence.  Plat.  Legg.  765  B. 

Άπηγορία,  ας,  ή.  Dor.  άπαγ.,=^ 
foreg.,  rind.  Fr.  87,  4,  in  plur. 

Άπήδα'/.ος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  πηδάλ.ιον) 
without  rudder,  Arist.  Inc.  Aniin. 

Άπηθέω,  ώ,  {  άπό,  ΐ/θέω  )  to  strain 
through,  filter,  Ar.  Ran.  943.     Hence 

Άπήθημα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which  is 
strained  OT  filtered  off. 

Άπήκοος,  ov,  {άπό,  ακοή)  disobedi- 
ent, opp.  to  υπήκοος. 

Άπ7ΐκρϊ>3ωμένως,  adv.  part,  perf 
pass,  from  άπακριβόω,  exactly:  spa- 
ringly, Alex.  Syntr.  1,  4,  ubi  v.  Mei- 
neke. 

Άπηκτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  πήγννμι) 
like  άπαγής,  not  fastened,  not  compact : 
not  congealed  or  frozen,  Arist.  Gen. 
An. 

Άπη'λεγέω,  {άπό,  ά7.έγω)  like  άν- 
7]?.εγέω,  to  neglect. 

'Απη?.εγέως,  adv.  from  άπηλ^εγής, 
ές,  without  caring  for  any  thing,  reck- 
lessly, Hom.,  but  only  in  phrase  μν- 
θον  άπ7ΐ?.εγέως  άποειπείν,  to  speak 
out  reckless  of  consequences,  i.  e.  bluntly, 
fearlessly. — II.  in  Alexandr.  writers, 
very  exactly,  carefully,  0Γ  considerately : 
the  adj.  only  in  late  writers.  (The 
prob.  deriv.  from  ά/.έγω,  like  νηλ^ε- 
γής,  άνηλεγής.) 

Άπή/.θον,  aor.  2  of  απέρχομαι. 

Άπηλ.ιαστής,  οϋ,  6,  one  who  keeps 
away  from  the  Ή/Λαία.  and  so  an  ene- 
my to  law,  Ar.  Av.  110,  with  play  on 
ηλΛΟς,  not  fond  of  basking  in  the  sun  : 
opp.  to  φιληλιαστής.  (Like  αντή- 
λιος, άπηλιωτης.  Ion.  for  άφη?.-,  but 
always  used  in  Att.) 

Άπηλΐθιόω,  {άπό,  ήλιθιόω)  to  make 
sttipid.  stultify. 

Άπήλ.ιξ.  Ion.  for  άφηλιξ,  Hdt. 

Ά-ηλιώτης,  ov.  a,  {άπό,  ήλιος) 
sub.  άνεμος,  the  east  wind,  Lat.  swo- 
solanus,  Wessel.  Hdt.  7,  188,  Thuc. 
3,  23.  (Of  Ion.  form,  cf.  άπηλια- 
στής.) 

Άπηλιωτικός,  ή,  ov,from  the  quar- 
ter of  or  towards  the  άπη?Αώτης,  Arist. 
Meteor. 

Άπήμαντος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  πημαίνω) 
unharmed,  unhurt.  Od.  19,  282. — II. 
act. :  έστω  δ'  άπήμαντον,  be  misery 
far  away,  Aesch.  Ag.  378  : — άπ.  βίο- 
τος,  a  life  free  from  misery,  Pind.  0. 8, 
fin. 

Άπήμαντος,  ov,  ό,  Apemantus,  an 
Athenian,  father  of  Eudicus,  Plat. 
Hipp.  Maj.  286  B.— 2.  father  of  Poly- 
critus,  Dem. 

ΆπήμΊροτον,  Ep.  aor.  2  of  άπα- 
μαρτάνω,  Hom. 

'.^πηαελημένως.  adv.  part.  perf. 
pass,  from  άπαμελ.έω,  wholly  neglected. 

Άπημονία,  ας,  ^,=sq.,  Callim.        | 


ΑΠΙΔ 

ΥΑπιιμοσύνη,  ης,  ή,  Apemosyne 
daughter  of  Catreus,  Apolloil. 

Άπημοσύνη,  νς,  ή,  «  being  free  from 
harm,  health,  safety,  Theogn.  756. — IL 
act.  harmlessness :  from 

'Απήμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  {a  priv., 
πήμα)  unharmed,  u?ihurt,  like  άπή- 
μαντος, Hom. :  without  sorrow  or  care, 
άμφί  τι,  about  a  thing,  Pind.  N.  1,  83. 
—  II.  act.  doing  no  harm,  hamdess, 
without  danger,  οίφος,βϋθος,  πομποί, 
Hom. :  hence  kindly,  ΰπνος,  11.  14, 
164  ;  of  the  gods,  propitious,  άπήμων 
κέαρ,  Pind.  P.  10,  33. 

'Απήνεια,  ας,  ή,  the  character  of  an 
απηνής,  harshiiess,  roughness,  Ap.  Rh. 
2,  1204. 

'Απήνεμος,  ov,  {άπό,  άνεμος)  with- 
out wind,  calm. 

'Απήνη,  ης,  ή,  a  four-wheeled  wagon, 
sometimes  used  to  carry  persons, 
mostly  drawn  by  mules,  but  some- 
times by  oxen,  Horn.,  cf.  άμαξα :  later, 
any  carriage,  a  car,  chariot,  Pind..  and 
Trag.  :  ναΐα  άπ.,  a  ship,  Eur.  Med. 
1123.^ — II.  like  ζεύγος,  a  yoke,  pair, 
e.  g.  of  brothers,  Valck.  Phoen.  331. 
(Deriv.  unknown.) 

'Απηνής,  ές,  harsh,  rough,  hard, 
Hom.  :  μηδέν  απηνές,  Ar.  Nub.  974, 
opp.  to  ενηής  and  προςηνής.  (Perh. 
from  άπό  and  έύς,  εήος,  but  cf.  Pott 
Etymol.  Forsch.  1,  255.) 

Άπήνθον.  Dor.  aor.  2  of  απέρχο- 
μαι, for  άπήλθον. 
νΑπγξα,  1  aor.  act.  from  άπαίσσω. 

Άπηόριος,  ov,=  sq. 

Άπήορος,  ov,  {άπό,  α'ιωρέω)  hang- 
ing, hovering  on  high  :  hence  metaph., 
Lat.  suspensHs.  άπάορος  εχθρών,  hang- 
ing in  fear  o/the  enemy  (or,  as  others), 
far  from  them,  Pind.  P.  8,  12  i  :  orig. 
άπήωρος,  q.  v. 

'Απηρής,  ές,  {a  priv.,  πηρός)  un- 
maimed,  Ap.  Rh.  1,  888. 

'Απηρος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  πήρα)  tvith- 
out  a  scrip. —  II.  (a  priv.,  πηρός)  = 
foreg.,  Hdt.  1,  32. 

ΥΑπηρτημένως,  adv.  part.  perf.  pass, 
from  άπαρτάω,  in  dependence  upon,  in 
connection  with,  τούτοις,  Plut.  Moral. 
105  E. 

Άπηρτισμένως,  adv.  part.  perf. 
pass,  from  απαρτίζω,  fully,  completely, 
Dion.  H. 

' Απηρνθριασμένως,  adv.  part.  perf. 
pass,  from  άπερνθριάω,  impudently. 

Άπήρωτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  πηρόω)  not 
maimed. 

Άπηύρων,  άπηύρα,  1  and  3  sing, 
imperf.  Ironi  άπανράω,  Hom. 

Άπήχεια,  ας,  ή,  discord,  dissonance : 
enmity,  Lys.  ap.  Harp. :  from 

'Απηχέω,  {άπηχής)  to  sound  back, 
echo,  Arist.  Probl. — II.  to  be  out  of  tune, 
like  άπάδω.     Hence 

'Απήχημα,  ατός,  τό,  an  after-sound, 
echo :  metaph.  of  repetitions,  Plat. 
Ax.  366  C— II.  discord. 

'Απηχής,  ές,  {άπό,  ήχος)  jarring, 
discordant,  Luc. :  quarrelsome,  Aiciphr.: 
hostile.     Adv.  -χώς. 

Άπήχησις,  εως,  ή.  {άπηχέω) a  sound- 
ing after,  echoing. — II.  discordance. 

Άπήωρος,  ov,  {άπό,  αίωρέω)  hang- 
ing or  hovering  on  high,  Od.  12,  435  : 
later  άπήορος. 

Άπία  '•,ή,  v.  άπιος. 

Άπίά7.λω,{άπό,  Ίύλλ,ω)Τ)οτ.  or  La- 
con,  word  for  αποπέμπω,  Thuc.  5,  77. 
ν.^πιδανενς,  έως  Ion.  ήος,  ό,  an  in- 
habitant of  Apia,  i.  e.  of  the  Pelopon- 
nesus ;  in  pi.  oi  Άπιδανήες,  Αρ.  Rh. 
4,  363. 

ΫΑπιδανός,  ov,  ο.  Ion.  'ΐίπιδανός, 
Apidaiius,  a  river  of  Thessaly  flowing 
into  the  Peneus,  Hdt.  7,  129. 
ΥΑπίδιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  a77tov. 
169 


ΑΠΙΣ 

t'AjriJovef,    ων,    oi,  =  Άττίδανείς, 
Strab. 
ΥΑπιέναι,  pres.  inf.  of  αττιψι,  (ημι) 
Hdt. :  also  Ion.  for  ύφιέΐ'αι,  Hdt. 
νλτηέσθαι,  Ion.  for  ά<ριέσθαί. 

'Χτΐίεσζος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  πίέζώ)  not 
pressed,  not  to  be  pressed,  Arist.  Me- 
teor. 4,  9,  15,  cf  Lob.  Paral.  400. 

Άπίημι,  Ion. /or  ίφίιιμι. 

' ΚττιΟάνος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  πιθανός) 
incredible,  unlikely.  Plat. — II.  act.  not 
readij  to  belir-ve,  incredulous,  Heind. 
Plat.  Parm.  133  B. — HI.  not  persuasive, 
λόγος  ύ-.,  Plat.  Phaedr.  265  Β  :  άττ. 
•κρός  TL,  not  to  be  trusted  or  believed  in 
a  thing,  Aeschin.  28,  12.  Adv.  -νως, 
notpirsuasively,  coarsely,  rudely,  Isocr. 
87  D.     Hence 

Άττιθΰνότης,  ητος,  ή,  unlikeliness, 
αιτίας,  Aeschin.  36,  23  :  want  of  per- 
suasii^eness,  Joseph. 

Άτΰθέω.ώ,ί.-ήσω,  (α  priv.,  τήθω) 
poet,  for  ΰττειβέω,  τινί,  oft.  in  Horn., 
but  always  with  υνκ,  in  the  phrase, 
OVK  άτΓίθητε  μνθφ,  he  disobeyed  not  the 
words:  once  c.  gen.,  H.  Horn.  Cer. 
448. 

Άτϊΐθής,  ες, poet,  for  άπειθής,  Anth. 

Άττίθυντήρ,  τ/ρος,  ό,  a  restorer,  re- 
former, Anth. :  from  , 

Ά-ΐθύνω,=  άττενθννω,  Anth. 

Άττίκμύω,  ώ,  ΐ.  -ήσω.  [ΰττό,  ίκμύω) 
to  winnow,  thresh  out,  σίτον,  Theophr. 

Άτηκνέομαι,  Ion.  for  άφίκν.,  Hdt. 

ΆτΓίκρος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  πικρός)  not 
bitter,  Arist.  Virt.  et  Vit. 

Ά.πίκρόχο7.ος,  ov,  [ύπικρος,  χο7.ή) 
without  bitter  gall,  not  easily  provoked. 

'.^-ύ.ητός.  όν,  [a  priv.,  πι7.έω)  not 
to  be  pressed  close,  i.  e.  either  incom- 
pressible or  elastic,  Arist.  Meteor.  4, 
9,  23,  cf  Lob.  Paral.  460. 

Άπίλλο),  V.  άπείλ'λω. 

Άπίμελ/'/ς,  ες,  (α  priv.,  πιμελή) 
without  fat,  not  fat. 

Άπίμελος,  oi',=  foreg.,  Arist.  H.  A. 

Άπϊνής,  ες,  (a  priv.,  πίνας)  without 
dirt,  clean. 

Άπΐνύσσω,  (a  priv.,  πινντός)  to  he 
without  understanding,  work  folly,  Od. : 
Kf/p  ιϊηΐννϋπων,  one  who  has  lost  his 
wits.  11.  15,  10. 

Άπιξις,  εως,  ή.  Ion.  for  ύφιξις, 
Hdt.  1,  69. 

ί'ΑτΓίολα,  ης,  η,  Apiola,   a  city  of 
the  Volsci,  Strab. 

Άπιον,  ov,  TO,  {ύπιος)  a  pear.  Plat. 
Legg.  845  B. — 11.  like  Lat.  apium, 
parsley. 

Άπιος,  ov,  ή,  a  pear-tree,  Theophr.: 
also  a  pear  itself,  Ar.  Fr.  476,  3,  cf 
Meineke  ad  Ale.x.  Brett.  1.  —  II.  a 
kind  of  Euphorbia,  perh.  the  sun- 
epurge,  Theojthr. 

Άπιος,  ίη,  lov,  (from  άπό,  as  uv- 
τίος,  from  ϊιντί)  far  aivay,  far  off,  far, 
έξ  ύπίης  γαίης,^οηι  a  far  land,  II.  1, 
270.  Od.  16,  18,  and  Soph.  O.  C.  1685. 
— II.  "Κπιος,  ία,  lov.  Apian,  i.  e.  Pe- 
loponnesian.  said  to  be  so  called  from 
Apis,  a  mythical  king  of  Argos,  hence 
Άπία  γη,  χθων,  or  Άπία  alone,  the 
Peloponnesus,  esp.  Argolis.  Aesch.,  cf. 
esp.  Suppl.  262,  sq. :  also  Άπίς,  ioor, 
ή.  Theocr.  25,  183.  [The  former 
word  has  a.  the  latter  a,  yet  Soph. 
1.  c.  uses  it  in  signf  I.  with  ά :  late 
Ep.  poets  have  it  in  signf  II.  with  a, 
Buttm.  Lexil.  v.  Άπίη  γαία."] 

ΆπΙπήω,  ^.{ΰπό,  Ιττόω)  to  press, 
squeeze  out,  Hdt.  2.  94. 

Άπίς.  ιης,  ό,  Apis,  a  bull  worship- 
ped in  Earypt.  the  Greek  Epaphos, 
Hdt.  2.  153. — 2.  son  of  Phoroneus, 
an  ancient  king  of  .\rgos.  v.  Άπιος 
ΤΙ. — 3.  son  of  Apollo,  .\esch.  Supp. 
9£2. — 4.  a  son  of  Jason,  Paus.  5,  1,  8. 
170 


ΑΠΙΣ 

—5.  a  city  of  Aegypt,  Hdt.  2,  18.— 
II.  Άπίς,  cf  άπιος  II.  [άπίς,  Jac. 
A.  P.  p.  673.] 

ν.^,πισύων,  όνος,  ό,  Apisaon,  son  of 
Phausius,  11.  11,  578. — 2.  a  Paeonian, 
son  of  Hippasus,  II.  17,  348.    [^u] 

Άπΐσόω,ώ,{ά~ό,ισύω)  to  make  equal 
OTeven,  Hdt.  4,  196. 

Άπίσσωτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  πισσόω) 
unpitched. 

Άπιστέο),  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  be  άπιστος, 
and  so — 1.  to  disbelieve,  distrust,  άσιώΐ 
a  person  or  thing,  τι,  Od.  13,  339 : 
later  usu.  τινί,  as  Hdt.  1,  158,  and 
Att :  άπ.  τινί  τι,  to  disbelieve  one  in  a 
thing,  Hdt.  3,  122,  περί  τίνος,  4,  96 : 
c.  inf ,  οί'κ  ΰπιστώ  σ'  οΐμώξαι.  I  doubt 
not  thou  hast  bewailed.  Soph.  Aj.  910; 
άττ.  ^7/  είναι,  not  to  believe  that  it  is, 
Thuc.  4,  40;  άπ.  μη  γενέσθαι  τι,  to 
doubt  that  it  will  be,  Thuc.  1,  10,  cf 
Plat.  Polit.  301  C  :  but,  άπ.  μη  or  μη 
ου  γένηταί  τι,  to  suspect  it  icill  happen. 
Plat.  Rep.  555  A,  Meno  89  D:  άπ. 
πώς.  Id.  Phaed.  73  Β  :  absol.  to  be 
unbelieving  or  distrustful  Or  incredulous, 
Hdt.  8,  82,  etc.  Pass,  to  be  distrusted 
or  doubted,  Thuc,  etc. :  esp.  foil,  by 
μή  c.  inf,  το  επιτήδευμα  άπιστείται 
μη  δνΐ'ατόν  είναι,  is  not  believed  to  be 
possible,  is  belia:ed  to  he  impossible, 
Plat.  Legg.  839  C,  cf.  Charm.  168  Ε  ; 
and  so  ace.  to  some  in  Hdt.  3,  15,  ει 
ήπιστήθη  μή  πο7.νπρηγμονειν .  if  he 
had  not  been  believed  to  be  meddling, 
i.  e.  unless  he  had  been,  where  others 
take  it  to  be  from  επίσταμαι,  v.  In- 
terpp. — II.  ^άπειθέω,  to  disobey,  τινί, 
Hdt.  6,  108,  ubi  Valck.,  Soph.  Ant. 
219,  etc.  ;  absol.  to  be  disobedient, 
Plat.  Legg.  941  C. 

Άπίστημι,  Ion.  for  άψίστημι,  Hdt. 

Άπιστητέον,  verb.  adj.  from  άπι- 
στέω,  one  must  mistrust,  Polyb. 

Άπιστητικός,  ή,  όν,  (άπιστέω)  un- 
believing, incredulous,  Anton. 

Απιστία,  ας,  h,  {άπιστος)  disbelief, 
distrust.  Hes.  Op.  370  in  plnr.,  The- 
ogn.  829,  etc. :  άπιστίαν  έχειν,  to  be 
in  doubt,  εις  άπ.  καταβαλεϊν,  to  inake 
doubtful.  Plat. :  also  of  things.  πο7'Αά.ς 
απιστίας  έχει,  it  admits  of  7nany 
doubts,  Id.  Rep.  450  C  ;  εΙς  άπ.  κατα- 
πίπτειν,  to  fall  into  doubt.  Id.  Phaed. 
88  D :  άπιστίαν  β7.έπειν,  Eupol.  In- 
cert.  22. — IT.  want  of  faith,  faithless- 
ness, unbelief,  Soph.'O.  C.  611,  Plat. 
Gorg.  493  C  :  treachery,  Xen.  An.  2, 
5,  21.  {απιστίη  in  Theogn.  1.  c, 
otherwise  Γά.] 

Άπιστόκορος,  unbelieving.  Or.  Sib. 

'Κπιστος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  πίστις) — I. 
pass.,  7ίοί  to  be  trusted,  and  so — I.  of 
persons,  not  trusty,  faithless,  II.,  and 
Att. :  also,  distrusted,  s^ιspected,  Hdt. 
8,  22. — 2.  of  things,  not  credible,  im- 
probable, first  in  Archil.  16,  5,  Hdt.  3, 
80,  and  freq.  in  Att. :  το  ελπίδων  άπι- 
στον=^το  υπό  των  έ7^πίδων  άπιστη- 
θέν,  what  one  cannot  believe  even  in  hope. 
Soph.  Phil.  868:  &]50 uncertain,  change- 
ful. Plat.  Legg.  705  A,  775  D.— II. 
act.  not  believing  Or  trusting,  mistrustful, 
Od.,  Hdt.  1,  8.  etc.,  cf  Valck.  Hdt.  6, 
108  :  άπιστος  εΐ  σαυτώ,  you  do  not  be- 
lieve what  you  say.  Plat.  Apol.  26  E. 
— 2.  not  obeying,  disobeying,  τινός, 
Aesch.  Theb.  875,  τινί.  lb.  1030,  Eur. 
I.  T.  1476.  Adv.  -τως. — 1.  act.  sus- 
piciously, jealou.ily,  Thuc.  3,  83. — 2. 
pass,  beyond  belief,  Thuc.  1,  21. 

Άπιστοσύνη,  ης,  ή,=άπιστία,  Eur. 
Med.  423. 

Άπισχναίνω,  {άπό,  Ισχναίνω)  to 
make  lean  or  thin,  Arist.  Probl.  Hence 

Άπισχναντΐον,^ο.χΥι.  adj.,  one  must 
make  lean,  Arist.  Probl. 

Άπισχνόω,— άπισχναίνω,  Hipp. 


ΑΠΛΕ 

Άπισχνρίζομαι,  fut.  -ίσο/ίΐαι,  Att. 
ΐονμαι,  iiep.  mid.,  (άπό,  ισχυρίζομαι) 
to  oppose  firmly,  give  a  fat  denial,  προς 
Tiva,  Thuc.  Γ,  140  — II.  to  holdfast  to 
a  thing,  keep  to  or  persist  in.  τινός. 

Άπίσχω,  poet,  form  of  απέχω,  Ιο 
keep  far  away,  Od.  11,  95. 

Άπίσωσις,  εως,  ή,  (ΰπισόω)  a  mak- 
ing equal. 

Άπΐτέον,  verb.  adj.  of  άπειμι,  one 
must  go  away,  Xen.  An.  5,  3,  1. 

Άπίτης,  b,  {άπιον)  sub.  οίνος, 
perry,   [j] 

Άπιτητέον,  plur.  a,  verb.  adj.  from 
ίπειμι,=^άπιτέον,  Luc. 

Άπίττωτος,  ov,  Att.  for  άπίσσω- 
τος- 

Άπιχθυόω,ώ.(.-ώσω,  {άπό.  Ιχθύς) 
to  ?nake  into  fish  ;  as  pass,  to  become  a 
fish,  Stob. 

Άπιχθνς,  ν,  gen.  νος,  {άπό,  ιχθύς) 
without  fish,  eating  no  fish,  like  άπό• 
σίτος,  Ar.  Fr.  480. 

Άπίων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  (α  priv., 
πίων)  not  fat.  [t] 

Άπ7ιαγκτος,  ον,^=άπ7.ανής. 

Άπ7ιαι,  ων,  ai,  (strictly  fern,  from 
άπλυνς)  Laconian  single-soled  shoes, 
Dem.  1267,  25._ 

Άπληκέω,  άπλακία,  etc.,  v.  sub 
άμπ7Μκέω. 

Άπλύκονντος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  ττλα- 
κονς)  without  cakes.  Plat.  (Com.) 
Poet.  1. 

Άπλύνεια,  ας,  ή,  constancy,  un- 
changeableness  [a]  :  from 

Άπ7Μνής,  ες,  {a  priv.,  π7ίάνη)  not 
wandering  or  changeful,  fi^ed,  Plat.  : 
in  astron.  opp.  to  π7.ανήτης. — II.  not 
erring,  without  mistake. 

ΥΑπλανησία,  ας,  ή,  a  not  wandering 
or  erring,  security,  certainty,  Sext. 
Emp.  :  from 

Άπ7Ανητυς,  ov,  {a  priv.,  ττλαΐ'άω) 
not  gone  astray,  without  mistake,   [rt] 

Ά.π7.αστία,  ar,  ή,  sincerity.  Plat. 
Def  412  Ε  :  from 

Άπ7.αστος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  ττλάσσω) 
not  moulded,  unshapen  :  hence  in  its 
natural  state,  genuine,  sincere.  Adv. 
-τως.  Plat.  Ep.  319  B.— Π.  also  usu. 
taken  as  ^=άπ7ΜΤ0Γ,  monstrous,  huge, 
V.  1.  Hes.  Op.  147,  f  h.  151,  Soph.  Fr. 
350 :  if  in  this  signf  also  it  be  not 
better  referred  to  πλάσσω,  shapeless, 
monstrous,  like  Lat.  inforrnis :  cf. 
άπλατος,  άπ7.ηστος.     Only  poet. 

Άπλυτης,  ές,  (α  priv.,  π7.άτος) 
without  breadth,  γραμμή,  Arist.  Org. 

Άπ7ΜΤος,  ov,  Ion.  άπ7.τ}τος,  (a 
priv.,  ΤΓίλύω)  for  άπέ7ΜΤθς,  unap- 
proachable, but  always  like  άαπτος, 
with  collat.  notion  of  terrible  :  hence 
monstrmis,  huge,  Hes.  Op.  147,  Th. 
151,  where  Gottling  takes  the  v.  1. 
άπλαστος,  observing  that  άπλατος 
would  be  in  Ep.  άπ7.ητος,  but  v. 
Buttm.  Catal.  voc.  πε/.ύζω :  άπλ. 
πϋρ,  όφις,  Ύύόων,  Pind. ;  7.έων,  αίσα, 
Soph. :  cf.  Elmsl.  and  Herm.  Med. 
149,  also  V.  άπλαστος,  άπλετος, 
άπ7.ηστος.     Only  poet. 

Άπλεκτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  π7Ικω)  un 
woven,  unplaited,  χαίτη,  Anth. 

Άπλετομεγέθι/ς,  ες,  (άΰλετοΓ,  μέ- 
γεθος) unapproachably  great,  also  άπ- 
λύτομεγέθης. 

Άπλετος,  ov,  collat.  form  of  «ττλα- 
τος,  άπλητος,  unapproachable,  and  so 
huge,  monstrous,  frightful,  Pind. : 
mostly  in  poets,  when  the  penult  is 
to  be  short,  but  also  in  Ion.  and  Att. 
prose.  Hdt.  1,  215,  cf.  Heind.  Plat. 
Soph.  246  C. 

Άπ7.ενρος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  π7ενρύ) 
without  sides  or  ribs.  a~7,.  στήθος,  a 
narrow  chest,  Arist.  Physiogn. 

Άπ7^ενστος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  πλέω)  not 


ΑΠΛΟ 

navigable,  not  navigated:  το  άπ?..,  a 
ρ  irt  of  the  sea  not  yet  navigated,  Xen. 
Cyr.  6,  1,  16. 

Άττλήγιοζ,  ov,  in  a  single  garment : 
in  genl.  =ά7τλοϋς,  Eupol.  Pol.  27  Β  : 
from 

Ά-7.ηγίς,  ίδος,  ή,  sub.  χ7,αΐνα, 
{ΰττ/.ονς)  a  single  upper  garmetU.  OX 
cloak,  like  ΰττλοΐς,  opp.  to  δί.7ζ'ληγίς, 
Αγ.  Fr.  149. 

Ά-7.ηθής,  ες,  (α  priv.,  -πΖ-ήθος)  not 
full,  opp.  to  εϋττ/.ηθής. 

'Α~/,ηκτος,  ov,  [a  priv.,  ττλί/σσω) 
unslricken  :  oi  a  horse,  needing  no  whip 
oi  spur,  Eupol.  Pol.  2.  Plat.  Phaedr. 
253  D.  cf.  Pind.  O.  1,  33. 

Άπλήξ,  ηγος,  6, 7),=foreg.,  Luc. 

Ά7Τ?.ήρωτος.  ov,  (a  priv.,  πληρόω) 
not  to  be  filled,  not  filled,  insatiable, 
Luc.    Adv.  --(jf. 

Ά—?.ησίασΓος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  ττλη- 
σιά^ω)^ά~?.ατος. 

'Χπληστεύομαι,  dep.,  to  be  ά-?^η- 
στος. 

Άττληστία,  ας,  ή,  insatiate  desire, 
Pherecr.  Incert.  6,  and  Plat. 

Ά-/ι>'/στοινος,  ov,  {ά~ληστος,  οί- 
νος) insatiate  in  wine,  Timon  ap.  Alh. 
424  B. 

Άπληστόκοβος,  ov,  insatiate,  Or. 
Sib. 

Ά-?^ηστος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  πίμπ?.ημί) 
not  to  be  filled  up,  insatiate,  immense, 
huge,  and  so  oft.  confounded  with 
άτν/Μστος,  άπλατος,  Elrnsl.  and 
Herni.  Med.  149 :  c.  gen.,  άττλ.  χρη- 
μάτων, αίματος,  insatiate  of  money, 
blood,  Hdt.  1,  187,  212,  and  so  in 
Trag.     Adv.  -τως. 

'Χ-7.ητος,  ov.  Ion.  for  ύ-λατος, 
Ruhnk.  H.  Horn.  Cer.  83,  Hes. 

Ά-'/.όη.  ης,  ή.=ά-λότης. 

Άττλόθρίξ,  τρΐχος,  ό,  ή,  [ύττλοϋς, 
θρίζ)  of  or  with  plain,  untrimmed  hair. 

Άπ/Χ)ΐα,  ή.  Ion.  α-7.οίη,  (urrAoff) 
bad  lime  fiir  sailing,  difficulty  or  iinpos- 
sibility  of  sailms,  Aesch.  Ag.  168,  Eur. 
I.  A.  88:  also  in  p\ur.,  contrary  winds, 
stress  ofuealher,  Ildt.  2.  119. 

Ά—λοίζομαι,  dep.  mid.,  {ά~7ιθΰς) 
to  behave  simply,  deal  openly  OT  frankly , 
προς  τους  όί7.ονς,  Xen.  Mem.  4,  2, 18. 

Ά~7.οϊκός,  ή,  όν,  like  an  άιτλονς, 
fit  or  proper  for  him. — ΙΙ.^άτΐληϋς, 
sirnple,  natural,  plain.  Phintys  ap. 
Stob.  p.  444.     Adv.  -κώς. 

Άπλοίς.  ίδος,  ij,  simple :  esp.  as 
subst.,  a  single  garment :  Horn,  com- 
bines tt7r?.oi(}efjAairai,=a-?i,??}'idff. 

Ά-7.όκΰμος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  ττλόκα- 
μος)  without  braids  or  tresses,  with  un- 
braided  hair,  Anth.  {ΰ~7.όκαμος  is 
not  Greek.) 

Ά-λο/cof,  ov  (a  priv.,  π7.έκω)  = 
άτϊ/.εκτος,  zmwoven,  unplatted,  Opp. 

Ά~7.οκ.ύων,  gen.  κννός,  b,  nick- 
name of  Antisthenes,  plain,  blunt 
Cynic,  downright  dog  in  manners,  etc., 
Diog.  L.  6,  13.  [ϋ] 

Ά—7.όος,  όη,  όον,  contr.  ά—λονς.ή, 
οΰν.  like  Lat.  simplex,  onefold,  opp.  to 
δίπ7.όος,  Lat.  duplex,  two-fold,  and  so 
— 1.  single,  οιμος,  Aesch.  Fr.  222,  τεί- 
χος, Thuc,  etc. :  hence  simple,  plain, 
α~λΰ  της  ά7^ηθείας  ε~η,  άτΓ7,οΰς  ό 
μϋθος,  etc.,  Aesch.,  etc.  :  κέ7<.ενθοί 
ζωας,  Pmd.  Ν.  8,  61 :  άττ/ώ  7.όγω.  in 
plain  language,  speaking  plainly.  Plat., 
etc.  :  so  too  of  men,  simple,  open, 
frank,  sincere.  Plat.,  etc.,  cf.  Ruhnk. 
Tim.  V.  δι~7.όος:  also  simple,  silly. — 
3.  simple,  opp.  to  compound  or  mixed, 
Plat.  Rep.  547  D.  etc. ;  hence,  sim- 
ple, downright,  absolute,  sheer,  δημο- 
κρατία. Plat.,  συμφορά,  Lys.,  etc. 
Adv.  -πΤ,ώς,  q.  v.,  freq.  in  all  these 
signfs.  Compar.  and  super.  ύ-τΐ7.ού- 
στερος,  άηλονστατος,  Plat.    (Prob. 


ΑΠΟ 

from  άμα,  all  together,  in  one  way,  just 
as  Lat.  simplex,  from  siimd:  always 
opp.  to  δί~7.όος,  duplex,  in  two  ways.) 

Ά~7.οος,  ov,  contr.  ά777.ονς,  ovv, 
{a  priv.,  ττλεω)  not  scaling,  and  so — I. 
act.,  of  ships,  unfit  for  sea,  not  sea- 
worthy, νανς  άτλοΐ'ζ•  τζοίείν,  Thuc.  7, 
34  ;  νήες  α~7.οι  έγένοντο,  lb.  Com- 
par., less  fit  for  sea.  Id.  7,  60 — 2.  of 
men,  never  having  been  at  sea. —  II. 
pass.,  of  rivers,  etc.,  not  navigable. 

Άττ/.οπύθεία,  ας,  ή,  a  simply  pas- 
sive state.  Sext.  Emp. :  from 

ΆτΓ/.Οηΰθί/ς,  ές,  {ά7τ7.ούς,  ττύθος) 
being  simply  passive,  Sest.  Emp. 

'Απλός,  ή,  όν,  poet,  for  άπ7.όος, 
like  διτϊΜς  for  δι-7.όος. 

'Ατΐ7.οσύνη,  ης,  7],=  άπ7Μτης. 

'Α7τ7.οσχήμων,  ον,  genit.  όνος, 
(άττλοϊ'ζ•,  σχήμα)  of  simple  form,  fig- 
ure, or  manners,  Strab. 

Ά-λότης,  7]τος,  ή,  {ΰ-7.ονς)  like 
Lat.  simplicitas,  simplicity,  Plat.  Rep. 
404  E. — 2.  plainness,  frankness,  Xen. 
Cyr.  1,  4,  3  :  stupidity,  silliness. 

'Απλούς,  ή,  ovv,  contr.  for  άπλόος, 
q.  V. 

Ά7Γ?νθυζ•.  ovv,  contr.  for  U7r?,oof ,  q.  v. 

'Απλούστερος,  απλούστατος, convp. 
and  superl.  from  άπ7.οϋς. 

Άπ/Μυτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  πλούτος) 
without  riches.  Soph.  Fr,  718. 

Ά~λόω,  (ΰπ/Μϋς)  to  ?nake  single, 
to  unfold,  ιστία,  Herm.  Orph.  814. 

Άπ/.νσία,  ας,  ή.  {<1π7.ντος)  the  state 
of  an  ΰπ/Λ'Τος,  fillhiiiess,  Anth. 

Άπ/νσίας,ον,ό. σπόγγος, a  sponge, 
so  called  from  its  dirty  gray  colour, 
Arist.  H.  N. 

Άπ7Λτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  π/.ύνω)  un- 
wnshen.  filthy,  dirty,  like  άλοντος, 
Pherecr.  Incert.  3. 

"Απ7Μμα,  ατός,  τό,  (άττλόω)  that 
which  is  unfolded. — II.  an  unfolding. 

Άπϊ,ώς,  adv.  from  άπ7.ούς,  Lat. 
simpliciter,  simply,  plainly,  openly. 
Plat.  :  usu.  simply,  absolutely,  ύπ7.ώς 
αδύνατον,  Thuc.  3,  45,  των  νεών  κα- 
τέδυ  ουδεμία  άπ7.ώς,  Id.  7,  34 :  but 
esp.  άπ/.ώς  7.έγειν  and  ειπείν.  Plat. ; 
also  strengthd.  ύπ7.ώς  όντως,  Heind. 
Gorg.  468  Β  :  in  bad  sense,  opp.  to 
ακρι3ως,  loosely,  superficially,  Wytt. 
Ep.  Cr.  p.  169. 

Άπ7Μ)τος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  π/Ιώω)  not 
navigated. 

Άπνεής,  ες,  ( a  priv.,  ττνέω )  = 
ύπνοος ;  said  to  mean  violently  blow- 
ing, in  Antip.  Sid.  5. 

Άπνεύματος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  πνεύμα) 
not  blown  through,  without  wind  or  cur- 
rent of  air.  Arist.  Probl. 

'Απνευστί,  adv.  of  ύπνενστος,  with- 
out breathing,  Arist.  Probl.  :  without 
fetching  breath,  at  one  breath,  Dem. 
328,  12. 

Άπν0υστία,  ας,  ή,  {άπνευστος)  a 
holding  of  the  breath,  not  breathing, 
Arist.  Probl. 

Άπνενστίάζω,  f.  -άΰω,  to  hold  the 
breath.  Arist.  Probl. 

"Απνευστος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  ττνέω) 
without  breath,  breathless,  Od.  5,  456  : 
hence  lifeless. — II.  act.  stopping  the 
breath,  stifling,  rorrof,  Theophr.  Adv. 
-τως,  Plut.  :  also  απνευστί,  q.  v. 

Άπνοια,  ας,  η,  a  calm,  Polyb.  : 
from 

"ΑτΓΐΌΟζ•,  ov,  contr.  ύπνους,  ovv, 
(a  priv.,  τΓΐ'έω)  without  wind  or  breath: 
hence  —  I.  breathless,  Theopomp. 
(Com.)  Incert. 9  :  and  so  lifeless,  dead. 
— II.  without  air,  stifling,  opp.  to  εν- 
πνοος. 

'.\ΠΟ',  Prep.  c.  gen.  ONLY,=  Lat. 
AB.  ABS,  Sanscr.  ΑΡΑ  ;  orig. 
sense,  from,  whether  a  place,  or  a 
time,  or  any  object,  from  which  a 


ΑΠΟ 

[  thing  goes  forth,  is  derived,  or  parted. 
I  — I.  of  place,  the  Hrst,  and  in  Horn., 
I  the  prevailing  signf., —  1.  implying 
I  motion  from,  away  from,  as  αγειν  ΰπ' 
\  ακτής,  Od. :  pleonast.  ΰ,πο  Ύροίηθεν, 
ι  uTf  ονρανόθεν,  Horn.,  stronger,  έκ- 
1  τος  από.  II.  10,  151  :  oft.  with  signf. 
oi  dou-n  from,  άψαμένη  βρόχον  ύπό 
με7.ύβρον,  so  that  it  hangs  down  from, 
Od.  1 1 ,  278  :  so  οι  μεν  ΰφ'  ϊππων,  οΐ 
δ'  από  νηών  έπιβάντες,  II.  15,  386  ; 
and  Att.,  άπο  νεών  πεζομαχεΐν,Ύίιαο. 
7,  62,  θηρενείν  αφ'  'ίππων,  Xen.  :  in 
II.  24,  725,  ύ— '  αιώνος  νέος  ώ/.εο  im- 
plies leaving,  going  away  from  life. — 2. 
without  motion  implied, /ar/rom,  as 
μένων  άπό  ής  ΰλόχοιο,  II.  2,  292, 
κεκρνμμένος  άπ'  ά7^7.ων,  Od.  23,  110: 
άπ'  όφθα/.αών,  ουατος,  out  of  sight, 
hearing,  Horn.  :  hence  arro  θυμού, 
σκοπού,  δόξης,  έ7.-ίδων,  different  from, 
at  variance  with,  άπό  ανθρωπείου  τρό 
που,  Thuc.  1,  76:  hence  perh.  also, 
σπεύδειν  άπό  βυτήρος,  far  from,  i.  e. 
without  bridle.  Soph.  O.  C.  900: 
strengthd.  τή7.ε  άπό,  νόσφιν  άττό, 
Hom. — II.  of  time,  a  rarer  usage, 
from,  after,  since,  Hom.  only  in  II.  8, 
54,  άπό  δείπνου  θωρήσσοντο,  and 
seldom  in  Ep.,  v.  Spitzn.  1.  c. :  some- 
times in  Trag.,  most  freq.  in  prose, 
as  άπό  δείπνου  γενέσθαι,  Hdt.  1, 126; 
2,  78,  cf.  εκ  II.  2  :  also  άπό  δείπνου 
alone,  1,  133  :  τό  άπό  τούτου,  πέμ- 
πτη ήμέρ-tj  άπό  τούτων,  etc.,  Hdt.  : 
άο'  ημέρας,  Lat.  de  die,  άπό  νμκτός, 
Lat.  de  uocte,  immediately  from  the  be- 
ginning of  it,  Xen.,  cf.  Lat.  ab  hoc 
sermone  profectus  Paulus,  Liv.  22,  40. 
— III.  of  origin  of  all  kinds,  as, — 1.  of 
descent,  birth,  ovK  άπό  δρνός  ονό'  άπό 
πέτρης,  not  sprung  from  oak  or  rock, 
Od.  19, 163 ;  άπό  πατρός,  by  the  father, 
etc. :  hence  of  the  place  one  springs 
from,  one's  home,  as  ίπποι  ποταμού 
άπό  'Σε7.7.τιεντος,\\.•.  είς  άπό  Σπάρ- 
της, α  Spartan,  Soph.  :  and  so  also 
of  things,  κά7//.ος  άπό  Χαμίτωι,  beau- 
ty snch  as  the  Graces  give,  Od.  6,  18: 
μήδεα  άπό  θεών,  counsels  devised  by 
the  gods,  ό  ά— ό  τών  πο7.εμίων  φόβος, 
fear  which  the  enemy  inspires,  stron- 
ger than  ό  πο7.εμίων  όόβος,Χβη.,  etc. 
— 2.  of  the  means  or  instrument,  as 
άπό  βιοϊο  πέφνεν,  vyith  arrow  from 
his  bow,  II.  24,  605,  and  ά— ό  χειρός 
έβλητο,  II.  11,675:  so  άτό  γλώσσης, 
by  word  of  mouth,  Thuc.  7,  10  ;  so 
άπό  στόματος.  Plat.  Theaet.  142  D  ; 
άπό  γνώμης,  like  Lat,  ex  animo, 
Aesch.  Eum.  674  ;  sometimes  with  a 
verb,  where  υπό  might  stand,  as  τα. 
ά~ό  τίνος  γενόμενα,  the  things  done 
on  his  part.  Schw.  Hdt.  7,  130  ;  so 
έπράχθη  άπ'  αυτού  ονδέν,  Thuc.  1. 
17. — 3.  of  the  cause  or  occasion,  as  άπό 
δικαιοσύνης,  on  account,  by  reason  of, 
Hdt.  :  τ7^)μων  άπ"  εντό7.μον  φρενός, 
in  consequence  of.  Aesch.  Ag.  1302 ; 
sometimes  strengthd.  by  ένεκα,  as 
όσον  από  βοής  ένεκα,  as  far  as  shout- 
ing went,  Thuc.  8,  92,  cf.  Xen.  Hell. 
2,  4,  31,  Kiihner  Gr.  Gr.  ^  618,  fin.— 
4.  of  the  7naterial  of  which  a  thing  is 
made,  as  άπό  ξν7.ου  πεποιημένα, 
made  of  wood,  Hdt.  7,  65 :  hence  of 
weight,  στέφανος  άπό  ταλάντων  έξή- 
κοντα,  Dem.  256,  24 ;  or  measure, 
άπό  σταδίων  τετταράκοντα,  forty 
stadia  long,  etc. :  hence  periphr.  for 
the  genit.,  ai  Ιπποι  ai  άπό  τον  άρμα- 
τος, Hdt.  4,  8. — 5.  of  dependence  on  a 

chief,  as  οι  άπό  ΤΙλΑτωνος :  hence 
οι  άπό  'Ακαδημίας,  στοάς,  and  still 
more  loosely,  oi  άπό  της  σκηνής,  τοϋ 
7.όγον.  Perhaps  to  this  may  be  re- 
ferred the  partitive  use  of  άπό.  as 
αίσ'  άπό  /.ηΐδοο,  a  share  of  the  spoiL 

in 


ΑΠΟΒ 

Od.  5,  40,  ά-ηίυει  ΰ.τό  των  καλττί- 
δων,  Λι•.  Lys.  539.  Also  the  phrases 
άπο  σ~ουύ>/ς=^στνονδαίως,  11.  ;  άττο 
φανεμοϋ=^φαιημώς,  ά~υ  του  αυτομά- 
του, etc. — Β.  As  ADVEKB,  without 
case  :  far  away  :  but  almost  always 
with  verbs  in  tmesis,  as  lldt.  8,  89. — 
C.  In  compos. — 1.  from,  asunder,  as 
ύττο'/.ύίο,  άποτίμνυ  :  ami  hence  away 
from,  as  ά/Γοο'άλλω,  ur:o;Jnivtj. —  2. 
ceasing  from,  leaving  off,  as  άτταλγέω, 
ΰποκτ/όέω,  άποβρίζω :  and  hence, 
finishing,  completing,  making  Irom  un- 
lormed  materials,  or  from  some  other 
state  inlo  a  thing,  απεργάζομαι,  άιταν- 
όβόυ. — 3.  back  again,  as  αποδίδωμι, 
ά7ΓΟπ?.ηνς,  though  it  often  only 
strengthens  the  signf.  of  the  simple, 
V.  Herm.  Soph.  Aj.  '.ilO. — 4.  by  way 
of  abii.^e,  as  in  άποκαλέω. — 5.  almost 
=La  priv.,  yet  not  precisely,  v.  Herm. 

I.  T.  925  :  sometimes  with  verbs,  as 
άπανδάω,  απαγορεύω  :  more  freq. 
with  adjectives,  άποχρήματος.  από- 
σίτος,  [άπο,  but  sometimes  in  the 
old  Ep.  0  in  arsis  was  lengthd.,  when 
followed  by  a  liquid,  by  d,  or  the  di- 
gamma  :  so  Att.  before  ^  :  later  poets 
in  these  cases  wrote  άπαί,  Spitzner 
Vers.  Her.  p.  52.  The  first  syllable 
long  only  in  certain  polysyllabic  com- 
pounds, as  άπονέεσΟαι.] 

"Απο,  anastroph.  for  άπό,  when  it 
follows  its  noun.  Some  Gramm.  ac- 
centuate it  so  in  signf.  1.  2,  far  from, 
Schaf.  Greg.  p.  210. 

Άποαίνυμαί.  poet,  for  άπαίννμαί, 
to  take  away,  hike  off,  Hom.  13,  2G2. 

Άποαιρέομαι,  poet,  for  άφαφέομαι, 

II.  1,  230. 

'Χποΰφύσσω,  f.  -ΰ^ω,  aor.  1  ϊιποή- 
όϋσα,  (άπό,  αφνσσω)  to  draw  off,  Eu- 
phor.  72. 

Άπό/ία,  Att.  imperat.  aor.  2  act. 
for  άποβ7]βι  of  αποβαίνω. 

Άποβάδιζω,  fut.  Att.  -Ιώ,  (άπό,  βα- 
δίζω) to  go  away,  Ar.  Fr.  400. 
ΥΧποβάθ/ιοι,  ων,   ol,  Apobathmi,  a 
spot  in  Argolis,  near  Lerna,  Pans.  2, 
38,  4. 

'Αποβάθρα,  ας,  ή,  a  way  for  coming 
down  from,  esp.  steps  or  a  ladder  for 
descending  from  a  ship,  the  gangway, 
Soph.  Fr.  364. — II.  as  pr.  n.  Apoba- 
thra.  a  place  near  Sestus,  Strab. 

'Αποβαίνω,  fut.  -β//σομαι:  aor.  2 
απέβην :  aor.  mid.  άπεβήσετο,  Horn. : 
pf.  άποβέβηκα,  (άπό,  βαίνω),  in  these 
tenses  intrans.  (though  the  pres.  is 
not  used  by  Horn.),  to  go  away,  to  de- 
part, the  genl.  sign,  in  Homer  :  part- 
ly absol.,  11.  1,  428;  5,  133;  ως  εί- 
ποϋσ'  ΰπέβη  ;  so  Eur.  Bacch,  909, 
ελπίδες  απέβησαν,  have  disappeared, 
vanished :  partly  with  designation  of 
the  place  from  which  one  departs, 
ΰποβήναι  άβατων.  Soph.  Ο.  C.  167  ; 
πεδίων  άπ.,  Eur.  Hec.  142. — 2.  to 
step  off,  dismount,  alight  or  disembark 
from,  νηός.  Ιππων,  also  εξ  ϊππων, 
Hom. :  άπο  νεών,  άφ'  ϊππων,  Hdt. : 
also  absol.  to  dismount,  disembark, 
Hdt.,  etc.  ;  in  full,  άπ.  ίς  χώρην, 
Hdt.,  εις  την  γην,  Thuc.  —  II.  of 
events,  to  issue  or  result  from,  τά 
έμελλε  άποβήσεσθαί  άπό  της  μά- 
χης, Hdt.  9,  66  .  usu.  absol.  to  turn 
out,  end  or  issue  in  a  certain  way, 
Ijat.  evenire,  usu.  with  some  qualify- 
ing word  or  words,  as  απέβη  τήπερ 
είπε,  it  turned  out  as  he  said.  Hdl.  1, 
86 ;  άπ.  ούτως,  πάρα  δόξαν,  etc., 
Hdt.  ;  τΰ  άποβαΐνον,  the  issue,  event, 
Hdt..  etc.  ;  Tu  άποβαίνοντα,  άπο- 
βάντα,  the  results,  Thuc.  1,  83  ;  2, 
ii7,  etc. ;  τα  άποβησόμενα,  the  proba- 
ble results.  Id.  3,  38  :  but  also  άποβ. 
idone,  to  turn  out  well,  succeed,  Thuc, 
172 


ΑΠΟΒ 

3,  26. — 2.  also  of  i)ersons  and  things, 
with  an  adj.,  to  turn  oat,  jjrove.  or  be 
so  and  so,  Lat.  evadere,  άπ.  κοινοί,  to 
prove  impartial,  'I'huc.  3,  53  ;  άπ. 
χείρονς.  ιύσιμον,  to  prove  worse,  cura- 
ble. Plat. — 3.  of  conditions,  etc.,  άπ. 
εις  τι,  to  come  at  last  to,  end  in,  e.  g. 
ες  μουναρχίην,  Hdt.  3,  82  ;  εις  iv 
τΓ/Λον,  Plat.  Rep.  425  C  :  but  also 
of  persons,  άπ.  εις  τά  πολιτικά,  to 
prove  fit  for  public  affairs,  Id.  Symp. 
192  A. — B.  Trans,  only  in  aor.  1  άπ- 
έβτισα,  to  make  to  dismount,  diseinbark, 
land,  like  αποβιβάζω,  άπ.  στρατιήν, 
Hdt.  5,  63;  6,  107. 

'Αποβάλλω,  f.  -βάλω,  to  throw  off 
from,  τι  Τίνος,  Eur.  Bacch.  692:  c. 
ace.  only,  to  throw  away,  H.  Hom. 
Merc.  388,  Hdt.  3,  40,  etc.— 2.  to  throw 
away,  reject,  Eur.,  Plat.,  etc. — 3.  to 
throw  away,  sell  too  cheap,  Xen.  Oec. 
20,  28. —  4.  usu.  to  lose,  Lat.  jacturam 
facere,  τά  πατρίδα.' τον  στρατόν,  την 
κεφα?ι.ήν,  etc.,  Hdt.,  and  so  freq.  in 
Att. — 5.  to  drive  away,  overpower,  put 
down,  Xen.  Hell. 

Άποβάπτω,  {άπό,  βάπτω)  to  dip 
quite  or  entirely,  Hdt.  2,  47. 

iΆπoβάς,  2  aor.  part.  act.  of  απο- 
βαίνω. 

Άπόβάσις,  εως,  ή,  (αποβαίνω)  α 
stepping  off,  dismounting,  άπό  τών  νε- 
ών, Thuc.  ;  hence  usu.  alone,  a  dis- 
embarking, landing,  ποιείσβαι  άπόβα- 
σιν  εις  τόπον,  Thuc.  3,  115;  but,  a 
place  oi'K  έχει  άπόβασιν,  does  not 
admit  of  landing,  or  has  no  landing- 
place.  Id.  4,  8 :  in  6,  75,  certainly  a 
landing-place. — II.  a  departure. 

Άποβαστάζω.  f.  -άσω,  (άπό,  βασ- 
τάζω) to  carry  down,  away,  or  off,  bring 
away. 

Άποβΰτήρια  ων,  τά,  sub.  ιερά,  of- 
ferings made  on  reaching  land  :  from 

Άποβύτης.  ov,  a,  (αποβαίνω)  one 
that  gets  off  or  dismounts,  esp.  from  a 
horse  or  chariot :  also  one  who  rode 
several  horses  or  chariots,  leaping 
from  one  to  the  other,  Lat.  desultor, 
hence  άποβάτην  άγωνίσασθαι,  see 
the  description  in  H.  Hom.  Ap.  231, 
sq.,  cf.  Meineke  Fragm.  Com.  3,  p. 
571.  [a]     Hence 

'Αποβατικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to  an 
άποβάτης,  e.  g.  αγών,  τρόχος. 

Άποβηματίζω,  ι.  -ίσω,  (από,  βήμα) 
to  cast  from  one's  rank  or  station,  de- 
grade, Lat.  dejicere  de  gradii.  Plut. 

ΥΑποβήναι,  2  aor.  inf.  act.  of  απο- 
βαίνω. 

Άποβήσσω,  f.  -ξω,  (άπό,  βτ/σσω) 
to  cough  up,  cough  away,  Hipp. 

Άποβιύζομαι,  f.  -άσομαι,  (άπό,  βι- 
άζομαι) dep.  mid.,  to  force  away:  to 
use  force  towards,  τινά,  Polyb. :  we 
also  have  the  aor.  άποβιασβήναι  used 
as  pass.,  to  be  forced  away,  Xen.  Cyr. 
4,  2,  24. — II.  to  force  one's  self  to,  to 
win  by  striving,  Lat.  eniti. 

'Αποβιβάζω,  f.  -άσω,  fut.  Att.  άπο- 
βΐβώ,=άποβαίνω  Β,  (άπό,  βιβάζω) 
to  make  to  get  off,  esp.  from  a  ship,  to 
disembark,  set  on  land,  Tii'u  εις  τόπον, 
Hdt.  8,  76,  where  he  has  both  act. 
and  mid. :  in  full,  άποβιβ.  άπό  τών 
νεών,  Id.  9,  32.     Hence. 

' Αποβΐβασμός,  οϋ,  b,  a  bringing  out, 
discharging. 

Άποβιβρώσκω,  fut.  -βρύσω,  (άπό, 
βιβρώσκω)  strengthd.  for  simple,  to 
eat  up,  devour. 

Άποβιόω,ώ,ί.-ώσομαι.  (άπό,  βιόώ) 
to  cease  living,  die.     Hence 

Άπο  Ηωσι.ς,  εως,  ή,  departure  from 
life,  death,  Plut. 

Ά•π-ο3λά-τω.  f.-ψω,  (άτΓο,  βλάπτω) 
to  ruin  utterly,  Pind.  N.  7,  87,  as 
Herm.  rightly  reads  it,  Plat.  Legg. 


ΑΠΟΒ 

795  D.  Pass,  άποβλαφβήναί  τίνος 
to  be  robbed  of  a  thing.  Soph.  Aj.  941, 
cf.  βλάπτω. 

Αποβλαστάνω,  fut.  -στήσω,  (άπό, 
βλαστύνω)  to  shoot  forth  from,  spring 
from,  τινός.  Soph.  O.  C.  533.     Hence 

' Αποβλάστημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  shoot, 
scion.  Plat.  Syinp.  208  B. 

Άποβλάστησις,  εως,  η,  a  shooting 
forth,  descent. 

Άπόβλεμμα,  ατός,  τό,  (αποβλέπω) 
a  steadfast  gaze. 

Άπόβλεπτος,  ov,  looked  at,  gazed 
on  by  all,  hence  admired,  like  περί- 
βλεπτος, Eur.  Hec.  835,  cf.  Valck. 
Phoen.  554 :  from 

' Αποβλέπω. ί.••φω,(άπ6,  βλέπω)  to 
look  away  from  all  Other  objects  at 
one,  hence  to  look  steadfastly  at,  look 
or  gaze  at  or  upon,  εΐΓ,  προς  τίνα  or 
TL,  Hdt.  7,  135  ;  9,  Gl,^'req.  in  Att. : 
esp.  to  look  upon  with  love  or  wonder, 
to  look  up  to,  look  at  as  a  model,  pat- 
tern, authority,  etc.  v.  esp.  Xen.  Hell. 
6,  1,  8,  Mem.  4,  2,  30,  An.  3,  1,  36  ; 
so  of  a  dog  watching  its  master's  eye, 
lb.  7,  2,  33  :  also  with  εις  or  προς,  to 
have  regard  to,  to  direct  the  attention 
towards,  to  take  into  consideration.  Plat. 

'Απόβλημα,  ατός,  τό,  (αποβάλλω) 
anything  cast  away,  Luc. 

' Αποβλητικός,  ή,  όν,  (άποβάλ?ιω) 
apt  to  lose  or  throw  away. 

'Απόβλητος,  ov,  to  be  throivn  or  cast 
away  as  wortnless,  to  be  rejected,  II.  2, 
361  ;  3,  65 

Άποβλίσσω,  Att.  -βλίττω,  f.  -ίσω, 
(άπό.βλίσσω)  to  cutout  the  comb  from 
the  hive,  take  the  honey:  metaph.  to 
bereave  or  rob  of  a  thing,  θοίμάτίόν 
τίνος,  Ar.  Αν.  498,  cf.  Ruhnk.  Tim. 
V.  βλίττειν. 

Αποβ?ί.νζω,{.•σω,(άπό,  βλύζω)  to 
spirt  out,  άπ.  oivov  to  spirt  out  some 
wine,  II.  9,  491 :  intr.,  in  Philostr. 

Άπoβλvω.=  ίoreg.,  Orph.  [v'] 

Άποβ?Μσκω,  (άπό,  βλώσκω)  to  go 
away,  Ap.  Rh.  3,  1143. 

'Αποβολενς,  έως,  ό,  (άποβάλ?ω) 
one  who  throws  away,  e.  g.  όπλων. 
Plat.  Legg.  944  B. 

'Αποβολή,  ης,  η,  (αποβάλλω)  a 
throwing  away,  6.  g.  όπλων.  Plat. 
Legg.  943  Ε  sq. — 2.  a  throwing  away, 
losing,  χρημάτων,  πτερών,  επιστή- 
μης, Plat. 

Άποβολιμαϊος,  ov,  (αποβάλλω) 
apt  to  throw  away,  c.  gen.,  όπλων,  Ar 
Pac.  678. — 2.  pass,  usually  thrown 
away,  set  aside. 

Άποβόσκομαι,  f.  -σκήσομαι,  dep. 
mid.,  (από,  βόσκω,  irr.)  to  feed  or  eat 
off,  eat  up,  καρπόν. 

Άποβουκολέω,  ώ,  (ΰπό,  βονκο?ιέω) 
to  let  cattle  stray,  and  SO  lose  them : 
hence  in  genl.  to  lose. — 2.  to  decoy 
from  another's  herd,  entice  away, 
Schiif  Long.  p.  343 :  hence  to  beguile, 
wheedle,  soothe,  Wytt.  Sel.  Hist.  p. 
380.     Hence 

' Αποβουκόλημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  decoy- 
ing away,  wheedling. 

' Αποβονκολίζω,  f.  -ίσω,:=άποβον• 
κολέω. 

Άποβράζω,  f.  -άσω,  (άπό,  βράζω)  to 
throw  out  froth  οτ  foam,  esp.  of  boiling 
water,  volcanoes,  etc  :  pass,  to  boil 
or  bubble  out,  Hipp. :  also  of  meal  that 
is  being  sifted,  cf.  Ruhnk.  Tim.  v. 
βράζω.  —  II.  to  cease  to  boil,  abate, 
Lat.  defervescere,  Alciphr.     Hence 

Άπόβρασμα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which  is 
thrown  out,  froth,  scum  ;  bran. 

Άποβρασμός,  οϋ,  ό,  a  throwing  out 
like  water  boiling,  Sext.  Emp. 

Άποβράσσω,  Att.  άποβράττω,^=. 
άποβράζω,  Hipp. 

'Απόβρεγμα,  ατός,  τά,  any  liquid  in 


Α.ΠΟΓ 
vihich   things  are  soaked,   an  infusion,  ! 
Diosc. :  from  [ 

Ά7τοι3ρέχω,  f.  -ξω,  (από,  βρέχω)  to 
steep  well,  soak,  Theophr.  | 

Άποβρίζω,  f.  -ξυ,  (ύττό,  βρίζω)  to 
sleep  without  waking,  go  sound  asleep, 
Od.  9,  151  ;  12,  7.  ^  ι 

Άποβρίθω,  f.  -ίσω,  (ΰπό,  βρίθω)  to  j 
press  out  or  down  by  its  weight.  The-  ! 
ophr.  ] 

Άττοβροχτ/,  ης,  ή,  (άτΐοβρέχω)  a 
soaking  out,  distillation  by  infusion, 
Diosc.  j 

Άττοβροχθίζω,  ί.-ίσω,  (άττό,  βροχ-  ' 
θίζω)  to  gulp  down,  Ar.  Fr.  31.  | 

ΆτΓοβροχίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (άττό,  βροχίς) 
to  untie,  unbind. — 2.  to  strangle,  Anth. 

Ά7Γο3ρύκω,ί.-ξω,{ΰ7ΓΟ,  βρνκω)  to  \ 
bite  off  from,  των  κρεών,  Eubul.  Κα/ί- 
ΤΓΐιΛ.  4.    [ϋ] 

Ά-οβύω,  f.  -νσω,  (άττό,  βνω)  to 
stop  quite  up. — II.  to  open  what  was 
stopped  up,    [r] 

Άττοβώμιος,  ov,  {από,  βωμός)  far 
from  an  altar,  godless,  Κιίκλωψ,  Eur. 
Cycl.  365. 

' Απόβωμος,  ov,=foreg. 

Άττόγαιος,  later  άηόγειος,  ov,  or 
άττόγεος,    ov,    (άττό,   γη)  from   land,  i 
coming  off  land,  άνεμοι,  Arist.  Meteor.,  I 
πνεύμα,  Id.  Mund. :  also  ή  άττογεία, 
ai  άπόγεαι  (sc.  αύραί),  τα  απόγεια 
(sc.    πνεύματα)   Id.  Probl,  cf.  Lob.  [ 
Paral.  473  ;  το  άπόγαιον  or  άπόγείον,  \ 
a  mooring  cable.  Polyb. — 2.   in  astro-  j 
nomv,  a  planet's  greatest  distance  from 
the  earth,  apogee,  sub.  διάστημα,  Arist. 
Probl.     Hence 

'Χπογαιόω,  to  change  into  earth, 
make  into  land. 

Άπογα?Μκτίζω,  f.  -ίσω  Att.  -ΐώ, 
(ΰπό,γά/,α)  to  wean  from  the  m.other's 
milk,  Diphil.  ap.  Ath.  247  C. 

' \πογΰ?.ακτι,σμός,  ov,  6,  a  weaning, 
Hipp. 

Άπογαλακτόομαι,  pass.,  strength- 
ened form  of  γαλακτόομαι. 

Άπογεία,  ας,  ή,  v.  sub  απόγαιος. 

'Απόγειος,  ον,^^άπόγαιος,  q.  v. 

Άπογεισσόω,  ώ,  (ύπό,γεισσόω)  to 
make  jut  out  like  Λ  cornice  or  coping, 
όφβύσι  ΰπ.  τα  νπερ  των  ομμάτων, 
Xen.  Mem.  1,  4,  6.  Pass,  to  jut  out 
like  a  cornice,  Arist.  Gen.  An.    Hence 

Άπογείσσωμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  cornice, 
coping,  V.  1.  in  Arist.  Part.  An. 

Άπογεμίζω,  ίσω,  Dion.  Η.,  and 

'\πoγεμόω,ω,ΐ.^ώσω,^^sq. 

Άπογέμω,(άπό,  γέμω)  ίο  unburden, 
discharge. 

Άπογεννάω,  (άπό,  γεννάω)  to  en- 
gender, Arist.  Org. ;  also  άπογ.  δυς- 
μένειαν,  Demad.  180,  18.     Hence 

ΆτΓογέννημα,  ατος,  τό,  that  ivhich 
is  begotten :  a  scion,  offspring,  Tim. 
Locr. 

Άπογέννησις,  εως,  η,  =  ΰπογέν- 
νημα,  Epicur.  ap.  Diog.  L.  10,  105. 

Άπογεύομαι,  (άπό,  γεύομαι)  as 
mid.,  to  take  a  taste  of  a  thing,  τινός. 
Plat.  Rep.  354  A  :  the  act.  άπογεύω 
in  same  signf ,  Agath.  Prooem.  39. 

Άπογεφϋρόω,  ώ,  (άπό,  γεφνρόω)  to 
furnish  xcith  a  bridge  or  wilh  dykes, 
Hdt.  2.  99. 

Άπογηράσκω,  f.  -άσω,  (άπό,  γηρά- 
σκω) to  grow  old,  Theogn.  819. 

Άπoγηpάω,ώ,f.■άσω,^=ίoreg. 

Άπογίγΐ'ομαι,  in  late  Att.  απογί- 
νομαι, fut.  -γενήσομαι,  (άπό,  γίγνο- 
μαι)  to  be  away  from,  have  no  part  in, 
c.  gen.  της  μάχης,  Hdt.  9,  09,  των 
άααρτημάτων,  Thuc.  1,  39. — Π.  ab- 
sol.  to  be  taken  away,  and  so  to  depart 
life,  die,  Hdt.,  Thuc.  etc. :  o'l  άπογε- 
νόμενοι,  the  dead,  Hdt.  2,  136,  Thuc. 
2-  51•  ^  . 

'Α-Ίτογιγνώσκω,  in  late  Att.  άπογί- 


ΑΠΟΓ 

νώσκω,  fut.  -γνώσομαι,  (από,  γιγνώ- 
σκω)  to  depart  from  a  judgment,  give  up 
a  design  or  intention  of  doing,  c.  gen., 
τοϋ  μαχείσθαι,  Xen.  An.  1,  7,  19: 
also  c.  μη  et  inf.,  άπ.  μη  βοηθείν,  to 
resolve  not  to  help,  Dem.  193,  5. — 2.  to 
despair  of,  της  έ?.ευθερίας,  Lys.  195, 
7. — II.  c.  ace,  to  give  up,  dismiss  from 
one's  mind  as  useless,  άπ.  τό  πορεύ- 
εσθαι,  Xen.  Hell.  7,  5,  7;  hence  to 
give  up  in  despair,  τινά,  Dem.  69,  tin.  : 
hence  in  pass,  to  be  so  given  up.  Id. 
358,  13  ;  ό  απεγνωσμένος,  a  desperate 
man,  Lat.  perditus,  Plut. — III.  as  lifvv- 
term,  to  refuse  to  receive  an  accusation, 
reject  it,  άπ.  γραώήν.  ενδειξιν,  Dem. 
605,  16;  1327,  8:  hence  άπ.  τινός 
(sc.  δίκην  vel  γραφί/ν)  to  reject  the 
accusation  brought  against  a  man,  i.  e. 
acquit  him,  opp.  to  καταγιγνώσκειν 
τινός,  Dem.  1020,  14,  etc. :  but  also 
άπ.  τινά  (sc.  της  δίκης  or  γραφής) 
to  judge  him  free  from  the  accusation, 
to  acquit  him.  Id.  539,  3  :  also  άπ. 
τινός  μη  άδικείν,  to  acquit  one  of 
wrong,  Lys.  95,  4. 

'λπογκέω,ί.-ησω,(άπό,όγκ.ος)  to  de- 
crease in  size,  Hipp. 

' λπογίανκόομαι,  as  pass.,  to  get 
the  γ?Μύκωμα  in  the  eye,  Plut.  Άπ- 
εγ/.ανκωαένος,  a  plav  of  Alexis,  (Com. 
Graec.  3',  p.  389.)     Hence 

Άπογ?.ανκωσις,  εως,  ή,  the  growing 
of  a  γ?Μύκωμα  in  the  eye. 

'Απόγ?ιθντος,  ov,  (άπό,  γλοντός) 
with  a  small  rump,  Lat.  depygis. 

'Απογ?Λ<καίνω,  f.  -αί•ώ,  (από,  γλυ- 
καίνω) Ιο  sweeten.  Diod. 

'Απογ?.ύόω,  f.  -ι/'ω,  (άπό,  γ7,ύφω) 
to  scratch  off.  peel  off.  Alciphr.    [ϋ] 

'Α-ογ?.ωττίζω,  fut.  -ίσω  Att.  -ΐώ, 
(άπό,  γλωττίζω)  to  deprive  of  tongue  or 
speech,  Luc. 

Άπόγνοια,  ας,  ή,  (άπογιγνώσκω) 
despair,  Thuc.  3,  85. 

Άπογνώμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  (άπό, 
γνωμών)  unthout  γνώμονες  or  teeth 
that  mark  the  age. 

Άπογνωσιμάχέω,  strengthened  for 
γνωσιμαχέω. 

Άπήγνωσις,  εως,  ή,  =;  άπόγνοια, 
Dion.  Η. 

Άπογνύστης.  ον,  ό,^=ά~ογιγνώ- 
σκων,  α  desperate  man. 

Άπογομόω,  ί.  -ώσω,^ άπογεμίζω. 

Άπογομφόω,  f.  -ώσω,(άπό,  γομφόω) 
to  loosen  by  drawing  out  nails,  take  to 
pieces. 

Άπογονή.  ης,  η,  =  άπογέννημα, 
issue,  posterity :  from 

'Απόγονος,  ov,  (άπογίγνομαι)  de- 
scended, sprung,  Hdt..  mostly  as  subst., 
a  descendant,  usu.  in  plur.,  descend- 
ants, Hdt.  7,  134,  etc.  •  esp.  a  grand- 
son :  the  following  degrees  are  mark- 
ed by  numbers,  άπόγ.  τρίτος,  τέταρ- 
τος, etc. 

Απογραφή,  ης.  ή,  (απογράφω)  α 
writing  off,  copy,  esp.  a  copy  of  a  γραφή 
or  indictment,  a  public  notice  serv'ed  ΟΠ 
any  one  :  also  the  copy  of  a  declaration 
made  before  a  magistrate,  a  deposition, 
Lys.  114,  30;  181,  23,  cf  Att.  Pro- 
cess, p.  254,  sq. — II.  usu.  a  list,  re- 
gister, inventory,  esp.  of  property  al- 
leged to  belong  to  the  state,  but  held 
by  a  private  person,  freq.  in  Plat. 
Legg.,  Oratt.,  cf  Diet.  Antiqq.  s.  v. 

'Απόγραφαν,  ου,  τό,  a  copy,  a  re- 
gister, inventory  :  strictly  neut. :  from 
Άπόγράφος,  ov,  written  off,  copied : 
as    subst.    ή,    άπ.,    Diog.  L.   6,  84 : 
from 


'Απογράφω,  f.  -ψω,  (άπό,  γράφω)  to 
write  off.  copy,  esp.  to  enter  in  a  list,  re- 
gister, Hdt.  7,  100,  aTid  Xen.  Mid. 
to  have  registered  by  Others,  lb.  :  but 
also  to  register  for  one's  own  use,  Hdt. 


ΑΠΟΔ 

2, 145 :  and  also  to  give  in  one''»  name, 
enlist  one's  self,  Lys.  172,  1. — II.  as 
Att.  law-term, — 1.  άπ.  τινά,  to  enter 
a  person's  name  for  the  purpose  ol 
accusing  him,  to  give  in  a  copy  of  the 
charge  against  him  :  esp.  to  give  in  a 
list  or  inventory  of  property  alleged  to 
belong  to  the  state,  but  held  by  a 
private  person,  freq.  in  Oratt. :  hence 
— 2.  άπ.  τα  υπάρχοντα,  την  ονσίαν, 
to  give  in  such  list  ol  property,  lb.  :  so 
in  mid.  to  have  such  list  given  in,  see  it 
done.  Lys.  120,  44,  Dem.  1043,  fin., 
etc.     Uf.  απογραφή. 

Άπογνιόω,  (άπό,  γυιόω)  to  make 
quite  lame  or  weak,  II.  6,  265. 

Άπογνμνάζω,  f.  -άσω,  (άπό,  γνμ 
νάζω)  to  bring  into  hard  exercise,  άπογ. 
στόμα,  to  ply  one's  tongue  hard, 
Aesch.  Theb.  441.  Mid.  to  take  hard 
exercise. 

' Απογυμνόω,  ώ,  f.  -ώσω,  (άπό,  γνμ 
νόω)  to  strip  quite  bare  ;  esp.  to  strip 
of  arms,  disarm,  Od.  10,  301  :  pass,  to 
be  stript  bare,  have  the  person  exposed, 
Hes.  Op.  728  :  mid.  to  strip  one's  self, 
Xen.  :  άπογνμνονσθαι,  ιμάτια,  to 
strip  off  one's  clothes,  Arist.  Probl. 
Hence 

Άπογνμνωσις,  εως.  ή,  a  stripping 
bare,  Plut. 

Άπογνναικόω,  ώ,  f.  -ώσω,  (άπό, 
γυναικόω)  to  make  a  woman  of.  Hence 

ΆπoγϋvaίκGJσις,  εως,  ή,  a  making 
womanish,  Plut. 

Άπογωνιόω,  ώ,  f.  -ώσω,  (άπό, 
γωνία)  to  make  angular,  Theophr. 

*  Άποδάζομαι,  assumed  form  of 
pres.,  V.  sq. 

Άποδαίω,ίάποόάσομαι.  to  portion 
out  to  others,  τινί  τι,  II.  22,  118  :  to 
give  others  a  share  of  τινί  τίνος, 
II.  24,  595. — II.  to  part  off,  separate, 
άποδασάμενος  μόριον  όσον  δη  της 
στρατιής,  Hdt.  2,  103.    Ιΰσομαι.} 

Άποδάκνω,  f.  -δήξω,  (άπό,  δάκνω) 
to  bite  off  a  piece  of,  C.  gen.,  άρτου, 
Aristom.  Incert.  1  ,  absol.  to  bite, 
Cratin.  Plut.  1,  Xen.  Symp.  5,  7. 

Άποδακρϋτικός,  ή,  όν,  calling  forth 
tears,  κολ/.ύρια,  .\rist.  Probl. :  from 

Άποδακρύω,  (άπό,  δακ,ρύω)  to  weep 
much,  shed  many  tears,  Ar.  Vesp.  983  : 
c.  ace,  άπ.  τινά,  to  ueep  much  for, 
lament.  Plat.  Phaedr.  110  D.— II.  to 
cause  a  flow  of  tears  by  the  use  of 
CoUyrium,  and  so  to  purge  the  eyes, 
Arist.  Probl.  31,  9,  Luc. — III.  to  cease 
to  weep.    [0] 

Άποδύπτω,  f.  -ψω,  (άπό,  δάπτω) 
to  gnaw  from,  eat  off. 

Άποδαρβάνω,  f.  -δαρθήσομαι,(άπ6, 
δαρθύνω)  to  have  sleep  or  rest  enough  : 
to  icake  up  again,  Αβί. — II.  to  sleep  a 
little,  Plut. 

Άποδάσμιος,  ov,  parted  off.  Φωκέες 
άποδύσμιοι,  parted  from  the  rest,  Hdt. 
1,  146:  from 

Άποδασμός,  οϋ.  ό,  (άποδαίω)  a  di- 
vision, part  of  a  whole,  Thuc.  1,  12  : 
on  accent,  v.  Lob.  Paral.  385. 

' Απόδαστος,  ov,  (άποδαίω)  divided 
off. 

Άποδαστνς,  νος,  ή,  Ion.  for  άπο- 
δασμός. 

ΥΑποδέδεγμαι,  perf.  of  αποδέχο- 
μαι ;  also  Ion.  form  of  perf.  pass,  of 
άποδείκνυμι,  Hdt.  1,  153. 

' Αποδεδειίιάκότως,  adv.  part.  perf. 
act.  from  άποδειλιάω,  in  a  cowardly 
way. 

ί'Αποδεδέχαται,  Ion.  for  άποδεδεγ- 
μένοι  είσί,  cf  άποδέδεγμαι. 

ή:Άποδέδράκα,  perf  from  άποδι- 
δράσκω. 

Άποδίής,  ες,  (άπό,  δέω)  wanting 
much,  incomplete,  like  νποδεής,  Polyb. 
in  compar. 

173 


ΑΠΟΔ 

'AmtSst,  Ion.  ΰποόέεΐ,  impers.  of 
ίτοδέο,  q.  V. 

Άποδΐΐόίσΰομαι,  {άπα,  δειδίσσο- 
uai)  dep.,  to  frighten  aumy,  II.  12,  52, 
wilh  prep,  separate  as  adv. 

\Κττοδείκνυια,  and  αποδεικνύω  :  f. 
-δείξω,  Ion.  'δέζω,  (άττό,  δείκννμι)  to 
point  away  from  Other  objects  at  one, 
and  so — 1.  to  point  out,  show  forth,  dis- 
play^ make  known,  whether  by  deed  or 
word,  τιΐ'ί  τι :  first  in  Hdt. :  hence 
in  Various  relations, — 1.  to  bring  for- 
ward, shoiv,  produce,  furnish,  Lat. 
praestare,  ττολλοίΐζ•  παΐδος.  Hdt.  1, 
136,  of.  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  2,  5 ;  8,  1,  35.— 
2.  to  show  or  delirer  in  accounts,  etc., 
Τιόγον,  Hdt.  7,  119,  cf.  Thuc.  2,  72.— 
'Λ.  to  publish  a  law.  Lat.  promulgare, 
Xen.  Hell.  2.3,  II. — 4.  to  appoint  or 
assign,  it'  βαυ'/.εντήριον,  Thuc.  2,  15  ; 
χώρος  άτΓοδεδεγμένος,  an  appointed 
place,  Hdl.  1,  153.  —  5.  to  show  by 
argument,  prove,  τι.  Plat.,  and  Arist. 
— 11.  to  show  forth  a  person  or  thing 
us  so  and  so,  hence — 1.  to  appoint, 
name,  create,  άπ.  τιΐ'ύ  βασιΤ-.έα,  στρα- 
Τηγόν.  'ίπτταρχον,  etc.,  freq.  in  Htit., 
and  Att. :  also  in  pass,  to  be  so  created, 
Id, — 2.  to  make,  reader,  άπ.  Tivu  μοχ- 
θι/ρόν,  to  make  one  a  rascal.  At.  Kan. 
1011 :  so  κράτιστον,  etc..  Plat.,  Xen., 
etc.;  γοργον  άπ.- τον  Ιππον,  Xen. 
Eq.  1,  10 :  also  c.  part.,  ΰπ.  τίνα 
β?^έποντα,  to  restore  one  to  sight,  Ar. 
Plut.  210:  also  -γέλωτα  (Vr.  τινά,  to 
make  one  a  laughing-stock.  Plat.  The- 
aet.  ]66  A. — 3.  to  represent  as,  άπ. 
TIVU  προδόττ/ν,  Eur.  Ion  879 ;  τον 
Ένδυμίωνα  '/.ypov  άπ.,  to  represent 
the  story  of  hndymion  as  nonsense. 
Plat.  Phaed.  72  B. — t.  to  prove  that  a 
thing  is,  etc.,  άπ.  τι δν,  γενόαενον,βίο.: 
Plat.  Xen.,  etc. :  also  freq.  άπ.  ώς..., 
ΟΤΙ...,  etc.,  lb. — 5.  c.  inf ,  to  ordain  a 
thing  to  be,  Xen.  Oec.  7,  30,  Rep. 
Lac.  10,  7.— B.  Mid.  to  show  forth 
something  of  one's  own,  esp.  άποδέ- 
ξασθαι  γνώμην,  to  dcliiwr  one's  opinion, 
freq.  in  Hdt. :  άποδ.  άρετάς,  to  display 
high  qualities,  Pind.  N.  6.  80,  so  άποδ. 
Εργα  μεγάλα,  λαμπρά,  etc.,  Hdt. :  so 
too  in  Plat.,  and  Xen.,  though  it  is 
oft.  used  just  like  act.  The  aor. 
άπεδείχθην.  is  always  pass.,  but  part, 
pass,  perf  is  sometimes  also  act.,  as 
Xen.  An.  5,  2,  9.     Hence 

Άποδεικτέον,  verb,  adj.,  one  must 
show  forth  or  prove,  Plat.  Phaedr.  245 

Αποδεικτικός,  ή,  όν.  fit  for  show- 
ing forth  or  demonstrating,  demonstra- 
tive, Arist.  Eth.  N.,  etc. :  άπ.  Ίστορίη, 
in  which  the  facts  are  regularly  set 
forth  and  explained,  Polyb.    Adv.  -κύς. 

' Κποδεικτής,  όν,  {άποδείκνυμι)  de- 
monstrable :  demonstrated,  Arist.  Org.  : 
on  accent,  v.  Lob.  Paral.  498. 

Άποδειλίΰσις,  εως,  ή,  {άποδει- 
λ.ιάω)  α  leaving  off  through  fear,  great 
cowardice,  Polyb. 

Άποδειλιΰτέον,  verb,  adj.,  one  must 
flinch.  Plat.  Rep.  374  Ε  :  from 

ΆποδειλΛύω,  ώ,  f.  -άσω,  {από,  δει- 
?uuu)  intr.  to  be  very  fearful,  play  the 
coioard,  flinch  or  shrink  from  danger  or 
toil,  freq.  in  Plat. :  c.  gen.,  to  shrink 
back  from,  τινός,  Xen.  Rep.  Lac.  10, 
7  :  C.  ace,  to  be  afraid  of.  shun,  Polyb. 

Άπόδειξις,  εως,  ή.  Ion.  άπόδεξις, 
(άποδείκννμι)  a  showing  forth,  whe- 
ther by  word  or  deed  :  hence — 1.  a 
setting  forth,  delivery,  publication  :  so 
Herodotus  calls  his  work  Ίστοιύης 
απ-,  cf.  άρχης  άπ. :  an  exposition, 
sketch,  Thuc.  1,  97  :  hence  an  exposi- 
tion, treatise,  περί  Tl,  Plat. — 2.  a  shoxv- 
ing,  proving,  proof,  Hdt.  8,  101  :  esp. 
by  words,  άπ.  ττοιείσθαι,  freq.  in  Att. ; 
174 


ΑΠΟΔ 

and  so  in  logical  writers,  a  proof  by 
strict  argument,  a  demonstratioti.  Arist. 
Org.,  cf.  Cic.  Acad.  2,  8.— 1!.  (from 
inid.)(i-.  έργων,  έργων  μεγάλων,  dis- 
play, achievement  of  mignty  Works, 
etc.,  Hdt.  1,  207,  etc. 

Άποδειπνέω,  ω,  f.  -ήΰω.  {άπό, 
δείπνέω)  to  have  done  supper,  Ath. 

Άποδειπνίδιος,  ov,=sq.,  Anth. 

'A7rof5fi7riOf,  Of,  (άττό,  δείπνον) 
coming  from  a  meal,  left  after  it. — II. 
=άδειπνος. 

Άποδηροτομέω,  (άπό,  δεφοτομέω) 
to  cut  off  by  the  neck,  behead,  τινά, 
Horn. 

Άποδείρω,  Ion.  for  άποδέρω,  Hdt. 

' Κποδεκήτεναις,  εως,  ή.  a  punishing 
of  every  tenth  man,  decimation  :  from 

Άποδεκάτενω,  (άπό,  δεκατενω)  to 
take  out  a  tenth  part,  and  so — 1.  of 
things,  to  tithe,  Ath.— 2.  of  men,  to 
deci?nate. 

ΆποδΓκΰτόω,  ώ.  f.  -ώσω,  {άπό, 
δέκατος)  to  take  a  tenth  part,  tithe. — 2. 
to  pay  tithe,  N.  T.     Hence 

Άποδεκάτωσις,  εως,  ή,  the  taking  a 
tenth  part. — II.  —άποδεκάτενσις. 

'.^.πoδέκoμaι,  Ion.  for  αποδέχομαι, 
Hdt. 

Άποδεκτέον,  verb.  adj.  from  άττο- 
δέχομαΐ,  one  must  accept,  allow,  admit, 
etc.,  freq.  in  Plat. 

Άποδεκτί/ρ,  ήρος,  ό,  =  sq.,  Xen. 
Cyr.  8,  1,  9. 

'Αποδέκτης,  ov,  ό,  {αποδέχομαι)  a 
taker  from,  receiver :  from  the  time  of 
Cleisthenes  άποδέκται  were  magis- 
trates at  Athens  who  succeeded  the 
κω?.ακρέται,  and  looked  to  the  pay 
of  the  dicasts,  Dem.  750.  24,  Arist. 
Pol.  G,  8,  1,  cf.  B5ckh.  P.  E.  1,  p.  214. 

'Αποδεκτός,  όν,  {αποδέχομαι)  ac- 
cepted, acceptable,  welcome,  Lat.  accep- 
tiis,  Plut.  Adv.  -τώς.  On  accent, 
v.  Lob.  Paral.  490,  498. 

Άποδενδρόω,  ώ,  {άπό,  δενδρόω)  to 
make  a  tree  of,  change  into  a  tree,  LuC. 
Pass,  to  become  a  tree,  Theophr. 

Άποδέξασβαι,  not  only  aor.  1  from 
αποδέχομαι,  but  also  Ion.  for  άττο- 
δείξασβαι  from  άποδείκννμι.  Hdt. 

Άπόδεξις,  εως,  ή.  Ion.  for  άπό- 
δειξις. 

'Απόδερμα,  ατός,  τό,  {άποδέρω)  α 
hide  stripped  off,  Hdt.     Hence 

Άποδερμΰτόω,  to  strip  off  the  hide 
or  skin.  Pass,  to  lose  the  skin,  Polyb. 
6,25. 

Άποδέρω,  Ion.  -δείρω,  f.  -δερώ, 
{άπό,  δέρω)  to  flay  or  skin  completely, 
τινά,  Hdt.  etc. :  άπ.  την  κεφαλήν,  to 
scalp.  Hdt.  4,  64  :  also  c.  ace.  coenat., 
άτΓ.  δορην,  to  strip  off  the  skin,  Hdt.  5, 
25. — II.  to  flay  by  flogging,  fetch  the 
skin  off  one's  back,  Ar.  Lys.  739. 

Άπόδεσις,  εως,  ή,  {άποδέω)  a  bind- 
ing fast  on.  Iambi. 

'Αποδεσμεύω,  {άπό,  δεσμεvω)^=sq. 

Άποδεσμέω,  f.  -ήΰω,  {άπό,  δεσμέω) 
to  hind  fast. 

Άπόδεσμος,  ου,  6,  {άποδέω)  α  band, 
fillet,  esp.  a  breastband,  girdle,  Ar.  Fr. 
.309,  13. — II.  a  bundle,  bunch,  truss. 
Hence 

Άποδεσμόω,^=  άποδεσμέω. 

Αποδέχομαι.  Ion.  -δέκομαι,  f.  -δέ• 
ξομαι,  aor.  -ξάμην :  pf.  -δέδεγμαι, 
{άπό,  δέχομαι)  nep.  mid.,  to  accept  in 
full  payment,  accept  gladly,  be  content 
with,  άποινα,  11.  1,  95  :  γνώμην  παρά 
τίνος,  accept  advice  from  one,  Hdt.  4, 
97 :  also  άπ.  τι  τίνος.  Plat.  Crat. 
4.30  D. — 2.  esp.  to  accept  as  a  proof, 
άνδραγαθίη  αϋτη  άποδέδεκται.  this 
is  taken  as  a  proof  of  manhood,  Hdt.  1, 
136. — 3.  to  accept  as  a  teacher, /o//o«', 
Xen.  Mem.  4,  1,1,  etc. :  hence — 4.  to 
admit,  allow,  approve,  esp.  an  opinion. 


ΑΠΟΔ 

freq.  in  Plat. :  ονκ  άπόδ.,  not  to  receive, 
to  disbelieve,  Hdt.  6,  13  :  hence  also•- 
5.  άπ.  τινός,  to  receive  (opinions) /roTn 
another,  agree  with  him.  Plat.  Phaed. 
92  A,  Rep.  329  E,  cf.  Slallb.  ad  Eu 
thyph.  9  Ε  :  also  άπ.  τινός,  c,  adv., 
to  understand.  Plat.  Legg.  634  C,  Xen. 
Cyr.  8,  7.  10. — II.  to  receive  back,  re- 
cover, Hdt.  4,  33. 

Άποδέω,  f.  -δήσω,  {άπό,  δέω)  like 
άποδεσμέω,  to  bind  or  tie  fast,  Plat. 
Symp.  190  E. 

Άποδέω.  f.  -δεήσω,  {άπό.  δέω)  to  be 
in  want  of,  lack,  τριακοσίων  άποδέ- 
οντα  μύρια,  10,000  lacking  or  save 
300,  Thuc.  2,  13.  Impers.  άποδεϊ, 
there  lacks,  there  wants.  Τινός,  Plat. 

'Αποδη?Μω,ώ,{ά7ΤΟ,δηλόω)  to  make 
manifest,  clear  or  evident,  Aesch.  Fr. 
291. 

Άποδημάγωγέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {άπό, 
δημηγωγέω)  to  delude  as  a  demagogue, 
lead  astray  from  a  thing,  τινός,  Clem. 
Al. 

Άποδημέω,  to  be  απόδημος,  be  away 
from  home,  be  abroad  or  on  one's  travels, 
Hdt.  1,  29,  etc. :  also  to  go  abroad, 
Hdt.  3,  124  :  sometimes  c.  gen.,  άπο- 
δημεϊν  οικίας.  Plat  Legg.  954  Β  : 
also  έκ  πόλεως.  Id.  Crit  53  A  :  άποδ. 
εις  θετταλίαν,  to  go  abroad  to  live  in 
Thes.tali/.  lb.  53,  fin.     Hence 

Άποόημητής,  ov,  ό,  one  who  is 
abroad  (not  in  exile),  Thuc.  1,  70. 
Hence 

Αποδημητικός,  η,  όι>,  belonging  to 
or  fond  of  travelling:  άπ.  παραστά- 
σεις, durlling  in  a  foreign  country, 
Ari.st.  Pol.  5,  8,  12. 

Αποδημία,  ας,  ή,  a  being  from  home, 
a  going  or  being  abroad,  άπ.  έξ  o'lKOV, 
Hdt.  6,  139 :  έξω  της  χώρας.  Plat. 
Legg.  9 19  Ε  :  also  ές  ΰλλ.ας  χώρας, 
lb.  950  A  :  from 

Απόδημος,  ov,  {άπό,  δήμος)  away 
from  one's  own  people  or  country,  from 
home,  abroad,  Plut. 

Άποδία,  ας,  ή.  {a  priv.,  ττούς)  want 
of  feet,  loss  of  feet  or  the  use  of  them, 
opp.  to  ενποδία. 

ΥΑποδιαιρέω,ώ,ί.-ήσω,  {άπό,  διαι- 
ρέω)  to  take  from  and  divide,  i.e.  to 
divide  again,  to  make  a  subdivision, 
Clem.  Al. 

Άποδΐαιτάω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {άπό,  δι- 
αιτάω)  δίκην,  δίαιταν,  to  reject  the 
claim  of  the  other  party  in  an  arbi- 
tration, i.  e.  decide  in  one's  favour,  opp. 
to  καταδιαιτύ,ω,  Dem.  542,  6 ;  cf. 
544,  24  ;  hence  άπ.  (sc.  δίκην)  τινός, 
to  decide  for  one,  Id.  1013,  14. 

Άποδιαστέλλω,  f.  -στελω,  {άπό, 
διαστέλλω)  to  sever  one  from  another, 
separate. 

Άποδιατρίβω,  {άπό,  όιατρίβω)  to 
wear  quite  away,  άπ.  τον  χρόνον,  to 
waste   the   time   utterly,   Aeschin.    34, 

Άποδΐδάσκω,  f.  -διδάξω  {άπό,  δι- 
δάσκω) to  iinteach,  teach  not  to  do, 
Lat.  dedocere  :  to  disuse. 

Άποδιδρύσκω,  Ion.  -δρίισκω,  f. ' 
-δράσομαι.  Ion.  -δρήσοααι,  aor.  άπέ- 
δρην.  part,  άποδράς,  this  part,  only 
found  in  Hom.,  the  other  tenses  in 
Hdt.,  etc.,  {άπό,  διδράσκω)  to  run 
away  or  off,  escape  or  flee  from,  esp.  by 
stealth,  Hom.,  only  in  Od. ;  νηός  and 
έκ  νηός,  Od. — 2.  in  prose  also  c.  ace, 
to  flee,  shun,  Hdt.  2,  182,  Xen.,  etc. ; 
also  in  Soph.  Aj.  107,  v.  Elms,  He- 
racl.  14:  absol.  άπ.  ές,  Ιπί,  or  i/c, 
Hdt.,  etc.  {άποδρΰναι  is  to  escape  by 
not  being  found,  άποφνγείν,  by  not 
being  caught,  ace.  to  Ammon.,  Xen. 
An.  .1.  4,  8,  and  v.  αποφεύγω.) 

Άποδιδνσκω,^άποδνω. 

Άποδίδωμι,  f.  -δώσω,  {άπό,  δίδωμι) 


ΑΠΟΔ 

to  give  back,  restore,  return,  Τινί  Tl, 
freq.  in  Horn. :  esp.  to  give  back,  give 
what  is  due,  as  debts,  penalties,  sub- 
mission, honour,  etc.,  to  pay,  θμέ~- 
τρα  φί?^οις,  II.  4,  478  ;  so  freq.  in  Att., 
άτΓ.  χάριν,  χρέος,  τιμήν,  ημωρίαν, 
etc. :  ύτΓ.  Tivi  λώι3ην,  to  give  one  back 
his  insult,  i.  e.  7nake  atonement  for  it, 
11.  9,  387  :  άττ.  το  μόρσιμον,  to  pay  the 
debt  of  fate,  Pind.  N.  7,  64.  How 
completely  this  lirst  and  strict  signf. 
remained  the  popular  one  at  Athens, 
appears  from  the  whole  speech  of 
Dem.  de  Haloneso. — 2.  to  give  freely, 
render,  yield,  of  land,  έπϊ  διηκόσια 
ΰτΐ.  (sc.  καρττόν),  to  yield  fruit  two  hu7i- 
dredfold,  Hdt.  1,  193.— 3.  to  grant,  al- 
low, ΰπολογίαν  τινί,  to  grant  one  lib- 
erty to  make  a  defence,  Andoc.  29,  16  ; 
so  ό  λόγος  άζεόόθη  αντοϊς,  right  of 
speech  was  allowed  them,  Aeschin.  61, 
16:  also  c.  inf ,  άπ.  κο?ιάζειν,  to  allow, 
suffer  to  punish,  Dem.  638,  6,  cf.  Lys. 
94,  32. — 4.  άττ.  τινά,  c.  adj.,  to  render 
or  make  SO  and  so,  like  άποδείκννμι, 
as  ύτΓ.  την  τέρψιν  βεβαιοτέραν, 
Isocr.  12  Β. — 5.  to  deliver  over,  give  up, 
e.  g.  as  a  slave,  Eur.  Cycl.  239:  hence 
absol.  άττ.  εις  βονλήν  ττερι  αυτών,  to 
refer  their  case  to  the  council,  Isocr. 
372  B,  cf  Lys.  164,  17.— 6.  άπ.  έττι- 
στολί/ν,  to  deliver  a  letter,  Thuc.  7, 
10. — 7.  άττ.  τον  αγώνα,  to  pfnt  an  end 
to  the  contest.  Lycurg.  169,  8. — II.  intr., 
£t  TO  δμοιον  άπούιόοΐ  ές  ανξησιν,  sc. 
ή  Αίγυπτος,  where  it  seems  to  be  = 
έπιδιδοϊ. — 2.  to  return,  regain,  Arist. 
Gen.  An.  1,  18,  2.  — B.  Mid.  to  give 
away  of  one's  own,  sell,  first  in  Hdt.  1, 
70,  etc.  ;  άττ.  ές  Έλ'λάδα,  to  take  to 
Greece,  and  sell  there.  Id.  2,  56 :  άττ. 
της  άξιας,  τον  ευρίσκοντας,  to  sell  for 
its  worth,  for  what  it  will  fetch,  Aes- 
chin. 13,  40,  41  :  άττ.  είςαγγελίαν,  to 
sell,  i.  e,  take  a  bribe  to  forego  the  infor- 
mation, Dem.  784, 16:  at  Athens,  esp. 
to  farm  out  the  public  taxes,  opp.  to 
ώνέομαι.  Wolf  Dem.  Lept.  p.  281  : 
Thuc.  6,  62  has  the  act.  άττέδοσαν^ 
άττέδοντο  ;  the  distinction  is  very 
clearly  marked  ap.  Andoc.  13,  16, 
ττάντα  άττοδομενος,  τά  ήμισέα  ά~ο- 
δώσοί  τώ  άποκτείναντι,  cf  Bekk. 
Praef  Thuc,  tin. 

Άποδιίστημι,  fut.  -στήσω,  (ΰπό, 
όιίστημι)  to  separate  from,  place  asun- 
der. Mid.  to  go  apart,  step  asunder  : 
in  aor.  2,  perf ,  and  piqpf.,  to  stand  off 
or  aloof. 

Άποδΐκάζω,  f.  -dau,  {άττό,  δικάζω) 
to  adjudge,  acquit,  opp.  to  /cara(5ticu- 
ζειν,  Antipho    147,  5. 

'A7r()(5i/cfYy,  inf  from  U7ret5(«oi',  poet. 
aor.  without  pres.  in  use,  lo  throw  off, 
Eur.  H.  F.  1204  ;  to  throw  down, 
Aesch.  Ag.  1410. 

ΆτΓοδΐκέω,  {άττό,  νίκη)  to  defend 
cue's  self  on  trial,  Xen.  Hell.  1,  7,  21. 

'Κτίοδίνέω,  (άττό,  δινέω)  to  turn  or 
■whirl  Violently  about :  hence  of  thresh- 
ing corn,  V"alck.  Hdt.  2,  14. 

Άποδίομαι.  {άττό,  δίω)  dep.,  poet, 
for  αποδιώκω,  II.  5,  703  [where  it  is 
ΰποδΐωμαι}- 

Άποδΐο-ομπέομαι,  f-  -ήσομαι,  dep. 
mid.,  (άτΓΟ,  \ιός,  ττομπή)  to  avert 
threatened  evil  by  offerings  to  Jupiter  : 
hence  in  genl.,  to  conjure  away.  Plat. 
Cratyl.  396  E,  Lys.  108,  4:  hence 
later,  to  reject  with  abhorrence,  Plut. — 
άττ.  οίκον,  to  purify,  Plat.  Legg.  877 
E,  cf  Ruhnk.  Tim.     Hence 

Άποδιοπόμπησις,  εως,  ?/,  the  offer- 
ing an  expiatory  sacrifice,  Plat.  Legg. 
854  B. 

Άποδιορίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (άπό,  διορίζω) 
to  mark  off,  distinguish,  to  separate, 
N.  T. 


ΑΠΟΔ 

Άττοδισκεύω,  {άπό,  δισκεύω)  to 
hurl  a  discus,  throw  like  a  discus. 

'Αποδιφθερόω,ώ,{άκό, διψθερόω)  to 
strip  off  the  hide. 

Άποδιωθέω,  fut.  -διώσω,  {ΰπό,  διω- 
θέω)  to  thrust  away,  Ath. 

'Αποδιώκω,  fut.  -διώξομαΐ,  {από, 
διώκω)  to  chase  away,  Thuc.  3,  108  : 
αποδίωκε  σαντον,  take  yourself  off, 
Ar.  Nub.  1296.     Hence 

Άποδίωξις,  εως,  ή,  a  chasing  away, 
Arist.  Probl. 

Άποδοκεΐ,  impers.  {άπό,  δοκέω) 
usu.  c.  μ//  et  inf,  άπέδοξέ  σφι  μη,  it 
seemed  good  to  them  not  to  do,  they  re- 
solved not...,  Hdt.  1,  152  ;  8,  111,  also 
without  μη,  Xen.  An.  2,  3,  9 :  absol. 
ως  σφι  άπέδοξε,  when  they  resolved  not, 
Hdt.  1,  172:  also  in  Xen. 

'Αποδοκιμάζω,  f.  -άσω,  {άπό,  δοκι- 
μάζω) to  reject  on  proof  or  trial,  in 
genl.  to  reject,  Hdt.  1,  199  (in  3  sing. 
άποδοκιμφ,  as  if  from  άποδοκιμάω), 
6,  130:  esp.  to  reject  a  candidate /row 
ivant  of  qualification,  Lys.  130,  33  :  άπ. 
νόμον,  to  reject  a  law,  Xen.  Mem.  4, 
4,  14.     Hence 

'Αποδοκιμασία,  ας,  ή,  a  rejection  af- 
ter trial,  non-admission  to  office,  etc. 

Άποδοκιμαστέον,  verb.  adj.  from 
αποδοκιμάζω,  one  must  reject,  Xen. 
Eq.  3,  8. 

\Άποδοκίμάω,  a  pres.  presupposed 
by  3  sing,  άποδοκιμά,  Hdt.  1,  199,  v. 
αποδοκιμάζω. 

' Αποδόκιμος,  ov,  {άπό,  δόκιμος)  re- 
jected, lightly  esteemed,  spurious. 
ΥΑποδόμεναι,  2  aor.  inf  poet,  for 
άποδοϋναι,  from  άποδίδωμι. 

Άποδοντόω,  {άπό,  όδονς)  to  clean 
the  teeth.     Hence 

Άποδόντωσις,  εως,  ή,  a  cleaning  of 
the  teeth. 

Άποδος,  ή.  Ion.  for  άφοδος,  Hdt. 
ΥΑπόδος,  2  aor.  imper.  from  άποδί- 
δωμι. 
■\'Αποδόσθαι,  2  aor.  inf.  mid.  from 
άποδίδωμι. 

Άποδόσιμος,  ov,  that  should  be  re- 
stored :  from 

Άπόδοσις,  εως,  η,  {άποδίδωμι)  a 
giving  back,  restoration,  restitution,  re- 
turn, τινός,  Hdt.  4,  9,  Thuc.  5,  35, 
etc.  :  esp.  repayment,  compensation, 
and  in  genl.  payment.  Plat. — 2.  a  giv- 
ing away,  presenting. — 3.  in  Gramm. 
the  consequent  proposition,  opp.  to  πρό- 
τασις. 

Άποδοτέον,  verb.  adj.  from  άποδί- 
δωμι, one  must  give  back  or  restore, 
Plat.  Rep.  379  A. 

' Αποδοτή p,  ήρος,  ό,  {άποδίδωμι)  a 
giver  back,  repayer,  Epich.  p.  C6. 

Άπόδουλος,  ov,  {άπό,  δούλος)  son 
of  a  slave. 

Άποδοχεΐον,  ου,  τό,  a  house  or  place 
for  receiving :  from 

Άποδοχενς,  έως,  ό.  =  άποδεκτήρ, 
from  αποδέχομαι,  Themist.     Hence 

Άποδοχενω.  to  be  an  άποδοχενς, 
take  in  people,  Joseph. 

'Αποδοχή,  ης,  ή,  {αποδέχομαι)  a 
receiving  back,  having  restored  to  one, 
opp.  to  άπόδοσις,  Thuc.  4,  81  :  ac- 
ceptance,  reception,  Hipp.  :  esp.  hospit- 
able reception. — Ή.  praise,  thanks,  satis- 
faction, Diod. — III.  a  receipt,  income. 

Άποδοχμήω,  ώ,  f  -ώσω,  {άπό,  δυχ- 
μόω)  to  bend  backwards  or  sideways, 
Od.  9,  372. 

Άπόδραγμα,  ατός,  τό,  {άποδράττω) 
a  part  taken  off. 

Άποδραθεϊν,  inf.  aor.  2  from  άπο- 
δαρθάνω. 
Τ  Αποδραμοϋμαι,  fut.  of  άποτρέχω. 

Άποδράς,  part.  aor.  2  of  ind.  ΰπέ- 
δραν  of  άποδιδράσκω,  Od. 

Άπόδράσις,  εως,  ή,  Ion.  άπόδρησις, 


ΑΠΟΕ 

{άποδιδράσκω)  α  running  away,  escapt, 
άπ.  ποιείσϋαι,  Hdt.  4,  140. 

Άποδράττω,  {άπό,  δράττω)  to  take 
a  part  of ,  usu.  in  mid. 

Άποδρέπτομαι,  dep,=  sq.,  Anth. 

Άποόρέπω,  f.  -Tpu,  {άπό,  δρέπω) 
to  pluck  off,  άποδρεπε  οίκαδε  βοτρνς, 
pluck  and  take  home  the  clusters  of 
grapes,  Hes.  Op.  608:  άττ.  καρπόν 
ηβας,  Pind.  P.  9,  193  ;  so  too  in  imd., 
Pind.  Fr.  87,  6.  Mid.  to  gather  for 
one's  self,  Anth. 

Άποδρηναι,  Ion.  for  άποδράναι, 
inf  aor.  2  act.  of  άποδιδράσκω,  Hdt. 

Άπόδρησις,  ιος,  -ή.  Ion.  for  άπό- 
δρασις,  Hdt. 

Άποδρομή,  ης,  ή,  {άποτρέχω,  ύπο 
δραμείν)  α  running  away,  refuge,  Arr. 

'Απόδρομος,  ov,  {άποτρέχω,  άπα- 
δραμείν)  left  behind  in  the  race ;  or 
pern.  7iot  yet  rimning.  Soph.  Fr.  75. 

Άποδρνπτω,  f.  -i/oj.  (άττό,  δρνπτω'\ 
to  scratch  off,  graze  off  the  skin  by  a 
slight  wound,  τί  τίνος,  Horn. — 2.  to 
pluck  off.  Mid.  to  scrape  one's  self,  to 
grow  thin,  Ale. 

Άποδρνφω,  =  foreg.,  hence  άπο- 
δρύφοι,  II.  23,  187  ;  24,  21,  though 
some  take  it  as  opt.  aor.  from  άπο- 
δρνπτω, but  cf  Buttm.  Ausf.  Gr. 
^  92,  8. 

'Αποδννω.=  άποδνω,  to  pull  or  strip 
off,  Od.  22,  364.   [i] 

Άποδνρμός,  ov,  b,  a  bewailing,  la- 
menting :  Irom 

Άποδύρομαι,  f.  -νρονμαι,  {από, 
οδύρομαι)  lo  lament  bitterly,  τι  προς 
τίνα,  Hdt.  2,  111 :  absol.  Aesch.,  and 
Soph,  [ύ  in  pres.] 

Άπόδνσις,  εως,  ή,  {άποδνω)  a  strip- 
ping, undressing. 

Άποδνςπετέω,  {άπό,  δνςπετέω)  to 
desist  through  impatience,  disgust  or 
despair,  to  be  vexed  or  ill-tempered, 
Arist.  Org.     Hence 

Άποδνςπέτησις.  εως,  ή,  discourage- 
ment, disgust,  despair. 

Άποδυτέον,  verb.  adj.  from  άπο- 
δνω, one  must  strip.  Plat.  Rep.  157  A. 

Άποδΰτήριον,  ov,  τό,  {άποδνω)  a 
place  for  undressing  ill  the  bath,  Plat. 
Lys,  206  E. 

Άπόδυτρον,  ov,  ro,^foreg. 

Άποδνω,  f.  -δύσω,  {άπό,  δύω)  to 
strip  off,  Horn.  (esp.  in  11.),  c.  dupl. 
ace,  of  stripping  armour  from  the 
slain,  τεύχεα  άπ.  Mid.  c.  aor.  2  et 
perf.  act.,  to  strip  one's  self,  undress, 
Od.  5,  349  :  metaph.  usu.  c.  ace,  to 
put  away,  lay  aside,  e.  g.  φόβον  :  C. 
gen.,  ιματίων  ηποδνσαι,  Ar.  Thesm. 
650  :  c.  gen.  and  ace,  μελέων  άπέδ, 
πέπλον,  he  drew  the  robe  from  his  limbs, 
Mus.  251.  With  Tipof  Τί,ίττί  Ti  or  έπί 
TLvi,  τί  τίνος.  Plat.  Charm.  151  E,  to 
strip  for  a  thing,  strictly  for  gymnas- 
tic exercises,  and  so  in  genl.,  to  strip 
and  get  ready  for,  Ar.  Lys.  015,  with- 
out prep.,  Ar.  Ach.  627  :  hence  also 
oi  υποδυόμενοι  είς  το  -}νμνάσιον, 
those  who  practise  in  the  gymnasium  ; 
the  perf.  act,  seldom  occurs  in  trans, 
signf ;  Xen.  An.  5,  8,  23  it  is  so  used. 

Άποδωρέομαι,  {  από,  δωρέομαι ) 
dep.,  to  give  away.  Critias  2,  3. 

ΥΑποδωσείω,  desider.  from  άποδί- 
δωμι, to  desire  to  give  away. 

ΫΑπόδωτοί,  ων,  οι,  the  Apodoti,  a 
people  of  Aetolia,  Thuc.  3,  94. 

'A7rofi/c6),f -|ω,(ύ~ό,  είκω)  to  ivith- 
draw  from,  and  so  make  room,  give 
way,  θεών  άπόεικε  κε?ιενθον,  Π.  3, 
406,  as  Wolf  and  Spitzn.  read  with 
Aristarch.,  cf  άπεϊπον. 

Άποειπεΐν,  άπόειπον,  ες,  ε,  Ερ. 
for  άπειπεΐν,  άπεΙπον,  etc.  Horn. 
[άποειπών  in  II.  19,  35.] 

175 


ΑΠΟΘ 

Άποένννμι,=  άποδνο),  poet.,  fo  strip 
of  clothing. 

Άτϊοεργάθω,  poet,  for  απεργώ, 
άττείργω,  to  keep  far  away ,  keep  off,  part 
from,  tL  τίνος,  Horn. ;  βύκεα  ουλής, 
he  pushed  back  the  rags /rom  the  scar, 
Od.  21,  221. 

Άποέργω,  poet,  for  άπέργω,  άπ- 
είργίύ,  Horn.  :  partic.  ΰττοεργμένη, 
for  άπεργομένη,  Η.  Hoin.  Veil.  47. 

Άπόερσε,  subj.  -tpaij,  opt.  -έρσειε, 
an  old  Ep.  aor.  found  only  in  3  pers., 
11.  β.  3 18  ;  21,  283,  32'J,  to  hurry,  sweep 
away,  of  runnini;  water.  (Of  nncer- 
tain  deriv. :  Buttm.  Lexil.  p.  157,  sup- 
poses it  to  come  from  ίρόυ,  as  Ion. 
collat.  form  of  άρόω.) 

Άποζάίο,  f.  -ζήσω,  {από,  ζίίω)  to 
live  off,  δσον  άποζήν.  enough  to  live  off, 
Thuc.  1,  2. — 2.  to  live  poorly,  Ael. 

Άπόζεμα,  ατός,  τό,  (άποζέω)  a  de- 
coction, potion,  apozem.  Diosc. 
ΆτΓοζένννμί,^=άπηζέίο. 
Άπόζεσμα,  ατός,  τύ,=^  άπόζεμα. 
Άποζενγέω,  collat.  form  from  sq., 
Hipp. 

Άποζεύγνϋμι,  and  άποζενγννω,  f. 
■ζεύξυ,  {άπό,  ζεύγννμι)  to  unyoke, 
part.  Pass,  to  be  partedfrom.  τέκνων, 
γυναίκας,  etc.  Eur.,  but  δεϋρ'  άπεζύ- 
γην  πόδας,  on  foot  did  I  start  and 
come  hither,  Aesch.  Cho.  (576,  πόδας 
being  added  as  usu.  with  verbs  of 
motion,  cf  Kiihner  Gr.  Gr.  sS552. 

' Κπηζέω,  f  -ζέσω,  {από,  ζέω)  to  boil 
off,  throw  off  by  fermenting. — 2.  intr. 
to  cease  boiling,  fretting,  or  fermenting, 
Alex.  Dem.  6. 

'A7ro^iiyou,=  ίιποζεύγνυμι. 
Άπόζω,  f.  αποζήσω,  {από,  όζω)  to 
smell  of  something,  τινός,  Ibyc.  42  C. 
— II.  impers.,  άπόζεί  της  'Κραβίης, 
there  comes  a  smell  from  Arabia,  Hdt. 
3,  113. 

Άποζωγράφέω,  {άπό,  ζωγραφέω) 
to  paint  a  live  thing  :  in  genl.  to  paint, 
pourtray.  Plat.  Tim.  71  C. 

Άποζώΐ'νυμι,  and  άποζωνννω,  fut. 
-ζώσω,  {από,  ζώνννμι)  to  take  off  or 
loose  the  girdle,  disarm,  Hdn.  :  hence 
to  discharge  one  frotn  service. 

Άποϋύλλω,  f.  -θΰλώ,  {άπό,  θύλλω) 
to  lose  the  bloom,  cease  fowering. 

Άποθΰνεϊν,  m(.  aor.  2,  and  άπο- 
θάΐ'ονμαι,  fut.  of  αποθνήσκω. 

Άποβανετέον,  verb.  adj.  of  άττο- 
θνί/ϋκω,  one  must  die,  Arist.  Eth.  N. 
3,  1,  8,  Bekk.,  ubi  ai.  -θανατέον  or 
^ΰνητέαν. 

' ΚποθαΙ)()έω,  and  άποθαρσέω,  fut. 
-ήσω,  {άπό,  θαββέω)  to  take  courage, 
have  full  confidence,  Xen.  Oec.  16,  6. 
— II.  άπ.  τι,  to  venture  a  thing,  Polyb. 
Άπυθαββννω,  {άπό,  θαββύνω)  to 
encourage,  Ap]l. 

Ά  ποΟανμύζω,  f.  -ύσω,Τοπ.  άποθωνμ., 
{άπό.  θαυμάζω)  to  wonder  at  a  thing, 
Ti,  Od.  6,  49,  Hdt.,  etc. :  also  absol. 
to  tvondcr  much,  Hdt.  1.  68,  etc. 

Άποθεάομαι,  fut.  -ύσομαι,  {άπό, 
θεάομαΐ)  dep.  mid.,  to  contemplate  at- 
tentively, [άσο/ίπί] 

Άποθειάζω,  {άπό,  θειύζω)  strength- 
ened for  θειύζω. 

Άποθειόω,ροβΙ.  for  άττο^εόω,  Anth. 
Άποθεμελιόω,  {άπό,  θεμελιόω)  to 
destroy  from  the  foundations. 

Άπο'θεν,  adv.,  {άπό)  from  afar, 
θείισθαι,  άκοντίζειν,  Xen. :  c.  gen., 
αποθεν  τοϋ  τείχους,  Aeschin.  14,  12. 
— II.  afar  off,  η  γη  ij  άποθεν,  Xen. 
Cyneg.  9,  2.  IC. 

Άπόθεος,  ov,  {άπό,  θεός)  far  from 
the  gods :  hence  godless,  Uke  άθεος. 
Soph.  Fr.246.^ 

Άποθεόω,  {άπό,  θεόω)  to  make  into 
a  god.  deify,  Arist.  ap.  Ath. 
'Αποθεραπεία,  ας,  η,  strengthened 
176 


ΑΠΟΘ 

for  θεραπεία,  regular  service,  θέων, 
Arist.  Pol. — II.  Medic,  a  being  rubbed 
and  anointed  after  exercise.  Gal. 

Άποθεράπενσις,  εως,  7/,^^θεράπευ- 
σις. 

Άποθερΰπεντική,  ης,  ή,  sub.  τέχ- 
V7],  the  application  of  αποθεραπεία  11. 

Αποθεραπεύω,  {από,  θεραπεύω) 
to  serve  attentively,  Dion.  Η. — 2.  to  ap- 
ply αποθεραπεία,  Gal. 

Άποθερίζω,ίηΙ.  -ίσω  Att.  -ΐώ,{άπό, 
θερίζω)  ίο  reap  or  cut  off,  τάς  τρίχας, 
Κίΐμας,  Eur.  Or.  128,  Hel.  1188,  in 
contr.  aor.  άπέθρισα. 

Άπόθερμος.  ον,=άθερμος,  Aret. 

Άπηθεσιμος,  ov,  {άποτιθ/ιμι)  for 
laying  away  or  by. 

Άπόθεσις,  εως,  ή,  {άποτίθημι)  a  lay- 
ing away  or  by,  laying  up  in  store, 
Plat. — II.  an  exposing  ot  children, 
Arist.  Pol. — III.  άπ.  κώλου,  περιόδου, 
η  pause  or  rest  of  the  voice  in  speak- 
ing, Rhet. — IV.  the  running  out  of  the 
abacus  of  a  column,  Vitruv. — V.  = 
άποδντ/ιριον,  Luc. 

Άποθεσπίζω,  fut.  -ίσω  Att.  -ΐώ, 
{άπό,  θεσπίζω)  to  declare  by  oracle, 
proclaim.  Plut.     Hence 

Άποθέσπισις,  εως,  ή,  an  oracle  giv- 
en, Strab. 

^Απόθεστος,  ov,  despised,  abhorred, 
Od.  17,  296.  (Ace.  to  some  from 
άποτίθημι  for  άπόθετος,  others  better 
from  άπό,  θέσσασθαι,  undesired,  i.  e. 
despised,  opp.  to  πολνθεστος.) 

Άποθεταί,  ων,  ai,  a  place  in  Lace- 
daemon  into  which  all  misshapen  chil- 
dren were  thrown  on  birth,  Plut.:  from 

Άπόθετος,  ov,  {άποτίθημι)  laid  by  : 
hence  hidden,  mysterious,  ίπη.  Plat. 
Phaedr.  262  A,  cf.  Lob.  Aglaoph.  p. 
861  :  άπ.  φίλος,  a  special,  intimate 
friend,  Lys.  113,  44  :  τα  άπ.,  preserved 
meats,  etc. — 2.  put  aside  as  useless,  re- 
jected, Plut.,  cf  foreg. 

Άποθέω,  L•  -θεύσομαι,  {άπό,  θέω) 
to  run  off  or  away :  of  seamen,  Hdt. 
8,  56. 

Άποθεωρέω,  {άπό,  θεωρέω)=άπο- 
θεάομαι,  Plut.     Hence 

Άποθεώρησις,  εως,  ή,  α  distant  view 
or  survey,  Diod. — ll.  serious  contem- 
plation, Plut. 

Άποθέωσις,  εως,  η,  {άποθεόω)  deifi- 
cation, Strab. 

'Αποθήκη,  ης,  η,  {άποτίθημι)  any 
place  ivherein  to  lay  up  a  thing,  a  bam, 
granary  :  a  magazine,  warehouse,  store- 
house, Thuc.  6,  97. — II.  anything  laid 
by  or  stored  up,  άποθήκην  ποιεΐσθαι 
εις  Τίνα.  to  lay  up  a  store  of  favour 
with  another,  Hdt.  8,  109,  though 
Valck.  tries  to  keep  to  the  usu.  signf 

Άποθτβασμός,  ov,  ύ,  {άπό,  θϊ/λάζω) 
a  sucking,  sucking  out. 

' Αποθηλύνω,  {άπό.  θηλύνω)  to  make 
womanish  or  weak,  of  plants,  Theophr. 

Άποθηριόω.  {άπό,  θηριόω)  to  make 
quite  savage,  Polyb.  Pass,  to  become 
or  be  quite  savage.  Id.  :  esp.  of 
wounds,  to  become  malignant  or  ulcer- 
ous, Schweigh.  Polyb.  1,  81,  5. — II. 
to  be  full  of  savage  beasts,  Alciphr. 
Hence 

Άποθηρίωσις,  εως,  ή,  a  changing 
into  a  wild  beast,  Plut.  —  II.  (from 
pass.)  a  being  savage  :  hence  rage 
against  any  one,  προς  τίνα,  Diod. 

'Αποθησαυρίζω,  fut.  -ίσω  Alt.  -Ιω, 
{άπό,  θησαυρίζω)  to  treasure  or  hoard 
up,  Luc.  Alex.  23.     Hence 

Άποθησανρισμός,  οϋ,  ό,  a  treasuring 
or  hoarding  up. 

Άπόθητος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  ποθέω)  un- 
wished for.  Lye. 

Άποθΐνόω,  {άπό.  θινόω)  to  fill  up 
with  sand  or  mud,  silt  quite  up,  Polyb., 
in  pass. 


ΑΠΟΘ 

Άποθλασμός,  ov,  ό,  a   crushing : 
from 
Άποθλάω,  ί.  -άσω,  {άπό,  Ολάω)  to 

crush  quite. 

Άποθλίβω,  ί.  -ψω,  {άπό,  θλίβω) 
to  squeeze  or  press  out,  Theophr. — II. 
to  press  hard,  oppress  much,  N.  T..LuC. 
8,  45.  [/-]  Hence 

' Απόθλιμμα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which  is 
pressed  out. 

'Απόβλιψίς,  εως,  η,  {άποθλίβω)  a 
pressing  out. — II.  a  pressing  hard,  and 
so  compulsion,  Luc. :  also  oppression. 

'Αποθνήσκω,  fut.  -θάνονμαι,  {άπό, 
θνήσκω,  to  die  off,  die  away,  in  geul.  to 
die,  be  dying,  die,  Horn,  only  in  pres. 
to  be  dying  of  fear,  of  laughter,  etc., 
Ar.  Ach.  15,  like  έκθνήσκω,  q.  v.  : 
very  freq.  in  aor.  άπέθανον.  to  die,  be 
put  to  death,  Plat.  Apol.  32  D.  etc.  : 
άποθανείν  νπυ  της  πόλεως,  to  he  put 
to  death  by  public  sentence,  Lys.  159,  29: 
perf  άποτέθνηκα,  to  be  dead.  In  prose 
more  usual  than  the  simple  verb. 

ΆποθορεΙΐ',  inf.  aor.  2.  act.  of  άπο- 
θρώσκω.  Hdt. 

'Αποθρασύνω,  fut.  -ϋνονμαι,  {άπό, 
θρασυνω)  to  cheer  up.  Mid.  and  pass. 
to  be  very  courageous  or  bold,  dare  all 
things,  Dem.  1407,  14.  [v] 

Άπόθραυσις,  εως,  ή,  {άποθραύω) 
a  breaking  off  or  from,  crushing. 

Άπόθραυσμα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which 
is  broken  off,  a  fragment :  from 

Άποθρανω,  {άπό,  θραύω)  to  break 
off  or  from,  άποθρανεσθαι  της  εΰ- 
κλείας,  to  he  broken  off'  from,  i.  e.  lost 
all  one's  fair  fame,  Ar.  Nub.  997. — II. 
to  break  in  pieces,  Arist.  Probl.,  in  pass. 

Άποθρηνέω,  {άπό,  θρι/νέω)  to  la- 
ment much,  like  άποδύρομαι,  Plut. 

ΆποθρΙύζω,  {άπό.  θριάί,ω)  strictly, 
to  cut  off'  fig-leaves :  in  genl.  to  cut  off, 
dock,  cf  Elmsl.  Ar.  Ach.  158. 

Άποθρίζω,  cf  άποθεριζω. 

Άπόθριξ,  τρϊχος,  ό,  ή,  =  άθριξ. 
Call. 

Άπόθρισμα,  ατός,  τό,  {άποθρίζω) 
that  which  is  cut  off,  Orph. 

Άπύθρονος,  ov,  {άπό,  θρόνος)  com• 
ing  or  rising  from  a  throne. 

Άποθρύπτω,  f.  -ψω,  {άπό,  θρύπτω) 
to  crush  in  pieces :  hence  to  break  hi 
spirit,  enervate,  pamper,  τάς  ψυχάς 
ξνγκεκλασμένοι  τε  και  άποτεθρυμ- 
μένοι.  Plat.  Rep.  495  Ε,  cf  Hemst., 
and  Ruhnk.  Tim. 

Άποθρώσκω,  fut.  -θορονμαι :  aor. 
άπέθορον,  {άπό,  θρώσκω)  to  spring  or 
leap  off  from,  νηός,  II.  2,  702,  so  άφ 
ίππου,  νεός,  Hdt.  1,  80  ;  7,  182.— II.  to 
leap  up  from,  rise  from,  καπνον  άπο- 
θρώσκοντα  γαίης,  Od.  1,  58:  also 
absol.  to  rise  sheer  up,  of  steep  rocks, 
Hes.  Sc.  375. 

Άποθϋμίύσις,  εως,  η,  a,  rising  of 
smoke  or  vapour,  Plut. ;  from 

Άποθνμιάω,  ω,  f.  -άσω,  {άπό,  θυ- 
μιάω)  to  rise  in  smoke  οτ  vapour,  [άσω] 

Άποθύμιος,  ov,  {άπό,  βνμός)  no: 
according  to  the  mind,  unpleasant ,  hate 
ful,  Hes.  Op.  708,  άποθύμια  ίρδειν 
τινί,  to  do  what  is  displeasing  to  one, 
to  do  one  a  disfavour,  11.  14,  201.   \υ] 

Άπόθΐμος,  ov,  {άπό,  θυμύς)=άθν- 
μος,  spiritless  :  indifferent,  careless, 
dub.,  Plut. 

Άποθυννίζω,  {άπό,  θνννίζω)  to  send 
to  the  tunnies,  i.  e.  dismiss  as  incorrigi- 
bly dull,  Luc.  Jup.  Trag.  25. 

Άποθνρόι,ι.  ώ,  {άπό,  θύρα)  to  put 
out  of  doors,  shut  out. — 2.  to  furnis/i 
with  doors. 

Άποθνσάνιον  or  άποθυστάνιον,  ου. 
τό,  a  sort  of  drinking-vessel,  Polemu 
ap.  Ath.  479  F. 

Άποθύω,  ί.  -ύσω,  {άπό,  θύω)  to  offer 
up,  esp.  as  a  votive  sacrifice,  θνσίαι, 


ΑΠΟΙ 

Βνχήν,  δεκάτην,  Kruger  Xen.  An.  3, 
a,  12  ;  4,  8,  25.  ['δ] 

Άτΐοθυράκίζομαι,  {από,  θωρακίζω) 
as  pass.,  to  put  ojf  one's  coat  of  mail. 

Άποθίίνμάζυ,  Ion.  for  άττοθαυμά- 

f'Aireioib),  ώ,  f.  -ήσο),  (άττό,  οίδέω) 
ta  swell  fro7n,  to  extend  a  swelling,  Hipp. 
— 2.  to  swell  down,  i.  e.  to  decrease,  of 
a  swelling.     Hence 

Άττοιδησις,  εως,  ή,  abatement  of  a 
swelling. 

Άττοίητος,  OP,  {a  priv.,  ποιέω)  not 
done,  undone,  άτΓοίητον  θέμεν,  Lat. 
infectiim  reddere,  Pind.  O.  2,  50  :  7wt 
to  be  done,  impossible.  Plot. — Π.  not 
yet  made :  also  slightly  made,  rudely 
made,  simple,  Dion.  H. — III.  of  per- 
sons, clumsy,  awkward,  Geop. —  IV. 
not  poetical,  prosaic.     Adv.  -τως. 

'Αττοικεσία,  ας,  ή,^=αποίκία,  Anth. 
.  'Χποικέω,  {utco,  οίκέω)  to  go  away 
from  home,  esp.  as  a  colonist,  to  settle 
in  a  foreign  country,  emigrate,  εις  άλ- 
λην  γτ/ν.  Plat.  Euthyd,  271  C,  cf. 
SchJif.  Greg.  p.  961. — II.  to  dwell  afar 
off,  in  genl.  to  live  or  be  far  away,  μα- 
κράν ύ-,  Thuc.  3,  55,  cf.  Valck.  Ad. 
p.  238.  In  pass,  ή  Κόρινβος  έξ  έμοΰ 
μακράν  ακωκείτο,  Corinth  was  inhoa 
bited  far  away  from  me,  i.  e.  I  settled 
far  from  Corinth,  Soph.  O.  T.  998.— 
III.  c.  ace,  =άττοιΚίζω,  to  colonise, 
Pind.  P.  4,  460. 

Άποίκησίς,  εως,  7;,=sq.,  emigration. 

Αποικία,  ας,  ή,  {άποικος)  a  settling 
away  from  home,  a  colony,  settlement, 
Hdt.,  etc. :  εις  ύποικίην  στέλλ,ειν, 
ύγειν,  to  send,  lead  to  form  a  settlement, 
Hdt.;  απ.  εκπέμπειν,  Thuc.  1,  12: 
άπ.  κηρύσσειν  εις  τόπον,  Thuc.  1, 
27. 

'Αποικίζω,  fut.  -ίσω  Att.  -ίώ,  (άττό, 
οΐκίζω)  to  send  aivay  fro?n  home,  trans- 
plant, ίς  αΚλην  γήν,  Od.  12,  135  : 
ίπ.  δόμων  τινά,  Eur.  EL  1008:  hence 
in  genl.  to  send  or  carry  away.  Soph. 
O.  C.  1390,  Tr.  955.  Pass,  to  be  set- 
led  in  a  far  land,  εν  μακάρων  ν//σοις. 
Plat.  Rep.  519  C :  to  emigrate.  Id. 
Euthyd.  302  C. — II.  to  colonise  a  place, 
Hdt.  1,  94,  Thuc.  1,24. 

Άποίκΐλος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  ποικίλος) 
not  variegated,  simple,  lamljl. 

Άποίκιλτος,  ov,  {a  priv., ποικίλλω) 
not  variegated. 

Άποίκιος,  ov,  {αποικία)  belonging 
to  a  colony,  colonial,  Polyb. 

Άποικίς.  ίδος,  ή,  fem.  of  άποικος, 
with  or  without  πόλις,  a  colony,  Hdt. 
7,  167. 

Άποίκισις,  εως,  η,  {αποικίζω)  the 
leading  out  a  colony,  Dion.  H. 

'Αποικισμός,  οϋ,  o,=foreg.,  Arist. 
Pol.^II.  also=a7roi/c£a. 

Άπηικοδομέω,  {άπα,  οίκοδομέω)  to 
cut  off  by  building,  to  wall  up,  barricade, 
τάς  θύρας,  τας  οδούς,  Thuc.  1.  134 : 
7,  73,  so  too  Dem.  1273,  6,  8.— II.  to 
pull  down. 

Άποικονομέω,  {από,  οίκονομέω)  to 
husband. — 2.  to  takeoff,  take  away,  dis- 
tribute.    Hence 

Άποικονόμησις,  εως,  ή,  a  husband- 
ing.— 2.  a  getting  rid  of,  keeping  away, 
Arist.  Probl. 

Άποικος,  ov,  {από, .  οίκος)  away 
from  home,  abroad,  on  travel,  άποικον 
πέμπειν  Ύης,  to  send  from  one's  native 
land,  Sopn.  O.  T.  1518  :  usu.  as  subst. 
— 1.  of  persons,  a  settler,  colonist, 
Thuc.  7,  57,  etc.  :  hence  Aesch.  calls 
iron,  'ΚάλυβηςΣκυθών  (i7roi/iOf,Theb. 
729. — 2.  of  cities,  sub.  πόλις,  a  colony, 
Xen.  An.  5,  3,  2  ;  6,  2,  1,  like  αποι- 
κία, άποικίς.—^Ι.  as  pr.  n.  Apoecus, 
an  Athenian,  who  enlarged  Teos, 
Str-ib 

12 


ΑΠΟΚ 

Άποικτίζομαι,  tut.  -ίσομαι,  {από, 
οΊκτίζομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  complain  loud- 
ly, προς  TLva,  Hdt.  1,  114. 

Άποίμαντος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  ποιμαί- 
νω)  unfed,  untended,  Anth. 

Άποιμώζω,  fut.  -ξω,  {από,  οίμώζω) 
to  bewail  loudly,  c.  acc,  Trag. ;  άπ.  τι 
προς  τίνα,  Eur.  Med.  31. 

Άποινα,  ων,  τά,  only  used  in  phir., 
(acc.  to  Passow,  from  a  copul.,  ποι- 
VT},  and  so  strictly  things  all  one  with 
a  ποινή  or  penalty,  i.  e.  taken  for  or 
instead  thereof;  acc.  to  Pott,  from 
άπό,  penalty  in  full,  like  Germ.  Ab- 
o«sse)  hence — I.  in  Horn,  (only  in  II.), 
a  ransom,  or  price  paid,  whether  to  re- 
cover one's  freedom  when  taken 
prisoner.=  λίτρα,  as  in  II.  1,  13,  111, 
cf.  Hdt.  6,  79,  or  to  save  one's  life,= 
ζωύγρια,  as  II.  2,  230  ;  6,  49  ;  usu.  c. 
gen.,  άποινα  κούρης,  νιος,  ransom  for 
a  maiden,  etc.,  II.  :  άποινα  διδόναι,  to 
pay  ransom,  δέχεσθαι,  to  accept  ran- 
som.— II.  in  genl.  compensation,  repay- 
ment, II.  9,  120  :  esp.  by  Solon's  laws 
the  fine  paid  by  the  murderer  to  the 
ne.xt  of  kin,  like  the  Saxon  weregild  : 
Pmd.  oft.  has  it  in'  good  sense,  a  re- 
compense, reward,  and  USU.  absol.  c. 
gen.,  in  recompense  or  reward  for...,  cf. 
Eur.  Ale.  7,  Bacch.  516.     Hence 

' Αποινύω,ώ,  todetjiand  a  ransom  pr 
price  from  a  murderer :  also  in  mid. 
to  exact  this  price  from  one,  requite  or 
punish,  Ti^ajEur.  Rhes.  177, cf.  Bockh 
v.l.  Pind.  N.5,  16,  p.  527. 

Άποινεί,  adv.,  (a  priv.,  ποινή)  un- 
punished. 

Άποινίζω,  {άπό,  οίνος)  to  scum,  of 
new  wine. 

Άποινόδΐκος,  ov,  {άποινα,  δίκη) 
exacting  penalty,  atoning,  δίκαΐ,  Eur. 
H.  F.  888. 

Άποινόδορπος,  ov,  {άποινα,  δορ- 
πέω)  ransom-devouring.  Lye. 

Άποινον,  ου,  τό,  v.  άποινα. 

Άποινόω,  —  άποινάω,  q.  v.,  very 
dub. 

— "Αποιος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  ποιος)  with- 
out any  peculiar  quality,  Arist.  Probl., 
νδωρ,  pure  water,  Ath. 

' Αποιστέον ,  verb.  adj.  of  αποφέρω, 
one  must  carry  away  or  off. 

Άποϊστεύω,  {άπό,  οϊστεύω)  to  kill 
with  arrows,  Anth. 

Άποίσω,  fut.  of  αποφέρω,  Horn. 

' Αποίχομαι,  fut.  -οίχήαομαι,  {άπό, 
οίχομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  be  gone  away,  to 
be  far  from,  keep  aloof  from  a  thing, 
c.  gen.  Horn.,  e.  g.  πολέμοιο,  II.  11, 
408,  and  so  mostly  in  Att. :  freq.  also 
absol.  to  be  gone,  to  have  departed,  Hdt. 
3,  30 ;  άποίχεται  χάρις,  Eur.  Η.  F. 
134:  hence  to  be  dead  and  gone,  Ar. 
Ran.  83  ;  ol  άποιχόμενοι  =  n'l  τελεν- 
τήσαντες,  Pind.  P.  1,  181. — II.  more 
rarely,  to  go  away,  withdraw  from, 
Horn. 

Άποιωνίζομαι,  fut.  -ίσομαι,  {άπό, 
οίωνίζομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  abhor  or  shun 
as  an  ill  omen,  Lat.  abominari. 

Άποκαθαίρω,  fut.  -άρω,  {άπό,  καθ- 
αιρώ) to  clear  off,  cleanse,  clean,  Ar. 
Pac.  1184.  Pass,  to  be  removed  by 
cleansing.  Plat.  Tim.  72  C.  Mid.  άπο- 
καθήρασθαί  τι,  to  get  rid  of  a  thing, 
Tim.  Locr. — IL  to  refine  metal  by 
smelting,  Strab.     Hence 

Άποκύθαρμα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which 
is  washed  off,  dirt,  filth,  refuse,  Arist. 
H.  Α.:  esp.  that  which  has  been  used  as 
an  expiation  and  then  thrown  away : 
hence  a  thorough  reprobate,  an  outcast. 

Άποκάθαρσις,  εως,  ή,  a  lustration, 
expiation,  Xen. :  a  purging  off,  χολής, 
Thuc.  2,  49. 

Άποκαθαρτικός,  ή,  όν,  {άποκαθαί- 
ρω) good  for  cleansing,  expiatory. 


ΑΠΟΚ 

Άποκαθέζομαι,  f.  -εδοϋμαι,  (ύττιί, 
καθίζομαι)  to  sit  down.,  sit. 

' Αποκαθεύδω,  f.   -ενδήσω :  in  aor. 
άποκαθηνύον,  άποκαθεύδον,  άπεκαθ 
ένδον,  {ΰ,πό,  καθεύδω)  to  sleep  away 
from  home,  Philostr. — II.  to  fall  asleep 
over  a  thing. 

'Αποκαθηλόω.ώ,{άπό,καθηλόω)  to 
unnail,  tear  loose.     Hence 

'Αποκαθήλωσις,  εως,  ή,  an  unnail- 
ing,  tearing  loose. 

' Αποκύθημαι,  {άπό,  κάθημαι)  to  sit 
apart,  Hdt.  4,  66 :  to  sit  idle,  Arist. 
H.  A. 

Άποκαθίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {άπό,  καθίζω) 
to  set  down.  Mostly  in  mid.,  to  sit 
douni,  Polyb.  :  to  sit  still. 

' Αποκαθιστάνω,  =  sq.,  ap.  Dem. 
256,  3. 

Άποκαθίστημι,  f.  -στήσω,  {άπό, 
καθίστημι)  to  reestablish,  restore,  rein- 
state, Xen.  Rep.  Lac.  6,  3  :  άποκ.  τινί 
τι,  and  τινά  εΙς  τι,  Polyb.,  Plut. : 
άποκ.  τινά  στρατηγέτην,  to  appoint 
one  from  anotner  rank  to  the  office  of 
general,  Luc.  Pass,  άποκαθίσταμαι. 
εις  τι,  to  be  restored  to...,  turn  to  an- 
other shape,  Theophr. 

' Αποκαίννμαι,  {άπό,  καίννμαι)  ίο 
s^irpass,  excel,  vanquish  one  in  a  thing, 
τινά  Tivi,  Od.  8,  127,  219. 

Άποκαίριος,  ον,=άκαψος.  Soph. 
Phil.  155. 

Άποκαισάρόω,  {άπό,  Καίσαρ)  to 
proclaim  as  Caesar,  Anton. 

Άποκαίω.  fut.  -καύσω,  {άπό,  καίω) 
to  burn  off,  Xen.  Mem.  1,  2,  54  :  also 
of  intense  cold,  like  Lat.  frigore  ad- 
urere,  Xen.  An.  4,  5,  3,  and  freq.  in 
Theophr.  Pass,  άπεκαίοντο  ai  βινες, 
their  noses  were  frozen  off,  Xen.  An. 
7,  4,  3. 

Άποκάκέω,  {άπό,  κακή)  to  sink  un- 
der a  weight  of  misery. — II.  to  behave 
as  a  coward,  run  away.     Hence 

Άποκάκησις,  εως,  ή,  cowardice. 

Άποκάκίζω,  f.  -ίσω  strengthd.  for 
κακίζω. 

Άποκαλέω,  ω,  f.  -έσω,  {άπό,  καλ,έω) 
to  call  back,  recall,  esp.  from  exile, 
Hdt.  3.  53,  Xen.,  etc.— 2.  to  call  au-ay 
or  aside,  Xen.  An.  7,  3,  35.— II.  to  call 
by  a  name,  esp.  by  way  of  abuse, 
Soph.  Aj.  727,  ώς  εν  όνείδει  άποκ, 
μηχανοποιόν.  Plat.  Gorg.  512  C  ; 
to  call  in  disparagement,  to  stigmatize 
as,  άργόν,  σοφιστήν  άποκ.  τινά,  to 
stig7nati:e  as  idle,  etc.,  Xen.  Mem.  1, 
2,  57  ;  6,  13  ;  χαριεντισμόν  τίνα  άπ., 
to  call  it  a  sorry  jest.  Plat.  Theaet. 
168  D,  cf  Donalds.  New  Cratyl.  p. 
240.— III.  to  warn  off,  Ar.  Av.  1262, 
ubi  Dind.  άποκεκλήκαμεν,  from  άττο- 
κλ,είω. 

Άποκαλλωπίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {άπό,  καλ- 
λωπίζω) to  strip  of  ornament. 

'Αποκαλυπτικός,  ή,  όν,  fitted  for 
disclosure  :  from 

'Αποκαλύπτω,  fut.  -ψω,  {άπό,  κα- 
7ίύπτω)  to  disclose,  uncover,  Hdt.  1, 
119,  and  Xen.  Mid.  to  reveal  one's 
self:  e.  aee.,  to  disclose  something  of 
one's  self,  άποκα'λύπτεσθαι  προς  τι, 
to  let  one's  designs  upon  a  thing  be- 
come known,  Diod. :  also  in  pass.,  ?m- 
■yoi  άποκεκαλνμμένοι,  obscene  words, 
rlut.    Hence 

Άποκάλυφις,  εως,  ή,  an  uncovering, 
revelation,  N.  T.   [a] 

Άποκάμνω,  f.  -κάμοϋμαι,  {άπό, 
κάμνω)  to  grow  quite  weary,  to  fail  or 
flag  utterly,  usu.  absol,  Plat.  :  also  c. 
part.,  άπ.  μηχανώμενος,  to  be  quite 
weary  of  contriving,  Xen.  Mem.  2,  6, 
35  :  c.  inf.,  to  cease  to  do,  Plat.  Crit. 
45  B. — II.  c.  acc,  άπ.  πόνον,  to  flinch 
from  toil,  Lat.  detractare  laborem,  Xen.. 
Hell.  7,  5,  19. 

177 


ΑΠΟΚ 

ΑτΓοκάμ-τ(ο,  ί.  -ψω,  (άκό,  κάμπτω) 
to  bend  off,  turn  off  or  aside. — 2.  intr. 
lo  go  off  t lie  road,  turn  aside,  Xen.  Eq. 
7,  14  :  c.  inf.,  ά~.  μοχθείν,  to  turn 
nside  from,  shun  labour,  Eur.  Ion  135. 
Hence 

Άπόκαμφις,  εως,  ή,  a  turning  off  or 
away  :  a  going  off  the  road. 

^Αποκα-νίζω,  iut.  -ί'σω  Att.  -ίώ, 
(άττό,  καπνίζω)  to  smoke,  fumigate, 
Hence 

Άποκαπνισμός,  ov,  6,  fumigation. 

Άποκάττύω,  fut.  -vau  Ep.  -νσσω, 
{άττό,  καττύω)  to  breathe  out,  ΐρύχην,  to 
give  up  the  ghost,  II.  22,  467.  [v] 

Άποκΰρΰδοκέω,  {άπα,  καραδοκέω) 
to  expect  earnestly,  Polyb.     Hence 

Άποκΰράδοκία,  ας,  ή,  earnest  ex- 
pectation. 

Άποκΰράτομέω,  (άττό,  καρατομέω) 
Ό  behead. 

Άπόκαρμα,  ατός,  τό,  (άποκήρω) 
that  which  is  shortly  clipped  off. 

Άττοκαρττίζω.  f.  -ίσω,  {άπό,  καρπί- 
ζω) to  strip  of  fruit :  in  genl.  to  deprive 
of  an  advantage,  Clem.  Al. 

^Αροκαρπόω,  (άπό,  καρπόω)  to  pro- 
duce fruit  :  in  genl.  to  produce,  Hipp. 

Άπόκαρσις,  εως,  ή,  (ϊιποκείρω)  a 
shearing  or  clipping  off. 

Άποκαρτέος.  έα,  έον,  verb.  adj. 
from  άποκείρω,  tobe  shorn  or  clippedoff. 

Άποκαρτερέω,  ώ,  (άπό,  καρτερέω) 
not  to  bear,  to  endure  no  longer. — 2.  to 
kill  one's  self  by  abstinence,  starve  one's 
self  to  death.  Hipp.,  cf.  Cic.  Tusc.  1, 
35.     Hence 

Άποκαρτέρησις,  εως,  η,  loss  of  pa- 
tience.— 2.  suicide  by  starvation. 

'  ΑτΓοκαρφολογέω,  =  καρφο?.ογέω, 
Hipp. 

Άποκαταβαίνω,  f.  -βήσομαι.  (άπό, 
καταβαίνω)  to  descend  from,  Dion.  H. 

'Αποκατα?ί,?Μσσω,  Att.  -τ~ω,  f.  -ξω, 
(άπό,  κατα?.λάσσω)  to  reconcile  again, 
N.  T.  Ephes.  2,  16. 

'ΑποκαταΙ)^έω,  (άπό,  καταββέω)  to 
floiv  down  from. 

Άποκαταρβήγννμί,  f.  -^>ήζω,  (άπό, 
καταρ^ήγνυμί)  to  break  quite  down, 
ruin  utterly,  Eur.  H.  F.  1057,  in  tmesis. 

' Αποκατάστΰσις,  εως,  ή,  (άπό,  καθ- 
ίστημι)  α  complete  restoration,  reestab- 
lishment,  restitution,  Polyb.  :  άποκ. 
άστρων,  the  return  of  the  stars  to  the 
same  place  in  the  heavens  as  in  the 
former  year,  Plat.  Ax.  370  B.  and 
Plut.    Hence 

Άποκατηστατικός,  η,  όν,  restorative, 
Synes. 

Άποκατύσχεσις,  εως,  ή,  άποκατ- 
έχω)  α  holding  off  or  hack. 

Άποκατατίβημι,  f.  -θήσω,  (άπό, 
κατατίθημι)  to  lay  down  or  aside,  Ap. 
Rh.,  in  mid. 

'Αποκαταφαίνω,  fut.  -φάνω,  (άπό, 
καταφαίνω)  to  make  visible  by  reflec- 
tion.    Pass,  to  be  reflected.  Aristae. 

Άποκατα-ψύχω,  (άπό,  κατατρύχω) 
fo  cool.  Gal. 

Άποκατέχω,  (άπό,  κατέχω)  to  hold 
off  or  back. 

Άποκύτημαι,  Ion.  for  άποκύθημαι, 
Hdt.  4,  66. 

'λποκατορθόω,=.κατορθόω,  to  set 
■■pright  again,  Arist.  Eth.  E. 
ΥΑποκάτωθεν,  (άπό,  κάτωθεν)  adv., 
from  below,  Olymp.,  cf.   Lub.  Phryn. 
p.  46,  n. 

Άποκανλέω,  (άπό,  κανλέω)  to  lose 
the  stalk.    Hence 

Άποκανλησίς,  εως,  η,  loss  of  the 
stalk. 

Άποκαν7.ίζ<ύ.  fut.  -ίσω  Att.  -ίώ, 
(από,  καυλός)  to  break  off  by  the  stalk, 
break  short  off,  Eur.  Supp.  717,  Thuc. 
2,  70.  Pass,  to  be  so  broken,  be  shat- 
tered or  shivered,  Hiop.  Hence 
Π8 


ΑΠΟΚ 

Άποκαν?.ισις,  εως.  ή,  a  breaking  off 
by  the  stilk:  a  breaking  quite  across, 
snapping,  πηδαλίων,  Luc. 

Άπόκαν/  ος,  ον,=άκαν?.ος,  without 
stalk,  Schneid.  Theophr.  H.  P.  7, 
2,4. 

Άπόκανσις,  εως,  ή,  (άποκαίω)  a 
burning  off,  Strab. 

Άπόκειμαι,  fut.  -κείσομαι,  (άπό, 
κείμαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  lie  away,  be  laid 
by  or  up,  to  be  laid  up  in  store,  first  in 
Pind.  N.  11,  61;  τινί,  for  one's  use, 
Xen.  An.  2,  3,  15:  hence  to  be  kept 
in  secret,  be  in  reserve.  Id.  Cyr.  3,  1,  19: 
πολύς  σοι  (γέλως)  'εστίν  υποκείμενος, 
you  have  great  store  of  laughter  in  re- 
serve, lb.  2,  2,  15  :  άπ.  εις...,  to  be  re- 
served for  an  occasion,  Plat.  Legg.  952 
D:  impers.  άπόκειταί  τινι,  it  is  in 
store,  is  reserved  for  one,  Dem.  633, 
26 :  c.  inf ,  άπόκειταί  τινι  παβεΐν, 
Dion.  Η. :  hence  το  άποκείμενον,  that 
which  is  in  store  for  one,  one's  fate, 
Schaf  Greg.  p.  477.— II.  to  be  laid 
aside,  and  so,  neglected,  Cratin.  ap. 
Plut. 

Άποκείρω.  fut.  -κερώ  Ep.  -κέρσω, 
(άπό.  κείρω)  to  shear,  clip  or  cut  off, 
strictly,  of  hair,  as  II.  23,  141 :  άπο- 
κεκαρμένος  ιιοιχόν,  σκάφων,  of  a 
peculiar  fashion  of  hair-cutting,  Ar. 
Ach.  8-19,  Thesm.  838.  Mid.  άποκεί- 
ρασθαι  τας  κεφάλας,  to  cut  the  hair 
close,  Hdt.  6,  21  :  in  genl.  to  cut  in 
pieces,  cut  through,  τένοντε,  φ/.έβα,  II. : 
metaph.  to  cut  off,  άνδρας,  Aesch. 
Pers.  921,  cf  Eur.  H.  F.  875.  Pass, 
c.  ace,  άπό  στεφάναν  κέκαρσαι  πύρ- 
γων, thou  hast  been  shorn  of  thy  crown 
of  towers,  Eur.  Hec.  910. 

Άποκεκάλνμμένως,  adv.  part.  perf. 
pass,  from  άποκα7.νπτω,  openly. 

Άποκεκινδϋνενμένως,  adv.  part, 
perf  pass,  from  άποκινδννενω,  ven- 
turously, Themist. 

Άποκεκληρωμένως,  adv.  part.  perf. 
pass,  from  ΰποκληρόω.  by  lot. 

Άποκεκρνμμένως,  adv.  part,  perf 
pass,  from  αποκρύπτω,  by  stealth. 

'Αποκέ?:?Μ.  (άπό,  όκέ'λλω)  to  turn 
out  of  the  course  or  track. — 2.  intrans. 
to  get  out  of  the  course  or  track. 

'ΑπόκενοΓ,  ov,  (άπό,  κενός)  quite 
emptied,  Diosc.  cf.  άπέρημος.    Hence 

Άποκενόω,  ώ,  to  empty  quite. 

Άποκεντέω,  (άπό,  κεντέω)  to  pierce 
or  stab  quite  through.     Hence 

Άποκέντησις,   εως,    ή,  a  stabbing, 

νλπόκεντρος,  ov,  (άπό,  κέντρον) 
remote  from  the  centre,  Maneth. 

Άποκένωσις,  εως,  ή,  (άποκενόω) 
an  emptying. 

Άποκερδαίνω,  f  -ότ/σω  and  -δΰνώ, 
(άπό,  κερδαίνω)  to  have  benefit,  enjoy- 
ment from  or  of  a  thing,  c.  gen,,  πο- 
τού, Eur.  Cyci.  432:  άπ.  βραχέα,  to 
make  some  small  gain  of  a  thing,  An- 
doc.  17,  32. 

Άποκερματίζω,  fut.  -ίσω  Att.  -ΐώ, 
(άπό,  κερματίζω)  to  change  for  small 
coin,  hence  to  reduce  a  large  property 
to  a  small  one,  Anth. 

'Αποκεφΰ?.ίζω, f.  -ίσω  Att.  -ΐώ,  (άπό, 
κεφαλή)  to  behead.  Epict.     Hence 

'Αποκεφαλισμός,  ov,  ύ,  a  beheading, 
Plut.;  and 

'Αποκεφαλιστής,  ov,  ό,  a  headsman, 
Strab. 

'Αποκηδεύω,  (άπό,  κηδεύω)  to  cease 
to  mourn  for,  τινά,  Valck.  Hdt.  9,  31. 

Άποκηδέω,  ω,  f  -ήσω,  =  άκηδέω, 
to  put  away  care,  be  careless,  II.  23, 
413  :from 

Άποκηδής,  ές,=  άκηδής,  negligent, 
Hipp. 

' Απόκηρος,  (άπό,  κήρ)  free  from 
/aie  or  dea^A,  Emped.  411. 


ΑΠΟΚ 

Άποκηρυγμα,  ατός,  τό,  (άποαή- 
ρνσσω)  α  thing  publicly  announced,  esp.. 
lor  sale,  a  thing  offered  for  sale. — 2. 
also  =άποκήρνξις. 

'Αποκήρνκτος,  ov,  (αποκηρύσσω) 
publicly  renounced,  and  SO  of  a  son, 
disinherited :  in  Eccl.,  excommunicated. 

Άποκήρνξις,  εως,  ή,  a  public  pro 
clamalion,  announcement,  esp.  of  a 
sale,  a  public  sale. — II.  a  public  re- 
nouncement, esp.  of  a  son,  α  disinherit- 
ing, Plut. :  from 

'Αποκηρύσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  fut.  -ξω, 
(άπό,  κηρύσσω)  to  have  a  thing  cried, 
to  announce  publicly,  esp.  to  offer  for 
public  sale,  Hdt.  1,  194,  Plat.  (Com.) 
Presb.  4. — II.  to  renmince  publicly ,  dis- 
inherit a  son.  Plat.  Legg.  928  E,  sq., 
Dem.  1006,  21  :  also  to  declare  outlaw- 
ed, banish,  Valck.  Hdt.  1.  c— III.  to 
forbid  by  proclamation,  άποκεκήρνκ- 
ται  μη  στρατενειν,  Xen.  Hell.  5,  2, 
27. 

Άποκιδαρόω,  (άπό,  κίδαρις)  to  strip 
the  head  of  the  κίδαριε  or  head-dress, 
LXX. 

' Αποκίδνημι,  poet,  for  άποσκεδάν 
ννμι.  Αρ.  Rli. 

Άποκικ'λήσκω,^=άποκαλέω,  poet. 
t  *  Άποκίκω,  el.  *  άποκίχω. 

Άποκινδύνενσις,  εως,  ή,  the  making 
a  venture,  a  venturous  attempt,  τύχηΓ, 
Thuc.  7,  67  :  [ϋ]  from 

Άποκινδννεύω,  (άπό,  κινδυνεύω) 
to  make  a  bold  attempt,  make  a  venture 
or  hazard,  προς  τίνα,  against  another, 
Thuc.  7,  81  ;  εν  τιΐ'ΐ,  to  make  trial  in 
his  case,  upon  him,  Xen.  Mem.  4,  2, 
5:  also  c.  adj.  neut.,  άπ.  τούτο,  to 
make  this  venture.  Pass,  to  be  put  to 
the  uttermost  hazard,  Thuc.  3,  39. — -11. 
to  shrink  from  the  dangers  of  another, 
abandon  him  in  danger,  τινός,  Phi- 
lostr. 

ΆποκΙνέω,  ύ,  f.  -ήσω,  (άπό,  κινεω) 
to  remove  or  put  away  from,  c.  gen., 
τραπέζης,  θνράων,  Hom.    Hence 

' Αποκίνησις,  εως,  ή,  a  removing 
from.  [kI] 

ΆπόκΙνος,  ov.  b,  (άπό,  κινέω)  a  co- 
mic dance,  of  an  indecent  nature, 
Cratin.  Nemes.  13,  Ar.  Fr.  209  : 
hence  άπόκινον  είφέ,  find  some  way 
of  dancing  off.  escaping,  Ar.  Eq.  20. 

Άποκισσόω,  ώ,  (άπό,  κισσός)  to 
change  into  ivy,  Theophr.,  in  pass. 

*  Άποκίχω,  supposed  pres.  of  Dor. 
aor.  άπέκίξε,^άπέβα'λε,  he  lost,  Ar. 
Ach.  869 :  Buttm.  however,  Schol. 
Od.  λ',  579,  prefers  *  κίκω  as  the  rad- 
ical form. 

Άποκ?Μδεύω,  (άπό,  κ7Μδενω)  to 
take  away  the  branches. 

Άποκλάζω,  f  -κλάγξω,  (άπό,  κλύ- 
ζω)  to  ring  or  shout  forth,  Aesch.  Ag. 
156. 

Άποκ7Μζω,  f.  -άσω,  (άπό,  δκ7.ύζω) 
to  bend  one's  knees,  and  SO  rest,  Ar.  Fr. 
163,  like  κύμπτειν  yovv,c{.  Soph.  O. 
C.  196. 

'Αποκ7ιάζω,  fut.  -ξω,  Dor.  for  άπο- 
κ7.7μζω,  αποκλείω. 

' Αποκ7Μίω,  Alt.  άποκ7Μω  [ΰω],  fut. 
-κ7.ανσομαι,  (άπό,  κλαίω)  to  toeep 
aloud,  Hdt.  2,  121,  3  :  c.  ace,  to  bewail 
much,  viourn  deeply  for,  τινά,  Hdt.  3, 
64.  Mid.,  άποκλαίεσθαι  κακά,  ττενί- 
av,  to  bewail  one's  woes,  one's  poverty, 
Soph.  O.  T.  1467,  Ar.  Vesp.— II.  to 
cease  to  wail. 

'Απόκ7.άρος,  ov.  Dor.  for  απόκλη- 
ρος, Pind. 

■\Άποκ/.ύς,  τό,  poet,  shortnd.  form 
for  άπόκλασμα,  Anacr.  16,  1. 

' Απόκ7.ασμα,  ατός,  τό,  (άποκ7.άω) 
that  ivhich  is  broken  off,  a  fragment, 
piece,  Hipp. 

' Απόκλανμα,     and     άπόκλαι  σμα, 


ΑΠΟΚ 

ήτος,   τ6,   {ιι~οκ7.αίω)   Imid    u^iiling, 
Artem. 

'\-οκ?.ύω.{.  •affu,(a7ro,  κλύω)  to 
break  off,  Theocr.  [κ'/.α] 

Ά~οκλάω,  Att.  tor  ά~οκ?.αίω.  [u] 

' Χ~όκ7.εΐΰΐς  or  α.-άκλί)σις,  εος,  ή, 
(άΰοκλείω)  a  shutting  off"  or  out,  com- 
plete hinderance.  Thuc.  6,  99  ;  ΰτϊόκΧ. 
μου  τών  πν/.ΰν,  a  shutting  the  gates 
agaivst  me.  Thuc.  4,  85. 

'Χττόκ/.εισμα,  ατός.  τό,  that  which  is 
shxU  off  or  n/),  a  guard-house,  prison, 
LXX.  ;  and 

Άττόκ/.ειστος,  ov,  shut  off,  enclosed: 
from 

Άττοίίλείω,  f.  -κ?,«'σω,  Ion.  -κληίω, 
ί.  ■κ?.7}ίσω  (Hdt.),  and  in  Att.  also 
freq.  -K?.yu,  f.  -κλ^σω  (cf.  κλείω), 
(άττό,  κλείω)  to  shut  off  from  or  out  of  , 
Tiva  τννλέων,  Hdt,  5,  104. — 2.  to  cut 
off,  hinder  from  a  thing,  τινός,  Hdt.  1, 
37,  etc.,  ά-ό  τίνος,  Ar.  Vesp.  601 :  so 
too  in  mid,,  τινός,  Thuc.  6,  101.  Pass. 
to  he  cut  off  or  hindered  from,  έξόόου, 
Hdt.  3,  IT,  etc.,  σιτίων,  Dem.  1260, 
23. — II.  .0.  ace.  only,  to  sktd  tip.  close, 
τύς  ττύλας,  τα  ίρά,  Hdt.  1,  150;  2, 
133  :  to  shut  up  a  person,  Soph.  O.  T. 
1388 :  to  cut  off,  pretfnt,  hinder,  την 
OTbiv.  Hdt.  4,  7,  cf.  Plat.  Phaedr.  251 
D  :  also  tt~.  τινά  μη  ποιεΐν.  to  prevent 
from  doing,  Dind.  Ar.  Av.  1263.— III. 
absol.  to  make  an  exception,  Dem. 
841,  5. 

'AiroKyjizTu,  f.  -%ΐΛ],{άπό,  κ?.έπτω) 
to  steal  away.  H.  Hoin.  Merc.  522. 

\\.•ζοκ?,ΐ)ΐζω,  wrongly  assumed  as 
Ion.  for  άττοκλείω.  cf.  κληΐζο). 

Ά.~οκ?.ηΐθ),1οη.  foru— οκλε/ω,  Hdt. 

Άττοκ'/.ηρονόμος,  ot',=  sq.,  disinher- 
ited, Arrian. 

Άττόκ^,ηρος,  ov.  Dor.  ά~όκ?άρος, 
(άίΤό,  κλήρος)  azvax/  from,  i.  e.  without 
lot  or  share  of,  τνόνων,  Piiid.  P.  5,  71. 
— II-    absol.    disinherited,   Arist.  Org. 

Άποκληρόω,  ώ,  (άττά,  κληρόω)  to 
choose  by  lot  from  a  number,  Hdt.  2, 
32 ;  ά—  tva  εκ  δεκάόος,  Hdt.  3,  25, 
ά~ο  TzavTuv  τύν  7.όχυν,  Thuc.  4,  8  : 
esp.  at  Athens,  to  choose,  elect  by  lot, 
Oratt. — II.  to  deprive  of  a  share,  ex- 
clufle  from  casting  lots,  or  by  lot,  Arist. 
Pol.  4,  14.  13.      Hence 

Ά7τοκ?.ήρο)(Τίς,  εως,  η,  election  by 
lot.  Plut._ 

ΆτΓοκ/.ηρωτέον,  verb.  adj.  from 
uTTOK/.r/pou,  one  must  choose  by  lot, 
Arist.  Pol. 

Ά7ΐοκ?.τιρωτικός,  ή,  όν,  (άττοκλ^- 
po(j)  choosing  by  lot :  choosing  at  ran- 
dom, Sext.  Emp. 

Ά~όκ?.ητος,  ov,  {άτ:οκα?-έω)  called 
oW  or  aicay. — 2.  'Αττόκ?.ητοι.  among 
tne  Aetolians,  members  of  the  select 
council.  Polyb.,  v.  Herm.  Polit.  Ant. 
§  184,  10. 
VAttok7.jcj,  old  Att.  for  άττοκλε/ω, 
Thuc. 

' ΑττόκΤίμα,  ατός,  τό,  {ατ:οκ7.ίνώ) 
a  slope  downwards  :  as  astron.  term, 
declination,  Sext.  Emp. 

'Αποκλίνω,  f.  -ΐνύ,  (ΰττό,  κ7.ίνώ) 
to  turn  off  or  aside,  τι,  Od.  19,  556  : 
to  turn  back,  H.  Horn.  \'en.  169. — 2. 
Att.usu.  intr.,  to  turn  asid-e  or  off  the 
road,  Xen.  An.  2.  2,  16  ;  esp.  metaph. 
to  turn  off  to  something  ivorse,  fall  away, 
decline,  Soph.  O.  T.  1192;  also  ά". 
προς  θηριώδη  φνσιν.  Plat.  Polit., 
προς  τα  ήττω,  Arist.  Eth.  Ν.  :  but 
also  simply  άττ.  εις  τι,  to  incline,  have 
a  bent  towards  a  thing.  Plat.  Legg. 
847  A. — II.  to  turn  over,  upset,  Plut. 
Hence 

' Απόκ7Χσις,  εως,  η,  a  turning  aside 
or  atcay,  declension,  as  of  fortune, 
Plut. — II.  a  setting  off  from,  dismount- 
ing., disembarking,  Id. 


ΑΠΟΚ 

Άπόκ7.'ίτος,  ov,  {α~οκ7Ινώ)  inclined 
doicnwards,  sinking.  Plut. 

'Α7ΐθκ7.ύζ<Λ),  fut.  -νσω,  {από.  κ7.ύζω) 
to  wash  away,  avert  by  purifications, 
όνειρον,  Ar.  Ran.  1340.    Hence 

Άπόκλϋσις,  εως,  ή,  a  washing  off, 
Themist. 

' Αποκμητέον,  verb.  adj.  from  απο- 
KUuvu,  one  must  groiu  weary.  Plat. 
Rep.  445  B. 

Άπόκναισις,  εως,  η,  affliction,  op- 
pression :  from 

Άποκναίω.  Att.  -κνάω,  {από.  κναίω) 
to  scrape,  ηώ  off,  τι,  Antiph.  Incert.  9 ; 
hence  ύποκν.  τινά,  to  wear  one  mit, 
v:eary  to  death,  Ar.  Eccles.  1087,  Plat. 
Rep.  406  Β  ;  esp.  by  importimity  and 
chattering,  Theoph.  Char.  7 :  also  in 
mid.,  to  wear  away,  diminish,  Xen. 
Hell.  6,  2,  1,  RuhnL  Tim. 

Άποκνάω,  Att.  for  foreg.,  inf.  άπο- 
Kvav,  Plat.  Phil.  26  B.  [ΰω] 

Άποκνέω,  {άπο,  όκνέω)  to  shrink 
from,  abandon,  hesitate  about  a  thing, 
c.  ace,  T()v  πλουν,  την  στρατείαν, 
τον  κίνδννον,  Thuc.  :  absol.  to  shrink 
back,  hesitate,  Thuc.  4,  Π,  etc.:  c. 
inf.,  to  shrink  from  doing,  Plat.  Phaed. 
84  C.     Hence 

Άπόκνησις,  εως,ή,  a  shrinking  from, 
στρατειών,  Thuc.  1,  99. 

Άποκνητέον,  verb.  adj.  from  άπ- 
οκνέω.  one  mu.'>t  delay  through  indolence 
or  fear,  Plat.  Rep.  349  A  ;  372  A. 

Άποκνίζω,  f.  -ί'σω,  {άπό.  6κνίζω)ΐο 
nip.  snap,  or  cut  off,  Sotad.  Έ}'«λεί., 
1, 23.    Hence 

Άπόκνΐσις,  εως,  ή,  a  nipping  off, 
Theophr. 

Άπόκνισμα,  ατός,  τό,  that  v-hich  is 
nipt  off,  a  little  bit,  Ar.  Pac.  769. 

Άποκογχύζω,  f.  -ύσω,  {άπό,  κόγχη) 
to  draw  out  with  a  shell  or  shell-like 
vessel,  Diosc. 

Άποκοιμύομαι,  pass.  c.  f.  mid.  -ήσο- 
μαι,  {άπό,  κοιμύομαι)  to  sleep  away 
from  home.  Plat.  Legg.  762  C. — 2.  to 
lie  dmvn,  to  get  a  little  sleep.  Hdt.  8,  76, 
Ar.  Vesp.  213,  Xen.  Cyr.  2,  4,  22,  sq. 

'Αποκοιμίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {άπό.  κοιμίζω) 
to  carry  off  to  bed,  put  to  bed,  Alciphr. 
Mid.  to  fall  asleep. 

Άποκοιτέω,  to  sleep,  pass  the  night 
away  from  one's  post,  ap.  Dem.  238, 
10:  from 

Άπόκοιτος,  ov,  {από,  κοίτη)  sleep- 
ing away  from,  των  ΰνσαίτων,  Aes- 
chin.  45,  2  :  esp.  sleeping  away  from 
one's  wife,  ovK  απ.  πάρα  Ύέας,  Luc. 
— 2.  άπόκοιτοι,  outposts. 

Άποκο7.ύπτω.  f.  -ι/'ω.  {άπό,  κο7Απ- 
τω)  to  hew  out  of  the  rough. 

Άποκο7,7.άω,  f.  -ήσω,  {άπό,  κολ.λύω) 
to  unglue,  disunite. 

Άποκο7.οκνντωσις,  εως.{άπό,  κο?.ό- 
κννθα)  a  translation  into  the  society  of 
gourds :  a  travestie  on  the  άποθέωσις 
of  the  emperor  Claudius  attributed 
to  Seneca,  Dio  C.  60,  35. 

'Αποκο7-ονω,  {άπό,  κυ7.ονω)  to  cut 
short,  mutilate:  metaph.  to  curtail  much. 

' Αποκο7.πόω,ώ,  {άπό,  κο7.πόω)  to 
make  a  κό7,πος  oifold  :  also  to  form  a 
bay,  Arist.  Mund. 

' Αποκο7.νμ3άω,  ω,  f.  -ησω,  {άπό, 
κο7.νμ3ύω)  to  dive  and  switn  away, 
Thuc.  4,  25.         ^     ^ 

Άποκομάω,  {άπό,  κομάω)  to  lose 
one's  hair,  Luc. 

'Αποκομιδή,  ης,  ή,  a  carrying  away. 
— 11.  (from  mid.)  a  getting  away  or 
back,  return,  Thuc.  1,  137:  from 

' λποκομίζω,  fut.  -ίσω  Att.  -ΐώ, 
{άπό.  κομίζω)  to  carry  auay.  to  escort, 
Xen.  Cyr.  8,  3,  12.  "Mid.  to  carry  <ff 
with  one,  get  possession  of  Pass,  to 
take  one's  self  off,  get  away,  ες  τόπον, 
Thuc.  5,  10,  etc. 


ΑΠΟΚ 

'Απόκομμα,  ατός,  τό,  {αποκόπτω) 
that  which  is  cut  or  struck  off,  a  splin- 
ter, Theocr.  10,  7. 

Άποκομπύζω,  f.  -ύσω,  {άπό,  κομ 
πάζω)  to  boast,  brag,  Eur.  H.  F.  981. 
— 2.  of  Ivre  strings,  to  break  off,  snap, 
Anth. 

Άποκονίω,  {άπό,  κονίω)  to  run, 
Aetol.  word,  ace.  to  Hygin.  Astr.  3, 

'Αποκοπή,  ης,  η,  {αποκόπτω)  a  cut- 
ting off,  Aesch.  Supp.  841  :  at  Athens, 
esp.  άπ.  χρεών,  tabulae  novae,  a  can- 
celling of  all  dtbts.  Plat.  Rep.  560  A, 
Legg.  736  C,  and  Oratt.— II.  in  Gramm. 
apocope,  the  throwing  away  of  one  or 
more  letters,  eso.  at  the  end  of  a  word, 
Fisch.  Well.  2,'p.  190. 

Άπόκοπος,  ov,  cut  off:  esp.  gelded : 
from 

'Αποκόπτω,  f.  -τ/'ω,  to  cut  off,  hew 
off,  freq.  in  Horn.,  though  mostly  of 
men's  limbs,  άπ.  κύρη,  ανχένα,  τέ- 
νοντας, Horn.,  and  so  in  prose  :  also 
τ^αρήοροι•  άπέκο•φε.  he  cut  loose  the 
trace-horse,  II.  16,  474.— II.  in  Xen., 
άποκόπτειν  τινά  άπό  τόπον,  to  beat 
off  from  a  strong  place,  of  soldiers. 
An"  3.  4.  39  ;  4,  2,  10.— III.  mid.  to 
smite  the  breast  in  mourning,  hence  to 
mourn  for,  νεκρόν,  Eur.  Tro.  623,  ubi 
V.  Seidl. — 2.  to  break  off  with  a  thing 
in  speaking,  Arist.  Rhet.  3,  8,  6. 

Άποκορένννμι,  f.  -κορέσω,  {άπό, 
κορένννμι)  to  make  quite  satisfied. 

Άποκορέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {άπό,  κορέω) 
to  tiipe  off. 

Άποκορσόω,  {άπό,  κόρση)  poet.= 
άποκείρω,  Aesch.  Fr  227. 

' S.πoκoρvόόω,ώ.  {άπό,κορνφόω)  to 
bring  to  a  point :  metaph  to  sum  up 
briefly,  give  a  short  answer,  Hdt.  5,  73. 
Pass,  to  run  to  a  point,  Theophr. 

Άποκος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  πόκος)  with- 
out wool :  not  shorn, 

' Αποκοσμέω,  ώ,  f.  -ησω,  {άπό,  κοσ- 
μέω)  to  clear  off,  so  as  to  set  in  order, 
as  a  table  after  dinner,  ίντεα  δαι- 
τός,  Od.  7,  232. — 2.  to  strip  of  orna- 
ment. Mid.,  to  put  off  one's  ornaments, 
Paus. 

Άποκόσμιος.  ov,  {άπό,  κόσμος) 
away  from  the  world,  solitaiy.  late. 

'Αποκοτταβίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {άπό,  κοτ- 
ταβίζω)  to  dash  out  the  last  drops  of 
wine,  as  in  playing  at  the  cottabus, 
Xen.  Hell.  2,  3.  56,  translated  by 
Cicero  reliquum  a  poculo  ejicere,  cf. 
κότταβος.     Hence 

Άποκοτταβίϋμός,  ov,  6,  a  dashing 
out  the  last  drops  of  wine. 

Άποκονφίζω,  fut.  -ίσω  Att.  -Γώ, 
{άπό,  κονφίζω)  to  lighten,  set  free  from, 
τινά  κακών,  παθέων,  Eur.  Or.  1341, 
Hec.  106,  εκ  τίνος,  Anth. 

Άπόκοψις,  εως,  ή,  {άπό,  κόπτω)  α 
cutting  off,  Hipp. 

Άποκό-φιμος,  ov,  {αποκόπτω)  that 
can  be  cut  off, 

Άποκράδιος,  ov,  {άπό,  κρύδη) 
taken  from  the  fig-tree  or  its  branches, 
Leon.  Tar.  13. 

Άποκραιπα7.άω,  =  sq.,  Theognet. 
ap.  Ath.  616  A. 

Άποκραιπΰ7  ίζομαι,  f.  -ίσομαι,  dep. 
mid.,  {άπό,  κραιπάλη)  to  sleep  off  or 
wake  after  a  debauch.     Hence 

'Αποκραιπΰ7.ισμός,  ov,  b,  the  sleep 
ing  off  or  waking  after  a  debauch, 

Άποκράνίζω,  {άπό,  κράνον)  to  tear 
from  the  head,  Anth. — 2.  to  cut  the 
head  off. 

Άποκρΰτέω,  {άπό,  κρατεω)  to  hold 
off.  hold  back  or  tight.  Plut. — 2.  to  over 
come,  s^irpass,  τινά,  Hdt.  4,  50,  75. 

Άποκρεμαμαι,  {άπό,  κρέμομαι)  to 
hang  down  from,  Q.  Sm. 

Άποκρεμάνννμι,  f.  -κρεμάσω  Att. 
179 


ΑΠΟΚ 

■κρεμώ,  {από,  κρεμύνννμι)  to  let  a 
thing  hang  down,  let  hang,  ανχένα,  to 
droop  the  neck,  11.  23,  879  ;  χορόαν 
πλήκτρον  απεκρ(μασε,  the  plectrum 
broke  the  string  and  made  it  hang  down, 
Jac.  Anth.  3,  1,  p.  388.— II.  to  hang 
up,  Hdt.  1,  2iG. 

ΆτΓοκρεμύυ,  pres.,  except  in  Att. 
for  άτνοκρεμάννυμι. 

Ά  -οκρηθεν,  adv.,  =  κατακρηθεν, 
from  the  head  downwards,  dub.  1.  ties. 
Sc.  7. 

Άποκρημνίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {από,  κρημ- 
νίζω)  to  throw  from  a  cliff's  edge,  tie- 
liod. 

Απόκρημνος,  ov,  (άττό,  κρημνός) 
broken  sheer  off,  precipitous,  craggy, 
όρος,  χύρος,  Hdt.  3,  H 1  ;  8,  53  :  me- 
taph.  of  a  case  to  be  defended,  ΰπυ- 
κρημνα  πάντα  όρώ,  Dem.  793,  0. 

'Ατΐοκρΐδάν,  adv.,  {άποκρίνω)  apart 
from,  c.  gen.,  Ap.  Rh. 

Άπόκρίμα,  ατός,  τό,  (άποκρίνω) 
acquittal:  in  genl.  a  judicial  sentence. 
— 2.  (from  mid.)  att  answer. 

Άπυκρίνω,  fut.  -ϊνώ,  (άττό,  κρίνω) 
to  part,  sever,  sejiarate,  one  frotn  an- 
other, Plat.  :  to  distinguish,  7nake  dif- 
ferent, Hdt.  1,  194.  Pass,  to  be  part- 
ed, separated  one  from  another,  to  go 
different  ways,  part.  aor.  άποκρινθείς, 
parted,  separated,  II.  5,  12  (only  once 
in  Horn.)  ;  ΰποκριβήναι  εκ  τίνος, 
Hdt.  1,  60  ;  χωρίς,  to  be  kept  separate, 
be  quite  distinct,  id.  2,  36  :  άττοκεκρί- 
σθαί  εις  εν  όνομα,  to  be  separated  and 
brought  under  one  name,  Thuc.  1,3: 
also,  like  όίακρίθ?/ι>αι,  of  combatants, 
to  he  parted  before  the  fight  is  decided. 
Id.  4,  72  :  as  Medic,  term,  to  he  se- 
creted, Hipp.  ;  but  ές  τούτο  πάντα 
άπεκρίθη,  all  illnesses  determined  or 
ended  in  this  alone,  ThllC.  2,  49,  cf 
Foes.  Oecon.  Hipp. — II.  to  choose  out, 
choose,  ενα  άπ.  έξαίρετον,  Hdt.  6, 130; 
ύτΓ.  τοϋ  πεζού,  τον  στρατοϋ,  to  choose 
from,  Id.  :  but  όνοΐν  κακοϊν,  choose 
one  of  two,  Soph.  O.  T.  640.— III.  to 
reject  on  inquiry.  Plat. :  hence  tlvu 
Γης  νίκης,  to  decide  that  one  has  lost 
the  victory,  decide  it  against  one, 
Arist.  Pol.  5,  12:  also  in  mid.,  Plat. 
Legg.  906  D,  opp.  to  εγκρίνω. — IV'. 
most  usu.  in  mid.  αποκρίνομαι,  to  give 
sentence  on  a  thing,  give  answer,  reply 
to  a  question,  first  in  Att.,  for  Hdt. 
uses  νποκρίνεσθαι  in  this  signf, 
though  άποκρ.  is  used  in  one  or  two 
places  :  άπ.  προς  τίνα  or  προς  τι,  to 
a  questioner  or  question,  Thuc.  5,  42, 
etc.,  Heind.  Plat.  Hipp.  Maj.  287  A  ; 
esp.  to  answer  charges,  like  άπο?Μγεϊ- 
σθαι.,  Elmsl.  Ar.  Ach.  632:  also  ύπο- 
κρίνεσθαι  το  έρωτηθέν,  to  answer  the 
question,  Thuc.  3,  61,  cf  Plat.  Crito 
49  A  :  but  also  ΰποκρίνεσθαί  τι,  to 
give  an  answer,  Thuc.  8,  71,  etc.  ; 
rarely  in  pass,  used  impers.,  ΰποκρί- 
νεταί  μοί,  it  is  answered  me,  Heind. 
Plat.  Gorg.  453  1) :  the  aor.  pass. 
(Ίπεκρίθη=ΰπεκρίνατο,  he  answered, 
ig  very  freq.,  but  only  in  Alex.  Greek : 
it  occurs  in  Plat.  Ale.  2,  149  B,  which 
is  one  argument  against  the  genuine- 
nr^ss  of  that  dialogue,  v.  Stallb.  ad  1. 
Hence 

'Απόκρΐσις,  εως,  ή,  a  separating:  as 
medic,  term,  secretion,  Lat.  secretio, 
cjccrelio,  Hipp.,  cf.  Foes.  Oec. — II. 
(from  mid.)  a  decision,  answer,  first  in 
Hdt.  1,  49  :  5,  50  (though  he  usu.  has 
νπόκρ.),  Thuc,  etc. ;  άττ.  προς  τό 
ερώτημα,  Thuc.  3,  60. 

Άποκριτέον,  verb.  adj.  from  άπο- 
κρίνω, one  must  part  off.  must  reject, 
Plat.  Rep.  414  A. — II.  from  αποκρί- 
νομαι, one  must  answer.  Id.  Alc.  1, 
111  E. 

180 


ΑΠΟΚ 

Άποκρϊτικός,  ή,  όν,  (άποκρίνω) 
disposed,  able  to  separate  or  decide. 

Άπόκρΐτος,  ov,  {άποκρίνω)  sepa- 
rated, chosen. 

Άποκροτέω,  (άπό,  κροτέω)  to  knock 
or  fillip  away.    Hence 

Άπυκρότημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  §nap  of 
the  finger,  Atn. 

Άπόκροτος,  ov,  (άπό,  κρότος)  beat'- 
en  or  trodden  hard,  esp.  of  earth,  Thuc. 
7,  27,  cf  έπίκυοτος. — Ϊ1.=  άπόκρημ- 
νος,  Coray  Heliod.  p.  288. 

Άποκροννίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (άπό,  κρον- 
%'ίζω)  to  spout  or  gtish  out,  Plut. 

Άπόκρονσις,  εως,  ή,  (αποκρούω)  a 
beatiiig  off,  drivi?ig  away. — II.  (from 
pass.)  άπ.  της  σελήνης,  the  ivane  of 
the  moon. 

'Αποκρουστικός,  ή,  όν,  (αποκρούω) 
ahle  to  drive  off.  —  II.  (from  pass.) 
άποκρ.  σελήνη,  the  moon  in  its  wane. 

Άπόκρονστος,  ov,  driven  back, Nic: 
from 

'Αποκρούω,  (άπό,  κρούω)  to  beat  off, 
drive  back,  from  a  place,  c.  gen.,  Xen. 
Mid.  to  beat  off  from  one's  self,  beat  off, 
Hdt.  4,  200  ;  8,  61  :  also  in  act  ,  cf 
Schaf.  Dion.  Comp.  p.  404.  Pass,  to 
be  beaten  or  knocked  off,  κοτνλίσκιον 
TO  χείλος  άποκεκρονμένον,  a  cup  with 
its  rim  knocked  off,  Ar.  Ach.  459  :  to 
be  thrown  from  horseback,  Xen.  Hip- 
parch.  3,  14. 

Άποκρύπτασκε,  Ep.  imperf  of  sq., 
Hes. 

'Αποκρύπτω,  f  -ψω,  (άπό,  κρύπτω) 
to  hide  from,  keep  hidden  from,  τινά 
Θανάτοιο,  II.  18,  465  :  also  άπ.  τινί 
τι,  to  hide  a  thing  from  a  person,  II. 
11,  717  (Horn,  only  uses  aor.  1  act.)  : 
also  c.  dupl.  ace,  άπ.  τινά  τι,  like 
Lat.  celare  aliquem  aliquid,  to  hide,  keep 
hack  from  one,  Hdt.  7,  28  ;  so  too 
freq.  in  mid..  Plat.,  and  Xen. :  also 
άποκρύπτεπθαι  μη  ποιείν  τι,  to  con- 
ceal one's  doing,  Thuc.  2,  53  ;  but  the 
mid.  is  also  used  just  like  the  act., 
Xen. — 2.  to  hide  close,  keep  hiddeii, 
bury,  Od.  17,  286,  Archil.  16,  3,  etc. : 
to  bedim,  obscure,  Plat.  Apol.  22  D. 
Mid.  to  hide  something  of  one's  own, 
τέχνην,  άδνναμίαν ,  etc..  Plat. — II.  to 
lose  from  sight,  get  out  nf  sight  of,  e.  g. 
γήν,  esp.  of  ships  at  .sea,  like  Virgil's 
Phneacu?n  abscondimus  arces.  Stallb. 
Plat.  Prot.  338  A ;  and  so  prob.  αυ- 
τούς must  be  supplied  in  Thuc.  5, 
65,  cf  άνοίγννμι  3. 

Άποκρυσταλλόω,  (άπό,  κρνστα}.- 
7,.όω)  to  make  all  ice.  Pass,  to  become 
all  ice. 

Απόκρυφη,  ης,  ή,  (αποκρύπτω) 
concealment :  a  hiding-place.  LXX. 

'Απόκρυφος,  ov,  (αποκρύπτω)  hid- 
den, Eur.  H.  F.  1070 :  έιι  άποκρύφω, 
in  secret,  Hdt.  2,  35;  C.  gen.,  άπό- 
κρυφον  πατρός,  unknown  to  one's  fa- 
ther, Xen.  Symp.  8,  11. — II.  obscure, 
hard  to  understand,  Xen.  Mem.  3,  5, 
14. — III.  spurious,  forged. 

Άπόκρυ-ψις,  εως,  ή,  (αποκρύπτω) 
a  concealing,  concealment,  Plut. 

Άποκτάμεν,  -κτάμεναι,  Ep.  for 
άποκτανείν,  inf  aor.  2  act.  of  άττο- 
κτείνω,  II. 

Άποκτάμενος,  Ep.  part.  aor.  pass. 
of  άποκτείνω,  II. 

Άποκτάομ,αι,  (άπό,  κτάομαι)  to  lose 
possession  of:  late  word. 

Άποκτείνω,  f  -κτενώ,  aor.  1  άπ- 
έκτεινα  :  aor.  2  άπέκτανον.  poet,  άπ- 
έκταν.  ας,  a,  mid.  άπεκτύμην ;  perf 
άπέκτονα,  more  rarely  άπεκτόνηκα, 
and,  though  not  Att.,  άπέκταγκα, 
(άπό,  κτείνω)  to  kill,  slay,  smite  to 
death,  Horn.,  who  uses  pres.,  imperf, 
both  forms  of  aor.  2,  and  aor.  pass. : 
of  judges,  to  condemn  to  death,  freq.  in 


ΑΠΟΑ 

Xen. ;  also  of  the  accuser,  Id.  HeH- 

2,  3,  21  ;  of  the  executioner,  to  put  to 
death,  Hdt.  6,  4  :  metaph.  like  άπο- 
κνηίείν,  to  weary  to  death,  torment, 
Lat.  enecare,  Valck.  Hipp.  1004.  (The 
other  assumed  radical  forms  άπο- 
κτένω,  -κτέννω,  -κτονέω,  -κτεινύω, 
-κτηαι,  are  partly  dub.,  partly  proved 
false.) 

Άπόκτησις,  εως,  η,  (άποκτύομαι) 
loss,  late  word. 

Άπόκτητος,  ov,  (άποκτύομαι)  lost, 
alienated,  late  word. 

Άποκτίνννμι  =  άποκτείνω,  also, 
though  not  Att.,  άποκτιννύω :  the 
form  άποκτίννμι  is  without  sure 
analogy,  though  Phryn.  and  all  old 
Gramm.  prefer  it,  v.  Buttm.  Catal.  in 
voc.  κτείνω. 

Άπύκτϊσις,  εως,  ή,  (άπό,  κτίζω) 
the  planting  a  colony,  a  colony,  like 
άποικησις,  Call. 

Άποκτνττέω,  (άπό,  κτυπάω)  to  raise 
a  loud  cry. 

Άποκνΰμεύω,  (άπό,  κυαμεύω)  to 
choose  by  the  bean,  i.  e.  by  lot. 

Άποκνβεύω,  (άπό,  κνβεύω)  to  set 
or  hazard  upon  the  dice,  in  genl.,  to 
run  risk,  περί  βασι?.είας,  Diod. — Π. 
to  choose  by  dice. 

Άποκϋβιστάω,  ώ,  f.  -ησω,  (άπό, 
κυΘιστάω)  to  tumble  off  head  over  heels, 
Ath. 

Άποκϋδαίνω,  {άπό,  κνόαίνω) 
strengthened  for  κυδαίνω,  Hierocl. 
ap.  Stob. 

Άποκνέω,  ώ,  (άττό  κνέω)  to  bear 
young,  bring  forth.     Hence 

Άποκνι/σις,  εως,  ή,  a  bringing  forth, 
the  birth,  Plut. 

Άποκνΐσκω,  (άπό,  κνισκω)  to  make 
to  bring  forth,  Philostr.  Mid.  =  άπο- 
κνέω, to  bring  forth. — II.  to  cause  abor- 
tion. 

' Αποκνλινδέω,  ω,  f.  -ήσω,  and 

'Αποκνλίνδω,=^  άποκν?ύω. 

Άποκύλισμα,  ατός,  τό,  α  thing 
rolled  away :  a  rolling  machine,  Longin. 
From 

Άποκνλίω,  (άπό,  κνλίω)  to  roll  off 
or  away,  Luc.    [ϊω] 

Άποκϋματίζω,  (άπό,  κυματίζω)  to 
wash  away  as  a  wave,  sweep  away, 
clear. — II.  intr.  to  be  wavy,  like  the 
face  of  the  moon,  Plut. 

Άπόκννον,  ov,  τό,  (άπό,  κύων) 
dogsba?ie,  a  plant,  Diosc. 

Άποκύπτω,  f.  -ψω,  (άπό,  κνπτω) 
to  stoop  or  turn  away  from  the  wind, 
Ar.  Lys.  1003,  in  pert'.  2  άποκέκϋφα 
c.  pres.  signf 

Άποκϋρόω,  (άπό,  κνρόω)  to  annul, 
cancel,  Lat.  abrogare. — II.  to  choose  one 
out  of  an  asse7nbly,  to  invest  him  with 
power,  Inscr.  ap.  Grut. 

Άποκνρτόω,  (άπό,  κυρτόω)=κνρ• 
τόω,  Hipp. 

Άποκύρωσις,  εως,  ή,  (άποκνρόω) 
annulling,  Lat.  ahrogatio.    [ϋ] 

Άποκύω,^άποκυέω,  not  found  in 
pres. 

Άποκωκύω,  (άπό,  κωκύω)  to  mourn 
loudly  over,  τινά,  Aesch.  Ag.  1544. 

Άποκώ?Λσις,  εως,  ή,  a  hinderance, 
Xen.  Eq.  3,  11  :  from 

Άποκωλύω,  f  -ύσω,  (άπό,  κωλύω) 
to  hinder,  prevent  from  a  thing,  τινά 
τίνος,  Xen.  An.  3,  3,  3  :  more  freq.  c. 
inf.,  to  prevent  from  doing,  forbid  to  do, 
Eur.  Med.  1411,  Plat.,  etc.,  also  c. 
μη  et.  inf.,  Xen.  An.  6,  4,  24 :  absol. 
to  keep  off,  Orac.  ap.  Hdt.  1,  66,  Thuc. 

3,  28.    ffw,  ι.σω] 

' Αποκωφόω,  (άπό,  κωφόω)  to  make 
quite  deaf. 

Άπολαγχάνω,  ί.  -?ίήξομαι,  (άπό, 
λαγχάνω)  to  obtain  a  portion  of  a  thing 
by  lot,  in  full  άπ.  μέρος  τινός,  Hdt.  4, 


ΑΠΟΑ 

114,  cf.  115 :  hence  also  c.  ace.  only, 
αττ.  μοΐραν,  Hdt.  5,  57 ;  and  so  in 
genl.  to  obtain,  Eur.  H.  F.  331  :  in 
Eur.  Ion  609,  απο/Μχονσα  is  usu. 
interp.  ^αποτυχόν σα,  having  lost  all 
share,  but  it  more  prob.  means  having 
a  separate  lot. 

'Αττο/Μζυμαι,  (ύττό,  ?ιάζυμαι)  poet, 
for  άπο?.αμ3ύνω,  Eur.  Hel.  917,  cf. 
Pors.  Med.  1213. 

A-o'λaιμίζω,=sq.,  Nic. 

ΆτΓολαίμοτομέω,  to  cut  the  throat, 
like  άποδειροτομέω  :  from 

Άπολαιμότομος,  ov,  (ύττό,  λαι- 
μότομος)  with  the  throat  cut,  Eur. 
Hec.  207. 

'XnoTiuKEU,  {από,  λακέω)  to  make 
a  loud  noise,  άττ.  δακτνλοις,  to  snap 
with  the  fingers,  Lat.  digitis  crepare. 
Hence 

' Χπο7\,άκημα,  ατός,  τδ,  and 

'ΆπολύκτισίΓ,  εως,  ή,  α  snapping  of 
the  fingers,  fillip.    [Zu] 

'ΆτΓΟ/ί,ακτιζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (από,  λακτί- 
ζω)  to  kick  off  or  away,  shake  off,  ΰπ- 
vov,  Aesch.  Eum.  141 ;  in  genl.  to 
spurn.  Id.  Prom.  651.  —  II.  absol.  to 
kick  hard,  kick  up,  ΰμφοτέροις,  with 
both  legs,  Luc.     Hence 

Άττολύκτισμα,  ατός,  το,  and 

'Α,-ττολακτισμός,  ov,  ό,  a  kicking 
away,  άττ.  βίον,  self-murder,  Aesch. 
Supp.  937,  cf.  Plut. "2,  517  E. 

'ΑτΓΟΛάλεω,  {από,  λαλέω)  to  chatter 
much. 

Απολαμβάνω,  fut.  -λήφομαι,  in 
Hdt.  -λάμψομαι :  perf.  Att.  άπεί- 
Ληόα,  peri.  pass,  άττείλημμαί :  in 
act.  only  aor.  2  ΰπέλαβον,  but  in 
pass,  only  aor.  1  άπελήφθην,  in  Hdt. 
ά~ε?ίύμφθην,  (άττό,  λαμβάι•ω)  to  take 
or  receive  from  another,  παρά  τίνος, 
Thuc.  5,  30 :  absol.  to  receive  what  is 
one's  due,  μισθόν,  Hdt  8,  137,  τιμήν, 
χάριν,  etc.,  Dem.,  etc. — 2.  to  carry 
off,  Xen.  Hell. — 3.  to  take  of,  take  a 
part  of  a  thing,  Thuc.  6,  87,  Plat. 
Hipp.  Min.  309  B. — 4.  to  hear  or  learn, 
like  Lat.  accipio.  Plat.  Rep.  614  A, 
Aeschin.  27,  30.— II.  to  take  back,  re- 
gain, recover,  την  αρχήν,  τυραννίδα, 
etc..  Hdt. :  άττ.  χρέα,  to  recover  debts, 
get  them  paid,  Andoc.  25,  20  :  ΐιπο- 
Λαβών  εμαντόν,  having  recoveredmy- 
self,  Isocr. — 2.  to  have  a  thing  rendered 
to  one,  e.  g.  '/Myov,  to  demand  to  have 
an  accovmt,  Aeschin.  57,  40 :  άπ. 
όρκους,  to  require  to  have  oaths  taken, 
tender  them,  Dem.  59,  11,  etc.,  opp.  to 
άποδιδόναι.  —  III.  to  take  apart  or 
aside,  άττ.  τινίί  μοννον,  Hdt.  1,  209  : 
hence  Plat,  in  part..,  e.  g.  απολαβών 
σκόπει,  consider  it  separately,  Gorg. 
495  E,  cf.  Rep.  420  C— IV.  to  cut  off 
απ.  τείχει,  to  wall  off,  Thuc.  4,  10^, 
cf  1,  7.  etc.  :  άττ.  είσυ,  to  shut  up  in- 
side, Id.  1,  134  :  to  stop  in  one's  course, 
arrest,  Lat.  deprehendere,  esp.  of  con- 
trary winds,  and  so  esp.  in  pass.,  to  be 
arrested  or  stopped.  Wessel.  Hdt.  2, 

115,  Heind.  and  Stallb.  Plat.  Phaed. 
58  Β :  άπολαμφθεϊς  εν  ολίγω,  Hdt. 
8,  11 :  ΰπολαμφθείς,  άπειλημμένος 
εν  τινι  or  εις  τι,  driven  into  a  corner, 
reduced  to  straits,  Valck.  Hdt.  9,  70, 
Heini  and  Stallb.  Plat.  Gorg.  522  A. 
A  prose  word,  but  used  once  or 
twice  by  Eur. 

Άπολάμπετος,  ov,  v.  sub  ΰλάμ• 
πετος. 

Άπολαμπρύνυ,  {από,  λαμπρύνω) 
to  make  bright  Οι  famous.  Pass,  to  be- 
come so,  ίργοισι,  by  owe'e  deeds,  Hdt, 
1,  41,  cf  6,  70. 

Άπολάμπω,  f.  -ι/ιω,  {άπό,  λ.άμπώ) 
to  shine  out,  to  reflect  light,  to  flash, 
Horn,  αιχμής  άπέλαμπε  sc.  φώς,  light 
beamed  from  the  spear-head,  11,  22,  319 : 


ΑΠΟΑ 

also  mid.,  χάρις  άπελάμπετο,  grace 
beamed  from  her,  II.  14,  183,  cf.  Od. 
18,  298.  —  II.  later,  transit,  ανγήν 
ύτΓολ. 

' Απολανθάνομαι,ί.  -λήσομαι,  {από, 
λανθάνω)  ^  έπιλανθάνομαι,  Schaf. 
Long.  p.  377. 

Άπο?άπτω,  f.  -ψω,  {από,  /.άπτω)  to 
lap  up  like  a  dog,  stvallow  greedily, 
Ar.  INub.  811,  with  v.  1.  απολαύσεις. 

Άπό?ΜνσΐΓ,  εως.  ή,  {απολαύω)  en- 
joyment, pleasure,  Eur.  Η.  F.  1370, 
Thuc.  2,  38  :  c.  gen.,  the  advantage  got 
from  a  thing,  e.  g.  σίτων  και  ποτών, 
Xen.  Mem.  2,  1,  33. 

'Από?.ανσμα,  ατός,  τό,  {ΰπο?Μύω) 
=foreg.,  that  which  is  enjoyed,  Plut. 

Απολαυστικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to 
enjoyment,  devoted  to  pleasure,  βίος, 
Arist.  Eth.  N.  Adv.  -κώς,  άπολ. 
ζ?/ν,  to  lead  a  life  devoted  to  pleasure, 
Arist.  Pol. — 2.  affording  pleasure,  plea- 
sant, Ath.  87  E. 

Άπολανστός,  όν,  enjoyed,  enjoyable, 
Diog.  L.  :  from 

'Απολαύω,  fut.  -λαύσω,  Dion.  H., 
and  Luc,  usu.  -λαύσομαι  -  pf  άπο- 
λέ?^αυκα,  Xen.  Mem.  1,  6,  2  :  in  aug- 
mented tenses,  άπέλανον,  άπέλανσα, 
sometimes  also  απήλαυον,  απή- 
λανσα,  (Buttm.  Ausf  Gr.  ^  SO,  Anm. 
2)  to  take  of  a  thing,  have  a  portion 
of,  enjoy,  τινός,  Hdt.  6,  86,  1,  Eur., 
etc. :  but  also  freq.  απ.  τι  τινός,  to 
get  something  from  or  by  another, 
e.  g.  ίγαθον  απ.  τινός,  Ar.  Nub.  1231, 
Plat,  etc. ;  so  too  άπ.  τι  εκ  or  άπό 
τίνος.  Plat.  Apol.  31  Β,  etc.,  though 
sometimes  the  τι  is  omitted,  as  άττ. 
από  των  αλλοτρίυν.  Id.  Rep.  606  Β  ; 
more  rarely,  ΰπ.  τι  αντί  τίνος.  Id. 
Phaedr.  255  Ε  :  sometimes  even  c. 
ace.  only,  άπ.  τι  φλανρον,  Isocr.  175 
Β  :  absol.  ironical,  to  come  finely  off, 
Ar.  Av.  1358,  whence  also  in  bad 
sense,  to  get  harm  or  loss  by  a  thing, 
από  or  εκ  τίνος,  Bornem.  Xen.  Symp. 
3,  3,  Stallb.  Plat.  Crit.  54  A,  cf  for 
like  usages  Kuhner  Gr.  Gr.  ^  126. — 
II.  to  make  sport  of.  c.  gen.  pers.,  Plut, 
also  c.  ace.  (No  simple  λαύω  oc- 
curs :  prob.  from  rootAAF-  as  in  ?Μμ- 
βάνω,  λαβ-εϊν,  λάΙ'{ό,  λαύω,  cf  λάω, 
and  Donald.  New  Crat.  p.  547.) 

Άπολαχειν,  inf  aor.  2  άπελαχον 
of  άπολα-γχάνω. 

Άπολεαίνω,  {άπό,  λεαίνω)  tosmooth 
or  polish  off,  Diod. 

Άπολέγω,  ί.  -ξω,  {άπό,  λέγω)  to  pick 
out  from  a  number,  and  so — 1.  to  pick 
out,  choose,  TO  άριστον,  Hdt.  5,  110: 
freq.  also  in  mid.,  to  pick  out  for  one's 
self,  τον  στρατού,  fro?n  the  army,  Hdt. 
8,  101,  also  e/c  πάντων,  Thuc.  4,  9: 
άπολε7.εγμένοι,  picked  men,  Hdt.  7, 
40,  Att.  άπειλ.εγμένοι,  Xen. — 2.  to 
pick  out  and  throw  away,  reject,  refuse, 
Polyb.  Mid.  to  decline  something 
offered  to  one.  Id.  ;  to  give  up,  βίον, 
Plut. :  absol.  to  give  away,  yield.  Id. 

Άπολεία,  ας,  ή,  {άπόλλνμι)  a  loss, 
losing,  destruction,  Hipp. 

Άπολείβω,  f  -φω,  {άπό,  λείβω)  to 
let  drop  off,  pour  a  libation,  like  άπο- 
σπένοω,  Hes.  Th.  793.  Pass,  to  drop 
or  run  down  from,  τινός,  Od.  7,  107.    . 

Άπόλειμμα,  ατός,  τό,  {απολείπω) 
that  which  is  left  or  remains,  deficiencv, 
Diod.  '.'!/' 

Άπολειπτέον,  verb,  adj.,  one  must 
stay  behind,  Xen.  Oec.  7,  38  :  from 

Ά  πολείπω,  f.  --φω  :  aor.  άπέλιπον, 
(for  the  aor.  1  ΰπέλειφα  is  dub..  Lob. 
Phryn.  713)  {άπό,  λείπω)  to  leave  over 
or  behind,  e.  g.  meats  not  wholly 
eaten,  ονδ'  άπέλειπεν  ίγκατα,  Od.  it, 
292. — II.  to  leave  behind  one,  i.  e.  lose, 
φνχύν,  Pind.  P,  3,  ]80,  and  Alt.— 3. 


ΑΠΟΑ 

to  leave  behind,  as  in  the  race,  to  dis 
tance,  and  in  genl.  to  surpass.  Xen. 
Cyr.  8,  3,  25  :  more  usu.  in  miil.  and 
pass.,  V.  inf. — III.  to  leave  quite,  for- 
sake, abandon,  esp.  of  places  one 
ought  to  defend,  II.  12,  169,  Hdt., 
etc.  :  of  persons,  to  leave  in  the  lurch, 
Hdt.,  etc.  ;  esp.  άπολιπών  οιχεται, 
Hdt.  3,  48,  etc. :  of  a  wife  forsaking 
her  husband,  Dem.  865,  6  :  of  sailors, 
to  desert.  Id.  1211,  2.-2.  of  things,  tn 
leave  alone,  leave  undone  or  unsaid 
Thuc.  8,  22,  Plat,  etc.— 3.  in  genl. 
to  leave,  quit,  Hdt.,  etc. — IV.  to  kavt 
open,  leave  a  space,  άπ.  μεταίχμιον 
μέγα,  Hdt  6,  77,  cf  Xen.  An.  6,  5,  11. 
— V.  intrans.  to  be  wanting  or  lacking, 
to  be  away  or  absent,  Hdt.  2,  22,  and 
freq.  in  Att. :  esp.  of  rivers,  to  fail, 
sink,  Hdt.  2,  14,  93,  though  in  2,  19, 
he  says  άπ.  βέεθρον,  to  quit  its  bed  : 
of  flowers,  to  begin  to  wither,  Xen. 
Symp.  8,  14 :  also  like  άπειρηκέναι 
to  fail,  flag,  lose  heart.  Id.  Cyr.  4,  2,  3 
— 2.  to  be  wanting  of  or  in  a  thing,  lack 
it,  άπό  τίνος,  e.  g.  άπο  τεσσίρων  πή- 
χεων άπ.  τρεις  δακτν?Μυς,  wanting 
three  fingers  of  four  cubits.  Hdt.  1,  60, 
cf  7,  117:  also  c.  inf,  ολίγον  άπέ- 
λιπε  άφικέσθαι,  he  wanted  little  of 
coming,  Hdt.  7,  9,  1,  SO  βραχν  άπ. 
γενέσθαι,  Thuc.  7,  70. — 3.  c.  part,  to 
leave  off  doing,  άπ.  λέγων,  Xen.  Oec. 
6,  1. — 4.  to  depart  from,  εκ  τίνος.  Xen. 
Hell.  2,  3,  56  ;  cf  Plat.  Phaed.' 78  B. 
— B.  mid.,  like  act.  I.  3,  to  leave  be- 
hind, distance,  Hdt.  2,  134,  and  freq. 
in  Xen. :  cf  υπολείπομαι. — 2.  to  for- 
sake, etc..  Plat. — C.  pass.,  to  be  left 
behiyid,  be  distanced  by,  inferior  to. 
τινός,  Dem.  51,  24. — 2.  to  be  parted 
from,  be  absent  or  far  from,  C.  gen., 
πολύ  της  ά7ιηθηιης  άπολελειμμένοι . 
Hdt  2,  106,  cf  Plat.  Symp.  192  D. 
Rep.  475  D  ;  to  be  deprived  of.  τάφου. 
Soph.  El.  1169,  cf  Elmsl.'Med.  35. 
— 3.  to  be  wanting  in  a  thing,  also  c. 
gen.,  τοϋ  σκώπτειν,  Ar.  Eq.  525 : 
καιρού  άπ-,  to  miss  the  opportunity, 
Dem.  918,  19. 

Άπολειτουργέω,  {άπό,  λειτουργάω) 
to  complete  the  service  required  of 
one. 

Άπολείχω,  f  -^ω,  {άπό,  λείχω)  to 
lick  off,  lick  up,  A  p.  Rh. 

Άπολείφας,  part.  aor.  1  from  άπό 
λείβω,  Lob.  Phryn.  713. 

'Από?.ειφις,  εως,  ή,  {απολείπω)  a 
leaving  behind,  forsaking,  esp.  of  a  wife, 
Dem.  868,  1 :  hence  of  the  husband, 
άπό?.ειφιν  γράφισθαι.  to  apply  for 
legal  separation  on  the  ground  of  one's 
wife  having  forsaken  one,  Ibid.,  cf 
άπόπεμφις  :  also  desertion  of  seamen, 
Dem.  1209,  26.— II.  intr.  a  failing,  de- 
ficiency, Thuc.  4,  126 :  and  so  of  the 
moon,  waning,  Arist.  Gen.  An. :  also 
death,  decay,  opp.  to  γένεσις,  Emped. 
36. 

Άπόλεκτος,  ov,  {άπολέγω)  chosen 
out,  picked,  Thuc.  6,  68,  Xen.  An.  2. 
3,  15 :  cf.  Lob.  Paral.  495. 

Άπολελ.ύαένως,  adv.  part,  perf 
pass,  from  απο/.ύω,  freely. 

Άπολέμιιτος,  ov,  {a  ρην.,πολεμέω) 
not  warred  on,  Polyb. 

Άπόλεμμα,  ατός,  τό,  {άπολέπω) 
that  which  is  peeled  off,  a  husk,  shell. 

'Από?.εμος,  ov,  poet,  espec.  Epic, 
άπτόλεμος.  Horn.,  {a  priv.,  πό/.εμος) 
without  war,  unwarlike,  unfit  for  uar, 
άπτ.  και  άναλκις,  II. :  peaceful,  ευνο- 
μία, Pind.  P.  5,  89. — II.  7iot  to  be  uar- 
red  on,  invincible.  Aesch.  Ag.  709, 
Cho.  54. — III.  πό?.εμος  άπό?.εμος,  a 
ivar  that  is  no  ivar,  a  hopeless  struggle, 
Id.  Prom.  904.  Adv.  -μως,  άπ.  εχειν, 
to  be  unwarlike,  Plat.  Polit.  307  E. 
181 


ΑΠΟΛ 

Άπολεοντόω,  {άπό,  λέων)  to  change 
into  a  lion,  Heracl. 

Άπο'λεπίζω=άτΓθ?•.έπο,  to  peel  off. 

Άπολέτησμα,  ατός,  τό,=  ά-ύλΐμμα. 

'Κπο7.ετττννω,  f.  -ΰνω,  (ύπό,  ?.ί-7Γ- 
rvv(j))  to  make  quite  thin,  fine,  Arist. 
H.  Α.,  in  pass. :  to  diminish,  Plat. 
Tim.  83  B,  also  in  pass. 

ΆτΓολέττω,  f.  -ψω,  (άττό,  λέττω)  to 
feel  off,  take  off  the  skin,  αττ.  μάστιγι 
τα  νώτον,  Eur.  Cycl.  237 :  ά-ο?^ε- 
?.εμμένος  τον  καν'λόν,  with  the  stalk 
peeled,  Epich.  p.  102. 

Άπηλέσκετη,  Ep.  for  ΰπώλετο,  3 
sing.  aor.  2  mid.  of  άπύ'λ'λνμι,  Od. 

'Χποίενκαίΐ'ω,  f.  -ΰνώ,  (άττό,  7.ευ- 
καίνυ)  to  make  all  white,  Lat.  deal- 
bare,  Ath. 

' Απολήγω,  f.  •ξο),  poet,  ΰπολλήγω, 
{άπύ,  λήγω)  to  leave  off,  desist  from  a 
thing,  ΰλκής,  μάχης,  ποα-ής,  Horn. : 
c.  part.,  to  cease  doing,  11.  17,  505,  Od. 
19,  166. — 2.  άτΓολ.  εΙς,  to  terminate  in, 
Luc.  Imag.  6,  Pint.  2,  496  Α.— 
II.  transit. =άΑ•οπαΐ)ω,  Αρ.  Rh. 

Άποληκέυ.  Ion.  for  άττολακέω. 

Άττολ?! κυβίζω,  t.  -ίσω,  (από,  λήκυ- 
θος) strictlj'  to  rob  of  a  λήκυθος:  hence 
to  strip  a  speech  of  its  λήκυθοι  or 
flourishes. 

Άπόληξις,  εως,  ή,  {απολήγω)  a 
leaving  off,  ceasing  :  the  decline  of  life, 
Hipp. 

ΥΚπόληξις.  ιος,  ό.  Apolexis,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Dem.  1120,  27.-2.  -ξίς,  ίδος, 
ή,  mother  of  Macartatus,  Deni. 
1060,  1. 

Άποληρέω,  {από,  ληρέω)  to  do  a 
folly,  chatter  at  random,  Lat.  delirare, 
Dem.  398,  20. 

Άπόληφις,  εως,  η,  {απολαμβάνω) 
a  taking  from  :  taking  back,  recovery. — 
II.  an  intercepting,  cutting  off,  όπλίτών, 
Thuc.  7,  54  :  a  stopping,  του  πνεύμα- 
τος, etc.,  Hipp.,  V.  Foes.  Oecon. 

λπολΐβάζω,  f.  -ξω,  {από,  λιβάζω) 
to  make  drop  off,  throw  away,  Pherecr. 
Doulod.  8. — II.  intr.  to  drop  off,  slip 
away,  vanish,  Ar.  Av.  1407. 

' ΚπολΙγαίνω,  {από,  λιγαίνω)  to 
make  a  great  noise  or  din,  to  talk  much 
and  loud,  Ar.  Ach.  9C8  :  ύπ.  ανλω,  to 
piny  on  the  flute,  Plut. 

Χπολϊθόω,  {άπό,  λιβόω)  to  turn  into 
stone,  petrify.  Arist.  Probl.  —  II.  to 
leave  a  mineral  deposit.     Hence 

'λπολίθωσις,  εως,  ή.  a  being  turned 
into  stone,  petrifaction,  Strab. 

ΆτΓολί/ζττάνω.  Ion.  for  απολείπω. 

Άπολΐνόω,  {από,  λινόω)  to  bind 
with  a  thread.     Hence 

'Κπολίνωσίς,  εως,  7],=^λίνωσις,  a 
binding  fast. 

Άπολίόρκητος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  πολι- 
ορκέυ)  impregniible,  Strab. 

Άττολίζ•,  neut.  i,  gen.  ιόος.  also 
εως,  Ion.  ως,  dat.  ΰπόλι,  Hdt.  8,  61, 
(a  priv.,  πόλις)  one  ivithout  city,  state, 
or  country,  Hdt.,  1.  c.  ;  an  outlaio, 
banished  man,  απ.  τίνα  τιθέναι.  Soph. 
Ο.  C.  1357:  also  opp.  to  νψίπολις. 
Soph.  Ant.  370. — II.  πόλις  άπολις,  a 
city  that  is  no  city,  a  ruined  city, 
Aesch.  Eum.  457,  cf.  Eur.  Tro.  1292: 
also  one  that  has  no  constitution.  Plat. 
Legg.  766  D. 

' Χπολισθαίνω,  and  Att.  ΰπολι- 
σθάνω,  f.  -σθήσω,  (ώττό,  ολισθαίνω) 
to  slip  off  or  away,  escape  from,  τινός, 
Ar.  Lys.  678. 
Άπόλίστος,  ον,^ύπολ,ις,  poet. 
Άπολΐταργίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {άπό,  λιτ- 
αργίζω)  to  slip  off,  pack  off,  Ar.  Nub. 
1253. 

Άπολίτεντος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  πολι- 
τεύομαι) taking  no  part  in  matters  of 
state,  no  statesman,  βίος  ύπ.,  a  retired, 
vrivate  life,  Plut. :  έθνΐ],  people  that 
182 


ΑΠΟΛ 

form  no  regular  state,  Arist.  Pol.  :  λό- 
γος, λέξις,  unpopular  language,   [t] 

ΆπολΙτικός,  ή,  όν,  (α  priv.,  πολί- 
τικύς,  unfit  for  public  business,  Cic. 
Att.  8,  10,  1. — II.  unconstitutional,  esp. 
in  a  democracy. 

'Α.πο'Αΐχμύω,  ώ,  f.  -ησω,  {άπό, 
λιχμύω)=άπολείχω,  to  lick  off,  11.  21, 
123,  ill  mid. 

Άπολλήγω,  Ep.  for  απολήγω, 
Horn. 

νΑπολλόδοτος,  ου,  ό,  Apollodotus, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Plut. 

Υ Απο'λλόδωρος,  ov,  b,  Apollodonis, 
one  of  the  pupils  of  Socrates,  Plat. 
Symp.  172  A.^2.  an  Athenian  archon, 
Diod.  S. :  also  name  of  several  ar- 
chons  and  other  distinguished  Athe- 
nians, Dem.,  etc. — 3.  a  grammarian 
of  Athens  about  B.  C.  140,  whose 
Βιβ'λίοΗήκ7ΐ  is  still  extant.  —  The 
name  also  of  many  other  distinguish- 
ed Greeks,  v.  Meineke  Hist.  Crit. 
Com.,  Arr.,  etc. 
νΑπολ?Μθεμις,  ιος,  b,  Apollolhemis, 
an  historian,  Plut.  Lye.  31. 
ΥΑπολλοκράτης,  ους,  b,  Apollocrates, 
son  of  the  younger  Dionysius  of  Si- 
cily, Strab.,  Plut.  Dion.  56. 

V Απολ'λοφάί'ης,  ους.  b,  Apollophnnes, 
a  name  common  to  many  distm- 
gfuished  Greeks,  etc.,  Hdt.  6,  26, 
Xen.  Hell.  4,  1,  29,  etc. 

ΆτΓόλλί'/ίί,  also  απολλνω,  f.  απο- 
λέσω, poet.  esp.  Ep.  αποΐ^έσσω,  Att. 
απολω.  Ion.  ΰπολέω  :  aor.  απώλεσα, 
poet,  άπόλεσσα  :  perf  άπώ?>,εκα,  Att. 
άπο?.ώλεκα•.  plqpf.  in  Att.  prose, 
written  sometimes  άπολώλειν,  some- 
times άπωλώλειν,  as  Thuc.  4,  133 ; 
7,  27,  (άττό,  ολλυμι)  to  destroy  ut- 
terly, kill,  slay,  murder,  Hom.,  who 
uses  it  chieily  of  death  in  battle  : 
also  of  things,  to  demolish,  to  lay 
waste,  "Ιλιον,  11.  5,  648  :  and  thence 
very  freq.  in  all  sorts  of  relations,  to 
destroy,  ruin,  spoil,  rcaste,  squander, 
etc  :  αττ.  τι  τίνος,  for  the  sake  of  a 
thing,  Dem.  107,  9. — II.  to  lose,  νόστι- 
μον  7/μαρ,  Hom.,  also  of  persons,  esp. 
lost  by  death,  though  he  usu.  has 
άπο  θυμον  ολέσσαι,  to  lose  one's  life 
by  violence :  freq.  also  in  all  writers. 
B.  mid.  απόλλνμαι :  i.  άπολοϋμαι. 
Ion.  άπολέομαι:  aor.  2  άπωλόμην: 
also  c.  perf  2  άπόλωλα,  to  perish,  die, 
fall,  Hom.,  sometimes  c.  ace,  άπ. 
δλεθρον,  μόρον,  Od.  1,  166:  oftener 
c.  dat.,  ολέθρω,  also  απ'  αιώνος  όλέ- 
σθαι,  II.  24,  725  :  also  simply  to  fall 
into  ruin,  to  be  undone,  Od.  10,  27  ;  so 
too  freq.  in  Att.,  esp.  in  perf  άπό- 
λωλα, 1  am  undone,  ruined. — II.  to  be 
lost,  slip  away,  vanish,  Horn.  :  νδωρ 
απολέσκετο,  Od.  11,  586:  καρπός 
άπόλ'λνται,  like  απολείπει,  fails, 
comes  to  nought,  Od.  7,  117:  νπνος 
άπόλωλεν,  II.  10,  180.— ΠΙ.  in  genl. 
to  be  wretched  or  miserable,  Ar.  Pac. 
355.  The  tmesis  in  Hom.  is  in  this 
word  very  freq. ;  the  prep,  even  fol- 
lows, Od.  9,  534. 

Άπολλύω,  coUat.  form  of  απόλ- 
λνμι,  Thuc.  8,  10,  Xen.,  etc. 

'Απόλλων,  ωνος,  ό,  Apollo,  son  of 
Jupiter  and  Latona,  brother  of  Diana; 
born,  ace.  to  11.  4,  101,  in  Lycia,  ace. 
to  Hynm.  Hom.  and  later  auth.,  in 
Delos ;  portrayed  with  flowing  hair, 
as  being  ever  young,  Od.  19,  86  :  in 
Hom.  he  presides  over  soothsaying, 
so  too  he  gives  minstrels  knowledge 
of  the  past,  and  is  himself  master  of 
music  and  song,  II.  1,  603  :  also  he  is 
the  god  of  archery,  and  hence  called 
άργνρότοξος,  κλντότοξος,  Ικατος, 
έκατηβόλος,  etc.  Sudden  deaths  of 
men  were    ascribed   to  his  άγανα 


ΑΠΟΑ 

βέ7.εα,  as  those  of  women  to  Di- 
ana. Cf.  'Φοίβος  and  Σμινθευς. 
He  was  not  identified  with  the  ISuii 
till  later,  certainly  not  belore  Aes- 
chylus. (Usu.  deriv.  from  άπόλλνμι, 
Aesch.  Ag.  1082:  v.  Midi.  Dor.  2,  6, 
§  0.)  [a  ;  though,  in  oblique  cases, 
Hom.  oft.  has  ύ  in  arsis.]  Hence 

Άπολλώνειον,  ov,  τό,  and  Άπολ- 
λώνιον,  ου,  τό,  a  temple  of  Apollo, 
Thuc.  2,  91. 

νΑπολλωνία,  ας,  ?/,  Apollonia.  a 
city  of  Thrace  on  the  Euxino,  lldt. 
4,  90. — 2.  a  city  of  Macedonia  near 
Olynlhus,  Xen.  Hell.  5,  2,  11.-3.  a 
celebrated  city  of  lUyricum  near  the 
mouth  of  the  Aous,  now  Pollina, 
Arist.  Pol. — Several  other  cities  in 
Epirus,  Syria,  etc.,  Strab. 

ΥΑπολλωνι.ύς,  άδος.  ή,  Apollonias, 
harbour  of  Cyrene,  Strab. 

V Απολλωνιάτις,  ιδος,  ?/,  (prop.  fern, 
adj.  from  Απολλωνία)  γη,  the  terri- 
tory ο/ ^noWo/urt,  in  Babylonia,  Strab. 

'\Άπολλωνίδ7]ς,  ου,  and  -δας,  a,  ό, 
Apollonides.  masc.  pr.  n.  in  Xen.  An. 
3,  1,  26,  Dem.,  etc. 

νΑπο?ιλώνιον,  ov,  τό  ^=Άπολλώ 
νειον. — 2.  Apolloninm,  a  promontory 
of  Africa,  near  Utica,  Strab. 

ί'Απολλ.ώνιος,  a,  ov,  of  or  belonging 
to  Apollo,  Pind. 

^Άπο?ίλώνιης,  ov,  6,  Apollonius,  j 
Ύόδιος.  of  Rhodes,  an  Alexandrean 
poet,  194  B.  C,  author  of  ' Αργοναυ- 
τική, Strab.,  etc. — Other  distmguish- 
ed  persons  of  this  name  in  Stj-ab., 
Plut.,  etc. 

"t■Άπoλλωi'/f,  ίδος,  ή,  Apollonis.  ο! 
Cyzicus,  wife  of  Attalus  and  mothei 
of  king  Eumenes,  Plut. — 2.  a  city  on 
the  borders  of  Lydia  and  Mysia 
named  after  her,  Strab. 

Άπολλωνίσκος,  ου,  ό,  dim.  from 
'Απόλλων. 

Υ  Απόλλωνος  πολις,  η,  ApollinopoUs, 
the  name  of  two  cities  in  Thebais  in 
Aegypt,-Strab. 

|Άπολλώ(•,  ώ.  ό,  Apollos,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  N.  T.  Act.  18,  24. 

Άπο?Μγέομαι,  c.  fut.  mid.  -ήσομαι, 
and  usu.  aor.  mid.  άπελογησαμην, 
hut  also  c.  aor.  pass.  άπελογήϋι/ν, 
(Antiphon  and  Polyb.,  cf.  Elmsl. 
Bacch.  41),  {άπό,  λόγος)  to  talk  one's 
self  out  of  a  difficulty,  to  speak  in  de- 
fence, Ti  περί  Τίνος,  about  a  thing, 
Thuc.  1,  72;  or  προς  τι,  in  reference 
or  answer  to  a  thing,  Id.  6,  29 :  but 
απ.  υπέρ  τίνος,  to  speak  in  another's 
behalf,  Hdt.  7,  161,  Eur.  Bacch.  41, 
also  to  speak  in  defence  of  a  fact.  Plat. 
Gorg.  480  B:  absol.,  Hdt.  6,  136.-2. 
άπ.  τι,  to  defend  one's  self  against  a 
charge,  Thuc,  3,  62 ;  but  also  άπ. 
πράξιν,  to  defend  what  one  has  done, 
Aeschm.  10,28:  άπ.  τι,  to  allege  in 
one's  dejence,  ταντα  άπ.  ώς-...  Plat. 
Phaed.  l)9  D ;  so,  «π.  bri  ονδένα 
άδίκώ,  Xen.  Oec.  11,  22.-3.  άπ. 
δίκην  θανάτου,  to  speak  against  sen- 
tence of  death  passing  on  one,  Thuc.  8, 
68.    Hence. 

Άπολόγημη,  ατός.  τό,  a  plea  allegea 

in  defence,  a  defence,  Plat.  Crat.  436  C. 

Άπολογητέον.  verb.  adj.  from  άπο- 

λογέομαί,  one  must  defend,  Plat.  Λροί 

18  Ε. 

'Απολογητικός,  η,  όν,  {άπολο• 
γέομαί)  of  or  fit  for  a  defence :  apolo- 
getic, Ε  col. 

'Απολογία,  ας,  ή,  {άπό,  λόγος)  α 
defence,  speech  in  defence,  Thuc.  3,  61, 
etc.  :  άπ.  πηιεϊσθαι,  to  make  a  de- 
fence, Xen. 

Άπολογίζομαι,ί.  -ίσομαι   Att.  -ϊον- 

μαι,   {άπό,  λογίζομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to 

I  reckon  up,  give  in  an  account^  Lat.  τα- 


ΑΠΟΛ 

tiones  reddere,  Xen.  Hell,  6,  1,  3  :  also 
άίτ.  Tag  ττροςόδονς,  to  give  in  an  ac- 
count of  the  receipts,  Aeschin.  57,  23  : 
τα  ά~ο/.ε?.ογίσμένα-,  the  estijnates, 
Xen.  Oec.  9,  8. — 2.  ά~.  εΙς  τι,  to  rffer 
to  a  head  or  class,  Plat.  Phil.  25  ~B  : 
hence — II.  to  give  a  full  account  of,  re- 
count fully,  Tt,  Dem.  347,  15. — 2.  to 
calculate  or  consider  uell.  άττ.  πότε- 
pov...,  Plat.  Soph.  261  C  :  rt  περί 
Tivor,  Dorv.  Char.  p.  597 :  άττο'λογίζω 
is  found  Ar.  Fr.  185.  Antiph.  Kovp. 
2,  but  in  both  places  ΰττολοπίζω 
should  be  read,  el'.  Fritzche  de  Ar. 
Daet.  p.  lOfi.  Bergk  ap.  Meineke 
Fragm.  Com.  2,  p.  1000.     Hence 

'λ.~ο7.ο-/ισμός,  ov,  6,  a  giving  ac- 
count, and  so  statement  of  reasons,  etc., 
Aeschin.  89,  8. — 2.  the  accounts  given 
in,  an  account-book. — 3.  a  distinct  ac- 
count, narration,  Pol)'b. 

Άτνόλογος,  ov,  b,  {από,  7.όγος)  a 
story,  tale,  απ.  'Α.?.κίνον,  proverb,  of 
long  stories,  from  that  told  by 
Ulysses  to  Alcinous  in  Od.  9-12,  In- 
terpp.  ad  Plat.  Rep.  614  Α.— II.  α 
fable,  like  those  of  Aesop,  an  apologue, 
allegory,  Cic. — III.  an  account,  account- 
book. 

Άπολοίατο,  Ion.  for  ΰ.—ό?Λΐντο,  3 
phir.  opt.  aor.  2  mid.  from  απόλΆνμι, 
Od. 

+Ά7Γθλοί(?ορεω,  ΰ,  f.  -ησ(ύ,  {από, 
7\.οιδορέω)  to  revile,  Polyb.  15,  33,  4. 

Ά.πό7.οιπος,  ov,  {άπό,  7.οιπός)  left 
from  any  thinar,  remaining  over,  left  be- 
hind, LXX. 

Άτολο/ΰζω,  f.  -ξο,  strengthened 
for  όλολύ,'ω,  Aesch.  Theb.  825. 

' \—ο7.οπίζ(Λ),  f.  -i.a(j,^=  απολεπίζω, 
V.  sub  υπολογίζομαι,  fin. 

Άπολος,  ον,=^ΰκίνητος,  άστροφος, 
immovable. 

'Από7.ονμα,  ατός,  τό,  (άττ ολοι5ω) 
water  which  has  been  used  for  washing : 
the  dirt  in  it,  \\\ί&-κάθαρμα. 

'Από7.ονσις,  εος,  ή,  {απο7.ονω)  α 
washing  off,  ablution,  Plat.  Crat.  405 
Β. 

Άπο7.οντριος,  ov,  washed  off,  ra 
ν.πο7Μντρια,  sub.  νδατα,  water  which 
has  been  used  for  leashing,  Ael. :   from 

'λπο7ίθνω,  f.  -λοΰσω,  {από,  7.ούω) 
to  wash  off,  with  prep.  sep.  λούειν 
άπο  βρύτον,  II.  14,  7  ;  also  c.  dupl. 
ace,  δφρα  ΐΐύτροκλον  ληύτειαν  άπο 
βρότον,  wash  the  gore  off  Patroclus, 
I!.  18,  345.  Mid.,  ά/ιμην  ώμοιν  άπο- 
λούοομαι,  I  will  wash  the  brine  from 
my  shoulders,  Od.  6,  219. — II.  c.  ace. 
pers.,  to  wash  clean,  Ar.  Vesp.  118 
(where  is  άπέλον  for  άπέ7.ουε).  Plat. 
Crat.  405  B. 

'λπο7.οώνρομαι,  f.  -νρονμαι,  {άπό, 
όλοφύρημαι)  to  bewail  loudly,  Andoc. 
21,  35,  2,  more  usu.  to  cease  from  avail- 
ing, like  άπαλγέω,  c.  ace,  Thuc.  2, 
46.  [ϋ] 

Άπο?.οχμόομαι,  {άπό,  λοχμόω)  dep., 
to  grow  to  stalk,  become  bushy,  The- 
ophr. 

'  Κπολνμαίνομαι ,  f.  -μανονμαι,  {άπό, 
λυμαίνομαι)  dep.  mid.^a  c/eanse  one''s 
self  by  bathing,  esp.  fIBian  άγος,  to 
purify  one's  self  by  bathing  Or  washing, 
II.  \,  313,  314.— 2.  strengthened  for 
λνμαίνομαι,  to  damage,  destroy ;  hence 

Άπο7Λ'μαντήρ,  τ/ρος,'*ό•,  η.  destroyer, 
waster,  δαιτών  άπο7..,  on^ivho  destroys 
the  pleasure  of  others  at  Sinner,  a  kill-  ■ 
joy,  or,  ace.  to  others,  a  devourer  of 
remnants,  lick-plate,  Od.  17,  220,  377. 

'Α.πο7.νπρα-/μόνητος,  ov,  {a  priv., 
ΐΓθ7ί,νπραγμονέω)  averse  from  meddling, 
not  over  curious.     Adv.  —τως. 

Άπολνπράγμων,  ov,  gen.  ονος,= 
foreg..  M.  Anton. 

Άπολνσιμος,  ov,  {απολύω)  deserv-  \ 


ΑΠΟΛ 

ing  acquittal,   Antipho      129,  4.— II. 
act.  able  to  deliver,    [ϋ] 

Άπό/νσις,  εως,  ή,  (άττο/Ινω)  re- 
lease, deliverance.  Plat.  Crat.  405  Β  : 
c.  gen.,  κατά  την  άπό7.νσιν  τον  θά- 
νατον, as  far  as  acquittal  from  a  capi- 
tal charge  went,  Hdt.  6,  136. — 2.  a  de- 
parture :  a  getting  rid  of  a  disease, 
Hipp. 

Άπολντικός,  ή,  όν,  (άττολΰω)  dis- 
posed to  free  or  acquit.  Adv.  -κώς, 
άπ.  εχειν  τινός,  to  be  minded  to  acquit 
one,  Xen.  Hell.  5,  4,  25. 

Άπό7.ντος.  ov,  (άττολΰω)  loosed, 
freed,  (^quitted :  separated :  in  late 
philosophical  writers,  absolute,  uncon- 
ditional.— II.  TO  άπό7.υτοι>,  the  posi- 
tive, degree  of  comparison,  Gramm. 
Adv.  -τως. 

Άπολντρόω,  {άπό,  λυτρόω)  to  re- 
lease on  payment  of  ransom,  c.  gen. 
pretii,  τινά  των  7Λτρων,  Plat.  Legg. 
919  A,  cf.  Phil.  ap.  Dem.  159,  15. 
Mid.  to  redeem  for  money.     Hence 

' Χπο7.ντρωαις,  εως,  ή,  a  releasing  on 
payment  of  ransom,  a  ransoming,  Plut., 
in  genl.  deliverance,  redemption,  N.  T. 
[v] 

Άπο7.ύω,  f.  -λνσω,  {άπό,  7.ύω)  to 
loose  or  part  one  thing  from  another, 
Ti  τίνος,  Od.  12,  420;  21,  46:  hence 
— 2.  to  set  free  or  release  from,  άπ.  τινά 
της  φρουρης,  Hdt.  2.  30,  της  κοινω- 
%'ίας,  δον/,είας,  κακώΐ',  etc..  Plat., 
and  Xen. ;  esp.,  άπ.  αίτίιις,  to  acquit 
of  a  charge,  Hdt.  9,  88 :  also  c.  inf., 
άπ.  τινά  μη  όώρα  είναι,  to  acquit  of 
being  a  thief,  2,  174,  so  άπε/.νθη  μη 
άδικείν,  Thuc.  1,  128:  hence  absol. 
to  acquit.  Plat.,  Xen.,  etc. — II.  in  II. 
always  =ά7Γο/ντρόω,  to  release  a  pri- 
soner for  ransom,  and  in  mid.  to  ran- 
smn,  redeem  him,  χρυσοϋ,  for  gold,  Π. 
22,  50 ;  so  too  in  Att.,  άπολνεσβαι 
πο7.7.ών  χρημάτων,  Xen.  Hell.  4,  8, 
21. — HI.  to  disband  an  army,  lb.  0.  5, 
21. — IV'.  to  discharge,  pay  a  debt.  Plat. 
Crat.  417  B.— V.  άπ.  οίκίαν  τινί,  to 
sell  a  mortgaged  house  outright,  Isae. 
59,  32. — B.  mid.  to  release  for  one's 
self,  redeem,  v.  sup.  II. — II.  άπο- 
λύεσθαι  διαβολάς,  etc.,  to  do  away 
with  calumnies  against  one,  like  Lat. 
diluere,  Thuc.  8,  87 :  so  τα  κατη- 
γορημένα, τάς  αιτίας,  Dem. :  hence 
absol.  to  defend  one's  self  Hdt.  8,  59. 
— III.  like  act.,  to  acquit  of  τινός, 
Antipho  119,  12.— IV.  like  pass.,  to 
get  free,  depart,  Soph.  Ant.  1314,  cf 
C.  II. — C.  pass,  to  be  released,  let  off, 
or  get  free  from,  τινός,  Hdt.  4,  84, 
Thuc.  1,  70. — II.  of  combatants,  to 
get  clear,  part,  Thuc.  1,  49,  etc.  :  also 
to  depart,  go  away,  εθανεΓ,  απελύθης. 
Soph.  Ant.  1268,  cf  sup.  B.  III.— III. 
TO  άπολελνμένον,  =  ~ό  άπό7ιντον, 
Bast.  Ep.  Cr.  p.  131.  ["ύ  in  pres.  ; 
V  in  fut.  and  aor.] 

V Α-πο7.νώρητος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  πο7.υω- 
ρέω)  not  highly  esteemed,  slighted. 

' Απολωβάω,  ω,  f.  -ήσω,  {άπό.  λω- 
βάω)  to  insult,  misuse,  make  nought  of. 
Soph.  Aj.  217,  in  aor.  pass,  άπελω- 
βήθη. 
ΥΑπόλωλα,  2  perf.  act.  from  άπόλ- 
λνμΐ. 

νΑπο7.ώ7.εκα,  perf  act.  with  Att. 
redupl.  from  άπό7ιλνμι. 

Άπολωπίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {άπό,  7Μπος) 
=  7Μποδντέω,  Soph.  Fr.  844. 

Άπολωτίζω,  f.  -ίσω.  {άπό,  λωτίζω) 
^άπανθί^ω,  to  pluck  off  flowers :  hence 
in  genl.  to  pluck  off,  κόμας,  Eur.  I.  A. 
793  :  άπ.  νέους,  to  cut  off  the  young. 
Id.  Supp.  449. 

Άπολωφάω,  Ion.  άπολωφέω,  {άπό, 
λωφάω)  to  appease,  still,  soothe  like 
άποπαύω,  Hipp.,  Ap.  Rh. 


ΑΠΟΜ 

Ά-ομαγδΰ7ύα,  ας,  ή,  {άπομύσσω"^ 
the  crumb  or  ins!de  of  the  loaf  on  which 
the  Greeks  wiped  their  hands  at  din- 
ner, and  then  threw  it  to  the  dogs  : 
hence  like  κννάς,  dog's  meat,  Ar.  Eq. 
415.     (Others  write  άπομαγδα/.ιά.) 

Άπόμαγμα,  ατός,  τό,  {άπομάσσω) 
any  thing  to  wipe  with,  or  used  in  washing 
or  purifying,  Hipp.  :  also  like  κάθαρ- 
μα, the  dirt  washed  off.  Soph.  Fr.  32. 
— II.  the  impression,  as  of  a  seal,  The- 
ophr. 

Άπομΰδάω.  strengthd.  for  μαδάω, 
to  fall  off,  of  the  hair,  Arist.  Mirab. 

' Απομάδιζω,  fut.  -ίσω,  {άπό,  μαδί- 
ζω)  Ιο  make  quite  bald. 

Άπομάζιος,  {άπό,μαζός)  taken  from 
the  breast,  0  pp. 

Άπομάθημα.  ατός,  τό,  {άπομανθά 
νω)  α  thing  unlearnt. — 2.^sq.,  Hipp. 

Άπομάθησις,  εως,  ή,  {άπομανθύνω) 
the  unlearning  a  thing. 

ΆίΓομηίνομαι,  c.  fut.  -μΰνήσομαι, 
pass.,  pf  2  act.  άπομέμηνα,  {από, 
μαίνομαι)  to  raite  out  and  be  done  with 
it,  Luc. — II.  to  rage  violently. 

'Απομακρύνω,   {άπό,  μακρύνω)= 
ΰπομηκυνω,  Arist.  de  Plant. 
'Απομακτήρ,  ήρος,  o,=sq. 
Άπομύκτης,  ov.  ό,  {άπομάσσω)  one 
who  ivipes,  rtos,  or  cleans,  Soph.  Fr.  32. 
Άπόμακτρα,  ας,  ή,  a  strickle,  Ar. 
Fr.  586. 

Άπομάκτρια,  ας,  ή,  fem.  from  απο- 
μακτήρ. 

Άπόμακτρον,  ov,  τό,=  άπόμαγμα. 

Άπομΰ/Μκίζομαι,   as  pass.,  (από. 

μαλακίζω)  to  be  weak  or  cowardly,  like 

άποδεύ  ιάω,  προς  τι,  in  a  thing,  Plut. 

Άπομα7Μακίζομαι,ί.  -ίσομαι,  {άπό, 

μα/Μακίζω,  and 

' Απομα7.θακόομαι,  { άπό,  μα7.θα- 
κόω)=  άπομα/.ακίζομαι,  Plut. 

Άπομανθύνω,  f.  -μάθήσομαι,  {άπό. 
αανθάνω)  to  unlearn,  Lat.  dediscere. 
Plat.,  and  Xen. 

Άπομαντενομαι,  ί.  -σομαι,  {άπό. 
μαντενημαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  announce  as 
a  prophet :  hence  to  divine,  guess,  pre- 
sage, Ti.  Plat.  Rep.  516  D,  etc. 

Άπόμαξις,  εως,  η,  {άπομάσσω)  a 
tviping  off,  Plut. — II.  a  taking  an  im- 
pression, copying. 

' Απομαραινω,  ί.  -ανω.  {άπό,  μαραί- 
νω) to  make  dry,  wither  up,  blast.  Pass., 
to  dry  up,  wither  aivay,  languish,  Heind. 
Plat.  Theaet.  177  Β  :  to  die  away,  of 
a  tranquil  death,  Xen.  Apol.7.  Hence 
Άπομάρανσις,  εως,  ή,  a  wasting  or 
dying  away,  disappearance,  opp.  to  φύ- 
σις, Theophr. 

Απομαρτνρέω,  {άπό,  μαρτνρέω)  to 
testify,  bear  witness,  Polyb. 

'Απομαρτίψομαι,  {άπό,  μαρτύρα• 
μαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  confirm  by  ivitnesses. 
maintain  stoxUly,  τι.  Plat.  Soph.  237 
A.  [ΐ] 

Άπομάσσω,  Att.  -ττω.  fut.  -ξω, 
{άπό,  μάσσω)  to  wipe,  rub  off  dirt  :  to 
wipe  clean.  Dem.  313,  17.  Mid.  to 
wipe  off  from  one's  self.  c.  ace.  rer, 
ίδρωτα,  κονιορτόν,  and  usu.  c.  dat. 
instrumenti,  but  also  c.  gen.,  άπ. 
Άχι7.7,είων.  to  wipe  oiie's  hands  on..., 
Ar.  Eq.  819  :  also  absol.  άπομάξ- 
ασθαι,  to  u-ipe  one's  self  clean. — 2.  to 
wipe  off  or  level  corn  in  a  measure, 
level  with  a  strickle,  hence  χοίνικα  άπ., 
to  give  scant  measure,  Luc.  :  κενεάν 
άπομάξαι  (sc.  χοίνικα").  ίο  level  an 
empty  ?neasure,  i.  e.  to  give  no  allow- 
ance at  all,  proverb,  of  mast-ers  level- 
ling with  the  strickle,  and  thus  redu- 
cing the  allowance  given  to  slaves, 
Theocr.  15,  95. — II.  to  make  or  take  an 
impression  of,  τι,  as  εν  τισι  των  μα- 
7Μκών  σχήματα  άπ.,  Plat.  Tim.  50  Ε. 
Mid.  to  stamp  or  impress  something 
183 


ΑΠΟΜ 

rm  one's  self,  copy  from  another,  τίνός, 
Ar.  Ran.  iOlO  :  nafj'  αλλήλων,  one 
from  another,  Arist.  Eth.  Ν  :  c.  ace. 
only,  to  adopt,  take  to  one's  self,  e.  g. 
αίσχΰνην. 

'ΑττομαστΙγόω,  {άττό,  μαστιγόω)  Ιο 
scourge  severtiy,  Hdt.  3,  29. 

' Α-ΤΓοματαΐζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {άττό,  ματαί- 
ζω)  Ιο  behave  idly  or  unsetmly,  hence 
as  eujjhem.  lor  αποπέμύω,  Hdt.  2, 1G2. 

Άηομάχομαί,  f.  -μαχέσομαι,  contr. 
-μαχυνμαι,  {ύπό,  μάχομαι)  Ιο  fight 
from,  as  from  the  walls  of  a  fort  or 
town,  Thuc.  1,  9U  ;  τΐίχΐία  ικανά 
άπομ..  strong  enough  to  fight  from, 
Xen.  Cyr.  3,  1,  1.— II.  άπ.  τι,  to  fight 
off  a.  thing,  to  decline,  Hdt.  7, 13C;  and 
absoL,  1,  9  :  also  άπ.  μη  ποιεϊν. — HI. 
ΰτΓ.  τινά,  to  drive  off  in  battle,  Xen. 
Hell  6,  5,  34.— IV.  άπ.  τινί,  to  fight 
against,  resist. — V.  to  finish  a  battle, 
fight  it  out,  Lys.  98,  32.  [a] 

Απόμαχος,  ov,  (ujto,  μάχη)  not 
fighting  :  unfit  for  service,  disabled, 
Xen.  An.  3,  4,  32. 

Άπομεθίημι,  (άττό,  μεθίημι)  to  let 
go,  give  up  the  ghost,  Ap.  Rh.,  in  tmesis. 

Άπομει'λίσσομαι,  {άπύ,  μειλίσσο- 
μαι)  dep.,  to  soften  or  win  over  again, 
Dion  H.  ^ 

i''Aπoμειό(J,  (άπό,  μειόω)  to  dimin- 
ish, Alex.  Tral. 

Άπομείρομαι,  f.  -μερονμαι,  {άπό, 
μείρομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  distribute,  Hes. 
Op.  570. — 2.  as  pass.,  to  be  parted  from. 
another,  Hes.  Th.  801  :  but  in  both 
places  with  v.  1.  άπαμείρομαι,  q.  v. 

Άπομείωσις,  εως,  ή,  {άπό,  μειόω) 
diminution. 

'  Ρίπο  μελαίνω,  ί.  -άνω,  (άπό,  μελαί- 
νω) to  make  quite  black,  Theophr. 

'Απόαελι,  ιτος,  τό,  {άπό,  μέλι)  hojiey- 
water,  a  bad  kind  of  mead.  Gal. 

Άπομεμφομαι,  fut.  -φομαι,  {άπό, 
αέμφομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  rebuke  harshly, 
τινά,  Plut. 

'Απομένω,  f.  -μένω,  {άπό,  μένω)  to 
remain  over. — II.  to  persevere. 

Άπομερίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {άπό,  μερίζω) 
to  give  a  share  of,  distribute. — 11.  to 
part  or  distinguish  from  a  number, 
Plat.  Polit.  280  Β  :  άπομερισθήναι 
άριστίνόι/ν,  to  be  selected  by  merit.  Id. 
Legg.  855  Β . 

Άπομερισμός.  ov.  ό.^άπονομή. 

Άπομερμηριζω.  fut.  -ίσω  and  -ίξω, 
(άττό,  μερμ7]ρίζω)  to  slumber  or  get  a 
nap  after  OT  from  care,  Ar.  Vesp.  5. 

Άπημεστόω,  {άπό,  μεστόω)  to  fill 
to  the  brim.  Plat.  Phaedr.  255  C. 

Άπομετρέω,  ω,  f  -ήσω,  {άπό,  με- 
Τρέω)  to  measure  out,  distribute,  Xen. 
Oec.  10.  10.     Hence 

Άπομέτρημα,  ατός,  τό,  the  thing 
measured  out. 

Άπομτικύνω,  ί.  -ννω,  {άπό,  μηκν- 
νω)  ίο  prolong,  draw  out,  λόγον.  Plat. 
Soph.  217  D. 

Άπομηνίω,  f.  -ίσω,  {άπό,  μηνίω)  ίο 
be  very  wroth,  τινί,  with  one,  Hom., 
who  also  joins  it  with  χόλον  οϋ  μεθ- 
ΐέναι.  [Γ  in  pres.,i  inlut.  andaor.l.] 

Άπομηρνομαι,  dep.  mid.,  (άπό, 
μ-ηρνω,  to  draw  upwards,  0pp.   [ί] 

ΆπομΙμέομαι,  f.  -j/σομαι,  {άπό,  μι- 
μέομ(ίΐ)  dep.  mid.,  to  copy  after,  to  ex- 
press bi/  imitating,  or  copying,  represent 
faithfully,  Plat.,  and  Xen.  :  το  Ιεσθαι 
Λια  τον  ϊ  άπομ.,  to  endeavour  to  ex- 
press motion  by  the  sound,  Plat.  Crat. 
427  A.     Hence 

'Άπομίμημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  copy,  imi- 
tation, Diod.  [i] :  and 

Άποαίμησις,  εως,  η,  a  copying,  imi- 
tation, tlipp.   Ιμΐ} 

' Απομυινήσκομαι,  pass.,usu.c.  fut. 
mid.  -μνήσομαι,  as  if  from  άπομνύο- 
uai   the  aor.  mid.  only  poet.,  {άνά, 
194 


ΛΠΟΜ 

μίμνί/σκω)  To  recoiled,  lemember,  τι- 
νί, sub.  χάριν,  to  remember  that  one 
owes  him  a  favour,  II.  24,  428  ;  also  c. 
gen.,  άπεμνησαντο  χάριν  εϋεργεσιά- 
ων.}^  benefits,  Hes.  1  h.  503,  also  \n 
Thuc.  1,  137,  cf  απομνημονεύω. 

'ΑποιιϊννΟω,=μινυϋω,  Orph. 

ΆπομΙσέω,=μισέω. 

ΆπομισΟος,  ov,  {άπό,  μισθός)  like 
άμισθος,  away  from,  i.  e.  without  pay, 
unpaid,  Xen.  Hell.  C,  2,  16  :  defrauded 
of  pay,  Lys.  ap.  Harp. — II.  paid  off, 
discharged,  άπ.  γίγνεται  παρά  Ύιμο- 
βίυυ,  l)em.  671,  1 :  hence  past  service, 
Lat.  emeritus,  Menand.  p.  303. 

Άπομισθόω,  {άπό,  μισθόω)  to  let 
out  for  hire,  let,  γην  επΙ  (Uko  έτη, 
Thuc.  3,  68  :  c.  inf.,  άπ.  ποιεϊν  τι,  to 
contract  for  the  doing  of  a  thing,  Lat. 
locare  aliquid faciendum,  Lex  ap.  Dem. 
1069,  20.     Hence 

Άπομίσθωμα,  ατός,  τό,  the  thing 
let  Οΐ  fanned  out. 

Άπομνάομαι,  Ion.  for  άπομιμνή- 
σκομαι. 

'Απομνημόνενμα,  ατός,  τό,  {απο- 
μνημονεύω) esp.  in  plur.,  a  narrative 
of  sayings  and  doings,  memoirs,  as 
those  of  Socrates  by  Xen. :  like  the 
French  Ana. 

' Απομνημόνενσις.  εως,  Ί),  a  recount- 
itig.  narrating,  τών  λόγων,  Arist.  Org. : 
from 

'Απομνημονεύω,  {άπό,  μνημονεύω) 
to  remind,  Plat.  Phaed.  103  Α.— II.  to 
relate  from  memory,  relate,  recount, V\uX. , 
etc.  :  hence  to  remember,  call  to  mind, 
bear  in  mind.  Plat.  :  άπ.  τώντό  όνομα 
τω  Trairfi  βέσϋαι,  remembered  to  give 
his  S071  the  sa7ne  name,  or,  gave  it  him 
in  memory  of..,  Hdt.  5,  65. — 2.  άπ. 
τινί  τι,  to  bear  something  m  7)ii7id 
against  another,  07ve  him  a  grudge, 
Xen.  Mem.  1,  2,  31  :  to  quote,  state 
against  him,  Aeschin.  83,  39  :  also  in 
good  sense,  to  reinember  something  in 
another's /atiour,  Id.  15,  fin. 

Άπομνησικάκέω,  ώ,  {άπό,μνησικα- 
κέω)  to  bear  ίτι  mi7id  a  wrong  suffered, 
bear  a  grudge  against,  τινί,  Hdt.  3,  49. 

' Απόμννμι,  also  άπομνύω,  Pind.  N. 
7,  102,  f  -ομουμαι:  3  impf  άπώμνυ, 
Od.  2,  377  {άπό,  όμννμι).  To  take 
an  oath  away  from,  i.  e.  against  doing 
a  thing,  swear  that  one  will  not  do,  Od. 
10,  345,  also  opiiov  άπώμνν,  Od.  1.  c. 
— 2.  to  swear  07ie  has  7i.ot  done,  or  that 
it  is  not  so  :  to  deyiy  with  a"  oath,  swear 
'  7iay,'  Hdt.  2,  179  ;  6,  63,  άπ.  7.ηνα, 
Soph.  Phil.  1289,  τονς  θεούς,  Ar. 
Nub.  1232 :  freq.  also  c.  //;/  et  inf , 
μη  όρσαι.  Pind.  I.  c,  so  too  Eur.  Cycl. 
266  ;  άπ.  ?/  μην  μη...,  Plat.  Legg.  936 
Ε,  Xen.  Cyr.  6,  1 ,  2  :  άπ.  μηδέ  όβο- 
λόν,  sc.  έχειν.  Id.  Symp.  3,  8. — II. 
strengthd.  lor  όμννμι,  to  take  a  solemn 
oath,  7/  μην...,  Thuc.  5,  50. 

Άπομννω,  v.  foreg. 

Άπόμοιρα,  ας,  ή,  {άπό,  μοίρα)  α 
division,  portion,  Μ.  Anton.     Hence 

ΫΑπομοιράομαι,  -ώμαΐ,  to  give  a  por- 
tion to,  to  distribute,  Joseph  :  and 

Άπομοίριος,  ov.,  in  neut.  pi.,  τύ,  a 
share,  portion,  άλιων,  Anth.  P.  6,  187. 

Άπομονόω,  {άπό,  μονόω)  to  leave 
quite  alone,  forsake  :  τινά  τίνος,  to  ex- 
clude one  from  a  thing  :  in  pass., 
Thuc.  3,  28. 

Άπομόργνϋμι,  also  άπομοργνύω, 
f.  άπομόρξω  :  3  impf.  άπομόργνν.  II. 
{άπό,  όμόργννμι.)  To  wipe  off  or 
away  from,  Ίχώ  χειρός,  II.  5,  416  :  to 
wipe  clean,  πρόςωπα,  II.  18,  414.  Mid. 
to  wipe  off  fro7n  07ie's  self,  κΟί'ίηΐ',  II• 
23,  739  ;  άπ.  παρειάς,  to  wipe  07ie's 
cheeks,  Od.  18,  200  ;  άπ.  δάκρυ,  to 
viipe  away  ojie's  tears,  Od.  17,  304,  but 
also  without  δάκρυ  or  δάκρυα,  Ar. 


ΑΠΟΝ 

Ach.  700.— II.  to  take  an  impressionf 
like  άπομάσσω.     Hence 

Άπόμορξις,  εως,  ή,  a  wiping  away. 
— II.  a  taking  an  imjjressio7i. 

Άπόμορφος,  ov,  {άπό,  μορφή)  of 
strange  form,  in  genl.  strange,  SOj<U. 
Fr.  845.     Hence 

Άπομορφόω,  ώ,  to  change  the  form, 
Theophr. 

Άπόμυσις,  εως,  ή.  {απόμννμι)  a 
denial  with  an  oath.     Hence 

Άπομοτικός,  ή,  όν.  ready  to  deny 
with  an  oath.     Adv.  -κώς. 

Άπόμονσος,  ov,  {άπυ,  Μοϋται)  like 
ΰμονσος,  away  frojn  the  Mu.us,  unac- 
complished, rode,  Eur.  Med.  1089. 
Adv.  ~σως,  άπομ.  γράφεσΟαι,  to  be 
7infavourably,  unfairly  painted,  Aesch. 
Ag.  801. 

Άπομοχλεύω,  {άπό,  μοχλενο))  to 
raise  xeilh  a  lever,  heax'e  7tp,  Mathem. 

Άπομυζάω,ώ,ί••ήσω,{άπύ,  μνζάω) 
to  suck  out  or  away,  Themist. 

' Απομνθέομαι.ί.  -ήσομαι,  {άπό.μυ- 
θέομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  dissuade,  τινί,  11. 
9,  109. 

Άπόμνιος,  ό,  (άπό,  μυΐα)  Averter 
of  flies,  epith.  of  Jupiter,  Pans. 

Άπομϋκάομαι.  f.  -ήσομαι,  {άπό, 
μνκάομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  bellow  Imid, 
Anth. 

Άπομυκτέον,  verb.  adj.  from  άπο• 
μύσσομαι,  one  7nust  wipe  one's  nose, 
Eur.  Cycl.  561. 

Άπυμνκτηρίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {άπό,  uvk- 
τηρίζω)  to  turn  up  the  7wse  at,  7nock  at. 

Άπομνκτίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {ύπό,  μνκτί 
ζω)  to  dis7niss  with  scorn,  7nock  at,  Luc. 
Hence 

Άπομνκτισμός,  ov.  ό,  mockery. 

Άπομνλλαίνω,  {άπό,  μν'λλαίνω)  tc 
make  7nouths  at,  7nock  at. 

Άπομυξία,  ας,  ή,  dirt  from  the  nose : 
from 

Άπομνσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  f.  -ξω,  {από, 
μνσσω)  to  wipe  a  person's  7iose:  hence 
to  make  him  sharp,  sharpen  his  wits. 
Plat.  Rep.  343  A,  and  freq.  in  Luc. : 
like  Horace's  vir  emunctae  7iaris,  cf 
κορνζύω.  Mid.  to  blow  one's  nose,  Ar. 
Eq.  910. 

Άπομνω.  f.  -ύσω,  {άπό.  μύω)  to  shut 
close,  esp.  the  eyes ;  hence,  /<■  dir. 
Call,  [v'  in  pres.,  but  usu.  ν  ;  in  fut. 
and  aor.  always  v.] 

' Απομφολνγωτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  πομ- 
φο?ίνγόω)  making  no  bubbles,  Hipp. 

Άπομωλύνω,  strengthd.  for  μωλύ- 
νω,  Hipp. 

Άπομωρόω,  {άπό,  μωρόω)  to  make 
a  fool  of:  mid.  to  be  crazy,  late  word. 

Άπόναιο,  2  sing.  opt.  aor.  2  mid. 
of  άπονίνημι,  11. :  άποναίατο,  3  pL 
for  άπόναιντο,  Η.  Hom.  Cer.  132. 

'Αποναίω,=  άποικέω,  cf  also  άττο- 
νάω. 

Άπόναμαι,  v.  άπονίνημι. 

Άποναρκάω,  {άπό,  ναρκάω)  to  be 
quite  torpid  or  stupid,  Plut. 

Άποναρκόω,  {άπό,  ναρκάω)  tn  make 
quite  torpid,  benumb,  stupify.  Hipp. 
Pass,  in  Plat.  Rep.  503  D.     Hence 

Άπονάρκωσις,  εως,  ή,  torpor,  insen- 
sibility, Hipp. 

*Άποναω,  obsol.  pres.,  whence 
aor.  act.  άπένΰσα,  in  Hom.  άπένασ- 
σα  :  to  remove  one  to  another  })lace, 
like  αποικίζω  :  also  to  send  back,  II. 
16,  80,  ubi  V.  Spitzn.  ;  and  mid.  3 
aor.  άπένασατο,  iii  Horn.,  άπενάσσα- 
TO,to  remove  one's  self  to  another  place, 
depart,  like  άποίκέω,  Αον?ιΐχιόνδε, 
11.  2,  029,  Od.  15,  254  :  but  also  άττί- 
νύσσατο  παιδα,  sent  away  her  child, 
Eur.  I.  T.  1260  :  also  aor.  pass,  άπο- 
νασθήναί,  to  be  taken  away,  depart 
fro7n  a  place,  της  πατρίδος,  lb,  175, 
cf,  Med.  166, 


ΑΠΟΝ 

■  ΆπΟνεκρόω,  (άττό,  νεκρόω)  to  hill 
outright ;  also  of  limbs,  the  effects  of 
cold,  to  make  dead,  cause  to  mortify, 
Diod.     Pass,  to  die.     Hence 

Ά'ζονέκρωσις,  εως,  ή,  a  becoming 
quite  dead,  Epict.  1,  5. 

ΆτΓονεμετικός,  ή,  όν,=^άπονεμητί- 
κός,  Μ.  Anton. 

Άπονέμι/σις,  εος,  ή,  {απονέμω) 
distribution. 

Άπονεμιιτέην,  verb.  adj.  from  άττο- 
νέμι-ι,  Arist.  Eth.  Ν. 

Άπονεμ7]τής,  οϋ,  ό,  α  distributer. 

Ά.τνονεμητίκός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to, 
disposed  to,  fit  for  distributing,  το  ΰ,ττον., 
sub.  ήθος,  a  disposition  to  give  every 
one  his  due,  M.  Anton.  :  it  may  also 
be  άττονεμετίκός,  like  μενετικός,  etc. 
Adv.  -κώς,  Diog.  L. :  from 

Άτϊονέμω,  fut.  -νεμώ  and  later  -νε- 
αήσω,  (ύ~ό,  νέμω)  to  portion  out,  dis- 
tribute, assig7i,  Tivt  Ti,  Hdt.  2,  54, 
Plat.,  etc. :  imperat.  άττόνειμον,  im- 
part, tell,  Pind.  I.  2,  G8,  Soph.  Fr. 
150 :  mid.  to  assign  to  one''s  self,  take, 
ri.  Plat.  :  esp.  to  feed  on,  τι.  At.  Av. 
1289  :  also  τινός,  to  help  one's  self  to 
part  of  Ά  thing,  Plat.  Rep.  574  A. — II. 
to  part  off,  separate,  divide,  Plat.  Polit. 
276  D:  hence  ΰπ.  ΰνϋμασι,  to  classify, 
lb.  307  B. — III.  to  take  away,  subtract, 
Id.  Legg.  771  C. 

'Κπονενοημένως,  adv.  part.  perf. 
pass,  from  άπονοέομαι,  without  care 
for  life,  desperately,  Ken.  Hell.  7,  2, 
8 :  ii-aov.  όιακεϊσθαί  προς  το  ζϊ/ν, 
Isocr.  131  D. 

Άπονέομαι,  (άττό,  νέομαι)  dep.,  to 
go  away,  retire  :  to  go  back,  return,  oft. 
Hum.,  though  only  in  pres.  (some- 
times with  fut.  siguf.)  and  impf.  [a 
Ep.] 

Άπονεοττενω,  {από,  νεοττεύω)  to 
bring  out  or  hatch  the  young,  Arist. 
H.  A. 

Άπόνευμα,  ατός,  τό,  {άπονεύω)  a 
slope. 

Ά.πονενμαι,  Dor.  for  ΰπονέημαι. 

Άπονενρόω,  (άττό,  νευρόω)  to  change 
into  a  tendon.     Hence 

Άπονενρωσις.  εως,  ή,  the  end  of  the 
tntiscle,  wheie  it  becomes  tendon, 
Hipp. 

Άπονεύω,  {ΰπό,  νενω)  tn  bend  away 
from  other  objects  towards  one, 
hence  to  incline  towards,  προς  τι.  Plat. 
Theaet.  165  A :  προς  τίνα,  Polyb. : 
to  turn  aside  or  away,  έπί  τι,  Id.  :  ab- 
sol.  to  bend  on  one  side,  hang  the  head, 
Theophr. — II.  to  refuse  by  shaking  the 
head,  Lat.  abnuere. 

Άπονέω,  fut.  -νενσομαι  and  -νεν- 
σοϋμαι.  old  Att.  for  ίιπονήχομαι  : 
ΰπονενσω  occurs  in  Anth. 

'Κπονέω,  f.  -νήσω,  {ΰπή,  νέω)  to  un- 
had.  Mid.  to  throw  off  a  load  from, 
c.  gen.,  στέρνων,  Eur.  Ion  875,  ubi  v. 
Herm. 

Άπονήμενος,  part.  aor.  2  mid.  of 
άπονίνημι,  Od. 

Άπονηρευσία,  ας.  ή,  {a  priv.,  παν-' 
Τίρεύομαι)  innocence. 

Άπόνηρος,  ov,  {a  priv..  πονιιρός) 
single-minded,  without  ?nalice  or  cu7i- 
ning,  Dion.  H. 

'Απονητί,  adv.  of  άπόνητος.  without 
fatigiLc,  Hdt.  3,  146,  etc. 

'Απάνητο,  Ion.  for  ΰ,κώνητο,  3  sing. 
aor.  2  mid.  of  άπονίνημι. 

Άπήνητος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  πονέω)  not 
worked  or  icrought. — II.  without  toil  or 
trouble,  easy  :  hence  adv.  απονητί. 
q.  v.  :  superl.  άπον7]τ6τατα.  with  least 
trouble  or  toil.  Hdt.  2,  14. — 2.  without 
sufferings.  Soph.  El.  1005. 

'Απονήχαμαι.,  fut.  -ξομαι,  {ΰπό,  νή- 
χομαι)  dep,  mid.,  to  swim  away,  escape 
by  swimming,  Polyb. 


AHOS 

^Απονία,  ας,  ή,  {άπονος)  freedom 
from,  toil,  trouble :  also  from  bodily 
pain,  Aretae. — II:  laziness,  Xen.  Cyr. 
2,  2,  25. 

Άπονίζω,  collat.  form  of  ΰπονίπ- 
τω,  only  in  pres.  and  nnpf.,  to  wash 
clean,  τινά,  Od.  23,  75,  Ar.  Vesp.  COS. 
Plat.  Symp.  175  A.  Wia.towash  off 
from  one^s  self,  wash  off,  ίόρώ,  11.  10, 
572. 

ΆπονΙκύω,  {άπό,  νικάω)  to  conquer 
quite,  overpower,  Arist.  Mot.  An.,  in 
pass. 

Άπόνιμμα,  ατός,  τό,  {άπονίπτω) 
water  for  washing  the  hands,  feet,  etc. ; 
esp.  holy  water  to  cleanse  the  dead,  or 
the  unclean,  Ath. 

Άπονίνημι,  ί. -νήσω,  {από,  ονίνημι) 
to  give  enjoyment.  Usu.  in  mid.,  άττο- 
νίναμαι  QT  άπόναμαι  (though  the  pres. 
will  hardly  be  found  in  use),  f.  ΰπο- 
νήσομαι,  Horn. :  aor.  2  άπωνήμην, 
ησο,  ητο,  without  augm.  άπονήμην, 
2  sing.  opt.  άπόναιο,  part,  άπονήμε- 
νος, Horn.  To  have  the  use  or  enjoy- 
ment of  a  thing,  τινός,  e.  g.  αρετής, 
τιμής,  Hom.  ;  so  τώνό^  άπόναιο,  may- 
est  thou  have  joy  of  them,  II.  24,  556  ; 
but  the  gen.  is  olt.  omitted,  as  ήγε 
μεν  ονό'  άπόνητο,  married  her  but 
had  no  joy  (of  it),  Od.  11,  324,  Ορέ-φε 
μεν  ονδ'  άπόνητο,  Od.  17,  293. 

Άπονιπτρον,  ov,  τό,=^  άπόνιμμα, 
Ar.  Ach.  616. 

Άπονίπτω,  f.  -ψω,  {άπό,  νίπτω)  to 
ivash  off,  jipUTov  εξ  ώτειλών,  Od.  24, 
189  :  ίο  wash  clean,  τινά,  Od.  19,  317. 
Mid.  also  c.  ace,  άπονίψασθαι  χρώ- 
τα,  χείρας,  πόδας,  to  wash  one's  body, 
hands,  feet  clean,  Od.  :  also  absol.  to 
ivash  one's  self,  Ar.  Av.  1163. 

Άπονίσσομαι,  {άπό,  νίσσομαι)άβγ., 
to  go  away,  v.  1.  Theogn.  528. 

Άπονιτρόω,  {άπό,  νιτρόω)  to  rub 
off  with  or  in  nitre,  Hi])p. 

Άπονοέομαι.  dep.  pass.  c.  fut.  mid. 
-ήϋομαι,  {άπό,  νοέω)  to  be  out  of  one's 
mind,  to  have  lost  all  se>ise, — 1.  of  fear, 
hence  to  be  desperate,  άπονοτβέντας 
διαμάχεσθαι,  Xen.  Hell.  6,  4,  23,  άν- 
θρωποι απονενοημένοι,  Lat.  perditi, 
desperate  men,  Thuc.  7,  81  :  so  too  ό 
απονενοημένος,  Xen.  Hell.  7,  5,  12. — 
2.  of  shame  or  duty,  hence  also  ό 
άπονεν.,  an  abandoned felloiv,  Theophr. 
Char.  6,  cf.  Isocr.  177  E,  Dem.  363, 
7.     Hence 

Άπόνοια,  ας,  ή,  {άπό,  νους)  loss  of 
all  sense,  folly,  madness,  Dem.  779, 
fin.  :  esp.  loss  of  fear  and  hope,  despe- 
ration, εις  άπ.  κατηστήσαί  τίνα,  to 
make  one  desperate,  Thuc.  1,  82. 

Απονομή,  ής,  ή,=:άπονέμησις,  dis- 
tribution, a  portion,  Hipp. 

Άπονομίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {άπό,  νομίζω) 
to  forbid  by  law,  Mnas.  ap.  Ath.  346  D. 

"Απονος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  πόνος)  ivith- 
out  toil  or  trouble,  βίος,  Simon.  1 ,  3, 
νόστος,  Aesch.  :  free  from  care  or 
sorrow,  untroubled :  gentle,  easy,  χάρ- 
μα, Pind.  O.  10  (11),  26,  τύχη,  θάνα- 
τος. Plat. — 2.  of  persons,  not  toiling 
or  working,  lazy,  μα?.ακος  και  άπ., 
Xen.  Hell.  3,  4,  19 :  άπ.  προς  τι. 
Plat.  Rep.  556  Β. — 3.  of  things,  pass. 
done  without  trouble,  easy,  χάρις,  An- 
doc.  22,  26.  Adv.  -νω'ς,  Hdt.  9,  2, 
etc.  Irreg.  comp.  άπονεστερος,  Pind. 
O.  2,  112  :  but  regul.  superl.  άπονώ- 
τατος.  Plat.  Tim.  81  E.  Cf.  άπό- 
ν?ιτος. 

Άπονοσέω,  {άπό,  νοσέω)  to  recover 
from  sickness,  Hipp. 

Άπονοστέω,ώ.{ά~ό,νοστέω)  to  re- 
turn, come  home,  Hom•,  in  j)hrase  άψ 
άπονοστήσας  :  also  in  Hdt.,  άπ.  οπί- 
σω, σώς.  άπ.  ες  τόπον.     Hence 

Άπονόστησις,  εως,  ή,  α  return,  Arr. 


ΑΠΟα 

Άπονόσφι,  before  a  vowel  αττο* 
νόσφίν,  adv.,  far  apart  or  aloof,  II.  2, 
233,  Od.  5,  350.— II.  as  prep.  c.  gen., 
far  away  from.  II.  1,  541,  Od.  5,  113, 
usu.  following  its  case  :  but  before  it. 
Od.  12,  33. 

Άπονοσφίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {άπό,  νοσφί• 
ζω)  to  put  asunder,  keep  aloof  frcnn, 
τινά  τίνος,  Η.  Hom.  Cer.  158 :  to  be- 
reave or  rob  of,  Soph.  Phil.  979.  Pass 
to  be  robbed  of,  c.  ace,  έδωδήν,  Η. 
Hom.  Merc.  562. — II.  c.  ace.  only,  to 
flee  from,  shun,  Soph.  O.  T.  480. 

Άπονονθετέω,  {άπό,  νονθετέω)  tu 
dissuade.  Pass,  to  have  one's  head 
turned,  νπο  τύχης,  Polyb. 
νΑπόνουσος,  ov.  Ion.  for  άπόνοσος, 
{άπό,  νόσος)  free  from  sickness,  Sy- 
nes. 

Άποννκτερεύω,  {άπό,  ννκτερεύω) 
to  pass  a  night  away  from,  τινός,  Plut. 

Άπονύμφης,  ov,  ό,  and 

Άποννμφος,  ov,  {άπό,  νύμφη)  a  wo- 
7nan-hater,^μισoyύvης. 

Άπονυστάζω,  f.  -άσω  and  -άξω, 
{άπό,  νυστάζω)  to  fall  asleep  over  a 
thing  :  hence  to  be  sleepy,  slussish, 
Plut. 

Άπονϋχίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  fut.  Att.  -ΐώ,  to 
pare  the  nails,  hence  mid.  άποννχίσ- 
ασθαι  τάς  χείρας,  Hipp.,  cf.  Lob. 
Phryn.  289. — II.  to  tear  away  with  the 
nails,  Ar.  Eq.709. — III.  ==όΐΊ;τίι,ωΙΙΙ., 
to  try  or  examine  by  the  nail,  ακριβώς 
άπωννχισμένος,  Horace's  ad  unguem 
factus,  Theophr.  Char.  26.    Hence. 

Άπονύχισμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  nail-par- 
ing, [ί]       _ 

Άπονωτίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {άπό,  νωτίζω) 
to  make  turn  his  back  and  flee,  τινά 
Soph.  Fr.  638  :  also  άπ.  τινά  ovyy, 
Eur.  Bacch.  763.  Mid.  to  turn  the 
back  and  flee. 

Άποξενίζω,  fut.  -ίσω,=άποξενόω, 
dub. 

Άποξενΐτεύω,^άποξενόω. 

Άπόξενος,  ov,  {άπό,  ξένος)  like 
άξενος,  inhospitable.  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  196. 
— II.  άπόξενος  γής  far  from  a  coun- 
try, like  απόδημος,  Aesch.  Ag.  1282, 
ci  Eum.  884. 

Άποξενόω,  {άπό,  ξενόω)  to  drive 
from  house  and  home,  in  genl.  to  es- 
trange or  banish  from,  τινά  τής  Έλ- 
7Μδος,  Plut.  Pass,  to  live  away  from 
home,  be  banished.  Soph.  El.  777  :  al- 
so γής  άποξενονσθαι,  Eur.  Hec. 
1221 ;  έξω  τής  οικείας,  Arist.  Pol.  : 
έτέρωσε  άποξ-,  to  migrate  to  some 
other  place.  Plat.  Legg.  708  Β  :  hence 
to  adopt  foreign  customs,  etc.,  άπεξεν- 
ωμένα  μαθήματα,  strange  learning. 
Iambi. — II.  to  pronounce  a  thing  or 
word  foreign  or  not  genuine,  Ath. 
Hence 

Άποξένωσις,  εως,  ή,  a  living  attay 
from  home,  Plut. :  the  adoption  of  for- 
eign manners. 

Άποξέω,  fut.  -ξέσω,  {άπό,  ξέω)  Ιο 
shave  off,  in  II.  5,  81,  like  αποκόπτω 
to  cut  off,  άπό  ό'  έξεσε  χείρα. — IL  to 
scrape  s7nall,  7.ίβανον,  Theophr. 

'Αποξηραίνω,  f.  -άνω,  {άπό,  ξηραί- 
νω) to  dry  up,  drain  off  a  river,  Hdt. 
2,  99  :  to  make  a  thing  dry,  dry  quite, 
νανς,  Thuc.  7,  12.  Pass,  to  be  dried 
up,  to  become  dry,  of  rivers,  Hdt.  1, 
75 :  hence  Ion.  part.  pf.  άποξηρασ- 
/uevof,  Hdt.  1,  186. 

Άποξϊφίζω.  f.  -ίσω,  {άπό.  ξιόίζω) 
to  cut  off  with  the suord,  hew  off.  Pans. 
Άποξΰ'/ ίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {άπό,  ξνλίζο- 
μαι)  to  clear  of  wood,  strip  off  from  the 
stalk,  κρύμβι/ν,  Arist.  Probl.  3,  17, 
with  V.  1.  άποχυλίζω. 

Άπυξύνω,   I.   -ννώ,   {άπό,   οξύνω) 
to  bring  to   a   point,  make  taper,  «ττο- 
ξννονσιν  ερετμά,  Od.  6,  269  :   but  iu 
185 


ΑΠΟΠ 
Od.  9,326,  Nitzsch  follows  Buttm. 
Lexil.  in  v.,  p.  158,  sqq.,  in  reading 
άττοξυσαο,  to  sriwoth  off.  as  appears 
necessary  from  the  next  line,  οι  ό' 
όμα'λον  ττοίησαν  έγώ  ό'  έθόωσα  τταμα- 
στύ,ς  άκμον,  so  they  maih  it  evt'ii.  but  I 
sharpened  it :  Buttm.  would  even  read 
ΰτΓοίύουσπ-•  in  the  former  place :  and 
Damm  assumes  άκο-ξννω  to  be  a 
collat.  form  of  άττοξύω  :  Eur.  Cycl. 
45G  certainly  has  έξαποξύι-ας  in  signf. 
of  making  quite  sharp,  but  this  is  not 
conclusive,  Buttm.  1.  c.  :  in  Polyb. 
we  have  a  part.  pass.  perf.  άηωξνμ- 
αένας.  [ϋ] 

Ά-ηοξνμάω,  Ion.  -ξνρέω,  {αττό,  ξυ- 
ράω)  like  άποξνρω,  to  shave  clean, 
τίνα  την  κΐ(ραλήν,  Hdt.  5,  35. 

'Χ-όΐϋρος,  ον,  (ύττό,  ξυρόν)  αιί 
sharp  off,  steep,  abrupt,  Luc:  contract- 
ed, narrow,  Hipp.,  though  the  MSS. 
give  άπόξηρος,  from  άποξέω,  contra- 
ry to  analogy. 

' \77θ;νμο),=  ύ.ποξνράω,  Ar.  Thesm. 
252,  1043.  Mid.  to  have  one's  self 
chau  shaved,  [ΰ] 

Αποξυς,  ν,  gen.  εος,  (άττό,  δξυς) 
sharpened  off,  pointed,  Diosc. :  cf  Lob. 
Phryu.  539. 

Άπόξνσμα,  ατός,  τό,  (άττοξύω)  that 
which  is  shaved  or  scraped  off:  shav- 
ings, filings. 

ΆτΓοίυστρόω,  (άπό,  ξύστρα)  to  rub 
vff:  to  blunt.  Polyb. 

ΆτΓοξνυ,  f.  -ύσω,  {ΰ~ό,  ξνω)=ΰ.πο- 
ξέϋ),  to  shave  or  scrape  off :  and  so  to 
strip  off  as  it  were  a  skin,  γήρας  άττο- 
ξνσας  θήσει  νέον,  II.  9,  446 ;  and  so 
snakes  are  said  το  γήρας  άποξνεσθαι : 
cf.  ά-οξνν<^,  and  Butt.  Lexil.  p.  158, 

sq•  [i']        ,  ,,    , 

'Χ-οπαίοΰγωγέω,  {απο.  παιδαγω- 
γέω)  Ιο  teach  amiss,  misguide,  Iambi. 

ΆτΓΟΤΟίςω,  f.  -ξομαι,  (άπό,  παίζω) 
to  Itaoe  done  playing  QT  jesting. — II.  to 
speak  in  joke. 

'ΛτΓοτΓάλαίόω,  (άττό,  ττσλαιόο;)  to 
let  grnw  old,  abrogate.  Lat.  antiquare. 

Κ~ο~άΧ}.7ΐσίς,  εως,  ή,^άποπαλ- 
αός.  Gal,  :    from 

' Α~ο-ά'/.?^ω,  (ΰττό.  ττύΡιλω)  Ιο  swing 
or  caH  aiiay,  Arist.  Probl.  Hence 
mid.  to  dart  away,  rebound.  Pint. 

\\.Ηθ~αλμός,    ov,   ό,   a   rebounding, 
Epicur.  ap.  Diog.  L.  10,  44. 
\' Χπόπαλσις,  ιος  and  εως,  ή,^άπο- 
Ίταλμός,  Gal. 

ΆτΓοπαλτικός,  ή,  6ν,  (άττοττύλλω) 
rebounding.     Adv.  ~κώς,  Sext.  Emp. 

\\~ό~α~πος,  ου.  ό.  (άττό,  ττάτπτος) 
great-grandfather.  Lat.  abavus. 

Ά~ο-α-—όω,ώ,  (άττό,  πάππος)  Ιο 
change  into pa]/jnts  ΟΤ  down,  of  flowers, 
Theophr. 

Άποπαπταίνω,  (άπό,  παπτηίν(,ι) 
to  look  about  one,  to  look  round,  as  if  to 
flee  :  hence  Ion.  fut.  άποπαπτανέου- 
σιν,  II.  14.  101. 

Άποπύρι'ίω,^^ύποπέρδω. 

'Απο-αρθενεύω,~8^.,  Hipp. 
\' ΑποπαρΒενόω,  {άπό,  παρθένος)  Ιο 
deflower.     Pass,  to  be  no  more  a  maid, 
to  jnarry. 

Άπόπαστος,  ον,=^ίπαστος,  c.  gen., 

°PP•  ^  r  - 

Άποπασχω,  f.  -πεισομαι.  {από, 
πύηχω)  opp.  to  πάσχω,  a  Stoic  term, 
to  imagine  a  thing  is  itot,  which  is,  e.  g. 
ΰπόπαΟε.  δτι.  ημέρα  εστί,  imagine  it  is 
mt  day.  Epict.  1,  28,  3. 

' Αποπΰτέω,ΰ,ί.  -ησω.Αχ.  Eccl.  351, 
■ήσομαι,  Plut.  1184,  {άπό,  πατέω)  to 
retire  from  the  way,  to  so  aside  to  ease 
mie'g  self.  Cratin.  Drap.  8  :  cf.  αφο- 
δεύω.    Hence 

Άποπάτημα,  ατός,  τό,  ordure,  Eu- 
pol.  Χρνσ.  15.  [ή] 

Άποπατητέον,  verb.  adj.  from  άττο- 
1S6 


ΑΠΟΠ 

πατέω,  one  must  ease  one's  self,  Ar. 
Eccl.  326. 

Άπόπΰτος,  ov,  δ,  also  ή,  ordure, 
Hii)p.  :  εΙς  άπόπατον,  to  ease  one's 
self,  Ar.  Ach.  81,  unless  it  be  here= 
άφοδος,  a  privy. 

Άπόπανσις,  εως,  ή,  {άποπανω)  a 
stopping,  checking,  hinderance.  —  IL 
(from  mid.)  a  ceasing,  end. 

'Αποπαύστωρ,ορος,ό,=^άποπανων, 
Orph. 

Άποπανω,  {άπό,  παύω)  to  stop, 
hinder  one  J'rum  a  thing,  τινά  τίνος, 
e.  g.  πολέμον,  II.  11,  323,  πένθε'ος, 
Hdt.  1,  40  :  also  c.  inf.,  to  hinder  from 
doing.  Tivu  άλητεύειν,  όρμτ/θί/ναι, 
Od.  18,  114  ;  12.  120 :  c.  ace.  only,  to 
stop,  check,  11.,  etc.  Mid.  to  leave  off, 
cease  from  a  thing,  τινός,  II.  ;  in 
which  intrans.  signf.  the  act.  is  used 
in  Od.  1,  340,  and  here  others  read 
έιποπαύε'  άοιδής. 

'Απόπειρα,  ας,  ή,  {άπό,  πείρα)  α 
trial,  venture,  άπ.  ποιεΐσθαί  τίνος  της 
μάχης,  to  make  trial  of  one's  uay  of 
fighting,  Hdt.  8,  9  :  άττ.  νανμαχίας 
λαμβάνειν,  to  try  or  venture  a  sea- 
fight,  Thuc.  7,  21. 

' Αποπειράζω,  f.  -ύσω,  [α]  rarer 
form  of  sq. 

Άποπειρά.ομαι,  dep.  c.  fut.  mid. 
-άσομαι,  [ά]  aor.  pass.  άπεπειράΟην, 
Ion.  -7]βην,  Hdt.  2,  73,  (άπό,  πειράο- 
μαι)  to  make  trial,  essay,  or  proof  of  a 
person  or  thing,  τινός,  Lat.  specimen 
facere alicujiis ,  e.g.  άπ.  των μαντιμων, 
των  δορνφόρων,  Hdt.  1,  46;  3,  128; 
so  too  Ar.,  Plat.,  and  Xen.,  who  also 
has  άπ.  τινός  ει  δύναιτο,  Cyr.  7,  2, 
17,  cf  2,  3,  5  :  ναυμαχίας  άποπεφΰ- 
σβαΐ.  Ιο  venture  α  naval  engagement, 
Thuc.  4,  24  :  but  Thuc.  more  freq. 
uses  act.,  as  νανμαχίας  άποπειράσαι, 
7,  17  :  also  άποπειράσαι  τον  Τίειραέ- 
ως,  Ιο  make  an  attempt  on  the  Peira- 
eus,  etc.,  2,  93,  etc. 
γΑποπειρατέον,νβΛ.  adj.  from  άπο- 
πειράομαι,  one  must  make  an  attempt, 
Isocr.  191  B. 

Άποπέκω,  f.  -ξω,  {άπό,  πέκω)  to 
shear  off  wool. 

Άποπελεκύω,  {άπό,  πε7.εκάω)  to 
hem  off  with  an  axe,  to  hew,  Ar.  Av. 
1156. 

Άποπελιόω,  {άπό,  πελιός)  to  make 
pale. 

Άπόπεμπτος,  ov,  {αποπέμπω)  sent 
forth,  dismissed. 

Άποπεμπτύω,  {άπό,  πέμπτος)  to 
give  a  fifth  part,  LXX. 

'Αποπέμπω,  f.  -ψω,  {άπό,  πέμπω) 
to  send  off  or  away,  to  despatch,  dismiss, 
Horn.,  etc.  :  έπί  τι,  for  a  purpose, 
Hdt.  1,  38  :  also  in  bad  sense,  to  hunt 
away,  drive  off,  Od.  23,  23  :  to  escort, 
τινά,  Pind.  O.  8.  66  :  of  things,  to  re- 
turn, give  back,  Hom.  only  in  Od.  17, 
76.  Mid.  to  remove  fro?n  one's  self  get 
rid  of,  Hdt..  etc.  :  of  a  wife,  to  divorce 
her,  Hdt.  6,  C3  :  also  to  drive  off,  avert 
by  sacrilice.  etc.,  like  άποδιοπομπέο• 
μαι.  Eur.  Hec.  72.     Hence 

Άπόπιμψις.  εως.  ή,  a  sending  away, 
despatching.  Hdt.  7.  148:  ο  dismissal, 
divorcing,  Dem.  1365,  12. 

Άποπενθέω,  {άπό,  πενθέω)  to  cease 
mnurtiing.  —  II.  trans,  to  mourn  for, 
Plut. 

Άποπεραίνω,  fut.  -ΰνώ,  {άπό,  πε- 
ραίνω) to  bring  to  an  end,  complete. 

Άποπερΰτίζω,  f  -ίσω.  and 

Άποπερΰτόω,^ -περαίνω.  Hence 

'Αποπεράτωσις,  εως,  ή,  a  completing, 
end. 

Άποπεράω,ώ,ΐ. -άσω  Ion.  -ήσω, 
{άπό.  περύω)  to  carry  over.  Plut. 

Άποπέρδω,  usu.  -πέρδομαι,  fut. 
-παρδώ  and  -παρδήσομαι,  {άπό,  πέρ- 


ΑΠΟΠ 

δω)  to  breaK  ivind,  Lat.  pedo,  Ar.  Eq. 
639. 

Άποπερισπάω,ώ,  f.-ciTw.  [α]  {άπό, 
περισπάω)  to  draw  off,  divert. 

Άποπερκόομαι,  {άπό,  πέρκος)  as 
pass.,  to  become  d'lrk,  of  ripening 
grapes.  Soph.  Fr.  239. 

'Αποπέσγσι.  3  sing.  subj.  aor.  2  of 
υποπίπτω,  Od.  24,  7.  [απ-] 

' Αποπετάνννμι,  f.  -πετάσω,  {άπό, 
πετάνννμι)  to  spread  out  all  ivays, 
Diog.  L. 

Άποπέτομαι,  fut.  -πτήσομηι.  {άπό, 
πέτομαι)  to  fly  off  or  away,  11.  2,  71, 
Od.  11,  222,  in  aor.  part,  άποπτάμε- 
νος  (as  if  from  *  άπόπτημι) ;  so  too 
άπέπτατο,  Ar.  Av.  90. 

Άποπεφασμένως,  adv.  part.  perf. 
pass,  from  άποφηίνω,  openly,  clearly, 
plainly,  Dem.  1367,  27. 

Άποπήγννιιι,  f.  -πήξω,  {άπό,  πη• 
γννμι)  to  make  to  freeze  or  curdle,  Ar. 
Kan.  126.  Pass,  of  men.  to  be  frozen, 
Xen.  Mem.  4,  3,  8 :  of  blood,  to  cur- 
dle. Id.  An.  5,  8,  15. 

Άποπηδάω,  f.  -ήσω,  {άπό,  πηδάω) 
to  leap  off  from  :  hence  to  start  off 
from,  turn  aivay  from,  τινός.  Xen. 
Mem.  1,  2,  16  :  άπ'ό  τίνος.  Plat.  The- 
aet.  164  C,  opp.  to  άπ.  προς  τίνα, 
Plat.  Legg.  720  C. 

'Αποπιέζω,  f.  -έσω.  {άπό,  πιέζω)  to 
squeeze  out,  sqiieeze  tight,  Hipp.   Hence 

Άποπίεσις,  εως.  η,  a  squeezing  or 
wringing  out,  Theophr. 

Άποπίεσμα,  ατός,  τό,  that  ivhich  is 
squeezed  out  and  dried,  Hipp. 

'Αποπιμπ?.άνω,  rare  collat.  form  of 
sq..  Anth. 

'Αποπίμπ?.ημί,  and,  though  not 
Att.,  -πιμπ?.ύω,  poet,  also  πίπλημι, 
-πιπ?.άω,  f.  -πλήσω,  (άπό,  πίμπ?.ημι) 
to  fill  υρ,  fill  to  the  brim  :  to  fill  up  a 
number,  Hdt.  7,  29:  hence — II.  to 
satisfy,  fulfil,  τον  χρησμόν,  Hdt.  8, 
96  :  hence  to  satisfy,  appease,  Lat.  ex• 
plere.  τόν  Ονμόν  τίνος,  Hdt.,  etc.,  cf. 
Valck.  Hipp.  1327:  also  τινά,  Plat. 
Crat.  413  B. 

'Αποπινέιω,  {άπό,  πινόω)  to  cleanse 
from  dirt.- — 2.  to  dirty,  soil. 

'Αποπίνω,  f.  -πίομαι,  {άπό.  πίομαι) 
to  drink  up,  drink  off,  Hdt.  4,  70.  where 
either  κύλικα  or  olvov  must  be  sup- 
plied. 

Άποπίπτω,  fut.  -πεσονμαι,  aor. 
-έπεσον,  {άπό,  πίπτω)  to  fall  off  from, 
εκ  πέτρης,  Od.  24,  7,  τινός  or  άπό 
τίνος,  Hdt.  3,  61,  130:  absol.  to  fall 
off,  IL  14,  351. — II.  hence  to  miss, 
fail  in  obtaining,  Lat.  spe  excidere, 
Polyb. — III.  to  lose  one's  way.  [_ΰπ.  in 
Od.  24,  7.] 

Άποπιστενω,  {άπό,  πιστεύω)  to 
trustfully,  rely  on,  τίνί,  Polyb. 

Άποπλάζω,  fut.  -π?^άγξω,  {άπό, 
π?Μζω)  to  lead  astray,  lead  away  from, 
deprive  of,  τινός.  Pass,  to  go  astray, 
be  driven  off  or  away.  Hom.  uses  only 
aor.  pass.  άπεπ?ιάγχθην,  to  stray,  be 
driven  aivay  from,  be  deprived  of  πα- 
τρίδος, σάκεος,  etc. :  the  phrase  τρν- 
φάλεια  άποπλαγχβεΐσα.  a  helm  struck 
off,  II.  13,  578,  is  singular. 

Αποπλανάω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (άπό,  π?.α- 
vάω)  =  foτeg.,  to  lead  astray,  Hipp. 
Hence 

'Αποπ?ιάνησις,  εως,  ή,  a  leading 
away,  leading  astray. — 2.  from  pass.,  a 
going  astray,  digression,  Plat.  Polit. 
263  C.  [«] 

Άποπ/άνίας,  ov,  ό,  a  wanderer, 
fugitive,  Antli. 

Άττόπ/αΐΌΓ.  ov,  strengthened  for 
π?ιάνος,  Cratin.  Jun.   Tar.  1. 

Άπόπ?-ΰσις,  εως,  ή,  a  shaping  after, 
form,  Epicur.  ap.  Diog.  L. :  from 
Άποπ/Ασσω,  fut.   -πλάσω,   {άπό, 


ΑΠΟΠ 

ίτλύσσω)  to  shape  after,  mould  from  a 
tli;ng,  τινός.  5lid.  to  borrow  form  or 
figure  from  anything,  copy,  Jac.  A.  P. 
p.  499.     Hence 

ΆτΓ ο-λάσ~ωρ,  ορός,  ό,  a  copier. 
Άποηλείω,    poet,    for    ΰττοττλέω, 
Horn. 

ΆτίΟΰλενστέον,  verb,  adj.,  one  must 
sail  away,  Ar.  Fr.  192  :  from 

Ά-ο-λέω,  Ep.  --λΐίω  (Horn.),  Ion. 
-7ϊ/.ώω  (Hdt.),  f.  -—'/,εύσομαι,  {άτνό, 
IT/Ju)  to  sail  away,  sail  off,  Horn.,  Hdt., 
etc.:  to  sail  back,  Xen.,  which  is 
οπίσω  ■π?.ώειν  in  Hdt.  4,  15G. 
Άπο—'λί/θω,^άττο-ίμΤί/.ιιμι. 
ΆτΓΟττ/,ηκηκός,  ή,  όν,  stapified,  con- 
fused.— II.  apoplectic,  Hipp.  :  from 

Άπότΐληκτος,  ov,  (α-07τ7^]σσω) 
stricken  or  disabled  by  a  stroke, — 1.  in 
mind.,  like  Lat.  attonitus.  struck  dumb, 
astounded,  senseless,  Hdt.  2,  173 ; 
άφρων  και  ά~.,  άττ.  καΐ  μαινόμενος, 
Dem.  561,  10;  912,  10.— 2.  crippled, 
planet-struck,  Hdt.  1, 167,  Plat.  (Com.) 
Σκεν.  1.     Adv.  -τως. 

Άττοττ/,ηξία,  ας,  ή,  a  being  disabled, 
1.  in  mind,  stupor,  amazement. — 2.  in 
body,  a  stroke,  apoplexy,  Lat.  sideratio, 
Hipp.,  V.  Foes.  Oecon. 

'\-ό-?.ηξις,  εως,  )7,=foreg.,  Eu- 
trop.  8,  10. 

Ά~ο-ληρόω,  {από,  π?.ΐ]ρόω)^άπο- 
πίμ-/-ημΐ,  to  fill  quite  full,  satisfy, 
Ijat.  explere,  τάς  βουλήσεις,  τας  επι- 
θυμίας, Plat. :  also  τούτο  μοι  ΰπο- 
πλήρωσον,  Id.  Prot.  329  C.— Π.  to 
fulfil.     Hence 

Άποπλίιρωσις,  εως,  ή,  a  satisfying, 
Plut. — II.  fulfilment. 

Άποπ/.7]ρυτι/ς,  ov.  6,  a  fidfiller, 
τινός.  Plat.  Rep.  620.  E. 

Άποπλήσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  fut.  -ξω, 
{από,  πλ?}σσω)  to  strike  to  earth,  crip- 
ple by  a  stroke,  disable  in  body  or  mind. 
Pass,  to  lose  one^s  senses,  become  dizzy 
or  astounded.  Soph.  Ant.  1189. — 2.  to 
drive  back,  repulse.  Mid.  to  push  off 
from  one's  self,  Arist.  Probl. 

Άποπ?Λσσομαι,  Att.  -ττομαι,  fut. 
-ξομαι,  {από,  π/.ίσσω)  dep.  raid,  (ύ-ό, 
τΓλίσσω)  to  trip  off,  hop  off,  Ar.  Ach. 
218,  cf  Koen.  Greg.  p.  548.^ 

' λπόπλοος,  ov,  ό,  contr.  άπόπλονς, 
ου,  {αποπλέω)  a  sailing  away  :  an  out- 
ward-bound voyage,  Hdt.  8,  79. 

'Α.πδπ7.οος.  ov,  contr.  άπόπ7.ονς, 
ovv,  {άπό,  πλέω)=^άπλοος,  unfit  for 
sea-service,  Polyb. 

Άποπλοντέω,  {άπό,  ττλουτεω)  to 
be  rich  iio  hnger,  strip  one's  self  of 
wealth. 

Άπόπ7.νμα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which  is 
washed  off,  dirty  water,  Diog.  :   from 

Άποπ/.ύνω,  f.  -ϋνώ,  {άπό,  πλ.ννω) 

to  wash  off  or  away,  Od.  6,  95,  ubi  v. 

Nitzsch. 

Ά-0-Λώω,  Ion.  for  άποπ?.έω,  Hdt. 

Ά— 077Vi  i'cj.  Ion.  for  ΰποττνέω,  Horn. 

Άποπνενματίζω,    f.     -ίσω,     {άπό, 

πνενματίζω)   to   breathe   out :    also^ 

αποπέρδω. 

Άποπνεύματος,  {άπό,  πνεύμα) 
away  from  the  wind,  sheltered,  The- 
ophr. 

Άπόπνευσις,  εως,  ή,  a  breathing 
out,  steaming,  exhaling:  from 

'Χποπνέω,  Ep.  -ττνείω  (as  always 
in  Horn.),  f.  -πνενσω,  {από,  πνέω)  to 
breathe  forth,  πϋρ,  of  the  Chimaera, 
II.  6,  182,  όδμήν,  Od.  4,  400;  ίπος 
στόματος,  Pind.  P.  4,  18  ;  θνμόν,  II. 
4.  524:  also  without  Ονμόν,  to  die, 
Balr.  99 ;  so  too  άπ.  -ψυχί/ν,  Simon. 
127.  ήλικίαν.  Pind.  I.  7,  (6),  48  :  but 
in  Nem.  1,  70,  he  has  it  causal,  χρό- 
νος άπέπνενσεν  ψυχάς.  made  them 
give  up  the  ghost. — 2.  in  Com.  =άπο- 
πέρόω. — II.  to  smell  of  a  thing,  c.  gen., 


ΑΠΟΠ 

Luc.  de  Conscr.  Hist.  15.  —  III.  to 
blow  from  a  particular  quarter,  άπο 
θερμών  χωρίων,  Hdt.  2,  27. — IV.  to 
blow  out,  as  a  light ;  pass., met.  to  be 
blown  out  or  extinguished,  Plut.  Moral. 
281  B. 

Άποτη'ίγω,  f.  -πνιξονμαι,  {άπό, 
πνίγω)  to  choke,  smother,  throttle,  Hdt. 
2,  169,  etc.  Pass.  c.  fut.  mid.,  -πνι- 
γήσομαι  (Ar.  Nub.  1504),  to  be  choked, 
etc. :  also  to  be  drowned,  Dem.  883, 
fin.  :  to  be  choked  with  rage,  έπί  τινι, 
at  a  thing.  Id.  403,  17 :  hence  me- 
taph.  of  pressing  creditors,  like 
ύγχω.  [ί] 

Άποπνοή,  ης,  ή,  Theophr.,  and 
άπόπνοια,  ή,  Hipp,  ^άπόπνευσις. 

Άπόπνοος,ον,^^απνοος. 

Άποποιέομαι,  ΐ.  -ήσομαι,  dep.  mid., 
{από,  ποιέω)  to  put  away  from  one's 
self,  reject,  Plut.     Hence 

'λποποίησις,  εως,  ή,  a  rejection. 

Άποπο7.εμέω,  ω,  {άπό,  πο7^εμέω)  to 
fight  off  or  from,  6.  g.  τον  όνου,  from 
ass-back.  Plat.  Phaedr.  260  B. 

'  Α.πόπο7Λς,  ι,  poet.  άπόπτο7.ις, 
gen.  ιδος,  εως,  {άπό,  rroZtf)  far  from 
the  city,  banished,  like  άπολις,  άπό- 
πο7.ις  εσει,  Aesch.  Ag.  1410:  άπό- 
πτο7.ιν  εχειν  τινά.  Soph.  Tr.  64?. 

'Χποπομπαϊος,  αία,  αίον^  {άπο- 
πομπή)  avertirtg,'esTp.  evil,  like  ά7.εξ- 
ίκακος,  αποτρόπαιος,  LXX. 

Άποπομπέω,^άποπέμπομαι. 

Αποπομπή,  -ης,  ή.  {αποπέμπω)  α 
sending  away,  banishment.  —  2.  (from 
mid.),  the  averting  an  ill  omen,  mis- 
fortune, etc.,  άπ.  ποιεΐσθαι,  Isocr. 
106  Β. 

Άποπόμπιμος,   ov,   ήμερα,  =  ύπο- 

Άποπονεω,  ώ,  ι.  -ήσω,  {απο,  πονεω) 
to  finish  a  work,  Ar.  Thesm.  245. — 2. 
intr.  to  stop  working. 

Άποποντόω,  {άπό,  πόντος)  to  cast 
into  the  sea. 

Άποπορδή,  ης,  ή,  subst.  from  άττο- 
πέρδω=^πορδή. 

Άποπορεία,  ας,  ή,  α  departure,  re- 
turn :  from 

Άποπορεύομαι,  pass.  c.  fut.  mid., 
and  aor.  pass;  {άπό,  πορεύω)  to  depart, 
go  away,  Xen.  An.  7,  6,  33.     Hence 

Άποπορεντέον,  verb,  adj.,  one  must 
go  away. 

Άποπόρφνρος,  ον,=ζάπόρφνρος. 

Άποπρύσσομαι,  f.  -ξόμαι,  mid. 
{άπό,  πράσσω)  to  exact  to  the  utter- 
most, τον  μισθόν,  like  άναπρύσσω, 
Themist. 
Υ Κποπρατίζομαι,  {από,  πρατίζομαϊ) 
to  sell,  LXX.,  Tob.  1,  7. 

Υλποπράννω,  {άπό,  πραννω)  to 
soften  down,  Plut.  Sert.  25. 

Άποπρεσβεία,  ας,  ή,  an  ambassa- 
dor's report,  Polyb. :  from 

Άποπρεσβεύω,  {άπο,  πρεσβενω)ίο 
report  one's  doings  as  aynbassador,  give 
in  one's  accounts.  Plat.  Legg.  941  A. 

*'λποπρίαμαι,  obsol.  pres.,  from 
which  we  have  only  άπεπριύμην,  as 
aor.  of  άπωνέομαι,  to  buy  of  one,  Ar. 
Ean.  1227. 

Άπόπρισμα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which  is 
sawed  Or  filed  off,  saw-dust,  filings : 
from 

Άποπρίω,  f.  -ίσω,  {άπό.  πρίω)  to 
saw  offOT  through, file  off,  Hdt.  4, 65.  [i] 

Άποπρό,  adv.  '{άπό.  πpό)far  away, 
afar  off,  II.  16,  669.-2.  as  prep.  c. 
gen.,  far  from,  away  from,  II.  7,  334, 
cf.  διαπρό-  In  compos,  it  is  only  a 
stronger  form  of  άπό.  (It  is  also 
written  άπόπρο,  but  see  Spitzn.  Ex- 
curs,  xviii.  ad  II.  sub  fin.) 

Άποπρούγω,  v.  sub  προηγμένα. 
Άποπροαιρέω,  {άπό,  προαιρέω)  to 
take  away  from,   τινός•    σίτου  ΰπο- 


ΑΠΟΠ 

προε7.ών,  having    taken   some  of  the 
bread,  to  give  it  away,  Od.  17,  457. 

Άποπροβαίνω,  f.  -βήσομαι,  (άπό, 
προβαίνω)  to  go  far  away  from,  Dion. 
H. 

' Κποπροβά7.7.ω,  f.  -βά7.ώ,  {άπό, 
προβύ7^Αω)  to  throw  far  away  from, 
Ap.Rh. 

Άποπροέηκε,  3  sing.  aor.  1  Ion, 
from  άποπροΐημί,  Od. 

Άποπροε/.ών,  part.  aor.  2  of  άπο- 
προαιρέω, Od. 

Άποπροηγμένα,  τύ,  v.  sub  προηγ- 
μένα. 

Άπόπροθε,  before  a  vowel  άπό- 
προθεν,  adv.,  {άποπρό)  from  afar  :  but 
usu.  much  like  άπόπροθι,  far  off,  far 
away,  άπ.  μένειν,  κεΐσθαι,  11.  10,  209, 
Od.  7,  244.  etc. 

Άποπμοθέω,  f.  -θεύσομαι  and  -θεν 
σονμαι,  {άπό,  προθέω)  to  run  away 
from,  Anth. 

Άπόπροθι,  adv.,  (άτΓοπρο')  far  off, 
far  away,  Horn. 

Άποπροθορειν,  inf.  aor.  2  of  άττο- 
προθρώσκω,  to  spring  far  from,  Orph. 
Άποπροϊείς,  part.  pres.  from  sq., 
Od.  ^ 

Άποπροΐημί,  f.  -πρσήσω,  {άπό, 
προίτιμι)  to  send  forth,  and  so — 1.  tn 
throw  away,  Od.  14,  26. — 2.  to  shoot 
forth,  ιόν,  Od.  22,  82.-3.  to  let  fall, 
Od.  22,  327.  [ύπϋπρϋΐημϊ  Ep.,  άπΰ- 
προίημΐ,  Att.] 

'Χποπρολείπω,  {άπό,  προ/.είπω)  to 
leave  far  behind,  Ap.  Rh. 

Άποπρονοσφίζω,  fut.  -ίσω  Att.  -ϊώ, 
{άπό,  προνοσόίζω)  to  remove  afar  off, 
carry  far  away,  Eur.  I.  A.  1286,  where 
Dind.  separately  άποπρό  νοσό. 

Άπόπροσθεν,  adv.,  =  άπόπροθε. 
Plat.  Epin.  987  Α. 

Άποπροςποιέομαι,  {άπό,  προς- 
ποιέομαι)  as  mid.,  to  disclaim,  Ath. 

Άποπροςωπίζομαι,  {άπό,  πράς• 
ωπον)  as  inid.,  to  clean  one's  face, 
Pherecr.  Agr.  9. 

Άποπροτέμνω,  {ά,πό,  προτέμνω)  to 
cut  off  from,  νώτου  άποπροταμών, 
after  he  had  cut  a  slice  from  the  chine, 
Od.  8,  475. 

Άποπροφεύγω,  {άπό,  προφεύγω)  to 
flee  far  away,  Mel.  10. 

'λποπτάμενος,  ένΐ],  ενόν,  part.  aor. 
2  of  άφίπταμαι,  Horn. 

'Χποπτερνι^ω,  fut.  -ίσω  Att.  -Ίύ, 
{άπό,  πτερνίζω)  to  thrust  off  with  the 
heel,  trample  on. 

Άποπτερνγίζομαι,  {άπο,  πτερνγί- 
ζομαι)  dep.,  to  flutter  away,  Theophr. 
Άποπτερνσσομαι,  f.  -νξομαι,  dep., 
=  foreg. 

Άπόπτης,  6,  {άπάφομαι)  one  that 
looks  from  above. 

Άποπτήσσω,  strengthened  for 
πτήσσω. 

Άπόπτισμα,  ατός,  τό,  {άπό,  πτίσ- 
σω)  chaff,  husks,  etc.,  Lat.  quisquiliae, 
dub.  1.  for  άπόπρισαα,  Arist.  Mirab. 
113. 

Άποπτοέω,  {άπό,  πτοέω)  to  frighten 
away,  Plut.  Pass,  to  be  startled,  to 
s/iy,  Polyb. 
ΥΑποπτοιέω,  ω,  f.  -ήσω,  poet,  for 
foreg.,  to  frighten  or  chase  away,  £m- 
ped.  ap.  Plut.  2,  1129  E. 

Άπόπτολις,  ό,  ή,  gen.  ιδος,  poet, 
for  άπόπο7.ις,  q.  v. 

"Αποπτος,  ov,  {άπόφομαι)  seen,  t-> 
be  seen  'from  a  place,  e.  g.  άπο  τον 
χώματος,  Arist.  Pol.  2,  12,  9 :  το 
αποπτον,  a  look-out  place,  watch-tower, 
Plat.  Ax.  369  A  :  hence — 2.  far  away 
from,  far  from,  τινός.  Soph.  O.  T.  762, 
El.  1489  :  absol./er  away.  Id.  Aj.  17  ; 
εξ  άπόπτον,  from  afar,  opp.  to  εγγύ- 
θεν,  Phil.  467 :  tv  άποπτφ,  afar  off: 
hence — II.  dimly  seat,  and  so  in  late 
187 


λΠΟΡ 

writers,  Ηη5εεη,=  ΰνοπτος,  Lob.  Aj. 
17. 

' Χττότττνγμα,  ατός,  τό,  {ύπό,  πτύσ- 
σω) α  falling  fold,  Inscr. 

Άπόπτυσμα,  ατός,  τό,  (ΰποπτύω) 
that  which  is  spit.  out. 

ΆτΓοτττυστίιμ,  τ/μος,  δ,  {άποπτύω) 
one.  that  spits  out :  ΰποτττ.  χαλινών, 
of  a  horse  that  will  not  bear  the  bit,  like 
respuere,  0pp. 

Άττότϊτνστος,  ov,  spit  out:  hence 
abominable,  detested,  θεοις,  Aesch. 
Eum.  191 :  absol.,  Soph.  O.  C.  1383 : 
from 

'A-xoTTTvu,  f.  -νσω,  {ΰττό,  ιττύω)  to 
spit  out  or  up,  II.  23,  781,  esp.  of  the 
sea,  άποτττνει  ύ?Μς  ΰχνην,  it  vomits 
forth  its  foam,  II.  4,  426,  cf.  Schiif. 
Long.  p.  380 :  hence  to  abominate, 
spjini,  Lat.  respuere,  lies.  Op.  724,  in 
which  signf.  the  aor.  1  άπέπτϋσα  is 
most  freq.,  v.  Monk  Hippol.  CIO,  In- 
terpp.  ad  Ar.  Av.  531.  ['v  in  pres.,  ϋ 
in  fut.  and  aor.] 

*  Άπόπτω,  obsol.  pres.,  whence 
fut.  άπόψομαί,  v.  αφοράω. 

Άττύτττωμα,  ατός,  τό,  {υποπίπτω) 
an  unlucky  chance,  Polyb.  :  an  over- 
throw, loss,  Ath. 

Άπύπτωσις,  εως,  i],  a  falling  off  or 
away,  Gal. 

'Α.ποπϋδαρίϊ^ω,  v.  sub  πνδαρίζω. 

Άποπϋητικός,  ή,  όν.  (άττό,  πνέω) 
promoting  suppuration,  Hipp. 

Άποπνισκω,  {άπό,  πνέω)  to  promote 
suppuration,  Id. 

Αποπυνθάναμαι,  fut.  -πενσομαι, 
(άπό,  πυνθάνομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  in- 
quire or  ask  of,  άπ.  (avrov)  εϊ—,  asked 
of  him  whether...,  Hdt.  3,  154  ;  also 
άπ.  άπό  Τίνος,  Epict. 

Άποπνργίζω,  fut.  -ίσω,  {άπό,  πύρ- 
γος) to  defend  by  towers,  fortify. 

Άποπνρίας,  ου,  b,  dressed  on  the 
lire,  roasted,  baked :  esp.  a  kind  of 
bread,  Cratin.  Malth.  3. 

Άποπνρίζω,  fut.  -ίσω,  {άπό,  πϋρ) 
to  roast  on  the  fire,  Epich.  p.  07. 
Hence 

'Χποπνρίς,  ίδος,  ή,  a  small  fish, 
usu.  fried,  like  άνθρακίς. — 2.  =άπο- 
πνρίας,  Ath. 

Άποπνρόω,  {άπό,  πνρόω)  to  make 
burning  hot,  burn  up. 

Άποπϋτίζω,  f.  -ίσω,=^πντίζω,  Ar. 
Lys.  205. 

^ λποπωματίζω,  {άπό,  πώμα)  to  take 
off  the  cover,  Galen. 

Άπορ&φάνίδωσις,  εως,  ?/,  v.  sub 
()α6ανίδόω.  [vi] 

'ΑτΓοράω,  Ion.  for  αφοράω,  Hdt. 

^Αποργής,  Ef,=sq. 

Άπόρ•}ητος,  ov,  {άπό.  opyi/]  with- 
out wrath,  peaceful,  calm,  Hipp. 

Άποργίζω,  f.  -ίσω  Att.  -ΐώ,  (άπό, 
οργίζω)  to  make  angry,  anger.  Pass. 
to  be  angry. 

' Απορέγχω,  ί.-ρέγξω,  {άπό,  βέγχω) 
to  be  done  snoring,  Anth.  . 

Άπορέπω,  fut.  -ψω,  {άπό,  ()έπω)  to 
turn  away :  slink  away,  Anth.,  but 
dub. 

Άπόρεντος,  ov,  (a  priv..  πορεύο- 
μαι) pathless,  inaccessible,  Plut. 

Άπορέω,  Ion.  for  αφοράω. 

Άπορέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (άπορης)  to  be 
without  ineans  or  resource,  and  so — 1. 
to  be  at  a  loss,  not  know  what  to  do.  or 
u-hich  way  to  turn,  be  in  doubt,  usu. 
followed  by  a  conjunct.,  as  άπ.  ύπως 
δια3ήαεται,  Hdt.  1,  75,  ότω  τρόπω 
διασωβήσετηι,  Thuc. ;  so  απ.  δπτι, 
οποί,  etc..  Plat.,  and  Xen. ;  άπ.  πώς 
νρή,  ό  τι  χρη  ποιείν,  δ  τι  ποΜίη, 
Xen.  ;  άπ.  ει-..,  άπ-  πότερον.-.  η.-., 
άπ.  όποτέραν  των  οδών  τράπηται. 
Id.  ;  άπ.  μή—,  to  fear  lest....  Plat. 
K\c.  2,  142  D  :  also  ύπ.  την  ελασιν 
183 


ΑΠΟΡ 

δκως  διεκπερ^,  to  be  at  a  loss  about 
his  viarch,  viz.  how  to  cross,  Hdt.  3,  4  : 
also  c.  ace.  only,  άπ.  την  έξαγωγήν 
(sc.  δκως  ποιοΐτο),  4,  179 :  some- 
times also  c.  inf.,  to  be  at  a  loss  how  to 
do.  Plat.  Polit.  202  E,  Lys.  115,2: 
also  άπ.  περί  τίνος,  freq.  in  Plat.  : 
absol.,  Hdt.  0,  131,  etc. :  freq.  also  c. 
negat.,  ova  άπ..  to  have  no  doubt,  Hdt. 

I,  159,  etc.  The  mid.  is  also  used 
like  the  act.  Hdt.  2,  121,  3,  and  freq. 
in  Xen.  Pass,  to  be  made  matter  of 
question,  το  άποβούμενον,  τό  άπορη- 
Οέν,  the  question  just  started,  Plat.  : 
άπορεΐται  (5ε....  but  there  is  a  ques- 
tion or  objection,  Arist. :  also  to  be 
left  wanting,  left  wiprovided  for,  ονδέν 
ύ~.  τών  δεομένων  γενέσθαι,  Xen. 
Rep.  Lac.  13,  7,  cf.  Oec.  8. 10  :  to  fail, 
opp.  to  ενπορεϊσβαι,  Hipp.  p.  814  E. 
— II.  C.  gen.  rei,  to  be  at  a  loss  for,  in 
ivant  of.  τροφής,  Thuc.  8,  81,  χρημά- 
των, επιτηδείων,  ξνμμάχων,  Xen., 
'λόγων.  Plat. — ΠΙ.  but  άπ.  τινί,  to  be 
at  a  loss  because  if,  by  means  of  some- 
thing, Xen.  An.  1,  3,  8;  cf.  άμηχανέω. 
Hence 

Άπόρημα,  ατός,  τό,  η  matter  of  doubt, 
disputed  point,  question.  Plat.  Phil.  36 
Ε  :  a  hind  of  syllogism,  Arist.  Top.  8, 

II,  12. 

Άπορηματικός,  ή,  υν,=άπορητι- 
κός. 

Άπορησία,  ας,  ή, =ζ απορία,  Eubul. 
Incert.  22. 
f  Απόρησις,  εως,  ή,  (άπορέω)  doubt, 
Theoph. 

Άπορητικός,  η,  όν,  (άπορέω)  in- 
clined to  doubt,  sceptical,  Plut. 

'Απόρθητος,  ov,  also  perh.  η,  ov, 
Pors.  Med.  826,  {a  priv.,  πορθέω)  not 
sacked  or  taken,  of  cities,  ll.  12,  11, 
Hdt.  6,  28. 

Άπορθόω,  ώ,  (άπό,  ορθόω)  to  make 
straight  again,  restore,  guide  aright,  τι- 
νά. Soph.  Ant.  032  :  προς  τι,  accord- 
ing to  a  standard.  Plat.  Legg.  757  E. 
Hence 

' Απόρθωμα,  ατός,  ro,=  sq.  ;  and 

Άπόρθωσις,  εως,  τ/,  a  setting  up- 
right, restoring. 

'Απορία,  ας,  ή,  (άπορος)  a  being 
άπορος,  and  so, — I.  of  places,  diffi- 
culty of  passing,  Xen.  An.  5,  0,  10. — 
II.  of  thnigs,  difficulty,  straits,  in  sing, 
and  plur.,  as  ές  άπορίην  άπίχθαι,  έν 
άπορίΐ]  or  έν  άπηρίτισι  εχεσθαι,  Hdt. ; 
άπ.  τε7.έθει  c  inf..  Pind.  Ν.  7,  154; 
άπ.  τον  μη  ήσνχάζειν,  the  impossibility 
of  keeping  quiet,  Thuc.  2,  49.— III.  of 
persons,  difficulty  of  dealing  with,  get- 
ting at,  or  finding  out,  τών  Σκνθέων, 
Hdt.  4.  83,  τον  άποκτείναντος,  Anti- 
pho  119,  27. — 2.  want  of  means,  of 
resource,  and  so,  embarrassment,  doubt, 
hesitation,  Ar.  Ran.  800,  Plat.,  etc. : 
άπ.  έν  τω  λόγω,  Aeschin.  33,  30. — 3. 
άπ.  τινός,  want  of  a  thing,  e.  g.  χρη- 
μάτων, τροφής,  etc.,  Thuc,  ?.ό}ων, 
Plat.,  etc. :  hence  absol.  need,  poverty, 
Thuc,  etc. 

ΆπορΙνάω,  f.  -τ/σω,  (άπό,  βινύω) 
to  file  off.  Strab.     Hence 

Άπορίνημα,  ατός,  τό,  filings,  [ί] 

Άπορίπτω,  poet,  for  άποββίπτω, 
Pind.  P.  6,  37. 

Άπoβvεόω,=  sq.,  Stob. 

' Απορί'ΐθόω,  ώ,  (άπό,  ορνιθόω)  to 
change  into  a  bird.  Pass,  to  be  changed 
into  a  bird,  Strab.     Hence 

Άπορνίθωσις,  εως,  ή,  a  change  into 
a  bird.  [<] 

Άπόρννμι.  f.  -όρσω,  (άπό,  όρνυμι) 
poet,  for  άφορμάω,  to  set  in  motion 
from  a  place,  to  arouse  from.  Mid.  to 
set  one's  self  in  motion,  start  from  a 
place,  άπορνύμενος  Ανκίηθεν,  H.  5, 
105. 


ΑΠΟΡ 

Άποροποίητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  πορσ 
ποιέω)  without  pores,  Sext.  Emp. 

Άπορος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  πόρος)  with- 
out passage,  having  no  way  in,  out,  01 
through,  and  so — I.  of  places,  impas- 
sable, pathless,  trackless,  πέ?\,αγυς,  πη- 
λός, Plat. :  οδός,  ποταμός,  όρος,  Xen. 
— II.  of  things,  hard  to  see  one's  way 
through,  imjiracticable,  very  difficult, 
like  άμι'ιχανος,  first  in  Pind.,  and 
Hdt. :  esp.  τα  άπορα,  difficulties, 
straits,  Hdt.  8,  53  :  εν  άπόροις  είναι, 
to  be  in  great  straits,  Xen.  An.  7,  0,  11, 
so  εις  άπορον  ήϋειν,  Κητ.  Hel.  813; 
έξ  άπορων,  unexpectedly.  Plat.  Legg. 
099  13  :  Tij  άπορον^^άπορία,  Thuc.  3, 
82  ;  άπορόν  έστι  c.  inf.,  Xen.,  etc- 

2.  hard  to  get,  scarce,  opp.  to  ενπόρισ 
τος,  Stallb.  Plat.  Rep.  378  A  :  άπ. 
(όφλήματα),  bad  debts,  Dem.  1209,  7. 
— III.  of  persons,  hard  to  deal  with, 
unmanageable ,  Hdt.  3.  52,  etc. :  c.  inf., 
άτΓ.  προςμίσγειν,  προςφέρεσθαι,  per- 
sons impiossible  to  have  any  dealings 
with,  Hdt.  4,  46  ;  9,  49  :  against  whom 
nothing  will  avail,  tohich  there  is  no  op- 
posing, άνεμος,  Hdt.  6,  44. — 2.  with 
out  means  or  resources,  and  so,  at  a 
loss,  not  knou'ing  what  to  do,  Lat.  con 
silii  exjjers.  Soph.  Ant.  360,  etc. :  iv 
άπόρΐύ  ήσαν  c  inf.,  they  ivere  at  a  loss 
how  to...,  Thuc.  3,  22.-3.  poor,  needy, 
Lat.  iiiops,  Thuc.  1,  9,  etc. :  also  of 
states  oi  life,  scanty,  άπ.  δίαιτα,  Plat. 
Legg.  762  E.  Adv.  -ρως,  άπ.  έχει 
μοί  περί  τίνος,  Antipho  111,35.  Cf. 
αμήχανος. 

Απορονω,  (άπό,  ορονω)  to  leap  off, 
spring,  hurry  away,  Hom.  :  to  spring 
back,  Od.  22,  95. 

Άποββ-,  ρ  is  doubled  Att.  in  all 
compds.  after  άπό,  but  Ion.  it  remains 
single. 

'Απο/)^άθνμέω,  (άπό,  ^αθνμέω)  to 
neglect  from  carelessness  or  cowardice  : 
to  leave  off  in  despair,  τινός.  Xen.  Mem. 

3,  7,  9  ;  absol..  Plat.  Rep!  449  C  :  cf. 
άπηδειλιάω. 

Άποββαίνω,  (άπό,  ()αίνω)  to  spirt 
out,  shed  about,  Hdt.  2,  93. 

Άπόρ/5ηίΓ,  ιδος,  ή,  a  kind  of  shell- 
fish, v.  I.  Arist.  H.  A. 

Άπο^ίβαίω,  (άπό,  (ίαίω)  to  bereave 
one  of  a  thing,  τινά  τι,  Od.  1,  404  . 
τινά  r/Top,  one  of  life,  Od.  16,  428  ; 
also  τινά  -ivof,"Hcs.  Th.  393.-2.  to 
lay  waste  or  prostrate,  destroy. 

' ΑποΙ)[>αντ7Ίριον .  ov,  τό,  (άπορβαί 
νω)  a  place  or  vessel  for  holy  water. 
Eur.  Ion  435. — 2.  a  brush,  etc.,  fo. 
sprinkling. 

'ΑποΙ)Ι)άζ,  άγος,  b,  ή,=ζάποΙφώξ. 

'ΑπόΙ}{)αξις,  εως,  ή,  {άπο{)1}'ήγννμι 
α  game  at  ball,  bounce-ball. 

'Απο^)βάπίζω,  fut.  -ίσω  Att.  -ΐώ, 
(άπό,  ραπίζω)  to  drive,  to  send  forth 
u'ith  blows  or  imp7ilses,  as  in  the  pro- 
nunciation of  r,  Dion.  H. 

ΆποΙ)βάπτω,  f.  -ψω,  (άπό,  /)άπτω) 
to  «"It'  up  again,  Hdt.  1,  123. 

Άπο/φαφωδέω,  {άπό,  βαΦωδέω)  to 
utter  like  α^αφωδός  :  to  speak  in  frag- 
ments of  Epic  poetry,  Xen.  Cyr.  3,  3, 
51. 

'Απο{)βέζω,  f.  -^έξω,  (άπό,  {)έζω)  to 
offer  some  of  a  thing,  like  άποθνω, 
Jac.  A.  P.  p.  566. 

ΆπιιΙφέμβομαι,  dep.,  only  in  pres. 
and  impf.,  (άπό,  βέμβω)  to  wander 
from,  hesitate,  M.  Anton. 

ΆπόΡ^ενσις,  εως,  ή,  a  flowing  from, 
ΐχεη'  τάς  άπ.,  to  be  the  source  of 
strea7ns,  Polyb.  :  from 

'Απορβέω,  f.  -[χύσομαι,  but  more 
usu.  -βντ/σομαι:  aor.  άπε()^η!τιν,  (άπό, 
βέω)  to  flow  airay  from,  run  off  from, 
άπό  Τίνος,  and  so  το  άπο^)^)έον,  the 
juice  that  runs  off,  Hdt.  2,  94  ;  4,  23  ; 


ΑΠΟΡ 

.also  εκ  ηνος.  Plat. : — absol.  to  stream 
forth,  of  blood,  Aesch.  Ag.  1294;  also 
of  fire,  Plat.  Tim.  07  C— 2.  tofal!  off, 
as  fruit,  Hdt.  1.  193,  feathers.  Plat. 
Phaedr.  246  D,  leaves,  Dem.  615, 10; 
flesh,  σάρκες  απ.  οστέων,  Eur.  Med. 
1201  : — ατΓ.  ΰλλή^.ον,  to  fall  away  or 
■part  one  from  another,  Plat.  Legg. 
776  A. — 3.  to  melt  airay,  a—,  δαίμων, 
Λ,νΐίστίς,  happiness,  Tneinory  melts  or 
dies  away.  Soph.  El.  999.  Aj.  523.— 
The  word  became  very  freq.  in  late 
prose,  V.  Lob.  Aj.  I.  c,  Wyitenb. 
Plut.  199  A. 

*  'λ7ΐο(φέω,  assumed  as  pres.  from 
which  to  form  aor.  pass.  άπεΙ)βήθην, 
and  derivv.  άπόββημα,  etc.,  v.  ύττεί- 
ΤΓον,  άηείρηκα,  άττερώ. 

Άττόρ^ηγμα,  ατός,  τό,  α  thing  torn 
tff,  Plut.  :  from 

' λπορ^/γνϋμι,  also  -ννω,  f.  -ρήξο), 
[άττό,  βή'}Ί'νμι)  to  break  off,  sever  from, 
ri  Τίνος,  θα.  9,  481 :  άττ.  ειρήνης  την 
ξνμμαχίαν,  Dem.  ap.  Aeschin.  64,  3  : 
— absol.  to  break  off,  snap  asunder, 
δεσμόν,  II.  6,  507  :  U7Tof)^f/£ai.  ττνεν- 
μα  βίου,  to  snap  the  thread  of  life, 
Aesch.  Pers.  507,  so  άττ.  πνεϋμα, 
βίον,  Eur.  Or.  864,  I.  T.  974,  of.  Tro. 
751.  Pass.,  esp.  in  aor.  άπερράγην, 
to  be  broken  off,  severed  from,  άττό  τί- 
νος, Hdt.  8,  19  :  absol.  to  be  broken 
off,  severed,  Hdt.,  etc. — The  perf.  act. 
ύπέββωγα  is  also  used  in  pass,  signf., 
^ωνή  απερ^ωγνία,  a  broken  voice, 
Arist.  Aud.  ;  αττεββωγώς,  broken  in 
constitution,  Luc. 

Ά-ηορρηθτίναι,  inf.  aor.  1  pass,  of 
άττερώ.  Plat. 

'λ-όρβ7ΐκτος,  ov,  {απορ(ϊή-/ννμι) 
broken  off,  broken  loose,  Anth. 

Άτίόββημα,  ατός,  τό,  (*  άποβρέο) 
a  thins  forbidden :  also=sq..  Plat.  Po- 
ut. 290"  A. 

'λτ:ό/)βησις,  εος,  ή,  (*  άττο/^ό? ω)  α 
forbidding,  prohibition.  Plat.  Soph.  258 
Α.— II.  a  refusal.  Id.  Rep.  357  C— III. 
a  renouncing,  esp.  of  a  wife,  a  divorce, 
Isae.  p.  24,  ^  36  Bekk.  :  also  of  a  son, 
disinheriting. — IV.  failure  (ή  strength. 

Άττορρήσσω,  Aft.  -ττω,  regul.  but 
rare  form  for  UKofy^rj-yvvfii. 

Ά7ΤΟ/}βητος,  ov,  (*  αττορβέω)  forbid- 
den. Soph.  Ant.  44 :  tu  άπό}φητα, 
forbidden  exports.  Ar.  Eq.  282,  Ran. 
362,  cf.  B5ckh  P.  E.  1,  p.  74.— II.  not 
to  be  spoken,  that  should  not  be  spoken, 
άτΓΟ/)Ρητον,  a  state-secret,  Ar.  Eq.  648, 
and  freq.  in  Oratt. :  hence  mystical, 
sacred,  as  the  άττ.  λόγοί  of  the  Py- 
thagoreans, Stallb.  Plat.  Phaed.  62 
Β  :  ΰπ.  ΤΓΟιεϊσΟαι.  to  keep  secret,  Hdt. 

9,  94  ;  h•  άποββήτοις  ττοίησάμενον 
?ίέγειν,  to  speak  under  seal  of  sccresy, 
Wess.  Hdt.  9,  45  ;  so  iv  ΰ-οβρήτοις 
or  έι>  uTvof)p7]ru  λέγειν.  Plat.,  etc. ; 
if  άτϊοββήτφ  ξν?.λαμβύνειν,  to  arrest 
secretly,  without  any  noise,  Andoc.  7, 
6  :  also  δι'  ίιπορ[)ήτων,  Lycurg.  158, 
26,  Plat.  Rep.  378  A  :  [)ητα  και  άπόρ- 
bi]~a,  things  profane  and  sacred,  Dem. 

10,  10  :  but  also — 2.  thines  imiit  to  be 
spoken,  foul  abuse,  Id.  268,  22  ;  1335, 
5,  etc.,  cf.  Diet.  Antiqq.,  and  πλύνω 

11,  Adv.  -τως.     Cf.  άρβητος. 
Άποββίγέω,  {ΰπό.  βιγέω)  to  shrink 

shivering  from  a  thing,  shrink  from  do- 
ing it,  c.  inf.,  άπεββίγασι  νέεσθηι,  Od. 
2,  52  :  strictly  to  shiver  ivith  cold. 

^Αποββιγόω,  ω,  f.  -ώσω,  {άπό,  βι- 
γόω)  to  shiver  with  cold,  Arist.  Probl. 
1,29,3. 

ΆτΓοββιζόω,  (άπό,  βιζόω)  to  strike 
root,  Hipp. — 2.  to  root  vp,  Alciphr. 

Ά-οββΐνάω,  ώ.  f.  -ήσω,  {άπό,  βι- 
νύω)  to  file  off.     Hence 

Ά—οββίνημα,  ατός,  τό,  filings, 
Strab.  [Ο 


ΑΠΟΡ 

Άποββϊπίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (άπό,  βιπίζω) 
to  winnow  away,  blow  away,  Arist. 
Probl. 

Άποββίπτω,  f.  -φω,  poet,  άπορίπ- 
τω  (Pind.  P.  6.  37),  later  also  άποβ- 
βιπτέω,  {άπό,  βίπτω)  to  throw  away, 
throw  aside,  put  away,  11.: — hence 
μηνιν,  μηνιθμόν,  11.  9,  517  ;  16,  282  : 
to  throw  off  a  garment,  Pind. — II.  to 
cast  forth,  esp.  from  one's  country, 
Aesch.,  and  Soph. :  to  reject,  renounce, 
Soph.  El.  1006.— III.  esp.  of  words, 
like  Lat.  jacere,  to  shoot  forth  bold,  keen 
words,  ες  τίνα.  at  one,  Hdt.  1,  153  ; 
4,  142,  cf.  Blomf.  Aesch.  Pr.  320, 
Bockh  Pind.  P.  2,  81  (148):  — but 
έπος  ovK  άπέριφεν  αντον,  he  shot 
forth  a  word  which  missed  him  not, 
"Pmd.  P.  6,  37.    Hence 

Άποββίιίημος.  ov,  that  should  be 
thrown  away,  Artem. 

Άπόββη[ιις,  εως,  ή,  a  throwing  off, 
of  clothes,  Hipp. 

Άποββοϊ],  ης,  and  άπόββοια,  ας,  ή, 
(άποββέω)  α  flowing  off,  stream,  αίμα- 
τος. Eur.  Hel.  1587. — II.  an  off-stream, 
emanation,  τον  κάλ7ονς.  Plat.  Phaedr. 
251  Β : — esp.  in  the  philosophy  of 
Empedocles,  άπόββοιαι  were  the 
means  by  which  outward  things 
made  themselves  perceptible  to  the 
mind,  cf.  Sturz  Emped.  p.  349,  416, 
sq- 

Άποββοιβδέω.  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {άπό.βοι- 
βδέω)^άποββοώάω.  —  2.  βοάς  άποβ- 
βοιβδεΐν.  to  shriek  or  scream  like  birds 
of  prey.  Soph.  Ant.  1021,  cf.  βοιζέω. 

Άπόββηης.  ov,  contr.  άπόρβονς. 
ovv,  {άποββέω)  flowing  off  or  away  : 
streaming  out  of,  τινός,  Antiph.  Aphro- 
dis.  1,  8. 

Άποββοφύω,  ώ,  also  άποββοφέω, 
ώ,  f.  -ήσω.  to  gidp  down,  swallow  a  part 
of  rov  ο'ίρον,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  3,  10. 

Άποββνπτω,  f.  -φω.  {άπό,  βνπτω) 
to  cleanse  thoroughly,  Ruhnk.  Ep.  Cr. 
275. 

Άπόββνσις,  εως,  ή,  {άποββνω)^= 
άηοββοή.  Polyb. 

Άπόββντος,  ον,^άπόββσος, flowing 
from,  κprJvης,  Hes.  Op.  593. — II.  hav- 
ing a  discharge,  subject  to  efflux,  opp. 
to  επίββυτος.  Plat.  Tim.  43  Α.— III. 
(ίΤΓ.  σταθμά,  stables  with  drains  or  a 
sloping  floor.  Xen.  Eq.  4,  3. 

Άπόββνφις,  εως,  ή,  {άποββνπτω') 
cleansing.  Iambi. 

Άποββνω.  poet,  for  άποββέω. 

Άποββωλάο,  άδος,  pecul.  fern,  of 
sq.,  LXX. 

Άποββώξ.  ώγος,  δ,  ή.  {άπο})βηγνν- 
μι)  broken  off,  abrupt,  steep.  Od.  13,  98. 
— II.  ή,  as  subst.,  a  piece  broken  off  or 
divided  from  any  thing,  so  "Στνγίίς 
ίιδατος  άποββώζ,  an  arm,  off-stream  of 
the  Styx,  11. 2,  755 ;  and  of  fine  wine, 
άμβροσίης  και  νέκταρος  άποββώξ,  as 
it  were,  a  sample  of  ambrosia  and  nectar 
(like  Germ.  Ausbruch),  Od.  9,  359  :— 
πέτρας  άποββώγες,  fragments  of  rock, 
Diod. — 2.  later,  esp.  with  collat.  no- 
tion of  descent,  άπ.  'Έρινύων,  a  scion 
of  the  Furies,  Ar.  Lys.  813,  cf.  Valck. 
Aristobul.  p.  16. 

Άπορνσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  f.  -ξω,  {άπό, 
όρνσσω)  to  dig  away,  trench. 

Άπορφΰνίζω,  f.  -ίσω.  {άπό,  όρφα- 
viζω)=sq.,  Aesch.  Cho.  249,  in  pass. 

Άπορφΰνόω,  {άπό,  ορφανόω)  to 
make  orphan :  in  genl.  to  sever  from 
one  another. 

Άπόρφνρος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  πορφίφα) 
without  purple :  not  clad  in  purple : 
without  purple  border,  Plut. 

Άπορχέομαι,  {άπό,  όρχέομαι)  dep. 
mid.,  άπορχήσασθαι  τον  γύμον,  to 
dance  away  one's  marriage,  l.  e.  lose  it 
by  dancing,  Hdt.  6,  129,  ubi  v.  Valck. 


ΑΠ02 

^Απος,  εος,  τό,  in  Eur.  Phoen.  85L 
said  to  =  κάματος,  iveariness  :  others 
readatirof;  Valck.,  with  some  MSS., 
κΰπος. 

'Αποσΰ?.ενω,  {άπό,  σα7.ευω)  to  He 
to  in  the  open  sea.  Thuc.  1,  137:  t-' 
ay/fi'pac,  Dem.  1213,  24.  Metaph.  <o 
keep  aloof  from,  secure  one's  self  from, 
τινός  or  άπό  τίνος,  Plut. ;  "also  in 
mid.,  Arr. 

Άποσαρκόω,  {άπό,  σαρκόω)  to  bring 
flesh  on.  Pass,  σαρξ  άποσαρκονται, 
flesh  is  formed,  Arist.  Probl. 

νΑποσαρόω,  ώ,  f.  -ώσω,  {άπό,  σαρόω) 
to  sweep  out.     Hence 

Άποσύρωμα,  ατός,  τό,  the  sweep- 
ings, refuse. 

Άποσάττω,  f.  -ξυ,  {άπό,  σύττω)  to 
unsaddle,  unload,  unjjack,  opp.  to  έπι- 
σάττω,  Diphil.  ap.  Ath. — II.  to  stop 
up,  caulk,  Dinarch.  ap.  A.  B. 

Άποσΰφέω,ώ,  (άπό,σαφής)  to  make 
clear,  explain.  Plat.  Prot.  348  B. 

Άποσαφηνίζω,^=ίΌϊεξ.,  Luc.  Jup. 
Trag.  27. 

Άποσβένννμι.  also  -ννω,  f.  -σβέσω, 
{άπό,  σβένννμι)  to  put  mit,  extinguish, 
quench :  to  destroy,  blot  out,  freq.  in 
Plat.  Pass.  c.  fut.  mid.  άποσβήσσ- 
μαι  (Plat.  Legg.  805  C),  to  go  out, 
vanish,  die,  cease.  Plat.,  and  Xen.,  and 
so  in  perf.  act.,  άπέσβηκα,  and  2  aor. 
act.  άπέσβην,  lb.  Ruhnk.  Tim.  Hence 

Άπόσβεσις,  εως,  ή,  a  putting  out, 
quenching,  Arist.  Org. 

Άπόσεισις,  εως,  ή,  a  shaking  off. — 
2.  a  licentiotis  dance  :  from 

Ά  ποσείω.  to  shake  or  push  off.  Mid. 
to  shake  off  from  one's  self,  push  away, 
throw  away.  Plat.  Gorg.  484  A  :  of  a 
horse,  to  throw  his  rider,  Hdt.  9,  22, 
and  Xen. 

Ά  ποσεμνόα,= sq. 

Άποσεμί'ύνω,  {άπό,  σεμνννω)  to 
make  august,  to  exalt  or  extol  highly. 
Plat.  Theaet.  168  D.  Pass,  to  give 
one's  self  airs,  like  άβρννομαι,  to  plume 
one's  self  upon  a  thing,  τι,  Ar.  Ran. 
703,  cf.  833. 

Άποσενω.  {άπό,  σείω)  to  chase 
away.  Mid.  to  run  away,  flee,  Horn., 
only  in  syncop.  aor.  2  απεσσνμ7]ν, 
ντο,  etc.  With  the  augment  σ  is 
usu.  doubled. 

Άποσήθω,  {άπό,  σήθω)  to  strain  off, 
filter,  νδωρ,  Hipp. 

Άποσηκάζω,  f.  -ύσω,  {άπό,  σηκά- 
ζω)  to  shut  out. 

Άποσηκόω,  {άπό,  σηκός)  to  shut  up 
in  a  pen. 

Άποσημαίνω.  f.  -άνω.  {άπό,  σημαί- 
νω) to  announce,  make  known,  esp.  by 
signs  or  signals,  to  give  a  notice  or  ex- 
planation, περί  Τίνος,  Hdt.  5,  20 :  in 
genl.  to  give  a  sign.  Plat.  Euthyd.  276 
B.  Mid.  to  confirm,  prove  by  a  sign, 
Hdt.  9,  71  :  also  to  guess  by  signs, 
Ael. — II.  άπ.  εις  τίνα,  to  make  signs 
towards  a  person,  i.  e.  point  at  him,  al- 
lude to  him,  Thuc.  4,  27. — III.  to  dis- 
suade by  signs,  Philostr. — IV.  in  mid. 
to  seal  up  as  cortfiscated :  hence  to  con- 
fiscate, Xen.  Hell.  2,  3,  21 :  also  of 
persons,  to  proscribe,  lb.  2,  4,  13  :  and 
freq.  in  Roman  historians. 

Αποσήπω,  f.  -t/'ω,  {άπό,  σήπώ)  to 
make  rotten,  spoil  utterly.  Pass.  C. 
perf.  act.  άποσέσηπα,  to  rot  off,  lose 
by  mortification,  Xen.  An.  5,  8, 15,  also 
ol  τε  νπο  τον  Φνγονς  τονς  δακτύλους 
τώΐ'  ποδών  άποσεσηπότες,  and  those 
who  had  lost  their  toes  by  the  frost,  i.  6. 
whose  toes  had  been  frozen  off,  lb.  4, 
5,  12.     Hence 

'Άπόση'φις,  εως,  η,  a  rotting,  Plut. 

Άποσίγησις,  εως,  ή,  (άπό,  σιγάω) 
α  keeping  secret,  silence.  Hipp,   [σϊ] 

Άποσϊμόω,ώ,{άπό,σιμόω)  to  make 
189 


ΑΠΟΣ 

flat  or  pug-nosed:  pass,  ΰποσεσιμώ- 
μεθα  την  ρίνα,  we  are  pug-nosed,  Luc. 
— II.  άτϊοσ.  τύζ  νανς,  την  στραπάν, 
to  turn  the  line  of  sailing  or  marching 
aside,  ?nake  a  movement  sidewards,  so 
as  to  avoid  the  direct  shock  and  to 
attack  at  an  advantage,  Thuc.  4,  25, 
Xen.  Hell,  5,  4,  50.     Hence 

Άποσίμι^σις,  εως,  η,  the  turning  a 
ship  aside.  App.,  ct.  foreg. 

Α-ττοσιόομαι,  Ion.  for  άψοσ.,  Hdt. 
1,199. 

ΆττοσΙτέω,  (ΰπόσιτος)  to  cease  to 
eat,  fast,  Luc.     Hence 

ΆποσΙτία,  ας,  τ/,  a  distaste  for  food, 
want  of  appetite,  Hipp. ;  in  genl.= 
ασιτία. 

Άττοσιτίζομαι,  dep.,  τι,  to  get  some- 
thing to  eat,  Aristaen. 

'χ\.ποσίΤΐκός,  ή,  όν,  exciting  distaste 
Jorfood,  Hipp. 

'ΑττόσϊΓΟζ,  ov,  {ατνό,  σΙτος)^=άσι- 
Toc,  having  eaten  nothing,  Philon.  ap. 
Ath.  247  E.^II.  uithoui  appetite. 

' Αποσιωπάω,  ύ,  ί.  -ήσω,  {από,  σιω- 
ττύω)  to  be  silent  after  sjieaking,  he 
quite  sile7it,  Isocr.  277  D. — II.  trans,  to 
keep  secret,  τι.     Hence 

Άποσΐώπησίζ,  εως,  ή,  a  becoming 
silent,  Plut. — 2.  aposiopesis,  a  rhetori- 
cal figure,  when  for  emphasi.s  or  mod- 
esty the  sentence  is  broken  off,  as  in 
Virg.  Eel.  3,  8,  Aen.  1, 139,  cf.  Quintil. 

Άποσκάλ^.ω,  (  άττό,  σκύλλω  )  to 
scratch  or  scrape  off. 

Άποσκάπτω,  f.  -ψω,  («ττό,  σκάπτω) 
to  dig  off,  cut  off  or  intercept  by  trenches, 
Xen.  An.  2,  4,  4. — II.  strengthd.  for 
σκάπτω,  Plat.  Legg.  700  E. 

Άπησκΰρίζω,  also  ΰπασκΰρίζω,  f. 
-ίσω,  {άπό,  σκαρίζω)  to  hop  away. — II. 
to  die  strtiggling,  Anth. 

'  Αποσκεόάννϋμι,  f-  -σκεδάσω. contr. 
-σκκόώ.  Soph.  O.  T.  138,  (άπό,  σκε- 
δάνννμΐ)  to  scatter  abroad,  disperse,  11. 
19,  300,  Od.  11,  385  :  to  do  away  with, 
μνσος.  Soph.  1.  c,  νβριν,  Epigr.  ap. 
Dem.  322,  9.  Pass,  to  be  scattered, 
straggle  away  from,  της  φά?ίαγγος, 
άπο  τοΰ  στρατοπέδου,  Xen. 
f' Αποσκέλ?Μ,  (ίπό,  σκέλλω)  to  cause 
to  dry  up.  Pass.  ΰποσκέ?.λομαι,  with 
Alt.  •σκ?ίήσομαι,  with  aor.  act.  άπέ- 
σκληι>,  and  perf.  act.  άπέσκληκα,  to 
dry  up,  to  wither,  to  be  benumbed,  Ar. 
Vesp.  \m. 

Άποσκεπάζω,  f.  -άσω,  {άπό,  σκε- 
πάζω) to  uncover,  discover,  like  απο- 
καλύπτω. 

Άποσκεπαρνισμός,  ov,  ό,  {άπό, 
σκέπαρνον)  a  heiving  off  with  an  axe  : 
a  ivound  in  the  head  from  a  splinter, 
Gal. 

^Αποσκεπτέον,  verb.  adj.  from  sq., 
one  must  look  carefully,  προς  τι,  Arist. 
Pol. 

*  Άποσκέπτομαι,  obsolete  present, 
whence  άποσκέ-φομαι,  fut.  of  άπο- 
σκοπέω,  to   look   carefidly   at,  ες   τι, 

'  Αποσκέπω,=  αποσκεπαζω. 

Άποσκευάζω,  f.  -άσω,  {άπό,  σκευά- 
ζω) to  pack  and  carry  away,  to  pull  off 
or  dmvH,  την  όροφήν,  Lycurg.  1C6,  9: 
also  ίο  reject,  disdain,  scorn :  often  in 
mid.,  Emped.,  Luc,  etc. — II.=a7ro- 
πατέω.     Hence 

'Αποσκευή,  ής,  ή,  a  removing,  put- 
ting away,  dismissing,  Plut. — II.  bag- 
gage. Polyb.,  in  sing,  and  plur. — 111. 
a  privy,  sewer,  Strab. 

Άπόσκημμα,  ατός,  τό,  {άποσκή- 
-πτω)=άπόσκ7]-φις,  Aesch.  Fr.  IG,  and 
Hipp. 

'Αποσκήμ7Γτω,=  άποσκηπτω. 

Άποσκιινέω,  ώ,  to  du^ell  away  from, 
to  encamp  apart  from  another   τΐί'ός, 
Xen.  An.  3,  4,  35 : 
190 


ΑΠΟΣ 

Άπόσκηνος,  ov,  {άπό,  σκηνή)  dwell- 
ing away  from  Others,  ΙΙνϊηΐζ  and  mess- 
ing alone,  opp.  to  σύσσιτος,  Xen.  Cyr. 
8,  7,  14.     Hence 

'Αποσκ?]νόω,  to  keep  apart  or  away 
from,  Tu  ώτα  τών  μοισι-ν,  Plut. — 
II.  intr.  to  shift  one^s  lent,  LXX. 

Άποσκήπτω,  f.  -ψω,  {άπό,  σκήπτω) 
to  prop  one  thing  upon  another,  to  dash 
one  thing  upon  or  against  another, 
esp.  of  the  gods,  άττ.  βελεα  ες  τι,  to 
hurl  down  thunderbolts  iijion  or  at  a 
thing,  Hdt.  7,  10,  5 :  also  ά-.  όργήν 
εις  τίνα,  to  let  loose  rage  at  one,  Dion. 
H. ;  also  without  όργήν,  to  fall  furi- 
ously upon,  Aeschin.  27,  20. — II.  intr. 
to  burst  or  break  forth,  like  thunder, 
plague,  fury,  etc.,  Valck.  Hipp.  438: 
also  άπ.  ές  <ρ7ίανρον,  to  come  to  a  sorry 
ending,  end  in  a  trifle,  Hdt.  1,  120:  in 
Medic,  of  humours,  άπ.  εις  τι,  to  set- 
tle in  or  determine  to  a  particular  part. 
Hence 

Άπόσκηιίιις.  εως,  ή,  a  prop,  stay. — 
II.  the  determination  of  humour  to  some 
one  part  of  the  body,  Hipp. 

Άποσκϊάζω,  f.  -άσω,  {άπό,  σκιάζω) 
to  cast  a  shade  or  shadow,  σκιαΐ  άπο- 
σκιηζόμεναι,  shadows  cast  by  a  body, 
Plat.  liep.  532  C. — II.  to  overshadow, 
Longin. 

Άποσκίασμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  shade  or 
shadow  cast. — 2.  that  which  casts  a 
shadow. 

Άποσκιασμός,  οϋ,δ,α  shading:  the 
casting  a  shadow  :  άποσκ.  γνωμόνων, 
measures  of  time  by  the  shadow  on  the 
sun-dial,  Plut. 

Άποσκ'ιδναμαι,  pass.,  collat.  form 
of  άποσκεδάνΓνμαι,{άπό,  σκίδνημι) 
to  be  scattered,  11.  23,  4  ;  mostly  poet., 
but  also  in  Hdt.  4,  113,  Thuc.  0, 
98. 

Άποσκίμπτω,  f.  -ι/'ω,  {άπό,  σκίμ- 
πτω)^=άποσκήπτω•.  hence  δύο  άγ- 
κνραι  άγαθαι.  έκ  ναός  άπεσκίμφθαι, 
it  IS  good  to  have  two  anchors  fastened 
from  the  ship,  Pind.  O.  6,  172. 

Άποσκι/φύω,  {άπό,  σκίΐφόω)  to 
turn  into  a  scirrhous  hanp  :  to  harden 
completely.     Hence 

'Αποσκφβωμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  scirrhous 
lump. 

Αποσκιρτάω,  ω,  f.  -ήσω,  {άπό, 
σκιρτάω)  to  leap,  hop,  or  skip  away, 
Heilanic.  ap.  Dion.  H. 

*  Άποσκλέω  or  άπόσκλημι,  as- 
sumed as  pres.  whence  fut.  -σκλήσο- 
μαι,  aor.  άπέσκλην,  perf.  άπέσκληκα, 
of  άποσκέλλω. 

Άπόσκληρος,  ov,  strengthd.  for 
σκληρός,  very  hard. 

' Αποσκληρόω,  {από,  σκ'ληρόω)  to 
harden. 

Άποσκληρννω,  {άπό,  σκληρύνω)= 
foreg.,  Theophr. 

Άποσκνϊφόω,  {άπό,  σκνιφόω)  to 
obscure,  darken,  Emped. 

Άποσκολύπτω,  f  -ψω,  {άπό,  σκο- 
λνπτω)  Ιο  skin,  peel,  strip.  Archil.  2(i, 
sensu  obscoeno  :  to  mutdate,  Soj)h. 
Fr.  373. 

Ά7Γ0(Τ«07Γε•ύω.=  sq.,  c.  ace,  v. 
Hemst.  Luc.  Dial.  Mar.  6,  2. 

Άποσκοπέω,  ώ,  f.  -σκέτΐιομαι,  {από, 
σκοπέω)  like  αποβλέπω,  to  look  away 
from  other  objects  at  one,  and  so  to 
look  steadily  at,  look  at,  πρΟΓ  τίνα  or 
τι,  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  746,  and  Plat.  ;  εις 
τι.  Soph.  Ο.  C.  1195:  c.  ace.  to  look 
to,  regard,  Eur.  Hec.  939,  Plat.  Polit. 
291  E. 

Άποσκοπιάζω,  (άπό,  σκοπιάζω)  = 
foreg.,  Qu.  Sm.  6,  114. 

Άποσκόπιος,  ov,  {άπό,  σκοπός)  = 
sq. — 2.  far  from  the  mark,  Anth. 

Άπόσ  κόπος,  ov,  {άπό,  σκοπέω) 
looking  at,  viewing  from  afar,  Emped. 


ANTE 

— 2.  {άπό,  σκοπός)  far  from  the  marJe, 
out  of  place. 

Άποσκορΰκίζω.  f  -'.σω,  {άπό,  σκο• 
ρακίζω)  Ιο  wish  one  far  enough,  cast  off 
utterly,  Plut.     Hence 

Άποσκοράκισμυς,  οϋ,  ό,  a  casting 
off  utterly. 

Άποσκορπίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  strengthd, 
for  σκορπίζω. 

'Απυσκοτέω,ύ,{άπό,σκοτέω)  to  re• 
move  darkness,  άποσκότησύν  μον, 
stand  out  of  my  sunshine,  said  Dioge- 
nes to  Alexander.  Diog.  L.  0,  38. 

Άποσκοτίζω,  f.  -ίσω  Att.  -ϊώ,  (.άπό, 
σκoτιζω)=foΐeg.,  Plut. 

Άποσκοτόω,  {άπό,  σκοτύω)  to  dark- 
en :  in  pass,  to  be  darkened  or  blinded, 
ύπό  λ.ιγννος,  Polyb.  1,  48,  ΰ. — 11.  to 
shade  off  m  painting,  Ar.  Fr.  580. 

Άποσκϋβα'λίζω,  f  -ίσω,  strengthd. 
for  σκνβαλίζω,  to  cast  out  as  dung, 
Synes. :  hence  usu.  met.  to  treat  ivith 
utter  scorn,  Stob.     Hence 

Άποσκϋβάλισις,  εως,  ή,  scornful 
treatment. 

Άποσκνδμαίνω,  {άπό,  σκνδμαίνω) 
to  be  enraged,  to  be  furious  wilh,  τινί, 
II.  24,  65. 

Άποσκύζω,  usu.  in  mid.  άποσκν- 
ζΌ//αί,  =  foreg. 

Άποσκνθίζω,  ί.  -ίσω,  (άπό,  Σκνθίζω) 
to  strip  off  the  scalp,  as  the  Scythians 
do,  to  scalp,  Ath.  524  F :  metaph.  to 
shave  bare,  κράτ.  άπεσκυθισμενη,  Eur, 
Tro.  1026. 

Άποσκύλάω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,^^sq.  ?Μχ- 
νην,  Nic. 

Άποσκϋλενω,  {άπό,  σκυλενω)  to 
carry  off  as  spoil,  τι  τίνος,  something 
from  one,  Theocr.  24,  5. 

Άπόσκωμμα,  ατός,  τό,  banter,  rail- 
lery :  from 

Άποσκώπτω,  f.  -■φω,{άπό,  σκώπτω) 
to  banter,  rally,  Ttva,  Plat.  Theaet. 
174  A  :  also  εις  τίνα,  to  jeer  at  one. 

Άποσμάω,  f.  -σμήσω,  {άπό,  σμάω) 
to  wipe  off:  to  wipe  clean,  Luc.  :  hence 

Άπόσμηγμα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which  is 
iviped  off,  wipings  :  from 

Άποσμήχο),  fut.  -ξω,— άποσμάω, 
Luc. 

Άποσμϊκρόω,  {ίπό,  σμικρός)  to 
diminish,  lessen. 

Άποσμϊκρννω,  {άπό,  σμικρννω)•= 
foreg.,  Luc. 

' Αποσμίλενμα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which 
falls  off  in  cutting,  a  chip,  splinter: 
from 

Άποσμύ.ενω,  (άπο,  σμιλεύω)  to  cut 
off,  work  or  polish  finely. 

Άποσανσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  f.  •ξω,= 
άπομύττω,  to  deceive,  hence  άποσμυ• 
γέντες,  Luc.  Dial.  Mort.  6,  3. 

Άποσοβέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (άπό,  σοβέω) 
to  scare  or  drive  away,  as  one  does 
birds,  Ar.  Vesp.  460,  Eq.  CO,  and 
Xen. — -11.  intr.  to  be  off  in  a  hurry,  in 
phrase  ουκ  αποσοβήσεις  ;  be  off!  Ar. 
Av.  1029,  1250.  Mid.  to  be  scared  or 
frightened,  Polyb.    Hence 

Άποσόβησις,  εως,  ή,  a  scaring  or 
chasing  away  ;  and 

Άνοσοβητήρ,  ήρος,  ό,  one  that  scares 
away.     Hence 

Άποσοβητήριος,  ov,  for  scaring 
away. 

Άποσοβΐΐτής,  οϋ,  6,—άποσοβητήρ. 

Άποσος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  πόσος)  with- 
out quantity,  Eccl. 

Άποσονμαι,  Lacon.  pres.  pass,  for 
άποσνομαι  or  άπυσενομαι,  to  ru7i 
away,  hurry  away  :  hence  aor.  2  pass, 
άπεσνην  or  άπεσσύην,  and  Lacon. 
άπέσσουα,  he  is  gone,  like  άπώλετο, 
Xen.  Hell.  1,  1,  23. 

Άπυσοφόω,  {άπό,  σοφόω)  to  make 
wise.     Pass,  to  become  wise,  Epict, 

Άποσπάδιος,  ov,  {αποσπάω)  torn 


ΑΠΟΣ 

cff,  torn  away,  Orph. :  το  ά-οστΓ.,=: 
αηόστΐασμα,  Anth. 

Άίτοσ— «(Jijv,  οντος,  ό,^=σ7ϊάδων. 

Ά—οσ~ύραγμα,  ατός,  τό,=  ύ~ό- 
σττασμα,  α  piece  torn  off,  Anth.  : 
from 

Άποσττάράσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  f.  -ξω, 
{άττό,  στταφάσσω)  to  tear  off,  Eur. 
Bacch.  1127. 

Άττοστταργανόο),  ώ,  f.  -ώσω,  (άττό, 
ΰτταργανόω)  to  take  off  the  swaddling 
clothes. 

Άτΐοσκάς,  άδος,  η,  subst.,  any  thing 
torn  off;  esp.  α  branch  or  bunch  of  grapes 
pbicked  off,  Leon.  Tar.  13. 

Άττόσπασμα,  ατός,  τό,  {αποσπάω) 
that  which  is  torn  off,  apiece,  rag,  shred, 
V\&*  Phaed.  113  Β . 

Άποσπασμάτίον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from 
lOreg. 

' Κττοσπασμός,  ov,  6,  a  tearing  away, 
severing,  Plut. — II.  a  being  torn  away, 
separation  from,  Strab. :    Irom 

Άποσπύο),  f.  -άσω,  [α],  {άττό,'σττάω) 
to  tear,  drag  away,  sever,  part  from, 
τινά  τίνος,  Hdt.  etc.,  also  τίνα  άπό 
τίνος,  Hdt.  3,  102:  rarely  άττ.  rivd 
τι,  like  άτΓοστερέω,  Soph.  Ο.  C.  866 : 
metaph.  άττοσττ.  τινά  έ/,τνίδος.  Id.  Ο. 
Τ.  1432,  also  φρενός  έ?.πίδας.  Id.  El. 
899.  So  too  freq.  in  pass.,  ά-οσττασ- 
θήναί  τίνος,  to  be  lorn  away,  severed 
from  a  thing :  in  mid.  to  tear  one's 
self  away,  to  remove,  to  withdraw  ;  this 
signf.  also  given  to  act.  ΰτνέσπα  by 
some  in  Xen.  An.  1 ,  5,  3. — 2.  to  drag 
aivay,  τινά  κόμης,  by  the  hair,  Aesch. 
Supp.  909  :  esp.  άττ.  ττύλαζ-,  θύρας,  to 
tear  off  the  gates,  doors,  Hdt.  1,  17  ;  3, 
159,  and  Att.  :  άττ.  τό  στρατόπεδον, 
to  draw  off  the  army,  Xen.  Hell.  1,  3, 
17  :  άττοστΐάσας,  having  drawn  off.  Id. 
An.  7.  2,  11.  Pass.,  of  an  army,  to 
be  separated  Or  broken,  Thuc.  7,  80. 

ΆτΓοσττείρω,  f.  -σττερώ,  {άπό,  σπεί- 
ρω) to  sow,  scatter  like  seed,  Luc. 

^Αποσπένδο,  fut.  -σπείσω,  (άπό, 
σττένδω)  to  pour  from,  pour  out :  esp. 
to  pour  out  wine,  as  a  drink-offering, 
Lat.  libare,  esp.  at  sacrifices,  ενχετο, 
ώμοσε  ΰποσπένδων,  Od. 

Άποσπερμαίνω,  fut.  -αιώ,  {άπό, 
σπερμαίνω)  to  shed  seed. 

' Κποσπερμΰ,τίζω,  fut.  -tau,=foreg. 
Hence 

Άποσπερματισμός,  οϋ,  ό,  a  shed- 
ding of  seed. 

Άποσπεύδω,  f.  -ενσω,  {άπό.  σπεύ- 
Sij)  to  be  eager  or  zealous  in  preventing. 
to  dissuade  earnestly,  Thuc.  6,  29  :  c. 
acc.  at  inf.,  άπ.  τινά  στρατεύεσθαι. 
Hdt.  7,  17 :  also  c.  acc.  rei,  Hdt.  6, 
109. 

Άποσπινθηρίζω,  fut.  -ίσω,  {από, 
σπιν0?ιρίζω)  to  emit  sparks,  Arist. 
Meteor. 

Άποσπογγίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {άπό,  σπογ- 
■γίζω)  to  wipe  off  with  a  sponge,  Hipp. 
Hence 

Άποσπόγγισμα,  ατός,  τό,  dirt  wip- 
ed off  with  a  sponge. 

Άποσπογγισμός,  ov,  ό,  a  wiping 
off  ivith  a  sponge. 

Άπησποδέω.  ώ.  f.  -ήσω,{άπό,  σπο- 
δέω)  to  ηώ  off,  knock  off  τους  όνυχας, 
to  wear  off  one's  nails  by  walking, 
walk  one's  toes  off,  Ar.  Av.  8. 

Άπόαπονδος,  ov  .{άπό,  σπονδή)  far 
from  all  treaty,  and  so  like  άσπονδος. 
a  deadly  enemy,  opp.  to  ενσπονδος. 
— 2.  excluded  from  a  league. 

'Α-πόσπορος,  ov,  {άποσπείρώ)  be- 
gotten by,  descended  from,  τινός. 

Άποσπουδάζω,  f.  -άσω, {άπό,  σπον- 
όύΐω)  to  hinder  eagerly,  to  dissuade, 
Philostr. — II.  to  slight,  despise,  c.  gen.. 
Id. 

Άποσσεύω,  poet,  for  άποσενω. 


ΑΠΟΣ 

Άπόσσντος,  ov,  {άποσενω)  driven 
away  :  escaping,  Opp. 

Άπόστά,  imperat.  aor.  2  for  άπό- 
στηθι  of  άφίστημί. 

Απόσταγμα,  ατός,  τό,  {αποστάζω) 
that  which  trickles  down,  a  drop. 

Άποστάδύ,  adv.,=sq.,  Od.  6,  143. 
[<5ά] 

Άποστά.δόν,ΆάΎ.,{αφίστημι)  stand- 
ing afar,  far  off,  II.  15,  556. 

Αποστάζω,  f.  -ξω,  {άπό,  στάζω)  to 
let  fall  drop  by  drop,  αποστάζει  αιδώ, 
she  weeps  away  her  shame,  Aesch. 
Suppl.  579. — II.  intr.  to  fall  in  drops, 
hence  like  άποΙ>1>έω,  μανίας  δεινόν 
άποστ.  μένος,  the  fury  of  madness 
trickles  away,  comes  to  nought ;  or  (as 
Others)  a  strange  force  comes  forth 
from  madness.  Soph.  x\nt.  959. 

Άποσταθμάω,  ώ,  fut.  -ήσω,  {άπό, 
σταϋμάω)  to  weigh  off  or  out. 

Άποστάλαγμα,  ατός,  τό,  =  από- 
σταγμα :  from 

Άποστα?ιύζω,  f.  -άσω,=ζάποστάζω, 
Luc. 

' λποστα?•.άω,=:άποστάζω,  Anth. 

Άπόστα7.σις,  εως,  ?/,  {αποστέλλω) 
α    sending    off   or   forth,  v.  1.   Arist. 
H.  A. 
νΑ,πόστανα,   ων,    τά,   Apostana,   a 
place  in  Persia,  Arr.  Ind.  38,  5. 

Ά-πόσταξις,  εως,  ή,  {αποστάζω)  a 
trickling  down,  Hipp. 

'Αποστασία,  ας,  ή,  {άφίσταμαι) 
later  form  for  άπόστασις,  defection, 
revolt,  Dion.  H.,  cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  528. 

Άποστάσίου  δίκη,  ή,  a  charge 
against  a  freedman,  for  having  for- 
saken or  slighted  his  προστάτης,  Dem. 
790,  2  ;  940,  15.— Π.  άπ.  βιβλίον,  τό, 
a  writing  of  divorce,  LXX.,  and  N.  T. 
The  noin.  not  in  good  authors. 

Άπόστΰσις,  εως,  ή,  a  standing  aivay 
from,  and  so — I.  a  defection,  revolt, 
Hdt.,  etc. :  άπ.  άπό  τίνος,  Hdt.  3, 
128,  εκ  της  ξνμμαχίας,  Thuc.  5,  81. 
— 2.  departure  or  removal  from,  βίου, 
Eur.  Hipp.  277,  των  κτημάτων,  Dem. 
386,  12.  —  3.  distance,  interval,  απο- 
στάσει άποστήναι  or  άπήστασιν,  to 
be  a  certain  distance  off.  Plat.  Phaed. 
Ill  B,  Rep.  587  D. — U.  a  place  where 
something  is  put  away,  cellar,  Strab. — 
III.  in  late  writers,  an  imposthume, 
Thirlw.  Hist.  Greece,  3,  137. 

Άποστάτέον,  verb.  adj.  of  άφ- 
ίσταμαι, erne  must  stand  off  or  give  up. 
Plat.  Polit.  257  C.     ^ 

Άποστάτέω,  ώ,ΐ.-ήσω,  {άφίσταμαι) 
to  stand  off,  aloof  from,  τινός,  Aesch. 
Cho.  826,  Fr.  147  :  also  to  be  different, 
differ  from,  τινός.  Soph.  O.  T.  743  :  to 
fall  off  or  away,  revolt  from,  he  wanting 
to,  τινός,  Ar.  Av.  314,  Plat.,  and 
Xen. — II.  absol.  to  stand  aloof,  be  ab- 
sent,  Aesch.  Cho.  444 :  also  έκάς, 
πρόσω  άπ.,  to  stand  afar  off.  Id. 

Άποστάτήρ,  ηρος,  {άφίστημί)  one 
who  falls  off  01  away,  one  who  abandons 
his  principles,  a  deserter,  rebel,  βασι- 
λέως, to  the  king,  Plut. — II.  one  who 
diverts  another,  or  sets  him  right.  Id. 

'Αποστάτης,  ου,  ό,  =  foreg. :  an 
apostate,  renegade,  Eccl.     Hence 

Άποστάτικός,  η,  όν,  inclined  to  re- 
volt, rebellious,  Plut.  Adv.  -κώς,  hence 
άπ.  εχειν,  to  be  ready  for  revolt.  Id. 

Άποστάτις,  ιδυς,  ή,  fern,  of  απο- 
στάτης. 

Άποστανρόω,  {άπό,  στανρόω)  to 
fence  offtvith  stakes  oi a palisade,Ύ\mc. 
4,  09,  and  Xen. 

Άποστίφΐδόω,  =i  σταφιδόω,  The- 
ophr. 

Άποσταχνέω,  {άπό,  στάχυς)  to 
form  ears  of^corn,  Geop. 

Άποστεγάζω,  f.  -ώσω,  {άπό,  στε- 
γάζω) to  uncover,  unroof,  Strab. :   to 


ΑΠΟΣ 
open,  Sotad.  Maron.  ap.  Ath.  621  B. 
— 11.=άποστέγω,  Emped.  262. 

Άποστεγανόω,  {άπό,  στεγανόω) 
to  cover,  make  water-tight,  Ath. 

Άποστέγασμα,  ατος,  τό,  {άπο- 
στεγάζω) a  roof  for  defence  or  shelter. 

Άποστεγνόω,    =     άποστεγανόω, 

Άποστέγω,  f.  -ξω,  {άπό,  στέγω)  to 
cover,  shelter  from,  esp.  from  water, 
των  υγρών,  Arist.  Part.  An.  :  c.  acc. 
only,  to  shelter,  keep  safe,  Theophr. 
— li.  to  keep  off,  όχ7Μν  πύργος  άπο• 
στέγει,  Aesch.  Theb.  234,  and  The- 
ophr :  absol.  to  keep  in  water,  etc., 
Plat.  Legg.  844  B,  cf.  στέγω. 

' Αποστείβω,  {άπό,  στείβω)  to  walk 
off,  depart. 

Άποστεινόω,  poet,  for  άποστενόω, 
Theocr.  22,  101. 

Άποστείχω,  f.  -ξω,  {άπό,  στείχω) 
to  go  away,  esp.  to  go  back,  go  home, 
aor.  2  άπέστιχον,ΙΙ.  1,522,  Hdt.  9,  50. 

'Αποστέλλω,  f.  -ελώ,  {άπό,  στέλλω) 
to  send  off  or  away  from,  γης,  χβονός^ 
Soph.  El.  71,  and  freq.  in  Eur. :  absol. 
to  send  away,  banish.  Soph.  Phil.  450, 
and  Plat. — II.  to  send  off,  despatch,  on 
some  mission  or  service,  the  usu. 
signf.  in  prose,  esp,  of  messengers, 
ships,  etc.,  Hdt.  1,  46,  123,  Thuc, 
etc.  —  III.  to  drive  back,  βύ/.ασσαν, 
Thuc.  3,  89. — B.  pass.,  esp.  in  aor.  2 
άπεστά'/.ην,  to  be  sent  off,  despatched, 
HHt.  3,  26  :  also,  to  go  away,  depart, 
Soph.  O.T.  115.  _ 

ΆτΓοστενόω,  (άττό,  στενόω)  to  nar- 
row, straiten,  Theophr.     Hence 

Άποστενωτικός.  ή,  όν,  narrowing. 

Άποστεπτικός,  ή,  όν,  {άπό,  στέφω) 
of,  belongiiig  to  discrowning. 

'Αποστέργω,  f.  -ξω,  {άπό,  στέργω) 
to  love  no  more :  hence  to  deprecate, 
Lat.  abominari,  Ti,  Aesch.  Ag.  499. 

ΆτΓοστερεόω,  =  στερεόω,  Arist. 
Mirab. 

Άποστερέω,  ω,  fut.  -ήσω,  {άπό, 
στερέω)  to  rob,  despoil,  bereave  or  de 
fraud  one  of  a  thing,  usu.'utt.  τινά 
τίνος,  Hdt.  5,  92,  5,  and  freq.  in  Att. : 
also  τίΐ^ώ  τι.  Soph.  El.  12V6,  Dem. 
73,  46,  etc. :  also  άπ.  εαυτόν  τίνος, 
to  detach,  withdraw  one's  self/ro7«a 
person  or  thing,  Antipho  128.  28, 
Thuc.  1,  40,  etc. :  c.  acc.  rei  only,  to 
take  away,  withhold,  refuse,  Aesch. 
Pr.  777,  Soph.  Phil.  931,  Dem.  528, 
16  :  cf  άφαιρέομαι.  Pass.  c.  fut.  mid. 
(Eur.  H.  F.  137,  Thuc.  6,  91),  which 
also  has  a  collat.  form,  αποστερού- 
μαι, in  Andoc.  19,  26  :  to  be  robbed  of, 
to  lack,  be  in  want  of,  τινός,  Hdt.  3, 
130,  etc.,  Ti,  freq.  in  Att. — II.  impers., 
αποστερεί  με,  there  fails  me,  i.  e.  / 
lack,  TO  σαφές  μ'  αποστερεί,  Eur, 
Hel.  577.     Hence 

Άποστέρησις,  εοις,  η,  a  robbery, 
taking  away,  τινός.  Plat.  Legg.  93G  D  : 
in  eenl.  deprivation,  της  ακοής,  Thuc. 
7,70. 

' Αποστερητής,  ov,  δ,  {άποστερέω) 
a  thief,  cheat.  Plat.  Rep.  344  Β  :  feni. 
άποστερητίς  or  -τρις,  ίδος,  ή,  as  adj. 
=  sq.,  Ar.  Nub.  730,  cf.  728. 

Άποστερητικός,  ή,  όν,  able  to  rob 
or  deprive,  γνώμη  άπ.  τόκου,  a  device 
for  cheating  one  of  his  interest,  Ar.  Nub. 
747. 

' Αποστερητρίς,  ίδος,  ή,  v.  sub  άπο- 
στερητής. 

Άποστερίζω,  =  άποστερέω.  —  2.  to 
purge. 

'Αποστερίσκω,=άποστερέω,  Soph. 
Ο.  C.  376. 

Άποστέρομαι,  v.  sub  άποστερέω. 

Άποστεφανόω,  {άπό,  στεφανοω)  to 
rob  of  the  crow/i  Luc.  Mid.  to  lay  the 
crown  aside. 

191 


ΑΠ02 

'λττοστηθίζω,  f.  -<σω,  (ύπό,  στήθος) 
to  repeat  by  heart,  Eccl.  :  to  speak  ex- 
tempiyraneously,  cf.  (Ίττοστυματίζω. 

Ατϊόστημα,  ατός,  τό,  (υφίσταμαι, 
ΰποστί/ναι)  distance,  interval,  like 
άπύστασις.  Arist.  Eth.  Ν. — 2.  an  im- 
posthume,  abscess,  Hipp,      Hence 

Άτοστημύτίας,  ov,  ό,  one  who  has 
an  abscess,  v.  foreg. 

λποστ7]ματικός,  η,  όν,  (απόστημα) 
abscess-like.     Adv.  -κώς. 

Ά-οστημύτιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from 
άττόστημα. 

Άποστ7ΐμάτιος,  ία,  ιον,=  ΰποστη- 
ματίκύς. 

Άποστημΰτώδης,  ες,  {απόστημα, 
είδος)  of  the  nature  of  an  abscess,  Hipp. 

Άττοστήριγμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  prop, 
stay,  support,  Hipp. — 2.  a  determination 
of  humours,  like  άπόσκηψίς.  Id.: 
from 

Άττοστηρίζυ,  f.  -ξω,  (άττ 6,  στηρίζω) 
to  prop,  support. — 2.  in  Medic,  of  hu- 
mours,=ύποσ/<:/}7Γτω,  to  determine  to- 
wards a  particular  part  of  the  body, 
settle  there,  Hipp.     Hence 

Άττοστήριξις,  εως,  ή,  a  propping, 
supporting.  —  2.  Μ&ά\α.  =  άτζόσαηφίς, 
Hipp. 

' Κποστϊβης,  ές,  (ύπό,  στίβος)  off 
the  road,  solitary,  So])h.  Fr.  502. 

ΆτΓοστιλβόίύ,  [άττό,  στίλβόω)  to 
make  shine,  Anth. 

Ά'ΐνοστί7.βο),  -ι/'ω>  {ΰττό,  στίλβω) 
to  be  bright  ivith,  τινός,  Od.  3,  408. 
Hence 

Άπόστίλψις,  εως,  ή,  reflection  of 
light. 

Άποστλεγγίζίο,  fut.  -ίσω,  {από, 
στλεγγίζ(ύ)  to  scrape  with  a  στλεγγίς, 
or  strigil,  as  in  the  bath  after  anoint- 
ing. Mid.  to  scrape  off  sweat  and 
dirt  /rom  oyie's  self,  Xeh.  Oec.  11,  18  : 
part,  pf  pass,  άπεστλεγγισμένοι, 
scraped  clean,  sleek,  Lat.  Idnti,  nitidi, 
Ar.  Eq.  580.     Hence 

' Κποστλέγγισμα,  ατός,  τό,  that 
which  is  scraped  off,  sweat,  dirt,  etc., 
Strab.       ' 

Άποστολεύς,  έως,  ο,  {άποστέ/.}.ω) 
one  irho  sends  off :  at  Athens,  a  77iagis- 
trate  who  had  to  fit  out  a  squadron  for 
service,  Dem.  262,  18,  cf  Herm.  Pol. 
Ant.  ^  161,  20.         ^      _ 

'Αποστολή,  ης,  ή,  (αποστέλλω)  a 
sending  off  or  away,  a  mission,  Eur. 
I.  A.  688,  Eur.  Phoen.  1043,  in  plur. : 
a  despatching,  τών  %•εών,  Thuc.  8,  9. 
— Π.  (from  pass.)  a  going  away,  an  ex- 
pedition, Thuc.  8,  8. 

Αποστολικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to  an 
απόστολος,  apostolic,  Eccl. 

Άποστολιι/ηΙος,  αία.  alov,  (απο- 
στέλ'λω)  sent  off  or  away. 

'Α.πόστο7.ος,  ov,  (αποστέλλω)  sent 
off,  forth,  or  away :  as  subst.  ό  άπόστ., 
a  messenger,  a/nbassador,  envoy,  απ.  ές 
την  Μίλητον,  ildt.  1,  21 ;  also  ές 
Αακεδαίμονα  τριήρεϊ  απ.  έγίγνετο, 
he  went  off  on  a  mission  to  L.,  Hdt.  5, 
38  :  later,  the  commander  of  a  naval 
force. — 2.  =:στό?ιθς,  a  fleet  ready  for 
sea,  a  naval  sqtiadro7i  or  c.vpeditio7i, 
ά7τόστο7ιθν  αφιέναι,  ποιεϊσθαι,  Dem. 
30,  5 ;  1208,  7. — 3.  τό  ΰπόστολον,  sub. 
πλοϊον,  a  merchant-ves.iel,  Vit.  Hom. 
19,  cf  Ruhnk.  Tim. — 11.  an  apostle, 
N.T.,  and  Eccl. 

' Αποστομΰτίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (από,  στό- 
μα)^άπυ  στόματος  ειπείν,  to  .^leak 
from  inemory,  dictate,  the  Usual  way 
of  teaching  at  Athens,  Plat.  Euthyd. 
276  C,  so.,  cf  Ruhnk.  Tim.— II.  to 
answer,  Pfut. — 111.  to  put  questions  to, 
τινά,  Ν.  Τ. 

Άττοστομίζω,  f.  -ίσω,(ΰπό,  στόμα) 
to  deprive  of  an  edge,  blunt,  Philostr. 

Άποστομόω,  (από,  στομόω)  to  stop 
192 


ΑΠΟΣ 
the  mouth  :  hence  in  genl.  to  stop,  fill 
up,  opp.  to  άναστομόω. — II.  =άπο- 
στομίζω,  Dion.  Η.    Hence 

'Αποστύμωσις,  εως,  ή,  α  stopping  of 
the  mouth,  stopping  vp :  but  also — II. 
an  opening,  uiiloosing,  τών  πόρων,  of 
the  pores,  Arist.  Probl. 

Άπόστοργος,  ot'=  άστοργος,  Plut. 

Άποστραγγαλίζω,  ί.  -ίσω,=  στραγ- 
γα?ύζω,  to  hang  up,  strangle,  Strab. 

Άποστράκίζω,  ί.  -ίσω,  (ύπό,  δστρα- 
κίζω)  to  banish  by  ostracism. 

Άποστρΰκόω,=:6στρακόο),  Gal. 

'Αποστρατεύω,  usu.  in  mid.  απο- 
στρατεύομαι, (από,  στρατεύω)  to  be 
discharged  from  military  service,  Hipp. 

'  Αποστρύτ7]γος,  ov,  ό,  [από,  στρατη- 
γός) mi  ex-general,  άποστράτΐ)γον  ποι- 
είν  τίνα,  to  put  one  on  the  superamiuated 
list,  Dem.  669,  7.  fu] 

Άποστρατοπεδεύω,  (ύπό,  στρατο- 
πεδεύω) more  freq.  as  dep.  mid.  άττο- 
στρατοπεδενομαι,  X.en.,toremoveo7ie's 
ca7/ip  from,  encamp  away  fro7n,  τινός, 
Xen.  An.  3,  4,  34  :  απ.  πρόσω,  to  ert- 
ca77ip  at  a  distance,  lb.  7,  7,  1. 

'Αποστρεβ?>,όω,  (άπό,  στρεβλόω) 
to  twist  back,  torture. 

'Αποστρέφω,  fut.  -ώω,  lengthd.  Ep. 
aor.  άποστρέ•ψασκε,  11.  22,  197,  (άττό, 
στρέφω)  to  tur7i  back,  Hom.,  etc. :  and 
so  either  to  turn  to  flight,  as  11.  15,  62, 
etc. :  or  to  timi  back  from  flight,  Xen. 
Cyr.  4,  3,  1 :  πόδας  και  χείρας  άπ., 
to  twist  back  the  hands  and  feet,  so  as 
to  bind  them,  Od.  22,  173,  190,  and  so 
in  Att. ;  to  twist  out  of  place,  Ar.  Eq. 
264:  but  Ιχνια  άποστρ.,  to  turn  the 
steps  backwards,  H.  Hom.  Merc.  76 : 
to  bring  back,  recall  one  fro7n  a  place, 
έξ  Ισθμον,  Xen.  An.  2,  6,  3. — 2.  to 
turn  away  or  aside,  Thuc,  etc. :  hence 
to  dissuade  from  a  thing,  τινά  τίνος, 
Xen.  Hipparch.  1,  12. — II.  asif  mtr., 
sub.  εαυτόν,  ϊππον,  vavv.  etc.,  to 
turn  o/te's  self,  tur/i  back.  Od.  3,  1<52; 
more  luUy,  άπ.  οπίσω,  Hdt.  4,  43. — 
2.  to  turn  away  or  aside.  Id.  4,  52. — 
B.  pass.,  c.  fut.  mid.  (Xen.  Cyr.  5, 
5,  36).  to  be  tur7ied  back,  άπεστρύφθαι 
τους  ίμβόλους.  of  ships,  to  have  their 
beaks  bent  back,  Hdt.  1,  160,  cf  4, 
188. — II.  to  tur7i  one's  self  fro7n  or 
away,  esp.— 1.  to  turn  one's  face  away 
froi7t  any  one,  abhor  or  detest,  Lat. 
aversari,  c.  acc,  μή  μ'  άποστραφης. 
Soph.  Ο.  C.  1272,  Eur.  1.  Τ.  801,  so 
too  Ar.  Pac.  683,  Xen.  Cyr.  1.  c. :  also 
absoL,  Soph.  O.  T.  326 :  άπεστραμ- 
μένοι  λόγοι,  hostile  words,  Hdt.  7, 
160. — 2.  to  tur7i  07ie's  self  about,  turn 
back,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  4,  25  :  to  get  away, 
escape.  Plat.•  Rep.  405  C  :  also  to  turn 
a/id  flee,  lb.  6,  2,  17. — 3.  άποστρηφή- 
ναί  τίνος,  to  fall  off  from  one,  desert 
him,  Id.  Hell.  4,  8,  4  ;  cf  αποτρέπω. 
Hence 

'Αποστροφή,  ης,  ή,  a  turning  away, 
averting,  esp.  of  evil,  v.  αποτροπή. — 
II.  (from  pass.)  a  turning  07ie's  self,  a 
turning  round  or  back,  Xen.  Eq.  9,  6. 
—  -2.  a  tur7iing  away,  escaping,  or  more 
freq.  a  place  of  refuge  from  a  thing,  a 
resort,  resource,  Hdt.  8,  109,  Eur.  Med. 
603  :  c.  gen.,  ΰπ.  κακών,  a  refuge,  es- 
cape fro77i  evil.  Soph.  Fr.  684,  ζημίας, 
Eur.  Med.  1223 :  but  νδατος  απο- 
στροφή, a  resource  against  the  rvant  of 
water,  a  7neans  of  getting  it,  Hdt.  2, 
13. — III.  in  Rhet.,  apostrophe,  when 
one  turns  away  from  all  others  to  one, 
and  addresses  him  specially,  Quintil. 
9,  2,  38. 

Άποστροφία,  ας,  ή,  she  that  turns 
away,  epith.  of  Venus. 

'Απόστροφος,  ov,  (αποστρέφω)  turti- 
ecl  aiuay,  averted,  of  the  eyes.  Soph. 
Aj.   69. — 2.    turning  one's   self  away, 


AHOS 

shunning. — 3.  to  be  turned  from,  dread- 
ful, epith.  of  the  Erinyes,  Orph. — ΙΪ, 
as  subst.  ή  απόστροφος,  an  apostrophe. 
Adv.  -φως. 

Άποστρώνννμι,  f.  -στρώσω,  (άπό, 
στρώνννμι)  to  unpack,  take  off  the  sad- 
dle or  luggage. 

Άποστνγέω,  ώ,  f.  -στύξω,  aor.  1 
-έστνξα,  aor.  2  -έστνγον,  perf  c.  pres. 
signf  -εστνγηκα,  Hdt.  2,  47,  (άπό, 
στνγέω)  to  hate  viohmtly,  abhor,  reject 
jitterly,  Hdt.  2,  47,  Soph.,  and  Eur. : 
c.  inf.,  άπ.  γαμβρόν  γενέσβαι,  Hdt. 
6,  129.     Hence 

Άποστύγ7}σις,  εως,  ή,  abhorrence. 

Άποστνπύζω,  f.  -ύσω,  (άπό,  στν- 
παζω)  to  c7idoel  away,  drive  off  with 
blows.  Archil.  102. 

Άποστνφελίζω.  f  -ξω,  (άπό,  στν 
φελίζω)  to'drive.  chase  away  by  force, 
τινά  τίνος,  11.  18,  158. 

Άποστύφω,  fut.  -ψω,  (άπό,  στύφω) 
to  make  to  shrink  up,  contract,  esp.  of 
the  efi'ect  of  bitters,  Hipp. :  to  dull 
the  se7ise  of  taste,  etc.,  Schaf  Greg.  p. 
42,  who  compares  Germ,  abstumpfen. 
[v  Anth.] 

Άποσνκάζω,  -άσω,  (άπό,  σνκάζω) 
to  pull  figs. — Π.  to  squeeze  figs,  to  try 
whether  they  are  ripe :  hence  me- 
taph.  of  e.xtortioners  and  informers, 
with  a  play  on  συκοφαντία,  cf  Ar. 
Eq.  259. 

Άποσνλύω.  ω.  f  -ήσω,  (άπό,  σν- 
λύω)  to  strip  off  spoils  from  a  person, 
hence  in  genl.  to  strip  off  fro7n,  τί  τί- 
νος, Pind.  P.  4,  195.— II.  to  rob,  de- 
fraud, one  of  a  thing,  τινά  τίνος. 
Soph.  Ο.  C.  1330,  ubi  v.  Elmsl.  et 
Herm. ;  also  τινά  τι,  Eur.  Ale.  870, 
Xen.  An.  1,  4,  8  :  hence  in  pass.,  άπο- 
συ^Μσβαί  τι,  Aesch.  Pr.  174.    Hence 

Άποσνλησις,  εως,  ή,  a  plundering, 
spoiling,   [fi] 

Άποσι<μβαίνω,=οΰ  συμβαίνω,  opp. 
to  συμβαίνω,  Sext.  Emp. 

Άποσνμβονλεύω,  (άπό,  συμβου- 
λεύω) to  advise  from  a  thing,  dissuade, 

Άποσυνύγω,  (από,  σνναγω)  to  ga- 
ther up  a  man,  to  recover,  heal  him, 
της  λέπρας,  LXX. 

' Αποσυνάγωγος,  ov,  (άπό,  συναγω- 
γή) put  out  of  the  synagogtie,  N.  T. 

Άποσννεργέω,  ώ,  f  -ήσω,=  ον  σνν- 
εργέω,  Sext.  Emp. 
Υ ΑποσνΊ'ίστημι,  fut.   άποσνστησω, 
strengthened  for  σννίστημι,  Ael. 

Άποσνριγγόω,  ώ,  =  σνριγγόω, 
Hipp. 

Άποσϋρίζω,  f.  -ξω,  (άπό,  σνρίζω) 
to  pipe,  whistle  aloud,  for  want  of 
thought  or  to  show  indifference, 
μάκρ'  άποσνρίζων,  Η.  Hom.  Merc. 
280.  Pass,  to  sound  like  piping  or 
ivhistlitig,  Luc. 

Άποσνρίσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  f.  -ξω,^= 
foreg. 

Άπόσνρμα,  ατός,  τό,  that  tvhich  is 
peeled  off :  from     • 

'Αποσύρω,  ί.  -σϋρώ,  (άπό.  σύρω)  to 
strip  off,  drag  or  tear  array,  Soph.  Fr. 
305 :  τας  επάλξεις,  Thuc.  7, 43.  [ϋ  in 
pres.] 

Άποσυσσϊτέω,  (άπό,  σνσσιτέω)  to 
absent  one's  self  from  the  public  table 
(συσσίτια).  Plat.  Legg.  762  C.  . 

*  Άποσύω,  assumed  as  present, 
whence  several  tenses  of  άποσεύω. 

Άπόσφαγμα,  ατός,  τό,=  ύπόσφαγ- 
μα,  Ael. :  trom 

Άποσφάζω,  f.  -ξω,  (άπό,  σφάζω)  to 
cutthe  throat,  άπ.  τινάές  ύγγος,  so  that 
the  blood  runs  into  a  pail,  Hdt.  4.  62, 
cf  Aesch.  Theli.  43:  in  gefil.  to  slay,' 
Thuc.  7,  86.  Mid.  to  kill  one's  self, 
Xen.  :  later  άποσφάττω,  as  Xen. 
Hell.  6,  5,  25,  Lys.  137,  11. 


ΑΠΟΣ 

' Χτοσφαιρίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (,ά-ό,  σφαι- 
θίζ(•^)  ίο  strike  aivay  or  back  like  a  hall, 
Arist.  Probl,     Hence 

'  Αποσφαίρισις,  f  wf ,  ή,  the  striking  a 
ball  bark. 

ΆτΓοσφαιρό»,  {άττό,  σφαίρα)  to 
round  off,  make  spherical,  Ath. 

Ά.ποσώΰκε?.ίζω,  -ίσο>,  {από,  σόα- 
Κΐ%ίζω)  to  have  one's  limbs  frost-bitten 
or  mortiiied,  Hdt.  4,  28  :  to  die  of  being 
frost-bitten,  or  of  mortification,  Ar.  Fr. 
3G9.     Hence 

Άτίοσφακέ/ιίσις,  εως.•ή.  Hipp.;  and 

Άποσφΰκελισμός,  ov,  a,  a  dying 
from  being  frost-bitten  or  of  mortifica- 
tion. 

Άποσφύ?.?Μ,  f.  -αλώ,  aor.  1  -έσφη- 
λα,  (άτό,  σώάλλω)  to  lead  astray, 
make  to  miss  the  tvay,  Od.  3,  320  :  άπο- 
σφάλλειν  τινά  πόνου,  to  make  one 
miss,  cheat  one  of  the  fruits  of  toil,  11. 
5,  5G7 :  hence  pass.,  esp.  in  aor.  2 
(ΐ7Γεσφύ?<.ην,  to  be  led  astray  from, 
cheated  or  robbed  of  a  thing,  to  miss  or 
lose.  c.  gen.,  e.  g.  φρενών,  Solon  25, 
4,  £A-iV5of,  Hdl.  6,  5,  γνώιιης,  Aesch. 
Pers.  392.  ονσίας.  Plat.  Legg.  950  Β  : 
absol.  to  be  missing  or  lost,  Dem.  801, 
15. 

^Αποσφαλμέο),  or  -«w,  (άπό,  σφαλ- 
μάω)  In  fall  headloni;,  Polyb. 

'A7ro.7(p«f,  άγος,  ό,  ή,  broken  off, 
sheer,  like  ύττοβρώξ,  Nic. :  also  άτνό- 
σόαγος,  ov,  A.  B. :  from 

Άτϊοσφάττω,  f.  -ξω ,=^αποσφάζΐί. 

Άττοσφενδονύω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (άτΓΟ, 
σφενδονάω)  to  sling  or  hurl  auiay,  Luc. 
Jup.  Tr.  33.  Hence 

ΆτΓοσφενδόνητος,  ov,  slung  away, 

Άττοσφενδονίζο),  fut.  •ίσω,  =  άττο- 
σφενδονύω, Joseph. 

' Κποσφηκόω,  {ϊιπό,  σΦτ}κόο)  to  un- 
tie, loosen  from  a  snare,  Nonn. 

Άττοσφηνόω,  ώ,  {άττό,  σφηνόα)  to 
wedge  tight  in. — II.  to  make  wedge- 
shaped,  Paul.  Aeg. 

Άτϊοσφίγγω,  f-  -γξω,  (άπό,  σΦίγγω) 
to  squeeze  tight,  compress,  bind  up,  Lat. 
adstringere:  τας  φλέβας,  Hipp. :  me- 
taph.  λόγος  άπεσφιγμένος,  a  close- 
pn.cked,  terse  style,  Lat.  oratio  adstricta. 
Hence 

Άπόσφίγξις,  εως,  ή,  a  squeezing 
tight,  binding  up,  Hipp. 

'Αποσφραγίζω,  f.  -ίσω  Att.  -ΐύ.  Ion. 
άποσφρηγ.,  {άπό,  σφραγίζω)  to  seal, 
close,  shut  up,  Eur.  Or.  1108,  in  pass., 
— II.  to  unseal.     Hence 

Άποσφράγισμα,  ατός,  τό.  the  im- 
pression of  a  seal,  Ath.  \_σφρύ] 

Άποσφρΰγιστής,  ov,  6,  one  who 
seals  up. 

Άποσφραίνομαι,  fut.  -φρήσομαι, 
{άπό.  όσφραίνομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  smell 
of  a  thing,  τινός. — II.  the  act.,  γλή- 
χωνι  αυτόν  άποσφραίνει.  he  refreshes 
himself  with  a  smell  at  pennyroyal, 
Anth. 

Αποσχίζω,  f.  -άσω.  strengthd.  for 
σχάζω,  Hipp. ;  also  άποσχάω.  Lob. 
Phryn.  219. 

' Αποσχαλΐδόω,  strengthd.  for  σχα- 
λίδόω,  to  prop  nets  on  upright  poles. 
Hence 

' λποσχαλίδωμα,  ατός.  τό,  a  forked 
piece  of  wood  for  propping  hunting- 
nets,  Xen. 

Άποσχεδιύζω,  f.  -άσω.=αντοσχε- 
διάζω,  to  repeat,  do,  or  make  off-hand, 
vouov,  Arist.  Eth.  N. :  to  perform  a 
thmg  vnthout  preparation,  and  so  su- 
perficially. 
^Άποσχεΐν,  2  aor.  inf.  act.  of  απέχω. 
ί'λποσχέσθαι,  2  aor.  inf.  mid.  of 
απέχω. 

'λπόσχεσις,  έως,  ?/,  {άπέχομαι)  ab• 
ttinence,  inoderation,  Plut. 
13 


ΑΠΟΤ 

Άποσχήσω,  fut.  ;  άποσχεϊν,  and 
άποσχέσθαι,  inf.  aor.  act.  and  mid.  of 
απέχω. 

Άποσχηματίζω,  {άπό,  σχηματίζω) 
to  shape  fashion  off. 

νΑποσχίδες,  ων,  al,  ramifications, 
branches,  esp.  of  the  blood  vessels, 
Hipp. :  οστών  άπ.,  splinters  of  bones, 
Gal. :  δρών  άπ.,  Strab.  The  sing,  is 
not  used :  from 

'Αποσχίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {άπό,  σχίζω)  to 
split  or  cleave  off,  Eur.  Ale.  172 — 2. 
ία  cleave  off  from,  sever,  part  Or  detach 
from,  άπό  τίνος,  esp.  m  pass.,  of  a 
river  being  parted  from,  the  main 
stream,  a  tribe  detached  from  its  pa- 
rentstock,etc.,Hdt.  1,143;  2, 17,etc.: 
also  τινός,  Hdt.  7,  233  :  άπ.  τινά  τον 
λόγον,  to  cut  off,  interrupt  in  his 
speech,  Ar.  Nub.  1408. — 3.  to  divide, 
separate.  Plat.  Polit.  262  B.  Pass,  to 
keep  separate,  stand  aloof,  Id.  Legg. 
728  B. 

Άπόσχϊσις,  εως  ή,  a  cleaving:  a 
cleft,  rent. 

Άπόσχισμα,  ατός,  τό,  {αποσχίζω) 
that  which  is  split  or  severed,  M.  Anton. 

Άποσχοινίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {άπό.  σχοι- 
νίζω)  to  separate  by  a  cord  ;  to  exclude, 
Dem.  778,  16  :  in  genl.  to  separate,  di- 
vide, Philo. 

Άποσχολάζω,  f.  -άσω.  {άπό,  σχο- 
?Μζω)  to  rest  or  amuse  one's  self,  εν 
Tivi,  Arist.  Eth.  N. — 2.  to  have  leisure 
for,  devote  one's  self  to  a  thing,  Lat. 
vacare  rci.  τινί,  Ael. — 3.  to  spend  one's 
leistire  with  one,  go  to  one  for  teaching, 
Vita  Hom.  5,  34. 

' Απόσχολος,  ov.  {άπό,  σχολή)  shun- 
ning the  schools.  Timon. 

Άποσώζω.  fut.  -σώσω,  {άπό,  σώζω) 
to  save,  restore  again,  νόσον  άπ.,  to 
heal  of  a  disease.  Soph.  Phil.  1379 : 
άπ.  οίκαδε,  to  bring  safe  home,  Xen. 
Hell.  7,  2,  19.  So  oft.  in  pass.,  άπο- 
σωθήναι  ές...,  to  get  safe  to  a  place, 
Hdt.  7,  229,  and  Xen,":  also  έπί.... 
Xen.  Hell.  3,  1,  2 :  absol.  to  get  off 
safe,  Hdt.  2,  107,  etc.— 11.  intrans. 
to  be  saved,  to  be  or  remain  safe.  Plat. 
Ep.  336  B. 

Άποσωρεύω,  {άπό,  σωρεύω)  to  un- 
pack, Schaf  Lung.  p.  370. 

Άποτάγή.  ης,  ?;,  {αποτάσσω)  a  re- 
nunciation, esp.  of  the  world,  Eccl. 

Άπόταγμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  prohibition. 
Iambi. 

'A7rora(577V,adv.,  (αποτείνω)  stretch- 
ed out  in  length,  metaph.  diffusely, 
Philostr.  [a] 

Άπότακτος,  ov,  also  ύποτακτός, 
{αποτάσσω)  set  apart  for  a  special  use, 
specially  appointed,  σιτία,  Hdt.  2,  69. 
— II.  in  genl.  settled,  appointed,  ήμερα, 
Critias  2,  27. 

'Αποταμιεύομαι  or  -όομαι,  (άπό, 
ταμιεύομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  lock  up, 
keep,  Ael. :  rarely  in  act.  αποταμιεύω. 

Άποτάμνω,    Ion.    for    άποτέμνω, 
Hom.,  and  Hdt.,  used  only  in  pres. 
and  impf. 
νΑποτανύω,   {άπό,    τανύω)^  απο- 
τείνω, Hipp. 

Άπόταξις,  εως,  ή,  {αποτάσσω)  α 
setting  apart,  esp.  α  classing  of  per- 
sons for  taxation.  Antiphon  ap.  Harp., 
cf  Bockh  P.  E.  2,  156.-2.  =άπο- 
ταγή- 

Άπότάσις,  εως,  ή,  {αποτείνω)  α 
stretching  out,  lengthening,  prolongation. 

'Αποτάσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  f.  -ξω,  (άπό, 
τάσσω)  to  set  apart,  assign  specially, 
τινί  τι.  Plat.  Theaet.  153  Ε  :  άπετ- 
έτακτο  προς  το  δεξιόν,  had  his  ap- 
pointed post  on  the  right,  lien.  Hell.  5,2, 
40  ;  αρχή  άποτεταγμένη,  a  delegated, 
office,  Arist.  Pol.  Mid.  αποτάσσο- 
μαι  Tivi,   to  part   one's  self  and  bid 


ΑΠΟΤ 

adieu   to  a  person  or  thmg,  to  take 
leave  of,  to  abandon.  N.  T.,  cf.  υποτα- 
γή ;  only  late.  esp.  Alexandr..  Lob. 
Phryn.  24. 
Άπότανρος,  ον,=ύτανρος,   Arist. 

Άποτανρόω,  {άπό,  τανρόω)  to  make 
into  a  bull.  Μ  id. ,  δέργματα  άπ. ,  to  cast 
fierce  glances  on,  τινί,  Eur.  Med.  188. 

Άπόταφος,  ον,^=άταφος. 

Άποτάφρενσις,  εως,  ή,  an  intrench- 
ment,  Dion.  Η. :  from 

Άποταφρεύω,  {άπό,  ταφρενω)  to 
frnre  with  a  ditch,  intrench,  mostly 
joined  with  άποσταυρόω,  Xen.  An.  6, 
5,  1,  Hell.  5,  4.  38. 

Άποτέθνασαν,  syncop.  3  pi.  piqpf. 
from  αποθνήσκω,  they  were  dead. 

Άποτεθνειώς,  part.  perf.  Ion.  of 
αποθνήσκω,  11. 

'Αποτείνω,  fut.  -τενώ,  {άπό.  τείνω) 
to  stretch  out :  and  so — 1.  to  lengthen, 
prolong,  άπ.  μακρόν  λ.όγον,  to  make  a 
long  speech,  freq.  in  Plat.  ;  so  άπ. 
μισθούς,  they  talk  at  length  of  rewards, 
Stailb.  Plat.  Rep.  363  D :  c.  part., 
to  continue  doing,  e.  g.  άπ.  μαχόμενοι, 
Plut.— II.  to  strain,  tighten  :  of  works 
of  art,  to  draw  sharp,  clear  outlines, 
Luc.  Mid.  to  strain,  exert  one's  self, 
esp.  to  contend  with  might  and  main, 
νπερ  τίνος,  about  a  thing,  Luc. — 2. 
intr.,  like  Lat.  contendere,  of  sounds, 
to  continue,  Plat.  Prot.  329  A  :  άπ-  πό/i- 
βω,  to  go  too  far.  Id.  Gorg.  458  C 

Άποτειχίζω.  ί.-ίσω  Att.  -ϊώ.{άπό, 
τειχίζω)  to  wall  off, — 1 .  by  way  offorti- 
fymg  Hdt.  6,  36 ;  9,  8.-2.  by  way  of 
blockade,  Ar.  Av.  1576,  freq.  in  Thuc, 
and  Xen. :  in  genl.  to  shut  out,  έαντώ 
την  φνγήν,  Heliod, — II.  to  take  away 
a  fortress,  rase  fortifications,  Polyaen. 
Hence 

Άποτείχϊσις,  εως,  ή,  the  walling  off 
a  town,  blockading,  Thuc.  1,  65. — 2.  a 
rasi7ig  of  fortifications,  Polyaen. 

' Αποτείχισμα,  ατός,  τό,  walls  built 
to  blockade,  lines  of  blockade,  Thuc.  6, 
99  ;  7,  79. 

Άποτειχισμός,  ov,  δ,  =^άποτείχι• 
σις  1,  Plut. 

νΑποτειχιστέον,  verb.  adj.  from 
άποτειχίζω,  one  must  wall  off,  fortify. 

Άποτεκμαίρομαι.  {άπό,  τεκμαίρω) 
dep.  mid.,  to  draw  signs  or  proof s  from 
a  thing,  conclude,  Ap.  Rh. 

Άποτεκνόω,  {άπό,  τέκνον)  ίο  rob 
of  children. 

Άποτέλειοι,  ων,  οί,  {άπό,  τέλος) 
an  Achaian  magistracy,  V.  Schweigh. 
Polyb.  10,21,  9. 

' Αποτελειόω,=^άποτελέω,  poet. 

Άποτέλεσις,  εως,  ή,  {άποτελ.έω) 
α  completion,  Epicur.  ap.  Diog.  L.  10, 
108. 

'Αποτέλεσμα,  ατός,  τό,  {άποτελέω) 
that  ichich  is  completed  οτ  accomplished, 
Plut. — II.  the  completion,  accomplish- 
ment, isstie  of  a  thing.  —  III.  as  As- 
trolog.  term,  the  influence  of  the  stars 
on  human  destiny.     Hence 

'Αποτελεσματικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging- 
to  the  completion  or  issue ."  having  an. 
issue.  —  2.  belonging  to  astrology :  ή 
-κή,  sub.  τέχνη,  astrology ;  οί  -κοί, 
astrologers,  v.  Eustath.  Ϊ1.  12,  222. 
Adv.  -κώς. 

Άποτελεστικός,  ή,  όν,  (άπό,  τελ• 
έω)  belonging  to,  apt  at  completing  or 
accomplishing  a  thing,  τινός,  Plat. 
Def  412  C. 

'Αποτε2.εντάω,  ω,  f.  -ήσω,  (άπό, 
τε?.εντάω)  to  bring  quite  to  an  end  or 
close. — 2.  intr.  to  end,  cease,  εΙς  τι,  in 
a  thing,  Plat.  Prot.  353  Ε  :  άποτελ- 
εντών.  at  last.  Id.  Polit.  310  E.    Hence 

'  Αποτελεντησις,  εως,  ή,  a  finishing.. 
Plat.  Soph.  264  C. 

193 


ΑΠΟΤ 

Αποτελέω,  ώ,  f.  -έσω,  (άττό,  τελέω) 
to  bring  quite  to  an  end,  complete  a 
work,  Hdt.  5,  92,  7,  Thuc,  etc.: 
hence  part.  perl',  pass,  αποτετε'λεσ- 
μένος,  perfrct,  Lat.  omnibus  mimeris 
absoiutus,  Xen.  Occ.  13,  3. — 2.  to  ful- 
fil an  obligation  or  debt,  pay,  perform 
what  ont  is  bound  to  pay,  etc.  ;  ύ,π.  εν- 
χόζ  Ttvi,  Hdt.  2,  65,  and  so  freq.  in 
Att.  :  also  to  pay  or  suffer,  παθήματα. 
Plat.  Legg.  695  E. — 3.  in  genl.  to  ac- 
complish, perforin,  do,  freq.  in  Plat. — 4. 
to  render,  make  of  a  certain  kind,  like 
άτΓοδεικννί'αι  or  παρέχειν,  τ>μ>  πά- 
λιν απ.  εΰδαίμονα,  to  make  the  state 
quite  happy.  Plat.  Legg.  718  Β  ;  so 
αμείνονς  έκ  χειρόνυν  άτΓ.,  Jd.  Polit. 
297  Β  ;  so  in  mid.,  ύμεμπτον  φίλον 
άποτελέσασθαι,  to  make  a  friend  with- 
out blame  towards  himself,  Xen.  Rep. 
Lac.  2,  13.  Pass.,  τύβαννος  αντί 
πβοστύτον  αποτετε'λεσμένος.  Id.  Rep. 
566  D. — 5.  to  fill  up,  satiate,  'εττίβν- 
μίας.  Id.  Gorg.  593  D. — II.  to  worship. 
Id.  Symp.  188  D,  in  pass. 

Άποτέμνω,  Ion.  and  Ep.  -τάμνω, 
fut.  -τεμώ,  {άπό,  τέμνω)  to  cut  off,  τι. 
Horn.,  and  Hdt.  :  άποτέμνειν  τιΐ'ός, 
to  cut  off  part  of  a  thing,  Hdt.  4,  71. — 
2.  to  cut  off,  sever,  or  part  from,  H.  Hom. 
Merc.  74. — 3.  to  cut  off  from  a  coun- 
try, in  military  sense,  Xen.  An.  3.  4, 
29,  in  pass. — 4.  to  cut  off  in  argument, 
lay  out  of  the  question.  Plat.  Legg. 
653  C,  and  Phil.  42  B,  in  mid.— 5.  to 
cut  off,  and  so  take  away  from,  τινά 
τι,  Plut. — Β.  mid.  to  cut  off  for  one^s 
self,  11.  22,  347 ;  esp.  with  view  of 
appropriating,  Hdt.  1, 82 :  ίο  cut  off  from 
common  use,  consecrate,  νλας,  Luc.  : 
but  oft.  much  like  act.,  as  Hdt.  4,  3, 
and  Plat. — 2.  άπ.  άπό  τίνος  ώς  μέ- 
γιστα. Ιο  reduce  his  power,  Thuc.  8, 
46. — C.  pass.,  άποτέμρεσθαί  τι.  to 
have  something  cut  off  from  one,  Plat. 
Euthyd.  297  C,  Luc.  Navig.  33. 

'Κπότεξις,  εως,  ή,  {άποτίκτω)  a 
bringing  forth,  birth. 

'.\ποτερματίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (άπό,  τερ- 
υ,ατίζω)  to  mark  off  by  boundaries. — 2. 
to  drive  out  of  the  boundary,  and  so, 
like  Lat.  exterminare,  to  root  out,  de- 
stroy :  also  άποτερμύζω.  Lob.  Phryn. 
670.     Hence 

Άποτερματισμός,  οϋ,  6,  a  marking 
of  boundaries,  limitation. 

Άπότενγμα,  ατός,  τό,  (αποτυγχά- 
νω) a  miscarriage,  failure,  Diod. 

Α-ποτευκτικός,  η,  όν,  (αποτυγχάνω) 
missing,  failing,  causing  Tniscarriage, 
Hippodam.  Stob.  p.  554,  36. 

' Κπότενξις,  εως,  ή,  a  miscarrying, 
failing  :  a  repulse,  disappointment, 
Plat.  Ax.  368  C. 

Άποτεφρόω,  (άπό,  τεφρόω)  to  re- 
duce to  ashes. 

Άποττίγΰνίζω,  fut.  -ίσω,  (άπό,  τη- 
γανίζω) to  broil  on  a  gridiron  (τήγα- 
vov),  to  cat  roasted,  like  άπανθρακίζω, 
Pherecr.  Myrm.  1. 

Ά.ποτήκω,  fut.  -ξω,  (άπό,  τήκω)  to 
make  melt  away  from.  Plat.  :  metaph. 
to  dissolve  gradually,  to  consume,  of 
disease  :  to  eat  away. 

Άποτήλε,  Άάν..=  άποτηλοϋ,  Anth. 

Άποτηλόθι,  adv.,=:sq.  Αρ.  Rh. 

'λποτι/λην,  adv.,  (άπό,  τηλοϋ)  far 
away,  Od.  9,  117. 

Άπότηξις,  εως,  ή,  subst.  of  άπο- 
τι'ικω,  a  melting  away. 

Άπητηρέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω.  (άπό,  τη- 
ρέω)  to  wait  for,  tarry  for,  Diod. 

'Αποτίβύτος,  ov.  Dor.  and  poet, 
for  άπρός^ατος.  Soph.  Tr.  1030. 

'Κποτίβημι.  f  -Οήσω.  (άπό,  τίθημι) 

to  put  away,  expose  a  child,  Plat.  The- 

aet.    161   A. — 2.    to   stow   away,   like 

mid.,  Xen.  An.  2,  3,  15  :  άπ.  εις  δεσ- 

194 


ΑΠΟΤ 

μωτήρων,  Lycurg.  164,  2. — Β.  in 
Hom.  only  in  mid.,  to  put  from  one's 
self,  put  off,  τενχεα,  II.  3,  89  ;  to  put 
away,  lay  aside,  άποΟέσθαι  έΐ'ίπτβ',  II. 
5,  492  ;  όπλα,  to  lay  down  one's  arms, 
V.  1.  Xen.  Cyr.  4,  4,  11  ;  την  στολήν, 
to  give  up  the  expedition,  Hdt.  4,  78  : 
τον  νόμον,  to  put  aside,  i.  e.  disregard 
the  law,  Thuc.  1,  77  :  την  Άφροδί- 
ταν,  to  quell  desire,  Eur.  I.  A.  558. — 2. 
to  put  by  for  one's  self,  stou'  away,  Ar. 
Eq.  1219,  Xen.  Cyr.  6,  1,  15:  also 
άποτίβεσβαί  τίνα  εις  φνλακήν,  Plut., 
cf.  sup. — 3.  άποτίθεσβαι  εις  ανθις,  to 
put  aside  for  another  time,  put  off.  Plat. 
Gorg.  449  B,  Xen.  Symp.  2.  7.-4.  to 
reserve,  keep  back,  Plat.  Legg.  837  C, 
Dinarch.  94,  6. — 5.  άπ.  κόλπων,  of  a 
woman,  to  lay  down  the  burthen  of  her 
womb,  i.  e.  to  bear  a  child,  Call.  H. 
Dian.  25. 

Άποτίκτω,  f.  -τέξω,  usu.  -τέξομαι, 
(άπό,  τίκτω)  to  bring  forth.  Plat. 

Άποτίλλω,  (άπό,  τί'λλω)  to  pluck 
or  pull  out.  τάς  τρίχας,  Hdt.  3,  16: 
ονδέν  άποτίλας,  without  pulling  off 
any  of  the  fur,  Hdt.  1,  123:  άποτετιλ- 
μένος  σκάφων,  like  άποκεκαρμένος, 
Ar.  Αν.  806,  cf.  άποκείρω.     Hence 

Άπότιλμα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which  is 
plucked  out,  γραιάν  άποτί?ματα  πή- 
ραν, the  pluchings  of  old  maimed  ewes, 
Theocr.  15,  19:  a  feather,  quill. 

Άποτϊμάω,  ω,  f.  -ήσω,  (άπό,  τιμάω) 
not  to  honour,  to  slight,  H.  Hom.  Merc. 
35. — II.  to  value,  fijc  a  price  by  valua- 
tion, in  mid.,  διμνέως  τιμησάμενοι, 
having  fixed  their  price  at  two  miriae  a 
head,  Hdt.  5,  77 :  hence  as  Att.  law- 
term, — 1.  in  act.,  to  mortgage  ά  pro- 
perty according  to  valuation,  borrow 
money  on  mortgage. — 2.  in  mid.,  to  re- 
ceive in  plcdg)  or  mortgage,  lend  on 
mortgage. — 3.  Pass.,  of  the  property, 
to  be  pledged  or  mortgaged,  all  in  Dem., 
cf.  Att.  Process,  p.  419.     Hence 

Άποτίμημα,  ατός  τό,  any  thing  val- 
ued, a  sum  settled  by  valuation  by  way 
of  security:  a  pledge  given  in  security, 
Oratt.  V.  Bockh  P.  E.  1,  p.  158.  [~i] 

Άποτίμησις,  εως,  ή,  (άποτϊμάω) 
a  valuation,  Lat.  census,  Plut. — II.  the 
pledging  of  a  property,  Dem.  878,  fin. 

Άποτϊμητής,  οϋ,  6,  (άποτϊμάω) 
one  who  receives  a  thing  in  pledge. 

Άπότίμος,  ον,^^άτιμος,  Hdt.  2, 
167,  Soph.  O.  T.  215.— II.  =άποτε• 
τιμημένος,  given  in  pledge,  jnortgaged. 

'Αποτίναγμα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which 
is  shaken,  or  thrown  off:  [i]  from 

'Αποτινάσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  fut.  -ξω, 
(άπό,  τινάσσω)  to  shake  off,  throw,  or 
cast  off,  Eur.  Bacch.  253. 

Άποτίννμαι,  poet,  for  άποτίνομαι, 
Hom. :  but  also  in  Hdt. 

ΆπθΓίνι)ω,=  8ς. 

Άποτίνω,  fut.  -ίσω,  (άπό,  τίνω)  to 
pay  back,  repay  what  is  σινίηΐζ,  return, 
άπ.  τινί  τι,  11.  3,  286,  Od.  22,  235  :  c. 
dat.  rei,  to  pay  with  a  thing,  also  σνν 
Tivi,  e.  g.  συν  κεφαλή,  11.  4,  101  :  c. 
gen.  rei,  to  pay  for  a  thing,  II,  18,93, 
but  also  c.  ace.  in  same  signf ,  νπερ- 
βασίην,  to  pay  for.  atone  for  a  fault. 
Od.  13,  193,  (though  in  3,  200  he  had 
said  τισάσβαι  νπερβασίης)  ;  so  άπ. 
αίμα,  Aesch.  Ag.  1338 :  but  c.  ace. 
rei,  usu.  to  pay,  ζημίην,  Hdt.  2,  65, 
and  Att. :  in  Aesch.  Ag.  1503  the 
act.  seems  to  be  used  like  mid.,  to 
pay,  i.  e.  puniih.  Mid.  άποτίνομαι, 
poet,  άποτινύμαι,  Hom.,  (but  also  in 
Hdt.,  where  it  is  written  -τίνννμαι), 
f.  -τίσομαι,  to  get  paid  one,  exact,  re- 
quire, παινήν  τίνος,  penaltij  from  a 
man,  11.  10,  398  (ubi  Spitzn.'),  etc. ;  so 
too   δίκην,  cf.  Elmsl.   Heracl.  852  ; 


ΑΠΟΤ 

άποτίαασθαί  τίνα,  to  avenge  one's  self 
on  another,  punish  him,  Od.  5,  24, 
etc.  :  άποτ.  τι,  to  take  vengeance  for 
a  thing, punisA  it.  Od.  3,  210:  absol. 
to  take  vengeance,  Solon  15,  16.  [In 
pres.  ι  in  Ep.,  t  in  Att. :  in  fut.  al- 
ways t.]    Hence 

'Απότΐσις,  εως,  ή,  the  payment  of  a 
debt  ;  and 

Άποτιστέον,  verb,  adj.,  one  viust 
pay,  Xen.  Rep.  Lac.  9,  5. 

Άπότιτθος,  ov,  (άπό.  τίτΟη)  put 
from  the  breast,  weaned,  Philo. 

Άποτίω,  poet,  for  άποτίνω,  onl) 
used  in  pres.  and  impf. 

Άπότμηγμα,  ατός,  τό,  =  άπότμη 
μα  :  from 

Άποτμήγω,  fut.  -ξω,  poet,  for  άπο- 
τέμνω, (άπό,  τμ.ήγω)  to  cut  off  from, 
τινά  πόλιος,  from  the  city,  II.  '..2, 
450  :  κλιτνς  άπ.,  to  cut  up  or  plough 
the  hills,  II.  16,  390. 

'Απότμημα,  ατός,  τό,  (άποτέμνω) 
any  thing  cut  off,  a  piece. 

Άποτμήξ,  ήγος,  ό,  ή,  cut  off,  sleep, 
like  άποβρώξ.  Αρ.  Rh. 

Άπύτμηξις,  εως,  ή,  (άποτμτιγω)  α 
cutting  off. 

Άποτμητέον,  verb.  adj.  from  άπο- 
τέμνω, one  mu^t  cut  off.  Plat.  Rep. 
373  D. 

"Αποτμος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  πότμος)  un- 
happy, ill-starred,  like  δύςποτμυς,  II. 
24,388,  Od.  l,219,_and  Eur. 

'Απότοκος,  ov,  (άποτίκτω)  begotten. 
by,  born  of  any  one:  τό  άποτ.,= 
άπογέννημα,  Hipp. 

'Αποτολμάω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (άπό,  τολ- 
μάω) Ιο  make  α  bold  venture,  Thuc.  7, 
07  :  also  c.  inf ,  άπ.  λέγειν,  Aeschin. 
72,  17  :  part.  pass.  perl,  in  act.  signf., 
ελευθερία  λίαν  άποτετολμημένη.  loo 
presumptuous  liberty.  Plat.  Legg.  701 
Β  ;  also  in  pass,  signf..  Rep.  503  B. 
Hence 
]'Αποτολμητέον,  verb,  adj.,  oncmusi 
venture,  Plut.  2,  11  D. 

' ΑπότοΤιμος,  ον,=^  άτολμος. 

' Αποτομάς  άδος,  ή,  (άποτέμνω)  citi 
off,  abrupt,  steep,  pecul.  fern  of  από- 
τομος, πέτρα,  Diod. 

Άποτομενς,  έως,  ό,=  άποτέμνων, 
one  who  culs  off. 

'Κποτομή,  ης,  ή,  a  cutting  off,  των 
χειρών,  Xen.  Hell.  2,  1,  32.— II.  a 
parting,  separation.  Plat.  Tim.  Locr. 
97  D  :  hence  a  place  where  roads  part, 
cross-roads,  Polyb. 

Άποτομία,  ας,  η,  steepness  :  severi- 
ty, νόμων,  Diod. :  from 

'Απότομος,  ov,  (άποτέμνω)  cut  off, 
abrupt,  precipitous,  Hdt.  1,  84:  On 
Soph.  0.  T.  877,  V.  Herm.— 2.  me- 
taph. severe,  harsh,  rough,  λήμα,  Eur. 
Ale.  983. — II.  definite,  absolute :  hence 
adv.  -μως,  absolutely,  Lat.  praecisc, 
Dem.  1402,  16. 

Άποτοξεύω,  (άπό,  τοξεύω)  to  shoot 
off  arrows,  esp.  from  higher  ground  : 
to  .shoot  at  a  thing,  to  aim  or  throw  at 
a  thing,  c.  ace,  Luc.  ;  to  shoot  off 
like  an  arrow,  βηματίσκια,  Plat.  Thc- 
aet.  180  A 

Άποτορνενω,  (άπό,  τορνεύω)  to 
round  or  polish  off.  Plat.  Phaedr.  234 
E. 

"Κποτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  πίνω)  not 
drunk,  not  drinkable,  ϋδωρ,  Hdt.  4,  81. 
— II.  act.  never  drinking,  όνοι,  Hdt.  4, 
192  :  without  drink.  Soph.  Aj.  324. 

Άποτρΰγεΐν,  inf.  aor.  2  act.  of 
άποτρώγω.     Hence    . 

Άποτράγημα,  ατός,  τό,  the  remains 
of  a  des.'icrt,  v.  1.  Eupol.  Χρνσ.  15. 

Άποτράχννω,  (άπό,  τραχύνω)  to 
make  rough,  rugged,  or  hard,  to  harden, 
Lat.  exasperare.  Pass,  to  become  rough 
rugged,  or  hard,  Theophr. 


ΑΠΟΤ 

Ά.η•οτρε«ω>  for  άττοτοέχυ,  barbar- 
ism in  Ar.  Thesm.  1214. 

^ΑτΓοτρεπΤίκός,  ή.  όν,  {αποτρέπω) 
fit  for  turning  aside  or  dissuading 
from  a  thiivg,  τινός,  Luc. 

'Κπότρεπτος,  ov,  from  which  one 
turns  away  :  abominable,  Themist.  : 
from 

'Αποτρέπω,  f.  -ψω.  {από,  τρέπο)  to 
turn  away,  turn  aside  or  back  from  a 
thing,  τινά  τίνος,  11.  12,  219:  so 
freq.  in  Att.,  to  hindtr,  prevent,  or  dis- 
suade  from.  Της  κακουργίας,  Thuc. 
6,  38.  etc. :  but  also  άττ.  εκ  κινδύ- 
νων. Thuc.  2,  40.  άττ.  το  μη  πορκν- 
εσθαι.  Hdt.  1,  105.— 2.  c.  ace.  only, 
to  turn  away  or  back,  hinder,  II.  11, 
758,  etc.  :  άποτρ.  τινά  υβρίζοντα, 
Aesch.  Suppl.  880  :  άπ.  είρήνην, 
Xen.  Hell.  6,  3,  12  ;  esp.  to  prevent  or 
avert  evil,  Hdt.  1,  207,  etc.,  cf  απο- 
τρόπαιος, υπότροπος. — 3.  άπ.  εγχος 
επί  τινι,  to  turn  the  spear  against  one, 
Herm.  Soph.  Tr.  1010,  cf  αποβλέπω. 
— Β.  mid.,  and  pass.,  to  turn  from  or 
back  from  a  thing,  to  desist  from,  τι- 
νός, Xen.,  but  in  Horn,  only  c.  part., 
βτΓ.  ό'/.7νς,  Π.  10,  220 :  also  c.  inf , 
Dem. — 2.  to  turn  away.  II.  12,  329:  to 
turn  back,  return,  Thuc,  Xen..  etc. — 
3.  C.  ace.  rei,  to  turn  one's  face  away, 
like  Lat.  aversari,  Aesch.  Theb.  1060. 
Cf  αποστρέφω. 

'Αποτρέψω,  fut.  -θρέψω,  to  nourish, 
support  upon  a  thing. 

Άποτρέχω,  f  -θρέξω.  Plat.  (Com.) 
Incert.  65  ;  -βρέξομηι,  Ar.  Nub.  1005: 
also  -δραμονμαι,  Xen.  An.  7,  6,  5 : 
aor.  2  ΰπέδράμον,  {άπό,  τρέχω) :  to 
run  off  or  away,  Hdt.  4,  203,  and  Att. 
— 2.  to  run  in  a  race.  Or  in  emulation, 
Ar.  Nub.  1001.— II.  metaph.  to  turn 
out,  happen,  Lat.  cvire. 

Άπότρε-φις,  εως,  ή,  {αποτρέπω)  a 
turning  away,  averting.— 2.  (from  mid.) 
aversion,  Hipp. 

Άποτριάζω,  f.  -άσω,  {άπό,  τριύζω) 
to  vatiquish,  triumph  over. — II.  as  pu- 
gil.  Ιβτχη,=  7ζληγας  τρεις  δούναι,  Α. 
Β. 

Άποτριύσσω,  f.  -άξω,={oτeg. 

Άποτρΐβή,  ης,  η,  α  rubbing  away, 
wearing  out,  like  Lat.  delrimentum, 
των  σκευών.  Dem.  1215,  22. 

Άποτρίβω,  fut.  -φω,  {άπό.  τρίβω) 
to  rub  or  scour  clean,  Od.  17,  232  :  άπ. 
Ιππον,  to  rub  down  a  horse,  Xen.  Eq. 
6,  2.  Mid.  to  wipe  off  from  one's  self, 
get  rid  of,  άδοξίαν,  Dem.  12,  19,  εγ- 
κλήματα, Aeschin.  25,  29  :  but  also 
to  refuse,  decline,  Plut. — II.  to  break 
off,  to  pluck,  Lat.  decerpere,  Theocr. 
16,  17;  24,  131.  [tj 

Άποτριτόω.  ώ,   fut.   -ώσω,  {από, 
ριΓος)   to  boil   down  to  a  third  part, 
Diosc. 

Άποτρϊχες,  plur.  of  άπόθριξ.  Call. 

Άποτρΐχόω,  {άπό,  τριχόω)  to  de- 
prive of  hair. 

Άποτροπάδην,  adv.,  {άποτροπ?)) 
turned  away,  0pp.   [2] 

'Αποτρόπαιος,  ov,  (αποτροπή)  turn- 
ing away,  averting,  esp.  of  the  gods 
that  avert  ill,  Lat.  Dii  averrunci,  esp. 
of  Apollo,  Ar.  Av.  61,  cf  Xen.  Hell. 
3,  3.  4,  Paus.  2,  11,  2,— II.  pa.ss.  that 
ought  to  be  averted,  ill-omened,  abomin- 
able, Luc. 

' Αποτροπάομαι.  dep.,  poet,  for  απο- 
τρέπω) Pseudo-Phocyl.  125. 

'Αποτροπή,  ης,  ή.  {αποτρέπω)  a 
turning  away,  averting,  κακών,  Aesch. 
Pers.  217,  and  Plat.— 2.  a  turning  off 
of  water,  Plat.  Legg.  845  D.— II.  a 
hindering,  means  of  prevention,  Thuc. 
3,  45,  and  Plat.— B.  (from  mid.)  aver- 
sion.— II.  a  flinching,  desertion  of  one's 
party,  ratting,  Thuc.  3,  82. 


ΑΠΟΤ 

Άποτροπία.  ας,  ή.  poet,  for  απο- 
τροπή. Αρ.  Rh.  4.  1504. 

Άποτροπιύζω,  f.  -άσω,  later  coUat. 
form  of  άτΓΟΓρέττω.     Hence 

Άποτροπίασμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  sacri- 
fice to  avert  evil. 

'Αποτροπιασμός,  ov.  b,  an  averting 
by  expiatory  sacrifice,  Joseph. 

'Αποτρόπίος,^άποτρόπαιος.Οτ\ή\. 

Άπότροπος.  ov,  {αποτρέπω)  turned 
away  or  far  from  men,  Od.  14,  372. — 
2.  from  which  one  turns  away,  Ar.  Eccl. 
792  :  γνώμη  άπ.,  a  hostile,  stern  decree, 
Pind.  P.  8,  133. — II.  act.  turning  away, 
averting,  like  αποτρόπαιος  1.,  Lat. 
averT^ncans,  κακών,  Aesch.  Cho.  42, 
Pers.  203. — 2.  hindering,  foil,  by  μη..., 
Plat.  Legg.  877  A. 

Άποτροφή,  ης,  ή.  {αποτρέψω)  nour- 
ishment, support,  Dion.  Η. 

' Απότροφος,  ov,  {άπό,  τρέφω)  reared 
away  from  one's  parents.  Hdt.  2.  64 : 
in  genl.  reared  apart,  separated,  Plut. 
2,  917  C  ;  estranged,  Synes. 

Άπότροχος,  ου,  b,  {άποτρέχω)  a 
race-course,  Ar.  Fr.  541. 

' Αποτρνγάω.  ώ.  f.  -ήσω,  {άπό,  τρυ- 
γάω) to  pluck  grapes,  or  in  genl.  fruit, 
Philostr.  ^ 

Άποτρύνω,  strengthd.  for  οτρυνω, 
Aesch.  Theb.  698,  in   mid. 

' Αποτρϊ'χόω,^άποτρνω,  Plut. 

Άποτρίχω,  f  -fa),=sq..  Plut.  [ΐ] 

Άποτρνω,  f.  -νσω.  {άπό,  τρνω)  to 
rub  away,  wear  out,  and  so  lose,  ελπί- 
δα. Soph.  Tr.  124. — II.  to  vex,  harass ; 
so  in  mid.,  άποτρνεσθαι  jf/v.  Soph. 
Ant.  339.  [i•] 

Άποτρώγω,  f.  -τρώξομαι,  aor.  2 
άπέτραγοί',  to  bite  or  nibble  off,  μισ- 
θούς, Ar.  Ran.  367.     Hence 

'Απότρωκτος,  or,  bitten  off.— II. 
shortened,  abbreviated,  Gramm. 

Άποτρωπάω,  poet,  and  Ion.  for 
αποτρέπω.  Hom.,  cf.  Spitzn.  Exc. 
xix.  ad  II.  ^  2. 

'Αποτυγχάνω,  f.  -τεύξομαι,  {άπό, 
τυγχάνω)  to  fail  in  hitting,  miss,  lose, 
τινός.  Plat.  Legg.  744  A,  Xen.,  etc. 
— II.  absol.  to  be  unlucky,  fail,  Xen. 
Hell.  7,  5,  14  :  to  miss  the  truth,  be 
urrong,  Plat.  Legg.  898  Ε :  also  περί 
τίνος,  Xen.  Eq.  1,  16. 

Άποτνκίζω,  f.  -ίσω.^άποτνχίζω. 

' Αποτνλόω,  {άπό,  τνλόω)  to  harden: 
=  άναφ7Μν,  Pherecr.  Incert.  71,  c. 

Άποτυμπάνίζω.  f.  -ίσω,  {άπό,  τυμ- 
πανίζω)  to  beat  or  cudgel  away,  i.  e. 
cudgel  to  death,  cf  the  Roman  fustua- 
rium,  Lys.  135,  9,  Dem.  126,  17. 

ΆτΓΟΓΰ— όω,  {άπό,  τυπόω)  to  strike 
off  an  impression.  Mid.  to  imitate 
faithfully,  copy,  like  άποαάσσομαι, 
Plat."  Tim.  39  E,  Theaet.  191  D. 

Άποτύπτω.  {άπό,  τύπτω)  to  cease 
beating.  Mid.  to  cense  beating  one's 
self  or  mourning,  Hdt.  2,  40. 

'Αποτύπωμα,  ατός,  τό,  {άπυτνπόω) 
that  ivhich  is  struck  off,  an  impression, 
copy.  Plat.  Theaet.  194  B.  [i] 

' Αποτύπωσις,  εως,  ή,  a  striking  off 
an  impression,  copying,  Theophr.  [i] 

Άποτΰρόω,  {άπό,  τνρόω)  to  make 
quite  into  cheese.  Erotian. 

Άποτνφ?.όω.{άπό,  τυφλόω)  to  make 
quite  blind :  hence  to  stop  up.  obstruct 
the  pores,  Arist.  Probl.     Hence 

' Αποτΰφλωσις,  εως,  ή,  a  making 
quite  blind,  LXX. 

Άποτύχημα,  ατός,  τό,=ζάπότευγ- 
μα.  [ί]        ^ 

Άποτνχής,  ές,  { άπό,  τυγχάνω, 
τυχεΐν)  7nissi7ig,  Plat.  Sisyph.  391  D. 

'Αποτυχία,  ας,  ή.  α  missing :  α  fail- 
ure, ill  result,  Dinarch.  94,  6. 
I      Άποτνχίζω,  ί.  -ίσω.  {άπό,  τυχίζω) 

to  hew,  polish:  also  άποτνκίζω. 
I      Άποτνχόντως,  adv.  part.  aor.  2  of 


ΑΠΟΦ 

αποτυγχάνω,  unsuccessfully,   against 
one's  wish. 

VAnov7.ia,  ας,  ή,  Apulia,  a  province 
of  Italy  in  the  south-east,  Strab. 

Άπουλόω,  {άπό,  οΰ'/.όω)  to  make  to 
scar  over,  Plut.  Pass,  to  scar  over. 
Hence 

Άπούλωσις,  εως,  η,  a  scarring  over.  ^ 

Άπονλωτικός,    ή,   όν,   {άπουλόω)  ■ 

causing  to  scar  over,  healing,  Diosc. 

'ΙΆπουλώτ ιστός,  ov,  {άπό,  ονλόω, 
as  if  from  ονλωτιίζω)  free  from  scars, 
Plut.,  dub.  in  form  and  derivation. 

Άπονράγέω,  {άπό.  οϋραγέω)  to  lead 
the  rear-guard,  cover  the  rear,  τινί,  Po- 
lyb. 

Άπονρας,  Ep.  part.  aor.  1  act.  of 
άπαυράω,  to  take  aivay,  oft.  in  II.,  τί 
τινι,  II.  21.  296,  τί  τίνα,  Od.  13,  270, 
τί  τίνος,  Pind.  P.  4,  265  : — the  part, 
aor.  1  mid.  άπονράμενος  in  pass, 
signf  occurs  Hes.  Sc.  173 :  no  inf 
άπονραι  is  found,  Buttm.  Lexil.  v. 
άπαυράν  2,  p.  145. 

Άπουρέω,  {άπό.  ονρέω)  to  pass  with 
the  urine,  Luc.     Hence 

Άπονρησις,  εως,  ή,  a  passing  with 
the  urine. 

Άπονρίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {άπό,  οίψίζω) 
hence  11.  22,  489,  άλλοι  γάρ  οι  άπου- 
ρίσσονσιν  άρούρας.  ace.  to  some  Ion. 
for  αφορίζω,  will  mark  off.  i.  e.  tesseji 
the  boundaries  of  his  fields  :  others 
read  άπονρήσουσι,  as  if  from  *  άπου- 
ράω=  άπαυράω.  will  take  them  away. 
cf  Buttm.  Lexil.  v.  άπαυράν  2,  p. 
146.  and  Spitzn.  ad  1. 

"Απονρος,  ov,  {άπό,  όρος.  Ion.  ου- 
ρος)  far  from  the  boundaries,  άπ.  πά- 
~p1iif"^  away  from  one's  father-land. 
Soph.  O.  T.  194. 

Άπονρόω,  {άπό,  οίφος)  to  lose  a 
fair  wind,  have  contrary  winds,  Polyb. 

Άπυυς.  ό,  ή,  άπονν,  τό,  gen.  άπο- 
δος,  {α  priv.,  πους)  icithnut  foot  οχ  feet. 
Plat.  :  hence  without  the  use  of  one's 
feet,  Soph.  Phil.  632:  bad  of  foot, 
κννες.  Xen.  Cyn.  3,  3  :  not  going  on 
foot,  of  bees,  Luc. — II.  as  subst.,  the 
swift  OT sand-martin,  elsewh.  κύ'ώελος, 
so  called  from  its  seldom  lighting  on 
the  ground,  Arist.  H.  A. 

'Απουσία,  ας,  ή,  {άπείναι)  a  being 
away,  absence,  Aesch.,  Eur.,  etc. — II. 
deficiency,  icant :  that  which  is  wanting. 
lU. ^άποσπερματισμός,  Plut.  Hence 

'Απουσιάζω,  (.  -άσω,  to  lose  or  give 
away  one's  goods. — 11.=άποσπερματί• 
ζω,  Artemid. 

Άποφάγειν,  inf  aor.  2  of  άπεσθίω, 
to  eat  off,  eat  up,  Ar.  Eq.  495. 

Άποψαιδρύνω,  strengthd.  for  φαι- 
δρννω,  esp.  in  mid.,  Anth. 

Άποφαίνω,  f.  -φανώ,  {άπό,  όαίνω) 
to  show  forth,  display.  Solon  15,  32, 
etc. ;  άπ.  ές  δφιν,  Hdt.  4,  81 :  άπ. 
παΐδας  εκ  γυναικός,  to  show,  i.  e.  have 
children  by  a  woman,  Isae.  58,  32. — II. 
esp.  to  show  by  word,  make  known,  de- 
clare, Batr.  144;  also  ?όγω  άπ.,  Hdt. 
5.  84,  and  so  absol.,  Ar.'  Nub.  352, 
etc.:  an.  γνώμην,  Hdt.  1,  40,  more 
freq.  άποφαίνεσθαι,  v.  infr :  άπ.  τινά 
έχθρόν,  to  declare  one  an  enemy,  Dem. 
160.27. — 2.  to  shoxr  by  reasoning,  show, 
prove,  represent  as  beina:,  c.  part.,  άπ. 
τινά  όντα,  etc.,  Hdt.  1,  82,  129,  and 
freq.  in  Att. :  so  too  άπ.  ώς...,  or  ότι..., 
Thuc.  3, 63,  Piat..  etc.— 3.  to  denounce, 
inform  against,  Antipho  142,  17. — III. 
to  give  an  account  of,  τι,  Hdt.  2,  177, 
Dem.  1042,  2  :  esp.  to  pay  in  money  to 
the  treasury  according  to  accounts  de- 
livered, esp.  of  officers,  Dem.  480,  11; 
481,  9. — IV.  like  άποδίίκνυμι.  to  show, 
display,  and  so  to  make  so  and  so.  άπ. 
τινά  σοφόν,  διδάσκαλο}',  etc..  Plat. 
Legg.  718  Ε,  Prot.  349  A  :  so  in  mid. 
195 


ΑΠΟΦ 

ϊ.ποφηνασθαί  τίνα  ταμίαν,  Find.  Ν. 
C,  13. — Β.  mid.  to  show  forth,  display 
something  of  one's  own,  Μονσαν  στυ- 
γερύρ,  Aesch.  Eum.  30t>;  εύνοιαν, 
Xen.  ;  έργα,  like  άποδΐίκι>υσβαι. 
Plat. :  absol.  to  make  a  display  of  one's 
self,  show  off,  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  8,  13.— II. 
esp.  ΰποφαίνεσθαι  γνώμι/ν,  to  declare 
^  une's  opinion,  ildl.  1,  207  ;  2,  120,  etc., 

and  freq.  in  Att.  ;  so  too  ΰττ.  δόξαν, 
Plat.:  also  absol.,  άποψαίνεσθαί  πε- 
ρί τίνος,  Plat.  Phaedr.  274  Ε,  Lys. 
•  214  A:  esp.  to  give  sentence,  Dem. 
899,  9;  1265,  20.  The  mid.  is  also 
oft.  used  just  like  the  act,  as  Plat. 
Phaed.  97  E,  Xen.  Mem.  4,  2,  21.— 
C.  pass,  to  be  shown  or  declared,  c. 
gen.,  εί'δοκίμου  στρατιάς,  to  be  de- 
clared or  appointed  to  be  of  a  glorious 
army,  Aescli.  Pers.  857. — II.  to  appear, 
come  to  light. 

Άποφάνόω,=άποφαίνω,  Soph.  Fr. 
846. 

Άττόοανσις,  εως,  ή,  {ύποφαίνω)  v. 
1.  for  (ΐπόφασις  1,  in  Dem. —  II. = 
άπόδείξις,  proof,  Arist.  Org. 

'λτΐοφαντικός,  ή,  όν,  (άττοφαίνω) 
declaratory,  assertive,  'λόγος,  Arist. 
Org.     Adv.  -κύς. 

Άπόφαί'τος,  ov,  (ύποφαίνω)  de- 
clared, asserted,  Diog.  L. 

Άπόφΰσις,  εως,  ή,  {ύπάφημι)  a  de- 
nial, negation,  opp.  to  κατάφασις. 
Plat.,  and  Arist. :  απ.  τινός,  refusal 
to  do  a  thing,  Plat.  Crat.  256  D. 

Άπόφΰσις,  εως,  ή,  {αποφαίν(Δ)=^ 
άποφανσις,  α  sentence,  decision,  δίκ7]ς, 
Dem.  1153,  4:  also  absol.  Id.  1^99, 
14. — 2.  a  catalogue,  inventory,  Id.  1039, 
2. — II.  an  ansiver.  Polyb. 

ΆνΓοωάσ/ίω,  {από,  φύσκω)^^άπόφη- 
UL,  used  only  in  pres.  inf.  and  part., 
and  in  impf. :  to  deny  :  in  Soph.  O. 
T.  485  the  part,  τα  αποφύσκοντα  is 
used  in  a  quasi-pass,  signf.,  v.  Herm. 

Άποφΰτίκός,  ή,  όν,  {άπόφημι)  de- 
nying, negative,  Arist.  Org.  Adv.  -κώς. 

Άποφανλίζω,  ί.  -ίσω,^άποφλανρί- 
ζω. 

Άποφερβομαι,  (  άπό,  φέρβομαι  ) 
dep.,  to  feed  off  or  on,  c.  ace,  σοφίαν, 
Eur.  Med.  826. 

'Αποφέρω,  in  Horn,  only  in  f.  άποί- 
σω,  and  Ion.  aor.  ΰπένεικα,  {από, 
φέρω)  to  carry  off  or  away,  Lat.  aufer- 
re;  of  a  wind,  Hdt.  4,  179;  of  a  dis- 
ease, 6,  27. — II.  to  carry  or  bring  hack, 
in  Horn,  only  with  αντις,  as  11.  5, 
257  :  hence — 2.  to  bring  hack,  report, 
Hdt.  1,  OG,  etc.,  in  pass. — 3.  to  pay 
back,  return,  Hdt.  1,  196:  hence  in 
genl.  to  pay  what  is  due,  what  one  owes, 
as  tribute,  etc.,  Hdt.  4,  35,  Thuc.  5, 
31. — III.  to  deliver  in,  give  in  an  accu- 
sation, accounts,  etc.,  άπ.  γραφην 
προς  τον  άρχοντα,  an.  Dem.  243,  11, 
Aeschin.  56,  fin. :  απ.  τους  ίππεύ- 
σαντας,  to  give  in  a  list  of...,  Lys.  146, 
10 :  ΰπ.  εν  τω  λόγω,  to  enter  in  the 
account,  Dem.  1189,  8:  to  deliver  a 
letter,  Id.  909,  14. — IV.  to  receive  as 
pay,  V.  1.  Aeschin.  14,  1. — V.  intr., 
like  άπαγε,  άπόφερ'  ές  κόρακας,  Ar. 
Pac.  1221. — Β.  mid.  to  take  away  with 
one,  Hdt.  1,  132,  etc.  :  to  take  for  one's 
self,  gain,  obtain,  λέχη,  μόρον,  βίον, 
νόστον,  Eur. :  to  have  repaid  one,  Hdt. 
7,  152. — C.  pass,  to  be  carried  away  or 
back,  to  return,  Hdt.,  Thuc,  etc. 

Ά7Γ0<;ί>ει;)'ω,  f  -ξομαι,  {άπό,  φεύγω) 
to  flee  from,  escape,  C.  acc,  first  in 
Batr.  42,  47,  and  Hdt.,  strictly,  to  es- 
cape beyond  the  reach  of  pursuit,  Xen. 
An.  1,4,  8,  cf.  άποδιδρύσκω. — II.  esp. 
as  law-term,  άπ.  τους  διώκοντας, 
Hdt.  6,  82  ;  την  δίκην,  Ar.  Nub.  167 : 
hence  absol.  to  set  clear  off,  be  acquitted, 
Lat.  fugcre  judicium,  opp.  to  ά?ύσκο- 
196 


ΑΠΟΦ 

uat,  Hdt.  2,  174,  and  freq.  in  Att.,  cf. 
valck.  Hipp.  1034.     Hence 

Άποφενκτικός,  ή,  όν,  ready  for  or 
useful  in  escaping,  τα  άποφενκτικύ, 
means  of  escape  or  acquittal,  Xen. 
Apol.  8. 

Άπόφευξις,  εως,  η,  {αποφεύγω)  an 
escaping,  getting  off,  δίκι/ς,  acquittal, 
Ar.  Nub.  864  ;  also  written  άπόφνξις, 
Ar.  Vesp.  558,  etc.,  cf.  Lob.  Phryn. 
727. 

'Α.πόφΐ]μι,  f.  -φήσω,  {άπό,  φημί)  to 
speak  out,  declare  flatly  or  plainly,  like 
άπολέγω,  II.  7,  362  :  so  too  in  mid., 
άγγελίην  άπόφασθε,  II.  9,  422 :  in 
this  signf  only  Ep. — 2.  to  say  no. 
Soph.  O.  C.  317  :  to  deny,  Plat.,  Xen., 
etc.  :   also  to  refuse. 

Άπόφημος,  ov ,— δύςφτιμος,  Ael. 

Άπόφ7ΐσις,  εως,  η,  =  άπόφανσις, 
άπόφασις. 

Άπόφθαρμα,  ατός,  τό,  (άποφθείρω) 
α  miscarriage,  abortion. — II.  α  means  of 
procuring  abortion,  Hipp. 

Άποφθέγγομαι,  f.  -ξομαι,  {άπό, 
φθέγγομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  speak  one's 
opinion  plainly,  Luc. :  esp.  to  utter  an 
apophthegm,  Plut. 

Άπόφβεγκτος,  ov,  =  ύφθεγκτος, 
Eur.  I.T.  951. 

'Απόφθεγμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  thing  utter- 
ed ;  esp.  α  sententious  answer,  a  terse, 
pointed  saying,  an  apophthegm,  Xen. 
Hell.  2,  3,  50,  and  Plat.    Hence 

'Αποφθεγματικός,  η,  όν,  dealing  in 
apophthegms,  sententious. 

Ά  ποφθείρω,  f.  -φθερώ,  {άπό,  φθείρω) 
to  destroy  utterly,  ruin,  Aesch.  Cho. 
250,  and  Eur. — 2.  to  have  an  abortion, 
miscarry,  Hipp.  Pass.  c.  fut.  mid.,  to 
be  lost, perish,  Eur.,  etc.:  ουκ  εις  κό- 
ρακας άποφθαρεΐ  μου  ;  like  άπαγε, 
έββε  εις  κ.,  wilt  not  be  gone  with  a 
murrain  ?  Ar.  Eq.  892,  Nub.  791,  Lat. 
abi  iiL  malum  rem. 

'Αποφθίθω,=  άποφθίνω.  To  this  is 
usu.  referred  the  poet,  form  άπέφθϊ- 
θον,  in  the  phrase  ενθ'  άλλοι  μεν 
πάντες  άπ.  έσβ'λοί  εταίροι,  Οά.  5, 
110,  133;  7,  251:  but  as  the  impf. 
does  not  suit  these  places,  Buttm., 
with  E.  M.  532,  43,  reads  άπέφθιθεν 
as  3  plur.  aor.  pass,  from  άποφθίνω, 
V.  Catal.  in  voe.  φθίνω. 

' Αποφθινυθω,  to  perish,  II.  5,  643. — 
II.  trans.,  άπ.  θυμόν,  to  lose  one's 
///e.  11.  16,  540.  Only  poet.  Cf.  άτΓο- 
φθίνω.  [νϋ\ 

Άποφθίνω,  {άπό,  φθίνω)  and  άπο- 
φθίω,  rare  in  act.,  in  pres.  always 
intr.,  to  perish  utterly,  die  away,  Aesch. 
Ag.  857,  Soph.  Phil.  457:  most  freq. 
in  pass.,  esp.  in  syncop.  aor.  άπε- 
φθίμην,  part,  άποφθίμενος,  Lat.  mor- 
tuus,  Horn.,  Pind.,  etc. — II.  fut.  άπο- 
φθίσω,  aor.  άπέφθισα,  always  trans., 
to  destroy,  Soph.  Tr.  709,  Aj.  1027.  [t 
Ep.,  except  in  syncop.  aor.,  and  so 
even  in  the  optat.  of  this  tense,  Od. 
10,  51;  11,330:  ϊ  Att.] 

Άποφθίω,  Ep.  pres.  =  άποφθίνω, 
trans,  and  intrans. 

Άποφθορά,  ας,  ή,  {άποφθείρω)= 
φθορά,  Aesch.  Eum.  187:  esp.  an 
abortion.  Hipp. 

' ΑποφΐλοτΙμία,  ας,  ή,  {άπό,  φιλο- 
τιμία) want  of  proper  ambition,  The- 
ophr.  Char 

Άποφϊμόω.  {άπό,  ώιμόω)  to  muzzle 
completely  :  in  genl.  to  shut  close  up. 

'Αποφλανρίζω.  f-  -ίσω,  {άπό,  φλαυ- 
ρίζω)  to  treat  very  slishtingly,  make  no 
account  of,  τι,  Pind.  P.  3,  23,  Hdt.  1, 
86. 

Άποφλεγμαίνω,  {άπό,  φλεγμαίνω) 
to  cease  ίο  be  inflamed,  to  burn  no  more, 
Plut. 

Άποφλεγματίζω,  f.  -ίσω   Att.  -ϊώ, 


ΑΠΟΦ 

{άπό,  φλεγματιζω)  to  purge  away 
phlegm,  or  cleanse  from  it.     Hence 

Άποφλεγματικος,  ή,  όν,  cleansing 
from  phleg/n,  adapted  to  cleansing  from 
phlegm.  Gal. :  and 

Άποφλεγματισμός,  ov,  ό,  a  purging 
of  phlegm. 

Άποφλσιόω,  {άπό,  φλοιός)  to  take 
off  the  rind,  strip  off  the  δέρμα,  Anth. 

Άποφλνζω,  f.  -ξω,  {άπό,  φλνζω)  to 
roar  out  or  away,  νβριν.  Αρ.  Kh. 

Άποφοιβάζω,  f.  -άσω,  {άπο,  φοι- 
βάζω)  to  make  quite  clear  or  bright. — II. 
toforetel,  Strab. 

'Αποφοιτάω,  ώ,  f.  -τ/σω,  {άπό,  όοι• 
τάω)  to  go  quite  away,  away  from,  esp. 
of  scholars  or  pupils,  άπ.  παρά  τίνος, 
to  go  away  from,  leave  one's  master, 
Heind.  Plat.  Gorg.  489  D  ;  άπ.  πρυς 
τίνα,  to  go  away  to  a  new  master, 
Dinarch.  ap.  Suid.  v.  χρνσοχοείν : 
also  to  cease  to  go  to  school,  Lys.  ap. 
Eustath.  II.  absol.  to  depart,  die, 
Lat.  decedere.     Hence 

Άποφοίτησις,  εως,  ή,  a  going  away, 
departure. 

' Απόφονος,  ov,  {άπό,  φόνος) ;  φό- 
νος άπυφ;  unnatural  inurder,  Eur.  Or. 
163;  so  too  άπδφ.  αίμα,  lb.  192. 

Άποφορά,  άς,  ή,  {αποφέρω)  α  carry- 
i?ig  away. — II.  a  bringing  what  is  due, 
paying ;  also  that  which  is  brought  or 
paid,  tax,  tribute.  Hilt.  2,  109  :  esp. 
the  money  which  slaves  let  out  to 
hire  paid  to  their  master,  (i7roi;!it)paf 
πράττειν,  Xen.  Rep.  Ath.  1, 11  ;  άπο- 
φοράν  κομίζεσθαι,  Andoc.  6,  11,  φέ• 
ρειν,  Aeschin.  14,  1,  cf.  Bockh  P.  E. 

1,  p.  99  :  in  genl.  income,  profit,  rent, 
yirist.   Pol. — III.   that   lohich    proceeds 

from,  a  thing,  smoke,  scent,  Plut. 

'Αποφηρέω,^=άποφέρω.     Hence 

Άποφόρησις,  εως,  ή,  a  carrying 
away. — 11.  ^άποφορά  III.,  Sext.  Emp. 

' Αποφόρ7]τος,  ov,  {άποφορέω)  car- 
ried away,  τά  άπ.,  presents  which 
guests  received  at  the  table  to  take 
home,  Ath. 

Άπόφορος,  ov,  {άπό,  φέρω)  not  to 
be  borne  or  suffered,  Phal.  —  II.  act. 
not  bearing,  unfruitful. 

Άπηφορτίζομαι,  f.  -ίσομαι,  (άπό, 
φορτίζω)  dnp.  mid.,  to  unload  one's 
self,  rid  one's  self  of  a  burden,  Dion. 
H. 

Άποφρύγνϋμι,  also  -νύω.  f.  -φράξω, 
{άπό,  φράγνυμι)  to  fence  off,  block  up, 
τας  οδούς,  Thuc.  7,  74,  so  too  in  mid., 
άποφράξασθαι  αυτούς.  Id.  8,  104: 
metaph.,  άποφρ.  κύκλω  τό  πράγμα. 
Soph.  Ant.  241.    Hence 

Άπόφραξις,  εως,  ή,  a  fencing  off, 
blocking  up,  της  παρόδου,  Xen.  An.  4, 

2,  25. 

'Αποφράς,  άδος,  ή,  {άπό,  φράζω) 
strictly  not  to  be  spoken  of  or  mention- 
ed, and  so  like  Lat.  nefandus,  unlucky, 
ominous,  hence  αποφράδες  ήμέραι, 
Lat.  dies  nefasti.  days  on  which  no 
assembly  or  court  was  held,  opp.  to 
καθαραι  ψι..  Plat.  Legg.  800  D,  Lys. 
Fr.  31,  cf  Att.  Process,  p.  152,  Lob. 
Aglaoph.  p.  431  :  αποφράδες  πύλαι, 
the  gates,  at  Rome,  through  which 
condemned  criminals  were  led  to 
death,  Plut.  2,  518  B:  also  with 
masc,  άπ.  άνθρωπος,  Eupol  Incert. 
22. 

'Αποφράσσω,  Att.  -ττω,=  άποφρά• 
γνυμι.  Plat.  Tim.  91  C. 

Ά7Γ0ίί)ρεω,=  ί«όρέω,  Cratin.  Thratt. 
11. 

Άποφροντίζω,  {άπό,  φροντίζω)  to 
cease  caring  for  one.  Nicet. 

' Αποφρυγω,  f  -ξω,  {άπό,  φρνγω)  to 
dry  away  or  up,  bake,   [fi] 

Άποφνάς,  άδος,  ή,=άπόφνσις,  a 
sucker,  Arist.  H.A. 


AlIOX 

Απο&νγγάνω,  =  άττοφεύγυ,  Dem. 
644,  25.' 

Άττοφΰγή,  ης,  ή,  (άτορεΰ^ο)  like 
άττόφίτ^ις,  an  escape,  flight,  place  of 
refuge,  άττοφνγας  παρέχειν,  Thuc.  8, 
106:  ύπ.  κακών,  ?Λπών,  escape  from 
ills,  griefs,  Plat.— II.  in  architecture, 
the  curve  with  which  the  shaft  escapes 
into  the  capital,  Vitruv. 

Άττοφύλίος,  οι;  {ύπό.  φν?-ον)  of 
foreign  race,  Aesch.  Fr.  364.  [ϋ] 

ΆτΓοφυλλί'ζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {από,  φν?.- 
λίζω)  to  strip  of  leaves,  Theophr. 
Hence 

Ά7ϊοφύ?Λισις,  εως,  ή,  a  stripping  of 
leaves. 

Α~όφνξίς,  εως,  ή,  v.  sub  άττό- 
ψενξις. 

'ΑτΓοφϋσάυ,  ύ,  f.  -ήσω,  {ΰπό,  φυ- 
σάω) to  blow  away  or  out,  Arist. — II. 
to  breathe  out,  ψυχήν,  Lat.  animam 
efflare.     Hence 

'λποφύσησίς,  ευς,  η,  a.  blowing 
away,  [ϋ] 

'\.πήφνσίς,  εως,  η,  (άποφύο))  an  off- 
ikoot  scion,  πρέμνον,  Polyb. 

Χ'τοφϋτεία,  ας,  ή,  a  planting  off, 
transplanting,  Theophr.  :  from 

ΆτΓοφΰτενω,  {από,  φυτεύω)  to  plant 
off  or  from,  set  slips  or  cuttings  in  a 
nursery  :  to  transplayit,  Theophr. 

Άΰοφνω,  f.  -ύσω,  {από,  φύω)  to  put 
forth  a  shoot.  Mid.,  c.  aor.  2  et  perf. 
act.,  to  grow  out  ox  forth  like  a  shoot. — 
2.  to  be  of  different  nature. — 3.  to  go 
asunder,  separate,  [ίσω] 

Άποφώ?.ιος,  ov,  ace.  to  the  an- 
cients =  άνεμώλιος,  μάταιος,  empty, 
vain,  idle,  Lat.  vanus,  irritus :  Horn, 
only  in  Od.,  νόον  άποφώλιος,  8,  177, 
and  ύ,ποφώ/.ια  είδώς,  5,  182,  empty- 
minded,  also  joined  with  φνγοπτόλε- 
μος,  braggart,  vain-boasting,  14,  212  ; 
but  in  11,  249,  ουκ  ΰπ.  εϋναί  αθα- 
νάτων are  not  fruitless  or  without  pro- 
duce :  the  word  also  occurs  in  Eur. 
Thes.  6.  (Prob.  from  άπό,  όφελος, 
-ωλως,  being  a  mere  termin.,  as  in 
ΰνεμώ?.ιος  :  hence  strictly,  profitless, 
useless.) 

Άποχάζομαι,  f.  -άσομαι,  {ΰπό,  χά• 
ζομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  retire  or  withdraw 
from,  βόθρου,  Od.  11, 95.  The  act.  is 
rare. 

Ά~οχα/>.ασμός,  ov,  ό,  a  slackening : 
from 

' ΚποχάΤιύω,  ω,  f.  -άσω,  {ΰπό,  χα- 
λάω) to  slack  or  loose  away,  as  one 
does  a  rope,  Ar.  Nub.  762.  [ασω] 

' λποχάλΐνόω.ώ,{άπό,  χα/.ινόω)  to 
unbridle,  Xen.  Cyn.  11,  7,  in  pass.: 
metaph-,  ύπ.  την  αΐόώ,  Plut. 

'Χποχαλκενω,ώ,{άπό,  χαλκεύω)  to 
forge  of  brass  or  copper,  Xen.  Cyn. 
10,  3.  " 

Άποχαλκίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {άπό,  χαλ- 
Κίζο))  to  deprive  of  brass  or  money,  a 
pun  in  Anth. 

Άποχΰράκόω,  ώ,  f.  -ώσω,  {άπό. 
χαρακόω)  to  surround  with  a  palisade 
or  loall,  Dion.  H.,  cf  Bast.  Ep.  Cr.  p. 
126. 

Άποχύραξις,  εως,  ή,  an  engraving 
or  stamp,  Plut. :  from 

^λποχαράσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  fut.  -^ω, 
{άπό,  χαράσσω)  to  tnark  with  lines  en- 
graven or  impressed:  as  medic,  term, 
to  heal  by  scarification. 

' Α-ποχΰρίζομαι,  fut.  -ίσομαι  Att. 
-ΐονμαι,  {άπό,  χαρίζομαι)  dep.  mid,, 
to  give  a  share  of,  τινός. 

Άποχειμάζει,  {άπό,  χειμάζω)  im- 
pers.  it  ceases  to  be  winter  or  stormy, 
the  winter  or  storm  ceases,  Arist.  Probl. 
Άποχειρόί3ως,  ov,=^sq. 
' Ρί.ποχειροβιωτος.  ov,  {άπό,  χειρο- 
βίωτος)  living  by  one's  hands,  l.  e.  by 
manual  labour,  Hdt.  3,  42,  and  Xen. 


ΑΠΟΧ 

Άπόχειρος,  ov,  {άπό,  χειρ)  off- 
hand, unprepared,  Polyb. 

Άποχειροτονέω,  ώ,  {άπό,  χειρο- 
τονέω)  to  vote  by  show  of  hands  away 
from  ;  and  so — I.  to  vote  a  charge  or 
accusation  aivay  from  one,  to  acquit  one, 
τινός,  Dem.  583,  7. — II.  to  vote  one 
away  from  an  office,  τινά  άπό  τίνος, 
Dinarch.  110,  12:  hence— 1.  of  per- 
sons, to  reject,  i.  e.  to  sttpersede,  depose, 
τον  στρατηγόν,  Dem.  676,  10.— 2.  οί 
things,  to  reject,  vote  against,  είρήνην, 
Ar.  Pac.  667,  in  pass.  :  to  abrogate, 
annul,  νόμους,  ap.  Dem.  706,  17,  σνν- 
&^κας.  Id.  678,  1.  — III.  «-.  tl  μη 
είναι...,  to  vote  that  a  thing  is  not..., 
Dem.  703.  24.  Cf.  άποψηφίζομαί. 
Hence 

' λποχειροτόνησις,  εως,  η,  a  rejec- 
tion, abolition  by  a  show  of  hands. 

' λποχειροτονία,  ας,  ή,=άποχειρο- 
τόνησις. 

Άποχειρόω,  {άπό,  χειρ)  to  take, 
snatch  a  thing  out  of  one's  hand,  cf. 
άποχηρόω. 

Άποχετεύω,  {άπό,  οχετεύω)  to 
draw  off  water  by  a  canal.  Plat.  Rep. 
485  D :  metaph.,  άπ.  φθόνον,  Plut. 

Ά7Γο;^;£ω,  f  -χεύσω,  {άπό,  χέω)  to 
pour  out  or  off,  spill,  shed,  Hom.  only 
with  prep,  sep.,  as  Od.  22,  20  in  poet. 
form  άπόχενεν,  but  II.  22,  468  in 
common  form  :  mid.  to  cause  to  pour 
forth  from  itself,  to  send  forth  from  it- 
self Eur.  Ion  148.  Pass,  to  be  poured 
out,  to  be  spilt,  to  stream  forth,  of  water, 
Polyb.  :  to  fall  from,  of  leaves,  Plut.  : 
to  shoot  into  ears,  of  corn,  Theophr. 

Άποχ?!,  ης,  ή,  {απέχω)  distance. — 
II.  abstinence,  forbearance,  Epict. — III. 
a  receipt,  quittance.  Anth. 

Άποχηρόω,  {άπό,  χηρόω)  to  ividow, 
bereave  of  a  thing,  τίνά  τι,  prob.  1.  Ar. 
Pac.  1013,  for  άποχειρόω. 

Άποχναύω,  {άπό,  χναύω)  to  gnaiv, 
bite  off  or  from. 

Άπόχορδος,  ov,  {άπό,  χορδή)  dis- 
cordant, inharmonious,  Clem.  Λ1. 

'λποχόω,  ώ,  f  -ώσω,  older  form  of 
άποχώνΐ'υμι,  to  dam  or  bank  up. 

Άποχραίνω,  {άπό,  χραίνω)  to  soften 
away  the  colour,  to  shade  off,  shade. 
Plat.  Legg.  769  A.  Pass,  to  be  shaded 
off.  Id.  Rep.  586  Β  ;  so  too  of  fruit,  to 
change  colour,  Arist.  Color. 

Άποχράω,  Ion.  άποχρέω.  inf.  άπο- 
χρήν:  impf.  άπέχρην  :  fut.  άττο- 
χρήσω :  aor.  άπέχρησα.  To  suffice, 
be  sufficient,  be  enough,  εις  έγων  άπο- 
χρέω, Epich.  p.  104;  δύ'  άποχρή- 
σονσιν  μόνω,  Ar.  Plut.  484 :  έκατον 
νέες  άποχρώσι,  Hdt.  5,  31  :  usu.  only 
in  3  pers. :  in  part.,  άπυχρών  άνήρ.  a 
sufficient,  satisfactory  person,  Pherecr. 
Chir.  1,  6,  cf  Plat.  Ale.  2.  145  C— 
2.  c.  dat,  as  ποταμός  ονκ  άπέχρησε 
Ty  στρατί-^,  was  not  e^iough  for  the 
army,  Hdt '7,  43,  196;  so  freq.  in  the 
phrase,  τοντο  or  ταντα  άποχρα  μηι, 
Hdt.,  and  Att. :  hence  with  an  infin. 
as  nom.,  άποχρα  μοι  άγειν,  ποιειν, 
etc.,  Vis  sufficient  for  me  to  lend,  to  do, 
etc.,  Hdt.  1,  66;"9,  79,  etc.:  also  c. 
part.,  άπ.  σφι  ί/γεομένοισι,  Hdt.  7, 
148:  and  then  strictly  impers.,  άπ. 
τη'ός,  there  is  enough  of  Ά  thing,  Hipp, 
p.  597,  7  ;  688,  49  :  in  most  places, 
where  it  is  used  impers.,  ταντα  or  an 
inf  may  be  easily  supplied  as  nom., 
V.  Schweigh.  Lex.  Hdt. :  Hdt.  also 
has  the  mid.  άπεχρέετο^=άπέχρη,  8, 
14. — 3.  but  in  pass.,  to  be  contented 
with  a  thing,  τινί,  as  άποχρεωμένων 
τούτοις  των  Μνσών.  the  Mysians  being 
satisfied  therewith.  Hdt.  1,  37. — II.  to 
deliver  an  oracle,  like  χμύω,  Auct.  ap. 
Suid. — B.  άποχρύομαι,  to  use  to  the 
full,  make  what  use  one  can  of,  c.  dat., 


ΑΠΟΧ 
Thuc.  7,  17;  7,  42:  hence— 2.  to  use 
too  much,   abuse,   misuse,   Lat.    abvti, 
Dem.  215,  8. — 3.  to  use  up,  waste,  de- 
troy,  Lat.  conficere,  Ar.  Fr.  328. 

' Απόχρεμμα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which  is 
coughed  up  ;  and 

Άποχρεμπτικός,  ή,  όν,  promoting 
expectoration.- — II.  frequently  coughing 
up :  from 

Άποχρέμπτομαι,  f.  --φομαι,  {άπό, 
χρέμπτομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  cough  up, 
expectorate,  Hipp.     Hence 

Άπόχρεμψις,  εως,  ή,  a  coughing  up, 
expectoration,  * 

Άποχρέομαι,  Ion.  for  άποχρύομαι, 
Hdt. 

Άποχρέω,  Ion.  for  άποχράω. 

Άπόχρη,  impers.,  v.  άποχράω. 

Άποχρήματος,  ov,  {άπό,  χρημα)=^ 
άχρηματος  :  ζημία  άποχρ-,  a  fine,  but 
one  not  to  be  paid  by  money,  Aesch. 
Cho.  275. 

Άπόχρησις,  εως,  ή,  {,άποχράομαι) 
use,  abuse,  ?>iisuse :  a  using  up  :  a  get- 
ting  rid  of,  Plut. — II.  want,  need,  Dion. 
H. 

Άποχρίω,  f.  -ίσω,  {άπό,  χρίω)  to 
strip  or  scrape  off.  [i] 

Άποχρϋσόω.  ώ,  {άπό,  χρυσόω)  to 
turn  into  gold  or  vioney,  Artemid.  1,  52. 

Άποχρώντως,  adv.  part.  pres.  from 
άποχράω,  άπόχρη,  enough,  sufficiently, 
Thuc.  1,21  ;  7,  77. 

Άπόχρωσις,  εως,  ή,  {άπό,  χρών- 
ννμι)  α  losing  of  colour. — II.  άπόχρωσις 
σκιάς,  the  distribution  of  light  and 
shade,  gradation  of  colours,  Plut.,  cf. 
άποχραίνω. 
ί'Αποχνθείς,  1  aor.  pass.  part,  of 
άποχέω. 

νΑ.ποχϋ?ιίζω,  {άπό,  χν?.ός)  to  ex- 
press the  juice  from,  Arist.     Hence 

\Άποχνλισμα,  ατός,  τό,  expressed 
juice,  Synes. 

Άποχϋμα,  ατός,  τό,  (ΰττο^γέω)  that 
which  is  poured  off  or  out,  Tim.  Locr. 
100  A. 

Άποχνρόω.  {άπό,  όχνρόω)  to  secure 
or  cover  by  fortifications.  Pint. 

Άπόχνσις,  εως,  ή,  {άποχέω)  a  pour 
ing  off  or  out :  of  corn,  a  shooting  into 
ear,  Theophr. 

Άπoχω?!.εvω,=^sq.,  Xen. 

Άποχω?,όω,ω,  {άπό,  χω?Μω)  make 
quite  lame,  Thuc.  7,  27. 

Άποχώννυμι,  f.  -χώσω,  {άπό,  χών- 
νυμι)  to  dam  up,  bank  or  silt  up  the 
mouth  of  a  river,  etc.,  Xen.  Hell.  2, 
2,  4. 

Άποχωρέω.  ω,  f.  -ήσω,  but  also 
-ήσομαι.  (άπό,  χωρέω),  Thuc.  3,  13, 
Dem.  793,  14,  to  go  from  or  axvay  from, 
c.  gen.,  δόμων,  Ar.  Ach.  456. — 2.  ab- 
sol.  to  go  away,  depart,  πά'/.ιν  άπ., 
Eur. :  esp.  after  a  defeat,  to  retire,  re- 
treat, freq.  in  Thuc,  and  Xen. — 3.  άπ. 
εκ  τίνος,  to  withdraw  from  a  thing, 
i.  e.  give  up  possession  of  it,  Xen.  Hell. 
5,  2,  13.— II.  to  pass  off.  esp.  of  the 
humours  and  secretions  of  the  body, 
Xen.  Cyr.  1,2, 16  :  τά  αποχωρούντα, 
excrements.  Id.  Mem.  1,  4,  6.     Hence 

Άποχώρημα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which 
goes  off,  excrement. 

Άποχώρησις.  εως,  ή,  {άποχωρέω) 
a  going  away  or  off,  departure,  retreat, 
Thuc.  5,  73  :  aplace  or  means  of  safety. 
Id.  8,  76. — II.  a  passing  off.  becoming 
empty,  opp.  to  π7.ήρωσις,  Plat.  Tim. 
81  A:  esp.  =άπ07ΤαΓ0ί•,  Plut.  Lye. 
20. 

Αποχωρίζω,  f.  -ίσω  Att.  -ΐώ.  {άπό, 
χωρίζω)  to  part  or  separate  from,  τι 
τίνος  or  άπό  τίνος.  Plat.,  also  εκ 
τίνος,  Id.  :  absol.  to  separate,  set  apart, 
Lys.  147,  17:  άπ.  ώς  εν  είδος,  to  se- 
parate and  put  into  one  class.  Plat 
Polit.  262  D.    Hence 

197 


ΑΠΟ* 

' ΚποχώβΙσις,  εως,  η,  α  parting  off, 
separation :  and 

Άποχωριστι'ις,  ov,  ό,  one  who  parts, 
a  separator. 

'Απόχωσίς,  εως,  ?/,  {άττοχώνί/υμι.)  a 
damming  up,  embanking,  Plut. 

' Κττοψαλίζυ,  •ίξω,  {από,  ψαλίζω) 
to  cut  off  with  shears,  Diosc. 

ΆτΓοψύλλω,  f.  -ΰλώ,  (άτϊό,  ψάλλω) 
to  phu-k  off  or  uway.^ll.  βέλος,  to 
shoot  off 'dv.  arrow.  Lye. :  also  πάγην, 
to  spring  a  trap  lliat  is  set.  Id.  Hence 
Κπόφαλμα,  ατός,  τό,  in  music,  the 
part  of  the  string  which  is  touched. 

Άποψύω,  f.  -//σω,  {άπό,  ψάω)  to 
wipe  off,  άφρόΐ',  Eur.  I.  T.  311. — 2.  to 
wipe  clean,  τινά,  Ar.  liys.  1035.-11. 
mid.  to  wipe  or  rub  off  from  one's  self, 
Tl,  Ar.  Eq.  572. — 2.  to  ivipe  one's  self, 
xcipe  one's  nose,  etc.,  lb.  909,  Ran.  490  : 
also  άποφάσθαί  την  χείρα,  etc.,  Xen. 
Cyr.  1,  ,1,  5. 

Άποφενδομαι,  f.  -ενσομαι,  (ΰττό, 
■ψεύδομαι)  de'p.  mid.,  strengthened  for 
■ψεύδομαι,  to  cheat,  Joseph.  Pass,  to 
be  cheated  of,  c.  gen.,  της  ελπίδος, 
Plut.  Marc.  29. 

Άτνόψηγμα,  ατός,  τό,  (άποψήχω) 
that  which  is  scraped  off,  Lat.  ramentum, 
filings,  sawdust,  Diosc. 

Άπόψημα.  ατός,  τό,  (άττοψάω)  that 
which  is  iviped  off,  dirt,  filth. 

Άπόύιηστος,   ov,  {αποψύω)   wiped 

"ff-         '        , 

Άπο-ψηώίι,ομαί,   fut.  -ίσομαο    Att. 

-ΐοϋμαι,  (άπύ,  ψηφίζομαι)  dep.  mid. : 

to  vote  away  from. — 1.  c.  gen.,  and  so 

— 1.  to  vote  one  free  from  a  charge,  ac• 

quit  him,  τινός,  Dem.  407,  8,  etc.,  in 

full,  αΐτίαν,  θάνατον,  etc.,  απ.  τινός, 

cf.  Lycurg.  169,  11  :  hence  absol.  to 

vote  an  acquittal.  Plat.  Apol.  34  D. — 

2.  to  vote  an  office,  etc.  aumy  front  one, 

and  so  to  reject,  esp.  from  a  place  in 

the  tribe,  demus,  etc.,  also  c.  gen., 

Dem.  1365,  14,  etc. — II.  c.  ace.  rei, 

ΰπ.   γραφήν,  to  vote  against  receiving 

the  indictment,  Aeschin.  86,  31  :  άπ. 

νόμον,  to  reject  the  law.  Plat.  Legg. 

800  D. — III.  to  decree  otherwise,  absol., 

Xen.  An.   1,  4,   15 ;  c.  inf.,   ύ-.  //// 

•ποιεΐν,   etc.,   to   vote    against   doing, 

Xen.,  and  Dem.    Cf.  άποχεφοτονέω. 

Hence 

Άποψήφισις,  εως,  ή,  an.  acquittal, 
Antipho  130,  20. — II.  a  rejection  by 
votes. 

Άπο-ψήχω.  f.  -ζω,  (άπό,  "ψήχω)  to 
scrape,  wipe  off,  Arist.  H.  A. 

Άποψίλόω,  (άπό,  ψΛόω)  to  strip 
off  hair,  make  bald,  Ar.  Thesm.  538  : 
in  genl.  to  strip  bare,  Hdt.  3,  32  :  άπ. 
τινά  τίνος,  to  strip,  bereave  of  Ά  thing, 
Aesch.  Cho.  695.     Hence 

Άποψίλωσις,  εως,  ή,  a  making  bald, 
Theophr.  [ψϊ] 

Άποψης,  εως,  ή,  (άπόψομαι)  α  look- 
ing down  froin,  a  view,  prospect,  Hdt. 
1,  204  :  hence  a  lofty  spot  or  tower 
which  commands  such  a  view,  a  Belle- 
Vue,  Bdvidere,  -περιωπή,  Strab. — II. 
look,  aspect,  appearance,  Polyb. — III.  a 
thing  looked  at. 

'Α.πόψ)ομαι,  fut.  of  αφοράω. 

Άποψοφέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {άπό.  ψο• 

ίέώ)  to  make  a  sound,  Arist.   Η.  Α. 
fence 

Άποτψόφησις,  εως,  η,  the  making  a 
sound,  Plut. 

ΆπότΙ>υξις,  εως,  ή,  a  cooling,  The- 
ophr. :  from 

'Αποψύχω,  f.  -ξω,  (άπό,  ιρύχω)  to 
leave  off  breathing,  to  faint,  sivoon,  Od. 
24,  3  IS. — 2.  c.  ace,  ΰπ.  -ψυχήν,  βίον, 
to  breathe  out  life.  Soph.  Aj.  1031, 
hence  absol.  to  expire,  die,  Thuc.  1, 
134,  Bion  1,  9;  so  in  pass,  άπεψιύχη, 
Aesch.  Fr.  95 :  cf.  αποπνέω. — IL  to 
193 


AIIPA 

cool,  refresh.  Pass,  to  be  refreshed,  re- 
cover, revive,  Hom.  only  in  11.,  and  in 
phrase  ιδρώτα  άπεψινχοντο,  they  got 
the  sweat  cooled  or  dried  off,  II.  11,  021, 
so  ίδρώ  αποψυχθείς,  II.  ~1,  5G1  :  ΰπε- 
■ψυγμένος  προς  τι,  cold,  careless  about 
a  thing,  Arist.  Rhet. — III.  impers. 
άπυψιιχει,  it  grows  cooL  the  air  cools, 
Plat.  Phaedr.  242  A.  [ύ] 

' Αποψωλέω,  {άπύ,  ■ψωλός)  sensu 
obscoeno,  praeputium  retraho,  hence 
ΰπεψωλημένος,  a  lewd  fellow.  Ax.  Ach. 
161. 

Άππα,=^ά-φά,  πάππα,  άττα.  Call. 
Dian.  6. 

ΫΑππαϊται,  ων,  o't,  the  Appa'itae,  a 
people  dwelling  on  the  Euxine, Strab. 

' Αππαπαι,  an  interjection  in  Ar. 
Vesp.,  cf.  άτταται. 

Άππέμψει,  rare  poet,  contr.  for 
αποπέμψει,  Od.  15,  83. 

^^Αππιάΐ'ός,  ov,  ό,  Appian,  a  histo- 
rian, of  Alexandrea. 

νΑππιος,  ου,  ό,  Appius,  a  Roman 
name ;  ή  Άππία  οδός,  the  Appian 
way,  Strab. 

Άπράγέω,  ώ,  (α  priv.,  πρΰγος)  to 
do  nothing,  be  a  good  for  nothing  fellow, 
Polyb.     Hence 

'Απράγία,  ας,  η,  idleness,  Polyb. 

Άπραγμάτεντος,  ov,  {a  γιήν., πραγ- 
ματεύομαι) doing  nothing,  uttemployed. 
idle,  taking  no  pains. — II.  pass,  treated 
without  care  and  pains,  left  undone  or 
unwrought. — III.  πόλις  άπρ.,  an  -un- 
manageable, i.  e.  impregnable  city. — 
IV.  χωρίον  άπρ..  a  country  which  has 
little  commerce,  Polyb. 

Άπραγμοσύνη,  ης,  ή,  the  condition 
of  an  άπράγμων,  freedom  from  priblic 
business,  lawsuits,  etc.,  ease,  rest,  Lat. 
otium,  Ar.  Nub.  1007. — 2.  the  character 
of  an  άπράγμων,  easiness,  quietness, 
thuc.  2,  63  :  from 

'Απράγμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  {a  priv., 
πράσσω,  πράγμα)  without  business, 
free  from  business,  esp.  from  state-af- 
fairs {πράγματα),  and  so  freq.  in  Att. 
writers,  esp.  of  people  who  live  in 
the  country,  without  meddling  in 
public  business,  law-suits,  etc.,  a 
good,  easy,  quiet  man,  opp.  to  πολν- 
πράγμων,  a  restless,  meddlesome  one, 
e.  g.  Nicias  as  opp.  to  Alcibiades,  Ar. 
Eq.  261,  and  freq.  in  Thuc,  v.  esp.  2, 
63 :  in  Dem.  we  have  άπρ.  και  άφι- 
?Μνεικος,  άκακος  και  άπρ.,  joined  : 
peaceful,  undisturbed,  βίος  άπρ..  Plat., 
also  το  άπραγμον, Thuc.=  Lat.  otiu7n : 
σίτων  και  ποτών  άπόλανσις  άπρ., 
Xen.  Mem.  2,  1,  33:  τόπος  άπρ.,  a 
place  free  from  law  and  strife,  Ar.  Av. 
44. — 2.  of  things,  not  troublesome  or 
painful,  Xen.  Apol.  7. — II.  pass,  got 
or  to  be  got  without  pains,  Xen.  Adv. 
-μόνως.  easily,  Thuc.  4,  61,  σώζεσθαι, 
Id.  6,  87. 

Άπρΰγόπολις,  εως,  -η,  city  of  rest, 
a  name  given  by  Augustus  to  his  re- 
treat on  the  coast  of  Campania,  like 
Frederic's  Sans  souci.  Suet.  Aug.  98. 

Άπρακτέω,  ώ,  to  be  άπρακτος,  do 
nothing,  to  be  idle,  Arist.  Eth.  N. — 2. 
to  gai7i  nothing,  παρά  τίνος,  Xen.  Cyr. 

I,  6.  6:  from 

Άπρακτος,  ov.  Ion.  ΰπρηκτος,  and 
so  too  in  Pind.  I.  8, 7,  {a  priv.,  πράσ- 
σω)— I.  act.  doing,  effecting  nothing, 
hence  unprofitable,  fruitless,  idle,  πό- 
λεμος, νεϊκος,  II.  2,  121,  376,  ίλπίς, 
Simon.  139  :  άπρηκτος  νέεσθαι,  to 
depart  U'ithout  success,  Lat.  re  infecta, 

II.  14,  221 ;  and  so  in  prose,  άπρ. 
άπιέναι,  απελθείν,  Thuc.  ;  also 
άπρακτον  άποπέμπειν.  Id.  1,  24  : 
also  of  things,  άπ.  ποιεΐν  τι,  γίγνε- 
ταίτι,  Dem.: — not  producing,  γ^ή  άπρ., 
■unfruitful land,  Plut. — 2.  doingnothing. 


AHPC 
idle,  Tim.  Locr.  104  E,  Polyb.,  etc. : 
άπρακτοι  ήμέραι,  days  when  no  busi- 
ness is  done,  holidays,  Plut.  Adv. 
~τως,  unsuccessfully,  Lat.  re  infecta, 
Thuc.  6,  18. — 11.  pass.,  like  αμήχα- 
νος, άπορος,  against  which  nothing  can 
be  done,  unmanageable,  incurable,  όδύ 
ναι,  άνίη,  Od.  2,  79  ;  12,  223,  μί?•,η 
δύνες,  Simon.  11. — 2.  not  to  be  done, 
impossible,  πρύ}μα,  ίργμα,  Theogn.  : 
άπρηκτα,  impossibilities,  U\.  461. — 3 
not  done. — 4.  μαντικής  άπρακτος  νμίν, 
untried,  unassailed  by  your  dunning 
arts.  Soph.  Ant.  1022  (1035)  ubi  v. 
Herm.     Hence 

'Απραξία,  ας,  ή,  a  7iot  acting.  Plat. 
Soph.  262  C  :  inactivity,  rest  from  bu- 
siness, leisure  ;  in  plur.  holidays,  Plut. 
—  II.  want  of  success,  Aeschm.  26,  38. 
— III.  a  being  at  a  loss,  ruin,^ αμηχα- 
νία, Eur.  Or.  426. 

Άπράσία.  ας,  ή,  xcant  of  purchasers, 
difficulty  of  selling,  Dem.  820,  2  ;  909, 
24 :  from 

Άπράτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  πιπράσκω) 
unsold,  iinsaleable,  Lys.  108,  44,  Dem. 
910,  1  :  unprostituted,  Aeschin.  31,  19. 

Άττράϋντος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  πραννω) 
not  to  be  appeased,  implacable,  θάλασ- 
σα, Anth.  ill  Ion.  form.  [τΓρά] 

Άπρέπεια,  ας,  ή.  unseemliness,  in- 
decency, Plat. :  ugliness,  είδονς,  Anth. : 
from 

Άπρεπης,  ές,  (α  priv.,  πρε;Γω)  un- 
seemly, unbecoming,  άπ.  τι  επιγνώναι, 
πύσχειν,  etc.,  Thuc.  :  τό  άπ.,  dis- 
grace, Id.  6,  11.  Adv.  -πώς,  poet. 
-πέως,  Η.  Hom.  Merc.  272. 

Άπρεπία.  ας,  ή,  poet,  for  άπρέπεια. 

Ά  πρηκτος,  ον,  ίοη.  for  άπρακτος, 
Horn. 

Άπρήϋντος,  ον,  Ιοη.  for  άπράϋντος. 

Άπριάτην,  adv.  from  α  priv.,  ττρί- 
αμαι  {άπριάδην  would  be  more  anal- 
ogous), not  fem.  ace.  from  ύπρίατος, 
at  least  not  in  Od.  14,  317,  for  there 
it  is  used  of  a  man,  and  prob.  not  in 
II.  1,  99,  without  purchase-monei/,  with- 
out price  or  ransom.     Cf.  sq.  [ar] 

'Απρίΰτος,  ■η,  ov,  {a  priv.,  πρίαμαι) 
unbought,  άπριάτην,  Η.  Hom.  Cer. 
132,  where  it  must  be  an  adj.,  as  also 
άπριύτας,  Pind.  Fr.  151,  8;  cf.  Lob. 
Paral.  458,  and  so  old  Gramm.  take 
it.  [i] 

Άπριγδα,   only   m    Aesch.   Pers. 
1057,  1063,  prob.=a7rpif. 
ΥΑπρί7]ς,  ου   Ion.  εω,  ό,  Avries,  son 
of  Psammis,  king  of  Aegypt,  Hdt.  2, 
161. 

Άπρικτόπληκτος,  ov,  {άπρίξ,  πλήσ- 
σω)  struck  unceasingly,  Aesch.  Cho. 
425,  e  Lachmanni  conj. 

'Απρίξ, adv.,  {a  copul. ,  ττρίω, cf.  δάξ, 
γννξ,  όκλύξ,  etc.),  strictly  loith  closed 
teeth,  like  οδάξ,  Lat.  mordieus,  hence 
in  genl.  ceaselessly,  esp.  άπρίξ  εχειν, 
ίγεσβαι  and  λαμβάνειν,  Soph.  Aj. 
310,  Plat.  Theaet.  155  E,  cf.  Ruhnk. 
Tim. 

Άπριστος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  πρίω)  un- 
sawed,  Q.  Sm. 

' Αιφοαιρεσία,  ας,  ή,  inconsiderate- 
ness,  Hipp.  :  from 

Άπροαίρετος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  ■προαι• 
ρέομαι)  withoxit  set  purpose  :  inconsid- 
erate, Arist.  Eth.  N.     Adv.  -τως,  lb. 

Άπροβονλευτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  ττρο- 
βουλενω)  without  previous  design,  un- 
premeditated, Arist.  Eth.  N. — 2.  not 
submitted  to  the  βονλ-ή,  Dem.  594,  23, 
V.  Herm.  Pol.  Ant.  s^  125,  8.— II.  act. 
imprudent.  Adv.  -τως,  imprudently. 
Plat.  Legg.  866  E. 

' Απροβουλία,  ας,  η,  tvant  of  design, 
thoxtghtlessness,  indiscretion,I']&t.  Legg. 
867  Β  :  from 

Άπρόβον?.ος,    ov,  =  άπροβον?^ευ 


ΑΠΡΟ 

TOf.     Adv.  -?Μς,  rashly,  thoughtlessly, 
Aesch.  Cho.  620. 

' λττροδιηγήτως,  adv.,  {a  priv.,  ττρο- 
δΐηγέομαι)  without  previous  explana- 
tion,. 

Άπροθέτως,  adv.,  (a  priv.,  προτί- 
θημι)  undtsigiiedly,  Polyb. 

Άττρόθϋμοζ,  ov,  {a  priv.,  πρόθυ- 
μος) not  eager  0Γ  ready,  disinclined, 
backward,  Hdt.  7,  220,  Thuc.  4,  86, 
etc.     Adv.  -μως,  Plat. 

'λπρυιδης,  ές,  (α  priv.,  ττροϊδείν) 
not  foreseeing,  Anth. — II.  pass,  unfore- 
seen, u>iexpecti:d,  Nic. 

'λττροικος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  προίξ)  rvith- 
out  portion  or  dowry,  Isae.  41,  2,  sq.. 
cf.  Herm.  Pol.  Ant.  ()  122,  2. 

Άπροκ.ά7Λ}πτης,  ov,  (a  priv.,  ττρο- 
κα/ιύτΐτω)  undisguised.  Adv.  -πτωζ. 
[α] 

' λττροκατασκίϊνασ-ος,  ov,  (a  priv., 
7ϊpoκaτaσκt^vύζcιJ)^inprepared,ΌionΛi. 
'Χπρολη-τυς,  ov,  {a  priv.,  προλαμ- 
βάνω) not  taken  for  grajited,  not  ascer- 
tained, Hierocl. 

'^.προμήθεια,  ας,  ή,  roant  of  fore- 
thought, Plat.  Lach.  197  Β  :  from 

ΆπρομήΟης,  ες,  (α  priv.,  προμηθείς) 
without  forethought,  indiscreet,  Aesop. 

Άπρομήθΐίτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  προμη- 
θέομαι)  unforeseen,  Aesch.  Supp.  357. 
Απρονοησία,   ας,  ή,  inconsiderate- 
nesx :  from 

'λπρονόητος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  προνοέω) 
not  thought  of  beforehand,  χώρα  άπρ., 
an  unguarded  country,  Polyb.  — 11. 
act.  not  considering  beforehand,  heed- 
less, improvident,  Orph.  Adv.  —τως, 
rashly,  inconsiderately,  Xen.  Cyr.  1, 
4,  21. 

Άπρονόμεντος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  προ- 
νομεύω)  iiot  ravaged  for  forage . 

Άπρύξενος,  ov,  ivithout  πρόξενος, 
Aesch.  Suppl.  239. 

Άπρουιμίασ-ος,  op,  (a  priv.,  προ- 
Οΐμίάζομαΐ)  without  preface,  Luc. 

'Α.~ρόοπτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  προότρο- 
uai)  uaforeseeri,  Aesch.  Pr.  1074.  Adv. 

Άπροόρΰτος,  or,  (α priv.,  προορύω) 
=foreg.,  Diod.     Adv.  -τως. 

Άπροπτωσία,  ας,  ή,  the  character  of 
an  άπρόπτοτος,  Μ.  Anton. :  from 

Άπρόπτωτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  ττρο- 
πίπτω)  inclining  to  ?io  side,  not  readily 
taking  up  an  opinion,  Plut. 

Άπρόβρ)ΐτο€,  ov,  (a  priv.,  πρόΙ)()η- 
τος)  not  foretold,  Plat.  Legg.  968  E, 
ex  Astii  conj. 

'Χπροςανδητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  προς- 
ανδύω)  not  accosted,  not  greeted,  Plut. 

' Α.πρός3ατος,  ov,  [a  priv.,  προς- 
βαίνω)  Dor.  αποτίβατος,  in.accessible, 
νόσος,  not  to  be  dealt  with  or  healed. 
Soph.  Trach.  1030. 

Άπρόςβλητος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  προς- 
βά'λλω)  unapproachable,  unconquerable. 

Άπροςδεής,  ες,  (α  priv.,  προςδέω) 
without  want  of  anything  more,  τινός, 
Plut.  2,  122  F. 

f  Α,προςδέητος,  ov,=foreg.,  Polyb. 
22,  6,  4. 

Άπρόςδεικτος,  (a  priv.,  προςδείκ- 
ννμΐ)  not  pointed  out,  out  of  sight,  dub. 
1.  in  Aesch.  Supp.  794,  where  some 
read  άπρόςδεκτος,  inhospitable. 

Άπροςδίόνϋσος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  προς, 
Αίόννσος)  strictly,  not  belonging  to  the 
festival  of  Bacchus :  hence  in  genl. 
not  to  the  point,  out  of  place,  proverb., 
like  ουδέν  προς  Αιόννσον,  Cic.  Att. 
16,  12, 1. 

Άπροςδιόριστος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  προς- 
δι.ορίζυ)  without  a  definition  added. 
Adv.  -τως. 

'  \.προςδόκητος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  προς- 
δοϋΐιω)  unexpected,  unlooked  for,  Hdt. 
I,  191,  Thuc,  3,  39,  etc.— 11.  act.  not 


ΑΠΡΟ 

expecting,  Thuc.  7,  29,  39,  etc.    Adv. 
-τως,  Thuc.  4,  29. 
ΥΑπροςδοκία,  ας,  ή,  (α  priv.,  Trpof- 
δοκέω)  the  not   expecting,   Plat.   Def. 
412  D. 

Άπροςέγγιστυς,  ov,  (a  priv.,  προς- 
εγγίζω)  xinapproachable. 

Άπρόςειλος,  ov,  i.  e.  ώ  ουδείς 
προςειλεΐται,  where  no  one  s^ms  him- 
self Eur.  Incert.  203. 

Άπρόςεκτος,  ov,    (a   priv.,    προς- 
έχω)  heedless,  careless.     Hence 
Άπροςεξία.  ας,  ή,  heedlessness. 
Άπροςηγόρητος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  προς- 
ηγορέω)  unaccosted,  neglected.    Hence 
'Απροςηγορία,  ας,  ή,  a  not  accosting, 
not  greeting. — 2.  want  of  intercourse  or 
conversation,  Arist.  Eth.  N. — 3.  silence. 
Άπρσςήγορος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  προς- 
νγορος)  not  to  be  spoken  to,  stern,  sa- 
vage, of  a  man.  Soph.  O.  C.  1277,  of  a 
lion,  Id.  Tr.  1093. — II.  act.  not  accost- 
ing, not  greeting. 

Άπροςθετέω,  (α  priv.,  πρόςθετος) 
not  to  assent,  like  επέχω,  Dioar.  L.  9, 
76. 

Άπρόςθικτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  προς- 
θίγείν)  untouched. 

Άπρόςίκτος,  ov,  (a  priv..  προςικνέ- 
ομαι)  not  to  be  reached  or  won,  Pind. 
N.  11,  fin. 

ΆπρόςΙτος,  ov,  (a  priv,  προςιέναι) 
=foreg.,  Strab.     Adv.  -τως. 

Άπρόσκεπτος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  προ- 
σκέπτομαι)  unforeseen,  not  thought  of, 
Xen.  Rep.  Lac.  13,  7. — II.  act.  im- 
provident, Dem.  1232,  18.  Adv.  -τως, 
ivithout  forethought,  Antiph.  ap.  Ath. 
238  E. 

ΆπρόςκΑητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  προς- 
κα/,έω)  not  summoned  to  attend  the 
trial,  cf.  Dem.  544,  3  :  άπρ.  δίκη,  a 
prosecution  in  support  of  which  no 
πρόςκλησις  has  been  issued,  Dem. 
1251,  12. 

^Απρόςκοπος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  προς• 
κόπτω)  not  striking  against,  not  stum- 
bling, void  of  offence,  N.  T.  Adv.  -τως. 
Άπρόσκοπυς,  ov,  {a  priv.,  προ- 
σκέπτομαι)=ά~ρόσκεπτος.  not  look- 
ing before  one,  without  foresight,  v.  I. 
Aesch.  Eum.  105. 

Άπροςκορής,  ές,  (α  priv.,  προς- 
κορής)  not  satiating  or  disgusting,  He- 
liod. 

Άπρόςκρονστος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  προς- 
κρούω)  not  stumbling  or  taking  offence 
at  others. 

Άπρόςληπτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  προς- 
"λαμβάνω)  not  adding  to. — II.  pass,  not 
added  to. 

Άπρόςλογος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  προς  λό• 
γον)  not  to  the  point.  Adv.  -γως, 
Polyb. 

'Απρόςμαστος,  ov,  poet,  άπροτί- 
μαστός,  q.  v. 

Άπρόςμΰχος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  προς- 
μύχομαι)  irresistible,  Soph.  Tr.  1098. 
Απροςμΐγής,  er,  =  sq. 
Άπρόςμικτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  προς- 
μίγννμι)  holding  no  communion  or  com- 
merce with  others,  c.  dat.,  ξένοισι, 
Hdt.  1,  65. 

Άπροςόδεντος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  προς- 
οδεύω)  inaccessible,  Diod. 

Άπρόςοδος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  πρόςοδος) 
without  approach,  inaccessible,  βίος, 
Phryn.  (Com.)  Monotr.  1,  ubi  v. 
Meineke. 

Άπρόςοιστος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  προς• 
φέρω,  προςοίσω)  not  to  be  withstood, 
irresistible,  Aesch.  Pers.  91.  Adv. 
-τως. 

Άπροςόμίλος,  ov,  (α  priv.,   προς- 

ομι?ιέω)  unsociable.  Soph.  Ο.  C.  1236. 

' Απρόςοπτος,   ov,    (a  priv.,    προς- 

όψο//οί)=8ς. 

Άπροςόράτος,  ov,  (α  piiv.,  προς- 


ΑΠΤΕ 

οράω)  not  to  be  looked  on.  horrid,  fright- 
ful, πόνος,  Pind.  O.  2,  121. 

Άπροςόρμιστος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  προς- 
ορμίζω)  where  one  cannot  land.  Diod. 

' Απροςπέλαστος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  προς- 
πελάς'ω)  unapproachable,  Strab. 

'Απρόςπ/Μκος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  προς- 
πλέκω)  not  to  he  interwoven. 

Άπροςπόριστος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  προς- 
πορίζω)  not  acquired  or  gained  besides. 

Άπρόςπταιστος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  προς- 
πταίω)^=άπρόςκοπος,  Hipp. 

Άπροςπτωσια,  ας,  ή,  (α  priv.,  προς- 
πίπτω)  security  from  attack. — II.  cau- 
tion in  taking  up  an  opinion,  Diog.  L. 

Άπρόςρτ/τος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  προς- 
ερεΐν)=ΰπροςηγόρητος. 

Άπροστάσιου  γραφή,  ή,  (α  priv., 
προστάτης)  an  indictment  of  a  μέτ- 
οικος at  Athens,  for  not  having  chosen 
a  προστάτης  or  patron  from  among 
the  citizens,  Dem.  940,  15,  v.  Att. 
Process,  p.  315. 

'Απροστάτευτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  προ- 
στατεύω) without  a  προστάτης  or 
leader,  Ael. — II.  act.  not  being  a  προ- 
στάτης [ά] 

Άπροστάτητος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  προ- 
στατέω)^θΐΒ.ζ.,  Anton. 

Άπρόστομος.  ov,  (a  priv.,  πρό• 
στομος)  not  pointed,  blunt,  Magnes 
Incert.  1. 

Άπρόςφΐλος.  ov,  (a  priv.,  προς- 
φι?.ής)  unfriendly,  hostile,  Heliod. 

Άπρόςφορος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  προς 
φέρω)  unsuitable,  inconvenient,  danger- 
ous, τινί,  Eur.  I.  A.  287. 

Άπρόςφϋ/-ος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  προς, 
φϋλον)  not  belonging  to  the  tribe,  He- 

Άπροςφώνητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  προς 
ώωνέω)  inexorable,  Plut. 

Άπροςωπολήπτως,  (α  priv.,  πρός- 
ωπον,  λαμβάνω)  adv.,  without  respect 
of  persons,  N.  T. 

Άπρόςωπος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  πρόςωπον) 
without  a  mask  :  without  a  face,  i.  e. 
ivithout  beauty  efface,  opp.  to  εύπρός- 
ωπος.  Plat.  Charm.  151  D. — II.  im- 
personal, Gramm.     Adv.  -πως. 

ΆττροΓί'ελτΓΓΟζ•,  ov,  Dor.  for  άπρός- 
ελπτος,  unhopedfor,  Opp. 

Άπροτίμαστος,  ov,  Dor.  for  the 
unused  άπρύςμαστος,  (a  priv.,  προς- 
μάσσω)  untouched,  undefiled,  II.  19, 
263  :  unapproachable,  epith.  of  Homer. 
Euphor.  62. 

Απροτίοπτος,  ov,  Dor.  for  άπρός- 
οπτος,  invisible,  Opp.  H.  3,  159. 

Άπροφΰνής,  ές,  =  άπρόφατος,  un- 
foreseeii,  unexpected,  Orph. 

Άπροφάσιστος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  προ- 
φασίζομαι)  offering  no  excuse,  ttnhesi- 
tating,  ready,  προθυμία,  Thuc.  6,  83. 
Adv.  -τως,  without  disguise,  Id.  1,  49, 
etc. :  without  evasion,  honestlu.  Id.  6, 
72. 

Άπρόφάτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  πρόφημι) 
unforetold,  unexpected,  like  άττροφανής. 
Αρ.  Rh. — II.  unutterable,  terrific.  Id.  1, 
645. 

Άπροφνλακτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  προ- 
φυλάσσομαι) unguarded.- — 2.  not  guard- 
ed against,  unforeseen,  Thuc.  4,  55. 
Adv.  -τως.  [ϋ] 

Άπταισία,  ας,  ή,  α  not  stumbling  or 
stopping  :  hence  a  not  making  the  pro- 
per pauses  in  music,  dub.  in  Plat. 
Legg.  669  E,  for  άπταιστία  is  the 
analogous  form  :  Ast  proposes  ύπαν- 
στία. 

"Απταιστος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  πταίω) 
not  stumbling,  άπταιστότερον  παρέ- 
χειν  τον  ϊππον,  to  make  a  horse  less 
apt  to  stumble,  Xen.  Eq.  1,6:  metaph. 
without  slip  or  false  step.  Adv.  -τως. 
Plat.  Theaet.  144  B. 

Άπτέον,  verb.  adj.  from  άπτομαι, 
199 


ΑΠΤΩ 
one  must  cling  to  a  thing,  bestotv  pains 
upon  it.  τινός,  Plat.  Rep.  377  A. 

t'ATrt'pa,  ας,  ή,  Aptera,  a  city  of 
Crete,  Strab. :  adj.  ΆπτεραΙος,  a,  ov, 
of  Aptera,  Plut.  Pyrrh.  'M. 

' ΧτΓΓίρέως,  adv.  of  άτττερος,  Hes., 
cf  Ruhnk.  Ep.  Cr.  p.  105. 

Άπτερος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  πτΐρόν) 
without  wings,  tmwingid,  Horn,  only 
in  Od.,  and  always  in  phrase  ry  δ' 
ύπτερος  επλετο  μύθος,  the  speech 
was  to  her  without  wings,  i.  e.  flew  not 
away  again,  she  kept  it  well  in  her 
mind,  though  elsewhere  words  are 
called  πτερόεντα :  άπτερα  πωτη• 
ματα,  wingless  flight,  Aesch.  Euni. 
250:  φάτις  άπτ.,  in  Again.  276  (ace. 
to  Humboldt),  is  an  unfledged,  i.  e. 
unconfirmed  report,  cf  Eur.  H.  F. 
1039,  though  others  interpret  it  wing- 
ed, as  if  from  a  copul.,  and  τττερόν ; 
(at  all  events  the  signf  7nuch  winged, 
very  swift,  must  be  rejected  here  and 
elsewhere) :  of  arrows,  unfeathercd, 
Hdt.  7,  92  :  of  young  birds,  etc.,  un- 
fledged, callow,  απτερος  ΰδΐν  τέκνων, 
Eur.  Η.  F.  1039.    Adv.  -έως,  Αρ.  Rh. 

Άπτέρνγος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  πτέρυξ) 
without  wings. 

Άπτερύομαι,  =  πτερύσσομαι,  (a 
euphon.),  to  fly. 

Άπτέρωτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  πτερόω) 
unwiiiged. 

Άτττήν,  gen.  άπττ/νος,  b,  η,  (α  priv., 
τζτηνός)  unfledged,  callow,  of  young 
birds,  II.  9,  323 :  unwi?iged.  Plat. 
Polit.  276  A,  where  it  is  with  ncut. 
ζώοίς. 

Άπτικός,  τ),  όν,  (άπτομαι)  fit  for 
taking  hold  of  things,  ■γ'λώττα  ύπτι- 
κωτύτη,  Arist.  Part.  An. 

ΆτΓτΐΤιος,  ov,  {a  priv.  πτίλον)  un- 
feathered. 

Άπτιστος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  πτίσσω)  not 
winnowed  or  ground,  Hipp. 

'Ατττοεπί/ς,  ες,  {a  priv.,  πτοέω, 
ετΓος)  undaunted  in  speech,  11.  8,  209, 
ubi  al.  άπτοεπής  (from  άπτομαι, 
έπος)  attacking  with  words. 

'Απτόητος,  ov,  poet,  απτοίητος, 
(α  priv.,  πτοέω)  undaunted. 

'Απτόλεμος,  ov,  poet,  for  ίιπόλε• 
μας,  II. 

'Απτός,  ή,  όν,  (ΐχπτω)  touched,  han- 
dled :  to  be  touched,  subject  to  the  sense 
of  touch,  Cicero's  tractabilis.  Plat., 
who  usu.  joins  ορατός  και  απτός; 

"Απτρα,  ας,  ή,  {άπτω  II.)  the  wick 
of  a  larnp. 

Άπτνστος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  πτύω)  not 
spit  out.  Hipp. — II.  act.  not  spitting  oiit. 

"AHTii,  i.  ΰφω,  to  fasten,  fasten  to 
or  on,  bind  to  or  on,  fix  upon  a  thing, 
in  Horn,  once  in  act.,  Od.  21,  408,  and 
once  in  mid.,  in  a  half-act.  signf,  Od. 
11,  278:  άπτειν  χορόν,  to  join  the 
dance,  Aesch.  Eum.  307 :  πά'λην  τινί 
άπτειν,  to  fasten  a  contest  in  wrestling 
on  one,  engage  with  one.  Id.  Cho.  8G8, 
cf  ΰφή  :  to  fix,  fasten  one  thing  to 
another,  βρόχω  δέρην,  Eur.  Hel.  136. 
— B.  much  more  ireq.  as  mid.,  άπτο- 
μαι, fut.  άψομαΐ,  to  fasten  one's  self  to, 
hence  to  cling  fast,  hold  on,  absol.,  II. 
8,  67,  but  mostly  c.  gen.,  to  cling  to, 
hang  on  by,  lay  hold  of,  grasp,  handle, 
touch :  Horn,  uses  esp.  άφασθαι 
γοννων,  χειρός,  ποδών,  also  c.  ace. 
pers.  and  gen.  of  part  touched, 
Όδνσσηα  γενείου  άιρασθαι,  to  take 
hold  of  Ulysses  by  the  chin,  Od.  19, 
473  ;  but  v.  versa,  κνων  άπτεται 
σνος  ισχία,  II.  8,  339 ;  also  νηών, 
βρώμης  7/δέ  ποτήτης,  to  lay  hand  on 
the  ships,  on  meat  and  drink:  cf  also 
έύφβη,  prob.  belonging  to  άπτω.  The 
Attics  transferred  this  to  every  thing 
with  which  one  can  come  in  con- 
200 


ΑΠΎΡ 

tact,  esp. — 1.  to  engage  in,  undertake, 
e.  g.  αγώνος,  Eur.  Suppl.  317.  πολέ- 
μον,  to  prosecute  war  vigorously,  Thuc. 
5,  61  ;  and  so  very  freq.  'Aoyov  or 
λόγων,  Eur.,  etc.,  but  άπτεσβαι  τών 
λόγων,  also  to  lay  hold  of,  dispute  the 
argument  of  another,  cf  Stallb.  Plat. 
Rep.  497  E,  and  Phacd.  86  1) :  absol. 
to  begin,  Ar.  Eccl.  582. — 2.  to  fasten 
upon,  set  upon,  attack,  assail,  Pind.  N. 
8,  37,  and  Att. :  esp.  with  words, 
Hdt.  5,  92,  3  :  also  of  diseases,  Soph. 
Tr.  1009,  Thuc.  2,  48.-3.  to  touch, 
affect,  άλγος  ονδεν  άπτεται  νεκρών, 
Aesch.  Fr.  229,  cf  Soph.  O.  C.  955, 
Plat.  Ion  535  A :  esp.  άπτ.  τι  φρενός 
or  φρενών,  cf  ΰνβάπτομαι.  —  4.  to 
grasp  iinth  the  senses,  apprehend,  per- 
ceive. Plat.  Phaed.  99  Ε  ;  to  see.  Soph. 
O.  C.  1550. — 5.  to  have  intercourse  with 
a  woman.  Plat.,  and  Xen. — 6.  to  come 
up  to,  reach,  overtake,  Xen.  Hell.  5,  4, 
43 :  to  gain,  Lat.  assequi,  attingere, 
της  αληθείας,  oft.  in  Plat. :  always  c. 
gen.,  except  in  Pind.,  who  uses  it  in 
last  signf  c.  dat.,  as  P.  10,  44,  I.  4, 
20  (3,  30),  though  he  has  it  in  same 
signf  c.  gen.,  O.  3,  78,  cf  Bockh 
E.xpl.  p.  111.  Plat,  has  part.  pass, 
perf  in  mid.  signf,  ήμμένος  φόνων, 
engaged  in  murders,  Phaed.  108  B. — 
II.  to  kindle,  set  on  fire,  as  being  done 
by  contact  of  fire,  Hdt.  8,  52  :  άπτ.  τι 
πνρί,  Aesch.  Ag.  295 ;  but  ά.  πύρ,  to 
light,  kindle  a  fire,  Eur.  Hel.  503. 
Pass,  to  take  fire.  Od.  9,  379  :  to  be  set 
on  fire,  Hdt.  1,  19  :  άνθρακες  ημμένοι, 
red-hot  embers,  Thuc.  4,  100.  (Root 
prob.  the  same  as  Sanscr.  rtp  =  Lat. 
ap-iscor,  with  copul.  prefix  'a,  sa : 
hence  also  capio,  apto  Germ,  haften, 
heften,  Eng.  haft.) 

Άπτώς,  ώτος,  b,  η,  (a  priv.,  πίπτω) 
not  falling  or  failing,  unfailing,  δό?ίθς, 
Pind.  O.  9,  139. 

'Απτωτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  πίπτω)  = 
foreg.,  Longin. — 2.  Gramm.  tvithout 
case,  indeclinable.     Adv.  —τως. 

"Απϋγος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  πνγή)  with- 
out buttocks.  Plat.  (Com.)  Incert.  2,  e 
conj.  Meinek. 

'Απύθμενος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  πνθμήν) 
without  base  or  bottom,  φιάλη,  Ath. 

Άπνκνος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  πνκνός)  not 
thick,  not  dense. 
ί'Απνλήίος,  ου,  ό,  the  Roman  Apu- 
leius. 

Άπύλωτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  πνλόω) 
not  closed  or  secured  by  a  door  or  gate, 
Xen.  Hell.  5,  4,  20:  also  v.  1.  for 
άθύρωτος,  Ar.  Ran.  838.  [ϋ] 

'Απννδάκωτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  πνν- 
δαξ)=^ απύθμενος,  Sopn.  Fr.  541. 

'Απύος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  πΰον)  without 
matter,  not  suppurating. 

Άπνργος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  πύργος) 
without  tower  and  wall,  unfortified,  JEur. 
Tem.  12. 

' Απύργωτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  πνργόω) 
not  girt  with  towers,  Od.  11,  204. 

Άπίφεκτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  πνρέσσω) 
without  fever.  [0]     Hence 

'Απυρεξία,  ας,  ή,  absence  of  fever, 
time  or  state  free  from  fever. 

'Απύρετος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  πυρετός) 
without  fever,  Antiph.  Incert.  1,  6.  [v] 

Άπύρηνος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  πυρτ/ν) 
without  stone  or  kernel,  said  of  stone- 
fruits  which  have  but  a  poor  one, 
Arist.  de  Anim.  :  άπ.  βοά,  a  pome- 
granate with  a  soft  kernel.  Lat.  apyre- 
nus,  Ar.  Fr.  165,  and  Theophr.,  cf. 
Arist.  de  Anim.  2,  10,  3.  [li] 

Άπνρης,  ov,  [a  priv.,  πυρ)  without 
fire,  in  Horn,  only  of  pots  and  tripods, 
that  have  not  yet  been  on  the  fire,  i.  e. 
new,  or  (as  others)  that  must  not  be  set 
on  the  fire,  11.  9,  122  ;  23,  2G7  :  also  of 


ΑΠΩΜ 

food,  uncooked,  undressed,  or  not  hot, 
cold,  άριστον,  δίαιτα,  τροφή,  also  άπ. 
οίκος,  a  cold,  cheerless  house,  Hes.  Op. 
523  :  χρνσυς  ά~.,  unmelted,  opp.  to 
ΰπεφθυς,  Hdt.  3,  97  :  ιερά  άπ.,  a  sac- 
rifice in  which  fire  was  not  used,  Pind. 
O.  7,  88,  cf  Valck.  Diatr.  p.  43  :  and 
the  phrase  was  supposed  to  be  used 
in  Aesch.  Ag.  70,  of  the  Furies,  be- 
cause they  had  no  burnt  sacrifices ; 
but  Blomf  compares  Eum.  108  :  it 
seems  here  to  he^uOvTa,  unoffered, 
neglected,  cf  Soph.  Fr.  360.  Adv. 
~ρως. — II.  (α  coi)ul.)  like  fire,  άπ.  up- 
δις,  a  sting  burning  like  fire  (which 
used  to  be  rendered  wrongly,  very 
fiery),  Aesch.  Pr.  880 : — as  medic, 
term,  without  fever  heat. 

Άπύρωτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  πνρόω)  not 
yet  exposed  to  fire  :  hence  φιάλη  άπύ- 
ρωτος^^άπυρυς  I.,  II.  23,  270. 

Άπνστος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  πννθάνομαι) 
of  which  nothing  has  been  learnt  or 
heard,  unknown,  Od.  1,  242. — II.  act. 
having  learnt  or  heard  nothing,  igno- 
rant, Od.  5,  127  :  also  c.  gen.,  igno- 
rant of,  μύθων,  Od.  4,  675. 

ΆπιΐΓϊ;^,  ό,  Dor.  for  ηπνΓης.  [άπν] 

Άπύω,  Dor.  for  ηπύω,  Pind. ;  but 
also  Trag.,  and  even  Ar.  Eq.  1023. 
[On  quantity  v.  Pors.  ad  Markl. 
Suppl.  813.] 

ΆΠΦΑ',  more  rarely  parox.  άπφα, 
a  term  of  endearment,  esp.  among 
brothers  and  sisters,  also  of  mistress- 
es to  their  lovers,  of  like  form  with 
άπφύς,  άππα,  άττα,  πάππα,  τέττα. 

Άπφύριον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  ΰπφά, 
Xenarch.  Pent.  I.  15.  [φΰ] 

Άπφίδιον,  and  άπφίον,  ov,  τό, 
dim.  from  ά~φά.  [ώΐδ] 

ΆΠΦΤ'Σ,  also  perispom.  άπφϋς, 
gen.  ύος,  ό,  a  term  of  endearment 
used  by  children  to  their  father,  papa, 
Hebr.  and  Syriac  Ab,  Abba,  Theocr. 
15,  14:  cf  άπC|)ά.  [φΰς'\ 

Άπώγων,  ωνος,  ό,  ή,  (α  priv.,  πώ- 
γων)  beardless. 

Άπωδέω,=  άπάδω,  from 

Άπφδός,  όν,  {άπό,  ωδή)  sounding 
from  or  wrong,  discordant,  out  of  tune, 
Eur.  Cycl.  490. 

Άπωθεν,  Ό.Αν.,-=:ζάπ όθεν,  from  afar, 
authenticated  only  in  Soph.,  Eur., 
and  Ar. :  very  dub.  in  prose,  Lob. 
Phryn.  9,  Bremi  Aeschin.  Ctes.  100. 

Άπωθέω,  u,fut  -ωθι)σω  and  -ώσω, 
{άπό,  ώθέω)  to  thrust  or  push  off,  drive 
away,  τινά  τίνος  and  εκ  τίνος,  freq. 
in  ilom.,  of  the  wind,  to  beat  off,  beat 
from  one's  coiirse,  Od.  9,  81  ;  bμίχ• 
λην  άπ.,  II.  17,  649  :  so  too  even 
more  freq.  in  mid.,  to  thrust  from  one's 
self,  drive  away,  and  so  much  like  the 
act.  Later  chiefly  in  three  signfs., 
both  act.  and  mid. — -1.  to  drive  away 
from  the  land,  banish,  also  γης,  χθο- 
νος  άπ.,  Hdt.  1, 173,  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  G41, 
etc. — 2.  to  repel,  drive  back,  Hdt.  8, 
109,  etc. — 3.  in  mid,  only,  to  reject, 
disdain,  το  άργνριον,  Hdt.,  τάς  σπον- 
δάς,  Thuc,  τα  κέρδη.  Plat.    Hence 

Άπώθητος,  ov,  thrust  or  driven  away, 
rejected. 

'Απώλεια,  ας,  η,  {άπόλλυμι)  a  los- 
ing,destruction. — II.  loss,  Arist.  Probl.: 
ruin,  misfortune. 

Άπώμαστος,  ov  (a  priv.,  πωμάζω), 
Babnus  60,  1  ;  and 

"Απωμος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  πώμα)  ivith- 
out  a  lid  or  cover. 

Άπωμοσία,  ας,  jj,  (άπόμννμι)  a 
swearing  from,  denying  upon  oath,  as 
Att.  law-term,  opp.  to  έξωμοσία,  Att. 
Process,  p.  696,  n.  8. 

Άπώμοσις,  εως,  ^,=foreg.    Hence 

Άπωμοτικός,  ή,  όν,  capable  of  for- 
swearing or  denying  on  oath.  Αά\.-κώς. 


ΑΡΑ 

Απώμοτος,  ον,  {άπόμνυμι)  for- 
SUOTH,  abjured,  declared  i?npossible  with 
an  oath,  Archil.  16 :  βροτοίσιν  ονδέν 
έστ'  άττώμοτον,  one  should  never 
make  a  vow  against  any  thing,  Soph. 
Ant.  388. — II.  act.  under  oath  not  to  do 
a  thing,  Ibid.  394. 

Άττώρυξ,  νγος,  ή,  (ΰττορύσσω)  a 
canal  or  drain  from  a  place. — II.  a  lay- 
er of  a  vine,  Lat.  mergus,  Geop. 

ΑπωσΙκνμΰτος,  ov,  {άττωθέω,  κνμα) 
driving  along  or  repelling  waves,  Anth. 

Άπωσις,  εως,  7/,  (απωθέω)  a  thrust- 
ing or  driving  away,  (ha  την  τον  άνε- 
μου άπωσιν  αυτών,  Thuc.  7,  34. 

Άπωσμός,  ον,  o,=foreg. 

Άττωστέον,  verb.  adj.  from  απω- 
θέω, one  must  thrust  away,  reject,  Eur. 
H.  F.  294. 

^Κπωστικός,  ή,  όν,  (ά~ωθέο))  fitted 
for,  disposed  to  driving  away. 

Άττωστός,  ή,  όν,  (άπωθέω)  thrust 
or  driven  away  from,  γης,  Hdt.  6,  5, 
Soph,  Aj.  1019. — II.  that  can  be  driven 
away,  Hdt.  1,  71. 

Απώτερος,  έρα,  epov,  compar. 
(άπό),  farther  off.  Superl.  απώτατος, 
άτη,  ατον,  farthest  off. 

Άπωτέρω,  compar.  adv.  of  foreg., 
Soph.  O.  T.  137.     Superl.  άπωτύτω. 

Άπωχραίνω,  ^  ώχραίνω,  to  make 
yellow  or  pale,  Tlieophr. 

Άρ,  Ep.  before  a  consonant  for 
άρα,  Horn. 

ΆΡΑ,  Ep.  f)a,  which  is  enclitic, 
and  before  a  consonant  up.  akin  to 
*C£pw,and  soiinplying  dose  connexion, 
with  a  force  more  or  less  illative. 
The  Epic  usages  are  not  easily  clas- 
sified, the  Att.  much  more  precise. — 
A.  Epic  USAGE.  It  denotes — I.  sim- 
ply immediate  transition  from  one 
thing  to  another,  then,  .straightway, 
ώς  φάτο,  βή  ό'  up'  ονειρος,  II.  2,  16  : 
usu.  here  with  other  particles,  δέ,  ?), 
ΰς,  etc  :  and  so  after  advs.  of  time, 
τότε  δη  βα,  τήμος  άρα',  in  apodosis,  as 
ανταρ  επειδή. ..βηήσατο...αντίϋ''  up" 
ηλυθεν,  Od.  5,  77  :  oft.  repeated  from 
the  protasis,  as  II.  21.426,  etc.^ — 2.  in 
enumerating  many  particulars,  e.  g. 
in  Homer's  catalogue,  then,  next  in 
order,  as  οι  δ'  up'  "Αθήνας  είχον,  etc. 
— II.  actual  connexion  between  one 
thing  and  another,  such  as — 1.  that 
of  antecedent  and  consequent,  as  where 
"ΥΙάαιστος  ώνοχόει.. -άσβεστος  δ'  άρ" 
ίνώρτο  γέλως,  11.  1,  599,  cf  24,  507  : 
so  τοννεκ'  άρ'  ά/.γε'  έδωκε,  for  this 
then,  II.  1,  96 ;  in  which  cases  it  is 
often  also  found  with  οννεκα  in  pro- 
tasis. So  where  a  question  sugitests 
itself,  τις  τ"  up  των  οχ'  άριστος  Ιην  ; 
who  then,  it  will  be  asked,  was...,  II. 
2,  761 ;  likewise  in  negative  answers, 
as  oif  άρ'  δγ"  ενχω'λής  έπιμέμφεται, 
where  it  may  best  be  rendered  by, 
♦'  It  is  7wt  for  a  vow  (neglected)  that 
he  is  wroth,"  II.  1.  93:  and  thus  with 
demonstr.  pronoun  in  apodosis,  ΰ/,λ' 
ν'ώνΊ1ριύμηίθ...τόν  β'  "Οδνσενςβύλε, 
he  it  was,  whom,  II.  4,  501.  This  usage 
is  universal  in  Greek. — 2.  explanation 
of  a  thing  going  before,  e.  g.  ει  μη 
νπερφίαλον  έπος  έκβα/,,ε,  ...φη  β'  άέ- 
κητι  θε,.*ν  φνγέειΐ',  "  had  he  not  let 
fall  an  impious  word :  for  he  said," 
V.  Herm.  H.  Ven.  53 :  with  relat. 
pron.  άρα  makes  it  more  precise  and 
definite,  έκ  δ'  Ιθορε  κλήρος,  ον  άρ' 
τ/θε'/.ον  αυτοί,  ju.it  the  one.  the  very 
one  which...,  II.  7,  182,  v.  Herm.  H. 
Apoll.  390 :  άρα  cannot  begin  a  sen- 
tence. ["'] 

B.  Attic  us.^ge.  Here  it  always 
has  a  regular  illative  force,  whether 
— 1.  in  direct  conclusions, z=ovv,  then, 


APAB 

therefore,  so  then,  κά7ιλιστον...άρα  ή 
αρετή,  Arist.  Eth.  Ν.,  or  more  com- 
monly— 2.  by  way  of  oblique  inference, 
μάτην  άρ',  ώς  έοικεν,  ήκομεν,  so,  it 
seems  then.  Soph.  El.  772  :  ούτω  κοί- 
vbv  άρα  χαρά  και  λύπτι...,  so  true  is  it 
that...,  Xen.  Hell.  7,  1,  32;  usu.  ex- 
pressing pain  or  sorrow,  Herm.  Aj. 
1005,  always  slight  surprise,  Kuhner, 
Gr.  Gr.  ^  756.  4. — 3.  in  questions, 
where  it  differs  from  άρα  in  referring 
only  to  a  part  of  the  clause,  as  Aesch. 
Theb.  92,  τίς  άρα  ρύσεται ;  who  is 
there  to  save  7  while  άρά  τις  βνσεται 
would  be  loill  any  one  save,  Herm. 
praef  Soph.  O.  C. :  connected  with 
this  is  its  use  in  exclamations,  o'luv 
up'  7/ί3ηΐ'...άπώ?,εσεν.  what  a  band 
was  that  which  he  has  destroyed ! 
Aesch.  Pers.  733  :  so  ώς  όντως,  πώς 
άρα,  or  without  other  particle,  έζ7ΐς 
άρα.  Soph.  Fr.  603. — 4.  for  τοι  άρα, 
contr.  τάρα,  v.  τοι. — 5.  ει  μη  upa 
seems  to  be  ujiless  perhaps,  v.  Buttm. 
ad  Dem.  Mid.  n.  35,  in  which  case 
άρα  is  often  separated  from  ει  μή, 
Stallb.  Plat.  Prot.  355  B. 

Άρά  ;  interrog.  particle,  =:  Lat. 
num :  in  accent  and  signf.  a  stronger 
form  of  άρα  : — 1.  it  makes  the  ques- 
tion more  doubtful,  so  that  usu.  a 
negat.  answer  is  e.xpected,  which  is 
sometimes  more  clearly  shown  by 
the  use  of  άρα  μή.=μών,  followed 
by  indlC,  is  it  so?  surely  not  so?  v. 
Herm.  Vig.  n.  295. — 2.  if  an  affirma- 
tive answer  is  confidently  expected, 
άρα  oi)  is  used,=  Lat.  nonne?  but 
upa  by  itself,  if  the  expectation  be 
less  confident,=  Lat.  ue  enclitic,  v. 
Herm.  Vig.  n.  294,  Kuhner  Gr.  Gr. 
1^  834,  2,  sq. — 3.  upa  ουν  ;  like  ov- 
KoC'v,  was  orig.  always  a  negative 
question  implying  an  affirmative,  but 
afterwards  was  used  both  affirma- 
tively and  negatively,  v.  Herm.  Soph. 
Ant.  268. — 1.  in  upu  }ε  each  particle 
retains  its  force,  γε  serving  to  make 
the  question  more  definite. — 5.  upa 
is  used  in  exclamations,  οδυνηρός 
άρ  ό  π?.οϋτος  !  Eur.  Phoen.  575, 
where  up'  ού  with  the  interrog.  would 
be  used,  were  it  a  question  :  upa  is 
never  used  convertibly  with  upa  me- 
tri  grat.,  v.  Herm.  praef  Soph.  O.  C. 
In  prose  upa  always  stands  first  in 
the  sentence  :  in  poetry  emphatic 
words  sometimes  precede  it,  v.  Herm. 
1.  c. 

ΆΡΑ',  ΰς,  ή.  Ion.  ΆΡΗ',  ής,  a 
prayer,  in  Hom.  usu.  as  ο  curse,  more 
rarely  as  a  blessing,  as  in  Hdt.  6,  63, 
άρήν  ίποιήσαντο  παΐδα  γενέσθαι : 
in  Att.  poets  mostly  in  plur. —  II. 
hence  the  effect  of  the  curse,  mischief, 
ruin,  Horn.,  cf  Heyne  on  11.  12,  334. 
— III.  Aesch.  personified  Άρά  as  the 
goddess  of  destruction  and  revenge, 
Lat.  Dira,  whose  ofiice  is  the  same 
as  that  of  the  Erinyes  in  Soph.  El. 
Ill,  ώ  πότνι'  Άρά,  σεμνοί  τε  θεών 
παίδες  Ερινύες,  while  in  Aesch. 
Eum.  417,  the  Erinyes  say  that  this 
is  their  own  name  γής  νπαί,  cf. 
Mull.  Eumen.  φ  77.  CThe  verb  is 
άράομαι :  Passow  would  connect 
these  words  with  Άρης,  but  the  roots 
seem  different.)  [up  Ep.  in  arsis,  up 
in  thesis,  Att.  always  αρ.] 

Άραβδος,  ον,  (α  ρή\.,  ράβδος)  ivith- 
out  staff  or  rod. 

Άρΰβέω,  ώ,  f.  -ησω,  {άρα3ος)  to 
rattle,  ring,  Hom.,  mostly  in  II.,  and 
always  of  armour,  as  ήριπεν  εξ  οχέ- 
ων,  άρά3ησε  δέ  τενχε'  έπ'  αντώ.—ΛΙ. 
in  Αρ.  Rh.,  c.  ace.  άρ.  οδόντας,  to 
gnash  or  grind  the  teeth. 
i' Αραβία,  ας,  ή,  Arabia,  wife  of  Αβ- 


APAI 

j  gyptus,  Apollod.  2, 1. 5. — 2.  a  country 
in  south  west  of  Asia,  Hdt.,  Aesch., 
etc.  [αρύ,  but  Dion.  P.  also  αρ.] 
Hence 

Άρΰβίζω,  to  speak  Arabic :  to  take 
part  with  the  Arabs. 

νλραβικός,  7/,  όν,  Arabian,  Dion.  P. 
24. 

■\'Αράβιος,  a,  ov,  Arabian,  Hdt. :  οι 
Άράβιοι,  the  Arabia/is,  Hdt. :  ό  Άρά- 
βιος  κόλπος,  the  Arabian  gulf,  Hdt. 

i'Apύβιoς,  ov,  ό,  the  Arabius,  a  river 
of  Gedrosia,  Arr.  6,  21,  3. 
Άραβιστί,  adv.,  in  Arabic. 
V Αραβιται,  ων,  οι,  the  Arabitae,  a 
people  of  Gedrosia,  Diod.  Sic. 

'ΑΡΑΒΟΣ,  ov,  ό,  a  rattling,  οδόν- 
των, the  gnashing  or  grinding  of  teeth, 
II.  10,  375.  (Prob.  Sanscr.  rav,  so- 
nare,  with  ο  euphon. :  hence  prob. 
άράσσω.  Pott  Etymol.  Forsch.  1, 
213.)  [άρα-] — II.  as  pr.  n.  Arabus, 
Aesch.  Pers.  318. 

Άράγδην,  adv.,  (άράσσω)  witharat- 
tling  7ioise,  Luc. 

'Άpuγμa,  ατός,  ro,=sq.,  τύμπα- 
νων αρ.,  a  rattling  of  drums,  Eur. 
Cycl.  205. 

Άραγμός,  ov,  ό,  {άράσσω)  a  striking 
so  as  to  make  a  sound,  a  clashing,  clat- 
tering, rattling,  Aesch.  Theb.  249,  πε- 
τρών, a  crashing  shoiver  of  stones,  Eur. 
Phoen.  1143  ;  στέρνων,  beating  of  the 
breast  in  grief,  Lat.  planctus.  Soph.  O. 
C.  1609. 

ή-Άραγος,  ου,  ό,  Aragus,  a  river  of 
Iberia,  Strab. 
Άραδέω,  v.  sq. 

"Αρΰδος,   ov,  ό,  violent  disturbance, 

r-iunbling  in  the  stomach,  palpitation 

of  the  heart,  Nic.     (Hesych.  quotes 

I  also  άραδέω,  κινέω :  akin  to  άραβέω, 

άραβος.) 

ΥΑραδος,  ov,  ή,  Aradus,nn  island  on 

the  coast  of  Phoenicia,  containing  a 

city  of  the  same  name,  Hdt.  7.  98  : 

i  hence  oi  Άράδιοι,  the  Aradians,Y{at., 

j  Strab. — 2.    an    island  on  the  west 

coast  of  the  Persian  gulf,  Strab. 
j       Αράζω  or  άρβάζω,  {a  euphon.,  βύ- 
\  ζω)  to  snarl,  growl,  of  dogs,  Dion.  H., 
i  Philo. 

Αραιά,  ας,  ή,  the  belly,  v.  sub 
αραιός. 
ί'Αραιθνρέα,  ας,  ή,  Araethyrea,  sister 
of  Aoris,  Pans.  2,  12,  5. — 2.  the  city 
Araethyrea,  so  named  from  her,  II.  2, 
571 :  hience  adv.  Άραιθνρέηθεν,  from 
Araethyrea,  Ap.  Rh.  1,  115. 

Άραιόδους,  οντάς,  ό,  ή,  {αραιός, 
οδούς)  with  weak,  straggling  teeth, 
Arist.  Η.  Α. 

'Αραιόθριξι  τρίχας,  ό,  ή,  {αραιός, 
θρίξ)  with  U'cak,  thin  hair. 

ΆΡΑΙΟ'Σ,  ή.  όν,  alsoof,  όν.  Soph. 
Fr.  97,  Att.  αραιός,  thin,  narrow,  weak, 
slight.  Hom.  of  the  legs  of  Vulcan, 
II.  18,  411,  the  arm  of  Venus,  II.  5, 
425,  the  tongues  of  thirsty  wolves, 

II.  16,  101,  the  entrance  of  a  harbour, 
Od.  10.  90  ;  also  of  ships,  Hes.  Op. 
807. — II.  later,  of  the  substance  of 
bodies,  frail,  brittle,  porous,  spongy, 
flabby,  full  of  gaps  or  hollows,  Lat. 
rarus.  opp.  to  πυκνός.  Anaxag.  8,  and 
freq.  in  Hipp,  as  epith.  of  flesh  and 
bone  :   also  of  time,   with  interi-als. — 

III.  as  subst.  αραιά,  άς,  ij,  with  or 
without  γαστήρ,  the  flank,  loins,  lower 
belly,  Nic. 

Άραϊος,  αία,  atov,  also  ος,'  ov, 
{άρά)  prayed  to  or  entreated,  Ζ,ενς 
άραϊος.=  ίκέσιος.  Soph.  Phil.  1181.— 
2.  prayed  against,  accursed,  laden  with 
a  curse  or  curses.  Trag. — II.  act.  curs- 
ing, bringing  mischief  upon,  c.  dat., 
φθόγγος  up.  οϊ'κοις,  Aesch.  Ag.  236, 
so  άραιος  γονενς  έκγόνοις.  Plat. 
201 


APAP 

Legg.  931  C  ;  absol.,  Soph.  Tr.  1202, 
cf.  Elinsl.  Med.  595,  where  however 
the  passive  sense  seems  preferable. 
Adv.  -ως.     [Sometimes  αϊ.] 

' λραιόσαρκος,  op,  {αραιός,  αάρζ) 
with  spongy,  flabby  flesh,  Hipp. 

Άραιόστϋλος,  υν,  [αραιός,  στνλος) 
ivith  coluiniis  standing  far  apart,  areo- 
stytc,  V'itruv. 

Άραώτης,  ΐ]τος,ή,  (αραιός)  thiymess, 
brittteness,  porousness,  flabhiness,  Opp. 
to  ττυκνότης,  Hipp. 

'λραιόω,  to  make  αραιός  Or  flabby, 
την  σάρκα,  Arist.  Probl. 

Άραιρηκα,  ΰραιρηκώς,  άραιρημί- 
νος,  άραιρητο.  Ion.  redupl.  ίοΐ^ρηκα, 
^ρηκώς,  ήριιμέι/ος,  ηρητο,  from  α'ψέω, 
Hdt. 

Άραίωμα,  ατός,  τό,  [άραιόω)  α  gap, 
interstice,  interval,  Diod.  :  a  little  bit, 
Lat.  frustnlum,  Longin. 

Άραίωσις,  εως,  ή,  a  becoming  or 
making  αραιός,  opp.  to  ττνκνωσις, 
Hipp. 

'Αραιωτικός,  ή,  όν,  ynaking  αραιός, 
Diosc. 

Άρακίς.  ίδος.  ή,  Aeolian  word,= 
άιάλη,  Ath. — 2.  ΰρακίδες,  ων,  ai,= 
ύρακος,  Theophr. 

' Αρακάς,  ου,  ύ,  later  άραχος  α  legu- 
minous weed  growing  among  φακοί,  The- 
ophr. 
ΥΑρακος,  ου,  6.  Aracus,  a  Lacedae- 
monian, Xen.  Hell.  2,  1,  7. 

\^Χράκυνθος,  ov,  a,  Aracynthus,  a 
mountain  of  Aetolia,  Strab. 

ΥλραμεΙοι,  ων,  oi,  Aramaei,  a  people 
of  Syria.  Strab. 

ΥΑραξηνη,  ης,  η,  Araxene,  a  region 
of  Armenia,  Strab. 

\'Άρύξης,  ου,  b,  Araxes,  a  river  of 
Armenia,  flowing  into  the  Caspian, 
now  the  Arras,  Hdt.  1,  201. — 2.  a 
river  of  Persia,  Strab. — 3  a  river  of 
JMesopotamia,  same  as  Chaburas, 
Xen.  An.  1,  4,  19.  Hence 
i' Χραξηνός,  ή,  όν,  of  Araxes.  Strab. 

Άραξίχεφ,  χειρός,  ύ,  ή,  and 

\^ραξιχείμος,  ον,  (άρύσσω,  χειρ) 
beaten  or  stricken  with  the  hand,  τύμ- 
πανα, Anth.  The  forms  άραξόχειρ, 
and  ύραξόχειρος  are  rejected  by 
Lob.  Phryn.  770. 

Άραξος,  ου,  ό,  Araxus,  a  promon- 
tory of  Achaea  on  the  borders  of 
Elis,  Strab. 

Άράομαι,  fut.  -άσομαι  [α],  Ion. 
-ήσομαι,  dep.  mid.,  (iipu)  ti>  pray  to 
a  god,  Tivi,  Horn.,  only  once  τινά, 
Od.  2,  135. — 2.  to  pray  that  a  thing 
may  be  or  happen,  c.  inf.,  Hom. : — 
to  vow  to  do  a  thing,  to  vow,  II.  23, 
141,  and  Att. :  also  foil,  by  έως  c. 
optat.,  ύρώμενος  'έως  ϊ'κοιο,  praying, 
that  thou  mighlest  come,  Od.  19,  307, 
but  v.  Mehlh.  Anacr.  p.  121,  sq. — 3. 
io  pray  something  for  one,  τινί  τι, 
somelimes  in  good  sense,  as  up.  τινΙ 
αγαθά,  Hdt.  1,  132,  cf.  3,  65;  but 
usu.  in  bad,  to  imprecate  upon  one, 
esp.  αράς  αρ.  τινί.  Soph.,  and  Eur. : 
also  up.  Tivi  παϋείν.  Soph.  O.  T. 
251 :  and  so  άράσθαί  τινι  to  curse 
one,  Eur.  Ale.  714.  The  act.  only 
occurs  in  Ep.  inf  άρήιιεναι=ιιρΰν, 
to  pray  ;  but  Buttm.,  Catal.  in  voc, 
remarks  that  a  past  tense  is  needed 
there,  as  in  Od.  14,  134,  and  thinks 
that  άρήμεναι  may  be  aor.  2  of  pass. 
form  for  άρηναί-  The  part,  αρήμε- 
νος  does  not  belong  to  άράομαι,  v. 
sub  voc.  [up  Hom.,  up  Att.] 
VAoap,  apor,  ό,  the  Arar,  a  river  of 
Gaul  now  the  Saonc,  Strab. 

Άράρα,  Dor.  for  άρηρα,  perf.  2  of 
*  ώμω.  hence  άράρε.  ΰρηρε,  intr.  it  is 
■fixed,  decreed. — II.  but  ΰρΰρε,  rjpape, 
aor.  2  trans,  to  appease,  satisfy. 


APAX 

ΧΑραοηνη,  ης,  ή,  Ararene,  a  region 
of  Arabia,  Strab 

Άραρίσκω,  lengthd.  form  of  pres. 
for  *  άρω,  to  join,  fit  together,  whereof 
Hoin.  has  only  the  iiiipf.  Ion.  άρά- 
ριηκε,  Od.  14,  23. 

Άρΰρυν,  Ion.  for  ypapov,  aor.  2  of 
άρω,  to  join,  II.  :  pari,  άραρών,  Od. 
t'Apapof,  ου,  b,  Ararus.  a  river  of 
European  Sarmatia,  Hdt.  4,  48. 

Άράρώς,  via,  ός,  part.  perf.  of 
*  άρω.  Adv.  -ότως.  Aesch.  Supp. 
940,  Plat. :  Themist.  has  a  superl. 
άραρότατος,  Lob.  Paral.  48. 

Ι'Αραρώζ• ,  ώ,  b,  Araros,  a  comic  poet, 
son  of  Aristophanes,  Ath.  237  A. 

Άράσιμος.  ov,  {άράομαι)  cursed. — 
II.  act.  cursing,  [pa] 

+  'Apaa7raf,  a,  o,  Araspas,  a  Mede, 
Xen.  Cyr.  5,  1,  2. 

Άράσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  f.  -ξυ,  {a  eu- 
phon  ,  /5άσσω)  to  strike  hard,  smite, 
dash  in  pieces,  (Hom  only  has  it  in 
compds.,  σνναράσσω,  etc.)  Of  any 
violent  impact,  with  collat.  notion  of 
rattling,  clanging,  as  of  horses,  ότν- 
λαΐς  άρ.  χθύνα,  Pind.  P.  4,  402,  θύ- 
ρας, πύ?.ας  αρ.,  to  knock  furiously  at 
the  door,  Eur.  Hec.  1044,  Ar.  Eccl. 
978  :  esp.  άρ.  στέρνα,  κράτα,  to  beat 
the  breasts,  etc.,  in  mourning,  Lat. 
plangere,  Aesch.  Pers.  1054,  and  Eur.: 
up.  πέτροις  τινά,  to  strike  with  a 
shower  of  stones,  Eur.  I.  T.  327 : 
hence  metaph.  άράσσειν  όνείόεσι, 
κακοΐς,  to  throw  with  reproaches  or 
threats,  i.  e.  iling  them  luildly  about. 
Soph.  A).  725,  Phil.  374,  cf.  Ar.  Nub. 
1373 :  up.  ?.vpav,  to  strike  the  lyre 
wildly,  Orph. :  hence  also  μέλος  up-, 
Lat.  carmina  lyra  ferire.  Pass,  to 
dash  against  one  anotlier  with  a  noise, 
to  clash,  rattle. 

Άράτήριον,  ov,  TO,  v.  άρητηριον. 

Άράτικός,  η,  όν,  belonging  to,  dis- 
posed for  praying  or  cursing,  Diog. : 
L.  from 

Άράτός,  ή,  όν.  Ion.  άρητός,  (άρά- 
ομαι) prayed  for,  iron  by  prayer. — 2. 
accursed,  unblest,  which  seems  to  be 
the  sense  of  άρητος  γόος,  II.  17,  37, 
where  some  would  read  άββητος,  v. 
Spitzn.  on  the  various  interprr. :  άρ- 
ατόν  έλκος,  Soph.  Ant.  972. — II.  pro- 
parox.  "Αρητοςαδρτ.  n.,Aratus,  prob. 
from  signf.  1,  the  Prayedfor,  like  the 
Hebrew  Samuel,  Hom.  :  later  'Apa- 
τος.  [αρ,  Ep.,  ap,  Att.] 

ΥΑραυσίων,  ωνος,  ή,  Arausion,  a 
city  of  Gaul,  Strab. 

t*Apai^//i',  ήΐ'ος,  ό,  Araphen,  an  At- 
tic clemus  ;  oi  Άραφηνιοι,  the  Ara- 
phenians,  Isae. :  'Αραφηνάδε,  to  Ara- 
phen. Dem. 

νΑραχθος,  ου,  6,  the  Arachthus,  a 
river  ol  Epirus,  Polyb. 

Άράχιδνα,  ης,  ή,  a  leguminous 
plant,  perh.  lathyrus  amphicarpus, 
Theophr. 

ΥΑραχναΙον,  ov,  τό,  Arachnneus 
Mons,  a  mountain  of  Argohs,  Aesch. 
Ag.  309,  now  Sophico. 

ΆραχναΙος,  αία,  alov,=  sq. 

Άράχνειος,  εία,  ειον,  of  or  belong- 
ing to  a  spider,  Anth.  :  from 

'Αράχνη,  ης,  ή,  a  spider,  Aesch. 
Ag.  1409,  Blomf ,  q.  v. — -11.  a  spider's 
iveh,  cobweb,  Lat.  aranea. — III.  α  sea- 
fish. — IV.  as  pr.  n.  Arachne,  Luc. 

'Apa;^;i'^£if,  εσσα,  εν,=άρύχνειος, 
Nic. 

'Αράχνης,  ου,  6,  a  spider,  Lat. 
araneus,  Hes.  Op.  775,  Pind.  Fr. 
268. 

Άραχνικός,  ή,  όν,=  ΰράχνειος. 

Άρύχνιον,  ov,  τό,  a  spider's  web, 
cobweb,  Od.  8,  280.  — II.  dim.  from 
αράχνη,  a  small  spider,  Arist.  H.  A. 


ΑΡΓΑ 

Ιΰραχν-,  Horn.,  ΰρΰχν-,  Cratin.  Pyt. 
18.]    Hence 

Άραχνιόω,  ώ,  f.  -ώσω,  to  spin  a  cob- 
web, Arist.  H.  A.  Pass,  to  be  covered 
with  cobwebs,  lb. — 2.  to  spread  like  a 
cobweb,  Hipp. 

Άραχνιώδης,  ες,  (άράχνιον,  είδος) 
like  a  cobweb,  Arist.  H.  A. 

Άραχνοειδής,  ές,  (αράχνη,  είδος) 
like  a  spider,  Hipp. 

Άραχνός,  ov,  b,=  αράχνης,  Aesch. 
Supp.  880. 

Άραχνονφής,  ές,  (αράχνης,  υφαί- 
νω) spun  by  spiders,  Philo.   [v] 

Άραχνώδης,  ες,=  άραχνοειδής. 

'Αραχος,  ov,  ό,  later  form  for  ύρ- 
ακος. 

νΑραχωσία,  ας,  ή,  Arachosia,  a  re- 
gion of  Persia,  Polyb  :  on  the  Indus, 
Strab. :  hence  oi  Άραχώται,  Dion.  P., 
-χωτοί  ων,  Strab.,  the  inhabitants  of 
Arachosia. 

'Apaip,  αβος,  ό,  an  Arab :  also 
'Αραβος,  ov,  b,  Aesch.  Pers.  3 IS. 

ΆΡΑΏ,  V.  άράομαι,  fin. 

*'ΑΡΑ'Ω,  supposed  pres.  of  Ep. 
part,  ύρήμενος,  q.  v. 

ί'Αρβάκης,  ov,  b,  Arbaces,  the  last 
king  of  Assyria,  Strab. — 2.  a  satrap 
of  Media,  Xen.  An.  7,  8,  25. 

ΤΑρβηλα,  ων,  τά,  Arbela,  a  city  of 
Assyria  on  the  Tigris,  Strab. :  hence 
ή  'Αρβϊ/ληνή  (χώρα),  the  territory  of 
Arbela,  Id. 

Άρβηλος,  ov,  6,  a  rounded  knife, 
such  as  shoemakers  use,  Nic. — II.  as 
pr.  n.  Arbelus,  a  son  of  Aegyptus, 
ApoUod. 

ΥΑρβιες,  ων,  oi,  the  Arbies,  a  people 
of  Gedrosia,  Strab. 

ί'Αρβις,  ιος,  b,  the  Arbis,  a  river  ot 
Gedrosia,  Strab. 

ί'Αρβονκάλη,  ης,  η,  Arlmcala,  a  city 
of  Spain,  Polyb.  3,  14. 

ΫΑρβονπάλης,  ου,  b,  Arbupales,  son 
of  Darius  Codoinannus,  Arr.  An.  1, 
16,  3. 

Άρβνλη,  ης,  ή,  a  strong  shoe  coming 
up  to  the  ankle,  a  half  boot,  used  by 
country-people,  hunters,  travellers, 
Aesch.  Ag.  944,  and  Eur.,  who  calls 
it  Mycenian,  Or.  1470  ;  also  άρβνλ.ίς 
in  Theocr. :  these  shoes  were  also 
called  πηλοπατίδες,  mudtreaders :  up• 
βνλαι  in  Eur.  Hipp.  1189,  is  taken 
by  Eustath.  for  the  stand  of  the  cha- 
rioteer, but  v.  Monk  ad.  1.  (Prob.  akin 
to  *  άρω,  αρμόζω.)  [ΰ] 

Άρβνλίς.  ίδος,  r/,=  foreg..  Tlieocr. 

Άρβν'λότττερος,  ov,  [ηρβνλη,  τζτε- 
ρόν)  with  winged  slioes.  Lye. 

i'ApSuv.  ωνος,  ό,  Arbon,  a  city  ot 
niyria,  Polyb.  2, 11,  15. 

ΆργαδεΙς,έων,  oi,  prob.=^pya(5£if, 
name  of  one  of  the  four  old  Attic  tribes, 
of.  ΑίγικορεΙς. 

Άργαίνω.  (αργός)  to  be  white,  Eur. 
Alcm.  Psoph.  4. 

νΑργαΐος,  ov,  b,  Argaeus,  son  of 
Philip  I.,  king  of  Macedonia,  Hdt.  8, 
139.— 2.  a  mountain  of  Cajjpadocia, 
Strab. 

Άργαλ.έος,  ία,  έον,  hard,  painful, 
troublous,  grievous,  Lat.  gravis,  of  all 
things  hard  to  do  or  sufi'er,  revolting 
to  the  feelings,  v.  Nitzsch  Od.  2,  244. 
In  Hom.  usu.  c.  dat.  et  inf,  άργαλ.έον 
μοι  πασι  μάχεσθαι,  more  rarely  άργ. 
θεός  βροτω  άνδρι  δαμήναι.  liard  to  be 
subdued  by  mortal  man,  Od.  4,  397.  cf. 
II.  1,  589:  also  in  Ar.  of  jiersons, 
troublesome,  also  άργ.  7.νττη.  ΰργα- 
λέας  νύκτας  άγειν :  rare  in  prose,  as 
Xen.  Hier.  0,  4,  Aeschin.  9.  20.  Adv. 
-έως.  (from  άλγος  for  άλγηλέης,  like 
στόμαργος  for  στόμαλγος,  λήθαργος, 
etc.:  cl.  Germ.   Arg,  Aerger.) 

ΥΑργανθώνιος,  ov,  b,  Arganthonius, 


ΑΡΓΗ 

ft  king  of  Tartessus  in  Spain,  Hdt.  1, 
163. 

νΑ.μγανθώνιον  όρος,  τό.  Mount  Ατ- 
ganthonius,  ill  Bithj'uia,  Strab. 

Άβ}άς,  iieut.  άρ•}άν,  gen.  άντος, 
Dor.  contr.  from  αρ}άείς,  while,  μα- 
στός, ταύρος.  Pind.,  cf.  ίργήείς. — II. 
άργας,=  αργής. 

t'Ap;  eadz/f,  ου,  ό,  son  of  Argeas,  II. 
16,  717. — 2.  descendant  of  Argeas,  an 
epith.  of  the  kings  of  Macedonia, 
Paus.  7,  8,  9. 

i'Apyeia,  ας,  ή,  Argla,  daughter  of 
Adrastus,  Apollod. — 2.  wife  of  Aris- 
todemus,  king  of  Sparta,  Hdt.  6,  52. 
— 3.  the  country  of  Argohs,  in  Pelo- 
ponnesus. Thuc.  2,  7. — 1.  ='A/i0t- 
?.οχία,  Thuc.  2,  68. 

'Αργΐί/.οφος,  ov,  {αργός,  λόφος) 
white-crested,  white-tipped,  κολώνα, 
Pind.  Fr.  214. 

Άργεϊος,  tia,  elov,  ('Apyof)  of  or 
from  Argos,  Argive :  ΆργίΙοί  in  Horn, 
like  Αχαιοί,  for  the  Greeks  in  general. 
fApyttof,  ου,  ό,  Argaeus,  a  com- 
panion of  Hercules,  Apollod. — 2.  an 
orator  in  Athens,  Ar.  Eccl.  201. — 3. 
son  of  Dei'phon,  Paus.  2. 28,  6. — 1.  an 
Elean,  Xen.  Hell.  7,  1,  33. 

Άργειφόντης,  ου,  ό,  for  Άργοόο- 
νεντής,  ('Apyof,  φονεύω)  slayer  of 
Argus,  epith.  of  Mercury.  Horn.,  v. 
Nitzsch  Od.  1,  38.— II.  in  E.  M.  Cfrom 
upyF/ς)  serpent-slayer,  epith.  of  Apollo. 
νΧμγέ/.η,  ης,  ή,  Argele,  daughter  of 
f'hespius,  Apollod.  2,  7,  8. 

\Α.ργέ?Μφοι,  uv,  ol,  the  feel  of  a 
sheepskin :  in  genl.  offal,  refuse,  Ar. 
Vesp.  672. 

'Ap}f,uof,  ό,  or  αργεμον,  ου.  τό. 
Soph.  FV.  221,  also  Theophr.  ύργεμα, 
Ίτος,  τό,  a  hart  in  the  tris  of  the  eye, 
elsewhere  /ι,εύκωμα,  Lat.  albugo. 
f'Apγεvvov,  ov,  τό,  Argennum,  a 
promontory  of  Asia  Minor,  Strab. 

Άρ-^εννός,  ?'/,  όν,  Aeol.  and  Dor. 
.or  άρ}ός,  white.  Horn.,  almost  always 
of  sheep,  also  άργ.  όθόναι,  II.  3,  111 ; 
also  άργ.  μόσχος,  Eur.  I.  A.  575, 
•ipivjj,  Chaerem.  ap.  Ath.  COd  F. 

Άργεστήρ,  ηρος,  o,=sq.  I. 

Αργέστης,  οϋ,  δ.  white,  also  with  a 
neut.  subst.,  Nic.  Ther.  592,  in  genit. 
— II.  paro.xvt.  άρ}έστης.  ου,  ύ.  epith. 
of  the  South  wind,  Norof,  II.  11,  306, 
21,  334,  clearing,  brightening,  like 
Horace's  JVotus  albus,  detergens  nubila 
coelo,  cf  Αενκόνοτος.  In  Hes.  Theog 
379,  870,  epith.  of  Τ,έφυρος,  and  so — ■ 
2.  in  the  improved  compass  of  Aris- 
totle άργέστης  was  the  jiorlh-west 
wind,  the  Athenian  σκίρων,  Genelli 
in  Wolf's  Anal.  4,  p.  474. 

Άργέτί,  άργέτα,  dat.  and  ace.  for 
άργτ/τι,  άργητα,  from  αργής,  white, 
II. :  the  nom.,  άργέτις,  -η,^άργήεσσα, 
first  in  Nonn. 

Άργέω,  {αργός,  άεργος)  to  be  unem- 
ployed, do  nothing,  Xen. ;  οι  άργονν- 
τες.  the  idle.  Soph.  Fr.  288 :  of  a  field, 
to  lie  fallow,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  6,  11 :  to  be 
slow  of  sight,  Arist.  Probl. — 2.  in  good 
sense,  to  rest,  keep  holiday.— 1Ϊ.  trans. 
to  leave  a  thing  undone :  hence  pass. 
to  be  left  undone.  Xen.  Cyr.  2,  3,  3  :  to 
he  fruitless.  Id.  Hier.  9,  9. 
ΥΧργη,  ης,  ή,  Arge,  fem.  pr.  n.,  Hdt. 
4,  35. 

νΑογης,  ov,  6,  Arges,  a  Cyclops, 
Hes.  Th.  140. 

Άργτ/εις,  εσσα,  εν.  Dor.  άργύεις, 
contr.  άργάς,  αντος,  white,  shining, 
glittering,  ταϋρον  άργΰντα,  Pind.  Ο. 
13,  98  ;  tv  άργάεντι  ααστύ,  Id.  P.  4, 
14  ;  and  we  prob.  eught  to  read  άργάς 
for  αργίας  in  Aesch.  Ag.  115.  cf. 
Butim  Ausf  Gr.  >^  41,  Anm.  15  n.,  and 
V.  sub  πνγαργός,  cf.  Lob.  Paral.  265. 


APl'M 

Αργής,  ητος,  ό,  ή,  also  with  poet, 
dat.  and  ace.  άμγέτι,  άργέτα,  11.  11, 
818;  «il,  127,  white,  bright,  Horn, 
mostly  of  the  bright  colour  of  light- 
ning, (but  ace.  to  Arist.  of  its  rapid 
motion) :  also  of  the  colour  of  fat,  II. 
11.  cc. ;  so  too  of  a  robe,  II.  3,  419: 
μαλ/,ός,  Aesch.  ;  ιτέτΓ/.ος  (ace.  to  El- 
lendt)  Soph.  Tr.  675 ;  Κο?.ωνός,  be- 
cause of  Its  chalky  soil,  Id.  O.  C.  670 
with  neut.,  άργητας  ελαίου,  Nic. ;  cf 
άργινόεις. 

'Αργής,  ό.  Dor.  άργας,  a  kind  of 
serpent,  Hipp. :  also  an  obscure  nick- 
name of  Demosthenes,  Aeschin.  41, 
15,  Plut.  Dem.  4. 

Άργηστής,  ov,  ΰ,^άργής,  white, 
flickering,  πτηνος  άργ.  οόις,  Aesch. 
Eum.  181. 

'Αργία,  ας,  ή,=  άεργία.  want  of  em- 
ployment, Soph.  Fr.  380 ;  idleness, 
laziness,  Eur.  —  2.  in  good  sense, 
leisure.  Plat. 

'Αργίας,  cf  sub  άργήεις. 

Άργιβόειος,  ov,  (αργής,  ι3ονς)  with 
white  kine,  epith.  of  Euboea,  Ael. 

Άργικέραννος,  ov,  {αργής,  κεραυ- 
νός) with  white,  bright,  vivid  lightning, 
epith.  of  Jupiter,  U.  and  Pind. 

Άργικέρως,  ωτος,  ό,  ή,  {αργής, 
κέρας)  white-horned,  Welcker  Syll. 
Ερ.  205,  4. 

Άρ}  ικός,  ή,   6ν,=άργός,  indolent, 
Eur.  Phil.  6.     Adv.  -κώς. 
ΥΑργι/^εωνίς,    ίδος.    ή,    Argileonis, 
mother  of  Brasidas,  Plut.  Lys.  25. 

Άργί/Λχρ,  ιττος,  u-hite,  epith.  of  ser- 
pents. Archil.  56,  cf  Lob.  Paral.  290. 

Άργι/J.a,  ης,  ή,  an  undergronnd 
dwelling,  so  called  in  Magna  Graecia, 
Ephor.  ap.  Strab. 

"Αργι?./.ος,  or  ύργΙ?.ος,  ov,  ή,  white 
clay,  potter's  earth,  Lat.  argilla,  Arist. 
Probl. 

Άργιλλώόιις,  or  άργίλώδης,  ες, 
{άργι/.λος,  είδος)  like  clay,  clayey, 
>;/.  Hdt.  2.  12. 

ί'Αργι?.ος.  ov,  ό,  Argilus,  a  city  on 
the  Strymonicus  Sinus,  Hdt.  7,  115: 
ό  Άργίλιος,  an  inhabitant  of  Argilus, 
Thuc.  4,  103. 

Άργινεφής,  ές,  {αργής,  νέφος)  white 
with  clouds.  Soph,  l•  r.  479. 

Άργΐΐ'όεις,  εσσα,  εν,=άργός,  white, 
bright-shining.  11.  2,  647,  656  ;  epith. 
of  the  cities  Cameiros  and  Lycastos, 
from  their  lying  on  chalky  hills,  so 
Horace  Rhodos  clara,  cf.  αργής.  fin. 
YApγlvov,ov,τό,=^'Άpγεvvov,ΎhMC. 
8,  34. 
\Άργινονσαί,  or  -ονσσαι,  ύν,  αϊ, 
Arginusae.  three  small  islands  be- 
tween Lesbos  and  Aeolis,  Thuc.  8, 
101. 

Άργι,όδους,  -οδόντος,  ό,  η,  {αργής, 
οδούς)  white-toothed.  white-tasked,epith. 
of  boars  and  dogs,  Hom. 

ί'Αργιόπη,  ης,  ή,  Argiope,  a  nymph, 
Paus.,  Apollod. 

ΥΑργίότίίος,  ov,  b,  {χώρος)  the  dis- 
trict Argiopius,  in  Boeotia,  Hdt.  9,  57. 
ΥΑργιος,   ov,  6,  Argius,   a  son  of 
Aegyptus,  Apollod.  2,  1,  5. 

Άργιτϊόδης,  ov,  o,=sq.,  χίμαρος, 
Anth. 

Άργίπονς,  6,  ή,  πονν,  τό,  gen. 
τΐοδος,  {αργής,  τ^ούς)  swift-footed, 
epith.  of  clogs,  Π.  24,  211  :  of  rams. 
Soph.  Aj.  237,  where  perh.  it  means 
white-footed,  v.  Ellendt,  Lex.  Soph., 
and  cf  άρ)  ός. 
ΥΑργίηπαΙοι,  ων,  οι,  Argippaei,  a 
Scythian  tribe  of  Asiatic  Sarmatia, 
Hdt.  4,  23. 
νΑργισσα,  ης,  ή,  Argissa,  a  place  in 
Thessalv,  afterwards  Argura,  II.  2, 
737,  Strab. 

Άργμα,  ατός,  τό,  {άρχω)  used  in 


ΑΡΓυ 

1)1νιτ.ύργματα=ά-ύργματα,άζαρχαί, 
the  firstlings  at  a  sacrifice  or  feast, 
Od.  14,  446. 

'Αργόβριξ,  gen.  ΐχος,  ό,  ή,  τό,  {άρ 
γός,  ϋμί'ξ)  white-haired,  Anth. 
ΥΑργολας,  ό,='Αργείος,  Eur.  Rhes 
41. 

Άργολίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {Άργολίς)  to 
take  the  part  of  Argos  OX  ttie  Argives, 
Xen.  Hell.  4,  8,  34. 

ΥΑργο/Λκός,  ή,  όν,  Argolic,  of  or  be- 
longing to  Argolis ;  ό  Άργ.  κολ-ος, 
the  Argolicus  Sinus,  Strab.  :  ή  'Αργο- 
λική {χώρα),=  Άρ^οΛίς,  Id. ;  from 

Άργολίς,  ίδος,  ή,  Argolis,  a  district 
in  Peloponnesus. — 2.  as  adj.,  ό,  ή,  of  Ar- 
golis, Argolic,  εσθής,  Aesch.  Supp.  233. 
νΑργολιστί,  adv.,  like  the  Argives, 
in  Argolic  fashion.  Soph.  Fr.  411. 

Άργο/.ογέω,  {αργός,  ?.όγος)  to  talk 
idly.     Hence 

Άργολογία,  ας,  ή,  idle  talking. 

'Αργοναύτης. ου, b,  {'Αργώ,  ναύτης) 
a  sailor  in  the  ship  Argo,  an  Argonaut. 

ΆργοτΓοιός,  όι>,  (αργός,  ττοιέω) 
making  idle,  Plut. 

' Αργός,  εος.  τό,  Argos,  name  of  se- 
veral Greek  cities,  of  which  the  Pelo- 
ponnesian  is  the  best  known :  in  Horn, 
it  is  also  put  for  the  district  Argolis, 
or  even  for  the  whole  Peloponnesus, 
Hom.,  Hdt.,  Thuc,  etc.:  adv.  Άρ- 
γόθεν,  from  Argos,  Eur.  Iph.  Taur. 
70. 
ίΆργος,  ov,  b,  Argus,  son  of  Jupiter 
and  ^iobe,  and  king  of  Argos,  Apol- 
lod. 2,  1,  1. — 2.  son  of  Agenor,  the 
hundred-eyed,  slain  by  Mercury, 
Aesch.  Pr.  508,  etc.,  v.  sq.ll.  2.-3.  son 
of  Phrixus,  builder  of  the  ship  Argo, 
Ap.  Rh.  1,  112. 

ΆΡΓΟ'Σ,  ή,  όν,  shining,  bright, 
glistening,  of  a  goose,  like  Pope's 
^silver  swan,'  Od.  15,  161.  and  of  a 
sleek,  well-fed  ox.  Lat.  mtidus,  II.  23, 
30 ;  but  most  freq.  in  Hom.  ττύδας 
αργοί,  as  epith.  of  dogs,  so  apy  ίττοδες, 
11.  24,  211,  and  άμγοί  alone,  11. 1.  50; 
18,  283,  swift-footed,  because  all  swift 
motion  causes  a  kind  of  glancing, 
flashing  OT  flickering .  which  thus  con- 
nects the  notions  of  ivhite  and  swift, 
cf  αΐό/.ος :  the  old  interpr.  of  ivhite- 
footed  has  been  long  given  up,  as  not 
applicable  to  all  dogs;  and  that  of 
running  without  trouble,  and  SO  lighf- 
footed,^sq.,  is  forced,  v.  Xitzsch  Od. 
2,  IJ. — II.  hence  parox.  'Ap^of,  b, 
the  name  of  a  dog  Swift-foot,  Od.  17, 
292. — 2.  prob.  also  the  herdsman 
Argus,  was  so  called  from  his  eyes 
being  ever  open  and  bright. 

Άμγός,  όν,  rarely  ή,  όν.  Lob. 
Phryn.  105,  (contr.  from  άεργος) 
strictly  7iot  working,  esp.  not  working 
the  ground,  living  without  labour,  Hdt. 
5.  6,  ubi  Valck. :  hence  doing  nothing, 
idle,  lazy,  slow.  Soph.,  etc. :  c.  gen. 
rei,  idle  at  a  thing,  free  from  it,  as 
των  οίκοθεν,  from  domestic  toils, 
Eur.  I.  A.  1000.  πόνων,  ταλασίας. 
Plat.  Legg.  835  D,  t-06  A,  so  ά.  αισ- 
χρών, shw  to  evil,  .\esch.  Theb  411 : 
also  ά.  ~ερί  τίνος  or  τι,  Plat. ;  hence 
of  money,  lying  idle,  yielding  no  re- 
turn, opp.  to  ενεργός,  Dem.  815,  15: 
of  land,  lying  fallow,  χώρα,  Xen.,  and 
Isocr. — II.  ])ass.  unwrou^ht,  πηλός. 
Soph.  Fr.  432,  e  Brunckii  conj. ;  άρ• 
γύρος,  χρνσός,  Paus. — 2,  not  done,  yet 
remaining  to  be  done,  Lat.  infectus. 
Soph.  O.  T.  287,  cf  A'alck.  Phoen. 
773.  —  3.  unattempted,  μάχΐ).  Plat. 
Euthyd.  272  Α.— III.  without  trouble, 
easy.     Adv.  —^ώς. 

γλργονρα,  ας,  ή,  Argura,  the  earlier 
Άρ-μσσα,  q.  v. — 2.  a  city  of  Euboea, 
Dem.  558,  3. 

203 


ΛΡΓΤ 

VApyvvvog,  ου,  ό,  Argynwis,  a  youth 
beloved  by  Agamemnon,  from  whom 
Venus  was  called  '\pyvi>vig,  Ath. 
t'Ap)i'pa,  (if,  ή-  Arfiyra,  a  city  of 
Achaea,  near  Palrae,  Paus.  7,  18,  6. 
— 2.  a  fountain  near  it,  Id.  7,  23,  1. 

'λργνράγχη,  ης,  ή.  {άργυρος,  uyxu) 
the  silver  quinsy,  which  Demosthenes 
was  said  to  have,  wlien  he  was  sus- 
pected of  beinji  bribed  not  to  speak, 
and  said  that  he  had  a  sore  throat, 
Plut.  Demosth.  25. 

'Αργνραμοι3ία,  ας,  η,  money-chang- 
ing, Plut. ;  and 

'Αργΰρΰμοιβικός,  η,  όν,  of,  belong- 
ing to  a  money-changer ;  ή  ~κή,  sc. 
τέχνη,  money-changing,  Luc.  Adv. 
-κύς :  from 

Άργϋρΰμοιβός,  ov,  a,  {ύργιφος, 
άμεί3ω)  η  money-changer,  banker,  Plat. 
Polit.  289  E. 

Άργνρηστης.  ιδος,  ό,  ή,  (άργυρος, 
ιισττίς)  silvn-  shielded :  οι  άργ.,  a  regi- 
ment of  the  Macedonian  army,  Polyb. 

Άργνρεϊον,  ov,  τό,  a  silver-mine, 
usu.  in  plur.,  cf.  sq. — II.  a  silver- 
smith's shop,  Aeschin.  14,  27 :  strictly 
neut.  from 

Άργύμειος,  or  άργνρεΐος,  ον,=άρ- 
γνρεος,  άργνρεϊα  μέτα?^λα,  silver- 
mines.  Thuc.  2,  55  ;  6,  91  :  hence  τα 
αργύρια  Ιργα  in  Xen.  Vect.  4,  5,  and 
τα  ύργνρεία  alone  in  Aeschin.  14,  27. 

Άργνρεος,  or  άργϋρέος,^  a,  ov, 
contr.  αργυρούς,  u,  ovv,  (άργυρος) 
silver,  of  silver,  silvered,  silver-shining, 
Horn.  esp.  of  the  implements  of  the 
gods,  the  bowls,  etc..  of  the  rich,  and 
so  Pind-,  and  Att. — 2.  ό  άργνρονς,  a 
silver  coin. 

Άργνρεύω,  (άργυρος)  to  dig  for  sil- 
ver, smelt  silver,  Diod. 

'Αργϋρ7]λάτιις,  ov,  ό,  (άργυρος, 
έ?,αυνω)  one  who  works  in  silver,  [tt] 

'Αργϋρ7'/λΰτος,  ov,  (άργυρος,  έ'λαύ- 
νω)  wrought  of  silver,  Eur.  Ion  1181. 

νΑργυρία,  ας,  η,  Arguria,  a  city  of 
Troas,  Strab. 

Άργνρίόίον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  αρ- 
γύρων, Ar.  Av.  1609.  [pi,  Meineke 
Menand.  p.  IGO.] 

Άργνρίζω,  f-  -ίσο,  (άργυρος)  to 
make  silver.  Mid.  to  make  silver  for 
one^s  self,  extort  money,  Dinarch.  95, 21. 

Άργΰρικός,  ή,  όν,  (άργυρος)  belong- 
ing to  silver  or  money  : — ζημία  αργ.,  a 
fine,  Plut. 

Άργϋριοθήκη,  ης,  ή,  (αργνριον, 
θήκη)  α  money-chest. 

Άργνριοκόηος,  ό,  (αργύρων,  κόπ- 
τω)=  άργυροκότϊος. 

'Αργνριον,  ον,  τό,  (άργυρος)  α  piece 
nf  silver,  (whence  the  dimin.  form.). 
Plat.,  eic. :  al.so  in  geni.  silver,  and 
so  money,  Ar.  Plut.  154,  etc..  so  too 
in  plur.  τα  αργύρια,  Ar.  Αν.  600:  αρ- 
γυρίου άνθος.  Lat.  .''piimn  argenti, 
Hipp. — II.  in  \>\»τ.=  ύργνρεΙον. 

Άργύριος,  ία,  ιον,=  ίιργυρεϊος,  q.  v. 
•f Άρ)  ΐ'Ρί ΤΓΤτα,  and  -ί-~η.  ης,  ή,  Ar- 
gyripa.  a  city  of  .^.\m\ia.^ Αργός  Ίττ- 
πιον,  now  Arpi.  Strab. :  oi  Άργυριττ- 
πύνοί,  Polyb..  ?md  -ιππηνοί,  Strab., 
the  inhabitants  of  Argyripa. 

Άργνρίς.  ίόος,  ή.  a  silver  vessel, 
esp.  a  cup,  Pind.  O.  9, 137,  cf.  Ruhnk. 
Tim. 

Άργυριαμός,  οϋ,  6,  (άρ}νρίζω)  a 
silvering,  turning  into  silver  :  a  getting 
money.  Dion.  H. 

Άργϋρίτης,  ov,  ό.  fern,  άργυρΐτις, 
ίίος,  η.  of  or  belonging  to  silver:  as 
subst.,  silver-ore,  φλεφ  ΰργυρίτιόος. 
Xen  Vect.  1,  5,  cf.  4,  4,  ana  v.  Bockh 
on  Laurion  in  P.  E,  2,  p.  427. — II.  of 
or  belonging  to  money,  άγώι>,  a  contest 
in  which  the  prize  was  money,  on 
the  analogy  of  στεόανίτης,  Plut. 
204 


ΑΡΓΥ 

Άργύρογνομονέω.  ώ,  to  try  or  as.my 
silver :  in  genl.  to  examine  strictly  : 
from 

Άργνρογνώμων,  όνος,  ό,  η,  (άργυ- 
ρος, γΐ'ίύμων)  one  who  tries  money,  an 
assayer.  Plat,  de  Virt.  378  E. 

'Αργυροδινης,  ov,  ό,  (άργυρος,  δίνη) 
silver-ciidying,  epith.  of  rivers.  Horn. : 
later  also  άρ\υροδιι•ής,  ες.  [ί] 

Άργνροειοής.  ές,  (apyvpor,  είδος) 
like  silver,  silvery,  διναι,  Eur.  I.  A. 
752. 

Άργϋρόηλος,  ov,  (άργυρος,  ήλος) 
silver-studded,  ξίφος,  θρόνος,  Horn. 

ΆργϋρυΟήκη,  ης,  ή,=άργύριοθήκη, 
Antiph.  Midon  1. 

Άργνρόθρονος.  ov,  (άργνρος,  θρό- 
νος) silver-throned. 

ΆργϊφοκοπεΙυν,  ον,  τό,  α  silver- 
synith's  or  coiner's  shop,  mint,  Anti- 
pho    ap.  Harp. :  from 

Άργϋροκοττέω,  ω,  to  be  an  άργνρο- 
κόττος.  to  coin  money. 

' Αργνροκ,οπίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  =  foreg. 
Hence 

Άργνροκοτηστήρ,  ήρος,  δ,  a  coiner, 
λόγων,  Cratin.  Troph.  7. 

Άργνροκόττος,  ό,  (άργιφος,  κότττω) 
a  ivorker  in  silver,  coiner,  Plut. 

Άργνρόκράνος,  ov.  (άργνρος,  κρά- 
νον)  silver-headed,  Or.  Sib. 

'Αργνρόκνκλος,  ov,  (άργνρος,  κύ- 
κλος) silver-wheeled,  Nonn. 

'Αργΰρο?.ογέο},  ώ,  to  levy  money  ; 
also  c.  ace,  to  levy  money  upon  a 
country,  lay  it  under  contribution. 
Thuc.  2.  69  ;  8,  3  ;  and 

'Αργϋρο?Μγία,  ας,  ή,  a  levying  of 
money,  Xen.  Hell.  1,  1,  8:  from 

Άργϋρολόγος,  ov,  (άργνρος,  λέγω) 
levying  money,  ναϋς,  Ar.  Eq.  1071, 
and  Thuc. ;  cf.  Bockh  P.  E.  2,  p.  375. 

Άργνρομΐγης,  ές,  (άργυρος,  μίννυ- 
μι,  μιγεΐν)  mixed  with  silver.  Strab. 

' ΑργϋριΊπαστος,  ov,  (άργυρος,  πάσ- 
σω)  silver-lacquered,  V.  Koen  Greg. 
Cor.  p.  454. 

Άργϋρόττεζα,  ηη,  η,  silver-footed, 
regular  epith.  of  Thetis,  II. ;  of  Ve- 
nus, Pind.  P.  9.  16  :  hence  later  was 
formed  an  adj.  άργνρόττεζος,  ov. 

Άργνρόττηχυς,  ν,  (άργυρος,  πή- 
χνς)  silver-armed,  Nonn.  42,  418. 

'ΑργνροτΓοιός,  ό,  (άργνρος,  ττοιέω) 
α  worker  in  silver,  Anth. 

ΆργνρότΓους,  ό,  ή,  ττονν,  τό,  gen. 
ΤΓοδος,  (άργνρος.  'ηονς)  silver-footed, 
κλίνη,  Xen.  An.  4,  4,  21. 

Άργϋροττρύκτης,  ον,  ό,  (άργνρος, 
πράττομαι)  α  monty  collector.    Hence 

Άργΰροπρακτικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging 
to  money-collecting. 

' Αργνρόριζος,  ον,  (άργνρος,  ^ίζα) 
with  α  silver  root:  ττηγαΐ  Ύαρτ/ισσον 
άργ.,  i.  e.  having  silver  in  the  soil,  Ste- 
sich.  5. 

Άργΰρορ^ντης,  ov,  ό ,  (άργυρος, 
βέω)  silver-flowing,  Eur.  Η.  F.  385. 

Άργυρος,  ov,  ό.  si/wcr,  first  in  Horn  : 
χυτός  άργ.,  quicksilver,  v.  υδράργυρος : 
ανβη  άργύρον,  Lat.  spuma  argenti, 
Hipp. — 2.  silver-money,  and  in  genl. 
money :  on  its  difference  from  αργν- 
ριον, V.  Bockh  P.  E.  1,  p.  35  :  άργυ- 
ρος κοίλος,  silver-plate,  cf.  χρυσός. 
(Akin  to  αργός,  αργής,  the  white 
metal.) 

Άργϋροστερής,  ές,  (άργυρος,  στε- 
ρέ(.ύ)  robbing  of  silver,  βίος  άργ.,  a 
robber's  life,  Aesch.  Cho.  1002. 

Άργϋροτάμίας,  ου,  ό,  (άργυρος, 
ταμίας)  an  officer  in  the  tax  departmjent 
at  Athens  under  the  emperors. 

Άρ^ϋρότοιχος,  ov,  (άργνρος,  τοί- 
χος) ii'ttli  silver  sides,  δροίτη,  Aesch. 
Ag.  1539. 

Άργνρότοξος,  ov,  (άργνρος.  τόξον) 
with  silver  bow,  Hom.  as  epith.  of 


ΑΡΔΗ 

Apollo,  who  is  also  called  simply 
Άργϋρότοξος,  bearer  of  the  silver  feoio, 
II.  1,  37. 

Άργνρονν,  ov,  τό,  δρος,  prop.  .SVi- 
ver-mminiain,  a  mountain  in  Hispania 
Tarraconensis,  Strab. 

' Αργυροφύ/Λίρος,  op,  (άργυρος,  φά 
λαρα)  with  silver  trappings.  Polyb.  [0ά] 

Άργνροφεγγής,  ές,  (άργυρος,  φέγ- 
γος) silver-shining,    Anth. 

ΆργϋρόφλειΙ',  εβος,  ό,  η.  {άργνρος, 
φ?.έιΡ)  with  -iw/is  of  silver  ore. 

'Αργϋροφνλαξ,  ακος,  ό.  (άργυρος, 
φύ'λαξ)  α  money-keeper,  [όϋ] 

Άργνροχάλϊνος.  ον.  (αργνρος,  χα- 
λινός) with  reins  of  silver,  Philostr. 

'Αρ\ϋροχοέω,  ώ,  to  melt  or  cast  sil- 
ver :  from 

Άργνροχόος,  ό,  (άργυρος,  χέώ)  a 
m.elter  of  silver. 

Άργύρόω,  ώ,  f.  -ώσω,  (ύργνρος)  to 
turn  into  silver,  to  .tilver. — 2.  to  reward 
with  silver :  Pass,  to  be  rewarded  with 
silver.  Pind.  N.  10,  80,  I.  2.  13. 

Άργνρώδης,  ες.  {άργυρος,  εΙδος)^= 
άργυροειδής. — 2.  rich  in  silver,  τόττος, 
Xen.  Vect.  4,  3. 

Άργύρωμα,   ατός,    τό,   (άργί'ρόω) 

ver  pi 
50.  [0] 


silver  plate,  mostly  in  plur.,  Lys.  Fr. 


(αργνρ 
.,  Lys. 


Αργυρώνητος,  ov,  (άργυρος,  ώνέο- 
μαί)  bought  with  silver.  βερά~ωΐ',  Hdt. 
4,  72,  νφαί,  Aesch.  Ag.  949. 

'\'Αργνφέη,  ης,  ή,  Argyphea,  a  town 
of  Elis.  H.  Hymn.  Ap.  422. 

Άργνφεος.  έα,  εον,  silver-white,  sil- 
ver-shining, Hom.  (άργύ-φεος  related 
to  άρ2νρ-ος  as  λιγν-ς  to  λιγνρ-ός. 
Pott  Etymol.  Forsch.  1,  114.  {ϋ\ 

Άργνφής,  ff,=  foreg.,  Orph. 
νΑργυψία,  ας.  ή.  Argyphia,  wife  of 
Aegyptus,  ApoUod.  2,  1,  5. 

Άργνφος,  ον,^άργυφής,  epithet  of 
sheep,  Od.  10.  85,  II.  24,  621. 

'Αργώ,  όος  contr.  ονς,  ή,  the  Argo 
or  ship  in  which  Jason  sailed  to  Col- 
chis, from  αργός,  swift :  first  in  Od 
12,  70.     Hence 

ΫΑργφος,  a,  ov.  of  or  belonging  to  the 
Argo,  σκάφος,  Eur.  Med.  477:  Άργ 
ώος  λιμήν.  Αρ.  Rh.  4,  658. 

'Αρδα,  ης.  ή,  (άρδω)  dirt,  filth, 
Pherecr.  Epil.  7.  [άρδά,  Lob.  Phr>'n. 
438.] 

'Apoa7uov,  ov.  TO,  also  άρδάνιον, 
ου,  (άρδω)  a  water-pot  or  trough. 

ΥΑρδα'λος.  ου.  ό.  Ardalus,  a  cele- 
brated pipe-player  of  Troezene,  Plut.: 
ace.  to  Paus.  2, 31,  3,  a  son  of  Vulcan. 

'Αρδαλος,  ov,  (άρδά)  dirtied,  soiled. 
Hence 

Άρ<5αλόω,   ώ,   to   dirty,   soil,   mix, 

i'Apδavύξης,  or  Άρδανία,  ας,  η, 
Ardania,  a  promontory  of  Marmarica, 
Strab. 

Άρδάνιον,  ου,  τό.=άρδάλιον. 
^Αρδέα,  ας,  ή,  Ardea,  a  city  of  the 
Rutuli  in  Lalium,  Strab. :  oi  Άρδεά- 
ται.  ών,  the  inhabitants  of  Ardea,  Dion. 
H.  5,01. 

ΥΑρδέας,  ου,  6,  Ardens,  son  of  Ulys- 
ses an(l  Circe,  Dion.  H. 

Άρδεία.  ας.  ή.  (άρδω)  a  watering 
either  of  cattle  or  fields,  Strab. 

ί'Αρδέρικκα,  ων,  τά.  Ardrricca,  a 
town  of  Assyria  on  the  Euphrates, 
Hdt.  1,  185. — 2.  a  place  near  Susa, 
Hdt.  6,  119. 

Άρδενσις,  εως.  ή,  (αρδεύω)  ={oTeg., 
Ath. 

Άρδεντής,  ov,  ό.  a  waterer. 

Άρδεντός,  ή,  όν,  verb,  adj.,  watered• 
from 

Άρδεύω.=:^αρδω,  to  water,  Lat.  irri- 
gare,  Aesch.  Pr.  852. 

Άρδηβμός,  ov,  ό,^ΰρδμός.  Lye. 

'Αρδ)/ν,   adv.   contr.   for    άέρδην 


ΑΡΕΙ 

ialpu))  lifted  up,  raised  on  high,  Soph. 
Ant.  430.  —  I],  taken  aicay  utterly, 
wholly.  Aesch.  Pr.  1051,  and  in  prose, 
esp.  άρδην  άνατρέττειν,  a~o'/.Avvai, 
όύαφθίίρειν,  hat.  pe7iitus  evertere,  etc.. 
Plat..  Dem.,  and  in  late  prose  very 
freq..  u.  άναφείν.  Lob.  Paral.  532. 

νΧρόησκος,  ov,  a,  Ardescus,  a  river 
in  European  Sarmatia,  Hes.  Th.  345. 

ΥΧρόηττος,  οϋ,  6,  Ardettus,  a  hill 
on  the  llissus,  near  Athens,  Plut. 
Thes.  3. 

t'Apdta,  ας,  η,  Ardia,  a  region  of 
lUyria,  Strab. :  oi  Άρδιαϊοί,  the  Ar- 
diiiis,  Strab. 

ΥΧρόιαϊος,  ov,  b,  Ardiaetis,  a  cruel 
tyrant  of  Pamphylia,  Plat.  Rep.  615  C. 

i'ApOLOv,  ov,  TO,  όρος.  Mount  Ardius, 
a  mountain  of  Dalmatia,  Strab. 

ΆΡΔ12,  εως,  ή,  the  point  of  any 
thing,  as  of  an  arrow,  Hdt.  1,  215;  a 
sting,  Aesch.  Pr.  880. 

Άρδμός,  ov,  b,  [άρδυ)  a  watering :  a 
watering-place,  11.  18,  521,  Od.  13,247. 

■\'λρδονεννα,  ης,  ή,  Arduennn  (sil- 
ra),  the  forest  of  Ardennes  in  Belgie 
Gaul,  Strab. 

ί'Αρδνς,  νος,  ύ,  Ardys,  son  of  Gyges 
king  of  Lydia,  Hdt.  1,  15. 
ΆΡΔΩ,  f.  ύρσω,  to  water,  and  so — 

I.  of  men,  to  water  cattle,  give  them  to 
drink,  ϊ-πονς,  Η.  Horn.  8,  3,  cf  Hdt. 
5,  12;  άρδ.  Σιμόεντος,Ιο\\'Β.Ιβτ  them 
at  or  with  the  Simojs,  Meineke  Eu- 
phor.  75  :  also  to  walk  or  sxci/n  cattle 
in  water,  Buttin.  Lexil.  v.  α-όερσαι 
3.  Pass,  to  drink,  H.  Hom.  Ap.  263. 
— 2.  of  rivers  and  the  like,  to  water 
land,  Lat.  rigare,  irrigare,  Hdt.  2,  13, 
14,  etc. :  but  also  σίτος  χερσί  άρδό- 
μενος,  watered  by  hand,  Hut.  1,  193. — 

II.  metaph.  to  rt fresh,  rear,  foster,  b7.- 
βον  άρδειν,  Pind.  0. 5,  55,  cf  Ruhnk. 
Ep.  Cr.  p.  61.  (Akin  to  *  ΰλδω,  ύλ- 
δαίιυ,  άλδήσκίο.) 

Άρέβονσα,  ης,  η,  Arethusa,  name 
of  several  fountains,  the  earliest 
known  in  Ithaca,  Od.  13,  40S  ;  the 
most  famous  at  Syracuse,  the  Nymph 
of  which  became  the  Muse  of  Bu- 
col.  poetry.  (A  participial  form 
prob.  akin  to  ύρδω,  as  if  άρδουσα, 
the  water  cr.) 

ΥΑρεθονσως.  ov,  a,  Arethusius, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Dem.  1246. 

Άρείά.  άς,  η.  Ion.  and  poet.  άρει//. 
{άρύ)α  curse,  7nenace,  threat,  W.  17,431 ; 
20,  109. — II.  as  pr.  n.  Arta,  the  mother 
of  Miletus,  ApoUod.  3.  1,  2.  [άρ] 

Άρείθύσανος,  ov.  ό,  tassel  of  Ares 
or  yiars,  a  bold  word  for  a  brave  and 
tried  warrior,  Aesch.  Fr.  186. 

Άρειμάνής.  ές,  (^λρης,  μαίνομαι) 
full  nf  vjarlike  phrensy,  Simyl.  ap. 
Plut.  "Rom.  17. 

Αρειμάνιος,  ov,  =  foreg.,  madly 
fond  of  war,  Plut.     Hence 

Άρειμανιότης,  ητος,  ή,  martial 
phrensy,  Stob. 

Άρειοττάγίτης,  ov,  6,  Att.  Άρεοπ., 
Lob.  Phryn.  698,  (J Αρεως,  ττύγος)  an 
Areopagite,  Aeschin.  1 1 ,  fin.    Hence 

Άρειοττάγίτικός,  ή.  όν,  Areopagite. 

Άρειό-ΰ-,ος.  ό,  v.  Άρειος  -άγος- 

Άρεως,  ον,  also  α,  ον,  Eur.  Η.  F. 
413,  ('Ap7/f)  devoted  to  Ares  or  Mars, 
warlike,  valiant,  martial,  Lat.  mavor- 
tius :  in  Horn.,  who  almost  always 
uses  Ion.  form  'Αρίβος,  epith.  of  war- 
riors, more  rarely  of  weapons  :  later 
compar.  'Αρειότερος,  a.  ον.^άρεί-. 
ων,  and  prob.  formed  from  it,  like 
χερειότερος  from  χερείων-  [dp] 

ΆρείΟζ"  πάγος,  ό .  hill  of  Arts  or  Mars, 
over  against  the  Acropolis  at  Athens. 
on  the  west  side.  Hdt.  8,  52  ;  on  it  was 
held  the  highest  judicial  court,  called 
by   the    same  name :    though    here 


ΑΡΕΣ 

some  take  Άρειος  as  simply=0ovi- 
κός,  since  capital  crimes  came  spe- 
cially under  its  jurisdiction,  first  in 
Aesch.  Eum.  681,  sq.  :  on  its  history 
cf  Diet.  Antiqq.,  Thirlw.  Hist.  Gr.  2, 
p.  49  ;  3.  p.  23.  The  form  Άρειό-α- 
γος  or  Άρεόπαγος  occurs  in  no  good 
author  ;  Lob.  Phrjn.  599. 

Άρειότολμος.  ov,  {'Αρεως  τό/.μα) 
warlike,  bold,  Anth. 

Άρείφατος,  ov,  in  Hom.  'Αρηΐφα- 
τος,  {'Αρης,  *  φένω,  πέφαμαι,  ηέφα• 
ταί)  slain  by  Mars,  i.  e.  slain  in  war, 
Hom. — 2.  later  it  seems  in  genl.= 
Άρειος,  as  in  ap.  άγων,  λημα,  Aesch. 
Eum.  890,  Fr.  139,  φόνοι,  Eur.  Suppl. 
603. 

Άρείων,  ό,  ή,  ov,  τό,  gen.  όνος, 
better,  stouter,  stronger  braver,  more  ex- 
cellent, in  Horn,  of  all  advantages  of 
body,  birth,  and  fortune :  it  serves 
as  compar.  of  αγαθός,  άριστος.  (On 
the  denv.  v.  Άρης.)  [up] 

^'Αρείων,  όνος,  ό,  Arion,  a  horse  of 
Adrastus,  II.  23,  346. 

ΥΑρεκομικοί,  Civ,  o'l,  the  Arecomici,  a 
people  on  the  Rhone,  Strab. 

'Αρεκτος,  ov,  poet,  for  άββεκτος, 
undone,  unaccomplished,  II.  19.  150. 

t'ApF?.orai,  ύν,  ni,  and  ΆρέΆάτον, 
ov,  TO,  Arelate.  now  Aries,  a  city  of 
Gallia  on  the  Rhone,  Strab. 

Άρέομαι,  Ion.  for  άραομαι,  Hdt. 

'Αψεοπαγίτης,ου,  ό,  v.  Άρειοπαγί- 
της. 

Άρεος,  έα,  εον,  collateral  form  of 
Άρεως,  received  by  Bockh  in  Pind. 
N.9,  97. 

ΊΆρεος  ά/.σος,  τό,  the  Grove  of 
Mars,  in  Colchis,  where  the  golden 
fleece  was  preserved,  Apollod.  1,  9,  I. 
ΥΑρεονακοί,  ών,  οι,  the  Arevaci,  a 
tribe  of  the  Celtiberi  on  the  Tagus, 
Strab. 

Άρέσαι,  άρέσασθαι,  inf  aor.  1 
act.  and  mid.  of  αρέσκω,  Hom. 

fΆpέσavδpoς,  ov,  o,  Aresander, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Lys. 

Άρέσθαι,  inf  aor.  2  mid.  of  αίρω, 
Hom. 
ί'Αρεσίας,  ov,  ό,  Aresias,  one  of  the 
thirty  tyrants  in  Athens,  Xen.  Hell. 
2,  3,'2. 

Αρέσκεια,  ας,  ή,  {άρεσκεύω)  the 
character  of  an  άρεσκος,  excessive  com- 
plaisance, obsequiousness,  cringing,  cf. 
Theophr.  Char.  5. 

Άρέσκενμα,  ατός,  τό,  obsequious, 
cringing  conduct,  Plut.  ;  and 

Άρεσκεντικός,  ή,  όν,  disposed  to 
ob.iequiousness  or  cringing,  M.  Anton.  : 
from 

Άρεσκεύω,  also  as  dep.  mid.,  άρεσ- 
κενομαι,  to  behave  in  a  pleasing  7)ian- 
ner :  άρεσκεύεσθαι  τίνα,  to  conciliate 
a  person's /αϋΟΜΓ,  v.  1.  Plut. 

Άρεσκόντως,  adv.  part.  pres.  act 
from  αρέσκω,  agreeably,  Eur.,  and 
Plat. 

Άρεσκος,  η,  ov,  pleasing,  complai- 
sant:  but  usu.  in  bad  sense,  obsequi- 
ous, cringing,  flattering,  Arist.  Eth 
N.,  cf  Theophr.  Char.  5  :  from 

Αρέσκω,  fut.  αρέσω,  mid.  άρέσο- 
μαι.  poet,  άρέσσομαι :  aor.  1  ηρεσα, 
mid.  ηρεσάμην,  poet.  part,  άρεσσά- 
μενος,  {*άρω,  ύρσω),  to  make  a  thing 
good,  make  it  up,  II.  9,  120  ;  19,  138: 
so  in  mid.,  ταντα  ό'  άρεσσύμεθα,  this 
will  we  make  up  among  ourselves,  II. 
4,  362,  Od.  22,  55  ;  so  σττονδας  θεοΐς  I 
άρέσασθαι,  to  make  full  drink-offer- 
ings to  the  gods,  Theogn.  760 :  but  c. 
ace.  pers.  et  dat.  rei,  to  content,  .latis- 
fy,  appease,  conciliate,  τινά  δώροΐσΐ, 
k-έεσσι,  11.  9,  112,  Od.  8,  396:  so  too 
θεούς,  .\esch.  Supp.  655  :  but  c.  gen.  ! 
rei,  άρέσαντο   φρένας  αίματος,   they  ' 


ΑΡΕΩ 

sated  their  heart  with  blood,  Hes.  Sc. 
255.  Pass.  c.  aor.  ηρέσθην,  pert". 
ηρεσμαι,  to  be  contented,  satisfied,  ap- 
peased, acquiesce,  τινί,  Hdt.  3,  34, 
Thuc,  etc. — Π.  intr.  to  please,  con- 
tent, gratify,  USU.  in  3  pers.  c.  dat., 
ταντα  αρέσκει  μοι,  Hdt.  1,  89,  and 
freq.  in  Att.  ;  c.  Ίηί,.ηρεσέ  σόι  ταντα 
ττηιέειν,  Hdt.  8,  19  ;  so  too  in  mid., 
Hdt.  6,  128;  9,79:  in  Att.  also  usu.  c. 
dat.  as  Soph.  Ant.  211,  Thuc.  5,  :i7, 
etc.  though  also  c.  ace,  which  is 
called  by  Gramm.  the  Att.  construc- 
tion). Koen.  Greg.  p.  66,  Valck.  and 
Monk  Hipp.  184.  Heind.  Plat.  Crat. 
391  C,  cf.  ύνδάνω- — 2.  to  flatter,  τινί, 
Eur.  Alcmen.  6  ;  ap.  τρόττοις  τινός, 
to  conform  to  one's  ways,  Dem.  1362, 
11  ;  1406,  fin. — 3.  part,  ό  άρέσκων 
grateful  or  acceptable :  hence  tu  άρέσ- 
κοντα  or  άρέσαντα,  Lat.  placita.  the 
favourite  dogmas  of  philosophers, 
Plut..  cf  *  άρω. 

Άρεστήρ,  ηρος,  ό,  {αρέσκω)  α  pro- 
pitiatory offering,  esp.  a  kind  of  cake. 
Hence 

Άρεστήριος,  ov,  propitiatory. 
Ϋ Αρεστορίδιις,  ov,  ό,  son  or  descend- 
ant of  Arestor,  e.  g.  Argus,  Ap.  Rh.  1, 
112. 

Αρεστός,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from 
αρέσκω,  that  pleases,  gratifies,  Simon. 
Amorg.  :  agreeable,  approved.  Hence 
TO  άρεστόν,  a  decree,  like  άρεσαν  or 
δόξαν.     Adv.  -τώς,  Hdt. 

Ι'Αρεστωρ,  ορός,  ό,  Arestor,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Apollod. 

Άρεταίνω,  Gramm.  for  ΰρετάω. 

Άρετά/.υγία,  ας,  ή,  the  practice  of 
an  ΰρετα/,όγος,  buffoonery  :  from 

Άρετάλόγος,  ov.  ό,  {αρετή,  'λέ)'ω) 
strictly,  a  prater  about  virtue:  at  Rome 
a  kind  of  buffoon.  Casaub.  Suet. 
Aug.  74,  Juven.  15,  16,  cf  ήθό'/.ο)ος, 
ΥΑρέτας,  a  and  ov,  6,  Aretas,  a 
name  common  to  several  kings  of  the 
Nabathaean  Arabs,  Strab.,  etc. 

Άρετύω,  ω,  fut.  -ήσω,  {αρετή)  to  be 
fit  or  proper,  to  thrive,  prosper,  OVK  ap- 
ετά  κακά  έργα,  Od.  8,  329,  /.aol  άρε- 
τωσι,  Od.  19,  114. 

νΑρετάων,  όνος,  ό,  Aretaon,  a  Tro- 
jan, 11.  6,  31.  [-ΰ] 

Αρετή,  ης,  ή.  goodness,  excellence,  of 
any  kind ;  but  in  Hom.  esp.  manly, 
warlike  goodness,  inanhood,  prowess, 
valour,  Lat.  virtus  :  also  manly  beauty, 
rank,  dignity,  and  in  genl.  outicard  dis- 
tinction, Theogn.  30,  etc.,  cf  αγαθός, 
and  Welcker,  praef  Theogn.  p.  29, 
sqq.  :  so  of  horses,  runners,  etc. — 2. 
in  prose,  freq.  of  the  virtues  or  proper- 
ties of  land,  fountains,  plants,  etc., 
Hdt.  4,  198,  Thuc.  1,  2,  etc.— 3.  the 
usu.  sense  of  it  is  almost  =  Lat.  vii•- 
tus,  of  the  active  rather  than  the 
strictly  moral  virtues,  cf  Xen.  Mem. 
2,  1,  21,  sq.  :  hence — 4.  skill,  αρετή 
τεκτονική,  κνβερνητική,  etc..  Plat. — 

11.  character  or  reputation  for  virtue, 
glory,  Pind.  P.  4,  331,  Thuc.  1,  33;  ap. 
καΐ  δόξα.  Plat.  Symp.  208  D  :  αρετή 
έργων,  fame  for  noble  deeds,  Lys.  193, 

12,  cf.  ενσέίίεια.  [For  deriv.  v.  sub 
'Apz/f.]  [a] 

ίΆρετή,  ης,  ή,  Arete,  daughter  of 
Dionysius  the  elder,  Plut. 

ΫΑρέτης.  ov.  ό,  Aretes,  a  command- 
er of  Alexander's,  .Arr.  An.  3,  12,  3. 
—2.  a  Spartan,  Diod.  S.  14.  70. 

νΑρετις,  ιος,  ό,  Aretis,  a  Macedo- 
nian, Arr.  An.  1, 15,  6. 

'Api-i'f.  0.  Aeol.  for  Άρης,  Alcae., 
cf  Koen.  Gre?.  p.  194 — 2.  Areus,  a 
king  of  Spart"a.  Plut.  Pyrrh.  26: 
others  in  Diod.  S.,  Pans.,  etc. 

*  Άρεω,  assumed  as  pres.  whence 
fut.  and  aor.  of  αρέσκω. 

205 


APHP 

νλρεών,  ώνος.  ό,  Arcon,  a  river  of 
Persia,  Arr.  Ind.  38,  7. 

t'Apewf  TTcoiov  and  Άρεος  πεδίον, 
τό,  the  Campus  Martius  in  Rome, 
Hdn. 

Άρη,  f/ς,  {/,  Ion.  and  Horn,  for  ΰρά, 
q.  V. 

Άρηαι,  2  sing.  subj.  aor.  2  mid.  for 
ύρτ;,  from  oipo),  II.,  Hes. 

^Άρηγητίς.ίόος,  ή,  Aregonis,  mother 
of  Moj)stis,  Orph. 

'Apiiyoavvij,  ης,  ή,  help,  aid,  Anth. 
P.  9.  788. 

Άρήγω,  fut.  -ξυ,  to  help,  aid,  stic- 
cour,  Tivi,  flotn.  only  in  II.,  always  to 
succour  in  war,  oft.  c.  dat.  modi,  as 
μύχ^,  χερϋί  ■  so  too  Pind.,  and  Trag. 
— 2.  absol.  to  be  of  use,  fje  gnod  Ov  fit, 
c.  inf ,  φέρειν  άρήγει,  Pind.  P.  2,  173  : 
hence  σίγΰν  αρτ/ρ/ει,  Aesch.  Eum. 
571. — II.  c.  ace.  rei,  tn  ward  off,  pre- 
VPTit,  e.  g.  ύρηξον  άλωσιν,  -Xesch. 
Theb.  119:  also  like  αρκέω,  up.  τινί 
τι,  to  ward  off  from  one,  φήνον  τέκ- 
νοις, Eur.  Med.  1275,  cf  Tro.  772. 
Chiefly  poet.,  bnt  also  in  Hdt.7,  136, 
and  Xen.  (Akin  to  άρκέω,  έρνκω, 
arceo,  arx,  area,  cf.  Pott  Etymol. 
Forsch.  1,271.)  [it] 

'Κρηγών,  όνος,  ό,  ή,  a  helper,  aid, 
11.4,7. 
νΚρή-,ων,  οντος,  6,  Aregon,  a  paint- 
er of  Corinth,  Strab. 
■t'Api/iaf,  ύδος,  ή,  (fern.  adj.  from 
Άρι/ς)  of  or  belonf;ing  to  Mars  ;  mar- 
tial, xrarlike,  Qu.  Sm.  187. 

Άρηίθοος,  ov,  (Άρης,  θοός)  swift 
as  Mars,  swift  in  war,  II. 

Άρηϊκτύμενος,  η,  ov,  {Άρης,  κτεί- 
vu)  slain  by  Mars,  or  m  war,  11. 22,  72. 

■f  Αριμλνκος,  ου,  ό,  Are'ilycus,  masc. 
pr.  n..  Horn. 

νλρίμνος,  ov,  ό,  Areinus,  a  satrap 
of  Phrygia,  Strab. 

ΥΚρήϊος,  ov,  0,  Are'ius,  son  of  Bias, 
an  .Xrgonaut,  Ap.  Rh. 

Άρίβος,  η,  ov,  also  ος,  ov.  Ion.  for 
Άρεως,  Horn. 

Άρηίφάτος,  ov.  Ion.  ίοτΆρείφατος, 
Hom. 

Άρη'ίφθογγος,  ov,  {Άρης,  φθογγή) 
martial-smmding,  Cornut.  21. 

Άρηίφθορος,  ov,  {Άρης,  φθείρω) 
destroyed  or  slain  in  war. 

Άρηίφΐλος,  ό.ή,  also,  η,  ov,  {Άρης, 
φί'λος)  dear  to  Mars,  favoured  of  the 
god  of  war.  freq.  epith.  of  warriors  in 
Hom.  (The  act.  signf.  loving  Mars 
is  very  dub.) 

ΆρΥ/μεναι,  inf  Ion.  for  άρΰν,  v.  sub 
άρύομαι. 

Άρημίνος,  ένη,  ένον,  distressed, 
harassed,  worn  out,  expl.  by  the  old 
Gramm.  by  βεΐ3λαμμένος,  Hom.  (only 
in  Od.) :  also  γήρα'  vrro  λιτταρφ  άρη- 
μένος.  Od.  11,  136.  (Of  unknown 
origin.) 
■\'Αρ?μ•η,  ης,  ή.  Arene,  daughter  of 
Oebalus,  and  sister  of  Aphareus, 
Pans. ;  after  her  was  named — 2.  a 
city  of  Elis,  the  residence  of  Apha- 
reus, II.  2,  591  :  adv.  Άρήνηθεν,βοτη 
Arene,  Ap.  Rh.  1,  471. 

Άρηξις,  εως,  η,  {άρήγω)  help  suc- 
cour, Aesch.  Pr.  547,  Soph.  O.  C.  829. 
— II.  c.  gen.  rei,  help  against  a  thing, 
vieans  of  averting  it,  e.  g.  πημάτων. 
Soph.  El.  876. 

ίΆρηξίων,  όνος.  ό,  Arexion,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  Xen.  An.  6,  2,  13. 

Άρηρα,  perf  2  of  άρω :  plqpf  ΰρή- 
οειν. 

Άρηρεμένος,  part.  perf.  pass,  of 
*  ΰ.ρω,  q.  v.,  I.  fin. :  Brunck  in  Ap.  Rh. 
alters  it  to  άρηράμενος,  as  part.  aor. 
1,  mid. 

Άρηροβένος,  η,    ov,  ploughed,  II., 
206 


ΑΡΘΜ 

and  Hdt.,  Ion.  for  ήρώμενος,  Π.,  part, 
perf  pass,  from  ύροω. 

Άρηρότως,  Ion.  άρπρότως,  adv. 
part,  perf  act.  from  *  άρω,  filly,  fit- 
ting close :  hence  fast,  tight,  Eur. 
Med.  1192. 

ΆΡΗΣ,  ό,  gen.  Άρεος,  never 
contr.,  also  Άρεως,  (equally  good 
Att.,  being  freq.  even  in  Isocr.,  and 
Dem.,  cf.  Elmsl.  O.  C.  947,  Monk 
Ale.  514,  although  the  Att.  usage  is 
doubted  by  Schiif  Greg.  p.  607, 
Butttn.  Ausf  Gr.  ^  58,  m  voc.) :  dat. 
Άρεϊ,  Att.  contr.  Άρει,  poet.  Άρτ? 
(Matth.  Alcae.  1.  p.  10):  ace.  'Ap??', 
also  Άρην.  (both  Att.,  but  Hom.  has 
the  latter  only  in  11.  5,  909,  where 
however  Dind.  reads,  Άρη',  from  the 
Aeol.  Άρενς),  also  Άρεα,  in  Sojjh. 
O.  T.  190:  voc.  "Apff. :— Ion.  and 
Ep.  Άρηος,  ηϊ,  ηα ;  but  the  gen. 
Άρηως  and  Άρεω  only  in  Gramm. 
Arcs,  Lat.  Mars,  son  of  Jupiter  and 
Juno,  god  of  war  and  slaughter,  re- 
presented by  Hom.  as  a  gigantic 
warrior:  in  Trag.  the  god  of  destruc- 
tion in  genl.,  the  spirit  of  strife, 
plague,  famine.  Soph.  O.  T.  190,  etc., 
cf  Lob.  Aj.  692.  Hence  as  ai)])el. 
for  war,  slaughter,  murder,  etc.,  Άρης 
εμι^ύλιος,  τιθασάς.  Aesch.  etc. ;  ?u- 
ϋολενστος  Ά.,  death  by  stoning.  Soph. 
Aj.  254 :  and  even  for  iron.  ace.  to 
Eust.  (Akin  to  άβ^ην,  αρσην,  as 
Mars  to  7nas,  perhaps  also  to  avi/p, 
■ηρως.  Lat.  vir:  perhaps  also  to  αίρω, 
έναίρω.  Lat.  arma,  and  to  the  prefix 
άρί-  :  from  the  same  root  come  αρε- 
τή, άρείων,  άριστος,  the  first  notion 
of  goodness  being  that  of  manhood, 
bravery  in  war,  cf  Donalds.  N.  Cratyl. 
305.)  [u  in  Horn.,  but  oft  u  in  arsis, 
e.  g.  II.  5,  31,  and  so  in  compounds : 
later  Ep.  uncertain  ;  Alt.  rarely  long, 
Meineke  Quaest.  Men.  p.  38.] 

Άρήτειρα,  ?;,  fem.  from  ΰρητήρ. 
Αρ.  Rh.  [dp] 

Υλρήτη,  ης.  ή.  Arete,  wife  of  Alci- 
nous,  Od.  8,54. — 2.  daughter  of  Aris- 
tippus  the  philosopher.  Strab. 

Άρητήρ,  ηρος,  6.  {άράομαι)  strict- 
ly, one  that  prays  :  hence  a  priest,  be- 
cause the  priest  conveyed  the  pray- 
ers of  the  people  to  the  gods.  II. ; 
poet,  for  ιερεύς,  ace.  to  Arist.  Poet, 
[up]     Hence 

Άρητήηιον,  ov,  τό,  a  place  for 
prayer,  Plut.  [a] 

ν\ρητιά^ιης.  ov.  h,  son  of  Aretius, 
i.  e.  Nisus,  Od.  16,  395.-2.  son  of 
Ares  or  Mars,  i.  e.  Cycnus,  Hes.  Scut. 
Here.  57. 

t'Ap7/7i(if,  άόος,  ή,  pecul.  fem.  to 
Άρειος,  of  Mars,  sacred  to  Mars, 
κρήΐ'η,  νήσος,  foxintain.,  island  of  Mars, 
Ap.  Rh. 

Υλρητος,  ov,  6,  Aretus,  son  of  Nes- 
tor, Od.  3,  414.— 2.  son  of  Priam,  11. 
17,  494. 

Άρητός,  ή,  όν,  Ion.  for  άρατός, 
Hom. 

Άρητνω,  =  άρύω,  to  draiu  water, 
Alcae. 

Αρθείς,  part.  aor.  1  pass,  from  αί- 
ρω, Horn. 

Άρθεν,  3  plur.  aor.  1  pass.  Aeol. 
for  ήρθησαν,  from  alpu,  II. 

Άρθμέω,  ώ.  fut.  -τ/σω.  (άβθμός)  to 
join  together,  -unite,  Ap.  Rh. — II.  intr. 
to  be  joined  together  or  tniited,  ίι•  φΓ/.ό- 
τητι  ύρθμήσαντε  (for  άρθμι^θέντε)  II. 
7,    302. 

Άρθμια  ων,  τά  (not  άρθμία,  η), 
peaceful  relations,  peace,  concord,  Opp. 
to  πυ?ρ/ίος,  Hdt.  6, 83  :  strictly  neut. 
plur.  from 

Άρθμιος,  a,  ov,  {άρθμός)  joined, 
united :  hence  at  peace  or  in  concord 


APIA 

u'ith  another,  τινί,  Od.  16,  427,  and 
Hdt. 
νΑρθμιος,  ov,  h,  Arthmius,  son  of 
Pythona.x,  a  proxenus  of  the  Atheni- 
ans in  Zelea,  Dinarch.  90,  1,  Dem. 
121,  27. 

Άρθμός,  ov,  ό,  {άρω)  a  bond,  league, 
friendship,  H.  Horn.  Mere.  524,  Aesch. 
Pr.  191. 

Άρθρεμβολέω,  ύ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  set 
limbs.  Math.  Vett. :  and 

Άρβρεμβόλησις,  εως,  ή,  the  setting 
of  a  limb,  Chirurg.  Vett.  :  from 

ΆρθρέμβοΑος.  ov,  {άρθρον,  ίμβάλ- 
λω)  with  the  limbs  set :  αρθρ.  όργανα, 
instruments  for  setting  li7nhs  :  also  for 
torture.  Joseph. 

Άρθρίδιον.  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  άρ- 
θρον, Μ.  Anton. 

Αρθρικός,  ή.  O7',=  sq.,  Hipp. 

Αρθριτικός,  ή,  όν,  {άρθρον)  belong 
ing  to  the  limbs  or  joints,  diseased  in 
them,  gouty,  Hipp. 

Άρθρϊτις.  ιόος,  ή.  as  if  fem.  of  άρθ- 
ρίτης,  which  does  not  occur,  belong- 
ing to  the  limbs  or  joints,  αρθρ.  φ?.εγ- 
μονή,  etc.,  Hipp.:  ή  άρθρίτις,  sc. 
νόσος,  gout.  Id. 

Άρθρον,  ov,  τό,  {*  άρω)  a  joint,  esp. 
the  socket  of  the  joint,  opp.  to  αστρά- 
γαλος. Hdt.  3,  129  :  in  plur.  a  limb, 
and  freq.  in  plur.  the  Umbs.  oft.  joined 
with  some  other  word,  άρθρα  ποδοΐν, 
the  ankles,  So|)h.  O.  T.  718,  cf  1032  ; 
also  άρθρων  Ί/λνσις,  the  limbs,  legs, 
Eur.  Hec.  82  :  and  even  άρθρα  των 
κύκίων,  the  eyes,  Sojjh.  O.  Τ  1270, 
άρθρα  στόματος,  the  mouth,  Eur. 
Cycl.  625  :  also  τά  άρθρα  alone,  the 
genitals,  Hdt.  3,  87,  cf  Valck.  ad  3, 
103. — II.  the  article  in  grammar,  Plut. 

Άρθροκτ/δ?;ς,  ες,  {άρθρον,  κήδος) 
afflicting  the  limbs,  πόνοι,  Luc. 

Άρθροπέδιμ  ?/(•.  ή,  {άρθρον,  πέδη) 
α  ha?) d  for  the  limbs,  fetter.  Anth. 

Άρθρόω.  {άρθρον)  to  form  into  mem- 
bers, fasten  by  joints,  fit  together,  and 
SO.  to  fashion,  finish  off :  esp.  of  words, 
to  utter  distinctly,  γ'λύσσα  άρθροϊ,  την 
όωνήν. produces  articulate  sounds,  Xen. 
Mem.  1,  4,  12,  as  Lucret.  4.  5.')5,  vo- 
ces articulat . . .  lingua  :  but  άρθρούν 
γ?.ώσσην  καΐ  νόον,  to  give  strength  to, 
nerve  the  tongue  and  mind,  Theogn. 
758. 

Άρθρύδης,  ες,  {άρθρον,  είδος)  uell- 
articiilnted  Xen.  Cyn    4,   1. 

ΆΡΓ-,  insep.  prefix,  like  Ipi-, 
strengthening  the  notion  conveyed 
by  its  compd. :  of  same  root  with 
'Ap7;f,  άρείων,  άριστος,  and  so  chiefly 
denotes  goodness,  excellence,  \.  Buttra. 
Lexil.  V.  εκιΡ.ος  9,  p.  285  :  mostly  in 
older  Ep.  and  Lyr.  [u] 

Άρία,  ας,  ή.  a  kind  of  oak,  prob. 
quercus  ilex,  Theophr.  :  also  φε?ί?ίό- 
δρνς. 

i'Apia,  ας,  ή.  Aria,  a  province  of 
Persia,  now  corresponding  nearly  to 
Chorasan,  Strab.  ;  oi  Άριοι,  tlie  Ari- 
ans,  Hdt.  3,  93. 

γΑριαι3ίγνης,  ου,  b,  Ariahignes,  a 
brother  of  Xerxes,  slain  in  the  battle 
of  Salamis,  Hdt._7,  97. 

νΑριάδνη,  ης,  ή,  Ariadne,  daughter 
of  Minos,  II.  18,  592. 

ί'Αριαϊος,  ov,  ό.  Ariaeus,  commander 
of  the  Asiatics  in. the  army  of  Cyrus 
the  younger,  Xen.  An.  1.  8,  5,  etc. 
ΥΑηιύκης,  ov.  ό,  Ariaces,  leader  of 
the  Cappadocians,  Arr.  An.  3,  8,  5. 
.νΑριαμάζον  πέτρα,  ή,  the  rock  of 
Ariamazes,  in  Sogdiana,  Strab. 

ΫΑριαμένης,  ov.  a,  Ariamcnes,  same 
as  Άριαβίγνης,  Plut. 

^Άριΰνή,  ης,  ή,  Ariana,  a  general 
term  for  several  provinces  of  eastern 
Persia,  now  Afghanistan,  Sirab. 


ΑΡΙΘ 

t  Κρίανθίδης,  ον,  ό,  Arianthidcs,  son 
of  Lysimachus,  Thuc.  4,  91. 

^Άρίάνός,  7),  ον,  (JApiavi/)  of  or  oe- 
longing  to  Ariana  ;  oi  Άριαιοί,  the  in- 
habitaats  of  Ariana,  Strab. — 2.  -νός, 
ον,  ό,  Arianus,  masc.  pr.  n.,  Polyb.  8, 
18. 

t'Apiavraf,  a,  ό,  Ariantas,  a  Scyth- 
ian king,  Hdt.  4,  81.  ^ 

ΥΧριαπήθιις,  ον,  ό,  Ariapeithes,  a 
Scythian  lung,  Hdt.  4,  76. 

νλριαράθης,  ον,  ό,  Ariaralhex,  a 
name  common  to  many  kings  of  Cap- 
padocia.  Strab.,  etc.  [pa] 

Υλριαράμνιις,  ον,  ό,  Ariaramnes, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Hdt.  8,  90. 

i'Apia'TTrai,  ών.  ol,  the  Ariaspae,  a 
people  of  Drangiana,  Arr.  An.  3,  27,  4. 
t'AptiaiOf,  Of.  o,  Artbaeiis,  a  king 
of  the  Cappadocians,  Xen.  Cyr.  2, 
1,5. 
Vkpiyalov,  ov,  τό,  Arigaeum,  a  city 
of  India,  Arr.  An.  4,  24. 

ίΆρίγενς,  έως,  ό,  Arigeus,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  Plut. 

'Κρίγνώς,  ώτος,  ό,  ^,=sq.j  Find. 
Ν.  5,  21,  but  only  in  nom.  pi.  άρίγνω- 
τες,  cf  Lob.  Paral.  181. 

Άρίγνωτος,  ?]■  ov,  Od.  6,  108,  also 
ος,  ov,  II.  15,  490,  [άρι,  γιγνώσκω) 
easy  to  be  hiown,  well-kiioam,far-fa.ned, 
Horn.  :  also  in  bad  sense,  notorious, 
infamous,  Lat.  nimium  notus,  Od.  17, 
375. 

ΥΚρίγνίύΤος,  ου,  ό,  Arignofus,  a  cith- 
aroedus,  Ar.  Eq.  1278. — 2.  a  Pytha- 
gorean philosopher,  Luc. 

t'Apidaiof,  ov,  ό,  Aridaeus,  son  of 
Philip  of  Macedon,  Strab. 

Άριόάκρνος,  oi',=  sq.,  Arist.  Probl. 

Άρκ^ακρνς,  ν,  gen  νης.  (apt,  δάκρν) 

much  weeping,  very  /earful.  }  οοζ-,  Aesch. 

Pars.  947  :  also  in  Arist.  H.  A.  9,  1,  7. 

Άριόάκρϋτος,    ov,    [api,   όακρνω) 

much  vept. — II.  =αρίδαι•.ρνς. 

Άρίδαλος,  ov,  Dor.  for  ίρίδη'λος, 
Simon. 

'Αρίόήκετος,  ov,  (apt,  δείκννμι) 
much  shown,  Lat.  digito  monstratus  : 
hence  fa/nous,  renowned  :  Hom.  uses 
it  mostly  as  a  superl.  c.  gen.  άριδεί- 
κετος  ανδρών. 

Άρίδη'λος,  ον,  {άρι,  δή?.ος)  very 
plain,  clear,  distinct,  far  seen.  Όσσα, 
Simon.  62  :  also  quite  clear,  manifest, 
Hdt.  8,  65 :  much  known,  έργα,  Tyrt. 
2,  7,  V  Buttm.  Lexil.  v.  άίδ7)?.ος  9, 
p.  55.     Adv.  -Atjf,  cf.  ΰρίζη'Αος. 

Υ λριόίκης,  ov,  ό,  Aridices,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  Plut. 

νΑρίδω?.ις,  ιος,  ό,  Aridolis.  a  tyrant 
of  Alabanda  in  Caria,  Hdt.  7,  195. 

νΚρίζαντοί.  ών,  ol.  Arizanti.  a  peo- 
ple of  northern  Media  on  the  Choas- 
pes,  Hdt.  I,  101. 

Άρίζη/ιος,  ov,  also  η.  ov,  II.  18.  219, 
221,  Ep.  form  for  άρίδη/.ος,  Buttm. 
1.  c.  ;  of  the  light  of  a  star,  13,  244, 
of  the  sound  of  a  voice,  18,  219,  of  a 
strange  phenomenon,  2,  318,  of  per- 
sons whom  all  admire,  IS,  519.  Adv. 
-/.ως,  Od.  12,  453  :  so  in  Pind.  O.  2, 
55  (101),  ace.  to  Bockh.— II.  =sq., 
Hes.  Op.  6,  and  Call.     Adv.  -Άως. 

ΥΑρίζηλος.  ov,  b,  Arizelus,  an  Athe- 
nian, Aeschin. 

Άριζήλωτος,  ov,  (apt,  ζηλόω)  much 
to  be  envied,  very  prosperous,  Ar.  Eq. 
1329. 

ΙΆρίζοζ•,  ov,  6,  Arizvs.  masc.  pr.  n., 
Hdt.  7,  82. 

Άριήκοος,  ov,  [apt,  ακούω)  fnv.ch 
heard  of.  much  reno'vned.  Call  — II.  act. 
far  hearing,  hearing  readily,  Ap.  Rh. 
Άρίθματος.  ov.  Dor.  lor  ΰριβμητος. 
Άριβμέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (άριβμος)  to 
number,  count,  reckon  up.  Od.,  Hdt., 
etc.,  and  in  aor.  pass,  άρίθμηθήμεναι 


APIM 

for  άριθμηθηναι.  II.  2,  124  :  δίχα 
ΰριθμείν,  to  count,  and  so  halve,  Od. 
10,  204  :  to  reckon,  calculate,  also  to 
count  out  or  down,  pay,  το  ύρ^νριον, 
Dem.  1192,  fin. — 2.  to  reckon,  esteem, 
account,  Anth.  Pass,  άριβμεΐσθαι 
έν....  to  be  reckoned  among...,  v.  1.  Eur. 
Supp.  969.  [Impf  ηρίβμεον,  in  Horn, 
always  as  trisyll.]     Hence 

^Αριθμημα,  ατός,  τό.  that  ivhich  is 
cmmted,  a  number,  Aesch.  Eum.  753. 

Άρίθμησις,  εως.  η.  (άριθμέω)  a 
cmaiting,  reckoning  up.  Hdt.  2,  143. 

^Αριθμητής,  ov.  6.  (άριθμέω)  a  cal- 
adator.  Plat,  de  Just.  373  B. 

'Αριθμητικός.  ?;,  όν,  {ΰρι,θμέω)  be- 
longing to  numbering  or  reckoning, 
skilled  therein.  Plat.  Gorg.  453  Ε  :  ή 
-κι),  with  or  without  τέχνη,  arithme- 
tic, freq.  in  Plat.     Adv.  -κώς. 

'Αριθμητός,  ή.  όν,  (άριθμέω)  num- 
bered, easily  numbered,  hence  few  in 
number,  opp.  to  αναρίθμητος.  Theocr. 
16,  87 :  οί'κ.  up.,  in  no  esteem,  Lat. 
nulla  numero  habitus.  Id.  14,  48. 
Άρίθμιος.  a,  oi',=foreg.,  poet. 
'Αριθμός,  ov,  ό,  number,  a  number, 
quantity,  Lat.  numerus.  first  in  Od.  4, 
451  :  oft.  added,  where  hardly  want- 
ed, as  -o7.7.oi  αριθμώ. εν  ΰριθμω,ΥΙΛί., 
etc.  :  so  too  εις  άριθ/χόν,  or  αριθμόν, 
absol.,  Hdt.  1,  14,  50.  etc.  :  proverb. 
λέγειν  αριθμόν  ποντιΰν  ψάφων,  to 
count  the  sand  on  the  sea-shore,  Pind. 
O.  13.  fiC. — 2.  also  amount,  size,  length, 
etc.,  as  -ο?.νς  up.  χρόνον.  Aeschin.  7, 
36  ;  up.  όδον,  Xen.  An.  2,  2,  6  ;  up. 
ΰργνρίου,  a  sum  of  money.  Xen.  Cyr. 
8,  2,  15. — 3.  in  dat.  absol.,  m  great, 
considerable  numbers,  Hdt.  0,  58,  ubi 
Schweigh.,  cf  Thuc.  2,  72 :  in  fit, 
proper  numbers. — 4.  number,  ό  ^εντε- 
ρος  ΰρ.=ό  δεύτερης  αριθμώ,  Eur.  Ion 
1014  :  in  genl.  the  whole  system,  of 
mimbers.  Heind.  Plat.  Theaet.  157  D. 
—5.  number,  as  a  mark  of  station, 
worth,  rank,  etc.,  μετ'  ανδρών  ϊζε- 
σθαΐ  αριθμώ,  to  take  one's  place  among 
men,  Od.  11,  449;  also  εις  ανδρών 
τελεΐν  αριθμόν.  Eur.  Melan.  29,  5: 
hence  ξενίας  αριθμώ,  in  regard  of 
friemhhip.  Id.  Hec.  794 :  εχειν  αριθ- 
μόν, to  have  account  made  of  one,  Id. 
Mel.  7  :  ονκ  εις  αριθμόν  ηκεις  ?όγων, 
you  come  not  into  my  account.  Id.  El. 
1054  ;  so  too  ονκ  kv  αριθμώ  είναι, 
like  Lat.  nullo  esse  in  numero. — 6.  also 
mere  number,  quantity,  opp.  to  quality, 
worth.  7-όγων  up.,  a  mere  set  of  words. 
Soph.  O.  C.  382  ;  so  of  men,  ονκ  up. 
αΧλως,  not  a  mere  lot,  Eur.  Tro.  476 ;  so 
too  αριθμός  alone,  like  Horace's  nos 
numerus  sumus.  Ar.  Nub.  1203;  some- 
times even  of  a  single  man,  Elmsl. 
Heracl.  997. — 7.  in  some  phrases  as 
a  mark  of  completeness,  oi  αριθμοί  τον 
σώματος.  Plat.  Legg.  608  D  :  τζάντας 
τονς  αριθμούς  ττεριλαβών,  having 
reached  perfection,  Lat.  oiyinibus  nume- 
ris  absolutus,  so  ττύντες  αριθμοί  τον 
καθήκοντος,  the  agsregate  of  duty,  M. 
Anton.  —  II.  a  numbrriyig,  counting, 
μάσσων  αριθμού,  past  counting,  Pind. 
N.  2,  35  :  esp.  in  phrases,  αριθμόν 
τΓοιεΙσθαι  της  στρατιής.  τών  νεών,  to 
hold  a  muster,  an  enumeration  of,  re- 
view..., Hdt.  8,  7  ;  so  too  ποιείν,  Xen. 
An.  7,  1,  7,  etc. — 2.  numeration.  7.o- 
γισμός  κοι  αρ..  Plat.  Phaedr.  274  C. 
(Usu.  deriv.  from  άρω,  άρθμός  :  a 
new  and  ingenious  one  has  been  pro- 
posed bv  Lepsius  ap.  Donalds.  N. 
Cratyl.  203  n.)  [up'] 
i'Api.Kia.  ας.  ή,  Aricia.  a  city  of  La- 
tium,  now  Ariccia,  Strab.  ;  oi  Άρικη- 
νηί  and  oi  Άρικιεΐς,  the  inhabitants  of 
Aricia,  Paus.,  Dion.  H. 
■\Άριμα,  ων,  τά,  Arima,  a  chain  of 


ΑΡΙΣ 

mountains  in  Asia,  under  which  Ty- 
phon  lay,  II.  2,  783,  etc.,  cf  Strab. 
627. 
ί'Αρψύζον  ττέτρα,  v.  Άριαμ-. 
νΑριμασποί,  ών.  οι,  the  Arimai^pi.  a 
Scythian  people  in  northern  Europe, 
Hdt.  4,  27,  according  to  whom  the 
word  denotes  one-eyed.     In   Aesch. 
Pr.   809   placed  in  Africa.      Hence 
Άριμάσττεα  εττη,  a  poem  relating  to  the 
Arimaspi,  Hdt.  4,  14. 
V Αριμένης,  ov,  6,  Arimenes,  same  aa 
Άριαβίγνης,  Plut. 

ΥΑρίμινον,  ου,  τό,  Ariminum,  a  city 
of  Unibria,  now  Rimini,  Polyb. 

ί'Αρίμινος.  ov,  ό,  the  Ariminus,  3 
river  of  Umbria,  Strab. 

V .Κρίμμας,  a,  ό,  Arimmas,  a  satrap 
of  Syria,  Arr.  An.  3,  6,  12. 

Υ Αρίμνηστος,  ου,  ό,  Arimnestus,  an 
Athenian  archon,  01.  91,  1,  Isae. 
Others  in  Hdt.  9,  72,  etc. 

ΥΑριμοι,  ων,  oi,  the  Arimi.  a  mythic 
people  of  Asia,  variously  assigned  to 
Cilicia.  Lydia,  Syria,  etc.,  Strab. 

"Aplv  or  ύρίς.  ϊνος,  ό,  ή,  (a  priv., 

(>ίν,  βίς)  U'ithont  nose,  without  scent  or 

sagacity,  opp.  to  ενριν,  Xen.  Cyn.  3,  2. 

Άρϊνος.  oi',=foreg..  Xen  Cyn.  3, 3. 

ΥΑριόβαζος,  ov.  ό,  Ariobazus,  masc. 

pr.  n.,  Polyb.  8,  23. 

Υ.Κριοβαρζάΐ'ης.  ονς,  ό,  Ariobarzanes, 
a  Persian  satrap,  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  8,  4. 
Others  in  Plut.,  Diod.  S..  etc. 

ί'Αριόβνστος,  ov,  6,  Ariovistus,  a 
German  leader,  Plut. 

^Άριομύνδης,  ov,  6,  Ariomandes, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Plut. 

V Αριόμαρδος,  ov,  b,  Ariomardus,  an 
Egyptian  leader,  Aesch.  Pers.  38. — 
2.  son  of  Darius.  Hdt.  7,  78. — 3.  a 
Persian  leader  of  the  Caspii,  Hdt.  7, 
07. 

Άριος,  la,  lov,  Arian,  an  inhabitant 
of  Aria,  also  written  ' .\ρειοι ;  but 
also=M?/f5i\or,  Aesch.  Cho.  ■i'Z'i,  ace. 
to  a  most  ingenious  conj.  of  Herin., 
cf  Hdt.  7.  62,  and  Klausen  ad  1.  c. — 
2.  ό,  Arius.  a  river  of  Aria,  Strab. 

VApiovain,  ας,  ή  (χώρα),  Ariusia, 
a  stony  but  productive  wine-district 
of  Chios,  Strab. 

Άριπρέπεια,  ας,  η,  great  siateli- 
ncss :  from 

Άριττρεττής,  ές,  (apt,  πρέτζω)  very 
stately  or  showy,  very  splendid  or  beau- 
tiful,   of  men    and    animals,   Horn. ; 
also  of  things,  as  άστρα,  όρος,  α'ιγίς, 
χη7ιός.     Adv.  -έως. 
ΆρΙς,  Ινος,  ν.  ύριν. 
Άρίς,  ίδος.  ή,  α  carpenter's  tool,  prob. 
an  auger,  gimlet,  Anth.  :  cf.  φράκτης, 
[a,  i] 
Υ Αρίσαρον,  ου,  τό,  a  kind  of  άρον, 
arum  arisarum,  Diosc. 

ΥΑρίσιίας,  αντος,  b,  Arisbas,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  li.  17,  345. 

Υ  Αρίσβη,  ης,  ή.  Arisbe,  daughter  of 
Teucer  and  wife  of  Dardanus,  Apol- 
lod.  3, 12,  1. — II.  a  city  of  Troas,  near 
Abydus,  11.  2,  836.-2.  a  city  of  Les- 
bos, also  wr.  Άρισ3α,  Hdt.  1,  151. 

ΥΑρίσάηθεν,    adv.    (from   'Αρίσβη, 
II.  \),  front  Arisbe,  II.  11.  96. 
ΥΑρισβος,  ov,  o,  Arisbus,  a  tributary 
of  the  Hebnis,  in  Thrace,  Strab. 

Άρίσημος,  ov,  {άρι,  σήμα)  very  re- 
markable, notable,  έργα,  Η.  Hom. 
Merc.  12. 

Άρισθύρματος,  ov,  (άριστος,  άρμα) 
best  in  the  chariot-race,  γέρας,  the  prize 
of  the  best,  Pind.  P.  5,  39. 
ΥΑρίστται,  ών,  οι,  Arispae,  an  Indian 
tribe,  Arr.  Ind.  4,  9. 
ΥΑρισταγόρα,  ας,  ή,  Aristagora,  fern, 
pr.  n.,  Ath. 

ΥΑρισταγόρας,  a,  and  ov.  Ion.  -ρης, 
εω,  ό,  Aristagoras,  son  of  Heraclides, 
207 


ΑΡ1Σ 

tyj-ant  of  Cyme,  Hdt.  4,  13S.  — 2. 
tyrant  of  Cyzicus,  Hdt.  4,  13S. — 3. 
tyrant  of  Miletus,  Hdt.  5,  30.— i.  son 
of  Hegesistratus,  Hdt.  9,  !,Ό. — 5.  son 
of  ArcesUaus  of  Tencdos,  Pind.  N. 
11,  3. — 6.  a  poet  of  the  old  comedy, 
Meineke  2,  p.  7G1,  sq. 

Χρισταθλος,  ov,  (άριστος,  άθλον) 
victorious  in  the  contest,  Auth. 

νΑ-ρισταίνετος,  ov,  ό,  Aristacnetus, 
a  philosopher,  Luc. — 2.  a  celebrated 
writer  of  Nicaea. 

f  Χρίσταιί'ος,  ov,  ό,  Aristaenus, m&sc. 
pr.  n.,  Polyb.  17,  1,  4. 

Άρισταΐος,  ov,  b,  Aristaeus,  son  of 
Apollo  and  Gyrene,  Hes.  Th.  971: 
esp.  a  rural  hero.  perh.  connected 
with  Lat.  arista,  Virg. — 2.  a  governor 
of  Cyprus,  under  king  Antiochus,  Ael. 

νΑρίσταιχμος,  ου,  ό,  {άριστος, 
αΙχμή)  Anstaechmus,  inasc.  pr.  η., 
prop,  brave  warrior,  Dein.  324,  11  ; 
084. 

ΓΑρίστανδρος,  ov,  ό,  (άριστος, 
άνήρ)  Aristander .  the  most  celebrated 
soothsayer  of  Alexander  the  Great, 
Arr.  An.  —  2.  a  sculptor  of  Paros, 
Paus.  3,  18,  8. 

Άρισταρχέω,  (άριστος,  άρχω)  to 
rule  in  the  best  way,  Arist.Pol.2,ll,12. 

Υλριστάρχη,  ης,  ή,  Anstarche,  a 
priestess  ol  iVIassalia,  Strab. 

ΥΑρίσταρχος,  ου,  ό,  (άριστος,  άρχω) 
Aristarchus,  masc.  pr.  η.,  prop,  excel- 
lent ruler,  Thuc.  8,  90,  Xen.,  etc. 

' Αριστάφΰλος,  ov,  (άριστος,  στΰ- 
<j>V?i,!/)  rich  in  grapes,  Antll.   [ΰ] 

Άριστάω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (άριστον)  to 
take  tlie  άριστον,  breakfast,  lunch,  Lat. 
vrandere,  also  άκρατίζω,  Ar.  Eq.  815  : 
in  genl.  to  take  any  meal.  ex(!ept  din- 
ner or  supper  (δηττνον),  Xen.,  cf. 
άριστον :  hence  irreg.  syncop.  perf. 
forms  ήριστύναι  and  ήρισταμεν, 
though  only  in  common  life,  as  Ar. 
Fr.  4->S,  Buttin.  Ausf.  Gr.  «J  110, 
Anm.  10.  [μ,  for  tlie  most  part.] 

νΑριστέας,  ου.  Ion.  -τέης,ό,Ansteas, 
of  Proconnesus,  an  early  Epic  poet, 
Hdt.  4,  13. — 2.  a  leader  in  the  army 
of  Cyrus  the  younger,  Xen.  An.  4,  1, 
28. — 3.  son  of  Adiinantus,  Hdt.  7, 
137,  in  Thuc.  Άριστεύς,  1,  60.  Others 
in  Plut.,  Paus.,  etc. 

'Αριστεία,  ας,  ή,  {αριστεύω)  the 
deed  of  him  that  won  the  prize  (αρι- 
στείου) in  genl.  any  great,  noble,  heroic 
action;  eminent  merit.  Soph.  Aj.  443. 
So  were  called  those  single  rhap- 
sodies of  the  II.,  in  which  the  deeds 
of  some  one  hero  are  described,  e.  g. 
5,  11,  17  are  respectively  Αιομήύους, 
'Αγαμέμνονος,  Μενελάου  αριστεία  : 
also  freq.  in  plur. 

νΑριστείόι/ς,  ου,  ό,  Aristides,  the 
illustrious  son  of  Lvsimachus,  Hdt. 
8,  79,  archon  15.  C.  489,  Plut.  Arist. 
5. — 2.  sen  of  Archippus,  a  com- 
mander in  the  Pelopounesian  war, 
Thuc.  4,  50. — 3.  grandson  of  the  il- 
lustrious Aristides,  Plat.  Others  in 
Dem.,  Paus.,  etc. 

WptOTtlov,  ov,  TO,  the  prize  of  the 
first  victor,  meedof  valour,  Ildt.  8,  11  ; 
usu.  in  pi.  Id.  8,  122 ;  Soph.  Aj.  464. 

^Άριστεραί,  ων,  al,  the  Aristerae, 
islands  near  Argolis,  Paus. 

Άριστερεύω,  to  be  hft-handed,  LXX. 
Άριστερεων,    ώνος,    ή,'=7τεριστε- 
ρεών,  Orph. 

' Αβίστερομάχος,  ov,  {αριστερός,  μά- 
χομαι) fighting  with  the  left  hand,  Stob. 
'Αριστερός,  ύ,  όν,  hft.  on  the  left ; 
εττ'  αριστερά,  towards  the  left,  on  the 
left,  II.;  also  έ-'  αριστερά  χειρός, 
on  the  left  hand,  Od.  5,  277.-2.  ή 
αριστερά,  with  or  without  χειρ,  the 
left  hand,  έξ  αριστερής  χεψός=έπ' 
208 


APIS 

αριστερά.  Hdt.  2,  30.  also  έξ  αριστε- 
ράς, Soph.  ΕΙ.  7 ;  so  too  ές  άριστε- 
ρήν,  kv  αριστερή/,  Hdt.  7,  42 :  cf. 
έτΐαρίστερος. — 3.  inetajih.  Ming  ill, 
ominous,  because  to  a  Greek  augur, 
looking  northward,  the  unlucky, 
western  signs  came  from  the  left, 
Od.  20,  242,  sq.— 1.  of  men,  left-hand- 
ed, clumsy,  like  French  gauche,  φρενό- 
Otv  έττ'  αριστερά  εβας,  thou  didst 
turn  off  leftwards  from  thy  mind,  i.  e. 
didst  act  like  one  senseless.  Soph. 
Aj.  183.  (On  the  deriv.  cf.  Lepsius 
ap.  Donalds.  N.  Cratyl.  203  n.) 

' Αριστί ροστύτης.  ου,  ό,  (αριστερός, 
ϊστημι)  standing  on  the  left,  esp.  in 
the  Trag.  chorus,  Cratin.  Seriph.  9. 

Άριστερύχειρ,  ρος,  !>,  ή,  (αριστε- 
ρός, χείρ)  left-handed,  Synes. 

Άρίστενμα,  ατός,  τό.=άριστεία. 

Άριστενς,  έως,  ό,  (άριστος)  the 
best :  in  Horn.  usu.  in  plu.  άριστήες, 
Lat.  optimates,  the  best,  noblest,  chiefs, 
princes,  lords,  v.  Welcker  Theogn. 
praef  p.  xxii.     Hence 

i'Aριστευς,  έως,  6,  Aristeus,  com- 
mander of  the  Corinthian  fleet  against 
the  Corey reans,  Thuc.  1,  29.-2.  an- 
other Corinthian  commander,  Thuc. 

1,  60.  Others  in  Thuc.  4, 132,  Paus., 
etc. 

Άριστευτικός,  ή.  όν,  belonging  to, 
fit  for  valiant  deeds,  όπλα.  Max.  Tyr.  : 
from 

'Αριστεύω,  to  be  άριστος,  be  best  or 
bravest,  frcq.  in  Hom.  ;  c.  gen.,  Ύρώων 
άριστεύεσκε,  he  was  the  best  of  the 
Trojans,  II.  6,  'ίβΟ,  cf.  11,  627,  746, 
Valck.  Hdt.  7,  106,  and  c.  dat.  rei, 
βον/.τι  απάντων,  to  be  best  of  all  in 
wisdom,  II.  11,  627,  cf.  Pmd.  N.  10, 
17 ;  άριστενονσα  χθονός  ενκύρπου, 
the  fairest  of  all  fruitful  lands.  Pind. 
N.  1,  20  ;  also  έν  μάχτ),  II.  11.  409,  έν 
άέθλοις,  Pind.  Ν.  11,  18;  also  up.  τι, 
ίο  be  best  in  a  thing,  Pind.  O.  10  (11), 
76;  and  lastly  c.  inf.,  άριστιύεσκε 
μάχεσθαι,  he  was  best  at  fighting,  II. 
'6,  292,  etc. :  absol.  γνώμη  αριστεύει, 
an  opinion  prevails,  is  judged  best,  Hdt. 
7,  144. — 2.  trans,  c.  ace,  άριστενειν 
Ti^TiJ  ύριστεϋσαι  λαβείν  τι,  to  gain 
as  being  the  best,  Soph.  Aj.  435,  ubi  v. 
Herm.,  and  cf.  1300. 

Άριστήίον,  Ion.  for  άριστεΐον.  Hdt. 

Άριστητης,  ov.  o,  (άριστάω)  one 
who  breakfasts,  Hipp,  [a  mostly.] 

Άριστητικός,  ή.  όν,  (άριστάω)  fond 
of  one's  breakfast,  Eupol.  Dem.  43. 

Άριστίζω.  f.  -ίσω.  to  give  one  break- 
fist,  τινά,  Ar.  Eq.  538,  Av.  659.  Mid. 
to  breakfast,  Hipp,  [a  mostly.] 

Άριστίνδην,  adv.  (άριστος)  accord- 
ing to  the  goodness  of  one's  family,  by 
birth  or  rank,  opp.  to  πλουτίνδ7]ν, 
Arist.  Pol.  :  in  genl.  in  proportion  to 
worth,  Isocr.  71  B. 

ΥΑριστΙνος,  ov,  6,  Aristinus,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Plut. 

^'Αρίστιππος,  ov,  ό,  Aristippus.  a 
pupil  of  Socrates,  founder  of  the 
Cyrenaic  school.  Xen.  Mem.  2,  1. — 

2.  a  Thessalian  of  Larissa,  Xen.  An. 
1.  1,  in.— 3.  a  tyrant  of  Argos,  Plut. 
Pyrrh.  30. 

ΤΑριστις,  ιος,  ό,  Aristis,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  Theocr.  7,  99. 

j'ApiaTiiJv.  ωνος,  6,  Aristion,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  in  Oratt.,  Plut.,  etc. 

'Αριστό3ιης,  ov,  (άριστος,  βίος) 
living  best.  Heliod. 

'Αριστόβουλος,  ov,  (άριστος,  βουλή) 
best  advised  ;  or  best  advising. 

ί'Αριστόβου?.ος,  ov,  h,  Aristobuhis, 
of  Cassandrea.  an  historian  of  Alex- 
ander the  Great,  Plut.  Alex.- 2.  a 
Jewish  king,  Strab.  Others  in 
Aeschin.,  etc. 


APIS 

Υ  Αριστογείτων,  όνος,  6,  {άριστος, 
γείτων)  AristogVon,  an  Athenian  vvlio 
slew  liipparchus,  Hdt.  5,  55. — 2.  an 
Athenian  orator  against  whom  De- 
mosthenes and  Djnarchus  delivered 
orations. 

' Αριστογένεβλος,  ov,  (άριστος,  yt- 
νέθλη)  producing  the  best  children:  ill 
genl.  very  fruitful,  χώρος,  Anth. 

V  Αριστογένης,  ους,  h.  (άριστος, 
*γένω)  Aristoggnes,  masc.  pr.  ii.. 
Xen.  Hell.  1,  5,  10,  etc. 

Άριστογόνος,  ov,  (άριστος,  *γένω) 
act.  bearing  the  best  children,  μάτηρ. 
Pind.  P.  11,  5.— II.  born  of  the  best 
parents. 

ί'Αριστόδάμος,  b.  Dor.  for  'Αριστό- 
δημος. 

Άριστόδειπνον,  ov,  τό,  (άριστον, 
δεΐπνον)  a  breakfast-dinner,  dejeuner, 
Alex.  Incert.  25. 

ΥΑριστοδημη,  ης,  ή,  Aristodeme. 
daughter  of  Priam,  ApoUod.  3,  12,  5, 
fem.  of 

ΥΑριστόδημος,  ov,  6,  {άριστος,  δή- 
μος) Aristodemus,  son  of  Aristoma- 
cnus,  and  father  of  Procles  and 
Eurysthenes  the  Spartan  kings, 
Hdt.  6,  52 —Other  Spartans  in  Hdt. 
7,  229,  etc. — 2.  an  Athenian  archon. 
01.  107,  1,  Diod.  S.— 3.  an  Athenian 
philosopher,  styled  ό  μικρός,  a  pupil 
of  Socrates,  Xen.  Mem.  1,  4. — Others 
of  this  name  in  Dem.,  Strab.,  etc. 

ΥΑριστόδίκος,  ov,  ό,  Aristodicus, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Hdt.  1, 158,  etc. 

'ΥΑριστόδωρος,  ov,  b,  (άριστος,  δώ- 
pov)  Aristodorus,  Plat.  Ep. 

'Αριστοεπέω,  to  speak  best :  from 
Άριστοεπί/ς,   ές,   (άριστος,    έπος) 
speaking  bist. 

ΫΑριστόκλειη,  ας,  η,  Aristoclia,  fem. 
pr.  η.,  Dem.  1351,  Jo. 

ί'Αριστοκλείδας,  a,  b,  Aristoclidas, 
Pind.  N.  3,  25,  Dor.  form  of  sq. 

Υ Αριστοκλείδης.  ου.  b.  Aristoclides. 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Thuc.  2,  70. 

V Αριστόκλειτος.  ου,  ό,  AristocUtus. 
father  of  the  celebrated  Lvsander, 
Plut.  Lys.  2. 

ΥΑριστοκλής,  έονς,  ό,  Aristocles. 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Thuc.  5,  16,  etc. :  also 
the  name  of  several  philosophers 
and  grammarians,  whose  works  are 
iK)w  lost,  Strab.,  Ath.,  etc. 

Άριστοκρύτεια  =  αριστοκρατία  : 
from 

' Αριστοκρατέομαι,  pass.  c.  f.  mid.. 
(άριστος,  κρατέω)  to  be  governed  by 
the  best-born  or  nobles,  have  an  aristo- 
cratical  constitution,  Plat.  Rep.  338  D  ; 
Xen.  Hell.  0,4,18. 

V Αριστοκράτης,  ονς,  b,  (άριστος, 
κρατέω)  Aristocrates,  the  last  king  of 
Arcadia,  Paus.  8,  5,  11. — Others  in 
Hdt.  6,  73,  Thuc.  5,  19,  etc. 

'Αριστοκρατία,  ας,  ή,  the  rule  of  the 
best-born  or  nobles,  an  aristocracy,  up. 
σώφρων,  Thuc.  3,  82,  Plat,  etc.— 11. 
the  rule  of  the  Best.  opp.  to  ολιγαρχία . 
an  ideal  constitution  of  Arist.,  and 
Polyb. 

'Αριστοκρατικός,  ή,  όν,  (άριστο- 
κρατέοααί)  aristocratical,  inclining  to 
aristocracy,  Plat.  Rep.  587  D.  Adv 
-κώς. 

ΥΑριστοκρέων,  οντος,  b,  (άριστος. 
Κρέων)  Aristocreon,  a  pupil  οί  Chry- 
sippus,  Plut. 

ΥΑριστόκριτος,  ov,  b,  (άριστος,  κρί- 
νω) Aristocritus,  masc.  pr.  n.,  Lys., 
Ath.,  etc. 

ΥΑριστόκνπρος,  ov,  ό,  Aristocrypms, 
a  king  of  Soli,  in  Cyprus,  Hdt.  5, 
119. 

ΤΑριστολαιδης,  ov  Ion.  ew,  6.  Ari.i- 
tolaides,  father  of  Lycurgus,  Hdt.  I, 
59, 


APIS 
νλρισ70?.εως,  ω.  ό,  Aristolaus,  masc. 
pr.  η.,  Dem.  294,  10. 

Άρισζολοχία,  ας,  η,  {άριστος,  '/.η- 
χεία) an  herb  promoting  child-birth, 
hke  our  birih-wort,  Lat.  aristolochia, 
Diosc. 

V Κριστό7ιθχος,  ου,  ό,  Aristolochus, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Xen.  Hell.  5,  4,  22,  etc. 

'λριστόμαντίς,  εως,  ό,  ή,  (άριστος, 
μάντις)  best  of  prophets.  Soph.  Phil. 
1338.  of.  Lob.  Phryn.  600. 

νΑριστομύχη,    ης,   ή,    Aristomache, 
sister  of  Dion,  and  wife  of  the  elder  ι 
Dionysius,  Plut.  Dion. — 2.  daughter  I 
of  Priam,  Paus.  10,  26,  1 :  from  I 

Άρίστομάχος,  ov,  {άριστος,  μάχη)  ' 
fighting  best,  Pmd.  P.  10,  3.     lience   j 

ΥΑριστόμαχος,  ov,  b,  Aristomachvs , 
brother  of  Adrastus,  Apollod.  1,  9. — 
2.  leader  of  the  Heraclidae  in  the  in- 
vasion of  the  Peloponnesus,  Hdt.  6, 
52. — Others  in  Polyb.,  etc. 

V Αριστομένης,  ονς,  ό,  Aristomenes, 
leader  of  the  Messenians  in  the  se- 
cond Messenian  war,  Paus,  etc. — 2. 
an  Aeginetan.  victor  in  the  Pythian 
games,  Pind.  P.  8. — Others  in  Oratt., 
Meineke  Com.  Fr.  2,  p.  730,  etc. 

^Άριστομήόης,  οις,  ό,  Aristomedes, 
a  Thessalian,  commander  in  the  army 
of  Darms.  Arr.  An.  2,  13,  2.-2.  a 
Theban.  Paus.  9,  25,  3. 

Άριστον,  ου,  τό,  a  morning  meal, 
break/list,  twice  in  Hom.,  II.  24,  124, 
OJ.  16,  2,  where  it  is  taken  at  sun- 
rise, and  so  Aesch.  Ag.  331  :  later, 
breakfast,  was  called  άκρύτισμα.  and 
after  it  άριστον,  was  the  midday 
meal,  our  luncheon,  the  Roman  pran- 
diuin,  as  may  be  seen  from  Thuc.  4, 
9Q;  7,  81  ;  άριστον  αίρεϊσθαι.  ττοι- 
εϊσθαι,  to  be  getting  breakfast  or  Itin- 
cheoa.  Hdt.  3'.  26;  G,  78.  (Accord- 
ina;  to  Pott,  akin  to  ηρι,  and  so  per- 
haps to  our  ear-ly.  [a  in  Horn.,  ύ 
Att.,  as  also  in  derivs.,  Br.  Ar.  ISub. 
416.] 

ΥΑριστονανται,  ών,  οι,  Aristonautae, 
a  city  of  Achaea,  port  of  Pallene, 
Paus.  7,  26,  14. 

V  Αριστονίκη,  ης,  η,  Aristonice, 
priestess  in  Delphi,  Hdt.  7, 140  :  fern, 
of 

νΑριατόνΙαος,  ov,  ό,  Aristonicus, 
an  Athenian  statesman  and  orator 
from  Marathon,  contemporarj'  of  De- 
mosthenes, Plut.  Dem.  28. — 2.  a  ty- 
rant of  MethjTnna,  Arr.  3,  2,  4.— 
Others  in  Strab.,  etc.  :  from 

ΆριστόνΙκος,  ov,  {άριστος,  νίκη) 
conquering  gloriously. — 2.  granting  glo- 
rious  victory,  κράτος,  Ath. 

νΑριστονόη,  ης,  η,  Aristonde,  fem. 
pr.  n.,  Dem.  1047,  6:  fem.  of 

νΑριστόνοος,  contr.  Άριστόνονς, 
ov,  6,  Aristondus,  of  Gela,  in  Sicily, 
leader  of  a  colony  to  Agrigentum, 
Thuc.  6,  4.— Others  in  Thuc.  2,  22, 
Plut.,  etc. :  from 

' Αριστόνοος.  ov,  {άριστος,  νονς)  of 
the  best  disposition,  Anth. 

^Αριστόξενος,  ου,  ό,  {άριστος,  ξέ- 
νος) Arisioxenus,  a  pupil  of  Aristotle, 
wrote  a  treatise  on  music,  Strab. 
[In  Anth.  on  account  of  the  metre 
-ξεινος.] 

Άριστο— οιέω,  {άριστον,  ττοιέω)  to 
prepare  breakfast,  τά  άριστοτϊοιονμενα, 
things  prepared  for  breakfast,  Xen. 
Hell.  4,  5,  1.  Mid.  to  get  one's  break- 
fast, Thuc.  4.  30,  and  Xen. 

Άριστοτϊολίτεύτης,  ov.  ό,  (άριστος, 
πο7Λτενθ))  one  who  has  governed  or  ad- 
ministered best,  Inscr. 

Άριστοΰόνος,  ov,  (άριστος,  "ττονέω) 
working  best,  χείρες,  Pind.  O.  7,  94. 

' Αριστοτϊόσεια,  ή,  (άριστος,  ■ττόσις) 
the  best  wife,  Opp. 

14 


ΑΡΙΦ 

Άριστοττράγέω,  (άριστος,  ττρΰγος) 
τ=ζάρι.στενω. 

Άριστος,  η,  ον.  best  in  its  kind,  and 
so  m  all  sorts  of  relations,  like  αγα- 
θός, to  which  it  serves  as  superl. :  in 
Hom.  usu.  best,  bravest,  noblest,  though 
it  is  disputed  whether  άριστοι  is 
ever  used=aptar^£f,  chiefs,  nobles,  cf. 
Herm.  ad  Llmsl.  Med.  5,  Welcker 
Theogn.  praef  p.  xxii :  άριστος  τι, 
best  in  a  thing,  also  c.  inf.,  άριστοι, 
μύχεσθαι,  hence  άρ.  άπατάσθαι,  best, 
i.  e.  easiest  to  cheat,  Thuc.  3,  38  :  first 
transferred  in  Att.  to  7noral  goodness. 
Neut.  τά  άριστα,=άριστεΙα,  Soph. 
El.  1097 :  but  άριστα  as  adv.,  best, 
most  excellently,  etc. :  contr.  c.  artic. 
ύριστος  Hom.,  ά'ριστος  Att.,  ω'ρισ- 
τος  Dor.      (On  deriv.  v.  Άρης.) 

Ϋ Αριστος,  ov,  6,  Aristus,  of  Sala- 
mis  in  Cyprus,  an  historian,  Air.  An. 
7,  15,  5. 

Άριστοτέχνης,  ov,  b,  (άριστος, 
τέχνη)  the  best  artificer,  θεός,  Pind. 
Fr.  29. 

Άριστοτόκεια,  ή,  poet.  fem.  of  sq., 
Theocr.  24,  72. 

νΑριστοτέ'λης,  ονς,  b,  Aristotle, 
earlier  name  of  Battus.  founder  of 
Cyrene,  Pind.  P.  5, 117.— 2.  an  Athe- 
nian, son  of  Timocrates,  Thuc.  3, 
105. — 3.  one  of  the  30  tyrants,  Xen. 
Hell.  2,  3,  2. — 4.  son  of  Kicomachus, 
born  at  Stagira,  B.  C.  384,  the  cele- 
brated philosopher,  Plut.,  etc.  Others 
in  Dem.,  etc. 

νΑριστοτε'/.ίζο),  to  be  a  folloiver  of 
Aristotle,  i.  e.  to  pursue  scientific  in- 
vestigations, Strab. 

νΑριστότΙμος,  ov,  b,  Aristotimus,  a 
tyrant  of  Eiis,  Plut. 

Άριστοτόκος,  ov,  (άριστος,  τίκτω) 
=  άρΐστογόΐΌς,  begetting  or  bearing 
the  best  children,  but — II.  pass,  άριστό- 
τοκος,  ον,=άριστόγονος.  bom  of  the 
best  parents,  γέννα,  Eur.  Rhes.  909. 

^Άρι,στοφύνης,  ονς,  ό,  Aristophanes, 
father  of  Aristoclides,  Pind.  IN.  3,  34. 
— 2.  the  celebrated  comic  poet  of 
Athens,  Plat.,  etc. — Others  in  Diod. 
S.,  etc. 

^Άριστυφαντος,  ov,  ό,  Aristophanttis, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Hdt.  6,  66. 

V Αριστοφύίδης,  ov,  b,  Aristophili- 
des,  ruler  of  Tarentum,  Hdt.  3,  136. 

Άριστοφνής,  ές,  (άριστος,  φνή)  of 
best  nature,  Ecphantus  ap.  Stob.  p.  324. 

νΑριστοφών,  ώντος,  b,  Aristophon, 
a  celebrated  Athenian  painter.  Plat. 
Gorg. — 2.  an  Athenian  archon,  01. 
112,3,  Pint.  Dem.  24.-3.  an  Athenian 
orator  and  statesman,  Thuc.  8,  86. — 
Others  in  Dem.,  etc. 

Άριστόχειρ,  ειρος,  ό,  ή,  (άριστος, 
χειρ)  with  the  best  hand,  άγων,  a  con- 
test won  by  the  stoutest  hand,  Soph.  Aj. 
935. 

νΑρίστρατος,  ov,  b.Aristratus,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Dem.  294,  10. 

^Άρίστν/.λος,  ov,  6,  Aristyllus,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Ar.  Plut.  314,  etc. 

νΑριστώ,  όος  contr.  ονς,  ή,  Arista, 
fem.  pr.  n.,  Sapph.,  Anth. 

Άριστώδΐν,  Ινος,  ό,  ή,  (άριστος, 
ώδίν)  bearing  the  best  children,  Anth. 

νΑρίστον.  (ι>νος.  b,  Ariston,  a  tvrant 
of  Byzantium,.  Hdt.  4.  138.— 2.  a 
king  of  Sparta,  one  of  the  Proclidae, 
Hdt.  1,  67. — Others  of  this  name  in 
Thuc.  7,  39,  Xen.,  etc. 

ΥΑριστώνϋμος,  ov,  ό,  (άριστος,  όνο- 
μα) Aristonymus,  a  naval  commander 
of  the  Athenians,  Thuc.  4,  122.— 
Others  in  Hdt.  6, 126,  Thuc,  etc. 

Άρισφΰ/.ής,  ές,  (άρι,  σφά7.7.ώ)  very 
slippery  or  treacherous,  Od.  17,  196. 
Αριφανής,  ές,  (άρι,  φαίνομαι)  very 

famous,  .A.nth. 


APKE 

Άριφρΰδής,  ές,  (άρι,  φράζομαι)  ea- 
sily known,  very  clear  or  manifest,  like 
ύρίγνωτος,  ύρίζηλος,  σήμα,  Hom. : 
also  οστέα,  άριφραδέα  τέτνκται,  are 
easy  to  know,  II.  23,  240. — 2.  clear  to 
the  sight,  distinctly  visible,  Theocr.  24, 
39. — II.  act.  quick  at  contriving,  sharp- 
wilted,  cunning,  prob.  1.  Soph.  Ant. 
347,  where  the  MSS.  ττεριφραδής. 
Adv.  -δέως,  contr.  -όώς.     Hence 

ΫΑρίορύδης,  ονς,  6,  Ariphrades,  son 
of  Automenus.  Ai.  Eccl.  129. 

Άρίφρων,  ov,  gen.  όνος.  (άρι,  φρήν) 
very  wise  or  prudent.     Hence 

y Αρίψρωί' .  όνος,  ό,  Ariphron,  grand- 
father of  Pericles,  Hdt.  6,  131.— 2. 
father  of  the  commander  Hippocra- 
tes. Thuc.  4.  66.-3.  brother  of  Peri- 
cles, Plat.  Prot.      * 

V Αρίων,  όνος,  b,  Arion,  a  lyric  poet 
of  Methymna  in  Lesbos,  Hdt.  1,  23  : 
hence  adj.  Άριόνιος,  a,  ov.  [«] 

^'Αρκαδία,    ας.   η,  Arcadia,   a   pro- 
vince  of  the    Peloponnesus,    Hom. 
Adv.  Άρκαδίηθεν,  from  Arcadia,  Ap. 
Rh.     Hence. 
V Αρκαδικός,  ή,  όν.  Arcadian,  Xen. 

Άρκύλη  or  άρκύνη,  ης,  ή,  the  bar 
on  which  the  threads  of  the  warp  arc 
fastened. 

Αρκάς,  άδος,  6,  an  Arcadian,  usu. 
in  pi.  Άρκάδες,  II. :  also  as  adj.,  and 
so  fem.,  Ά.  κυντ/,  Anth. — II.  Areas. 
son  of  Jupiter  and  Callisto,  a  king 
of  Arcadia,  Apollod.  3,  8,  2. — 2.  a 
comedy  of  Antiphanes,  Meineke  1, 
p.  323. 

ΫΑρκασίδης,  ov,  6,  son  of  Areas,  i.  e. 
lasus,  Callim. 

Άρκειος,  a,  ov,  =  άρκτειος,  of  a 
bear. 

νΑρκεισιάδης,  ov,  ό,  son  of  Arcei- 
sius,  i.  e.  Laertes,  Od.  24,  270 ;  de- 
scendant of  Arceisius,  as,  Ulysses, 
Od.  4.  755. 

νΑρκείσιος,  ov,  ό,  Arceisius,  son  of 
Jupiter  and  Eur^odia,  Od.  13,  182. 

Άρκεόντως,  Att.  contr.  αρκούντως, 
adv.  part.  pres.  from  άρκέω,  enough, 
abundantly,  αρκούντως  έχει,  'tis 
enough,  Aesch.  Cho.  892  :  άρκεόν- 
τως έχειν  τον  βίου,  Vit.  Hom. 

νΑρκέσας,  αντος,  ό,  Arcesas,  masc. 
pr.  η.,  Dem.  1250,  19. 

Άρκεσίγνιος,  ov,  (άρκέω,  γνΐον) 
limb-strengthening,  οίνος,  Antiph. 
Ύρανμ.  1,  8. 

Ι'Αρκεσί'λαος,  ον,  ό.  Ion.  -σί7.εως. 
Dor.  -σίλαζ•,  (άρκέω,  λαός)  Arcesila- 
VS,  leader  of  the  Boeotians  before 
Troy,  II.  2,  495. — 2.  name  of  several 
kings  of  Cyrene,  of  the  family  of  the 
Battidae.  Hdt.  4, 160,  etc.— Others  in 
Strab.,  Paus.,  etc. 

Άρκεσις,  εως,  η,  (άρκέω)  help,  aid, 
service,  Soph.  O.  C.  73. 

Αρκετός,  ή,  όν,  (άρκέω)  sufficient, 
Chrysipp.  Tyan.  ap.  Ath.  113  B. 
Adv.  -τώς. 

Άρκενθίς,  ίδος,  ή,  a  juniper-berry, 
Theophr. :  from 

Άρκενθος,  ov,  η,  a  juniper-bush, 
Lat.  juniperus,  Theophr. 

νΑρκενθος,  ov,  6,  Arceuihus,  a  river 
of  Syria.  Strab. 

ΤΑρκεύς,  έως,  ό,  Arceus,  a  leader  of 
the  Persians,  v.  1.  Aesch.  Pers.  44. 

ΆPKE'Ω,ώ,f-eσω,Lat.  ARCEO, 
to  ward  off,  keep  off',  τινί  τι,  something 
from  another,  Horn.,  and  Att.,  also  τι 
«770  τίνος,  Hom.,  also  άρκεϊν  τινι  το 
μη  ου  θανεϊν,  to  keep  one  from  death. 
Soph.  Aj.  727  :  c.  dat.  only,  to  assist, 
aid,  succour,  11.  21,  131,  Od.  16,261, 
freq.  in  Soph.,  and  Eur. :  the  dat. 
pers.  is  omitted,  II.  13.  371,  etc. :  and 
from  such  places  came  the  later  and 
(in  prose)  only  signf, — II.  to  Le  of 
209 


ΑΡΚΤ 

use.  avail,  suffice,  he  slro'ig  enough,  USU. 
c.  inf.,  first  in  Pind.  O.  9,  5  :  also  c. 
part.,  apKtau  βνήσκηυσα,  my  death 
trill  sii'jice,  Soph.  Ant.  547  ;  ενόον 
άρκείτω  μένων,  let  him  he  content  to 
stay  within,  Id.  Aj.  70,  and  so  in  prose, 
as  Thuc.  2,  47,  and  Xen. :  also  o. 
dat.,  to  suffice,  he  enough  for,  satisfi^, 
Hdt.  2,  115.  Soph.  Ant.  308,  etc'  : 
freq.  also  absol.  to  he  enough,  be  strong 
enough,  avail,  βίος  αρκειτω,  Aesch. 
Αί?.  1314,  oi'K  ημκει  τυξα.  Id  Pers. 
278:  hence  oft.  in  part.,  ΰρκών,  ονσα, 
οϋν,  sufficient,  enough,  βίος  ύρκέυν, 
Hdt.  1,31  :  (ΐρκονντα  or  τα  ΰρκονντα 
ίχειν,  Xen.  Mem.  1,2,  1,  Synip.  4, 
35:  cf.  άρκεόντως. — Π.  impers.,  ΰρ- 
Kfl  μοι,  'tis  enough  for  me,  I  am  well 
content,  c.  acc.  et.  inf.,  as  έμοί  μεν 
ΰρκεΐ  τούτον  kv  (\όμοις  μένείν,  Soph. 
Aj.  80  ;  also  άρκεΐ  μοι  ει...,  έάν...  (for 
δτι),  Xen.  Cyr.B,  1,  14,  cf.  Mem.  1, 
4,  13  :  also  εμ'  άρκεΐ  3ον7•.ενείν,  'tis 
enough  that  I...,  Aesch.  Thel).  248  : 
also  absol.,  or'  οΰκέτ'  άρκεΐ,  since 
there  is  no  help,  Soph.  Tr.  711  ;  άρ- 
κείν  όοκεϊ,  it  seems  enough,  seems 
good.  Soph.  El.  1364 :  ταντον  άρκεΐ 
σκώμιια,  a  jest  has  the  same  meaning, 
Plat.Theaet.  174  A,  b\it  cf  Stailb.— 
III.  rarely  c.  acc.  rei,  as  έργα  άρκέ- 
σας,  having  accomplished  deeds.  Soph. 
Aj.  439. — B.  pass,  to  be  satisfied,  con- 
tented with  a  thing,  τινί,  Hdt.  9,  33, 
and  freq.  in  later  prose,  as  Pint. 
(.\kin  to  ΰρήγω,  q.  v.,  also  to  άλκάω, 
άλκάβω,  Buttm.  hexi\.\.  χραισμεΐ ν  A.) 

'.Κρκιος,  a,  ov,  also  ος,  ov,  (άρκέω) 
Ep.  word,  on  U'hich  one  may  rely,  -^afe, 
sure,  ov  οι  έπειτα  άρκιον  έσσεΐται 
φνγέειν,  he  shall  have  no  hope  to  es- 
cape, 11.  2,  393  ;  vDv  ίρκίον  tj  άπο7Λ- 
σθαΐ  ηε  σαωβήναί,  one  of  these  is  cer- 
tain, to  perish  or  be  saved,  II.  15,  502  ; 
ύρκ.  μισθός,  a  sure  reward,  II.  10,  303, 
This  meanmg  is  affirmed  by  Buttm. 
to  prevail  throughout  Horn,  and  Hes., 
while  he  confines  to  the  later  poets, 
as  Ap.  Rh.,  the  sense  of — II.  enough, 
sufficient,  ascribed  by  others  to  early 
Ep. 

Άρκιος,  a,  ον,=αρκτειος. 
^Άρκόννι/σος,  ov,  ή,  Arconnesus,  an 
island  on  the  coast  of  Caria,  oppo- 
site Halicarnassus,  Strab. 

'\ρκος,  ου,  ό  and  y, ^άρκτος,  a 
bear. 

'λρκος,  εος,  τό,  (άρκέω)  a  defence 
against...,  βελέων,  Alcae.  1. 

'Αρκούντως,  contr.  for  άρκεόντως, 

Άρκτεία.  ας,  η,  (αρκτεύω)  an  offer- 
ing at  the  Brauronia. 

"Αρκτειος,  a,  ov,  (άρκτος)  of  a  hear. 

Άρκτέον,  verb.  adj.  from  άρχομαι, 
one  must  begin,  Soph.  Aj.  840  ;  αρχήν 
άρκτέον,  one  inust  make  a  beginning. 
Plat.  Tim.  48  B. — II.  from  άρχω,  one 
viust  govern,  Isocr.  298  D,  and  so 
Soph.  O.  T.  628,  unless  we  can  take 
άρκτέον  for  you  must  be  rided,  i.  e. 
obey,  cf.  οΰ  κατα7τ?.ηκτέον,  Dinarch. 
103,  45,  and  Ellendt  in  v. 

ί'Αρκτεύς,  εως,  ό,  Arcteus,  a  leader 
of  the  Aegyptians,  Aesch.  Pers.  312  ; 
also  read  in  v.  44  for  Άρκενς. 

'Αρκτεύω,  to  appoint  to  the  service  of 
άρκτος  (3). — II.  to  serve  as  one,  Lys. 
ap.  Harp.  in.  v. 

Άρκτη,  τ/ς,  ή,  sub.  δορά,  a  bearskin. 

'Αρκτικός,  7/,  όν,  (άρκτος2)  near  the 
bear.  i.  e.  northern,  arctic,  πόλος,  Ar- 
ist.  Mund. 

'Αρκτικός,  η,  όν,  (άρχομαι)  begin- 
ning, Gramm. 
^Άρκτΐνος,  ου,  6,  Arctinus,  an  Epic 
poet  of  Miletus,  Ath. 
'Άρκτιος,  ία,  ιον,^άρατικός,  Galen. 
210 


ΑΡΜΑ 

"Αρκτος,  ov,  ό  and  ?/,  α  bear,  Od. 
— 2.  ή,  the  Great  Bear,  or  Charles' 
Wain,  elsewh.  άμαξα,  a  constellation 
known  by  Horn,  imder  both  names  : 
at  άρκτοι  the  greater  and  lesser  bear, 
Cic.  N.  D.  2,  41  :  hence  the  north- 
pole,  or  in  genl.  the  North. — 3.  ή,  at 
Athens,  a  girl  appointed  to  the  service 
of  Diana  Brauronia  or  'Αρ;^ηγέτις : 
she  had  to  sacrifice  in  a  sattron  robe 
at  the  Brauronia,  Ar.  Lys.  645:  cf. 
αρκτεύω  and  άρκτεία :  on  the  my- 
thol.  connection  of  this  office  with 
άρκτος,  a  hear,  cf.  MuUer  Prolegom. 
zur  Mvthol.  p.  73. — I.  a  kind  of  fish, 
Arist.  H.  A. 

iΆpκτoς,  ov,  a,  Arctus,  a  centaur, 
Hes.  Sc.  Here.  186. 

Άρκτονρος.  ov,  <),  Arcturus,  a  bright 
star  in  the  forehead  of  Bootes,  Hes.: 
hence — II.  the  time  of  his  rising,  the 
middle  of  Sept..  when  cattle  left  the 
upland  pastures.  Soph.  O.  T.  1137. 
(From  άρκτος,  ονρος,  guard,  and  so= 
Άρκτοφνλαξ,  not  from  οίφά,  tad.) 

Άρκτοτρόφος,  ov,  (άρκτος,  τρέφω) 
nourishing  hears. 

Άρκτοφνλαξ,  ακος,  ό.  (άρκτος,  φν- 
λαξ)  the  bear-keeper.  Arctophylux,  a 
constellation  also  called  Boote.s. 

' Αρκτύ7Μς,  ov,  ό,  dim.  of  άρκτος,  a 
young  bear. 

i'ApKTuv  όρος.  Bears'  inountain,  in 
Mysia  near  Cyzicus,  Strab. 

Άρκτφος,  ώα,  ώον,  (άρκτος  2)  = 
αρκτικός.  Anth. 

^Άρκύθοος,  contr.  ονς,  ov,  ό,  Arcy- 
thous,  inasc.  pr.  η.,  Qu.  Sm.  3,  230. 

i'ApKVVia  όρη,  the  Hercyninn  moun- 
tains, i.  e.  the  Hartz  mountains  in  Ger- 
many, Arist. 

"Αρκυς,  νος,  ή,  Att.  άρκνς,  a  net, 
hunter's  net,  Lat.  cassis,  Aesch.,  and 
Eur.,  who  uses  it  mostly  in  plur.  ; 
also  in  Xen.,  άρκνς  ιστάναι,  to  set 
nets,  εις  τάς  άρκνς  έμπίητειν.  to  be 
caught  m  nets :  metaph.  άρκνες  ξίόονς, 
the  toils,  i.  e.  perils  of  the  suvrd,  Eur. 
Med.  1278.    (Akin  to  'έρκος.)    Hence 

Άρκνσαα,  ατός,  τό.  a  net,  v.  1.  in 
Aesch.  Eum.  112  Well. 

Άρκνστάσία,  ας,  ή,  a  placing  of 
nets  :  a  net,  Xen.  Cyn.  C,  6. 

Άρκνστύσιον,  ov,  τό,  (άρκνς.  Ιστη- 
μί)  a  place  for  spreading  nets,  the  net 
itself,  lb. 

' Αρκύστάτος,  η,  ov.  Eur.  Or.  1420, 
Of,  ov,  Aesch.  Ag.  1375,  beset  or  sur- 
rounded u'ith  nets,  to  άρκ.=  άρκνστύ- 
σιον,  a  net,  Aesch.  Pers.  99,  Soph. 
El.  1468  : — άρκ.  ττημονή,  death  amid 
the  toils,  Aesch.  Ag.  1.  c. 

'.\ρκνωρέω,  ώ,  ί.  -ήσω,  to  watch  nets : 
to  keep  carefully,  καλώδια,  Eupol.  In- 
cert.  18 :  from 

Άρκνωρός,  ov,  ό,  (άκρνς,  ονρος)  a 
icalcher  of  nets,  Xen.  Cyn.  6,  5,  etc. 

Άρμα,  ατός,  τό.  a  chariot,  esp.  a 
war-chariot,  car,  with  two  wheels,  in 
Horn,  very  oft.  in  plur.  for  sing. ;  and 
so  later,  Voss  Virg.  Eel.  3.  36.-2. 
chariot  and  horses,  the  yoked  chariot, 
Hom.  ;  άρμα  τέθριπττον,  τετράορον, 
etc.,  Pind.  and  Trag.  :  also  esp.  the 
team,  the  horses  ;  metaph.  of  persons, 
τρίπω?.ον  άρμα  δαιμόνων,  Eur.  Andr. 
277 :  άρματα  τρέφειν,  like  άρματο- 
τροφεϊν.  to  keep  chariot  horses,  esp. 
chariot  horses  trained  for  racing,  Xen. 
Hier.  11.5;  so  too  άρματος  τροφεύς. 
Plat.  Legg.  834  B.^ — 3.  a  chariot  race. 
— II.  a  mountain  district  in  Attica, 
where  omens  from  lightning  were 
watched  for :  hence  the  proverb  δι' 
'Άρματος,  seldom,  late,  Strab.  619  B, 
and  Plut. — 111.=ύρμονία,  Plut.,  cf. 
Lob.  Aglaoph.  846.  (Prob.  like  αρ- 
μός, from  ά  copul.,  άρω.) 


ΑΡΜΑ 

Άρμα,  ατός,  τό,  (αίρω)  that  which 
one  lifts  and  bears,  a  burden  ;  impost, 
tribute,  =  φορά. —  II.  that  which  one 
takes,  food,  nourishment,  Hipp. 

ΥΆρμα.  ατός,  τό,  Harma,  a  town  of 
Boeotia,  II.  2,  499.-2.  a  town  in  At- 
tica, Strab. 

Άρμα,  ης,  η,  (άρω)  union,  love,  in- 
tercourse, a  Delphic  word,  Plut.,  cf. 
άρμη  and  άρ~νς. 

Άρμα?.ιά,  άς. ή.  (αρμόζω)  sustenance 
allotted,  food.  Hes.  Op.  558.  765  ;  pro- 
visions, stores  in  a  ship,  Ap.  Rh.  1 ,  393. 

Άρμύμαξα,  τις.  ή,  (άρμα,  άμαξα) 
an  eastern  carriage  Λvith  a  cover,  e.sp. 
for  women  and  children,  Wess.  Hdt. 
7,  41,  often  in  Xen. 

ΥΑρμαμίθρης.  ov,  ό.  Ion.  εω,  Har- 
mannthras,  son  of  Datis,  leader  of  the 
Persians,  Hdt.  7,  88. 

Άρμύτειος,  εία,  ειον,  (άρμα)  of  or 
belonging  to  a  chariot,  σύριγγες.  Eur., 
δίρος,  Xen. :  μέλος  άρμ.,  Eur.  Or. 
1385,  a  kind  of  dirge,  νομός  άρμ..  in 
Plut.,  is  a  martial  strain  :  v.  Mull. 
Eum.  ^  19,  1. 

ΥΑρματεύς,  έως,  o,Harmateus.masc. 
pr.  n.  Dem.  1104,2. 

Άρματενω,  (άρμα)  to  drive  a  chariot, 
go  therein,  Eur.  Or.  994. 

Άρματηγός,  όν,  (άρμα,  άγω)  driving 
a  chariot. 

'Αρματη7.ΰσία,  ας,  η,  (άρμα,  έλαυ- 
νω)  the  driving  of  a  chariot,  going  there- 
in. Xen.  Cyr.  6,  1,  27. 

Άρματηλάτέω,ώ,(άρμα,ε7.αννω)  to 
go  in  a  chariot  or  drive  it,  Xen.  Symp. 
4,  6.    Hence 

Άρματη7άτης,  ov,  ό,  a  driver  of 
chariots,  charioteer,  Pind.  P.  5,  154. 
[λα] 

Άρματηλάτος,  ov,  (άρμα,  έ7Λύνω) 
driven  round  by  a  chariot  Or  wheel,  e.  g. 
Ixion,  Eur.  H.  F.  1297. 

ΥΑρματίόης,  ου,  ό,  Harmatides,  fa- 
ther of  Dithyrambus,  a  Thespian, 
Hdt.  7.  227. 

Άρματινός.  η,  όν,  and  άρμάτιος, 
ία,  ιον.=άρμάτειος. 

Αρμάτων,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  άρμα. 

Άρματίτης,  ον,  ό,  fem.  άρματΐτις, 
ΐδος.  ή,  belonging  to,  ΟΙ  fond  of  chariots, 
Λνδοί,  Pliilostr. 

Άρματούράμέΐύ.ώ,{άρμα.δραμείν)  to 
race  in  a  chariot,  ApoUod.  3,  5,  5, 
where  άραατοδρομεΐν  has  been  pro- 
posed, V.  Lob.  Phryn.  617. 

Αρματοδρομία,  ας,  η,  a  chariot-race, 
Strab.  :  from 

Άρματοδρόμος,  ov,  (άρμα,  δραμειν) 
running  a  chariot-race. 

Άρματόεις,  εσσα,  εν,^=άρμάτειος. 

Άρματόκτνήος,  ov,  (άρμα,  κτνττέω) 
rattling  with  chariots,  δτοβος,  Aesch. 
Theb.  204. 

Άρματομΰχέω,  (άρμα,  μάχομαι)  to 
fight  in  or  from  a  chariot. 

Άρματοπψ/έω,  to  build,  make  a 
chariot :  from 

Άρματοττηγός,  όν,  (άρμα,  πήγννμι) 
making  chariots  ;  6  άρμ.,  a  wheel-wright, 
chariot-maker,  II.  4,  485. 

Άρματοττήξ,  ήγος,  6,  ή,  =  foreg., 
Thcognost.  ap.  A.  B.  p.  1340. 

Άρματοποιέω,  =  άρματοττηγέω  : 
from 

Άρματοττοιός,  όν,  (άρμα,  ποιέω)= 
άρματο-ηγύς. 

■\Άρματος,  ον,  ό,  Harmatus,  a  prom- 
ontory of  Aeolis,  Strab. 

ΥΑρμητονς,  ονντος,  δ,  Harmatus,  a 
city  of  Troas,  Thuc.  8,  101. 

Άρματοτροφέω,  (άρμα,  τρέφω)  to 
keep  chariot  horses,  esp.  for  racing, 
Xen.  Ag.  9,  6,  cf.  άρμα  2.     Hence 

Άρματοτροφία,  ας,  ή,  a  keeping  of 
chariot  horses,  Xen.  Hier.  11,5. 
Άρματοτροχιά,  ΰς,ή,  (άρμα,  τροχός) 


ΑΡΜΟ 

thi  course  of  a  chariot,  a  icheel-track, 
Ael. 

Άρματροχιή,  νς,  poet,  for  foreg., 
11.  23.  505.  ■ 

ΆρμαΤύ)?.ία,  ας,  τι,=άρματηλασία, 
with  a  play  on  αμαρτωλή,  Ar.  Pac. 
415. 

Άρματύος,  ώα,  φον.=άρμάτειος. 

' Χραε?ΜΤ7ΐς,  ον,  ό,=:άρματηλύτης, 
Welcker  Syll.  Epigr.  212. 

ή'Αρμένη,  ης,  ή,  Armene.  a  town  of 
Paphiagonia,  Strab.,  in  Xen.  An  5, 
9,  15.  Άρμήνη. 

νΑρμενία,  ας,  η,  Armenia,  a  country 
of  Asia,  divided  into  Greater  and 
Ijess  Armema,  Hdt.,  etc.  :  adj.  'Ap- 
μένιος,  a,  ov,  and  Ηκός,  ή,  όν ;  adv. 
Άρμενιστί. 

'Αρμενίζο).  f.  -ίσω,  {άρμενον)  to  sail. 

ΫΑ.ρμένιον    όρος,  τό,  the  Armenian 

moimtain,  a  branch  of  Taurus,  Hdt. 

I,  72. 

νΧρμένιον,  ov,  TO,  Armenium,  a  city 
of  Thessaly,  Strab. 

^Αρμένιος,  ov,  6,  an  Armenian,  v. 
sub  'Αρμενία,  Hdt.— 2.  =  'Ap/iiViOf, 
Arminius,  Strab. 

Άρμενον,  ov,  τό,  a  sail.Aip.  Rh.— Π. 
<i)?V  tool  or  instrument,  Hipp.  :  strictly 
neut.  from 

'Αρμ'-νος,  η,  ov,  joined  to,^  fitting 
close,  fitting,  άρμενον  hv  πα?.ύμ•ησιν, 

II.  18,  600. — ll.  fit.  proper,  suitable, 
άρμενα  ■ηρύξας.  Find.  Ο.  8,96;  έν 
άρμένοισι  βνμον  αύξων.  Id.  Ν.  3, 100: 
hence — 2.  pleasing,  agreeable. — 3.  pre- 
pared, ready.  (Strictly  syncop.  part, 
aor.  2  mid.  from  άρω.) 

ΤΑρμενος.  ov.  ό,  Armenu.9,  a  Thes- 
salian  after  whom  Armenia  was  said 
to  have  been  named.  Strab. 

Άρμη,  ης,  ή,  {άρω)  junction,  union, 
Q.  Siii. 
\^.ρμηλΰτέω,=ύρματηλατέω,Ρο\γ^. 

Άρμηλάτης,  ov,  ό,=άρματη/ΜΤης. 
ΥΑρμήνη,  ή,  v.  Άρμένη. 
ί'Αρμνης,  ον  Ion.    εω,  ό,  Armnes, 
grandfather  of  Darius  Hystaspis,  Hdt. 
7,  11. 

Άρμογή,  ης,  ή,  {αρμόζω)  a  joining, 
joint:  arrangement,  λ\50=  αρμονία. 

Αρμόδιος,  a,  ov,  also  ος,  ov,  The• 
Ogn.  ^24,  {αρμόζω)  fitting  together,  θν• 
pac,  Theogn.  422  :  hence  well  fitting, 
accordant,  agreeable,  ήβη.  Id.  724,  f5fi- 
πνον.  Find.  N.  1,  31,  like  αρμόζων, 
of.  αρμόζω,  Π.  2  — II.  obliging,  com- 
plaisant.    Adv.  —ίως. 

ΥΑρμόδιος,  ov,  δ,  Harmodius,  an 
Athenian,  who,  in  conjunction  with 
Aristogiton,  slew  Hipparchus,  Hdt. 
5,  55.-2.  a  historian,  Ath.  148  F. 

ΥΑρμόζεια,  ας.  ή,  Harmor.eia,  a  coun- 
try of  Asia,  Arr.  Ind.  33,  2. 

ΥΑρμοζική,  ης,  ή,  Harmozice,  a  city 
ol  Iberia,  Strab. 

Άρμόζοί'τως.  adv.  part.  pres.  from 
sq..  suitably,  properly,  Diod. 

Αρμόζω,  ί.  -όσω,  but  in  Att.,  except 
Trag.',  άρμόττω.  Lob.  Phryn.  p.  241 
{αρμός,  αρω).  To  fit  together,  join, 
esp.  of  joiner's  work,  Ttvi  τι,  Od.  5, 
247  ;  and  so  in  mid.  to  join  for  one's 
self,  put  tosether,  lb.  162  :  esp.  also  tu 
fit  on  clothes,  armour,  etc.,  and  re- 
versely, άρμ.  χαίταν  στεόύνοισι. 
Find.  cf.  infr.  II. :  ΰρμ.  ττόδα  t~l 
■γαίας,  to  plant  foot  on  ground.  Eur. 
Or.  233.  also  ύρμ.  -ποδός  Ιχνια,  Simon. 
23.  4  :  άρμ.  δίκην  εις  τίνα,  to  bring 
judgment  upon  one,  Solon  28.  17  : 
also  άρμ.  τινι  βίοτον,  to  grant  one  life. 
Find.  N.  7,  145  :  in  geul.  to  prepare, 
make  ready.  Soph.  Tr.  687. — 2.  esp. 
of  marriage,  άρμόζειν  τινΙ  την  θυγα- 
τέρα, to  marry  one\i  daughter  to  any 
one,  Hdt.  9,  108  ;  also  άρμ-  κόρα  άν- 
δρα, Find.   P.  9,  207 ;   άρμ.   γύμον, 


ΑΡΜΟ 

γάμονς,  etc..  Find.,  and  Eur.  Mid. 
to  marry,  take  to  U'ife,  Hdt.  5,  32. 
Pass,  ήρμοσιιαί  τίνα  γνναΐκα,  ίο  be 
married  to.  Hdt.  3,  137,  v.  Wyttenb. 
Flut.  2,  133  C. — 3.  to  bind  fast.  άρμ. 
τινά  έν  άρκνσι,  Eur.  Bacch.  231. — 4. 
to  set  in  order,  arrange,  govern,  στρα- 
τόν,  to  command  an  army.  Find.  N.  8, 
20,  στόμ'  ΰρμοσον,  Eur.  Tro.  758  :  so 
in  pass.  κονδύ?Μΐς  ήρμοττόμην.  I  wn.s 
taught,  drilled  xvith  cuffs.  Ar.  Eq.  1230: 
esp.  among  the  Lacedaemonians,  to 
rule  as  άρμοστ7/ς,  Xen.  Rep.  Lac.  14, 
2. — 5.  to  arrange  according  to  the  laws 
of  harmony,  compose  ;  to  tune  instru- 
ments, hence  Plat.  Phileb.  56  A, 
Phaed.  85  E,  etc.  :  also  in  mid.,  άρ- 
μόττεσβαι  ?.vpav.  άρμονίαν,  Plat. 
Rep.  349  E,  591  D  ;  and  so  λνραν 
άρμόττεσθαί  άρμονίαν,  to  compose 
music  for  the  lyre,  Stallb.  Plat.  Lach. 
188  C  :  hence  absol.,  ήρμησμένος.  in 
harmony  or  tune.  Flat.  ;  cf  Wyttenb. 
ut  sup. — II.  intrans.  to  fit,  fit  well, 
strictly  of  clothes,  armour,  etc.,  τινί, 
II.  3,  333,  so  ηρμοσε  τενχε'  επΙ  χρο'ί, 
II.  17,  210  ;  so  έσθι/ς  αρμόζουσα  γνί- 
οις.  Find.  Ρ.  4,  141,  θώραξ  περί  τά 
στέρνα  αρμόζων,  Xen.  Cyr.  2,  1,  16. 
— 2.  to  fit,  suit,  he  adapted,  fit  for.  τινί. 
Soph.  O.  T.  902,  έ-πί  τινα,'ΐά.  Ant. 
1318,  also  ε'ίς  or  προς  τι.  Plat. :  absol. 
in  part.,  αρμόζοντα  ξείνια.  Find.  P. 
4, 229,  so  too  in  pass..  Soph.  Ant.  570, 
cf  αρμόδιος. — 3.  impers.  αρμόζει,  it 
is  fitting,  Lat.  decet,  c.  inf ,  σιγάν  uv 
άρμόζοι.  Soph.  Tr.  731,  αρμόσει  λέ- 
γειν, Dem.  240,  2,  cf  1025.  4.-4.  part. 
αρμόζων,  c.  gen..  Polyb.  1,  44. 

ΥΑρμόζων,  οντος,  ό.  Harmozon,  a 
promontory  of  Carmania  in  the  Per- 
sian gulf,  Strab. 

Υ Αρμοθόη,  ης,  ή.  Harmothoe,  an 
Amazon,  Qu.  Sm.  1,  44. 

Άρμοΐ,  oft.  wrongly  written  άριιοΐ 
(Lob.  Phryn.  19),  adv.=(!t/jri.  άρτίως, 
just,  newly,  lately.  Aesch.  Prom.  615, 
ubi  v.  Blomf,  (In  fact,  an  old  dat. 
from  αρμός.  cf.  οίκοι,  πέδοι.  etc.) 

ΥΑρμοκνδης,  ov  Ion.  εω,  ό,  Harmo- 
eydes,  masc.  pr.  n.,  Hdt.  9,  17. 

Άρμολογέω,  to  join  together:  from 
Άρμολόγος,  ov,  {αρμός,  ?.έγω)  join- 
ing together. 

Αρμονία,  ας,  ή,  {αρμόζω)  a  fitting, 
joining  together,  joint,  cramp,  like  αρ- 
μός, Od.  5,  248.  361,  Ar.  Eq.  533.— II. 
a  union  between  persons,  league,  cove- 
nant, II.  22,  255,  in  plur. — III.  an  or- 
dering, ordinance,  decree,  hence  fate, 
destiny,  ή  Αιυς  άρμ.,  Aesch.  Pr.  551. 
—IV.  proportion  :  hence  as  a  term  in 
music,  the  relation  of  sounds,  harmony, 
concord,  unison;  first  as  a  mytholog. 
person,  Harmonia.  daughter  of  Mars 
and  Venus,  wife  of  Cadmus,  H.  Hom. 
Ap.  195,  and  then  as  appellat,  άρμ. 
?.νρας.  Soph.  Fr.  232,  and  freq.  in 
Flat.  :  also  a  special  kind  of  music, 
measure,  as  αρμονία  Ανδία,  Find.  Ν. 
4,  73.  cf  Plat.  Rep.  443  D,  sq.,  Arist. 
Pol.  8.  fin.  ;  the  technical  term  in 
the  musical  writers  was  τόνος,  q.  v. — 
2.  in  Rhet.  the  intonation  or  modulation 
of  the  voice,  Arist.  Rhet.  3,  1,  4.-3. 
in  genl.  harmony,  any  harmonious  ar- 
rangement, agreement,  etc..  Plat.  : 
hence  δνςτροπος  γυναικών  άρ/ζ.,κ-om- 
ans  perverse  nature  or  temper,  Eur. 
Hipp.  162. 

ί'Αρμονίδης.  ov,  ό.  Harmonides,  prop. 
son  of  Harmon,  father  of  Pherechis, 
II.  5.  60. — 2.  a  musician,  pupil  of  Ti- 
motheus,  Luc.  Harm.  1. 

Αρμονικός,  ή.  όν,  {αρμονία)  har- 
monical,  skilled  iti  musical  harmony. 
Flat.  :  TU  αρμονικά.  Flat.  Phaedr. 
268  E,  or  ή  -κή,  sub.  τέχνη,  Arist. 


APNE 

Metaph.,  the  theory  or  science  of  music, 
music. 

Άρμόνιος,  ov,  fitting,  harmonious, 
LXX.     Adv.  -ίως. 

'Αρμός,  οϋ,  6,  a  fitting  or  joining,  a 
joint,  αρμός  χώματος  'λιθοσπαδής,  a 
joint  or  opening  in  the  tomb  made  by 
tearing  away  the  stones,  Soph.  Ant. 
1216;  a  cramp. peg,  nail,  Eur.  Erechth. 
17,  12  :  a  limb,  esp.  the  shoulder,  Lat. 
armus :  αρμός  θίφας,  a  chink  in  the 
fastening  of  a  door,  Dion.  H.  (From 
ά  for  άμα  copul.,  άρω,  like  άρμα  ;  so 
too  αρμόζω,  -ττω,  etc.) 

Άρμοσία,  ας,  ή.  {αρμόζω)  arrange- 
ment :  tuning  of  an  instrument. 

"Αρμοσις.  εως,  ή,  {αρμόζω)  a  joining 
together,  fitting,  adapting. 

'Άρμοσμα,  ατός,  τό,  {αρμόζω)  that 
which  is  joined  together,  joined  work, 
Eur.  Hel.  411. 

Άρμοστήρ,  ήρος,  6,  =  sq.  :  poet, 
also  άρμόστωρ,  a  commander,  νανβα- 
τών,  Aesch.  Eum.  456. 

Αρμοστής,  ov,  ό,  {αρμόζω)  one  who 
joins,  arranges,  governs,  a  governor, 
esp.  a  harmost,  the  governor  of  the 
Greek  islands  and  towns  in  Asia 
Minor  sent  out  by  the  Lacedaemo- 
nians during  their  supremacy,  Thuc. 
8,  5,  and  Xen.,  cf.  Herm.  Pol.  Ant. 
ij  39  :  also  the  governor  of  a  dependent 
colony,  Xen.  An.  5,  5,  19. 

Άρμοστικός,  ή,  όν,  {αρμόζω)  fitted 
for  joining  together. 

'Αρμοστός,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from 
αρμόζω,  joined,  fitted,  adapted,  κατά 
τι,  Polyb.  :  betrothed,  married  :  ar- 
ranged, ordered,  governed. 

Άρμόστωρ,    ορός,   ό,  =  άρμοστήρ, 

q•^• 

Άρμόσννος,  ον,  {αρμόζω)  arranging, 
governing,  ό  άρμόσ.^  αρμοστής. 

Άρμοττόντως,  adv.  part.  pres.  from 
άρμόττω,  fittingly. 

Άρμόττω,  Att.  for  αρμόζω,  q.  v. 

Άρνα.  ace.  of  *  άρήν,  dual  ύρνε, 
plur.  άρνες,  etc.,  v.  sub  *  άρήν. 

'^Άρναι,  ών.  ai,  Arnae,  a  city  of 
Chalcidice,  Thuc.  4,  103. 

\ΆρναΙος,  ov,  ό,  Arnaeus,  proper 
name  of  the  beggar  Irus,  Od.  0,  5. — 
2.  father  of  Megamede,  Apollod.  2, 
4,  10. 

Άρνακίς,  ίδος,  ή,  a  sheep^s  skin.  Ar. 
Nub.  730,  Flat.  Symp.  220  B.     (As 
if  from  *  άρναξ,  a  dim.  of  άρνός.) 
V Αρνάπης,  ov,  ό,  Amapes,  a  Per- 
sian, Xen.  Hell.  1,  3,  8. 

Άρνέα.  ας,  7/,=  foreg. 

Άρνειος,  εία,  ειον,  {*άρήν)  of  α  lamb 
or  sheep,  κρέα,  Orac.  ap.  Hdt.  1,47: 
a-  φόνος,  slaughtered  sheep.  Soph.  Aj. 
309. 

Άρνειός,  ov,  6,  a  young  ram  just 
full-grown,  Hom.  Orig.  a  masc.  adj., 
as  appears  from  άρνειος  δις,  a  male 
sheep,  Od.  10,  572. 

Άρνεοθοίνης.  ov,  6,  {*  άρήν,  θοίνη) 
feasting  on  lambs,  Anth. 

Άρνέομαι,  dep.  c.  fut.  mid.  -ήσομαι, 
and  aoF.  pass,  άρνηβήναι.  but  also 
aor.  mid.  άρνήσασθαι,  Hdt.  3, 1.  Opp. 
to  ειπείν,  to  deny,  disown,  τεόν  έπος, 
Hom.  :  opp.  to  δούναι,  to  refuse,  de- 
cline, Od.  21,  345:  absol.  to  say  no, 
decline,  Hom.  :  construct,  in  prose 
(where  it  is  not  very  freq.)  usu.  c. 
inf,  to  refuse  to  do,  Hdt.  ;  and  in  Att. 
c.  μή  et  inf ,  Antipho  123.  12:  also 
άρν.  ότι  01'....  ώς  ov...,  to  deny  that  it 
is...,  Xen.  Rep.  Ath.  2,  17,  Lys.  100, 
41  :  also  c.  part.,  ov  γαρ  ευτυχών 
άρνήσομαι.  Eur.  Ale.  1158,  cf  Or. 
1582.  (Ace.  to  Pott  from  a-,  uva, 
negat.,  and  * (>έω.  ερέω.) 

Άρνεντήρ,  ήρος,  ό.  {άρνενω)^=κν- 
βιστητήρ,  α  jumper,  tumbler,  ί1.   10, 
211 


fi 


742:  a^soatZiwrr,  Oil.  lU,  113.  -(Prob. 
from  *ύρην.  strictlj•  ont•  thai  butts  and 
frisks  like  a  lamb  )     Hence 

'ApvtvTTipia.  ας,  ή,  the  art  of  tum- 
bling or  diviii'4. 

Άρνευτί/ς,  οΰ,  ύ,^άρΐ'ευτ^ρ. 
Άρνεύίΰ,  ί^ΰρί'ός)  to  frisk  like  a  lamb, 
tumble,  Lye.  405,  to  plunge  headlong 
into  the  ivater,  to  dive,  lb.  1103. 

t'Apv//,  ης,  ή,  Ame,  a  ciiy  of  Boeo- 

tia,  11.  2.  507.-2.  a  city  of  Thessaly 

on  the  Maliacus  Sinus,  Thuc.  1,  12. 

'Apvijtr.  ΐύος,  ή,  v.  ΰρνίς. 

' Κρνιιαίβεος,  ov,  {ύρνέομαι,  θεός) 

denying  God,  atheistic,  Eccl. 

'λρΐ'ήσιμος.  ίμη,  ιμον,  [άρνέομαι) 
to  be  denied.  Soph.  Phil.  74. 

'Κρνησις.  ευς,  ή,  {άρνέομαι)  a  de- 
nying, denial,  τοντου  ό'  οντις  ΰρνησις 
ττέλει.  Aesch.  Eum.  588  ;  also  foLl. 
by  μ//  c.  inf.,  Dem.  392,  12. 

^λρν7]σίχριστος,  ov,  (  άρνέομαι, 
Χριστός)  denying  Christ,  Eccl. 

'Αρνητικός,  η,  όν,  {άρνέομαι)  refu- 
sing, denying,  negative.     Ailv.  -κώς. 

Άρνίον.  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  *ΰρην,  a 
little  ra:n,  lambkin,  Lys.  90C,  2.— 11.  a 
sheep-skin, flue,  Luc. 

Άρνίς,  ifSor,  ij,  a  ffsliiml  at  Argos, 
in  which  dol;s  were  slain,  held  in 
memory  of  Linus,  who  was  said  to 
have  been  torn  to  pieces  by  dogs, 
Conon  10  :  also  called  ύρνηΐς,  ΐδος, 
ή,  Ael.  Ν.  Α.  12,  34,  cf.  κννοφόντις. 

f  \ρνισοα,  Ίΐς.  y,  Arnissa,di  city  of 
Macedonia,  Thuc.  4,  128.  — 2.  a  city 
of  lllyria.  I'tol. 

Άρνόγλωσσον,  ov,  τό,  (  άρνός. 
γ7.ώσσα)  prub.  a  kind  of  plantagu, 
Tragop.  150. 
ΆΡΝΟ'Σ,  τον,  της,  gen.  without 
noin.  αρς,  the  noin.  in  use  being  au- 
νός,  q.  v.,  (later,  as  Aesop,  άρνός): 
early  authors  have  άρνης,  αρνί,  άρνη  : 
du.  ("ιρνε,  pi.  άρνες,  g.  άρνών,  d.  άρ- 
νύσι  (Rp.  άρνεσσι),  ace.  άρνας,  a 
lamb,  Lai.  agnus,  agna,  Horn.,  etc.  : 
also  a  sheep,  Od.  4,  85.  (Hence  &p- 
νειος,  άρνίον  :  akin  to  Lat.  aries,  and 
prob.  to  Engl.  ram.  cf.  Ι)ήν,  but  not 
to  uljbrjv,  avi'ip.  Pott  Etymol.  Forsch. 

I,  223:  the  Saner,  urnaju  means 
woolly,  lb.  2,  407.) 

\\Κρνος,  ov,  0,  Arnus.  a  river  of 
Etruria  now  the  Amo.  Strab. 

' Αρνοψάγος,  ov,  {άρνός,  φαγείν) 
lamb-devouring,  Nonn.    [ΰ] 

Άρνϋμαι,  defect,  dep.,  used  only 
in  pres.  and  iinpf.,  lengthd.  form  of 
αίρομαι  (cf.  πταιρω.  πτύρννμαι), 
wnich  supplies  the  fut.  άρονμαι  and 
other  tenses.  To  receive  for  one's  self, 
reap,  win,  gain.  earn.  esp.  of  honour 
or  reward,  ιΟ^έος,  τιμήν,  11•,  3οείην, 

II.  22,  160 ;  so  ψνχην  άρνυσθαι,  to 
carry  off  one's  life  a  prize,  i.  e.  rescue 
it  from  perils,  Od.  1,  5  :  SO  too  in 
Soph.,  Eur.,  and  once  or  twice  in 
the  prose  of  Plat.,  e.  g.  μισθυν  ύρν., 
like  μισθηρνέω.  Plat.  Prot.  340  Λ, 
Rep.  310  G:  μά?Λον  άμν.,  to  choose 
rather,  prefer,  i-egg.  941  C:_al.sO  in 
bad  sense  άρν.  λώβην,  to  earn  shame, 
Eur.  Hec.  1073.     Cf.  Ruhnk.  Tun. 

Άρνωόός.  ov,  ό,  {άρνός,  ώ(5//)  one 
who  sings  for  a  lamb,  cf.  τραγωόός. 

νΑρηύνιος,  ου,  ό,  Aroanius,  a  river 
of  northern  Arcadia,  Strab. 

"Apo/ia.  ατός,  τό,  (άρόω)  later  and 
worse  form  for  άρωμα,  Lob.  Phryn. 
227. 

νΑρόματα.  uv,  τά,  Aromata,  a  city 
of  Lydia,  Strab. 

Άρόμην,  Ion.  aor.  2  mid.  of  alpw, 
Hom.  άρόμμεναι,  v.  1.  for  άρώμεναι, 
q.  V. 

"Αρον,  ov,  TO,  Lat.  arum,  the  wake- 
mbin. 

212 


APOT 

Άρος,  εος,  τό,  use.  profit.  Aesch. 
Supp.  ass.  (Rare  word,  "perh.  akin 
to  apt-,  Άρης,  etc.)  [a] 

'Αρόσιμος,  ov,  {άροω)  arable,  fruit- 
ful, χωρά  αρ.,  corn-land,  Or.  Sib. : 
also  metaph.  fit  for  engendering  chil- 
dren. Soph.  Ant.  509  m  poet,  form 
αρόσιμος,  cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  227. 

Άροσις,  εοις,  ή,  {άρύω)  a  plaughing, 
tillage. — II.  arable  land,  corn-land,  Lat. 
arvum,  Od.  9,  134. 

'ApoT/'tp,  ηρος,  ό,  {άρόω)  a  plougher, 
husbandman,  11.,  and  Hdt. :  also  βονς 
άροτήρ,  a  steer  for  ploughing,  Hes.  Op. 
403.  —  II.  metaph.  a  begetter,  father, 
τέκνων,  Eur.  Tro.  135. 

' Αροτήριος,  ον,^άροτήσιος,  Lye. 
'Αρότης.  ov,  6,— άροτήρ,  Pmd.  I. 
1,  07,  Hdt.  4,  2:    ΙΙιερίόων  άρόται, 
workmenof  the  Muses,  i.  e.  poets,  Pind. 
N.  0,  55. 

' Αροτήσιος,  ov.  {άρόω)  belonging  to 
ploughing  or  sowing :  upa,  seed-time, 
Arat. 

"Αροτος,  ov,  ό,  {άρόω)  a  tilling,  till- 
age, ploughing ;  in  genl.  husbandry, 
so  in  Od.  9,  122,  in  plur. :  ζϊ/ν  άπ' 
άρότον,  to  live  by  husbandry,  Hdt.  4, 
40:  metaph.  the  procreation  of  children, 
ίτΓΐ  παίδων  γνησίων  άρότω  was  the 
customary  phrase  in  Athen.  mar- 
riage-contracts, Heind.  Plat.  Crat. 
406  B,  ef.  άρόω.  άρουρα. — 2.  the  crop, 
fruit  of  the  field,  Soph.  O.  T.  270,  ubi 
Schol.  καρπός :  also  corn-land,  a 
field.  Aesch.  Suppl.  038:  metaph.  up. 
ανδρών,  τέκνων,  as  we  say  seed,  Eur. 
Ion  1095,  Med.  1281.— II.  oxyt.  άρ- 
οτός,  the  season  of  tillage,  seed-time, 
Hes.  Op.  456,  etc. :  hence  the  year. 
Soph.  Tr.  69,  825,  where  hovvever 
Herm.,  as  also  the  Edd.  of  Hes.,  re- 
tain the  usual  accent. 

Άροτός,  ή,  όν,  {άρόω)  tilled,  that 
can  be  tilled. 

ΆροτραΙος,  a,  ov,  of  corn-land, 
Anth. 

Άροτρενς,  έως,  o,=  sq.,  v.  1.  Orac. 
Dem.  531,  19. 

Άροτρεντ-ηρ,  ήρος,  6,^=άροτήρ,  a 
plougher,  πόντου,  Anth. 

'Αροτρενω,  to  till,  plough,  Orph. 
Άροτρητης,    ov,    ό,=  άροτήρ:    be- 
longing to  the  plough,  βίοτος,  χαλκός, 
Anth. 

Άροτριάω,=  άρόω,  Theophr.,  susp. 
by  Lob.  Phryn.  254. 

Άροτριος,  ov,  of  or  belonging  to 
husbanilry,  epith.  of  Apollo,  Orph. 

Άροτρίωμα,  ατός,  τό,  ploughed 
land. 

' ΑροτροδίανΆος,  ov,  6,  a  plougher, 
who  goes  backwards  and  forwards 
as  in  the  διαν?ιθς,  Anth. 

Άροτροειδής,  ές,  {άροτρον,  είδος) 
like  a  plough,  Diod.  :   from 

'Aporpoi',  01'.  TO,  {άρόω)  a  plough, 
Lat.  nratrum.  Hom.,  etc.  :  sometimes 
in  plur.  for  sing.,  as  in  Mosch. 

Άροτρο  Λ  όνος,  ov,  {άροτρον,  πο- 
νέω)  working  with  the  plough,  ζενγλη, 
Anth. 

Άροτρόπονς,  ποδός,  ό,^  {άροτρον, 
πονς)  α  plough-share,  LXX. 

Άροτροψορέω.  ω,  f.  -ήσω,  {άροτρον, 
φορέω)  to  draw  the  plough,  Anth. 

Άροίαρνοι.  ων,  οι.  the  Arrerni,  a 
people  of  Gallia  Aquitania,  Strab. 

ΫΑρούπεινον.  ου,  τό,  Arupinum,  a 
city  of  lllyria,  Strab. 

Άρουρα,  ας,  ή,  (άρόω)  tilled  οχ 
arable  land,  seed-land,  corn-land.  I/at. 
arvum,  Hom.:  also  in  genl.,  like  γη, 
ground,  soil,  land,  hence  πατρίς 
άρονρα, father-land,  Hom., άρ.  πάτρια, 
πατρώα,  Pind.  :  the  whole  earth,  Od. 
7,  332:  metaph.  of  a  woman  as  pro- 
ducing seed  Aesch.  Theb.  754,  Soph. 


ΑΡΠΑ 

Ο.  Τ.  1257;  cf.  ύλο^  — II.  later  a 
measure  of  land.     Hence 

'Αρουραίος,  αία,  αΐον,  belonging  to 
corn-land,  rustic :  μυς  αρ.,  a  field-mouse, 
Hdt.  2,  141. 

νΑρονρίτης,  ov,  ό,  =  foreg.,  μνς, 
Babr.  108,  27. 

Άρονριον,ον,τό,  dim. from  άρονρα. 

Άρννμηπόνος,  ov,  (άρουρα,  πονεω) 
working  in  the  field,  Anlh. 

Άρόω,  f.  -όσω,  poet,  -όσσω  :  aor.  1 
ηροσα,  pass,  ηρόβην  :  Ion.  inf.  })res. 
άρώμεναι  or  άρόμμεναι,  Hes.  Op.  22  : 
Ion.  part.  pf.  pass,  άρηρομένος,  Hom., 
and  Hdt.,  cf.  Spitzn.  11.  18,  548,  (perh. 
from  ερα),  to  plough,  till,  Lat.  arare, 
Od.  9,  108.  in  lengthd.  poet,  form 
άρόωσι  for  άροϋσι :  metaph.  of  poets, 
Pind.  N.  10,  49,  cf.  άρότης.—U.  to 
sotv.  trans.,  also  intrans.,  άρονν  εις 
κήπους,  Heind.  Plat.  Phaedr.  276  B, 
cf  σπείρω. — 2.  metaph.,  of  the  man, 
to  get  inth  child,  την  τεκονσαν  ηροσεν. 
Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  1497.  and  in  pass.,  of  the 
child,  ήρόθηι•,  was  begotten,  lb.  1485. — 
B.  mid.  to  enjoy  the  fruits  of  tillage, 
and  so  in  genl.,  like  καρπονσθαι,  to 
enjoy,  όλβονς.  Soph.  Fr.  298. 

Άρπά}δην,  adv..  (αρπάζω)  by  rob- 
bery or  rapine.  A  p.  Rh. 

Αρπΰγενς,  έως,  ό,^άρπαξ,  The- 
mist. 

'ApTTUy^,  f/ς,  -η,  (αρπάζω)  seizure, 
rapine,  robbery,  rape,  first  in  Solon  15, 
13:  όφλών  αρπαγής  δίκην,  found 
guilty  of  rape,  Aesch.  Ag.  534  :  αρ- 
παγή χρέεσθαι,  to  plunder,  Hdt.  1,  5  : 
also' in  plur.,  Hdt.  5,  94,  Aesch.,  and 
Eur. — 11.  the  thing  seized,  booty,  prey, 
plunder,  Tov  φΗύσαντος  αρπαγή, 
Aesch.  Pers.  752,  .so  too  up—,  κνσί, 
θηρσί,  Aesch.,  and  Eur.  :  also  άρ- 
παγήν  ποιεϊσθαί  τι.  to  make  boott/  oj 
a  thing,  Thuc.  8,  62,  cf.•  λίί'α.— HI. 
greediness,  rapacity,  Xen.  Cyr.  5,  2,  17. 
Αρπάγη,  ης,  ή,  a  ho^k.  esp.  for 
drawing  up  a  bucket. — 2.  fee  rake,  Lat. 
harpago,  Eur.  Cycl.  33.  ψ 
ΆρπαγιμαΙος,  a,  ον,=.ψι.,  Orph. 
Άρτα)  ιμος,  η,  ov,  (ύίχξαγή)  plun- 
dered, got  by  rapine,  CM.  Cer.  9. 
Adv.  -μως.  ? 

Άρπάγιον,  ov,  τό,  a  vessel  like  the 
κ7ίειΙινδιια. 

νΑρπάγιον,  συ.  τό,  Harpagiov.,  a 
place  in  Mysia.  near  Sidene,  where 
Ganymede  was  carried  off,  Thiic.  8, 
107  ;  in  Strab.  ΆρπαγεΙα.  ων.  τά. 

"Αρπαγμα,  ατός.  τη,  (άρπάζ^ο)  rob- 
bery :  booty,  plunder,  Aeschin.  85,  27, 
cf  αρπασμα. — 2.  a  catch,  a  windfall, 
Heliod. 

Άρπαγμός.  οϋ,  ό,  robbery,  rape, 
Pint. — 2.  plΌb.=ύpπα)'^  II,  N.  T., 
V.  Schleusn. 

^Άρπαγος,  ov,  ό,  Harpagus.  minis- 
ter of  king  Astyages  of  Media,  Hdt. 
1,  80. — -i.  a  commander  of  Darius 
Hystiispis.  Hdt.  6,28. — 3.v."Ap7r«(TOf. 
ΆΡΠΑ'Ζί2,  (fut.  αρπάζω,  but  Att. 
always  άρπάσω  (or  άρπάσοι/αι,  as 
Ar.  Pac.  1118,  Eccl.  806),  Lob.  Phryn. 
211,  Hoin.  has  both  forms  in  act.): 
to  tear,  snatch,  ravish  away,  to  carry 
off.  harry  away,  τινά  έκ...,  II.  3,  444, 
etc.,  also  βονν  αγέλης,  II.  17,  02 : 
also  c.  ace.  only,  flom. ;  so  in  part., 
άρπάίας  φέρειν,  Lat.  raptim  frre, 
Od.  ίο,  48,  cf.  5,  416.-2.  to  seize, 
grasp  hastily,  λύαν,  II.  12,  445  :  of  a 
ball,  to  catch  :  also  to  grasp  with  the 
mm\,  catch,  apprehend.  Lob.  Soph.  Aj. 
2. — 3.  to  seize  and  overpower,  orcrinnji• 
ter.  γλωσσαν  άρπ.  φόβος,  Aesch. 
Theb.  259  :  also  to  seize  or  occupy  a 
post,  Xen. — 1.  in  Soph.  Aj.  2,  όρώ 
σε  Οηρώμενον  ΰρπάσαι  πεϊραν,  J  see 
thee  always  seeking  to  seize  an  upper- 


1 


ΑΡΠΕ 

tunity  of  attempting,  cf.  Lob.  ad.  1. — 
II.  to  plunder,  τους  φίλους  την  Έλ- 
λάδα,  etc.,  Xen.,  and  Dem.  (The 
root  seems  to  have  been  άβΐτ-,  akin 
to  αίρ-έω,  q.  v. ;  hence  αμτζη,  άρ~ΐ- 
όόνη,  "Auvtai,  and  ^roh.  μάρ-τω  •  v. 
further  Lepsius  ap.  Donalds.  New 
Cratyl.  p.  200.)    Hence 

Άρ-άκτεφα,  ας,  ή,  fem.  of  sq., 
Anth. 

Άρ-ακτήρ,  ηρος,  ό,  {άρτζύζω)  arob- 
ber,  11.     Hence 

Άρ—ακτήριος,  ov,  thievish,  Lye. 

'Α-ρ-ακτής,  ov,  ό.^άρ-ακτήρ,  a 
robber. — 2.  as  adj.,  thievish. 

'Χρ-ακτικός,  ή,  όν,=άρ7τακτήριος. 
Adv.  -κύς. 

Άρττακτός.  η,  όν,  snatched,  seized 
in  haste,  with  hurry,  Hes.  Op.  682. 

' \ρ-ακ.τνς,  νος,ή,  Ion.  for  αρπαγή. 
Call. 

Άρ~ύ?.αγος,  ov,  a,  a  hunting  imple- 
ment, 0pp. 

Άρττάλέος,  a,  ov,  and  sometimes 
ος,  ov,  {αρπάζω)  grasping,  greedy  : 
drawing  to  one's  self,  attractive,  allur- 
ing, κέρδεα,  Od.  8,  164:  hence  de- 
lightful, charming,  pleasayit,  opp.  to 
απηνής.  Theogn.  1353  Bekk-,  so  uv- 
θεα  ήβης,  Mimnerm.  1,  4.  so  too 
Find.  P.  8,  93  ;  10,  96.  Adv.,  άρπα- 
λέως  ήυθε,  he  ate  greedily,  Od.  6,  250  : 
but  άρπ.  εϋδειν,  to  sleep  pleasantly, 
Mimnerm.  8,  8. 

νΑρπα'λενς,  έως,  6,  liarpaleus,  son 
of  Lycaon,  Apollod. 

Άρπαλίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (άρπαλός)  to 
catch  at.  receive,  excipere,  κωκντοίς, 
Aesch.  Theb.  243. 

Άρπύλίμος,  and  άρπα7.6ς,  v.  ύρπα- 
7Λος. 

νΧρπαλίων.  ωνος,  δ,  Hnrpalion,  son 
of  Pylaemenes,  11.  13.  644.-2.  son 
of  Arizelus,  Qu.  Sm.  10.  75. 

Υ Κρπα'/.ος,  ov,  6.  Harpalus,  a  gover- 
nor of  Babylon  under  .\lexander  the 
Great,  Arr.iAn.  3.  6,  19. 

t'Aprr a/u/ojf,  01'.  6.  Harpalycns,  son 
of  L^caon^  Apollod. — 2.  teacher  of 
Hercules  isj; boxing.  Theocr.  24,  114. 

"Αρπας,  β,γος,  6,  ή,  (αρπάζω)  rob- 
bing, rapacarus,  Lat.  rapax.  At.  Eq. 
137.  ίκτίν.  Id.  Fr.  525  :  also  with  a 
neuter,  ΰρπαγι  χείλει,  Anth.  —  II. 
mostly  as  subst.,  a  robber,  peculator, 
των  δημοσίων,  Ar.  Nub.  350. — 2.  ό 
ΰρπ..  a  hooked  dart.  App.,  but  v.  Lob. 
Paral.  131. — 3.  ή,  robbery,  rapine,  Hes. 
Op.  354. 

Άρπαξίβιος.  ov,  (άρπαξ,  βίος)  liv- 
ing by  rapine,  Archestr.  ap.  Ath.  4  E. 

"Αρπασμα,  ατός.  τό,  =  αρπαγμα. 
Plat.  Legg.  906  D.  the  more  Att.  form 
ace.  to  Lob.  Phryn.  241. 

Άρπασμός,  οϋ,^άρπαγμός.  Plut. 

ΥΆρπασος,  ου.  6,  Harpasus,  a  tribu- 
tary of  the  Araxes  in  Pontus,  Xen. 
An.  4,  7,  18:  in  Diod.  S.  called  " Αρ- 
παγος.— 2.  tributary  of  the  Maean- 
der  in  Caria,  Qu.  Sm.  10,  144. 

Άρπαστικός,  ή,  όν,=^άρπηκτικός, 
of  bn-ds  of  prey,  Arist.  Physiogn. 

Άρπάστιον.  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  sq. 

Άρπαστόν,  ov,  τό,  a  kind  of  ball: 
also  the  game  catch-ball,  Lat.  harpas- 
ta.  V.  έόετίνδα  and  ώαινίνδα.  Hemst. 
Ar.  Plut.  p.  282.     Strictly  neut.  from 

Άρπαστός,  ή,  όν,  robbed,  to  be  rob- 
bed :  to  be  caught. 

Άρπεδής.  ές,  (πέδον)  flat,  level, 
Nic.     (Perh.  for  αριπεδής.) 

Άρπεδόνη,  ης,  ή.  a  rope,  cord,  for 
binding  or  for  snaring  game,  Xen. 
Cyr.  1.6,  28  :  the  twist  or  thread  of 
which  cloth  is  made.  Hdt.  3,  47,  Crit. 
18  :  α  bow-string,  Anth.     Hence 

Άρπεδονίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  to  catch  or  tie 
with  an  άρπεδόνη. 


APPE 

Άρπεδών,  όνος,  ή,  =  άρπεδόνη, 
Anth. 

Άρπέζα,  ης.  ή,  also  ΰρπεζος,  ον,  6, 
α  hidge,  thorn-hedge,  Nic. 

"Αρπη,  ης,  ή,  {αρπάζω)  α  bird  of 
prey,  prob.  a  species  of  falcon,  II. 
19,  350.— II.  a  sickle,  Hes.  Op.  571  : 
hence  the  scimetar  of  Perseus,  Pher- 
ecvd.  10  :  also  an  elephant-goad  : 
elsewh.  δρέπανον,  v.  Jacobs  Ael.  13, 
22  :   also  a  harpoon. 

V  Αρπϊνα,  and  -πιννα,  ων,  τά,  Har- 
pinna,  a  place  in  Elis,  near  the  Al- 
pheus,  Strab. 

νΑρπΙνα,  ων,  τά,  Arplnum,  a  city 
of  Latium,  the  birth-place  of  Marius 
and  Cicero,  now  Arpino,  Plut.  Cic.  8, 
Strab. 

ΆρπίΓ  or  άρπίς.  ϊδος,  ?!,=:κρηπίς, 
akin  to  άρ3νλίς,  Call.  Fr.  66. 

ΥΑρποκράτης.  βνς,  ό,  HarpocrStes, 
son  of  Isis,  god  of  silence  among  the 
Egyptians,  Anth. 

ΥΑρποκρατίων.  ωνος,  δ,  Harpocrati- 
on.  a  celebrated  Grammarian,  Ath. 

V Αρπόξαϊς  ως.  δ.  Arpoxais,  son  of 
Targitaus,  Hdt.  4,  5. 

"Αρπνιαι,  ών.  a'l,  the  Harpies,  i.  e. 
the  spoilers,  mythical  beings,  greedy 
after  prey,  and  hideous  of  shape,  first 
met  with  in  Od.,  as  carrying  off  any 
one  who  has  utterly  disappeared,  1, 
24 1 ;  20, 77.  Later  authors  tu  rned  them 
into  whirlwinds  or  water-spouts,  and 
Hes.  makes  them  sisters  of  Aello  and 
Iris :  but  they  are  persons  in  A  p.  Rh. 
2,  188,  sq.,  and  Virgil.  A  singular, 
"Αρπνια  Ποδάργη,  mother  of  the 
horses  of  Achilles  by  Zephyrus.  oc- 
curs II.  16. 150,  of  course  with  notion 
of  hurry,  speed.  (A  quasi-participial 
form  from  *ΰρπω=:άρπάζω,  cf.  αγυιά, 
όργνια.) 

Άρπνιόγοννος.  ov,  ("Αρπνιαι,  γόνν) 
Harpy-legged,  άηδόνες  Αρπ.,  the  Si- 
rens. Lye.  (Passow  from  γονή.  Har- 
py-sprung.) 

Άρπνς,  ό.  Aeol.  for  ύρτνς,  union, 
love,  Parthen.  ap.  E.  M.,  cf  άρμα. 

ΥΆρπνς,  νος.  ό.  Harpys.  a  fabled 
stream  in  the  Peloponnesus,  Apollod. 

I,  9.  21. 

Άρ/5-,  in  words  beginning  with  β, 
β  is  doubled  after  a  prefix. 

Άρ^αβάσσω.^  ^)αι3άσσω,  with  a 
euphon.,  like  ΰράσσω=ζβάσσω. 

'Αβ/)ά3δωτος,  ov,  not  striped,  Arist. 
H.  A. 

Άρβΰβών,  ωνος,  δ,  earnest-money, 
caution-money,  deposited  in  case  of 
purchases,  etc.,Isae.  71,20:  in  genl. 
a  pledge,  earnest,  Lat.  arrhabo.  arrha. 
την  τέχνην  έχοντες  άρβαβώνα  τοϋ 
ζην,  Antiph.  Κναφ.  1  :  cf  Diet.  Αη- 
tiqq.  p.  107.     Hence 

'Αΐ)βαβωνίζω,  fut.  -ίσω,  to  secure  by 
earnest-money :  in  genl.  to  take  into 
one's  service,  engage,  Eccl. 

Άββΰγής,  ές,  (a  ρήν.,  βήγννμι)  un- 
broken, continuous,  Arist.  Probl. :  that 
camiot  be  rent  or  broken,  Theophr. — 

II.  ά/ιρ.  δίίμα,  an  eye  not  bursting  into 
tears,^  Soph.  Fr.  847. 

Άρβαδιονργητος,  ov,  (a  priv.  βαδί- 
ονργέω)  not  thoughtlessly  inade. 

'Αββάζω,  f.  -άσω,=^άράζω,  Ael. 

"Αββαντος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  βαίνω)  un- 
watered,  unwet,  Strab. 

"Αββατος,  ov.  only  found  in  Plat. 
Rep.  535  C,  and  Crat.  407  D,  where 
it  is  explained  by^  σκληρόν,  άμετύ- 
στροώον.  firm,  solid,  unchangeable. 
(Prob.  from  βαίω,  βήγννμι,  Ruhnk. 
Tim. :  others  take  it  ΆΒ=ΰββητος.) 

Άρβΰφής,  fV,=  sq.,  Arat. 

"Αββ&όος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  βάπτω)  un- 
sewed,  without  seam,  N.  T. 

"Αββεκτος,  ov,  poet,  άρεκτος,  (α 


ΑΡΡΗ 

priv.,  βέζω)  undone,   II.  19,  150:  un- 
made, unfinished. 

ΥΑββεΐ'ίδης,  ov,  δ,  Arrhenides,  an 
Athenian  archon,  Diog.  L.  7,  10. — 
2.  father  of  Callicles,  Plut.  Dem. 
25. 

Άββενικόν,  ov,  TO,  v.  άρσενικόν. 

Άββενικός,  ή,  όν,  {άβρην)  male, 
Theophr.     Adv.  -κως. 

Άββενογονία,  ας,  ή,  α  begetting  or 
bearing  of  male  children,  Arist.  H.  A. : 
from 

Άρβενόγονος,  ov,  {ΰββην,  *  γένω) 
begetting  or  bearing  viale  children,  Arist. 
H.  A. 

Άββενόθη7.νς,  ν,  gen.  εος,  (άββην, 
θη/.νς)  hermaphrodite,  of  both  sexes, 
Ath. 

Άββενοκοίτης,  ου,  δ,  (άββην,  κοί- 
τη) Lat.  cinaedus,  Anth. 

^Αββενοκνέο),ω,(ΰββην,κνέω)  to  beat 
male  children,  Strab. 

' Αββενόμορόος,  ov,  (άββην.  μορφή) 
masculine-looking,  epith.  of  Diana, 
Orph. 

Άββενόπαις,  παιδος,  δ,  ή,  (άββην, 
παις)  ivith  or  of  a  boy,  γόι•ος,  Anth. 

'Αββενοποιός,  όν,  (αββηΐ',  ποιέω) 
favouring  the  generation  (\f  males,  Ael. 

Άββενότης,  ητος,  ή,  (άββην)  man- 
hood, Hierocl. 

Άββενοτοκέω,  to  bear  male  children : 
from 

Άββενοτόκος,  ov,  (άββην,  τίκτω) 
τεκειν)  bearing  male  children,  Diosc. 
— II.  (rarely)  begetting  male  children 

Άββενοώθορία.  ας,  ή,  (άββην,  φθεί- 
ρω)=^  παιδεραστία,  late  word. 

Άββενόω,  ώ,  (άββην)  to  make  manly. 
Pass,  to  become  a  man,  do  the  duties  of 
a  man,  Luc. 

Άββενώδης,  ες,  (άββην,  είδος)  man- 
ly-looking.    Adv.  -δως. 

Άββενωπία,  ας,  ή,  α  manly  look: 
in  genl.  manliness.  Plat.  Symp.  192 
A :  from 

Άββενωπός,  όν,  also  ή,  όν,  Lob. 
Phryn.  106,  (άββην.  ώτ/Ο  manly-look- 
ing, courageous,  Plat.  Legg.  802  E. 
Adv.  -πώς. 

Άββεπής,  ές,  (a  priv.,  βέπω)  strict- 
ly of  a  balance,  inclining  to  neither 
side,  unwavering,  even  :  hence  without 
bias,  without  weight,  imperceptible,  Plut. 
Adv.  -πώς.     Hence 

Άββεψία,  ας,  ή,  an  equilibrium,  esp. 
of  the  soul,  Diog.  L.  9,  74. 

Άββηγής,  ές.=  άββηκτος,  Aristid. 

"Αββηκτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  βήγννμι) 
unbroken,  no,t  to  be  broken  or  rent,  τεί- 
χος, δεσμός,  νεφέλη,  Horn.,  so  too 
σάκος,  πέδαι,  Aesch. :  metaph.  7iever 
worn  out,  untiring,  φώΐ'η,  II.  2,490: 
also  ά^β.  πεϊραρ  πολέμου,  an  unend- 
ing battle,  II.  13,  360.  Adv.  -τως,  άββ. 
εχειν,  Αγ.  Lys.  182. 

Άββημοσννη,  ης,  ή,  silence:  from 

Άββήμων,  ον,  gen.  όνος,  (α  piiv., 
βήμα)  irithout  speech,  silent. 

ΆΡΡΗΝ,  ό,  j),  άββεν,  τό,  gen. 
ενός,  old  Att.  άρσην.  Ion.  ερσην.  male, 
opp.  to  θή?Λ'ς  :  hence  masculine,  man- 
ly, strong :  as  subst.,  ό  άββην,  of  gen- 
der, the  male :  to  άββεν^  παϊς  άββην. 
Bast.  Ep.  Cr.  p.  144 :  the  form  άρ- 
σην only  is  found  in  Hom.,  and  Att. 
till  Plat.,  while  Hdt.  uses  only  the 
Ion.  έρσην  :  the  same  may  be  said  of 
all  derivs.  and  compds.  (Shortened 
βήν  :  prob.  akin  to  upi-,  and  perh.  to 
"Αρης.  etc.) 

^Αββηνής.  ές,  fierce,  savage,  of  dogs, 
Theocr.  25,  83. "  (Prob.  a  collat.  form 
of  άββην  from  βήν.) 

Άββησία,  ας,  ή,  (άρβητος)=  άββη- 
μοσννη, Nicoph.  Incert.  3. 

ί'Αρβητίον,  ον,  τό,  Arretium,  a  city 
of  Etruria,  now  Arezzo,  Strab. 
213 


APPTf 

Ά.Ι)1>ητολετττόπΐ'ΐνστος,  ov,  {(φβη- 
τος,  'λεπτός,  ττνέω)  of  ineffably  deli- 
cate odour,  Anth. 

'Α/)/)Γ/Γ07Γ0£ί'ω.  (ά/ι/ρ7/Γ0(•,  ποιέω)  to 
act  infaniotislij,  Eccl.;  and 

' βφ^ητοττοίία,  ας,  ή,  an  infamous 
course  of  action;  from 

'Αίφ)/το-υιός,  ur,  (άμβητος,  ποιέω) 
actuifi  infamously,  Luc. 

Ά/!)μ7)τος.  ov,  l>,  Arrketus,  son  of 
Priam,  Apollod.  3,  12,  5. 

Άββητος,  or,  also  η,  ov,  Eur.  Hec. 
201,  (a  priv.,  fir/ef/rni)  unsaid,  unspo- 
ken, Lat.  indiclus,  Ocl.  14,  400:  tiot 
made  knoirn  or  published,  untaught. 
Soph.  O.  T.  301  — II.  not  to  be  said  or 
told,  and  so — 1.  not  to  be  divulged,  for- 
bidden, secret,  mysterious,  Ίρυργίαΐ, 
ιερά,  Hdt.  5,  83  ;  6,  135  :  hence  ι'φΙ>. 
κόρη,  the  maid  whom  none  may  name, 
of  Proserpine,  Eur.  Alex.  22,  cf. 
Hel.  1307  :  but  also— 2.  unutterable, 
inexpressible,  horrible,  Lat.  nefnndus, 
freq.  in  Soph.,  and  Eur. :  upfri/r'  u/V 
όήτων,  horrible,  most  horrible,  Soph. 
O.  T.  405. — 3.  shameful  to  be  spoken, 

έητά  και  άββι/τα,  dicenda  tacenda, 
>em.  268,  13  :  cf.  ΰπόββητος.—λλί.  in 
Malhem.  άββητα,  like  άλογα,  irra- 
tional quantities,  surds,  opp.  to  β?/τά, 
Plat.  Hipp.  Maj.  303  B,  cf.  Rep.  546 
C.     Adv.  -τως. 

Άββηφορέω,  {ύρβητα,  φορέο))  to 
carry  the  peplos  etc.  of  Minerva  in 
procession,  Ar.  Lys.  642.     Hence 

Άββηφορία,  ας,  ή,  the  procession  with 
the  peplos  m  honour  of  Minerva,  Lys. 

'Αββηφόροι.,  ωι•,  ai,  (ηββητα,  φέ- 
ρω) at  Athens,  two  7naidens,  chosen 
from  their  seventh  year,  tcho  carried 
the  peplos  nvd  other  holy  things  {αββΐ]- 
τα)  of  Minerva  in  the  Scirophona, 
Plat.  (Com.)  Hell.  7,  cf.  Lob.  Agia- 
oph.  872 :  others  wrote  it  Έρση-  or 
Έ/φηφορία.  which  jioints  to  "Έ,ρση, 
a  daughter  of  Cecrops,  who  was 
worshii)ped  along  with  Minerva.  Cf. 
Diet.  Antiqq.  s.  v. 
νΑβρηχοί.  ών,  ol.  Arrhechi,  a  Tpeople 
on  the  Maeotis,  Strab. 

νΑββίΰνοί,  ών,  οι,  the  Arrhiani,  a 
people  of  the  Thracian  Chersonese, 
Thuc.  8,  104. 

ΥΑββιανός,  ov,  6,  Arrian,  a  philoso- 
pher and  historian  of  Nicomedia  in 
Bithynia,  pupil  of  Epictetus,  Luc,  etc. 
ΥΑββίας,  ov,  o,  Arrhias,  leader  of 
the  body-guard  of  Alexander  the 
Great,  Ael.  V.  H.  14,  18. 

^Άββιβαΐος.ον,  ό,  Arrhibaeus,\eadeT 
of  the  Macedonians  of  Lyncus,  Thuc. 
4,  79. 

Άββίγητος,  ov.  (a  priv.,  βιγέω)  not 
shivering  from  cold  or  shuddering  from 
fear,  Anth.  [I] 

Άββίγος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  βιγέω)  with- 
out shivering  from  cold  or  shuddering 
from  fear,  Arist.  Sens. 

Άββιζος,  ov,  (a  priv.,^i'fa)  not  root- 
id,  Arist.  H.  A. 

Άββίζωτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  βιζόω)  not 
rooted,  not  having  struck  root,  Arist. 
H.  A. 

Άββίν  and  ύββίς,  Ινος,  b,  ή,  (a  priv., 
^ii')  like  upiv,  without  7iose.  Strab. 

'Αββίπιστος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  βιπίζω) 
not  cooled  or  dried.  Gal. 

Άββΐχος,  ov,  b,  Att.  η,  a  basket,  Ar. 
A  v.  1309.  , 

ί'Αββνβας,  a  and  ov,  6,  Arrhybas, 
masc,  pr.  n.  Arr.  An.  3,  5,  5. 

Άβ^νθμέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  be  ύββνθ- 
μος.  Plat.  Legg.  802  E.     Hence 

Άββυθμία.  ας.  ή,  want  of  rhythm  or 
proportion.  Plat.  Rep.  401  A. 

^Αββύβμιστος.  ov.  not  reduced  to 
rhythm,  Arist.  Metaph. 

Άββνθμοπότης,  ov,  ό,  {(φβνθμος, 
214 


ΑΡΣΗ 
vivo)  an  immoderate  dritiker,  Timon 
ap.  Ath.  445E. 

Άββνθμος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  βνΟμός) 
without  rhythm,  proportion,  or  order, 
misuitablc,  not  filling.  Xe.n.  Mem.  3, 
10,  11;  Ti3  ίββ.,  =  άββυβμία.  Plat. 
Rep.  400  D.  Adv.  -μυς,  oat  of  time, 
Alex.  Inceit.  7. 

Άββνπαντος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  βΰπαί- 
νω)  unsoded. 

Άββνπος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  βνπος)  not 
dirty. 

Άββνπτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  βύπτω)  un- 
ivashen,  Nic. 

Άββύσίαστος.  ov,  (a  priv.,  βνσιά- 
ζο))  not  carried  off  as  a  hostage,  pledge, 
or  booty,  Aesch.  Supp.  610  :  7iot  to  he 
treated  as  such,  Dion.  H. 

Άββΰτίάωτος,  ov,  {αρήν., βντιόόω) 
unwrinkled,  Anth. 

Άββωδέω,  αββωδίη.  Ion.  for  6ββω- 
δέυ,  οββωόία. 

νΑββων,  οντος,  b,Arrhon,  masc.  pr. 
η.  Pans. — 2.  the  Latin  Aruns,  Plut. 
Popl.  9. 

Άββώξ,  ώγος,  ό,  ή,  (α  priv.,  βώξ) 
without  cleft  or  breach,  unbroken,  γή. 
Soph.  Ant.  251  :  also  c.  neut.,  ΰββω- 
ξιν  δπλοίς,  like  άββήκτοις.  Id.  Fr. 
108,  cf.  Lob.  Paral.  287. 

Άββuστέu.ώ,tobeάββωστoς,  Xen., 
and  Dem.     Hence 

Άββώστημα,  ατός,  τό,  weakness, 
sickliness,  Dem.  24,  5  :  Stoico,  the  i?n- 
perfection  of  all  but  philosophers,  Cic. 
Tusc.  4,  10. 

Άββωστημων,  ov,  gen.  ονος,=  ιφ- 
βωστος.  name  of  a  play  of  Eupolis. 

Άββωστία,  ας,  η,  (ίφβωστέω)  weak- 
ness, faintness,  sickness,  disease,  Thuc. 
7,  47  :  άββ.  τοϋ  στρατενειν,  inability 
to  serve.  Id.  3,  15  :  hence 

Άββωστιάω,  to  be  weakly,  ill,  Arist. 
Eth.  N. 

Άββωστος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  βώνννμι) 
weak,  feeble,  sickly,  άββ.  την  ψνχήν, 
Xen.  Apol.  30  :  άββ.  εΙς  τι,  remiss  in 
a  thing,  Thuc.  8,  83.     Adv.  -τως.  ^ 

Άρσαι,  άρσον,  άρσαντες,  and  άρ- 
σύμενος,  Aeol.  aor.  I  act.  and  mid. 
from  άρω,  Horn. 

V Αρσύκης,  ov,  b,  Arsaces,  a  Persian 
who  perished  in  the  expedition  of 
Xerxes  against  Greece,  Aesch.  Pers. 
996. — 2.  the  family  name  of  the  Par- 
thian kings,  Strab. ;  hence  called  Ar- 
sacidae,  from  the  founder  of  the  line. 
ΫΑρσακία,  ας,  ή,  Arsacia,  a  city  of 
Media,  Strab. 

ΫΑρσαλος,  ου,  ό,  Arsahis,  masc.  pr. 
n.  Plut. 

V Αρσαμένης,  ov  Ion.  εω,  ό,  Arsame- 
nes,  son  of  Darius  Hystaspis,  Hdt.  7, 
68. 

ΤΑρσύμτις,  ov  Ion.  εω,  ό,  Arsames, 
father  of  Hystaspes,  Hdt.  1,209.-2. 
son  of  Darius  Hystaspis,  leader  of 
the  Aethiopians,  Hdt.  7,  69.-3.  lead- 
er of  the  Aegyptians  from  Memphis 
in  the  army  of  Xerxes,  Aesch.  Pers. 
37. — Other  distinguished  Persians  in 
Xen.  Cyr.  7,  1,  3,  etc. 

Άρσέας,  ov,  b,  Arseas,  masc.  pr.  n. 
Arr.  An.  4,  13. 

'Αρσενικών,  ov,  τό,  Arist.  Plant. 

Άρσενικόν,  ov,  τό,  the  yellow  sul- 
phuret  of  arsenic,  orpimeni.  Gal.  of 
σανόαράκη,  and  Diet.  Antiqq.  p.  108. 

Άρσενογενης,  ες,  [άρσην,  *  γένω) 
male,  Aesch.  Supp.  818. 

^Αρσενοπληθής,  ές,  {αρσην,  πλη- 
θής)  εσμός,  α  swarm  of  men,  Aesch. 
Supp.  30. 

V Αρση7Λς,  ιος,  ό,  Arselis,  masc.  pr. 
η.  Plut. 

ΆΡΣΗΝ,  εν.  Ion.  and  old  Att.  for 
later  άββην,  q.  v. 

'Κοσηνή,  ijg,  i],  Arsene,  a  lake  of 


ΑΡΤΑ 

Armenia  through  which  the  Tigris 
flows,  Strab. 

V Αρσης,  ov,  b.  Arses,  son  and  suc- 
cessor of  Artaxerxes  111.  of  Persia, 
Arr.  2,  14,  2. 

f  Αρσινόη,  ης,  ή,  Arsinoe,  daughter 
of  Phegeus,  Apollod.  3,  7,  5.  —  2. 
daughter  of  l.eucippus,  and,  ace.  to 
some,  mother  of  Aesculapius,  Apol- 
lod. 3,  10,3.-3.  the  nurse  of  Orestes, 
who  saved  him,  Pind.  P.  11,  26. — 4. 
daughter  of  Ptolemy  Lagus,  Theocr. 
15,  111. — 5.  daughter  of  Lysimachus 
and  wife  of  Ptolemy  Philadelphus, 
Pans.,  etc. — II.  the  name  of  several 
cities:  1.  in  lower  Aegypt,  on  the 
Arabian  gulf,  Strab. —  2.  in  middle 
Aegypt,  earlier  Crocodilopolis,  Strab. 
— Others  in  Cyrenaica,  Aethiopia, 
etc.,  Strab.,  etc. 

νΑρσίνοος,  ov,  ό,  Arsinoiis,  masc. 
pr.  n.  II.  11,  62G. 

Άρσιος,  ov.  {άρω)  fitting,  suiting  to- 
gether, agreeing,  friendly,  cf.  the  opp. 
άνάρσιος. 

Άρσίπονς,  ό,  ή,  πουν,  τό,  gen.  πο- 
δος,  contr.  for  αερσίπονς,  Η.  Horn. 
Yen.  212. 

Άρσις,  εως,  ν,  (αίρω)  α  raising  or 
lifting,  as  of  the  foot  in  walking, 
Arist.  Probl.  :  a  putting  up,  building, 
Polyb. — II.  a  lifting  or  taking  away, 
abolition,  Arist.  Metaphys.  —  111.  a 
raising,  levying  of  taxes,  customs, 
tribute,  LXX.  — IV.  in  music  and 
metre,  the  rise  of  the  voice  on  the  first 
syllable,  arsis,  ictus,  Herm.  Eleni.Metr. 
p.  6,  opp.  to  θέσις :  hence  άρσιν  καΐ 
βέσιν  ανατείνειν.  to  keep  time. — V.  in 
late  Rhet. ,  a  negation. 

νΑ/ισιτης,  ov,  ό,  Arsites,  a  Persian 
satrap,  Arr.  An.  1,  12,  8. 

Άραω,  Aeol.  fut.  of  άρω  for  άρώ. 

V Αρταβαζάνης,  ονς,  ό,  Artabazanes, 
son  of  Darius  Hystasj)is,  Hdt.  2,  7. 

V Αρταβάζης,  ov,  u,  Artabazrs,  son 
of  Tigranes  king  of  Armenia,  Plut. 
Crass. 

ΫΑρτάβαζος,  ov,  b,  Artalazns,  son 
of  Pnarnaces,  leader  of  the  Parthians 
and  Chorasmians  under  Xerxes,  Hdt. 
7,  60.— Others  in  Xen.  Cyr.  6,  1,  9; 
etc. 

V Αρτάβΰνος,  ov,  b,  Artabinus,  son 
of  Hystaspes,  Hdt.  4,  83.-2.  an  Hyr- 
canian,  murderer  of  Xerxes,  Died.  S. 
— 3.  the  last  king  of  the  Parthians, 
Hdn.  4,  10,  etc. 

ΥΑρταβύτης,  ov,  b,  Artahates,  masc. 
pr.  n.  Hdt.  7,  65. 

Άρτύβη,  'ης.  ή.  a  Persian  measure, 
artaba,  —  \  medimuus  +  2  choenices, 
Wess.  Hdt.  I,  192. 

^Άρταβροι.  ων,  ol,  the  Artabri,  a 
people  of  Spain,  Strab. 

νλρταγέρσης,  ονς,  b,  Artagerses,  a 
Persian,  Xen.  Cyr.  6,  3.  31.-2.  a 
commander  of  Artaxerxes',  Xen.  An. 
1,  7,  11. 

νΑρταγήραι,  ών,  αί.  Artagerae,  a 
fortress  of  Armenia,  Strab. 

ΫΑρταζώστρη,  ης,  ή,  Arlazostre, 
daughter  of  Darius  Hystaspis,  Hdt. 
6,  43. 

^Άρταΐος,  ov,  ό,  Artaeus.  a  Persian, 
Hdt.  7,  22^  who,  7,  61.  says  the  Per- 
sians were  called  by  the  neiglibour- 
ing  nations  ΆρταΙοι. 

νΑρτύκακνα,  ων,  τά,  Artacacna,  a 
city  of  Aria,  Strab. 

νΑρτακύμα,  ης,  ή,  Artacama,  wife 
of  Ptolemy,  Arr.  7,  4,  6. 

ΫΑρτακάμας,  a,  6,  Artacamas,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  6,  7. 

V Αρτάκη,  ης,  ή,  Ariuce.  a  city  and 
mountain  of  Cyzicus,  Hdt.  4,  14: 
hence  Άρτάκιος,  a,  ov,  of  Ariace ;  ό 
Άρτακηνός,  ov,  an  inhab.  of  Artace. 


ΑΡΤΕ 

νκ.ρτακηΐ'ή,  ης,  ή,  Artacene,  a  dis- 
trict near  Arbela,  Strab. 

V λρτακίη ,  7ΐς,  ή,  κρήνη,  Artacia,  a 
fountain  in  the  country  ol  the  Laes- 
trygones,  Od.  10,  103. — 2.  a  fountain 
in  Cyzicus,  Ap.  Rh.  1,  957. 

^Άρτάμας,  a.  and  -μης,  ov,  b,  Arta- 
mes,  masc.  pr.  n.  Aesch.  Pers.  318. 

Άρτάμέο),  to  cut  in  pieces,  cut  up, 
Eur.  El.  816  :  also  άρτ.  γνάθοις.  Id. 
Ale.  494 :  from 

Άρτύμος,  ου,  ό,  a  butcher,  cook, 
Xen.  Cyr.  2,  2,  4 :  α  murderer.  Soph. 
Άρτάνη,  7ΐς,  ή,  {άρτύω)  that  by 
which  something  is  hung  up,  a  rope, 
cord,  hatter,  Aesch.  Ag.  1091  :  also  ά. 
κρέμαση'/,  ττ^.εκτή.  Soph. 

t'Aprai7/f.  01',  ό,  Artanes,  son  of 
Hystaspes,  Hdt.  7,  224.-2.  a  tribu- 
tary of  the  Ister  in  Thrace,  Hdt.  4, 
49. — 3.  a  river  of  Bithynia,  Arr. 

ί'Αρτύξατα,  uv,  τύ.  Artaxata,  the 
chief  city  of  Greater  Armenia,  Strab. 

νΧρταξέρξιις,  ου,  ό,  Artaxtrxes,  the 
name  oi  three  Persian  kings,  Hdt.  : 
it  signifies,  ace.  to  Hdt.  6,  98,  the 
great  warrior,  b  μέγας  αρήϊος.  (De- 
rived from  Arta,  honoured,  and  Xerx- 
is^Sansc.  kshatra,  a  king.) 

νλρταξίας,  ου,  ό,  Artaxias,  a  king 
of  Armenia,  Strab. 

V Αρτάοζος,  ου,  ό,  Artaozus,  a  friend 
of  Cyrus  the  younger,  Xen.  An.  2,  4, 
16. 

Vkpτaπύτaς.a,b,AΓtapatas,Άίx\en^L 
of  Cyrus  the  younger,  Xen.  An.  1 , 6, 1 1. 

Υλρτας,  a  and  ov,  b,  Artas,  masc. 
pr.  n.  Thuc.  7,  33. 

νΑρτανκτης,  ov,  b,  Artayctes,  leader 
of  the  Mosynoeci  under  Xerxes,  Hdt. 
7,  23. 

νλρταύντη,  ■ης,  ή,  Artaynte,  fem.  pr. 
n..Hdt.  9,  108. 

V Αρταύντης,  ov  Ion.  εω,  b,  Artayn- 
tes,  masc.  pr.  n.  Hdt.  8,  130. 

νΑρταφέρνης,  ov,  b,  Artaphernes,  a 
brother  of  Darius  Hystaspis,  Hdt.  6, 
94. — 2.  son  of  foreg..  Id.  ib. — Another 
mentioned  in  Thuc.  4,  50. 

νΑρταχαίης,  ου  Ion.  εω,  ό,  Arta- 
chaees,  son  of  Artaeus,  commander 
under  Xerxes,  Hdt.  7,  22. 

V Αρτάχαιος,  ov,b,Artacha£us,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Hdt.  7,  63. 

Άρτύω,  Ion.  άρτέω,  ύ,  f.  -ήσω, 
(*  άρω)  to  fasten  to,  hang  one  thmg 
upo7>.  another,  άρτ.  τινί  tl,  τι  εϊς  τι  or 
τι  εκ  Τίνος,  and  Thuc.  2,  76,  άπό 
τίνος :  άρτ.  δέριμ',  to  hang,  Eur. 
Andr.  811.  Pass,  to  be  hung  upon, 
hang  upon,  εκ  τίνος,  Eur.  Hipp.  857  : 
hence  USU.  to  depend  upon.  Lat.  pen- 
dereab  aZi^wo,  Hdt. 3, 19;  6, 109, etc. ;  εξ 
ών  ώλλοί  άρτέαται  ΐΐέρσαι,  on  whom 
the  rest  of  the  Persians  depend,  i.  e. 
whom  they  acknowledge  as  their 
chiefs,  Id.  1,  125;  so  παρ^?ισία  έξ 
αληθείας  ήρτημένη,  Dem.  1391,  1 : 
αρτωμενη  βρύχονς,  having  nooses  hung 
on  her,  Eur.  Tro.  1012.— II.  in  Hdt. 
in  pass.,  to  be  fitted,  prepared,  made 
ready,  like  άρτνεσθαι,  c.  inf.,  άρτ. 
πο'λεμείν,  Hdt.  5,  120 :  also  άρτ.  ες 
πόλεμον,  Id.  8,  97;  but  in  7,  143, 
νανμαχίην  άρτέεσθαι,  of.  νανμαχίην 
τταρεσκευασμένοι,  Ib.  142. 

Άρτέαται,  Ion.  for  ηρτηνται  or 
ηρτημένοι  εισί,  3  pi.  perf.  pass,  from 
loreg. 

ΫΑρτεμβύρης,  ους,  b,  Artembares, 
a  leader  of  the  Persians,  Aesch.  Pers. 
29.     Others  in  Hdt.  1,  114,  etc. 

Άρτί'μέω,  to  be  safe  and  sound, 
Nonn. :  from 

Άρτεμης,  ες,  (άρτιος)  safe  and 
sound,  ζωύν  τε  και  άρτεμέα,  Π.  5.  515, 
φίλοισι  συν  άρτεμέεσσι,  Od.  13,  43. 
Hence 


ΑΡΤΙ 

Άρτεμία,  ας,  ή,  safety,  soundness, 
recovery,  Anth. 

Άρτεμίόοβλητος, ή, {Άρτεμις,  βάλ- 
?ιω)  stricken  by  Diana,  diseased,  Mac- 
rob.  Sat.  1,  17. 

^Αρτεμίδωρος,  ov,  6,  {Άρτεμις, 
δώρον)  Artemidorus,  a  geographer  of 
Ephesus,  about  B.  C.  100,  often  cited 
by  Strabo. — 2.  the  composer  of  the 
Oneirocritica,  surnamed  ί^αΆδιανός, 
Luc. — 3.  of  Cnidus,  a  rhetorician  and 
teticher  of  Greek  at  Rome,  Strab. — 

4.  a  grammarian  of  Tarsus,  Strab. — 

5.  a  Megaric  philosopher,  Diog.  L.  9, 
53.     Others  in  Pans.,  etc. 

Άρτεμις,  gen.  ιδος,  ace.  iv,  also 
ιδα,  Η.  Horn.  Ven.  10,  ?/,  Artemis,  the 
Roman  Diana,  goddess  of  the  chace, 
daughter  of  Jupiter  and  Latona,  sister 
of  Apollo  :  in  Hom.  women  who  die 
suddenly  and  without  pain,  are  said 
to  be  slain  by  her  άγανά  βελεα,  as 
opp.  to  όο/.ιχη  νόσος.  Od.  11,  172. 
Later  the  legends  connect  her  with 
the  mystical  goddesses  Selene,  He- 
cate, Eileithyia  and  others,  (perh. 
akin  to  άρτεμής.) 

Αρτεμισία,  ας,  ή,  a  herb  like  worm- 
wood, Diosc. 

V Αρτεμισία,  ας,  ή,  Artemisia,  daugh- 
ter of  Lygdamis,  queen  of  Halicar- 
nassus  and  other  cities  of  Caria,  Hdt. 
7,  99. — 2.  queen  of  Mausolus  king  of 
Caria ;  she  raised  to  his  memory  a 
splendid  sepulchre,  whence  the  term 
Mausoleum  for  any  splendid  tomb, 
Strab. 

Άρτεμίσιον,  ου,  τό,  (Άρτεμις)  a 
temple  of  Artemis,  or  Oiana,  place  sa- 
cred to  her,  Hdt.  As  pr.  n.  Artemisium, 
— 1.  mountain  and  temple  at  Oenoe 
in  Argolis,  ApoUod. — 2.  a  promonto- 
ry anil  city  of  Euboea,  Hdt.  8, 9. — 3. 
a  promontory  of  Caria,  Strab. 

Άρτεμίσιος,ον.ό,Ά  Spartan  month, 
answering  to  part  of  Att.  Elaphebo- 
lion,  Thuc.  5,  19. 

ΥΑρτεμίτα,  ης,  η,  Artemita,  a  city  of 
Assyria,  Strab. — 2.  one  of  the  Echi- 
nades  insulae,  Strab. 

Άρτέμων,  όνος,  η,  {άρτάω)  the  top- 
sail, Lat.  artemon,  supparum. — II.  the 
principal  pulty  in  a  system,  Vitruv. 

Άρτέω,  Ion.  for  άρτάω. 

Άρτημα,  ατός,  τό,  (άρτύω)  that 
which  hangs  doivn,  a  hanging  ornament, 
e.  g.  ear-ring,  Hdt.  2,  69,  cf.  λίθινος : 
also  a  weight  or  burden  appended,  the 
weight  in  the  steelyard,  Arist.  Me- 
chan. 

\Άρτέμων,  ωνος,  δ,  Artemon,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Ar.  Ach.  850. 

Άρτήρ,  ήρος,  b,  a  kind  of  felt  shoe, 
Pherecr.  Gra.  5,  still  called  άρτάριον. 
— II.  that  bu  which  anything  is  carried, 
LXX. 

Αρτηρία,  ας,  ή,  sub.  αορτή,  in 
genl.  an  artery,  blood-vessel.  Soph.  Tr. 
1054. — 2.  the  wind-pipe,  Hipp.,  and 
Plat.,  called  later  άρτ.  ή  τραχεία, 
Plut.,  Lat.  aspera  arteria,  Cic.  N.  D. 
2,  54.     Hence 

Αρτηριακός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to  an 
αρτηρία,  Plut. 

Άρτηριοτομέω,  {αρτηρία,  τέμνω)  to 
cut  the  wind-pipe  or  an  artery.     Hence 

Άρτημιοτομία,  ας,  ή,  an  i-ncision  in 
the  ivind-pipe  or  an  artery.  Gal. 

Άρτηριώδης,  ες,  (αρτηρία,  είδος) 
like  an  αρτηρία. 

ΆΡΤΙ,  aav.,jtist,  exactly,  of  coinci- 
dence of  time,  just  now.  this  moment, 
even  now,  noiv  first,  oft.  of  the  present, 
with  pres.  ten.se,  as  first  in  Pind.  P. 
4,  281,  Aesch.  Theb.  534  :  straightway, 
forthu-ith,  Eur.  Phoen.  1160:  but  also 
oft.  of  something  just  past,  opp.  to 
πάλαι,  with  past  tenses,  as  βεβάσι 


ΑΡΤΙ 

άρτι,  τέθνηκεν  άρτι.  Soph. :  only 
later  of  the  future,  soon,  presently. 
Lob.  Phryn.  19,  cf.  however  άρτι- 
δακρνς  :  άρτι...,  άρτι...,  now...,  now..., 
at  one  time...,  at  another....  Luc.  [τι] 
In  compos,  it  mostly  denotes  what 
has  just  happened  :  more  rarely  it 
has  the  notion  of  perfect,  excellent, = 
άρτίι^ς•  but  in  Hom.,  who  never 
uses  the  simple  άρτι,  the  latter  signf. 
always  obtains  :  αρτίκολλος  and  άρ• 
τίπονς  have  both.  (Prob.  from  the 
root  ap-,  άρω,  with  suffix  -τι,  as  in 
νεωστί,  etc.) 

Άρτιάζω,  f.  -ύσω,  {άρτιος)  to  play 
at  odd  and  even,  Lat.  par  impar  ludere, 
Ar.  Plut.  816.— II.  to  count,  Anth. 

Άρτιάκις,  adv.  {άρτιος)  even  times 
even,  of  numbers  wnich  divided  by 
even  numbers  give  an  even  quotient, 
as  4,  8,  etc..  Plat.  Parm.  143  E.,  144 
A  :  opp.  to  περισσάκις. 

Άρτιά?.ωτος,  ov,  (άρτι,  άλίσκομαι) 
neicly  caught,  Xenocr. 

Άρτιασμός,  ov,  ό,  (άρτιάζω)  the 
game  of  odd  and  even,  Arist.  Rhet. 

Άρτιβάφής,  ές,  (άρτι,  βύπτω)  newly 
dyed. 

Άρτιβλαστής,  ef,=  sq.,  Theophr. 

Άρτίβλαστος,  ov,  (άρτι,  βλαστύ- 
νω)  neicly  budding,  Ath. 

ίΆρτιβόλης,  ου,  ό,  Artiboles,  masc. 
pr.  η.,  Arr.  An.  7,  6,  4. 

Άρτιβρεχής,  ες,  (άρτι,  βρέχω)  just 
steeped,  Anth. 

Άρτίγάμος,  ov,  (άρτι,  γαμέω)  just 
married. 

Άρτιγένεθ?.ος,  ov,  (άρτι,  γενέθλη) 
just  born,  Orph. 

Άρτιγένειος,  ov,  {άρτι,  γένειον) 
with  the  beard  just  sprouting,  dotuny- 
chinned,  Luc. 

Άρτιγενής,  ές,  (άρτι,*γένω)  new- 
born or  made,  Nic. 

Άρτιγέννητος,  ov,  (άρτι,  γεννάω) 
=foreg.,  Luc. 

Άρτιγλϋφής,  ές,  (άρτι,  γ?ι,νφω) 
newly  carved,  Theocr.  Ep.  4. 

Άρτίγνωστος,  ov,  (άρτι,  γνωστός) 
lately  become  known,  App.,  unless  it 
should  be  written  divisim. 

Άρτίγονος,  ov,  (άρτι,  γονή)=άρτι• 
γενής. 

Άρτιγράφής,  ές,  (άρτι,  γράφω)  just 
written,  Luc. 

Άρτιδάής,  ές,  (άρτι,  δαήναι)  just 
instructed  or  taught.  Anth. 

Άρτίδακρνς,  ν,  (άρτι,  δάκρυ)  on  the 
point  of  weeping,  ready  to  weep,  Elmsl. 
Med.  873,  ubi  olinr  άρίδακρυς. 

Άρτιδίδακτος,  ov,  (άρτι,  διδάσκω) 
just  taught,  App.  [di] 

Άρτίδιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  άρτος, 
,α  small  Innf,  roll. 

Άρτίδομος,  ov,  (άρτι,  δέμω)  just 
built,  Nonn. 

Άρτίδορος,  ov,  (άρτι,  δέρω)  just 
stripped  off  01  peeled,  Anth. 

Άρτίδρεπος,  ov,  (άρτι,  δρέπω)  just 
plucked,  Heliod. 

Άρτιέπεια,  ας,  ή,  pecul.  fem.  of 
sq.,  Hes.  Th.  29. — II.  as  subst.  free 
speaking,  love  of  truth. 

Άρτιεπής,  ές,  (άρτιος,  έπος)  speak- 
ing perfectly  or  distinctly,  ready  in 
speech,  II.  22,  281. — II.  speaking  straight 
out,  straight  forward,  οσσα,  γλώσσα, 
Pind.  Ο.  6,  105  ;  I.  4  (5),  58. 

Άρτιζνγία,  ας,  ή,  (άρτι,  ζυγός)  α 
late  union,  ανδρών  άρτ..  newly-mar- 
ried husbands,  Aesch.  Pers.  542. 

Άρτίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {άρτιος)  to  get 
ready,  perform  :  also  in  mid.,  Theocr. 
13,  43. 

Άρτίζωος,  ov,  (άρτι,  ζωή)  just  alive, 
short-lived,  Hipp. 

Άρτιθΰλής,  ές,  (άρτι,  θύ?.λω)  just 
budding  or  blooming,  Mel.  65. 
215 


ΑΡΤΙ 

Άρτίθανής,  ές,  (.ΰμτι,  Ονι'/σκο),  θα• 
vtlv)  just  dead,  Eur.  Alc.  ϋυο. 

' Α,μτίκαντος,  ov,  {άρτι,  καίω)  just 
burnt,  Theophr. 

Άρτίκο/.λος,  ov.  {άρτι,  κο7.λύω) 
close-!>lued,  clinging  close  to,  Tivi.  Soph. 
Tr.  7u8.— II.  metapli.  fitting  tvetl  to- 
gether, άρτ.  συμβαίνειν,  to  turn  out 
exactly  right,  Aesch.  Cho.  580 :  (ίς 
άρτίκολ/ιον.  in  the  nick  of  tiiite,  oppor- 
tunely, Id.  Theb.  373. 

Άρτικόμης,  ου,  ό,  {άρτι,  κομύω)  = 
ύρτίκομος.  Mel.  26. 

Άρτικόμιστος,  ον,  {άρτι,  κομίζω) 
just  brought,  Nonn. 

Άρτίκομος,  ov,  {άρτι,  κόμη)  just 
having  got  hair  or  leaves. 

Άρτί/.ηπτος,  ov,  {άρτι,  λαμβάνω) 
just  taken. 

'Αρτι?.ογία,  ας,  ή,  a  speaking  readily 
or  distinctly :  from 

Άρτιλόγος,  ov,  {άρτι,  λέγω)  speak- 
ing readily  or  distinctly.     Adv.  -γως. 

Άρτιλόχεντος,  ov,  {άρτι,  λοχενω) 
just  born  or  produced,  Allth. 

Άρτιμΰθής,  ές,  {άρτι,  μανθάνω, 
ιΐαθεΙν)=άρτίδαής,  having  just  learnt, 
κακών,  Eur.  Hec.  G87. 

Άρτίμας,  a,  ό,  Artimas,  a  Per-sian 
satrap  in  Lydia,  Xen.  An.  7,  8,  25. 

Άρτίμε'/.ής,  ές,  {άρτιος,  μέλος) 
sound  of  limb.  Plat.  Rep.  536  B. 

νΑρτίμπησα,  ης,  ή,  Artimpasa.  name 
of  \  enus  Urania  among  the  Scyth- 
ians, Hdt.  4,  59. 

' Αρτίνοος,  ov,  {άρτιος,  νους)  sound 
of  understanding.  Lat.  Integra  mente. 

Άρτιο-έρισσος,  ov,  {άρτιος,  πε- 
ρισσός) even-odd,  of  even  inimbers 
which  become  odd  when  divided  by 
2,  as  6,  10,  etc.,  Plut. 

Άρτιος,  a,  ov,  {άρω,  άρτι)  complete, 
perfect  of  its  kind,  suitable,  exactly  fitted, 
ττρός  τι :  άρτια  βάζειν,  to  s]irak  to 
the  purpose,  Horn. :  oi  φρεσίν  άρτια 
ήδη.  thought  things  suited  to,  in  ac- 
cordance with  him,  was  of  the  same 
mind  with  him,  11.  5,  32C :  also  άρτια 
μήδεσΟαι,  Pmd.  Ο.  6,  159.-2./»//- 
grown,  sound  of  body  and  mind,  hence 
active,  quick,  able,  ready,  like  έτοιμος, 
c.  inf ,  άρτ.  ποιέειν,  πείθεσθαι,  Hdt. 
9, 48, 53. — II.  of  numbers,  perfect,  i.  e. 
even,  opp.  to  περισσός,  odd,  freq.  in 
Plat. — III.  adv.  -ίως,  just,  newly,  now 
first,  just  like  άρτι,  first  in  Soph.,  cf. 
Lob.  Phryn.  18.     Hence 

Άρτιότης,  ητος.  ή,  an  entire  state, 
Lat.  inlegrilas,  Diog.  L. 

Άρτιττΰγής,  ές,  {άρτι,  πήγι>νμι) 
jtist  fixed  or  set  up,  στύλικες,  put  to- 
gether or  made,  Theocr. — U.  freshly 
coagulated,  Lat.  recens  coactus,  άλί- 
τνρος,  Anth. 

Άρτίπλουτης,  ov.  {άρτι,  πλοντος) 
χρήματα,  newly  acquired  money,  Eur. 
Supp.  742,  cf.  άρχαιήπλουτος. 

Άρτιπόλεμος,  ov,  {άρτι,  πόλεμος) 
having  jxist  tried  war. 

Άρτίπος,  poet,  shortnd.  form  for 
sq.,  Hom. 

Άρτίπονς,  6,  ί/,  πουν,  τό,  gen.  πο- 
δός, {άρτι,  πους)  sound  of  foot,  good 
afoot,  Hom.,  but  only  in  poet,  form, 
άρτίπος :  also  opp.  to  χωλός,  Hdt.  3, 
130. — II.  coming  just  in  time,  Soph. 
Tr.  58. 

ΫΑρτις,  ιος,  η,  Artis,  the  site  on 
which  Lebedos  was  subsequently 
built,  Strab. 

Άρτΐσις,  εως,  ή,  (άρτίζω)  a  prepar- 
ing, adorning,  dressing,  ή  περί  τύ 
σώμα  ά.,  Hdt.  1,  195. 

Άρτίσκαπτος,  ον,  {άρτι,  σκάπτω) 
just  dug.  Anth. 

Άρτίσκος,  ov,  δ,  dim.  from  άρτος, 
a  little  loaf.  roll. 

νΚρτισκος,  ov,  ό,  Artiiecus,   a  tri- 
216 


ΑΡΤΟ 

butary  of  the  Hebrus  in  Thrace,  Hdt. 
4,92. 

Άρτιστομέω,  ώ,  {άρτίστομος)  to 
speak  readily  or  distinctly  :  opj).  to 
βαρβαροφωνέω,  Strab.     Hence 

Άρτιστομία,  ας,  ή,  readimss,  dis- 
tinctness in  speech. 

Άρτίστομος,  oi>,  (άρτι,  στόμα) 
speaking  readily  or  distinctly,  Plut. — 
2.  with  a  good  mouth  or  opening,  λιμήν 
v.  1.,  Strab. 

Άρτιστρύτεντος,  ov,  {άρτι,  στρα- 
τεύομαι) young  in  military  service, 
Ai)[).  tiro,  [ά] 

'Αρτιτέ'λεστος,  ov,  {άρτι,  τελέω) 
just  completed,  Nonn. 

Άρτιτελής,  ές,  {άρτι.  τέ?.ος)  neiely 
initiated.  Plat.  Phaedr.  251  A. 

Άρτίτοκος,  ov,  {άρτι,  τίκτω,  τε• 
κεΐν)  new-born,  Anth. — H.  but  paro-xyt. 
ΰρτιτόκος,  ov,  act.  having  only  just 
given  birth,  μήτηρ,  lb. 

Άρτίτομος,  ov,  {άρτι,  τέμνω)  jn.^t 
cut,  carved,  hewn,  Ap.  Rli. — II.  but 
paroxyt.  άρτιτόμος,  ov,  act.  having 
just  cut  or  hewn. 

Άρτιτρεφής.  ές,  {άρτι,  τρέφω)  newly 
7iurtured  or  suckled,  βρέφη,  Aesch. 
Thcb.  350. 

Άρτίτροπος,  ov,  {άρτι,  τρέπω)  in 
Aesch.  Theb.  333,  just  tamed  from 
youth  to  maidenhood,  just  arrived  at 
maturity;  some  e.xplain  it  as  noble- 
minded  :  but  others  read  άρτιτρόφοις, 
and  the  whole  passage  is  dub. 

'Αρτίτϋπος,  ov,  (άρτι,  τύπτω)  just 
stamped  or  fashioned,  Νοππ. 

Άρτιν-ωγρος,  ov,  {άρτι,  νπωχρος) 
very  pale.  Hipp. 

Άρτιφΰ7/ς,  ές,  (άρτι,  φάος)  just  re- 
covering sight,  Nonn. 

Άρτιφύνής,  ές,  {άρτι,  φαίνομαι) 
just  become  visible,  Anth. 

Άρτίφΰτος,  ov,  {άρτι,  φάω)  just 
killed,  Opp. 

Άρτίφρων.  ov,  gen.ovoς,  {άρτι,  φρτ/ν) 
sou  ad  of  mind,  intelligent,  Oil.  24,  261  : 
with  gen.  άρτίφρων  έγένετο  γάμων, 
he  came  to  a  knowledge  of  his  marriage, 
Aesch.  Theb.  780. 

Άρτίφνής,  ές,  and 

Άρτίφντος,  ov,  {άρτι,  φύω)  just  born 
or  grown,  in  genl.  neiv,  Anth.  ' 

'Αρτιφωνία,  ας,ή,-=άρτι?Μγία:  from 

' Αρτίφωνος,  ov,  {άρτι,  φωνη)=  άρ- 
τιλόγος. 

Άρτιχάνής,  ές,  {άρτι,  χαίνω)  just 
yavming  or  openirig,  Anth. 

'Αρτιχύρακτος,  ov,  {άρτι,  χαράσ- 
σω) newly  cut  or  graven,  γράμμα, 
Epigr.  ap.  Ath.  209  D.  [χύ'] 

Άρτίχεφ,  gen.  χειρός,  h,  η,  {άρτι, 
χειρ)  with  perfect,  able  hand,  like  άρτί- 
πους.  Plat.  Legg.  795  D. 

Άρτίχνονς,  ovv,  gen.  ov,  {άρτι, 
χνονς)=^άρτιγένειος,  with  the  first 
bloom  or  down  on,  Philostr. 

Άρτίχριστος,  ov,  {άρτι,  χρίω)  just 
smeared  over,  ready  spread,  φάρμακον, 
Soph.  Tr.  687. 

Άρτίχϋτος,  ov,  {άρτι,  χέω)  just 
poured  or  shed,  φόνος,  Opp. 

' .Κρτοδοτέω,  {άρτος,  δίδωμί)  to  dis- 
tribute bread. 

Άρτοβήκη,  ης,  ή,  {άρτος,  θήκη)  α 
pantry :  α  bread-basket. 

Άρτοκοπεϊον,  ον,  τό,  α  bake-hoiise  : 
and 

Άρτοκοπέω,  ω,  to  bake  bread,  be  a 
baker  :  and 

Άρτοκοπικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to  a 
baker  or  bakiyig  :  and 

Άρτοκόπιον,ον,  τό,=άρτοκοπεΙον : 
all  from 

Άρτοκόπος,  ov,  {άρτος,  κόπτω) 
strictly  cutting  bread,  hence  baking 
bread  :  and  as  subst..  a  baker,  Hdt.  1, 
51  as  fern.,  9,  82  as  masc.    Phrynich. 


APTT 

p.  222,  found  fault  with  this  form, 
and  would  write  either  άρτοπόπος, 
άρτοποπέω,  etc.  (from  πέπτω),  or 
αρτοποιός,  etc. ;  and  Buttm.  Catal. 
in  voc.  πέσσω  agrees  with  him  :  in 
Xen.  An.  4,  4,  21,  however,  where 
we  have  άρτοκοπος,  along  with  οινο- 
χόος, it  seems  to  be  a  bread-cutter, 
jianller.  which  would  also  suit  Hdt. 
1,  51 :    or   perh.    it    means    strictly 

kneading  bread,  cf.  Τρίςκοπύνίστος, 
also  Lob.  Phryn.  1.  c. 

Άρτύκρεας,  ατός,  τό,  {άρτος,  κρέαζ 
bread-meat,  a  kind  of  pasty  or  pie 
Peisius  G,  50. 

' Αρτολάγανον,  ov,  τό,  {άρτος,  λά 
γανον)  a  savoury  cake,  Lat.  artolaga 
n«s,  Ath.  )]3D. 

Άρτο?•.άγννος,  {άρτος,  λά}ννος) 
πήρα,  ή,  a  bag  with  bread  and  bottle, 
Anth. 

V Αρτόντης,  ov,  ό,  Artontes,  son  ol 
Mardonius,  Hdt.  9,  84. 

'ΚρτοποιεΙον,  τό,^  άρτοκοπεϊον. 

Άρτοποιέω,  ώ,  to  make  bread,  bake, 
App.     Hence 

'.\ρτοπυιια,  ας,  ή,  a  baking.  At.  Ft. 
295. 

Άρτοποιϊκός,  ή,  όν,  of,  belonging  to 
baking,  Polyb. :  Irom 

Αρτοποιός,  όν,  {άρτος,  ποιέω)= 
άρτοκόπος.  baking :  belonging  to,  re- 
quisite for  baking :  as  subst.,  a  baker, 
Xen.  Cyr.  5,  5,  39,  cf.  άρτοκόπος, 
and  Lob.  Phryn.  222. 

'.Κρτοποπέω  and  άρτοπόπος,  v.  sub 
άρτοκοπος. 

Άρτοπτεΐον,  ov,  τό,  {άρτος,  όπτύω) 
a  place  OV  vessel  for  baking. 

Άρτόπτης,  ου,  ό,  a  baker,  artopta, 
Juven. — 2.  a  baking  vessel. 

Άρτοπω?>,εΙον,  ov,  τό,  {άρτος,  πω- 
λέω)^=άρτοπώ7^ον. 

Άρτοπωλέω,  ώ,  {άρτος,  πωλέω)  to 
deal  ill  bread.     Hence 

Άρτοπώλης,  ov,  ό,  a  detder  in  bread : 
and 

Άρτοπώλιον,  ov,  τό,  a  baker^s  shop. 
At.  Ran.  112. 

Άρτοπώλις,  ιδος,  ή,  fem.  from  άρ- 
τοπώ'λης,  a  bread-woman,  At.  Vesp. 
238,  Ran.  858. 

άρτος,  ov,  ό,  bread,  a  loaf,  esp. 
of  ivheat,  for  barley-bread  is  μάζα, 
first  in  Od.,  άρτος  ον'λος,  soft  bread, 
Od.  17,  343,  άρτος  τριςκοπάνιστος, 
Batr.  35 :  when  it  means  bread  in 
genl.,  usu.  in  plur.  (Perh.  from 
Sanscr.  f-ra,  to  cook.) 

ΫΑρτος,  ov,  ΰ,  Artus,  king  of  the 
Messapians,  Ath.  108  F. 

ΆρτοσΙτέω,  {άρτος,  σιτέομηί)  to  eat 
u'heaten  bread,  opp.  to  ά'λφιτοσιτέω, 
Xen.  Cyr.  6,  2,  28.     Hence 

Άρτοσίτία,  ας,  ή,  a  feeding  on  bread, 
Hipp. 

νΑρτούχας,  a,  ό,  Artuchas,  an  Hyr- 
canian,  Xen.  Cyr.  5,  3,  38. — 3.  a  Per- 
sian satrap,  Xen.  An.  4,  3,  4. 

Άρτοφΰγέω,  to  eat  bread,  Hdt.  2, 
77,  and  Hipp. :  from 

Άρτοφάγος,  ov,  {άρτος,  φαγεΐν) 
bread-enter,  name  of  a  mouse  in  Batr. 
209.  [a] 

'Αρτοφορίς,  ίδος,  η,  a  bread-basket, 
Sext.  Emp. :  from 

Άρτοφόρος,  ov,  {άρτος,  φέρω)  carry- 
ing bread:  to  άρτοφ.  sc.  σκενος,=: 
foreg.,  Ath. 

νΑρτόχμης,  ov,  6.  Artochmes,  son- 
in-law  of  Darius,  Hdt.  7,  73. 

V Αρτνβιος,  ov,  b,  Artybius,  a  Per- 
sian general  of  Darius  Hystaspis, 
Hdt.  5,  108. 

Άρτνλία,  ας,  η,^άρτνρία. 

"Αρτνμα,  ατός,  τό,  {άρτννω)  sea- 
soning, spice,  like  άρωμα,  Batr.  41 
Hence 


APTT 

Αρτνματικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to 
spice. 

Άρτνρας,  ov,  ό,  (άρτύνω)  a  magis- 
trate at  Argos  and  Epidaurus,  like 
'Α,ρμοστής,  Thuc.  5,  47,  Miill.  Dor. 
3,  9,  9  1  :  cf.    Άρτυτήρ. 

νΧρτύντης,  ov,  6,  Artyntes,  leader 
of  the  Pactyes,  Hdt.  7,  67. 

Άρτύΐ'ω=^* uprvcj,  olt  in  Horn. 

Άρτνρία,  ας,  τ/,  the  art  nf  dressing, 
cookery,  Atll. 

Άρτνς,  νος,  ή,  (άρω)  Ion.  for  άρ- 
θμός. 

'Αρτνσις,  εως,  ή,  {aprvu)  α  dress- 
ing, seasoning,  Diod. 

νΑρτνστώνη,  ης,  η,  Artystdne,  a 
daugliter  of  Cvrus,  wife  of  Darius 
Hystaspis,  Hdt.'  3,  88. 

'AprvTT/p,  ήρος,  b.  {άρτύω)  Director, 
the  name  of  a  magistrate  in  some 
Greek  cities,  Inscr. 

Άρτϋτικός,  τ},  όυ,  (άρτύω)  fit  for 
dressing,  seasoning. 

Άρτύτός,  ή,  dv,  {άρτύω)  dressed, 
seasoned,  Diosc. 

νΑρτύφιος.  ov,  6,  Artyphius,  leader 
of  the  Gandaiii  in  the  army  of  Xer- 
xes, Hdt.  7,  C6. 

*  Άρτύω  and  άρτύνω,  f.  -ΰσω,  (άρω) 
ίο  arrange,  manage,  contrive,  Horn.  : 
esp.  of  all  things  requiring  art  and 
cunning,  hence  όόλον,  δλΐθρον,  λό- 
χον,  θάνατον,  ψεύόεα  άρτ.,  like  Lat. 
insidias  struere  :  in  genl.  to  prepare, 
make  ready,  γάμον,  νσμίνην,  Horn.  ; 
σψέας  αντυνς  άρτύναντες,  putting 
themselves  in  order,  dressing  their  ranks, 
II. — Mid.  ήρτύνετο  βον'Ατ/ν,  he  pre- 
pared his  counsel.  11.  2,  55,  while 
Hdt.  1,  12,  has  ηρτυσαν  την  ετνί- 
βονλήν :  so  too  in  Od.  4,  782,  much 
like  act.,  ήρτνναντο  έρετμα.—ΙΙ.  in 
later  writers  άρτύω  is  a  culinary 
word,  lo  dress  savoury  meat,  to  season. 
Soph.  Fr.  601,  Pherecr.  Metall.  4, 23  : 
cf.  έπαρτννω.  [ν  in  fut.  and  aor.,  in 
άρτνω,  but  ϋ  in  άρτννυ.] 

ΥΑρτώρίος,  ov,  ύ,  Artorias,  a  phy- 
sician of  Augustus,  Dio  Cass.  47,  41. 
νΑρνάνδης,  ov,  a,  Aryandes.  a  Per- 
sian governor  in  Aegypt,  under  Cain- 
byses,  Hdt.  4,  106. 

Άρνΐ3α7.ίς,  ίδος,  ^.=sq. 

Άρνβαλος  and  άρνβα'λλος,  ov,  b, 
(upvu)  a  pot  for  drawing  water,  bucket, 
larger  than  the  άρνταινα.  At.  Eq. 
1094. — 2.  α  bag  or  purse,  made  so  as 
to  draw  close,  Stesich.  11.  [ϋ] 

νΑρνβας,  αντος,  ό.  Arybas,  a  noble 
Sidonian,  Od.  15,  426.-2.  -βας,  a,  ό, 
son  of  Alcetas,  king  of  the  Molos- 
sians,  Plut.  Pyrrh.  1.  etc. 

ΥΑρνηνις,  ιος,  ή,  Arytais,  daughter 
of  the  Lydian  king  Alyattes.  Hdt.  1, 74. 
ΤΑρνϋμος,  ov.  poet,  for  άβρυθμος. 
νΑρνμβας,  a,  b,Arymbas=  Arybas  2. 
king  of  the  Molossi  and  uncle  of 
Olympias  the  wife  of  PhiUp  of  Mace- 
don,  Dem.  13,  5. 

Άρνσάνη,  ης,  ή.=άρντήρ,  Timon 
ap.  Ath.  445  E.  [a] 

Άρνσσω,  Ion.  collat.  form  for  άρύω, 
Hdt.  6,  119. 

νΑρύστας,  a,  b,  Arystas,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  V.  1.,  Xen.  An.  7,  3,  23. 

Άρνστήρ,  ηρος,  b,=:apvT^p,  Hdt. 
2,  168,  Simon.  206. 

Άρνστις,  ιδος,  7/,=  άρυτήρ,  Soph. 
Fr.  703,  cf  Lob.  Paral.  442. 

Άρνστιχος,  ov,  ό,  dim.  from  άρντήρ. 
At.  Vesp.  855. 

Άρνστρίς.  ίδος,  ή,=^ΰρντήρ,  Anth. 

Άρνσω  or  άρνσσω  (the  MSS.  vary), 
Hdt.  6,  119,=  άρί)ω,  άρντω. 

Άρνταινα,  ης,  ή.=ζάρντήρ,  Ar.  Eq. 
1091,  cf  άρύβαλ'λος. 

Άρνταίνοειδής,  ές,  {άρύταυνα,  εί- 
δος) shaped  like  an  άρνταινα,  Gal. 


ΑΡΧΑ 

Άρντήρ,  ηρος,  ό,  {άρνω)  α  vessel 
for  taking  up  liquids,  ladle,  cup  :  also 
as  a  liquid  measure,  Diosc. 

Άρντήσιμος,  ov,  (άρνω)  that  can  be 
drawn,  drinkable,  Anlh. 

Άρνω.  Att.  άρύτω,ί.-νσω,ί!&ίβάννω, 
άνντω)  to  draw,  draw  water  for  an- 
other, Xen.  Cyr.  1,  3,  9  :  ap.  ίκ  Αως, 
Stallb.  Plat.  Phaedr.  253  A  :  more 
USU.  in  mid.  to  draw  for  one's  self,  Hes. 
Op.  548  ;  also  άρύτεσβαι  Νείλου  υδά- 
των,, lo  draw  from  the  waters  of  the 
Nile,  At.  Nub.  273,  also  up.  υδάτων 
τϊώμα,  Eur.  Hipp.  210,  also  άπο  τον 
ποταμον,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  2,  8,  ίκ  των 
ποταμών,  Plat.  Ion  534  A  :  hence 
metaph.  to  win,  get,  gain,  μισθόν, 
χάριτας,  Ael.,  and  Anth. :  but  in 
Arat.  Dios.  14,  ωκεανού  άρύονται, 
they  draw  themselves,  i.  e.  rise  frayn 
ocean,  where  Buttm.  and  Schneid. 
αίρονται.  (Akin  to  1)νω,  ερνω,  Lat. 
haurio.)  [ΰ] 

Άρχάγγε?Μς,  ov,  b,  (άρχω,  άγγε- 
?.ος)  an  archangel,  Ν.  Τ. 
-    Άρχΰγέτης.  ου,  ό.  Dor.  for  άρχη- 
γέτης,  chief  leader,  original  title  of  the 
Lacedaem.  kings,  Plut.  Lycurg.  6. 

νΑρχαγόρας,  a,b,  Archagoras,  masc. 
pr.  n.,'  Xen.  An  4,  2,  13. 

V Αρχάδης,  ov,  b,  Archades,  son  of 
Mnesonides,  Dem.  929,  24. 

f  Αρχαιανακτίδαι.  ων,  o'l,  Archae- 
anactidae.  a  race  of  kings  who  reigned 
in  the  Cimmerian  Bospoius  42  years, 
Diod.  S.  12,  31. 

νΑρχαιάναξ,  ακτος,  b,  Archaeanax, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Strab. 
νΑρχαιάνασσα,=^Άρχεάνασσα,^.1., 
Ath.  589  C. 

Αρχαΐζω,  f  -ίσω,  to  be  αρχαίος,  be 
oldfashioned,  copy  the  ancients  in  man- 
ners, language,  etc.,  Plut. 

ΥΑρχαΐκαρος,  ου,  b,  Archa'icarus, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Strab. 

^"Αρχανδρος,  ov,  b,  Archander,  son 
or  grandson  of  Achaeus,  son-in-law 
of  Danaus,  Hdt.  2,  98.^ 

ΥΑρχάνδρον  τζό'Αις,  ή,  Archandropo- 
lis,  a  city  of  lower  Aegypton  the  Nile, 
Hdt.  2,  97. 

Αρχαϊκός,  ή,  ov,  (αρχαίος)  old- 
fashioned,  antiquated,  primitive,  in 
dress,  manners,  language,  etc.,  αρ- 
χαϊκά φρονεΐν,  Ar.  Nub.  821.  Adv. 
-κώς,  Arist.  Pol. 

Άρχαιογονία,  ας,  ή,  an  ancient  race : 
from 

Άρχαιόγονος,  ov,  (αρχαίος,  γονή) 
of  ancient  race,  of  old  descent,  Soph. 
Ant.  981  :  αΙτία,  the  primal  cause, 
Arist.  Mund. 

Άρχαιογρύφος,  ov,  (αρχαίος,  γρά- 
φω) writing  of  antiquities,  Lat.  anti- 
quarius. 

Άρχαιοειδής,  ές,  (αρχαίος,  είδος) 
looking  old,  of  antique  look,  Dem. 
Phal. 

Άρχαιολογέω,  ω,  (αρχαιολόγος)  to 
discuss  antiquities  or  things  out  of  dale, 
Thuc.  7,  69.  Pass,  ιστορία  αρ.,  a 
history  treated  in  the  manner  of  anti- 
quities, Dion.  H. — II.  to  use  an  old- 
fashioned  style.    Hence 

Αρχαιολογία,  ας,  ή,  antiquarian 
lore,  archaeology.  Plat.  Hipp.  Maj. 
285  D. 

Άρχαιο7^ογικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to 
αρχαιολογία  or  to  an  αρχαιολόγος, 
Strab. :  from 

Αρχαιολόγος,  ov,  (αρχαίος,  λέγω) 
an  antiquary,  esp.  one  who  writes  an- 
cient history. 

Άρχαιομελησίδωνοφρννϊχήρατος, 
ov,  (αρχαίος,  μέλος,  Σιδώνιος,  Φρϋ- 
νιχος,  ερατός)  μέλη.  dear  old  songs 
from  Phrynichus'  Phoenissae,  Ar. 
Vesp.  220. 


ΑΡΧΕ 

Άρχαΐον,  ov,  τό,  strictly  neut.  from 
αρχαίος,  sub.  δάνειον,  the  originat 
sum,  the  principal  or  capital,  τάρχαϊοί 
or  τάρχαϊα  άποδιδοναι,  to  repay  tht 
principal,  Oratt. :  άρχείον  is  difi'erent 

Άρχαιόνομος,  ov,  (αρχαίος,  νόμος) 
oldfashioned. 

Άρχαιοττΐνής,  ές,  (αρχαίος,  ττίνος} 
with  the  dirt  οτ  rust  of  antiquity ,  Dion.  Η 

Άρχαι07τ?Μντος,  ov,  (αρχαίος 
ττλοντος)  rich  from  olden  time,  Aesch 
Ag.  1043,  Soph.  El.  1393,  cf.  Arist 
Rhet.  2,  9,  9,  and  άρτίτϊλουτος. 

Άρχαιοπρεττής,  ές,  (αρχαίος,  πρέ 
ττω)  distinguished  from  olden  time,  time 
honoured,  Aesch.  Pr.  409.  —  2.  old 
looking,  beseeming  old  age,  Plat.  Soph 
229  E. 

Αρχαίος,  a,  ov,  (αρχή  I.)  from  the 
beginning  or  origin,  Hat.  4,  117,  Soph. 
Aj.  1292:  hence — 1.  very  ancient. j/ri- 
meval,  σκότος.  Id.  O.  C.  100  :  and 
then— 2.  simply  ancient,  olden,  freq. 
from  Pind.  and  Hdt.  downwards : 
hence  in  good  sense,  ancient,  time- 
ho7ioured,'PinA.,eic. :  but  in  bad  sense, 
like  αρχαϊκός,  antiquated,  gone  by, 
Aesch.  Pr.  317,  Dem.  597,  18;  also 
simple,  silly,  Heind.  Plat.  Euthyd. 
295  C. — 3.  ancient,  former,  Hdt.  1,75, 
Soph.  O.  C.  110.  We  sometimes 
have  αρχαίος  and  παλαιός  joined, 
as  in  Soph.  Tr.  555,  Dem.  1.  c,  like 
Lat.  priscus  et  vetiistus,  priscus  et  anti- 
quus,  Ruhnk.  Vellei.  1,  16,  3.  Adv. 
—ως,  of  olden  time,  anciently,  erst,  also 
TO  άρχαΐον,  in  Hdt.  contr.  τώρχαΐον, 
in  same  signf,  1,  56,  etc.,  Aesch. 
Supp.  325  :  for  the  subst.  άρχαΐον,  v. 
sub  voc.  Irreg.  conipar.  άμχααστε- 
ρος,  Pind.  Fr.  20  :  on  άρχέστερος,  v. 
sub  voc.     Hence 

Άρχαιότης,  ητος,  η,  antiquity,  old- 
fashionedness.  Plat.  Legg.  657  Β  : 
simpleness,  Alciphr. 

Αρχαιοτροτήα,  ας,  ή,  old  fashions 
or  customs.  Plut. :  from 

Άρχαίότροττος,  ov,  (αρχαίος,  τρό- 
πος) oldfashioned,  έπιτΐ]δεύματα, 
Thuc.  1,  71.    Adv. -TTijf . 

Αρχαιρεσία,  ας,  ή,  (αρχή,  αϊρεσις) 
άρχ.  σννίζει,  an  election  is  held,  Hdt. 
6,  58  (ace.  to  Schweigh.,  the  magis- 
trates meet)  :  but  usu.  in  plur.,  as  Plat. 
Legg.  752  E,  and  so  used  to  translate 
the  Rom.  comitia,  Polyb.    Hence 

Άρχαιρεσιάζω,  f  -άσω,  to  hold  the 
assembly  for  the  election  of  magistrates, 
Plut. — 2.  to  canvass  for  some  magis- 
tracy, Lat.  ambire  magistratum,  hono- 
res.  Id.  ;  and 

Άρχαιρεσιακός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to 
the  άρχαιρεσίαι. 

Άρχαιρέσιον,  ov.  τό,^^άρχαιρεσία, 
mostly  in  plur.,  Polyb. 

Αρχαϊσμός,  ov,  ό,  (αρχαΐζω)  imita- 
tion of  the  ancients  :  hence  in  Gramm. 
an  antiquated  phrase,  urchoism. 

Άρχε-,  insep.  prefi.x  from  άρχω,=: 
άρχι-,  with  which  it  is  sometimes 
interchanged.  Lob.  Phryn.  769. 

ΤΑρχεανάσσα,  ης,  ή,  Archeanassa, 
a  courtesan  of  Colophon.  Anth. 

^Αρχεβάτης,  ov.  b,  Archcbates,  son 
of  Lycaon,  Apollod.  13,  8,  1. 

νΑρχεβιάδης,  ου,  ό,  Archebiades, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Oratt. 

νΑρχεβίος,  ov,  ό,  Archebius,  masc. 
pr.  n.,'  Dem.  475,  3. 

νΑρχέβονλος.  ov,  ό,  Archebulus, 
masc.  pi•,  n..  Ath.  502  D. 

Αρχέγονος,  ov,  (άρχω,  γοι•η)  the 
first  of  a  rare,  founder  :  hence  tht  first 
author,  beginning  or  cause,  φύσις,  Da 
mox.  ap.  Ath.  102  A. 

νλρχεδάμας,  αντος,  ό,  Archedamas, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Dem. 
νΑρχέδημος,  ov,  ό.  Dor.  Άρχέδΰ- 


ΑΡΧΕ 
αος,  Archedemiis,  a  common  Athenian 
name,  Xen.  Hell.  1,  7.  I,  Ar.,  Dein., 
etc. — 2.  a  Stoic  of  Tarsus,  Strab. 

ΥΑρχαΗκη,  ης,  ή,  Arcliedice,  daugh- 
ter ol  Hippias  oi  Athjns,  Simon,  ap. 
Thuc.  6,  59. — 2.  a  courtesan,  Alh. 
569  D. 

'Aftχεδiκης,  ov,  δ,  {ύρχω,  δίκη)  the 
first,  rightful  possessor,  rind.  P.  4, 
190. 

V  Αρχίδικος,  ov,  δ,  Archedicus,  son 
of  Hdrcules,  Apoiiod.  2,  7,  8.-2.  a 
poet  of  the  new  comedy,  Ath.  467  C  : 
Aieineke  1,  458. 

ΆρχίΙον,  ου,  τό,  Ion.  άρχήϊον, 
strictly  neut.  from  an  adj.  άρχεϊος,  a, 
ov,  \'ΐρχή  II•),  "  public  budding,  senale- 
house,  lowa-kall,  residence  of  the  chief 
maiiistrates,  Lat.  curia,  Hdt.  4,  62,  and 
Xen. — II.  the  college  or  board  of  ma- 
gistrates, Arist.  Pol.  4,  14,  14:  but 
upxtia.  the  several  inferior  boards,  lb. 
4,  15,  8,  V.  Kluge  Pol.  Carthag.  p. 
161,  sq. — ΰρχαΐον,  q.  v..  is  diti'erent. 

'  Χρχέκακος,  ov,  (ύρ^γω,  κακός) 
breeding  mischief,  source  of  ill,  11.  5,  63. 

νΧρχεκράτϊΐς,  ους,  ύ,  {άρχω,  κρά- 
τα;) Archecratcs,  masc.  pr.  η.  Diog.  L. 
4,  33. 

'λρχέλύ,ος,  ov,  Att.  ΰρχέλεως,  ων, 
(άρχω,  λαός)  leading  the  people,  a 
chief,  Aesch.  Pers,  297,  and  contr. 
άρχί7Μς,  Ar.  Eq.  161. — In  plur.  as 
pr.  n.,  ' Ρίρχέ/ΜΟΙ,  oi,  the  Archelai,  a 
name  of  tlie  Sicyonians,  Hdt.  5,  6S. 

νΑμχέ/.αος,  ου,  δ,  Archelaas,  son 
of  Ae'gyptus,  ApoUod,  2,  1,  5. — 2.  son 
of  Eleciryon  and  Anaxo,  ApoUod.  2, 
4,  5. — 3.  grandson  of  Orestes,  Strab. 
— 4.  son  of  Agesilaus,  king  of  Sparta, 
Hdt.  7,  204.— 5.  kmg  of  Macedonia, 
famed  for  his  patronage  of  learned 
men,  Thuc,  Plat.,  etc.— 6.  king  of 
Cappadocia,  Strab. — 7.  priest  at  Co- 
inaiia,  Strab. — 8.  philosopher  of  Mi- 
letus, pupil  of  Anaxagoras.  Strab. ^ 
9.  a  famous  actor,  Luc.  Quom.  Hist. 
Scrib.  1. — Others  in  Pint.,  Ath.,  etc. 

νΧρχέλοχος,  ου,  ό,  {άρχω,  'λόχος) 
Archelochus,  son  of  Antenor,  11.  2, 
801. 

νΧργέμΰχος,  ov,  ό,  (άρχω,  μάχομαι) 
Archemachus,  son  of  Hercules,  Apoi- 
iod. 2,  7,  S. — 2.  son  of  Priam,  .\pol- 
lod. — 3.  an  historian  of  Euboea,Strab. 

ΤΑρχέμορος,  ου,  ό,  (άρχω,  μόρος) 
Arche'mdrus.  son  of  Lycurgus  of  Ar- 
cadia, ApoUod.  3.  0,  4. 

ΐΑρχένεως,  ων,  gen.  ω,  {άρχω,  νανς) 
commanding  a  ship. — II.  as  pr.  n.,  Ar- 
chenms,  Dem.  861,  25. 

ΥΑρχενομίδης,  ου,  δ,  Archenomides, 
masc.  pr.  h.,  Dem.  927,  15. 

νΑρχένομος,  ου,  ο,  {άρχω,  νόμος) 
Archendnius,  Ar.  Ran.  1507. 

Άρχέπλοντος.  op,  άρχω,  π?.οϋτος) 
enjoying  ancient  wealth,  like  άρχαιό- 
TTAoiTOf,  Soph.  El.  72,  cf  Lolj. 
Phryn.  769. 

Άρχέπο?.ις,  t,  gen.  εως.  {άρχω,  πό- 
λίς)  ruling  a  city,   Pind.  P.  9,  92. 

ΥΑρχέττολίς,  ιδος,  δ,  {άρχω,  πόλις) 
Archepolis,  masc.  pr.  η.,  Piat. 

νΑρχετττόλεμος,  ου.  ό,  {άρχω,  τττό- 
λεμιις)  Archeptolemus,  charioteer  of 
Hector,  11.  8.  128.— 2.  a  Lacedaemo- 
nian, Ar.  Eq.  794. 

Άρχεσίμολπος,  ov,  {άρχω,  μολτή) 
leading  off  the  song,  beginning  the 
strain,  Stesich. 

Άρχέστατος,  said  to  be  irreg.  su- 
perl.  from  αρχή  I.,  most  aricient,  Aesch. 
Fr.  173:  but  v.  Lob.  Paral.  81. 

ΤΑρχεστράτη.  ης,  ή,  Archestrate, 
fern.  pr.  n. — 2.  title  of  a  play  of  Anti- 
phanes,  Ath.  322  C. 

ΥΑρ;(ΐστρατίδης,  ου,  δ,  Archestrali- 
des,  masc.  pr.  n.,  Hdt.  9,  90. 
218 


ΑΡΧΗ 

ΥΑρχέστρατος,  ου,  δ,  {άρχω.  στρα- 
τός) Archestratus,  father  of  Agesida- 
mus,  Pmd.  01.  10,  2.  —  2.  a  com- 
inantler  of  the  Athenians  in  the  Pelo- 
ponaesian  war,  Thuc.  1,  57. — 3.  a 
poet  of  Sicily  who  lived  at  Athens  in 
the  time  of  .Vlcibiades,  Ath.  29  A. — 
4.  another  poet  of  this  name,  who 
flourished  alter  the  time  of  Ale.xander 
the  Great,  in  Plut.  Fort.  Ale.\. — Oth- 
ers in  Uem.,  etc. 

Άρχέτας,  δ,  Dor.  for  άρχέτης,  a 
leader,  prince,  Eur.  El.  1149. — II.  as 
atlj.,  άρχ•  θρόνος,  a  princely  throne, 
Eur.  Heracl.  753. 

ΫΑρχέτίμυς,  ου,  ύ,  {άρχω,  τιμή)  Ar- 
chetimus.  a  commander  of  the  Corin- 
thians, Thuc.  1,  29. 

νΑρχετίων,  ωνος,  δ,  Archetion,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Dem.  558,  21. 

ΆρχέτντΓος,  ov,  {άρχω,  τύπτω) 
stamped  first  and  as  a  model :  hence 
70  ΰρχέτυ~ον,  an  archetype,  pattern, 
model,  Arist. :  in  genl.  an  image,  Anth.: 
cf  ττ-ρωτότυτϊος. 

Άρχενω,  {άρχω)  to  command,  rule, 
lead,  TLvi.,  il.  5,  200  ;  τινός.  Αρ.  Rh. 

ΫΑρχεύών,  ώντος,  δ,  Archephan, 
masc.  pr.  η.,  Ath.  44  ;  Dion.  H. 

^Αρχέχορος,  ov,  {άρχω,  χορός)  lead- 
ing the  chorus  or  dance,  τϊούς,  Eur. 
Tro.  151. 

ΆΡΧΗ'  ης,  ή,  a  beginning,  firs! 
cause  or  occasion,  origin,  first  in  Horn., 
άρχη  νείκεος,  φόνον,  etc. :  ά.  γενέσ- 
βαι  κακών,  Hdt. ;  άρχην  ποιείσβαι. 
to  make  a  beginning,  Thuc.  1,  128; 
αρχήν  καταβά'λλεσβαί,  to  lay  a  foun- 
dation, etc. :  esp.  in  many  adverbial 
usages,  εξ  άρχής=άρχήβεν,  from  the 
beginning,  from  the  first,  from  of  old, 
Od.  1,  188,  etc. ;  so  oi  εξ  αρχής  φίλοι, 
ή  εξ  αρχής  έχθρα,  etc.  Xen.  etc.  :  also 
άπ'  αρχής,  Hdt.  2,  lOt,  Soph.,  etc.  : 
κατ'  αρχάς,  in  the  beginning,  at  first. 
Hdt.  3,  153,  etc. :  very  freq.  also  absol. 
αρχήν,  at  first,  first  inHdt. ;  hence  άρ- 
Xr/v,  c.  negat.,  not  at  first,  i.  e.  never  at 
all,  not  at  all,  like  Lat.  omnino  non, 
Hdt.  3,  39,  Soph.  Ant.  92,  Plat.  Gorg. 
478  C,  and  many  other  E.\x.  ap. 
Schweigh.  Lex.  Hdt.,  Herm.  Vig.  3, 
ιξι  3,  8  ;  but  αρχήν  is  not  used  posi- 
tively=Lat.  omnino,  at  all,  v.  Hnnw. 
Soph.  1.  c. ;  also  την  αρχήν,  Hdt.  4, 
25,  21. — 2.  a  first  principle,  element, 
esp.  in  plur..  Plat. — 3.  also  in  plur. 
=  άπαρχαί,  firstlings.  —  II.  the  first 
place  or  power,  hence  supreme  power, 
sovereignty,  dominion,  first  in  Pind., 
Αίός  αρχή.  θεών  άρχαί,  etc. :  also  c. 
gen.  rei,  ΰρχή  τών  νήσων,  της  θα- 
λάσσης, της  'Ασίας,  power  over  the 
islands,  etc.,  Thuc,  Xen.,  etc. :  pro- 
verb., αρχή  άνδρα  δείκννσι,  Dem. 
1455,  15 :  freq.  also  in  plur.,  com- 
mands, autlinrity,  Trag. — 2.  a  sover- 
eignty, empire,  realm,  as  Kvpov,  ΐίερ- 
δίκκου  αρχή,  i.  e.  Persia.  Macedonia, 
Hdt.,  Thuc,  etc. —  3.  esp.  in  Att. 
prose,  a  magistracy,  office  in  the  gov- 
ernment, αρχήν  άρχειν,  'λαμβάνειν, 
to  hold  an  office,  Hdt.  3,  80  ;  4,  147  ; 
εις  αρχήν  καθίστασΟαι,  ίφχήν  εΐςιέ- 
ναι,  to  enter  on  an  office,  Thuc,  etc.  ; 
αρχήν  λαχεΐν,  to  obtain  an  office,  Dem.: 
they  were  usu.  obtained  in  two  ways, 
χείροτονητή,  by  election,  κληρωτή, 
by  lot,  Aeschin.  3,  35,  cf  15,  11.-4. 
also  a  magistrate.=  o  εν  αρχή  ών,  as 
we  say  an.  authority,  so  ai  ενδημοι 
άρχαί,  the  authorities  or  magistrates  of 
the  country,  Thuc.  5,  47  :  aloO  ή  αρχή, 
collectively,  as  we  say  the  government, 
Dem.  1145,  26. 

^ Αρχηγενής,  ές,=^ αρχέγονος,  caus- 
ing the  first  beginning  of  a  thing,  τινός, 
Aesch'.  Ag.  1628. 


APXI 

Άρχηγετεύω,  to  be  leader  or  rvJer 
o/ people,  c  gen  ,  Hdt.  2.  123  ;  and 

Άρχηγετέω.  ώ,  to  make  a  beginning, 
άπο  τίνος,  from  or  with  a  thing, 
Soph.  El.  83  :  from 

Άρχηγέτης,  ου,  δ,  fern,  άρχηγέτις, 
ιόος,  but  dat.  άρχ)/γέτι  (Ar.  Lys.  644): 
Dor.  άρχαγέτης,  {αρχή,  ήγέομαι)  a 
leader,  author,  first  cause,  epithet  of 
Apollo,  Pind.  P.  5,80  :  esp.  thefcyund- 
er  of  a  city  or  family,  elsewh.  κτιστής, 
οικιστής.  Hdt.  9,  86,  Pind.  etc.,  cf 
Buckh  Explic.  p.  288  :  at  Athens  the 
ήρωες  έττώννμοι  were  so  called,  Ar. 
Fr.  186,  ap.  Dein.  1072,  25  ;  cf  μιξ- 
Ο-ΡχηΎέτης. — II.  α  first  leader,  prince, 
chief,  Aesch.,  and  Soph. 

Αρχηγικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to  an 
αρχηγός :  from 

Αρχηγός,  όν,  {ΰρχή,  ήγέομαι)  = 
άρχηγέτης,  beginning,  κακών,  Eur. 
As  subst.  like  άρχηγέτης,  a  leader, 
founder,  Lat.  auctor ;  first  father. 
Soph,  O.  C.  60. — ti.  a  prince,  chief, 
Aesch.  Ag.  259,  general,  'Έ,λλήνων, 
Epigr.  ap.  Thuc   1,  132. 

Άρχήθίν,  adv.,  {αρχή)  from  the  be- 
ginning, from  of  old,  Jrom  olden  time, 
Pind.,  Hdt.,  and  Trag.,  hut  never  in 
good  prose.  Lob.  Phryn.  93. 

Άρχήϊον,  ου,  τό,  Ion.  for  άρχεΐον, 
Hdt. 

'Αρχήν,  adv.,  v.  αρχή  I,  1. 

ΆΡΧΙ-,  insep.  prefix,  from  άρχω, 
άρχος.  (So  in  Engl,  arch-.  Germ. 
Erz-.) 

V Αρχιάδης,  ov,  δ,  Archiades,  masc. 
pr.  n.;  Dem.  lt)81,2. 

ΥΑρχίας,  ov,  δ,  Archias,  common 
pr.  n.,  esp. — -1.  a  Heraclid  of  Corinth, 
founder  of  Syracuse,  Thuc.  6,  3. — 
2.  a  Spartan  slain  in  the  attack  upon 
Sauios,  Hdt.  3,  55. — 3.  an  Athenian 
archon,  Diod.  S. — 4.  a  Theban  pol- 
emarch,  Xen.  Hell.  5,  4,  2. — 5.  of 
Thurii,  originally  an  actor,  sent  to 
apprehend  Demosthenes  in  the  isl- 
and of  Calauria,  Plut.  Dem.  28. — 
Others  in  Dem.,  Anth.,  etc. 

'Αρχίατρος,  ov,  6,  {άρχι,  ιατρός)  a 
chief  physician,  and  so — 1.  a  physi- 
cian of  eminence,  Aretae. —  2.  later, 
the  head  of  the  medical  faculty  :  aiul 
(since  he  usu.  held  the  appointment) 
the  court  physician,  v.  Diet.  Antiqq. 

νΑρχί^ηος,  ov  δ,  Archibius,  a  physi- 
cian, Luc  Gall.  10. 

Άρχιγένεθ?Μς,  ov,  {άρχι,  γενέθλη) 
=  άρχέ}ονος,  Orph. 

Αρχιγραμματεύς,  έως,  δ,  {άρχι, 
γραμματεύς)  α  chief  scribe  or  clerk, 
Polyb. 

V Αρχιδάμία,  ας,  ή,  Archidamia,  fem. 
pr.  η.,  Plut.  Pyrr.  27. 

ΤΑρχιδάμίδας.  a,  δ,  Archidamidas, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Plut. 

V .\ρχίδάμις,  ιδος,  ή,  Archidamis, 
daughter  of  the  Laconian  Oleander, 
Polyaen. 

ΥΑρχίδ'Ίμος,  Ion.  -δήμος,  ov,  δ, 
{άρχω,  δήίίος)  Archidamus,  name  of 
several  kings  of  Sparta,  esp. — 1.  son 
of  Anaxidamus,  13th  Proclid. — 2.  son 
of  Zeuxidamus,  successor  of  Leoty- 
chides,  Thuc.  1,  79. — 3.  son  of  Age- 
silaus, 21st  Proclid,  Xen.  Hell.  5,  4, 
25. — 4.  son  of  Eudemidas,  24th  Pro- 
clid.—Others  in  Hdt.  8,  131,  Xen. 
Hell.  7,  1,  33,  etc. :  hence  adj.  Άρ,^^ί- 
δύμιος,  a,  ov,  of  or  belonging  to  Archi- 
damus, Thuc. 

νΑρχιδημίδης,  ου,  δ,  Archidentides, 
prop,  son  of  Archidemus,  an  Athenian 
archon,  Diod.  S. 

' Αρχιδιύκονος,  ov,  6,  an  archdeacon, 
Eccl. 

Άρχιδικαστής,  ov,  δ,  a  chief  judge, 
Diod. 


APXI 

νΚρχι^ιικη.,  ης,  ή,  Archidice,  a  fa- 
mous hetaera  υί  Naucratis  in  Aegypt, 
licit.  2, 135. — 2.  an  Athenian  female, 
Dein.  1083,  6. 

^Αίίχίδίον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  αρχή, 
a  little  office,  Ar.  A  v.  1107. 

'Χρχιε-ίσκοτϊος,  ov,  6,  {αρχι,  ίπί- 
σκοτΓος)  an  archbishop,  Eccl.  , 

Άρχιερατενω,  to  be  άργίερεύς, 
LXX. 

'Αρχιερατικός,  ή,  όν,  behnging  to 
the  άρχιερεύς,  Ν.  Τ. 

Άρχιερεία,  ας.  ή,  the  high-priesthood. 

Άρχιερενς,  έως,  ό,  Ion.  άρχιερέως 
in  nom.,  an  arch-priest,  chief-priest, 
high-priest,  Hdt.  2.  37,  1 13. 

Άρχιερωσύνη,  -ης,  ή,=^  -ερεία,  LXX. 

' Αρχιεταϊρος,  ό,  α  chief  friend  or 
companion,  LXX. 

' λρχιεννονχος,  ov,  ό,  chief  of  the 
eunuchs,  LXX. 

'.Κρχιζύκορος.  ό,  ή,  (άρχι,  ζάκορος) 
the  chief  keeper  of  a  temple,  Eccl. 

Άρ,γκ'ωοζ-,  ov,  (ζω'/)  beginnins;  life. 

Άρχιθάλασσος,  ov,  (άρχι,  βάλασ- 
σα)  ruling  the  sea,  Anth. 

Άρχιθεωρέω,  ώ,  to  be  ΰρχιθέωρος, 
Dem.  552.  4. 

'Χρχιθεώρησις,  εος,  37.=sq.,  Isae. 

Άρχιθε<,)ρία,  ή,  the  office  of  ΰρχι- 
θέωρος,  Lys.  162,  5  :  from 

Άρχίθέωρος,  ου,  ό,  the  chief  θεωρός, 
chief  of  a  θεωρία  or  sacfed  embassij, 
Andoc.  17, 19,  of  θεωρία,  Wolf  Lept. 
p.  xc. 

Άρχιθιΰσίττ/ς,  ου,  ό,  the  leader  of  a 
θίασος. 

Άρχικέραννος,  ov,  commanding  the 
thunder,  Orph. 

Άρχίκ/ι.ωιρ,  ω~ος,  6,  an  arch-thief, 
a  robber-chief.  Plut. 

Αρχικός,  ή,  όν.  {αρχή)  belonging  to 
rule,  royal,  -ττυθμήν,  Aesch.  Cho.  260, 
γένος,  Thuc.  2,  80. — 2.  fit  for  rule, 
command,  or  office  :  skilled  in  govern- 
ment or  command,  freq.  Plat.,  and 
Xen.     Adv.  -κώς. 

' Α.ρχικϋ3ερνήτης,  ου,  ό,  the  chief 
pilot,  Strab. 

' Χρχικννηγος,  ου,  ό,  the  chief-hunts- 
man, Joseph. 

'λρχιλ'ηστής,  ov,  b,  a  robber-chief, 
Joseph. 

V Αρχί7ι.οχος,  ov,  ό,  Archilochus,  the 
famed  Iambic  poet  of  Paros,  Hdt.  1, 
12.  In  plur.  ' .Κρχί/.οχοι,  o'l,  a  come- 
dy of  Cratinus,  Meine.ke  2,  15. — 2.  an 
Athenian,  Dem.  ΙΟΰΙ,  IS. 

ΆρχΓ/.νχνηφορέω,  to  be  an  άρχι- 
2.νχνηοήρος. 

' Λρχι?Λχν7](ρόρος,  ov,  ό,  the  chief 
torch-bearer. 

Άρχιμάγειρος,  ό,  chief-cook,  Plut. 
ΫΑρχίααχος,    ov,   b,    Archimachus, 
rem.'  1064,  22. 

ΤΑρχιμήδ/ις,  ους,  ό,  {^.ρχω,  μηδος) 
Archimedes,  a  celebrated  mathemati- 
cian of  Syracuse,  Strab. 

νλρχίμη?Μς,    ov,   ό,   Archimelus,   a 
poet  of  the  Antholog}•,  Ath.  209  B. 
ΆρχίμΙμος,  h.the chief  comedian.Plut. 
VApχhΌς.oυ.ό.Archinus.  an  Atheni- 
an statesman  and  orator,  Dem.  742, 25. 

Άρχιοινοχοεία,  ας,  ή,  the  office  of 
ύρχιοινοχόος,  Diod. 

Άρχιοίνοχόος.  ov,  ό,  the  chief  cup- 
ben'-r,  Plut.  Pyrrh.  5. 

'Αρχιπειοατής,  οϋ,  ό,  a  pirate  chief. 
Died. 

ΆρχίτΐΤιανος,  ov,  ό,  a  Nomad  chief- 
tain, Luc. 

Άρχιποίμην,  gen.  ενός,  ό,  a  chief- 
ghepherd,  LXX,  and  N.  T. 

'Αρχι~οσία,  ας,  ή,  (άρχω,  πόσις) 
the  presidency  of  a  banquet. 

ΥΑρχίππη,  ης,  ή,  Archippe,  fern.  pr. 
n•.  Dem.  1110,  5 :  wife  of  Themisto- 
cles,  Plut.  Them.  32. 


ΑΡΧΩ 

^Άρχίπττος,  ov,  b,  Archippus,  an 
Athenian  prop,  name,  Oiatt. — Others 
also  in  Paus.,  etc. — A  poet  of  the  old 
comedy,  Meineke  1,  205,  sqq. 

'Αρχι~μεσ3εντής,  oi•,  ό,  the  chief 
ambassador,  Diod. 

Άρχφαβδοϋχος,  ό,  the  chief  lictor. 

Άρχιρενς,  ο.  Ion.  for  αρχιερείς, 
Hdt. 

Άρχισατράπης,  ov,  the  chief  satrap. 

' ΑρχισΙτοποίός,  ό,  the  chief  baker, 

'Αρχιστράτηγος,  ό,  the  commander 
in  chtff  LXX. 

Άρχισννύγωγος,  ό,  the  ruler  of  the 
synagogue,  Ν   Τ. 

Άρχιτεκτονέω,  to  be  an  αρχιτέκτων. 
Pint.  :  in  genl.  to  construct,  contrive, 
Lat.  struere,  Ar.  Fr.  241.     Hence 

'Αρχιτεκτόνημα,  ατός,  τό.  a  build- 
ing: nietaph.  ο  stratagem,  artifice,  plot, 
Lye. :  and 

Άρχιτεκτονία.  ας,  ή.  architecture. 

Αρχιτεκτονικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to 
an  άρχιτεκτωΐ'  or  his  business  and  art, 
Plat.  Polit.  261  C  :  of  persons,  jii  to 
be  an  αρχιτέκτων  or  master  builder, 
Arist.  Pol.  :  ή  -κή.  sub.  τέχνη,  the 
master  art  or  science,  which  prescribes 
to  all  beneath  it,  as  an  αρχιτέκτων 
to  his  workmen,  Arist.  Eth.  N.  1,  1, 
Poet.  19,  7.  ή,  sub.  τέχνη,^^άρχιτεκ- 
τονία,  metaph.  of  the  drama,  Arist. 
Poet.     Adv.  -κώς. 

'Αρχιτέκτων,  όνος,  b,  {.άρχι,  τέκ- 
νων) a  chief -artificer,  7naster-builder, 
etc.,  director  of  works,  architect,  engi- 
neer, Toil  ορύγματος,  της  γέφυρας, 
Hdt.  3,  60 ;  4.  87  ■,=^έ(Γ/ατών  άρχων, 
ορρ.  to  έργαστικός.  Plat.  Polit.  259 
Ε  :  hence  in  genl.  author,  contriver, 
Eur.  Cycl.  477,  αρχ.  της  έ~ι3ου'λης, 
Dem.  1286,  10,  cf.  Arist.  Pol.  7,  3,  8. 
and  αρχιτεκτονικός. — II.  at  Athens, 
esp.  the  lessee  of  a  theatre,  Bockh  P. 
E.  1,  294. 

^'Apχιτέλης,  ονς,  ό,  Architeles.  son 
of  Achaeus,  Paus.  7,  1,  6. — 2.  father 
of  Eunoinus,  ApoUod.  2,  7,  6.  Others 
in  Ath.,  Anth.,  etc. 

Άρχιτε?Μνης,  ου,  b,  {άρχι,  τελώ- 
νης) the  chief  collector  of  tolls,  chief- 
publican,  N.  T. 

Άρχιτρίκλινος,  ov,  b,  the  president 
of  a  banquet  {triclinium),  N.  T. 

Άρχιφώρ,  ώρος,  b,  =  άρχίκλ<^ιρ, 
Diod. 

Άρχίφωτος,  ov,  {άρχω,  φως)  author 
or  source  of  light. 

Άρχοειδής,  ές,  {αρχή,  είδος)  like  an 
αρχή,  as  if  proceeding  from  principles, 
Arist.  Org. 

'Αρχοντικός,  ή,  όν,  {άρχων)  belong- 
ing to  an  nrchon. 

άρχος,  ov,  0,  a  leader,  chief, 
commander,  Horn.,  who  also  joins  άρ- 
χος avijp. — II.  the  fundament,  Lat. 
anus,  Arist.  Probl. 

V Αρχύτας,  a  and  ov,  b,  Archytas,  a 
Pythagorean  philosopher  of  Taren- 
tum.  Plat.  338  C. — 2.  a  Spartan  ephor, 
Xen.  Hell.  2.  1,  10. 

ΆΡΧΩ,  f  ίρξω,  to  be  first,  and  that 
— I.  in  point  of  time,  to  begin,  make  a 
beginning,  both  in  act.  and  mid., 
though  in  Hom.  the  act.  is  more 
freq.,  in  Att.  prose  the  mid. :  nor  are 
they  quite  in  same  signf ,  though  it 
is  hard  to  make  a  general  distinc- 
tion. Construct. — 1.  mostly  c.  gen.  to 
make  a  beginning  of  a  thing,  as  αρχειν 
πολέμοιο,  μάχης,  όδοϊο,  μύθων,  etc., 
Hom.,  etc.  ;  so  too  in  Att.,  esp.  αρχ- 
ειν χειρών  or  χειρών  αδίκων,  άρχειν 
της  πληγής,  to  strike  the  first  blow, 
cf.  sub  χείρ. — 2.  but  c.  gen.  also  άρχ- 
εσθαί  τιΐ'ος,  to  begin  from  or  with..., 
'εν  σοι  μεν  λήξω  σέο  δ'  άρξομαι,  Π,  9, 


ΑΡΩ 

97.  so  ύρχεσθαι  Αιός,  Lat.  α  Jove 
principium,  Pind.  Ν.  5,  45  ;  so  too 
ύρχεσθαι  εκ  τίνος.  Od.  23,  199,  άπό 
τίνος,  freq.  in  Hdt.,  esp.  in  part,  άρξύ- 
μενοι  ύτο  ~αιδίωι•,  eiinfrom  bi'i/hood, 
Hdt.  3,  12,  and  so  freq.  in  Plat.,  v. 
Stallb.  Rep.  366  E.— 3.  c.  gen.  rei  et 
dat.  pars.,  άρχ.  θεοΐς  δαιτός,  to  jnake 
preparations  for  a  banquet  to  the  gods, 
11.  15,  95  ;  so  too  άρχ.  έλενθερίας  τη 
'Ελλάδι,  Xen.  Hell.  2,  2,  23  :  in  mid. 
also  ill  a  religious  sense,  like  άττάρχ- 
εσθαι,  αρχ.  μελέων,  to  begin  with  the 
limbs,  Od.  14,  428,  so  act.  άρχειν 
σιτονδών,ΎϊΐΜΟ.  5, 19,  for  which  Pind. 
I.  6,  55,  has  σττονδαΐσιν  άρζαι,  v. 
Dissen  (5,  37). — 4.  c.  ace.  άρχειν 
όδόν  τινί,  like  Lat.  praeire  vinm  alicui, 
to  show  one  the  way,  Od.  8,  107,  cf. 
ηγεμονεύω  ;  so  too  absoL,  sub.  ύδύν, 
to  lead  the  way,  11.  3,  447,  cf  inf  II., 

I,  fin. :  but  also  simply  c.  ace,  άρχειν 
νμνον.  Pind.  Ν.  3,  16,  λνπηρόν  τι, 
Soph.  El.  553,  νβριν.  Id.  Fr.  337. — 5. 
c.  inf,  άρχετε  φορέειν,  Od.  22,  437, 
etc.,  so  too  in  Att.,  ήρξαντο  οίκοδο- 
μεΐν,  Thuc.  1,  107  :  also  c.  part.,  ή 
■ψνχή  άρχεται  ά~ο7.είπονσα,  Xen. 
Cyr.  8,  7,  26 :  on  the  distinction  v. 
Kiihner  Gr.  Gr.  (^  6G0,  Obs.  2.-6. 
absol.,  esp.  in  imperat.,  άρχε,  begin! 
Hom.  :  part,  αρχόμενος,  at  first.  Xen. 
Eq.  9,  3,  Cyn.  3,  8.— II.  in  point  of 
place  or  station,  to  lead,  rule,  govern, 
command,  be  leader  or  commander,  only 
in  act.  Construct. — 1.  mostly  c.  gen. 
to  rule,  be  leader  of...,  τινός,  Hom. : 
and  so  in  prose. — 2.  more  rarely  c. 
dat.,  άνδράσιν  ήρξα,  Od.  14,  230,  cf. 

II.  2,  805,  and  so  sometimes  later,  as 
Eur.  Andr.  666.  I.  A.  337  ;  also  άρχ- 
ειν εν  τισι,  II.  13,  690,  and  so  Plat. 
Phaedr.  238  A :  c.  inf.  added,  άρχε 
Μνρμιδόνεσσι  μύχεσθαι.  led  the  Myr- 
midons on  to  fight,  II.  16,  65  (unless 
this  rather  belongs  to  1,  4,  άρχε 
[όδόν]...)  :  cf  Kiihner  Gr.  Gr.  {^  538, 
Obs.  2.-3.  absol.,  11.  2,  805,  Od.  3, 
12,  and  Att. :  hence  άρχων,  οντος,  ό, 
a  magistrate,  cf.  sq.  :  rarely  like  κρα- 
τέω,  to  gain  the  mastery,  prevail,  σέο 
εξεται,  δ  ττι  κεν  άρχη.  on  thee  'twill 
depend  what  prevails,  11.  9,  102. — 4. 
άρχειν  αρχήν,  toholdan  office, ci.  αρχή. 
— Β.  Pass.  c.  fut.  mid.  ίρξομαι  (Hdt.  1, 
174,  Lys.  180,  6).  to  be  ruled. governed, 
etc.,  vno  τίνος,  Hdt.,  etc.:  hence  oi 
αρχόμενοι,  subjects,  soldiers.  Xen. 

Άρχων,  οντος.  b,  (part,  from  foreg.) 
a  ruler,  commander,  captain,  νεός,  Hdt. 
5,  33  ;  α  chief,  king,  Μέμψιδος,  etc., 
Aesch.  :  esp. — 2.  oi  "Αρχοντες,  the 
chief  magistrates  at  Athens,  nine  in 
number,  the  first  being  called  em- 
phatically ό  'Αρχων,  the  second  ό 
Βασΰενς,  the  third  ό  Πολέμαρχος, 
the  remaining  six  oi  θεσμοθέται,  freq. 
in  Att.,  V.  Diet.  Antiqq. 

'Αρχώνη*ς,  ov,  b,  {άρχω,  ώνέομαι) 
thechief  farmer  of  taxes,  Andoc. 

νΑρχωνίδης,  ov,  b,  (prop,  son  of 
Archon)  Archonides,  tyrant  in  Sicily, 
Thuc.  7,  1. — Others  in  Isae.,  etc. 

*ΆΡΩ,  a  prcs.  not  in  use,  repre- 
senting one  of  the  mo.«t  prolific  Greek 
roots  ;  the  families  αρέσκω,  άρτάω, 
άρτνω.  άρνω,  αίρω,  αρμόζω,  άρννμαι 
springing  immediately  from  it,  the 
radic.  signf  being  to  join,  fit,  both 
trans,  and  intr.  The  tenses  in  use 
divide  themselves  ace.  to  the  trans, 
or  intr.  signf  of  the  word  ;  all  of  them 
are  poet.,  and  mostly  Ep..  though 
the  perf  is  used  now  and  then  by 
Pind  ,  and  Eur.,  and  the  aor.  2  twice 
in  Soph. 

A.  Transit.  Act.  pres.  in  use  άρα 
ρίσκω  formed  from  aor.  2 :  fut,  ύρώ. 
219 


ΑΡΩ 
Ion.  ύρσω :  aor.  1  ηρσα.  Ιο»,  ύ/ισα, 
inf.  άρσαί :  aor.  2  ήρΰρον,  Ion.  ίρα- 
ρον,  ιηΓ.  αρΰ,ρεΐν,  part,  άρΰρών  (but 
άράρον  is  twice  usedintr.,  11.  10,214. 
Od.  4,  777 ;  while  ΰρηρεν,  which  is 
perf.  in  form  and  so  intrans.,  has  a 
trans,  sisnt".  in  Od.  5,  248.)  Pass, 
pert,  άρήρεμαι,  to  which  the  new 
pres.  (iptoKu,  q.  v.,  is  akin  in  f'orin 
and  signf. :  plqpf.  ηρηρείμην  :  aor.  1 
ηρθην,  of  which  Honi.  has  only  3 
piur.  ύρβεν  for  ηρβησαν,  11.  10,  211. 
Mid.,  aor.  1  ήρ'σάμην,  from  which 
■we  have  part.  aor.  1  άρσάμενος,  Hes. 
So.  320. —  To  join,  join  together,  fit, 
fasten,  bind  fast,  οι  δ'  έτεϊ  άλλή?ιθνς 
άραρον  βύεσσι,  ivhen  they  had  knitted 
themselves  one  to  another  with  their 
shields,  11.  12,  105,  so  too  μα/.λον  όέ 
στίχες  άρβεν,  II.  10,  211  ;  άγγεσιν 
ύρσον  άπαντα,  pack  up  emry  thing  in 
the  vessels,  Od.  2,  289 :  hence  esp.— 
H.  to  fit  together,  construct,  make,  build, 
δτε  τοίχοι'  uvi/p  upapri  -πυκίνοΐσί 
Τιίθοίσίν,  11.  10,  212,  and  so  in  mid., 
Hes.  Sc.  320  :  hence  metaph.  μνη- 
στϊιρσιν  θάνατον  και  Κήρ'  άραρόντες, 
like  άρτννειν,  contriving  their  death, 
Od.  10,  Ιθϋ.— III.  in  genl.  tnfit,  equip, 
furnish  with  a  thing,  νηα  έρεταις, 
Od.  1,  280,  so  too  ύρσον  ιτώ/ιασίν 
απαντάς,  fit  all  the  vessels  with  covers, 
Od.  2,  353,  cf.  289 ;  hence  metaph. 
Oilibv  έόωδ)'),  to  provide,  i.  e.  satisfy 
with  food,  'Od.  5,  95  ;  but  έμέ  γ' 
άραρεν  φρένας  (sive  dat.),  it  satisfies, 
pleases  my  mind.  Soph.  El.  147,  and 
so  ΰρσαΐ'τες  κατά  βνμόν,  II.  1,  130 
(though  some  connect  this  with  γέ- 
ρας), having  suited  a  reward  to  my  de- 
sires, like  B.  II. — 1  v.  of  perf.  pass,  the 
part,  is  most  in  use,  ύρηρεμένος,  ένη, 
ένον,  joined,  closely  pressed,  fitted,  fur- 
nished with  a  thing,  τινί.  Αρ.  Rh.  1, 
787,  etc.,  just  as  Horn,  uses  the  intr. 
part.  perf.  ΰρηρώς. 

Β.  Iniransit.  Act.,  pf.  ύρΰρα,  with 
pres.  signf..  Ion.  and  Ep.  upi/pa,  part. 
άβάρώς,  Ion.  and  Ep.  άρηρώς,  tern, 
ΰράρυΐα,  but  Ep.  metri  grat.  dpup- 
νϊα  :  plqpf.  ήράρειν  [α].  Ion.  and  Ep. 
άρήρειν,  also  ηρήρειν,  with  impf. 
signf.  :  of  the  mid.  we  only  find  part. 
aor.  2  syncop.  άρμενος,  ένη,  ενόν, 
also  ος,  ov,  Hes.  Op.  784 :  (cf.  how- 
ever άρηρεμένος :)  on  ypapov,  intrans. 
V.  sup.  A.  I.  init. :  to  be  joined  together, 
close  pressed  or  coinpact,  Τρώες  άρηρό- 
τες,  the  Trojans  thronged  together,  in 
close  order,  11.  13,  800,  so  άραρον  κό- 
ρνθές  τε  καΐ  ασπίδες,  II.  10,  214  ; 
ΤΓΟΤί  τοΐχον  ΰρηρότες  πίθοι  οίνου, 
wine-casks  piled  close  against  the  wall, 
Od.  2,  342  :  hence— 2.  absol.  to  be 
fixed,  φρεσίν  ησιν  άραρώς,  Od.  10, 
553,  and  in  T'heocr.  25,  113,  θυμός 
άρηρώς  :  in  Trag.,  άραρε,  a  thing  is 
fixed,  either  physically,  as  Aesch. 
Pr.  00,  or  metaph..  as  θ^ών  πίστις 
ονκέτ'  άραρε,  ταντ'  άραρε,  or  άραρε 
alone,  Eur.  Med.  414,  322,  Or.  1330. 
ubi  V.  Pors.,  and  cf.  Ellendt  Lex. 
Soph.  voc.  άραρίσκω. — Π.  ίο  fit  or 
suit,  fit  well  or  closely,  ζωστί/ρ  άρηρώς, 
a  closely  fitting  belt,  II.  4,  134  ;  πυ'λαι, 
σανίδες  εύ  (or  στιβαρώς)  ΰραρνίαι, 
Horn. :  to  fit  or  be  fitted  to  a  thing, 
usu.  c.  dat.,  as  δοΐφα,  έγχος,  παλά- 
μιΐφιν  άρι'/ρει,  fitted  the  hands,  oft.  in 
riom.  ;  so  too  κόρυθες  κροτάφοις, 
κνημίδες  έπισφνρίοι.ς  άραρυΐαι.  oft. 
in  ποιη.  ;  also  κννέη  έπΙ  κροτύφοις 
ΰραρνΐα.  Hes.  Sc.  137  ;  κννέη  έκατί)ν 
πρυλέεσσ'  άραρυΐα.  fitting  α  hundred 
champions,  i.  β.  large  enough  for  them, 
II.  5,  744  ;  so  with  ev.  δούρατ'  kv  up- 
μονίΐ)σιν,  Od.  5.  301  ;  κεραυνός  iv 
ιΐΰάτει  up;  joined  with  might  and 
220 


ΑΡΩΜ 

victory,  Pind.  0. 10.  98  (11,  82).— ΠΙ. 
to  be  fitted,  furnished  with  a  thing,  as 
τάφρος  σκο'λόπεσσιν  άρήρει,  II.  12, 
50,  πο'λις  πνργοις  άραρυΐα.  II.  15, 
737,  ζώνη  θυσανοις  άρ-,  11.  14,  181  : 
hence  later  gifted,  endowed  with,  χα- 
ρίτεσσιν  ΰραρώς,  Pind.  I.  2,  29,  κάλ- 
λει  άραρώς,  Eur.  El.  948. — IV.  to  be 
fitting,  meet,  or  suitable,  agreeable  or 
pleasing,  like  the  kindred  αρέσκω, 
nence  έν  φρεσιν  ηραρεν  ημίν,  it  fitted 
our  temper  well,  Od.  4,  777,  not  else- 
where in  Horn. :  so  άκοιτιν  άραρυΐαν 
πραπίδεσσι,  Hes.  Th.  008  :  .so  some 
interpret  άράρε,  it  pleases  me,  Eur. 
Med.  745,  but  better  there  as  sup.  I. 
2:  also  άραρεν,  'tis  fair  or  favourable, 
Pind.  N.  5,  81.— V.  We  must  csp.  re- 
mark the  syncop.  part.  aor.  2  mid. 
άρμενος,  ένη,  ενόν.  fitting,  fitted  or 
suited  to  (in  Horn,  just  like  perf.  part. 
άρηρώς),  usu.  c.  dat.  επίκριον  άρμε- 
νον  αύτώ  {τω  ίστώ),  fitted  or  fastened 
to  the  mast,  Od.  5,  254,  and  hence 
later  τα  άρμενα,  the  tackling,  rigging 
of  a  ship,  Hes.  Op.  800.  Theocr.  22, 
13  ;  άρμενα  τέχνης,  like  όπλα,  Anth. : 
also  αρμ.  έν...,  II.  18,  000.  Od.  5,  234  : 
metaph.,  fitting,  fit,  meet,  favourable. 
Hes.  Sc.  110,  rarely  c.  inf.  added, 
ημέρα  κονρησι  γενέσθαι  άρμενος,  a 
day  meet  for  girls  to  be  born,  Hes.  Op. 
784  (where  the  part,  is  used  like  an 
adj.  of  two  termin.).  —  2.  prepared, 
ready,  χρήματα  δ'  είν  οίκω  πάντ'  άρ- 
μενα ποιήσασθαι.  Hes.  Op.  405,  άρ- 
μενα πάντα  παρασχεϊν,  Hes.  Sc.  84, 
Theogn.  275. — 3.  in  genl.  agreeable,  wel- 
come, άρμενα  πρύξαις  άνήρ,  Pind.  0. 8, 
90 ;  έν  άρμένοις  θυμυν  αύξων,  Pind.  Ν. 
3,  99  :  so  of  men.  εύκολος,  ξείνοις  άρ- 
μενος. Plat.  Epigr.  28. — VI.  from  the 
part.  perf.  act.  άράρώς,  Ion.  άρηρώς, 
was  formed  the  adv.  άράρότως,  Ion. 
άρηρότως.  joined  fast,  firmly,  unchange- 
ably, Aesch..  Su\)p.9i6;  V.  Ruhnk.Tim. 

'Αρωγή,  ης,  ή,  {άρήγω)  help,  aid, 
succour,  protection,  Horn.,  etc.  :  Z^- 
νί)ς,  given  by  Jupiter,  II.  4,  408,  έπ' 
άρωγϊι  τινι,  in  one's  favour.  II.  23.574  : 
άρ.  νόσου,  πόνων,  help  against....  Plat. 
Legg.  919  C.  Menex.  238  Α.— II.  in 
Aesch.  Ag.  47. 73,  it  is  usu.  taken  as  an 
aid,  i.  e.  a  body  of  helpers  or  defenders. — 
perhaps  needlessly.     Rare  in  prose. 

' Αρωγοναύτης,  ov,  o.  (άργωγή,  ναύ- 
της) helper  of  sailors,  Antn. 

'Αρωγός,  όν,  (άρήγω)  helping,  aid- 
ing, succouring .  propitious,  τινί,  Aesch.: 
c.  gen.,  serviceable,  useful  in  a  thing, 
ναΐας  τέχνας.  Soph.  Aj.  357  :  προς 
τι,  against  a  thing,  Thuc.  7,  02. — II. 
as  subst.,  as  always  in  Horn.,  a  helper, 
aid,  esp.  in  battle,  also  a  defender  be- 
fore a  tribunal,  advocate,  II.  18,  502, 
cf.  άρηγών. 

"ΆΡΩΜΑ,  ατός,  τό,  any  seasoning, 
spice,  sweet  herb,  etc.,  Xen.  An.  1,  5, 

1.  (Deriv.  uncertain  :  Pott  suspects 
Sanscr.  ghrn,  to  smell.) 

"Αρωμα,  ατός,  τό,  (άρόω)  corn-land, 
I;at.  arvum.  Soph.  Fr.  77,  Ar.  Pac. 
1158 :  cf.  άρομα. 

'Αρωματίζω,  (άρωμα)  to  season,  spice, 
Diosc. — 2.  intr.  to  have  a  spicy  smell 
or  ta^te. 

'Αρωματικός,  -ή,  όν,  (άρωμα)  spicy, 
Plut. 

' Αρωματίτης,  ου,  ό,  fem.  άρωματί- 
τις,  ιδος,  /;,=foreg.,  Diosc. 

Άρωματοπώλης,  ου.  ό,  (άρωμα, 
πωλέω)  α  dealer  in  spices. 

' Αρωματοφορέω,  to  bear  spicy  herbs: 
from 

' Αρωματοφόρος,  ov,  (άρωμα,  φέρω) 
bearing  spicy  herbs,  Plut. 

Άρωματώδης,  ες,  (άρωμα,  είδος) 
like  spice,  spicy. 


ΑΣΑ? 

Άρώμεναι,  Ep.  inf.  pres.  from  άρόω 
for  unovv,  contr.  Irom  άροέμεναι,  oi 
lengthd.  lor  άρόμεναι,  v.  1.  for  άρόμ- 
μεναι  or  άρόαεναι,  Hes.  On.  22,  cf. 
Lob.  Phrvn.  227,  Buttin.  Ausf.  Gr. 
()  105,  Anm.  10. 

ΆρωραΙος,  Dor.  for  αρουραίος,  Ar. 
4ch.  702. 
Άρώσιμος,  ov,  poet,  for  αρόσιμος,  q.v. 

'Αρωστυς,  ov.  poet,  for  άίφωστος. 

'Af,  also  άς  and  άς.  Aeol.  and  Dor. 
for  έως,  till,  until.  Find.  O.  10,  01, 
Theocr.  14,  70,  v.  Keen.  Greg.  p.  188. 

'Ac,  Dor.  gen.  for  ής,  from  of,  η,  δ- 

Άσΰγήνεντος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  σαγη• 
νενω)  not  caught  in  a  net,  not  to  he 
caught. 

Άσαι,  contr.  inf.  aor.  1  for  άασαι 
from  άίιω.  to  hurt,  II. 

Άσαι,  inf.  aor.  1  from  άω,  to  satiate. 

'Ασαι,  ασας,  inf.  and  part.  aor.  1 
from  άδω,  άείδω. 

V Ασαιάτης,  ου,  ό,  Asaeates,  son  of 
Lycaon,  Pans.  8,  3,  4. 

Άσαιμι,  opt.  aor.  1  from  άω,  to  sa- 
tiate, 11.  [(2] 

ΫΑσαΙος,  ov,  ό,  Asaeus,  masc.  pr.  n., 
a  Greek,  11.  11,301, 

Άσακτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  σύττω)  not 
trodden  down,  loose,  γη,  Xen.  Oec.  19, 
11. 

' Ασα}.αμωιος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  Σσλα- 
μίς)  not  hming  been  at  Salamis,  no 
sailor,  Ar.  Ran.  204.  [μι] 

Άσάλεια,  poet,  άσα'λία,  ας,  ή, 
(άσαλής)  carelessness,  ease,  Sophron. 

'Ασάλευτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  σαλεύω) 
umnoved,  iinshaken,  tranquil,  calm,  Eur. 
Bacch.  390.     Adv.  -τως,  Polyb. 

Άσα?ιής,  ές,  (a  priv.,  σάλος)  ^^ 
foreg.,  Aesch.  Fr.  351. 

Άσα'λία,  ας,  ή,  poet,  for  άσάλεια. 

Άσά7•.πιγκτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  σαλπί- 
ζω) without  sound  of  trumpet,  ώρα 
άσάλπ.,  the  hour  ^vhen  no  trumpet 
sounds,  i.  e.  midnight,  Soijh.  Fr.  351. 

Άσάμβαλος,  Aeol.  for  άσάνδαλος, 
Nonn. 

Άσαμεν,  1  plur.  aor.  1  from  άω,  to 
sleep,  Od.  [ασ] 

Άσάμινϋος,  ου,  ή,  a  hathing-tnb, 
freq.  in  Hom.,  άσ.  άργνρεαι,  έΰίεσ- 
ται  (perh.  from  άση.  άσις).  [άσύ} 

Άσάνα.' Ασΰναι.Άσαναίος,  Lacon. 
for'Ai'7}vj?,'A0//i'ai,'A^?/i'aio<:,Ar.Lys. 

Άσάνδαλος,  ον.(α  \)ή\.,σάνδα'λον) 
unsandalled,  unshod,  Β  ion. 

ΫΑσατδρος,  ov,  ό.  Asander,  a  king 
of  the  Bosporani,  Strab. — 2.  son  of 
Philotas,  governor  of  Lydia,  under 
Alexander  the  Great,  Arr.  An.  1,  17,7. 

Άσαντος,  ov,  (a  priv,,  σαίνω)  not 
to  be  flattered  or  softened,  ungentle,  θν• 
μός,  Aesch.  Cho.  422. 

Άσάομαι,  v.  άσάω.  [ασ] 

Άσάπής,  ές,  (a  priv.,  σήπομαι)  not 
liable  to  rot.     Adv.  -έως.  Hipp. 

Άσαρκέω.  to  be  άσαρκος  or  lean, 
Hipp.     Hence 

Άσαρκίη,  ας. ή,  leaimcss,  Arist.  Η.  Α. 

Άσαρκος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  σάρϊ)  with- 
out flesh,  lean,  meagre.  Arist.  Probl, 

Άσαρκώδης,  ες,  (άσαρκος,  είδος) 
lean,  meagre  looking. 

Άσαρην,  ου,  τό,  wild  nard,  asarum 
Europaeurn,  Diosc. 

ΥΑσαρός,  ά.  όν.  (άσαι)  sad,  sorrow- 
ful, Sappii.  Fr.  42  Neue,  in  compar, 
[  ,  since,  ace.  to  (he  remark  of  the 
schol.  on  Hephaest.  p.  04  Gaisf.,  the 
initial  a  is  shortened  Aeolice.] 

"Ασαρος,  ov.=  sq.,  Plut. 
Άοάρωτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  σαρόω)  un- 
swept,  uncleaned  :  in  Plin.  H.  N.  30, 
25.  οίκος  άσάρωτος,  a  room  paved  in 
Mosaic  to  look  as  if  unswept.  and 
strewn  with  crumbs,  etc. :  also  ~il 
άσύρωτα. 


ΑΣΕΒ 

'λσατο.  3  sing.  aor.  mid.,  contr.  for 
ίάαατο,  from  ύύω,  11.  [ώσ] 

Άσασθαι,  inf.  aor.  1  mid.  from  άω, 
to  satiate,  11.   [uffj 

'Ασάφεια,  ar,  η.  want  of  clearness, un- 
certaitity,  opp.  to  σαφήνεια.  Plat.  Rep. 
478  C  :  the  obscure,  Emped. :  from 

Άσύφής,  ες,  (α  priv  ,  σαφής)  indis- 
tinct to  the  senses,  dim,  faint,  ΰσ.  ση- 
μεία, Thuc.  3,  22,  σκιαγραφία,  Plat. 
Crit.  107  C  :  hence  indistinct  to  the 
mind,  dim.  baffling,  uncertain,  obscure, 
ττάντ'  ασαφή  λέγειν,  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  439, 
Thuc,  etc. ;  vuf  ύσαφζστέρα  εστίν, 
by  night  one  sees  less  distinctly.  Adv. 
—ώς,  uncertainly,  Thuc.  4,  20. 

Άσαφία,  ας,  ή,=άσύφεια,  Polyb. 
Άσάω,  f.  -ήσω,  {άση)  to  surfeit,  cloy, 
disgust,  prob.  only  used  as  dep,  pass. 
άσάομαι,  in  Hipp,  also  άσσύομαι.  c. 
aor.  pass,  ΰσήθην,  and  aor.  mid.  άσά- 
μην,  to  feel  loathing  or  nausea,  caused 
by  surfeit,  Hipp. :  hence  to  be  disgust- 
ed or  vexed  at  a  thin?,  c.  dat.,  μηδέν 
άγαν  χαλεττοίσιν  ι'ισώ  φρέι•α,  Theogn. 
657:  also  άσηϋ^ήναι  έ~ί  τινι.  Hdt.  3, 
41  :  absol.,  to  be  disgusted,  ασύμ:ι>υι, 
Alcae.  29,  όταν  θυμόν  άσηθ^ς,  The- 
ogn. 983.  [άσ] 

Άσβεστος,  ον,  also  η,  ον,  II.  16, 
123,  (α  priv.,  σβένννμι)  unquenched : 
in  Horn.  usu.  metaph.  inextinguisha- 
ble, endless,  ceaseless,  άσί.  κλέος,  γέ- 
λως.  μένος,  βοή  :  also  άκτις  «.  άεί. 
Find.  Ι.  4,  71  (3,  60) ;  and  hence  ττό- 
ρος  ωκεανού,  oceaii's  ceaseless  flow, 
Aesch.  Pr.  532. — II.  as  subst.  7/  άσ- 
βεστος, sub.  τέτανος,  unslacked.  ijuick 
liine.  Plut.— 2.  λίνος,  asbestus.  a  min- 
eral indestructible  by  lire,  Diosc,  cf. 
Diet.  Antiqq.  s.  v. 

^Άσβετος,  ον,  ό,  Asbetiis,  Horn.  Ep. 
14,  9. 

Άσβολαίνω  and  άσβο/Αίω,  to  cover 
with  soot :  from 

Άσβόλη,  ης,  τ/,=άσβο7Μς,  Simon. 
Amorg.  61. 

Άσ3ο2.όεΐς,  εσσα.  εν,  sooty  :  from 
Άσβολος,  ον,  ή.  (but  masc.  Η'.ρ- 
ροη.  110)  the  more  Att.  form  for  ΰσ- 
βόλη.  Ar.  Thesm.  245.  cf  Lob. 
Phryn.  113,  soot.  (.-Vcc.  to  Pott  Ety- 
raol.  Forsch.  2, 129,  quasi  ά-οσβό/.ος, 
from  άττοσβέννυ/ιι  ;  akin  to  -φόλος.) 
ν.Χσβολος,  ον,  ό,  A.sbolus,  a  centaur, 
Hes.  Scut.  Here.  185. 

' Κσβηλόω.^^ΰσβολαίνω,  Ath. 
Άσβο/ΜΟης,  ες,  {ΰσβολος,   είδος) 
sooty. 

t  λσβύσται,  ών,  οι,  the  Ashystae,  a 
people  in  northern  Cyrenaica,  Hdt. 
4,  1 70  :  hence 

νΧσβυστις.  ίδος,  ή,  γαία,  the  country 
nf  the  Ashystae.  Callim. 

ν^σδηου  -ίας,  η,  ή,  Asdrubal,  brother 
of  Hannibal,  Polvb.  3,  33,  6:  name 
of  many  distinguished  Carthaginians, 
Polyb  ,  Strab. 

'Ασε.  3  sing.  aor.  1  for  ύασε  from 
t'tutj,  to  hurt,  Od. 

ν.\.σέα,  ας,  η.  Asea,  a  town  of  Ar- 
cadia near  Megalopolis,  Xen.  Hell. 
6,  5,  11  :  ό  Άσεάτης,  ου  [άτ],  an  in- 
habitant of  Asea,  Xen.  Hell.  7,  5,  5. 

'Ασέβεια,  ας,  ή.  {ΰσείής)  ungodli- 
ness, impiety,  profaneness.  sinfulness, 
opp.  to  ΰδικία,  Plat.  Prot.  323  Ε  ; 
άσέβειαν  άσκ-ΐν.  Eur.  Bacch.  476  ; 
άσ.  εις  Ο  ονς.  Piat.  Rep.  615  C  :  τ:ερι 
βεηνς.  Xen.  Αροΐ.  22 ;  also  —ρός-... 
Lys.  104.  13:  in  plnr.=a^e/3////ara, 
Plal.  Leg?.  890  A  :  uy.  δίκη  or  γρα- 
φή, an  ac'ion  or  indictment  for  profane- 
ne.ss,  cf.  Dirt-  Antiqq. 

Άσείεω,  ώ,  f.  -ήτω,  to  he  άσεβης, 
to  act  profanely  or  wickedly,  sin  against 
the  gods,  opp.  to  άδικέω,  Ar.  Thesm. 
367  :    ΰσ.   εις...,  Hdt.  8,   129,   Eur. 


ΑΣΗ.Μ 

Bacch.  490,  ττερί...,  Hdt.  2, 139,  Plat., 
etc.,  ~ρός...,  Xen.  Cyn.  13,  16:  also 
c.  ace.  cognato,  άσ.  άσέβτ/μα.  Plat. 
Legg.  910  C,  cf.  941  A  ;  but  rarely  c. 
ace.  pers.  to  sin  against,  η  θίον  η  ξέ- 
νον τιν'  άσεβων,  dub.  in  Aesch.  Eum. 
270.  Pass,  to  be  affected  with  the  con- 
sequences of  sin,  όταν  τις  άσεβ?ιθ^  τών 
οίκων.  Plat.  Legg.  877  Ε :  but  also 
τά  περί  τίνα  ησεβημένα,  impieties  com- 
mitted against  one,  Aeschin.  Hence 
Άσέβημα,  ατός,  τό,  an  impious  or 
profane  act,  sin.  opp.  to  αδίκημα, 
Thuc.  6,27,  Dem.  548,  11. 

Άσεβης,  ές,  (a  priv.,  σέβω)  ungodly, 
godless,  unholy,  profane,  sinful,  opp. 
to  άδικος,  andf  first  in  Pind.  Fr.  97, 1. 
Adv.  -ώς. 

Άσέβησις,  εως,  ή,  {άσεβέω)  impi- 
ous conduct.  Plut. 

' Ασειν,  mf.  fut.  from  άω,  to  satiate, 
11.  [ά] 

Άσειρος,  ον,  (α  priv.,  σειρά)  with- 
out cord  or  chain :  hence  unbridled,  free. 
Άσείρωτος,  ον,  (α  priv.,  σηρόω)  not 
drawing  by  a  trace  (but  by  the  yoke), 
of  the  two  middle  horses  in  a  team 
of  four  abreast,  the  outer  two  being 
called  σειραφορηι,  hence  άσείβ.  όχη- 
μα, Eur.  Ion  1150. 

Άσειστος.  ον,  (α  priv.,  σείω)  un- 
shaken, not  to  be  shaken.  Adv.  —τως, 
Epicur.  ap.  Diog.  L.  10,  87. 

Άσελγαίνυ,  f.  άσε7.γήσω,  to  be 
ασελγής,  behave  intemperately,  absol., 
and  εΙς  τίνα,  Dem. 

' Ασέλγεκι,  ας,  ή,  the  character  and 
conduct  of  an  ασε'λγής.  excess  in  any 
thing,  inte.iiperance.  extravagance,  inso- 
lence, Oratt. :  later  esp.  lasciviousness. 
Itwdriess. 
Άσε?.γέω,=άσελγαίνω. 
'Ασελγής,  ές,  intemperate,  extrava- 
gant, insolent.  Isae.,  and  Dem. :  later 
esp.  excessive  in  lusts  and  desires,  las- 
civious, lead,  esp.  of  women,  Lob. 
Phryn.  184.  .Adv.  -ύς,  άσ.  τνίονες. 
extravagantly  fat,  Ar.  Plut.  560  :  άσ. 
ζην,  διακεισθαι.  Oratt. ;  ύσ.τινίχρη- 
σβαι,  to  treat  with  brutal  insolence  or  | 
violence.  Dem.  120,  10.  (No  doubt 
from  βέλγυ,  by  the  common  change 
of  W  into  σ) 

Άσελγοκέρως,  ωτος,  ό,  ή,  (άσελ- 
Ύης.  κέρας)  with  huge  horns. 

'.\.σελγυμΰνέω,  {άσελγι'ις,  μαίνο- 
μαι) to  be  madly  dissolute.  Luc. 

Άσέληνος,   ον,  {a    priv.,   σελήνη) 

without  moon,  dark,  νΰϊ,  Thuc.  3.  22. 

Άσεμνος,  ον,  {a  jiriv.,  σεμνής)  unho- 

novred.  ignoble, Arisi.  Mund.  Αά\.-νως. 

ΆσετΓτέω,  =  άσε3έω.    Soph.    Ant. 

1350:  from 

ΆσετΓτος,  ον.  (α  priv.,  σέβομαι)  not 
to  be  reverenced,  unholy,  Tu  ασετττα. 
Soph.  O.  T.  890. 

Άσεσθε,  2  pi.  fut.  mid.  from  άω, 
to  satiate,  II.   [a] 

'Ασενμαι,  Dor.  fut.  from  άδω  for 
άσομαι. 

Άση,  ης,  ή.  a  surfeit,  satieti/,  loath- 
ing, disgust,  nausea  caused  thereby, 
Hipp. :  hence — 2.  in  genl.  ansruish,  dis- 
tress, Hi\t.\ .  136.  Plat. Tim.71  C:  also 
in  plur..  Sapph.  1,  3.  (From  ΰω  to  sa- 
tiate :  akin  also  to  ύδην,  εδω.Ά$ίσ-ηαι 
to  ίδ-εϊν.  Pott.  Forsch.  1,242.)  [u]' 

Άσηθής,  άσηβήναι,  aor.  2  pass, 
subj.  et  inf  from  άσάω- 

Ασήμαντος,  ον,  {a  priv.,  σημαίνω) 
without  leadir,  unprotected,  untended, 
μήλα.  II.  10,  485. — II.  Jtnsealed,  un- 
marked, Hdt.  2,  38:  c.  gen.,  σώματος 
■φνχή  άσ.,  without  the  body  by  which  it 
could  be  known.  Plat.  Phae.  250  C.^ — 
HI.  act.  marking  nothing,  Diog.  L.7,57. 
'.Κσημείωτος,  ον,  [a  priv.,  σημειόω) 
unmarked. 


ΑΣΘΜ 

I  ' Ασημόγραφος,  ον,  {άσημος,  γρύόω) 
written  iadistinctly  :  but — ll.  parox., 
act.  writing  indistinctly. 

Άσημος,  ον,  (α  ρην.,  σήμα)  without 
sign,  murk,  or  token,  άσ.  χρνσός,  un- 
coined gold,  bullion,  Hdt.  9,  41  ;  άσ. 
ο~λα,  arms  without  device,  Eur.  Phoen. 
1112:  hence — II.  of  sacrifices,  oracles, 
etc.,  giving  no   sign,  obscure,  uuintel- 
'  ligible,   χρηστήρια,    Hdt.    5,    92,    2, 
όργια,  isoph.  Ant.  1013.— UL  in  genl. 
undistinguishable,     indistinct     to     the 
senses,     unseen,     unheard,     inaudible, 
,  πτερών    ροΐβδος.    Soph.  Ant.  1004 ; 
I  esp.  of  sounds  and  voices,  inarticulate, 
j  άσημα  φρύζειν,  Hdt.  1,  86,  cf.  2,  2 ; 
so  άσημα  ^οής^^άσημος  βοή.  Soph. 
Ant.    1:-09. — 2.   unknown,   uaperceived. 
Soph.  Ant.  252. — 3.  of  persons,  un- 
known,   obscure,    ignoble,    Eur.    H.   F. 
849,  cf.  Ion  8.     Hence 

Άσημότης,  ητος,  ή,  a  being  un- 
known. 

Άσημων,  ον,  gen.  ονος,=^άσημος, 
φθογ'γος.  Soph.  Ο.  C.  1668. 

Άσηπτος,  ον,  (α  priv.,  σήπομαι)= 
άσαπής,  Hipp. 

Άσηρός,  όν,  {άση)  causing  nausea, 
disgusting,  loathsome,  Hijip.  Αά\.-ρώς. 

Άσηστος,  ον,  {a  ρην.,  σήθω)  un- 
sifted, Diphil.  Siphn.  ap.  Ath.  115  D. 

Ασθένεια,  ας,  ή.  Ion.  άσθενείη  or 
άσθενίη,  (ασθενής)  want  of  strength, 
weakness.  Thuc.  1,  3,  etc. :  esp.  feeble- 
ness, sickliness,  Hdt.  4,  135,  σωμάτων, 
Thuc.  4,  36.  etc. — 2.  α  disease,  Thuc. 
2,  49. — 3.  άσθ.  βίον,  poverty,  Hdt.  2, 
47;  8,51. 

ΆσΟενεστέρως,  adv.  compar.  from 
ασθενής. 

Άσοενεω.ώ,ί.-ήσω,  to  be  ασθενής, 
weak,feeble,  sickly,  άσθ-  μέλη,  to  be  weak 
in  limb,  Eur.  Or.  228,  s6  τ?μ•  χείρα, 
Plat.,  absol.  Thuc.  7,  47.    Hence 

Άσθενημα.  ατός,  τό,  a  weakness, 
sickness. 

Άσβίνής,  ές,  {a  priv.,  σθένος)  icith- 
out  strength,  iveak :  hence  in  various 
relations, —  1.  in  body  or  frame, /etWe, 
sickly.  Paid.,  etc. :  also  άσθ.  εις  τα- 
λαιττωρίην,  too  weak  for  hardship.  Hdt. 
4,  134,  εις  ώφελειαν,  Dem.  1471,4: 
ασθενέστερος  πονον  ένεγκεϊν,  too 
weak  to  bear  labour,  Id.  637,  18. — 2.  ID 
mind,  and  the  like,  ~ό  άσθ.  τής  γνώ- 
μης. Thuc.  2,  01. — 3.  in  power,  άσθ. 
δνναμις,  Hdt.  7,  9,  1,  etc. — 4.  in  pro- 
perty, poor,  άσθ.χρημασι.  Hdt.  2,  88  ; 
so  too  absol.,  Lys.  92.2,  and  oi  ασθε- 
νέστεροι or  ασθενέστατοι,  the  iitaker 
sort,  1.  e.  the  poor,  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  1,  30, 
Mem. — 5.  insignificant,  ovK  ασθενέσ- 
τατος σοφιστής  Ύ,λλήνων,  Hdt.  4, 
95  :  so  ot  streams,  small.  Id.  2,  Zo,  of 
water,  of  small  specific  gravity,  3,  23  : 
of  an  event,  ές  ασθενές  έρχεσθαι,  to 
come  to  nothing.  Id.  1,  120,  Adv.  -ώς, 
Plat. 

Άσθενίη,  ης,  ή.  Ion.  for  ασθένεια, 
Hdt. 

Άσθίνικός,  ή,  ύν,  belonging  to  an 
ασθενής,  weakly.  Ari.st.  H.  A. 

'.Κσθίνοποιέω,  (ασθενής,  ποιέω)  to 
make  weak,  A  pp. 

Άσθενόρ^ιζυς,  ον,  {ασθενής,  (>ίζα) 
with  weak  roots,  Theophr, 

Άσθενο-ψύχος,  ον,  [ασθενής,  ■ψνχή) 
weak-7ninded   .loserh. 

Άσθενόω,  ώ,  {  ασθενής )  to  weaken, 
Xen.  Cyr.  1,  5.  3.     Hence 

Άσθ^vωσις,  εως,  ή,  weakness ,  faini- 
ness.  Hipp. 

^ Ασθμα,  ατός,  τό,  (άω  to  blow)  a 
panting,  gasping  from  toil,  άσθμα  και 
ίδρώς.  11.  15,241  ;  άσθματι  άργα/έω, 
lb.  10  ;  ν~'  άσθματος  κενοί,  Aesch. 
Pers.  4~4:  also  of  the  death  ruckle, 
άσθματι  φρίσσοντα  ττνοάς.  Pind.  Ν. 
221 


ΑΣΙΑ 

10,  139. — II.  as  medic,  term,  asthma, 
Hipp. — III.  later  in  genl.,  a  breath, 
hreiithinq,  e.  g.  πυρός,  Anth.,  cf.  Jac. 
A.  P.  p.  507.     Hence 

Άϋθμάζ(ο,  f.   άσω,  and 

Άσβμαίνω,  to  breathe  hard,  gaxp  for 
breath,  II. :  esp.  of  the  death-ruckle,  U. 
10,  4!)6  :  (ΐύθ.  τι,  to  pant  after  a  thing, 
to  be  eagerly  desirous  of  it,  Heliod. 

Ά.σβματικός,  ή,  6v,  (ΰσθμάζυ) 
breathing  hard,  asthmatic,  Diosc. 

'Χσθμητώδης,  ες,  (άσθμα,  εΙδος)=^ 
foreg.,  Hipp.    Adv.  -δως. 

νΧσία,  ας,  ή,  Asia,  daughter  of 
Ocoanus  and  Tethys.  Hes.  Th.  359  : 
wife  of  Japetus,  Hdt.  4,  45. — 2.  daugh- 
ter of  Themistocles,  Plut.  Them.  32. 
— II.  the  largest  of  the  three  divi- 
sions of  the  world  known  to  the 
ancients ;  at  first  however  applied 
only  to  a  small  district  lying  around 
the'Cayster  in  Lydia,  Find.  01.  7, 33  : 
Aesch.  Pr.  411. 

'Χσιανενής,  ές.  {'Ασία,  *yivui)  of 
Asiatic  birth  or  descent,  Lob.  Phryn. 
646. 

ν\(ηαδάτας,  a,  δ,  Asiadntas,  a  Per- 
sian conimander  of  cavalry,  Xen. 
Cyr.  6,  3,  32. 

iΆσιάδηr,  ov,  b,  so?i  of  Asius.  II.  12, 
190. 

''Aniavor,  τ/,  όν,  {'Ασία)  Asiatic, 
Thuc.  1,6. 

Άσιαρχέω,  to  be  Asiarch  :  from 

Άσιάρχης.  ov,  δ,  {'Ασία.  άρχο)  an 
Asiarch,  the  highest  religious  official 
under  the  Romans  in  the  province  of 
Asia,  Strab.  p.  929.  He  was  elected 
annually  by  the  several  states,  and 
confirmed  by  the  proconsul,  and  was 
obliged  to  exhibit  public  games  at 
his  own  expense.     Hence 

Άσιηρχία,  ας,  ή,  the  office  of  Asiarch. 

Άσίάς.  άδος,  ή.  adj.  fern.  Asiatic, 
Aeseh.,  and  Eur. :  hence  ;;  'Aff/cif 
κιθάρα,  the  lyre  as  improved  by  Ce- 
pion  of  Lesbos,  Eur.  Cycl.  443  :  also 
ή  Άσιάς  alone,  Ar.  Thesm.  120  :  with 
χάρα  understood,  Asia,  Eur.  'Pro.  743. 

t'Arrf'fif,  Ion.  Άσίης.  ov,  Ep.  ω,  ύ, 
Asias,  son  of  Cotys,  king  of  Lydia, 
Hdt.  4, 45 ;  after  whom  ace.  to  some  the 
Άσίυ  Τιείμωχ',  meadow  of  Asias,  was 
named,  II.  2,  46i  ;  but  v.  sub  άσιος. 

V Ασιάτης,  ου,  ό,  Ion.  -ιήτης,  Asiatic, 
an.  Asiatic :  hence 

νΑσιατίς,  ιδος,  ή.  fem.  to  foreg. 
Asiatic  ;  χθων  'Ασιητις,  Aesch.  Pers. 
61 ;  y?}  Άσιάτις,  Eur.  And.  1. 

V Ασιατικής,  ή,  όν,  Asiatic,  Strab. 

νΑσίατο•γέν7}ς,  ές,  {'Ασιάτης,  *  γέ• 
ΐ'ω)  of  Asiatic  birth  or  descent,  Aesch. 
Pers.'  12. 

Άϋϊγησία,  ας.  η,  inabilitt/  to  keep 
silence,  loquacity,  Plut.  :  from 

Άσίγητος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  σιγάω)  not 
piven  to  silence,  chattering,  talkative. 
Call,    [σί] 

Άσιγμοποιέω,  ώ,{άσιγμος,  ττοιέω)  to 
compose  a  poem  icithout  a  sins:le  si^ma 
in  it,  such  as  Pind.  Fr.  47  speaks  of, 
cf.  Casaub.  Ath.  448  D.  cf  455  C, 
Schiif.  Dion.  Comp.  p.  171. 

Άσιγμος.  ov,  (a  priv.,  σίγμα)  tvith- 
cmt  si^ma.,  Dion.  H. 

VAanViTJir,  ov,  ό,  Asidates,  a  Per- 
sian nobleman  attacked  by  Xeno- 
phon,  Xen.  An.  7,  8,  9. 

Άσίδηρος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  σίδηρος) 
without  iron,  without  sword,  Eur. 

Άσιήτης,  fem.  Άσιητις,  Ion.  for 
Ασιάτης,  Aesch. 

Άσικχος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  σικχός)  not 
aice  as  to  food  :  in  genl.  not  nice,  un- 
.ercmonious,  Plut.- — li.  not  easily  caus- 
■'.ig  satiety  or  disgust,  lb. 

'Ασύ.λα.  ης,  ή,  a  sort  of  yoke,  rest- 
jig  on  a  man's  shoulders,  to  carry 
222 


ΑΣΚΑ 

baskets,  pails,  etc.,  Simon.  109 :  cf. 
άναόορενς. 

\'.\.σιναΐος,ου,  ό,  κόλττος  (proj).  adj. 
from  'Ασίνη  3),  the  Asifiaean  Gulf, 
prop,  the  southern  portion  of  the  Gulf 
of  Messene,  .Strab.  359  :  also=Mta- 
σηνιακος  κόλπος,  Id.  ib.  ^  4. 

νΧσίναρος, ου.ύ,  the  Asinams, a  river 
of  Sicily ,  now  prob.  7'Verfiio.Thuc.7, 84. 
V Ασίνη,  ης.  ή,  Asine.  a  city  of  Argo- 
lis  west  of  Hermione,  II.  2,  560. — 2.  a 
city  of  Laconia,  on  the  west  coast  of 
Laconian  gulf,  Thuc.  4,  54. — 3.  a  city 
of  Messenia  on  the  west  coast  of 
Gulf  of  Messene,  Hdt.8,  73  :  hence 
adj.  Άσιναϊος,  a,  ov,  of  or  belonging 
to  Asine,  Xen.  [t] 

Άσΐνι'/ς,  ές.  (α  priv.,  σίvoμaι)unhurt, 
unharmed,  mostly  of  persons,  ΰσινέας 
τινάς  έάει,  Od.  11,  110;  so  άσινέα 
τινά  άΰοττέμπειν,  and  άσ.  άπικέσ- 
θαι,  ύναχωρέειν,  Hdt.  :  also  άσινης 
δαίμων,  α  secure,  happy  fortune,  Aesch. 
Ag.  1311,  ύσ.  βίοτος.  Id.  Cho.  1018: 
rarely  of  things,  undamaged,  οίκηαα, 
Hdt.  2,  121,  3.— II.  act.  not  harming, 
doing  no  harm,  Hdt.  1,  105:  harmless. 
of  wild  animals,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,4,7: 
innocent,  ήδοναί.  Plat.  Legg.  670  D. — 
2.  protecting  from  harm,  σωτηρ  ττόλε- 
ως,  Aesch.  Theb.  820.  .\dv.  -νώς;  su- 
perl.  άσινέστατα,  Xen.  An.  3,  3,  3.  [a] 

"Affior.  o,  ov.  (άσις)  slimi^,  miry  [u]  : 
so  that  the  quantity  forbids  us  refer- 
ring to  this  word  11.  2,  461,  Άσί(,)  iv 
Άειμώνι,  in  the  Asian  mearloiv,  where 
others  read  'ACT/'ij,poet.  gen.  of  Άσί- 
ης,ί\ιβ  hero  Asias,  butcf.  Spitzn.ad  1. 

νΑσιος,  ov,  ό,  Asius,  son  of  Dymas 
and  brother  to  Hecuba,  11.  16,  715. — 
2.  son  of  Hystacus  of  .\risbp,  an  ally 
of  the  Trojans,  II.  2,  857.-3.  a  poet 
of  Samos,  Strab. 

Άσίρακος  ου,  δ,  a  sort  of  locust, 
Diosc,  cf.  όνος  IV. 

'Ασις,  εως,  ή,  slime,  mud.  such  as  a 
swollen  river  brings  down,  11.  21,  321. 
(Prob.  from,  άω,  to  .tatiate,  and  so 
strictly  superfluity.)   [«] 

νΑσίς,  ίδος,  ή,=  Ασιάς,  γη  Άσίς, 
Aesch.  Pers.  270. 

Άσϊτεvω,=  sq.,  Hipp. 
Άσϊτέω,  ώ,  to  be  άσιτος.  not  to  eat, 
to  fast,  Eur.  Hipp.  277.     Hence 

'  Ασιτία,  ας.  ή.  u-ant  of  food,  Hdt.  3, 
52,  Eur.  Supp.  J 105,  both  in  plur. — 
II.  a  not  eating,  fasting,  Plut. 

"Ασί70ζ•,  ov,  {a  priv.,  σίτος)  uithout 
eating,  fasting,  Od.  4,  788,  Eur.  etc. 
Adv.  -ως. 

νΑσκα.  ης,  ή,  Asca,  a  city  of  Ara- 
bia, Strab. 
'Aa/faip(j,=ff/caip(j,witha  euphon. 
Άσκάλαβος,  ου,  ό,  also  άσκαλα- 
βώτης.  ov,  δ,  in  Ar.  Nub.  170,=  }•α- 
λεώτητ.  a  kind  of  lizard,  lacerta  gecko, 
cf.  Jacobs  Ael.  N.  A.  p.  220. 

ΆσκάΤιαώος,  ov,  b.  a  night-bird, 
prob.  a  kind  of  owl,  Arist.  H.  A. 

νΑσκά'λαίρος,  ov,  δ,  Ascnlaphu.s,  son 
of  Mars  and  Astyoche,  king  of  the 
Minyae,  11.  2,  512. — 2.  son  of  Ache- 
ron, Apollod.  1,  5,  3. 
".Κσκαλος,  07^=sq.,Theocr.  10.  14. 
"Ασκαλτος,  ov.  (a  priv.,  σκάλλο)) 
not  .icraped  up,  unhoed,  unwceded. 

νΑσκά?.ων,  ωνος,  η,  Ascalon,  a  city 
of  Syria,  on  the  Mediterranean,  Hdt. 
1,  105. 

ΥΑσκΰνία,  ας,  η,  Ascania.  a  region 
of  Bithynia,  II.  2,  862. 

ν.\σΐ{ηνία,  7ίμνη,  η.  the  Ascanian 
lake,  a  lake  of  Bithynia,  near  Nicaea, 
Strab.— 2.  a  lake  of  Phrvgia,  Arr. 
An.  1,  29,  1. 

V Ασκάνιος,  ου,  6,  Ascanius,  son  of 
Priam.  Apollod. — 2.  a  Phrygian  ally 
of  the  Trojans,  II.  2,  862.-3.  a  Mysi- 


ΑΣΚΕ 

an  ally  of  the  Trojans,  11. 13,  793.-4. 
son  of  Aeneas,  Strab.,  Dion.  Hal. — II. 
a  river  in  the  territory  Ascania,  Strab. 

Άσκάντ?ις,  ov,  ό,  a  poor  bed,  else- 
where κράβατος,  Ar.  Nub.  021. — II. 
a  bier. 

Άσκαρδαμνκτεί  and  -κτί,  adv.  of 
άσκαρδάμνκτος,  without  winking,  with 
unchanged  look,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  4,  28. 

Άσκαρδαμυκτέω,  not  to  blink  or  wink, 
to  look  steadily,  also  ΰσκαρδαμύττω  ; 
and 

Άσκαρδαμνκτης,  ov,  o,=  sq.,  Hipp.: 
from 

Άσκαρδάμνκτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  σκαρ- 
δαμνσσω)  not  blinking  or  winking,  with 
steady  imvudent  look,  Ar.  Eq.  292. — 
II.  of  time,  in  a  twinkling.  Adv.  —τως, 
also  -τεί,  q.  v. 

Άσκαρδαμνττω,=  άσκαρδαμνκτέω. 

' ΑσκΰρΊΐς,  ές,=  9(\. 

Άσκαρθμος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  σκαίρω) 
not  hopping  or  skipping. 

Άσκΰρΐδώδης.  ες,  {άσκαρίς,  είδος) 
full  of  ascarides  or  maiv-worms,  Hipp. 

Άσκΰρίζω,  f.  -ίσω,^^σκαρίζω  with 
a  euphon.,  to  spring,  juinp,  hop,  kick. 

Άσκαρίς,  ίδος,  ή,  a  worm  in  the  in- 
testines, a  maw-worm,  Hipp. — II.  the 
larva  of  a  marsh-bug,  Arist.  H.  A. 

Άσκανλης,  ου,  δ,  {ασκός,  αϋλέω)  α 
bag-piper., 

"Ασκΰφος,  ον,  {α  priv.,  σκάπτω)  not 
dug,  unhoed,   Strab. 

Άσκεθής,  ές,  v.  sub  άσκηθής. 

Άσκείη.  ας,  ή,  {άσκέω)=άσκησις. 

Άσκεϊον.  ου,  τό,  like  άσκίον,  dim. 
from  ασκός,  Hipp. 

Άσκελής,  ές,  a  word  of  uncertain 
deriv.  used  by  Hom.  as  adj.  only 
once,  in  phrase  άσκε}.έες  και  άθυμοι, 
Od.  10,  403  ;  but  neut.  as  adv.,  ΰσκε- 
?ιές  αεί,  Od.  1.  68  ;  4,  543,  and  once 
in  regul.  adv.  άσκελέως  άεί,  Π.  19,  08. 
In  the  first  passage  it  is  interpr.  worn 
out,  broken  down,  and  so  deriv.  by  some 
from  a  euphon.,  σκέλ?.ω,  i.  e.  strictly 
dried  vp,  withered,  by  some  from  a 
priv.,  σκέλος,  without  legs  to  stand  on: 
the  adverbial  usages  are  by  all  as- 
signed to  the  former  deriv.,  to  the  last, 
unceasingly,  obstinately. — II.  later,  cer- 
tainly from  a  copul.,  σκέλος,  and  so 
^=ίσοσκε?.ής,  equal -legged,  and  of  a  bal- 
ance, ereii,  Nic.  Ther.  41.    Adv. -ώζ•. 

Άσκέπαρνος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  σκέπαρ- 
I'ov)  unhewn,  unwrought,  βάθρον, 
Soph.  O.  C.  101. 

Άσκέπαστος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  σκεπά- 
ζω) uncovered.  Diosc. 

Άσκεπι/ς,  ές,  Anth.,  and 

Άσκεπος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  σκέπη)= 
άσκέπαστος,  without  cover,  Luc. 

'Ασκεπτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  σκέπτο- 
μαι) inconsiderate,  iinreflecting.  Plat. 
Rep.  43S  A. — II.  unconsidered,  unob- 
served, Ar.  Eccl.  258,  Xen.  Mem.  4, 
2.  19.  Adv.  -τως,  inconsiderately, 
Thuc.  6,  21. 

Ασκέ  pa,  ας,  η,  a  warm  winter  shoe 
tvith  fur  inside,  Hippon.  9,  and  Lye. 

Άσκερίσκιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from 
foreg. 

Άσκεύαστος,  ov.{a  priv..  σκευάζω) 
not  made  by  art,  natural.  Philostr. 

Άσκενής.  ές,=^sq.,  Hdt.  3,  131. 

"Ασκενος,  ov,  (ά  priv.,  σκεύος)  with- 
out furniture,  utensils,  or  instruments  : 
■without  baggage,  arms,  attire,  or  orna- 
ment :  unarmed,  unfurnished,  unpre- 
pared. Soph.  O.  C.  1029  :  c.  gen.,  un- 
furnished with....,  ασπίδων  τε  καΐ 
στρατού.  Id.  El.  30. 

' Ασκενωρητος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  σκενω- 
ρέω)  not  searched  through  or  thoroughly, 
Strab. 

ΆΣΚΕΏ,  0).  (.  -ησω,  perf  ησκηκα, 
to  work  raw  materials,  as  είρια,  κέρα 


ΑΣΚΗ 

ισ,  ll. :  hence  in  genl.  to  uorh  curi- 
ously, form  by  art,  ύρ-,ί•ρεον  κρητηρα, 
έρμίνα,  Horn.  ;  χιτώνα  -rvaativ  και 
ΰσκην.  to  fold  and  dean  a  tunic,  0(1. 
1,  439  ;  άρμα  χρνσω  tv  ηακηται,  the 
chariot  is  finely  ivrought  with  gold,  11. 
10,  438:  so  χορόν  ησκησεν,  18.  592, 
V.  χορός :  ϋρόνον  τενζίΐ  άσκήσας, 
χρνσόν  ττεριχεϋεν  άσκί/σας,  with  skil- 
ful art  will  ht  make  a  throne,  etc.  : 
hence — 2.  simply  to  dress  oat,  trick  out, 
adorn,  decorate,  ΰσκεϊν  riva  κόσμφ, 
Hdt.  3,  1 :  freq.  in  pass,  ί/σκημενος 
πέ-'/.οισι,  χλιδαΐς,  etc.,  v.  Blomf. 
Aesch.  Pers.  187  ;  so  too  of  build- 
ings, στν'/Λΐς,  ΤΙαρίω  '/.ίθω  ησκημ- 
Hdt.  :  metaph.  σώμα  "/.oyoiq  ήσκημ- 
tricked  out  uith  words  only,  not  real, 
Soph.  El.  1217  :  also  in  mid.  to  adorn 
one's  self,  Eur. — 3.  in  Pind.,  to  honour 
a  divinity,  do  hitn  reverence,  Lat.  cole- 
re,  δαίμονα  άσκ.  θεραττεύων,  P.  3,  193 ; 
ασκείται  θέμις,  Ο.  8,  29.— 11.  in  Att. 
and  prose,  usu.  to  practice,  exercise, 
Lat.  fi-ercfrp,  strictly  of  athletic  exer- 
cise, and  the  like:  construct. — 1.  c. 
ace.  of  person  or  thing  trained,  to 
train,  ΰσκεϊν  τίνα,  ά-  το  σώμα,  etc.. 
Plat.,  and  Xen.  ;  εις  or  ττρός  τι,  for 
an  object  or  purpose,  lb.  :  in  Eccl., 
to  discipline,  mortify  the  body. — 2.  C. 
ace.  of  the  thing  practised,  ασκ.  τέχ- 
νην.  ττεντύεθλον.  Hdt.  3,  125 ;  9,  33, 
ά.  παγκρύτων,  στάόιον,  etc..  Plat., 
and  Xen. :  hence  very  freq.  metaph., 
άσκ.  ΰ'/.ηθηΐην,  όικαιοσννην,  Hdt., 
κακότητα,  άρετήΐ',  σοόίαν,  ?.α/.ίαν, 
etc.,  Trag.,  Αγ.,  etc.,  cf.  Blomf.  Aesch. 
Pr.  11(j2. — 3.  c.  inf.,  άσκ.  τοιαύτη  μέ- 
νείν.  practise,  endeavour  to  remain  such. 
Soph.  El.  1024  ;  so  άσκ.  λέγειν.  Id. 
Fr.  865,  άσκ.  κρείττονς  είναι,  αγαθά 
Ίτοιεϊν,  Xen. :  7/σκει  εξομιλεϊν,  he 
made  a  practice  of  associating  with 
others,  Id.  Ages.  11,  4:  the  full  con- 
struct, seems  to  be  c.  ace.  pers.,  as  we 
find  it  Eur.  Hipp.  1030,  ΰσκει  σεαυ- 
τον  σέβειν. — 4.  absol.  to  practise,  go 
into  trai>iing,  train,  take  pains.  Plat., 
and  Xen.,  περί  τι,  Polyb.  Cf.  άσκη- 
τός,  άσκητέον.  (Ace.  to  Pott,  from 
σκεύος,  or  ξέω  with  a  prefixed.) 

' λσκη,ης,ή,=άσκησις,  PIat.(Com.) 
Incert.  48. 

Άσκηθής,  ες,  vnhurt,  unharmed,  oft. 
in  Hom.  of  a  safe  return  to  one's 
country  :  άσκηβές  μέ'/.ι.  pure  virgin 
honey,  Antim.  9  :  and  so  too  Wolf  and 
Pors.  in  Od.  14,  255,  άσκηθέες  (to  be 
pronounced  as  a  trisylL),  where  the 
MS.S.  άσκεθέες.  (Ace.  to  Passow 
from  άσκέω,  and  so  strictly  well  cared 
for  :  but  perh.  rather  from  a  privat., 
and  the  root  which  appears  in  our 
scathe,  i.  e.  htirt.  and  perh.  in  the 
Greek  σχάζω,  Germ,  schaden,  and  so 
exactly=our  unscathed.) 

Άσκημα,  ατός,  τό,  (άσκέω)  an  exer- 
cise. Xen.  Cyr.  7, 5, 79. — II.  preparation. 
— III.  dress,  ornament. 

Άσκηνος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  σκηνή)  with- 
out tent,  under  the  open  sky,  Plut. — 2. 
without  illusion,  as  on  the  stage,  Sy- 
ncs.    Adv.  -νως. 

Άσκησις,  εως,  η,  (άσκέω)  exercise, 
training,  Thuc,  esp.  of  the  life  and 
habits'of  an  athlete,  Thuc.  2,  39, 
Xen.,  etc. :  c.  gen.,  άσκ.  τινός,  prac- 
tice of  or  in  a  thing,  Thuc.  5,  67. — II. 
any  course  of  life,  trade,  profession, 
Lat.  ars,  Luc. 

'λσκητέος,  έα,  έον,  verb.  adj.  from 
άσκέω.  to  be  practised,  Xen.  Cyr.  5,  3, 
43. — n.  άσκητέον,  one  must  practise, 
exercise,  τονς  ίτϊτϊέοζ,  Xen.  :  σοφίαν, 
σωφροσννην.  Plat. 

'.Κσκητήριον,  ov,  τό,  a  place  of  ex- 
ercise :  a  hermitage,  Eccl. 


ΑΣΚΟ 

Ασκητής,  ov,  ό,  one  who  practises  ! 
any  art  or  trade,  άσκ.  τών  ττο/.εμικών, 
etc.,  opp.  to  ιδιώτης,  Xen.  Cyr.  1.  5, 
11 :  esp.  an  athlete.  Plat.  Rep.  403  E, 
with  which  word  it  is  often  con- 
founded 

'Ασκητικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to 
άσκησις,  or  to  an  ασκητής,  industri- 
ous, βίος,  Plat.  Legg.  806  A  :  esp.  be- 
longing to  an  athlete,  Ar.  Lys.  1085. 
Adv.  -κώς. 

Άσκητός,  ή,  όν,  (άσκέω)  cvrinusly 
or  carefully,  wrought,  νήμα,  λέχος,  Od. 
— 2.  exercised,  practised  in  a  thing, 
Tivi,  Simon.  76,  3. — 3.  to  be  got  or 
reached  by  exercise,  opp.  to  διδακτός, 
Plat.  Meno  70  A,  Xen.  Mem.  1,  2,  23. 

Άσκήτρια,  ας,  ή,  fem.  of  ασκητής : 
ο  mm,  Eccl. 

Άσκίδιον,  ov,  τό.  Ar.  Eccl.  307: 
and  άσκίον,  τό,  dim.  from  ασκός, 
Hipp. 

Άσκίον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  ασκός, 
Plut. 

Άσκιος,  a,  ov,  (σκιά  with  a  copul. 
or  intens.,  cf.  sub  a-)  shady,  shaded, 
όρεα,  Pind.  N.  6,  73. — II.  (a  priv., 
σκιά)  shadoidess,  casting  no  shadow, 
Theopomp.  (Hist.)  ap.  Polyb.  16, 12,7. 

Άσκίπων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  (a  priv., 
σκίττων)  without  staff  or  stick,  A  nth.  [i] 

Άσκίτης,  ov,  a,  (ασκός)  νόσος,  a 
kind  of  dropsy,  Epicur.  ap.  Plut. 

Άσκ?.η-εϊον  or  Άσκ'λή-ειον,  ov, 
τό,=Άσκ/.ητ:ιεΐον. 

Άσκλη—ιύδης.  ov,  6,  son  of  Aescu- 
lapius, U.  4, 204  :  hence  later  in  plur., 
as  a  name  for  physicians,  Plat. — II. 
as  pr.  n.,  Asclepiadts  of  Samos,  a 
poet  of  the  Anthology. — 2.  a  gram- 
marian of  Myrlea,  Strab. — Others  in 
PhU..e.tc. 

νλσκΑηπίδηΓ.  ov,  6,  unus.  form  for 
foreg..  Soph.  Phil.  1.333. 

Άσκ/.ητΓίεΐον,  or  Άσκ?.ηττίειον,  ου, 
τό,  the  temple  of  Aesculapius,  Luc. 

Άσκ/ητϊίειος,  εία,  ειον,  of,  belong- 
ing to  Aesculapius :  τα  Άσκ?.η~ίει.α, 
sub.  iepa.  festival  of  Aesculapius.  Plat. 
νΑσκ'/.ηττιόδωρος,ον,  ό,  (Άσκ/.ηττι- 
ός,  όώρον)  Asclepiodorus,  masc.  pr.  η., 
Arr.  Ind.  18,  3. 

V Ασκ/.ηπιοκ?•.είδης,  ου,  ό,  Asclepio- 
clides,  name  of  a  comedy  of  Alexis, 
Ath. 

Άσκ^,η-ιός,  ov.  b,  Asclepios,  Lat. 
Aescidapius,  in  Horn,  a  Thessalian 
prince,  famous  as  a  physician,  11.  2. 
729  :  later,  son  of  Apollo  and  Coro- 
nis,  tutelary  god  of  medicine,  H. 
Hom.  15.  [Άσκ7.η-Ιον,  II.  2,  731  : 
Dem.  made  it  proparox.  Άσκ?ιή-ιος, 
because  he  derived  it  from  ήπιος,  cf. 
Bockh  Pind.  P.  3,  6.] 

νΑσκληττιοΰ  πέτρα,  ar,  ή,  the  rock 
of  Aesculapius,  on  the  Isthmus,  Eur. 
Hipp.  1-209. 

ΙΆσκλον,  ov,  TO,  Ascidum,  a  town 
of  Picenum,  Strab. — 2.  a  town  of 
Apulia,  Plut.  Pyrrh.  21. 

Άσκοδέτης,  ov,  ό,  (ασκός,  δέω)  a 
string  for  tying  up  wine-skins,  Nic. 

Άσκοθνλακος,  ου,  ό,  (ασκός,  θύ?.α- 
κος)  α  leathern  bag,  A  Γ.  Fr.  217. 

Άσκοκή7.ης,  ου,  ό,  (ασκός,  κήλη) 
having  α  bad  rupture. 

Άσκοπηρα.  ας,  ή,  (ασκός,  πήρα)  = 
'  πήρα,  α  portmanteau,  scrip,  Ar.  Fr.  482. 
Ι  Άσκοπος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  σκοπέω)  not 
1  seeing,  imprudent,  thoughtless,  II.  24, 
I  157  ;  άσκοποι,  unregnrdful  of...,  τινός, 
!  Aesch.  Ag.  462. — II.  pass,  not  seen, 
1  unseen,  πλάκες  άσκ.,  of  the  nether 
i  world.  Soph.  O.  C.  1682.— 2.  not  to 
I  he  seen,  obscure,  dark,  unintelligible, 
I  έπος,  Aesch.  Cho.  816 :  πρΰγος.  Soph. 
!  Aj.  21  ;  άσκ.  xpovoc,  an  unknown  time. 
I  Soph.  Tr.  246  :  inconceivable,  incredi- 


ΑΣΜΕ 

ble.  Soph.  EI.  864. 1315.— B.  (a  prir., 
σκοπός)  without  aim  or  end,  random^ 
βέλος,  Dion.  H.     Adv.  -πως. 

Άσκοπντίνη,  ης,  ή,  (ασκός,  πντί 
νη)  α  leathern  canteen,  Antiph.  Meleag. 

ΆΣΚΟ'Σ,  ov,  ο,  a  leathern  bag, 
mostly  of  goat-skin,  in  Hom.  usu.  a 
wine-skin  ;  άσκός  βοός,  the  bag  in 
which  Aeolus  bottled  up  the  winds, 
Od.  10,  19:  metaph.  a  pot-bellied  fd- 
lovj,  Antiph.,  cf.  Theophr.  Char.  5 
(3). — 2.  in  genl.  an  animaFs  hide,  Hdt. 
3,  9 :  also  of  the  skin  of  Marsyas, 
Hdt.  7,  26.  Proverb.,  άσκον  δέρειν 
τινά,  to  flay  alive,  abuse  or  maltreat 
wantonly,  Ar.  Nub.  441,  and  in  pass., 
άσκος  δεδάρθαι,  Solon  25,  7,  cf. 
Heind.  Plat.  Euthyd.  285  C.  (Ace.  to 
Pott,  akin  to  σκντος,  with  a  prefixed.) 

Άσκοφορέω,  to  carry  uine-shins  at 
the  feast  of  Bacchus  :  from 

Άσκοόόρος,  ov,  {άσκός,  φέρω)  car- 
rying wine-shins. 

\Άσκρα,  ας,  ή,  Ascra,  a  town  ot 
Boeotia,  where  Hesiod  was  bom, 
Strab. 

Άσκύλεντος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  σκνλενώ) 
not  pillaged  or  stript.  [v] 

Άσκνλ.τος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  σκνλλ.ω) 
not  torn  or  mangled  :  not  tortured. 
Adv.  -τως. 

Άσκνρον.  ov,  τό,  a  kind  of  St. 
John's  wort,  Diosc. 

'.^.σκνόος.  ov,  (a  priv.,  σκνφος)  with- 
out cup,  Ath. 

Άσκώλια,  ων,  τά,  (άσκός)  the  second 
day  of  the  rural  Dionysia,  when  they 
danced  with  one  leg  upon  skins,  unc- 
tos  saluere  per  litres,  as  Virg.  G.  2,384. 
Hence 

Άσκωλ.ιάζω.  f.  -άσω,  to  dance  as  at 
the  Ascolin  :  in  genl.  to  hop,  Ar.  Plut. 
1129  :  to  stand  upon  one  leg,  Arist.  Inc. 
An.     Hence 

Άσκω7.ιασμός,  ov,  ό,  a  dancing  as 
at  the  Ascotia. 

Άσκολίζω,  f.  -ίσω,^άσκω7.ιάζω. 

Άσκωμα.  ατός.  τό.  (άσκος)  the 
leather  padding  OX  lining  ol  the  hole 
which  served  for  the  row-lock,  put 
there  to  make  the  oar  move  easily, 
Ar.  Ach.  97. 

νΚσκώνδας,  a,  6,  Ascondas,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Ar.  Vesp.  1191. 

'Ασ//α,  ατός.  τό,  (άδω)  anything 
sung,  a  song,  a  lay.  Plat.,  and  Xen. 

Ασμάραγος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  σμαραγή) 
noiseless,  Opp. 

Άσμάτιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  άσμα, 
a  little  song. 

Άσματοκάμπτης,  ov,  ό,  (άσμα, 
κάμπτω)  twister  of  song  :  said  by  Ar. 
of  the  Trag.  and  Dithyramb,  poets  of 
his  time.  Nub.  333. 

' Ασματοποιός,  ov,  6,  (άσμα,  ποιέώ) 
a  composer  of  songs,  Ath. 

Άσμεναίτατος  and  άσμενέστατος, 
V.  άσ μένος. 

Άσμενέω,  (affi/ci'ef)=sq.,  only  in 
Dinarch.  94.  34.  ασμενεΐν  μεταβολήν, 
to  wish  for  a  change. 

Άσμενίζω.  f.  -ίσω,  (άσμη'ος)  to  take 
gladly  or  readily,  τι,  Polyb. :  intr.  to 
be  satisfied  with  a  thing,  τινί  or  έπί 
Tivi,  Id. :  also  άσμ.  ει-.-.  Id.  So  too 
as  dep.  mid.,  Aesop.    Hence 

Άσμενισμός,  ov,  ό,  a  receiving  glad- 
ly, Stob. :  and 

Άσμενιστής,  ή,  όν,  acceptable,  wel- 
come, Sext.  Emp. 

Άσμενος,  ν•  07',  (ήδομαι,  part.  perf. 
ήσμένος)  well  pleased,  glad,  always 
with  a  verb,  where  it  may  be  render- 
ed glad  to,  e.  g.  όνγεν  άσμενος  έκ 
θηνάτοιο.  he  was  glad  to  have  escaped 
death.  11.  20,  350,  cf.  Od.  9,  63,  and 
freq.  in  Att.,  άσμ.  αίρεβείο,  Thuc.  6, 
223 


ΑΣ11Α 

12 :  csp.  in  such  phrases  as  εμοι  δέ 
κεν  άσμένφ  ΐΐη,  gl"d  sitoiild  Τ  be  of  it, 
II.  14.  108  :  just  like  σοΙ  βονλομένφ 
εστί.  Lat.  vnle/itihus  vobis  est, so  ΰσμένω 
δέ  σοί....ννξ ΰττοκρύφει  oaog^glad  wilt 
thou  be  lohen  tiight  shuts  out  tfip  Hiilit, 
Aesch.  Pr.  23,  cf.  Soph.  Tr.  18,  Plat. 
Crat.  418  C.  Adv.  -vuc,  gladb/, 
readity,  joyfully,  like  ΰσττασιως,  Thuc. 
4,  21,  Plat.,  etc.  :  superl.  -ναίτατα, 
-νέστατα.  Plat.  Rep.  32i)  C,  U16  A. 

' Κσμ7]κτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  σμήχω)ηοΙ 
rubbed  off,  Pherecr.  Incert.  Hi. 

'Ασμός,  ov,  ό,=φσμα,  Plat.  (Com.) 
Inceit.  50. 

Άσολοικίστως,   3ίά\'.,=  ΰσ(>λοίκως. 

'Λσό?.ηικοζ,  ov,  (α  priv.,  σόλοικης) 
without  solecism,  not  barbarous,  Soph. 
Fr.  555,  cf.  σόλοικος :  genuine,  good, 
κρέας,  Eubul.  Amalth.  1,  8. 

'Ασομαι,  fut.  of  φδω,  Ar. 

'Ασοφία,  ας,  7/,  folly,  stupidity, Luc: 
from 

"Ασοφος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  σοφός)  un- 
wise, foolish,  silly,  Theogn.  370. 
Adv.  -φως. 

Άσττάζομαί,  f.  -άσομαι,  dep.  mid., 
to  welcome  kindly,  bid  welcome,  greet, 
Lat.  salutare,  TLva,  Horn.  usu.  c.  dat., 
as  ύεξίί),  χ(ρσίν,έπΐσι,μεί?.ιχίοις,  so 
too  φωΐ'φ  άσπ.,  Pind.  :  in  Att.  usu. 
absol.,  esp.  as  the  common  form  on 
meeting,  ασπάζομαι  σε,  or  άσπάζ. 
alone,  Ar.  Nub.  1145,  Plut.  1042,cf. 
Schol. :  άσπ.  and  δεξιοϋσθαι  joined, 
Ar.  Plut.  752,  and  Xen. :  also  to  take 
leave  of,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  3,  2.  etc.  :  also 
of  the  saluting  of  ships,  ταΐς  κώπα/ς, 
Plut. ;  άσπ.  τίνα  βασιλέα,  to  hail  as 
king  :  metaph.,  άσπ.  συμφοράν,  to  bid 
misfortune  welcome,  accept  it,  Eur. 
Ion  5S7. — 2.  from  the  modes  of  salu- 
tation in  use,  to  embrace,  kiss :  in 
genl.  to  fondle,  caress,  Ar.  Vesp.  007  : 
hence  of  dogs,  Lat.  blandiri,  Xen. 
Mem.  2,  3.  9. — 3.  to  love,  cling  fondly 
to,  ισοί'  σ',ώς  τεκονσ^ ασπάζομαι,  Eur. 
Ion  1363,  and  so  Plat.,  and  Xen.  : 
hence  to  follow  eagerly,  cleave  to,  as  a 
disciple  his  master,  Plat. :  c.  ace.  rei, 
like  Lat.  amplecti,  άσπ.  το  ομοιον, 
τον  oh'ov,  Plat.  Symp.  192  A,  Rep. 
475  A  ;  and  of  dogs,  άσπ.  τα  Ιχνη, 
Xen.  Cyn.  3,  7. — 4.  άσπ.  δτι...,  to  be 
glad  that...,  Ar.  Plut.  324.  (Ace.  to 
Pott  Et.  Forsch.  2,  129,  quasi  άμφι- 
σπάημηι.  cf  am-plecti.) 

Άσπάθητος,  ov,  {a  priv  .  σπαθύω) 
not  struck  close  with  the  σπάθη  ;  not 
closely  woven,  χλαίνα.  Soph.  Fr.  849  : 
hence  in  genl.  not  in  close  order,  φά- 
λαγξ,  Dion.  Η. 

ΥΑσπηβίνης,  ov  Ton.  εω,  ό,  Aspathi- 
nes,  masc.  pr.  n.,  Hdt.  3,  70. 

Ασπαίρω,  {η  euphon.,  σπαίρω)  to 
pant,  gasp,  strugnle  convulsively,  in 
Horn,  always  of  the  dying,  except 
κραδίη  άσπαίρονσα,  II.  13,  443  :  so 
too  Aesch.  Pers  970,  Eur.  L  A.  1587. 
also  άσπ.  άνω  κάτω.  Eur.  El.  843  : 
but  Hdt.  8.  5  has  'Αδείμαντος  μοννος 
f/σπαιρ^,  Adeimantus  was  the  only  one 
who  still  made  a  struggle,  resisted. 
— Άσπαϊρω  was  held  better  Att. 
than  σπαίρω,  but  the  word  is  mostly 
Ep. 

Άσπύλΰβος,  ov,  δ,  also  ή,  nspala- 
tkus,  a  prickly  shrub,  yielding  a  fra- 
grant oil,  Theogn.  1193:  used  as  an 
instrument  of  torture,  έπ'  ασπαλά- 
θων τινά  κνάπτειν,  in  Plat.  Rep. 
610  A. 

Άσπήλαί.  ηκης,  b,  elsewh.  σπά- 
\αζ,  a  mole,  Babrius  108, 13.  (Akin  to 
scalpo,  as  σκεπτ-  to  -specio,  Pott  Et. 
Forsch.  2,  153.) 

Άσπΰ?.ιεύς,  έως,  6,  {άσπa?uεvω) 
an  angler,  fisherman,  Ael. 


ΑΣΠΕ 

Άσπαλιεντι'/ς,  ov,  o,=  foreg.,  Plat. 
Soph.  21H  E. 

Άσπϊίλιεντίκός,  η,  όν,  belonging  to 
an  angler,  ή  -kj),  the  art  of  angling. 
Plat.  Soph.  219  D  :  from  sq. 

Άσπαλ.ιεύω,  or  as  dep.  mid.,  άσττα- 
λιενομαι,  to  angle,  catch  fish  by  ang- 
ling. (From  άσπαλος,  a  fish,  only  in 
Hesych.) 

νΑσπανενς,  έως,  ό,  Aspaneus,  a  spot 
at  the  foot  of  Mt.  Ida,  Strab. 

^Ασπανιστεία,  ας,  ή,  (α  priv.,  σπά- 
νις)  redundance,  superfluity.  Teles  ap. 
Stob.  p.  524,  52. 

Άσπαραγία,  ας,  ή,  asparagus,  An- 
tiph.  Incert.  37. 

' Ασπάραγος,  ov,  6,  Att.  άσώάραγος, 
asparagus,  Cratin.  Incert.  135:  also 
the  shoots  of  divers  plants,  like  as- 
paragus ip  form.  Gal.,  cf.  Lob.  Phryn. 
111.  (Prob.  from  a  euphon.  and  σττά- 
ραγος,  akin  to  σπύργη,  σφάραγος, 
σφριγάω.  Pott  Forsch.  1,  238.) 

Άσπαραγωνία,  ας, ή,^άσπαραγία. 

Άσπαρίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  for  σπαρίζω,^= 
άσπαϊρω,  Arist.  Part.  An. 

Άσπαρτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  σπείρω)  of 
land,  unsown,  unlilled,  Od.  9,  123  :  of 
plants,  not  sown,  growing  wild,  lb. 
109.     Adv.  -τως. 

^''Ασπασία,  ας,  η,  Aspasia,  a  cele- 
brated female  of  Miletus,  renowned 
for  her  beauty  and  her  high  mental 
accomplishments,  Plat.,  Xen.,  etc' — 
2.  of  Phocaea.  the  favourite  concu- 
bine of  the  vounger  Cyrus,  Xen.  An. 

I,  10,  2. 

V Ασπασιάκαι,  ων.  o'l,  the  Aspasiacae, 
a  nomadic  people  between  the  Oxus 
and  the  Tanais,  Polyb.  10,  48. 

t  Ασπασιανός,  οϋ,  ό,  Aspasiajius,  a 
Median  commander  under  Αηΐΐο•» 
chus,  Polyb.  5,  79,  7. 

ΥΑσπύσιοί,  ων,  οι,  the  Aspasii,  a 
people  of  India,  on  the  river  Choes, 
Arr.  An.  4,  23. 

Άσπάσιος,  ία,  lov,  also  ος,  ov, 
Od.  23, 233,  (ασπάζομαι)  welcoyne,  seen 
or  received  with  pleasure,  well-pleasing, 
Horn. — II.  well-pleased,  glad,  delighted, 
γαίης  άσπάσιοι  έπέβαν,  Od.  23,  238, 
άσπάσι.ον  τόνγε  θεοί  έλνσαν,  the  gods 
released  him  to  his  joy,  Od.  5,  397. 
Adv.  -ίως,  readily,  gladly,  cheerfully, 
Hom.  with  a  verb,  to  be  glad  to...,  as 
όημί  μιν  άσπασίως   yaw   κάμψειν, 

II.  7,  118,  so  18,  232,  Od.  4.  523,  etc. 
Like  άσπηστός,  Ep.  word,  though  we 
have  the  adv.  -ίως  in  Aesch.  Ag.  1555. 
Cf.  ΰσμενος. 

ί'Ασπάσιος,  ov,  ό,  Aspasizis,  masc. 
pr.  n..  Polyb.  5,  94,  6;  etc. 

"Ασπασμα,  ατός,  τό,  (ασπάζομαι) 
a  welcome,  greeting  :  freq.  in  Eur.,  in 
plur.  embraces,  caresses  :  the  thing  ern- 
braced,  dear  one. 

'Ασπασμός,  ov,  6,  (ασπάζομαι)  a 
greeting,  embrace,  Theogn.  858 :  ajfec- 
tion,  opp.  to  μίσος.  Plat. 

Άσπαστέον,  verb.  adj.  from  ασπά- 
ζομαι, one  must  greet,  etc.,  Plat.  Phil. 
32  D. 

Άσπαστικός,  ή,  όν,  (ασπάζομαι) 
disposed  to  welcome,  greet,  etc.  :  fit  for 
greeting,  kindly,  friendly,  Polyb.  :  το 
άσπ.,  sub.  οίκημα,  a  reception-room. 

Άσπαστός,  ή,  όν,=-ΰσπάσιος,  wel- 
come, Hom.  only  in  Od. :  άσπ.  τινί, 
Od.  5.  .398  ;  13,  35.     Adv. -τώζ•. 

Άσπαστύς,  νος,  ή.  Ion.  for  ασπα- 
σμός. Call. 

"Ασπειστος,  ov,  (a  priv..  σπένδο- 
μαι)  to  be  appeased  bi/  no  libations,  im- 
placable, inexorable,  Dem.  786,  10  :  πό- 
λ  'uoc.-rz  άσπονδος. 

νΑσπετδία.  ar,  ή,  Aspendia,  Ά  quar- 
ter of  the  city'of  Alexandrea,  Ath. 
174  D. 


ΑΣΠ1 

V Ασπενδος,  ov,  ή,  Aspendus.  a  city 
of  Pamphylia,  now  Minugat,  Thuc. 
8,  81 :  hence  ο  '  Ασπένδιος,  an  inhabi 
tant  of  Aspendus,  an  Aspendian,  Po 
lyb.  5.  73,  3. 

"Ασπερμος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  σπέρμα) 
without  seed,  i.  e.  ivithout  posterity,  11. 
20,  303. 

Άσπερχές,  (a  euphon.,  σπέρμα) 
hastily,  hotly,  uncensin i^lij ,  Horn.,  who 
uses  only  this  neut.  form  as  adv.,  esp. 
in  phrase  άσπερχες  μενεαίνειν  and 
κεχολώσθαι. 

"Ασπετος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  εΙπεΐν)  un- 
speakable, unutterable,  Hom.,  and  lies. ; 
mostly  in  sense  οι unspeakntly  great, 
άσπ.  αίθτ'/ρ,  [)όος  'ϋκεανον,  νλη.νδωρ : 
κλέος,  κνδοιμιις,  αλκή,  κλαγγ?/,  etc.: 
more  rarely  of  n\miber,  countless,  yet 
Hom.  has  άσπετα  πολλά,  so  κρέα 
άσπετα,  Od.  9,  162,  τρειτε  άσπετον, 
ye  tremble  unspeakably,  11.  17,  332,  but 
φωΐ'η  άσπετος,  a  voice  that  can  no 
longer  be  heard,  indistinct,  H.  Hom. 
Ven.  238  (where  Herm.  reads  τρΰ 
άσπετον).  As  adv.  άσπετον  and  άσ- 
πετα. The  word  is  Ep.,  but  found 
once  in  Soph.,  twice  in  Eur. 

ΥΑσπετης,  ov,  6,  Aspetus,  the  name 
under  which  Achilles  was  honoured 
in  Epirus,  Plut.  Pyrrh.  1. 

Άσπϊδαποβλής,  ητος,  b,  (ασπίς, 
αποβάλλω)  one  that  throws  aieay  his 
shield,  a  runaway,  coward,  Ar.  Vesp. 
592. 

Άσπϊδής,  ές,  v.  σπιδής. 

Άσπΐδηστρόφος,  ov,  (ασπίς,  στρέ- 
φω) brandishing  a  shield  by  the  thong, 
shield-armed,  λεώς,  Aesch.  Ag.  825. 

Άσπιδηφόρος,  ov,  (ασπίς,  φέρω) 
bearing  shield,  under  shield  :  in  genl.  a 
ivarrior,  Aesch.  Theb.  19,  and  Eur. 

Άσπίδιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  ασπίς, 
a  small  shield,  Strab. 

Άσπιδισκάριον,  ov,  T(5,=foreg. 

' Ασπιδίσκη,  ης,  τι,  =  άσπιδίσκοΓ. 
LXX. 

Άσπιδίσκιον,  ov,  τό,  a  second  dim. 
of  ασπίς :  from 

Άσπιδίσκος,  ov,  ό,  dim.  from  ασ- 
πίς. 

Άσπιδίτης,  ov,  6,  =  άσπιδιώτης, 
Soph.  Fr.  376.  [It'] 

Άσπιδιώτης,  ov,  δ,  (ασπίς)  άνήρ. 
shield  bearing,  a  warrior,  II.  2,  554  ;  16, 
167. 

Άσπιδόδηκτος,  ov,  (ασπίς,  δάκνω) 
bitten  by  an  adder  or  asp,  Diosc. 

Άσπιδόδονπος,  ov,  (ασπίς,  δονπέω) 
clattering  with  shields,  δρόμοι,  Pind.  I. 
1,  32. 

Άσπιδοειδ//ς,  ές,  (ασπίς,  είδος) 
like,  shaped  like  a  shield,  Diod. 

Άσπιδόεις,  εσσα,  εv,=  {oreg.,  Opp. 

'  Ασπιδοθρέμμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος, 
(ασπίς,  τρέφω)  =άσπιδοφέρμων,  liv- 
ing by  the  shield,  i.  e.  by  rear. 

ΆσπιδοπηγεΙον,  or  άσπιδοπήγιον, 
ov,  TO,  the  workshop  of  an  άσπιδοπη- 
γός,  Dem.  945,  15 :  from 

Άσπιδοπηγός,  ov,  ό.  (ασπίς,  πή- 
Ύννμι)  a  shield-maker,  Thernist. 

' Ασπιδοποιία,  ας,  ή,  the  making  of 
the  shield :  Gramm.  name  for  II.  18. 
from  its  subject :  from 

Άσπιδοποιός,  ov,  b,  (ασπίς,  ποιέω) 
a  shield-maker. 

Άσπιδότροφος,  ov,  (ασπίς,  τρέφω) 
living  or  feeding  upon  adders  or  asps  : 
but  —  H.  parox.  άσπιδοτρόφος,  ov, 
act.,  feeding  adders  or  asps. 

Άσπιδονχος.  ov,  ό,  (  ασπίς,  έχω)  ο 
shield  holder,  shield-bearer.  Soph.  Fr. 
376.  and  Eur. 

Άσπιδοφέρμων,  ov,  gen.  or'Of,  (άσ- 
πίς,  φέρβω)  living  by  the  shield,  i.  e 
by  war,  a  ivarrior  by  profession,  Eur 
Phoen.  796. 


V 


224 


ΑΣΠΟ 

Ασ~ιδοφορέθ),  to  bear  a  shield:  from 

Άσ-ιδοφόρος,  ov,  {ασπίς,  φέρω) 
bearing  a  shield,  LXX. 

Άστΐϊλος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  σ-ίλος)= 
sq.,  Anth. 

Άσπίλωτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  σττί/Ιόω) 
spotless,  stainless. 

Άσ-ίνθιον,  ου,  τό,  sometimes  used 
by  Com.  for  άψίνθιον. 

ΆΣΠί'Σ,  ίοος,  ή,  a  round  shield; 
in  Horn,  large  enough  to  cover  the 
whole  man,  usu.  of  bull's  hide,  over- 
laid with  metal  plates,  with  a  boss 
{ομφαλός)  in  the  middle,  and  fringed 
with  tassels  {θύσανοι) :  later,  it  be- 
longed to  the  Greek  men-at-arms 
{όττλίται,  cf.  o-?.ov),  as  opp.  to  the 
Thracian  ττέλ-τη  and  Persian  γέρβον, 
cf.  asp.  Xen.  An.  2,  1,  6,  Mem.  3,  9, 
2  :  to  lose  the  shield  {ασπίδα  άποβα- 
λεϊν)  was  a  soldier's  greatest  dis- 
grace, Hdt.  5,  95,  Ar.  Vesp.  19,  cf. 
Bergk  Anacr.  26. — 2.  in  common  lan- 
guage, used  for  α  body  of  men-at-arms 
{όπλΐται),  as  όκτακίσχιΐίη  ασπίς, 
Hdt.  5,  30,  cf  Xen.  An.  1,  7,  10;  as 
we  say  "  a  hundred  lances,  bayonets," 
etc.,  for  men:  so  too  to  estimate  a 
victory,  ασπίδαΓ  ελαβον  ώς  όιακοσί- 
ας,  Xen.  Hell.  1,  2,  3.-3.  military 
phrases  :  έπ'  ασπίδας  πέντε  καΐ  εί- 
κοσι τύξασθαι,  to  be  drawn  νρ  twenty- 
five  deep  or  in  file,  Thuc.  4,  93,  also 
έπ'  ασπίδων  ό?.ίγων,  Id.  7,  79 ;  επΙ 
αιας  άσπίδος,  in  single  line,  Isocr.  136 
C  :  εξ  άσπίδος,  έπ'  ασπίδα,  παρ'  ασ- 
πίδα, from,  the  left,  on  the  left,  towards 
or  to  the  left,  because  the  shield  was 
held  with  the  left  hand,  Xen.,  cf.  δό- 
ρυ :  but  παρ'  ασπίδα  στήναι,  to  stand 
in  battle,  Eur.  Med.  250  :  ασπίδας 
ϋνγκ'/Μειν,  to  close  ranks,  Xen. :  έπει- 
δάν  άσπις  τ/'οφ^,  when  the  shields  ring, 
i.  e.  when  two  bodies  of  men  meet 
in  a  charge,  Xen.  An.  4,  3,  29 :  a 
shield  was  sometimes  put  as  a  sig- 
nal for  battle,  etc.,  Hdt.  6.  115,  121, 
cf.  Xen.  Hell.  2,  1,  27.  Met.  protec- 
tion, defence  ;  also  combat,  battle.  Eur. 
Phoen.  1326. — II.  an  asp,  a  hind  of 
snake.  Hdt.  4,  191,  and  Plut. 
ΫΑ,σπίς,  ίδος,  ή.  Aspis,  an  island 
near  Iunia.=  Arconnesus,  Strab. — 2. 
a  city  in  the  Carthasinian  territory, 
the  Roman  Clupea,  Polyb.  1,  29,  2.— 
3.  a  city  and  port  on  the  greater  Syr- 
tis,  Strab. — 4.  a  spot  in  .\rgos,  Plut. 
Pyrrh.  32. 

Άσπιστήρ,  ηρος,  (5,=sq.,  Soph. 

Άσπιστής,  ov,  b,  one  armed  with  a 
shield,  a  warrior,  11.,  always  in  gen. 
plur.  ύσπιστάων  :  also  άσπιστήρ  and 
άσπίστωρ,  the  latter  as  adj.,  κλόνοι 
άσπίστορες,  din  of  shielded  warriors, 
Aesch.  Ag.  404. 

Άσπίστωρ,  ορός,  ό,  v.  foreg. 

Άσπλαγχνος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  σττλά- 
γχνα)  ivithout  bowels  :  metaph.  heart- 
less, spiritless,  Soph.  Aj.  472 :  mer- 
ciless.— II.  without  eating  σπλάγχνα. 
Plat.  (Com.)  Poet.  I.  ^ 

νΑσπληδών,  όνος,  ή,  Aspledon,  a 
city  of  Boeotia,  II.  2,  511,  ace.  to 
Strab.  also  Ί^πληδών- 

ΆσπλήνιοΓ,  ov,=sq.,  Diosc,  cf 
Lob.  Paral.  197. 

'Ασπληνος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  σπλήν) 
yiithout  spleen. — Π.  act.  reducing  the 
spleen,  hence  το  ύσπ?,ηνον,  asplenium, 
spleenwort,  supposed  to  be  a  remedy 
for  the  spleen,  Diosc. 

Άσ7Γ07'(ϊεί,  adv.  of  άσπονδος. 

Άσπονδέω,  not  to  make  or  keep  a 
covenant  or  treaty  :  from 

"Ασπονδος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  σπονδί}) 

without  drink-offering,   and   SO — I.   to 

whom  no  drink-offering  is  poured,  άσπ. 

θεός,  i.  e.  death,  Eur.  Ale.  424.— II. 

15 


ΑΣΣΤ 
without  a  regidar  truce  (which  was 
ratified  by  σπονδαί),  άναχωκή,  Thuc. 
5,  32 :  of  persons,  without  making  a 
truce.  Id.  3,  113,  άσπονδους  τυνς  νε- 
κρούς άνε'λέσθαι,  to  lake  up  their  dead 
without  leave  asked,  Id.  2,  22 :  το  άσ- 
πονδον,  a  keeping  out  of  treaty  or  cov- 
enant with  others,  Id.  1,  37. — III.  ad- 
mitting  of  no  truce,  implacable,  άσπ. 
αρά.  an  implacable,  a  deadly  curse, 
Aesch.  Ag.  1235,  ubi  al.  Άρης,  so  it 
would  be=άσπ.  πόλεμος,  as  in  Dem. 
314,  16  :  also  άσπόνδοισι  νόμοις  ίχ- 
θραν  σνμβά'λλειν,  Eur.  ΕΙ.  905. 

ί'Ασπορδηνόν,  ου,  τό,  {όρος)  Mount 
A.'ipordenus .  near  Pergamus,  Strab. 

Άσπορος,  or,  {a  priv.,  σπείρω)  = 
άσπαρτος,  not  sown,  untilled,  χώρα, 
Dem.  379.  4. 

Άσπούδαστος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  σπου- 
δάζω) not  zealously  pursued  or  cotirted, 
γνΐ'ή,  Eur.  Melan.  15  :  not  said  in 
earnest.  —  II.  not  worth  zeal,  useless, 
mischievous,  σπεύδειν  άσπούδαστα, 
Eur.  Bacch.  913,  I.  T.  202. 

Άσπουδίί,  adv.,  and 

Άσπονδη.  adv.=:sq. 

Άσπονδί,  adv.  {a  priv.,  σπονδή) 
without  zeal,  effort,  or  trouble,  II.  :  with- 
out a  struggle,  ignobly,  II.  22,  304.  [δι] 
V Ασπονργιανοί,  ων,  οΊ,  the  Aspur- 
giani,  a  people  on  the  Palus  Maeotis, 
Strab. 

'Ασπρις,  also  άσπρος,  ή,  a  kind  of 
oak,  Theophr. 

"Ασσα,  Ion.  for  άτινα,  neut.  pi. 
from  όστις,  Att.  ίίττα,  u'hich,  which- 
soever, what,  u:hatever,  Hom.  II.  10, 
409,  though  the  line  is  dub.,  and 
Hdt. 

'Ασσα,  Ion.  for  τινά,  Att.  άττα, 
something,  some,  in  Horn.,  only  once 
in  Od.,  ΌπποΙ'  άσσα,  what  sort...  ?  19, 
218,  as  interrog.  for  τίνα. 
ί'Ασσσ,  ης,  ή,  Assa,  a  city  of  Mace- 
donia, on  the  Sinus  Singiticus,  Hdt. 
7,  122. 

^Άσσαγέτης,  ov,  ό.  Assagetes,  an 
Indian  prince,  Arr.  An.  4,  28,  6. 

νΑσσακάνοί,  and  -κηνοί,  ων,  οι,  the 
Assaceni,  a  people  in  northern  India, 
Arr.  An.  4,  30. 

^Άσσακανός,  οϋ,  o,Assacclnus,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Strab. 

Άσσάομαι,  v.  άσάω. 
^' Ασσάρηκος,  αν.  ο,  Assaracus,  son 
of  Tros,  grandfather  of  Anchises,  II. 
20,  232. 

Άσσύριον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  Lat. 
as,  a  small  as,  N.  T.  —  II.  a  sort  of 
valve,  Lat.  assarium,  Vitruv. 

V Ασσησός,  ov,  ό,  Assesus,  a  spot 
near  Miletus,  whence  Minerva  de- 
rived the  appellation  Άσσησίη,  Hdt. 
1,  19. 

Άσσον,  adv. ςοτηγίίτ.  of  άγγι, nearer, 
Horn.,  mostly  with  the  verbs  ίέναι, 
ίκέσθαι.  and  στήναι,  to  draw  near,  as 
a  friend  or  enemy  :  sometimes  c. 
gen.,  άσσον  έμεΐο,  nearer  to  me,  II.  24, 
74  :  so  too  άσσον  ίέναι,  etc.,  c.  gen., 
also  in  Hdt.  4,  3.  Hence  as  a  new 
compar.  άσσότερος,  also  άσσύτερος, 
adv.  άσσοτέρω,  with  or  without  gen., 
Od.  Super!,  άσσότατος,  and  Aesch. 
Fr.  61,  άσσιστος  like  άγχιστος,  adv. 
άσσοτάτω. 
V Ασσος,  ov,  ή,  Asstts,  a  city  of  Tro- 
as,  Strab. :  hence  Άσσιος,  a,  ov,  of 
Assus,  Assian,  Strab. 

Άσσότερος  and  άσσντερος.  v.  sub. 
άσσον. 

VAoovpia,  ας,  ή,  Assyria,  a  region 
of  Asia  between  Media,  Mesopota- 
mia, and  Babylonia  ;  also,  in  a  wider 
sense,  the  Assyrian  empire,  which  in- 
cluded Babylonia  and  Media,  Hdt. 
1,  185 :  in  lat.  wr.  for  Σνρία. 


ΑΣΤΑ 

νΑσσνριος,  a,  ov,  Assyrian,  also  foi 
Syrian. 

Άσσω,  Att.  contr.  for  άίσσω,  q.  v. 

'Ασσώ(5?/ζ•.  ες,=:άσώδης. 
^'Αστα,  ης,  ή,  Asia,  a  city  of  Spain, 
Strab. 
^Άσταβόρας,  a,  6,  Astaboras,  a  river 
of  Aethiopia,  a  branch  of  the  Nile, 
Strab. 

Άστΰγής,  ες,  (α  priv.,  στάζω)  not 
trickling,  and  so  ά.  κρύσταλλος,  hard 
frozen.  Soph.  Fr.  162. — II.  7iot  merely 
trickling,  i.  e.  gushing,  in  a  stream, 
Valck.  Ad.  p.  228. 

'Ασταθής,  ές,  {a  priv.,  Ισταμαι)  un- 
steady,  unstable,  Anth. 

'Αστάθμητος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  σταθμά- 
ομαι)  unsteady,  unsettled,  wandering, 
αστέρες,  Xen.  Mem.  4,  7,  5  :  also  of 
men,  unsteady,  unstable,  inconstant, 
Ar.  Av.  169 :  also  of  things,  uncer- 
tain, αιών,  Eur.  Or.  981,  to  άστ.  τον 
μέ/,λοντος,  uncertainty,  Thuc.  4, 62,  cf. 
3,  59  ;  indefinite,  not  to  be  weighed  Or 
decided,  Hemd.  Plat.  Lys.  214  C. 

t'Affroi,  ών,  o'l,  Astae,  a  people  of 
Thrace,  Strab. 

f  Αστακηνοί,  ων,  οι,  the  Astaceni,  a 
people  of  Bactria,  Strab. 

'Αστακίδης,  ov,  δ,  Astacides,  Anth. 

Αστακός,  ov,  6,  a  kind  of  crab, 
Epich.  p.  12. 

νΑστακος.  ov,  ό,  Astacus,  a  Theban, 
father  of  Melanippus,  Hdt.  5,  67. — 2. 
a  Persian,  Thuc.  8,  108. 

^Αστακός,  ου,  or  'Αστακός,  ov,  ή, 
Astacus,  a  city  of  Acarnania,  on  the 
AcheloHs,  Thuc.  2,  ,30.-2.  a  city  of 
Bithynia,  Strab. :  adj.  Άστακηνός,  ή, 
όν,  and  Άστάκιος,  a,  ov,  of  Astacus, 
Strab. 

Άστακτί,  adv.  of  sq.,  not  in  drops, 
i.  e.  in  floods.  Soph,  [who  has  I,  O.  C. 
1646,  r,  lb.  1251.] 

Άστακτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  στάζω)= 
άσταγής  II.,  Eur.  I.  T.  1242. 

Άστάλακτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  σταλάσ- 
σω)  not  dropping  or  trickling,  i.  e.  gush- 
ing forth,  IiKe  άσταγής.  Call. 

Αστάλ.ής.  ές,  (α  priv.,  στέλΛομαι) 
unarmed,  unclothed.  Call. 

Άσταλ.νζω .=  σταλνζω,  dub. 

ΆστάνδηΓ,  ου,  ό,  a  courier,  a  Per- 
sian word,  Wyttenb.  Plut.  2,  326  F  : 
cf  άγγαρος. 

Άσταξ,  άκος,  ό,  v.  1.  for  αστακός, 
Arist.  Part.  An.  4,  8,  1. 

ΫΑστάπονς,  ου,  ό,  Astapus,  a  river 
of  Aethiopia,  Strab. 

^Άστάρτη,  ης,  ή,  Astarte,  a  Syro- 
Phoenician  goddess,  corresponding 
to  the  Venus  of  Greek  and  Roman 
mythology,  Luc. 

ί'Αστασόβας,  a,  ό,  Astasobas,  a  river 
of  Aethiopia,  Strab. 

Άστάσία,  ας,  ή,  subst.  of  άστατος, 
unsteadiness. 

' Αστΰσίαστος.  ov,  {a  priv.,  στασι- 
άζω) not  disturbed  by  seditions,  ^ή, 
Thuc.  1,  2:  without  party-spirit,  quiet, 
Lys.  195,  38.     Αάν.-τως. 

V Αστάσπης,  ου,  ό,  Astaspes,  masc. 
pr.  η.,  Aesch.  Pers.  22. 

Άστΰτέω,  ω,  to  be  άστατος,  be  un- 
steady: ii\so  to  be  homeless,  Ν.Ύ.:  from 

Άστατος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  ισταμαι) 
never  standing  still,  τροχός,  Mesomed. 
H.  Nemes.  7 :  unsteady,  uncertain,  Po- 
lyb.— II.  unwcighed,  Nic.     Adv.  -τως. 

Άστΰόιδίτης,  ov,  ό,  [<]  fern,  άστα- 
φιδϊτις,  ιδος,  ή,  made  of  raisins,  pre- 
pared therewith,  Anth :  from 

Άστάφίς,  ίδος,  ή,  {a  euphon.  στα• 
φις)  a  raisin,  Hdt.  2,  40,  and  Plat. 

'Ασταφύλϊνος,  ό,=  σταφυλΐνος  with 
a  euphon. 

Άστάφν?.ος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  σταφυλή) 
without  grapes,  [a] 

225 


Έ 


ΑΣΤΕ 

Άστΰχνς,  νος,  6,  (α  euphon.,  στύ- 
νς)  an  ear  of  corn,  11.,  and  Η.  Horn. 

Άστέγαστος,  ov,  (apriv.,  στεγάζω) 
uncovered,  of  a  ship,  undecked,  An- 
lipho  132,  8 :  ύια  τυ  ίστέγαστυν, 
frnm  their  having  no  shelter,  living  in 
the  open  air,  Thuc.  7,  87. 

Άστεγης,  ff,=sq. 

Άστεγος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  στέγη)  I'-iih- 
out  roof,  /ioii.«(7f!,ss,Pseiid-Phoc.22  -II. 
(a  priv.,  στέγω)  act.  not  holding  or 
containing,  nietaph.  of  a  person's 
mouth,  prating,  LXX.  cf.  ύϋυρόστο- 
αος. 

Αστειεύομαι,  dep.  mid.,  rarer  col- 
lat.  form  of  sq. 

Άστείζομαι.  f.  -ίσομαι,  dep.  mid., 
{αστείος)  to  behave  urbanely,  be  court- 
eous or  witty,  Pint. 

Άστειολογία,  ας,  ή,  refined  dis- 
course, wit,  Arist.  Rhet.  ΑΙ.:  from 

Άστειολόγος,  ov,  {άστεΐος,  λέγυ) 
speaking  wittily. 

Αστείος,  ov,  also  a,  ov,  {ύστί')  of 
the  town,  and  so  like  Lat.  urhanus, 
courteous,  polite,  witty,  amusing,  opp. 
to  ΰγροικος,  esp.  ΰστεΐόν  τι  λέξαι, 
to  say  (I  good  thing,  make  a  good  joke, 
Ar.,  cf.  Heind.  Plat.  Lys.  204  C  :  of 
persons,  pretty,  opp.  to  καλός,  hand- 
some, Arist.  Rhet. :  of  wares,  7teat,  well 
made :  but  later  also  of  natural  pro- 
ductions, just  like  αγαθός,  good  of  its 
kind,  Strab.,  and  Plut.  Adv.  -ως. 
ΤΑστειος,  ov,  ό,  Astius,  an  Athe- 
nian archon,  Dem.  1357,  2. 

Άστειοσύνη,  ης,  ή.  and_ 

Άστειότης,  ητος,  ή,  (αστείος)  re- 
finement, politeness,  wit,  Lat.  urhani- 
tas. 

Άστειπτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  στείβω) 
untrodden,  άκτη  βροτοΐς  ύστ.,  Soph. 
Phil.  2. 

Άστεϊσμός,  ov,  b,  (ΰστεΐζομαι)  a 
witty  saying  or  doing,  Philostr. 

Άστεκτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  στέγω)  = 
άστεγος,  v.  sub  άστερκτος.  Adv. 
-τως. 

Άστελεχτ'/ς,  ες,  {a  priv.,  στέ7ιεχος) 
without  stalk,  Theophr. 

Άστε?^εχος,  o^',=  foreg. 

Άστέμί^κτος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  στεμ- 
βάζω)  not  insulted,  Lyc. :  also=affre/l- 
φί/ς,  Euphor.  106. 

Άστεμβής,  ες,  rarer  collat.  form  of 
sq. 

Άστεμφής,  ες,  (a  priv.,  στέμβω) 
umroved,  xinshaken,unchanging,  βονλή. 
II.  2,  3-li  ;  ύστεμφες  έχεσκε,  so.  το 
σκήτΐτρον,  he  held  it  unmoved,  stiff,  II. 
3,  219  ;  but  άστεμφέως  εχειν  τινά,  to 
hold  one  fast,  Od.  4.  419,  459.-2. 
later  of  persons,,  re/ciif/t-ss,  inexorable, 
Theocr.  13,  37. — II.  untrodden,  and  so 
of  grapes. Mjinjie.  Adv. -φως.  (Sanscr. 
stabh,  niti,  stambha,  columna  ;  cf  our 
step,  stamp,  στείβω.) 

Άστένακτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  στενάζω) 
without  sigh  or  groan.  Soph.  Tr.  1074, 
1200•.  also  ύστ.  ημέρα,  free  from 
groans,  Eur.  Hec.  090.  Adv.  -τως, 
also  -τε'ι,  or  -τΊ,  Aesch.  Fr.  2S4. 

Άσ-έοΐ',  verb.  adj.  from  άΛω,  one 
must  sing,  Ar.  Nub.  1205,  Plat.  Rep. 
390  E. 

Άστεπτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  στέφω)  un- 
crowned :  hence,  unhonoured,  τις  ύστ. 
θεών,  Eur.  Heracl.  440.^ 

Άστεργάνωρ,  ορός,  ό,  ij,  {a  priv., 
στέργω,  ανήρ)  without  love  of  man, 
hating  wedlock  :  of  lo  in  Aesch.  Pr. 
898,  where  perh.  it  is  rather  aspiring 
above  an  union  with  a  mortal,   [yu] 

Άστεργής,   ές,   (a   priv.,    στέργω) 
without  love,  unkind,  hateful,  dreadful, 
οργή,  Soph.  Aj.  770 :  ύστ.  τι  παθείν, 
Id.  Ο.  Τ.  229. 
226 


ΑΣΤΕ 

Άστέρειος,  ον,  {αστήρ)  =  άστε- 
ρόεις. 

V Αστερία,  ας  ή,  Asteria,  daughter  of 
Coeus  and  sister  of  Latona,  Hcs.  Th. 
409. — Also  as  fem.  name,  in  Plut. 
Cim.  4,  etc. — II.  an  earlier  name  of 
the  island  Delos,  Callim.  Del.  224.— 
2.  an  island  in  the  Ionian  sea,  near 
Ithaca,  Strab. 

ΆστεριαΙος,  aia,  alov,  like  a  star, 
Cleomed. 

Αστερίας,  ov,  ό,  {αστήρ)  starred, 
mottled,  and  hence — II.  as  subst.,  a 
kind  o{  mottled  heron,  falcon,  or  shark, 
Arist.  II.  A. 

Άστερίζΐύ,  f.  -ίσω,  {αστήρ)  to  make 
into  a  star,  Plut.  usu.  καταστερίζω, 
also   άστερόω,  ' ρτρόω. 

V Αστέριον,  ο,,  τύ,  Asieritim.  a  place 
in  Magnesia  in  Thessaly,  II.  2.  735. 

Άστέριος,α,ον,  also  ος,  ov,  {αστήρ) 
starred,  starry,  Ap.  Rh. — 11.  like  a  star, 
of  a  spider,  Nic. 

^Άστέριος,  ov,  6,  Asterius,  son  of 
Minos,  slam  by  Theseus,  Apollod., 
Pans. — 2.  an  Argonaut,  Ap.  Rh.  1, 
176. — 3.  son  of  Neleus,  brother  ol' 
Nestor,  Apollod. — Others  in  Anth., 
etc. 

Άστερίς,  ίδος,  η  .=Άστερία,  II.  1. 

Αστερίσκος,  ον,  o,dim.  from  αστήρ, 
α  little  star.  Call. — II.  esp.  the  mark  >j<, 
by  which  gramm.  distinguished  line 
passages  in  MSS.,  an  asterisk. — III. 
a  plant,  a  kind  of  aster,  Theophr. 

^'Αστερίων,  ωνος,  b,  Astcrion,  son  of 
Teutamus,  king  of  Crete,  Apollod. — 
2.  son  of  Cometes,  an  Argonaut,  A  p. 
Rh..  in  Apollod.  1,  9,  16,  Άστέριος. 

Άστερκτος,  ον,=  άστεργής,  Aesch. 
Fr.  200,  ubi  al.  άστεκτα. 

Άστεροδίνητος,  ov,  {αστήρ,  δινέω) 
brought  by  the  revolution  of  the  stars, 
Anth.  [i] 

Αστεροειδής,  ές.  {αστήρ,  είδος)  star- 
like, starry,  full  of  stars,  Ar.  Thesin. 
1067.  Adv.  -δώς. 

Άστερόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  (αστήρ)  star- 
red, starry,  ουρανός,  Hom.  :  in  genl. 
sparkling,  glittering,  θώρηξ,  Ηφαίστου 
δόμος,  11.  10,  134;  18,  370. 

Άστερόμματος,  ον,:=ΰστεροόμμα- 
τος. 

Άστερόνωτος,  ον,  (αστήρ,  νώτον) 
tvith  starry  back,  Nonn. 

Άστεροόμματος,  ov,  {αστήρ,  όμμα) 
star-eyed,  epith.  of  night,  Orph. 

νΑστεροπαΐος,  ου,  b,  Asicropaeiis, 
11.21,137. 

ΤΑστερυτνεια,  ας,  ή,  Astcropia, 
daughter  of  De'/on  in  Phocis.  Apol- 
lod. 1,  9,4.-2.  daughter  of  Pelias, 
Pans.  8,  11,  3. 

ίΆστερόπη,  ης,  ή,  Asterope,  daugh- 
ter of  CebrenjWife  of  Aesacus,  Apol- 
lod. 3,  12. 

Άστεροπή,  ης, ή,  poet,  for  άστραττή, 
στεροττ?/,  lightning,  II.  10, 151:  hence 

Άστεροττητής,  ov,  ό,  the  tightener, 
epith.  of  Jupiter,  11. 

Άστεροσκοπία,  ας,  ή,  star-gazing, 
Sext.  Emp. :  from 

Άστεροσκόπος,  ov,  (αστήρ,  σκο- 
ττέω)  a  star-gazer,  astronomer,  astro- 
loger. 

Ά.στεροφεγγής,  ές,  (αστήρ,  φέγγος) 
shining  with  stars,  Oriih. 

Άστερόφοιτος,  ov,  (αστήρ,  φοιτάω) 
xvalking  among  the  stars,  Νοηπ. 

Άστερόω, :=άστερίζω,  Arat. 

Άστερώδης,  ες,=^άστεροειδής. 

Άστερωπός,  όν,  (αστήρ,  ωψ)  star- 
faced  :  and  so  starred,  starry,  αΙΟήρ, 
ουρανός,  Eur. — Π.  star-like,  and  so 
bright,  όμμα,  Aesch.  Fr.  158,  σελήνη, 
Eur.,  cf.  Valck.  Phoen.  131. 

'Άστέρωπος,  ov,  ό,  Asteropus  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Plut.  Clem.  10. 


ΑΣΤΟ 

Άστέφάνος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  στέφανος] 
without  crown,  ungarlanded,  Kvir.  Hipp 
1137. — II.  esp.  without  the  crotvn  of 
victory,  τιΟέναι  Tipu  άστέφανον,  Id. 
Andr.  1020. 

Άστεφάνωτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  στεφα- 
νόω)  not  crowned,  esp.  in  sign  of  vic- 
tory, Sapph.  44,  Plat.  Rep.  013  C. 

Άστη,  ής,  ή,  fem.  οί  ύστός,  Hdt.  1, 
173,  etc.,  Ar.  Thesm.  541. 

Άστη'λος,  ov,  without  στήλη,  esp. 
without  tombstone,  Anth. 

Άστήν,  ήνος,  b.  7/,=  sq. 

Άστι/νος,  ον,=  όνστι/νος,  ace.  to 
old  gramm.  from  a  priv.,  στήναι, 
without  firm  footing,  but  Lob.  Phryn. 
400,  derives  it  from  a  root  έω,  έστω. 

ΆΣΤΗ'Ρ,  ό,  gen.  έρος:  dat.  pi. 
ύστρασι,  II.  22,  28,  317,  not  άστράσι 
(V.  Lob.  Paral.  175),  a  .star,  Horn.: 
in  genl.  any  luminary,  a  meteor,  II.  4, 
75. — 2.  metaph.  like  ΐίστρον,  of  illus- 
trious persons,  etc.,  αστήρ  Μ,ονσών, 
Άϋ/'/νης,  Valck.  Hipp.  1122. — 3.  a  sea 
animal  of  the  mollusc,  kind,  a  star- 
fish, Arist.  H.  A. — 4.  a  ki7id  of  singing- 
bird,  Opp. — 5.  a  Sajnian  clay  used  as 
sealing-wax,  Theophr.  ('i'he  a  is 
euphon.,  as  in  άστρον,  astrum,  cf. 
our  star,  Germ.  Stem,  cf.  Pott  Forsch. 
L  225.) 

^Άστήρ,  έρος,  b.  Aster,  masc.  pr.  n., 
HUt.  5,  63,  etc. 

Αστήρικτος,  ov,  (apriv.,  στηρίζω) 
not  propped  or  grounded,  unstable,  Anth. 
i  Αστής,  ov,  b,  Astes,  masc.  pr.  n., 
Arr.  An.  4,  22,  8. 

Άστϊβής,  ές,  (α  priv.,  στείβω)  un- 
trodden by,  τινί,  Aesch.  Theb.  859 : 
hence — 1.  not  to  be  trodden,  holy,  άλ- 
σος. Soph.  O.  C.  126. — 2.  untrodden, 
desert,  pathless,  χώρος.  Id.  Aj.  057. — 
II.  act.  leaving  ?io  track,  τροχός,  Me- 
somed.  H.  Nemes.  7. 

Άστί.βητος,  ov,  Lyc,  and 

ΆστΙβος,  ον,^^άστιβής,  Anth. 

Αστικός,  ή,  όν,  (άστυ) — 1.  of  α  city 
or  town,  opp.  to  country,  7.εώς  «., 
Aesch.  Eum.  997,  τα  ά.  Αιαννσια, 
more  usu.  τα  κατ'  άστυ,  Thuc.  5,  20, 
cf.  sub  Αιοννσια  II. :  also  ho7iif',  opp 
to  ξενικός,  foreign,  Aesch.  Supp.  618 
— 2.  town-bred,  witty,  like  άστιίος. — 
Also  ίστνκός,  q.  v.     Adv.  -κώς. 

Άστικτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  στίζω)  not 
marked  ivith  spots  or  dots,  not  tattooed, 
Hdt.  5,  6. — II.  χωρίον,  an  estate  not 
pledged  or  mortgaged :  for  those  that 
were  so  were  marked  by  stonts,  (στή- 
λαι,  bpoi),  Menand.  p.  277. 

Άστίτης,  ov,  o,  (άστυ)  a  tou-nsman, 
citizen.  Soph.  Fr.  81.  [i] 

Άστ?.έγγιστος,ον,  (a  ι>ή\ . ,  στλ.εγγ- 
ίζω)  not  scraped  or  rubbed  down,  dirty, 
Anth. 

Άστλιγξ,  ιγγος,  ή,=  όστλιγξ,T'hi- 
let.  36. 

Άστοιχείωτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  στοι- 
χειόω)  withcnil  even  the  eUments,  grossly 
ignorant. 

Άστοιχος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  στοίχος) 
not  in  rows  or  ranks,  not  planted  in 
regular  order,  Theophr. 

Άστο7.ος,  ov,  (apriv.,  στο}?)) with- 
out the  stole,  χιτων,  Soph.  Fr.  791. 

Άστομάχητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  στό- 
μαχος) wivexed,  Alciphr. 

Αστομος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  στόμα)  with- 
out month,  speechless.  Soph.  Fr.  78.-^ 
II.  of  horses,  hard-mouthed,  unbitted, 
unmanageable,  Aesch.  Fr.  336,  Soph. 
El.  724. — III.  of  dogs,  bad-mouthed, 
unable  to  bite,  Xen.  Cyn.  3,  3. — IV.  of 
meat  and  drink,  unpalatable,  Ath. 

Άστόμωτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  στομόω) 
unsharpened,  untempered,  as  metal. 

Άστονάχητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  στο• 
ναχέω)=5ο^.,  Anth. 


ΑΣΤΡ 

Άστοΐ'ος,  οι;  (α  copul.  or  intens., 
στείλω)  loudlij  sighing  or  wailing,  mourn- 
ful, Aesch.  Theb.  857  :  or,  as  others, 
(a  priv.),  not  inerely  sighing,  i.  e.  ivail- 
ing  bitterly,  cf.  άσταγής.  —  II.  πότος 
ύστονος,  a  potion  to  chase  away  sighs, 
Mehlhorn  Anacr.  50,  6,  p.  188,  cf. 
ΰχολας  2. 

'Κστόξενος-,  b,  η,  {άστν,  ξένος)  the 
jstiblic  guest  of  a  city,  Aesch.  Suppl. 
356 :  one  who  has  been  made  an 
honorary  freeman. 

Άσ~ορ)ία,  ας,  η,  want  of  natural 
affection.  Dion.  H. :  from 

Άστοργος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  στίργω) 
without  natural  affection,  Theocr.  17, 
43:  criiel,  θάνατος,  Leon.  Al. 

Άστορής,  ές,  (α  priv.,  στορένννμι) 
tinbedded,  Nonn. 

Αστός  ov,  ό,  (άστν)  a  townsman, 
citizen,  fellow-citizen,    opp.    to    ξένος, 
Horn.     Fern,  άστη,  ή,  q.  v. 
ί'ΑσΓούοίΟί,  uv,   01.   the  Asttirii,  a 
people  of  Spain,  Strab. 

Αστόχαστος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  στοχά- 
ζομαι) not  aimed,  Dion.  H. 

Άστοχέω,  {άστοχος)  to  miss  the 
mark,  in  genl.  to  miss,  τινός,  Polyb. : 
to  fail,  περί  τίνος.  Id.     Hence 

Ά.στόχιιμα,  ατός,  τό,  afailure,  fault, 
Plut.  hke  αμάρτημα. 

'  'Αστοχία,  ας,  ή,  a  missing  the  mark, 
failing.  Pint. — 2.  imprudence,  thought- 
lessness, Polyb.  :  from 

*  Κάτοχος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  στοχάζομαι) 
missing  the  marh,  aiming  badly  at,  τι- 
νός, Plat.  Tim.  19  Ε  :  hence  in  genl., 
going  or  doing  wrong,  heedless,  thought- 
less, random.  Adv.  -γωζ". 
^" Αστρα,  ας,  ή,  Astra,  an  hetaera, 
Ath.  583  Ε . 

i' Αστράβακος,  ov,  b,  AstrabQcus,  a 
Spartan  hero,  Hdt.  6,  6!). 

'Αστράβη,  ης•'/•{  ύστράβής)  a  wooden 
saddle,  pack-snrld:e  hence — II.  a  mule 
with  071  easy  saddle  on,  Lys.  169,  13,  cf. 
Bultm.  Dem.  Mid.  E.tc.  7. 

Άστρΰβη?Μτης,  ου,  ό,  (,άστρύβη, 
έλαύνω)  α  muleteer,  Luc.  [λα] 

Άστράβηλος,  δ,=^στράβη'Αος,  with 
α  euphon.,  Ath. 

Άστραβής.  ές,^άστραφής,  immov- 
able or  not  twisted,  straight,  κίων,  Pind. 
Ο.  2.  146,  τρίγωνοι'.  Plat.  Tim.  73  Β. 

'Αστραβίζω,   {άστράβη)   to  carry  a 

pack  saddle,  serve  as  a  beast  of  burden, 

άστραβίζουσαι  κάμη?Μΐ,  Aesch.  Supp. 

γ      285,  but  the  passage  is  very  dub. 

V",        'Αστραγά/.η,  ης,  ή,  Ion.  for  άστρύ- 

γα7.ος  III.,  Anacr.  44. 

' .Αστρΰγΰ'λίζω,  f.  -ίσιο,  to  play  with 
άστράγα'λοι.  Plat.:  also  άστρ.  άρτυις, 
Cratin.  Plut.  4. 

' Αστραγα?Λνος,  ov,  b,  a  gold-finch, 
elsewhere  ττοικιλίς,  Opp. 

'Αστρηγά?αον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from 
άστράγα?Μς. 

Άστραγάλισις,  •εως,  η,  a  playing 
with  άστράγα?Μΐ,  Arist.  Rhet. 

Άστραγαλίσκος,  ov,  ό,  dim.  from 
ίστράγαΤίος. 

Άστραγαλισμός,  ov,  ό,=άστραγά- 
λισις. 

Άστραγαλίτης,  ου,  ό.  fem.  άστρα- 
γαλΐτις,  ιδος,  ή,  of  the  nature  or  form 
of  an  άστράγα?Μς.    [ϊ] 

Άστηαγα?ιόμαντις,  εως,  b,  ή,  {ασ- 
τράγαλος, μάντις)  divining  from  ασ- 
τράγαλοι, Artemid. 

'Αστράγαλος,  ov,  b,  one  nf  the  ver- 
tebrae, esp.  in  the  neck,  Hom. — II.  the 
ankle  bone,  Lat.  talus,  Hdt.  3,  129: 
Theocr.  10,  36,  compares  pretty  feet 
to  αστράγαλοι,  perh.  from  their  being 
well-turned,  or  (as  the  Schol.)  from 
their  whiteness.  —  III.  usu.  in  plur. 
αστράγαλοι,  dice,  which  at  first  were 
made  of  the  ankle  bones,  (often  used 


ΑΣΤΡ 

by  boys  in  their  simple  state,  as  in  a 
Marble  in  the  Brit.  Mus.  Room  3, 
No.  31),  but  soon  of  other  materials 
also,  esp.  of  stone,  Lat.  tali :  hence 
the  gajne  played  therewith,  II.  23,  88, 
Hdt.  1,  94.  The  άστράγα?,οι  had 
only  four  flat  sides,  the  two  others 
being  round  :  the  flat  were  marked 
with  pips,  so  that  the  side  with  one 
pip  stood  opposite  to  that  with  six, 
and  that  with  three  to  that  with 
four ;  the  two  and  five  were  want- 
ing :  dice  marked  on  all  the  six  sides 
were  called  κύβοι.  In  playing  they 
threw  four  αστράγαλοι  out  of  the 
palm  of  the  hand  or  from  a  box 
(.•πύργος) :  the  best  throw  {βόλος), 
which  was  when  each  die  came  up 
diflferently,  was  called  'Αφροδίτη. 
Lat.  jactus  Veneris,  also  Mioaf  and 
Ηρακλής :  the  worst,  when  all  the 
dice  came  up  alike,  kvuv,  Lat.  canis, 
canicula.  the  locus  classicus  on  the 
subject  is  Eust.  Od.  1,  p.  1397,  34, 
sq.  There  was  another  game  at  dice 
called  πενταθλίζειν,  q.  v. :  cf  Becker, 
Gallus  1,  p.  221,  sq.,  Diet.  Antiqq. 
VOC.  talus.- — IV.  a  scourge  of  struiig 
bones,  used  like  the  knout.  Diod.  :  also 
άστραγα?.ωτος  Ίμάς,  Posidon.  ap. 
Ath.  153  A. — V.  a  moidding  in  the 
capital  of  the  Ionic  column,  Vitruv., 
cf  Diet.  Antiqq.  —  VI.  a  leguminous 
plant. — VII.  a  measure  used  by  phy- 
sicians.    (Deriv.  unknown.) 

' Αστραγαλώδης,  ες,  {αστράγαλος, 
είδος)  shaped  like  an  άστράγα?.ος. 

Άστραγαλωτός,  ή,  όν,  of  αστρά- 
γαλοι, talaris,  v.  άστράγα?Μς  IV. 

νΑστραία,  ας.  ή,  Asiraea,  daughter 
of  Themis  and  Jupiter,  Apollod. : 
from 

Άστραϊος,  αία,  αΐον,  {άστρον) 
starry,  starred.     Hence 

ί'ΑστραΙος,  ov,  ό,  Astraeus,  a  Titan, 
husband  of  Eos.  father  of  the  winds 
and  stars,  Hes.  Th.  367. 

Άστρηπαΐος,  αία,  αΐον,  {αστραπή) 
of  lightning,  άνεμος  ά.,  wind  with 
thunderstorms,  Arist.  Meteor. :  so  too 
άστρ.  νδατα,  thunder-showers,  Plut. 

' Αστραπενς,  έως,  ό,  a  lightener, 
hurlcr  of  lightning,  Orph. ;  from 

Άστραπ//,  ης,  η,  a  flash  of  lightning, 
lightning,  βροντή  και  άστραπ?},  Hdt. 
3,  86,  etc. ;  also  βροντή  έρβάγη  δι' 
αστραπής,  Soph.  Fr.  507 :  oft.  also 
as  plur.,  lightnings,  as  Aesch.  Theb. 
430.  —  2.  inetaph.,  ομμάτων,  Soph. 
Fr.  421  :  so  βλέπειν  άστραπάς,  Ar. 
Ach.  566.  (Akin  to  άστεροπή,  στε- 
ροπή.)  _     ^  ^      ^ 

' Αστραπηβολέω,  ώ,  {άστραπ?/, βάλ- 
λω) to  hurl  lightnings. 

Άστραπηφορέω,  ώ,  to  carry  light- 
nings, Ar.  Pac.  722  :  from 

Άστραπηφόρος,  ov,  (αστραπή,  φέ- 

f(j)  carrying  lightnings,  flashing,  πϋρ, 
)m.  Bacch.  3. 
Άστράπιος,  ον,=άστραπαΐος,  Orph. 

Άστραποειδής,  ές,  {αστραπή,  είδος) 
like  lightning,  forked,  twisting. 

Άστραπτικός,  ή,  όν,  lightning 

Άστράπτω,  f.  -ψω,  (αστραπή)  to 
lighten,  hurl  lightriiugs,  II.  :  hence  im- 
pers.,  άστράπτει,  it  lightens.  Soph. 
Fr.  507  :  trans,  to  flash  forth,  σέλας, 
Aesch.  Pr.  356  :  but— II.  intr.  to  flash, 
glance  like  lightning,  άστράπτει  πάς 
χαλινός.  Soph.  Ο.  C.  1067 :  κατά- 
χαλκον  ά.  πεδίον,  gleams  with  brass, 
Eur.  Phoen.  110. — HI.  άστράπτομαί, 
as  dep.  for  άστράπτω,  Aristid. 

Άστρύρχη,  ης,  ή.  queen  of  stars, 
epith.  of  the  moon,  Orph. 

' Αστράτεία,  ας,  ή,  {a  priv.,  στρα- 
τεύω) exemption  from  service,  Ar.  Pac. 
52C. — 2.  a  shunnin'Of  service,  never  ap- 


ΑΣΤΡ 

pearing  on  duty,  which  at  Athens  was 
a  heavy  ofi'ence,  liable  to  indictment 
(γραφι),  but  also  δίκη,  Plat.  Legg. 
943  D,  Dem.  999,  6),  hence  φεύγειν 
γραφήν  άστρατείας,  to  be  accused  of 
it,  Ar.  Eq.  443  ;  άστρατείας  ά'λώναι, 
to  be  convicted  of  it,  Lys.  140, 10,  Dem. 
533,  10 ;  cf  Diet.  Antiqq. 

Άστράτεντος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  στρα- 
τεύω) without  service,  and  SO — 1.  ex- 
empt therefrom,  Lys.  115,  26. — 2.  never 
having  served,  never  appearing  on  duty, 
Aeschin.  78,  41.  [a] 

'  Αστρατηγησία.  ας,  ή,  incapacity  for 
command,  Dion.  H. :  from 

Άστράτηγητος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  στρατ- 
ηγέω)  not  led,  badly  led,  without  leader, 
Joseph. — 2.  act.  never  having  been  gen- 
eral. Plat.  Ale.  2,  142  A. — 3.  incapable 
of  command.  Axisi.     Adv. -rwf. 

Άστράφής,  ef,=sq..  Soph.  Fr.  367. 

Άστρεπτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  στρέφω) 
?iot  to  be  bent,  not  bending  or  warping, 
of  wood. — 2.  =άστροφος,  Theocr.  24, 
94. — 3.  of  persons,  unbending,  inflexi- 
ble, Anth.  ;  cf.  άστροφος. — II.  ivhence 
none  return,  "Αιδης,  Lye.  Adverb, 
άστρεπτεί. 

Άστρίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {άστρις)^άστρα 
γαλίζω. 

'Αστρικός,  ή,  όν,  of  οχ  belonging  to 
the  stars. 

Άστρις,  ιος,  7/,=  sq.,  Call. 

'Αστριχος,  ό,=^  άστράγα7ιος,  An 
tiph.  Epidaur.  1. 

'Αστροβλής,  ήτος,  ό,  ή,  (άστρον, 
βάλλω)  star-struck,  esp.  stricken  by  the 
sun,  withered,  Arist.  Juveiit. 

Άστρόβ?ιητος,  ov,  =  foreg.,  The- 
ophr. 

Άστροβολησία,  ας,  ή,  the  state  of 
an  άστροβλ.ής,  a  stroke  of  the  sun,  Lat. 
sideratio,  Theophr. 

Άστροβο?ίέομαι,  f.  -ήσομαι,  pass,  to 
be  struck  by  the  sun,  Lat.  siderari,  The- 
ophr.    Hence 

Άστροβολίζομαι,  f.  -ίσομαι,  pass. 
= foreg. 

Άστροβόλητος,  ον,^άστροβλής. 

' Αστροβο/.ία,  ας,  ή,=^άστροβλησία, 
Theophr. 

' .Κστροβολισμός,  gen.  ov,  ό,^=άσ• 
τροβ?ιησία. 

'Αστρογείτων,  ον,  όνος,  (άστρον, 
γείτων)  near  the  stars,  κορνφαί,  Aeseh. 
Pr.  721. 

Άστροδίαιτος,  ov,  (άστρον,  δίαιτα) 
living  under  the  stars,  i.  e.  in  the  open 
air,  Orph.  \ΐ\ 

Άστροειδής,  ές,  {άστρον,  είδος) 
starlike,  starry,  Strab. 

Άστροθεάμων,  gen.  όνος,  ό,  ή,  {άσ- 
τρον, θεάομαι)  icatcking  the  stars : 
τέχνη  ά.,  astronomy. 

Άστροθεσία,  ας,  ι),  {άστρόθετος) 
the  relative  position  of  stars. — 2.  a  con- 
stellation. 

Άστροθετέω,  ώ,  to  class  the  stars  in 
constellations,  Strab. :  from 

Άστροθέτης,  ου,  b,  {άστρον,  τί• 
θημι)  one  who  classes  the  stars,  Orph. 

Άστρόθετος,  ov,  {άστρον,  τίΟημι) 
for  classingthe  stars,  κανών,  Anth. 

Άστροβντης,  ov,  ό,  {άστρον,  θνω) 
a  star-worshipper,  Diog.  L.  [i] 

'ΑΓ,τρο?.εσχέω,  to  prate  of  stars  and 
astrology  :  from 

'Αστρο?.έσχης,  ov,  ό,  {άστρον, 
λέσχη)  prating  of  stars,  nickname  for 
an  astrologer. 

Άστρολογέω,  ώ,  to  be  an  άστρο 
λόγος,  study  astronomy,  Polyb.  Hence 

Άστρολόγημα,  ατός,  τό,  astronomy  • 
and 

'Αστρολογία,  ας,  ή,  astronomy, 
Polyb. :  and  so  in  Lat.,  astrologia. 

'Αστρολογικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to 
astronomy  or  astronomers  :  ή  άστρο/.ο• 
227 


ΑΣΤΥ 

γική,  sub.  τέχνη, =  αστρολογία,  Arist. 
Org.  :  from 

'Αστρολόγος,  οι;  {ύστρον,  λεγο)) 
obsfrring  the  stars,  an  astronomer,  Lat. 
astrologus—uorpoi'o/wr,  Xen.  Mem. 
4,  2,  10  :  in  later  authors,  an  astro- 
loger,z=  ΰστρόμαντις. 

Άστρομαντΐία,  ας,  ^,=sq.,  Diod. 

Άστρομαντική,  7/ς,  ή,  sub.  τέχνη, 
divination  by  the  stars,  astrology,  Sext. 
Einp. :  from 

Άστρόμαντις,  εως,  ό,  (ύστρον. 
μύντίς)  an  astrologer. 

ΆΣ'ΓΡΟΝ,  01',  τό,  α  star,  constella- 
tion, Horn. :  csp.  the  dng-star,  poet, 
also  the  sun :  metaph.  the  best  and 
brightest  of  its  kind,  v.  αστήρ.  Pro- 
verb, άστροις  σημαίνεσθαι,  τεκμαί- 
ρεσθαι,  to  guide  one's  self  by  the  stars, 
cf  εκμετρέω.  (v.  sub  αστήρ.) 

Άστρονομέω,  ώ,  to  be  an  αστρο- 
νόμος, study  astronomy,  Ar.  Nub.  194, 
and  Plat.     Hence 

Άστρονόμημα,  ατός.  τό,  an  observa- 
tion of  the  stars,  Diogr.  L. 

Άστρηνημία,  ας,  ή,  astronomy,  Ar. 
Nub.  201,  and  Plat. 

'Αστρονομικός,  ή,  όν,  given  to  astro- 
nomy, astronomical,  Plat. :  from 

'Αστρονόμος,  ov,  (ύστρον,  νέμω) 
classing  the  stars  in  constellations,  as- 
tronomical ;  as  subst.,  an  astronomer, 
Plat. :  cf.  αστρολόγος. 

Άστροπλήξ,  ήγος,  ό,  ή,  (ύστρον, 
ΤΓ^.ήσσο))^  ΰστροβλής. 

'Αστροπολέω,  ώ,  ίο  be  busied  with 
the  stars. 

Άστροφΰής.  ες,  (ύστρον,  φύος)  and 

Άστροόανής,  ές,  (ύστρον,  φαίνω) 
shining  like  a  star,  Diod. 

Άστροώόρος,  ov,  (ύστρον,  φέρω) 
bearing  stars. 

Άστροφος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  στρέόω) 
without  turning  round  or  away,  fixed, 
Lat.  irretortus,  όμματα,  Aesch.  Cho. 
99;  so  άστη.  έ7βεΊν,  to  go  u-ithout  turn- 
ing the  back.  Soph.O.  C.  490  :  without 
turning  or  twisting,  Plat.  Polit.  282  D. 

Άστροχίτων,  ov,  gen.  ωνος,  (ύσ- 
τρον. y  IT  ων)  star-clad,  epith.  of  night, 
Orph.  [i] 

Υ Αστρνβαι,  ων,  oi,  the  Astrubae,  a 
people  of  India,  Arr.  Ind.  4.  8. 

,Άστρωος,  a.  ον,=  άστρικός,  of  the 
stars,  starry,  οίκος,  Anth. 

Άστρωπός,  όν,=  ίστερωττός,  Eur. 
Η.  F.  406. 

Άστρωσία,  ας,  η,  a  lying  without  a 
bed,  on  the  bare  ground,  Plat.  Legg. 
633  C  :  from 

Άστρωτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  στρώννν- 
ui)  without  a  bed,  εΰδειν,  Epich.  p.  15 : 
unsmoothcd,  rugged,  ιτέ()ον,  Eur.  H. 
F.  52  :  vnthout  horsecloth  or  saddle. 

ΆΣΤΥ,  τό,  gen.  fofcontr.  ονς.  also 
εως  (the  latter  form  only  in  Trac, 
ace.  to  Sch;if  ad  Pors.  Or.  710,  El- 
lendt  Lex  Soph.),  a  city,  town,  Hom.: 
the  Athenians  called  their  nu-n  city 
Άστν,  as  the  Romans  called  theirs 
Urbs,  cf.  πόλίζ• :  though  ύστυ  more 
usu.  denoted  the  upper  town,  as  opp. 
to  the  PeirtFcus,  more  fully,  άστυ  της 
πό/ι-εως,  Lycurg.  150,  9.  Adv.  άσ-ΐ'- 
όε,  q.  V.  (Strictly  /"άστν,  as  in 
Horn.,  and  so  from  Sanscr.  vas,  to 
dwell,  akin  to  Vesta,  εστία,  Pott 
Forsch.  1,279.) 

^'ΑστνύγτΐΓ,  ους,  δ,  Astyages.  the 
last  king  of  Media,  Hdt.  1,  46,  127, 
etc. :  in  Xen.  ace.  sing,  also  Αστυά- 
γην,  Cyr.  1,  3,  4. 
\Άστναλος,  ov,  6,  Astyalus,  a  Tro- 
jan, II.  6,  29. 

Άστνύναξ,  ακτος,  6,  (ύστυ,  ύναξ) 
lord  of  the  city,  epith.  of  certain  gods, 
Aesch.  Supp.  101):  in  Horn,  only  as 
pr.  n, :  V.  sq. 
228 


ΑΣΤΥ 

ίΆστνύναξ,  ακτος,  ό,  (=  foreg. ) 
A.styanax.  a  son  of  Hercules,  Apol- 
lod.— 2.  the  son  of  Hector,  11.  6,403. 
— Others  in  Pans.,  Diog.  L.  etc.  : 
adj.  'Αστνανάκτειος,  a,  ov,  of  Astya- 
nnx,  Anth. 

ΫΑστυβίης,  ov,  ό.  (ύστυ,  βία)  Asty- 
bies,  a  son  of  Hercules,  Apollod. 

' Αστνβοώτης,  ov,  b,  (ίστν,  βοάω) 
crying  or  calling  through  the  city,  ejiith. 
of  a  herald,  11.24.701. 

Άστνγειτονέομαι,  dep.,  to  be  an 
άστυγείτων,  ά.  χθόνα,  to  dwell  in  a 
neighbouring  land,  Aesch.  Supp.  286. 

Άστυγειτονικός,  ή,  όν,  of  belong- 
ing to  an  άστνγι  ίτί,ιν,  ττόλεμος,  a  war 
with  neighbours,  Plut. :  from 

Άστνγείτων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  (ύστν, 
γείτων)  near  or  bordering  on  a  city, 
σκοτταί,  Aesch.  Ag.  309,  πό?.εις.  Eur. 
Hipp.  1161  ;  but  usu.  as  subst.,  a 
7ieighboiir  to  the  city,  a  neighbour,  a 
borderer,  Hdt.  2,  104,  Thnc.  1,  15.  etc. 
\Άστνγονος,  ov,  ό.  (ύστν  *γένω) 
Astygonus,  son  of  Priam,  Apollod. 
νΑστιπ'Ίάμας,  αντος,  <i,  (ύστν.  δα- 
μάω)  Astydaynas,  a  tragic  poet,  neph- 
ew of  Aeschylus,  Diod.  S.  14,  43. 
Hence 

Ι'Αστνδάμεία,  ας,  ή,  Astydamia. 
daughter  of  Amyntor  and  mother  of 
Tlepolemus.  Pmd.  01.  7,  43.-2.  wife 
of  Acastus,  Apollod.  3,  13, 1. 

"Αστνδε,  adv.,  into  the  city,  to  or 
towards  the  city,  Hom. 

Άστνδίκης,  ov,  ό,  the  Rom.  Prae- 
tor urbanus. 

Άστυδρομέω,  (ύστν,  δραμεΐν)  to 
overrun,  invest,  storm  a  city,  πόλΐν, 
Aesch.  Theb.  221. 

Άστνκός,  -ή,  όν,  =  αστικός,  for 
which  perh.  it  is  only  a  f  1.,  cf.  Bre- 
mi  Lys.  τϊερί  δημ.  ύδικ.  3. 

V Αστνκρύτεια,  ας,  ή,  Astycratla, 
daughter  of  Niobe.  Apollod.  3,  5,  6. 
— 2.  daughter  of  Polyide.  Paus. 

^'Αστνκρατίδας,  a  and  ov,  ό,  Asty- 
cratidas,  masc.  pr.  n.,  Plut. 

\Άστνκρέων,  οντος,  ϋ,  (ύστν,  Κρέ- 
ων) Astycreon,  masc.  pr.  η.,  Ath..  etc. 

Άστϋλος,  ov.  (a  priv.,  στν?Μς) 
irllhout  pillar  or  prop,  Anth. 

t'.WrrZor,  01).  ό,  Astylus,  masc.  pr. 
n..  Plat.,  Dinarch.,  etc. 

Άστύλωτος,  ον,^^ίστνλος.  [ΰ] 
νΑστνμαχος.  ov,  δ,  (ύστν.  μάχομαι) 
Astymachus,  masc.  pr.  η.,  Thuc.  3,  52. 

'ΑστννΙκος  πό7ας,  (ύστυ,  νίκη) 
Athens  the  victorious  city,  Aesch.  Eum. 
915  :  strictly  city-conquering. 

Άστυνομέω,  to  be  an  αστυνόμος, 
Dem. 

'Αστυνομία,  ας,  ?).  the  office  or  rank 
of  an  αστυνόμος,  Arist.  Pol. 

'Αστυνομικός,  ή,  όν.  belonging  to  an 
αστυνόμος  or  fiis  office,  Plat.  Rep. 
125  D. 

'Αστυνόμων,  ov,  τό,  the  court  of 
the  αστυνόμοι.  Plat.  Le^gg.  918  A. 

'Αστυνόμος,  ov,  δ,  {ύστν,  νέμω)  a 
magistrate  at  Athens,  who  had  the  care 
of  the  police,  streets,  and  public  build- 
ings, tney  were  ten  in  number,  five 
for  the  city,  and  five  for  the  Pejra'eus, 
Isae.  36,  40,  Dem.  733,  10.  and  freq. 
in  Plat.  Legg.,  cf  Bockh  P.  E.  1,  p. 
272:  the  word  was  afterwards  used 
to  translate  the  Roman  Aedilis,  cf 
ύγορανόμος. — II.  as  adj.,  protecting 
or  guiding  cities,  θεοί,  Aesch.  :  also 
ύγ?.αίαι  ά.,  public  festivals,  Pind.  N. 
9,  74  :  όργαϊ  ά.,  the  feelings  of  social 
life,  Soph.  Ant.  355. 

νΑστύνοος,  ov,  ό,  (ύστν,  νόος)  As- 
tynous,  son  of  Phaethon,  Apollod.  3, 
14.  3.-2.  a  Trojan,  II.  5,   144;   an- 
other in  15,  455. 
νΑστνόχη,  ης,  ή,  Astyoche,  daugh- 


ΑΣΥΓ 

ter  of  Actor,  II.  2,  514. — 2.  daughter 
of  Phylus,  mother  of  Tlepolemus, 
11.2.  058.— 3.  daughter  of  the  Simois, 
mother  of  Tros,  Apollod.  3,  12.  2.— 
4.  daughter  of  Laomedon,  Apollod. 
3,  12,  3.-5.  daughter  of  Niobe,  Apol- 
lod. 3,  5,  6. 
^Αστνοχος,  ov,  b,  (ύστν,  εχω)  As- 
tyochus,  son  of  Aeolus,  king  of  Li- 
para,  Diod.  S.— 2.  a  Sjjartan  naval 
commander,  Thuc.  8,  20. — 3.  an  Athe 
nian.  Aeschin. 

Άστνοχος,  ov,  (ύστν,  ίχω)  keeping, 
protecting  the  city,  Ath. 

^Αστυπάλαια,  ar.  ή.  Astypalaea, 
daughter  of  Phoenix,  Apollod.  2,  7, 
1.— II.  one  of  the  Sporades,  near 
Crete,  Strab. — 2.  a  promontory  of 
Attica  near  Sunium,  Strab. ;  another 
in  Caria,  Id. — 3.  an  ancient  name  oi 
the  city  Cos.  Strab. 

Άστνηολέω,  (ύστν,  ττέ^-ομαι)  to 
go  up  and  dnirn  in  a  city,  live  in  it, 
lounge  about  the  streets,  Theopomp. 
(Hist.)  ap.  Ath.  526  C.     Hence 

Άστνπολία,  ας,  ή,  residence  m  a 
city,  Hierocl. 

ίΆστνπν?~ος,  σν,  ό,  Astypylus,  a 
Trojan,  II.  21,  209. 
νΑστί'ρα,  ων.  τιΊ.  Astyra,  a  place  in 
Greater  Mysia,  Strab. — 2.  a  city  of 
Troas,  Id. — 3.  a  city  of  Latium,  Plut. 
Hence 

Υ Αστνρίνη,  ης,  ή,  of  A.iti/ra,  an  epi- 
thet of  Diana.  Xen.  Hell.' 4,  1,  41. 

Άστνρον.  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  ύστν, 
a  little  city.  Call. 

Άστντος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  στνω)  inca- 
pable of  the  act  of  στνειν,  Xenarch. 
But.  1 :  hence  ύστντίς,  ίδος,  ή,  Lat. 
lactuca,  a  lettuce,  salad,  SO  called  from 
its  refrigerant  properties,  Ath.  69  E. 

' Αστντρι^ι,  ΐβος,  ο,  ή,  (ύστν,  τρί- 
βω) abrays  living  in  the  city.  Critias, 
63  :  cf  οίκότριφ. 

' Χστνφέ?Λκτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  στνόε- 
λίζω)  unshaken,  undisturbed,  βασιλεία, 
Xen.  Rep.  Lac.  15.  7. 

Άστνώελος,ον,  also  jy,  ov, Theogn., 
not  rugged  or  rocky. 

V Αστυφιλος,  ου,  δ,  (ύστν,  φίλος) 
Astyphilus,  masc.  pr.  η.,  Isae. ;  etc. 

'Ασνγγενής,  ές,  (a  priv.,  συγγενής) 
not  akin. 

Άσυγγνύμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  (a 
priv.,  συγγνώμων)  not  pardoning,  re- 
lentless, merciless,  Dem.  547.  8  :  irreg. 
super!,  ασνγγν  ωμότατο  ς  or  ασνγγνω- 
μονέστατοΓ,  Phintys  ap.  Stob.  p.  445, 
38. 

Άσνγγράφος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  συγγρα- 
φή) without  acknowledgment  or  bond, 
BockhP.  E.  1,  171. 

Άσνγγί'μναστος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  σνγ- 
γνμνάζω)  unexercised,  Luc. 

Άσνγκαταθετέω,  (a  priv.,  σνγκα- 
τατίθημι)  to  withhold  one's  assent, 
Sext.  Emp. 

Άσνγκέραστος,  or,  (α  priv.,  σνγκε- 
ράνννμί)  unmixed,  not  to  be  mixed. 

Άσυγκλε ιστός,  ov,  (a  priv.,  συγ- 
κ7.είω)  not  .shut  up  together. 

' Ασνγκ7Μστος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  συγ- 
κ7.ώβω)  not  joined  or  unitid  by  the 
threads  of  fate,  Cic.  Att.  6,  1. 

Άσνγκόμιστος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  συγκο- 
μίζω) not  gathered,  unreaped,  καρπός, 
Xen.  Cyr.  1,5, 10. 

'Ασνγκράτος,  ov ,^=άσνγκέραστος. 

'Ασύγκριτος,  ov,  (a  pnv,,  σνγκρί 
νω)  not  to  be  compared,  unlike. — ll.  jm 
sociable,  Polyb.     Adv.  -τως. 

'Ασυγκρότητος,  ov,  Thuc.  8,  95. 
Adv.  ~τως,  v.  άξνγκρότητος. 

'Ασνγχΰτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  crυγχέω) 
not  poured  together,  not  intermixed,  not 
confounded.     Adv.  -τως. 

'Ασυγχώρητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  συγχω- 


ΑΣΤΜ 

()έω)  not  allowed,  not  ίο  be  allowed,  un- 
pardonable, Diod. — II.  act.  unforgiving, 
relentless.     Adv.  -τως. 

Άσϋκοφάνττ/τος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  σνκο- 
φαντέω)  not  accused  by  sycophants,  not 
calumniated,  Aeschin.  84,  44.  Adv. 
-τως. 

ΆσϋλαΙος,  αία,  alov,  {άσνλον)  be- 
longing to  an  asylum,  θεός,  Plut. 
Άσϋλΐί,  adv.  of  ασυλος,  inviolably, 
'λσύλητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  συλάω)  = 
ασϋλος,  Eur.  Hel.  449.  [iJ] 

Άσϋ?ύα,  ας,  ?/,  inviolability,  safety 
to  the  person,  esp.  of  a  suppliant,  άσ. 
βροτών,  Aesch.  Supp.  610  :  sanctity 
of  a  place  of  refuge,  Polyb. — II.  act. 
ο  paying  respect  to  the  sanctity  of  a 
place,  etc. 

Άσνλ?ιηπτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  συλλαμ- 
βάνω) not  to  be  laid  hold  of  or  grasped, 
incomprehensible. —  II.  act.  7iot  laying 
hold  of,  not  conceiving,  Diosc.  Hence 
Άσυ?Λ7/-ψία,  ας,  ή,  the  state  of  an 
άσνλ/.ητΓΤυς. 

Ά.συλ?Μγίστος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  σΐ'λ- 
?.ογίζομαι)  not  concluded  by  just  rea- 
soning, inconclusive,  illogical,  Arist. 
Rhet. :  in  genl.  unreasonable,  Menand. 
p.  124. — II.  act.  unable  to  reason,  Po- 
lyb.    Adv.  -τως,  Plut. 

Άσιιλον,  ου,  τό,  (strictly  neut. 
from  sq.)  an  asylum,  sanctuary. 

'Κσϋλος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  σν/.τ])  free 
from  plunder  OX  robbery  :  esp.  under 
divine  protection,  unharmed,  inviolate, 
Eur.  Med.  728  :  also  c.  gen.,  γάμων 
ΰσ.  safe  from  marriage,  Id.  Hel.  61  : 
γην  άσυ/ιον  παρασχεΐν,  to  make  the 
land  a  refuge.  Id.  Med.  387. 

Άσύμβάμα,  ατός,  τό,  not  a  σύμβα- 
ua,  or  complete  predicate,  Priscian,  18, 
1,4. 

Ασύμβατος,  ov,  old  Att.  ΰξνμβ-, 
(α  priv.,  συμβαίνω)  not  coming  to 
terms,  Thuc.  3,  46  :  incompatible. — II. 
act.  disagreeing,  not  uniting,  bringing 
no  union,  Polyb.     Adv.  -τως. 

Άσύμβ/.ητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  συμβάλ- 
λω) not  to  be  compared,  unequal,  incom- 
mensurate, Arist.  Metaph. — II.  not  to 
he  guessed,  unintelligible,  άξύμβ?\,ητόν 
Tivi  μαβείν.  Soph.  Tr.  694. — III.  not 
to  be  met  U'ith,  unsocial.  Id.  Fr.  350. 

'Α.συμβο2.έω,  to  be  άσύμβολος,  pay 
tw  contribution  to  a  thing,  τινός: 
from 

Άσνμβο?.ος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  συμβάλ- 
λω) without  contribution,  to  which  no 
one  subscribes,  esp.  δεϊπνον  ά.,  a  feast 
where  no  one  brings  any  thing,  Alex., 
Φνγ-,  Amphis  Incert.  3. — 2.  without 
social  intercourse,  solitary,  βίος,  Plut. 
— II.  act.  noi  contributing,  not  paying 
one's  share,  esp.  at  a  feast,  Aeschin. 
11,  13  ;  in  genl.  useless,  unprofitable. 
Id.     Adv.  -λως. 

^ Ασυμβού?.εντος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  συμ- 
βουλεύω) unadvised,  without  counsel. — 
II.  act.  not  asking  for  advice. 

' Κσυμμετρία,  ας,  ή,  want  of  symme- 
try, disproportion,  Plat.  Gorg.  525  A  : 
from 

'λσύμμετρος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  σύμμε- 
τρος) incommensurate,  tlvl,  Vl^ith  a 
thing,  Plat.  Tim.  87  D.— II.  wanting 
symmetry,  disproportionate,  unequal, 
Xeri.  Cyn.  2,  7  :  unsuitable,  improper, 
immoderate,  χρΖ/ματα,  Plat.  Legg.  918 
B.  Adv.  -τρως. 
Άσνμμΐγής,  t'f.t=sq. 
'Χσύμμικτος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  ανμμί- 
",νυμί)  unmixed,  not  to  be  united,  Dion. 
H. 

Άσνμτταγής,  ές,  (a  priv.,  συμτζψ 
γννμι)  not  fitted  together,  not  compact, 
Luc, 

' Κσυμπάθεια,  ας,  η,  want  of  sympa- 
thy Ιπΰ} :  from 


ΑΣΤΝ 

Άσυμπΰθής,  ες,  {a  priv.,  σνμπα• 
θής)  without  fellow-feeling  or  sympathy, 
Plut.     Adv.  -θώς,  Diod. 

'Α.σύμ7Γ?.εκτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  συμ- 
πλέκω) not  woven  or  entwined  together, 
incompatible,  Theophr. 

Άσυμπλι/ρωτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  συμ- 
π/'.ηρόω)  not  filled  up,  not  fulfilled. 

Άσύμπλοκος,  ov.  =  άσύμττ/.εκτος, 
Philo. 

Ασύμπτωτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  συμπί- 
πτω) not  falling  together  or  fitting, 
Hipp. 

Άσυμπώρωτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  σνμ- 
πωρόω)  not  become  callous. 

Άσυμφΰνής,  ές,  (α  priv.,  συμφαί- 
νομαι)  invisible,  Arist.  Mirab.  Adv. 
-νώς. 

Ασύμφορος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  σύμφορος) 
inexpedient,  useless,  Hes.  Op.  780  :  m- 
expedient  for...,  Ttvi.  Eur.  Tro.  491  : 
prejudicial,  T7j  upxy,  Thuc.  3,  40. 
Adv.  -ρως. 

Άσυμφνής,  ές,  (α  priv.,  συμφύω) 
not  grown  together :  incompatible,  un- 
suitable, Plut. 

Άσύμφϋλος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  σνμφυλος) 
not  akin,  strange,  unlike,  LuC.  :  incom- 
patible, unsuitable,  Plut. 

Άσύμφνρτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  σνμφύ- 
ρω)  not  mingled  together. 

ΆσνμφνΓος,  ον,^άσυμφυής,  Hipp. 
Ασυμφωνία,  ας,  ?/,  uiant  of  harmo- 
ny, discordance,  dissension,  Plat.  Legg. 
861  A :  from 

Άσύμφωνος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  σύμφω- 
νος) not  agreeing  in  sound,  discordant  : 
in  genl.  disagreeing,  τινί,  with  an- 
other. Plat.  Gorg.  482  C— II.  speak- 
ing different  languages,  προς  τίνα. 
Plat.  Polit.  262  D.     Adv.  --νως. 

Άσυναίρετος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  συναι- 
ρέω)  uncontracted,  Gramin. 

V Ασυνακόλονθος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  συνα- 
κό?Μυθος)  without  an  attendant,  un- 
attended,  Antiph. 

Άσυvά?J.aιiτoς,  ov,  {a  priv.,  συν- 
αλ'Κάσσω)  unsociable,  or  implacable, 
Plut. 

^Κσύναπτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  συνάπτω) 
uncombined,  unconnected,  προς  αλλή- 
?ιθυς,  Arist.  Org.  ;  incompatible,  inco- 
herent, Epict. 

Άσυνάρμοστος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  συν- 
αρμόζω)=5^.,  Plut. 

Ασυνάρτητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  σνναρ- 
τάω)  not  knit  together,  not  united,  disa- 
greeing, inconsistent,  Dion.  H. — II.  in 
metre  ασυνάρτητοι  are  verses  com- 
pounded of  heterogeneous  feet,  Herm. 
El.  Metr.  p.  588.     Adv.  -τως. 

'Ασύνδετος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  συνδέω) 
not  bound  together,  unconnected,  Xen. 
Cyn.  5,  30. — II.  without  a  conjunction, 
Arist.  Rhet.     Adv.  -τως. 

Άσύνδη7Μς,  ov,  (a  priv.,  σύνδ?ι?^ος) 
strengthd.  for  άδη?Μς,  Plut. 

'Ασιι^(5ι;ασ7θ(•,  ov,  {a  priv.,  συνδυ- 
άζω) unpaired,  without  union.  Adv. 
-τως. 

'Ασυνείδητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  συνεΐ- 
δον)  unconscious,  not  privy  to  a  thing, 
TLvi,  hence  adv.  άσυνειδήτως  τοις 
άλλοίς,  Lat.  clam  ceteris,  without  the 
others'  knowing  thereof,  Plut. 

Άσύνεργος,  ov,{a  priv.,  συνεργός) 
rendering  no  services,  not  affording  help, 
Ael. 

'Affi'i'fffi'a,  ας,  η,  (ασύνετος)  ivant 
of  understanding,  witlesstuss,  stupidity, 
thuc.  1,  122,  etc. 

Άσννετέω,  ώ,  to  he  ασύνετος,  be 
without  understanding  of  a  thing,  τινός: 
from 

'Ασύνετος,  ov,  Att.  άξύν.,  (α  priv., 
συνετός)  void  of  understanding,  witless, 
stupid,  Hdt.  3,  81,  and  freq.  in  Thuc. 
— II.  unintelligible,  Eur.  Ion  1205,  of. 


ΑΣΥΣ 

Valck.  Phoen.  1510.— 3.  ά.  τινός,  nol 
understanding  a  thing,  Poφhyr.  Adv. 
~τως. 

Άσυνηγόρητος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  συνψ 
γορέω)  undefended. 

Άσυνήβεια,  ας,  ή,  want  of  use,  Arist. 
Metaph. :  inexperience  of.., τινός,  Po- 
lyb. :  from 

'Ασυνήθης,  ες,  gen.  εος,  (α  priv., 
συνήθης)  unaccustomed,  χώρος,  Em- 
ped.  10:  inexperienced  in  a  thing,  τι- 
νός, Polyb.     Adv.  -βως. 

Άσυνήμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  Att.  άξυν. 
(a  priv.,  συνίημι)=άσύνετος,  Aesch. 

Ag.  loeo. 

Άσυνθεσία,  ας,  ή,  (ΰσύνθετος) 
breaking  covenant,  faithlessyiess. 

Άσυνθετέω,  ώ,  to  break  covenant,  be 
faithless  :  from 

Άσύνθετος,  ov,  Att.  άξύνθ.,{α  priv., 
σύνθετος)  uncompounded,  Plat.  Phaed. 
78  C,  Theaet.  205  C  :  so  later,  esp. 
in  Gramm. — II.  (a  priv.,  συντίθεμαι) 
bound  by  no  covenant,  breaking  treaties, 
faithless,  Dem.  383,  6.     Adv.  -τως. 

Άσύννοος,  ov,  contr.  άσύννους, 
ovv,  (a  priv.,  σύννονς)  inattentive,  ab- 
sent. Plat.  Soph.  267  D. 

Άσύνοπτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  συνό4ιο• 
μαι)  not  to  be  perceived,  not  manifest, 
opp.  to  ευσύνοπτος,  Aeschin.  47,  31. 

Άσυνουσίαστος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  συ- 
νουσιύζω)  without  sexual  intercourse. 

Άσύντακτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  συντάσ 
σω)  not  arranged  together,  esp.  of  sol- 
diers, not  in  battle-order,  opp.  to  συντε- 
ταγμένοι, Xen.  Hell.  7,  1,  16:  hence 
— 2.  undisciplined,  disorderly,  Id.  C}T. 
7,  5,  21 :  so  too  ΰσ.  αναρχία,  Thuc. 
6,  72. — II.  not  combined  in  society,  opp. 
to  αθρόος,  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  1,  45. — ΙΠ. 
not  put  fitly  together,  ill-proportioned, 
Xen.  Cyn.'  3,  3. — IV.  not  put  on  the 
tax-roll,  and  so  free  from  public  burdens, 
Dem.  170,  19.    Adv.  -τως.     Hence 

'Ασυνταξία,  ας,  ή,  want  of  arrange- 
ment or  discipline . 

' Ασυντέ/.εστος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  συν- 
τελέώ)  incomplete,  imperfect,  Diod. 
Adv.  -τως. 

Άσυντελής,  ές,  (α  priv.,  συντε7.έω) 
not  contributing  to  the  common  fund  or 
common  good :  esp.  like  ατελής,  ex- 
empt from  public  burdens. — II.=  foreg., 
βίος,  Anton.     Adv.  -/,ώς. 

Άσύντονος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  συντείνω) 
not  strained,  slack,  hence  lazy,  loiter- 
ing. Adv.  -νως,  superl.  -ώτατα,  Xen. 
Cyr.  4,  2.  31. 

Άσύντριπτος,  ov.  (a  priv.,  συντρί- 
βω) not  rubbed  to  pieces  OX  bruised. 

Άσϋρής,  ές,  (α  priv.,  σύρω)  impure, 
filthy,  βίος,  Polyb. 

Άσΰρικτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  συρίσσω) 
not  hissed  off  the  stage,  \υ] 

Άσυσκεναστος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  συ• 
σκευάζω)  not  ivell  arranged,  not  ready 
at  hand,  Xen.  Oec.  8,  13. 

Άσυστΰσία,  ας,  ή,  want  of  union, 
incoTisistency,  confusion :  and 

Άσυστάτέω,  ώ,  to  be  inconsistent : 
from 

Άσύστάτος,  ov,  Att.  αξύστ.,  (a 
priv.,  σννίσταμαι)  not  existing  or  ex- 
tant, impossible.  —  II.  not  holding  or 
hangin<r  together,  having  no  consistency, 
e.  g.  γή,  Plat.  Tim.  61  Α.— 2.  metaph. 
irregular,  unevin,  Lat.  dispar  sibi,  OX 
perh.  wicouth,  rugged.  At.  Nub.  1367, 
of  Aeschylus  :  and  in  Aesch.  himself, 
άξύστ.  άλγος,  Ag.  1467,  may  have 
this  signf.  :  but  perh.  better  a  woe 
under  which  one  cannot  hang  or  hold 
together,  i.  e.  a  shattering,  crushing  woe: 
cf.  Xenarch.  But.  1. 

'Ασύστο?.ος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  συστολή) 
without  contraction,  Gramm.  Adv. 
-7.ως. 

229 


ΑΣΦΑ 

Άσνστροφος,  ον,  (α  priv.,  ανατρο- 
πή) 7iot  pressed  into  a  mass,  not  com- 
pressed, Hipp. :  also  of  style  in  wri- 
ting, like  ϊιξυ'νκρυτητος,  not  condensed, 
Dion.  H. 

Άσύφιβος,  ov,  in  II.  9,  013,  ως  μ' 
άσύφηλοί'  if  Άργείοισιν  ίμεξεν,  ώσίί 
TLv'  άτιμητον  μΐτανάστην,  he  has 
made  me  vile,  of  no  account,  among 
the  Greeks  ;  anil  in  11.  24,  707,  ον-ω 
acv  άκουσα  κακίη>  error,  οΰό'  ασνόη- 
TiOf,  never  yet  have  1  heard  from  thee 
a  vile  or  good  for  nothing  word.  Q. 
Sm.  uses  it  as  act.  :  dishonouring,  de- 
grading,    (ucriv.  unknown.) 

Άσυχία.  άσύχιμος,  άσνχος,  Dor. 
for  ήσυχ.,  Piud. 

νΑσυγις,  ίος,  Ό,  Asuchis,  a  king  of 
Aegypt,  Hdt.  2,  13G. 

Άσφάόαστος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  σφαδά- 
ζω) without  convulsion  or  struggle,  esp. 
in  dying,  Aesch.  Ag.  1293.  Adv.  -τως. 

Άσφακέ'λιστος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  σφακε- 
/Αζω)  not  gangrened  or  mortified,  Me- 
dic. 

Άσφακτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  σφάττω) 
unslaughtercd,  Eur.  ]on  228. 

'Ασφάλεια,  ας,  ή.  Ion.  άσφαλείη  or 
άσφαλιιι,  ?ις,  as  fidt.  4,33,  (άσφαλί/ς) 
firmness,  stability,  άσφαλεία  ύνόρΰω- 
αου  ττύλΐν,  raise  up  the  city  so  that  it 
stand  fast,  Soph.  O.  T.  51 :  hence 
firmness  of  any  kind,  firmness  of  char- 
acter, steadfastness,  etc. — 2.  assurance 
from  danger,  personal  safety,  Lat.  se• 
curitas,  Hdt.,  etc. ;  ή  ιδία  άσφ.,  opp. 
to  ύ  της  πόλεως  κίνδυνος,  Lys.  187, 
20 :  also  a  safe-conduct,  an  assurance, 
Hdt.  3,  7  ;  (5ί(5όΐ'αί,  κηρύττειν,  ποιείν 
τινι  άσφά'λείαν,  Xen. :  δια  or  μετ' 
ασφαλείας,  κατ  άσφύ?.ειαν,  in  safety, 
Thuc,  etc. — 3.  certainty,  surety,  άσφ. 
πολλή  μη  άν  'ελθείν  αυτούς,  Thuc.  2, 
11. — 4.  ασφάλεια  λύγου,  the.  convin- 
cing nature  of  an  argument,  Xen.  Mem. 
4,  6,  15,  cf.  ασφαλής,  I.  4. 

' ΑσφίλεΙος,  op,  epith.  of  Neptune, 
the  Securer,  Ar.  Ach.  682,  ubi  al. 
Άσφάλίίος;  in  Paus.  also  Άσφά- 
λιος. 

Ασφαλής,  ες,  (α  priv.,  σφά?•,?Μμαι) 
not  liable  to  fall,  firm,  fast,  steadfast, 
in  Horn,  only  once  as  adj.,  βεών  έδος 
ασφαλές,  Od.  G,  42,  cf  mf ,  then  in 
Pind.,  etc.  :  hence  firm  in  any  way, 
steadfast,  άσφ.  νους,  Soph.  Fr.  322. — 
2.  of  persons,  also  unfailing,  firm,  as 
friends,  etc.,  sure,  trusty,  Lat.  tutus, 
cautus.  Soph.  Aj.  1251,  Thuc.  1,  09, 
cf.  Heind.  Plat.  Soph.  231  A  :  c.  inf , 
άσφ.  φΐ)0Ρί:Ιν,  unerring  in  joi'si/om, Soph. 
O.  T,  017  ;  and  of  things,  sure,  cer- 
tain, Thuc,  etc. — 3.  mostly,  assured 
from  danger,  safe,  Lat.  tutus,  secu- 
ras,  άσφ.  αιών,  Pmd.,  and  freq.  in 
Att. :  iv  ασφαλίΐ,  in  safety,  Valck. 
Hipp.  785 ;  also  εξ  ασφαλούς,  Xen. : 
το  ασφαλές—  ασφάλεια,  freq.  in  Thuc. 
— 4.  άσφ.  βήτωρ,  a  convincing  speaker, 
Xen.  Mem.  4,  0,  15,  cf.  ασφάλεια  4. 
— II.  the  adv.  άσφαλέως,  άσφ.  έχειν 
or  μένειν,  to  be,  remain  fast,  firm, 
steady,  Hom. :  hut  he  also  joins  ίμ- 
ττεδον,  without  fail  for  ever,  for  ever 
and  aye,  11.  13,  141,  Od.  13,  80:  so 
too  still  further  strengthd.,  έμπεδον 
ασφαλές  άεί,  H.  15,  0•'3  :  the  Att.  adv. 
-λώς  is  used  m  all  signfs.  of  the  adj. 
Hence 

'Ασφαλίζω,  f.  -ίσω  Att.  -ΐώ,  to  make 
firm,  fit,  secure,  Polyb.  :  to  fortify,  lb.  : 
to  assure,  guarantee. 

Άσφΰλίη,  ή.  Ion.  coUat.  form  of 
ασφάλεια,  q.  v. 

' Ασφαλώς,  ov,  ό,  v.  sub  ΆσφαλεΙος. 

Άσφά'λισις,  εως,  ή,  {ασφαλίζω)  α 
7}iaking  firm,  securing,  assurance. 

Άσφάλισμα,  ατός,  το,  [ασφαλίζω) 
230 


ΑΣΧΑ 

security  given,  a  guarantee,  pledge :  also 
that  wliich  is  secured:  also=foreg. 

νΑσφαλίων,  ωνος,  ό,  Asphalion,  an 
attcndaul  of  Menelaus,  Od.  4,  210. 

Άσφαλτίας,  ου,  ό,  σφόνδυλος,  the 
last  of  the  vertebrae,  as  it  the  sup- 
porter. 

Άσφαλτίτης,  ου,  ό,  fern.  -Ιτις,  ή, 
of  asjihalt,  asphaltic,  bituminous,  βώ- 
λος,  Strab. :  λίμνί]  Ά.,  the  Dead  Sea, 
lacus  Asphaltiies,  in  Palestine,  Jo- 
seph. :  from 

Άσφαλτος,  ου,  ή,  asphalt,  bitumen, 
forming  in  lumps  [θρόμβοι)  on  the 
.surface  of  some  waters,  esp.  near 
Babylon,  where  it  was  used  as  mor- 
tar, Hdt.  1,  179,  cf.  0,  119:  also  a 
kind  of  petroleum  or  rock-oil,  Diosc. 
(If  of  Gr.  origin,  the  root  is  σφάλλω.) 
llence 

' Ασφαλτόω,  to  smear  with  asphalt. 

'Ασφαλτώδης.  ες,  [άσφα?ίΤος,  είδος) 
like  asphalt,  full  of  it,  Arist.  Sens. 

Άσφά?,τωσις,  εως,  ή,  [ασφαλτόω) 
a  plastering  with  asphalt. 

Άσφάράγέω,  (α  euphon.,  σφαρα- 
γέω)  to  roar,  resound,  Theocr. 

Άσφαραγία,  ας,  ή,  =  ΰσπαραγία, 
Theophr. 

Άσφάράγος,  ό,  for  σφάραγος,  φύ- 
ρυξ,  φάρυγξ,  the  throat,  gullet,  wind- 
pipe, 11.  22,  328.   [φα] 

Άσφάραγος,  ου,  ό,  Att.  for  ασττά- 
ραγος. 

Άσφαραγωνία,  ας,  ή,  —  ασπαρα- 
γωνία. 

Άσφι,  άσφε,  Aeol.  for  σφί,  σφέ, 
Alcae.  80. 

Άσφιγκτος,  ον,  (α  priv.,  σφίγγω) 
not  to  be  bound,  loose. 

Άσφοδελικός,  ?},  ov,=sq. 

Άσώοδέλινος,  η,  ov,  of  asphodel, 
νανς  u. ,  a  ship  built  of  asphodel  stalks, 
Luc. :  from 

Άσφύδελος,  ου,  ό,  asjjhodel,  a  plant 
of  the  lily  kmd,  the  roots  of  which 
were  eaten,  Hes.  Op.  41. — II.  as  adj., 
άσφοδελος  λειμών,  the  asphodel  viea- 
dow,  which  the  shades  of  heroes 
haunted,  Od.  11,  539  ;  24, 13  :  in  genl. 
of  a  ilowery  meadow,  H.  Hom.  Merc. 
221,  344.     (Deriv.  uncertam.) 

Άσφοδελώδης,  ες,  [άσφόδελος,  εί- 
δος) like  asphodel. 

'Ασφράγιστος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  σφρα- 
γίζω) unsealed,  unsigned. 

Άσφυκτέω,  to  be  without  pulsation, 
have  an  intermitting  pulse,  Diosc. : 
i'rom 

"Ασφνκτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  σφύζω) 
without  pulsation,  lifeless. — II.  act. 
causing  no  violent  pulsation,  causing  no 
fermentation  in  the  blood,  Plut.     Hence 

'Ασφυξία,  ας,  ή,  a  stopping  or  inter- 
mission of  the  pulse,  Gal. 

Άσχάλάω,  only  used  in  pres.,  of 
which  Hom.  has  these  irreg.  forms, 
3  sing,  άσχαλάα,  3  plur.  άσχαλόωσι, 
inf.  άσχαλί'ιαν,  part.  άσχαλί)ων  :  he 
also  once  has  the  form  άσχάλ?Μ,  Od. 
2,  193 :  both  forms  occur  now  and 
then  in  Trag. ;  άσχάλ?ιειν  in  Hdt.  3, 
152,  and  late  prose,  and  sometimes 
even  in  Att.  prose,  as  Xen.  Eq.  10, 
0,  Dem.  555,  26.  To  be  distressed, 
vexed,  grieved,  in  Horn.  usu.  c.  part., 
άσχ.  μένων,  τίνων,  to  be  vexed  at 
waiting,  at  paying:  also  absol.,  as  11. 
2,  297  :  άσχ.  τινός,  to  be  vexed  because 
of...,  Od.  19,  534:  later,  τινί,  at  a 
thing,  Aesch.  Pj.  701,  and  επί  τινι, 
uein.  I.e.:  also  c.  ace.,  άσχύλλειν 
θάνατον,  Eur.  Or.  7H5.  (Ace.  to 
Duidorf  and  Grashof,  akin  to  άχος, 
as  Ισχω  to  εχω.) 

Άσχάλλω,  —  iOTeg.,  q.  v. 

Άσχαλόων,  άσχαλόωσι,  Ep.  part, 
and  3  plur.  pres.  of  άσχαλύω. 


ΛΣΩΠ 

Άσχέόωρος,  ου,  ύ,  a  boar,  so  called 
in  Magna  Graecia,  Aesch.  Fr.  240. 

'Ασχετος,  ov,  [a  priv.,  ε^ω,  σχεϊν) 
not  to  be  held  in  or  checked,  πένθος,  11. 
16,  549;  usu.  in  the  phrase,  μένος 
άσχετος,  resistless  in  might  or  spirit, 
Horn,  (who  in  11.  also  has  the  poet, 
form  άάσχετος).  Adv.  -τως.  Plat. 
Crat.  415  U. 

'Ασχημάτιστος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  σχη 
ματίζω)  unformed.  Plat.  Phaedr.  247 
C  :  without  figure  of  speech,  Diou.  H. 
Adv.  -τως. 

Άσχήματος,  ov,  (c  priv.,  σχημα)^ 
foreg. 

Άσχημονέω,  to  be  άσχ?)μων :  hence 
to  behave  in  unseemly  guise,  behave  ill, 
act  indecorously,  awkwardly,  or  basely, 
disgrace  one's  self,  Eur.  Hec.  407, 
Plat.,  etc. :  also  άσχ.  άλλα,  α...,  Dem. 
009,  17.  • 

Άσχημοσνντ),  ης,  η,  deformity:,  in- 
decency, Plat.  Symp.  196  A :  ill-be- 
haviour, awkwardness.  Id.  Rep.  401  A, 
etc. :  from 

Άσχημων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  (a  priv., 
σχήμα)  shapeless,  misshapen,  ugly : 
hence  unseemly,  shamiful,  base,  Lat. 
ttirpis,  opp.  to  ευσχήμων,  Eur.,  etc. 
A  superl.  ασχημότατος,  as  from  άσχη- 
μος, in  Diog.  L.     Adv.  -νως. 

Άσχιδής,  ές,  (a  priv.,  σχίζω)  un• 
cloven,  unseparated,  ίσχάόες,  Arist. 
Probl. 

Άσχιον,  ου,  τό,:^ύδνον,  a  truMe, 
Theophr. 

Άσχιστος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  σχίζω)  un• 
cloven,  opp.  to  σχιζόπονς,  Arist.  Me- 
taph. — II.  undivided.  Plat.  Soph.  221 
E. 

Άσχολέω,  to  he  άσχολος,  be  busy, 
Arist.  Pol. :  also  as  dep.,  άσχολέομαι, 
Polyb.     Hence 

'Ασχόλημα,  ατος,  τό,  business,  a 
hinderance. 

Ασχολία,  ας,  η,  occupation,  indxis 
try,  first  in  Pind.  I.  1,  2  :  also=foreg., 
an  occupation,  business,  Thuc.  8,  72, 
etc. — II.  want  of  time  or  leisure,  and  so 
a  hinderance  from  doing  Other  things, 
άσχ.  εχειν  περί  τίνος,  to  be  hindered 
in  respect  to  a  thing.  Plat.  Phaed.  66 
D :  esp.  in  phrase,  άσχ.  παρέχειν 
τινι,  to  be  a  perpetual  hinderance  to 
one,  lb.  B,  and  freq.  in  Xen.  ;  also  c. 
inf.,  to  hinder  one  from  doing,  Xen. 
Cyr.  8,  1,  13;  to  which  the  art.  is 
oft.  prefi.xed,  usu.  in  gen.,  as  Mem.  1, 

3,  11 :  rarely  in  dat.,  as  Cyr.  8,  7,  12  ; 
also  ΐίς  TO  μη  παιείν,  Hell.  6,  1,4: 
from 

'Ασχολος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  σχολ,ή)  with- 
out leisure,  taking  none,  and  so  busy, 
industrious.  Plat.  Legg.  832  A  :  άσχ. 
εις  τι,  busy  in  or  about  a  thing,  Hdt. 

4,  77 ;  c.  inf,  busy  about  doing...., 
Pind.  P.  8,  40,  Plat.  Legg.  831  C  : 
άσχ.  προςεδρία,  unceasing  attendance, 
Eur.  Or.  93.     Adv.  -λως. 

Άσώδης,  ες,  (άση)  glutted,  surfeited, 
disgusted.  —  2.  act.  causitig  di.'igust, 
nauseous,  Hipp.  —  II.  {άσις)  slimy, 
muddy,  Aesch.  Supp.  32. 

Ασώματος,  ov,  (o  priv..  σώμα)  with- 
out body,  incorporeal.  Plat.  Phaed.  85 
E,  etc.     Adv.  -τως. 

νΑσωνίδης,  ου,  ό,  Asonides,  a  naval 
commander  of  Aegina,  Hdt.  7,  18l! 

ί'Ασωπία,ας,  ή,  }'//,=  Boeotia,  Eur. 
Suj)pl,571 ;  cf.  'Ασωπός. — 2.  a  region 
of  Sicyonia,  along  the  Asopus,  Strab, 

νΑσώπιοι,  ων,  οι,  the  Asopians,  who 
dwelt  along  the  Asopus  in  Boeotia, 
Hdt.  9,  15:  from 

t'Affu;riOf,  a,  ov,  {'Ασωπός)  of  Aso- 
pus, Pind.  N.  3,  0. — 2.  ~ιος,  ου.  ό, 
Asopius,  an  Athenian  name ;  father 
and  son  of  Phoniuo,  Thuc.  1, 64 ;  3, 7. 


ΑΤΑΛ 

ί'ΑσωτΓίζ•,  ιόος,  ή,  daughter  of  Aso- 
pus,  i.  e.  Thebe  and  Aegina,  Pind. 
Isth.  8  (7),  39  :  KOpat,  Eur.  Here. 
Fur.  785,  Dind.  'Α-σωπιύόες. — 2.  Aso- 
pis,  a  daughter  of  Thespius,  ApoUod. 

2,  7,  8. 

Τλσώπίχος,  ov,  <5,  Asopichus,  an 
Orchoinenian,  Piud.  01.  14,  25. 

νΑσωπόόωμος,  ου,  b,  Asopodorus,  a 
Theban,  son  of  Timanthes,  Hdt.  9, 
69,  conqueror  in  the  Isthmian  games, 
Puid.  L  1,  50.— 2.  a  Phliasian,  Ath. 
631  F. 

τΆσωττόλΰος,  ου,  ό,  Asopolaus,  a 
Plataean,  father  of  Astyniachus, 
Thuc.  3,  52. 

νΧσω~ός,  ov,  ό,  Asojms,  son  of  Oce- 
anus  3ud  Tethys,  OcL  11,  260:  ace. 
to  Paus.  2,  5,  king  of  Phhus,  and  9, 
1,  2,  king  of  the  Plataeans. — II.  a 
river  of  Boeotia,  falling  into  the  Eu- 
ripu-s  now  AsOpo,  IL  2,  572. — 2.  a  riv- 
er oi  Sjcyonia,  now  Basilico,  Strab. — 

3.  a  river  of  Phthiotis,  rising  in  Mt. 
Oeta,  Hdt.  7,  200.— 4.  a  river  of  Ae- 
gina, Pind.  N.  9,  19. — 5.  a  river  of 
Paros,  Strab. — III.  a  city  of  Laconia, 
Strab. 

Άσωστος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  σώζω)= 
άσωτοΓ,  in  the  literal  signf.  only,  cf. 
Ciem.  Al.  Paed.  p.  143  Potter. 

Άσωτεία,  ας,  η,  (άσωτενομαι)  = 
ασωτία,  Luc. 

Άσωτεϊον,  ov,  τό.  the  abode  of  an 
άσωτος,  Ath.  ;  also  άσωτιεΐον. 

Άσωτενομαί.  dep.  mid.,  to  be  άσω- 
τος, lead  a  profligate  life,  Arist.  Pol. 

'Ασωτία,  ας,ή,  the  life  and  character 
of  an  άσωτος,  profligacy,  debauchery, 
Plat.  liep.  560  E. 

Άσωτιεΐον,  τό,—  άσωτεΐον. 

Άσωτοδιδύσκα/.ος,=  άσωτείας  δι- 
δάσκα/.ος,  name  of  a  play  of  Alexis. 

Άσωτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  σώζω)  without 
salvation,  past  redemption,  in  genl. 
abandoned,  profligate,  debauched,  Lat. 
perdiiiis,  Soph.  Aj.  190,  Plat.  Legg. 
743  B. — II.  act.  univholesome,  άσωτος 
γένει,  bringing  a  curse  on  the  race, 
Aesch.  Ag.  1597.     Adv.  -τως. 

Άσωφρόν ιστός,  ov,  (α  priv.,  σω- 
φρονίζω) not  brought  to  sober  sense,  noi 
amended. 

νΑταβύριον,  ov,  τό,  Atabyrium,  the 
highest  mountain  in  Rhodes,  with  a 
temple  of  Jupiter,  hence  called  Άτα- 
βύριος,  Pind.  01.  7,  160. 
t'Ara/iwpif,  ιος,  o,=foreg.,  Strab. 
ΙΆταγις,  ιος,  6,  Atagis,  a  river  of 
Rhaetia,  Strab. 

Άτακτέω,  ω,  ίο  be  άτακτος,  esp.  of 
a  soldier,  not  to  keep  his  post ;  and  SO 
to  be  undisciplined,  disorderly,  opp.  to 
εντακτέω,  Xen. — 2.  in  genl.  to  lead  a 
disorderly  life,  be  disorderly,  etc..  Id. 
Hence 

Άτάκτημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  disorderly 
act,  excess. 

Άτακτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  τάσσω)  out 
of  order,  esp.  7iot  in  battle  order,  Hdt. 
6,  93,  and  Xen.  ;  not  in  one's  place  in 
battle,  hence  in  geul.  taking  no  part  in 
the  war,  Lycurg.  152,  42. — 2.  undisci- 
plined, disorderly,  θόρνι3ος,  Thuc.  8, 
10,  and  Xen. — 3.  esp.  of  sensual  ex- 
cess, irregular,  licentious,  7/δοναί,  δί- 
αιτα. Plat.  —  4.  uncivilized,  lawless, 
βίος.  Grit.  Fr.  9,  1.    Adv.  -τως,  Thuc. 

' Αταλαίττωρος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  ταλαί- 
πωρος) not  suffering  or  toiling  patiently, 
hence  careless,  thoughtless,  indifferent, 
.iloverly,  ζι/τησις  της  ιΛηθείας  τινί, 
Thuc.  1,20.     Adv.-pof,  Ar.  Fr.  250. 

V Αταλάντη,  ης.  ή,  ^ία/ηιιία,  daugh- 
ter of  lasus  and  Clymene,  an  Arca- 
dian nymph,  or  ace.  to  others,  daugh- 
ter of  Schoeneus,  a  Boeotian,  a  fa- 
mous huntress  and  warrior,  celebra- 


ATAP 

ted  for  her  participation  in  the  Argo- 
nautic  expedition,  Calydonian  hunt, 
etc.,  Apollod.  3,  9,  2.— II.  a  small 
island  in  the  Euripus,  Thuc.  2,  32. — 
2.  a  small  island  near  Attica,  Strab. 
—ill.  a  city  of  Emathia,  Thuc.  2,  100. 

'Ατάλαντος,  ov,  {a  copul.,  tu/mv- 
TOv)  equal  in  weight,  equivalent  or  equal 
to,  like,  τινί.  Horn.,  of  men,  άτ. ' Αρηϊ, 
also  Ait  μήτιν  άτ.,  equal  to  Jupiter  in 
wisdom. — 2.  in  equipoise,  Arat. 

Άτα'/χίώρων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  {άταλός, 
φρονέω)  tender-minded,  of  a  child  in 
arms,  II.  6,  400,  ubi  al.  άτα'λόψρων, 
but.  V.  Spitzn. 

Άτάλλω,  {άταλός)  to  skip  in  child- 
ish glee,  gambol,  frisk  about,  II.  13,  27. 
— II.  act.  to  bring  up  a  child,  rear,  fos- 
ter, like  άτιτύλλω,  Ep.  Hom.  4,  2 ; 
i  so  νέαν  ■φνχην  ΰτύ'λλων.  Soph.  Aj. 
1.  559  ;  and  nietaph.,  ελτϊΐς  άτάλλοισα 
1  καρδίαν,    Pind,   Fr.   233.      Pass,    to 
grow  up,  wax,  H.  Horn.  Merc.  400 : 
and  so  the  act.  is  used  intrans.,  Hes. 
Op.    130.      Ep.   word,    though  used 
once  or  twice  by  Pind.,  and  Trag. 
[Hes.  has  ά.] 

Άτα'λός,  ή,  όν,  (akin  to  άιταλό^) 
tender,  delicate,  esp.  of  youthful  per- 
sons, as  of  maidens,  Od.  11,  39  ;  of 
fillies,  II.  20,  222  ;  also  of  youths  and 
maidens,  άταλά  φρονέοντες.  of  young, 
gay  spirit,  II.  18,  567,  cf  Hes.  Th. 
989,  H.  Hom.  Cer.  24,  and  άταλά- 
όρων.  Ep.  word,  though  it  is  used 
by  Pind.  N.  7,  134,  Eur.  El.  699. 
[uraj 

Άτα?ιόφρων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  v.  άτα- 
?Μφρων. 

' Αταλόφϋχος,  ov,  {άταλός,  τρνχή) 
soft-hearted,  Anth. 

Άταμίεντος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  ταμιενω) 
not  husbanded. — II.  act.  7iot  husband- 
ing, prodigal,  lavish,  Plut.  Adv.  -τως, 
prodigally,  Plat.  Legg.  867  A. 

^Άταξ,  άγος,  6,  Atax,  a  river  of 
Gallia  Narbonensis,now^4ufZp,  Strab. 

Αταξία,  ας,  ή,  a  being  άτακτος, 
want  of  discipline,  disorderliness,  esp. 
among  soldiers,  Hdt.  6,  11,  Thuc., 
etc. — 2.  in  genl.  disorder,  confusion, 
licentiousness,  much  like  άκολαστία. 
Plat.,  and  Xen.  :  'εκ  της  αταξίας, 
without  any  sort  of  order,  Cicero's  ex 
inordinate.  Plat.  Tim.  30  A:  opp.  to 
ευταξία. 

' Αταπείνωτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  ταπεί- 
νόω)  not  lowered  or  humbled,  Plut. 

Άτάρ,  conjunct.,  but,  yet,  however, 
nevertheless  :  άτάρ,  like  Lat.  at,  intro- 
duces an  objection  or  correction,  esp. 
in  form  of  a  question,  and  always 
begins  the  sentence,  άτάρ  πον  εφης, 
still  thou  didst  say,  II.  22,  331,  except 
when  it  follows  a  vocat.,  like  δε,  as 
"Έκτορ, άτάρ...,\\. 6, 429 :  it  oft.  stands 
for  δέ  after //t-v,  II.  21,  41,  Od.  3.  298, 
Hdt.  6, 133 :  sometimes  in  the  apodosis 
after  έπειδί/,  when  it  may  be  trans- 
lated then,  II.  12,  133  :  ye  is  often  ad- 
ded to  it  with  a  word  between,  as  to 
άλλα,  Elinsl.  Med.  83.  The  word 
is  more  freq.  in  poetry  (esp.  Ep.)  than 
in  prose,  though  we  find  it  in  Xen. 
Cyr.  1,  6,  9,  An.  4,  6,  14 :  the  form 
αύτάρ  is  only  Ep. 

Άτΰρακτέω,  ω.  to  be  άτάρακτος, 
keep  cool  OT  calm,  Epicur.  ap.  Diog.  L. 

Άτάρακτοττοιησία,  ας,  η,  acting 
with  perfect  composure,  Hipp. 

Άτάρακτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  ταράσσω) 
not  disturbed  by  passion,  fear,  etc., 
without  confusion,  cool,  steady,  of  sol- 
diers, Xen.  Cyr.  2,  1,  31,  and  so  in 
adv..  Id.  Hipparch.  2,  1. — II.  not  to  be 
disturbed,  uniform,  περιώορά.  Plat. 
Tim.  47  C.     Adv.  -τως.  [τΰ] 

ΪΑτάραντες,  ων,  ο'ι,  the  Atarantes, 


ΑΤΕΚ 

a  people  of  eastern  Africa,  Hdt.  4, 
184. 

Άΰτραξία,  ας,  ή,  {άτάρακτος)  free- 
dom from  passion,  coolness,  calmness, 
Plut.   _ 

'Ατάραχος,  ov,= άτάρακτος,  Arist. 
Eth.  N.     Αάν.-χως.  [~ΰ] 

Άτάράχώδης,  ες,  {ατάραχος,  είδος) 
of  an  undisturbed,  calm  nature :  the 
compar.  in  Arist.  Divin.  m  Somn. 

Άτάρβακτος,  o^',=  sq.,  dub.  1.  in 
Pind.  P.  4,  149,  defended  by  Bdckh 
Expl.  p.  271. 

^'Ατάρβας,  αντος,  b,^Adherbal,  a 
Carthaginian  pr.  n.,  Polyb.  1,  44, 1. 

Άταρβής,  ές,  (α  priv.,  τάρβος)  un- 
f earing,  fearless,  II.  i  3,  299  :  ά.  της 
θέας,  having  no  fear  about  the  sight. 
Soph.  Tr.  23. — II.  as  pr.  n.,  Atarbes, 
Ael. 

Άτάρβητος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  ταρβέω) 

undaunted,  11.  3,  63,  Aesch.,  and  Soph. 

ΥΑτάρβηχις,   ιος,   ή,   Atarbechis,   a 

city  in  the  Aegyptian  Delta,  Hdt.  2,41. 

νΑτάργατις,    ιδος,  ή,   Atargatis,    a 

Syrian  goddess,  Strab. 

Άταρίχεντος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  ταρί 
χεύω)  not  salted,  not  pickled,  Arist. 
Pol. 

Άτάρμυκτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  ταρμύσ• 
σω)  unwincing,  όμμα,  Euphor.  103. 

^Άταρνεύς,  έως,  b,  Atameus,  a  city 
and  territory  in  Aeolis  opposite  Les- 
bos, Hdt.  6,  28  :  hence  ό  Άταρνείτης, 
an  inhabitant  of  Atameus,  Hdt.  6,  4  : 
fern  Άταρνεΐτις, χώρα,  the  territory  of 
At.,  Hdt. 

^Άτάρνης,  ου  Ion.  εω,  ό,  Aternes,  a 
river  of  Thrace,  Hdt.  4,  49. 

Άταρττιτός,  ov,  ή.  Ion.  for  άτραπι- 
τός,  Horn.,  and 

Άταρπός,  ov,  ή,  Ion.  for  άτραττός, 
a  path,  Hom. 

Άταρτηρός,  ά,  όν,  also  ος,  όν, 
strengthd.  poet,  form  from  άτηρός, 
mischievous,  baneful,  ετϊεα,  II.  1,  223  ; 
of  a  person,  Od.  2, 243 :  of  wild  beasts 
Q.  Sm.,  old  Ep.  word,  [ar]  Adv. 
-ρώς.  ^ 

' Ατύρχεντος  and  άτάρχϋτος,  ov, 
{a  priv.,  ταρχεύω)  unburied,  Pseudo- 
Phocyl.  93. 

'Ατασθαλία,  ας,  η,  {ατάσθα7.ος) 
blind  folly,  mad  violence,  presumptuous 
.■iiii,  arrogance,  ovK  ήρθη  vovv  ές  άτασ• 
θαλίαν,  Simon,  ap.  Thuc.  6,  59. 

Άτασθάλλω,  to  be  άτάσθαλος,  act 
presumptuously,  onlv  used  in  part. 
pres.,  Od.  18,  57 ;  19,  88  :  from 

Άτάσθάλος,  ov,  {άτάω,  άτέω) 
blindly  foolish,  madljf  violent. presump- 
tuous, arrogant,  savage,  of  men  and  ac- 
tions, Horn.,  and  Hdt. ;  rare  in  Att., 
as  in  Aeschin.  49,  27  ;  73,  4.  [a-] 

"Ατανρος,  ov,  and 

Άτανρωτος,  ov,  Aesch.  Ag.  244,  also 
η,  ov,  Ar.  Lys.217,(a  γ\Λν..ταΐφος)αη- 
violated,  virgin,  pure,  Blomf  Aesch.  1.  c. 

Άτΰφία,  ας,  ή,  want  of  burial,  hue: 
from 

Άτΰώος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  θάπτω)  un- 
buried, Hdt.  9,  27,  Soi)h.,  etc. 

Άτάω,  f.  -ήσω,  {άτη)  to  hurt,  harm  ; 
prob.  only  used  in  pass.,  to  suffer,  be 
in  distress,  Soph.,  and  Eur.   [ύτ] 

Άτε,  (orig.  ace.  plur.  neut.  from 
δςτε,  like  άτνερ  and  καθά)  just  as,  as 
if,  so  as,  Hdt.  5,  85.  Pind. :  in  II.  22, 
127  it  may  be  merely  the  ace.  pi.  or 
δςτε. — Π.  only  in  prose,  inasmuch  as, 
seeing  that.  Lat.  quippe,  utpote,  esp.  c. 
part.,  to  give  the  actual  reason  of  a 
thing,  Hdt.  1.  154,  etc.  ;  also  with  ab- 
sol.  cases,  Hdt.  1,  123,  etc.  ;  άτε  δη  is 
freq.  in  Hdt.  Cf  Kuhner  Gr.  Gr.  §672. 
t'Arfoc,  a  and  ov,  b,  Ateas,  a  king 
of  the  Scythians  in  Tauris,  Strab, 

Άτεγκτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  τέγγω)  un- 
231 


ΑΤΕΛ 

wetted,  unsoflened.  not  to  br  softened  : 
hence  like  άδίαντος,  ύζαλέος,  etc., 
not  to  be  softened  Οϊ  touched,  τινί, 
Aesch.  Fr.  405  ;  hard-hearted,  relent- 
less. Soph.  O.  T.  336.  Eur.  H.  F.  833, 
Ar  Thesin.  1047,  cf.  Ruhnk.  Tim.  v. 
τέγγ^σθαι.     Adv.  -τως. 

Άτίΐρής,  ές,  {a  priv.,  τείρω)  riot  to 
he  rubbed  or  mm  away,  indestructible. 
Horn.  iisu.  strictly  of  brass  or  iron ; 
met.  of  men,  enduring,  untiring,  II.  15, 
697 ;  so  'Άρακλης  ΰτΐίρης  μένος,  Od. 
11,270;  of  a  voice,  II.  13.45:  but  also 
stubborn,  unbending,  κραδί?!,  II.  3,  60. 
'Ατείχιστος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  τειχίζω) 
without  walls  and  towers,  unfortified, 
Thuc.  1,2. 

Άτέκμαρτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  τεκμαί- 
ρομαι) without  distinctive  mark,  not  to  be 
guessed OT made  out. obscure,  vague,  dark, 
χρηστήρίον,  Hdt.  5.  92,  3 ;  μοίρα, 
Aesch.  Pers.  910 :  ύτέκμαρτον  προ- 
νοήσαΐ,  tvithout  a  mark  whereby  to 
judge  it,  Find.  P.  10,  98  :  of  men,  un- 
certain, wavering,  Ar.  Λ  v.  170.  Adv. 
—Tur,  ύτ.  εχεη>,  to  afford  no  sure  in- 
dicationXen.  Mem.  1,4,  4  :  also  neut. 
pi.  as  adv..  Find.  O.  7,8  3  :  also  άτεκ- 
uapri. 

Άτεκνέω,  to  be  άτεκνος.     Hence 
Άτεκνία,      ας,      η,      childlessness, 
Plut. :  from 

Άτεκνος,  ov,  (a  priv..  τέκνον)  with- 
out children,  childless,  Hes.  Op.  600, 
Trag.,  etc.  :  also  c.  gen.,  άτεκν. 
άρσένων  τέκνων,  Eur.  Bacch.  1306. 
Hence 

Άτεκί'όΐΰ,  to  make  childless,  Anth. 
'Ατέλεια,  ας,  ή.  Ion.  ατεΤιείη  and 
ατεληΐ?!,  ης,  {ατελής)  want  of  an  end, 
incompleteness. — II.  at  Athens,  exemp- 
tion from  some  or  all  of  the  public  bur- 
dens (τέλ?])  Lat.  immunitas,  Hdt.  1, 
54,  etc.,  V.  Bockh  P.  E.  1,  116,  sqq., 
ΰτέλειύν  Tivi  όιόόναι,  ιΐιηφίσασβαι, 
to  grant  such  exemption,  άγειΐ',  to  en- 
joy exemption,  Dem.  1217,  23:  and  so 
prob.  Aesch.  Eum.  363,  ά.  θεών  έττι- 
κραίνειν,  means  to  give  the  gods  relief 
from  a  burdensome  office,  v.  Herm. 
Opusc.  vol.  6,  2,  p.  70  :  έξ  ύ,τελείας. 
without  paying,  for  nothing,  Dem.  1358, 
11. 

'ΚτέΤιειος,  ον,=:άτελής,  Bast.  Ep. 
Cr.  p.  19. 

Ατελείωτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  τελειόω) 
uncompleted,  not  to  be  completed. 

Άτελεστος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  τελέω) 
without  end  0Γ  issue,  V'ithout  effect, 
Horn.,  who  also  adds  μύτ!)  :  un- 
finished, unaccomplished,  incomplete, 
Od.  8,  571  :  not  quite  finished,  not 
ready.  —  2.  e7idless,  infinite  :  hence 
ίτέλεστα  as  adv.,  without  end  or  pur- 
pose, in  vain,  λαλεϊν,  Anth. — II.  un- 
initiated in...,  c.  gen.,  βακχενμύτων, 
Eur.  Bacch.  40. 

'Ατελεύτητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  τελεν- 
τάω,  not  coming  to  an  end  or  issue,  un- 
accomplished, II.  1,  527  ;  4, 175. — II.  in 
which  one  comes  to  no  end.  endless :  im- 
practicable,immovable.  Soph.  O.  T.336. 
' Ατέλεντος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  τελεντή) 
endless,  eternal,  Aesch.  Ag.  1451. 

Άτεληίη,  ης,  ή,  Ion.  for  ατέλεια, 
Hdt. 

'Ατελής,  ές.  (a  priv.,  τέλος)  without 
end,  i.  e. — 1.  ?wt  brought  to  an  end,  un- 
accomplished, Od.  17.  546,  Soph.,  etc. : 
not  coming  to  an  issue,  ειρήνη  ίγένετο 
ατελής,  the  peace  was  not  brought  about, 
Xen.  Hell.  4,  8,  15.— 2.  ineffectual, 
fruitless,  Lat.  irritus,  Soph.  El.  1012. 
—  3.  not  complete,  imperfect,  unripe, 
νόος  καρπός,  Pind.,  and  Plat. — 4. 
never  ending,  etidless.  Plat  Phileb.  24 
B. — II.  act.  not  bringing  to  an  end,  not 
accomplishing  a  thing,  τινός.  Plat. 
232 


ATEP 

Phaedr.  218  B,  C.  inf.,  unable  to  do  ef- 
fectually, .\ndoc.  30,  12. — 2.  not  giving 
accomplishment  to  a  ΐΥιίπίζ,  μαντενμασι, 
Pind.  P.  5,  83.— B.  (o  priv.,  τέλος  IV.) 
free  frorn  public  burdens  or  taxes,  scot- 
free,  either  absol.,  as  Hdt.  2,  168, 
etc.,  or  c.  gen.,  άτ.  των  άλλων,  καρ- 
πών, Hdt.  1,  192;  6,  46:  in  gonl. 
ivithout  expenses,  frugal. — 2.  of  which 
nothing  is  spent,  hence  remaining  as 
clear  profit,  tiett,  όβολός.  an  obolus  clear 
gain,  Xen.  Vectig.  4,  14,  sq. ;  τριά- 
κοντα μνΰς  ατελείς  ελάμβανε  τον 
kviavTov,  Dem.  816,  8. — C.  (α  priv., 
τέλος  V.)  uninitiated  in...,  c.  gcn., 
ίιρών,  Η.  Horn.  Cer.  481.  Adv.  -λώς. 
ί'Ατε?.λα,  ης,  ή,  Atella,  a  city  of 
Campania.  Strab.  :  hence  Άτελ,λΰ- 
νός,  ή,  όν,  of  Atella,  Polyb. 

Ατέμβω,  only  used  in  pres.  to  bring 
to  harm,  Od.  20,  294 :  to  confound,  per- 
plex, θνμόν.  Od.  2,  90.  Pass,  to  be 
bereft  or  cheated  of  a  thing,  τινός, 
Hom.  ;  also  άτέμβονται  νεότητος, 
they  are  past  youth,  II.  23,  4  15.  Hut 
in  mid.  to  blame,  τινί.  Αρ.  Rh.  (Prob. 
from  άτη.)  [«] 

Άτενής,  ές,  {a  copuL,  τείνω) stretch- 
ed, strained,  tight,  κισσός,  Soph.  Ant. 
826 :  hence  intent,  attentive,  νό(,)  άτε- 
νεί,  Hes.  Th.  661,  Pind.  N.  7.  129: 
άτενες  β?ιέπειν=ΰτενίζειν,  Polyb. — 
2.  on  the  stretch,  intense,  unslacking, 
όργαί,  Aesch.  Ag.  71. — 3.  straight,  di- 
rect, ήκω  ό'  άτενής  ΰπ'  οίκων,  straight 
from  home,  Eur.  Alcm.  5. — 4.  straight- 
forward, downright,  παβ^ιησία,  Eur. 
Tem.  2,  cf.  Plat.  Rep.  547  E.— 5.  uyi- 
bending,  firm,  stiff,  harsh,  obstinate, 
άτενής  ύτεράμων  τ',  Ar.  Vesp.  730. 
Cf.  Ruhnk.  Tim.  Adv.  άτενώς,  or 
more  freq.  άτενές,  v.  sup.  1.   Hence 

'Ατενίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  to  look  at  intently, 
gaze  at,  προς  τι,  Arist.  Probl.,  εΙς  τι, 
Polyb.,  τινί,  Ν.  Τ. :  άτ.  περί  τίνος, 
to  be  clear-sighted  in  a  thing,  Polyb. 
Hence 

Άτενισμός,  ov,  δ,  intent  observation, 
Theophr. 

νΑτεπόριξ,  ιγος,  6,  Ateporix,  a  Ga- 
latian  prince  on  the  Pontus,  Strab. 

Άτερ,  prep.  c.  gen.,  ivithout,  except, 
besides,  Hom. — II.  aloof,  apart,  atvay 
from,  II.  1,  498:  Hes.  joins  νόσφιν 
άτερ.  Op.  91  :  άτερ  Ζηνός,  without 
the  will  of  Jupiter,  II.  15,  292  ;  so  ov 
θεών  άτερ,  non  sine  diis,  Pind.  P.  5, 
102:  so  too  freq.  in  Trag.,  mostly 
after  its  case.  Only  poet. :  cf.  άνευ 
and  χωρίς,  [u] 

Άτεραμνία,  ας,  ή,=άτεραμν6της, 
Hipp. 

' Ατέραμνος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  τείρω,  τέ- 
ραμνος)  unsoftened,  not  to  be  softened, 
indigestible. — -II.  metaph.  hard,  stub- 
born, unbending,  cruel,  κήρ,  Od.  23, 
167,  οργή,  βροντή,  Aesch.  Pr.  190, 
1062.     Hence 

Άτεραμνότης,  ητος,  ή,  hardness, 
stubbornness,  Theophr. 

Άτεραμνώδης,  ες,  {άτέρημνος,  εί- 
δος) like  an  άτέραμνος,  not  to  be  soft- 
ened. 

Άτεράμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  Att.  for 
άτέραμνος,  Ar.  Ach.  181,  cf.  άτενής 
5.  [α-ά] 

' Ατέρεμνος,  ον,^άτέραμνος. 
Άτερηδόνιστος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  τερη- 
δονίζομαι)  not  icorm-eaten,  Diosc. 

Άτερθε,  before  a  vowel  άτερθεν,= 
άτερ,  as  ύνενθε  from  άνεν,  Pind., 
and  Trag.     Only  poet. 

Άτερμάτιστος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  τερμα- 
τίζω) unbounded,  boundless,  έπιθνμία, 
Diod. 

'Ατέρμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  (a  priv., 
τέρμα)  without  hounds  or  end  ;  ατέρ- 
μονες ανγαί,  the  mirror's  countless  rays, 


ΑΤΗ 

Eur.  Hec.  926  :  ά.  πέπ?ιθς.  having  no 
end  or  way  out,  inextricable,  Aesi  h. 
Eum.  634,  cf.  άπειρος,  απέραντος. 

'Άτερνον,'  ου.  τό,  Atemwn,  a  city 
of  Samnium,  Strab. 

τ  Ατερνος,  ου,  ό,  the  Atemus,  a  river 
of  Samnium,  Strab. 

"Ατερυς,  Dor.  for  ίτερος  [α]  :  also 
TO  άτερον,  Megaric  in  Ar.  Ach.  813. 
[a] — 2.  ΰτερος,  Att.  contr.  for  ύ  'έτε- 
ρος, gen.  θάτέρον,  dat.  θΰτέρω,  βατέ- 
pa,  etc.  [ά],  or  with  mark  oi  crasis, 
θάτέρον,  etc.  Forms  like  ϋάτερος, 
θατέροις  are  bad. 

Άτερπής,  ές,  (α  priv.,  τέρπω)  not 
delightful,  joyless,  sad,  Horn.,  etc. — II. 
act.  not  enjoying  a  thing,  c.  gen.,  κρά- 
τους, Aesch.  Supp.  685.    Hence 
'A  τερπία,  ας,  ή,-=  άτερφία,  Diog.  L 
'Ατερπος,  ον,=^άτερπής,  11.  6,  285, 
"Ατερπνος,    ov,  quoted   in   Ε.  Μ 
from  Ibyc.  9,  and  Stesich.,  as=ar^- 
ρνπνος,    άγρνπνος,  sleepless,   in  the 
Rhegian  dialect. 

ΆτεριΙιία,  ας,  ή,  {άτερπής)  dissatis- 
faction, displeasure,  Luc.  • 

'Ατέτουα,  ων,  τά,  Atetua,  a  city  of 
Spain,  also  ' Αττέγουα,  Strab. 

' Ατενκτέω,  to  miss,  not  gain  or  ob 
tain,  τινός,  Babrius  123,  6  ;  from 

Άτενκτος,  ov.  {a  priv.,  τυγχάνω] 
not  gaining  or  obtaining.     Hence 
Άτενζία,  ας,  ή,  a  not  obtaining. 
Άτενχής,  ές,  (a  priv.,  τεϋχος)  un 
equipped,  unarmed.  Eur.  Andr.  1119. 
' Ατεύχητος,  ov,=foreg.,  Anth. 
'Ατέχναστος,  ov,  artless,  Themist. 
Άτεχνής,  ές,^=άτεχνος,  cf.  άτεχ- 
νώς. 

Άτεχνία,  ας,  ή,  {άτεχνος)  ivant  of 
art,  U7iskilfulncss,  Plat.  Phaed.  90  D, 
etc. 

Άτεχνίτεντος,  ov,  artless,  simple, 
Dion.  H. 

'Ατεχνος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  τέχνη)  with- 
out art,  and  so — I.  opp.  to  έντεχνος, 
unskilled,  rude  :  of  things,  inartificial. 
Plat.,  and  Arist. — II.  without  art  or 
cunning,  guileless,  artless,  simple.  Adv. 
-νως,  q.  v. 

Άτεχνώς  and  άτέχνως,  adv.  from 
άτεχνής  and  άτεχνος,  without  art  or 
skill,  rudely.  Xen.  Mem.  3,  11,  7.-2. 
artlessly,  guilelessly,  simply.  Ruhnk. 
Tim. — II.  naturally,  i.  e.  really,  abso- 
lutely, entirely,  wholly,  utterly,  Lat. 
plane,  prorsus,  omnino,  in  which  sense 
it  is  mostly  written  άτεχνώς,  Heind. 
Plat.  Soph.  225  C  ;  very  freq.  in  Ar., 
and  Plat.,  as  άτεχνώς  ξένως  έχω,  I 
am  an  entire  stranger,  άτεχνώς  νβρεί 
τινί,  out  of  downright,  sheer  wanton- 
ness :  very  freq.  in  comparisons,  άτεχ- 
νώς ώςπερ,  just  like,  etc. ;  c.  neg., 
οί'δέν  άτεχνώς,  not  in  the  least,  not  a 
whit.  Plat.  Polit.  288  A. 

'Ατέω,  only  found  in  II.  20,  332, 
Hdt.  7,  223,  both  times  in  part,  ΰτέ- 
ων,  fool-hardy,  reckless,  like  one  pos- 
sessed [u]  :  from 

"Ατη,  ης,  ή,  {άάω)  distraction,  be- 
wilderment, άτη  φρένας  είλε,  II.  16, 
805 ;  folli/,  blindness,  delusion,  II.  9, 
1 15 :  esp!  «  judicial  blindness,  sent  by 
the  gods,  II.  19,  88  ;  usu.  ending  in 
guilt,  II.  24,  480,  Od.  4,  2G1  (yet  less 
voluntary  than  ύβρις,  Miill.  Eum. 
^  45),  ami  always  in  misery,  cf.  Herm. 
Soph.  El.  111.  —  2.  hence  in  gen). 
min,  bane,  7nischicf.  II.  8,  237,  and  so 
usu.  in  Trag. ;  but  opp.  to  πήμα, 
simple  misery  or  destruction.  Soph.  Aj. 
363,  cf.  Eus't.  707,  63.-3.  said  of  per- 
sons, a  bane,  ?nischief.  pest,  δίκτ/ν  ΰτης 
λαθραίου,  Aesch.  Ag.  1230,  δύο  ΰτα, 
Soph.  Ant.  533. — 4.  "Ατη  personified. 
Ate,  daughter  of  Jupiter,  the  goddess 
of  mischief,  author  of  all  blind,  rash 


ATIM 

actions,  and  their  results,  having 
power  even  over  her  own  father  Ju- 
piter, II.  19,  05 :  the  Αίταί  come 
slowly  after  her,  undoing  the  evil 
she  has  worked,  11.  9,  5U0,  sq.,  cf. 
Hes.  Th.  230,  who  makes  her  the 
daughter  of  Eris.  In  Trag.  her  func- 
tions oft.  coincide  with  those  of  'Αρά 
and  Έρινύς,  but  v.  Henn.  Soph.  1.  c. 
The  word  is  never  found  in  Att. 
prose,  [a] 

Άτηκτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  τήκω)  not 
melted,  χιών,  Plat.  Phaed.  106  A: 
not  able  to  be  melted,  not  soluble,  Id. 
Soph.  265  C. — II.  metaph.  not  to  be 
softened  or  subdued,  ι•ομοις.  Id.  l-egg. 
853  D,  where  prob.  άτεγκτος  should 
be  read. 

Άτημέλεια,  ας,  η,  carelessness. 

Άτ//με?ίέ(ι),  to  be  careless,  take  no 
heed :  from 

Άτ7]με?ιής,  ές,  careless,  heedless, 
Plut.     Adv.  -?Μς. 

Ατημέλητος,  ov,  {άτημελέω)  un- 
heeded, uncared  for,  Xen.  Cyr.  5,  4, 
18;  8,  1,  14. — 2.  baβed,  disappointed, 
Aesch.  Ag.  891. — II.  act.  taking  no 
heed:  hence  in  adv.  -τως  εχειν  τίνος, 
to  take  no  heed  of...,  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  1,  15. 

Άτημελία,  ας,  ή,  poet,  for  ατημέ- 
λεία.  Αρ.  Rh. 

Άτηρής,  £f,=sq.,  c.  gen.,  Hipp.  Ja] 

'Α-Τηρός,  ύ,  όν,  (άτ?/)  blinded  by  άτη, 
hurried  to  ruin,  Theogn.  433,  634. — II. 
baneful,  ruinous,  mischievous,  Trag.  : 
TO  άτηρόν,  bane,  mischief,  Aesch. 
Bum.  1007.     Adv.   -ρώς.  [ΰ] 

^'Χτησΐνος,  ου,  ό,  Atesinas,  a  river 

of  Rhaetia,  now  Etsch,  Strab. 

^'Κτβίς,  ίδος,  ή,  Atthis,  daughter  of 

Cranaus,    after    whom    Attica   was 

called  'λτθίς,  cf.  sq.,  Apollod.  3,  14,  5. 

Άτθίς,  ίόος,  ή,  Attic. — 2.  as  subst., 
suh.  yTJ,  χώρα,  Attica,  Έατ.  I.  A. 247:  or 
sub.  γλώττα,  the  Attic  dialect,  Strab. — 
3.  Attic  history,  Luc.  Hist.  Scrib.  32. 

Άτίετος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  τίω)  un- 
honoured,  Aesch.  Eum.  385,  839. — II. 
act.,  7iot  hoyiouring  or  regarding,  τινός, 
Eur.  Ion  700.  [a] 

ίΆτιζυης,  ov,  ό,  Atizyes,  a  Persian 
satrap,  Arr.  An.  1,  25,  3. 

Άτίζω,  f.  -ί'σω,  7iut  to  honour,  not  to 
heed:  hence  part.,  ύτίζων,  unheeding, 
II.  20,  160:  but  c.  ace,  like  άτιμάω, 
άτιμάζυ,  to  slight,  treat  lightly,  άτίζ. 
θεούς,  etc.,  Trag.,  cf.  Monk  Ale.  1056: 
also  c.  gen.,  Ap.  Rh.  1,  615.  (a  priv., 
and  τίζω,  τίω,  which  formation,  like 
that  of  άτίω,  is  against  analogy,  cf. 
Buttm.  Ausf.  Gr.  §  121,  Anm.  3  and 
4.)  ^ 

Άτΐθάσσευτος  and  άτΐθάσευτος, 
ov,  (a  priv.,  τιθασσεύω)  untamed,  un- 
tamable, wild. 

Άτίθαστος  and   άτίθaσoς^  ov,   (a 
priv.,  τLθaσσός)=ίoτeg.,  Hdn. 
t'Ari'AiOf,  ov,  o,=Lat.-4?i/™s,  Polyb. 

ΆτΙμαγελέω,  to  forsake  the  herd  or 
flock,  stray,  Arist.  H.  A.  6,  18,  16  ;  9, 
3,  4 :  from 

Ά.τιμαγέ7.ης,  ov,  6,  (άτιμάω.  αγέλη) 
despising  the  herd  or  flock,  i.  e.  forsak- 
ing it,  strat/ing,  feeding  alone.  Soph. 
Fr.  850,  Theocr."25,  132. 

'Ατιμάζω,  f.  -άσω,  (άτιμος)  not  to 
hold  in  honour,  to  esteem  or  treat 
lightly,  dishonour,  insult,  slight,  Horn, 
once  in  II.  9,  450 ;  oft.  in  Od. :  so  too 
in  Att. — II.  τινά  τι,  Soph.,  to  deem 
any  one  unworthy  of  a  thing,  τινά 
Tivoc.  Soph.  Ant.  22 ;  also  c.  inf , 
either  simply,  as  μή  μ'  άημάσης 
φράσαι,  deem  me  not  too  mean  to  tell 
me....  Id.  O.  C.  49,  cf  Eur.  H.  F.  608 ; 
or  with  TO  μή:.,  a.9  μήτοι  μ'  ύτιμάστις 
το  μη  ov  θανεΐν  συν  σοι,  deem  me  not 
too  mean  to  die  with  thee.  Soph,  Ant. 


ATIM 

544.  Pass,  to  svflir  dishonour,  insult, 
etc,c.  neut.  pi.,  άνάξι'  ήτιμασμένη, 
Eur.  I.  A.  943. — Ι1.=άτιμύω,  m  legal 
signf.,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  6,  20.     Hence 

Άτϊμασμός,  οϋ,  ό,  dishonour,  despite, 
LXX. 

' Ατίμαστέος,  έα,  έον,  verb.  adj. 
from  ατιμάζω,  to  be  despised.  Plat. 
Phaedr.  260  D. — 2.  άτιμαστέον,  one 
7nust  dishonour,  Xen.  Symp,  4,  17. 

ΆτΙμαστήρ,  ηρος,  o,=sq.,  Aesch. 
Theb.  637. 

ΆτΙμαστής,  ov,  o,  (ατιμάζω)  a  dis- 
honourer. 

Άτίμαστος,  ov,  (ατιμάζω)  dis- 
honoured, despised,  Mimn.  1,  9.  [i] 

Άτιμάω.  ω,  f.  -ήσω,  (ατΙμος)  like 
ατιμάζω,  to  insult,  slight,  Horn.,  most- 
ly m  11. ;  esp.  to  deem  one  imuorthy 
of  a  favour,  II.  1, 1 1,  Ep.,  and  in  Pind., 
and  Soph.,  v.  Herm.  Soph.  Aj.  1108. 
Hence 

'Ατίμητος,  ov,  unhonoured,  lightly 
esteemed,  despised,  II.  —  II.  (a  priv., 
τιμή  II.)  7iot  valued  or  estimated,  δίκη 
άτ.,  a  cause  in  which  the  penalty  is  7iot 
assessed  in  court,  but  fixed  by  law  be- 
fore hand,  Dem.  543,  10,  etc. ;  so  άτ. 
άγων,  Aeschin.  84,  7:  cf.  Att.  Pro- 
cess, p.  171. 

'Ατιμία,  ας,  ή,  (άτιμος)  disesteem, 
dishonour,  disgrace,  a  slight,  Od.  13, 
142 ;  εν  άτιμίτι  τινά  εχειν,  Hdt.  3,  3, 
and  so  Att. :  ut.  τινός,  dishonour  done 
to  one.  Plat.  Lucri  Cup.  229  C— 2. 
esp.  at  Athens,  a  piiblic  stigma,  the  loss 
of  civil  rights,  either  total  or  partial, 
infamy,  Lat.  imminutio  capitis,  first  in 
Hdt.  7,  231,  cf  esp.  Andoc.  10,  14, 
and  άτιμος.  [Horn.,  and  Tyrt.  1,  10, 
lengthen  the  penult.,  nietri  gr.] 

Άτιμοπενθής,  ες,  (άτιμος,  ττενθέω) 
sorrowing  for  dishonour  incurred,  Aesch. 
Eum.  -792. 

ΆτΙμοτΓοιός,  όν,  (άτιμος,  ποιέω) 
making  dishonoured. 

"Ατιμος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  τιμή  I.)  un- 
honoured, dishonoured,  11. :  c.  gen.  with- 
out the  honour  of..,  dishonoured  in  a 
thing,  Aesch.  Cho.  295 ;  but  also  u7i- 
wortliy  of....  Soph.  El.  1215,  sq.,  cf. 
Schaf  Mel.  137,  sq.— 2.  esp.  at 
Athens  in  legal  signf,  a  citizen  judi- 
cially deprived  of  his  privileges  either 
totally  or  in  \)z.xt,  punished  with  ατιμία, 
Lat.  capite  imminutus,  aerarius,  opp. 
to  επίτιμος,  Andoc.  10,  13,  τι  or 
κατά  τι,  lb.  10,  23,  25 :  also  c.  gen. 
άτ.  γερών,  Thuc.  3,  58 ;  τον  σνμβου- 
λεύειν,  depriiwd  of  the  right  of  advising, 
Dem.  200,  15  ;  so  άτ.  τινά  της  πό- 
7^εως  καθιστάναι.  Lys.  122,  9.  The 
various  kinds  of  ατιμία  at  Athens 
are  given  by  Andoc.  1.  c,  at  Sparta 
by  Xen.  Rep.  Lac.  9,  4  and  5 :  cf 
Valck.  Adon.  p.  232.— II.  (a  priv., 
τιμή  II.)  u'ithout  price  or  value  :  hence 
τον  vvv  οίκον  άτιμον  ίδεις,  thou  de- 
vourest  his  substance  without  payment 
made,  Od.  16,  431  :  and  so — 2.  unre- 
venged,  unpunished,  like  ατιμώρητος, 
Valck.  Hipp.  1416.  Αάγ.-μως.  Hence 

ΆτΙμόω,  ώ,  f.  -ώσω.  pf  ήτίμωκα. 
Plut.  Cat.  Maj.  15,  to  dishonour,  make 
light  of,  like  ατιμάζω,  Aesch.  Supp. 
644.  Pass,  to  suffer  di.^honnur  or  in- 
dignity, Aesch.  Ag.  1068,  Eur.  Hel. 
455. — 2.  but  usu.  in  legal  and  polit- 
ical sense  to  punish  with  ατιμία,  to 
deprive  of  the  rights  of  citizenship,  Lat. 
aerarium  facere,  Hdt.  4,  66,  etc.,  cf. 
άτιμος. 

ΆτΙμωρητεί  and  ατιμωρητί,  adv. 
of  sq. 

'Ατιμώρητος,  oy,  (a  priv.,  τιμωρέο- 
μαι)  unave7iged,  i.  e. — 1,  on  whom  no 
vengeance  has  been  taken,  unpunished, 
ατιμώρητος     γίγνεσθαι,     to     escape 


ATAA 

punishment,  Hdt.  2,  100,  Thuc.  6,  U  . 
άτ.  τινός,  unpunished  for  a  thing,  P.' at. 
Legg.  959  C. — II. /or  whom  no  revenge 
has  been  taken,  Antipho  123,  18 : 
άτιμώρητύν  τίνα  ίάν,  Aeschin.  20, 
22. — 2.  undefended,  unprotected,  Thuc. 
3,57.     Cf.  Ruhnk.  Tim. 

'Ατίμωσις,  εως,  ή,  (άτιμύω)  a  dis 
honouring,  τινός,  Aesch.  Ag.  702,  Cho. 
435. — 2.  a  disgracing,  pu7iishnient  with 
ατιμία.  [tQ 

'Ατιμωτικός,  ή,  όν,  (άτιμάω)  in- 
clined to  dishonouring,  bringing  ατιμία. 
Adv.  -κώς. 

'Ατίνακτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  τινάσσω) 
unshaken,  immoveable,  Opp.  Hal.  2,  8. 

[^ 
Υ Ατιντάνες,  ων,  οι,  the  Atintanes,  a 

people  of  Epirus,  Thuc.  2,  80. 

^Ατις,  Dor.  for  ήτις,  fern,  of  όστις, 

Theocr. 

t'Arif,  ιος,  6,  Atis,  king  of  the  Boii, 

Polyb.  2,  21,  5. 

'Ατΐσία,  ας,  ή,  (a  priv.  τίω)  inabili- 
ty tojmy,  Cic.  Att.  14,  19. 

'ΑτΐτάΑ7ιω,  aor.  1  Ion.  άτίτη?^α, 
(άταλός)  like  άτάλλω  II.,  to  bring  up, 
rear,  foster,  tend,  feed,  Horn.,  esp.  of 
children,  but  also  of  horses,  dogs, 
etc. :  in  genl.  to  cherish,  Theocr.  17, 
58  :  also  c.  dat.,  σκιράφοις  άτ.,  Hip- 
pon.  Fr.  82,  κα?.οΊς,  Theocr.  15,  111. 

'Ατΐτέω,=  άτίω,  Dion.  P.  1158 

Άτίτης,  ov,  ό,  unpunished,  usu.  as 
sumed  in  Aesch.  Lum.  257,  where 
however,  άτίτας  is  ace.  plur.  from 
άτιτος :  also — II.  unhonoured,  άτίται 
σαρκί  παλαιά,  Aesch.  Ag.  72,  ace.  to 
Well.,  but  bind,  and  others  read 
άτίτα,  which  may  also  come  from 
άτιτος.  Not  that  άτίτης  should  be 
objected  to  in  a  pass,  usage,  v.  Lob. 
Paral.  428.  [άτι] 

Άτϊτος,  ov,  also  η,  ov,  v.  foreg., 
(a  priv.,  τίω)  unhonoured,  unavenged, 
11.  13,  414  ;  dishonoured,  Aesch.  Eum. 
257  :  but — U.  wipayed,  ποινή,  II.  14, 
484. 

Άτίω,  (a  \)ή\.,τίω?)not  to  honour, 
not  to  revenge,  Theogn.  621,  cf  άτίζω. 

^^ 
Άτλΰγενής,    ες,    (^ Ατλας,  γένος) 

sprung  from  Atlas,  Hes.  Op,  381  :  ia 

common  Greek  Άτ7.αντογενής. 

^Ατλαντείη,  ης,  ή,  Atlantla,  a  Ha- 
madryad, Apollod.  2,  1. 

^Ατλάντειος,  a,  ov,=^' Ατλαντικός, 
Eur.  Pirith.  3,  5. 

^Άτλαντες,  ων,  οι,  the  Atlantes,  a 
people  of  western  Africa,  Hdt.  4, 84. 

^Ατλαντιάς,  άδος,  ή,  less  usu.  form 
for  Ατλαντίς. 

^Ατ/.αντικός,  ή,  όν,  ('Άτ?.ας)  of  οτ 
belonging  to  Atlas  ;  Atlantic,  ή  'Ατ?.αν• 
τίκή  θάλασσα,  Hdt.  1,  202  ;  τό  Άτλ. 
πέλαγος,  Polyb.  16,  29,  6;  the  At- 
lantic. 

V  Ατ?.αντίς,  ίδος,  ή.  daughter  of  At- 
las. Hes.  Th.  938.— II.  Atlantis,  a  ce- 
lebrated island  supposed  to  have 
been  situated  in  the  western  ocean, 
and  whose  description  has  given  rise 
to  the  supposition  that  it  was  the 
name  under  which  America  was 
known  to  the  ancients.  Plat.  Tim. 
21  F,  Strab.  p.  102. 

"Ατ/ιος,  αντος,  ό,  Atlas,  one  of  the 
older  family  of  gods,  who  bears  up 
the  pillars  of  heaven,  Od.  1,  52: 
hence — 2.  later,  one  of  the  Titans, 
Aesch.  Pr.  318,  427.-3.  later  still, 
the  pillar  of  heaven.  Mount  Atlas  in 
West  Africa :  and  so — 4.  any  prop  or 
supporter:  esp.  in  architecture  Άτ- 
λαντες are  colossal  statues  of  men 
serving  for  columns  to  support  the 
entablature,  called  by  Roman  arclii- 
tects  τελααώνες,  Vitruv.  6,  10,  cf. 
233 


ΑΤΟΛ 

Diet.  Antiqq.  (Prob.  from  a  cuphon., 
τλήναι.) — 5.  the  Atlantic,  in  Dion.  P. 
30. — G.  a  tributary  of  the  Ister  in 
Tluacc,  Hdt.  1,  49. 

Άτ'λας,  αντος,  ό,  (α  priv.,  τλήναι) 
not  enduring  or  dariyig. 

Άτλητέίύ,  ώ,  to  be  unable  to  bear,  be 
impatient,  spiritless  or  desponding, 
Soph.  O.  T.  515  :  from 

" Α-τλητος,  ov.  Dor.  ατ7.ατος.  (i 
priv.,  τλήναι)  not  to  he  home,  insiifir- 
able,  ΰχος,  πένθος.  11.,  Piiiil.,  etc. — II. 
not  to  be  dared,  ύτλητα  τλύσα,  Aesch. 
Ag.  40S. 

Άτμενία,  ας,  ή,  {άτμήν)  slavery, 
servitude.  Aiith. 

Άτμίνιος,  or,  toilsome,  prepared 
u-ith  trouble,  Nic. 

Ά  τμη•ίς,  ίόος,  ή,  fern,  from  άτμήν. 

Άτμενος,  ov,  ό,=άτ/ζ7/ν. 

Άτμεύω,  for  ΰτμενεύω,  to  be  a 
slave,  serve,  Nic. 

Άτΐίή,  7/r,  ■!/,^=ΰτμός,  smoke,  heat, 
lies.  Th.  862. 

Άτμήν,  ένος,  ό,  fern,  άτμενίς,  ίδος, 
?/,  a  slave,  servant.  (Grainin.  have 
also  ΰόμ-,  which  is  etyinologically 
correct,  if  like  δμώς  it  be  deriv.  from 
δαμύω.) 

Άτμι/τος.  ov,  (a  priv.,  τέμνω)  un 
cut,  iinwounded  :  unfelted.  imlwum. — II. 
not  cut  in  pieces,  not  laid  waste,  un- 
ravaged.  γή,  Thuc.  1,  82  :  but  άργυ- 
ρεία  άτμητα,  silver-mines  as  yet  un- 
opened, Xen.  Vect.  4,  27. — III.  not  to 
be  cut  or  divided,  indivisible,  Plat. 
Phaedr.  277  B. 

'Χτμιάυ,  {ΰτμή)  to  steam,  emit  va- 
pour, Hipp. 

Άτμΐδούχος,  ov,  (άτμίς,  εχω)  con- 
taining vapour,  damp. 

Άτμΐδόω.  (ΰτμίς)  to  change  into 
steam,  Arist.  Meteor. 

Άτμΐδώδης,  ες.  {άτμίς,  είδος)  steam- 
ing, damp,  full  of  vapour,  Arist.  Me- 
teor. 

Άτμίζω,  f.  -ίπυ,^άτμιύω,  to  smoke, 
βωμός  άτμίζων  πνρί,  Soph.  Fr.  340  ; 
of  water,  to  steam,  Xen.  An.  4,  5,  15  ; 
so  of  hot  meat,  ήδιστον  άτμ.,  Pherecr. 
Metall.  4,  15. 

Άτμίς,  ίδοΓ,  7),^=  ατμός,  άτμή,  Hdt. 
4,75.  Plat.  Tim.  86  Ε.  [Γ] 

Άτμιστύς,  ?'/,  όν,  (άτμίζω)  evapo- 
rated, turned  into  vapour,  Arist.  Me- 
teor. 

Ά,τμοειδής,    ές,=^άτμίδώδης,    like 
vapour,  steaming.     Adv.  -δώς. 
t  Άτμηνοι,  ων,  oi,  the  Atmoni,  a  tribe 
of  the  Bastarnae,  Strab. 

'Κτμ(')ς,  oil.  It.  smoke,  Lat.  vapor, 
Aesch.  Ag.  1311:  in  plur.,  vapours. 
Id.  Fr.  181.    (From  *άω,  άημι,  αζω.) 

Άτμώδης,  ες,  [ατμός,  είδος):=άτ- 
μιδώθ7μ_,  Theophr. 

Άτοιχος,  ον,  (α  priv.,  τοίχος)  un- 
tvalled,  Eur.  Ion  11.33. 

Άτοκεί,  adv.  of  άτοκος. 

Άτόκίος,  ov,  (άτοκος)  causing  bar- 
renness, Diosc. :  TO  άτόΚ;  sub.  φύρ- 
μαΐίον,  a,  medicine  for  causing  barren- 
ness. 

Άτοκος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  τόκος)  having 
never  yet  brought  forth,  never  having 
had  a  child,  Hdt,  5.  41,  Eur.  El.  1127. 
— 2.  in  genl.  not  bearing,  barren. — II. 
without  interest,  χρήαατα,  Piat.  Logj. 
021  C,  Dem.  1250;  12.  Adv.  -κως, 
also  -κεί. 

Άτολμέω,  or  uτoλμά<J),ΰ,tobe άτολ- 
μος, or  disheartened,  ThuC.  1,  124,  ubj 
Bekk.  oh  τολμώντες. 

Ά.τό7.μητος,  ov.  not  to  he  dared : 
also  not  to  be  endured,  insufferable, 
μόχθος,  Pind.  I.  8,  23 :  and  60  prob. 
of  wicked  men,  not  to  be  borne  ivith, 
Aesch.  Ag.  375,  unless  with  Her- 
mann ΰτόλμητου  Άρη  is  read. 
234 


ATPA 

Ατολμία,  ας,  ή,  (άτολμέω)  want  of 
daring  or  courage, — 1.  usu.  in  bad 
sense,  cowardice,  Thuc.  2,  89. — 2.  but 
aho  sun\uy,  backwardness,  Dem.  1407, 
14. 

Άτολμος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  τόλμα)  dar- 
ing nothing. — 1.  usu.  in  bad  sense, 
wanting  courage,  sjiiritless,  cowardly, 
Pind.  N.  11,  42,  Thuc.  etc.— 2.  but 
also  «oi  ovcrdaring,  and  of  women, 
retiring,  Aesch.  Cho.  030  :  also  c.  inf., 
άτ.  δήσαι,  tiot  daring  to  bind.  Id.  Pr. 
14.     Adv.  -μως. 

Άτομος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  τομή)  uncut, 
7.είμων,  a  meadow  unmoivn.  Soph. 
Tr.  200. — II.  not  able  to  be  cut,  indi- 
visible. Plat.  Soph.  229  D:  hence  of 
any  thing  very  small. — III.  ή  άτομος; 
ace.  to  Democritus,  an  atom  or  indi- 
visible particle  of  matter,  the  first  ele- 
ment of  the  universe  :  also  of  time, 
ΐν  άτύμω,  in  a  moment,  N.  T.  Adv. 
-μως,  Arist.  Org. 

Άτονέω,  to  be  άτονος,  slack,  relax- 
ed, languid,  Arist.  Probl, 

Ατονία,  ας,  ?/,  slackness,  languid- 
ness,  Plut, :  from 

Άτονος,  ov,  (a  priv,,  τείνω)  not 
stretched  or  strained,  slack,  relaxed, 
Hipp,  :  languid,  feeble,  lazy.  —  II.  (a 
priv.,  τόνος  III.  2)  without  accent, 
Gramm.     Adv.  -νως. 

Άτόξεντος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  τοξεύω) 
not  hit  with  an  arrow  :  out  of  bow-shot, 
Plut. 

Άτοξος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  τόξον)  without 
bow  or  arrow,  Luc. 

Άτότταστος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  τοττάζω) 
not  to  be  guessed,  Aesch.  Fr.  108. 

Ατόπημα,  ατός,  τό,  (άτοπος)  a?nis- 
placed,  absiird  word  or  deed. 

Άτοπηματοποιός,  6,  (ατόπημα, 
ποιέω)  one  who  does  things  out  of  place 
or  absurd. 

Άτοπία,  ας,  ή,  a  being  out  of  the 
way,  and  so — 1.  strangeness,  marvel- 
lousness,  oddness,  At.  Ran.  1372,  and 
Plat.  :  unusual  nature,  νοσήματος, 
Thuc.  2,  51. — 2.  unnaturalness,  and 
so  of  persons,  unnatural  conduct,  Ar. 
Ach.  349;  of  things,  άτ.  των  τιμωρι- 
ών, Thuc.  3,  82  :  from 

Άτοπος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  τόπος)  out  of 
place,  out  of  the  way,  and  SO — 1 .  strange, 
unwonted,  marvellous,  odd,  ηδονή,  Eur. 
I.  T.  842,  όρνις,  Ar.  Av.  276,  πόθος, 
Ar.  Eccl.  956,  and  freq.  in  Plat. : 
δούλοι  των  άει  άτοπων,  slaves  to  every 
new  paradox,  Thuc.  3,  38  :  of  persons, 
odd,  eccentric,  Dem. — 2.  strange,  ab- 
surd, Lat.  inepius.  Plat.,  and  Xen. — 
3.  unnatural,  disgusting,  foul,  πνεύμα, 
Thuc.  2,  49.  Αύ\.-πως,  marvellously 
or  nh.<iurdly,  ουκ  άτ.,  Thuc.  7,  30. 

Άτόρεντος,  ov,  (a  priv,,  τορενω) 
without  graven  or  embossed  work. 

Άτόρητος,  ov,  (a  priv,,  τορέω)  not 
to  be  pierced,  invulnerable,  Nonn, 

Άτόρνεντος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  τορνεύω) 
not  turned  in  the  lathe,  not  rounded. 

^Ατος,  OV,  contr.  for  άατος,  insati- 
ate, c.  gen.,  uT.  πολέμοιο,  μάχης,  etc., 
insatiate  of  war,  etc.,  Horn. 
^Άτοσσα,  ης,  ή,  Atossa,  daughter  of 
Cyrus,  queen  of  Cambyses,  and  after- 
wards of  Darius  Hystaspis,  by  whom 
she  had  Xerxes,  Hdt.  3,  68,  etc. — 2. 
wife  of  Artaxer.xes  II.,  Plut.  Artax. 
23. 

νΑτουαηκοί,  ων,  ol.  the  Aduatici,  a 
people  of  Gallia  Belgica,  DioCass. 

t'Aroiipi'a,  ας,  ?/,  Ataria,  a  region  of 
Assyria,  Strab, ;  also  in  Arr.  An.  3, 
7,  7,  Άτνρία. 

Άτρα)  ί'.ίδητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  τραγω- 
δέω)  not  treated  tragically,  not  exagge- 
rated, Luc. 

Άτρύγφδος,  ov,  (a  priv,,  τραγφ• 


ATPE 

δός)  untragical,  unsuitable  to  tragedy, 
Arist.  Poet.  Adv.  ~δως,  without  noise 
or  fuss,  Anton. 
t'Arpoi,  ώΐ',  al,  Atrae,  a  city  of 
Mesopotamia,  Hdn.  3,  9:  ot  Άτρη- 
νοί,  the  people  of  Atrae,  Id. 

Άτράκτιον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from 
άτρακτος. 

Άτρακτοειδής,  ες,  (άτρακτος,  εί- 
δος) spindle-shaped. 

Άτρακτος,  ον,  δ  and  ή,  α  spindle, 
Hdt.  4,  102. — 11.  άτρ.  τοξικός,  Aesch. 
Fr.  123,  άτρ.  without  τοξ..  Soph. 
Phil.  290,  an  arrow,  as  ήλακάτη  also 
has  both  signfs.,  because  both  were 
made  of  reed,  and  had  nearly  the 
same  shape  ;  in  this  sense  it  appears 
to  have  been  specially  a  Lacon.  word, 
V.  Thuc.  4.  40. — 111.  the  upper  part  of 
a  sailyard,w\iich  was  also  called  7/Λα- 
κάτη.  (Ace.  to  Pott,  from  same  root 
as  torquere,  to  twist  or  tuni.) 

Άτρακτνλίς,  ίδος,  η,  also  άταακ- 
τυλλίς,  a  thistle-like  plant,  used  for 
making  spindles,  a  kind  of  Cartha- 
mus  Creticus,  ace.  to  Sprengel :  we 
call  the  Euonymus  Europaeus  the 
Sjiindle-tree,  Arist.  H.  Α.,  Kiessl. 
Theocr.  4,  52,  hence — II.  a  spindle. 

νΑτραμύττειον,  ov,  τό,=  Άδραμντ• 
τειον. 

Άτρύνωτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  τράνόω) 
not  made  clear. 

\Άτραξ,  ακος,  6,  the  Atrax,  a  tribu- 
tary of  the  Peneus  in  Thessaly, 
Strab. — 2.  a  city  of  Thessaly,  on  the 
Peneus,  Id. 

Άτράπελος,  ον,^=δνςτράπελος. 

Άτραπίζω,  to  walk,  to  go,  pass,  Phe- 
recr. Autom.  3. 

Άτράπιτός,ον,  ^,=sq.,  Od.  13, 195. 

Ατραπός,  ov,  ?/,  Ep.  άταρπός,  (a 
euphon.,  τρέπω)  strictly  a  path  that 
does  not  turn,  hence  in  genl.  a  path, 
way,  road,  Hdt.  etc.  :  Horn,  only  in 
Ep.  form :  inetaph.  a  tralk  of  life  ή 
πολιτική  άτρ..  Plat.  Polit.  258  C. 

Άτρανμά,τ ιστός,  ov,  (a  priv.,  τραυ- 
ματίζω) invulnerable,  Luc. 

Άτράώαξις,  εως,  and  άτράφαξνς, 
ΐ'ος,  -ή,  a  pot-herb  like  spinach,  orach, 
Lat.  atriplex,  Diosc. :  also  άδράφαξνς 
and  άνδράφαξις. 

Άτράχη7ιος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  τράχη7.ος) 
ivithout  neck.  Teles  ap.  Stob.  p.  575, 
46.  [a] 

^Άτρέβατοι  and  Άτρεβάτίοι,ων,οΙ, 
the  Atrebates  or  Atrchati,  a  people  ol 
Gallia  Belgica,  Strab. 

νΑτρείδης,  ου  Ep.  and  Ion.  ao  and 
εω,  b,  (patron,  from  Άτρεύς)  son  or 
descendant  of  Atreus,  oi  Άτptΐδaι  or 
τω  Άτρείδα,  the  Atridae,  Agamemnon 
and  Menelaus,  Horn. 
\Άτρείων,  ωΐ'Οζ-,  (5,=foreg.,  Horn. 

Άτρέκεια,  ας,  η.  Ion.  άτρεκηΐη,  but 
also  άτρεκίη,  (άτρεκής)  reality,  strict 
truth,  Pind.  Fr.  232,  4  :  άτρεκίί/ν  τί- 
νος είδέναι,  to  know  the  strict  truth,  ex- 
act state  of  a  thing,  Hdt.  4,  152  ;  6,  1. 
— II.  strictness,  justice,  uprighttuss, 
Pind.  O.  10,  17. 

Άτρεκέω,—  ΰκριβόΐύ,  Eur.  Bus.  3: 
from  άτρεκής. 

Άτρεκηΐη,  ης,  η.  Ion.  for  άτρέκεια, 
Hdt.  6,  82. 

Ά,τρεκής,  ες,  strictly  true,  real,  cer- 
tain :  strict,  exact,  ά7ά)θεια,  καιρός, 
Pind. :  τό  άτρεκές==άτρέκεια,  Hdt. 
5.  9.  etc. — II.  strict,  just,  -upright, 
Pind.  O.  3,  21.  Horn,  only  uses  the 
adv.  άτρεκέως  \vith  the  verbs  αγο- 
ρεύω and  μαντενομαι.  truly,  as  truth 
requires  :  but  δεκας  άτρεκές,  just  ten 
of  them,  Od.  16,  245.  The  word  and 
its  derivs.  arc  rare  in  Att.,  though 
Eur.  has  it  once  or  tA-ice,  άκρφής, 
etc.,  being  used  instead. 


ATPI 

'Χτρεκΐη,  ης,  ή,  Ion.  for  άτρέκεια, 
Hdt. 

Άτρέμά,  and  before  a  vowsl  άτρέ- 
μΰς,  adv.,  (a  priv.,  τρέμω)  without 
trembling,  and  so  moveless,  fixed,  έστύ- 
vat,  Horn.,  v.  esp.  Od.  19.212,  where 
it  IS  used  of  the  eyes. — 2.  still,  quiet, 
■ησθαι.  Horn.,  and  so  ΰτρ.  ίχειν,  with 
or  without  εαυτόν,  etc.,  to  keep  still 
or  quiet,  Hdt.  5,  19  ;  9, 54,  and  Att.— 
3.  quietly,  cabnly,  ενόείν,  Horn. :  ΰτρ. 
■ττορενεσθαι,  to  go  gently  or  softly, 
Xen.  Cyn.  5,  31.  [a] 

' ΧτρεμαΙος,  a,  ov,  poet,  for  ΰτρε- 
ίΐής,  calm,  still,  gentle,  ΰτρ.  βοά,  a 
whisper,  Eur.  Or.  147. 

Άτρέμας,  adv.,  v.  sub  άτρέμα. 

'λτρεμεοτης,  ητος,  ή,  —  άτρεμία, 
Hipp. 

Άτρεμέού,  ώ,  not  to  tremble οτ move,  to 
keep  still  or  quiet,  Hes.  Op.  537,  to 
keep  peace,  Hdt.  7,  8,  1  :  so  also  in 
pass.,  Theogn.  47  :  from 

Άτρεμής,  ες,  (α  priv.,  τρέμω)  not 
trembtmg,7mmoved,  calm,  Plat.Phaedr. 
250  C,  όμβα,  Xen.  Symp.  8,  3.:  the 
neut.  TO  άτρεμές,  as  subst.,  calmness, 
Xen.  Ages.  G,  7. 

Άτρεμί,  adv.  of  άτρεμής,  Ar.  Nub. 
261.  [i] 

^Ατρεμία,  ας,  η,  a  keeping  still : 
calmness,  intrepidity.  Find.  N.  11,  15  : 
ΰτρεμίαν  εχω,  άγω,=  άτρεμέω,  Xen. 

Άτρεμίζω.  f.  -ί'σω  Att.  -ϊύ,^άτρε- 
αέω.  esp.  to  keep  peace,  Theogn.  303. 
and  freq.  in  Hdt.,  but  always  c.  ne- 
gat.,  ovK  άτρεμίζειν,  to  be  restless  or 
unquiet,  1,  185,  190,  etc. 

'Α-τρεπτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  τρέττω)  un- 
moved, immovable,  τ//ν  ά/.κήν,  Luc.  : 
■unchanging,  Plut.  :  'ϊτρός  τι,  not  caring 
for  a  thing.     Adv.  -πτως. 

νΧτρεστίδας,  a  and  ov,  o,  Atresti- 
das,  masc.  pr.  n.,  Dein.  439,  3. 

Άτρεστος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  τρέω)  not 
trembling,  xmfearing,  fearless,  Lat.  Ι7ΐ- 
trepidus,  Trag.,  and  Plat.  Crat.  395 
Β  :  c.  gen.,  άτρ.  μάχας,  fearless  of 
fight.  Aesch.  Pr.  416.  Adv.  -τως, 
Aesch.  Supp.  240  :  also  neut.  pi. 
ώτρεστα,  as  adv.,  Eur.  Ion  1198.  (Cf. 
sq.) 

'Κτρενς,  έως,  6,  (α  priv.,  τρέω)  = 
άτρεστος,  as  adj.,  only  in  Euphor.  94, 
and  in  Anth.,  άτρήες  (sic  leg.  pro 
άτρείες)  άνάγκαι.  immutable  necessity: 
but  the  prop.  n.  Atreus  no  doubt  had 
this  signf ,  the  Unfearing. 

t'Arpiif,  έωΓ  Ep.  έος,  6,  (v.  foreg.) 
Atreux,  son  of  Pelops  and  Hippoda- 
mia,  brother  of  Thyestes,  Horn. 

Άτρητος,  ov.  (a  priv.,  τράω)  not 

fierced  through,  without  hole  or  aperture, 
'lat.  Polit.  279  E.— II.  act.  not  bur- 
roving  holes,  hence  of  animals,  ΰτρη- 
ra.  opp.  to  τρημητώδη,  such  as  ants, 
Arist.  H.  A.     Adv.  -τως. 

'Χτρήχνντος,  ov.  (α  priv.,  τρηχΰνω. 
Ion.  for  τραγ.)  not  made  rough  or  hard, 
Aret. 
i'XTpia,  ας,  ή,-^Άδρία,  Strab. 

Άτρίακτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  τριύζω) 
rinconquered.  Aesch.  Cho.  338. 

Άτρίβηστος,  ov,=sq.,lI.Xen. Hip- 
parch.  8,  3. 

Άτρϊβής.  ες.  (a  priv.,  τρί3ω.  Ιτρΐ- 
βον)  not  rubbed,  and  so — I.  of  places, 
not  traversed,  pathless.  Thuc.  4,  8  ;  of 
roads,  not  worn  ox  used,  opp.  to  φανε- 
ρά όόός,  Xen.  An.  4,  2,  8. — 2.  of 
clothe.s,  not  natch  tvorn,  new,  Lat,  m- 
teger,  Id.  Mem.  4,  3,  13.— 3.  of  the 
body,  not  galled.  Plat.  Rival.  134  B.— 
ij.  noi  versed  or  practised  in  a  thing, 
τινός. 

Άτρϊβί,  adv.  of  ατριβης,  esp.  with- 
eut  loss  of  time,  without  delay. 

Άτρίβων,  ov,  gen,  ωνος,  poet,  for 


ATPY 

άτριβής,  Eur.  Lie.   1.— II.  (a  priv., 
τριβών)  without  cloak,  [άτρι] 

Άτριον,  ου,  τό,  Dor.  for  ?/τριον. 

ΆτρίΐΓΤος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  τρίβω)  = 
ΰτριβής,  hence  χείρες  ύτριπτοι, 
hands  not  worn  hard  by  work,  Od.  21, 
151. — 2.  of  corn,  7wt  threshed,  Xen. 
Oec.  18,  5. — 3.  of  bread,  not  kneaded, 
Arist.  Probl. — 4.  ΰτρ.  ΰκανθαι,  thorns 
on  which  one  cannot  tread  or  xvalk, 
Theocr. — 5.  untrodden,  and  so  strange, 
ίστορίαι,  Artemid. 

Άτριχες,  plur.  from  ΰθριξ. 
Ατριχος,  ov,  poet,  for  ΰθριξ,  with- 
out hair. 

'Ατρι-φ, ιβος, 6,=ΰτριβήςΙΙ.  Hence 

Άτρι-ψία,  ας,  ή,  want  of  practice,  in- 
experience, Cic.  Att.  13,  16. 

Άτρομέω,  {ΰτρομος)=άτρεμέω,  to 
be  fearless,  Opp. 

'Ατρόμητος,  ov,  (άτρομέω)  =ΰτρο- 
μος,  Anth. 

Υ  Ατρόμητος,  ov,  ό,  Atrometns,  an 
Athenian,  father  of  the  orator  Aes- 
chines,  Dem.  270,  24  ;  Aeschin. 

Άτρομος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  τρέμω)  un- 
fearing, fearless,  Lat.  intrepidus,  θυ- 
μός, μένος,  11. 

'Άτρομος,  ov,  6,  Atromus,  son  of 
Hercules,  Apollod.  2,  7,  8. 

'Άτροττατην?'/,  ης.  ?},  Atropatene.  the 
northern  part  of  Media,  Strab. :  hence 

'Άτροττατηνός,  71,  όν,  of  Atropatene, 
Strab. 

•  Άτροττύτης,  ov,  ό,  Atropates,  a  sa- 
trap of  Media,  Arr.  An.  3,  8. 

ιΆτροπάτιος,  a,  ov,  of  Atropatene, 
Strab. 

Άτροττία,  ας,  ή,  a  being  ΰτροττος: 
hence  obstinacy,  inflexibility,  Theogn. 
218  :  folly,  Ap.  Rh. — II.  clumsiness, 
indiscretion. 

Άτροττος,  ov,  (a  priv,.  τρέττω)  not 
to  be  turned,  unchangeable,  and  so  eter- 
nal, νττνος,  Theocr. — 2.  of  persons, 
inflexible,  unalterable,  Anth.  :  hence  ή 
' kToo-ος,  Atropos,  the  name  of  one 
of  the  Motpai  or  Parcae.  first  in  Hes. 
Th.  218,  905,  Sc.  259.— II.  not  easily 
turning,  awkward,  unseeinly,  ίπεα. 
Find.  N.  7,  151. 

Άτροφέω,  {ΰτροφος)  to  have  or  get 
no  food,  to  starve,  Plut. :  ΰτρ.  ττνρ,  to 
have  no  fuel,  Philo. — 2.  to  have  an  atro- 
phy. 

Ατροφία,  ας,  ή,  want  of  food,  hunger. 
— 2.  an  atrophy  :  from 

Άτροφος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  τρέΦω)  not 
fed,  ill  fed,  decayed. — 2.  ill  of  an  atro- 
phy,  pining  away ,  ϊτητοι,  Xen.  Mem.  3, 
3,  4. — II.  act.  not  feeding,  not  nutritious. 

Άτρνγετος,  ov,  later  also  η,  ov,  A. 
P.  234,  (a  priv.,  τρυγάω)  yielding  no 
harvest,  unfruitful,  barren,  freq.  in 
Horn,  as  epith.  of  the  sea,  also  of 
ether,  II.  17,  425,  H.  Cer.  67,  457. 
So  Eur.  speaks  of  the  sea's  άκύρπισ- 
τα  πεδία  ;  and  τραόερή,  fruitful  land. 
is  in  Hom.  opp.  to  the  sea,  v.  Heyne 
II.  1,  316:  later,  in  genl.  waste,  desert. 
[,'άτρν] 

Άτρνγής,  ές,  Anth.,  and 

Άτρνγητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  τρυγάω) 
unharvested,  not  gathered,  Arist.  Probl. 

Άτρνγος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  τρνξ)  with- 
out lees,  clarified,  pure,  LXX. 

Άτρύμων,  ov,  gen.  ονος,=.ατρυτος, 
c,  gen.,  ΰτρ.  κακών,  riot  worn  out  by 
ills.  Aesch.  Theb.  875.  [ΰτρϋ] 

' Ατρί'-ητος,  ov.  (a  priv.,  τρν~άω) 
^ζζΰτρητος,  Plut.  [ii] 

Άτρΰτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  τρύω)  not 
rubbed  away  or  worn  down,  hence  of 
thines  unabating,  e.  g.  ττόνος.  Pind.  P. 
4,317,  κακά.  Soph.  Aj.  788:  of  a 
road,  wearisome,  never-ending,  The- 
ocr. 15.  7.  of  persons,  indefatigable,  Jj- 
sepL;cfaQlij,  Pseudo-Phou.  158. 


ATTl 

Άτρντώνη.  ης,  η,  (a  priv.,  τρύω)  the 
Unwearied,  Tameless,  Horn.,  as  epith. 

of  Minerva.  (Lengthd.  form  from 
ΰτρντη,  as  Άϊδωνενς  from  'Άιδης.) 

Άτρνφερος.  ov,  [a  pnv.,  τρυφερός) 
not  delicate  or  luxurious,  Eupol.  Bapt. 
10  :  not  costly,  στο'/.ή,  Cebes.  [fi] 

Άτρύφητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  τρυφαω) 
=foreg.,  Plut. 

Άτρϋφος,  ov.=  ΰθρντϊτος,  Alcm.  25. 

Άτβώς,  ώτος,  ό,  ή,=ΰτρωτος. 

Άτρωσία,  ας,  ή,  invulnerableness : 
from 

Άτρωτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  τιτρώσκω) 
invulnerable,  Trag.,  and  Plat. 

Άττα,  Att.  for  τινά,  ΰττα  for  άτι- 
να,  V.  άσσα,  ΰσσα  :  it  seldom  stands 
Λvithout  an  adj.  or  subst.,  Heind. 
Plat.  Theaet.  148  C. 

"ATTA.  a  salutation  used  to  elders, 
father,  Hom.,  cf.  ύηττα,  ΰ~φα,  and 
τΐάττπα.  [ru] 

Άττάγας,  a  and  ΰττΰγάς,  a,  ό, 
Lat.  attagen,  a  bird  living  in  marshes, 
prob.  the  moor-hen,  water-hen,  esteem- 
ed a  great  delicacy,  Ar.  Ach.  875, 
etc.  :  also  άτταγήν,  ηνος,  b,  Arist., 
and  ΰττα-;  ης,  έος,  ό,  Opp.  Cf.  Lob. 
Phr}Ti.  117,  sq. 

Άτταγήν,  and  ΰτταγης,  v.  foreg. 

ΫΑτταγΙνος,  ov,  ό,  AttagTnus,  a  The- 
ban,  who  betrayed  Thebes  to  Xerxes 
on  his  invasion  of  Greece,  Hdt.  4, 
148,  e. 

t'A τ-αΡ.ε/α,  ας,  ή,  Attalea,  a  city  of 
Pamphylia,  now  Antali,  Strab:  hence 
ό  Άττα/.ενς,  an  Attalean. — 2.  a  city 
of  Maeonia,  PtoL,  in  Strab.  Άττεα, 
also  called  Σάττα7.α. 

V Ατταλικύς,  ή,  όν,  {Άτταλος)  of  οτ 
belonging  to  Attains,  sprang  or  descend 
ed  from  Attains,  Attalic,  Strab. 

ί'Αττα'/.ίς,  ίδος,  ή,  Attalis,  one  of 
the  later  Attic  phylae,  Paus.,  etc. 

'ίΆττάλος,  ov,  ό,  Attalus,  a  Mace- 
donian proper  name — 1.  a  general  of 
Philip,  uncle  of  Cleopatra  whom 
Philip  married,  Diod.  S. — 2.  a  general 
of  Alexander  the  great,  Arr.  An.  2, 
9,  2. — Others  mentioned  in  Arrian. — 
II.  founder  of  the  kingdom  of  Perga- 
mus,  Strab. — 2.  second  son  of  foreg., 
surnamed  Philadelphus,  Strab. —  3. 
son  of  Eumenes  II.,  and  nephew  ot 
foreg..  surnamed  Philometor,  the  last 
king  of  Pergamus,  having  at  his  death 
willed  his  kingdom  to  the  Romans, 
Polyb.  33,  16,  Strab.- Other  persons 
of  this  name  in  Paus.,  etc. 

Άττανίτης,  ov,  ό,  a  kind  of  cake, 
distinguished  from  τηγανιτής,  in 
Hippon.  26 :  from 

Άττανον.  ov,  τό.  Ion.  for  τήγανον. 

Άττάραγος,  or  ΰττάραχος.  ov,  ό, 
a  crumb  OT  paring  of  bread,  Ath.  :  me- 
taph.  the  least  crumb  or  bit,  Call.  Ep. 
48,  9.     (Deriv.  unknown.) 

'^Άττύσιοι.  uv,  ol,  the  Attasii,  stem 
race  of  the  Massagetae,  Strab. 

Άτταταϊ,  a  cry  of  pain   or  grief, 

Trag. :  sometimes  prolonged,  ΰτατ- 

ταταΐ,  etc..  Dind.  Ar.  Ran.  57 :  also 

used  ironically,  Ar.  Ach.  1198. 

^Άττεα,  ας,ή,=.Άττα7.εία  2,  Strab. 

Άττέλαβος,  ου,  ό.  Ion.  ΰττέ?.ε3ος, 
a  kind  of  locust  without  wings,  Hdt. 
4,  172. 

Άττε?.εβύΦβα?μος,  ov,  (άττέ7Μ• 
βος,  6φθα?ψός)  with  the  eyes  of  a  locust, 
i.  e.  with  prominent,  staring  eyes,  Eu- 
bul.  Sphing.  1,  10. 

Άττηγος.  ου,  ό,  a  he-goat, \οη.•<κ ατά. 

Άττης,  εω,  ό,  Άττις;  Άττης'Ύης, 

a  mystic  form  of  e.xorcism,  used  by 

the  priests  of  Cybele.  Dem.  313,  26. 

^'Αττική,  τ/ς,  ή,  Attica,  a  province 

of  Greece,  Hdt. 

t'ArriKwpoc,  a,  ov,  in  adv.  'Αττική- 

235. 


ΑΤΥΦ 

p(JC•  '"  -4""^  fasliwn,  Alcx.  ap.  Ath. 
137  D. 

Άττικίζω,  f.  -ίσω  Att.  -ίώ  to  side 
iL'ilh  tlie  Athenians,  Atticize,  Thuc.  3, 
62. —  II.  laier  to  live  like  an  Athenian, 
esp.  to  speak  Attic,  Galen.     Hence 

Άττίκισις,  εως,  ή,  α?ί  Attic  expres- 
sion, Atticism,  Philostr. :  and 

Άττικισμός,  ού,  ό,  a  siding  with 
Athens,  attachment  to  Athens,  Thuc. 
4,  133. — II.  an  Attic  expression,  Atti- 
cism :  and 

Άττικισττ/ς,  οϋ,  ό,  a  gatherer  of  At- 
tic expressions,  Atticist,  Gramm. 

Άττικιστί,  adv.,  after  the  Attic 
fashion,  in  the  Attic  dialect,  Alex. 
Protoch.  1. 

ΆτΓίκίων,  a  prop.  n.  formed  like  a 
dim.,  my  little  Athenian,  Ar.  Pac.  214. 

Άττικοπέιχ^ξ,  ίκος,  6,  {'Αττικός, 
ττέρΰιξ)  the  Attic  partridge,  Ath.  115  B. 

Άττίκός,  ή,  όν,  {ακτή)  Attic,  Athe- 
nian: i(  'Αττική,  sub.  yij,  Attica,  Hdt., 
etc.,  ct.  Άτθίς. 

Άττικονργής,  ες,  {'Αττικός,  *  Ιρ- 
yu)  wrought  in  the  Attic  fashion,  Me- 
nand.  p.  294. 

Άττίκονικός,  ή,  όν,  a  comic  alter- 
ation of  'Αττικός,  after  the  form  of 
ΑακωΐΊκός,  Ar.  Pac.  215. 

\Άττις,  ευς  and  κ^ος,  ό,  also  "Αττης, 
εο),  and  "Αττνς,  "Ατνς.  νος,  Attis,  or 
Atys,  a  Phrygian  youth  beloved  by 
Cybele,  Luc. 

'Αττω,  Att.  for  φσσω,  άίσσο) :  in 
Plat. :  and  later  also  άττω,  without 
t  subscr.,  Valck.  Phoen.  1388. 

Άτυζίίλός,  ή,  όν,  frightful.  Αρ.  Rh. : 
from 

Άτύζομαι,  aor.  part,  -χθείς  (v.  inf.), 
as  pass,  {άτύω)  to  be  distraught  from 
fear,  amazed,  bewildered,  Hom.  mostly 
in  part,  pres.,  in  phrase  ίτνζόμενος 
ττεδίοιο,  fleeing  bewildered  o'er  the  plain, 
II.,  cf.  Od.  11,  606  ;  so  absol.,  άτνζον- 
ται,  άτνζόμενος,  Pind.  P.  1.  26,  Ο.  8, 
51  :  also  distraught  with  grief,  Soph. 
£1.  149  :  c.  ace,  to  be  amazed  at  a 
thing,  άτνχθίϊς  όψιν,  11.  6,  468  :  but 
ΰτυζομένη  άττολέσθαι,  feared  fur  that 
she  would  die,  11.  22,  474,  cf  ενγε- 
σθαι,  in  Soph.  O.  T.  1512.  The  act. 
άτύζΐΰ,  f.  -νξο),  to  strike  ivith  terror  or 
amazement,  first  in  Theocr.  1,  56,  and 
Ap.  Rh.  1,  465. 

"Ατνκτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  τεύχω)  un- 
accomplished, undo7ie,  Pseudo-Phoc.  50. 

Άτνλωτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  τυλόω) 
without  weals.  Call,  [ϋ] 

Άτνμβεντος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  τνμβενω) 
tmbxtricd,  Opp. 

'Ατνμβος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  τύμβος)  with- 
out burial,  without  a  tomb,  Luc. 

^Άτνμνιάδης,  ην,  ό,  son  of  Atymnius, 
i.  e.  Mydon,  11.  5,  581  :  from 

^Άτνμνίος,  ου,  6,  Atymnius,  son  of 
Jupiter  and  Cassiopea,  Apollod.  3, 1, 
2.-2.  son  of  Emathiim,  11.  16,  317. 

Άτυπος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  τύ-τω)  speak- 
ing inarticulately,  stantm.rring,  Gell. 

Άτνττοτος,  or,  {a  priv.,  τυπόω) 
unformed,  Plut.   [C] 

Άτνράννεντος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  τυραν- 
νενω)  not  ruled  by  tyrants,  Thuc.  1, 
18.     Adv.  -τως. 

'Ατίφωτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  τνρόω)  not 
made  into  cheese,  not  curdled  or  coagu- 
lated, Diosc.  [ii] 

t'Arwf,  vor,  6,  Afys,  king  of  Lj^dia, 
from  whom  descended  the  Atyadae, 
Hdt.  1,  7,  94. — 2.  a  son  of  Croesus, 
Hdt.  1,  34.-3.  v.  Άττις. 

Άτΰφία,  ας,  ή,  freedom  from  arro- 
gance, Menand.  p.  104  :  from 

Άτϋφος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  τϋφος)  not 
puffed  up,  without  pride  or  arrogance, 
modest,  V\&i.  Phaedr.  230  A.  Adv. 
-φοΰς. 

23β 


ΑΥΑΣ 

'Ατύχέω,  ώ,  to  be  άτνχής,  be  un- 
lucky or  unfortunate,  fad,  miscarry. 
Hdt.  9,  111,  etc.  :  o't  άτυχοϋντες=^οΙ 
άτυτίίί•,  Aniipho  120,12:  Euphem. 
for  ατιηούσϋαι,  Dem.  533,  22. — 2.  c. 
gen.,  like  (ίποτυγχύνειν,  to  fail  of  a 
thing, /ai7  in  getting  or  gaining  it,  Xen. 
Hell.  3,  1,  22:  also  c.  part.  ΰτ.  κτώ- 
μενοι, Thuc.  2, 62. — 3.  άτ.  προς  τίνα, 
to  fail  with  another,  i.  e.  fail  in  one's 
request,  meet  with  a  refusal,  Id.  Cyr. 
1,  3,  14  ;  so  too  ατ.  παρά  τίνος,  lb.  1, 
6,  6.     Hence 

'Ατύχημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  misfortune, 
miscarriage,  mishap,  Oratt.  :  more 
rarely,  a  fault  of  ignorance,  mistake, 
opp.  to  άόίκτ/μα,  Arist.  Rhet. — II.  a 
thing  missed  or  not  obtained.  [v\ 

Άτυχης,  ές,  (α  ]iriv.,  τνγχάνω,  τυ- 
χεϊν)  luckless,  unfortunate,  xmsuccess- 
ful.  Plat.  Legg.  905  A. — II.  missing, 
without  share  m...,  τινός,  Ael.  Adv. 
-χώς.  ^ 

Άτνχησις,  εως,  η,  a  failing,  [ν] 

Ατυχία,  ας,  ή,  {ΰτνχέω)  the  state 
or  fortune  of  an  άτυχης,  ill-luck,  such 
as  is  supposed  to  cimg  to  some  per- 
sons, Dinarch.  100,  6. — II.  also=aTi;- 
χημα,  a  miscarriage,  mishap,  Xen. 
Mem.  3, 9,  8,  and  Oratt. :  an  euphem. 
for  ατιμία,  Dem.  533,  11. 

Άτώμαι,  v.  άτύω. 

AY',— I.  orig.  of  place,  back,  back- 
tvards,  Lat.  retro,  esp.  in  the  Homeric 
ανερύω. — II.  of  time,  then  of  any  rep- 
etition of  an  action,  again,  anew, 
afresh,  once  more,  11.  1,  540,  from  Horn. 
downwds.  very  freq.,  also  δεύτερον, 
τρίτον  αν,  II. :  of  sequence  or  addi- 
tion, as  we  too  use — III.  in  general 
again,  i.  e.  farther,  vioreover,  besides, 
Lat.  porro,  esp.  Att.• — 2.  then  (as  again 
is  connected  with  against.  Germ,  vne- 
der  with  wider)  it  takes  the  sense  of 
on  the  other  hand,  on  the  contrary,  USU. 
following  όέ,  II.  4,  417,  and  so  Aesch. 
Ag.  1280,  ήξει  γάρ  άλλος  αύ  τιμάο- 
ρος,  on  the  other  hand,  in  my  turn,  Lat. 
vicissim.  Hence=(5f,  even  when //εν 
precedes,  II.  11,  109,  and  so  Att.  : 
also  joined  with  (5f'...,  ό  μεν  ή/ιαρτε, 
ό  ύ'  αύ...  αύθις  τυχών  κατειργάσατο, 
Xen.  Cyr.  4,  6,  4.  —  3.  sometimes 
seemingly=J//,  as  τών  αν  τέσσαρες 
άρχοι  εσαν,  '  Now,  of  these  there 
were'...,  Lat.  ergo...,  II.  2,  018.  The 
pleon.  phrases,  πάλιν  αν,  αύ  πάλιν 
and  εμπαλιν,  αύθις  αν,  αύθις  αν  πά- 
λιν, are  only  Att.,  usu.  Trag. ;  cf. 
αύθις,  πάλιν. 

Αύάζω,=αναίνω,  dub.  in  Theophr. 
iAvaivov  λίθος,  ό,  prop,  the  wither- 
ing stone,  comic  appellation  of  a  spot 
in  Athens,  Ar.  Ran.  195. 

Αναίνω,  Att.  αναίνω,  f.  ανΰνώ, 
{avu)  to  dry,  of  wood,  Od.  9,  321,  and 
Xen.,  in  pass. ;  av.  ίχθνς  προς  ήλιον, 
Hdt.  1,  200. — 2.  to  dry,  wither,  or 
parch  up,  άνθη,  Solon  15,  35  ;  so  «I'l- 
ανθείς  πνθμήν,  Aesch.  Cho.  260 : 
hence  βίον  αναίνειν,  to  waste  life 
away,  pine  away.  Soph.  El.  819  :  so 
too  fut.  mid.  ανανονμαι,  in  pass, 
signf.,  I  shall  wither  away.  Id.  Phil. 
954. 

Αναλέος,  a,  ov,  {ανος)  dry,  parched, 
withered,  av.  χρως  υπό  καύματος, 
Hes.  Op.  586  :  of  hair,  rough,  squalid, 
Simon.  7,  9,  cf.  αΰσταλέος,  αυχμη- 
ρός. ^ 

Ανανσις,  εως,  η,  Att.  ανανσις, 
{αναίνω)  α  drying  tip,  Arist.  Meteor. 

Ανάντη,  ης,  ή,  sub.  νόσος,  α  wast- 
ing, atrophy,  Hipp. 

Αναντικός,  ή,  όν,  Att.  avavr.,  {αν- 
αίνω) drying  up,  parching. 

Αϋασις,  εως,  ή,  in  Hdt.  "Οασις, 
Aegyptian  name  for  the  fertile  islets 


ΑΥΓΩ 

in  the  Libyan  deserts,  Strab.  p.  170, 
cf  Schw.  Hdt.  3,  26. 

Ανασμός,  ov,  ό,  Att.  αύασμός,  {αν- 
αίνω) a  drying,  dryness,  Hipp. 

Ανάτα,  ή,  i.  e.  ά/άτα,  Aeol.  for 
άτη,  Pind.  P.  2,  52 ;  3,  42.  [ανά, 
Bockh  Not.  Crit.  ad  P.  2,  14.] 

Ανγάζω,  f.  -άσω,  {ανγή)  to  vieiv  in 
the  clearest  light,  see  distinctly,  di.'icern, 
behold,  So]ih.  Phil.  217,  Buttm.  In 
same  .-m  .  the  mid.  is  used,  11.  23, 
458,  Hes.  Op.  470. — II.  inlr.  to  shine, 
N.  T.  2  Cor.  4,  4.    Hence 

Αϋγασμα,  ατός,  ro,=  sq.,  LXX  : 
and 

Ανγασμός,  ov,  ό,  a  glittering,  lustre, 
Plut. 

f  Αΰγέας,^  Αυγείας. 

ίΑνγειαί,  ών,  αϊ,  Avgeae,  a  city  of 
Locris,  II.  2,  532. — 2.  a  city  of  Laco- 
nia,  afterwards  Ανγαιαί,  II.  2,  583. 

^Αυγείας,  ου,  ό,  poet,  for  Αύγέας, 
Augeas,  a  king  of  Elis,  one  of  the 
Argonauts,  Pind.  01.  10  (11),  34. 
From  the  cleansing  of  his  stables  by 
Hercules  was  derived  the  prov.  κα- 
θαίρειν  την  κόπρον  του  Ανγείου,  of 
very  difficult  labours,  Luc. 
Αΰγέω,  to  shine,  glitter. 
ΑΥΤΗ'  ,ης,  ή,  bright  light,  radiance, 
esp.  of  the  sun,  and  so  in  plur.  his 
rays,  ben7ns,  daylight,  Ilom.,  who 
mostly  joins  ανγη  and  ανγαι  ϊμλύοιο: 
hence  ΰπ'  ανγας  ήελίοιο.  under  the 
sun,  i.  e.  still  alive,  Od.  11,  498,  619, 
so  too  ανγαι  alone,  as  αύγάς  λίύσ- 
σειν,  ε'ιςοράν,  βλέπειν,  to  see  the  light, 
i.  e.  live,  Aesch.  Pers.  710,  Eur.  Ale. 
667,  Andr.  935  :  but  νπ'  ανγας  λεύσ- 
σειν,  ίδεΐν  τι,  to  hold  up  to  the  light 
and  look  at,  Eur.  llec.  1154,  Plat. 
Phaedr.  267  Ε  ;  so  vif  ανγας  δεικνύ- 
ειν  τι,  Ar.  Thesm.  500,  cf.  Ruhnk. 
Tim. :  κ?ινζειν  προς  αύγάς,  to  rise 
surging  towards  heaven,  Aesch.  Ag. 
1182  :  metaph.  βίου  δνντος  αύγαί, 
"  life's  setting  sun,"  lb.  1123,  cf  Pind. 
I.  4,  110  (3,  83).— 2.  in  genl.  any  light 
or  glitter,  πυρός  ο,νγή,  Aesch.,  βρον- 
τάς αύγαί.  Soph.  cf.  ήλεκτροψαής, 
ατέρμων. — 3.  esp.  of  the  eyes,  ομμά- 
των αύγαί.  Soph.  Aj.  70,  and  Eur. : 
hence  ανγαι  alone,  like  Lat.  liimina, 
the  eyes.  Eur.  Andr.  1180.  and  so 
prob.,  ή  της  ^ινχής  ανγή.  Plat.  Rep. 
540  Α. — 4.  ani/  gleam  on  the  surface 
of  bright  objects,  sheen,  χρυσός  αύγύ,ς 
ίδειξεν,  Pind.  Ν.  4,  134 :  άμβρόσιος 
αυγά  πέπλου,  Eur.  Med.  983 :  so  of 
marble,  etc.,  Jac.  Philostr.  Imag.  2, 
8.  Mostly  poet.  (Perh.  from  same 
root  as  Lat.  oc-ulus.  Germ.  Aug-e,  i.e. 
Sanscr.  ;%,  to  see.) 

tAv>7/,  ης,  ή,  -i4'«^e,  daughter  of  Al 
eu8  and  Neaera,  Apollod.  2,  7,  4. 

Αύγήεις,  εσσα,  εν,  {ανγί/)  radiant, 
beaming. — II.  clear-sighted,  Nic. 

^ Αύγηιάδης,  ov  Ep.  ύο,  ό,  son  of 
Augeas,  II.  2,  624. 

Αύγητήρ,  ηρος,  6,  fem.  ανγήτεωα, 
ή,  an  enlightener,  Orph. 

Άύγιλα,  ων,  τά,  Augila.  an  oasis 
in  Africa,  Hdt.  4, 182_,  cf.  Biihr  ad  loc, 

^Αύγοειδής,  ές,  {αυγή,  είδος)  light- 
like,  beaming,  glancing,  Plut.  2,922  D. 

^'Αύγοΰστα,  ης,  ή,  Augusta,  name 
of  numerous  cities  founded  by  Au- 
gustus and  his  successors. — 1.  Αύγ. 
"Άμερίτα,  Aug.  Emerita,  now  Merida, 
in  Spain,  Strab.  —  2.  ΪΙραιτωρία, 
Praetoria,  now  Aosta,  a  city  of  the 
Salassi,  Strab. —  3.  Ύανρίνων,  Aug. 
Taiirinorum,  now  Turin,  in  Gallia 
Cisalpina,  Polyb.  3,  00 ;  many  others 
in  Ptol.,  etc. 

Αύγουστος,  ov,  b,  the  Roman  .4m 
gustus, 
Κνγωπός,  ov,  {ανγή,  ώψ)  viih  beam• 


ΑΥΘΑ 

tng  eye,  in  genl.  radiant,  beaming,  dub. 
Ill  Welcker  Syll.  Ep.  3v;,  7. 

Ανόάζομαι,  f.  -ύξομαι,  dep.  mid. 
(avoij)  to  cry  out,  speak,  Hdt.  2,  55  : 
5,  51,  in  aor.  ηνδαξάμην,  v.  sq.  An 
act.  αύόύζο),  f.  -ά^ω,  in  Lye.  892. 

tAi'Jara,  i7,  Audata,  first  wife  of 
Phiiip  of  Macedon,  Ath.  557  E. 

Ανδάω,  ώ,  f.  -ί/σω  Att.  -άσω,  Eur. 
Phoen.  124,  ίο  utter  somids,  talk,  speak, 
Horn. :  not  till  later  c.  ace.  rei,  to 
speak,  say  a  thing,  e.  g.  ova  ανδάν 
έσβ'  a  μηδέ  δράν  καλόν,  Soph.  Ο.  Τ. 
1409  :  also  pass.,  ηΰδατο  ταύτα,  so 
Vii'os  said.  Soph. :  ανδ.  κραυγύν,  to 
utter  a  cry,  Eur.  Ion  893  :  esp.  of  ora- 
cles, to  utter,  proclaim.  Soph.  O.  T. 
392,  etc  :  αΰδ.  αγώνα,  to  sing  of  a 
contest,  like  Lat.  dicere,  Find.  O.  ] ,  12. 
— 2.  to  speak  to,  address,  freq.  in  Horn., 
άντίον  αύδαν  τίνα,  to  speak  to,  accost, 
call  one  ;  also  έπος  τίνα  άντίον  αϋ- 
όαν,  II.  5,  170 :  hence  Ιο  call  on,  in- 
vokf!  a  god,  Eur  H.  F.  499, 1215:  also 
ανδ.  ές  πάντας,  Eur. — 3.  c.  inf.,  to 
tell,  bid,  order  to  do,  αΰδ.  σε  χαίρειν, 
Find.  P.  4,  108  ;  so  αΰδ.  σε  μη..., 
Aesch.,and  Soph. — 4.  to  call  by  name, 
λεώς  VLV  θετίδειον  ανδά,  Eur.  Andr. 
20  :  more  freq.  in  pass.,  αϋδώμαι  τταΐς 
Άχιλλέως,  Soph.  Phil.  241  ;  and  so, 
like  κεκ'λί/σθαί,  to  be,  lb.  430. — 5.  like 
?•.έγειν,  Lat.  dicere,  to  mean,  Eur. 
Hipp.  352. — B.  the  mid.  used  as  dep., 
just  like  the  act.,  in  Aesch.  Pr.  766, 
Eum.  380,  Soph.  Phil.  130,  Aj.  772, 
V.  Ellendt,  and  cf.  foreg.  :  from 

ΑΤ'ΔΗ',  ης,  ή,  a  voice,  not  so  much 
the  words  as  the  utterance  and  tone, 
Horn.  :  melaph.  the  sound  or  twang 
of  the  bowstring.  Od.  21,  411.— 2. 
rarely=Ao)'Of,  φήμη,  ο-  report,  account, 
as  έργων  αυδή.  Soph.  Ο.  C.  240,  cf. 
Eur.  Hipp,  567.  (Strictly  ά/δή, 
from  Sanscr.  vad.  to  speak,  the  f  or 
V  being  transposed,  as  in  αυξάνω,  cf. 
Pott  Forsch.  1,  245.)     Hence 

Αύδήεις,  εσσα,  εν,  speaking  with 
human  voice,  hence  in  Horn,  only  of 
men  and  women,  as  their  distinctive 
epithet,  Od.  5,  334  ;  6,  125,  cf.  II.  19, 
407 :  and  so  when  θεός  αυδήεσσα  is 
applied  in  Od.  to  Calypso  and  Circe, 
it  means  a  goddess  indeed,  but  one 
who,  living  on  earth,  used  the  speech  of 
mortals,  cf.  Ap.  Rh.  4,  1322,  and  Od. 
10,  227:  but  Nitzsch  (Od.  10,  136), 
observing  the  vv.  11.  ονδ//εσσα,  ah- 
'λήεσσα,  thinks  they  may  all  point  to 
an  old  form  οΰ?ιήεσσα  =  δλόεσσα, 
baneful. 

Άϋδρία,  ας,  ή,  =  ανυδρία.  Plat. 
Legg.  844  A,  ace.  to  Bekk. :  from 

"Ανδρος,   ον,^=άνυδρος,  v.  1.  Hes. 
Fr.  58,  v.  Lob.  Phryn.  729. 
^  Ah  εν  ιών,  ώνος,  h,  Avenion,  a  city  of 
Gaul,  now  Avignon,  Strab. 

Ανερνω,  i.  -ύσω,  (i.  e.  αύ  ίρύω)  to 
draw  back   or  backwards,  στή'λας,  to 
pull  them   over,  II.  12,  261  :  to  draw 
the  bow,  II.  8,  325  :  esp.  ανερνω,  ab- 
sol.  in  a  sacrifice,  to  draw  the  victim's 
head  back,  so  as  to  cut  its   throat ; 
hence  in  genl.  to  slaughter,  sacrifice,  11. 
1,  459  ;  2,  422.     Some  write  ai  έρύω 
separately. — II.  of  leeches,  to  suck, 
0pp.  {yu\ 
Αΰηλός,  v.  ανηρός. 
Αϋήρ,  i.  e.  iifijp,  Aeol.  for  αήρ. 
Ανηρός,  ύ,  όν,  =  αναλέος,   Anth., 
where  however  Jacobs  reads  ανη- 
7ώς.  ^ 

Αΰθύδεια,  ας,  η,  poet,  ανθάδία,  self- 
uill,  wilfulness,  doggedness,  stubborn- 
ness, arrogance,  Trag.  in  the  poet, 
form.  Plat,  in  the  other,  [θά]  From 
Ανθάδης,  ες,  {αντός,  ήδημαι)  self- 
willed,   -wilful,   dogged,    stubborn,  pre- 


ΑΥΘΙ 

sumptuous,  Hdt.  6,  92,  etc.,  cf.  The- 
ophr.  Char.  15 ;  c.  gen.,  ανθ.  ώρενών, 
Aesch.  Pr.  908 :  also  remorseless,  un- 
feeling, hence  σφηνος  γνάθος  αυθά- 
δης, »A,esch.  Pr.  64,  cf  αναιδής.  Adv. 
-όώς,  Ar  Ran.  1020.  [θα] 

Ανθάδία,  ας,  ή,  poet,  for  ανθύδεια, 
Trag. 

Ανθάδιάζω,  f.  -άσω,  to  make  self- 
willed  or  stubborn.     Mid.  to  be  so. 

Αί'θάδίζομαι,  f.  -ίσομαι,  dep.  mid., 
=ανθαδίάζομαι.  Plat.  Apol.  34  E,  cf. 
Lob.  Phryn.  66. 

Ανθάδίκός,  ή,  όν,  like  an  αυθάδης, 
self-willed,  Ar.  Lys.  1116. 

Ανθάδισμα,  ατός,  τό.  conduct  of  an 
ανθάδης,  self-will,  wilfulness,  Aesch. 
Pr.  964. 

Ανθύβόστομος,  ov,  {αυθάδης,  στό- 
μα) stubborn  or  haughty  of  speech,  Ar. 
Ran.  837. 

Ανθαιμος,  ov,=  sq. 
Αΰθαίμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  {αυτός, 
αίμα)   of  the  sa?ne   blood,  kindred :  a 
brother,  sister,  near  kinsman. 

Αυθαίρετος,  ov,  {αυτός,  αιρετός) 
self-chosen,  self-elected,  στρατηγοί, 
Xen.  An.  5,  7,  29.  —  II.  taken  upon 
one^sself, self-incurred, τΐημοναί.  Soph., 
έρωτες,  νόσοι,  Eur.,  κίνδυνοι,  Thuc. 
1,  144 :  in  genl.  voluntari/,  optional, 
in  one's  own  power,  εί'βον/ιία,  Thuc.  1, 
78.     Adv.  -τως,  Luc. 

Αί'θέκαστος,  ov,  {αντός,  βαστάς) 
each  for  him.  her,  itself:  hence  of  per- 
sons, one  who  says  every  thing  as  it  is, 
calls  things  by  their  right  names,  straight- 
forward, downright,  plain,  sincere,  first 
in  Arist.  Eth.  N.  1,  6,  5,  Wyttenb. 
Plul.  11  E:  also  independent,  βίος, 
Strab. :  in  earlier  writers  we  find 
ανβέκαστα,  but  this  should  always 
be  written  separately. 

Αϋθεντέω,  to  be  an  ανθέντης,  to  have 
authority  over,  τινός,  Ν.  Τ. 

Ανθέντημα,  ατός,  τό,  arbitrary  power, 
Lat.  auctoritas. 

Αύθέντης,  ov,  ό.  contr.  for  αντοέν- 
της,  which  is  used  by  Soph,  {αντός, 
εντεα)  committing  violence,  laying  hands 
on  one,  an  actual  murderer,  freq.  in 
Eur.  :  esp.  of  murders  done  by  those 
of  the  same  family  :  also  esp.  a  setf- 
viurderer,  suicide. — 2.  an  absolute  mas- 
ter, autocrat ,  conwia7ider,  δήμος  χθονός, 
Eur.  Supp.  442  :  one  luho  has  power 
and  can  delegate  it :  an  instigator,  au- 
thor, Lat.  a^u:tor,τής  Ίεροσν?.ίας,  Diod. : 
mostly  only  in  late  prose.  Lob.  Pl•,  ■■'n. 
120. — II.  as  adj.,  ανθ.  φόνος,  θάνατος, 
death  by  murder,  Aesch.  Eum.  212, 
Ag.  1572. 

Αυθεντία,  ας,  η,  absolute  sway, 
LXX. 

Αυθεντικός,  ή,  όν,  vouched  for,  war- 
ranted, authentic,  opp.  to  αδέσποτος  : 
hence  adv.  -κώς,  Cic.  Att.  9,  14 ; 
10,  9. 

Ανθέψης,  ου,  ό,  {αυτός,  εψυ)  Lat. 
authepsa,  a  self-boiler,  a  utensil  for  boil- 
ing, like  our  tea-urns,  cf.  πανθέψης, 
Lat.  sartago. 

Αΰθημεραΐος,  a,  ov,  =  αΰθήμερος, 
Hipp. 

Αΰθημερίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  to  do  or  return 
on-  the  same  day  :  from 

Ανθ'ημερΐνός,  όν,  =  sq.,  ephemeral, 
ποιηταί,  Cratin.  Incert.  5. 

Αΰθήμερος,  ov,  {αντός,  ημέρα)  made 
or  happening  on  the  very  day :  λόγοι 
αΰθ.,  extemporaneous  speeches,  very 
dub.  in  Aeschin.  83,  38.  Adv.  αυθη- 
μερόν, on  the  very  day,  Aesch.  Pers. 
456  :  so  too  in  Ion.  form  αντημερόν, 
Hdt.  2,  122,  etc. 

Ανθι,  adv.  shortened  for  αυτόθι,  of 
place,  Oil  the  spot,  here,  there :  of  time, 
forthwith,    straightway,   both    oft.    in 


ATAE 

Horn.,  cf.  αυτόθι. — 2,  later  also  lor 
αύθις,  Jac.  A.  P.  p.  537. 

Αΰθιγενής,  ες,  Ion.  αντιγ.  {άνθι, 
*  γένω)  born  on  the  spot,  bom  in  the 
cou7itry,  native,  Lat.  indigena,  θεός, 
Hdt.  4,  180 ;  avT.  ποταμοί  Σκυθικοί, 
the  Scythian  rivers  that  rise  in  the  coun- 
try, Hdt.  4,  48 ;  ύδωρ  ανθ.,  spring• 
water,  Hdt.  2,  149  :  genuine,  sincere, 
ίάλεμος.  Ear.  Rhes.  895. 

Ai'tiif,  adv.,in  Hom.  and  Ion.  Greek 
always  written  αύτις,  while  αύθις  is 
said  to  be  Att.  (cf.  Ellendt  Lex.  Soph, 
in  V.) :  Ep.  also  αύθι :  a  lengthd. 
form  of  αύ,  with  which  it  agrees  in 
most  signfs. — I.  of  place,  back,  back 
again,  αντις  ίέναι,  βαίνειν,  etc.,  II.: 
also  αφ  αύτις,  II.  8,  335,  την  αΰτην 
όόόν  αύτις,  II.  6,  391 :  this  signf. 
rarer  in  Att. — II.  of  time,  again,  afresh, 
anew,  freq.  in  Hom.,  and  Att. ;  oft. 
strengthd.  ύστερον  αύτις,  II.  1,  27, 
cf.  Soph.  Aj.  858;  ίτ'  αύτις,  II.  9, 
375  ;  πά^Λν  αύτις,  II.  5,  257  ;  so  in 
Att.,  πάλιν  αύθις,  in  Soph.  Fr.  434, 
or  more  freq.,  αύθις  πάλιν.  Id.  Ο.  C. 
364,  etc. :  also  αύθις  αύ  πάλιν.  lb. 
1420  :  βοάν  αύθις,  to  cry  encore  !  Xen. 
Symp.  9,  4. — 2.  of  future  time,  again, 
hereafter,  και  αύτις,  II.  1,  140,  etc., 
cf.  Soph.  Aj.  1283. — III.  of  sequence, 
moreover,  besides,  in  turn,  on  the  other 
hand,  Soph.  O.  T.  1403,  etc.,  cf.  αύ 
HI. :  hence  sometimes  in  apodosis  for 
(5ε,  τούτο  μεν...,  τοντ'  αύθις...,  Soph. 
Ant.  167. 

Ανθόμαιμος,  strengthd.  for  δμαιμος. 
Soph.  Ο.  C.  335. 

Αΰθομολογέομαι,  f.  -ησομαι,  dep. 
mid.  {αντός.  όμολογέομαι)  to  confess 
of  one's  self:  πράγμα  ανθομολογον- 
μενον,  a  thing  that  speaks  for  itself,  is 
self-evident,  Luc. 

Αυθύπαρκτος,  ov,  {αυτός,  υπάρχω) 
self-subsisting,  self-existent. 

Αΰθνπόστατος,  ov,  {αυτός,  νφίστα 
μaι)=iΌτeg. 

Ανθυπότακτος,  ο,  the  subj.  of  aor.  2, 
sometimes  also  of  aor.  1,  Gramm. 
Adv.  -τως,  in  this  sjibj.,  Gramm. 

Αύθωρος,  ov,  {αντός,  ώρα)  at  the 
very  hour.  Adv.  -pov,  Strab.,  -ρεί, 
Plut.,  and  -pi. 

Αΰΐαχος,  ov,  {a  copul.,  ιαχή,  as  if 
ά^ίαχος)  shouting  together  or  in  com- 
mon, like  άβρομος,  of  the  Trojans 
marching  to  battle,  II.  13.  41  :  ace.  to 
others,  {a  priv.)  noi  shouting,  noise- 
less :  the  former  best,  since  in  Hom. 
the  Greeks  advance  in  silence,  the 
Barbarians  with  loud  shouts.  In  Qu. 
Smyrn.  certainly  noiseless. 

Αυλαία,  ας.  ή,  {αυλή)  Lat.  aulaeum, 
a  curtain,  esp.  in  the  theatre,  Menand. 
p.  253. 

Ανλΰκεργάτης,  ov,  ό,  {αύλαξ,  ερ- 
γάτης) tracing  furrows,  Anth.  [ΰ] 

Ανλάκίζω.  ί.  -ίσω,  {αύλαξ)  to  trace 
furrows,  αΰλακισμέναν  άρουν,  pro- 
verb, of  doing  work  over  again,  Pra- 
tin.  ap.  Ath.  461  E.    Hence 

Αύλάκισμός,  οϋ,  ό,  a  tracing  of  fur- 
rows. 

Ανλΰκόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  furrowed. 

Αν?ΜΚθτομέω.  ώ,  {αύλαξ,  τέι/νω)  to 
furrow,  plough,  γήν,  Sext.  Emp. 

Αύλαξ,  ΰκος,  ή,  (perh.  from  'έλκω) 
=  ά7ιθξ,  α  furrow,  Hes.  Op.  437,  441, 
Hdt.  2,  14:  also  ώλαξ,  for  which 
Hom.  uses  ώλξ. — II.  =όγμός,α  sivathe, 
Theocr. 

Ανλεία,  ας,  ή,  v.  sub  αύλειος. 

Αν2.ειον,  ου,  τό,  an  ante-room,  hall, 
Lat.  vestibulum,  neut.  from 

Αύλειος.  a,  ov,  sometimes  also  ος, 

ov  (cf  infr.),  of  or  belonging   to   the 

αυλή,  or  court,  Hom.  only  in  Od. : 

αυ'λ.  ουδός,  Od.  1,   104,  but  mostly 

237 


ΑΥΛ1 

kn.  αύλείτισΐ  θύρ^σι,  at  the  door  of  the 
court,  i.  e.  the  outtr  door,  house-iXoot , 
so  too  Piiid.,  and  Hdt. :  in  Att.  also, 
i]  ανλήα  θύρα,  Ar.  Pac.  982,  Plat. 
Synap.  '212  C  :  also  y  ανλειος  θ.,  Lys 
93,  20,  αν?ιΐος  θ.,  Menand.  p.  87,  and 
somelinifis  -η  ανλειος  alone,  cf.  ανλή. 

Α.ν/.αίτι/ς,  ov,  ό,  {αυλή  H.)  like 
ανλτ/της,  Lat.  villicus,  Ap.  Rh. 

Av'/.tu,  ώ,  f.  -7/σω,  (αί'λός)  to  play 
on  the  flute,  Hdt.  1,  111.  Pa!<s.,  of" 
tunes,  to  be  played  on  the  flute,  ό  Βάκ- 
χειος ^νθμός,  Xen. :  but  αν?ιεΐταΐ 
ττάν  μέλαθρον,  is  filled  with  music, 
Eur.  I.  T.  3u7.  Pass,  to  he  played  to, 
to  hear  music,  Xen.  An.  6,  1,  11,  Cyr. 
4,  5,  7. 

AWi^,  ης,  fj,  (prob.  from  ♦  άω,  ύημι, 
for  the  αυλή  was  open  to  the  air, 
τότΓος  διαπνεόμενος,  Ath.  189  Β)  in 
Horn,  the  open  court  before  the  house, 
court-yard,  surrounded  with  out- 
buildings, with  the  altar  of  Zfif 
Έρκίϊυζ•  in  the  middle,  so  that  it 
was  at  once  the  meeting  place  of  the 
family  and  the  cattle-yard,  II.  4,  433  ; 
it  had  two  doors,  one  the  house  door 
(cf.  ανΆειος)  and  one  leading  through 
the  αΐϋονσα  into  the  πράδομης,  Od. 
9,  185. — II.  post-Hom.,  the  αν'λή  was 
the  court  or  quadrangle,  round  which 
the  house  itself  was  built,  having  a 
corridor  {-εριστνλων)  all  round, 
from  which  were  doors  leading  into 
the  men's  apartments ;  opposite  the 
house  door  (cf.  ανλειος)  was  the 
αέσανΆος  or  μέτανλος,  leading  into 
the  women's  part  of  the  house,  cf. 
Becker  Charikles  1,  p.  173,  sq.,  182 
sq. — III.  in  genl.  atiy  court  or  hall. 
Ζενος  ανλή,  Od.  4,  74,  cf.  II.  6,  247. 
— IV.  any  dwelling,  abode,  chamber. 
Soph.  Aiit.  785,  Phil.  153,  esp.  in  the 
country,  cf.  ανλιον:  and  so  later,  a 
country-house,  Lat.  villa,  Dion,  H. : 
also  ανλή  νεκύων,  Eur.  Ale.  259. — 
V.  late,  7/  αν?.ή,  the  Court,  as  we  say, 
hence  o'l  ττερι  τί/ν  αύλήν,  the  courtiers, 
etc.,  Polyb.,  cf.  αυλικός. 

Αν/ιήεις,  εσσα,  εν,  {αΰλέω)  belong- 
ing to  a  flute,  ανλύν  μέλ.ος,  contr. 
from  the  Dor.  αίΟΰεν  for  ανλήεν,  a 
tune  or  air  on  the  flute. 

λνλιιμα,  ατός,  τό,  {ανλέω)  a  piece 
of  music  for  the  flute,  Ar.  Ran.  1302, 
and  Plat. 

Ανλι/ρα,  ων,  τά,  Dor.  for  εύληρα, 
Epich.  p.  107. 

ΑύλησίΓ,  εως,  ή,  (αύλέω)  a  playing 
on  the  jlntc. 

Αν'λήστρια,  ας,  7/,=  αν?.}ΐτρίς,  Lob. 
Paral.  451. 

Αν7^ιΐτήρ,  ήρος,  o,=sq.,  Hes.  Sc. 
283,  299. 

Ανλητήτ,  ov,  6,  (ανλέω)  a  flute- 
player, lUt.  1,  141,  etc. 

Αν}.ή~ης,  ov,  0,  (ανλή)  a  farm-ser- 
vant, steward,  bailiff,  Lat.  villicus. 
Soph.  Fr.  445.^ 

Ανλτ/τικός,  ή,  όν,  (αίλεω)  of  οχ  be- 
longing to  a  flute-player.  Plat.  :  r;  al- 
?ί?ΐτική,  sub.  τέχνη,  the  art  of  playing 
on  the  flute.  Id.     Adv.  -κώς. 

Αϋλήτρια,  ας,  η,=αν7.7]τρΊς,  Diog. 
L.  7,  02. 

Ανλητρίδιον,  ov,  τ6,  dim.  from  al•- 
λιητρίς,  Theopomp.  (Hist.)  ap.  Ath. 
532  D. 

Αΰλητρίς,  ίδος,  ή,  (αν?.-ητής)  a  fe- 
male flute-player,  Ar.  Ach.  551,  etc. 

Άνλία,  ας,  ή,  (ύνλος)  irant  of 
matter  or  material,  Hierocl.   [αϋ] 

Ανλιύδες  l>ii\u<pai,  a'l,  {αν7Λος) 
nymphs  who  protected  cattle-folds, 
Anth. 

Αν7.ίδιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  αΰλτ?, 
a  small  court :  place  of  combat,  ring, 
Theophr.  Char.  5. 
338 


ΑΥΛΟ 

Ανλίζομαι,  dep.  c.  fut.  mid.  av- 
λίσομαι ;  aor.  1  mid.  ηνλισύμ7]ν, 
Thiic.  6,  7,  etc.,  and  aor.  1  pass. 
ηνλίσθην,  Xen.,  v.  Poppo  Xen.  An. 
2,  3,  22,  {av?Ji),  to  lie  together  in  the 
αυλή  or  court-yard,  and  so  to  lie  out  at 
night,  of  oxen  and  swine  in  Od.  12, 
265;  14,412:  in  genl.  to  house,  take 
up  one^s  abode,  lodge,  live,  Hdt.  9,  37, 
etc.:  to  haunt,  περί  τι,  Hdt.  3,  110: 
esp.  as  a  military  term,  to  encamp, 
bivouac,  Hdt.  8,  9,  and  Thuc. 

Αίιλικός,  ή,  όν,  (αυλός)  belonging  to 
the  flute  :  ό,  a  good  flute-player. — II. 
(ανλή)  of  or  belonging  to  the  court ;  b, 
a  courtier,  Polyb.  ;  a  statesman.  Id. 

Ανλιον.  ov,  TO,  any  country-house,  a 
cottage,  H.  Hom.  Merc.  103  :  a  fold, 
Eur.  Cycl.  345,  etc. — II.  a  chamber, 
cave,  ΰμφιτρής  ανλ..  Soph.  Phil.  19, 
etc.  (Not  a  diinin.,  though  some 
write  it  parox.  ανλιον.)  Prop.  neut.  of 

Ανλιος,  a.  ov,  (ανλή)  belonging  to 
stalls  or  farm-yards,  αστήρ  ην/ιος, 
Milton's  '•  star  that  bids  the  shepherd 
fold,"  Ap.  Rh.  ^ 

Ανλις,  ιδος,  η,  an  abode,  stall,  fold, 
tent,  esp.  for  passing  the  night  in, 
av/iiv  θέσθαΐ,  to  pitch  one's  tent  for  the 
night,  II.  9,  232  :  ανλιν  είςιέναι,  to  be- 
take o?ic's  self  to  rest,  to  roost,  of  birds, 
Od.  22,  470. 

tAvPa'f,  ίδος,  τ/,  ,(acc.  Ανλιν,  Eur. 
I.  A.  14)  Aulis,  a  harbour  in  Boeotia, 
from  which  the  Grecian  armament 
sailed  against  Troy,  Hom. 

Ανλίσκος,  ov,  o,  dim.  from  αυλός, 
a  small  reed,  a  pipe,  λιγνφθογγος, 
Theogn.  241  :  proverb,  φυσά  ού  σμι- 
κροϊσιν  ανλίσκοις,  to  be  absurdly 
eager  about  a  thing.  Soph.  Fr.  753. 
— II.  in  genl.  a  tube,  Polyb. 

Ανλισμός,  οϋ,  ό,  (ανλίζομαι)  a 
housing,  dwelling,  lodging. 

Αί'λίστρια,  ας,  7/.=  sq. 

Αν?Λστρίς,  ίδος,  ή,  a  female  imnate 
in  a  house,  so  Herm.  Theocr.  2,  146. 
(from  ανλιον.) 

Αν?Μδόκη,  ης.  ή,  (ανλός,  δέχομαι) 
α  flute-case,  like  ανλοθήκη,  Leon. 
Tar.^ 

Ανλοθετέο,  (αν?ιός,  τίθημι)  to  make 
flutes  or  pipes.  Id. 

Ανλοθήκη,  ης,  ή,  (ανλός,  τίθημι)  α 
flute-case. 

Αν?.οκοπέω,ώ,(ανλός,  κόπτω)  tocui 
into  pipes  or  flutes,  Arlemid. 

Ανλομάνής,  ές,  (ανλός,  μαίνομαι) 
flu'".-inspired,  Nonn. 

Ανλοποιητικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to 
an  αί'λοποιός  :  ή  -κή,  sub.  τέχνη,^ 
αν?ιοποΐίκή. 

Αν?.οποιια,  ας,  η,  (ανλοποιός)  flute- 
making. 

Ανλοποιΐκή,  ης,  η,  sub.  τέχνη,  the 
art  of  flute-viaking,  Plat.  Euthyd.  289 
C  :  from 

Αίλοποιός,  ov,  o,  (ανλός,  ποιέω) 
a  flute-maker,  Plat. 

Ανλός,  ov,  0,  (*άω,  ΰημι,  ανω,  to 
blow)  any  leind  instrument,  mostly  ren- 
dered a  flute,  though  it  was  more  like 
an  oboe,  as  well  from  its  having  a 
mouthpiece,  as  from  its  fuller  deep 
tone  :  they  were  of  reed,  wood,  bone, 
ivory,  or  metal ;  the  first  mention  of 
them  in  II.  10,  13  ;  18,  495  :  in  Hdt. 
1, 17,  αϋλοΙ  άνδρήϊοι  και  γνναικήίυι, 
prob.  like  Lat.  tibia  dextra  et  sinistra, 
i.  e.  bass  and  treble.  Sometimes  one 
person  played  two  av?ioi  at  once, 
Theocr.  Ep.  5,  see  a  painting  from 
Pompeii,  and  Diet.  Antiqq.,  voc.  Ti- 
bia :  ανλός  Ένναλίυυ,  a  trumpet, 
Anth. — 2.  any  hollow  body,  a  tube, 
pipe,  or  groove  :  esp.  the  sockets  of  the 
clasp  into  which  the  bolt  is  shot,  Od. 
19,  227  :  so  in  11.  17,  297,  έγκέφαλ^ος 


ΑΥΞΑ 

παρ'  ανλυν  άνέδραμε,  it  seems  to 
mean  the  socket  of  the  spear-head 
into  which  the  shaft  is  fitted,  v.  Poll. 
5,  20,  and  cf  δίανλος,  δολίχανλος; 
and  in  Od.  22,  18,  ηνλος  παχύς.  prob. 
the  gush  of  blood  through  the  tube  of 
the  nostril :  and  so  Passow  inter- 
prets παρ'  αίΟών  (in  the  last  passage) 
like  a  gush  or  streain  :  cf  συριγξ. — U. 
a  fish. 

τΑνλος,  ov.  ό,  the  Lat.  name  Aulus, 
Polyb.  27,  2,  11. 

Άϋλος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  ϋ?.7ί)=άνν?ος, 
tvithout  7natttr,  immaterial,  Arist.  Gen. 
An.,_cf  Lob.  Phryn.  729.  [av] 

Ανλοτρνπης,  ύ,  (αί'λός,  τρυπάω)  a 
flute-borer,  Stratt.  Atalant.  1.  [ΐ] 
Hence 

Ανλοτρνπητικός,  ή,  όν,  belo?iging  to 
flute-boring.     Adv.  -κώς. 

Αί'λονρυς,  οϋ,  ό,  a  watch  of  the  court 
or  fold. 

Αΐ'/.ωδία,  ας,  ή,  (αν?Μς,  ωδή)  α 
singing  υτ  song  to  the  flute.  Plat!  Legg. 
700  D. 

Ανλφδικός,  ή,  όν,  belongmg  to  av• 
?ιωδία,  Plut. 

Ανλωδός,  6,  (ανλός.  ωδή)  singing  to 
the  flute,  like  κιθαρωδός,  Plut. 

Αν'λών,  ώνος.  ό,  poet,  also  ή.  Soph. 
Fr.  493,  any  hollow  between  hills  or 
banks,  a  hollow  way,  defile,  ravine, 
glen.,  11.  Hom.  Merc.  95  :  a  canal, 
aqueduct,  Hdt.  2,  100,  127  :  a  channel, 
strait,  Μαιωτικός,  Aesch.  Pr.  731 :  so 
too  ill  Soph.  Tr.  100,  ανλώνες  πόν- 
τιοι, the  sca-siroiVs,  an  expression 
descriptive  enough  of  the  Archipela 
go,  or  (as  others)  the  sea  with  its 
troughs  or  hollows  between  the  waves, 
t  Αύλώΐ',  ώνος,  6,  Anion,  a  region  and 
city  on  the  borders  of  Elis  and  Mes- 
senia,  Xen.  Hell.  3.  2,  25.-2.  a  Ma- 
cedonian city  ill  Chalcidice.  Thuc.  4, 
103. — 3.  ό  βασιλικός,  a  valley  near 
Damascus  in  Syria,  Strab. — 4.  a  nar- 
row channel  between  the  Chelido- 
niae  insulae,  off  Painphylia,  Luc. — 
U.  masc.  pr.  n.,  Paus. 

Αν'λωνιάς,  ύδυς,  ή.  (αυλών)  a  glen- 
nymph,  Orph. 
^Ανλώνιος,  ov,  ό,  Aulonius,  an  ap- 
pel.  of  Aesculapius,  from  the  Messe- 
nian  Aulon,  Paus.  4,  36,  7. 

Ανλωνίσκος,  ου,  υ,  dim.  from  αυ- 
λών, Theophr. 

*  Αυλωνίτης,  ov,  6,  an  inhabitant  of 
Aulon,  oi  ΑΰλωνΙται,  Xen.  Hell.  3, 
3,  8.^ 

Αυλωνοειδής,  ές,  (αϋ?ιών,  είδος) 
like  an  αυλών,  glen-like,  sunken,  Diod. 

Αν?.ωπίας,  ov,  ό,=^ανλωπός,  Arist. 
H.  A. 

Αν7ιωπις,  ιδος,  ή,  (ανλός,  ώψ)  in 
II.  always  epith.  of  a  helmet  (τρνφά• 
λεία),  tvith  a  visor,  ace.  to  Hesych. 
(as  αύ7.ωφ,  αϋ?ίώπις  are  said  also  to 
mean  hollow-eyed,  cf.  -sq.) ;  but  ace.  to 
Schol.  with  a  tube  (αυλός)  to  hold  the 
λόφος. 

Αϋλωπός,  ό,  (αυλός,  ώψ)  α  hollow- 
eyed-fish,  Qpp. 

Ανλωτός,  ή,  όν,  made  with  ανλοί, 
ανλ.  φιμοί.  α  nose  band  with  ανλοί  on 
i'i,  which  sounded  like  trumpets  when 
the  horses  snorted,  Aesch.  Fr.  330, 
cf.  κώδων.  Id.  Theb.  4C3. 

ΑΤΞΑ'_ΝΩ,  or  ΑΤ'ΞΩ,_  f.  αυξήσω, 
aor.  1  7]νξησα:  the  fut.  ανξανώ  only 
in  LXX  :  Lat.  AUGEO,  used  in  po- 
ets and  prose  just  like  poet,  άέξω,  to 
make  grow,  make  large,  increase,  Pind,, 
Hdt.,  etc.  :  to  promote,  to  honour,  exalt, 
πύλιν,  πάτραν,  Pind.,  and  'Trag. : 
to  praise,  extol,  Pind.  :  c.  dupl.  ace, 
ανξ.  τινά  μέγαν,  to  bring  a  child  up 
to  manhood.  Plat.  Rep.  565  C  (cf. 
infr.) :   also  αυξήσει  σε  τροφυν   καΐ 


ΑΤΟΣ 

μητέρα,  will  celebrate,  speak  of  thee 
as...,  Soph.  O.  T.  1092.  Pass.  c.  lut. 
mid.  ανξανονμαι,  but  also  fut.  pass. 
ανξτ/θήσομαι  Dem.  1297,  15  :  aor.  1 
ηύξηθιιν  :  perf.  7]νζημαι :  tu  grow,  wax, 
increase,  in  size,  number,  strength, 
power,  etc.,  Hes.  Tii.  493,  Hdt.  etc.  : 
also  αΰξ.  έζ  πΆηθος,  ίς  ύφος,  Hdt.  1, 
58  ;  2,  14  :  of  a  child,  to  grow  up,  Hdt. 
5,  92,  5  :  of  the  wind,  to  rise,  Hdt.  7, 
188  :  also  to  become  perfect,  Dem.  1402, 
fin.  :  (req.  ανξάνεσβαί  μέγας,  to  wax 
great,  grow  up,  Eur.  Bacch.  183,  Plat., 
etc. :  so  ανξ.  μείζων.  Plat.  Legg.  681 
A ;  ανξ.  έλλόγιμος.  Id.  Prot.  327  C  : 
but  ηνςανόμην  άκούων,  I  grew  taller 
as  I  heard,  Ar.  Vesp.  638. — II.  the  act. 
is  used  intrans.  like  pass.,  only  in 
late  writers,  as  N.  T.,  cf  EUendt, 
Lex.  Soph.  V.  ανξω.  (Cf  Germ. 
wachs-en,  our  wax,  the  ?;  or  w  being 
transposed,  cf  ανδή.)    Hence 

Ανξη,  ης,  ή,^^ανξησις,  growth,  in- 
crease, enlargement,  freq.  in  Plat. 

Ανξ?]μα,  ατός,  τό,  (αυξάνω)  that 
which  is  increased:  also=foreg. 

'f Χί'ξησία,  ας,  ή,  {αυξάνω)  Atixesia, 
goddess  of  growth  and  increase  at 
Troezene,  Hdt.  5,  82. 

Ανξησις,  εως,  ή,  {αυξάνω)  growth, 
increase,  Hdt.  2,  13,  Thuc.  1,  69.-2. 
in  Gramm.  the  augment. 

Ανξήτης,  ου,  ό,  (αυξάνω)  an  in- 
creaser,  giver  of  increase,  Orph. 

Αυξητικός,  ή,  όν,  (αυξάνω)  grow- 
ing, waxing,  thriving. — II.  act.  increas- 
ing, good  for  increasing  or  enlarging, 
Arist.     Adv.  -κως. 

Αϋξητάς,  όν,  (αυξάνω)  promoting 
growth,  Arist.  Coel. 

Αί'ξίβίος,  ov,  (αυξάνω,  βίος)  pro- 
longing life. 

Ανξίθάλής,  ές,  (αυξάνω,  βάλλω) 
promoting  growth,  Orph. 

Αϋξίκέρως,  ω,  (αυξάνω,  κέρας)  imth 
rising  horns,  Meineke  Archipp.  He- 
racl.  2. 
ίΑϋξιμον,  ov,  τό,  v.  Ανξονμον,  Plut. 

Αύξιμος,  ov,  ( ανξω )  promoting 
growth,  βιοτη,  Hippon.  87. 

Ανξις,  εως,  ή,=  αύξησις. — II.  By- 
zant.  for  κορόύλη,  a  kind  of  thunny, 
Arist.  H.  A.    • 

Ανξίτροόος,  ov,  (ανξω,  τροφή)  pro- 
motinfi  growth,  Orph. 

Ανξίόωνος,  ov.  (ανξω,  φωνή) 
strengthening  the  voice. 

Αΰξίφωτος,  ov,  (αυξω,  φως)  increas- 
ing light. 

Αϋξομείωσις,  εως,  η,  (ανξω,  μεώω) 
the  rising  and  falling  of  the  tide,  ebb 
and  flow,  Strab. 

Ανξοσέληνον,  ου,  τό,  (ανξω,  σε?'.ή- 
vrj)  (he  increase  of  the  moon,  new  moon, 
Anth. 
^Ανξονμον,  ov,  τό,  in  Phit.  also 
Ανξίμον,  Auximum,  a  city  of  the  Pi- 
ceni  in  Italy,  now  Osimo,  Strab. 

Αί'ξώ,  ονς,  ή,  (αυξάνω)  Αηχο,  the 
goddess  of  growth,  called  to  witness 
in  an  Athenian  citizen's  oath. 

Αϋξυ,  the  more  usu.  poet,  form  of 
αυξάνω,  first  in  Hes.  Th.  493,  also  in 
Pind.,  and  Att.  :  only  used  in  pres. 
and  impf ,  the  other  tenses  being  the 
same  as  those  of  αυξάνω. 

Ανονή,  ης,  η,  Att.  ανονή,  (αυος) 
dryness,  icithering,  Aesch.  Eum.  333  : 
though  Miiller  joins  αϋονύ  with 
άφόρμικτος,  v.  sq. 

Ανονή,  ης,  ή,  (αΰω,  to  cry)  a  cry, 
Simon  Amorg.  20. 

Ανος,  η,  ov,  Att.  αυος,  (*  άω,  ανω, 
άζω)  dry,  dried,  of  fruit,  opp.  to  άττα- 
λός  Hdt.  2,  71,  cf  Plat.  Legg.  761  C  : 
in  Hom.  only  in  II.,  and  in  phrase  avov 
άντεϊν,  to  give  a  dry.  grating,  rasping, 
sound,  of  metal,  li.   12,  160  ;  13,  441, 


ΑΤΣΤ 

cf  aridtts  fragor,  of  the  cracking  of 
dry  wood,  V'irg. — 2.  withered,  parched 
up,  Ar.  Lys.  385. — 3.  drained  dry,  ex- 
hausted, Theocr.  16,  12,  cf  Hemst. 
Luc.  1,  p.  115,  and  ξηρός.     Hence 

Ανότης,  ητος,  ή,  Att.  ανότης,  dry- 
ness, drought. 

'Avnvia,  ας,  ή,  sleeplessness,  Plat.  : 
from 

Άϋττνος,  ov,  without  sleep,  sleepless, 
wakefid,  Hom.:  νπνος  άϋ~νος.  a  sleep 
that  is  no  sleep,  Soph.  Phil.  848  :  me- 
taph.  sleepless,  unresting,  πηδάλια, 
Aesch.  Theb.  206,  κρηναι,  Soph.  O. 
C.  685. 

Άύπνοσύνη,  ης,  ή,  =  αϋπνία,  Q. 
Sm. 

Αύρα.  ας,  η.  Ion.  ανρη,  ης,  (*  ΰω, 
άημι,  αυω)  air  in  motion,  a  breath  of 
air,  breeze,  esp.  a  cool  breeze  from  wa- 
ter, or  the  fresh  air  of  morning,  Lat. 
aura,  in  Hom.  only  once,  Od.  5,  469, 
but  freq.  in  Pind.,  etc.,  though  rare 
in  good  prose,  as  Plat.  Crat.  401  C, 
and  once  or  twice  in  Xen. :  αύραι,  the 
air,  Aesch.  Supp.  871. — II.  in  genl. 
movement,  as  of  the  Stars,  Plut.  2, 
878  F. 

t.\iipaf,  6,  the  Auras,  a  tributary  of 
the  Ister,  Hdt.  4,  49. 

Αί'ράω,  V.  ύτναυράω. 
^Ανρ/ι?Λΰνός  οΰ,  6,  the  Latin  name 
Aurelianus,  Hdn. 

Αί'ρίβάτης,  ov,  ό,  sxvift-striding, 
Aesch.  Fr.  263,  (from  αί'ρί=ταχέως, 
in  A.  B.,  βαίνω.) 

Αίφίζω,  fut.  -ίσω,  to  put  off  till  to- 
morrow, Lat.  procrastinare :  from 

Avpiov,  adv.,  to-morrow,  Hom. : 
strictly  neut.  from  ανριος,  q.  v. :  ές 
avpiov,  on  the  morrow,  next  morning, 
Hom.  ;  also  till  morning,  Od.  11,  351  : 
ή  αύριον.  sub.  ημέρα,  the  morrow. 
Soph.  O.  T.  1090,  and  Eur.,  also  ή  ες 
avpiov  ημέρα.  Id.  Ο.  C.  567,  and  to  ές 
avpiov,  Fr.  685.  (Prob.  from  αϋ-ώς 
=  άώ(•,  Aur-ora,  akin  to  ijpi-) 

Αϋριος,  ov,  the  morrow,  χρόνος  αύ-, 
=ή  avpiov,  Eur.  Hipp.  1115  :  av-  δαί- 
μων, V.  Ruhnk.  Ep.  Cr. 

ΑΥΤΟΝ,  ου,  τό,  Lat.  AURUM, 
gold,  Dosiad.  :  a  very  rare  word  in 
Greek,  whence  comes  θησαυρός. 

Αΐφω,  Τ.  άτταυρύω. 

ΑΥ'Σ,  αυτός,  τό.  Lacon.  and  Cret. 
for  οί•ς,  q.  v.,  sub  fin. 

^Ανσαρ,  αρος,    b,   the  Ausar,  now 
Serchio,  a  river  of  Italy,  Strab. 
^Αύσεες,  εων,  οι,  contr.  Αΰσεϊς,  the 
Ausenses,  a  people  of  Africa,  Hdt.  4, 
180. 

ΑίσίΟζ•,  Dor.  for  τηύσιος,  Ibyc.  19, 
Alcm.  100. 

'^Ανσκιοι,  ων,  οι,  the  Auscii,  a  peo- 
ple of  Aquitania,  Strab. 

ιΑνσονες,  ων,  oi,  the  Ausones,  a 
people  of  southern  Italy,  Strab. : 
hence 

^ Αΰσονία,  ας,  ή,  Ausonia,  a  poetic 
name  for  Italy,  ApoUod.  1,  9,24. 

'Ανσονιενς,  έως,  ό,=  Αύσων,  Dion. 
P.  78. 
ίΑϋσονικός.  ή,  όν,  Ausonian,  Strab. 
^Ανσονίς.  ίδος,  ή.  fern,  adj.,  Ausoni- 
an. later,  Roman,  Dion.  H. 

'Αΰσόνιος,  a,  ov,  of  or  belonging  to 
Ausonia,  Ausonian,  Strab. :  το  Αϋσό- 
viov  πέλαγος,  i.  e.  a  portion  of  the 
Tuscan  sea,  Id. 

Αυσταλέος,  a,  ov,  (ανος)  sun-burnt, 
shrivelled,  sq%ialid,  Lat.  siccus,  squali- 
dus  :  poet,  ΰνσταλέος,  Od.  19,  327  : 
cf.  αύαλέος,  αυχμηρός. 

^Αΰστύνης,  ου,  ό,  Austanes,  masc. 
pr.  η.,  Arr.  An.  4,  22,  1. 

Αϋστηρία,  ας,  ^,=  ανστηρότης, 
Theophr.  :  from 

Αυστηρός,  ά,  όν,  (*  άω,  αΰω,  άζω)  \ 


ΑΥΤΑ 

making  the  tongue  dry  and  rough,  harsh, 
rough,  bitter,  νδωρ.  Plat.  Phil.  61  C  ; 
οίνος,  opp.  to  γ/.υκνς,  Arist.  Probl. — 
2.  metaph.  like  Lat.  austerus,  stern, 
harsh,  crabbed,  ποιητής,  Plat.  Rep. 
398  A ;  so  too  in  moral  sense,  LXX., 
and  N.  T.     Adv.  -ρως.     Hence 

Αύστηρότης,  ητος,  ή,  harshness, 
roughness,  oivov,  Xen.  An.  5,  4,  29, 
also  ή  περί  οίνου  ανστ..  Plat.  The- 
aet.  178  C  ;  opp.  to  ■}λυκντης.—2. 
metaph.  harshness,  crabbedness.  stern- 
ness, τον  γήρως.  Plat.  Legg.  666  B. 

'^Ανσχϊσαι,  ων,  oi,  the  Auschisae,  a 
people  of  Africa,  east  of  Cyrene, 
Hdt.  4.  171. 

^Ανσων,  όνος,  ό,  Aitson,  son  of  Ulys- 
ses and  Calypso,  Lye. — 2.  An  Auso- 
nian, V.  Ανσονες. 

Αντύγγελος,  ov,  (αυτός,  ΰγγέ?-7.ω) 
carrying  one's  oicn  7nessage,  Soph.  O. 
C,  333,  Phil.  568 :  bringing  ?iews  of 
what  one's  self  has  seen,  Thuc.  3.  33. 

Αΰτάγγελτος,  ov,  (αυτός,  άγγέλ7.ώ) 
^αυτεπάγγελτος. 

Αΰτάγητος,  ov,  (αντός,  ύγαμαι)— 
αυθάδης.  Anacr.  112 :  self-conceited. 
Ion  ap.  Hesych. 

Αυταγρεσία,  άς,  ή,  free  choice,  εξ 
αϋταγρεσίας,  Call.  Fr.  120,  2  :  from 

Αυτάγρετος,  ov,  (αυτός,  άγρέω) 
poet,  for  αυθαίρετος,  self -chose?i,  freely 
chosen,  left  to  one's  choice,  Od  16.  148. 
— II.  act.  taking  or  choosing  freely,  of 
one's  self,  Simon.  Amorg.  2,  19. 

Αί'τάδε?.φος,  ov,  (αυτός,  άδε?.φός) 
related  as  brother  or  sister,  αίμα,  Aesch. 
Theb.  718,  Eum.  89  :  one's  own  bro- 
ther or  sister.  Soph.  Ant.  503. 

Αντανδρί,  adv.  of  sq.,  Polyb. 

Αντανδρος,  ov,  (αντός,  άνήρ)  to 
gether  with  the  m.en,  m.en  and  all,  Polyb. 

Αΰτανέψιος,  a.  Lye.  811,  (αυτός, 
άνΐφιέ)ς)  an  own  cousin,  cousin-gennan, 
Aesch.  Supp,  933,  984. 

Αντάρ,  conjunct.,  Ep.  for  άτάρ, 
hit,  yet,  hou'ever,  still,  besides,  moreover, 
furthermore,  Hom.  Like  άτάρ,  it 
always  begins  a  proposition.  (Re- 
lated to  άτάρ,  as  the  Aeol.  ανής  to 
ΰήρ.) 

Αυταρέσκεια,  ας,  η,  self-satisfaction : 
from 

Αυτάρεσκος,  ov,  (αυτός,  αρέσκω) 
^αυθάδης,  self-satisfied,  Lob.  Phryn. 
621.  _ 

^Ανταριάται,  ων.  οι  the  Autariatae, 
an  lUyrian  tribe,  Strab. 

^Χΰταρίτης.  ου,  ό,  Autarites,  masc. 
pr.  η  ,  Polyb.  1,  77,  4. 

Αυτάρκεια,  ας,  ή,  the  state  of  an 
αυτάρκης,  contentedness,  independence. 
Plat.  Phil.  67  A,  Arist,  Eth.  N. :  α 
competence. 

Αυταίικέω,  ω,  f.  -7/σω,  to  he  contented 
or  satisfied. — II.  to  be  sufficient  for,  τι- 
νί,  Thuc.  7,  15. 

Αυτάρκης,  ές,  (αντός,  άρκέω)  satis- 
fying one's  self,  contented,  ανταρκέσ- 
τατα  ζην,  Xen.  Mem.  1,  2,  14. — Π. 
having  enough,  independent  of  Others, 
Hdt.  1,  32,  Aesch.  Cho.  757:  χώρα 
or  πόλίς  αΰτ.,  a  country  wanting  iw 
help  of  others,  that  supplies  itself,  wants 
no  imports,  Thuc.  1,  37,  cf  2,  36  :  avr. 
προς  τι,  strong  enough  for  a  thing, 
Thuc.  2,  51 :  hence  absoL,  αντ.  βοή, 
a  strong,  brave  shout,  Soph.  O.  C  1057. 
— 2.  complete,  perfect,  independent. 
Stoic,  term  in  Arist.  Eth.  N.  Adv. 
-κώς. 

Ανταρκία,  ας,  ή,  poet,  for  αυτάρ- 
κεια. 

Ανταρχέω,  (αντάρχης)  to  be  αντάρ- 

XVC.  ,      ,^    , 

Αυταρχη,  ης,  η,  (αντος,  αρχή)  the 

very  beginning. 
Αντάοχης    and    ανταρχος,  ov,  6, 
239 


ATTI 

(αίτός,  ΰρχώ)   an  absolute  sovereign. 
Hence 

Ανταρχία,  ας,  ή,  absolute  power. 

Ανταμχος,  ου,  ό,=  αΰτάρχης. 

Ανταύταις  χερσίν,  tor  ανταΐς  ταύ- 
ταις  χ.,  Sophron  ap.  ApoU.  de  Pron. 
339  Β,  cf.  Herm.  Soph.  El.  1488. 
\Αΰτάων,  gen.  p1.  poet,  of  αυτός. 

Αντε,  adv.,  used  by  Horn,  in  all  the 
senses  of  av,  except  that  of  place. — 
I.  of  time,  again,  over  again. — II.  to 
mark  sequence  or  transition,  again, 
furthermore,  like  l..at.  aulem :  hence 
— 2.  however,  on  the  contrary :  hence 
it  sometimes  follows  μέν  instead  of 
δέ,  Od.  22,  5,  H.  Horn.  Cer.  137  :  also 
in  Att.  poets,  Seidl.  Eur.  I.  T.  316, 
Herm.  Vig.  ή  237;  but  never  in  prose. 
^Αντεί,  Dor.  for  αΰτον,  v.  Greg. 
Cor.  p.  351. 

Αντέκμαγμα,  ατός,  τό,  {αυτός,  εκ- 
μαγμα)  ati  exact  impression,  true  por- 
tratt,AT.  Thesm.  514. 

Αϋτενιαυτός,  όν,  (αυτός,  ένιαυτός) 
of  this  year,  this  year's,  Geop. 

Αυτεξούσιος,  ov,  (αυτός,  εξουσία) 
one's  own  master,  free,  unconditional, 
Diod. :  TO  αύτεξονσιον,  free  power. 
Adv.  -ως.     Hence 

Αϋτεξονσιότης,  ητος,  ή,  free,  inde- 
pendent power,  Joseph. 

Αντεττάγγελτος,  ov,  (αυτός,  ίτταγ- 
γέλλομαι)  offering,  promising,  of  one's 
self,  hence  in  genl.  of  one's  self,  free- 
ly, Lat.  sponte,  αντ.  ΰποστηναι,  to 
undertake  of  free  choice,  Eur.  H.  F. 
706  ;  so  αΰτ.  παρείναι,  χωρείν,  Thuc. 
1,  33  ;  4,  120,  βοηθείν,  Isocr.  7  C.^ 

Αύτετϊίστταστος,  ov,  (αυτός,  έπι- 
σπάω)  self-brought  on,  self-incurred. 

Αΰτεττίτύκτης,  ου,  ό,  (αυτός,  επι- 
τάσσω) one  who  coinmands  of  his  own 
authority.  Plat.  Polit.  260  E.     Hence 

ΑντετΓίτακτικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to 
an  αντεττιτύκτης,  or  to  absolute  power : 
7]  -K7/,  sub.  τέχνη,  the  art  of  ruling  by 
one's  self.  Plat.  Polit.  200  E,  etc. 
Adv.  -κώς,  Plut. 

Αύτεπίτακτος,  ov,  (αυτός,  επιτάσ- 
σω) commanded  or  ruled  by  one's  self. 

Αΰτε-ώννμος,  ov,  (αυτός,  επώνυ- 
μος) of  the  same  name,  surname,  τινός, 
with  another,  Eur.  Phoen.  769. 

Αϋτεμέτης,  ov,  b,  (αυτός,  ερέτης) 
one's  self  a  rower,  i.  e.  a  rower  and  a 
soldier  at  once,  Thuc.  1,  10,  etc.,  cf. 
Boekh  P.  E.  1,  373;  self-rowed,  αϋτ., 
'ώίτ)  νηΐ,  i.  e.  not  by  Charon,  Anth. 

^ Αΰτεσίων,  ωνος,  ό,  Axitesio?i,  son  of 
Tisamcnus,  and  king  of  Thebes, 
Hdt.  4,  147. 

Αντέτης,  ες,  (αυτός,  ετος)=^αυτενι- 
αντός. 
^'Αύτενν,  poet,  for  ήντονν,  impf.  of 
άϋτέω,  Hom. 

Άϋτέω.—άύω,  but  only  used  in 
pres.  and  impf ,  to  cry,  shout,  μακρόν, 
μέγα,  Hom. :  also  act.,  to  call,  II.  11, 
258  :  (Ίϋτειν  βούν,  ίο  utter  α  loud  cry, 
Eur.  Hec.  1092.  [i] 

Άϋτί],  ης,  ή,  a  cry,  shout,  call,  Hom.: 
loud  tone  or  note  of  the  trumpet, 
Aesch.  Pers.  395  :  esp.  a  battle-shout , 
war-cry,  hence  also  the  battle  itself, 
Hom.  :  Hom.  is  fond  of  joining  αύτη 
τε  πτό?.εμός  τε,  cf.  βοή.  [ν] 

Αΰτήκοος,  ον,  (αυτός,  ακούω)  one 
who  has  himself  heard,  an  ear  witness, 
Thuc.  1,  133. — II.  obeying  only  one's 
self,  independent,  Plut. 

χ\ντ?}μαρ,  {αντός,  ημαρ)  adv.,  on  the 
self-same  day,  Horn. 

Αϋτήμερον,  Ion.  for  αυθημερόν,  v. 
sub  ανβήμερος. 

Αντί.  as  some  old  Gramm.  write  in 
Hom.  for  άνθι,  on  the  analogy  oi  ai- 
τις  for  αύθις. 

Αΰτιγενής,  ές.  Ion.  for  αίθιγινής. 
240 


ATTO 

Αντίκα,  adv.,  (αυτός)  forthwith, 
straightway,  in  a  moment,  which  no- 
tion is  strencthenedby  Hom.  in  αϋτί- 
κα  vi'v,  μάλ'  αντίκα ;  so  in  prose, 
avT.  μάλα,  Plat. :  αντίκα  και  μετέπ- 
ειτα, now  and  hereafter,  Od.  14,  403  : 
so  Thuc.  opposes  to  αντίκα  and  to 
μέλλον:  so  with  a  partic,  α'ντίκ' 
ίόντι,  immediately  on  his  going,  Od.  2, 
307 :  but  Plat,  uses  it  in  a  slightly 
future  sense,  presently,  directly,  Lat. 
mox.  opp.  to  vvv,  Gorg.  459  C  :  with 
a  subst.,  as  ά  αντίκα  φόβος,  momenta- 
ry, passing,  opp.  to  lasting  fear,  v. 
Herm.  Vig.  ^  238. — 2.  αντίκα  τε-. 
και,  like  άμα  τε...καί,  as  soon  as,  si- 
mul  ac,  Hdt. — II.  for  example,  just  to 
give  an  example,  αντίκα  γαρ  άρχει  oiu 
τίν'  ό  Ζευς  ;  for  example,  by  whom 
does  Jupiter  rule  the  gods  ?  Ar.  Plut. 
130,  cf.  Plat.  Prot.  359  D,  Rep.  340 
D :  this  usage  is  only  Att.,  v.  Koen 
Greg.  p.  416,  and  cf.  ευθύς. — 3.=αΰ- 
τις,  Arat.  (Buttm.  Lexil.  v.  είηε, 
not.  1,  p.  314,  derives  the  word  from 
την  αντήν  Ικα,  assuming  an  old  word 
*  ιξ  ^ίξ  correspondent  to  the  Lat. 
vice,  vices.)  [I] 

Αντις,  Ion.  and  Dor.  for  αύθις,  q.  v. 

Αυτίτης,  ου,  ό,  (αυτός)  by  one's  self 
alone,  apart,  Arist. — 11.  as  subst.,  sub. 
οίνος,  unmixed  wine,  v.  Foes.  Oecon. 

Hipp.  ,         ,       , 

Άντμή,  ης,  η,  (*  αω,  αημι,  αϋω,  to 
blow)  a  breath,  wind,  air :  in  Hom. 
breath  as  the  sign  of  life,  II.  9,  005 ; 
the  blast  of  a  bellows,  II.  18,471  ;  of 
wind,  Od.  1 1 ,  400  ;  hot  air  from  a  fire 
or  heated  body,  Od.  9,  389  ;  16,  290. 
—II.  α  scent,  fume,  II.  14,  174;  Od.  12, 
309. 

Άϋτμήν,  ένος,  δ,^=άϋτμ7/,  Hom. 

Αντόαγαθυν,  ov,  τό,  (αυτός  αγα- 
θός) the  very  ideal  good,  Arist.  Metanh- 

Αΰτοαληθώς,  (αυτός,  αληθώς)  adv., 
perfectly,  truly,  Arist.  Org. 

Αντόα?.φα,  (αυτός,  άλφα)  the  very 
ύλίφα,  Arist.  Metaph. 

Αί'τούνθρωπος,  ov,  b,  (αυτός,  άν- 
θρωπος) man  in  the  abstract,  the  very, 
ideal  man,  Arist.  Eth.  N. — II.  a  very 
man,  η  living  man,  Luc,  of  a  statue. 
^Αντοβάρης,  ους,  b,  Autobares,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Arr.  An.  7,  6,  5. 

Αύτοβαφής,  ές,  (αυτός,  βάπτω) 
self-dipped,  Nonn. 

Αντοβοάω,ώ,(αντός,βοάω)  to  bear 
testimony  of  one's  self. 

Αντοβοεί,  adv.,  (αυτός,  βοή)  by  a 
mere  sliout,  at  the  first  shout  or  onset  ; 
hence  αντ.  ίλειν,  to  take  ivithout  a 
blow,  ivithout  resistance,  Thuc.  2,  81  ; 
by  storm.  8,  62,  etc. 

Αΰτοβόητος,  ov,  (αυτός,  βοάω)  self- 
called,  self  sounding,  Nonn.  1,  432. 

i Αϋτοβοισάκης,  ου,  6,  Autoboesaces, 
a  Persian,  Xen.  Hell.  2,  1,8. 

Αύτοβορέας,  ου,  ό,  (αντός,  Βορέας) 
Boreas  bodily,  Luc.  Tim.  54. 

Αντοβούλησις,  εως,  ή,  (αυτός,  βού- 
λησις)  the  absolute,  abstract  will,  Arist. 
Org. 

Αύτοβούλητος,  ov,=sq.  Adv.-τωζ•. 

Αυτόβουλος,  ov,  (αυτός,  βον2ή)  of 
one's  own  will  or  choice,  Aesch.  Theb. 
1053.     Hence 

^Αντόβονλος,  ου,  o,Autobulxis,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Plut.  Symp. 

Αντογένεθ7.ος,  ov,  (αυτός,  γενέθλη) 
=sq.,  Anth. 

Αυτογενής,  ές,  (αυτός,*  γένω)  pro- 
duced of  one's  self,  i.  e.  uncreated,  un- 
begottcn,  δαίμων,  Stob. — 2.  natural, 
not  artificial  or  feigned,  αιδώς,  late. — 
3.  sprung  froin  the  same  parents,  kin- 
dred, γάμος  αντ.,  marriage  with  blood- 
relations,  V.  1.  Aesch.  Supp.  9. 

Αντογένητος,  ov,~  αυτογενή  ς. 


ATTO 

Αΰτογέννητος,  ov,  (αυτός,  γεννάω 
=■  αυτογενής :  hence  αντογέννητα 
κοιμί/ματα  μητρός,  α  mother's  inter- 
course with  her  own  son.  Soph.  Ant.  864. 

Αί)τογλώχΊν,  Ινος,  6,  ή,  (αυτός, 
γλωχίν)  together  with  the  point,  οίστός, 
Heliod. 

Αΰτογνωμονέω,  to  act  of  one's  oumwill 
o\  judgment,  Xen.  Hell.  7,  3,  0 :  from 

Αΰτογνώμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  (αυτός, 
γνώμη)  acting  or  speaking  of  one's  own 
ivill  or  judgment.  Adv.  —νως,  κρίνειν 
αντ.,  opp.  to  κατά  γράμματα,  Arist. 
Pol. 

Αντόγνωτος,  ov,  =  foreg.,  οργή. 
Soph.  Ant.  875. 

Αντογόνος,  ov,  (  αυτός,  *  γένω  ) 
self -produced.  Nonn. 

Αντογραμμή,  ής,  ή,  (αντός,  γραμ- 
μή) the  very,  ideal  line,  Arist.  Metaph. 

Αυτογράφέω,  ώ,  to  write  with  one's 
own  hand  :  from 

Αυτόγραφος,  ov,  (αυτός,  γράφω) 
written  with  one's  own  hand,  Dion.  H. : 
TO  αΰτ.,  one's  own  handwriting,  the  ori- 
ginal, Plut. 

ΑντόγνοΓ,  OV,  (αντός,  γνης)  ΰρο- 
τρον,  a  plough  whose  γνης  is  of  one 
piece  with  the  έ?.νμα  and  ίστοβοεύς '. 
not  fitted  together  (πηκτόν),  Hes. 
Op.  431. 

Αΰτοδΰής,  ές.  (αυτός,  δαήναί)  un• 
premeditated,  Soph.  Aj.  700. 

Αί'τοδάϊκτος,  ov,  (αυτός,  δαίζω) 
self-slain  or  mutually  slain,  Aesch. 
Theb.  735. 

Αντόδαιτος,  ov,  (αντός,  δαίννμαι) 
self -eating,  Lyc. — \\.=^αΰτόδειπνος. 

Αύτοδάξ.  adv.  stiengthd.  for  όδάξ, 
with  clenched  teeth,  γνναΐκες  αντοόάί, 
ώργισμέναι.  xvomen  angered  even  to 
biting,  Ar.  Lys.  687  :  metaph.  ό  αντο- 
δάξ  τρόπον,  a  right  stubborn  temper. 
Id.  Pac.  607. 

Αντόδειπνος,  ov,  (αντός,  δειττνέω) 
boarding  or  providing  for  one's  self, 
bringing  one's  own  victuals  to  a  common 
meal,  cf.  αντόσιτος. 

Αϋτόδεκα,  (αυτός,  δέκα)  just  ten, 
Thuc.  5,  20. 

Αντόδετος,  ov,  (αυτός,  δέω)  self 
bound,  Opp. 

Αΰτόδηλος,  ov,  (αυτός,  δήλ.ος)  self- 
evident.  Aesch.  Theb.  848. 

Αντοδιάκονία,  ας,  ή,  self-service, 
Chrysipp.  ap.  Ath. :  from 

Αυτοδιάκονος,  ov,  (αυτός,  διάκο- 
νος) serving  one's  self,  Strab.  [d] 

Αυτοδίδακτος,  ov,  (αντός,  διδάσκω) 
self-taught,  Od.  22,  347  :  so  αντ.  ίσ• 
ωθεν  θυμός,  Aesch.  Ag.  991  :  το  ai- 
τοδ-,  natural  genius,  Luc.  Adv.  -τως. 
^ Αντοδιδάσκομαι,  (αυτός,  διδάσκω) 
mid.  to  teach  one's  self,  to  be  one's  own 
teacher,  Synes. 

Αΰτοδιήγητος,  ov,  (αυτός,  διηγέο- 
μαι)  narrating  in  one's  own  person,  opp. 
to  writing  in  a  dialogue,  Diog.  L. 

Αύτοδιηγονμενος,  η,  ov,  (αυτός, 
διηγέομαι)=ζοτβζ.,  Diog.  \j. 

Αντοδίκαιον,  ov,  τό,  (αντός,  δίκαι- 
ος) abstract  right,  Aristid. 

Αντοδΐκέω,  ώ,  to  be  αντόδικος,  Di- 
narch.  ap.  Harpocr. 

Αϋτόδϊκος,  ov,  (αντός,  δίκη)  with 
independent  jurisdiction,  ivith  one's  own 
law-courts,  conducting  one's  own  suits 
at  home,  Thuc.  5,  18.     Hence 

i Αντόδίκος,  ου,  ό,  Autodicus,  a  Pla- 
taean,  Hdt.  9,  85. 

Αντόδιον,  adv.  straightway,  only  in 
Od.  8,  449  (either  from  αντός  and 
οδός,  or  simply  lengthd.  for  αυτός, 
like  μα-φίδιος  from  μά•φ,  μινννθάδιος 
from  μίνννθα,  etc.) 

^ Αντόδοξα,  ης,  ή,  (αντός,  δόξα) 
opi7iion  or  sentiment  in  and  of  itself,  the 
very  opinion,  Arist.  Top.    8,  II,  14. 


ATTO 

Χντδδορος,  ov,  {αυτός,  δορά)  skin 
und  all,  Plut. 

Αί'τόί^βομος,  ov,  {αντός,  δραμεΐν) 
running  or  moving  of  itself ,  Gal. 
^ Αί'τόδορος,   ov,  Ό,  Autodorus,   an 
Epicurean  philosopher,  Diog.  L.  5, 
92 

Κντοειδής,  ές,  {αντός,  είδος)  like 
itself,  uniform,  Anton. 

Ki'TotlvM,  TO,  {αντός,  ειμί)  self- 
existence,  of  the  Deity,  Eccl. 

Κντοέκαστος,  ov,  =  ανθέκαστος  : 
avT.  δόξα,  each,  thing's  οιυη  particular 
opinion,  Arist.  Eth.  N. :  το  αντοέκα- 
Τον,  the  ideal  or  idea  of  each,  lb. 

Αντοέ?Ακτος,  ov,  {αντός,  ελίσσω) 
self-twisted,  naturally-curling,  of  hair, 
Anth. 

\Αυτοενεί,  {αντός,  ένος)  adv.,  in  the 
same  year,  within  the  year,  Bergk  in 
Theocr.  28,  13,  ed.  Mein.  in  place  of 
αΰτοετεί. 

Αντοεντεί,  adv.  with  one's  oion  hand: 
from 

Αντοέντης,  ov,  ό,  in  Soph,  for  av- 
θέντης,  a  murderer,  0.  T.  107,  El.  272, 
cf.  Lob.  Phrj-n.  120. 

Αντοεττιθνμία,  ας,  ή,  {αντός,  krci- 
θνμία)  desire  in  the  abstract,  Arist.  Org. 

Αίηοετεί,  adv.  of  sq.,  Theocr.  28, 
13,  ubi  Bergk  αντοενεί,  q.  v. 

Αντοετ?/ς,  ές,  {αντός,  έτος)  in  or 
of  the  same  year,  Arist.  Adv.  αντό• 
ετες,  in  the  same  year,  within  the  year, 
Od.  3,  322. 

Αντοζήτητος,  ov,  {αντός,  ζητέω) 
self-sought,  i.  e.  coming  unsought,  cf. 
αντοβόητος. 

Αντοζοτή,  ης,  ή,  {αντός,  ζωή)  unde- 
rived  existence,  of  the  Deity,  Eccl. 

AvToOatr,   ίδος,   ή,   {αντός,  θαίς) 
Thais  herself,  Luc. 
^Αντόθακτος,  ov.  Dor.  for  αντόθη- 
κτος. 

Αντοθάνατος,  ov,  {αυτός,  θάνατος) 
dying  by  one's  ovm  hand,  Plut.  [ώ] 

Αντόθε,  V.  αντόθεν. 

Αντοθε?.εί,  adv.  of  sq.,  voluntarily, 
Mel.^  122. 

Αϋτοθε?.ής,  ές,  {αντός,  θέ?.ω)  of 
one's  own  will,  voluntary,  Leon.  Tar. 

Αντοθέμεθ?.ος,  ov,  {αντός,  θέμε- 
θλον)  founded  by  one's  self.  Nonn. 

Αντόθεν.  adv.  {avrov)  of  place,  εξ 
avTov  τοϋ  τόπον,  like  Lat.  illinc,from 
the  very  spot  where  one  is,  from  hence, 
from  thence,  usu.  c.  prep,  to  define 
more  accurately,  e.  g.  αντόθεν  έξ 
έδρέων,  immediately  from  their  seats, 
on  the  spot  where  thev  were  sitting, 
Od.  13,  56,  cf.  Schaf  Theocr.  25,  170: 
βιοτεύειν,  to  find  a  living  on  the  spot, 
Thuc.  1,  11  :  oi  avT.,  the  natives,  Id. 
6,  21. — II.  of  time,  έξ  αντον  τον  χρό- 
νου, like  Lat.  illico,  on  the  spot,  imme- 
diately, directly,  at  the  very  time  pres- 
ent or  spoken  of,  Ar.  Eccl.  246 : 
hence  without  m.ore  ado.  off-hand,  at 
once,  straightway,  Hdt.  8,  64,  0)ice  for 
all,  Thuc.  1,  141  :  readily,  voluntarily, 
Lat.  sporite,  hastily,  on  the  spur  of  the 
moment,  rashly.  Polyb.  Before  a  con- 
son,  oft.  αντόθε.  Most  common  in 
poetry. 

Αντόθηκτος,  ov,  {αντός,  θήγω)  self- 
sharpened,  an  epithet  of  cold-forged 
iron,  Aesch.  Fr.  360. 

Αυτόθι,  adv.  for  αντυν^έν  αυτω 
τω  τό~φ,  on  the  spot,  in  the  place,  here, 
there,  Hom.,  and  Hdt.  :  held  to  be  an 
Ion.  form  and  poet.,  but  is  also  freq. 
in  Att.  prose. 

Αντόθροος,  ov,  {αντός,  θρόος)  self- 
spoken,  self-sounded,  Nonn. 

ΑντόιπτΓΟ.ς,  υν,  ό,  {αντός,  ΐπτΐος) 
the  very  ideal  horse,  Arist.  Metaph. 

Αϋτοκά3δά?Μς,  ov,  wrought  or  done 
coarsely  or  carelessly,  slovenly :  in  genl. 
16 


ATTO 

slight,  trivial,  random,  both  of  persons 
and  things,  Arist.  Rhet.  3,  14,  11. 
Adv.  -ως,  πεοί  ενόγκων  αντοκαβδά- 
?.ως  7.έγειν,  ίο  speak  at  random  on  im- 
portant  matters,  lb.  7,  2. — II.  hence 
also  Αί'τοκάβδα/.οι  were  a  sort  of 
buffoons  or  buffo-actors,  who  spoke 
off'-hand,  Semus  ap.  Ath.  622  B. 
(Said  to  be  from  αυτός,  κάβος,  ill- 
kneaded  dough  :  also  written  αΰτο- 
κανδα7.ος  and  αντοκάνδα/.ος.) 

Αντόκακος,  ov,  {αντός,  κακός)  a 
self-tormentor,  Theopomp.  (Comin.) 
Thes.  4. 

^.\.ντόκΰ?.ον,  ov,  TO,  {αυτός,  καλός) 
the  absolute  beautiful,  Aristid. 

^Αύτοκάνη,  ης,  ή,  AutocSne,  a  prom- 
ontory of  Aeolis,  V.  1.  H.  Hom.  Ap.  35. 

Αντοκΰσιγνήτη,  ης,  ή,  {αυτός,  κα- 
σιγνήτη)  an  οινη  sister,  Od.  10.  137. 

Αντοκΰσίγνητος,  ου,  ό,  {αντός,  κα- 
σίγν?/τος)  an  own  brother,  II. 

ΑντοκατάκρΙτος,  ov,  {αυτός,  κατα- 
κρίνω) self-condemned,  Ν.  Τ. 

Αΰτοκατασκεναστος,  ον,  {  αυτός, 
κατασκευάζω)  self-contrived,  natural. 

Αντοκέλ.ενθος,  ον,  {αυτός,  κέλ^εν- 
θος)  going  one's  own  road.,  Tryphiod. 

Αντοκέλ.ενστος,  ov,  {αυτός,  κε- 
λ.εύω)  unbidden,  of  one's  own  accord, 
Xen.  An.  3,  4,  5: 

Αΰτοκε/.?}ς,  ές,  {αντός,  κέλ.ομαι)  = 
foreg.,  Hdt.  9,  5. 

Αντοκέράς.  άτος,  ό,  ^,=  sq. 

Αντοκέραστος,  ον,  {αυτός,  κεράν- 
ννμι)  self-mixed,  naturally  tempered, 
esp.  of  light  wines  that  need  no  wa- 
ter. Or.  Sib. 

Αντοκέφα?Μν,  ov,  τό,=^αντη  ή  κε- 
φα?.ή. 

Αί'τοκίνησις,  εως,  ή,  voluntary  mo- 
tion, [κι]     From 

Αυτοκίνητος,  ον,  {αί'τός,  κΐνέω) 
self-moved,  Plut. 

Αυτόκλάδος,  ον,  {αυτός,  κ/Λδος) 
branches  and  all,  Luc. 

i Αίτοκ?.είδας,  a  and  ov,  δ,  Auto- 
clldas,  rnasc.  pr.  n.,  Aeschin. 

^Αί'τοκλής,  έονς,  ό,  Autocles,  an 
Athenian  commander,  son  of  Tol- 
maeus,  Thuc.  4,  53. — 2.  an  Athenian 
orator.  Xen.  Hell.  6,  3, 2.  Others  in 
Lys.,  Dem.,  etc. 

Αντόκ?.ητος,  ov,  {αντός,  καλ.έω) 
self-called,  i.  e.  coming  iinbidden,  un- 
called, Aesch.  Eum.  170.     Adv. -rwf. 

ΑντοκμΥ/ς,  ητος,  6,  ^,=  sq.,  0pp. 

Αϋτόκμητος,  ov,  {αντός,  κάμνω)^^ 
αντοπόνητος. 

Αντόκομος,  ον,  (αυτός,  κόμη)  with 
natural  hair,  shaggy,  ?Μφιά,  Ar.  Ran. 
821. — II.  hair  or  leaves  and  all,  Luc. 

Αντόκρΰνος,  ov,  {αυτός,  κραίνω) 
λ.όγος,  self-accomplishing,  Aesch.  Fr. 
421. 

Αντοκράτεφα,  ας,  ή,  fem.  of  αντο- 
κράτωρ,  Orph. 

Αντοκράτής,  ές,  {αντός.  κράτος) 
ruling  by  one's  self,  having  full  power, 
absolute,  νοϊ•ς,  Anaxag.  8.  φρήν,  Eur. 
Andr.  483 :  το  αντ.,  absolute  sway, 
free-will.     Hence 

^Αντοκράτης.  ους,  ό,  Autocrates,  an 
Athenian,  Lys.  113,  33.— 2.  a  poet  of 
the  old  comedy,  Meineke,  1,  p.  270; 
2,  p.  891. 

Αντοκράτορενω,  to  be  or  become 
αυτοκράτωρ. 

Αυτοκρατορία,  ας,  ή,  (αυτοκράτωρ) 
absolute  sivay  or  sovereignty  :  hence 

Αυτοκρατορικός,  ή,  όν,  of  ox  belong- 
ing to  absolute  poiver.    Adv.  -κώς,  Plut. 

Αί'τοκράτορίς,  ίδος,  ή,  (αυτοκρά- 
τωρ) the  residence  of  an  absolute  sove- 
reign. Joseph. 

Αΰτόκ'ίάτος,ον, {αυτός,  κεράνννμι) 
=  αΰτοκέρας,  αΰτοκέραστοο.  4.th. 

Αυτοκράτωρ,   ορός,  ό,  ή,  {αντός, 


ΑΤΤΟ 

κρατέω)  one's  own  master,  and  so — 1. 
of  persons  or  states,  free  and  inde- 
pendent, Lat.  sui  juris,  Thuc.  4,  63, 
Plat.,  and  Xen. — 2.  of  ambassadors, 
etc.  possessing  full  powers,  plenipoten- 
tiary, αυτοκράτορα  τινά  έ/,έσθαι,  Ar. 
Pac.  359,  πρέσβεις,  Ar.  Αν.  1595, 
ξνγγραόεις,  Thuc.  8,  67  :  so  too  αύτ. 
βονλή,  cf  Herm.  Pol.  Ant.  "§.  125,  10. 
— 3.  of  rulers,  absolute,  στρατηγοί, 
Thuc.  6,  72,  άρχοντες.  Plat.,  and 
Xen. :  hence  used  to  translate  the 
Roman  Dictator,  Polyb.,  and  in  later 
times,  the  Emperor:  hence  in  genl. 
peremptory,  λ.ογισμός,  Thuc.  4,  108. — 
II.  c.  gen.,  complete  master  of..,  iavTOV, 
της  τύχης,  Thuc.  3,  62  ;  4,  64  ;  hence 
ai'T.  έπιορκίας,  quite  at  liberty  to  swear 
falsely,  Dem.  215,  2.  [u] 

Αντοκρηής,  ές,=  αντοκέραστος. 

Αντόκρΐτος,  ον,  {αυτός,  κρίνω)  self- 
condemned,  Artem. 

Αϋτόκτητος,  ον,  {αντός,  κτάομαΐι 
self-possessed,  χωρίον,  Inscr. 

Αντόκτιστος,  ov,=  sq..  Soph.  Fr. 
306.^ 

Αντόκτΐτος,  ον,  {αυτός,  κτίζω)  self- 
produced,  made  by  nature,  άντρα,  na- 
tural grottoes,  Aesch.  Pr.  301. 

Αΰτοκτονέω,  to  slay  themselves,  or 
one  another,  prob.  1.  Soph.  Ant.  56, 
for  the  anomalous  αϋτοκτενοΰντε. 
Lob.  Phryn.  623 :  from 

Αύτόκτονος,  ov,  (αυτός,  κτείνω) 
self-slain  :  but — II.  αντοκτόνος,  act. 
slaying  one  another,  χέρες,  Aesch. 
Theb.  805:  θάνατος  αϋτ.,  mutual 
death  by  each  other's  hand,  lb.  681. 
Adv.  -νως,  with  one's  own  hand,  Id. 
Ag.  1635. 

Αΰτοκϋβερνητεί,  adv.  {αντός,  κυ- 
βερνάω) by  one's  own  steering  or  guid- 
ance, Anth. 

Αΰτοκϋβερι•ητης,  ου,  ό  {αυτός,  κυ- 
βερνάω) one  who  steers  himself,  Anth. 

Αντοκνβερνητί,  adv.=  αΰτοκϋβερ- 
νητεί. 

Αντόκυκ/Μς,  ου.  ό,  (αυτός,  κύκλιος) 
the  ideal  circle,  Themist. 

Αϋτοκύ?Λστος,  ov.  (αυτός,  κυλίω) 
self-rolled  or  moved,  Orph.  [ϋ] 

Αΰτόκωλ.ος,  ov,  (αυτός,  κώλ.ον)  vnth 
mere  legs,  i.  e.  whose  legs  are  nothing 
but  skin  and  bone,  Simon.  Amorg. 
76. 

Αΰτόκωπος,  ov,  (αυτός,  κώπη)  to- 
gether with  the  handle,  hilt  and  all :  but 
in  Aesch  Cho.  163,  βέλη  αύτ.  seems 
to  be  weapons  ivith  a  handle,  i.  e.  swords, 
cf.  πρήκωπος. 

Αντολαλ.ητός,  όν,  (αυτός,  λαλ.έω) 
talking  to  one's  self,  Timon  ap  Diog. 
L.  9,  69.  [a] 

Αί'τολεξεί,  adv.  {αντός,  λ.έξις)  with 
the  words  themselves,  word  for  word. 

ΙΑί'τολ.έων,  οντος,  6,  (αντός,  λέων) 
Autoleon,  king  of  the  Paeonians,  Plut. 
Pyrrh.  9. 

Αϋτολήκϋθος,  ov,  ό,  (αυτός,  λήκυ- 
θος) one  who  through  poverty  or  avarice 
carries  his  oum.  oil-flask,  one  who  has  no 
slave  :  hence  in  genl.  wretchedly  poor, 
penurious,  Dem.  1261,  17. — II.  a  flat- 
terer, parasite,  v.  Wyttenb.  Plut.  50  C. 

Αΰτολ.ίθινος.  ov,  (αυτός,  λίθος)  all 
of  stone,  stony-hearted. 

Αύτόλΰθος.  ov,  (αυτός,  λ,ίθος)  made 
of  a  single  stone,  prob.  1.  Soph.  Fr. 
133. 

Αντολ.όχεντος,  ov,  (αυτός,  λοχενω) 
self-engendered.  Or.  Sib. 

Αϋ~ύλΰκος,  6,  (αυτός,  λύκος)  a  very 
wolf.     Hence 

ΐΑΰτό/Λ•κος,  ov,  6,  Auiolycus,  son  of 
Mercury,  father  of  Anticlca,  Od.  19, 
394. — 2.  son  of  De'imachus.  of  Thes- 
salv,  an  argonaut  and  the  founder  of 
Siiiope,  Ap,  Rh.  2,  956.-3.  a  sou  ♦ 
241 


ΑΥΤΟ 

Agathoclcs,  Arr.     Others  in  Paus.  1, 
18,  3,  etc. 

Αντο?Λφίζων,  (αντός,  ?Λφίζων) 
όνος,  ό.  απ  ans  thai  really  plays  the 
lyre,  provertj.  in  Luc. 

Αντό'λνσις,  εως,  ή,  (αντός,  λνσις) 
α  couple  or  leash  for  hounds. 

Αντομάθηα,  ας,  ή,  a  learning  of  one's 
self  Pliit.  [a]  :  from 

Αΰτομάβής,  ές,  (,αντός,  μαθεϊΐ') 
learning  or  learnt  of  one's  self,  Piut. 
Adv.  -ίΐώς. 

^Αύτ(>μα?Μ,  ων,  τά,  Automala,  a  for- 
tified place  in  Cyrenai'ca,  Strab.,  in 
Diod.  S.  called  also  ί\.ΰτομά7.ακα. 

ΑντομαοΓΰρέω.  ώ.  (αντός,  μαρτυ- 
ρεί) ίϋ  bear  witness  of  one's  self,  Diog. 

Αντόμαρτνς,  νης,  6,  ή,  {αντός. 
Ιΐύρτνς)  one's  self  the  witness,  1.  e.  an 
eyewitness,  Aesch.  Ag.  98ft. 

Αντομΰτεί  and  αντημάτί,  adv.  of 
αντόματος,  of  one's  freeivill  οτ  choice. 

\Αντομύτη,  ης,  ή,  Automate,  daugh- 
ter of  Danaus,  Paus.  7,  1,  G. 

Αντοματία,  ας,  ή,  the  goddess  of 
Fortune,  Lat.  Fort  una,  Plut. 

Αντομητίζω,  f.  -ίσω.  (αντήματος)  to 
act  of  one's  own  ivill.  to  act  of  one's  self 
and  so  to  act  unadvisedly,  Xen.  Cyr. 
4,  5,  21.    Hence 

.αυτοματισμός,  ov.  h,  an  acting  of 
one's  self. — 2.  an  accident  that  occurs 
without  human  agency,  Hipp. 

Αντοματοττοιός,  ov,  ό,  (αντήματον, 
ποίέω)  an  automalori-maker :  ή  αντο- 
μaτo~o^ητLκή,the  art  of  an  automaton- 
maker  :  Tu  αύτοματοτΓΟίητικά,  a  trea- 
tise on  the  art  of  automaton-making. 

Αί'τήμΰτος,  η.  ov,  also  Att.  ος.  ov, 
Meineke  Metag.  Thur.  1,  {αντός, 
*  μύω,  μέμαα)  acting  of  one's  own  will, 
of  one's  self,  unbidden,  uncalled,  II., 
etc. :  esp.  self-m.oving,  self-acting,  like 
the  tripods  of  Vulcan,  which  ran  of 
themsplvcs  on  wheels  or  rollers,  11. 
18,  37G :  hence  tu  αντήμητα,  self- 
moving  machines,  automatons.  —  2.  of 
plants,  growing  of  them.telves,  utisown, 
αΰτ.  φνεσθαι,  Hdt.  2,  94  ;  8,  1.38.— 3. 
of  events,  happening  of  themselves, 
without  external  agency,  avT.  βίος.  a 
life  neerting  no  external  support.  Plat. 
Polit.  271  Ε  ;  but  αϋτ.  θάνατοΓ,  a 
natural  death,  Dem.  296,  18,  of.  Hdt  2, 
66  :  without  cause,  accidental,  opp.  to 
orro  τΐείρης,  Hdt.  7,  9,  2  :  esp.  ΰ—ο 
τον  αυτομάτου  or  άπό  ταντομύτον, 
naturally,  by  chance,  Hdt.  2,  66,  etc. : 
also,  tK  τον  avT.,  Xen.  An.  1.  3,  13, 
from  T(j  αΰτ.,  ταντόματον,  chance. 
Lys.  Adv.  -τως,  Hdt.  2,  180:  also 
-τεί,  -τι,  and  -την. 

Αντοματονργός,  ό,  {αυτόματα,  *ερ- 
γω)=αντοματο7τοιός. 

Αντομΰχέω,  ώ,  (αντός  μάχομαι)  to 
fight  for  one's  self  esp.  to  plead  one's 
own  cause  in  a  law-court,  Lys.  ap. 
Harp. 

ίΑντομέδονσα,  ης.  η,  Automednsa. 
daughter  of  Alcathous,  and  wife  of 
Iphiclus,  ApoUod.  2,  4,  11 :  fein.  of 

Αντομέδων,  οντος.  ό,  (αί'τόζ•,  μέ- 
6(jv)  strictly  ruling  of  one's  self  Avto- 
medon,  name  of  Achilles'  charioteer, 
11.  9,  209.— 2.  tyrant  of  Eretria,  Dem. 
12.5,27. — 3.  an  Athenian  who  proposed 
a  decree  in  favour  of  the  Tenodiatis, 
Dem.  1333.  12.-4.  of  Cyzicus,  an 
epigrammatic  poet,  12  epigrams  by 
whom  are  preserved  in  the  Antho- 
logy. 

^Αντομέλαθρος,  ov,  {αντός,  μέλα- 
θρον) forming  her  oum  dwelling,  of  a 
Hamadryad,  Nonn.  Dion.  48,  519. 

^ΑντημΆιννα,   ης,  ή.    [αυτός,  Με- 
Tiivva)  the  veritable  Melinna,  Anth. 
^Αντομένης,  ονς,  ό,  {αντός,  μένω) 
242 


ΑΥΤΟ 

Avtomenes,  masc.   pr.  η.,  Ar.  Vesp. 
1275. 

Αντομηκος,  ονς,  τό,  {αντός,  μήκος) 
abstract  length,  Arist.  Org. 

Αντομτ/Tijp,  ορός.  ή,  {αντός.  μήτηρ) 
α  very  mother  herself,  or  her  ?nother's 
very  child,  Simon.  Amorg.  12.  The 
form  αντομήτηρ,  ερος  is  against  ana- 
logy. Lob.  Phryn.  659. 

Αί'τόμοιρος,  ov,  {αντός,  Μοίρα)  with 
a  lot  of  one's  own,  with  a  special  destiny, 
Soph.  Fr.  249. 

Αντομηλέω,  to  be  an  αντόμοΆος,  to 
desert,  either  absol.  or  αντ.  Ικ  τίνος, 
προς  and  ε'ις  τίνα,  Hdt.,  etc. :  έν  τ^ 
πολιτεία,  to  keep  changing  sides,  to 
rat,  Aeschin  64,  22.     Hence 

Αντομόλησις,  εως,  57,= sq. 

Αϋτομο/.ία,  ας,  η,  {αντομολέω)  de- 
sertion, Thuc.  7,  131,  etc. 

^Αντόμολιοι,  ων,  οΙ,  the  Aiitomoli, 
prop,  the  deserters,  a  colony  of  Aegyp- 
tian  soldiers  in  Aethiopia,  Hdt.  2, 30 : 
from 

Αί'τόμολος,  ov,  (αντός,  μολεϊν) 
going  of  one's  self:  hence  as  subst., 
in  war,  a  deserter,  Hdt.,  Thuc,  etc. : 
γννη  αντ.,  Hdt.  9,  76.  Adv.  -λως, 
treacheroiisly.  Soph.  Fr.  617. — 2.  ό  av- 
τόμ.,  a  sucker,  springing  from  a  plant's 
root,  Lat.  stolo. 

Αντόμηρφος.  ov,  {αντός,  μορφή)  self- 
formed,  formed  uithout  art,  cut  from  the 
rock,  Eur.  Andromed.  7. 

Αντόνεκρος,  ov,  {αυτός,  νεκρός) 
really  dead,  Alciphr. 

^Αντονόη,  ης.  ή.  Autonoe,  daughter 
of  Nereus  and  Doris,  Hes.  Th.  258. 
— 2.  daughter  of  Cadmus  and  Har- 
monia,  and  wife  of  Aristaeus,  Hes. 
Th.  977:  cf.  Apollod.  3,  4,  2.-3. 
daughter  of  Danaus,  Apollod.  2,  1,  5. 
—4.  dauirhter  of  Peireus,  Id.  2,  7.  8. 
—5.  a  slave  of  Penelope,  Od.  18.  182. 

Αΰτονομέομαι.  dep.,  to  be  αυτόνο- 
μος, lire  by  one's  own  laws,  be  indepen- 
dent, freq.  in  Thuc. 

Αντονομία,  ας,  η.  the  state  of  an 
αυτόνομος,  independence,  Thuc.  3,  46. 

Αυτόνομος,  ov,  {αυτός,  νέμομαι) 
living  by  one's  oim  laws,  free,  0])p.  to 
τνραννενόμενος.  Hdt.  1,  96:  esp.  in- 
dependent, not  subject  to  another  state, 
freq.  in  Thuc. :  of  animals,  feeding 
and  ranging  at  will,  Anth.  Adv.  -μως. 
f Αυτόνομος,  ov,  0,  Autondmus.  a 
scribe  of  Antimachus  in  Athens,  Dem. 
1186,  fin.— 2.  an  Eretrian,  Paus.  10, 
9,  10. 

ίΑντόνοης,  ov,  h,  {αντός,  νόος)  Au- 
/orjoHs,  a  Trojan,  II.  16,  694.— 2.  a  hero 
of  the  Delphians,  Hdt.  8,  39.-3.  ό 
θετταλ.ός,  7,  5.  3. 

Αντοννκτί,  adv.^sq.,  Joseph. 

Αντοννχί,  adv.  {αντος,  ννξ)  that 
very  night,  II.  8,  197  :  in  the  same  night, 
Arat.  [("]  :  also  αντοννχεί. 

ΑντονυχίΓΐίηΑαντοννχι6ίς,=^ίοτρζ., 
Α.  Β.  p.  13f9. 

Αϋτόξϋλος,  ov,  {αυτός,  ξνλον)  of 
■mere  wood,  cut  out  of  wood,  εκπωμα, 
Soph.  Phil.  35. 

Αντοπάγής,  ές.  {αίτός,  ■πή-^'ννμι) 
self-joined,  srlf-built. 

Αντηπάθεια.  ης,  η,  one's  own  feeling, 
self-experience,  Polyb.  :  conviction,  [ά]  : 
from 

Αντοπΰθής,  ές,  {αντός,  ■κaθεΐv)with 
feeling  or  experience  of  one's  self,  speak- 
ing from  one's  oum  experience,  from  con- 
viction. Adv.  -θ(7)ς.  Polyb.  —  II.  in 
Gramin., firroTra^;/,  nouns,  pronouns, 
and  verbs,  which  throw  back  the  action 
on  themselves,  reflexiva,  opp.  to  ύλ- 
λ.οπαβη,  q.  v. 

Αντότταις,  τταιδος,  ό,  η,  (αντός, 
ιταϊς)  an  oum  child,  son  or  daughter. 
Soph.  Tr.  826 


ΑΥΤΟ 

Αντοπάμων  or  -πάμμων,  ov,  gen. 
όνος,  {αντός,  πέττάμαι)  an  only  heir, 
Hesych.  e  conject. 

Αί'τοττάτωρ,  ορός.  ό.  η,  (αΙτος, 
πύτηρ)  one's  self  α  father,  Orph.  [ΰ] 

Αντόπειρος,  ov,  {αυτός,  πείρα) 
having  experienced  one's  self:  το  αΰ- 
τόπ.,  one's  own  experience. 

Αί'τοπήμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  {αντός 
τχήμα)  self-harming  :  unth  or  for  one's 
oivn  woes,  γόος,  Aesch.  Theb.  916. 

Αύτοπκττία,  ας,  ή,  credibility  :  from 

AvTOTTiaToc,  ov,  {αυτός,  πιστός) 
credible  in  itself. 

Αντόπλεκτος,  ov,  (αυτός,  πλιέκω) 
self-plaited,  Opp. 

Αΰτοττοδτ/τί,  adv.,=rsq.,  Luc. 

ΑνταποΛί,  adv.  {αντός,  πονς,)  on 
one's  own  feet,  on  foot. 

Αντοποόία,  ας,  ή.  {αντός,  πους)  α 
going  on  one's  oum  feet,  journeying  on 
foot.  ^ 

Αΰτοποιητικός,  ή,  όν,  {αντός, 
ποιέω)  opp.  to  είδωλ.οποιικός,  one 
who  makes  not  a  copy  but  the  thing  it- 
self, Plat.  Soph.  266  A. 

Αίιτοποίητος,  ov,  {αντός,  ποιέω) 
self-made,  simple. 

Αντοποιός,  όν,  {αντός,  πηιέω)  self- 
produced,  self-sprung,  not  planted,  as 
the  Athenian  olive,  Soph.  O.  C, 
698. 

Αντοπόκιστος,  ov,  (αντός,  ποκίζω) 
=  sq; 

Αντόποκος,  ov,  {αντός,  πέκω)  with 
natural  wool,  with  the  wool  on,  shaggy, 
e.  g.  ιμάτιον. 

Αντόπολ.ις,  εως,  6,  η,  {αυτός,  πό 
λις)  πόλ,ις,  α  free,  independent  state, 
Thuc.  5,  79.     Hence 

Αϋτοπολίτης,  ov,  ό,  a  citizen  of  a 
free  state,  Xen.  Hell.  5,  2,  14,  e  conj. 
Valesii.  [i] 

Αντοπόνητος,  ov,  {αντός,  πονέω) 
self -wrought ,  natural,  of  honey,  Anth. 

Αντόπονος,  oi',=  foreg.,  Nic. 

Αντόπονς,  ό,  ή,  πονν,  τό,  gen.  πο- 
όος.  {αυτός,  πους)  on  one's  own  feet, 
on  foot,  Luc. 

Αντοπρύγέω,  ώ,  (αντός,  πρΰγης)  to 
act  for  one's  self  form  a  state  by  one's 
self,  Strab.    Hence 

Αί'τοπρΰγία,  ας,  η,  free,  indepen- 
dent action,  Def  Plat.  411  Κ  :  ίΡουσία 
ανΤ07ίρα-/ίας,  the  moral  frerdoin  of 
the  Stoics,  Lat.  libertas  Vivendi  ut 
velis,  Cic. 

Αντοπραγμάτευτος,  ov.=  αντοπόν- 
ητος.    Adv.  -τως,  Dion.  H. 

Αντόπρεμνος,  ov,  {αντός,  πρέμνον) 
together  with  the  root,  root  and  all,  αύτ. 
δλλνσθαι  to  perish,  root  and  branch. 
Soph.  Ant.  714,  parodied  by  Antiph. 
Incert.  10  ;  so  too  αντ.  άνασπΰν,  Ar. 
Ran.  903  ;  αντ.  τι  όιόόναι,  to  give  in 
absolute  possession,  Aesch.  Eum.  401. 

Αντοπρεπής,  ές,  v.  αντοτροπήσης. 

Αντοπροαίρετος,  ov,  {αϊτός,  προ- 
αιρέω)  self-chosen,  freely  undertaken, 
Vit.  Horn. — II.  act.  acting  of  free-will 
or  choice,  Philo.     Adv.  -τως. 

Αΰτοπροςωπέω,  ώ,  to  be  personal: 
from 

Αντοπρόςωπος,  ov,  {αντός,  προς 
ωποί')  in  one's  own  person,  without  a 
mask,  face  to  face,  όράν,  Luc.  :  to 
αντοπρήςωπον,  sub.  σύγγραμμα,  a 
work  in  which  the  author  speaks  in  his 
own  person,  as  opp.  to  dialogue,  Ar- 
ist. ;  cf.  αΐ'τοόιήγητος.     Adv.  -πως. 

Αντοπτέω.  ώ,  to  see  with  one's  own 
eyes,  Paus. :  from 

Αυτόπτης,  ov,  6.  {αντός,  όι'ί'ομαι) 
seeing  one's  self  an  eye-witness,  Hdt.  2, 
29,  etc.     Hence 

Αί'τοπτικός,  ή,  όν,  like  an  eye-wit 
ness,  Hipp.  :  πίστις  αντ.,  the  credit  of 
an  eye-vntness,  Scymn. 


ATTO 

AvroTTOf,  ov,  (αυτός,  όφομαι)  seen 
by  one's  self,  self-detected. 

Αίιτοττϋρίας.  ov,  a,  (αυτός,  πνρ)  = 
άτΓΟττυρίας,  Ath. 

Αντο-ΐφίτης,  ου,  o,=sq.,  Phryn. 
(Com.)  Poastr.  1. 

Αύτόττϋρος,  ου,  ό,  (αυτός,  πυρός) 
of  coarse  wheateti  flour,  άρτος,  Alex. 
Cypr.  2. 

Αϋτοτζώ?.ης,  ου.  ό,  (αυτός,  πωλέω) 
selling  one's  own  goods.  Plat.  Polit. 
260  C  :  αύτ.  ■ΰερί  τι.  Id.  Soph.  231 
D  ;  cf.  μετα3ολενς.     Hence 

Αϋτοπωλικός,  ή,  oi',=:foreg. :  ή 
~κή.  sc.  τέχνη,  the  trade  of  an  αυτό- 
πώ7>,ης,  ομρ.  to  έμττορική  and  καπη- 
λική.  Plat.  Soph.  223  D. 

Αύτορέγμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  (αυτός, 
^έζω)  self  done,  self-incurred,  πότμος, 
Aesch.  Fr.  361  ace.  to  Well. 

Αϋτόρεκτος  and  αϋτόβρεκτος,  ov, 
(αυτός,  ρέζυ)  done  by  one's  self;  self- 
produced,  0pp. 

Αυτύροψος,  ov,  (αυτός,  οροφή)  self- 
covered,  roofed  0Γ  vaulted  by  nature, 
σκηναί.  Dion.  H. 

ΑΰτόΙ)ριζος,  ov,  (αυτός,  βίζα,  root 
and  all,  Diod.  —  II.  self-rooted,  self- 
founded,  εστία,  Enr.  Rhes.  287. 

Αύτύβρντος,  and  in  Pind.  poet,  av- 
τόρυτος.  ov,  (αυτός,  βέω)  self -flowing, 
P.  12.  30. 

ΑΥ'ΤΟ'Σ.  αύτη,  αυτό,  reflexive 
pron.,  self:  in  the  oblique  cases  oft. 
for  the  person,  pron.  him,  her,  it  : 
with  ike  artic,  ό  αυτός,  ή  αυτή,  το 
αυτό,  etc.,  the  very  one,  the  same. 

I.  self,  myself,  thyself,  etc.,  acc.  to 
the  pers.  of  the  verb :  oft.  also  joined 
with  εγώ,  σύ,  etc.,  as  αυτός  έγώ,  I 
my.'ielf,  Horn.,  v.  infr.  8. — 1.  one's 
self,  i.  e.  the  part  properly  called  self, 
as  the  sold.  opp.  to  the  body.  Od.  11, 
602  ;  but  also  reversely  the  body,  opp. 
to  the  soul,  11.  1,  4;  or  one's  self,  as 
opp.  to  others,  e.  g.  the  king  to  his 
subjects,  II.  6,  18,  parent  to  his  chil- 
dren, II.  2,  317,  shepherds  to  their 
herds,  Od.  9,  167,  and  in  genl.  the 
whole  to  its  parts,  II.  7,  474  :  hence 
It  implies  emphasis,  without  opposi- 
tion :  and  is  used  absol.  for  the  mas- 
ter, chief,  as  in  the  Pythag.  phrase, 
Αυτός  εφα,  Lat.  Ipse  dixit,  cf.  Ar. 
Nub.  219,  of  Socrates  :  so  αυτή.  the 
mistress  :  hence  just,  exactly  a  thing, 
ΰτό  λόφοι'  αντόν,  Lat.  sub  cristam 
ipsam,  II.  13,  615  ;  αυτό  το  ττερίορθ- 
pov,  the  point  of  dawn,  Thuc.  2,  3  : 
nence  also  for  Lat.  vel,  adeo,  even, 
οΰτ'  αυτής  'Εκάβης,  rmy,  not  even  He- 
cuba, 11.  6,  451.  In  these  senses  αυ- 
τός in  Att.  prose  either  precedes 
both  the  article  and  subst.,  or  follows 
them  both,  e.  g.  αΰτος  b  υιός,  or  ό 
vior  αν~ός :  the  article  can  only  be 
omitted  with  proper  names,  or  at 
least  nouns  appropriate  to  individu- 
als, e.  g.  αυτός  Μέΐ'ων,  Kriig.  Xen. 
An.  1,  2,  20,  αυτός  βασΰ.εύς,  πατήρ, 
etc. — 2.  of  one's  self,  of  one's  own  ac- 
cord, sponte,  like  αυτόματος,  άλλα  τις 
αυτός  ιτω,  let  each  go  of  himself  ,  with- 
out special  order,  II.  17,  254  :  ήξει  γαρ 
αυτά,  for  they  will  come  of  them- 
selves. Soph.  O.  T.  341.— 3.  'by  one's 
self,  αΙοί^,=μόνος,  αυτός  ττερ  έών, 
although  alone,  II.  8,  99,  cf.  Valck. 
Phoen.  1235,  Wolf  Lept.  p.  303. 
Hom.  also  adds  οίος,  Od.  14,  450. 
and  the  Att.  join  αυτός  μόνος.  Wolf 
Lept.  p.  28^^,  cf  infr.  IV.  3  :  Att.  also 
αυτός  καθ'  αυτόν,  himself  by  himself. 
i.  e.  quite  alone :  but  also  αυτός 
simply,  as  αί)τός  ΰνακομισθήναι,  to 
return  alone,  Hdt.  5,  85  ;  so  αυτοί  εσ- 
μεν,  tee  are  by  ourselves,  i.  e.  none  but 
citizens  are  present,  Ar.  Ach.  504 :  . 


ATTO 

and  hence,  we  are  among  friends,  and 
can  speak  in  confidence,  Heind.  Plat. 
Parm.  137  B. — 4.  in  dat.  case,  c. 
subst.,  αυτός  denotes  accompani- 
ment, together  with,  ανόρουσεν  ai'Ty 
σΐ'ν  φόρμιγγι,  he  sprang  up  lyre  m 
hand,  II.  9,  194 :  αυτ^  συν  πήληκι 
κύρη,  helmet  and  all,  11.  14,  498,  and 
without  σνν,  αΰτ^  κεν  γαίτ/  έρύσαι, 
II.  8.  24  :  the  latter  use  is  most  freq. 
in  Att.,  αΰτοίσι  συμμάχοισι,  allies  and 
all,  Aesch.  Pr.  221,  and  with  aitic, 
αύτοίσι  τοις  τζόρπαξι,  Ar.  Eq.  849, 
etc.,  cf.  Hdt.  7,  39  ;  6,  93 :  some- 
times however  the  Att.  add  συν,  e.  g. 
αύτώ  ξυν  ίγγει,  Eur.  Ion  32,  v. 
Elmsl.  Med.  160 :  cf  infr.  V.  8.-5. 
added  to  ordinal  numbers,  e.  g. 
πέμπτος  αϊτός,  himself  the  fifth,  i.  e. 
along  with  four  others,  Thuc.  1,  46, 
when  αυτός  is  always  the  chief  per- 
son.— 6.  αυτός  is  said  to  be  put  for 
οίιτος  or  εκείνος,  but  it  always  re- 
tains its  own  proper  meaning  of  self: 
this  happens  esp.  before  a  relative  : 
but  here  αυτό  is  not  itself  the  ante- 
cedent, but  seems  to  be  in  appos. 
with  τοΰτο  understood,  as  αυτό  ονκ 
είρηται,  ό  μύ?.ιστα  έδει.  Plat.  :  in- 
deed in  Plat,  αντό  τοντο  is  most 
freq.  conjoined,  e.  g.  αυτό  τοντο  το 
ζητηθέν,  Polit.  267  C. — 7.  seemingly 
pieonast.  where  the  noun  has  gone 
before,  to  which  it  serves  to  recall 
the  attention,  and  add  distinctness, 
as  hie  and  is  in  Latin,  whether  in  the 
apodosisof  the  same  sentence,  e.  g.dv 
ώετο  πιστόν.  αντόν  είφε,  Xen.  An.  1, 
9,  29,  or  after  a  stop,  as  Od.  7,  73  :  an 
actual  pieonast.  use  is  alleged  from 
Soph.  Phil.  315,  οίς  Ό7.ύμπιοι  όοιέν 
ποτ'  αί'τοΐς,  where  however  it  retains 
its  force,  v.  Herm.  in  I. :  in  fact  this 
usage  dates  from  the  time  of  Callim. 
in  phrases  like  ών  ό  μεν  αυτών,  etc. 
— 8.  in  connexion  with  the  personal 
pron.,  e.  g.  έγώ  αυτός,  έμέθεν  αυτής, 
σε  αυτόν,  etc.,  but  always  divisim  in 
Horn.,  who  with  enclit.  puts  αυτός 
first,  as  αυτόν  μιν,  Od.  4,  244.^6. 
sometimes  the  person,  pron.  is  omit- 
ted, as  αυτός.. -ήσθαι  λι'/Μ,ίομαι,  11. 13, 
252 ,  αντόν  έ/.έησον,  for  εμέ  αυτόν,  II. 
24,  503.  In  Od.  2,  33,  οι  αύτώ  is 
simply  a  strengthd.  form  of  οι :  and 
so  in  Att.,  when  σε  αυτόν,  έμυι  αύ- 
τώ, etc.,  are  read  divisim.  they  are 
merely  emphatic,  not  reflexive. — c. 
again  αυτός  is  joined  with  the  reflex- 
ive εαυτού,  αυτού,  etc.,  to  add  force 
and  definiteness,  αυτός  καθ'  αυτού, 
Aesch.  Theb.  406,  and  sometimes 
betw.  the  art.  and  reflex,  pron.  τοις 
αυτός  αυτού  πήμασιν.  Id.  Ag.  836; 
so  avTol  σφ^σιν  ΰτασθα/ίτ/σιν,  Od. 
1,  33,  Lat.  sua  ipsi  stultttia :  but  ot,•- 
τών  σφετέρτισιν  άτ.,  Od.  1,  7. — 9.  αυ- 
τός for  ό  αυτός,  the  sa7ne,  but  only  in 
Ion.  poetry  :  for  all  the  Att.  instances 
in  which  αυτός  is  the  predicate  (and 
beyond  this  no  one  extends  the  sup- 
posed Att.  usage  oi  αυτός  for  ό  αυτός) 
may  be  strictly  translated  himself 
etc.,  although  the  Lat.  idiom  would 
require  idem:  see  them  in  Herm. 
Soph.  Ant.  920;  cf  Ellendt  Lex. 
Soph.  V.  αυτός  sub  fin. — 10.  Epich. 
p.  2,  has  a  compar.  αντότερος,  and 
Ar.  Plut.  83,  a  superl.  αντότατος, 
Lat.  ipsissimu.s,  his  very  self,  cf.  Bast 
Greg.  p.  366,  896.— II.  he,  she.  it.  for 
the  simple  pron.  of  the  third  person, 
on/i/  in  oblique  cases,  and  never  at  the 
beginning  of  a  sentence  :  hence  un- 
necessarily considered  enclitic  by 
some  old  Gramm.,  v.  Spitzn.  II.  12, 
204.  The  nearest  approach  to  this 
use  in  the  nom.  case,  is  in  such  in- 


ATTO 

stances  as  those  giver,  sup.,  L  6,  q 
V.  On  the  varying  shades  of  diflfer- 
ence  between  the  oblique  cases  αυ- 
τού, αύτώ,  αυτόν,  and  the  reflex, 
pron.  αυτού,  αντώ,  αυτόν,  v.  sub 
εαυτού. — III.  with  artic.  ό  αυτός,  η 
αυτή,  τό  αυτό,  and  Att.  contr.  ύϋτός, 
άντή,  ταύτό  and  ταύτόν  (ν.  Buttm. 
Ausf  Gr.  2.  p.  414,  Elmsl.  Med.  550)  : 
gen.  ταΰτού,  etc..  Ion.  ώΰτός,  τωϋτό, 
tht  very  one,  the.  same,  Lat.  idem,  of 
which  there  are  some  examples  even 
in  Horn.,  as  II.  6,  391,  Od.  7,  55,  326. 
It  freq.  takes  a  dat.,  like  όμοιος,  πα- 
ραπλήσιος, etc.,  to  denote  sameness 
or  agreement,  esp.  in  prose,  as  τώντο 
ϋμϊν  έπρήσσομεν,  Hdt.  4,  119;  ό  αυ- 
τός τώ  ?.ίθω,  the  same  as  the  stone. 
Plat.  Euthyd.  298  A  ;  τό  αυτό  πρύσ- 
σειν  or  πύσχειν  τινί,  Hdt.  4,  119, 
etc. ;  εν  ταντώ  είναί  τινι.  to  be  in 
the  place  with...,  Xen.  An.  3,  1,  27; 
προςίεσθαί  τινι  ες  ίταϋτό  έαντώ,  to 
have  a  person  meet  one,  lb.  1,  30  :  also 
κατίί  ταΰτά  τινι,  Hdt.  2,  20:  also  ό 
αυτός. ..καί.  like  Lat.  simul  ac...,  Hdt. 
4,  109,  ό  αυτός. ..ώςπερ,  Stallb.  Plat. 
Phaed.  86  A,  and  ό  αυτός. ..τε.,.καί. 
Wolf  Lept.  p.  258,  370.— IV.  peculiar 
phrases, — 1.  αυτό  έκαστον,  a  thing  in 
itself,  as  it  is.  v.  αντοέκαστος. — 2_ 
αυτό  μόνον,  like  αυτόχρημα,  simply, 
merely,  nothing  but,  strengthd.  form 
oi  μόνον,  Valck.  Call.  p.  2•^. — 3.  Κατ' 
αυτό,  just,  about,  of  accidental  meet- 
ing, also  of  loose  definitions  of  num- 
ber, Herm.  Vig.  φ  123,  xiv. :  but  κα- 
τά ταντό,  and  ύπό  ταντό,  it,  about 
the  same  time,  Lat.  sub  idem  temptts. 
Id.  ib. — 4.  εις  ταντό,  εν  ταντίώ,  έκ 
τοϋ  αυτού,  to,  in,  from  the  same  place, 
Att. — V.  in  compos. — 1.  of  itself,  i.  e. 
natural,  native,  not  made,  as  in  αΰτθ 
κτίτος,  αΰτόροφος.  —  2.  in  a  sirnple, 
rude  state  of  nature,  αΰτοπόκιστος. — • 
3.  of  mere...,  of  nothing  but....  as  in  av 
τόξν'λος,  αντολίθινος.  —  4.  of  one's 
self,  self..,  as  in  αυτοδίδακτος,  αΰτο 
γνώμων,  αυτόματος  :  and  so  indepen- 
dently, as  in  αυτοκράτωρ,  αυτόνομος. 
—5.  very...,  bodily,  as  with  proper 
names,  Αΰτοθαίς,  Lat.  altera  Thais, 
Schiif  Mel.  28.-6.  the  very,  the  ideal, 
as  in  αΰτοάγαθον,  αΰτούνθρωπος, 
etc.,  freq.  from  Arist.  downwds. — 7. 
just,  exactly,  as  in  αΰτόδεκα.  —  θ. 
rarely,  with  reflex,  signf  of  αυτού 
and  a?.?  ήλων,  as  αύθέντης,  αντοκτο- 
νέω. — 8.  together  with,  as  in  αύτόπρε- 

μνος,  αύτόρβιζος,  roots  and  all. — 9. 
alone,  by  one's  self,  as  in  αϋτόσκηνος. 
For  αυτού,  αντώς,  etc.,  v.  the  respect- 
ive heads.  The  chief  authority  for 
this  article  is  Hermann's  Dissertatio 
de  pron.  αυτός,  Opusc.  1.  308,  etc.,  re- 
printed at  the  end  of  his  Viger,  with  a 
summary  of  its  contents,  ib.  ^  123  B: 
V.  also  Kiihner  Gr.  Gr.  ^  630. 
Αϋτοσανδαρύκη,  ης,  ή,  (αυτός,  σαν- 

δαράκη)  σανδαράκη  itself  the  essence 

of  It,  Alcipbr. 

Αϋτόσε,  adv.  (αντού)  thither,  to  the 

very  place,  Hdt.  3,  124,  Thuc,  etc. 
ίΑντοσθένης,  ους,  ό.  (αυτός,  σθένος) 

Autosthenes,  an  Athenian  archon,  01. 

28,  1,  Pans.  4,23,  4. 

Αΰτυσίδηρος,  ov,  (αυτός,  σίδηρος) 

of  sheer  iron,  ΰμι/.λ.α.  Eur.  Hel.  356. 
Αϋτόσϊτος,  ov.  (αυτός,  σιτέω)  pro 

riding  for  one's  self,  bringing  one's  ou^ 

provisions  to  a  common  meal,  Crobyl 

ap.  Ath.  47  E,  cf  αύτόδειπνος. 
Αύτοσκΰπΰνενς,    έως,    ό,   (αυτός 

σκαπανενς)  α  very  digger,- AXcvfihi. 
Αντόσκενος,   ov,   (  αυτός,    σκευή  ) 

self-made,  i.  e.  artless,  plain,  Aristaen., 

cf  αΰτοποίητος. 

ΑΰτόσκηνοΓ,    ov,   (αυτός,    σκηνή) 
243 


ATTO 

living   and  messing   alone,  v.  1.   Xen. 
Cyr.  8,  7,  14. 

Αντοσοφία,  ας,  ή,  {αντός,  σοφία) 
very  wisdom,  Eccl. 

Αντόσπορος,  ov,  {αντός,  σπείρω) 
self-sown,  Aesch.  Fr.  184. 

Αντόσσύτος,  ov,  {αυτός,  σενομαι) 
self-moved,  self-sped,  Aesch.  Kuia.  170. 
Αϋτοστΰόία,  ας,  ?/,  {αντός,  ϊστα- 
μαί)  α  stand-up  fight,  close  fight,  fray, 
mtlee,  11.  13,  325:  strictly  adj..  sub. 
μάχη,  elsewh.  ;/  συστάδην  μάχη. 

Άντύστεγος,  ov,  {αντός,  στέγη)  — 
αντοροφος,  σπΐ/λνγξ,  Dionys.  ap. 
Ath.  -101  F. 

Αντόστολος,  ov,  {αντός,  στέλλο- 
μαι) self-sent,  going  of  one^s  self,  Soph. 
Phil.  496. 

Αντόστονος,  ov,  {αυτός,  στενό) 
sighing  for  or  by  one's  self,  Aesch. 
Theb.  916. 

Αντοστρύτηγος,  ό,  ή,  {αντός,  στρα- 
τηγός) α  general  u-ith  full  powers,  [ά] 
Αντοσφαγής,  ές,  {αϊτός,  σφάττω) 
slain  by  one's  self  or  by  kinsmen,  both 
which  signfs.  are  found  in  Soph.  Aj. 
841. 

Αντοσχεόύ,  v.  sub  αντοσχεόόν. 
Αντοσχεόιάζίύ.  f.  -άσω.  {αυτοσχέ- 
διος) to  do,  act,  speak  off-hand..  Plat. 
Crat.  413  D,  Xen.,  etc.  :  hence — 1. 
usu.  in  bad  sense,  to  do,  act,  speak  un- 
advisedly or  hastily,  περί  τίνος,  Plat. 
Aptol.  20  C  :  to  judge  superficially,  take 
a  thing  ton  liglitly  or  easily,  Xen.  :  fi^• 
Tu  σώματα  των  Ύ/Αλήνων,  to  practise , 
make  experiments  U]/on,  Aescnin.  76, 
12. — 2.  in  good  sense,  to  strike  out  a 
plan  at  a  heat,  tu  όέοντα,  Thue.  1, 
138  :  also  oi'  nature,  to  produce  freely. 
Hence 

Αύτοσχεδίασμα.  ατός,  τό,  work  done 
off-hand,  an  impromptu.  Arist.  Poct. — 
]l.  (I  rash  act,  rashness.  Plat.  (Com.), 
Νϋί  μ.,  5  :  but  this  signf.  is  dub.  ; 
and  ' 

Αυτοσχεδιασμός,  ov,  ό,  an  acting 
or  speaking  without  thought  or  prepara- 
tion. 

Αυτοσχεδιαστής,  ov,  b,  {αΰτοσχε- 
διάφ))  one  who  acts,  does,  speaks  off- 
hand :  and  so  a  raw  hand,  bungler,  Lat. 
tiro.  Xen.  Rep.  Lac.  13,  5. 

Αντοσχεδιαστί.  adv.,  extempore. 
Αυτοσχεδιαστικός,   ή,    όν,   {αυτο- 
σχεδιάζω) extemporary. 

Αιιτοσχέδως,  a,  ov,  also  ος,  ov, 
{αυτός,  σχέδ?])  hand  to  hand,  hence 
■αντοσχεδιη^=αντυσταδίη,  a  close  fight, 
fray.  meUe,  αντοσχεδίγ  μίξαι  χείρας. 
11.  15,  510:  hence  in  ace.  αντοσχε- 
δίην  as  adv.,  =  αϋτοσχεδόν,  πλήσ- 
σειν  τινά  αντοσχεδίην,  11.  12,  192, 
αντ.  οντααμένος,  Od.  11,  536.— II. 
even  from  the  hand,  i.  e.  off  hand,  on 
the  spur  of  the  moment,  nrst  in  H. 
Honi.  Merc.  55. 

Αΐ)Τοσχεδόν,  adv.,  near  at  hand, 
hand  to  hand,  Lat.  cominais,  m  Hoin. 
always  of  close  light,  like  αί)τοσχε• 
δίην  :  once  also  αΰτοσχεδά,  11.  16, 
319. — 2.  c.  gen.  near,  close  to,  Aral.  : 
of  tnne,  forthwith. 

Αί'τοσχιδής,  ές,  {  αυτός,  σχίζω  ) 
simply  sl>t.  and  so  simple,  υπόδημα, 
Herinipp.  Dem.  5. 

Αυτοτέλεια,  ας,  η.  {αυτοτελής)  the 
stale  of  an  αυτοτελής,  independence. 

Αντοτέ7.εστος,  ov,  {αντός,  τελέω) 
accomplished  of  one's  self,  Jac.  A.  P. 
12  :  t  self-formed,   0pp.  Ή.  1,  763. 

Αυτοτελής,  ές,  {αυτός,  τέλος)  end- 
ing in  itself,  hence  constant  throughout : 
ended,  accomplished  in  or  of  itself,  com- 
plete in  itself,  Arist.  Org. :  hence  suf- 
ficient, αίτια. — 2.  absolute,  self-subsist- 
ing, independent,  Plut. — 3.  with  full 
pmvers,  ιτρός  τι,  Polyb. — 4.  sufficing 
244 


ATTO 

or  having  enough  for  one's  self:  also  I 
supporting  01  feeding  one's  self  ιππείς, 
Luc.  —  II.  {αυτός.  τέ'λοςλ\.)  taxing 
one's  self,  self  taxed,  Thuc.  5,  18.  Adv. 
-λώς,  perfectly,  Epicur.  ap.  uiog.  L. 
10,  85  :  at  discretion,  Polyb. 

Αντύτεχνος,  ov,  {αυτός,  τέχνη)  self- 
instructed  in  an  art,  πρι)ς  ιασιν,  Plut. 
Αύτότης,  7/τος,  ή,  {αυτός)  identity, 
Sext.  Kmp. 

Αντότυκος,  ov,  {αυτός,  τόκος)  %^)ung 
and  all,  Aesch.  Ag.  137  :  but — II.  pa- 
rox.  αντοτόκος,  ov.  {αντός,  τίκτω) 
act.  self-producing,  Nonn. 

Αντοτράγικος,  ή,  όν,  {αντός,  τρα- 
γικός) πίθηκος,  an  arrant  tragic  ape, 
beta.  307,  25,  ubi  al.  αντοτραγικο- 
πίθηκος,  in  one  word. 

Αϋτοτρίγωνον,  ου,  τό,  {αυτός,  τρί- 
γωνοι•) the  very  ideal  triangle,  Al'ist. 
de  Gen.  et  Inter. 

Αυτοτροπήσας,  in  H.  Horn.  Merc. 
86,  ύδον  αύτ.,  as  if  from  αίιτοτροπάω, 
to  turn  straightway :  but  the  place  is 
dub.,  other  MSS.  give  αύτοπρεπής 
ως,  others  αΰτυτροπής  ως,  and  Herm. 
conj.  ύδόν  άντιτορήσων,  as  if  pene- 
traturus  viam,  extending  to  make  his 
way  through. 

Αντότροφος,  ov,  {αυτός,  τρέφω)  = 
αΰτόσιτυς,  a  word  blamed  by  Phryn. 
201.^ 

Αντότνπος,  ov,  {αντός,  τνπτω) self- 
stricken. 

AvTov,  adv..  orig.  gen.  neut.  from 
αντός,  and  in  full  έπ'  αΰτον  του  τό- 
που, at  the  very  place,  there,  here,  on 
the  spot.  Horn.,  Hdt.,  and  Att. :  oft. 
with  the  place  added,  αΰτοϋ  tvl 
Tpoiy,  αυτόν  τέρδ'  ενί  χώρφ,  here  in 
Troy,  etc..  Horn.;  also  αντοϋ  tvOa, 
11.  8,  207,  κεϊβι  αντοϋ,  Η.  Ilom.  Αρ. 
374  ;  αΰτυν  tqvtij,  in  this  very  place, 
exactly  here,  oft.  in  Hdt..  cf.  Valck. 
ad  4,  135. 

AvTov,  Att.  contr.  lor  έαντοϋ,  q.  v. 
Αϋτουργέω,  to  be  an  αυτουργός,  do 
one's  own  work,  serve  one's  self,  work 
with  on^'s  own  hand,  Arist.  Mund. :  to 
execute  or  fulfil  of  one's  self,  την  μαν- 
τηίην,  Luc.     Hence 

Αύτονργητος,  ov.  self-wrought,  i.  e. 
rudely  wrought,  βύθρον,  Anth  :  and 

Αντονργία,  ας,  ή,  a  working  with 
one's  own  hand,  αύτ.  φόνου,  self-inflict- 
ed murder,  Aesch.  Euni.  336:  hence 
one's  own  practice  or  experience,  Polyb. : 
hardship.  Id. 

Αντονργικός,  ή,  όν,  inclined  or  able 
to  u'ork  VHth  one's  own  hand,  Anton.  : 
but  ή  -κ?},  sub.  τέχνη,  the  art  nf  ma- 
king real  things,  not  semblances  {εί- 
δωλα) Plat.  Soph.  266  D.  Adv.  -κώς. 
From 

Αυτουργός,  όν,  {αυτός,  *  εογω)  self- 
working,  αί'τονργω  χίρί.  Soph.  Ant. 
52. — 2.  usu.  as  suDst..  07ie  loho  works 
his  land  himself,  and  not  by  slaves,  a 
husbandman,  farmer.  Fur.  Or.  917, 
sq.  ;  esp.  of  the  Lacedaemonians, 
Thuc.  1,  141  :  also  a  workman,  slave: 
hence  poor,  Bornein.  Xen.  Synip.  1, 
5:  inetai)h.  αυτουργός  της  ώι'/οσο- 
φίας,  one  that  has  worked  at  philosoiihy 
by  himself,  without  a  teacher,  Xen. 
1.  c. — II.  pass,  self  wrought,  i.  e.  rude- 
ly, coarsely  lernught,  cf.  αυτοσχέδιος, 
Dion.  H.     Adv.  -γως. 

Αντουργότενκτος,  ov,  {αυτουργός, 
τεvχω)=(oreg.  II.,  Lye. 

λντύόάγος,  ov,  {αυτός,  φαγεΐν) 
self  devouring. 

Αΰτοφαινόμενον  ά)αθόν,  τό,  the 
self-appearing  good,  Arist.  Org. 

Αντόφι.  αντόφιν.  Ep.  gen  and  dat. 
sing,  and  plur.  Irom  αυτός,  in  Horn.: 
also  as  adv.^eJjO?,  there,  at  the  very 
place ;  Horn,  always  joins  it  with  a 


ΑΥΤΟ 

prep.,  άττ*  αΰτόφιν,  έπ'  αίτόφιν,  irap' 
αΰτόφιν,  from,  in,  or  by  the  very 
place. 

Αντόφ?.οιος,  ov,  {αίτός,  φλοιός) 
bark  and  all,  Theocr. 

Αύτοφυνος,  ov,  {αυτός,  φονεύω) 
St  J -murderhig,  murdering  in  one's  own 
family,  αϋτοφόνα  κακά.  Aesch.  Theb. 
850,  Ag.  1091,  cf.  αϋϋέντης.  In  Horn, 
only  as  prop.  n.  v.  sq.  Adv.  -νως, 
Aesch.  Supp.  65.     Hence 

fAvτύφovoς,  ov.  ό,  Autophonus,  a 
Theban,  II.  4,  395. 

Αντοφόντης.  ov,  ό,  {αυτός,  φονεύω) 
a  murderer,  Eur.  Med.  1269. 

Αντόφορβος,  ov,  {αυτός,  φέρβω)  = 
αντοφάγος,  Aesch.  Fr.  105. 

Αντοφόρητος,  ov,  {αντός,  φορέω) 
self-borne,  Nonn. 

Αϋτόφορτος,  ov,  {αντός,  φόρτος) 
bearing  one's  own  baggage,  carrying  a 
knapsack,  Aesch.  Cho.  675. — II.  cargo 
and  all,  νανς.  Plut. 

\Αντοφραδάτης,  ου,  ό,  Autfψhrada- 
tes,  a  Persian  commander  in  the  reign 
of  Artaxerxes  III.,  Dem.  671. 

Αντοφρονρητος,  ov,  {αυτός,  φρον- 
ρέω)  self-guarded. 

Αντυφνής,  ές,  {αυτός,  φνοι)  self- 
growing,  Hes.  Th.  813:  self-existent, 
Critias  15. — 2.  produced  in  the  country, 
of  home  production.  Xen.  Vect.  2,  1. — 
3.  natural,  opp.  to  artificial,  λιμήν, 
Thuc.  1 ,  93 ;  χρνσός,  virgin  gold, 
Diod.  :  avT.  λόφοι,  kills  in  their  natu- 
ral state,  not  quarried  or  mined,  Xen. 
Vect.  4,  2  :  of  a  horse,  τον  αυτοφνη 
{ sc.  δρόμον )  διατροχάζειν,  to  have 
natural  paces,  .  Xen.  Eq.  7,  11.  Adv. 
-ως,  hence  ηΐ'τοφνώς  σμοιον,  like  by 
nature.  Plat.  Gorg.  513  B. 

Αυτόφϋτος,  oi^,=  foreg..  Pind.  P.  3, 
83  :  avT.  έργασία=αύτυυργία,  Arist. 
Pol.  1,8,  8. 

Αντοφωνία,  ας,  η,  the  voice  itself, 
Julian :  from 

Αντόφωνος,  ov,  {αντός,  φωντ})  self- 
sounding,  χρησμός  αντ.,  oracles  de- 
livered by  t/ie  god  himself.  Luc. 

Αυτόφωρος,  ov,  {αυτός,  φώρ)  caught 
in  the  act  of  theft,  and  in  genl.  caught 
in  the  act.  Thuc.  6,  38 :  αυτόφωρα 
άμπλακήματα,  self  detected  misdeeds. 
Soph.  Ant.  51.  The  usu.  phrase  is 
έπ'  αυτοφώρω  λαμβάνειν,  to  catch  in 
the  act.  Lat.  in  ipso  furto  deprehendcrc, 
Eur.  Ion  1214,  andOratt. :  and  so  in 
Pass.,  έπ'  αυτοφώρω  άλώναι,  Hdt.  ϋ, 
72,  είλήφΟαι,  Ar.  i'lut.  455:  also  c. 
part.,  'επιβονλενοντας  φανήναι  έπ' 
αί'τοφώρω,  to  be  caught  in  the  very  act 
of  plotting,  Hdt.  6, 137  ;  Ιπ'  αυτοφώρω 
ε'ιλημμαι  πλονσιώτατος  ων,  Ι  am 
proved  by  facts  to  be  the  richest,  Xen. 
Syinp.  3.  13.     Adv.  -ρως. 

Αντοχάρακτος,  ov,  {αντός,  χαρασ 
σω)  self  scratching  or  graving. 

ίΑντηχσρίδας,  a.  b,  Autocharidas,  a 
Spartan,  Thuc.  5,  12.— 2.  a  Pytha- 
gorean of  Lacedaemon,  Iambi. 

Αντόχάρις,  ιτος,  ψ  (αντός.  χάρις  ι 
very  grace:  αντοχάριτες  Άττικαί, 
the^  Graces  bodily,  Alciphr.  3,  43. 

Αντόχειρ,  ρος.  ρ,  ?/,  {αυτός,  χειρ) 
working  or  fulfilling  with  one's  own 
hand,  αντ.  λουειν,  παίειν,  κτείνειν, 
etc.,  to  wash,  strike,  etc.,  with  one's 
own  hand.  Soph.,  and  F.nr.  :  also  C. 
gen.,  the  very  doer,  perpetrator  of  a 
thing,  τάφου.  Soph.  Ant.  306. — II. 
absol..  like  ανθέντης,  one  who  kills 
himself,  or  one  of  his  kin,  Herm.  Soph. 
Ant.  1160;  but  also  —  2.  dimply  a 
murdtrer,  homicide.  Soph.  O.  T.  231, 
Dem.  5.52,  18:  in  full,  αίιτ.  τοϋ  φόνου, 
Soi-h.  Ο.  Τ.  206,  El.  955.-3  as  adj. 
murderous,  esp.  of  murder  by  one's 
hand  or  by  kinsmen,  αντ.  θάνατος, 


ΑΥΤΩ 

σφαγή,  μοίρα,  Eur. ;  ΊτΤιηγέντες  αν- 
τόχειρι  μιύσματι.  of  brothers  stricken 
by  inutual  slaughter.  Soph.  Ant.  172. 

Αϋτοχεφί,  adv.  from  foreg.,  with 
one's  own  hand,  Lycurg.  165,  8,  cf. 
Pors.  Or.  1037. 

Αυτοχειρία,  ας,  ή,  (αϋτόχείρ)  a 
doing  or  working  with  one's  own  hands, 
esp.  in  dat.  as  adv.=  foreg.,  esp.  av- 
τοχειρίν  κτείνειν,  Hdt.  1,  140,  etc., 
also  avr.  λαβείν,  Dem.  787,  26 : 
hence — 2.  absol.  actual  murder.  Plat. 
Legg.  872  B. 

Αύτοχειρίζω,  f.  -ίσο,  {αυτός,  χείρ) 
to  work  with  one's  own  hand,  Phllist. 
ap.  Poll.  2,  154. 
Αΰτοχείρως,  ία,  ιον,^αΰτόχεφ. 
Αντοχειροτόνητος,  ον,  {αυτός,  χει- 
ροτονέω)  self-elected. 

Αντοχερί,  adv.  of  αΰτόχέιρ,  poet, 
for  αντοχεφί.  Call. 

Αί'τόχΡονος,  ον,  (αυτός,  χθων) 
country  and  all,  Aesch.  Ag.  536. 

Αυτόχθων,  ον,  gen.  όνος,  {αυτός, 
χθων)  from  the  laiid  itself,  Lat.  terri- 
gena :  hence  oi  αυτόχθονες,  like  Lat. 
Aborigines,  Indigenae,  not  settlers,  of 
native  stock,  Hdt.  1,  171,  etc. :  so  the 
Athenians  were  fond  of  being  thought, 
Eur.  Ion  29,  589,  737,  Ar.  Vesp.  1076, 
cf.  Thuc.  1,  2. 

Αί<τοχόλ(ι)τος,  ον,  (αυτός,  χολό- 
ομαι)  angry  of  or  at  one's  self,  Anth. 

Αντοχορήγητος,  ον,  {αυτός,  χορη- 
γέω)  self -furnished,  Plat.  Αχ.  371  D. 

Αϋτοχόωνος,  ον,  lengthd.  for  αΰ- 
τόχωνης,  contr.  from  αντοχόανος, 
{αυτός,  χουν?])  rudely  cast,  shapeless, 
of  a  mass  of  iron  used  as  a  quoit,  11. 
23,  826,  or  ace.  to  others,  cast,  solid, 
massive. 

Αυτόχρημα,  {αυτός,  χρήμα)  adv.  in- 
deed, really :  at  once,  plainly,  Ar.  Eq. 
78. 

Αντόχροος,  ον,  contr.  χρους,  ουν, 
{αυτός,  χρόα)  with  its  own,natural  co- 
lour, Plut. :  of  o)ie  cohvr.  Id. 

Αυτόχϋμος.  ον,  {αυτός,  χυμός)  with 
its  own,natural  juice,  Anstid. 

Αΰΐ'όχντος.  ον,  (αυτός,  χέυ)  shed, 
pojired  out  of  itself,  Pseudo-Phocj'l. 
119. 

Αϋτοφεί  arid  αΰτοψί,  adv.  of  ai- 
τοτϊτος,  with  one's  own  eyes. 

Αύτο-ψία,  ας,  i],  (αντοπτος)  a  seeing 
with  one's  own  eyes,  Diosc, 

Αύτωνητής,  ον,  ό,  (αυτός,  ώνέομαι) 
one  that  buus  for  himself,  Dinarch.  ap. 
Poll.  3,  81  ^ 

Αϋτώρης,  ες,  acting  or  speaking  of 
one's  self,  CalL  Fr.  264,  but  both 
signf.  and  deriv.  are  dub. 

Αύτως,  adv.  from  αυτός,  with 
Aeol.  accent, — I.  even  so,  just  so,  as  it 
is,  γνμνον  έόντα,  αΰτως,  ώςτε  γυ- 
ναίκα, unarmed  just  as  I  am,  II.  22, 
125. — 2.  hence  in  a  contemptuous 
sense,  just  so,  na  better,  τι  συ  κήόεαί 
αύτως  ανδρών  ;  why  take  you  no  better 
care  ?  II.  6,  55  (but  Spitzn.  ούτως)  ; 
and  so  freq.  joined  writh  other  words 
implj'ing  contempt,  νήττιος  αύτως,  a 
mere  child,  SO  μα,-φ  αύτως,  ανεμωΐΛον 
αντως,  αύτως  άχθος  άρούρης.  etc. 
Hence  seems  to  come  the  form  ώςαύ- 
τως,  in  Hom.  always  ώς  δ'  αύτως, 
in  just  the  same  manner,  common  in 
Att. — -11.  still  so,  just  as  before,  as  it 
was,  /.ευκον  ετ'  αύτως,  still  white  as 
when  new,  II.  23,  268,  ετι  κείται  αύτως 
iv  κ7\.ίθίΐ}ϋΐ,  he  still  lies  just  as  he  was. 
II.  24,  413  :  so  too  καΙ  αΰτως,  still, 
unceasingly,  even  without  cause,  II,  1, 
520.  —  III.  the  Gramm.  supposed  a 
third  sense,  in  vain,  without  effect,  but 
all  the  passages  seem  to  fall  under 
one  of  the  former  heads,  v.  II.  16, 
117  ;  18,  584,  etc.,  in  this  sense  they 


ΑΥΩ 

wrote  αντως,  but  αϋτως  in  the  othe  s  : 
Buttm.  Lexil.  in  voc.  always  writes 
αύτως,  Herm.  (de  pron.  αυτός,  %  15) 
always  αϋτως. 

^Ανφίδως  and  Αύώιδος,  ου,  ό,  the 
Aufidus,  now  Ofanto,  a  river  of  Apu- 
lia; Polyb.  4,  1,'2,  Strab.^ 

^Αύφεις,  εντός,  ό,  the  Ufens,  a  river 
of  Latium,  v.  1.  Strab.  p.  233. 

Ανχαλέος,  a,  ov,  (αΰχή)  boastful, 
prnvd,  brasgart,  Xenophan.  ap.  Ath. 
526  B.  (3,  5  Bgk.). 

\Αί<χάται,  ων,  oi,  the  Auchatae,  a 
Scythian  tribedwelling  at  the  sources 
of  the  Hypanis,  Hdt.  4,  6. 

Ανχενίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  Att.  -ΐω,  (αύχήν) 
to  behead,  cut  the  throat  of..,  τινά. 
Soph.  Aj.  298.-2.  to  hang. 

Αύχένιης,  a,  ov,  (αύχήν)  belonging 
to  the  neck,  τένοντες,  the  neck-sinews, 
Od.  3,  450. — IJ.  a  kmd  of  tunic,  An- 
tiph. 

Αϋχενιστήρ,  ήρος,  ό,  (αύχενίζω)  a 
halter.  Lye. 

Ανχέω,=  καυχάομαι,  to  boast,  plume 
one's  self,  επί  τινι,  on  a  thing,  Batr. 
57,  c.  inf.  to  boast  that...,  Hdt.  2,  160, 
etc. :  in  genl.  ta  protest,  declare,  say, 
almost  like  φημί,  Aesch.,  and  Eur. : 
from 

A  Y'XH',  ης,  ή,  boasting,  pride,  Pind. 
N.  11,  38.  cf.  Herm.  Opusc.  5,  153. 
(Akin  to  καύχη  and  ευχή.)     Hence 

Αύχήεις,  εσσα,  εν,  braggart,  proud, 
Anth. 

Ανχημα,  ατός,  τό,  (αυχέω)  a  thing 
boasted  of  an  object  of  pride,  the  pride, 
boast,  χύονός.  Soph.  O.  C.  710. — II.  a 
boast.  Id.  713:  also=ai'^^,  boasting, 
Thuc.  2.  62 ;  7,  66  :  6πισθόμ3ροτον 
αύχ-,  posthumous  fame,  Pind.  P.  1,  197. 

AY'XH'N.  ένος,  ό,  the  neck,  throat, 
of  men  or  beasts,  Hom.,  etc.  :  for  its 
several  parts,  cf.  Arist.  H.  A.  1. 12, 1. 
— II.  metaph.  any  narrow  band  or  pas- 
sage ;  and  so  a  neck  of  land,  isthmus, 
Hdt.  1,  72  ;  6.  37  ;  but  also  a  narrow 
sea,  strait.  Id.  4,  85,  SO  ανχ.  τζόντου, 
Aesch.  Pers.  72  :  the  narrow  bed  of  a 
river,  Hdt.  4,  89  :  α  narrow  mountain 
pass,  defile.  Id.  7,  223.— III.  the  tiller  m 
a  ship. '  Cf.  τράχη'/.ος.  (Ace.  to  Pott, 
from  Sanscr.  root  wah,  to  bear,  cf. 
Gr.  οχέω.) 

Αύχησις,  εως,  ή,  (ανχέω)  boasting, 
exultation,  Thuc.  6,  16. 

Ανχητικός,  ή,  όν,^^αύχήεις. 

Αύγμΰλέος,  α,  ον,  =  αυχμηρός, 
Choeril.  ρ.  130. 

Ανχμάω,  ν.  sq. 

ΑΥ'ΧΜΈί2.  (ανχμή)  to  be  dry, 
dusty,  dirty  :  look  squalid  or  unwashed, 
Lat.  squalere,  Od.  24,  250,  Ar.  Nub. 
442,  etc.  Only  the  part.  pres.  of  αύχ- 
μύω  occurs. 

Ανχμή,  ης,  ή,=αύχμός,0,.  Sm. 

Ανχμήεις,  εσσα,  εν, =: αυχμηρός,  Η. 
Horn.  18,  6. 

Ανχμηροκόμης,  ον,  ό,  (αυχμηρός, 
κόμη)  with  staring,  wild  hair,  Anax- 
andr.  Prot.  1,  9,  cf.  sq. 

Αυχμηρός,  ύ,  όν,  dry,  thirsty.  Plat. : 
sunburnt,  rough,  dusty,  dirty,  Lat.  squa- 
lidus :  and  of  hair,  staring,  wild. 
Soph.  Fr.  422,  cf.  ανσταλέος. — 2.  im- 
poverished, needy. 

Ανχμός.  οϋ,ό,  Ιάω,  αύω,  αύος,  ΰζω) 
drought,  Eur.,  Thuc.  1.  23  :  thence 
scarcity,  σοφίας.  Plat.  Meno  70  C. — 
II.  the  rough,  burnt  look  of  the  earth  in 
time  of  drought :  and  so  of  the  body, 
like  Lat.  squalor,  squalidity,  filth, 
wretchedness.  Plat.  Rep.  614  D. 

Αΰχμώδης,  ες,  (ανχμός,  είδος)  look- 
ing dry  and  squalid.  Lat.  squalosus, 
aestuosus,  κόμη,  Eur.  Or.  223,  cf.  αυχ- 
μηρός. 

ΑΥ'Ω,   Att.    αίω,    to    dry,     wither, 


ΑΦΑ1 

hence  to  singe,  kindle,  set  on  fire.  Od. 
5,  490 ;  ίνα  μή  τΐοθεν  ά'/Λοθεν  αύοι, 
sub.  πϋρ,  where  the  Art.  would  use 
εναΰοι.  Only  poet. ;  cf  ΰψανω,  εν- 
αύω.  (The  Sanscr.  root  is  xish,  to 
burn,  whence  also  εύω,  εύω :  ανος, 
ανχμός:  ανώς,  ηώς,  εως  :  Lat.  uro,  us- 
tus  ;   aurora.) 

ΑΥΏ,  f.  ανσω  ;  aor.  ήνσα  [for  in 
the  pres.  and  impf.  αυ-  is  a  diph- 
thong, in  fut.  ΰϋ  and  aor.  two  sylL] 
To  shout  out,  to  shout,  call  or  cry 
aloud,  oft.  in  Horn.,  who  usu.  adds 
μακρόν,  μέγα,  δεινόν ;  also  of  things, 
to  Ting,  sound,  echo.  ct.  αϋτέω  :  c.  ace. 
pers.,  to  call  upon,  Od.  9,  65.  (Hence 
άύτή,  άντέω,  αύδή,  άνεως,  αύχέω : 
the  root  is  in  Sanscr.  η•α=άημί,  to 
blow.) 

*  ΑΥΏ,  to  sleep,  (from  *  ύω,  άημι, 
to  breathe,)  only  found  in  the  derive. 
ίανω,  άωτέω,  εΰδω. 

Αύως,  ή,  Aeol.  for  άώς,  ηώς. 
^Aφaγvεvω,=  sq.,  Plut. 
Άφαγνίζω,  fut.  -ίσω,  (ά~ό,  ύγνίζω) 
to  purify.     Mid.    to   purify    one's   self 
devote  one's  self  with   purifying  offer- 
ings, τοΙς  νερτέροις  θεοίς,  Eur.  Ale. 
1146.    Hence 
Άφαγνίσμός,  οϋ,  ό,  purification. 
Άφαόία,  ας,  ή,  unpleasantness,  en 
mity,  Eupol.  Astr.  7  :  from 

Άφάδος,  ov,  (ΰφανδύνω)  displeas- 
ing, odious. 

V Αφαία,   ας,  ή,  Aphaea,  a  goddess 
worshipped  in  Aegina,  Pans.  2, 30, 3. 
Άφαίμαξις,    εως,     ή,     a    bleeding, 
Hipp. :  from 

'Αφαιμάσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  f.  -ξω,  (άπό, 
α'ιμάσσω)  to  bleed,  let  blood,  Hipp. 

Άφαίρεμα,  ατός,  τό,  (άφαιρέω)  that 
which  is  taken  away :  hence  in  LXX. 
the  heave-offering.  —  II.  =  άφαίρεσις. 
Hence 

Άφαιρεματικός,  ή,  όν,  taking  away, 
abstracting,  Gramm. 

Άφαίρεσις,  εως,  ή,  {άφαιρέω)  a 
taking  away,  or  out.  Plat. — II.  ill  logic, 
abstraction,  Arist.  Org. 

Άφαιρετέον,  verb,  adj.,  one  must 
take  away.  Plat.  Rep.  361  A. 

'Αφαιρετικός,  ή,  όν,  fit  for  taking 
away. 

Άφαιρέτις,  ιδος,  ή,  a  she-robber, 
Orph. 

'Αφαιρετός,  όν,  to  be  taken  away,  to 
be  separated. — II.  proparox.  αφαιρε- 
τός, taken  away,  Paus.  (On  the  dif- 
ference of  accent  v.  Lob.  Paral.  479) ; 
from 

Άφαιρέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω  :  mid.  -ήσομαι, 
though  in  Hdt.  5,  35  we  have  it  in 
pass,  signf. :  aor.  άφεϊλον :  aor.  mid. 
άφει/.όμην,  later  άφει/Μμην  :  aor. 
pass,  άφτιρέθην,  (ά-ό,  αίρέω).  To 
take  from,  take  away  from  another,  τι- 
νι τι,  Od.  14,  455.  also  τινός  τι,  Xen. 
Rep.  Lac.  4,  7  :  but  άφ.  τινά  τι,  to  be- 
reave, rob  of  a  thing,  Aesch. :  άφ.  τι- 
νός, to  take  from  a  thing,  hence  lo  di- 
minish, also  άφ.  εκ  τίνος,  Luc. :  to 
separate,  set  aside.  Plat.  :  to  let  off, 
pardon,  τινί,  Xen.  — Β.  Mid.  from 
Hom.  downwds.  more  freq.  than  act., 
to  take  away  for  one's  self,  bear  off, 
νίκην,  νόστον.  Hom. :  also  like  act., 
though  also  with  the  notion  of  taking 
for  one's  self  άφ.  τινί  τι,  to  take  away 
from...,  II.  1.  161,  also  τι  προς  τίνος, 
Eur.  Tro.  1034:  άφ.  τινά  τι,  to  be- 
reave, deprive,  rob  of  a  thins;,  II.  1, 
275,  Hdt.  7,  104,  cf  Valck.  Hdt.  8,  3, 
and  freq.  in  Att.,  v.  Elmsl.  Ach.  464 : 
followed  by  μή  c.  inf.,  to  prevent,  hin- 
der from  doine.  Soph.  Phil.  1304,  cf. 
Heind.  Plat.  Prot.  260  A:  άφαφεισ- 
θαι  εις  έ/.ενθερίαν,  Lat.  vindicare  in 
Ubertatem,  to  set  a  man  free,  Isocr.  25?• 
215 


ΑΦΑΝ 
Ε. — C.  pass.,  to  be  robbed  or  deprived 
of  a.  thing,  tc  τϊρός  or  ίητό  τίνος,  lldt. 
3,  65  ;  7,  159,  or  simply  τι,  Hdt.,  and 
Alt.  ;  also  τινός.     Hence 

'λ,ψαψημα,  ατός,  τό,=^άφαίμεμα. 

' Α.φαιΐ)7ΐτικός,  ι'ι,όν ,=^ αφαιρετικός . 

Άφύκη.  ης.  ή,  Ι,φακός)  a  kind  of 
vetch  or  lentil,  v.  φακι'/ :  Anst. — II.  a 
wild  plant,  danddion,  Theoplir. 

Άφάλλομαι,  fut.  αφαλοϋμαι,  (άπό, 
ιι?•.?ίθμαΐ)  to  spring  off  or  down  from, 
τνήδημ'  άψήλατο,  Aesch.  Pers.  305 : 
to  jump  off,  Ar.  NiiL).  147. 

'Αφά?ιθς,  ov,  (a  priv.,  φύλος)  tvithout 
the  φάλος  or  inetal  boss  in  which  the 
plume  was  lixed,  11. 10,  258  :  cf.  rtr- 
ράφαλος.  [άφ] 

Άφαλσις,  ΐως,  ή,  (α^αλλομαι)  α 
springing  off  or  back,  Arist. 

Άφαλτος,  ov,  (άφάλλομαι)  spring- 
ing off,  down,  or  back. 

Άφαμαρτάνω,  fut.  -τήσομαι,  (άττό, 
ύμαρτάνω)  to  miss,  esp.  one's  aim  at 
a  mark,  c.  gen.,  11.  :  in  genl.  to  miss 
one's  aim,  fail  in  gainiyig,  11.  6,  411  : 
always  c.  gen. 

Άφαμαρ-οε~ι/ς,  ές,  (άφαμαρτάνω, 
ί•-ος)  =  αμαρτοΐ-ής.  always  missing 
the  point,  random  talking,  II.  3,215. 

Άφαμίώται,  ών,  οι.  serfs,  ascripti 
gUhae,  at  Crete,  like  the  Helots  in 
Laoonia,  Strab.  (Said  to  be  from 
άφαμία,^^ κλήρος.)    CI.  Άμφαμιώται. 

Άφανόάνω.  ί.  άφαΛήσω  :  Ion.  aor. 
2  inf.  άτναόέΐΐν,  Hdt.  2,  129,  {άττυ, 
άνδάνω).  To  displease,  not  to  please, 
Od.  16,  387,  Soph.  Ant.  501. 

'Αφάνεια,  ας,  ή,  a  being  αφανής: 
darkness,  obscurity,  Pind.  1.  4,  52 : 
αξιώματος  άφ.,  u'ant  of  illustrious  birth 
or  rank,  Thuc.  2,  37. — II.  disappear- 
ance, utter  destruction,  perdition,  Aesch. 
Ag.  384.  [φα]     From 

Άφάνής,  ές,  (a  priv.,  φαίνομαι, 
φανηναι)  unseen,  invisible,  viewless, 
Hdt.,  etc. :  inscrutable,  νόος  αθανά- 
των, Solon  10 :  esp.  of  the  nether 
world,  Ύάρταρος,  Pind.  Fr.  223,  ή 
άφ.  θεός,  of  Proserpine,  Soph,  O.  C. 
155ii. — 2.  unseen,  vanished,  hence  άφ. 
γίγνεσθαι^άφαΐ'ίζεσβαι,  Hdt.  3,  104  : 
of  the  slain,  whose  bodies  were  mis- 
sing after  a  battle,  Thuc.  2,  31.— 3. 
vnseen,  hidden,  unnoticed,  secret,  άφ. 
νεύμα,  a  secret  sign,  Thuc.  1,  134,  etc.: 
c.  part.,  άφ.  ε'ιμι  ττοιών  τι,  I  do  it 
without  being  noticed,  Xen.  An.  4,  2,  4  : 
hence  unknmvn,  uncertain,  άφ.  νόσος, 
Hdt.  2,  84,  λόγος.  Soph.  Ο  Τ.  657  ; 
ηφ.  χάρις,  α  favour  from  an  unknown 
hand,  l)em.  416.  4 :  esp.  of  future 
events,  as  ελπίδες,  etc.  :  το  αφανές, 
uncertainty,  Hdt.  2,  23,  and  το  τί/ς  τν- 
χης  άφ-,  Eur.  Ale.  785:  iv  άφανεΐ 
κεΐσθαι,  ίν  τώ  άφανεϊ  είναι,  Thuc.  : 
τάφανή,  uncertainty.  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  131. 
Hence  adv.  -νώς,  secretly,  doubtfully, 
Thuc,  etc. :  but  also  neut.  pi.  αφα- 
νή as  adv.,  Eur.  Hipp.  1289,  superl. 
αφανέστατα,  Xen.  Hell.  5,  1,  27  : 
also  in  adv.  signf.,  εξ  άφανοϋς,  Aesch. 
Fr.  54. — 4.  άφανης  ουσία,  personal 
property,  as  money,  etc.,  u'hich  can  be 
secreted,  opp.  to  φανερά,  real,  as  land, 
Lys.  Fr.  47  ;  hence  αφανή  καταστή- 
σαι  την  ονσίαν,  to  turn  one's  property 
into  vwney,  Lys.  160,  8  :  so  too  άφ. 
■κλοντος,  opp.  to  yfj,  Ar.  Eccl.  602. 
Hence 

Ά  φάνίζω,  fut.  -ίσο)  Att.  -ίώ ;  perf. 
ηφάνικα,  Dem.  950,  3,  to  make  unseen, 
hide  from  sight.  Schneid.  Xen.  An. 
3,  4,  8 :  in  genl.  to  hide  conceal, 
suppress,  Thuc.  7,  8  ;  hence  to  make 
aicay  with:  and  so  in  various  rela- 
tions : — 1.  of  killing  and  burying  se- 
cretly, as  was  the  custom  of  state 
criminals,  etc.,  Hdt.  3,  126,  Xen. 
246 


ΑΦΑΡ 

Mem.  1,  2,  53,  cf.  Thuc.  4,  80,  Xen. 
An.  1.  6,  11. — 2.  to  drive  or  takeaway, 
άγος.  Soph.  O.  C.  1712:  τινά  ττόλεος, 
one  fro7n  the  city,  Eur.  Phoen.  1041  ; 
rivu  εις  τ'υν  νεών,  to  carry  one  off  into 
the  temple,  Ar.  Plut.  741. — 3.  to  destroy 
utterly,  raze  to  the  ground,  erase  wri- 
ting, etc.,  Thuc.  0,  51,  etc. — 4.  to  ob- 
literate or  mar  footsteps,  olt.  in  Xen. 
Cyn. — 5.  to  secrete,  steal,  Id.  Oec.  14, 
2. — 6.  to  darken,  rob  of  its  briglitness, 
obscure,  άρετήν,  άξίωσιν,  δόξαν,  Τ() 
δίκαιον^  etc.,  Thuc.  Plat.,  etc.,  cf 
Valck.  Phoen.  373  :  but  also  άφ.  άγ- 
αβώ  κακόν,  to  wipe  out  ill  deeds  by 
good,  Thuc.  2.  42.  δνςκλειαν.  Id.  3, 
58  :  άφ.  την  οΰσίαν,  to  turn  property 
into  money,  Dem,  827,  12,  Aeschin. 
14,  38,  cf.  αφανής  4. — 7.  to  drink  off, 
drain,  a  cup  of  wine,  Eubul.  Pamph. 
3,  cf.  Meineke  Fragm.  Com.  2,  829.— 
B.  pass,  to  become  unseen,  to  disappear 
and  be  heard  of  no  more,  vanish,  Hdt. 
3,  26.  etc. :  esp.  of  persons  lost  at 
sea,  Thuc.  8,  38,  Xen.  Hell.  1,  6,24: 
also  άφ.  εξ  ανθρώπων,  Lys.  191,  27  : 
άΦ.  εις  νλην,  to  disappear  into,  Xen. 
Cyn.  10.  23  :  καταγελασθέν  ήφαιήσ- 
θη,  was  laughed  out  of  sight,  Thuc.  3, 
83. — 2.  to  keep  out  of  jniblic,  live  re- 
tired. Xen.  Ages.  9,  1.     Hence 

Άφάνισις,  εως,  ή,  a  making  away 
with,  getting  rid  of,  της  δίκης,  Ar. 
Nub.  761. — II.  (from  pass.)  a  vardsh- 
ing,  disappearance,  Hdt.  4,  15  :  and 

'Αφανισμός,  ού,  o,=foreg.  II.,  of 
the  moon,  Plut. 

ί'Αφανιστέος,  a,  ov,  verb.  adj.  from 
αφανίζω,  one  must  disappear,  Isocr. 

Άφΰνιστής.  ov,  ό,  a  destroyer,  Plut. 

Άφανιστικός,  ή,  όν,  destroying,  Sy- 
nes.     Adv.  -κώς. 

Άφάνιστός,  ή,  όν,  destroyed. 

Άφαντασίαστος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  φαν- 
τασία) not  moved  by  φαντασία. 

Άφαντασίωτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  φαν- 
τασιυω)  without  imagination,  unable  to 
imagine  a  thing,  Plut. 

'Αφάνταστος,  ον,^ου  φανταζόμε- 
νος. 

'Αφαντος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  φαίνομαι) 
invisible,  made  away  with,  blotted  out, 
forgotten,  II.  6,  60;  20,  303,  Pind., 
and  Trag. :  esp.  άΦ.  έ^βειν,  οίχεσϋαι, 
=άφανισθήναι,  Trag.  Metaph.  un- 
looked  for.  έΦην'  άφαντον  φως,  Soph. 
Phil.  297.     Only  poet. 

Άφάπτω,  fut.  -τ/ιω,  (άπό,  άπτω)  to 
fasten  from  or  upon,  opp.  to  λύω,  &μ- 
ματα,  to  tie  knots  on  a  string,  Hdt.  4, 
98.  Pass,  to  be  hung  on,  hang  on,  hence 
άπαμμένος  (Ion.  for  άφημμ.),  Hdt.  2, 
121,  4. — II.  to  untie,  loose. 

'Αφάρ,  adv.,  (either  from  ΰπτω  or 
άττό  and  άρα)  strictly  denoting  imme- 
diate following  of  one  thing  on  an- 
other, hence — I.  straightway,  forth- 
with, II.  19,  405,  Theogn.  716,  Aesch. 
Pers.  469,  Soph.  Tr.  135,  etc.  (but 
only  in  this  play) :  hence  at  once, 
quickly,  II.  17,  417,  Od.  2,  169.— II. 
without  the  notion  of  iinmediate ; 
thereiipon,  then,  after  that,  11.  11,  418, 
Od.  2,  95,  Pind. :  άφαρ  αντίκα  in  one 
phrase,  II.  23,  593.— III.  without  the 
notion  of  following  :  continuously,  with- 
out break,  II.  23,  375.  Only  poet. :  v. 
also  άφάρτερος.  [tt^] 

Άφΰρενς,  έως,  6,  the  belly-fin  of  the 
female  thunny,  Arist.  H.  A. 

νΑφαρεύς,  έως  Ep.  and  Ion.  ήος,  6, 
AphCire^is,  son  of  Perieres,  father  of 
Lynccus.  and  king  of  Messene,  Apol- 
lod.  1,  8,  2.-2.  son  of  Calator,  II.  13, 
478. — 3.  an  Athenian,  adopted  son  of 
Isocrates,  a  poet  and  orator.  Adj. 
Άφαρήϊος,  a,  ov,  of  Aphare^is.  Theocr. 

Άφάρέω,  to  deprive  of  clothing :  from 


ΑΦΕΗ 

Άφάρτ/ς,  ές,  (a  priv.,  φάρος)  without 

Ϊΰρος,  unclad,  naked,  of  the  Χάριτες, 
iorace's  nudae  Gratiae,  Euphor.  06. 
νΑφΰρητίδαι,    ών,    oi,   sons  or   de- 
scendants of  Aphartus,  ilic  Aphareiid.iC, 
i.  e.  Lynceus  and  Idas,  Pind.  Nem. 

10,  121;  in  Ap.  Rh.  1,  151,  Άφαμη- 
τιάδαι. 

Άφάρκη.  ης.  ή.  an  evergreen  tree,  a 
kind  of  Philyrea,  Theophr. 

Άφαρμάκεντος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  φαρ- 
μακενω)  without  medicine,  poison  0Γ 
colour,  not  mixed  therewith,  Ilipp. 

Άφάρμΰκος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  ψάρμακον) 
without  poison. 

' Αφάρμακτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  φαρμάσ- 
O(j)=:foreg.,  κύλιξ  άφ.,  an  unpoisoned 
cup,  Luc. 

Άφαρμόζω,  f.  -όσω,  Att.  -μόττω, 
{άπό.  αρμόζω)  not  to  fit  or  suit. 

\\φάμος,  υν,^άφάρωτος,  Call.  Fr. 
183. 

Άφαρπάζω,  f.  -άξω  Att.  -άσω, 
{άπό,  αρπάζω)  to  tear  off  or  from,  κό- 
ρνθα  κρατός,  II.  13,  189:  Ιο  snatch 
away,  steal  from,  τι  τίνος.  Ar.  Eq. 
1062:  c.  ace.  only,  Eur.  Ion  1178:  to 
snatch  eagerly,  τι,  Soph.  Tr.  548. 

Άφάρτερος.  a  ov,  compar.  from 
άφαρ,  vwre  quick,  hastier,  11.  23,  311. 
Rare  poet.  word. 

Άφάρωτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  φϋ,ρόω) 
unploughed,  untilled,  Gramm. 

'Αφασία,  ας.  ή,  {άφατος)  speechless- 
ness, caused  by  fear  or  perplexity, 
Eur.  I.  A.  837,  Ar.  Thesm.  904,  and 
Plat.  :  cf.  άμφασίβ. 

Άφασσάω,  f.  -ήσω,  Hipp. 

Άφάσσω,  f.  άφάσυ  ;  aor.  1  ήφασα, 
{άπτω,  άφ?'/,  άφάω)  to  take  hold  of, 
handle,  feel,  touch,  Hdt.  3,  09.  (In 
Galen.  Gloss,  άφ.,  which  is  more 
ace.  to  analogy.) 

'Αφατος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  φατός,  φημί) 
not  uttered  or  named,  yiainele.^s,  Hes. 
Op.  3. — 2.  unutterable  hence  huge, 
7nonstrous,  μέ?.εα,  Pind.  Ν.  1,  70  ;  άφ. 
χρήματα,  untold  sums,  Hdt.  7,  190; 
αφ.  νέφος,  κτύπος,  άχεα.  Soph.,  and 
Eur.  :  άφατον  ως...,  there's  no  saying 
how...,  i.  e.  marvellously,  immensely, 
Ar.  Av.  427,  Lys.  198.-3.  that  should 
not  be  uttered,  shameful,  like  άρρητος. 
— 4.  act.  speechless.     Adv.  -τως. 

Άφαναίνω,  fut.  pass,  άφανανθήσο 
μαι,=  άφανω,  Ar.  Eccl.  146. 

Άφανρός,  ύ,  όν,  weak,  feeble,  power- 
less, παις.  11.  7,  235  :  Horn,  and  oth- 
ers almost  always  use  it  in  comp. 
and  superl.,  the  posit,  in  Soph.  O.  C. 
1018,  ubi  V.  Herm.  Adv.  -ρώς.  (Ace 
to  some  ανω,  άφανω,  ace  to  others 
from  πανλος,  φαν?.ος,  φαΐφος.)  Hence 

Άφανρότης,  ητος,  ή,  feebleness, 
Ana.xag.  Fr.  25. 

Άφανρόω,  {άφανρός)  to  make  weak. 

Άφανω,  {άπό,  ανω,  αύω)  to  dry, 
dry  up.  parch,  Lat.  torrere,  Ar.  Eq. 
394.  Pass,  to  become  dry  or  thirsty,  to 
pine,  V.  άφαναίνω  :  cf.  also  άφενω. 

Άφάω,  or  less  well  άφάω,  {άπτω, 
άφή)  to  handle,  feel,  examine,  ασπίδα, 

11.  6,  322. 

Άφεγγής,  ές,  (η  priv.,  φέγγος)  with- 
out light,  dark,  Aesch.  Pr.  115,  φως 
άφ.,  a  light  that  is  no  tight,  Soph.  O. 
C.  1549:  hence  metaph.  ill-starred, 
lb.  1481. 

Άφεδρύζω,  f.  -άσω,  to  remove. 

Άφεδριατενω,  {άπό.  ίδριάω)  hence 
οι  άφεδριατεύοντες.  a  Boeotian  magis- 
tracy, Miiller  Orchom.  p.  471. 

'Αφεδρών,  ώνος,  δ,  {άπό,  ίδρα)  α 
privy,  the  draught,  Ν.  Τ. 

'Αφέτ},  Ερ.  for  (ίώ??,  subj.  aor.  2 
from  άφίημι.  11. 

Άφέηκα,  Ερ.  for  αφήκα,  aor.  1  from 
άφίημι,  Horn 


ΑΦΕΝ 

νλφειδαντείος.  α,  ον,  ο/ or  belonging 
to  Aphidas,  Αρ.  Rh. :  from 

Άφείδαζ,  αντος,  ό,  Aphidas.  strict- 
ly nought-spanng.  an  assumed  name 
of  Ulysses,  Od.  24,  305.— 2.  son  of 
Areas  and  father  of  Aleus,  ApoUod.  3, 
9,  1. 

Άφείδείως,  poet.  adv.  of  άώειδιης, 
for  άόειδέίύς.  Αρ.  Rh. 

Άώειδέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  be  ΰφειδής, 
be  uHspariiig  or  lavish  of,  ψυχής,  Soph. 
El.  980,  τοϋ  βίου.  Thuc.  2.  43  :  ab- 
sol.  άφείδήσαντες  (sc.  κίνδυνου,  πό- 
νου, etc.),  recklessly,  Eur.  I.  T.  1354, 
but  in  Soph.  Ant.  414.  ύφειδείν  πό- 
νου, to  be  careless  of  toil,  i.  6.  to  neglect, 
avoid  it,  so  that  it  comes  to  be  much 
the  same  as  φείδεσθαι  πόνου,  Herm. 
ad  1.     From 

Άφείδής,  ες.  (a  priv.,  φείδομαι)  un- 
sparing or  lai^ish  of,  τινός,  Aesch. 
Ag.  195 :  ΰφ.  b  κατάπλους  καθεστή- 
κεί.  the  landing  was  made  recklessly, 
without  regard  to  cost,  Thuc.  4,  26  : 
hence  adv.  -δέως,  Att.  -δώς,  freely, 
lavishly,  διδόναί,  Hdt.  1,  163:  also 
sparing  no  pains,  ivith  all  zeal,  Dem. 
152,  tin. — 2.  unsparing,  bountiful,  Lat. 
benignus. — 3.  unsparing,  cruel,  harsh, 
hence  άφειδέως  όονεΰειν,  Hdt.  9,  39, 
αφειδώς  κολάζειν,  τιμωρείν,  Xen. 
Cyr.  4,  2,  47,  An.  1,  9,  13.     Hence 

Άώειδία,  ας,  ή.  profuseness,  liberal- 
ity, Def.  Plat.  412  C— 2.  harshness, 
punishing,  neglecting,  N.  T. 

Άφείη,  3  sing.  opt.  aor.  2  act.  from 
άφίημί.  II. 

Άψεϊλου,  άφειλόμην,  aor.  2  act. 
and  mid.  of  άφαιρέω. 

Άφεκάς,  adv.  {άπό,  έκάς)far  away, 
Nic.  [άς] 

Άφεκτέον,  verb.  adj.  from  άπέχο), 
one  must  abstain  from,  τινός,  Xen. 
Mem.  1,  2,  34,  etc. 

Άφεκτικός.  ή,  όν,  {απέχομαί)  ab- 
stemious, Epict. 

'Χφέ?,εια,  ας,  ή,  (αφελής)  evenness  : 
hence  simplicity,  Polyb. ;  neatness, 
Antiph.  Myst.  1. 

Άφελεϊν,  άφελέσθαι,  inf.  aor.  2  act. 
and  mid.  of  άφαιρέω- 

Αφελής,  ες,  (ο  priv.,  φελ?.εύς)  with- 
out a  stone,  level,  ei-ett,  smooth,  πεδία, 
At.  Eq.  527. — II.  metaph.  of  persons, 
simple,  plain,  blunt,  Dem.  1489,  10  : 
hence  άφε/Μς,  rudely,  coarsely,  The- 
Ogn.  1211  :  also  unaffected,  jnodest, 
frugal,  Lat.  tenuis,  Plut. — 2.  of  lan- 
guage, simple,  not  intricate  or  involved, 
Arist.  Rhet. :  also  unaffected,  Plut. — 
3.  in  genl.  without  offence,  blameless. 

Άφελκόω,  {άπό,  έ'λκοω)  to  tear  open 
a  wound  just  skinned  over,  Lat.  exulce- 
rare,  Arist.  Probl.,  in  pass. 

Άφέλκϋσις,  εος,ή,  a  dragging  away: 
from 

Άφελκύω,  f.  -ιίσω,=  άι^έλ«:ω,  Plat., 
and  Xen. :  θρόμβους  φόνου,  to  drain, 
suck  out,  Aesch.  Eum.  184. 

Άφέλκω,{άπό,  έλκω)  to  drag  away, 
draw  back,  carry  off,  Soph.  O.  C.  844, 
in  pass. :  to  draw  aside,  επί  τι,  Xen. 
Mem.  4,  5,  6. 

Άφέλκωσις,  εως,  ή,  subst.  from 
άφελκόω,  the  tearing  open  a  wound, 
Theophr. 

Άφελότης,  ητος,  η,^=άφέλεια,  Ν. 
Τ. 

Άφελπίζω,  =  άπελπ.,  Thiersch 
Act.  Phil.  Mon:  2,  3,  p.  422. 

"Αφεμα,  ατός,  τό.  {άφίημί)  that 
which  IS  let  go :  remission,  LXX. 

Άφενος,  τό,{άώνος,  άφνειός)  ivealth, 
resources,  abundance  ;  where  joined 
with  πλοντος  the  Gramm.  explain  it 
of  cattle  and  land,  II.  1,  171  :  of  the 
wealth  of  the  gods,  Hes.  Th.  112: 
some  poets  have  the  masc.  ace.  άφε- 


ΑΦΕΤ 

vov,  as  Hes.  Op.  24,  Crinag.  18. 
(Ace.  to  Gramm.  from  άπό  and  ενός 
or  ενός,  q.  v.,  annual  income,  cf.  Lat. 
annona  :  but  v.  Buttm.  Lexil.  in  v.) 

'Κφεξις,  εως,  ή,  {άπέχομαι)  abste- 
miousness, Aret. 

Άφέξω,  άφέξομαι,  fut.  act.  and 
mid.  of  απέχω. 

Άφερκτος,  ον,  (άπείργω)  shut  out 
from,  μνχοϋ,  Aesch.  Cho.  446. 

'λφερμηνεύω,  {άπό,  ερμηνεύω)  to 
interpret,  explain,  recount,  narrate,  re- 
port, παρά  τίνος.  Plat.  Soph.  246  Ε  ; 
absol.,  Id.  Legg.  660  B. 

Άφερπύζω.^=άφέρπω. 

Άφερπυ7ί7.όω.  {άπό,  ερπν?.λος)  to 
change  into  έρπυλλος,  Theophr. 

Άφέρπω,  ι.  -ψω,  {άπό,  έρπω)  tocreep 
off,  steal  away.  Soph.  Ο.  C.  490,  etc. 

Άφερτος,  ον,  {a  priv.  φέρω)  insuf- 
ferable, Aesch.  Eum.  146. 

Άφες,  2  sing,  imperat.  aor.  2  act. 
from  άφίημί. 

Άφέσιος,  ον,  ό,  {άφίημί)  the  Re- 
leaser, epith.  of  Jupiter,  Arr. 

Άφεσις,  εως,  ή,  {άφίημί)  a  letting 
go,  freeing,  6.  g.  of  a  slave  or  captive. 
Plat. :  a  discharge  from  the  obliga- 
tions of  a  bond,  Dem. :  a  dismissal, 
divorce,  Plut.  :  a  letting  go  (Lat.  7nis- 
sio),  of  horses  from  the  starting-post, 
and  so  the  starting-post  itself.  Soph. 
El.  686  Herm.  :  the  opening  of  bar- 
riers or  sluices  :  remission,  forgive- 
ness. Plat. :  also=sq.,  Arist.  H.  A. 

Άφεσμός,  οϋ,  ό,  {άπό,  εσμός)  α 
swarm  of  bees,  Arist.  Η.  Α. 

Άφεσταίη,  3  sing.  opt.  perf.  act. 
syncop.  from  άφίστημι,  Od.  23,  101. 

Άφεστήκω,  f.  -ξω,  =  άφίσταμαι, 
formed  from  the  perf.  άφέστηκα, 
Plat. 

^Αφεστής,  οϋ,  ό,  the  president  of  the 
council  at  Cnidos,  who  took  the  votes, 
Plut.  (from  άώίστασθαι.  Dor.  for  έττε- 
ρωτύν,  so  that  it  should  not  be 
έφίστης,  as  some  write  it.) 

Άφέστιος,  ον,  {άπό,  εστία)  far  from 
hearth  and  home,  hearthless,  foreign. 

νΑφεταί,  and  Άφέται,  ων,  αϊ,  Aph- 
etae,  a  promontory  and  city  of  Thes- 
salia,  with  a  port  from  which  the 
Argonauts  sailed,  Hdt.  7,  193. 

ΆφεταΙος,  ον.  ό,  Aphetaeus,  masc. 
pr.  n..  Pans.  3,  13,  6. 

Άφέταφος,  ον,  {άπό,  εταίρος) 
friendless. 

Άφετέος,  έα,  έον,  verb.  adj.  from 
άφίημί,  to  be  let  go. — II.  άφετέον,  one 
7nust  let  go.  Plat. 

Αφετήρ,  ήρος,  ο,^άφέτ7ΐς. 

Άφετήριος,  a,  ον,  {άφίημί)  for  lei- 
ting  go,  sending  away,  throwing,  e.  g. 
άφ.  όργανα,  engines  for  throwing 
stones,  etc. — 2.  ή  αφετηρία,  a  starting- 
place,  harbour,  etc.  ;  also  to  άφετή- 
piov,  Strab. :  esp.  the  opening  ot  bar- 
riers for  horses  or  men  to  pass. — II. 
connected  with  the  αφετηρία :  Αιός- 
κουροι,  whose  statues  adorned  the 
racecourse,  Paus.  3,  14. 

'Αφέτης,  ου,  6,  {άφίημί)  one  who 
lets  go  or  throws  off.  esp.  a  slinger, 
Polyb. — II.  pass,  a  frerd-slave  among 
the  Spartans,  Myron,  ap.  Ath,  271  F. 

Άφετικός,  ή,  όν,  for  letting  go : 
from 

Άφετός,  όν,  {άφίημί)  let  go,  let 
loose,  free,  at  will,  esp.  of  sacred  flocks 
that  were  free  from  work,  άφ.  άλΰσθαι, 
Aesch.  Pr.  666,  νέμεσθαι,  Plat.  Rep. 
498  C  ;  hence — 2.  dedicated  to  some 
god,  and  so  free  from  worldly  business, 
Eur.  Ion.  822.— III.  but  parox.,  'Αφέ- 
τη. Άφέται.  η.  pr.,  the  place,  whence 
the  .Argonauts  loosed  their  ship,  Hdt. 
7,  193;  V.  Άφέται.  (On  the  accent 
V.  Lob.  Paral.  475;  sq.) 


ΑΦΕΑ 

Άφευκτος,  ον,  v.  άφνκτος,  at  end. 
Adv.  -τως. 

Άφεύω,  {άπό,  ενω)  to  singe  off, 
τρίχα,  Αχ.  Eccl.  13  :  hence  to  singe 
clear  nf  hair,  joined  with  άποξνρείν, 
τίλλειν,  Ar.  Thesm.  216,  236,  590. — 
2.  to  toast,  roast,  κρέα,  Simon.  136, 
φασή?Μνς,  Ar.  Pac.  1144. 

'Αφέψημα,  ατός,  τό,  (άφέψω)  that 
which  is  boiled  off,  a  decoction. 

Άφέψησις,  εως,  ή,=  άφετρις. 
νΑφεψιύομαι,  1  aor.  ΰφεψιασάμην, 
dep.  mid.,— άφομιλέω.  Soph.  Fr.  142. 

Άφεψις,  εως,  ή,  {άφέψω)  α  boiling 
off,  boiling  away,  Theophr. 

νΑφεψίων,  ωνος,  ό,  Aphepsion,  an 
Athenian,  son  of  Bathippus,  Dem. 

Άφέψω,  f.  άφεψήσω.  Ion.  άπέψω, 
etc.,  {άπό,  έφω)  to  boil  off,  boil  down, 
καρπόν,  Hdt.  2,  94. — II.  esp.  to  boil 
free  of  all  dirt  and  dross,  to  refine, 
purify,  χρυσον  άπεψήσας,  ύδωρ  άπε- 
%Ι>ημενον,  Hdt.  4,  166;  1,  168,  cf. 
απεφθος  :  hence  to  boil  yoking  again, 
as  Medea  did  her  father,  Ar.  Eq.  1321. 

Άφέωκα,  Dor.  for  άφεΐκα,  perf.  act. : 
and 

Άφέωνται,  3  plur.  Dor.  perf.  pass, 
of  άφίημί,  Ν.  Τ. 

Αφή,  ης,  ή,  {απτω)  α  fastening :  α 
lighting,  kindling,  περί  λύχνων  άφάς, 
about  lamp-lighting  time,  Lat.  prima 
face,  Valck.  Hdt.  7,  215.— II.  {άπτο- 
μαι) a  touching,  handling  :  the  sense  of 
touch.  Plat.  Rep.  523  Ε  :  άφήν  προς- 
φέρειν,  to  grapple  ivith,  resist,  Plut. — 
2.  also  a  touching,  i.  e.  close  connexion, 
union,  ώωνής,  Arist.,  like  συναφή : 
but  άφήν  έχειν,  to  have  something 
attractive,  enchanting,  Plut. — 111.  the 
yellow  sand  sprinkled  over  wrestlers 
after  they  were  anointed,  to  enable 
them  to  hold  one  another,  Epict. 

Άφηβάω.  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  be  past  the 
spring  of  life  :  from 

Άφηβος,  ον,  {άπό,  ηβη)  beyond 
yonth. 

Άφηγέομαι,  f.  -τ/σομαι,  {άπό,  ήγέο- 
μαι)  to  lead  away,  lead  off :  hence  in 
genl.  to  lead  the  way,  go  first.  Plat., 
and  Xen. :  oi  αφηγούμενοι,  the  van, 
Xen.  Hell.  4,  8,  37.— II.  to  tell,  relate, 
explain,  Hdt.  1,  24,  etc. :  the  perf.  is 
sometimes  used  as  pass.,  άφήγηταί 
μοί  τι,  Hdt.  5,  62  ;  so  το  άφηγημένον, 
what  has  been  told.  Id.  1,  207.  A  prose 
word,  but  used  by  Eur.  Supp.  186  in 
signf  II.     Hence 

Αφήγημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  tale,  narra- 
tive. Hut.  2,  3. — II.  a  guiding,  leading, 
LXX.     Hence 

'Αφηγηματικός,  ή.  όν,  like  a  story 
or  tale,  Dion.  H.     Adv.  -κώς. 

Άφήγησις,  εως,  ή,  {άφηγέομαι)  α 
telling,  narrating,  άξιον  άπη}ήσιος, 
worth  telling,  Hdt.  2,  70  :  so  ονκ  άξίως 
άπ.,  in  a  way  not  fit  to  be  told.  Id.  3, 
125. 

Άφηγητήρ,  ηρος,  (5,=  sq. 

Αφηγητής,  ον,  ό,  {άφηγέομαι)  α 
narrator. — II.  α  guide. 

Άφηδννω,  f.  -ννώ,  {άπό,  ήδννυ)  ίο 
sweeten,  Plut. 

Άφηθέω,=  άπηθέω,  Theophr. 

Άφήκα,  aor.  1  act.  from  άφίημί. 

ΆΦήκω,  f.  -ξω.  {άπό,  ήκω)  to  arrive 
at,  only  in  Plat.  Rep.  530  E,  with 
V.  1.  άνήκειν. 

Άφηλιξ,  ικος,  δ,  η,  beyond  youth, 
elderly:  said  in  A.  B.  3,  to  be  used 
only  in  comp.  and  superl.  άώηλικέσ- 
τερος,  -έστατος  ;  Hdt.  has  tne  form- 
er, but  the  posit,  occurs  in  early 
writers,  as  H.  Horn.  Cer.  140,  Cra- 
tin.  Incert.  95,  v.  Lob.  Phryn.  84. 

Άφηλιώτης,  ου,  6.  the  analogous, 
but  hardly  ever  used  Att.  form  of 
άπηλιώτης,  q.  v. 

247 


ΑΦΘΟ 

Άφημαι,  (ύ-ό,  7/μαι)  to  sit  apart : 
only  found  in  part.  ύφ//μενος,  11.  15, 
106. 

Άφημερενω,  f.  -εύσω,  (ΰττό,  ημε- 
ρεύω) to  be  absent  by  day  OI  for  a  whole 
<lay,  Dem.  238,  9. 

Άφημος,  ov,  and 

Άφί/μωρ,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  (a  priv., 
φ7/μί/)  unknown. 

Άφΐμ',  2  aor.  ind.  act.  from  αΦίημι. 

'Αφηνιάζω,  f  -ασω,  (ά-ό,  i/via)  to 
get  rid  of  the  bridle,  to  run  away,  Luc.  : 
hence  to  rebel  against,  c.  gen..  Id. 
Hence 

Άφηνιασμός,  οϋ,  6,  a  shaking  off  the 
bridle,  rebellion,  Flut. 

νλφ!ΐρΐθ//ν,  1  aor.  pass,  from  ύφαί- 
ρέω. 

Άψηρωΐζω,  contr.  άφηρώζω,  Dor. 
αφηροίζω,  f.  -σω,  (άττό,  νοως)  to  make 
α  hero  of,  luscr.  ap.  Valck.  Ep.  ad 
Roev.  p.  69. 

'λφΐ]σϋχύζω,  f.  -άσω,  (άπό,  ησυχάζω) 
to  be  calm,  quiet,  Hipp. 

'λφήσω,  lut.  1  act.  from  άφίημι. 

Άφήτωρ,  ορός,  ΰ,  (άφίημι)  the  archer, 
epith.  of  Apollo,  II.  9,  40 i. 

Άφθα,  7]ς,  ή,  {άπτω)  an  erysipela- 
totcs  eruption  in  the  mouth,  perh.  the 
thrush,  Lat.  sacer  ignis,  mostly  in 
plur.  uQUai,  Galen. 

'Αφθαρσία,  ας,  ?/,  (άφθαρτος)  incor- 
niption,  immortality,  Fhdo.  (The  form 
άφθαρσις  is  agamst  analogy.)    Hence 

Άφϋαρτίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  to  make  im- 
inortal. 

Άφθαρτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  φθείρω)  un- 
corruplcd,  Diod.  S.  :  incorruptible,  im- 
mortal. Pint. 

Άφθάω,  to  suffer  from  ΰφθαι,  Hipp. 

Άφΰεγκτέω,  ω,  f.  -ήσω,  (άφθεγκτος) 
to  be  speechless. 

Άόθεγκτί,  adv.,  in  silence  :  from 

Άφθεγκτυς,  ov,  (a  priv.,  φΟέγγο- 
ααί)=άφθογγος,  Aesch.  Eum.  245  : 
έΐ'  άψθέγκτω  νάττει,  in  a  grove  where 
none  may  speak.  Soph.  O.  C.  155. — II. 
pass,  unspeakable,  Bacchyl.  10. 

ΥΑφθίτης,  ov  Ion.  εω,  b,  νομός,  the 
Aphthitic  name  in  lower  Aegypt  be- 
tween Ijubastis  and  Tanis,  Hdt.  2, 
166. 

Άφθΐτόμητίς,  ιος,  b,  y,  (άφθίτυς, 
μήτις)  of  eternal  counsel. 

ΆφθΙτος.  ov,  later  also  η,  ov,  Anth. 
(a  priv.,  φθίω)  undestroyed.undecaying . 
imperishable,  freq.  in  Hom.,  mostly  in 
II.,  σκ/'/τττρον,  θρόνος,  κλέος  άφθιτον 
άεί,  also  άφθ.  άμπελοι.  Od.  9,  133  ; 
of  the  gods,  Η.  Hom.  Merc.  326. 

Άφθογ)ος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  φθόγγος) 
voiceless,  tongueless,  speecJiless,  H. 
Horn.  Cer.  198,  and  Trag.— II.  ά- 
φθογγα,  like  άφωνα,  sub.  γράμματα, 
consonants,  Heind.  Plat.  Theaet.203  B. 

Άφθόΐ'ητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  ώθονέω) 
uneiivied,  Pind.  O.  10  (11),  7  ;  13,  35  : 
also  ^άφθονος.     Adv. -τωζ•. 

'Αφθονία,  ας,  η,  the  disposition  of  an 
άφθονος,  freedom  from  envy,  readiness, 
-ροθυμία  και  άφθ..  Plat.  Frot.  327  Β  : 
but  more  usu. — II.  of  things,  plenty. 
Pind.  N.  3,  14.  Plat.,  and  Xen. :  from 

Άφθονος,  ov.  (a  priv.,  φθόνος) 
ivithout  envy,  and  SO — I.  act.  free  from 
envy,  Hdt.  3, 80 :  ungrudging,  bounteous, 
Lat.  benignus,  of  earth,  H.  Hom.  30, 
16  :  άφθόνω  χερί,  Eur.  Med.  612.— II. 
more  freq.,  esp.  in  prose,  7iot  grudged, 
bounteously  given,  plentiful,  άφθ.  πάντα 
πάρεσται,  Η.  Hom.  Αρ.  536,  καρπον 
■πολλόν  τε  και  ά.,  Hes.  Ο]).  118,  cf. 
Hdt.  7,  83;  ά.  7ίην,  Hdt.  2,  6 ;  ά. 
βίοτος,  Aesch.  Fr.  184 :  hence  εν 
άφθόνοις  βιοτενειν,  to  live  in  plenty, 
Xen.  An.  3,  2,  25. — 2.  =άνεπίφθ€νος, 
nnenvted,  provoking  yio  envy  or  jealousy, 
Aesch.  Ag.  171.  Irreg.  cbinp.  -νίστε- 
248 


ΑΦΙΗ 

ρος,  Pind.  Ο.  2,  171,  Aesch.  Fr.  65. 
Adv.  -νως,  Aesch.,  etc. :  -νως  ίχειν 
τινός,  to  have  enough  of  a  thing.  Plat. 
Gorg.  494  C.       ^ 

Άφθορία,  ας,  ή,  incorruption,  purity : 
from 

Άφθορος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  φθείρω)  vn- 
corrupt,  esp.  of  maidens  and  youths, 
chaste. 

'Αφθώδης,  ες,  (άφθα,  εΐύος)  suffering 
from  άφθαι. 

Άφία,  ας,  ή,  α  wild  plant,  used  for 
food,  Theophr. 

Άφίόιτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  φιδίτιον) 
ημέρα,  a  day  when  a  Spartan  was 
e.xcuscd  from  appearing  at  the  public 
table,  (φιόίτίον)  ιί  engaged  in  a  sacri- 
lice  or  in  hunting,  Hesych.  1,  p.  637, 
cf  Plut.  Lye.  12 :  others  prefer  άφεί- 
όιτος. 

νΑφιόνα,  7ΐς,  ή,  and  "Αφιδναι,  ών, 
αϊ,  Aphidna  or  Aphidnne,  an  Attic 
borough  of  the  tribe  Aeantis,  Hdt.  9, 
73  :  hence 

νΑφίόναζε,  adv.  to  Aphidna,  Dem. 
59,  9  :  and 

ΫΑφιδναΙος,  a,  ov,  of  or  belonging  to 
Aphidna,  Hdt.  6,  109. 

νΑώιδνος,  ov,  b,  Aphidnus,  a  friend 
of  Theseus,  Plut.  Thes.  31. 

Άφίδρόω.  ω,  1.  -ώσω,  (άπό.  Ιδρύω) 
to  sweat  off,  get  rid  of  by  sweating,  Diosc. 
— II.  to  throw  one's  self  into  a  perspira- 
tion, Arist.  Probl. 

Άφίδρϋμα,  ατός,  τό,  (άφιδρνω)  a 
model  or  copy,  esp.  of  a  statue  or  tem- 
ple. Diod. 

Άφίδρϋσις,  εως,  ή,  a  setting  up  a 
statue  made  after  a  model,  Strab. : 
from 

Άφιδρνω,  f.  -ύσω,  (άπό,  Ιδρύω)  ίο 
make  statues,  temples,  etc.,  after  a  plan 
01  model :  hence  to  copy,  imitate. — II. 
to  send  away  and  place  elsewhere,  to 
remove,  με  γης,  Eur.  Hel.  273.  ['ii  in 
pres.,  V  in  fut.,  aor.  1,  perf  pass.] 

Άφιδρωσις,  εως,  y,  (άφιόρύω)  a 
sweating  off:  a  falling  into  a  perspira- 
tion, Arist.  Probl. 

Άφιερόω,  ω,  f.  -ώσω,  (άπό,  ίερόω) 
to  purify,  hallow,  like  καθιερόω.  freq. 
in  later  prose,  Lob.  Phryn.  192:  but 
—II.  in  ]^SLSS.,TavT'  άφιερώμεθα,ΐνε 
have  had  these  expiatory  rites  perform- 
ed. Aesch.  Eum.  451.     Hence 

'Αφιέρωμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  consecrated 
thing,  votive  offering. 

Άφιέρωσις,  εως,  η,  (^άφιερόω)  a 
hallowing,  consecrating.  Died. 

Άφιζάνω,=-&^. 

Άφίζω,  i.  -ζήσω,  (άπό,  ϊζω)  to  rise 
from  one's  seat. 

Άφίημι,  f.  -ήσω,  etc.,  as  in  Ιημι: 
irr.  3  sing.  impf.  ηφίει,  Dem.  301,  10, 
3  plur.  ήφίεσαν,  Id.  540,  11,  but 
ήφίουν,  Isae.  60,  19,  (άπό,  ϊημι)  to 
send  forth,  discharge,  Lat.  emittere, 
esp.  of  missiles,  άφ.  άκοντα,  εγχος, 
κεραννόν,  etc.,  Hom. ;  hence  in  va- 
rious senses,  άφ.  γ?.ώσσαν,  to  7nake 
%itterance,  Hdt.  2,  15,  etc.,  so  φωνήν, 
φθόγγον,  γόους,  δάκρυα,  Eur. :  in 
prose,  ίο  send  forth  on  an  expedition, 
send  out,  despatch.  Hdt.  4,  09,  etc. — 
II.  to  send  away,  let  go,  Lat.  dimitlere, 
τινά,  Horn.,  etc.  :  hence  to  throw 
away,  get  rid  of,  δίψαν,  II.  11,  641  :  of 
plants,  άφ.  άνθος,  to  shed  their  blosso7n, 
Od.  7,  126  ;  άφ.  μέΐ'ος,  to  lose  strength, 
II.  13,  444  ;  άφ.  οργήν.  θυμόν,  to  put 
away  wrath,  Aesch.,  and  Soph.  :  άφ. 
■ψνχί/ν,  πνενμα,  to  give  up  the  ghost, 
Aesch.,  and  Eur. — 2.  to  let  go,  loose, 
set  free,  ζωόν  τινά  άφ..  II.  20,  464;  so 
άφ.  ϋ.ενθερον  άζήμιον.  Plat.,  etc.  : 
hence  c.  ace.  pers.  et  gen.  rei,  to  set 
free  from  a  thing,  let  off  from,  τινά 
Τίνος,  Hdt.  4,  157,  esp.  from  an  en- 


ΑΦΙΛ 

gagement,  accusation,  etc.,  άφ-  τινά 
φόνου,  συναλλαγμάτων,  εγκλημά- 
των, λειτουργιών,  etc.,  Dein- ;  but 
also  c.  dat.  i)ers.  ct  ace.  rei,  άΦ.  τινϊ 
αίτίην,  to  remit  one  a  charge,  Hdt.  6, 
30:  also  άφ.  πλη';άς,ίο  excuse  one  a 
flogging,  Ar.  Mub.  1426;  άφ.  ΰρκον, 
v.  a|).  Andoc.  13,  19  :  absol.  άφ.  τίνα, 
to  acquit,  Xen.,  etc. — 3.  to  let  go,  dis- 
solve, disba?id.  break  up,  of  an  army, 
Hdt.  1,  77,  etc. :  of  the  council  and 
law-courts  at  Athens,  whereas  ?.νειν 
was  used  of  the  assembly.  Elmsl. 
Ar.  Ach.  173,  cf.  Vesp.  595,  Eccl. 
377. — 4.  to  put  away,  divorce,  γυναίκα, 
Hdt.  5,  39  ;  so  άφ.  γάμους,  λεκτρα, 
Eur. — 5.  to  let  ΐζο  as  an  άφετός,  conse- 
crate, Plat.  Criti.  1 16  C. — 6.  άφ.  π'/ οί- 
ον εις...,  to  loose  skip  for  a  place,  Hdt. 
5,  42. — III.  to  give  up,  hand  over  to, 
Tivi  Ti,  Hdt.  9,  106  :  hence — 2.  c. 
ace.  rei,  to  give  up,  leave  off,  let  alone, 
Lat.  omittere,  μόχθον,  Hdt.  1,  200,  ορ- 
γάς, Aesch.  Pr.  315;  so  too  oft.  in 
rhuc,  άφ.  σπονδάς,  ξνμμαχίαν ,  etc. : 
to  pass  on,  pass  by,  not  notice,  Hdt.  3, 
95,  etc.  :  to  let  pass,  7ieglect,  τά  θεία. 
Soph.  Ο.  C.  1537,  τον  καιρόν,  Dem. 
11,  8  :  άώ.  άφυλακτον.  to  leave  un- 
guarded, Hdt.  8,  70 ;  so  άφ.  ερημον. 
Soph.  Ant.  878. — 3.  c.  inf.,  άφ.  τι  δη- 
μόσιον είναι,  to  give  up  to  be  public 
jtroperty,  Thuc.  2,  13 :  but  άφ.  TO 
πλοΐον  φέρεσθαι,  to  let  the  boat  he  car- 
ried away,  Hdt.  1,  194  :  hence  freq. — 
IV.  to  let,  suffer,  permit  one  to  do  a 
thing,  Lat.  pcrmittere,  c.  inf ,  Hdt.  6, 
62,  etc..  Plat.  etc.  —  \.  seemingly, 
intr.,  sub.  στρατόν,  νανς,  etc.,  to 
break  up,  7narch,  sail,  etc. — B.  in  mid. 
to  send  forth  from  one's  self,  and  SO 
freq.  in  prose  much  like  the  act. — 2. 
to  loose  one's  self  from,  δείρης  ονπω 
άφίετο  π7'/χεε,  she  loosed  not  her  arms 
from  off  my  neck,  Od.  23,  240  :  hence 
freq.  in  Att.  c.  gen.  only,  a&oii  τέκ- 
νων, let  go  the  children.  Soph.  O.  T. 
1521,  and  so  oft.  in  Plat,  etc.,  cf. 
Kiihner  Gr.  Gr.  (^513,  3.  [Usu.  I  in 
Ep.  (except  in  augm.  lenses),  always 
I  in  Att. :  but  even  Hom.  has  άφίετε 
metri  grat.,  Od.  22,  251,  cf.  7,  120.] 

Άφϊκάνω,  poet,  for  sq.,  only  in 
pies,  and  impf,  to  arrive  at,  to  have 
come  at :  Hom.  uses  it  mostly  c.  ace, 
once  προς  τι,  II.  6,  3S8.  [ΰ] 

Άφικνέομαι,  f.  -ίξομα:,  dep.  mid., 
also  -ίξω  ;  aor.  άφίκόμΎ/ν  ;  perf.  άφ- 
ίγμαι ;  Ion.  άπικν.,  etc.,  (ά-ό,  Ίκνέ- 
ομαι)  to  arrive  at,  to  cnme  to,  a  person 
or  place,  to  reach,  gam,  etc..  in  Horn, 
usu.  c.  ace.  loci,  less  freq.  with  εις  or 
επί ;  in  Trag.  both  constructions  ap- 
pear, but  in  prose  the  prep,  is  seldom 
omitted  :  also  άπ.  προς,  παρά,  or  ωζ 
τίνα....  Phrases,  άλγος  άφίκετό  με, 
i^rief  came  upon  me,  11.  18,  395  :  άφ. 
ίπί  or  (Ίς  πάντα,  to  try  every  means. 
Soph.  O.  T.  265,  Eur.  Hipp.  284,  so 
ες  πΰσαν  βάσανον,  Hdt  8,  110:  if 
πάν  κακόν  or  κακόν,  ες  το  εσχατον 
κακόν,  to  come  into  extremest  misery, 
Valck.  Hdt.  7,  1 18  :  άφ-  ες  άπορί7]ν, 
άπιστίην,  νείκεα,  etc.,  Hdt.  :  also 
άφ.  τινϊ  ές  λόγους,  to  hold  converse 
with  one,  Hdt.  2,  28,  so  εις  ipiv,  ίχ- 
θεά  τινι,  Hdt.  3,  82,  Eur.  I.  A,  319; 
also  διά  μάχης,  δι'  έχθρας  άπ.  τινϊ, 
to  come  to  battle  or  into  emnity  with 
one,  Hdt.  1,  169,  Eur.  Hipp.  1101: 
εις  ολίγον  άφ.  νικηθήναι,  to  come 
within  little  of  being  conrpiered,  Thuc. 
4,  129. — II.  to  come  or  go  back,  relurri^ 
Seidl.  Eur.  El.  6,  Heind.  Plat.  Prot. 

Άφίκτωρ,  opoc.  0.^=  ικέτης.  Aesch. 
Sujip.  241. — 2.  "Zti'c  άφίκ~ωρ:=ϊκέσι• 
or,  lb.  1.     Only  poet. 

Άψιλάγαθος,   ov,  (a  priv,,    φίλος, 


ΑΦΙΞ 

άγαμος)  not  loving  the  good,  Ν.  Τ.  2, 
Tim.  3.  3. 

'Ρί<?ίλύνθρ(ύ~ος,ον,  (α  priv.,  φί/.ος, 
ίνθρατΓος)  not  loving  men,  Plut. 

'λφΐ/.αρ^/ϋρία,  ας,  ή,  freedom  from 
avarice,  Hipp.  :  from 

'ApiAUpyupof,  ov,  (o  priv.,  φί?ιος, 
άρ}νρος)  not  avaricious,  not  loving  mo- 
ney, Λ.  T. 

"" Χόί/.αρννω,  (  από,  'ύ.αρννω  )  to 
cheer  υρ,  make  glad,  Diog.  L. 

Άφίλύσκομαι,  fut.  -ύσομαι,  [από, 
ίλάσκομαί)  to  appease,  θιιμόν,  Plat. 
Legg.  873  A.  [-r] 

ν\όί/.αΐ'τος,  ov.  (a  priv.,  φίλαυτος) 
withoul  self-love,    Plut.  Moral.  542  B. 

Άφύ-ΐργέω,  {άφί?^εργος)  to  dislike 
work.    Hence 

Άφί?.εργία,  ας,  ή,  a  dislike  ofivork. 

'ΑΦΐλέταψος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  φί?Μς, 
εταίρος)  disliking  friends  or  compan- 
ions. ' 

Άόί7.έχβρως,  adv.,  (a  priv.,  φίλεχ- 
θρος)  with  no  disposition  towards  en- 
mity. 

'Αφΐ7^ή(^ονος,  ov,  (a  priv..  φί?.ος, 
ηδονή)  not  liking  sensuality,  Anton. 

Άφί/.7ΐτος,  ov.  {a  priv.,  ©ίλεω)  not 
loved,  Soph.  O.  C.  1702.  [t]' 

Άόΐ/ία.  ας,  ή  {ίφι/Μς)  want  of 
friends,  Arist.  Eth.  N. 

Άφύ.οδοξία,  ας,  ή,  want  of  ambi- 
tion: from 

Άφΐ?:όδοξυς,  ov  (a  priv.,  φίλος, 
δόξα)  not  ambitious. 

Άφϊ?.οικ.τίρμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  (α 
priv..  όΰΛίκτίρμων)  unmerciful. 

ΆοΙ/οκύ/.ία,  ας,  ή,  the  character  of 
the  (ΐφίλόκΰ'/.ος,  Ath.  :  from 

Άφϊλόκα/.ος,  ov,  (a  piiv.,  φιλ.όκα- 
7.ης)  without  love  for  good  or  beauty, 
Plut. 

' \φΌώ7.ογος.  ov,  (a  priv..  φι?μ7.ο- 
γος)  wilhnut  love  for  science.  Plut. 

'Αφΐ7Μνεικος.  ov,  {a  priv.,  φι/.όνεί- 
κος)  not  fond  of  strife.  Adv.  -αως, 
Polyb. 

Άφρ.οξενέω,  (a  priv.,  φι/.όξενος) 
to  be  inhospitable. 

'Αόΐ7.077?Μντία,  ας.  ή,  (a  priv.,  φί- 
7ώ~7.ον~ος)  contempt  for  wealth,  Plut. 

'ΑΜ7.ο-ό7.εμος,  or,-  (a  priv.,  φιλο- 
^^ό7<.εμί>ζ)  not  fond  of  war. 

Άφΐ/.ήτϊονος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  φιλόπο- 
νος) disliking  work. 

\\φΐ7.ος.  ov,  (a  priv.,  φί7.ος)  of  per- 
sons, friendless,  Aesch..  Soph.,  etc. — 
2.  of  persons  and  things,  unfriendly, 
disagreeable,  hateful,  lb.  Adv.  —λως^ 
Aesch.  Ag.  805. 

Άφϊ7.οσόφ7]-ος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  ψίλο- 
σοφέω)  not  versed  in  philosophy,  Dion. 
H. 

Άφί?.οσοφία,  ας,  ή,  contempt  for 
philosophy,  Def.  Plat.  415  Ε  :   from 

'Αόΐ7 ιΊσοφος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  φύ.όαο- 
φος)  without  taste  for  philosophy,  vn- 
philosophie.  Plat.  Tim.  73    A.     Adv. 

ΆφΏ.οσταχνος.  ov,  (a  priv.,  φίΛος, 
στάχνς)  without  ears  of  corn:  starved, 
■πενία,  Anth.  [στΰ] 

' Αφϊ7.οστοργέω,  ώ,  to  be  without  love: 
from 

Άόΐ7.όστopyoς,  ov,  (a  priv.,  ώίλό- 
στηργος)  without  affection  or  love,  Plut. 

' Αοι7.οτϊμία,  ας.  ή.  w-ant  of  proper 
ainhilion,  Arlst.  Eth.  N. 

Άφί/Ατίμος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  φιλ^ότί- 
μος)  without  propir  nmbitinyi,  Isae.  C7, 
5,  Arist.  Eth.  N.,  etc.     Adv.  -μως. 

Ά0ΐ7.οχρηματία,  ας,  ή,  (α  priv., 
6ι7.ογρ}'/ματος)  contempt  for  riches. 
Plut. 

Άόϊμη~όο,ώ,{ϊσ;6,!μάτιον)  to  strip 
of  cl'iiliing. 

Άοιξις,  εως,  η.  Ion.  ύπιίις.  (ϊφίκ- 
νέομαι)  an  arrival,  freq.  in  Hdt.  etc., 


ΑΦΑΟ 

ύφ.  ες,  επί,  παρά  τίνα. — Π•  α  going 
home  again.  Plat.  Legg.  8G8  A  Dem. 
1463,  6. — ΠΙ.  =ίκεσία,  Aesch.  Supp. 
483. 

Άφιππάζομαι,  f.  -ύσομαι,  {από,  Ιπ- 
πύζομαι)  to  ride  off  or  away,  Luc. 

Άώιππεία,  ας,  or,  as  others,  άφιπ- 
πία,  ας.  y.  (άφιππεύω)  awkwardness 
in  riding,  Xen.  Hipparch.  8,  13. 

Άφίππεύω,  {από,  ιππεύω)  to  ride 
off.  away,  or  hack,  Xen.  An.  I,  5,  12. 

Άφιππος,  ov,  {άπό.  Ιππος)  unsuited 
for  riding  or  for  cavalry,  χώρα,  Xen. 
Hell.  3,  4,  12. — Π.  awkward  at  riding, 
opp.  to  ιππικός,  Plat.  Prot.  350  A. 

Άφιπποτοξοτης,ον,ό,'^'  .αμφιπποτ. 

Άφίπταμαί,  =  άποπέτομαι,  to  fly 
away,  Emped.  327. 

^Αφίστημι,  f.  άποστήσω  :  aor.  ίιφέ- 
στησα,  in  which  lenses  it  is  trans., 
(άττό,  ϊστημι)  to  put  away,  remove,  sep- 
arate, τινά  τίνος  or  ΰ,πό  τίνος  :  hence 
ΰφ.  τίνα  /.oyov,  to  hinder  from,  Eur. 
I.  T.  912  :  άφ.  την  επιβου7.ήν,  to  frus- 
trate it,  Thuc.  1,  93  :  αφ.  τον  άρχοντα, 
to  depose  one,  Xen.  Hell.  7, 1,45;  but 
in  prose  mostly,  to  make  revolt,  move 
to  revolt,  τινά  άπό  τίνος,  from  Hdt. 
downw(is.  —  Π.  to  weigh  out,  Xen. 
Symp.  2,  20  (in  opt.  pres  ΰφιστώην) : 
also  in  aor.  1  mid.,  μη  χρειος  άποστή- 
σωνται,  lest  they  weigh  out,  i.  e.  pay  in 
full  the  dfbt.  Lat.  ne  dtbitian  nobis  re- 
pendant,  II.  13,  745;  but  Dem.  1199, 
24,  has  this  tense  in  strict  mid.  signf., 
άποστήσασβαι  τον  χα7.κόν,  to  have 
the  mnney  iceighrd  out  to  one.  Except 
the  place  quoted,  Horn,  has  not  the 
trans,  usage. — B.  intrans.,  in  pass., 
with  aor.  2,  perf  and  plqpf.  act.,  and 
fut.  mid.  (Thuc.  5,  04.  etc.),  whUe 
aor.  1  mid.  is  trans.  (Eur.  Phoen. 
1087,  cf.  sup.  II.),  aiid  Hdt.  9,  23.  has 
άποστήσαντες  (sc.  εαυτούς)  ^άπο- 
ατάντες.  To  stand  off,  away,  or  aloof 
from,  keep  far  from,  τινός,  II.  23,  517, 
Od.  23,  169:  hence  later  in  various 
relations,  άφεστάναι  ώρενών,  to  lose 
one's  u'its.  Soph.  Phil.  865.  άφ.  τών 
δικαίων,  to  depart  from,  object  to  right 
proposals.  Thuc.  4,  118  :  άφ.  αρχής. 
Ιο  be  deposed  from  office,  Plat.  Legg. 
928  D:  άφ.  πραγμάτων,  τής  πο7α- 
τείας,  etc.,  ?ο  ivithdrnw  from  bu.'siness, 
be  done  with  it,  Dem.  :  άφ.  κινδύνου, 
πόνων,  to  shun,  Xen. :  but  in  prose 
most  usu.   (ip.   άπό   τίνος,  to   revolt 

from Hdt..   etc.:    also  «ό.   προς 

τινα,  Hdt.  2,  162,  and  Xen.  ;  and 
freq.  absol.  to  revolt:  also  άφ.  τινός 
τινι,  to  give  up  a  thing  to  another, 
Dem.  99.  4  :  and  hence  άφ.  τινι  only, 
tn  get  out  of  another's  way,  give  v/ay  to 
him.  Eur.  Hec.  1054,  Plat.  Legg. 
900  Ε  :  also  c.  inf.  άφ.  έρωτήσαι,  to 
give  over  asking,  Eur.  He).  536. — 2. 
absol.  to  stand  aloof,  keep  off,  II.  3,  33  : 
to  take  no  part,  Pind.  0.  1,  84,  Dem. 
355,  20. 

ΫΑφιστορέω,  ώ,  {άπό,  ίστηοέω)  to 
mark  or  spy  out  froTn  a  place,  Philostr. 
νΑφίχβαι.  perf.  inf.  from  άφικνέυμαι. 

'Αφ7.αστον,  ov,  τό.  Lat.  aplustre, 
the  curved  stern  of  a  ship  with  its  or- 
naments, II.  15,  717 ;  Hdt.  6,  114. 

Άφλεβος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  φλ.έψ)  ivith- 
out  veins. 

'Αφ7.έγμαντος,  ov.  {a  priv..  ώλ^εγ- 
μαίνω)  not  inflamed,  checking  inflnm- 
7nation,  Theophr. — 2.  without  phlegm, 
with  the  juices  sound  and  pure,  Hipp. 

Άφλεκτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  φ7Jγω)  un- 
burnt :  in  genl.  not  dressed  with  fire, 
Eur.  Hel.  1334. 

Άθ7,όγιστος,  ov,  (apriv.,  φλ.ογίζω) 
not  infldmmahle,  Arist.  Meteor. 

'ΑΌ7.ογος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  φλ.όξ)  with- 
out flame  or  fire,  Lye. 


ΑΦΟΜ 

'Αφ7Μΐος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  φλ.οιός)  with- 
out bark,  Anth. 

Άφ7.οισ3ος,  ov,  (a  priv..  φ7.οΐσβος) 
without  rushing  noise,  Nonn. 

Άφλ.οισμός,  οϋ,  ό,  only  in  II.  15, 
607,  of  an  angry  man,  άφλοισμος  δε 
περί  στόμα  γίγνετο,  where  it  is  espl. 
by  αφρός,  foam,  foaming,  or  <ρ7Μΐσ:ίος, 
sputtering,  gnashing  of  teeth.  (Prob. 
like  the  latter  word,  formed  from  the 
sound.) 

Άφ7.ύάρος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  φλύαρος) 
not  chattering  idly,  Anton. 

' Αφ7ι.νκταίνωτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  ό7.ν- 
κταινόομαι)  without  heat-spots,  Diosc. 

Άφνειόομαι,  pass.,  to  be  rich  or 
wealthy,  Cratin. :  from 

Άώνειύς,  ύν,  also  ή,  όν,  lies.  Fr. 
39,  (αφενός)  rich,  ivealthy,  Horn. :  also 
rich  in  a  thing,  c.  gen.,  βιότοιο,  II. : 
also  άφ.  μήλοισι  and  άφνεώς  φρένας, 
Hes.  όρ.  453  :  irreg.  superl.  -έστα- 
τος,  Antim. ;  but  Hom.  has  the  regAil. 
compar.  and  superl.     Cf.  sq. 

Άφνεός. ά,όν, collat. fonn  of  foreg. , 
mostly  in  Pmd..  though  he  also  uses 
the  other  form  :  also  in  Theogn.  188, 
559,  Aesch.  Pers.  3,  Soph.  El.  457. 
[In  Theogn.  ,and  Aesch.,  as  spondee.] 

' Αφνέω,  to  be  άφνεός. 
ΥΑφνηις,  ΐδος,  η,  Aphue'is,  fem.  pr. 
η.,  Strab. 

Άφνήμων,  ov,  gen.  ονος,^άφνεός, 
Antim.  Fr.  61. 

ΥΑφνΙτις,  ιδος,  ή,  λίμνη.  Lake  Aph- 
mtis,  also  called  Αασκν/.ϊτις,  in  Bi- 
thynia.  Strab. 

'ΑφνοΓ,  εος,  τό,  shortnd.  for  άφενος, 
Pind.  Fr.  240.     Hence 

Άόνύνω,  to  make  rich,  enrich. 

ΆΦΝΩ,  adv.  unawares,  of  a  sudden, 
Aesch.  Fr.  181,  Eur.  Med.  1205,  Ale. 
420.  Thuc.  4.  104:  also  ΰφνως:  cf. 
αίφνης,  αιφνίδιος,  εξαίφνης,  έξαπί- 
νης. 

'Αφόβητος,  ον,  {α  priv.,  φοβέομαι) 
fearless,  without  fear  of,  c.  gen.  δίκης. 
Soph.  O.  T.  885. 

ΤΑφόβητος,  ov,  ό.  Aphobetus,  an 
Athenian,  brother  of  Aeschines,  Dem. 

Άφο3ία,  ας,  ή,  fearlessness.  Plat. : 
from 

Άφοβος,  ov,  {a  priv..  Φόβος)  with- 
out fear,  and  so — 1.  tin  fearing,  fearless, 
Pind.,  etc. — 2.  causing  no  fear,  not  to 
be  feared,  Aesch.  Pr.  902,  Soph.  Aj. 
360.     Adv.  -βως. 

^'Αφο•3ος,  ov,  ό,  Aphobus,  an  Athe- 
nian, Dem. 

Άφοβόσπλαγχνος,  ov,  ( άφοβος, 
σπ/.άγχνον)  fearless  of  heart,  Ar.  Ran. 
496. 

Άφόδευμα,  ατός,  τό,  agoing  to  stool, 
a  motion :  from 

Άφοδινω.  to  go  aside,  to  go  to  stool, 
Arist.  Mirab. :  from 

ΆΦοόος,  ov,  ή,  a  going  away,  depar- 
ture :  also  a  going  back,  return,  both 
in  Xen. :  departure  from  life,  Stob. 
110,  40. — II.  like  άπόπατος,  a  going 
aside  to  ease  one's  self:  hence — 2.  a 
privy,  Ar.  Eccl.  1059. — 3.  ordure. 

Άφοί3αντος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  φοι3αί- 
νω)  uncleansed,  unclean,  Aesch.  Eum. 
237,  Fr.  140. 

Άφοίνικτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  φοινίσσω) 
unreddened. 

Άφοίτητος,  οι•,  {a  priv.,  φοιτύω) 
untrodden,  unapproachable. — D.  act.  not 
coming  to,  not  seeking. 

"ΑΦο7-Κθς,  ov.  {από,  δλκή)  not  hav- 
ing treiglil,  δμαχμ-^  άφ.,  too  tight  by  a 
drachm,  Strab. 

Άφόμοιος,  ov.  (άπό,  όμοιος)  unlike. 
— II.  likened,  made  like  to.     Hence 

Άοομοιόω.  ώ,  f.  -ώσω,  to  liken,  make, 
like,  Tiri  τι.  Plat.  Crat.  427  C:  άφο- 
μοιονν  εαυτόν  τινι,  to  make  one's  self 
249 


ΑΦΟΡ 

like,  i.  e.  to  copy  another,  Id.  Rep.  396 
A. :  so  too  ill  inid.  and  pass.,  to  be  or 
become  like,  Tivi,  Plat. — II.  to  compare, 
Tivi  Ti,  Plat.  Rep.  517  B.— III.  c.  ace. 
rei  only,  to  pourtray,  ccpy,  of  painters, 
Plat.  Crat.  424  D. 

Άφομοίωμα,  ατός,  τό,  that  u<hick  is 
made  like,  a  copy,  Plat.  Rep.  395  B. 

Άφομοίωσις,  εως,  η,  (άφομηιόω)  a 
making  like,  a  comparison,  πρόζ  τι, 
with  a  thing,  Plut. 

'Αφομοιωτικός,  ή,  όν,  {ΰφομοιόω) 
fit  or  disposed  to  compare. 

'Αφο7ν?.ίζυ.  f.  -ίσω,  (άτΐό,  όττλίζυ) 
to  disarm,  strip  of  arms,  τινά  τίνος, 
Luc.  Mid.  ΰφοττλίζεσβαι  ίντεα,  to 
put  off  one's  armour,  II.  23,  26. 

'Αφοράω,  f.  άττόψομαι :  aor.  άπεί- 
δον :  perf.  άφεώράκα,  (άττό,  όράω)  to 
look  away  from  all  Others  at  one,  and 
so  like  αττοβλέττω,  to  look  at,  Lat.  re- 
spicere,  τι,  Dem.  1472,  15,  ττρός  τι, 
Plat.  Rep.  585  A ;  less  usu.  εις  τι, 
Pl\it.  Lye.  7 ;  προς  and  ε'ις  τίνα, 
Plut. :  άφ-  όθεν-..,  to  look  to  see  whence 
it  arises,  Plat.  584  D. — II.  to  see  clear- 
ly, have  in  full  view,  Lat.  prospicere, 
Hdt.  8,  37.— III.  rarely,  to  look  away, 
have  the  back  turned,  αφορώντας  παί- 
ειν,  Xen.  Cyr.  7,  1,  36. 

Άφόρόιον,ον,  τό,=ΰ.φόδενμα,  Nic. 

νΑφορέω,  ώ,  (άφορος)  to  be  unfruit- 

fiil,  )7/,  Xenag.  ap.  Macrob.  Sat.  5, 19. 

Άφάριμος,  ov,-{a  priv.,  φορέω)  un- 
bearable, insufferable,  κρνμός,  χειμών, 
Hdt.  4,  28  ;  7,  188  :  μεγέθει  βοϊ/ς  άφ., 
overwhelming.  Thuc.  4,  126—11.  not 
worn,  neiv,  Luc.  Lexiph.  9.    Adv.-r(.jf . 

Άφορία.  ας,  ή,  (άφορος)  a  not  hear- 
ing, dearth  of  a  thing,  καρπών.  Xen. 
Vect.  4,  9,  παίδων,  Plat.  Legg.  470 
C. — 2.  barrenness,  -φνχης.  Plat.  Rep. 
540  A,  φρενών,  Xen.  Symp.  4,  55. 

'Αφορίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  Att.  -ΐώ,  (άπα, 
ορίζω)  to  mark  off  by  boundaries.  Strict- 
ly of  land,  hence  ούσί'α  άφωρισμένη, 
property  marked  out,  as  was  done  in 
case  of  mortgage,  Dem.  1202,  21  ;  ή 
νπό  τίνος  άφορισβεϊσα  χώρα.  Isocr.  : 
hence — 2.  to  mark  out.  determine,  de- 
fine, both  in  act.  and  mid..  Plat., 
etc. :  hence  άφορίζεσθαι  περί  τίνος, 
ίο  lay  down  determinately  on  a  subject. 
Plat.  Charm.  173  Ε  :  χρόνος  άφωρισ- 
μένης,  a  determinate  time.  Id.  Legsr. 
785  15  :  hence  part,  άφορίσας,  much 
like  adv.  άφωρισμένως.  definitely. 
Dem.  778,  27. — 3.  to  part  off,  lay  aside, 
except,  distinguish.  Plat.,  etc.  :  opni 
άφωρισμένοι,  distinct  6oii/Mis,Id.Criti. 
110  D,  so  ίπιστήμη  άφωρ.,  Aris.t. 
Rhet.  :  to  separate  from,  to  cast  out  of 
the  society  of,  N.  T.  Luc.  6,  22. — 4.  to 
bring  to  an  end.  finish,  Polyb. — II.  to 
carry  out  of  the  boundaries,  carry  off. 
Eur.  Ale.  31,  in  mid.     Hence 

Άφόριημα,  ατός,  τό,  that  lehich  is 
parted  off:  the  suburbs  of  a  city  ;  the 
wave-offering,  LXX. 

'Αφορισμός,  οϋ,  ό,  a  limitnllon.  defini- 
tion, Lat.  determinatio :  a  short  pith y  sen- 
tence, aphorism,  such  as  those  of  Hipp. 

Άφοριστέον,  verb.  adj.  from  αφο- 
ρίζω, one  must  put  aside,  Arist.  Eth.  N. 

'Αφοριστικός,  ή,  όν,  (αφορίζω)  fit 
for  or  good  at  marking  out. — 2.  apho- 
ristic, sententious.     Adv.  -κώς. 

Άφορμάω,  ώ,  f•  -ήσω,  (άπό,  ορμάω) 
to  ha.ite  away,  to  make  to  start  from  a 
place,  set  a  going,  άφ.  πεϊραν,  to  make 
an  attempt.  Soph.  Aj.  290  :  but  the 
act.  is  mostly  intr.  =  pass.,  as  Eur. 
Tro.  939.  Thuc.  4,  78.  Pass,  go 
forth,  start,  depart,  U.  2,  794,  Od.  2, 
375,  and  Att. 

.     'Αφορμέω,ώ.(άπό,όρμέω)   to    leave 
port,  weigh  anchor. 

Αφορμή,    ής,    ή,    a    starting-place, 
250 


ΑΦΓΑ 

means  of  itarting  safely,  base  of  opera- 
tions, Thuc.  1,  90:  hence  a  place  of 
safety,  Eur.  Med.  3-12. — 2.  in  genl.  a 
starting-point  :  the  cause,  occasion,  or 
pretext  of  a  thing,  λό}ωΐ',  Eur.  Hec. 
1239,  etc.  :  άφ.  'λαμβάνειν,  to  take  oc- 
casion, Isocr.  53  A  :  διδύναι,  παρέ- 
χειν,  to  give  occasion,  Luc. — 3.  the 
7neans  with  which  one  begins  a  thing, 
άφ.  κτΰσΟαι,  πορίζειν,  etc.,  Xen. : 
πίστις  άφορμη  μεγίστη  πρυς  χρημα- 
τισμον,  credit  is  the  best  help  to  borrow- 
ing. Dem.  958,  3  ;  esp.  means  of  war, 
as  money,  men,  ships,  etc..  Wolf 
Lept.  p.  287  :  capital,  Lat.  fundus, 
Dem.  947,  22.— II.  a  making  a  start, 
undertaking,  Ιργων,  Xen.  Mem.  2,  7, 
11. — III.  with  the  Stoics  opp.  to  όρμ?'/, 
disinclination,  Plut. 

Άφορμιύω,  desiderat.  from  άφορ- 
μάω, to  ivish  to  start,  Archyt. 

Άφόρμιγκτος,  ov,  v.  άφόρμικτος. 

Άφορμίζω,  ϊ.  -ίσω  Att.  -ίώ,  (άπό, 
όρμίζω)  Ιο  carry  out  of  port. Mid. raff 
άφ.  χθονός,  to  lead  forth  one's  ships 
from  the  anchorage  of  the  land,  Eur. 
I.  T.  18  ;  to  leave  port,  weigh  anchor. 

Άφόρμικτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  φορμίζω) 
without  the  lyre,  of  wild  or  melan- 
choly music,  e.  g.  of  the  αυλός,  etc., 
V.  Midler  Eumen.  φ  18. 

"Αφορμος,  ov,  (άπό,  όρμος)  without 
harbour,  άφορμος  εμάς  χθονός,  without 
the  shelter  of  my  land,  Sojih.  O.  C.  234. 

'Αφορολόγητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  φορο- 
λογέω)  not  taxed,  paying  no  tribute, 
Polyb. 

'Αφορος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  φέρω)  not 
bearing,  barren,  δένδρεα.  Hdt.  2,  156. 
— 2.  free  from  tribute,  Strab. — 3.  caus- 
ing sterility,  Aesch.  Eum.  784. 

Άφορτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  φόρτος)  not 
laden.  Adv.  -τως,  άφ.  φέρειν,  to  bear 
easily.  Muson.  ap.  Stob. 

Άφόρυκτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  φορνσσω) 
unspotted.  Anth. 

'Αφοσιόω,  (άπό,  όσιόω)  to  dedicate, 
devote:  but  only  found  in  mid.,  άφ. 
τη  θεω,  to  devote  the  firstlings  to  the 
goddess,  Hdt.  1,  199. — II.  to  purify, 
cleanse,  Lat.  expiare,  την  πόλιν.  εαυ- 
τόν. Plat.  :  here  too  most  usu.  in 
mid.  to  purify  one's  self  from  sins  of 
negligence.  Id.  Phaed.  60  E,  Phaedr. 
242  C  ;  also  c.  ace.  rei,  άφοσιοϋσθαι 
τι,  to  expiate,  avert  a  curse  or  omen, 
Lat.  procurare,  v.  Miiller  Eumen.  >>>  58, 
8,  and  άφοσιοϋσθαι  υπέρ  τίνος.  Plat. 
Legg.  874  A  :  hence  to  abominate, 
turn,  away  with  horror.  Plat.  Phil.  12 
B,  cf.  Wyttenb.  Plut.  63  Α.— III.  also 
in  mid.  to  acr/uit  one's  self  of  service 
due.  hence  άφοσιοϋσθαι  ί-ξόρκωσιν,  to 
quit  one's  self  conscientiously  of  an  oath, 
Hdt.  4.  154  ;  άφ.  λόγιον  quitting  one's 
self  of  the  orders  of  an  oracle,  lb.  203. 
— IV.  also  in  mid.,  άφοσιονσθαί  τι, 
ίο  do  a  thing  for  form's  sake,  ceremo- 
niously. Lat.  auspicii,  ominis  causa : 
and  so  to  do  slightly,  cursorily,  Lat. 
defiingi  re,  perfunctorie,  dicis  causa 
tractare,  άφ.  περί  τινος.  Plat.  Legg. 
752  D.     Hence 

Άφοσίωμα,  ατός.  τό,  the  act  of  άφο- 
σιοϋσθαι, purification,  expiation. 

Άφοσίωσις,  εως,  7;,=;foreg.,  Plut. 
—II.  a  doing  as  matter  of  form,  hence 
άφοσιώσεως  'ένεκα,  for  form's  sake, 
Plut.  Eum.  12  :  τιμής  άώοσίωσις, 
oulirard.  formnt  respect.  Id.  Timol.  39. 

' Αφόωντα,  Ep.  lengthd.  for  άφών- 
τα,  ace.  part.  pres.  act.  from  άφάω.  I!. 
' Αφραδεω,  ώ,  to  be,  act  without  sense, 
II.  9,  32.  Od.  7,  294  :  from 

Άφραδής,  ές,  (a  priv.,  φράζομαι) 
thou!;httess,  i7isensnte.  Od.  2,  282  :  of  the 
dead,,<!en.'i(/i>.s-.9,0d  11,476.  Adv. poet. 
άφραδέως,  foolishly ,  idly,  II.    Hence 


ΑΦΡΟ 

Άφρΰδία,  ας,  ή,  folly,  thoughtless' 
ness,  Horn,  always  in  dat.  plur.  άφρα- 
'^tyC'  ~V'^t,  -ησιν,  by  or  through  folly, 
also  by  or  through  heedle.isHess,\\.  16, 
354  ;  e.\cept  Od.  19,  523,  where  δι' 
άφραδίας  is  used  in  same  signf.,  and 
11.  2,  308,  where  we  have  άφοαδίτ) 
πο?.έμοΐο,  from  inexperience  in,  igno- 
rance of  war.  Ep.  word  :  άφροσννη 
is  the  prose  word. 

Άφράδμων,  ov,  gen.  ονος,=άώρα- 
δής,  c.  inf  ά.  προγνώμεναι.  without 
sense  to  foresee,  H.  Horn.  Cer.  257. 
Adv.  -μόνως,  Aesch.  Pers.  417.  Only 
poet. 

Άφραίνω,  (άφρων)  to  be  silly.  II.  2, 
258,  Od.  20,  360.  Poet.:  in  prose 
only  as  an  expres.sion  of  the  Stoics, 
freq.  in  Plut. 

"Αφρακτα,  ων,  τύ,  vessels  without 
hatches,  Polyb.  4, 53, 1 :  strictly  neut. 
from  * 

Άφρακτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  φράσσω) 
unfenced,  unfortified,  unguarded,  οΊκη- 
σις,  στρατόπεδον,  Thuc.  1,  6,  117: 
c.  gen.  ώίλων,  by  friends.  Soph.  Aj. 
910,  e.  oat.,  δρκοις,  Eur.  Hipp.  657. 
— II.  unguarded,  off  one's  guard,  Ar. 
Thesni.  581,  and  Thuc.,  προς  τίνα, 
Thuc.  3,  39. 

νΑφρύνι<)ς,  ov,  6,  the  Latin  Afra- 
nius,  Strab. 

Άφράσμων,  ov,  gen.  ονος,^άφρά- 
δμων.  Aesch.  Ag.  1401.  Adv.  -μό- 
νως, lb.  290. 

" Αφραστος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  φράζω)  un 
spoken,  unutterable,  strange,  7narvellous, 
H.  Honi.  Merc.  80,  Ep.  Hom.  5,  2.— 
2.  untold,  numberless,  σταγόνες,  Aesch. 
Cho.  186. — II.  (a  priv.,  φράζομαι)  not 
perceived,  unseen,  H.  Honi.  Merc.  353: 
not  to  be  observed,  knoum,  or  guessed, 
TO  άφραστότατον  χωρίον,  Hdt.  5,  92, 
4:  unforeseen,  Ap.  Rh. — 2.  act.  unrea- 
soning, deranged,  Nic.  Adv.  -τως, 
unexpectedly.  Soph.  El.  1263.    Hence 

Άφραστνς,  νος,  η.^άφραδία.  Ion. 

Άφρέω,  (αφρός)  to  foam.  Hipp.  :  e. 
ace.  to  befoam,  cover  with  foam,  ίπποι 
άφρεον  στί/θεα,  II.  11,  282. 

Άφρηλόγος,  ov,  poet,  for  άφρολό 
γος,  Anth. 

Άφρηστής,  ov,  6,  (άφρέω)  the  f earn- 
er, epith.  of  a  dolphin,  Anth. 

Άφρήτωρ,  ορός,  b.  Ion.  for  άφρύ- 
τωρ,  without  φρύτρα,  i.  e.  bound  by  no 
social  tie,  II.  9,  63. 

Άφριάω,  poet,  for  άφρέω,  Opp. 

'Αφρίζω,  f.  -ίσω,=.άφρέω,  to  foam. 
Soph.  El.  719,  and  Hipp. 

V Αφρικανός,  οϋ,  ό,  Africanus,  epi- 
thet of  Scipio,  Polyb.  35.  4,  8. 

Άφρικτί,  adv.  (a  priv.,  ορ/σσω) 
without  shuddering.  Call.  Dian.  65.  \τΐ\ 

Άόριόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  (αφρός)  Joamy, 
Nic.' 

Άφρισμός.  ov,  ό,  (αφρίζω)  α  foam- 
ing, Herm.  Orph.  Lith.  475. 

ΆφρΙτις,  ιδος,  ή.  the  foamfish,  an- 
chovy, elseivh.  άφνη,  Opp.  Hal.  1,  776. 

Άφρόγΰλα,  ακτος,  τό,  (αφρός,  γά- 
λα) frothed  milk,  Galen. 

Άφρογένεΐα,  ας.  ή,  the  fonm-hom, 
epith.  ol  Venus,  Hes.  Th.  190,  Bion: 
from 

Άφρογενής,  ές,  (αφρός,  *  γένω) 
foam-born,  ή  Άφρογενής,  Aphrodite, 
Venus. 

V Αφροδισία,  ας,  ή,  (Αφροδίτη)  prop. 
α  spot  sacred  to  Venus  ;  as  pr.  n.  Aphro- 
disia,  a  town  in  Laeonia,  Thuc.  4, 56. 

' Αφροδίσια,  ων,  τύ,  v.  sub  'Αφρο- 
δίσιος. 

Άφροδίσιύζω,  f.  -άσω,  (αφροδίσια) 
to  love,  enjoy  sexual  intercourse,  in  act. 
of  the  man.  Plat.  Rep.  426  A  ;  pass, 
of  the  woman,  Xen.  Hier.  3.  4. 

'Αφροδισιακός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to 


ΑΦΡΟ 

venery,  ηδοναί,  Diod.  :  aphrodisiac, 
provocative. 

Αφροδίσιας,  ύδος,  ή,  prop,  sacred 
to  Aphrodite  or  Venus  ;  as.  pr.  n.  Aphro- 
disias,  an  island  on  the  coast  of  Cy- 
renaica,  Hdt.  4,  1C9. — 2.  a  city  of 
Greater  Phrygia,  Strab. — 3.  capital 
of  Caria,  Pans.  —  II.  as  subst.,  an 
aphrodisiac,  provocative  plant. 

Άώροδίσιασμός,  ού,  ό,  sexual  inter- 
course. 

Άφροδϊσιαστικός,  ή,  όν,=  Άφροδί- 
σιακός, χάρις,  Arist.  Pol. 

'Αφροδίσιος,  α,  ον,  also  ος,  ον, 
{^Αφροδίτη)  Lat.  venereus,  belonging  to 
love  or  venery.  Soph.  Fr.  257. — II.  ru 
'Αφροδίσια,  veneri/,  love,  freq.  in  Plat. 
— 2.  a  festival  of  Aphrodite,  Xen.  Hell. 
5,  4,  4. — 3.  thepudenda,  Luc. — III.  το 
^Αφροδίσιοι',  the  temple  of  Aphrodite, 
or  Venus,  Xen.  Hell.  5,  4,  58 :  hence 
as  pr.  n.  Aphrodisium — 1.  a  city  of 
Cyprus,  Strab. — 2.  a  promontory  of 
Spain,  Strab.  ;  both  as  containing 
temples  of  the  goddess,  [δί] 

Άώροδίτη,  7ΐς,  ή,  (αφρός)  Aphro- 
άϊΐέ,  Lat.  Venus,  the  goddess  of  love, 
desire,  and  beauty :  Horn,  never  al- 
ludes to  her  as  foam-born  (acc.  to  the 
deriv.).  e.xcept  in  Hymn  5  :  she  was 
daughter  of  Jupiter  and  Dione,  wife 
of  Vulcan,  paramour  of  Mars  ;  hence 
— II.  as  appellat.,  love,  enjoyment,  Od. 
22,  444 ;  though  in  this  sense  έργα 
'Αφροδίτης  is  most  usu  — 2.  beauty, 
grace,  charm,  Lat.  venustas,  Eur. 
Phoen.  399  — 3.  any  vehement  longing 
or  desire,  like  έρως,  Eur.  I.  A.  1264. 

t'"^  .        ,       , 

^'Αφροδίτης  πόλις,  y,    also    Αφρο- 

διτότζολις,  εως.  ή,  Aphrodltopdlis.  two 
cities  so  called  in  the  Aegyptian  Del- 
ta, Strab. — 2.  a  city  of  Middle  Aegypt, 
Strab.— 3.  another  in  Upper  Aegypt, 
Id. 

Άφρόκομος,  ον,  (αφρός,  κόμΐ]) foam- 
haired,  (ίαϋύμΓ/ξ,  Musae. 

Άφρό/ατρον,  ον,  τό,  Att.  for  άφρό- 
νιτρον. 

' Αφρο7.όγος,  ον,  (αφρός,  λέγω)foam- 
gathering,  dub.  in  Anth. 

Άφρονεστέρως,  adv.  compar.  to 
αφρόνοις.  Plat.  Lach.  193  C. 

Άφρονέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω.  (άφρων)  to  be 
silly,  act  foolishly,  Horn.,  only  in  part, 
pres.,  II.  15,  104.     Hence 

Άφρόνησις,  εως,  ή,  folly,  senseless- 
ness. 

Άφρονιτρον,  ον,  τό,  Att.  άφρόλι- 
τρον,  α  kind  of  coarse  alkali,  distin- 
guished by  Galen  from  the  finer  άν- 
θος νίτρου  :  in  earlier  Greek,  as 
Hipp.,  written  divisim,  αφρός  νίτρου, 
Lob.  Phryn.  303. 

Άφροντις,  ιδος,  ό,  ή,  (a  priv.,  φρον- 
τίς)  free  from  care,  Lat.  securus,  c. 
gen.  τοϋ  θανεΐν,  Eur.  Incert.  76. 

Άόροντιστέω,  ω,  f.  -7/σω,  to  be 
άφοόντιστος,  to  be  heedless.  Plat.  Legg. 
885  A  :  to  have  no  care  of  a  thing,  τι- 
νός, Xen.  An.  5,  4,  20. 

'Αφροντιστητέον,  verb.  adj.  from 
foreg.,  one  must  disregard.  Polyb. 

' Αφροντιστί,  adv.  of  άφρόντιστος, 
Ath. 

Άφροντιστία,  ας,  ή,  thoughtlessness, 
Clem.  Al. :  from 

Άφρόντιστος,  ον,  (a  priv.,  φροντί- 
ζω) thoughtless,  heedless,  taking  no  care, 
Xen.  Symp.  6,  6. — 2.  senseless,  έρως, 
Theocr. — II.  pass,  unthought  of,  unex- 
pected, άγων,  Aesch.  Ag.  1377.  Adv. 
—τως,  without  taking  thought.  Soph. 
Tr.  366:  but  άφρ.  έχειν,  euphem.  for 
άφρων  είναι,  to  be  crazed.  Soph.  Aj. 
355. 

Άφρόνως,  adv.  from  άφρων,  Soph. 
Ai.  766. 


ΑΦΤΚ 

ΆΦΡΟ'Σ,  ον,  ό,  foam,  usu.  of  the 
sea,  II.  :  but  also  of  an  angry  lion,  11. 
20,  168.  —  2.  frothing  blood,  Aesch. 
Eum.  183. — II.  αφρός  νίτρου,  cf.  sub 
άφρονιτρον. — III.  a  kind  of  fish  = 
άφνη,  Arist.  H.  A.  (Cf.  Sanscr. 
abhra,  a  cloud,  also  όμβρος,  imber.) 

' Αφροσέληνος,  ον,  (αφρός,  σελήνη) 
V.  sub  σεληνίτης. 

Άφροσί•ίομ3αξ,  ακος,  6,  (άφρων, 
βόμβαξ)  α  puffing,  bustling  fellow,  Ti- 
mon  ap.  Diog.  L.  2,  126. 

'Αφροσύνη,  ης,  ή,  (άφρων)  folly, 
thoughtlessness,  senselessness,  Horn., 
in  plur.  Od.  16,  278  ;  24,  457,  in  sing. 
I!.  7,  110:  also  in  Trag.,  and  Att. 
prose,  as  Plat.,  and  Xen. ;  δι'  αφρο- 
σύνης, ΰπ'  αφροσύνης,  etc. 

Άφρονρέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω.  (άφρονρος) 
to  be  without  guards,  Strab.     Hence 

Άφρούρητος,  ον,  unguarded,  ungar- 
risoned.  Plat.  Legg.  760  A. 

"Αφρουρος,  ον,  (a  priv.,  φρουρά) 
unguarded,  unmatched,  Plat.  Phaedr. 
256  C  :  free  from  garrison  duty,  Arist. 
Pol. 

Άφροφόρος,  ον,  (αφρός,  φέρω)^αηι- 
bearing. 

Άφροφϋής,  ες,  (αφρός,  φύω)  foam- 
producing,  of  a  lettuce,  Lat.  lactuca, 
from  its  milky  juice,  Anth. 

Άφρύη,  ης,  ή.^άφύη,  q.  v. 

ΆΦΡΩ',  ους,  ή,=  Άφροδίτη,  Nic. 

'Αφρώδης,  fr,  (αφρός,  είδος)  foamy, 
full  of  foam.  Plat.  Tim.  60  B. 

"Αφρων,  ον,  gen.  όνος,  (a  priv., 
φρήν)  senseless,  without  intelligence, 
without  reason,  opp.  to  έμφρων,  Xen. 
Mem.  1,  4,  4:  and  so — 2.  ivitless, 
crazed,  but  also  silly,  foolish,  Lat. 
amens.  demens,  Horn.  ;  also  φρένας 
άφρ.,  II.  4,  104.  Compar.  and  superl., 
-νέστερος,-νέστατος.  Plat., etc.  Adv. 
-όνως. 

Άφνβρίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (από,  υβρίζω) 
to  give  a  loose  to  one's  fury  or  insolence, 
εΙς  τι,  Plut.  :  hence  to  exhaust  it,  to 
cense  from  insolence  or  raging,  metaph. 
of  wine,  to  be  done  fermenting,  Alex. 
Dem.  6. 

Άφυγής,  ες,  (a  priv.,  φενγω)  with- 
out strength  to  flee.  Sext.  Emp. 

Άφΰγιάζω,  (άπό,  νγιάζω)  to  make 
soimd  again.  Iambi.     Hence 

Άφΰγιασμός,οϋ.ό,α  healing.  Iambi. 

Άφυγραίνω,  (άπό,  υγραίνω)  to 
moisten.  Arist.  H.  Α.,  in  pass. 

Άφνδιον,  ον,  τό.  dim.  from  άφύη, 
Ar.  Fr.  422.  [ϋ,  Meineke  Menand.  p. 
160.] 

Άφνδραίνω,  (άπό,  νδραίνω)  to  wash, 
sprinkle,  mid.  to  wash  one's  self,  bathe, 
καθαροΐς  δρόσοις,  Eur.  Ion  97. 

' Αφυδρος,  ον,  (άπό,  νδωρ)  without 
water,  Hipp. 

Άφνη,  ης,  ή,  but  in  gen.  plur.  usu. 
written  άφύων,  not  άφνων :  a  sort  of 
anchovy  or  sardine,  Att.  usu.  in  plur.: 
first  in  Epich.  p.  32.  (a  priv.,  φύω, 
because  they  were  thought  to  be  bred 
from  mud  alone  •  acc.  to  Others,  quasi 
άφρύη  from  αφρός,  and  hence  sacred 
to  Aphrodite.)  [ΰ,ί"] 

ΥΑφύη,  ης,  ή,  Aphye,  name  of  a  vo- 
tary of  Venus,  Ath.  386  A. 

Άφνής,  ές,  (a  priv.,  φνή)  without 
vatural  talent,  witless,  not  clever,  dull. 
Plat.  Rep.  455  Β  ;  άφ.  προς  τι,  want- 
ing wit  for  a  thing.  Id.  Phaed.  96  C. 
• — II.  in  good  sense,  simple,  unschooled. 
Soph.  Phil.  1014.  Adv.  άφυώς.  Hence 

Άφνία,  ας,  ή,  want  of  talent,  Plut. 

' Αφυίδιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  άφύη. 

"Αφνκος,  ον,  (a  priv.,  φνκος)  without 
cos7netics,  holiest. 

"Αφνκτος,  ον,  (a  priv.,  φενγω)  not 
to  be  shunned,  from  which  none  escape, 
χείρ,  γνιοπέδη,  όμμα,   κύνες,   etc., 


ΑΦΤΣ 
Pind.,  and  Trag.  :  esp.  of  arrows, 
unerring,  like  Lat.  certae  sagittae, 
Soph.,  and  Eur.  Later  άφενκτος, 
Lob.  Phryn.  726. — II.  act.  unable  to 
escape,  Ar.  Nub.  1047.  Adv.  -τ^ς. 

Άφϋλακτέω,  ώ,  (άπό  νλακτέω)  to 
bark  out,  Luc. 

Άφΰλακτέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  be  αφύ- 
λακτος, ίο  be  off  one's  guard,  Xen. 
Hipparch.  5,  15 :  c.  gen.  to  be  careless 
about,  neglect.  Id.  Cyr.  1,  6,  5.  Pass. 
to  be  ill-guarded,  Polyb.  :  from 

'Αφν?Μκτος,  ον,  (α  priv.,  φυλάσσω) 
unguarded,  of  a  place,  άφιέναι  άφύ- 
λακτον,  Hdt.  8,  70. — ^11.  (a  priv.,  φυ- 
λάσσομαι) of  persons,  ung^iarded,  un- 
heeding, Lat.  securus,  Hdt.  9,  116  ;  άφ. 
εϋδειν  ενφρόν?}ν,  to  sleep  securely 
through  the  night,  Aesch.  Ag.  337  :  άφ. 
τινά  λαμβάνειν,  to  catch  one  off  his 
guard,  Xen,  Cyr.  1.  6,  37:  το  άφ., 
want  of  precaution,  Thuc.  3,  30. — III. 
in  prose  esp  of  places,  not  guarded, 
watched,  or  garrisoned,  Thuc,  and 
Xen.  :  in  genl.  iwt  watched.  Adv. 
-τως,  Xen.  [υ]    Hence 

Άφνλαξία,  ας,  ή,  want  of  guard, 
carelessness  in  watching,  Xen.  Oec.  4, 
10. 

Άφϋλίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (άπό,  νλίζω)  to 
strain  off,  Anth.     Hence 

' Αφυ?ιίσμα,  ατός,  τό,  that  ivhich  is 
strained  off,  lees,  sediment. 

"ΑφνλλοΓ,  ον,  (a  priv.,  φνλ7.ον)  leaf- 
less, of  dry  wood,  II.  2,  425  :  άώ.  στό- 
μα, a  mouth  not  seconded  by  the  suppli- 
ant's olive-branch,  Eur.  Or.  383. — II. 
act.  stripping  off  the  leaves,  blighting, 
λιχήν,  Aesch.  Eum.  785. 

'Αφύ7ί.λωτος,  ov,=foreg.  L,  Soph. 
Fr.  281. 

Άφύξιμος,  ον,  in  Nic.  Th.  603: 
acc.  to  some  from  φνξιμος,=^μόνιμος, 
enduring :  acc.  to  Others,  from  άφνσ- 
σω,  abundant. 

'Αφυπνίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (άπό,  ύπνίζω) 
to  wake  one  from  sleep,  Eur.  Rhes.  25. 
Pass,  to  wake  up,  keep  awake,  Cratin. 
Incert.  5,  Pherecr.  Incert.  31  :  so  too 
in  act.,  intr.,  Philostr. 

"Αφνπνος,  ον,  (άττό,  ϋηνος)  roused 
from  sleep.     Hence 

Ά^ΐ'τπ'όω,  f.  -ώσω,  to  wake  from 
sleep,  Anth. — II.  to  fall  asleep,  N.  T. 

'Αφνρητος,  ον,  (α  priv.,  φνρύω)  not 
kneaded,  unmixed.  [tJ] 

"Αφυρτος,  ον,  (a  priv.,  φνρω)=^ 
foreg.,  unmixed.     Adv.  —τως. 

Άφνσγετός,  δ.  (άφνσσω)  the  mud 
and  filth  which  a  stream  carries  with 
it,  II.  1 1,  495  :  in  genl.  corrupt  matter, 
Nic.  —  II.  άφυσ^ετον  νέκταρ,  like 
άφύξιμον,  Nic. 

' Αφύσητος,  ον,  (α  priv.,  φνσάω)  not 
bloivn  or  puffed  up.   [i] 

'Αφύσικος,  (a  priv.,  φνσις)=άώνής, 
Diog.  L. 

Άφνσιολόγητος,  ον,  (a  -ρήν.,φνσι- 
ο?.ογέω)  unacquainted  with  physics  : 
havinu  no  natural  cause,  Plut. 

Άφϋσος,  ον,  (a  priv.,  (ρϋσα)  not 
flatulent,  causing  no  flatulence.  Gal. 

'Αφύσσω,  fut.  άφΰξω  :  aor.  1  ήφνσα 
Od.  9,  165,  or  άφνσσα,  Horn.  :  aor 
mid.  ήφνσάμ7}ν  or  ΰφυσσάμην,  Hom. : 
To  draw  liquids,  esp.  from  a  larger 
vessel  with  a  smaller,  άφ-  olvov  άπό 
and  έκ  κρητΐ/ρος,  Horn.,  kv  άμφιφο- 
ρεϋσιν.  Od.,  εις  άγγεα  άφ.  δώρα.  Hes. 
Op.  611  :  so  in  pass,  πίθων  ήφνσσετο 
οίνος,  was  drawn  from  the  casks,  Od. 
23,  305.  Metaph.  π7.οντον  άφνσσειν, 
to  draw  fid  I  draughts  of  wealth,  i.  e.  to 
heap  it  up,  τινί,  for  another,  II.  1,  171 ; 
so  too  k7  έος :  for  διά  έντερα  χαλκός 
ήφνσε,  II.  13,  508,  v.  sub  διαφνσσω. 
Mid.  to  draw  for  one's  self,  help  one's 
self  to,  olvov,  II.  23,  220 :  to  drink, 
251 


AXAI 

quaff,  Eur.  Mod.  838.  Metaph.  φύλ- 
Λα,  to  keap  nj)  leaves,  Od.  7,  2b0.  Kp. 
word,  used  also  by  Eur.  I.  c,  and  I. 
A.  lUJl.  (Deriv.  uncertain:  ace.  to 
some  from  ιίω,  others  iroin  οτττω, 
ΰφάω.) 

Άφνστερέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσυ,  {ά~ό,  νστε- 
οέω)  to  come  too  late,  Polyb.  :  and  so 
to  remain  behind  another,  7niss  hlin, 
τινός. 

Άφυστερίζω,  f,  -/ff(j,=foreg. 

Άφυτεντος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  φυτεύω) 
not  planted,  χώρος,  Xen.  Oec.  '20,  22. 

Άφύω,  to  become  white  or  bleached. 

Hipp- 

Άφνώ^ης,  ες,  (ΰφύη,  ειύος)  ivhitish 
like  a  sardine  or  anchovy,  χρώμα,  Hipp. 
νΚφυώς,  adv.  from  ίιφυης. 
ν\φώ,  2  aor.  subj.  act.  of  ΰφίημι. 
^Κφώνητος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  φωνίω)  un- 
speakable, unutterable,  άχος,  Pind.  P. 
4,  Λ22  :  inexplicable.  Anlh. — II.  voice- 
lens,  speechless.  Soph.  O.  C.  1283. 

^Κφωνία,  ας,  ή,  (άφωνος)  speechless- 
ness, toss  of  voice.  Plat.  Symp.  198  C. 
Άφωνίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  to  deprive  of  voice, 
Anst  Probl.?  from 

Άφωνος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  φωνή)  voice- 
less, speechless,  dumb,  silent,  first  in 
Theogn.  GG9.  Adv.  -νως,  Soph.  O. 
C.  131,  also  neut.  pi.  as  adv.,  Aesch. 
Pers.  81'J. — 2.  tu  άφωνα,  sub.  γράμ- 
ματα, mutes,  Lat.  litterae  mutae,  DlOg. 
L.  7,  57,  opp.  to  tu  φωνήεντα. 

Άφώράτος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  φωράω)  not 
detected. 

Άφωρισμίνως.  adv.  part. perf.  pass. 
from  αφορίζω,  especially,  apart  from, 
Anst.  H.  A. 

Άφώτιστος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  φωτίζω) 
not  enlightened,  dark,  obscure,  Joseph. 

t'A;t;as",  a,  Achaz,  masc.  pr.  n.  N.  T. 
Matth.  1,  9. 

'Αχαία,  ας.  Ion.  'Χχαίΐη,  ης,  ή,  ep- 
ith.  of  Deiuetcr  or  Ceres  m  Attica, 
Ildt.  5,  61.  (.\cc.  to  Hesych.  from 
άχος,  grief,  for  the  loss  of  her  daugh- 
ter ;  according  to  others  to  be  written 
'Κχαα'ι,  Elmsl.  Ach.  709,  α.χ\Λ—ερι- 
θος  ;  ace.  to  Buttm.  Lexil.  from  άχέ- 
Civ,  to  make  a  noise.) 

νΑ.χαια,  ας,  ή,  Achaia,  the  northern 
province  of  the  Peloponnesus,  lying 
along  the  Sinus  Corinthiacus,  Thuc. 
— 2.  umier  the  Roman  sway  the  Pe- 
loponnesus and  the  rest  of  Greece  as 
far  north  as  Thessaly  and  Epirus, 
Polyb. — 3.  ή  Φβιώτις  (a.\so  Φθιώτι.ς  ή 
Αχαϊκή),  a  region  of  Thessaly  nearly 
coterminal  with  Phthiotis,  Strab. — 
II.  nauie  of  cities: — I.  a  city  of  Ae- 
tolia,  in  Thue.  1,  115  ace.  to  Goeller, 
but  v.  Arnold  ad  1. — 2.  a  city  on  the 
Cimmerian  Bosporus,  Strab.  —  3.  a 
city  of  Asia.  Id.— 1.  a  city  in  the  isl- 
and of  Rhodes,  Diod.  S.  5,  57. 

ν\χαιύ.    Ion.   Άχαυ'/,   ή,    fern,   of 
'Αχαιός,  an  Achaean  woirMn,Od.2, 119. 
ϊ'Αχαίύς,  ύδος,  >?,  and 
^'Αχαιίύς,  άόος,  ή.  poet.  fem.  adj., 
Achaean:  SUb.  yvv)),  an  Achaean  wo- 
man, II.  5,  421. 

ΥΑχαιαί,  ών,  ai,  Achaeae,  rocks 
near'Samos  in  Elis,  Strab. 

ΙΆχαιατις,  ιδος,  ή,  fem.  adj.,  sub. 
χώρα,  the  Achaean  territory,  Polyb.  4, 
17,3. 
ΓΑχαιϊκός.  ή,  όν,=  Αχαϊκής. 
Άχαύνη.  άχαίνΐ],  ης,  άχαία,  άχα- 
ta,  ας,  ή,  άχαύνης,  ον,  ό,  άχαΐνης. 
ου,  ό,  άχαύι'ΐη,  ης,  ή,  ο.  brocket  or  two- 
year  stag,  from  his  single  pointed  horns 
(αιώνες,  cf.  άκαχμένος) :  poet,  the 
stn•'  in  genl.,  Ap.  Rh. :  cf.  Schneid. 
Ari'st.  H.  A.  9,  6,  3.  [Ίν] 

Άχηιΐνη.  ης,  ή,  a  kind  oflnr^e  loaf, 
baked  by  the  women  at  the  Thesmo- 
yhoria.  Ath. 
*^  252 


axap 

Άχαΰς,  ΐόος,  ή,  Att.  Άχΰΐς,  the 
Achutan  land,  with  or  without  yala, 
Horn. — 2.  an  Achaian  woman,  sub. 
γννή,  II. 

νΑχαικαρος,  ου,  ό,  Achdicarus, 
masc.  pr.  η.,  Strab. 

V Αχαϊκός,  ή,  όν,  poet.  Άχaιϊκός,of 
or  belonging  to  Achaia,  Achaian,  Xen. 
νΑχαιμένης,  ους'  ό,  Achaemines, 
founder  of  the  Persian  monarchy, 
grandfather  of  Cambyses,  Hdt.  7,  11. 
— 2.  son  of  Darius  1.,  brother  of  Xer- 
xes, lidt.  3,  12.     Hence 

νΑχαψενίδαι,  ών.  ol,  the  Achaemlm- 
dae,  descendants  of  Achaemenes,  the 
royal  lainily  of  Persia,  Hdt.  1,  125. 

'Αχαιός,  ά.  όν,  Achaian,  Lat.  Achi- 
vus  :  hence  as  subst. — 1.  oi  'Αχαιοί, 
ai  Άχαιαί,  Achaians,  Achaian  women, 
in  Hom.  Greeks  in  genl. ;  esp.  Spar- 
tans and  Argives,  Paus.  7,  1. — 2.  ή 
Άχαιύ,  Achaia  in  Peloponesus,  in 
prose  usu  'Αχαΐα,  q.  v. 

νΑχαιής.  ού,  ύ,  as  masc.  pr.  n., 
Achanis,  son  of  Xuthus,  and  mythic 
founder  of  the  Achaean  race,  Apol- 
lod.  1,  7,  3.-2.  name  of  two  tragic 
poets,  the  earlier  of  Eretria,  contern- 
])orary  with  Sophocles  and  Euripides, 
Ath. ;  the  later  of  Syracuse.— Others 
in  Polyb.,  etc. 

ί'Αχαιών  ακτή,  ή,  Achainn  acte,  a 
city  on  the  north  coast  of  Cyprus, 
Strab. 

νΑχαιών  ?Λμήν,  ΰ,  Achaian  limen,  a 
city  on  the  coast  of  Troas,  Strab. 

'Αχάλαζος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  χάλαζα) 
without  had,  Or.  Sibyll. 

Άχάλίνος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  χαίινός) 
M?i6ri(/W,aT-o/ia,  Plat.  Legg. 701  C.  [ά] 

Άχαλίνωτί-ς,  ov,  (a  \ιήν.,χαλΙ- 
νόω)  unbridled,  without  bridle,  ϊππος, 
Xen.  Eq.  5,  3  ;  στόμα.  Anth.  :  not  to 
be  forced  or  bent,  ανάγκη.  Orph. 

Άχύλκεος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  χάλκεος) 
not  of  bronze,  or  having  not  a  χα?.Κ0νς, 
Anlh. 

'Αχά?ίΚεντος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  χα?.κεύω) 
not  forged  of  metal,  ττέόαΐ,  Aesch. 
Cho".  493. 

Άχαλκέω  to  have  not  a  χα7Μονς,  to 
be  penniless.  Anth. 

Άχα'λκης,  ές,  (a  priv.,  χαλκός) 
without  brass  or  money. 

Άχαλκος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  χαλκός) 
without  brass,  without  arms,  άχα'λκος 
άσ-ίόων,  i.  e.  άνευ  ασπίδων  χαλκών. 
Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  190. 

'Αχάλκωτος.  ον,  (α  priv.,  χαλκόω) 
not  worked  with  brass,  κυνοϋχος.  Anth. 

Άχάνεια,  ας,  ή.  (αχανής)  immense 
width,  a  chasm.  Anton. 

'Αχάνη,  ης,  ή,  a  Persian,  and  also  a 
Boeotian  measure  =z  45  μέδιμνοι,  St. 
Ach.  108,  109.— 2.  a  chest,  box,  Piut. 
[ύ  Elmsl.  Ach.  1.  c] 

'Αχανής,  ές,  (a  \ιή\.,χαίνω)  not  gap- 
ing, not  opening  the  mouth :  hence  close, 
Theophr. :  also  not  speaking,  struck 
dumb,  Hegesipp.  ap.  Ath.  290  D.— II. 
(a  co[)Ul.)  wide  opening,  gaping,  e.  g. 
πέλαγος,  βάθος,  Plut.  :  εις  αχανές, 
fur  au'ay,  Arist. 

V -^χάρακα,  ων,  τύ,  Acharaca,  a  city 
of  Phrygia,  Strab. 

Άχάρακτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  χαράσσω, 
not  cut  deep,  ivithout  sta?np  Or  impres- 
sion, όπωπή.  Nonn.  [χα] 

' ΑχϊΊράκωτος.  ov,  (a  priv.,  χαρα- 
κόω)  not  furnished  ivllh  χάρακες,  not 
palisaded,  Polyb.  10,  11,2.  [pa] 

V Αχηρδέης,  ου,  ό,  Arhardeus  a  river 
of  Caucasus,  falling  into  the  Maeotis, 
Strab. 

Άχΰριότης.  ητος,  ή,  awkwardness, 
stupiditi/,  with  a  play  on  the  name 
Χαρι.μόρτης,  Polvb.  18,  38  :  from 

Άχαρις,  ό,  ή,  άχαρι,  τό,  gen.  ιτος, 


ΑΧΕΙ 

(α  W'^'^•' χάρις)  without  grace  or  charmn, 
unattractive,  unpleasant,  wretched,  Od. 
20,  392,  Theogn.  490,  in  cornparat. 
άχαρίστερος,  Eur.,  etc. — II.  ungra- 
cious, thankless,  Lat.  ingralus,  τιμ?/, 
Hdt.  7,  30  ,  esp.  in  phrase ;^'άρίζ•  άχα- 
ρις, Aesch.,  and  Eur. ;  cf.  άχάρισ• 
τος,  άχάριτος. 

Άχΰριστέω,  ώ,  (αχάριστος)  ίο  be 
thankless,  proud,  Xen.  Mem.  2,  2,  2. 
Pass,  to  be  treated  ungratefutly,  Polyb. 

'Αχαριστία,  ας,  ή,  thanklessness, 
Plat.  Rep.  411  Ε  :  from 

'Αχάριστος,  ov,  poet,  also  άχάρι- 
τος, (a  priv.,  χαρίζομαι)  unpleasant, 
unpleasing,  Od.  8,  230,  Theogn.  839  : 
without,  grace  or  charms,  not  attractive: 
ουκ  αχάριστος,  not  unpleasing,  i.  e. 
right  pleasant,  Lat.  lepidus,  Xen.  An. 
2,  1,  13. —  II.  ungracious,  ΆπΑ  hence — 

1.  ungrateful,  thankless,  Hdt.  1,  90, 
etc.,  χάρις  άχάριτος,  like  r.  άχαρις, 
Euf.  Phoen.  1757 ;  also  in  Plat.,  Xen., 
etc.,  άχ.  τινί,  εΙς  or  προς  τίνα,  un- 
grateful towards  one.  Aen. — 2.  pass. 
unthanked.  unrequited,  Lys.  102,  34: 
SO  -στως  εχειν  προς  τινυς,  Xen.  An. 

2,  3,  18. — 3•  with  an  ill  will,  hence 
adv.,  -τως  επεσθαι,  to  follow  sulkily, 
Xen.  Cyr.  7,  4,  14.  [u] 

Άχάριτος,  ov.=  foreg.,  unpleasant, 
Hdt.  1,  207  ;  7,  150.     Adv.  -τως. 

^'Αχαρναί,  ών,  at,  Achnrnae,  an  At- 
tic borough  of  the  tribe  Oeneis ; 
henceΆχapvήσι,in  Acharnae ;  Άχαρ- 
νήθεν,  from  Acharnae ;  Άχαρνενς, 
έως,  ό,  an  Acharnian,  Thuc.  ;  Άχαρ- 
νΐκός,  ή,  όν,  of  or  belonging  to  Achar- 
nae, Acharnian,  Ar.  Ach.  329. 

Άχάρνας,  ου,  Arist.  Η.  Α.,  and 
άχαρνος,  ου,  ο,  Ath.,  a  kind  of  sea- 
fish. 

ίΆχαρνενς,  έως,  ΰ,  pi.  oi  Άχαρνεϊς, 
the  Achamians,  Ar.   Ach.    177. 

'Αχάτης,  ου,  ό,  the  agate,  Theophr. 

V Αχάτης,  ου,  ό.  Achates,  a  river  of 
Sicily  :  another  in  Media,  Dion.  P. — 
II.  the  well-known  faithful  compan- 
ion of  Aeneas,  Tzetz. 

Άχεύ-ος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  χείλος)  with- 
out lip  or  edge. 

Άχείμαντος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  χειμαί- 
ΐ'ω)  not  disturbed  by  storms,  calm,  still, 
Alcae.  46. 

'Αχείμαστος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  χειμάζω) 
=  foreg. 

Άχείματος,  ov,  =  foreg.,  Aesch. 
Supp.  135. 

Άχείμερος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  χεΐμα)  = 
foreg.,  Aral. 

Άχείμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  (a  priv., 
;(;ί<//ώΐ')=  foreg.,  Nonn. 

Άχειρ,  ρος,  ύ,  ή,  (a  priv.,  χειρ) 
without  hands,  Plut.  :  hence  awkward, 
Synes. 

Άχειράγώγητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  χειρ• 
αγωγέω)  untamed,  wild. 

Άχεψύπτητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  χεφ- 
απτέω)  not  to  be  touched  by  hand, 
Iambi. 

Άχειρής,  ές,  =  άχειρ,  Batr.  300. 
Hence. 

Άχεφία,  ας,  ή,  want  of  hands, 
awkwardness,  Hipp. 

Άχειρίδωτος,  ην,  (a  priv.,  χεφίς) 
ivithout  sleeves,  Sext.  Emp. 

Άχεφάπλαστυς,  ov,  (a  priv.,  χείρ, 
πλάσσω)  not  formed  by  hand. 

Άχειροποίητος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  χείρ, 
ποιέω)  not  inade  by  hands,  N.  T. 
Adv.  -τως. 

"Αχειρος,  oi',=  άχειρ  :  τα  άχειρα, 
the  defenceless  parts  of  the  body,  Xen. 
Cyr.  3,  3,  45. 

Άχεφότευκτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  χείρ, 
τεύχω)=άχειροποί)/τος. 

Άχειροτύνητος,  ov,  (α^^ύν.,χεφο' 


ΑΡΡΗ 

τονείι))   not   elected. — 2.   not  ordained, 
£ccl. 

Άχείρονργ-ητός,  όν,  (α  priv.,  χειρ- 
ονργέω)  not  made  by  hands. 

Άχείρωτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  χειρόυ) 
not  planted  by  hand,  έλαιον,  Soph.  O. 
C.  698.  — 11.  untamed,  unconquered, 
Thuc.  6,  10. 

t'A  γελωϊζ•,  ΐδος,  η,  Acheloan,  αϊ  Άχ. 
-^τόλης,  i.  e.  the  cities  on  the  Ache- 
loiis,  Aesch.  P.  869  :  also  the  Sirens 
are  called  Ά^.,  as  daughters  of  Ache- 
loiis,  Ap.  Rh.  4,  890. 

Αχελώος,  ov,  ό,  poet.  Άχε?ΜΪης, 
Achelous,  as  river-god,  son  of  Ocea- 
nus  and  Tethys,  and  father  of  the 
Sirens,  Hes.  Th.  310 ;  also  name  of 
several  rivers  ;  the  best  known  ran 
between  Aetolia  and  Acarnania,  now 
the  Aspro  Potamo,  11.  21,  191,  and 
Hes. — 2.  a  river  of  Phrygia,  11.  21, 
616. — 3.  a  river  of  Achaia,  Strab. 
— i.  a  river  of  Thessaly,  Id. — 11.  in 
later  poets,  it  signitieJ  any  running 
water:  water  in  genl.,  Eur.  Bacch. 
625,  so  Virg.  Geog.  1,  9,  Acheloia  po- 
cula,  cf.  Passow  ap.  Wellauer  Aesch. 
Pers.  850,  Lob.  Aglaoph.  2,  883,  and 
"Αναυρος. 

νΧχέρΜ  ύν,  αϊ,  more  correctly 
Άχερραί. 

Άχερόος,  ή,  rarer  ό,  α  wild  prickly 
shrub,  used  for  hedges,  Od.  14,  10 : 
the  wild  pear.  Soph.  O.  C,  1596.  (Akin 
to  άχράς.) 

Άχερόούσιος,  formed  from  άχερ- 
6ος,  as  if  the  name  of  a  δήμος,  crab- 
bed. Coin.  ap.  E.  M.  :  cf.  άχραδονσι- 
ος :  as  pr.  n.,  an  inhabitant  o/"  (the 
borough  of)  Acherdus,  Aeschin. 

Άχερόντειος,  -τιος,  -ουσιος,  a.,  ov, 
pecul.  fern,  -ονσιύς,  Plat.,  Acheronti- 
an,  iif  Όΐ  belonging  to  Achiron  ;  Άίμνη, 
Eur.  Ale.  444 :  ή  Αχερουσία  /ιίμντ/, 
of  actual  lakes,  Acherusia,  a  lake  of 
Thesprotia,  into  which  the  Acheron 
flows,  Thuc,  etc., — 2.  also  a  lake  in 
Campania.  Strab. — \\χερουσί<ϊς  Χερ- 
βόνι/σος,  a  peninsula  or  promontory 
near  Heraclea  m  Bithynia,  with  a 
cavern  through  which.  Hercules  is 
gaid  to  have  descended  into  the  low- 
er world.  Xen.  An.  5.  10,  2. 

ί'λχερραί  ών,  αϊ,  in  Strab.  also 
Άχεραί,  Acerrae,  a  city  of  Campania, 
Sliab. — 2.  a  city  of  Cisalpine  Gaul, 
Polyb.  2,  34. 

'Αχερωίς,  ίόος.  η,  the  white  poplar, 
11.  13,  389  ;  16,  482:  prob.  from  Άχαρ- 
ων, because  from  the  whiteness  of 
its  leaves  it  was  believed  to  have 
been  brought  from  the  shades  by  Her- 
cules, to  whom  it  was  sacred  :  also 
called  λεύκη. 

Άχέρων,  οντος,  ό.  Acheron,  a  river 
of  the  nether  world.  Od.  10,  513,  as 
if  ύ  άχεα  ρέων  the  stream  of  icoe,  like 
Κωκυτός,  cf.  Fragm.  ap.  Valckn.  Di- 
atr.  p.  17. — 2.  a  river  of  Thesprotia, 
falling  into  the  Ionian  sea.  Hut.  8, 
47. — 3.  a  tributary  of  the  Alph 'us  in 
Elis,  Strab. — 4.  a  river  of  Bruttium, 
Strab. — 5.  a  river  near  Heraclea  m 
Bithynia,  A  p.  Rh. 

Άχέτας,  ov,  ό.  also  Dor.  for  τ/χέ- 
της,   sounding,   Aesch.  Pr.   575 :    the 
male  cicada,  which  chirps,  Ar.  Av.  1095, 
cf.  Arist.  H.  A.  4.  7,  13. 
^'Κχενσι,  Dor.  for  ηχοϋσι. 

Άχενω,  only  used  in  part.,  to  sob, 
mourn,  be  sad.  θυμον  ΰχενων,  sad  at 
heart,  Hom.,  and  Hes.  Op.  397  :  τίνος 
ένεκα,  also  c.  gen.,  ^Ούυσσ?/ος  μέγ' 
ύχευων,  mourning  loudly  for  Ulysses, 
Od.  16.  139  :  and  absol.,  Od.  2,  23 ; 
later  έ-ί  c.  dat.,  Ap.  Rh 

'Axioj,  (άχος)  like  foreg.,  only  used 
in  part.,  Hom.  usu.  absol.,  but  also 


AXIA 

άχ.  ίνεκά  τίνος,  II.  20,  298,  and  τινός, 

11. 18,  446.  raj 

Άχέω,  old  poet,  form  for  ήχέω,  to 
sound,  and  trans,  to  -make  to  sound,  H. 
Hom.  Cer.  479,  cf.  Buttm.  Lexil.  in 
voc.  [ά] 

Άχέω,  Dor.  for  ηχέω.  \ul 

Άχήλωτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  χηλόω) 
without  notch. 

ΆΧΗ'Ν,  ένος,  6,  y,  poor,  needy, 
Theocr.  16,  33  :  [ώ  Memeke  Theocr. 
1.  c,  and  Hesych.  gives  a  form  ηχήν, 
though  Aesch.  uses  a  in  αχηνία. 
Perh.  It  is  connected  with  Lat.  Ige- 
nus.'X    Hence 

Άχηνία,  ας,  ή,  need,  want,  χρημά- 
των, Aesch.  Cho.  301  :  ομμάτων  ύχ., 
the  eyes'  blank  gaze.  Id.  Ag.  419.   [uj 

Άχηρ/'/ς,  ές,  (άχέω)=άχθηρής. 

ΆχΟεινός,  ή,  ov,  {άχθος)  burden- 
some, oppressive,  unpleasant,  Xen.  Mem. 
4,  8,  1.     Adv.  -νώς,  unwillingly.  Id. 

^Άχθείς,  είσα,  έν,  1  aor.  pass.  part, 
from  άγω. 

Ά,χβεσομαι,  more  rarely,  άχθήσο- 
μαι.  lut.  of  άχθομαι. 

Άχθηόών.  όνος,  ή,  a  weight,  burden, 
pain,  grief,  Aesch.  Pr.  26  :  annoyance, 
Thuc.  2,  37  ;  4,  40,  but  strictly  a  po- 
et, lorm.  (From  άχθος,  as  άλγηόών 
from  άλγος.) 

ΆχΟηρής,  ec,=  sq. 

Άχϋι/ρος,  όν,  burdensome,  grievous, 
Antiph.  Epicl.  1.     Adv.  -ρώς. 

Άχβή-ίομαι,  fut.  of  άχΟομαί. — 2. 
fut.  pass,  from  άγω. 

Άχθηόορέω,  =  άχθοόορέω.  Lob. 
Phryn.  CSO. 

"ΑΧΘΟΜΑΙ.  pass.  c.  fut.  mid.  άχ- 
θέσομαι,  Ar.  Nub.  865,  Av.  84,  more 
rarely  αχΗι/σομαι,  yet  also  m  pass. 
form  άχΟεσθήσομαι,  Piers.  Moer.  p. 
21,  aor.  ΐ/χθέσΟην,  to  be  burthened. 
loaded,  Od.  15,  457.  Hence  usu.  of 
mental  oppres.-iion,  to  be  locighed  dotvn, 
out  oj  spirits,  discontented,  vexed,  dis- 
gusted, angry  at  a  thing.  Construct. : 
usu.  Tivi,  as  οδνν^σι,  II.  5,  354,  and 
freq.  in  Hdt.,  Thuc.  etc. :  also  kni  τινι 
and  Trep/  Τίνος,  Hdt.  8,  99 :  also  άχβ. 
τινός,  υπέρ  and  επί  τίνος.  Plat.,  and 
Xen. :  more  rarely  τι.  as  Horn.,  άχΟ- 
έλκος,  to  be  heavy  trum  a  wound.  11,  5, 
361,  so  with  neut.  adj.  roi'To,  Xen.  An. 
3  2.  20,  cf.  Stallb.  Plat.  Phaed.  88 
Ε  :  alsoc.  pan.. //χβίτο  ό-ψναμένους, 
he  was  grieved  at  being  conqutred.  i\. 
13,  3.3  :  άχθ.  ίδών,  Soph.  Phil.  071, 
and  freq.  in  prose  :  άχβ.  ει...,  Thuc. 
8  109,  Xen.  Cyr.  2,  2,  1  ;  less  usu. 
άχθ.  ότι...,  Ar.  Plut.  899,  cf.  Kiiliner 
Gr.  Gr.  771,  7.  (The  root  of  άχθο- 
μαι, άχθος  is  άχ-  in  άχ-ος,  Sanscr. 
sah,  to  endure,  h  being  euphon.) 

άχθος,  εος,  τό,  a  ueght,  burden, 
load,  Hom.,  Hdt.,  etc. :  άχθος  άρον- 
ρης,  a  dead  weight  on  earth,  proverb, 
ot  idle,  do-nothing  people,  Lat.  pon- 
dera  terrae,  f rages  consiunere  nati,  II. 
18.  104,  Od.  20.  379  :  hence— 11.  a  load 
"f  g"tf.  in  full  'λΐ'-ης  άχθος.  Soph. 
El  120  :  hence  absol..  trouble,  distress, 
sorrow,  Trag..  etc.  :  άχθος  φέρειν.  to 
bring  or  cause  trouble,  etc. :  Xen.  Epist. 
1,4.     (Cf.  sub  ϋ,γί^ο//αί.) 

Άχθοόορέω,  to  be  an  αχθοφόρος,  to 
bear  burdens,  Hipp.,  and  freq.  in  late 
prose.  Lob.  Phryn.  680 :  also  άχβη- 
ώορέω. 

Άχθοφορία.  ας,  ή,  α  bearing  of  bur- 
dens. Plut.  :  from 

'Αχθοφόρος,  ov,  {άχθος,  φέρω)  bear- 
ing burdens,  κτί/νεα,  Hdt.  7,  187. 

νΑχί?.ειος,  a,  ον,=  Αχίλλ.,  Eur. 
Hec.  1.30. 

νΑχι'λλείδης.  ov,  6,  patron.,  son  of 
Achilles,  i  e.  Neoptolemus,  Ath.  :  de- 
scendatitof  Achilles, i.e.  Pyrrhus,  Anth. 


ΑΧΝΟ 

νΑχίλλειον,  ov,  τό.  Ion.  -?J/iov, 
Achdleum,  sub.  ιερόν,  prop,  a  temple, 
etc.,  of  Achilles, — 1.  a  town  of  Cape 
Sigeum oDntaining  the  tomb  of  Achil- 
les, Hdt.  5,  94.-2.  a  town  on  the 
Cimmerian  Bosporus,  Strab. 

Άχίλ/.ειος  and  άχί'λληις,  ΐδυς,  η, 
a  fine  kind  of  barley,  Hipp.:  70  Άχίλ- 
/.ειον,  a  cake  of  fine  barley,  Ar.  Eq 
819. 

νΑχί?.?.ειος,  a,  ov.  Ion.  -?.ήϊος, 
of  or  belonging  to  Achilles  ;  hence 
'Αχί/ι?^εΐος  Αρύμος,  Achill?us  Dromos, 
the  Course  of  Achilles,  a  narrow  strip 
of  land  in  the  Cimmerian  Bosporus 
near  the  mouth  of  the  Borysthenes, 
Hdt.  4,  55  :  also  Αχίλλειος  λιμήν, 
6,  harbour  of  Achilles,  in  Laconia.  near 
Cape  Taenarus,  Paus. — 11.  used  al- 
so to  denote  what  was  excellent,  pre- 
eminent, of  its  kind,  as  κριθή,  v.  foreg.: 
from 

Άχι?.λενς,  έως,  Ep.  ϊ}ος,  ό,  Hom. 
also  Άχιλενς,  Ackilbs,  son  of  Peieus 
and  Thetis,  prince  of  the  Myrmidons, 
herool  the  Iliad:  hence  adj.  'Αχίλλει- 
ος, and  patronym.  Άχιλλείδιις.  ov,  0. 
—II.  the  fallacy  called  in  full  Achilles 
and  the  Tortoise,  invented  by  Zeiio  of 
Elea,  or  Parmenides,  Aristot.  Phys. 
6,  9,  3. 

Άχιλ?.ηίς,   ίδος,   ή,  v.  άχί?ί7.ειος. 

"Αχϊλ,ος,  ov,  (α  priv.  χιλός)  with- 
out grass  or  fodder. — II.  (a  mtens.  or 
copul.)  rich  in  grass,  dub. 

Άχίτων,  ov,  gen.  ωνος,  (α  priv., 
χιτων)  without  tunic,  scantily  clothed, 
of  Socrates,  Xen.  Mem.  1,  6,  2.  [ΰχΐ] 

Άχλαινία,  ας,  ή,  want  of  a  cloak  or 
mantle.  Eur.  He!.  1282  :  from 

Άχλαινος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  χ?.αΐνα) 
without  cloak  or  mantle,  Simon.  101. 

'Αχλοος.  ov,  contr.  άχ/ιονς,  ovv,  {a 
priv.,  x'/.oa)  without  herbage.  Eur.  Hel. 
1327. — li.  sere,  withered,  0pp. 

νΑχ/.ύνω.=  άχλυω,  frtim  which  1 
aor.  pass,  ηχλννθην,  Qu.  Sm.  2,  550. 

Άχλνόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  (άχλνς)  murky, 
gloomy,  Epigr.  a|).  Hdt.  5,  77. 

Άχ'λϋυπεζα.  ης,  η,  {άχλνς,  πεζά) 
gloom  footed,  Tryph. 

ΆΧΑΎ'Σ,  νος,  ή,  α  mist,  hence 
glooin,  darkness.  Lat.  caligo  :  in  Hom. 
olten  the  mist  which  comes  over  the 
eyes  of  the  dying  or  swooning:  me- 
taph.  trouble,  and  so  personified  in 
Hes.  Sc.  204.  {v  in  noin.  and  ace. 
sing.,  Horn.,  and  Hes. :  C  in  late  po- 
ets.] 

Άχλύω,  f.  -νσω,  aor.  1  ηχλνσα.  to 
be  or  grow  dark,  Od.  12.  406  ;  14,  304. 
—  II.   act.  to  darken,  Q.  Sm. 

Άχλϋώόης.  ες,  {άχ?ιυς.  είδος)  = 
άχ7.νόεις,  misty, murky.  Arist.  Meteor. 

ΆΧΝΑ,  Ion.  άχνη,  ης,  ή,  (akin  to 
χνόος,  λάχνη.  Lat.  lanugo)  anything 
shared  or  taken  off.  Or  that  comes  off  the 
surface  of  a  thing. — I.  esp.  of  liquids, 
foam,  froth,  in  Hom.  of  the  sea,  more 
iully  αλός  άχνη  :  the  froth  of  wine, 
οίνω-ος  ά.,  Eur.  Or.  115  :  hence  άχ- 
νη ovpavia,  the  dew  of  heaven  (because 
it  stands  on  the  surface  of  the  grass, 
etc.).  Soph.  0.  C.  u81  :  also  δακρνων 
άχνην  τέγ•}ει,  deny  tears.  Id.  Tr.  849. 
-11.  of  solids,  as'  chaff  that  flies  off 
in  winnowing,  II.  5,  499  :  the  down  on 
the  plum  or  quince,  Anth. :  οθονών 
άχνη,  lint,  Hipp.  ;  ά.  χαλκίτιδος,  me- 
tallic dust,  Plut. — III.  άχνην,  in  ace. 
as  adv..  a  morsel,  a  little  bit.  καν  άχ- 
νην καταμύση,  Ar.  Yesp.  92,  cf.  Soph 
Fr.  48. 

'Αχνάσδημι,  {άχω,  as  if  Dor.  for 
άχάζημι)  to  be  miserable,  to  mourn,  Al 
cae.  98,  v.  Koen  Greg.  p.  620. 

'Αχνοος,  ov,  contr.  άχνονς,  ovv.  (a 
priv.,  χνόος)  without  down,    Anth   • 
253 


ΑΧΡΕ 

metapl.  noni.  pi.  ΰχί>οες,  in  Maneth. 
1, 126. 

Άχννμαι,  only  used  in  pres.  and 
iinpl.  {άχος)  to  trouble  one's  self,  grieve^ 
Horn.,  mostly  in  part.,  άχνύμη'ος 
κηρ,  θνμόν  έι•ι  στί/βεσαιν  grieved  at 
heart:  also c.  gen.,  u^i/yrai  φβιμένον, 
άττοιχομένου,  for  the  dead,  the  ab- 
sent ;  also  περί  τινι,  Η.  Ηυιιι.  Cer. 
77  ;  and  άχν.  τι,  to  mourn  for  a  thing, 
Find  P.  7,  18,  Soph.  Ant.  627  :  Iroin 

Άχνύς,  νος,  ή.=  ύχος,  trouble,  Ion. 

Άχολία,  ας,  ί],{ίίχοΑος),  want  of  gall ; 
metaph.  gentleness,  meekness,  Plut.  : 

νλχοΧλα,  ης,  ή,  Acholla,  a  city  of 
Afni'-a,  in  the  territory  of  Carthage, 
Strab. 

'λχο7Μς,  ov,  {a  priv.,  χολή)  lacking 
gill,  metaph.  meek,  gentle. — 11.  Od.  4, 
221,  φάρμακην  άχολον,  allaying  bile 
or  anger,  cf.  ΰ,στονος  11.  and  άί3λαβής 
II.  2. 

Άχομαι,  mid.  from  *  άχω,  to  bewail 
one's  self,  Od.  18,  256;  It),  129. 

"Αχιιρδος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  χορόή)  wiih- 
oiit  strings  :  unmusical,  Arist.  lihet. 

Άχόρεντος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  χορεύω) 
that  has  not  danced,  banished  from  the 
dance  or  chorus.  Plat.  Legg.  6.54  A. — 
II.  like  ύχορος,  not  attended  with  the 
dance,  joyless,  wretched,  ovf  i'fL•/,  tioph. 
El.  1009,  urat,  Eur.Tro.  121. 

Άχορηγησία,  ας.  ή,  (α  priv.,  χορη- 
γέω)  want  of  supplies,  Polyb. 

Άχορήγντος-  ov,  (α  priv.,  χορη- 
γέω)  without  supplies,  τών  αναγκαί- 
ων, Arist.  Eth.  Ν. 

'Κχορηγία,  ας,  ή,  =  ΰχορηγησία, 
Polyb. 

Άχαρος,  ον,  (α  priv.,  χάρος)  with- 
out the  dance,  arid  so  like  ΰχόρεντος, 
as  a  sign  of  sorrow  or  the  like,  epith. 
of  war,  Aesch.  Supp.  635,  081  :  of 
death,  Soph.  O.  C.  1223  :  ίχ.  στονα- 
χαί,  Eur.  Andr.  1038. 

ΆΧΟΣ,  εας,  τό,  an  ACHE,  pain, 
distress,  in  Horn,  always  of  mind,  in 
Pind.  also  of  body,  and  in  Trag.  freq. 
of  both  :  ουράνιου  ΰχος,  plague  of 
heaven,  of  a  storm.  Soph.  Ant.  418, 
where  Herm.  takes  οίφ.  in  the  signf. 
of  huge,  awful,  as  in  .\esch.  Pers.  573, 
cf.  581 :  the  Trag.  use  it  mostly  in 
plnr  :  ΰχος  τινός,  grief  for  a  thing. 
(Cf.  sub  *  ίχω.) 

'Κχράαντος,ον,  poet. for  άχραντος, 
q.  v.;  Call.  Apol.  no.  [pd] 

νΚχρα(^ίνη.ης,  rrAchradlna,  a  quar- 
ter nl  Syracuse,  Plut. 

\Κχραής.  ές,  gen.  iOf,=sq.,  Nic.^ 

Άχραντος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  χρύυ, 
νραίΐ'ω)  untouched,  undefiled,  pure, 
Eur.  I.  A.  1574 

'Κχραδυνσιος,  an  epith.  in  Ar.  Eccl. 
362,  formed  from  sq.,  as  if  from  the 
name  of  a  (iF/μης. 

Άχράς,  άοος,  ή,  a  kind  of  wild 
ppar.  like  ύχερ<^ς,  used  for  a  fence, 
Ar.  Eccl.  355  :  Theophr.  has  it  both 
for  the  tree  and  fruit. 

'Αχρεία,  ας,  η,  iisclessness,  Diosc,  v. 
Lob.'  Phryn.  106. 

Άχρειόγελυς,  uv,  (.αχρείος,  γέλυς) 
untimely  laughing,  epith.  of  the  Athe- 
nians, Cratin.  Incert.  51,  cf  αχρείος. 

Άχρειον,  Att.  ύχρειον,  as  adv.  of 
ΰχρεΐος.  q.  v.,  Hom. 

'Αχρείος,  ov,  rarely  a,  ov.  Ion. 
ΰχρηίος.  {a  priv.,  χρεία)  iiseless,  vn- 
prnfitable.  good  for  nothing,  άχρήίος 
•Ίνήρ,  Hes.  Op.  295,  and,  freq.  in 
Trag.,  and  Att.  prose  ;esp.  unservice- 
able, unfit  for  U'ar,  άχρ.  δμιλος,  Hdt. 
3.  81  ;  TO  άχρήϊον,  the  unserviceable 
part  of  an  army,  opp.  to  καθαρόν.  Id. 
1.191,  cf.  Thuc.  1,  93;  2,  6.  Xen. 
Hell.  7,  2,  18  :  so  το  αχ.  της  ηλικίας, 
rhuc.  1,  44. — II.  Hom.  uses  the  word 
254 


AXPO 

twice,  in  II.  2,  269,  of  Thersites  after 
being  beaten  by  Ulysses,  ύχρειον 
ίόών,  giving  a  helpless  look,  looking 
foolish  ;  and  in  Od.  18,  103,  of  Pe- 
nelope trymg  to  disguise  her  feelings, 
ύχρειον  ίγέλασΰε,  laughed  without  use 
or  cause,  made  a  forced  laugh,  cf.  ύχρεί- 
όγελως:  so  too  άχρεΐον  κλάζειν,  to 
bark  needlessly,  without  cause,  of 
hounds,  Theocr.  25,  72.  Adv.  -ως. 
Hence 

Άχρειόω,  ώ,  tomakeuseless,  disable, 
Polyo. 

Άχρ.-^οζ,  ον,=  άχρεϊος,  Tryph. 

Άχρήεις,  εσσα,  εν,=άχρεΙος,  poet. 

Άχρί/ϊος,  ov.  Ion.  for  αχρείος,  Hes. 

Άχρήϊστος,  ον,=  άχρεϊος.  Musae. 

Άχρι/μάτια,  ar,  η,  (ύχρηματος) 
ivant  of  money,  Thuc.  1,11. 

Άχρημύτιστος.  ov,  {a  priv.,  χρη- 
ματίζω)  ημέρα,  a  day  on  which  no  pub- 
lic business  was  done.  Plut. 

Άχρήμΰτος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  χρήματα) 
without  money  or  vieans,  Hat.  1,  89  : 
οι  άχρ-,  the  poor,  Aesch.  Pers.  107. 

Άχρημονέω,  ώ,  (άχρήμων)  to  be 
poor,  needy. 

Άχρηαοσννη,  ης,  ή,  want  of  money, 
Od.  17,  502:  from 

Άχρήμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  (a  priv., 
χρί/ματα)  poor,  needt/,  like  ύχοήματος, 
Solon  5,  41,  Eur.  Med.  460.  [a] 

'Αχρησία,  ας,  ή,  (α  priv.,  χράομαι) 
a  being  obsolete. 

Άχρήσιμος.  ov,  (a  priv.,  χρήσιμος) 
useless,  profitless,  Theophr. 

Άχρηστέο),  ώ,  to  be  άχρηστος,  be  ob- 
solete, Gramm. 

' Αχριιστία,  ας,  ή,  uselessness,  unfit- 
ness. Plat.  Rep.  489  B. — II.  ζ=άχρη- 
σία :  from 

"Αχρηστος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  χράομαι, 
χρηστός)  useless,  unprofitable,  unser- 
'vicenble.  Hdt.  1,  166,  Tliuc,  etc.  :  un- 
fit for  a  thing,  ες  τι,  Hdt.  8,  142,  τινί. 
Ιο  a  person,  Eur.  Heracl.  4 :  without 
effect,  Lat.  irritus,  βέσφατον.  Id.  I.  T. 
121 :  in  genl.  just  like  αχρείος,  (which 
it  nearly  superseded  in  the  Oratt. 
and  later  Greek.)  o(  useless,  do-nothing 
persons,  άχρ.  πολιται.  Isae.  07,  15, 
σοφισταί,  Lys.  912,  etc. :  άχρηστον 
as  adv.  vainly,  Batr.  70.  —  II.  not 
χρηστός,  unkind,  cruel,  Hdt.  8,  1 1 1 . — 
III.  act.  making  no  use  of,  c.  dat.  (like 
χοάομαι),  άχρ.  ξννέσει,  Eur.  Tro. 
067. — IV.  7iot  used,  and  so  7icw,  ιμάτια, 
Luc. — 2.  obsolete,  Gramm.  Adv.  -τως. 
Hence 

Άχρηστόω,  to  make  7iseless,  destroy, 
corrupt,  την  'Έ,λ7άδα  <^ωνήν,  Schiif. 
Dion.  Comp.  p.  360,  Greg.  p.  905. 

"Αχρι  and,  esp.  before  a  vowel, 
άχρις,  prep.  c.  gen.,  until,  of  time, 
like  μέχρι,  άχρι  μάλα  κνέφαος,  until 
deep  in  the  night,  Od.  18,  370:  some- 
times follows  its  case,  Pseudo-Phoc. : 
also  c.  ace,  but  only  Ep.,  Schuf. 
Bast.  Ep.  Crit.  p.  38. — II.  as  conj., 
until,  to  the  time  that,  c.  aut.  sine  άν  : 
only  late,  cf.  Jac.  A.  P.  ρ  402 :  in 
this  sense  άχρι  ου  is  used  in  Hdt.  1, 
117. — III.  in  Hom.  as  adv.  of  place, 
on  the  surface,  like  άκρως,  just  touch- 
ing, II.  17,  599:  and — 2.  even  to  the 
outermost,  utterli/.  II.  4,  522.  Some 
Atticists  condemn  άχρις,  like  μέχρις, 
as  not  Att.  :  others  make  άχρι  the 
adv.  of  time,  and  άγρις=:άι<ριβώς : 
but  Lob.  Phryn.  14,  doubts  whether 
any  rule  can  be  laid  down.  (From 
άκρος,  as  μέχρι  from  μήκος,  μακρός.) 

νΑχριανή.  ης,  ή,  Achriane,  a  city  of 
Hyrcania,  Polyb. 

Άχριστος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  χρίω)  un- 
anninled. 

Άχροέω  and  άχροιέω,  ω,  {άχροος) 
to  be  colourless,  pale,  Hipp. 


ΑΧΩΡ 

"Αχροια,  ας,  ή,  want  of  colour,  lost 
of  colour,  paleness,  Hipp.:  from 

Άχροίος,  ον,^άχροος. 

"Αχρονος,  ov,  (α  priv.,  χρόνος) 
without  time,  without  duration,  Plut. : 
not  temporary.     Adv.  —νως. 

"Αχροος,  ov,  contr.  άχρονς,  ovv, 
(a  priv.,  χρόα)  colourless,  having  lost 
colour,  pale,  NlC. 

νΑχρυλίς,  ίδος,  ή,  Achrylis,  fem.  pr. 
n.,  Anth. 

Άχρνσόπεπλος,  ov,  (άχρυσος,  πέπ- 
λος) without  cloth  of  gold. 

Άχρϋσος,  ov.  (a  priv.,  χρυσός)  with- 
out gold,  not  rich.  Plat.  Legg.  679  B. 
— 2.  without  golden  ornaments. 

Άχρωμάτιστος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  χρω- 
ματίζω) uncoloured,  Arist.  Meteor. 

Άχρώματος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  χρώμα) 
without  colour,  colourless,  Plat.  Phaedr. 
247  C. 

"Αχρωμος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  χρύμα) 
colourless,  not  changing  colour  :  hence 
not  blushing,  shameless,  Hipp. 

"Κχρως,  ων,  gen.  ω,  Att.  for  άχροος, 
Plat.  Charm.  108  D. 

" Αχρωστος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  χρώζω)  un- 
coloured, untouched,  Eur.  Hel.  831. 

Άχϋλος,ον,  (a  ρ ήν.,  χυλός,)  with- 
out juice,  insipid. 

"Αχϋμος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  χνμός)= 
foreg. 

Άχνμωτος,  o^',=foreg.  [ν] 

Άχυνετος.  ov,  (a  euph.  χύνω)  pour- 
ed far  and  wide,  far  spread,  Nic.  [0] 

Άχύρινος,  η.  ov,  (άχυρον)  of  chaff. 

Άχνμϊτις,  ίδος,  ή,  pecul.  fem.  of 
foreg.,  Anth. 

Άχυρμιά,  ΰς,  ή,  (ύχνρον)  a  heap  of 
chaff,  il.  5,  502:  a  place  where  chaff  is 
thrown,  away. 

Άχύημιος,  ία.  ιον,^ύχνρινος,  άμη- 
τος,  α  harvest  of  chaff ,  Arat.  1098. 

Άχϋροδόκη,  ης,  ή,  {άχυρον,  δέχο- 
μαι) α  chaff-holder,  place  where  it  is  col- 
lected, Xen.  Oec.  18,  7. 

Άχνροθήκη,  ή,  {άχυρον,  τίΟημι)= 
foreg. 

Άχυρον,  ου,  τό,  mostly  in  plur., 
chaff,  bran,  hu.^ks  left  after  threshing 
or  grinding,  first  in  Hdt.  4,  72 :  me- 
taph., άχνρα  τών  αστών,  Ar.  Ach. 
5ii8.  (perhaps  from  άκ~,  ύχ-,  from 
its  pointed  nature,  cf  *άχω.)  [ΰ] 

Άχϋρος,  ov,  ό,  later  form  for  άχυ- 
ρων. 

Άχϋρότριψ,  ΐβος,  ό,  ή,  {άχυρον, 
τρίβω)  rubbing  off  ΟΙ  threshing  out  the 
husks,  Anth. 

Άχνροφΰγέω,  {άχυρον,  φαγεΐν)  to 
eat  chaff. ' 

Άχνρόω,  {άχυρον)  to  sprinkle  or 
7nix  with  chaff. 

Άχνρώδης,  ες,  {άχυρον,  είδος)  like 
chaff,  full  of  chaff ,  Diosc. 

Άχυρων,  ώνος,  ό,^άχυρος,  a  chaff- 
heap,  Ar.  Vesp.  1310. 

Άχίφωσις,  εως,  ή,  {άχνρόω)  a  mix- 
ing with  chaff,  Arist.  H.  A.  [C] 

Άχύτλωτος.  ov,  {a  priv.,  χντλόω) 
tmanointed,  Nonn. 

■*  ΆΧΩ,  a  pres.  not  used  in  Act., 
whence  come  the  mid.  άχομαι,  and 
the  forms  άχέω,  άχεύω,  αχννμαι, 
ήκαχόμην,  άκήχεμαι,  ύκάχημαι,  all 
intrans.,  to  ache,  to  be  sad,  troubled: 
but  άκαχήσω,  ήκαχον,  άκαχίζω, 
Irnns.,  to  trouble,  and  subst.  αχός. 
(The  root  is  the  ejaculation  of  pain 
Ach  !  Ah  !  άχ-,  c{.  άχβομαι.) 

Άχώ,  ή,  Dor.  for  ηχώ. 

Άχώνεντος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  χωνεύω) 
not  molten,  not  cast :  that  cannot  be 
incited. 

Άχώρ,  ώρος,  δ,  scurf,  dandriff.  Medic. 

Αχώρητος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  χωρέω) 
that  cannot  be  contained,  Lat.  immensus 
Eccl. 


ΑΨΙΚ 

Αχώριστος,  ον,  (α  priv.,  χωρίζω) 
not  parted,  not  divided.  Plat.  Rep.  524 
Β  :  not  to  be  parted. — II.  (o  priv., 
χώρος)  without  a  place  assigned  one, 
Xeii.     Adv.  -τως. 

Άχωστος,  ον,  (α  priv.,  χώννυμι) 
not  heaped  up.  Helicxl. 

ΆΫ,  adv.  of  place,  backwards,  back, 
away  from,  away,  very  freq.  in  Horn., 
mostly  with  verbs  that  signit'y  going, 
going  back,  yielding,  returning,  with 
ά~ό  and  έκ,  more  rarely  c.  gen.  only  , 
also  pleon.  άφ  αύτις,  uip  ttu/uv. — 2. 
of  actions,  again,  over  again,  II.  5,  i05, 
not  so  freq.  uxp  λαμ3άΐ'ειν=^άναλαμ• 
βάνΐΐν,  Theocr.  25,  65.  (prob.  from 
από.) 

Άίράλακτος,  ον,  {a  priv,,  ψαλάσσω) 
untouched,  unhandied.  Soph.  Fr.  495  : 
immoveable. — 2.  scot-free,  Ar.  Lys.  275. 

Άψαλτος,  ον,  (α  priv.,  ψάλλω)  of 
an  arrow  ;  not  shot  from  the  siring. — 2, 
of  a  stringed  instrument;  not  played: 
in  genl.  that  cannot  be  played  or  sung. 

Άψάμΰβος,  ov,=  sq. 

Άφαμμυς,  ον,  (a  priv.,  -ψάμμος) 
without  sand,  not  sandy,  [a] 

Άψανστέω,  ώ,  not  to  touch,  to  keep 
away  from,  App. — 2.  intr.  to  be  un- 
touched :  from 

Άψαυστος,  ον,  (α  priv.,  -ψαύω)  un- 
touched, Hdt.  8,  41,  Thuc.  4,  97,-11. 
act.  not  having  touched,  not  touching, 
τινός.  Soph.  O.  T.  969.     Adv.  -ση. 

Άψεγ7/ς,  ές,  (α  priv.,  -ψέγω)  un- 
blamed.  blameless.  Soph.  El.  497.  Adv. 
-γώς,  Ep.  -γέως.  Αρ.  Rh.  2,  lu23. 

Άψεκτος,  ον,=  άψεγής,  Theogn. 
797.— Adv. -rwf. 

'Αψενδεια,  ας,  η,  (ϋ,ψευόης)  truth- 
fulness. Plat.  Rep.  485  U. 

Άψευύεω,  ώ,  not  to  lie,  to  speak 
truth,  προς  τίνα.  Soph.  Tr.  469,  Plat., 
etc. :  later  ΰφευστέω,  Lob.  Phryn. 
593,  sq.     From 

Άφενόής,  ές,  {a  priv.,  φεύδομαι) 
without  lie  and  deceit,  truthful,  sincere, 
trusty,  esp.  of  oracles  and  the  like. 
Hes.  Th.  233,  Hdt.  1,  49,  and  freq.  in 
Att. :  in  Hom.  only  as  pr.  name  v. 
sq.,  of  things,  uncorrupted,  genuine, 
άκμων  uip.,  pure  from  all  deceit.  Pind. 
P.  1 ,  166.  Ad  '.  -'Ιέως,  Att.  ~όώς,  really 
and  truly,  ό  άφ-  άριστος.  Hdt.  9,  58. 

νΧφενόής,  ους,  ή,   Apseudes.  a  Ne- 
reid.— -2.  -εύδης,  ους,  ό,  an  Athenian 
archon   01.  86,  4,  Diod.  S.  12,  36. 
Ά'φενστέω,=ά-φενύέω,  Polyb. :  from 

Ά^φευστος,  ον,=  άψευδής. 

Άφηκτος,  ον,  (a  priv.,  φήχω)  not 
rubbed  off,  untanned,  Ar.  Lys.  658 : 
uncombed,  Ap.  Rh. 

Άφιιλάφητος,  ον,  (α  priv.,  ■φη7.α- 
άάω)  not  handled :  metaph.,  not  tried 
6t  proved,  Polyb.  8,  21,  5. 

Ά-φηόιστος,  ον,  (α  priv.,  -φηφίζω) 
not  elected  by  votes. — 2.  act.  not  having 
voted,  Ar.  A^'esp.  752. 

νλφτιφίων,  ωνος,  ό,  Apsephion,  an 
Athenian  archon,  Diog.  L. 

'Κ-φηφος,  ον,  (α  priv.,  -φήόος)  not 
having  a  vote. — 2.  ivithout  a  stone,  δακ- 
τύ?Λθς,  Artemid. 

^Αφηφοφόρητος,  ον,  (a  priv.,  Tpjj- 
oor,  φορέω)  who  has  not  yet  voted, 
Polyb. 

'Αψίδοειδής,  ές,  (ύφίς,  είδος)  arch- 
ed, vaulted  like  an  apse. 

ΆΦϊδόω,  ύ,  to  vault,  to  tie  or  join, 
Anth.,  cf  ά•φίς. 

Άφίθνμος,  ον,  {άητομαι,  θνμός) 
and 

Άψΐκάρδιος,  ον,  {άπτομαι,  καρδία) 
heart-touching,  moving,  Anton. 

Άφΐκορία,  ας,  ή,  the  character  nf  an 
άφίκηρος,    fastidiousness,     fickleness, 
Polyb. 
'Α•φίκορος,    ον,   (άπτομαι,  κόρος) 


Ai-YX 

strictly  one  that  has  had  enough  if  he 
has  but  touched  a  meal.fastidio^,  fickle, 
Plat.  Ax.  369  A.  ^ 

ΥΑφίλαι,  ών,  o'l,  the  Apsilae,  a  Scy- 
thian people,  Arr. 

Άφίμΰχέω,  to  skirmish  with  an  ene- 
my. Polyb.  :  to  entice  or  lead  on  tofigftt•,., 
Plut.  :  and 

Άφιμύχία,  ας,  η,  a  skirmishing, 
Aeschin.  51,  37  :  ά-φιμ.  χειρών,  a  close 
fray,  Dion.  H. :  from 

Άφίμάχος,  ον,  (άπτομαι,  μάχη)  en- 
ticing to  fight,  skirmishing. 

Άφΐμισία,  ας,  ή,  (άπτομαι,  μΐσος) 
trivial  and  transient  enmity. 

i'Aipivdioi,  ων,  οι,  the  Apsinthii,  a 
people  of  southern  Thrace,  Hdt.  6, 
34  ;  also  Άφύνθιοι,  Lye. 

Άφίνθιον.  ου,  τό,  Lat.  absinthium, 
wormwood,  Xen.  An.  1,5,  1  :  hence 

Άφινθίτης,  ον,  ό,  sub.  οίνος,  wine 
prepared  with  wormwood,  Diosc. 

Άφινθος,  ου.  ή,=  άφίνθιον. 
V Αφινθος,  ον,  6.  Apsinthus,  a  river 
of  Thrace  ;  ή,  a  city  of  Thrace,  an- 
other name  for  Αίνος. 

Άφίς.  Ιδης,  ή.  Ion.  άφίς,  and  so  in 
Plat.,  (άπτω)  a  tying,  fastening,  knot- 
ting, άφίΛες  ?.ίι•ου.  the  joinings,  i.  e. 
meshes  of  a  net,  II.  5,  487. — 2.  the  hoop 
or  feloe  of  the  wheel,  the  wheel  itself, 
Hes.  Op.  424,  Hdt.  4,  72  :  hence  any 
curved  form,  a  bow,  arch,  vault,  i] 
νπονρανία  ά..  the  vault  of  heaven.  Plat. 
Phaedr.  217  B;  κνκ'/.ος  ύφίδος,  the 
potter's  wheel,  Anth. :  metaph.  κύμ- 
πτειν  έπων  άφΐδας,  Ar.  Thesm.  53. 

"Αφις,  εως.  ή,  (άπτομαι)  α  touching. 
Plat.  Pann.  149  A,  sq. :  metaph.  άφις 
φρενών,  distraction  of  mind,  Hipp. 

'Αφίχο?.ος,  ον,  (άπτομαι,  χο).η) 
quick  to  anger,  choleric,  cf.  άψίμισία. 

Άφογος,  ον,  =  άψεγής,  unblamed, 
blameless.     Adv.  -γως. 

Άφόρόοια,  ας,  ή,  α  flowing  back: 
from 

Άιΐιόρβοος.  ον,  contr.  αφόβρονς. 
ονν,  (άφ.  βέω)  back-flowing,  in  Hom. 
epith.  of  Ocean,  regarded  as  a  stream 
encircling  the  earth,  and  flawing  back 
into  itself. 

Άψοββος,  ον,  strictly  a  shortened 
form  for  άφόρ()οος,  but  in  Hom.  usu. 
in  the  genl.  signf.  moving  backwards, 
going  back,  άφο^βοι  έκίημεν,  άπο- 
νέοντο,  II.  ;  so  αφ.  περάν,  άπιέναι. 
Soph.  :  but  mostly  in  neut.  as  adv., 
άφοβΰον,  backward,  back:  again,  much 
like  άφ.  Hom.,  and  Soph.  (Not  from 
ύρω,  ύρννμι.  but  from  ρέω :  ace.  to 
Doderl.  from  έρρω.) 

"Αφος,  εος,  τό,  (άπτω)  α  joining, 
fastening  together,  esp.  α  joint,  limb, 
άφεα  πάντα  ?.ύθεν,  all  the  limbs  were 
relaxed  (by  sleep),  Od.  4,  794  :  18, 
189. 

Υ  Αφής,  ον,  δ,  Apsus,  a  river  of  Π- 
lyria,  Strab. 

^Αφοφητί,  adv.  of  sq..  Plat. 

Άφόφητος,  ον,  (a  priv.,  φ/οφέω) 
ivithout  noise,  noiseless,  c.  gen.  κωκν- 
μάτων,  without  cry  of  wailing.  Soph. 
Aj.  321. 

Άφοώος,  ον,  (a  priv.,  φόώος)  = 
foreg..  Soph.  Tr.  967,  Eur.  tro.  n87. 

Άφνκτος,  ον,  (a  priv.,  φινχω)  un- 
conled,  7iot  to  be  cooled,  i.  e.  warm.  Plat. 
Phaed.  106  A. 

ΥΑφνρτίς,  ίδος,  ή,  prop.  fem.  adj. 
from  sq.  :  in  pi.  Άφν.ρτίδες,  ων,  αί, 
(νήσοι)  the  Apsyrtides,  two  islands  in 
the  .Adriatic,  now  Oscro  and  Cherse, 
Apollod.  1,  9,  24. 

ΙΆφυρτος,  ον,  ό,  Absijrtus,  brother 
of  Medea,  Apollod.  1,  9^  23. 

Άφνχάγώγητος,  ον,  (a  priv.,  φΐ'χη- 
-}ωγέω)  not  bewitching  the  soul,  not  re- 
joicing the  heart,  Polyb. 


TE 


\ 


Ai2' 

Άφϋχέω,  (άψυχος)  to  be  lifeless  »■. 
weak.  '^-^ 

Άφνχία,  ας,  ή,  >  lifelessness,  weak- 
ness :   cowardice,    Aesch.    Theb.    259,"*. 
383,  and  Eur. :  from 

Άφϋχος,  ον,  (a  priv.,  φνχή)  life- 
less, Archil.  24,  Soph.  Fr.  743,  and 
Eur. — II.  spiritless,  fainthearted,  κάκη, 
Aesch.  Theb.  192,  without  spirit,  dull. 

Άφύχρος,  ον,  (a  priv.,  φ'νχρυς)  not 
cold,  dub.  1.  for  άφνκτος  1.  c. 

*ΆΩ,  root  of  άημι,  to  blow,  used 
only  in  inipf  άον.  Αρ.  Rh. ;  cf.  άζω, 
ανω. 

*ΆΩ,  root  of  αίω,  ΐαύω,  άωτέω,  to 
sleep,  only  used  in  aor.  άεσα,  contr. 
άσα,  Hom.  akin  to  foreg. 

*'Ail?to  hurt,  contr.  from  άάω.ς.  v. 

*ΆΩ,  to  satiate,  only  found  in  act. 
άμεναι.  [α],  contr.  for  άέμεναι,  Horn., 
for  aor.  άσα,  pres.  pass,  άάται  belong 
to  άάω :  hence  adj.  verb.  ατός.  [ΰ], 
but  with  a  priv.  άατος,  [άΰ],  contr. 
άτος,  Hom.  ;  cf  Buttm,  Lexil.  voc. 
άάατος,  and  Ausf.  Gr.  ^  114:  ν.άάται. 

Άώδης,  ες,  (a  priv.,  όζω)  not  smell- 
ing. 

Άώθεν,  adv.,  Dor.  for  ηώθεν,  from 
the  morning,  or  from  the  East. 

'Αών,  φόνος,  η,  Dor.  for  -ηϊύν, 
Mosch. 

ΥΑων,  όνος,  6,  an  Αοηίμη,  i.  e.  Boeo- 
tian ;  hence  adj.  Άόύ.ιος,  a,  ov, 
Aonian,  Boeotian,  q.  v.  [u\ 

ΥΑωος,  'Αώος,  ον.  ό.  Aoiis,  a  river 
ot  lllyrm.=Aiar,  now  Vaiusa,  Strab. 

'Αωρ,  ό,  V.  sub  άορ. 

Άωρέω,  (άωρος  II.)  to  be  careless. 

Άωρί,  adv.  of  άωρος,  untimely,  at  a 
wrong  time,  too  early,  esp.  before  mid- 
night, Eur.  Incert.  :  ννκτός  άωρί,  at 
dead  of  night,  Antipho    115,  18.  [a.  i] 

Άωρία,  ας,  ή,  a  urorig  time,  untimely 
fate  or  death,  Pind.  jFr.  101:  άωρ. 
θέρους,  an  untimely,\  i.  e.  too  early 
summer,  Plut. :  esp.  midnight.  Lat. 
nox  inte?npesta,  Hemst.  Thoin.  M.  p. 
136 :  in  ace.  as  adv.,  to  come  too  late, 
άωρίαν  ηκΐΐν,  Ar.  Ach.  23.        \ 

Άωριλονστης,  ov,  b,  (άωρί,  'λούο- 
μαι) bathiyig  too  early,  v.  1.,  Anton. 

'Αώριυς.  a.  ον,=άωρος,  Anth. 

Άωροθάνάτος,  ov,  (άωρός„  θάνα 
τος)  untimely  dead,  .Ar.  Fr.  592.  [^£1 

'Αωρόλειος.  ov,  (άωρος,  ^.tior)  vit^^ 
naturally  smooth,  esp.  of  men  <vho  l^y^^ 
pulling  out  their  beards  tded  to  make^A 
themselves  look  young,  Cfatin.  ^$3^,^ 
chil.  9.  ^  '•  ■  :      \  \ 

Άωρόννκτος,  ov,  (άωρος,')  νύξ)  at 
midnight,  Lat.  intempesta  nbcie,  Aesch. 
Cho. '34. 

'Αωρος,  ov,  (a  priv.,  ώρα)  nrftimely, 
unseasonable,  χειμών,  τνχαι,  Aesch., 
θάνατοι,  Eur. — II.  before  the  lime,  un- 
ripe, unformed:  hence  misshapnt.  de- 
formed, πόδες  άωροι,  of  Scylla's  feet, 
Od.  12,  89 :  in  genl.  without  ώρα, 
without  youthful  freshness,  opp.  .,to 
ωραίος,  Xen.  Mem.  1,  3,  14.— 11.^ 
priv.,  ώρα)  without  care,  careless,  Aciwf-..,^ 
less.  ^  ■/'^ίί-Λ' 

Άωρος,  ό,  contr.  ώρος,  sleep]  Saipph.. 

3»•         .  .  ,    \     ί       ' 

' Αωρότοκος,  ov,  (άωρος,  τίκτω)  un- . 

timely  bom.  "  | 

Άωρτη.  Ep.  plqpf.  pass.""orTi<i| 
Hom  in  phrase  μάχαιρα  παρά  ξίφ8ο^ 
κον/.εον   άωρτο,    the  sacrificial   knife 
hung  by  his  svord-shenth,  II.  3,  272; 
19,  253.  (akin  to  αιώρα,  άορ,  αορτή, 
αορτή  p.)  '., 

Άώς,  η.  Dor.  for  'Ή,ως,  Ύ,ως. 
Hence 

Άωςφόρος,  6.  =  'Έωςφήρος,  Φως- 
φόρος.  the  bringer  of  light,  the  morning- 
star,  Lat.  Lucifer,  Pind.  L  4, 41  (3, 42). 

Άωτειίω,= άωτέω. 

235 


ΒΗΤΑ 

Άωτέω,  (άω)  to  sleep,  πάνννχον 
ϋττνον.  γ?.νκί<ν  νττνον  αωτείν,  II.  10, 
159,  0(i.  10,  518  :  later  also  absol. 
(Ace.  to  some  from  ΰω,  to  breathe, 
Lat.  spirnre,  and  hence  at  once  in 
sleep,  of.  Bultm.  Lexil.  voc.  ΰωτοι;  8  ; 
others  from  άωτον,  Lat.  soninum  car- 
pere,  very  far-fetched.) 

'Aurnv,  ov,  τό,  and  ύωτος,  ου,  ό, 
USU.  the  fairest,  best,  choicest  nf  its 
kind ;  only  poet.,  and  esp.  in  Pind., 
who  has  it  in  various  relations,  ΰω- 
τος  ζωας,  στΐψύνων,  χαρίτων,  etc.  : 
Horn,  loo  uses  it  only  in  the  above 
sense,  and  mostly  of  the  finest  wool, 
οίος  άωτον,  II.  13,  509,  710,  Od.  1, 
443  :  also  without  οΙός,  (which  must 
be  sii])nlied  from  the  context)  flork, 
down,  Od.  9.  434 ;  and  once  of  the 
finest  linen,  λίνοιο  λίΤΓτΰν  άωτον,  II. 
9,  657;  Αρ.  Rh.  calls  the  golden 
fleece,  χρνσειον  άωτον ;  and  Call. 
Apoll.  Ill,  calls  pure  spring-water 
ύκμον  άωτον :  hence — II.  the  decora- 
tion, honour,  pride  of  a  thing,  so  άωτος 
ίππων,  of  a  song  in  praise  of  horses, 
Bockh  Expl.  Pmd.  O.  3,  3,  άωτον 
άρετύν,  Ο.  5,  2,  άωτον  χειρών,  Ο.  8, 
99. — The  gender  cannot  be  settled 
from  Horn.  ;  Pind.  always  has  ό 
άωτοΓ,  and  so  Theocr.  13,  27:  Λρ. 
Rh.  and  the  later  Ep.  το  άωτον,  ])rub. 
because  they  supposed  that  Horn. 
used  it  so.  (The  signf.  flower,  which 
was  long  regarded  as  the  primary 
one.  is  not  found  at  all :  the  word 
seems  orig.  to  have  been  used  of  the 
flock  of  wool.  The  deriv.  unknown  : 
Buttm.  Lexil.  in  v.,  fancifully  enough 
derives  it  from  άημι,  that  luhich  is 
ea.rihi  lilnwn  about,  and,  sini'G  the 
beauty  of  cloth  depend.•^  on  its  flocky 
surfa'-e,  hence,  he  thinks,  arose  the 
nietaiih.  sense  of  best,  choicest,  etc.) 

'Κωτος,  6,  V.  foreg. 

'Χωτος,  ov,  {a  priv.,  ους)  without 
^ars :  of  vessels,  withoxU  handle  or 
handles,  Philet.  39. 


Β 


Β,  β,  βήτα,  indecl.,  second  letter 
of  the  Gr.  alphabet :  hence  numeral 
=^6ύο  and  δεύτερος,  but  ^/3:=2000. 

The  pronunc.  was  solter  than  our 
B,  like  the  Spanish  or  modern  Greek ; 
and  so  lade  authors  used  it  for  the 
Roman  V,  as  Y^ύj)f)ωv,  Βιργίλιος,  and 
in  modern  Greek  it  is  pronounced 
like  our  V,  cf  infr.  VII.  The  Aeol. 
and  Dor.  used  it  as  the  simple  aspi- 
rate before  p,  as  βρόδον,  βράκος,  for 
f)ooov,  ()άκης,  also  before  vowels,  as 
Βέδος  for  εόος.  It  was  often  inserted 
between  μλ  and  μρ  to  give  a  fuller 
sound,  as  in  μεσιμ/βρία,  γαμβρός, 
μίμΆεται:  so  also  in  worcls  lilie 
άμ'Ιροτος,  όμβριμος. 

The  change  of  β  into  other  con- 
sonants was  chiefly  owing  to  the 
diliercnt  pronunciations  of  the  se- 
veral dialects, — I.  into  -,  (so  the 
Welch  change  the  English  b  into  /),) 
e.g.  βατεϊν  for  πατεΐν. — 11.  Arcad., 
into  C,  as  ζελλω,  ζέρεβρον,  for  βη?2.ω. 
βέρεΙίρον,  βάραθρον,  Pors.  Phoen. 
45. — ΠΙ.  into  γ,  as  γλήχων  for  βλ?/- 
χων :  this  is  a  very  freq.  change  in 
the  cognate  languages :  e.  g.  βάω, 
βαίνω,  Saiiscr.  ga,  to  go:  βονς, 
Sanscr.  go,  a  roiv,  βαρύς,  Lat.  gravis  : 
cf  βανά  in  Corinna=)aii7/. — IV.  into 
κ  as  Lat.  tabeo  compared  with  τήκω, 
Ιτακον.—y.  into  μ,  as  αεμβρύς  for 
P5C 


ΒΑΓ1 

βεμβράς. — VI.  Macedon.  into  φ,  as 
Βί?αππος,  Βρίγες,  Βερενίκ?/,  for  Φί- 
λιππος, Φρύγες,  Φερενίκη. — VII.  in 
late  authors,  sometimes  for  i'  in  diph- 
thongs, as  άβρη,  κα'λύι-ίρο-φ  for  αύρα, 
κα?.ανΐ)οψ,  cf  Jac.  A.  P.  p.  586. 

B(2,  shortened  form  of  Βασιλεΰ.  Ο 
king!  Aesch.  Supp.  892,  Valck.  Hdt. 
4,  59,  Adon.  p.  383  ;  so  μά  for  μάτερ, 
and  (5ώ  for  δώμα. 

ΙΒάαλ,.  ό,  ή.  indecl.  Baal,  a  Phoe- 
nician deity,  LXX.,  N.  T.  Rom.  xi.  4. 
Βαβάζω,  f.  -ύξω.  redupl.  for  βάζω, 
to  chatter :  also  to  stutter. — 2.=βιβύ- 
ζω  :  both  very  rare. 

Βαβαί,  and  βάβαιύξ,  Lat.  papae  ! 
Exclamation  of  surprise,  or  amaze- 
ment, bless  me  !  Plat.  Eur.,  and 
Comic. 

ΙΒάβακοι,  V.  sub  βύβαί. 
Βαβάκτης.  ov,  ό,  v.  βάβαξ. 

ίΒίΐβάνομοί',  ov,  τό,  Babanomwn,  a 
city  of  Pontus,  Strab. 

Βάβαξ,  ακος,  δ.  and  βαβάκτης,  ov, 
δ,  (βαβάζ(•))  a  chatterer. — 2.  a  dancer 
or  mad  reveller,  ejiith.  of  Pan.  Cratiii, 
Incert.  22.  Βάβακυι  was  a  name  for 
grasshoppers  with  the  Eleans,  for 
frogs  in  Pontus. 

Βαβραδών,  όνος,  ή,  the  grasshopper, 
V.  βαμβραδών. 

Βαι-Ιράζω,  to  chatter,  chirp,  of  the 
grasshopper,  Anan.  1,  6.  (Hence 
βαβραδών,  also  βεβρύς,  βεμβράς, 
μεμβράς.) 

ΙΒαβρίας,  and  -ιος,  ov,  ό,  Babrias  or 
Babrias,  a  Greek  poet,  who  turned 
the  Aesopean  fables  into  verse. 

Βαβνκα,  ή,  Lacon.  for  γέφυρα,  v. 
βαβυξ. 

Βαβνκάς,=  πελεκάν,  Philet.  40. 

^Βαι^υλών,  ώνης,  η,  Babylon,  the 
capital  of  the  uabylonian  empire,  on 
the  Euphrates,  Hdt.  1,  178. — 2.  a  city 
of  lower  Aegypt.  Strab.     Hence 

^Βαβνλ.ωνιΰκύΓ,  ii,  ov,  Babulonian; 
and 

^Βαβυλώνιος,  α,  ov,  also  ος,  ov,  Arr. 
An.  6,  29 ;  Babylonian ;  oi  Βαβυλώ- 
νιοι, the  Babi/l<,ninns  ;  ή  Βαβν7ιωνία, 
sc.  χωρά,  Babylonia,  the  territory 
around  Babylon,  also,  the  region  in- 
cluded between  Mesopotamia,  the 
Tigris,  and  the  Persian  gulf,  lldt., 
Xen.,  etc. 

Βαβυξ,  ύκος,  η,  or  βαβνκα.  ή.  La- 
con,  for  γέφυρα,  a  bridge,  Plut.  Ly- 
curg.  6,  Pelop.  17. 

\Βάβυρσα,  ων,  τύ,  Babyrsa.u  mount- 
ain fastness  in  Armenia,  Strab. 

tB'7/?ii/)rar,  ου.  ό,  Babyrtas,  a  Mes- 
senian,  Polyb.  4.  4,  5. 

^ΒάίΙυς,  νος,  δ,=Ύυώών.  Hellen.  ap. 
Ath.  CrsO.— 2.  Babys,  father  of  Phere- 
cydes,  Strab. — 3.  a  pipe  player,  Ath. 
624  B. 

tBiiya,  7/,  the  Lat.  Vaga,  a  city  of 
Numidia.  Pint.  Mar.  8. 

ίΒαγαδανία  or  -δαονία,  ας,  ή,  Βι• 
gadaonia,  a  part  of  Cappadocia,  Strab. 

^Βάγαζης,  ov,  ό,  Bagnzus,  a  Persian, 
Ath.  009  A. 

^Βαγαί,  ών.  al.  Bagae.  a  castle  of 
Sogdiana.  Arr.  An.  4,  17,  4. 

ίΒαγαϊος,  ov,  h,  Bagaeus,  a  Persian 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Hdt.  3,  128. 

1Βά)ας,  ov,  ύ,  B(f^as.  a  Paphlago- 
nian  masc.  pr.  n.,  Strab. 

^Βαγασάκης,  ου.  Ion.  εω,  ό,  Bagasa- 
ces,  Persian  pr.  n..  Hdt.  7,  75. 

tBayfia,  ας,  ή,  Ba-iia,  a  promontory 
of  Caratnania,  Arr.  Ind.  28,  9. 

\Βηγίπαρα,  ωχ•.  τύ.,  Bagisara,  a  place 
in  the  country  of  the  Ichlhyophagi, 
Arr.  Ind.  20,  2. 

^Βαγιστύνης,  ov,  δ,  Bngistancs, 
masc.  pr.  n.  Arr.  j\n.  3,  21,  1. 

^Βαγίστανος,  η,  ov,  of  Bagistana,  a 


ΒΑΘΜ 

city  of  Media;   το  Βαχ.,  {όρος)  the 
Bagistnnian  mountain,  Diod.  S. 

Βάγμα,  ατός,  τύ,  (βάζω)  a  speech, 
address,  report,  Aesch.  Pers.  636. — 2. 
a  sound,  voice,  speaking. 

Bayof,  δ,  Lacon.  for  άγος,  Bockh 
C.  I.  1,  83. 

^Βαγράδας,  ov,  δ,  Bagradas,  now 
Megierda,  a  river  near  Utica  in  Afri- 
ca, Strab. 

Βαγώας,  Diod.,  Plut.,  etc.,  Βα-νώος, 
Strab..  ov,  δ,  Lat.  Bagoas  and  Ba- 
gous,  Persian  v.'ord=  ευνούχος. 
^Βαδΰς,  α,  ό,  Badas,  a  river  of  Syria, 
Strab. 

Βάδην,  adv.  {βαίνω)  step  by  step, 
slowly  pacing,  opp.  to  quick  running, 
11.  13,  516. — II.  walking,  marching  on 
foot,  opp.  to  riding,  driving,  or  sail- 
ing, Aesch.  Pers.  19.  [ά] 

Βαδίζω,  ful.  -ισω  usu.  Att.  -ιονμαι, 
in  Luc.  also  -ίσομαι,  less  correctly 
βαδιώ,  (βάδος,  ΐίαίνω,  vndo)  to  inarch, 
toalk,  go,  travel,  H.  Horn.  Merc.  210. 
esp.  to  pace  slowly  towards,  to  advance 
step  by  step,  opp.  to  τρέχω. 

^Βάδις.  ιος,  ό,  Badis,  a  district  of 
Caramania,  Arr.  Ind.  32. 

Βάδισις,  εως,  ή.  {βαδίζω)  a  walking, 
advancing,  ivalk,  Ar.  Plut.  33 1. 

Βάδισμα,  ατός,  τό,  {βαδίζω)  a  step, 
walk,  in  geni.  gait,  Dem.  982,  18. 
Hence 

Βαδισματίης,  ov,  o,  a  good  walker, 
one  that  can  step  out,  Crat.  Inc.  105. 

Βαδισμός.  οϋ,  δ,^βάδισις,  Plat. 
Charm.  160  C. 

Βαδιστέον,  adj.  verb,  from  βαδίζω, 
one  innsl  walk,  go,  So])h.  El.  1502. 

Βαδιστί/ς,  ov,  ό,  {βαδίζω)  one  that 
goes  on  foot,  a  walker ;  but  ταχνς  βαδ., 
a  quick  runner,  Eur.  Med.  1182. 

Βαδιστικός,  ή,  όν,  {βαδίζω)  belong- 
ing to,  fit  for  walking,  used  to  or  good 
at  lealking,  active,  Ar.  Ran.  128. 

Βαδιστέις,  ή,  όν,  {3αδίζω)  that  can 
be  passed  on  foot,  Arr. 

Βάδης,  ου,  ό,  (βαίνω)  a  walk,  step, 
path,  βάδον  βαδίζειν,  fir.  Αν.  42. 

^Βύδρης,  εω,  ΰ,  Budres,  a  Persian 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Hdt.  4.  167. 

^Βάζιρα,  ων,  τά.  Bazira,  a  city  of 
India  in  the  territory  of  the  Assaceni, 
Arr.  An.  4,  27. 

♦  ΒΑ'ΖΩ,  to  go,  supposed  form,  v. 
βιβάζω. 

ΒΑ'ΖΩ,  f.  βάξω,  to  speak,  say.  Horn., 
who  often  joins  άρτια,  πεπννμένα, 
άνεμώλια  βάζειν.  also  βύζειν  τινά 
τι,  to  say  somewhat  to  a  man.  II.  16, 
207 :  besides  pres.  and  imperf.  act. 
he  has  perf  pass,  ίπος  βέβακται,  a 
word  has  been  spoken,  Od.  8,  408 ; 
also  c.  da(.  rei,  χα'λεποϊς  βάζειν  έπέ- 
εσσι.  to  address  with  sharp  words,  Hes. 
Op.  184.  (v.  βα3άζω,  βύξις,  βάσκω  : 
φράζω,  φάσκω,  φημί-) 

ίΒοβύνατος,  ον,  ό,  Bathanatns,  a 
leader  of  the  Gauls,  who  invaded 
Greece,  Ath  234  B. 

Βηβέη,  Ion.  fem.  from  βαθύς  for 
βαβιΐα,  II. 

tBai^fio,  ας,  ή,  the  Lat.  Badia,  a 
city  of  Spain,  Plut. 

Βαθέως,  adv.  from  βαθύς. 
ίΒιΊβιππος.    ov,    ό,    Bathippus,    an 
Athenian.  Dem.  501,  8. 

ΒάβιστοΓ,  η,  ov,  superl.  from  βα- 
θύς, II. 

Βαθμηδόν,  adv.  (βαθμός)  by  steps, 
Ath. 

Βαθμίς,  ίδος,  and  ΐδος,  7/,=  sq.,  a 
pcde.ital,  Pind.  N.  5,  3  :  ace.  to  others 
a  dim. 

Βαθμός,  οΰ,  ό,  {βαίνω)^=βάσις,  a 
step,  stair,  threshold,  LXX. — II.  a  de- 
gree, rank,  Lat.  gradiis,  N.  T.,  and 
Eccl. — Ιϋ.^βύδισις,  Eccl. 


ΒΑΘΥ 

Βάθος,  εος,  τό,  (βαθύς)  depth  or 
height,  ace.  as  measured  up  or  down, 
Lai.  altitude,  t~i  βάθος,  in  file,  of  sol- 
diers, Thuc.  5,  68  :  in  geul.  extension 
in  space,  breadth,  ireq.  nietaph.  βάθος 
κακών,  Aesch.,  elc,  depth,  fulness, 
multitude,  cf.  βαβνς :  depth  of  mind, 
Heind.  Plat.  Theaet.  183  Ε ,  έν  βάθεί 
ιτόσιος,  deep  in  drink,  Theocr.  14,  29; 
Ot  έν  βάθει,  they  that  live  far  inland, 
Strab.  (Akin  to  it  are  βένθος,  βυ- 
θός, βνσσός,  ττυθμήν.) 

Βάθρα,  ας,  ή,  (βαίνω)=βαθμός,  α 
step,  stair :  mostly  in  compds.  απο- 
βάθρα, έτϊΐβύθρα. 

Βαθρύδιον,  ου,  τό.  dim.  from  foreg., 
a  step  or  stool,  Ar.  Fr.  433. 

Βαθρεία,  ας,  7/,=^βάθοον,  Aesch. 
Supp.  859. 

Βαθρικόν,  ov,  τό,  a  small  staircase, 
Lat.  scalare,  Inscr.  :  from 

Βάθρον,  ov,  τό,^^βάσις,  a  step,  stair, 
staircase,  threshold.  Soph.  O.  C.  1591 : 
a  round  of  a  ladder,  Eur.  Phoen.  1179: 
a  seat,  bench,  Soph.  O.  C.  101  :  a  base, 
pedestal,  Aesch.  Pars.  812:  a  founda- 
tion, έν  βάθροις  είναι,  to  stand  fast, 
Eur. :  hut  Κινδύνου  βάθρα,  the  thresh- 
old, verge  of  danger,  Eur.  Cycl.  352  : 
έκ  βάθρων,  funditus,  Dion.  H.  (Contr. 
from  βατήριον.) 

Βαθναγκής,  ες,  (βαθύς,  άγκος)  with 
deep  vales,  Anth. 

Βαθύβουλος,  ov,  (βαθύς,  βου7ιή) 
deep-counselling,  profoundly  wise, 
Aesch.  Pers.  142.  [ΰ] 

Βαθύγεως,  ov,  Ion.  βαθνγεος,  ov. 
Hdt..  Att.  βαθνγεως,  ων,  (]3αθύς,  γη) 
with  deep  sod,  hencefruitful,  Theophr.: 
opp.  to  rocky  ground,  that  has  only 
a  thin  covering  of  soil. 

Βαθνγένειος,  ov,  (βαθύς,  γένειον) 
with  low.  full-flowing  beard,  Julian. 

Βαθνγεος,  ov,  Ion.  for  βαθνγειος, 
Hdt.  4,  23. 

Βαθύγεως,  ων,  Att.  for  βαθύγειος. 

Βαθυγήρως,  ων,  gen.  ω,  (βαθύς,  γή- 
ρας) sunk  in  old  age,  decrepit,  Anth. 

Βαθύγ7Μ~τος,  ov,  (βαθύς,  γλύφω) 
deep-carved,  Anth. 

Βαθνγνωμοσύνη,  ης,  ή,  depth  of 
wisdom,  late  :  from 

Βαθυγνώμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  (βαθύς, 
γνώμη)— βαθνβον?.ος,  Babr.  124,  5. 

Βαθνόενόρος,  ov,  (βαθύς,  δένδρον) 
deeply-wooded,  Lyr.  ap.  Plut. 

Βαθυδίνήεις,  εσσα,  εν,  deep-eddying, 
n.  21,  15:  poet,  for 

Βαθυδίνης,  ov,  6,  (βαθύς,  δίντ])  the 
deep-eddying,  Hom.,  and  Hes.  epith. 
oi  Ωκεανός  ^nd  ποταμός,  [t] 

Βαθνδίνί/ς,  sf,=:fureg.,  late  form. 

Βαθνδοξος,  ov,  (βαθύς,  δόξα)  far- 
famed,  illustrious,  Pind.  P.  1,  127. 

Βαθνεργέω,  (βαθύς,  *  έργω)  to  work 
deep,  esp.  to  dig  or  plough  deep. 

Βαθί'ζωνος,  ov.  (βαθύς,  ζώνη)  deep- 
girded,  i.  e.  not  under  the  breast,  but 
over  the  hips,  so  that  the  gown  fel. 
over  the  girdle  in  large,  full  folds ; 
only  of  women's,  and  esp.  of  the  Ion- 
ian dress,  Miill.  Archaoi.  d.  Kunst 
^  339,  Bockh  Expl.  Pind.  0.  3,  35 : 
but  since  maids  and  matrons  appear- 
ed in  full  drapery  only  on  great  oc- 
casions, it  meant  in  genl.  richly  clad, 
Hom.  :  cf.  βαθύκολπος. 

Βαθύθριξ,  τρΐχος.  ό.  ή,  (βαθύς, 
θρίζ)  with  thick,  fidl,  long  hair :  of 
sheep,  xvith  thick  or  long  wool,  H.  Hom. 
Ap.  412. 

Βαθνκαμπής,  ές,  (βαθύς,  καμπή) 
strongly  curved,  Anth. 

Βαθνκήτ-ης,  ες,  (βαθύς,  κήτος)  πόν- 
τος, the  deep,  deep  sea,  Theogn.  175  ; 
V.  κητώεις. 

Βαθνκ7.εης,   ές,   (βαθύς,   κ7Λος)= 
βαθύδοξος,  Anth. 
17 


ΒΑΑΤ 

Βαθνκληρος,  ον,  (βαθύς,  κ?,ήρος) 
immensely  rich,  esp.  having  large  landed 
property,  Ep.  Hom.  17. 

^Βαθνκ/.ής,  ονς,  ό,  Bathycles,  son 
of  Chalcon,  II.  16,  594.  Others  in 
Paus.,  Plut.,  etc. 

ΒαθνκνήμΙς,  (βαθύς,  κνήμη)  wear- 
ing high  greaves,  Q.  Sm. 

Βαθύκο/,πος,  ov.  (βαθύς,  κό?^πος) 
deep-bosomed,  with  the  dress  in  deep, 
full  folds,  hence  richly  clad,  like  βα- 
θνζωνος,  Horn.,  epith.  of  the  Trojan 
women  ;  which  others  explain  of 
their  full,  sivelling  breasts,  and  SO  cer- 
tainly used  by  Aesch.  Theb.  864. — 
II.  of  the  earth,  ivith  deep  valleys, 
Pind.  P.  9,  77;  of  the  sea  or  rivers, 
with  deep  bays  or  creeks. 

Βαθνκημος,  ov,  (βαθύς,  κόμη)  with 
thick  hair :  woody,  Ar.  Fr.  557. 

Βαθνκρημνος,  ov,  (βαθύς,  κρημνός) 
with  high,  steep  cliffs,  αΑς,  Pind.  I.  4, 
96. 

Βαθνκρήπϊς,  ϊδος,  ό,  ή,  (βαθύς, 
κρηπίς)  with  deep  foundations,  Musae. : 
others  less  correctly  βαθνκρηπίς. 

Βαθνκρνστα?Λος,  ov,  (βαθύς,  κρύ- 
στα/.?.ος)  with  deep  ice,  Anth. 

Βαθνκτέΰνος,  ov,  (βαθύς,  κτέανον) 
with  great  possessions,  esp.  of  flocks 
and  herds,  Anth. 

Βαθνκνμων.  ov,  gen.  όνος,  (βαθύς, 
κνμα)  with  deep,  swelling  waves,  Orph. 

Βαθύ7.ειμος,  ov,=sq.,  II.  9,  151. 

Βαθν?.είμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  (βαθύς, 
λείμών)  with  rich  meadoivs,  πέτρα 
βαθ.,  prob.  a  rock  surrounded  by  rich 
fields,  Pind.  P.  10,  23. 

Βαθν?ιήίος,  ov,  (βαθύς,  λήϊον)  with 
a  heavy  crop,  fruitful.  II.  18,  550. 

\Βαθύλ'λειος,  a,  ov,  of  or  belonging 
to  Bathyllus,  Ath.  20  Ε  :  from 

]Βάθν%λος,  ου.  ό,  Bathyllus,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Dem.  1009,  26  :  etc.— 2.  a 
fountain,  Paus.  8.  31,  9. 

Βαθνμα/.λ.ος,  ov.  (βαθύς,  μα?.?,ός) 
long  or  thick-fleeced,  Pmd.  P.  4,  286. 

Βαθυμήτης,  ov,  ό,  also  βαθνμήτα, 
cf.  μητίετα.  deep-counselling,  profound, 
like  βαθύβον?ιος,  Pind.  N.  3,  92. 

Βαθύνοος,  ov,  contr.  -νονς,  ovv, 
(βαθύς,  νονς)  of  deep  mind,  profound, 
Anth. 

Βαθύνω,  fut.  βαθύνω,  perf.  βεβά- 
θυγκα,  (βαθύς)  to  hollow  out,  excavate, 
II.  23,  421  ;  τί/ν  όύ?  αγγα.  to  deepen 
the  phalanx  by  shortening  the  ranks, 
and  increasing  their  number,  Xen. 
Cyr.  6,  2,  23  ;  8,  5,  15. 

Βαθύξν?.ος,  ov,  (βαθύς,  ξύλον)  with 
deep,  thick  wood,  Eur.  Bacch.  1138. 

Βαθύπεδος,  ov,  (βαθύς,  πέδον) 
forming  a  deep  vale,  Pind.  N.  3,  30  : 
the  form  βαθνπέδιος  is  dub. 

Βαθύπελμος,  ov,  (βαθύς,  πέλμα) 
thick-soled.  Anth. 

Βαθύπεπ?.ος,  ov,  (βαθύς,  πέπ?.ος) 
with  long  robe,  Q.  Sm. 

Βαθνπλεκής,  ές,  (βαθύς,  π?Jκω) 
close  knit,  Opp. 

Βαθύπ?.ενρος,  ov,  (βαθύς,  πλευρά) 
deep  flanked. 

Βαθνπ?.ήξ,ήγος,  ό,  ή,(βαθνς,π7<.ήσ- 
σω)  deep  striking,  Nic. 

Βαθνπλόκΰμος,  ov.  (βαθύς,  πλόκα- 
μος) with  thick,  falling  hair,  Ap.  Rh.  1, 
742. 

Βαθυπλόος,  ov,  (βαθύς,  π7Αω) going 
deep  in  the  water,  Diod. 

Βαθνπ7.ούσιος,  oi',=  sq. 

Βαθύπλουτος,  ov,  (βαθύς, πλούτος) 
exceedingly  rich,  Aesch.  Supp.  555. 

Βαθυπό7,εμος,  ov,  (βαθύς,  πό7.ε- 
μος)  always  plunged  in  war,  Pind.  P. 
2,2. 

Βαθνπόνηρος,  ov,  (βαθύς,  πονη- 
ρός) most  depraved,  Procl. 


ΒΑΘΥ 

Βαθύπρωρος,  ov,  (βαθύς,  πρώρά\ 
dub.  1.  Diod.,  for  βαθνπ/Λος. 

Βαθνπνθμτ/ν,  ενός,  ό,  ή,  (βαθύς, 
πνθμήν)  with  deep  foundatiotis,  Α.  Β. 

Βαθυπώγων,  ον,  gen.  ωνος,  (βαθύς, 
πώγων)  with  long,  thick  beard,  Luc. 

Βαθυρρείτης,  ov,  ύ,  (βαθύς,  ρέω)=> 
βαθύβροος,  11.21,195.' 

Βαθν(φείων,  ον,  gen.  οντος,ζ=βα- 
θνί)[)θος.  Αρ.  Rh.  2,  659. 

Βαθύρρηνος,  ον,  (βαθύς,  βήν)  with 
long  or  thick  wool,  Anth. 

Βαθν()βίζία,  ας,  ή,  depth  of  root, 
Theophr. :  from 

Βαθύβριζος,  ov,  (βαθύς,  βίζα)  with 
deep  root,  deep-rooted,  Soph.  Tr.  1195. 

Βαθύρροος,  ov,  contr.  -μρονς,  ovv, 
(βαθύς,  βέω)  deep  flowing,  swelling 
with  waves,  brimming,  Horn. 

Βαθύββωχμος.  ov,  (βαθύς,  βωχμή) 
with  deep  clefts,  Q.  Sm. 

ΒΑ'ΘΥ'Σ,  βαθεΐα,  and  Ion.  βαθέη, 
βαθύ,  fern,  βαθύς  only  once,  H.  Hom. 
Cer.  384  :  comp.  βαθύτερος,  poet. 
βαθίων.  Dor.  βύσσων,  sup.  βαθύτα- 
τος, poet,  βάθιστος  :  deep  or  high  ace. 
to  one's  position,  altus :  φρην  βαθεΐα, 
the  depths  of  one's  mind,  II.  19,  125  : 
extended  in  any  way,  long,  broad  :  also 
thick,  close,  abundant:  Hom.  uses  it 
strictly  of  the  sea,  rivers,  eddies,  val- 
leys, clifl's.  the  nether  world,  of  deep 
sand,  and  deep  rich  soil,  νείος βαθεΐα: 
in  sense  of  thick,  of  woods,  com, 
clouds  ;  rarely  also  of  a  full,  strong 
wind,  II.  11,  306.  Pind.  has  it  of 
deep,  well-grounded  fame ;  in  prose 
esp.  of  all/u//,  luxuriant  growth,  of  the 
hair  and  beard,  of  plants,  etc  :  hence 
of  exhaustless  or  accumulated  treasures, 
βαθύς  π7Μϋτος,  θησαυρός,  κ7.ήρος, 
also  βαθύ  έσθ7.όν,  sure  good-fortune, 
βαθύς  άνήρ,  α  rich  man,  Xen.  Oec.  11, 
10,  and  so  οίκος,  hence  Μίδεω  βάθι- 
ov  π7,οντεΙν,  to  be  richer  than  Midas, 
Tyrt.  3,  6,  but  βαθύ  χρέος,  deep  debt, 
over  head  and  ears  :  also  of  colours, 
deep,  dark,  Ael.,  SO  βοθύχροος :  of  the 
voice,  deep,  hollow,  cf.  βαθύφωνος :  Ot 
time,  βαθύς  όρθρος,  morning-prime, 
Ar.  Vesp.  216.  v.  sub  όρθρος;  but 
βαθύ  γήρας,  the  depth  of  old  age:  βα- 
θύς νπνος,  deep  sleep,  Theocr.  8,  65  : 
βαθεΐα  όύ7.αγζ,  a  phalanx  deep  in  file, 
(v.  βαθύνω)  Xen.,  but  βαθύς  τόπος, 
a  place  that  stretches  far  away  into  the 
distance,  like  βαθεΐα  αύ7.ή,  ί1.  5,  142. 
Metaph.  βαθύτερα  ήθεα,  deeper  habits 
of  thought,  Hdt.  4,  95 ;  so  βαθεΐα 
φροντίς,  deep  thought,  Aesch.  Supp. 
407. 

ίΒαθύς  7.ιμήν,  ό,  the  port  Bathys, 
Strab.,  prop,  the  deep  harbour,  in  Boe- 
otia,  now  called  Vathi,  Diod.  S.  19.77. 

Βαθύσκαρθμος,  ov,  (βαθύς,  σκαίρω) 
high  leaping,  Nonn. 

Βαθυσκαφής,  ές,  (βαθύς,  σκάπτω) 
deep  dug.  Soph.  El.  435. 

Βηθύσκΐος,  ov,  (βαθύς,  σκιά)  deeply 
shaded,  H.  Hom.  Merc.  229.— II.  act. 
throiving  a  deep  shade,  Musae. 

Βαθνσκόπε7.ος,  ov.  (βαθύς,  σκόπε- 
7.ος)  with  high  cliffs,  Orph. 

Βύθνσμα.  ατός,  τό,  (βαθύνω)  exca- 
vation, Theophr. 

Βαθυσμήριγξ,  ιγγος,  ό,  ή,  (βαθύς, 
σμήριγξ)  long  or  strong  haired,  Nonn. 

Βαθνσπορος,  ov.  (βαθύς,  σπείρω) 
deep  sown,  fruitful,  Eur.  Phoen.  648. 

Βαθύστερνος.  ov.  (βαθύς,  στέρνον) 
with  high,  strong  breast,  deep-chested, 
Pind.  I.  3,  19  :  ala,  deep-bosomed 
earth,  Hom.  Fr.  23. 

Βαθνστο7,έω,  (βαθύς,  στολή)  to  wear 
long,  flowing  robes,  Strab. 

Βαθύστολ.μος,  ov,  (βαθύς,  άτολ- 
μος) with  a  long  upper  garment,  Jac. 
A.  P.  3,  319. 

257 


BAIN 

ΒαθύστομοΓ,    ov,   (βαθύς,    στόμα) 

deep-mouthed,  deep,  Strab. 

Βαθνστρυτος,  ov,  (ί3αθνς,  στρών- 
νυμί)  deep-covered,  hence  well-stuffed, 
soft,  κλίνη,  Babrius  32,  7. 

Βαθνσχοινος,  ov,  {βαθνς,  σχοΐνος) 
deep  grown  with  rushes  or  sedges,  11.  4, 
383. 

Βαθντέρμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  (βαθ.ύς, 
τέρμα)  deep  laden,,  νανς,  0pp. 

Βαθντης,  ητος,  ή,  (βαθύς)=βάθος, 
depth,  Luc. 

Βαβννόρος,  ov,  {βαθύς,  ύδωρ)  with 
deep  water. 

Βαθύν-νος,  ov,  {βαθύς,  ύπνος)  in 
deip  sleep,  NlC. 

Βαθύφιχΰν,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  {βαθύς, 
φρ?'μ•)=βαθνβουλος.  Find.  Ν.  7,  1. 

Βαθνφν?^'λος,  ov,  {βαθύς,  φύλλον) 
thick-leafed,  leafy,  Mosch.  5,  11. 

Βαθύφωνος,  ov,  {βαθύς,  φωνι/)  with 
deep,  hollow  voice,  LXX. 

Βαθνχαΐος,  ov,  {βαθύς,  χύϊος)  of 
old  nubility,  Aesch.  Sujjp.  858. 

Βαθυχαίτί/είς,  εσσα,  tt',=sq-,  Aesch. 
ap.  Anth. 

Βαθνχαίτης,  ov,  6,  {βαθύς,  χαίτη) 
loith  deep  f idling  hair,' ΧριαταΙος βαθ-, 
Hes.  Th.  977. 

Βαθύχείλος,  ov,  (βαθύς,  χείλος) 
with  deep  lips  or  edges. 

Βαθυχεύμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  {βα- 
θύς, χεύμα)=βαθυκύμων,  Anth. 

Βαβνχθων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  {βαθύς, 
χθών)=βαϋύγείος,  Aesch.  Theb.  306. 

Βαθυχρήμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  {βαθύς, 
χρ/'/μα)= βαθύπλουτος. 

Βαθύχροος,  ον,  contr.  χρονς,  ονν, 
{βαθύς,  χρόα)  of  deep,  dark  colour. 

tBdirai,  and  BdiaL,  ων,  αϊ,  Baiae, 
now  Baia,  a  fainons  watering  place 
of  the  Romans  in  Campania,  Strab. 

ΒαΙεν,  3  plur.  from  sq.,  for  βαίησαν. 

Βαίην,  ης,  η,  opt.  aor.  2  of  βαί- 
νω, 11. 

Βαϊνός,  όν,  {βύίς)  of  palm-branches. 

ΒΑΓΝΩ,  fut.  in  transit,  sign,  βήσω, 
1  aor.  εβησα,  v.  II.  inf.,  intr.  βήσο- 
μαι.  Dor.  βΰσεϋμαι.  Perf.  βέβηκα, 
whence  syncop.  forms  βεβύασι.  βε- 
βάσι,  inf.  βεβύμεν,  part,  βεβαώς,  βε- 
βανία,  contr.  βεβώς,  βεβώσα,  βεβώς, 
which  are  rare  except  in  poets  :  Horn, 
has  Ep.  forms  βεβύάσι,  part,  βεβΰώς, 
βεβαυϊα,  inf.  βεβύμεν.  Aor.  2  εβην, 
imperat.  βήθι,  subj.  βώ,  opt.  βαίην, 
inf  βηναι,  part,  βύς,  βΰσα,  βάν. 
Horn,  has  also  βύτην  [α]  shortd.  for 
ίβίίτην.  Aor.  mid.  έβήσετο,  rarer 
έβί/σατο.  All  these  forms  come  from 
obsol.  βύω :  the  word  is  inflected 
like  ΐστημι,  and  so  even  the  pres. 
part,  with  redupl.  in  Horn.,  βιβάς. 
Cf  also  βέομαι,  βείομαι,  βείω. 

I.  Intr.  to  go,  ivalk,  tread,  step :  of 
all  motion  on  ground,  the  direction 
being  usu.  determined  by  a  prepos. 
The  kind  of  motion  is  often  marked 
by  a  part.,  εβη  φενγων,  εβη  ϊιίξασα, 
Horn. :  a  part.  lut.  points  out  the 
purpose,  εβη  έξεναρίξων,  he  went  to 
slay,  11.  11,  101. — Ί.  also  very  often  c. 
inf  in  Horn.,  βί)  tV  Ιμεν,  βάν  iV  ίέναι, 
they  set  out  to  go,  /j?}  (5e  θέειν,  he 
started  to  run,  βη  δ'  ελάαν,  11.  13,  27. 
— 3.  βαίνειν  μετά  τι,  to  go  after  a 
thing,  go  to  fetch  it,  oft.  in  Hom. ; 
βαίνειν  έπ'  ελπίδος,  Ji'  οδύνης,  δια 
πόθου,  to  feel  hope,  etc.,  for  έ/~ίζω, 
όδννύομαι,  ποθέω,  Valck.  Phoen. 
1554. — 4.  the  sense  oi  being  in  η  place, 
resting,  standing,  is  chiefly  found  in 
perf.,  δίύ  τίνος,  also  ίπί  τίνος,  to  be 
in  a  situation  :  ευ  or  ασφαλώς  βε- 
βηκέναι,  to  stand  fast,  to  be  well 
established,  to  be  in  a  good  state, 
Hdt.,  and  so  alone,  Wess.  Hdt.  7, 
104,  01  έν  τέλει  βεβώτες,  they  who 
258 


BAKK 

are  in  office,  Valck.  Hdt.  i),  106,  Soph. 
Ant.  67. — 5.  to  go  away,  depart :  hence 
euphem.  for  θνήσκειν,  Jac.  Anth.  2, 
2,  p.  238.-6.  metaph.  of  lifeless 
things  even  in  Horn.,  εννέα  ένιαντοϊ 
βεβύασί,  nine  years  have  come  and 
gone,  11.  2,  134  ;  and  339,  π?/  δρκια 
βήσεται ;  cf.  8,  229.-7.  freq.  in  later 
authors  c.  ace,  as  Pind.  O.  2,  173, 
alvov  ίβα  κόρος,  disgust  comes  after 
praise,  ami  so  χρέος  έβα  με,  debts  came 
on  me,  Ar.  Nub.  30 :  βαίνειν  όδόν  or 
κέ'λευθον,  e.  g.  νμνων,  to  tread  the 
path  of  song,  Pind.'  Fr.  201. 

II.  Transit. — 1.  to  make  to  go,  put 
in  motion,  lead,  drive  up  or  doum,  to  lift, 
cnrry,  but  almost  always  Ion.  and 
Poet.,  and  e.xclus.  in  pres.  act.  and 
mid. :  fut.  act.  βήσω :  aor.  1 ,  εβησα, 
aor.  mid.  έβησάμην :  φώτας  βησεν 
άψ'  ϊππων,  he  made  them  dismount,  11. 
10,  810:  but  II.  5,  ]M, ^αμφότερους 
ίξ  ϊππων  βήσε  κακώς  άέκοντας,  he 
brought  them  with  violence  to  the  ground, 
hurled  them  from  the  chariot. — 2. 
mid.  βήσασβαι  δίφρον,  to  mount  the 
chariot,  11.  3,  262,  Od.  3,  481 :  and  so 
βαίνειν  νέας. — 3.  of  animals,  to  cover, 
βαΐνόμεναΐ.  brood-jnares,  Hdt.  1,  192, 
also  Att.,  Heind.  Plat.  Phaedr.  250 
E.  —  4.  βαίνειν  πόδα,  to  advance  the 
foot,  Horn.,  Hdt.,  and  Att.,  cf.  Pors. 
"Or.  1427,  Kiihner  Gr.  Gr.  ^  552. 

Βάί'ον,  ου,  τό=βύίς,  Ν.  Τ. 

ΒΑΙΟ'Σ,  ά,  όν,  little,  insignificant, 
short,  not  far :  εχώρει  βαιός,  with 
small  escort,  unattended,  Soph.  O.  T. 
750  :  άπό  βαιής,  sub.  ηλικίας,  from 
infancy,  Anth.  :  βαιόν,  as  adv.  a  little, 
Hes.  (hence  ηβαιός.) 

tBaiOf,  oil,  0.  Baens,  the  pilot  of 
Ulysses's  ship,  from  whom  Baiae  was 
said  to  have  derived  its  name,  Strab. 

Βαίοφόρος.  ov,  v.  βαϊφόρος,  Eccl. 

Βύϊς,  ή,  a  palm-branch,  Coptic  bai. 
^Βαιτέρα.  ας,  ή,   Baetera.  now  Be- 
zieres,  a  city  of  Gallia  Narbonensis, 
Strab. 

Βαίτη,  7],  a  shepherd's  0Γ  peasanfs 
coat  of  skins,  Att.  σισνρα,  Hdt.  4,  64. 
ίΒαιτΐκή,  ης,  η,  Baetirn,  a  province 
in  the  south  of  Spain,  Strab. 

tBfiirif,  ιος,  6,  tlie  Baetis,  now  the 
Guadalquicer,  a  river  of  Spain  flow- 
ing through  Baetica,  Plut.  Cat.  Maj. 
10. — 2.  a  city  of  same  name  on  the 
river,  Strab. 

\Βαιτόριξ.  ιγος,  ο,  Baetorisc,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Strab. 

]Βαιτονρία,  ας,  ή,  Baeturia.  the 
northwest  part  of  Baetica,  Strab. 

^Βαίτων,  ωνος,  ό,  Baeton,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  Ath.  442  D. 

Βαϊφήρος,  ov,  and  βαϊοφόρος,  ov, 
{βάϊς,  φέρω)  bearing  a  palm-branch. 

Βαιών,  όνος,  b,  a  coarse  fish,  else- 
where β7Ιννυς,  Epich.  p.  34 :  prob. 
from  βαιός. 

^Βύκαινα,  ηΓ,  η,  Bacaena,  a  city  of 
Sicily,  Diod.  S. 

^Βακάρας,  a,  b.  Bacaras,  a  river  in 
the  territory  of  Carthage,  Polyb.  1, 
75,  5. 

Βάκελας  and  βάκηλος,  ov,  6,  also 
βακέ?ιας,  Lat.  hacelus,  baceolus,  an 
eunuch  in  the  service  of  Cybele,  Gallus, 
Jac.  A.  P.  p.  399. — II.  a  leivd  or  weak 
man,  like  βλακός,  Antiph.  Cares  1,  v. 
Thorn.  M.  p.  138. 

Βακίζω,  to  prophesy  like  Bads,  Ar. 
Pac.  1072 ;  from 

\Βύκις,  ιδοΓ,  b,  Bacis,  a  soothsayer 
of  Boeotia,  Hdt.  8,  20. 

^Βακκαΐοι,  ων,  οι,  the  Vaccaei,  a 
people  of  Spain,  Plut. 

Βακκάρινος,  ίνη,  ivov ,  made  of  βύκ- 
καρις,  μνρον,  v.  Voss.  Virg.  Eel.  4, 
19. 


BAKX 

ΒάκκΓιρις,  ιδος,  Magnes  Lyd.  1, 
and  εως,  Hip[ion.  27,  ή,  baccar,  bac- 
caris,  an  unknown  plant,  with  an 
aromatic  root  yielding  an  oil,  cf.  Ath. 
690. 

^■Βάκλον,  ov,  TO.  Lat.  Bacvln.<<,  a 
stick,  a  cudgel,  in  pi.  .\esop.  Fab.  283 
De  F. 

ίΒακτάρικρονσα,  Triballian  jargon 
in  Ar.  Av.  1029,  with  allusion  to 
βακτηρία  and  Κίχιύω. 

Βακτηρεύω,^=βακτρεύω,  Eccl. 

Βακτηρία,  ας,  ή,—βύκτρον,  stick, 
staff,  Ar.  Ach.  784;  a  generaVs  baton 
Thuc.  8,  84.     Hence 

\Βακτηρίύζω,  f.  -άσω,  to  support  on  a 
staff,  Eccl. 

Βακτί/ριον,  ov,  τά,  Ar.  Ach.  448, 
and  βακτηρίδιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from 
βακτηρία. 

Βακτηρίς,  ίδος,  ή,=βακτηρία,  prob. 
1.  Achae.  ap.  Poll.  10,  157. 

^Βάκτρα,  ων,  τά,  Bnctra,  now  Balk, 
a  city  of  Upper  Asm,  capital  of  the 
territory  called  from  it  Bactriana, 
Hdt.  6,  9. 

Βάκτρενμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  staff,  prop, 
Eur.  Phoen.  1539:  from 

Βακτηεύω,  to  lean  on  a  staff. 

'\Βακτρίά}•ός,  ?/,  όν,  Bactrian,  Hdt. 
3,  92 ;  ή  Βακτριανή,  Bactriana  or 
Bnctria,  Strab. 

^Βάκτριος,  a,  ov,  Bactrian  ;  η  Βα/f- 
τρία  {χώρα)  Bactria ;  ό  Βάκτριος,  a 
Bactrian,  Hdt.  1,  153,  Aesch.  Pers. 
300. 

Βάκτρον,  ov,  TO,  {*  βύω,  βιβάζω) 
Lat.  baculus,  a  staff  or  stay,  Aesch. 
Ag.  201 :  a  cudgel,  Theocr.  25,  207. 

Βακτροπρσςαίτης,  ov,  ό,  {βάκτρον, 
προςαιτέω)  going  about  ivith  a  staff, 
begging :  epith.  of  a  Cynic,  Luc.  Ep.  9. 
^Βάκτρσς,  ov,  ό,  the  Bactnis,  ηοΛν 
Anderab,  a  river  of  Bactriana,  falling 
into  the  Oxus,  Strab. 

Βακτροφό(>ας,  ov,  ό,  {βάκτρον, 
φέρω)  the  staff-bearer ;  epith.  of  Dio- 
genes the  Cynic,  Cercid.  ap.  Diog. 
L.  6,  76. 

Βακχύζω^=Βακχύω. 

Βακχάς,  6,=  Βακχεντής,  Soph.  Fr. 
598,  V.  Lob.  Phryn.  433,  sq. 

Βακχάω.  ώ,  {Βάκχος)  to bein  Bacchic 
frenzy,  to  rave,  Aesch.  Sept.  498. 

Βακχέβακχον  άσαι,  to  ro/i-e  the 
strain,  Βάκχε,  Βάκχε,  to  Bacchus,  fo 
invoke  him,  Ar.  Eq.  408. 

Βακχεία,  ας,  ή,  v.  Βάκχειος  III. 
^Βακχείδας,  ov,  b,  Bacchldas,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Ath.  629  A. 
\Βακχείακός,  οϋ,  ό,  v.  Βάκχειος  Π. 

ΒακχεΙον,  ου,  τό,  ν.  Βάκχειος  IV. 

Βάκχειος,  εία,  ειον,  {Βάκχος)  Bac- 
chic, belonging  to  Bacchus  or  his  rites: 
like  a  priest  or  priestess  of  Bacchus,  in- 
spired, frenzied,  into.ricafed,  raiung. 
Βάκχειος  Αιόννσος,  Η.  Hom.  18,  40, 
also  Βάκχειος  θεός.  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  1105, 
ό  Βάκχειος  δεσπότης,  Ar.  Thesm. 
988,  cf.  Wess.  Hdt.  4,  79.— Β.  as 
subst.— I.  Βάκχειος,  sub.  θεός,=Βάκ- 
Ύος,  the  God  himself,  Hdt.  4,  79. — II. 
οΒακχεΐος,  sub.  πους,  also  Βάκχεια- 
Ιίός,  a  metrical  foot  if  three  syllables, 
"'  or  """,  Herm.  el.  mctr.  p.  291. — 
III.  7/  Βακχεία,  the  feast  of  Bacchus, 
sometimes  in  plur.  ai  βακχεΐαι,  Eur. 
Bacch.  215. — 2.  the  conduct  of  a  Bac- 
chante, Afesch.  Cho.  098.  — IV.  το 
Βακχεΐον,  the  temple  of  Bacchus,  Ar. 
Lys.  1  :  drunkenness,  Eur.  Phoen.  21  : 
also  τά  Βάκχεια,  the  orgies  of  Bacchus, 
Ar.  Ran.  357. 

\Βακχεΐος,  ov,  6,  Bacchlus,  masc. 
pr.  n..  Plat. 

Βάκχευ/ια,  α^ος,  τό,  {Βακχεύυ)  a 
festival  of  Bacchus,  in  genl.  rei'elry, 
Eur.  Bacch.  317. 


BAKX 

Βακχη'ζ,  έως,  ό,=  'Βύκχος,  Soph. 
Ant.  1122,  and  Eur. 

Βακχενσιμος,  ov.  Bacchanalian-, 
frenzied,  Eur.  Bacch.  298. 

Βάκχευσις,  εως,  i/,  a  feast  of  Bac- 
chits,  the  revelry  which  attended  it,  Eur. 
Bacch.  357. 

Βακχεντής,  ov,  6,  a  Bacchanalian  : 
any  one  full  of  Bacchic  frenzy  or  of 
wine,  Orph. :  as  adj.  ^νθμός  Βακ., 
Anth. 

Βακχεντικός.  ή,  όν,  =  Βάκχειος, 
Bacchanalian,  Arist.  Pol. 

Βακχεντωρ,  ορός,  ό,=  Βακχεντής, 
BockhC.1.1.5i.  ^ 

Βακχενω,  f.  -εύσω,  (Ba«:;t;of)  to 
keep  the  festival  of  Bacchtis,  his  7nys- 
teries,  esp.  the  great  Trieterides,  Hdt. 
4,  79. — 2.  to  speak  or  act  like  one  frenzy- 
struck,  to  be  frantic  or  fanatic,  nish 
about  like  a  drunken  man,  Lat.  bac- 
chari,  Trag. — II.  transit,  to  inspire  with 
frenzy,  Eur.  Or.  411,  H.  F.  966:  in 
pass.  Or.  833. 

Βακχέχορος,  ov,  (Βάκχος,  χορός) 
leading  the  Bacchic  dance,  Orph. 

Βάκχη,  ης,  ή,  a  Bacchante,  v.  Βάκ- 
χος II.,  Trag. — II.  any  inspired,  fren- 
zied female,  Eur.  Hec.  123,  Βάκχη 
ΑΙδον,  frantic  handmaid  of  Hell,  Id. 
1076. — III.  a  species  of  pear,  Nic. 
Ther.  513. 

^Βακχιάδαι,  ών,  οί,  (Βάκχις)  the 
Bacchiadae,  a  Heraclid  clan,  the 
descejidants  of  Bacchis,  an  early 
king  of  Corinth,  Hdt.  5,  92: 

Βακχιάζω,=Βακχεύω,  Eur.  Cycl. 
204. 

Βακχιακός,  ή,  όν ,ζ=Βάκχιος,  Orph. 

Βακχιάς,  ΰδος,  η,=Βύκχη,  ireq.  in 
Nonn. 

\Βακχίδης,  ov.  Όοτ..-ίδας,  a,  6,'Bac- 
chides,  a  eunuch  of  Mithradates,  Piut. 
LuculL  18. — 2.  Bacchidas,  form  of 
masc.  pr.  n.  in  Ath.  3.36  D. 

Βακχικός,  ή,  ov.=  sq.,  Diod. 

Βάκχιος,  α,  ον,^Βάκχείος,  Baccha- 
nalian, Soph.,  and  Eur.  :  in  genl.  in- 
spired, enthusiastic,  ramng.  —  II.  as 
subst.  ό  Βάκχίθ€,=^ΒάκχοΓ,  Soph. 
Ant.  154,  Eur.  Cycl.  9,  of.  Valck. 
Eur.  Phoen.  21 :  also=o(i;oc,  Eur. 
Cycl.  454,  519.  —2.  η  Βακχία,  = 
Βάκχη. 

^ΒάκχιΟΓ.  ov,  6,  Bacchius,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  Dem.  1269,5. 

Baκχίήu,ώ,{ΰάκχιoς)tomaddenwith 
Bacchic  fury.  Soph.  Fr.  782. 

Βακχίς,  ίδας.  ή,  =  Βάκχη,  Soph. 
Ant.  1129. — II.  Bacchis,  fern.  pr.  n., 
prop,  a  votary  of  Bacchus,  Ath.  594  D. 
■ — III.  parox.  Βάκχις,  ιδος,ό,  Bacchis. 
a  Heraclid,  fifth  king  of  Corinth, 
founder  of  the  family  Bacchiadae, 
Pans.  2.  4,  4. 

Βακχιώτης,  ov,  δ,=Βακχεντής,  Soph. 
O.  C.  078.  where  others  Βακχειώτης. 

ΒΑ'ΚΧΟΣ,  ov.  ό,  Bacchus,  the 
planter  and  guardian  of  the  vine, 
god  of  wine  and  inspiration,  esp. 
that  of  dramatic  poetry  ;  patron  of 
the  theatre,  and  scenic  representa- 
tions at  Athens  :  the  same  word  with 
Ίακχος.  and  so  from  ίύχω,  ίά,  Ίή. 
This  name  fir.st  occurs  in  Hdt. :  but 
his  worship  is  primitive  and  mani- 
fold, and  he  himself  is  variously  re- 
presented, as  the  ennobler  of  man- 
kind, and  giver  of  joys,  as  the  symbol 
of  the  generative  and  productive 
principle  of  nature,  etc. ;  v.  Miill. 
Archaol.  d.  Kunst,  (J  383,  sq.  Me- 
taph.  used  for  wine  itself,  Eur. — II.  a 
Bacchanalian,  Eur.  H.  F.  1119,  like 
Βάκχη,  a  Bacchante :  in  genl.  any 
one  iyispired,  infuriated,  frantic  with 
passion  or  otherwise,  Heind.  Plat. 
Phaed.  69  C. 


BAAA 

^Βακχυλίδης,  ov.  ό,  Bacchylides,  a 
Greek  poet  of  lulis  in  Ceos,  Ael., 
etc. 

ίΒακχνλίς,  ίδος,  η,  Bacchylis,  fern, 
pr.  n.  Anth. 

Βακχών,  ωνος,  6,  dim.  from  Βάκ- 
χος, A.  B. — 2.  Bacchon,  masc.  pr.  n., 
Plut. 

tBaAfz/tpof,  ov,  ό,  Balacrus,  Maced. 
for  Φαλακρός,  a  commander  of  Alex- 
ander's ;  and  freq.  as  Maced.  pr.  n., 
Arr.,  Polyb.,  etc. 

Βάλανάγρα,  ας,  η,  {βάλανος,  άγρα) 
an  instrument  to  open  a  door,  a  key,  v. 
βάλανος  IV.,  Hdt.  3,  155  :  a  thing  to 
catch  the  bolt  of  a  βά?Μνος,  Polyb. 

^Βαλαναία,  ας,  ή,  Balanea,  now 
Balneas,  a  City  on  the  coast  of  Syria, 
Strab. 

Βΰλάνειόμφαλος,  ov,  (βαλανείον, 
ομφαλός)  u-ith  a  boss  like  the  valve  of  a 
bath,  (ρίά?.η,  a  cup  with  a  spherical 
base,  and  conseq.  unable  to  stand, 
Cratin.  Drap.  9,  v.  Meineke. 

Βΰ?Μνεΐον,  ov,  *τό,  Lat.  balineum, 
balneum,  a  bath,  bathing-room,  Ar. 
Plut.  535,  etc. :  the  water  of  the  bath, 
Plut. 

Βά7ιάνείτης.ον,  o,=:sq.,  Polyb. 

Βάλάΐ'ενς.  έως,  ό,  the  bath-man,  bal- 
neator.  Ar.  Eq.  etc.,  whose  office  was 
to  trim  the  hair,  beard,  and  nails  : 
like  barbers  they  were  proverbial  for 
silly  chattering.  The  forms  βαλαν- 
είτης  and  βαλανεώτης  are  more  rare, 
(m  some  way  or  other  connected  with 
βάλανος)     Hence 

Ba/ άνεντικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to 
baths,  ή  -κή,  sub.  τέχνη.  Plat.  Soph. 
227  A. 

Βάλάνεντρια,  ας,  η,  fern,  of  βαλα- 
νενς. 

Βΰλάνενω,  f.  -εύσω,  to  keep  or  wait 
■upon  a  bath,  τινί,  in  ζΒΐύ.^^διακονέω, 
to  serve,  wait  upon ;  v.  interpp.  Ar. 
Pac.  1103. 

Βαλΰνεώτης,  ov,  6,  rarer  form  of 
βαλανενς. 

Βάλάνηρός,  ά.  όν,  {βάλανος)  of  the 
acorn  kind,  Theophr.,  like  καρνηρός, 
σταχνηρός,  etc. :  hence  βαλανηρά, 
ών.  τά,  seeds  of  the  oak  kind. 

Βΰλΰνηφΰγέω,  to  live  on  acorns, 
App. :  from 

Βΰλΰνηφύγος,  ov,  {βάλανος,  φα- 
γεϊν)  acorn-eating,  Alcae.  91.   [φα] 

Βΰλΰνηφόρος,  ov,  {βάλανος,  φέρω) 
bearing  acorns  or  dates,  Hdt.  1,  193. 

Βάλάνίζω,  δρνν,  to  shake  acorns 
from  the  tree,  Anth. — II.  τινά,  to  ad- 
minister a  pledget  or  pessary,  cf.  βάλα- 
νος V. 

Βά?.άνα'ος,  ίνη,  ivov,  made  of  βά- 
λανος, Theophr. 

Βΰλάνιον,  ov,  TO,  a  decoction  of 
acorns,  a  remedy  for  drunkenness. 

Βΰλανίς,  ίδος,  ή,  fem.  from  βα7.α• 
νενς. — 2.  =:βάλανος  V.,  Hipp. 

Βάλάνισσα,  ης,  η,  fem.  from  βαλα- 
νενς, like  βασιλίς  and  βασίλισσα 
from  βασίλεύς,=βαλανεντρια,  Anth. 

Βΰλΰνίτης,  ov,  ό,  fem.  βαλανίτις, 
ιδος,  ή,  like,  shaped  like  an  acorn  :  esp. 
of  a  precious  stone,  Plin.  :  also^/3o- 
λάνινος. 

Βάλανοδόκη,  ης,  ή,  {βάλανος,  δέ- 
χομαι, the  socket  in  a  door-post  to  re- 
ceive the  βάλανος,  v.  βάλανος  IV. 

Η]αλανοειδής,  ές,  {βάλανος,  είδος) 
acorn-like.  Diosc. 

ΒΑΆΑ'ΝΟΣ,  ov,  ή,  an  acorn  or  any 
such  fruit,  esp.  the  ben-nvt.  glans  my- 
repsicn,  and  the  date,  Hdt.  1,  193  :  Al- 
<)ς  βάλ.,  the  sweet  chestnut:  also  the 
trees  which  hear  these  fruits.  From 
similarity  of  shape — II.  a  kind  of  sea 
shell-fish. — III.  glans  membri  virilis, 
Arist.   H.   A. — IV.    an  iron  peg,  Lat, 


BAAI 

pessus,  pessulus,  passed  through  the 
bar  when  quite  home  in  the  socket, 
into  a  hole  in  the  doorpost  behind  it, 
βαλανοόυκη,  and  taken  out  again 
with  a  key  or  hook,  βάλανάγρα, 
when  the  door  was  to  be  opened  : 
the  Athenian  βάλανάγρα  had  one 
tooth,  the  Lacedaemonian  three,  Ar. 
Thesm.  423.  cf  Salmas.  in  Solin.  pp. 
648-656. — V.  Medic,  α  plug,  pessary, 
Lat.  pessus,  pessarium,  Hipp.  (AklU 
to^/n;«s.)  [βά]  Hence 

Βάλάνόω,  ώ,  to  bar  the  door,  by  put- 
ting in  the  βάλανος,  to  close  up,  Ar. 
Av.  1159,  V.  βάλανος  IV. 

Βαλαντίδιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  βα- 
λάντιον,  Eupol.  Aeg.  23.  [rt] 

Βαλαντιητόμος,  =  βαλαντιοτόμος , 
Ar.  Ran.  772. 

Βαλάντίοΐ',  ov,  τό,  a  bag,  pouch, 
purse.  Others  write  βαλλάντιον  and 
so  through  all  the  compds.,cf  Piers. 
Moer.  96,  Thorn.  M.  p.  139  :  Bekker 
in  Plato  always  writes  it  thus,  after 
Simon.  60,  3  ;  but  from  Ar.  Ran.  772, 
the  single  λ  seems  to  be  the  Att. 
usage :  so  too  Epich.  p.  4. 

Βαλαντιοτομέω,ώ,  to  cutpurses,^\&t. 
Rep.  575  Β  :  from 

Βαλαντιοτόμος,  ov,  {βα?Μντιον, 
τέμνω )  a  cut  -purse,  Ecphant.  In- 
cert.  3. 

Βάλΰνώδης,  ες,  {βάλανος,  είδος) 
acorn-like,  Theophr. 

Βάλάνωτός,  η,  όν,  {βαλανόω)  fast- 
ened with  a  βά?Μνος  I V,  όχενς,  Par- 
menid.  ap.  Sext.  Emp.  p.  393. 

iBa/Mpoi,  ων,  o'l.  the  Balari,  a  peo- 
ple of  Sardinia,  Strab. 

^Βάλας,  a,  ό,  Balas,  epithet  of  the 
Syrian  king  Alexander,  Strab. 

Βα'λανστιον.  ov,  τό,  the  flower  of  the 
wild  pomegranate,  Dlosc. — II.  an  un- 
ripe pomegranate,  Lat.  balaustium, 

^Βάλανχος,  ov,  ό,  Balaiichus,  masc. 
pr.  n.  Polyb.  29,  3,  6. 

Βαλβίδώδης,  ες,  {βαλβίς,  είδος) 
with  two  projecting  edges,  Hipp.  :  from 

Βαλβίς,  Ιδος,  ή,  the  post  of  the  race- 
course, Lat.  carceres,  whence  the  racers 
started,  and  to  which  they  returned,  both 
in  running  and  driving.  Sometimes 
the  goal  alone,  meta,  or  the  point  to  be 
gained,  e.  g.  the  battlements  of  a  wall, 
Soph.  Ant.  131  ;  or  the  startmg-point 
alone,  the  beginning,  Ar.  Vesp.  548. 
Hence — II.  any  starting  point,  a  found- 
ation, prop,  step,  threshold,  like  βάσις, 
β7/λός  :  esp.  the  point  from  which  the 
quoit,  δίσκος,  was  thrown,  Philostr. 
(Some  say  from  βάλ/ιω,  others  from 
άλλομαι.) 

^Βάλβος,  ov,  6,  the  Lat.  Balbus, 
Strab. 

tBu/l/?oiipff,  ων,  τά,  Balbura,  a  city 
of  Lycia,  Strab. 

Βάλε,  utinam  !  Ο  that  !  would  God.' 
c.  opt.,  Alcm.  Fr.  12;  later  άβαλε  : 
cf.  βάλλω  III.  2.  (Orig.  imperat. 
from  βάλλω.) 

ίΒαλεαρίδες,  ων,  a'l  {νήσοι),  the  Ba- 
learic isles,  Strab.,  V.  Βαλιαρίδες. 

Βάλήν,  ήνος,  ό,  also  written  βαλ- 
λήν,  a  king,  Aesch.  Pers.  658 :  a 
Phrygian,  or.  ace.  to  Euphor.  Fr.  127, 
Thunan  word,  akin  to  Hebr.  Bel  or 
Baal,  Lord:  others  absurdly  contract 
it  from  an  old  form  βασιλήν. 

^Βαλητία,  ας.  ή,  Baletium  or  Vale- 
tium.  a  city  of  Calabria,  Strab. 

ίΒαλιάρενς,  έως.  ό,  an  inhabitant  of 
the  Balearic  isles,  Polyb. 

ίΒαλιάρίδες,  ων,  αι.  the  Balearic 
isles,  now  Majorca  and  Minorca  near 
Spain,  famous  for  the  skill  of  the  in- 
haljitants  in  the  use  of  the  sling,  and 
hence  name  said  to  be  derived  from 
βάλλω. 

C59 


ΒΛΛΛ 

Βαλιός,  ά,  όν.  also  pioparox.  βάΐι- 
ος,  {βάλλω)  Lat.  luirius,  spoltcd,  dap- 
pled, striped,  Eur.  Hec.  00:  hence — 
2.  Βύλιος,  the  name  of  Achilles' 
horse, ;)ieonW,  II. — II.  swift, v.  α'ίΐιλος. 
In  this  signf.  the  word  is  acceiiled  by 
some  βάΆιος,  proparox. 

'ίΜάλίασος,  ου.  ύ,  Balissxis,  a  river 
of  Mesopotamia,  Plut.  Crass.  23. 

Έαλλάντιον,  ov,  TO,  v.  under  βα- 
λάντιον. 

Βα'λλήν.  f/νος,  o,=.3rt?.7/i', 

Βαλλ?/ναδε  βλέ'ειν,  a  pun  be- 
tween βά?^.ω  and  the  Attic  denie 
ΐΙαλ/ψ•η,  Ar.  Ach.  234. 

Βα/.'/ητύς,  νος,  ή,  (/3ύλλω)  α  throw- 
ing. Ath. 

Βα7^λίζΐύ,  (/3άλλω)  to  throw  the  leg 
about  :  hence  to  dance,  jump  about,  in 
Sicily  and  Magna  Graecia,  Epich.  p. 
4G,  cf.  Ath.  362  B,  sq.  (Ital.  ballare, 
the  French  ballet,  and  our  6a//.) 

Βαλλφόζ•,  ov,  b,  a  species  of  fish, 
Arist. 

Βύ/Ιλίζ",  εωζ•,  ή,  an  unknown  plant, 
supposed  to  have  wonderful  medici- 
nal properties,  v.  Creuzer  Xanth. 
Lyd.  p.  195. 

BaA/i-iCT/iof,  ov,  6,  a  jumping  about, 
dancing,  .\lex.  Cur.  1. 

IBaX/iiuv,  ωνος,  ό,  Ballion,  masc 
pr.  n.,  Ath. 

ΒΑ'ΛΛΩ,  f.  βΰΐώ,  later  βαΐλήαω, 
as  Ar.  Vesp.  1491  ;  aor.  2  ίβύλον, 
mid.  ίβαΤίόμην  :  perf  βέβληκα,  perf 
pass,  βέβλημαι,  Ep.  also  βεβό7.ημαί : 
aor.  1  pass,  έβ'λήθην.  A  syncop.  aor. 
pass,  is  found  in  the  Ep.  forms  έβ'λ?/- 
TO,  subj.  β?ήεταί,  opt.  βλείμην, 
βλείο,  etc.,  in  Horn. 

I.  act.  to  throw,  cast,  hurl  at  with 
any  kind  of  missile,  τινά  τινι  Horn., 
V.  esp.  '1.  15,  495,  and  sometimes  -t- 
I'u  ri  Tivi.  II.  5,  795  :  so  to  wound 
without  naming  the  weapon :  less 
freq.  like  τνπτω,  to  strike,  hit,  II.  5. 
73.  Hence  also  to  throiv  doum,  fell, 
U.  4,  473  :  and  simply  to  hit,  touch 
without  wounding,  11.  21.  591.  opp.  to 
ύμαρτάνω,  άφημηρτύΐ'ω,  and  so  oil. 
in  prose  εύστοχα  and  ενσκοττα  βαλ- 
λειν.  —  Metapn.  like  ferire,  κτύπος 
ονατα  βά?.?.εί,  II.  10,  355,  and  so 
φθογγύ,  Soph.  Phil.  205.  More  rare 
like  αποβάλλω,  to  let  fall,  and  that 
mostly  όύκρν,  to  shed  tears.  Horn., 
όόόντας,  to  cast  teeth,  Arist.  H.  A.  : 
to  cast  about,  move,  U.  8,  306,  όμματα, 
Od.  16,  179.  Of  ships,  to  dash,  strike, 
προς  τζέτρας,  Od.  12.  71,  vf/ας  ες  ττόν- 
τον,  to  thrust  to  sea,  Od.  4,  359.  Also 
to  put  on  over  a  thing,  KVK?M  ύμφΐ 
οχέεσσι,  II.  5,  722,  cf  731  :  and  freq. 
01  clothes  nr  arms,  αιγίδα  άμώ' 
ωμοις :  φιλότητα  μετά  τισι,  Ιο  put 
friendship  among  them.  Π.  4,  16  :  also 
βάλλειν  τινί  τι  έν  θιψφ,  to  put  some- 
thing into  one's  mind,  give  him  ad- 
vice, Od.  I,  201,  elsewh.  in  Hom., 
τίθέναι  inl  φρεσίν,  εν  being  ahvays 
preferred  to  εις,  as  in  Latin  in  c.  abl. 
with  ponere:  νπνον  ίπι  β7.εφάροις. 
Od.  1,364:  also  τινΙ  λν-πτμι.  Soph. 
Phil.  67,  βάλλειν  σκότον  διιμασι, 
Eur.  Phoen.  1530,  like  Ιμβάλλειν  : 
βαλών  is  sometimes  added,  like  ?.a- 
βών  or  ίχων,  at  the  end  ol'  a  sen- 
tence, almost  expletive,  with.  Soph. 
O.  C.  475.— II.  intr.  to  fall,  tumble. 
ποταμός  εΙς  ΐΏ.α  βάλ'λων,  II.  11,  722, 
ΖτΓίτοί  περί  τέρμα  βαλονσαι.  the 
horses  running  round  the  post,  II.  23, 
462,  and  in  common  language,  βάλλ' 
εις  μακαρίαν,  εις  ολβίαν,  εις  κόρα- 
κας, away  with  you,  be  hanged,  Ruhnk. 
Tim. :  where  the  reflect,  pronoun  is 
supplied. 

III.  nud.  βαλέσθαί  τι  έν  φρεσί,  εν 
260 


ΒΑΝΑ 

θνμζ),  has  in  Hom.  a  twofold  sense  : 
most  USU.  to  take  to  heart :  also  to 
U'eigh  in  one^s  mind,  ponder,  with  and 
without  ace. — 2.  έτέρως  έβύ?.οντο, 
they  resolved  it  otherwise,  Od.  1,  234, 
Buttm.  and  others  read  εβόλοντο:  but 
cf  έπ'  ίμεωντοϋ  βαλύμενος  έπρηξα. 
I  acted  on  my  own  judgnient,  did  it  of 
viyself  Hdt.,  and  v.  βαλε. — 3.  ταξα  or 
ξίφος  άμφ'  ώμοις  βάλ?<,εσβαι,  to  throw 
over  one's  shoukler,  II. — i.  χρύα  βύλ- 
λεσθαι  λοντροίς,  to  dash  one's  self 
with  water,  bathe,  H.  Hom.  Cer.  50, 
cf  λουτρά  έπΙ  χροος  βα'λείν,  Eur. 
Or.  303. — 5.  βήλλεσΟαι  άστυ,  to  found 
a  city,  so  Find,  κρηπίύα  βαλλεσβαι, 
Lat.  fundanienta  jacere,  Valck.  Adon. 
p.  250. 

ΙΒαλλώννμος,  ov.  ό,  Ballonymus,  a 
king  of  Tyre,  Diod.  S.  17,  46;  more 
correctly  Άβδαλώννμης. 

Βαλ'λωτή.  f/ς,  ?/,  Marrhubium  'ni- 
grum, black  hoiehound,  Diosc. 

Βαλοζ•,  ό,  Dor.  for  βηλός,  Aesch. 
Cho.571. 

Βαλσαμίνη.  ης,  ή,  the  balsam-plant. 

Βάλσαμον,  ov,  τύ,  balsmnmn,  the 
fragrant  resin  of  the  balsam-tree,  The- 
ophr. 

Βά?-σαμος,  ov,  ή,  the  balsam-tree. 

Βαλσαμώδης,  ες,  {βάλσαμον,  είδος) 
like  balsam,  Plin. 
tBuZr;;,  ης,  ή,  Balte,  a  nymph,  Plut. 

Ba?M,  fut.  act.  of  βάλ'λω. 
\Βά7.ωμ(η>,  ov,  τό,  Balomum.  a  place 
in  the  country  of  the  Ichthyophagi, 
Arr.  Ind.  27,  2. 

Βάμα,  τό.  Dor.  for  βήμα. 

Βάμβα.  τό.  Dor.  for  βάμμα. 

Βαμβαίνω,  to  stutter,  speak  indis- 
tinctly, lisp,  to  chatter  with  the  teeth,  11. 
10,  375  :  γλώσσα  βαμβαίνει,  Dion  4, 
9.  More  rarely  βαμ•:Ιακνζω,  βυμβα- 
'λνζω,  βαμβά'λω.  (Akin  to  βάζω,  βα- 
βάζω.) 

Βαμβακεία.  ας,  ή,^ώαρμακεία. 

Βαμβακεντρια,  ας,  ή,:=φαρμακεν- 
τρια :  from 

Βαμβακίς,  ίδος,ή.^ίοτβζ. 

Βαμβακοειδης,  ες, ζ=βομβνκοειδής. 

Βαμβακνζω,  βαιιβαλνζω,  and 
.Mo.sch,  3,  7,  βαμβαλω,  rare  collat. 
forms  of  βαμβαίνω. 

^Μαμβαλίων ■  ωνος,  δ,  Bambalion, 
masc.  pr.  η.,  Dio  Cass. 

Βαμβραδών,  όνος,-=βεμβράς,  μεμ- 
βρής.  Epich.  p.  33. 

\Βαμβνκη,  ης.  ή,  Bamhyce,  a  city  of 
Syria,  the  later  Edessa,  Strab. 

Βάμες.  Dor.  for  βώμεν,  1  plur.  subj. 
aor.  2  from  βαίνω,  Theocr. 

Βάμμα,  ατής,  τό.  (βάπτω)  that  in 
which  a  thing  is  dipped,  sauce,  dye, 
paint :  βάμμα  Σαρδιανικόν,  Sardia7i 
dyr. crimson,  Ar.  Ach.  1 12.  v.  βάπτω  2. 
^Βαμωνϊτις,  ιδος,ή,  Bamonitis,a  re- 
gion of  Paphlagonia,  Strab. 

Bar,  Ep.  for  εβην,  and  this  for 
εβησαν.  3  plur.  aor.  2  of  βαίνω,  Hom. 

Βαΐ'ίί,  Boeot.  for  yvvrj.  Dor.  γανα, 
Corinna,  v.  Donalds.  N.  Crat.  p.  1(2. 

Βΰνανσία.  ας,  ή,  {βύνανσος)  handi- 
craft, trade,  like  χειρωναξία  and  τέχ- 
νη\  Hdt.  2,  1C5,  cf  \()7  :  the  life  and 
habits  of  a  mechanic :  hence — 2.  vul- 
garity, bad  taste,  Arist.  Eth.  N. 

Βΰνανσικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to,  fit 
for  mechanics  or  handicraft:  of  the 
mind,  vulgar,  cockneyish.  opp.  to  all 
that  is  refined  :  τέχνη  βανανσική,  a 
mechanical  trade,  strictly  of  one  who 
works  by  the  fire,  sitting  down,  ars 
sellulnria,  opp.  to  art  properly  so  call- 
ed, Xen. :  from 

Βάναυσος,  ov,  (for  βαννανσος,  from 
βαννος  and  ανω)  strictly  working  by 
the  fire :  hence  in  genl.  of  mechanics, 


ΒΑΡΑ 

etc.,  who  lead  a  sedentary  life,  de- 
spised among  warlike  or  nomadic 
people  :  esp.  βίος,  τέχνη  βάναυσος, 
έργον  βάνανσον,  α  vicchunical  trade, 
opp.  to  the  higlicr  brandies  of  art. 
Soph.  Aj.  1121  :  mctaph.  low,  vulgar, 
illiberal,  base,  Arist.  Eth.  N.   [aj 

Βανανσοτεχνέω,  {βάναυσος,  τέχνη) 
=  sq.,  Strab. 

Βανανσονργέω,  {βανανσονργός)  ta 
follow  a  mechanical  trade,  be  a  mechanic. 
Hence 

Βανανσονργία,  ας,  ή,  handicraft, 
Plut. 

Βανανσονργός,  ov,  ό,  {βάναυσος, 
*  έργω)  a  handicraftsman,  beise  me- 
chanic. 

tBuvrfiOf,  01»,  ό,  Bandius,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  Plut. 

^Βανδοβην?},  ης.  ή,  Bandobene,  a  re- 
gion of  India,  Strab. 

^Βαντία,  ας,  ή,  the  city  Bantia  in 
Apulia,  Plut.  Marc.  29. 

\Βαντία,  ar,  ή,  Bantia,  a  city  of 
Illyria,  Polyb.  5,  108. 

Βάξις,  εως,  ή,  {βιϊζω)  a  saying,  ad- 
dress, call,  report,  announcement,  esp. 
of  an  oracle,  ά?ώσιμος  β.,  telling  of 
the  capture,  Aesch.  Ag.  10. 

\Βαπτέον,  verb.  adj.  from  βύπτν, 
one  must  dip  or  dye,  Clem.  Al. 

^Βάπτης,  ov,  ό,  {βάπτω)  one  who 
dips  or  dyes  ;  in  pi.  oi  βαπται,  the 
Bapiae,  priests  of  the  goddess  Cot- 
tytto,  Eupol. 

Βαπτίζω,  f  -ί'σω,  {βάπτω)  to  dip  re- 
peatedly, dip  under  :  mid.  to  bathe,  Eu- 
bul.  Naus.  1:  hence  to  steep,  uet ; 
mctaph.  o'l  βεβαπτισμένοι,  soaked  in 
wine.  Lat.  vino  inadidi.  Plat.  Symp. 
176  Β  :  to  pour  upon,  drench,  είςφοραΐς, 
οφλήμ.ασι  βεβ-,  over  head  and  ears  in 
debt,  Plut.  :  μειράκιον  βαπτιζόμενον, 
a  boy  ovenvhelined  with  questions, 
Heind.  Plat.  Euthyd.  277  D.— II.  to 
dip  a  vessel,  draw  water,  Plut.,  cf. 
βάπτω. — III.  to  baptize,  N.  T.    Hence 

ΒάπτΧσις,εως,  η.  a  dipping,  bathing  ; 
a  leashing,  drawing  water ;  baptism, 
Eccl. 

Βάπτισμα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which  is 
dipped.— U.  =foreg.,  N.  T. 

Βαπτισμός.  ov,  ό,=^βάπτισις,  Ν.  Τ. 

Βαπτιστήρίον.  ov,  τό,  a  bathing- 
place,  swinuning-bath,  Plin.  :  the  bap- 
tistery of  a  church,  Eccl. 

Βαπτισττ/ς,  ov,  ό.  {βαπτίζω)  one 
that  dips,  a  dyer. — II.  a  baptizer ;  ό 
βαπτ..  the  Baptist,  N.  T. 

Βαπτός,  ?/,  όΐ',  dipped,  dyed  :  bright- 
coloured,  Ar.  Av.  287. — II.  drawn  like 
water,  Eur.  Hipp.  123:  from 

ΒΑ'ΠΤί2.  fut.  βάφω :  perf  pass. 
βέβαμμαι :  aor.  2  pass,  έβάφτμ;  trans. 
to  dip.  dip  under.  Lat.  immergere,  ττελε- 
Kvv  εΙ.ν  νδατι,  of  the  smith  temper- 
ing the  red-hot  steel.  Od.  9,  392,  v. 
βαφή. — 2.  to  dip  in  dye,  colour,  steep, 
ε'ίματα  βεβαμμένα,  Hdt.  7,  67  :  βάπ- 
τεσθαι,  to  dye  the  hair,  v.  Moer.  p. 
263:  also  of  the  glazing  oi  earthen 
vessels  ;  proverb,  βάπτειν  τίνα  βάμ- 
μα Σαρδιανικόν,  to  steep  one  in  crim- 
son, give  him  a  bloody  coxcomb, 
Elmsl.  Ar.  Ach.  112,  v.  βάμμα.— Ά.  to 
fill  by  dipping  in,  draw,  Theocr.  5, 
"127.-^11.  intrans.,  νανς  έβαψεν,  the 
ship  dipped,  sank,  Eur.  Or.  707. 

Βαραγχιάω,=βραγχιάω. 

Βαριίγχιον,  ov,  τό,=βράγχιον. 

Βύραγχος,  ov,  ό,=βρύγχος,  Hipp. 
ίΒά,ραβρα,  ων,  τά,  Barathra,  prop. 
the  abysses,  in  Aegypt  near  Pelusium, 
Strab. :  from 

Βάραθρον,  ov,  τό,  Ion.  βέρεθρον,  a 
gulf  cleft,  pit :  esp.  at  Athens  a  yawn- 
ing cleft  behind  the  Acropolis,  into 
which  criminals  were  thrown,  H4t. 


BAPB 

7,  133.  =  Spartan  κεύόαι,  Ar.  Nub. 
1450  :  hence — 11.  metaph.  ruin,  per- 
dition, Dein.  101,  1.  —  III.  like  Lat. 
barathrum,  a  desperate  slutton  or  spend- 
thrift ;  but  cf.  sq. — IV.  as  fern.  pr.  n., 
j;,  Barathrum,  a  courtesan,  Ath.  587. 
(Akin  to  Sutipov,  βέθρον,  ΐ3όθρος :  cf. 
βάβος,  βνΰος.) 

Βάραϋρυς,  ου,  ό,  one  that  ought  to  be 
thrown  into  the  pit,  βάραθρον,  V'alck. 
Amm.  p.  42. 

Βαραΰρώόης,  ες,  {Βάραθρον,  είδος) 
like  a  gulf  or  pit,  Strab. ;  engulfing, 
dangerous. 

tBapUK,  0,  indecl.  Barak,  Hebrew 
masc.  pr.  n.,  N.  T. 

^Βαραχίας,  ου,  ό,  Barachias,  Hebr. 
masc.  pr.  n.,  N.  T. 

Βαρβΰρίζω,  f.  -ίσω  Alt.  -ΐώ,  (βάρ- 
βαρος) to  behave  like  a  barbarian,  or  for- 
eigner, speak  like  one,  speak  a  foreign 
tongue,  Hdt.  2,  57:  to  ape  foreigners, 
make  blunders  in  one's  own.tongue. — II. 
to  hold  with  barbarians,  esp.  the  Per- 
sians, cf.  μηδίζ(ι),  etc.,   Xen. 

Βαρβαρικός,  ή,  όν,  barbaric,  foreign, 
like  a  foreigner,  opp.  to  Έλλί/νίκόζ• : 
TO  -KOv=oi  βάρβαροι,  Time.  1,  6 ; 
also'  sub.  στράτευμα,  the  barbarian 
host,  esp.  the  Persian,  Xen.  An.  1,  5, 
6.  Adv.  -κώς,  εβόα  καΐ  βαρβαρικώς 
και  Έ?.ληνικώς.  he  called  out  in  both 
the  barbarian,  and  Greek  tongue,  i.  8. 
in  both  Persian  and  Greek,  Xen.  An. 
1,  8,  1. 

^Βαρβάρων,  ου,  τό,  Barbarium.  a 
promontory  of  Lusitania,  now  Cap 
de  Espichel,  Strab. 

Βαρβαρισμός,  οϋ,  ό,  a  speaking  a 
foreign  tongue,  speaking  or  writing  one's 
own  tongue  amiss,  a  barbarism,  Arist. 
Poet. 

Βαρβάριστί,  adv.  in  barbarous  fash- 
ion, like  a  barbariayi,  esp.  α  Mede  or 
Persian,  Ar.  Fr.  45. 

Βαρβύ,ρόγλωσσος,  ov,  {βάρβαρος, 
■'/λώσσα)=βαρβαρόφωΐΌς,  speaking  a 
foreign  tongue. — II.  speaking  bad  Greek, 
Strab. 

^Βαρβαρόθϋμος,  ov,  {βάρβαρος,  θυ- 
μός) of  barbarian  disposition.  Or.  Sib. 

Βαρβάρόκτονος,  ov,  { βάρβαρος, 
κτείνω)  slain  by  barbariajis,  esp.  Medes 
or  Persians  :  but  parox.  βαρβαροκτό- 
νος,  slaying  barbarians. 

ΒΑ'ΡΒ.ΑΤΟΣ,  ov,  barbarous,  i.  e. 
not  Greek,  strange  to  Greek  manners  or 
language,  foreign :  mostly  as  subst., 
01  βάρβαροι,  orig.  all  that  u-ere  not 
Greeks,  or  that  did  not  speak  Greek: 
and  so  Plato  divides  mankind  into 
Barbarians  and  Hellenes,  Polit.  262 
D :  cf.  Thuc.  1,3:  just  so,  the  Aegyp- 
tians  had  a  like  term  for  all  foreign- 
ers, Hdt.  2,  158,  and  the  Hebrews 
called  the  rest  of  mankind  Go'im, 
Gentiles.  It  vyas  used  of  all  defects 
which  the  Greeks  thought  foreign  to 
themselves  and  natural  to  other  na- 
tions :  but  as  the  Hellenes  and  Bar- 
barians were  most  of  all  separated  by 
language,  the  word  had  always  espe- 
cial reference  to  this,  and  at  last  it 
chiefly  denoted  any  thing  faulty  in 
speaking  or  writing  :  so  Ar.  Av.  199, 
calls  the  birdj  βάρβαροι,  as  singing 
inarticulately ,  v.  sub  κάρβανος.  Adv. 
-ρυς.  (Some  think  it  was  formed  to 
imitate  the  sound  of  a  foreign  tongue ; 
others  derive  it  from  the  Syrian ;  cf 
Gibbon  c.  51,  F.  Roth  iiber  Sinn  und 
Gebrauch  des  Wortes  Barbar.  Niimb. 
1814.) — Π.  after  the  Persian  war  the 
word  took  the  contemptuous  sense 
of  slavish,  ignorant,  rude :  and  the 
Persians  were  emphatically  the  Bar- 
barians, Of  the  same  date  is  the  be- 
lifif  ia  the  natural  enmity  between 


Β  APE 

the  Hellenes  and  Barbarians,  and  a 
natural  superiority  of  the  former. — 
III.  the  Romans  even  called  them- 
selves Barbarians,  until  the  Greek 
language  and  literature  were  natu- 
ralised at  Rome  :  from  the  Augustan 
age  the  name  belonged  to  all  tribes 
which  had  no  Greek  or  Roman  ac- 
complishments.— IV.  as  these  spread, 
the  name  was  at  last  confined  to  the 
Teutonic  race :  though  the  Greek  j 
writers  of  Constantinople  persisted 
in  calling  the  Romans  so  to  the  last. 
The  word  is  found  first  in  Hdt.,  but 
Horn,  uses  the  compd.  βαρβαροφω- 
νος.  Comp.  -ώτερος,  superl.  -ώτα- 
τος,  Xen.    Adv.  -υς,  Strab. 

Βαρβαροστομία,  ας,  η,  a  barbarous 
way  of  speaking,  Strab.:  from 

Βαρβαρόστομος,  ov,  ( βάρβαρος, 
στΰμα)  speaking  a  foreign  tongue. — II. 
speaking  ill  or  barbarously. 

Βαρβαρότης,  ητος,  ή,  the  nature  or 
conduct  of  a  βάρβαρος. 

Βαρβαροφωνέω,  to  speak  a  foreign 
language. —  ll.  to  speak  Greek  barba- 
rously, Strab. :  from 

Βαρβαρόφωνος,  ov,  {βάρβαρος,  φω- 
νή) speaking  a  tongue  not  Greek,  Οι 
speakinic  Greek  ill  or  barbarously,  Honi. 
II.  2,  867. 

Βαρβαρόω,  {βάρβαρος)  to  make  bar- 
barous, put  under  barbarian  sway,  make 
foreign  :  hence  to  make  rude  or  savage. 
Pass,  to  become  barbarous  or  savage, 
Eur.  Or.  485  :  to  be  inarticulate.  Soph. 
Ant.  1002. 

]Βάρβιλ7Λς,  ov,  0,  Barbillus,  an  as- 
tronomer at  Rome  in  the  reign  of 
Vespasian,  Dio  Cass.  66,  9. 

Βάρβΐλος,  ου.  ή,  the  wild  peach-tree. 
(Akin  to  βράβυλος.) 

Βαρβΐτίζω,  f.  -ίσω  Att.  -ΐώ,  to  play 
on  the  βάρβιτον,  Ar.  Fr.  594. 

Βαρβΐτιστής,  οϋ,  ό,  a  player  on  the 
barbiton,  name  of  a  play  of  Magnes, 
as  emended  by  Kiister. 

Βάρβιτον,  ου,  τό,  and  βάρβΐτος, 
ov.  ή.  a  musical  instrument  of  many 
strings,  like  the  lyre  :  used  also  for  the 
lyre  itself;  Anacr.  113  :  in  later  poets 
ό  βάρβιτος  also  occurs,  Jac.  A.  P.  p. 
221. 

Βαρβιτωδός,  όν,  {βάρβιτον,  ωδή) 
singing  to  the  barbito7i,  Luc. 

ΙΒάργΰσα,  ων,  τά,  Bargasa,  a  city 
of  Caria.  Strab. 

^Βάργοσα,  τις,  ή,  Bargosa,  now  Bar- 
oatsch,  a  city  of  India,  Strab. 

^Βαργούσιοι,  ων,  οΊ,  the  Bargusii,  a 
people  of  Spain,  Polyb.  3,  35. 

'[ΒαρΛ'ϋλια,  ων,  τά,  Bargylia,  a  city 
of  Caria,  Polyb.  6, 17:  6  Βαργυ7αήτης, 
an  inhab.  of  Bargylia,  Polyb.     Hence 

^Βαργυλιητικός,  ή,  όν,  of  Bargylia, 
Polyb. 

'ίΒαρδιαΐοι,  ων,  ol,  the  Bardiaei,  a 
people  of  Illyria,  Plut.  Mar.  43.  ^ 

Βάρδιστος,  η,  ov,  poet,  for  βράδισ- 
τος,  superl.  from  βραδύς,  II.  23,  310, 
esp.  Dor. :  the  similarly  formed  com- 
par.  βαρδύτερος  occurs  Theocr.  29, 30. 

Βάρδοι,  ων,  οι,  the  poets  of  the  Kelts, 
who  sang  the  praises  of  warriors  at 
meals,  Strab. 

^Βαρδνητες,  ων,  οι,  the  BargyEtes,  a 
people  of  Spain,  Strab. 

ΊΒάρδυ^Λς,  and  •όυλ?Λς,  ιος,  ό,  Bar- 
dylis,  an  lUyrian  king,  Plut.  Pyrrh. 
9  ;  in  Arr.  1,  5,  1,  gen.  εω,  as  if  from 
nom.  -Αης. 

Βαρέω,ώ, (βάρος)  toweighdotun,on[Y 
in  late  Gr. — II.  intr.  in  perf  part.  βε• 
βαρηύς, iveigheddown, overcome,  Hom. ; 
οινω  βεβαρηότες,  Od.  3, 139  ;  for  this 
in  iater  Greek  the  part.  pass,  βεβα- 
ρημίι•ος\9  used,  Poet.  ap.  Plat.  Symp. 
-03  B,  Theocr.  17,  61,  and  N.  T. 


ΒΑΡΥ 

Βαρέως,  adv.  from  βαρύς. 
ίΒαρζαέντης,    ου.    ό,    Barzaentes, 
masc.  pr.  η.,  Diod.  S. 

^Βαρζάν?]ς,  ov,  b,  Barzanes,  a  king 
of  Armenia,  Diod.  S. — 2.  a  Persian, 
Arr.  An.  4,  7,  1. 

Βάρημα,  ατός,  τό,  (βαρέω)  a  burden, 
load,  Dion.  H. 

tBap;;r,  ύ,=:^Βάδρης,  Hdt.  4.  203. 

ΙΒαρθυλομαΙος  ου,  ό,  Bartholomew, 
one  of  the  twelve  apostles,  N.  T. 

Βάρίβας,  αντοςΙ  ό,  {βάρις,  βαίνω) 
one  that  goes  in  a  skiff,  Soph.  Fr.  453 . 
from 

tBuptov,  ου.  τό.  Barium,  now  Ban, 
a  city  of  Apulia,  Strab. 

Βάρις,  ιόος  Ion.  ιος,  η,  an  Aegyp- 
tian  boat,  a  sort  of  raft,  Hdt.  2,  41,  96: 
in  genl.  a  skiff,  canoe,  boat,  Lat.  ratis ; 
esp.  in  Trag. — 2.  later  a  large  house, 
tower, palace,  Lat.  insula.  Valck,  Amm. 
p.  44.     (.\lso  parox.  βάρις.) 

ίΒάρις,  ιος,  ή,  Bans,  a  city  of  Mes- 
sapia,  now  Verano,  Strab. 

ίΒάρκας,  ov,  6,  Barcas,  Carthagin-. 
ian  pr.  n.,  Polyb. 

^Βαρκέτις,  ιδος,  ή.  Barcetis,  daugh- 
ter of  king  Leucanor,  Luc. 

^Βάρκη,ης,  T/,Barca,  acity  of  Africa, 
Hdt.  3,  91  :  Βαρκαϊος,  a,  ov,  of  Bar- 
ca,  Soph.  El.  727.-2.  a  town  of  Bac- 
tria,  Hdt.  4,  204. 

ΙΒαρμόκαρος,  ου,  δ,  Barmocarus, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Polyb.  7,  9. 

tBapiO,  ων,  τά,  Barna,  a  place 
among  the  Ichthyophagi,  Arr.  Ind. 
27,  2. 

^Βαρνάβας,  a,  ό,  Barnabas,  the  as- 
sociate of  St.  Paul,  N.  T. 

fBapvίχιoς.  ου,  6,  Bamichius,  a  river 
of  Elis=Enipeus,  Strab. 

tBapv'oDr,  ονντος.  b,  Bamus,  a  city 
of  Macedonia,  Polyb.  34,  12. 

ΒΑΤΟΣ,  εος,  τό,  weight,  burden, 
pressure,  fatigue,  all  that  is  burdensome, 
tires,  or  gives  trouble :  hence  grief, 
misery,  Aesch.  Pers.  945 :  troublesome- 
ness. — II.  a  quantity,  excess.  7Τ?Μύτου, 
Eur.  El.  1287.— III.  metaph.  weight, 
authority,  dignity,  influence,  power, 
strength,  energy.  Lat.  gravitas,  Polyb. 
Βαρουλκόν,  ov,  τό,  (βαρός,  Ιλ,Λω) 
the  lifting  screw,  invented  by  Archim- 
edes, Hero  Math. :  v.  βαρυο7.κός. 

^ΒαΙ)()ων,  ωνος,  6,  the  Rom.  Varro, 
Dion.  H. 

ΙΒαρσαέντης,  ου,  ό,  Barsaentes,  a 
Persian,  Arr.  An.  3,  21,  1. 

^Βαρσίνη,  ης,  ή,  Barsine,  daughter 
of  Darius,  wife  of  Alexander,  Arr. 
An.  7,  4,  6  :  Plut.  Alex.  70.-2. 
daughter  of  Artabazus,  and  wife  of 
Memnon  of  Rhodes,  Plut.  Alex.  21 ; 
Diod.  S.  Another  mentioned  by  Plut. 
Eum.  1. 

^Βαρτιμαΐος,  ov,  o,Xprop.  son  of  Ti- 
maeus)  Bartimaeus,  N.  T. 

Βαρυάής,  ες,  (βαρύς,  άημι)  breathing 
hard. — II.  strong  smelling,  Nic. 

Βαρυα?.γής,  ες,  (βαρύς,  άλγος) 
Orph.,  and 

Βαρυάλγητος,  ov,  (3αρνς,  άλγέω) 
deeply-suffering. — II.  act.  bringing  deep 
affliction.  Soph.  Aj.  199. 

ιΒαρνάξης,  ov,  ό,  Baryaxes,  a  Mede, 
Arr.  An.  6,  29,  3. 

Βαρνάχής,  ες,  (βαρύς,  ύχος,  άχέω) 
heavy  sroaning,  big  with  woe,  cf.  δυςα- 
χής,  Herm.  Soph.  O.  C.  1557,  where 
Elmsl.  takes  it=sq. 

Βαρυάχής,  ές.  Dor.  for  βαρνηχής, 
q.  v.,  Ar.  ?iub.  278. 

^Βαρυαχθής,  ες,  {βαρύς,  άχθος)  cau- 
sing deep  grief,  grievous,  Nonn.  Dion. 
40.  155. 

Βαρν3όας,  ov.  6,  (βαρύς,  βοή)  loud 
shouting,  Pind.  Fr.  107,  2. 

Βαρυβρεμέτης,  ου,  ό,  and  βαρνβρε 
261 


ΒΑΡΥ 

μετήρ,  -ηρος,  ό,  fem.  βαρνβρεμέτεφα, 
ας,  τ/,  {βαρύς,  βρέμω)  loud  t/mndering, 
roaring,  rattling,  Soph.  Ant.  1117. 

Βαρνβρομι'/της,  ov,  6,  {βαρύς,  βρο- 
/ie(j)=toreg.,  Anth. 

Βαρύβρημος,  ov,=  foreg.,  Fr.  Horn. 
71 :  jSap.  αρμονία  Αίολίς,  Lasus  ap. 
Ath.  624  F. 

Βαρνβρώς,  ώτος,  ό,  ή,  {βαρύς,  βι- 
βρώσκω)  greedily  eating,  biting :  gnaw- 
ing, corroding,  στόνος,  Soph.  Phil. 
695. 

Βαρνγ^ουτΐος,  ov,  poet,  for  βαρύ- 
δοντΐος,  sounding  heavily,  roaring,  thun- 
dering, Pind. 

Βαρύγ'λωσσος,  ov,  Att.  ••γΧωττος, 
{βαρύς,  γ'λώσσα)  chattering  grievously, 
weariful,  Nonn. 

Βαρνγ?ΜχΙν,  Ινας,  ό,  ?/,  {βαρύς, 
γλωχίν)  terribly  sharp,  dub.  in  0pp. 

Βαρυγούνατος,  ov,  Theocr.,  and 

Βαρύγοννος,  ov,  {βαρύς,  γόΐ'ν)  ivith 
heavy  knees,  slow,  lazy,  Call.  Del.  78. 

Βαρύγνιος,  ov,  {βαρύς,  γνΐυν)  with 
heavy  limbs,  la-me,  lazy,  slow,  Anlh. — 
II.  act.  weighing  down  the  limbs,  laming, 
tiring,  poet. 

\Βαρνδαίμονιάω,  w,=sq.,  Heliod.  1, 
24:  cf.  Lob.  ad  Phryn.  p.  81. 

Βαρυδαίμονέυ,  to  be  possessed  by  an 
evil  spirit,  an  ill  genius,  Ar.  Eq.  558  : 
in  genl.  to  be  unlucky :  and 

Βαρυόαιμονία,  ας.  ή,  a  heavy  fate, 
ill  luck,  Antiphon  116,  2'J  :  from 

Βαρνόαίμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  {βαρύς, 
δαίμων)  pressed  by  a  heavy  fate,  un- 
lucky, wretched,  Alcae.  5. 

Βαρυδάκρνος,  ov,  Nonn.,  and 

Βαρύόακρυς,  ν,  gen.  υος,  {βαρύς, 
όύκρν)  weeping  bitterly,  Nonn. 

Βαρνδεσμος,  ov,  {βαρύς,  δεσμός) 
loaded  with  chains,  Nonn. 

Βαρύδΐκος,  ov,  (βαρύς,  δίκη)  taking 
heavy  vengeance,  Aesch.  Cho.  936. 

Βαρυδότειρα,  ας,  η,  {βαρύς,  δότει- 
ρα)  giver  of  ill  gifts,  Aesch.  Theb.  975. 

Βαρύδονπος,  ov,  {βαρύς,  δυνπος) 
saunding  heavily,  etc.,  as  βαρύγδουπος, 
Mosch.  2,  116. 

Βαρνεγκέφάλος,  ov,  6,  {βαρύς,  εγ- 
κέφαλος) one  that  has  a  heavy  brain,  a 
blockhead,  Plut. 

Βαρνεργης,  ές,  {βαρύς,  *  εργο))  hard 
working,  dub.  1.,  0pp. 

Βαρύζηλος,  ov,  {βαρύς-  ζήλος)  ex- 
ceeding jealous  or  envious,  Lyc. 

Βαρνηκοέω,  ώ,  to  be  hard  of  hearing, 
Hipp. :  and 

Βαρυηκοία,  ας,  ij,  hardness  of  hear- 
ing. Id. :  from 

Βαρυήκυος,  ov,  {βαρύς,  ακούω)  hard 
of  hearing. — II.  act.  deafening,  Hipp. 

Βαρνηχής,  ές,  {βαρύς,  ήχέω)  sound- 
ing heavily,  dull  sounding,  Orph. 

ΙΒαρύθρυος,  ov,  {βαρύς,  ϋρόος)  deep 
sounding,  deep  voiced,  shrill,\.  1.  Mosch. 
2,  119. 

Βαρνθϋμέω,  ώ,  to  be  weighed  down 
or  sorrowfid :  to  be  indignant,  App.  : 
also  in  mid. :  and 

Βαρυθϋμία,  ας,  ή,  annoyance,  grief, 
Plut.  :  anger  :  from 

Βαρύθνμος,  ov,  { βαρύς,  θυμός ) 
troubled  in  spirit,  cast  down,  mournful : 
indignant,  sullen,  Eur.  Med.  176.  Adv. 
-μως,  Alciphr. 

Βαρύθω,  lo  be  weighed  down,  oppress- 
ed, ύπό  τίνος,  Π.  16,  519  :  hence  to  be 
heavy,  dull,  sluggish,  cf.  βαρύνομαι, 
βρίθω,  [ν] 

Βαρνκάρδως,  ov,  {βαρύς,  καρδία) 
heavy,  slow  of  heart,  LXX. 

Βαρνκέφαλης,  ov,  {βαρύς,  κεφαλή) 
lop-heavy,  Vitruv.  3,  2. 

Βαρύκομπος,  ov,  {βαρύς,  κομπίω) 

loudly  roaring,  λέοντες,  Pind.  P.  5, 76. 

Βαρύκοτος,  ov, {βαρύς,  κοτέω')  heavy 

in  wrath,  implacable,  Aesch.  Eum.  780. 

262 


BAPT 

Βαρνκτνιττ/ς,  ff,=:sq.,  Or.  Sib. 

Βαρύκτϋπος,  ov,  {βαρύς,  κτνπέω) 
sounding  heavily,  terribly  thundering, 
epith.  of  Jupiter,  H.  llom.  Car.  3, 
etc.,  Hes.  Op.  79 :  also  of  Neptune, 
lies.  Th.  818,  and  Pind. 

ΒαρνλαΙλα-φ,  ΰπος,  6,  η,  {βαρύς, 
λαΐλαφ)  loudly  storming,  Anth. 

^Βαρύλλι  κος,  ου,  ό,  Baryllicus,  niasc. 
pr.  η.,  Polyb.  4,  104. 

Βαρύλλίον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  ^ά- 
ρος,  α  small  weight. 

Βαρνλογος,  ov,  {βαρύς,  λόγος)  of 
vexatious,  annoying  speech,  ίχθεα.  hate 
vented  in  bitter  words,  Pind.  P.  2. 
100. 

Βαρύλϋπος,  ov,  ( βαρύς,  λύπη ) 
grievously  ajlicting. — II.  pass,  heavily 
afflicted,  very  sad,  Plut. 

^Baρυμύ^>υ)ς,  a,  ov,  Dor.  for  Βαρύ- 
μι'μηος,  Theocr. 

Βαρύμαστος,  ov,  {βαρύς,  μαστός) 
with  strong,  heavy  breasts,  Strab. 

Βαρνμηνιύω,  to  be  exceeding  wrath- 
ful, Heliod. :  from 

Βαρυμί/νιος,  op,=sq.,  Theocr.  15, 
138,  m  Dor.  form. 

Βαρύμηνις,  ι,  gen.  ως,  {βαρύς,  μτ}- 
ΐ'ΐς)  exceeding  wrathful,  Aesch.  Ag. 
1481. 

Βαρύμισθος,  ov,  {βαρύς,  μισθός) 
largely  paid,  grasping,  Anth. 

Βαρύμοχθος,  ov,  {βαρύς,  μοχθέω) 
hard  u-orking,  suffering  heavily,  painful, 
V.  1.  Soph.  O.  C.  1231. 

Βάρυνθεν,  Ep.  and  Aeol.  for  ^/3a- 
ρύνθησαν,  3  pi.  aor.  1  pass,  from 
βαρύνω. 

Βαρννονσος,  ov,  {βαρύς,  νόσος)  ex- 
ceeding sick,  Nonn. 

ίΒύρυνσις,  εως,  ή,  {βαρύνω)  molesta- 
tion, grievance,  Artem. 

Βαρνντικός,  η,  όν.  weighing  down, 
Arist.  Coel. ;  oppressive. — II.  Gramm. 
^=βαρντονον :  from 

Βαρύνω,  f.  -ϋνώ,  {βαρύς)  to  load 
heavily,  to  burthen,  Od.  5,  321  :  to  op• 
p/ress,  torment,  tease,  Hom.  Metaph. 
to  harden  (the  heart)  ;  to  dull  or  jiiake 
dim  (the  eyes),  LXX.  Pass,  to  be 
laine,  βαρύνεσθαι  γυΐα,  χείρα,  to  be 
weary  in  limb,  to  be  maimed  in  hand, 
Hom.:  z\so  βαρύνεταί  μοι  τό  σκέ?.ος, 
Ar.  Ach.  220.  Metaph.  to  be  annoyed, 
grieved,  Lat.  gravari,  aegre  ferre,  Pind. 
N.  7,  63. — II.  to  use  the  grave  accent, 
Gramm. 

Βαρύνωτος,  ov,  {βαρύς,  νώτος)  with 
heavy  back. 

Βαρύοδμος,  ov,  {βαρύς,  όδμή)  of 
heavy,  strong,  oppressive  s?}iell,  Nic, 
=  Ion.  βαρνοσμος. 

Βαρύοζος,  ov,  {βαρύς,  oiij)=foreg., 
Diosc. 

\Βαρυολκός,  όν,  {βαρύς,  ίλκω) 
drawing  heavy  tveights  ;  βαρνολκύς, 
οΰ,  ή,=βαρουλκόν,  q.  v.  Tzetz. 

Βαρυόπης,  ου,  6,  {βαρύς,  όψ)  of 
strong,  loud  I'oice,  Pind.  P.  6,  24. 

Βαρνόργητος,  ov,  {βαρύς,  όργή)^ 
βαρύμ7/νις,  violently  angry,  Anth. 

Βαρύοσμος,  ov,  Ion.  for  βαρύοδμος, 
Arista  Mirab. 

Βαρυπΰθέω,  {βαρύς,  παθεϊν)  to 
suffer  heavily,  be  much  annoyed,  Plut. 

Βαρνπάλάμος,  ov,  {βαρύς,  παλάμη) 
heavy  handed.  Metaph.  fierce  of  de- 
vice, Pind.  P.  11,  37.  [ττα] 

Βαρυπείθής,  ές,  {βαρύς,  πείθομαι) 
slow  to  obey.  Nonn. 

Βαρνπένθεια,  ας,  η,=:.βαρυπενΟία: 
from 

Βαρυπενθής,  ές,  {βαρύς,  πένθος) 
mourning    heavily.  —  II.         ' 
grievous  woe,  Anth 


act.    causing 


ΒαρυπίνΟητος,  or,=foreg.  I.,  Anth. 
Βαρυπενθία,    ας,    η,    heavy,    deep 
affliction,  Plut. 


BAPT 

Βαρνπεστ/ς,  ές,  {βαρύς,  πεσεΐν) 
heavily  falling,  Aesch.  Lum.  369. 

Βαρνπήμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  {βαρύς, 
πί/μα)  afflicting  heavily. 

Βαρνπνείων,  ονσα,  ov,  {βαρύς, 
πνέω)  blowing  heavily,  Musae.,  where 
βαρύ  πν.  separately. 

Βαρύπνοος,  ov,  {βαρύς,  πνο//)= 
βαρυαης,  Nic. 

Βαρύποτμος,  ov,  {βαρύς,  πότμος) 
=βαρνδαίμων.  Soph.,  and  Eur.,  cf. 
Pors.  Phoen.  1367  :  comp., -/xorepof, 
superl.  -μότατος,  Eur.  Phoen.  -μύ>- 
τατος. 

Βαρνπονς,  ό,  ly,  -πουν,  τό,  gen. 
-ποδός,  {βαρύς,  πους)  with  heav^ 
foot,  sluggish,  Anth. — IJ.  act.  making 
lame. 

ΒΑ'ΡΥ'Σ,  εΐα,  V,  comji.  βαρύτερος, 
superl.  βαρύτατος,  adv.  βαρέως, 
heavy  :  esp.  that  which  makes  itself  felt 
by  pressure,  always  involving  the  no- 
tion of  strength  and  force  :  g«  almost 
always  in  "Horn.,  who  freq.  has  βα- 
ρείας χείρας,  also  βαρέα  στενάχειν, 
to  .fob  heavily,  άτη,  ίρις,  κακότης  βα- 
ρεία, Κατακλώθες  βαρείαι,  etc. : 
hence — 1.  in  bad  sense,  burdensome, 
grtevmis,  oppressive,  esp.  of  bad  aii*and 
unhealthy  situations,  Xen.  Mem.  3, 
6,  12;  πόλεμος,  Dem.  307,  15:  and 
ol  persons,  troublesome,  annulling,  lb. 
231,  15:  βαρέως  φέρειν  τι,  to  take  a 
thing  ill,  suffer  impatiently,  Lat.  gra- 
vitcr  ferre  :  βαρέως  άκούειν,  to  hear 
with  reluctance,  to  be  annoyed  by  hear- 
ing, Xen.  An.  2,  1,  9. — 2.  in  good 
sense,  weighty,  i?npressive,  strong,  in 
Hom.  only  in  a  phys.  signf.,  Od.  9, 
257  :  influential,  powerfid,  Polyb. :  in 
moral  sense,  firm,  immovable,  true  to 
one^s  principles,  honest,  Plut.  —  II.  of 
soldiers,  heavy-armed,  Xen.  Cyr.  5,  3, 
37,  and  Polyb. — III.  of  sound,  strong, 
impressive :  also  opp.  to  όξνς,  deep, 
full,  Hipp. :  hence  βαρεία,  sub.  προς- 
ωδία,  accentus  gravis.  Cf.  the  poet. 
βριθύς,  and  the  equiv.  Lat.  gravis. 
(In  compos,  it  almost  always  means 
burdensome,  strong,  or  impressive  :  very 
seldom  difficult,  as  in  βαρυπειθής.) 

Βαρυσίδηρος,  ov,  {βαρύς,  σιδηράς) 
heavy  with  iron,  Plut.  [i] 

Βαρυσκίπων,  ov,  gen.  ωνος,  {βαρύς, 
σκίπων)  with  a  heavy  club,  tJall.  Fr. 
120.  [i] 

Βαρυσμάραγος,  ov,  {βαρύς,  σμα• 
ραγή)=^βαρύκτυπος,  loud  roaring  or 
rattling,  Anth.  [σ/^α] 

Βαρυσταθμέω,  ώ,  to  weigh  heavy, 
prob.  1.,  Diosc. :  from 

Βαρύσταβμος,  ov,  {βαρύς,  σταθμός) 
weighing  heavy,  Ar.  Kan.  1397. 

Βαρυστενάχων,  ονσα,  ov,  {βαρύς, 
στενύχω)  sobbing  heavily,  II.  like 
βαρνστονος. 

Βαρύστομος,  ov,  {βαρύς,  στόμα) 
cutting  sharply  or  deeply,  Opp. 

Βαρύστονος,  ov,  (βαρύς,  στένω) 
deeply  groaiiing,  moiirning  heavily. 
Soph.  O.  T.  1233.  Adv.  -^u£,  Aesch. 
Eum.  794. 

Βαρνσύμφορος,  ov,  (βαρύς,  συμ- 
φορά) weighed  down  by  ill  luck,  Hdt.  1, 
45.  ^ 

Βαρυσφάραγος,  ov,  (βαρύς,  σφάρα- 
γος,  =  βαρυσμύραγος,  heavy  or  loud 
thundering,  epith.  of  Ζευς,  Pind.  I. 
8  (7),  47.  [«] 

Βαρύσωμος,  ov,  {βαρύς,  σώμα) 
heavy  in  body. 

Βαρνταρβής,  ές,  {βαρύς,  τάρβος) 
exceeding  fearful,  Aesch.  Fr.  54. 

Βαρύτης,  ΐ}τος,  ή,  {βηρύ>ς)  weight, 
heaviness,  Thuc.  7,  62 :  troublesome 
conduct  or  character,  Isocr.  239  Β  : 
harshness,  cruelty. 

Βαρύτιμος,  ov,  {βαρύς,  τιμή)  ofgreat_ 


ΒΑΣΑ 

worth,    hence  —  1.    venerable,    Aesch. 
Supp.  25.-2.  costly,  N.  T. 

ΒαρύτΆητοζ,  01',  (βαρύς,  τλήναι) 
bearing  heavy  weight,  Naumach.  ap. 
Stob.  p.  420,  4. — U.  pass,  ill  to  bear, 
heavy,  Anth. 

BapvToveo),  (βαρύτονος)  to  ptU  the 
grave  accent,  Gramiu.     Hence 

ΰαρντόν//σις,  εως,  ή,  a  marking  with 
the  grave  accent,  Gramin. 

^Βαρυτονητέον,  verb.  adj.  from  βα- 
ρυτοΐ'έω,  one  mast  iiiark  with  the  grave 
accent,  Gramni. 

Βαρύ'ονος,  ov,  {βαρύς,  τείνω) 
strelchj,'d  tiglit,  compact :  στ//θος,  Xeii. 
Cyn.  5,  30,  a  tight,  narrow  chest. — II. 
(βαρύς,  τόνος)  deep-sounding,  like 
βαρνφί^ΐΌς,  Arist.  Physiogn.  —  2. 
Graiuiii.  of  syllables,  with  grave  ac- 
cent, L  e.  with  none  at  all :  and  of 
paroxyton  words. — 3.  Rhet.  emphatic, 
strongly  expressed.     Adv.  -νως. 

ίΒαρυυ-ΐ'ος,  ov,  [βαρύς,  ΰττνος) 
sleeping  heavily,  in  deep  sleep,  Nonn. 

Βαρυφθέγκτης,  ου,  o,=sq.,  λέων, 
Find.  Fr.  205. 

Βαρύφθογγος,  ov,  {βαρύς,  φθογγή) 
deep,  strong,  heavy  sounding,  speaking, 
roaring,  etc.,  H.  Horn.  Ven.  100. 

ΒαρυφΆοισβος,  ov,  {βαρύς,  φλοίσ- 
βος) loud  roaring,  Anth. 

Βαρνφορτας,  ov,  {βαρύς,  φόρτος) 
hea  vy -burdened. 

Βαρυφρονέω,  {βαρύφρων)  like  βα- 
ρνθυμέω,  to  be  dejected,  viiserable. 

Βαρυφροσύνη,  ης,  ή,  misery ;  indig- 
nation, Plut. ;  Iroai 

Βαρύφρων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  {βαρύς, 
φρήν)  =  βαρύΰυμος,  heavy  in  mind, 
miserable,  afflicted,  v.  1.  Theocr.  25, 
1 10. — 2. fierce  ofmnd,  indignant,  Anth. 
furious,  ταύρος,  Lye. 

Βαρυφωνέω,  {βαρύφωνος)  to  have  a 
strong  coarse  voice  or  way  of  speaking, 
Arist.  Probl. 

Βαρυφωνία,  ας,  ν,  a  strong  deep  voice 
or  pronunciation,  Hipp.,  Alex.  Incert. 
51 :  from 

Βαρύφωνος,  ov,  {βαρύς,  φωνή)  with 
a  hoarse  deep  voice,  Hipp. 

Βαρύχει7ι-ος,  ov,  {βαρύς,  χείλος) 
thick-lipped,  Anth. 

Βαρύχοβδος,  ov,  {βαρύς,  χορδή) 
deep-toned,  φθόγγος,  Anth. 

Βαρύψϋχος,  ov,  (βαρύς. φυχή)  heavy 
of  soul,  sluggish,  low-spirited.  Soph. 
Aj.  319. 

Βαρυώδης,  ες,  {βαρύς,  υζω)=βα- 
ρύοδμος,  Piic. 

Βαρυώδννος,  ov,  {βαρύς,  όδύνιι)  in- 
flicting pangs  :  or — U.  pass,  suffering 
pangs,  Nonn. 

\Βαρυωπέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (βαρύς,  ώφ) 
to  become  heavy  of  sight,  to  become  dim, 
OL  όΦθα?ι,μοί,  LXX. 

Baf,  βάσα,  βύν,  part.  aor.  2  of 
βαίνω. 

Βασαναστραγύλα,  ή,  {βάσανος,  ασ- 
τράγαλος) plague  of  the  joints,  epith. 
of  the  gout,  Luc. 

Βασανεύω,  rare  form  of  sq. 

Βασανίζω,  f.  -ίσω  Att.  -ΐώ,  {βά- 
σανος) to  ηώ  upon  the  touchstone ; 
hence  to  try  the  genuineness  ofs.  thing, 
VTTO  δακρύων  βασανίζεσβαι,  to  be 
convicted  of  being  pamted,  by  tears 
washing  off  the  cosmetic,  Xen.  Oec. 
10,  8  :  in  genl.  to  make  proof  of,  con- 
vict, esp.  to  elicit  truth  by  applying  the 
torture,  to  rack,  torment,  Ar.  Ran.  616, 
etc.  :  also  in  genl.  to  test,  examine, 
Bornem.  Xen.  Cyrop.  5,  3,  16:  βε- 
βασανισμένον,  of  style,  strained,  tor- 
tured, unnatural,  Dion.  H.     Hence 

Βασανισμός,  ov,  b,  a  proving,  trial, 
examination  :  torture  :  pain  like  that  of 
the  rack,  Alex.  Incert.  23. 

Βασανίστέον,  verb.  adj.  from  βα- 


ΒΑΣΙ 

σανίζω,  one  must  apply  the  torture  to, 
τινά,  Dem.  855,  2. — II.  βασανιστέος, 
έα,  έον,  to  be  examined.  Plat.  Rep. 
539  E. 

Βασανιστήριος,  a,  ov,  belonging  to 
trial,  inquiry,  torture  :  το  —ov,  the  ques- 
tion-chamber, the  rack  itself,  Themist. : 
from 

Βασανιστής,  οϋ,  b,  pecul.  fern.  /3a- 
σανίστρια,  ας,  ή,  Ar.  Ran.  826,  an 
examiner,  prover,  torturer,  Dem.  978, 
11:  V.  Diet.  Antiqq.  140  Α.— 2.  α 
jailor,  in  N.  Ύ .  —  δεσμοφύλαξ,  Matth. 
18,  34. 

ΙΒασανΐτίς,  ιδος,  ή,  {χώρα)  Basan- 
itis,  a  region  of  Palestine,  LXX. 

ΒΑ'ΣΑ'ΝΟΣ,  ov,  ?/,  the  touch-stone, 
Lat.  lapis  Lydius,  Theogn.  250,  Pind. 
P.  10,  105,  cf  τταρατριβω. — II.  me- 
taph.  a  trial  whether  a  thing  be  genuine, 
solid,  or  real,  ες  πάσαν  β.  άπικνέ- 
εσθαι,  Hdt.  8,  110,  δούναι  τι  βασάνω, 
Pind.  Ν.  8,  33,  and  so  freq.  m  Soph. 
— III.  inquiry,  esp.  by  torture,  Isocr. 
369  D  ;  hence  confession  upon  torture, 
Dem.  1254,  9. — 2.  torture,  anguish,  dis- 
ease, N.  T.  [βύ] 

ίΒασγοιδύριζα,  Basgoedariza,  a  city 
of  Less  Armenia,  Strab. 

^Βασίας,  ου,  ό,  Basias,  an  Arcadian, 
Xen.  An.  4,  1,  18  ;  an  Elean,  lb.  7,  8, 
10. 

Βασίλεα,  ας.  ή,  poet,  for  sq.,  Bockh 
Pind.  N.  1,  39 ;  cf.  ίρέα. 

Βασίλεια,  ας,  ή,  fem.  from,  βα- 
σιλεύς, a  queen,  princess,  lady  of  royal 
blood :  also  of  goddesses,  Horn. :  βα- 
σί?ιεια  θεά  are  joined,  Ar.  Pac.  974. 

Βασιλεία,  ας,  ή,  (βασιλεύω)  a  king- 
dom, dominion,  Hdt.  :  hereditaria  mo- 
narchy, opp.  to  τνραννίς,  Thuc.  1,  13, 
etc.,  cf.  Arnold.  Append.  I. — II.  a  dia- 
dem, Inscr.  Ros. — III.  majesty,  as  a 
form  of  address,  Byzant. 

\Βασιλΐίδης.  ov,  ό,  Basilides,  an 
Epicurean,  successor  of  Dionysius, 
Diog.  L.  10,  25.     Hence 

^Βασιλειδιάνός,  οϋ,  ό,  one  of  the  sect 
of  Basilides,  Clem.  Al. 

Βάσΐλείδιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  of  βα- 
σιλεύς, Lat.  reguliis,  Plut. 

ίΒασίλειοι,  ων,  οΊ,  the  Basilei,  a  Sar- 
matian  people,  App. 

Βύσίλειον,  ov,  τό,  most  usu.  in 
plur.,  a  kingly  dwelling,  palace,  Xen. 
— 2.  a  seat  of  empire,  Polyb.  —  3.  at 
Athens,  the  place  where  the  φυ7•.οβα- 
σύ.εϊς,  'met. — 1.  the  king's  or  generaVs 
tent. — 5.  the  royal  treasury,  Hdt.  2,  149. 
— II.  α  tiara,  diadem,  Plut.  Strictly 
neut.  from 

Βάσί7.ε ιος,  ov,  and  in  Aesch.  and 
Eur.  a,  ov,  kingly,  royal,  princely,  or- 
dained by  royal  authority :  Ion.  βα- 
σιλί/ϊος,  a,  ov,  Od.  16,  401. 

^Βησι?.ειος,  ov,  ό,  Basilius,  a  river 
of  Mesopotamia,  Strab.  —  II.  com- 
monly called  St.  Basil,  bishop  of 
Casarea  in  Cappadocia,  Eccl. 

ΒΑ'ΣΓΑΕΤ'Σ,  έως  Ion.  ?/ος,  ό, 
irr.  ace.  βασιλή,  Orac.  ap.  Hdt.  7, 
220  :  a  king,  prince,  lord,  Hom.,  freq. 
with  collat.  sense  of  captain  or  judge, 
Hes.  Op.  200  :  called  διοτρεφέες,  be- 
cause Jupiter  was  the  founder  of 
monarchy,  Hom. :  cf  βασιλεία. — II. 
one  of  the  nobility,  the  royal  family,  the 
governing  body,  Hom. — III.  a  lord, 
master,  householder,  II.  18,  556,  Pind. 
O.  6,  79  :  the  name  used  by  slaves  of 
their  owner,  by  parasites,  flatterers, 
clients,  etc.  of  their  patrons,  as  Lat. 
rex. — IV.  as  a  form  of  addressing  the 
gods,  esp.  Jupiter,  from  Pind.  down- 
wards :  Ζευς  θεών  βασιλεύς,  Hes. 
Th.  886,  cf  άναξ.—ν.  the  second  of 
the  nine  Archons  at  Athens  was  called 
βασιλείς  :  he  had  charge  of  the  pub- 


ΒΑΣΙ 

lie  worship,  and  the  conduct  of  en• 
minal  processes.  Plat.,  etc. — VI.  after 
the  Persian  war  the  king  of  Persia 
was  called  βασιλεύς  (without  the 
art.),  or  ό  μέγας  βασιλεύς,  as  after- 
wards the  Roman  emperor,  or  now 
the  Grand  Signior,  Thuc,  Xen.,  etc. 
—  VII.  nietaph.  the  first  or  most  distin- 
guished of  any  class,  Philostr.  Passow 
considers  the  Homeric  phrase  άνήρ 
βασ.,  and  particularly  the  forms  βα- 
σι'/.εύτερος,  -τατος,  sufficient  evi- 
dence that  the  word  was  orig.  an  ad- 
jective :  but  cf.  κύων,  κύντερος,  and 
many  others  in  Buttm.  Ausf.  Gr. 
'i  69,  3. 

Βύσΐλεντός,  ή,  όν,  {βασιλεύω)  un- 
der ?no)iarchical  government,  Arist.  Pol. 

Βάσί'/ί.εύτωρ,  ορός,  ό,=βασι7.εύς, 
Antim. 

Βΰσι7.εύω,  f  -εύσω,  {βασι7.εύς)  to 
be  king,  to  rule,  εν  'WUKy,  κατά  όή- 
μον,  Hom.  ;  in  aor.  to  be  made  king, 
Hdt.  2,  2,  etc. — II.  to  rule  over  a  people, 
τισί,  Hom.,  afterwds.  more  usu.  c. 
gen.,  which  is  found  also  Od.  11,285. 
Pass,  to  be  governed,  to  be  under  a  king, 
Pind.  P.  4,  189.— III.  to  be  of  the  king's 
party,  Plut.  Sull.  12. 

Βάσί7ί.η,  ης,  ή,  =  βασίλεια,  rare 
poet,  form,  a  queen,  princess.  Soph. 
Fr.  292,  and  so  W.  Dind.  and  Ellendt 
in  Pind.  N.  1,  39. 

ίΒασι7.ηίδης,  εω,  ό.  Ion.  for  Βασιλ- 
είδ7ΐς,  father  of  Herodotus,  Hdt.  8, 
132. 

Βΰσϊληί?!,  ή.  Ion.  for  βασιλεία. 

Βάσΐ7.ήίος,  ίη,  iov.  Ion.  for  βα- 
σιλείας, II. 

Βάσίληίς,  ιδος,  ή,  pecul.  fem.  of 
βασιλέως,  τιμή,  II.  6,  193. 

ΐΒασιλίδης,  ov,  δ,  patron,  name  ot 
certain  families  in  some  of  the  Ionian 
states,  in  pi.  the  Basilidae,  in  Ery- 
thrae.  etc.,  Arist.  Pol. 

Βάσιλίζω,  to  be  of  the  king's  party, 
Plut.  Mid.  βασιλίζομαι,  to  behave 
like  a  king,  App. 

Βασιλικός,  ή,  όν,  like  βασί?^ειος, 
royal,  princely,  lordly.  Xen.,  Plat.,  etc. 
Adv.  -κώς. — II.  as  subst.  ?)  -κή, — 1. 
sub.  τέχνη,  monarchy.  Plat.  Polit. 
291  E. — 2.  sub.  οικία  or  στοά,  Lat. 
basilica,  regia,  a  royal  mansion :  esp.  a 
colonnade  such  as  was  attached  to 
palaces,  Plat.  Charm.  153  A. — 3.  at 
Rome,  a  public  building  with  colonnades 
in  the  forum,  where  merchants  con- 
gregated, trials  were  held,  etc.,  Vi- 
truv.  5,  1 :  on  the  same  plan  Con- 
stantine  built  the  Christian  churches, 
which  were  hence  called  basilicae. 
But — 4.  TO  -κόν,  sub.  ταμιείον,  the 
royal  treasury,  Diod. 

Βασύ.ιναϋ,  barbarism,  for  βασίλιν- 
va,  βασίλεια,  Ar.  Av.  1078. 

Βΰσΐλίνδα,  adv.  παιδιά,  ή,  king  I 
am,  a  child's  game,  cf.  αριστίνδα, 
etc.,  Poll.  9,  110. 

Βΰσίλιννα,  ή,=βασίλεια,  Menand 
p.  280. 

BaffiAi'f,  ίδος,  ή,^=βασίλεια.  Soph. 
Ant.  941,  (but  Herm.  βασΰ.ηΐς). 

Βΰσΐ7.ίσκος.  ov,  ό,  dim.  from  βα- 
σιλεύς, a  little  king,  chieftain,  Lat.  re- 
gulus,  Polyb. — II.  a  kind  of  lizard  or 
rather  serpent,  a  basilisk,  perh.  the 
Cobra  Capello,  Plin.  — ΠΙ  a  little 
bird,  the  golden-crested  wren,  Plut. — 
IV.  a  sea-fish. 

Βΰσί7.ισσα,  ης,  ή,=βασί7.εια,  a 
queen,  Arist.  Oec,  cf  Lob.  Phryn. 
225. — II.  the  wife  of  the  Άρχων  βα- 
σι7χ,εύς  at  Athens  :  (never  βασίλιττα.) 
^Βάσιλ7.ος,  ov,  6,  Basilius,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  App. 

ίΒασι7.ικ7ίής,  έονς,  6,  Basilides, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Plut. 

263 


ΒΑΣΤ 

ΙΒασιλώ,  ους,  ή,  iJisiVo. daughter  of 
Anstippus  ot"  Cyrene,  Callim. 

Βάσιμος,  ov,  {daivo})  passable,  ac- 
cessible, attainable,  Dein.  793,  5  ;  safe, 
secure. — II.  reached,  liuined. 

Uuaif,  εως,  ή,  (jSaiiHo)  a  step,  walk, 
Pilul.,  etc. — II.  that  with  which  one 
steps,  a  foot,  Plat.  Tun.  92  Α.— III. 
that  whereon  one  steps,  ground  :  a  foun- 
dation, base,  pedestal,  lb.  53  C,  etc. — 
IV.  motion,  esp.  rhythmical,  hence 
rhythm,  time.  Plat.  Kep.  399  E. :  in 
Rhetoric,  the  rhythmical  close  of  a  sen- 
tence. \β\ 

Βασκαίνω,  f.  -ΰνώ  :  aor.  ί-βάσκηνα, 
aor.  pass,  έ'^ασαάΐ'βι/ν,  {βύσκω,  βάζω, 
βύξω).  Ί^ο  use  ill  words  ο/' another, 
esp.  to  slander,  backbite,  belie,  disparage, 
τινά,  cf.  βάσκανος,  Dein.  94,  19. — 11. 
to  use  ill  words  to  another,  bewitch  him, 
by  means  of  invidious  praise,  spells, 
an  evil  eye,  etc.,  which  was  believed 
to  check  the  growth  of  children. /ns- 
cinare,  τινά ;  the  charm  was  broken 
bv  spitting  thrice,  Arist.  Probl.  20, 
34,  Theocr.  6,  39:  hence— III.  in 
genl.  to  envy,  τινί.  Piers.  Moer.  (Hdn.) 
p.  470 ;  but  the  cases  were  some- 
times interchanged.     Hence 

Βασκανία,    ας,    ή,    slander,    blame. 
Plat.  Phaed.  95  B.— II.  envy,  ill-will. 
Βασκάνιον,ον,τό,=^~ροβασκάνίον, 
a   charm  against  witchery,  an  amulet, 
Sjtrab. — II.  dim.  from  sq. 

Βάσκάνος,  ov,  {βασκαίνω)  envious, 
slanderous,  Ar.  Plut.  571.  Αά\.-νως, 
Joseph. — II.  as  subst.  a  slanderer,  tale- 
bearer, like  συκοφάντης. — 2.  orie  that 
bewitches,  a  magician,  Strab.  :  one  that 
bears  ill-will,  is  malignant,  Plat.  Ax. 
369  A. 

Βασκαντικός,  ή,  όν,  {βασκαίνω) 
belonging  to  slander  or  witchery,  inclined 
thereto,  Plut. 
Βασκάς,  ή,  v.  φασκάς. 
Βάσκε,  in  II.  always  in  form  βύσκ' 
Ιθΐ,  prop,  go,  hasten  !  speed  thee  !  away  ! 
βάσκε,  alone  in  Aesch.  Pers.  CGI, 
672,  come!  prob.  imperat.  of  anobsol. 
βάσκω,  akin  to  βιβάζω,  βαίνω. 

Βασκοσννη,  ης,  -ή,  poet,  for  βα- 
σκανία. 

Βάσκω,=βάζω,  only  in  Gramm.,  as 
root  of  βασκαίνω. 

Βασμός,  οϋ.  ό.  Ion.  for  βαθμός. 
^Βασοροτζέδα,  ή,  Basorojiida,  a  re- 
gion of  Armenia,  Strab. 
Βασση,  ή.  Dor.  for  βησσα. 
\Βασσάκης,  εω,  δ,  Bassaces,  a  Per- 
sian, Hdt.  7,  75.  ^ 

Βασσύρα,  ας,  ή,=άλώπ'ηξ,  a  fox. — 
II.  the  dress  of  Thracian  bacchanals, 
prob.  made  oi  fox-skins. — III.  a  Bac- 
chante, Hesych.jbut  very  dub.,  Gaisf. 
Hephaest.  p.  70.  —  IV.  an  impudent 
woman,  courtesan.  Lye.  (Of  Thracian 
origin.) 

Βασσαρενς.  έως,  ο,  epith.  of  Bac- 
chus, from /5ασσάρα  111.,  Herat.  Od. 
1,  18,  11.     Hence 
Βασσαρεω,=  Βακχενω,  v.  άναβασσ. 
Βασσαρικός,  ή,  όν,=βασσάρειος. 
Βασσάριον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  Uaa- 
σάρα  ι,  Hdt.  4,  192. 

Βασσαρίς,  ίδος,  ή,=βασσάρα  III., 
Anacr.  54. 
Βύσσαρος,  ό,=^Βασσαρενς. 
^Βασσιύαι,    ων,    οι,    (patron,    from 
Βάσσος)  the  Bassidae,  a  noble  family 
of  Aegina,  Pind.  Nem.  6,  53. 
\Βάσσος,  ου,  o.the  Lat.  Bassus,  Luc. 
Βάσσων,  ov,  gen.  όνος.  Dor.  comp. 
of  βαθύς,  Epich.  p.  109. 

ΒύσΓα)'μα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which  is 
borne,  a  burthen,  Enr.  Supp.  767. — II. 
that  which  bears,  a  staff :  from 

ΒΑΣΤΑ'Ζί2,  fut.  -άσω  :  aor.  pass. 
έβαστάχθην,  to  lift,  lift  up,  raise,  λΰ- 
264 


BAT 

av,  τόξον,  Od.  11,  594  ;  21,  405  :  me- 
taph.  to  lift  up,  praise,  laud,  Pind.  O. 
12,  Z~. — 11.  to  bear,  support,  hold  up- 
right :  also  to  have  in  one's  hands :  to 
have  in  mind,  consider,  weigh,  make 
proof  of,  tv  γνωμτ^,  Aesch.  Pr.  888, 
φρενί,  Ar.  Thesm.  437. — III.  to  carry 
ojj',  lake  away,  like  ({κρω  for  άττυφέρω. 
--1V.  Att.  also=i/'7/Aa(/ia(j,  to  handle, 
touch,  Aesch.  Ag.  35,  ubi  v.  Blomf. 
Hence 

Βαστακτης,  οϋ,  ό,  a  bearer,  porter. 
Βαστακτικός,  ή,  όν,  fit  for  bearing. 
Adv.  -κώς. 

Βαστακτός,  y,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from 
βαστάζω,  to  be  borne,  Mel.  7. 

^Βαστάρναι,  ών,  oi,  the  Bastarnae,  a 
people  on  the  Ister,  Strab. :  ό  Βασ- 
τάρνης,  a  Bastarnian,  Ath.     Hence 

^Βααταρνικός,  η,  όν,  of  the  Bastar- 
nae, Bastarnian,  Strab. 

tBaffrr/rax'Oi.  ων,  οι,  the  BastetHni, 
a  people  of  Spain  =  Βαστούλοι :  ή 
Βαστ7]τανία,  the  country  of  the  Bast., 
Strab. 

tBaru,  ών,  τά,  Bata,  a  seaport  of 
Sarmatia  on  the  Pontus,  Strab. 

ΙΒαταβάκης,  ου,  ό,  Batabacrs,  a 
priest  of  Cybele  of  Pessinus,  Strab. 

Βαταλίζομαι,  to  live  like  a  βάταλος, 
Theano. 

Βάταλος,  ου,  ό,  =  κίναιδος,  pathi- 
cus  ;  perh.  from  βατεύω,  βατέω. — Π. 
a  nick-name  given  to  Demosthenes, 
V.  288,  17  (ubi  al.  βάτταλος),  with  al- 
lusion to  βατταρίζω,  because  he  stut- 
tered as  a  young  man,  and  could  not 
pronounce  the  Λ. 

Βατάνη,  ης,  7/,=πατάνη,  hat.  pati- 

na,  Sicil.  word,  Matro  ap.  Ath.  136  D. 

Βατάνιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  of  βατάνη, 

Antiph.  Euthyd.  1. 

^Βατάνωχος,   ου,   6,  Batanochus,   a 

Persian,  Aesch.  Pers.  982. 

tBurtio,  ας,  ή,  Batea,  daughter  of 
Teucer,  Apollod.  3, 12, 1 :  a  xNaiad,  lb. 
3,  10,  4. 
Βΰτεύω,=βαίνω  II.  3,  ana  sq. 
Βατέω,  (βαίνω)  to  tread  cover,  of 
animals,  Theocr. — II.  at  Delphi  = 
πατεω,  Plut. 

Βάτην,  3  dual.  aor.  2  of  βαίνω,  Ep. 
for  έβήτΐ]ν,  Hom. 

Βάτ?ιρ,  ΐ/ρος,  ό,  {βαίνω)  strictly  the 
strider  :  usu.  the  threshold  on  U'hich  one 
treads,  Ainips.  Incert.  5 :  the  bounds 
on  the  race-course,  like  βηλός,  βα'λ- 
βίς:  the  staff  with  which  one  walks, 
Nic. 

Βατήρία,  ας,  ή,=βακτηρία,  βάκ- 
τρυν. 

Βατ/'/ριος,  ον,  belonging  ίο  the  βα- 
τής :  βατ.  λέχος,  =  όχεία,  Pseudo- 
Phocyl.  175,  v.  βύτης. 

Βατηρίς,  ίδος,  ή,  κλΐμαξ  β.,  α 
mounting  ladder,  Anth. 

Βάτης,  ου,  ό,  {βαίνω)  one  that  treads 
or  covers,   [u] 

Βατία,  ας,  η,=βάτος,  a  bush,  thick- 
et. Find.  O.  6,  90.— II.  α  iind  of  cup, 
dub.  ap.  Ath.  781  B. 

tBartai,  ών,  at,  Batiae,  a  city  in 
Epirus,  Strab. — 2.  another  in  Italy, 
Dion.  H. 

Βατιακή,  ής,  ή,  or  βατιύκιον,  ov, 
τό,  a  kind  of  cup,  vv.  11.  Philem.  p. 
389. 

ΒατιδοσκότΓος,  ov,  {βατίς,  σκηπέω) 
looking  after  roadies,  greedy  fur  them, 
Ar.  Pac.  811. 

tBaritia,  ας,  ή,  Batila,  a  hill  near 
Troy,  II.  2,  813. 

Βατίζω βατίζει  y'  is  the  reading 

retained  in  Ar.  Av.  1081  by  Dmd., 
who  interprets  it  by  βαβάζει :  Brunck 
gives  τιτυβίζει. 

Βάτινος,  η,  ov,  {βάτος)  of  the  bush 
or  thicket. 


BATZ 

Βάτιον,  τό,  dim.  of  βάτος. — II.  » 
βατιάκιον,  βατιακή, 

B(t7if,  ίόος,  ή,  the  prickly  roach, 
Epich.  p.  55. — II.  a  bird  that  frequents 
bushes,  Arist.  H.  A. — III.  α  plant,  akin 
to  βάτος. 

ίΒατίς,  ίδος,  ή,  Batis,  sister  of  Epi- 
curus, Uiog.  L.  10,  23. 

Βάτοόρόττος,  ov,  {βάτος,  δρέπω) 
pulling  thorns  offotup,  H.  Horn.  Merc. 
190. 

Βάτόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  {βάτος)  thorned, 
Nic. 

Βάτον,  ov,  τό,  a  black-berry  :  from 

Βάτος,  ov,  ή,  a  bramble,  or  any  prickly 
bush,  Od.  24,  230 :  βάτος  ίδαια,  the 
raspberry-bush,  Diosc.  [a] 

Βάτος,  ου,  ό,  the  prickly  roach,  [a] 

Barof,  7/.  όν,  {βαίνω)  passable,  ac- 
cessible. Soph.  Fr.  109 :  passed,  mount- 
ed :  TO  βατόν,  Lat.  vadam,  the  ford  of 
a  river. 

Βατράχείος,  ov,  {βάτραχος)  of  or 
belonging  to  a  frog  :  βατράχειυν,  sub, 
χρώμα,  frog-colour,  pate  green,  Ar, 
Eq.  523. 

Βατραχίζω,  fut.  -ίσω  Att.  -ϊώ,  {βά- 
τραχος) to  act  or  be  like  a  frog. 

Βατρύχιον,  ου,  τό,  ranunculus,  as 
we  might  say  frogwort,  Hipp. 

Βατραχιοϋν,  το,  a  court  of  laiv  at 
Athens,  Pausan.  1,  21,  8,  so  called 
from  its  colour,  cf.  Φοινικιονν. 

Βατραχίς,Ιδος.αηά  in  Ar.  Eq.  1406, 
ίδος,  ή,  dim.  oi  βάτραχος,  Nic. — II.  α 
frog-green  coat,  Ar.  Eq.  1.  C. 

Βατραχίττις,  ου,  ό,  λίθος,  a  frog- 
green  stone,  Plin.  [ij 

^Βατραχιών,  ωνος,  ό,  Batrachion, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Luc. 

tBarpa^'o/ii)o//a;t;ia,  ας,  ή,  {βάτρα- 
χος, μϋς,  μάχη)  battle  of  the  frogs 
and  mice,  a  parody  on  the  Iliad,  incor- 
rectly ascribed  to  Homer. 

Βάτραχος,  ου,  ό,  a  frog,  Batr. — 2.  a 
kind  of  fish,  sea-frog,  Arist.  H.  A. — 3. 
a  disease  of  the  tongue. — 4.  the  frog  of  a• 
horse's  hoof,  Xen.,  elsewh.  χε'λιδών. 
— II.  as  pr.  n.,  Batrachus,  a  sycophant 
in  the  time  of  the  30  tyrants,  Lys. 

ΙΒαττάκης,  ου,  6,  Battaces,  a  priest 
of  Cybele,  Died.  S. 

Βάττα?Μς,  ό,  v.  βάταλος  II. 

ΒαΓ-αρίςω,  fut.  -ίσω  Att.  -ϊώ,  to 
stammer,  Hippon.  108.     Hence 

Βατταρισμός,  οϋ,  ο,  a  stuttering. 

Βατταριστής,  ov,  ύ,  a  stutterer. 
tBar7ia(5?/f,  ov,  and  Βαττίδης,  ov, 
ό,  {Βάττος)  son  or  descendant  of  Bat- 
ttts,  Callim. :  in  pi    o'l  Βαττίύαι,  the 
Battidae,  Pind.  P.  5,  37. 

Βαττολογέω,= βατταρίζω,  to  bab- 
ble, use  vain  repetitions,  N.  T.  (This 
family  of  words  usu.  derived  from 
Battus,  pr.  n.  of  a  stuttering  king  of 
Cyrene,  Hdt.  4,  155 :  more  i»rob. 
merely  formed  to  imitate  the  sound.) 
Hence 

Βαττολογία,  ας,  ή,^βατταρισμός  : 
also  idle  talk,  Eccl. 

tBaTTOf,  ου,  ό,  Battus,  founder,  and 
name  of  numerous  successors  of  his 
in  the  kingdom,  of  Cyrene,  Hdt.  4, 
115,  etc. 

Βατύλη,  Jjf,  V,  ο  she-dwarf,  late. 

Βατώδης,  ες,  {βάτος,  εΐόας)  over- 
grown with  thorns,  Polyb. 

^Βάτων,  ωνυς,  ό,  Baton,  charioteer 
of  Adrastus,  Apollod. — 2.  an  historian 
of  Sinope,  Strab. — 3.  a  comic  poet, 
Meineke  1,  p.  480.-4.  leader  of  the 
Pannonians,  Strab. 

Ban/ia/iiCtj,=:sq. 

Βαυβάω,ώ,ΐο  lull  asleep. — II.  intr.  ίο 
slumber,  fall  asleep,  Eur.  Syl.  6,  cf. 
βανκα'λάω. 

Βανζω,  fut.  βανξω,  baubari,  to  cry 
βαν,  βαϋ,  to  bark :  hence  to  wail,  mM 


ΒΔΕΛ 

ter,  like  νλακτώ,  Lat.  latrare,  Aesch. 
Ag.  419  :  to  reproach,  assail,  Ar.  Thesin. 
895. — 11.  transit,  to  cry  aloud  for,  τινά, 
Aesch.  Pers.  13. 

Βαΐ'καλάω  and  βανκάλίζυ,  akin  to 
βαν3ύω,  to  put  to  sleep,  rock,  sing,  lull 
to  sleep,  Ael.  (Prob.  from  άω,  avu, 
if  not  onomatop.)     Hence 

'Βανκύ?-ημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  lullaby. 

Έανκα?ύζω,  v.  under  ϊΒανκαλύω. 

ΈανκύΆιον,  ου,  τό,  also  κανκά'λιον, 
a  narrow-necked  vessel,  that  gurgles 
when  water  is  poured  in  or  out. 

'Βαύκα7ας,  εως,  ή,  a  copper  or  earthen 
vessel  for  cooling  wine  or  water  in, 
eleswh.  tjjvktt/p,  Lat.  gillo  or  gdlo, 
opp.  to  μίλ'λίύρων,  Anth.,  akin  to 
κανκ,αλίς,  Coray  Isocr.  p.  446. 

^ανκίδες,  αϊ,  a  kind  of  woman's 
shoes,  Alex.  Isost.  1,7:  also  καυκίδες. 

Βαυίίίζω,  ί.  -ίσω  Att.  -ίώ,  {βανκός) 
to  play  the  prude,  to  be  nice,  Lat.  deli- 
cias  faccre,  Alex.  Tarant.  4,  9. 

Έαύκισμα,  ατός,  τό^βανκισμός. 

Έανκισμός,  οϋ,  ό,  {βανκίζω)  prude- 
ry, affected  delicacy. 

Βανκοπανονργος,  ον,  δ,  {βανκός, 
ττανοϋργος)  α  magnanimous  rogue,  who 
puts  a  good  face  on  the  worst  case  ; 
also  σεμνοττανοΰργος,  Arist.  Eth.  N. 

Έανκός,  ή,  όν,  delicate :  prudish,  af- 
fected, like  τρυφερός. 

\Έαύλοι,  oil',  oi,  Bauli,  a  spot  near 
Baiae,  Dio  Cass. 

'Άαϋΐ'η,  ^,=  sq. 

Έαϋνος  or  βαννός,  οϋ,  δ,  also  ή 
βαννη,  ης,  (αίω)  α  furnace,  forge  : 
prob.  the  root  of  βάναυσος. 

Έΰφείον,  ου,  τό,  a  dyer's  house, 
Strah.  :  from 

Βΰφενς,  έως,  δ,  (βά-τω)  a  dyer.  Plat. 

Έΰφ/},  ης,  ή,  {βάπτω)  α  dipping,  as 
of  red-hot  iron  in  cold  water,  Soph. 
Aj.  651  :  the  temper  of  steel,  βαφην 
άφιέναι.  Arist.  Pol.  7;  14,  fin. — II. 
esp.  a  dipping  of  cloth  in  dye,  and  SO 
dying,  colouring,  Theophr.  :  also  the 
dye  itself,  κρόκου  βαφάς,  prob.  the  saf- 
fron-dyed robe,  Aesch.  Ag.  239  : — the 
meaning  of  χο.λκοϋ  β.  in  Aesch.  Ag. 
612,  is  yet  uncertain.— III.  of  wine, 
freshness,  strength,  Plut.    Hence 

Έάφικός,  rj,  όν,  belonging  to  dipping 
or  dyeing  :  ή  βαφίκή,  sub.  τέχνη,  the 
art  of  dyeing,  Plut. 

Βάψιμος,  ov,  {βύτττω)  to  be  dyed. 
Iambi. 

Βάφίς,  εως,  ή,  a  dipping,  dyeing, 
Antipho    ap.  Poll.  7.  169. 

ΒΔΑΆΛΩ,  f.  βδάλώ,  to  suck,  milk. 
Plat. ;  so  in  mid.,  Arist.  H.  A.    Hence 

Βδαλσις,  εως,  η,  a  sucking,  milking. 
Gal. :  and 

Βδέλλα,  ης,  η,  a  leech,  Hdt.  2,  68, 
better,  a  kind  oi  fly  or  gnat,  v.  Bahr 
ad  loc.  :  also  the  river-lamprey. — II. 
=βδέλλιον,  Arr.  [a]  Hence 

Βδελλίζω,  to  place  leeches,  bleed  with 
them.  Gal. 

Βδέλλιον,  ov,  TO,  a  plant,  Diosc. — 
II.  the  fragrant  gum  which  exudes 
from  it,  Id.,  V.  PUn.  N.  H.  12,  9. 

ΒδελλοΤίάρνγξ,  νγγος,  ό,  {βδέλλα, 
Τίάρνγξ)  α  leech-throated  man,  a  para- 
site, Cratin.  Dionys.  4. 

Βδέλνγμα,  ατός,  τό,  {βδε?.ύ'7σω)  an 
abomination,  esp.  of  idols,  LXX. 

Βδελυγμία,  ας,  ^,=  sq.,  Crat.  Hor.  6. 

Βδελυγμός,  ov,  ό, disgust  at  anythiiig 
unseemly. 

^Βδελυκλέων,  ωνος,  6,  {βδελνσσω, 
"Κ,Τιέων)  Bdelycleon,  i.  e.  hating  or  de- 
testing Cleon.  as  an  enemy  of  Cleon, 
Ar.  Vesp.  134. 

ΒδεΤ^υκτός,  ή,  όν,  disgusting,  abomi- 
nable, Ν.  Τ. 

Βδελνκτροπος,  ov,=fOTeg.,  Aesch. 
Eum.  52. 


BEBA 

Βδε?^νρενομαι,  dep.,  to  act  like  a 
βδελυρός,  behave  disgustingly,  Dem. 
214,  24. 

Βδελϋρία,  ας,  i],  the  character  or 
conduct  of  a  βδελνρός,  shamelesstiess, 
Isae.  73,  38  :  disgust,  nausea.  Hipp. 

Βδε?ί.ϋρός,  ά,  όν,  abominable,  breed- 
ing disgust,  offending  the  outward  sens- 
es, or  more  freq.  the  sense  of  propriety, 
nasty,  lost  to  all  se-nse  of  shame.  Ar 
Ran.  465,  v.  omnino  Theophr.  Char. 
12.     Adv.  -ρώς.     Hence 

Βδελύσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  f.  -ξω,  (βδέω) 
to  cause  disgust  by  bad  smell  or  other- 
wise, LXX.,  and  Eccl.  Usu.  as  dep. 
mid.  βδελύττομαι,  c.  aor.  έβδε/.νχ- 
θην,  to  feel  disgust  at,  τινά,  to  detest, 
have  a  horror  of,  Ar.  Ach.  586.  The 
perf.  έβδέλυγμαι  occurs  in  pass,  signf. 
in  N.  T. 

Βδελνχρός,  ά,  όν.  Dor.  for  βδελν- 
ρός. Epich.  p.  31. 

Βδέννυμαί,=βδέω. 

Βδέσμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  stench,  visium  : 
from 

ΒΔΕΏ,  f.  βδέσω,  to  break  wind,  Ar. 
Plut.  093  ;  c.  acc.  cognat.,  οΰ  λ.ιβάν- 
ωτον  βδέω.  Id.  Plut.  703  :  in  genl. 
to  stink,  Gal.  {βδύλλω,  βδένννμαι, 
βδελυρός.) 

Βδόλος,  ov,  ό,  (βδέω)  α  stench. 

Βδνλ?Μ,  =  βδέω :  ο.  acc,  to  be 
afraid  of,  Ar.  Eq.  224. 

Βεβάάσι,  3  pi.  perf  of  βαίνω,  II. 

Βέβαιος. a,  ov,  also  of,  ov,  Thuc.  1, 
32,  {βαίνω)  firm,  fast,  hence  trusty, 
sure,  safe,  Thuc,  etc.  :  βεβαιότεροι 
μηδέν  νεωτεριείν,  more  certain  to 
make  no  resistance.  Id.  3,  1 1  :  stead- 
fast, lasting,  χάρις.  Id.  1,  32:  το  βέ- 
βαιον, certainty,  Hdt.  7,  50.  Adv.  βε- 
βαίως and  βέβαιον.    Hence 

Βεβαιάτης,  ητος.  ή,  firmness,  cer- 
tainty, Arist.  Eth.  N.  :  safety,  Thuc. 
4,  66  :  constancy.  Plat.  Legg.  735  A. 

Βεβαιόω,  ω,  fut.  -ώσω,  (βέβαιος), 
to  fix  on  a  firm  basis,  make  firm,  estab- 
lish. Plat.  Crito  53  Β  :  to  redeem  one's 
word,  βεβαιούν  την  πρΰξιν,  to  accom- 
plish, ratify,  Xen.  An.  7,  6,  17  :  βεβ. 
την  πράσιν  or  ώνήν  τινι.  to  give  one 
security  for  the  validity  of  the  purchase, 
Oratt.  But  usu.  in  mid.  to  establish 
for  one's  self,  to  confirm, secure,Ύh^lC.  1. 
33  ;  6,  10,  34,  etc. :  to  affirm  stoutly, 
asseverate,  Heind.  Plat.  Gorg.  489  A. 
Hence 

Βεβαίωμα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which  is 
made  firm ;  a  pledge,  token,  security, 
Josep'h. :  and 

Βεβαίωσις,  εως,  ή,  a  fixing,  estab- 
lishing, βεβ.  και  πείρα  γνώμης,  the  con- 
firmation and  test  of  your  determination, 
Thuc  1,  140. 

Βεβαιωτέον,  verb.  adj.  from  βεβ- 
αιόω, one  must  make  firm,  confirm, 
Philo. 

Βεβαιωτης,  ov,  ό,  (βεβαιόω),  an  es- 
tablisher,  ratifier,  surety,  Polyb.  2,  40 : 
a  voucher  for  the  truth  of  a  thing,  της 
ίπϊ  Ίταλίαν  Αίνειου  άφίξεως  βεβ. 
Dion.  Η. 

Βεβαιωτικός,  ή,  όν,  (βεβαιόω),  fit 
for    establishing,    confirming.    Epict.  : 
ίττφ[)ήματα,  affirmative,  Gramm. 
\Βέ3ΰλος,  Dor.  for  βέβηλος. 
^Βέβακται,  3  sing,  perf  pass,  of 
βά^ω.  Od. 

Βεβάμεν,  Ep.  syncop.  inf  perf.  for 
βίβηκέναί,  o(  βαίνω,  II.  [«] 
ίΒέ3αμμαι,  perf  pass,  oi  βάπτω. 
^Βεβηρηί-ΐένος,  perf  part,  of  βαρννω 
from   non-Attic   form  βαρέω.   Plat. 
Symp.  203  B. 

Βεβαρηώς,  weighed  down,  Ep.  part, 
perf  from  βαρέω,  Od. 

Βέβάσαν,  Ep.  svncop.  3  pi.  plqpf 
of  βαίνω,  II.  17,  286. 


BEKK 

^Βεβΰσι,  sync.  3  pi.  for  βεβήκασι  oi 
βαίνω. 

Βεβΰώς,  βεβάνία,  Ep.  syncop.  for 
βεβηκώς,  from  βαίνω. 

Βέβηκα,  perf!  act.  of  βαίνω. 

Βέβηκει,  3  sing,  plqpf.  Ion.  for  εβε 
βήκει,  Hom. 

Βέβηλος,  ov,  (βαίνω,  β7ΐ?.ός)  acces- 
sible, allowable  to  tread,  closed  against 
none,  opp.  to  ιερός,  as  βάσιμος  to  άδν- 
τος,  Trag.  :  βήβη?ια,τά,  unconsecrated 
spots.  Soph.  O.  C.  10. — II.  of  men.  un- 
hallowed, uninitiated,  :=  αμύητος,  Lat. 
profanus,  Ruhnk.  Tim.  :  also  unholy, 
impure,  Eur.  Protes.  I.  Adv.  -ως, 
Philo.     Hence 

Βεβηλόω,  to  profane,  to  pollute,  Ju- 
lian.    Hence 

Βεβήλωσις,  εως,  ή,  a  profanation, 

Βεβιασμένως,  ad'^from  part.  perf. 
pass,  from  βιάζομαι,  by  violence,  on 
compulsion,  Diod. 

Βεβίηκε,  3  sing.  perf.  act.  from  βι- 
ύω,  II. 

^Βέβλαμμαι,  perf.  pass,  from  βλάπ- 
τω. 

Βέβληαι,  2  sing.  perf.  pass,  of  βάλ- 
λω, II. 

Βεβλήαται,  βεβλήατο,  3  plur.  perf. 
and  plqpf  pass,  oi  βάλλω,  Hom. 

Βεβλήκη,  3  sing,  plqpf  act.  of /3άλ 
λω.  Ion.  for  έβεβλήκει,  Hom. 

Βεβλημένος,  part.  perf.  pass,  of 
βάλλω,  Hom. 

Βέβληται,  βέβ?.ητο,  3  sing.  perf. 
and  plqpf.  pass,  of  βάλλω,  Hom. 

Βεβολήατο,  3  plur.  plqpf.  pass., 
and  βεβοληνένος,  part.  perf.  pass, 
from  βολέω  for  βάλλω,  II. 

^Βέβουλα,  2  perf  from  βονλ.ομαι, 
in  comp.  II. 

Βεβον?.ενμένως,  adv.  from  part, 
perf  pass,  from  βον?.ενομαι,  deliber- 
ately, advisedly,  Dem.  ' 

Βεβράζω,  βε3ρύς,  v.  βαβράζω. 

Βέβρϊθα,  perf  from  βρίθω,  Horn. 

^Βέβρϋκες,    ων,   οι,    the   Bebryces,    a 

people  of  Bithynia,  Strab.     Hence 

^Βεβρνκιος,  a,  ov,  Behrycian  ;  ή 
Βεβρϋκία  (χώρα),  Behrycia,  Αρ.  Rh. 
[ν  Αρ.  Rh.,  ν  Theocr.] 

Βέβρνχε,  v.  under  βρνχω. 

Βεβρώθω,  poet,  form  for  βιβρώσκω, 
to  eat  up,  .su'allow,  only  in  II.  4,  35. 

Βεβρωκώς,  part.  perf.  act.  of  βι- 
βρώσκω, Hom. 

^Βεβρώς,  ώτος,  sync.  part.  perf.  of 
βιβρώσκω.  Soph.  Ant.  1022. 

Βεβρώσεται,  3  sing.  fut.  pass,  of 
βιβρώσκω,  Od. 

Βεβνσμένος,  part.  perf.  pass,  from 
βνζω,  Od. 

^Βεβωαένος,  part.  perf.  pass,  from 
βοάω,  Hdt.  3,  39. 

^Βέβων,  ωνος,  ό,  Bebon,  an  epithet 
of  Typhon,  denoting  hindrance,  acc. 
to  Plut. 

Βεβώς,  βεβώσα,  contr.  from  βεβα- 
ώς,  part,  perf  from  βαίνω. 

^Βεελζεβονλ,  or  Βεελζεβονβ,  ό,  Be- 
elzebul,  or  Beelzebub,  the  prince  of 
evil  spirits,  N.  T. 

Βέ^,  2  sing,  from  βέομαι,  Π. 

Βέβρον.  ου,  τό,  contr.  from  βέρε• 
θρον,  Euphor.  Fr.  136. 

Βεινέω,  βεινητιάω,  rare  forms  of 
βιν.,  qq.  V. 

Βείομαι,  poet,  for  βέομαι,  q.  v. 

Βείω,  1  sing.  subj.  aor.  2  for  βώ, 
of  βαίνω,  II.  G,  113  :  cf  καταβείομεν 
for  κατα'οωμεν.  II.  10,  97,  θείω  for  θώ, 
etc.,  v.  Buttm.  Gramm.  (j  95,  Anm.  20. 

Βεκκεσέληνος,ον.=^ΰρχαΙος,  super- 
annuated, old-fashioned,  dotard  :  in 
genl.  simple,  silly,  childish,  stupid,  like 
κρηνικός,  κρόνιος,  Ar.  Nub.  398. 
(Deriv.  obscure:  perh.  the  formei 
265 


ΒΕΛΟ 

part  from  βίκος,  cf.  Ililt.  2.  2,  while 
the  innon  heightens  the  notion  of  in- 
delinite  antiquity,  v.  προσύ.ηνος : 
ace.  to  others,  lunntic.) 

Bf ^of,  τό,  bread :  Hippon.  57,  has 
Τίνπμιων  βίκος,  whenee  some  tliink 
the  word  Cyprian:  but  Ildt.  2.  2, 
says  it  is  Phrygian,  v.  flock's  Kreta, 
1.  lie.  The  best  etid.  of  Hdt.  have 
βίκός,  others  βίκος,  βεκκός  and  βίκ- 
κος. 

iBF'λβil•a,  ης,  ή,  Bclblna,  a  city  of 
Laconia,  Pint.  Cleom.  4,  also  Βελε- 
μίνα. — 2.  an  island  of  the  JE,gea.n 
near  Attica,  Strab.  Hence  BeA/it- 
vi~T}c,  ov,  b,  an  inhabitant  of  Belbina, 
Hdt.' 8.  125. 

tBe?.ra<,  ώΐ',  ol,  the  Belgae,  a  people 
of  Gaid,  Strab. 

Βε'λαιφόρος,  ov,  {βέλος,  φέρω)  ar- 
tow-bearing,  ΑηΛ. 

^Βε?,.εμίνα,  ης,  //,  Belmina,  a  town 
of  Laconia  near  the  confines  of  Ar- 
cadia, now  Bourainos,  Paus.,  in  Po- 
lyb.,  also  Βε'λμίνα. 

Βίλεμνίττ/ς.  ov,  6,  a  kind  of  stone, 
heletnnite :  from 

Βέλεμνον,  ov,  TO,  poet,  for  βέ?ι,ος, 
a  dart,  javelin,  II.  only  in  plur. ;  Aesch. 
Ag.  1496,  in  sing. 

ΙΒελί'ρίΟ!',    ov.    TO,  Bnlcrinm,    now 
Land's-eml,  in  England,  Diod.  S. 
_  Βί?,εσσιχ(1ρής,  ές.  {βί'λος.  χαίρω) 
joying   in    darts,    hence  fond   of  the 
chase,  epith.  of  Apollo.  Anth. 

^Βέ?.εσνς,  νος,  ό,  Bclesys,  a  noble 
priest  at  Babylon,  Diod.  S.— 2.  a  gov- 
ernor of  Syria,  Xen.  An.  1,  4,  10. 

Βε?ύτης,  ov,  a,  κά7ί.αμος,  a  reed  for 
making  arrows,  Geop. 

^Βε'λίών,  ώνος,  ό,  Belion,  a  river  of 
Spain,  Strab. 

ΐΒί?./ιερος,  ov,  ό,  BelUrus,  a  prince 
of  the  Corinthians,  Apollod. 

\Βελ7.εροφόντης,  ov,  ό,  (Βί'λλφΟζ•, 
φένω)  Bellernphnn  (in  Theocr.  15,  92, 
also  Βελλεροφύν,  ώντος)  son  of  Glau- 
cus,  prop.  Ilipponous,  but  so  called 
from  having  slain  Bellerus,  II.  6, 155. 
tBeA/iiva,  v.  Βε7.εμίνα. 

Βελοθι'/κη,  ης,  ή,  {βέλος,  θήκη)  α 
quiver. 

Βελο/ιαντία,  ας,  ή,  (βέλος,  μαν- 
τεία) divination  by  drawing  arroios  out 
of  the  quiver,  like  βα3(^μαντία. 

Βελόνη,  7]ς,  ή,  {βέλος)  an  arrniv- 
head,  point,  Eupol.  Tax.  11  :  α  needle, 
Batr.  J  30  :  α  spine  nf  the  fir-tree. — II. 
a  sharp-nosed  kind  of  fish,  elsewhere 

Βε?.ονίς.  ίόος,  ή,  dim.  from  foreg., 
a  little  nridle,  Hermipp.  Moer.  8 :  a 
little  fish,  Opp. 

Βε?.ιη•ηεΐ(νι/ς,  ές,  {βελόνη,  είδος) 
needle-shaped .  pointed.  Gal. 

Βελονοποίκίλτης,  ov,  ό,  {βε?Μνη, 
ποικί^.λω)  an  embroiderer. 

Βελονο-ώ?.ηΓ,  ην,  ό,  fern.  βε7Μνοπ• 
ώ7Λς,  ιδος,  ή,  {βε/^>ι•η,  ττωλέω)  α  nee- 
dle-seller.— II.  as  pr.  η.,  Belonopoles, 
Ar.  Plut.  175. 

Βε?ο~οαα,  ας,  ή,  the  making, prepa- 
ring if  arrows.  Math.  Vett. :  from 

Βελοττοίός,  ov,  {βέ.7.ος,  ττοίέω)  ma- 
king arrows,  Math.  Vett. 

Be?.of.  εος,  τό,  (root  ΒΕΑ-,  akin 
to  βάλ•7.(,))  a  missile,  esp.  an  arrow, 
dart,  shaft.  Hom.  :  any  thing  hurled 
from  a  distance  at  an  enemy,  e.  g.  a 
fragment  of  rock,  Od.  9,  495.-2.  the 
throw,  the  blow  itself,  II.  8,  51.3,  Od, 
20,  305  :  έκ  βε7^έυν,  out  of  the  reach 
of  darts,  out  of  shot,  II. :  and  so  εξω 
βε7.ώι•  γίγνεσθαι :  βέ7Μς  is  used  of 
a  sword,  Ar.  Ach.  315,  cf.  Soph.  Aj. 
658. — 3.  metai)h.,  the  άγανΐί  βέλεα 
of  Apollo  and  Diana  in  Hom.  are 
sudden,  ea.^y  death:  but  II.  11,  269, 
26β 


ΒΕΝΘ 

βέ7.ος  οξύ  of  the  Eileithyiae,  child- 
birth pangs  :  metaph.  also  o(  any  thing 
sirift  -  darling,  as  δνςομβρα  βέ7.η, 
sharp,  driving  shoidTS.  Soph.  Ant. 
358  :  ομμάτων  βέλος,  the  glance  of 
the  eye,  Aesch.  Ag.  7 12,  Ιμέρου  βέλος, 
the  shaft  of  love,  Pr.  649  :  of  words, 
πάν  τετόξενται  βέλος,  every  shaft 
has  been  discharged,  i.  e.  every  argxi- 
ment  we  have  to  urge  has  been  ad- 
duced, Aesch.  Eum.  676  :  also  of 
mental  pang,  anguish,  Dissen  Pind. 
N.  1,  48. 

Βίλοστασ/α,  ας,  η,  {βέλος,  ΐστημι) 
α    range    of    warlike    engines,  Ath. 

Βελόστάσις,  εως,  ή,  (βέλος,  ΐστη- 
μι) an  engine  to  hurl  missiles,  e.  g.  a 
catapult,  Diod. :  also=foreg.,  Polyb. 

Βελοσφενδόνη,  ης.  ή,  {βέ7.ος,  σφεν- 
(5ό;•7/)  η?ί  engine  to  Imrl  darts. — 2.  a 
dart  ivrapt  with  pitch  and  tow,  and 
thrown  while  on  fire  from  an  engine, 
Plut.,  Lat.  falarica,  Liv.  21,  8,  Sil.  1, 
351. 

Βελουλκέω,  {βελονλκός)  to  draw 
out  arrows,  Medic.     Hence 

Βελονλκία,  ας,  η,  a  drawing  out  of 
darts. 

Βεληνλκικός,  η,  όν,  belonging  to 
βελονλκία.  Medic. 

Βελονλκός,  ή,  όν,  {βέλος,  'έλκω) 
drawing  the  dart  from  a  wound.  Medic. 

Βέ7^τερος,  a,  ον,^=βελτίων,  poet, 
comp.  ol  αγαθός,  better,  more  excellent, 
Hom.  Hence  is  found  a  rare  superl. 
βέλτατος,  άτη,  ατον,  prob.  metri 
grat.,  Aesch.  Eum.  487,  Supp.  1055. 
(Prob.  akin  to  βάλλω,  βέλος.) 

Βελτίονς,  nom.  and  ace.  pi.  for 
βελτίονες  and  βε7.τίηνας. 

Βελτιόω,  ω,  {βελτίων)  to  make  bet- 
ter, improve,  Arist.  de  Plant.,  in  pass. 

Βέλτιστος,  η,  ov,  superl.  of  αγα- 
θός, ol  βέλτιστοι,  the  aristocracy,  Lat. 
optimates.  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  1,  16,  etc.  ; 
also  TO  βέλτιστον,  Id.  Rep.  Ath.  1, 
5  :  ώ  βέλτιστε,  a  common  mode  of 
address,  my  good  sir.  Adv.  βέ7•.τιστα, 
thank  you,  a  form  of  refusing,  Lat. 
benigne,  recti. 

Βε7.τίων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  comp.  of 
αγαθός,  Hom.  :  έττι  τό  βέλτιον,  for 
the  better,  Thuc.  :  βελτίων  εΙμι  ποι- 
ών, it  is  better  for  me  to  do.  Lob.  ad 
Soph.  Aj.  p.  315. 

Βε7•.τίωσίς,  εως,  ή,  {βελτιόω)  a  bet- 
tering, amendment,  Philo. 

^Βελών,  ώνος,  ό,  Belon,  a  river  and 
city  of  Hispania  Bactica,  Strab. 

Βεμβίκιάω,  {βέμβιξ)  to  spin  like  a 
top,  Ar.  Av.  1465. 

Βεμβίκίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (βέμβιξ)  to  spin 
as  one  does  a  top,  to  set  in  motion,  Ar. 
Vesp.  1517. 

Βεμβίκώδης,  ες,  { βέμβιξ,  είδος ) 
like  a  top  ;  whirling,  Ath. 

]Βέμβϊνα,  ης,  η,  Bemblna,  a  town 
of  Argolis,  Strab.     Hence 

^Βεμβιναΐος,  a,  ov,  of  Bembina, 
Theocr.  25,  202. 

ΒΕ'ΜΒΙΞ,  Ικος,  ή,  Lat.  turbo,  a  top, 
spun  by  whipjiing,  elsewh.  ^όμβυς 
and  στρομβος,  Ar.  Av.  1461. — II.  a 
whirl,  spinning  motion :  a  whirlwind, 
whirlpool,  Opp. 

Βεμβρύδιυν,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  sq. 

Βεμβράς,  άδος,  ή,  =  βεβρύς  and 
μεμβράς,  Ar.  Fr.  179. 

Βενδίόειον,  αν,  τό,  the  temple  of 
Bendis.  Xen.  Hell.  2,  4,  11.— 2.  in 
plur,  Βενδίδεια,  ων,  τά,  festival  of 
Bendis,  V.  Interpp.  ad  Piatt.  Rep. 
354  B. 

ΒενδΙς,  ιδος,  ή,  ace.  Βενδϊν,   Ar- 

cad.    de    Ace,    the    Thracian   Diana, 

worshipped  under  this  name  in  the 

Peiraeeus  at  Athens,  Ruhnk.  Tim. 

\Βΐνθίσικνμη,  ης,  ή,  Bentkesicyme, 


ΒΗΛΑ 

daughter  of  Amjihitrite,  Apollod.  3, 
15,4. 
ίΒενέβεντος.  ov,  ή,  and  Βενεονεν- 

τον,    ov,    TO,    Benevrntum,   a    city    of 

Samnium  in  Italy,  Plut.,  Strab. 

ΒΕ'ΝΘΟΣ,  ΐος,  τό.  (poet,  for  βά- 
θος, as  TTt'vflof  for  πάθος)  depth,  esp. 
of  the  sea,  θαλιίσσης,  7.ίμνης  βένθεα, 
Hom.  ;  βένθεα  νλης,  the  depths  of  the 
wood,  Od.  17,  316:  βένθοσδε,  to  the 
deep,  Od.  8,  51. 

Βέντιστος,  a,  ov.  Dor.  for  βέλτισ- 
τος, Theocr.  5,  76. 

Βέομαι,  also /if/o,uoi,  Homer,  pres. 
c.  fut.  signf ,  /  shall  go,  move,  and 
since  motion  implies  life,  I  shall  live 
II.  15, 194  ;  16,  852  ;  22,  431  ;  24,  131. 
Βέρβερι,  εης,  τό,  mother-of-pearl, 
pearl,  a  foreign  word  in  Ath.  93  B. 

Βερβέριον,  ov,  τό,  prob.  a  shabby 
garment,  Anacr.  Fr.  19,  ubi  v.  Bergk. 

tBepyi7,7?f,?},jBtrg^ij,  a  city  of  Thrace, 
hence  ΒεργαΙος,  a,  ov,  of  Berga ;  as 
epithet=/]/i«g-,•  ό  Β.,  the  liar,  Strab. 
Βέρεθρον,  ov,  τό,  Ep.  and  Ion.  for 
βάραθρον,  Hom. 

^Βερεκνχ'θιος,  worse  form  for  Βερε- 
κύντιος,  Callim. 

^Βερεκννται,  ών,  and  Βερέκυντες, 
ων,  ol,  the  Berecyntians,  a  Phrygian 
race,  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Ida, 
Strab.     Hence 

\Βερ(κΰντιος,  a,  ov,  Berecyntian  ; 
ό  Β.  νόμος,  the  Berecyntian  district,  in 
Phrygia ;  also  ή  Βερεκνντία,  Strab. 
in  Aesch.  Fr.  146,  Βερέκνντα  χώρον. 

^Βερενίκη,  ης,  ή,  (Maced.  for  Φέρε 
νίκη)  Berenice,  after  the  Ptolemies  a 
frequent  name  of  females  and  of  cit- 
ies.—I.  of  females:  1.  wife  of  Ptol- 
emy Lagus,  Theocr.  17,  34. — 2.  wife 
of  Ptolemy  Euergetes,  Ael. — II.  of 
cities :  1.  a  city  of  Cyrenaica,  the 
earlier  Hesperis.  Strab. — 2.  a  city  of 
Upper  Aegypt,  Id. — Others  in  Strab., 
etc. 

^ΒερενΙκίς,  ίδος,  ή.  Berenicis,  a  city 
of  Epirus,  so  called  from  Berenice, 
Plut.  Pyrrh.  6. 

Βερέσχεθος,  ov,  ό,  a  booby  ;  in  plur. 
Ar.  Eq.  635.  (Orig.  unknown :  prob. 
without  a  real  root.) 

ίΒέρμίον,  ov,  TO.  Mount  Bermius,  a 
mountain  of  Macedonia,  Hdt.  8,  138. 

^Βερόη,  ης,  ή,  Bcroe,  fem.  pr.  n., 
Nonn. — 2.=sq. 

\Βέροια,  and  Bf'/5/5o<c,  ης,  ^,Beroea, 
and  Berrhoea,  a  city  of  Macedonia 
near  Mount  Bermius,  now  Kara  Ve- 
ria,  Thuc.  1,  61. — 2.  a  city  of  Syria, 
now  Aleppo,  Strab.     Hence 

]Βεροιενς,  έως.  and  Βεροιαΐος,  ov,  6, 
an  inhabitant  of  Beroea,  Polyb.  28,  8. 

^Βέρτισκον,  (όρος)  ov,  τό.  Mount 
Bertiscus,  in  Macedonia,  Strab. 

ΐΒέσβικος,  ου,  ή,  Besbicus,  a  small 
island  in  the  Propontis,  Strab. 

^Βέσβιος,  ov,  ύ,  Dio  Cass.,  and  Bc- 
σούβίον,  ov,  TO,  Vesuvius,  Strab. 

ίΒέσσοι,  ων,  ol,  (in  Hdt.  Βησσοί) 
the  Bessi,  a  Thracian  tribe,  Polyb. 

Βενθος,  εος,  τό,  a  woman's  dress, 
Sapph.  Fr.  101  :  ace.  to  others,  βεν- 
δος.  Parthen.  11,  extr. 

Βέόνρα,  Aeol.  for  γέφυρα,  Strattis, 
Phoen.  3,  5. 

^Βέγεφες,  ων,  ol,  the  Bechires,  a 
Scythian  people,  Ap.  Rh.  2,  394. 

B/},  baa,  the  cry  of  sheep,  Cratin. 
Dionys.  5. 

B^,  poet,  for  Ιβη,  3  sing.  aor.  2  of 
βαίνω.  Hom. 

Βήγμα,  ατός,  τά,  (βήσσω)  that 
which  is  coughed  up,  phlegm  :  the  cough 
itself. 

Βηλά,  ών,  τά,=  πέδιλα,  Panyas. 
ap.  Schol.  II.  1,  591. 

Βηλός,  οϋ,  ό,  (prob.  from  βαίνα) 


BHXI 

the  threshold,  on  which  one  treads : 
poet,  also  the  entrance  of  a  house  :  the 
house  itself,  dwelling,  Lat.  limen,  II.  1 , 
591 :  later  the  heaven,  Qii.  Sin.  13,  483. 
iBfj?.oc.  ov,  0,  Belus,  a  Babylonian 
ae.ny='Baal,  ace.  to  the  Greeks,  the 
lirst  king  of  Babylon,  and  afterward 
worshipped  as  Τ,ενς  Βή'λος,  Hdt.  1, 
181. — 2.  son  of  Neptune  and  Libya, 
and  father  of  Aegvptus  and  Danaus, 
Aesch.  Supp.  318.-3.  father  of  Ni- 
nus.  king  of  Lydia.  Hdt.  1,  7. 

^Βήλονρις,  ιος,  ό,  Belftris,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  Plut.  Artax.  22. 

BF/μα,  α'τος,  τό,  (βαίνω)  a  step,  pace, 
footstep,  H.  Horn.  Merc.  222.— II.  a 
raised  place,  step  tvhich  one  mounts, 
esp.  a  tribune  to  speak  from  before  a 
court  of  law,  Ar.  Plut.  382,  in  a  pub- 
lic assembly,  etc.,  Thuc.  2,  34,  esp. 
in  Pnyx  at  Athens,  Oratt.  :  hence  the 
stage. — III.  a  measure  of  length,  pace, 
1=10  -αλαισταί,  about  2J  feet.  Hence 
Βιιματίζο,  f.  -ί'σω,  to  step, pace,  meas- 
%ixe  by  pacing,  Polyb.  3,  39.     Hence 

Βΐ]μ.ατίστής,  ov,  b,  one  that  steps  or 
measures  by  pacing,  Ath. 

Βήμεν,  poet,  for  ε,3?}μεν,  1  plur. 
aor.  2  oi  βαίνω,  Od. 

Βήμεναι,  Ep.  inf.  aor.  2  of  βαίνω 
for  βηναι,  Horn. 

Bf/v,  poet,  for  έβην,  aor.  2  of  βαί- 
νω, II. 

BF/vai,  inf.  aor.  2  of  βαίνω. 
^Βήνύκος,  ου,  7.ίμνη,  //.  Lake  Bena- 
cus,  now  Lago  di  Garda,  in  Cisalpine 
Gaul,  Strab. 

Βήξ,  βνχός,  ή,  (βήσσω)  a  cough  : 
also  masc.  in  Thuc.  2,  49,  cf.  Poppo 
Thuc.  t.  1,  p.  102. 

^Βηβίϋάδ7]ς,  ου,  6,  Berisades,  a  king 
of  Pontus,  Dem.  624,  1. 

Βηρύ?.2.ιην,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  sq. 
Βήρυ/ι,λος,  ου,  6  and  ή,  a  jewel  of 
sea-green  colour,  beryl,  Luc. 

iBηpϋτός,  οϋ,  ή,  Eeryhcs,  now  Bey- 
roui,  a  city  of  Phoenicia,  Dion.  Per., 
Strab. 

^Βηρωσος,  and  Βήρωσσος,  ov,  b, 
Berosus,  a  Babylonian  historian,  Ath. 
639  B. 

\Βησα,  or  Βήσσα,  ης,  ή,  Bessa,  a 
city  of  the  Locri.  II.  2,  552. — 2.  an 
Attic  demus  of  the  tribe  Antiochis, 
Strab.  Adv.  Β?Ίσαζε,  to  Bessa,  Is. ; 
ό  Βησαενς  and  Β?]σαιεύς,  έως,  an  in- 
habitant of  Bessa,  Is.  :  Strab. 

Βήσα,  ας,  ε,  aor.  1  act.  of  βαίνω, 
Hom. :  poet. 

Βησάμην,  aor.  1  mid.  of  βαίνω, 
Hom.,  but  only  in  II.  βήσετο. 
Βήσομαι,  fut.  oi  βαίνω,  Horn. 
Βζ/σσα,  ης,  ή.  Dor.  βΰσσα,  (βαίνω) 
Lat.  saltus,  a  glade  or  wooded  glen : 
Hom.  usu.  joins,  ονρεος  εν  βήσαης, 
in  the  mountain  glens  :  also  simply  εν 
κα/4  ϋί/σση,  II.  18,  588,  cf.  Od.  19, 
435 :  κοί/.η,  τρηχεΐα,  Η.  Horn.  Αρ. 
284:  also  in  plur.  for  sing.,  Od.  10, 
210  :  also  in  Pind.  and  Trag. 

^Βησσαρεϊς,  ων,  oi,  the  Bessares,  an 
Indian  people,  Arr.  Ind.  4,  12. 

Βησσήεις,  εσσα,  εν,  (βησσα)  woody, 
Hes.  Op.  387. 
ίΒησσοί,  ν,  Βέσσοι. 
^Βησσος,  ov,  ό.  Bessus,  satrap  of 
Bactna,  Plut.  Alex.  42. 

ΒΗ'ΣΣΩ,  Att.  βήττω,  f.  -ξω,  to 
cough.  Hipp. 

Βηταρμός,  οϋ,  b,  (βαίνω,  αρμός)  a 
meaKured  step,  Ap.  Rh.     Hence 

Βητύρμων,  όνος,  ό,  a  dancer,  Od, 
8,  250:  also  ή,  a  dancing  girl:  adj. 
■meiisured,  όρχηϋμύς,  παλμός,  Man- 
eth. ;  Nonn. 

Βήτην,  poet,  for  εβήτην,  3  dual  aor. 
2  oi  βαίνω,  Hom. 

Βηχία,  ας,  ή,  and  βηχι,ας,  ov,  ό, 


BIAI 

snb.  φθόγγος,  (βήξ)  hoarseness,  opp. 
to  κοκκνσμός. 

Βιιχίας,  ov,  6,  v.  foreg. 
Βηχικός,  ή,  όν,  (βήξ)  belonging  to  or 
sufficing  under  a  cough,  Hipp. 

Βίιχίον.  ov,  TO,  colts-font,  Lat.  lus- 
silago,  used  to  allay  cough.  Id. 

Βτ/χώόης.  ες.  (βήξ,  είδος)  coughing, 
like  a  cough.  Id. 

ΒΓΑ,  ας,  ?/,  Ion.  βίη,  ης,  bodily 
strength,  force,  power,  might,  esp.  ot 
men  and  animals,  also  of  winds,  II.  ; 
in  Hum.,  like  if,  freq.  periphr.  of 
strong  men,  βίη  Ήρηκ'λήος  and  Ήρα- 
κληεί//,  Αιημί/δεος,  'Έ,τεοκ/.ηείη,  etc. 
He  uses  it  as  opp.  to  δό/.ος,  μήτις, 
έτΓος  :  but  also — 2.  strength  of  mind, 
II.  3,  45. — II.  force,  an  act  of  violence, 
violent  and  wrongful  dealing,  in  Hom. 
USU.  in  plur.  ;  joined  with  ύβρις,  Od. 
15,  329  ;  of  inanimate  objects,  iSiai 
άνεμων.  II.  16,  213,  also  in  late  prose: 
βία  τινός,  force  rised  against  another, 
hence  βία  τινός,  against  one''s  will,  in 
spite  of,  Horn.,  and  Att.  :  but  βία 
alone  as  an  adv.,  perforce,  Hdt.  6,  5, 
etc.  ;  so  too  προς  βίαν.  Aesch.  Pr. 
208,  Ar.  Vesp.  443  ;  also  εκ  βίας, 
Soph.  Phil.  563  ;  ν~ό  βίης.  Hdt.  6. 
107  :  λαμβάνειν  τι  βια  πριύμενον,  to 
make  a  thing  one^s  own  perforce,  Xen. 
Hell.  3,  2,  31.  [i]     Hence 

Βιάζω,  f.  -άσω,  to  overpower,  con- 
strain, Od.  12,  297:  hence  pass.,  esp. 
in  pf.  βεβιασμαι,  aor.  έβιάσθην,  to  be 
overpowered,  have  violence  done  one, 
suffer  xnolcnce,  Thuc.  4,  10  :  βιάζομαι 
τάδε,  I  am  wronged  herein.  Soph.  Ant. 
66:  βεβιασμένοι,  freemen  unjustly 
enslaved  :  of  style,  forced,  distorted, 
βεβιασ.  σχήματα,  Dion.  Η.  More 
usu.  as  dep.  mid.,  βιάζομαί  τίνα,  to 
force  a  man,  overpower,  subdue,  Hom., 
who  also  uses  the  pass.  :  βιάζεσθαι 
τταρθένον,  to  force  a  maiden.  Ar.  Plut. 
1093,  and  Xen.  :  βιάζεσθαι  αυτόν,  to 
do  one^s  self  violence,  kill  mie's  self. 
Plat.  Phaed.  61  C,  D :  c.  ace.  rei,  to 
do  violence  to,  as  3.  τά  σφάγια,  to  force 
the  victims  to  be  favourable.  Hdt.  9,  41  : 
so  β.  άστρα,  Theocr.  22,  9,  cf.  Heind. 
Plat.  Soph.  246  Β  :  but  β.  τον  έκ- 
~?MVV,  to  carry  the  passage  out  by  force, 
force  it  through,  Thuc.  7,  70:  absol., 
to  use  force,  act  tvith  violence,  force  one's 
way,  β.  δια  φυλάκων.  Id.  7,  83  ;  βιά- 
ζεσθαι εισω  or  εΙς  τι,  to  force  one's 
self  in  or  into,  Xen.  Cyr.  3,  3,  69, 
Thuc.  7,  69:  also  c.  inf.,  βιάζεσθαι 
ε/ίθείν,  to  force  one's  way,  Thuc'.  7, 79 : 
esp.  in  part,  with  another  verb,  e.  g. 
σκήπτρον  βιασύμενος  εχω,  δίκην  οϋ 
δίδωμι  βιαζόμενος,  Ι  have  got  the  scep- 
tre by  force,  I  use  force  to  escape  punish- 
ment. V.  also  βιάω. 

Βΐαιοθάνασία,  ας,  ή,  viole>it  death  : 
and 

Βΐαιηθΰνατέω,  ώ,  to  die  'a  violent 
death,  Plut.  :  from 

ΒΙαιοθάνάτος,  ov,  (βίαιος, θάνατος) 
dying  a  violent  death. 

Βϊαιοκλώψ,  ώτϊος,  b,  (βίαιος,  κλέ- 
πτω) stealing  forcibly.  Lye.  547. 

Βϊαιομάχας,  a,  ό.  (βίαιος,  μάχη) 
fighting  violently,  Anth.     Hence 

Βιαιομ&χέω.  to  fight  luith  open  force, 
not  by  deceit,  Polyb.  1,  27. 

Βίαιος,  a,  ov,  also  ος.  ov,  (βία)  for• 
cible,  violent,  once  in  Od.  2,  236  :  hence 
acting  with  violence :  6ίκ7]  βιαίων,  an 
action  for  forcible  seizure.  —  II.  pass. 
forced,  compidsary,  elsewh.  βεβιασ- 
μένος, opp.  to  εκούσιος.  Plat.  Rep. 
603  C.  Adv.  -ως,  by  force,  perforce, 
twice  in  Od.  2,  237  ;  22,  37 :  also  in 
neut.  pi.  βίαια,  Aesch.  Supp.  821  : 
Trpor  TO  βίαιον,  Id.  Ag.  130.  [t] 
Hence 


BIBA 

Βΐαιότης,  ητος,  ή,  violence,  Anti- 
pho    130,  16. 

^Βιαντιάδης,  ov,  b,  son  of  Bias,  i.  e. 
Talaus,  Ap.  Rh. 

^Βιάνωρ,  ορός,  ό,  Ion.  -ηνωρ,Βίαηοτ, 
a  Trojan,  II.  11,  92. — 2.  brother-in 
law  of  the  Thracian  prince  Amado- 
cus,  Dem.  624,  4. — 3.  an  epigram- 
matic poet  in  the  time  of  Augustus, 
[d] 

Βΐαρκής,  ές,  (βίος,  άρκέω)  supply• 
ing  the  necessaries  of  life,  Anth. 

Βίαρχος,  ov,  ό,  (βίος,  άρχω)  one  who 
superintends  the  commissariat,  a  com- 
missary-general. 

tBt'af,  αντος,  ό.  Bias,  father  of  Ta- 
laus, Apollod. — 2.  a  son  of  Priam,  Id. 
—3.  a  king  of  Megara,  Id. — 4.  of  Pri- 
ene,  one  of  the  seven  sages  of  Greece, 
Hdt.  1,  27.— Others  in  Hdt.,  etc. 

Βιασμός,  ov,  ό,  (βιάζω)  violence, 
force,  compulsion,  Eupol.  Autol.  26. 

tBidCTT-eov.verb.  adj.  from  βιάζομαι, 
one  must  apply  compulsion  to,  £ur. 
Rhes.  584. 

Βιαστής,  ov,  ό,  (βιάζω)  one  who 
shows  strength  or  force,  strong:  one  who 
uses  force,  a  violent  7nen,  N.  T. :  α  robber. 

Βιαστικός,  ή,  όν,  inclined  to  deeds 
of  violence,  compulsory.  Plat.  Legg.  921 
E. 

Βΐατής,  οϋ,  ύ.=βιαστής,  Pind. 

Βίάω,  perf.  βεβίηκα.  older  Ep.  form 
o{ βιάζω,  to  constrain,  overpower:  more 
freq.  in  mid.,  βιάομαι,  f.  -ήσομαι.  to 
force,  drive  into  a  narrow  space,  treat 
with  violence,  Hom.  ;  βιόωνται,  Od. 
11,  503,  ■φενδεσσι  βιησάμενος,  over- 
reaching, II.  23,  576,  νώϊ  μισθόν  βιή• 
σατο,  he  cheated  us  of  our  pay.  II.  21, 
451. 

Βίβάζω,  fut.  -άσω,  fut.  part,  βιβών, 
to  lift  up,  raise,  exalt.  Soph.  O.  C.  381, 
v.  JEllendt  in  voc. — 2.  to  couple  two 
atiimals. — II.  =ζβαίνω,  esp.  to  mount, 
Lat.  inire,  Arist.  H.  A. 

^Βίβακτα,  ων.  τά,  Bibacta,  an  island 
and  city  in  India,  Arr.  Ind.  21,  11. 

Βΐβάς,  ΰσα,  άν,  part,  from  obsol. 
βίβημι,— βαίνω,  Hom.  usu.  with  μα- 
κρά, V.  sq. 

Βΐβάσβων,  ονσα,  ov,  part,  from  ob- 
sol. βιβάσθω,  =  βαίνω,  striding,  II., 
always  with  μακρά,  long  striding,  so 
also  βιβάς  and  βιβών,  cf.  βιβύω. 

ΒίβάσΐΓ,  εως.  ή,  (3ιβάζω)  α  peculiar 
kind  of  dance,  such  as  is  described  in 
Ar.  Lys.  82. 

Βιβαστής,  οϋ,  b,  (βιβύζω)  a  coverer, 
male  animal  for  breeding. 

ΒΙβάω,  poet,  collat.  form  of  βαίνω, 
to  stride,  ττέλωρα  βιβα,  he  takes  huge 
strides.  H.  Hom.  Mere.  225,  ε3ίβασκε, 
impf.  Ion.,  H.  Hom.  Ap.  133.  Else- 
where we  find  onlv  the  part.  3ι3ών, 
3ι3ώσα,  II.  3,  22.  Od.  11,  539.  both 
times  with  μακρά,  also  κονόα  βιβών, 
lightly  ste/jping,  Pind.  O.  14,  24  :  v. 
βιβάσθων. 

Βιβ?.αρίδιον,  ov,  TO,=  sq.,  N.  T. 

Βιβ/.άριον.  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  βί• 
βλης,  a  little  book,  Anth. 

Βιβλιαγρύφος,  ov,—  3i  3?.ιογρά(1>ος, 
Cratin.  Chir.  18,  v.  Lob.  Phryn.  655. 

Βιβ?.ιακός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  ίο  books, 
versed  an  books,  literalus,  Timon  ap. 
Ath.  22  D. 

Βιβλιάριον,  ov,  τό,=βιβλάριον, 
Diog.  L.  6,  3. 

ΒιΒλιαφόρος,  ov,  =  βιβλιοόόρος, 
Polyb. 

Βιβλιδύριον,  ov,  TO,  Ar.  Fr.  596, 
and 

Βι3λίδιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  βι• 
βΐίς.  Dem.  1283,  5.  [id] 

Βι3'/ίνος  οίνος,  ό.  Biblian  wine, 
from  Biblis,  a  hill  in  Thrace,  Hes. 
Op.  587.  Theocr.  14,  15. 

267 


BIKI 

Βίβ?ίΐνος,  η,  ον,:=βνβλινος,  of  pa- 
per. 

Έίιβ?ιίογρ(1φία,  ας,  η,  the  writing  of 
books.  Diosc. 

Βι3/.ιογρύφος,  οι»,  (βι3?.ίον,  γρά- 
φο) irriltiig  books,  Luc.     [ά] 

Bi  i/.ιοβ/'/κη,  ης,  ή,  (βιβ'λίον,  θήκΐ]) 
α  book-case,  library,  ΟίΆΐ.  Jtin.  Pseud. 2. 
Έιβλίοκύπηλος,  ον,  {βιβΆίον,  κύ- 
'ΐττ/λος)  dealing  in  books,  Luc.  [α] 

Βιβ'/.ιο?.άβας,  a,  ό,  [βυ,Ώ.ίον,  7.ήβη) 
hook-forgetting,  nickname  of  Didymus 
the  Gramin.,  who  had  written  so 
many  books  (3500  !)  that  he  could 
not  remember  them,  Ath.  139  C. 

Βιβλίοΐ',  ου,  TO,  dim.  from  βίβλος, 
a  little  book,  tablet,  letter,  Hdt.,  etc.,  in 
genl.  without  dimin.  sign{.=βίβλoς. 

^Βιβλίθ7Γω?-εϊοΐ',  ov,  τό,  a  place 
where  books  are  sold,  a  book-store,  Ath. 
1  E. 

Βιβλιοπώλης,  ov,  ό,  (βιβλίον,  πω- 
λέω)  a  bookseller,  Dion.  Η. 

Βίβ'λιοφόρος,  ov,  {βιβλίον,  όέρω) 
carrying  books,  papers,  letters,  V.  I.  Po- 
lyb.  4,;22. 

Βιβλίοφν7Μκιον,  ov,  TO,  (βιβλίον, 

φν?Μκή)  a  place  to  keep  books  in,  LXX. 

Βιβλίς,  ίδος,  ή,  esp.  in  plur.,  =  ,/?t- 

βλίον. — II.  a  cord  of  papyrus,  βίβλος ; 

better  βνβλίς. 

ΒΓΒΑΟΣ,  ου,  ή,  the  inner  bark  of 
the  papyrus,  βνβλος  ;  hark  in  genl. 
—  II.  the  paper  made  of  this  bark,  first 
in  Aegypt :  hence  a  book,  a  scroll, 
writing,  Aesch.  Supp.  947. 

^Βίβρακτα,  uv,  τύ,  Bihracta,  a  town 
of  the  .\edui  in  Gaul,  Strab. 

ΒΙΒΡί2'ΣΚί2,  (redupl.  form  from 
root  BPO-,  which  is  found  in  the 
deriv.  tenses  and  words) :  fut.  βρώ- 
σομαι  in  late  authors ;  fut.  pass,  βε- 
βρώσομαι,  Od.  2,  203  ;  perf.  βέβρωκα, 
part,  βεβρωκώς,  also  contr.  βεβρώς, 
Soph.  Ant.  1022:  aor.  ίβρων,  Ep.  : 
Horn,  uses  the  part,  perf,  and  fut. 
pass. :  Att.  pres.,  impf ,  perf  act.,  all 
the  tenses  in  pass. :  the  deficient  ten- 
ses were  supplied  from  έσθίω.  To 
eat,  gnaw,  eat  up,  consume,  χρήματα, 
Od.  2,  203 :  also  c.  gen.  Od.  22,  403. 
(Cf  βορά,  Lat.  voro.) 

^Βιβών,  pass.  part,  of  βιβύω,  q.  v. 

BiAialoi,  0)V,  ol,  officers  at  ,Spnrta, 
whose  duties  are  not  clearly  known, 
but  were  connected  with  the  charge 
of  the  youth,  Paus.  3,  11  :  Bockh 
supposes  the  word  to  be  connected 
with  £fU'o<,Fi(Jiioi,  witnesses  or  judges 
over  them.  Inscr.  1,  p.  609,  cf.  MuUer, 
Dor.  3.  7,  ()  8. 

^Βίεννα.  ης.  ή,  Vienna,  now  Vienne, 
a  city  of  Gaul,  Strab. 

^Βιεϋν-ες,  Dor.  for  βιονντες,  Pho- 
cyl. 

^Βιζώνη,  ης,  ή,  Bizdne,  a  city  of 
Thrace  on  the  Pontus,  Strab. 

Βιήμ<1χος,  ον,~βιαιομάχας,  Anth. 

iBir/ρωρ,  ion.  for  Βίόιωρ. 

tBi7/CTaro,  Ep.  and  Ion.  for  ίβιύσα- 
ro  from  βιάω. 

^Βίηφι,  Ep.  for  βία,  11.  4,  325. 

^Βιθυνία,  ας,  ή,  Btthynia,  a  country 
of  Asia  Minor,  lietween  the  Propon- 
tis  and  Euxine,  Strab. ;  also  Βιθυνίς, 
ίδος,  ή,  Xen.  Hell.  3,  2,  2 ;  also  fern, 
as  adj.  Βίθ.  Θράκη,  lb. 

^Βίθύνιον,  OV:  TO,  Bithynium,  a  city 
of  Bithynia.  Strab. 

\Βιθϋΐ'ηί.  ων,  oi,  the  Bithyniana.  Hdt. 
7,  75  ;  also  oi  θράκες  Βιθυνοί.  Thuc. 
4,  75.  [ιθϋ.  also'idv  and  ϊβϋ,  Spitz. 
Gr.  Pros.  p.  12.3.] 

ΙΒίθνς,  vor,  ό,  Bithys,  masc.  pr.  n., 
Ath.  G14  F. 
Βΐκίδιον,  ov,  TO,  and 
BlKLov,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  sq.,  Dioec. 
•—\\.  =  κΰαμος,  vicia. 
2β3 


BIOT 

ΒΡΚΟΣ,  or  βίκος,  ov,  ό,  an  earthen 
ivine-vesscl.  like  πίθος,  Hdt.  1,  194, 
(akin  to  Germ,  becher). 

tBi /λαίοΓ,  01',  6,  the  Billaeiis,  a  river 
of  Bithynia,  Ap.  Kh.  2,  791. 

ΙΒίλλαρος,  ov,  ό,  Bitlarus,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  Strab. 

ΙΒίνόαξ,  ακος,  6,  Bindax,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  Liic. 

ΒΙ'ΝΕΏ,  inire,  coire,  of  illicit  inter- 
course, opp.  to  οττνίω,  Ar.  Av.  563  . 
also  of  beasts.  Mid.  in  imperf  iter, 
form  βινεσκόμην,  Ar.  Eq.  1242. 

Βίνητιύω,  desiderat.  from  βινέω, 
coire  ciipio,  Ar.  Lys.  715. 

Βιοόότης,  ov,  ό,  (βίος,  δίδωμι)  the 
giver  of  life  or  food,  a  guardian,  Plat. 
Legg.  921  A. 

Βιόδωρος,  ov,  (βίος,  δώρον)  life- 
giving,  Aesch.  Fr.  159  :  bounteous, 
Soph.  Phil.  1162. 

Βιοδώτης.  ov,  6,  fem.  βιοδώτις, 
ιδος,  ή,=βιοδότης,  Anth. 

Βιοδώτωρ,  ορός,  ό,  poet,  for  -δότιις. 
Βίοθύ?/ιιος,  ον,  (βίος,  θά'λ?ιω)  live- 
ly, strong,  hale,  Η.  Hom.  Ven.  190. 

Βιοβρέμμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  (βίος, 
τοέφυ)  nourishing,  supporting  life,  Ar. 
Nub.  570. 

Βωθρέπτεφα,  ας,  ή,  (βίος,  τρέφω) 
life-supporting,  Orph. 

Βίολογέω,  (βιολόγος)  to  sketch,  de- 
scribe to  the  life,  Longin. 

Βιολογικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to  a 
βιολόγος,  from 

Βιολόγος,  ov,  6,  (βίος,  λέγω)  like 
ήθολόγος,  one  who  represents  a  char- 
acter to  the  life  or  ivho  represents  the 
life  and  inanners,  i.  e.  a  player.  Pint. 

Βιομηχανία,  ας,  ή,  industry  in  gaining 
a  living,  .\ntiph.  ap.  Poll.  7, 189:  from 
Βιομ7/χΰνος,    ov,    (βίος,    μηχανή) 
knotving,  clever,  skilled  in  getting  a  liv- 
ing, Arist.  H.  A. 

Βιοπλανής.  ές,  (βίος,  πλάνη)  un- 
settled, wandering  for  a  living,  a  beggar, 
Callim.  ap.  A.  B. 

Βιοπονητικός,  ?/,  όν,  Hippodam. 
ap.  Stob.  p.  249,  2,  and 

Βιοπόνος,  ov,  (βίος,  πονέω)  living 
by  labour,  lb.  p.  248,  26. 

Βιοποριστικός,  η,  όν,  (βίος,  πορί- 
ζω)  getting  α  living,  Euseb. 

ΒΙΌΣ,  ου,  ό,  life,  the  course  of  life, 
of  man  or  beast,  Od. :  also  of  plants : 
esp.  happy  life:  freq.  βίον  βιονν  or 
ζην,  but  very  unusu.  βίος  ζωής,  co^irse 
of  life.  Plat.  Epinom.  982  Α.  — II. 
manner  of  life,  occupation,  livelihood, 
sustenatice,  means,  first  in  Hes.  Op. 
31,  freq.  in  Hdt.  and  Att. :  in  genl. 
way  of  living,  τον  βίον  ποιείσθαι,  τον 
βίον  έχειν  από  τίνος,  to  make  one's 
living  of,  to  live  by  a  thing. — III.  the 
world  we  live  in,  common  life,  the  course 
of  events,  έν  and  πάρα.  τω  βίφ. — IV. 
biography,  Plut. — V.  a  place  of  abode, 
a  dwelling-place,  a  habitation,  έν  θρα- 
κία  νήσω  τονς  βίονς  Ίδρνσαντο,  Dion. 
Η.'  1,  68. 

ΒΙΟ'Σ,  ον,  6,  α  how,^=TOSov,  Hom. 
(Perh.  orig.  same  with  βίος,  since 
the  first  Greeks,  like  all  rude  tribes, 
lived  by  the  chase.) 

Βιοσσόος,  ov,  (βίος,  σώζω)  protect- 
ing, supporting  life,  Nonn. 

Βιοστερής,  ές,  (βίος,  στερέω)  rob- 
bing of  life  or  means. — II.  pass,  in  want 
of  means,  Soph.  O.  C.  747. 

Βιοτεία,  ας,  ή,  (βιοτενω)  a  way  of 
life,  livelihood,  Xen.  Oec.  6,  10. 

Βιότενμα,  ατός,  τό,  life,  a  manner 
of  life :  from 

Βιοτενω,  f.  Ένσω,  live,  obtain  sus- 
tenancp.  ηντύθεν.  Thuc.  1,  11  :  to  fol- 
low a  hu.9inps3,  to  live  by  a  thing,  urro 
πολέμην,  Xen.  Cyr.  3,  2,  25  ;  β.  βία- 
τον,  Eur.  Ale.  242. 


BITT 

Btor^,  ης,  ή,  Lat.  νΙΐα,=ζβίοτος, 
Od.  4,  565,  and  Xen. :  means  of  sub- 
sistence, Soph.  Phil.  1159. 

ΒιότηΓ.  7ΐτος,  7;,=foreg.,  Η.  Hom. 
7,  10. 
Βιοτήσιος,  ov,  Αρ.  Rh.,  and 
Βιοτικός,  ή,  όν,  (βίος)  belonging  to, 
supporting  life. 

Biortoi^,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  βίος,  a 
scant  living,  Ar.  Plut.  1165. 

Bt'o-of,  ov,  b,  (βιόω)  life:  esp.  man- 
ner of  life,  means  of  life,  Lat.  vita,  vie• 
tus.  Hom. ;  poet. 

Βίοφάγος,  ov,  (βίος,  φαγειν)  consu 
ming,  squandering  one's  means.  Bast 
app.  Ep.  Cr.  p.  52.  [a] 

Βιοφειδής,  ές.  (βίος,  φείδομαι)  stin 
gy,  penurious,  Anth. 

Βιοφθορία,  ας,  ή,  destruction  of  life, 
Orph. :   from 

Βιοφθόρος,  ov,  (βίος.  φθείρω)  de- 
structive of  life,  Pseudo-Phoc.  39, 

Βιόχρηστος,  ov,  (βίος,  χρι^στος) 
good  for  or  useful  in  life. 

Βιόω,  in  pres.  and  impf.  unu.  in 
Attic,  in  its  stead  ζην  ;  f.  βιώσομαι, 
also  Diog.  L.  2,  68,  βιώσω:  aor.  1 
έβίωσα :  aor.  2  έβίων,  opt.  βιώ7]ν, 
subj.  βιω,  ως,  ω,  etc.,  inf.  βιώναι, 
(also  used  sometimes  for  pres.,  Od. 
14,  359)  part,  βιονς:  pf.  βεβίωκα: 
aor.  I  mid.  έβιωσάμην  (βίος,  Lat.  vi- 
vo). To  live,  II.,  etc.,  both  of  men, 
beasts,  and  plants  :  esp.  to  live  happi- 
ly, comfortably  :  in  pass.,  βιονται.  one 
lives,  Lat.  vivitur,  βεβίωται  έμοί,  I 
have  lived.  The  irr.  form  βιύμεσθα, 
as  if  from  βίομαι,  Η.  Hom.  A[).  528, 
is  corrected  by  Wolf  βεόμεσθα. — II. 
trans,  to  quicken,  make  alive,  to  keep 
alive,  only  in  aor.  1  mid.,  συ  γαρ  μ' 
έβιώσαο,  for  thou  hast  preserved  my 
life,  Od.  8,  468. 

Βιόωνται,  βιόωντο,  poet.  3  phir. 
pres.  and  imperf.  mid.  from  βιάω,  Od. 
Βιπτύζω,  Epich.  p.  109,  and  So- 
phron,  for  βαπτίζω,  Ε.  Μ.  p.' 197. 

ΙΒί'ττποζ•,  ov,  ό,  Bippus,  an  Arjrive 
deputy  sent  to  Rome,  Polyb.  25,  2. 

^Βιρκεννα,  ης,  ή,  Bircenna,  a  wife 
of  Pyrrhus,  Plut.  Pyrrh.  9. 

^Βισάλται,  ών,  oi,  the  Bisaltae.  a 
Thracian  tribe  on  the  Strymon,  Hdt. 
7,  115, 

\Βισά7.της,  ου  Ion.  εω,  δ,  Bisaltes, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Hdt.  6,  26. 

^Βισύ?.τιος,  a.  ov,  Hdt.,  and  Βισα?.- 
τικός,  ή.  όν,  Thuc,  Bisaltian,  Thra- 
cian ;  τιΒισαλτίίΐ,  sub.  γη,  the  country 
of  the  Bisaltae,  Hdt.  7,  115. 

^Βισάνθη,  ης,  ή,  Bisanthe,  now  Ro- 
dosto,  a  city  of  Macedonia,  Hdt.  7. 137. 
ίΒισθάνης,  ov,  h,  Bisthanes,  a  Per- 
sian, Arr.  An.  3,  19,  8. 

^Βίσονργις,  ιδος,  h,  the  Visurgis, 
now  the  Weser,  Strab. 

^Βίστονες,  ων,  oi.  the  BistSnes,  a 
Thracian  tribe,  dwelling  south  of 
Mount  Rhodope,  Hdt.  7, 110.  Hence 
^Βιστόνίος,  a,  ov,  of  the  Bistones, 
Bistonian,  i.  e.  Thracian,  A  p.  Rh., 
etc.  ;  ή  Βιστονία,  sub.  yrj,  Bisfonia, 
Orph. 

^Βιστονίς,  and  poet.  Β/στωνίς.  ίδος, 
ή.  fein.  to  foreg.,  Ap.  Rh. ;  cf.  Biihr 
ad  Hdt.  7,  109. 

Βίσων.  ωνος,  ό.  the  wild  hull.  Bison, 

Paus.  10.  13.     (So  called  from  the 

country  of  the  Bistones.)  [j] 

^Βιτίη.  ης,  ή,  Bitia,  fem.  pr.  n.,  Anth. 

Βίττακος,  ov,  o,=^'trraKOf,  Eubul. 

Incert.  14. 

ίΒιτονρΐγ'ες,  ων,  ol,  the  Bituriges,  a 
people  of  Gallia  Aquitania,  Strab. 

tBiVrtov,  ov,  7),  Bittium,  fem.  pr.  n., 
Anth. 
tBirr/>.  ίδοε,  η,  Bittis,  fem.  pr.  n., 
Ath.  5'Jb  F. 


ΒΛΑΙ 

tBi'rcjv,  ωνος,  ό,  Biton,  son  of  Cy- 
dippe,  priestess  of  Juno,  and  brother 
of  Cieobis,  Hdt.  1,  3i,— Others  in 
Xen.,  etc.  [ϊ] 

Βιώατο,  3  plur.  opt.  pres.  mid. 
{ϊοιη'βίάω,  Π.  Η,  467. 

ίϋιφην,  2  aor.  opt.  from  βιόω,  q.  v. 

ίΒίώΐ',  ωνος,  ύ.  Βωιι,  a  Bucolic  poet 
of  Smyrna,  Mosch.,  etc. — 2.  an  Athe- 
nian archon,  01.  SO,  3.  Dion.  H.— 3. 
an  historian  of  Soli,  Ath.  566  C. — 
Others  in  Ath.,  Strab.,  etc. 

Βιώναι,  inf,  and  3ιώτω,  imperat. 
aor.  2,  from  Jioa/,  Hom. 

Βιώσιμος,  ov,  (ihou)  belonging  to 
life  ;  life-like,  worlk  living,  possible  to 
live.  Soph.  Ant.  566. 

Βίωσις.  εως,  ή,  life,  course  of  life, 
N.  T.  Act.  20,  4. 

Βιώσκομαι,  as  pass.,  to  be  made 
alive,  to  revive,  Arist.  Meteor. 

Biuriov,  verb.  adj.  from  fStou,  one 
must  live.  Plat.  Gorg.  500  D. 

^Βιύτης,  ου,  ό,  Biotes,  an  Athenian, 
Dion.  H. 

ΒίωΓίκύξ-.  ή,  όν.=βιώσιμος:  also 
livdy,  Arist.  H.  A. 

Βιυτός,  ή,  ov,^{3lO(j)  to  be  lived, 
worth  while  living,  worth  considering  as 
life.  Ar.  Plut.  197,  βίος  βιωτός,  vita 
vitalis :  ού  βιωτός,  not  to  be  endured, 
insupportable. 

iBiuru,  imp.  2  aor.  act.  from  βιόω, 
Hom. 

Βιυόε?.ής,  ές,  {βίος,  ώώελεω)=,ι3ίό- 

ίρηστος,    useful,    profitable  for    life, 
lUC. 

\Βλά3εν,  for  έβλάβησαν,  3  pi.  2 

aor.  pass,  of  β?.ά—τω. 

Β/Λβερός,  ά,  όν,  {β/ΜΤΤτο))  hurtful, 
ruinous,  Η.  Hom.,  and  Hes.  Adv. 
-ρύς-  ,     ^  , 

Βλάβη,  ης,  η,  (β/ΜΤϊτω)  hurt,  dam- 
age, opp.  to  wilful  wrong  {άόίκτ/μα), 
Aesch.,  etc. :  β?^  τινός,  damage  ίο  a 
thing.  Ar.  Vesp.  1407 :  of  a  person, 
ή  πάσα  β7.ά3η.  who  is  nothing  but 
mischief.  Soph.  El.  301 :  β'/.αβης  δίκη, 
an  action  for  damage  done.  v.  Att.  Pro- 
cess, p.  475,  sq. :  cf.  βλύβος.  [a] 

Βλΰβόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  =  βλαβερός, 
Nic. 

Βλύβομαι,  =  βλύτίτομαι,  only  3 
sing,  β/.ύβε-αι  occurs  in  Hom. 

Β?Μβος,  εος,  contr.  ονς,  τό,=βλά- 
^η,  hart,  injury,  loss,  usu.  poet.,  and 
Hdt.  1,  9 ;  but  also  found  in  Att. 
prose,  e.  g.  Plat.  Legg.  843  C,  etc : 
indeed  the  Atticists  mostly  prefer 
β?.ά3ος.  Piers.  Moer.  p.  103,  Osann 
Philera.  p.  293. 

Β'/.ΰόΰρός.  ά,  όν,-=ΤΓ?,αδαρός,  flac- 
cid, loosf,  spongy  :  metaph.  silly,  fatu- 
ous :  akin  to  8/.άξ.  q.  v. 

BAA'Zfl.fut.  /ίλάσω;  pf  βέβλαδα. 
a  supposed  radic.  form,  ace.  to  He- 
sych.  =  μωραίνω  :  ace.  to  Eustath. 
the  root  of  βλάξ  :  Hesych.  connects 
it  with  β/.άσκω.  =?.έγο),  and  βλατ- 
τόω,=:~αιδαρΐΐνομαι.  also  with  ί3λα- 
δαρός  and  ττ'λαδαρός  :  the  Lat.  blatire, 
and  frequent,  blaterare  are  traced  by 
Festus  to  the  same  root ;  cf  Buttm. 
Lex.  V.  βλίττειν,  6. 

tB/.αηνή,  ης,  ή,  Blaene,  a  district 
of  Paphlagonia,  Strab. 

ΒΑΑΙΣΟ'Σ,  ή,  όν,  having  the  legs 
bent  inwards,  and  the  feet  bent  outwards, 
bandy-legged,  Hipp. :  in  genl.  crooked: 
also  of  limbs  distorted  by  gout,  or  of 
a  stammering  tongue  ;  hence  κισσός, 
7Τ?.ατύν ιστός  β?-,  twisted  ivy,  a  plane- 
tree  bending  every  way,  Mel.  1  :  τά 
β/.αισά  των  ότησβίων.  the  hollow  of 
the  hind-leg  in  which  bees  carry  the 
pollen,  Arist.  H.  A.    Hence 

Β/.αισότης,  ητος,  ή,  crookedness  of 
the  legs,  Arist.  Probl. 


BAA  Σ 
Βλαίσόω,  to -make  β?Μΐσός,  Arist. 
H.  A. 

Β/.αίσωσις,  εως,  ή,=βλαισότης. — 
II.  double-dealing  :  also  in  rhjt.  llie  re- 
torting of  a  dilemma  on  the  proposer 
of  It,  Arist.  Rhet.  2,  23,  15. 

Β'λάκεία,  ας,  η,  (βλακίύω)  slack- 
ness, indolence,  sloth,  stupidity,  Xen. 
Cyr.  2,  2,  25  ;  7,  5,  83. 

Β/.άκευμα,  ατός,  τό,  the  conduct  of 
a  βλάξ,  a  silly,  stupid  trick ;  also= 
foreg.  [a]   from 

Β/.άκενω,  f.  -εύσα,  to  behave  like  a 
β/.άξ,  to  be  slack,  indolent,  spiritless, 
silly,  Xen.  An.  2,  3,  11. — II.  m  late 
j  authors,=  Θρύ—Γοωαί,  to  be  nice,  fas- 
tidious, delicate. 

Β/.άκικός,  i),  όν.  like  a  β?.ύξ :  in 
genl.  indolent,  stupid.  Plat.,  and  Xen., 
V.  Ruhnk.  Tim.  Adv.  -κώς,  Ar.  Av. 
1323. 

ΒΆύκώδης,  ες,  (βλάξ,  είδος)  like  a 
βλάξ,  Xen.  Eq.  9,  1. 

Βλάαμα.  ατός,  τό,  {3?Μ-τω)^ βλά- 
βη. Cic.  Fin.  4,  21. 

Β ΑΑ'ΐ,  β/.άκός,  ό,  η,  slack,  inactive, 
sluggish,  spiritless,  silly,  stupid,  oft.  in 
Xen.,  v.  Ruhnk.  Tim. — II.  later,  ef- 
femjnate,  delicate,  fastidious,  braggart, 
Koen.  Greg.  557.  Comp.  βλΰκώτε- 
ρος.  sup.  βλΰκώτατος,  for  wh.  Buttm. 
proposes  βλΰκικώτερος,  β'/.ύκικώ- 
τατυς.  on  account  of  long  penult, 
from  βλάκίκός,  Ausf  Gr.  Sprachl.  1, 
p.  261  n. :  superl.  rarely  βλύκίστα- 
τος.  (Passovv  from  βλάζω,  q.  v.  : 
Buttm.  Lexil.  v.  βλίττειν,  6,  from 
μαλακός,  as  β?^(3σκω,  from  μολεΐν.) 

Βλαπτήριος,  ov,  Opp..=sq. 

Βλατττικός,  ή,  όν,  {β/.ύπτω)  hurt- 
ful, mischievous,  Philo. 

ΒΑΑΊΙΤΩ,  fut.  -ψω,  fut.  mid.  ,βλά- 
ψομαι,  used  as  pass,  in  Thuc.  0,  64  : 
perf  pass.  βέ3λαμμαι :  aor.  1  pass. 
έβλάφθην,  Thuc.  4,  73,  Antiphon 
123,  18:  but  more  usu.  aor.  2  pass. 
έ3λά3ην  (which  is  nearest  the  root 
BAAB-).  To  disable,  weaken,  hinder, 
stop.  Od.  13.  22,  πόδας,  γοννατα,  to 
disable  the  feet,  etc.,  for  running,  to 
lame  them,  to  entangle  or  trip  them 
■up.  Horn.,  who  also  has  έβλαχρέ  με 
-όδας : — in  genl.  Hom.  mostly  uses 
it  of  material  things,  to  hinder  or  stop 
so  as  to  do  one  harm,  c.  gen.  to  hinder 
from,  βλάτττειν  τίνα  κελενθου,  Od. 

I,  195;  so  βλαβέντα  ?.οισθίων  δρό- 
μων, arrested  in  its  last  course,  Aesch. 
Ag.  120  ;  βλαφθεις  κατά  κλόνον,  en- 
tangled in  the  melee.  II.  IH,  331  ;  βλα- 
φθεϊς  έν  δζφ,  caught  in  the  branches, 

II.  6,  39  ;  βλάβεν  άρματα  και  Ιππω, 
were  stopped,  could  not  get  forwards, 
II.  23,  545. — 2.  also  of  the  mmd,  φρέ- 
νας  εβλαφε,  distracted  his  senses  or 
understanding,  drove  him  mad :  and 
so  c.  ace.  pers.  alone,  to  blind,  deceive, 
mislead,  II.  22, 15,  Od.  23,  14  ;  of  Ate, 
who  distracts  men's  minds,  II.  9,  503 ; 
also  of  wine,  Od.  21,  294  :  hence 
βλαφθείς,  Lat.  mente  captus,  11.  9,  508, 
for  which  Theogn.  222,  says  νόον 
βεβλαμμένος  έσθλον,  cf  β/.αφίφρων 
and  φρενοβλαβής. — 3.  after  Horn.,  in 
genl.,  to  harm,  damage,  hurt,  opp.  to 
wilful  wrong  {άδικείν),  c.  ace,  Pind., 
and  freq.  in  Att. ;  also  c.  dat.,  Aesch. 
Eum.  661. 

Βλύσαμον,  ov,  τό,  poet,  metaph. 
for  βά/.σαμον,  Nic. 

Βλασκών.  ύνος.  ό,  Blascon,  an  isl- 
and near  Gallia  Narbonensis,  Strab. 

ΒΛΑΣΤΑ'ΧΩ,  fut.  βλαστήσω :  aor. 
εβλαστον  :  later  aor.  έ3λάστησα  :  to 
bud,  sprout,  Thuc.  3,  26  ;  in  genl.  to 
burst  forth,  grow,  Trag.,  etc. — II.  tran- 
sit, to  bring  forth,  bring  itp,  Ap.  Rh.  1, 
1131. 


BAEM 

Βλάστειον,  ov,  τό,=βλάστη,  Nic. 

Βλαστέω.=  ^λαστύνω  rare, Aesch. 
Cho.  589. 

ΒΑ.Λ'ΣΤΗ,  ης,  ή,  a  bud,  sprout,  leaf, 
twig.  Soph.  Fr.  '.i96,  cf  Ant.  827.— IL 
increase,  growth,7τaιδoςβ'/.άcτaι,^0'^\i. 
O.  T.  717. 

Βλάστημα,  ατός,  τό,  Aesch.  Theb. 
533,  and 

Β?Μστημος,  ου,  δ,=βλάστη,  Aesch. 
Theb.  12,  Supp.  317. 

Βλαστήμων,  ov,  gen.  ονος,^^βλασ- 
τικός,  Nic. 

Βλάστησις,  εως,  ή,  {βλαστέω)  α 
budding,  sprouting,  growth,  Theophl. 

Βλαστητικός, ή,  όν,  (βλαστέω)  able, 
apt  to  bud  or  sprout,  quick  growing, 
Theophr. 

Βλαστικός,  ή,  όν,  inclined  to  shoot, 
Theophr. :  belonging  to  growth,  ώρα, 
Geop. 

Βλαστοκοΰέω,  {βλαστός,  κόπτω) 
to  cut  or  break  off  young  shoots,  The- 
ophr. 

Βλαστολογέω,  {βλαστός,  λέγω)  to 
thin  or  pick  off  young  shoots,  Lat.  pam- 
pinare,  Theophr.     Hence 

Β?Μστο?.ογία,  ας.  ή,  the  thinning  or 
pruning  of  young  shoots,  esp.  of  the 
vine,  Theophr. 

^Β7.αστόν,  ov,  ro,=sq.,  Nic.  ap.  Ath. 
684  A. 

ΒΑΑΣΤΟ'Σ,  οϋ,  ό,  α  bud,  sprout, 
shoot,  sucker,  Lat.  germen,  Hdt.  6,  37  : 
offspring.  Soph.  Fr.  314. 

Βλαςφημέω.  pf  εβλαςφήμηκα,  but 
also  βεβλαςφήμηκα,  Dem.  228,  14, 
{βλύςόημος)  to  hurt  a  man^s  good  name, 
to  speak  ill  or  to  the  prejudice  of  one,  to 
defame,  περί  τίνος,  isocr.  310  Β,  εΙς 
θεούς.  Plat.  Rep.  381  Ε,  and  so  Ν. 
Τ.,  and  Eccl.,  to  blaspheme. —  II.  to 
utter  words  of  ill  omen,  opp.  to  ενφη• 
μέω. 

ΒΛαςφημία,  ας,  ή,  defamatory,  ca- 
lumnious, abusive  language,  Eur.  lon. 
1189:  blasphejny,  τινός,  against  onc, 
N.  T. :  from 

Βλάςφημος,  ov.  (perh.  from  βλάξ 
and  φήμη,  others  from  β/.ύπτω,  quasi 
βλαψιφημος)  abusive.^  Dem.  110,  9: 
speaking  blasphemy,  N.  T. — II.  speak- 
ing words  of  ill  omen,  opp.  to  ενφηαος. 
Adv.  -μως.     Hence 

Βλαςφημοσννη,  ης,  ή.^β?Μςφημία. 
\Βλανύος.  ov,  ή,  Blaudus,  a  city  of 
Greater  Phr}-gia,  Strab. 

Β/.αντη.  ης,  ή,  usu.  in  plur.  βλαν- 
ται,  ων,  αί,  a  kind  of  slipper  or  sandal, 
Lat.  solea.  Plat.  Symp.  174  A. 

Β?.αυτίοι>,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  βλαύ 
τη,  Ar.  Eq.  889. 

Β?.αντόω,  ώ,  {β?.ηντη)  to  beat  with 
slippers,  cf  Ter.  Eun.  5,  7,  4. 

ΒλατΙ'Γ,ονία.  ας,  ή,  {β/.ύπτω,  -,ονή) 
α  procuring  of  abortion. 

Βλύψις,  εως.  η,  {3?Μπτω)  α  harm- 
ing. Fiat.  hegg.  932  Κ. 

Bλαψίrΰόof,  ov,  (3?.άπτω,  τύφος) 
damaging  graves,  Welcker  Syllog. 
Ep.  71,  4. 

Βλαίρίφρων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  {3?Λτγ- 
τω,  φρήν)  maddening,  φάρμακα,  Orph., 
and  Euphor.  Fr.  10.  Adv.  -όνως, 
Aesch.'  Theb.  726. 

Βλείο,  2  sin?,  opt.  aor.  pass,  for 
βληθείης,  of  3αλ/.ω,  II.  13.  288. 

Βλείς,=  3λ7/βείς  in  Epich.  (p.  109) 
ace.  to  E.  M.  p.  199. 

Β?.εμεαίι•ω,  (prob.  from  βρέμω)  to 
brag,  be  proud  of  a  thing,  II.,  always 
in  phrase  σθένεϊ  βλεμεαίνει  or  βλε- 
μεαίνων,  exulting  in  his  strength. 
But  in  Batr.  273,=μενεαίνω,  c.  inf 

Βλέαιια.  ατός.  τό.  {3λέπω)  the  look, 
glance'.  JEur.  H.  F.  306  :  the  eye  itself 
in  plur.,  Aesch.  Fr.  224. 
ίΒ/^μνες,    ων,    o'l,   the   Blemyes,   a 
269 


ΒΛΗΕ 

])eople  of  Africa  on  the  Nile,  Theocr. 
7,  114  ;  also  wr.  Β'λέμμυες,  Strab. 

BAE'NNA,  7]ς,  ή,  also  βλένα,  ή, 
and  β7.ένος,  εος,  τ6,=^μνξα,  κόρνζα, 
φ?.έγμα,  phlegm,  Lat.  mucus,  jntuila, 
Hipp.  :  also  written  πλέννα. 

ΒΑΕ'ΝΝΟΣ,  ου,  ό,  a  blockhead, 
simpleton,  driveller,  cui  pituita  molesta 
est :  strictly,  one  uuth  his  head  stuffed 
and  siupified,c{.  κορνζάω,  and  its  opp. 
άττομύσαω. — II.  a  coarse  fish,  like  the 
κωβίος,  also  called  βαιών,  Sophr.  ap. 
Ath.  288  A. 

ΒΑΕΝΝΟ'Σ,  ή,  όν,  stupid,  silly, 
good  for  nothing. — II.=sq. 

Β?^εννώόης,  ες,  {βλέννα,  ύδος)  run- 
ning at  the  nose,  Arist.  H.  A. 

ύλένος,  εος,  τό,^=βλέννα. 
^ΒλεπαΙος,  ον,  ύ.  Blepaeus,  a  rich 
Athenian  banker,  Dem.  583,  17. 

Β?ίεπεδαίμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  {βλέ- 
ττω,  όαίμον)  seeing  ghosts,  s^ipersti- 
tion3 :  a  nickname  of  the  Socratics, 
either  from  their  staring,  absent  look, 
or  from  their  ghastly,  pale  complex- 
ion :  also  written  βλεπιό.  or  βλεποδ. 

Βλέπιισις,  εως,  η,  {βλέπω)  α  look, 
α  glance,  Ar.  Fr.  597. 

Βλέπος,  τό,=^βλέμμα,  α  look,  Ar. 
Nub.  1176. 

Βλεπτέον,  verb.  adj.  from  βλέττί.), 
one  must  look,εlς  τι.  Plat.  Legg.  965  ϋ. 

Βλεπτικός,  ή,  όν,  sharp  -  seeing, 
Anth. 

Βλετζτός,  η,  όν,  {βλέπω)  seen,  worth 
seeing.  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  1337. 

^Βλέττνρος,  ον,  ό,  Blepyrus,  masc. 
pr.  η.,  Ar.  Eccl.  327. 

ΒΑΕ'ΠΩ,  f.  -ψω,  to  look,  see.  have 
the  power  of  sight,  Soph.  O.  C.  73  :  to 
look  on,  cast  the  eyes  on,  freq.  C.  adv. 
(Ριλοφράνως,  έχθρώς  βλ.  προς  τίνα, 
Xen.,  εΙς  τίνα,  Dem.:  also  c.  acc. 
Άρην,  φύβον  βλ.,  ίο  look  fury,  terror  : 
Trag.,  and  hence  in  comedy,  κάρδα- 
μα, ορίγανον,  ναπν  βλέπειν,  to  look 
cress,  mustard,  etc..  i.  e.,  sour,  freq.  in 
Ar.,  V.  Blomf.  Aesch.  Theb.  53.— II. 
to  look  in  a  particular  direction,  to  be  in- 
clined, to  turn  towards.  Soph.  Aj.  514; 
esp.  of  aspects,  οικία  προς  μεσημβρί- 
av  βλέπονσα,  looking  towards  the  south, 
like  Lat.  spectare  for  vergere. — III.  to 
see  the  light,  with  Or  without  φάος, 
hence,  to  live,  Trag.  :  but  σκότον  βλ., 
not  to  see  the  light,  to  be  blind,  Soph. 
O.  T.  419.— IV.  to  look  and  long  after 
a  thing,  c.  inf.  Ar.  Ach.  376. — 2.  to 
take  care  of,  guard,  look  to  a  thing,  or 
to  take  care,  beware,  ύπό  τίνος,  Ν.  Τ. 
— V.  τα  βλέποντα,  really  existing, 
true,  real  things,  Aesch.  Cho.  844. — 
The  word  is  not  found  in  Horn. 

tBXf τοΐ'/}σίθ(.  ω)',  οι,  the  Bletonesii, 
a  barbarian  tribe,  Plut. 

Βλεφΰρίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  to  wink,  Clem. 
Al. :  from 

Βλεφΰρίς,  ίδος,  ή,  the  eyelash,  Arist. 
H.  A.  [t  Att.,  Ϊ  Ion.  and  usu.,  cf. 
Drae.  p.  45]  :  from 

Β?.έφΰρον,  ov,  TO.  (iif'-fj)  hardly 
nsed  save  in  pjur.,  strictly  the  eyelids, 
in  Horn.  usu.  as  the  scat  of  sleep. — 
II.  poet,  the  eyes,  Hes.  Sc.  7  (where  a 
fern,  form,  βλεφύρη,  seems  not  im- 
prob.),  and  very  freq.  in  Trag. 

]Β?.ε'φι.άδαι,  ων,  ol,  the  Blfjp.iiadae, 
a  tribe  in  Aegina,  Find.  01.  8,  99. 

ΙΒλίτ/'ίβΓ'  ου,  ό,  Blepsias,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  Luc  etc. 

ίΒλε^}ίδ)]μος,  ov,  6,  Blepsidemus, 
name  of  a  poor  Athenian,  Ar.  Plut. 
332. 

Βλήδην,  adv.  {βάλλω)  by  throwing, 
hurling. 

Βλίμται,  Ep.  subj.  aor.  pass,  of 
βά?Λω  for  βλήηται,  βλήται,  Od.  17, 
472. 

270 


BAIT 

Βλΐ/μα,  ατός,  τό.  {βάλλω)  a  spear- 
cast,  shot,  throw. —  II.  a  7nissile,  arrow. 
—III.  a  wound,  Ildt.  3,  35. 

Β?.>/μενος,  η,  ov,  Ep.  part.  aor. 
pass,  ui  βάλλω,  Horn. 

iB?.7/pa,  ας,  ή,  Blera,  a  city  of  Etru- 
ria,  Strab. 

Βλ/'/σθαι,  Ep.  inf.  aor.  pass,  of  βάλ- 
λω, Horn. 

ΙΒλησίνων,  ωνος,  Blesinon,  a  city  of 
Corsica,  Strab. 

Βλιιστρίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {βλητός)  to  toss 
about,  Xenoph.  7, 2.  Pass,  to  be  restless. 
Hence 

Βλ7)στρισμός,  οϋ,  6,  a  tossing  about, 
restlessness,  Hipp. 

BZ?/rfOf,  a,  ov,  (βάλλω)  verb,  adj., 
to  be  thrown. 

Βλι/τήρ,  -ηρος,  6,  fern,  βλήτειρα, 
ας.  ή,  a  hurler,  thrower. 

Βλτ/τικόν,  ov,  τό,=βλητόν,  The- 
ophr.,  V.  βλητός  II. 

Βλτ/το,  Ep.  3  sing.  aor.  pass,  of 
βάλλω,  II. 

Βλητός,  ή,  όν,  {βάλλω)  hurled, 
struck,  shot:  stunned,  affected  by  a  blow 
or  stroke,  Hipp. — II.  TO  βλητόν,  sub. 
ζώον,  a  beast  that  wounds  or  slings,  like 
δακετόν,  έρπετόν,  βληχτ/τόν,  Ael. 

Βλήτροί',  ov,  τό,  {βάλλω)  an  iron 
bayid  or  hook ;  acc.  to  others,  a  wooden 
nail  or  rivet,  ξνστον  κολλητόν  βλή- 
τροισι,  11.  15,  678. 

ΒΑΗΧΑΌΜΑΙ,  fut.  -ήσομαι,  also 
βληχέομαι.  dep.  mid.  {βλτ/χή)  to  cry, 
esp.  to  bleat,  of  sheep,  as  μ7/κάομαι, 
of  goats  ;  though  Ar.  Plut.  293,  ap- 
plies the  first  to  both,  cf.  also  μνκάο- 
μαι :  also  of  infants,  Ar.  Vesp.  570. 
Hence 

Bλ7;;^;άf,  άδος,  ή,  the  bleating  ani- 
mal, i.  e.  sheep,  Opp. 

Βλ7ΐχή,  ί'/ς,  ή,  bleating,  οΙών,  Od.  12, 
266  :  in  genl.  the  cry,  wailing  of  chil- 
dren, Aesch.  Theb.  348. 

Β'ληχ7]θμός,  ov,  ό,  Ael.,  and 

Βλ7Ίχημα,  ατός,  τό,=β7.ηχή. 

Βλ7/χ7/τά,  ων,  τά,  {βληχάομαι) 
bleating  animals,  Ael.  :  βλ//χ7/τά  τέ- 
κνα, sheepish,  said  of  the  sons  of  Hip- 
pocrates by  Eupol.  Dem.  38,  called 
βλιτομάμμαι  by  Ar.  Nub.  1001. 
iB?i7~/xvov,  ov,  TO,  a  species  of  fern, 
Diosc. 

Β?.7/γρός,  ά,  όν,  iceak,  nerveless,  pli- 
ant, Alcae.  ap.  Eust.,  and  Hipp.,  but 
not  in  Att. ;  also  with  a  euphon., 
άβληχρός,  Valck.  Ad.  p.  218,  Buttm. 
Lexil.  V.  βλίττειν,  6,  p.  194.  Adv. 
-ρως,  slightly,  Hipp.  (Prob.  from 
βλάξ.) 

Βληχρος,  ov,  ή,  a  woody  plant,  flow- 
ering late,  Theophr. 

Βλτιχώδι^ς,  ες,  {βληχή,  είδος)  bleat- 
ing, sheepish.  Babrius. 

ΒΑΗ'ΧΩΝ,  ωνος,  η,  more  rarely, 
and  perh.  only  in  acc.  βληχώ,  ους,  ή. 
Ion.  γλήχων,  γληχώ.  Keen.  Greg.  p. 
40 : — pennyroyal.  Lat.  mentha  pulegium, 
Hipp. —  \\.  =  ίφήβαιυν,  Ar.  Lys.  89, 
acc.  to  Gramm.  with  a  pun  on  signf. 
I.     Hence 

Βληχωνίας,  ov,  ό. prepared  with pen- 
7iyroyal,  e.  g.  κνκεών,  Ar.  Fac.  712. 

ΒΛΙΜΑ'ΖΩ,  f.  -άσω.  to  feel,  strict- 
ly hens,  to  see  if  they  have  eggs,  but 
also  sensu  obscoeno,  Cratin.  Incert. 
23.  [i]     Hence 

Βλίμΰσις,  εως,  ή,  a  feeling,  squeez- 
ing, [i] 

Βλίσσω,  v.  βλίττω  and  βλίω. 

Βλίστηρίς,  ίδος,  ή,  {βλίττω)  χειρ 
βλ.,  the  hand  which  cuts  the  honey- 
combs, etc.,  Anth. 

Βλΐτομάμμας,  also  βλίτομάμας,  ου, 
ό,  a  booby,  v.  sub  βληχητά  :  akin  are 
μαμμύκυθος  and  σνκομάμμας,  from 
μάμμα. 


BOA  Ω 

ΒΑΓΤΟΝ,  ov,  TO,  a  pot-herb,  orach, 
V.  Buttm.  Lexil.  βλίττειν,  p.  193. 

ΒΑΙ'ΤΤΩ,  f.  βλίσω.  Ion.  βλίσσω, 
to  cut,  esp.  the  comb  of  bees,  to  take  the 
honey.  (From  μέλι,  as  βλάζ  from 
μα?Μκός.  Buttm.  Lexil.  in  voc,  and 
άμβρόσιος  9.)  [ίσω] 

ΙΒλίτνρι,  τό,  imitation  of  the  sound 
of  a  musical  chord,  Diog.  L.     Hence 

^Βλιτνρίζομαι,  to  give  forth  the  sound 
of  a  musical  chord.  Gal. 

ΒΑΟΣΥ"ΡΟ'Σ,  ά,  όν,  awful,  awe- 
inspiring,  Horn,  only  in  II.,  of  the 
look  and  mien  of  heroes  :  also  in 
Plato,  7nanly,  7ioble. — II.  later,  terrible, 
stern.     Adv.  -ρως. 

Β7.οσνρόφρων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  {β7.ο- 
σνρός,  φρήν)  stem-minded,  Aesch. 
Supp.  833. 

Βλοσνρώπ'ης,  ου,  6,  later  masc.  of 
sq.,  Oi)p. 

Βλοσϋρώπις,  ιδος,  ή,  {βλοσυρός, 
ώψ)  ηυ fill-looking,  Τοργώ,  11.  11,  3ϋ. 

Βλοσϋρωπός,  όν,  later  form  of  foreg., 
Dion.  P.  123. 

ΒΑΎ'ΖίΙ,-βλνω,  Anth.    Hence 
^Βλνσις,  εως,  ή,  and  βλύσμα,  ατός, 
ro,=sq. 

Βλνσμός,  ον,  ό,  α  bubbling  up. 
\Βλνσσιος,  ον,  ό,  Blyssius,  masc.  pr. 
η.,  Plut.  Tib.  Grac.  8. 

Βλνττω,= β?.ύω,  βλύζω,  dub.  1.  in 
Plat.  Rep.  564  E. 

ΒΑΤΏ,  f.  βλνσω,  to  bubble,  spoilt,  or 
gush  forth.  Lye. :  hence  to  be  full,  to 
be  haughty  :  also  β'λυζω. — II.  transit. 
to  pour  out,  Grafe  Mel.  119.  [ii  in  [ires 
and  impf.,  except  when  it  stands  be 
tween  two  long  sylls. :  ΰ  in  other 
tenses.]     (Akin  to  φλνω,βυο,  βρνω.) 

Β?ιωΟρός,  ύ,  όν,  (βλώσκω)  shooting 
up,  tall  growing,  always  of  plants  and 
trees,  Horn.,  only  poet. 

Βλωμίδιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  sq. 

ΒΑίΙΜΟ'Σ,  ov,  δ,=^•ψωμός,  a  bit,  a 
mouthful,  esp.  of  bread. — II.  a  commons 
of  bread,  Lat.  quadra,  v.  όκτύβλωμος. 

Βλώσίζ•,  εως,  η,  an  arrival,  presence, 
from 

Βλώσκω,  fut.  μολονμαι :  aor.  εμο- 
λον,  μολείν,  μολών :  perl,  μέμβλωκα  : 
Horn,  uses  aor.,  and  perf. ;  the  lul.  is 
in  Aesch.  Fr.  689,  Soph.  O.  C.  1742. 
Togo,  to  come,  even  of  lifeless  things, 
esp.  of  time,  II.  24,  781  ;  Od.  17,  190: 
of  ships,  11.  15,  720.     (v.  sub  μ.ολεΐν.) 

Βοάγριον,  ov,  τό,  {βόα^ρος)  a  shield 
of  wild  bull's  hide,  Horn. 

tBouypior,  ov,  a,  Boagrius,  a  river 
in  Locris,  11.  2,  533. 

Βόαγρος,  ov,  ό,  {βοϋς,  άγριος)  a 
wild  bull.  Philostr. 
^Βοΰδρόμος,  ov.  Dor.  forβoηδ.,  Anth. 

ΒοάΟόος,  Dor.  for  βοηόόος,  Pind. 

Βύάμα,  ατός,  τό,  {βοάω)  a  shriek, 
cry,  Aesch.  Ag.  920  :  a  loud  strain, 
λύρας,  Cydias  ap.  Ar.  Nub.  907. 

ίΒοαμί/.κας,  a,  ό,  Bomilcar,  a  Car- 
thaginian pr.  n.,  Polyb. 

Βυάνθεμον,  ου,  τό,^=  βονφθα2μον, 
Hipp. 

Βόαξ,  άκος,  ό,  contr.  βώξ,  {βοάω) 
α  fish,  so  called  from  the  sound  it 
makes,  box  !  sacred  to  Mercury,  Epich, 
p.  11,  Ar.  Fr.  400. 

Bo(ir;;c.  ου,  δ,  fern,  βοΰτις,  ιδος,  η, 
{βοάω)  crying,  screaming,  Aesch.  Pers. 
575.  [α] 

Βοανλιον,  ov,  ro,=  sq.,  Orph. 

Βόανλος,  ov,  b,  Theocr.  25,  108, 
and  βόανλον,  ov,  τό,  Αρ.  Rh.  3, 1288, 
{βονς,  ανλή)  an  ox-stall. 

ΒΟΑΏ,  f.  βοήσω,  Att.  βοτ/σομαι, 
and  Ion.  contr.  βώσω.  βώσομαι :  aor 
έβ()ησα.  Ion.  εβωσα,  II.  12,  337 :  aor. 
pass,  εβοήθην.  Ion.  έβώσθτ/ν,  {βοή) : 
— like  Lat.  boare,  to  utter  a  cry  from 
joy  or  grief,  to  shout,  Horn.,  όσον  τε 


ΒΟΗΘ 

γέγωνε  βοήσας,  as  far  as  hi:  could  make 
himself  heard  bt)  xhnuling,  Honi.  :  also 
of  things,  to  thandir,  roar,  howl,  as  the 
Wind  and  waves,  lo  echo,  Lat.  rehoare, 
κύμα,  ή'ίόνες,  Π.  14,  394  ;  17,  265. — 
II.  later  also  Irans.  c.  ace.  pers.,  to 
call  to  one,  call  on.  Pind.  P.  6.  36,  Xen. 
Cyr.  7,  2,  5  :  esp.  lo  call  to  aid :  to 
proclaim  by  name,  praise. — 2.  to  com- 
mand, demand  in  a  loud  voice,  Soph. 
O.  T.  1287  :  τινί  τι,  to  shout  some- 
thing out  to  another, 

tBo>'?;f,  ov  Ion.  eu  ό,  Bnges,  a  Per- 
sian governor,  Hdt.  ~,  107. 

tBoyoJiarapOf,  ov,  6,  Bogodiatarus, 
masc.  pr.  n..  Slvab. 

tBo}O?,  ov,  6,  Bogus,  a  king  in  Mau- 
rusia.  Slrab. 

\Έιό6εγχος,  ov,  6,  Bodincus,  a  name 
of  the  Po,  Polyb.  2.  16,  12. 

Βοεία,  Ion.  βοείη,  ή,  v.  under  βόειος. 

Βοειακός,  ή,  όν,  and 

Βοεικός,  ή,  όν,  {βονς)=βόείος,  of 
ox-hide :  ζεύγη  d-,  wagons  drawn  by 
oxen,  Thuc.  4,  128. 

Βόειος,  a,  ov,  also  βόεος,  a,  ov, 
(βονς)  of  an  ox  or  oxen.  esp.  of  ox-hide 
or  ox-leather,  Horn.,  who  uses  both 
forms  :  hence  ?/  βοεία  and  ή  βοέα, 
contr.  βοή.  sub.  δορά,  the  hide  when 
taken  off,  Horn.  :  a  shield  or  thong  of 
ox-hide,  H.  Horn.  Ap.  487. 

Βοεύς,  έως,  ό,  a  thong  or  cord  of  ox- 
leather,  Od.  2,  426. 

Bor/,  Tj,  for  βοέη,  v.  βόειος. 

BOH',  ης,  η,  a  cry,  whether  of  joy 
or  grief,  shout,  cry  for  succour.  Horn.  ; 
but  with  him  it  is  usu.  the  battle-cry, 
the  alarm,  and  even  the  battle  itself: 
βοην  αγαθός,  freq.  epith.  of  his  heroes, 
good  at  the  battle-cry,  or  in  battle  :  also 
of  things,  as  the  notes  of  the  lyre 
and  flute,  11.  18,  495,  where  βοην 
εχειν  stands  for  βούν  :  of  the  roar  of 
the  sea,  Od.  24,  48  :  the  cry  of  sup- 
pliants, Trag.  Proverb,  όσον  άττό 
βθ7/ς  'ένεκεν,  as  far  as  words  went,  only 
in  appearance,  Thuc.  8,  92,  Xen.  Hell. 
2,  4,  31.— ΙΙ.=/?ο^βεία,  aid  called  for, 
succour,  Aesch.  Supp.  730,  Ag.  1319. 

Βοηγενής,  ές,  {βοϋς,  *γένω)  born, 
sprung  from  an  ox,  of  bees,  Mel.,  cf. 
βούτταις,  II. 

Βοηόρομέω,  {βο?]6ρόμοΓ)= βοηθάω, 
to  run  to  a  cry  for  aid,  haste  to  help, 
succour,  Eur.  Or.  1356. — II.  to  run 
with  a  shout  upon  the  enemy,  assail, 
Luc.     Hence 

Βοηδρόμια,  ων,  τά,  v.  sub  Βοηδρο- 
μιών. 

Βοηδρομίη,  ης,  ή,  α  helpitig,  aiding, 
Maxim.  381. 

Βοηδρόμιος,  ον,^βοηδρόμος,  Cal- 
lim. 

Βοηδρομιών,  ώνος,  ό,  the  third  Attic 
month,  m  which  the  Βοηδρόμια  were 
celebrated,  in  memory  of  the  conquest 
of  the  Amazons  by  Theseus  ;  an- 
swering to  the  latter  half  of  Septem- 
ber and  the  beginning  of  October. 

Βοηδρόμος,  ov,  (βοή,  δραμείν)  help- 
ing, giving  succour,  a  helper,  Eur. 
Phoen.  1432. 

Βοήθαρχος.ον,  6,  {βοήθεια,  άρχω)  a 
captain  of  auxiliaries  (βο/'/θεια),  a  Car- 
thaginian officer,  PoJ^^b.  1,  79,  2. 

Βοήθεια,  ας,  ή,  help,  aid,  rescue, 
support,  freq.  in  Thuc. — \\.=z  βοηθοί, 
auxiliaries,  Xen.  Hell.  7,  1,  20 :   from 

Βοηθέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (βοηθός)  to  as- 
.nst,  succour,  come  to  the  rescue,  Aesch. 
Supp.  608,  τινί,  Eur.  I.  A.  79  ;  to  go 
to  aid,  km  τόπον,  Thuc.  and  Xen. 
Pass,  impers.  βεβοήθηται  έμοί,  An- 
tiph. 

Βοήθημα,  ατός,  τό,  aid,  succouring, 
means  of  assistance,  Polyb. — 2.  a  rem- 
edy, viedicine,  Hipp. 


ΒΟΙΔ 

Βοηθηματικός,  ή,  όν,=βοηθητικός, 
Diosc. 

Βοηθήσιμος.  ov,  that  may  be  assisted 
or  cured,  Theophr. 

Βοηθητέον,  verb.  adj.  from  βοηθέω, 
one  must  help,  give  aid,  Dem.  14,  5. 

Βοηθητικός,  ή,  όν,  (βοηθέω)  ready 
or  able  to  help,  aiding,  Arist.  Rhet. 

Βοηθοίδης,  ου,  ό,  son  of  Boethous, 
i.e.  Eteoneus,  Od.  4,  31. 

Βοηθόος,  ov,  (βοή.  θέω)  hasting  to 
the  battle-shout,  tvarlike,  II.  13,  477 : 
βοηθόον  άρμα,  a  chariot  hasting  to  the 
battle,  II.  17,  481,  cf.  Pind.  N.  7,  48, 
which,  however,  is  dub.  :  cf  sq. 

Βοηθός,  όν,  prose  and  Att.  forna  of 
ioreg..  helping,  aiding:  oft.  as  subst. 
an  assistant,  Hdt.  5,  77,  Thuc,  etc. 

^Βήηθος,  ov,  ό,  Boethus,  a  poet  of 
Tarsus,  Strab. — 2.  an  Epicurean  phi- 
losopher, Plut. — Others  in  Paus.,  etc. 

Βοη?Μσία,  ας,  ή.  cattle -lifting,  a 
stealing  of  oxen,  in  Horner's  time  the 
chief  object  of  plunder  :  hence  in 
geru.^plunder,  booty,  11.  11,  071. — II. 
a  driving  and  keeping  of  oxen  ;  the  place 
where  they  are  kept.  Allth.  :   from 

Βοηλΰτέω,  {βονς,  έλαννω)  to  drive 
away  oxen,  Ar.  Fr.  593. — 2.  to  drive  and 
lend  oxen,  Lyc.  816. — II.  (βοή,  έλαν- 
νω) to  drive  ivith  outcries  or  shouting, 
0pp.  Cyn.  4,  64. 

Βθ7/λύτης,  ov,  6,  fem.  βοη?ιάτις, 
ιδος,  ή.  one  that  steals  oxen:  driving  or 
tormenting  oxen,  μύωψ,  Aesch.  Supp. 
307.  —  2.  that  drives  oxen,  a  drover. 
Plat.  :  διθύραμβος,  which  gains  a  bull 
for  the  prize.  Pind.  O.  13,  26.    Hence 

Βοι/?Λΐτικός,  r),  όν,  disposed  to  drive 
or  steal  oxen  :  ή  -κή,  sub.  τέχνη,  the 
art  of  lending  cattle.  Plat.  Euthyphr. 
13  D. 

Βόιιμα,  ατός,  τό,  v.  βόαμα. 

Βοηνόμος  and  βοήνομος.  ον,=^βου- 
νόμος  and  βούνομος,  Theocr. 

Βόης,  ου,  ό,  (βοάω)  α  crier,  Luc. 

Βόησις,  εως,  ή,  α  crying,  shouting  : 

ΐί\80=βθή. 

Βο{]της,  ον,  6,  fem.  βοήτις,  ιδος,  ή, 
ΙθΏ.,=  βοάτης,  q.  ν. 

Βοητός,  ή,  όν,  (βοάω)  shouted,  sung 
alottd,  νμήναος  θρήνοισι  βοητός, 
Welcker  Syllog.  Ερ.  50,  7. 

Βοητύς,  ύος,  ή,  Ion.  for  βόησις,  Od. 
1,  369. 

Βοθρενω,  (βόθρος)  to  dig  a  trench, 
btiry  therein,  Geop. 

Βοθρίζω,  f.  -iVij,=  foreg. 

Βοθρίον,  ov,  TO,  liim.  from  βόθρος. 

Βοθροειδής.  ές,  {βόθρος,  είδος)  ditch- 
like, hollowed,  Hipp. 

ΒΟ'ΘΡΟΣ,  ov,  6,  a  pit,  ani/  hole  dug 
in  the  ground,  Od.  6,  92  ;  10,  517  :  a 
trench,  ditch,  hollow,  such  as  a  fire 
makes  in  the  snow,  Xen.  An.  4,  5,  6. 
(Akin  to  βάθος,  βυθός,  fodio.)    Hence 

Βοθρόω.=^βοθρενω,  Gal. 

Βόθννος,  ου,  ό,=βόθρος,  Xen.  Oec. 
19,  3. 

Bot,  like  αίβοϊ,  exclam.  of  dislike 
or  of  scorn,  Ar.  Pac.  1066. 

iBoiai,  ων,  a'l,  Boeae,  a  city  of  La- 
conia,  in  Strab.  also  wr.  Bom,  Polyb. 
5,  19 :  ό  Βοιύτης,  an  inhabitant  of 
Boeae,  Paus. 
iBoia?.avoi,  οί,=  Βω?.ανοί,  Dion.  H. 
ίΒοϊΰΐ'όΐ',  oil,  TO,  Bovidtiinn.  a  city 
of  the  Samnites  in  Italy,  Strab. 

\Βοίβη,  ης,  ή,  Boebe,  a  city  of  Thes- 
saly,  II.  2,  712  :  adj.  Βοιβηίς,  ίδος.  ή, 
Boebean,  of  Boebe,  λίμνη,  II.  2,  711, 
Hdt.  7, 129  ;  also  Βοιβιάς,  άδος,  Pind. 
P.  3,  60.     Hence 

ίΒϋίβιΟΓ,  a,  ov,  of  Boebe,  BoehSan, 
Eur.  Ale.  590. 

Βοϊδάριον,  Att.  βοιύάριον,  ov,  τό, 
dim.  from  βοΰς,  Ar.  Av.  585. 

Βοίδιον,  Att.  βοίδιον,  ov,  τό,  dim. 


ΒΟΛΒ 

from  βονς.  Ar.  Ach.  1036,  Piers.  Moer 
276  :  α  little  or  young  cow  or  ox. — II, 
?},  Boedium,  fem.  pr.  n.,  A  nth. 

Βοϊκός,  ή,  όν,=βοειακός,  of  an  ox ; 
β.  ζεύγος,  a  team  of  oxen. 

tBoi/λαι,  ων,  αϊ,  Bovillae,  a  city  of 
Latium,  ύ  Βοί7.λανός,  an  i?ihabitant 
of  Bovillae,  Dion.  H. 

tBodOi,  Polyb.,  Βόϊοι,  Strab.,  ol,  the 
Boii,  a  people  of  Gaul. 

fBoiov,  ov,  Thuc,  Βόϊον,  ov,  Strab., 
TO,  Boeum,  a  city  of  the  Dorian  Te- 
trapolis. 

tBoiOf,  ov,  b,  also  Βοιός,  Paus., 
Boeus,  son  of  Hercules. — 2.  a  writer, 
composer  of  an  Όρνιθογονία,  Ath. 
393. 

^Βοίσκος,  ου,  6,  Boiscus,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  Xen.  An.  5,  8,  23. 

Βοϊστί,  adv.  ox-wise,  in  ox-language, 
βοίστί  λαΆεΙν,  Iambi. 

Βοιωταρχέω,  to  be  a  Boeotarch, 
Thuc.  4,  91  :  from 

Βοιωτάρχης,  ov,  b,  (Βοιωτοί,  άρχω) 
a  Boeotarch,  one  of  the  chief  magis- 
trates at  Thebes,  Arnold  Thuc.  4,  91. 

Βοιωτία,  ar,  ή,  Bneotia,  a  province 
of  Greece,  so  called  from  its  rich  cat- 
tie-pastures,  first  in  Hes.    Hence 

Βοιωτιύζω  and  Βοιωτίζω,  to  play 
the  Boeotian,  i.  e.  to  be  heavy,  dull :  to 
speak  Boeotian,  Xen.  An.  3,  1,  26. — 

11.  to  side  with  the  Boeotians,  Boeotize 
in  politics,  etc.,  Xen.  Hell.  5.  4.  34. 

Βοιωτίδίον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  Βοι- 
ωτός, a  little  Boeotian,  Ar.  Ach.  872. 

^Βοιωτικός,  ή,  όν,  Boeotian,  Xen. 
Hell.  5,  1,30.     Adv. -uc- 

^Βοιώτιος,  a,  ov,  Boeotian,  Π. 

^Βοιωτίς,  ίδος,  ή,  fem.  adj.  to  Βοίώ- 
τιος,  Xen.  Hell.  4,  8,  11. 

ίΒοιωτός,  ov,  b,  a  Boeotian,  II.,  etc. 
— 2.  Boeotus,  a  son  of  Neptune  and 
Arne,  Died.— 3.  an  Athenian  against 
whom  Dem.  spoke. 

Βοιωτιονργής.  ές,  (Βοιώτιος,  *έργω) 
of  Boeotian  work,  κράνος,  Xen.  Cyn. 

12.  3. 

^Βόκχοηις,  ως,  ύ,  Bocchdris,  an  Ae- 
gyptian  king,  Diod.  S. 

^Βάκχος,  ov,  ό,  Bocchus,  a  king  of 
Mauritania,  Strab. 

Bo/M,  ar.  ή.  Dor.  and  Aeol.  for 
βον/.ή,  Keen  Greg.  p.  191. 

Βολαϊος,  a,  ov,  (βο?.ή)  of  οτ  belong- 
ing to  the  throw  ;  but — II.  dashing, 
impetuous,   Trag.  ap.  Plut.  LucuU.  1. 

Βό?.βα,  ή,  the  Lat.  vulva,  Anlh. 

Βολβάριον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  βολ- 
βός, Epict. — II.  =  .  βολβ ίδιον. 

ΙΒόλ,ό?/,  ης,  ή,  Bolbe,  a  lake  in  Ma- 
cedonia, Aesch.  Pers.  490;  Thuc.  1, 
58.  —  II.  mother  of  Olynthus,  Ath. 
344  E. 

Βο?.βίδιον,  ov,  TO,  also  βο?.βίτιον, 
a  small  kind  of  cuttle-fish,  Lat.  polypis, 
Hipp.  :  elsewh.  βολίταινα,  βολβι- 
τίνη,  βο7.3οτίνη,  βο7.βΙτις  (βό/.βι- 
τον),  so  called  from  its  smell :  also 
βομβύλιυν  and  δζολις. 

Βολβίνη,  ης,  ή.  a  white  kind  of  βόλι,• 
βός,  Theophr.  [ί] 

Βολβίον,  ov,  τό,  Hipp.,  and  βολ• 
βίσκος.  ό,  dim.  from  βολβός. 

\Βο/ι.βιτίνη.  ης,  ή.  Bolbitine,  a  city 
of  the  Aegyptiaii  Delta  ;  adj.  Βολβί- 
τινος,  Τ],  ov,  of  Bolbitine,  στόμα,  the 
Bolbitine  mouth  of  the  AUe,  Hdt.  2,  17. 

Βολβιτίνη,  ης,  ή,  and 

Βολβίτιον,  ov,  τό,  y.  sub.  βολβί- 
διον. 

ΒολβΙτις,  ιδος,  ή,  others  parox. 
βολΒίτις,  ν.  Epich.  ρ.  31,  but  dub.,=: 
βο7-βιδιον. 

Βό/.βΐτον,  ον,  τό,  and  βό?.βϊτος, 
ον,  ό,  Att.  βόλιτον,  βόλιτος,  (βόλος) 
excrement,  du7ig, manure,  esp.  cow-dung. 
271 


BOMB 

Oratin.  Dionys,  6,  Ar.  Eq.  658.  Hence 
imbulbitare. 

Βσλ^οειόής,  ές,  {βολβός,  είδος) 
bulb-like,  hidb-sliaped,  Theophr. 

βολβός,  ου.  ό,  Lat.  JJULBUS, 
a  bulb,  onion,  any  bulbous  root  :  also  a 
mushroom,  truffle  :  a  particular  bulbous 
root  thai  grew  wild  in  Greece,  and 
was  much  eaten  both  as  a  strength- 
ening and  pleasant  food,  v.  Schol. 
Ar.  Nub.  189.  (Akin  to  vulva,  volvere, 
from  the  layers  or  folds  which  formed 
these  roots.) 

Βολβοτίνη,  7/,=βολβιτίνη. 

Βολβώόης,  ες,=βολβοειόής. 

*Βολεω,  obsol.  pres.  whence  is 
formed  βεβόλημαι,  perf.  pass,  of 
βά'Α'λυ. 

Βολεών,  ΰνος,  ό,  (βολή)  ο  place 
where  one  throws  things  away,  esp.  a 
dung-hill,  privy,  cf.  ο ιτοβολεών . 

Βολή,  ης,  ή.  {βάλλω)  α  throw,  stroke, 
Od.  :  a  loounding  with  missiles  :  also 
act.  a  throwing,  darting,  Aesch.  Theb. 
430  :  a  hitting,  ivounding :  metaph., 
like  βέλος,  a  glance,  όφβαλμώΐ',  Od. 
4,  150,  expressing  also  the  quick  mo- 
tion of  the  eye :  βολαΐ  τ/λίον,  sun- 
beams. Soph.  Aj.  877. 

Βολί'ςω,  {βολίς)  to  heave  the  lead, 
sound,  N.  T. 

Βολίνθος.  ου,  6,=βάνασος. 

Βο7ιίς,  ίδος,  ή,  {βάλλω)  any  thing 
thrown,  a  missile,  arrow,  Plut. — 2.  the 
sounding  lead. — 3.  αστραπών  βολίς,  a 
flash  of  lightning. — 4.  Lat.  tessera,  a 
die,  Anth. 

tBoAiffffOf,  ov,  Tj,  Bolissus,  a  city  on 
the  coast  of  Aeolis,  Thuc.  8,  24. 

Βολίταίνα,  ή,=ζβολβίδιον,  Arist. 
Η.  Α. 

Βολίτινος,  η,  ον,  of  dung,  esp.  cow- 
dung,  Ar.  Ran.  295. 

ΒόλΙτον,  TO,  and  βόλΐτος,  ό,  Att. 
for  βόλβ.,  q.  V. 

Βόλλα,  Aeol.  for  βουλή. 

Βό?ιλομαι,  Aeol.  ioy βούλομαι,  The- 
ocr.  28,  15. 

Βολοκτϋττία,  ας. ή, {βόλος,  κτυπέω) 
the  rattling  of  the  dice,  Anth. :  the  sound 
of  any  thing  thrnu'n  or  falling. 

Βολομαι.,=βονλομαί,  only  found 
11.  11,  319,  ubi  v.  Spitzn.  ;  Od.  16, 
387,  ace.  to  Wolf's  correction  :  an(l 
ace.  to  some  MSS.  in  Od.  1,  234  ;  cf. 
Buttm.  Lexil.  v.  βουλομαο  8. 

Bo?tOf .  01»,  0,  {βάλλω)  a  Ihrotv,  esp. 
with  dice,  or  with  a  casting-net :  me- 
taph., Eur.  Bacch.  847  :  hence — II.  a 
casting-net :  also — 2.  the  thing  caught, 
βόλος  ιχθύων,  a  draught  of  fishes, 
Aesch.  Pers.  424. — III.  the  casting  of 
teeth,  .\rist.  H.  A. 

Βομ.βάζω,  f.  -ύσω,  and  βομβαίνω, 
■=:βομβέω. 

Βομβαλοβομβάξ,  mock-heroic  excla- 
mation of  admiration,  Ar.  Thesm.  48  : 
stronger  form  of  sq. 

Βομβάξ,  exclamation  of  surprise  or 
mock  admiration,  Ar.  Thesm.  45,  cf. 
ττύτταξ. 

Βομβαύλιος,  ov,  6,  com.  word  for 
ΰσκαύλης,  a  bag-piper,  Ar.  Ach.  86C, 
Vesp.  107,  a  pun  on  αυλητής  and 
βομβνλώς. 

Βομβέω,  f.  -ήσω,  {βόμβος)  to  sound 
deep,  dull,  or  hollow,  in  Hom.  of  the 
heavy  sound  of  a  falling  body,  like 
δονπέω,  and  of  the  hollow  roar  of  the 
waves  :  later  to  hum,  whistle,  rustle, 
esp.  of  bees  or  gnats,  to  buzz,  Ar. 
Plut.  538.     (Onomatop.)     Hence 

Βομβηόόν,  adv.  buzzing,  Ap.  Rh.2,133. 

Βομβήεις,  εσσα,  εν,^βομβητικός, 
Anth. 

Βόμβησις,  εως,  ή,  any  deep,  hollow 
sound,  esp.  buzzing,  humming  :  hence 
α  buzzing  crowd,  LXX. 
272 


ΒΟΡΑ 

Βομβητής,  ov,  b,  a  buzzer,  hummer, 
Anth.' 

Βομβητικός,  ή,  όν,  buzzing,  hum- 
ming. 

Βό///3ο,  τό,  barbarism  in  Ar.  Thesm. 
1176,  fur  βόμβος. 

ΒΟ'ΜΒΟΣ,  ov,  ό,  Lat.  BOMBUS, 
any  deep,  hollow  sound,  rustling,  whist- 
ling, humming,  buzzing,  Heliod.  (Ono- 
matop.) 

]Βοαβνκη,  ης,  η,  Bombyce,  fern.  pr. 
n.,  Theocr.  10,  26.  [v] 

Βομβύκια,  ων,  τά,  {βόμβνξ)  buzzing 
insects. — II.  also  the  cocoons  of  the  silk- 
ivorm,  Arist.  H.  A. 

Βομβνκίας,  b,  v.  sub  βόμβνξ. 

Βομβνλη,  ή,=βόμβνλος. 

Βομβνλιάζω.  {βομβέω)  ν.  ββρβορν- 
ζω,  Arist.  Probl. 

Βομβνλιος,  ον,  or  βομβνλώς,  ον, 
ό  and  7/,  α  buzzing  insect,  humble-bee, 
gnat,  Ar.  Vesp.  107 — 11.  =  βόμβνλος, 
Hipp. 

Βομβνλίς,  ίδος,  ψ  =  πομφόλνί;,  a 
bubble. — 1\.=βόμβν^,  Arist.  Η.  Α. 

Βόμβν?Μς,  ον,  ό.  α  narrow-necked 
vessel,  that  gurgles  in  pouring. 

ΒΟ'ΜΒΎΞ,  νκος,  ό,  a  silk-worm, 
Arist.  H.  A. — II.  part  of  the  flute,  also 
the  flute  itself,  Aesch.  Fr.  54  :  hence 
βομβνκίας  κά?.αμος,  Theophr. — 111. 
the  ivindpipe  of  birds. 

Βόνασος,  ov,  a,  the  bonasus,  wild  ox, 
Arist.  H.  A.  [a  ace.  to  Gesner,  Thes. 
L.  L.] 

Βονθύλενσις,  εως,  η,  and  βονθν- 
λενω,  V.  ονθ. 

\Βονώνης,  ον,  ό,  Vonones,  son  of 
Phraates,  Strab. 

ΫΒόξος,  ου,  ό,  Boxus,  a  Persian, 
Strab. 

Βοοβοσκός,  ov,  b,  {βόσκω)  a  herds- 
man. 

Βούγληνος,  ov,  {βοΰς,  γλήνη)  ox- 
eyed,  Nonn. 

Βοοδμητήρ,  ηρος,  ό,  {βονς,  δαμύω) 
α  tamer  of  oxen,  Q.  Sm. 

Βοοζνγίον,  τό,  {βονς,  ζνγός)  α  team 
of  oxen. 

Βοοβντης,  ον,  ο,^=βουθ. 

Βοόκλεφ,  εττος,  ό,  {βονς,  κλέπτω) 
contr.  βονκλεψ,  α  stealer  of  oxen.  Soph. 
Fr.  857. 

Βοοκ?Μπος,  ov,  {βοΰς,  κλέπτω)  ox- 
stealing,  Orph. 

Βοόκραιρος,  ov,  {βονς,  κραΐρα)  ox- 
homed,  Nonn. 

Βοόκρΰνος,  ον,=ζβονκρ. 

Βοοκτΰσία,  ας,  ή,  {βονς,  κτείνω)  α 
slaying  of  oxen,  Anth. 

Βοονόμος,  ον,=βοννόμος. 

Βύορ()αίστης,  ον,  b,  {βονς,  βαίω) 
slayer  of  oxen,  Tryph. 

tBoof  αί'λή,  ή,  the  ox's  grot,  a  cave 
in  Euboea,  Strab. 

Βοοσκόπος,  ov,  {βονς,  σκοπέω) 
looking  after  oxen,  Nonn. 

\Βοόσονρα,  ας,  ή,  {βοος  οίφύ)  Boo- 
sura,  a  city  of  Cyprus,  Strab.  0H3. 

Βοοσσόος,  ov,  {βονς,  σενω)  driving 
or  friiihtcning  oxen,  Q.  Sm. 

Βοόστασις,  εως,  ή,  =  βούστασις, 
Call.  Del.  102. 

Βούστολος,  ov,  {βοΰς,  στέλλω) 
drawn  by  oxen,  Nonn 

Βοοσφάγία,  ας,  ή,  =  βονσφαγία, 
Anth. 

Βοοτρόφος,  ον,=βοντρόφος,  Nonn. 
14,  377,  restored  by  Graefe  in  place 
of  βούτροχος,  ox-traversed,  {τρέχω). 

Βοόω,  ω,  ί.  -ώσω,  to  make  an  ox  of, 
change  into  an  ox,  like  ίππόω. 

Βοόω,  Ep.  for  βοάω,  Hom. 

ΒΟΡΑ',  άς.  η,  eatage,  pasture,  food, 
Aesch.  Pr.  583,  Hdt.  I,  119.  {vorare, 
βιβρώσκω.) 

Βόράβΐν,  adv.  {Βορέας)  better  /3ό/ι- 
όαθεν,  q.  V. 


ΒϋΡΙ 

Βόρΰτον,  ον.  τό,  a  species  of  ju- 
mper, the  savin.  Diod.  S.  2,  49. 

Βορβορίζω,  i.  -ίσω,  {βορβορος)  to 
he  like  mud  or  filth,  smell  or  taste  there- 
of, Diosc. 

Βορβορόθϋμος,  ov,  {βόρβορος,  θυ- 
μός) muddy-minded,  filthy,  Ar.  Pac. 
753. 

ΒορβοροκοΙτης,  ov,  b,  {βόρβορος, 
κοίτη)  mudcoucher,  name  of  a  Irog, 
Batr.  229. 

ΒΟΡΒΟΡΟΣ,  ov,  6,  (cf.  French 
Bourbe)  slime,  mwl,  inire,  Lat.  coenum, 
Aesch.  Eum.  694:  dung,  Ar.  Vesp. 
259,  etc.,  differing  from  πηλός,  day, 
q.v. 

Βόρβορος,  ov,  ό,  the  Borborus,  a 
river  of  Macedonia,  Plut. 

Βορβοροτάραξις,  b,  {βόρβορος,  τα- 
ράσσω) a  mud-stirrer,  said  of  a  trouble- 
some, factious  fellow,  Ar.  Eq.  309. 
[τά] 

Βορβορόω,  ώ,  f.  -ώσω,  {βόρβορος)  to 
cover  with  mire  or  m.ud,  to  change  into 
mud,  Arist.  Gen.  An. 

Βορβορυγή,  ης,  ή,  and 

Βορβορνγμύς,  οϋ,  ό,  α  grumbling  of 
the  bowels,  Hipp.  :  from 

Βορβορνζω,  f.  -ύξω,  to  have  a  grum- 
bling in  the  boivels,  lor  which  Aristot. 
uses  βομβνλιάζω,  to  rumble,  cf.  κορ- 
κορνγέω. 

Βορβορώδης,  ες,  {βόρβορος,  είδος) 
miry,  filthy,  πη7.ος  βορβορωδέστερος, 
Plfit.Phaed.  Ill  Ε. 

^Βορεάδης,  ον,  ό,  son  of  Boreas;  USU. 
in  pi. ,  i.e.  Zetes  and  Calais,  Diod. 
4,  44.  [u]. 

Βυρέας,  ov,  b.  Ion.  Βορέης.  contr. 
Βορης,  έω,  Hom.,  Att.  Bo^/juf,  ά.  the 
North  wind.  and.  personiiied,  Bore- 
as, the  sjiirit  of  the  N.  wind,  Hom. : 
taken  more  strictly,  the  wind  frorn 
N.N.E.,  Aquilo:  also  the  North,  προς 
βορέαν  άνεμοτ',  towards  the  North, 
Hdt.,  προς  βορέαν  τινός,  northward 
of  a  place,  Thuc. 

Βοριάς,  άδος,  ή,  Ion.  Βόρειας,  poet. 
Bopj/ίάς,  Βορι/ΐς,  a  Boread,  daughter 
of  Boreas,  Soph.  Ant.  985. — II.  in  genl. 
as  iem.  adj.  boreal,  northern,  πνοαί, 
Aesch.  Fr.  181. 

Βορεασμός,  ov,  b,  {Βορεάζω)  the 
festival  of  Boreas. 

Βορέηθεν  .ΐίά\' .,  frovi  the  north,  Dion. 
P.  79,  so  Βο^ρύθεν  and  Βόράθεν. 

Βορέ?ιι>δε,  adv.,  northwards,  Dion. 
P.  137. 

Βορεητις,  ιδος,  ή,  fern,  of  Βόρειος, 
άκταί,  Dion.  P.  243. 
ίΒορειαΙος,  a,  ov,— Βόρειος,  Anth. 

Βόρειας,  άδος,  ή,  poet,  for  Βορεάς, 
q.v. 

tBoprtyovoi,  ων,  οι,  {Βορέας,* γένω) 
born  of  the  North  wind,  the  Aborigines, 
Lye.  "1253. 

Βορείοθεν,  poet,  for  Βορέηθεν,  q.v., 
Nonn. 

Βόρειος,  a,  ov,  also  ος,  ov,  belonging 
to  the  N.  wind,  northern.  Soph.  O.  C. 
1240 :  τά  Βόρεια,  the  northern  parts. 
Superl.  βορειότατος,  Dion.  P. 

Βορεύς,  ό,^=Βορέας,ηοϊα.  not  used, 
in  oblique  cases,  Βορηος,  etc.,  in  late 
Ep. :  also  in  late  wr.  έως,  nora.  pi. 
ΒορεΙς,  Alciph. 

Βορεύτις,  ιδος.  ή,^Βορεάς.  Anth 
^Βορη'ιάδης, εω,  ό,=^Βορεάδης,  Anth. 

Βορη'ίάς,  άδος,  ή,  poet,  for  Βόρειας, 
Βορεάς. 

Βορήϊος,  η,  ον,  ΙθΏ.=Βό(3ειος,  Hdt. 

Βορηίς,  ιδος,  ή,=Βορεάς,  Anth. 

Βορής,  έω.  ό,  Ion.  contr.  for  Βορέας ; 
hence — Π.  Bores,  a  hound  of  Actaeon, 
Apollod.  3,  4,  6. 

Βοριάδης,    ου,    ό,   strictly  son    of 
Borius,   a  pr.  n.  Boriades,  Thuc.  3 
100. 


ΒΟΣΤ 

Bopof,  ά,  όν,  (βορά)  devouring,  glut- 
tonmis.  At.  Pac.  38. 

Βόρράβεν,  adv.,  Att.  for  Βορέηθεν. 

Βορβαϊος,  a,  ov,  also  ος,  ov,  Anth. 
^Βόρειος,  Aesch.  Theb.  527:  the 
form  θϋβόεΐος  is  dub. 

^Βόρβαμα,  ων,  τά,  Borrama,  a  city 
of  Palestine,  Strab. 

Bo/ipttf,  d,  0,   Att.  contr.  for  Βα- 
ρέας, also  ill  plur.  Βοββαΐ,  Gramm., 
V.  Schif.  Schol.  Par.  Ap.  Rh.  2,  529. 
ίΒόρσίΤΓτα,  ων,  τά,  Borsippa,  a  city 
of  Babylonia,  Strab. 

Βόρυες,  ων,  οι,  unknown  Libyan 
animals,  Hdt.  4,  192. 

ΙΒορνσθένης,  ονς  and  ov,  Ion.  εω,  ό, 
the  Borysthenes.  now  the  Dnieper,  a 
river  ot  European  Sarmatia,  Hdt.  4, 
18. — 2.  a  city  on  the  banks  of  the 
above,  Hdt.  4,  78.     Hence 

\Βορνσβενίτης,  ov  Ion.  εω,  ό,  Ion. 
Βσρνσθενείτης,  fem.  Βορνσθενΐτίς, 
iSor,  an  inhabitant  of  Borysthenes, 
Hdt.  4,  17,  etc. 

Βόσίζ-,  εως,  η,  (βόσκω)  food,  fodder, 
pasture,  II.  19,  268. 

Βοσκάδως,  a,  ov,  foddered,  fed, 
Nic. :  from 

Βοσκάς,  άδος,  ή,  feeding,  fed,  Nic. : 
hence  as  subst.,  a  kind  of  duck,  Arist. 
H.  A. 

Βοσκήοτ  βόσκη,  ης,  ή,  fodder,  food, 
Aesch.  Eum.  266. 

Βόσκημα,  ατός,  τό,  {3όσκω)  that 
which  is  fed  or  fatted,  of  beasts  graz- 
ing ;  in  genl.  fatted  beast,  cattle :  a 
herd  of  cattle,  Xen.  Hell.  4,  6,  6  :  also 
a  single  beast,  Strab. — II.  pasturage. 
food,  Trag. ;  and  so  άναίματον  3. 
δαιμόνων,  a  prey  drained  of  blood  by 
the  Erinyes,  Aesch.  Eum.  302. 

Βοσκηματώδης,  ες,  {βόσκημα,  εί- 
δος) like  fatted  beasts,  bestial,  Strab. 

Βόσκησις,  εως,  ή,  afeeding,  pasture. 

Βοσκητέον,  verb.  adj.  from  βόσκω, 
one  must  feed  or  nourish,  τι,  Ar.  Av. 
1359. 

Βοσκός,  ov,  O,  one  that  feeds,  the 
herd  of  the  cattle,  Anth. 

ΒΟ'ΣΚΩ,  fut.  βοσκήσω,  which  the 
other  tenses  follow :  of  the  herds- 
man, to  feed,  drive  to  pa'itv.re,  watch, 
Hom. — II.  to  feed,  nourish,  support, 
usu.  of  beasts,  but  even  in  Hom.  of 
men,  Od.  14,  325,  so  έπικούρονς  3.. 
Hdt.  6,  39  :  γαστέρα  βόσκειν,  to  feed 
one's  stomach,  Od.  17,  559  ;  hence  to 
maintain,  ναντικόν,  Thuc.  7,  48. — 
mid.  andpass.,  of  cattle,  to  feed,  graze, 
Hom.  κατά  τι,  II.  5,  162  :  to  feed  on, 
Ti,  Aesch.  Ag.  118:  metaph.  to  run 
riot  in  a  thing,  tlvl  and  ττερί  τι,  Anth. 
^Βόσμορον,  ov,  τό,  and  βόσμορος, 
ov,  ό,  a  kind  of  grain,  Strab. 

Βόςπορος,  ov,  b,  (βονς,  ττόρος)  strict- 
ly oxford,  name  of  several  straits,  of 
which  ό  θράκως  Β.,  theThracian  Bos- 
porus, now  Straits  of  Constaiitinople, 
Detween  Thrace  and  Asia  Minor,  Hdt. 
4,83  ;  and  ό  Κιμμέριος  Β.,  the  Cimme- 
rian Bosporus,  now  Straits  of  Yenikale, 
joining  the  Palus  Maeotis  to  the 
Pontus  Euxinus,  Hdt.  4, 12,  are  best 
known.  For  origin  of  name  v.  Aesch. 
Pr.  732,  Long.  1,  30.  It  is.  however, 
a  solitary  instance  of  βος,  in  compos., 
for  βοϋς. — II.  the  coast  of  the  Cim- 
merian Bosporus,  Dem. — III.  a  city 
of  this  Bosporus  =  ΐΐαντικαπαϊον. 
Hence  oi  Βοςτζοράνοί,  and  -piavoi, 
the  inhabitants  of  Bosporus,  Strab.  ; 
adj.  Βος~όριος,  a,  ov,  of  or  belonging 
to  Bo.iporu^,  Soph.  Aj.  885. 

^Βοστρηνός,  οΰ,  ό,  Bostrenus  a  river 
of  Phoenicia,  Dion.  P. 

Βόστρνξ,  νχος,  δ,=βόστρνχος. 

Βοστρνχηδόν,  adv.  curly,  like  curls, 
Luc. 

18 


BOTE 

Βοστρνχίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (βόστρυχος) 
to  put  in  curls,  curl,  dress,  Dion.  H. 

Βοστρύχιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  sq., 
Arist.  H.  A. 

Βόστρνχος,  ov,  ό,  in  plur.  in  later 
poets  also  τά  βόστρνχα,  a  curl  or  lock 
of  hair,  Aesch.  Cho.  178  :  hence  poet. 
anything  twisted  or  wreathed,  like  ^λί^, 
ofaflash  of  lightning,  Aesch.  Pr.  1044, 
cf.  Valck.  Phoen.  1261 :  esp.  the  ten- 
dril of  a  vine,  etc. — II.  a  winged  insect, 
Arist.  H.  A.  (There  is  another  form 
βότρνχος,  Pherecr.  Incert.  67,  v. 
Bergk.  Anacr.  p.  255 ;  quasi  βοτρν- 
τριχος  or  βότρνθριξ,  ace.  to  Pott 
Etym.  Forsch.  2,  110.) 

Βοστρνχόω,=βοστρνχίζω. 

Βοστρνχώδης,  ες,  (βόστρνχος,  εί- 
δος) curly,  v.  1.  for  βοτρνώοης.  Adv. 
-ως.  Gal. 

Βοστρύχωμα,  ατός,  τό,  α  lock. 

Βοτάμια,  ων,  τά,  (βόσκω)  pasture, 
dub.  1.  Thuc.  5,  53 :  ace.  to  others, 
money  paid  for  pasturage. 

Βοτάνη,  ης,  ή,  (βόσκω)  grass,  etc., 
for  fodder,  Horn. ;  in  genl.  an  herb, 
plant,   [a] 

Βοτάνηθεν,  adv.,  from  the  pasture, 
0pp. 

Βοτανη(^άγος,  ov,  (βοτάνη,  φαγείν) 
grass-eati?ig.  Id.   [(pi] 

Βοτανηφόρος,  ov,  (βοτάνη,  φέρω) 
herb-bearing,  Nonn. 

Βοτανίζω,  f-  -ίσω,  to  root  up  weeds, 
to  weed.  Theophr. 

Βοτανικός,  η,  όν,  relating  to  herbs, 
Plut. :  ή  βοτανική  (τέχνη)  botany, 
Diosc. 

Βοτάνιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  βοτάνη, 
Antiph.,  Theophr. 

Βοτανισμός,  ov,  o,  (βοτανίζω)  the 
rooting  up  of  weeds,  breeding. 

Βοτανο/Μγέω.  ω, (βοτάνη,  λέγω)  to 
gather  herbs,  Hipp. 

Βοτανώδης,  ες,  {βοτάνη,  είδος)  like 
herbs,  rich  in  herbs,  Diosc. 

Βότειρα,  ή.  fem.  from  βοτήρ. 

Βοτέω,=βόσκω,  Nic,  v.  Jac.  A.  P. 
p.  650. 

Βοτήρ,  ήρος,  b,  (βόσκω)  a  herdsman, 
herd,  Od.  15,  504  :  οιωνών  β.,  a  sooth- 
sayer, Aesch.  Theb.  24,  κύων  βοτήρ, 
a  herdsman's  dog,  Soph.  Aj.  297:  also 
βοτής.    Hence 

Βοτηρικός.  ή,  όν,  belonging  to  the 
herdsman,  Plut.  Rom.  12. 

Βοτής,  ov,  δ,^=βοτήρ. 

Βοτός,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from  βόσκω, 
fed,  foddered,  fatted :  τά  βοτά,  like 
βοσκ?}ματα,  grazing  beasts.  II.  18,  521 : 
cattle,  animals,  in  genl.,  Trag.  ;  in 
sing,  a  sheep.  Soph.  Trach.  690. 

Βοτρύδιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  βότ- 
ρι;ς,  a  small  bunch  of  grapes,  Alex. 
Pann.  1,  13. — II.  an  earring  of  this 
pattern,  [i] 

Βοτρϋδόν,  adv.  (βότρνς)  like  a  bunch 
of  grapes,  in  clusters,  βοτρνδόν  ττέτον- 
ται,  they  fly  in  swarms,  of  bees,  II.  2, 
89. 

Βοτρνηρός,  ά,  όν,  of  the  grape  kind, 
cf.  βαλανηρύς,  Theophr. 

Βοτρνϊος,  a,  ov,  of  grapes,  φντόν, 
the  vine,  Anth. 

Βοτρνϊτης,  ου,  ό.  [(]  fem.  βοτρνΐ- 
TLC,  ιδος,  ή,  made  of  grapes. 

Βοτρνόδωρος,  ov,  {βότρνς,  δώρον) 
grnpe-producing,  Ar.  Pac.  520. 

^Βοτρνοειδής,  ές,  (βότρνς,  είδος) 
cluster-like,  grape-like,  Diosc. 

Βοτρνόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  {βότρνς)  grape- 
like, full  of  grapes,  clustering.  Ion  ap. 
Ath.  447  D. 

Βοτρνόκοσμος,  ov,  (βότρνς,  κοσ- 
μέω)  decked  with  grapes,  Orph. 

Βοτρνόομαι,  as  pass,  (βότρνς)  of 
grapes,  to  form  bunches,  set,  Theophr. 

Βοτρνόπαις,  παιδος,  b,  η,  (βότρνς, 


ΒΟΤΓ 

τταΐς)  grape-begotten,  child  of  the  grape, 
Theocr.  Epigr.  4,  8. — U.  act.  pro- 
ducing grapes. 

Βοτρυοστΰγής,  ές,  {βότρνς,  στάζω) 
dropping  from  grapes,  Archestr.  ap. 
Ath.  29  C. 

Βοτρνοστέφάνος,  ov,  {βότρνς,  στέ- 
φανοΓ)  grape  crovmed,  Archyt.  ap. 
Plut.  2,  295  A. 

^Βοτρνοφορέω,  ώ,  to  bear  clusters  of 
grapes,  Philo  :  from 

ΙΒοτρνοφόρος,  ov,  (βότρνς,  φέρω) 
cluster-bearing. 

Βοτρνοχαίτης,  ov,  6,  (βότρνς,  χαίτη) 
with  clustering  hair,  thick-curled,  v. 
βότρνς. — II.  with  grapes  in  one's  hair, 
Anth. 

ΒΟ'ΤΡΥΣ,  νος,  ό,  a  cluster,  bunch 
of  grapes.  II.  :  also  the  tendril  and  the 
stalk  of  the  grape. — Ι1.=^βόστρνξ,  βόσ- 
τρνχος, to  which  it  is  akin,  usu. 
βότρνς  χαίτης,  Grafe  Mel.  105. 

tBdrpi'f,  νος,  ή,  Botrys,  a  city  of 
Phoenicia,  Polyb.  5,  68,  8. 

Βοτρνφόρος,  ov,  (βότρνς,  φέρω) 
grape-bearing,  dub.  1.  in  Orph. 

Βοτρνώδης,  ες,  {βότρνς,  είδος)  like 
grapes,  clustering,  Eur.  Phoen.  1485. 

tBorri'a,  ας,  ή,  Thuc.  2,  99  ;  Bor- 
Tiaia,  Id.  2,  100  ;  and 

iBoTTiaitr,  ίδος,  ή,  Hdt.  7,  123,  Bot- 
tia  or  Bottiaea,  a  region  of  Macedonia, 
territory  of  the  (BoTTialoi)  Botliaei, 
Hdt.  7,  185. 

Bov-,  often  used  in  compos,  to  ex- 
press something  h^ige  and  monstrous, 
e.  g.  βού?ιΐμος,  βοντταις,  βονγαιος, 
βονφαγος,  βονχανδής,  but  no  doubt 
it  is  merely  a  form  of  βονς,  as  we 
also  find  compounds  with  ϊ-πος,  like 
our  horse-laugh,  horse-radish,  etc. 

1:Βονβάκης,  ov,  ό,  Bubaces,  a  Per- 
sian, Arr.  An.  2, 11,  8. 

Βονβά?.ια,  ων,  τά,  a  kind  of  brace- 
lets, Diphil.  ap.  E.  M. 

Βονβά?.ις,  ιος,  ή,  and  βούβαλος, 
ov,  ό,  an  African  species  of  deer  or 
antelope,  Hdt.  4,  192. — II.  in  late  au- 
thors, the  buffalo. 

^Βονβάρης,  ου  Ion.  εω,  ό,  Bubures, 
a  Persian,  Hdt.  5,  21. 

ΙΒονβασης,  ιος,  ή,  Bubastis,  the 
moon-goddess  of  the  Aegyptians, 
corresponding  to  the  Artemis  of  the 
Greeks,  Hdt.  2,  137.— 2.  =sq. 

1:Βονβαστος,  ov,  ή,  Bubastus,  a  city 
of  Lovs'er  Aegypt,  in  the  Βονβαστί- 
της  νομός,  οτ  Bubastitic  nome,  Strab. 

Βονβόσιυν,  ov,  τό,  (βονς,  βόσκω)  a 
cattle-pasture  :  a  herd  ofkine.  Call. 

Βονβότης,  ov,  b,  (βονς,  βόσκω) 
feeding  cattle,  πρώνες,  Pind.  N.  4,  85: 
as  subst.  a  cowherd.  Id.  I.  6  (5),  46. 

Βον3οτος,  ov,  grazed  by  cattle,  once 
in  Horn.  Od.  13,  246.^ 

Βούβρωστις,  εως,  η,  (βον-,  βιβρώ-. 
σκω)  α  ravenous  appetite,  bulimy,  Ορρ.  : 
metaph.  grinding  poverty  οτ  misery, ,\\: 
24,  532. 

^Βονβών,  ώνος,  ή,  Bubon^  a.  city  of' 
Lycia,  Strab. 

Βουβών,  ώνος,  ό,  Lat.  inguen,  a 
gland  in  the  groin  :  the  pudenda,  II.  4, 
492  :  esp.  when  in  a  state  of  disease 
and  tumour,  a  bubo,  Hipp.  (Prob. 
quasi  βομβών,  any  round;  tumid  pro- 
tuberance, Grani'-U.)    Hence 

Βονβωνιάω,  to  suffer  from  swollen 
groins',  Ar.  Ran.  1280. 

Βονβώνιον,  ov,  TO,  a  plant.  Aster 
Atticus,  because  used  medicinally 
against  a  βονβών,  Diosc. 

Βονβωνοκήλη,  ης,  ή,  (βονβών, 
κή7.η)  α  kind  of  rupture,  hernia  ingui- 
nalis.  Medic. 

Βονβωνόομαι,  as  pass,  to  swell  to  a 
βονβών,  Hipp. 

Βονγύίος,   ov,  i,   (βον-,  γαίω)  a 
273 


BOYR. 

braggart,  exulting  in  strength  or  exces- 
sively exulting,  overbearing,  only  used 
in  vocat.  as  a  term  of  reproach,  11. 
13, 8-24,  Od.  18,  79,  cf.  κνδΐϊ  γαίων.  [ά] 

Βουγινής,  ές,=βοηγεν7'/ς,  Emped. 
215  et  Call. 

Βούγ?.υσσον,  ov,  τό,  late  form  for 
sq. 

Βονγλωσσος,  ου,  b,  {βοϋς,  γλώσσα) 
htigloss  a  boragineous  plant. — II.  ό 
and  /},  Ath.,  α  shell-fish,  Epich.  p.  34. 
(Both  from  the  shape.) 

fBovoeiov,  ov.  τό,  Budeum,  a  city  of 
Boeotia,  11.  16,  572. 

^Bovoivot,  ων,  oi,  the  Budlni,  a  Scy- 
thian tribe,  Hdt.  4,  21. 

^Βονδίοί,  ων,  oi,  the  Budii,  a  tribe 
of  the  Medes,  Hdt.  1,  101. 

^Βούύομον,  ov,  TO,  Buddrum,  a  pro- 
montory of  Salamis,  contaming  a 
fortress  of  same  name,  Thuc.  2,  U3. 

Βουόόρος,  oi>,  {βούς,  δίφω)  flaying 

oxen,  afflicting,  galling,  lies.  Op.  502. 

But — ll.  βυνύορος,  ov,  taken  off  oxen. 

ίΒονδυας.  ου,  υ,  Budyas,  an  Indian 

king,  Arr.  Ind.  8, 1. 

Βουδύτης,  ov,  6,  {βον-,  δύω)  a  little 
bird,  the  wagtail,  0pp. 

Βονζυγτ/r,  ό.  (βοϋς,  ζενγννμι)  epith. 
of  an  Attic  hero,  ivho  first  yoked  oxen, 
and  ploughed  with  them. — 11.  the 
man  whose  part  it  was  to  guide  the 
sacred  plough  and  keep  the  bullocks 
at  Eleusis,  Bockh.  Inscr.  1,  473. 
Hence 

ίΒονζνγιος,  a,  ov,  and  Βονζνγειος, 
a,  ov,  also  ος,  ov,  of  or  belonging  to 
Buzyges,  Valck.  ad  Udt.  7,  21  ;  ?) 
Βονζυγία,  a  fa-nily  in  Athens  deriving 
its  origin  from  Β  :  Βουζυγιος,  ό,  sub. 
αροτος,  the  festival  of  Buzyges,  i.  e.  of 
yoking  oxen,  Plut. 

^Βονζυ}ος,  ov,  b,  Buzygus,  an  Ath- 
enian, Aeschin. 

Βουθεμής,  ές,  {βονς,  θέρω)  summer- 
ing cattle,  pasturing  them  for  the  season, 
λαιμών.  Soph.  Tr.  188. 

Βουβοίνης,  ov,  ό,  {βονς,  θοινάο))  a 
beefeater,  epith.  of  Hercules,  Anth. 

Βονθόρος,  ov,  (βονς,  θορείν)  vaccas 
iniens,  Aesch.  Supp.  301. 

^Βονθρωτόν,  οϋ,  τό,  and  -τός,  ov,  ή, 
Buthrotum,  a  city  on  the  coast  of 
Epirus,  Strab. 

Βονβνσία,  ας,  ή,  (βονς,  θνω)  the 
slaughter  or  sacrifice  of  oxen,  Ap.  Rh. 

Βονθύσίον,  ov,  70,=ioreg. 

Βονθντέω,  to  stay,  sacrifice  oxen. 
Soph.  O.  C.  888 :  in  genl.  to  sacrifice 
or  slaughter,  Ar.  Plut.  819  :  from 

ΒονΟύττ/ς,  ov,  ό,  (βονς,  βύω)  slaugh- 
tering, sacrificing  oxen,  Ath.   [ϋ] 

Βοϋθϋτος,  ov,  {βονς,  θνω)  of  or  be- 
longing to  sacrifices,  ηδονή,  Eur.  Ion 
664.^ — 2.  Oil  which  oxen  are  offered,  sa- 
crificial, εστία.  Soph.  O.  C.  1495,  έσ- 
χάρα,  Ar.  Αν.  1232,  ημέρα,  Eur.  Hel. 
1474 

Βονκαϊος,  ov,  ό,  (βονκος)  Lat.  bu- 
bulcus,  a  cow-herd,  Mc. — 11.  one  who 
ploughs  ivith  oxen,  Theocr.  10,  1,  57. 

Βουκανάω,^=άνκανάω,  to  blow  the 
trumpet,  Polyb. 

\Βονκάτιος,  ov,  b,  Bucatius,  name  of 
a  month  among  the  Boeotians,  cor- 
responding to  Attic  Gamelion,  Plut. 
Pelop.  25. 

Βούκεντρον,  ov,  τό,  an  ox-goad. 

Βονκέραος,  ον,—βονκερως. 

Βουκέρας,  ου,  ό,  α  plant,  proh.  fenu- 
greek, Nic,  also  βονκερας,  αος,  τό. 

Βονκερως,  ων,  gen.  ω,  {βονς,  κέρας) 
horned  like  an  οχ,  Hdt.  2,  41. — 11.= 
foreg. 

ίΒονκεφάλεία,  -λί'α,  ας,  ή,  and  Βου- 
κέφαλα, ων,  τά,  Bucephalia,  a  city  of 
India  on  the  Hydaspes,  Strab.,  Arr. 
va  5,  29,  8. 
274 


BOTK 

Βουκέώαλος,  ov,  (βοΰς,  κεφαλή) 
bull-headed:  epith.  of  horses,  prob. 
because  branded  with  a  bull's  head,  cf. 
Ar.  Fr.  135,  v.  κοππατίας  and  σαμφό- 
ρας  :  in  Maced.  βονκεφάλας,  gen.  a, 

6.  Bucephalus,  the  horse  of  Alexander 
the  Great. 

Βονκινίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  Lat.  buccino,  to 
blow  the  trumpet,  Sext.  Einp. 

Βονκολέω,ώ,ί.-ήσω,  (βονκόλος)  to 
tend  cattle,  Hom.  β.  βονς,ΙΙ  21,  448: 
bu',  also  of  other  cattle,  esp.  horses, 
ϊπΤίΟί.  εβουκολέοντο,  11.  20,  221, 
Valck.  Phoen.  28,  cf.  ίπποβονκόλος  : 
Ar.  Vesp.  10,  βουκο7ιεΙς  Σαβύζιυν, 
you  tend,  serve  him,  perh.  with  allu- 
sion to  him  as  a  tauriform  god.  Mid. 
to  graze,  wander  in  the  pasture.  II.,  as 
Aesch.  uses  αίπο?.έομαί.  Metaph. 
of  the  wandering  stars  in  heaven.  Call. 
Del.  176,  etc. — II.  metaph.  like  ποι- 
μαίνω,  Lat.  pasco,  lacto,  to  delude,  be- 
guile, πάθος,  Aesch.  Ag.  669,  cf.  Ar. 
Eccl.  81 :  and  in  mid.,  μη  πρόκαμνε, 
βουκο'λούμενος  πόνον,  despond  not 
in  beguiling  your  suli'ering,  i.  e.  do  not 
faint  under  it,  Eum.  73  :  έλπίσι  βον- 
κολονμαί,  I  feed  myself  on  hopes, 
cheat  7nyself  with  them,  Valck.  Hipp. 
151.  Hence — 2.  in  genl.  to  cheat  one, 
deceive  one's  hopes,  ruin  one,  Ar.  Pac. 
153,  in  mid.     Hence 

Βονκόλημα,  ατός,  τό,  comfort,  re- 
freshment, support,  Babrius,  Fr.  6,  and 

Βονκόλησις,εως,  ή,  the  tending  of  cat- 
tle.— II.  comforting. — 2.  cheating,  Plut. 

Βονκολία,  ας.  y,  a  herd  of  cattle,  H. 
Horn.  Merc.  498.— II.  an  ox-stall,  Hdt. 
1,  114. 

Βονκολιύζω,  f.  -άσω,  Dor.  βωκο- 
λίάσδω,  t.  -άξω,  to  sing  or  write  pas- 
torals, usu.  in  mid.,  Theocr.  5,  44, 
etc.     Hence 

Βονκολίασμός,  ov,  b,  a  pastoral  song. 
— II.  the  singing  of  it. 

Βονκολιαστής,  ov,  6,  Dor.  βωκ-,  a 
singer  or  composer  of  pastorals,  The- 
ocr. 5,  68. 

\Βονκο'λίδης,  ov  Ep.  ao,  6,  son  of 
Bucolus,  II.  15,  338. 

Βουκολικός,  ή.  όν.  Dor.  βωκ.,  rustic, 
pastoral,  freq.  in  Theocr. :  τα  βονκο- 
λικά,  {ττοίΐ'ιματα)  pastoral  poetry. — Π. 
το  Βονκολικον  στόμα,  Bucalicum,  one 
of  the  mouths  of  the  Nile,  Hdt.  2, 17  : 
from  BovkoAlov  II. 

Βονκόλιον,  ov,  to.  a  herd  of  cattle, 
Hdt.  1,  120. — II.  Tu  BovK.,  a  marshy 
district  of  Lower  Aegypl,  inhabited  by 
shepherds,  Heliod. 

Βονκολίς,  ίδος,  ή,  fit  for  feeding  cat- 
tle, Dion.  H. 

\Βουκολίων,  ωνος,  ό,  Bucolion,  son 
of  Lycaou,  ApoUod.  3,  8.  1. — 2.  son 
of  Laomedon,  11.  6,  22.— II.  ?),  a  city 
of  Arcadia,  Thuc.  4,  134. 

Βουκόλοζ-,  ου,  ό,  a  cowherd,  Hom. : 
in  genl.  one  who  lends  cattle,  Valck. 
Call.  p.  75.  Aesch.  applies  the  word 
to  the  gad-fly.  (From  βονς  and  κο- 
λέω,  a  word  which  only  occurs  in 
compds.,  cf.  Lat.  colo:  others  from 
κόλον.) 

\Βονκολος,  ov,  6.  Bucolus,  a  son  of 
Hercules,  and  others  in  Apollod.  2, 

7,  8,  etc. 

\Βονκηλων  πόλις,  ή,  Bucolopolis, 
prop.  Herdsmen's  city,  a  city  of  Syria, 
Strab. 

Βουκόρνζα,  ης,  ή,  (βον-,  κόρνζα) 
much  phlegm  or  7nucus  in  the  nose,  a 
severe  cold  in  the  head.  Metaph.  great 
stupidity.     Hence 

Βονκόρνζος,  ov,  having  a  severe  cold 
in  the  head  ;  much  stuffed ;  and  me- 
taph. very  stupid  :  cf.  βλέννας. 

Βονκος,  ό.  Dor.  βώκος,=βουκαΙος. 

Βονκράνίος,   ov,  belonging  to,  like  a 


ΒΟΥΛ 

bull's  head :  βουκράνιον,  το,  a  plant, 
Diosc.  [a] :  from 

ΒουκρύτΡον,  ov,  τό,  (βονς,  κράνον) 
a  bull's  head. — 11.  α  helmet  of  bull's 
hide.     Hence 

Βονκρΰΐ'ος,  ov,  bull-headed,  Emped. 
216,  and  Soph. 

\Βονλαγόρας,  a,   b,  Bulagoras,  an 
Athenian  of  Alopece,  Dem.  282,  23. 

Βονλαίος,  a,  ov,  (βονλή)  belonging 
to  counsel  or  to  the  council,  coutisrlting : 
epith.  of  Jupiter  and  Themis,  the 
establishers  and  guardians  of  legal 
systems  and  deliberative  assemblies, 
Plut. 

Βονλαρχέω,  to  preside  in  council, 
Arist.  Pol. :  irom 

Βονλαρχος,  ου,  ό,  (βονλή,  άρχω)  the 
president  of  the  council,  Inscr. — II.  the 
adviser  of  a  plan,  Lat.  auctor  consilii, 
Aesch.  Supp.  12. 

Βουλεία,  ας,  ή,  (βον?.εύω)  the  office 
of  a  councillor,  Ar.  Thesm.  809. 

ΒονλεΙον,  ου,  τό,  the  courthouse, 
Vit.  Hom. 

Βονλενμα,  ατός,  το,  (βονλεύω)  a 
decree  of  the  council :  in  geul.  a  con- 
clusion, determination,  plan,  Eur.  An- 
tiop.  31. 

Βον?^ενμύτιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from 
foreg.,  Ar.  Eq.  100. 

^Βονλεύς,  έως.  b,  Bideus,  a  son  of 
Hercules,  Apollod.  2,  7,  8. 

Βονλενσις.  εως,  ή,  a  consulting,  de- 
liberation, Arist.  Eth.  N. 

Βονλεντέον,  verb.  adj.  from  βου- 
λεύομαι, one  must  take  counsel,  Thuc. 
7,  60. 

Βουλευτή p,  τ/ρος,  ό,=^ βουλευτής. 
Hence 

Βονλεντήριος,  ov.fitfor,  appropriate 
to  counsel.  Hence  το  βσνλεντήρίον, 
=  βονλεϊον,  the  courthouse,  Aesch. 
Eum.  570,  084,  cf.  Eur.  Andr.  1097: 
or  the  deliberative  assembly.  Dion.  H. 

Βονλεντής,  ov,  ΰ,  a  counsellor,  one 
who  sits  in  council,  II.  0,  114:  also 
βονλεντήρ,  fem.  βονλεντίς.     Hence 

Βονλεντικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to  the 
council,  or  to  a  councillor,  befitting  him  : 
βον?..  όρκος,  the  oath  taken  by  the 
councillors,  Xcn.  Mem.  1,1,  18. — II. 
as  subst.  TO  βουλ.,  in  the  Athen. 
theatre,  the  seats  next  the  orchestra, 
belonging  to  the  council  of  500,  Ar. 
Av.  794:  later=7/  βου?ι.ή,  the  council, 
Dio  C. 

Βουλεντίς,  ίδος,  ή,  fem.  of  βου- 
λευτής, Plat.  (Com.)  Xant.  3. 

Βονλευτός,  ή,  όν,  devised,  plotted, 
Aesch.  Cho.  494  :  to  be  deliberated  up- 
on, a  fair  subject  for  deliberation,  Arist. 
Eth.N. 

Βουλεύω,  f.  -σω,  (βονλή)  to  deli 
berate,  take  counsel,  consider,  Hom. : 
in  past  tenses,  to  liave  considered,  and 
so  in  genl.  to  determine,  resolve,  plan, 
devise.  Id,,  who  usu.  joins  it  with 
/ίουλύζ• ,  also  άπύτην,  όλεθρον,  ττήμα, 
φύξιν,  κέρδεα  βον?ιεύειν  τινί,  more 
rare  c.  inf.,  or  όπως,  usu.  with  notion 
of  secrecy:  β.  ές  μίαν,  to  rrsolve 
unanimously,  11.  2,  379.  Mid.  to  de- 
termine with  one's  self,  n,  II.  2,  114: 
most  usu.  in  Att.,  to  deliberate  in  one's 
own  mind,  form  a  plan  or  resolution,  de- 
termine, c.  inf ,  perh.  also  c.  gen.  rei, 
Soph.  Ant.  490,  but  v.  Heria.  The 
perf.  βεβούλεν/ιαι,  is  used  both  mid. 
and  pass.,  cf.  Soph.  El.  385,  Aesch. 
Pr.  998. — II.  to  sit  in  council,  to  be  a 
member  of  the  βον?ίή,  or  council,  be  a 
councillor,  Xen.  Mem.  1,  1,  18.— IIL 
the  act.  signf.  to  furnish  a  person  tvith 
advice,  τινά,  Η.  Hom.  Merc.  107,  is 
now  rightly  rejected  :  from 

Βονλή,  ης,  ή,  (βούλομαι)  counsel, 
will,  determination,  Lat.  consilium,  esp 


BOYA 

01  the  Gods,  Horn. — 2.  α  project,  plan, 
intention,  object:  advice,  whether  given 
or  taken,  oft-  in  Horn. :  kv  jSovly 
ireiii  τι,  to  deliberate  about  a  thing, 
Hdt.  3,  78.— II.  also  like  Lat.  consi- 
lium, or  concilium,  the  council  or  delibe- 
rative assembly,  Lat.  Senatus,  Horn.  : 
at  Athens,  esp.  that  of  the  500,  who 
were  in  fact  a  committee  of  the  έκ- 
κ7ίησία,  to  prepare  measures  for  that 
assembly,  etc.,  Ar.  Vesp.  590,  cf. 
Herrn.  Pol.  Ant.  ^  125,  sq. :  in  this 
sense  ή  3.  is  always  used,  Schaf. 
Appar.  Dem.  3,  p.  104.  [Hes.  Th. 
531  has  the  Dor.  ace.  βονλάς  with  ΰ.] 

Βυν'ληαι,  Ep.  2  sing.  subj.  pres. 
from  ιίούλομαι,  Hes. 

Βουλι/γορέ<Λ>,  (βουληγόρος)  to  speak 
in  the  senate,  App. 

Βον/.ηγορία,  ας,  η,  a  speech  in.  the 
senate :  from 

Βουληγόμος,  ov,  {βουλή,  αγορεύω) 
speaking  in  the  senate. 

Βονλήεις.  εσσα,  εν,  of  good  counsel, 
sage.  Solon  25,  1. 

Βονλ7/μα,  ατός,  τό.  {3ούλημαι)  the 
will,  intention.  Plat.  Legg.  769  D. 

Βονλι/σις,  ευς,  ή,  {βον7.ομ.αι)  will, 
a  wish,  aim,  object,  Thuc.  3,  39,  Plat., 
etc. 

Βου?.ητίκός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to  the 
Hull :    TO  -κόν,  the  will. 

Βΐ)υ?^ητός,  ή,  όν,  (βούλομαι)  that  is 
or  should  be  wished  or  wilted,  the  object 
of  the  wish  or  will,  Plat.  Legg,;  Arist. 
Elh.  N. 

Bov7.ηόόpc^ς.  ov.  {βον2ή.  φέρω) 
counselling,  advising,  in  II.  a  constant 
epilh.  of  princes  and  leaders,  also  c. 
gen.,  βουλ.  'Αχαιών,  Ύυωών,  etc., 
like  βασιλεύς :  in  Od.  epith.  of  ά)  ορά, 
also  in  Pind.  O.  12,  6. 

Βου?ύαιος,  οία,  atov,=  βουλαιος, 
Inscr. 

Βου?ΰμία,  ας,  η,  [βου-,  λιμός)  raven- 
ous hunger,  bulimy :  esp.  a  sudden 
faintness  from  hunger,  removed  by  a 
mere  mouthful  of  food. 

Βου?ΰμί(ϊσις,  εως,  ή,  a  suffering  from 
βουλιμία,  Plut.  :  from 

Bov7.luLiau,  i.  -άσω,  to  suffer  from 
βουλιμία,  Ar.  Plut.  873,  Xen.  An.  4, 
5,  7. 

Βονλίμος.  ov,  ό,= βουλιμία,  Plut. 

ΒουλΙμώττω,  later  form  for  βουλι- 
μιάω. 

ΒοΰλίΟζ•,  ov,  {βονλ-ή)=βου?ίαΙος  or 
βουλευτικός,  Aesch.  Cho.  C72. 

tBoD/./f,  ιος,  ό.  Bulls,  a  Spartan 
noble.  Hdt.  7,  134. — 2.  ιδος,  ή,  a  city 
of  Phocis,  Paus. 

BO Y'AOMAI,  f.  βονλήσομαι :  perf. 
βεβονλημαι,  in  Horn,  as  compd.  also 
προβέβουλα:  aor.  έβου7.ήβην,  Att. 
also  7/3ον7.ήθην :  dep.  pass.  c.  fut. 
mid.,  (the  form  βόλομαι,  whence  the 
Lat.  volo,  only  twice  in  Hom.  v.  sub 
β07Μμαι).  To  will,  wish,  be  willing. 
Acc.  to  Buttm.,  Lesil.  in  v.,  it  diifers 
from  the  more  usu.  έθέλω,  in  that 
έίΜλω  expresses  choice  and  purpose, 
βον7.ομαι,  a  mere  inclination  towards 
a  thina,  a  icillingness.  V.  esp.  11.  24, 
226,  Od.  15,  21  ;  on  the  other  hand 
Hom.  always  uses  βον7..  for  εθέ7Μ, 
in  the  case  of  the  gods,  for  with  them 
will  is  also  effect:  rare  c.  acc  ,  βού- 
λεσθαί  τι.  as  Od.  20,  316:  usu.  c. 
inf.,  sometimes  c.  inf  fut.,  Schaf. 
Dion.  Cornp.  p.  211,  and  Theogn. 
187:  c.  acc.  et  inf,  Od.  4,  353,  11.  1, 
117,  and  so  more  freq.  in  Prose:  c. 
adv.,  ύ71-η.  II.  15,  51.  From  the  usu. 
construct.'  with  inf.  arose  the  Homer, 
usage  without  inf.  c.  acc.  rei  et  dat. 
pers.,  'Γρώεσσιν  έ3ού7.ετο  νίκ,ι^ν,  he 
willed  victory  to  the  Trojans,  II.  7.  21, 
or  in  full,  Ύρώεσσιν  έβονλετο  κνδος 


BOTN 

ορέζαι,  Π.  II,  79,  cf  II.  23, 682,  only  of 
gods. — Βοΰλεί  or  βού/ίεσθε,  c.  subj., 
adds  force  to  the  demand,  βον7\.ει 
φράΰω.  would  you  have  me  tell.  At.  Eq. 
36,  cf.  Valck.  Hipp.  782 :  ει  όέ  βού- 
λει,  expresses  a  concession,  or  if  you 
like  it.  Plat.  :  βονλεται  είναι,  like 
μέ?.λει  or  κινδυνεύει  είναι,  freq.  in 
Plat. :  ό  βουλόμενος,  Lat.  quivis,  any 
one  that  wishes,  the  first  that  offers, 
Hdt.  1,  54,  Thuc,  etc.:  βουλόμενος 
c.  inf,  in  order  that...,  so  that... : 
βονλομένφ  μοί  έστι,  nobis  volentibus 
est,  Thuc.  2, 3,  cf.  άσμενος,  and  Kiih- 
ner  Gr.  Gr.  %  581  c. — II.  to  prefer,  in- 
asmuch as  every  wish  implies  a  pre- 
ference, usu.  with  η,  e.  g.  βούλομ' 
έγώ  λαόν  σόον  εμμεναι,  η  ΰπολέσθαι, 
Ι  had  rather...,  11.  1,  117,  cf  Od.  12, 
350,  etc. ;  more  rarely  without  η,  II. 
1,  112,  Od.  15,  88:  with  //  it  is  also 
freq.  in  Att.  prose,  Ast.  Plat.  Rep.  2, 
p.  388,  in  full  βον7.ομαι  μύ7.7ιθν. 

Βον7ίόμΰχος,  ov,  {βούλομαι,  μάχη) 
strife-desiring,  Ar.  Pac.  1293. 

Βουλύσιος,  ov,  {βου7ΜΤΟς)  ωρη,  the 
time  for  unyoking  the  oxen,  Arat,  825. 

Βούλνσις,  εως.  7/.=βουλυτός,  only 
in  Cic.  Att.  15,  27,  3. 

Βου7,ϋτός,  ov,  6,  {βονς,  λΰω)  sub. 
καιρός,  the  time  for  unyoking  oxen, 
evening,  Ap.  Rh.  3,  1342 :  in  Hom. 
only  as  adv.,  βου?ί.ϋτόνδε,  towards 
evening,  at  eventide. 

tBouAwi',  ωνος,  ό,  Bulon,  founder 
of  Bulls,  Paus. — 2.  a  pupil  of  the 
philosopher  Lycon,  Diog.  L. 

Βούμασθος,  and  βονμαστος,  ov, 
{3ov-.  μασθός, μαστός)  sub.  άμπελος, 
bumastus.  a  kind  of  vine  bearing  large 
grapes,  Virg.  G.  2,  102. 

Βουμελία.  ας,  ή,  and  βουμέ7ιΐος,  ου, 
ό,  {βου-,  με'λία)  α  large  kind  of  ash, 
Theophr. 

Βονμολγός,  ό,  {βοΰς,  άμέλγω)  cow- 
milking,  Anth. 

Βούμϋκοι,  or  βούμνκαι,  οΊ,  {βονς, 
μυκάομαι)  the  bellowing  of  oxen,  a  kind 
of  subterraneous  noise,  Arist.  Probl. 

^Βούμωδος,  ov,  b,  Bumddus,  a  river 
of  Assyria,  .\rr.  An.  3,  8,  7. 

Bovvaia,  ας.  ή.  epith.  of  Juno,  be- 
cause her  temple  stood  on  the  βουνός 
or  height,  on  the  road  to  the  Acro- 
corinthus,  and  80=άκραία,  Paus.  2, 
4,  7. 

Βοννεβρος,  ου,  ό,  {βου-,  νεβρός)  α 
large  fawn,  Aesop. 

Βουνιάς,  ύδος,  ή,  α  plant  of  the  rape 
kind. 

Βοννίζω,  f.  •ίσω,  {βουνός)  to  heap 
up,  pile  up,  LXX. 

Bovvlov,  ov,  TO,  a  plant,  perh.  the 
earth-nut,  bunium. 

Βουνίς.  ίδος,  ή.  {βουνός)  hilly,  Aesc. 
Supp.  776. — II.  dim.  of  βοννός,  sub. 
γη,  lb.  117. — ΙΠ.  ^:βοννίύς. 

Βοννίτης,  ov,  ό,  fem.  βοννΐτις,  ιδος, 
ή,  hilly:  as  subst.,  a  dweller  on  the 
hills,  epith.  of  Pan,  Jac.  A.  P.  p.  148. 

Βοννοβΰτέω,  {βουνός,  βατέω)  to 
walk  on  or  mount  hills. 

Βουνοειδής,  ες,  {βοννός,  είδος)  hill- 
like, hilly,  Diod. 

Βοννόμος,  ov,  {βοϋς,  νέμω)  cattle- 
feeding,  or — Π.  proparox.,  βούνομος, 
grazed  by  cattle :  either  sense  will 
suit  Soph.  £1,  185,  the  edd.  vary : 
άγέ7.αι  βούνομοι,  herds  of  grazing 
oxen,  Id.  O.  T.  26. 

ΒΟΥΝΟ'Σ,  ov,  6,  a  hill,  height, 
heap,  mound  (cf  Germ.  Buhne),  prob. 
orig.  Cyrenaic,  adopted  by  Aescn.  in 
Sicily,  Valck.  Hdt.  4,  158,  199.— II. 
later,  a  woman's  breast,  cf  μαστός. 

Βοννώδης,  ες,=βοννοειδτ}ς,  hilly, 
Poiyb. 


ΒΟΥΣ 

Βονπαις,  αιδος,  ό,  {βον-,  παΐς)  α 
great  fat  boy,  a  bull-calf.  At.  Vesp. 
1206. — II.  {βοΐ'ς,  παις)  child  of  the 
ox,  epith.  of  bees  in  allusion  to  their 
fabulous  origin,  v.  Virg.  G.  4,  281  . 
so  also  βονγενής,  βονποίητος. 

Βου7Γά7.ειος,  ov,  like  Bupalus,  i.e. 
stupid,  V.  Βούτταλος. 

Βούπαλις,  εως,  ό,  ή,  {βον-,  πάλη) 
=  ενπαλος,  of  violent  wrestling,  hard 
struggling,  Anth. 

\Βονπαλος,  ov,  b,  a  sculptor  of  Chios, 
satirized  by  Hipponax  for  extreme 
stupidity. 

Βονττάμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  {βονς, 
πάομαι)  rich  in  cattle,  Anth.  [a] 

^Βονπάρης,  ovr,  b,  Bupares,  Persian 
name,  Arr.  An.  3,  8,  9. 

Βούπεινα,  ης,  ή,  {βον-,  πεϊνα)^= 
βον/αμία. 

Βονπε7.ύτης.  ον,  ο,  {βονς,  πε7Μζω) 
α  herdsman,  [ύ] 

Βονπλΰνόκτιστος,  ον,  {βοϋς,  π?ιάνη, 
κτίζω)  built  on  the  track  of  an  ox,  of 
Troy,  λόφος.  Lye. 

Βονπ7Μστης,  ου,  ό,  {βοϋς,  πλάσσω) 
ox-forming,  epith.  of  the  sculptor  My- 
ron, Anth. 

Βονπλενρον,  ου,  τό,  a  plant,  bu- 
pleurum.  hare's-ear,  Nic. 

Βουπληθής,  ες,  {βοϋς,  π7.ήθω)  full 
of  oxen.  Euphor.  Fr.  82. 

Βονπ/.ηκτρος,  ov,  {βονς,  πλ.ηκ- 
Tpov)=s(\..  Anth. 

Βονπ7.ήξ.  ήγος,  ό,  ή,  {βονς,  πλ'ησ- 
σω)  ox-goading.- — Π.  as  subst.  ή  βου- 
π7.ήζ.  an  ox-goad,  stimulus,  II.  6,  135; 
also  ό,  in  late  writers. — 11.  an  axe,  a 
hatchet,  for  sacrifice,  Anth.  ;  a  battle- 
axe,  Qu.  Sm.  1,  159. 

Βονποίητος,  ov,  {βοϋς,  ποιέω)=^ 
βουτταις  II.,  Anth. 

ΒουτΓοίμην.  ενός,  b,  {βοϋς,  ποιμήν) 
α  herdsman,  Anth. 

Βον  πόλος,  ον,  {βονς,  πολέω)  tend- 
ing oxen:  also  βυνπο/.έων,  part,  as  ii 
from  βονπολέω,  Leon.  Tar.  dub. 

^Βονπομπός,  όν,  {βονς,  πομπή)  with 
a  procession  of  oxen,  εορτή,  Pind.  Fr. 
205  (B.) 

Βονπόρος,  ov,  {βονς,  πείρω)  ox- 
piercing,  βουπ.  όβελός,  a  spit  that 
would  spit  a  whole  ox,  Hdt.  2,  135. 

^Βουπράσιον,  ov,  τό,  Buprasium,  a 
city  ana  district  of  Elis  on  the  bor- 
ders of  Achaia,  11.  2,  615 :  called 
also  Βονπρασίς  (sub.  χώρα)  in  Strab. 
Βονπρηστις,  ιδος,  ή,  {βονς,  πρήθω) 
α  poisonous  beetle,  which  being  eaten 
by  cattle  in  the  grass,  causes  them 
to  swell  up  and  die,  Hipp. — II.  a  kind 
of  pot-herb,  Theophr. 

\Βουπρόςωπος,  ov,  {βονς,  πρόςω- 
πoι')=sq.  1. 

Βονπρωρος,  ov,  {βοϋς,  πρώρα)  with 
the  j'orehead  or  face  of  an  ox,  v.  1.  Soph. 
Tr.  13.• — II.  βούπρ.  εκατόμβη,  an 
oftering  of  100  sheep  and  one  ox,  or 
99  sheep  and  one  ox  ?  Plut. 

tBof'pa,  ας,  ή,  Bura,  a  citv  of  Achaia 
on  the  Corinthian  gulf,  Hdt.  1,  148; 
ό  Βονραΐος,  ου,  a  Buraean.     Hence 

'(Βονραϊκός,  ή,  όν,  of  Bura,  Buraean, 
Paus. 

^Βονρδίγαλα,  ης,  η,  Burdigala,  now 
Bourdeau.x,  a  city  of  Aquitania  in 
Gaul,  Strab.      ^     . 

^Bovplva,  ης.  η,  {βονς,  {)ίς)  Burma, 
a  fountain  in  the  island  of  Cos,  The- 
ocr.  7,  6:  cf  Lob.  Paral.  p.  466  not. 

\Βονρις,  tor,  b,  Buris,  masc.  pr.  n., 
Plut. 

\Βούριχος,  ov,  6,  Burichus,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Ath.  253. 

^Βονρχανις,  ή,  Burchanis,  an  island 
near  Fnesland,  now  Borkum.  Strab. 

ΒΟΥ'Σ,  gen.  βοάς,  poet,  also  βοϋ, 
Aesch.  Fr.  422 :  acc.  βοϋν,  poet,  also 
275 


BOTT 

βόα:  dat.  pi.  βονσί,  poet,  βόεσσι, 
very  rarely  βοσί,  ό,  and  ή : — α  bullock 
or  cow,  an  οχ ;  in  plur.  cattle:  if  the 
gender  is  not  marked,  it  is  usu.  fein., 
and  so  Horn,  uses  it  even  in  plur.: 
to  mark  the  male  he  adds  a  word,  as 
βονς  αρσην,  or  ταϋρος  βονς,  11.  Π, 
389. — 2.  metaph.  the  ivife,  as  ταϊφος, 
the  husband,  Bockh  Expl.  Piiul.  P. 
4,  142,  Aesch.  Ag.  1125.— II.  ή  βονς, 
a  shield  covered  with  ox-hide,  always 
fern.,  11.— III.  a  sea-fish.— IV.  proverb. 
βοϋς  ίπΐ  γλώσστι  βέβηκε,  ίπΐ  γλώσ- 
σης  επιβαίνει,  of  people  who  keep 
silence  from  some  weighty  reason ; 
rather  from  the  notion  of  a  heavy 
body  keeping  down  the  tongue,  than 
from  that  of  corn  bearing  the  stamp 
of  an  ox,  (cf.  νς  έττΐ  στόμα,  Menand.), 
Theogn.  813,  Aesch.  Ag.  36:  βονς 
ίν  πόλε  ι,  proverb,  for  some  strange 
event,  a  bull  in  a  china-shop,  Bast.  Ep. 
Cr.  p.  133.  (Ace.  to  Donalds.  N. 
Crat.  p.  305,  the  word  is  onomatop., 
akin  to  βούω,  etc.,  as  if  the  bellowing 
beast :  but  we  can  scarcely  go  wrong 
in  identifying  it  with  the  synoni. 
Sanscr.  go,  nom.  gou,  and,  through 
that,  with  our  cow :  v.  sub  β,  for  in- 
stances of /3  and  γ  interchanged.) 

^Βονσαί,  ών,  οι,  the  Busae,  a  race  of 
the  Medes  on  the  Caspian  sea,  Hdt. 
1,  101. 

ίΒούσε?.ος,  ου,  ό,  Buselus,  an  Ath- 
enian, Dem.  1055,  23. 

\ΒούσΙρις,  ιύος  and  ιος,  ό,  BusXris, 
a  son  of  Neptune  and  king  of  Aegypt, 
slain  by  Hercules,  Apollod.  2,  5,  11, 
Isocr.,  etc.— II.  ?),  a  city  of  Aegypt, 
with  a  temple  to  Isis,  Hdt.  2,  59: 
hence 

^ΒουσΙρίτης,  ov,  δ,  an  inhabitant  of 
Biisiris  ;  also  as  adj.  of  Btisiris,  νο- 
μός. Hdt.  2,  165.  [ir]. 

Βονσκίφέω,  {βον-,  σκάπτω)  to  un- 
dermine, Lye. 
Βονσύος,  ον,=βοοσσόος. 
Βονσταθμον,  ov,  τό,  {βονς,  σταθ- 
μός) an  ox-stall,  Eur.  Hel.  29 ;   also 
niasc.  pi.,  Id.  3fi9. 

Βονστασία,  ας,  η,  Luc,  and 
Βηνστύσις,   εως,   ή,=βονσταθμον, 
Aesch.  Pr.  653. 

Βονστροφηδόν,  adv.  {βοϋς,  στροφή) 
turning  like  oxen  in  ploughing :  only 
used  of  the  early  Greek  manner  of 
writing,  which  went  from  left  to 
right,  and  right  to  left  alternately : 
so  Solon's  laws  were  written,  and 
so  the  Sigeian  Inscr.  ap.  Bockh.  1, 
p.  15,  sq. 

Βούστροφος,  ov,  {βονς,  στρέφω) 
turned  up,  ploughed  by  oxen,  Lyc.  ;  but 
— II.  parox.  βονστροφος,  ov,  ox-guid- 
ing, Anth. — 2.  as  subst.  ό  βουστρόφος, 
an  ox-goad,  stimulus. 

Βονσϋκον,  ου,  τό,  {βον-,  σνκον)  α 
large  kind  of  fig. 

Βονσφάγέω,     {βονς,     σφύττω)     to 
slaughter  oxen,  Eur.  El.  627.     Hence 
Βουσφΰγία,  ας,  ή,  a  .slaughtering  of 
oxen,  poet,  βοοσφ.,  Anth. 

ίΒουτάόαι.  ών,  ol,  the  Bui.ldae,  de- 
scendants of  Butes  (v.  BovT7]r),  a  dis- 
tinguit^hed  Athenian  family,  also 
called  Ύ.τεοβοντύδαι. — 2.  an  Ath- 
enian demus  of  the  tribe  Oene/s. 

ΙΒοντακίδης,  ου  Ion.  εω,  ό,  Buta- 
cifZcs,  prop,  son  of  Butacus,  a  Cro- 
toniat,  Hdt.  5,  47. 

ΙΒηντας,  a,  ό,  Butas,  a  Greek  poet. 
Pint.  Rom.  21. 

Βοντης,  ov,  a,  a  herdsman,  Aesch. 
Pr.  569.  (uncertain  whether  from 
βονς,  or  for  βοτί/ς  from  βόσκω,  v. 
Lob.  Paral.  p.  549.) 

^Βοντης,  ov,  b,  Butes,  son  of  Teleon, 
an  argonaut,  according  to  some  son 
276 


ΒΟΩΠ 

of  Pandion,   founder  of   the  family 
Butadae,  Apollod.  1,  19,  6,  etc. 

ΒούτΙμος,  ov,  {βοϋς,  τιμή)  worth  an 
ox. 

Βούτινον,  τό,  and  βοντιον,  ov,  τό, 
=sq. 

Βούτομον,   ov,   τό,  and  βοντομος, 
ov,  ό,  {βονς,  τέμνω)  a  water-plant, 
butomus,  the  flowering  rush,  Theocr. 
tBoirof,  ov,  7/,=Βυντώ,  Strab. 
Βυύτρΰγος,    ov,    ό,    an   ox-goat,   a 
fabulous  animal,  Philostr. 

HiovTf>iov,  ov,  TO,  Butrium,  a  small 
town  of  Umbria,  Strab. 

Βουτρέιφος,  ov,  {βονς,  τρέφω)  ox- 
feeding. — II.  ό  βουτρόφος,^ίοώνης . 

Βουτύπος,  ov,  {βοϋς,  τνπτω)  an  ox- 
slayer.  Αρ.  Rh. — II.  as  subst.  6  βον- 
τύπος,=  οΙστρος,  the  gadfly.  [C] 

Βοντνρινος,  η,  ov,  nf  butter,  Diosc. : 
from 

BovTvpov,  ov,  ro,  also  -ρος,  <5,  but- 
ter:  inVlnt.  a  kind  of  ointment.  (Said 
to  be  a  Scythian  word,  cf.  Plin.  28, 
9  :  yet  the  compos,  from  βονς,  τνρός 
can  hardly  be  mistaken.)  [ϋ'] 

Βονηφοφύγος,  ov,  ό,  {βοντνρον, 
φαγείν)  an  eater  of  butter,  Anaxandr. 
Protes.  1,  8,  ubi  v.  Meineke. 

tBoLTw,  ους,  ή,  Buto,  a  city  of  the 
Aegyptian  Delta,  on  the  Sebennytic 
mouth  of  the  Nile.  —  2.  a  city  of 
Aegypt  near  Arabia,  Hdt.  2,  75:  adj. 
Βουτικός  ή,  όν,  of  Buto,  Strab. 

Βουφύγος,  ov,  {βούς,  φαγεϊν)  ο.τ- 
eating,  λέων,  Simon.  108,  4:  hence 
very  gluttonous,   [ά] 

Βονφθαλμον,  ου,  τό,  {βονς,  οφθαλ- 
μΟΓ)  ox-eye,  a  kind  of  chrysanthemum, 
Mel.  4. 

Βονφονέω,  {βονφόνος)  to  slaughter 
oxen,  11.  7,  466. 

Βονφόνια,  ων,  τύ,  sub.  ιερά.  a  festi- 
val with  sacrifices  of  oxen,  at  Athens, 
Ar.  Nub.  985":  from 

Βονφύνος,  ov,  {ΐ^οϋς,  ώοι>εύω)  ox- 
slaying,  ox-offering.  H.  Horn.  Merc. 
430. — II.  at  or  for  which  steers  are  slain, 
OoLvai,  Aesch.  Pr.  531. 

Βονφορβέω,  ω,  {βονφορβύς)  to  tend 
cattle,  Eur.  Ale.  8. 

Βονφόρβια,  ων,  τά,  a  herd  of  oxen, 
Eur.  Ale.  1031.  —  II.  α  pasturage: 
from 

Βουφορβός,  όν,  {βονς,  φέρβω)  ox- 
feeding. — II.  as  subst.  ύ  β.,  a  herds- 
man, Eur.  I.  T.  237. 
Βονφορτος.ον,=  πο7.νφορτος,  Anth. 
]Βονφράς,  ιϊόος,  ή,  Biiphras,  a  small 
place  in  the  western  part  of  Messe- 
nia,  Thuc.  4,  118. 

^Βονχαίτων,  or  -χέτιον,  ov,  τ6,= 
Βονχετα. 

Βουχανδής,  ές,  {βονς,  χανδύνυ) 
holding  an  οχ,  capacious,  Antil. 

^Βονχετα,  ης,  ή,  BucMta,  a  city  of 
Epirus,  Dem.  84,  23  :  hence 

^Βονχέτιος,  a,  ov,  ofBuchcta,  Buche- 
tian,  Callim. 

Βούχίλος,  ov,  {βονς,  χιλός)  rich  in 
fodder,  cattle-feeding,  Aesch.  Supp. 
540. 

Βοών,  ύνος,  ό,  {βονς)  a  cow-house, 
byre,  cf.  ανδρών. 

Βοώνης,  ov,  6,  {βονς,  ώνέομαί)  a 
buyer  of  oxen:  at  Athens  a  inagistratc 
of  rank,  ivho  bought  oxen  for  the  sacri- 
fices, Dem.  570,  7 ;  cf.  Bockh.  Inscr. 
"1,  p.  250,  P.  E.  1,289. 

Βοώνητος,  ov,  {βονς,  ώνέομαι)  pur- 
chased with  an  ox. 

Βοωνία,  ας,  ή,  the  office  of  the  βοώ- 
νης. 

Βηώπις,  ιδος,  ή,  {βονς,  ώι}>)  ox- 
eyed,  i.  e.  having  large,  full,  finely 
rounded  eyes :  in  Hom.  always  of  fe- 
males, and  most  freq.  of  the  goddess 
Juno,  as  a  point  of  majestic  beauty, 


ΒΡΑΔ 

Miiller  Arch-iol.   d.   Kunst,    $   352. 
The  masc.  βοώττης  was  formed  later. 
Βοωτέω,  to  plough,  Hes.  Op.  389 : 
from 

Boώτης,ov,6,aploυghman,hγc.. — Π. 
a  name  given  to  the  constellation 
Arcturus  as  early  as  Od.  5,  272, 
Charles^  wain. 

Βοωτία,  ας,  η,  arable  land. 
Βραβεία,  ας,  ή,  the  office  of  the  βρα- 
βενς.  presidency  of  the  games,  distribu- 
tion of  the  prizes  :  in  genl.  arbitration, 
decision,  Eur.  Phoen.  450. 

Βρΰβεϊον,  ου,  TO,aprize  in  the  games, 
Lat.  praemium,  N.  T\  met.  of  the  fu- 
ture reward  of  virtue.  Id.  Phil.  3,  14. 

Βριιβενμα,  ατός,  τό,  later  form  for 
foreg. 

ΒΡΑ'ΒΕΤ'Σ,  έως,  ό,  Att.  plur. 
βρα,βτΊς.  the  president,  judge,  or  7node- 
ralor  who  assigned  the  prizes  at  the 
games.  Soph.  El.  C90 :  hence  in  gonl. 
a  judge,  arbitrator,  umpire,  δίκης,  Evir. 
Or.  1650,  λόγον,  Med.  274  :  a  chief, 
leader.  Aesch.  Ag.  230. 

Βράβεντής,  ov,  ό,=  foreg.,  Isae.  78, 
28. 

Βραβεύω,  to  he  a  βραβενς,  preside 
in  the  games,  assign  the  prizes  :  in  genl. 
to  distribute  reicards,  to  be  a  judge  or 
lanpire,  Isocr.  144  Β  :  to  direct,  decide, 
c.  ace,  δίκαια,  Dem.  36,  7. 

Βρύβης,  ου,  6,=βραβενς,  only  in 
an  old  Epigr.  ap.  Dem.  322,  11,  where 
others  read  βραβή=βραβέα. 

Βρύβν?.ον,  ov,  τό,  also  βρύβη?.ον, 
a  wild  fruit,  a  kind  of  plumb  or  sloe, 
Theocr.  7,  146. 

Βρύβν?.ος,  ov,  ή,  the  tree  which  bears 
βράβν7ια,  cf.  βάρβιλος. 

Βραγχα7.έος,  a,  ov,  {βράγχος,  ό) 
hoarse,  Hipp. 

Βραγχύω,  {βρύγχος,  ό)  to  be  hoarse, 
Arist.  H.  A. 

^Βραγχ/^σία.  ας,  η,  παρθένος,  daugh- 
ter of  Branchus,  i.  e.  Caeira,  Lyc. 

Bpi'iyxia,  ων,   τύ,    Lat.   branchiae, 
the  gills  of  fishes,  Arist.  H.  A. — 2.  in 
sing,  βράγχιον,  a  fin,  Ael.,  v.  βρύγ- 
χος, τό. 
Βραγχιάω,=βραγχάω,  Arist.  Probl. 
\Βραγχίδαι,  ών,  οι,  the  Brnnchidae, 
descendants  of  Branchus.  hereditary 
priests  of  Apollo's  oracle,  near  Mile- 
tus, Hdt.  1,  158:  ai,  Bp-,  Branchidae, 
the  Sjiot  itself  with  temple  and  oracle, 
Hdt.  1,  92. 
Βραγχιοειδής,  ές,=βραγχοείδής. 
Βράγχιον,  τό,  v.  βράγχια. 
Βραγχοειδι'/ς,    ές,     {βράγχος,    τό, 
είδος)  like  fishes'  gills,  Ansl.  Part.  An. 
ΒΡΑΤΧΟΣ.  ov,  ό,  hoarseness,  sore 
throat,   Thuc.  2,  49  :  a  strain   of  the 
throat  from  shouting,    (akin  to  βρόγ- 
χος, βόγγος,  and  το  βράγχος.) 
ΒΡΑΓΧΟ'Σ,?/,  όν,  hoarse,  Anth. 
ΒΡΑΤΧΟΣ,   εος.   τό,  =  βράγχια 
Ορρ.   (akin  to  ό  βράγχος.) 

ιΒράγχος,  ον,  ο,  ISranchus,  son  Ct 
Apollo,  Luc,  Strab. 

Βραγχώδης,  ες,  (ό  βράγχος,  είδος) 
hoarse-like,  somewhat  hoarse,  Hij)p. 
^Βραδέως,  adv.  from  βραδύς. 
Βραδινός,  ά,  όν,  Aeol.  for  βοδινός 
Sapph.  Fr.  32,  34^ 

Βράδος,  εος,  τό.  {βραδνς)=βραδν- 
της,  slowness,  Xen.  Eq.  11,  12. 

Βρΰδνβύμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  {βοα• 
δύς,  βήμα)  slow-walking,  Arist.  Phy- 
siogn.  [ά] 

Βραδνγΰμος,  ov,  {βραδύς,  γαμέω) 
late-?narrying. 

Βραδύγλωσσος,  ον,  Attic,  βραδύ- 
γλωττος,  {βραδύς,  γ/ώσσα)  slow  of 
tongue  or  speech,  LXX. 

Βραδνδίνης.  ov,  6,  {βραδύς,  δίνέω) 
slow-eddying,  slow-circling.  Later  also 
βραδνδίνής,  ές.     [i.] 


ΒΡΑΣ 

"Βρ,ιδν^κοος.  ον,  (βραδύς,  ακούω) 
slow  of  hearing. 

Βραδύκαρπος,  ον, {βραδύς,  καρπός) 
late  fruiting,  Theophr. 

Βραδνκίνητος,  ον,  {βραδύς,  κϊνέο- 
μαι)  slow  mnving,  Gal. 

Βραδυ?.ογία,  ας,  ή,  {βραδύς,  λέγω) 
slowness  of  speech. 

Βραδυμάθής,  ές,  {βραδύς,  μαθεΐν) 
slow,  late  in  learning. 

Βραόννοια,  ας,  ή,  slowness  of  under- 
standing, dtdtness,  opp.  to  άγχίνοία, 
Diog.  L. :  from 

Βραδννοος,  ον,  contr.  νονς,  ovv, 
{βραδύς,  νους)  slow  of  understanding, 
dull. 

Βραδύνω,  ί.-ννώ,  {βραδύς)  trans,  to 
make  slow,  stop,  prut  off,  delay. — II.  in- 
trans.  to  be  long,  βραδυνειν  περί  τι, 
opp.  to  σττεύδειν  περί  τι :  esp.  in 
mid.  to  be  slow,  loiter,  be  long,  Aesch. 
Theb.  623. 

Βμαδυπειθής,  ες,  {βραδύς,  πείθο- 
uai)  slow  to  be  persuaded,  shw  to  be- 
lieve. Anth. 

Βραδν-επτέω,  (βραδύς,  ττέπτω)  to 
cook  or  digest  slowly,  Diosc.     Hence 

Βραδνπεφία,  ας,  ή,  slowness  of  di- 
gestion, Gal. 

ΒραδνπΆοέω,  {βραδύς,  πλέω)  to  sail 
slowly.  N.  T. 

Βοαδνπνοος,  ον,  {βραδύς,  πνέω) 
breathing  slow  or  hard,  conlr.  βραδύ- 
ττνυνς,  ovv,  Aretae. 

Βραδυαορέω,  to  walk  slowly,  Plut. : 
from 

Βραδυπόρος,  ον,  {βραδύς,  πείρω, 
πορΐύομαι)  slow  going,  slow  passing, 
Hipp. 

Βραδύπονς,  δ,  ή,  πουν,  τό,  gen.  πο- 
όος,  {όραδνς,  πους)  slow  of  foot,  slow, 
Eur.  Hec.  66. 

ΒΡΑΔΥ'Σ,  εϊα,  ν,  comp.  βραδιών, 
Hes.,  βραδύτερος  and  βράσσων,  II., 
superl.  βρύδιστος,  metath.  βάρδισ- 
τος.  Π.,  and  βραδύτατος :  adv.  βρα- 
δέως :  slow,  heavy,  opp.  to  ταχύς  or 
ώκνς,  Horn.  :  metapfi.  heavy,  dull, 
slow  of  understanding,  bardus,  tardus, 
IL  10.  226.— II.  of  time,  late,  Thuc.  7, 
43.  Adv.  -δέως,  Thuc.  1,  78.  (akin 
to  βαρύς.)  [ΰ] 

Βραδνσκελής,  ές,  {βραδύς,  σκέ?.ος) 
slow  of  leg.  Anth. 

Βραδυτής,  ητος,  ή,  {βραδύς)  slow- 
ness, heaviness,  II.  19,  411 :  dullness, 
Theophr.  Char. 

Βραδυτόκος,  ον,  {βραδύς,  τίκτω) 
late  in  having  young,  Arist.  Probl. 

ΒΡΑ'ΖΩ,  f.  -άσω,  to  boil,  ferment, 
froth  up,  Callias  ap.  Macrob.  5,  19. — 
II.  to  roar,  growl,  of  bears.  Cf  βράσ- 
σω.  (akin  to  ^άζω,  άράσσω,  βράχω, 
orig.  onomatop.) 

Βράθν,  τό,  the  savin,  herba  Sabina, 
Gal. 

Βράκαι,  ών,  al,  Lat.  braccae,  the 
breeches  or  trews  of  the  Gauls,  cf.  uva- 
ξνρίς,  Diod.  (Keltic  breach,  i.  e.  stripe.) 

Βρύκανα,  ων,  τύ,  wild  herbs,  Pher- 
ecr.  Agr.  2.  (Qu.  akin  to  our  brake, 
bracken  ?) 

BpUKor,  εος,  τό,  Aeol.  for  βάκος,  a 
rich  female  garment,  Sappho  Fr.  23, 
Theocr.  28,  11. 

ΙΒρασία,  ας,  ή,  Brasia,  daughter  of 
Cinyras,  Apollod.  3,  14,  4. 

^Βρασίδας,  ου  and  a,  o,  Brasidas,  a 
distinguished  Spartan  commander  in 
the  Peloponnesianwrar,  Thuc.  Hence 

Βρασίδειος,  a,  ov,  of  Brasidas, 
Thuc.  5,  67. 

Βράσίλΰζ•,  α,  6,  Brasilas,  an  early 
hereof  Cos,  Thuc.  7,  11. 

Βράσμα,  ατός,  τό,  {βράζω)  that 
which  boils  up,  scum. 

Βρασματίας,  ου,  ό,  άνεμος,=βρά- 
στης,  Diog.  L. 


ΒΡΑΧ 

Βρασματώδης,  ες,  {βράσμα,  είδος) 
like  boiling,  etc.,  shakiiig  violently,  γέ- 
?ιως,  Greg.  Naz. 

Βρασμός,  ον,  b,  {3ράσσω)  a  shaking, 
γης,  Arist.  ap.  Stob.  Eel.  1,  628:  in 
Med.  of  the  shuddering,  shiverijig  of 
the  body.  βρ.  ώς  απο  ρίγεος,  Aret. 

ΒΡΑ'ΣΣΩ,  Att.  βράττω,  ί.  -άσω, 
USU.  form  for  βράζω,  mtr.  to  boil  up, 
ferment,  froth. — JI.  trans,  to  shake  vio- 
lently, throw  up  with  force,  of  the  sea, 
Anth. :  to  winnow,  sift,  grain,  for  the 
purpose  of  cleansing.  Ar.  Fr.  267,  cf 
Ruhnk.  Tim.  The  pass,  always 
takes  the  intr.  signf 

Βράσσων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  comp.  of 
βραδύς,  as  θάσσων  of  ταχύς,  II.  10, 
226.  (Ace.  to  others  oi βραχύς,  but 
Horn,  never  uses  this  adj.) 

Βραστ/'/ρ,  ηρος,  ό,  {βράσσω)  =  ?ύ- 
κνον,  α  wi7inoiving-fan,  Lat.  vannns. 
Gloss.  Casaub.  ad  Strab.  T.  7,  p.  377. 
Βραστής,  ου,  ό,  (βράσσω)  βράσται 
σεισμοί,  earthquakes,  attended  with  a 
violent  fermentation,  Arist.  Mund. 

Βραστικός,  ή,  όν,  {βράζω)  belonging 
to  boding  οτ fermenting,  κίνησις,  Herra. 
ap.  Stob.  Eel.  1,  742. 

Βρανκΰνάομαι,  dep.  rmd.^ βρυχα- 
νάομαι,  to  roar  or  cry  out,  Nic. 

\Βρανρώ,  οϋς,  ή,  Brauro,  wife  of 
Pittacus,  Thuc.  4,  107. 

iBpavpuv,  ώνος,  ό,  Brauron,  an  At- 
tic village  and  demus  near  Marathon, 
Hdt.  4,  145.     Hence 

^Βραυρώνάδε,  adv.  to  Brauron,  Ar. 
Pac.  874. 

ίΒρανρώνια,  ων,  τύ,  the  Brauronia, 
the  festival  of  Diana  Brauronia,  cele- 
brated at  Brauron,  Ar.  Lys.  645. — 2. 
a  festival  of  Bacchus  at  Brauron, 
celebrated  quinquennially,  v.  Ar.  Pac. 
870,  sq. :  prop.  neut.  pi.  from 

^Βραυρώνιος,  a,  ov,  of  Brauron  ;  ή 
Βρανρ<ύνία,  epithet  of  Diana,  whose 
image  at  Brauron  was  regarded  as 
the  one  brought  by  Iphigenia  from 
Tauris,  v.  Herm.  praef.  ad  Iph.  Taur. 
p.  30. 

\Βρανρωνόθεν,  adv.  from  Brauron, 
Dem.  1264,  20. 
\Βράχε,  v.  sub  βράχω,  Horn. 
Βραχέα  or  βράχεα,  τύ,  v.  βράχος. 
Βραχείς,  εισα,  έν,  part.  aor.  2  pass. 
from  βρέχω. 

Βρΰχέως,  adv.  from  βραχύς. 
ΒράχΙονιστήρ,  ήρος,  ό,  an  armlet, 
Lat.  torques,  Plut.  :  from 

Βρΰχίων,  όνος,  ό,  the  arm,  Lat.  bra- 
chium,  Hom.  ;  πρνμνός  βραχίων,  the 
shoulder,  II.  ;  βραχίων  alone  for  the 
shoulder  of  beasts,  Arist.  H.  A.  [i] 

Βραχίων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  [Ion.  i. 
Att.  i,]  and  βράχιστος,  comp.  and 
snperl.  oi  βραχύς. 

^Βραχμύν,  άνος,  6,  usu.  in  pi.  o'l 
Βραχμάνες,  the  Brahmans,  the  priest- 
ly caste  in  India,  Strab.  712,  sqq. 

Βράχος,  εος,  τό,  esp.  in  plur.  βρά- 
χεα, contr.  βράχΐ].  also  accent,  βρα- 
χέα, as  if  from  βραχύς,  nearly=re'- 
ναγος,  shallow,  stagnant  pools,  Lat. 
brevia  et  syrles,  Hdt.   [ά] 

Βραχν3ΐος.  ov,  {βραχύς,  βίος)  short- 
lived. Plat.  Rep.  546  A.     Hence 

Βραχνβΐότης,  ητος,  ή,  shortness  of 
life:  Arist.  wrote  περί  μακρό-,  και 
βραχύ-  βιότητος. 

Βρΰχνβ/Μβής,  ές,  {βραχύς,  βλά- 
πτω) harming  slightly.  Luc. 

Βραχύβωλος,  ον,  {βραχύς,  βωλος) 
with  small  or  ferv  clods,  β.  χέρσος,  a 
small  spot  of  ground,  Anth. 

Βραχνγνώμων.  ov,  gen.  όνος,  {βρα- 
χύς, γνώμη)  of  short  or  small  under- 
standing, Xen.  Hipparch.  4,  18. 

Βραχύδρομος,  ov,  {βραχύς,  δρόμος) 
running  a  short  way,  Xen.  Cyn.  5,  21. 


BPAX 

Βραχνεπης,  ές,  {βραχύς,  έπος)  of 
few  words.     Adv.  -πώς. 

Βραχνκαταληκτέω,  ώ,  to  end  short, 
i.  e.  with  a  short  syllable. — II.  to  be  too 
short  by  afoot.  Metric.  :  from 

Βραχνκατάληκτος,  ov,  {βραχύσ, 
καταλήγω)  ending  with  a  .-ihort  syllable. 
— II.  too  short  by  afoot.  Metric. 

Βραχνκομύω,  ύ,  {βραχύς,  κομάω) 
to  wear  short  hair,  Strab. 

Βραχύκωλος,  ov,  {βραχύς,  κώλον) 
with  short  limbs,  Strab. — II.  consisting 
of  short  sentences,  Arist.  Rhet. 

^Βραχύ?.?ιης,  ov,  6,  Brachylles,  a 
boeotarch,  Polyb.  17,  1,  2. 

iBpάχυλλoς,  ov,  b,Brachyllus,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Dem.  1352,  5. 

Βραχν7Μγέω,  to  be  short  in  speech, 
Plut.  2,  193  D:  and 

Βραχν7^ογία,  ας,  ή,  breiAly  in  speech 
or  writing.  Plat.  Prot.  343  B,  etc. : 
from 

Βραχν7Μγος,  ov,  {βραχύς,  λέγω) 
speaking  briefly,  short  in  speech,  of  few 
words.  Plat. 

Βραχνμέρεια,  ας,  ή,  littleness  of 
parts,  smallness  :  from 

Βραχνμερής,  ές,  {βραχύς,  μέρος) 
made  up  of  small  parts. 

Βραχνμϋβία,  ας,  ή,=βραχνλογία. 

Βραχνντικός,  η,  όν,  making  short : 
from 

Βραχννω,  f.  -ννώ,  (βραχύς)  to  use 
as  short,  σν7.λαβήν,  Plut. 

Βραχύνωτος,  ov,  (βραχύς,  νώτον) 
short-backed,  Strab. 

Βραχυόνειρος,  ov,  (βραχύς,  δνει- 
ρος)  with  short  or  few  dreams,  νττνος, 
Plat.  Tim.  45  E. 

Βραχυπαρα7.ηκτέω,  ώ,  tohave  the  an- 
tepenult short :  from 

Βραχν~αρά7.ηκτος,  ov,  (βραχύς, 
παρα/.ήγω)  with  the  antepenult  short. 
Metric.  Adv.  --ως,  Schaf.  Greg.  Cor. 
p.  121. 

Βραχΰπνοος,  ov,  contr.  πνονς,  ovv, 
(βραχύς,  πνέω)  short-breathing,  Hipp. 

Βραχν-ο7.ίς.  εως,  ή,  poet.  -πτο/Λς, 
(βραχύς,  πόλις)  α  little  town. 

Βραχύπορος,  ον,  (βραχύς,  πόρος) 
with  α  short  or  narrow  passage,  Plat. 
Rep.  546  A. 

Βραχνπότης.  ov,  6,  (βραχύς,  πότης) 
one  that  drinks  little,  Hipp. 

Βραχυπότος,  ov,  (βραχύς,  πίνω) 
drinking  little.  Gal. 

\Βραχύπτερος,  ov,  (βραχύς,  πτερόν) 
u'ith  short  icings,  Arist.  Part.  An.  1,4,2. 

Βραχύπτο7.ις,  εως,  η,^βραχνπο- 
λίζ-.  Lye. 

Βραχνββιζία,  ας,  ή,  shortness  of 
root,  Theophr. 

Βραχύββιζος,  ov,  (βραχύς,  βίζα) 
with  a  short  root.  Id. 

ΒΡΑ'ΧΤ'Σ,  εϊα,  ν,  comp.  βραχν- 
τερος  and  βραχίων,  sup.  βραχύτατος 
and  βράχιστος.  small,  first  in  Hdt., 
of  Space  and  Time,  short  ,•  of  Num- 
ber, few,  little,  mean,  trifling :  τείχος, 
low,  Thuc.  7,  29  :  βραχύ,  a  little,  a 
short  time :  βραχν  τοξενειν,  to  shoot 
not  far,  to  a  short  distance:  δια  βρα- 
χέων, in  few  words,  Lat.  brevibus,  pau- 
cis.  Plat.  Prot.  336  A :  έν  βραχεί,  έν 
βραχέσι,  briefly.  Soph.  El.  673 :  έπι 
βραχύ,  a  little,  for  a  short  time  :  κατά 
βραχύ,  little  by  little,  Thuc.  4,  96, 
Plat,  etc.  :  a  little,  in  a  slight  degree, 
Plat.  Tim.  27  C  :  παρά  βραχν,= 
παρά  μικρόν,  by  a  little,  almost.  Adv. 
-έ(,}ς.     (Perh.  from  βάσσω,  βήγννμι.) 

Βρα^υσίόηρος,  ov,  (βραχύς,  σίδη- 
ρος) άκων  βρ.,  a  dart  with  a  short, 
small  head,  Pind.  N.  3,  79.   [?] 

Βραχνσκιος,  ov,  (βραχύς,  σκιά) 
with  a  short  shadow. 

Βραχυστελέχης,  ες,  (βραχύς,  στέ- 
7^εχος)  with  a  short  stem,  Theophr. 
277 


JBPEN 

"Άραχυστομία,  ας,  ή,  smallness  of 
mouth :  from 

Βμαχνητομος.  Of,  (ί3ραχνς,  στόμα) 
with  a  short,  narrow  mouth  or  opening, 
Plut. 

'Βραχυσυ?.?Μβία,  ας,  η,  feumess  ο/ 
sylliibles,  brevity.  Call.  :  from 

Βραχνσν/.λΓφος,  ov,  {βραχύς,  συλ- 
λαβή)  with  short,  i.  e.  few  syllahles.• — 
2.  consisting  of  short  syllnhles.  Dion.  H. 

Βραχνσνμβο?.ος.  ov,  (βραχύς,  σύμ- 
βολον)  bringing  a  small  contribution, 
Anih. 

Βραχντης,  ητος,  η,  {βραχχ/ς)  short- 
ness, μελέτης  βραχ-,  brief  stiidy, Thuc. 
1,  139  :  narrowness,  deficiency,  γνώ- 
μης. Id.  3,  42. 

Βραχυτομέω,  to  cut  short  off,  The- 
ophr. :  from 

Βραχντόμος,  ov,  (βραχύς,  τέμνω) 
cutting  short :  but — II.  proparox.,  βρα- 
χύτομος,  ov,  pass,  cut  short,  clipped, 
Theophr. 

Βραχντονέω,  to  txtetid,  reach  but  a 
short  way :  from 

Βραχντονος,  ov,  (βραχύς,  τείνω) 
reaching  but  a  short  way,  Plut. 

Βραχυτρύχ7}λος,  ov,  (βραχύς,  τρά- 
χηλος) short-necked,  Arist.  H.  A.  [ά] 

Βραχνυττνος,  ov,  (βραχύς,  ύπνος) 
of  short  or  little  sleep,  Arist.  Soinn. 

Βραχνφεγγίτης.  ov,  ό,  (βραχύς. 
φέγγος)  giving  a  short  light,  Anth.  [t] 

Βραχνφν?.λος,  ov,  (βραχύς,  φύΆ- 
λo^')  short-leaved,  or  few-leaved,  Anth. 

Βραχυχρόνιος,  ov,  (βραχύς,  χρόνος) 
of  shurt  time,  of  brief  duration.  Plat. 
Tim.  75  B. 

Βραχύωτος,  ov,  (βραχύς,  ονς)  short- 
eared,  with  short  handirs,  Ath. 

*  ΒΡΑ'ΧΩ,  root  of  the  Horn,  εβραχε 
or  βράχε,  to  rattle,  clash,  ring,  II.  ; 
mostly  of  arms  and  armour:  also 
of  the  roaring  of  a  torrent,  II.  21,  9 : 
the  groaning  of  the  battle-field.  II. 
21,  387:  the  creaking  of  a  heavy 
wagon,  U.  5.  838  :  the  sliriek  of  a 
wounded  horse,  II.  16,  468,  etc.  :  al- 
ways 3  sing.  aor.  εβραχε  or  βράχε, 
taken  by  others  as  perf  of  βράζω,  for 
βέβραχε.  (Akin  to  βράζω,  βάσσω, 
onomatop.) 

Βρέγμα,  ατός.  τό,  the  upper  part  of 
the  head,  Lat.  sinciput,  Batr.  230,  also 
βρεγμός,  βρέχμα,  βρεχπός.  (from 
βρέχω,  because  this  part  of  the  bone 
is  longest  in  hardening.) — II.  =ΰ~ό- 
βρεγμα,  an  infusion,  extract,  Diod. 

Βρίγμός,  ov,  o,=  foreg. 

Βρεκΐκεκέξ,  sound  to  imitate  the 
croaking  of  frogs,  At.  Ran.  209  sqq. 

ΒΡΕ'ΜΩ,  only  used  in  pres.  and 
impf :  the  Lat.  FREMO.  to  roar,  of 
the  waves.  11.  4.  425  :  so  in  mid.  βρέ- 
μομαι,  II.  2.210.  and  of  the  storm,  11. 
14,  399.  After  Horn,  of  all  kinds  of 
sounds,  to  whistle  as  the  wind,  Simon. 
7  ;  to  clash  like  arms,  Aesch.  Pr.  423  ; 
to  mutter,  of  a  seditious  mob,  Id.  Eum. 
978  ;  and  Pinil.  ai)plies  it  even  to  the 
lyre,  N.  II,  8;  esp.  \Ae  fremo.  of  the 
gnashing  of  teeth,  Aesch.  Theb.  350, 
in  mid.    (Akin  to  βροντ?'/.) 

^Βρέμων,  ωνος,  ό,  Bremon,  masc.  pr. 
η.,  Qu.  Sm. 

^Βμένβειον,  ov,  τό,  a  kind  of  fragrant 
unguent,  Sapph.  ap.  Ath.  090  E. 

tBpFj'flif,  ή,  Cyprian  word  for  θρϊ- 
δαξ,  Ath.  69  Β. 

ΒΡΕ'ΝΘΟΣ,  ov.  ό.  an  unknown 
water-bird,  of  a  stately  bearing,  Arist. 
H.  A.  :  hence — II.  a  haughty  carriage. 
arrogance,  Ath. :  cf  σκώπτω  from 
σκώιρ.     Hence 

Βρενθνομαι.     later    βρενθύνομαι, 

dep.,  only  used  in  pres.  and  impf,  to 

be  of  a  proud  and  haughty  hearing,  hold 

one's   head   high   in   the  air,  look  big, 

278 


BPIA 

su-agger,   Ar.  Pac.  26,  Nub.  362,  cf. 
Ruhnk.  Tim.  [i•] 

tBpfvi'Of,  oil,  a,  Brennus,  a  leader  of 
the  CJauls,  Strab. 

^Βρ^ιτέσιον,  ov,  τό,  Brundisivm, 
now  Brindisi,  a  city  of  lower  Italy 
on  eastern  coast,  Hdt.  4,  99. 

Βρέξίς,  εως,  ή,  (βρέχω)— βροχή,  α 
ivetting.  Xen.  Hipp.  5,  9. 

ΒΡΕ'ΤΑΣ,  τό,  gen.  βρέτεος,  nom. 
pi.  βρέτη,  a  wooden  image  of  a  god, 
.-^esch.,  and  Eur. — 2.  in  Anaxandr. 
Didym.  1,  =  αναίσθητος  :  cf  Lat. 
stipes,  stvpidus,  our  blockhead. 

^Βρεττΰνία,  ας.  y,  Britannia,  Bri- 
tain, Diod.  S.  5,  22.     Hence 

^Βρεττΰνϊκός,  ή,  όν,  of  Britain,  Brit- 
ish, ai  Βρετ.  νήσοι,  the  British  isles, 
Pol)'b.,  etc. 

\Βρεττΰνός,  Βρετανός,  and  Βρεταν- 
νός,  ov,  ό,  an  inhabitant  of  Britain, 
Polyb.,  Strab.,  etc. 

\Βρεττία,  ας,  ή,  Bnittium,  the  coun- 
try of  the  Bruttii  in  Italy,  Strab. 

ΙΒρέττωι,  ων,  οι,  the  Bruttii,  a  peo- 
ple of  lower  Italy,  Strab. :  hence 

^Βρεττιάνός,  ή,  όν,  of  the  Bruttii, 
Bruttian  ;  ή  Βρεττιανή  =  Βρεττία, 
Polyb.  1,  56,  3. 

tB/jfi«0£,  ων,  oU  the  Breuci,  a  peo- 
ple of  Pannonia,  Strab. 

ΙΒιιεννοί,  ων,  οΊ,  the  Breuni,  a  people 
of  lllyria,  Strab. 

Βρεφικός,  ή,  όν,  (βρέφος)  childish, 
Philo. 

Βρεφόθεν,  adv.,  from  a  child. 
Βρεφοκτονία,  ας,  ή,  child-murder: 
from 

Βρεφοκτόνος.  ov,  (βρέφος,  κτείνω) 
child-mnrdfTing,  Lyc. 

ΒΡΕ'ΦΟΣ,  εος,  τό,  the  child  while 
yet  in  the  womb,  ί•3.1.  foetus,=:^μβpυov, 
Π.  23,  266.  —  II.  the  new-born  babe, 
u'hetp  or  cub,  from  Pind.  O.  6,  55, 
dovvnwds. :  pleon..  νέον  βρέφος,  Eur. 
Bacch.  289.  (Akin  to  τρέ^ω  and 
φέρβω :  others  compare  βρυον,  ίμ- 
βρνον.  as  όεύω,  δέφω.) 

Βρεφοτροφεϊον.  τό,  (βρέφος,  τρέφω) 
α  foundling  hospital,  late  word. 

Βρεφύ7.λιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  βρέ- 
φος, a  little  babe,  Luc. 

^Βρεφώόης,  ες,  (βρέφος,  είδος)  child- 
like, Eccl. 

Βρέχμα.  ατός,  τό,^=βρέγμα. 
Βρεχμός,  ον,  ό,=^βρέγμα,  βρεγμός, 
II.  5,  586. 

BPE'Xfl,fut.  -ξω,  to  wet,  moisten, 
.iprinkle,  rain  on :  metaph.  to  shower 
down  blessings  upon  one.  Pass,  to  be 
wetted  or  drenched,  βρεχόμενοι  προς 
τον  οιιφαλόν,  Xen.  An.  4,  5,  2  :  μέϋτι 
βρεχθείς,  Eur.  ΕΙ.  326:  hence  βε- 
βρεγμένος,  tipsy,  Lat.  uvidus,  viadi- 
dus,  Eubul.  Incert.  5.  Impers.  βρέ- 
χει, like  νει,  Lat.  pluit,  it  rains.  (Akin 
to  Lat.  rigo.  Germ,  regni,  our  rain.) 
Βρήσσω.  Ion.  for  βράσσω. 
BPl-,  [i],  insepar.  mtensive  prefix, 
whence  come  βριάω,  βρ-.αρός,  also 
όβριμος.  cf  Βριάρεως,  Όβριάρεως : 
not  to  be  confounded  with — II.  βρί 
contr.  from  βριβύ,  which  only  occurs 
in  Gramni.,  except  that  ace.  toStrabo, 
Hesiod  used  it  for  βριαρόν,  as  /^a 
from  ()άδιον,  κρί,  δω,  etc.  (Qu.  akiii 
to  Sanscr.  virya  fortitudo,  vira  heros, 
Lat.  vir  ?) 

tBpiaJa,  ων,  τά,  Briada,  a  city  of 
Pisidia,  Strab. 

^Βριαντική,  ης,  ή,  sub.  χώρα,  Bri- 
antica,  a  resion  of  Thrace  on  the 
Lis.sus,  Hdtr7,  108. 

ΒιιΙάρεως.  εω,  ό,  II.  1,  403,  a  hun- 
dred-lianded  giant,  so  called  by  the 
gods,  hut  by  men  Aegaeon,  who  as- 
sisted Jupiter,  cf  Hes.  Th.  714,  817: 
he  was  son-in-law  to  Neptune,  and 


BPIM 

with  his  brothers  Cottus  and  Gyas 
defended  the  gods  against  the  Titans. 
Also  Όβριάρεως  (from  βρι-).  [ύ,  Ep. 
trisyll.] 

Βριαρός,  ά,  όν,  Ion.  βριερός,  (βριάω) 
strong,  in  II.  always  epith.  of  a  hel- 
met, κόρνς,  τρνφάλΐΐα. 

Βριαράχειρ  ειρος,  ό,  ή,  (βριαρός, 
χειρ)  strong  handed. 

Βρίάω.  (βρι-)  Ιο  strengthen,  to  make 
strong  and  mighty,  Hes.  Op.  5.  Th. 
447. — II.  intr.  to  be  strong,  Hes.  Op.  5. 
[a] 

^Βριγίιντιον,  ov.  τό,  Brigantmm, 
now  Bregenz,  a  town  of  Vindelicia, 
Strab. 
tBpo'ff,  ων,  oi,=Bpv}'o<. 
Βρίζα,  ης.  ή,  a  kind  of  grain  in 
Thrace  and  Macedonia,  still  called 
vri.ia,  of  same  species  with  τίφη,  like 
our  7-ye,  Gal.  (The  word  seems  orig. 
to  be  Aeol.  for  βίζα,  Greg.  Cor.  p. 
576.) 

ίΒοίζανα.  Brizana,  a  Persian  river, 
Arr.'  Ind.  39,  7. 

ΒΡΙ'ΖΩ,  f  -ίξω  (never  βρίσω),  to 
nod,  slumber,  sleep;  in  genl.  to  be 
sleepy,  slow,  and  heavy,  11.  4,  223. 
(Akin  to  βρίθω.)  Hence 
tBpiCui,  ονς,  ή,  Bnzo.  a  goddess  ot 
Deles,  who  sent  dreams  and  inter- 
preted them  to  men,  Ath.  335  k. 

ΒρΙήπνος,  ov,  (βρι-,  ϊιπύω)  strong 
or  loud  shouting,  epith.  of  Mars,  II.  13, 
521.  ^ 

Bpf^of,  εος,  τό,  (βρίθω)  weight, 
heainness,  Hipp.,  and  Eur.  Tro.  1050. 
Hence 

Βρίθοσννη,  ης,  η,  weight,  burthen, 
heaviness,  11.  5,  839  ;  12,  460. 

Βρ'θνκερως,  ων,  gen.  ω,  (βριθνς, 
κέρας)  with  heavy  horns,  0pp. 

Βρϊθννοος,  ov,  contr.  νονς,  ovv, 
(βριβύς,  νονς)  grave-minded,  thoughtful, 
Anth. 

Βρίθνς,  εϊα,  ν,  (βρίθω)  weighty, 
heavy,  in  Hom.  always  epith.  of  iy- 
χος,  cf.  βρι-. 

ΒΡΓΘΩ,  fut.  ,3ρίσω;  aor.  εβρΙσα: 
perf  β  έβριθα  :  to  have  weight  or  bulk, 
to  be  heavy,  to  be  weighed  down,  heavy 
laden  with  a  thing,  c.  dat..  σταφν'λαϊς 
βρίθονσα   αΚωή,  11-  18.  561.  cf  Od. 

10,  474;  19,  112;  also  c.  gen.,  τρύ- 
πεζαι  σίταν  βεβρίθασι,  Od.  15,  334. 
Also  in  mid.  μήκων  καρπώ  βριθο- 
μένη.  laden  with  fruit,  II.  8,  307  :  with 
notion  of  burlhen.iome,  oppressive,  ίρις 
βεβριθνϊα,  elsewh.  θαοίία, 11. 21,  385, 
cf.  16.  384  ;  hence  also  in  prose  to 
how,  sink  under  a  burthen.  Plat.  Phaedr. 
247  Β  ;  to  incline  to  one  side,  Arist. 
Probl. — 2.  of  men,  to  outweigh,  pre- 
vail, εέδνοις  βρίσας,  Od.  6,  159  ;  to  be 
superior  in  the  fight,  to  be  master,  Lat. 
praevalere,  11.  12,  346,  cf  ίπίβρίθω. — 

11.  trans,  to  load,  press.  Hes.  Op.  404  ; 
π?.οντω,  i*ind.  Ν  8,  31,  βρ.  τάλαντα, 
Aesch.  Pers.  346.  (Akin  to  βάρος, 
βαρύνω,  βαρύθω.)  [«] 

Βρίκελος.  ου,  ό,  a  name  of  a  tragic 
mask,  Cratin.  Seriph.  11.  (Ace.  to 
Hesych.,  quasi  βροτώ  εικελος-  ?) 

iBpiKivviai,  ών,  αϊ,  Bncinniae,  a 
fortress  of  Sicily,  Thuc.  5,  4. 

1Βρίλ7/σσό{• .  ov,  o,  Brile.ssus,  a  moun- 
tain of  Attica,  Thuc.  2,  23. 

ΒρΙβάζω,  f.  •άσω,  and 

Bplμaίvω,=  sq..  only  in  Gramm. 

Βρΐμύομαι  and βρίμόομαι,άβρ.  mid., 
to  be  wrathful,  furious,  Ar.  Eq.  855; 
Tivi,  Xen. :  esj).  of  beasts,  to  give  vent 
to  anger  by  roaring,  snorting,  etc. :  from 

ΒΡΓΜΗ.  ης.  ή,  wrath,  any  expres- 
sion of  anger,  snorting,  esp.  threatening: 
also  power,  strength,  bulk,  like  3ρϊθος, 
Η.  Horn.  28,  10.  (akin  to  βρέμω, 
φριμάω,  φριμύσσω-)  [ί]    Hence 


ΒΡΟΝ 

ΒρΙμηδόν,  adv.,  with  s/ior/mg-, Nonn. 
Ββίμημα,  ατός,  τό,=βρίμη,  Anth. 

ΒρΙμόομαι,  v.  βριμύομαι,  Xen. 

Βρίμώ,  ονς,  τ;,  (Μριμη)  epith.  of 
Hecate  or  Proserpina,  Me  wrathful, 
the  terrible  one.  Ap.  Rh.  3,  861. 

tBp<fta,  af,  ^,  Brixia,  now  Brescia, 
a  city  of  Gallia  Cisalpina.  Strab. 

Βρϊσύρματος,  ov,  (βρίθω,  άρμα) 
chariot-pressing,  epith.  of  Mars,  Has. 
Sc.  441,  H.  Horn.  7,  1. 

tBplaevc,  έως  Ion.  ήος,  6,  Briseus, 
father  of  Hippodainia,  II.  1,  392. 
Hence 

^ΒρΙσηις,  ίδος,  ή,  Brise'is,  daughter 
of  Briseiis,  i.  e.  Hippodamia,  the  fair 
captive  of  Achilles,  taken  from  hiin 
by  A;;amemnon,  II.  1,  184.  sqq. 

\Βρισων,  ωνος,  ό,  Brison,  a  Mace- 
donian, Arr.  An.  3,  12,  2. 

^Βρΐτόμαρτίς,  εως,  η,  (βρίτύς,  μάρ- 
τις,  Cret.,  meaning  sweet  maiden), 
Britomariis,  a  Cretan  nymph,  daughter 
of  Jupiter  and  Carme,  called  also 
Λίκτνννα,  Callim.,  etc.  :  hence — 2. 
an  epithet  of  Diana  in  Crete,  who 
loved  her,  assumed  her  name,  and  was 
worshipped  under  it,  Strab.,  Pans. 

^Βρόγγος,  ov,  ό.  Brongus.  a  tributary 
of  the  Ister,  Hdt.  4,  49. — 2.  masc.  pr. 
n.,  Nonn. 

Βρόγχια,  uv,  τά,  (βρόγχος)  the  end 
of  the  windpipe  that  joins  the  lungs, 
Arist.  Probl. 

Βρογχοκήλη,  ης,  η,  a  tumour  in  the 
tliToat.  Celsus. 

ΒΡΟΤΧΟΣ,  ov.o,the  throat,  gullet, 
windpipe.  Hipp. —  II.  a  gulp,  draught, 
Epict.  (3ράγχος,  βόγχος.) 

Βρογχωτήρ,  ήβος,  ό,  the  neck-hole  in 
a  garment,  Joseph. 

]ΒροαερΟΓ,  ov.  ό.  Bromlrus,  a  Mace- 
donian. Thuc.  4,  83. 

Βύομέω=3ρήιω,  to  buzz,  luim,  of 
gnats,  11.  16,  642. 

Βρομίάζομαί,Α&\>.,=Βακχενω,  from 
Βρόβίος,  Anth. 

Βρομιάς,  άδος,  ή.  pecul.  fern,  of  sq., 
A.ntiph.  Aphr.  1,  12. 

Βρόμίος.  a.  ov.  (βρόμος)  sounding, 
φόρμιγξ,  Pind.  N.  9,  18 :  hence  as 
subst. — II.  Βρόμι.ος,  6,  epith.  of  Bac- 
chus, the  noisi^,  boisterous  god,  Aesch., 
and  Eur.  :  and  as  adj. — 2.  Βρόμιυς, 
a,  ον,=:Βύκχειος.  Bacchic,  etc.,  Eur. 

Βρομίώδης,  ες,  [Βρόμιος,  είδος)  like 
Bacchus  or  ivine,  Bacchic,  Anth. 

Βροαιώτης,  ου,  ό,  fern.  Βρομιώης, 
ιδος,  57,=foreg. 

Βρόμος,  ου,  ό,  (βρεμω)  Ijat.  fremi- 
tus, any  loud  noise,  only  once  in  Hom. 
of  the  crackling  of  fire,'  II.  14,  396  :  in 
Find.,  of  thunder;  Aesch.  Fr.  181, 
of  wind  ;  Simon.  108,  of  the  drum  ; 
and  of  many  other  sounds,  as  of  the 
flute,  H.  Hom.  Merc.  452,  cf  Jac. 
A.  P.  p.  174. 

Βρόμος,  ov,  ό,  a  kind  of  oats,  also 
written  βόρμος,  Theophr. 

Ββόμος,  ου,  ό,^βρώμος,  dub. 

Βρονταϊος,  αία,  αίον,  {βροντή)  of, 
belonging  to  thunder,  "Ζενς,  Jupiter  the 
thunderer,  Arist.  Mund. 

Βροντάω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  thunder, 
Hom  :  metaph.  of  Pericles,  Ar.  Ach. 
531 :  βροντά,  impers.  it  thunders, 
Arist.  if.  A.  * 

Βροντεϊον,  ov,  τό,  an  engine  for 
making  stage-thunder.  Poll.  :  from 

ΒΡΟΝΤΗ'  ης,  ή,  thunder,  Horn., 
who  adds  Δίόζ•  and  Τ,ηνός,  cf  κεραυ- 
νός :  hence  any  loud  sound  or  ro/ce.— 
II.  the  state  of  one  struck  with  thunder, 
astonishment,  Hdt.  7,  10,  5.  (Akin  to 
βρέαω,  βρόμος.) 

Βρόντημα,  ατος.τό,  thunder,  Aesch.  ' 
Pr.  993. 


BPOX 

Βροντής,  ov,  ό,  Brontes,  name  of 
one  of  the  Cyclopes,  who  forged  the 
bolts  of  Jupiter,  Hes.  Th.  140 :  from 
βροντή. 

Βροντησικέραννος,  ov,  {βροντάω, 
κεραυνός)  sending  thunder  and  light- 
ning, νεφέλη,  Ar.  Nub.  265. 

ΒροντιαΙος,  a,  ov,  =  βρονταΐος, 
Hipp. 

^Βροντΐνος,  ου,  δ,  Brontinus.  a  Py- 
thagorean philosopher  of  Metapon- 
tum,  Diog.  L. 

Βροντοίτοιός,  όν,  {βροντή,  ποιέω) 
thunder-making. 

Βροντοσκο-ττία,  ας,  ή,  {βροντή,  σκο- 
ττέω)  the  taking  vote  of  thunder,  divi- 
nation by  it,  cf.  κεραννοσκοτήα. 

Βροντώδης,  ες,  {βροντή,  είδος)  like 
thunder,  thundering,  Anth. 

Βρόξαι,  V.  under  άναβρόξειε  and 
κατα^ρόξει,ε. 

ΥΒροτέας.  a,  b,  Broteas,  father  and 
son  of  Tantalus,  Paus.  3,  22,  4. 

Βρότειος.  ov,  also  a,  ov,  and  βρό- 
τεος,  έη,  εον,  Od.  19,  545,  Η.  Hom. 
Yen.  47,  Aesch.  Eum.  171,  {βροτός) 
mortal,  human,  of  mortal  mould.  Only 
poet. 

Βροτήσιος,  ov,  also  a,  oi',=foreg., 
Hes.  Op.  771,  Alcm.  8. 

Βροτοβάμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  {βρο- 
τός, βήμα)  trampling  on  men.   [a] 

Βροτόγηρνς,  ν,  gen.  υος.  {βροτός, 
γήρνς)  with  human  voice,  Anth. 

Βρστοείδής,  ες,  {βροτός,  είδος)  like 
man,  of  man's  nature,  Maiieth. 

Βροτόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  {βρότος)  bloody, 
blood-besprinkled,  II.,  mostly  with  ενα- 
pa. 

Βροτοκτονεω,  ώ,  to  murder  men, 
Aesch.  Eum.  421  :  from 

Βροτοκτόνος.  ov,  {βροτός,  κτείνω) 
man-slaying,  Orph. 

Βροτολοιγός,  όν,  {βροτός,  Τιοιγός) 
man-slaying,  a  plague  to  man,  always 
epith.  of  Mars,  Hom.,  esp.  in  II. 

Βροτός,  ov,  ό,  a  mortal,  ?nan,  opp. 
to  αθάνατος  or  θεός.  oft.  in  Hom., 
who  always  uses  it  as  subst. ;  with 
άνήρ  added,  II.  5,  361 :  the  fem.  βρο- 
τος  ανδήεσσα  once,  Od.  5,  334 :  as 
adj.  mortal,  Pind. :  only  poet.  (Akin 
to  μόρας,  μορτός,  Lat.  niori,  mors, 
Sanscr.  mri,  cf.  sub  άμ3ρόσίος.) 

Βρότος,  ου.  ό,  blood  that  has  flowed 
from  a  wounded  man,  gore,  /.νβρον : 
Hom.  in  II.  always  adds  αίματόεις, 
but  Od.  24,  189,  μέλας  βρότος.  (Ace. 
to  Damm  from  ρέω.  βότος,  Aeol.) 

Βροτοσκ077θς.  ov,  {βροτός,  σκοτζέω) 
taking  note  of  man,  epith.  of  the  Erin- 
yes, Aesch.  Eum.  499. 

Βροτοςσόος,  ov,  {βροτός,  σαόω, 
σώζω)  man  satmig,  Orph. 

Βροτόστονος,  ov,  {βροτός,  στένω) 
causing  groans  to  mortals  ;  unless  a 
corruptionfor  θαρΰστοΐΌζ•,  Eur.  Sthe- 
nob.  10. 

Βροτοστΰγής,  ές,  {βροτός,  στνγέω) 
man  hating  ? — II.  pass,  hated  by  men, 
Aesch.  Cho.  51. 

Βροτοφεγγής,  ες,  {βροτός,  φέγγος) 
giving  light  to  men,  Anth. 

Βροτοφβόρος,  ov,  {βροτός,  φθείρω) 
man  destroying,  Aesch.  Eum.  787. 

Βροτόω,  {βρότος)  to  make  bloody, 
stain  ivith  gore,  βεβροτωμένα  τεύχεα, 
Od.  11,  41. — II.  {βροτός)  to  make  mor- 
tal ;  βροτωθείς,  having  been  made  man, 
and  in  aor.  mid.,  Eccl. 

Βρονκος,  also  βρονχος,  ου,  6,  a  kind 
of  locust  tvithout  wings,  also  άττέλα- 
βος.  Theophr. 

^ΒρονκτεΜΟί,  ων,  o't,  the  Bructeri,  a 
people  of  Germany,  Strab. 

tBpor-of,  ov,  ό,  the  Roman  Bru- 
tus, Plut.,  etc.  > 

Βρόχειος,  a,  ov,  {βρόχος)  belonging 


BPTN 

to  a  noose  :  το  βροχείον,  like  βρόχος, 
a  cord  for  Strangling  ? 

Βροχετός,  ού,  6,  {βρέχω)  a  wetting, 
rain,  Anth. 

^ροχή>  VC'  ^>  {βρεχ(ύ)  =  foreg. 
Geop. 

Βροχθίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  to  gidp  down, 
sivallow,  Arist.  Probl. ;  to  devour ; 
hence  to  squander. — II.  to  wet  the 
throat :  from 

ΒΡΟ'ΧΘΟΣ,  01•,  ό,  the  throat,  gul- 
let. Theocr.  3,  54. — II.  a  draught, 
Hipp.    (Akin  to  βρόγχος.) 

Βροχίς,  ίδος,  ή,  aim.  ίχοτα-χος,α 
little  noose,  in  pi.  of  the  toils  or  web  of 
the  spider,  Anth. ;  a  fisher's  net,  Opp. 
— II.  {βρέχω)  a  vessel  for  watering ; 
an  ink-horn,  Anth. 

^Βρόχοι,  ων,  οι,  Brochi,  a  town  of 
Coele-Syria,  Polyb.  5,  46,  1. 

ΒΡΟ'ΧΟΣ.  ov,  b,  a  noose  for  hang- 
ing or  strangling.  Od. :  in  genl.  a  noose, 
a  cord,  Thuc.  2.  118  :  in  pi.  the  meshes 
of  a  net,  Xen.  Cyn.  2,  5 ;  cf.  Poll.  5, 
28  :  a  net,  a  snare,  Eur.  :  esp.  a  snare 
for  birds,  Ar.  Av.  527.  (Akin  to  βρόγ- 
χος.) [Theogn.  1095,  uses  the  first 
syll.  long,  v.  Schaf  and  Herm.  El. 
Metr.  p.  60,  but  Gaisf  reads  βρόγ- 
χος-1 

Βροχύς,  adv.  βροχέως,  Aeol.  fo- 
βραχύς,  βραχέως,  Sappho. 

Βροχωτός,  όν,  (as  from  βροχόω 
from  βρόχος)  ensnared,  entangled,  Ne- 
ophr.  ap.  Schol.  Eur.  Med.  1337. 

Bpv,  V.  βρνν. 

Βρνάζω,  {βρνω)  to  swell  with  plenty, 
power,  joy,  pride,  Aesch.  Er.  4 :  to 
overflow,  to  bubble  up.  άφρϊρ,  Timoth. 
ap.  Ath.  465  C  :  of  plants,  to  be  full  of 
sap,  in  full  vigour,  blossoming  and  fruit 
bearing:  in  geΏ\.=ήδoμaι,  in  Epicur. 
ap.  Stob.  p.  1 59,  25  :  hence  to  live  at 
ease,  enjoy  one's  self,  Plut.     Hence 

Βρνύκτης,  ov,  b,  epith.  of  Pan,  the 
jolly,  rollicking  god,  Orph. 

Βρνα'/.ίκτ}ΐς,  ov,  b,  one  who  per- 
forms in  a  kind  of  war-dance,  dub.  ir. 
Stesich.  93,  Ibyc.  50. 

^Βρνύνίον,  ου.  τό,  Bryanium,  a  city 
of  Thesprotia,  Strab. 

Βρύας,  ου,  ό,=βνας,  for  which  i; 
is  freq.  V.  I. 

tB|Oj;af,  αντος,  b.  Bryas,  a  son  oi 
Darius,  Hdt.  7,  72. — 2.  an  Argive 
commander,  Paus. 

Βρνασμός,  oij,  b.  {βρνάζω)  an  ma- 
burst  of  joy,  exultation,  Plut. 

Βρύγδην,  adv.  (βρνκω)  snarling, 
Anth. 

Βρνγμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  bite,  gnawiyig. 
Nic. 

Βρνγμός,  ov,  ό,  a  snarling,  biting, 
greedy  eating,  A.  B.  :  a  grinding  or 
gnashing  of  teeth,  Eupol. 
tBp)'}Oi,  ων,  oi,  also  Βρίγες,  Brygi 
1  or  Briges,  a  people  of  Thracian 
origin  on  border  of  Macedonia,  from 
whom  sprang  the  Phrvgians,  Hdt.  4, 
65  ;  7,  73  ;  others  in  Strab.  295,  326, 

Βρνζω.=^βρνάζω,  Archil.  26,  6. 

Βρνκετός,  ov,  ό,  {βρνχω)=βρυχε 
τός. 

ΒΡΤ'ΚΩ,  f.  -ξω,ίο  bite,  bite  in  pieces, 
devour,  Ep.  Hom.  14,  13,  άλΙ  βρυχ- 
θείς,  Anth. :  met.  of  disease.  Soph. 
Tr.  987.  in  Nic  βρνκον  στόμα,  the 
mouth  with  the  teeth  closed,  intr. : 
akin  to  βιβρώσκω,  βροχθίζω,  v.  also 
βρνχω.  [ν  except  in  aor.  2,  εβρϋχε, 
Ep.  Ad.  418.] 

ΒΡΥ'ΛΑΩ,  Ar.  Eq.  1126,  to  cry  like 
a  child  for  drink,  like  μαμμάν,  βρϋν 
εΐ—εΐν :  ace.  to  others,  to  let  one's 
self  be  cheated. 

'Bpvv,  Ar.  Nub.  1382,  βρνν  είττείν 
to  cry  bryn,  i.  e.  cry  for  drink,  like  little 
children;  either  a  simple  interject., 
279 


BPTX 

or  accus.  of  obsol.  βρν :  some  would 
write  βνρ  from  Varr.  ap.  Non.  on 
buas,  and  Festus  v.  imbulum,  but  v. 
Phryn.  A.  B.  p.  31. 

*ΒΡΥ'Ξ,  gen.  βρνχός,  ή,  the  depths 
of  the  sea,  in  acc.  ρμύχα  in  Opp.  Hal. 
2,  588. 

Βμνύεις,  εσσα,  εν,  mossy,  full  of 
moss  or  sea-weed  :  in  genl.  flourishing, 
fresh,  blooming,  Nic.  :  from 

Bpvov,  ου,  TO,  (βρνω)  a  kind  of 
mossy  sea-weed,  Lat.  alga,  Hipp. — 2. 
more  rarely  tree-moss,  lichen,  Diosc. 
— II.  the  clustering  male  blossom  of  the 
hazel,  etc.,  the  calkin,  Theophr.  :  poet. 
the  blossom  or  flower  in  genl.,  Nic.  [ϋ] 
Βρϋοφόρος,  ov,  {βρύον,  φέοο)  bear- 
ing calkins,  e.  g.  υύφν?ι,  tlie  male 
bay,  Theophr. 

Βρϋόω,ώ,  tocouer  or  fill  with  moss,  in 
pa.ss.,  Arist.  Color. 

tB/H"a«ai,  ών,  αϊ,  Bryseae,  a  city  of 
Laconia,  11.  2,  583. 

Βρύας,  εως,  y,  (βρύω)  a  bubbling 
up,  spouting  out. 

Βρνσσος,  ov,  6.  Att.  βρύττυς,  a 
kind  of  sea-urchin,  Arist.  H.  A. 

'fBpvauv,  ωΐ'ος,  ύ,  Bryson,  a  pupil 
of  Pythagoras,  Iambi. ;  others  in 
Plat.,  Anth..  etc. 

BpvTta  and  βρύτια,  ων,  τά,  Lat. 
bryssa,  brissa,  refuse  of  olives  or  grapes 
after  pressing,  Ath. 

^Βρυτίόαι,  ών,  ol,  the  Brutidae,  an 
Athenian  family,  Dem.  1365. 

Bpy-Lvor,  η,  ov,  made  of  βρϋτον, 
Cratin.  Malth.  4,  ubi  v.  Mein. 

Bpi'Tov,  ov.  TO,  and  βρντος,  ου,  ό, 
a  fermented  liquor,  mostly  made  from 
barley,  and  so  a  kind  of  beer ;  but  also 
from  fruits,  like  cider  or  perry,  Aesch. 
Fr.  116. 
^BpvTTioi,  ων,  ol,  v.  Βρέττιοι. 
Βρϋχαλέος,  a,  ov,  roaring,  howling, 
from  βρνχάομαι. 

Βρϋχανάομαι,  dep.  mid.,  rarer  form 
of  sq.,  Nic. 

Βρνχάομαι,  dep.  c.  fut.  mid.  et  aor. 
pass.,  though  the  aor.  mid.  also  oc- 
curs, e.g.  Plat.  Phaed.  117  D,  {βρύ- 
χω)  to  roar,  hoivl,  bellow,  Lat.  riigire, 
expressive  of  pain ;  strictly  used  of 
the  lion,  but  also,  ταΐφος  βρνχώμε- 
νος.  Soph.  Aj.  322.  (Akin  to  βρύκω.) 
Βρνχετός,  οϋ,  ό,  also  βρνκετός,  ό, 
{βρύκω)  the  ague,  from  the  teeth 
chattering. 

Βρνχή,  ης,  ή,  a  roaring,  howling, 
bellowing :  gnashing  of  teeth,  Ap.  Rh., 
V.  βρνχω,  βρύκω. 

Βρνχηδόν,  adv.,  roaring,  howling, 
bellowing :  Ap.  Rh. 

Βρνχηβμός,  ov,  δ,=βρνχή,  Opp. 
Βρνχηιια,  ατός,  τό,^βρνχή,ΑβΒοΥι. 
Fr.  146.  [ί] 

Βρνχητής,  ov,  ό,  a  bellower,  howler, 
Anth. 

Βρνχητικός,  ή,  όν,  roaring,  bellow- 
ing, Eccl. 
Βρνχίος,  ov,  also  a.  ov,  (akin  to 

βρνξ  and  βρύκω)  cngulphed,  plunged 
into,  simk  in  water,  βρνχία  ηχώ,  an 
echo  from  the  sea,  Aesch.  Pr.  1090  ; 
usu.  υποβρύχιος.  The  signf  bellow- 
ing, from  βρνχω,  βρνχάομαι,  assumed 
by  many  scholars,  esp.  Blomf.  Pers. 
403,  is  uncertain,  and  would  seem  to  | 
require  ϋ. 

Βμνχμός,  6,=βρυγμός,  Nic. 
ΒΡΤ'ΧΩ,  f.  -ξω,  to  bellow,  howl, 
g^iash  the  teeth,  in  genl.  of  any  loud 
burst  of  rage  or  pain.  Hom.  has  only 
perf.  β'έβρϋχε,βεβρνχώς,Άηά  plusqpf. 
ίβεβρύχει,  of  the  death-cry,  or  (as 
Buttm.  Lexil.  voc.  βρόξαι  4  sqq.,  pre- 
fers) of  the  gnashing  of  the  teeth  of  a 
wounded  hero,  cf  Soph.  Tr.  904, 
1072  :  and  of  the  howling  or  roaring  of 
280 


ΒΡΩΤ 
the  waves,  II.  17,  264,  Od.  12,  242:  2 
aor.  έβρνχε  in  Ep.  ad.  418  has  been 
assigned  to  βρύκω,  q.  ν . :  akin  to  βρύ- 
κω. Acc.  to  Moeris  β()ύχω  was  the 
comm.  form  of  the  Att.  βρύκω,  but  v. 
Herm.  Soph.  Phil.  735.  (Hence  βμυ- 
χύομαι,  βρνχή,  etc.)  [Γ'] 

ΒΡΥΏ,  prob.  only  used  in  pres. 
and  impf ,  yet  v.  εξαναβρύω,  to  befall 
nf  anything,  swell  therewith,  bubble  over, 
overflow:  of  fuluess  and  abundance  of 
all  kinds,  esp.  luxuriant  growth  and 
blossoming  of  plants,  c.  dat.  ερνος 
ΰνΟεϊ  βρύει,  swells  with  bloom  even  to 
bursting,  II.  17,  50,  later  also  c.  gen., 
Soph.  O.  C.  16. — II.  trans,  to  cause  to 
burst  forth,  πηγ)/  ύδωρ,  Ν.  Τ.,  /^d(Sa, 
Anacreont.  (Akin  to  β?.νω.  βλνζω, 
ψ/.ύω.)  [ΰ  in  pres.  and  impf] 

Βρϋώδης,  ες,  {βρύον,  είδος)  moss- 
like,  fall  of  moss,  Arist.  H.  A. 

Βρυώνη,  ης,  η,  a  wild  creeping  plant, 
bryony,  Nic. 

Βρϋωνία,  ας,  η,  and  βρνωνιάς,  ύδος, 
//,=foreg.,  Diosc. 

Βρνωνίς,  ίδος,  ή,=-βρνώνη,  Nic. 
Βρώμα,  ατός,  τό,  (βιβρώσκω)  that 
which  is  eaten,  food,  Ar.  l•  r.  313  :  that 
which  is  eaten  out,  Hipp. 

Βρωμάομαι,  dep.  mid.,  to  bray  like 
an  ass,  rudere,  Ar.  Vesp.  618.  (Prob. 
from  βρέμω.) 

Βρωμάομαι,  dep.  mid.  =  βρωμέω, 
dub.  1.  Anst.  H.  A. 

Βρωμάτιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  βρώ- 
μα, Ath. 

Βρωμάτομιξάττύτη,  ης,  ή,  {βρώμα, 

μίγννμι,  άπατη)  the  false  pleasure  of 

eating  made  dishes,  Anth.  [ττΰ] 

Βρωματώδης,ες,^=ΐίρωμώδΐίς,Τ)[οηα. 

Βρωμέω,  (βρώμος)  to  stink :  also  in 

mid. 

Βρώμη,  ης,  η,  {βιβρώσκω)=βρώμα, 
food,  Od. — II.  (βρωμάομαι)  the  bray- 
ing of  an  ass,  late. 

Βρωμήεις,  εσσα,  εν,  (βρωμάομαι) 
braying,  Lat.  rudens,  Nic. 

Βρώμησις,  εως,  ή,  the  braying  of  an 
ass. 

Βρωμητής,  οϋ,  h,  the  brayer,  name 
of  the  ass. 

Βρωμήτωρ.  ορός,  o,=foreg. 
*Βρώμι,  assumed  as  pres.,  whence 
to  form  έβρων,  aor.  of  βιβρώσκω. 

\ΒρωιιίσκοΓ.  ov,  η,  Bromiscus,  a  city 
of  Chalcidice,  Thuc.  4,  103. 

Βρωμολόγος,  ov,  {βρώμος,  λέγω) 
speaking  foul  words  .foul-mouthed,  Luc. 
Βρώμος,  ov,  b,  a  stink,  esp.  of  beasts 
at  rut :  the  form  βρόμος  is  dub.,  but 
maybe  defended  as  Ion.,  v.  Schweigh. 
Ath.  t.  2,  p.  94. 

Βρώ}μος,  ό,  (βιβρώσκω)=βρώμη. 
Βρωμώδης,  ες,  (βρώμος,  είδος)  stink- 
ing, foul-smelling,  Strab. 

Bpωσe^'ω,desiderat.from/3^/3pώσ«:ω, 
to  wish  to  eat,  to  be  hungry.  Call.  Fr. 
435. 

Βρώσιμος,  ov,  (βρώσις)  eatable, solid, 
opp.  to  πιστός,  Aesch.  Pr.  479. 

Βρώσις,  εως,  ή,  (βιβρώσκω)  meat,  as 
opp.  to  drink  πόσις,  Hom. — II.  an 
eating,  eating  out,  corroding,  ru.^t.  N.  T. 
Βρωστήρ  and  βρωτήρ,  ηρος,  ό, 
(βιβρώσκω)  eating,  devouring,  biting, 
βρωτήρες  α'ιχμαί,  Aesch.  Eum.  803. 
Βρωτέος,  έα,  έον,  verb.  adj.  of  βι- 
βρώσκω, to  be  eaten,  Luc. 

Βρωτικός,  η,  όν.  inclined  to  rat. — 2. 
promoting  this  inclination,  of  certain 
medicines,  Chrysipp.  ap.  Ath.  335  D. 
Adv.  -κώς. 

Βρωτός,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  of  βι- 
βρώσκω, eaten. — II.  eatable,  το  βρω- 
τόν,  Xen.  Mem.  2,  1,  1,  and  tu  βρω- 
τά,  Eur.  Supp.  1110,  yneat,  opp.  to 
ποτόν. 
Βρωτνς,  ύος,  ή,=:βρώσις,  Hom.  [ϋ] 


ΒΤΚΑ 

Βύας,  ον,  ό,  the  owl,  owlet,  bubo, 
Arist.  Η.  Α. :  also  βρύας,  and  poet 
βϋζα. 

^Βύβασσος,  ov,  ή,  Bybassus,  a  city 
of  Caria ;  hence 

^Βνβάσσιος,  a,  ov.  of  Bybassus.  By 
ba.-isian,  ή  Βνβ.  Χερ^)όν7/σϋς,  the  By- 
bassian  Chersonese. 

Βυβλάριον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  βνβ- 
λος. 

Βύβλινος,  η,  ον,  (βνβλος)  made  of 
byblus,  όπ'λον  νεός,  α  cable,  Od.  21, 
391. 

^ΒύβΤιϊνα,  ων,  τά,  όρη,  the  Bybline 
7nountains  in  Aegypt,  Aesch.  Pr. 
811. 

Βνβλίον,  also  βνβλιον,  ov,  τό,  the 
byblus  prepared  for  use,  esp.  for  ropes 
and  paper,  hence — II.  a  book,  like 
βιβλίον. 

^Βνβλίς,  ίδος.  ή,  Bijblis,  a  fountain 
in  Miletus,  Theocr.  7,  114. 

ΒΥ'ΒΑΟΣ,  ου.  ή,  the  Aegyptian  pa- 
pyrus ;  of  which  the  triangular  stalk 
and  root  were  eaten  by  the  poor,  Ct/- 
perus  papyrus,  Hdt.  2,  92. — II.  its  coats 
or  fibres,  esp.  as  prepared  for  ropes, 
sails,  mats,  paper,  etc.  :  also  βίβλος, 
esp.  after  anything  was  written  upon 
it :  in  plur.  τά  βνβλα,  Anth. 

^Βύβλος,  ov,  ij,  Byblus,  an  ancient 
name  of  Phoenicia,  Strab. ;  o'l  Bv- 
βλιοι,  the  inhab.  of  Byblus  ;  adj.  Βΰ- 
βλιος,  a,  ov.  of  Byblus,  Luc,  and 
pecul.  fem.  ΒνιΓλιας,  άδος,  ή.  Nonn. 
—2.  a  city  of  the  Aegyptian  Delta. 
Βίζα,  ή.^=βνας,  Nic. 
^Βυζάκίοι,  ων,  οι,  the  Byzacii.  a  peo- 
ple of  Africa,  Strab. :  ή  Βνζ,ακίσ, 
and  Βυζακίς.  ίδος,  (sub;  χώρα)  By- 
zacia,  v.  I.  Polyb.  12,  1,  5. 

\Βυζάντιον.  ov,  τό,  Byzantium,  now 
Constantinople  or  Stamboal,  a  city  on 
the  European  side  of  Thracian  lios- 
porus,  Hdt.,  Thuc,  etc. :  hence 

ίΒνζάντιης.  a,  ov,  of  Byzantium, 
Byzantine,  Thuc.  ;  also  Βνζαντιΰκός, 
ή,  όν,  Strab.  ;  fem.  Βνζαντίς,  ίδος, 
and  Βυζάντιος,  ύδος.  Anth. 

ίΒύζας,  αντος,  ό,  Byzas.  founder  of 
Byzantium,  Diod.  S.  4,  49. 

Βύζην,  adv.,  close  pressed,  closely, 
β.  κλείειν,  Thuc.  4,  8. 

^Βύζι/ρες,  ων,  οι,  the  Byzlres,  a  peo- 
ple of  Pontus,  Ap.  Rh.  2,  190. 

\Βνζης,  ov  Ion.  εω,  δ.=:Βνζας. — 2. 
a  king  of  Babylon,  Conon. 

Bi\"<4».  i.  βύσω,=  βνω.  Aretae. — 2. 
f.  βυξω,  to  howl,  to  hoot.  Dio  Cass. 

Βνθάω,  (βυθός)  to  be  in  or  go  into 
the  deep,  NlC. 

Βυθίζω,  f.  -ίσω.  (βνθός)  to  throw 
into  the  deep,  immerse,  sink,  Polyb.; 
pass,  to  sink,  Arist.   Plant. 

Βνθιος.  a,  ov,  in  the  deep,  sunken, 
deep,  in  Plut.  of  the  voice  :  τα  βνβια, 
sub.  ζώα,  water-animals,  Anth.  :  βύ- 
θιος  Κρονίδης,  Neptune,  Anth.  Adv. 
-ως. 

Βϋθίτης,  ov,  h,  fem.  βνθΐτις,  ιδος, 
7;,=  foreg.,  Anth. 

ΒνϋοΙ,  adv.  in.  the  deep,  at  the  bottom. 
ΒΥ'ΘΟ'Σ,  ov,  δ,  the  depth,  esp.  of 
the   sea,  the  water-deeps,  Aesch.   Pr. 
432.    (Akin  to  βάθος,  βνσσός.) 

Βνθοτρεφής,  ές,  (βυθός,  τρέφω) 
reared,  living  in  the  deep,  LXX. 

Βϋκανύω,  and  βυκανίζω,  to  blow  the 
trumpet :  i'rom 

Βνκάνη,  ης,  ή,  a  trumpet,  Lat.  biu:- 
cina,  Polyb.  :  v.  βύω.  [a] 

Βϋκάνίίμα,  ατός,  τό,  the  sound  oj 
the  trumpet,  Λ  pp. 

Βΰκανητής,  ov,  ό,  a  trumpeter,  App. 
Βνκανίζω,=βυκανάω,  Sext.  Einp. 
Hence 

Βΰκανισμός,  ov,  δ,  =  βνκάνημα, 
trumpeting :  the  trumpet's  sou7id. 


Br  Σ  Σ 

ΒϋκανιστηρίΌν,  ου,  τό,^^βνκάνη. 

Βύκανιστ7/ς,  οϋ,  ό,=βυκανητής,  α 
trumpeter,  Polyb. 

Βνκτης,  υν,  ό,  {βίιζω,  βύω)  swelling, 
blustering,  ύνεμοί  βύκται,  Οά.  10,  20, 
where  is  gen.  plur.  βυκτάων. — U.  α 
wind,  hurricane,  Lyc.  738,  757. 

^Βνλάζωρα,  uv,  τύ,  Bylazora,  a  city 
of  Paeonia,  Polyb.  5.  97,  1. 

^Βνλλιακή,  ης.  ή.  Bt/lliace,  a  region 
of  lllyria,  around  Byllis,  Strab. 

^Βν/.λίονες,  uv,  οι,  the  Bylliones,  a 
people  of  lllyria,  Strab. 

ίΒύ/.?ας,  ιδος,  ή,  Byllis,  a  city  of  ll- 
lyria, Strab. 

Βννέω,  Att.  for  βύω,  Ar.  Pac.  645. 

Βύν?/,  7/ς,  ij,  malt  for  brewing. 

Βύνη,  ης,  ή,  an  old  name  of  the  sea- 
goddess  Iiio  or  Leucolhea  ;  hence  the 
sea  Itself,  Euphor.  90 :  acc.  to  some 
from  βυθός,  others  from  βουνός-  [ϋ] 
ίΒνρεβίσ-ας.  or  Βοιρεβίστας,  ου,  ό, 
Byrebistas,  a  king  of  the  Getae,  Strab. 

ΒΥ'ΡΣΑ,  ης,  ή,  the  skin  stripped  off, 
a  hide,  Lat.  bursa,  Hdt.  3,  110:  also 
of  the  skiti  of  a  living  animal,  Theocr. 
25,  238.— II.  Byrsa,  the  citadel  of 
Carthage,  Strab.  (from  Punic  Basra, 
a  fortification.) 

Βνρσαίετος,  ου,  ό.  {βύρσα,  αίετος) 
the  leather-eagle,  comic  epith.  of  Cleon 
the  tanner,  Ar.  Eq.  197. 

Βνρσεύς,  έως,  ό,  a  tanner,  Nt  T. 

Βυρσεύω,  to  dress  hides,  tan. 

Βυρσίνη,  ης,  ?},  a  leathern  thong,  Ar. 
Eq.  59,  with  a  play  on  the  word 
μυρσίνη,  and  so  for  'Μυρσίνη  as  pr.  n., 
Id.  449  :  strictly  fern.  Irom 

Βύρσΐνος,  η,  ov,  {βύρσα)  made  of 
skin  or  leather. 

Βυρσίς,  ίδος,  ή,  dim.  from  βύρσα. 

Βυρσοδεψέω.  ώ,  to  dress  hides,  be  a 
tanner,  Ar.  Plut.  167  :  from 

Βυρσοόέ-φης,  ου,  ό,  {βύρσα,  δέφω)  α 
tanner,  Ar.  Eq.  44.  etc.     Hence 

Βυρσοδεφίκύς,  ή,  όν,  of  belonging 
to  tanning,  Hipp. 

Βνρσοόέψίον,  ου,  τό,  a  tan-pit,  tan- 
yard,  Inscr. 

Βνρσοπαγής,  ες,  {βύρσα,  ττήγνυμι) 
made  of  skins,  Plut. 

Βυρσοτναφ/Μγών,  όνος,ό.  the  leather 
Paphlagonian,  nickname  of  Cleon, 
Ar.  Eq.  47. 

Βυρσοποιός,  όν,  {βύρσα,  ποίέω) 
dressing  ski?is,  Dinarch.  ap.  Poll.  7, 
160. 

Βυρσοττώ/^ης.  ου,  ό,  {βύρσα,  ττωλέω) 
α  leather-seller,  Ar.  Eq.  136. 

Βνρσοτενής,  ές,  Eur.  Hel.  1347, 
and 

Βυρσότονος,  ov,  {βύρσα,  τείνω) 
covered  with  skin  or  leather,  κύκλωμα 
=  τνμ7Γανον,  Eur.  Bacch.  124. 

Βυρσοτομέω,  ώ,  to  ciit  leather :  irom 

Βυρσοτόμος,  ov,  {βνρσα,  τέμνω) 
leather-cutting. 

Βυρσόω,  {βύρσα)  to  cover  with  skins 
or  leather,  Math.  Vett. 

Βυρσώδης,  ες,  {βύρσα,  είδος)  like 
leather,  Gal. 

Βϋσαύχην,  ενός,  ό,ή,  {βύω,  ανχήν) 
short-necked,  bull-7iecked,  high-shoulder- 
ed, Ar.  ap.  Poll.  2,  135. 

Βύσμα,  ατός,  τό,  {βύω)  anything 
used  to  stop  up,  a  plug,  bung,  Ar.  Fr. 
285. 

Βύσσα,  ή,=:βυσσός,  0pp. — II.  a  sea- 
bird,  M.  Anton. 

\Βυσσΰτις,  ιδος,  η,  Byssΰ.tis,^^Bυ- 
ζακία,  Polyb.  3,  23,  2. 

Βύσσινος,  η.  ov,  made  of  βύσσος, 
σινδών,  Hdt.  2,  86;  7,  ]81. 

Βυσσοδομεύω,{βυσσός,  δομέω)  orig. 
to  build  in  the  deeps,  hence  to  think 
over,  brood  upon  in  one\s  inmost  soul : 
Hom.  only  in  Od..  and  there  usu.  in 
nhrase  κακά  φρεσΐ  βυσσοδ.,  yet  also 


ΒΩΑΟ 

μύθους  βυσσοδ.,  Od.  4,  676 :  Hes. 
says  δόλον  όρεσΐ  βυσσοδ.,  Sc.  30 ; 
and  later  authors,  as  Luc,  όργτ/ν  β. 

Βνσσόθεν,  adv.,  {βυσσός)  from  the 
bottom,  Soph.  Ant.  590. 

Βυσσομέτρης,  ου,  ό,  {βυσσός,  με- 
τρέω)  measuring  the  deeps,  epith.  of  a 
fisherman,  Anth. 

Βυσσός,  οϋ,  ό,=βυθός,  the  depths  of 
the  sea,  uater-deeps ,  II.  24,  80  ;  so  also 
βύσσα. 

Βύσσος,  ου,  ή,  (prob.  the  Hebrew 
Butz,  Gesenius  Lex.  in  v.)  a  fine  yel- 
lowish flax,  and  the  linen  made  from  it, 
Theocr.  2.  73  ;  cf.  Paus.  5,  5,  2  :  said 
also  to  be  cotton,  of  which  the  Aegypt- 
ian  mummy-cloths  {σινδών  βύσσινος, 
Hdt.)  were  supposed  to  be  made,  v. 
Forster  tie  Bysso  Ant.  pp.  9,  48  ;  but 
these  are  now  ascertained  to  be  of 
li7ien,  Wilkinson  Aegypt.  (1st  series) 
3,  p.  115. — II.  of  the  silken  threads  of 
the  pinna  marina. 

Βυσσόφρων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  {βυσσός, 
φρήν)=^βαθύφρων,  deep-thinking,  un- 
fathomable of  soul,  Aesch.  Cho.  651. 

Βνσσόω,=:βύω,  Gramm.     Hence 

Βύσσωμα,α~ος,τό,=βύσμα,  oinets, 
which  stopped  the  passage  of  a  shoal  of 
tunnies,  Anth. 

Βύσταξ,  ακος,  6,=μύσταξ,  whiskers, 
Antiph.  Arch.  1. 

Βνστρα,  ας,  η,  =  βύσμα,  Antiph. 
Orph.  1. 

Βντις.  ή,  and  βυτίνη,  ή,  ν.  βοϋτις. 
^Βύττακος,  ον,  ό,  Byttacas,  a  Mace- 
donian officer  in  the  army  of  Anti- 
ochus,  Polyb.  5,  79,  3. 

ΒΤΏ,  f.  βύσω,  to  stuff  full,  stop  up, 
plug.  c.  gen.,  νήματος  βεβυσμένος, 
stuffed  full  of  spun  work  or  spinning 
Od.  4,  134,  c.  dat.,  σ—ογγίω  βεβυσμ., 
Ar.  Ach.  463  ;  absoL,  Hdt.  6,  125  :  so 
also  the  forms  βύζω,  βυέω,  βυσσόω. 
From  the  notion  oi filling  sprang  that 
of  puffing  uv.  swelling,  as  in  βυκτιις, 
and  hence  that  ot  a  sound  caused  by 
gathering  up  the  breath,  as  in  βυκύνη, 
βνκανύω,  etc.  [C  in  oblique  tenses, 
Ar.  Vesp.  128,  LuciU.  Ep.  114.] 

Βώ,  subj.  aor.  2  act.  of  βαίνω. 

Βώδιον,  ου,  τό,=^βοίδιον.  Dor. 

Βωθέω,  Ion.  contr.  for  βοηθέω. 
^Βώκαρος,  ov,  ό,  Bocarus,  a  river  of 
Salainis,  Lyc,  later  Βωκαλίας,  Strab. 

ΒωκοΑίάσδω,  ί.•άξω,  βωκο/.ιαστΥ/ς, 
ό.  Dor.  for  βονκ. 

Βωκόλος,  βωκολικός.  Dor.  for  βουκ. 

Βώκος,  ό.  Dor.  for  βονκος,  βου- 
καίος. 

Βωλύκιον,  ύυ,  τό,  dim.  from  βώ?.αξ. 

Βω/ιάκίος,  α,  ον,  cloddy,  forming 
clods,  of  rich  loam.  opp.  to  dry,  sandy 
soil.  Pind.  P.  4,  228  :  from 

Βώλαξ,  ΰκος,  ή,^βώ/.ος,  a  clod  of 
earth,  Pind.  P.  4,  66. 

ίΒώλαί,  ακος,  ή,  ΒόΙαχ,  a  city  of 
Elis,  Polyb.  4,  77. 

Βωλύριον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  ίϊοταβώ'Αος, 
Strab. 

Βωληδόν,  adv.  clod-like,  cloddy. 

Βώ?ιΐνος,  η,  ov,  {βώ/Μς)  made  of 
clods. 

Βώλίον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  βώ?.θ€, 
Ar.  Vesp.  203. 

Βω?Λτης,  ου,  6,  a  mushroom,  Lat. 
boletus,  Gal. 

Βω/ιοειόής.  ες.  {βώλος,  είδος)  cloddy, 
lumpy,  Theophr. 

Βωλοκοττεω,  to  break  clods  of  earth, 
Ar.  Fr.  600  :  and 

ΒωΆοκοπία,  ας,  ή,  the  breaking  of 
clods :  from 

Βω/.οκόπος,  ov.  {3ώ?.ος.  κόπτω) 
clod-breaking,  Cratin.  Archil.  6. 

Βώ/.ος,  ου,  ή,  (prob.  from  βά?.?.ω) 
a  clod  or  lump  of  earth,  Od.  18,  374: 
also  like  Lat.  gleba,  a  piece  of  land. 


ΒΩΜΟ 

ground,  soil :  in  genl.  a  lump  of  any- 
thing, as  of  gold,  Arist.  Mir. ;  so  Eur. 
calls  the  sun  βώ'/.ος,^=  μύδρος,  Or. 
983,  ubi  V.  Pors.  (975).— Later  ύ  βώ- 
Αος,  Piers.  Moer.  95,  Thorn.  M.  170, 
Jac.  A.  P.  p.  254 :  το  βώ/.ος  is  (ound 
only  in  dat.  βώ/.εϊ,  Leon.  Tar.  77. 

Βωλοστροφέω,ώ,{βώ'/Μς,στρι^φω)  to 
turn  up  clods  in  ploughing,  to  plough, 
Geop. 

Βωλοστροφία,  ας,  ή,  the  turning  up 
of  clods. 

Βω/.οτομέω,  to  break  clods  of  earth, 
Vit.  Horn. :  from 

Βω/.οτόμος,  ov,  {βώλος,  τέμνω) 
clod-breaking,  Anth. 

Βω'/ώδης,  ες,  {βώ7•.ος,  εΙδος)=βω- 
λοειδής.  Diosc. 

Βώμαξ,  άκος,  6.  ή.=βωμο/.όχος. — 
II.  βώμαξ.  ύκος.  ή,  dim.  from  βωμός. 
[on  quantity  v.  Drac.  p.  18.] 

ΒωμιαΙος,  αία,  aiov,  rarer  form  for 
βώμιος. 

^Βωμιεΐς,  Att.  -μιής,  ών,  οι.  the  Βό- 
mimis,  Lat.  Bomienses,  a  people  of 
Aetolia  on  the  borders  of  Thessaly, 
Thuc.  3,  90. 

Βώμιος,  a,  ov.  Soph,  and  Eur.,  also 
ος,  ov,  Eur.  Phoen.  274,  1750,  {βω- 
μός) on  or  at  the  altar,  of  or  belonging 
to  the  altar. 

Βωμίς,  ίδος,  ή,  dim.  fjrom  βωμός- — 
Π.  α  step,  Hdt.  2,  125. 

Βωμίσκος.  ov,  ό,  dim.  from  βωμός. 

Βωμίστρια,  ας,  ή,  an  attendant  on 
the  altar,  priestess,  Nic. 

Βωμοειδής,  ές.  {βωαός,  είδος)  like 
an  altar,  Plut.  Them.  32. 

Βωμολόχενμα,  ατός.  τό,  the  conduct, 
language  of  a  βωμοΑοχος,  Ar.  Eq.  902  : 
from 

Βωμο7.οχενομαι,  dep.  mid.,  {βωμο- 
?.όχος)  Ιο  use  low  jesting,  be  a  buffoon  or 
lickspittle,  to  flatter,  Ar.  Nub.  970; 
opp.  to  σεμνύνομαι :  act.  not  used. 

Bωμo'Aoχέω,=ίoreg.,  Plut. 

Βωμο/.οχία,  ας,  ή,  buffoonery,  ribal- 
dry, manners  of  a  βωμολόχος.  Plat. 
Rep.  606  C,  cf.  βωμοΆόχος. 

Βωμο/ιοχικός,  ή,  όν,  inclined  to 
coarse  jokes,  Luc.  :  from 

Βωμο?Μχος,  ov.  {βωμός,  Αοχάω) 
orig.  of  the  rabble  that  waited  about  the 
altars,  to  beg  or  steal  some  of  the  meat 
oft'ered  thereon  :  hence  living  on  offer- 
ings, haunting  the  altar,  half-starved, 
cf.  Plant.  Rud.  1,  2,  52,  Ter.  Eun.  3, 
2,  38:  usu.  metaph.  oi  such  as  would 
do  any  dirty  work  to  get  a  meal,  a  lick- 
spittle, low  jester,  buffoon,  Arist.  Eth. 
N.  4,  8,  3.  Rhet.  3,  18,  7  :  Ar.  Nub. 
!i70,  applies  the  verb,  and.  Ran.  358, 
the  adj.,  to  the  music  of  his  day, 
which  had  lost  its  former  gravity, 
and  sought  to  tickle  the  vulgar  ear 
by  tricks  of  art. 

Βωμονίκης,  ov,  ό,  {βωμός,  vimf)  at 
Sparta,  the  lad  who  won  the  prize  fot 
endurance  in  the  voluntary  whipjnlng  at 
the  altar  of  Artemis  (Diana)  Orthia, 
v.  Thiersch  Epochen  der  Kunst,  p. 
172. — II.  honorary  title  of  a  Spartan 
magistracy :  but  v.  Bockh  Inscr.  1, 
p.  664. 

Βωμός,  οϋ,  ό,  {*βάω,  βαίνω)  any 
elevation,  whereon  to  place  a  thing, 
a  stand,  base,  trestle,  step.  Lat.  sag 
gestus,  II.  8,  441,  Od.  7,  100,  elsewh 
βύσις,  βαθμός:  but  mostly  of  e-ec 
tions  for  sacred  purposes,  oSerings, 
etc.,  an  altar.  Hom.,  who  sometimes 
adds  ιερός,  but  usu.  omits  the  dis 
tinctive  epithet ;  the  same  distinc- 
tion prevails  between  βωμός  and 
έσχύρα  as  between  Lat.  aiiare  and 
ara,  v.  Diet.  Antiqq.  s.  v,  ara :  later 
also  a  funeral  barrow,  cairn,  Lat.  in• 
mulus,  Jac.  A.  P.  p.  922. 

281 


Βώΐ',  Dor.  for  βονν,  ace.  from  βονς, 
also  ]1.  7,  238. 

Βωιίτης,  ου,  6,=βοντης,  dub.  1. 
Call.  Fr.  157. 

tUuvuvia,  ας,  ?/,  Botwnia,  now  Bn- 
logiia,  a  city  of  Gallia  Cisalpina, 
Strab. 

\ϋωρίνς,  έυς,  ό,  a.  kmd  offish,  Xen. 

ΙΒώρμος,  ov,  6,  and  Βώριμος,  Bor- 
vms,  a  beautiful  Mariandyniari  youth 
carried  oif  by  tlie  nymphs  of  a  foun- 
tain to  which  he  had  gone  for  water, 
Ath.  620  A,  cf  Aesch.  P.  938. 
Βώ^,  βωκός,  ό.  contr.  for  βόαξ. 

ίΒώρος.  ου,  ό,  Borus,  son  of  Perieres, 
II.  16,  177. — 2.  a  Lydian,  father  of 
Phaestus,  II.  5,  44. 

tBtjf,  Dor.  ace.  pi.  for  βονς,  Theocr. 

ίΒώσαί,  Ion.  and  Dor.  for  βοήσαι 
from  βοάυ,  Hdt.,  etc. 

Μώσας,  contr.  part.  aor.  1  act.  for 
βοάσας  from  βοάω,  11. 

Βώσί,  3  plur.  subj.  aor.  2  act.  of 
βαίνω,  Od. 

ΐΒώσταροζ•,  ου,  6,  Bostarits,  a  Cartha- 
ginian general  in  Africa,  opposed  to 
the  Romans  under  Regulus,  Polyb. 

I,  30. — 2.  commander  of  the  mer- 
cenary troops  in  Sardinia,  Id.  1,  79. — 
3.  a  commander  in  Spam  opposed  to 
Scipio,  Id.  3,  98. 

Βωσ~ρέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  call,  call  in, 
call  on,  esp.  to  call  to  aid,  Od.  12,  124  ; 
also  in  Ar.,  and  Theocr.  Usu.  said 
to  be  Dor.  for  βοάω.  but  rather  form- 
ed like  κα?ύστρέω  from  κα'λέω,  ί'λασ- 
τρίω.  etc. 

ίΒώστωρ,  ορός,  6,  =  Βώσταροζ•  3, 
Polyb. 

Μωτας,  ου,  6,  α  herdsman,  =  βον- 
τΐ]ς,  Theocr.  1,  86. 

Βωτιάνεφα,  ας  Ion.  ης,  ή,  {βόσκω, 
άνήρ)  man-feeding,  nurse  of  heroes, 
epilh.  of  fruitful  countries,  as  Phthia, 

II.  1,  155.  No  such  adj.  as  βωτιά- 
νειρος,  ov,  seems  to  have  been  used. 

Βώτις,  ιδος,  ή,  fem.  of  βώτας,  v. 
τταμβώτίς. 
Βώτωρ,  ορός,  ό,=^βώτης,  Horn. 


Γ. 


Γ,  γ,  γάμμα.  Ion.  γέμμα,  indecl., 
third  letter  in  Gr.  alphabet :  hence 
as  numeral  y'^three,  third:  but  ^y= 
3000.  Before  the  palatals  y,  κ,  χ, 
and  before  ξ,  γ  is  pronounced  Hkc 
ng,  as  έγγνς,  pron.  eng-gus,  άγγος, 
άγκος,  ύγχι,  ΰγξω :  v.  Bultni.  Ausf. 
Spr.  l,p.  17. 

In  Aeol.,  and  sometimes  in  Ion., 
the  old  Greek  γ  was  a  kind  of  aspi- 
rate, called  from  the  way  of  writing 
it  (F)  Digamma.  This  aspirate  was 
carried  by  the  Pelasgian  race  into 
Italy,  and  was  strengthened  by  the 
Latins  into  a  real  consonant  Van,  as 
may  be  seen  from  many  words  orig. 
Greek  Γοϊνος,  Γοΐκος,  oFif,  vinum, 
vicu-s,  ovis.  It  disappeared  from  the 
Greek  tongue  so  early,  that  even  in 
the  Homeric  poems  it  has  no  regular 
character,  and  many  even  deny  its 
influence  in  softening  the  hiatus, 
whUe  others  allow  this  effect  in 
Pind. ;  and  it  seems  to  remain  in 
one  word,  προσε'λέω.  as  late  as  Aris- 
toph.,  cf  Buttm.  Lexil.  in  v. 

Horn,  has  y  as  an  aspirate  before 
some  words  aia,  γα? a :  όονπος,  γόοϋ- 
nor.  This  use  is  most  freq.,  esp.  in 
Att.,  before  λ  and  v,  e.  g.  λενσσω 
γλανσσω,  λημη  y7jiui],  lac,  γλύξ  (as 
2tJ2 


ΓΑΓΓ 

also  χ  is  freq.  prefixed  to  λ,  cf.  χ), 
νοέω  γνώναι,  νέφος  γνόφος- 

In  Dor.  ό  is  sometimes  put  for  y, 
as  }?/,  γνόφος,  Dor.  ύά,  δνό^ος ;  on 
the  other  hand,  y  for  β,  βλίφαρον 
γ?έφαρον  :  the  Att.  /3  for  y,  γλτΊχων 
β'λήχων  :  also  κ,  γνάπτω  κνάπτω : 
and  Λ,  γήϊον  λτ'μον,  μόγις  μόλις.  In 
the  formation  of  words  it  is  often  in- 
terchanged with  i,  Buttm.  Lexil.  voc. 
a) pa  3,  p.  22,  and  ji.  140. 

Γΰ,  Dor.  for  ye,  enclit.  particle, 
also  in  compds.  εγωγα,  τύγα,  just 
like  κε.  Dor.  κα. 

Γα,  Dor.  also  Aeol.  for  γή,  the  earth, 
Pind. 

tra/3ai,  ών,  al,  Gahae,  a  city  of  Per- 
sia, now  Darabgherd,  Strab. — 2.  a 
fortress  of  Sogdiana,  Arr.  An.  4,  17 : 
hence 

"ίΤαβηνός,  ov,  b,  an  inhabitant  of 
Gahae,  Gabenian,  Plut.  Eum.  15  ;  and 

^Ταβίανή,  ης,  Strab.,  Ταβιηνή,  ης, 
Diod.  S.,  7/,  the  territory  of  Gahae,  Ga- 
biana,  Strab. 

\ΤαβαΙος.  ov,  6,  Gabacus.  a  Persian 
satrap  of  Phrygia,  Xen.  Cyr.  2,  1,  5. 

^Τύβαλα,  ων,  τύ,  Gabala,  a  city  of 
Syria,  Strab. 

]Ταβαλεΐς,  έων,  oi,  the  Gabales,  a 
people  of  Aquitania  in  Gaul.  Strab. 

ίΤαβίνιος,  ov,  ό,  the  Rom.  Gabinius, 
Strab. 

Wύβιoι,  ων,  ol,  Gabii,  a  city  of 
Latium,  Strab. 

ΙΤαβριήλ,  6,  indecl.  Hebr.  pr.  n.,  the 
archangel  Gabriel,  N.  T. 

Γάγάτης,  ov,  ό.  gagates,  jet.  Orph., 
so  called  from  Τύγης  or  Payat,  a 
town  and  river  in  Lycia  :  also  πέτρα 
Ταγ-}ήτις.  [ar] 

Ταγγαλίζω,  Att.  γαργαλίζω,  Lob. 
Phryn.  97,  Mehlhorn  Anacr.  5,  7, 
(contrariwise  A.  B.  p.  31),  to  charin 
or  engage  the  senses,  esp.  to  tickle: 
γαγγαλύω  or  γαγγαλιάω  only  in 
Gramm.  (The  root  is  *  γύω,  or  rather 
*χάω :  akin  to  /cayraCw,  καγχαλάω, 
cachinnari,  Hemst.  Thom.  M.  p.  181.) 
Ταγγαμενς,  έως,  ό,  an  oyster-fisher : 
from 

Ταγγύμη,  ης,  ή,  also  γάγγαμον,  ov, 
τό,  a  small  round  net,  esp.  for  oyster 
catching,  elsewh.  σαγήνη  :  metaph. 
γάγγαμον  άτης,  Aesch.  Ag.  361.  The 
form  γαγγαμών,  ό,  is  dub.,  cf  μύγ- 
γανον- 

Ταγγαμουλκός,  όν,  (γαγγάμη,  έλκω) 
dragging  an  oyster-net. 

^Τάγγη,  ης,  ή.  Gauge,  a  city  of  India, 
Strab. 

^νάγγης,  ου,  6,  the  Ganges,  a  cele- 
brated river  of  India,  Strab. 

\Ταγγητικός,  ή,  όν,  fem.  also  r«y- 
γητις,  ιδος,  η,  of  or  belonging  to  the 
Ganges,  Gangelic,  Indian,  Strab., 
Arr.,  etc. 

Τάγγ'λιον,  ov,  τό,  a  tumour  under 
the  skin,  on  or  near  tendons  or  sinews. 
Medic. :  in  modern  anatomy,  a  plexus 
of  the  7ierves :  prob.  orig.  Written  γαγ- 
γάλιον.     Hence 

Ταγγλιώύης,  ές,  (γάγγλιον,  είδος) 
of  the  ganglioyi  kind,  Hipp. 

tFf/yypa,  ας,  ή.  and  ων,  τύ.  Gangra, 
a  city  of  Paphlagonia,  Strab.,  Ath. 
82  C. 

Τύγγραινα,  ης,  τ/,  (γράω,  γραίνω) 
α  gangrene,  an  eating  sore,  ending  in 
mortification,  when  it  became  σφύκε- 
?.ος.  Gal.     Hence 

Τσ.γγραΐνικός,  ή,  όν,  gangrenous, 
Diosc. 

Ταγγραινόομαι,  as  pass.,  to  have  a 
gangrene,  Hipp. 

Ταγγραινώδης,  ες,  (γάγγραινα,  εί- 
δος) of  the  gangrene  kind,  Hipp. 
Ταγγραίνωσις,   εως,  ή,  {γαγγραι- 


ΓΑΙΣ 

νόομαι)    afjliction    with    a    gangrene, 
Hipp. 

^Υάγης,  ου,  ο.  Gages,  a  river  of  Ly- 
cia, on  which  was  Τύγαι,  whence 
Ταγάτης,  q.  v. 

^Τάδαρα,  ων,  τύ,  Gadara,  a  city  of 
Palestine  now  Omkais.  Strab. :  hence 
Ταδαρτ/νός,  ov,  6,  a  Gadarene.  N.  T. ; 
ή  Ταδαρίς,  the  territory  of  Gadara, 
Strab. — 2.  another  city  in  Coele- 
Syria,  where  Meleager  the  poet  was 
born. 

\ναδύτας,  a  and  ov,  b,  Gadntas, 
satrap  of  a  province  of  Assyria,  Xen. 
Cyr.  5,3,  15. 

ΙΤύδειρα,  ων,  τύ.  Ion.  Τ>/δεφα,  the 
city  Gadira  or  Gades,  now  Cadiz,  at 
the  mouth  of  the  Baetis,  Pind.  N.  4, 
114,  Hdt.  4,  8  :  adj.  Ταδίίρικός.  ή.  όν, 
of  Gadira,  fem.  also  Ταδειρίς,  Strab., 
etc. :  hence 
^Vaδειpόθεv,from  Gades,  Anth. 

Τύζα,  ης,  η,  the  royal  treasure  OT 
treasury :  in  genl.  riches,  Thcophr.  : 
in  Polyb.  a  sum  of  money.  (Persian 
word.) 

ΐΓύς'α,  ης,  η,  Gaza,  η  city  of  Pales- 
tine, now  Rassa,  Plut.  Alex.  25:  ό 
Ταζαϊος  and  Ταζίτης,  an  inhab.  of  Ga- 
za ;  as  adj.  Ταζίτης,  (οίνος)  of  Gaza, 
Alex.  Trail. — 2.  a  city  of  Sogdiana, 
Arr.  An.  4,  2,  1. 

ίΓαζακ7μ>ή.  ης,  ή,  Gazacene,  a  dis- 
trict of  Pontus,  Strab. 

Ταζοφϋ7.ακέω,  ώ,  to  be  a  γαζοφνλαξ, 
Diod. 

Ταζοφϋ?ΜΚΐον,  ου,  τό,  a  treasury, 
Lat.  aerarium,  Strab. :  from 

Ταζοφν?Μξ.  ΰκος,  ό,  (γάζα,  φυλάσ- 
σω) α  treasurer,  Joseph. 

Τύθέω,  Dor.  for  γηθέω,  pf  γέγάθα, 
part,  γεγάθως. 

ΤαΙα,  ης,  ή,  like  αία,  poet,  for  γη, 
earth,  ground,  soil :  land,  e.fp.  father- 
larul,  country,  in  Horn,  mostly  πατρίς 
γαία  :  χντη  γαΐα,  earth  thrown  up 
into  a  cairn,  II.  In  Horn,  this  is  the 
most  usu.  form  ;  also  often  in  plur. : 
the  form  γαίη  rare  and  late,  Herm. 
Orph.  p.  7i.6,  Jac.  A.  P.  p.  134.— II. 
Γαϊα,  as  prop,  n.,  Gaea,  Tellus,  Earth, 
spouse  of  Uranus,  mother  of  the 
Titans,  Cyclopes  and  other  monsters, 
Hes.  (With  yatn  and  ala,  Doderl. 
well  compares  the  German  Gau  and 
Au.) 

Ταιάοχος,  ov,  Dor.  for  γαιηοχος. 

Ταπρ/ίνής.  ές,  poet,  for  γηγενής. 

Ταίηθεν,  adv.  (γαΐα)  from  the  land, 
0pp. 

Ϋαιιι'ίος,  η,  ov,  sprung  from  Earth, 
υιός.  son  of  Gaea,  epith.  of  Tityus, 
Od.  7,  324. 

Ταιήοχος.  ov,  (γαΐα,  εχω)  poet,  for 
γηονχος,  earth-upholding,  earth-sur- 
rounding, in  Hom.  always  epith.  of 
Neptune,  perh.  as  opp.  to  his  celestial 
and  infernal  brothers  :  of  other  gods, 
guarding,  protecting  a  country,  Soph. 
O.  T.  160. 

Ταιηφύγος,  ov,  (γαΐα,  φυγείν)  earth- 
eating,  Numen.  ap.  Ath.  305  A. 

Ταιυγράφος,  ον,=  γεωγρύφος,  poet. 

Ταωδότης,  ην,  ό,  (γαΐα,  δίδωμι)  α 
giver  of  land.  Call.  Fr.  158. 

Τύϊος,  ov,  Dor.  for  γήίος,  on  land, 
Aesch.  Supp.  826.  —  II.  under  earth, 
read  by  some,  lb.  156. 

Ταιοτρεφής,  ές,  (γαΐα,  τρέφω)  earth- 
nourished. 

Ταιοφύγος,  ον,=  γαιηφάγος. 

Ταιοφανής,  ές.  (γαΐα.  φαίνομαι)=^ 
γεωφανής.  earth  coloured.  Medic.  :  το 
γαιοφ..  the  earthy  appearance  of  the 
moon,  Philolaus  ap.  Stob.  Eel.  1,  562. 

^αισύται,  ών,  and  -σάτοι.  ων,  ol, 
the  Gavsiltae,  a  people  of  Gallia  Nar- 
bonensis,   Polyb.  2,  22,  1  (prob.  so 


ΓΑΛΑ 

called  from  the  weapon  they  used, 
γαίσυρ). 

fTaiauv,  ωνος,  ύ,  Gaeson,  a  tribu- 
tary of  the  Maeander,  Hdt.  9,  97. 

ΐαισός.  6,  or  γαϊσον,  υυ,  τύ,  gaesum, 
a  sort  of  javelin,  Polyb. 

iTaiTovAni,  ων,  οι,  the  Gaetuli,  a 
people  of  Africa,  Stral). :  their  terri- 
tory, TaLTOv/Ua,  Gaetulta,  Ath. 

ΓΑΙ'Ώ,  radic.  fonn,  seldom  used, 
to  be  proud  of  a  thing,  to  exult  or  rejoice 
in,  Horn,  (in  II.)  always  in  phrase 
Κνόεΐ  ycLLuv,  exulting  in  his  strength, 
of  Jupiter,  Mars,  Briareus  :  so  μονίτι 
γαίωρ,  Emped.  (Hence  γαύμος, 
άγαυρός,  γανριάω,  gaadeo,  γύννμί, 
γηθέω.) 

Ταιώδης,  ες,^=γεώδης,  Polyb.  2, 
15,  8. 

Ταιών,  ώνος,  6,  (γαία)  α  heap  of 
earth,  boundary-heap,  Dor.,  v.  Koen. 
Greg.  224. 

Ταιωρύχος,  ov,  {γαία,  ορύσσώ)  γεω- 
ρνχος,  grubbing  or  digging  in  the  earth, 
Strab.  [ϋ] 

ΤάκΙνος,  ό,  and  γύκίνα,  τά,  (γη, 
Κΐνέω)  an  earthquake  :  γύκίνας,  ό,  the 
earth-shaker,  only  in  Gramm. 

ΓΑ'ΑΑ,  gen.  γάλακτος,  τό,  milk, 
Hom.,  also  in  plur.  γάλακτα.  Plat. 
Legg.  887  C  :  έν  γύλακτι  είναι,  τρέ- 
φεσθαι.  to  be  still  at  the  breast,  i.  e.  un- 
weaned,  Eur.  H.  F.  12G6  ;  Plat.  Tun. 
81  C  ;  in  Plat,  also  έν  γύλαξί :  me- 
taph.  of  the  first  elements  of  the  Chris- 
tian religion,  N.  T.  1  Cor.  3,  2.— II. 
the  sap  of  plants,  Hemst.  Ar.  Plut.  p. 
241. — III.  a  plant,  Nic. — IV.  a  nurse, 
Bentl.  ad  Call.  Ep.  53,  I,  but  Jacobs 
reads  άγαθην  γά'λα,  Aulh.  7,  p.  297. 
— V.  for  γαλαξίας,  the  milky  way, 
Ideler  ad  Arist.  Meteor.  1,  8,  1.— VI. 
ορνίθων  γάλα.  proverb,  of  rare  and 
dainty  things,  Br.  Ar.  Av.  733,  galli- 
nacei  lactis  haustus,  Plin.  H.  N.,  our 
pigeons  milk.  Sometimes  indecl., 
Valck.  Ad.  p.  351,  v.  also  γλάγος. 
(the  same  as  lac,  as  appears  from 
gen.,  and  from  the  form  γλάγος: 
perh.  also  to  ύ-μέλγ-ω,  milk,  Pott 
Elym.  Forsch.  2,  204.)  [γΰλΰ] 

iTa?<.ai3pioi,  ων,  oi,  the  Galabrii,  a 
people  of  lUyria,  Strab. 

Ταλάδες  or  γάλακες,  ai,  a  kind  of 
smooth-shelled  muscle,  Arist.  H.  A. 

Ταλαθηνός,  όν,  sucking,  hence 
young,  νεβρηί,  Od.  4,  336 :  ra  γα?.., 
sucklings,  Hdt.  1,  183. 

Ταλακ-τιάω,  ω,  to  have  or  give  7nuch 
milk. 

Τα?ΜΚΓίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (γάλα)  to  be 
milky  or  milk-white,  Philo  :  hence 

Τα7\,ακ.Τίκ.ός,  ή,  όν,  ?nilky,  milk-like, 
milk-white,  Diosc. 

Τα?.άκταΌς,  η,  oi',=foreg.,  Anth. 

Ταλάκτίον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  γάλα, 
a  little  7nilk,  M.  Anton. 

ΤαλακτΙς  πέτρα,  /),=  sq.,  Orph. 

Τα?Μκτίτης  λίθος,  ό,  a  stone  which, 
when  wetted  and  rubbed,  gives  out  a 
milky  juice,  Diosc,  elsewh.  γαλαξίας. 
Id. 

Ταλακτοδόχος,ον,  (γάλα,  δέχομαι) 
receiving  milk. 

Ταλακτοείδής,  ες,  {γάλα,  είδος) 
milk-like,  milky.  Plut. 

Ταλακτοθρέμμων,  v.  γαλατ. 

Ταληκτόομαι,  as  pass.,  to  become 
milk,  Theopnr. 

Τΰλακτοπάγής,  ες,  (γάλα,  ττήγνυ- 
μί)  of  or  like  curdled  milk,  Anth. 

Ταλακτοποσία,  ας,  ή,  a  drinking  of 
milk,  Hipp. :  and 

Ταλακτοποτέω,  ώ,  to  drink  milk.  Id- : 
from 

Ταλακτοπάτης.  ov,  ό,  (γάλα,  πίνω) 
a  milk-drinker,  Hdt.  1,  216. 
\ΐ(ΐΑ,ακτοτρΰφέω,  ώ,  {γάλα,  τρέφω) 


ΓΑΛΑ 

to  nurture  with  milk ;  in  pass,  to  be 
reared  or  nurtured  with  viilk,  to  live  on 
milk,  Philo  :  hence 

^Ταλακτοτροφία,  ας,  ή,  a  nurturing 
with  milk,  a  suckling,  Eccl. 

Ta?.aκτovpγέω.ώ,tomakeof  milk,  as 
cheese,  etc.  :  from 

Ταλακτονργός.  όν,  (γάλα,  *εργω) 
making  7nilk-dishes,  Parmen.  ap.  Ath. 
608  A. 

Ταλακτονχέω,  to  have  or  suck  milk, 
Plut.:  and 

Ταλακτονχία,  ας,  ή,  a  sucking  of 
milk,  Clem.  Al. :  from 

Ταλακτονχος,  ov,  {γάλα,  εχω)  hav- 
ing or  sucking  milk. 

Ταλακτοφάγέω,  to  live  on  milk,  Phi- 
lost  r.  :  from 

Ταλακτοφύγος,  ov,  {γάλα,  φα,γεη') 
milk-fed,  Se.xt.  Emp.,  v.  γλακτ. :  hence 

^Γαλακτοφάγοί,  ων,  oi.  the  Galac- 
tophagi  (milk-eaters)  a  people  of  Asia- 
tic Scythia,  Strab. 

γαλακτοφόρος,  ov,  (γάλα,  φέρω) 
bearing  or  bringing  milk,  Nic. 

Τα7Μκτόχροος,  ov,  cftntr.  χρονς, 
ovv,  (γάλα,  χρόα)  milk-coloured,  dub. 
1.  Opp. 

Ταλακτόχρως,  ωτος,  ό,  ^,i=foreg., 
Philyll.  Aug.  2. 

Ταλακτώδ)/ς,  ες,  =  γαλακτοειδής, 
Diphil.  Siphn.  ap.  Ath.  91  E. 

ΓαΛά/ίτωσίζ•,  εως,  ή,  {γα?ί.ακΓΟομαι) 
a  growing  of  milk,  changing  into  milk. 
— II.  of  seeds  or  young  plants,  ivhich 
become  soft  and  so  die,  cf.  έκγαλ.άκτω- 
σις. 

Γαλάνα,  Dor.  for  γαλήνη,  Aesch. 
Ag.  740. 

\ναλάνεια.  Dor.  for  γα7.'ηνεια=γα- 
7αΊνη,Υ.ΜΧ.  Η.  F.  402.  [άί^] 
Ταλάνός,  Dor.  for  γαληνός. 

^Ταλαξαΐος,  a,  ov,  (γάλα)  milky, 
Nonn.  3,  389. 

ίΓαλαίαφ;;,  ης,  η,  Galaxaura,  one 
of  the  dceanides,  H.  Hom.  Cer.  423, 
Hes.  Th.  353. 

^Ταλαξήεις,  εσσα.  εν,  milky,  milk- 
white,  Nonn.  22,  18. 

Γαλατία,  τά,  a  festival  at  Athens  in 
honour  of  Cybele,  at  which  a  kind  of 
milk-furmety  was  eateyi. 

Ταλαξίας,  ου,  ό,  with  or  without 
κύκλος,  the  galaxy,  milky  way,  Lat. 
circidus  lacteus,  via  lactea,  Diod. — II. 
^γαλακτίτης,  Plin. 

^Τα7.αξίδωρος,  ov,  ό,  Galaxidoms, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Xen.  Hell.  3.  5,  1. 

ίΤαλαρία,  ας,  and  -λάρινα,  ης,  ή, 
Galaria,  a  city  of  Sicily  ;  ό  Ta?Mpl- 
νος,  an  inhab.  of  G.,  Diod.  S. 

ίΓαλύταί,  (OV,  oi.  v.  sub   Ταλάτης. 

^Ταλάτεια,  ας,  ή,  Galatea,  a  Nereid, 
beloved  by  Acis  and  Polyphemus, 
Hes.  Th.  250.— II.  in  h\ic.=  Yaλaτίa. 

\Ταλάτη,  ης.  ή,=Ταλατία,  Dion.  P. 

^η?:άτης,  ov,  ό,  an  inhab.  nf  Galatia, 
a  Galatian  ;  in  pi.  oi  Γαλύ-at,  the 
Gatatians,  Callim.  Del.  184.  Strab.  : 
V.  Γαλατία  1.  —  2.  the  Galatae  or 
Gauls  m  Europe,  Polyb.,  etc. 

ίΓαλα-ί'α,  ας,  ή,  Galatia,  a  province 
of  Asia  Minor,  bordering  on  Paphla- 
gonia,  Pontus,  Phrygia,  etc..  deriving 
its  name  from  the  Γηλά-αί  or  Gauls, 
who  had  occupied  it,  Strab. — 2.  Gal- 
lia, Gaul,  in  Europe,  Strab. :  hence 

\να7.ατικός,  ή,  όν,  of  Galatia,  Gala- 
tian, Strab. — 2.  also  Ταλλίκός,  Gallic, 
of  ox  belonging  to  Gaul;  Γαλατ.  κόλ- 
πος, Gnllicus  Sinus,  Strab.  Adv.  κώς, 
in  the  Gallic  fashion,  after  the  manner 
of  the  GaMls,'F\nt.  0th.  6. 

Ταλάτοθρέμμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος, 
(γάλα,  τρέφω)  rnilk-fed,  Antiph.  Aph- 
rod.  1,  4.  ubi  v.  Meineke  :  al.  γαλακτ. 

^Ταλατόχρως,  ό,  ή,  gen.  οος,  for 
γαλακτόχροος,  q.  v.  in  Opp. 


ΓΑΑ1 

Ταλεάγρα,  ας,  ή,  (γα7.έη,  άγρα)  α 
weasel-trap,  cat-lrap,  Theojihr. 

ΓΑΑΕ;Ή,  ή,  contr.  γα'/.ΐ].  ης,  α 
weasel,  marten-cat,  Hdt.  4,  192  :  γ.  βδέ- 
ουσα,  the  foul-mart  or  polecat,  Ar.  Plut, 
693  :  γ.  άγρια  or  Αιβνκή.  the  ferret, 
Arist.  H.  A. — II.  a  sea-fish,  usu.  γα• 
?.εός,  yet  v.  H.  A.  2,  17",  26. 

Ταλεοειδής,  ές,  (γαλέη,  είδος)  like 
the  γαλέη  or  γα?ι.εός,  esp.  weasel  or 
cat-like,  Arist.  H.  A. 

Ταλεομυομαχία,  ας,  η,  (γα?ιέη,  μυς, 
μάχη)  Battle  of  the  Cats  and  Mice,  a 
burlesque  poem  by  Theod.  Prodro- 
mus. 

Γαλεόξ•,  ov,  6,  a  kind  of  shark,  mark- 
ed like  a  γα7.έη,  Arist.  H.  A. 

Τα7.ερός,ά,  όν,  cheerful,  well-pleased, 
Anth.  Adv.  -ρώς :  also  γαληρός,  v. 
γα7^ηνός. 

Ταλερωπός,  όν,  (γαλέρας,  ώψ)  with 
cheerful,  happy  face. 

Ταλεώδης,  ες,—γαλεοείόής,  Arist. 
Η.  Α. 

Τα7ι.εώτης,  αν,  ό,  α  kind  of  spotted 
lizard,  elsewh.  άσκαλαβώτης,  Ar. 
Nub.  173. — II.  the  sword-fish,  elsewh. 
ξιφίας,  Polyb. 

Ta/S/,  ή,  contr.  for  γαλ.έη,  q.  v. 

Ταλ?ιναία,  η,  poet,  ior  γαλήνη,  Αρ. 
Rh. 

Ταληναΐος,  a,  ον,^=γαληνός,  Anth. 

Ταλ-ηνεια,  ή.  Dor.  γα/.άνεια^γα- 
λήνη. 

rA'AH'NH,  ης,  ή,  calm,  stillness  of 
wind  and  leave,  Od.  :  γαλί/νι/ν  έ/.αν- 
νειν,  to  sail  through  the  calm,  Od.  7, 
319  :  in  geid.  cabn,  tranquillily,  cheer- 
fulness, φρόΐΊίμα  νηνέμου  γα'λάνας, 
spirit  nf  serenest  calm,  Aesch.  Ag.  740. 
— II.  a  kind  of  lead-ore,  Plin. — ill.  ατι 
antidote  to  poison.  Gal. 

^Τα7.ΐ]νη,  ης,  ή,  GalSne,  daughter  of 
Nereus  and  Doris,  Hes.  Th.  244. — 2. 
a  female  historian  of  Smyrna,  4th. 
679  0. 

Γα7.ηνής,  ές,=  γαλ7μ>ός,  Arist.  Phy- 
siogn. 

Ταληνιάζω,  Hipp.,  rarer  form  of 

Ταληνίάω,ώ,(γαληνη)  to  be  calm, 
tranquil,  esp.  of  the  wind,  Mosch. 

Τα7.?]νίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (γαλήνη)  to  calm, 
still,  hush,  esp.  the  waves  or  winds, 
Eur.  Incert.  47.  —  2.  intrans.  to  be 
calm  or  tranquil,  Alex.  Paras.  1,  ubi 
v.  Meineke  :  and  so  in  mid. 

Τα7.ηνιης,  ον,=γα7.ηνός,  Luc. 

Τη7.ηνιόωσα,•ρΆτ\..οΐγα7<,ι^νίάω. 

Τα7αινισμύς.  ov,  ό,  a  calm,  Iran 
quillity,  cheerfulness,  rest,  Epicur.  ap. 
Diog.  L. 

Ταληνός,  ό%>,  calm,  stilly,  serene , 
esp.  of  the  sea,  γαλτ/ν'  όρώ,  I  see  a 
calm,  Eur.  Or.  279.  Adv.  -νΰς.  (γα- 
7.ηρ(Ίς,  γαλερός,  γελανής,  γάλα,  γε- 
λάω, γάννμι,  ΰγάλλοίίαι.) 

Χΐαληνός,  οΰ,  ό,  antl  -ήνος,  Galenus, 
Galen,  a  celebrated  physician  of  Per- 
gamus. 

Ταληνότης,  ητος,  η,  {γα?.ηνός)  = 
γαλτ'/νη,  Sext.  Emp. 

Ταληνόω,  {γαληνός)=γαληνίζω,  to 
be  calm,  at  ease,  Plut. 

Ταληνώδης,  ες,  (γαλΐ]νη,  είδος) 
calm,  stilly. 

Ταληρωπός,  όν,=  γαλερωπός. 
^Ταλ7ίψός,  ov,  ή.  Galepsus,  a  city  of 
Macedonia  on    the    Toronaic  gulf, 
Hdt.  7,  122 ;  Thuc.  4,  107. 

Ταλιάγκων,  ωνος,  or  γαλιαγκών, 
ώνος,  6,  ή,  having  one  arm  shortened 
by  an  accident,  Hipp. 

Ta?uδεvς,  έως,  ό,  a  kitten  or  young 
weasel,  Cratin.  Hor.  19, 

iTa7u7.aia,  ας,  ή,  Galilee,  a  province 

of  Palestine,  at  the  time  of  Christ, 

comprising    all    the    northern    part 

bounded  by  Phoenicia,  Syria,  and 

263 


ΓΑΜΕ 

Jordan,  Strab.,  Ν.  Τ.  Marc.  1,  9, 
etc.  :  Ταλ.  TUif  Ιβνών,  Galilee  of  the 
nations,  or  Gentiles,  because  Phoeni- 
cians, Arabians,  and  Syrians  were 
intermingled  with  the  inhabitants, 
Matth.  4,  15  :  hence 

ίΓαλίλαΙος,  a,  ov,  of  or  belonging  to 
Galilee,  Galilean  ;  οι  Τα?..,  the  Gali- 
leans, Matth.  26,  69,  etc.  ;  the  Gali- 
leans were  des])ised  by  the  rest  of 
the  Jews,  and  hence  the  name  be- 
came a  term  of  contempt. 

Τάλιον,  ου,  τό.  galium,  perh.  the 
yellow  bed-straw,  Diosc. 

1Τα?.'λαϊκ7/,  7/ς,  ή,  (χώρα)  the  Gal- 
laic   territory  in   Thrace,  afterwards 
called  Μμιαντία,  Hdt.  7,  108. 
ΤΓαΛ/'ία,  ας.  ή.=  Ταλατία  2,  Plut. 
ίΤαλλικύς,  ή,  όν,=^Γηλατίκΰς  2. 
^Ταλ'λίων,  ωνος,  ό,  GalUo,  the  elder 
brother  of  Seneca  the  philosopher, 
proconsul  of  Achaia,N.  T.  Act.  18, 12. 
ΙΤαλλογραικοί,   ων,   oi,  the   Gallo- 
graeci^Ta/.arai  1  :  ?)  Ta?.?,oypaiKia, 
ας,  Gallograecia=Ta?MTia  1,  Strab. 

Τύ?.λος,  ov,  or  ΤαλΑός,  οϋ,  ό,  a 
priest  of  Cybele  ;  and  hence  in  genl. 
an  eunuch,  Anth.  (From  the  Phry- 
gian river  Gallos.) 

Τα'Αονργέω,  -ονργός,  -ονχέω,  ~ον• 
χ(α,=  γα'/Μκτ. 

Γάλοως,  ή,  gen.  γάλοω,  nom.  ρ1. 
γα'λόω,  Att.  γύ?.ως,  gen.  γύλω,  ?/,  α 
sister-in-law,  11.,  Lat.  glos :  the  cor- 
responding masc  is  δαήρ. 

itauaSpiomoi,  ων,  οι,  Gamabrivi,  a 
people  of  Germany,  Strab. 
^Τά/ιαι,  Dor.  for  γήμαι,  Theocr. 
\Γαμα'λι.//λ,   ό,   indecl.    Gamaliel,   a 
celebrated  Jewieh  teacher.  Act.  5,  34. 

Ταμ3μΐύω,  (γαμβρός)  to  form  con- 
nexions by  marriage,  LXX.  Pass,  to 
be  connected  by  marriage,  Joseph. 

Τάμβριος,  a,  ov,  belonging  to  a 
γαμβρός,  Ath. 

Ταμ3ροκτόνος,  ov,  (γαμβρός,  κτεί- 
νω)  bridegroom-slayi/ig,  Lyc. 

Ταμβρός,  ov,  ό,  (γαμέω)  any  con- 
nexion, relation  by  marriage.  Lat.  ajfinis, 
cf  ,Ti)of,  and  so — I.  so7i-in-law,  usu. 
in  Horn. — II.  brother-in-law,  II.  5.474. 
— III.=  ^Γεvθεpός,falher-i7l-law,  Valck. 
Phoen.  431. — IV.  any  connexion,  Pind. 
N.  5,  67. — V.  in  Dor.  and  Aeol.,  a 
bridegroom,  Valck.  Theocr.  15,  129. 

\Ταμεθείσα  for  γαμτ/θεΐσα,  v.  sub 
γαμέω. 

Ταμετ?'/,  ή,  fern,  of  sq.,  α  wife,  γννη 
γαμ.,  Hes.  Op.  404. 

Ταμέτης,  ov.  ό,  a  hnsband,  spouse, 
Aesch.,  and  Eur. :  and 

Ταμέτις.  ιδος,  ή,  a  ivife. 

Ταιχετρία,  ας,ή,=:γεωμετρία,  Stob. 

Τάμέω,  fut.  γαμέω,  11.  9,  391,  Att. 
contr.  γαμώ,  Xen.  Cyr.  5,  2,  12,  etc., 
later  }'α//7/σω.  but  γα/ίεσω  is  altogether 
dub. :  fut.  mid.  γαμέσομαί,  hence 
}α/ίεσσεΓαί,  11.  9,  394:  aor.  1  έγημα. 
mid.  ίγημύμην  :  perf.  γεγύμ?ικα:  aor. 
1  pass,  ίγαμήθιμ',  in  Theocr.  Θ,  91, 
also  shortd.  γαμεθεϊσα,  as  if  from  fut. 
γαμέσω :  on  aor.  1  act.  'εγίμ7]σα  v. 
infTlI.,  2. — (γάμος).  To  7narry,  i.  e. 
to  take  to  u'i/e,  Lat.  dticere,  of  the  man, 
τινά,  Horn,  very  freq.  in  II.,  also  γυ- 
ναίκα γαμεϊν,  for  which  γαμείν  γύ- 
μον,  in  Aesch.,  and  Eur.,  and  γημαι 
λέκτρα  βασιλέως,  Eur. :  εκ  κακού, 
εξ  άγαθον  γημαι,  to  marry  one  of  a 
good  or  bad  stock,  Theogn.  189,  190  : 
rare  c.  dupl.  ace,  γάμους  τους  πρώ- 
τονς  έγάμεε  Κνρον  δύο  θυγατέρας. 
for  ττρώτνν  έγάμεε  Κνρου  θυγατέρας, 
Hdt.  3,  88,  cf  4,  145 :  έπΙ  δέκα  τα- 
ΤΜ,ντοις  γαμείν,  Andoc.  30,  37. — 2. 
also  of  mere  sexual  intercourse,  to  take 
for  a  paramour,  Od.  1,  36. — II.  mid.  to 
give  in  marriage,  and  that — 1.  of  the 
284 


ΓΑΜΟ 

woman,  to  give  herself  in  marriage,  i.  e. 
to  get  married,  to  ired,  Lat.  nubere,TivL, 
Od. — 2.  of  the  parents,  to  get  their 
children  married,  betroth,  as  well  to  get 
a  ivife  for  the  son,  Πϊ/λίΐ'ζ•  θ/'ιν  μοι 
έπειτα  γυναίκα  γαμέσσεται  αυτός, 
II.  9,  394  ;  as  to  get  a  husband  for  the 
daughter,  τον  δόντα  τ'  avT'j  θνγατέρ', 
ην  τ'  έγήματο,  Eur.  Med.  264,  ace. 
to  Herm.,  (which  however  Pors.  ex- 
plains as  ironical,  and  where  iilmsl. 
reads  i)  τ'  έγ.)'.  γήμασθαι  with  εις, 
of  the  woman,  to  marry  into  a  place, 
as  γημαι  with  ε'ις  of  the  man,  to  take 
his  li'ife  home,  Valck  Hdt.  4,  78.  In 
this  last  signf.,  to  betroth,  later  au- 
thors, from  Menand.  (p.  274)  down- 
wards, used  also  aor.  1  act.  έ•)ύμ7ΐσα, 
V.  Lob.  Phryn.  742,  cf.  however  Kei- 
sig.  de  άν,  partic.  p.  127. — 111.  Pass. 
γαμηθ-ηναι,  to  be  wedded  or  taken  to 
wife,  Theocr.  8,  91  (but  Herm.  sought 
in  marriage,  betrothed,  Opusc.  3,  p.  1 83), 
later  just  as  in  mid.,  to  marnj  a  hus- 
band. Lob.  Phryn.  742  ;  though  Poll. 
3,  45,  objects  to  this  usage. — IV. 
Moreover,  ace.  to  Hermann,  Leipz. 
Litt.  Ztg.  1817,  p.  294,  the  older  form 
of  the  aor.  1  mid.  γαμέσασθαι  has 
the  pecul.  signf.  to  desire  a  maiden  m 
marriage,  woo  OX  court  her,  Herm.  ad 
Elmsl.  Med.  257. 

Ταμηλενμα,  ατός,  τό,  =  γάμος, 
Aesch.  Cho.  624. 

Ταμήλιος,  ov,  (γαμέω)  belonging  to 
a  marriage  or  wedding ;  bridal:  b  γαμ., 
sub.  ττλακονς,  a  bride-cake,  Philetaer. 
Oen.  1,  γαμηλίαν  (sub.  θυσίαν)  εις- 
φέρειν  τοις  φρύτορσι,  to  subscril)e 
for  the  wedding-feast  of  one's  phra- 
tores,  Dem.  1312,  12. 

Ταμ7]'λι,ών,  ώνος,  ό,  the  seventh  month 
of  the  Attic  year,  from  γαμέω,  because 
it  was  the  fashionable  time  for  wed- 
dings :  it  answered  to  the  last  half 
of  January  and  beginning  of  Febru- 
ary ;  and  was  in  old  times  also  call- 
ed Αηναιών. 

Ταμησείω,  desider.  of  γαμέω,  to 
wish  to  marry,  Alciphr. 

Ταμητέον,  verb,  adj.,  one  must  mar- 
ry, Plut. 

Ταμίζω,  f.  -ί'σω,  to  give  in  marriage, 
c.  ace.  of  parents  who  get  their 
daughter  married.  Mid.  to  get  mar- 
ried, to  wed,  Tivi,  of  the  bride,  Eccl. 
Hence 

Τημικός,  ή,  όν,  relating  to  marriage, 
bridal,  νόμοι,  Plat.  Legg.  721  A  ;  τα 
γαμ.,  nuptiae,  nuptials,  Thuc.  2,  15: 
γαμικώς  έσηΰν,  to  feast  as  at  a  wed- 
ding, Arist.  Eth.  N. 

Τύμιος,  ov,  also  a,  ον,  =  γαμ7'/λιος, 
bridal,  Mosch. 

Ταμίσκω,  =  γαμίζω,  Callicr.  ap. 
Stob. :  in  pass,  to  be  given  in  marriage, 
Arist.  Pol.  ;  N.  T.  Marc.  12,  25. 

Τύμμα,  τό,  the  letter  γ,  v.  sup. 
Hence 

Ταμμάτιον,  ov,  τό,  dim  from  γύμ- 
μα.  a  little  y. 

Ταμμοεκη/ς,  ές,  ( γύμμα,  είδος ) 
shaped  like  a  Γ,  Paul.  Aeg. 

Ταμοδαίσια,  ων,  τά,  (γάμος,  δαίς) 
α  7narriage.-feast ;  in  genl.  a  wedding, 
sub.  ίερά,  Ael. 

Ταμηκλοττέω.  ώ,  to  have  illicit  inter- 
course, Pseudo-Phocyl. :  and 

Ταμοκ?ιοπία,  ας,  ή,  lawless  love, 
adultery.  Or.  Sib. :  from 

Ταμοκλότϊος,  ov,  (γάμος,  κλέπτω) 
adulterous,  an  adulterer.  Anth. 

Τημοποιία,  ας.  ή,  (γάμος,  ποιέω)  the 
celebration  of  a  wedding,  Ath. 

Τάηόρος,  ό.  Dor.  for  γημόρος, 
Aesch.  Siippl.  614. 

ΓΑ'ΜΟΣ,  ου,  ό,  a  wedding,  wedding- 
day,  Hom.,  γάμον  έκτελεΐν,  άρτύειν, 


ΓΑΝΥ 

to  furnish  forth  a  wedding,  or  esp.  the 
wcdding-feast,  11.  18,  491,  Od.  1,  226, 
and  so  γάμον  δαιννναι,  Od.  4,  3  :  in 
prose  γάμον  έστιάΐ'. — II.  a  marriage, 
the  union  of  man  and  wife,  Hom.,  etc. : 
also  o{  mere  sexual  intercourse,  Hcmst. 
Plut.  p.  401. — III.  wedlock,  7natrimony, 
freq.  in  prose,  also  in  pi. — IV.  α  wife, 
Xen.  Cyr.  8,  4,  19.  [u] 

Ταμοστολέω,  ω,  to  prepare,  furnish 
forth  a  wedding  :  from 

Ταμοστόλος,  ov,  (γάμος,  στέλλ.ω) 
managing,  preparing  a  wedding  ;  γαμ. 
η,  goddess  of  marriage,  presiding  over 
nuptials,  Lat.  Pronuba,  epith.  of  Juno 
and  Venus,  Orph.  :  ννξ,  Musac.  282. 

Ταμφαί,  ai,=  sq.,  Lyc. 

Ταμφηλαί,  ων  αϊ,  (γααψός,  γναμ- 
πτός,  κάμπτω)  the  jaws.  11.  mostly  of 
beasts  :  of  birds,  the  beak,  Eur.  Ion 
159  :  the  sing,  is  late  and  very  rare. 

Ταμφός,  ή,  όν,  (κάμπτω)  bent,  cur- 
ved, crooked  ;  οιωνός  γ.,  with  crooked 
talons,  Ar.  Nub.  337. 

Ταμψύτης,  7ΐτος,  ή,  a  bend,  bending, 
crooking,  Arist.  H.  A. 

Ταμψόω,  ω,  f.  -ώσω,  to  bend,  curve, 
Arist.  H.  A. 

Ταμ•ψω?α/,  ης,  ή,^γαμφότης. 

Ταμψώννξ,  νχος,  δ,  ή.  (γαμψός, 
όνυξ)  uith  crooked  talons.  Hom. 

Ταμψώνΰχος,  oi',  =  foreg.,  dub.  1. 
Epicharm.  p.  12. 

^Τανάεις, εσσα,  εν?  bright, glad,  joy- 
ful, Ίτε  μαν  θεονς  γανάεντες,  ap- 
proach the  gods  with  gladness,  dub.  1. 
Aesch.  Supp.  1019. 

Γαι^άί,ι,  ώ,  ()  άνος)  to  shine,  glitter  ; 
esp.  to  have  a  bright  look,  of  metals  : 
metaph.  to  be  cheerful,  be  refreshed,  re- 
vive, Eust.  Od.  7,'  128 :  in  Hom.  al- 
ways in  part.,  λαμπρον  γανόωντες, 
γανόωσαι,  of  arms,  II.  ;  ίπηετανόν 
γανόωσαι,  of  garden-beds,  Od. ;  and 
sing,  γανόωντα,  of  a  flower,  H.  Hom. 
Cer.  10. — 2.  trans,  to  make  or  keep 
bright,  Arat. 

ίΤανδύριοι,  ων,  οι,  the  Gandarii,  an 
Indian  tribe  on  the  borders  of  Sogdi- 
ana,  Hdt.  3,  91  ;  in  Diod.  S.  also 
Τανδαρίδαι,  and  in  Plut.  Ale.x.  62, 
Τανδαρϊται. :  their  territory,  ή  Tav- 
δαρις.  and  ΤανδαρΙτις,  ιδος,  Strab. 

Τάνειον,  ου,  τό,  Lat.  gancum,  γα• 
νΐται,  οι,  Lat.  ganeones,  Gramm. 

Τάνη,  ης,  ή,  also  γάνα,  Dor.,  esp. 
Siril.,  for  γυνή.  [α] 

^Τανίς,  ίδος,  ή,  Ganis,  a  city  of 
Thrace,  Aeschin. 

Τάΐ'ος,  ό,  V.  γλάνος. 
Wάvoς,  ov,  ή,  Ganus,  a  small  town 
or  fortress  of  Thrace  on  the  Propon- 
tis,  Xen.  An.  7,  5,  8 ;   in  Aeschin. 
also  TO  Τάνος. 

Τύνος,  εος,  τό,  (γαίω,  γανόω,  γά• 
ννμαι)  brightness,  beauty  ;  hence  or- 
7iament,  Aesch.  Ag.  579  :  esp.  a  quick- 
ening, refreshing,  cordial,  Used  ol  wa- 
ter, wine,  milk,  also  γάνος  Τ^ύκχον, 
αμπέλον,  κρηναΐον  γάνος,  etc.,  most- 
ly in  Trag.  [ά]    Hence 

Υηνόω,  ω,  f.  -ώσω,  (γύνος)  to  make 
bright  or  shining,  στίλβων  και  γεγα- 
νωμένος,  of  Eros  (Cupid).  Anacr.  11 
Bergk,  to  polish,  varnish,  esp.  to  glaze 
or  lacker,  hence  γεγανωμένα,  lackered 
vessels  :  metaph.  to  light  up,  clear  or 
cheer  up,  Jac.  A.  P.  p.  Ixxxiv.  Pass. 
to  be  delighted,  to  enjoy,  Ar.  Ach.  7. — 
II.  intr.  =  7ai'«(j,  to  shine,  glitter. 

Τάννμαι,  dep..  only  used  in  pres., 
impf,  and  Ep.  fut.  }αννσσομαι.  (γά- 
νος) to  brighten  7ip,  be  merry,  delighted 
or  happy  at  a  thing;  c.  dat.  δάμαη 
άνδρΐ  φίλω  έ/θόντι  γαννσσεται,  11. 
14,  504,  cf.  Od.  12,  43,  II.  20,  405: 
also  γάΐ'νται  φρένα,  he  is  pleased  at 
heart,  II.  13,  493  :  rare  c,  gen.,  Musgr. 


ΓΑΡ 
Eur.  I.  Τ.  959,  Cycl.  505.— II.  act. 
γάννμι,  to  make  bright ;  esp.  metaph. 
to  clear  up,  cheer  up,  delight,  late. 
''The  forms  yavvu  and  γάνννμι  are 
not  used,  [ά] 

ίΤαννμήόα,  ας,  η,  Ganymeda,  the 
earlier  name  of  Hebe  among  the  Phli- 
asians,  Paus.  2,  13,  3. 

^ΤαννμήΛης,  ους,  ό,  Ganymedes,  son 
of  Tros,  carried  oft'  by  an  eagle  to 
Olympus  to  be  the  cupbearer  of  Jove, 
II.  5,  266  {}ύνι•μαι.  μήδεα  II.=caia- 
jniVii.s,  Pott,  2,  204). 

^ανύσκομαι,  late  form  for  γύνυμαι, 
Themist. 

Τύνυσμα,  ατός,  τό,  (.γάννμαι)=:γά- 
νος,  Anth. 

Τανώδης,  ες,  (γάνος,  είδος)  bright 
and  clear,  Theophr. 

Τάνωμα.^ατος,  τό,  {.γανόώ)^γάνας, 
brightness,  Plut.  —  II.  lacker,  glazing, 
varnish,  late. 

Τάνωσις,  εως,  η,  a  varnishing,  lack- 
ering.— II.  a  lightening,  Plut. 

Τάπεδον,  τό.  Dor.  for  γήτζεδον, 
Pors.  Or.  324,  Bockh  v.  1.  Pind.  N. 
7,  83.  [a] 

Τϋπετής,  γΰπόνος,  γάποτος.  Dor. 
for  ■)η~ετής,  etc. 

ΓΑ'Ρ,  conjunction,  from  Homer 
downwds.  the  most  usu.  causal  or 
syllogistic  particle.  Its  chief  usages 
are 

I.  AnGCMEXT.\TivE,/or,•  andhere — 
1.  simply  introducing  the  reason  or 
cause:  it  often  stands  for  έ~εί  in  the 
first  clause,  so  that  the  reason  pre- 
cedes that  of  which  it  is  the  reason, 
when  it  may  be  rendered  by  since  or 
as ;  so  esp.  in  an  address,  ' Κτρείδη, 
ττολ'λοί  γαρ  τεθνΰσίν  'Αχαιοί,  ...  τώ 
σε  χρη  ηόΧεμον  ττανσαι,  II.  7.  328  : 
so  very  freq.  in  Hdt..  in  parenthesis, 
as,  και,  ήν  ylip  ύ  'Μαραθών  εττιτηδεύ- 
τατϋν,  ...  'ες  τοΰτό  σφι  κατηγέετο,  6, 
102  :  also  in  a  kind  of  attraction, 
where  the  principal  proposition  is 
blended  with  the  causal  one,  -9  δε 
κακώς  yap  εδεε  γενέσθαι,  ττρός  ταύ- 
τα είπε,  i.  e.  ή  όέ,  κακώς  γύρ  οι  εδεε ..., 
9, 109. — In  hypothet.  propositions  γύρ 
sometimes  follows  the  hypothet.  par- 
ticle instead  of  being  joined  to  the 
apodosis,  oud'  ει  γαρ  ?'/v  τό  πράγμα 
μη  θεήΆατον,  ακάθαρτου  νμΰς  εικός 
ήν  όντως  έαν,  i.  e.  οϋδε  γύρ.  ει  ην.... 
Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  255.-2.  where  that  of 
which  γύρ  gives  the  reason  is  omitted, 
and  must  be  supplied  as — a.  is  com- 
mon in  trag.  dialogue,  when  yes  or 
no  may  easily  be  supplied  from  the 
context,  καΐ  δήτ'  ετό/.μας  τούςδ' 
■ϋπερβαίνειν  νόμους ;  ου  γύρ  τι  μοι 
"Ζευς  ην  ό  κηρύξας  7ύ(5ε  [yes], /or  it 
was  not  Jupiter,  etc..  Soph.  Ant.  405 : 
so  freq.  in  Plat.,  εστί  γαρ  ούτω  [yes], 
for  so  it  is.  i  e.  certainly,  no  doubt, 
V.  Stallb.  Symp.  194  A  :  and  in  neg- 
atives, as  Ar.  Ran.  262,  τούτω  γύρ 
oh  νικήσετε  [do  so],  yet  shall  ye 
never  prevail  by  this  means  :  for  άλ- 
λα γύρ,  v.  inf  lY.  1. — 3.  where  ■)ύρ 
is  used  simply  to  confirm  or  strength- 
en something  said,  oicS'  ονκέτ'  ε'ισί- 
τούτο  γύρ  σε  δήξεται  [Ι  say  this],  for 
it  will  sting  thee,  Eur.  Med.  1370: 
so  after  an  exclamation,  ώ  πόποι' 
άνάριθμα  γύρ  φέρω  πήματα.  Soph. 
Ο.  Τ.  167. — )'.  in  conditional  propo- 
sitions, where  the  condition  is  omit- 
ted, oh  γαρ  άν  με  έπεμπαν  πά?.η\  sc. 
ει  μη  έπίστενον,  Xen.  An.  7,  6,  33  ; 
here  it  may  be  translated  else. — II. 
Epexegetic,  where  γύρ  introduces 
the  full  detail  of  what  has  been  l)e- 
fore  alluded  to,  and  so  often  begin- 
ning a  promised  narration,  as  όμως 
oi  'λίκτέα  a  γιγνώσκω•  έχει  γαρ  ή 


ΓΑΡΓ 

χώρα  πεδία  κύλ/Λστα,  now,  the  coun- 
try has...,  Xen.  An.  5,  6,  6:  and  so 
freq.  after  the  pronoun  or  demonstr. 
adj.,  άλλα  τόδ'  αίνόν  ύχος...,  'Έκτωρ 
γύρ  ποτέ  ψήσει,  II.  8,  148  ;  after  the 
superlatives  δ  δε  (or  τό  δε)  μέγιστον, 
δεινότατου,  e.  g.  Ar.  Αν.  514  ;  after 
the  introductory  forms,  σκ&φασθε  δέ, 
δήλον  δέ,  τεκμηρίου  δέ,  etc.,  esp.  in 
Piatt.,  and  Oratt.,  or  more  fully  τού- 
του δε  τεκμηρίου,  τόδε...,  Hdt.  2,  58. 
— III.  Strengthening — 1.  a  ques- 
tion, like  Lat.  nam,  Engl.  why.  what, 
τις  γύρ  σε  ηκεν,  why  who  hath  sent 
thee?  II.  18,  182;  πώς  γύρ  νυν  εν- 
δονσι,  10,  424,  and  so  generally  after 
interrog.  particles,  as  τί  γύρ  ;  quid 
enim  ?  i.  e.  it  must  be  so,  Herm.  Vig. 
n.  108,  opp.  to  πώς  γύρ  ;  πόθεν  ■)ύρ  ; 
it  cannot  be  so :  but  also  without 
any  particle,  as  Aesch.  Cho.  927. — 
2.  α  wish,  κακώς  γύρ  έξό'/.οιο,  Ο  that 
you  might  perish  7itiserably !  Eur.  Cycl. 
261  ;  in  Hom.  usu.  al  γύρ,  Att.  ει  or 
ε'ιθε  γύρ,  Lat.  utinam,  0  that  !  so  also 
πώς  γαρ,  would  that! — IV.  In  con- 
nexion  WITH  OTHER  P.VRTICLES  : — 

I.  άλλα  γύρ.  where  γύρ  gives  the 
reason  of  a  clause  to  be  supplied  be- 
tween ύ?.?Μ  and  itself,  as  άλλα  yap 
ήκονσ'  α'ίδ'  έπι  πραγος  πικρόν,  out 
hush,  for...,  Aesch.  Theb.  861  ;  the 
full  construction  is  found  Hdt.  9, 109, 
άλλ',  oh  γύρ  έπειθε,  διδοί  τό  φάρος. 
so  that  γύρ  should  follow  not  ά/-λά 
but  the  second  word,  as  it  does  II. 
15,  739,  Od.  19,  591.— 2.  yap  άρα,  for 
indeed,  Plat.  Prot.  315  C. — 3.  τάρ  δη, 

II.  23,  607,  and  γύρ  δή  που,  Plat. — 1. 
yap  νυ,  Od.  14,  359. — 5.  yap  ovv.for 
indeed,  II.  15,  232,  and  Att.,  Pors. 
Med.  585. — 6.  γύρ  πον,  Plat. — 7.  yap 
pa,  like  γύρ  άρα,  freq.  in  Hom. —  8. 
γύρ  τε,  Lat.  etenim,  II.  23,  156,  cf.  τε. 
— 9.  γύρ  TOL  makes  the  reason  stron- 
ger, for  surely...,  very  freq.,  Herm. 
Vig.  n.  299. 

B.  γύρ,  like  enim,  properly  stands 
second  in  a  sentence,  never  first,  but 
from  grammflt.  reasons,  often  third 
or  fourth:  Soph.  Phil.  1451,  is  curi- 
ous, v.  Herm.  ad  1. :  but  the  license 
was  greater  with  the  late  scenic  po- 
ets, Meineke  Menand.  p.  7.  (Usu. 
said  to  be  compd.  of  γε  and  άρα, 
though  it  is  hard  to  reconcile  this 
with  IV.  2.)  [}  up  sometimes  in  Hom. 
in  arsis,  but  prob.  only  before  digam- 
mated  words,  or  two  short  syllables, 
Voss.  H.  Hom.  Cer.  57  ;  v.  however 
Od.  11,  580 :  Ar.  Eq.  366,  Lys.  20  are 
corrected  by  Porson.] 

ίΤαρύμαντες,  ων.  οι,  the  Garaman- 
tes,  an  African  nation  in  Marmarica, 
Hdt.  4,  174  :  from 

ΙΓαράααζ•,  αντος,  ό,  Garamas,  son 
of  Apollo  and  Acacallis,  Ap.  Rh.  4, 
1494. 

trapya.ra,  ης,  V'  Gargaza,  a  city  on 
the  Cimmerian  Bosporus,  Diod.  S. 
20.  24. 

Ταργαίρω,  f.  -α,ρώ,  (γάργαρα)  to  be 
full,  to  swarm  with,  ανδρών,  Cratin. 
Incert.  141,  Ar.  Fr.  327,  cf  the  poet, 
passages  ap.  Schol.  Ar.  Ach.  3. 

tΓαpyαλ7;f,  ές,  ticklish  ;  impatient 
of  restraint,  v.  1.  Ael.  N.  A.  16.  9. 

Ταργα7.ΰω,  Att.  for  γαγγα?.ίζω,  to 
tickle  :  in  pass,  to  itch,  be  excited.  Plat. 
Phaedr.  251  C. 

Ταρ}ύλισμα,  ατός,  τό.  and 

Ταργαλισμός,  ου,  ό,  Plat.,  a  tick- 
ling, itching. 

Τάργα?,ος,  ου,  b,  =  foreg.,  Ar. 
Thesm.  133. 

trap}  ai'Ol•',  01',  TO,  Garganum,  now 
Gargano,  a  promontory  of  Apulia, 
Strab. 


ΓΑΣΤ 

Τάργάρα,  ων,  τύ,  heaps,  lots,  plenty, 
Sophron. :  hence  γαργαίρω,  ιραμμο• 
κοσιογύργαρα,  cf.  καυκαίρω. 

trupyopa,  ων,  τύ,  also  ή  Τύργαρος, 
Gargara,  or  Gargarus,  a  city  of  Troas, 
Strab.     Hence 

^Ταργαρενς,  έως,  ό,  an  inhabitant  of 
Gargarus ;  fem.  Ταργαρίς.  ίδος,  Strab. 
— 01  Ταργαρεϊς,  the  Garganans.  also 
a  people  of  Caucasus  adjoining  the 
Amazons,  Strab.  p.  504. 

Ταργαρεώυ,  ώνος,  ό,  the  uvula  ; 
hence  the  weasand,  the  throat  itself, 
Hipp. 

Ταργαρίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  to  gargle,  Diosc. 
(Onomatop.) 

1Γαρ7  apt'f,  ίδος,  ή,  (χώρα)  the  terri• 
tory  of  Gargarus,  Strab. — 2.  fem.  of 
Fapyapciii:. 

Ταργαρισμύς,  ov,  ό,  a  gargling,  Plin. 

trapyapov,  ov,  τό.  Mount  Gargarus, 
the  southern  peak  of  Mount  Ida,  11. 
14,  292. 

trapya^ia,  ας, ή,  Gargaphia,  a  foimt- 
ain  of  Boeotia  near  Plataeae,  Hdt. 
9,25. 

^Ταργηττός,  ov,  6,  Gargeitvs,  father 
of  Ion,  Paus.  6,  22,  7.— II.  an  Attic 
demus  of  the  tribe  Aegeis,  Strab., 
ό  Ταργήττιος,  an  inhabitant  of  Garget- 
tus,  Ael.  Adv  Ταργηττόθεν,  from. 
Gargettus,  Ar.  Thes.  898  ;  Ταργηττοΐ, 
in  Gargettus,  Plut.  Thes.  35 ;  Γαρ- 
γηττόνδε,  to  Gargettus. 

Wapivdaloi,  ων,  ol,  the  Garindaei,  a 
peoi)le  of  Arabia,  Strab. 

tropaof,  ου,  δ,^γαρίσκος. 

ίΤύριον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  γύρον, 
Arr. 

Ταρίσκος,  ου,  ό,  (γύρου)  an  unknown 
fish. 

^Ταρμαθώνη,  ης,  ή,  Garmathone,  a 
queen  of  Aegypt,  Plut. 

^Ταρμάνες,  ων,  ol,  the  Garmdnes,  an 
Indian  tribe,  Strab. 

ΙΤαροίας,  ov.  ό,  Garoeas,  a  river  of 
India,  Arr.  Ind.  4,  11. 

Τύρον,  ov,  TO,  and  γύρος,  ov,  6,  a 
sauce  ?nade  of  brine  and  small  fish :  aCC. 
to  Others,  a  kind  of  caviare,  Aesch.  Fr. 
195,  and  Com. :  cf.  Hor.  Sat.  2,  8, 46. 
[a] 

]Τάρότας,  a,  ό,  (γή,  άρόω)  earth- 
ploughing,  a  Sicilian  appellation  of 
the  ox,  Ath.  98  D. 

^Ταροννύς,  a,  ϋ,  the  Garumna,  now 
Garonne,  a  river  of  Gaul,  Strab. 

ΊΓαρσάοιιρα,  ας,  ή,  Garsafira,  a  city 
of  Cappadocia,  now  Ak-Sera'i,  Strab. 

^Ταρσν7]ρις,  ιδος,  ο.  Garsylris,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Polyb.  5,  72,  5. 

Τύρνω,  f.  •νσω,  Dor.  for  γηρνω,  to 
chatter. 

Ταστερόχειρ,  ειρος,  ό,  ΐ],=γαστρό- 
χειρ,  Strab. 

Ταστήρ,  έρος,  syncop.  γαστρός,  dat. 
plur.  γαστρύσι,  in  Hipp.,  γαστήρσι, 
ή,  the  paunch,  belly,  Lat.  venter,  Hom. : 
hence  metaph.  άσπίδος,  the  hollow  of 
a  shield,  Tyrt. :  also  esp.  the  womb, 
έν  γαστρί  φέρειν.  Plat.,  ?.αβεϊν, 
Arist.  Η.  Α.,  uterus,  II.  6,  58,  εκ  γασ- 
τρός, from  the  womb,  from  infancy, 
Theogn.  :  the  paunch  stuffed  with 
mince-meat,  etc.,  a  black-pudding,  sau- 
.■<age,  haggis,  Od.  18,  44,  Ar.  Nub.  408. 
Usu.  of  the  gut  itself,  Lat.  ventriculus ; 
and  hence  appetite,  almost  always  in 
a  bad  sense,  gluttoiiy,  oft.  in  Od. :  so 
γαστρός  και  ποτού,  eating  and  drink- 
ing, Xen.,  γαστρός  εγκρατής  or  άρ- 
χων, master  of  his  belly,  i.  e.  of  his  ap- 
petite, γαστρός '*ι°/ττων,  γαστρι  δον- 
λεύειν  or  χαρίσασθαι,  to  be  the  slave 
of  his  bel'y,  Xen..  etc.,  γαστρΙ  δελεά- 
ί^εσθαι,  lo  be  lured  by  hunger  to  the  bait, 
Jac.  Anth.  2,  2,  p.  416:  but  U.  19, 
225,  γαστέρι  νέκυν  πενθήσαι,  to  fast 
285 


ΓΑΥΔ 

in  tohen  of  moitming.  (Prob.  from 
*)'(ίω,  *γένω,  as  root  of  yt'i'ro=:eAa- 
^ε,  cf  Hesych.  γέντερ'  κοιλία,  Lat. 
venter  :  Bopp  less  prob.  from  Sanscr. 
ghns,  comedere.) 

Γάστρα,  ας.  Ion.  γάστρη,  ης,  η,  the 
belly  of  a  jar,  etc.,  Horn. — 11.  α  big- 
bellied  drinking  vessel,  Q.  Sm. 

Ταστραία,  ας,  ■>/.  (γαστήρ)  a  kind 
of  turnip,  prob.  1.  Ath.  3C9  A. 

Ταστρίύιορ,  ov,  τύ,  dim.  from  γασ- 
Tf/p,  γαστρίον,  Ar.  Nub.  392. 

Ταστρίζω.  f.  -(σο),  (γύστρις)  to  fill 
one's  belly,  stuff  one's  self  eat  heartily, 
Luc.  !\iid.  to  be  full,  Posidon.  ap. 
Ath.  210  F.— II.  to  hit  in  the  belly,  a 
trirk  in  boxing,  also  κολετράω,  Ar.  Eq. 
274,  iibi  V.  Interpp. 

Γαστριμαργία,  ας,?/,  gluttony, Hipp.: 
from 

Ταστρίμαργος,  ov,  {γαστήρ,  μύρ- 
τος) of  a  greedy  belly,  gluttonous,  rav- 
enous, cf.  λαίμαργος,  Pind.  O.  1,  82. 

Ταστρίον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  γασ- 
τήρ, Archestr.  ap.  Ath.  286  D:  also 
of  γάστρα. 

Υύστρις,  ιος,  ό,  ij,  pot-bellied,  πίθος, 
Ael.  :  hence  a  glutton,  Ar.  Av.  1604  ; 
compar.  γαστρίστερος.  Plat.  (Com.) 
Jncert.  11, — II.  a  kiiid  of  cake,  Chry- 
sipp.  ap.  Ath.  647  F. 

Ταστρισμός.  ov,  ό,  (γαστρίζω)  the 
filling  of  the  belly,  gluttonous  eating, 
Sophil.Phyl.  1. 

ΐαστροβΰρής,  ες,  (γαστήρ,  βαρύς) 
heavy  with  child,  pregnant,  A  nth. 

Ταστροβόρος,  ov,  {γαστήρ,  βορά) 
=  γαστρίμαργος. 

Ταστροειδής,  ές,  {γαστήρ,  είδος) 
patnirhlike,  round,  νανς,  Plut. 

Ταστροΰς, =^ioreg.,  Pherecr.  Tyr. 
1,5. 

Ταστροκνημία,  ας,  ή,  Hipp.,  γασ- 
τροανήμη,  ης.  Gal.,  and  γαστροκνή- 
μιον.  ου,  τό,  {γαστήρ,  κνήμη)  the  calf 
of  the  leg. 

Ταστρολογία,  ας.  ή,  the  Greek  Al- 
manack des  Gourmands,  written  by 
Archestratus,  Ath.  :  from 

Ταστρολόγος,  {γαστήρ,  λ.έγω)  teach- 
ing gastronomy,  a  gastronome. 

Ταστρομαντενομαι,  {γαστήρ,  μαν- 
τενημαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  divine  by  the 
belly,  Alciphr.,  cf  εγγαστρίμυθος. 

Ταστρονομία,  ας,  ή,  {γαστήρ,  νό- 
μος) =γαστρολογία,  Ath. 

Ταστροττίων.  όνος,  ό,  ή,  (γαστήρ, 

πίων)  α  fat-bellied  person,  Dio  Cass.  [ϊ] 

^Ταστρο(>βαφία,  ας,  ή,  (γαστήρ,  ()α- 

φη)  α  sewing  up  (a  wound  m)  the  belly. 

Gal. 

Ταστρόφΐλος,  ov,  (γαστήρ,  φίλος) 
a  glutton. 

Ταστροφορέο),  (γαστήρ,  φορέω)  to 
bear  in  the  womb,  he  pregnant,  Anth. 

Γαστροχάρυβδις,  ιος,  ό,  ή,  (γασ- 
τήρ, χύρυβδις)  with  α  gulf  of  a  belly, 
Cratin.  Incert.  1.30. 

Ταστρόχειρ.  εψος,  6,  ή,  living  by 
one's  hands  ;  also  χειρογύστωρ. 

Ταστρώδης,  ες,  ==  γαστροειδής, 
Hipp. 

Τάστρων,  ωνος,  ^,ζ=γάστρις,  pot- 
bellied, gluttonous.  Alcae.  0. 

'^Τάταλης,  ου.  δ,  Gatalus,  a  Sarma- 
tian,  Polyb.  26,  6,  13. 

Τατομέο),  Dor.  for  γητημέυ. 
ΧΓαυάνης,  εω,  ό,   Gazianes,  son  of 
the  Heraclid  Temenus  of  Argos,  Hdt. 
8,  137. 

ίΤανγάμη?α,  ων,  τά,  Gaugamrla. 
now  Knrmilis,  a  village  of  Assyria, 
Avhere  the  battle  between  Darius 
and  Alexander  was  fought,  Arr.  An. 
6,  11. 

^Τανόος,  ov,  ή,  Gaudus,  now  Gozzo, 
Calypso's  island,  ace.  to  Callim.  ap. 
Strab.  299. 
286 


ΓΕ 

Τανλικός,  η,  όν,  belonging  to  a  γαν- 
?iOf,  χρήματα  γ.,  its  cargo,  Xen.  An. 
5,  8,  1. 

Ταν7Λς.  ίδος,  ■ή,=  γανλός,  0pp. 
ΙΤανλίτης,  ov,  ό,  GaulUes,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  Thuc.  8,  85. 

Τανλιτικός,  ή,  όν,^γαυλικός,  v.  1. 
for  it  in  Xen. 

Ταν?.ός,  οϋ,  ό,  a  milk-pail,  Od.  9. 
223  :  a  water-bucket,  Hdt.  6,  119  :  any 
round  vessel,  a  buttrr-firkin  ;  a  bee-hive, 
Anth. — II.  properispom.  γανλος,  ό,  a 
round-built,  Phoenician  merchant-vessel, 
Epich.  p.  24,  Hdt.  3,  136,  etc.,  where 
however  the  MSS.  always  have  γαυ- 
/,of,  cf  Dind.  Ar.  Av.  602.  (Ace.  to 
Wessel.  of  Syrian  deriv. : — is  it  the 
galley,  galeon,  galioss,  of  the  middle 
ages' .'^ 

Τανραξ,  ΰκος.  6,  Ion.  γανρηξ,  (γαύ- 
ρος) a  braggart,  Alcae.  6. 

Τανρίΰμα,  ατός,  τό,  arrogance,  boast- 
ing. Plut. :  from 

Tavpuio), ώ,ί.•ύσω,(γανρος)  to  be  ar- 
rogant, overweening,  to  pride  one's  self 
be  over-confident,  Cratin.  Incert.  9  : 
also  in  pass,  to  leap,  spring.  Theocr. 
25,  133,  in  Ep.  part,  γανριόωντίς. 
[ΰσω] 

^Ταύριον,  ov,  τό.  Gaurium,  a  haven 
and  fortress  in  the  island  of  Andros, 
Xen.  Hell.  1,  4,  22. 

Ταί'ρος,  OP,  also  a,  ov,  leapirig: 
exulting  in,  βηστρύχοισι.  Archil.  9  ; 
overweening,  haughty,  Ar.  Ran.  282: 
unmanageable,  Theocr.  ;  fierce,  to  γαϋ- 
ρον,  =  γανρότης.  (*γύω,  γαίω,  άγ- 
ανός,  άγανρός,  Sanscr.  garv  super- 
bire,  Lat.  gaudco.)    Hence 

Τανρότης,  ητος,  ή,  arrogance,  pride  ; 
dashing  courage,  Plut. 

Τανρόημαι,  as  pass.=yatjpiau,  to 
exult,  be  overweening,  Batr.  266  :  to  be 
proud  of,  Tivi,  Eur.  Or.  1532:  hence 

Ταύρωμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  subject  for 
boasting,  Eur.  Tro.  1250. 

Τανσΰπος,  ov,  δ,  more  rarely  γαν- 
σάπης,  ov,  δ.  Lat.  gausapa,  gausnpe, 
a  shaggy  woollen  cloth  ;  the  pile  or  nap 
of  it,  Strab. 

Τανσός,  ή,  όν,  and  Aeol.  γανσος, 
crooked,  bent,  Hipp.  (Akin  to  γαμ- 
■ψός.) 

*ΓΑΏ,  obsol.  pres.,  from  which  is 
formed  γεγΰα  for  γέγονα,  Ep.  perf 
of  γίγνομαΐ,  to  be  born  or  to  come  into 
being,  to  spring  or  be  derived:  hence 
in  genl.  to  be,  to  live;  only  used  of 
men,  Hom.  ;  the  inf  γεγάμεν  foi'  γε- 
γάναι  is  only  found  in  Horn,  in  com- 
pds.,  but  Pind.  O.  9,  164,  has  the 
simple  form,  as  also  γεγύκειν  [ά]  for 
γεγηκέναι,  Ο.  6,  83 :  γεγαώς  was 
contr.  Att.  into  γεγώς,  γεγώσα,  γε- 
γώς,  like  βεβαώς,  βεβώς. — 2  plur. 
γεγάάτε,  [γα]  Batr.  143,  is  anomal- 
ous. 

*ΓΑΏ,  obsol.  root,=}ai(j,  to  ex- 
ult, from  which  come  a  number  of 
words,  γηθέω,  γανρός,  l^at.  gaudeo  : 
prob.  also  ύ-γα-θός,  ήγύθεος,  ΰ-γαν- 
ός,  ύ-γα-μαι,  α-γαί-ομαι. 

Τδοϋπος,  γδονπέυ,  poet,  strength- 
ened forms  for  (5oO-of,  δουπέω,  me- 
tri  grat.,  esp.  in  compds.,  e.  g.  kpi- 
γδουπος  and  έριγδουττέω,  yet  also  in 
tmesis,  II.  11,  45. 

ΓΕ',  Dor.  γά,  enclitic  particle, 
serving  to  limit  or  call  attention  to  the 
word  or  words  which  it  follows,  ge- 
nprally=Lat.  quidrm.  Its  various 
usages  are  difficult  to  classify,  but 
are  brought  by  Hermann  (Vig.  n. 
296  b.)  under  the  two  general  heads 
of  vis  minuendi  and  vis  augendi. 

I.  Vis  MINUENDI  : — 1.  at  least,  at 
any  rate,  Lat.  saltem,  άνήρ  δςτις  πινν- 
τός  γε  μετέλθοι,  any  man...,  at  least  a 


ΓΕΓΑ 

prudent  man,  Od.  1,  229  ;  oi  δύο  ye, 
ne  duo  quide7n,  II.  20,  286  ;  ό  y'  ένθάδε 
λεώς,  at  any  rate  the  people  here, 
Soph. :  freq.  attached  to  the  pro- 
nouns, e.  g.  ίγωγε,  σνγε,  and  esp.  in 
Hom.  δγε. — 2.  triie.  introducing  an 
opposition,  as  σν  δ'  ov  λέγεις  γε, 
δρας  δέ...,  true,  you  do  not...,  etc., 
Eiir.  Andr.  239.  —  3.  well  then,  then, 
implying  doubt  or  unwillingness, 
ειμί  γε,  then  I  will  go,  Eur.  H.  F. 
861  :  δρύ  γ'  εΐ  τι  δράσεις,  come,  act 
if  you  mean  to  act,  I.  A.  817.— 4.  and 
indeed,  too,  ή  μην  κε7.ενσω  κάπιθωνξω 
γε  προς,  and,  besides  that,  I  will 
urge  on,  Aesch.  Pr.  73  ;  serving  to 
make  more  definite,  often  after  και, 
παρήσύν  τίνες  και  πολλοί  γε,  some 
and  many  too.  Plat.  Phaed.  58  D: 
and  so  in  answers,  where  a  .simple 
yes  would  have  sufficed,  but  more  is 
particularized,  κενυν  τόδ'  άγγος  η 
στέγει  τι :  σύ  γ'  ίνδντ'...,  yes,  it  does 
holu  something,  and  that  something 
σα  ενδντα,  Eur.  Ion.  1412;  of  this 
kind  is  the  phrase  καλώς  γε  ποιών, 
and  quite  right  too  !  Ar.  Ach.  1050, 
and  freq.  in  Plat.,  so  πάνυ  γε,  etc. 

II.  Vis  augendi,  when  in  Eng- 
lish it  often  can  be  expressed  only 
by  the  tone  of  voice,  or  in  printing 
by  Italics,  but  still — 1.  it  may  be  ren- 
dered by  even,  ήλθον  Άμφιάρεώ  γε 
προς  βίαν,  against  even  Amphiaraus' 
will,  Eur.  Supp.  158  ;  αντή  γε  λνπεϊ, 
even  thyself,  Med.  1361. —2.  to 
strengthen  oaths,  νή  Αία...  γε,  etc., 
with  a  word  between,  to  which  ye 
usu.  refers,  but  v.  Ar.  Eq.  698  ;  so  ού 
μήν...  γε.  Eur.  Phoen.  1638  ;  cf  Pors. 
Advers.  p.  33-38. — 3.  sometimes  in  a 
question  which  implies  an  emphatic 
negative  yris  added,  ποίου  γε  τούτου 
π'λήν  γ'  'Οδυσσέως,  Soph.  Phil.  439, 
ubi  V.  Herm.  —  It  often  serves  to 
limit  the  whole  clause,  when  it  is 
added  to  the  relative  or  conjunction, 
V.  under  εϊγε  and  έπεί,  so  ος  γε,  qui 
qiiidem,  quippe  qui,  since  he,  inasmuch 
as  he...,  ήμΰς  άπείργειν  ol  γέ  σον 
καθύβρισαν.  Soph.  Phil.  1361. 

Β.  Position.  It  ought  to  follow 
the  word  which  it  limits  ;  but  in  case 
of  substantives  it  oltcn  follows  the 
article,  as  6  γ'  άνθρωπος,  or  the  pre- 
pos.,  κατά  γε  τον  σόι>  λόγον.  In 
Aristoph.  it  coalesces  with  the  de- 
monstr.  -i,  αντηγί,  τουτογί,  etc.  , 

C.  In  conne.xion  with  other 
particles  γε  usu.  has  its  simple 
force,  quidem,  at  least. — l.freq.  after 
α/.'λά  μήν,  και  μήν,  ov  μήν,  but,  in 
Att.,  with  a  word  between,  Pors. 
Phoen.  1638.— 2.  uv  γε  in  Att.  only 
when  preceded  by  καί,  ov,  etc.,  cf. 
Elmsl.  Med.  837. — 3.  άρύ  γε,  v.  άρα. 
— 4.  άτάρ  γε,  but  yet,  Ar.  Ach.  448. — 
5.  γε  δή,  and  γέ  τοι,  for  their  differ- 
ence v.  Herm.  Vig.  n.  297.^^^6.  έπεί 
γε,  έπειπέρ  γε,  etc.,  since  at  lea.^t,  so 
οτΓου  γε,  όπου  γε  μην. — 7.  καί...  γε, 
ν.  Ι.  4,  καί  γε,  only  in  late  authors. 
— 8.  καίτοι  γε,  v.  καίτοι.  9.  γι:  μεν- 
τοι.  certainly  however,  Herm.  Vig.  η. 
337. — 10.  γε  μήν,  nevertheless,  Id.  η. 
298,  11,  γέ  τε  never  occurs  in  Att., 
Pors.  Med.  863. 

Tea.  ή,  rare  resolved  form  of  yv, 
Or.iSib.    ■ 

Τεάοχος,  ov.  Dor.  for  γαιήοχος, 
Pind.  01.  \3,  114. 

^Τεβελέίζις.  loc,  δ,  Gebeleizis,  a  deity 
of  the  Getae,  Hdt.  4,  94. 

Τέγαα,  v.  sub.  *γύω. 

Τεγάύτε,  γεγάΰσι,  2  and  3  pi.  in- 
die, perf  γέγαα.  v.  γάω.  Partic.  γε- 
γαώς, via,  ός,  Att.  γεγώς,  h\i.  γεγά- 
μεν, γεγάκειν,  poet. 


ΓΕΙΑ 

Τεγάθει,  Dor.  for  γεγήθεί,  3  plqpf. 
from  γι/βέω,  Epich.  p.  62. 

Τεγάκειν,  Dor.  for  γεγακή'αι.,-=γε- 
γονέιαι,  Find.  0.  C,  83.  [<i] 

Γε;  άμεν,  Ep.  inf.  of  j  e>  βα,  v.  *γάω. 

1  Ff yavt'a,  ας,  ^,  Gegania,  fem.  pr. 
n.,  Plut. 

Γέ)££θ£•,  ov,  Ion.  for  αρχαίος,  akin 
to  raof  and  y^,  insignf  of  aurori^ijv, 
V.  Creuzer  Hecat.  p.  74  sq. ;  cf  Bentl. 
Call.  Fr.  103. 

Τέγηβε,  γεγήθει,  3  sing.  perf.  2  and 
plqpf.^  of  γηθεω,  Hoin. 

Τέγονα,  perf  of  γίγνομαί. 

ΓΕ  Γ12ΝΑ,  perf  2  c.  pres.  signf, 
part,  γεγωνώς,  Horn.,  the  other  tenses 
are  formed  as  from  pres.  γεγώνω  or 
γεγωνέω,  viz.  inf  γεγωνεϊν,  II.  ;  im- 
perf.  έγεγώνενν  or  yrywrevi',  for 
έ-'.εγώνεον,  Od.,  and  3  sing,  έγεγώνεί, 
Horn.,  but  also  γέγωνε.  (which  form 
also  occurs  as  pres.,  imperf ,  and  aor., 
in  Eur.  also  as  imperat.) :  an  inf.  aor. 
γεγωνησαί,  Aesch.  Pr.  990.  To  call, 
cry,  Horn.,  όσην  τε  γέγωνε  βυήσας, 
as  far  as  he  could  make  himself  heard 
by  shouting,  Od.  5,  400,  etc..  cf.  οντϊως 
oi  έην  ,3ώσαντι  γεγωνεϊν,  II.  12,  337  : 
in  genl.  to  speak  loud,  publish,  proclaim, 
Aesch.  Pr.  193,  etc. :  c.  dat.  pers.,  to 
call  on,  cry  out  to,  II.  14,  469,  etc.  ; 
also  μετά  ΰεοΐς,  Od.  12,  370  :  m  Pmd. 
c.  ace.  pers.  to  sing,  celebrate,  O.  2, 10  ; 
P.  9,  3 : — of  things,  to  sound,  ring, 
tinkle,  ό  ά^ρ  γ.,  Arist.  Anim.  (Ace. 
to  some  from  γιγνώσκω,  έγνωκα  : 
others  from  γοάω.) 

Τεγωνέω,  v. sub  γέγωνα :  hence 

Τεγών7ΐσίς,  εως,  ?/,  loud  talking, 
screaming. 

Τεγωνητέον,  verb,  adj.,  one  must 
celebrate  Ol  proclaim  aloud,  C.  acc.  Pind. 
O.  2,  10. 

Γε}ωνί'σΛ:ω,  lengthd.  pres.  for  γέ- 
γωνα. to  proclaim,  tell,  Aesch.  Pr.  627, 
Thuc.  7,  76. 

Τεγωνής,  όν,  adj.  from  part,  γεγυ- 
νώς,  as  ΰραρός,  όν,  from  άραρώς.  loud 
spoken.,  clear,  Aesch.  Theb.  443,  v. 
Valck.  Hipp.  584:  with  clear  voice, 
clear-toned,  ανήρ,  Anth.  Comp.  γε- 
γωνότερος,  Philostr.  Adv.  ictth  clear 
voice,  loudly,  Luc. 

Τεγώνω,  v.  γέγωνα. 

Τεγώς,  ώσα,  ώς,  Att.  part,  perf  of 
γίγνομαι,  for  γεγονώς,  γεγαώς.ν.*γύω. 

\Τεόρωσία,  ας,  ή,  Gedrosia.  a  region 
of  Persia.  Strab. :  oi  Τεόρώσωι,  the 
Gedrosians,  Strab. ,  in  Arr.  also  Ta- 
δρωσία,  and  inhab.  Ταδρωσοί,  oi. 

^Τέεννα,  ης,  ή,  Gehenna,  (prop,  the 
valley  of  Hinnom,  from  Hebr  ;  a  beau- 
tiful valley  near  Jerusalem,  where 
children  had  been  sacrificed  to  Mo- 
loch ;  afterwards  held  in  abomina- 
tion, and  used  as  a  place  to  cast  car- 
casses of  animals  and  malefactors, 
which  were  consumed  by  fire  con- 
stantly kept  up,  hence  called  γέεννα 
τον  ~υρός),  in  Χ.  Τ.  the  place  of  ever- 
lasting torment,  hell-fire,  hell,  Matth.  5, 
22,29,  Marc.  9,  43;  etc. 

^Τεζατόριξ,  ιγος,  ό,  Gezatorix,  a 
prince  of  Paphlagonia,  Strab. 

"^Τεθσημανή  or  Τεβσαμανεϊ,  (from 
Hebr. ;  prop,  the  place  of  oil  presses) 
GethsemanB,  a  farm  or  close  at  the 
foot  of  the  Mount  of  Olives,  N.  T. 
Matth.  26,  36. 

Τε7}-όνος,  γεητζονικός,  γεηπονία, 
ή,  v.  γεωπ.  ^ 

Τεηρός,  όν,  (γέα)  of  earth,  earthy, 
like  γεώδης.  Plat.  Rep.  612  A. 

Τέθεν,  Aeol.  for  ίθεν. 

Τειΰροτήρ,  ηρος,  o,=sq. 

Τειΰρότης,  ov,  ό,  {γέα,  ΰρόω)  α 
f  laugher  of  earth,  Anth. 


ΓΕΑΑ 

Τείνεαι,  Ep.  2  sing.  subj.  aor.  1 
mid.  for  γείνηαι,  Od.  20, 202.  cf  sq.  Π. 
Τείνομαι,  pass,  from  obsol.  act. 
γείνω,  for  which  γεννάω  is  in  use, 
to  be  engendered,  be  horn,  γεινόμενος, 
one  that  is  born,  oft.  in  Horn.  :  only  in 
pres.  or  imperf,  and  that  only  m 
poets.  But — II.  in  act.  signf ,  aor.  1 
n)id.  έγεινάμην,  γείνασθαι,^γεννύω, 
to  beget,  bring  forth,  oft.  in  Horn,  γεί- 
νεαι.  Ep.  2  sing.  subj.  for  γείνηαι, 
Od.20,202;  oi  γεινύμενοι, the  parents : 
also  in  prose.  (*  γένω  is  the  common 
root  of  γείνομαι  and  γίγνομαι,  cf. 
Lat.  gigno,  genui.) 

Τειόθεν,  adv.  =  γαίηθεν,  γήθεν, 
Call.  Fr.  509. 

Τειοκόμος,  ov,  {γέα,  κομέω)  culti- 
vating land, 

Τειομόρος,  γειοττόνος,  γειοτόμος,^= 
γεωμ-,  etc. 

Τειοφόρος,  ov,  {γέα,  όέρω)  earth 
bearing,  Anth. 

Τείσιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  γεΐσον, 
Joseph. 

Τείσιτΐοδίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  to  prop  the 
γεΙσον :  hence 

Τεισι~6όισις,  εως,  ή,  a  propping  of 
the  γεΐσον  ;  and 

Τεισιπόδισμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  prop  of 
the  γεΐσον. 

ΓΕΓΣΟΝ  or  γεΐσσον,  ov,  τό,  any 
thing  projecting   so   as   to   shelter,  the 
eaves  of  a  roof,  the  cornice  of  the  en- 
tablature, Bockh.  Inscr.  1.  p.  284  :  in 
genl.  the  coping,  like  θρίγκυς,  Eur. 
Or.   1569 :   hence  the  eye-brows :  also  ' 
the  hem  or  border  of  a  garment,  Ar.  Fr.  ι 
602:  also  ό  γεΐσσος  LXX. ;  but  the 
form  γεΐσον,  γεισόω.  etc.,  is  the  bet-  j 
ter,  Jac.  A.  P.  p.  040.     (Said  to  be  of 
Carian  origin,  Ruhiik.  Tim.,  Valck. 
Phoen.  1105.)     Hence 

Τεισόω  or  γεισσόω.  to  prut  on,  pro- 
tect u'ith  a  γεΐσον,  Jac,  ubi  sup. 

Τείσωμα  or  -^είσσωμα,  ατός,  τό,= 
γεΐσον,  a  pent-house,  Arist.  Part.  An. 

Τείσωσις  or  γείσσωσις,  εως,  ή,  a 
covering  with  a  pent-house,  etc. 

Τείταίνα,  ης,  ή,  fem.  of  γείτων,  a 
neighbour,  as  τεκταινα  of  τέκτων. 

Τειτνία,  ας,  η^γειτονία.    Hence 

Τείτνίάζω,=  γείτνιάω. 

Τειτνιάκός,  ή,  όν,  neighbouring, 
Joseph. 

Τειτνίασις,  εως,  ή,  =  γειτονία, 
neighbourhood,  nearness.  Arist.  Pol. — 
2.  the  neighbours.  Plut.  Coriol.  24. 

Τειτνιύω.  to  be  a  neighbour,  to  bor- 
der on,  kr.  EccL  327. 

Τειτονεύω,  Hipp.,  and 

Τ ειτονέω=γείτνίάω,  Aesch.  Pers. 
310;  hence 

Τειτάντ/μα,  ατός,  τό,  neighbourhood ; 
hence  also  a  neighbouring  place,  dudl- 
ing  or  settlement,  Alcm.  62,  cf  Plat. 
Legg.  705  A. 

Τειτόνησις,  εως,  ^,=  sq.,  Luc. 

Τειτονία,  ας.  ή,  neighbourhood,  near- 
ness. Plat.  Legg.  843  C. 

Τείτονιάω,=  γειτνιάω,  Theopomp. 
ap.  Antiatt. 

Τειτοσννη,  ης,  ή,^γειτονία,  Strab.  I 

Τειτόσννος,  ov,  neighbouring,  near, 
Anth.  j 

Τείτων,  όνος,  6,  ή,  η  neighbour,  bor-  ' 
drrer.  Od. ;   from   Pind.  downwards  i 
often  found  as  adj.,  neighbouring,  near, 
bordering,  έκ  γειτόνων,  Ar.  Plut.  435,  ; 
έν  γειτόνων,  Luc.  cf   Schaf  Bos. 
Ell.  p.  296,  312.      Metaph.   akin  to, 
like,  Luc.     C.  gen.  ant  dat.,  Thorn. 
Mag.  p.  184,  Ast  Plat.  Legg    4,  1. 
(From  γ^,  γη.γηίτης.  γήτης.)  , 

Τειωττείνης,  ό.=  γεω~είνης. 
tFe/.a,  Ion.  Τέλη,  ης,  η,  Gela,  a  city 
on  the  southern  coast  of  Sicily,  Hdt. 
7,  153. 


ΓΕΑΓ 

I      Τ ε7Λζω,=^γελύω,  Gramm. 

Τε/ΰνιΊς,  ες,  (γελάω,  γαληνός) 
L•ιιghing.  cheerful,  Pind.  Ο.  5,  5. 

^Τε/Μνωρ,  ορός,  ό,  Gelanor,  the  last 
king  of  Argos  of  the  race  of  the 
Inachidae,  ApoUod.  2,  I,  4,  Plut. 
Pyrrh.  32. 

ΪΤέ'λαρχος,  ov,  6.  Gelarchus,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Dein.  502.  17. 

ίΤελας.  a,  6,  Getas,  a  river  of  Sicily, 
Thuc.  6.  4. 

Τε'λασείω,  desiderat.  from  γελάω, 
to  he  like  to  laugh,  ready  to  laush.  Plat. 
Phaed.  64  B,  Valck.  Phoen.'lil4. 

Τελύσιμος,  ov,  (}ελάω)  laughable, 
Att.  -γελοίος.  Luc.  [a] 

Τε/Μσΐνος,  ov.  6,  {γε/.άω)  a  laugher, 
fem.  γελ.ασίνη,  Ael. — II.  oi  γελασΐνοι, 
sub.  οδόντες,  the  grinners,  i,  e.  the 
front  teeth,  which  show  when  one 
laughs. — 2.  the  dimple,  which  laugh- 
ing makes  in  the  cheeks.  Martial.  7, 
24;  hence  in  Alciphr.,  and  Anth.,  of 
the  hinder  parts,  for  which  Luc  uses 
γέλως. 

ΤελΜσκω,=γε?.ύω,  Anth. 

Τέλασμα,  ατός,  τό,  {γελ.άω)  laugh- 
ing, laughter:  hence  κυμάτων  άνή- 
ριθμον  γέλασμη,  "  the  many-twink- 
ling smile  ol  Ocean,"  Aesch.  Pr.  90, 
ubi  v.  Blomf  :  Passow  takes  it  of  the 
sound,  like  καχ/.άζω,  Lat.  cachinmis. 

^Τελ-αστέος,  a,  ov,  verb.  adj.  from 
γελάω,  calculated  to  excite  laughter, 
laughable.  —  2.  γελαστέον,  otie  must 
laugh,  Clem.  Al. 

Τε/.αστής,  ov,  6,  a  laugher,  sneerer. 
Soph.  O.  T.  1422. 

νε/.αστικός.  tj,  όν,  inclined  to  laugh, 
risible,  Sext.  Emp. :  laughable.  Adv. 
-κως. 

Τελαστός,  ή,  όν,  laughable,  absurd, 
laughed  at,  Od.  8,  307,  and  Att. 

Τελαστνς,  νος.  ή.  Ion.  for  γέλως. 
Call   Del.  329. 

ΓΕΑΑΏ,  {.  γελάσομαι .more  rarely 
γε/.άσω  [ΰ]  Bornem.  Xen.  Symp.  1, 
16,  Dor.  γελύζω  :  aor.  εγέλΛσα,  poet. 
εγέ/.ασσα.  To  laugh  at  a  thing, 
έτΓί  Tivi,  Hom.,  also  τινί,  Bi.  Ar. 
Eq.  696  :  for  άπαλόν  or  ήδν  γελάν, 
ύχρεΐον  γ.,  άλλυτοίοις  γναθμοΐς  γ., 
Σαρδόνιον  γ.,  Horn.,  ν.  the  respec- 
tive adjs.  :  εγέλασσε  φίλσν  κηρ.  his 
heart  laughed  within  him,  Horn.  :  also 
of  things,  εγέλασσε  δε  ττΰσα  -έρι 
χθων,  II.  19,  362;  όδμ^  "πΰς  οίψανος, 
γαΐά  τε  και  οίδμα  θαλάσσης  έ ;  έ/.ασ- 
σε.  heaven,  earth  and  sea  Ian  shed, 
were  glad  with  the  smell,  Ruhnk. 
H.  Hom.  Cer.  14  ;  6~i,  at  the  sound, 
Hes.  Th.  40  :  hence  to  look  laughingly, 
glad,  gracious,  to  smile  upon.  Lat.  arri• 
dere,  Eur.,  to  be  pleased  with,  c.  dat., 
Ar.  Nub.  560  :  to  laugh  at.  sneer  at, 
usu.  έ-ί  Tivi,  as  Xen.  Symp.  2,  18, 
also  τινί.  Soph.  Aj.  1043,  τινός,  Phil. 
1125:  γελ.αν  is  also  not  unlreq.  fol- 
lowed by  «...  and  ότι...,  Xen.— II. 
transit,  to  laugh  at  one,  τινά.  Theocr. 
20, 1,  αί  a  thing,  τι,  Xen.  Symp.  2, 19. 

Τέ/.γη,ών,  τά,^=ρώ~ος,  small  unres, 
frippery :  also  sweetmeats :  hence  the 
market  where  they  are  sold,  Eupol.  In- 
cert.  5. 

Τελγίδόομαι,  as  pass.,  of  garlic,  to 
grow  to  a  head  {γελγίς),  Theophx. : 
from 

ΓΕΑΓΓΣ,  ΐδος  and  ΐθος,  also  γέλ- 
γις,  εως,  ή,=  ά';.λ.ίς.  a  head,  clove  of 
garlic.  Lat.  spica,  nucleus  allii,  ττότι- 
μοι  γελγΐβες.  making  one  thirsty, 
Anth..  cf.  Theocr.  14,  17. 

Τελ.γο-ωλ.έω.  to  deal  in  γέ?.γη,  Her- 
mipp.  Art.  6  :  from 

Τελ.γοττώ/.ης,  ov,  6.  (γέλγη.  :τω/1ε ω) 
fem.    γελ.γοττώλις,    ιδος,   ή,    Cratin. 
Dionvs.  10,  a  dealer  in  γέλ.γη. 
287 


ΓΕΜΙ 

Τελέοντες,  uv,  οΐ,  the  Geleontcs,  v. 
sub  'ΐελέοντες. 

\Τελέ(.ύν,  οντος,  ό,  Geleon,  son  of 
Ion,  from  whom  ace.  to  some  the 
Geleontes,one  of  the  four  Attic  tribes 
were  named,  H(it.  5,  06  :  v.  foreg. 

^Τε/.ίας,  ου,  ύ,  Gtlias,  an  envoy  of 
Ihe  Phocaeans,  Polyb.  21,  4,  4. 

^Τίλλίας,  ov,  0,  Gettias,  masc.  pr.  n., 
Diod.  S. 

Γελλω,  γελλίζω,  v.  έλλίζω. 

Τε'λοιύζυ,  f.  -άσω  [ΰ],  (γελοίος)  to 
make  sport,  jest,  Phit. :  hence 

Τε'λυιασμός,  οϋ,  ό,  jesting,  LXX. 

Τελοιαστής,  οϋ,  ό,  a  jester,  buffoon, 
fool,  Alh. — II.  a  sneerer. 

Τελοαιω,  ώ,  f.  -ησίύ,  Ep.  for  γελάω, 
Od.  20,  347,  H.  Horn.  Van.  49,  of. 
γελοίωντες- 

Τελοίίος,  Ep.  for  γελοίος,  II.  2,  215. 

Τελοίομελέυ,  {γελοίος,  μέλος)  to 
write  comic  songs,  Leon.  Tar. 

Τέ'λοιος,  a,  ov,  also  ος,  ov,  (γελάω) 
laughable,  absurd,  Ar.  Vesp.  560. — II. 
7naking  laughter,  jesting,  humorous, 
facetious,  Eur.  Melan.  29.  (In  this 
signf  some  choose  to  write  γελοίος, 
which  others  regard  as  not  Attic : 
and  the  old  Gramin.  contradict  one 
another  on  the  point,  Ruhnk.  Tim., 
Koen  Greg.  p.  23,  26.)  Adv.  γε?Μίως. 
Hence 

ίΤελοιότης,  ητος,  η,  laughable  na- 
ture, ridiculousness,  Ath.  497  F. 

Τελοίώδης,  ες,  (γέλοΜς,  εΙδος)^= 
γελοίος. 

Τελοίωντες,  Od.  20,  300,  poet,  for 
γελόωντες,  γελωντες,  as  perh.  Od.  20, 
3J7,  γελοίων  for  έγέλων,  though  this 
may  come  from  γελοιύω :  others 
write  γελώωντες,  γε?Μων,  but  in  Od. 
18,  HI,  we  have  γε'λώοντες. 

Τελόω,  γελόωντες,  Ep.  form  for 
γελώ,  γελάω,  etc.,  Od. 

Τελοωμΐλία,  ας,  ή,  company  in 
laughing,  opp,  to  κλαιωμιλία,  Anth. 

^Γέ'λων,  ωνος,  ύ,  Gelon,  a  tyrant  of 
Syracuse,  Thuc.  6, 4. — 2.  an  Epirote, 
Plut.  Pyrrh.  5. 

^Τε?^ωνοί,  ων.  η!,  the  Geloni,  a  Scy- 
thian tribe  on  the  Tanais.  Hdt.  4. 108. 
tPfAwvof,  ov,  6,  Gelonus,  a  son  of 
Hercules,  Hdt.  4, 10. — II.  ή,  a  city  of 
the  Geloni,  Id.  4,  58. 

Τελώοντες,  poet,  for  γελόωντες, 
Od.  18,  111. 

^Γελ,ώος,  a,  ov,  and  -ώος,  a,  ov,  (Τέ- 
λη) of  or  belonging  to  Gida  ;  οι  Γε- 
λώηι,  the  inhab.  of  Gela,  Hdt.  7,  156. 

Τέλως,  ατός,  Att.  ω,  6,  ace.  γέλωτα 
and  k\t.  γέλων.  Piers.  Moer.  p.  108, 
Buttm.  Ausf  Gr.  ^  58  :  Wolf  Od.  18. 
100,  has  the  apocop.  dat.  γέλω  for 
γέλωτι,  as  18,  212,  ερω  for  ερωτι, 
and  20,  8,  apoc.  ace.  γε'λω  for  γέλωτα 
(γελάω) : — laughing,  laughter,  Horn.  : 
έπΙ  γέλωτι,  for  laughter's  sake,  for  a 
joke,  Hdt. :  also  of  the  ripple  or  gentle 
plash  of  wares,  like  γέ7.ασμα,  Opp. — 
11.  a  subject,  occasion  of  laughter :  γέλ- 
ωτα ποιείσθαι  or  τίθεσθαί  τι,  to  make 
a  joke  of  it,  Hdt. 

Τε/Μτοποιέω,  (γελωτοττοιός)  to 
create,  make  laughter,  esp.  by  buffoon- 
ery. Plat.  Rep.  606  C,  and  Xen. : 
hence 

Τελωτοτίοάα,  ας,  ή,  buffoonery,  Xen. 
Symp.  4,  50. 

Τελωτοποιός,  ov,  (γέλως,  ττοιέω) 
exciting  laughter,  ridiculous,  Aesch. 
Fr.  166 :  ό  γελωτοποιός,  a  jester, 
Xen. 

Τεμίζω,  f.  -ίσω  Att.  -Γώ,  (γέμω)  to 
fill,  load  or  freight  with  a  thing,  τινός, 
Aesch.  Ag.  413,  Thuc.  7,  53.  Pass. 
to  befall.  Anth. 

trt/zii'/of,  01',  ό,  the  Lat.  name  Ge- 
minius,  Plut. 
288 


ΓΕΝΕ 

Τιμιστός,  ή,  όν,  (γεμίζω) filled,  full, 
loaded,  Ath. 

Τέμος,  τό,==γόμος,  Aesch.  Ag.  1232 : 
from 

ΓΕ'ΜΩ,  used  only  in  pres.  and 
impf,  to  he  filled,  loaded,  to  be  full  of  a 
thing,  τινός,  Aesch.  Ag.  013,  Soph., 
Plat.,  etc.  (hence  Lat.  gemo,  cf  στέ- 
νω,  which  links  them  together.) 

Τένα,  Ion.  γένη,  ή,=γέννα,  γένος, 
Call. 

Τενάρχης,  ου,  6,  (γένος,  άρχω)  the 
founder  of  a  family  or  tribe,  ancestor, 
Lye. 

ίΤέναννοι,  ων,  ol,  the  Genauni,  a 
people  of  Vindelicia,  Strab. 

Γενεά,  άς,ή.  Ion.  γενεή.  ής,  (*γένω) 
birth,  Hom.,  esp.  in  II.,  usu.  in  phrases 
νεότατος  γενετι,  όπλότεμος,  πρεσβύ- 
τατος,  προγενέστερος,  πρότερος  γε- 
νεί], younger  by  birth,  i.  e.  in  age,  etc. : 
of  lifeless  things,  production,  growth. 
— II.  birth,  race,  descent,  esp.  noble 
birth,  Hom.,  γενεί/ς  και  αίματος,  of 
race  and  blood,  II.  6,  211,  έκ  γενεής, 
ace.  to  rank,  II.  10,  68,  γενεήν,  by 
descent,  Αιτωλός  γενεήν,  11.  23,  471, 
γενε^  υπέρτερος,  higher  by  blood,  II. 
11,  785,  γενεή  τίνος  and  ίκ  τινος, 
descent  from,  II.  21,  157,  187,  γενεή 
έπι  λίμντι  Τυγαίτ),  birth-place,  11.  20, 
390,  of  an  eagle's  aerie,  Od.  15,  175, 
of  horses,  breed.  II.  5, 205. — III.  a  race, 
φύλλων,  ανδρών  γενετ},  11.  6,  140,  a 
generation,  δύο  γενεαΐ  μερόπων  αν- 
θρώπων. II.  1,  250,  etc.,  of  which, 
ace.  to  Hdt.,  three  made  a  century  : 
also  the  successive  ages  of  gold,  sil- 
ver, etc.,  and  hence  the  tunes. — IV. 
offspring,  descendants,  post-Hom. 

Τενεάλογέω,  ώ,  (γενεη7.όγος)  to  trace 
ancestry,  rnake  a  pedigree,  γένεσιν, 
Hdt.  2,  140  :  τινά,  to  draw  out  one's 
pedigree.  Id.  2,  143.  In  mid.  to  trace 
one's  own  origin  or  pedigree,  έξ,  Ν.  Τ. 
Hebr.  7,  Ο  :  hence 

Τενεά?ιόγημα,  ατός,  τό,  α  pedigree. 

Τενεάλογία,  ας,  ή,  (γενεαλογέω) 
the  making  a  pedigree,  tracing  a  family  ; 
in  plur.,  a  work  by  Hecataeus. 

Τεί'εΰλογικός,  tj,  ov,  genealogical, 
Polyb. :  from 

Τενεΰλόγος,  ό,  (γενεά,  λέγω)  a  ge- 
nealogi.st.  Dion.  H. 

Τενεύρχης,  ου,,  ό,  =:  γενάρχης, 
Apollod. 

Τενεή,  ής,  ή.  Ion.  for  γενεά. 

Τενεήΰεν,  adv.from  birth,  by  descent, 
Arat. 

Τενέβλειος,  a,  ov,  Ion.  γενεθλίμος, 
=  γενέθ?ίΐος. 

Τενέθλη,  ης,  ή,  birth,  origin,  source, 
descent.  Hum. :  of  horses,  breed,  II.  5, 
270. — 2.  birth-place,  hence  αργύρου  γ., 
a  silver-mine,  11.  2,  857. 

Τενέθλια,  τά,  v.  γενέθλιος. 

Τενεθλιάζω,  f.  -άσω,  to  keep  a  birth- 
day, A  pp. 

Τενεθλιηκός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to  a 
birth-day,  Leon.  Al. — II.  =7ίνε^λ<σ- 
λόγος.  Gal. 

νενεβ7Λαλογέω,  ώ,  to  cast  nativities, 
to  practise  astrology,  Strab. :  and 

ΤενεΟλιαλογία,  ας,  ή.  astrology, 
casting  of  nativities,  Joseph.  :  from 

Τενεβλιαλόγος,  b, (γενέθλια,  λέγω) 
a  caster  of  nativities,  Hierocl. 

ΤενεΟλιάς,  άδος,  ή,  pecul.  fem.  γε- 
νέθλιος, Nonn. 

Τενεθ?.ίδιυς.  ον,=  γενέθ?.ιος,  Anth. 

Τενεθλιολογία,  ας,  ή,  and  γενεθ- 
?.ιολύγος,  ου,  ό=γενεθλιαλ. 

Τενέθλιος,  ον,  also  α,  ον.  Lye. : 
belonging  to  one's  family  pr  onfs  birth, 
natalis,  γεν.  ημέρα  :  so  also  το  γενέθ- 
?iloi> :  Tu  γ.,  a  birth-day  feast,  birth- 
day presents,  (but  in  Eccl.,  the  com- 
memoration of  a  martyr's  death,  v.  γε- 


ΓΕΝΕ 

νέσιη),  γ.  Ονειν,  to  offer  birth-day 
offerings,  Eur.  lon  053,  so  έσρτύζειν 
γ..  Plat.  Ale.  2,  121  C,  άγειν,  Plut. ; 
γεν.  δαίμων,  Zerr,  the  genius  of  one's 
nativity,  Pind.  P".  4,  299  :  γ.  θεοί,  the 
gods  of  one's  race  or  family,  Aesch. 
Theb,  039;  like  γενέθλιον  αίμα, 
kindred  blood,  Eur.  Or.  89. 

Τένεθλον,  ov,  τό.=  γεί'έΟλ  η,  descent, 
Aesch.  Supp.  290.— 2.  offspring.  Id. 
Ag.  914,  etc. 

Τενειάζω,  Dor.  -άσδω,  ί.  -άσω,  (γε- 
νεών) to  gel  a  beard,  come  to  man's 
estate,  Theocr.  11,9:  more  rarely  to 
have  a  beard. 

Τενειάς,  άδος,  ή,  (γένειοτ•)  a  heard, 
Od.  10,  170. — II.  the  chin  or  cheeks, 
Eur. — 111.  as  adj.  of  or  belonging  to 
the  chin.  Gal. 

Τενειάσκω,  =  γενειάζω,  to  get  a 
beard.  Plat.  Symp.  181  D,  Xen.  Cyr. 
4,  0,  5. 

Τενειάτης,  ov,  ό,  fem.  γενειΰτις, 
ιδος,  ή,  Theocr.  17,  33,  Ion.  γενειή- 
της,  7/τις,  Luc.  also  γενεάτις :  beard 
ed.  [a]  ^ 

Tεvειάω,ώ.(.-ήσω.=γεvείάζω,toget 
aieard,  Od.  18, 176,269,  and  Plat.— 2. 
to  have  a  beard,  Ar.  Eccl.  145. 

Τενειήτης,  ov,  ό,  Ion  for  γενειάτης. 

Τένειον,  ov,  τό,  the  chin,  Horn. : 
later  also  the  jaw,  the  cheek,  Anth. — 
II.  ihe  hair  of  the  chin,  beard,  Hom. 
Proverb,  of  excessive  leanness,  γέ- 
νειον  και  κέρατα  (like  our  skin  and 
Imne.s),  Ar.  Av.  902,  probably  from 
the  goat.  (No  doubt  from  γέννς, 
q.  V.) 

ΙΤενειοσνλλεκτάδης,  ου,  ό,  (γένειον, 
συλλέγω)  one  who  cultivates  a  beard, 
Ath.  157  B. 

Γένεο,  P]p.  for  έγένου. 

Τενέσθαι,  inf  aor.  of  γίγνομαι. 

Τενέσια,  ων,  τά,  ν.  γενέσιος. 
ΙΤενεσιαλόγος,  ον,=  γενεθλιαλόγος, 
Artem. 

Τενεσιάρχης,  ου,  ό,  =  γενάρχης, 
LXX. 

Τενέσιος,  ον,=Ύενέθλιος,  belonging 
to  the  birth-day,  θεός,  Plut. :  but  tu 
γενέσία,  a  day  kept  in  memory  of  the 
dead,  Hdt.  4,  26,  Ammon.  p.  34  :  tc 
be  distinguished  from  tu  γενέθλαα, 
birth-day  feast,  V.  Stallb.  Plat.  Alc.  1, 
121  C,  though  used  for  it  in  N.  T. 
Matth.  14,  6. 

\ΐενεσιονργέω,  ώ,  to  produce,  to  be- 
get ;  and 

^Τενεσιονρ-γία,  ας,  ή,  a  begetting, 
procreation,  Eccl.  ;  Irom 

Τενεσιονργός,  οϋ,  ό,  (γένεσις,  *  έρ- 
γω) the  author  of  one's  race:  produc- 
tive, Iambi. 

Τένεσις,  εως,  ή,  (*γένω)  an  origin, 
source,  \[.  14,  201,  240;  creation,  gene- 
ration, birth,  race,  descent,  Hdt.  2,  146  : 
ή  γεν.  τον  κόσμου  or  των  πάντων, 
the  creation  of  the  universe ;  ill  Iambi, 
and  Eccl.  without  κόσμον :  a  pro- 
ducing, formation,  των  ιματίων.  Plat. 
Polit.  281  Β  ;  birth,  nativity,  Anth. : 
also  the  parts  of  generation,  Anth. 

ΐΤενέσκετο,  iterat.  form  of  aor.  for 
ίγένετο,  Od. 

Γενέτειρα,  ας,  fem.  from  γενετήρ, 
she  that  bears,  a  mother,  Pind.  N.  7,  3. 
— II.  she  that  is  born,  a  daughter, 
Euphor.  47.  v.  Meineke,  p.  112. 

Τενετ?'/,  ής,  ή.=  γενεή,  a  source,  he- 
ginning,  birth,  Hom.  in  phrase  έκ 
γενετής,  from  the  hour  of  birth. 

Τενετήρ,  i/ρος,  ύ,  fem.  γενέτειρα,=: 
γενετής,  Arist.  Mund. 

Τενέτης,  ov,  ό,  a  begetter,  father, 
ancestor,  Eur.  Or.  1011  :  also  nietaph., 
Jac.  A.  P.  48. — Π.  the  begotten,  the  son, 
Soph.  O.T.  472  (ubi  v.  Erf),  Enr. 
lon  916,  cf  γενέτειρα. — III.  as  adj., 


ΓΕΝΝ 

=  γενέθλιος,  e.  g.  dtoi,  Aesch.  Supp. 
77,  and  Eur.,  cf.  γεννήτης. 

Τενετ/'ίσιος,  ov,  ορμή,  sexual  im- 
pulse, Anth. 

ΤενετνΆλίς,  ίδος,  η,  goddess  of  one's 
birth  hour,  Ar.  Nub.  52. 

Τενέτωρ,  ορός,  ό,=^γενέτης,  Hdt. 
8,  137. 

iTεvέrωp.  ορός,  δ,  Genetor,  son  of 
Lycaon,  ApoUod. 

Τενηίς,  ίύος,  ή,^=γένυς,  the  edge  of 
an  axe,  an  axe,  mattock,  COUtr.  gen. 
■γεν^δος.  Soph.  Ant.  219. 

Τενήτης,  ου,  6.  v.  γεννήτης. 
^Τενήτης,  ου,  ό,  Genetes,  a  river  and 
haven  of  Pontus,  Strab. :  hence  Γε- 
νηταία   άκρα,  the  promontory  of  Ge- 
netes, Ap.  Rh.  2,  378. 

Τενητός,  η,  όν,  (γενέσθαι)  come 
mto  being,  born  :  but  γεί'νητός,  η,  όν, 
begotten,  Schaf.  Schol.  Par.  Ap.  Rh. 
2,  4.        ^  ^ 

Τενικός,  ή,  όν,  (γένος)  belonging  to 
the  γένος,  hence  generic,  general,  opp. 
to  ειδικός,  specific,  Arist.  Top. :  ή  γε- 
νική, sub.  πτώσις,  the  genitive  case, 
Gramm. 

Τέννΰ,  ης,  ή,  poet  for  γένος,  descent, 
offspring,  in  Pind.,  and  Aesch.  and 
Eur. :  Plat.  Phil.  25 D,  Isae.  ap.  Poll.  3, 6. 

Τεννάδας,  ov,  6,  plur.  γεννάδαι, 
noble,  whether  in  mind  or  birth,  high- 
horn,  high-minded,  Ar.  Ran.  179.  [ΐ'ώ] 

Τενναιοπρετ:ής,  ές,  (γενναίος,  πρέ- 
ιτω)  becoming,  befitting  a  noble.  Adv. 
-πύς,  Ar.  Pac.  988. 

Γενναίος,  a,  ov,  also  ος,  ov,  Eur. 
Hec.  592,  (γέννα)  statable  to  one's  birth 
or  descent,  ov  μοι  γενναΐον,  it  fits  not 
my  high  blood,  Horn.,  but  only  II.  5, 
253 :  esp.  noble,  both  in  mind  and 
blood,  high-born,  high-minded,  Trag., 
etc. :  also  of  beasts,  κύων,  σκν?ιαξ, 
etc..  Plat. :  of  things,  good  of  their 
kind,  excellent,  σϋκα.  Plat.  Legg.  844 
Ε  :  notable,  ττολλά...  γενναία  έποίη- 
σεν  6  άνεμος,  Xen.  Hell.  5,  4,  17  : 
great,  intense,  δνη.  Soph.  Aj.  938  : 
used  as  a  form  of  civil  refusal,  γεν- 
ναίος ει,  you  are  very  good !  Ar. 
Thesm.  220:  also  iron.,  Wytt.  Ep. 
Cr.  p.  233.  Adv.  -ως,  Thuc.  2,  41  : 
comp.  γενναιότερος.  Plat.  ;  superl. 
γενναιότατα,  Eur.  Cycl.  657.    Hence 

ΐενναιήτης,  ητος.  ?;,  the  character 
of  a  γενναίος,  nobility,  high  spirit  and 
bearing.  Eur.  Phoen.  1680  :  fertility, 
Xen.  Cyr.  8,  3,  38. 

^Τέννάσις,  Dor.  for  γέννησις,  Eur. 
I.  A.  1065. 

tFfi'i'arwp.  Dor.  for  γεννήτωρ.  Soph. 
Fr.  256.  [ύ] 

Τεννάω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσο,  (γέννα)  to  beget, 
Soph.  El.  1412,  ol  γεχ'νήσαντες,  the 
parents,  Xen.  Mem.  2,  1,  27:  later,  to 
bring  forth:  also  of  things  produced 
by  the  working  of  natural  powers, 
like  όνειν,  e.  g.  μέγα  σώιια,  to  get  a 
large  frame.  Soph.  Aj.  1077  :  metaph., 
ηδονή  βλύβην  και  7^ύιτην  γεννά. 
Plat.  Ep.  315  C,  cf.  Legg.  673  D  :  in 
genl.  to  generate,  produce,  Arist.  Coel. 
Hence 

Τέννημα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which  is 
produced,  fruit  both  of  animals  and 
plants.  Polyb. — 11.  act.  that  which  be- 
gets. Plat.  Soph.  266  B.— ΙΠ.  a  be- 
getiing,  Aesch.  Pr.  850. 

^Τεννησαρέτ,  ή,  (from  Hebr.)  in- 
decl.  Gennesareth,  a  beautiful  and 
fruitful  region  of  Palestine,  N.  T. 
Matth.  14.  34;  hence  ή  λίμνη  Τενν., 
the  lake  of  Gennesareth,  another  name 
for  the  sea  of  Galilee,  Id.  Luc.  5,  1. 

^ΤεννησαρΙτις,  ιόος,  ή,  (λίμνη)  = 
foreg. 

Τέννησις,  εως,  ή,  (γεννάω)  an  en- 
gendering, producing,  Eur.  I.  A.  1065. 
19 


ΓΕΝΎ 

Τεννήτειρα,ας,η,ίιτα.  οίγεννητήρ, 
Plat.  Ciat.  410  C. 

Τεννήτης,  ov,  ό,  (γέννα,  v.  Schom. 
ad  Isae.  p.  355):  oi  γεννηται,  the 
Gennetes  at  Athens,  i.  e.  the  citizens, 
heads  of  houses,  30  of  whom  made 
up  a  γένος  or  clan:  30  γένη  made  a 
φρατρία,  and  3  ώρατρίαι  a  φνλή.  See 
Thirlw.  Hist.  Gr.  2,  p.  12,  and  the 
places  quoted  by  Taylor  on  Dem. 
1365,  9. 

Τεννητικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to,  fit 
for  begetting,  Hipp. 

Τεννητός,  ή,  όν,  (γεννάω)  begotten, 
νιος  γ.  opp.  to  ττοιητός,  Piatt.  Legg. 
923  Ε  ;  γεννητοί  γνκαικών,  born  of 
women,  i.e.  men,  N.  T.  Luc.  7,  28; 
mortal,  Luc. :  v.  also  γενητός. 

Τεννήτρια,  ας,  ή,  fein.  of  γεννητής, 
=γεννήτειρα. 
Τεννητωρ,  ορός,  6,^=γενέτωρ,  Aesch. 
Supp.  206,  and  Plat. 

Τεννικός,  ή,  όν,=γενναΐος.  Plat. ; 
brave,  stout,  spirited,  Ar.  Eq.  457.  Adv. 
-ώς,  Ar.  Lys.  1071. 

ΐεννοδήτειρα.  ας,  ?/,  the  giver  of 
heirs,  epith.  of  Venus,  Orph. 

Τενοίατο,  Ep.  and  Ion.  for  γέ- 
voLVTo,  Horn. 

Τένος,  εος,  τό,  (*  γένυ)  race,  stock, 
descent,  esp.  noble,  Hom.,  etc.  :  freq. 
in  ace.  absol.  γένος,  as  έξ  Ιθάκης 
γένος  ειμί,  from  Ithaca  I  draw  my 
race,  Od.  15,  267 ;  γένος  αδάμαντος, 
Hes.  Th.  101  :  in  Att.  usu.  t!j  γένος, 
as  Ar.  Pac.  187  ;  so  too  in  dat.,  γένει 
ττολ'ιτης.  Dem.  628,  8  ;  γένει  ν'ιός, 
opp.  to  an  adopted  son.  Id.  1081,  7  : 
θείον  γένος  είναι,  to  be  of  divine  de- 
scent, II.  6,  180:  ol  kv  γένει=:συγ- 
γενεις,  opp.  to  o'l  έξω  γένονς,  Sopn. 
Ο.  Τ.  1016,  Ant.  660.— II.  offspring,  a 
descendant,  a  child,  II.  19,  124.  Hdt.  3, 
159,  like  Virgil's  Divi  genus. — III.  a 
race  in  regard  to  number,  γένος  αν- 
δρών, βοών  γένος,  II.  12.  23.  Od.  20, 
212,  cf.  γενεά  :  from  Hdt.  downwds., 
a  people,  nation,  race. — 2.  a  race  in  re- 
gard to  time,  an  age,  generation,  Od. 
3,  245,  γ.χρνσειον,  etc.,  Hes.  ;  hence 
age,  time  of  life,  γένει  ύστερος,  II.  3. 
215.— IV.  sex.  Plat.  Symp.  189  D: 
gender,  Gramm. — V.  kind,  genus,  opp. 
to  είδος,  species,  Plat.,  who  also  calls 
the  elements  τα  γένη,  Tim.  51  Β.— 
VI.  a  division  of  the  citizens  at  Athens, 
a  clan,  sept,  cf.  γεννήτης. — On  the 
word  V.  Spitzn.  Exc.  ix.  ad  II. 

^Υένονα.  ας,  η,  Genoa,  a  city  of 
Italy,  Strab. 

ΤενονστηΓ,  ου,  ό,  an  ancestor,  Plat. 
Phil.  30  E.  ' 

Τέντα,  τύ,  the  entrails,  flesh,  Lat. 
viscera.  Call,  (έντος,  έντερα,  cf.  γέν- 
τερ  in  Hesych.,  venter.) 

Τεντιανή  ης,  η.  Lat.  gentiana,  gen- 
tian, a  common  Alpine  plant,  Diosc. 
\ά  usu.,  but  ά  in  a  dub.  passage  of 
Democr.  ap.  Gal.] 
^Τεντιάς,  άδος,  ?/.^=γεντιανή.^ 
^Τέντιος,  ov,  6,  Gentius,  a  king  of 
Illyria,  Polyb. 

Τέντο,  he^grasped,=^ε7.a3εv,  3  sing, 
of  an  old  verb  only  found  in  this 
form,  II.  :  ace.  to  some  Aeol.  for 
έλετο,  ελτο,  έντο,  γέντο,  like  κέ?.ε- 
το,  κέντο,  η7ιθον,  ηνθον,  Alcm. — Π. 
contr.  for  έγένετο,  Theocr.,  in  compd. 
έττέγεντο  for  έπεγένετο,  as  early  as 
Theogn.  640. 

Τένν,  -o,=sq.,  Trag. 

ΓΕ'ΝΤ'Σ,  νος,  ή,  ace.  plur.  γέννας, 
contr.  γέννς :  the  under  jaw,  Od.  11, 
320  :  γέννες,  both  jaws,  the  mouth,  II. 
23,  688;  11,  416:  in  genl.  the  cheek, 
chin;  also  the  beard.— -11.  the  edge  of 
an  axe,  a  biting  axe.  Soph.  Phil.  1205, 
V.  Valck.   Diatr.  p.  145.     (Sanscr. 


ΓΕΡΑ 

hanu  maxilla,  Lat.  gena,  our  chin. 
Germ.  Kinn,  also  γένειον,  γνάθος, 
and  perh.  Germ.  Gaumen.  our  gums.) 
[ϋ  twice  in  Eur.,  El.  1214,  Meleag. 
4,  6.] 

*ΓΕ'ΝΩ.  obsol.  pres.  from  which 
are  formed  some  tenses  of  γείνομαι 
and  γίγνομαι. 

Τεοειδής,  ές,  (γέα,  είδος)  earth-like 
earthy,  Arist.  Η.  Α. 

Τεόομαι,  pass,  to  become  earth,  Diod, 

Τεοϋχος,  ον,=  γηονχος. 

Τεοφόρος,  ον,=  γειοφόρος. 
^Υεράδας,    α,   ό,   Geradas.   Spartan 
pr.  η.,  Plut.  Lye.  15,  also  Τεραόάτας, 
Id. 

Τεραιός,  ά,  όν,  (γέρων,  γήρας,  γη- 
ραιός) old :  in  Hom.  (who  never  has 
γηραιός)  always  of  men,  with  no- 
tions of  dignity,  venerable;  esp.  ό 
γεραιός,  the  reverend  sire,  so  γεραιαί, 

II.  Compar.  γεραίτερος,  like  παλαί- 
τερος,  Hom. :  οι  γεpaίτεpoι,the  elders, 
senatores,  who  in  old  times  formed 
the  council  of  state,  Aesch.  Eum. 
848,  cf.  γέρων.  Superl.  γεραίτατος, 
Ar.  Ach.  286 :  also  of  things,  πόλις, 
Aesch.  Ag.  710.  [αΓ,  Seidl.  Dochm. 
p.  101.] 

Τεραιόφλοιος,ον.  (γεραώς,  φ?.οιός) 
with  old  wrinkled  skin,  Anth. 

Τεραιόφρων,  ov,  (γεραιός,  φρήν) 
old  of  mind,  with  the  wisdom  of  age,  as 
Dind.  now  reads  in  Aesch.  Supp.  361 
e  conj.  Burges. 

Τέραιραι,  ών,  αϊ,  ν.  γεραρός. 

Τεραίρω,  f.  -άρω :  aor.  1  έγέρηρα, 
inf.  γεράραι  :  aor,  2  έγέράρον,  in 
Plat.  Rep.  468  D  also  γεραίρημαι, 
(γέρας)  to  honour  or  reward  with  a  gift, 
τινά  Tivi,  Hom. :  in  genl.  to  honour, 
φωνή,  Ar.  Thesm.  961 :  to  pay  in 
honour,  τί  τινι,  τα  Ίοβά,κχεια  τφ 
Αιοννσω,  ap.  Dem.  1371,  25. 

^Τερα'ίστως,  α,  ον,  also  ος,  ον,  Eur. 
Cycl.  295  ;  of  or  belonging  to  Geraes- 
tns,  Geraestian,  Eur.  Or.  993  :  as  ap- 
pell.  of  Neptune,  who  had  a  famous 
temple  at  Geraestus,  Ar.  Eq.  501 : 
from 

ίΤεραιστός,  οϋ,  ό  and  ή,  Geraestus, 
now  Capo  Mantelo,  a  promontory  and 
city  of  Euboea,  containing  a  temple 
of  Neptune,  Od.  3,  177,  Thuc.  3,  3, 
etc. :  a  later  form,  Τεραστός,  occurs 
in  codd.  Xen.  Hell.  3,  4,  4. 

Τεραίτερος,  γεραίτατος,  comp.  and 
superl.  from  γεραιός. 

Τερύνδρνον,  ov,  τό,  (γεραιός,  δρυς) 
an  old  tree  Or  stem,  Theophr.  :  hence 
of  an  old  man  or  woman,  Aristaen. 
[£)-Jac.  A.  P.  p.  185.] 

^Τερύνεια.  ας,  ή,  also  Τερανία,  Ge- 
ranea,  a  mountain  range  between 
Megaris  and  Corinthia,  Thuc.  4,  44. 

Τεράνίας,  ov,  ό,  (γερανός)  cratie- 
necked,  A.  B. 

Τεράνιον,  ov,  τό,  (γέράνος)  gera- 
nium, crane's  bill,  a  plant,  Diosc. — II. 
a  crane  for  lifting  with,  cf.  γερανός  II. 

Τερανίτης,  ov,  ό,  (γερανός)^  λίθος, 
a  stone  of  the  colour  of  a  crane's  neck, 
Plin.  37,  11. 

Τερανοβοτία,  ας,  ή,  (γερανός,  βόσ- 
κω) the  feeding  of  cranes.  Plat. 

Τερανομάχία,  ας,  ή,  (γερανός, μάχη) 
α  battle  of  cranes,  Strab. 

Τέρΰνος,  ov,  ή,  a  crane,  Ί\.,  later 
also  ό,  Ael.— II.  a  crane  for  lifting 
weights,  esp.  used  in  the  theatre. — 

III.  a  dance  resembling  the  flight  of  the 
crane,  Luc. — IV.  a  fish,  Ael. 

\νέρανος,  ov,  ό,  Geranus,  a  place  in 
Elis,  Strab. 

\Τερύνωρ,  ορός,  ό,  GerSnor,  Spartan 
pr.  n.,  Xen.  Hell.  7,  1,  25.  [a] 

Τεράός,  ά,  όν,=γεραιός,  Soph.O.C. 
238,  only  poet. 

289 


ΓΕΡΟ 

Τερΰρός,  ά,  όν,  {γεραίρω)  of  re- 
verend, stalely  bearing,  11.  3,  170,  211  : 
later  in  genl.  =  γεραώς,  γηραιός, 
Aesch.  Ag.  722 :  γεραροί,  priests, 
Aesch.  Supp.  667,  and  so  ai  γεραραί, 
now  written  for  γεραιραί  m  Dem. 
1369,  tin.,  etc.,  priestesses  of  Bacchus. 
ΓΕΤΑΣ,  αος,  never  ατός,  τύ,  nom. 
pi.  γέρα  for  γέρατα  :  a  gift  of  honour, 
sucn  esp.  as  chiefs  and  princes  re- 
ceived from  the  spoil  before  it  was 
divided,  very  freq.  in  Hoiu. ;  and  so 
γέρας,  opp.  to  μοίρα,  Od.  11,  534: 
the  prize  or  portion  of  booty  each  chiet 
received  in  the  distribution,  II.  1, 1C7 : 
hence  in  genl.  a  gift,  honour :  metaph. 
γέρας  θανόντων,  the  lajst  honours  of 
the  dead,  Horn. — II.  rank,  prerogative, 
power,  dignity,  II.  20,  182,  Od.  7,  150, 
Thuc.  1,  13,  cf.  γήοας.  (Horn,  has 
apocop.  plur.  γέρα  lor  γέρατα ;  Hdt. 
2,  168,  -a  γέρεα.  [Ep.  '",  Att.  '", 
Pors.  Phoen.  888.] 

^Τερασηνός,  ή,  όν,  v.  1.  for  Ταδαρη- 
νός  or  Τεργεσηνός,  Ν.  Τ. 

Τεράσμιος,  ον,  {γέρας)  honouring, 
doing  honour  to,  Η.  Hoin.  Merc.  122. 
— II.  honoured,  venerable,  Eur.  Phoen. 
923. 

Τεράστιος,  ου.  ό,  a  Spartan  month, 
Thuc.  4,  119,  ubi  v.  Arnold. 

Τεραςφόρος, ov,  {γέρας. φέρω)  bring- 
ing or  receiving  honour,  Pind.  P.  2,  81. 

^Τεργεσηνός,  ήίόν,  of  or  belonging 
to  Gergesa,  a  city  of  Palestine,  near 
Gadara,  Gcrgesene,\.  1.  N.  T. 

^Γέργίθα,  ων,  τύ,  also  ai  Τέργιθες, 
Gergitha,  a  city  of  Troas,  Strab. : 
hence  o'l  Τέργιθαι,  ών,  the  Gergithae, 
the  remnant  of  the  early  Trojans, 
Hdt.  5,  122. 

^Τερ}ίθιος,  a,  ov,  of  Gergitha,  Ger- 
githian.  Xen.  Hell.  3,"  1,  15. 

'^Γεργίθων,  ov,  τό,  Gergithitim,  a 
village  near  Lampsacus,  Strab. 

tPfpyti'a,  7/f,  η,=^Τέργιθα. 

^Τέργις,  ιος,  ό,  Gergis,  sonof  Arizus, 
Hdt.  7,  82. 

^Τεργυονία,  ας,  ή,  Gergovia,  now 
Gergovie,  a  city  of  Aquitania,  Strab. 

Τεργνρα,  ας,  ή,  coUat.  form  of  yop- 
γνρα,  q.  v.,  ace.  to  Hesych.,  an  under- 
ground  drain  or  sewer,  Alcm.  101.  (cf 
γοργύρα,  κάρκαρον,  Lat.  career,  perh. 
akin  to  καρκαίρω,  to  sound  hollow.) 
Τέρεα,  Ion.  nom.  pi.  of  γέρας,  Hdt. 
Τερήνιος,  ου,  ό,  Gerenian,  Horn, 
epith.  of  Nestor,  from  Gcrenia  or  Ge- 
renon,  a  city  of  Messenia,  Strab.  353  ; 
not  from  γέρας:  cf  Hes.  Fr.  22,  10. 

trtp7/f,  ητος,  ύ,  Geres,  niasc.  pr.  n., 
Ar.  Ecci.  932  ;  hence 

'^Τερι/τοΟεώδωροι,  ων,  οι,  {Τέρης, 
Θεόδωρος)  such  fellows  as  Geres  and 
Theodoras,  Ar.  A"ch.  605. 

Τερηόορία.  ας,  η,  {γέρας,  φέρω)  the 
bearing  of  a  dignity,  Dion.  H. 

^Τερμΰνία,  ας,  r/,  Germany,  Strab. 

^Τερμΰνΐκός,  ή,  όν,  German,  Strab. 

^Τερμάνιοι,  ων,  οι,  the  Gcrmanii,  a 
Persian  tribe,  afterwards  called  Kap- 
μανοι,  Hdt.  1,  125  ;  cf  Biihr  ad  loc. 

^Τερμάνοί,  ών,  οι,  the  Germani,  Ger- 
mans, Strab.,- etc. 

Τερμΰνολέτης,  ov,  6,  {Τερμανός, 
δλλνια)  a  German  killer,  Or.  Sib.  14, 
45. 

^Γερμανός,  οϋ,  ό,  German,  usu.  in 

pi.  Τερμανοί. 

Τεροντΰγωγέω,  to  guide  an  old  7nan, 

Soph.  O.  C.  348  :  in  Ar.  Eq.  1099,  to 

bang  up  an  old  man,  like  παΐδαγωγέω, 

from 

Τερονταγωγός,  ov,  δ,  {γέρων,  άγω) 

guiding  an  old  man. 

Τερύντειος,  a,  ov,  {γέρων)  belong- 

v:g  to  an  old  man  or  old  age. 

Τεροντία,  ας,  η,   old  age. — II.  the 
390 


ΓΕΡΩ 

assembly  of  the  Gerontes  at  Sparta, 
Xen.  Kej).  Lac.  10,  1 ;  v.  γέρων,  γε- 
ρουσία. 

Τεροντιαΐος,  a,  ον,^=γερόντειος. 

Τεροντιύω,  ω,  to  grow  old  or  child- 
ish ;  to  exhibit  or  betray  the  imbecility 
of  old  age,  Diog.  L. 

Τεροντικός,  t),  όν.  =  γερόντειος. 
Plat.  Legg;. 761  C:  τογεροντικόν,ΌΆ& 
Carthaginian  senate,  Polyb.,  where 
others  γερόντων.      Adv.  -κώς. 

Τερέ)ντιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  of  γέρων, 
a  little  old  man,  Ar.  Ach.  993. 

Τεροντογρύδιο,  τό,  {γέρων,  γρανς) 
an  old  7nan-woinan,  barbarism  in  Ar. 
Thesm.  1 199,  though  Dind.  writes  it 
divisim.  [u] 

Τεροντοδΐδάσκαλος,  ου,  δ,  ή,  an 
old  ?Han's  teacher.  Plat.  Euthyd.  272  C. 

ΤεροντοκομεΙον,  τό,  {γέρων,  κομέω) 
a  hospital  for  the  old. 

Τεροντομανία,  ας,  ή,  {γέρων,  μανία) 
name  of  a  play  of  Anaxandrid.,  v. 
Arist.  Rhet.  3,  2,  3. 

tPepoiii'iOT',  ov,  TO,  Gerunium,  now 
Dragonara,  a  city  of  Apulia,  Polyb.  5, 
108,  9. 

Τερονσία,  ας,  η,  a  council  of  elders, 
{γέροντες)  senate,  Eur.  Rhes.  401  : 
esp.  at  Sparta.  Dem.  489,  19,  where 
it  was  opp.  to  the  βονλ?'/  as  an  aris- 
tocratic body  ;  and  was  characteristic 
of  Doric  states,  cf  Midler  Dor.  3,  0. 
— II.  =  πρεσβεία,  an  embassy,  Eur. 
Rhes.  936. 

Τερουσιάζω,  f.  -άσω,  to  be  a  senator: 
hence 

γερουσιαστής,  ov,  ό,  a  senator. 

Τερούσιος,  a,  ov,  belonging  to  the 
old  or  to  a  senator,  befitting  them :  γ. 
οΐρος,  drunk  only  by  the  chiefs  at  the 
king's  table,  II.  4,  259,  y.  όρκος,  taken 
by  the  elders  and  chiefs,  11.  22,  119. 

tre/ii/3o,  ων,  τύ,  Gerrha,  a  city  of 
Aegypt,  Strab. — 2.  ας,  η,  a  city  in 
Arabia,  Id.,  near  'Άρόχοι,  Polyb.  5, 
46,  1 :  adj.  ΤεββαΙος,  a,  ov,  Gerrhaean, 
Strab. 

Τερράδια,  ων,  τύ,  mats  of  plaited 
work :  from 

ΤέΙ>ρον,  ov,  TO,  {εϊρω)  Lat.  gerrae, 
anything  made  of  wicker-work,  esp. — I. 
an  oblong  shield,  covered  with  ox- 
hide, such  as  the  Persians  wore,  Hdt. 
7,  61. — II.  a  wattled  hut  or  booth,  Dem. 
284,  24. — III.  the  wicker  body  of  a  cart, 
Strab. — IV.  a  wicker  fence,  enclosure, 
Dem.  :  hence  γεββοχελώνη,  ης,  ή, 
Lat.  testudo  viminea,  Dion.  H. — V.  := 
αΐδοΐον.  Com. — VI.  a  rod,  slake,  Eu- 
pol.  Incert.  110 :  α  dart,  susp.  in  Alcm. 
125. 

^νέρ[)θς,  ου,  ό,  Gerrhus,  a  river  of 
European  Sarmatia,  Hdt.  4,  19, — II. 
a  region  of  European  Sarmatia,  Id. 
4,53. 

Τεβ^οφόρος,  ov,  {γέ(>βον,  φέρω)  a 
shield-bearer,  a  kind  of  troops  that  wore 
wicker  shields,  Xen.  An.  1,  8,  9. 

ΤεΙ>βυχε?•.ώνη,  ης,  η,  {γέ[)βον,  χε- 
λώνη)  ν.  γέββυν,  Philo  Math. 

^Τερτοϋς,  οϋντος,  Gcrttis,  a  city  of 
Dassaretia,  Polyb.  5,  108,  2. 

Τέρΰνος,  ου,  ύ,=  γνρΙνο'ς,  Nic. 
^Τερωία,  ας,  ή,  ν.  sub  γερωσία. 

ΓΕ'Ρ12Ν,  οντος,  ΰ,  an  old  man, 
Hom. ;  pleon.,  παλαιοί  γέροντες,  Ar. 
Ach.  676 :  04  γ.,  the  elders,  and  so 
most  venerable  of  the  people,  who 
with  the  king  formed  the  chief  council, 
Hom. :  hence  the  scjiators,  esp.  at 
Sparta. — 2.  ύ  γ.,  the  elder,  as  'Αντί- 
γονος ό  γ.,  Piut. — Π.  as  adj.  γέρον 
σάκος,  Hom.,  but  only  in  Od.  22,  184  ; 
and  though  later  poets  followed  this 
usage  they  usu.  kept  it  in  mascul., 
Valck.  Phoen,  103,  while  the  Latins 
said  anus  mater,  charta,fama,  amphora, 


ΓΕΦΤ 
etc.,  Catull.  68,  46,  etc..  Martial.  6, 
27. — III.  a  part  of  the  spinning-wheel. 
(Acc.   to   Donaldson,  New  Crat.  p. 
370,  akin  to  }ίρας,  but  not  to  γήρας.) 

Τερωσία,  γερωχια.  or  -^ερωία,  ας,  ή, 
Lacon.  lor  ■•^ερουσια,  Ar.  Lys.  980: 
cf  Mull.  Dor.  3,  6,  1,  n. 

^Τέσκων,  ωνος,  6,  and  Τίσκων,  Ges- 
con.  Carthag.  niasc.  pr.  n.,  Polyb.  1, 
66,  etc. 

^Τετας.  a,  ό,  Geta,  a  name  of  slaves 
among  the  Romans,  Strab. :  from 

^Τέτιις.  ov,  6,  usu.  in  pi.  Τεται,  ών, 
υΐ,  the  Getae,  a  Sc\thiau  tribe  on  the 
Ister,  Hdt.  4,  95  :  hence 

'Τετϊκός,  ή,  όν,  of  the  Getae ;  fern, 
also  7/  Τετίς ;  η  Τετική,  (sub.  χωρά) 
the  country  of  the  Getae,  Luc. 

Τενβμυς,  οϋ,  ύ.=  γενσις,  Nic. 

Τεϋμα,  ατός,  τό,  (γεύω)  ataxte  of  α 
thing,  Eur.  Cycl.  150  :  α  sample  to 
taste,  Ar.  Ach.  187:  food,  meat  and 
drink,  Hipp.  :  a  foretaste.  Plat. 

Τεϋσις,  εως,  ή,  {γενώ)  a  giving  to 
taste,  tasting  ;  the  sense  of  taste,  Arist. 
Elh.  N. 

^Τενσιστρύτη,  ι^ς,  ή,  Geusistrdta, 
fem.  pr.  n.,  Ar.  Eccl.  49. 

Τενστέον,  verb.  adj.  from  γεν», 
one  must  make  to  taste,  τινά  τίνος. 
Plat.  Rep.  537  A. — II.  {γεύομαι),  one 
must  taste. 

Τενστήριον,  ov,  τό,  a  thing  to  taste 
ti'ith,  cup,  Ar.  Fr.  285. 

Τενστικός,  ?/,  όν,  {γεύω)  belo7igm^ 
to  taste,  γ.  αίσθητήριον,  the  sense  of 
taste,  Arist.  Anim. 

Τενστός,  ή,  όν,  tasted,  to  be  tasted. 
Ibid. 

ΓΕΥΏ,  f.  γεύσω,  to  give  one  a  taste 
of,  τινά  τινυς,  Valck.  Hdt.  7,  46:  also 
Tivii  Ti,  Eur.  Cycl.  149;  hence  to 
feed,  board.  But  Usu.,  and  in  Hom. 
only,  in  mid.  γεύομαι,  to  taste,  Od.  17, 
413 :  pass.  pert,  έγέγενντο,  they  had 
tasted,  eaten,  Thuc.  2,  70  :  hence  to 
experience,  to  try,  make  proof  oi,  τινός, 
in  Hom.  usu.  in  hostile  sense, χειρών, 
άκωκης,  δονρός  γενσασβαι,  to  taste, 
\.  e.  feel  the  spear,  etc. :  γενσέιμεθα 
αλ'λήλων  έγχείαις,  we  ivill  try  one 
another  with  the  spear,  11.  20,  258  ; 
so  also  έμπύρων,  to  examine  them, 
Soph.  :  to  partake  of,  to  enjoy,  νμνων, 
to  taste  the  sweets  of  song,  Ρ ji id. 1. 5,25 
(4,22);  άρχης,  Ildt.  4,  147;  πένΟονς, 
Eur.  Ale.  1069  ;  of  sexual  intercourse, 
ίινδρος  γεγευμένη,  Aesch.  Fr.  224; 
etc.  Always  c.  gen.,  until  late,  e.  g. 
A.  P.  6,  120.  Cf.  πειράομαι,  Lat. 
gust  are. 

^Τεφρούς,  acc.  -pom',  ή,  Gepkrus,  a 
city  of  CoeleSyria,  Polyb.  5,  70,  12. 

ΓΕ'ΦΤ'ΡΑ,  ας,  ή,  a  dam,  mound  of 
earth,  esp.  to  keep  out  water,  as  II.  5, 
88.  89,  cf  γεφνρόω,  απογεφχφόω : 
also  Pind.  N.  6,  67,  calls  the  Isthmus 
of  Corinth  πέιντον  γέφνραν,  cf  I.  4, 
34  (3,  38).— II.  in  11.  usu.  the  lane  be- 
tween two  lines  of  battle,  which  served 
(acc.  to  Passow)  to  keep  them  apart, 
as  it  were  a  dam.  hence  the  battle- 
field, the  place  of  fight,  always  πολέ- 
μοιυ  γέφυρα  or  γέόνραι :  not  found 
in  Od. — III.  Post-Hom.  usu.  a  bridge, 
γέφνραν  ζενγννναι  or  γεφνρα  ζενγ- 
vvvai  ποταμόν,  to  build  a  bridge,  throw 
a  bridge  over  a  river,  i.  e.  to  join  (the 
opposite  banks  of)  a  river  by  a  bridge, 
Lat.  po7ite  jungere  fluvium.  [v,  late 
also  V  Ep.  ad.  632,6,  Orell.  Inscr.  Lat. 
1,  n.  1949.] 

\νεφνραΙος,  a,  ov,  of  or  belonging  to 

Gephyra,  a  city  of  Boeotia,  the  later 

Tanagra,  \\ΐη^α=^Ύ αναγραίος,  Strab. 

tPf^i'pfp)  άτης,  ov,  ό,  {γέφιφα,  έρ- 

γάζομαι)=γεφνροποιός,  Ί  zetz. 

ΐεφϋρίζω,  (γέφυρα)  to  abuse  from 


ΓΕΩΜ 

the  bridge ;  for  there  was  a  bridge 
between  Athens  and  Eleusis,  and  as 
the  people  passed  it  in  solemn  pro- 
cession they  had  an  old  custom  of 
abusing  whom  thej'  would,  Hesjxh. : 
hence  in  gen.  to  abuse  freely,  Plut. 
Sull.  13. 
Τεφνρίον,  ου,  τό.  dim.  from  γέφυρα. 
Τεφϋρισμός,  ov,  ό,  an  abusing,  in- 
sulting, Strab.,  V.  γεφυμέζω. 

Τεψϋριστής,  ov,  ό,  an  abuser,  reviler, 
Plut, 

Γεώϋρο~θίέω,  ώ,  (ο  ?nake  a  bridge, 
Polyh. :  from 

Τεφνροποιής,  οϋ,  ό-  {γέόνρα,  τϊοιέω) 
α  bridge-maker  :  used  to  translate  the 
Lat.  Pontifex,  Plut. 

^•Τέάϋρης,  ου,  b.  Gephyrus,  Taascpr. 
n.,  Ap.  Rh.  L  1042. 

Τεφϋρύυ,  (γέφυρα)  Ιο  dam,  bridge, 
γεφύρωσε  κέ/.ενθορ,  he  made  a  path- 
way, IL  15,  357,  νόστοι'  Άτρείδαις  γ.. 
Find.  I.  8,  111,  so  διάβασιν  or  δνς- 
TTOpa  γεώυροΐη'-  to  make  them  passable 
by  causewat/s,  Polyb.,  Luc,  γεφύρωσε 
ποταμόν.  a  fallen  tree  7nade  a  bridge 
over  the  river,  II.  21,  245.  So  also  in 
prose,  to  provide  with  a  bridsf,  Hdt., 
ποταμον  νεκροίς  γεφνροΰν,  Luc. 
Hence 

Τεφύρωμα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which  is 
dammed  or  bridged  ;  [ii]  and 

Τεφί'ροισις,  εως,  ή.  a  furnishing 
with  a  bridge,  Strab.  [tj] 

Τεφΰρωτήζ,  οϋ,  ό,  bridge  builder.• 
Τεωγράφέω,  ώ,  (γεωγράφος)  to  draw 
or   describe  the  earth's  surface,  Arist. 
Mund. 

Τεωγραόία,  ας,  ή,  geography,  Plut. 
— Π.  a  map  of  the  world,  elsewh.  τύναξ 
γεωγραφικός,  in  Geminus. 

Τεωγραφικός,  τ/,  όν,  belonging  to, 
learned  in  geography,  Strab. 

Τεωγράφος,  ov,  {γη,  γράφω)  earth- 
describing  :  ό-  γ.,  the  geographer,  epith. 
of  Straho  in  Gramm.  [ά] 

Τεωδαίσία,  ας,  f/.  {γέα,  δαίω)  a  di- 
viding of  earth  :  also=;  γεωμετρία,  geo- 
desy, Arist.  Metaph. 

Τεώδης,  ες,  {γέα,  είδος)  earth-like, 
earthy.  Plat.  Ax.  365  E. 

Γεωλογία,  ας,  ή,  a  hill  of  earth, 
Strab. :  from 

Τεώλοφος,  ov,  {γέα,  ?.όφος)  covered 
with  hills  of  earth,  όρη,  Strab..  hilly, 
Diosc. — Π.  ό  γεώλοφος,  Xen.  Cyr.  3, 
3,  23,  or  70  γεώλοφον,  Theocr.  1,  13, 
=^γεω7ίθφία. 

Τ^ωμετρέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  measure 
land,  to  measure,  Xen.  Symp.  6,  8. — 
IL  to  study  geometry.  Plat. ;  from 

Τεωμέτρης,  ου,  ό,  {γέα,  μετρέω)  α 
land-measurer,  geometer,  Plat.  Theaet. 
143  Β. 

Τεωμετρία,  ας,  η,  land-measuring, 
geometry,  freq.  in  Plat. 

Τεωυετρικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to, 
skilled  in  la,nd-measuring,  geometrical : 
ή  -κή,  sub.  τέχνη,  geometry,  both  freq. 
in  Plat.  Adv.  -κώς,  Cic.  Att.  12, 5,  3. 
Τεωμΐγής,  ές,  {γέα,  μίγννμι)  mixed 
with  earth,  Strab. 

^Τεωμορέω,  ώ,  {γεωμόρος)  to  be  a 
landholder,  to  cultivate  thf.  land,  Eccl. 
Τεωμηρία,  ας,  η,  {γέα,  μόρος)  α  di- 
vision of  land. — Π.  the  land  so  divided, 
Nic. — 2.  the  cxdtivation  of  it,  Anth. 

Τεωμορικάς.ή,  όν,  belonging  to  γεω- 
μηρία  or  to  a  γεωμόρος :  γ.  νόμος,  an 
agrarian  laiv,  Dion.  H. 

Τεωμόρος,  ov,  6,  ή,  also  γημόρος, 
γαμόρος  and  γειομόρος,  {γέα.  μείρο- 
iiai)  a  sharer  in  the  division  of  lands, 
landholder,  landowner,  =  κΧηρονχος, 
Plat. :  one  ivhose  property  made  him  li- 
able to  public  offices  or  burdens.  ?.ει- 
τονργίαι :  hence  in  genl.  the  wealthy. 
noble,  influential  in  a .  city,  γαμόροι, 


ΓΕΩΧ 

Valck.  Hdt.  5,  77,  etc.,  Ruhnk.  Tim. 
But  at  Athens,  under  Theseus,  the 
γεωμόροι  were  opp.  to  both  the  εν- 
πατρίδαι  and  δημιουργοί,  the  husband- 
men.— Π.  adj.  land-tilling,  ploughing, 
e.  g.  βονς,  Αρ.  Rh. — III.  =  Lat.  de- 
cemviri agris  dividundis,  Dion.  H. 

Τεω  νόμος,  ov,  {γέα,  νέμω)  distribu- 
ting lands,  Dio  Cass. 

Τεωπέδιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  sq., 
restored  from  MSS.  by  Schweigh. 
Hdt.  7,  28,  of  Schaf  Greg  p.  518. 

Γεώττεδον,  ov,  τό,  Ion.  for  γήττεδον, 
a  portion,  plot  of  ground,  esp.  within  a 
town,  V.  1.  Hdt.  7,  28. 

Τεωττείνης,  ου,  ό.  {γέα,  πένομαι.) 
poor  in  land,  harnng  little  or  bad  land, 
Hdt.  2.  6  ;  8,  111,  Ruhnk.  Tim. 

Τεωτϊονέω,  ώ,  {γεωπόνος)  to  till  the 
ground.  Philo. 

Τεωτΐονία.  ας,  ή,  agriculture,  Pseu- 
do-Phocyl.  H9. 

Τεωττονικός,  ή.  όν,  belonging  to  agri- 
culture :  Tu.  γ.,  the  geoponica.  a  treat- 
ise on  the  subject  compiled  by  Cas- 
sianus  Bassus  :  from 

Τεωττόνος,  ov,  {γέα,  ττονέω)  tilling 
the  ground,  a  husbandman,  Philo. 

Τεωργέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (γεωργός)  to 
till  ground,  εν  Ty  y?/,  Andoc.  12,  28, 
to  cultivate,  in  genl.  c.'acc.  Thuc.  3,  88, 
■πολλήν,  sc.  γήν,  Ar.  Eccl.  592  ;  also 
έλαίαν,  ύμτϊε/ίΟν,  etc.  :  to  have  prop- 
erty in  cultivated  land,  like  Lat.  arare; 
of  the  Nile,  to  fertilise,  Heliod.  :  me- 
taph., to  turn  to  account,  to  derive  ad- 
vantagefrnm,  γεωργείν  εκ  τινης,  todraiv 
profit  from,  Iwe  by  a  thing,  Dem.  442, 
6  :  hence  τέχνην  γεωργείν,  Heliod. 
Hence 

Τεώργηαα,  ατός,  τό,  tilled,  cultiva- 
ted land.  Plat.  Legg.  674  C. 

Τεωργήσιμος,  ov,  fit  for  tillage, 
Arist.  Probl. 

Τεωργία,  ας,  ή,  {γεωργέω)  agricul- 
ture, tillage,  Thuc.  1,  11.— Π.  tilled 
land,  a  farm,  Isocr.  146  A. 

Τεωργικός,  ή,  όν.  belonging  to  tillage, 
σκεύη,  βίος,  Ar.  Pac.  552.  590  : — η  γ., 
sub.  τέχνη,  agriculture.  Plat.  Legg. 
889  Β  ;  τί  γεωργικά,  a  treatise  on  agri- 
culture, Ath.  619  D. — 2.  skilled  in  agri- 
culture, a  skilful  farmer,  Xen.  Mem.  1, 
1,  7. — 3.  devoted  to  agriculture,  Plut. 
Adv.  -κώς. 

Τεώργιον,  ov,  τό,  a  field,  Dion.  H. 
—  Π.  cultivation,  Philo.  —  ΙΠ.  a  crop, 
late, 

Τεώργιος,  ov,  late  form  for  sq. 

Τεωργός,  όν,  {γέα.  *εργω)  tilling  the 
ground,  βοίδιον,  Ar.  Acn.  1036  :  as 
subst.  a  husbandman,  labourer,  Ar.  Pac. 
296. 

Τεωργώδης,  ες,  {γεωργός,  εϊδος) 
like,  after  the  7nanner  of  a  husbandman, 
agricultural,    Plut.  2,  8  B. 

Τεωρνχέω,  ώ,  to  dig,  trench  the  earth, 
Hdt.  4,  200  ;  and 

Υεωρυχία,  ας,  η,  digging,  excavation 
of  the  earth,  Ael.  :  from 

Τεωρύχος,  ov,  {γέα.  όρύσσω)  trench- 
ing the  earth,  Strab.   [ti] 

Τεωτομία,  ας,  ή,  a  turning  tip  the 
earth,  ploughing  :  from 

Τεωτόμος,  ov,  {γέα,  τέμνω)  cutting 
the  ground  ;  ploughing,  Anth. 

Τεωτραγία,  ας,  η,  {γέα,  τραγεΐν, 
τρώγω)  an  eating  of  earth,  Hipp.,  cf. 
Arist.  Eth.  N.  7,  5,  3. 

Τεωφ&νής.  ές,  {γέα,  φαίνομαι)  look- 
ing like  earth. — Π.  τά  γ.,  a  spot  where 
some  kind  of  ochre  was  dug,  at  Samos, 
Theophr. 

Τεωφάνιον,  ov,  ro,=foreg.  Π.,  Di- 
narch.  ap.  Dion.  H. 

Τεωχαρής,  ές,  {γέα,  χαίρω)  fond  of 
the  earth  ;  of  plants,  creeping,  Lat.  hti- 
milis,  Julian. 


ΓΗΠΑ 

ΓίΓ,  γης,  ή,  contr.  for  γέα,  earth, 
land  :  the  only  form  in  Att.,  and  found 
even  in  Horn,  for  γαία;  q.  v. :  γήν 
προ  γης,  forth  of  one  land  to  another, 
Aesch.  Pr.^  682,  Ar.  Ach.  235  :  γην 
και  ύδωρ  αίτεΐν  and  διδόναι,  as  toKen 
of  submission,  freq.  in  Hdt. :  κατά 
γήν,  on  land,  by  land  :  κατιι  γής  στέλ- 
λεσβαι,  to  come  to  land  :  also  of  hus- 
bandry, την  γήν  έργύζεσβαι  or  θερα- 
πενειν,  to  till  the  ground.  The  plur. 
γαι,  γεών.  contr.  γών,  etc.,  is  very 
rare  in  good  authors,  Valck.  Hdt.  4, 
198,  cf  however  Schiif  Mel.  p.  15. 

^Τη•)άσιος,  ov,  6,  Gegasius,  a  son 
of  Jupiter,  Plut. 

Τηγενέτης,  ov,  o,=sq.  Eur.  Phoen. 
128. 

Τηγενής,  ές,  {γή,  *γένω)  earthborn, 
earthsprung,  e.  g.  βολβός,  Xenarch. 
Butal.  1. — 2.  indigenous,  elsewh.  αυ- 
τόχθων, Hdt.  8,  55. — II.  born  of  Gaea 
or  Tellus,  of  the  Titans  and  Giants, 
Aesch.  Pr.  351,  677. 

Υήδιον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  γή,  esp. 
a  small  estate,  Ar.  Fr.  344. 

^Τηβα?•,έος,  a,  ov,  {γηθέω)  joyous, 
Andr.  ap.  Gal. 

Τήθεν,  adv.  out  of  ox  from  the  earth, 
Aesch.  Eum.  904. 

Τηθέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  perf  γέγηθα, 
{γαίω,  *γάω,  q.  v.)  to  be  delighted,  to 
rejoice,  Horn. :  who  \iowever  uses  not 
the  pres.,  but  perf  in  pres.  signf  ; 
the  subject  of  joy  is  in  ace,  11.  8,  378; 
9,  77;  cf  Valck.  Hipp.  1339:  the  sub- 
ject causing  the  joy  is  also  put  in 
dat.  with  or  without  επί,  μνθώ  γηθ., 
Hes.  Sc.  Η.  116;  επί  εϋτνχήμασιν 
γ7}θ.,  Dem.  332,  8,  etc. ;  c.  part,  also 
in  Horn.  Mid.  γηβομαι  in  Q.  Sm. 
from  obs.  γήβω,  q.  v. 

Τήθος,  εος,  ro.=sq.,  Luc. 

Τί/βοσύνη,  ης,  ή,  {γηθέω)  joy,  delight, 
cheerfulness,  II.  :  rare  in  plur.,  H. 
Horn.  Cer.  437. 

Τηθόσυνος,  η,  ov,  joyful,  cheerful, 
delighted,  in  a  thing,  τινί,  Horn.  Adv. 
-νως.  Hijjp. 

Τηθυ?Λίς.  ίδος,  ή,  dim.  from  γήβυ 
ov.  Epich.  p.  72. 

Τήθνον,  ου,  τό,  Lat.  gelhi/um.  a  kind 
of  leek,  Ar.  Fr.  122,  v.  Sclineid.  The 
ophr.  3,  574. 

*Τήθω,  ohsol.  pres.,  from  which 
γέγηθα,  the  perf  of  γηθέω,  is  formed: 
the  part,  γηθόμενος  occurs  first  in  Q. 
Sm. 

Τήίνος.  ov.  and  γνϊος,  ov,  earthy, 
nf  earth  or  clay,  πλίνθοι,  Xen.  An.  7, 
8,  14;  σώμα,  περίβ/  ημα,  etc..  Plat.: 
— on  the  form  v.  Lob.  Phryn.  97. 

Τιμτης,  ου,  ό,  a  husbandman,  contr. 
γητης.  Soph.  Tr.  32. 

^Τήλαι.  ών,  οΊ,  also  Τη?ιθί  in  Dion. 
P..  the  Gelne,  a  people  of  northern 
Media,  on  the  Caspian,  Strab. 

Ττ/λεχής,  ές,  {γή,  'λέχυς)  sleeping  on 
the  enrth,^=χaμaιεvvης,  Call. 

Υήλοώος,  ov,  ό.=γεώλοφος  Π.,  α 
mound  of  earth,  a  hill,  Xen.  Anab.  1 
5,8. 

Τήμαι,  }'ήμας,  γήμασθαι,  γημάμε- 
vor,  inf  and  part.  aor.  1  act.  and  mid. 
of  γαμέω. 

Τημόρος,  ov,  ό,^γεωμόρης,  q.  v. 
tr7/i'af3oi',    ov,    τό,    Genahum,   now 
Orleans,  a  city  of  Gaul,  Strab. 

Τηονχέω,  to  possess  land  :  from 

Τηοΐ'γος.  ov,  {γή,  έχω)  landholding: 
epith.  of  the  tutelary  deity  of  a  coun- 
try ;  esp.  of  Neptune,  cf  γαιήοχος. 

Τηοχέω,  Ion.  for  γηουχέω,  Hdt.  7, 
190. 
Τηόχος.  ov.  Ion.  for  γηονχος. 
Τηπύτταλος,  ov,  ό,  a  radish,  or  some 
such  fusiform  root,  comic  woM  in  Luc. 
Lexiph. 

291 


ΓΗΡΤ 

Τηπεδον,  ον,  τό,^=^γΐώττεόον,  α  plot 
of  ground,  esp.  within  a  town,  Plat. 
Legg.  741  C. 

Τηπετής,  ές,  (y?/,  πίπτω)  falling  or 
fallen  to  earth,  Eur.  Phoen.  6G8. 

Τηπονέω,  γητϊονία,  γηκονικός,  γη- 
ητόνος,^γεωπ.,  qq.  v. 

Ττ/ποτος,  ον,  {γη,  ττίνω)  to  be  dnmk 
■up  by  Earth,  in  Dor.  form  γάποτος 
χνσις,  Aesch.  Cho.  97. 

Τηραώς,  ά,  of,  (γήρας)  old,  aged, 
Hes.  Op.  376,  and  Att.,  cf.  γεραιός. 

Τηραλέος,  α,  ov,  =  foreg.,  Aesch. 
Pers.  171. 

Τηράλίος,=  γνοαιός. 

Τι/ρΰμα,  ατός,  τή,=  γήρειον. 

Τηρΰναι,  inf.  aor.  1.  of  γηρύω,  γη- 
ράσκω. 

Τήμανσις,  εως,  η,  α  growing  old, 
Ari.st.  Meiaph. 

^Τηράντεσσι,  dat.  pi.  for  γήρασι,  of 
γηράς. 

Τηραός,  6ν,=:γηραιός. 

Τηράς,  part.  aor.  2  of  γηράω,  γη- 
ράσκω, II.  17,  197. 

ΓΗΤΑΣ,  τό,  Horn.  gen.  γήραος, 
Att.  contr.  γήρως,  (and  very  late  γ//- 
οατυς)  dat.  γήραϊ,  Att.  contr.  γήρ(^. 
Soph.  Aj.  507,  hoary  eld,  advanced  age, 
in  Honi.  usu.  with  7.υγρόν,  στνγερόν, 
χα?.επόν. — II.  the  old  cast  shin  of  a 
serpent,  Arist.  H.  A.  (The  Sanscr. 
root  is  jri,  senescere,  conteri :  cf.  sub 
γέρων.)     Hence 

Τηράω  and  γηράσκω,  fut.  -άσω,  [ά 
Simon.  100,  9  ;  fut.  act.  also  in  Plat], 
and  -άσομαι  [u  Eur.  Incert.  31,  Ar. 
Eq.  1308]  :  aor.  έγτ'/ρασα.  Aesch. 
Supp.  894.  though  έγήρανα  is  prefer- 
red by  the  Atticists,  Moer.  p.  115, 
Th.  M.  p.  192:  inf.  γηρΰσαι,  Xen. 
Mem.  3,  12,  8 ;  part,  γηράσας,  Hdt. 
7,  114;  perf.  γεγήράκα.  Soph.  O.  C. 
727.  The  pres.  γη^Ίω  is  rare,  and 
only  in  late  wr.,  though  Horn,  has  a 
3  impf  έγήρα  (II.  7,  118,  Od.  14.  67). 
unless  this  be  taken  as  the  aor.  2  of 
which  we  have  the  part,  γηράς  (II. 
17.  197)  like  Λρύς,  εδραν,  aor.  2  of 
δίδράσκω.  To  grow  aged,  become  old 
and  infirm. — II.  trans,  to  bring  to  old 
a^e,  έγήρασάν με  τροώ^,  Aesch.  Supp. 
894. 

Τήρειον,  ον,  τό,  the  down  on  some 
seeds,  Lat.  pappus,  Arat. 

Τηροβοσκέω,  ω,  to  nourish  or  take 
care  of  an  old  man.  to  cherish  the  old 
and  infirm,  Eur.  Ale.  663.  Pass,  to  be 
cherished  when  old,  Ar.  Ach.  678:  and 

Τηροβοσκία,  ας,  ή,  care  of  an  old 
person,  Plut. :  from 

Τηρηβοσκός,  όν,  ( γήρας,  βόσκω) 
nourishing  in  old  age,  taking  care  of  the 
aged  and  infirm,  Soph.  Aj.  570,  and 
Eur. 

Τηρηκημ^ω.  =  γερηβοσκέω,  to  take 
care  of  the  old.  Call.  Ep.  53. 

Τηροκομία,  ας,  η,  =:  γηροβοσκία, 
care  of  old  people,  Plut. :  hence 

Τηροκημικος,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to  γη- 
ροκημία.  Gal. 

Τηρηκόμος,  ον.  (γήρας,   κομέω)  = 
γηρο'-ίησκός,  tending,  cherishing  the  old, 
Hes.  Th.  605. 
Τήρος,  εος,  τό,=  γτ}ρας,  LXX. 

^Τηρόστρατος,  ου,  6,  Gerostratus, 
masc.  pr.  η.,  Arr.  An.  2,  13,  7. 

Τηροτροώέω,  ω,  to  tend,  to  feed  old 
people,  Lys!  133,  fin. ;  and 

Τηροτροφία.  ας,  η,  support  of  old 
people,  Plut.  :  from 

Τηροτρήφης,  ον,  (  γήρας,  τρέφω  ) 
feeding  the  old,  ελπις,  Pind.  Fr.  233. 

Τηροφορέω,  ώ,  to  carry  an  old  per- 
son, Plut. 

Τηρνγόνος,  ον,  (γήρνς,  *γένω)  pro- 
dxi/cing  sound,  epith.  of  Echo,  Theocr. 

Syr-6• 

292 


Γ1ΓΓ 

Ττ}ρνμα,  ατός,  τό,  (γηρνω)  a  voice, 
sound,  tone,  Aesch.  Eum.  569. 
Τη/Λίομαι,  dep.  mid.  v.  γηρνω. 
^Τηρυήνειος.  ον,  also  α,  ον,  of  or  be- 
longing to  Geryon. 

^Τηρυονενς,  έως  Ion.  ηος,  ό,=.Τη- 
ρνόνης  :  ace.  Τηρνονή  and  -ηα,  Hes. 
Th.  287. 
^ΤηρνονηΙς,  ίδος,  ■ή,=Τηρνονίς. 
^  Γηρυόνης,  ον  Ion.  εω,  ό,  Geryones, 
or  Geryon,  son  of  Chrysaor  and  Kal- 
lirrhoe,  a  three-bodied  giant  who 
dwelt  in  the  island  Erythea,  slain  by 
Hercules,  Pind.  I.  1,  13,  Hdt.  4,  8, 
etc. 

^Τηρνονίς,  ίδος,  η,  the  Geryonid,  a 
poem  of  Stesichorus,  describing  the 
fate  of  Geryon,  Pans.  8,  2,  2  ;  Ath. 
499  E. 

Τηρνς,  νος,  δ,  a  voice,  II.  4,  437  :  a 
sound,  song,  Eur  Rhes.  550. 

ΓΗΡΥ'Ω,  f.  -νσω,  Dor.  γαρύω  : — to 
utter,  send  forth  a  voice,  speak,  sing, 
cry.  also  in  mid.,  H.  Horn.  Merc.  426: 
often  c.  ace.  of  thing  spoken  or  sung 
of,  γηρνετ'  ανθρώπων  ΰδίκον  νόον, 
Hes.  Op.  258  : — in  mid.  also  absol.  to 
sing,  and  γαρ.  τινί,  to  sing  against 
one  for  a  prize,  Theocr.  1, 135  ;  8,  77. 
(The  Sanscr.  root  is  ^ri,  sonare,  our 
cry :  cf.  also  Lat.  garrire,  and  our  to 
jar  : — all  prob.  onomatop.)  [v  in  pres.: 
but  11  in  late  Dor.,  as  Theocr.,  and  so 
even  in  Aesch.  Pr.  78:  ν  always  in 
fut.  and  aor.] 

^Τηρνών,  όνος.  ό,  Geryon,  v.  Γ;?ρΐ'ό- 
νης.  Aesch.  Ag.  870. 

Τηρωβοσκέω,  ώ,  =  γηροβοσκέω  ; 
and 

Τηρωκομέω,  =  •)ηροκομέω,  cf.  Lob. 
Phryn.  692. 

Τήρως,  contr.  gen.  from  γήρας,  for 
γήραος. 

Τήτειον,  ου,  τό,  and  γήτιον,  Att. 
for  γ?}βυον,  Ar.  Eq.  677. 

Τ7]της,  ου,  ό,  contr.  for  γηΐτης,  a 
husbandman,  q.  v. 

Τητομέω,  ώ,  to  cleave,  trench  the 
ground,  Ap.  Rh. :  from 

Τητόμος,  ον,  (γη.  τέμνω)  cleaving, 
ploughing,  tre^iching  the  earth,  Dor. 
γιιτ.,  Aesch.  Fr.  184. 

Τηφάγος,  ον,  (γη,  φαγεΐν)=^γαιη- 
φάγος,  Call.  Fr.  58. 
Γι,  V.  γε,  fin. 

ΤΐγαντιαΙος,  αία,αϊον,  also  Τιγαν- 
τείης,  εία,  εΐον,  of  α  giant,  gigantic, 
Luc. 

Τΐγαντίάω,  ώ,  to  behave  like  a  giant, 
cf.  γεροντίάω,  τυραννίάω,  etc. 

ΤΙγαντο7.ετήρ,  ηρος.  Τιγαντολέ- 
της.  ου,  and  Τιγαντολέτωρ,  ορός,  ό, 
(γίγας,  όλλνμι)  α  giant-killer.  Fem. 
Τιγαντολέτειρα,  and  Τιγαντολέτις, 
ίδος. 

Τΐγηντημαχία,  ας.  ή,  (γίγας,  μάχη) 
the  battle  of  the  giants,  Plat.  Rep.  378  C. 
Τΐγηντόραιστος,    ου,    ό,    (  γίγας, 
βαίω)  giant-qutlling.  Lye.  63. 

Τΐγαντοφόΐ'ος.  ον,  (γίγας,  φονεύω) 
giant-killing,  Eur.  Η.  F.  1191. 

Τιγαντώδης,  ες,  (γίγας,  είδος)  gi- 
gantic, Philo. 

Τίγαρτον,  ον,  τό,  α  grape-stone,  Si- 
mon. 205.  [ΐ] 
^Τίγαρτον,  ον,  τό.  Gigartum,  a  city 
at  the  foot  of  Mount  Libanus,  Strab. 
Τιγαρτώδης,  ες,  (γίγαρτον,  είδος) 
full  of  γίγαρτα.  like  grape  stones. 

Τίγας,  αντος,  ό,  usu.  in  plur.  the 
giants,  a  huge,  savage,  godless  race, 
at  last  destroyed  by  the  gods,  Od. 
In  Hes.  Th.  185,  the  sons  of  Gaea, 
whence  the  ηΐΐ.η•ί6=γηγενής.  P'rom 
Aesch.  downwds.  any  giant,  esp.  a 
reckless  warrior,  that  cared  neither  for 
gods  nor  men.  [«] 
tFi'yytf,  ι,δος,  η,  Gingis,  fem.  pr.  n.. 


Γ1ΓΝ 
attendant  of  Parysatis,  Plut.  Artax 
19. 

Τιγγλνμοειδ/'/ς,  ές,  (γίγγ?Μμος,  εί- 
δος) like  a  γίγγλνμος,  Hipp. 

Τίγγ?ίνμυς,  ου,  ό,  also  γιγγ7•.νμ6ς, 
any  hinge-like  joint,  Lat.  ginf;lynius  ; 
and  so  the  joint  of  the  elbow,  etc.,  Hipp. : 
a  joint  of  a  coat  of  mail,  Xen.  Eq.  12, 
6  :  the  hinge  of  a  door.  (Perh.  redupl. 
from  γλύφω.)    Hence 

Τιγγλνμόομαι,  as  pass,  to  be  jointed 
by  a  γίγγλυμος,  Hipp. 

Τιγγλυμωτός,  όν,  jointed,  fitted  by 
a  γίγγλνμος.  Math.  Vett. 

Τιγγραντύς,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to  the 
γίγγρας,  μέλη,  Axionic.  ap.  Ath.  175 
Β  (not  in  Meineke). 

Τίγγρας,  ον,  ό,  γίγγρος,  συ.  ό,  and 
γίγγρα,  ας,  ή,  α  small  Phoenician  fiule 
or  fife,  of  a  shrill,  querulous  tone  : 
also  its  music,  Ath.  ubi  snp.  (Gin- 
grire,  gingritus,  cf.  Sanscr.  grl,  sonare, 
V.  sub  γηρνω.)     Hence 

Τιγγρασμός,  ον,  ό,  a  playing  ση  the 
γίγγρης,  its  tone. 

Τίγνομαι,  also  Ion.  and  late  γίνο- 
μαι [ί],  a  redupl.  form  from  the  root 
*ΓΕ'Νί2,  as  if  γιγένομαι,  γίγνομαι, 
cf  γιγνάσκω,μίμνω.μιμνήσκω.  From 
this  root  are  formed  the  fut.  γεττισο- 
μαι :  aor.  εγενόμην  :  perf.  γεγένημαι 
and  γέγονα  :  but  a  root  *ΓΑΊ2  is  usu. 
assumed  for  the  Ep.  pf.  γέ^'ΰα,  part. 
γεγαως,  Hom.  inf.  γεγάμεν.  Dor.  inf. 
γεγάκειν,  Pind.  Dep.  mid.,  v.  sub 
γάω.  The  pass,  forms  έγενήθην 
and  γενΐ]θήσομαι  only  occur  in  Dor. 
and  the  common  dialect. 

Radic.  signf.  :  to  become,  to  happen, 
Lat.  fieri ;  next,  to  be  bom  ;  in  aor. 
usu.  to  be  ;  in  perf.  γέγονα,  to  be  by 
birth,  or  to  have  become  so.  Hom.  uses 
pres.,  aor.,  perf  γέγονα  and  γέγαα, 
the  last  quite  as  [)res.,  to  be.  to  live  at 
a  place,  kvl  μεγύροις  γεγύασι,  νπο 
Ύμώλω  γεγαώτας,  etc. ;  but  ι•έον  γε• 
γαώς,  new-hom,  Od.  19,  400.  Pres. 
and  aor., — 1.  of  men  and  things,  tube 
born,  to  have  arisen. — 2.  of  events,  to 
occur,  arrive,  happen,  esp.  in  phrases 
ΰχος  γένετο  αϋτφ,  grief  was  his  por- 
tion, άγορή,  ιαχή  γένετο  αντων,  a 
crowd  collected,  cry  arose :  περί  άλ- 
λων γενέσθαι,  to  be  beyond,  excel 
others :  later  γίγνεσθαι  των  γεραι- 
τέρων,  to  become  of  the  number  of  the 
elders,  be  raised  to  their  rank,  Xen. 
In  a  pregnant  sense,  γίγνεταί  μοι,  it 
comes  to  my  share,  it  is  mine  :  ~ώ 
Ιερά  γίγνεται.ίΥίβ  sacrifices  are  per- 
fect, favourable,  Lat.  litatum  est,  Xen. 
— II.  Post-Horn,  it  is  used  in  many 
more  j)hrases  :  —  I .  with  preps,  or 
advs.  of  motion,  to  arrive  at.  come  to, 
εγίνετο  ες  Αακεδαίμονα,  Hdt.  5,  38  ; 
and  even  sine  prep.,  έμέ  χρεω  γίγνε 
ται,  Od.  4,  634.  Hom.  uses  γενέσθαι 
ίκ  Τίνος,  where  Att.  have  γενέσθαι 
τίνος  or  άπό  τίνος,  to  spring  from  one  : 
but  ύπό  Tivi  γίγνεσθαι,  to  cmne  under 
one's  jurisdiction,  Thuc.  6,  86. — 2. 
πάντα,  παντοίος,  παντοδαπυς  γίγνο- 
μαι, to  take  all  shapes,  turn  every 
way,  from  pas.sion,  e.  g.  fear,  cf. 
Valck.  Hdt.  3,  124.  Λvhich  may  be 
traced  to  Od.  4,  417  ;  opp.  to  έαντον 
γενέσθαι,  to  be  master  o/"  one's  self,  be 
collected,  Soph.  O.  C.  660 ;  εντός 
έαντον  γενέσθαι,  to  recover  one's  self, 
Hdt.  1.  119  ;  also  εν  έαντω  γίγνε- 
σθαι, Xen.  An.  1,  5,  17,  προς  αντΰ 
γίγνεσθαι,  Lat.  apud  se  esse,  Plut. : 
γίγνεσθαι  περί  τίνα,  to  behave  to  a 
person  ;  γίγνεσθαι  επι  όρους,  to  reach 
it,  Xen. :  έπί  τινι  των  κοινών,  to 
have  the  charge  of,  Dem. :  μετά  τί- 
νος, to  be  on  one's  side,  Xen. :  άπό 
Τίνος  γ.,  to  come  from,  to  leave,  e.  g. 


ΓΙΓΩ 

άπο  δίί-ΐ'ου  γ.,  to  have  done  sup- 
ping. Hdt.  —  3.  τί  γένωμαι  ;  more 
rarely  τίς  γένωμαι ;  what  will  become 
of  me?  Schaf.Mel.  p.  98. — 4.  γίγνε- 
σθαι δι  έριόος,  όιύ  λόγων,  periphras. 
for  έρίζειν,  λέγειν,  etc.,  Bast  Ερ.  Cr. 
p.  208. — 5.  c.  gen.  pretii,  to  cost,  be  at 
such  a  price,  e.  g.  οβολοϋ,  Ar.  Eq. 
602. — -III.  part,  το  γιγνόμενον, —  1. 
that  xvhich  takes  place  or  is,  the  truth  : 
also  an  accident. — 2.  that  which  restdts, 
e.  g.  ati  income,  Dem.  ;  more  fully,  οι 
v.  δασμοί,  Xen.,  v.  Herm.  V'ig.  n.  228 

b.  But  Tu  γεγενημένα,  early  reminis- 
cences, Xen.  (Akm  to  γείνοναι,  γεν- 
νάω, geno,  gigno  :  Sanscr.  Jan.  to  be 
born ;  and  γυνή : — also  nascor,  gnattis, 
cf.  γιγνώσκω,  nosco,  co-gnosco.) 

Τιγνώσκω,  redupl.  from  the  root 
♦ΓΝΟΕΩ,  ΓΝΩ\\ΑΙ,  Lat.  NOSCO, 
only  later  γίνώσκω,  fut.  γνώσομαι : 
aor.  Ιγνων,  part,  γνούς,  inf.  γνώναι, 
opt.  γνοίην,  imperat.  γνώθι :  perf. 
ίγνωκα,  perf.  pass,  έγνωσμαι :  aor. 
pass,  εγνώσθην. 

To  know,  perceive,  gain  knowledge  of, 
observe,  mark,  of  persons  and  things, 

c.  ace,  Hom. :  of  facts  and  circum- 
stances, to  be  aware  of,  see  into,  under- 
statid,  c.  ace,  e.  g.,  γιγνώσκω,  φρο- 
νέω,  τάγε  δη  νοέοντι  κελεύεις,  Horn. : 
in  bad  sense,  εν  νύ  τις  αντον  γνώσε- 
ται,  he  will  know  him  to  his  cost,  II. 
18,  270.  cf.  125,  Soph.  Ant.  960,  The- 
ocr.  3,  15,  like  Lat.  seniire  and  scire, 
Ter.  Eun.  1,  1,21,  Virg.  Eel.  8,  43: 
sometimes  c.  gen.  instead  of  ace,  to 
know  of..,  γνώ  χωομένον,  II.  4,  357, 
of.  Od.  21,  36 ;  23,  109  (as  we  some- 
times find  with  ευ  είδώς),  and  so  even 
in  prose,  Xen.  Oec.  10,  3,  cf  Kiihner 
Gr.  Gr.  §  528 :  it  also  has  clauses 
added  with  δτι,  also  ώς...,  Od.  21,  209, 
and  «'...,  II.  21,  266:  rarely  also  c. 
part,  εγνων  ηττημένος,  I  felt  that  I 
was  beaten,  Ar.  Eq.  658:  but  c.  inf, 
tva  γνώ  τρέφειν,  that  he  may  learn  or 
resolve  to  keep.  Soph.  Ant.  1089 ;  so 
too  C.  ace.  et  inf,  to  give  judgment 
that...,  Hdt.  6,  85,  Isocr.  361  D  ;  cf 
Kuhner  Gr.  Gr.  i)  657,  Anm.  2:  c. 
dupl.  ace,  to  know  or  judge  another  to 
be...,  οίους  γνώσεσθε  τους  άνθρώ-ους, 
Xen.  An.  1,  7.  4. — II.  in  Att.  prose  to 
investigate  with  a  view  of  learning, 
and  discriminating  truth  and  false- 
hood :  hence  to  form  and  give  an  opin- 
ion, to  determine,  approve,  αντος  γνώ- 
σει, see  thou  to  that.  Plat.  Gorg.  505 
C  :  χάριν  γνώναι,  to  feel  grateful, 
more  usu.  r.  είδέναι. — III.  to  know 
carnally.  Call.  Ep.  58,  3,  and  freq.  in 
LXX.~IV.  ioco>iiie7n?i,  Aesch.  Supp.8. 

(*ΓΝΟΕΏ,  the  root  oi  γιγνώσκω, 
which  appears  in  άγνοέω,  and  in 
νους,  νοέω,  etc.,  recurs  in  most  of  the 
kindred  languages,  Lat.  nosco,  novi, 
Engl,  know  or  ken.  Germ,  kennen, 
French  con-noitre,  etc. :  in  most  of 
these  it  is  opp.  to  another  verb  of  like 
signf ,  Greek  ^οίδα,  Engl,  to  wit  or 
wot.  Germ,  wissen  (which  are  all  one 
root),  to  Lat.  scire,  French  savoir,  etd. 
The  strict  distinction  seems  to  be, 
that  the  former  class,  γιγνώσκω,  novi, 
etc.,  mean  to  know  a  person  or  thing, 
ciraimstance,  etc.,  directly  ;  the  latter, 
olSa,  scire,  etc.,  to  know  something  of  a 
person,  etc.  Hence  the  former  class 
is  most  usu.  found  construed  with  an 
ace,  the  latter  followed  by  a  relative, 
an  infin.,  or  (in  Greek)  by  a  partici- 
ple, V.  supr.  I.  fin.  The  distinction 
IS  less  strictly  observed  in  Greek,  and 
in  English  has  been  quite  lost.) 

^Τίγωνος,  ov,  ή,  Gigdmis,  a  city  of 
Macedonia,  on  the  Thermaicus  Si- 
nus, Hdt.  7,  123. 


ΓΛΑΥ 

^Τί?ιγαμος,  ου,  ό,  Gilgamus,  a  king 
01  Babylonia,  Ael.  N.  A.  12.  21. 

\Τι?αγάμμαι,  ών,  οι,  the  Gdigammae, 
an    African  tribe   on   the    coast    of 
Marmarica,  Hdt.  4,  169. 
^Τίλλος,  ου,  ό,  Gillus,  masc.  pr.  n., 
Hdt.  3,  138. 

^Γινόΰνες,  ων,  ol.  the  Gindanes,  a 
people  of  Africa  in  the  interior  of  the 
Syrtica  regio^  Hdt.  4,  176. 

^Τίνδαρα,  ων,  τά,  and  Τίνδαρος,  ov, 
ή,  Gindara,  a  village  of  Syria,  near 
Antiochia,  Strab. 

ΓΙ'ΝΝΟΣ,  ov,  (5,  Lat.  HINNUS, 
a  mule,  the  produce  of  a  horse  and 
she-ass  :  also  the  supposed  young  of 
a  mule  and  a  mare,  Arist.  H.  A. — II. 
a  dwarfed,  deformed  horse,  Strab.  (Va- 
riously written  γίννος,  γϊνος,  γιννός, 
ϊννος,  Ιννος,  Ιννός,  νννος,  Schneid. 
Arist.  Η.  Α.  6,  24,  1  :  νύννος,  Lat. 
mannus,  are  akin.) 

Τίνομαι,  v.  γίγνομαι.  [ί] 
Τϊνώσκω,  ν.  γιγνώσκω. 
^Τίττα,  ης,  ή,  Gitta,  a  city  of  Pales- 
tine, Polyb.  16,  41,4. 

Τλαγάω,  ώ,  {γλάγος)  to  be  milky, 
juicy.  Anth. 

Τλαγερός,  ύ,  oi',=sq.,  full  of  milk, 
Nic. 

Υλαγόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  {γλάγος)  milky, 
abounding  in  milk,  milk-white,  Opp. 

Τ?Μγοπήξ.  ηγος.  ό,  ή,  {γλύγος, 
■πήγνυμι)  curdling  milk,  γλαγ.  γανλοί, 
bowls  for  curdling  milk,  Anth. 

ΓΑΑΤΟΣ.  εος,  τό,  poet,  for  γάλα, 
milk.  II.  2,  471,  and  late  Ep. 

Τλαγότροώος,  ov,  {γλάγος,  τρέφω) 

milk-fed.  Lye  :  but — II.  parox.  γλα- 

γοτρόφος,  ov,  act.  feeding  with  milk  ? 

ΓΑΑ'ΖΩ,  softer  form  for  κλάζω,  to 

cry  aloud,  Pind.  Fr.  64. 

Τ?Μκτοφάγος,  ov,  (γάλα,  φαγεΐν) 
Syncop.  for  γα?.ακτοφάγος,  liinng  on 
milk,  II.  13,  6 :  hence  the  Τλακτο- 
φάγοι,  Glactophugi,  a  Scythian  shep- 
herd people,  Hes.  Fr.  16,  cf  γαλα- 
κτοπότης.  \u] 

Τλακτοφόρος,  ov,  {γάλα,  φέρω) 
having  milk. 

Τ'λάμάω,  ώ,  f.-  ήσω,  Lat.  lippio,  to 
have  watery,  bleared  eyes,  in  the  cor- 
ners of  which  collects  humour, 
γ?Μμη,  7.ήμη,  Lat.  gramia,  glama: 
ace  to  Moer.  Att.  for  λημάω. 

ΓΑΑ'ΜΗ,  ης,  ή, =  7J] μη,  humour  in 
the  eyes,  Lat.  gramia. 
Τλαμυξιάω,=^γ?.αμάω :  from 
Τλάμυξος,  oi',=sq. 
Τλαμνρός,  ά,  όν,  (γ?Μμη)  blear-eyed, 
Lat.  gramiosus,  Hipp. 

ν?ιαμώδης,  ες,  {γλάμη,  εΙδος)  = 
foreg. 

Τλύμων,  ov,  gen.  ονος,=γλαμνρός, 
Ar.  Ran.  588,  Eccl.  254. 

Τλάνις,  ιος  and  ιδος,  ό,  a  kind  of 
shad,  Lat.  silurus,  Archipp.  Ichth. 
10. 

^Τλάνις,  ιδος,  ό,  Glanis,  a  comic 
name  in  Ar.  Eq.  1004. — II.  the  Clanis, 
now  la  Chiana,  a  river  of  Etruria,  in 
Strab.  Κλάνις. — 2.  the  Clanius,  now 
Lagno,  a  river  of  Campania,  Lye 
718. 

νλάνος.  ov,  b,  the  hyena,  Lat.  hy- 
aena, Arist.  H.  A. ;  written  in  Hesych. 
γάνος. 

Τλάξ,  η,  a  milky  plant,  prob.  1. 
Diose  (supposed  radie  form  of  γάλα, 
lac.  lac.tis,  v.  sub  γάλα.) 

ΓΑ.Α,ΡΙ'Σ,  ίδος.  ή,  a  chisel,  whether 

for  wood  or  stone-work,  Lat.  caelum, 

scalprum.  Soph.  Fr.  477. 

\  γλάρος,  ου,  ό,=  λάρος,  Arist.  Η.  Α. 

^Τ?'.αν}'α}ηκαι,  ών.  οΐ.  the  Glavgan- 

icae,  a  people  of  India,  Arr.  An.  5,  20. 

t  Γλαΐ'λ-α,  η.=  γ'λ  aiif.Theophr.  Char. 

16,  V.  Lob.  Paral.  145. 


ΓΛΑΥ 

^Τλαυκέτης,  ov,  ό.  Glance tes,  masc. 
pr.  n.  in  Ar.  Pae  1008,  Dem  ,  etc. 

^Τλανκη,  ης,  ή,  Glauce,  a  Nereid, 
II.  18,  30. — 2.  a  daughter  of  Danaus, 
ApoUod.  2, 1,5.— 3.  daughter  of  Creon 
king  of  Corinth,  married  to  Jason 
after  his  desertion  of  Medea  ;  she  is 
also  called  Creiisa,  Apollod.  1,  9,  28; 
cf  Eur.  Med. — 4.  a  female  player  of 
Lesbos,  Theocr.  4,  31. — U.  a  port  of 
Mycale,  Thuc.  8,  79. 

Τλανκηπόρος,  ov,  (γλαυκός,  πο- 
ρεύομαι) blue-rolling,  κ7.ύδων,  Emped. 
^Γλανκίας,  ov,  ό,  Glaucias,  a  statu- 
ary of  Aegina,  Paus.  freq..  another  of 
Rhegium,  Id. — 2.  a  king  of  the  Tau- 
lantii,  Arr.  An.  1,  5. 1  ;  others  in  Arr. 
3,  11,8,  Plut.  Pyrrh.  3,  etc. 

Γλαΐ'/ίίάω,  ώ,  (γ/.ανκός)  in  Hom. 
only  found  in  Ep.  part.,  γλανκιόων, 
glaring  with  the  eyes,  of  fighting 
lions,  II.  20,  172  ;  so  more  fully,  γ?ιαυ• 
κιόων  δσσοις  δεινόν,  Hes.  Se  430 : 
and  later  γλανκιόωσι  κόραι,  2.  Sm. 

^Γ?.αυκίόης,  ov,  ό,  prop,  .tore  of  Glau- 
cus  ;  as  masc.  pr.  n.,  Glaucides,  Polyb. 
10,  33,  4. 

ΤλΜνκίδιον,  ον,τό,  dim.  from  γλαυ- 
κός, a  sea-fish,  [κί] 

Τλαυκίζω.  f  -ίσω,ίο  be  bluish,  Strab. 
Τ?Μνκϊνίδιον,  ov.  τό,=γλανκίδιον, 
Amphis  Philet.  l.  [ΐ'Γ] :  irom 

Τ'λανκϊνος,  ov,  6,  =  γ?-ανκος,  cf. 
κεστρϊνος. 

Τλαύκινος,  η,  ov,  bluish-gray,  Plut. 
Τλανκιον  or  γλανκίον.  ov,   τό,  a 
kind  of  poppy,  glaucium,  Diosc. — II.  a 
water-bird  ivith  gray  or  blue  eyes,  Ath. 
^Τλανκίππη,    ης,    ή,    Glaucippe,    a 
daughter  of  Danaus,  Apollod.  2,  1,  5 : 
fem.  from 
^ΤλανκιτπΓος,  ov,  ό,  {γ^Μνκός,  Ιπ- 
πος) Glaucippus,  an  Athenian  archon 
01.  92,  3,  Diod.  S.  12,  43.-2.  father 
and  son  of  Hyperides,  Ath.  590  C. — 
Others  in  Andoe,  etc. 

^Υλανκίς,  ίδος,  ή,  Glaucis,^^nav- 
κοθέα. 

Τλ.ανκίσκος.  ov.  ό,  a  fish,  so  called 

from  its  colour,  Damox.  ap.  Ath.  102  B. 

'^Τλανκίων,  ωνος,  ό,  v.  1.  for  Τλαν- 

κίης,  Plut.  Pyrrh. 

^Τλανκοθέα,  ας,  ή,  {γληνκός,  θεά) 

Glaucdthea,    mother    of    the    orator 

Aeschines,  Dem.  320,  15. 

Τλανκοειδης,  ές,  (γλαυκός,  είδος) 
bluish-looking. 

V7iav κόμματος,  ov, (γλαυκός, όμμα) 
bhiish-gray  eyed.  Plat.  Pheadr.  253  E. 
^Γλανκονόμη.ης,  ή,  (γλαυκός,  νέμω) 
Glauconome,  a  Nereid,  Hes.  Th.  256. 
ΓΑΑΤΚΟ'Σ,  η.  όν,  Aeol.  γλανκος : 
at  first  prob.  without  any  notion  of 
colour,  (cf.  infr.)  bright,  gleaming, 
glancing,  silvery,  in  Hum.  only  once, 
of  the  sea.  γλαυκή  θάλασσα.  11.  16, 
31,  (whence  Hes.  Th.  440.  calls  the 
sea  simply  γλαυκι'/) ;  though  he  has 
the  derivs.  γ?.ανκώπις,  γλανκιάω : 
so  too  γλ.  σελήνη,  Emped.  176,  γλ, 
άώς,  Theocr.  16,  5 ;  and  freq.  in  late 
Ep. :  also  τλ.  δράκων.  Pind.  Ο.  8,  48, 
where  the  Schol.  takes  it=}/ajJ/<-(jT/', 
γ?Μνκώπις. — II.  later  certainly  with 
notion  of  colour,  prob.  taken  from  its 
application  to  the  sea,  hence  a  pale 
green,  blue-green,  gray,  Lat.  glaucus, 
of  the  olive,  Pind.  Ό.  3,  23,  and  Trag. ; 
of  the  willow  and  sedge,  Vlrg.  G.  4, 
182,  Aen.  6,  410;  in  Soph.  Tr.  703, 
also  of  the  vine :  of  some  precious 
stones,  as  the  beryl  and  topaz,  Dion. 
P.  1119.  sq.  ;  the  σμάραγδος,  Nonn., 
and  Plin. — 2.  esp.  of  the  eye.  blue- 
gray,  light  gray,  Lat.  caesivs,  the  light- 
est shade  of  eyes  known  to  the 
Greeks,  who  distinguished  μέλας  as 
the  darkest,  then  χάροπος.  and  then 
'  293 


ΓΑΑΤ 

γλαυκής,  Arist.  Gen.  An.  5,  1,  Phi- 
jostr.  Heroic.  4,  p.  702,  cl  Foes. 
Oecon.  Hipp.,  v.  γλαυκόμματος :  so 
Hdt.  4,  lOS,  speaks  of  a  people  being 
γ?Μνκ6ν  ισχυρώς  και  πυβ/)άν,  blue- 
eyed  and  red-haiied,  of.  Arist.  Piobl. 
10,  11.  (That  γ?.αυκός  even  when 
applied  to  eyes  orig.  meant  flashing, 
glaring,  as  in  the  Hoin.  γλανκώττις. 
γλανκιάω,  with  collat.  notion  of 
fierce,  appears  from  the  analogy  of 
χύροπος,  which  also,  as  we  see,  took 
a  notion  of  colour :  and  this  order  of 
signfs.  agrees  with  the  fact  that  its 
root  is  λύω  to  see,  γ'λαύσσω,  λεύσσω, 
7.ενκός,  Lat.  luceo,  lu-x,  γ  being  drop- 
ped, as  in  yu?.a,  γύ-λακ-τος,  lac : 
further,  Lucas  Quaest.  Lexil.  §  53, 
sq.) 

Τλαϋκος,  ov,  ό,  an  eatable  fish  of 
gray  colour,  Arist.  H.  A. 
trZai'/tOf,  ου,  ό,  Glaucus,  6  'Χνθη- 
δόνιος  or  ΤΙόντιος,  a  fisherman  of 
Anthedon,  changed  into  a  sea  god, 
Eur.  Or.  36  J.— 2.  son  of  Sisyphus, 
father  of  Bellerophontes,  11.  G,  154. 
— 3.  son  of  Hippolochus,  grandson  of 
Bellerophontes,  leader  of  the  Lycians 
in  the  Trojan  war,  II.  2,  876,  etc. — 1. 
a  son  of  Priam,  Apollod. — 5.  son  of 
Minos  and  Pa.siphae,  Id. — 6.  a  statu- 
ary of  Chios,  Hdt.  1,  25. — Others  in 
Polyb.,  Arr.,  etc. — II.  a  river  of  Col- 
chis, Strab. — 2.  a  river  of  Caria, 
emptying  into  the  Sinus  Glaucus, 
now  Gulf  of  Macri,  Strab. 

Τλανκότης,  ητος,  ή,  {γ7.ανκ6ς) 
bluish-gray  colour,  Arist.  Gen.  An. 

Τλαυκόφθα'λμος,  ov,  {γ'λαυκός,  οφ- 
θαλμός) =  γλαυκόμματος,  gray-eyed, 
Diosc. 

Τλαυκοχαίτης,  ov,  6,  (γλαυκός, 
χαίτ7])  with  grayish  hair  or  mane. 

Τλανκόχροος,  ό,  τ/,  ace.  γλανκό- 
χροα,  {γλαυκός,  χρως)  gray-coloured, 
gray,  ot  the  olive,  Pind.  O.  3,  23,  cf. 
γλαυκός,  and  Dissen  ad.  1. 

Γλαυκόω,  ώ,  to  make  grayish. — II. 
in  pass,  to  have  a  γ?Μύκωμα.  Hipp. 

Τ?Μνκώδ/ις,  ες,  {γλαύξ,  είδος)  like 
an  owl,  of  the  genus  owl,  Arist.  H.  A. 

Τλαύκυμα,  ατός,  τό,  {γληνκόω) 
opacity  of  the  crystalline  lens,  a  cataract 
in  the  eye,  Arist.  Gen.  An.,  and  Me- 
dic, cf.  ύπόχυσις,  and  Foes.  Oecon. 
Hipp. :  V.  also  λεύκωμα. 

^Τ/.αύκων,  ωι>ος,  ό,  Glaucon,  father 
of  Leager,  Hdt.  9.  75.  Others  in 
Plat.,  Dem.,  etc. 

ίΤ?Μυκωνίδΐίς,  ov,  ό,  Glauconides, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Diog.  L.  2,  30. 

ν7ι,ανκώπιον,  ov,  τό,  the  temple  of 
Athena  Glaucopis,  Alcae.  ap.  Strab. 
p.  600. 

Τλανκώπις,  ϋδος,  η,  ace.  ιδα.  but 
also  Lv,  Od.  1,  156,  {νλανκός,  ΰφ)  in 
Horn,  as  epith.  of  Atnena  (Minerva), 
not  so  much  of  the  colour  as  of  the 
expression  of  her  eyes,  pierciytg-eyed, 
fierce-eyed,  v.  esp.  U.  1.  206,  Nitzsch 
Od.  1,  44  ;  ana  Hesych.  in  v. :  so  too 
in  Anacreont.  85,  opp.  to  the  softness, 
TO  νγρόν,  of  Venus's  eyes  :  Minerva's 
eyes  in  works  of  art  were  represent- 
ed by  light  gleaming  gems,  Paus.  1, 
14,  6,  cf  Winckehn.  T.  5,  p.  138, 
with  Fea's  note — II.  =:γλανκός,  shin- 
ing, silvery,  of  the  olive,  Euphor.  Fr. 
140. 
1     Τ?ιανκω7ζός,  ov,=:foreg. 

Τλανκοσις,  εως,  if,  (γλανκόομαι) 
blindness  from  γλανκωαα,  Hipp. 

Τλανκώψ,  ύ-ος,  6,  η,^γλαυκώπις, 
Pind.  Ο.  6,  76. 

Τ?ιαύξ,  Att.   γλανξ,  κός,  ή.  Lob. 
Phryn.  p.  76 :  the  owl,  Lat.  noctua,  so 
called  from  its  glaring  eyes  (v.  γλαυ- 
κός) :    hence   Minerva's    owl    {strix 
294 


ΓΑΗΝ 

passcrina)  as  an  emblem  of  her  (cf 
γλαυκώτϊΐς),  Miiller  Archaol.d.  Kunst 
^  371,  9.  Proverb,  γλαϋκ'  Άθήναζε, 
γλανκ'  εις  'Κθήνας,  like  our  "  carry 
coals  to  Newcastle,"  Ar.  Av.  301. 
Athenian  coins  were  called  γλαύκες 
Αανβίωτικηί,  from  the  stamp  on 
them,  lb.  1106. 

Τλανσσω,  to  .shine,  glitter,  {γλαν- 
κός,  γλήνη,  γλήνος,  λύω,  λενσσω, 
λευκός.) 

νλάφν,  τό.  (γλύφω)  α  hollow,  hole, 
cavern,  Hes.  0[).  531.   [ύ] 

^Τλαώυραί,  ων,  ai,  Glaphyrae,  a  city 
of  Thessaly,  deriving  its  name  prob. 
from  being  situated  in  a  valley  (γλα- 
φυρός), II.  2,  712. 

Τλαύνρία,  ας,  ή,  smoothness,  poli.->k, 
Plut. :  metaph.smooi/i/iess  of  manner. 
Id. 

Τλΰφνρός,  ύ,  όν,  (γ?Μφω)  hollme, 
hollowed,  Hom.,  usu.  epith.  of  ships  ; 
γλ.  πέτρτ],  σττέος,  a  cavern,  Hom.  : 
γλ.  φόρμιγϊ,  made  so  for  the  sake  of 
sound,  holloiv,  Od.  17,262;  γλ.  άρμα, 
Pind.  Ν.  9,  28  :  also  γλ.  λψήν,  a  deep 
harbour  or  cove,  Od.  12,  305,  cf.  κοίλος. 
In  this  signf  only  in  Ep.,  and  Pind. 
— II.  smoothed,  polished,  finished,  hence 
— 1.  of  persons,  smooth,  subtle,  critical, 
exact,  ώ  σοφώτατ',  ώ  γ?Μφνρώτατ( , 
Ar.  Αν  1272  :  so  Arist.  Pol.  2,  12,  11, 
and  freq.  in  Pint. :  hence  skilful,  neat, 
χειρ,  Theocr.  Ep.  7,  5. — 2.  of  things, 
7ieat, pretty. delicate,  ττόδες,ΑήΒΐ.ΙΙ. A. ; 
κηρίοι•,  lb. — 3.  of  dishes,  delicate,  nice, 
εμβαμμύτια,  Anlhipp.  ap.  Ath.  404  C. 
Adv.  -ρώς,  Jieatly, prettily,  Alex.  Κρατ. 
1,20:  also  neut.  γλαφνρόν  as  adv., 
γλ.  ιιειδιΰν,  μελωδείν,  Luc.  The 
word  in  this  signf.  common  from 
Arist.  downwds.     Hence 

Τλαφνρότης,  7/τος,  ή,^γλαφνρία, 
Luc. 

ΓΛΑ'ΦΩ,  f.  -'φω,  to  hew,  carve,  dig, 
ποσσί  γλύφει,  tears  the  ground  with 
his  feet,  of  a  lion,  Hes.  Sc.  431.  (Cf. 
glaber,  γλύφω,  κολάτίτω,  scalpo,  sculpo, 
κέλυφος,  glubo.  7^έπω,  liber;  scale, 
shell :  also  v.  sub  γράφω,  and  cf.  Pott 
Forsch.  1,  140.)  [u] 

Τ?.ευκίΙγωγός,  όν,  (γλεύκος,  άγω) 
for  carrying  new  wine,  βύρσα,  Pherecr. 
Agr.  10. 

Τλενκινος,  η,  ov,  (γλεύκος)  of  new 
wine.  Gal. 

Τλενκοπότης,  ου,  6,  (γ7.εύκος,  πίνω) 
a  drinker  of  new  wine,  Anth. 

νλεύκος,  εος,  τό,  Lat.  rmistum,v}ust, 
i.  e.  sweet  new  wine,  Nic. :  metaph. 
youthful  freshness,  Clem.  Al.  (Cf. 
γλυκύς,  άγλευκής,  δενκος.) 

Τλενξις,  εως,  ν.  1.  for  γλνξις. 

Τλέφαρον,  ου,  τό.  Dor.  for  βλέφα- 
ρον,  Pind. 

Τλι'ιμη,  ης,  ή,=  γλάμη,  cf.  γλαηάω. 

Τλι/μίον,  ον,  τό,  dim.  from  γλήμΐ], 
Hipp. 

νλί/ν,  ή,  apocop.  form  for  γλήνη, 
Hennesian.  1. 

Τλήνη,  ης,  η,  (λύω,  cf.  γλαυκός) 
the  pupil,  eye-ball,  II.  14,  494,  Od.  9, 
390 :  and  because  figures  are  reflect- 
ed small  in  the  pupil, — II.  a  puppet, 
doll,  esp.  a  Utile  girl,  cf.  κόρη,  Lat. 
pupilla,  pupula :  a  taunt  in  Horn. , 
εΛ/ίιε  κακή  γλήνη,  av/ay,  slight  girl  / 
II.  8,  104. — III.  a  ball  and  socket-joint, 
almost  :=  κοτύλη,  but  rather  more 
shallow.  Gal. — IV.  a  honey-comb, 
^ν'/ήνις,  ιος,  ό,  Glenis,  masc.  pr.  n., 
Anth  — 2.  Τληνίς,  ίδος,  ή,  fem.  pr.  η., 
daughter  of  Lycomedes,  Anth. 

Τλ7/νοειδής,  ες,  (γλήνη  HI•,  είδος) 

like  a  hinge-joint.  Hipp. 

Τ/^Ρ/νος,  εος,  τό,  (λύω,  cf.  γλαυκής) 
a  thing  to  stare  at,  a  show,  a  wonder, 
II.  24,  192 :  γ/φεα,  in  Arat.  318,  is 


ΓΛΟΙ 

translated  by  Cic.  stellae. — \\.=γλήνη 
I.,  Nic. 

^Τληνός,  ov,  6,  Glenus,  a  son  of  Her- 
cules, Apollod.  2,  7,  8,  in  Diod.  S. 
Τλ7]νεύς. 

ΓΛΗ'ΧΩΝ,  ωνος,  ή,  Η.  Hom.  Cer. 
209 :  γληχών,  όνος,  ή,  and  γληχώ, 
ους,  ή,  penny-royal.  Ion.  for  βλι'ιχων, 
βληχώ,  ν.  Koen  Grog.  p.  40 :  but  the 
form  γληχώ  or  γλήχω  only  appears 
as  ace,  Elinsl.  Ar.  Ach.  874.    Hence 

Τ?.ηχωνίτης,  ου,  ό,  οίνος,  ivine  pre- 
pared with  γλήχων,  Geop. 

ΓΛΓΑ,  ας,  η,  glue,  al.  γ?.οιύ,  v. 
γλοιός. 

r^ii'Of  or  γλεϊνος,  ov,  ό,  a  kind  of 
maple,  Theophr. 

^Γλίσας,  or  ΤΙίσσας,  αιττος.  ή,  GlU 
sas,  a  city  of  Boeotia,  near  Thebes, 
11.2,  504,  Hdt.  9,43. 

Τ?ίΐσχραίνω,  f.  -άνω,  (γλίσχρος)  t» 
make  gluey,  sticky.    Pass,  to  be  so,  Hipp. 

Τλισχραντι?,ογεξεπίτρηττος,  αν, 
comic  word  in  Ar.  Nub.  997,  a  greedi) 
pettifogging  knare.  (γ?Λσχρος,  ΰντι- 
λογία,  εξεπίτριπτος.) 

Τλίσχρασμα,  ατός,  τό,  (γλισχραί- 
νω)  stickiness,  Hipp. 

Τλισχρενομηι,  dep.  mid.,  to  be  close, 
stingy,  M.  Anton. 

Τλισχρία,  ας,  ή,^^γλισχρότης. — II. 
close7t£ss,  greediness. 

Τλίσχρο?•.ογέομαι,  (γλίσχρος,  ?J- 
γω)  dep.  mid.  to  split  straws,  sqitabble 
about  trifles,  like  λε~7•ολθ)ί;ω,  Philo. 
Hence 

Τλίσχρολογία,ας,  ή,  straw-splitting, 
Philo. 

Τλίσχρος,  a,  ov.  gluey,  sticky,  clam- 
my, Hipp.,  etc. :  hence  slippery^ — II. 
metaph. — 1.  sticking  close  to  another, 
importunate,  officious,  γλίσχρος,  -προς- 
αίτών,  λιπαρών  τε,  Ar.  Ach.  452. — 
2.  sticking  close  to  his  money,  close, 
greedy,  stingy,  οικοδόμημα  γ?..,  Ά  7nean, 
shabby  building,  Dein.  689,  25 ;  so 
δεϊπνον,  Plut.  ;  γλ.  τέχναι,  a  poor 
way  of  living,  Luc. — 3.  esp.  of  dis- 
putations, quibbling,  petty,  miserable, 
Lat.  putidus,  cf  Wyttenb.  Plut.  31  E. 
Adv.  -χρως,  greedily,  importunately. 
Plat.  Crito  53  Ε  :  scantily.  Id.  Rep. 
553  C  :  also  pettily.  Lat.  putide,  Heind. 
Plat.  Crat.  434  C.  (Prob.  akin  to 
γλίχομαι,  γ?Μίός.)     Hence 

Τλισχρότης,  ητος,  ή,  stickiness, 
clamniiiiess,  Arist.  Η.  Α. — II.  metaph. 
closeness,  stingiiiess,  Arist.  Pol.  :  of 
disputations,  quibbling,  pettiness,  Plut., 
cf.  foreg. 

Τλισχρόχολος.  {γλίσχρος,  χολή) 
viscous  froni  bile,  Hipp. 

Τλισχρώδης,  ες,  (γλίσχρος,  είδος) 
of  a  sticky,  clammy  nature,  Hipp. 

Τλίσχρων,  όνος,  ό,  a  niggard,  Ar, 
Pac.  193. 

ΓΑΓΧΟΜΑΙ,  only  used  in  pres- 
ent and  imperfect,  to  strive  after  a 
thing,  struggle  for  it,  c.  gen., ,  Hdt.  3, 
72;  4.  152:  also  c.  ace,  Hipp.,  and 
Plat.  Hipparch.  226  D:  foil,  by  ώς 
and  fut.  indie.,  Hdt.  7,  161. — 2.  γλίχ. 
περί  τίνος,  to  be  eager  about  OT  for  a 
thing,  περί  ίλενβερίης,  Hdt.  2,  102, 
though  in  8,  143,  he  has  γλ.  έλεν- 
θερίης :  also  to  be  in  doubt  abmtt  it, 
Arist.  de  Sens.  (Akin  to  γ/ύσχρος, 
and  perh.  λίχνος,  λισσομαι.)  [γλί, 
but  we  also  have  γλίχων,  Schol. 
Heph.  p.  2  Gaisf ,  and  so  perh.  should 
be  read,  Ar.  Pac.  193.  for  γλίσχρων.Ί 

ΓΑΟΓΑ,  ας,  or  γλοιά,  ΰς,  7ΐ,=^γλία, 
glue. 

Τλοίύζω,  f.  -ύσω,  (prob.  from  γε• 
λοιάζω)  to  loink  or  twinkle  with  the 
eyes.  Gal.     Hence 

Τ?Μίης,  ητης,  ό,  fem.  γλοιάς,  άδος, 
ή,  vicious,  of  horses,  Soph.  Fr.  863. 


ΓΛΤΚ 

Γλοίοτοίέω,  {γλοώς,  ποιέω)  to  make 
sticky,  Diosc. 

T/MLO-ότης,  ου,ό,  fem.  γλοιο~ότις, 
ΐδος,  ή,  {γλοϊος,  πίνω)  sacking  up 
grease,  χ'λ.αμύς.  Anth. 

ΓΛΟΐΟ'Σ.  οί,  ό,  strictly  any  sticky, 
clammy stiiff,a.s mud, Simon  202, gum. 
Hdt.  3,  112:  but  usu.  oil-lees,  the  oil 
and  dirt  scraped  oft"  the  wrestler's 
skia  with  the  στλε-/-/ίς.  Lat.  sing- 
meutan,  SchoL  Ar.  Nub.  448  :  in  genL 
oiL,  Teles  ap.  Stob.  97,  31  :  hence — 
IL  as  adj.  γ/Μΐό<:,  ά,  όν,  slippery,  trick- 
ish,  knavish,  Ar.  Nub.  I  c,  of.  γ/χσ- 
χρος.    Hence 

Γλοίόω,  ώ,  f.  -ώσω,  ίο  make  clammy 
and  slippery,  Dioac. 

Τ/.οίώόΐ/ς,  ες,  {γ/Μίός,  είδος)  of  a 
sticky,  slippery  nature,  Hipp. 

^Τ'/Λϋς,  οί.  ace.  Τ'/.ονν.ό,  also  Τλώς, 
Glus,  an  officer  in  the  anny  of  Cyrus 
the  younger,  Xen.  An.  1,  4,  16,  etc. 

T}.ov~ta,  uv,  7tL,  the  buttocks,  Lat. 
nates. — IL  two  lobes  of  the  brain,  Lat. 
also  nates,  GaL  :  from 

ΓΑΟΤΤΟ'Σ,  οΰ,  ο,  ike  rump,  bottom, 
Π..  and  Hdt. :  later  πυγή. 

Τλυκάζω,  ftit.  -άσω,  (,γ?.νκνς)  to 
sweeten,  give  a  relish  to,  Sext.  Linp. 
Pass,  to  be  or  become  sweet,  Ath. :  in 
which  sense  we  have  the  act.  in  LXX. 
^Γλυκ.(ύνω,  f.  -ΰνώ,  aor.  pass,  έγ/.υ- 
κάνβην,  (γ/.νκνς)  to  render  sweet  or 
pleasitig,  met.,  Dion.  H. — In  pass,  to  be 
made  sweet,  to  become  siceet,  i.  e.  ripe, 
of  grapes,  Xen.  Oec.  19,  19.    Hence 

Τ?.ύκανσις,  εως,  ή,  a  sweetening, 
Theophr. 

Τ'/,υκαντικός,  ή,  όν,  sweetening. 
Adv.  -κώς,  Sext.  Emp. 

Τ?.ύκασμα,  ατός,  τό,  sweetness, 
LXX. 

Τ/,νκασμός,  ov,  ό,  a  sweetening, 
sweetness,  LXX. 

^Τ?-νκέρα,  ας,  ή,  Glycgra,  daughter 
of  Thalassis,  Ath.  S84,  etc.  Others 
in  Anth.,  etc. 

^ΤΆνκέρων,  ου,  η,  Glycerium,  an 
Athenian  courtesan,  Ath.  582. 

Τλνκερός,  ά,  όΐ',^γ/.νκύς,  Horn. 

Τ/,νκεροστάφϋ/.ος,  ov,  {γ?.νκερός, 
σταφυλή)  with  sweet  grapes,  Ορμ.    [ώ] 

Τλυκερόχρίος,  ωτος,  ό,ή,  with  sweet, 
fair  skin,  Mel.  120. 

ΐΓλΰίί?;,  ης,  ή,  Glyce,  fem.  pr.  η., 
Ar.  Eccl.  43. 

Τλύκιος,  a,  ον,=γ?.νκνς,  v.  1.  in 
Soph.  Phil.  1461,  etc. 

Τλυκισμός,  οϋ,  ό,  sweetness,  Ath. 

Τλυκόεις,  εσσα,  εν,^=γλυκύς.^ίο. 

Τλυκνδακρνς,  ν,  gen.  νος.  {γ?.υκνς, 
δάκρυ)  shedding  or  causing  tears  of  joy, 
MeL  45. 

Τ/.νκνδερκής,  ές,  {γ?Μκύς,  δέρκο) 
sweet-looking.  Or.  Sib. 

Τ?.υκ.νδυρος,  ov,  {γ/.νκύς,  δώρον) 
with  sweet  gifts,  'ίίίκη,  Bacc'hyl.  8. 

Τ7.νκυ7ΐχής,  ές,  {γ7ι.υκύς,  ήχέω) 
sweet-sminding,  Anth. 

Τ/.νκνβΐΐίέω,  ώ,  {γ/^,υκύθνμος)  to  be 
pleasant,  Hierocl. 

Τ?.υκνθνμία,  ας,  η,  pleasure,  delight, 
y/..  προς  τας  ηδονάς,  devotion  to 
sensual  pleasure.  Plat.  Legg.  635  D, 
opp.  to  εγκράτεια. — II.  kind  disposi- 
tion, benevolence,  Plut.  :  from 

Τλυκύθϊμος.  ov,  {γ?υκνς,  θυμός) 
sweet-minded,  11.  20,  467.  —  Π.  act. 
charming  the  mind,  delightful,  εριος, 
ντϊνος,  Ar.  Lys.  551,  Nub.  705. 

T'f.VKVKapiziu,  ω,  to  bear  sweet  fruit, 
Theophr. :  from 

Τ7.νκύκαρ7Γος,  ov,  {γλυκύς,  καρ- 
Τϊός)  with  sweet  fruit. 

Τ?.υκύκρεως,  uv,  gen.  ω,  {γ?ιυκνς, 
κρέας)  of  sueet  flesh,  Sophv.  ap.  Ath. 

Τ?-υκύμά?.ον,  Aeol.  and  Dor.  for 
γ7ιυκνμη?.ον. 


ΓΑΤΜ 

Τ7.νκυμαρίδες,  ai,  a  kind  of  oyster, 
Xenocr. 

Τ7.υκυμεί7Λχος,  ov,  {γ7ινκνς,  μεί- 
7-ΐχος)  sweetly  winning,  Η.  Hom.  5, 
19. 

Τ7.υκνμη7.ον,ου,τό,(γ7^υκύς,μή7.ον) 
a  sweet-apple,  Sapph.  35,  in  Aeol.  form 
-μα7.ον :  hence  as  a  term  of  endear- 
ment, Theocr.  11,  39. 

Τ7.υκύμοροος,  ov,  {γ7.υκύς,  μορφή) 
of  sweet  form. 

Τ7.νκνμϋθέω,  ώ,  to  speak  sweetly, 
Mel.  23  :  from 

Γ7.υκνμνΟος,  {γ7.υκνς,  μύθος)  sweet- 
speaking,  Mel.  89. 

Τ/Μκννονς,  ovi;  gen.  ου,  {γ7ι,υκνς, 
νονς)=  γλυκνθυμος. 

Γλυκύ— «if,  αιόος,  ό,  ή,  (,γ7.νκνς, 
παις)  having  α  fair  offspring,  Mel.  7. 

Τ7.νκυ7τύρθενος,  ου,  ή,  (γ/Λίκύς, 
παρθένος)  α  sweet  maid,  Mel.  54. 

ΐ7>.υκνπίκρος,  ov,  (γ7.νκύς.  πικρός) 
sweetly  bitter,  ερος,  Sapph.  37. 

Τ?.νκν/!>ριζα,  ΐ]ς,  ή,  and  γ7.νκνί>^ι- 
ζον,  ου,  τό,  {γ7.υκύς,  ρίζα)  a  plant 
ivith  a  sweet  root,  from  which  liquorice 
(i.  e.  glyryrrhize)  IS  made,  Gal. 

ΓΑΥΚΥ'Σ,  εΐα,  ν,  sweet  to  the  taste, 
sweet,  νέκταρ,  11.  1.  598 :  but  even  in 
Horn.,  more  usu.  metaph.,  sweet,  de- 
lightful, ίμερος,  ύπνος,  also  γλ.  αιών, 
Od.  5.  152,  πό7.εμος,  II.  2,  453,  πατρίς 
και  τοκήες.  Od.  9,  34,  and  so  freq.  in 
Pind,.  and  Att. :  later  of  men,  dear, 
kind.  Soph.  O.  C.  106  ;  ώ  γ7.νκντατε, 
my  dear  fellow,  Ar.  Ach.  462 :  some- 
times in  bad  sense,  simple,  silly,  like 
ήδνς,  εΰήθης.  Plat.  Hipp.  Maj.  288  B. 
— II.  as  subst.  ό  γ7.νκνς.  sc.  οίνος, 
Hipp.,  and  το  javkv,  Diosc,  Lat. 
passion  vinum  :  also  ή  γ7.νκεΐα=γ7.υ- 
κνρόιζα,  Theophr.  Comp.  and  su- 
per!. γ7.νκίων,  Ιίοπ\.,-ν7,νκιστος :  also 
γ/Λκύτερος,  -τατος,  Pind.,  and  Ar. : 
also }'λΰσ(Τωΐ', Xenophan.  ap.  E.  Gud. : 
and  γ7.υκίότερος,  A.  P.,  Append.  153. 
Adv.  -κέως.  [γ7.ϋκνς] 

Τ/.νκνσίδτι,  ης,  ή,  the  peony,  The- 
ophr. [σι-,  Nic.  Th.  940.] 

1Τ7.υκνς  Ταμήν,  6,  Glycys  Partus, 
{the  sweet  harbour),  now  Glyki.  a  har- 
bour of  Epirus,  receiving  its  name 
from  the  sweetness  of  its  waters, 
Strab.  324. 

Τ7.νκυσμα,  ατός.  τό,  sweetness. 

Τλνκύστρνφνης,  ov,  (γ7.υκύς,  στρυ- 
φνός) sweet  with  an  astringent  taste, 
Theophr. 

Τ7Λ)κντης,  ητος,  ή,  (γλυκύς)  sweet- 
ness of  taste,  Hdt.  4,  177 :  also  γλ,. 
λέξεως•,  Dion.  Η. 

Τ7.υκντράχη7Μς,  ov,  {γ7.υκύς,  τρά- 
χηλος) with  a  sweet  neck,   [tt] 

Τλυκύφθογγος,  ov,  {γ7Μκνς,  φθογ- 
γή)  sweet  speaking. 

Τ7ιυκνφωΐ'έω,  ώ,  to  speak  sweetly, 
Theocr.  15,  146;  and 

Τ7Μκνφωνία,  ας.  ή,  a  sweet  voice  or 
speech,  Diod. :  from 

Τ7.νκνφωνος,  ov,  {γλυκύς,  φωνή) 
sweet-voiced. 

Τ7.υκνχϋ7ιος,  ov,  {γλυκύς,  χν7.ός) 
Viith  sweet  juices,  Hipp. 

Τλυκύχυμος,  ov,  {γλυκύς,  χυμός)  = 
foreg..  Gal. 

Τ7.ύκων,  ώ  γ7^ύκων,  like  ώ  γ7Λ<κύ- 
τητε,  my  swert  fellow,  a  coaxing  term, 
but  insmuatins  that  your  friend  is 
silly,  Ar.  Eccl.' 985.  [i] 
ΙΤλύκων,  ίύνος,  ό,  Glycon,  an  epi- 
grammatic poet,  Anth.  —  2.  a  lyric 
poet.     Hence 

Τ7.νκώνειος,  εία,  ειον,  Glyconic,  a 
kind  of  verse,  so  called  from  its  in- 
ventor Glycon,  Hephaest.  10,  p.  56, 
Gaisf. 

Τ7.ύμμα,  ατός,  τό,  {γ7,ύι?ω)  an  en- 
graved figure,  Eupol.  Incert.  113. 


ΓΑί2Σ 

^Τ7.υμπεΐς,  ων,  o'l,  Glympes,  a  for- 
tress on  the  confines  of  Argolis  and 
Laconia,  Polyb.  5,  20,  4. 

Τ/.υζις,  εως,  ή,  sweet  insipid  mnt, 
Phryn. 

Τλνπτήρ,  ήρος,  ό,  α  chisel,  Anth. 

Τ/.νπτης,  ov,  6.  {  γλύφω  )  a  carver, 
scxdptor,  .4nth.  Plan.  142. 

\Τ7.νπτικός,  ή,  όν,  {γ7.ύόω)  relating 
to  carving  or  sculpture  ;  η  γ7.νπτική 
τέχνη,  the  art  of  carving,  sculpture, 
Euseb. 

Τ/.υπτός,  ή,  όν,  {γλΛίφω)  fit  for  car- 
ving, of  wood,  Theophr. — ΪΙ.  carved, 
LXX. 

Τ7.νσσων,  irreg.  comp.  of  γ7Μκύς. 

Τ7.νφΰνον,  ου,  τό,  {γ/.νφω)  α  knife, 
chisel,  or  other  instrument  for  carving, 
H.  Hom.  Merc.  41,  Theocr.  1,  28: 
yZ.  κα/.ύμον,  a  penknife,  Anth. 

Τ7.ϋφεΙον,  ου,  τό,^γ7,νφανον,  Luc. 

Τ7'.νφενς,  έως,  ό.=  γ7.υ—τήρ,  Joseph. 

Τ7.νοή,  ης,  ή,  carving :  α  carving, 
carved  work,  Diod. — II.  the  notch  of  an 
arrow,.'Vesop. — HI.  a  hole  cut,  ap.  Suid. 
V.  καινοπρεπές. 

ν7.ϋφίς,  ίδος,  ή,  in  good  authors 
always  in  plur.,  γ/.υφίδες,  the  notch 
of  the  arrow,  which  fits  on  the  strmg, 
II.  4,  122,  Od.  21,  419:  later,  the  ar- 
row itself,  Eur.  Or.  274. — \\.^^γ7.νφα- 
vov,  a  knife,  penknife.  Anth. — III.  in 
architecture,  =  τρίγ7.νόος,  the  tri- 
glypk,  Ap.  Rh.  2,  218. 

Γ.\Τ'ΦΩ.  f.  -ψω,  to  hollow  out,  νανς, 
Ar.  Nub.  879  :  esp.  to  engrave  or  carve, 
in  bra.ss,  stone,  or  wood,  γλ.  σφμηγΐ- 
δας.  Hdt.  7,  69  :  also  in  mid.,  Plut. — 
II.  to  scratch  down,  to  write,  which  was 
done  by  scraping  in  the  wax,  Anth., 
of  a  usurer  marking  down  interest, 
whence  τοκογ/.νφος,  etc.  (Akin  to 
γ7.άφω,  q.  v.,  which  is  said  to  denote 
ruder,  coarser  work  than  }'λύόω.)  [ii] 

ΓΑΩΉ,  ωχός.  ή,  the  beard  of  corn, 
only  in  plur.,  Hes.  Sc.  398,  Heinr. 
(Akin  to  γ/.ωχίν.) 

ΓΑί2'ΣΣΑ,  ης,  \,  Att.  γ7.ωττα,  the 
tongue,  Hom. :  }  Λωσσαζ•  τάμνειν  and 
εν  πνρι  βά7.7.ειν.  to  cut  out  and  biim 
the  tongues  of  victims  at  the  end  of  a 
meal,  Od.  3,  332.  sq.,  in  honour  of 
Mercury,  yet  v.  Nitzsch  ad  1. :  γλώσ- 
σης χάριν,  through  love  of  talking, 
Hes.  Op.  707,  Aesch.  Cho.  266 :  άπό 
γ7.ώσσ!,ς,  by  word  of  mouth,  Hdt.  1, 
123,  Thuc.  7, 10 :  but  ουκ  άπό  γλώσ- 
σης, not  from  another's  tongue,  hearsay, 
but  of  one's  own  knowledge,  Aesch.  Ag. 
813  :  6  Ti  κεν  ε7.θ^  επί  γλώσσαν  λέ- 
γειν,  to  say  whatever  comes  uppermost, 
Lat.  quicquid  inbuccam  venerit,  Valck. 
Diatr.  p.  288  C  :  πΰσαν  γλ.ώτταν  βα- 
σάνιζε, try  every  art  of  tongue,  Ar. 
Yesp.  547  :  πΰσαν  ίέναι  γ7.ώσσαν.  to 
let  loose  one's  whole  tongue,  speak  with- 
out fear  and  restraint.  Soph.  El.  596. 
— 2.  of  persons,  one  who  is  all  tongue, 
a  speaker,  of  Pericles,  Cratin.  Incert. 

4,  Ar.  Fr.  719. — II.  a  tongue,  language, 
II.  2,  804,  Od.  19,  175  :  γλώσσαν  ίέναι 
or  ΐ'ομίζειν,  to  speak,  vse  a  language  or 
dialect,  Hdt.,  etc. ;  and  so  met.  in  N. 
T.  for  a  nation,  a  people  ;  in  pi.  nations 
speaking  different  languages.  Id.  Apoc. 

5,  9  :  7,  9. — III.  the  mouth-piece  of  a 
flute,  Aeschin.  86.  29. — IV.  α  tongue 
of  leather,  thong,  Lat.  lingida.  Plat. 
(Com.)  Ζενς  Κακ.  4. — V.  an  obsolete 
or  foreign  word,  which  needs  expla- 
nation, γ7.ώσσημα,  Arist.  Rhet.  3,  3, 
2,  Poet.  21,  6. —  VI.  a  tongue  of  land, 
α  projecting  point,  late.  (Prob.  of 
same  family  as  γ7.ώξ,  γ7.ωχίν.) 

Τ7.ωσσα7.γέω.  ώ,  -4tt.  γλωσσαργέω, 
ώ,  to  talk  till  one's  tongue  aches,  chatter 
without  end  ;  and 

Τ?.ωσσα?.γία,  ας,  ή,  Att.  γ7.ωσσορ• 
295 


ΓΝΑΘ 

για,  ας,  endlois  talking,  wordiness,  Eur. 
Med.  525,  Andr.  690 :  tVoin 

Γλώσσαλ)  Of,  ov,  Att.  γλώσσαργος, 
( γλώσσα,  άλγος )  talking  till  one's 
tongue  aches,  very  talkative,  Philo, 

Τλώσσαργος,  etc.,  v.  γλώσσαλγος, 
etc. :  cf.  στύμαργος. 

Τλωσσάριον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from 
γλώσσα.  Gal. 

Τλώσσημα,  ατός,  τό,  the  gloss,  by 
which  a  γλώσσα  or  strange  word  is 
explained  :  also=  γλώσσα,  Μ.  Anton. 
— 11.  the  head  of  a  dart,  Aesch.  Fr. 
143.     Hence 

Τλωσσηματικός,  ή.  όν,  of  the  nature 
of  a  γλώσσα,  Dion.  H.     Adv.  -κώς. 

ΤΆωσσίς.=γλωττίς,  q.  v.,  Luc. 

Τλωσσογύστωρ,  ορός,  6,  η,  {γλώσ- 
σα, γαστήρ)  hviiig  by  one's  tongue. 

Γλωσσογρύώυς,  ov,  {γλώσσα,  γρά- 
φω) interpreting  γλώσσαι,  Ath.   [(7] 

Τ?ίί)σσοειδής,  ές,  or  γλωττ..  {γ?ίώσ- 
σα,  ΐΐόος)  tongue-shaped,  Arist.  Η.  Λ. 

Τλωσσυκύτοχος,  αν,  {γ?Μσσα,  κα- 
τέχω) keeping  the  tongue  sttll,  όργανον. 
Medic. 

Τλωσσοκομείον,  ου,  τό,  {γλώσσα, 
κομέο)  α  case  to  keep  mouthpieces,  Ly- 
sipp.  Bacch.  4 :  hence  in  genl.  a  box, 
case,  Gal. — Π.  picdendum  maliebre,  Eu- 
bul.  Incert.  27. 

Τλωσσόκομον,  TO,=foreg.,  a  case  or 
bag  tor  money,  N.  T.  :  a  receptacle,  a 
sepulchre,  tomb  :  in  Ep.  ad.  488,  4, 
prob.  a  coffin,  v.  Jac.  ad  1. 

Τ?Μσσότμητος,  ov,  {γλώσσα,  τέ- 
μνω) with  the  tongue  cut  out,  LXX. 

Τλωσσοτομέω.  {γλώσσα,  τέμνω)  to 
cut  out  the  to)tgue,  LXX. 

^Τ?ιωσσοτράπεζος,  ου,  6,  {γλώσσα, 
τράπεζα)  Glossotrapezus,  a  comic 
name  for  a  parasite,  Alciphr. 

Τλωσσοχάριτέω,-χηρίτογλωσσέω, 
to  flatter.  LXX. 

Τλωσσώδης,  ες,  =  γλωσσοειδι/ς. — 
II.  chattering,  LXX. 

Τλώττα.  ης,  ή.  Att.  for  γλώσσα. 

Τλωττίζω,  to  kiss  lasciuinusly,  Anth. 

Τλωττικός,  ή,  όν,  of  belonging  to 
the  tongue.  Arist.  Part.  An. 

Τλωττίς,  ίδος,  ή,  the  glottis,  mouth 
of  the  ivindpipe,  Gal. — 11.  the  mouth- 
piece of  a  flute,  etc. — ΙΠ.  a  shoe-string. 
Lob.  Phryn.  229.— IV.  a  kind  of  bird, 
Arist.  H.  A. 

Τλώττισμα,  ατός,  ro>=sq. 

Τλωττισμός,οϋ,  ό,{γ?ΜΤτίζω)  a  las- 
civious kiss.  Anth.,  V.  καταγλωττίζω. 

Τ?.ωττοδεψέω,  obscene  word,  Lat. 
fellare. 

Τλωττόκομον,  τό,=  γλωσσόκομον, 
Longin. 

Τλωττοτ:οιέω,=γλωττοδε-φέω.  Ar. 

Τλωττοστροφέω.  {γλώττα,  στρέφω) 
to  tipist  the  tongue,  to  wrangle,  quibble, 
Ar.  Nub.  792. 

ΓΛί2ΧΓΝ,  or  rather  γλωχίς,  gen. 
ΐνος,  ή.  any  projecting  point,  hence — 
1.  once  in  Horn.,  the  end  nf  the  strap  or 
iho7ig  of  the  yoke.  II.  2i,  274. — 2.  the 
foint  of  an  arrow,  etc.,  Soph.  Tr.  G81. 
— 3.  among  the  Pythagor.  an  angle, 
Hero  Math. — 4.  the  world's  end,  Dion. 
P.     (Cf  γλώξ,&ηά  γ?.ώσσα.) 

\Τνάθαινα,  ης,  ή,  Gnathaena,  fern, 
pr.  η.,  Ath.  558  Β. 

^Τναβαίνιον,  ου,  η,  Gnathaenium, 
fern.  pr.  η.,  Ath.  581 ;  Plut. 

Τναθμός,  ov,  6,  the  jaw,  poet,  form 
of  sq.,  q.  v.,  Horn. :  also  in  plur.,  Od. 
18,  29.  and  Eur.  :  for  άλλοτρίοις 
γναθμοίς  γελάν,  v.  sub  αλλότριος. 

ΓΝΑ'ΘΟΣ,  ov.  j7,=foreg.,  the  jaw, 
mouth,  the  usu.  prose  form,  but  also 
m  poets,  first  in  Ep.  Horn.  14,  13.  cf. 
mfr.  II. :  strictly  the  lower  jaw,  Hdt. 
9,  83  •  έτταγε  γνάβον,  take  your  teeth 
to  it!  Ar.  Vesp.  370:  γνάθου  δούλος, 
296 


ΓΝΤΘ 

a  greedy  fellow,  Eur.  Autol.  1 ,  5,  cf 
.'Vnliph.  Incert.  24,  and  v.  γνάθων. — 

11.  like  γέννς,  the  point,  edge,  esp.  of 
a  deadly  weapon,  σφηνός,  Aesch.  Pr. 
64  ;  inetaph.  πυρός,  lb.  308  ;  and  perh. 
Σαλμνδησία  γν.,  a  destructive,  tempes- 
tuous strand,  lb.  726,  cf  Xen.  An.  7, 

12.  (Cf  γέννς,  Sanscr.  ganda,  Lat. 
gena:  akm  also  to  κνάω,  our  gnaw. 
[ά]    Hence 

ΤνΰΟύω.  ώ,  to  hit  on  the  jaw  or  cheek, 
Phryn.  (Com.)  Monotr.  9. 

Τνάθων,  ωνος,  ύ,  {γνάβης)  pvff- 
cheek, full-mouth,  [α]     Hence 

Τνάβων,  ωνυς.  ό,  Gnathon,  in  the 
later  Com.  as  prop.  n.  of  a  parasite, 
as  in  Plaut.  and  Terent. :  cf  γνάθος. 

["] 

Τναθώνειος,  ov,  like  a  γνάθων,  par- 
asitical, Plut. 

^Τναθωνίδιις,  ov,  ό.  prop,  son  of  Gna- 
thon, com.  appell.  in  Lvic.  Gnathonides. 
^ΤνάΙος,  ου,  ό,  the  Roman  Cneius, 
Polyb. 

Τναμπτός.  ή,  όν,  curved,  bent,  ΰγ- 
κιστρον,  Od.  4,  369,  γέννες,  11.  11, 
416,  όνυχες,  Hes.  Op.  203;  usu.  in 
Horn,  supple,  pliant,  of  the  limbs  of 
living  men,  opp.  to  the  stark  and  stiff 
ones  of  the  dead  :  metaph.  γναμπτον 
νόημα,  a  bending,  exorable  mmd,  II.  24, 
41  :  from 

Τνάμπτω.  f.  -ψω,  to  crook,  bend.  II. 
23,  731.  (Akin  to  γαμψός,  γαμφηλαί, 
κάμπτω,  καμπύλος.) 

Τναπτός,  ?'/,  όν,  {γνάπτω)  (Xirded, 
fulled,  teased. 

ΓΝΑ'ΠΤΩ,  γνάπτωρ :  γνάφαλον, 
-φείον.  -φεύς,  -φεντικός,  -φεύω,  -φί- 
κος:  ΓΝΑ'ΦΟΣ,  -ψις,  ν.  sub  κνύ- 
πτω,  etc. 

Υναφάλίον.  ου,  τό,  a  downy  plant 
used  in  stuffing  cushions,  hz.i.gnapha- 
lium,  cudteeed  {?). 

Τνήσως.  a,  ov,  (prob.  from  γένος, 
γενέσι,ος,  as  Lat.  genuinus  from  genus) 
belonging  to  the  race,  i.  e.  lawfully  be- 
gotten, born  in  wedlock,  in  Hom.  always 
with  υιός.  a  true,  own  son,  opp.  to  νό- 
θος, II.  11.  102,  and  in  Att.,  cf.  Ar. 
Av.  1665,  Dem.  1095 :  hence  in  genl. 
real,  genuine,  true,  legitimate,  as  γν. 
γυναίκες,  lawful  wives,  opp.  to  παλ- 
λακίδες, Xen.  Cyr.  4,  3,  1  ;  αδελφός, 
Ar.  Av.  1659 ;  ηολίταί,  Arist.  Pol.  ; 
γν.  "Έ/}ίληνες,  true  Greeks,  Dem.  118, 
24  ;  γι>.  άρεταί.  real,  unfeigned  virtues, 
Pind.  O.  2,  21 :  φρονείν  γνήσια,  to 
Λη  we  α  noWf  m;;/rf  (thou  gh  of  base  birth), 
Eur.  Hipp.  309  :  and  so  of  writings, 
genuine.  Gal.  Adv.  —ίως.  lawfully, 
really,  truly,  Eur.,  and  Dem.     Hence 

Τνησίότης.  ητος,  ή,  true  birth,  genu- 
ineness. Arist.  Rhet. 

^Τνήσιππος.  ov,  ό,  Gnesippus,  a 
comic  poet,  Ath.  638  D. — 2.  an  Athe- 
nian, Xen.  An.  7,^  3,  28. 

Τνίφων,  ωνος.  ό,  a  niggard,  curmud- 
geon, Arist.  Eth.  N.  (Akin  to  Kvt- 
πός.)  [t  prob.] 

^Τνιφωνίδης,  ov,  6,  prop,  son  of  Gni- 
phon:  Gniphonides,  ma.sc.  pr.  n.,  An- 
doc. 

Τνοίην,  ης,  η,  opt.  aor.  2  act.  έγνων 
of  γίγνώσκω. 

^Τνοΐφος,  ov.  ό,  Gnxtrus,  father  of 
Anacharsis,  Hdt.  4,  76. 

Τνοφερός,  =  δνοφερός,  dark.  —  2. 
stormy. 

ΓΝΟ'ΦΟΣ,  ου,  6,  darkness.— 2.  a 
kind  of  storm,  a  whirhvind,  Arist. Mund. : 
=^δνήφος,  Koen  Greg.  p.  373,  Buttm. 
Lexil.  V.  κελαινός  9.     Hence 

Τνοόόω,  ώ,  to  make  dark. 

Τνοφώδης.  ες,  (γνόφος,  είδος  )=: 
γνοφερός,  Eur.  Tro.  79. 

ΓΝΤ'ΘΟΣ,  εος,  τό,  α  cave,  pit,  hol- 
low, Lye. 


ΓΝΩΜ 

Τννξ,  adv.  {γόνν)  rvith  bent  knee.  Ή., 
always  in  phrase  γννξ  ίριπεϊν,  to  fall 
on  the  knee. 

Τνυπετός,  όν,  {γόνυ,  ■πίπτω)  falling 
on  the  knrr,  iveak  in  the  leg,  whence, 
acc.  to  Hesych.,  γννπτέω,  γννπόω, 
γννπόημαι,  to  be  sad  or  iveak. 

Τνώ,  Ion.  for  ίγνω,  3  sing,  indie, 
aor.  2  act.  from  γιγνώσκω,  Hom.  : 
also  1  sing.  subj. :  but  γνώ,  3  sing, 
subj.  aor.  2  act.,  II. :  γνώθι,  imperat. 

Τί•ώμα,  ατός,  τό.  {γνώναή  a  mark, 
sign,  symptom,  like  γνώμων,  γνώρι- 
σμα, Hdt.  7,  52,  Soph.  Tr.  .593.— II. 
judgment, ζ=γ%•ώμη,  Aesch.  Ag.  1352. 
— lII.=  Lat.  groma.    ^ 

Τνωμάτενμα,  ατός,  τό,  judgment,  a 
maxim  :  from 

Τνωματενω.  {γνώμα)  to  give  an  opin- 
ion, utter  maxims. — 2.  esp.  σκιάς  γν., 
to  measure  the  gnomori  of  the  sundial, 
V.  γνώμων,  Kuhnk.  Tim. 

Τνώμεναι,  Ep.  for  γνώναι,  inf.  aor. 
2  act.  of  γιγ7)ώσκω,  Hom. 

Τνώμη,  ης,  ή,  {γνώναι)  a  means  of 
knowing,  and  so  like  γνώμα,  γνώμων, 
η  mark,  token,  sign.  Theogn.  60,  Arist. 
H.  A.  6,  22,  12.— II.  that  by  which  one 
knows,  judges,  etc.,  the  mind,  and  sc 
the  various  ways  in  which  it  exerts 
itself: — 1.  the  judgment,  understanding, 
opp.  to  σώμα.  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  3, 10  ;  opp. 
to  ισχύς,  Thiic.  3,  11  :  γνώμην  Ιχειν, 
to  understand.  Soph.  El.  214  :  άπο 
γνώμ7]ς,  from  one's  judgment,  with 
good  conscience,  Aesch.  Eum.  674 : 
γνώμη,  with  good  reason,  Xen.  An.  2, 
6,  9  :  γνώμη  τ?)  άρίσττι,  to  the  best  of 
one's  judgment,  Arist.  Rhet. — 2.  the 
will,  disposition  of  the  mind,  εν  γνώμη 
είναι  or  γενέσθαι  τινί,  to  be  according 
to  one's  mind,  in  favour  with  him,  Hdt. 
6,  37  :  άφ'  έαυτον  γνώμιις,  of  his  own 
accord,  Thuc.  4,  68  ;  έκ  μιΰς  γνώμης, 
of  one  accord,  with  one  consent,  Dem. 
147,  1 :  also  μκι  γμώμη,  Thuc.  6,  17  : 
κατά  γνώμην,  as  one  wishes,  opp.  to 
παρά  γνώμην,  freq.  in  Att. — III.  the 
result  of  such  exertions  of  the  mind,  and 
so  —  1.  a  judgment,  opinion,  γνώμην 
έχειν,  to  be  of  opinion,  περί  τίνος, 
Xen.,  etc. .  c.  inf ,  Thuc,  etc. ;  προς 
or  επί  τι.  Thuc.  5,  13 ;  7,  15  ;  όντως 
γνώμην  έχειν,  ώς,  to  be  of  such  an 
opinion  as  this,  to  entertniti  this  opitiion 
that...,  Thuc.  7, 15,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  6,  11 ; 
also  to  be  right,  Ar.  Nub.  157:  γνώ- 
μης της  αυτής  ίχεσθαι,  είναι,  to  hold 
by,  be  of  the  same  opinion,  Thuc.  1, 140: 
πλείστος  είναι  τη  γνώμη,  to  incline 
mostly  to  the  opinion  that...,  Hdt.  7, 
220,  cf  5,  126:  γνώμην  άποφαίνεσθαι, 
θέσθαι,  to  deliver  an  opinion,  Eur. 
Supp.  338,  Soph.  Phil.  1448,  etc.: 
γνώμην  εμήν,  in  my  judgment  or  opin- 
ion, Ar.  Pac.  232,  Vesp.  983:  hence 
also  a  mistaken  judgment,  fancy.  Soph. 
Aj.  51,  Ant.  389:  intention,  purpose, 
Xen.  An.  1,8,  10  :  γνώμαι,  the  opinions 
of  wise  men,  maxims,  often  in  metri- 
cal collections,  Lat.  sententiae,  v.  γνω- 
μικός, and  cf.  Arist.  Rhet.  2,  21.-2. 
a  resolve,  counsel,  advice,  γνώμΐ)ν  ποί- 
είσθαι,  c.  inf.,  to  resolve  to  do,  Thuc.  1, 
128  ;  esp.  a  public  resolution,  vote,  de- 
cree, Lat.  rngatio,  consultum,  γι•ώμην 
έςψέρειν,  Hdt.  3,  80  ;  λέγειν,  είπεϊν, 
ποιείσθαι,  προτιθέναι,  Thuc,  etc., 
\Τνώμη,  ης,  ή.  Gnome,  fern.  pr.  η., 
Ath.  345  D  ;  of  a  dog,  Xen.  Cyn.  7,  5. 

Τνωμηδόν,  adv.,  vote  by  vole,  Dion. 
H.     {γνώμη  III.,  2.) 

Τνωμίδιορ,  ov,  ro,dim.  from  γνώμη, 
Ar.  Nub.  321. 

Τνωμιδιώκτης,  ου,  6,  {γνώμαι,  διώ 
κω)  α  hunter  after  γνώμαι  or  senten 
tious  sayings,  Cratin.  Incert.  145. 

Τνωμικύς,  ή,  όν,  {γνώμη  ΠΙ.,  fin. 


ΓΝΩΡ 

dealing  in  maxims,  sententious,  ττοίηταΐ 
γν.,  Poetae  Gnomici,  didactic  poets, 
such  as  Solon,  Phocyiides,  Theognis, 
etc.    Adv.  -κώς. 

Τνομο/.ογέο),  ώ,  to  speak  in  Tnaxims, 
be  sententious,  Arist.  Rhet. 

Τνωμολογία,  ας,  ή,  a  speaking  in 
maxims.  Plat.  Phaedr.  267  C  :  a  collec- 
tion of  maxi?ns,V\ui.;  and 

Τνωυολογικός,  ή,  όν,  sententious, 
Dem.  Phal.     Adv.  -κώς.     From 

Τνωμολόγος,  ov,  {γνώμαι,  λέγω)^ 
foreg. 

Τνωμονικός,  ή,  όν,  (γνώμων)  fit  to 
give  judgmejit,  Xen.  Mem.  4,  2,  10  : 
experienced  or  skilled  in  a  thing•,  τινός, 
Plat.  Rep.  467  C. — II.  belonging  to  the 
gnomon  of  the  sun-dial :  r)  -κή,  sub. 
τέχνη,  the  art  of  making  sun-dials,  Vi- 
truv.     Adv.  -κώς. 

Τνωμοσύνη,  ΐ]ς,  ή,  (γνώμων)  pru- 
dence, judgment,  Solon  8,  1. 

Τνωμοτϋπέο),  u,tocoin  maxims,  Ar. 
Thesm.  55  ;  and 

Τνωμοτυπικός,  ή,  όν,  clever  at  coin- 
ing viaxims,  Ar.  Eq.  1379 :  from 

ΤνωμοτντΓος,  ov,  {γνώμαι,  τύ~τω) 
maxim-coining,  sententious,  Ar.  Ran. 
tj77,  of.  Arist.  Rhet.  2,  21. 

Τνώμων,  όνος,  ό,  {γνώναι)  one  that 
knows  or  examines,  a  judge,  interpreter, 
θεσφάτων,  Aesch.  Ag.  1130,  των  πα- 
ραχρήμα, Thuc.  1,  138  :  in  Lys.  110, 
2β,  γνώμονες  are  the  guardians  of  the 
sacred  olives  at  Athens,  v.  Brenii. — 

II.  the  gnomon  or  index  of  the  sun-dial, 
Hdt.  2,  109:  &\80  =  κλετρύόρα,  Ath.— 

III.  01  γνώμονες,  the  teeth  that  mar/c  a 
horse's  age,  Xen.  Eq..  3,  1. — IV.  a 
rule  οτ  guide  of  life,  Theogn.  543:  esp. 
a  carpenter's  rule  or  square.  Lat.  nor- 
ma, Arist.  Categ. — V.  γνώμονες,  with 
the  Pythagoreans,  are  the  five  odd 
numbers,  v.  Bockh  Philolaos  p.  143. 

Τνώναι.  inf.  aor.  2  act.  of  γιγνώσκω, 

and  Irom  this  most  derivs.  are  formed. 

Τνώομεν,  Ep.  for  γνώμεν,  I  plur. 

subj.  aor.  2  act.  of  γιγνώσκω,  Od.  16, 

304. 

Γνωρίζω,  f.  -ίσω  Att.  -Γώ,  to  make 
known,  point  out,  declare,  Aesch.  Pr. 
487. — 2.  to  gain  knowledge  of,  discover, 
detect,  Thuc.  5,  103  ;  to  examine,  recog- 
nise, acknovdedge.  Soph.  O.  T.  538, 
Eur.  Ale.  564,  Dem.  924,  28.-3.  to 
make  oJie^s  friend.  Plat.  Lach.  181  C, 
Rep.  402  A :  from 

Τνώριμος,  ov,  rarely  rj,  ov,  (Plat. 
Rep.  614  E)  well-known  :  as  subsl. 
an  acquaintance,  Od.  16,  9  :  less  than 
φίλος,  Dem.  320,  16  :  but  also  in  genl. 
a  friend,  Lat.  familiaris,  τιν'ι,  Xen. 
Mem.  2,  3,  1,  also  τινός. — II.  that  may 
be  known  :  hence  known  to  all,  distin- 
guished, OL  γνώριμοι,  the  notables,  Lat. 
optimates,  opp.  to  δϊ}μος,  Xen.  Hell. 
2,  2,  6,  cf  Arist.  Pol.  4.  4.  Adv.  -μως, 
so  as  to  be  known,  familiarly,  πάσι  γν. 
γρύφειν.  Dem.  722,  15  :  γν.  εχειν 
TLvi,  to  be  on  friendly  terms  ivith  one. 
Id.  1247,  14.  {γνώσις,  γνωτός,  notus, 
gnarus.)     Hence 

Τνωριμότης,  7]τος,  ή,  acquaintance, 
Stob.  ^  _     ' 

Τνώρισις,  εως,  ή,  (γνωρίζω)  ac- 
quaintance, τινός,  with  another,  Plat. 
Polit.  init. — 2.  knowledge.  Id.  Legg. 
763  B. 

Τνώρισμα,  ατός,  τό,  (γνωρίζω)  that 
by  which  a  thing  is  made  known,  a  mark, 
token,  Xen.  Cyr.  2,  1.  27  :  esp.  γνωρί- 
auara,  tokens  by  which  a  lost  chikl  is 
recosnised.  Plut.,  and  Paus. 

Τνωρισμ,ός,  οϋ,  6,  (γνωρίζω)  a  ma- 
king known, Arist.  An.  Post. 

TvupioTeov.  verb,    adj.,  from  γνω- 
ρίζω, one  must  know,  Arist,  Eth.  IM. 
ΐνωριστής,   ov,  ό,   (γνωρίζω)  one 


ΓΟΓΓ 

that  takes  cognisance  of,  δίκης,  Anti- 
pho     140,  27. 

Τνωριστικός,  ή,  όν,  (γνωρίζω)  ca- 
pable of  knowing,  δνναμις,  Plut. — II. 
serving  as  a  mark  or  token. 

Γνώζ•,  2  sing.  subj.  aor.  2  act.  of 
γιγνώσκω,  Od. 

Τνώσι,  3  pi.  subj.  aor.  2  act.  of 
γιγνώσκω,  II. 

ΥΤνωσίας,  ου,  δ,  Gnosias,  masc.  pr. 

η.  of  a  Syracusan,  Xen.  Hell.  1, 1,  29. 

^Γνωσίδημος,   ov,  ό,  Gnosidemns.  a 

tyrant  of  Oreus  in  Euboea,  Aeschin. 

Τνωσιμΰχέω,  (γνώσις,  μάχομαι)  to 
contest  one^s  own  opinion,  i.  e.  to  confess 
one's  self  in  the  wrong,  change  one's 
mind  Or  purpose,  repent  of.  Hdt.  3,  25, 
Eur.  Herac.  706  ubi  Elmsl,  Ar.  .\v. 
555 :  γν.  μη  είναι  δμοιον,  to  confess 
that  one  is  not  equal,  Hdt.  8,  29. — 2. 
ττρός  Tiva,  to  differ  with  another  in 
opinion,  Dion.  H.  Freq  in  late  prose. 
Hence 

Τνοσιμαχία,  ας,  ή.  a  differing  (with 
another)  in  opinion,  Philo. 

\Γνώσιπ7ϊος,  ov.  ό,  Gnosippu.s,  masc. 
pr.  n.  of  a  Spartan,  Ath.  168  D. 

Τνώσις,  εως,  ή,  (γνώναι)  inquiry, 
esp.  of  a  judicial  kind,  Lat.  cognitio, 
Dem.  544,  2. — II.  a  knowing,  knowl- 
edge, Arist.  Eth.  N. ;  esp.  of  a  higher 
kind,  deeper  wisdom,  N.  T.,  and  Eccl. 
— 2.  acquaintance  with  a  person,  προς 
Tiva.  ap.  Aeschin.  8,  4. — 3.  α  knowing, 
recognising,  ThuC.  7,  44. — III.  fame, 
credit,  Luc. 

Τνώσομαι,  fut.  of  γιγνώσκω. 
'^Τνωστέον,    verb.    adj.    of    γιγνώ- 
σκω, one  must  know.  Plat.  Rep.  396  A. 

Τνωστήρ,  τ/ρος,  ό,  (γνώναι)  one  that 
knows  or  inquires  :  one  that  warrants 
the  truth  of  a  thing,  Lat.  cognitor,  notor, 
Xen.  Cyr.  6, 2,  39.  cf.  Piers.  Moer.  1 16. 

Τνώστης,  ov,  ό,  commoner  form  of 
foreg.,  Plut.,  etc. 

Τνωστικός,  ή,  όν,  (γιγνώσκω)  good 
at  knowing,  quick,  sagacious,  Diog.  L. : 
oi  γνωστικοί,  men  that  claimed  to  have 
a  deeper  wisdom.  Gnostics,  Eccl.  Adv. 
-κώς. 

Τνωστός,  η,  όν,  collat.  form  of  γνω- 
τός, knoum :  as  subst.  a  friend,  τινί, 
Aesch.  Cho.  702. —  II.  to  be  known. 
Soph.  O.  T.  301,  Plat.  Theaet.  205  B. 
Adv.  -τώς. 

Τνώτε,  imperat.  aor.  2  act.  of  ji- 
γνόίσκω :  γνώτον,  γνώτην,  2  and  3 
dual.  ind.  aor.  2  act. 

Τνωτός,  ή,  όν,  also  ός.  όν.  (γνώναι) 
known,  well  known,  II.  7,  401  ;  γνωτά 
κούκ  άγνωτά  μοι.  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  58 : 
but  in  Hom.  esp.  freq.  as  subst.  a 
friend,  kinsman,  brother  :  also  γνωτοί 
τε  γνωταί  τε,  brothers  and  sisters,  II. 
15,  350. 

Τνωτοφόνος,  ov,  (γνωτός,  φονεύω) 
Nonn.  ;  and 

Τνωτοφόντις,  ιδος,  i/,  fratricidal. 
Lye. 

Γνώω,  γνώωσι,  Ep.  for  γνώ,  γνώσι, 
subj.  aor.  2  act.  of  γιγνώσκω. 

^Τόαισος,  ov,  6,  Goaesus,  a  king  of 
the  Amani,  Luc. 

^Γόηξις,  ιος.  ό,  Goaxis,  masc.  pr.  n., 
an  Edonian,  Thuc.  4,  107. 

ΓΟΑ'Ω,  Ep.  inf  γοήμεναι,  II.  14, 
502,  part,  γοόων,  όωσα,  II. :  2  aor. 
εγοον,  11.  6,  500,  γοάασκον,  Od.  8. 92  : 
fut.  γοησω  (γόος.)  To  wail,  groan, 
weep,  Horn.— II.  c.  acc.  to  bewail,  mourn, 
weep  for,  Hom. :  also  in  mid.  γοάομαι, 
II.  21.  124,  and  so  in  Trag. 

'^Τογαρίίνί/,  ης,  ή,  Gogargne,  a  re- 
gion of  Armenia,  Strab. 

Τυγγρηειδής,  ες,  (γόγγρος,  είδος) 
like  a  γόγγρος,  Arist.  Η.  Λ. 

Τογγρηκτόνος,  ov.  (γόγγρος,  κτεί- 
νω)  conger-killing,  Plut. 


ΓΟΑΓ 

ΓΟΤΓΡΟΣ,  ον,  ό,  α  conger-eel,  Lat. 
conger,  Arist.  Η.  Α. — II.  a  swelling  or 
excrescence  on  trees,  Theophr.    Hence 

Τογγρώδης,  ες,  (γόγγρος,  εΙόος)  = 
γογγροειόής. 

Τογγρώνη,  ης,  η,  α  scrofulous  ex- 
crescence on  tlie  neck,  Hipp. — 2.=ζγόγγ• 
ρος  II. 

Τογγύζω,  to  mutter,  murmur,  N.  T. 

Τογγνλενω  and  γογγν'/.ίζω,  (γογγ- 
νλος)=γογγνΑ7^ω. 

Τογγνλη,  ης,  ή,  worse  form  of  γογγ- 
νλίς,  Ar.  Thesm.  1185. 

Υογγν?ιίδιον,  ov,  τό.  ν^  γογγνλιον. 

Τογγν?.ίζω,  ν.  γογγνλΆω- 

Γο}'}  νλιον  and  γογγν'λίδιον,  ον,τό, 
dim.  from  γογγνλη. — 2.  in  plur.  γογγ- 
ύ'λια  and  γογγυλίδια,  pills.  Medic. 

Τογγνλιος,ία,  ιον,=  γογγν?νθς,  q.v. 

Τογγν?.ίς,  ίδος,  ή,  α  turnip,  Ar.  Fr. 
476.  cf.  Ath.  369. 

Τογγν/.'λω,  to  round,  roundoff,  should 
be  read,  Ar.  Thesm.  56. 

'^Γογγύλος,  ov.  ό,  Gongylus,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  an  Eretrian,  Thuc.  1,  128,  cf. 
Xen.  Hell.  3,  1,  6.  (accented  also 
Τόγγν7.ος,  but  v.  Arcad.  56,  25). — 2. 
a  Corinthian,  Thuc.  7,  2. 

ΓΟΓΓΤ'ΛΟΣ,  η,  ov,  also  γογγύ- 
λιος,  a,  ον,=  στρογγν?^ος.  round,  sphe- 
rical, Aesch.  Fr.  182.  [v]     Hence 

Τογγϋ/Μδης,  ες,  (γογγνλος,  είδος) 
roundish. 

Τόγγνσις,  εως,  ^,=  sq.,  LXX. 

Τογγνσμός,  οϋ,  ό,  (γογγνζω)  α  mur- 
muring, muttering,  LXX. 

Τογγνστής,  ov,  ό,  a  jnurmurer,  mut• 
terer,  N.  T. 

Το^^νστικός,  ή,  όν,  inclined  to  mur- 
mur, Eccl. 

Τοεδνής,  ή,  όν.  (cf.  μακεδνός)  =  9(ΐ., 
Aesch.  Pers.  1057,  Supp.  72. 

Τοερός,  ά.  όν,  (γούω)  of  things, 
mournful,  distressful,  πάθη,  Aesch. 
Ag.  1176;  διΊκρνα.  μέ?χς,  etc.,  Eur.: 
of  the  nightingale,  sad,  Call.  Adv. 
-ρώς 

Τοέω,  Ion.  for  γοαω. 

ΓΟΉ,  ης,  ή,=γόος,  only  m  Hdt. 
7, 191,  καταείδοντες  γόησι  τω  άνέμφ, 
charming  the  ivind  with  howls,  where 
however  Schaf  and  Schweigh.  pre- 
fer γόησι,  from  γότης. 

Τοήμεναι.  Ep.  for  γοΰν,  inf.  pres. 
from  γούω,  II.  14,  502. 

Το?'/μων,  ov,  gen.  ονος,=  γοερός, 
Anth. 

Τοηρός,  ά,  όν,  poet,  for  γοερός. 
Lye. 

Τόης,  ητος,  ό,  howling,  wailing, 
Aesch.  cho.  822. — II.  a  wizard,  sor- 
cerer, enchanter.  Hdt.  4,  105,  etc..  cf. 
γόη  .•  a  juggler,  cheat,  cf.  Ruhnk.  Tim., 
Sturz  Emped.  p.  36.  (From  γούω, 
because  such  people  chanted  their 
spells  in  a  sort  of  howl,  γόος,  Seneca's 
ululatus  barharicus,  of.  Soph.  Aj.  582.) 

Τοητεία,  ας,  η,  (γοητεύω)  sorcery, 
witchcraft,  juggling.  Plat.  Symp.  203 
A,  and  freq.  in  late  prose. 

Τθ7}τενμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  magic  spell  or 
trick,  juggle.  Plat.  Phil.  44  C. 

Τοητεντικός,  ή,  όν,—  γοητικός,  ή, 
όν.     Adv.  -κώς. 

Τοητεύτρια.  ας,  ή,  α  witch. 

Τοητενω,  (γόης)  to  spell-bind,  be- 
witch. Plat.,  etc..  cf  γόι/ς. 

Τοητικός,  ή,  όν,  (γόης)  belonging  to 
or  good  at  witchcraft,  juggling,  Diog. 
L.    Adv.  -κώς. 

Τοήτις,  ιδος,  τ).  fem.  as  from  a 
masc.  γοήτηο,  a  ivitch.  Anth. 

ΓΟΓ,  ΓΟΓ,  an  imitation  of  the 
grunting  of  swine,  Jac.  Del.  Epigr.  6, 
47.  2.  cf  Kot. 

'^Τολγοθα,  indecl.  (from  Chal  lee 
golgotha,  a  scull)  Golgotha.^=the  place 
of  a  shiU,  a  knoll  near  Jerusalem, 
•^  297 


ΓΟΝΑ 

where  malefactors  were  executeJ, 
N.  T.  Matth.  27,  33. 

tFoAyoi,  ών,  oi,  Golgi,  a  city  of 
Cyprus,  sacred  to  Venus,  i'lieocr. 
15.  100. 

^Γολόσσιις,  ov,  ό.  Guliissa,son  of  the 
Numidiaa  king  Massiiiissa,  Polyb. 
30.  1. 

'^Γόμιφβα,  ας,  ?/,  and  ων.  τύ,  Go- 
mnrrlia.  a  city  Of  Judaea,  the  site  of 
wliich  was  covered  by  the  Dead  Sea, 
LXX.,  N.T. 

Τόμος,  ov,  0,  (,γίμω)  a  xhip's  cargo, 
freight,  load,  ττεντακιςχιλί'οι•  ταλάν- 
των γόμον  ίχειν.  to  be  of  5UO0  talents 
burden,  Hdt.  1.  191. 

Το/ίόω,  ω,  (γόμος)  to  lade,  freight. 

Γομίά  iLov, ov, τό, dim. iVoni γ  '>μφης. 

Τομφαιζω,  to  hare  pain  in  the  buck 
teeth  (γομφίοι),  LXX.     Hence 

Τομφιάτις,  εως,  ή,  and 

Τομφι.ασαός-  ov,  ό,  a  pain  in  the 
back  lee'h.  LXX. 

Τομφίόόονηος,  ov,  {γομφίος,  (hv- 
πος)  rattling  on  the  teeth,  χαλινός, 
Anth. 

Τομφίος,  (not  γομφίος)  ό,  sub.  οόινς. 
a  gr'  ι  lir-t  lolh,  Lat.  molaris,  Kpich.  p. 
9,  Hdt.  0,  83,  opp.  to  πρόσθιος :  the 
tooth  of  a  k  -11,  Ar.  The-tn.  4-i3.  (From 
γόμφος,  b  'cause  of  their  rounded  up- 
per surfarr.) 

Γο'/.ό  i'Vrof,  ov.  (γόμφος,  δέω)  nail- 
bound,  Aesch.  Snpp.  8i6. 

ίΓόα^ιοί,  ων,  oi,  Go  nphi,  now  Kala- 
biki.'  a  city  of  Thessaly,  on  the 
Ροπ-^ϋβ,  Strab. 

Toμφ1rΰγ>'/ς,  ές,  (γόμφος,  ττήγνυμι) 
nail-faste  'ed.  sirring  compacted,  βήμα- 
τα, the  b  ig  and  hirsh  compounds  of 
Aeschylus.  Ar.  Ran.  82 1. 

r>  Ι'ΜΦΟΣ,  ov,  ό.  a  nail,  peg  or  pin. 
for  ship-liuilding,  Od.  5.  218.  and 
oth  'r  uses,  Hes.  Op.  429,  Aesch. 
Theb.  512;  in  '^ρηΐ.  an.v  bond  or  fas- 
tening, as  in  Hdt.  2,  96,  γόμφοι  are 
the  rr  'ss  rihx  of  the  Aegypt  canoes  : 
in  Arist.  P;irt.  An.,  the  articulation  of 
join  s  that  turned  on  an  άστράγα}Μς. 
Th^  Grainni.  distinguish  γόμφος  from 
Τ]λο  ■  by  niakini  the  former  of  woo  1, 
the  laU'^r  of  me'iil  ;  but  Polyb.  13,  7 
9,  has  γόμφοι  π/όηροϊ:  they  seem 
rather  to  difler  in  size  and  shape, 
γόμρο;.  ■  eing  a  large,  ivcdge-shaped 
nil.  V.'  Sihol.  Ar.  Eq.  463. 

Γο  '  i-'ir.)/  Of,  ov.  (γόμφος,  τέμνω) 
pierced  <i'ih  Tiails,  Noun. 

Τομφόίύ,  ώ,ΐ.-ώσω  (γόμ'^ος)  to  fasten 
with  naiU,  pegs,  or  pins.  esp.  of  ships  ; 
γεγόμφωτηι  σκάφος,  the  ship's  hull 
is  ready  h  lilt,  Aesch.  Snpp.  440  :  rne- 
taph.  γΐλα  γομφονν,  like  ττηγνύναι, 
to  make  milk  thick  or  curdled,  Emped. 
193.     Hence 

Τόμφωαη,  ατός,  τό,  that  which  is 
fastened  by  nails,  pegs,  or  joinings,  Lat. 
compages,  Plut. 

Τομφ<ϋ~τ/ρ,  Τ]ρος,  b,  one  that  fastens 
with  nails  or  pegs,  esp.  a  ship-builder, 
Anth. 

Τομφωτήριος,  a,  ov,  of  belonging  to 
fastening  with  yiaits. 

Τομφωηκός,  ή],  ov,=  fnreT. :  -κή, 
i],  sub.  τέχνη,  carpentry.  Plat.  Polit. 
280  D. 

Τομφωτός,  ή,  όν,  (γομφόω)  fastened 
with  nails  or  pegs:  πλοία  γ.,  ships  ρ»/ 
together  with  pins,  SO  that  they  could 
be  taken  to  pieces,  Strab. 

^Τονατάς,  a.  6,  Gonaia,•!.  appellation 
of  king  Antigonus  of  Macedonia, 
Polyb.  2,  41.  10. 

Τονατίζω.  f.  -ίσω  Att.  -ϊώ.  (γόνυ) 
to  thrust  with  the  knee,  A.  B.— 2.  to 
make  to  feuee/.— 3.  intr.  to  kneel. 

Τονάτιον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  γόνν, 
Luc, 

208 


ΓΟΝΥ 

Τονατόδεσμος,  ov,  ό,  (γόνν,  δεσ- 
μός) a  knee-band. 

Γονατύυμαι,  pass.,  (γόνν)  to  get, 
have  a  knee  or  joint,  of  grasses,  reeds, 
etc.,   Theophr. 

Γονατώό/ις,  ες,  (γόνν,  είδος)  with 
join's,  like  renls,  etc.,  Id. 

Τονεία,  ας,  ή,  (γονεύω)  generation. 

Τοιεύς,  έως,  ό,  α  begetter,  father, 
sire,  Hdt.  1,  91  :  more  freq.  in  plur., 
the  parents,  H.  Honi.  Cer.  241,  Hes. 
Op.  233,  and  so  in  Hdt ,  and  Att. 

Tovtvu,  to  beget,  generate,  produce, 
Theophr.  ;  from 

Τον//,  τ/ς,ν•  {*  γενώ)  that  which  is  be- 
gotten, offspring,  race,  flom.,  etc.  :  the 
young  of  animals,  Aesch.  Fr.  180 : 
/he  fruits  of  the  earth.  Plat.  A.x.  371 
C. — II.  that  which  begets,  the  seed,  Hdt. 
3,  101,  109  :  the  parts  of  generation, 
also  the  womb.  Hipp.,  v.  Foes.  Oecon. 
— •  III.  generation,  child  birth,  Eur. 
Phoen.  1597. — IV.  birth,  descent,  γον?) 
γενναίος.  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  14G9. — V.  age- 
neration,  Aesch.  Pers.  818. 

Τονίας,  ό,χείμων,  like  Καικίας,  όρ- 
νιβίας,  etc.,  a  storm  blowing,  arising 
from  the  family,  v.  Blomf  Aesch.  Clio. 
1054. 

Τονικός,  ή,  όν,  (γονή)  belonging  to 
generation  or  the  seed,  Arist.  Probl. — 2. 
ancestral,  late. 

Τόνιμος,  ov,  also  η,  ov,  (yov7/)  pro- 
ditctive,  fruitful,  opp.  to  ίτεκνος, 
Hipp. :  also  metaph.  ποιητής  γ.,  a 
poet  of  creative  powers,  of  true  genius, 
Ar.  Ran.  90  :  hence ^e?itii«e,  true.  Plat. 
Rep.  307  D.  673  C— II.  with  full 
jmwers.  full  grown,  Lat.  vitalis,  Arist. 
II.  A. — HI.  with  ήμερα,  μην,  έτος, 
odd,  because  on  oild  days,  etc.,  ill- 
nesses came  to  their  crisis,  hence 
critical,  decisive,  Hipp.,  v.  Foes.  Oecoii. 
Hence 

Τονιμώδης,  ες,  (γόνιμος,  είδος) 
fruitful,  Orph. 

^Τόννος.  ov,  {/,  Hdt.  7,  128  ;  Τόννοι, 
ων,  οι,  Polyb.  18,  10,  2  ;  Gonnus,  or 
(rnnni,  a  city  of  the  Perrhaebi  in 
Thessaly,  on  the  Peneus. 

Τονοειδής,  ές,  (γονή,  είδος)  like 
seed,  Hipp. 

Γοΐ'όείζ•,  εσσα,  εν,  (γόνος)  fruitful, 
Nic. 

^Τονόεσια,  ης,  ή,  Gonoessa,  a  pro- 
montory near  Pallene,  in  Achaia,  II. 
2,  573. 

Τονοκηινέω,  (γόνος,  κτείνω)  to 
murder  one's  children,  Plut. 

^Τονομΰνοί,  ώι>,  οι,  the  Cenomani,  a 
Gallic  tribe,  Polyb.  2,  17,  4. 

Τονοποιέω,  ώ,  (γονή,  ποιέω)  to  im- 
pregnate, Geop.    Hence 

Τονοποιία,  ας,  ή,  impregnation. 

Τονόββοια,  ας,  ή,  (γονή,  βέω)  go- 
norrhoea. Gal. 

Τονοββοϊκός,  ή,  όν,  Paul.  Aeg. ;  and 

Τονόββοιος,ον,  subject  to  gonorrhoea, 
Joseph. 

Τονορβνέω,  ώ,  to  be  subject  to  go- 
norrhoea, LXX. 

Τονοββϋής,  ές.=  γονόββοιος,  LXX. 

Τόνης,  ov.  ό,  like  γονή.  also  ή  γό- 
νος, Eur.  I.  A.  794,  (*  γένω)  that  which 
is  begolten,  a  child,  grandchild, offspring, 
race,  oft.  in  Horn.  ;  later  also  of  the 
young  of  animals,  the  ymmg  shoots  of 
plants,  as  γόνος  άμπέλον,  Anacreont. : 
γόνος  πλοντόχθων,  a  generation  rich 
in  the  fruits  of  the  earth,  Aesch. 
Eum.  946.-11,  like  yrvoc,  race,  birlh, 
descent,  Od.  1.  216,  Hdt,  6,  135.— III. 
a  begetting,  Aesch.  Supp.  172.^IV. 
the  seed,  Hipp.,  and  Hdt. 

Toi'of ,  b.  V,  γοννός. 

ΤΟ'ΝΎ',  τό,  gen.  γόνατος,  dat.  pi. 
γόνασι  :  Ion,  γ'οννατος,  γοννασι, 
rarely  γοννασσι,  Π, :  poet,  also  γυν• 


ΓΟΡΓ 

νόις,  γοννί,  ρ1.  γοννα,  γουνών,  like 
δόρν :  Aeol.  plur.  γόνα,  gen.  γόνων, 
Neue  Sapph.  Fr.  25  ;  but  γοννν  is 
never  used  :  the  knee,  freq.  in  Horn., 
esp.  in  phrase  ΰψασβαι  γουνών,  to 
clasp  the  knees  as  a  suppliant,  so  λα- 
βεϊν  γονν(.)ν  and  γοίψατα  :  also  γόη'ν 
άμφιπίτνειν,  άμπίσχειν,  ττροςπίπ- 
τειν,  γόνασι  or  προς  γόνυ  πίπτειν, 
very  freq.  in  Eur. ;  αντεσθαι,  λισ• 
σεσθαί  τίνα  προς  γονάτων,  Eur., 
etc.  :  γόνν  ΐίάμπτειν.  to  bend  the  knee, 
i.  e.  sit  down,  take  rest,  II.,  cf  Blomf 
Aesch.  Pr.  32  :  γοννατά  τίνος  λνε/.ν, 
to  make  his  knees  slack,  i.  e.  weaken, 
lame,  kill  him,  II.,  cf  Nitzsch  Od.  1, 
267  ;  θεών  έν  γοννασι  κείται,  it  lies 
on  the  knees  of  the  gods,  i.  e.  dtpends 
on  their  will  and  pleasure.  Horn.  Me- 
taph. from  warriors  stricken  down, 
ές  γόνν  βάλ7.ειν,  κλίνειν,  βίπτειν, 
πίητειν,  of  fallen  cities  and  peoj)lps, 
to  bring  down,  cast  doimi,  overthrow, 
Valck.  Hdt.  C,  27,  Blomf.  Aesch. 
Pers.  927. — II.  the  knee  or  joint  of  the 
grasses,  such  as  the  cane,  Lat.  geni- 
culum,  Hdt.  3,  98,  cf.  γωνος.  (Sanscr. 
jann,  Lat.  genu,  oiir  knee,  knuckle,  cf. 
γνύξ,  γννπετός.) 

Τονυαγκών,  ώνος,  6,  (γόνυ,  ΰγκών) 
the  angle  formed  by  the  bent  knee. 

^Τονυαλγής,  ές,  (γόνν,  άλγος)  sitf- 
jering  from  pain  in  the  knees,  Hipp. 

Τονυκαμ.ιΙιε—ίκνρτος,  ov,  (γόνυ, 
κάμπτω,  έπίιαφτος)  twisting  the  knee 
awry  :  and 

Τοννκλασάγρνπνα,  ης,  ή,  (γόνν, 
κλύω,  άγρυπνος)  keeping  the  knee  with- 
out sleep :  epithets  of  the  gout  in  Luc. 

Τοννκ?ΰνέω,  to  bend  the  knee :  from 

Τοννκ?Μ•ής,  ές,  (γόνν,  κ?ύνω)  with 
bent  knee,  Euseb.     Hence 

ΤοννκλΙσία,  ας,  ή,  a  bending  of  the 
knee,  Eccl. 

Τοννκροτος,  ov,  (γόνν,  κροτέω) 
knocking  the  knees  together,  of  weak 
cowardly  persons,  Anacr.  114,  Arist. 
Physiogn. 

Τοννπετέω,  ύ,  to  fall  on  the  knee, 
Polyb.  :  fall  down  before,  τινί  and 
τινά,  Ν.  Τ. :  from 

Τοννπετής,  ές.  (γόνν,  τήπτω,  ττε- 
σείν)  Jailing  on  the  knee,  έδρα  γον.,  a 
kneeling  posture,  Eur.  Phoen.  293. 

Τονώδης,  ες,^γονοειδής,  Hipp. 

Τόον.  Ep.  3  pi.  aor.  2  irr.  of  γούω 
for  ΐγοον,  II.  6,  500. 

ΓΟΌΣ,  ov,  6,  any  sign  of  grief, 
weeping,  wailing,  groaning,  howling, 
mourning,  woe:  in  Hom.  ds  well  of 
weeping,  e.  g.  σχέθε  δ'  άσσε  γόοιο, 
Od.  4,  758,  as  of  louder  signs  of  grief ; 
in  Trag.  almost  wholly  in  latter 
sense,    (also  γόη  :  hence  γοάω.) 

Τοόω,  Ep.  for  γοάω,  Hom. 
^Τορβεονς,   ονντος,   6,  Gorbetis,  in 
Phrygia,  Strab. 
^Τοργάς,  άδος,  ή,=^άλιύς.  Soph.  Fr. 
174. — 2.  appellation  of  Juno  or  Mi- 
nerva, Lye.  1349. 
ΙΤόργασος.  ov,  6,  (Τοργώ)  Gorgastis, 
Ar.  Ach.  1131,  calls  Lomachus  son 
of  Gorgasus  in  allusion  to  his  Gorgon 
crest  and  shield,  cf  lb.  5G7. 

ΤοργεΙος.  Att.  Τόργειος,  a,  ov, 
(Τοργ'ώ)  of,  belonging  to  the  Gorgon, 
Τοργείη  κεφαλή,  II.  5,  741,  Od.  Π, 
634 :  TO  Τόργειον,  sc.  πρόςωπον. 
Medusa's  head,  Cic.  Att.  4,  16. 

^Τι'φγη,  ης,  ή,  Gorgg,  daughter  of 
Oenous,  Lye.  1013. — 2.  one  of  the 
Danaides,  Apollod.  2,  1,  5. 

Τοργιάζω,  to  speak  like  the  sophist 
Gorgias,  to  use  his  style  and  arts, 
Phitostr. :  from 

ιΤοργίας,  ov.  6,  Gorgias,  the  cele- 
brated sophist  and  orator  of  Leontini 
in  Sicily,  Plat.,  etc. — 2.  an  Athenian 


ΓΟΡΓ 

archon,  Plut. — 3.  a  commander  of 
Eumenes,  Plut.  Eum.  7.  Others  in 
Luc,  etc. 

iTopyioag,  a,  ό,  Gorgidas,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  a  Theban,  Plut.  Pel.  12. 

Τοργίειος,  ov.  {Τοργίας)  ofGorgias, 
Gorgias-likt,  Xeii.  Symp.  2,  26. 

^Τοργίπττεια,  ας,  ή,  Gorgippia,  a 
city  of  Sindice  on  the  Cimmerian 
Bosporus,  Strab. 

tTopγί^τπoς,  ov,  ό,  Gorgippus,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Diiiarch. 

^Τοβγίων,  ωνος.  ό,  Gorgion,  an  Ere- 
trian.brother  of  Gongylus,  Xen.  Hell. 
3,  1,  6. 

fTopyo/Juv,  οντος,  ό,  Gorgoleon, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  a  Spartan.  Plut.  Pel.  17. 

Topyo7M0ag,  ov,  ό,  (Τοργώ  λόφος) 
he  of  the  Gorgon-crest,  Ar.  Ach.  567  : 
fem.  ΤοργοΆόφα,  ί/ς,  ή,  Ar.  Eq.  1181. 

Τοργόνιαος,  ον,=Τοργείος,  Aesch. 
Pr.  793. 

Τοργόνη,  ης,  η,  rare  collat.  form  of 
Τοργώ,  Harm.  Eur.  Ale.  1123. 

Τοργονώ07ΐς,  ες,  {Τοργώ,  είδος) 
Gorgon-like. 

Τοργόνωτος,  ov,  (Τοργώ,  νώτον) 
άσπΙς  Τ.,  a  shield  with  the  Gorgon  on 
its  back,  Ar.  Ach.  1124. 

Τοργόομαι,  as  pass.,  to  be  spirited, 
hot  or  wild,  of  a  horse,  Xen.  Eq.  10, 4 : 
from 

ΓΟΡΓΟ'Σ,  η,  όν,  fearful, fierce,  esp. 
of  the  eye  and  look,  όμμα,  Aesch. 
Theb.  537,  γοργ.  άναΤΑέττειν,  to  look 
■fiercely  up,  Eur.  Supp.  322 :  also  y.  είς- 
ιδεΐν,  ΙδεΙν,  όρΰσθαι,  fearful  to  behold, 
Eur.,  and  Xen.,  cf.  Valck.  Phoen. 
149  :  esp.  also  of  horses,  hot,  spirited, 
Xen.  Eq.  10,  17.  (the  earliest  form 
of  the  word  is  the  subst.  Τοργώ,  q.  v., 
fTopyor,  ov,  b,  Gorgus,  king  of  Sa- 
lamis  in  Cyprus,  Hdt.  5,  104. — 2.  son 
of  Cypselus,  founder  of  Ambracia, 
Strab.     Others  in  Polyb.,  Paus.,  etc. 

Τοργότης,  ητος,  ή.  fierceness  of  eye, 
eagerness,  quickness,  Hermog. 

Τοργόφβα?ιμος,  ov,=^ γοργωπός. 

Τοργοφόρος,  ov,  (Τοργώ,  φονεύω) 
Goi gon-killing,  Eur.  ap.  Plut.  2,  747 
D :  as  pr.  n.,  Gorgophonus,  son  of 
Electryon,  Apollod.  2,  4,  5  :  also  fem. 
Τοργοώόνη .  as  a  name  of  .Mmerva, 
Eur.  Ion  1478 :  also  a  daughter  of 
Danaus,  Apollod.  2, 1,  5 ;  of  Perseus, 
Id.  1,9,  5. 

'^Τοργνθίων,  όνος,  ό,  Gorgythion,  a 
son  of  Priam,  11.  8,  302. 

^Τόργνθος.  ov,  6,  Gorgythus,  name 

of  a  comedy  of  Antiphanes,  Ath.  340  C. 

^ΤοργΰΆος,  ov,   6,  the    Gorgylus,   a 

tributary  of  the  Eurotas,  Polyb.  2,  66. 

^Τοργίφα,  ας,  ή,    Gorgyra,  wife  of 

Acheron,  Apollod. :  from 

Τοργί'ρη,  ης,  ή,  Hdt.  3,  145,  an  un- 
derground dungeon,  Lacon.  γεργύρα : 
ace.  to  Hesych.  also  an  aqueduct. 
(prob.  akin  to  κάρκαρον,  Lat.  career.) 
Iv  prob.] 

Τοργώ,  όος  contr.  οϋς,  ή,  the  Gor- 
gon, a  monster  of  fearful  aspect  (cf. 
yop}'of),I1.8,  319;  11,36;  she  dwelt, 
ace.  to  Od.  11,635,  in  the  lower  world, 
cf.  Heinr.  Hes.  Sc.  224:  but  Hes. 
iust  after,  v.  230,  speaks  of  several 
"Gorgons,  while  in  Theog.  276,  he 
names  three  (daughters  of  Phorcys 
and  Ceto,)  Eurayle,  Slheino  and  Me- 
dusa, the  last  the  most  fearful ;  her 
snakv  head  was  fixed  on  the  aegis 
of  Miner\a,  and  all  who  looked  on  it 
became  stone ;  she  was  the  Gorgon. 
From  Hes.  Sc.  230  downwards,  the 
form  Τοργών,  όνος  occurs,  but  the 
Att.  preferred  the  usu.  Homeric  form, 
though  in  plur.  Τοργόνες  is  more 
freq.,  Valck.  Phoen.  458,  (from  γορ- 
γός, akin  to  οργή,  and  Lat.  tonus.) 


ΓΟΤΝ 

Τοργών,  όνος,  η,  v.  foreg. 

tr<jp}iJ7raf,  ό,  Gorgopas,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  Xen.  Hell.  5,  1,  5. 

Τοργώπις,  ιδος,  ή,  pecul.  fem.  of 
sq.,  as  if  from  a  masc.  γοργώπης, 
epith.  of  Minerva,  Soph.  Aj.  450. — 2. 
/.ίμνη.  Lake  Gorgopis,  near  Corinth, 
Aesch.  Ag.  302. 

Τοργωπός,  όν,  {γοργός,  ώψ)  fierce- 
eyed,  fearful,  Aesch.,  and  Eur. 
Τοργωψ,  ώπος,  ό,  ?/,=  foreg.,  Eur. 

^Τορόέάς,  ov,  ό,  Gordias,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  Arist.  Pol. 

\Τορδίειον,  ου,  τό,  also  Topotov, 
Gordiaeuni.  a  City  of  Greater  Phrygia 
on  the  Sangarius,  Xen.  Hell.  1,  4,  1. 

tPoprJiOf,  ov  Ion.  εω  (as  if  from  ας) 
ό,  Gordius,  an  early  king  of  Phrygia, 
founder  of  Gordium,  Arr.  An.  2,  3,  1. 
— 2.  another  king  of  Phrygia,  Hdt.  1, 
14. 

^Τορδναία,  ας,  ή,  Gordyaea,  a  region 
of  Armenia,  between  the  Euphrates 
and  Tigris;  oi  Τορδναϊοί,  Καρόονχοι, 
the  motlem  Kurds,  Strab.  .■  ΤορδναΙα 
opt],  the  Gordyaean  mountains,  be- 
tween Armenia  and  Mesopotamia, 
Strab. 

^Τορδνηνός,  ?;,  όν  ;  in  pi.  oi  Top.= 
ΤορδναΙοί,  V.  foreg.  Plut. 

^Τόρδνς,  νος,  ό,  Gordys,  son  of 
Triptolemus,  settled  in  Armenia, 
Strab. 

^Τορ-ιαΐος,  ov,  ό,  μην,  a  Macedo- 
nian month,=Lat.  September,  Plut. 
Thes.  20. 

^Τόρτνν,  ννος,  ή,  Gortyn,  a  city  of 
Crete,  II.  2,  646,  etc. :  in  Polyb.  and 
Strab.  Τόρτννα,  ης,  ή,  and  m  Paus. 
Τορτννη.     Hence 

^Τορτνναΐος,  a,  ov,  of  or  belonging 
to  Gortyn,  Gortynian,  late. 

^Τορτυνΐκός,  ή,  oj.',=foreg.,  Plat., 
etc. 

'^Τορτΰνίος,  a,  ov,  =  Τορτυναΐος, 
Strab.,  ή  Τορτυνίά,  the  territory  oj 
Gortyn,  Id. 

^Τορτνί'ίς,  ίδος,  ή,  fem.  adj.=foreg., 
Callmi.  Dian.  189. 

Foil',  Ion.  γών,  (γε  ovv)  restrictive 
particle  with — I.  an  illative  force,  at 
least  then,  at  least,  esp.  in  quoting  an 
example,  freq.  in  Att.,  e.  g.  Thuc.  1, 
2. — II.  without  such  force  very  much 
like  γε  II.,  certainly,  at  any  rate,  Hdt. 
1,  31 :  of  a  truth,  in  sooth,  freq.  in 
answers,  e.  g.  Eur.  Phoen.  618.  Onlv 
twice  in  Hom.,  II.  5,  258  ;  16,  30, 
both  times  with  γε  added.  Freq.  in 
good  authors  in  tmesis,  as  ττάνν  γ'  άν 
ούν.  Ar.  Eccl.  806,  but  γε  ovv,  not 
till  late. 

Τοϋνα,γοννων,  (not  γοννών)ΐΙονη., 
plur.  of  γόνν,  sometimes  also  in 
Trag.,  Pors.  Phoen.  866. 

Τοννύζομαι,  f.  -σομαι,  dep.  mid. 
(}  OJ."!;)  to  fall  doiiii  ayid  clasp  another's 
knees,  to  entreat,  supplicate,  τινά, 
Hom. :  νκέρ  τίνος  ana  τινός,  iti  he- 
half  of  another,  II.  15,  665  :  but  also 
τινός  and  ττρός  τίνος,  to  entreat  by 
such  and  such  llimgs,  Od.  11,  66, 
γοννων  γουνύζεσθαι,  II.  22,  345. 

Τοννασμα,  ατός,  τό,  {γοννάζομαι) 
supplication,  Lyc. 

Τοννατα,  γοννασι.  Ion.  and  Hom., 
plur.  of  γόνυ,  though  in  II.  only  dat. 
plur.  γοννασσι  occurs,  for  which 
others  γοννεσσι,  and  gen.  sing,  yoi- 
i^arof,  II.  21,591. 

ΙΤοννενς.  έως  Epic,  ήος,  ό.  Gov.• 
neus,  a  lead  er  of  the  Acamanians  be- 
fore Troy,  II.  2,  748. 

Τουνόομαι,  dep.  αύά.=^γοννάζομαι, 
Hom, 

Τοννοπϋ)τΟζ<  ες,  (γόνν,  παχύς) 
thick-kneed,  Hes.  Sc.  266 :  but  better 
γοννοπα'}  7/ς,  compact  of  knee,  or  of 


ΓΡΑΜ 

limb,  cf.  γνιοπαγής,  Herm.  Opusc.  β, 

1,  p.  202. 

Τοννός,  ov,  6,  (γόνος,  γονή)  com• 
laud,  a  sown  field,  Hom.,  lisu.  in 
phrase  γουνον  άλωής,  also  γοννος 
Άθτινύων,  Od.  11,  323;  so  too  in 
plur.  γουνοί  'Έ-λενθί/ρος,  'Νεμεϊης, 
Hes.  Th.  54,  329,  ΆΗανΰν,  Pmd.  I. 
4,  42 ;  also  γοννος  Σοννιακός,  Hdt. 
4,  99,  where  Valck.  proposes  γώνος : 
cf.  ovOap.  {γοννός  is  lengthd.  Ion. 
form  of  γονής.  Λvllich  however  does 
not  appear  in  use.) 

^Τονραϊοι,  ων,  οι,  the  Giiraei,  an 
Indian  nation  on  the  Guraeus,  Arr. 
An.  4,  23,  1. 

iTovpuvioi,  ων,  οι,  the  Guranii,  a 
people  of  Armenia,  Strab. 

Τοώόης,  ες,  {γόος,  είδος)  mournful, 
plaintive.  Plat.  Legg.  800  D. 

'tTpaaioi,  ων,  οι,  the  Graaei,  a  Pae- 
onian  tribe  on  the  Strymon,  Thuc.  2, 
96. 

Τρύβδην,  adv.  (γράφω)  grazing, 
scraping. 

Τράόιο,  for  sq.,  barbarism  in  Ar. 
Thes'm.  1194. 

Τράδιον,  ου,  τό,  contr.  for  γραίδιον. 

ΤραΙα,  ας,  ή,  (γραΐος)  an  old  wo- 
man, for  γεραιά.  Od.  1,  438 :  also 
with  subst.,  γραΐαι  παίδες,  δαίμονες, 
of  the  Eumenides,  Aesch.,  and  freq. 
in  Eur.,  cf.  γραΐος. — 2.  Tpaiai,  ai, 
the  Graeae,  daughters  of  Phorcys  and 
Ceto,  with  fair  faces,  but  hair  gray 
from  their  birth,  Hes.  Th.  270,  cf. 
Herm.  Opusc.  6,  1.  p.  168. 

tFpam,  ας,  ή.  Grata,  a  city  of  Boe- 
otia,  according  to  some  the  later  Tan- 
agra,  others  Oropus,  II.  2, 498,  Strab. 
p.  404,  410. 

Τρΰίδίον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  γφαίς, 
γρανς.  an  old  hag,  contr.  γράδιον,  Ar. 
Plut.  674. 

Τραικίζω,ί.  -ίσω,{Τραικός)  to  speak 
Greek,  late. 

Τραικίτης,  ov,  ό,=Τραικός,  a  Greek, 
Lyc.  605. 

Τραϊκός,  ή,  όν,  (γραίς)  old-woman- 
ish, Clem.  ΑΙ. 

Τραικός,  ov,  ό,  Lat.  Graecus,  old 
name  of  the  Greeks,  earlier  than 
'Ελ'λην,  Tzetz.  Lyc.  532.  The  word 
fell  into  disuse,  but  was  revived  by 
Sophocles,  Eust.  II.  p.  890,  14,  Alb. 
Hesych.  1,  p.  854:  Steph.  Byz.  in  v. 

Τραίνω,^=γρύω,  to  gnaw,  hence 
γάγγραινα. 

Τραιόομαι.  pass.,  to  became  an  old 
ti'ojnan,  grow  old,  Anth.  :  from 

Τραϊος,  γραία,  γραϊον,  (syncop. 
from  γεραιός)  old.  aged  ;  gray,  ot 
things,  έρείκη,  Aesch.  Ag.  295:  άκαν- 
θα, Soph.  Fr.  748,  cf.  Valck.  Phoen. 
103,  1688,  Adon.  p.  316  C  :  γραίη 
σταφνΆή,  Lat.  v.va  passa,  rai.^ins, 
Anth.  When  joined  with  names  of 
persons,  it  should  be  referred  to 
γραία,  like  γέρων,  γρανς,  so  too  (as 
the  accent  shows)  γραΐαν  ώλένην, 
Eur.  Ion  1213,  and  so  therefore  γραίφ 
χερί.  Hec.  877. 

Τρΰις,  ίδος,  ή,  =  γρανς,  Chariton. 

Τράμμα,  ατός,  τό,  (γράφω)  that 
which  is  gravest  or  uritten.  a  written 
character,  letter,  Lat.  litera,  and  SO  in 
plural,  letters,  the  alphabet,  frequent 
from  Hdt.  downwds. ;  γράμματα  ot- 
δάσκειν  and  μανθύνειν.  Plat.,  etc. — 

2.  a  note  in  music,  Anth. — 3.  a  draiv- 
ing,  picture.  \'alck.  Theocr.  15,  81, 
Jac.  Philostr.  Imag,  p.  580. — 4.  a 
mathematical  diagrajn,  Diog.  L. — 5. 
the  letter  in  the  lots  which  the  δικασ- 
ταί  drew.  \r.  Plut.  277,  etc.— II.  that 
tvhich  consists  of  written  characters,  but 
USU.  in  plur.  like  Lat.  literae,  a  letter, 
Hdt-,  etc.;  an  inscrivtion,  writing,  Hdt. 

299 


ΓΡΑΜ 

1,  187,  etc.  :  papers,  esp.  state  papers, 
accounts,  Lat.  tabulae,  Plat.,  etc. ;  a  ta- 
ble of  la'Ds,  written  law.  At.  Eccl.  1050  : 
a  man's  writings,  i.  e.  a  book,  treatise, 
Xen.  Mem.  4.  2,  1  :  in  smg.  a  passage 
or  part  of  a  book  or  letter,  etc.,  Thuc. 
5,  29  :  a  written  contract,  or  agreement, 
a  bond,  N.  T.  Luke  IG,  6.— 111.  that 
which  is  in  written  books,  rudiments  : 
also  letters,  learning,  the  sciences,  etc., 
Plat.  Apol.  20  D,  though  μαθήματα 
is  more  usu. — IV'.  Lat.  scnpulum,= 
■z\  of  the  ounce,  the  smallest  denom- 
ination of  weight  among  the  Romans, 
Geop. 

^Τραμμΰί^ΐδασκαλίι^ης,  ov,  6,  ace.  to 
Lob.  ad  Phryn.  p.  009,  γραμμοδ.  ;  = 
γραμματοόίόάσκα'λος,  Ath.  588  Β, 
where  analogy  would  rather  require 
γραμματοόίδασκαλίδης. 

Τραμμύμίον,  ου,  τό,  a  weight  of 
three  obols. 

Τραμματεία,  ας,  ή,  writing,  the  office 
of  the  γρμμματενς,  Plut. — 11.  learning, 
LXX. 

Τραμματείδιον,  ov,  τό,  v.  1.  for 
γρημματίδιον,  Antipho  135,32,Dem. 
1208,  14. 

ΤραμματεΙον,  ov,  τό,  that  on  ivhich 
one  writes,  tablets,  Ar.  Fr.  200 :  hence 
a  writing,  letter,  account-book,  bond, 
contract,  will,  freq.  in  Oratt. — 2.  γρ. 
7\.ηξιαρχίκόν,  the  list  in  which  all 
Athenian  citizens  were  enrolled,  by 
which  means  only  they  could  get 
possession  of  their  patrimony  (r;/f 
/^ήζεως  άρχειν),  Schomann  de  Com. 
Athen.  p.  379. — 3.  the  place  where 
γράμματα  were  taught,  a  school,  Ath. 
210  F. 

Τραμματενς,  έως,  6,  {γράμματα)  a 
scribe,  secretary :  the  name  of  many 
officers  at  Athens  of  various  ranks, 
Buckh  P.  E.  1,  p.  249,  those  of  low- 
er grade  being  much  looked  down 
on ;  also  a  clerk,  for  the  γραμματεύς 
had  to  read  out  state  papers,  etc., 
Thuc.  7,  10 :  ή  γραμμ.  in  joke,  Ar. 
Thesm.  432 :  hence 

Τραμματεύω,  to  be  γραμματεύς  or 
secretary,  hold  his  office,  freq.  in  public 
documents,  e.  g.  Thuc.  4,  118. 

Τραμματηφόρος,  ό,  (γράμμα,  φέρω) 
a  letter-carrier. 

Τραμματίδίον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from 
γραμμάτίον,  a  little  writing,  letter,  ta- 
blet, V.  γραμματείδιον. 

^Τραμματιδωποιός,  οϋ,  ό,  (γράμμα- 
Τίδιοί',  ποιέω)  one  who  makes  γράμμα- 
τίδια,  Ath.  280  D. 

Τραμματίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  to  teach  γράμ- 
ματα.— II.  to  be  a  γραματενς,  Bockh 
Inscr.  1,  p.  756. 

Τραμματικενομαι,  dep.  mid.  to  teach 
γράμματα,  be  a  grammarian,  Anth. 

Τραμματικός,  ή,  όν,  knowing  one's 
letters,  w'.ll  grounded  in  the  rudiments, 
Xen.  Mem.  4.  2,  20.— 2.  biisied  with 
explaining  books,  teaching  youth  their 
γράμματα,  a  grammarian,  Plut. — 3. 
grammatical,  like  a  grammarian,  by  the 
rules  of  grammar :  ή  -κή,  with  or  with- 
out τέχνη,  grammar,  Plat.,  and  Arist. 
— 4.  relating  to  the  letters  of  the  alpha- 
bet, marked  with  letters,  ττοτήρων,  Ath. 
4GG  Ε  ;  Luc.  Lexiph.  6  ;  hence  ή,  -κη, 
the  alphabet.  Wolf  Prol.  ixiv.  Adv. 
~κ.ως. 

Τραμμάτίον,  ου,τό. dim.  fromvpa^- 
ua.  a  little  letter,  ticket,  billet,  v.  1.  An- 
tipho   135,  39. 

Τραμματιστής,  ov,  6.  (γραμματίζω) 
one  who  teaches  γράμματα,  a  school- 
master. Plat.,  Xen.,  etc. :  but  Hdt.  2, 
28  ;  3,  123,  etc, αγράμματης,  cf.PoU. 
4,  19.     Hence 

Τμαμματιστικήής,  ή,  sub.  τέχνη, 
grammar,  Sext.  Emp. 
300 


ΓΡΑΟ 

Τραμματοδΐδασκαλεων,  ov,  τό,= 
γραμματεϊον  i.  Plut. 

Υραμματοδΐδασκα7ύδης,  ov,  o,=  sq. 
Timou  ap.  Ath.  588  B. 

Τ ραμματοδίδάσκαλος,  ό,=  γραμμα- 
Τίστης,  α  schoolmaster,  'I'eles  ap.  Stob. 
p.  535,  15. 

Τραμματόκος,  ov,  (γράμματα,  τίκ- 
τω) mother  of  letters,  epith.  of  ink, 
Anth.  where  Lob.  Phryn.  669,  reads 
γραμματόϋος. 

Vpa/ιματοκύώων,  ωνος,  (γράμματα, 
κνπτω)  nickname  οΙ  a  γραμματεύς,  a 
grubber  in  musty  records,  Dein  297,  22. 

[KV] 

Τραμματο?ιΐκρίφίς,  ίδος,  ό,  (γράμ- 
ματα, λίκριώίς)  α  puzzle-headed  gram- 
marian, Anth. 

Τραμματοψορέω,  ώ,  to  carry  or  deliver 
letters,  Strab.  :  Irom 

Τραμματοφύρος,  ov,  (γράμματα,  φέ- 
ρω) letter-carrying,  Polyb. 
^Τραμματοφν'λακεΐον,  ov,  ro,=  sq. 

Τραμματοφϋ'λάκιυν,  ov,  τό,  a  letter- 
box, charter-chest,  Plut.  :  :=δημόσΐΟΙ 
χάρται,  Euseb.    [λά]  :  from 

Γραμματαφνλαξ,  ύκος,  ό,  (γράμμα- 
τα, φυλάσσω)  α  keeper  of  records,  re- 
gistrar, Bockh  Inscr.  1,  60S. 

Τραμμή,  ής,  ή,  (γράφω)  a  stroke  in 
writing,  a  line.  Plat.  :  ή  μακρά,  the 
long  line  of  condemnation,  Ar.  Vesp. 
106  :  mi  outline  in  drawing,  v.  Sal- 
mas.  Plin.  Exerc.  p.  5  A. — \\.=βα7ίβίς, 
the  line  across  the  course,  to  mark  the 
starting  or  winning  place,  v.  Interpp. 
Ar.  Ach.483:  hence  like  Horace's 
ultima  linea  rerum,  the  end,  ποτΐ  γραμ- 
μάν,  Pind.  P.  9,  208,  ubi  v.  SclioL, 
and  cf  Eur.  El.  956,  Antig.  13.— III. 
the  middle  line  on  a  board  like  our 
draught  board,  also  called  ή  ιερά, 
hence  proverb.,  τον  άττο  γραμμής  or 
άφ'  ιεράς  κίνείν  λιβον,  to  move  one's 
man  from  this  line,  i.  e.  to  try  one's 
last  chance,  Alcae.  47,  cf  Eust.  11. 
p.  633,  58,  Od.  p.  1397,  31  :  al  γραμ- 
μαί,  the  board  itself,  Poll.,  cf  πεσσός : 
but  δια  γραμμής  ηαίζειν  was  a  game 
played  by  two  parties  pulling  against 
one  another,  across  a  line,  elsewh. 
διελκυστίνδα,  v.  Heind.  Plat.  Theaet. 
181  A.     Hence 

Τραμμικός,  ή,  όν,  consisting  of  lines, 
linear,  esp.  γρ.  άττόδειξις,  &εωρία,  ge- 
ometrical proof,  Plut.     Adv.  -κώς. 

Τραμμοδιδασκαλίδης,  ου,  ό,  v.  γραμ- 
ματηδίόασκαλίδης. 

Τραμμοειδής,  ές,  (γραμμή,  είδος) 
in  lines.     Adv.  -δώς,  Arist.  Mund. 

Τραμμο7τοίκΐ?Μς,  ov,  (γραμμή,  ■kol- 
κί7ιθς)  striped,  Ath. 

Τραμμοτόκος,  ov,  v.  γράμματα- 
κος. 

Τραμμώδης,  ες,=γραμμοειδής,  The- 
ophr. 

\ΤράνΙκος,  ov,  δ,  the  Granicus,  now 
the  Dimotiko  or  Ustwola,  a  river  of 
Mysia,  flowing  from  Mount  Ida,  II. ; 
Strab. 

^Τράνις,  ιδος,  ό,  the  Grants,  a  river 
of  Persia,  Arr.  Ind.  39,  3. 

Τράολογία,  ας,  ή,  (γρανς,  Αέγω) 
old  wife's  talk,  gossip,  Sext.  Emp. 

Τράοπρεττής,  ές,  (γρανς,  πρέττω) 
old-womanish,  Julian. 

Τράοσόβιις,  ov,  ό,  (γρανς,  σοβέω) 
scaring  old  women,  Ar.  Pac.  812. 

^Τραός  στήθος,  τό,  prob.  =Γραϊα  (in 
11.2,498);  Xen.  Hell.  5,4,  50. 

Τράοσνλλέκτρια,  ας,  ή,  (γρανς, 
σνλλέγω)  an  old  gossip-monger,  epith. 
of  Timaeus  in  Suid. 
^Τραονίσκιον,  ov,  τό,  and  -ίσκοι, 
ων,  oi.Graviscae,  now  Torre  di  Come- 
to,  a  city  of  Etruria,  Strab. 

ΤρΰοφΏ.ος,  ov,  (γρανς,  φίλος)  a 
lover  of  old  women. 


ΓΡΑΦ 

Τράττίς,  ίδος,  ή,  the  cast  slough  of 
serpents,  insects,  etc.,  Lat.  ex-uvuu. 

Υραπτέος,  έα,  έον,  verb.  Adj.  from 
γράφω,  to  he  written  or  described,  Xen. 
Eq.  2,  1  :  to  be  painted,  Luc. 

Τραπτήρ,  ήρος,  ό,  a  writer,  Anth. 

Τραπτός,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from 
γράφω,  scratched :  engraved,  written, 
Eur.  Hyps.  2. 

Τρατΐτύς,  νος,  ή,  a  scratching,  tear- 
ing, Od.  24,  229. 

\Τράς,  a,  ύ,  Gras,  son  of  Archelaus, 
and  great-grandson  of  Orestes,  Strab. 

Vpiiaor,  ov,   b,  the  smell  of  a  goat, 
also  of  men,  Lat.  hircus,  Eupol.  Pol. 
34,  i^rist.  Probl.  :  cf  γράσών. 
^Τράσος,  ov,  ό,  Grasus,  a  plain  near 
Troy,  Nic. 

Τράσσος,  ov,  b,  a  shout,  Plut. 
(Prob.  a  Macedonian  word,  Tliirlw. 
Hist,  of  Greece,  6,  p.  219.) 

Τραστί^ω,  f.  -ίσω,  to  feed  at  grass, 
ΐππονς,  Geop. :  from 

Τράστις,  εως,  ή,  grass,  green  fodder, 
also  κράστις  or  κράτις,  v.  Moer.  p. 
211,  et  Jnterpp. 

Τράσων,  ωνος,  ό,  ή,  (γρΰσος)  smell- 
ing like  a  goat,  Lat.  hircmn  oletis,  in 
genl.=/iiapof,  Ath.  Ά\&ο=:γράσος,  Μ. 
Anton,  [α] 

^Τρατίων,  ωνος,  ό,  Gration,  a  giant, 
Apollod. 

Τρανΐς,  ίδος,  ή,  Dor.  for  γρηνς, 
γραάς.  Call. 

\Τραυκένίθΐ,  ωΐ',  οΐ,  the  Graucenii,  a 
people  dwelling  on  the  Ister,  Ap.  Rh. 
4,  321. 

ΓΡΑΥ~Σ,  gen.  γράός,  ή.  Ion.  γρψ 
νς,  γρηός  :  voc.  γρην  :  poet,  also  γρ?]- 
νς,  voc.  τρ?;ΰ,  barbarous  vocat.  γpg■o, 
in  Ar.  Tnesm.  1222  : — a  gray  woman, 
old  woman,  Horn,  especial,  in  Od.  , 
strengthd.  γρ.  παλαιή,  Od.  19,  346  : 
also  with  a  subst.,  γραϋς  γννή,  Eur. 
Tro.490,  Dem.  432, 12  :  in  Ar.  Thesm. 
1214,  ό  γρανς,  an  old  man  dressed  as 
a  woman. — II.  scum,  as  of  boiled 
milk,  which  we  call  mother,  Ar.  Plut. 
1206. — III.  a  sea-crab,  Schneid.  0pp. 
Hal.  1,  285.  (From  same  root  asjf- 
ρων,  γεραιός,  etc.) 

Τράφείδων,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  sq. 

Τρΰφείον,  ov,  TO,  (γράφω)  a  thing 
to  write  with,  pencil,  Lat.  stilw:.  Ma- 
cho ap.  Ath.  582  C. — II.  τα  γραφεία 
=  άγιύγραφα,  Eccl. 

Γρΰφεύς,  έως,  ό,  α  painter,  Eur.Hec. 
807,  Plat.  Rep.  377  υ.—η.=  γραμμα• 
τενς,  Xen.  Hell.  4,  1,  39. — HI.  a  wri- 
ter, Diod. 

Τρΰφή,  ής,  ή,  (γράφω)  a  marking 
with  lines,  drawing,  painting,  esp.  in 
phrases,  όσον  γραφή,  ωςπερ  έν  ■)  ρα- 
φή, ώς  έν  γραφαΐς,  Hdt.  2, 73,  Aesch., 
etc.,  Valck.  Phoen.  131  :  κατά  γρα- 
φήν,  perh.  in  profile.  Plat.  Symp.  193 
A. — 2.  uriting.  Soph.  Tr.  683. — 3.  a 
way  ofivriting.form,  Gramm. — II.  that 
which  is  drawn,  etc.,  a  painting,  Chae- 
rem.  ap.  Ath.  608  Β  :  also  embroidery, 
Blomf  Aesch.  Cho.  226.-2.  a  uriting, 
letter,  etc.,  Thuc.  1, 129  :  also  in  plur. 
like  γράμματα,  Eur. — 3.  a  dcscriptiov., 
Diod. — 13.  (γράφομαι)  as  Att.  law 
term,  an  indictment  for  a  public  offence, 
public  prosecution  or  accusation,  opp.  to 
δίκΐ],  a  private  action,  γρ.  τινός,  in- 
dictment for  a  thing,  freq.  in  Oratt. ; 
cf  Diet.  Antiqq.,  and  v.  sub  ypuoo- 
μαι,  είςαγγελία,  εγκ7ι7]μα,  προβολή. 
Hence 

Τράφΐκός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to  draw- 
ing or  painting,  skilled  therein,  Luc.  : 
ή  -κή,  sub.  τέχνη,  the  art  of  painting. 
Plat,  :  of  things,  as  if  painted,  likt 
painting.  Vlut. ^2.  belonging  to  writing, 
of  or  in  writing :  suited  for  writiag, 
γραφική  λέξις,  opp.  to  ΰγωνιστικί]^ 


ΓΡΑΩ 

Arist.  Rhet.  3,  12  :  but  of  style  also, 
graphic,  lively,  Dion  H.     Adv .  -κώς. 

Υρΰφίον,ου,  τό,:=γραφεϊον. 

Τρύφίς,  ίδος,  ή,^=^}ραφΰον,  esp.  α 
style  lor  writing  on  waxen  tablets,  α 
needle,  Hipp. — 11.  =  γμηφ//,  drawing 
in  outline,  Vitruv. :  also  in  plural, 
Anth. 

Γράφος,  εος,  τό,^γρύμμα,  Bockh 
Inscr.  i.  p.  26. 

ΓΡΑ'ΦΩ,  f.  -ψω;  perf.  γέγραφα, 
later  γεγράφηκα.  Lob.  Phryn.  7b4 : 
2  aor.  pass,  έγράφην :  in  Horn,  only 
in  signL  to  GRA  VE,  scratch,  scrape, 
αιχμή  γράψεν  οι  όστέον  ύχρις,  11. 17, 
59υ  :  σήματα  -/ρά-φας  εν  ττίνακι,  hav- 
ing drawn,  marks  or  figures  on  tablets, 
II.  6,  169,  cf.  Wolf.  Prol.  p.  Ixxxi.  sq., 
Heyne  ad  1. :  nowhere  else  in  Honi., 
but  cf.  γρατττνς,  ίττιγράάόην,  έτη- 
γράφω- — 11-  ?«  draw  lines  with  a  pencil, 
etc.  ;  to  sketch  out,  draw,  paint,  Aesch. 
Enm.  50,  είΐίών  γεγραμμένη,  Ar.  Kan. 
537;  also  in  mid.,  ζώα  γράφεσθαι^ 
ζωγραόείν,  Hdt.  4,  88. — 111.  to  write, 
Ti.  Hdt.,  etc.  ;  yp.  τινά,  to  write  a 
person's  name,  Xen.  :  γρ.  τι  εν  τινι, 
to  write  on..,  Xen.,  etc.,  but  also  εις 
διφθέρας,  Hdt.  5,  58  :  hence  proverb. 
γρ.  εις  olvov,  of  women's  oaths,  cf 
Xenarch.  Pent.  3. — 2.  to  inscribe,  like 
έτΐίγράφειν,  γρ.  εις  σκν/Μ.  εις  ατή'Κ- 
■ην,  Eur.  Phoen.  574,  Dem.  121,  21. 
Pass,  γράόεσθαί  τι,  to  be  inscribed  with 
a  thing,  tir.  Soph.  Tr.  157. — 3.  to 
write  dowi^  γρ.  τινά  αίτιον,  to  set  one 
down  as  the  cause,  Hdt.  7,  214,  cf 
Pind.  O.  3,  54 :  to  register,  enrol,  γρ. 
τινά  τών  Ίτζπενόντων,  among  the  cav- 
alry, Xen.  Cyr.  4,  3,  21. — 4.  γρ.  εις  or 
ττρος  τίνα,  to  write  a  letter  to  one,  Luc. 
— 5.  γρ.  τζερί  τίνος,  to  write  on  a  sub- 
ject, Xen.  Cyn.  13,  2  :  hence  absol.  to 
write,  as  an  author  does,  describe,  Po- 
lyb. — 6.  to  write  down  a  law  hereafter 
to  be  proposed,  hence  to  propose,  inor.e, 
γνώνην,  νόμον,  -ψήφισμα,  etc.,  Xen.  ; 
γρ.  ΰολεμον,  είρήνην,  etc..  Dem.,  but 
also  c.  inf  γρ.  πολεμείν,  Dinarch  99, 
8  ;  γρ.  τταράνομα,  to  propose  an  illegal 
measure,  Ireq.  in  Dem. :  cf.  infr.  in 
mid. — B.  Mid.  to  write  for  one's  self  or 
for  one's  own  use,  note  down.  Hdt.  2, 
82  ;  γραφεσθαί  tl  φρενών  έσω,  Soph. 
Phil.  1325,  cf  εγγράφομαι. — 2.  esp. 
as  Att.  law-term,  -,ράφεσθαί  τίνα,  to 
indict  one,  τινός,  for  some  public  of- 
fence, e.  g.  τϊ]ς  αισχροκέρδειας,  Plat. 
Legg.  754,  tin.  ;  in  lull  δικην  or  ypa- 
φήν  γράψασΟαί  τίνα,  Ar.  Xub.  1482 
(but  in  pass.,  εΐ  σοι  γράφοιτο  δίκη, 
lb.  758) ;  also  c.  inf,  γρ.  τινά  άδικεΐν, 
Ar.  Vesp.  894.  cf  Pac.  107  ;  absol.,  oi 
γραψάμενοι,  the  prosecutors.  At.  ^'esp. 
881  ;  cf  γραφή  Β  :  but  γραφεσθαί  τι, 
•φήφισμα,  δωρεάν,  etc.,  to  denounce  it 
as  unlawful,  (where  -αρανόμων  may 
be  supplied,)  εγράφατο  την  Χ.αβρίον 
δωρεάν,  Dem.  501 .  28  :  very  rarely  in 
act.  in  this  signf,  as  Ar.  Av.  1052; 
but  in  pass.,  to  be  indicted,  not  seldom 
in  Dem.,  and  Aeschin. :  τά  γεγραμ- 
μένα,  the  disputed  property,  Dem.  244, 
10  ;  but  he  also  has  γέγραμμαι,  in 
signf  of  mid.,  557,  10.  (Our  grave, 
en-grave.  Germ,  grahen,  gruben.  cf  Lat. 
scrobs,  also  scrofa,  scurf,  scarify  ;  akin 
to  χράω,  χρανω,  χραίω  :  χρίω,  χρίμ- 
τζτω  :  χαράσσω,  scratch :  also  to  γ/.ά- 
φω,  γ/.ύφω,  as  Lat.  scalpo,  sculpo  to 
scribo.)  [a] 

Τραψαΐος,  ov,  o,  a  crab,  Diphil. 
Siphn.  ap.  Ath.  106  D. 

ΓΡΑ'Ω.  fut.  -σω,=γραίνω,  to  gnaw, 
eat.  Call.  Fr.  200.  (the  Sanscr.  root 
isgrns,  to  devour,  hence  γραίνω,  γάγ- 
γραινα, also  Lat.  gramen,  γράστις, 
οητ  grass,  Pott  Forsch,  1,  278.)  [u] 


ΓΡΤΠ 

Γραώδης,  ες,  {γρανς,  εϊδος)^γραϊ- 
κός,  Strab. 

νρηγορέω,=έγείρω,  from  the  perf 
έγμηγορα,  LXX.     Hence 

Γρηγόρησις  εως,  y,  later  form  for 
εγρηγοριισις,  LXX. 

Γμηγορικος,  ή,  όν,  later  form  for 
έγρ7/γορικός. 

Γρήγορσις,  εως,  ή,  later  form  for 
έγρήγορσις,  Philo. 

Τρήϊης,  ov,  {γpηvς)gτay,  old. 
^ΓρήνΙκος.  ov,  0,  Epic  for  Γράνικος, 
q.  v.,  11.  12,  21. 

^Γρηστωνία,  ας,  ή,  Grestonia,  a  re- 
gion of  Thrace,  Thuc.  2,99;  alsowr. 
Γραιστωνία,  Ath.  77  D. 

Γρ;/£'Γ,  ή,  Ion.  for  γρανς,  poet,  also 
γρηνς,  both  in  Horn. 

ΥρΙνος,  ov,  ό  and  ή,  Aeol.  for  ()ΐνός. 
'ΓρΙνος,   ου,   6,   Grinus,  a  king  of 
Thera,  Hdt.  4,  150. 

H'piov,  ov.  TO,  Grium,  a  mountain  of 
Caria,  Strab. 

ΤρΙττενς,  έως,  ό,  a  fisherman,  The- 
ocrit.  1,  39 :  pecul.  femin.  γριτϊΐμς, 
ίδος,  ή. 

Ι'ρίττεύω,  to  fish,  also  γρΙπίΖω. 

Τρίπηις  τέχνη,  ή,  the  art  of  fishing, 
Anth. 

Τρίπισμα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which  is 
caught,  gain.   \_γρϊ] 

tPrnOE,ov.o,afishing-net,Anth.: 
cf  γρίφος.- — II.  right  of  fishery,  Diog. 
L.  1,  32. 

Γρίττων,  δ,=γρι-^ενς,  Anth.  [t] 

Γρϊφεύω,  {γρίφος)  to  speak  riddles, 
Diphil.  ap.  Ath.  451  B. 

ΓΡΓΦΟΣ,  01',  6,  also  γρίφος,  like 
γρϊττος,  a  fishing-net,  strictly  of  rushes, 
ϋρρ  :  hence — 2.  any  thing  interwoiten 
or  intricate,  a  dark  saying,  riddle,  Ar. 
Vesp.  20,  cf  Mull.  Dor.  4,  8,  i^i  4,  sq. 
(from  same  root  as  ριφ,  ρι-ττός,  Lat. 
scirp-us.  Germ,  schlif,  Pott  Etymol. 
Forsch  1,  140.) 

ΤρΙφωδης,  ες,  {γρίφος,  είδος)  rid- 
dling, Luc. 

ΡΡΟΜΦΑ'Σ,  άδος,  ή,  or  γρομφίς, 
ίδος,  7],  the  Lat.  scrofa,  an  old  sow, 
Hippon.  48.  (perh.  onomatop.  like 
the  Scottish  gmmphie.) 

ΓΡΟ'ΧΘΟΣ,  ου,  6,=κόνδν?.ος,  Lat. 
pugnus,  the  fist. — U.  any  projection  suf- 
ficient to  stand  on. — 111.  =χελώνειον 
111. — IV.  a  measure  of  length,=^Tia}i.- 
αιστή.    Hence 

Τρύνθων,  ό,  the  first  part  of  the  art 
of  flute-playing  :  fingering  the  flute. 

Γροσφομάχος,  ov,  {γρόσφος,  μάχο- 
μαι) fighting  with  the  γρόσφος,  ol  the 
Roman  Velites,  Polyb.,  cf  -)ροσφοφό- 

POf•  ,      , . 

ΓΡΟ'ΣΦΟΣ,  ov,  0,  a  kind  of  javelin, 
Polyb. 

Τροσφοφόρος,  ov,  {γρόσφος,  φέρω) 
bearing  the  γρόσφος,  like  γροσφομά- 
χος, Polyb. 

'Τρονμέντον,  ov,  τό,  Grumentum,  a 
city  of  Lucania,  Strab. 

Γροννός,  ov,  ό,  V.  γρννός. 

ΓΡΤ',  or  better  Γρν,  a  grunt,  like 
that  of  swine  ;  hence  ονδέ  γρν  ά"ο- 
κρίνασθαι,  for  ονδ'έγρνξε,  not  even  to 
give  a  grunt,  Ar.  Plut.  17 ;  and  so 
ονδέ  γρν,  not  a  syllable,  not  a  bit,  Dem. 
353,  10,  Antiph.  ΤΙλονσ.  1,  13. 

Τρνζω,  f.  -ξω,  Ar.  Eq.  294,  also 
-ξομαι,  Alcae.  (Com.)  Palaestr.  1,  to 
say  γρι',  grunt,  Lat.  grunnio,  strictly 
of  swine  :  hence  to  grumble,  mumble, 
mutter,  esp.  of  the  inarticulate  sounds 
uttered  by  children  and  sulky  people, 
freq.  in  Ar.,  esp.  c.  negat.  ονδέ  γρ. 
not  even  to  wag  the  tongue,  v.  foreg. 

Τρνκτός,  -ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from  γρ-ν- 
ζω  to  be  muttered,  άρα  γρνκτόν  έστιν 
νμίν  ;  dare  you  wag  your  tongue  ?  Ar. 
Lys.  656. 


ΓΤΑ 

Γρνλλί'ζίω,  {γρ-ύλλος)  to  grunt,  of 
swine,  Ar.  Ach.  746,  Plut.  307  :  others 
γρνλ.ίζω,  cf  γρν/'λ.ος.     Hence 

Υρν/ιλιοίμός,  ov,  ό,  grunting,  Arist. 
H.  A. 

Τρν?ί?ύων,  όνος,  ό,  dim.  from  γρν?.- 
λος,  a  little  pig. 

ιΓρνλλίων,  ωνος,  b,  Gryllion,  appel. 
of  a  parasite  in  Ath.  244,  etc. :  pr.  n. 
in  Diog.  L. 

ΤρνΑ/.ος,  ov,  b,  a  pig,  porker:  also  a 
kind  o'l  fish,  Diphil.  ap.  Ath.  356  A  : — 
ace.  to  the  Atticists  we  should  write 
■'/ρν/.ος,  γρϋ/.ίζω,  etc.^U.  an  Aegyp- 
lian  dance,  A.  B.  (onomatop.  Irom 
γρν.) 

}Τρύ?^.ος,  ov,  ό,  Chyllus,  name  of 
father  and  son  of  Xenophon,  Diog.  L. 

Τρνμαία>  ας,  ή,  a  purse,  wallet,  Lat. 
CTumena,  Themist.,  v.  κρντττω. — II. 
rubbish,  frippery. 

'Γρϋμαία,  ας,  ή,  Grymaea,  an  Athe- 
nian courtesan,  Ath.  383  E. 

Τρνμαιοτϊώ/.Ί/ς,  ov,  b,  {γρνμαία,  πω- 
λέω)=:γρντο—ω/.ης,  Luc. 

Τρνμεα,  ας.  ■)/,=  γρνμαία  II.,  little 
fish.  Sotad.  Έγκλ.  1,3. 

^Τρννεια,  ας,  ή,  Hdt.  1,  149;  Τρν- 
νειον,  ον.  τό,  Xen.  Hell.  3,  1,  6;  in 
Strab.  Τρννιον,  Grynla,  Gryneum,  0Γ 
Grynmm,  a  city  of  Aeolis  in  Asia 
Minor,  famed  for  the  worship  of  Apol- 
lo.   Hence 

'Τρνι•εϊος, a,  ov,  ofGrynea,  Grynean, 
Strab. 

ΙΙΡΥ'ΝΟ'Σ,  ov,  ό,  a  fagot,  firebrand, 
dry  wood,  Lyc  :  also  γοοννός. 

Τρϋτϊάετος,  ov,  ό,  {γρν-ψ.  αετός)  a  kind 
of  griffin  or  wyvem,  Ar.  Ran.  929. 

Τρϋπαίνω,  {γρν-ος)  to  crook. 

Ύρϋπαλώπηξ.  εκος.  ή,  {γρνττός,  άλ• 
ώπηξ  iV)  α  man  with  his  back  bent  by 
di.sease,  Hipp. 

Τρνπάνιος,  ov,  bowed  by  age,  Anti- 
phoii  ap.  Harp. 

ΓΡΥΠΟ'Σ,  ή,  ov,  curved,  esp.  in 
the  nose,  liooked-nosed,  with  a  raised 
or  aquiline  7iose,  opp.  to  σιμός,  Xen. 
Cyr.  8,  4,  21,  Plat.  Rep.  474  Ε  :  also 
γρυπή  γαστήρ,  Xen.  1.  c,  όνυχες, 
Aretae. — II.  =γρύ-ώ.     Hence 

Τρν~ότ7ΐς,  7]τος,  η,  curvedness  of  the 
nose,  Xen.  Cyr.  8,4,  21. 

Γρϋ-υω,  {-/ρντΐος)  like  γ  ρυπαίνω, 
to  curve  or  bend.  Pass,  to  become  bent, 
Hipp. 

Τρυσμός,  ov,  o,  {γρυ^,ω)  a  grunting, 
Agathocl.  ap.  Ath.  376  A. 

Τρϋτάριον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  γρντη, 
Zenob. 

ΓΡΥ'ΤΗ,  ης,  7],  (Lat.  scruta.,  also 
gruta,  Schol.Hor.Ep.  1,7,65.)  Trash, 
frippery,  small  ware. — II.  a  woman's 
dressing-case,  Sapph.  102. — UI.  α  little 
fish,  Geop.  [ij 

Τρϋτοδόκ7],  ης,  ή,  a  place  for  lumber, 
Anth. 

ΤρντοπωλεΙον,  ov,  τό,  a  frippery- 
shop:  from 

Τρϋτοπώλης,  ov,  6,  {γρντη,  πω?.έω) 
a  seller  of  small  wares. 

ΐΤρνττος,  ov,  ό,  Gryttus,  Ath.  masc. 
pr.  n.  Ai.  Eq.  877. 

ΓΡΤ'Ϋ,  gen.  γονπός,  ά,  a  griffiri, 
hippogriff,  a  fabulous  creature  vari- 
ously described,  first  mentioned  by 
Aristeas  about  560  B.C.,  v.  Hdt.  3, 
116,  cf  Aesch.  Pr.  395.  [ϋ  in  obliq. 
cases,  Virg.  Eel.  8,  27,  which  is  con- 
firmed by  the  connexion  with  γρυ- 
πός, etc. :  hence,  in  Hdt.  4,  13,  27 
should  be  written  γρύπας  not  γρν 
πας.Ί 

Τρώνος,  η,  ov,  {γράω)  eaten  out, 
deep,  Lyc.  :  ή  γρώνη,  a  cavern,  grot, 
Nic. — II.  a  kneading  trough,  Anth. 

ΓΤΆ,  ας,  -ή,  poet,  and  Ion.  γνίη, 
ploughed,  tilled  land,  esp.   α  piece   of 
301 


^' 


ΓΥΙΑ 

land,  firld,  Eur.  Hel.  89 :  in  other 
places  of  Trag.,  Dind.  follows  Elmsl. 
(Heracl.  839)  and  Herin.  in  substitu- 
ting ύ  γνης. — 2.  metaph.  the  iromh, 
Soph.  Ant.  569,  in  plur.,  though  here 
also  it  may  be  from  γνης,     (Akin  to 

ύης,  γνίον,  γύαλον:  but  never  γνία, 

*ors.  Poen.  655.)  [γνΰ,  Jac.  A.  P. 
p.  517.] 

Tvaia,  ων,  τύ,=:πρνμνήσια,  stern- 
cables /asiened  to  the  latid.  Leon.  Tar. 
57. 

Τνά?ί7}ς,  ov,  0,  or  γνάλη,  ης,  ή, 
strictly  a  hollow,  cf.  sq.  :  hence  Me- 
gar.  name  for  a  cup.  Philet.  41. 

Tvu/.ov,  ov,  TO,  (perh.  akin  to  κοΐ- 
?.ος)  a  hollow,  always  in  11.  βώρηκος 
γ.,  the  hollow  body-armour,  it  being 
composed  of  a  back-piece  and  breast- 
piece,  called  γναλα,  ήμιθωρύκια,  wh. 
were  joined  by  straps  and  buckles 
{ττόρπαι,  περόναι)  under  the  arms : 
hence  called  γναλοβώραί.  Pans.  10, 
26,  2  :  11.  15,  530,  we  have  βώρηκα 
γνάλοίΟίΡ  άρηρότα,  a  coat  formed  of 
these  two  pieces,  cf.  κρηταωγύα?ίθς•. 
so  too  κρατήρων  γ.,  Lur.  I.  A.  1052  ; 
ττέτρας  γ.,  a  cave,  grot,  Soph.  Phil. 
1081  ;  but,  after  Hom.,  it  was  mostly 
used,  esp.  in  plur.,  of  hollow  ground, 
vales,  dales,  dells,  -^ναλα  ΤίαρνησσοΙο, 
Hes.  Th.  499:  H.  Hom.  Ap.  39β  ;  Νυ- 
ϋης,  25,  5  :  hence  much  like  γνης, 
γνα,  Avrha  γνα?ια,  plains  of  Lydia, 
Aesch.  Su()p.  550,  γνα?.α  χώρας,  At. 
Thesm.  110:  also  αιθέρια  γύαλα,ΐ^ε 
vault  of  heaven,  0pp.  (Hence  έγγνα- 
λίζω.)  [ΰ] 

Τναλύς,  όν,  hollow,  Eust.  11.  526,  42. 

ίΤύαρος,  ov,  ή,  Gynrus,  now  Ghiou- 
ra,  one  of  the  Cyclades,  a  small  and 
barren  island,  Strab.,  Luc. 

^Τνγάόας,  6,  (masc.  adj.  from  Τνγης) 
Gi/gean;  the  oti'ering  of  Gyges,  Hdt. 
1,14. 

^Τϋγαίη  Τιίμνη,  ή,  the  G'gian  lake. 
now  Lake  Ghrvl,  near  Sardis  in  Ly- 
dia, afterwards  called  Κη'λόη,  11.  20, 
391  ;  Hdt.  1,  93.— II.  the  nymph  of 
this  lake,  mother  of  Mesthles  and 
Antiphns,  II. 2,  ^65.— 2. G(/;'neii. daugh- 
ter of  Amyntas,  Hdt.  5,  21. 

"^Τνγας,  ό,  Gygas,  a  promontory  of 
Troas,  Strab. 

^Γνγης,  ov  Ion.  kj,  6,  Gy^^es,  son 
of  Dascylns,  favourite  of  Candanles, 
and  his  successor  in  the  kingdotn  of 
Lydia;  famed  for  his  wealth,  Hdt.  1, 
8 :  proverbially  of  a  very  rich  man,  a 
Gyges.  Anlh.— Others  in  Hdt.  3,  122; 
etc.  [i'] 

tPuyvf,  (j,  more  correctly  Τύης,  q. 
V.  Hes.  Th.  149,  etc.  [C] 

Μ'νζανΤΕς,  ων,  οι,  the  Gyzantes,  a 
people  of  western  Africa,    Hdt.    4, 

194. 

ΓΥ'ΗΣ,  ov,  ('),  the  curved  piece  of 
wood  in  a  plough,  to  which  the  share 
was  lilted,  the  share-beam,  Lat.  drntale, 

or  ace.  to  others,  hnris.  under  which 
the  dentate  was  fixed,  Hes.  Op.  425, 
cf  Voss  Virg.  G.  I,  1C9.— II.  tilled 
laid.  Trag.  form  of  γνα,  q.  v.,  cf 
Elmsl.  Soph.  O.  C.  58,  Eur.  Bacch. 
13,  Heracl.  839. 

^Τύης,  ov,  6,  Gyes,  son  of  Uranus 
and  Gaea,  one  of  the  Hundred-hand- 
ed, Hes.  Th.  1,  149,  etc. 

^Γνθειον,  ov,  TO,  and  Τνθίον,  Gyth- 
ium,  or  Gythhcm,  now  Kolokythia.  a 
city  and  port  on  the  east  coast  of  the 
Laconicus  Sinus,  Xen.  Hell.  1,4, 11 ; 
hence  Τυθί:άττ/ς,  ov,  b,  an  inhabitant 
of  Gythium,  Pavis. 

Tvιaλθf/ς,ές,(γι■ΐov,άλθoς)stre7^gth- 
ening  the  limbs,  Nic. 

Τυίαλκής,  ές,  (,γνΐον,  αλκή)  strong 
of  limb,  0pp. 
302 


ΓΤΜΝ 

Τνιαρκης.  ές,  (γνίον,  άρκέω)=γνι,- 
αλβής,  Pind.  Ρ.  3,  12. 

Τνίοβΰρής,  ές,  (  γνΙον,  βαρέω  ) 
weighing  dou-n  the  limbs,  Aesch.  Ag.  63. 

Τνιοβί^ρης,  ov,  (γνΙον,  βορά)  gnaw- 
ing the  limbs,  eatitig.iiE'keouval,  Hes. 
Op.  66,  cf.  Ruhnk.  Ep.  Cr.  p.  80. 

Τνιοδάμας,  ου,  6,  (γνΐον,  δαμάω) 
taming  limbs,  ϊ.  e.  conquering,  χείρες, 
Pind.  I.  5,  75  (4,  60),  where  others 
take  it  training  limbs,  as  if  applied  to 
wrestling-master. 

Τυίόκολλος,  ov,  {γνΐον,  κολλάω) 
gluing,  binding  the  limbs,  Lyc. 

ΓΤΓΟΝ,  ov,  TO,  a  limb,  freq.  in 
Horn.,  but  always  in  plur.,  the  limbs, 
esp.  the  lower  limbs,  feet,  knees,  in 
phrases  γνΐα  λέ/.νντο,  τρόμος  or  κά- 
ματος λαβε  γνΐα,  etc. :  in  full  γνία 
ποδών,  II.  13,  512  :  γνΐον  in  sing.,  the 
hand,  Theocr.  22,  121  :  but  γνΐον  in 
Pind.  N.  7,  108,  and  Hipp,  (who  first 
use  the  sing.)  the  whole  body,  v.  Foes. 
Oecon. :  γνΐη,  in  plur.,  seems  to  be 
the  womb  \n  H.  Hom.  Merc.  20. 

Τνιυπΰγής,  ές,  {γνΐον,  πΖ/γννμι) 
stiffening  the  limbs,  ΐ'ΐώάς,  Anth. 

Τνιοττέδη,  ης,  ή,  {γνΐον,  πέδη)  α 
fetter,  Pind.  P.  2,  41,  Aesch.  Pr.  168, 
in  plur. 

Τνιύς,  ή,  όν,  lame,  Call.  Dian.  177. 

Τνιοτΰκής,  ές,  {γνΐον,  τήκω,  τακ- 
f  Π')  melting  the  limbs,  i.  e.  wasting,  con- 
suming them,  Anth. —  II.  pass,  leith 
pining  limbs,  lb. 

Τνίοτόρος,  ov,  {γνΐον,  τορέω)  pier- 
cing the  limbs,  Anth. 

Τνιονχος,  ov,  {γνΐον,  έχω)  holding, 
fettering  the  limbs,  LyC. 

Τνίοφάγας,  ov,  {γνΐον,  φαγεΐν)  eat- 
ing, con.su/ning  the  limbs,   [o] 

Τυιόχαλκος,  ov,  {γνΐον,  χαλκός) 
of  hrnsen  limb,  Anth. 

Τνιόω,  (3,  {γνιός)  to  lame,  II.  8,  402: 
in  genl.  to  weaken,  unman,  makeuseless, 
Hipp.  Pass,  to  be  or  become  lame, 
Hes.  Th.  858  :  of  the  leg,  to  be  too 
short.  Hipp. 

Τνλίανχην,  ενός,  ό,  ή,  long-necked, 
Ar.  Pac.  789  :  from 

Τυλίος,  ov,  b,  a  long-shaped  wallet 
or  knapsack  for  soldiers'  provisions, 
Ar.  Ach.  1097,  Pac.  527,  ubi  v.  Schol. 
(Akin  to  γηνλος.)  \y] 

^Υνλιπ-ος,  ov,  b.  Gylippus,  a  Spar- 
tan officer  sent  to  assist  the  Syracu- 
sans  against  the  Athenians,  Thuc. 
6.  93. 

\ΤνλΐΓ,  6,  Gylis,  a  Spartan  polem- 
arch.  Xen.  Hell.  4,  3,  21 :  in  Xen. 
Atres.  2,  15,  Τνλος. 

'ίΤνλων,  ωνος,  ό,  Gylon.  the  mater- 
nal grandfather  of  Demosthenes,  Dem. 
836,  18. 

Τνμνάδδομαι,  Dor.  for  γνμνάζομαι, 
Ar.  Lys.  82. 

Τίίμνάζω,  f.  -άσω,  {γνμνός)  to  train 
naked  in  gymnastic  exercises,  to  train, 
exercise,  τι)  σώμα,  Isocr.,  έαντόν,  Xen. : 
also  γ.  πόλεμον.  Plut.  :  c.  inf.  γ. 
τανς  παΐδας  ποιεΐν,  to  train  or  accus- 
tom them  to  do  a  thing,  Xen.  Cyr.  1, 
6,  32  ;  also  y.  τινά  tlvi,  to  accustom 
one  to  a  thing,  lb.  1,  2,  10.  Pass,  to 
practise  gymnastic  exercises,  Hdt.  7, 
208,  etc. :  hence  in  aenl.  to  practise, 
exercise  one's  self,  of  shijis  Xen.  Hell. 
1, 1, 16,  of  an  orator,  Arist.  Org.,  etc. : 
y.  ττρός  τι,  to  be  trained  or  practised 
for  a  thing.  Plat.  Legg.  626  Β  :  περί 
τι,  in  a  thing,  Xen.  Hell.  6,  5,  23,  also 
fi'  Ttvi,  Plat.,  τινός,  Philostr.,  and 
N.  T. — 11.  metaph.  to  distress,  harass, 
Aesch.  Pr.  585,  Ag.  540. 

Τνμνάς.  ύδος,  strictly  fern,  of  γν- 
ανός,  naked,  but  oft.  as  masc.  =yy• 
ανός.  as  y.  στόλος  ανδρών,  Eur.  Alop. 
6,  cf.  Lob.  Paral.  203.— II.  trained  or 


ΓΤΜΝ 

exercised.  Ιπποι,  Eur.  Hipp.  1134  : 
hence  =  7ra?iatar/)f,  Bockh  Inscr.  1, 
p.  534. — III.  as  subst.  ή,^γνμνασις, 
γνμνάσιον,  Jac.  Anth.  3,  2,  p.  309. 

Τνμνασία,  ας,  ή,  exercise,  practice, 
Arist.  Org. :  exertion,  Polyb. 

^Τνμνασία,  ας,  ή,=^Τνμνίας,  Diod. 
S.  14,  29. 

Τνμνασιαρχέω,  ώ,  to  be  gymnast 
arch,  e.  g.  for  the  torch-race,  Isae.  67, 
10,  also  in  mid.,  γνμνασιαρχεϊσβαι 
kv  ταΐς  λαμπύσι,  Xen.  Vect.  4,  52  : 
pass,  to  be  supplied  with  gymnasiari  hs, 
γνμνασιαρχονσιν  o'l  πλούσιοι...,  ό  δε 
δήμος  γνμνασιαρχεΐται.  Id.  Rep.  Ath. 
1,  13:  from 

Τνανασιύρχης  and  γυμνασίαρχος, 
ov,  ό,{γυμνάσιον,  άρχω)  a  gymnasiarch, 
performer  of  one  of  the  liturgies  at 
Athens,  who  superintended  the  pa- 
laestrae, and  paid  the  training-mas- 
ters, Xen.,  Dem.,  etc.  :  he  was  elected 
by  his  <l)v?J/  for  a  definite  time,  uockh 
P.  E.  2,  2 1 0,  Wolf  Lept.  p.  xcii. :  also 
nrr«iii!»;n'-masicr,esp.at  Sparta,  BOckh 
Inscr.  1,  p.  611. 

Τνμνασιαρχία,  ας,  ή,  office  of  the 
gymnasiarch,  Xen.,  etc. 

Τνμνασιαρχικός,  τ),  όν,  belonging  to 
the  gymnasiarch,  Plut. 

γυμνασίαρχος,  ου,  ό,=  γυμνασιάρ• 

xnc- 

Γνμνάσιον,  ου,  τό,  in  earlier  authors 
only  in  plur.,  bodily  exercises,  Pind. 
Fr.  95,  4,  Hdt.  9,  33,  and  so  in  Plat., 
Xen.,  etc. — JI.  in  sing.,  the  public 
place  where  athletic  exercises  were  prac- 
tised, the  gymnastic-school,  like  παλαί- 
στρα, held  sacred  to  the  gods,  Eur. 
Phoen.  368,  Plat.,  etc. :  hence  έκ  βή- 
μετέρον  γνμνάσιον,  from  oiir  school, 
Ar.  Vesp.  526  :  in  genl.  any  public  ex- 
ercising or  play  ground,  even  α  bath, 
Plut.  1,69  B. 

Τύμνασις,  εως,  ή.  {γυμνάζω)  exercise. 

Υνμνασιώδης,  ες, {γνμνάσιον,  είδος) 
ft  for  a  γνμνάσιον,  Cic.  Att.  1,  6. 

γύμνασμα,  ατός,  τό,  {γνμνάζο))  ex- 
ercise, practice,  Dion.  Η. 

Υυμναστέον,  verb.  adj.  from  γυμνά- 
ζω) one  must  practise,  Xen.  Mem.  2,  1, 
28. 

Υνμναστήριον,  ov,  τό,=  γνμνάσιον, 
Aristaen. 

Υνμναστής,  ov,  ό.  {γυμνάζω)  the 
trainer  of  the  professional  Athletes.  Xen. 
Mem.  2,  1,  20 ;  opp.  to  the  παιδοτρί- 
lir/f.who  ta\ight  free  youths  gymnas- 
tics as  an  accomplishment,  cf.  Arist. 
Pol.  3,  6,  7.    ^ 

γυμναστικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to, 
trained  in.  or  fond  of  athletic  exercises. 
Plat.  :  ή  -κή,  with  or  without  τέχνη, 
gymnastics.  Plat.  Adv.  -κώς,  Ar. 
Vesp.  1212. 

Υνμνής,  ήτος,  ό,  =  γνμνός:  esp.  a 
liuht-armed  foot-soldier,  Hdt.  9,  63, 
and  freq.  in  Xen. — 11.=  γνμνήσιος. 

Υυμνησίαι  and  Υυμνήτιδίς  νήσοι, 
at,  the  Balearic  i-uands,  from  the  skill 
of  the  inhabitants  in  the  use  of  missiles. 

Υνμνήσίοι,  ων,  o'l,  the  inhabitants  of 
the  Balearic  isles,  A  pp.  Pun.  40. 

Υνμνήσιης,  ov,  a,  an  Argire  serf, 
like  the  Spartan  helots,  Thcssalian 
penests.  etc. ;  v.  Midler  Dor.  3,  4,  ^  2, 
and  cf.  3,  3,  ij  2. 

Υυμνητεία,  ας,  ή,  {γυμνής)  naked- 
ness, late. 

Υνμνητενω,  to  be  naked  or  slightly 
clad,  N.  T.  1  Cor.  4,  11:  of  soldiers, 
to  be  light  armed,  Plut. 

Υνμνήτης,  ov,  ό,  fern,  γνμντ/τις, 
ιδος,  ή,=  γυμνής,  with  which  it  is  of- 
ten interchanged,  Schneid.  Xen.  An. 
4,  1,  6. 

Υυμνητία,  ας,  ή,  the  body  of  γυμνή- 
τες,  the  light  armed  troops,  Thuc.  7,  37. 


ΓΤΜΝ 

^Γνμντιτίόες,  ων,  αΐ,  νήσοι,  ν.  Γυ- 
uv/jaiat. 

Τυμνητικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to  a 
γυμνής,  δπλα.  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  2,  4. 

Τυμί'ήτις,  ίδος,  ^.fem.  οίγυμνήτης, 
σοοία  γ.,  of  the  Indian  gymnosophists , 

^Τνμνίας,  ?/,  Gymnias,  a  city  of  the 
Scythini,  whose  site  is  involved  in 
doubt,  Xen.  An.  4,  7,  19. 

Τυμνίκός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to  gytn- 
nastic  exercises,  or  exercise  in  genl.  ; 
esp.  γυμνικύς  άγων,  a  gymnastic  con- 
test, Hdt.  2,  91  ;  opp.  to  ιππικός,  μου- 
σικός ά.,  Thuc,  Plat.,  etc. 

Τνμνοδερκέομαι,  {γυμνός,  δέρκο- 
μαι)  as  pass.,  to  let  one's  self  be  seen 
naked,  Luc. 

Τνμνόκαρπος,  ov,  {γυμνός,  καρπός) 
with  the  fruit  bare,  i.  e.  without  a  shell  or 
hush.  Theophr.,  cf.  γυμνοσπέρματος. 

Τυμνοπαιδία,  ας,  ή,  (γυμνός,  παϊς) 
USU.  ιη  plur.,  a  yearly  festival  in  hon- 
our of  those  who  fell  at  Thyrea,  at 
which  naked  boys  danced  and  went 
through  gymnastic  exercises,  Hdt.  6,  67, 
Thuc,  and  Xen.,  cf  Ruhnk  Tim. 

Τυμνοπαοδική,  ης,  ή,  a  kind  of 
dance.  Ath. 

Τυμνοπαδέω,  ώ,  to  go  bare-foot:  from 

Τυμνοπόδης,  ου,  δ,^=γνμνόπους. 

Τυμί'οποδίον,  ου,  τό,  α  kind  of  san- 
dal or  slipper. 

Τυμνόπυνς,  ό,  η,  πουν,  τό,  gen.  πο- 
δός, (γυμνός,  πους)  barefooted,  Joseph. 

Τυμΐ'θΙ)()νπΰ.ρος,  ον,  (γυμνός,  βυπα- 
ρός)  naked  and  dirty,  epith.  of  Zeno, 
Diog   L.  [ϋ] 

ΓΤΜΝΟ'Σ,  ή,  όν,  naked,  stripped, 
unclad.  Od.  6,  136  ;  esp.  unprotected 
by  armour,  unarmed,  defenceless,  Horn. ; 
also  sometimes  of  things,  γυμνον 
τόΐον.  an  uncovered  how,  \.  e.  taken 
out  of  the  γορυτός  or  case,  Od.  11, 
607,  so  όϊστός,  21,  417,  φάσγανον. 
Find.  Ν.  1,  80 :  from  Pind.  downwds. 
c.  gen.,  stripped  of  a.  thing,  y.  δένδρων, 
Pind.  0. 3, 43  :  and  so  in  prose,  όπλων, 
Hdt.  2,  141,  cf  Plat.  Gorg.  523  Ε  : 
γυμνή  τοϋ  σώματος,  stripped  of,  i.  e. 
free  from,  destitute  of.  Plat.,  and  N.  T. 
— In  common  language  γυμνόςχηΒΆΏί 
lightly  clad,  in  the  under  garment  only 
(χίτών),  without  the  ίμάτιον,  Hes. 
Op.  3S9,  cf.  Xen.  An.  1,  10,  3,  Virg. 
G.  1,  299  ;  of  horses,  vnthoul  harness, 
Arr.  :  τά  γυμνά,  the  exposed  parts  of 
an  army,  the  flank,  Thuc,  and  Xen.  : 
of  style,  naked,  bald,  Diod.  :  bare, 
mere.  γ.  κόκκος,  Ν.  Τ.  :  youthfid,  Lat. 
impuhis.  Αρ.  Rh.  2,  707.  Proverb,  of 
impossibilities,  γνμνώ  φυ?.ακήν  έπι- 
τάττΐΐς,  Pherecr.  Tyr.  4,  Philem.  p. 
361  :  also  γυμνός  ως  εκ  μητρός,  naked 
as  he  was  bnrn,  etc      Adv.  -νώς. 

Τυμνοσοφισταί,  ων,  ol,  ( γυμνός, 
σοφιστής)  the  naked  philosophers  of 
India,  Luc 

Τνμνοσπέρματος  and  -σπερμος,  ov, 
(γυμνός,  σπέρμα)  having  the  seed  bare, 
uncovered  by  a  shell  or  Ausi:,  Theophr., 
cf  γυμνόκαρπος. 

Τυμνότης.  ιιτος,  ή.  (γυμνός)  naked- 
ness, want,  LXX.,  and  Ν.  Τ. 

Τνμνόχρους,  χροος,  δ.  ή,  {γυμνός 
χρως)  having  the  body  naked,  Nonn. 

Τυμνόω,  ώ.(γυανός)  to  strip  iiaked  or 
bare,  strip,  τά  δστέα  των  κρεών,  the 
bones  of  their  flesh,  Hdt.  4,  61.  Horn, 
uses  only  pass.,  mostly  of  warriors, 
to  be  unarmed,  defenceless,  II.  12,  428, 
Od.  10,  341  ;  so  too  τείχος  εγυμνώθη, 
the  wall  luas  left  bare,  1.  e.  defenceless, 
II.  12,  399  :  but  also  to  strip  ojie's  self 
naked,  be  naked,  Od.  6,  222  ;  also  }  i'- 
μνωθέν  ξίφος,  Hdt.  3,  64 :  c.  gen. 
εγυμνώθη  ρακέων,  he  stript  himself  oi 
his  rags,  Od.  22,  1 :  also  to  be  stript. 


ΓΎΝΑ 

deprived  of  a  thing.  Plat.  Rep.  601  B. 
Hence 

Τύμνωσις,  εως,  η,  a  stripping,  rob- 
bing. Plut. — II.  nakedness,  LXX. 

Τυμνωτέος,  έα,  έον,  verb.  adj.  from 
γυμνόω,  to  be  stript  or  robbed,  τινός. 
Plat.  Rep.  361  C. 

Τυναικαδελφός,  ov,  ό,  (γυνή.  αδελ- 
φός) a  wfe^s  brother,  fem.  γυναικαδΐ?ι,- 
ίή,  ης,  ή,  (αδελφή)  α  wife's  sister,  cf 
,ob.  Phryn.  304. 

Τυναικάνηρ, ανδρός,  ό,(γυνή,άνήρ) 
a  woman-man,  dub.  except  m  dat.  plur. 
γνναικάνδρεσσι,  in  Epich.  p.  116,  cf 
Lob.  Phryn.  687. 

Τυναικύριον.  ου,  τό,  a  little  woman, 
Diocl.,  dim.  from  γυνή. 

ΤνναικεΙον,  ου,  τό,  v.  sq. 

ΤνναικεΙος,  εία,  εΐον,  also  ος,  ον, 
Aesch.Cho.  878.  Eur.  I.  Α.  233,  Ion.  γυ- 
ναικήί'ΐς,  ηΐη,  ηίον,{γυνή)  of,  belonging 
to  icomen,  like  women,  befilting  them, 
feminine,  Lat.  muliebris,  γυναικεΐαι 
3ουλαί,  a  woman's  designs,  Od.  1 1 ,  437, 
?Μυτρόν,  Hes.  Op.  751. — 2.  as  subst., 
?/  γνναικηΐη=^γυναικών,  the  women's 
part  of  the  house,  the  harem,  Hdt.  5.  20: 
also  TO  γυναικείον,  LXX. — 3.  τα  γυ- 
ναικεία, the  menses  of  icomen,  Hipp., 
V.  Foes.  Oecon. — 4.  ή  γ.  θεός,  the  Bo- 
na Dea  of  the  Romans.  Plut.  —  II. 
womanish,  effeminate,  δράματα,  Ar. 
Thesm.  151.     Adv.  -ως. 

Τυναικεραστέω,  ώ,  to  love  women : 
from 

Τυναικεραστής,  οϋ,  ό,  (γυνή,  ερύω) 
α  woman-lover. 

Τνναικήϊος,  ίη,  ϊον,  Ion.  for  γυναι- 
κείος, Hdt. 

Τυναικηρός,  ά,  όν,  =  γυναιίίεΐος, 
Diocl.  Melitt.  6. 

Τυναικίας,  ου,  δ,^γνννις,  α  weak- 
ling, Luc. 

Τυναικίζω,  ΐ.  -ίσω  Att.  -?ώ,  (γνν?/) 
to  be  womanish,  play  the  woman,  dress 
or  speak  like  one,  Hipp. ,  and  Ar.  Thesm. 
268  :  later  usu.  in  mid.,  etc. — II.  mu- 
liebria  pati,  Luc. 

Τυναικικός.  ή,  όν,  (γυνή)  womanish, 
weakly,  Arist.  Η.  Α. 

Τνναίκιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  γυνή, 
α  little  woman,  Longus. 

Τυναίκισις,  εως,  ή,  (-,νναικίζώ)  α 
playing  the  ivoman,  womanish  behaviour, 
Ar.  Thesm.  863. 

Τνναικισμής,  ov,  ό,  (  γνναίκίζω  ) 
womanish  weakness,  Polyb. 

Τυναικιστί,  adv.,  like  atvoman,  Ath. 

Τνναικόβον7ΜΓ,  ov,  (γυνή,  βου?.?'/) 
devised  by  a  woman,  μήτιδες,  Aesch. 
Cho.  626. 

Τυναικοειδής,  ές,  (γυνή,  εΙδος)=^ 
γυναικώδης, 

Τυναικογήρϋτος,  ον,  (γυνή,  γηρνω) 
ν.  1.  for  γυναικοκήρυκτος. 

Τνναικοθοίνας,  ό,  ( γυνή,  θοινή ) 
feasted  by  the  women,  epith.  of  Mars 
at  Tegea,  Paus. 

Τνναικόθι'μος,  ov,  (γυνή,  θυμόο)  of 
womanish  mind.     Adv.  -μως,  Polyb. 

Τυναικοκήρνκτος,  ov,  (γυνή,  κη- 
ρύσσω) proclaimed  by  women,  κλέος, 
Aesch.  Ag.  487. 

Τνναικόκ?.ωψ,  ωπος,  ό,  (γυνή,  κλέ- 
πτω) α  stealer  of  women,  adulterer. 
Lye  ;  cf  γαμοκλόπος. 

Τνναικόκοσμοι,  ων,  o'l,  (γννή,  κοσ- 
μέω)^=ννναικονόμοι. 

Τυναικοκρασία,  ης,  ή,  womanish 
temper,  Strab.,  and  Piut.,  but  no  doubt 
we  should  read  γνναικοκρατία. 

Τυναικοκρατέομαι,  as  pass.,  (γυνή, 
κρατέω)  to  be  ruled  by  women,  Arist. 
Pol. 

Τνναικοκράτία,  ας,  ή,  the  dominion 
oftvovxen,  Arist.  Pol. 

Τυναικομάνέω,  ώ.  to  be  mad  for 
women,  Ar.  Thesm.  576 :  from 


ΓΤΝΔ 

Τυναικομάνής,  ές,  (γυνή,  μαίνομαι^ 
mad  for  women,  Luc.     Hence 

Τυναικομΰνία,  ας,  ή,  madness  for 
women,  Chrys.  ap.  Ath.  464  D. 

Τυναικόμασθος,  ov,  (γυνή,  μασθός) 
having  breasts  like  a  woman.  Gal. 

ΤνναικόμΙμος,  ov,  (γυνή,  μιμέομαι) 
aping  women,  Aesch.  Pr.  1005  :  female, 
έσθημα.  Soph.  Fr.  706. 

Τυναικόμορφος,  ov,  (γυνή,  μορφή) 
of  womanish  shape  or  gait,  Eur.  Bacch. 
855. 

Τνναικονοαέω,  ώ,  to  be  a  Τυναικονό• 
μος,  Artemia. 

Τυναικονομία,  ας,  ή,  the  office  of 
Τυναικονόμος,  Arist.  Pol. 

Τνναικονόμοι,  ων,  οι,  (γννή,  νέμω) 
magistrates  at  Athens  and  other  cities 
to  maintain  good  manners  among  the 
women,  and  in  genl.  to  enforce  sump- 
tuary laws  at  feasts,  Menand.  p.  94 ; 
cf  ΤΙαίδονόμοι. 

Τυναικοπάθέω,  ώ,  (γννή,παθεΐν)  to 
have  a  woman's  passions,  to  be  cffemi• 
nate,  Ath. 

Τυναικοπίπης,  ov,  6,  (γυνή,  όπι- 
πτεύω)  one  who  loolcs  lustfully  on  wom- 
en, cf  παρϋενοπίπης.  ft] 

Τυναικοπληθής,  ές,  (γυνή,  πλήθος) 
full  of  crowded  with  women,  όμιλος, 
Aesch.  Pers.  122,  σν7.λογος,  Eur. 
Ale.  955. 

Τυναικόποινος,  ov,  (γυνή,  ποινή) 
wnman-avenging ,  πό'/.ειιοι,  Aesch.  Ag. 
225. 

^Τυναικόπολις,  and  Τυναικών  πό- 
λ.ις,  ή,  Gynaecopolis  (prop,  women's 
city),  a  city  of  the  Aegyptian  Delta, 
Strab. :  hence 

iTυvaικoπoλίτης,  ov,  ό,  of  Gynae- 
copolis, νομός,  Strab. 

Τνναικοπρεπής,  ές,  (γυνή,  πρέπώ) 
befitting  women  and  their  sex  :  woman/- 
ish,  Plut.     Adv.  -πώς. 

Τυναικοπρόςωπος,  ov,  (γννή,  προς• 
ωτΓον)  with  a  woman's  face. 

Τυναικοφί.7.ης.  ov,  ό,  (γννή,  φι7.έω) 
woman-loving,  Polyzel.  Mus.  4,  and 
Theocr.  ;  but  φιλογύνης  is  the  ap- 
proved word,  [i] 

Τνναικόφρων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  (γννή, 
φρήν)  of  womanish  mind,  Eur.  Erechth. 
20,  34. 

Τυναικοφνής,  ές,  (γυνή,  φυή)  female 
by  nature,  Emped.  217. 

Τνναικόφωνος,  ov,  (γυνή,  φωνή) 
"  speaking  small  like  a  woman,"  Ar. 
Thesm.  192. 

Τνναικόφϋχος,  ov,  (γυνή,  "φυχή)  of 
womanish  soul. 

Τυναικόω,  ώ,  in  paes.  to  become,  be 
turned  into  a  woman,  Hipp. 

Τνναικώδης,  ες,  (γννή,  είδος)  wom- 
an-like, icomanish,  Polyb. 

Τυναικών,  ώνος,  ό,  the  women's  part 
of  the  house,  opp.  to  ανδρών,  Xen. 
Cyr.  5,  5,  2. 

Τυναικωνίτης,  ου,  δ,  sub.  θάλαμος, 
and  fem.  γνναικωνΐτις,  ιδος.  ή,— γυ- 
ναικών, Lys.  92,  28  :  the  harem  of  an 
eastern  prince,  i.  e.  ihe  women,  Plut. 
— II.  as  adj.,  γ.  αν?.ή,  Diod. 
\Τνναιμανέων,  v.  sub  sq. 

Τνναιμΰνής,  ές,  =  γυναικομανής, 
mad  for  icomen,  II.  3,  39.  In  late  Ep. 
γνναιμηνέων,  as  if  from  γυναιμανέω. 

Tvvaiov,  ov,  TO.  dim.  from  γννή%  a 
little  uoman,  Dem.  :  to  γνν.,  one's  lit- 
tle ivoman,  as  a  term  of  endearment 
for  a  wife,  Ar.  Thesm.  792. — II.  a  low, 
bad  v;o7nan,  Luc. 

Τνναιος,  a,  ov,  =  γυναικείος,  γύ- 
ναια δώρα,  presents  made  to  a  ivoman, 
Od.  11,  521. 

^Τννύνδίΐς,  ov,  6,  Gynandes,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  a  Scythian,  Luc. 

Τννανδρος,   ov,   (γννή,    άνήρ)    of 
doubtful  sex,  effeminate.  Soph.  Fr.  865. 
303 


ΓΤΡΟ 

^Τύνύης,  ου  Ion.  εω,  ό,  Gyndes,  now 
Zeindeli  or  Diala,  a  river  of  Ass/ria, 
Hdt.  1,  189.  _ 

ΓΥΝΗ',  ή,  gen.  γυναικός,  ace.  yt)- 
ναΐκα,  voc.  •)|})»α£,  pi.  yuiJOi/cef,  71;- 
ναικών,  etc.  (as  if  from  γνναιξ):  we 
also  lind  a  comic  ace.  -γννήν,  and 
plur.  nom.  and  ace.  γνναί,  γννάς, 
Buttm.  Ausf.  Gr.  ^  58  in  voc.  A 
woman,  Lat.  femina,  opp.  to  man,  11. 
15,  (383:  without  regard  to  age  or 
station,  both  married  and  single,  freq. 
in  Od.  ;  α  maid,  female  servant  ;  in 
vocat.  often  a  mistress,  lady,  dame  : 
Ηόΐη.  also  very  oft.  joins  it,  like  ΰνήρ, 
with  a  second  subst.,  γννη  ταμίη, 
housekeeper,  δέσποι.7>α,  γρ//ύς,  άλετρίς, 
δμωαΐ  γυναίκες,  etc.,  also  γννη  ΙΙερ• 
σίς. — 11.  α  wife,  spouse,  opp.  to  παρθέ- 
νος, 11.  6,  160,  Od.  8,  523  ;  but  also  a 
concubine,  II.  24,  497. — III.  a  mortal 
woman,  opp.  to  a  goddess,  11.  14,  315, 
Od.  10,  228  — IV.  the  female,  mate  of 
animals,  first  in  Arist.  H.  A. — V.  in 
II.  24,  58,  γυναίκα  θήαατο  μαζόν,  it 
has  been  taken  as  adj.  ;  but  μαζόν 
merely  stands  in  the  Homeric  sche- 
ma κα(Τ  υλον  καΐ  μέρος,  v.  Kiihner 
Ausf.  Gr.  ^  564.  (Akin  to  γύννις, 
γιννός,  and  many  words  in  kindred 
tongues,  Pott  Forsch.  1 ,  253  .  γύναικ- 
is  said  to  be  from  γυνή,  είκω,  as  uv- 
θρο)πος  from  uv7/p,  ώψ.  Id.  2,  45, 
440.) 

Τυννις,  ιδος,  ό,  a  weakling,  Ar. 
Thesm.  136.  (The  form  γύνις  is 
wrong  :  cf.  γιννός,  νννος.) 

Τϋπύριον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  sq.,  a 
nest,  cranny,  Ar.  Eq.  793. 

Τνπη,  7ΐς.  ή,  (γύψ)  a  vulture's  nest : 
in  geni.  η  hole,  cranny  ;  cf  κνπη. 

Τύττιας  ττέτρα,  ή,  a  vulture-haunted 
crag.  Aesch.  Supp.  796. 

Τύπινος.  η,  ov,  (γύψ)  of  a  vulture, 
πτέρυξ,  Luc.  [ΐ] 

Τϋττώόης,  ες,  (γύψ,  είδος)  vulture- 
like, Arist.  Physiogn. 

iTvpai,  ών.  Poet,  έων,  αϊ,  (γυρός) 
τϊέτραι,  the  Gyrae,  rocks  so  called  in 
the  Icarian  sea,  on  which  Ajax  was 
shipwrecked,  Od.  4,  500  :  ace.  to  Q. 
Sm.  14,  570,  near  the  promontory  of 
Caphareus  in  Euhoea.    Hence 

^Τυραίη  ηέτρη,  η,  the  Gyrian  rock, 
Od.  4,  507. 

Τνρο.λέος,  a,  ον,  =  γνρός,  rounded, 
curved,  Opp. 

Γΰρ)  ύ,θος,  ov,  6,  a  wicker-baskft,  Ar. 
Fr.  19,  esp.  for  catching  fibh,  a  net, 
Arist.  H.  A.  :  proverb.,  -^ύργαΰον 
φυσάν,  to  labour  in  vain,  Aristaen. 

Tvptvu,  (γύρος)  to  run  round  about 
to  catch,  Strab. 

Τνρητόμιις,  ov,  {γνρος,  τέμνω) 
tracing  a  circle,  circular,  αύλαξ,  Anth. 

ίΤυρίδας,  a,  b,  Oyridas,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  a  Spartan,  Polyb.  4,  35,  5. 

^Τνρίνη,  7]ς,  η,  (γνρος)  a  hind  of 
cake,  prob.  so  called  from  its  circular 
form,  Luc.  Tragop.  !5S. 

τ  Τύριννα,  ης,  ?/,  Gyrinna,  or  Tvpiv- 
νώ,  ους,  ή,  a  friend  of  the  poetess 
Sappho,  Sapph. 

Ϋϋρϊνος,  ου,  ό,  also  γυρίνος,  a  tad- 
pole, porwigle,  so  called  from  their 
round  shape,  βάτραχος  γυρίνος.  Plat. 
Theaet.  161  D:  also  γέρννος  or  γέ- 
ρΰν.  Nic. 

Τνρίνώδης.  ες.  (γυρίνος,  είδος)  like 
a  tadpole,  Arist.  Η.  Α. 

Τύριος,  a,  ov,  (γνρός)  circular,  round. 

[δ] 

Τϋρις,  εο)ς,  τι,  the  finest  meal,  Lat. 
pollen,  Ath.    Hence 

Τϋρίτης,  ov,  ό,  bread  of  the  finest 
meal,  Geop. 

Τΰροδρόμος,  ov,  (γνρος,  δραμεα') 
running  round  in  a  circle,  Anth. 
304 


ΓΩΡΥ 

Τνροειδης,  ές,  (γΐφος,  είδος)  like  a 
circle,  round,  Diosc. 

Τνρο^εν,  adv.  from  γϋρος,  in  a 
circle,  Liban. 

Τνρόμαντις,  εως,  ό,  prob.  better 
γϋρίμανης,  (γϊ'ρις,  μύντις)=άλενρό- 
μαντις,  Arleni. 

ΓΤ'ΡΟ'Σ,  ά,  όν,  round,  Lat.  curvus, 
γνρός  h>  ώμοισι,  rounrf-shouldered, 
crooi--backea,  Od.  19,  246 :  bent,  curved, 
arched,  freq.  in  late  poets. 

rX'POi;,  ov,  b,  a  round  ring,  circle, 
Polyb. :  a  round  hole  to  plant  a  tree 
in,  Theophr. 

Γϋρόω,  ώ,  (γυρός)  to  round,  bend, 
twist,  Opp. — II.  to  surround,  LXX. — 
111.  to  plant  in  a  γυρός,  Arat. :  to  dig 
round,  Geop. 

^Τυρτιύδης,  ου,  ό,  son  of  Gyrtius. 
i.  e.  Hyrtius,  II.  14,  512. 

^Γνρτιάς,  ύδος,  ή,  Gyrtias,  fem.  pr. 
n.,  Plut. 

^Τυρτών,  ώνος,  η,  Gyrton,  a  city  of 
Thessaly  on  the  Pentus,  Ap.  Rh.  1, 
57  :  Τνρτώνιος,  a,  ov,  of  Gyrton ;  oi 
Τνρτώνιοί,  the  Gyrtonians,  Thuc.  2, 
22. 

^Τνρτώνη,  ης,  ή,  Gj/r/orae,=foreg., 
II.  2,  738. 

Τΰρωσις,  εως,  ή,  (γνρόω)  α  whirl- 
ing round  :  a  digging  round,  Geop. 

Γυψ,  γϋττός.  ό,  a  vulture,  llom. 

Τυψος,  ου,  η,  chalk,  Hdt.  7,  69.-2. 
gypsum,  liom  Theophr.  downwards. 
Hence 

ΤυψόίΛ),  ώ,  to  rub  with  chalk,  chalk 
over,  Hdt.  3,  24  :  to  plaster  with  gyp- 
sum, Geop. 
^Το)!3ρύας,  Ion.  -7;^,  ov  Ion.  eu,  b, 
Gobryas,  a  Persian  nobleman,  Hdt. 
3,  70  :  others  in  Xen.  Cyr.  4,  6,  1,  An. 
1,  7,  12.  etc. 

^Τώγανα,  ων,  τά,  Gogana,  a  region 
of  Persia,  Arr.  Ind.^  38,  7. 

^Τωγαριμ'ή ,  ης,  ή,  Gogarene,  a  re- 
gion of  Greater  Armenia,  Strab. 

Γί2ΑΕ0'Σ,  οΰ,  ό,  a  hole,  lair  of  a 
wild  beast,  Arist.  H.  A :  heterog. 
plur.  γωλεά,  Nic.  Th.  125,  γωλειά. 
Lye.  376.  (akin  to  γανλος,  κοίλος, 
cf.  φωλεός.) 

Των,  Ion.  for  γονν,  as  ών  for  ovv, 
Hdt. 

ΓΩΝΓΑ,  ας,  ή,  a  corner,  angle,  our 
coign,  Hdt.  J,  51,  etc. — 11.  a  joiner'' s 
square,  Plat.  Phil.  51  C  — III.  the  but- 
tress of  a  bridge,  made  angular  to  di- 
vide the  stream,  Diod.     Hence 

Τωνιαϊος,  a,  ov,  angular,  Dion.  H. 

Τωνιασμός,  οϋ,  ό,  a  to-nering  off, 
squaring  the  angles:  έττών  y.,  nicely• 
fitted,  well-finished  verses,  Ar.  Ran. 
956. 

Τωνίδιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  γωνία, 
Luc. 

Τωνιοβόμβνξ,  νκος,  ό,  (γωνία, 
βόμβνξ)  one  that  buzzes  in  a  corner, 
nickname  of  Grammarians,  Herodic. 
ap.  Ath.  222  A. 

Τωνιοειδ?/ς,  ές,  (γωνία,  είδος)  an- 
gular, Theophr.     Ααν.  -δώς. 

Των ωποιέω,  (γωνία,  ποιέω)  to  make 
into  an  angle.  Gal. 

Τωνιύπους,  ό,  ή,  -πονν,  τό,  gen. 
-ποδός,  crook-footed,  Diog.  L. 

Τωνΐ()φνλ?.ος,  ov,  (γωνία,  φνλλον) 
with  pointed  leaves,  Theophr. 

Τωνιόω,  ώ,  (γωνία)  to  make  angular: 
in  pass,  to  be  or  become  angular, 
Dion. 

Τωνιώδης,  ες,=ζγωνιοειδής,  Thuc. 
8,  104. 
^Τωρνδά?^η,  ης,  ή,  Gorydale,  a  city 
of  India,  Strab. 

Τωρντός,  ov,  b,  a  bow-case,  quiver, 
Od.  21 .  54,  Lye.  548  :  also  ή  γωρυτύς 
in  A.  P.  6,  34.  (akin  to  χωρέω,  κώρν- 
κος,  Lat.  corytos.) 


ΔΑΔΟ 


Δ. 

Δ,  δ,  δέλ.τα,  indecL,  fourth  letter 
of  the  Gr.  alphabet :  hence  as  nu- 
meral, δ'=τέσσαρες  and  τέταρτος, 
but  ,(5=4000. 

Changes  of  δ  in  the  dialects. — I. 
Aeol.  into  /3,  as  σύνδαλον  into  σάμ- 
βαλον,  and  used  for  β,  as  όδελός  lor 
όβελός. — Π.  Dor.  into  y,  as  ύμερδω, 
δά,  δνυφος,  for  ύμέργω,  γη,  γνοφος, 
—111.  Ion.  into  ζ,  as  Ζευς,  ζόρξ,  ζα-. 
into  Αευς,  δύρξ,  δα-:  while  Dor.  ζ 
changes  mto  σδ,  as  ιημελίσδω,  φρύσ- 
δομαι,  for  μελίζω,  φράζομαι,  and 
sometimes  into  ύό,  as  γυμνύδδομαι 
for  γυμνάζομαι. — IV.  into  ϋ.  as  we 
have  both  ηδομαι,  χρενδυς,  Dea,  and 
γηβέω,  -ώνθος,  θεά. — V.  into  κ,  as 
δαίω  and  καίω,  δνόφος  and  κνέφας : 
cf.  11. — VI.  into  λ,  as  δύκρν  lacryma, 
δασύς  'λάσιος. — VII.  into  σ,  as  όδμή, 
οσμή,  also  with  an  additional  conso- 
nant, βάδος  and  βασμύς,  έδω  and 
ίσθιω. — Vlll.  into  r,  as  γδούπος  and 
κτύπος,  δειμός  and  timor,  δαίδες  and 
taedae. — IX.  sometimes  δ  is  inserted 
to  give  a  softer  or  fuller  sound,  άνήρ, 
άνέρος,  ανδρός,  and  so,  .uc.  to  Buttin. 
Lexil.  έχΰοδοπ/'/σαι  4,  in  some  com- 
pounds, as  Lat.  prodesse,  prodire. — X. 
at  the  beginning  of  some  words  δ  is 
now  added,  now  omitted,  as  in  δείλη 
and  ειλη,  δη  and  ή,  διώκω  and  ίώκω, 
δαίω  and  ανω.  Butlm.  Lcxil.  δείλη, 
q.  v. 

Δΰ-,  intensive  prefix,  =ζα-  (v.  δ, 
III.),  as  in  δάσκιος,  δαφοινός,  thick- 
shaded,  deep-Ted. 

Au,  Dor.  for  yu,  γη,  usu.  in  voc, 
yet  Tiieocr.  has  the  ace.  δύν. 
^  Αάαι,  ών,  οι,  the  Dahae,  in  Hdt.  1, 
125,  AaoL,  a  Scythian  tribe,  dwelling 
on  the  eastern  shore  of  the  Caspian, 
corresponding  nearly  to  modern  Da- 
histan,  Strab. 

^AaiSio,  ΑαυΙδ,  indecL,  and  Ααυΐ- 
όης.  ου,  b,  Jos.,  David,  N.  T. :  in 
Hebr.  4,  7,  εν  Ααβίδ,  in  the  book  of 
David,  i.  e.  the  Psalms. 

Ααγκάνω,  late  form  oi  δάκνω. 

Αάγμα,  τό,  for  όδα}μα,  Nic. 

Αάγύς,  νδος,  ή,  α  icax-doll,  used  in 
ma^ic  rites,  a  puppet,  Theocr.  2,  110, 
ubi  al.  δατνς.  (prob.  a  Thessal.  word, 
cf  Voss  Virg.  Eel.  8,  73.)  [?)] 

^  Αάδάκης,  ov,  ό,  Dadaces,  a  Persian 
officer,  Aesch.  Pers.  304.  [ακ] 

^Ααδίκαι,  ών,  οι,  the  Dadtcae,  a  Per- 
sian tribe  on  the  borders  of  Sogdiana, 
Hdt.  3,  91. 

^Αάδινος,  η,  ov,  (δάς)  of  pine  or  fir. 
Gal." 

Ααδίον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  δάΐς,  δάς, 
a  little  torch,  Hipp. 

Ααδοκοπέω,  (δάς,  κόπτω)  to  cut 
into  torches,  την  πεύκην,  Theophr. ; 
cf.  δαδουργέω. 

Ααδόομαι,  pass,  (δφς)  to  become 
resinous,  Theophr. 

Ααδονργέω,  ώ,  to  cut  or  split  into 
torches,  hence  πεύκη  δφδονργουμένη, 
Theophr. :  from 

Ααδονργός.όν,(δάς,  *έργω)  a  torch- 
maker,  Theophr. 

Αμδονχέω,  ώ,  to  be  a  δαδονχος,  to 
hold  torches,  esp.  in  pageants,  Eur. 
Tro.  343.    Pass,  to  be  illumiiuited,  Ath. 

Αφδονχία,  ας,ή  ,  a  holding  of  torches, 
illumination,  Plut.     From 

Ααδονχος,  ov,  (δφς,  εχω)  Jiolding 
torches :  as  subst.  α  torch-bearer,  esp. 
at  the  festival  of  the  Eleusinian 
Demeter  (Ceres),  representing  her 
search  for  her  daughter ;  this  office 
was  hereditary  hi  the  family  of  Cal- 


ΔΑΙΔ 

lias,  Xen.  Hell.  6,  3,  3,  Arist.  Khet. 
3,  2,  10 :  hence  metaph.  όαόονχοι 
σοφίας.  Plut. 

Ααόοφοβέί^,  ώ,  to  hold  torches,  Luc. 
— II!  to  bear  resin,  Theophr.  :  from 

Ααδυφοβος,  ov,  {oar,  φέρω)  holding 
torches,  Νύξ,  Bacchyl.  40,  ubi  v. 
lieue. 

Ααόώδης,  ες,  {δάς,  είδος)  resinous, 
Theophr. 

Αάδωσις,  εως,  ή,  {δαδόομαι)  α  be- 
coming resinous,  Theophr. 

Αύειρα,  ας,  hi  contr.  Aaipa,  {δαή- 
vai)  the  knowing  one,  epith.  of  Perse- 
phone (Proserpina)  at  Athens,  Lye. 
[du]     Hence 

Αΰεφίτης,  ov,  6,  priest  of  Daira. 

Αΰείω,  Ep.  subj.  aor.  2  pass,  of 
*oau,  for  δαύ.  Horn. 

Δαελόζ• ,  Syracusan  word  for  δαλός, 
Sophr. 

*  Αάζομαι,  assumed  as  pres.  to 
form  some  tenses  of  δαίω,  to  divide. 

Ααήμεναι,  Ep.  for  δαϊ/ναι,  inf.  aor. 
2  pass,  of  *  δάο),  δαί^. 

Αΰημοσυνη,  ης.  ή,  skill,  knowledge, 
wisdom.  Αρ.  Rh. :  from 

Αΰήμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  {δαήναι) 
htiiowing,  experienced  in  a  thing,  c.  gen., 
άθλων,  Od.  8,  159  ;  also  εν  τταλάμτ/σι, 
εν  πάντεσσ'  Ιργοισι,  11.  15,  411 ;  23, 
671.  Superl.  δαημονέστατος,  Xen. 
Cyr.  1,  2,  12. 

Αΰήΐ'αί,  inf.  from  εδάην.  of  *ίύω. 

ΔΑ'Η'Ρ,  έρος,  ό,  voc.  δαερ,  α  hus- 
band's brother,  brother-in-law,  IL,  ans- 
wering to  the  fem.  γά/.ως.  (Strictly 
diganimated  δα^'ήρ,  the  Sanscr.  d-cvri, 
Lat.  levir :  cf.  δάκρυ,  lacrytna.)  [gen. 
pi.  δαέρων,  as  dissyll.  in  U.  24,  769.] 
'ίΑάης,  ου,  ό,  Da'es,  masc.  pr.  n., 
Strab. 

Αάηται,  3  sing.  subj.  aor.  mid. 
from  δαίω,  II. 

Ααητός,  όν,  {δαήναι)  wise,  v.  1. 
Orph.  for  δαϊκτός. 

Ααί,  used  only  after  interrogatives, 
very  common  in  colloquial  language, 
and  so  in  Plat.,  and  Comic  wr.,  ex- 
pressing wonder  or  curiosity,  e.  g.  τί 
δαί  ;  what  then  Ί  Trwf  δαί  ;  how  so  ? 
said  to  be  Att.  for  δη.  Not  found  in 
Hom.  (v.  Spitzn.  II.  10,  408),  nor,  ace. 
to  Pors.  Med.  1008,  EUendt  Lex. 
Soph.,  in  Trag.,  but  Herm.  Vig.  n. 
340,  leaves  it  m  a  few  places  of  Eur. 

Δΰί,  Ep.  dat.  from  δαίν,  for  δαίδι, 

^ Ααίδαλα,  ων,  τα,  Daedala,  the  ex- 
treme point  of  Peraea  Rhodiorum  in 
Caria,  Strab. — 2.  a  mountain  of  Caria 
on  the  confines  of  Lycia,  Id. 

i Ααίδα7•.α,  ων,  τά,  the  Daednla,  a 
festival  in  Boeotia  in  honour  of  Juno, 
Paus. ;  V.  Diet.  Antiqq.  s.  v. 

^Ααιδά7.ειος,  a,  ov,  {Ααίδα'/.ος)  of  οτ 
belonging  to  Daedalus,  Daedalian,  Eur. 
Eurysth.  Fr.  8. 

Ααώαλέοδμος,  ov,  {δαίδά7.εος,  οδ- 
μη)  smelling  artificially,  Emped.  309. 

Ααίδά%εος,  a,  ov,  also  oc,  ov,  {δαι- 
δύλλω)  cunningly  or  cariou.tly  wrought, 
richly  dight :  Horn,  and  Hes.  use  it 
chiefly  of  metal  or  wood  ;  sometimes 
of  weaving,  Hes.  Th.  575.  κα/.υπτρην 
όαίδ. ;  cf.  δαίδα/Μ,  II.  14, 179 ;  though 
Wolf  maintains  (Anal.  4,  p.  505)  that 
Hom.  never  uses  it  of  weaving ;  v. 
ISitzsch  ad  Od.  1,  131  :  cf.  δαίδαλος 
and  πο7ίνδαίδα?\,ος. — -2.  variegated,  cu- 
riously marked,  ε?Μ(1)ος,  Nomi.  —  II. 
cunning,  skilful,  χειρ,  Anth. 

Ααιδαλεντρια,  ας,  η,  a  skilful  work- 
woman. Lye.     From 
Aaιδaλεvω,^=sq.,  Philo. 

Ααίδάλ7.ω,ί.  -αλώ,  to  work  cunningly, 

deck  or  inlay  with  curious  art,  esp.  of 

gold,  silver,  etc.,  II.  18,  479,  Od.  23, 

20 


Δ  AIM 

200:  in  genl.  to  trick  out,  embellish, 
μϋΟοι  -ψενδεσι  δεδαιδα?.μένοι,  Pind. 
Ο.  1,  46:  also  δαιδαλύω.  (Prob.  a 
redupl.  form  of  the  root  δα~,  *δύω. 
δατ/ναι,  etc.,  cf  Pott.  Forsch.  1,  59, 
as  our  cunning,  from  to  lien:  cf.  αίό- 
λος,  ποικίλος.)     Hence 

Ααίδα/.μα,  ατός,  τό,  α  work  of  art, 
Theocr.  1,  32. 

Ααιδα/.όεις,  εσσα,  εν,=  δαίδά?.εος, 
Anth. 

Ααιδα?Μεργός,  όν,  {δαίδα?.ος,  *  έρ- 
γω) curiously  working,  Anth. 

Ααί&α7.ον,  τό,  ν.  sq. 

Ααίδά7.ος,  ν,  ον,  as  adj.,  =^δαιδά- 
Λεοζ",  cunningly  ΟΓ  curiously  urought, 
δαίόα7•.α  ~ο7>.7μ,  much  curious  work,  II. 
14,  179;  also  in  sing.,  δαίδα7Μν,  cu- 
rious work,  Od.  19,  227  :  δ.  μάχαιρα, 
Pind.  Ν.  4,  95,  πέττ7.ος,  Aesch.  Eum. 
635. — II.  as  prop,  n.,  Ααίδαλος,  ου,  ό, 
Daedalus,  i.  e.  the  cunning  worker,  the 
Artist,  of  Cnosus  in  Crete,  contem- 
porary with  Minos,  the  first  sculptor 
who  gave  the  appearance  of  motion 
to  his  statues  by  separating  their 
feet,  V.  Stallb.  Plat.  Meno  97  D. 
Homer  mentions  him,  II.  18,  592,  as 
the  maker  of  a  χορός  (q.  v.)  for  Ari- 
adne, (v.  δαιδά7.Αω.)  Other  artists 
of  this  name  are  mentioned  by  Paus- 
anias,  Athen.,  etc. 

Ααιδΰ/.όχειρ,  ειρος,  ό. ή,  {δαίδαλος, 
χείρ)  cunning  of  hand,  Anth. 

Ααιδα/.όω,^δαιδάλλω,  Pind.  Ο.  1, 
170. 

Ααΐζω,  ί.  -ΐξω ;  part,  pf  pass,  δε- 
δαί-•/ μένος,  also  δεδαϊσμένος :  part, 
aor.  1  pass,  δαϊχβείς,  also  δαίσθείς, 
{δαίω)  Το  sever,  cleave,  slay,  sacrifice, 
Od.  14,  434,  11.2,  416;  18,  27:"but 
Hom.  usu.  in  pass,  in  phrase  χα7.κώ 
δεδαϊγμένος  :  but  έδαί^ετο  θνμός  ενι 
στήθεσσιν,  his  soul  was  divided  with- 
in him,  i.  e.  was  in  doubt,  II.  9,  8,  cf. 
14,  20  ;  so  too  δαϊζόμενος  κατά  θνμόν 
διχΟύδια.  divided,  doubting,  between 
two  opinions:  but  φρεσίν  έχων  δεδα- 
Γ,μένον  ητορ,  a  heart  torn  and  tortur- 
ed by  misery,  Od.  13,  320  ;  again  II. 
17,  535,  δεδαέγμένος  7/τορ.  pierced 
through  the  heart,  as  if  χα7.κω  had 
been  supplied :  δαϊ!^ειν  τολίΐ',  to  de- 
stroy a  city  utterly.  Aesch.  Supp.  680. 
[δα] 

^Ααϊβος.  ov,  ο,  Daithus,  masc.  pr.  n., 
a  Spartan,  Thuc.  5,  19. 

^Αΰϊκ7.ης,  έονς,  ό,  {δα:'ίς,  κ7.έος) 
Daicles,  a  Messeiiian,  conqueror  in 
the  Olympic  games,  Dion.  H. 

Αάϊκτάμενος,  η,  ην,  [δαίς,  κτείνω) 
better  read  in  two  words  δαϊ  ιιτύμε- 
νος,  slain  in  battle,  II.  21,  146,  301. 

Ααϊκτήρ,  νρος,  b.  {δαίΖω)  γόος, 
heart-rending  wail,  Aesch.  Theb.  916. 

Αύίκτης,  ov,  h,  ((5aiC'(j)  =  foreg. : 
φθόνος,  Anacreont. 

ΑΰΙκτός,  η,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from  δαι- 
ζω,  slain,  to  be  slain,  Orph. 

Ααικτωρ,  ορός,  ό,=δαίκτήρ,  Aesch. 
Supp.  798. 

1Αάΐ7ιοχος,  ov,  ό,  (δαίς,  λέγω)  Dai- 

lochus,  masc.  pr.  n.,  Xen.  Hier.  1,  31. 

^Αΰιμαχος,  ην,   ό,  {δαίς.  μάχομαι) 

Daimachus,  masc.  pr.  η.,  Thuc.  3,  20, 

Ath.,  etc. 

ίΑΰϊμέιτης.  ονς,  ό,  {δαίς,  μένω)  Dai- 
menes,  son  of  Tisamenus,  Paus. 

Ααιμονάω,  ω,  {δαίμων)  to  be  over- 
ruled by  destiny,  etc.,  δαίμονα  δόμος 
κακοίς,  the  house  is  plunged  in  heaven- 
sent woes,  Aesch.  Cho.  566 :  so  δ.  έν 
ύτα,  Theb.  1001.— 2.  c.  ace,  δ.  άχη, 
ίο  have  griefs  decreed  one,  Ar.  Thesm. 
1054  :  hence — II.  absol.  to  be  possessed 
by  an  evil  spirit,  be  driven  to  madness, 
to  be  mad,  Eur.  Phoeii.  88d^  Xen. 
Mem.  1,  1,  9. 


Δ  AIM 

Ααιμονιάω,=:έαιμονάω,  Joseph. 

Ααιμονίζομαι,  as  mid.,=  5αιμονύω, 
ΰ7.7.ος  κατ'  ά7'7\.ην  δαιμονίζεται  τύ- 
χην,  each  one  hath  his  own  fate  ap 
pointed,  PhUem.  p.  426. — 1  [.  as  pass. 
to  be  deified.  Soph.  Fr.  180.— 2.  ίο  be 
possessed  with  a  devil,  N.  T. 

Ααιμονικός,  ή,  όν,  {δαίμων)  of  per 
sons  possessed  by  a  demon,  Plut. ;  of 
things,  sent,  inflicted  by  a  demon,  φθό 
νος,  lb. 

Ααιμονιόλητττος,  ov,  {δαιμόνων 
?Μ3εΐν)  possessed  by  a  devil,  Eccl. 

Ααιμόνιον,  ου,  τό,  the  Deity  or  di 
vine  Essence,  Lat.  numen.  Hdt.  5,  87, 
Eur.,  Plat.,  etc. :  ace.  to  Arist.  θεός 
fj  θεοϋ  έργον. — II.  esp.  an  inferior  race 
of  divine  beings,  demons,  opp.  to  θεοί, 
καινά  δαιμόνια  είςφέρειν,  Xen.  Mem. 
1,  1,  2,  Plat.  Apol.  24  B.— 2.  the  name 
by  which  Socrates  called  his  genius, 
or  the  spirit  he  supposed  to  dwell 
within  him,  v.  Xen.  Mem.  1,  1,  2: 
Kiihner,  prolegg.  ad  Xen.  Mem.  (^  5. 
• — 3.  in  N.  T.  esp.  an  evil  spirit,  a  devil, 
Matth.  12,  24,  etc.  (not  dim.  from 
δαίμων,  but  neut.  from  δαιμόνιος.) 

Ααιμονιό~7.ηκτος,  ov,  {δαιμόνων, 
π7ιησσω)=^δαιιιονιό7ι.η7:τος.     Hence 

Ααιμονιθ7τ7.ηξία,  ας,  ή,  α  being  δαί 
μονιόπ7.ηκτος. 

Ααιμόνιος,  ία,  ιον,  also  ος,  ον, 
(Aesch.  Theb.  891),  of,  belonging  to  a 
δαίμων.  —  I.  in  Hom.  only  in  vocat. 
δαιμόνιε,  in  addresses,  expressing 
something  astonishing  or  strange,  in 
good  sense,  noble,  excellent,  Od.  14, 
443,  but  more  freq.  as  a  reproach, 
strange,  unhappy  man,  misguided  wretch, 
as  11.  2,  200  :  in  Att.  usu.  ironical,  my 
fine  fellow  !  like  ώ  ί3έ7.τιστε,  but  also 
in  wheedling,  my  good  fellow  !  good 
sir  !  Ar.  Ran.  Φ1,  175.-11.  from  Hdt. 
and  Pind.  downwds.  anything  depend- 
ing on,  proceeding  from  the  Deity  or 
Fate :  so  δαιμονίη  ορμή,  Hdt.  7,  18, 
άραί,  Aesch.,  αχη.  Soph.  ;  εΐ  μή  τι 
δαιμόΐΊΟν  ειη,  were  it  not  a  divine  in- 
t-ervcntion,  Xen.  ;  τά  δαιμόνια,  I'isita- 
tions  of  Heaven,  Thuc,  etc. :  of  per- 
sons, divine,  godlike.  Plat.  :  and  so  in 
genl.  of  godlike  or  superhuman  nature, 
and  so  preeminent  in  anything,  αοφίαν, 
Luc.  Adv.  -ως,  opp.  to  άνθρωττινως, 
Aeschin.  72.  33  :  and  so  marvellously, 
strangely,  extraordinarily,  Ar.  Nub.  76  : 
so  too  in  neut.  pi.  δαιμόνια,  Ar.  Pac. 
585,  Xen.  Hell.  7,  4,  3 ;  and  in  fem. 
dat.  δαιμόνια  formed  like  Koivy,  θεσ- 
ττεσίτι,  etc.,  find.  O.  9,  118,  with  v.  I. 
δαιμονίως. 

Ααιμονιώδης,  ες,  {δαιμόνιον,  είδος) 
like  a  demon. — II.  devilish,  Ν.  Τ.  James 
3,  15. 

Ααιμονοβ^Λβεια,  ας,  η,  {δαίμων, 
β/.άβη)  α  heaven-sent  visitation,  Polyb. 

Ααιμονοώόρητος,  ον,  {δαίμων,  φο- 
ρέω)  possessed  by  a  demon. 

Ααίμων,  όνος,  ό,  ή,  α  god,  goddess, 
used  like  θεός  and  θεά  of  individual 
gods,  11.  1,  222  ;  3, 420.— II.  the  Deity, 
divine  essence,  Lat.  numen,  to  which 
are  attributed  events  beyond  man's 
power,  j'et  not  to  be  assigned  to  any 
special  god.  Tlus  is  in  Hom.  the 
usu.  signf ,  στυγερός  δ.,  an  evil  deity, 
Od.  5,  396,  κακός  δ.,  Od.  10,  64,  or 
periphr.,  δαίμονος  αίσα  κακή,  Od.  11, 
61  :  hence  fate,  destiny,  fortune,  good 
or  bad,  δαίμονα  δώσω,  I  will  give  thee 
an  ill  destiny,  i.e.  death,  Π.  8,  106; 
πρίις  δαίαονα,  against  fate,  Ε.  17,  98  : 
but  σνν  οαίμονι,  ivith  the  favour  of  the 
gods.  Π.  11,  792 :  so  freq.  in  Trag.  for 
special  interventions, /a?e,  death.  Lat. 
sors,  V.  Λ'alck.  Hipp.  809 :  κατά  δαί- 
μονα, by  chance,  Hdt.  1,  111. — III.  the 
souls  of  men  of  the  golden  age,  hover- 
305 


ΔΑΙΣ 

ing  between  heaven  and  earth,  and  ' 
acting  as  tutelar)^  deities,  Lat.  tares, 
temurfs,  genii,  were  όαίμονες,  cf.  Hes. 
Op.  1"21  :  they  formed  the  connecting 
link  between  gods  and  men,  and  so 
Aesch.,  Pars.  (320,  calls  the  deified 
Darius  δαίμων  :  hence  when  δαίμο- 
νες and  θεοί  are  joined,  the  δαίμονες 
are  gods  of  lower  rank ;  and  here 
note,  that  θεός  is  never  used  for  δ., 
though  δ.  is  for  6.,  v.  signf.  I.  In 
later  authors,  as  Luc,  in  genl.  de- 
parled  xouls,  Lat.  tnanes,  leiniires. — IV. 
in  N.  T.  an  evil  spirit,  devil,  Matth.  8, 
31,  etc. 

B.  =  δαήαο)ν,  ktimoins;,  skilled  in, 
μάχης,  Archil.  Ί,  4.  (Some  held  this 
lasl  to  be  the  first  meaning  of  the 
word  ;  but  it  prob.  comes  from  δαίο, 
to  dividi;  or  distribute  destinies  :  cf. 
Alcm.  48.) 

Aaivv',  2  sing,  imperf.  mid.  from 
δαίννμί,  for  έδαίννσο,  έδαίννο,  11.24, 
63. 

Aaii'vri,  2  sing.  subj.  pres.  from 
δαιννω,  Όά.  8,  2 13. 

Ααίννμι,  also  δαιννω,  fut.  δαίσω, 
{δαίω)  to  distributc,-assign  as  a  share, 
esp.  at  meals  δαίνν  δαίτα  γέρονσι, 
gii'e  the  old  tneit  a  banquet,  II.  9,  70  ;  SO 
τάφον,  γάμον,  to  give  a  funeral  Or 
wedding  feast,  Od.  3,  309,  11.  19,  299  ; 
δ.  τινά  Tin,  to  feast  one  on  a  thing, 
Hdt.  1,  162. — 2.  pass,  δαίνυμαι,  fut. 
δαίσομαΐ,  to  be  entertained,  to  feast,  in 
Horn,  much  more  freq.  than  Act. : 
also  c.  ace.  δαΐτα,  εκατόμβης,  κρέα 
δαίνυσθαι,  to  feast  on,  consume,  eat,  so 
Hdt.  3,  18  :  met.  to  devour,  of  Hades, 
Soph.  El.  513:  to  eat,  bum,  like  poi- 
son. Id.  Tr.  705. 

WatvvTO,  3  sing.  pres.  opt^  for 
δαίννιτο,  II.  24,  665,  and  δαιννατο, 
3  pl.  for  δαίννιντο,  Od.  18,  248,  from 
δαίννμι. 

Ααινύίύ,—δαίννμι,  Call.  Cer.  84. 

Αάϊος,  a,  ov,  in  Trag.  also  ος,  ov, 
Ion.  and  Horn,  δήίος,  η,  ov,  Att.  contr. 
δάος,  [δαίο,  δαΐς)  hostile,  destructive, 
dreadful,  Hom.,  but  only  in  II.,  esp, 
as  epith.  of  πί'ρ,  burning,  consuming 
fire  ;  in  this  signf  the  Att.  poets  also 
use  the  Ion.  form :  δύϊοι,  the  enemy, 
λάφυρα  δάων,  Aesch.  Theb.  271,  φό- 
βημα  δαίων,  Soph.  Ο.  C.  699. — 2.  vn- 
happ!^,UTelched,'Trag.,  v.  Herm.  Soph. 
\.].  771  ;  always  in  Dor.  form. — II. 
{όαηναι)  knowing,  cunning,  τεχνίτης, 
Anth.  Ιδύϊος:  but  in  Horn.,  where 
the  last  syll.  is  long,  the  word  is  dis- 
syl.  :   so  ija  Att.  δάος,  Aesch.  Pers. 

Ααϊυφρων,  όνος,  ό,  η,  {δάίος,  φρην) 
unhappy,  miserable,  prob.  1.  ΙΟΓ  δαΐ- 
φρυν,  Aesch.  Theb.  919. 

't Ααι.τϊττος,  ου,  ό,  Da'ippus,  a  statu- 
ary, Paus. 
'\Aaipa,  ή,  contd.  from  Αάειρα. 

Ααίρω,  inf  aor.  δϊφαί,^έρω,  to 
flay,  cudgel,  Ar.  Nub.  442,  and  later: 
Grainm.  are  divided  between  this 
form  and  δείρω. 

Ααίς  (A),  gen.  δαιδος,  ι),  Att.  contr. 
δάς,  δαδός  (δαίω  to  kindlr)  a  fire-brand, 
pine-torch.  Lat.  taeda,  Horn.,  only  in 
Od.,  and  always  in  plur. :  but  in  sing., 
Ar.  Nub.  1494  :  metaph.  έ~ί  την  δζιδα 
■7νροε?ΜεΙν,  to  come  to  the  funeral- 
torch,  i.  e.  end  of  hfe.  Pint.  2,  789  A, 
as  Propcrt.  4,  12,  46,  viximus  injiignes 
inter  utramque  facem. — 2.  as  collective 
noun,  pine-v'ood,  such  as  torches  were 
made  of,  Thuc.  7,  53,  Xen.  Cyr.  7,  5, 
23. — 3.  a  disease  in  trees,  like  Lat. 
taeda,  Theophr.,  cf  ενδαδόομαι. 

Αάίς,  ή  (Β),  mostly  in  apoc.  dat., 
(Vu,  as  always  in  Hom.,  and  so  Hes. 
Th.  650,  Aesch.  Theb.  926 ;  ace.  έ^• 
306 


ΔΑΙΦ 

δαίν,  Call.  Fr.  243,  (perhaps  akin  to 
δαίω)  war,  battle. 

Ααίς.  (C),  gen.,  δαιτός,  ή.  {δαίω,  to 
divide)  a  meal,  feast,  banqiiM,  ott.  in 
Hom.,  who  calls  the  usu.  meal  δαίς 
εΐση,  equally-divided,  because  each 
guest  got  his  share  :  δαίς  πίειρα, 
Lat.  coetia  opipare  apparata,  a  sumptu- 
ous banquet,  II.  19,  179  :  a  sacrificial 
feast,  II.  24,  69 :  also  in  plur.,  Od.  20, 
182  :  used  even  of  beasts  of  prey,  II. 
24,  43. — 2.  of  the  meat  or  food  itself, 
Eur.  Cycl.  245. 

tAaiffiOf,  01),  ό,  a  Macedonian  month, 
corresponding  to  the  Attic  Tharge- 
lion.  Pint.  Alex.  16.  ^ 

ίΑαισιτίΰται,  ών,  ο!.,  the  Da-csitiutae, 
a  Pannonian  tribe,  Strab. 

Αΰισφα'λτος,  ov,  (δαΐς,  σφάλλω) 
of  uncertai7i  issue,  ττάλη,  Lyc. 

^ Ααιταλάομαι,  {δαίτη)  to  consume, 
to  feast  on,  Lyc.  654. 

Ααιτα?ίενς,έως,  ό,  (δαίννμι)  a  guest, 
banqucttrr,  ϊικ'λητος  δ.,  an  iiuhiddcn 
guest,  oi  One  eagle  eating  Prometheus' 
liver,  Aesch.  Pr.  1024. 

AaiTa'kovpyia,  ας,  ή,  (δαίτη,  *  έργω) 
cookery,  Lyc. 

Ααίτη,  ης,  η,  poet,  for  δαίς,  a  feast, 
banqiiet,  Hom. :  of  beasts,  Nic.  Hence 

Ααίτηθεν,  adv.,  from  a  feast,  Od. 

10,  216. 

ΙΑαίττις,  σ»,  ό,  Daetes,  a  Trojan 
hero,  Mimn.  ap.  Ath.  174  A. 

Ααϊτις,  ιδος,  ή,  (δαίω)  a  torch  :  and 
from  some  fancied  resemblance,  a 
head  of  garlic,  dub.  in  Hipp.  ap.  Gal. 

Ααιτρεία,  ας,  ή,  a  place  where  meat 
is  cut  up  :  from 

Ααιτρενω,  (δαιτρός)  to  divide,  dis- 
tribute, ες  δημον,  II.  11,  705:  esp.  to 
cut  up,  carve,  portion  out.  Od.  14,  433  ; 
15,  323  :  to  slay,  to  destroy,  Ap.  Rh.  : 
later  of  feeding  of  wild  beasts,  0pp. 

Ααιτρόν,  ov,  TO,  (δαίω)  that  which 
is  assigned  one.  a  portion,  δαιτρον  ττί- 
νειν.  to  drink  one's  share,  II.  4,  262. 

Ααίτρός,  ov.  ό,  (δαίω)  one  that  carves 
and  portions  out,  esp.  meat  at  table, 
Od.  1,  141,  etc.     Hence 

Ααιτροσννη,  ΐ}ς.  ή,  the  art  of  carving 
meat  and  portioning  it  aut,  a  helping  at 
table,  Od.  16,  253. 

ίΑαιτνμονενς,  έως  Ep.  ί/ος,  o,=:sq., 
Nonn. 

Ααιτνίίών,  όνος,  δ,  (δαίς)  one  that  is 
entertained,  an  invited  guest,  Od..  in 
plur.  :  in  genl.  an  eater,  Eur.  Cycl. 
610:  later  also  δαιτί'μονενς. — 2.  one 
that  prepares  a  meal,  a  cook,  but  SO  only 
in  Od.  4,  620,  cf  Spohn  de  Extr.  Od. 
Parte,  p.  9 ;  Wolf  Proleg.  cxxxi., 
suspects  the  passage,  but  not  so 
Nitzsch. 

AaiTvr,  νος,  ή,  Ep.  for  όαίς,  a  meal, 

11.  22,  496. 

ίΑαίτωρ,  ορός,  δ,  Daetor,  a  Trojan 
slain  by  Teucer,  II.  8,  275. 

'ίΑάίφαντος.  ου,  ό,  (δαίς.  φαίνομαι) 
Da'iphantus,  masc.  pr.  η.,  Plut.,  Ael, 
etc. 

i Ααϊφάρνης,  ό,  Da'ipharnes,  a  Per- 
sian masc.  pr.  n.,  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  3,  21. 
Αάΐφρων,  ov,gen.  όνος,  (δάϊς,  φρήν) 
ofumrlike  mind,  eager  for  the  fray,  bold, 
oft.  joined  with  Ίπττόδαμος,  U. — II. 
(δατ/ναι,  φρήν)  of  knoiuing  mind,  pru- 
dent, thoughtful,  oft.  with  ττοικιλομη- 
της.  Od. — Later  poets  use  the  word 
in  both  senses ;  but  in  Hom.  the  first 
sense  belongs  to  II..  the  second  to 
Od.  :  II.  24,  325,  is  the  only  place  of 
11.  where  we  must  assume  the  sense 
of  prudent:  and  even  the  ancients 
thought  this  book  later  than  the  rest 
of  the  Jl. ;  H.  Hom.  Cer.  follows  Od. ; 
V.  Buttm.  Lexil.  in  voc.  Nitzsch  Od. 
1,  48,  takes  δαηναί  for  the  common 


ΔΑΚΝ 

root  of  both  signfs.,  and  so  of  war- 
riors, tried,  proved ;  of  other  men,  pru- 
dent, experienced. 

ΙΑαίφρων,  ovoc,  δ,  Da'iphron,  son  of 
Aegyjitus.  Apollod.  2,  1,  5. 

ΐΑαϊχβείς.  1  aor.  part.  pass,  from 
δαίζω',  Eur.  Iph.  T.  872. 

ΔΑΓί2  (Κ),  —  καίω,  only  in  pres. 
and  impf,  to  light  up,  kindle,  πϋρ, 
φλό}α.  Hom.  :  never  intrans.,  for 
m  II.  5,  4,  δαϊέ  ui  ίκ  κάρνθος  πνρ, 
Minerva  is  the  subject — she  hi  up  a 
fire  on  his  helm  :  hut  in  pass,  δαίο- 
μαι,  to  burn,  blaze,  Hoin.,  who  besides 
pres.  and  imperf.  has  in  11.  δάηται.  [ύ'], 
subj.  of  2  aor.  ίδαομην  :  δαίεται  δσσε, 
the  eyes  sparkle,  Od.  6,  132 :  to  this 
also  belongs  perf  and  plqpf  δέδηα, 
έδεδήειν,  poet,  δεδήειν,  always  πι  me- 
taph. sense  ^oAr/iOf,  ερις,μάχη,  evo- 
■ηή  δέδηε,  war,  etc.,  blazed  forth,  II. 
(except  πυρί  οσσε  δεδήει,  II.  12, 460) ; 
so  οσσα  δεδήει,  the  report  spread  like 
wild-fire,  11.  2,  93,  like  L-dX.fiagrat  hel- 
ium, flagrat  rumor.  A  perf.  pass.  <5f- 
δανμαι,  like  κανσω,  etc.,  from  καίω, 
occurs  Simon.  212.  (The  Sanscr. 
root  is  dah,  to  burn :  hence  δαις  ύαι- 
δος.  δα7ώς  δύος.) 

ΔΑΓί2  (Β),  to  divide, part,  distribute; 
in  act.  sense  δαίζω  is  used  for  δαίω, 
but  we  find  in  pass,  δαίεται  τ/τορ,  my 
heart  is  divided,  distracted,  Od.  1,  48, 
and  perf.  δέδησ/ιαι.  11.  1,  125,  Hdt.  2, 
84,  3  plur.  δεδαίαται.  Od.  1.  23.  More 
usu.  the  mid.  δαίομαι  is  found  in  act. 
sense,  fut.  όάσομηι,  aor.  1  εδασάμην, 
(cf.  δατέομαι)  to  distribute,  portion  out, 
μοίρας,  κτήματα,  Horn.,  κρέα.  Ιο  dis- 
tribute portions  of  meat,  Od.  15,  140  ; 
but  "Εκτοπα  κνπΐ  δώκε  δύσααθαι,  he 
gave  the  dogs  Hector  to  tear  in  pieces, 
II.  23,  21.  cf.  Od.  18,  87.  The  aor. 
έδαισα  used  in  the  sense  of  to  feast, 
from  Hdr.  downvvds.,  though  formed 
from  δαίω,  belongs  by  strict  analogy 
to  δαίννμι,  q.  v.,  cf.  IJuttm.  Catal.  in 
voc.  (The  Sanscr.  root  is  da.  to  cut 
off",  hence  δαίζω,  δαίς  δαιτός.  δαίνν- 
μι, δαιτρός,  δατέομαι :  and  perh.  also 
akin  δάπτω,  dopes.) 

Αύκέθνμος,  ov,  (δακεΊν.  θυμός)  bi- 
ting the  heart,  heart-stinging,  heart-vex- 
ing, Ίδρώς,  Simon  15,  5,  cf.  δηξίθν• 
μος,  and  θνμοδακής. 

Άΰκειν,  inf  aor.  2  act.  of  δύκνω. 

Αύκετον,  ov,  TO,  (δακεϊν)=  δάκος, 
a  stinging,  poisonous  animal,  Ar.  Av. 
1069.  (Better  prob.  δακετόν,  Jac.  A. 
P.  p.  451.) 

fAuK/.a,  ας,  ή.  Dacia,  a  large  coun- 
try of  Europe,  lying  along  the  Pali 
ube.     Hence  | 

Αακϊκός.  -ή,  (W,  Dacian. 

Αακνάζομαι.ά&ψ.,-=δάκνομαι,'[>θ('Λ. 
occurs  only  once,  in  metaph.  sen.se  to 
be  afflicted .  mmtmf  1(1 ,  Aesch.  Pers.  571. 

ΔΑ'ΚΝΩ,  f  δήίομαι :  perf.  δέδηχα . 
aor.  έδακον,  inf  δακεΐν :  (Horn,  only 
uses  aor.,  and  that  only  in  II.)  To 
bite,  sting,  esp.  of  dogs  and  gnats,  II  • 
στόμιον  δ-,  to  champ  the  bit,  Aesch. 
Pr.  1009:  δάκνειν  έαντόν,  to  bile  one's 
lips  for  fear  of  laughing,  Ar.  Ran.  43 ; 
and  hence  prob.  δακεΐν  θνι/.όν.  Id. 
Nub.  1369,  δ.  χόλοι;  Αρ.  kh.— Π. 
metaph.  of  pungent  smoke  and  dust, 
to  sting,  prick,  Ar.  Ach.  18,  Pint.  822. 
— III.  of  the  mind,  to  sting,  rex,  dis- 
tress, μνθος  δάκε  φοένοΓ,  II.  5,  493, 
cf  Hes.  Th.  567  ; '  and'  so  of  love, 
Valck.  Hipp.  1303.  Pass,  to  be  vexed, 
annoyed,  provokfd.  disgusted,  oft.  in 
Eur.  ;  καρδίαν  δέδιρ/μαι,  Ar.  Ach.  1 : 
7iv-ri  καρδίαν  δ.,  Eur.  Rhes.  596  : 
έπί  Tivi,  at  a  thing.  Xen.  Cyr.  4,  3,  3, 
or  c.  part.,  e.  g.  έδήχθη  άκουσας,  lb. 
1,  4,  13.     (The  Sanscr.  root  is  dans- 


ΔΑΚΡ 

or  dn<;,  to  bite:  hence  prob.  dcml.x, 
tooth.  Lat.  dens,  ό-δούς  ό-δόντ-ος, 
Germ.  Znhn.)  [— ] 

ΑάκΓώδης,  ες,  (δάιζνο,  είδος)  bitUg, 
pungent,  Hipp. 

fAa/ioi.  ων,  oi.  Daci,  the  Dacians, 
inhabitants  of  Δα/ϊία,  Strab. :  also 
written  ^ακοί,  and  Αΰκες,  Die 
Cass. 

Αύκος,  εος,  τό,  (δακεϊν)  an  animal 
of  whi^h  ib.ehiie  ΟΓ  sting  is  dangerotis, 
a  snake,  any  noxious  aHi?nal,  esp.  a 
beast  of  prey:  also  δάκ,ετον,  Pind., 
etc..  cf.  Valck.  Hipp.  G4G. — 2.  a  bite, 
stin^,  OpP- 

Δ.λ'ΚΡΤ,  -ΌΌΓ,  τό,  poet,  for  δάκρν- 
ov-,  a  tear,  Lat.  lacryma^  Horn. :  also 
like  όάκρυον-,  any  drop,  as  of  gum, 
etc..  /.ιβύνου  δ.,  Pind.  Fr.  87,  2,  ό. 
τζεύκινον,  Eur.  Med.  1200.— Not  apo- 
cop.  for  ίάκμυον,  as  is  shown  by  dat. 
plur.  δύκρυσι.  (The  Lat.  lacrn-jna, 
Sansc.  αςΓα.) 

Δακμύδιον,  ov,  ro,dim.  from  δύκρν. 

Αάκρϋμα,  ατός,  τό,  (δακρνω)  that 
which  is  wept  for,  a  subject  for  tears, 
Hdt.  7,  169. — II.  that  which  is  wept,  a 
tear,  Aesch.  Peis.  134,  Eur.  Andr.  92, 
in  plur. 

Αακρνογόνος,  ov,  {δάκρυ,  *Ύένω) 
anthor  of  tears,  Άρης,  Aesch.  Supp. 
681. 

Αακρϋόεις.  εσσα,  εν,{δύκρνην)  tear- 
ful, Horn.,  whether  of  persons,  much 
weeping,  as  U.  21,  506-,  Or  of  things, 
calling  forth  tears,  tear-causing,  ■ηθ)•.ε- 
αος,  etc.,  II.  5,  737,  yoof,  Od.  2-1,  323 : 
όακρνόεν  γε/Λσαι,  as  adv.,  to  sinile 
through  one's  tears,  11.  6,  484. 

ΔΑ'ΚΡΤΌΝ,  01',  τό,  poet,  also  δά- 
κρν,  δάκρΐηια,  a  tear,  Horn.,  who  usu. 
joins  it  with  χέειν,  λείβειν,  ε'φειν, 
άτΐο  βλεφάρων  βάΤιλειν :  Ερ.  gen. 
όακρνόφι,  Π.  17,  096,  Od.  5,  152 :  ες 
δάκρυα  πίτΐτειν,  Hdt.  6,  21. — Later, 
any  thing  thai  drops  like  tears,  gum, 
sap,  της  ΰκάνβης.  Hdt.  2,  96,  κ()ομ- 
uvov,  Hipp..  Anth. :  also=(5<i«pi'/ia  I., 
Anth.,  cf.  δάκρυ. 

ΑακρίΌττετής,  ές.  (όάκρνην,  ττίτττω) 
making  tears  fall  or  flow,  Aesch.  Supp. 
112. 

ΑακρνότΙμος,  ov,  {δύκρνον,  τιμή) 
honoured  with  tears,  Orph. 

^Δακρνόφι,  Ep.  gen.  pi.  for  δακρύων, 
II.  17,696.  Od.  5,  152. 

Αακρν-λώ<ο,  (δάκρυ,  ττ/.έί.))  to  swim 
or  run  over  with  tears,  of  <lrunken  men, 
to  be  maudlin,  Od.  19.  122. 

ΑακρυΙιροέω,  ώ.  (δύκρν,  ^έω)  to  melt 
into  tears.  Soph.  Tr.  326  ;  of  the  eyes. 
to  run  with  tears.  Hipp. :  also  of  plants, 
to  drop  gum,  Theophr. 

Αηκρίφροος.  ov,  (δύκρν,  βεω)  melt- 
ing into  tsars,  Eur.  Supp.  773. 

Αακρυσίστακτος,  op,  (δάκρυ,  στά- 
ζω) dripping  with  tears,  βέος,  a  flood 
of  tears,  Aesch.  Pr.  399. 

Αακρϋτός,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from 
δακρνω,  vjept  over,  tearful,  ε/.πίς, 
Aesch.  Cho.  236. 

Αακρνχαρής,  ές,  {δάκρυ,  χαίρω) 
joying  in  tears,  Anth. 

Αακρνχέων,  ονσα.  ov,  (δάκρν,  χεω) 
shedding  tears,  weeping,  frcq.  in  Horn., 
and  later  Ep.,  but  only  in  part. ;  and 
so  too  Aesch.  Theb.  917  :  Nona,  has 
an  impf  δακρνχέεσκε. 

Αακρνω,  rat.  -νσω,  (δύκρν)  intr., 
to  weep,  shed  tears,  Hom.,  etc.:  perf. 
pass,  όεδύκρϋμαι,  to  be  tearful,  he  alt 
in  tears,  II.  16,  7  :  παρειαΐ  δεδάκρνν- 
ταΐ,  the  cheeks  are  wet  with  tears,  II. 
22,  491 :  hence  δεδακρνμένος,  all  tears, 
like  κεκ?<.αναένος,  Plat.  Ax:  c.  ace. 
cognato,  δακρνειν  γόους,  to  utter  tear- 
ful groans.  Soph.  Aj.  579 :  of  trees, 
(J.  κομμί,  to  weep  gum,  Arr. — II.  tran- 


ΔΑίίΤ 

sit.  to  weep  for  a  thing,  lament,  Aesch. 
Ag.  1490,  Ar.  Ach.  1027  ;  and  so  pass. 
to  be  wept  for,  Id.  Theb.,  814.— HI.  δ. 
β7.ές>αρα,  to  beiveep  one's  eyes,  flood 
them  tvitk  tears.  Eur.  Hel.  948.  [v, 
except  in  very  late  poets.] 

Αακρνώδης,  ες,  (δάκρυ,  είδος)  like 
tears,  Theophr. :  tearful,  Luc. :  έλκος, 
a  wound  distilling  tear-like  matter,  run- 
ning, Hipp. 

Αακτν?.ήθρα,  η,  (δύκτυ^Μς)  a  finger- 
sheath,  a  finger-tip,  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  8,  17. 
— 2.  an  instrument  of  torture,  thumb- 
screw, LXX. 

Αακτν/Λαΐος,  a,  ov,  of  a  finger^ 
length,  breadth,  etc.,  Hipp. 

Αακτνλίδιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  δάκ- 
τυλος, a  toe,  Ar.  Lys.  417.  [7ii] 

Αακτνλίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  =  δακτυλοδει- 
κτέω. 

Αακτϋ7•.ικός,  ή,  όν,  of  οτ  for  the  fin- 
ger, Lat.  digitalis:  αυλός  δ-,  a  iiute 
played  loith  the  fingers,  Ath.  176  F:  δ. 
ψήφος,  a  stone  set  in  a  ring,  Anth. — 
II.  dactylic,  {ίυβμός,  Longin. 

Αακτυλιογλνώία,  ας,  ή,  the  art  of 
cutting  seal-rings  or  gems,  Plat.  Alc.  1, 
128  C  :  from 

Αακτνλιογ?.νφ<)ς,  ου,  ό,  (δακτύλιος, 
γλύφω)  an  engraver  of  gems,  Critias  56. 

Αακτν/.ιοβήκη,  ης,  ή,  (δακτύ7.ιος, 
θήκη)  α  collection  of  gems,  Plm.  :  α 
case  or  box  where  rings  were  kept.  Mart- 
ial 11,59. 

tAaKTv?uov,  ου,  τό,  Lat.  Scammo- 
nia  ;  scarmnony.  Diosc. 

ΔακττλίΟΓ,  ου,  ό,  a  ring,  a  seal-ring, 
Hdt.  2,  38,  Plat.,  etc.  :  often  worn  as 
a  charm,  Ar.  Plut.  884,  Eupol.  Dem. 
22:  hence — II.  in  genl.  any  thing  ring- 
shaped,  as— 1.  the  feline  of  a  wheel, 
Hipp. — 2.  the  «nits,  Diosc,  cf.  Lat. 
amis,  annuhis.  [v] 

Αακτΰ?Λονργός,  οΰ,  ό,  (δακτύλιος, 
*ί-ργω)  α  ring-maker,  Pherecr.  Incert. 
77. 

ΑακτνΙΑς,  ίδος,  ψ  fern,  of  δακτν- 
λιαΐος,  nauie  of  a  kind  of  gmpe,  Plin. 

Αακτνλίτης.  ου,  ό,  fern,  δακτνλΐτις, 
ιδος,  ή.  (δάκτυλος)  finger-shaped  :  as 
subst.,  a  kind  of  plant,  perh.  aristolo- 
chia,  Diosc. 

f  Αοκτνλοδεικτεί,  adv.  by  pointing 
with  the  finger,  Hdn. 

Αακτυ'λοδείκτέω.  ω.  to  point  at  irith 
the  finger,  in  scorn,  Dem.  790, 20 :  from 

Αακτνλοδεικτός,  όν,  (δάκτυλος,  δεί- 
κννμι)  pointed  at  with  the  finger,  and 
so  notable,  illustrious,  cf  Horaces  di- 
gito  monslrnri,  Aesch.  Ag.  1332,  cf 
Hemst.  Luc.  Somn.  12. 

Αακτνλοδόχμη,  ης.  ή,  {δάκτν7ιος, 
δοχμί;)  four  fingers'  breadth,  a  palm, 
elsewh.  ■ηα7.αιστ7'}. 

Αακτν7^οειδής.  ές,  {δίκτν7Μς,  είδος) 
like  a  finger,  Anth. 

Αακτν7.οκαμιρόδννος,  ov,  (δάκτυ- 
λος, κάμπτω,  οδύνη)  wearying  the  fin- 
gers by  keeping  them  bent,  Anth. 

Αάκτν7ιθς,  ov,  ό  :  (from  Theocr. 
downwds.  we  have  a  poet.  plur.  δάκ- 
tu7m,  and  in  Nonn.  a  sing,  τό  δάκτυ- 
λοι') a  finger,  έπι  δάκτυλων  σνμ•/^ά7.- 
λεσβαι,  to  reckon  on  the  fingers.  Hdt. 
6,  63,  cf.  χειρ  ;  ό  μέγας  δ.,  the  thumb. 
Id.  3,  8:  δ.  του  ποδός,  a  toe.  Xen.  An. 
4,  5, 12  :  also  without  ποδός,  Ar.  Eq. 
874,  like  Lat.  digitus:  also=  ττόσβτ/. 
— 2.  the  shortest  Greek  measure  of 
length,  a  finder's  breadth. ^=abo\lt  ^^ 
of  an  inch"  Hdt.  1,  60,  etc.  :  hence  a 
very  short  time,  πίνωμεν.  δάκτνλος 
άμέρα,  Alcae.  31. — 3.  α  date,  frait  of 
the  όοίνιξ,  Aristot. — 4.  a  metrical 
foot,  dactyl.  -  ^  ",  Plat.  Rep.  400  B, 
cf  Ar.  Nub.  051. — 5.  as  pr.  n.,  Δ. 
ΊδαΙοι.  the  Dactyli  Idaei.  mjthical 
personages  in  Crete,  priests  of  Cy- 


ΔΑΜΑ 

bele.  and  so  prob.  the  STme  ns  the 
Corvbantes,  Strab. :  called  by  Cicero, 
Digiti  Idaei,  de  N.  D.  3,  16.  (Prob: 
like  digitns,  from  the  Sanscr.  root<iiV-, 
Lat.  in-dic-are,  Gr.  δείκ-ννμι.) 

Αακτνλότριπτος,  ον.(δάκτυλος,  τρί- 
βω) wornbythefingers.  άτρακτος,  Anth. 

Αακτνλωτός.  ή,  όν,  (δάκτυ/.ος)  with 
finger-like  handles,  εκπωμα,  Ion  ap 
Ath.  468  C. 

Αά7ιέομαι,  Dor.  for  δη7.έομαι. 

Αά7.ερός,  ά,  όν,  (δα7.ός)  burning, 
blazing,  hot,  Emped. 

Αά7.ίον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  δα7•.ός, 
Ar.  Pac.  959. 

ίΔάλίοζ-,  a,  ov.  Dor.  for  Αή7.ιος, 
Soph.  Aj.  704. 

ΐΑα7ύς,  ίδος,  ή,  Dalis,  a  city  of  the 
island  Panchaea,  Diod.  S. — II.  a  play 
of  Apollophanes,  Ath.  467  F. 

\Ααλίων,  ωνος,  6,  Dalion,  a  river  of 

Elis,  falling  into  the  Alpheus,  Strab. 

i  Αα7.μανονθά,     ή,    Dalmanutha.     a 

small  town  or  village  near  Magdala, 

N.  T.  Marc.  8,  10. 

\ Αα7.ματεΐς,  and,  Aa7 μάται,  ων, 
oi.  the  iJalmatians,  inhabitants  of  Dal- 
matia,  Polyb.,  Strab.     Hence 

^ΑαΛματία,  ας,  ή,  Dalmatia,  a  part 
of  lUyricum,  Strab. 

\Αα7ψατικός,  ή,  όν,  of  Dalmatia, 
Dalmatian  ;  fem.  also  ή  Αηλαατίς. 

Αηλματική.  ης,  ή,  α  state-robe.  esp. 
worn  by  officiating  priests,  dalmatic, 
EccL 

\Αά7Μ(ον,  ov.  τό,  Dalmium,  the  chief 
city  of  Dalmatia,  Strab. 

ΔαΛΟΓ,  or,  ό,  (δαίω)  a  firebrand, 
piece  of  blazing  wood,  Hom.  ;  also  in 
Aesch.  Cho.  607  :  a  kind  of  meteor, 
Arist.  Meteor. — II.  a  burnt  out  torch, 
and  so  of  an  old  man.  Mel.  49,  cf. 
Hor.  dilapsam  iti  cineres  facem. — III.  a 
fagot,  beacon  light,  Anth. 

^Αάμάγητος,  ov,  6,  (δήι/ος,  άγω) 
leader  of  the  people,  pr.  n..  Damagetus, 
a  king  of  lalyssus  in  Rhodes.  Pind. 
OI.  7,  32.— Others  in  Thuc.  5,  19; 
Dem.  ;  etc. 
^ Αΰμαγόρας,  a,  6.  Dor.  for  Αημαγό- 
ρας,  Damagdras,  masc.  pr.  n.,  App. 

ίΑάμάγων,  6,  (δήμος,  άγω)  Dama- 
gnn,  i.  e.  people-leading,  a  Spartan, 
Thuc.  3,  92. 

Ααμάζω.  post-Hom.  form  of  δαμάω, 
at  least  the  pres.  is  not  found  before 
Eur.,  though  we  have  the  aor,  pass. 
ίδαμάσβην  in  II.,  cf  δαμάω. 

Αΰμαΐος,  ov,  6,  πατήρ,  epithet  of 
Neptune  in  Pind.  O.  13,  98  :  prob. 
from  δαμάω.  the  Tamer. 

Ααμα7.είδίον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  δα- 
μά7.τ;ς,  δάμα7.ις. 

Αημά7η,  7/f,  ή,  =  δάμα7.ις,  Eur. 
Bacch.  739.  and  Theocr. 

Ααμα7.ήβοτος,  ον.(δαμά7.η,  βόσκω) 
fed  on  by  young  cattle,  άκρη,  Anth. 

Ααμά/ης.  ov.  ό,  (δαμάω)  one  that 
ta7ues,  subdues,  overpowers,  'ΐ,ρως, 
Anacr.  2.  1. — II.  a  young  steer,  Arist. 
H.  A. ;  cf.  fem.  δύμα/.ις. 

Ααμα7.ηφάγος,ον  (δαμα/.η,  όαγείν) 
beef-eating,  'ϋρακλής,  Anth.   [ΰ] 

Ααμα/ίκω,  f  -ίσω.  poet,  lengthd. 
collat.  form  of  δαμάω.  δημάΜ.  to 
tame,  subdue,  overpower.  ΡίπΛ.  P.  5. 163. 

Αάμαλις,  εως,  ή,  (δαμάω)  a  young 
cou\  heifer,  calf  Lat.  juvenca,  Aesch. 
S\ippl.  350,  cf  δαμάλη  and  δαμά7.ης. 
— II.  like  βόσχος  and  πί^λ.ος,  a  girl, 
Anth.  cf  Hor.  Carm.  2,  5. 

Ααμα7.οπόδια,  ων,  τά,  (δάμα7.ος 
πους)  calves'feet.  Alex.  Trail. 

Αάμαλος,  ov,  6,  a  calf,  Lat.  vitult(s. 

Ααμανττ'ιρ.  ήηος,  ό,  α  tamer,  Alcm. 
3,  ace.  to  Schol.  Ven.  Od.  14,  216. 

Αύμαρ.  άρτος,  ή,  (δαμάω)  a  %i:ife, 
spouse,   Hom.      Strictly   mie   that   is 
307 


ΔΑΜΑ 

tamed  or  yoked,  like  conjii.r.  whoroas 
an  unweddid  maiden  was  ύόαμαστυς, 
ύδμής. 

ίΑύμΰρέτη,  ης,  ή,  Dor.  for  Αημαρέ- 
τη,  IJamuretc,  wile  of  Gelon  of  Syra- 
cuse, Diod.  S.     Hence 

^Ααμαρέτειος,  a,  ov,  of  Damareie. 
νόμισμα.  Diod.  S. 

ίΑάμαρίς.  ιόος.  ή,  Z)a»ieW.«.  an  Athe- 
nian female  converted  bv  tjt.  Paul. 
Act.  17,  31. 

tAuuar,  avToc,  6,  Danias,  a  hero 
from 'Alius,  Qiu  Sm.  S,  303.-2.  the 
father  of  the  poet  Alcman,  Weick.  Ir. 
Ale.  p.  7. 

1  άαμασύνύρα,  ας.  y,  ((5α«ύω,  uvr'/p) 
Damnsaiulra,  mother  of  the  younger 
Lais,  Ath.  574  E. 

Ααμάσδω,Όοτ.  forda//afw,Theocr. 
4,  55. 

\λαμασήν(ύρ,  ορός,  b,  {δαμάω,  άντ/ρ) 
man-subdui7ig,  pr.  η.,  Damasciwr,  ty- 
rant of  Miletus,  Plut. 

tAo/iarrm,  ar,  ή,  Damasia,  a  strong- 
hold ot  the  Vindelicii,  Strab. 

ίΑαμασίας,  ov,  b,  Damnsinn,  son  of 
Pentliilus,  Paus. — 2.  an  .Athenian  ar- 
chon,  Dion.  H.  3,  35. — 3.  an  athlete, 
Luc. 

f  Αημασίθνμος,  ov.  b,  {δημάω,  θυιώς) 
Damasithymus.  son  of  Candaules,  king 
of  Calydnae,  Hdt.  7,  98. 

Αημασίμβροτος,  ov,  {δαμάω,  βρυ- 
τός)  laming  mortals.  Tnan-slaying,  Σ  πάρ- 
τη, Simon.  1G4 ;  αιχμή,  Pind.  Ο. !),  1 )  0. 
ΑαμάσιπτΓος,  or,  (δαμάω,  ϊππος) 
horse-tnniini'.  epith.  of  Mmerva,  v. 
Stesich.  97,  Kleme. 

^Ααμάσίηττος,  ov,  b,  Dama-iippu.•!, 
son  of  Icarus,  .\[)ollod.  3,  10,  6. —  2. 
father  of  Democritus,  Diog.  L.  9,  34. 
— 3.  a  Macedonian,  Polyb.  31,  25. 

Αύμασις,  εως,  ή,  (δαμάω)  a  taminn, 
subduing. 

1  Ααμασίστρατος,  ov,  b.  (δημάω, 
στρατός)  hv.ft-suhduins,  pr.  n.,  Dama- 
sistrnius,  king  of  the  Plataeans,  Apol- 
lod.  3,  5,  8. — 2.  father  of  the  historian 
Theopompus,  Paus. 

Ααμασίψρων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  (δαμάω, 
φρήν)  heart-compellinu .  heart-winning, 
χρυσός,  Pind.  Ο.  13,  111. 

Ααμασίφως,  ωτυς.  b,  i],  (δαμάω, 
<ί)ώς)—δαμασίμίροτος,νττνος,  Simon. 
190. 

^ΑαμασίχΒων,  όνος,  b,  (δαμάω,  χθωνΊ 
eartli-tajning.  pr.  η.,  Damasichthon.  son 
of  Amphion  and  Niobe,  Apollod.  3,  5, 
6. — 2.  son  of  Codrus,  founder  of  Col- 
ophon, Paus. — 3.  a  king  of  Thebes, 
Paus. 

^Ααμασκηνός,  η,  όν,  of  Damanctis . 
Damascene,  Strab.  ;  ?)  Ααμασκηνή,  the 
territory  of  Damascus :  το  δαμησκηνον, 
suh.  μη?  ov,  a  damascene,  damson,  Alh. 
49  D.     From 

ΙΑαμασκός,  οϋ,  ή,  Dnmasnts,  the 
chief  city  of  Coele-Syria,  on  the  river 
Chrysorrhoas,  Strab.  755  sq. 

\Αάμασος.  ov,  ύ,  Damnsas,  an  illus- 
trious Trojan,  11.  12,  183.— 2.  son  of 
Amvris  of  Sins,  Ildt.  6, 127.— Others 
in  Paus.,  Strab.,  etc. 

JAnuaarri'a,  ac.  ΐ],  Damaspia,  queen 
of  Artaxer.xes,  Ctes. 

Ααμαστήριος,  ov,  good  for  taming 
or  subduing,  το  δαμ.,  an  instrument  of 
torture  to  compel  confession.  Eccl. 

Ααιιαστ-ης.  ov,  b,  =  δαμά?νης,  as 
epith.  of  Cupid.Epich.  p.  106.  Hem-e 
\ Ααμάστης.  ου,  b.  Daitwstes ,^ΤΙρο- 
κοονστης,  Pint.  Thes.  11. — 2.  ό  Σι- 
■γείΛ-νς,  an  historian,  contemporary 
with  Herodotus,  Strab..  Plut. 

^Ααμάστιον,  ov,  τό.  Damastium,  a 
place  in  Epirus,  containing  a  silver 
mine,  Strab. 

.  i  Ααμαστορίδης,  op,  e,  *»«  ofDamas- 
3Q8 


ΔΛΜΝ 
tor.  i.e.  Tlepolemus.  II.  10,  410.  and 
Agelaus,  0(1.  22,  293. — pr.  n.,  Damas- 
toridis,  Qu.  Sm.  13,  211. 

Ααμασωνιον.  ov,  τό,  a  plant,  Alis- 
ma,  Diusc.,  cf  PI  in.  25,  10. 

νΑαμάτας,  a,  b,  Damatas,  leader  of 
the  Cadusians,  Xen.  Cyr.  5,  3,  38. 

^Ααμάτειρα,  ας,  ή,  as  if  from  δαρα- 
τήρ,  she  that  tames,  subdues,  Aulh. 

Αάμΰτίρ,  ώ  Αάμ.,  Dor.  vocat.  from 
Αημήτηρ,  an  exclamation  of  surprise. 
[Δα] 

\Ααμΰτρία,  ij.  Dor.  for  Αημΐ}τρία, 
Spartan  (em.  pr.  n.,  Plut. 

]Ααμάτριος,  b.  Dor.  for  Αημί/τριος. 
Pans. — 2.  Damntrius,  name  ot  a  Boe- 
otian month,  answering  to  the  Attic 
Pyanepsion,  Pint. 

\Αάμαχος.  ov,  b,  Damachus,  inasc. 
pr.  n.,  Plut.  Lys.  12. 

ΔΑ'ΜΑ'ϋ,  3  sing,  δαμά,  orlengthd. 
δαμάα,  11.  22,  271  ;  fut.  υαμάσω  [μα], 
poet,  δαμάσσω  :  aor.  1  ίδύμΰσα.  -ασ- 
σα :  aor.  2  εόάμον :  perl,  δ^δμηκα, 
pass,  δέδμημαί :  aor.  pass,  ίδμηβτ/ν 
and  ίδύμην,  part.  δμτιθί:ίς  and  δάμιίς, 
inf  δάμημέναι.  11.  20,  312.  but  we 
also  have  δάμησβείς,  as  if  from  δαμά- 
ζω (q.  v.),  11.  16.  816.  and  this  is  the 
usu.  form  of  aor.  pass,  in  Pind.,  and 
Trag.  To  overpower:  the  orig.  signf 
is  assumed  as  to  tame,  break  in.  to 
bring  under  the  yoke,  as  oxen;  yet  this 
signf.  occurs  only  twice  in  Horn.,  II. 
23,  655,  of  a  mule,  and  Od.  4,  (i37,  of 
wild  horses  :  hence — II.  of  maidens, 
to  yoke  in  marriage,  give  to  wife,  cf.  δά- 
μαρ,  only  once  in  Hom.,  άνδρΐ  δάμασ- 
σεν.  II.  18,  432;  also  simply,  to  for 
to  violate,  tic  with,  Lat.  subigere :  and 
pass,  to  be  forced  or  seduced,  11.  3,  301, 
Od.  3,  269:— indeed  it  had  at  first 
prob.  no  connection  with  marriage. — 
HI.  in  genl.  to  subdue,  conquer,  esp.  in 
war,  the  most  usu.  signf  hi  Hom. : 
hence,  since  in  the  heroic  age  sub- 
jection followed  defeat,  to  rule  oner  ; 
and  pass,  to  be  subject,  lo  obey,  II.  3, 
183.  Od.  3,  304  ;  later  also  to  make  a 
slave  of.  whence  δμώς.  etc. — 2.  also 
to  strike  dead,  kill,  esp.  in  fight.  Horn. : 
δημύσαι  τινά  νπό  τινι.  Od.  21,  213. 
— 3.  in  genl.  lo  overcome,  overpoiver. 
and  in  pass,  to  be  overcome,  as  the 
senses  by  sleep,  exhanstion.  Od.  14, 
318.  II.  10,  2.  by  wine,  Od.  9,  454,516, 
where  the  mid.,  δα/ιασσάμενος  όρένα 
οίνω  and  έπεί  μ'  ίδημάσσατο  οίνω.  is 
useif :  oi  δμαβίντες,  the  dead,  Ϋλ\τ. 
Ale.  127.  In  Hom.  the  construct,  is 
δαμήναί  τινι  or  νπό  τινι.  (Of  like 
signf  are  the  forms  δαμνάω.  δάμνημι, 
δαμόω,  δαμάζω,  cf  Sanscr.  dam,  to  l)e 
tame,  Lat.  dom-are.  our  tame.  Germ. 
zahm  :  hence  perh.  also  damnare,  dam- 
num, ζημία.) 

Ααμίίω,  7)ς,  tj.  Ep.  for  (5α//ώ,  subj. 
aor.  2  pass,  from  δαμάω. 

Αάμεν,  Ep.  for  έδάμησαν,  3  plur. 
indie,  aor.  2  pass,  from  δημάω. 

Αημήμεναι,  Ep.  for  δαμήναι,  inf. 
aor.  2  pass,  from  δαμάω,  II. 

ίΑαμια.  ας,  ή,  Damia,  a  divinity  of 
the  Epidaurians  and  Aeginetans, 
prob.  Ceres,  Hdt.  5,  82  ;  Paus.  2, 
30.  4. 

^Αάμιππος,  ov,  b,  Damippus,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Polyb.  7,  5,  3. 

^Αΰμις,  (—Αήμις,  Αήμιος)  ιδος,  b, 
Damis,  masc.  pr.  n..  Paus.,  Anth. 
Ααμνα,   2   sing.   pres.   pass,   from 

δάμνημι,  for  δάμνασαι,  II. 

ίΑαμναμενενς,    έως    poet,   ήος,    b, 

Damnameneus,    one    of    the    Dactyli 

Idaei,  Strab.  473  ;  Nonn. 

Δα;.ΐ'άω,  =  f5a/ia(j.  Horn.,  only  in 

pres.  and  impf 
Αάμνημι,— δαμάω,  Horn.,  who  also 


ΔΑΝΑ 

has  tl\e  pass,  form  δάμναμαι,  Od.  14, 
488,  in  act.  signf  :  in  11.  it  is  always 
pass. 

Ααμνήτης,  ov,  b,  fern,  δαμνητις, 
ιδος,  ή,=^δημαστηρ. 

Αάμνιππος.  ov,  (δαμνάω,  ίππος) 
horse-taming,  Orph. 

^  Αάμνιππος,ον,  o,J)amnippus, masc. 
pr.  η.,  Lys. 

^Αάμοίτας,  a.  b,  Damoetas,  a  herds- 
man, Theocr.  6,  1. — 2.  a  fisherman, 
Anth. 

^Αάμοκλΐίδας,  a,  b.  DamocUdax,  a 
Theban.  Plut.  Pelop.  8. 

^ Λ'Ίμηκ7.ϊις,  tovr,  b,  Damocles,  a 
Spartan.  Polyb.  13,  5.  7.-2.  a  Pytha- 
gorean philosopher  of  Crotona,  lamb. 

^Αήμοκράτης,  ηνς.  b,  Damocrfiles, 
masc.  pr.  n..  a  Rho<lian,  Ath.  500  B. 
— Others  in  Plut.  Aristid.  11  ;  etc. 

\Ααμοκμίτα,  ή,  Damocrita,  a  Spartan 
female,  Plut. 

^Αΰμόκρΐτος,  ov,  6,  Dor.  for  Αημ^ 
Damocritus,  masc.  pr.  n.,  Polyb,  17, 
10,  9 ;  etc. 

ίΑΰμόξεί'ος.  ov,  b,  Damoxams,  a 
poet  of  the  new  comedy,  Ath.  15  A. — 
Others  in  Polyb.  18,  25.  6;  Ath.;  etc. 
Αάμύσιος,  ia,  lov,  Dor.  for  δημό- 
σιος, only  in  the  connection  oi  περί 
δαμησίαν,  (sc.  σκηνήν)  the  tent-cnrm- 
panions  m  war  of  the  Spartan  kings, 
cf  δημόσιος  IV.,  Xen.  Hell.  4.  5,  8. 

^ Ααμοστρατία,  ας,  i/,  Damostratia, 
fem.  pr.  n.,  Dio  Cass. 

^Αααόστρατος,  ov,  b,  Damostralv.^., 
Dor.  for  Αηυ..,  of  Melite.  Dem.  1310, 
6. — 2.  grandson  of  preceding,  Dem. 
1310. 11.— 3.  a  poet  of  the  Anthology, 
Jacobs  Anth. 

^ Ααμοτέλης,  ονς,  b.  Dor.  for  Αημ., 
Damotiles.  a  Spartan,  Plut.  Cleoin, 
28.— Others  in  Polyb.  22,  8,  9 ;  etc. 

i  Ααμότϊμος,  ov,  b.  Dor.  for  Αημ., 
Danifiiimus.  a  Sicyonian,  Thuc.  4, 
119.-2.  an  Athenian,  Dem.  934,  28. 

^Ααμονρας,  a.  b,  Polyb.  5,  6t,  9,= 
Ύαμνρης,  the  Tamyras,  Strab. 

^ Αημόφαντος,  ov.  b.  Dor.  fa  Αηιι., 
Damophantus,  an  Elean,  Plut.  Pni- 
lop.  7. 

ίΑαμόφΐλος,  ov,  b.  Dor.  for  Αημ-, 
Damophilus.  a  poet  of  Cyrene,  Pind. 
P.  4,  500.— 2.  a  Boeotarch,  Paus.— 
Others  in  Diod.  S.,  etc. 

^Αημηφών,  ώντος,  b,  Damophon,  a 
Messenian,  Pans.  4,  31,  0. — 2.  son  of 
Thoas.  king  of  Corinth,  Id.  2.  4,  3.— 
— 3.  son  of  Pantaleon.  king  of  Pisa, 
Id.  6,  22,  3. 

^Ααμόχαρις,  ιδος,  b.  Dor.  for  Αημ., 
Damocharis,  a  poet  of  the  Anthology. 
Ααμόωσιν,  Epic  lengthd.  form  for 
δαμώσιν  from  δαμάω.  II.  6,  368. 

^Aapvpiac,  a,  b,  Damyrias,  a  river 
of  Sicily,  Plut.  Tim.  31.' 

^Αάμώ,  ονς.  ή,  Damo,  daughter  of 
Pythagoras,  Diog.  L. 

Αάμώμητα,  τά,=:τά  δημοσία  άδό- 
μένα,  Ar.  Pac.  797,  from  Stesich. 
(Fr.  39,  Kleine.) 

^Αάμων,  ωνος,  b,  Damon,  a  celebra- 
ted sophist  and  musician,  teacher  of 
Pericles,  Plat,  freq.— 2.  a  Thurian, 
victor  in  the  Olympic  games,  Paus. 
— Others  in  Andoc. ;  Pans. ;  etc. 

^Αάμωνίδης.  a,  b,  Damnnidas,  Spar 
tan  pr.  n.,  Plut. 

ACiv,  Dor.  for  δήν,  γήν,  ov  δΰν,  a 
strong  negation,  No,  by  earth  !  The- 
ocr. 4,  17. 

ΙΔάνα,  ης,  ή,  Dana,  a  large  and 
wealthy  city  of  Cappadocia,  probably 
same  as  Ύνανα,  now  Kitch-hissar, 
Xen.  An.  1,  2,  20. 

^Αανάη,  ης.  ή,  Danae,  (Dor.  Αανύα 
and  Αανά,  Hdn.)  daughter  of  Acri- 
sius  and  mother  of  Perseus,  11.  14, 


ΔΑΝΟ 

319.— 2.  title  of  a  comedy  of  Sannyr- 
lon,  and  of  ApoUophanes,  Meineke  1, 
p.  ^«4,  267. 

^ΑάναΙδης,  ου,  ό,  soa  of  Danae,  i.  e. 
Perseus,  Hes.  Scut.  H.  229 :  also  son. 
ofD.iuaus,  usu.  in  pi.  v.  sub  Ααναός, 
[iij  laiter  Auv-] 

tAavnig,  ΐόος,  ή,  daughter  of  Danaus, 
usu.  in  pi.  ai  Ααναίδ^ς,  the  Danaides, 
daaghtms  of  Daiiaus,  fil'tv  in  number, 
who,  forthe  murder  of  theirhusbands, 
were  condemned  to  the  endless  task 
of  drawing  water  in  perforated  ves- 
.sels,  ApoUod,  2,  1,  5  ;  cf.  Find.  N.  10. 
Hence  proverb,  of  any  fruitless  task, 
ες  τον  των  Ααναιόων  ττίθοι^  νδμοφο- 
ρείν,  Luc. — 2.  the  Danaides,  name  of 
a  play  of  Aeschylus. 

Αανάκη,  7ΐς,  ή,  a  small  Persian  coin, 
worth  something  more  than  an  obol. 
— II.  the  coin  buried  with  a  corpse  as 
Charon's  fee. 

Δάΐ'ΰόζ•,  οϋ,  ό,  Danatis,  son  of  Be- 
lus,  brother  of  Aegvptus,  founder  of 
Argos,  about  1500  B.C.,  Hdl.  2,  91, 
Eur.  Or.  873 ;  in  pi.  Aavaoi.  ών,  oi, 
the  Danaans,  subjects  of  Danaus, 
hence= Άρ/εΐοί,  Horn.,  and  so  in  11., 
for  the  Greeks  in  genl.  :  Aavatoai, 
ών,  οι,  the  sons  or  descendants  of  Da- 
naus, freq.  in  Eur. ;  the  Argives,  Eur. 
Or.  876,  etc. :  Ar.  Fr.  259  b,  uses  a 
com.  superl.  Ααναώτατος.  ι 

ΑανόαΆίς,  ίόος,  ή,—δενδα/Λς.  | 

ίΑάνδαμις,  ιόος,  ό,  Dandamis,  a 
Brahmin,  Arr.  An.  7,  2,  5. 

iAavouiJloi,  uv,  oi,  the  Dandarii,  a 
Caucasian  community,  Strab. 

\Αύ.νδ7}ς,  ov,  ό,  Dandes,  masc.  pr.  n., 
Diod.  S. 

Αΰνείζω,  f.  -είσω,  (for  the  forms 
δανειώ,  -ονμαι  are  barbarous,  Suid. 
in  V.  θεριώ,  cf  Bast  Greg.  p.  174.) 
To  put  out  money  at  usury,  to  lend.  Ar. 
The&in.  842 :  also,  without  interest, 
N.  T. :  more  fully,  ό.  εττΐ  touu.  Plat. 
Legg.  742  C  :  in  pass.  aor.  έδανεί- 
σβην,  to  be  lent,  Xen.  Hell.  2,  4,  28. 
Alid.  δανείζομαι,  ]>(■  δεδάνεισμαι,Άοτ. 
έόανεισύαην,  to  have  lent  to  one,  to  bor- 
row, Ar.  Nub.  756,  1306:  ά~ό  τίνος, 
Plat.  Tim.  42  Ε  ;  έττί  μεγάλοις  τό•  ' 
κοις,  Dem.  13,  19 :  in  LXX.  to  beg,  j 
Prov.  20,  4.  I 

Αύνειον,  ov,  TO,  {δάνος)  moneij  lent 
or  borrowed  on  usury,  a  loan,  δ.  u~ac-  J 
τεΐν,  Dem.  911,  3,  ΰ-οδιδόναι,  Arist. 
Eth.  N.,  cf.  sq. :  strictly  neut.  from 
δάνειος,  sub.  αργύρων,  [ά] 

Αύνείσμα,  ατός.  τό,  [δανείζω)  = 
foreg.,  δ.  ποίεΐσθαι  =  δανείζεσθαι, 
Thuc.  1,  121.  j 

Αάνεκτμός,    οϋ,    ό,    money-lending ,  ' 
Plat.  Legg.  291  C  :  metaph.,  αίμα  αϊ- 
αατος  δαν.,  Eur.  ΕΙ.  858.  | 

Αύ,νειστής,  οϋ,  ό,  α  money-lender,  j 
usurer,  Dem.  885,  J  8. 

Αάνειστίκός,  ή,  όν,  disposed  to  lend, 
money-lending,  Plut.  Ag.  13  :  ό  δαν.  = 
δανειστής,  Luc.  ι 

ίΑανθαλήται,  ών,  οι,  and  Αανθη?.ή- 
ται,  the  Dantheletae,  a  Thracian  tribe 
on  the  Haemus,  Strab. 

Αανίζω,  f.  -ί'σω,  worse  form  for  δα-  j 
νείζω,  Anth. 

Αάνος,  εος,  τό,  a  gift,  present,  Eu- 
phor.  Fr.  89 ;  but  usu.  money  lent  out 
at  interest,  loan,  debt,  Anth.  (Cf  old 
Lat.  dano=zdano,  do.)  [a\ 

Αΰνός,  ή,  όν,  (δαίω)  burnt,  dry, 
parched,  ξύλα  δανά,  firewood,  Od.  15, 
322 :  superl.  δανότατος,  Ar.  Pac. 
1134.     Hence 

Αανοτής,  ήτος,  ή,  misery.  Soph.  Fr. 

338. 

^Αανον3ιος,    ov,   6,   Danubius,    the 

Danube,  the  upper  part  of  the  Ister  as 

far  a3  Anopolis  in  Moesia,  Strab.  304. 


ΔΑΠΙ 

Αάξ,  adv.  [δάκνω)  =  όδάξ,  with  Or 
by  the  teeth,  Lat.  mordicus,  like  γνύξ, 
ττνξ,  λάξ,  0pp.  Η.  4,  60,  cf  Jac.  A. 
P.  p.  235. 

Ααξασμός,  οϋ,  ό,  ^οδαγμός,  όδαξ- 
ησμός,  the  itch,  Tim.  Locr. 

ίΑαξιμωνΐτις,  ιδος,  ή.  Daaimomtis, 
a  plain  in  Pontus.  Strab. 

ίΑαόριζοι.  ων,  oi,  the  Daorizi,  a  peo- 
ple ol  Dalmatia,  Strab. 

Αάος,  εος.  τό,  {δαίω,  akin  to  φάος) 
^δαις,  δα/.ός,  light,  a  firebrand,  torch, 
Horn.,  esp.  in  Od.,  also  written  δαός, 
ό.  [α] 

Αάος,  ό,  as  the  name  of  a  slave, 
Lat.  Davus,  Menand.,  probably  as  the 
name  of  a  barbarous  people,  the  Dai, 
Hdt.  1,  125,  like  the  earlier  Καρίων, 
Φρύξ,  etc.,  V.  Niebuhr  Kleine  Schrif- 
ten,  1,  377  :  in  Strab.  p.  304,  Aaot,  an 
earlier  name  of  the  Αάκοι. 

^Ααοΐ'χος,  ov,  ό.  Dauchus,  a  Persian, 
chief  of  the  artilicers  in  the  army  of 
Cyrus  the  elder.  Xen.  Cyr.  6.  3,  29. 

iAάoχoς,  ov.  6,  Daochus,  a  Thessa- 
lian,  Dem.  324,  8. 

Αάττΰνάω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσο),  to  spend, 
Thuc,  etc.  :  δ.  εΙς  τι,  to  spend  -upon 
a  thing,  Thuc.  8.  45,  Xen.  Mem.  1, 
3,  11,  and  so  in  Pass.,  Hdt.  2,  125  :  in 
mid.  to  spend  of  one's  own,  and  SO  much 
like  act.,  Hdt.  2,  37,  and  Att. :  c.  ace. 
cognato,  δαπανάσβαι  δαπανάς,  Lys. 
161,  41 ;  so  too  in  perf.  pass,  όσα  δεδ• 
απύνησθε  εις  τον  τ:ό}^μ(η>,  Dem.  17, 
3,  and  aor.  pass,  δαπανιιθείς,  Isae. 
55,  22. — II.  rarely  c.  ace.  object!  as,  δ. 
την  7TO?uv,  to  put  the  state  to  expense, 
exhaust  it,  Thuc.  4,  3.     From 

ΔΑ'ΠΑ'ΝΗ,  ης,  ή, outgoing,  expense, 
Hes.  Op.  721  :  expenditure,  δ.  χρνσον 
καΐ  άργίφον,  χρημάτων,  Thuc.  1, 129, 
3,  13  :  also  in  pliir.,  Thuc.  6,  15,  and 
metaph.  δα-άναι  έλττίδων,  Pind.  1.  5, 
73  (4,  57). — II.  money  spent,  as  δ.  ϊττ- 
ττων,  on  horses,  Pmd.  1.  3,  49 :  also 
money  for  spending,  δαττάνην  τταρέχειν, 
Hdt.  1,  41,  ξυμφέρειν,  Thuc.  1,  99. — 
III.  expensiveness ,  extravagance,  ή  kv 
τη  φύσει  δαττάνη.  natural  extravagance, 
Aeschin.  85, 8.  (Peril,  from  same  root 
as  δύ~τω.)  [rru] 

Ααττύνημα,  ατός,  ro,=^foreg.,  Xen. 
Cyr.  8,  1,  3,  in  plur.  :  δαπανημάτων 
ένδεια,  want  of  necessaries,  Polyb. 

Αά~ύνηρός,  ά,  όν,  ol  men,  lavish, 
extravagant,  Xen.  Mem.  2,  6,  2. — II. 
of  things,  expensive,  ττόλεμος,  Dem.  58, 
6,  7ιειτονργία,  Arist.  Pol.,  just  like 
Lat.  sumptuosiis:  Adv.,  —ρώς,  Xen. 
Hell.  6,  5,  4. 

\Ααττάνησις,  εως,  ή,  (δαπανάω)  a 
spending,  consuming,  Arist.  ap.  Euseb. 
Praep.  Ev.  372  C. 

Αάηάνητικός,  -η,  όν,  consuming: 
hence  eating,  ούρμακον,  Aet.  Adv. 
~κώς,  Sext.  Emp. 

Αάττανος,  ov,=^δa~avηpός,extrava^ 
gnnt,  ίλττίς,  Thuc.  5,  103. 

Αάττεδον,  ov,  τό,  land,  soil,  Od.  11, 
577,  usu.  the  floor  of  a  chamber,  or  pave- 
ment, often  splendidly  wrought  in  the 
heroic  age,  Hom.,  esp.  Od.,  elsewh. 
έδαφος,  cf.  ταττεινός  '■  u\  genl.  a  coun- 
try, esp.  a  plain,  Aesch.  Pr.  829,  Eur. 
(Usu.  taken  as  Dor.  for  γήττεδον,  γά- 
ττεδον,  like  Αη-μητήρ :  but  Doderl. 
and  Pott  take  it  to  be  for  ζά-ττεδον, 
and  the  quantity  seems  in  favour  of 
this.)  [(5ά-  Ep. :  δά  sometimes  in 
Trag.,  though  this  is  ver\-  dub.,  and 
Pors,  Or.  324,  Buckh  v.  1.  Find.  N.  7, 
121  always  read  γάπεδον,  where  the 
ΰ  is  needed.] 

Ααττίδιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  sq., 
Hipi)arch.  ap.  Ath.  477  F. 

ΔΑ'ΠΙΣ.  ιδος,  η,  a  carpet,  rug,  Ar. 
Plut.  526,  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  8,  16  in  plur. 


ΔΑΡΕ 

(merely  another  form  of  τάττης.)  [α] 
Αάπττις,  ov,  ό,   {δά~τω)   an  eater, 
con.sumer, gnawer:  hence  δύτΓταΐ,  blood- 
sucking i/isects.  Lye.  1403. 

Αά-τρια,  ας,  ή,  fern,  of  foreg..  Anth. 
Ααητω,  t.  -ι/'ω,  to  tear,  rend,  devour, 
feed  on,  as  wild  beasts,  11.  16, 159,  etc. . 
hence  also  of  lire,  11.  23,  183,  of  a 
spear,  II.  13,  831  :  hence  to  tear  or 
torture  in  mind.  Soph.  O.  T.  682,  and 
so  in  Pass.,  σνννοία  δάτττομαι  κέαρ, 
Aesch.  Pr.  437.  (Akin  to  δαπ-άνη, 
Lat.  dap-es,  prob.  from  δαίω  to  divide  ; 
strengthd.  by  redupl.  δαρδάτττω.) 

fAapaSa  or  Ααραόά,  Daraba,  a  city 
of  Arabia,  Strab. 

^ Ααράδαξ,  άκος,  ό,  the  Daradax,  a 
river  of  Syria,  tailing  into  the  Eu- 
phrates, Xen.  An.  1,  4,  10. 

Αύρατος,  ό,  a  Thessalian  sort  of 
unleavened  bread,  Ath.  110  D. 

tΔάpατ/;α,  ων,  τά,  Darapsa,  a  city  of 
Bactria,  Strab. 

^Αάρδαι,  ών,  oi,  the  Dardae,  an  Indi- 
an people,  Nonn. 

^Ααρδάνειον,  ov,  τό,  Dardaneum,  a 
promontorj'  near  Dardanus  in  Troas, 
Diod.  S. 

\Ααρδάνείος,  a,  ον,^Ααρδάνιος. 

^Ααρδανενς,  έως,  ό,  an  inhabitant  of 
Dardanus,  a  Dardanian ;  fem.  Aap- 
δανίς,  Xen.  Hell.  3,  1,  10  :  in  pi.  ol 
Ααρδανεις,  the  Dardanians,  a  peo- 
ple of  Asia  on  the  Gvndus,  Hdt.  1, 
189,  v.  Baehr  ad  loc— 2.  in  Polyb. 
2,  6,  4,  a  Thracian  tribe,  elsewhere 
Αάρδανοι  and  Ααρδάνιοι. 

ίΑαρδανία,  ας,  ή,  Dardania,  a  city 
of  Troas  founded  by  Dardanus,  11.  20, 
216 ;  in  genl. =  Troy. — 2.  a  district  of 
the  Troad,  also  called  Ααρδανική, 
(sc.  χώρα)  Strab. — 3.  a  portion  of  11- 
lyria,  wherein  dwelt  the  Αάρδανοι, 
Strab. ;  Ααρδανική,  Polyb.  5,  97. — 4. 
earlier  name  of  Samothrace,  Paus. 

ίΑαρδανιΰται,  ών,  oi,  an  Illyrian 
people=Δαp(iά^'ίOί  2,  Strab. 

^ Ααρδανίδης,  ov,  ό,  son  or  descendant 
of  Dardanus,  i.  e.  Priam,  II.  3,  303  : 
Anchises,  H.  Hom.  Ven.  178  :  in  pi. 
oi  Ααρδανίδαι,  the  Trojans,  Eur. 
Rhes.  230. 

^Ααρδάνίος,  a  Ep.  η,  ov,  of  Darda- 
nus, Dardanian,  poet.  Trojan;  ai  Aap. 
nvAaL=^ai  ΣκαιαΙ  η.     II.  5,  789. 

^Ααρδάνιος,  ov,  ό,  an  inhabitant  of 
Dardania  in  Troas,  in  pi.  ol  Aap.,  the 
Dardanians, =^  Αάρδανοι,  II.  2,  819.  -2. 
an  Illyrian  people,  Strab. 

^ Ααρδανίς,  ίδος,  ή,  pecul.  fem.  to 
foreg.  a  Trojan  female,  11.  18,  122. — II. 
Aap.  άκρα=Ααρδάνειον,  Strab.:  cf. 
also  Ααρδανενς. 

ΙΑαρδανίων,  ωνος,  6,  son  or  descend- 
ant ol  Dardanus,  in  pi.  ol  Aap.  the  Dar- 
dania7is,=  Αάρδανοι,  II.  7,  414. 

ΐΑάρδανος,  ov,  6,  (A)  Dardanus,  son 
of  Jupiter  and  Electra,  founder  of 
Dardania  in  Troas,  II.  20,  215  ;  Apol- 
lod.  3, 12, 1. — 2.  a  Trojan,  son  of  Bias, 
slain  by  Achilles,  II.  20,  460.— Others 
in  Paus.,  etc. — II.  As  adj.  Αάρδαν- 
ος  άνήρ,  a  Trojan,  II.  16,  807,  but 
more  usu.  in  plur.  Αάρδανοι,  prop. 
the  Dardanians,  subjects  of  .lEneas, 
different  from  the  Trojans,  hence 
Agam.  addresses  them  as  Τρώες  καΐ 
Αάρδανοι,  11.  3,  456.  (Β)  ή,  Dardanus, 
a  city  of  Troas,  110  stadia  south  of 
the  ancient  Dardania,  Hdt.  7,  43 : 
Thuc.  8.  104  ;  Strab.  587,  sqq. 

Δ αρ(5ύ ΤΓτω.  lengthd.  form  of  δάτττω. 
of  wild  beasts,  II.  11.  479,  etc. :  me 
taph.  χρήιιατα,  to  devour  one's  patri 
mony,  Od.  14,  92.  This  form  seems 
strictly  Ep. 

^Ααρειάν  =  Ααρεϊος,  Aesch.  Pers. 
6&1. 

309 


ΔΑΣΜ 

Ααρεικός,  ον,  ό,  or  in  Hdt.  and 
Thuc.  όαρ.  στατήρ  joined,  a  Per- 
sian gold  coin.  =  20  Attic  drachmae, 
or  about  $;J.50,  so  that  5=a  mina, 
300=:a  talent:  v.  Hussey,  W.  and 
M.,  p.  WZ  sq.  (Said  to  have  been 
iirst  coined  by  Darius,  but  prob.  de- 
rived from  Pers.  dcira,  a  king,  like  the 
English  sovereign.) 

ίΛαρειογενής,  ονς,  ό,  ή,  {Ααρεϊος, 
*γένω)  born  of  or  descended  from 
Darius,  Aesch.  Pers.  6. 

Αΰρεΐος,  υν,  ό,  Darius,  Persian 
name,  ace.  to  Hdt.=  tir.  ίρξείης,  q. 
V. :  in  fact  a  Greek  form  of  Persian 
danl,  a  king.  v.  Bahr.  Hdt.  6, 1)8  :  name 
of  several  Persian  kings. — 1.  Hystas- 
pis,  i.  e.  son  of  Hystaspes,  Hdt.  1, 183. 
— 2.  ύ  Νοβος.  or  Ochus,  illegitimate 
son  of  Artaxerxes,  Thuc.  8,  5. — 3. 
Codomannus,  son  of  Arsames,  last 
king  of  Persia,  Arr.  An. 

^Ααρίίται,  ων,  οι,  the  Daritae,  a  peo- 
ple on  the  Caspian  sea,  Hdt.  3,  92. 

^Αύρης,  ητος,  υ.  Dares,  a  Trojan,  11. 
5,  29.- — 2.  a  poet  of  Phrygia,  Ael.  V. 
H.  11,2. 

Αΰρήσομαι,  fut.  2  pass,  from  δέρΐύ. 

A.\PeA'Nfl,fut.  ύαρβησομαι:  perf 
δεόαρθηκα :  aor.  2.  έόαρθον,  poet. 
εδράθον,  ci.  ύέρκω,  εόρακον,  etc.  To 
sleep,  fall  asleep,  in  aor.  to  be  asleep, 
Od.  20,  143,  cf.  καταδαρθάνο).  (The 
Sanscr.  root  is  drat,  Lat.  dor-mire, 
our  dream,  cf.  Pott  F'orsch.  1,  p.  230, 
sq.) 
^Ααριήκης,  ov,  ό,=^Ααρεϊος,  Strab. 

Αάρόβιος,  ov,  =  όηρόβως.  Dor. 
Aesch. 

Αΰρός,  ύ,  όν.  Dor.  for  δηρός,  also 
in  Att.  Monk.  Hipp.  1093. 

Αύρσίς,  εως,  ή,  {δέριο),  a  skinning, 
flaying,  Gal. 

Ααρτός.  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from  δέρω, 
flayed,  skinned,  to  be  skinned,  δαρτύ 
ττρόςωπα  ϊττπιον,  the  skin  taken  off 
horses^  heads,  Choeril.  4. — II.  Tu  δαρτύ 
a  kind  of  fish,  skinned  before  dressing, 
Ath. 

Αάς,  gen.  δαδός,  ή,  Att.  contr.  for 
<5aif. 

ΙΑάσαντο,  for  εδάσαντο,  v.  sub. 
δαίίύ  (Β.) 

Αάσασθαί,  inf  aor.  mid.  with  act. 
signf  of  δαίω,  to  divide,  Horn.,  who 
has  from  it  the  Ε  p.  3.  indie,  δασάσ- 
κετο,  II.  and  1  plur.  opt.  δασαίμεθα, 
Od. :  δασείται,  is  fut.  Dor. 
^Αησάσκετο  for  έδάσατο,  v.  foreg. 
ίΑασεΐται,  v.  sub  δάσασθαι. 

Αασέυς,  adv.  from  δασύς. 

Αύσκίος,  ov,  thick-shaded,  dnrk,v7^η, 
Hom. :  met.  of  a  bushy  beard,  Aesch. 
Pers.  310.  (from  intens.  prefix  δα-, 
σκιά  :  not  for  δασΰσκως.) 

^Αασκν'λης,  ου  Ion.  εω,  ό,  Dascyles, 
father  of  Gyges,  Hdt.  1,  8. 

^Αασκύλιον,  {ΑασκνλεΙον,  Hdt.  3, 
120),  ov,  TO,  Dascylium.  now  Didskilo, 
a  city  of  Bithynia,  Hdt.  1.  c,  Strab., 
etc.  ;  hence 

tAaσκvλίτης,  ov,  ό,  fem.  ΑασκνλΙ- 
ης,  ίδος,  ή,  of  Dascylium,  Dascylian  ; 
ol  Aaa.,  the  inhab.  of  Dascylium,  Thuc. 
1,  129 ;  Strab.  ;  etc. ;  ή  Αασκυ?ΰτις 
?ύμνη,  Paliis  DascylUis,  the  Dascylian 
lake,  Strab.  575. 

^Αύσκνλος,  ov,  ό.  Dascyhis,  father 
of  Lycus,  king  of  Mysia,  Αρ.  Rh.  2, 
776. — 2.  son  of  Lycus,  Ap.  Rh.  2, 
803.^ 

^AUGKtjv,  ωνος,  ό.  D.tscon,  a  Sy- 
racusan,  founder  of  Camarina,  Thuc. 
C,  5. — 2.  a  fortress  near  Syracuse,  on 
a  gulf  of  the  same  name,  Thuc.  C,  66  ; 
Diod.  S.  13,  13. 

Αύσμα,  ατός,  τό,  {δάσασθαί,  δαίω) 
α  share,  portion. 
310 


ΔΑΣΤ 

^Αασμένδα,  Dasmcnda,  a  mountain- 
castle  in  Cappadocia,  Strab. 

Αάσμενσις,  εως,  ή,  a  dividing,  distri- 
buting, Xen.  An.  7,  1,  37. 

Αασμο?Μγέω,ώ.{δα(τμολόγος)ίο  col- 
lect, exact  as  tribute,  tl  παρά  Τίνος, 
Dem.  1355,  8  :  but  c.  ace.  pers.,  όασ- 
μυλογεΐν  τίνα,  to  subject  one  to  Iribi^e, 
exact  it  from  him,  Isocr.  C8  Λ,  cf. 
Bockh  P.  E.  2,  375 :  and 

Αασμο'λογία,  ας,  ή,  collection,  exact- 
ion of  tribute.  Pint. :  from 

Αασμολόγος,  ov,  (δασμός,  λέγω)  ex- 
acting tribute,  Strab.  :  ύ  δ.  a  tax-gath- 
erer, cf  ύργνρο'λόγος. 

Αασμός,  ov,  ό,  {δαίω,  δάσασβαι)  a 
division,  sharing  of  spoil,  II.  1, 166  ;  dis- 
tribution, H.  Hom.  Cer.  80. — II.  in  Att., 
an  impost,  tribute.  Soph.,  etc. ;  δασμον 
τίνειν.  Soph.  Ο.  C.  635,  αττοψέρειν, 
αποδίδόναί,  Xen.  Cyr.  4,  6,  9 ;  2,  4, 
14:  in  plur.,  Id.  An.  1,  1,8. 

Αασμοφορέω,  ώ,  to  pay,  be  subject  to 
tribute,  Aesch.  Pers.  586.  Pass,  -φο- 
ρείταί  τινι,  tribute  is  paid  one,  Xen. 
Cyr.  8,  6,  4  :  from 

Αασμοφόρυς,  ov,  {δασμός,  φέρω) 
paying  tribute,  subject  to  it,  taxed,  Hdt. 
3,  97,  etc. 

Αάσομαι,  fut.  c.  act.  signf.  of  δαίω, 
to  divide.  Hom. 

Αάσος,  εος,  τό,  (δασύς)  a  thicket, 
Strab. — Π.  a  being  rough,  bristly,  Al- 
ciphr.  [u] 

Αάσος)ρνς,  ν,  gen.  νος,  (δασύς, 
δφρνς)  with  shaggy  brows. 

ΑαςτΓ?^ής.  ητος,  b.  7;,=sq.,  Χύρνβ- 
δίς,  Simon.  3:  v.  Meineke  Euphor. 
Fr.  52. 

Ααςπλί/Τίς,  ή,  horrid,  fnghtful,  ep- 
ith.  of  the  Erinyes,  Od.  15,  234,  cf. 
Ruhnk.  Ep.  Cr.  p.  155;  of  Hecate, 
Theocr.  2,  14;  later  also  of  any  mon- 
sters, (prob.  from  intens.  prefix  δα-, 
and  ττΆήσσω,  very  striking,  or  δα- 
(ζα-)  τνελάζω,  very  daring :  there  is  no 
ground  for  taking  it  as  if  for  δνςπ?ιίί- 
τις.=^δΐ'ς7τέ?.αστος.) 

ίΑασσαρΙται,  ών,  οι,  in  Strab.  Δασ- 
σαρήτίοι.  the  Dassaritae,  an  lUyrian 
people  ;  ή  Αασσαρτιτις,  ιδος,  the  ter- 
ritory^ of  the  Dass.,    Polyb.  5,  108,  2. 

Αύσσασθαί,  poet,  inf  aor.  1  mid. 
from  δύζομαι,  of  δαίω,  Horn. 

^Αάσταρκον,   ου,  τό,  Dastarcnm,   a 
mountain  fortress  of  Cataonia,  Strab. 
^Αάστειρα,  ας,  ή,  Dastxra,  a  city  ol 
Armenia,  Strab. 

Αα€η.>γένειος,  ov,  (δασύς,  γενεών) 
loith  thick  beard. 

Αασνθριξ,  -τρϊχος,  δ,  η,  (δασύς, 
θηίξ)  thick-haired,  hairy,  μήλα,  Bac- 
chyl.  12. 

Αασνκερκος,  ov,  (δασνς,  κίρκος) 
bushy-tailed,  αλώπηξ,  Theocr.  5,  112. 

Αασνκνήμις,  ΐδος,  (δασύς,  κνΖ/μτ)) 
=  sq.,  Νοηη. 

Αασύκνημος,  ον,  (δασνς,  κνί/μη) 
shaggy-legged,  epith.  of  Pan,  Anlh. 

Αασνκνήμων,ον.ξβη.  ovoς,^^ioIeg., 
Anth. 

Αασνλλίος,  ov,  epith.  of  Bacchus, 
from  the  thick  foliage  of  the  vine, 
Pans,  (not  from  δασύς,  νλη  :  -ύλ'λιος, 
or,  as  perh.  it  should  be,  -ύλιος,  being 
a  mere  termination.) 

ΑασνμαΧλος,  ov,  (δασνς,  μαλλός) 
thick-fleeced,  woolly,  Od.  9,  425. 

ΑασνμέτωτΓος,  ov,  (δασύς,  μέτω- 
πον)  with  hairy  forehead,  κριός,  Geop, 

Αασυντέον,  verb.  adj.  from  δασύνω, 
one  must  aspirate,  Ath. 

Αασνντής,  ού,  ό,  fond  of  ike  rough 
breathing,  epith.  of  the  Attics,  Piers. 
Moer.  p.  179,  245.  (from  δασύνω  III.) 

Αΰσννω,  f.  -ΐ'ΐ'ώ,  (δασνς)  to  make 
rough,  hairy,  Diosc. :  pass,  to  become 
or  be  hairy,  Ar.  Eccl.  OG,  and  Hipp. — 


ΔΑΤ1 

11.  to  thicken,  overcast,  ovpaVoV  νέφεοί, 
Theophr. — HI.  to  aspirate,  Gramm. 

Αασντίόδεως,  ov,  of  a  hare,  Arist. 
H.  A. :  Jiom 

Αασύτΐονς,  ~οδος,  ό,  (δασύς,  πους) 
rough-foot,  and  so  a  hare,  Antiph.  Cycl. 

2,  and  freq.  in  Arist.  II.  Α.:  but  iu 
Plin.,  a  particular  kind  of  hare. 

Αασνττρωκτος,  ov,  (δασύς,  ϊτρω/ί- 
τός)  rough-bottomed,  Plat,  (CoiU.) 
Adon.  1. 

Αασύτϊϋγσς,  ov,  (δασύς,  ■κνγη)==- 
foreg. 

Αασνπώγων,  uiOf,  ό,  ή,  (δασύς,  τρώ- 
γων) shaggy-bearded,  Ar.  Thesin.  33. 

ΔΑ"ΣΥ'Σ,  εΐα,  ν,  fem.  Ion.  ύασέιι, 
Hdt.,  thick,  thickly  covered  or  grown 
with  hair,  etc.,  hairy ,  rough,  Od.  14,51, 
Simon.  8:  donimy,  opp.  to  ψίλόί',  ϋί 
young  hares,  Hdt.  3,  108  :  yi/yja  δα- 
σέα  βοών,  and  γέ/φα  βοών  δασειών 
ώμοβόϊνα,  shields  of  skin  ιΐ'ΐΛΐί  the  haii- 
on,  Xen.  An.  4,  7,  22  ;  5,  4,  12  :  hence 
of  places,  thickly  grown  viith  bushes, 
wood,  etc.,  Hdt.,  either  absol.  as  1, 191, 
or  c.  dat.  modi,  δ.  ν'λτ)  παντοίΐ),  Id.  4, 
21 ,  Ιδ^ισι,  4, 109,  ττίτνσι,  δένδρεσί,  etc., 
Xen. :  δ.  θρίδαξ,  a  lettuce  ivith  the 
leaves  on,  opp.  to  περιτετιλμένιι,  Hdt. 

3,  32.— II.  like  Lat.  dtnsus,  thick, 
crowded,  Od.  14,  49. — III.  aspirated, 
Dion.  H.,  and  Graiiurii.  esp.  in  adv. 
-έως :  ή  δασεία,  sub.  προςωδία,  the 
rough  breathing,  Ath.  Adv.  -έως,  δ. 
έχειν,  Arist.  Physiogn.  (Akin  to  'λά- 
σιος, and  to  Lat.  densus,  as  βάθος  to 
βένθος.) 

Αασυσμός,  ov,  ό,  (δασύνω)  a  ma- 
king rough  or  hoarse,  Diosc. 

Αασνστερνος.  ov,  (δασνς,  στέρνον) 
shaggy-breasted,  Hes.  Op.  512. 

Αασνστομος,  ov,  {δασύς,  στόμα, 
u'ith  rough  voice.  Gal. 

Αασύτης,  ητος,  ■>/,  {δασύς)  rough- 
7iess,  hairiness,  Arist.  Physiogn.— Π. 
the  use  of  the  aspirate,  Polyb. 

Αασύτρω-^λος,  ov,  (δασύς,  τρώγλη). 
^^δασύπρωκτος,  Anth. 

Αασύφ?Μΐος,  ov,  (δασύς,  φλοιός,) 
with  rough  rind,  Nic. 

Αασνχαίτης,  ov,  ό,  (δασι'ις,  χαίτη) 
hairy,  with  thick  mane  or  wool,  Anth. 

^Αατάμας,  a,  ό,  Datamas,  command- 
er of  10,000  cavalry  in  the  army  of  the 
elder  Cyrus,  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  3,  17:  Aa- 
τάμης,  ov,  ό,  Datames,  Arr.  An.  2,  2, 
etc. 

\Ααταφέρνης,  ov,  δ,  Dalaphernes, 
Persian  masc.  pr.  n.,  Arr.  An.  3,  29, 

12,  etc. 

Αάτέομαί,  Dep.,  used  only  in  pres. 
and  imperf,  the  other  tenses  from 
δαίω,  fut.  δάσομαι,  aor.  εδασάμην, 
to  divide,  distribute,  portion  out,  7.Ίΐίδα, 
κρέα  πολλά,  II.  9,  138,  Od.  I,  112  ;  so 
too  in  χθόνα  δατέοντο  Ζευς  τε  και 
αθάνατοι,  Pind.  Ο.  7,  102 ;  ία  assign 
as  a  portion,  τινί  τι,  Hdt.  1,  216;  but 
to  cut  up,  cut  in  two,  έπισσώτροις,  II. 
20,  394,  ήμίονοι  χθόνα  ττασσι  δατεϋν- 
το,  measured  the  ground  with  their 
feet,  II,  23,  121,  cf.  Lat.  carptre  viam 
pedihus  :  μένος'Αρηος  δατέονται,  they 
shared,  were  equally  inspired  by  the 
fury  of  Mars,  II.  18,204.  Poet.  word, 
not  used  in  Att.,  except  ia  conipd. 
ίνδατέομαι.  (Prob.  akin  to  δαίω,  to 
divide.) 

ίΑατενντο,  Doric  for  έδατονντο,  3 
pi.  impf  from  δατέομαι. 

Αάνίφιος,  ία,  tov.  dividing,  distribu 
ting,  c.  gen.  Aesch,  Theb,  711. 

Αατι/τί/ς,  οΰ,  ύ,  a  distril/uier,  Aesch. 
Theb,  945, 

tAar/f,  ιδος,  ό,  Datis,  a  Mede,  com- 
mander of  the  army  of  Darius  at  the 
battle  of  Marathon.  Hdt.  0,  94  :  hence 

Αατισμάς,  οΰ,  ύ,  α  ,<:pcuki,n^  Ukc  Ώα 


ΔΑΦΝ 
tis,  i.  e.  speaking  broken  Greek,  called 
by  Ar.  Pac.  289,  Αύτιδος  μέλος. 

ήΑά'ον,  ου,  τό,  or  Αύτος,  ου,  ή.  Da- 
tum or  Datus,  a  city  of  Thrace  on  the 
Strymonian  Gulf,  Hdt.  9,  75. 
Αανκηον,  ου,  τό,=  δαΰκος,  Nic. 
Δανκον,  ov,  τό,  Theophr.,  also  δαϋ- 
κος,  ov,  ό,  a  kind  of  parsnip  or  carrot, 
growing  in  Crete,  used  in  medicine. 
Ααυ/.ιάς,  άόος,  'i/,ieiii.ad}.,of  Dan- 
lis,  esp.  as  epith.  of  Philomela,  who 
was  chp.nged  into  the   nightingale, 
ov  swallo\v,  Thuc.  2,  29. 

\Ααι•?.ιενς,  έως,  ό,  Danlian,  of  Dau- 
lU,  .\esch.  Cho.  674. 
iAavXiov,  ov,  το,=  Ααν7.ίς,  Polyb. 

4,  25,  2. 

ίΑαΌ/Λος,  ου,  ό,  Daulius,  the  found- 
er oi  .Metapontuin,  Strab. 

^Ααύ/Λος,  a,  ov,  Daulicm,  of  Daulis, 
6  A.  a  Dauliaii,  Hdt.  8,  35:  fem.  also 
Ααν'/ύς,  of  the  swallow,  Plot.  2,  727 
D:  cf.  Ααυ7.ιάς. 

^Aaυ/J.ς,  ίδος,  ή,  Daulis,  a  city  and 
district  of  Phocis  near  Delphi,  11. 
2,  520;  afterwards  Aav/Ja,  Daulia, 
which  name  it  retains  at  the  present 
day,  Thuc.  2,  29,  Strab.  423. 

ΔΑΤΑΟ'2,  όν,  also  δαϊΛος,  thick, 
^^'■"gsy•  i"^rjVJi,  Aesch.  Fr.  27  :  me- 
taph.  δαυλοί  πραττίδων  δάσκιοί  τε 
πόροι,  dark  devices,  like  TzvuLval  φρέ- 
νες, Aesch.  Supp.  97.  (perh.  from  δα- 
σύς, by  the  omission  of  σ.) 

ιΑαννία,  ας.  ή,  Daunia,  the  earlier 
name  of  Apulia,  Strab.  283  ;  prop,  the 
northern  part  of  lapygia  or  Apulia, 
Polyb.  5,  88,  3. 

^Αανίίος,  a,  ov,  Datmian,  Apulian  ; 
oi  Aavi'ioi,  the  Dauniayis,  the  Apuli- 
aiis,  Polyb.  3,  88,  4  ;  Strab. 

^Ααυνίτης,  ov,  ό,  in  pi.  oi  Ααυνΐται, 
:=Ααύνιοι,  Lye.  1063. 

^Ααυμίσης,  ου  Ion.  εω,  ό,  Daurises, 
son  in-lav/  of  Darius  Hystaspis,  Hdt. 

5,  116. 

Ααύο.  =  ίαύω,  to  sleep,  only  in 
Sapph.  8C. — ΙΙ.^δαίω,  καίω,  to  set  on 
fire,  Jac.  A.  P.   p.  205. 

^Ααφναγόρας,  a,  Ό,  Daphnagoras,  a 
Mysian,  Xen.  An.  7,  8,  9. 

ΑαφναΙος,  αία,  αΐον ,=  δαώνικός,  of 
or  belonging  to  a  bay,  Anth.  :  epith.  of 
Apollo,  Nonn. :  -αία,  epith.  of  Diana, 
Paus.  as  masc.  pr.  n.,  Daphimeus, 
Arist. ;  Plut. 

Ααφνέλαιον.  ov,  τό,  {δάφνη,  ίλαι- 
ov)  oil  of  bay,  Diosc. 

Αάφνη.  ης,  ή,  Lat.  Laurus,  oViTjbay- 
tree  (not  the  laurel,  which  was  hard- 
ly known  in  Europe  till  the  latter 
end  of  ICth  century,  Martyn  ad  Virg. 
Georg.  1,  306),  Od.  9,  183,  Hes.  Th. 
30,  sacred  to  Apollo,  because  of  the 
metamorphosis  of  Daphne  ;  hence 
supposed  to  have  inspiring  properties. 
ίΑάφνη,  ης,  η,  Daphiu.  daughter  of 
the  river-god  of  the  Ladon  in  Arcadia, 
changed  into  a  bay-tree,  Pans.  8,  20, 
1,  etc. — 2.  a  daughter  of  Tnesias, 
Diod.  S. — II.  a  city  of  Syria,  near 
Antiochia,  Strab. — 2.  a  city  of  Low- 
er Aegypt,  in  Hdt,  Αάφναι,  αϊ  ΤΙε/.ού• 
σιαι,  2,  30, 

Ααφνττας,  εσσα,  εν,=  δαφνίκός,  of 
or  like  a  bay,  Nonn. 

Ααόνηρίφί/ς,  ές,  (δάφνη,  έρέφω) 
bay-Khadcd,  Incert.  ap,  Euseb. 

Ααφνηφάγος,  ov,  {δάφνη,  φαγεΐν) 
bay-eating,  hence  inspired  by  cheving 
the.  bay,  epith.  of  prophets.  Lye.  [a] 

Ααφνηφορεϊον,  ov,  τό,  the  temple  of 
Apollo  δαφνηφόρος,  Theophr. 

Ααφνηφοηέω,  ω,  to  bear  bay-boughs 
or  crowns,  Plut. :  and 

Ααφνηφορικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to  a 
δαφνηφόρος  :  esp.  tu  -κά  songs  in  hon- 
our of  Apollo  δαφνηφόρος  :  from 


ΔΑΩ 

Ααφνηφόρος,  ov,  {δάφνη,  φέρω) 
growing,  planted  with  bays,  or  fitted  for 
them,  άλσος,  Hdn. — II.  bearing  bay- 
boughs,  laureate.  Τιμάς,  Aesch.  Supp. 
706,  κ'λώνες,  Eur.  Ion  422. 

Ααφνιακός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to  a  bay  : 
δαφνιακά,  τά,  a  poem  of  Agathias. 

Αάφνίνος,  η,  ov,  rruide  from  bay, 
ί/.αισν,  Hipp. :  of  bay-ivood,  δρπηξ. 
CalL  H.  Ap.  1. 
Ααφνίς,  ίδος,  ή,  a  bay-berry,  Hipp. 
ΙΑάφνις,  ιδος,  ό,  Daphnis,  a  tyrant 
of  Abydos,  Hdt.  4,  138.— 2.  a  Sicilian 
herdsman,  Theocr.  1,  66. — 3.  η,  a 
nymph,  Paus. 

Ααφνίτης,  ου,  ό,  fem.  -mf .  ιδος.  ή, 
bay-crowned,  laureate,  epith.  of  Apollo 
at  Syracuse. —  II.  of,  belonging  to  bay, 
οίνος,  Geop. 

Ααφνογηθής,  ές,  {δάφνη,  γηθέω)  de- 
lighting in  the  bay,  epith.  of  Apollo, 
Anth. 

Ααφνοειδί/ς,  ές,  {δάφνη,  είδος)  like 
bay  :  τό  δ.  a  bay -like  shrui,  Hipp.,  and 
Theophr. 

Ααφνοκόμης,ου,  o.=sq.  0pp. 
Ααφνόκομος,  ov.  {δάφνη,  κόμη)  bay- 
crowned,  laureate,  Anth. 

\Αύφνος,  ου,  ό,  i)a;)/iii?<.s.  a  physician 
of  Ephesus,  Ath.  1  D. — II.  a  river  of 
Locris,  Plut. 

Ααφνόσκΐος,  ov.  {δάφνη,  σκιά)  sha- 
ded liith  bay,  άλσος,  Diogen.  (Trag.) 
ap.  Ath.  636,  A. 

\Ααόνονς,  οΰντος,  b,  Daphnus,  a 
city  and  harbour  of  Locris,  first  be- 
longing to  Phocis,  Thuc.  8, 24  ;  Strab. 
416  sqq. 

Ααφνοφορέω  and  δαφνοφόρος,  ov, 
worse  forms  for  δαφνηφ. 

Ααφνώδης,    ες,^  δαφνοειδής,   bay- 
like, bay-clad,  }ύαλα,  Eur.  Ion  76. 
Ααφνωτός,  η,  όν,  like  a  bay,  Geop. 
Αάφοινεός,  όν,{δα-,φοινός)=δαφοι- 
νός,  είμσ,  δαφοινευν  α'ιματι,  a  garment 
red  with  blood,  II.  18, 538,  Hes.  Sc.  159. 
Αΰφοίνήεις,  εσσα,  εν,  later  form  of 
sq.,  Nonn.,  cf.  φοίνηεις. 

Αΰφοίνός,  όν,  late  also  ή,  όν,  {δα-, 
φοινός)  in  II.  mostly  of  wild  beasts, 
ace.  to  some  blood-reeking,  bloody,  mur- 
derous, but  better  of  their  colour, 
blood-red,  dark-red,  blood-sjiotted :  it 
must  be  so  taken  in  δαφοινυν  δέρμα 
λέοντος,  II.  10,  23,  δράκων  έ~1  νώτα 
δ.  11.  2,  308,  λαΐφος  έπϊ  νώτα  δαφοί- 
νόν  λνγκός,  Η.  Pan.  23,  cf.  Hes.  Sc. 
167  ;  and  so  prob.  θώες  δ.,  II.  11,  474 : 
perh.  better  in  the  former  signf  of  the 
Κήρες,  Hes.  Sc.  250,  and  of  Prome- 
theus' eagle,  Aesch.  Pr.  1022,  and  so 
metaph.  ό.  ττημα,  Η.  Horn.  Αρ.  304. 
Cf.  δαφοινεός. 

Ααψίλεια,  ας,  ή,  abundance,  plenty, 
Polyb.  :  and 

Ααφύ.ενομαι,  {δα-φύ.ής)  Dep.  mid., 
[  to  abound,  be  wealthy  and  liberal,  TLvi, 
in  or  with  a  thing. 
ίΑα-ψι?ι.έως,  adv.  from 
Ααφιλ.ής,    ές,    {δύτϊτω)    abundajit, 
plentiful,  esp.  of  feasts  (dopes),  hence 
Lat.  dapsilis :  large,  ample,  ποτόν,  Hdt. 
2,  121,  4,  δωρεά,  3, 130.— II.  of  per- 
sons, liberal,  profuse,  Epich.  p.  86. — 
III.  Emped.  ISOhasJai/ji/of  in  signf, 
ample,  wide,  αίθ/'/ρ,  and  so  δαφι/α/ς  in 
Lye. — Adv.  -έως,  Theocr.  7,  145,  -ως, 
Diod.  abundantly,  plentifully,  etc.  δαψ. 
ζην,  Xen.  Mem.  2,  7,  6;  Supl.  δα-ψί- 
λέστατα,Ιά.  Cyr.  1,6,  17. 

*ΔΑΩ,  an  old  root,  with  signf  of 
teaching  and  learning,  as  appears  in 
the  derivs.  διδάσκω  ^ηάδαίω,  δαήναι : 
the  principal  Homer,  forms  are  as 
follows : 

I.  to  teach  :  only  used  in  redupl.  aor. 
2.  act.  (δέδαον)  hence  δέδαε,  he  taught, 
like  Lat.  doceo,  c.  dupl.  ace,  τινά  τι 


ΔΕ 

Od.  6,  233,  8,  448 ;  but  also  c.  inf.,  as 
έργάζεσθαι,  Od.  20, 72 :  Ap.  Rh.  is  the 

first  who  has  the  regul.  εδαον. 

11.  to  learn :  to  this  sense  belong 
the  tut.  δαήσομαι  absol.  Od.  3,187  ;  c. 
gen.,έμεv  όαήσεαι,  thou  ivilt  learn  frorti 
me,  Od.  19,  325  :  perf.  fonns  δεδάηκα, 
όεδαηκώς  (Od.  8,  134,  2,  61),  δεδαώς 
(Od.  17,  519),  δεδαημένος  (Η.  Horn. 
Merc.  483) :  aor.  pass,  εδάην,  subj. 
δαώ,  δαείω,  inf  δαηναι,  δαημεναι, 
part,  δαείς,  also  absol.  or  c.  ace,  ex- 
cept in  II.  21,  487,  where  we  have 
■κολέμοιο  δαημεναι :  from  δέδαα  again 
is  formed  an  inf  pres.  δεδάασθαι.  to 
search  out,  c.  acc,  Od.  16,  316. — The 
pres.  and  iinpf  are  supplied  by  διδάσ- 
κω, διδάσκομαι.  (Akin  to  δί/ω.  δι-δάσ- 
κω,  to  Lat.  discere,  docere,  and  perh. 
to  dic-ere,  δείκ^ννμι ;  on  the  root  v. 
Pott   Forsch.  1,  p.  185.) 

Ααώμεν,  subj.  aor.  pass,  έδάην  of 
*δάω.  II. 

ΔΕ',  but:  conjunct,  particle,  used 
to  call  attention  to  the  fact  that  the 
word  or  clause  with  which  it  stands 
is  to  be  distil) guished  from  something 
preceding  ;  and  usu.  having  an  oppo- 
sing or  adversative  force.  It  usu.  an- 
swers to  μεν,  esp.  in  prose,  when  it 
may  be  rendered  by  while,  on  the  other 
hand,  v.  μέν :  but  as  the  opposition 
often  suggests  itself  after  the  sen- 
tence is  begun,  δέ  marks  this  even 
without  μέν,  so  early  as  Hom. ;  v. 
μέν. — 2.  however  it  freq.  serves  mere- 
ly to  pass  from  one  thing  to  another, 
when  it  may  be  rendered,  and,  furthir, 
and  so,  by  an  easy  transition,  to  de- 
note something  like  the  connection  of 
cause  and  effect, when  it  nearly=yap, 
II.  6,  160,  Od.  1,  433,  cf.  Herm.  Vig. 
n.  344. — 3.  in  Questions,  Addresses, 
etc.,  δέ  retains  more  or  less  its  adver- 
sat.  force,  though  often  it  cannot  be 
expressed  in  English,  II.  1,  540:  in 
Trag.  it  follows  the  pers.  pron.  in 
turning  from  one  person  to  another, 
esp.  after  a  vocat.,  Pors.  Or.  614  ;  and 
sometimes  it  begins  a  speech,  as  if 
referring  to  something  omitted.  Soph. 
Ant.  1181  Herm. — 4.  it  serves  also /o 
mark  the  apodosis,  after  δτε,  ε~εί,  ει 
etc.  in  the  protasis,  and  so  esp.  in  Ep., 
οίδέ..,  τονς  δέ..,  etc.,  should  often  be 
written  for  ο'ίδε,  τούςδε,  v.  Buttm. 
Exc.  12  ad  Mid.,  Herm.  Soph.  Phil. 
86;  so  in  Latin  si..  a(,  Catull.  30,  11. 
— 5.  and  in  Att.  Greek,  δέ  is  often 
used  to  resume  the  discourse  after  a  long 
parenthesis,  like  Lat.  igiiur,  when  it 
may  be  rendered  by  7iow,  I  say,  Ar. 
Ach.  509,  V.  Herm.  Vig.  n.  345.— II. 
δέ  properly  stands  second,  but  it  is 
also  found  third  or  fourth,  when  the 
preceding  words  are  closely  connect- 
ed. Soph.  Aj.  169 :  and  in  Ep.,  v. 
Herm.  Orph.  p.  820 :  even  sixth  in 
Epigen.  Pont.  1,  v.  Meineke  Menand. 
p.  7. 

B.  in  connection  with  other  parti- 
cles : — 1.  και  δέ,  in  Έ,ρ..και..όέ,  Att., 
and  too,  and  also,  Herm.  \ig.  n.  345  b. 
— 2.  δ'  ά?.?.ύ,  but  at  least,  then,  Elmsl. 
Heracl.  565. — 3.  δέ  γε  or  δέ..γε,  but  at 
least. — 4.  δέ  δη,  but  then,  v.  δή. — 5.  ό' 
ουν,  much  like  {5ε  (5//... — 6.  δέ..τε,  and 
also,  Hom.,  but  never  in  Trag.,  v. 
Herm.  Λ'ig.  §316. 

-δε,  an  enclitic  preposition,  or  ra- 
ther a  Posi-position  ;  joined — I.  to 
names  of  places  in  the  acc,  to  de- 
note motion  towards  that  place,  and  SO 
merely  an  enclitic  preposit.,  οικόνδε 
(Att.  οίκαδε),  ΰ/.αδε,  home-wnrrfs, 
seawards.  Ον?Λ'μπόνδε,  to  Olympus, 
θύραζε  for  θνρασδε,  to  the  door,  Hom. ; 
more  rarely  repeated  with  1  he  possess. 
311 


ΔΕΔΜ 

pron.  δνδε  δόμονδε,  and  sometimes 
even  alter  ιίς,  as  Od.  10,  351  ;  in  'Ai- 
δοςόε  it  lollows  tlie  gen.,  just  as  ιίς 
"Airfoil,  sub.  οίκον  :  m  Att.  usu.  joined 
to  the  names  of  cities,  ΆΟτ/ναζε,  θή- 
βαζε  ."  sometimes  it  denotes  purpose 
only,  μ/'/τί  (ρό,βονδ'  άγυρενε,  U.  5, 232. 
— II.  to  the  denionstr.  pron.,  to  give 
it  greater  force,  όδε,  τοωςδε,  τοσόςδε, 
etc.,  such  a  man  as  this,  Att.  -όί  [l]. 

Αεά,  ύς,  //,  Dor.  for  t)tu,  Lat.  Den. 

Αέα-υ(\=^δεονς, genii. ,:is  Irom  *δέ• 
ap  or  *  όέας,^^δΐΟί-,  Soph.  Vr.  305. 

Δί'ΰΓο,  the  only  form  remaining 
from  an  old  verb  δέαμαι=δοκέω,  to 
aeem,  found  only  in  Od.  6,  212,  άεικέ- 
λίος  δέατ'  είναι,  he  seemed,  Tnethought 
he  was..  ;  where  before  Wolf  was 
read  δόατ' είναι, \.  δοάζομαι.  (Bultm. 
Lexii.  voc.  δέαται  5,  derives  it  from 
*(5(ίω,  δέδαα,  a  being  changed  ion. 
into  e,  and  connects  δοάσσατο  with 
it.) 

tAetiai,  ών,  οι,  the  Debae,  a  nation 
of  Aral)ia,  Diod.  S. 

Αίγμενος,  Ep.  part.  aor.  syncop. 
from  όεχομαι,  Hom. 

Αεδαασβαι,ίηί.  pres.  pass.  οί*δύο), 
Od.  10,  310. 

Αέύαε,  3  sing.  aor.  2  act.  of  *δύω, 
Od.  8,  448. 

Αεδαηκα,  ας,  ε,  perf  of  *(5ύω,Ηοηι., 
part,  δεόαί/κώς,  Od. 

Αεόαι/μένος,  part,  perf  pass,  of 
*<5αω,  Η.  Hom. 

Αεόαιαται,  ion.  for  δέδαινται,  3  pi. 
perf  pass.  Irom  δαίω,  Od. 

Αεόαϊγμένος.  part,  perf  pass,  from 
δαί^ω,  Horn. 
t^f  rf«piirt,  perf  act.  from  δέρω. 

Αέδιισται,  3  sing,  perf  pass,  of 
δαίω,  Hom. 

ίΑεόαυμένος,  perf  part.  pass,  from 
δαύω  11.,  of  δαίω. 

Αεδαώς,  part,  perf  of  *δάω,  Od. 

Αεδέαται,  3  pi.  perf  pass,  fromrf^o), 
for  δέδενται,  Hdl. 

Αεδεγμένος,  part,  perf  of  δέχομαι, 
II..  hence  imperat.  δέδεξο,  11.  5,  228, 
and  fut.  δεδέξομαι,  11.  5,  238,  all  c. 
act.  signf 

Αεδειπν,άναί,  irreg.  inf  perf  of  δει- 
ττνέω,  q.  v. 
^Αεδεκα,  perf  act.  from  δέω. 
^Αέδεμαι,  perf  pass,  from  δέω. 
ίΑεδέξομαι,  poet.  lut.  mid.  from  δέ- 
χομαι, 11. 

Αεδέχαται,   Ion.  3  plur.  pf  of  δέ- 
χη/ιαι,  Hdt. 
ίΑ(δι/γμαί,  perf  pass,  of  rfu/cvu. 

An\ijy,  δεδήει,  3  sing,  perf  and 
plqjii.  ot  δηιω. 

ίΑεδήσοιιαι,  fut.  perf  used  for  non- 
Attic  fut.  1  pass.  δεΟήσομαι  of  δέω. 

Αέδια,  poet,  δείδια,  q.  v.,  perf.  of 
an  old  root  δίω,  δειω,  for  the  later 
δείδω,  I  fear,  phir.  without  vowel  of 
union,  δέδιμεν,  3  pi.  δεδίασι,  11.  24, 
()03,  Imperat.  δέδιβι. 
^Αέδιμεν,  v.  foreg. 
ίΑεδ/.ξάμενης,  aor.  part.  mid.  from 
δεδίσσομηι,  Dem. 

Αεδιοτως,  adv.  from  part,  perf  δε- 
δΐώς.  fearfulli/,  in  fear,  Dion.  H. 

Α(δίσκομαι,=  δ(ΐδίσϋομαί,  Od.  15, 
150,  poet. — II.  =δειδίσσυμαι,  Ar.  Lys. 
564. 

Αεδίσσομαι.^=δειδίσσομαί,  Att.  δε- 
δίττυμαι;  aor.  part,  δεδιξάμενος,  Dem. 
434,  24  ;— I.  as  dep.  to  frighten,  Plat. 
Phaedr.  245  B,  Dem.  434, 24 ;  1451,  7. 
— II.  as  pass,  to  fear,  Hipp. 

Αεδμήατο,  Ion.  for  έδέύμηντο,  3  pl. 
plqpf  pass,  from  δαμύω. 
ΐΑέδια/κα,  γιβϊί.  act.  of  δέμω. 

Αεδμηηένοι-,  part,  perf  jjass.  of  rfa- 
μύω,  and  ot  δέμω,  and  δεδμήμην,  ητο, 
ήατο,  plqpf  of  δαμάω,  Hom. 
312 


ΔΕΙΓ 

Αέδοικα,  part,  δεδοικώς,  perf.  of 
δείδω.  c.  pres.  signf,  Ijear. 

^Αεδοικότως,  adv.  from  δέδοικα,= 
δεδιότως,  Philost. 

Αεδοίκω.  Dor.  pres.=  rfetrf(j,  δέδια, 
Theocr.  15,58, 

Αεδοκημένος,  irreg.  part,  perf  of 
δέχομαι  or  δοκενω,  c.  act.  signf,  ivait- 
ing  for,  lying  in  wait,  11.  15,  730,  Hes. 
Sc.  214  :  not  to  be  confounded  with 
Att.  δεδόκιιααι  from  δυκέω. 

ΐΑέδημα,  2  perf  act.  liom  δέμω. 

^Αεδόξωσθε,  2  pl.  perf  pass,  from 
δοξόομαι,  Hdt.  7,  135. 

ίΑέδορα,  2  perf  act.  from  δέρω. 
Αέδορκα,  part,  δεδορκώς;  perf  of 
δέμκομαι,  Hom. 

i Αεδην'λωντυ,  3  pl.  plpf  pass,  for 
έδεδονλωντο,  from  δουλυω,  Hdt. 

Αεδονπώς,  Ej).  part,  perf  act.  of 
δουπέω,   II. 

Αεδραγμένος,  part,  perf  pass,  of 
δρύσσω,  ll. 

ίΔί'ίρακα,  perf  act.  common  to  both 
διδράσκω  and  rfpacj,  Ar.,  Eur. 

^ΑέδρΓιμαι  and  δεδρασμαι,  perf  pass. 
from  Λράω,  Ar.  Pac.  1039.  Thuc.3,54. 

\  Αεδραμηκα,  perf  act.  o{  τρέχω. 

^  Αέδραξαι,  2  sing,  perf  pass,  ol  δράσ- 
σω,  Eur.  Tro.  745. 

1  Αέδρασμαι,  v.  δέδραααι. 

^Αεδρομα,  2  perf  act.  of  τρέχω,  (in 
comp.)  Od.  5,  412. 

^Αεδώκει,  3  sing,  plpf  for  έδεδώκει, 
from  δίδωμι. 

ΑέελοΓ,  η,  ov,  resolved  form  of  δη- 
λοζ•.  11.  10,  466. 

tAf?i,  subj.  3  sing,  of  f5et• 
Αέημα,  ατός,  τό,  {δέομαι)   a  want, 
prayer,   entreaty,   δέημα    δεΐσθαΐ,    Ar. 
Ach.  1059. 

Αέησις,  εως,  'η,  {δέομαι)  a  wanting, 
entreating,  asking,  Isocr.  186  D,  Plat., 
etc. :  supplication,  entreaty,  ibr  one's 
self,  or  another;  prayer,  N.  T. 

Αειιτικός,  η,  όν,  {δέομαι)  praying, 
a.iking.  given  to  ask,  Arist.  Eth.  N. 

\Αεθήσομαι,  1  fiit.  pass,  of  δέω,  non- 
Attic,  but  in  Dem.  740,  8,  etc. 

ΔΕΓ,  subj.  δετ/,  contr.  rf?)  (as  is 
written  by  Dind. '  Ar.  Ran.  266,  but 
very  rare),  opt.  δέοι,  inf  δεΐν,  part. 
δέον,  Att.  δείν :  imperf  έδει :  lut. 
δεήσει :  aor.  1  έδει/σε,  impers.  from 
δέω.—}.  c.  ace.  et.  inf,  δεϊ  τίνα  ποιή- 
rsai,  it  is  binding  on.  one,  it  behoves  one 
to  do.  one  jnnst,  one  ought,  Lat.  oportet, 
dccet :  in  Hom.,  who  elsewh.  uses 
χρή,  only  once,  τι  δεΙ  πο'λεμιζέμεναι 
Ά/))  f/oi'f,  V'hi/  shniihl  the  Argives 
fifiht  ?  II.  9,  337,  but  in  Att.  very  com- 
mon ;  so  c.  όπως  et  indie,  δεΙ  τίνα 
δ-ως  ποιήσει.  Herm.  Soph.  Aj.  553, 
Phil.  54 :  very  rare  c.  dat.,  δεΙ  τινι 
~οίΐ/σαι,  Eur.  Hipp.  942,  and  Xen. — 
11.  c.  gen. .there  is  need  of,  there  is  icant- 
ing,  Lat.  opus  est  re,  freq.  in  Hdt.,  and 
Att. :  most  freq.  in  phrases  πολλοϋ 
δεϊ,  there  wmits  vmch,  far  from  it,  ολί- 
γου δεΙ,  there  wants  little,  all  but,  and 
so  stronger  πο?.?.ον  γε  δει,  ττολίοϋ 
γε  και  δει.  Dem.  326, 1  :  π'λεννος  δει, 
It  is  still  farther  from  it,  Hdt.  4,  43  : 
τον  παντός  δεϊ,  Luc :  also  πολλοϋ, 
ολίγον  δεΐν  absol.,  in  same  sense, 
and  sometimes  ολίγον,  etc.,  with  δεΐν 
omitted  ;  very  rare  ολίγον  δεΐν  ;  cf 
δέω  : — with  the  person  added,  δεϊ  μοί 
Τίνος,  Lat.  ojius  est  7nihi  re,  Aesch. 
Ag.  848,Thuc.  1,71,  etc. ;  more  rarely 
δεϊ  μέ  τίνος,  Aesch.  Pr.  86,  cf  Pors. 
Or.  659 ;  and  sometimes  δεΐ  μοί  τι, 
as  Eur.  Supp.  594.  (In  signf  I.,  δεϊ 
seems  to  come  from  δεω,  to  bind,  in 
11.,  from  δέω,  tawant,  q.  v.) 

Αεϊγμα,  ατός,  τό.  {δείκννμι)  a  sam- 
ple, pattirn,  proof,  spiciinen,  Lat.  docu- 
mentum,  καρπών,  Isocr.  321  A,  τύν 


ΔΕΙ  Κ 

έμών  2ό}ωϊ•,  Eur.  Supp.  354,  τοϋ 
βίου,  Ar.  Ach.  988.  —  2.  prob.  1.  in 
Aesch.  Ag.  976,  an  image,  vision. — 3.  a 
place  in  the  Peira;cus,  where  mer- 
chants set  out  their  wares  for  sale,  like 
an  Eastern  bazaar,  Xen.  Hell.  5, 1,21, 
hence  (5.  δικών,  Ar.  Eq.  979  :  so  The- 
ophr.  Ch.  23,  V.I. lor  rfi(is"tv}//a.  Hence 

Αειγματίζω,  -ίσω,  to  make  a  show  of, 
N.T. 

Αείδεκτο,  3  sing,  plqpf  of  δείκννμι, 
in  sense  to  welcome,  ll. ;  and  δειδέ• 
χαται,  3  plur.  perf  mid.,  Otl.;  δειδέ 
χατο.  3  \Λ.  plqpf,  II.  to  pledge,  etc. — 
Others  wrongly  from  δέχομαι. 
^Αείδεχατο,  v.  I'oreg. 

Αειδήμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  {δείδω, 
fearful,  cowardly,  11.  3,  56. 

Αείδια,  ας,  ε,  like  δέδια,  perf  ol 
δείδω,  c.  pros,  signf,  plur.  δειδιμεν, 
δείδιτε,  imperat.  δειδΙΟϊ  [though  Nic. 
Al.  443,  has  δείδΐϋΐ],  inf  δειδιμεν, 
Hom. ;  part,  δειδιώς,  hence  δειδιοτες, 
Hes. :  δείδισαν,  3  plur.  plqpf,  11.  15, 
652. 

Αειδίσκομαι,  dep.  mid.,  {δείκννμι) 
to  meet  with  outstretched  hand,  to  greet, 
welcome,  δεξίτερι/  χειρί,  Od.  20,  197 ; 
δέπαί,  to  hail  \vith  the  cup,  Od.  18, 
121  ;  also  δεδίσκυμαι,  only  used  in 
pres.  and  impf ;  cf  δεικανάομαι. — 2. 
=  δείκννμι,  to  sheu;  Ap.  Kh.  Only 
Ep.,  δεξωυμαι  being  the  form  in  prose 
and  Att.     (Cf  δεικνν(χι  sub  lin.) 

Αειδίσσομαι,ίλιΙ.  -ίξομαι,  dep.  mid., 
{δείδω)  tojrighten,  alarm,  τινά,  II.  13, 
810,  etc. ;  δ.  Tivti  άπο  νεκρού,  to  scare 
one  away  from  the  corpse,  11.  18,  164. 
— 2.  intr.  to  be  afraid,  to  tremble,  11.  2, 
190  :  Ep.  word,  in  Att.  sometimes  δε- 
δίττομαι,  q.  v. 

Αείδοικα,  Ep.  for  δέδοικα,  Hom. 

ΑΕϊΑίΙ,  the  pres.  only  used  in  the 
first  pers.,  /  fear,  Hom. :  fut.  δείσο- 
μαι,  II. :  aor.  1  εδεισα.  but  Hom.  al- 
ways in  Ep.  form  έδδεισα,  ας,  ε,  (so 
too  in  compos.,  νποδδείσας) :  perf.  c. 
pres.  signt.  διδοικα,  also  δέδϊα,  II. 
(which  last  is  rare  in  Att.  prose), 
with  syncop.  fomis  δέδιμεν,  δέδιτε, 
imperat.  δέδιθι,  part,  δι,διώς :  plqpf. 
έδέδισαν,  for  which  in  Ep.  more  freq. 
διίδοικα,  δείδια,  etc.;  v.  sub  δίω. 
The  irreg.  form  δεδιείη.  Plat.  Phaedr. 
251  A,  should  (ace.  to  Buttm.)  be  δε 
διοίιι,  if  the  opt.  is  right  at  all. — I. 
intr.  to  be  afraid,  to  fear.  Construct, 
either  absol.,  or  with  a  clause  sub- 
joined, usu.  with  μι'/...,  like  Lat.  vcreor 
ne...,  I  fear  it  is...,  and  mostly  c.  subj., 
as  11.  1,  555,  etc. ;  but  c.  indicat.,  Od. 
5,  300  ;  but  (5.  μή  ov...,  vereor  ne  non..., 
vereor  ut...,  I  fear  it  is  not..,;  c.  con- 
junct., Hdt.  7,  163,  Thuc.  3,57;  so 
too  δ.  όπως...,  όπως  μ?/...,  ώς...,  are 
used=d.  μ?/....  usu.  c.  indie,  as  Soph. 
O.  T.  1074,  EI.  1309,  Ar.  Eq.  112, 
Dem.  130,  13;  also  δ.  ώς  ον...,=δ. 
μη  oil...,  c.  indie,  Xen.  Cyr.  6,  2,  30. 
— 2.  c.  inf.,  to  fear  to  do,  δεϊσαν  δ' 
νποδεχΟαι,  11.  7,  93,  cf  Thuc.  1,  136. 
— 3.  δ.  περί  τινι,  to  be  alarmed,  ana:ious 
about...,  ll.  17,  242.  and  freq.  in  Att., 
also  77tpt  or  νπερ  τίνος,  Thuc,  etc. ; 
άμφί  τινι,  Aesch.  Pr.  182. — 4.  c.  ace. 
to  he  afraid  of,  to  fear,  stand  in  awe  of, 
θεούς,  Od.  14,  389,  σιιμάντορας,  11.  4, 
431,  etc. :  in  Thuc.  4,  117,  exactly^ 
φοβέομαι. — 5.  part,  perf  το  δεδιός, 
one's  fearing,  and  so  much  like  δ(ύς, 
Thuc.  1,  36. 

Αειελιύω.  ώ,  ί.  -τ/σω,  {δείείος)  to 
spend  llie  afternoon,  to  V'uit  till  evening  : 

only  in  σν  δ'  έρχεο  δειελιήσας.  Od. 
17,  599  :  ace.  to  Buttm.  Lex.  v.  δείλι) 
12,  having  taken  an  afternoon  meal,  a 
sort  of  bmcheon,  cf  sq. 

Αΐίελίΐ],  ης,  ή,  an  afternoon  itwcAion, 


AEIR. 

an  intermediate  meal,  v.  1.  Call.  Fr.  190,  1 
V  (JeitAof ,  and  cf.  Buttin.  Lex.  όει'λη 
12. 

Αείε?.ινός,  ή,  ov,=sq..,  at  evening, 
Theocr.  13,  33  :  from 

Αίίελος,  ov,  belonging  to  δείλη, 
όείελον  ημαρ,  the  evening  part  of  day, 
eventide,  Od.  17,  606,  SO  6.  (Ιιρη,  Αρ. 
Rh.,  δ.  φύος,  Opp. :  hence — )1.  as 
subst.=δείλ7],  έσπερος,  the  late,  sink- 
ing evening,  li.  21,  232  ;  v~d  δείε'λον, 
at  even,  Ap.  Rh. — 2.  —δειε'λίη.  Call. 
Fr.  190. 

Αεικανάυ,^δείκννμί,  to  point  out, 
shew,  in  Ep.  iinpf.  δείκανάασι<εν,Ύ\ιβ- 
ocr.  24,  56,  Ep.  3  pi.  pres.  δεικανόωσι, 
Arat.  208  :  but  Hoin.  uses  it  only  in 
— II.  ηύύ.^=δείκννμαι,  δέχομαι,  ίο  sa- 
lute by  offering  the  right  hand,  in  genl. 
to  wekome,  greet,  εττεασι,  δέτϊασαι,  Od. 
18,  111 ;  II.  15,  86.  (cf.  δείκννμι,  fin.) 

Αεικελίαττις  and  δεικη?ύκτης,  6, 
Dor.  for 

Αεικελίστής  and  δεικη?αστής,  ov, 
0,  one  who  represents  ;  esp.  Lacon.  = 
ντΐοκρίτής,  Lat.  mimus,  an  actor  who 
played  low,  burlesque  parts,  Plut.  Of 
all  these  words  there  was  yet  another 
form  δίκηλος,  etc.  (v.  δεέκελον.) 

Αείκελος  and  δείκ7]7Μς,  ov,  (δείκ- 
ννμι)  exhibiting.     Hence 

Αείκελον  and  δείκη7Μν,  ov,  τή,  a 
representation,  exhibition,  Hdt.  2,  171, 
ubi  V.  Creuzer  ap.  Bahr. 
^Αεικηλισ-ής,  ov,  o,  v.  δεικελιστής. 

Αείκνν,  shortened  for  δύκνυσι, 
Hes. 

ΔΕΓΚΝΥΜΙ  and  δεικνύο),  (Hes. 
Op.  449,  500,  Hdt.  4,  150,  and  freq. 
later),  3  sing,  δείκνν  (Hes.  Op.  524) : 
fut.  δείξω :  aor.  1  έδειξα :  perf  δέ- 
δειγμαι  (the  perf  δέδειχα  first  in 
Dem.  805,  12,  in  compd.  έπιδ.,  but 
freq.  in  later  prose,  as  Polyb.,  and 
Plut.) :  these  become  in  Hdt.  δέξω, 
εδεξα,  δέδεγμαι :  on  the  perf.  forms 
δειδέχαται,  δείδεκτο  v.  infr.  To 
shew,  point  out,  absol.,  or  c.  ace,  Hom., 
etc. :  seemingly  impers.  δείξει,  time 
will  shew,  Ar.  Ran.  1261  :  δ.  εις  τίνα, 
to  point  towards,  Hdt.  4,  150,  and  so  in 
mid.,  H.  Hom.  Merc.  367. — 2.  to  bring 
to  light,  display,  θεός  ήμΐν  δείξε  τέρας, 
shewed  US  a  marvel,  Od.  3,  174,  cf  II. 
13,  244 :  hence  of  artists,  to  portray, 
represent  to  the  life,  by  statuary,  etc., 
Strab.,  V.  Hemst.  Luc.  Somn.  8. — Mid. 
δείκννμαι,  to  display,  set  before  one,  11. 
23,  701;  cf.  ένδείκννμι.  —  3.  to  point 
out,  make  known,  esp.  by  words,  to  tell, 
explain,  teach,  like  άναφαίνο),  Lat.  in- 
dicare,  Horn.,  etc.,  cf  Valck.  Phoen. 
533  :  to  shew,  prove,  usu.  c.  part.,  ττον 
yap  C)v  δείξω  φίλος,  Eur.  Or.  792,  ubi 
V.  Pors.,  so  έδειξαν  έτοιμοι  δντες, 
Thuc.  4,  73,  etc. :  also  followed  by 
ώς...,  δη...,  ει...,  and  other  relatives, 
Aesch.  Theb.  176,  Thuc.  1,  76,  143, 
etc.  :  absol.  δέδεικται,  it  is  clear  or 
proven,  Heind.  Plat.  Phaed.  66  D.— 4. 
of  accusers,  to  inform  against,  τινά, 
Ar.  Eq.  278.— Π.  in  Od.  4,  59,  Π.  9, 
196,  we  have  δεικνύμενος=^δεχόμε- 
VOr,  δεξίούμενος,  welcoming,  greeting: 

whence  also  Buttm.  Catal.  in  voc, 
refers  to  δείκννμι  the  3  plur.  pf  δει- 
δέχαται, 3  pi.  plqpf  δειδέχατο.  which 
are  usu.  placed  under  δέχομαι,  τους 
μεν  κνττέλλΜίς  δειδέχατο,  they  pledged 
them,  drank  to  them,  II.  9,  671,  cf  4, 
4;  δειδέχαται  μύθηισι,  Od,  7,  72:  in 
δειδίπκ,ομαι  and  δεικανάω,  -άομαι, 
we  have  a  like  variety  of  signf, 
though  Hom.  uses  each  of  these  in 
one  signf  only.  (Buttm.  further 
traces  both  to  a  common  root  δεκ-, 
with  the  common  notion  oi  stretching 
»ut  the  right  hand  (^δεξιά),  either  to 


ΔΕΙΛ 

point,  as  in  δείκννμι,  or  to  welcome,  as 
in  δέχομαι :  the  usu.  signf  of  δείκ- 
ννμι is  that  of  Sanscr.  (//f,  Lat.  dic- 
ere,  duc-ere,  in-dic-are,  whence  perh. 
also  dig-itus,  δύκ-τν?.ος.) 

Αεικννω,-=δείκννμι,  q.  v.  [v] 

Αεικτέος,  a,  ov,  verb,  adj.,  to  be 
shewn  or  proved,  Xen.  Mem.  3,  5,  8. 

Αεικτηριάς,  ύδος,  ή,  Lat.  mima, 
Polyb.,  cf  δεικελωτής  :  from 

Αεικτήριος.  ov,  {δείκννμι)  fit  for 
shelving :  το  δ.,  a  place  at  Samos, 
where  Minerva  shewed  Perseus  a  re- 
presentation of  the  Gorgon. 

Αείκτης,  ov,  6,  a,  shewer,  exhibiter, 
Orph. 

Αεικτικός,  ή,  όν,  (δείκννμι)  inclined, 
able  to  shew  :  pointing  with  the  finger. 
Adv.  -κύς. 

*ΔΕΓΚΩ,  assumed  as  pres.,whence 
to  form  some  tenses  of  δείκννμι,  q.  v. 
sub  fin. 

Αειλαίνω,  {δειλός)  to  be  a  coward, 
or  cowardly,  Arist.  Eth.  N. :  so  also 
as  dep.  mid.,  Luc. 

Αείλαιος,  a,  ov.  lengthd.  form  of 
δειλός,  q.  v.,  fearful  .•  and  so  wretched, 
sorry,  paltry,  miserable,  freq.  of  per- 
sons, Trag. :  also  δ.  χάρις,  a  sorry 
kindness,  Aesch.  Cho.  517,  rf.  σποδός, 
paltry  dust,  Soph.  El.  758,  δ.  αλγη- 
δών,  δνα.  Soph.,  γήρας,  Eur.  An 
Att.,  and  mostly  poet,  word,  but  used 
also  by  Lys.  170,  22,  Aeschin.  24,  32. 
[αΐ  in  Ar.  Eq.  139,  Vesp.  165,  etc.] 
Hence 

ΑεΛαιότης,  ητος,  ή,  misery. 

Αειλακρίυν,  ωνος,  6,  a  coward,  but 
usu.  in  addresses,  with  a  patronising 
and  coaxing  signf,  poor  fellow  !  Ar. 
Pac.  193,  Av.  143:  from 

Αείλακρος,  a.  ov,  {δειλός,  άκρος) 
very  pitiable,  Ar.  Plut.  973. 

AειλavδpέL•),ώ,tobecowardly,ΪJ'S.lζ., 
and  Joseph. :  from 

Αείλανδρος,  ov,  {δειλός,  ανηρ) 
cowardly. 

ΑεΤ7'αρ,  ατός,  τό,=δέλεαρ.  Call. 
Fr.  458. 

Αείλετο,  v.  δείλομαι. 

ΔΕΓΑΗ,  ης.  ή,  sub.  ΰρα,  (akin to  εΐ- 
λ,η)  strictly,  the  time  when  the  day  is  hot- 
test, i.  e.just  after  noon  ;  then  in  genl. 
the  whole  time  from  noon  till  evening, 
εσσεται  η  ί/ώς  ή  δείλη  η  μέσον  ημαρ, 
11.21,  111,  where  the  three  parts  are 
mentioned,  which  make  up  the  whole 
day,  evening  excepted  :  this  was  fur- 
ther divided  into  δεί7.η  πρωία  and 
δείλη  όφία  early  and  late  afternoon, 
Hdt.  7,  167;  8,  6,  9 :  later,  esp.  in 
Att.,  it  came  to  mean  usu.  the  later 
part  of  the  afternoon,  just  before  even- 
ing, Ruhnk.  Tim.,  Piers.  Moer.  p.  133 : 
and  so  evening  itself,  until  night  set 
in,  hence  δείλης,  as  adv.  in  the  even- 
ing, Ep.  Plat.  348  E,  περϊ  δείλην, 
Thuc.  4,  69  :  Xen.  however  has  it  in 
the  older  signf.  Hell.  1,1,5.  In  late 
prose,  any  time  of  the  day,  e.  g.  δει/ η 
έώα,  morning,  Synes.  Cf.  Buttm. 
Lexil.  in  voc. 

Αειλία,  ας,  η,  (δειλός)  timidity,  cow- 
ardice, Hdt.  1,  37,  Soph.,  etc. :  δειλίην 
οόλεΐν,  to  be  charged  with  cowardice, 
Hdt.  8,  26. 

Αει?  ιαίνω,  to  make  afraid,  LXX. 

Αείλίΰσις,  εως,  ή,  fright,  faintheart- 
edne.is,  Plut. :  from 

Αειλιύω,  ώ,  f.  -ύσω,  to  be  afraid, 
Diod.,  more  usu.  in  compd.  άττοδει- 
λιύο).  [ασω] 

Αει'λινός,  η,  όν,  (δείλη)  contr.  for 
δειελινός,  in  the  afternoon,  at  even, 
Luc.  :  T()  δείΑΐνόν,  an  afternoon  or 
evening  vienl,  Ath. :  δείλινόν,  as  adv., 
at  even.,  Luc. 

Αΐίλομαι,  (δείλη)  to  decline  toiuards 


ΔΕΙΝ 

evening,  to  begin  to  sink,  δεί?.ε~6  r' 
7/έ?αος,  as  Aristarch.  read  in  Od.  7, 
289,  tor  δύσετο,  approved  by  Buttm. 
Lexil.  V.  δείλη  11,  and  Nitzsch  ad  1. 

Αει/.όομαι,  pass,  to  be  cowardly, 
afraid,  LXX. 

Αειλ.οποιός,  όν,  (δεύ.ός,  ποιέω) 
maki7ig  cowardly. 

Αει'λός,  ή,  όν,  (δέος,  δείδω)  coward-  . 
ly,  faint-hearted,  ορρ.  to  α/.κιμος,  II. 
13,  278,  hence,  in  the  heroic  age,  in 
genl.  good  for  nothing,  vile,  worthless, 
11.  1,  293:  δει/ΜΪ  δειλών  έγγναι, 
worthless  are  the  pledges  of  the  worth- 
less, Od.  8,  351 :  hence  opp.  to  εσθ/.ός, 
much  like  κακός,  Hes.  Fr.  55,  cf. 
Welcker  Praef  ad  Theogn.  p.  30: 
sometimes  c.  inf  Jac.  A.  P.  p.  180: 
much  more  however  as — II.  miserable, 
luckless,  wretched.  Hom.,  with  com- 
passionate signf  like  Lat.  miser,  our 
poor  !  hence  δειλ.οΐ  βροτοί,  poor  mor- 
tals !  freq.  in  Hom., in  address  u  δεΓ/Λ, 
a  δειλοί,  poor  wretches !  The  Att. 
used  δειλός  chiefly  in  former  signf., 
δεί?Μΐος  in  latter.  Adv.  -λώς.  C£ 
δεινός. 

Αειλότης,  ητος,  ή, ^δειλία,  coward- 
ice. 

Αει?.ότΡνχος,  ov,  {δει?.ός,  ■ψνχή) 
faint-hearted,  LXX. 

Αεΐμα,  ατός,  τό,  (δείδω)feaΓ,  affright, 
II.  5,  682,  Hdt.,  etc. :  δείμα  λαμβάνει, 
τινά,  Hdt.  6,  74,  ες  δ.  πεσείν,  εν  δεί• 
μάτι  κατεστύναι.  Id. — II.  an  object  of 
fear,  a  cause  of  fear,  a  terror,  horror, 
Trag.  :  δειμύτυν  άχη  fearful  plagues 
or  monsters,  Aesch.  Cho.  586,  so  δεί- 
ματα  θηρών,  Eur.  Η.  F.  700 :  cf. 
Ruhnk.  Ep.  Cr.  p.  261.    Hence 

Αειμαίνω,  f.  -άνω,  to  be  afraid,  in  a 
fright,  H.  Hom.  Ap.  404 :  Hdt.,  etc. 
Construct,  as  in  δειδώ,  δ.  μή..„  Hdt. 

I,  165,  etc. — 2.  δ.  περί  τινι,  νπέρ 
Τίνος,  Hdt,  3,  35  ;  8,  140.— 3.  c.  ace. 
to  fear  a  thing,  Hdt.  1,  159,  etc. — II. 
in  Aesch.  Pers.  600,  Eum.  519,  it  is 
taken  in  act.  ^\ξηί.,^φο3έω,  to  fright- 
en :  but  the  latter  place  is  corrupt : 
so  Passow  takes  it  in  Plat.  Legg.  865 
E,  but  needlessly  ;  cf.  Herm.  Opusc. 
6,  2,  83. 

Αειμαλέος,  a,  ov,  timid,  Mosch.  2, 
20.— 1].  hornhle,  fearful,  Batr.  2S9. 
Adv.  -λέως  Or.  Sib. 

Αειμάτιος  ov,  ό,  epith.  of  Jupiter, 
the  iscaler,  Dion.  H. 

Αείματο,  3  sing.  aor.  1  mid.  οίδέαω, 
Od.  14,  8. 

Αειματόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  frightened, 
scared,  Anth. 

\Αειματοσταγης,  ες,  (δεΙμα,  στάζω) 
dropping  tcith  terror,  Aesch.  Cho.  842, 
for  wh.  α'ίματοστα•}Ί/ς  is  now  read. 

Αειματόω,  ώ,  {δεΙμα)  to  put  in  a 
fright,  Hdt.  6,  3.  Pass,  to  be  frighten- 
ed, Aesch.  Cho.  845. 

Αειματώδης,  ec,  (δεΐμα,  εlδoς)fright^ 
fvl. 

Αΐίμομεν,  Ep.  for  δείμωμεν,  short- 
ened 1  plur.  subj.  aor,  1  act,  of  δέμω, 

II.  7,  337. 

Αειμός,  ov,  6,  (δέος)  fear,  terror, 
Lat.  timor.  In  II.  always  personified 
as  accompanying  Phnbos.  Eris,  etc., 
as  II.  4,  440.  cf  11,  37  ;  15,  119,  and 
so  for  distinction's  sake,  written  p?o- 
perisp.,  Αεΐαος :  ace.  to  Hes.  Th. 
934,  son  of  Mars. 

Δίϊΐ',  inf  of  δέω,  Η.  Horn.,  etc. — 
II.  Att.  for  δέον,  part,  from  δεΐ,  cf. 
πλειν  for  πλέον. 

ΔΕΓΧΛ.  ό,  ή,  τό,  gen.  δεινός,  ace. 
δείνα,  plur,  δεΐνες.  etc.  (not  used  in 
dat,)  such  an  one.  a  certain  one,  whom 
one  cannot  or  will  not  name,  hence 
in  Ar.  to  δείνα,  a  common  expre.=!- 
sion  when  one  forgets,  n-kat's  his 
ai3 


ΔΕΙΝ 

ηατηε,  Ihhgumhob,  Branck  Ar.  Lys. 
921,  Αν.  618,  Pac.  268.  cf.  ουδείς  .— 
somelimes  indecl.  Ar.  Thesm.  622. — 
2.  TO  (5.,  euphem.  for  πέος,  Ar.  Ach. 
1119. 

^ίίήναρχος,  ου,  b,  Dhiarchus,  the 
famous  Attic  orator,  Plut.  Phoc.  33, 
son  of  Sostratiis.  Dion.  H.  Others 
of  this  name  in  Dion.  II. 

^\εινιύδας,  a.  ό,  Otuiadas,  a  Spar- 
tan, Thuc.  8,  22 ;  Dor.  form  of  Δεί- 
νιύδης,  Diniades,  Ath.  605  B. 

tAfii'i'iZf,  01',  0,  Diuina,  a  common 
Athenian  name. — 1.  father  of  the 
general  Cleippides,  Thuc.  3,  3. — 2. 
sonof  Phormides,  Dem.  1387  4.-3. 
son  of  Thcomnestus,  Id.  949, 21, etc. 
Others  m  Dem.,  Plut.,  etc. 

tAfij'iOf ,  ov,  0,  Dliims,  niasc.  pr.  n., 
Hipp. 

ΙΑίΐνις.  ίος  or  ιδος.  6,  Dinis,  an  Ae- 
ginetan,  Piiid.  N.  8,  20. 

iJ^Eivixa,  η,  Dinicha,  wife  of  king 
Archidanuis,  Paus. 

Αεινοβύ/ς,  ov,  ό,  {δεινός,  βία)  ter- 
ribly strong,  Orph.,  ubi  Heyne  αΐνοβ. 
Αεινοθέτης,  ου,  ό,  {δεινός,  τίΟημι) 
C  knave,  Mosch.  7,  7. 

Αεινοκάθεκτος.ον,  (δεινός,  κατέχω) 
hard  to  be  repressed,  Orph. 

^λεινοκράτης,  ους,  ό,  Dmocrutes,  a 
Messenian,  Polyb.  6,  24,  5.  Others 
in  Polyb.,  Paus.,  etc. 

\εινο7.εχής,  ες,  {δεινός,  /^έχος) 
dreadfully  married,  Orph.,  ubi  L.  Dnid. 
αΐνολ. 

Αεινο^Μγέομαι,  f  -ι'ισομαι,  dep.  mid. , 
{δεινός,  λέ}'ω)  to  complain  loudly,  δ. 
on...,  Hdt.  1,  44,  absol.  Id.  4,  68. 
Hence 

Αεινολογία,  ας,  η,  exaggerated  de- 
scription, Polyb. 

ίΑεινό7.οχος,  ου,  b,  Dindlochus,  son 
of  Pyrrhus,  Paus. — 2.  a  comic  poet 
of  Syracuse,  Ael.  N.A.  6,  51. 

^Αεινομύχη,  ης,  η,  Dhidmache,  daugh- 
ter of  Megacles,  and  mother  of  Alci- 
biades,  Plut.  Ale.  1 :  fem.  from 

^Αεινόμαχος,  ov,  6,  {δεινός. μάχομαι) 
Dinomachus,  a  stoic  philosopher,  Luc. 

^Αεινομένειος,  ου,  ό,  {~αΐς)  son  of 
Dinomanes,  Pind.  P.  2,  34  :  from 

^Αεινομένης,  ους,  ό,  Dinomanes,  of 
Aetna  in  Sicily,  father  of  Hicro  and 
Gelon,  Hdt.  7,  145,  Pind.  P.  1.— 2.  a 
statuary,  Paus. 

Αεινοπΰθέο,  ώ,  {δεινά  ■καθεΐν)  to 
suffer  dreadfully  :  to  complain  loudly  of 
one's  sufferings,  Dem.  1023,  tin.,  Polyb., 
etc. 

Αεινοποιέω,  ΰ,  {δεινός,  ποιέω)  to 
make  dreadful,  to  exaggerate,  Dion.  H. 
ΑεινότΓονς,  b,  ή,  πουν,  τό,  gen. 
ποδός,  {δεινός,  πονς)^ΙΐΙι  terrible  font, 
hence  Άρα  δ.,  as  if  she  was  a  hound 
upon  the  track.  Soph.  O.  T.  418. 

Αεινοττροςωπέω,  ύ.  {δεινός,  προς- 
U~Ov)  to  have  a  ttrriblc  face. 

Αεινός,  i],  ov,  (from  δέος,  and  so 
strictly  δεεινός,  hke  ελεεινός  from 
eZeof)  of  anything  strange  and  iin- 
■usual:  —  I.  terrible,  horrihlr,  fearful, 
astounding  ;  the  chief  sigiif.  in  Horn., 
who  uses  it  *sp.  of  battle  cries  and 
the  like,  δεινον  ΰϋτεΐν,  βροντΰν,  to 
shout,  thunder  terribly,  II.  ;  δεινΰί^  δέρ- 
κεσβαι,  παπταίνειν,  to  look  terrible, 
Horn.  Also  in  milder  sense,  awful, 
an  object  of  awe,  δεινή  τε  και  αίδοίη 
θεός,  1\.  18,  394,  cf.  3,  172.  From 
Hdt.  downwds.  το  δεινόν,  danger, 
sufferings ;  so  also  τα  δ.,  freq.  in 
Thuc. :  δεινυν  γίγνεται,  μί)—,  there 
is  danger  that••.,  Hdt.  7,  157 ;  ουδέν 

δεινοί,  μη    άτΐοστέυσιν,   no  fear   of 

their  revolting.  Id.  1,  155,  etc, :  δει- 
νον or  δείνα  τίοιεϊν,  or  more  freq. 

ποίίϊοθαι,  to  take  ill,  complain  of,  be 
314 


ΔΕΙΧ 

indignant  at  a  thing,  Lat.  aegre  ferre, 
oft.  in  Hdt.,  etc.,  absol.  or  c.  inf.,  as 
1,  127;  5,  41,  etc.;  also  δεινόν  τι 
έσχε  αυτόν,  c.  inf.,  Ildt.  1,  61 :  δείνα 
παθεΐν.  more  rarely  sing,  δεινυν  π., 
to  sulfer  dreadful,  illegal,  arbilrari/ 
treatment,  very  freq.  Att.,  Elnisl. 
Ach.  323,  cf.  δεινολονέομαι,  δεινό- 
ττηθέω.  So  also  adv.  οεινώς  φέρειν, 
Hdt.  2,  121,  3:  δ.  εχειν,  to  be  in 
straits,  to  be  greatly  moved,  Xen.  An. 
6,  4,  23. — II.  to  this  sense  is  added  a 
notion  of  force  or  power, — 1.  marvel- 
lously strong,  mighty,  powerful,  for 
good  or  ill ;  hence  oft.  in  Horn,  of 
the  gods  without  any  notion  of  ter- 
rible ;  so,  δεη'ον  σάκος,  the  mighty 
shield,  11.  7,  245. — 2.  ivondrous,  mar- 
vellous, strange,  το  συγγενές  τοι  δει- 
νόν, η  θ'  ομιλία,  kin  and  social  ties 
have  strange  power,  Aesch.  Pr.  39,  cf. 
Valck.  Phoen.  358 :  esp.  freq.  in  the 
phrase  δεινον  dv  ειη,  oft.  followed  by 
ει...,  it  were  strange  that...,  as  Eur. 
Hec.  592  :  hence  adv.  ~νώς,  marvel- 
lously, exceedingly, \\\ie  αίνώς  in  Horn., 
δ.  μέλας,  άνυδρος,  Hdt.  2,  70,  149,  δ. 
εν  φυλακι/σι  είναι,  3,  152,  and  so  in 
Att. — III.  the  sense  of  powerful,  won- 
drous, passed  into  that  of  able,  clever, 
skilful,  first  in  Hdt.  5,  23,  avi/p  δεινός 
τε  και  σοφός,  but  this  first  became 
common  in  Plato's  time,  v.  Protag. 
341  Β  :  oft.  c.  inf.  δεινός  λέγειν  {ει- 
πείν is  rare.  Wolf  Lept.  502,  28),  δει- 
νός ?,α?.εΐν,  διδύσκειν,  φαγεϊν,  clever 
at  talking,  etc. :  also  c.  ace.  δεινός 
την  τέχνην,  Xen. :  in  Arist.  Eth.  N. 
0,  13,  δεινός  is  a  man  naturally  quick 
and  clever,  who  may  become  φρόνιμος 
by  good  training,  πανούργος  by  bad. 
— IV.  δεινή  ύγορή,  II.  7,  310,  is  ex- 
plained by  Eustath.,  the  timid  as- 
sembly, which  gives  a  good  sense ; 
but  as  it  is  without  parallel,  it  is 
safer  to  take  it  fearful-looking,  ill- 
boding,  orperh.  mighty,  crowded.  (Re- 
lated to  δεύώς,  as  act.  to  \)a.ss.,  fright- 
ful to  fearful,  but  oft.  confounded 
with  It,  Pors.  Or.  707  :  oft.  also  with 
the  Ep.  αίνος.) 

Αειί'ος,  ό,^δίνος,  a  name  for  dif- 
ferent round  vessels  :  also  a  round  floor 
for  dancing  or  threshing,  Dionys.  (Com.) 
Soz.  1,  V.  Ath.  467  D. 

Αεινότης,  ητος,  ή,  (δεινός)  terrible- 
ness,  Thuc.  4,  10 :  harshness,  stern- 
ness, severity,  νόμων.  Id.  3,  40,  cf.  59. 
— 2.  power,  natural  ability,  cleverness, 
Dem.  318,  8,  cf.  Arist.  Eth.  N.  0,  13; 
esp.  of  powerful,  expressive  elo- 
quence in  an  orator,  Thuc.  3,  37,  in 
full  ή  εν  τοις  λόγοις  δ.,  Isocr.  1  D. 

Αεινόω,  ώ,  {δεινός)  to  make  dread- 
ful, terrible :  to  exaggerate,  enhance, 
έπι  TO  μείζον  δ.,  Thuc.  8,  74. 

^Αεινώ,  ους,  ή,  Dlno,  daughter  of 
Phorcys,  Apollod.  2,  4, 2  ;  one  of  the 
Graiae,  Zenob. 

\Αείνων,  υνος,  6,  Dinon,  a  Spartan, 
Xen.  Hell.  5,  4,  33.-2.  an  historian 
in  the  time  of  Philip,  Ath.  033  C— 
3.  brother  of  the  Athenian  Nicostra- 
tus,  1248,  9.  Others  in  Polyb.  27,  C, 
etc. 

Αεινωπός,  όν,^δεινώψ,  Hes.  Sc. 
250. 

Αείνυσις,  εως,  ή,  {δεινόω)  a  making 
dreadful,  exaggerating,  enhaTicing,  Plat. 
Phaedr.272  A. 

Αεινώφ,  ώπος,  ό,  η,  {δεινός,  ωψ) 
terrible  to  behold,  of  the  Erinyes,  Soph. 
O.  C.  84. 

Αεϊξις,  εως,  η,  (δείκννμι)  a  showing, 
manifesting,  exhibiting  :  hence  a  jmblic 
display,  declamation,  exhibition,  like 
έπίδειξις.  Macho  ap.  Ath.  245  E. — 2. 
a  proof,  arguvient,  example. 


ΔΕΙΠ 

Αείξω,ί.  of  δείκννμι,  Άοτ.  1   έδειξα- 

ΑεΙος,  τό,  Ερ.  for  δέος,  fear,  χλω- 
ροί νπαΐ  δείονς,  II.  15,  4,  like  κλεϊος 
for  κ7^:ος. 

Αειττνύριον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  δεΐπ- 
νον,  Diphil.  ap.  Ath.  150  F. 

Αειπνέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  perf.  δεδείπ- 
νηκα.  Plat,  there  was  an  Att.  perf.  2, 
(5e(Sti~i'a,inf  δεδειπνάναι,  Ar.  Fr.  78, 
cf.  Ath.  422  E,  Bultm.  Ausf.  Or. 
i)  110,  Anm.  10,  (δεϊπνον.)  To  make 
a  meat,  dine,  Horn.,  v.  sub  δεΙπνον : 
in  Att.  always  to  take  the  chief  meal, 
to  dine,  Ar.  Av.  464,  etc.  Construct. 
c.  ace,  (5.  άρτον,  to  make  a  meal  on 
bread,  Hes.  Op.  440,  cf.  Xen.  Symp. 
1,  11;  also  δ.  από  τίνος,  Ar.  Plut. 
890 ;  cf.  φαγεϊν. 

Αείπνηστος,  ov,  b,  meal-time,  esp. 
the  time  of  the  chief  meal :  the  dinner 
itself,  Od.  17,  170 :  some  write  δειπ• 
νι/στός  or  -τνς,  νος,  ή  :  later  δείπνη- 
τος  and  δειπνιστος,  like  δορπιστός, 
occur.  (Ace.  to  some  Gramm.  δειπ- 
νηστός  is  the  meal-time,  δείπνηστος 
the  meal.) 

ΑειπνΊ]τήριον,  ov,  τό,  a  dining-rocmt, 
Joseph. 

Αειπνήτης,  ov,  b,  a  diner,  a  guest, 
Polyb. 

Αειπνητικός,  'ή,  όν,  {δειπνέω)  be- 
longing to  dinner,  fond  of  it,  Ath.  Adv. 
-κώς,  like  a  clever  cook,  Ar.  Ach.  1016. 

Αείπνητος,  b,  v.  sub  δείπνηστος. 

Αειπνίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  to  entertain  at  din- 
ner, Od.  4,  535,  Hdt.  7,  118:  also  c. 
ace.  cognate,  δ.  τίνα  δεϊπνον,  to  give 
one  a  dinner,  Matro  ap.  Ath.  134  D. 

Αειπνίον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  δεϊπ- 
νον, Ar.  Fr.  407. 

Αειπνιστός,  ov,  b,  v.  sub  δείπ- 
νηστος. 

Αειπνίτης,  ov,  b,  fem.  δειπνϊτις, 
ιδος,  ή,=^δειπνητικός,  Dio  C. 
.  Αειπνοθήρας,  ov,  b,  {δεϊπνον,  θη- 
ρύω)=δειπνολόχος,  Philo. 

Αειπνοκ'λήτωρ,  ορός,  b,  {δεϊπνον, 
καλέω)  one  who  invites  to  dinner. — II. 
^=ελέατρος,  Artemid.  ap.  Ath.  171  B. 

Αειπνολογία,  ας,  ή,  a  poem  on  eat- 
ing, by  Archestratus,  Ath. 

Αειπνολόγος,  ov,  {δεϊπνον,  λέγω) 
epith.  of  Archestratus  in  Ath.,  the 
dinner-bard. 

Αειπνολόχος,  η,  ov,  {δεϊπνον,  7.0- 
χάω)  laying  traps,  fishing  for  invita- 
tions to  dinner,  parasitic,  HeS.  Op.  702, 
cf.  βωμολόχος. 

Αειπνομΰ,νής,  ές,  {δεϊπνον,  μαίνο- 
μαι) mad  after  a  dinner,  devoted  to  the 
pleasures  of  the  table,  Timon  ap.  Ath. 
102  F. 

Αεϊπνον,  ov,  τό,  a  meal  or  meal- 
time, used  by  Horn,  quite  generally, 
sometimes  =('ίρίσΓοΐ',  as  II.  10,  578, 
sometnnes=(5op7roi',  as  Od.  17,  176: 
V.  Buttm.  Lex.  v.  δείλη  12,  Nitzsch, 
Od.  1,  124,  who  holds  it  to  be  the 
principal  meal,  whenever  taken :  in 
Att.  certainly,  the  chief  meal,  answer- 
ing to  our  dinner,  Lat.  coena,  begun 
towards  evening,  and  often  prolonged 
till  night :  often  in  plur.,  like  Lat. 
epulae,  Eur.  :  από  δείπΐ'ον,  straight- 
way  after  the  meal,  άπό  δ'  αντον  θυ- 
pijonovTo,  11.  8,  54,  cf.  άπό  II.,  εκ  II. 
2. — 2.  in  genl.  food,  as  provender  for 
horses,  ϊπποισιν  δεϊπνον  δότε,  Π.  2, 
383  ;  and  so,  δρνισι  δεϊπνον,  Aesch. 
Supp.  801. 

Αειπνοποιέω,  ώ,  to  prepare  a  meal, 
to  give  a  dinner,  AlcipliT.  Mid.  iodine, 
Thuc.  4,  103,  and  Xen. :  and 

Αειπνοποίΐα,  ας,  ή,  a  preparing  oj 
dinner  :  eating  of  it,  Diod.  :  from 

Αειπνοποιός,  όν,  (δεϊπνον,  ποιέω) 
preparing  dinner. 

ΑεΙπνος,  ov,  ό,=δεϊπνον,  very  late 


ΔΕΚΑ 

ΙυπΏ,  cf.  Bast.  Ερ.  Cr.  Αρρ.  p.  22,  CI, 
Greg.  p.  22,  772. 

Αειττνοσοφίστής,  ov,  b,  a  dinner- 
sage,  one  learned  in  the  mysteries  of  the 
kitchen:  Athenaeus  called  his  \vork 
Αειττνοσοφισταί,  as  consi.'sting  of  dis- 
cussions on  dinners,  cakes,  etc. 

Αει~νοσννη,  ης,  ή,  comic  for  δεΐ~' 
νυν,  Matro  ap.  Ath.  134  F. 

ί1ει~Ρθψορία,  ας,  ή,  a  solemn  pro- 
cession with  meat-offerings  to  Herse, 
Paadrosos,  and  Aglauros,  Isae.  ap. 
Poll.  6,  102  :  from 

Αειττνοώόρος,  ov,  (δεΐττνον,  φέρω) 
carrying  food,  Arist.  H.  A. — II.  carry- 
ing meat-offerings,  Lys.  ap.  Poll.  6, 
102,  c£  foreg. 

Αειραγχής,  ές,  {δειρή,  ύγχω)  throt- 
tling, prob.  1.  for  δειραχ&ις. 

^Αειράδες,  uv,  αϊ,  Dlrudes,  an  Attic 
demus  of  the  tribe  Leoiitis,  probably 
so  called  from  its  position  (cf.  δειράς.) 

Αειρύδιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  δειράς. 
iAειpaδιώτρς,  ου,  δ,  {Αειρύδες)  of 
Dirailes,  Plut.  Alc.  25.-2.  of  Diras, 
iix)rshipped  on  Diras,  epith.  of  ApoUo, 
who  had  a  temple  on  Diras,  a  place 
in  Cormth,  Paus.  2,  24,  1. 

ΑειραΙος,  a,  ov,  belonging  to  the 
neck  ;  hilly,  Lyc.  :  from 

Αειράς,  άδος,  ή,  the  ridge  of  a  chain 
of  hills,  like  αί'χήν  and  ?.όύος,  qv., 
H.  Hom.  Ap.  281 :  esp.  of  the  isthmus 
of  Cormth,  Pmd.  O.  8,  68,  I.  1,11.— 
ίΙ.=δειρή,  the  neck,  Soph.  Ant.  832, 
in  plur.  (cf.  collis  and  collum,  and  ju- 
gum.) 

Αείρας,  part.  aor.  1  of  δέρο>,  Od. 

Αεφαχ&ής,  ές,  (δειρή,  άχθος)  heavy 
on  the  neck,  Anth.  v.  όειραγχής. 

Αειρή,  ης,  ή-  Att.  δέρ?/,  the  neck, 
throat,  Horn. — II.  =  δειράς,  the  ridge 
of  a  hill,  δεΐραι  '  Χρκαδίας,  Μαπ'ά- 
Άιαι,  Pind.  Ο.  3,  48  ;  9,  89,  only  poet, 
(prob.  from  δέρω,  cf  /.όφος.) 

ίΑείρη,  ης,  r,,  Dire,  a  city  and  pro- 
montory of  Aethiopia,  Strab. 

Αεφοκν:νελ'Κον,  ου,  τό,  [δειρή, 
κν~ελ/Μν)  α  long-necked  cup,  Luc. 

Αειρότταις,  αιδος,  ό,  ή,  {δειρή,  τταϊς) 
producing  young  by  the  neck,  as  wea- 
sels were  supposed  to  do,  Lyc. 

Αειρο-έδη,  ης,  ή,  (,δειρή,  πέδη)  α 
necklace  or  collar. 

Αειροτομέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {δειρή,  τέμ- 
νω) to  cut  the  throat,  behead,  τινά,  II. 
21,  89,  555,  Od.  22,  349. 

ΔΕΓΡί2,  Ion.  for  δέρω,  Hdt.  2,  39. 

Αείς,  δέν,  v.  ουδείς  sub  fin. 

\Αεισά/^ος,  a,  ov,  {δεlσa,filth)filthy, 
fold,  Clem.  Al.         ^    ^ 

Αεισήνωρ,  ορός,  σ,-ή,  {δείδω,  άνήρ) 
without  fear  or  regard  of  one's  husband, 
or  in  genl.  of  mankind,  Aesch.  Ag. 
154     Hence 

^Αεισήνωρ,  ορός,  δ,  Disenor,  a  Tro- 
jan, 11.  17,  217.^ 

Αεισιδαιμονέω,  ω,  to  he  δεισιδαί- 
μων, to  have  superstitious  fears,  Polyb. 
Hence 

Αεισιδαιμονία,  ας,  ή.  fear  of  the 
gods,  religion.  Diod. — 2.  more  freq.  in 
bad  sense,  superstition,  Polyb.,  v.  esp. 
Plut,  τΓφί  Αεισιδαιμονίας. 

Αεισιόαίμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  (δείδω, 
δαίμων)  fearing  the  gods  or  demons. — 
1.  in  good  sense,  fearing  the  gods, 
pious,  religious.  Xen.  Cyr,  3,  3,  58, 
Ages,  11,  8;  but — 2,  more  freq,  in 
bad  sense,  superstitious,  bigoted,  The- 
ophr.  Char.  25,  (16),  cf,  δεισιδαιμονία. 
Adv.  -όνως,  Luc, 

Αεισίθεος,  ov,  (δείδω,  θεός)~ίοτβξ, 
*  ΔΕΓβ.  assumed  as  pres,,  whence 
to  form  δείδω,  and  its  irreg.  tenses. 

ΔΕ'Κ.\',  οι,  a'l,  τά,  indecl.,  Lat. 
DECEM,  Sanscr.  DACAN,  our 
TEX,   Germ,  ZEHN,  'Horn.:   oi 


ΔΕΚΑ 

δέκα,  the  Ten,  esp.  the  ten  oligarchs  ] 
who  succeeded  the  thirty  tyrants  in  ι 
Athens,   Lat.  Decemviri,  Isocr.  372  Β  : 
oi  δέκα  (έτη)  άφ'  ήβης,  those  who  are  ι 
ten  years  past  20,  the  aee  of  military 
service,    Xen.    Hell.    3,   4,   23,   the 
compds.  commencing  with  δέκα,  as 
δεκαδΰο,  etc.,  are  only  used  in  late 
Greek,  except  δεκατρείς,  q.  v.  which 
occurs  in  MS S.  of  Dein. 

Αεκάβαθμος,  ov,  (δέκα,  βαθμός) 
with  ten  steps,  Philo. 

Αεκάβοιος,  ov,  (δέκα,  βονς)  worth 
ten  oxen,  Plut. 

Αεκαγονία,  ας,  ή,  (δέκα,  γονή)  the 
tenth  generation,  Luc. 

Αεκαγράμματος,  ov,  (δέκα,  γράμ- 
μα) of  ten  lines  or  letters,  Ath. 

Αεκαδάκτν?.ος,  ov,  (δέκα,  δάκτν- 
?.ος)  ten  fingers  long  or  broad,  βάλανος, 
Hipp. — 2.  ten-fingered,  Dio  C. 

Αεκαδάρχης,  ov,  δ,  later  form  for 
δεκάδαρχος. 

Αεκαδαρχία,  ας,  ή,  the  government 
of  the  ten,  Isocr.  63  D :  the  Rom.  de- 
cemvirate,  Diou.  H. — 2.  a  decurionaie, 
Arr. :  from 

Αεκάδαρχος,  ov,  ό,  (δέκα,  ύρχω)^ 
δεκάρχης,  a  commander  of  ten  men, 
Lat.  decurio,  freq.  in  Xen. — II.  the 
Rom.  decemvir,  Dion.  H. 

Αεκαδίύς,  έως,  δ,  one  of  a  decury, 
Xen.  Cyr.  2,  2,  30. 

Αεκαδικός,  ή,  όν,  Lat.  denarius, 
αριθμός  δ.,  the  number  ten. 

Αεκαδοϋχος,  ov,  δ,  (δεκάδα,  ίχων) 
one  of  the  ten,  Lys.  ap.  Harp. 

\Αεκαδύο,  oi,  at,  τά.  (δέκα,  δύο)^ 
δώδεκα,  twelve,  Ν.  Τ.  Act.  19,  7. 

Αεκάδωρος,  ov,  (δέκα,  δώρον  II.)  ten 
palms  long  or  broad,  Hes.  Op.  424. 

Αεκαετηρίς,  ίδος,  pecul.  fem.  of  sq., 
J.  πανή'ί'νρις,  Dio  C. 

Αεκαέτηρος,  ov,  (δέκα,  έτος)  ten- 
yearly  :  χρόνος  δ.,  a  space  of  ten  years. 
Plat.  Legg.  772  B. 

ΑεκαετηΓ.  ff.=foreg.,  δ.  πό?.εμος, 
Thuc.  5,  25,  26.  _ 

Αεκαετία.  ας,  ή,  a  space  of  ten  years, 
Strab.,  and  Dion.  H. 

AekUsW,  f.  -ύσω,  to  bribe,  corrupt, 
esp.  judges,  Lat.  decuriare,  Isocr.  169 
D,  Arist.  Pass,  to  be  bribed,  Lys. 
(not  from  δέχομαι,  but  from  δέκα,  as 
the  Rom.  decuriare  meant  to  bribe  the 
tribes  at  elections  ;  cf.  δεκάς.) 

^Αεκαίνεος,  ov,  δ.  Decaeneus,  a  sooth- 
sayer among  the  Getae,  Strab. 

Aεκύκιr,  adv.,  ten-times,  II. — II.  ten- 
fold, Anth. 

Αεκάκ/ΰνος,  ov,  (δέκα,  κλίνη)  hold- 
ing ten  dinner-couches,  (κλίναί)  ατέ'^η 
δ-,  Xen.  Oec.  8,  13.^11.  ten  κλΙναι 
long,  Arist.  Mir. 

Αεκακότν'/Μς,  ov,  (δέκα,  κοτύλη) 
holding  ten  κοτύ?,αΐ. 

Αεκακνμία,  ας,  ή,  (δέκα,  κύμα)  α 
tenfold  wave,  Lat.  fluctus  decumanua, 
Luc.  cf.  τρικυμία. 

Αεκύκω/ιΟς,  ov,  (δέκα,  κώ?Μν)  hav- 
ing ten  members. 

Αεκά/.ιτρον,  ου,  τό,  (δέκα,  7-ίτρα) 
α  sum  of  ten  λίτραι,  Epich.  p.  4. 

Αεκάλογος,  ου,  ό,  (δέκα,  Μγος)  the 
Decalogue,  Eccl. 

Αεκάμετρος,ον,  (δέκα,  μέτρον)  of 
ten  metres, 

ΑεκαμηνιαΙος.  a,  oi',==8q..  Pint. 

Αεκάμηνος,  OV,  (δέκα,  μήν)  ten 
months  old,  σκν/.αξ,  Xen.  C)T1.  7,  6•^ 
2,  in  the  tenth  7)wnth,  ή  αίρεσις  ην  δ., 
Hdt.  9.  3  :  κνείν  δ.,  Menand,  ρ,  145, 

Αεκαμναΐος,  α,  oi'i^sq.,  Polyb. 
fAεκάμvιχoς,    ov,    ό,    Decamnichus, 
masc.  pr.  η.,  a  Macedoriian,  Arist. 

Αεκάμνους,  ovv,  (δέκα,  μνα)  iveigh• 
ing  or  worth  ten  minae,  Αϊ.  Pac,  1224, 
1235. 


ΔΕΚΑ 

Αεκάμφοροςί  ov,  (δέκα,  άμφορενς) 
holding  ten  αμφορείς,  L  e.  about  ninetj 
gallons,  κρατήρ,  Eur.  Cycl.  388. 

Αεκανύία,  ας,  ή,  (δέκα,  ναϋς)  α 
squadron  of  ten  ships,  Polyb. 

Αεκανία,  ας,  ή,^δεκάς,  a  decury, 
Arr. 

Αεκάηαλαι,  adv.,  a  very  long  time 
ago.  Comic  form  of  τ:ύλαι,  like  δω• 
δεκάτταλαι,  Ar.  Eq.  1154. 

ΙΑεκα-έντε,οί,  αι.  τά,  (δέκα,  ■ιτέντε) 
fifteen,  :<i.  T.John  11,  18. 

Αεκα—ηχναΐος,  a,  ov,=  sq.,  Geop. 

Αεκάττηχνς,  ν,  (δέκα,  ττήχυς)  ten 
cubits  long,  Hdt.  9,  81. 

Αεκατϊ/.ασιάζω,  f.  -ύσω,  to  multiply 
by  ten :  from 

Αεκαπλάσιος,  ov,  tenfold,  Lat.  de• 
cuplus.  Plat.  Rep.  615  Β :  c.  gen.  ten 
times  greater  than,  Pol3b.  :  ή  -σία 
(sub.  τιμή)  hence  την  δεκα—λασίαν 
άφαιρείν,  καταδικάζειν,  to  mulct  in 
ten  times  the  amount,  Dem.  726, 23,  cf. 
733,  5.     Adv.  -ως,  Hipp. 

Αεκάπλεθρος,  ov,  (δέκα,  ττλέ^ρον) 
enclosing  ten  τΐλέθρα,  Thuc.  6,  102. 

Αεκάπλοκος,  ov,  (δέκα,  ττλέκω) 
folded  ten  times. 

ΑεκατΓ/.όος,  ov,  contr.  -^λονς,  ovv, 
=  δεκα~?ίάσιος,  Dem.  726,  fin. 

Αεκάττο/.ις,  εως,  ή,  (δέκα,  ττό/Λς) 
with  ten  cities  :  as  subst.  a  union  of  ten 
cities :  hence  Decapolis,  a  district  of 
Judaea  so  called,  N.  T.  Matth.  4, 
25. 

Αεκά-ονς,  δ,  ή,  now,  τό,  gen.  ;ro- 
δος,  (δέκα,  πονς)  ten  feet  long,  Ar. 
Eccl.  652. 

Αεκύπρωτοι,  ων,  οι,  Lat.  decempri• 
mi,  the  ten  chief  councilhrs,  Bockh 
Inscr.  2.  p.  217. 

Αεκάρχης,  ov,  δ,=δεκαδάρχης,  a 
decurion,  Hdt.  7,  81. — II.  a  Rom.  de- 
cemvir, Dion.  H.     Hence 

Αεκαρχία,  ας,  ή,=  δεκαδαρχία  I., 
Xen.  Hell.  3,  4,  2. 

Αεκάς,  άδος,  ή,  (δέκα)  a  decad :  a 
body  of  ten  men,  Lat.  decuria,  Hom., 
Hdt.,  etc.  :  Ai;«:oii  δεκάς,  an  obscure 
name  given  to  bribed  Dicasts  at 
Athens,  v.  Att.  Process,  p.  150. 

Αεκασμός,  ov,  δ,  (δεκάζω)  bribery, 
Dion.  H. 

Αεκάσττορος,  ov,  (δέκα,  σπείρω) 
χρόνος  δ.,  a  lapse  of  ten  seed-times, 
i.  e.  ten  years,  Eur.  Tro.  20,  cf.  El. 
1154. 

Αεκαστάτηρος,  ov,  (δέκα,  στατηρ) 
with  ten  staters,  Arr. 

Αεκάστεγος,  ov,  (δέκα,  στέγη)  ten 
stories  high,  —{<ργος,  Strab. 

Αεκάστν?.ος,  ov,  (δέκα,  στνλος)  of 
temples  with  ten  columns  in  front,  de• 
castyle,  Vitruv. 

^Αεκάσχημος,  ov,  (δέκα,  σχήμα)  of 
ten-fold  form,  Plut. 

Αεκαταΐος,  a,  ov,  (δέκατος)  on  ike 
tenth  day.  Plat.  Rep.  614  Β  :  ten-days 
old,  Luc. 

Αεκατα7.αντία,  ας,  ή,  a  sum  of  ten 
talents ;  from 

Αεκατάλαντος,  ov,  (δέκα,  τάλ,αν• 
τον)  weighing  or  worth  ten  talents,  λί- 
θος, Ar.  Fr.  264 :  δίκη  δ.,  an  action  in 
which  the  damages  were  laid  at  ten 
talents,  Aeschin.  41,  13. 

Αεκατεία,  ας,  ή,^δεκάτενσις.ΤΙυί. 

\Αεκατέσσαρες,  oi,   at,  -σάρα,   τά, 

(δέκα,  τέσσαρες)  fourteen,  Ν.Τ.  Matth. 

1,  17. 

Αεκάτενμα,  ατός,  τά,  (δεκύ,τενω)  α 
tenth,  tithe.  Call.  Ερ.  41. 

Αεκάτενσις,  εως,  ή,  (δεκατενω  Π. 

2),  decimation,  Dion.  Η, 

Αεκατεντήριον,  ον,  τό,  =  δεκατη• 
?.ό}ίον,  the  tenths-office,  custom-house, 
Xen.  Hell.  1,  1,  22,  cf.  Bockh  P.  E. 

2,  p,  39,  41. 

315 


ΔΕΚΕ 

Αεκατεντής,οΰ.ί),  η  farmer  of  tenths, 
Lat.  decuinnnus :  Iroin 

ΔέκαΓίϋω,  {δΐκάτη)  to  exact  the 
tenths,  to  tithe,  esp.  to  take  the  tenth  of 
booty,  etc.,  as  an  offering  to  the  gods, 
τινά,  from  a  man,  Valck.  Hdt.  7, 132: 
in  pass,  άΐ'αγκαίως  ίχει  ru  χρήματα 
όΐκατΐνθΡ/ναι  τώ  Ait,  Hdt.  1,  89: 
hence  proverb.,  k?.7rig  ην  δϋκατκυβ//• 
ναι  τάς  Θήβας,  i.  e.  taken  and  tithed, 
Xen.  Hell.  6,  3,  20 ;  C,  5,  35.— 2.  to 
exact  the  tenths  as  a  tax  on  all  imports, 
c.  ace.  jToAetf,  ap.  Lycurg.  158,  6.-3. 
absol.  to  be  a  όεκατίντής,  Ar.  Fr.  392. 
— II.  to  devote  or  dedicate  the  tenth  man, 
send  one  in  ten  out  of  the  country,  of. 
Creuzer  Xanth.  p.  178.— 2.  in  war,  to 
take  out  the  tenth  man  for  execution, 
Lat.  deciinare. 

Αεκύτη,  ης,  ή,  v.  sub  δέκατος. 

Αεκατ/βογέω,^δεκατεύω.    Hence 

Αεκατη'λογία,  ας,  ή,=  δεκάτενσις. 

Αεκ.ατηλύγιον,  ου,  τό,=δεκατεντή- 
ριον,  q.  ν. 

Αεκατη?.όγος,  αν,  δ,  (δέκατος,  λέγω) 
=δεκατεντής,  Dem.  679,  27. 

Αεκατημόμων,  ον,  τό,  {δέκατος, μέ- 
ρος) the  tenth  part,  Plat.  Legg.  924  A. 

Αεκατιι4)6(>ος,  ov,  {δεκάτη,  φέρω) 
tithe-paying,  άπαρχαί.  Call.  Del.  278. 

Αέκατος,  η,  ov,  (δέκα)  tenth,  Horn., 
who  also  uses  it  as  a  round  number, 
Od.  16,  18.— 2.  δεκάτη,  ης,  ή,  sub./ze- 
ρίς,  the  tenth  part,  tithe,  Hdt.,  etc. — 3. 
δεκάτη,  ης,  ή,3α\).τ//ιέρα,  the  tenth  day, 
Horn. :  at  Athens,  the  festival  on  the 
tenth  day  after  birth,  when  the  child 
has  a  name  given  it,  την  δ.  θνειν,  to 
give  a  namiiig-day  feast,  Ar.  Av.  922, 
cf.  494,  and  Eur.  EL  654  ;  so  την  δ.  έσ- 
τιΰσαι  νπέρ  του  νίοϋ,  Dem.  1016,  fin. 

Αεκατόσττορος,  ον,  {δέκατος,  σπεί- 
ρω) in  the  tenth  generation,  Epigr.  ap. 
Strab.  p.  464. 

Αεκατόω,  ώ,  to  take  tithe  of  a  per- 
son, τινά.  Ν.  Τ. 

Αεκατρεϊς,  δεκατρία,  thirteen,  prob. 
a  late  form,  though  found  in  MSS. 
of  Dem.,  V.  L.  Dmd.  Steph.  Thes. 
in  V. 

Αεκατώνης,  ov,  b,  {δεκάτη,  ώνέο- 
μαι)  a  farmer  of  teiUhs,  Anaxil.  Glauc. 
1.     Hence 

Αεκατώνιον,  ov,  τό,  the  office  of  the 
δεκατώναι,  Antiph.  Άλι.  2. 

Αεκύφνιος,  ov,  {δέκα,  φνή)  tenfold, 
Call.  Fr.  162,  ubi  v.  Bentl. 

Αεκάφϋ7Μς,  ην,  {δέκα,  φυλή)  con- 
sisting of  ten  tribes  {φυλαί),  Hdt.  5,  66. 

Αεκάχαλκον,  ov,  τό,  the  Rom.  de- 
narius,=^len  χαλκοί,  Phit. 

Αεκαχή,  adv.,  in  ten  parts,  Dio  C. 

Αεκάχίλοι,  ai,  a,  {δέκα,  χίλιοι)  ten 
thousand.  Horn.,  cf.  έ%>νεάχι?.οι. 

Αεκύχορδης,  ov,  {δέκα,  χορδή)  ten- 
stringed,  LXX. 

ίΑεκέ3α/>.ος,  ov,  6,  Decebalus,  a  king 
of  the  Dacians,  Dio  C. 

\Αεκελεηθεν,  adv.  from  Decelea, 
Hdt. 

ίΔε«ελεία.  ας,  η,  Decelga.  a  town 
and  demus  of  Attica,  on  the  border  of 
Boeotia,  Hdt.,  Thuc,  etc.     Hence 
1:Αεκε?ιειάζε,Άάν.  to  Decella. 
^Αεκε/.είασι,  adv.  in  Decelia,  Isocr. 
] Αεκ^^λεικός,  ή,  όν,  ofDecetga,  Dece- 
lean,  Dem. ;  V.  1.  in  Strab.  Αεκελικός, 
p.  396. 

\Αεκελειόθεν,  adv.  from  Decelea, 
Lys. 

1Αεκε7^ενς,  εως,  ό,  a  Decelean,  Hdt. 
9,  73, 

^Αεκε/ηθεν,  adv..  from  Decelea; 
contd.  from  Αεκελεηβεν, 

^Αέκελος.  ov,   6,   Decelua,   a  hero, 
from  whom    Decelea    was    narned, 
Hdt.  9.  73. 
Λίκέμβολος,  ov,  {δέκα,  ίμβολον) 

3id 


ΔΕΑΕ 

with  ten  beaks  {έμβολα),  νανς,  Aesch. 
Fr.  120. 
ΐΑεκέμβριβς,  ου,  ό,  December,  Plut. 

Αεκ^τηρίς,  ίδος.  ή,  a.  space  of  ten 
years,  Dio  C. 

ΑίΚίτι/ρος,  02',=  sq.  .\nth. 

Αεκέτης.  ου,  ό,  {δίκη,  έτος)  lasting 
ten  years,  χρόνος,  Soph.  Phil.  715, 
Plat.  Legg.  682  D.— ll.  ten  years  old, 
Eur.  Aiulr.  307. 

Αεκέτις,  ιδυς,  ή,  pecul.  fem.  of 
foreg.,  .\r.  Lys.  641. 

Αεκίιρης,  ες,  {δέκα,  έρέσσω  or  άρω) 
ifilh  ten  hanks  of  oars,  ναϋς  δ-,  deceris, 
Polyb.  16,  3,  3  ;  cf.  τριήρης. 

ΙΑεκίι/τον,  ov,  τό,  Deciiium,  a  city 
of  Italy  ;  hence  oi  Αεκιηται,  the  Deci- 
eiae,  acc.  to  Strabo  a  race  of  the  Jji- 
gyans,  p.  202. 

\Αέκιος,  ov,  6,  the  Rom.  Decius, 
Polyb. 

Αέκομαι,  Ion.  for  δέχομαι. 

Αεκόργνιος,  ov,  {δέκα,  όργνιά)  ten 
fathoms  long,  δίκτνα  Xen.  Cyn.  2,  5. 

^ΑεκριανοΓ,  οΰ,  ό,  Decrianus,  a  so- 
phist of  Patrae,  Luc. 

Αεκτέος,  a,  ov,  verb.  adj.  from  δέ- 
χομαι, Strab. 

Αεκτήρ,  ήpoς,ό,=  sq. 

Αέκτης,  ov,  ύ,  {δέχομαι)  strictly  a 
receiver  :  hence  a  beggar,  Od.  4,  248. 

Αεκτικός,  ή,  όν.  {δέχομαι)  fit  for  re- 
ceiving, able  to  receive,  Lat.  capax,  c. 
gen.  δ.  επιστήμης,  Def.  Plat.  415  A, 
τροφής.  Arist.  Pol. 

Αέκτο,  Ep.  syncop.  3  sing.  aor.  from 
δέχομαι,  II. 

Αεκτός,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from  δέ- 
χομαι, received  :  to  be  received,  accept- 
able, Lat.  acceptus,  N.  T. 

Αέκτρια,  ας,  ή,  poet.  fem.  of  δεκ- 
τήρ.  δέκτης.  Archil.  44,  2. 

Αέκτωρ,  ορός,  poet,  for  δέκτης,  δεκ- 
τήρ.  one  who  takes  upon  himself,  δ.  αί- 
ματος νέον,  taking  new  spilt  blood  on 
one's  self,  on  one's  own  head,  Aesch. 
Eum.  204. 

Αε^ΜΟτρενς,  έως,  6,  poet,  for  δε7ίε- 
αστρεύς,  Nic. 

Αε'λεάζω,  f.  -άσω,  {δέλεαρ)  to  entice 
or  catch  by  a  bait,  Isocr.  166  A,  in 
Pass. :  hence  in  genl.  to  allure,  entice, 
deceive,  catch,  γαστρϊ  δελεάζεσθαι 
Xen.  Mem.  2,  1,  4,  σχο?.η,  Dem.  241, 
2.  Mid.  to  entice  to  one's  self  Aesop. — 
II.  c.  acc.  cognate  νώτον  νος  περί 
άγκιστρου  δ.,  to  put  it  on  the  hook  as 
a  bait,  Hdt.  2,  70,  but  δ.  άγκιστρον 
Ίσχάδι,  to  bait  the  hook  with  a  fig, 
Luc. 

Αελέΰμα,  ατός,  τό,  ahait. 

ΔΕ'ΑΕΑΡ,  ατός,  τό,  α  bait,  Xen. 
Mem.  2,  1,  4  :  hence  a  bait,  enticement, 
drception,  δ.  τινός,  bait  for  a  person, 
Eur.  Andr.  264  ;  so  ηδονή  κακόν  δ. 
Plat.  Tim.  69  D,  Cicero's  esca  malo- 
rum :  poet,  also  δεϊλαρ.  Call.  Fr.  478  ; 
and  in  dat.  sometunes  contr.  δέλητι. 
(From  the  root  δελ-  conies  δόλος,  do- 
lus :  the  only  verb  is  δελεάζω,  and 
δέλος  is  found  in  a  late  writer.) 

Αελεάρπαξ,  άγος,  ό,  ή,  {δέλεαρ, 
αρπάζω)  greedy  of  the  bait,  biting  free- 
ly, πέβκης,  Anth. 

Αε'λέασμα,  ατός,  τΰ,=ζδελέαμα,  δέ- 
λεαρ. Ar.  Eq.  789. 

Αελεησμύτίον.  ov,  τό,  dim.  from 
forog.,  Philox.  ap.  Ath.  147  A. 

Αελεασμός,  ov.  ό,  {δελεάζω)  catch- 
ing with  a  bait,  late. 

Αελη'ιστρα,  ας,  ή,  a  baited  trap  or 
noose,  Cratin.  Seriph.  12. 

Αε7.έαστμον,  ov,  TO,=:foreg.,  Ni- 
coph.  Aphrod.  4, 

Αέ/ trpor,  όν,  τό,=  δέλεαρ,  0pp. — 
2.  a  lantim,  perh,  because  it  was 
used  to  catch  fish  by  night,  ap.  Atli. 
699  E.  -^        y     *        i 


ΔΕΛΦ 

Αε7ιήτιον.  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  δέλεαρ, 
Sophr.,  V.  EUendt  Lex.  Soph. 

ΑελλίΗιον,  ov,  τό,  the  yiest  of  the 
δε/.λις.  [λί] 

Αέλλ'ις,  ϊβος,  η,  a  kind  of  wasp. 

ΔΕ'ΛΟΣ,  εος,  τό.^δέλεαρ,  Ueop. 

ΔΕ'Λ'ΓΑ,  τό,  indecl.,  ν.  sub  Δ. — 
II.  the  Delta,  a  name  for  the  islands 
formed  by  the  mouths  of  large  rivers.  SO 
called  from  their  shape,  1.  esp.  of  the 
Nile,  Hdt.  2,  13,  Stiab.  etc. — 2.  an 
islam!  formed  in  the  mouth  of  the 
Ganges,  Strab. — 3.  a  region  of 
Thrace,  now  Dercon,  near  Byzan- 
tium, Xen.  An.  7,  1,  33.— 111.=  )  v- 
ναικεΐον  αίδοϊον,  Ar.  Lys.  151. 

Αελτάριυν,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  δέλ- 
τος,  Polyb. 

Αελτίοΐ',  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  δέλτος, 
Hdt.  7,  239. 

Αε?•.τογράφος,  ov,  ((Jt'Zrof,  γράφω) 
writing  on  a  δέλτος  or  tablet,  registering, 
recording,  φρήν,  Aesch.  Eum.  275  .[a] 

Αε'λτοειδής,  ές,  {δέλτα,  είδος)  del- 
ta-shaped, triangular.     Adv.  -δώς. 

Αέλτος,  ov,  ή,  a  writing-tablet,  from 
Δ,  the  old  shape  of  tablets,  Lat.  pu- 
gillarcs.  Soph.  Tr.  683  ;  esp.  m  plur., 
Eur.  I.  A.  798,  also  πινάκων  δέλτοι, 
Ar.  Thesm.  778  :  metaph.  δέ?.τοι  φρε- 
νών, the  tablets  of  the  heart,  Aesch. 
Pr.  789,  ubi  v.  Bloml'.  (814.)— II.  any 
writing,  a  ivill,  Luc.     Hence 

Αελτυω,  ώ,  to  put  into  a  δέλτος,  to  note 
down  on  tablets,  record  :  hence  in  mid. 
δελτονσθαι  επη,ΐο  note  down  words  for 
one's  self,  Aesch.  Supp.  179.     Hence 

Αε?.τωτός,  ή,  όν,  in  the  shape  of  a  A: 
TO  δε?τωτόν,  a  triangle ;  esp.  a  trian- 
gular-shaped constellation,  Aral. 

Αε?.φάκειος.  ov,  of,  belonging  to  a 
δέλφαξ :  πλενρά  δ.,  nhs  of  pork,  Phe- 
recr.  Metall.  1,  16. 

Αε?.φάκϊνη.  ης,  ή,=  δέλφαξ,  Epich. 
p.  67,  a  sucking-pig,  dim.  from 

Αε7.φάκιον,  ov,  τό,  =  δέλφαξ,  Ar. 
Thesm.  237,  Lys.  1061.— 2.=yi'i;ai- 
κεΐον  αίδυΐην,  cf.  χοίρος. 

Αελφάκόομαι,  contr.  δελφάκονμαι, 
as  pass,  to  grow  up  to  pig-hood,  Ar. 
Ach.  786. 

ΔΕ'ΛΦΑΞ,  ακος,  ό,  Epich.  p.  58, 
ή.  Hdt.  2,  70,  a  pig,  cf.  Comicos  ap. 
Ath.  374  D,  sq. :  from  Arist.  down- 
wds.,  a  young  pig. 

ΐΑέ?.φειος,  a,  ov.  of  Delphi,  Delphic, 
V.  1.  H.  Honi.  Ap.  496. 

^Αε?.φικός,  ή,  όν,  of  or  belonging  to 
Delphi,  Delphic,  Αελ.  aO'}.a,the  Puthi- 
an  games  celebrated  near  Delphi, 
Soph.  El.  682. 

Αελφιν,  ϊνος,  b,  late  form  of  δε7.φίς. 

Αελφινψός,  prob.  1.  in  Aesch.  Fr. 
142,  δ.  πεδίον  πόντον,  where  the  dol 
phins  gambol,  v.  Herm.  Opusc.  5,  151. 
'^Αελφίνης,  ov,  ό,  and  Αελφίνη,  ης,  ή, 
the  serpent  Python,  slain  by  Apollo, 
A  p.  Rh.  2, 706  ;  less  correctly  Αελφν- 
νης,  -ύνη,  [t] 

ΑελώΙνιζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {δελφίς)  to  play 
the  dolphin,  κάρα  δ-,  to  duck  or  dive  like 
one,  Luc. 

Αε7.ώίνιον,  ov,  τό,  a  temple  of  the 
Delphian  Apollo,  at  Athens,  Plut.  :  το 
έπΙ  Αε7.φινίω  δικαστήριον,  the  law- 
court  there. — έ.  as  geogr,  name  Delphi- 
nium, a  city  in  the  island  of  Chios, 
Thuc.  8,  38. — 3.  a  city  and  harbour 
in  Boeotia  {ό  ιερός  7.ιμήν),  Strab.— 
II.  a  1)1  ant,  perh.  larkspur,  Diosc.  [φΐ\ 
Strictly  neut.,  from 

Αΐλφίνιος,  ov,  6,  epith.  of  Apollo, 
because  worshipped  at  Delphi ;  acc. 
to  some  from  the  serpent  δελόίνης,  . 
which  ho  slew,  H.   Horn.  Ap.  495, 
Rulink.  Ep.  Cr.  p.  26, 

Αε7.φ[νΐ9κος,  uv,  ό,  dim.  from  ίελ' 
φις,  a  little  dolphin,  Ariat.  H.  A. 


ΔΕΜΩ 

^ελ.φίνοειδής,  ες,  {δε/φίς,  είδος) 
like  α  dolphin,  Diosc. 

Αελφίνόσημος,  ον,  {δε?.φίς.  σήμα) 
hearing  α  dolphin  as  a  device,  Lye. 

ΑελφΙιοφόρος,  ον,  (δε?,φίς,  ώέρω) 
bearing  dolphins.  Aesch.  Fr.  142  Dind., 
but  ct.  δε'/.φινιιρός  :  κεραϊαι  ό..  beams 
with  pulleys,  to  lower  the  δε'/.φίς  (v. 
signf.  II),  Thuc.  7,  41. 

ΔΕΑΦΓΣ.  Ινος,  6,  the  dolphin,  a 
small  species  of  whale,  which  play- 
ed or  tumbled  before  storms  as  if  to 
warn  seamen,  and  so  was  counted 
the  friend  of  men ;  hence  the  story 
of  Arion,  Hdt.  1,  24,  cf.  esp.  0pp. 
Hal.  1,  648;  5,  416,  449.  Some  of 
the  accounts  brmg  it  near  to  our  por- 
poise: Horn,  names  without  descri- 
bing it. — II.  a  mass  of  iron,  or  lead, 
probl.  shaped  like  a  dolphin,  which 
was  hung  at  the  yard-arm,  and  then 
suddenly  let  down  on  the  enemy's 
ships,  Ar.  Eq.  762,  Thuc.  7,  41 :  hence 
cmy  iixight  or  mass  of  inetaL,  0pp. — 111. 
a  constellation,  .\rat. 

iAέλψις,ιδoς,ά,Delphis,τazsc.γτ.  n., 
Theocr.  2. 

ίΔελόίων,  ωνος,  6,  Delphion,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  a  Phliasian,  Xen.  Hell.  5,  3,  22. 

ά,ελφοί,  ων,  αϊ,  Dflphi,  a  famous 
oracle  of  Apollo  in  Phocis  at  the  foot 
of  Parnassus,  once  called  Pylho,  as 
in  11.  9,  405 :  the  later  name  first  in 
H.  Horn.  27,  14  :  Δε'λφοϊς,  at  Delphi, 
Thuc.  1,  143.— 11.  oi,  the  Delphians, 
Hdt.  :  Δέ A^of,  ov,  0,  a  Ddphian,  Hdt., 
Thuc.  ntc;  as  adj.  Delphian,  ίνηρ. 
Eur.  And.  lo75 ;  λαός,  Callim.  H. 
Ap.  98,  fem.  Αελφίς.  Soph.  etc. 

^Αελφύνης,  and  Αε?.ψννη,  v.  Αελφί- 
νης-  ,  . 

ΔΕ.νΦΤ'Σ.ΰοξ•,  r/.rtema/n.r.Hipp. : 
also  δελψύα,ή.     (Hence  αδελφός.) 

Αέμα,  ατός,  τύ,  (δεω)  α  band,  Ρο- 
Ij'b.  :  α  bundle. 

ΔΕ'Μ.4.Σ,  Γ0,  the  oorfy,  frame,  or 
stature,  esp.  of  man,  freq.  in  Horn.  ; 
strictly  the  living  body,  σώμα  being 
the  corpse.  Soph.  Ant.  205,  but  also 
o{  a  corpse,  v.  Sehol.  Bekk.  11.  1,  115: 
Horn.  oft.  joins  it  with  είδος  and  017/, 
shape,  figure:  he  only  uses  it  in  ace. 
sing.,  esp.  absol.,  μικρός  δέμας,  small 
in  stature,  άριστος  δέμας,  δέμας  άν- 
δρεσσιν  ϋκτην.  δέμας  ΰθανατοίσιν 
Ιοίκε  etc. :  and  in  later  writers  it  re- 
mains indeclin.  In  Trag.  ireq.  as  a 
peri|)hrasis,  like  κάρα,  e.  g.  κτανείν 
μητρώου  δ.,  Aesch.  Bum.  84,  cf  Soph. 
Tr.  g'os,  Valck.  Phoen.  455  :  in  Com. 
=  -όσθη,  Valck.  Ad.  p.  222  Α.— II.  as 
adv.  c.  gen  ,  δέμας  -υρος  αίβομένοιο, 
in  form  or  fashion  like  burning  fire, 
Lat.  laslar 'ignis,  II.  11,  596.  (The 
root  is  the  same  as  δέμω,  ef.  δομή.) 

Αιμάτων,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  δέμα, 
Hippiatr. 

Αέμνιον,  ον,  τό,  {δέμω)  α  co^ich,  bed, 
freq.  in  Od.,  in  II.  only  24,  644  :  used 
both  of  the  whole  bed  with  its  furniture, 
and  of  the  wooden  bedstead  separately. 

Αεμι^ιοτί/ρης,  ες,  {δέμνιον,  τηρέω) 
keeping  one  to  one's  bed.  hence  μοίρα  δ., 
a  lingering  fate,  Aesch.  Ag.  1450  ;  πό- 
νος ορταλίχων   δ.,  lb.  53,  cf.  ττόνος. 

ΔΕ'ΜΩ,  also  mid.  δέμομαι :  aor. 
act.  εδειμα,  mid.  έδειμάμην  :  perf.  1 
δέδμι/κα :  pf  2  δέδομα :  perf.  pass. 
δέδμημαι :  Horn,  uses  impf.  and  aor. 
act.,  aor.  mid. =  aor.  act.,  perf  and 
pliof.  pass.,  but  pres.  act.  only  H. 
Merc.  188.  To  build,  — όλίν,  7τ{)ρ-)'ονς, 
τείχος,  etc.,  Hom.,  etc.  ;  in  micf.  εδεί- 
ματο  οίκονς,  he  built  him  houses,  Od. 
6,  9  :  in  genl.  to  construct,  prepare, 
make,  e.  g.  δ.  άλοήν,  Η.  Hom.  Merc. 
87,  ερκος  άλωης,  lb.  168,  όδόν,  άμαξι- 
τόν,  Hdt.  2,  124;  7,  100,  ubi  τ.  Wes- 


ΔΕΧΔ 

sel.  :  esp.  of  carpentry.  (Akin  to 
(5έω,  δαμάω,  root  of  δόμος,  δομή,  δο- 
μέω,  Lat.  domus.) 

Αενδαλίς,  ίδος,  ό,=^δανδαλίς,  Era- 
toslh. 

Αενδίλ7,.ω,  to  tvm  the  eyes  about,  give 
a  glance  at,  make  a  sign  to,  εΙς  τίνα,  11. 
9."l80;  also  οξέα  δ..  Αρ.  Rh.  3,  281. 
Rare  Ep.  word.  (Akin  to  Ι/ΰ.αίνω, 
and  perh.  to  δινέω.) 

Αενδράς,  άδος,  ή,  (δένδρον)  woody, 
Nonn. 

Αενδρεόθρετϊτος,  ον,  {δένδρεον, τρέ- 
φω) nourishing  trees,  Emped.  405. 

Αένδρεον,  ου.  τό.  Ion.  for  δένδρον, 
α  tree,  Hom.,  who  has  not  the  usu. 
δένδρον  :  Hdt.  has  both,  but  more 
freq.  δένδρεον:  poet,  also  δένδρεί'η', 
τό,  Arat. 

ΑενόρήεΐΓ,  εσσα,  εν.  (δένδρον) 
woody,  Η.  Hom. — \\.=:δενδρι.κός,  of 
or  for  a  tree,  ττόθος,  Opp. 

Αενδριακός,  ή,  όν,  =  δενδρικός, 
Anth. 

Αενδρικός,  ή,  όν,  (δένδρον)  of  α 
tree,  καρπός  δ.  :  of  the  tree  kind,  both 
in  Theophr. 

Αένδριον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  δέν- 
δρον, Ath. 

Αενδρίτης,  ov,  0,  fem.  δενδρΐτις, 
ίδος,  ή,  (δένδρον)  of  belonging  to,  like 
a  tree :  γή  δενδρίτις.  soil  suited  for 
planting.  Dion.  H.  :  άμπελος  δενδρΐ- 
τις, the  tree\me.  elsewh.  άναδενδρύς, 
Strab.  :  but  ννμφη  δενδρΐτις,  a  wood- 
nymph,  Anth. 

Αενδρο3άτέω,  ώ,  (δένδρον,  βαίνω) 
ΐΦ climb  trees,  Anth. 

Αενδροειδής,  ές,  (δένδρον,  είδος) 
tree  like. 

Α:-νδροκόμης,  ον,  o.^sq.,  Anth. 

Αενδρόκομος,  ον,  (δέιη'ίρον.  κόμη) 
shaggy  with  wood,  Eur.  Hel.  1 )  07,  Ar. 
Nub.  '280. 

Αενδροκοπέω.ώ,(δέιδρον,κόπτω)ΐο 
cut.  fell  trees,  Xen.  .Mem.  2,  1,  13:  δ. 
χώραν.  to  waste  a  country,  Dem.  256, 
1,  ef.  δενδροτομέω. 

Αενδρολάχανα,  ων.  τά,  (δένδρον, 
7.άχαΐ'ην)  tall-growing  potherbs,  etc., 
Theophr. 

AFvδpo?J;3avoς,  ov,  η,  (δένδρον, 
/.ίίανος)  the  tree  which  bears  the  λιβα- 
νωτος,  Geop. 

Αενδρομα/.άχη,  τις.  η,  (δένδρον, μα- 
λάγη)  tree-mallow,  perh.  an  Althaea, 
Geop. 

ΔΕ'ΝΔΡΟΧ,  ov,  τό.  a  tree ;  first 
in  Pind.,  for  Hom.  always  uses  δέν- 
δρεον, and  so  oft.  Hdt. :  the  Ion  also 
and  sometimes  the  Att.  poets  have 
δένδρος.  εος,  τό,  which  is  rare  in 
nom.,  but  very  freq.  in  dat.  sing,  δέν- 
όρει,  nom.  and  ace.  plur.  δένδρεα, 
gen.  δενδρέων,  dat.  δένδρεσι,  which 
is  more  usu.  than  δένδροις,  even  in 
Att.  prose,  e.  g.  Thuc.  2,  75.  v.  Sch;if. 
Greg.  p.  61,  62,  265  : — δένδρον  ί/.άας, 
an  olive-tree,  Ar.  Av.  617:  and  so  in 
genl.  δένδρα,  for  fruit-trees,  opp.  to 
ύλη,  timber,  Hdt.  1,"  193,  Arnold  Thuc. 
1.  c.,  4,  69.  hence  δ.  ήμερα  καΐ  aypia. 
Hdt.  8,  115  :  avov  δ.,  a  stick,  Cz\\.  Fr. 
49.  (δένδρον  is  prob.  a  redupl.  form 
of  the  root  δρ-,  which  appears  in  our 
tree,  Sanscr.  dru,  also  Gr.  δρυς.) 

Αενδροπήμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  (δέν- 
δρον, πημα)  blasting  the  groves,  Aesch. 
Eum.  938. 

Αένδρος,εος,τό.^οη.ίοτ  δένδρον, c^.y. 

Αενδροτομέω.  ώ.^δενδροκοπέω,  to 
cut  down  the  fruit-trees,  and  so  lay  waste 
a  country,  Thuc.  1,  108:  metaph.  J. 
τά  νώτα.  .^r.  Pac.  747. 

Αενδροόορέω,  ώ,  to  carry  branches, 
and  5θ=θιφσοφορέω,  Artemid. :  and 

Αενδροόορία,  ας,  ή,  a  bearing  of 
branches,  v.  θνρσοφορία,  Strab. — 11. 


ΔΕΞΙ 
later,  a  bearing  of  trees,  fertility ,  Geop. : 
from 

Αενδροφόρος,  ov,  (δένδρον,  φέρω) 
bearing  trees,  rich  in  wood,  ή  δ.,  Sub. 
γη,  Philo. — ϊ\.:=(ίνρσοφόρος . 

Αενδρόφντος,  ov,  (δένδρον,  φύω) 
χώρα,  planted,  Plut. — 11.  πέτρα  δ.,  α 
stotie  with  tree-like  marks,  perh.  ίΛβ 
moss-agate.  Οι  ph. 

ΔΓΜ5ρόί^,(()εΐ'(5ροΐ')  only  as  pass,  to 
grow  to  a  tree,  Theophr. 

Αενδρνάζω,  (δένδρον)  to  lurk  in  the 
wood,  late  word. 

Αενδρνόιον,  ov,  τό.  dim.  from  δέν- 
δρον, a  bush,  Theophr. 

Αενδρώδης,  ες,=^δενδροειδής,  tree- 
like, Diosc.  :  δενδρ.  ^υμφαι,  wood- 
nymphs,  Mel.  111. 

Αενδρώεις,  εσσα,  εν,  =  δενδρήεις, 
Nonn. 

Αενδρών,  ώνος,  ό,  α  thicket,  LXX. 

Αένδρωσις.  εως.  ή,  (δενδρόομαι) 
growth  so  as  Ιο  become  a  tree,  Theophr. 

Αενδρώτης.  ov.  6,=  δενδρίτης:  fem. 
-ώτις.  ιδος.  ή,  Aesch.  Fr.  38. 

Αεννάζω,  f.  -άσω,  (δέννος)  to  abuse, 
treat  despitefully,  τινά.  Br.  Soph.  Ant. 
759 ;  also  c.  ace.  eognato,  κακά  ρή- 
ματα δεννάζειν.  Soph.  Aj.243.  Hence 

Αενναστός,  ή,  όν,  reproached :  to  be 
reproached. 

Αέννος.  ov,  6.  a  reproach,  disgrace, 
Hdt.  9, 107,  (Prob.  formed  Ion.' from 
δεινός.) 

Αεξαμενή,  ης,  ή,  (orig.  fem.  part, 
aor.  1  from  δέχομαι)  a  receptacle,  esp. 
of  water,  a  reservoir,  tank,  cistern,  Hdt. 
3.  9  ;  6,  119. — !I.  philosoph.,  viatier, 
as  being  that  which  receives  form.  Plat. 
Tim.  53  A. 

ίΑεξαμέιη,  ην,  ή,  DcxSmene,  a  Ne- 
reid, II.  18,  44. 

^Αεζαμεχ'ής.  ov,  ό,  Dexumfnus,  a 
centaur,  Callim.  Del.  102.— 2.  a  king 
of  Olenus,  father  of  Dd'ianira,  Apol- 
lod  2,  5.  5. 
^  Αέξανδρος,  ov,  ό,  Dexandrus,  masc, 
pr.  n.,  Plut. 

Αεξίά  άς,  ή,  sub.  χειρ.  (orig.  fem. 
from  δεξιός)  'he  right  hand,  11.  10,542; 
έκ  δεξιάς,  oh  the  right  hand,  Ar.  Eq. 
639 ;  also  fi'  δείια  εχειν  or  λαίεΐν, 
Thuc.  2,  98:  7,'l" ;  cf.  δεξιός :  (req, 
as  token  of  saluting  or  addressing, 
hence  δεξιάν  διδόναι,  Ar.  Nub.  81, 
so  δ.  προτείνειν,  εμ3άλ7.ειν,  etc.  ; 
also  esp.  as  a  sign  of  assurance,  a 
pledge  or  treaty,  δεξιαΐ  Ί)ς  έπέπιθμεν, 
II.  2,  341  ;  δεξιάν  "ΰιδοναι  τινι  και 
7.α3εΐν  παρά  τίνος,  to  give  one  and  re- 
ceive from  him  the  pledge  of  the  right 
hand,  to  e-xchange  assurances,  to 
make  a  treaty,  Xen.  An.  2,  3,  11.  and 
e\en  δεξιάς  παρά  τίνος  φέρειν  μή..., 
to  bring  pledges  that  he  would  not..., 
lb.  2,4,  1.  cf.  Pors.  Med.  21. 

^Αεί;ιάδης,  ov,  ό.  son  of  Dexius,  patr. 
appell.  of  Iphinous,  11.7,  15. 

Αε!;ιάζω,  to  use  the  right  hand,  LXX. 

Αεξίδωρος,  ov,  (δέχομαι,  δώρον)= 
δωροδόκος. 

^Αεξιθέα,  ας,  η,  Dexithea,  a  njTnph, 
Apollod.  3,  1,  2;  another  in  Plut. 
Rom.  2. 

^Αεξίθεος,  ου,  δ,  Dcxitheus,  an  Athe- 
nian archon,  01.  99,  4,  Diod.  S.— 2. 
an  Athenian  poet,  Ar.  Ach.  14. 

'ίΑεξικρέων,  οντος,  ό,  Dexicreon, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Plut. 

Αεξίμηλος,  ov,  (δέχομαι,  μή7.ον)  re- 
ceiinng  sheep,  esp.  rich  in  sacrifices,  δό- 
μος, ίσχύρα,  Eur.  Andr.  129,"  1138. 

ίΑεξίνϊκος,  ov,  6,  Dexijucus,  an 
Athenian  parasite,  Ar.  Plut.  800. 

Αεξιόγνιος,  ov,  (δεξιός  III.,  γνΐον) 
ready  of  limb,  nimble.  Pind.  O.  9,  164. 

Αεξιο7.άβος,  ov,  6,  (δεξιά,  λαμβά- 
νω) a  spearman,  guard,  N.  T. 
317 


ΔΕΞΙ 

^ΐξώομαιΛ.  -ύσομαι :  aor.  i-f^ffiu- 
σύμιιν,  dep.  mid.,  {όεζώς)  Ιο  offer  the 
right  hand,  greet  with  the  right  hand.  c. 
ace.  pers.,  Ar.  Pint.  753,  and  Xen.. 
out  also  c.  dat.,  ΰεξιονσβαι  θεοΐς,  to 
pay  greeting  or  honour  to  the  gods, 
Aesch.  Ag.  852 :  also  c.  dat.  modi,  δ. 
χερσί,  Η.  Horn.  5, 16,  έπαίνοις,  Soph. 
El.  976  :  but  c.  ace.  rei,  ττνκνην  ύμν- 
στίν  όεξιούμενοι,  handing  one  or  pledg- 
ing one  in  many  a  bumper,  Rhos,  -119. 
Cf.  δείκννμι,  fin.  Plat.  Kop.  ;1CS  B, 
has  aor.  δεξιωθήναι,  in  pass,  signf. 

ΔΕΞΙΟ'Σ,  ά,  ύν,  Lat.  DEXTER, 
DEXTIMUS,  Sanscr.  DAKSHA. 
— I.  on  the  right  hand  or  side,  Horn., 
έπί  δεξιά  and  im  δεξώφιν,  to  the 
right,  11.  ;  later  also  χειρός  εΙς  τϋ 
δεξιά.  Soph.  Fr.  527  (indeed  έττ'  αρι- 
στερά χειρός  is  in  Hom.),  and  έττΐ  δ. 
χειρός,  Theocr.  25,  18 ;  but  ένδέξια 
and  έτΓί  δεξιά,^έν  δεξιά,  on  the  right: 
for  which  Hdt.  has  προς  δεξιά,  1,51; 
7,  69,  V.  also  δεξιά. — U.  fortunate,  bo- 
ding good,  esp.  of  the  flight  of  birds 
and  other  omens;  so  δεξι.ης  όρνις,— 
αίσιος,  frcq.  in  Hom. :  Heyne  nuleed, 
II.  7,  184,  remarks  thai  he  always 
uses  it  in  signf  I. :  but  the  fact  is 
that  Greek  augurs  looked  to  the  north, 
so  that  the  lucky  omens  from  the  east 
were  on  their  right,  the  unlucky  ones, 
from  the  west,  on  their  left:  to  the 
Romans,  on  the  contrary,  who  looked 
south,  the  good  omens  were  lueva  or 
sinistra  ;  though  their  poets  often  use 
the  Greek  form.  From  the  Greek 
preference  of  the  right  hand,  it  was 
considered  lucky  to  hand  wine  from 
left  to  right,  11.  1,  597;  and  in  the 
same  way  to  do  all  things  which  went 
round  a  circle,  as  handmg  round  lots, 
begging  round  a  table,  ef  II.  7,  181, 
Od.  17,  365;  21.  141,  Theogn.  938, 
and  ένδεξιος,  ίπιδέξιος. — 111. metaph. 
dexterous,  ready,  nimble,  opp.  to  left- 
handed  (French  gauche),  and  of  mind, 
sharp,  shrewd,  clcrcr,  first  in  Pind.  I. 
5,  77  (I,  61),  who  has  also  superl.  in 
this  sense,  N.  3,  12,  and  then  freq.  in 
Ar.,  both  of  persons  and  things,  as 
Nub.  428,  834.  Adv.  -lur.  superl. 
δεξιώτα-α,  Ar.  Nub.  148.  (Cf.  δεί- 
κνυμι,  fin.) 

'Αλέξιος,  ov,  6,  Denns.  a  Colophon- 
ian,  father  of  Xenophanes,  Diog.  L. 
(wr.  also  ί^ίξιος) ;  in  Luc.  Afiu'oi'f. 

Δ'ίίόσΕφΟζ-,  oil,  ύ.  {δεξιός,  σειρά) 
1~~(>ς,  the  horse  which  wn.t  not  yoked 
to  the  chariot,  but  ran  in  traces,  lisu.  on 
the  right  side :  and  as  it  thus  had  more 
liberty  for  prancing,  etc.,  than  the 
others,  the  finest  horse  was  i)rob.  put 
there  for  display  :  hence  spirited,  im- 
petuous, cf  Herm.  Soph.  El.  712,  and 
σειραόύρος :  so  metaphrin  Soph.  Ant. 
140,  as  epith.  of  .Mars. 

Αεξιοστάτης,  ην,  ό,  {δεξιός,  Ιστα- 
μαι)  one  who  .•stands  in  the  right  file  of 
the  chorus,  Miill.  Eum.  ^  12.  [ά] 
■  Αεξίότης,  ητος.  ή,  {δεξιός)  dexterity, 
activity,  esp.  of  mind,  sharpness, 
cleverness,  σοφίη  κηϊ  δ.,  Hdt.  8,  124, 
and  so  freq.  in  Ar. — 11.=δεξίωσις, 
Pans. 

Αεξιότοιχος,  ov,  {δεξιός,  τοίχος)  on 
the  starboard  side  of  a  ship. 

Αεξιοφΰνί/ς,  ες,  {δεξιός,  φαίνομαι) 
appearing  on  the  right.  Pint. 

Αεξιόώιν,  adv.,  but  also  ί~ϊ  δεξιό- 
φίν,  to  the  ris;ht,  towards  the  right,  II. 
13,  308,  V.  Kuhner  Gr.  Gr.  %  262. 

\Αέξι-Κ7:ος.  ov,  b,  Dexippus,  a  La- 
conian  in  the  Greek  force  of  Cyrus 
the  younger,  Xen.  An.  5,  1,  15. 

Αεξίττϋρος,  ov,  {δέχομαι,  πϊφ)  re- 
ceiving fire  or  burnt-sacrifices,  θυμέΤ'.η, 
Eur.  Supp.  65. 
318 


ΔΕΠΑ 

Αέξις,  eur,  η.  {δέχομαι)  reception, 
Eur.  1.  A.  1182,  cf  δοχη. 

Αεξιτερός,  ά.  όι>,  poet,  lengthd.  form 
for  δεξιός,  right,  the  right,  Horn.,  anil 
Pind.,  δ.  κατά  μαζόν,  11.  5,  393  ;  δ. 
χ,ειρί,  Od.  20,  197,  also  δεξιτερύ,  like 
δεξιά,  sub.  χειρ.  the  right  hand,  Hoin. 
\Αεξιτερηφιν,  Ep.  for  δεξιτερφ,  11. 
24,  284.  ^  ' 

]Αεξιφάνΐ]ς,  ους,  b,  Dexiphanes,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Strab. 

Αεξίωμα,  ατός,  τό,  {δεξιύομαι)  that 
which  is  luell  received,  an  acceptable 
thing,  Eur.  Bell.  15. — 1\.=δεξίωσις,  a 
pledge  of  friendship.  Soph.  O.  C.  619. 

Αεξιώννμος,  ov,  {  δεξιός,  όνομα  ) 
right,  or  lucky  in  name :  also  simply  — 
δεξιός,  χερσί  δεξιωννμοις,  Aesch. 
Supp.  607,  ef  ενώνυαος. 

Αεξίωσις,  εως,  ή,  {οεξώομαι)  the  offer 
of  the  right  hand,  a  greeting,  welcome. 
Pint. :  also  canvassing,  Lat.  a7nbitus.  Id. 

Αέξο,  imperat.  of  a  sync.  aor.  from 
δέχομαι,  11.  19,  10. 

χΑεξοος,  ου.  o,Dexoiis,  masc.  pr.  n., 
Pint.  Pyrrh.  17. 

Αέομαι,  f  δεήσομαι,  and  Epich.  p. 
67,  δεονμαι,  dep.  pass.  c.  fut.  mid.,  to 
need,  timnt :  to  beg,  ask:  v.  sul)  δέΐύ  (Β). 

Αέομαι,  dep.,  to  be  afraid,  c.  inf, 
Aesch.  Pers.  700.  from  δέος,  but  dub. 
(not  occurring  elsewh.),  and  Dind. 
reads  δίομαι. 

Αέον,  οντος,  τό,  and  Att.  δεΐν,  Lys., 
part.  neut.  from  the  impers.  δεΐ,  that 
which  IS  binding,  needful,  right,  proptjr, 
Xen.  Mem.  4,  3,  8 ;  also  τά  δέοντ^ 
Tluic.  1,  22,  etc. :  εν  δέοντι,  sub.  και- 
ρφ,  in  good  time,  seasonably,  Lat.  op- 
portune,  Eur.  Med.  1277,  also  kv  tC) 
δέοντι,  Hdt.  2,  159:  so  too  εις  δέον, 
Hdt.  1,  119,  Soph.  O.  T.  1416,  also  ές 
TO  δέον,  Hdt.  2,  173:  but  εις  τό  δ. 
also,  for  needful  purposes,  needful, 
hence,  at  Athens,  the  phrase  for  se- 
cret service,  εΙς  TO  δέον  απώλεσα,  Ar. 
Nub.  859,  ubi  v.  Interpp. :  εις  ουδέν 
δέον,  to  no  useful  purpose,  unnecessari- 
ly, Dem. :  προ  τοϋ  δέοντος,  before 
there  is  any  7iccessity. —  II.  like  εξόν. 
ενόν,  παρόν,  etc.,  δέον  is  used  instead 
of  the  gen.  absol,  δέοντος,  esp.  in 
Thuc.  and  Oratt..  it  being  needful  or 
fitting,  c.  inf,  Ar.  Nub.  989:  this  is 
rather  the  ace.  than  the  nom.,  v. 
Kuhner  Ausf  Gr.  ^  670:  so,  ουδέν 
δέον,  there  being  no  7iced. 

Αέον.  Ion.  for  έδεον,  imperf  from 
δέίο.  to  bind,  Od. 

ΑειΗ'των,  3  pi.  imperat.  from  δέω, 
let  them  bind,  Od. 

Αεόντως,  adv.  from  δέον,  as  it  ought; 
fittingly.  Plat.  Legg.  837  C. 

Αεόνϋσος,  ό,  v.  Αεύνυσος. 

ΔΕΌΣ,  gen.  δέους,  τό :  the  plur. 
only  in  Ael. :  poet,  δείος.  {δείδυ)  = 
δεϊμa.fcar,  alarm,  affright,  Horn.,  who 
uses  both  forms,  and  oft.  joins  χ'/ω- 
phv  δέος,  pale  fear  :  distinguished  by 
.\mmon.  from  φόβος,  as  lieing  more 
lasting,  cf  Stallb.  Plat.  Prot.  358  D  ; 
we  have  them  joined  in  Hdt.  4,  115. 
Construct,  δ.  τινός,  fear  of  a  person 
or  thing,  Ar.  Ach.  581,  Thue.,  etc.: 
δέος  {εστί  or  γίγνεται)  c.  inf,  II.  12, 
216,  more  usu.  foil,  by  ////,  c.  subj., 
Ar.  Eccl.  6.50,  Thuc.  3,  33,  etc. ;  also 
δέος  εχειν  μή....  Soph.  Ο.  C.  223.— II. 
awe,  reverence,  Aesch.  Pers.  702  :  άδεές 
δέος  δεδιέναι,  to  fear  where  no  fear 
is,  Plat.  Symp.  198  A. — HI.  α  terror, 
means  of  inspiring  fear,  δ.  δείνότερον, 
Thuc.  3,  45. 

ΔΕ'Π.\Σ,  αος,  τό.  plur.  nom.  δέπα, 
Od.,  poet.  dat.  δεπάεσσι,  11.  4,  3,  and 
δέπασσι,  II.  15,  86,  a  beaker,  goblet, 
chalice  for  libations.  Horn.,  with  whom 
it  is  always  of  gold,  sometimes  richly 


ΔΕΡΚ 

wrought,  n.  11,  632:  later  also  of 
earthenware,  Antli. :  cf  άμφικύπε/^• 
λος.  — 11.  the  golden  bowl  or  boat  in 
which  the  sun  floated  back  from  west 
to  east  during  the  night,  Sturz  Pher- 
ecyd.  p.  10.'•!,  Kleine  Stcsieh.  7,  fin., 
cf  Mimnerrn  g.     Hence. 

Αεπαστραίο  a,  ov,  in  or  of  a  cup. 
Lye. 

Αέπαστρον,  ου,  τό,  —  δέπας,  Απ- 
tim.  9. 

Αεράγχη,  ης,  ή,  {δέρη,  ύγχ(Λΐ)  η  col- 
lar, Anth. 

Αεραγχής,  ές,^=δεφαγχ7'/ς,  Anth. 
Αέραιον,   ου,   τό,  α  necklace,  Eur. 
Ion  1431,  in  plur. :  α  collar,  Xen.  (,^yn. 
6,  1 :  strictly  neut.  from  δέραιος,  of 
the  neck.     Hence 

Αεραιοπέδη,  ης,  ή,  =  δειροπέδη, 
Anth. 

Αέρας,  ατός,  τό,  like  δέρος,  poet, 
for  δέρμα,  skin,  hide. 

Αεράς,  ύδος, ή, =  δειράς.  Soph.  Phil. 
491,  Eur.  I.  Τ.  1240,  e  conj.  Hermanni. 

i Αέρας,  τό,  Dcras.  a  fortress  of  Si- 
cyonia,  v.  1.  Xen.  Hell.  7,  1,  22,  cf 
Υέρας. 

ΐΑερβαϊος,  ου,  b,  an  inhabitant  of 
Derbe,  a  Derbian,  N.  T.  Act.  20,  4  : 
from 

^Αέρβη,  ης.  ή,  Derbe,  a  city  of  Ly- 
caonia,  Strab.     Hence 

Αερβτ/της,  ου,  b,  an  inhabitant  of 
Derbe.  Strab. 

\ Αέρβίκες,  uv,  ol,  the  Derbices,  a  peo- 
ple of  Morgiana,  on  the  Oxus,  border- 
ing on  the  Hyrcamans,  Strab. 

Αέργμα,  ατός,  τό.  {δέρκομαι)  a  look, 
glarce,  κυανοΰν  λενσσων  δέργμα  δρά- 
κοντας, looking  the  look  of  i.  e.  looking 
like...,  Aesch.  Pers.  83,  cf  Eur.  Med. 
187. 

ίΑέρδαι,  ών,  οι,  the  Dcrdae,  a  muunt- 
ain-tribe  in  eastern  India,  Strab. 

ίΑέρδας,  a  and  ου,  ό.  Derdas,  a  Ma- 
cedonian, son  of  Arrhidaeus,  Thuc. 
J ,  57. 

Αέρη,  ης,  ή,  Att.  for  δειρή,  the  neck, 
the  throat.  Trag. 

*ΔΕ'ΡΘί2.  assumed  as  present, 
whence  to  form  some  tenses  of  δαρ- 
θάνω. 

i Αέρθων,  ωνος,  ό.  Dertho7ia,  now  Tor- 
tona,  a  city  of  Italy,  Strab. 

Αέρις,  ιος,  ή.=δέρη. — Ι1.  =  δέίφις. 

\ΑερκεταΙος,  ου,  ό,  Dercetaeus,  masc. 
pr.  η..  Pint.  Anton.  79. 

\Αερκέτιις,  and  Αέρκετος,  ου,  ό,  Dcr- 
cltes,  or  Dercetus,  masc.  pr.  n.,  Ar. 
Ach.  1028. 

ΙΑερκετώ,  οΰς,  ή,  Derceto,  a  Syrian 
goddess,  mother  of  Semiramis,  Diod. 
S.  2,  4 :  Luc.  de  dea  Syr.  14. 

Αερκεννιμ;,  ές,  (  δέρκομαι,  ενντ/ ) 
sleeping  with  the  eyes  open,  Ν  ic. 

Αερκιάοίΐαι,  dep.,  poet,  for  δέρκο- 
μαι. Hes.  Th.  911. 

ΔΕΡΚΟΜΑΙ,  dep.  pass,  (for  the 
art.  present  δέρκω  only  occurs  m 
Gramm.)  :  perf  with  pres.  sii;ni.  δέ• 
δορκα :  aor.  έδρΰκον,  also  in  pass, 
form  έδράκην  and  έδέρχθΐμ',  all  in 
act.  signf  :  Hom.  uses  only  part,  δερ- 
κόμενος,  impf  δερκέσκετο,  with  aor. 
ε'^υακον,  and  perf  To  look,  see.  Hom. ; 
and  as  life  is  necessary  to  sight,  to 
behold  the  light  of  the  sun,  to  live,  like 
βλέπω,  II.  1,  88,  Od.  10,  439  :  δεινόν, 
σμερδαλέον  δ.,  to  look  terrible,  Hom. 
and  so  in  Att.,  φόνια  δ.,  Ar.  Ran. 
1336:  alsoc.  ace.  cognate,  πΰοοφθαλ- 
μαϊσΐ  δεδορκώς,  flashing  fire  from  his 
eyes,  Od.  19,  446,  and  so  δ.  Άρη, 
Aesch.  Theb.  53 :  also — 2.  c.  ace.  ob- 
jecti,  to  look  on  or  at,  esp.  in  pres., 
and  aor.,  Hom.  :  also  δ.  κατά  τι, 
Aesch.  Pr.  679 :  hence  in  gcnl.  to 
perceive,  be  aware  of,  κτνπον  όέδορκα, 


ΔΕΡΡ 

Aesch.  Theb.  103.— II.  of  light,  to 
flash,  frleam,  like  the  eye.  όύος,  φέγ- 
γος όέδορκε,  Pind.  Ν.  3,  fin.,  9,  98 : 
hence  δΐδθ()Κος  βλέ-ειν.  to  be  keen- 
eyed,  Chiysipp.  ap.  Gell.— It  seems 
strictly  to  be  used  not  merely  of  night, 
'jut  oi'sharp  sight,  cf.  Aesch.  Supp.  409, 
Soph.  Aj.  85,  Lucas  Quaest.  Lexil. 
vis.  Only  poet.  (The  Sanscr.  root 
IS  drif  :  hence  prob.  δορκύς,  δράκων.) 
ίΑερκνλίδας,  and  -υλΆίδας,  a  and 
ου,  ό,  Dercylidas,  a  Spartan  general, 
Thuc.  8,  61. 

Μ^ερκυΆλίς,  ίδος.  η,  Dercyllis,  fem. 
pr.  n.,  also  Αερκν/.ίς,  Anth. 

'\Αέρκνλος,  ov,  o.Dercyliis,  an  Athe- 
nian player,  Ar.  Vesp.  78. — 2.  also 
-υλλος,  Dercyllus.  one  of  the  ten  en- 
voys sent  by  the  Athenians  to  Philip 
of  Macedon.  Deni.,  etc. 

ίΑέρκυι-ος,  ov,  o.Dercyrms,  a  son  of 
Neptune,  Apollod.  2,  5,  10. 

Αέρμα,  ατός,  τό,  (δέρω)  the  skin, 
hide  of  beasts,  Lat.  peltis,  Horn.,  δέο- 
ua  λέοντος,  a  lion's  skin  for  a  cloak, 
11. :  also  skins  prepared  for  bags,  bottles, 
etc.,  Od.  2,  291.  Once  m  Horn,  of  a 
vian's  skin  stript  off,  II.  16,  341,  cf. 
Hdt.  4,  64 ;  5,  25.-2.  later  in  genl. 
one's  skin,  Lat.  cutis,  περί  τώ  δέρματι 
δέδοίκα,  Ar.  Eq.  27.  cf.  Pac.  746.-3. 
the  bark  of  trees,  Theophr. :  also  the 
skin  or  slough  of  fruit,  Id.  Cf.  δορά, 
όέρας,  δέρος.  δφρις.     Hence 

Αερματίκόν.  οϋ,  τό,  sub.  άργύριον, 
the  revenue  arising  from  the  sale  of  the 
hides,  etc.,  of  victims,  Lycurg.  ap. 
Harp.,  cf.  Bockh  P.  E.  2, 50 :  strictly 
neut.  from 

Αερματικός,  ή,  όν,  (δέρμα)  of  or 
like  skin,  Arist.  H.  A. 

Αερμάτινος.  η,  ov.  of  skin,  leathern, 
Od.  4,  782,  ασπίς,  Hdt.  7.  79. 

Αερμάτιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  δέρμα, 
Arist.  Physiogn. 

Αερματίς,  ίδος,  ή,  dim.  from  δέρμα. 
Αερματονργία,  ας,  η,  (δέρμα,  *έργω) 
the  preparing  of  leather,  tanning. 

Αερματουργικός,  ?'/,  όν,  of.  belonging 
to  a  tanner  or  tanning,  Plat.  Polit.  280  C. 
From 

ίΑερματονργός,  ov,  ό,  (δέρμα,  *ίρ- 
γο))  a  tanner. 

Αερματοώΰγέω.  ώ,  (δέρμα,  ώαγείν) 
to  eat  the  skin  and  all,  Strab. 

Αερματοφορέω,  ώ,  to  wear  a  skin  or 
hide :  from 

Αερματοψόρος,  ov,  (δέρμα,  φέρω) 
clothed  in  skins,  Strab. 

Αερματώδης,  ες,  (δέρμα,  είδος)  like 
skin,  Arist.  Η.  Α. 

Αερμηστής,  or  δερμιστής,  ov,  ό, 
(δέρμα,  έσβίω)  α  ti'orm  which  eats  skin 
©Γ  leather.  Soph.  Fr.  397,  v.  Ellendt. 

Αερμάπτερος,  ov,  (δέρμα,  πτερόν) 
leather-winged,  as  a  bat,  Arist.  H.  A. 

ίΑέρνης,  ov,  ό,  Dernes,  a  satrap  of 
Arabia,  Xen.  An.  7.  8,  25. 

Αέρξις.  εως,  ή.  (δέρκυμαι)  the  sense 
of  sight,  Orac.  ap.  Plut. 

Αέρον,  imperf.  for  έδερον  from  δέ• 
ρω,  Horn. 

Αέρος,  εος,  τό,  like  δέρας,  poet,  for 
δέρμα,  skin,  hide.  Soph.  Fr.  16. 

ίΑερβιάτις.  ιδος,  ή,  of  Derrium,  Der- 

rian.  epith.  of  Diana,  from  sq..  Pans. 

tA€pi)tov,  ov,  TO,  Derrium.  a  place  in 

Laconia,  with  a  temple  of  Diana.  Pans. 

Αέρβιον  and  δεβρίδιον,  ov,  τό,  dim. 

from  sq. 

Αέρ^ις,  εως,  ή,  also  δέρις,  (δέρος, 
δέρμα)  α  leathern  cor^erivg  or  coat,  Eu- 
pol.  Inceit.  39.— II.  in  plur.  screens  of 
skin,  etc.,  hung  before  fortifications 
to  deaden  the  enemy's  missiles,  like 
the  Roman  cilicia,  Thuc.  2,  75 ;  where 
δέ/)/)εις  differ  from  διφθέρηι,  prob.  as 
undressed  skins  from  dressed. 


ΔΕΣΜ 

\ΑέΙ)βις,  εως.  ή,  Drrris,  a  promontory 
of  Macedonia,  Strab. 

ίΑερσαΐοί,  ων,  οι,  the  Dersaei,  a 
Thracian  people  on  the  Pangaeus, 
Hdt.  7,  100. 

Αέρτρον,  ov,  TO,  (δέρω)  the  caid  or 
membrane  which  contains  the  bowels, 
Lat.  omentum,  Antim.  107,  and  Hipp. : 
in  Od.  11,  579,  the  vultures  of  Tityus 
are  represented  δέρτρον  έσω  δννον- 
τες,  where  Aristarch.  took  it  for  the 
skin  of  Tit>iis  ;  others  still  worse  for 
the  vulture's  beak  (for  δύνοντες^  is 
neut.,  not  act.) ;  rather  δέρτρον  εσω 
is  put  for  εις  δέρτρον,  even  to  the  bow- 
els, as  in  Hipp.  1149  E. 

ίΑερτώσσα,  ης.  ή,  Dertosa.  now  Tor- 
tosa,  a  city  of  Spain,  on  the  Ibcrus, 
Strab. 

ΔΕ'Ρί2,  Ion.  δείρω,  fut.  δερώ  :  aor. 
act.  έδειρα  :  aor.  pass,  εδάρην,  but 
we  also  have  a  part,  δαρθείς  in  Ni- 
coch.  Cent.  1 :  fut.  2  pass,  δαρήσο- 
μαι :  perf.  δέδαρκα  and  δέδορα :  of 
which  Horn,  has  impf.,  and  aor.  act. 
To  skin,  flay,  of  animals,  δ.  βονς,  μη- 
λη,  Ηοιη. :  άσκόν  δέρειν  τινά,  to  flay 
one  alive,  Plut.  Sol.  15,  v.  δαίρω:  also 
δερύ  σε  ΰύ'λακον,  I  will  flay  you.  into  a 
purse.  Ar.  Eq.  370. — II.  also  (like  our 
vulgar  words  to  tan  or  hide)  to  cudgel, 
thrash,  Ar.  Vesp.  485,  Ran.  619  :  hence 
proverb.,  ό  μ?/  δαρείς  άνθρωπος  ov 
παιδεύεται.  =  παθήματα  μαθήματα. 
Menand.  Monost.  422.  (δαίρω  and 
δείρω,  both  post-Hom.,  yet  come 
nearer  the  Sanscr.  dri.  to  cut  asunder, 
and  this  brings  δέρω  into  connexion 
with  δρέπω ,:=:δρνφω.) 

Αέσις,  εως,  ή,  (δέω)  α  binding,  tying 
together. — Π.  like  π/οκή,  the  complica- 
tion or  involution  of  a  drmnatic  plot, 
opp.  to  7.νσίς,  Arist.  Poet.  18. 

Αέσμα,  ατός.  τό,  (δέω)  poet,  for 
δεσμός,  a  bond,  fetter,  Od.  1,  204.— II. 
a  head-hand,  I].~22,  468,  in  plur.,  like 
άνάδημα,  διάδημα. 

Αεσμεΐ'τικός,  ή,  όν.  fit,  good  for 
bin/ling.  Plat.  Legg.  847  D :  from 

Αεσμεύω,  (δεσμός)  to  fetter,  pvt  in 
chains,  H.  Hom.  6,  17,  Eur.  Bacch. 
616;  to  tie  together,  as  com  in  the 
sheaf,  Hes.  Op.  479. 

Αεσμέω,  ώ,  ί.  -ήσω,  (δεσμός)=δε- 
σμενω.  Ν.  Τ. 

Αέσμη,  ?/(•,  ?},  (δέω)  α  bundle,  Alex., 
Κνβερν.  2,  and  ap.  Dem.  931,  26. 

Αέσμιον,  ov,  τό,  =  δεσμός,  Anth.  : 
strictly  neut.  from 

Αέσμιος,  ην.  also  a,  ov,  Soph.  Fr. 
217,  (δεσμός)  binding :  hence  binding 
as  a  spell,  bewitching,  c.  sen.,  νμνος  a. 
φρενών,  Aesch.  Eum.  .332. — II.  pass. 
bound,  captive.  Soph.  Aj.  299,  and  Eur. 

Αεσμίς,  ίδος.  ή.^^δέσμη,  Hipp. 

Αεσμός,  ov,  ό,  plur.  τα  δεσμά,  Η. 
Hom.  Merc.  157,  Hdt.  6,  91,  and  so 
usu.  Att.but(5eff//o/,  Eur.  Bacch.  518, 
634.  (δέω)  a  hand,  bond,  fetter :  Horn, 
in  genl.  any  thing  like  a  hand  for  tying 
and  fastening,  as  a  halter,  II.  6,  507  ;  a 
mooring  cable.  Od.  13,  100,  etc. — 2.  in 
genl.,  bonds,  imprisonment,  δεσμός 
άχ?Λ'όεις,  Epigr.  ap.  Hdt.  5,  77.  ονδέν 
άξιον  δεσμού,  Hdt.  3,  145  :  so  too  in 
plur.,  Thuc.  7,  82. — 11.=δέσμη,  a  bun- 
dle, late,  [ϋ] 

Αεσμηφν?.αξ,  ακος,  ό.  ή.  (δεσμός, 
φύ/αξ)  α  prison-keeper,  jailer,  Ν.  "Τ.  [ί;] 

Αεσμόω,==δεσμεύω,  to  bind,  fetter. 
Hence 

Αέσμωμα,  ατός,  τό,  α  fetter,  Aesch. 
Pers.  745.  in  plur. 

Αεσμωτήριον, ov,  τό.  aprison, Thuc. 
6,  60.  δ.  ανδρών.  Hdt.  3,  23. 

Αεσμώτης.  ov,  ό.  a  prisoner,  captive, 

Hdt.  3,  143,  and  Att.— II.  as  adj.  in 

\  chains,  fettered,  Aesch.  Pr.  119  :  so  too 


ΔΕΣΠ 

fem.  δεσμώτις,  ιδος,  δ.  ποίμνη,  Sopli. 
Aj.  234. 

Δεσ— όζω,  f.  -όσω,  [δεσπότης)  to  rule 
with  absolute  sway,  be  lord  of.  c.  gen. 
H.  Hom.  Cer.  366,  Hdt.  3,  142,  etc.  ; 
later  also  c.  ace,  δ.  πό'/.ιν,  Eur.  Η. 
F.  28  :  absol.  to  gain  the  mastery, 
Aesch.  Pr.  208. — 11.  to  make  one's  self 
master  of  a  thing  ;  and  so,  to  compre- 
hend, catch  the  meaniiig  of.  Άόγον, 
Aesch.  Ag.  543.  Pass,  to  be  under  the 
control  of  one,  Diod. 

Αέσποινα,  ης,  ή,  pecul.  fem.  of  δε- 
σπότης, the  mistress,  lady  of  the  house, 
Lat.  hera,  Od.  ;  where  ά'/.οχος  δέ- 
σποινα and}-t' 77/  δέσποινα  are  joined; 
with  reference  to  her  entire  authori- 
ty over  the  domestics.  From  Pindar's 
time,  a  princess,  queen,  P.  4,  19,  Fr. 
87,  11:  in  Att.  oft.  joined  Λvith  the 
names  of  goddesses,  δ.  Έκατη.  Aesch. 
Fr.  374.  Άρτεμις,  Soph.  El.  626,  etc. : 
but  at  Athens  esp.  as  a  name  of 
Proserpina.  Paus.  8,  37,  l-IO. 

Αεσποσιονανται,  ων,  οι,  (δεσπό- 
σιος,  ναύτης)  Helots  at  Sparta  who 
ivere  freed  on  condition  of  serving  at  sea, 
Myron  ap.  Ath.  271  F,  cf.  Miill.  Dor. 

3,  3,  ^  2. 

Αεσπόσιος,ον,^δεσπόσννος,  Aesch. 
Supp.  845. 

Αεσποστός,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from 
δεσπόζω,  to  be  governed  with  absolute 
sway,  Arist.  Pol. 

Αεσποσννη,  ης.  η,  absolute  sway, 
despotism,  Hdt.  7,  102. 

Αεσπόσννος,  ov,  (the  fern,  δεσπο- 
σύνη only  as  subst.)  of  οτ  belonging  to 
the  master  or  lord,  /έχος  δεσπ.,  the 
master's  bed,  H.  Hom'  Cer.  144 :  τά 
δεσπόσννα  χρήματα,  the  master's  prop- 
erty. Xen.  Oec.  9, 16  ;  δ.  άνάγκαι,  ar- 
bitrary rule,  Aesch.  Pers.  587  :  ό  δεσπ., 
as  subst.=:(5ea-07?;i•.  Tyrt.  ap.  Paus. 

4,  14,  5:  also  the  young  master,  the 
heir,  Anasandr.  Prot.  1,  33:  in  Plut. 
Lye.  28,  7]  δεσπ.,  the  ?naster's  daugh 
ter,  the  young  mistress,  v.  1. 

Αεσποτεία.  ας.  ή,  (δεσποτεύω)  ab- 
solute sway,  despotism,  esp.  of  the  Ori- 
entals, Piat.  Legg.  698  A,  Isocr.  113  D. 

Αεσπότειος,  a,  ov,  =  δεσπύσυνος, 
Lye. 

Αεσπότειρα,  ας,  ή,  fem.  of  όεσπό 
της,  a  inistress.  Soph.  Fr.  868. 

Αεσποτενω.=^δεσπόζω,  LXX. 

Αεσποτέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  =  δεσπόζω 
c.  gen..  Plat.  Tim.  44  E.  Pass,  to  be 
despotically  ruled,  πρυς  ά7.Αης  χερός, 
Aesch.  Cho.  104,  ση  χερί,  Eur.  He 
racl.  884.  .   a  f-  . 

Αεσπότης,  ov,  ό,  voc.  δέσποτα,  ace. 
δεσπότεα.  δεσπότεας,  Hdt.  1,  11, 
111:  a  7naster,  lord :  strictly  in  respect 
of  slaves,  so  that  the  address  of  a 
slave  to  his  master  was  ϋΜδέσποτ* 
άναξ,  Ar.  Pac.  90  :  otherwise  it  was 
used  chiefly— 2.  of.oriental  rulers: 
hence  a  despot,  absolute  ruler,  whose 
subjects  are  slaves,  Lat.  dominus,  Hdt 
3.  89.  Thuc.  6,  77.-3.  also  of  the  gods, 
cf.  Eur.  Hipp.  88,  Xen.  An.  3,  2,  13. 
— II.  in  genl.  ati  owner,  master,  lord, 
κώμον,  ναών,  Pind.  Ο.  6,  30,  P.  4, 
369,  μαντενμύτων,  Aesch.  Theb.  27, 
τον  όρτνγος,  Xen.  An.  7.  4,  10,  cf. 
άναξ.  Post-Horn.,  though  he  uses 
δέσποινα  in  Od.  (The  deriv.  is  un- 
certain.) 

Αεσποτίδιην,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  όε• 
σπότης,  Aristaen. 

Αεσποτικός.  ή,  όν,  (δεσπότης)  of, 
belonging  to,  concerning  a  master  or  his 
authority  :  δεσποτικαι  σνμφοραί.  mis- 
fortunes that  befall  one's  master,  Xen. 
Cyr.  7,  5,  64.— ^2. ^i  to  be  a  master,  c. 
gen.  (5.  τω.•'  ανθρώπων,  Id.  Oec.  13,  5. 
— II.  inclined  to  tyranny,  despotic,  Plat. 
319 


ΔΕΤΤ 

Rep.  344  C  :  το  όεσποτικόν  =  δεσ7Γ0- 
τεία,  Id.  Legg.  697  C  :  so  too  ή  -κ?'/, 
Arist.  Pol.     Adv.  -κώς,  Isocr. 

Αεσπότκ;,  ιδος.  ή,  =  δέσποινα, 
Soph..  Eur.,  and  Flat. 

Λεσποτίσκος,  ov,  ύ,  dim.  from  δε- 
σττότης,  Eur.  Cycl.  2(57. 

ί^ετη,  ης,  ή,  (strictly  fem.  from  δετός, 
Bub.  λάμπας)  sticks  bound  up.  a  f<if;ot, 
καωμεναι  δεταί,  II.  11,  5ό4  ;  17,  Cti3  : 
Polyb.  has  δεσμεύειν  7.αμ~αδας. 

Αετός,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from  δεω, 
bound. 

^Αενεσαν,  v.  sub  δεύω,  Qu.  Sm. 
Αευήσεσθαι,  poet.  inf.  fut.  mid.  of 
δένω,  to  miss,  want,  Hom. 

\Αενΐία7άδης,  ου,  ό,  for  Αενκαλιω- 
νιάδης,  son  of  Deucalion,  i.  e.  Idome- 
neus,  11.  12, 117:  in  pi.  oi  Αενκαλίδαι, 
the  descendants  of  (the  Thessalian) 
Deucalion,  the  Greeks,  Ap.  Rh.  4,  206. 

^Αευκ.α'λίων,  ωνος,  ό,  Deucalion  in 
Horn.,  son  of  Minos  and  Pasiphau, 
father  of  Idomeneus,  II.  13,  451. — 2. 
son  of  Prometheus,  husband  of  Pyr- 
rha,  reigned  in  Thessaly  ;  in  his  time 
occurred  the  famous  deluge,  which 
overflowed  Greece  ;  first  in  lies.  frg. 
11,3;  Pmd.  01.  9  ;  etc.— 3.  a  Trojan, 
II.  20,  478.  —  II.  7/,  an  island  near 
the  promontory  Pyrrha  in  Thessaly, 
Strab.     Hence 

\Αενκαλιωνες,  ων,  ol,  the  descendants 
of  Deucalion  (2),  Tlieocr.  15,  141. 

\Αευκα'λίώνεια,  ας,  ij,  Deucalionea, 
a  work  of  Hellanicus,  so  called,  Ath. 
416  B. 

Αεΰκος,  εος,  τό,=:γ?ι.εϋκ€ς. 
Αενμα,  ατός,  τό,  (δεύω)  that  which 
is  wet,  soaktd  :  δεύματα  κρεών,  boiled 
flesh,  so  Bockh  and  Dissen  Pind.  O. 

I,  80,  from  MSS.,for  the  old  reading 
δεύτατα. 

Αενννσος,  ov,  b.  Ion.  for  Αεόννσος, 
Αίόννσος,  v.  Bergk  Anacr.  Fr.  2. 
(Ace.  to  E.  M.  δεννος  is  Indian  for 
βασιλεύς:  on  this  v.  Pott  Forsch.  1, 
102.) 

Αενοίατο,  poet,  for  δεύοιντο,  from 
δένω,  to  miss.  11. 

Αενομαι,  poet,  for  δέομαι,  Horn.,  v. 
δεύω. 

Αευρί,  of.  δενρο  sub  fin. 
^Αενμίοπος,  ου.  ή,  Dmiriopus,  a  re- 
gion of  Macedonia,  Strab. 

ΔΕΤ'ΡΟ.  adv.  of  place,  hither,  here, 
with  all  verbs  of  motion  :  in  Hom. 
fre(j.  used  4n  cheering  up,  or  caljing 
to  one.  Here  !  this  way  !  On !  Come 
on!  άγε  δεϋρο,  δενρ'  ΰγε,  δεϋρ'  Ιθι, 
and  δενρ'  Ιτω,  always  with  a  verb 
sing.,  δεντε  being  used  with  plur. : 
δενρο  stands  alone  for  the  im-iierat., 
Od.  8,  292:  δενρο  τόδ'  ίκύνω  occurs 

II.  14,  309,  Od.  17,  444  :  δενρο,  sc.  lOi. 
here.  yt%,!  Ar.  Pac.  845  :—c.  gen.,  δ. 
τον  λόγου,  np  in  this  point  of  the  ar- 
gument. Plat.  S^'mp.  217  E. — 2.  also 
with  verl)S  like  τταραστήναι,  παρεϊ- 
vai,  in  pregnant  constr.,  to  have  come 
hither  and  be  here,  and  so  it  may  be 
translated  simply  herv,  lirst  in  11.  3, 
405;  but  most  freq.  m  Alt. —  II.  of 
time,  until  now,  up  to  this  time,  hither- 
to, only  in  Att.,  esp.  Trag. :  also  δενρ' 
άεί,  Valck.  Phoen.  1215,  Pors.  Or. 
1679 :  freq.  μέχρι  δεϋρο.  sometimes 
with  art., /if;Ypt  τον  δενρο,  Thuc.  Ar. 
has  the  stronger  Att.  form  δενρί  [l], 
Nub.  323 :  δενρω  is  quoted  by  Hdn. 
from  II.  3,  240,  v.  Spitzner. 

Αεύς,  Ar.  Ach.  911,  Aeol.  for  Ζευς, 
Koen  Greg.  p.  599. 

Αευσοποιέω,  ω,  to  dye,  stain,  Al- 
ciphr. ;  and 

Αενσοποίΐα,  ας,  y,  dyeing:  from 

Αενσοποιός,  όν,  {δεύω,  πηιέω)  deep- 
ly-dyed, so  as  to  keep  its  colour,  Plat. 
320 


ΔΕΥΤ 

Rep.  429  E:  δ.  χρόα,  βαφή,  a  fast 
colour:  hence  —  II.  inetaph.,  deeply 
inihufd  icilh  a  thing,  la.'<ling,  ijideltble  ; 

δόξα.  Plat.  Rep.  430  A,  cf.  Ruhnk. 
Tim. 

Αεντύτιος,  a,  ov,  poet,  for  δεντα- 
τος,  Jac.  Λ.  P.  p.  74. 

Αεντατος,  tj,  ov,  the  last,  superl. 
from(5ftirr/)Of,q.  v.,  Horn., ={;CTTa-of: 
for  Pind.  O.  1,  80.  cf.  δεΰμα. 

Αεύτε,  adv.  as  plur.  ol  δενρο,  hither! 
Come  on  !  Come  here  !  just  like  δεχψο, 
but  always  with  plur.,  and  only  as 
exclam. :  esp.  δεύτε  φίλοι,  δεντ'  άγε- 
τε, Hom.,  also  δεντ'  ΰγε,  Φαιήκων 
ηγήτορες,  Od.  8, 11 :  sometimes  mere- 
ly used  in  exhorting,  come,  then  !  II. 
7,  350.  (.\cc.  to  Buttm.  contr.  from 
δεϊψ'  Ιτε.) 

Αεντεραγωνιστέω,  ώ,  to  be  δεντε- 
ραγωνιστής,  to  play  the  second  part  in 
a  drama :  from 

Αεντεραγωνιστής,  οϋ,  ό,  {δεύτερος, 
αγωνίζομαι)  the  actor  who  takes  the  xec- 
ond  class  of  parts,  Lat.  secundarius, 
cf.  ττρωταγωνιστ/'/ς,  νστεραγωνιστής. 
Hence  metaph.,  the  second  advocate  in 
a  court  of  law,  like  our  junior  counsel, 
Dem.  344,  8. 

Αεντεραΐος,  a,  ov,  on  the  second  day, 
usu.  agreeing  with  the  subject  of  the 
verb,  as  δευτεραίος  ην  εν  Σττύρττι, 
Hdt.  6,  106  ;  but  also  tj}  δεντεραίΐ), 
sub.  ημέρα,  Id.  4,  113. 

Αεντερεΐα.  ων,  τύ,  sub.  ύβλα,  the 
second  prize  in  a  contest,  hence  in 
genl.  the  second  place  or  rank,  δ.  τινί 
νέμειν,  Hdt.  1,  32,  δεντερείοισι  νπερ- 
βά/.λειν.  Id.  8,  123  :  and  so  in  sing., 
Diog.  L. 

Αεντερέσχατος.  ov,  (  δεύτερος, 
έσχατος)  the  last  but  one. 

Αεντερεύω,  (δεύτερος)  to  be  second 
in  rank,  value,  or  estee?»,  Diosc. :  δευ- 
τερεύειν  τινός,  to  he  inferior  to  :  τινί, 
to  play  second  to,  Plut.,  like  Cicero's 
secundarius  fnit  Crassi. 

Αεντεριύζω,  f.  -άσω,  (δεύτερος)  to 
play  the  second  part,  to  come  after  an- 
other, Ar.  Eccl.  634. 

Αευτερίας,  ου,  ό.  (οίνος)  a  kind  of 
poor  wine  made  by  pouring  water 
over  the  grapes  and  pressing  them  a 
second  time,  Lat.  lora. 

Αεντέριος,  a.  ov,  (δεύτερος)  of  in- 
fcri'ir  qiuility,  οίνος,  Nicoph.  Χειρ.  6  : 
δ.  άρμα,  an  attendant  chariot,  LXX  : 
TO  δευτέρων  or  tu  δευτέρια,  the  afier- 
birth,  Lat.  secundinae,  also  tu  δεύ- 
τερα, Paul.  A  eg. 

Αεντεροβόλος,  ov,  (δεύτερος,  βάλ- 
λω II,  tin.)  casting  the  teeth  again,  Hie- 
rocl. 

Αεντερογαμέω,  ώ,  to  marry  a  se- 
cond time ;  and 

Αεντερογΰμία,  ας,  ή,  second  mar- 
riage ;  from 

Αεντερογύμος,  ov,  (δεύτερος,  γα- 
μέω)  marrying  again,  all  in  Eccl.    [β] 

Αεντεροκοιτέω.ώ,  (δεύτερος,  κοίτι/) 
to  have  a  bedfellow,  Ath. 

Αευτερολογέω,  ώ,  to  be  δεντερολό- 
γος,  to  speak  or  act  as  tlie  second. — II. 
to  speak  a  second  time,  LXX. 

Αεντερολογία,  ας,  ή,  the  second 
place  in  acting  or  speaking  :  from 

Αεντερολό^  ος,  ov,  (δεύτερος,  λέγω) 
=  δευτεραγωνιστής,  the  second  actor, 
in  rank  between  the  πρωτολόγος  and 
the  νστερολόγος.  Teles  ap.  Stob.  p. 
68,  50. 

Αευτερονόμιον,  ov,  τό,  (δεύτερης, 
νόμος)  the  second  or  repeated  Law,  the 
last  book  of  the  Pentateuch. 

Αεντερόποτμος,  ov,  =  νστερόττοτ- 
μος. 

^Αεντερότνρωτος,  ov,  (δεύτερης,  πρώ- 
τος) σάββατον,  the  first  sabbath  after 


ΔΕΥΩ 

the  second  day  of  unleavened  bread,  on 
which  the  wave  sheaf  was  to  be  of- 
fered, and  from  which  the  fifty  days 
were  reckoned  to  the  pentecost,  Luc. 

0,  1. 

Αεύτερος,  a,  ov,  the  second,  being 
in  lact  a  sort  of  comp.  of  δύο,  as  δεύ- 
τατος  is  the  superl.,  Buttm.  Ausf.  Gr. 
()  41,  n.  (cf  γλεύκος  from  γλυκύς.) — 

1.  in  point  of  Tu.ie,  δεύτερος  ή?ιθε, 
he  came  the  second,  i.  e.  latter  of  the 
two,  Hom. :  as  an  actual  compar., 
έ/ιείο  δεύτεροι,  after  my  time,  11.  23, 
248 :  δεύτερον  ΰχος,  a  second,  i.  e. 
another  grief,  11.  23,  46 :  δεντέρφ 
χρόνω,  in  after  time,  Pind.  O.  1,  69  : 
esp.  freq.  in  neut.  as  adv.,  δεύτερον 
αν,  δεύτερον  αύτις,  secondly,  next,  af- 
terwards, again,  a  seco7id  time,  opp.  to 
πρώτον,  Horn. :  in  prose  usu.  δεύ- 
τερα, which  Hom.  has  once.  II.  23, 
53S  :  TO  δεύτερον,  Hdt.  1,  79,  etc., 
and  TU.  δεύτερα,  Thuc. :  later,  έκ 
δεντέρον,  for  the  second  time,  Lat. 
demio,  Diod.,  and  N.  T. — II.  in  point 
of  Place.  Order,  Rank,  second,  i.  e. 
inferior,  Hom.  only  in  II.,  of  one  who 
is  beaten  in  a  contest :  σοι  δεύτερον 
ίσται,  it  will  be  given  you  as  a  second 
choice,  i.  e.  it  will  be  allowed,  Hes. 
Op.  34:  later  freq.  c.  gen.,  as  δεύ- 
τερος ονδενός.  second  to  none,  Hdt. 
1,  23,  δ.  παιδός  στ/ς,  Eur.  Tro.  614, 
cf  Dem.  348,  22:  also  δ.  μετά  τι, 
Thuc.  2,  97  :  ήγεΐσθαι  δεύτερον,  etc., 
to  think  little  of  it  in  comparison.  Soph. 
O.  C.  351,  so  δ.  ίγειν,  ποιείσθαι,  τί- 
θεσθαι,  Plut..  and  Luc. :  τύ.  δεύτερα, 
ζ=δεντερεΐα  and  δεντέριον,  ilie  second 
prize  or  place,  II.  23,  538,  Hdt.  8,  104. 
— \\\.  the  second  of  two,  δεντέρη  αί'τη 
herself  with  anotiier,  Hdt.  4,  113: 
εις—,  δεύτερος,  iinus... alter,  the  one... 
the  other,  Schaf.  Dion.  Comp.  p.  174. 
Superl.  δεύτατος,  usu.  of  time,  Hom. 
Adv.  -ρως.  Plat.  Legg.  955  E. 

Αεντεροστύτης,  ov,  ό,  (δεύτερος, 
ΐσταμαι)  one  who  stands  in  the  second 
file  of  the  Chorus,  v.  Midler  Eum. 
'•^  12. 

Αεντεροτόκος,  ov,  (δεύτερος,  τικ• 
τω)  bearing,  producing  a  second  time, 
Arist.  H.  A. :  but — II.  proparos.  δεν- 
τερότοκος,  ov,  pass,  the  second-born. 

Αευτερσυργής,  ες,  χλαίνα  ό.,  a 
cloak  cleaned  and  fulled,  also  επίγνα- 
φος. 

Αεντερονργός,  όν  (δεύτερος,  *  έργω) 
wofkiiig  in  an  inferior  class,  second-rate. 
Plat.  Legg.  897  Α.— II.  ό  δεντ.,  a  ful- 
ler, clothes-cleaner. 

Αεντερονχος,  ov,=  Tci  δεντερεΐα 
έχων,  of  second  rank.  Lye. 

Αεντερόφωνος,  ov,  (δεύτερος,  φωνή) 
.<ipeaking  after  one,  epith.  of  Echo, 
Nonn. 

Αεντερόω,  ώ,  f.  -ώσω,  to  do  a  second 
time,  LXX  ;  δ.  τινά  or  τινί,  to  give 
one  a  second  hlow,'-\h. :  τον  άγρόν  δ., 
Lat.  iterare  agrum,  cf.  τριτόω.    Hence 

Αεντέρωμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  repetition. 

Αεντέρωσις,  εως,  ή,  the  second  rank 
or  course,  LXX. — II.  the  Jewish  tra- 
ditions were  so  called,  Eccl.    Hence 

Αεντερωτής,  ov,  ό,  an.  expounder  of 
the  traditions,  a  rabbi,  Eccl. 

Αεντήρ,  ήρος,  ό,  (δεύω)  an  utensil 
for  cooking  or  baking. 

ΔΕΥ'Ω,  f  δεΰσω,  Hom.  uses  only 
pres.  and  impf  act.  and  pass. :  3  plur. 
impf  δενεσαν,  as  if  from  δεύημι,  oc- 
curs in  Q.  Sm.  To  wet,  soak,  steep, 
πνκινά.  πτερά  δεύεται  (ίλμ-η,  Od.  5, 
53  :  δύκρνσι  δενεσκον  εϊματα,  7. 260: 
later  the  gen.  was  used  for  the  dat., 
as  αίματος  εδενσε  γαϊαν,  Eur.  Phoen. 
674,  like  καταδευω  in  Hom. :  this 
meaning  also  in  II.  2,  471,  γλάγος 


ΔΕΧΟ 

άγγεα  δένει,  though  usu.  rendered 
to  fill  with  liquid,  fill  up. — II.  to  mix 
with  liquid,  to  knead.  Ar.  Fr.  267. — 
HI.  to  make  to  flow,  shed,  αϊμ'  έόευσα, 
Soph.  Aj.  376.  (Akin  to  διαίνω :  cf. 
oi(p(J.  our  dew,  bedeiv. 

ΔΕΥΏ.  f.  δευήσω,  Aeol.  and  Ep. 
lorm  for  όέω,  to  miss,  want :  Horn, 
uses  only  the  aor.  act.  έδεύησεν  δ' 
οίηϊον  άκρον  ίκέσθαι, he  missed,  failed 
in  reaching  it,  Od.  9,  483.  540.  More 
freq.  δεύομαι,  f.  δενήσομαι,  dep.  pass. 
c.  fut.  mid.,  to  feel  the  want  or  loss  of, 
to  be  at  a  loss  for,  be  without,  τονός, 
Horn.,  as  θυμού  δενόμενος,  reft  of 
life,  II.  3,  294  :  hence  also  to  be  want- 
ing, deficient  in,  μάχΐ]ς  εδενεο  τΐολλόν, 
II.  17,  142:  άλλα  πάντα  δενεαι  Άρ- 
^είυν,  thou  art  inferior  to  them  in  all 
else.  II.  23,  484.  " 

ΔΕ'ΦΩ,  f.  -ψο),  to  moisten,  soften  by 
moisture,  make  supple,  esp.  to  work 
tkit)^,  to  curry,  tan~  Mid.  sensu  ob- 
•coeno,^Lat.  masturbari,  Ar.  Eq.  24. 
(Hence  δεφέω,  Lat.  depso,  also  διφ- 
θέρα .•  perh.  akin  to  δένω,  but  v.  Pott 
Forsch.  1,  210.) 

Αεχύμματος,  ov,  {δέκα,  αμμα)  with 
ten  knots  or  meshes,  Xen.  Cyn.  2,  5. 

Αέχαται,  3  plur.  pert",  from  δέχο- 
μαι, without  redupl.,  II.  12,  147. 

Αεχήμερος,  ov,  (δέκα,  ήμερα)  for 
ten  days.  Listing  ten  days :  εκεχειρία 
δεχ.,  a  truce,  from  ten  days  to  ten  days, 

I.  e.  terminable  at  any  time  on  giving 
ten  aays'  notice,  Thuc.  5, 26 :  το  δεχ., 
«  space  of  ten  days.  Polyb. 

Αέχθαι,  Ep.  inf.  aor.  syncop.  from 
δέχομαι,  II.  1,  23,  cf.  Buttm.  Ausf. 
Gr.  f  110,  9. 

Αέγνυμαι,  poet,  for  δέχομαι,  Orph. 
Arg.  566. 

ΔΕΧΟΜΑΙ,  Ion.  δέκομαι,  but  not 
so  in  Horn.  :  fut.  δέζομαι,  and  δεδέ- 
ξομαι,  II.  :  perf  δέδεγμαι :  plqpf 
έδεδέγμην  :  aor.  pass,  έοέχθην  :  the 
forms  of  the  Ε  p.  syncop.  aor.,  viz. 
3  sing,  δέκτο,  2  sing,  imperat.  δέζο, 
inf  δέχθαι.  part,  δέγμενος,  are  esp. 
to  be  noticed,  cf  Buttm.  Ausf  Gr. 
^110,9:  on  the  forms  δειδέχαται, 
δειδέχατο,  v.  δείκννμι  sub  fin. :  dep. 
mid. — I.  of  things,  etc..  to  take,  accept, 
receive  what  is  offered,  Lat.  accipere, 
Horn.,  in  various  phrases  :  μνθον  δ., 
to  take  well,  receive  kindly.  Od.  20,  271  ; 
with  which  is  connected  the  post- 
Horn.,  τον  olcjvbv  δ.,  to  accept,  hail 
the  omen,  Hdt.  9,  91  :  also  δ.  τον 
όρκον,  Ar.  Ran.  589 :  διδόναι  και 
όέχεσθαι  τά  δίκαια,  Thuc.  1,  37,  cf 
Η.  Hom.  Merc.  312 :  also  hence  to 
listen  to,  give  ear  to,  approve,  /.όγονς, 
ξνμμαχίην,  Hdt.,  cf  Valck  Phoen. 
462  :  to  accept,  bow  to,  submit  to.  Κήρα, 

II.  18,  155:  to  receive,  accept  graciously, 
of  the  gods,  δ.  ίρύ,  Π.  2,  420  ;  also 
with  ττρόφρων,  II.  23,  647.  Con- 
stnict.,  δ.  τί  τινι,  to  receive  something 
at  the  hand  of  another,  Horn.,  and 
Alt.,  as  II.  2,"  186,  Pors.  Hec.  533; 
also  Ti  έκ  or  παρά  τίνος,  lb.,  some- 
times too  η  Tiror,  II.  1,  596  ;  24,  305: 
but  also  δ.  τί  τίνος,  to  receive  one 
thing/or  another,  as  χρυσον  ανδρός 
έδέϊατο,  Od.  11,  327,  for  τι  αντί  τίνος, 
as  in  Plat.  Gorg.  475  D :  c.  inf,  to 
take  rather,  to  choose,  Thuc.  1,  143, 
Plat.  Apol.  41  A  ;  in  full,  μάλλον  δ., 
as  Xen.  Hell.  5,  1,  14,  Symp.  4,  12. 
— II.  of  persons,  to  receive  hospitablii, 
entertain,  Lat.  excipere,  Hom.,  in  full 
kv  μεγάροισι  δ.,  II.  18,  331  ;  also 
στέγη,  ττνρΐ  δ.  τινά,  Valck.  Hipp.  82. 
— 2.  to  receive  as  an  enemy,  to  await  the 
attack  of,  watch  for,  Lat.  excipere,  k~l- 
όντα  δ.,  II.  5,  238  :  so  too  εις  χείρας 
ύ.,  Xen.,  τους  πολεμίους  δ.,  freq.  in 

21 


ΔΕΩ 

Att. ;  την  πρώτην  ίφοδον,  Thuc.  4, 
120  ;  and  so  absol.  to  await  the  onset. 
Id.  4,  43. — 3.  in  genl.  to  expect,  ttait 
for,  c.  acc.  et  inf  fut.,  Od.  9,  513  ;  12, 
230:  δ.  δπότε...λήξειεν,1\.9.  191,  δ. 
ε'ισοκεν  έλθτ/ς,  II.  ίΟ,  62  :  these  two 
signfs.  belong  only  to  f  δεδέξομαι, 
perf  δέδεγμαι,  and  part,  δέγμενος, 
which  indeed  is  used  in  this  sense 
only,  except  in  H.  Hom.  Cer.  29, 
Merc.  477.  —  B.  apparently  intr.  to 
succeed,  come  next,  Lat.  excipere,  ως 
μοι  δέχεται  κακόν  εκ  κακού  αϊεί,  11. 
19,  290,  so  ά?.λος  δ'  εξ  ύ?.'λον  δέχεται 
χα7.επώτατος  άθλος,  Hes.  Th.  800': 
and  έκ  τον  στεινού  το  Άρτεμίσιον 
δέκεται,  Hdt.  7,  176.  (On  its  possible 
connexion  with  δείκννμι,  v.  δείκννμι, 
fin.) 

Αεφέω,  ώ,  ί.  -ήσω,  depso,=  δέφω,  to 
soften,  make  supple,  κηρόν,  to  work 
wax  till  it  is  soft,  Od.  12,  48. 

Af)/»w,=foreg.,  Hdt.  4,  64. 

ΔΕΏ  (A),  f  δήσω,  aor.  act.  εδησα, 
pass,  έδέθην  :  perf  act.  δέδεκα,  Dem. 
764,  18,  but  rare  ;  pass,  δέδεμαι,  and 
3  sing,  plqpf,  δέδετο,  II.  5,  387  :  fut. 
pass,  δεδήσομαι,  rarely  δε&ήσομαι,  as 
in  Dem.  759,  23.  To  bind,  tie,  fasten, 
fetter,  Hom.,  etc.  ;  also  δεσμω  and 
kv  δεσμω  δησαι,  Hom. :  also  δ.  εκ 
τίνος,  as  εξ  έπιδιφριάδοΓ  ίμΰσι  δέ- 
δεντο,  II.  10,  475,  cf.  Hdt."  4,  72  :  δη- 
σαί  τίνα  ξν?.φ.  or  πεντεσύριγγι  ξν- 
λφ,  to  put  him  in  the  pillory,  Ar.  ;  δ. 
κύνα  κ.?.θίφ,  to  tie  a  clog  to  a  dog,  So- 
lon ap.  Pint.  Sol.  24  :  also  δ.  προς 
τινι,  Aesch.  Pr.  15,  προς  τι.  Soph. 
Aj.  108  :  absol.  to  put  in  bonds,  im- 
prison, Aesch.  Eum.  641,  Thuc.  1, 
30,  etc. — 2.  to  bind  or  keep  to  a  thing, 
as  metaph.,  πώς  άν  έγώ  σε  δέοιμι ; 
how  shall  I  bind  you  to  your  pledge  ? 
Od.  8,  352,  where  however  Nitzsch, 
perh.  ^better,  takes  it  literally,  as  if 
'ϋφηΐστος  pointed  to  the  nets  in 
which  he  had  caught  Άρης. — 3.  to 
bind,  enchain,  make  still,  γλώσοα  δέ- 
δεται,  Theogn.  178  ;  δέδεται  κέρδη, 
Pmd.  P.  3,  96,  λύπτι,  Eur.  Hipp.  160: 
later  to  bind  by  spells  enchant,  Jac. 
A.  P.  11,  138.^.  c.  gen.  to  let,  hin- 
der from  a  thing-^A'tjAtJiJ.  εδησε  κε- 
λενθον,  Od.  4,  380,  469,  like  βλάπτω. 
— ^11.  Hom.  also  freq.  uses  the  mid. 
to  bind,  tie,  put  on  one^s  self  e.  g.  ποσσί 
δ"  νπαϊ  ?Λπαροΐσιν  έδήσατο  κα?ί<Ί 
πέδΛα,  tied,  bowid  them  on  his  feel, 
II.  2,  44,  etc. :  but  in  pass,  περί  κνή- 
μτισι  κνημΐδας  δέδετο,  he  had  greaves 
bound  round  his  legs,  Od.  24,  228. 
Cf  also  δίδημι. 

ΔΕΏ  (Β),  fut.  δεήσω  :  aor.  εδέησα, 
yet  Hom.  once  has  δησεν  for  έδέησεν, 
II.  18,  100,  to  lack,  miss,  stand  in  need 
of  c.  gen. :  (elsewh.  Hom.  always 
uses  the  poet,  fonn  δένω)  ;  so  παρα- 
δείγματος TO  παράδειγμα  αντο  δε- 
δέηκε.  Plat.  Polit.  277  D  ;^  but  in  Att. 
usu.  c.  gen.,  6?ύγον,  πολλού  δέω,  I 
want  much,  i.  e.  am  far  from.  usu.  c. 
inf  pres..  e.  g.  πο?./ιον  δέω  άπο?.ο- 
γεΐσθαι,  I  am  far /row  defending  my- 
self. Plat.  Apol.  30  D  ;  so  too  ο/ίγου 
δέω  c.  inf,  /  want  but  little  o/ doing, 
am  all  but  doing,  e.  g.  ο7Ιγον  δέω 
δακρνσαι,  lb. :  so  τοσούτον  δέω, 
παρά  μικρόν  δέω.  c  inf,  Isocr.  222 
Β  ;  in  prose  also  freq.  with  numbers, 
as  δυοϊν  δέοντα  τεσσεράκοντα,  forty 
lacking  two,  save  two,  like  Lat.  duo- 
deviginti,  Hdt.  1,  14,  so  too  freq.  in 
Att. — II.  on  δεΙ  impers..  v.  δει:  so 
too  on  δέον. — Β.  as  dep.  δέομαι :  fut. 
δεήσομαι  :  aor.  ίδεήβην.  always  per- 
sonal, and  only  used  by  Hom.  in 
form  δένομαι,  q.  v.,  to  stand  in  need 
of,  want,  c.  gen.,  Hdt.  4,  84,  etc. : 


ΔΗ 

hence,  to  long  or  strive  after,  wish,  beg 
for.  Construct.,  usu.  c.  gen.  rei,  as 
Hdt.  1,  36,  etc. :  also  c.  dupl.  gen., 
to  beg  a  thing  from  a  person.  Id.  1,8: 
but  this  more  freq.  δεΐσθαί  τί  τίνος, 
as  Ar.  Ach.  1059,  also  δέησιν  δεΐσθαί 
τίνος,  Aeschin.  33.  41 :  hence  c.  gen. 
pers.  et  inf,  to  beg  a  person  to  do, 
Hdt.  1,  59,  and  so  freq.  m  Att. :  very 
rarel)'  c.  acc.  pers..  as  Thuc.  5,  36. 
έδέοντο  Βοιωτούς  δπως  παραδώσι. — 
II.  absol.  to  be  in  want  or  need,  USU.  in 
part.,  as  κάρτα  δεόμενος,  Hdt.  8.  59. 
ΔΗ',  particle,  prob.  shortd.  from 
?)δη ;  and,  as  the  weaker  form,  al- 
ways put  after  one  or  more  words  in 
a  sentence,  except  in  Ep.  δή  τότε, 
δη  γάρ :  hence  also  it  does  not,  like 
an  adv.  proper,  refer  to  the  whole 
sentence,  but  usu.  serves  to  strength- 
en or  limit  the  word  to  which  it  is 
attached :  and  this  in  various  ways  : 
— I.  strictly  of  Time,  to  fix  the  at- 
tention on  the  present  moment ;  now, 
just  now,  already,  οκτώ  δη  προέηκα... 
δίστονς.  already  have  I  shot...,  11.  8, 
297 ;  δείδω  μη  δη  τελέση,  I  fear  he 
will  now  accomplish,  II.  14,  44 ;  'έκτον 
δέ  δή  τόδ'  ήμαρ,  this  is  ηοιν  the  sixth 
day,  Eur.,  cf  II.  24.  107:  oft.  after 
advs.  and  conjunct,  of  Time,  πο?.λάκι 
δή,  jam  saepe,  II.  19,  85  ;  ες  τε  δή,  till 
at  last,  Aesch.  ;  νεωστί  δή,  νύν  δή, 
δψέ  δή.  etc.  :  with  imperat.  and  fut., 
now,  forthwith,  directly,  χωρώμεν  δη 
πάντες.  Soph. ;  νυν  δή  σν  δηλώσεις, 
Xen. :  oh  δή.  ηοιν  no  more,  σοι  δ'  εσ- 
τίν.... έμοι  δ'  οί'κ  έστι  δή,  Eur.  Or. 
1069. — II.  marking  sequence  without 
distinct  reference  to  time,  though 
arising  from  it,  then  ;  ει  χρη  μαβείν 
σε.  πάντα  δή  φωνεΐν  χρεών.  Soph. ; 
and  so  in  summing  up  numbers,  γίγ- 
νονται  δή  ούτοι  χίλιοι,  these  then 
make  up  a  thousand,  Xen. ;  hence  to 
resume  what  has  gone  before,  like 
Lat.  igitur.  our  so,  'Ανδρομάχη,  θνγύ- 
τηρ  μεγαλήτορος  Ήετίωνος...,  τον- 
περ  δή  θνγύτηρ,  II.  6,  395  ;  Σόλων 
μεν  δή  ένεμε,  Hdt.  1,  32  ;  and  oft.  in 
phrase  τοιαύτα  μεν  δή  ταύτα,  Lat. 
haec  hactenus  :  και  δή  is  used  to  sub- 
join the  thing  meant  to  be  chiefly 
eniphatic,  εΙς  λίγνπτον  άπίκετο..., 
καΐ  δή  και  ες  Σάροις,  and  what's  more, 
to  Sardis,  Hdt.  1,  30,  and  more  fully 
άλλοζ•  τε...  καΐ  δή  καί :  but  και  δη 
often  in  Trag.  to  put  a  supposed  case 
strongly  forward,  e.  g.  και  δη  δέδεγ- 
μαι, and  now  {suppose)  I  have  accept- 
ed..., Aesch.  Eum.  894,  cf  Herm. 
Vig.  n.  331 :  δή  is  added  to  interrogs., 
when  the  question  refers  pointedly 
to  something  gone  before,  e.  g.  τί  δή  ; 
why  then  ?  Eur.  Med.  1012  Γ  so  πώς 
δή  ;  πού  δή  ;  and  τί  ονν  δή  ;  πώς 
ονν  δή ;  but  in  τί  δή  ονν ;  δή  strength- 
ens the  question. — III.  used  simply 
to  limit,  define,  or  strengthen  the 
word  which  it  follows,  and  here  it 
comes  nearer  δήτα  than  ήδη  in  sense. 
— 1.  with  verbs,  esp.  in  imperat.,  άγε 
δή,  φέρε  δή,  σκόπει  δή,  do  but  come, 
only  come,  freq.  in  Plat. ;  so  μή  δή 
μοι  φύξιν  γε  ίμβύλλεο  βνμώ,  (think 
of  what  you  likfe  but)  only  don't  think 
of  flying,  n.  10,  447  :  in  repeating  an-- 
other's  words,  ερώτα...,  ερωτώ  δή.... 
well,  I  do  ask,  Xen. — 2.  with  sub- 
stantives, usu.  Att.  in  ironical  sense, 
Lat.  scilicet,  videlicet,  e.  g.  ειςίρ/αγε 
τάς  έταιρίδας  δή,  lie  brought  in  the 
pretended  courtesans,  Xen.  Hell.  5,  4, 
6,  cf  Thuc.  6,  80.— 3.  with  adjectives, 
usu.  to  strengthen  their  force,  μόί'η 
δή,  all  alone.  Soph.:  hence  freq.  with 
μέγας,  πολύς  δή,  and  esp.  with  su- 
perl.  e.  g.  κράτιστοι  δή,  confessedly 
321 


ΔΗΙΟ 

the  best. — i.  with  pronouns,  to  mark 
the  person  or  thing  strongly,  Ιμε  όη 
ώδε  άιαθΐΐναι,  thus  to  use  a  man  Uke 
me,  Hdt. ;  and  so  oft.  in  questions, 
συ  δή--.ίτύ'λμησας  ;  )'0U  of  all  persons  ί 
Id.:  τοίοΐςόε  όή...επ'  αίηύμασιν  with 
so  strong  charges,  Aesch. ;  τυϋτο  (5//, 
this  and  this  only,  Thuc.  :  so  with 
rehitives,  οίος  δ>/  σι),  just  such  as 
thou,  11.  24,  376 :  so  with  indcf.  pro- 
nouns, δ//  increases  the  indclhiitc- 
ness,  όςης  δι'/,  etc.,  some  one  or 
other,  Lat.  nescio  quis ;  ί'λΆοι  δή, 
others  be.  tkey  who  they  may,  11.  1,  205. 
— 5.  with  other  particles,  δ/}  ailds 
explicitness  :  esp.  alter  relat.  words, 
as  ός  δη...,  ένθα  δ//,  also  ώς  δη,  iVn 
δι},  that  (it  may  be)  exactly  so ;  just 
so  ;  also  ώς  δτ),  ΰτε  δή,  οία  δ/'/,  in  that, 
inasmuch  as;  though  this  ώς  δή  is  usu. 
ironical,  e.  g.  Soph.  O.  C.  809  :  very 
I'req.  with  particles  of  protestation, 
r/  δή,  7/  μύ/.α  δή,  oh  δή  or  δή—ου,  c.  g. 
ου  οήπον  και  συ  ει...,  why  surely  you 
are  not...,  Xen.  :  for  αλλά  δή,  etc.,  v. 
sub  άλΛύ,  etc.  For  fuller  details  v. 
Kuhner  Ausf  Gr.  §  691  sq.,  Ilartung 
Partikeln-Lehre,  1,  p.  245  sqq. 

Aiju/^ωτυς,  ov,  contr.  for  δηϊαλω- 
τος,  q.  V. 

ίΑηάι•ειρα,  contr.  for  Δηιάνειρα, 
Soph.  Tr.  49. 

Αήγμα,  ατός,  τό,  (δύκνω)  a  bite, 
sting,  Xen.  Mem.  1,  3,  12:  metaph. 
λύπης,  Aesch.  Ag.  791,  έρωτος,  Soph. 
Fr.  721,  cf.  Valck.  Phoen.  386. 

Αηγμός,  ού.  ύ,  a  bite,  sting,  Diod. : 
gnawing  pain,  Hipp. 

Αηβά.^^δήΐ',  adv..  long,  for  a  long 
time,  Horn. :  ού  μετά  δηθά,  not  long 
after,  Ap.  Rh.  (orig.  neut.  of  an  old 
word  δ)/θός=δηρός.) 

Ατ/θάκι  and  όηθύκις,  adv.=foreg., 
Nic. 

Αήβε  and  δήθεν,  adv.  (δή)  perhaps, 
J  suppose,  like  δηλαδή  :  mostly  iron., 
like  Lat.  scilicet,  videlicet,  to  wit,  for- 
sooth, esp.  with  ώς,  of  misconceptions 
and  mistakes,  as  if  forsooth,  φέροντες 
ώς  ΰγρην  δήθεν,  Hdt.  1,  73,  ώς  κατη- 
σκόττονς  δ.  έόντας,  Hdt.  3,  136,  cf.  6, 
39  ;  8,  5  ;  so  too  Ear.  Η.  F.  949,  etc. 

ΑηΗύνω,  f.  -ννώ,  {δηθά)  to  tarry,  be 
long,  delay,  Horn. 

Αηίύασκον,  Ep.  impf.  of  δηϊόω. 

Αηϊά7ίωτος,  ov,  {δήίος,  άλίσκομαι, 
άλώΐΌί)  tt'.hen  by  the  enemy,  captive, 
Eur.  Andr.  105:  contr.  οτιύλωτος, 
Aesch.  Theb.  72. 

^Αηηϊνειρα,  ας,  ή,  and  Αηΰνειρα, 
Soph.  Tr.  49.  Dejanna,  daughter  of 
Oeneus,  and  wife  of  Hercules.  Soph. 
Tr.  104,  etc. — 2.  daughter  of  Nereus 
and  Doris,  A])ollod.  1,  2. 

\Αηίύρης,  ονς,  ό,  De'iares,  an  Athe- 
nian, Aeschin. 

^ Αηϊ,δάμεια,  ας.  ή,  Deidamia,  daugh- 
ter of  Lycomedes,  king  of  Scyros, 
Apollod.  3,  12,  8.-2.  wife  of  Piri- 
thous,  elsewhere  Hippodamia,  Pint. 
Th.  30.— 3.  sister  of  Pyrrhus,  Plut. 
Pyrrh.  1.— 4.  daughter  of  foreg.,  Paus. 

^ΑηΙκόων.  ωντος.  ύ,  Deicdon,  son  of 
Hercules  and  Megara,  Paus.  2,  7,  9. 
—2.  a  Trojan,  II.  5.  534. 

^Αηϊλέων,  οντος,  ό.  De'ileon,  son  of 
De'imachus.  an  Argonaut,  Ap.  Rh.  2, 
958.     Others  in  Q.  Sm.,  etc. 

^Α?μμαχος.  ov,  Ό,  De'imachus.  father- 
in-law  of  Aeolus,  Apollod.  1,  7,  5. — 2. 
son  of  Neleus,  Id.  1,  9,  9.-3.  father 
of  Autolycus,  Ap.  Rh.  2,  955. 

^ΑηϊόκηΓ,  ην  Ion.  fw,  6,  Deioces, 
king  of  tHe  Medes,  Hdt.  1,  16. 

^Αηϊονενς.  έωΐ,  ό,  De'ioneus,  son  of 
Eurytus  of  Oochalia,  Plut.  Thes.  8. 
— 2.  father-in-law  of  Ixion,  Pind.  cf. 
Arjiuv. 

322 


ΔΗΛΗ 

ίΑι/ϊονίδης.  ov,  ό,  son  of  De'ion,  i.  e. 
Cephalus,  Calliin.  uian.  209. 

^Αηιοττίτης,  ov,  ό,  De'iopiies,  a  Tro- 
jan, son  of  Priam,  II.  11,  420,  Apollod. 
3,  12,  15,  Αηίόπτης. 

Αήϊος,  η,  ov,  Ep.  and  Ion.  for  δάϊος, 
hostile,  11. ;  contr.  δήος,  Aesch.  Cho. 
628.  [ήί  in  Anyte  Ep.  1,  cf.  Jac.  A.  P. 
p.  152.] 

ίΑιμυταρος.  ov,  ό,  De'iolarus,  king 
of  Gallatia,  Plut.  Anton.  63. 

Αηϊοτής,  ήτος,  ή,  (δή'ίος)  the  press 
or  din  of  battle,  the  fight,  battle,  freq.  in 
Hom.  (esp.  II.) :  mortal  struggle,  death, 
Od.  12,  257. 

\Αηίοχος,  ov,  6,  Deiochus,  a  Greek, 
II.  15.  341. — 2.  a  historian  of  Procon- 
nesus,  Dion.  H. 

Αηϊόω.  contr.  δ-ηόω,  {δήϊος)  to  treat 
as  an  enemy,  Hom.,  6sp.  in  11.,  to  cnt 
down,  slay,  oft.  c.  dat.  instrum.  δ. 
χα?ικώ,  εγχει.  Hom. :  also  δ.  ασπίδας, 
to  cleave  shields  in  the  light :  more 
rare  of  beasts,  e.  g.  of  a  horse  striking 
with  his  hoof,  II.  11,  153,  of  wolves 
rending  a  Stag,  II.  Ifi,  158 :  δ.  περί 
τίνος,  to  struggle  for...,  II.  18,  195. 
Later,  to  ravage  a  counti-y,  δ.  χώραν. 
At.  Lys.  1 146.  άστυ  πνρί,  Soph.  ϋ.  C. 
1319.  [When  the  third  syll.  is  long, 
Hom.  uses  the  contr.  forms  δτ/ώσειν, 
δ-ήονν,  δτιυθέντων,  etc.] 

^Αηίπυλη,  ης,  ή,  Deipyle,  daughter 
of  Adrastus,  wife  of  Tydeus,  Apollod. 
1,8,5. 
^Αηίπνλος,  ov,  6,  De'ipylus,  a  Greek, 
II.  5.  325. 

^Ατμπνρος,  ov,  6,  De'ipynts,  a  Greek 
before  Troy,  II.  9, 83,  etc.— 2.  an  Ath- 
enian, Aeschin. 

ΊΑηίφοίος,  ov,  6,  Deiphobus,  son  of 
Hippolytus,  Apollod.  2,  6,  2. — 2.  son 
of  Priam,  11.  12,  94. 

^Αηίοονος,  ov.  6,  Deiphonus,  a  seer 
of  ApoUonia,  Hdt.  9,  92. 

^Αηϊφόντης,  ov.  ό,  Detphontes,  son 
of  Antimachus,  Apollod.  2,  8,  5. 

Α}μω,=  δηίόω,  έδήίον,  Αρ.  Rh.  3, 
1374. 

fAr/t(jv,  wj'Of,  ό,  De'ion,  son  of  Aeo- 
lus, father  of  Cephaleus,  Apollod.  1, 
7,  3:  called  also  Αιμονενς,  Id.,  Strab. 

Αηκτήριος.  ov,  (δύκνυ)  biting,  sting- 
ing, torturing,  καρδίας,  Eur.  Hec.  235. 

Αήκτης,  ov,  6,  (δύκνω)  a  biter,  δ. 
λόγος,  stinging,  Plut.     Hence 

Αηκτικός,  ή,  όν,  biting,  stinging, 
Arist.  H.  .\.  :  metaph.  pungent,  severe, 
ΰστίΐον  και  δ.,  Luc.     Adv.  -κώς. 

Αηλαδή,  adv.  (δήλος,  δή)  clearly, 
plainly,  of  course.  Soph.  O.  T.  1501, 
Eur.  I.  A.  1306 :  iron.,  προφύσιος 
τήςδε  δ....  on  this  pretext  as  if  for- 
sooth..., Hdt.  4,  135:  also  in  answers, 
oil  ττόλλ'  ενεστί  δείνα  τω  yyoa  κακά; 
■  ■■δη'λαδή.  yes  plainly,  Ar.  Vesp.  441. 

Ατιλαίνω,  collat.  form  of  sq. 

Αη?ιέομαι,  fut.  -ήσομαι.  dep.  mid., 
(δαιω,  Lat.  deleo.)  To  destroy,  slay, 
'Αχαιούς,  II.  4,  66  :  to  dn  a  mischief 
to,  icound,  χα'λκω,  Od.  22,  278  :  also 
absol.,  to  do  mischief,  be  hvrtful,  II.  14, 
102,  Od.  10,  459:  of  things,  καρπον 
δηλι/σασθαι,  to  lay  waste,  spoil,  II.  1, 
156:  opKia  δ.,  to  7nake  nothing  of, 
break,  violate,  oaths,  truces,  II.  3,  107  : 
of  loss  by  theft,  to  plunder,  rob,  Od. 
8,444;  13,  124.  Later,  to  injure,  of 
mischief  done  by  magic,  Theocr.  9, 
36,  by  wine,  etc.  Perf  in  pass,  signf. 
δεδηλήσθαι,  Hdt.  4,  198. 

Αηλήεις,  εσσα,  εν,  =  δηλήμυν, 
Orph. 

Αήλημα,  ατός,  τό,  mischief,  ruin : 
usu.  act.,  νηών  δ.,  the  curse  of  ships, 
Od.  12,  286;  δ.  οδοιπόρων,  a  pest  to 
wayfarers,  Aesch.  Fr.  114,  cf.  Soph. 
O.  T.  1495. 


ΔΗΑΟ 

ΑηλΥ/μων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  [δηλέομαι) 
bringing  mischief,  destructive,  ll.  24,  33  : 
as  subst.  βροτών  δηλίιμιον,  destroyer, 
Od,  18,  85,  116:  so  όφιες  ανθρώπων 
ov  δηλήμονες,  doing  men  no  hurt,  Hdt. 
2,74. 

Αήλησις,  εως,  ή,  (δη?.έομαι)  ruin, 
mischief,  Hdt.  1,  41  ;  4,  112. 

Αη'λητήρ,  ήρος,  ό,  (δηλεομαι)  α  de- 
stroyer, Ep.  Hom.  14,  8.     Hence 

Αη?α/τήριος,  oi>, mischievous,  destruc- 
tive, TO  δηλητήριον,  sub.  φάρμακου, 
poison,  Plut. 

Αηλητηριώδης,  ες,  (δηλητήηιον,  εί- 
δος) hurtful,  poisonous,  Theophr. 

Αήλια,  τά,  V.  sub  Αήλιος. 
ίΑηλία,   ας,  ή,  the  Delian  goddess, 
epith.  of  Diana,  as  born  in  Delos. — 
2.  Delia,  feni.  pr.  n.,  Ath.  , 

^Α7]λιάδης,  ov,  ό,  Deliades,  son  Ol 
Glaucus,  brother  of  Bellerophon, 
Apollod.  2,  3,  1. 

^Αηλιάκός,  ή,  όν,  of  or  belonging  to 
Delos,  Delian,  Thuc,  etc. 

Αηλιάς,  άδος,  ή,  pecul.  fein.  to 
Αήλιος,  Delian,  κονραι  Αηλ.,  Delian 
nyynphs,  H.  Hom.  A  p.  157 :  also  α 
Delian  woman,  Ath. — II.  the  Delian 
ship,  which  bore  Theseus  to  Crete 
when  he  slew  the  Minotaur.  In  me- 
mory of  this,  it  was  sent  every  fourth 
year,  with  a  solemn  deputation  to 
the  Delian  Apollo  :  v.  θεωρίς.  θεωρός, 
and  cf.  Plat.  Phaed.  58,  Bockh  P.  E. 

1,  286,  sq.  Also  ή  Αηλία,  sc.  νανς, 
Xen. 

Αηλιαστής,  ov,  6,  one  of  the  Athe- 
nian deputation  to  Delos,  Ath.,  v.  foreg. 

^Αήλιον,  ov,  TO,  (ιερόν)  temple  of  the 
Delian  Apollo  ;  hence  as  pr.  n.,  De- 
liuni. — 1.  a  city  on  the  coast  of  Boe- 
otia,  where  the  Athenians  were  de- 
feated by  the  Boeotians,  Hdt.  6,  118, 
Thuc.  4,  76,  etc. — 2.  a  place  in  La- 
conia  on  the  Argolicus  Sinus,  Strab. 

Αήλιος,  a,  ov,  also  ος,  ov,  Eur. 
Tro.  89,  of  or  belonging  to  Delos,  De- 
lian, Pind.  P.  9,  17 :  ό  Αήλιος,  the 
Delian  god,  epith,  of  Apollo,  and  ή 
Αη'λία,  the  Delian  goddess,  of  Diana, 
as  born  in  Delos,  Thuc,  etc. :  ή  Αη- 
λία, a\so=:  Αηλιάς  U.,  Xen.  Mem.  3, 
8,  2  :  in  pi.  oi  Αή?  loi,  the  inhnh.  of 
Delos,  the  Delians,  Hdt.  etc.  :  τά  Αη- 
/ίΐα,  (ιερά)  the  festival  of  Apollo  at 
Delos,  v,  Αιβ.ιάς  II. 

Αήλομαι,  Dor.  for  βούλομαι,  also 
δηλέομαι,  -ήσοααι,  Valck,  Ad.  p.  258 
C.  ' 

Αηλονότι,  adv.  ίοτ  δή7,ον  δτι,=  δη- 
?ιαδή,  it  is  plain  that,  clearly,  of  course, 
Plat.  Crito  53  A. — II.  Gramm.,  namely, 
that  is,  Lat.  videlicet.  Bast.  Greg.  p. 
804. 

Αη?.οποιέω,  ώ,  (δήλος,  ποιέω)  to 
make  clear,  Plut. 

Αήλος,  ov,  ή,  Delos,  one  of  the  Cy- 
clades,  birthplace  of  and  sacred  to 
Apollo  and  Diana,  Od..  etc. :  called 
also  'OpTvyia,  now  Delo  or  Sdille. — • 

2.  the  chief  city  of  the  island  was 
also  called  Delos.  (Prob.  from  sq., 
ace.  to  the  story  of  its  becoming 
visible  on  a  sudden.) 

ΑήλοΓ,  η,  ov,  also  ος,  ov,  Eur.  Med. 
1197  ;  also  δέελος,  II.  10,  466,  viiible, 
clear :  manifest,  evident,  certain,  Od. 
20,  333,  (not  found  elsevvh.  in  Horn.): 
in  Att.  often  constr.  with  part.,  δήληΐ 
είσι  μη  ίπιτρέψοντες,  they  are  clearly 
not  going  to  permit,  i.  e.  it  is  clear 
that  they  will  not,  Thuc.  1,  71  ;  also 
with  ώς,  δήλος  εστίν  ώς  τι  δρασείων 
κακόν.  Soph.  Aj.  326,  cf.  Xen.  An, 
1,  5,  9  :  but  also  δή?  ης  or  δή7.ον  ότι..., 
with  a  verb,  as  Thuc.  1,  38,  93,  cf. 
Xen.  An.  1.  3,  9,  whence  δη?ονότι, 
q.  v.,  cf.  Kuhner  Gr.  Gr.  ^  771,  2 


ΔΗΜΑ 

ί^?,0£•  itself  is  oft.  used  like  όη/.ονότι, 
as  αντος  "αρος  αντοϋ•  δήλον...,  all  by 
himself;  yes  plainly.  Soph.  Aj.  906, 
cf.  Ar.  Av.  1407.  Lys.  919 :  Eur.  also 
has  δή}.Ός  όρασθαι...ών  (where  the 
inf  is  pleon.)  Or.  350:  δήλον  -ϊτοιεΐν, 
=  διι7.ονν,  to  make  plain  or  known, 
Thuc.  6, 34 ;  also  to  explain,  Dem.  Adv. 
-λαΐζ•.  (Ace.  to  Buttm.  akin  to  ίδεΐν, 
through  ίδη?Μζ,  άρίδη?.ος,  ΰρίζηλος.) 

Αη/.όω,  ώ,  f.  -ώσω,  {δή'λ,ος)  to  show, 
make  visible  or  clear,  Hdt.,  etc. — 2.  to 
point  out,  make  knowti,  reveal,  Aesch., 
and  Soph. — 3,  to  prove.  Soph.  O.  C. 
146,  Thuc.  1,  3. — I.  to  declare,  Thuc. 
4,  68 :  to  explain,  set  forth,  2,  62  :  also 
to  indicate,  signify.  Id.  1,  10,  etc. — 5. 
to  point  out,  order.  Soph.  O.  T.  77. — 
Construct. :  δ.  τινί  τι,  also  δ.  τι  προς 
or  ύς  τίνα.  Soph.  Tr.  369,  Thuc.  1, 
90,  and  δ.  τινϊ  ττερί  Tivoc,  Lys. :  δή- 
λοι δτι...,  Hdt.  2,  149,  etc. ;  but  this 
is  oft.  expressed  by  a  part.,  which  if 
it  refers  to  the  nom.  of  the  verb,  is 
itself  in  nom.  as  δηλώσω  ττατρί,  μη 
άσττ/.αγχνος  γεγώς,  Ι  v:ill  show  my 
father  that  I  am  no  weakling.  Soph. 
Aj.  472  :  όηλοΐς  ώς  σημανών  τι.  thou 
lookst  as  though  thou  hast  somewhat  to 
tell.  Soph.  Ant.  242,  cf  foreg.,  and 
Kilhner  Gt.  Gr.  65S.  The  usu.  fut. 
pass,  is  όΐ]7.ώ'7ομαι,  but  we  have  δη- 
/.οιβησομαι,  Thuc.  1,  144.  —  II.  in- 
ντΆηΒ.  =  όή?.ός-είμι.  to  be  clear  or  plain, 
δη?.οϊ  ότι  οΰκ  Όμηρου  τα  Κύ-ρια 
επεί  εστί,  Hdt.  2.  117,  and  so  prob. 
9,  68,  cf  Heind.  Plat.  Crat.  434  C  : 
for  Soph.  Aj.  878,  v.  Herm.  ad  1. :  so 
too,  εδήλωσε,  Xen.  Mem.  1,  2,  32. 
Hence 

θήλωμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  means  of  point- 
ing out,  a  proof.  Plat. 

Αήλωσις.  εως,  η,  {δηλ,όω)  a  pointing 
out,  manifestation^  explaining,  Thuc, 
Plat.,  etc. :  δ.  7Τθΐεϊσθαι=δη?^ονι•,  Id. 

4,  40. — 2.  a  direction,  command.  Plat. 
— 3.  α  proclamation,  manifesto,  Hdn. 

Αηλωτέον.  verb.  adj.  from  δη/.όω, 
one  must  set  forth,  explain.  Plat.  Tim. 
48  E. 

Αηλωτικός,  ή,  όν,  {δη?Μω)  expres- 
sive, indicative,  τινός,  Hipp. 

^Αημαγόρας,  ov,  ό,  Demagoras,  a 
poet  or  historian,  Dion.  H.  —  2.  a 
Rhodian,  Pint.  Luc.  3. 

Αημΰγωγέο,  ώ,  to  be  a  δημαγωγός, 
to  lead  the  people,  κα/.ώς  δ.,  Isocr.  18 
A  :  but  almost  always  in  bad  sense, 
Ar.  Ran.  419,  etc.,  cf  δημαγωγός: 
c.  ace.  pers.,  δ.  άνδρας,  to  curry  favour 
tmth,  Xen.  An.  7,  6,  4  ;  c.  ace.  rei,  to 
introduce  measures  so  as  to  win  popu- 
larity, Dion.  H. — 2.  to  render  popular, 
App. 

Αημΰγωγία.  ας,  ή,  the  conduct,  tricks, 
character  of  a  δημαγωγός,  Ar.  Eq.  191, 
cf  δημαγωγός. 

Αημάγωγικός,  ή,  όν. fit  for,  belong- 
ing to  a  demagogue,  Ar.  Eq.  217.  Adv. 
-κώς  ■  from 

Αηιιάγωγός,  ov.  6,  (δήμος,  άγω)  a 
popular  leader:  orig.  without  any  bad 
sense,  and  so  of  Pericles  in  Isocr. 
184  D  :  but  by  that  time  in  genl.  the 
head  of  a  mob,  an  unprincipled,  faclimis 
orator,  demagogue,  like  Cleon,  etc., 
Ar.  passim,  cf  esp.  Arist.  Pol.  4,  4  ; 

5.  6,  and  Herm.  Pol.  Ant.  (J  69. 
^Αημάόης,  ov,  a,  Demades,  the  cele- 
brated Athenian  orator,  an  opponent 
of  Demosthenes,  Dem.  320.  27 :  hence 
adj.  Αημάδειος,  a,  ov,  of  Demades, 
Demadean.  Dem.  Phal. 

^Αημαινέτη,  ης,  ή,  DemaenSte,  fem. 
pr.  η  ,  Hipp. 

^Αημαίνετος,  ov,  ό,  Demaenetus,  an 
Athenian  conmiander,  Xen  Hell.  5, 
1    10. 


ΔΗΜΗ 

Αημαίτητος,  ov,  {δήμος,  αΐτέω)  de- 
manded by  the  people. 

Αημΰκίδιον,  ov,  τό,  a  comic  dim. 
from  δήμος,  used  by  way  of  coaxing, 
Ar.  Eq.  823.  [/ci] 

Αημύράτος,  ov,  (δήμος,  άρύομαι) 
prayed  for  by  the  people  :  hence 

^Αημύράτος  Ion.  -ρητός,  Dor.  Δα- 
μύρύτος,  ov,  ό,  Demaratus,  a  king  of 
Sparta,  with  Cleomenes ;  being  ex- 
pelled by  him,  he  went  to  the  Per- 
sian court,  Hdt.  6,  63,  etc. — 2.  an 
Athenian  archon,  Thuc.  6,  105. — 3. 
a  Corinthian  partisan  of  Philip,  Dem. 
324,  14,  Plut.  Alex.  9.-4.  a  Rhodian, 
Plut.  Phoc.  18.  — 5.  father  of  Tar- 
quinius  Priscus,  Polyb.  6,  2,  10. — 6. 
an  historian,  Apollod. 

ΙΑηααρέτη.  ης,  ή,  Demarete,  a  poet- 
ess, Ath.  685  B. 

^Αημάρετος.  ov,  6,  DemSrStus,  tutor 
of  the  children  of  Aristaechmus,  Dem. 
987, 18,  seqq. — 2.  an  Olympian  victor, 
Paus. — 3.  father  of  Theopompus,  Id. 
^Αημαρίστη.  ηΓ,  ή,  Demariste,  fem. 
pr.  n.',  Plut.  Tim'ol.  3. 

^Αηιιάρμενος,  ov,  ό,  DemarmSnus,  a 
Lacedaemonian,  father  of  Prinetidas 
and  Chilon,  Hdt.  5,  41  ;  6,  65. 

Αημσρχέω,  ώ,  to  be  δήμαρχος  at 
Athens,  Isae.  ap.  Dion.  H.,  or  tribune 
at  Rome,  Plut. 

Αημαρχία,  ας,  ή,  the  office  or  rank  of 
δήααρχος,  Dem.  1318, 18;  the  tribunate, 
Plut.  ' 

Αημαρχικός,  ή,  όν,  of  a  δήμαρχος, 
or  tribune,  Dio  C. 

Αήμαρχος,  ov.  ό,(δήμος,  άρχω)  gover- 
nor of  the  people,  and  so — 1.  at  .Athens, 
the  president  of  a  δήμος.  Or  township, 
who  managed  its  affairs,  kept  the 
registers,  etc.,  and  had  to  enforce  the 
collection  of  certain  taxes,  Ar.  Nub. 
37,  and  oft.  in  Inscrr. ;  in  earlier  times 
the  corresponding  officer  was  called 
νανκραρος,  Bockh  P.  E.  2,  281,  sq. — 
2.  at  Rome,  a  tribune  of  the  people, 
Plut. 

1  Αήμαρχος,  ov,  ό,  Demarchus,  a  Sy- 
racusan  commander,  Thuc.  8,  85. 

fAημέaς,ov,ό.Demeas,  an  Athenian, 

father  of  Philocrates,  Thuc.  5,  116. 

Others  in  Xen.  Mem.  2, 7,  6,  Ath.,  etc. 

Αημεραστής,  ov,  ό,  (δήμος,  εράω) 

friend  of  the  people,  Plut. 

Αήμενσις.  εως,  ή,  confiscation  of  one's 

property.  Lat.  pvblicatio  bonorum.  Plat. 

I  Prot.  325  C,''Dem.  215,  24:  from 

i       Αημενω,  (δήμος)  orig.  to  declare  a 

!  ύύηζ  public  property ,  esp.  of  a  citizen's 

goods,  to  seize,   confiscate  them,  Lat. 

publicare,  Thuc.  5,  '60,  Xen.,  etc.— 2. 

1  in  genl.   to  make  public,  δεδήμενται 

\  κράτος,  the  power  is  in  the  hands  of 

I  the  people,  Eur.  Cycl.  119. 

Αημεχθής,  ες.  {δήμος,  εχθος)  hated 
I  by  the  people.  Call.  ap.  Choerob. 

Αημηγορέω.  ώ,  {δημηγόρος)  to  be  a 
public  orator,  Ar.  ;  to  harangue  the  peo- 
ple, Dem.  29,  17 :   also  c.  ace.  cog- 
I  nato,  δ.  λόγον.  Id.  3t5,  29:  to  make 
i  long  speeches,  to  be  long-winded,  Stallb. 
i  Plat.  Gorg.  4S2  C,   or  perh.   to  tute 
[  tricks  and  fallacies,  such  as  go  down 
[  in  popular  harangues,  Heind.  ibid.,  v. 
sq.,  and  cf  δημόομαι,  βητορενω. 

Αηαηγορία,    ας,    ή,    α    deliberative 

speech,  ορρ.  to  judicial  speaking:  a 

speech  in  the  public  assembly,  Aesehin. 

36,  31. — II.  a  long  copious  speech.  Plat., 

or   perh.    an   excursive  style,  or  of  a 

plausible,  fallaciotis  kind,  Heind.  Plat. 

,  Theaet.  162  D,  cf.  foreg. 

j       Αημηγορικός.   ή,    όν,  {δημηγόρος) 

of,  behnzins  to  miblic  speaking,  σΟφία, 

Plat.  Rep.  365  D,  λόγος,  Arist.  Eth. 

N. :  qualified  for  it,  Xen.  Mem.  1,  2, 

i  48.    Adv.  -κώς. 


ΔΗΜΙ 

Αημηγόρος,  ov,  {δήμος,  αγορεύω) 
haranguing  the  people,  addressing  the 
assembly,  ό  δ.,  a  public  speaker,  Plat., 
and  Xen. :  τιμαΐ  δ.,  a  speaker's  ho- 
nours, Eur.  Hec.  254  :  στμοφαΐ  δ-ημη- 
γόροι,  rhetorical  tricks,  Aesch.  Supp. 
623. 

Αημτ]?Μσία,  ας,  ή,  exile,  Aesch. 
Supp.  :  from 

Αημήλατος,  ov,  {δήμος,  έ/.αννω) 
publicly  exiled,  Aesch.  Supp.  614. 

Αημήτηρ,  τερος  and  τρος,  ή :  an 
ace.  Αήμητραν  also  occurs,  as  if  from 
a  nom.'  Αήμτιτρα,  Plat.  Crat.  404  B, 
Epigr.  ap.  Paus.  1,  37,  2:  Demeter, 
Lat.  Ceres,  goddess  of  agriculture 
and  rural  life,  mother  of  Persephone 
(Proserpina),  seldom  mentioned  in 
II.  (never  in  Od.) :  the  chief  autho- 
rity for  her  legends  is  H.  Hom.  Cer. 
Met.  the  gifts  of  Ceres,  corn,  bread, 
0pp.  (Prob.  =  γή  μήτηρ,  mother 
earth,  cf.  δΰ.)    Hence 

Αημητρεΐος,  ov,=  Αημήτριος,  Plut. 
\Αηα7]τρία,  ας,  ή,  Demetria,  fem.  pr. 
n..  Ar.  Nub.  684. 
^Αημητριακός  ή,  όν,^=Αημήτριος. 
^Αημητριύς.   ύδος,   ή,   Demelrias,   a 
city  of  Thessaly  on  the  Pagasaean 
gulf,  founded  by  Demetrius,  Strab. 
— 2.  a  city  of  Assyria,  not  far  from 
Arbela,  Strab. — 3.  an  Attic  tribe,  so 
called  in  honour  of  Demetrius  Poli- 
oreetes,   Plut.   Demetr.   10.  —  4.  the 
last  day  of  the  month,  so  called  by 
Athenians  in  honour  of  the  same,  lb. 
12. 

^Αηιιητριενς,    έως,    ό,   an  inhab.   of 
Demelrias  1,  Polyb.  3,  6,  4.  . 
\Αημήτριον,  τό.  v.  sq.  II. 

Αΐ]μήτριος,  lov,  of  or  belonging  to 
Demeter,  or  Ceres,  καρττός  Α.,  corn, 
Theophr. — II.  to  Αημήτριον.  the  tem- 
ple of  D.,  Strab. — HI.  tu  Αημήτρια, 
her  festival,  Plut. 

ΙΑημήτριος,  OV,  6,  Demetrius,  com- 
mon masc.  pr.  n. — 1.  ό  ΤΙολιορκητής, 
son  of  king  Antigonus,  conquered 
Macedon,  but  seven  years  after  was 
driven  out  by  Pyrrhus,  Polyb.,  etc. 
— 2.  a  king  of  Syria,  surnamed  Σωτήρ, 
161-150  Β.  C,  Diod.  — 3.  a  king  of 
Syria,  B.  C.  145-126,  surnamed  Nt- 
κύτωρ,  Diod. — 4.  son  of  king  Philip 
of  Macedon,  brother  of  Perseus.  Diod. 
— 5.  ό  Φα?.ηρεύς,  a  celebrated  orator, 
pupil  of  Theophrastus.  governor  of 
Athens  under  Cassander,  Diod.,  Plut., 
etc. — 6.  ό  Φύριος,  goA-emor  of  Cor- 
cyra,  under  the  Illyrian  queen  Teuta, 
Polyb.,  Strab. — 7.  ό  Σκέψιος,  a  gram- 
marian in  Strab.,  who  mentions  many 
others  of  this  name,  as  Polyb.  also, 
etc. 

^ Αημητριών,  ώνος,  ό,  Demetrion,  the 
Athenians  so  named  the  month 
Munvchion,  in  honour  of  Demetrius 
Poliorcetes,  Plut.  Dem.  12. 

Αημίδιον,  ov,  τό,  comic  dim.  froiH 
δήμος,  Ar.  Eq.  726,  1199,  like  δημα- 
κίδιον.  [ϊ(ϊ] 

Αημίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (δήμος)  to  affect  the 
popular  side,  cheat  the  people,  Ar.  Vesp. 
699. 

Αημιοεργός,  όν,  poet,  for  δημιουρ- 
γός, q.  v. 

Αημιοπληθής,  ες,  {δήμος,  πλήθος) 
κτήνη  δ.,  cattle  which  are  the  people's 
wealth,  Aesch.  Ag.  128.^ 

Αημιόττρΰτα,  ων,  τά,  {δήμιος,  πι- 
πρύσκω)  goods  seized  by  public  author- 
ity, and  put  up  for  sale  ;  included 
among  the  heads  of  revenue  by  Ar. 
Vesp.  659,  cf  Bockh  P.  E.  1,  265 ;  2, 
127.  sqq. 

Αήαιος,  ov,  Att.  also  sometimes  a, 
ov.  {^ήαος)  belonging  to  the  people,  οί- 
κος, Od.  20,  264  ;  αίσνμνήται,  judges 
323 


ΔΠΜΟ 

ehcted  by  the  people,  Od.  8,  259  :  πρηξ- 
ις,  a  public  mailer,  opp.  to  ιδία,  Od. 
3,  82:  c5//^ioi',  Od.  2,  32;  4,  314:  as 
adv.,  δι/μια  ττίνΐΐν,  at  the  public  cost, 
11.  17,  250:  TO  δήμιον,=  τυ  κοινόν, 
the  commonweal,  Aesch.  Supp.  370  : 
δημνσωςϊϋ  more  usu. — II.  ό  δήμιος, 
{δούλος)  the  public  executioner,  Aes- 
chin.  41,  fin.  ;  also  ό  κοινός  δΖ/μιυς, 
Plat.  Legg.  872  Β.  In  Rep.  439  E, 
we  have  νίκμους  παρά  τώ  δημίφ  Kti- 
μέΐ'ονς,  where  it  would  seem  to  be 
the  place  of  e.vicution  rather  than  the 
man  :  but  this  is  dub. 

Α-^μιονργεΙυν,  ου,  τό,  a  work-place, 
App.  :  from 

Αημιονργέυ,  ώ,  to  be  a  δημιουργός, 
practise  a  trade,  do  work,  Plat.  Soph. 
219  C.  etc. — 2.  c.  ace.  to  work  at, 
make.  Id.  Polit.  288  Ε  ;  hence  in  pass., 
oft.  in  Plat. — II.  to  be  one  of  the  vnagis- 
strates  called  δημιουργοί,  Bockhlnscr. 
1,  p.  739.     Hence 

Αημιηύργημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  work  of 
art :  in  genl.  work,  workmanship,  Za- 
leuc.  ap.  Stob.  p.  279,  20. 

Λημιουργία,  ας,  ή,  workmanship,  art 
and  skill.  Plat.,  etc.  :  in  genl.  work, 
operation,  Arist.  Rhet. —  II.  the  office 
of  the  7nagistrate,  δημιουργός,  Arist. 
Pol. — III.  Creation,  Eccl. 

δημιουργικός,  ή,  όν,  of,  belonging 
to  a  δημιουργός,  whether — 1.  a  handi- 
craftsman, Phil.  Phaedr.  248  Ε  ;  δ. 
ΤΕχί'ήματα,  base  mechanical  works. 
Id.  Legg.  846  D :  or — 2.  a  magistrate, 
hence  το  δ.,  the  board  of  magistrates 
SO  called,  Arist.  Pol.  Adv.  -κώς, 
workmanlike,  Ar.  Pac.  429. 

δημιουργός,  όν,  poet,  δημιοεργός, 
Od.  (δί/μος,  *  ίργω),  working  for  the 
people,  a  workman,  handicraftsman  : 
among  them  in  early  times  we  have 
soothsayers,  surgeons,  heralds,  along 
with  carpenters,  etc.,  Od.  17,  383,  sq., 
19,  135,  of.  Plat.  Symp.  188  D;  of 
confectioners  in  Hdt.  7,  31,  esp.,  a 
maker  of  bride-cakes,  Meineke  Menaiid. 
p.  45  :  in  genl.  a  maker,  νόμου,  Arist. 
Pol.  ;  λόχωΐ',  Aeschin.  84,  36  ;  δ.  κα- 
κών, author  of  ill,  Eur.  Incert.  32 : 
melaph.  όρθρος  δημιουργός,  morn  that 
calls  man  to  work,  H.  Horn.  Merc.  98. 
— 2.  esp.  the  Maker  of  the  world.  Plat., 
and  Xen.,  and  so  esp.  in  the  Neo- 
Plat.  philosophy,  as  the  name  of  God, 
the  Creator — II.  name  of  α  magistrate, 
esp.  in  the  Dorian  states,  of  which 
few  particulars  are  known,  Thuc.  5, 
47,  cf.  Midler  Dor.  3,  8,  §  5,  cf.  ίττιδημ. 
Αημιωστί,  adv.  publicly,  formed  like 
ίερωστί,  μεγαλωστί. 

Αημθ;ίόρος,  ov,  {δήμος,  βορά)  de- 
vourer  of  the  people,  δ.  βασιλεύς,  a 
prince  that  robs  his  people  of  their  pos- 
sessions, II.  1,  231. 

^Αημογένης,  ους,  ό,  Demogenes,  an 
Athenian  archon  01.  115,  4,  Diod.  S. 
Αημογέρων,  οντος,  ό,  {δήμος,  γέ- 
pDV)  an  elder  of  the  people,  one  who 
ranks  high  among  them  from  age  ;  in 
genl.  an  elder,  chief,  11.  11,  372:  and 
in  plur.,  the  nobles,  chiefs,  like  Lat. 
senatores,  II.  3,  149,  cf  Arist.  Eth.  2, 
9,  6  :  δημογ.  θεός,^^ΙαΖί.  deus  mino- 
rum  gentium.  Anth. 

ίΑημοδύμάς,  αντος,  ό,  Demodamas. 
a  poet  of  Haliearnassus  or  Miletus, 
Ath.  682  E. 

Αημοδιδάσκαλος,  ου,  6,  {δήμος,  δι- 
δάσκα?.ος)  α  public  teacher,  preacher, 
Eccl. 

ίΑημοδόκη,  ης,  ή,  Demodoce,  daugh- 
ter of  Agenor,  Hes.  Fr.  73. 

tAημήδoκoc,   ου,    ό,    Demodocus,    a 

blind  singer  among  the  Phaeacians, 

Od.  8,  43.  ό  Κερκυραίος,  Plut.  Music. 

3. — 2.  an  Athenian  commander,  Thuc. 

324 


ΔΗΜΟ 

4, 75. — 3.  an  Athenian,  father  of  The- 
ages,  a  friend  of  Socrates.  Plat. 
Theag.  125  A. — 4.  an  Achaean,  Polyb. 
5,  95,  7.  {δήμος,  δέχομαι,  prop,  well 
received  by  the  people.) 

Αημόθεν,  adv.,  at  the  public  cost,  Od. 
19,  197  ;  opp.  to  οίκοθεν,  from  among 
the  people,  Ap.  Rh. — 11.  δημοθεν  Εύ- 
πνριδιις,  an  Eupyrian  by  deme,  i.  e.  by 
birth,  Anth. 

ΑημοΟοινία,  ας,  ή,  {δήμος,  θοίνη) 
α  public  feast,  Luc. 

Αημόθροος,  οον,  contr.  -θρους, 
-θρυυν,  {δήμος,  θροϋς)  tittered  by  the 
people,  φήμη,  άρα  δ.,  Aesch.  Ag.  9,38, 
1409,  1413  :  hence  δ.  αναρχία,  law- 
lessness and  sedition,  lawless  clam- 
our, lb.  883. 

Αημοκατάρατος,  ov,  {δήμος,  κατά- 
ρύομαΐ)  cursed  publicly. 

Αημοκηδής,  έος,  ό,  {δήμος,  κήδομαι) 
friend  of  the  people,  Lat.  poplicola, 
Strab.     Hence 

\Αημοκήδης,  ους,  δ,  Democedes,  a 
celebrated  physician  of  Crotona,  Hdt. 

3,  125. 

^Αημηκλείδης,  ov,  ό,  Democlxdes,  an 
Athenian  orator,  Archon  01.  116,  1, 
Diod.  S.— 2.  a  writer,  Ath.  174  F. 

^ΑΊ]μόκλειτος.  ου.  h,  DemoclVas,  in- 
ventor of  the  method  of  communica- 
ting signals  by  torches,  Polyb.  10, 
45,  6. 

^Αημοκλής,  έους,  poet,  uncont. 
-κλέης,  ό,  voc.  -κλεις,  Theog.  919, 
Democles,  common  masc.  pr.  n., —  1. 
an  Athenian  archon.  Pans. —  2.  an 
historian  of  Phigalea,  Strab. — Others 
in  Dem.,  Isae.,  etc. 

Αημόκοινος,  ου,  ό,  {δήμος,  κοινός) 
sub.  δονλος,=^δ!ιμιος,  esp.  the  execu- 
tioner, Soph.  Fr.  869,  Isocr.  361  D,  cf. 
δήμιος  II. — II.  as  adj.,  δημόκοινος,  ov, 
vile,  cor.mon,  of  coarse  food.  Lye.  ap. 
Ath.  420  C. 

Αημοκόλαξ,  ακος,  δ,  (,δήμος,  κόλαξ) 
α  mob-flatterer,  Dion.  Η. 

Αημοκοπέω,  ώ,  to  be  a  δημοκόπος,  to 
currtj  mob-favour,  Plut.  ;  and 

Αημοκότΐημα.  ατός,  τό,  an  attempt 
to  gain,  mob-favour,  App.  :  and 

Αημοκοπία.  ας,  ή,  love  of  mob-popu- 
larity, Dion.  H.  ;  and 

Αημοκοπικός,  ή,  όν,  of.  belonging  to 
a  δημοκόπος,  βίος  δ.,  Plat.  Phaedr. 
248  Ε  :  from 

Αημοκόπος,  ov,  {δήμος,  κόπτω)  a 
mob-courtier,  popularity-hufiter,  Philo  : 
ct.  δοξοκόπος. 

^Αημοκόων,  ωντος,  ό,  Democoiin,  son 
of  Priam,  11.  4,  499. 

Αημόκραντος,  ov,  {δήμος,  κραίνω) 
confirmed,  ratified  by  the  people,  αρά  δ., 
Aesch.  Ag.  457. 

Αημοκρΰτέομαι,  as  pass,  {δήμος, 
κρατέω)  to  have  a  democratical  consti- 
tution, live  in  a  democracy ,  Ar.  Ach.  642, 
and  freq.  in  Thuc.  :  in  very  late  au- 
thors also  in  act. :  cf  όλιγαρχέομαι. 

Αημοκρύτεια  and  -τία,  ας,  ή,  de- 
mocracij,  popular  government :  On  its 
nature,  v.  Thuc.  6,  89,  Arist.  Pol.  4, 

4,  12  ;  6,  1,  sq. 

^Αημοκρύτης,  ους,  ό,  {δί/μος,  κρατέω) 
Democrates,  a  common  masc.  pr.  n., 
Xen.  An.  4,  4,  15  ;  Dem.,  etc. 

^Αημοκρατίδης,  ov,  o,  Democratides, 
an  Athenian,  Dem.  929,  26. 

Αημοκρΰτίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  to  be  on  the 
democratical  side,  App. 

Αημοκράτικός,  ή,  όν,  {δημοκρατία) 
belonging,  suited  to  a  democracy,  νόμοι. 
Plat.  Rep.  338  Ε  :  δημοκρατικόν  τι 
δράν,  to  do  a  popular  act,  Ar.  Ran. 
952  :  of  persons,  a  democrat,  favourer 
of  democracy,  Arist.  Eth.  N.  Adv. 
-κώς,  Diod. 

^Αημύκριτος,  ov,  ό,  Democritus,  an 


ΔΗΜΟ 

illustrious  Naxian,  Hdt.  8,  4G. — 2.  an 
Athenian,  son  of  Demophon,  of  Aphid 
nae,  Dcni.  250. 15. — 3.  of  Abdera,  the 
celebrated  jihilosopher,  contemporary 
with  Socrates,  styled  ό  Γελασϊνος, 
the  laughing  philosopher,  Arist.,  Diog. 
L.,  etc.     Hence 

^Αημοκρίτειος,  a,  ov,  of  Democritus, 
Democrilean  ;  o'l  Αημοκρίτειοι,  the  fol- 
lowers of  Democritus,  Ael.  V.  H.  12,25. 

Αημόλενστος,  ov,  {δήμος,  λενω) 
publicly  stoned,  δ.  φόνος  by  public  sto- 
ning. Soph.  Ant.  36. 

^Αημολέων,  οντος,  ύ,  {δήμος,  λέων) 
Demoleon,  son  of  Antcnor,  II.  20,  395, 
— Others  in  Plut.,  Q.  Sm.,  etc. 

Αημολογέω,  =  δημόομαι,  Anth.  ; 
and 

Αημολογικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to 
public  speaking  :  ό  δ-,  a  mob-orator. 
Plat.  Soph.  268  B.     Adv.  -κώς. 

Αημολογοκ?.έων,  οντος,  ό,  {δημολ- 
όγος,  Κλέων)  a  nickname  given  to 
Bdclycleon  in  Ar.  Vesp.  by  the  Chorus. 

Αημολόγος,  ov,  {δήμος,  λέγω)  a 
haranguer. 

1:Αημομέλ.ης,  ους,  6,  Demomeles,  an 
Athenian,  son  of  Demon,  a  relative 
of  Demosthenes,  Dem.  302,  25. 

Αημόνησος,  ov,  ή,  Demonlsus,  an 
island  in  the  Propontis  near  Chalcc- 
don,  Arist. ;  ace.  to  Hesych.  two  isl- 
ands, Chalcitis  and  Pityusa. 

\Αΐ)μονίκη,  ης,  ή,  Demonlce.  daugh- 
ter of  Agenor,  Apollod.  1,7,  7. 

Αημονίκος,  ov,  ό,  Demonicus.  name 
of  two  Athenians  in  Dem.  205,  5 ; 
272,  6.-2.  a  comic  poet.  Ath.  410  D. 
— 3.  son  of  Hipponicus,  to  whom 
Isocrates  addressed  an  oration. 

^Αημόνους,  ov,  δ,  Demoiunis,  a  Pa- 
piiian,  Hdt.  7,  195. 

Αημόομαι,  dep.,  {δήμος)  to  talk  or 
act  popularly,  Lat.  popularitvr  lo<jui, 
agere  :  esp.  to  play  the  buffoon,  Kuhnk. 
Tim. 

Αημοπίθηκος,  ov,  ό,  {δήμος,  πίθη- 
κος) a  mob-monkey,  charlatan,  Ar.  Ran. 
1085. 

Αημοποίητος,  ov,  {δήμος,  ποιέω) 
enrolled,  made  a  citizen,  but  not  a  citi- 
zen by  birth,  Ruhnk.  Tim.,  cf.  Dem. 
1376,  15. 

ίΑηυόπολις,  ιδος,  ό,  Dmnopdlis.  son 
of  Tliemistocles.  Pint.  Them.  32. 

Αημόπρακτος,  ov,  {δήμος,  πράσσω) 
dotie  by  the  people,  Aesch.  Supp.  942. 

^ Αημοπτόλεμος,  ον,ό.  Demoptolemus, 
one  of  the  suitors  of  Penelope,  Od. 
22,  242. 

ΑημοΙ)()ίφής,  ες,  {δήμος,  βίπτω)  hurl- 
ed, cast,  flung  by  the  people,  iipal  6., 
Aesch.  Ag.  1616. 

Αήμος,  ov,  ό.  prob.  first  a  country- 
district,  tract  of  enclosed  or  cultivated 
land,  'ϋοιωτοί  μάλα  πίονα  δήμον  έχον- 
τες, Π.  5,  710:  hence  opp.  to  πόλις, 
as  δήμος  τε  πόλις  τε,  so  too  εν  δήμφ 
Ιθάκης,  δήμω  ένΐ  Ύροίης,  Ανκίης  έν 
πίονι  δήμω.  λαοί  ανά  δήμον,  in  the 
land  or  territory  of  Ithaca,  etc.,  Od.  ; 
where  it  is  purely  local  (cf  δήμος 
ονείρων,  Od.  24,  12) :  hence  for  its 
inhabitants,  πόληΐ  τε  παντί  τε  δήμω, 
to  town  and  country,  II.  3,  50.  Hence 
as  in  early  tunes  the  common  people 
were  scattered  through  the  country, 
while  the  chiefs  held  the  city. — II. 
the  commons,  common  people,  Lat.  plebs, 
δήμον  άνήρ,  opp.  to  βασιλεύς,  έξοχος 
ΰνήρ.  etc.,  11.  2,  188,  etc. ;  and  as 
adj.,  δήμος  έών,  being  a  commoner,  I.l. 
12,  213:  as  collect,  with  plnr.  verb, 
H.  Horn.  Cer.  271.  But— [fl.  in  de- 
mocratical states,  esp.  nl  Athens,  the 
commons,  the  people,  the  privileged  order 
of  citizens,  Lat.  populus,  opp.  to  plebs, 
oft.  in  Ar.  Eq.,etc. ;  hence — 2.  a  pop- 


ΔΗΜΟ 
uM  constitntinn,  democracy/,  opp.  to  oi 
ό'λίγοι,  καταπανειν,  καταλνεη•  τον 
δ.,  to  put  down  the  demncracy,  Thuc.  1, 
107  ;  3,  81. — IV.  oi  όημοι  (irom  sfgnf. 
I.),  in  Attica,  townships,  hundreds,  Lat. 
ρα^ί,  =  Dor.  κώμαι,  subdivisions  of 
the  φϋ?.αι,  in  the  time  of  Hdt.,  100  in 
number,  10  in  each  φυλή  ;  afterwds., 
170 :  their  origin  is  usu.  referred  to 
Theseus,  but  the)'  must  have  been 
greatly  altered  under  Cleisthenes, 
Thirlvv.  Hist.  Gr.  2,  73,  Arnold 
Thuc.  vol.  i.,  app.  3.  (Ace.  to  some 
from  όέμω,  to  build,  settle:  better 
peril,  from  δέω,  to  bind,  connect,  v. 
Arnold  1.  c.) 

Αημός,  ov,  b,  fat,  tallow,  of  beasts, 
Horn.,  but  also  of  men,  II.  8,  380  : 
strictly  the  fat  of  the  paunch,  the  caul, 
Lat.  omentum.  (Perh.  fromdt'fj,  to  bind.) 
'^Αήμοζ,  ov,  0,  Demus,  an  Athenian, 
son  of  Pyriiampes,  a  trierarch,  Lys. 
628,  6. 

ίΑημοσάδης,  ov,  a,  Demosades,  v.  1. 
for  Μηδοσάδης,  Xen.  An.  7,  1,  5. 

ίΑημοσάτυρος,  ου,  ό,  {δήμος,  σάτν- 

ρος)  α  mob-satyr;  oi  Αημοσύτυροι,  title 

of  a  comedy  of  Timocles,  Atfi.  165  F. 

^Αημοη^ένειος,  a,  ov,  of  Demosthenes, 

Demosthenean,  Longin.  :  from 

\\ημοσθένΐ]ς.ους,  ace.  νην  and  νη,  b, 
{δήμος,  σβένος)  Demosthenes,  the  fa- 
mous .\thenian  orator  and  statesman, 
Aeschin.,  etc. — 2.  an  Athenian  com- 
mander in  the  Peloponnesian  war, 
Thuc.  3,  91. 

Αημοσθενίζο),  to  imitate  Derrwsthe- 
ties.  Pint.  Cic.  24. 

Ατιμοσία,  adv.,  v.  δημόσιος- 

Αιιμοσίενσις,  εως,  ή,  a  public  pro- 
clamation, announcement  :  3.ΐ50=:^δήμευ- 
σις :  from 

Αημοσιεύω,  f•  -ενσο,  to  make  public 
or  common,  make  public  property,  ru 
όεδημοσιενμένα,  common  proverbial 
sayings,^s  γνώθι  σεαντόν,  Arist.  Rhet. 
— 2.=^δ>ιμεv^J,  to  confiscate,  Xen.  Hell. 
1,  7,  10. — II.  intr.  to  lead  a  public  life, 
opp.  to  ίδιωτενειν.  Plat.  Gorg.  515  A ; 
to  belong  to  the  state,  be  public :  διδά- 
σκαλοι  δημοσιενοντες,  public  teachers 
paid  by  the  state.  Plat.  Apol.  32  A  : 
esp.  of  physicians,  to  practise  with  a 
pjihiic  salary,  Ar.  Ach.  1030.  cf  Stallb. 
Plat.  Gorg.  514  D:  metapL  φροντισι 
δημοσιενειν,  to  devote  one^s  thoughts  to 
the  common  good,  Plut.  :  from 

Αημόσιος,  a,  ov,  (δήμος)  belonging 
to  the  people  or  state,  Lat.  publicus,  opp. 
to  Ίδιος,  αγρός  δ.  Lat.  ager  publicus, 
Hdt.5,29,(S.  7r/.oSroi-,Thuc.  1,  80, etc. 
αδίκημα,  Aeschin.  etc. — II.  ό  δ.,  with 
οΐκέτης,  δοϋ'λος,  etc.,  a  public  officer  or 
servant,  as — 1.  the  public  crier,  Hdt. 
6, 121. — 2.  the  public  executioner,  Oratt. 
cf.  δήμιος. — 3.  a  policeman,  Ar.  Lys. 
436,  cf.  Bockh  P.  E.  1,  277.-4.  a 
public  notary,  =  γραμματεύς,  Dem. 
381,  2. — 5.  al.so  a  public  victim,=  φάp- 
μακος  II.,  accord,  to  Schol.  Ar.  Eq. 
1136. — III.  as  neut.  τη  δημόσιον,  the 
state,  Lat.  respublica,  Hdt.  1,14;  προς 
TO  δ.  προςιέναι,  to  eater  public  life, 
Dem. — 2.  ani/  public  building,  as  the 
public  hall,  Hdt.  6,  52,  57 :  the  state- 
chest,  treasury,  Dinarch.  105,  11,  else- 
where TO  KOLVOV  :  the  public  prison, 
Thuc.  5,  18.— 3.  -a  δ.  public  property, 
Ar.  Vesp..554. — IV.  as  fern,  ή  δαμο- 
σία.  q.  v.  sub.  σκηνή,  the  tent  of  the 
Spartan  kings.  Lat.  praetorium,  Xen. 
Hell.  4,  5,  8.— V.  as  adv„— 1.  dat.  δη- 
μοσία, in  public,  at  the  public  expense, 
Hdt.'  1,  30,  etc. :  but  τελενταν  δ.,  to 
die  by  the  hands  of  the  executioner ,  Wolf 
Lept.  499,  28. — 2.  έ«  δημόσιον,  by 
public  authoritt/,  Xen.  Rep.  Lac.  3,  3. 
Hence 


ΔΗΜΟ 

Αημοσιόϋ),  ΰ,  to  make  public  proper- 
ty, to  confiscate,  like  δημεύω,  Thuc. 
3,  68. — li.  to  publish,  make  commonly 
knou-n.  Pass,  to  be  commonly  known, 
Plat.  Soph.  232  D.  ^ 

Αημοσιύνης,  ου,  b,  (δημόσιος,  ώνέ- 
ομαι)  a  farmer  of  the  revenue,  Lat.  pub- 
I'icanus,  Uiod.     Hence 

Αημοσιωνία,  ας,  ή,  a  leasing  of  the 
revenues. 

Αημοσιώνιον,  ov,  τό,  the  office  of 
revenue-leases,  Diod. 

Αημοσσόος,  ov,  (δήμος,  σώζω)  sav- 
ing the  people :  but — 11.  proparox.,  δη- 
μόσσοος,  (σεύω)  driven  away  by  the 
people. 

^Αημόστρατος.  ov,  ό,  Demostratus. 
son  of  Aristophon,  a  public  haranguer 
in  Athens  m  the  time  of  the  Pelopon- 
nesian war,  Ar.  Lysist.  391,  Thuc.  8, 
1;  etc.   Others  in  Dem.,  Diod.  S.,  etc. 

Αημοτε/-ής,  ες,  (δήμος,  τά  τέλη)  at 
the  public  cost,  public,  ytational,  θνσία, 
Hdt.  6,  57,  εορτή,  Thuc.  2,  15,  cf.  δη- 
μοτικός.    Adv.  -7.ώς. 

ίΑημοτέλ.ης,  ονς,  ό.  Demoteles,  a 
leader  of  the  Locri,  Thuc.  4,  25. — 2. 
a  herald  of  the  Lacedaemonians,  Xen. 
Hell.  7,  1,  32.  Others  in  Dem.,  Ath., 
etc. 

Αημότερος,  a,  ov,  poet,  for  δημοτι- 
κός. Αρ.  Rh.,  and  A  rat. 

Αημοτερπής,  ές,  (δήμος,  τέρττω)  pop- 
ular, attractive.  Plat.  Minos  321  A. 

Αημοτεύομαι,  as  pass.,  to  beTnemier 
of  a  deme,  Dem.  1314,  9. 

Αημότης,  ov,  ό,  of  belonging  to  the 
people :  hence  a  commoner,  plebeian, 
opp.  to  a  man  of  rank,  Hdt.  2,  172  ;  5, 
11  ;  so  (5.  άνήρ.  Soph.  Aj.  1071,  δ.  λε- 
ώς,  Ar.  Pac.  921. — II.  a  member  of  a 
δήμος,  brother-freeman,  fellov-citizen, 
Pind.  N.  7,  96,  Soph.  O^  C.  78,  Susa- 
rio  1  ;  and  so  fern,  δημότιο,  ιδος,  ;/, 
Ar.  Lys.  333,  Theocr.  28,  22  :  hence 

Α7/μοτικός,  ή,  όν,  of  belonging  to 
the  people,  common,  δ-  γράμματα,  in 
./Egypt,  opp.  to  the  /ρά,  or  hieroglyph- 
ics, Hdt.  2,  36;  in  genl.  pMA/iV.=  (57;- 
μόσιος,  Dion.  H. — II.  of  the  populace, 
one  of  them,  ha.t.plebeius,  Xen.  Cyr.2, 3, 
6,  Dem.  581,  24  : — III.  on  the  democrat- 
ic side,  Lat.  popnlaris,  Ar.  Nub.  205.  Av. 
1584,  Thuc,  etc. :  ονδεν  δ.—ρύττειν, 
todonothing  for  the  people,  Xen.  Hell. 
2,  3,  39  :  in  genl.  popular,  δ.  και  ώι- 
λάνθρω-or.  Id.  Mem.  1,  2,  60;  and  so 
freq.  in  adv.  -κώς,  affably,  kindly,  as 
καλώς  καΐ  δ..  Dem.  719,  8 ;  δ.  χρήσ- 
βαί  τινι,  Arist.  Pol. — IV.  of  οτ  belong- 
ing to  a  deme,  Opp.  to  δημόσιος,  ap. 
Dem.  1074,  20.  Adv.-KUr.,  v.  sup.  II. 
^ΑημότΙμος,  ov,  n.  Demotimus,  an 
Athenian!  pupil  of  Theophrastus,  Di- 
og.  L.  ^ 

^Αημοτίων.  όνος.  δ,  (δήμος,  τίω)  De- 
motion, an  .\thenian  archon,  Diod.  S. 
Others  in  Xen.,  Ath. 

Αημονχος,  ov,  (δήμος,  ίχω)  protect- 
ing, dwelling  among  the  people  as  epith. 
of  guardian  deities,  Soph.  O.  C.  458  ; 
also  subst.,  δηαονχηι  γάς,  χθονός,  lb. 
1086,  1348. 

^Αηίΐονγος.  ov,  ό,  Demuchus,  a  Tro- 
jan, il.  20.  457. 

Αημοφάγος,  ov,  (δήιιης,  φαγεΐν)  — 
δημοί^όρος,  τύραννος,  Theogn.  [δ] 

ίΑημοώάνης.  ονς.  ό,  (δήμος,  ώα'ινω) 
Demophunes.  an  Athenian.  Lys. — 2.  a 
Megalopolitan.  Polyb.  10,  25  ;  etc. 

ίΑημόοαντος,  ov.  b.  Demophantus, 
an  Athenian  pr.  n.,  Oratt. 

Αημοφθόρος,  ov,  (δήμος,  φθείρω) 
m.ischievous,  rianous,  Callistr. 

ίΑημόφίλ.ης,  ov,  ό,  Demophilus,  a 
leader  of  the  Thespians  at  Thermop- 
ylae, Hdt.  7.  222.-2.  an  Athenian  ar- 
chon, 01.  99, 4,  Diod.  S.— 3.  an  Athe- 


ΔΗΠΟ 

nian  banker,  Dem.  1031.  9. — 4.  son  of 
Ephorus.  an  historian,  Ath.  696  A. 

^Αημοφό<ϋν,  ωντος.  b,  contd.  Αημο 
φών,  ώντος,  b,  Demophoon,  or  Demo- 
phon,  son  of  Celeus  and  Metanira,  H. 
Horn.  Cer.  234.-2.  son  of  Theseus 
and  Phaedra,  Eur.  Heracl.  213. — 3. 
son  of  Demon,  a  friend  and  relative 
of  Demosthenes,  Dem.  840,  10.  Oth- 
ers in  Dem. ;  Ath. ;  Arr. ;  etc. 

ίΑημοφωντίδαι,  ών,  oi,  sons  of  Dem- 
ophon,  Plut.  Symp.  2,  10. 

Αημοχαρής,  ές,  (χαίρω)  pleasing  the 
people,  popular. 

^Αημοχάρης,  ονς,  b,  Demochares,  an 
Athenian,  who  married  the  sister  of 
Demosthenes's  mother,  Dem.  818,  3. 
Others  in  Dem. ;  Polyb. ;  etc. 

^Α/ιμόχαρις,  ιδος,  b,  Democharis,  a 
poet  of  the  Anthology. 

Αημοχΰριστής,  ov,  b,  (δήμος,  χαρί- 
ζομαι) a  mob-courtier,  Eur.  Hec.  134. 

Αημοχΰριστικός,  ή,  όν,  like  a  δήμο- 
χαριστής.     Adv.  -κώς. 

Αημόω,  ώ.  (δήμος)  ί.  -ώσω,  to  appro- 
priate to  the  public  use,  confiscate.  Die 
C.  :  V.  δημεύω,  and  δημόομαι. 

^Αημνλος,  ov,  b,  Demulus,  masc.  pr. 
n..  Paus.  ;  Ath. 

^Αημώ,  οϋς,  ή.   Demo,  daughter  of 
Celeus  and  Metanira,  H.  Horn.  Cer. 
109. — 2.  the  Cumaean  Sibyl,  Paus. 
Αημώδης,  ες,  {δήμος,  είδος)  of  the 

feople,   popular,    Plat.    Phaed.    61   A, 
■egg.  710  A. — II.  well-knoum,  Plut. 

Αήμωμα,  ατός,  τό,  (δημόομαι)  αρορ- 
ular  pastime,  χαρίτων  δ.,  odes  for  pub- 
lic performance,  Stesich.  (39)  ap.  Ar. 
Pac.  798. 

\A7juuv.  ωνος,  b,  Deinon,  an  Atheni- 
an of  the  δήμος  Paeania,  a  relative  of 
Demosthenes,  Dem.  840,  10;  etc. — 
2.  a  writer  περί  παροιμιών.  Ath.  96  D. 
^Αημώναξ,  ακτος,  b,  Demonax,  a 
Mantinean,  who  regulated  the  affairs 
of  the  Cyrenians,  Hdt.  4,  161.— 2.  a 
cynic  philosopher  in  the  time  of  Ha- 
drian, Luc.  vit.  Dem. 

^Α7]μόη>ασσα,  ης,  ή,  Dtmonassa,  fem. 
pr.  n.,  Paus..  Luc. 

Αημωφε/7/r,  ές,  (δήμος,  ώφε?.έω)  of 
public  usefulness,  λ.όγοι.  Plat.  Phaedr. 
227  E.  •  Adv.  -λώς. 

Αήν,  Dor.  δύν,  adv.,  Lat.  diu.  long, 
for  a  long  while,  this  long  lime,  δην  T)V, 
"he  was  (i.  e.  lived)  long,  II.  6.  131 : 
long  ago,  δήν  οΊχεσθαι,  Od.  18,  313. 
Only  Ep.,  for  in  Aesch.  Pers.  584  it 
is  more  than  dub.  (Akin  to  δή,  ήδη  : 
hence  δηναιός,  δηθά,  δηθύκις,  δηθύ- 
νω,  δηρός.     Hence 

Αηναιός,  ύ,  όν,  long-lived,  II.  5,  407: 
also(5.  κλέος,  Theocr.  16,  54. — Π.  old, 
ased,  Aesch.  Pr.  794  :  ancient,  lb.  912, 
Call.  Fr.  105.— III.  late,  Lat.  .sfTj;.•?,  Ap. 
Rh. :  hence  βόωσα  and  δηναιή,  over- 
speed  and  loitering,  Emped.  13. 

Αηνάριον,  ov.  τό,  a  Roman  coin,  a 
denarius,  nearly,  but  not  quite. =  Gr. 
dpaj//;/.  being  about  15.5  cts.,  Plut. 

Αήνεα,  ωΐ',  τά,  cminsels,  plans,  arts, 
whether  good  or  bad,  Horn. :  only  in 
plur. :  the  sin?,  nom.  was  assumed  by 
Hesych.  to  be  to  όήΐ'ος,  by  Suid.  το 
όήνεον.   (Akin  to  δήω.) 

Αήξ.  gen.  δηκός,  ό  or  ή,  a  worm  in 
wood,  Schol.  Hes.  Op.  418. 

Αηξίθι'μος.  ov.  (δάκνω,  θυμός)τ= 
δακέθνμος.  heart-consuming,  wasting, 
of  love,  Aesch.  Ag.  744. 

Αήξις.  εως,  ή,  (δάκνω)  a  bite,  biting, 
Arist.  H.  A. 

Αηόω,  usu.  contr.  form  of  δηϊόω,  q. 
v.,  Hom.  :  to  lay  waste  a  country,  Hdt. 
5,  89.  etc.,  δ.  άστν  πνρί,  Soph.  Ο.  C. 
1319. 

Αήποθεν,ΫηΑ^ί.  adv.,nowusu.  writ- 
ten δή  πόθεν,  from  any  quarter,  Lat. 
325 


ΔΗΤΑ 

undecunque,  Aesch.  Cho.  632  :  οπόθεν 
δήκοθεν,  from  some  quarter  or  other, 
Dem. 

Αήποκα,  Dor.  for  sq. 

Ar/~oTf,  indel'.  adv.,  now  usu.  writ- 
ten δ//  ττοτε,  at  some  time,  once,  once 
on  a  time.  Aesch.  Ag.  577,  etc. :  ει  όί/- 
ποτε,  Lat.  si  quando,  11.  1,  40:  as  in- 
terrog.  τί  ύήττοτε  ;  what  in  the  world  ί 
what,  why  now?  and  with  οϋν,  δηττο- 
roSi'.=  Lat.  cunque,  Dem.  1010,  15,  of. 
Lob.  Phryn.  373. 

Αήπου.  indef.  adv.,  now  usu.  writ- 
ten (5//  TTOV,  perhaps,  it  may  be,  φ  δή- 
που  άόελφεον  ίκτ-ανε,  11.  21,  73ϋ  :  in 
Att.  usu.  with  a  sense  of  doubtless,  I 
suppose,  I  ween,  Lat.  scilicet,  nimirum, 
οΰ  δί/ττον  τλΐ}τόν,  Aesch.  Pr.  1064 ; 
cf.  Ar.  Plut.  491,  582,  Thiic.  1,  121, 
etc. :  oft.  in  phrases,  Ιστε  γαρ  δήπου, 
μέμνησθε  γαρ  δήπον.  Plat.,  and  Dem. 
— 11.  as  interrog.  implying  an  atlirm. 
answer,  -ην  αίχμά'λωτον  κύτοίσθα 
δή~ου ;  i.  e.  /  presume  you  know. 
Soph.  Tr.  417:  hence  οΰ  δήπου,  im- 
plying a  negat.  answer,  as  Ar.  Ran. 
526,  Plut.  261. 

Αήηουθεν,  indef  adv.,=foreg.  esp. 
before  a  vowel,  Ar.  Plut.  140,  etc.,  cf. 
Ruhnk.  Tim. 

^Αήραινος,  ου,  ό,  appell.  of  Apollo, 
Lye.  440. 

ΪΑηριάδης,  ov,  ό,  Deriades,  an  an- 
cient king  of  India,  Nonn. 

Αΐίριάομαι,  Ep.  3  dual  δηριύασθον 
II.,  3  pi.  δηριάωντο  Od.,  inf  δηρίάαη- 
θαι  Od.,  dep.  (or/pLc)  to  contend,  fight, 
περί  τίνος,  11.  17,  731,  and  absol.,  Od. 
8,  78  ;  (5.  Tivt,  to  contend  with  one,  Ap. 
Rh.  :  to  contend  with  words,  to  quarrel, 
xorangle.  11.  8,  78.  The  act.  δηραιω,  to 
contest  a  prize,  occurs  inPind.  N.  11,34. 
^Αηριμάχεια,  ας,  ή,  {δηρις,  μάχο- 
μαι) Derimachia,  an  Amazon,  Q.  Sm. 

Αηρίομαι,  dep.,  c.  fut.  δηρίσομαι.  3 
pi.  aor.  mid.,  Od.  ii,  70,  3  dual  aor. 
pass,  δηρινβήτην,  as  if  from  δηρίνο- 
ixai,  II.  16,  756,=foreg. :  in  the  same 
signf  Pind.  has  pres.,  O.  13,  63.  The 
act.  occurs  in  Theocr.  25,  82,  ουκ  αν 
τις  έδηρισεν  περί  τιμής,  [ϊ  in  pres. : 
in  fut.  and  aor.  t.] 

^Αηριόνη,ης.  ή,  Oerionc,mi  Amazon, 
Q  Sm.  1,  42. 

ΔΗ'ΡΙΣ,  ιος  and  εως,  ή,  fight,  bat- 
tle, contest,  Horn. :  only  poet.  (Akin 
to  δηίς,  δαίω.) 

Ar/ρίφάΓος,  ov,  (δτ/ρις,  φάω)=άρεί- 
φατος,  slain  in  fight,  Anth. 

Αι/ρόί-ίιος,  ov,  Dor.  δηρ.  (δηρός,  βί- 
ος) long-lived.  Acsch.  Theb.  524. 

Ar/por,  a,  ov,  ((5?;v)  long,  too  long, 
long  beyond  one's  wish,  always  like 
βραδύς  in  bad  sense,  II.  2,  298,  etc. : 
Mom.  usu.  has  the  neut.  δηρόν,  as 
adv.,  all  too  long,  also  as  adj.,  ίπϊ  δη- 
ρόν, II.  9,  415:  so  δηρόν  χρόνον,  11. 
14,  206,  cf  Ruhnk.  Η.  Hom.  Cer.  282: 
r.  negat.  it  marks  the  shortest  possi- 
ble time,  e.  g.  ουδέ  σέ  φημι  δηρόν 
άλύξειν,  σχησειν,  etc.,  Hom.,  conf 
Soph.  Aj.  414,  Eur.  I.  T.  1339. 

ΙΑηρουσιαΙοι,  ων,  οι.  the  Derusiaei,  a 
Persian  tribe,  Hdt.  1,  126. 

^Αηρώ,  ους,  ή,  Dero,  a  Nereid,  Apol- 
lod.  1,  2,  7. 

Αησάσκετο,  Ep.for  ίδήσατο,  3  sing. 
aor.  1  mid.  from  δέω,  II. 

Αησε,  poet,  for  Ιδησε,  from  δέω,  to 
bind:  also  for  έίίετ^σε,  from  oi(j,towant, 
II.  18,  100. 

Αητα,  adv.,  emphat.  for  δη  III.,  cer- 
lainly,  to  be  svre.  of  course,  freq.  in  an- 
swers yes  certainly  :  and  SO  οΰ  δτ/τα, 
certainly  not.  Trig.  :  λέγεις  κοινυνή- 
ματα  ;  κοινωνηματα  δητα,  yes  to  bes^ire, 
Plat. :  ironical,  τώ  σώ  δικαίω  δτ/τα, 
vour  principle  /orsooth,  Soph.  El. 
326 


ΔΗΤΤ 

1037.  In  questions,  τί  δήτα;  what 
then?  with  επειδάν,  Ar.  Pac.  844, 
Elmsl.  Ach.  1024,  etc. :  in  answers, 
e.  g.  Id.  .lij  δητα,  yes  1  say  so  too, 
Aesch.  Pers.  1071,  Soph.  O.  C.  536; 
άπώ'λεσας...,  άπώλεσας  δήτα,  Soph. 
El.  1 161 ;  μη  δήτα..,  nay  do  not,  do  not 
now.  Soph.,  Ar.,  etc. 

Αηύτε,  contr.  for  δή  αυτέ,  Bergk 
Anacr.  15. 

Αήω,  to  find,  meet  with,Yiom.  always 
in  pres.  c.  fut.  signf.  (Prob.  akin  to 
*δάω,  δαήναι.) 

Αηώ,  ύης  contr.  οϋς,  ή,=:Αημήτηρ, 

Demetcr,  Lat.  Ceres,  first  in  H.  Hom. 

Cer.  47,  211,  492,  so  Soph.,  Eur.,  etc. 

\Αηωίνη,  ης,  ή,  daughter  of  Αηώ,  1.  e. 

Proserpina,  Callim.  fr.  48. 

ίΔ?/ώυς ,  α,  ov,  of  Αηώ,  daughter  of 
Αηω,  i.  e.  Proserpina,  Nonn. 

Δί,  poet.  dat.  from  Ζευς,  contr.  for 
Ad.  Pind.  N.  1,  111. 

ΔΙΑ',  poet,  διαί,  prep.c.  gen.  et  ace. 
— Radic.  signf.  right  through  ;  never 
anastroph.  for  fear  of  confusion  with 
Αία :  V.  however  Herm.  on  £hn.  Med. 
1143. 

A.  WITH  GEN. — I.  of  place  or  space, 
usu.  through,  strictly  with  signf  oi pass- 
ing right  through  and  going  out  of,  as  the 
gen.  properly  denotes  that  Jroi/i  which 
a  thing  proceeds:  δια  ώμου  7/?>.ϋεν  έγ- 
γος  throughit  an.d  out  at  the  other  side.so 
δια  κννέης,δί'  aa7ri(5of  etc.;  (5ίά  Σκαι- 
ών  through,  out  at  the  Scaean  gale  ; 
this  sense  appeai-s  most  clearly  in  11. 
14,  288,  δι'  ήέρος  α'ιβέρ  Ικανεν  quite 
through  the  lower  air  even  to  the 
ether  ;  so  of  crowds,  δια  Τρώων  πέ- 
τετο  straight  through  them,  etc. ;  δια 
νηός ιών, from  end  loend(\.h\ls ;•ίαίνειν, 
ερχεσθαι,  Ιέναι,  μαλειν,  πορενε-θαι, 
χωρεϊν  διά  τίνος,  Valck.  Phoen.  482, 
1554):  διύ  των  οπισθίων  σκελέων : 
this  radic.  sense  is  strengthened  by 
other  prepositions,  e.  g.  εκ,  δι  εκ  με- 
γάροιο,  δι'  εκ  προθύροιο  (Wolf  how- 
ever writes  δ  ιέ  κ  conjunct  im):  and  (5iu 
πρό,  through  and  straight  on,  II.  14,  494  ; 
but  usu.  as  adv.  without  ijase. — 2.  the 
notion  of  preeminence  in  έπρεπε  και 
διά  πάντων,  II.  12,  104,  is  obtained 
from  his  standing  out  from  among  them, 
and  thus  being  distinguished.  These 
are  all  Homer,  usages. — 3.  also  of  in- 
tervals of  space,  διά  πο7ί2.ον,  at  a  great 
distance,  Thuc.  3,  94 ;  SO  tOO  διά 
πλείστου,  δι'  έ?Μσσονος,  Id. ;  διά 
πέντε  σταδίων,  at  α  distance  of..,  Hdt. 
7,  30. — 4.  but  also  διά  δέκα  επάλξεων, 
at  intervals  of  ten  battlements,  i.  e.  at 
every  tenth  battlement, Thuc. 3,21,  cf 
infr.  II.  2. — II.  of  time,  implying  an 
extension,  through,  throughout,  during, 
and,  of  the  past,  since,  διά  χρόνον, 
after  some,  after  a  length  ol  time, 
Xen.  Cyr.  1,  4,  28 :  also  δια  πολλού 
χρόνον,  Ar.  plut.  1045 ;  διά  μακρού 
;^ρόΐΌΐ;,  Plat.,  etc.,  sometimes  without 
χρόνου,  δι'  ολίγον,  in  a  short  time, 
Ti'huc.  1,  77:  διά  παντός  τού  χρόνον, 
τον  αιώνος,  throughout  all  time,  and 
simply  διά  παντός,  freq.  in  Att. :  δι' 
7/υέρης,  for  a  whole  day,  Hdt. :  διά 
βίον,  throughout  life:  hence — 2.  of  sev- 
eral successive  intervals,  διά  τρίτης 
7/μέρης,  every  third  day,  Hdt.  2,  37  ;  SO 
δι'  έτους  πέμπτον,  Ar.  Plut.  584  ;  also 
with  plur.,  διά  πέντε  ετών,  every  five 
years,  Luc. ;  but  δι'  ενδεκάτου  ίτεος, 
in  the  eleventh  year,  Hdt.  1,  02. — III. 
Causal. — coming  through  and  out  of 
arising  from;  and — 1.  of  the  agent  or 
instrument,  through,  by  means  of,  by, 
Lat.  per,  δια  χειρών=^χερσί.  Soph.  Ο. 
C.  470,  δι'  αγγέλου  λέγειν,  etc.,  Hdt. 
6,  4,  cf  1,  113;  πεσόντ'  αλλότριας 
διαΙ  γυναικός,  by  her  doing,  Aesch. 


ΔΙΑΒ 

Ag.  449 ;  ai  διά  σώματος  ήδοναί,ρίεα' 
sures  enjoyed  through  the  senses, 
Xen.;  διά  βασιλέων  πεφυκέναι,  to 
owe  one's  birth  to  kings.  Id. — 2.  of  the 
manner,  way,  in  which  a  thing  is 
done,  διά  σπονδής,  u-iih  earnestness, 
Eur. :  hence  such  phrases  as  δι'  οίκ- 
του λαβείν,  to  pity,  Eur.,  δι'  όρ'^ής 
έχειν,  to  be  angry  with,  Thuc,  (5i'  όχ- 
λου είναι,  to  be  troublesome.  111.  :  (with 
verbs  of  motion,  as  δι  όρ)ής  ίεναι, 
etc.,  these  strictly  belong  to  signf  I.) 
This  signf.  passes  into  the  adv.,  as 
διά  ταχέων,  τέλους,  ακριβείας,  lor 
ταχέως,  τελέως,  ακριβώς,  etc.:  so  διά 
πένθους  διάγειν,  to  live  in  soitoiv. — 3. 
of  the  Material  out  of  which  a  thing 
is  made,  for  wliich  f/c  is  sometimes 
used,  δι'  έλέφαντος,  διά  λίθων,  made 
υ/ ivory,  o/stone,  Schaf.  Dion.  Comp. 
167,  Jac.  A.  P.  194. 

B.  WITH  Acc. — I.  poetical  usage, 
almost=  signf.  Α.— 1.  of  place,  i/irougA, 
throughout,  βή  διά  δώμα,  Horn.,  διά 
κϋμ'  a?uiov,  Aesch.,  v.  A.  I.— 2.  of  time, 
during,  by,  e.  g.  διά  ννκτα,  by  night, 
Hom.,  V.  A.  II. — 3.  of  the  lucaus  or  in- 
strument, διά  δμωάς.  Oil.,  δι  έμήν  16- 
Γ//-α,  Horn.;  νικήσαι  δι'  Άθήνι/ν,  by 
herald,  Od. ,  (5:ά  στόμα,  quite=;t5ia 
στόματος,  tlimugh  or  m  the  mouth, 
Aesch.  V.  A.  111. — II.  strictly  acc.  to 
the  signf  of  the  accus.  case,  through 
and  towards,  aiming  at :  with  a  view  to, 
on  account,  for  the  sake,  by  reason  of,  e. 
g.  διά  τί  ;  for  what  ?  why  !  διά  πολλά, 
for  many  reasons,  δι'  ατασθαλίας  έπα- 
θαν, they  suffered /or  their  follies,  Od.; 
often  c.  inf.,  διά  το  Ιράν,  Xen. 

C.  WITHOUT  c.vsEi,  as  adv.,  through- 
out, Hom.,  who  strengthens  it  by  using 
διά  πρό. 

D.  IN  COM  cos. — I.  all  through, across, 
of  Space,  as  in  Jta/iat  i,'(j,  (5i  ί7Γ7!•ίί;ω.-2. 
to  the  end,  of  time,  as  in  διαβιόω,  also  of 
an  action,  as  in  διαμάχομαι,  διαπράτ- 
τω, cf.  hat.  de-certare':  hence  simply 
to  add  st.Tenglh.,thoroughly,our  and  out, 
as  in  διαγαληνίζω,  etc.,  cf.  ζύ. — 11. 
between,  partly,  esp.  in  adj.,  as  διά/.ευ- 
κος,  διάχρνσος,  διάχλωρος.  etc. — III. 
one  with  anot/ter,  mutualtt/,  as  διάδειν, 
διαφύιοτιμέομαι,  v.  Valck.  Hdt.  5, 
18;  6,15;  Kiessl.  Theocr.  5,  22.— 
IV.  one  from  another,  asunder,  Lat. 
dis-  (a  cognate  word),  as  in  διαλύω, 
διαγιγνώσκω  [δια:  only  in  11.,  ϊ  four 
times  in  arsis :  ύ  in  arsis  more  freq.  in 
Horn. :  later,  if  ult.  was  wanted  long, 
διαί  was  used  :  (5m  is  said  to  be  a 
monosylL,  Ar.  Eccl.  1156,  Nub.  916, 
Av.  1752,  but  Dind.,  Thes.  Gr.  L.  v. 
διά,  fin.,  proposes  ζύ.} 

Αίά,  acc.  of  Ζευς,  no  nom.  Αίς  be- 
ing in  use.  [I] 

Ala,  fj,  the  godlike  one,  fem.  from  δΐ- 
ος,  Hom. :  usu.  δΙα  θεάων,  γυναικών, 
a  goddess  among  goddesses,  among 
women,  etc.    Hence 

ίΔΐα,  ας,  ή,  Dia,  appell.  of  Hebe  in 
Sicyon  and  Phlius,  Strab. 

\Aia,  ας,  ή,  Dia,  the  ancient  name 
of  Naxos,  Od.  11,  324. — 2.  an  island 
near  Crete,  Strab. — 3.  an  island  Id 
the  Arabian  gulf.  Id. 

Ala,  τύ,  [Ίερά]^  Αιύσια,  Inscr. 

Αιαβύδιζω,  f.  -ίσω,^{διύ,  βαδίζω)  Ιο 
go  through,  go  across,  Thuc.  6,  101. 

Αιαβάθρα,  ας,  η,  a  ship's  ladder :  in 
genl.,  a  ladder,  Luc. 

Αιάβαθρον,  ov,  τό,  a  .ilipper,  Lat.  di- 
abalhra,  Alex.  Isost.  1,  8. 

Αιαβαίνω,  i.  -βήσυμαι,(διά.  βαίνω) 
— I.  intr.  to  'make  a  stride,  walk,  or 
stand  with  the  legs  apart,  Lat,  divarica 
ri,  εν  διαβάς,  11.  12,  458,  of  a  warrior 
standing  firm  to  throw  his  sjieai  oi 
wrestle,  "cf.  Tyit.  2,  21,  Ar.  Eq.  77 


ΔΙΑΒ 

Xen.  Eq.  1,  14. — Π.  c.  ace,  to  step, 
spring  across  or  ot'er,  τάφμον,  II.  12, 
50,  votjf}j  Hdt.  7,  35  :  also  with  ace. 
θάλασσαν  or  ττοταμόν  omitted,  io 
cress  over,  like  Lat.  trajiccrr,  ΐίς  Ήλί- 
6a,  Od.  4,  635 :  and  so  more  freq.  in 
Att ,  as  Thuc.  1,  114:  metaph.,  τω 
λόγω  δίέβαινεέςΕ-νρνβίύόεα,  he  pass- 
ed over  to,  turned  to  him,  Hdt.  8,  62. 

Δία/^ΰλλω,ί.  -βύ'λώ  :  pf.  -βέβληκα, 
{διά.  βά'λ'λίύ)  to  throw  over  or  across, 
to  set  over,  carry  over  or  across,  νέας, 
Hdt.  5,  33 :  hence  seemingly  intr., 
like  Lat.  trajicere,  to  pass  over,  cross, 
pass,  εκ.,  ές..  Hdt.  9,  114  ;  ττρός.., 
Eur.  Siipp.  931  ;  also  6.  το  πέλαγος 
εις  τόπον,  Demetr.  Sic.  1 :  so  later 
in  Pass.,  Arr. — II.  like  Lat.  traducere, 
to  attack  a  man's  character,  slander, 
libel,  TLVU  προς  τίνα,  differre  aliquem 
sermonibus,  to  accuse  a  man  to  another, 
Hdt.  5,  96 :  oft.  6.  τινά  ώς..,  as  δία- 
βαλών  αντυνς  ώς  ονδέν  αληθές  έν  νώ 
εχονσι,  Thuc.  5,  45,  δ.  tlvu  εις  τίνα, 
3,  109,  cf.  Hdt.  8,  90 ;  so  too  c.  inf., 
Plut. :  also  δ.  τινά  έττί  τινι,  προς  τι, 
Luc,  etc. :  also  in  mid.  Pass.,  δια- 
βάλλεσθαί  τινι  and  προς  τίνα,  to  be 
filled  with  suspicion  and  hatred  against 
another,  Thuc.  8,  81,  83,  Plat.  Phaed. 
67  E. — III.  to  deceive  by  false  accounts, 
mislead,  impose  upon,  Wess.  Hdt.  5, 
50,  Heind.  Plat.  Phaedr.  255  B.  .So 
also  in  mid.,  Hdt.  9,  1 16,  Ar.  Av.  1648. 

Αιαβαπτίζομαι,  dep.  mid.,  {διά, 
βαπτίζω)  to  dive  for  a  match,  προς  τίνα, 
Polyaen. :  mefaph.  to  contend  in  abuse 
arid  foul  language,  Dem.  782,  26,  cf. 
πλίΐΊίίύ. 

Αιαβΰσΰνίζω,  (διά,  βασανίζω)  to  try, 
prove  thoroughly.  Plat.  Legg.  736  C . 

Αιαβάσΐίω,^διαβτ/σείω,  Dio  C. 

Αίάβΰσις,  εως,  ή,  {διαβαίνω)  a 
crossing  or  passing  over,  ποιεΐσθαι, 
Hdt.  1,  186,  etc. — 2.  a  means  or  place 
of  crossing,  lb.  205  :  δ.  ποταμού,  a 
ford,  Xen.  An.  1,  5,  12,  etc.:  the 
passage  along  a  ship's  deck,  Hipp.,  and 
Plut. — II.  a  passing  or  lapse  of  time, 
Ael. — III.  in  Gramm.  a  passing  from 
one  point  to  another. — IV.  in  prosody, 
of  the  pauses  in  pronunciation  caused 
by  long  syllables  and  the  Uke,  Di- 
on. H. 

Aιaβάσκω=διaβaίvω,tostrut  about, 
Ar.  Av.  486. 

Αιαβαστάζω,  f.  -ύσω,  to  carry  over, 
Luc. — II.  to  weigh  in  the  hand,  esti- 
mate, Plut. 

Αιαβάτέος,  a,  ov,  verb.  adj.  from 
διβαίνω,  that  must  be  crossed,  ποτα- 
μός, Xen.  An.  2,  4,  6. 

Αιαβατήρια,  ων,  τά,  v.  sq. 

Αιαβΰτήριος,  ov,  belonging,  with  a 
view  to  a  fortunate  passage  ;  as  epith. 
of  Jupiter,  giving  it :  hence  διαβατή- 
ρια, ων,  τά,  {ιερά) — 1.  offerings  for  a 
happy  passage,  made  either  before  or 
after  it,  τά  δ.  έγένετο,  they  were  fa- 
vourable, Lat.  addirebant,  Thuc.  5,  55. 
— 2.  =  πάσχα,  Philo. 

Αιαβύτης,  ου,  b,  {διαβαίνω)  07ie  who 
ferries  over  or  crosses,  [a] 

Αιαβΰτικής,  η,  όν,  able  to  pass  over. 
—II.  in  Gramm.  transitive. 

Αιαβάτός,  η,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from  δι- 
αβαίνω, to  be  crossed  Or  passed,  forda- 
bie,  Hdt.  1,  75,  Thuc,  etc. :  ντ/σον  δ. 
έξ  ηπείρου,  easily  got  at  from  the 
main  land,  Hdt.  4^  195. 

Αιαβεβαιόομαι,  dep.  mid.,  to  affirm, 
maintain,  Dem.  220,  4.     Hence 

Αιαβεβαίωσις,  εως,  ή,  an  assertion, 
affirmation. 

Αιάβημα,  ατός,  τό,  {διαβαίνω)  a 
step  through  or  across  ;  in  genl.  a  step, 
LXX. 

Αίαβησείω,  desiderat,  from  fut.  of 


ΔΙΑΒ 

διαβαίνω,  to  wish  or  be  about  to  cross 
over,  Dion.  H. 

Δ  ιαβήτης,  ου,  ό,  {διαβαίνω)  the  com- 
pass, so  called  from  its  outstretched 
legs,  Ar.  Nub.  178,  Av.  1003  :  in  Plat. 
Phiieb.  56  B,  it  is  usu.  taken  for  a  car- 
penter's level,  Lat.  libella. — II.  the  si- 
phon, Lat.  diabetes,  Columell. :  hence 
— III.  as  medic,  term,  the  disease  di- 
abetes, Aretae. 

Αιαβιάζομαι,  ί.  -άσομαι,  strengthd. 
for  βιάζομαι,  Eur.  I.  T.  1365. 

ΑιαβΙβάζω,  f  -άσω,  {διά,  βιβάζω) 
to  carry  through,  over,  or  across,  to  trans- 
port, lead  orver,  δ.  τον  στρατόν  κατά 
γέφυρας,  Hdt.  1,  75  :  later  also  c.  ace 
loci,  as  δ.  τινά  ποταμόν,  to  take  one 
across  a  river,  Plut. — 2.  to  pass  time,  go 
on,  Lat.  transigere.     Hence 

\ Αιαβιβαστικός,  η,  όν,  transitive, 
ApoU.  de  8ynt. 

Αιαβιβρώσκω,  f.  -βρώσω :  pf.  pass. 
•βέβρωμαι,  {διά,  βιβρώσκω)  to  eat 
through,  eat  tip,  consume,  Hipp. 

ΑιαβΙόω,  f.  -ώσομαι,  perf.  -βεβίωκα: 
aor.  2  -εβίων,  inf  -βιώναι,  {διά,  βιοω) 
to  live  through, pass, χρόνον .PlaLhegg. 
730  C  :  βίον,  Isocr.  203  B.— 2.  intr. 
to  spe7id  one's  ivhole  life  in  doing  some- 
thing, c.  part.,  μελετών  διαβεβιωκέναι, 
Xen.  Mem.  4,  8,  4  ;  Apol.  3.  Hence 
Αιαβιωτέον,  verb,  adj.,  one  must  live 
on.  Plat.  Legg.  803  E. 

Αιαβλαστάνω,  f.  -στήσω,  {διά,  β?Μ- 
στάνω)  to  shoot  out,  bad,  Theophr. 
Hence 

Αιαβλάστησις,  εως,  ή,  a  shooting 
out,  budding.  Id. 

Αιαβλέπω,  f.  --φομαι,  {διά,  βλέπω) 
to  look  through  :  absol.  to  look  straight 
before  one,  Arist.  Somn. :  to  look  earn- 
estly. Plat.  Phaed.  86  D.— 2.  to  see 
dearly,  c.  inf ,  N.  T.  Matth.  7,  5.-3. 
to  look  at,  εις  or  προς  τίνα,  Plut. 

ίΑιαβλητέον,  verb.  adj.  from  δια- 

βάλλω,  one  must  calumniate,  Clem.  Al. 

Αιαβλητικός,  t),  όν,^διαβοΑ,ικός, 

^Αιαβλί/τωρ,  ορός,  ό,  (διαβά'λλω)  α 

calumniator,  α  reviler,  Maneth. 

Αιαβοάω,  ώ.  f.  -ήσω  Dor.  -άσω, 
Aesch.  Pers.  638,  but  Att.  -ήσομαι, 
{διά  βοάω)  to  shout  out,  proclaim,  pub- 
lish, Aesch.  1.  c.  Pass,  to  be  in  every 
one's  mouth,  be  the  common,  talk,  Ep. 
Plat  312  Β  :  to  cry  out,  6.  ότι..,  ώς... 
Thuc.  8,  53,  78.  Mid.  to  contend  m 
■shouting,  Dem.  806,  2.     Hence 

Αιαβόησις,  εως,  ή,  a  crying  out  or 
aloud,  Plut. 

Αιαβόητος,  ov,  {διαβοάω)  cried  out: 
in  every  one's  mouth,  notorious,  Plut., 
cf.  περιβόητος. 

Αιαβολή,  ης,  η,  ' {διαβάλλω)  false 
accusation,  slander,  Lat.  calumnia,  Hdt. 
3,  66,  73.  etc.  ;  δ.  λόγου,  Thuc.  8,  91 ; 
διαβολάς  ένδέχεσθαι,  προςίεσβαι.  Id. 
3,  80;  6,  123  :  εν  διαβοΡα]  τίνος  είναι, 
tn  be  slandered  on.  nccouMi  o/somelhing, 
Plut.  :  έμη  δ.  the  slanders  agamst  me. 
Plat.  Apol.  19  B. — II.  enmity,  προς  τί- 
να, Plut. 

Αιαβολία,  ας,  7;,=foreg.,  Theoirn. 
324;  and  in  plur.,  Pind.  P.  2,  140. 
[Pind.  has  διά  in  arsis.]    Hence 

Αιαβολικός,ή,  όν,  {δαβά'λλω)  slan- 
derous, devilish,  Eccl. 

Αιάβολος,  ov,  {διαβάλλω)  slander- 
ous, libellous,  injurious,  Ar.  Eq.  45,  in 
superl. :  as  subst.  a  slanderer,  Pind. 
Fr.  270  :  esp.  The  slanderer,  the  devil, 
Eccl.  Adv.  -λως,  injuriously,  invidi- 
ously, Thuc.  6,  15. 

Αιαβομβέω,  ω,  {διά,  βομβέω)  to  buzz 
through. 

Αιαβορβορύζω,  strengthd.  for  βορ- 
βορνζω,  Hipp. 

Αιαβόρειος,  ov,  {διά,  Βορέας)  stretch- 
ing northwards,  Strab. 


ΔΙΑΓ 

Αιαβόρος,ον,{διά.  βιβρώσκω)  eating 
through,  piercing.  Soph.  Tr.  1084  ;  c. 
ace,  νόσος  δ.  πόδα,  a  sore  that  eats 
through  his  foot,  Id.  Phil.  7,  though 
others  refer  πόδα  to  καταστάζοντα, 
comparmg  Aj.  10.— II.  proparo.x.  διά- 
βορος,  ov,  pass.,  eaten  through,  eaten 
up,  consumed.  Id.  Tr.  076. 

Αιαβοστρΰχόω,  ώ,{όιά  βοστρυχόω) 
hence  διαβεβοστρυχωμένος,  all  curl- 
ed, Archil.  117. 

ΑιαβουκοΑέω,ώ,{διά,  βονκολέω)  to 
feed  with  false  hopes,  cheat,  Luc  Mid. 
διαβουκολεΐσϋαί  τινι,  to  beguile  one's 
self  with  a  thing,  Themist. 

Αιαβονλενομαι,{διά,βονλενω)άρ,γ 
to  deliberate,  debate,  Thuc.  2,  5.    Heuce 
Αιαβου'λία,  ας,  ή,  =sq.  LXX. 
Αιαβούλιον,  ου,  τό,  a  resolve,  plan, 
counsel,  advice,  Polyb. 

Αιαβραβεύω,  {διά,  βραβεύω)  to  as- 
sign as  umpire,  Aesop. 

Αιαβρεχής,  ές,  wet  through,  soaked, 
Luc. :  from 

Αιαβρέχω,  -ξω,  {διά,  βρέχω)  to  wet 
through,  snak,  Aesch.  Fr.  306.  Pass. 
to  be  drunk,  Heliod. 

^Αιαβρϊμάομαι,  strengthd.  for  βρι- 
μάομαι,  Themist. 

Αιαβροχισμός,  ov,  ό,  a  catching  in  a 
noose,  entangling.  Gal. 

Αιάβροχος,  ov,  {διαβρέχω)  very  wet, 
wet.  moist,  όμμα,  Eur.  El.  503 ;  αγκος 
νδασι,  δ.  Id.  Bacch.  1051. — 2.  wet 
through,  soaked,  steeped,  ναϋς  δ.,  ships 
soaked,  and  SO  rotten  or  letting  wet 
through,  leaky,  Thuc.  7,  12  :  metaph. 
έρωτι  δ.,  Luc. 

Αιάβρωμα,  ατός,  τό,  {διαβιβρώσκω ) 
that  which  is  eaten  through  :  ivorm-eaten 
wood,  parchment,  etc.,  Strab. 

Αιάβμωσις,  εως,  ή,  {διαβιβρώσκω) 
an  eating  thrwagh  :  ulceration,  Aretae. 
Διαβρωτικός,  ή,  όν,  (διαβιβρώσκω) 
able  to  eat  through,  corrosive. 

Αιαβϋνέω,(διά,  βυνέω)  dep.,  to  put 
through.  Mid.  to  pass  through,  Hdt.  4, 71. 
Aίuβvvω=ίoIeg.,   Hdt.   2,    96,  in 
Pass,  [v] 

Αιαβνω,  {διά,  βύω)  to  pass  through: 
to  put  or  thrust  into,  Hipp. 

Αιαγΰλτ/νίζω,  ί'.-ίσω,  {διά,  γα/^ηνί- 
ζω)  to  7nake  quite  calm,  τά  πρόςωπα, 
Ar.  Eq.  646. 

Αιάγάνακτέω,  ω,  {διά,  άγανακτέω) 
to  be  very  indignant,  exasperated,  Plut. 
Hence 

Αιαγάνάκτησις,  εως,  η,  great  in- 
dignation, Plut. 

Αιαγ-γελία,  ας,  ή,  a  giving  notice, 
declaration,  Joseph. 

Αιαγγέλλω,  Γ-ελώ:  aor.  διήγγειλα, 
not  διήγγελον  in  good  Greek,  {διά, 
αγγέλλω)  to  give  notice  by  a  messenger, 
to  send  as  a  7nessage,  Xen.  etc.  :  in 
genl.  to  give  notice,  proclaim,  make 
known,  δ.  δτι...,  Pind.  Ν.  5,  6 ;  also  c. 
ace.  rei,  Eur.  Hel.  436  ;  c.  dat.,  Thuc. 
7,  73  ;  προς  τίνα,  Dem.  163,  7  ;  also 
c.  inf,  ta  order  to  do,  Id.  I.  A.  353. 
Mid.  to  pass  the  word  ofcommand/rom 
man  to  man,  inform  one  another,  Xen. 
An.  3,  4,  36.     Hence 

Αιάγγελμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  message, 
7iotice,  LXX. 

Αιάγγελος,  ov,  ό.  a  7nessenger,  ne- 
gotiator, Lat.  intermmcius,  esp.  a  secret 
informant,  go-between,  spi/,  Thuc.  7, 
73 ;  later,  a  special  officer  in  the 
Greek  army,  an  adjutant  or  aid-de- 
camp, Plut.,  cf  Wess.  Hdt.  6,  4. 

Αιαγελάω,  ώ,  ί.-άσω  [ά],  {διά,  γε- 
λάω) to  laugh  at,  mock,  τινά,  Eur. 
Bacch.  272,  and  in  late  prose,  as 
Plut. — 2.  intr.  to  laugh,  smile,  look 
cheering,  of  the  air,  Theophr. 

Αιαγενομαι,  {διά,  γεύομαι)  to  taste 
Plut.    Hence 

327 


ΔΙΑΓ 

Αιύγευσίς,  ε^ς,  ή,  α  tasting,  Geup. 
ΐΑιαγήί'ίμιας,  οι,  the  Uiagebres,  in- 
habitants of  Sardinia,  Strab. 

Αια^ιγνυμαι,  ί.-}ΐνήσομαί :  later 
δίαγίνομαι,  {oiu,  γίγνυμαι)  dep.  mid. 
To  go  througk,  pass,  Ιτΐ),  Plat.  Apol. 
32  E,  την  νυκτα,  Xen.  An.  1,  10,  19  : 
absol.  to  go  through  life,  live,  Ar.  Av. 
15  ;  survive,  Hipp. :  very  Ireq.  c.  part, 
\S  διαγέγνΐοΟαι  άρχιοΡ,  to  continue  in 
the  government,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  1,  1  ;  ov- 
όέν  άλλο  όιαγεγένι^ται  ών  η  ύιααΐίο- 
'πών,  he  was  never  any  thing  but  a  theo- 
rist, Id.  Mein.  4,  5,  4,  cf.  όίατε'λέω. — 

2.  Ιο  be  between,  intervene,  elapse,  ;j;pu- 
vuv  όιαγείΌμένων,  after  some  time, 
Isae.  84,  14,  so  έτ>ι  οκτώ  rfj  κρίσει 
έκειί'ΐι  όιαγεγονότα,  ap.  Deiii.  541, 10. 

Αίαγιγνωσκω,  ί.-γνώσομαί:  later 
and  Ion.  διαγΙΐ'ωσκω,{όιά,γΐ}ΐ'ώσκω) 
To  know  one  from  the  other,  distinguish, 
separate,  Lat.  dignoscere,  in  Horn,  εύ 
ό.,  11.  7,  424 ;  23,  240  :  d.  ει  ύμοϊοί 
είσι,  to  distinguish  whether  they  are 
equals  or  no,  Hdt.  1,  134,  δ.  Αίνος  ij 
κάνναβίς  ίστι,  Id.  4,  74  ;  also  c.  ace. 
et  part.,  Ar.  Eq.  517. — II.  to  resolve, 
determine,  vote  to  do  SO  and  so,  c.  ini., 
Hdt.  6,  138  ;  so  διέγρωστο  αντοίς  τας 
σποΐ'δάς  λελυσΰαι,  Thuc.  1,  118, — 2. 
as  Athen.  law  term,  to  give  judgment, 
decide,  δικιμ',  Aesch.  Eum.  709,  or 
absol.,ap.  Dein.  629,  25. — Ι11.=διανα- 
γιγν..  to  read  through,  Poiyb. 

Αιαγκύλέομαι,  1.  -//σομαι,  =  sq., 
Luc,  in  part.  pi.  pass. 

Αιαγκϋλίζομαι  f.  -ίσομαι,  {διά,  άγ- 
κνλίζομαι)  dep.,  to  hold  the  javelin  by 
its  poise  ready  to  throw,  v.  αγκύλη  II. : 
hence  part.  pf.  pass.,  όιηγκυλισμενος, 
ready  to  throw  or  shoot,  Xen.  An.  4, 

3,  28. 
Aiay/ci;Aoo/iai,=foreg.,  Anth. :  and 

so  διηγκνλωμένος,  like  διηγκυλισμέ- 
νος,  Xen.  An.  5,  2,  12. 

Αιαγκωΐ'ίζομαι,ΐ.  -ίσομαι,  {δίά,  άγ- 
κωνίζομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  lean  on  one's 
elbow :  hence 

Αιαγκωνισμύς,  ού,  ο,  a  leaning  on 
the  elbow.  Pint. 

Αίαγλαύσσοι,  {διά,  γλαύσσω)  to 
shine  brightly  on,  αταρπον.  Αρ.  Rh. 

ΑιαγΆάφω,  f.  -ψω,  {διά,  γλύφω)  to 
carve  or  hollow  out,  εΰνας  έν  ψαμύθοισι, 
Od.  4,438.  [ά] 

Αιύγλνμμα,  ατός,  τό,  (JtayZu^w) 
scrapings. 

Αίάγλνπτος,  ον,  carved,  engraved, 
Anth. :  from 

Αιαγ'λνφω,  f.  -VTpu,  {διά,  γλύψω) 
to  carve  all  over,  engrave,  tool,  make 
rough,  Androsth.  ap.  Ath.  93  C.  [v] 

Αιαγνωμη,  ης,  η,  {διαγιγνώσκω) 
=διάγρωσις,  α  decree,  resolution,  vote, 
Thuc.  1,  87;  δ.  ποιεΐσθαι,  Id.  3,  C7. 

Αιαγνώμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  {διαγιγ- 
νώσκω) distinguishing,  and  so  reward- 
ing, Antipho  122,  39. 

Αίαγνωρίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (διά,  γνωρίζω) 
Ιο  7tiake  close  disli7ictions,  inquire  accu- 
rately, περί  τίνος,  Ν.  Τ. 

Αιάγνωσις,  εως,  ij,  {διαγιγνώσκω) 
α  distinguishing,  distinction,  καλών  η 
αη  τοιούτων  τίς  δ.;  Dem.  269,  27: 
esp.  as  medic,  term,  diagnosis,  Galen. 
— II.  a  resolving,  decidins,  resolution, 
Eur.  Hipp.  696  :  δ.  ποιεΐσθαι,  to  de- 
cide, determine  a  matter,  Thuc.  1,  50; 
δ.  της  άξιας  ποιεΐσθαι,  to  fix  the  value. 
Plat.  Legg.  865  C. 

^Αιαγνωστέον,  verb.  adj.  from  δια- 
γιγνώσκω, one  must  determine,  decide, 
Luc.  Hermot.  16. 

Αιαγνώστης,  ου,  ό,  {διαγιγνώσκω) 
one  who  examines  and  decides. 

Αιηγνωστικός,  ή,  όν,  (διαγιγνώσ- 
κω) fit,  able  to  judge  or  decide  on,  τινός, 
Luc. 

328 


ΔΙΑΓ 

Αιαγογγνζω,  f.  -σω,  (διά,  γυγγνζω,) 
to  mutter,  murmur,  N.  T. 

^Αιαγόρας,  ου  and  a,  b,  Diagoras, 
son  of  Dauiagetus,  king  of  lalysus  in 
Rhodes,  a  renowned  Olympian  con- 
queror, Pind.  Ol.  7. — 2.  ύ  ' Κθεος,  a 
jihilosupher  of  Melos,  driven  Iroin 
Athens  for  impiety,  Ar.  Av.  1072. — 3. 
a  Dithyrainbic  poet,  Ar.  Ran.  320. 
Others  in  Thuc.  8,  35  ;  etc. 

Αιαγόρενσις,  εως,  ή,  a  declaration. 

ίΑιαγορίδαι,  ών,  oi,  the  descendants 

of  Diagoras,  in  Rhodes,  Paus.  4, 24,  3. 

Αιΰγορενω,ί.  -ενσω,  (διά,άγορενω) 
Ιο  speak  plainly,  to  speak  out,  declare, 
Hdt.  7,  38,  and  oft.  in  later  ρ  rose. — il. 
to  speak  of,  κακώς  δ.  τινά,  Luc. 

Αιάγραμμα,  ατός,  τό,  {διαγράφω) 
that  which  is  marked  out  by  lines,  a  fig- 
ure, form,  plan.  Plat.  Rep.  529  Ε  :  esp. 
a  geometrical  figure,  diagram,  Xen. 
Mem.  4,  7,  3,  and  Plat.:  in  music, 
prob.  the  gamut,  Phanias  ap.  Ath.  352 
D. — II.  awriting,  edict,  decree,  Plut.-Ill. 
a  list,  register,  Lat.  scriptura.     Hence 

Αιαγραμμίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  to  divide  by  line: 
hence  to  play  at  draughts,  Phileni.  p. 
429,  cf.  sq.     Hence 

Αιαγραμμισμός,  ού,  δ,  a  dividing  by 
lines  :  esp.  a  kind  of  game  like  draughts, 
cf.  Em.  Clav.  Cic.  v.  scriptomm  duo- 
decim.  ludus. 

Αιάγραπτος,  ov,  (διαγράφω  IV.) 
crossed  out,  e.  g.  δίκη. 

Αιαγράφευς,  έως,  δ,  one  who  makes  a 
διάγραμμα ;  esp.  at  Athens,  one  who 
drew  up  financial  tables. 

Αιαγράφ?'/,  ης,  ή,  a  marking  off  by 
lines  :  a  geometr.  figure,  Plut. — ll.  a 
dividing,  classification,  catalogue,  regis- 
ter, Arist.  Eth.  N. :  hence  later,  as= 
hat.  scriptura. — III.  a  decree,  ordinance, 
Dion.  H.— IV.  a  crossing  out,  cancel- 
ling, esp.  of  a  debt,  Polyb.,  v.  δια- 
γράφω IV. — V.  payment  by  note  of 
hand,  Lat.  perscriptio,  v.  διαγράφω  V. 

Αιαγράφω,  f.  — ι/^ω,  (διά,  γράφω),  to 
mark  out  by  lines,  draw  out,  Lat.  delin- 
eare,  την  πάλιν.  Plat.  Rep.  500  E. — 
2.  to  divide  by  lines,  partition,  part  out, 
Plut. — II.  to  draw  out,  lay  down,  Lat. 
praescribere.  Diou.  H. — III.  to  write  in 
a  list,  enroll,  levy,  στρατιώτας,  Lat. 
conscribere  milites,  Polyb. — IV.  to  cross 
out,  strike  off  the  list,  Lat.  circumscri- 
bere,  Ar.  Lys.  676,  Plat.  Rep.  387  B, 
and  so  prob.  Eur.  El.  1073  :  esp.  δ. 
δίκην,  to  strike  a  cause  out  of  the  list, 
cancel,  quash  it,  Ar.  Nub.  774.  in  pass., 
cf.  Dem.  1324,  12,  and  Att.  Process 
p.  27  :  in  mid.  διαγρά-ψασθαι  δίκην,  ίο 
give  up  a  cause,  withdraw  it,  Lys.  ap. 
Harp.,  Dem.  501, 20,  cf.  Ruhnk.  Tim., 
Hemst.  Thorn.  M.  p.  211,  Bremi  Lys. 
περί  δημ.  άδικ.  5. — V.  to  pay  by  note 
of  hand,  Lat.  perscribere,  Dion.  H.  [a] 

Αιαγρηγορέω,  =  διεγρηγορέω,  to 
keep  awake,  Hdn. 

Αιαγριαίνω,  strengthd.  for  ύγριαί- 
νω,  Plut. 

Αιαγρυπνέω,  ω,  (διά,  άγρνττνέω)  to 
lie  awake,  keep  awake,  εν  μακρώ  χρόνφ 
ννκτδςδ.  Αι.  Ran.  931.     Hence 

Αιαγρυπνητής,  οϋ,  δ,  one  who  keeps 
awake. 

Αιαγνμνάζω,  f.  -άσω,  (διά,  γυμνάζω) 
to  keep  in  hard  exercise,  train,  Polyaen. 
Mid.  to  take  hard  exercise.  Gal. 

Αιάγχω,  ί--γξω,  strengthd.  for  άγχω, 
Luc. 

Αιάγω,  {.-άξω,  (διά,  άγω,)  to  carry 
through,  over  Or  across,  lake  across,  Od. 
20,  187 ;  so  δ.  την  στρατιάν,  etc., 
Thuc.  4,  78,  Xen.,  etc. — II.  of  time, 
to  pass,  spend,  go  through,  αιώνα,  ll. 
Hom.  19,  7,  βίον,  Ar.  Mub.  463.  χρό- 
vov,  '}ημας,  ημέραν,  Xen.;  also  δ. 
τρόπον  ευσεβή,  to  conduct  one's  self 


ΔΙΑΔ 

piously,  Ar.  Ran.  457  :  hence — 2.  but 
oft.  without  βίον,  etc.,  to  live,  pass 
life,  like  Lat.  dcgere,  Iransigere.  ildt. 
1,  94:  but  also  to  delay,  put  off  time, 
Thuc.  I,  'JO  ;  to  pass  time,  amuse  onc's- 
self  Heiust.  Thoin.  M.  p.  213  :  also 
in  genl.  lo  continue,  δ.  σιωπ^,  Xen. 
Cyr.  1,  4, 14,  έν  ευδαιμονία,  Dem.  794, 
19 :  oit.  c.  part.,  to  continue,  go  on 
doing  SO  and  so,  e.  g.  μανθάνων,  έσ 
βίων  δ.,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  2,  6  ;  7,  5,  85. — 
III.  lo  make  to  continue,  keep,  support, 
πόλεις  εν  δμονυία,  Isocr.  35  Β,  cf. 
Dem.  255,  12. — IV.  to  enUrlain,  amuse 
a  person,  Xen.  An.  1,2,  11,  and  Luc, 
of,  διαγωγή  HI. — V.  to  keep,  celebrate, 
έορτήν,  Ath.,  cf.  ά^ω  IV. — VI.  to 
manage,  conduct  business,  Dio.  C— VII. 
to  separate,  part,  LXX. 

Αιαγωγή,  ης,  ή,  (διάγω)  a  carrying 
through  or  across. — 11.  a  passing  of  life, 
a  way,  plan.  Or  course  of  life,  c.  gen. 
βίου.  Plat.  Rep.  344  E,  absol.,  Arist. 
Pol. — 2.  a  way  of  passing  time,  amuse- 
ment, pastime,  Arist.  Eth.  N.,  and 
freq.  in  late  prose,  v.  Wytt.  Plut.  126 
B,  158  D. — IV.  management,  τών 
πραγμάτων  δ.  dispatch  of  business,  Dio. 
C.• — V.  a  station,  vioorage  for  ships, 
Hdn. 

Αιαγωγικυς,  τι,  όν,  belonging  to  a 
passage:  τέλος  d.^sq.,  Strab. 

Αιάγώγιον,  ου,  τό,  a  payment  for 
passing,  bridge  or  harbour-toll,  Lat.por- 
lorium,  Polyb. 

\Αιάγων,  ό,  Diagon,  a  river  on  the 
border  of  the  Pisaean  territory,  Paus. 

Αιάγωνιάω,  ώ,  f.  -άσω,  (διά,  άγω- 
νιάω)  Ιο  be  in  great  fear,  in  an  agony, 
Polyb.  :  c  ace,  to  stand  in  dread  of, 
τινά,  Id.  [ασω] 

Αιάγωνίζομαι,  (διά  αγωνίζομαι) 
dep.,  to  contend,  struggle,  or  fight 
against,  τινί  and  προς  τίνα,  Xen. 
Mem.  3,  9,  2,  Cyr.  1,  6,26.-11.  to 
contend  or  struggle  earnestly,  of  the 
Chorus,  Id.  Hell.  6,  4,  16:  to  fight  to 
the  end,  decide  the  contest,  περί  τινος, 
Aeschin.  72,  27. 

Αιαγώνιος,  ov,  {διά,  γωνία,)  from, 
angle  lo  angle,  diagonal,  \  itruv. 

Αιάγωνοϋετέω,  ώ.  to  propose  for  the 
prize  of  contest,  Polyb. 

Αιαδαίω.  fut.  -δάσομαι:  aor.  -εδα- 
σάμην,  which  is  most  in  use,  (διά, 
δαίω,)  to  divide,  distribute,  in  tmesis, 
διά  παύρα  δασάσκετο.  II.  9,  333  :  δια- 
δασασθαι  ές  φυλάς,  Hdt.  4.  145. 

Αιαδάκνω.  ί.-δηξομαι,  (διά,  δάκνω.) 
Ιο  bite  through  :  metaph.  Ιο  attack, 
Polyb.     Mid.  to  bile  one  another,  τινί. 

Αιαδακρνω,  (διά,  δακρνω,)  Ιο  weep, 
shed  tears,  DlOn.  Η.  [ύ] 

Αιαδάπτω,  f.  -ψω,  (διά,  δάπτω,)  to 
tear,  rend,  δια  χρόα  κα/ιόν  εό.,  II.  21, 
398. 

Αιαδΰτέομαι,  (διά,  δατέομαι.)^=δι• 
αδαίω,  dep.,  to  divide,  dismember,  διά 
κτήσιν  δατέοντο,  11.  5,  158. 

Αιαδεικνυμι,  f.  -δείξω,  (διά.  δείκνν- 
μι.)  Ιο  shew  through,  like  διαφαίνω, 
hence  like  δηλόω,  to  make  clear,  shew, 
let  a  thing  be  seen,  oft.  in  Hdt.,  who 
usu.  joins  it  with  ότι:  also  c  part., 
διαδεξάτω  τις  βασύ.ήος  κηδόμενος, 
Hdt.  8,  118.  Pass,  to  be  shewn,  lo  ap- 
pear, διαδεικννσθω  ιών  πολέμιος, 
lei  him  be  declared  the  king's  enemy, 
Hdt.  3,  72 ;  sometimes  intrans.  in 
forms  διέδεξε  and  ως  διέδεξε,  it  was 
clear,  manifest,  Hdt.  3,  82. 

\Αιαδεκτήρ.  ήρος,  δ,  (διαδέχομαι,) 
a  receiver,  a  transmitter,  Aen.  'I'act. 

Αιαδέκτωρ,  opof,  ύ,  (διαδέχομαι,] 
an  inheritor. — II.  pass,  as  adj.,  πλού- 
τος δ.  inherited  wealth,  Eur.  Ion  478. 

Αιαδέξιος.  ov.  (βιά,  δεξιός,)  of  very 
good  omen,  Hdt.  7,  180, 


ΔΙΑΔ 

Διάδεξις,  εος,  τ/,=διαδοχή,  Hipp. 

^ιαδέρκομαι,  aor.  -έδρακον,  (δίά, 
δέρκομαι,)  dep.  Το  see  α  thing  through 
another,  ούδ'  uv  νώϊ  διαδράκοι,  would 
not  see  US  through  it,  sc.  the  cioud,  Π. 
14.  344. 

Αιάδεσμος,  ov,  ό,  (διαδέω,)  a  con- 
necting band,  Hipp. 

Λίαδεσμάω,ώ,  {δίύ,  δεσμόω,)  to  bind 
fast,  Gal. 

Αιάδετος,  ov,  {διαδέω,)  bound  fast: 
χαλινοί  δ.  γενύων  Ιττττ  ε  ίων,  firm-bound 
through  the  horse's  mouth,  Aesch. 
Thei).  122. 

διαδέχομαι,  f.-  ξομαι,  {διά,  δέχο- 
uai,)  dep.  raid.: — to  receive  one  from 
another,  Lat.  excipere,  δ.  λόγον,  to  take 
■up  the  word,  i.  e.  to  speak  ne.xt,  also 
without  Άύγον,  Hdt.  8,  142  :  δ.  την 
αρχήν,  to  succeed  to  the  government, 
Polyb.,  etc.,  for  which  Hdt.  uses 
εκδέκομαι,  cf.  w.  11.  ad  1,  26 :  hence 
also  c.  ace.  pers.,  to  succeed  one,  take 
his  place,  Strab.,  and  absoL,  oi  διαόε- 
ξάμενοι,  successors,  Polyb.  ;  but  also 
c.  dat.  pers.,  to  succeed  to,  relieve  on 
griard,  etc..  Plat.  Legg.  758  B,  Xen. 
Cyr.  8,  6,  18 :  hence  in  pass,  part., 
διαδεδεγμένοζ.  in  turns,  by  turns,  Lat. 
vicissint,  Xen.  An.  1,  5,  2;  so  too  ννξ 
είςάγει  και  ννξ  άπωθεϊ  διαδεδεγμένη. 
Soph.  Tr.  30  :  to  take  up,  come  next  up- 
on, Tivi,  Polyb. — II.  mid.  later,  to  give 
one  a  successor,  to  supersede,  Diod.,  etc. 

Λιαδέω,  f.  -δήσω,  {διά,  δέω.)  to  bind 
round,  bind  fast,  Hdt.  2,  129  :  in  genl. 
to  hind  on,  tie  up,  fasten,  διαδεδέϋβαι 
μίτρα  την  κεφαλήν,  Diod. ;  ό  διαδον- 
uei'or,  a  famous  statue  of  Polycletus, 
V.  Mailer  Archaol.  d.  Kunst  '5.  120,  3. 

Αιαδηλέυμαι,  {διά,  δηλέομαί,)  dep. 
to  do  great  harm  to,  tear  to  pieces,  ολί- 
γου σε  κύνες  διεδηλήσαντο,  Od.  14, 
37. 

AiuSrpMr,  ov,  {διά,  δήλος)  showing 
through  :  plainly  seen :  easily  known, 
distinguished  among  others,  Thuc.  4, 
68,  Plat.,  etc. 

Αιαδη?.όω,  ώ,  {διά,  δη/Αω)  to  make 
manifest,  prove  clearly,  Diog.  L.  4,  46. 

Αιύδημα,  ατός,  τό.  {διαδέω,)  a  band 
or  fillet :  esp.  the  blue  band  worked 
with  white  which  went  round  the 
turban  {τιάρα)  of  the  Persian  king. 
Xen.  Cyr.  8,  3, 13  :  hence  the  dmdem, 
crown,  put  for  kingly  power,  LXX. 

Αιαόημάτοφόρος,  ov,  {διάδημα, 
φέρω)  bearing  a  diadem,  Plut. 

Αιαδιδράσκω,  f.  -δράσομαι.  Ion. -dt- 
δρήσκω,  -δρήσομαι :  aor.  2.  -έδμαν: 
pt.  -όέδρακα,  {διά,  διδράσκω)  to  run 
off,  escape,  get  away,  oft.  in  Hdt.  [for 
quantity  v.  διδράσκω.] 

Αιαδίδωμι,  f.  -δώσω,  {διά,  δίδωμι) 
to  give  from  hand  to  hand,  to  pass  on, 
give  or  hand  over,  Lat.  tradere,  λαμττά- 
δια  άλλήλοις.  Plat.  Rep.  328  Α.— 2. 
to  transfuse,  digest,  of  the  stomach, 
Hipp. — 3.  to  distribute,  assign,  τιΐ'ί  τι, 
Xen.  An.  1.  10,  18,  Dem.  1188,  21.— 
4.  to  spread  abovt.  scatter,  disperse,  pub- 
lish, φήμην,  Polyb.  ;  δ.  κόρας,  to  cast 
one'seyeseroii/ifi.Eur.Or.  1267,  Dind.. 
cf.  Phoen.  1371. — II.  intr.  to  spread 
about,  spread.  Arist.  Mirab. — 2.  -^ένδί- 
δωμι,  to  remit,  Hipp. 

Αιαδΐκύζω,  f..  -άσω,  {διά.  δικάζω.) 
to  give  judgment  in  a  case.  Plat.  Rep. 
614  C  :  c.  ace.  rei,  to  decide,  rule,  Xen. 
Rep..  Ath.  3.  4.  Mid.  to  go  to  law, 
Ίτρός  Tiva,  Dem.,  Ttv'i,  Dinarch. :  to 
plead  one's  cause.  Plat.  Phaed.  107  D. 
The  aor.  pass.  διαδικασθήναι=δια- 
δικάσασθαι  occurs  in  Diog.  L.,  and 
DioC. 

Λιαδίκαιόω,  ώ.  to  hold  a  thing  to  be 
right,  Thuc.  4,  106  :  to  defend  as  mat- 
ter of  right,  τί  and  νπέρ  τίνος,  Dio  C. 


ΔΙΑΔ 

Αιαδϊκασία,  ας,  ή,  {διαδικάζομαι) 
an  action  at  law,  lawsuit  to  settle  dis- 
puted  claims  as  to  guardianship  of  a 
child,  claims  on  the  treasury,  etc.. 
Plat.  Legg.  916  C,  and  Oratt.,  cf. 
Herm.  Pol.  Ant.  ^^  121,  7. 

Αιαδίκασμα,  ατός,  τό,  {διαδικύζω) 
the  object  of  litigation  in  a  διαδικασία, 
Lys.  149,  7.  cf  Att.  Process  p.  368. 

ΑιαδΙκασμός,  ov,  ό,  {διαδικάζω)  a 
law-suit :  contention. 

Αιαδΐκέω,  ώ,  {διά,  δίκη)  to  contend 
at  law :  oi  δ.  the  contending  parties,  Plut. 
— 2.  strengthened  for  αδικέω,  Dio  C. 

Αιάδικος,  ov,  b,  one  party  in  a  suit. 

Αιάδι~λος,  ov,  {διά,  δικλ-Μος)  dou- 
bled, Diosc. 

Αιαδιφρενω,  {διά,  δίφρος)  to  run  a 
chariot-race :  Πέλοψ  ττελάγεσι  διεδί- 
φρενσε  Μνρτί/.ον  φάνον  (by  a  forced 
construction  in  Eur.  Or.  990),  killed 
M.  by  hurling  him  from  the  chariot  into 
the  sea. 

Αιαδοίδϋκίζω,  {διά,  δοϊδνξ)  to  rub 
as  with  a  pestle. 

Αιαδοκΐμάζω,  f.  -άσω,  {διά,  δοκιμά- 
ζω) to  test  closely,  Xen.  Oec.  19,  16. 
Hence 

Αιαδοκϊμαστικός,  ή,  όν,  fit  or  able 
to  test. 

Αιαδοκίς,  ίδος,  η,  {διά,  δοκός)  α 
cross-beam. 

Αιαόοΐ'έω,  {διά,  δονέω)  to  shake  in 
pieces,  overthrow. 

Αιαδηξά^ω,  strengthd.  for  δοξάζω, 
Plat.  Phileb.  38  B. 

Αιαδορατίζομαι,  {διά,  δορατίζομαι) 
dep.,  to  fight  with  the  spear,  Lat.  veli- 
tari.  Polyb.,  cf.  διαξιφίζομαι.    Hence 

Αιαδορατισμός,  ov,  ό,  a  fighting  with 
the  spear.  M.  Anton. 

Αιαδόσιμος,  ov,  transmitted,  Synes. : 
from 

Αιάδοσις,  εως,  ή.  {διαδίδωμι)  a  giv- 
ing or  handing  over  :  a  distritmtion,  lar- 
gess, Dem.  1091,  24,  Polyb.,  etc. 

\Αιαδονμηνιάνός,  ov,  ό.  Diadumeni- 
anus.  a  Roman  emperor,  Htln. 

^Αιαδονμενος,  ov,  ό,  Diadiimetnis,  a 
Platonic  philosopher,  Plut. — 2.  =Δί- 
αδονμενιανός,  Hdn. 

Αιαδοχή,  ης,  ή,  {διαδέχομαι)  α  suc- 
cession, διαδοχαΐς,  insuccession,  Aesch. 
Ag.  313,  Eur.  Supp.  400;  also  έκ  δι- 
αδοχής, in  turn,  Lat.  vicissim,  Dem. 
46,  1  :  a  relief  on  guard.  Xen.  C)r.  1, 
4, 17:  hence  διαδοχαι  'Έ,ριννων,Έ•\χτ. 
I.  Τ.  79. 

Αιάδοχος,  ό,  ή,  {διαδέχομαι)  taking 
another^s  place,  succeeding,  a  successor, 
usu.  c.  dat.  pers  et  gen.  rei,  δ.  Μεγα- 
βάζω  τής  στρατη}  ίης,  M.'s  successor 
in  the  command,  Hdt.  5,  26,  cf  1,  162, 
etc.,  and  so  Att.,  as  Aesch.  Pr.  464, 
Isocr.  393  A,  cf.  Eur.  Hec.  588  :  but 
also  δ.  τής  Άστνόχου  ναυαρχίας, 
Thuc.  8,  85  :  oft.  c.  gen.  pers.  only, 
as  vTTvov  όέγ')ης  δ..  Sleep's  successor. 
Light,  Soph.  Phil.  867:  absol.,  διά- 
δοχοι 'εφοίτων,  they  went  to  work  by 
turns,  in  reliefs,  Hdt.  7,  22  :  έργα  διά- 
δοχα, works  done  by  turns,  successive 
works,  Eur.  Andr.  743. 

Αιαδρύμάτίζω,  (διά.  δραματίζω)  to 
finish  acting  a  play,  M.  Anton. 

ΑιαδράμεΙν.  inf.  aor.  2  of  διατρέχω. 

Αιαδράναι,  Ion.  -ύρήναι,  inf.  aor.  2 
of  όιαδιδράσκω. 

Αίαδρύσιττο/Λται,  ύν,  oi,  {διάδρα- 
σις,  ■ηολίτης)  citizens  who  shirk  all 
state  burdens,  Ar.  Ran.  1014. 

Αιάδρΰσις,  εως,  ή,  {διαδιδράσκω) 
an  escape.  Joseph. 

Αιαδβάσομηι,  Ion.  -δρήσομαι,  fut. 
of  διαδιδράσκω.  [άσ] 

Αιαόράττημαι,  f.  -ξομαι,  {διά,  δράτ- 
τω) dep.  mid.,  to  seize  hold  of,  τινός, 
Polyb. 


ΔΙΑΖ 

Αιαδρησομαι,  Ion.  for  διαδράσομαι 

Αιαδρηστενω,  lengthd.  Ion.  lonii 
for  διαδιδράσκω,  Hdt.  4,  79  ;  ace.  to 
Schneider's  conj.  for  διαττρηστενω. 

Αιαδρομή,  ης,  ή,  {όιαδραμείν)  α 
running  through  or  about,  an  incursion, 
a  foray,  Aesch.  Theb.  351. — 2.  a  place 
for  running  through,  passage  through, 
"Xen.  Cyn.  10,  8. 

^Αιαδρόμης,  ου  Ion.  εω,  ό,  Dia- 
dromes,  a  Thespian,  father  of  De- 
mophilus,  Hdt.  7,  222. 

Αιάδρομος,  ov,  ό,  {διαδραμεΐν)  a 
running  through,  Luc. 

ΑιάδρομοΓ,  ov,  {διαδραμεΐν)  run- 
ning through  or  about,  wandering,  φν- 
γαί,  Aesch.  Theb.  191 :  λέχος  δ., 
stray,  lawless  love,  Eur.  El.  1156,  like 
Lat.  conjugium  desultorium :  έμ3ο/.α 
κίοσι  δ.,  the  vestibule  shaken  with  its 
pillars.  Id.  Baccli.  592. 

Αιαδννω,  Hipp.,  and  διαδνω,  Hdt. 

2,  66:  more  usu.  as  dep.  mid.  διαδύ• 
ομαι,  c.  fut.  -δνσομαι,  aor.  2  διέδνν 
(διά.  δννω,  δύω).  To  pass  through,  slip 
through  :  absol.  to  slip  away,  get  off, 
escape,  Ar.  Vesp.  212,  281,  Plat.,  etc. 
[On  quantity,  v.  όνω.]    Hence 

Αιάδνσις,  εως,  ή,  a  passing  through, 
passage,  Theophr.— II.  in  plur.  passa- 
ges, galleries,  in  mines,  etc.,  Diod. : 
metaph.,  ?neans  of  escape,  evasio7is  from 
a  thing,  τινός,  Dem.  744,  5. 

Αιαδΰτικός,  ή,  όν,  penetrating,  The- 
ophr. 

Αιαδνω,  v.  διαδννω. 

Αιάδω,  f.  -άσω  and  -άσομαι,  (διά, 
άδω)  to  sing  for  a  prize,  contend  in  sing- 
ing, V.  διαείδω  ;  or  to  sing  betueen  the 
acts,  Arist.  Poet. — II.  to  produce  a  dis- 
cord, Heracl.  ap.  Arist.  Mund. 

Αιαδωρέομαι,  {διά,  δωρέομαι)  dep., 
to  distribute  in  presents,  Xen.  Cyr.  3, 

3,  6  :  in  genl.  to  distribute,  assign,  Jo- 
seph. 

Αιαείδω,  f.  -είσομαι,  {διά,  ειδώ) 
to  let  appear,  show  forth,  prove,  ην  άρε- 
τήν  διαείσεται,  II.  8,  535  :  but  in  Π. 
13,  277,  as  pass.,  αρετή  διαείδεται, 
courage  is  proved,  cf.  διεΐδον. 

Αιαείδω,  f.  -αείσω  and  -αείσομαι, 
poet,  for  διάδω,  to  sing  for  a  prize,  τι- 
νί,  with  one,  Theocr.  5,  22. 

Αιαειμένος,  part.  perf.  pass,  from 
διΐημι. 

Αιαειττεϊν,  poet,  διαειττέμεν,  Ep.for 
διειττεϊν,  to  speak  one  with  another, 
Od.,  V.  διείττον. 

Αιάέριος,  ov,  (διά  αήρ)  through  the 
air :  in  air,  sublime,  Luc. 

Αιαζάω,  inf  διαζήν,  fut.  -ήσω,  {διά, 
ζάω)  to  live  through,  pass,  τον  βιον, 
Eur.  I.  A.  923,  το  καθ'  ήμέραν.  Plat. 
Rep.  561  C  :  absol.  like  Lat.  degere, 
Ar.  Plut.  906,  Xen.,  etc. :  c.  part,  like 
διαβίόω,  to  live  doing  so  and  so,  as 
δ.  ποιηφαγέοντες,  Hdt.  3,  25,  in  Ion. 
lorm  διαζώω:  δ.  ά~ό  τίνος,  to  live  off 
or  by  a  thing,  Ar.  A  v.  1434. 

Αιαζενγμός,  ov,  ό,=διάζενξις,  Po- 
lyb. 

Αιαζεύγνϋμι,  also  διαζενγνύω,  fut. 
-ζενξω,  {διά,  ζενγννμι)  to  disjoin,  part: 
usu.  in  pass.,  to  be  parted,  τινός,  from 
one,  Aeschin.  52,  13  :  to  be  divorced. 
Plat.  Legg.  784  Β  :  cf  also  διάζευξις. 
Hence 

Αιαζενκτικός,  ή,  όν,  disjunctive, 
Gramm.     Adv.  -κύς. 

Αίάζενξις,  εως,  ή,  {διαζενγννμι)  α 
di.ijoining,  separating,  parting,  Plat. 
Phaed.  88  Β:  δ.  ττοιεϊσθαί—διαζευ- 
γνύναι.  Plat.  Legg.  930  Β :  as  musi- 
cal term,  opp.  to  σνναφή,  the  interpo- 
sing of  a  tone  between  two  tetrachords, 
Plut.,  cf  τετράχορδον. 

Αιαζηλενομαι,  {διά.  ζ7/λενω)  dep. 
mid.,  to  rival,  dub.  1.,  Hipp. 
329 


ΔΙΑΘ 

Δ.ιαζηΑοτνπΕομαι,{όίύ,ζτιλοτν7Τίω) 
dep.  mid.,  to  rival,  emulate,  τινί,  Ath. 

Aiasi/σίς,  εως,  η,  {διαζάω)  a  way 
of  living. 

AuiOjTEU,  ώ,  f.  -r/σω,  {διά,  ζητέω) 
to  seiirck  through,  examine,  Plat.  Polit. 
258  li. — II.  to  seek  out,  invent,  λόγους, 
At.  Thesin.  439. 

Δ,ιάζομαι,  dep.,  to  set  the  threads  in 
the  loom,  to  fL•  the  warp,  ami  SO  begin 
the  ucb,  Nicoph.  Pamlor.  1  :  opp.  to 
TvpoijiopdaUai  τον  στήμονα,  ydiol. 
Ar.  Av.  4  ;  cf.  όίασμα. 

Διαζνγία,  ας,  ή,—  όίάζενξις.  Anth. 

Αιαζωγρΰφέω,  ώ,  f.  -τ/σω,  {δίύ,  ζω- 
ΎραΟΐω)  to  paint  completely.  Plat.  Tim. 
55  C. 

Αίάζωμα  and  όιάζωσμα,  ατός,  τό, 
{διαζώίΊ'νμι)  that  which  ts  girt,  the  part 
above  the  hips,  the  waist :  hence  the 
narrow  part  of  an  island,  Pint. — II.  that 
which  girds  or  binds,  hence — 1.  a  gir- 
dle, drawers,  Lat.  subligaculmn,  Thuc. 
1,  6:  hence — 2.  φρενών  δ.=διάφμα- 
γμα,  Arist.  Part.  An. — 3.  the  cornice 
or  frieze  in  architecture,  Lat.  corona, 
Theophr. — 4.  the  narrow  gallery  that 
ran  between  the  rows  of  seats  in  a  thea- 
tre, Lat.  praecinctio,  Vitruv.,  cf.  Miil- 
ler  Archaol.  d.  Kniist  i)  289,  6. 

Αιαζωμενω,  {διά.  ζωμεύω)  to  make 
into  soup,  Tu  Κβέα,  Hipp. 

Αιαζώνννμι,  also  διαζωνννω,  fut. 
-ζώσω,  {διά,  ζώνννμι)  to  gird  round, 
surround  ;  and  SO  to  separate,  part  off, 
cut  off,  Polyb.,  τον  αυχένα  έρύμασι. 
Pint.  Mid.  to  gird  one's  self,  gird  up 
one's  loins,  and  so  to  be  ready,  τι,  with 
a  thing,  ύκινάκην,  έσβί/τα,  τριβώ- 
viov,  Luc.     Hence 

Διύζυσαα,  ατός,  τό,  =  {διάζωμα, 
Plut. 

Αιαζωστήρ.  ηρος,  6,  the  twelfth  ver- 
tcbre  in  the  back. 

Αιαζώστρα,  ας.  7/,=^διάζυμα,  Per- 
sae.  ap.  Atn.  607  C. 

Αιαζώω,  Ion.  for  διαζύω,  Hdt. 

Αιάημι,  {διά,  ur/μι)  to  blow  or  breathe 
through  a  thing,  Tivor,  or  τι  διά  τίνος, 
Hes.Op.  512,  515,  517. 

Αιαθάλασσενω,  {διά,  θαλασσενω) 
to  part  by  the  sea,  Alciphr. 

ΑίαΟάλττίο,  {διά,  θάλπω)  to  warm 
through,  Plut. 

Αιαθαρβέω,  {διά,  θαββέω)  to  take 
heart,  Ael. 

Αιαθεύοααι,  f.  -άσομαι  [ΰ],  Ion. 
-ηοομαι,  i^ia,  θεάομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to 
look  through,  look  closely  into,  examine. 
Plat.  Crat.  424  D,  and  Xen.    Hence 

Αιαβεητέον,  verb,  adj.,  one  must  ex- 
amine, Plat.  Rep.  611  C. 

Αιαθειόω,  {διά,  θειόω)  to  fumigate, 
Od.  22,  494. 

Αιαθέλγω,  {διά,  θέλγω)  to  soothe 
thoroughly,  Incert.  ap.  Suid. 

Αίάθεμα,  ατός,  τό,  {διατίθημι)  dis- 
position, arrangement,  Se.xt.  Emp. 

Αιαθερίζω,  {διά,  θέρος)  to  pass  the 
s^mimer,  J.  Laur. — 2.  {διά,  θερίζω)  to 
cut  asunder,  Hesych. 

Αιαθερμαίνω,  f.  -άνώ,  {διά,  θερμαί- 
VO))  to  warm  through,  heat.  Plat.  Tim. 
65  Ε  :  of  wine,  την  ψυχί/ν,  Aristaen. 
Pass,  to  grow  hot,Oem.'H)i,23.  Hence 

Αιαθερμασία,  ας,  ή,  a  war?ning 
through,  heating,  Plut. 

Αιάθερμος,  ov,  {διά,  θερμός)  thor- 
oughly warmed,  very  hot,  Hipp. 

Αιάβεσις,  εως,  ij,  {διατίθημι)  a  pla- 
cing in  order,  Lat.  di.'ipositio,  defined 
by  Arist.  Metaph.  4,  19  ;  an  arranging, 
regulating,  disposing,  e.  g.  by  will,  and 
SO — 2.  a  will  and  te.^^tament,=  διaθήκη, 
Lys.  Fr.  44  :  a  covenant,  LXX. — 3. 
the  composition,  e.  g.  of  a  picture,  and 
so  the  subject  of  a  picture,  Callix.  ap. 
Ath.  210  Β  ;  and  in  genl.  the  subject 
330 


ΔΙΑΘ 

of  any  thing,  as  μνθικαΐ  δ.,  Plut. — 4. 
a  drawing,  plan,  design,  the  result  of 
ενρεσις.  Plat.  Phaedr.  23(3  A. — 5.  the 
dress,  etc.,  of  an  actor,  Ath. — C.  rhet- 
orical art.  Polyb. — II.  a  disposing  of, 
selling,  sale.  Isocr.  224  B,  and  Pint., 
cf.  Gronov.  Harpocr.  in  v. — III.  (from 
pass.)  a  disposition,  state,  condition,  sit- 
uation :  esp.  the  state,  temper  of  mind 
consequent  on  ττάθος,  Arist.  Org. 

Αιαθεσμοθετέω,  ώ,  {διά,  θεσμοθε- 
τέω)  to  arrange  and  set  in  order.  Plat. 
Tim.  42  D. 

Αιαθετήρ,  ηρος,  o,=sq.,  Plat.  Legg. 
765  A. 

Αιαθέτης,  ου,  δ,  {διατίθημι)  one 
who  arranges  and  sets  in  order,  a  regu- 
lator, governor,  like  διοικητής.•  δ.  χρη- 
σμών, like  διασκευαστής,  a  collector 
and  arranger  of  oracles,  Hdt.  7,  6,  ubi 
V.  Buhr,  and  cf  διατίθημι  III. 

Αιαθέω.  f.  -θεύσομαι,  {διά,  θέω)  to 
run  about,  Thuc.  8. 92  ;  also  of  reports, 
to  spread,  Xen.  Oec.  20,  3  ;  ύστερες 
δ.,  falling  stars.  Arist.  Meteor. — II.  to 
run  a  race.  Plat.  Theaet.  148  G  :  προς 
Tiva,  Plut. :  c.  ace.  cognato.  as  (5. 
την  ?Μμ7Γάδα,  to  run  the  torch-race, 
Plut.,  V.  ?.αμπαδηδρομία. 

Αιαθήκη,  ης,  ή,  {διατίθημι)  α  dis- 
position, esp.  of  property  by  will ;  a 
will  and  testament,  Ar.  Vesp.  584.  589, 
and  freq.  in  Oratt. :  also  in  plur., 
Isae.  36,  32.  —  II.  ai  ά,πό()ρητοι  δ., 
mystic  deposits  on  which  the  com- 
monweal depended,  probably  oracles, 
Dinarch.  91,  17,  cf  διαθέτης,  v.  Lob. 
Aglaoph.  965. — III.  a  convention,  ar- 
rangement between  two  parties,  cove- 
nant, διαθέσθαι  διαβήκην  εμοί,  Ar. 
Αν.  439,  so  LXX.,  Ν.  Τ.,  and  Eccl.  ; 
dispensation,  N.  T. ;  ή  Καινή  Αιαθή- 
κη, the  New  Testament ;  ή  πάλαια  δι- 
αθήκη, the  old  dispensation,  i.  e.  the 
Old  Testament,  applied  to  the  cove- 
nant in  the  books  of  Moses,  N.  T. 

Αιαθηλννω,  ί.  -ννώ,  strengthd.  for 
θηλννω,  Theophr. 

Αιαθηράω,  {διά,  θηράω)  and 

Αιαθηρενω,  {διά,  θηρεύω)  to  hunt 
after,  pursue,  v.  1.  Plat.  Phileb.  32  D. 

Αιαθηριόω,  ώ,  strengthd.  for  θηρι- 
όω,  Plut. 

Αιαθιγγάνω,  strengthd.  for  θιγγά- 
νω,  Arist.  Η.  Α. 

Αιαθλάω,  f.  -άσω,  {διά,  θλάω)  to 
break  in  pieces,  crash,  pound,  Ael.  [λα] 

Αιαθ'λέω,ώ,{διά,ίΐθ?.έω)  to  fight 
through  :  struggle  with,  προς  τίνα,  Ael. 
Hence 

Αιαθλητέον,  verb,  adj.,  one  must 
fight  it  out,  Philo. 

Αιαθλίβω,  f.  -ψω,  {διά,  θλίβω)  to 
crush  in  pieces.  Call.  Fr.  67.  [(] 

Αιαθολόω,  ώ,{διά,θολόω)  to  make 
quite  dark  or  muddy,  Plut. 

Αιαθορϋβέω,  ώ,  {διά,  θηρυβέω)  to 
confound  or  perplex  utterly,  Thuc.  5,  29. 

Αιύθραυστος,  ov,  easily  broken,  The- 
ophr. :  from 

Αιαθρανω,  {διά,  θραύω)  to  break  in 
small  pieces,  pound.  Plat.  Tim.  57  A. 

Αιαθρέω,  ώ,  {διά,  άθρέω  )  to  look 
through,  look  closely  into,  examine  closely , 
Ar.  Eq.  543,  Nub.  700,  Thesm.  658. 

Αιαθρίζω,  shortd.  from  διαθερίζω, 
Q.  Sm. 

Αιαθροέω,  ώ,  {6iu,epoio)tospread  a 
report,  give  out,  Thuc.  6,  46. 

Αιαθροίζω,  {διά,  αθροίζω)  to  collect, 
Gal. 

Αιαθρυλλέω,  ώ,  or  better  διαθρΰλέω, 
ώ,  (.  -ήσω,  usu.  in  perf.  pass.,  {διά, 
Θρν7^λέω)  to  be  the  common  talk,  be 
commonly  reported,  διετεθρύλητο  ως..., 
Xen.  Mem.  1,  1,  2:  διατεθρύ'λημαι, 
I  am  unite  deafened,  c.  part,  άκονων. 
Plat.  Lys.  205  Β  ;    διατεθρυλημένος 


ΔΙΑΙ 

τα  ωτα,  one  who  has  beai  talked  deaf. 
Plat.  Rep.  358  C. 

Αιαθρνμματίς,  ίδος,  =  θρνμματις, 
Antiph.  Ανςπρατ  2. 

Αιαθιιύπτω,  f.  -ι/'ω  ;  aor.  pass,  διε- 
τρνφην  [ΰ]  {διά,  θρύπτω).  Το  break 
in  sunder,  break  in  pieces,  shiver :  in 
Horn,  only  once  ξίφος. ..τριχθά  re 
και  τετραχθά  διατρνφέν,  II.  3,  303,  so 
ασπίδες  διατετρνμμέναι,  Xen.  Ages. 
2,  14. — II.  metaph.  like  Y,ai.  frangere, 
to  break  down,  weaken,  esp.  by  profli- 
gate living  ;  to  enervate,  make  weak 
and  womanish.  Plat.  Lys.  210  E,  Xen. 
Rep.  Lac.  2,  L  Pass,  like  Lat.  frangi, 
dissolvi,  to  be  broken  down  or  weakened, 
esp.  to  be  enervated,  corrupted,  υπό  Τί- 
νος, Xen.  Mem.  1,  2.  24  and  25 ;  διά  τι, 
lb.  4,  2,  35  :  to  live  riotously,  πΤι.οντφ  δ., 
to  revel  in  riches,  Aesch.  Pr.  891 :  to  lose 
one's  force  of  mind,  be  a  weakling,  hence 
διατεθρυμμένος,  Lat.  animo  fractus, 
enervated,  enfeebled  in  mind,  adv.  -μέ- 
νως.  Plat.  Legg.  922  B.  Mid.  to  bear 
one's  self  proudly,  to  be  affected,  esp. 
of  women,  to  be  prudish,  behave  inso- 
lently, τινί.  Theocr.  6,  15;  but  in  15, 
99,  of  a  singer,  διαΟρύπτεται  ήδη.  she 
is  beginning  her  airs  and  attitudes. 
Hence 

Αιάθρνφις,  εως,  ή,  a  breaking  asun- 
der :  enervating. 

Αιαθρώσκω,  {διά,  θρώσκω)  to  spring 
asunder.  Opp. 

Αΐίϊθϋρα,  ων,  τά,  {διά,  θύρα)  a  sort 
of  rail  or  wicket  set  in  the  doorway,  Lat. 
prothyra,  Vitruv. 

Aiai,  poet,  for  διά,  esp.  in  Trag., 
Seidl.  Dochm.  p.  94. 

Αιάίγδην,  adv.  {διαισσω)  bursting 
through.  Opp. 

Αιαιθριάζω,  f.  -άσω,  {διά,  αιθριίιζω) 
to  be  quite  clear  and  fine  :  έδόκει  διαι- 
θριάζειν,  it  seemed  likely  to  be  fine, 
Xen.  An.  4,  4,  10. 

Αίαιθρος,  ov,  {διά,  αιθρα)  quite  clear 
and  fine,  Plut. 

Αιαιθνσσω,  {διά,  αιθνσσω)  to  rush 
away,  sweep  by,  Pind.  O.  7.  175. 

Αίαιμος,  ov,  {διά,  αίμα)  mixed  with 
blood :  blood-stained,  Hipp.,  and  Eur. 
Hec.  656. 

Αΐαίνω,  {.  -ΰνώ,  aor.  εδίηνα,  to  wet, 
moisten,  II.  22,  495.  Mid.  διαίνεσθαι 
άσσε,  to  wet  one's  eyes.  Aesch.  Pers. 
1064  :  hence  absol.  to  weep,  Biomf  ib. 
263  :  and  so  in  act.  to  weep  for,  bewail, 
δίαινε  πήμα,  Ib.  1038.  (Akin  to  iai- 
νω,  δένω,  διερός.) 

^ΑϊαΙξις,  ιος,  ύ,  Diaexis,  pr.  η.  of  a 
Persian,  Aesch.  Pers.  996. 

^Αίαιος,  ov,  δ,  Diaeus,  a  praetor  of 
the  Achaeans,  Polyb.  40,  2,  8.-2.  fa- 
ther of  Diophanes,  Paus. 

Αιαίρεσις,  εως,  ή,  {διαιρέω)  a  divi- 
ding, division,  Hdt.  7,  144  :  iv  διαιρέ- 
σει {ιρήφων)  in  the  separate,  distinct 
reckoning  of  the  votes  on  either  side, 
Aesch.  Eum.  749 :  esp.  in  logic,  divi- 
sion of  a  class  into  its  constituent 
parts.  Arist.  Org. :  έκ  διαιρέσεως,  dis 
junctively :  diversity,  difference,  Diod. 
S. ;  N.  T. — Π.  division  of  spoil,  Xen. 
Cyr.  4,  5,  55. 

Αιαιρετέος,  έα,  έον,  verb.  adj.  from 
διαιρέω,  to  be  divided,  Plat.  Rep.  412 
B. — II.  διαιρετέον,  one  mtist  divide.  Id. 
Legg.  874  E. 

Αιαιρέτης,  ov,  6,  {διαιρέω)  a  divi- 
der, distributer. 

Αιαιρετικός,  ή,  όν,  {διαιρέω)  fit  to 
divide  or  be  divided,  divisible.  Plat. 
Soph.  226  C.     Adv.  -κώς,  Plut. 

Αιαίρετος.  η,  oi>,  divided,  separated, 
opp.  to  σύνθετος,  Xen.  Cyr.  4,  3,  20 : 
divisible,  opp.  to  συνεχής,  Arist.  Eth.  N. 
—II.  divided,  distributed.  Soph.  Tr.  163. 
— III.  distinguishable,  hence  ov  δ.  λόγω, 


ΔΙΑΙ  • 

not  to  be  distinguished  or  determined  by 
word,  Thuc.  1,  84.     Adv. -rajf .  irom 

Διαιρέω,  ώ,  (.  -ήσω  :  aor.  όΐΐϊ/.ον  : 
aor.  pass,  όί^ρέθην :  {ύιύ,  αίρέω)  to 
take  one  from  aiiotlif.T,  to  diviilf,  part, 
cleave  in  twain,  όια  ό'  αμφότερους  ίλε 
κνκ?^ους  άσττιόος,  II.  20,  280 ;  Ιο  cut 
open,  ?.αγύν,  Hdt.  1,  123,  cf.  119:  to 
cut  away,  tear  away^  pull  down,  την 
οροφήν,  Thuc.  4,  48,  and  Xen. — 11.  to 
divide,  distribute,  Hdt.  9,  85  :  δ.  όνο 
μοίρας  Χυδών,  to  divide  the  Lydians 
into  two  part.s,  Hdl.  1,  94,  so  δ.  τρι- 
χη,  Plat.  Phaedr.  253  C  ;  lor  δ.  εις..., 
as  It  is  in  Dem.  144,  27  :  dm  θα/.α- 
μίης  διε/.ών.  Hdt.  5,  33,  v.  θα'λύμίος. 
Mid.  to  divide  among  themselves,  each 
to  take  a  part,  Hes.  Th.  112,  Thuc.  7, 
19,  Dem.  1113,  10. — III.  to  distinguish, 
determine,  Lat.  decidere,  διαίρείν  δι,α- 
φοούς,  to  put  an  end  to  controversies, 
Hdt  4,  23  ;  δίκ7μ',  Aesch.  Eu-ii.  472. 
— 2.  to  say  distinctly  and  expressly,  to 
define,  interpret,  Hdt.  3,  103 ;  7.  16, 
and  so  in  mid.,  Id.  7,  47,  and  oft.  in 
Plat. 

Αιαίρω,  f.  -ΰρώ,  (διά,  αΙρώ)  to  raise 
up,  lift  up,  δίΰραι  TO  στόμα,  to  open 
one's  mouth  and  lift  up  one's  voice, 
Dem.  375,  14  :  '/.όγον,  to  exalt  one's 
style,  Lat.  elate  dicere,  Schaf.  Mel.  p. 
10 :  hence  διτιρμένος,  lofty,  Lat.  sub- 
liniis,  Dion.  H.  Mid.  to  lift  up  what 
is  one^s  own  or  for  one's  self,  as  δ.  βα- 
κττ/ρίαν.  Plut. — II.  intr.  sub.  εαυτόν, 
etc.,  to  lift  one's  self  over,  cross,  pass, 
τον  τζόρον,  Polyb.,  εις  Σικελίαν,  Id., 
ci'.  αίρω. 

Αιαισθάιομαι,  f.  -τ/σομαι,  (διύ,  αι- 
σθάνομαι) dep.  mid.,  to  perceive  clear- 
ly and  di.itinctli/,  distinguish  perfectly, 
TL,  Plat.  Phaedr.  250  A,  etc. 

Διαΐσσω,  (.  διαίξω,  Att.  διάσσω, 
-άττϋ),  fut.  -άξω  {διά,  άίσσω).  Το 
rush  through  or  across,  Hdt.  4,  134:  of 
sound,  to  dart  or  shoot  through  the  air, 
όίτιξεν  ηχώ,  Aesch.  Pr.  133,  cf.  Eur. 
I.  A.  426:  also  c.  ace,  ορη  δ.,  Soph. 
Ο.  Τ.  208 ;  and  c.  gen.,  of  pain,  δ. 
Τϊ?,ευρών,  Id.  Tr.  1083.  [On  quantity, 
V.  uiaaio.^ 

Αιάίστόω,  ώ.  f.  -ώσω.  (διά,  άϊστόω) 
to  make  an  end  of.  Soph.  Tr.  881. 

Διαισχννομαι,  strengthened  for 
αίσχύνομαι,  Luc. 

Δίαιτα,  ης,  η,  life,  tcay  of  living, 
mode  of  life :  with  esp.  reference  to 
food,  dress,  etc.,  maintenance,  board 
and  lodging,  Lat.  cultus  victusque,  in 
full,  δ.  ζόης.  Hdt.  1,  157 :  δ.  εχειν,  Id. 

I,  35,  μετα3ά/.λειν,  lb.  157:  πτωχός 
δ..  Soph.  Ο.  C.  751,  σκληρά  δ.,  liur. 
Meleag.  8,  and  so  freq.  in  Att.  prose: 
0.  ττοιεϊσθαι,  to  pass  one's  life,  live, 
Hdt.  2,  68 ;  but  δίαιταν  π.  τινός,  to 
make  another  live,  lb.  3  :  the  relations 
of  life,  Xen.  Mem.  1,  3,  3.-2.  a  place 
for  living,  a  dwelling,  abode.  Plut.  : 
hence  a  room.  Lat.  diaeta,iu..Yop\.\'i.— 

II.  as  medic,  term,  α  prescribed  man- 
ner of  life,  diet.  Hipp. — III.  at  Athens, 
arbitration.  Soph.  El.  1073  ;  εμμένειν 
τη  δ.,  Ar.  Vesp.  524  ;  ετζιτρέ-φαι  τινι 
δίαιταν,  Lys.  893,  10 :  όςί/ειν  την  δ., 
to  have  a  cause  given  against  one, 
Dem.  862,  2. — 2.  the  office  of  arbitrator, 
Luc.     Cf.  διαιτητής.     Hence 

Αϊαιτάω,  ώ,  f.  -τ}σω :  aor.  1  either 
εδιαίτησα.  or  διητησα,  or  even  έδιή- 
,  τησα  :  so  pf  δεοιητημαι,  Thuc.  7,  77. 
To  maintain,  support :  to  diet.  Pass. 
to  lead  a  certain  course  of  life,  to  live, 
Hdt.  1,  120,  123,  Soph.  O.  C.  769, 
Thuc,  etc.  ;  δ.  πάντα  νόμιμα,  to  live 
in  the  observance  of  all  the  law, 
Thuc.  7,77. — II.  to  be  arbiter  or  umpire 
{διαιτητής),  and  so  to  settle,  decide,  τι. 
Strab.,  and  Dion.  H.— 2.  in  genl.  to 


ΔΙΑΚ 

regulate,  govern,  πόλιν,  Pind.  O.  9, 100, 
cf.  Dem.  1142,  26.     Hence 

ΑΙαίτημα,  ατός,  τό,  usu.  in  plur., 
rules  of  life,  a  mode  0Γ  course  of  life, 
esp.  in  regard  ni  diet,  Hipp. ;  but  also 
in  genl.  ες  τι,  Thuc.  1,  6,  Xen.  Rep. 
Ath.  1,  8. 

Αϊαιτ?'/σιμος,  ov,  belonging  to  an  ar- 
biter or  umpire  {διαιτητής),  Isae.  ap. 
Poll.  8,  64. 

Αιαιτητέον,  verb.  adj.  from  διαι- 
τάω,  one  ?nust  live,  Hipp. 

Αϊαιτητήριυΐ'.  ov,  το,  {δίαιτα  III.) 
in  plur.,  the  dwelling  rooms  of  a  house, 
Xen.  Oec.  9,  4. 

Αΐαιτητής,  ov,  ό,  an  arbitrator,  um- 
pire, Lat.  arbiter,  Hdt.  5,  95.  At  Ath- 
ens the  διαιτηταί  were  a  kind  of  jury, 
which  did  not  sit  in  any  of  the  large 
courts,  and  were  paid  not  by  the  state 
but  by  the  parties  :  most  petty  causes 
came  before  them,  an  appeal  lying  to 
the  higher  courts,  v.  Herm.  Pol.  Ant. 
l)  145.  11,  or  for  a  full  account  Hudt- 
walcker  uber  die  Diateten  in  Athen. 

ΑΙαιτητικός,  ή,  όν,  {όιαιτύω)  be- 
longing to  living  or  diet :  ή  δ.,  sub. 
τέχνη,  wholesome  eating,  drinking,  etc., 
dietetics,  Hipp.— 2.  belonging  to  the  δι- 
αιτητής,  /ό)  of  δ.,  an  arbitration,  Strab. 

Διαιωνίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {διύ,  αίωνίζω) 
to  perpetuate,  Philo. — II.  intr.  to  be  eter- 
nal. Id. 

Αιαιώνιος.  α,  ov,  strengthd.  for  ai- 
ώνίΟΓ,  lasting  through  time,  everlasting, 
Plat.' Tim.  39  D.     Adv. -ωξ. 

Αιαιωρέω.  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {διά,  α'ιωρέω) 
to  make  float  through.  Pass,  to  float  or 
pass  through.  Plat.  Tim.  78  E. 

Διακαής,  ές.  {διακαίω)  burnt  through, 
very  hot,  Theophr. 

Αιακάθαίρω,  f.  -ΰρώ,  {διύ.  καθαιρώ) 
to  cleanse,  purge  thoroughly,  Ar.  Eccl. 
847,  and  Plat. — II.  to  clear  of  wood, 
γην,  Theophr. 

Διακαβαρίζω,  fut.  -ίώ,  {διά,  καθαρ- 
ίζω)=ίoτeg.,  S.  Τ. 

Αιακάθαρσις,  εως,  ή,  {διακαθαίρω) 
α  thorough  cleansing  or  purging.  Plat. 
Legg.  735  D. — II.  a  clearing  of  ground, 
Theophr. 

Διακαθέζομαι,  fut.  -εδονμαι,  {διά, 
καΟέζομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  sit  apart,  take 
one's  seat,  Plut. 

ΑιακάθηΐΜΐί,^ίοΐβξ.,  Id. 

Αιακαθίζω,  fut.  -ιζήσω  and  -ίώ,  {διά, 
καθίζω)  to  make  to  sit  apart,  set  apart, 
Xen.  Oec.  0,  6. — II.  intr.=  foreg., 
LXX. 

Διακαίω,  f.  -καύσω,  {διά.  καίω)  to 
barn  through  or  up,  set  on  fire,  heat  to 
excess,  Hdt.  2, 26 :  hence  to  inflame, 
excite,  Plut. 

Αιακΰ/  οκΰγύθίζομαι,  dep..  to  vie 
with  another  in  virtue,  etc.  {διά,  καλο- 
καγαθία) τινί,  Diog.  ap.  Stob.  p.  59,  8. 

Αιακα/.νπτω,  f.  -ψω,  [διά,  κα/.ύπ- 
τω)  to  reveal  to  view,  Dem.  155,  26. 

Αιακάμπτω,  f.  -ψω,  {διά,  κάμπτω) 
to  bend,  turn  about.  LXX.     Hence 

Αιάκαμφις.  εως,  ή,  a  bending,  turning. 

Αιακανάσσω,  {διά.  κανάσσω)  cf. 
κανάσσω,  only  found  in  Eur.  Cycl. 

157,  in  aor.  Ι,μών  τον  λάρυγγα  διε- 
κύναξέ  σου ;  has  aught  run  gurgling 
through  thy  throat  ? 

Διηκΰράδοκέω,  {διά,  καραδοκέω)  to 
expect  anxiously,  prob.  1.  Philem.  p. 
363. 

Διακάρδιος,  ov,  {διά,  καρδία)  heart- 
piercing,  οδύνη,  Joseph. 

Διακαρτερέω,  {διά,  καρτερέω)  to 
endure  to  the  end,  last  out,  Hdt.  3,  52, 
ες  TO  εσχατον,Ί,  107  :  hence  to  abstain 
from  food,  Dion.  H. :  εις  την  πατρίδα 
δ.,  to  stand  by  one's  country,  Lycurg. 

158,  33  :  δ.  μη  /,έγειν,  to  be  obstinate 
in  refusing  to  speak,  Arist.  Rhet. 


ΔΙΑΚ 

Αιακατε/ιέγχω,   {διά,  κατελέγχω) 

to  confute  utterly,  τινί,  Ν.  Τ.,  in   mid. 

Διακατέχω,  f.  -καΟεξω.  {όιά.  κατέ 
χω)  to  hold  back,  delay,  check,  Polyb.  . 
to  hold,  possess.  Id.    Hence 

Διακατοχή,  ης,  ή,  a  holding, possess- 
ing ;  and 

Διακάτοχος,  ov,  holding,  possessing. 

Αιακαυλεω,ώ,{διά,  καυλός)  to  grow, 
run  to  stalk,  Lat.  decaulescere,  Theojjhr. 

Διάκανμα.  ατός,  τό,  {διακαίω)  burn- 
ing heat,  Anth. 

Αιακαννιαζω,  {διά,  καννιάζω)  to  de- 
termine by  lot,  draw  lots.  Ar.  Pac,  1081. 

Αιάκανσις,  εως,  ή,  {δ ιακαίω)=^ διά- 
κανμα, Plut. 

Διακεάζω,  ί.  -ύσω,  {διύ,  κεύζω)  to 
cleave  asunder,  in  tmesis,  δια  ξνλα 
δανά  κεάσσαι,  Od.  15,  322. 

Διάκειμαι,  inf.  -κεισθαι,  fut.  -κει 
σομαι,  {διύ,  κείμαι)  dep.  mid.  To 
be  in  a  certain  state,  of  mind,  body,  or 
circumstances :  to  be  disposed  or  af- 
fected so  and  so,  Hdt.  2,  83,  etc. :  verv 
freq.  c.  adv.,  ώς  διάκειμαι,  what  a  staiv 
I  am  in,  Eur.  Tro.  113,  νπό  νόσου, 
Thuc.  7,  77,  etc. :  κακώς,  ταλαιπώ- 
ρως,  μοχθηρός,  φανλως,  δ.,  to  be  in  a 
sad  state,  sorry  plight,  ill  health.  Ar.  Fr. 
250.  Plat.  Gorg.  504  E.  etc.,  opp.  to  ευ 
δ.,  Xen.  An.  7,  3,  17  :  also  c.  dat.  pers  , 
ευ  or  κακώς  δ.  τινί,  Isae.  48,  18  ;  πράς 
τίνα,  Isocr.  28  D,  cf  Isae.  25,  23 ;  so 
φι/.ικώς  δ  τινί,  to  be  on  a  friendly 
footing,  on  intimate  terms  with  one, 
Xen.  An.  2,  5, 27  ;  οίκείως  δ.  τινί.  Id. 
7,  5, 16  ;  ερωτικώς  δ.  των  καλών,  to  be 
in  love  with  ..,  Plat.  Symp.  21G  D  ; 
νπόπτως  τινι  δ.,  to  be  suspected  by 
him.  Thuc.  8,  68  :  λύμτι  δ.=  λνμαίν- 
εσθαι,  Hdt.  2,  162.— II.  of  things,  to 
be  settled,  fixed,  or  ordered,  ως  oi  διέ- 
κειτο,  so  was  it  ordered  him,  Hes.  Sc. 
20  :  τά  διακείμενα,  certain  conditions, 
settled  terms,  έπι  διακειμένοισι  μουνο- 
μαχήσαι,  Hdt.  9, 26  :  of  a  gift,  άμεινον 
όιακείσεται,  it  uill  be  better  di-'iposed 
of,  more  serviceable,  Xen.  An.  7. 3, 17. 

Διακείρω,  lut.-Λ■epώ  and  -κέρσω,γί. 
-κέκαρκα,  {διά,  κείρω)  strictly  to  cut 
in  piecis  ;  hence  έπος  δ.,  to  make  it  null 
and  void,  frustrate,  Lat.  rescindere  jus- 
sum,  or  to  cut  it  through,  and  so  to  break 
through,  transgress,  11.  8,  8  :  cf.  έττί- 
κειρω,  επικοπτω.  In  Ar.  Vesp.  1313, 
σκενύρια  διακεκαρμένος,  stnpt  of  his 
trappings. 

ΔιακεκρΙμίνως,  adv.  part.  perf.  pass, 
from  διακρίνω,  separately,  differently, 
Arist.  H.  A. 

Διακέ'λενμα,  ατός,  τό,  an  exhorta- 
tion, command.  Plat.  Legg.  805  C, 
Bekk.  :  from 

Διακε7.ίνομαί,  {διά,  κε7^ενω)  dep. 
mid.,  to  exhort,  give  orders,  direct,  τινϊ 
είναι,  ποιείν,  etc.,  Hdt.  1,  36,  Plat. 
Euthyphr.  26  D. — 2.  to  encourage  one 
another.  Hdt.  1,  1  :  oft.  with  ΰλ/iTj- 
λοις  added,  to  cheer  one  another  on, 
Xen.  An.  4,  8,  3  :  hence  even.  6 
iavTiJ),  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  4,  13.— 3.  to  ad- 
monish, inform,  τινι  περί  τίνος.  Isocr 
206  Ε.     The  act.  only  in  Philostr. 

Διακέλενσμα,  ατός,  τό,=^διακέ/.εν 
μα,  for  which  it  is  v.  1. 

Διακελευσμός,  οϋ,  ό.  an  exhortation, 
cheering  on.  Thuc.  7,  71. 

Διακε/.ευστεον,  verb,  adj.,  one  must 
direct,  advise,  Plat.  Legg.  631  D. 

Διακενής,  adv.  for  διά  κενής  πράξ- 
εως, and  now  usu,  written  divisim,  in 
vain,  idly,  to  no  purpose,  Hipp.,  and 
Eur.  Tro.  753 :  <5.  ά?,λως.  Ar.  Vesp 
929,  μάτην  δ..  Plat.  (Com.)  Phaon. 
2,  21. 

Δίάκενος,  ov,  {διά,  κε^'ός)  q^iite  emp 
ty,  hollow,  TO  δ.,  a  gap,  Thuc.  4,  135  ; 
Tu  J.,  hollows,  Plat.  Tim.  58  Β  :  <J 
331 


ΔΙΑΚ 

Λεδορκέναι,  to  have  α  Iran  and  hungry 
look,  LuL-.     Adv.  -νως,  Josyph. 

AiaKtiou,  ώ,  (,δίά,  κενάω)  to  empty 
outright,  Hipp. 

Αοακίνη:ω,ώ,(()ίύ,κεντέο))  to  pierce 
tlirouf^h,  make  a  puncture,  Hi|ip.   Hence 

Λιακεντ7/σις,  εως,  ή,  a  piercing 
through,  puncturing,  Hipp. 

Αίακεΐ'ωσις,  εως,  >/,  (όίακενόω)  an 
ejnptying  out. 

άιακεομαί,  Ion.  for  όίύκειμαι.. 

Αίακεμάννυμί,  also  διακερανννω,  f. 
-κεράσω,  {ύίά,  κεβάννυμί)  to  imx  tip, 
imd.  to  nujo  themselves  up  with,  τινός, 
Philostr. 

Αιακεμματίζω,  {δίά,  κερματίζω)  to 
change  into  small  coin,  to  change,  όραχ- 
μήν,  Ar.  Vesp.  789. 

Αιακερτομεω,  strengthd.  for  κερτο- 
μέω,  to  mock  at,  τι,  DlO  C. 

Αιακεχϋμέί'ος,  adv.  part.  perf.  pass. 
from  διαχέω,  poured  out ;  hence  ex- 
cessively, like  Lat.  effuse,  δ.  γελάν,  ap. 
Suid. 

Αιακεχωρισμένως,  adv.  part.  perf. 
pass,  from  όιαχωμιζω. 

Αιακημνκενυμαι,  {διά,  κηρυκενω) 
dep.  1111(1.  to  negotiate  by  herald,  προς 
Tiva,  Thuc.  4,  38.  Very  late  in  act., 
to  proclaim  by  herald. 

Αιακι/μύσσω,  (.  -ξω,  {δίύ,  κΐ]ρύσσω) 
to  proclaim  by  herald,  Diod.,  m  mid.  έι> 
διακεκιιρυγμένοις,  in  declared  war, 
Plut. 

Αιακιγκλίζω,  strengthd.  for  κιγ- 
κλιζω,  to  shake  or  move  constantly, 
Hipp.,  and  Ar.  Fr.  94. 

Αιακινδϋνεντέον,  verb,  adj.,  one 
must  risk  alt,  ύ.  φάναι,  one  must  speak 
at  all  risks,  Plat.  Tun.  72  D  :  from 

Αιακινόύρενω,  {διά,  κινδυνεύω)  to 
run  all  risks,  make  a  desperate  attempt, 
adventure,  Ις  τι,  Thuc.  7,  47,  προς 
TLva,  1,  142  :  al.so  c.  inf.,  Id.  7,  1  ;  and 
absol.,  8,  27.  Pas.s.  of  the  attemjit, 
to  be  risked,  hazarded,  Dem.  866,  27  : 
όιακεκινό.  φάρμακα,  desperate  reme- 
dies, Isocr.  225  D. 

ΑιακΙνέω,  {ύιά,  κινέω)  to  move 
throughout,  conjoimd,  coiifuse,  Thuc.  5, 
25. — ll.  to  stir  about,  and  so  scrutinise, 
pry  into,  Lat.  excutere,  Ar.  Nub.  477. 
o.  pass,  to  be  put  in  motion,  jnove, 
Hdt.  3,  108,  and  Hipp. :  and  so  late 
writers  in  act.     Hence 

Αιακίνημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  moving  of  a 
bone  from  its  place,  a  sprain,  dislocation, 
Hipp. 

Αιακφνάω,^=διακεράνννμι.  Hipp. 

Αιακλάσις,  εως,  ή,  a  breakage  :  iroin 

Αιακλύω,  f.  -ασω  .•  poet.  aor.  διέ• 
κλασσα,  {διά,  κ'λύω)  to  break  in  twain, 
break  up,  shiver,  11.  5,  216. — 1Ι.=£5ία- 
θρνπτω,  to  weaken,  enervate :  hence  ill 
Pass.,  όιακ'λΰσθαι  Ίωνικώς,  to  prac- 
tice effeminate  Ionic  melodies  and  dan- 
ces, motus  Jonici,  Ar.  Thesm.  163. 
[ασω] 

Αιύκλεισις,  εως,  ?/,  a  blocking  up, 
Joseph. ;  from 

Αιακλείω.  t.  -είσω,  {διά,  κλείω)  to 
separate  by  shutting  up,  to  shut  out,  cut 
off,  Lat.  discludere,  τι  τινι  and  από 
τιΐ'ος,  Polyb. 

Αιακλέπτω,  f.  -φω,  {διά,  κλέπτω) 
to  carry  off  by  stealth,  plunder,  Dem. 
817,  7. — II.  to  save,  keep  alive  by  stealth, 
τινά,  Hdt.  1,  38,  Mid.,  c.  aor.  pass. 
διεκλάπην,  to  steal  away,  get  safe  off, 
Thuc.  7,  85.  =  111.  to  keep  back  by 
stealth,  evade,  κατηγορίαν,  Lya.  175, 
19. 

Αιακληρονομέω,  ώ,  (διά,  κληρονο- 
μέω)  Ιο  disperse,  Longui. 

ΑιακΆηράω,  ώ,  {διά.  κ?ίΤΐρόω)  to  as- 

XLgn  by  ht,   allot,   decree   as    one's   lot, 

Aeseh.  Supp.  978. — 2.  to  choose  by  lot, 

Xen.  Cyr.  6,  3,  36.    Mid.  to  cast  lots, 

332 


ΔΙΑΚ 
Thuc.  8,   30,   Xen.    Cyr.   6,  3,    34. 
Hence 

Αιακ'λήρωσις,  εως,  ή,  an  allotment. 
— II.  (from  mid.)  α  casting  of  lots,  App. 

Αιακλίαακι^ω,  strengthd.  for  κλι- 
μακίζω.  Plat.  (Com.)  Presb.  2. 

Αιακλινω,  {διά,  κλίνω)  to  turn 
away  from,  retreat,  τινός  and  από  τί- 
νος, Po'.yb.  :  to  decline,  shun,  τι.  Id. 
Ιίνω]     Hence 

Αιάκ'λΐσις,  εως,  ή,  a  retreat,  Plut. 

Αιακλοΐ'έω,ώ,{διά,κλονέω)  to  shake 
violently. 

Αιακλνζω,  f.  -νσω,  {διά,  κλνζω)  to 
wash  throughout,  wash  out,  wash,  Eur. 
I.  T.  107.  Pass,  to  be  purged,  Medic, 
[ϋσω]    Hence 

Αιάκλνσμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  washing, 
lotion,  Diosc. 

Αιακλυσμός,  ov,  6,  a  lotion,  etc. 
Diosc. 

ΑιακλώΟω,  strengthd.  for  κλώβω, 
Anth. 

Αιακλωπύω,  poet,  for  διακλέπτω. 

Αιακναίω,  f.  -αίσω,  (διά.  κναίω)  to 
scrape,  grate  to  nothing,  όμμα  δ.,  to 
grind  out  his  eye,  Eur.  Cycl.  487  :  to 
crush  inpieces,  annihilate.  Id.  Med.  164; 
to  wear  out,  wear  away.  Id.  I.  A.  27,  and 
so  in  Hipp.,  v.  Foes.  Oecon. ;  to 
χρώμα  διακεκναισμένος,  having  lost 
all  one's  colour,  Ar.  Nub.  120. 

Αιακνίζω,  (διά,  κνίζω)  to  scratch, 
tear  to  pieces,  tear  OT  pull  off ,  Arist.  H.  A. 

Αιάκοι'λος,  ov,  (διά,  κοί?\.ος)  quite 
hollow,  Diod. 

Αιακοίράνέω,ώ,  (διά,κοιρανέω)  to 
hold  rule  through  or  over,  πολέας,  11.  4, 
230  ;  where  however  Wolf  πολέας 
διά  κ. 

Αιακο?.ακενομαι,  (διά,  κολακεύω) 
dep.  mid.  :  to  vie  with  each  other  in 
flattery,  προς  Tiva,  Isocr.  266  Β  :  so 
later  in  act. 

Αιακολλάω,  ώ.  f.  -ήσω,(διύ,  κολλάω) 
to  glue  together,  λίθω  διακεκολλημέ- 
νος,  inlaid  with  stone,  Luc.     Hence 

Αιακολονθεω,  ώ,  strengthd.  for 
άκολουβέω.  Sext.  Einp.^ 

Αιακολνμβάω,  ώ,  (όιά,  κο?Μμβύω) 
to  swim  through  or  across,  Polyb. — H. 
to  dip  under. 

Αιακομϊδή,  ης.  ή,  a  carrying  over  or 
across,  transporting,  τινός  εις  τύπον, 
Thuc.  3,  76  :  from 

Αιακομίζω,  f.  -ίσω  Att.  -ΐώ.  (διά, 
κομίζω)  to  carry  over  or  across,  Thuc. 

3,  75:  to  carry  to  the  end,  Hdt.  1,  31. 
Mid.  to  carry  over  what  is  one's  own,  δ. 
τους  παΐδης.  Id.  1,  89.  Pass,  to  he  car- 
ried over,  Thur.  1,  136:  to  pa.ss,  cross, 
Id.  3,  23,  and  Plat.     Hence 

Αίακομίατής,  ov,  6,  a  letter-carrier, 
Synes. 

Αιύκομμα,  ατός,  τό,  (διακόπτω)  a 
cut,  gash,  Hipp. 

Αιακομπέω,  strengthd.  for  κομπέω, 
to  brag,  Pind.  Fr.  128. 

Αιΰκονύω,  strengthd.  for  άκονάω. 

Αιάκονέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  with  both 
augm.  έδιακόνονν  and  διηκόνονν, 
έι^ιακόνησα  and  διηκόνησα,  and  even 
δεδιηκήντ/κα,  (διάκονος).  To  wait  on, 
serve,  do  service,  absol..  Eur.  Ion  397, 
Ar.  Av.  1323  ;  c.  dat.  pers.,  Dem.  302, 
uk.,  etc.  :  also  c.  ace.  rei,  tn  serve  up, 
supply,   Lat.  ministrare,  τί  τίνΐ,  Hdt. 

4,  154  :  hence  in  pass.,  to  be  supplied, 
Dem.  1206.  IS.  Mid.  to  serve  one's 
.lelf.  Soph.  Phil.  287  :  also  αντώ  δια- 
κονεΐσθαι,  Ar.  Ach.  1017. — II.  to  act, 
or  serve  as  (διάκονος)  deacon  in  the 
church,  N.  T.  1  Tim.  3,  10.     Hence 

Αιακόνημα,  ατός,  τό,  service.  Plat. : 
servants'  business,  Arist.  Pol.— 2.  in- 
struments of  service,  as  jugs,  etc.,  Ath. 

Αιακόνησις,  εως,  ή,  a  serving,  doing 
service.  Plat. 


ΔΙΑΚ 

'  Αιΰκονία,  ας.  ή,  the  office  of  a  διά 
κονος,  service,  business,  Thuc.  1,  133, 
a  ministering,  ministration,  N.  T. — 2 
attendance  on  a  duty,  ministry,  N.  T. 
either  generally  as  Rom.  12,  5,  etc., 
or  of  some  particular  office,  2  Cor.  3, 
7,  etc.  :  deaconship,  Eccl. — II.  a  body 
of  servants  or  attendants,  Polyb. — III. 
instruments  of  service,  like  διακόνημα, 
Moschio  ap.  Ath.  208  B. 

Αιάκονίζω,  f.  -ίσω  Att.  -Ιώ,=^δια- 
κονέω. 

Αιΰκονίκός,  ή,  όΐ',  good  at  service, 
serviceable,  Ar.  Plut.  1170.  Plat.,  etc.  : 
cS.  έργα,  etc.,  servants'  business,  Arist. 
Pol.  Adv.  -κώς,  in  a  business-like 
way,  Menand.  p.  45. 

Αιακόνιορ,  ov,  τό,  a  sort  of  cake, 
Pherecr.  Incert.  6. 

Αιάκονίω,  {διά,  κονίώ)  to  cover  with 
dust.  Mid.  to  roll  in  the  dust,  Hipp.  ; 
and  so  to  prepare  for  combat .  Plut.  [vl] 

Αιάκονος,  ov,  Ep.  and  Ion.  διήκ., 
ό,  ή.  a  servant,  waiting-man  or  woman, 
Lat.  minislcr,  Hdt.,  4,  71,  72,  Soph., 
etc.  :  a  messenger,  Aesch.  Pr.  942. — ■ 
2.  a  minister  of  the  church,  esp.  a  dea- 
con, N.  T. :  so  in  fern,  a  deaconess.  Id. 
Rom.  16,  1. — II.  as  ach.  serving,  ser- 
viceable;  with  irreg.  Compar.,  διά- 
κονέστερος,  Epich.  p.  120.  (Usu.  de- 
riv.  from  όιά,  κόνις,  one  who  is  dusty 
from  running,  cf  έγκονέω  ;  or  one  who 
sleeps  in  the  dust  and  ashes,  v.  Od.  11, 
190  ;  or  in  genl.  one  who  has  to  do  with 
dust  and  dirt,  cf  κονιόπονς.  Buttm. 
however,  Lexil.  v.  διάκτορος,  3  makes 
it  veryprob.  on  prosod.  grounds  that 
an  old  verb  διάκω,  διήκω,  to  run,  has- 
ten (whence  also  διώκω),  is  the  root ; 
διάκτορος  being  a  collat.  word  from 
the  same). 

Αιάκοντίζω,  ί.-ίσω,  (διά,  ακοντίζω) 
to  thro%o  a  javelin  at,  τινά.  Mid.  to  con- 
tend with  another  at  throwing  the  jave- 
lin, Xen.  Cyr.  1, 4,  4,  προς  τίνα,  The- 
ophr.  Char.  27. 

Αιακόντωσις,  εως,  ή,=^κόντωσις, 
Ael. 

Αιακοπ//,  ης,  ή,  (διακόπτω)  α  cut- 
ting in  two,:  a  deep  tvound,  Hipp. 

\Αιακοπηνή,  ης.  ή,  Dincopene,  a  dis- 
trict near  Amasea,  Strab. 

Αίάκοπρος,  ov,  (όιά,  κοπρός)  well- 
manured,  Theophr. 

Αιακόπτω,  f.  --φω,  (διά,,  κόπτω)  to 
cut  in  two,  cut  through,  Thuc.  2,  4, 
Xen.,  etc. :  to  break  thrmigh.  τήν  χιό 
να,  Polyb.  Pass.,  to  receive  a  deep 
cut,  Hipp  — 2.  to  break  up,  knock  O. 
pull  down. — 3.  to  cut  off,  ait  short,  Po 
lyb.  :  metaph.  to  break  off,  interrupt, 
stop  short,  Arist.  Rhet. — 4.  to  stamp 
falsely,  of  coin,  like  παρακόπτω,  ap. 
Suid. — 11.  illtr.  to  break  through,  burst 
through,  Xen.  Hell.  7,  5,  23. 

Αιακόρενσις,  εως,  ή,=^διακόρηαις. 

Αιακορενω.  f  -εvσω,=  sq.,  Lnc. 

Αιακορέω,  ώ,  (διά,  κύρη)  to  deflow- 
er, ravish,  Ar.  Thesm.  480. 

Αιακορής,  ες,  =  διάκηρος.  Plat. 
Legg.  629  Β,  v.  Ruhnk.  Tim. 

Αιακόρησις,  εως,  ή,  (διακορέω) 
rape,  ravishment,  .Joseph. 

Αιακορίζω,=  διακορέω. — II.  to  gaze 
intently  at. 

Αιακορκορνγέω.ώ,ίοτνΐ)ώΙε  through, 
την  γαστέρα.  Ar.  Nub.  387. 

Αιάκορος,  ov,  (διά,  κορένννμι)  sa- 
tiated, glutted,  τινός,  with  a  thing, 
Hdt.  3,  117,  Xen.  Lac.  1,  5.  Adv. 
-ρως. 

i Αιακός,  ή.  όν,  (Alo ι)  of  οτ  belonging 
to  the  Dii.  Thuc,  7,  27. 

Αιάκόσιοι,  αι.  a.  Ion.  and  Horn. 
διηκ-,  tu'o  hundred  :  in  sing,  with  n.  ol 
multitude,  iTTTTOfcJ.,  too /iMudrcd  horse, 
Thuc.  1,  62. 


ΔΙΑΚ 

Λιάκοσιοντύχονς,  or  better  διάκο- 
σιαχονς,  ονν,  (όιακυσίΟί,  χοός,  χεω) 
two-hundredfold,  Strab. 

Αιάκοσίοστός,  ή,  ύν,  (διακόσιοι)  the 
two  hundredth,  Dion.  Η. 

Αιάκοσιοησσαρακοντύχονς,  ονν, 
{διακόσιοι,  τεσσαράκοντα,  χόος)  two- 
hundred-and-f arty -fold,  Strab. 

Αιακοσμεω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (διά,  κοσ- 
μέω)  to  divide,  arrange,  Lat.  dividcre, 
ες  δεκάδας,  II.  2,  126  :  to  draw  up  iti 
rank  and  file,  to  marshal,  ]1.  2,  476  ; 
also  δ.  την  ινομτζήν,  Thuc.  1,  20: 
hence  in  genl.  to  arrange,  regulate,  set 
in  order,  Hdt.  1,  100,  Thuc.  2,  100,  cf. 
Valck.  Diatr.  p.  40 :  δια  τρίχα  κοσ- 
μηθέντες,  11.  2,  655,  v.  sub  τρίχα,  cf. 
όιάτριχα.  Mid.  to  set  all  in  order, 
Od.  22,  457. 

Αιακοσμηβεϊμεν,  Horn,  and  Att. 
opt.  aor.  1  pass,  for  διακοσμηϋείημεν, 
from  foreg. 

Αιακόσμησις,  εως,  ή,  (διακοσμέω) 
a  setting  in  order,  arranging,  regulating, 
governing.  Plat.  Symp.  209  A,  Legg. 
853  A. 

Αιύκοσμος,  ov,  o,=foreg. — II.  the 
Catalogue  of  ships  in  II.  β,  Strab. 

Αιακονφίζο),  f.  -ίσο  Att.  -ΐώ,  (διά. 
κουφίζυ)  to  relieve.  — II.  intrans.  to  be- 
come lighter,  remit,  Hipp. 

Αιΰκονω.  f.  -ονσομαι,  {διά,  ακούω) 
to  hear  through,  hear  out  Or  to  the  end, 
Xen.  Oec.  11,  1  ;  to  hear,  learn  from 
another,  τι  τίνος,  Plat.  Polit.  264  B, 
ηαρά  τίνος,  Theopomp.  (Hi.st.)  ap. 
Ath.  595  A  ;  esp.  to  be  a  hearer  or  di- 
tciple  of.  τινός,  Piut. 

Αιάκοψις,  εως,  ή,=  διακοπή,  The- 
ophr. 

Αιακρΰδαίνω,  f.  -ΰνώ,  {διά,  κρα- 
δαίνω) to  shake  violently. 

Αιακράζω,  {διά,  κράζω)  to  cry  aloud, 
scremn,  Ar.  Av.  307  :  to  match  another 
at  screaming,  τινί,  Eq.  1403. 

Αιακρΰτέω,  ώ,  f.  -7}σω,  {διά,  κρα- 
τέω)  to  hold  fast,  occupy  :  hold  togeth- 
er, Phy larch!  ap.  Ath.  693  F.— II.  intr. 
to  hold  up,  Plut.     Hence 

Αιακράτησις,  εως,  ή,  a  holding  fast : 
an  occupying,  Diosc. 

Αιακρΰτητικός,  ή,  όν,  able  to  hold 
fast,  Se.xt.  Emp. 

Αιακρέκω,  f  -ξω,  to  strike,  play  on, 
χέλυν,  Leon.  Tar.  38. 

Αιακρτ/μνιζω,  streiigthd.  for  κρημ- 
νίζω,  Joseph. 

Αιακρηνόω,  Dor.  -κράνόω,  ώ,  {διά, 
κρήνη)  to  make  to  flow,  pour  forth, 
πώμα,  Theocr.  7,  154. 

iAiuKpin,  ας,  ή,  Diacria.  a  mount- 
ainous district  ot  Attica  :  its  inhab.  oi 
Αιακριεις :  also  o'l  Αιάκριοι,  the  Di- 
acrii,  one  of  the  three  divisions  of  the 
Athenian  people  in  the  time  of  So- 
lon, Ar.  Vesp.  1223,  Plut.  Sol.  13,  29. 

ΑιακριβοΛογέομαι,  dep.,  to  inquire 
too  closely,  too  minutely.  Plat.  Soph. 
245  E. 

Αιακιύβόω,ώ,  (διά  άκpιβ■ης)tomake 
or  portray  exactly,  Anth.  :  to  inquire 
closely  into,  have  an  accurate  knowledge 
of,  τι,  Xen.  Cyr.  2,  I,  27.  Arist. 
Probl.  ;  so  too  in  mid.,  περί  τίνος. 
Isocr.  44  C.  Pass.,  ni  διακριβωμέ- 
νοι, accomplished  persons.  Plat.  Legg. 
965  A. 

Αιακριδά,  adv.=sq.,Opp. 

Αιακμϊδόν,  adv.,  (διακρίνω)  separ- 
ately :  and  so,  eminently,  above  all. 
Lat.  eximie.  διηκρίδον  άριστος,  like 
ίξοχα,  II.  12,  103,  Hdt.  4,  53.-2.  dis- 
tinctly, Nic. 

Αιακρινθήμεναι,  Ep.  for  διακριν- 
θήναι.  aor.  1  pass,  of  sq. 

Αιακρίνω,  f.  -Ινώ,  (διά,  κρίνω)  to 
separate  one  from  another,  to  divide, 
part,  as  shepherds  do  their  flocks, 


ΔΙΑΚ 

Hom.,  etc. :  esp.  in  Π.,  to  part  com- 
batants. Pass,  to  bf  parted  or  dissolv- 
ed, opp.  to  σνμμίσγεσθαι,ί\6€[.  in  An- 
a.xag.,  to  συγκρίνεσθαι,  Epich.  p.  95  : 
to  break  up,  disperse,  Hdt.  8,  18  :  also, 
διακριΟήναι  απ'  άλΧήΑων,  Thuc.  1, 
105  ;  δ.  προς.;  to  part  and  go  to  differ- 
ent places  or  persons,  Hdt.  1,  15. — 2. 
to  distinguish,  tell  one  from  another, 
Lat.  discernere.  II.  2,  475,  Od.  8,  195  : 
ονδένα  διακρίνων,  all  without  dis- 
tinction, Hdt.  3,  39.-3.  to  settle,  de- 
termine, decide  a  quarrel  or  dispute, 
Pmd.  O.  8,  32,  δίκας,  Hdt.  I,  100  ;  also 
(5.  αϊρεσιν,  to  make  a  choice,  Id.  1,  11  : 
δ.  ει..,  Hdt.  7,  54  :  also  to  interpret 
dreams,  etc.  ap.  Stob.  p.  598,  43. 
Mid.  to  get  a  dispute  decided,  νεΐκος, 
Hes.  Op.  35.  Pass,  of  persons,  to 
come  to  a  decision,  hence  aor.  1  pass. 
δίακρινθήναί,  to  contend,  to  fight  it  out, 
II.  20,  212 ;  also  δ.  μάχ-η,  Hdt.  9,  58. 
δπ?Μΐς,  Dem.  163,  15:'  but  also  in 
strict  pass,  signf  of  things,  to  be  deci- 
ded, Hdt.  7,  206.— II.  to  differ,  be  at 
odds  with  another,  προς  τινα,  Dem. 
890,  1. — III.  to  make  a  distinction,  ή 
νονσος  δ.  έν  ονδενί,  Hipp.  486,  32. — 
IV.  in  mid.  to  doubt,  hesitate,  N.  T. 
Hence 

Αιάκρϊσις,  εως,  -η,  a  separating, 
parting,  dissolution,  0|ip.  to  σνγκρισις. 
Plat.  Soph.  243  B,  Legg.  894  Β  :  and 
so  α  discerning,  distinguishing,  N.  T. 
— 2.  a  deciding,  interpreting,  judgment. 
Plat.  Legg.  765  A,  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  2,  27: 
interpretation  as  of  dreams,  Paus. — 3. 
doubt,  hesitntinn,  N.  T.  Roin.  14,  1  ; 
others,  dijudication.  —  II.  a  dispute, 
Polyb.— III.  in  Xen.  Cyn.  4,  1,  the 
space  between  the  eyes  in  dogs. 

Αιακριτέον,  or  -έα,  verb.  adj.  from 
διακρίνω,  one  viust  decide,  Thuc.  1,  86. 

Αιακρϊτικός,  rj,  όν.  (διακρίνω)  fit, 
able  to  separate  or  distinguish  ;  ή  δ.  Sub. 
τέχνη.  Plat.  Polit.  2823.  Adv.  -κώς, 
Sext.  Emp. 

ΑιάκρΙτος  .ov  .(διακρίνω)  separated : 
and  so,  excellent,  Theocr.  22,  163. 

^Αιάκριτος,  ov,  b.  DiacrUus,  a  Spar- 
tan. Thuc.  2,  12. — 2.  an  Athenian, 
Andoc. 

Αιακροβολίζομαι,  (διά,  άκροβο?ί- 
ζομαι)  to  skirmish  with  others,  Joseph. 
Hence 

Αιακροβολισμός,  οϋ,  b,  a  skirmish- 
ing, mock-fight.  Strab. 

Αιακρΰτέω.  (διά,  κροτέω)  to  strike 
through,  break  through,  sensu  obscoe- 
no,  Eur.  Cycl.  180,  like  Lat.  pertun- 
dere. — II.  to  strike  asundrr,  resolve  into 
component  parts,  as  words  into  their 
elements,  opp.  to  σνγκροτέω,  Plat. 
Crat.  421  C. 

Αιάκρονσις,  εως,  ή,  (διακρονω)  a 
driving  away,  putting  off,  esp.  of  a 
cause,  Dem.  1205,  14 :  aii  escape, 
Plut. 

Αιακρονστικός,  ή,  όν,  fit,  able  to 
knock  away  0Γ  solve  :  from 

Αιακρονω,  to  knock  or  drive  through, 
σφήνα,  Theophr.  :  esp.  to  try  or  prove 
by  knocking,  as  an  earthen  vessel, 
Luc. :  in  genl.  to  prove.  Plat.  Theaet. 
179  D. — II.  like  διακιιπτω,  to  inter- 
rupt, hinder,  Plut. — B.  mid.  to  drive 
from  otters  self,  put  off,  get  rid  of,  elude, 
τους  Έλληνας.  Hdt.  7,  1G8,  cf  Dem. 
523,  14:  esp.  of  time,  to  put  off .  pro- 
long, .''pin  out,  Dem.  988,  7  :  to  escape, 
frustrate,  Dion.  H. :  πρνμναν  δ.,  like 
άνακρ.,  to  back  water. 

Αιακρύπτω,  strengthd.  for  κρύπτω. 

Αιακτενίζω,  (διά,  κτενίζω)  to  comb 
through,  comb  well,  Philostr. 

Αιηκτηρία.  ας.  ή,  office  of  a  διάκτο- 
por,  service,  Musae.  6. 
ΪΑιακτορίδης,  ου  Ion.  εω,  ό,  (prop. 


ΔΙΑΑ 

son  of  Diactor)  Diactorides,  of  Cranon 
in  Thessaly,  a  suitor  of  Agariste, 
Hdt.  6,  127.— 2.  a  Spartan,  Id.  6,  71. 

Αίάκτοηης,  ov,  ύ,  freq.  epith.  ot 
Hermes  (Mercury)  in  Hom.  Its  signf. 
is  disputed.  The  usu.  deriv.  is  from 
διάγω,  ace.  to  which  it  would  signify 
the  conductor,  guide,  Λvhich  would  suit 
II.  5,  3'JO,  where  he  relea.ses  Mars, 
II.  24,  339,  where  he  conducts  Priam 
to  Achilles  ;  hence  it  came  to  be  his 
usu.  epithet,  oft.  joined  with  'λργει- 
φόντης.  But  it  IS  commonly  inter- 
preted the  messenger,  as  if  ό  διάγων 
τάς  αγγελίας,  which  is  unsupported 
by  any  place  in  II.,  and  is  not  neces- 
sary in  Od.  1,  84,  ubi  v.  Kitzsch. 
Later  writers  certainly  used  it  in  this 
sense,  e.  g.  as  Call.  Fr.  164,  of  the 
owl,  as  Minerva's  attendant ;  but  the 
still  later  use,=i/;i,';\;c<7ro/<~oi•,  would 
favour  the  former  interpret.  Adj.  in 
late  poets  as  Nonn.  εγχεα  διάκτορα 
δηϊοτήτος  :  also  =τρανυς,  άοιδον  δ., 
Orac.  ap.  Luc.  Buttni.,  Lexil.  in 
voc,  brings  it  from  διάκω  [ά],  as  a 
coUat.  form  of  διό^κω,  and  makes  it 
simply  equiv.  to  διάκονος. 

Αιάκτωρ,  ορός,  ό,=  foreg.,  Anth. 

Αιακνβερνάω,  ω,(διά,  κνβερνάω)  to 
steer  through  :  to  direct,  govern,  Plat. 
Tim.  42  E,  Legg.  709  B. 

Αιακνβενω,  {διά,  κνβενω)  to  play 
at  dice  with  another,  προς  τινα,  Plut.  : 
hence  to  make  a  hazard  or  stake.  Id. 

Αιακϋκάω,ώ,(δίά,  κνκάω)  to  mix  ont 
tmth  another,  jumble,  Dem.  263.  19. 

Αιακν7.ινόέω,ώ,(διά,  κν?Λνδέω)  to 
roll  about,  Arist.  H.  A. 

Αιακνμαινω.  (διά,  κνμαίνω)  to  raise 
into  waves,  make  to  swell,  το  πέλαγος, 
Luc. 

Αιακνπτω,  f.  -ψω,  (δια.  κνπτω)  to 
stoop  and  creep  through  a  narrow  place, 
to  creep  out,  Hdt.  3,  115,  Ar.  Eccl. 
930  :  to  peep  through,  pry  into,  προς  τι, 
Xen.  Cyr.  3,  3,  C6. 

Αιακΐ'ρίττομαι,  (διά,  κνρίττομαι) 
to  butt  against,  τινί,  Synes. 

iAιaκ(.Jδωvίζω,  (διά,  κωδωνίζω)  to 
try  thoroughly,  to  test,  Dem.  393,  17  ; 
in  aor.  pass,  διακωδωνισβέντες,  test- 
ed, put  to  the  proof,  Lys.  ap.  E.  M.— 2. 
to  noise  abroad,  to  make  known  every 
where,  Strab. 

Αιακώλνμα.  ατός,  τό.  (διακωλύω)  a 
hindrance,  obstacle,  Plat.  Legg.  807  D. 

Αιακωλντέον,  verb.  adj.  from  δια- 
κωλύω, one  must  hinder,  Plat.  Rep. 
401  B. 

Αιακωλϋτής,  ov,  ό,  (διακωλύω)  a 
hinderer,  obstructer,  Hdt.  6,  56. 

Αιακωλϋτικός,  ή,  όν,  preventive, 
Plat.  Polit.  280  D  :  from 

Αιακω/.νω,  (.  -νσω,  (διά,  κωλύω) 
to  hinder,  check,  μή  ποιείν,  Hdt.  8, 
144  ;  absoL,  Soph.  0.  C.  1771,  Thuc, 
etc.  :  to  prevent,  c.  inf ,  Eur.  Hec. 
150,  Plat.  Apol.  31  E;  δ.  τινά  τι,  Ep. 
Plat.  315  D  ;  τινά  τίνος,  Diod.  [ί] 

Αιακωμωδέω,ώ,(διά,  κωμωδέω)  to 
satirise  in  a  comedy  :  in  genl.  to  satir- 
ise, libel.  Plat.  Gorg.  462  £. 

Αιακωχή,  ης.  ή,  a  cessation,  Thuc. 

3,  87  ;  esp.  an  armistice,  Dio  C  :  on 
the  form  v.  ανακωχή- 

Αιαλαβή,  ης,  ή,  (διαλαμβάνω)  α 
seizing  by  the  middle,  Dion.  Η. 

'ίΑιαλαβών,  aor.  part.  act.  of  δια- 
λαμβάνω, q.  V.  IV. 

Αια7.αγχάνω.  f.  -λ.ήϊομαι,  (διά, 
λαγχάνω)  to  divide,  part  by  lot,  Hdt. 

4.  68,  Aesch.  Theb.  816,  etc.,  cf 
Ruhnk.  Tim.  :  metaph.  to  tear  in 
pieces.  Eur.  Bacch.  1292. 

Αιαλαιμοτομέω,  ώ,  (διά,  ?Μΐμοτο- 
μέω)  to  cut  the  throat,  make  an  end  of, 
Mnesim.  Ίπποτρ.  v.  16,  in  pass. 
333 


ΔΙΑΛ 

Αία7.άκέο),  ((5ίά,  λακέω)  to  crack 
asunder,  hurst,  Ar.  Nub.  410. 

Αιαλακτίζω,  f.  -ίσο),  strengthd.  for 
/.ακΠζω,  Theocr.  24,  25, 

Αιαλάλέω,  ώ,  {διύ,  λαλέω)  to  talk 
with,  τινί  and  προς  τίνα.  Polyb.  :  δ. 
τιΐ'ί  η,  to  talk  over  a  thing  with  an- 
other, Eur.  Cycl.  175.  In  pass,  to  be 
talked  of  everytvhere,  N.  T.  Luc.  1,  65. 
Hence 

Αία?ιύλησις,  εος,  ij,  talking,  dis- 
caurse. 

Αια?•.αμβάν(ι),  f.  -?.ήψομαι .'  aor. 
ύίέλαβον  ':  pert",  όιείληόα,  pass,  oid- 
/.ημμαι:  Ion.  όιαλέλαμμαι,  {όιύ,  λαμ- 
βάνω) To  take  or  receive  separately, 
to  take  each  his  share  of  a  thing,  τάς 
οικίας,  Lys.  120,  41. — II.  to  /(rasp  with 
both  hands,  to  take  hold  of,  embrace, 
seize,  Lat.  complecti,  Hdt.  1,  114;  4, 
91 :  as  Gymnast,  term,  to  clasp  round 
the  waist,  take  by  the  middle,  Ar.  Eq. 
262  :  hence  metaph. — 2.  to  grasp  iviih 
the  mind,  to  imagine,  conceive,  Lat.  Ι7ΐ- 
durere  in  animum,  ηίστίν  δ.  ττερί  τί- 
νος, Arist.  Pol.:  to  believe,  think,  sup- 
pose, Polyb. :  to  weigh,  debate,  and  so 
to  determine,  resolve,  C.  inf..  Id.  ;  but 
(5.  τοϊς  διανοήμασιν,  to  form  a  differ- 
ent judgment.  Plat.  Legg.  777  A. — HI. 
to  separate,  part,  divide,  Lat.  dirimere, 
distinguerc,  Hdt.  1,  202;  τι  Τίνος, 
Plat.  Symp.  222  E. :  metaph.  to  in- 
terpret, τυνς  νόμους,  Lys.  139,  fin. — 

2.  to  mark  separately,  στή'λαις  τονς 
δρονς.  ap.  Dem.  278,  23. — 3.  to  cut  off, 
intercept,  Tu  στενόττορα,  Thuc.  7,  73. 
— 4.  to  distribute,  e.  g.  θώρακες  δίει- 
Τιημμένοί  το  βάρος  νπο  των  τον  σώ- 
ματος μερών,  armour  which  had  its 
weight  distributed  and  borne  by  the 
several  limbs,  Xen.  Mem.  3,  10,  13: 
hence  metaph. — 5.  to  set  out  or  stale 
clearly  and  distinctly,  Lat.  disscrere, 
exponere,  also  in  mid.,  ychiif.  Greg, 
p.  7,  931.  Adv.  part.  perf.  pa.ss.  διει- 
λημμένως,  separately,  specially. — IV. 
to  iriterrupt,  Arist.  Probl. :  hence  part., 
όιαλαβών,  at  intervals,  Hipp. 

ίΑια?Μμ~ρνν(,>.  (διά.  λαμπρύνω)  to 
render  brilliant,  Plut.  2.  734  F. 

Αιαλύμπω,  f.  -ψω.  (διά.  λά/ζττω)  to 
shine  through,  flash  through  :  to  dnirn, 
Ar.  Plut.  744  :  to  shine  or  be  conspicu- 
ous in  a  composition,  Isocr.  233  Β  : 
above  others,  Arist. :  c.  ace.  cognato, 
δ.  φώς,  Hipp.     Hence 

Κιάλαμψις,  εως,  ή,  a  lighting  up, 
Arist.  Meteor. 

Αιηλανθάνω,  f.  -λήσω  :  aor.  διέλα- 
βον,  {διά,  λανθάνω)  to  escape  notice, 
Isocr.  29,  ult. :  διαλαθών,  without  be- 
ing noticed,  Thuc.  3,  25 :  c.  acc.  pers., 
to  escape  the  notice  of,  θεούς,  Xen. 
Mem.  1,  4,  19,  σε  τοϋτο  διαλεληθε, 
this  has  escaped  you.  Plat.  Euthyd. 
278  A. 

Αιηλγέω,  strengthd.  for  άλγέω, 
Polyb. 

Αία?^γής,  ες,  {διά,  ΰ.?.γος)  giving 
great  pain,  grievous,  άτα,  Aesch.  Cho. 
G8. — II.  suffering  great  pain,  Plut. 

Αια?-έγω,  f.  -ξω,  (διά,  λε>•ω)  to  pick 
out  one  from  another,  to  pick  out,  choose, 
Hdt.  8",  107,  113,  Xen.,  etc.— II.  in 
Ar.  Lys.  720,  δ.  την  οττήν,  picking  at, 
widening  the  hole,  to  escape.  —  B. 
more  usu.  as  dep.  mid.  διαλέγομαι, 
c.  aor.  mid.  διελεξάμην,  pass,  διε- 
λεχβην:  fut.  διαλέξομαι.  ΐΐΐτ&\γ  δια- 
λεχθήσομαι.  Το  lay  a  thing  out  in 
thought,  to  consider,  think  over,  ταντά 
μοι  <^ι"Αος  διελέξατο  θυμός,  Π.  (which 
sense  belongs  esp.  to  this  mid.  form 
of  aor.,  though  later  it  was  used  just 
as  διαλεχθήναι.) — II.  in  prose  usu., 
to  converse,  reason,  talk  uith,  τινί,  Hdt. 

3,  50,  51,  Ar.  Nub.  425,  etc. :    also 

334 


ΔΙΑΑ 

■κρός  TLva,  Plat.  Polit.  272  D :  δ.  τι 
τινι  or  ττρός  τίνα,  to  discuss  a  ques- 
tion with  another,  Xen.  Mem.  1,  6, 
1  ;  2,  10,  1  ;  also  τινΙ  περί  τίνος, 
Thuc.  8,  93 ;  δ.  τινι  μη  ποιείν,  to 
argue  with  one  against  doing,  Id.  5,  59. 
— 2.  absol.  to  use  a  dialect  or  language, 
Hdt.  1,  142;  so  also  to  speak  in  pub- 
lic, Isocr.  104  C. — 3.  to  discourse,  argue, 
Xen.  Mem.  4,  5,  12,  esp.  applied  to 
the  dialectic  method  of  the  Socratics, 
Heind.  Plat.  Phaed.  84  C  :  hence  to 
profess  dialectics.  —  4.  Att.  euphem. 
for  σννουσιάζειν,  Ar,  Eccl,  890. 

Αιάλειμμα,  ατός,  τό,  (διαλείπω)  an 
interval,  gap.  Plat.  Tim,  59  Β  :  au  in- 
terval of  time,  Polyb, 

Αι,άΑειπτόν,  οϊι,  τό,  (διαλείφω)  a 
liniment,  Hipp. 

Αιαλείπω,  f.  -ψω  ."  aor.  διέλιπον, 
[διά,  'λείπω)  to  leave  an  interval,  and 
so — 1.  of  Place,  to  leave  a  gap,  hence 
in  pass.,  διελέλειπτο,  a  gap  had  been 
left,  Hdt.  7,  40,  41,-2.  intrans.,  το 
διαλείπον,  a  gap  or  space,  Xen.  An. 
4,  8, 13:  δ.  δύο  πλέβρα  άπ'  αλλήλων, 
to  be  placed  at  intervals  of  two  ]jlethra, 
Thuc.  7,  38. — II.  of  time,  always  in- 
trans., to  leave  off,  cease,  wait,  the 
time  being  oft.  added  in  acc,  as 
ύκα/ζη  διαλιπών,  having  ivaited  an  in- 
stant, Ar.  Nub.  496;  ενιαυτον  δια?.ι- 
πών,  Dem.  459, 13  ;  later  also  in  gen., 
δ.  μιύς  ημέρας,  Hdn. ;  so  too  διαλι- 
πών, absol.,  after  a  time,  Thuc.  5,  10  : 
c.  part.,  δ.  ζ?]τών,  to  leave  off  inquiring, 
Xen.  Apol,  16,  ονδένα  διαλέλοιπα 
χρόνον  διαβα'λλόμενος,  I  have  never 
ceased  to  be  slandered,  Isocr.  233  D  : 
also— 2.  of  the  time  itself,  to  inter- 
vene, elapse,  pass,  Thuc.  1,112;  3,  74. 
— III.  δ.  πυρετός,  an  intermittent  fe- 
ver, Hipp. 

Αι&λείφω,  f.  -ipo  :  aor.  1  διήλειφα, 
{διά,  αλείφω)  to  smear  over :  to  wipe 
off,  strike  off  the  list.  Plut. 

Αιαλείχω,  f.  -ξω,  {διά.  ?ίείγω)  to 
lick  clean.  Ar.  Eq.  1034,  Vesp.'904. 

Αιάλειφις,  εως,  ή,  {διαλείπω)  an 
intermission. 

Αιαλεκτέον,  verb.  adj.  from  διαλέ- 
γω, one  mast  discourse  or  discuss,  Arist. 
Org. 

Αιαλεκτικενομαι,  dep.,  to  be  skilled 
in  logic,  M.  Anton, :  from 

Αιαλεκτικός,  ή,  όν,  skilled  in  dis- 
course, discussion,  or  argument.  Plat. 
Crat.  390  C. :  ή  -κή,  sub.  τέχνη,  the 
art  of  arguing,  dialectic,  the  art.  practice 
of  logic.  Plat.     Adv.  -κώς.  Plat. :  from 

Αιάλεκτος,  ου,  ή,  {διαλέγο))  dis- 
course, conversation,  προς  τίνα.  Plat. 
Symp.  203  A ;  discussion,  argning, 
Plat.  Theaet.  146  B,  Rep.  454  Α.— 2. 
cnmmondiscourse,  Arist.  Poet. — 3. style, 
Dion.  H.,  and  Plut.— II.  speech,  lan- 
guage, way  of  talking,  Ar,  Fr.  552. — 2. 
the  language  of  a  country,  esp.  the  dia- 
lect of  a  special  district,  as  the  Ionic, 
Attic,  etc.  were  dialects  of  Greek, 
Plut. — III.  a  way  of  speaking,  enuncia- 
tion, Dem,  982,  19, 

Αιαλελνμένως,Άάν.  part.  perf.  pass, 
from  δια?.νω,  in  Gramm.,  without  con- 
traction. 

Αιάλεξις,  εως,  7],^=διάλεκτος,  dis. 
course,  discussion,  argument,  Ar,  Nub, 
317,  Plat.,  etc, 

Αιαλεπτολογέομαι,  {διά,  ?.επτολο- 
γέομαι)  dep.,  to  discourse  subtlcly,  chop 
logic,  τινί,  Ar.  Nub.  1496. 

Αιά'?ι.επτος,  ov,  {διά,  λεπτός)  very 
small  or  narrow.  Ar.  Nub.  161,  ubi  al. 
divisim.     Hence 

Αιαλεπτύνω,  (διύ,  λεπτύνω)  to 
make  .imall  or  thin,  Hipp. 

Αιαλη'καίνω,  {διά,  λευκαίνω)  to 
whiten,  Philostr. — 2.  to  illustrate,  Diosc.  , 


ΔΙΑ  A 

ΑιάλενκοΓ,  ov,  {διύ.  λενκός)  mark• 
ed  with  white,  βονς,  Strab. 

Αια'λήγω,  {διύ,  ?.ήγω)  to  cease,  end, 
Or.  Sib, 

Αιάληξις,  εως,  ή,  {διαλαγχάνω)  a 
division  by  lot. 

Αιαληπτέον,  verb.  adj.  of  διηλαμ- 
βάνω,  one  must  take  in  hand,  treat  of, 
Plat.  Polit.  258  B,  etc. 

Αιαληπτικός,  η,  όν,  treating  of,  ar- 
guing, M.  Anton. 

^Αιαληπτός,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  of  δια- 
λαμβάνω, different,  Epicur.  ap.  Diog.  L. 

Αιά'λη-φις,  εως,  ή,  {δια'λα/ιβανω)  a 
holding  fast,  grasping  with  both  hands  : 
εκ  δ.  opp.  to  ίκ  καταφοράς,  Polyb.  2, 
33,  6,  is  explained  punctim  et  caesim, 
thrusting  and  cutting,  v.  Schweigh. — 
II.  a  grasping  with  the  mind,  opinion, 
resolution,  Polyb.  —  III,  the  power  of 
holding,  capacity,  Diod, 

Αιάλΐθος,  ov,  (διά,  λίθος)  set  xvith 
precious  stones,  jewelled,  Menand,  p. 
175, 

Αιαλιμπάνω,=  διαλείπω,  to  inter- 
mit. Gal. 

Αια/.ϊνάω,ώ,(διά,λινάω)  to  escape 
through  a  net. 

Αιάλιος  Ιερεύς,  ό,  the  Roman  /ϊα- 
men  Dialis,  Dio  C. 

Αιαλιχμάζω  and  δια7.ιχμάομαι=ζ 
δια7.είχω. 

^Αίάλκης,  ους,  6,  Dialces,  masc.  pr. 
η.,  a  Mantinean,  Pans. 

Αια7ιλάγή,  ης,  ή,  (δια7.λάσσω)  an 
interchange,  exchange,  Dion.  H. :  a 
change,  esp.  from  enmity,  a  reconcilia- 
tion, treaty  of  pence,  Hdt.  1 ,  22 ;  but 
also  in  plur.,  as  Eur.  Phoen.  375,  Ar. 
Vesp.  472. 

Αιά?Ααγμα,  ατός,  τό,  {διαλλύσσω) 
that  which  is  put  in  the  place  of  an- 
other, a  changeling,  Eur,  Hel.  586. — 
II.  a  difference,  Dion.  H. 

Αιαλλακτήρ,  ήρος,  ό,  {διαλλύσσω) 
a  mediator,  Hdt.  4,  161,  Aesch.  Theb. 
908.     Hence 

Αιαλλακτήριος,  ov,  reconciling,  con- 
ciliatory, Dion.  H. 

Αιαλλακτής,  οϋ,  6,^=διαλλακτήμ, 
Eur.  Phoen.  468,  Thuc.  4,  60. 

Αιαλλάσσω,  Att.  -ττω.  fut.  -ξω, 
[διά,  άλλάβσω)  to  change,  alter,  Em- 
ped.  148. — II.  to  exchange,  whether — 
1.  to  give  in  exchange,  τί  Ttvi,  Eur. 
Ale,  14  ;  or — 2,  to  take  in  exchange,  τί 
τίνος  or  αντί  τίνος :  hence  c.  acc. 
only,  δ.  άετον  βίον,  to  take  an  eagle's 
life  for  one's  own,  choose  it.  Plat.  Rep. 
620  Β  ;  δ.  την  χώραν,  to  change  one 
land  for  another,  i.  e.  to  pa.^s  through 
a  land,  Xen.  Hell.  4,  3,  3 :  hence 
mid.,  like  act.,  to  interchange,  exchange, 
Hdt.  9,  47. — III.  esp.  to  change  enmity 
for  friendship,  to  reconcile  one  to  an- 
other, τινύ  τινι,  Thuc.  6,  47,  τινϋ 
προς  τίνα.  Ar.  Lys.  628,  Isocr.  104  Ε  ; 
but  most  freq.  c.  acc.  plur.  only,  as 
Eur.  Phoen.  436,  etc.  Pass.  c.  fut. 
mid.  δια?ιλάξομαι  (though  pass,  διαλ- 
λαγήσομαι  occurs  Plat.  Rep.  471  A): 
aor.  pass,  διηλλάχθην :  to  be  reconciled, 
become  friends,  Aesch.  Theb.  885, 
etc. ;  τινί,  Isocr.  201  D,  προς  τίνα 
πιρί  τίνος,  Id.  33  D,  Τ7~/ς  έχθρας  ές 
φίλους,  Eur.  Med.  896.  — IV.  mtr. 
διαλλάττειν  τί  τίνος,  also  τί  τινι,  to 
differ  from  One  in  a  thing,  Lat.  differre, 
discrepare  ab  aliquo  and  alicui.  Hdt.  7, 
70,  TO  διαλλάσσον  της  γΐ'ώμης,Ύ\\\ιο. 
3,  10:  so  too  in  pass.,  esp.  in  aor. 
διαλ7Μχβηναι,  to  be  different,  Lat.  dis- 
tare:  διηλίΜγμένα  τοις  ειδεσι,  Thuc. 
3,  82. 

Αιάλλη7.ος  τρόπος,  ό.  {διά,  άλλτ]- 
7.ων)  arguing  in  a  circle,  Sext.  Emp. 

Aia7  λοιόω,  strengthd.  for  άλλοιόω, 
Theophr. 


ΔΙΑΛ 

Αιά/,λομαι,  fut.  -α?.οΰμαι,  (διά,  άλ• 
λομαι)  liep.  mid.,  to  leap  over  or  across, 
τάφρον,  Xen.  Eq.  8,  8. 

tAi α/λοζ-,  ov,  0,  Dialhis,  masc.  pr. 
v.,  Paus. 

Αία'/.μα,  ατός,  τό,  {όίάλ?Μμαι)  a 
leap  :  as  Gymnastic  term=t/?.//a. 

Aia/MUo),  strengthd.  for  ΰλοάω, 
Ael. 

Αιαλογτ/,  -ης,  η,  (6ια?ιέγω)  a  select- 
ing, couiLting  out,  Arist.  Pol. — 2.=  ί5£ά- 
7.0^1  ος  or  όια/.εξις,  Vila  Horn.  36. 

Αίαλογιζομαι,  f.  -ίηομαι,  {διά,  7.0- 
"^'ίζομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  balance,  settle 
accounts,  ττρός  Tiva,  Dem.  1236,  17 : 
hence  to  take  account  of,  consider, 
think  over,  ττβός  εαυτόν,  Isae.  68,  14, 
Isocr.  134  D. — II.  to  converse,  discourse, 
argue,  ττερί  τίνος,  Xen.  Mem.  3,  5,  1. 

Ata7.0}'[KOg,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to  dis- 
course or  dialogue. 

Αία7.όγισμα,  ατός,  τό,  (όιαλογίζο- 
μαι)=8^.,  Lpicur.  ap.  Diog.  L. 

Ata/.O}  ισμός,  ov,  6,  a  balancing  of 
accounts,  Dem.  951,  20:  hence — II. 
consideration,  thought,  reasoning.  Plat. 
Ax.-III.  conversation,  disciission,  Plut. 
—2.  doubt,  N.  T. 

Αια7.ογιστικός,  η,  όν,  {διαλογίζο- 
μαι) belonging  to  discourse  or  reason- 
ing :  h  -κη,  the  reasonin g  facult y ,  Plut. 

Αιαλογος,  ov,  ό,  (όια/^γομαι)  a 
conversation,  discourse,  dialogue,  Plat. 
Prot.  335  D,  Soph.  263  E. 

Αια/.οιδορέομαι,  {διά,  7Μΐδορέω) 
dep.  c.  aor.  pass.  διε7ιθΐδορίιθην 
(Dem.  542,  10).  To  abuse,  rail  at, 
TLVL,  Hdt.  2,  121,  4:  the  act.  only  in 
late  authors,  as  Liban.    Hence 

Λια7Μΐδόρησις,  εως,  ή,  a  reviling, 
LXX. 

Αια7.οζενίι),  to  turn  aside,  Liban.  ; 
from 

Αιάλοξος,  ov,  strengthd.  for  Τιοξός, 
Id. 

Αια7ί.νγίζω,  {διά,  λυγίζω)  to  twist 
or  bend  about.     Hence 

Αια7.νγισμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  great  bend. 

Αια/Λμαίνυμαι,  {διά,  7Μμαίνομαι) 
to  maltreat  shamefully,  Hdt.  9,  112  :  to 
cheat  shamefully,  Ar.  Plut.  436 :  to 
falsify,  TO  νόμισμα,  Id.  Thesm.  348  : 
Hdt.  has  also  pf.  διαλε7,ΰμασμαι  in 
pass,  signf.  9,  112.  [ϋ] 

Αιάλϋσις,  εως,  ή.  {δια7.ύω)  α  loosing 
one  from  anything,  separating,  parting. 
Plat.  Gorg.  524  Β :  dissolution,  τοϋ 
σώματος,  Id.  Phaed.  88  Β  :  α  breaking 
'"Ρ'  ^/C  γέφυρας,  Thuc.  1, 137:  δ.  αγο- 
ράς, the  time  of  its  breaking  up,  Hdt. 
3,  104. — 2.  χρεών  δ.,  limiidatwn  of 
debts.  Plat.  Legg.  654  D. — -11.  an  ending 
of  hostilities,  peace,  δ.  γίγνεταί  ττρός 
τίνα,  Dem.  553,  20. 

Αια7.νσίφι7ιος,  ov,  {διαλύω,  φίλος) 
love  dissolving,  Anth. 

Αια7.ϋτέον,  verb.  adj.  from  διαλύω, 
one  rnusl  break  up,  Arist.  Eth.  N. 

Αιαλΰτής,  οϋ,  ό.  {διαλύω)  a  dis- 
solver,  breaker  up,  της  εταιρίας,  Thuc. 
3,82. 

Αιαλντικος,  ή,  όν,  {διαλύω)  able  to 
dissolve  or  relax,  relaxing,  Hipp. 

Αιά/.ντος,  ov,  {διαλύω)  dissolved, 
relaxed,  Plut., but — II.  oxyt.  δια7ί.ΰτός, 
ή,  όν,  capable  if  dissolution,  Plat. 
Phaed.  80  B. 

Αια7,ύτρωσις,  εως,  ή,  {διά,  λντρόω) 
tnulual  redemption,  Polyb. 

Αια7,νω.  f.  -νσω,  {διά,  λύω)  to  loose 
one  from  another,  to  part  asunder,  τονς 
αγωνιζόμενους,  Hut.  8,  11  :  to  break 
up,  dismiss,  σνλ7.ογον,  Hdt.  7,  10,  4  ; 
ναυτικόν,  Thuc. ;  στρατιύν,  ττανη- 
γνριν,  Xen.  ;  and  in  mid.  to  break  up, 
disperse,  Hdt.  1,  128,  etc.  ;  εκ  τοϋ 
σνΑ?ιόγου,  Id.  3,  73 :  esp. — 2.  to  break 
off,  put  an  end  to  friendship  or  en- 


ΔΙΑΜ 

mity,  εχθραν,  Isocr.,  φιλίαν,  Arist. 
Eth.  N.  So  too  in  mid.,  (5ίαλΰσασ- 
θαι  ξεινίην,  Hdt.  4,  154:  but  δια- 
λνεσθαι  τα  Τϊρος  αλ7^ήλονς,  to  settle 
mutual  claims,  Isocr.  48  D  ;  hence 
εν  φί7.οις  δ.  ττερί  τίνος,  to  coine  to  a 
friendly  understanding  about  a  thing, 
Id.  Pass.,  c.  gen.  rei,  διαλνεσθαι 
νείκους,  to  be  parted  from  quarrel,  i.  e. 
be  reconciled,  Eur.  Or.  1670,  so  too 
τϊ/ς  διαφοράς,  Diod. :  also  absol.  to  be 
reconciled,  προς  τίνα.  Polyb. — 3.  δια- 
7.ύειν  δια3ο7ιήν,  to  do  away  ivith  false 
accusations  or  false  impressions, 
Thuc.  1,  131  ;  so  too  δια/ά'σασθαι 
ίγκ7,ήματα,  Id.  1,  140. — 4.  δ.  τιμάς, 
χρήματα,  to  pay  off,  liquidate  a  debt, 
Dem.  846,  fin.,  4C0,  19:  διαλύσας 
πάντα,  having  settled  all  devtands,  Id. 
945,4  .  to  pay,  discharge,  την  δαμάνην, 
Hdt.  5,  30,  cf.  Lat.  ddiu),  Cic.  Off.  1, 
33. — II.  to  dissolve,  relax,  to  σώμα, 
Hipp.  :  to  make  supple  and  pliant,  Lat. 
relaxare,  Ar.  Pac.  85.  [ϋ  usu.  ;  yet 
oft.  ϋ  in  pres.  and  impf .  and  always 
so  in  perf ,  plqpf ,  and  aor.  pass.] 

Αιαλφιτόω,ώ,  {διά,  ά/ιφιτον)  to  fill 
full  of  barley-meal,  Ar.  Nub.  669. 

Αια7\,ω3άω,  strengthd.  for  λωβάω, 
so  also  in  mid.,  Polyb. 

Αιαμάγενω,  {διά,  μαγεύω)  (ο  be- 
witch, charm  u-ith  magic  arts,  Luc. 

Αιαμαβύνω,  strengthd.  for  άμαθύ- 
νω,  to  grind  to  powder,  utterly  destroy, 
Aesch.  Ag.  824. 

^Αιαμά7ιαξις,  εως,  ή,  a  softening, 
soothing.  Gal. :  from 

Αιαμα7ιάττω,  ϊ.  -ξω,  strengthd.  for 
μα7.άττω. 

Αιαμανβύνω,  {διά,  μανΟάνω)  to 
learn  by  inquiry,  Philostr. 

Αιαμαντίϋομαι,  {διά,  μαντεύομαι) 
dep.,  to  make  divi7iations,  Dion.  H. ;  to 
consult  an  oracle,  περί  τίνος.  Id. 

Αιαμαρτάνω,  ί.  -ήσομαι  Dem.  388, 
15:  {διά.  άμαρτάνω)  to  miss  entirely, 
go  quite  astray  from,  τϊ/ς  όδον,  Thuc. 
1,  JOG;  τον  πράγματος,  Dem.  1228, 
10,  τοϋ  παντός,  Plut. — 2.  to  fail  utter- 
ly of ,  fail  of  obtaining,  τινός,  Thuc.  2, 
78,  Plat.,  etc. :  also  δ.  τινί,  to  fad  ut- 
terly in  a  thing,  Arist.  Eth,  N.  Hence 

Αιαμάρτημα,  ατός,  τό,=ύμύρτημα, 
Arist.  Poet. 

Αιαμαρτία,  ας,  ή,  {διά,  αμαρτία)  α 
total  mistake,  Plut.  :  δ.  τών  ήμερων, 
an  entirely  iirong  reckoning  of  the  days, 
Thuc.  4,  89. 

Αιαμαρτϋρέω,  ώ,  {διά,  μαρτνρέω) 
as  Att.  law  term,  to  iise  a  διαμαρτυ- 
ρία (q.  v.),  to  call  evidence  for  or  against 
an  objection,  Dinarch.  ap.  Harp.,  and 
Dem.  1088,  ult.  :  also  to  give  such  evi- 
dence, Isae.  38,  11.  Mid.  c.  aor.  pass. 
διεμαρτυρήθην,  (Isae.  38.  22),  to  have 
this  evidence  given  for  one,  Oratt. 

Αιαμαρτνρία,  ας,  ή.  a  calling  to  wit- 
ness :  as  Att.  law-term  a  calling  evi- 
dence to  support  or  refute  an  objection 
raised  by  the  defendant,  Oratt.,  v.  Att. 
Process,  p.  639. 

Αιαμαρτύρομαι.  dep.  mid.,  to  call 
God  and  man  to  witness,  to  protest  sol- 
emnly, esp.  in  case  of  falsehood  or 
wrong,  Dem.  275,  17,  etc. — II.  to  beg 
earnestly  of  one,  to  conjure  him,  Xen. 
Cyr.  7,  1,  9.  [v] 

Αιαμασάομαι,  {διά,  μασύομαι)  also 
διαμασσ.,  to  gnaw  in  pieces,  chew  up, 
Arist.  H.  A.    Hence 

Αιαμάσ7ΐμα,ατος,τό.Ά\8θδιαμύσσ., 
that  which  is  chewed,  Diosc. 

Αιαμασητός.  ή.  όν,  also  διαμασσ., 
fit  for  chewing,  Hipp. 

Αιαμάσσω,  Att.  -μάττω.  fut.  -μάξω, 
{διά.  μάσσω)  to  knead  thoroughly,  knead 
well  up.  Ar.  Eq.  1105,  A  v.  403. 

Αιαμαστϊγόω,   {διά,  μαστιγόω)  to 


ΔΙΑΜ 

scourge  severely,  Plat.  Gorg.  524  £< 
Hence 

Αιαμαστίγωσις,  εως,  τ/,  a  severe 
scourging,  esp.  of  the  Spartan  boys, 
Plut.  [«-] 

Αιαμαστροπεύω,  {διά,  μαστρο- 
πενω)  to  pander :  δ.  την  ήγεμονίαν 
γάμοις,  to  bargain  away  the  empire 
by  a  marriage,  Plut. 

Αιαμασχαλίζω,  {διά,  μασχα7Λζω)  to 
stick  under  rnie's  arm,  τι,  Ar.  Fr.  249. 

Αιαμάχη,  ης,  ή,  {διαμάχομαι)  a 
fighting  or  striving  against,  πρόΐ'  τι, 
■piat.  Legg.  633  D. 

Αιαμαχέω,=  διαμάχομαι,  Joseph. 
Hence 

Αιαμαχητέον,  verb,  adj.,  one  must 
deny  absolutely.  Plat.  Soph.  241  D 
(with  V.  1.  διαμαχετέον.)  Rep.  380  B. 

Αιαμάχομαι.  fut.  -μαχεαομαι,  or 
-μαχονμαι,  poet,  also  -μαχ•τ/σομαι, 
{διά,  μάχομαι)  dep.  mid.  :  to  fight  or 
strive  with,  struggle  against,  τινι,  Hdt. 
4,  ll.TTpof  Ti,  Dem.  217,  2;  also  c. 
μη  et  inf ,  to  fight  off,  Thuc.  3,  40,  δ. 
TO  μη  θανείν,  Eur.  Ale.  694. — 2.  to 
fight  through,  fight  it  out,  Lat.  dejmg- 
nare,  Eur.  Supp.  678,  Ar.  Eq.  339, 
Thuc, etc. 

Αιαμύω,  ω,  f.  -ήσω,  {διά.  άμάω)  to 
mow  through,  cut  through,  χιτώνα,  IL 
3,  359  :  to  scrape  or  clear  auay,  δακ- 
τν7.οις  δ.  χθόνα,  Eur.  Bacch.  709, 
ubi  V.  Elmsl. ;  and  so  in  mid.,  Thuc. 
4,26. 

Αιαμεθίημι,  {διά,  μεϋίημι)  to  la  go, 
leave  off,  μοχθον,  Eur.  Bacch.  627  :  to 
give  up,  τινί  τι,  Id.  EL  978.  [On  quan- 
tity V.  ϊημι.] 

Αιΰμείβω,  f.  -ψω,  {διά,  αμείβω)  to 
change,  exchange,  τι  προς  τι.  Plat. 
Poht.  289  Ε,  and  so  in  mid.,  τί  τίνος 
or  αντί  τίνος,  Solon  13,  2,  Plat.  Legg. 
915  Ε  : — 2.  δ.  οδόν,  to  make  a  journey, 
Aesch.  Theb.  334,  and  so  in  mid  ,  Id. 
Pr.  285. — II.  mid.  strictly,  to  change 
one's  self  from  one  place  to  another,  δ. 
Άσίαν  Έ,νρώττης,  to  pass  from  Europe 
into  Asia,  Eur.  I.  T.  398:  to  pass  by, 
Aesch.  Supp.  543. — 2.  absol.  to  change, 
Hdt.  9,  108. — 3.  αγοράς  διαποντίονς 
δ.,  to  trade  in  foreign  markets,  Dion. 
H. — 4.   to  requite,  DioC, 

Αιαμειδιάω,  ω,  f,  -άσω.  {διά,  μειδι- 
άω) to  laugh,  sinile.  Plat.  Tmi.  21  C. 

Αιάμηπτος,  ov,  {διαμείβω)  change- 
able, [a] 

Αιαμειρΰκιεύομαι,  dep.  mid.,  to  bear 
one's  self  tike  a  youth,  strive  hotly  and 
eagerly,  τινί,    Plut. 

Αιάμειψις,  εως,  ή,  {διαμείβω)  an 
exchange,  of  prisoners,  Plut. 

Αιαμελαίνω,  f.  -άνώ,  {διά,  με7.αί- 
νω)  to  make  quite  black  or  dark,  Plut. 
— II.  intr.  to  be  so.  Id. 

Αιάμε7.είστί,  {διά,  μελεϊστί)  adv., 
limb  by  limb,  joint  by  joint,  linS-meal, 
διαμελεϊστι  ταμών,^διαμε7.ιζων,  Od. 
9,  291  ;  18.  339. 

Αιαμε7ί.ετιΊω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω.  {διά,  αελε- 
τάω)  to  practise  diligently.  Plat.  Parm. 
126  C. 

Αιαμε7ύζω,  {διά,  με7ύζω  I.)  to  cut 
up  piece-meal,  tear  in  pieces,  disinember, 
Diod. :  but — II.  {μελίζω  II.)  mid.  δι- 
αμε7ΐζομαΐ,  to  rival  in  singing,  Plut. 
Hence 

Αιαμε?-ΐσμός,  ov,  ό,  a  cutting  in 
pieces,  dismembering,  Plut, 

Αιαμέλ7^ησις,  εως,  ή,  {διαμε7Λω) 
a  being  on  the  point  to  do,  α  pretence, 
φν7.ακής.  Jliuc.  5,  99. 

Αιαμε7.7.ητ//ς,  οΰ,  ό,  one  who  delays : 
from 

Αιαμέλ/.ω,  f.  -με7.λήσω,  {διά,  μέλ- 
λω) to  be  always  going  to  do  a  thing, 
to  make  a  shoiv  or  pretence,  of  doing  : 
Y^ence  to  delay,  put  off,  Thnc.  1,71, 142. 
335 


ΔΙΑΜ 

£^ίαμέμφομαι,  strengthd.  for  μέμ- 
φομαι, to  blame  exceedingly,  τι,  Thuc. 
8,  8'J,  τινά  Τίνος,  one  for  a  thing, 
Isocr.  26  A. 

Αιαμίΐ'ω,  f.  -μενώ,  perf.  -μεμένηκα, 
{όιά,  μένω)  to  remain,  by,  continue  with, 
stick  by,  τινί,  Hipp.,  and  Xen.  Cyr.  8, 

2,  7. — 2.  to  be  constant,  persevere,  con- 
tinue, ετύ  TivL,  Xen.  Apol.  30. — 3.  to 
continue,  c.  part.,  rf.  λέ>ων,  Dem.  107. 
21  :  absol.,  to  last,  remain,  live  on, 
Epich.  p.  90  :  to  endure,  be  firm,  strong, 
Isocr.  1G9  D. 

Αιαμερίζο),  (διύ,  μερίζω)  to  divide, 
distribute.  Plat.  Phil.  15  Ε  :  so  in  mid. 
LXX.     Hence 

Αιαμερισμι')ς,  ov,  ό,  a  division,  Died. ; 
a  dissension,  Ν.Ύ. 

Αιύμεσος,  ov,  {διά,  μέσος)  midway 
between  :  το  (5.,  the  part  between,  Dio  C. 

Λιάμεστος,  ov,  {όιά,  μεστός)  brim 
full,  Antiph.  Incert.  14.     Hence 

Αιαμεστόω,  ω,  to  fill  full,  Arist. 
Probl. 

Αιαμετρέω.ώ,{δίά,μετρέώ)  to  meas- 
ure through,  measure  out  or  off ;  χώροι> 
δ.,  to  measure  out  lists  for  combat,  11. 

3,  315:  ημέρα  διαβεμετρημένη.  mea- 
sured by  the  clepsydra,  cf.  Aeschin.  82, 
12. — 2.  to  measure  out  in  certain  por- 
tions, distribute,  τινί  τι.  Call.  :  esp. 
to  give  out  rations,  τοϊς  στρατιώταις, 
Xen.  An.  7,  1,  40,  cf.  41.  Mid.  to 
measure  out  and  take  one's  share,  Orac. 
ap.  Hdt.  1,  C6,  and  Xen. :  to  sell,  Dem. 
918,  8. — II.  intr.,  {διύμίτρος)=έκ  δι- 
αμέτρου άντικεΐσθαι,  to  be  directly  op- 
voseil,  τινί,  Manetho.     Hence 

Αιαμέτρησις.  εως,  ή,  a  measuring 
out.  measuring,  LXX. 

Αιαμετριιτός,  ή.  όν,  measuredout,  δ. 
ένι  χώρω,  II.  3,  344. 

Αιάμετρον,  ον,  τό,  that  which  is  mea- 
sured out,  Lat.  dimensicm,  esp.  soldiers' 
rations,  Pint. 

Αιύμετρος,  ov,  ή,  a  diameter,  i.  e. 
any  line  passing  througli  a  centre,  Plat. 
Meno  85  Β  ;  esp.  the  earth's  axis, 
Procl. :  hence  κατά  δ.  ξνντίθεσθαι, 
to  be  placed  opposite  one  another.  Plat. 
Tim.  5i  E:  έκ  δ.  άντικεΐσθαι,  to  he 
diametrically  opposed,  Luc. — -2.  the  rule 
for  drawing  the  diameter,  Ar.  Ran.  801. 
— 3.  a  crossing,  κατά  δ.  κινεΐσθαι,  of 
animals  which  cross  their  hind  and  fore 
feet  in  running,  Arist.  Inc.  An.  1,  and 
so  prob.  in  Plat.  Polit.  266  B. 

Αιαμενω,  poet,  for  διαμείβω. 

Αιαμήδομαι,=μ7/δομαι,  Ep.  Horn. 

4,  12. 

Αιαμηκίζω,  {διά,  μ>/κος)  =  διαμε- 
τρέω  II.  Mathein. 

Αιαμηνύω,  {διά,  μηνύω)  topointout, 
Strab. 

Αιαμηρίζω,  {διά,  μηρός)  femora  di- 
duco,  ineo,  Ar.  Αλ'.  669,  etc.     Hence 

Αιαμηρισμός,  ov,  b,  coiiio.  Pint. 

Αιαμηρνω,  (διά,  μηρύω)  to  roll  up 
into  a  ball,  [ϋ] 

Αιαμηχάνάομαι,  strengthd.  ior  μ,η- 
χανάομαι,  dep.  mid.,  to  bring  about, 
contrive,  Ar.  Eq.  917,  and  Plat.  Hence 

Αιαμηχανητέον,  verb,  adj.,  one  must 
contrive,  Pint. ' 

Αιαμίγννμι,  also  διαμίσγω,  f  -μίξω, 
{διά.  μίγννμι)  to  mix  up.  mingle.  Pint. 

ΑιαμΙκρο?~.ογέομαι^  dep.,  strengthd, 
for 


μικρη'λογέομαι.  Pint. 
ίιάμιλ?.αομαι,    f.    -rye 


Αιάμιλλάομαι,  f.  -ήσομαι,  {διά, 
ΰμιλλάομαι)  dep.  c.  fut.  mid.,  and 
usu.  aor.  pass.,  to  strive,  contend  one 
with  another,  δέκα  ιτρος  δέκα.  Plat. 
Legg.  833  Ε,  τινί  Rep.  516  Ε,  ττερί 
τίνος  Id.  lb.  517  Ε,  εν  τινι  Ih.  563 
Α  ;  thovigh  he  also  has  gen.  rei,  as  δ. 
λειοτέρας  ΰδοΰ,  Legg.  833  Β.  Hence 

Αιαμύ.7\.ητέον,  verb,  adj.,  one  must 
strive,  Plut. 
336 


ΔΙΑΜ 

Αιαμιμνήσκω,  {διά,  μιμνήσκω)  only 
found  in  pf  pass,  διημέμνημαι,  to 
keep  in  ■memory,  Xen.  Mem.  1,  4,  13. 

Αιαμιννρημαι,  dep.,  to  sing  plain- 
tively, Ar.  Thestn.  100.  [v] 

Αιαμίσγω,=:διη/ή}ννμι,  Hipp. 

ΑιαμΙσέω,ώ,{διά,μισέω)  to  hate  bit- 
terly, Arist.  Pol. 

Αιαμισθόω,  ώ,  {διά,  μισθόω)  to  farm 
out,  A  pp. 

Αιαμιστύλλω,  f.  -νλώ :  aor.  1  -νλα, 
{διά,  μιστί'λλω)  to  cut  up  piece-meal, 
Hdt.  1,  132. 

Αιάμιτρος,  ov,  {διά,  μίτρα)  veiled 
with  a  μίτρα. 

Αίαμμος,  ov,  {διά,  άμμος)  very  sandy , 
Polyb. 

* Αιαμνάομαι,γτ^Β.  whence  is  form- 
ed διαμέμνημαι,  peri,  of  διαμιμνήσκω. 

Αιαμνημονεύω,  {διά,  μνημονεύω) 
to  call  to  mind,  recall,  remember,  absol., 
Hdt.  3,  3,  περί  τίνος,  Xen.  Mem.  1, 
3,  1,  Tl,  Pint.:  to  record,  mention, 
Lat.  coinmemorare,  Thuc.  1,  22 :  δι- 
αμνημονενεται  έχων,  he  is  said  to 
have  had.  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  2,  2. — 2.  to  re- 
call to  another's  mind,  τινί  τι.  Plat. 
Epin.  976  C. 

^Αιαμοιβή,  ης,  η,  {διαμείβω)  ex- 
change, Joseph.  :  remuneration.  Id. 

Αιαμοιράω.  ώ,  {διά,  μηφάο)  to  di- 
vide, tear,  rend  asunder,  Eur.  Hec.  1076, 
Hipp.  1376. — 2.  as  dep.  mid.,  to  por- 
tion out,  distribute,  έτϊταχα  πάντα  δι- 
εμοιράτο,  Od.  14,  434.     Hence 

Αιΰμοιρηδά,  adv.,  in  equal  portions, 
Ap.  Rh.,  ubi  al.  διαμμ. 

Αιαμολννω,  {διά,  μολύνω)  to  defile, 
pollute. 

Αιαμονη,  ης,  η,  {διαμένω)  α  remain- 
ing, lasting,  duration,  I'heophr. 

Αιαμονομάχέω,  {διά. μονομαχέω)  to 
fight  a  single  combat,  προς  τίνα,  Plut. 

Αίάμορφος,  ov.  {διά,  μορφή)  endued 
with  form,  Emped.  74. 

Αιαμορφοσκοπέομαι,  (διύ,  μορφή, 
σκοπέω)  to  vie  with  another  in  beauty, 
τινί,  Ath. 

Αιαμορφόω,ώ,(όιά,μορφόω)  to  give 
form  to,  form,  shape,  Plut.     Hence 

Αιαμόρφωσις,  εως,  ή,  a  forming, 
shaping.  Id. 

Αιαμοτόω,  ώ,  {διά,  μότος)  to  keep  a 
wound  open  by  putting  in  lint  {μότος), 
to  put  lint  in  or  on.  Medic. 

Αιημπάξ,  adv.  right  through,  through 
and  through,  c.  gen.,  Aesch.  Pr.  65; 
also  δ.  διά  τίνος,  Snpp.  548. 

Αιαμπείρω,  poet,  for  διαναπ.,  to 
pierce  through,  spit,  Q.  Sm. 

Αιαμπερές.  adv. — 1.  of  place, through 
atid  through,  right  through,  clean  throush , 
Od.  14,  11;  also  c.  gen.,  II.  20,  362, 
c.  ace,  Aesch.  Cho.  380:  wholly,  al- 
together.—  2.  of  time,  throughout,  for 
ever,  Od.  10,  88,  and  Hes.  :  pleon. 
ηματα  πάντα  δ.,  II.  16,  499,  διαμπε- 
ρές αΐεί,  for  ever  and  aye,  II.  15,  70. 
In  prose  also  διαμπερέως. — II.  δια- 
μπερής,  as  adj.,  in  Hipp.  045,  22. 
(The  simple  άμπερές  found  only  in 
tmesis,  διά  δ.-  άμπερές,  II.  11.  377; 
17,  309  ;  which  proves  that  it  is  not 
from  διαπερύω.  but  for  διαναπ.,  cf 
διάνδιχα:  perh.  akin  to  διαμπάξ.) 

]Αιαμπερές,  έος.  τό,  Diamperes,  a 
gnte  in  Argos,  Plut.  Pyrrh.  32. 

^Αιαμπερέως,  adv.  v.  sub  διαμπερές, 
Hipp. 

Αιαμπερής,  ές,  v.  διαμπερές  II. 

Αιαμνδα'?.έος,  a,  ov,  (διά.  μνδα'λέος) 
drenching,  δάκρνσι,  Aesch.  Pers.  538. 

Αιημνδάω,.(διά,  μυδάω)  to  decay, 
rot  from  wet  or  moidd,  Hipp. 

Αιαμύθησις,  εως,  η,  (διά,  μνβος)  de- 
ception, η  talking  over. 

Αιαμνβυλογέω,  ώ,{διά,  μνΟο?ιθγέω) 
to  communicate  by  wordofmouth,to  speak, 


ΔΙΑΝ 

γλώσστ^  τι,  Aesch.  Pr.  889 :  προς  άλ- 
λ7'/'λονς,  to  converse.  Plat.  Apol,  39  Ε; 
περί  τίνος.  Id.  Phaed.  70  Β. 

Αιαμνκτηρίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  strengthd. 
for  μνκτηρίζω,  L'iog.  L. 

Αιαμν'λ'λαίνω,  f  -άνω,  (διύ,  μν?.- 
Άαίνω)  to  curl  or  shoot  out  the  lip  in 
scorn,  to  make  mouths,  Ar.  Vesp.  1315. 

Αιαμώίδιος,  ov,  utterly  different, 
Aesch.  Pr.  555 :  from 

Αιαμφίς,  adv.  (διά,  άμφί)  separately, 
Dion.  P. 

Αιαμφιςβητέω,ώ,(διύ,ΰμφ/ςί^/τέω) 
to  dispute  or  disagree,  προς  ίϊλ/}//.ονς 
περί  τίνος,  Dem.  1097,  23  :  διημφις• 
βητεΐται  ουκ  ολίγα,  not  a  few  iiucs- 
tions  are  raised,  Arist.  Eth.  N.    Hence 

Αιαμφιςβήτησις,  εως,  ή,  a  dispute 
or  doubt,  έγει  δ.,  it  admits  of  doubt, 
Arist.  Pol. 

Αιαμφοδέω,ω,{διύ,άμφοδος)  to  iniss 
the  right  άμφηδος. 

Αιαμωκάομαι,  dep.  mid.,  to  mock, 
laugh  at,  Dio  C      Hence 

Αιαμώκησις,  εως,  ή,  mocking,  rail• 
lery,  τινός,  Ath. 

Αιαναβύ?.?Μ,  (διά,  άναβύ?Λω)  to 
put  off  continually  :  to  seek  delays,  late. 

Αιαναγιγνώσκω,ΐ.  -γνώσομαι,  (διά, 
αναγιγνώσκω)  to  read  through,  Isocr. 
275  A,  and  Polyb. 

Αιάναγκύζω,  f.  -άσω,  (διά,  αναγκά- 
ζω) to  coerce,  compel.  Plat.  Legg.  836  A. 
— 2.  to  set  a  joint,  Hipp. — 3.  d.  πόρους, 
to  open  the  pores  violently.  Id.    Hence 

Αιανάγκασις,  εως,  ή,  the  setting  of 
a  joint,  Hipp.  ;  and 

Αίάναγκασμός,  οϋ,  ό,  violence,  com- 
pulsion.— II.  the  setting  of  a  limb:  an 
instrument  for  doing  it,  Hipp. 

Αιανάγω,  (διά,  ανάγω)  to  bring  back 
into  its  place,  Galen. 

Αιανακαΰίζω,  f  -ίσω,  =  άνακαθίζω, 
Hipp. 

Αιανακλάω,  ώ,  f.  -άσω  [α],  (διά, 
άΐ'ακλάω)  to  break,  bend:  to  refract, 
as  light. 

Αιανακΰπτω,  (διά,  ανακύπτω)  to 
raise  the  head  :  look  carefully  into,  Philo. 

Αιανα2ίσκω,  (διά,  αναλίσκω)  to 
consume,  Dio  C. 

Αιανάπανσις,  εως,  ή,  a  resting  at 
intervals,  Arist.  Spir.  :  from 

Αιαναπαύω,  (διά,  αναπαύω)  to  let 
rest  awhile,  την  δύναμιν,  Polyb. :  to 
interrupt,  stop  one's  talking,  v.  1.  for 
διαπαύω.  Plat.  Symp.  191  C.  Mid. 
to  rest  awhile.  Plat.  Legg.  625  B. 

^Αιαναπηδύω,  ώ,  (διά,  ΰναπι^δύω) 
to  vie  with  one  in  leaping,  Xen.  Cyr.  1, 
4,  4,  Popp. 
\Αίαναπνο7Ί,  ης,  ή,^άΐ'απνοι),  Gal. 

Αιαναρκάω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (διά,  ναρκύω) 
to  remain  torpid,  to  sleep  through  the 
winter,  Arist.  Mirab. 

^Αίάνασσα,  ης,  ή,  Dianassa,  mother 
of  Lycurgus,  Plut.  Lye.  2. 

Αιανάσσω,  f.  -ζω,  (διά,  νύσσω)  to 
fill  up,  stop  chinks  :  to  caulk  shipc, 
Strab. 

Αιανάστασις,  εως.ή,(διαναστηναι) 
a  rising,  Hipp. 

Αίαναυμάχέω,ώ,{διά,ναυμαχέω)  to 
maintain  a  sea-fight  with  one,  τινί, 
Hdt.,  etc. 

Αιανάω,  (διά,  ναω)  to  flow  through, 
percolate,  prob.  1.  Theonhr. 

ΑιάνδΙχα,  adv.,  (διύ,  ανά,  δίχα) 
like  άνδίχα,  two  ways,  διάνδιχα  μερ- 
μηρίζειν,  to  be  of  two  minds,  to  halt  be- 
tween two  opinions,  to  doubt,  II.  1,  189: 
σοϊ  διάνδιχα  δώκε,  gave  you  the 
choice  of  two,  II.  9.  37  :  also  διά  δ. 
άνδιχα,  Hes.  Op.  13. 

Αιάνεκτ/ς,  ές.  Dor.  and  Att.  collat. 
form  of  δυμ'εκής,  q.  v. 

Αιανέμησις,  εως,  ή,  (διανέμω)  a 
distribution,  Arist.  Mund. 


ΔΐΑΝ 

διανεμητικός,  ή,  όν,  {διανέμω)  dis- 
tributive, Arist.  Eth.  Ν. 

Λι&νεμόω,  ώ,  {διά,  άνεμόω)  to  air, 
eirpose  to  the  wind.  Pass,  to  flutter  in 
the  wind.  Luc, 

Αιανεμω,  f.  -νέμω  :  pf.  -νενεμήκα, 
(διά,  νέμω)  to  distribute,  portion  out, 
At.  Plut.  510,  Plat.,  etc. :  τι  επί  τι. 
Plat.  Theaet.  191  D  :  δ.  μέρη,  to  di- 
vide into  portions,  Id.  Legg.  756  B,  cf. 
Tim.  35  C,  and  διακρίνω  :  δ.  ΰστν,  to 
manage,  rule  a  city,  Pind.  P.  4,  465, 
cf.  8,  90.  Mid.,  διενέμοντο  τάς  ψή- 
φονς,  gave  their  several  votes  ;  also  in 
mid.,  to  divide  among  themselves,  Hdt. 
8,  123,  Dera.  1317,  6.  Pass.  δ.  εις 
τον  /MOV,  to  spread  abroad,  N.  T. — II. 
to  set  in  order,  govern. 

Αιανέομαι,  as  pass.,  to  go  through, 
έργα,  Anth. 

Δίαιεύω,  'διά,ι•ενω)  to  nod,  beckon, 
τινί,  Diod.  :  τινί  τι,  Alciphr. — II.  to 
bend  away  from,  shun,  τι,  Polyb.,  like 
διακ?ύνω. 

Αιανέω,  f.  -νενσομαι,  {διά,  νέω)  to 
tu'im  across,  Hdt.  8,  89. — II.  c.  ace, 
to  swi?n  through,  i.  e.  get  safe  through, 
δ.  πλήθος  λόγων,  Plat.  Parm.  137  A, 
cf.  Rep.  441  C  :  so  too  ki  νπτίας 
ΰνύ-αλιν  δ.  ?.όγον.  Id.  Phaedr.  264 
A,  cf  Ruhnk.  Tim. 

Αιανήθω,  f.  -σω,  {διά,  νήθω)  to  spin 
out.     Hence 

Αιάνηαα.  ατός,  τό,  thattvhich  is  spun, 
a  thread^  Plat.  Polit.  309  B. 

Αιάνηξις,  εως,  ή,  {διανήχομαι)  a 
swimming  throu^fh  or  out,  Hermes  ap. 
Stob.  Eel.  1,  944. 

Αιανηστενω,  to  remain  fasting,  Hipp. 

Αιανηστισμός,  οϋ,  ό,  breakfast, 
Ath. 

Αιανήχομαι,  f.  -ξομαί,  =  διανέω,  to 
swim  across,  escape,  Plut. — II.  to  swim. 
a  race,  Ael. 

Αίάνηψις,  εως,  ή,  {διά,  νήφω)  α 
clearing  off,  τών  χυμών,  Aretae. 

Αιανθής,  ές,  {διά,  άνθέω)  double- 
flowering,  Nic,  and  so  some  take  άν- 
θη διανθή,  Theophr.  Η.  P.  1.  13.  2; 
but  better  either  with  Passow,  ker- 
maphrodite,  or  with  Schneid.,  varie- 
gated. 

Αιανθίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {διά,  ανθίζω)  to 
adorn,  strew,  paint  with  floivers :  in  genl. 
to  variegate,  make  florid.  Plut. 

Αιανιάω,  strengthd.  for  άνιάω,  Ael., 
in  mid.  [<αω] 

Αιανίζω,  f.  -νίψω,  (διά,  νίζω)  ίο 
wash  out,  rinse,  Crates  Ther.  1,  7,  Eu- 
bul.  Dol.  2. 

Αιανίτϊτω,  rarer  form  of  foreg. 

Αιανίσσομαι,  dep.,  to  go  through, 
τινός,  Pind.  P.  12,  43. 

Αιανίστημι,  fut.  -στήσω,  {διά,  άνί- 
στημι)  to  set  up,  make  to  stand. — 2.  to 
stir  up.  excite,  Dion.  H. — B.  perf ,  aor. 
2,  and  mid.,  to  stand  up,  start  up,  Po- 
lyb.— II.  to  stand  aloof  from,  depart 
from,  τινός,  Thuc.  4,  128. 

Αιάνιτρις,  εως,  ή,  {διανίζω)  a  wash- 
ing off  or  out,  Hipp. 

Αιανοέομαι,  dep.,  c.  fut.  mid.  and 
aor.  pa.ss.  διενοήθην ;  though  the 
part.  aor.  also  occurs  in  pass,  signf 
in  Plat.  Legg.  654  C.  {διά,  νοέω)  To 
think  over,  intend,  purpose,  like  μέλ7.ω, 
c.  inf  pres.  vel.  aor.,  Hdt.  2,  121,  4, 
and  126,  Ar.  Lys.  724,  etc.  :  also  c. 
inf  fut-,  Hdt.  7,  206,  Thuc.  7,  56,  etc. 
— II.  to  think  over  or  of,  Lat.  meditari, 
Ti.  Hdt.  6,  86,  4  ;  so  too  δ.  ττερί  τίνος 
or  τι.  Plat.  Legg.  644  D,  686  D.— III. 
c.  adv.,  to  be  disposed  or  affected  so  and 
so,  οντω  δ.  προς  τίνα.  περί  τίνος,  Id. 
Rep.  343  Β,  Prot.  352  Β  :  καλώς,  κα- 
κώς δ.,  Id.  Αροΐ.  39  Ε,  Isocr.  9  D: 
also  c.  ώς  et  part.,  διανοοΐ'νται  ώς 
πετάμενοι,  they  are  affected  as  if,  i,  e. 
22 


ΔΙΑΝ 
fancy  they  are,  flying.  Plat.  Theaet. 
158  B.     Hence 

Αιανόημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  thought,  ima- 
gination, notion.  Plat.,  and  Xen. :  esp. 
a  whim,  sick  fancy,  Hipp. 

Αιανόησις.  ευς,  ή,  a  thinking,  thought, 
Plat. — II.  an  intention.  Id.  Legg.  888  C. 

Αιανοητέον,  verb.  adj.  from  διανο- 
έομαι,  one  must  so  think  of  one.  Plat. 

Αιανοητικός,  ή,  όν,  {διανοέομαι) 
inclined  to  thought,  thinking,  intellectual. 
Plat.  Tim.  89  A ;  opp.  to  ηθικός,  in 
Arist.  Eth.  N.     Adv.  -κώς. 

Αιάνοια,  ας,  ν,  poet,  also  διάνοια 
(cf  άνοια,  άγνοια) :  a  thinking  over, 
thought,  intention,  purpose,  Hdt.  1,  46, 
90, etc. :  διάνοιαν εχειν^διανοεϊσθαι, 
c.  inf,  Thuc.  5,  9,  επί  τινι,  Isocr.  85 
Β. — Π.  thought,  the  faculty  of  thought, 
intellect,  opp.  to  σώμα,  Plat.,  and 
Arist. :  in  genl.  mind,  μαινόλις  δ., 
Aesch.  Supp.  109. — III.  a  notion,  belief, 
Hdt.  2,  169  :  the  thought,  or  sense  of 
a  word  or  passage.  Plat.  Phaedr.  228 
D,  Ion  530  B,  cf  Heind.  Plat.  Lys. 
205  Α.— IV.  in  Arist.  Poet.  6,  one  of 
the  constituents  of  poetry,  the  cast  of 
thought,  sentiment  of  the  piece. 

Αιανοίγννμι  and  διανοίγω,  f.  -ξω, 
{διά,  άνοίγνναι)  to  open,  esp.  to  dis- 
sect. Arist.  ri.  A.  in  pass.  :  τους  όφ- 
θα?.μονς,  τα  ώτα  διαί'.,Ιο  open  the  eyes, 
ears,  i.  e.  to  restore  sight,  hearing, 
N.  T. :  met.  τον  vovv,  την  καρδίαν. 
Id. — 2.  to  unfold,  to  explain,  τάς  γρα- 
φάς.  Id.  Luc.  24,  32. 

Αιανοικίζω,  {διά,  ύνοικίζω)  to  build 
up,  restore,  Philostr. 

Αιάνοιξις,  εως,  ή,  (διανοίγω)  an 
opening. 

Αιανομενς,  έως.  ό,  (διανέμω)  α  di- 
vider, distributer,  Plut. 

Αιανομή,  ης,  η,  division,  distribu- 
tion. Plat.  Legg.  714  A,  etc. 

Αιανομοθετέω,=  νομοθετέω,  to  get 
a  motion  carried  and  made  law,  Lat. 
legem  perferre,  νόμονς.  Plat.  Legg. 
628  Α.— 2.  to  regulate  by  lau;  Dio  C. 

Αιανοσέω,  strengthd.  for  νοσέω,  to 
be  very  ill  or  long  ill,  Hipp. 

Αιανοσόίζο).  {διά,  νοσφίζω)  to  sepa- 
rate, part  asunder,  Dion.  P.  Mid.  to 
put  aside  for  one's  self,  peculate,  Diod. 

ΑιανταΙος,  αία,  alov,  {διά,άνταΐος) 
right  over  against,  right  opposite. — 2. 
going  right  through,  ή  διανταία,  sub. 
πληγή,  Aesch.  Theb.  894,  Cho.  640, 
a  home-thrust:  metaph.,  μοίρα  δ.,  un- 
changing, remorseless  destinj',  Id.  Eum. 
334. 

Αιαντικός,  ή,  ov,  {διαίνω)  fit  for 
wetting,  humid,  Arist.  Meteor. 

Αιαντλέω,ώ,{διά,άντλέω)  to  drain 
out,  exhaust :  usu.  metaph.  to  drink 
even  to  the  dregs,  drain,  see  to  an  end, 
last  out,  νονσον,  Pind.  P.  4,  522,  -πό- 
νους, Eur.  Andr.  1217,  πό?.εμον.  Plat. 
Menex.  241  E,  like  Lat.  exhaurire, 
exantlare  labores. 

Αιαντλίζομαι,  {διά,  άντ7.ος)  as 
pass.,  to  exhaust  one's  self,  to  be  wor- 
ried or  troubled,  περί  μισθαρίων,  Hipp. 

Αιαννκτερενω,  {διά,  ννκτερεύω)  to 
pass  the  night,  νύκτα,  Xen.  Hell.  5,  4, 
3,  and  freq.  in  Plut.,  cf  διημερεύω. 

Αιάννσις,  εως,  ή,  {διανύω)  an  ac- 
complishing:  a  journey,  Ptolem. 

Αιάννσμα,  ατός,  τό,  {διαι•νω)  a 
thing  accomplished,  a  journey,  Polyb. 

Αιαννττω,  strengthd.  for  νύττω, 
Aristaen. 

Αιανύω,  later  also  διανντω,  f.  -νσω, 
{διά,  άΐ'νω)  to  bring  quite  to  an  end, 
accomplish,  finish,  c.  acc,  esp.,  κέλεν- 
θον  δ.,  to  finish  a  joumev,  H.  Horn. 
Ap.  108.  e'er.  381 ;  so  δ.  δί'ανλον,  Eur. 
El.  825  :  hence  also  c.  acc.  loci,  όδόν 
being  omitted,  as  πόντον  δ.,  to  finish 


ΔΙΑΠ 
one's  course  over,  to  cross  the  sea,  Hes. 
Op.  633  :  also  absol.,  δ.  εις  τόπον,  to 
arrive  at  a  place,  Polyb.,  cf.  άννω  1.  3 : 
c.  part,  to  finish  doing  a  thing,  as  κα- 
κότητα  διήννσεν  αγορεύων,  Od.  17, 
517 ;  but  πόνοις  σε  δίδουσα  διήννσεν, 
has  continued  giving,  has  been  continu- 
ally giving,  Eur.  Or.  1663.  [v] 

Αιαξαίνω,  f.  -ΰνώ,  {διά,  ξαίνω)  to 
card  thoroughly,  ipiov.  Gal.  :  to  nap  or 
vamp  vp,  έσθήτας,  Strab.  p.  529 :  to 
tear  in  pieces,  Ar.  Lys.  578  :  metaph., 
δ.  θάλασσαν,  Opp.  Η.  5, 306 ;  καρδιήν, 
Babr.  106,  23. 

Αιαξέω,  f  -έσω,  {διά,  ξέω)  to  smooth, 
polish  off. 

Αιαξηραίνω,  f.  -ΰνώ,  strengthd.  for 
ξηραίνω,  lo  dry  up,  Diod. 

Αιάξηρος.  ov,  {διά,  ξηρός)  very  dry, 
parched  up,  Geop. 

Αιαξίφίζομαι,  dep.  mid.,  {διά,  ξίφος) 
tofi::ht  with  theiWord:  tn fight tothe death, 
τινί  περί  τίνος,  Ar.  Eq.  781.     Hence 

Αιαξιφισμός,  ov,  ό,  a  fighting  with 
swords,  Plut. 

Αιάξΰλον,  ov,  TO,  {διά,  ξν/.ον)  a 
cross  bar  or  beam. 

Αιαξϋράομαι,  {διά.  ξνράω)  as  mid., 
to  shave  one's  self,  Epict. 

Αιάξυσμα,  ατός,  τό,  filings,  Chry- 
sipp.  ap.  Plut.  —  II.  the  flute  of  a 
column,  Diod. :  from 

Αιαξνω,  f.  -ύσω,  {διά,  ξύω)  to  make 
an  incision,  form  a  flute  or  hollow :  to 
cut,  lacerate,  Arist.  Physiogn.  [i] 

Αιαπηγκράτιάζω,  i.  -άσω,  to  con- 
tend in  the  παγκράτιον,  Plut. 

Αιαπαιδάγωγέω,ώ,  {διά,  παιδαγω- 
γέω)  to  guide,  attend  children :  in 
genl.  to  guide,  lead.  Plat.  Tim.  89  D  : 
metaph.  to  entertain,  ήδοναΐς  την  πά- 
λιν, Plut. ;  δ.  τον  καιρόν,  to  beguile 
time,  Lat. /aZ/ere  tempus.  Id. 

Αιαπαιδεύω,  {διά,  παιδεύω)  to  in- 
struct thoroughly.  Pass,  to  go  through 
a  course  of  education,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  2, 
15. 

Αιαπαίζω,  f.  -ξομαι,  {διά.  παίζω)  to 
keep  on  playing,  παιδιά  διαπεπαισ- 
μένη,  a  sport  well  kept  tip,  Plat.  Legg. 
769  A. — II.  to  mock,  laugh  at,  c.  acc, 
Plut. 

Αιαπάλαίω,  {διά,  παλαίω)  to  con- 
tinue wrestling,  go  on  wrestling,  Ar.  Eq. 
573. — II.  to  struggle  with,  τινί,  Joseph. 

Αιαπάλη,  ης,  ή,  a  hard  struggle, 
Plut.   la\ 

Αιαπάλλω,  {διά,  ττάλλω)  to  shake, 
brandish,  Aesch.  Fr.  291. — 2.  to  dis- 
tribute by  lot,  χθόνα,  Aesch.  Theb. 
731,  V.  πάλος. 

Αιαπΰ?.ύνω,  {διά,  παλννω)  to  shiver, 
shatter,  Eur.  Phoen.  1159. 

Αιαπανννχίζω,  strengthd.  for  παν- 
ννχίζω,  Plut.     Hence 

Αιαπαννϋχισμός,  ov,  ό,  a  watching 
the  night  through,  Dion.  H. 

Αιαπαντός,  adv.,  now  usu.  written 
δια  παντός,  throughout,  always ;  also 
pleon.,  δ.  άεί,  Xen.  An.  7,  8,  11. 

Αιαπαπταίνω,  {διά,  παπταίνω)  to 
look  timidly  round,  Plut. 

Αιαπαρατριβή,  ης,  ή,  an  useless 
study  or  pursuit,  v.  1.  N.  T.  for  πάρα- 
διατριβή,  q.  v. 

ίΑιαπαρασιωπάω,  ώ,  {διά,  παρασι- 
ωπάω) to  pass  over  in  entire  silence, 
Joseph.  Byz. 

Αιαπαρθένευσις,  εως,  ή,  α  deflower- 
ing of  maidens :  from 

Αιαπαρθη-εύω,  {διά,  παρθΐνιύω)  to 
deflower  maidens,  like  διακορεύω. 
Pass,  to  he  deflowered,  Hdt.  4,  168. 

Αιαπαρθένια,  ων,  τά,  {διά,  παρθε- 
νιάς) δώρα,  presents  made  to  the  bride 
on  the  jnorning  after  the  wedding. 

A<a~apofixw,  strengthd.  for  παρο- 
ξύνω, dub.  in  Joseph. 

337 


ΔΙΑΠ 

Αιάπαρσι,ς,  εως,  τ],  {δίαπείρω)  α 
piercing  through,  Aretae. 

Αιύττασμα,  ατός,  τύ,  (διαπύσσω) 
scented  powder  to  sprinkle  over  the  per- 
son, usu.  in  plur.,  like  Lat.  pastiUi, 
Theophr. 

Αίαττασσάλενω,  Att.  διαπαττα- 
λενω,  ((5m,  πασσαλεύω)  to  stretch  out 
by  nailing  the  extremities,  as  in  cruci- 
fixion, Valck.  Hdt.  7,  33  :  ol  a  hide 
stretched  for  tanning,  Ar.  Eq.  371. 

Αιαττύσσω,  f.  -άσω,  Att.  διαπάττί.), 
(διά,  ττάσσω)  to  sprinkle,  τινός  ες  τι, 
Hdt.  6,  125  :  τί  τινι,  Eubul.  Incert. 
15  b. 

Αιαπάσών,  ή,  strictly  ή  δια  πασών 
χορδών  σνμφωνία,  the  concord  of  the 
first  and  last  notes,  the  octave :  SO  ή 
δια  τεσσάρων,  the  fourth,  ή  δια  πέντε 
or  (5i'  οξειών,  the  fifth :  cf.  Diet.  An- 
tiqcj.  p.  644. 

Αιύπάτύο),  ώ,  strengthd.  for  ΰττα- 
Γάω,  Plat.  Legg.  738  E. 

Αιαπάτέω,  ώ,  (διά,  πατέω)  to  tread 
through,  break  through,  την  χιόνα, 
Polyb. 

Αιάπανμα,  ατός,  τό,  (διαπανω)  α 
pause,  rest,  πόνων,  from,  toil,  Plat. 
Legg.  824  A. 

Αιάπαυσις,  εως,  η,  a  pausing,  rest- 
ing :  from 

Αιαπανω,  (διά,  παύω)  to  make  to 
pause.  Mid.  to  rest  between  times, 
pause,  Plat.  Symp.  191  C. 

Αίύπεζος,  ov,  {διά,  πέζα)  of  wo- 
men's robes,  either  reaching  to  the  feet, 
elsewh.  ποδήρης,  or  having  a  border, 
{πέζη,  πεζίς),  Callix.  Rh.  ap.  Ath. 
198  C. 

Αιαπειλέυ,  ώ,  {διά,  άπειλέω)  to 
threaten  one  another  :  in  genl.  to  threat- 
en, Hdt.  7,  15 ;  also  δ.  ώς  μηνύσει, 
Hdt.  2,  121,  3  ;  so  too  later  in  inid., 
Diod. :  but  in  mid.  also  strengthd. 
for  άπειλέω,  to  threaten  severely,  τινί, 
Aeschin.  7,  1. 

Αιαπεινάω,  ώ,  inf  -πεινην,  {διά, 
πεινάω)  to  hunger  one  against  the  other, 
with  a  play  on  διαπίνω,  Ar.  Ach.  751. 

Αιάπειρα,  ας,  ή,  an  experiment .  trial, 
εΙς  δίύπειράν  τίνος  ίέναι,  άφικέσθαι. 
to  make  proof  of  a  thing,  Hdt.  2,  28, 
77.     Hence 

ΙΑίαπειρύζω,  {διά,  πειράζω)^^δια- 
πειράω.  Joseph. 

ίΑιαπειραίνω,{διά,πείραίνω)^δια- 
πείρω,  Manelh. 

Αιαπεφάομαι,  dep.,  c.  fut.  mid., 
et  aor.  pass,  διεπειράθην,  (Plut.),  pf. 
-πεπείραμαι  (Thuc.) :  {διά,  πειράω) 
to  make  trial  {oTpronfofa  thing  or  per- 
son:  ΐίερσέων,  Hdt"5,'l09,Plat.  Apol. 
27  A.  ;  to  prove,  a  man,  and  so  tamper 
with,  try  to  bribe  him,  Plat.  Legg.  921 
β  :  (5.  τινός,  to  have  experience  of  a 
thing.  Thuc.  6,  91.  The  act.  occurs 
in  Plut.  Pomp.  51. 

Αιαπείρω,  {διά,  πείρω)  to  transfix, 
drive  through,  τι  διά  τίνος,  Eur. 
Phoen.  26,  cf.  II.  16,  405. 

Αιαπέμπω,  f.  --φω,  (διά,  πέμπω)  to 
send  about,  send  off  in  different  direc- 
tions, send  round,  Hdt.  1,  84,  etc. — II. 
to  send  over  οτ  across,  τινά  προς  τίνα, 
Ar.  Plut.  398,  τινά  τινι,  Thuc.  4, 123 : 
to  transmit,  έπιστο/JjV.  Thuc.  1,  129  : 
so  too  in  mid..  Id.  3,  75  :  but  in  mid. 
like  μεταπέμπομαι,  also  to  send  for, 
Dion.  H. 

Αιαπενθέω,  ώ,  {διά,  πενθέω)  to  mourn 
through,  ένιαντόν,  Plut. 

Αιάπεντε,  η,  a  fifth  in  music,  v. 
διαπασών. 

Αιαπεπονημένως,  adv.  part,  perf 
pass,  from  διαπονέω,  elaborately,  Isocr. 
419  B. 

Αιαπεραίνω,  f.  -άνώ,  {διά,  περαίνω) 
bring  to  an  end,  make  an  end  of,  Xoyovy 
338 


AU.n 

Eur.  Andr.  333,  so  διαπέραινέ  uoi, 
tell  me  all,  lb.  1056  ;  δ.  όδόν.  Plat. 
Legg.  625  Β  ;  also  in  mid.,  όιαπεραί- 
νεσβαι  κρίσιν,  Eur.  Hel.  26,  δ.  λό- 
yocf  oft.  in  Plat. 

Αιαπεραιόω,  ώ,  {διά,  περαιόω)  to 
take  across,  ferry  over,  Plut.  Pass,  to 
be  carried  over,  go  across,  Hdt.  2,  124  ; 
5,  23,  and  Thuc. :  διεπεραιώθη  ξίφη 
κο/.εών,  tvere  drmim  from  oat  the  sheath, 
Soph.  Aj.  730.    Hence 

Αιαπεραίωσις,  εως,  ή,  a  carrying 
over. — II.  a  crossing  over. 

Αιαπέράμα,  ατός,  τύ,  {διαπεράω)  a 
strait  of  the  sea,  a  ferry. 

Αιαπεραντέον,  vert),  adj.  from  δια- 
περαίνω,  one  inust  conclude,  finish, 
Plat.  Legg.  715  E. 

Αιαπεράσιμος,  ov,  {διαπεράω) pene- 
trating, [pa] 

Αιαπεμάω,  ώ,  f.  -άσω,  {διά,  περάω) 
to  go  over  or  across,  to  pass,  βυάς,  Eur. 
Tro.  1151,  also  έπ'  οίδμα.  Id.  I.  Τ. 
395  :  but  δ.  πόλιν,  to  pass  through  it, 
Ar.  Av.  1264 :  κνί/μην  δ.,  to  pass 
through,  to  pierce,  Eur.  Phoen.  1394  : 
δ.  εις...,  Plut. :  also  of  time,  (5.  βίον, 
to  pass  through  lite,  Xen.  Oec.  11,  7. — 
II.  act.  to  conveij  across,  C.  acc.  Luc. 
Dial.  Mort.  20,  1.   [ΰσω] 

Αιαπέρβω,  f.  -πέρσω :  aor.  2  διέπρά- 
θον,  II.  1,  367,  Ep.  inf.  -έειν,  II.  7,  32  : 
aor.  mid.  διεπράθετο  in  pass,  signf., 
Od.  15,384:  {διά,  πέρθω)  to  destroy 
utterly,  to  sack,  waste,  Hom.,  always 
of  cities. 

Αιαπεριπάτέω,  ώ,  {διά,  περιπατάω) 
to  ktep  walking  about,  Ath. 

Αιαπερονάω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (διά,  πε- 
ρονάω)  to  pierce  and  fasten  with  a 
needle  {περόνη),  Diod. 

Αιαπέρχομαι,  {διά,  απέρχομαι)  dep. 
mid.,  to  slip  away  one  by  one,  of  sol- 
diers deserting.  Dem.  1188,  23. 

ΑιαπεσεΙν,  inf  aor.,  and  διαπε- 
σεΐσθαι,  inf.  fut.  of  διαπίπτω. 

Αιαπεσσενω  and  διαπέσσω,  v.  δια- 
πέττ. 

Αιαπέταμαι,  aor.  διεπτάμην,  {διά, 
πέταμαί)  dep.  mid.,  to  fly  through,  of 
an  arrow,  II.  5,  99  :  to  wing  its  way 
betiveen  or  through,  met.  of  a  ship,  c. 
acc,  Eur.  Med.  1  :  also  διαπετάομαι. 
— 2.  to  fly  different  tvays.  Soph.  O.  T. 
1310:  not  used  in  prose,  cf.  διαπέ- 
τομαι.  δίΐπταμαι. 

Αιαπετάνννμι,  also  διαπετανννω. 
f.  -άσω  [ΰ],  {διά,  πετάνννμι)  to  spread 
out  separately ,  to  open,  unfold,  Ar.  Lys. 
732,  733. 

Αιαπετάομαι,^^διαπέταμαι,  poet. 

Αιαπετής,  ές,  spread  out,  unfolded, 
open.  Hipp. 

Αιαπέτομαι,  fut.  -πετήσομαι  and 
-πτήσομαι  {διά,  πέτομαι)  dep.  mid., 
=διαπέταμαι,  Ar.  Αν.  1217,  cf  δίΐπ- 
ταμαι. 

Αιαπεττεύω,  {διά,  πεττενω)  Att. 
for  διαπεσσ-.  to  play  with  another  at 
dice  ;  δ.  την  ελπίδα  προς  τίνα,  to  try 
one's  luck  at  dice  against  him,  Luc. 

Αιαπέττω.  {διά,  πέττω)  to  digest, 
τροφή'.',  Arist.  Gen.  An. 

Αιαπενθομαι,  poet,  for  διαπννθά- 
νομαι. 

Αίάπε-φις,  εως,  ή,  (διαπέσσω)  di- 
gestion, Hipp. 

Αιύπηγμα,  ατός,  τό,  (διαπήγννμι) 
α  cross-beam. 

Αιαπηγμάτιον,  ον,  τό,  dim.  from 
foreg. 

Αιαπήγννμι,  f.  -πΖ/ξω,  mid.  aor.  1 
διεπηξάμην,  (διά,  πήγννμι)  to  fasten 
together,  σχεδίας,  Luc. — II.  to  freeze 
hard,  Theophr. 

Αια-ηδάω.  ώ,  f  -ήσω,  (διά.  πηδάω) 
to  leap  through  or  across,  to  jump,  leap, 
τύφρον,  Ar.  Ach.  1178,  Xen.  Eq.  3, 7. 


ΔΙΑΠ 

— Π.  intr.  to  make  a  leap,  of  a  hor.?e, 
Xen.  Cyr.  1,  4,  8.     Hence 

Αιαπήδησις.  εως,  ή, a  leaping  through 
or  across:  δ.  αίματος,  a  sweating  of 
blood,  Hipp.,  ubi  Schneid.  διαπί- 
δυσις. 

Αιαπηνικίζω,  strengthd,  for  πηνι- 
κίζω,  Cratin.  Incert.  24. 

Αιάπηξ,τΐ)'ος,ό,^^διάπηγμα,  Philo. 

Αίάπηξις,  εως,  ή,  (διαπήγννμι)  α 
fastening  together,  structure,  Lat.  corn- 
pages,  Hermes  ap.  Stob.  Eel.  1,  1094. 

Αιαπίαίνω,  (διά,  πιαινω)  to  jnake 
very  fat,  Theocr.  16,  91. 

Αιαπίδνσις,  εως,  i/,  an  oozing 
through,  cf.  sub  διαπήδησις :  from 

Αιαπίδνω.  (διά,  πιδνω)  to  ooze,  spirt 
or  burst  through,  Arist.  Gen.  An.  [ϋ] 

Αιαπΐέζω,  f.  -έσω,  (διά,  πιέζω)  to 
press  together,  Luc. 

Αιαπιθανενομαι,  (διά,  πιθανενο- 
μαι)  as  mid.,  to  oppose  one  another  by 
probable  arguments,  Sext.  Emp. 

Αιαπιθηκίζω,  strengthd.  lor  πιθη- 
κίζω. 

Αιαπικραίνω,  strengthd.  for  πικ- 
ραίνω, to  embitter,  Plut. 

Αιάπικρος,  ov,  (διά,  πικρός)  very 
bitter,  Diod. 

Αιαπίμπ?.ημι.  f.  διαπλήσω,  (διά, 
πίμπ?ιημι)  to  fill  full  of.  Pas.s.  to  be 
quite  full  of,  τινός.  Thuc.  7,  85. 

Αιαπίμπρημι,  f.  διαπρήσω,  (διά, 
πίμπρημι)  to  bum  all  of  athmg.Poiyh. : 
to  burn  up,  heat  violently.  Nic. 

Δία7Γίνω.((5ίά,7ΓίΊ'ω)  to  drink  against 
one  anotlier,  challenge  at  drinking,  Valck. 
Hdt.  5,  18;  9,  16:  so  also  διαπίνο- 
μαι.  as  dep.  mid.,  Hedyl.  ap.  Ath. 
486  C.  [i] 

Αιαπιπράσκω,  Ion.  -^ισκω,  (διά, 
πιπράσκω)  to  sell  off,  Lat.  divendere, 
Plut. 

Αιαπίπτω,  f.  -πεσονμαι,  (διά,  πίπ- 
τω) to  fall  through,  fall  off  or  away, 
slip  away,  escape,  kv  τη  μύγτι,  Xen. 
Hell.  3,  2,  4,  πρύς  τινά,  lb.'  4,  3,  18  : 
also  to  fall  through  by  force,  burst 
through,  Polyb.  :  of  reports  and  ru- 
mours, to  gel  out.  spread  abroad,  είζ 
TO  στράτευμα,  Plut. — II.  to  fall  asun- 
der, vanish,  perish.  Plat.  Phaed.  80  C  : 
hence. of  authors'  works,  to  be  lost, 
Gramm.  —  III.  to  fall  away  from  a 
thing,  i.  e.  lose  it,  c.  gen.,  Wytt.  Ep. 
Cr.  p.  219:  and  absoL,  to  fail  utterly, 
go  quite  iirong,  Ar.  Eq.  695  :  of  a 
thing,  to  turn  out  ill,  be  useless.  To  σν- 
κοφάντημα  διέπιπτεν  αντώ,  Aeschin. 
33,  19. 

Αιαπιστεύω,  (διά,  πιστεύω)  to  en• 
trust  to  one  in  confidence,  Aeschin.  54, 
39  :  pass,  to  have  a  thing  entrusted  to 
one,  Dem.  145,  3. — II.  to  put  trust  in, 
believe,  τι,  Arist.  Part.  An. 

Αιαπιστέω,  (διά,  άπιστέω)  v.  1. 
Dem.  870,  26 :  τό  δ.  άλλί/λσις, 
mutual  mistrust,  Polyb.  Mid.  to  mis- 
trust one's  self.  Id. 

^Αιαπλακείς,  είσα,  έν,  2  aor.  pass, 
part,  from  διαπ?ιέκω.  Plut. 

Δ/α~λί2ί'άω.  ώ,  (διά,  πλανάω)  to  lead 
entirely  astray,  mislead,  Plut.  Pass. 
to  go  astray,  wander,  Diod. 

Αιάπλΰσις,  εως,  ή,  (διαπλάσσω) 
formation,  conformation. — 2.  t)ie  setting 
of  a  broken  limh.  Gal. 

Αιάπ?:ασμα,  ατός.  τό,  that  luhich  is 
formed  or  moulded  :  also=  foreg. 

Αιαπλασμός,  ov,  o.  =  διάπλασις, 
Epicur.  ap.  Plut.  2,  877  D. 

Αιαπλάσσω.  Att.  -άττώ,  f.  -άσω, 
(διά,  πλάσσω)  to  form,  fashion,  mould, 
Ael. — II.  to  plaster  over,  πΐ]λω,  The- 
ophr.— III.  as  medic,  term,  to  set  a  limb, 
Galen.     Hence 

Αίαπ'λαστικός,  ή,  όν,  good  at  form- 
ing or  moulding. 


ΔΙΑΠ 

Αιατϊ?Μτννο),  strengthd.  for  πλα- 
τΐ'ΐ'ω,  ίο  make  luide  or  broad,  extend, 
Chrysipp.  (Tyan.)  ap.  Alh.  648  A. 

Αίύττλεγμα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which  is 
interwrnen,  the  woof :  Ironi 

ΑιατΓ/.έκω,  f.  -foj,  (όιύ,  π7.έκω)  to 
interweave,  to  weave  together,  plait,  ύιέ- 
πλεκε  θαύματα  ίργα,  he  wrought  won- 
drous plaited-v/ork,  H.  Horn.  Merc. 
80  :  metaph.,  θμήνον  δ.,  Find.  P.  12, 
14 ;  άγαν,  πάγχν  δ.,  to  try  every 
twist,  wind  all  ways,  lb.  2,  152. — ^11. 
to  weave  asunder,  i.  e.  unweave,  sepa- 
rate, like  διασ~ύω.  στρατόν  δ.,  to  dis- 
band.  Plut. :  metaph.  (5.  rbv  βίον — 1. 
like  κατα-λέκΐίν.  Lat.  pertexere  vi- 
tam,  to  make  an  end  of.  finish  one^s  life, 
Hdt.  5,  92,  6,  ubi  oliih  δια7Γ?.ενσαν- 
τος :  but — 2.  to  blend  one's  life  with 
that  of  others  :  hence  in  genl.  to  pass 
life,  live.  Plat.  hegg.  806  Λ. ;  and 
without  βίον,  δ.  μετ'  ορνίθων,  Ar. 
Αν.  754. 

Aiu-AfOf,  ον, Att.  -πλεωζ•,  ων,  {διά, 
πλέος)  brim  full,  Cratin.  Incert.  11. 

Αιαττλέω,  f.  -ττ?.  ενσομαι.  {διά,  πλέω) 
to  sail  through  or  across,  Thlic.  4,  25 : 
TO  7τέ?ιαγος.  to  cross  the  sea,  Plut.  : 
metaph.  δ.  βίον,  to  ?nake  life's  voyage. 
Plat.  Phaed.  85  D.  cf  δίαπ'/.έκω. 

Αιαττλ7/θω,=^δίατήμπ?.ημι. 

Αια~'/.ηκτίζομαι,  f.  -ίσομαι,  {διά, 
Ίτληκτίζομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  spar,  skir- 
mish with,  τινί  and  —ρός  τίνα,  Plut. : 
also  τοΙς  σκώμμασι,  Id. 

Αιαττ'ληκτισμός.  ov,  6,  a  contending 
with  blows,  sparring,  skirmishing,  ττρός 
TLva,  Plut. 

Αιαπληρόω,  ώ,  strengthd.  for  ττ?.)?- 
ρόω. 

Αιαπ/.ήσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  f.  -ζω,  (διά, 
7ζλ)}σσω)  to  break  in  pieces,  split,  cleave, 
δρυς,  II.  23,  120.  ubi  v.  Spitzn.  Pass. 
όίαττλήττεσθαί  ττρός  τι,  like  Lat. 
slupere  ad,  to  be  astonished  at...,  Epict. 
33,  13. 

Αιατΐλίσσω,  f.  -ίξω,  {διά,  πλίσσω) 
to  unfold,  part  asunder.  Mid.  C.  perf. 
pass.  διαπέτϊΑίγμαι,  to  unfold  one's 
self,  take  large  strides,  stalk  along, 
Archil.  9. 

Αιαπλοκή,  ης,  η,  {διαττλέκω)  an 
intermixture,  Hipp.  :  complexity. 

ΑιατΓ?Μκινος,  ov,=sq.,  Strab. 

Αιύττ7,οκος,  ov.  {διαπ7.έκω)  inter- 
woven, plaited,  Heliod. 

Αιάτίλοος,  contr.  -π?.ονς,  ό,  (δια- 
ττλεω) — -Ι.  as  adj.,  sailing  across,  pass- 
ing over,  δ.  καθίστασαν  ?.εών,  they 
passed  the  people  over,  Aesch.  Pers. 
382. — Π.  as  subst.  ό  δ.,  avoyage  across, 
passage,  ττρος  τότζον.  Thuc.  3,  93,  cf 
6,  31. — 2.  a  sailing  through,  passage, 
δυοΐν  νεοΐν,  fof  two  ships  abreast.  Id. 
4,  8. — 3.  a  cross-channel,  sluice.  Plat. 
Criti.  118  E. 

Δίατλόω,  (J,  f.  -ώηω,  {διά,  άτΓ/Ιόω) 
to  unfold,  v.  1.  Xen.  Symp.  2.  2. 

Αιαττλννω,  strengthd.  for  πλύνω, 
Ar.  Fr.  546. 

Αιαπ7.ωίζομαι,  dep.,  later  collat. 
form  for  διαττλέω.     Hence 

Αιαπ7.ώϊσις,  εως.  η,^διύπλοος. 

Αιαπλώω,  ί.  -ώσω.  Ion.  for  δια- 
πλέω. 

Αιαττνείω,  poet,  for  διαπνέω. 

Αίάπνενμα,  ατός,  τό,  {διαπνέω)  α 
blast,  wind,  Hipp. 

Αιάπνενσις,  εως,  η,=^διαπνοή,  an 
exhaling,  Galen. 

Αιαττνενστικός,  ή,  όν,  {διαπνέω) 
promoting  exhalation,  Aretae. 

Αιαπνέω,  Ερ.  -πνείω,  ΐ.  -πνενσω, 
{διά,  πνέω)  to  blow  through,  refresh,  re- 
vive, Xen.  Symp.  2,  25,  in  pass. — II. 
to  breathe  between  times,  get  breath,  re- 
cover, like  αναπνέω,  Plut.,  εκ  τίνος, 
Polyb. — III.  pass,   to  disperse  in  va- 


ΔΙΑΠ 

pour,  evaporate.  Plat.  Phaed.  80  C  : 
esp.  of  plants,  to  exhale,  Theophr.  : 
so  sometimes,  intr.  in  Act.,  Arist. 
Resp.  17.     Hence 

Αιαπνοή,  τ/ς',  ή,  a  bloiving  through  : 
a  passage  for  the  xrind,  outlet,  Arist. 
Meteor.  • —  II.  exhalation,  evaporation, 
Galen. 

Αιάπνοια,  of,  ^,=  foreg. 
^ Αιάπνοος.    contd.  -πνονς,    ov,    6, 
{διαπνέω)  perspiration,  Hipp. 

Αιαποδίζω,  ί.  -ίσω,  {διά,  ποδίζω) 
to  measure  with  the  foot.     Hence 

Αιαποδισμός,  ov,  ό,  a  jumping  about : 
a  kind  of  dance. 

Αιαποθνήσκω,  {διά,  αποθνήσκω) 
to  keep  dying,  Polyb. 

Αιαποιέω,  ω,  {διά,  ποιέω)  to  do 
thoroughly,  effect,  Dion.  H. 

Αιαποικί?.λω,  {διά,  ποικί7Λω)  to 
cover  with  bright  spots,  Arist.  H.  A. : 
to  trick  out,  adorn,  Lat.  variare,  ποίη- 
σιν,  Isocr.  190  Ε. 

ΑιαποίκΓ/.ος,  ov,  {διά,  ποικί7Μς) 
variegated,  spotted  here  and  there,  Hipp. 

Αιαποιπνύω,  (διά,  ποιπννω)  to  be 
active  in  celebrating,  όργια  δ.,  dub.  1. 
Hermesian.  5,  19. 

Αια-ο7.εμέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (διά,  πο7.ζ- 
μέω)  to  carry  the  war  through,  end  the 
war,  fight  it  out,  Lat.  debellare,  Hdt.  7, 
158  ;  δ.  τινί,  Polyb.,  προς  τίνα.  Diod. 
Pass.  διαπεπο7.εμ7/σεται  πό/,εμος, 
the  war  will  be  at  an  end,  done  with, 
Thuc.  7,  14. — II.  to  carry  on  the  war, 
continue  it,  Id.  6,  37. — III.  to  wage  war 
inith,  to  engage  in  war  with,  c.  dat.,  Xen. 
An.  3,  3,  3. — IV^.  to  spend  some  time  at 
war,  Plut.     Hence 

Αιαπολέμησις,  εως,  ή,  a  finishing 
of  the  war,  making  an  end  of  it,  Thuc. 
7,  42. 

Αιαπο7ιΐορκέω,ώ,{διά,πολιορκέω)ΐο 
besiege  continually,  to  blockade,  Thuc. 
3,  17. 

ΑιαποΑϊτεία,  ας,  η,  party-strife, 
party-spirit,  Plut. 

Αιαπο7ΰτεύομαι,  (διά,  πο7ατεύο- 
μαι)  de.p.  mid.,  to  be  the  political  oppo- 
nent of  another,  Aeschin.  81,  fin.,  cf 
άντιποΑΛΤενομαι :  hence 

Αιαπο7ατεντής,  οϋ,  ό,  a  political  op- 
ponent, App. 

Αιαπό7"/.νμι,  f.  -ολέσω,  pf  -ολώλε- 
κα,  (διά,  άπόλλνμί)  to  destroy  utterly, 
Theophr. 

Αιαπομπενω,  (διά,  πομπεύω)  to 
carry  the  processioti  to  an  end,  Luc. — 
II.  to  carry  all  round,  ύδωρ,  Crit.  7,  7  : 
from 

Αιαπομπή,  -ης,  η,  (διαπέμπω)  a  send- 
ing round,  or  back  and  forward,  inter- 
change of  messages,  negotiation,  προς 
τύς  πό/.εις,  Thuc.  6,  41. 

Αιαπόμπησις,  εως,  7},=foreg. 

Αιαπόμπιμος,  ov,  (διαπέμπω)  car- 
ried through  or  across,  transmitted,  ex- 
ported, Diod. — 2.  fit  for  trans-mission  or 
exportation. 

Αιαπονέω,  ω,  (διά,  πονέω)  to  work 
out  with  labour,  toil  at,  Isocr.  99  C  :  to 
labour  to  make  coviplete,  to  practise,  ex- 
ercise, cultivate,  like  έκπονέω,  Lat. 
elaborare,  γράμματα.  Plat.  Legg.  810 
Β  :  to  train,  σώμα.  Plat.  Rep.  535  C  ; 
but  more  usn.  διαπονέομαι,  as  dep. 
mid.,  Xen.  Cyr.  3,  1.  28;  δ.  επιτη- 
δεύματα και  τέχνας.  Plat.  Legg.  846 
D,  cf  Phaedr.  273  E.  Pass,  to  be 
cultivated,  administered,  Aesch.  Ag.  19: 
also  to  be  troubled,  vexed,  N.  T. — II. 
intr.  to  work  hard,  toil,  strive,  δ.  τη 
διανοία,  τω  σώματι,  Arist.  Pol.  ;  δ. 
ε/ς  τι.  ϊρ•  t'lat.  326  D,  περί  τι,  Arist. 
Eth.  Ν.,  εν  τινι,  Plut. :  also  c.  inf , 
(5.  παν  ίσόΙ)βοπον  ποιείν,  Xen.  Symp. 
2, 17 :  so  too  as  de]).  mid..  Plat.  Legg. 
Θ66  C  :  ol  διαπονούμενοι,  the  hard- 


ΔΙΑ11 

working,  hardy,  opp.  to  άπονοι,  Xeii. 
Rep.  Lac.  5,  8.     Hence 

Αιαπόνη'μα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which  is 
worked  out. — II.  hard  labour,  toil,  exer- 
cise. Plat.  Criti.  114  E. 

Αιαπονηρεύομαι,  (διά,  πονηρεύο• 
μαι)  dep.  rnid.. /ο  act  maliciously:  to 
fight  unfairly,  προς  τίνα,  Dion.  Η. 

Αιαπόνησις,  εως,  ή,  (διαπονέω)  α 
working  out,  preparing,  Plut.  :  an  exer- 
cising. 

Αιαπονητέον,  verb.  adj.  from  δια- 
πονέω, one  must  work  hard,  Clem.  Al. 

Αιάπονος,  ov,  (διά,  πόνος)  of  per- 
sons, hard-u:orking,  diligent :  practised, 
exercised,  hardy,  δ,  τά  σώματα,  Plut. 
— II.  of  things,  toilsome,  wearisome. 
Adv.  -νως,  ivith  labour  or  toil. 

Αιαπόντιος,θ7•,(διά,  πόντος)  across 
the  sea,  beyond  seas,  foreign,  Lat.  trans• 
marinus,  γή,  Aesch.  Cho.  352  ;  πόλε- 
μος,  Thuc.  1,  141. — II.  crossing  the  sea, 
going  beyond  seas,  Ale.T.    ϋνναπ.  2. 

Αιαπορεία,  ας.  ή,  a  crossing,  pas- 
sage, esp.  the  course  of  the  stars.  Plat. 
Epin.  984  Ε :  metaph.  λ.άγον  δ..  Id, 
Criti.  106  A;  and 

Αιαπόρενσις,  εως,  ^,=  foreg. :  from 

Αιαπορενω.  (διά,  πορενω)  to  carry 
over,  set  across,  Xen.  An.  2,  5,  18. 
More  freq.  as  pass.,  c.  fut.  mid.  at 
aor.  pass,  δηπορενθην.  to  go  through, 
pass  along,  Hdt.  4,  33,  Plat.,  etc.  :  to 
migrate,  as  birds,  Plat. :  metaph.  = 
έξηγέοιιαι,  logo  through,  detail,  Polyb. : 
c.  ace.  cogn.,  δ.  τάς  όδυνΓ,  Plat.  Legg. 
845  A. 

Αιαπορέω.  ώ,  with  mid.  διαπορέο- 
μαι,  aor.  δπ/πορί/θτ/ν,  (διά,  άπορέω) 
to  be  quite  at  a  loss,  to  be  in  doubt  or 
difficulty,  τί  χρή  δράν.  Plat.  Legg. 
777  C  :  to  be  in  want  or  need,  Arist. 
Oec:  so  too  in  Mid.,  Plat.  Soph.  217 
A.  But  as  pass.,  of  things,  to  be  mat- 
ter of  doubt  or  question.  Plat.  Soph. 
250  E,  Legg.  799  E.     Hence 

Αιαπόρημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  doubt,  Arist. 
Metaph   ■  restlessness,  Hipp. 

Αιαπορησις,  εως,  ή,  (διαπορέω)  a 
doubting,  perplexity,  Polyb. 

Αιαπορητικός,  ή,  όν,  (διαπορέω)  at 
a  loss,  hesitating,  Plut.     Adv.  -κώς. 

Αιαπορθέω,=  διαπέρθω,  II.  2,  691. 

Αιαπορθμεντικός.  -ή,  όν,  fit  for  car- 
rying aver.     Adv.  -κώς  :  from 

Αιαπορθμενω,  (διά,  πορθμενω)  to 
carry  over  or  across,  esp.  over  a  river 
or  strait,  Hdt.  4,  141,  etc. :  to  carry  a 
message.  Id.  9,  4  :  metaph.  to  translate 
from  one  tongue  into  another,  to  in- 
terpret. Plat.  Symp.  202  E.  like  ερμη- 
νεύω.— II.  δ.  ποταμόν.  of  ferry-boats, 
to  ply  across  a  river,  Hdt.  1 ,  205  ;  5,  52. 

Αιαπορία,  ας,  ή,  =  διαπόρησις, 
Diog.  L, 

Αιαπορπάκίζω,  v.  πορπακίζω. 

Αιαπόρφϋρος,  ov,  (διά,  πορφύρα) 
shot  with  purple,  Diosc. 

Αιαποστέλλ,ω,  f  •ε7.ώ,  {διά,  άπο- 
στέ7.7.ω)  to  send  about,  dispatch,  Polyb. 
Hence 

Αιαποστολ,ή,  -ης,  ή,  a  dispatching, 
exchange  of  messengers,  Polyb. 

Αιαποσώζω,  (διά,  άποσώζω)  to  carry 
safe  through,  Arr. 

Αιαπραγματενομαι,  (διά,  πραγμα- 
τεύομαι) dep.  mid.,  to  treat  of  thor- 
oughly, investigate.  Heind.  Plat.  Phae- 
dr. 77  D. — 2.  to  undertake.  Dion.  H. 

Αιαπράβέειν,  Ep.  for  διαπραθεΐν, 
inf  aor.  2  oi  διαπέρθω,  II, 

Αιάπραξις,  εως,  if,  (διαπράσσω)  an 
accomplishing,  finishing:  business.  Plat, 
Symp.  184  B.' 

Λίάπράσις,  εως,  ή,  (διαπιπράσκω) 
a  selling,  sale,  Dion.  H. 

Αιαπράσσω,  f.  -ξω,  Att.  —ττω.  Ion. 
-πρήσσω,  {διά,  ηράσ.σω)  to  accomplish, 
339 


ΔΙΑΠ 

go  through,  come  to  the  end  of,  κέλενθον 
Λ,  Lat.  conficerc  iter,  Od.  2,  213,  420: 
also  διέ-πρησσον  ττεόίοω,  sub.  κέλεν- 
βον,  they  got  to  the  end  of,  traversed  the 
plain,  II.  2,  785;  3,14:  c.  part., //,κατα 
όιέπρτισσον  πολεμίζων.  I  went  through 
days  in  fighting,  11.  9,  326  ;  εις  ένιαν- 
τον  άτταντα  ούτι  όιαπ^ρήξαιμι  λέγων, 
Od.  14,  197. — 2.  to  bring  about,  effect, 
xetlle,  Hdt.  9,  94:  δ.  τίνί  τι,  to  get  a 
thing  done  for  a  man,  obtain  it  for  hitn, 
Tivi  Ti.  Hdt.  3.  Gl,  .\esch.  Eum.  953: 
and  so  freq.  in  mid.,  as  Ar.  Lys.  518, 
etc. :  but  also  strictly  in  mid.  signf., 
to  effect  for  one^s  self,  settle  one's  busi- 
ness, gain  o?ie's  point,  Hdt.  9,  41,  τζαρύ 
TLin,  Xen.  :  also  c.  irif ,  to  manage 
that  a  thing  may  be,  Plat.  Rep.  360 
A ;  and  with  ώστε,  c.  inf.,  Lys.  147, 
11  ;  or  with  δττως...,  ϊνα...,  ώστε..., 
Heind.  Plat.  Gorg.  479  A  :  also  to 
gain,  seek  to  obtain,  τι  ττρός  or  παρά 
τίνα,  V.  Stallb.  Plat.  Ale.  2,  40  B.— 
3.  to  make  an  end  of,  slay,  Lat.  con.ficere, 
Blomf  Aesch.  Pers.  265 :  pass,  to  be 
killed,  Id.  Cho.  1008. 

Αιαπράΐ'ΐ'ω,  (διά,  πραυνω)  to  soothe 
completely,  Philostr. 

Αιαττρεττής,  ες,  eminent,  distinguish- 
ed, illustrious,  Pmd.  I.  5,  56,  Thuc.  2, 
34;  6.  TLvi  or  τι,  eminent  in  a  thing, 
Eur.  Supp.  841,  I.  A.  1588:  το  δ., 
magnificence,  Thuc.  6,  16.  Adv.  -πώς, 
super!  -πέστατα,  Dem.  1208,  19  : 
from 

Αιαττρέττο),  {διά,  πρέπω)  to  appear 
prominent,  to  strike  the  eye,  H.  Horn. 
Merc.  .351 :  δ.  τινί,  to  distinguish  oiu's 
self  by  a  thing,  τινός,  above  a  person 
or  thing  :  hence  δ.  πάντων  ΰ,ψνχία, 
Eur.  Ale.  642. — Π.  c.  ace.  rei,  ίο  adorn, 
Stallb.  Plat.  Gorg.  485  E. 

Αιαπρεσβεία,  ας.  ή,  a  reciprocal  em- 
bassage, Polyb. :  from 

Αιαπρεσβενομαι,  {διά,  ττρεσβεύο- 
μαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  send  embassies  to 
different  places,  Xen.  Hell.  3,  2,  24  ;  or 
from  one  to  another,  Polyb. 

Αιαττρήσσω,  Ion.  for  διαπράσσω, 
Hom. 

Αιαπρηστενω,  a  doubtful  word  in 
Hdt.  4,  79,  where  Schneider  conj. 
διεδρι/στενε,  al.  διεπίστενσε,  v.  In- 
terpp. 

Αίύπριστος,  ov,  sawn  through  :  from 
Αιαπρίω,  {διά,  ττρί'ω)  to  saw  through 
or  in  two,  Hipp.,  and  Ar.  Eq.  768  :  δ. 
τονς  οδόντας,  to  gnash  the  teeth,  Luc. 
— II.  mid.  to  gnash  with  the  tieth,  csp. 
in  Eccl.  [πρί]    Hence 

Αιαπρϊωτός,  ή,  όν,  =  διάπριστος, 
sawn  in  tiro,  Hipp. 

Αιαπρό,   (also  written   διά  πρό) 
through  and  through,  thoroughly,  II.,  V. 
διά,  A.  I.,  1. 
Αιύπροβι,  adv.=foreg.,  Nic. 
Αιαπροστατεύω,  strengthened  for 
προστατεύω,  c.  ace.,  Polyb. 

Αιαπρνσιον,  adv.,  far  penetratiyig, 
piercing,  ηναεν  δ.,  he  shouted  piercing- 
ly, thrillingly,  elsewh.  μακρόν  τ/ύσε, 
11.  8,  227,  etc.  :  and  so  δ.  κιϋαρίζων, 
Η.  Hom.  Ven.  80  but  πρών  πεδίοιο 
δ.  τετνχηκώς,  a  hill  piercing,  i.  e.  ruii- 
ning  fur  into  the  plain,  II.  17,  748,  v. 
sq.  [D]     Prop.  neut.  from 

Αιαττρνσιος,  ία,  lov,  also  ος,  ov, 
going  through,  piercing,  esp.  of  the 
voice,  thrilling,  shrill.  Soph.  O.  C. 
1479  :  metaph.  far  heard  offar-fnmed, 
H.  Horn.  Ven.  19,  Merc.  336 ;  also  in 
Pind.  N.  4,  83.  Adv.  -ίως ;  but  in 
Hom.  -lov,  q.  v.  (Prob.  formed  Aeol. 
from  (5m,  περύω,  perh.  akin  to  διαμ- 
περές, [ν] 

Αια-ταίω,  sirengthd.  for  πταίω,  to 
hit  against  a  thing,  stumble :  to  stutter, 
siam.mer,  Luc. 
340 


ΔΙΑΠ 

Αιαπτερνιστής,  οϋ,  ό.=  πτερνιστ)'/ς, 
Eccl. 

Αιαπτερόω,  ώ,  {διά,  πτερόω)  to 
spread  the  luings,  in  genl.  to  spread, 
open,  Hipp. — 11.  to  clean  out  with  a 
feather. 

Αιαπτερνσσομαι,  dep.  mid.,  to  flut- 
ter about,  Plut. 

Αιαπτέρωσις,  εως,  ή,  {διαπτερόω) 
a  spreading  of  the  wings. — II.  a  clean- 
ing out  with  a  feather,  Ε  rot. 

Αιαπτοέω,  ω,  i-  -ήσω,  poet,  -πτοιέω, 
{δκΊ,  πτοέω)  to  scare  away,  startle  and 
scatter,  έπέεσσι  διεπτοίησε  γυναίκας, 
.Od.  18,  310:  in  genl.  to  strike  with 
panic,  Eur.  Baceh.  304  ;  and  in  pass., 
to  be  ])anic-strickeii,  Plat.  Hep.  336  B. 
Hence 

Αιαπτόησις,  εως,  ή,  poet,  -πτοίη- 
σις,  violent  agitation,  esp.  by  fear,  but 
also  by  desire,  as  «5.  αφροδισίων.  Plat. 
Legg.  783  C. 

Αίάπτνξις,  εως,  ή,  an  unfolding, 
Galen.  :  from 

Αιαπτύσσω,  f.  -ξω,  {διά,  πτύσσω) 
to  open  and  spread  out,  to  unfold,  dis- 
close. Soph.  Ant.  709,  Eur.  Hipp.  985. 
— II.  to  fold  one  with  another,  tofoldup, 
Arist.  Gen.  An. 

Αιύπτνστος,  ov,  {διαπτνω)  spat 
upo7i,  abominable. 

Αιαπτνχή,  ης,  7/,=^7ϊτυχτ/,  Eur.  I. 
Τ.  727. 

Αιαπτνω,  f.  -νσω,  [διά,  πτύω)  to 
spit  upon,  τινός.  Ael.  :  metaph.,  to 
contemn,  τινά.  Dem.  3)3,  8  ;  δ.  χαλι- 
νόν,  to  champ  the  hit,  Philostr.  [ϋ  in 
pres..  V  in  fut.,  and  aor.] 

fAίάπτω,  {διά,  ΰπτω  II.)  to  enkindle, 
Phal.,  in  pass. 

Αιίιπτωμα,  ατός,  τό,  {διαπίπτω)  a 
stumble,  slip,  Phiiem.  p.  374 :  loss, 
Bockh  Inscr.  2,  p.  121. 

Αιάπτωσις,  εως,  ή,  {διαπίπτω)  a 
falling  away,  wandering,  Longin. :  agi- 
tation, grief,  LXX. 

Αιαπϋέω,  ώ,  {διά,  πνέω)  to  suppu- 
rate, Hipp.     Hence 

Αιαπνημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  suppuration, 
Hi|ip.  [fij 

Αιαπνησις,  εως,  ή,  {διαπνέω)  sup- 
puration. Id.  [()] 

Αιαπνητικός,  i],  όν,  {διαπνέω)  pro- 
moting suppuration,  Galen. 

Αιαπνϋω,  -νσω,  {διά,  πνθω)  to  pu- 
trefy. [ν'\ 

Αιαπνίσκω,  {διάπνος)  to  cause  sup- 
puration, Aretae. 

Αιαπνκτεύω,  {διά,  πνκτενω)  to  box, 
spar,  fight  with,  τινί,  Xen.  Cyr.  7,  5, 
53. 

Αιαπνλιος,  ov,  {διά,  πύλη)  through 
the  gate  ;  paid  for  passing  through, 
δραχμή,  Arist.  Pol. :  hence  rb  διαπν- 
?iov,  a  gate-toll  paid  at  Athens,  v. 
Bockh  P.  E.  2,  37,  n.  [ύ] 

Αιαπυνθάνομαι,  f  -πενσομαι,  pf 
-πέπνσμαι,  aor.  -επνθόμην,  {διά,  πνν- 
θάνομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  quesliori,  cross- 
question,  learn  by  hearsay,  tl.  Plat. 
Symp.  172  A  ;  τί  τίνος,  a  thing  from 
one.  Id.  Rep.  469  A. 

Αιύπνος,  ov,  {διά,  πνον)  suppura- 
ting, Hipp. 

Αιαπνριάω,  ώ,  {διά,  πνριάω)  to 
ivarm,  cherish,  Hipp. 

Αιαπϋρίζω,  to  heat  thoroughly.  Pass. 
to  glow :  from 

Αιάπνρος,  ov,  {διά,  πϋρ)  red-hot, 
Anaxag.  ap.  Xen.  Mem.  4,  7,  7,  Eur. 
Cycl.  631  :  metaph.  hot,  fiery,  passion- 
ate. Plat.  Rep.  615  E,  Legg.  783  A  ; 
also  δ.  προς  όργήν,  Plut.  Adv.  -ρως. 
Hence 

Αιαπϋρόω,  ω,  to  set  on  fire:  also  in 
iDid.,  Eur.  Cycl.  694. 

Αιαπνρπα'λαμύω,  to  contrive  artful 
ly,  Ilgen  ad  H.  Horn.  Merc.  357,  but 


ΔΙΑΡ 

Herm.  reads  διά  πνρπ.  separately,  v. 
πνρπαλαμύω. 

Αιαπυρσαίνω,  {διύ,  πνρσαίνω)  to 
throw  a  light  over,  τινός,  Philostr. 

Αιαπνρσεύω.  {διύ.  πνρσενω)  to  give 
light  or  signals  by  beacoiis,  Polyb. 

Αιάπνστος,  ov,  {διαπννΟάνομαι) 
heard  of  well-known,  Hdn. 

Αιαπϋτίζω.  {διά,  πντίζω)  to  spit  or 
spirt  out.  Arched,  ap.  Ath.  294  C. 

Αιαπωλέω,  ώ,{διά,  π  ωλέ  ω)  to  sell  pub- 
licly, Xen.  Hell.  4,  0,  6. 

Αιαραίνω,  poet,  for  δια/φαίνω. 

Αιαραίρηται,  Ion.  lor  διι/ρι/ται,  3 
.sing.  pert.  pass,  from  διαιηέω. 

Αιάράσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  f.  -ξω,  {διύ, 
άρίισσω)  to  break  through,  strike 
through,  Hes.  Sc.  361,  in  tmesis. 

Αιάργεμος,  ην,  {διά.  άργεμος)  fleckt 
with  white,  Babrius  65,  15. 

Αιάρδω,  1.  -ύρσω,  {διά,  άρδω)  to 
water,  to  flood,  Joseph. 

Αιαρετίζομαι,  dep.  {διύ,  άρεττ})  to 
be  emulotis  in  virtue. 

Αιαίίθρόω,  ώ,  {διά,  άρθρόω)  to  joint, 
i.e., — I.  to  divide  by  joints:  metaph., 
to  distinguish  clearly  between  things,  de- 
scribe distinctly  and  clearly.  Plat.  Legg. 
645  C  :  to  speak  in  distinct  syllables,  to 
articulate,  opp.  to  σνγχέω,  Arist.  Me- 
taph. :  also  in  mid..  οιηρΟρώσατο  φω• 
ij/r-.  Plat.  Prot.  322  Α.— II.  to  fit  to- 
gether by  joints,  set  as  a  limb.  Foes. 
Oee.  Hipp. :  in  genl.  to  form  into  shape, 
mould  in  detail.  Plat.  Symp.  191  A, 
Phaedr.  253  D.     Hence 

Αιάρ^Ιρωσις,  εως,  ή,  a  jointing  :  ar 
ticulution,  ψωνης.  Arist.  H.  A. — II.  α 
compacting  by  joints,  Hipp. 

Αιαρθρωτικός,  ή,  όν,  {διαρβρόω)  fit 
for.  belonging  to  di.ijoinling,  distin- 
guishing, or  explaining,  Epict. 

Αιΰρίθμέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {διύ.  ύριθ• 
μέω)  to  reckon,  count  up  mte  by  one, 
Eur.  1.  T.  966 ;  but  more  freq.  iu 
mid.,  as  Plat.  Crat.  437  D;  also  to 
distinguish,  Plat.  Phaedr.  273  E. — II. 
to  divide,  separate,  Aeschin.  83,  32,  in 
pass.     Hence 

Αιΰρίθμησις,  εως,  ή,  a  reckoning  by 
single  items.  Plut. 

Αιαρίπτω,  f.  ■ψω,=:δια^φίπτω,  Ar. 

Αιάριστάομαι,  {διά,  άι>ιστύω)  dep., 
to  eat  ut  break  fast  for  a  wager,  jiovv  αΰ- 
τω  δ.,  to  eat  an  ox  against  another,  Ath. 

Αιΰριστενομαι,  {διά,  αριστεύω) 
dep.  mid.,  to  strive  for  the  preeminence, 
προς  Tiva,  Longin. 

Αιάρκεια,  ας,  ή,  {διαρκής)  suffi- 
ciency, Theophr. — II.  duration. 

Αιαρκέω,  ώ,  f.  -έπω,  {διά,  άρκέω)  to 
suffice,  Pind.  Ν.  7,  71  :  to  have  strength, 
to  endure,  hold  out,  prevail,  Isocr.^18,  D: 
(5.  προς..;  to  be  a  match  for  a  per.'!*n*ln 
thing,  Luc. — 2.  to  supply  nourishment 
to,  τινί.  Plut.  —  II.  to  endure,  last, 
Aesch.  Theb.  842. 

Αιαρκής,  ές,  sufficient,  χώρα,  Thuc. 

I,  15,  εις  -/,  Theophr. :  lasting.  Luc. 
Adv.  -κώς,  superl.  -έστατα,  Xen. 
Mem.  2,  8,  6. 

Αίαρμα,  ατος.  τό,  {διαιρώ)  a  pas- 
sage by  sea,  Polyb.  :  a  ferry,  Strab. — 

II.  elevation,  e.  g.  of  style,  Lat.  elatio 
oralionis,  Longin. 

Αιαρμόζω  or  -ττω,  ί.  -σω,  {διά,  ύρ- 
μ()ζω)  to  separate,  distribute  in  vmrious 
places,  Eur.  Or.  1450:  hence,  to  ar- 
range, dispose,  Polyb. 

Αιαρπΰγή.  ης,  ή,  plunder,  Hdt.  9, 
42  :  peculation,  Polyb.  :  from 

Αιαρπάζω,  lut.  Att.  -ύοω  later 
■άξω,  {διιι,  ύρπιιζω)  to  tear  in  pieces, 
II.  16,  353 :  to  spoil,  plwider,  Lat.  diri- 
pere,  πάλιν,  Hdt.  1,  88,  etc. :  to  carry 
off  as  plunder,  χρήματα,  Ih. 

Αιαρβαγή,  τ/ς.  ή,  {δια^βήγνναι)  a 
teariiig  asunder,  breaking,  Hipp. 


ΔΙΑΡ 

Δίοΰρΰρ/ΐ'αί,  inf.  aor.  2  pass  of 
6ίαι)^ή}Ί.'υμί. 

Αιαβ^αίνω,  (δίύ,  βαίνω)  to  besprin- 
kle, icater,  LXX.  Pass,  to  flow  all 
ways,  Soph.  Tr.  14. 

Αιαββαίω,  (δίά,  f)aiui)  to  destroy  ut- 
terly, Horn. :  in  mid.,  II.  24,  355. 

Αιάβ/)αμμα,  ατός,  τό,  {δια{)βύπτω) 
a  seam,  Plut. 

ΑίαΙ)βαντίζω,  (,διύ,  ()αντίζω)  to  he- 
sprinkle. 

Αιαρβαπίζο),  {δίά,  βαπίζω)  to  cuff 
soundly.  Heliod. 

Αιαφβύ-Tu,  {.  -ψω,  (διύ,  βύπτω)  to 
sew  through  or  together,  Plut. 

ΑιαΡ/)αχίζο,  (δίά,  ^>αχέζω)  to  split, 
sever,  carve,  Eubul.,  Αύγ.  1. 

Αίαββέπω,  {δίά,  βέπω)  to  oscillate 
as  a  balance :  to  halt  as  with  one  short 
legj,  Hipp. 

Αιφβέω,  f.  -()ενσομαι,  {διύ,  /5έω)  to 
flow  through,  δίά  μέσον,  Hdt.  7,  108  : 
c.  ace,  δ.  χώοαν,  Isocr.  224  Β  :  δίαδ- 
()εΙν  τώ  3ίω,  Lat.  difluere  luxuria,  Ael.; 
so  δ.  νπο  μαλακίας,  Plut. :  to  slip 
through,  τών  χειρών,  Luc.  :  absol.  ot 
a  vessel,  to  leak.  Id. :  χείλη  διεΙ)βνη- 
κύτα,  gaping  lips,  Ar.  Nub.  873.— II. 
to  fall  away  like  water,  die  or  waste 
away,  χάρις  δια()βεΐ,  Μ.  Aj.  1267;  of 
one  diseased,  Ar.  Vesp.  1156  ;  of 
money,  Deni.  982,  10 ;  of  the  moon, 
to  wane,  Soph.  Fr.  713. 

Αιαββήγννμι,  f.  -(η'ιξίΛ,  {διά,  Ιίήγνυ- 
μι)  ίο  break,  rend  through,  cleave,  II.  12, 
308.  Soph.  Aj.  834  :  to  break  a  hole  in, 
Ti,  Hdt.  3,  12.  Pass,  to  iur.si,  in  va- 
rious waj's.  as  with  eating,  Xen.  Cyr. 
8,  2,  21,  with  passion,  Ar.  Eq.  340, 
Dem.  254,  19 :  δια(φαγΐίτ!ς,  as  a 
curse,  "split  you !"  Ar.  Av.  2,  etc. 

Αιαββί/όην,  adv.  (διερεΐν,  διαρβη- 
θηναι)  expressly,  distinctly,  Η.  Horn. 
Merc.  313,  and  Att.,  as  Plat.  Legg. 
876  C,  etc. 

Αιάρβηξις,  ΐως,  τ],=όιαββαγή.,  Epi- 
cur.  ap.  Diog.  L. 

Αιύββησις,  ευς,  η,  {διερεΐν,  διαββη- 
&ηναι)  α  clear  explanation,  definition, 
Plat.  Legg.  932  Ε. 

Αιαβρικνόομαι,  (  διά,  βικνόομαι ) 
dep.,  to  draw  up,  twist  the  body,  of  an 
nnseemly  kind  of  dance,  Cratin. 
Troph.  4. 

Αίάβριμμα,  ατός,  τό,  {διαρβίπτω)  a 
casting  about,  questing,  of  a  hound, 
Xen.  Cyn.  4,  4. 

ΑιαρρΙνέω.  ώ,  f.  -ήσυ,  {διά,  βινέω) 
to  file  through,  make  thin,  Arist.  ap. 
SchoL  Ar.  Eq.  1147. 

Αιαρβΐττίζω,  f.  -ίσοι,  {διύ,  βιπίζω)  to 
ventilate,  blow  about  or  away,  Heliod. 

Αιαββηττέΐύ,  ώ,  only  used  in  pres. 
aiid  impf,=sq.,  Ar.  Vesp.  59.  —  II. 
intr.,  to  throw  one's  self,  plunge,  Xen, 
Cyfi.  5,  8. 

Αιαββίτττω,  poet,  sometimes  δια- 
ρίπτω,  f.  •ψω,  {διά,  βίπτω)  to  fling, 
hurl,  dart  about,  διαββίπτασκεν  οι- 
στον,  Od.  19,  575  :  so,  όμμα  διαρί- 
τττειν,  to  fling  glances  round.  Ar. 
Thesm.  665.  Pass,  to  differ.  Plat. 
Legg.  SCO  B. — II.  to  throw  to  or  among 
TLVi  Ti,  Plut. — III.  to  squander,  make 
away  with,  Siov,  Liban.     Hence 

Αιαββίφή,  ης,  ή,  a  scattering,  Pra- 
tiiia.s  ap.  Ath.  617  F,  Dind. 

Αιάββι-φις,  εως,  ή,  {διαρβίπτω)  a 
scattering,  Xen.  An.  5,  8,  7. 

Αιάββοόος,  ov,  {διά,  βόδον)  com- 
pounded of  roses,  κολονριον,  Gal. 

Αιαββοή,  ης,  ή,  (διαρβέω)  a  flowing 
through  or  away,  a  channel  or  pipe, 
πνεύματος  διαββοαί,  the  windpipe, 
Eur.  Hec.  567 ;  ή  άνω  τε  καΐ  κάτω 
τηΰ  ωκεανού  διαββοή,  ebb  and  flow, 
Dio  C. 

Διαββοθέω,  ώ,  {δίύ,  βοθέω)  to  roar 


ΔΙΑΣ 

or  rustle  through. — II.  trans.,  (5.  κάκην 
τινί,  to  inspire  fear  by  clamour,  Aesch. 
Theb.  192. 

Αιάββοια,  ας,  τ],^=διαββοή,  a  flow- 
ing through:  esp.  as  medical  term,  di- 
arrhoea, Ar.  Fr.  198,  13,  Thuc.  2,  49. 

Αιαββοιζέω,  ώ,  {διά,  βοιζέω)  to  whiz 
through,  διεββοίζησε  στέρνων  (sc.  ιός) 
Soph.  Tr.  568 ;  where  others  supply 
Ιόν  in  ace,  so  that  the  verb  is  trans., 
made  it  whiz  through  :  cf.  διαββοθέω. 

Αιαρβοίζομαι,  dep.,  {διύββοια)  to 
give  a  diarrhoea,  Medic. 

Αιάββονς.  ov,  6,  {διαββέω)  a  passage, 
channel,  Diod. 

Αιαββνδάν,  melting  away,  vanishing, 
Aesch.  Cho.  65  :  usu.  taken  as  contr. 
from  διαρβνδάεν.  Dor.  neut.  of  a  sup- 
posed adj.,  διαββνδήεις :  but  prob.  a 
mere  adv.,  διαρβνδαν,  Dor.  for  -pv- 
δην  {βνδην),  cf  άμβολάδαν  in  Pind. 

Αιαββϋήναι,  inf.  aor.  2  pass,  of  δι- 
αββέω, iut.  διαββνήσομαί,  perf  διεβ- 
βυηκα. 

Αιαββνπτω,  strengthd.  for  βνπτω, 
Gal. 

Αιύββνσις,  εως,  ή,  {διαββέω)=δι- 
άββους. 

Αιύββντος,  ον,  {διά,  βντός)  well 
watered,  intersected  by  streams,  Strab. 

Αιαββνω,{δίά.βνομαι,  ερνω)  to  drag 
across,  c.  dupl.  acc,  δ.  τάς  νέας  τον 
Ίσθμόν.  Hdt.  7,  24. 

^Αιαββωγή,  ης,  ή,  (διά.  βωγή)  α  cleft, 
an  intervening  space,  esp.  between 
bandages.  Hipp. 

Αιαββώξ,  ώγος,  δ.  ή,{διαββήγννμι) 
rent  asunder,  άγμός  δ.  κνμάτων.  α  cleft 
made  by  the  waves,  Eur.  I.  T.  262. — II. 
as  subst.,  a  portion  rent  off,  Opp. 

Αίαρσις,  εως,  ή,  (διαίρω)  a  raising 
up,  ιστίων,  Diod. :  έκ  δ.  μάχεσθαι, 
Lat.  caesim  pugnare,  to  fight  as  with 
broadswords,  Polj'b. 

Αιαρτάζω,  f.  -άσω,  Aesch.  Fr.  322, 
and  διαρταμέω.  strengthd.  for  άρτα- 
μέω,  to  cut  limb-meal,  Aesch.  Pr.  1023, 
Anaxandr.  Αίσχρ.  1. 

Αιαρτάω,  ώ,  ΐ.  -ήσω,  (διά.  άρτάω) 
to  suspend,  break  off.  όδόν,  Plut. :  hence 
to  separate,  divide,  Strab. — II.  metaph., 
to  mislead,  deceive,  Menand.  p.  285. 
Hence 

Αιάρτηοις,  εως,  ή,  separation,  disa- 
greement, Sext.  Emp. 

Αιαρτία,  ας,  ή,  a  forming, putting  in 
shape,  form,  late  :  from 

Αιαρτίζω,  {διύ,  άρτίζω)  to  mould, 
form,  LXX. 

Αιαρυθμίζω,  (διά,  βνθμίζω)  to  form, 
arrange  in  order. 

Αιαρύτω,  strengthd.  for  ΰρύτω, 
άρύω. 

Αιαρνω,  v.  διαββνω. 

Αίαρχοι,  ων,  ο'ι,  {δις,  ΰρχός)  the 
two  Hellanodicae. 

Αίάρχω,  (διά,  άρχω)  to  hold  office  to 
the  end,  Lys.  ap.  Harp. 

ίΑίας,  αντος,  ό,  Dias,  an  early  hero. 
— 2.  Αιάς,  ύδος,  ή,  an  ancient  Attic 
tribe.  Poll. 

Αιασαίνω,  strengthd.  for  σαίνω, 
Xen.  Cyn.  4,  3. 

Αιασαίρω,  strengthd.  for  σαίρω, 
hence  part  pf.  διασεσηρώς,  grinning 
like  a  dog,  sneering,  Plut. 

Αιασ&λΰκωνίζω,  strengthd.  for  σα- 
λακωνίζω,  q.  v. 

Αιασάλενω.  (διά.  σαλ.ενω)  to  agi- 
tate greatly,  reduce  to  anarchy  or  ruin, 
Luc.  :  to  confound,  make  inarticulate, 
ηχον,  Dion.  H. 

Αιασάττω,  (διά,  σάττω)  to  stuff 
with  a  thing,  τινί,  Galen.  ;  also  c. 
gen.,  διασεσο,γμένος  άφνης,  gorged 
with  anchovy,  Macho  ap.  Ath.  244  C. 
^Αίασαυλόομαι,  ονμαι,  (διά,  σανλόο- 
μαΐ)  to  walk  with  mincing  gait,  Ar.  fr.  523. 


ΔΙΑΣ 

Αιασάφέω,  ώ,  (διά,  σαώής)  to  makt 
clear  or  evident,  Eur.  Phoen.  398,  Plat., 
etc.  :  to  give  accurate  information,  to  an- 
nounce fully,  Polyb. 

Αιασΰφηνίζω,  (διύ,  σαώηνίζω)  ίο 
make  clear, Xen.Mem. 3,  1,  11,  Apol.l. 

Αιασάφησις,  εως,  ή,  (διασαφέω)  an 
explanation,  interpretation,  LXX.  [σα] 

Αιασάφητίκός.  ή,  όν,  (διασαφέω) 
explanatory,  declaratory.  Gramm. 

Αιασεισμός,  ov,  ό,  (διασείω)  a  sha- 
king—Π.  abuse  of  power,  extortion,  Lat. 
concusslo,  late 

Αιάσειστος,  ov,  shaken,  or  to  he  sha- 
ken thoroughly,  Aeschin.  9,  9  :  from 

Αιασείω,  (διά.  σείω)  to  shake  well 
or  violently,  κεφα?.ήν,  ταρσούς,  Plut. : 
but  intr.,  δ.  τη  ovpa,  to  keep  wagging 
with  the  tail,  Xen.  Cyn.  6,  15. — 2.  to 
confound,  τό  φρόνημα,  Hdt.  C,  109. — 
II.  to  harass,  oppress,  Lat.  co7icutere, 
N.  T. 

^Αίασεσαγμένος,  perf  part.  pass, 
from  διασύττω. 

^ Αιασέσηπα,  perf.  act.  from  δια- 
σήπω. 

ίΑιασεσηρώς,  νια,  of,  perf  part.  act. 
from  διασαίρω- 

Αιασενομαι,(διά,σεύομαί)  as  pass., 
to  shoot,  dart,  rush  through  :  hence  in 
Hom.,  3  sing.  aor.  syncop.  pass,  διέσ- 
σντο,  c.  acc.  λαόι»,  11.  2,  450,  more 
usu.  c.  gen.,  τάφροιο,  στέρνοιο.  Π.  10, 
194  :  15,  542  ;  also  δ.  έκ..  Od.  4,  37. 

Αιασήθω,  (διά,  σήθω)  to  sift  or  fil- 
ter, Diosc. 

Αιασηκόω,  ώ,  {διά,  σηκόω)  to  weigh. 

Αιασημαίνω,  f.  -ΰνώ,  (διά,  σημαί- 
νω) to  mark,  point  out,  Xen.  An.  2,  1, 
23 :  to  make  known,  explain,  Hdt.  5, 
86.  Mid.  to  observe  by  marks,  remark, 
notice,  Arist.  H.  A. — 2.  intr.  to  sheio 
one's  self,  appear,  Hipp. — II.  to  give  a 
signal.χειpί,  Arist.  Rhet.  3,  16,  10. 

Αιάσημος,  ov,  (διά.  στ'/μα)  clear,  dis- 
tinct, δ.  θρηνείν.  Soph.  Phil.  209.— II. 
well-known,  distinguished,   Plut. 

Αιασήπω,  f.  -"φω,  (διά.  σ7}πω)  to  make 
to  putrefy.  Pass,  to  rot,  decay,  The- 
ophr.,  and  so  perf  διασέσηπα,  Geop. 

Αιάσια,  ων,  τά,  the  festival  of  Ζενς 
μειλίχιος,  at  Athens,  Ar.  Nub.  408. 
ΙΑΐασΐΰ,  1.  c,  cf  Schol.  lb.  862.] 

Αιασίζω,  (διά,  σίζω)  to  hiss  off,  Lat. 
explodere,  Arist.  Rhet. 

Αιασιλλαίνω,  (διά,  σιλ.λ.αίνω)  to 
mock,  jeer  at,  C.  acc,  Luc. 

Aιaσι?Lλόω,=foIeg.,  Dio  C. 

ΑιασΙτία,  ας,  ή,  (διά,  σίτος)  α  di- 
ning at  the  public  table,  Hipp. 

Αιασΐωπάω,ώ,(διά,  σιωπάω)  to  re- 
main silent,  Eur.  Hel.  1551.— II.  trans. 
to  pass  over  in  silence.  Id.  Ion  1566. 
Poet,  διασωπάω,  q.  v. 

Αιασκαίρω,  (διά,  σκαίρω)  to  bound 
through,  dart  along,  Ap.  Rh. 

Aιaσκΰ?.fvω,=sq. 

Αιασκά?.λω,  (διύ,  σκά/.λω)  to  dig 
or  pick  out.  Plut. 

Αιασκανδίκίζω,  (  διά,  σκάνδιξ ) 
strictly,  to  eat  nothing  but  herbs,  Te- 
lecl.  Incert.  7.  Hence  in  .4r.  Eq.  19, 
to  dose  with  Euripides,  whose  mother 
was  said  to  be  an  herhwuman. 

Αιασκάτττω,  (διά,  σκάπτω)  to  dig 
through,  make  a  breach  in,  Lys.  131,  5. 

ΑιασκΰρΙφάω.  (διά,  σκαριφάω)  usu. 
as  dep.  mid.  διασκαριφάομαι  ,to  scratch 
up,  scratch  about,  like  hens  :  hence 
metaph.  to  scratch  up,  ruin,  destroy, 
Isocr.  142  B. 

Αιασκατώμενος,  η,  ov,  (διά,  σκώρ, 
σκατάς)  befouled,  filthy,  άνανδρος  καΐ 
δ.  τρνφί],  attributed  to  the  Epicure- 
ans by  Diog.  ap.  Clem.  Al. 

Αιασκεδάνννμι,  f.   -σκεδάσω    Att. 
-(ΤΛ:ε(5ώ  (Soph.  Ant.  287,  Ar.  Vesp. 229), 
(διά,  σκεδάνννμΐ)  to  scatter  abroad,  Od. 
341 


ΔΙΑΣ 

5,  369,  and  Att. :  metaph.  δ.  άγλαίας 
ηνί,  to  scatter,  i.  e.  drive  atvay  his 
pride,  Od.  17,  244,  στρατύν,  στρατι- 
ήν,  to  disbayid  an  army,  Hdt.  1,  77  ;  8, 
57  :  later,  6.  φι/μι/ ν ,  to  spread  a  icpurt, 
Lat.  spargere  voces,  Hdn.  Pass,  to  be 
scattered,  esp.  in  pf.  and  aor.  1,  Hdt. 
1,  03;  5,  15,  etc. 

Αίασκελίζω,  {διά,  σκέλος)  to  part 
the  legs. 

Αιασκεπύζο,  f.  -άσω,  {ύίύ,  ακε- 
τνάζί^)  to  cover,  conceal. 

Αιασκεπτεόν,  verb.  adj.  from  δια- 
σκέπτιιμαι)  one  must  examine.  Plat. 
Legg.  859  B. 

Αιασκεπτικός,  ή,  όν,  cautious,  con- 
siderate :  from 

*Αιασκέπτομαι,  a  pres.  which  sup- 
plies the  fut.  and  aor.,  etc.  of  διασκο- 
πέω,  q.  v. 

Αίασκενάζω,  f.  -άσω,  {διά,  σκευ- 
άζω) to  set  in  order,  get  ready,  τι,  Po- 
lyb. :  more  usu.  in  pass,  and  mid.  to 
arm,  equip  or  prepare  one's  self,  εις  τι, 
Xen.  Hell.  4,  2,  19,  προς  τι,  "Dn)arch. 
99,  14  ;  δ.  τύλλα  ώς  εις  ττ'λονν,  Thuc. 
4,  38  ;  metaph.,  όιασκευύσασθαι  προς 
τους  δικαστύς,  to  prepare  all  one's 
tricks  for  a  trial,  Xen.  Ath.  3,  7 :  but, 
διασκ.  την  ονσίαν,  to  have  disposed, 
got  rid  of  one's  property,  Dem.  845,  13. 
— II.  to  revise  a  work  for  publication, 
Lat.  recensere,  Diod.     Hence 

Αιασκευαστής,  ού,  ύ,  (διασκευάζω) 
the  reviser  of  a  literary  work,  of.  Wolf. 
Proleg.  Hom.  p.  cli. 

Αιασκενή,  ης,  ή,  like  σκευή,  equip- 
ment, armour,  dress,  Polyb. — II.  a  revi- 
sion of  an  author's  works,  Gramm. 

Αιασκευωρέω.  strengthd.  for  σκευ- 
ωρέω,  Ep.  Plat.  310  A. 

Αιάσκε-φις,  εως,  ή,  {διασκέπτομαι) 
examination,  inquiry,  consideration. 
Plat.  Legg.  697  C. 

Αιασκέω,  ύ,  {δια  άσκέω)  to  deck  out, 
Ath. 

Αιασκηνάω  or  διασκηνέω,  ω,  {διά, 

σκηνέω)  to  separate,  and  retire  each  to 

his  tent  or  quarters  {σκηναί),  to  take  up 

one's  quarters,  εις  or  /caret  τόπον,  Xen. 

An.  4,  4,  8,  and  5,  29,  cf  sq.     Hence 

Αιασκηνητέον,  verb,  adj.,  one  must 

take  -up  his  quarters,  Xen.  An.  4,  4,  14. 

Αιασκηνίπτω,  v.  σκηνίπτω. 

Αιασκηνάω,  ω,  {διά  σκηνόω)  topitch 

tents  at  intervals,  Ael. — II.  intr.=  (5ia- 

σκηνάω,  Xen.  An.  4,  4,  10. 

Αιασκηρίπτω,  {διά,  σκηρίπτω)  to 
prop  on  each  side ;  in  genl.  to  support, 
Anth. 

Αιασκίδνημι,  poet,  for  -σκεδάννυ- 
μι,  II.  5,  526,  also  Hdt.  2,  25. 

Αιασκιρτάω,  ώ,  {διύ,  σκφτάω)  toleap 
about  or  away,  Plut. 

Αιασκοπέω.  ώ,  in  pres.  and  impf.  : 
fut.  διασκέιΐ'ομαι,  {διά,  σκοπέω)  to  look 
through,  look  about,  examine,  consider, 
Lat.  dispicere,  Hdt.  3,  38,  Eur.,  etc.  : 
also  in  mid.,  διασκοπεϊσθαι  προς  τι, 
Thuc.  1,  59  :  in  Ar.  Thesm.  687,  we 
have  pf.  pass,  διεσκέφθαι,  in  pass, 
signf,  to  be  examined. — II.  to  look 
round  one,  keep  watching,  Xen.  Cyn. 
9,3. 

Αιασκοπιάομαι,  {διά,  σκοπιά)  dep., 
to  look  out  from  a  height  or  ivatch-tower, 
to  spy  out,  bring  tidings  of,  τι,  II.  10, 
388  ;  17,  252,  both  times  in  inf  δια- 
σκοπιΰσθαι. 

Αιασκορπίζω,    {διά,   σκορπίζω)   to 
scatter  abroad,  Polyb.     Hence 
^  Αιασκορπισμός,  ov,  6,  a  scattering, 

,  dispersion,  LXX. 

Αιασκώπτω,  f.  -ώψω,  {διά,  σκώπ- 
τω)  to  jeer,  jest  upon,  τινά,  Plut.  Mid. 
to  jest  one  with  another,  pass  jokes  to 
andjro,  Xen.  Cyr.  8.  4,  23. 

Αίασμα,  ατός,   τό,  {διάζομαι)   the 
342 


ΔΙΑΣ 

warp  or  thread  stretched   lengthways  in 
the  loom.  Call.  Fr.  244. 

Αιασμάω,  ώ.  Ion.  -σμέω,  f.  -ήσω, 
{διά,  σμάω)  to  tvipe  out,  to  rinse,  clean, 
purijy,'nat.  2,  37. 

Αιασμήχω,  f  -^ω,  (διά,  σμήχω)  to 
cleanse  by  rubbing,  etc.,  Ar.  Nub.  1237. 
Αιασμϊλεύω,  {διά,  σμιλεύω)  to  smooth 
with  the  chisel,  to  polish,  όιεσμιλευμέ- 
ναι  φροντίδες,  refined,  subtle  theories, 
Alex.  Tar.  1,  8. 

Αιασμύχω,  f.  -ξω,  {διά,  σμυχω)  to 
smoke  a  thing :  pass,  διασμυχόμενον 
πυρ,  a  smouldering  fire,  Phllo.   [ϋ] 

Αιασο'ίέω,  ώ,  {διά,  σοβέω)  to  scare, 
drive  away,  Plut. — II.  to  agitate.  Id. 

Δ  ιασοφίζομαι,  ί.  -ίσομαι,  {διά,  σο- 
φίζομαι) dep.  mid.  to  act  or  speak  like 
a  sophist,  to  evade  or  quibble,  Ar.  Av. 
1619. 

Αιασπάθάω,  ώ,  (διά,  σπαθάω)  to 
squander,  bring  to  nothing,  Plut.,  cf 
σπαθάω 

Αιασπΰρακτός,  ή,  όν,  torn  to  pieces, 
Eur.  Bacch.  1220:  from 

Αιασπΰράσσω,  Alt.  -ττω,  fut.  -ξω, 
(διά,  σπαράσσω)  to  rend  in  sunder  or 
in  pieces.  Aesch.  Pers.  195;  and  in 
pass.,  Eubul.  Κνγ.  1. 

Αιασπάσιμος,  ov,  (διασπάω)  separ- 
ated, separable,   [σττΰ] 

Αιάσπάσις,  εως,  ή,  (διασπάω)  α 
tearing  asunder,  Theophr. 

Αιάσπασμα,  ατός,  τό,  α  thing  torn 
off,  severed  :  a  gap,  Plut.  ;  and 

Αιασπασμός,  οϋ,  ό,  =  διάσπασις, 
Plut. :  from 

Αιασπάω,ώ,ΐ.-άσομαι,Ατ.  Ran.  477, 
Eccl.  1076 :  aor.  -έσπασα,  but  also 
-εσπασάμην,  Eur.  Bacch.  339,  (διά, 
σπάω)  to  tear  asunder,  part,  Lat.  di- 
vellere,  Hdt  7,  236,  Eur.  Supp.  830, 
Ar.  11.  cc,  etc. :  esp.  in  military  sense, 
to  .Kcparate  part  of  an  army  from  the 
rest,  Xen.  Cyr.  5,  4,  19  ;  hencfi,  crrpa- 
τευμα  διεσπασμένον,  an  army  scatter- 
ed, and  in  disorder,  Thuc.  6,  98,  cf  7, 
44  ;  8,  104  :  δ.  το  σταύρωμα,  to  pull 
down,  tear  up  the  palisade,  Xen.  Hell. 
4.  4,  10  ;  so  δ.  τό  έδαφος,  Plut. :  δι- 
ασπ.  νόμους,  to  break  the  laws,  Xen. 
Cyr.  8.  5.  25  :  δ.  την  πάλιν,  to  dis- 
tract the  city  or  state.  Plat.  Rep.  462 
A ;  hence  διασπώμενος,  .distracted, 
Lat.  ncgoliis  distractus.  Luc. :  in  pass, 
of  soldiers,  to  be  distributed  in  φtarters, 
Xen.  An.  1,  5,  9.  [a] 

Αιασπείρω,  f.  -ερώ.  (διά,  σπείρω) 
to  sow,  scatter  or  spread  abroad,  Hdt.  3, 
13;  δ.  λά}^ν,  Xen.  Hell.  5,  1,  25; 
τοννομη  εις..,  Isocr.  103  Β  :  to  squan- 
der. Soph.  El.  1291.  Pass,  to  be  scat- 
tered, and  wander  aboxit,  lb.  748,  Thuc. 
1,  11,  etc.:  to  be  distributed.  Id.  Rep. 
455  D.— II.  to  separate,  Hdt.  3,  68. 

Αιασπενδω,  (διά,  σπεύδω)  to  work 
zealously,  Polyb. :  in  mid.,  Isae.  ap. 
Harp. 

^ΑιάσπΌ^ος,  ov,  (διά,  σπίλος)  very 
rocky,  Arr. 

Αιασπλεκόω,  strengthd.  for  σπλε- 
κόω,  Ar.  Plut.  1082. 

ΔίαστΓοόί'ω,  sensu  obscoeno,  Lat. 
subagitare,  Ar.  Eccl.  939. 

Αιασπορά,  άς,  ή,  (διασπείρω)  a  .scat- 
tering, dispersion  :  also  collectively, 
persoris  scattered  or  dispersed,  LXX, 
N.  T. 

^Αιασποράδην,  adv.  from  διασπεί- 
ρω, in  a  scattered  manner,  Clem.  Al. 

Αιασπουδάζω,  f  -άσω,  (διά,  σπου- 
δάζω) to  be  very  zealous,  do  zealotisly, 
Dion.  H.  :  also  in  mid.,  Arr.  Pass. 
to  be  anxiously  done  or  looked  to,  Dem. 
505,  8  ;  though  he  also  uses  διεσπού- 
δασται  in  act.  signf,  681,  21. 

Αιασσάω,  only  in  Att.  form  διατ- 
τάω,  q.  v. 


ΔΙΑΣ 

Αιάσσω,  f.  -φξω,  Att.  διάττω,  and 
διάσσω,  διάττω,  poei.  διαίσσω  (q.  v.), 
but  never  διαίττω. 

Αιαστΰόόν,  adv.  (διαστηναι)  apart, 
asunder. — 11.   oppusUe  to,  C.  dat.,   Ap. 

Rh. 

Αιαστάζω,  f.  -άξω,  (διά,  στάζω)  to 
drop  through  :  to  leak,  Geop. 

Αιασταθμάομαι,  (διά,  σταβμάομαι) 
dep.,  to  measure  off,  settle,  Eur.  iSupp. 
201. 

ΙΑιασταλάσσω,  (διά,  στα?.άσσω)  to 
cause  to  trickle  down,  δάκρνον,  Llban. 
ίΑιάσταλμα,  ατός,  το,  (διαστέλλω) 
separation,  division,  Clem.  .Vl. 

Αιάστα?Μΐς,  εως,  ή,  {διαστέ?..λω) 
an  ordering,  arranging  :  a  compact  trea- 
ty, LXX. 

Αιαστα?ίΤΐκός,ή,όν,  (διαστέλλω)  fit 
for,  skilled  in  distinguishing,  Grauuil. 
Adv.  -κώς,for  a  distinction. 

Αιαστάσιι'ίζω,  f.  -άσω,  (διά,  στασι- 
άζω) to  excite  to  faction  or  sedition, 
Arist.  Pol.  — II.  to  be  at  variance,  προς 
Tiva,  Polyb. 

Αιάστασις,  εως,  ή,  (διαστηναι)  a 
standing  apart,  separation,  division, 
Hipp.  :  distance,  an  interval,  space. 
Plat.  Tim.  36  Α.— 2.  difference.  Plat. 
Rep.  360  E. — 3.  esp.  difference  of  opin- 
ion, feelings,  etc.,  disagreement,  Lat. 
dissidium,  τινι  προς  τίνα,  Thuc.  6, 
18. — II.  distention,  as  of  bodies  by  air, 
etc..  Foes,  Oec.  Hipp.  :  in  genl.  ex- 
tension in  length  and  breadth,  Arist. 
Metaph. — IIL  a  degenerating  in  plants, 
Theophr. 

Αιαστάτικός,  ή,  όν,  separating,  caus- 
ing discord,  Plut.  Adv.  -κώς,  separ- 
ately, Lat.  divisim  :  from 

Αιαστατός,  η,  o>',=sq. 

Αιάστάτος,  ov,  (διαστϊ/ναι)  .leirered, 
disunited,  disturbed,  Menand.  p.  178. 
— II.  extended  rn  space,  Plut. 

Αιαστανρόω,  ώ,  (διά,  στανρόω)  ίο 
fortify  with  stakes  or  a  palisade,  Dio 
C. :  and  so  Thuc.  6,  97,  in  mid.  τον 
Ισθμόν :  cf.  διαταφρενω. 

Αιαστείβω,  {διά,  στείιΐω)  to  gs 
through,  cross,  ναι  θοά,  Pind.  Fr.242,4. 

Αιαστείχω,  (διιι,  στείχω)  to  go  right 
on,  straight  forward,  Pinu.  1.  3,  27  :  0. 
ace,  to  go  through  or  across,  πάλιν, 
γύαλα,  Eur.  Andr.  1090,  1092  :  onf , 
διέστιχε  (aor.  2)  μΰλα  νομενειν.  The- 
OCT.  27,  68. 

Διαστέλλω,  f.  -ελώ,  (δίά,  στέλλω} 
to  put  asunder,  sever,  open,  Plut. — 11. 
metaph.,  to  distinguish,  explain,  Plut. 
Euthyd.  295  D,  Polit.  265  E.  Mid.  to 
give  a  decision,  determine,  like  διαιρέ- 
ομαι.  Id.  Rep.  535  B,  and  Polyb. — 
III.  to  command,  give  orders,  Tivi, 
Diod. :  so  loo  in  mid.,  LXX.,  and 
N.T. 

^Αιάστενος,  ov,  (διά,  στενός)  very 
narrow,  small.  Gal. 

ΑιάΓΤτερος,  ov,  (διά,  αστήρ)  starred, 
δ.  λιθοις,  Luc. 

Αιάστ7ΐμα,  ατός,  τό,  (διαστηναι)  α 
distance,  interval,  Hipp.  Plat.,  etc.  • 
esp.  in  music,  Aristox.    Hence 

Αιαστηματίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  to  make  an 
interval,  Joseph. 

Αιαστηματικός,  ή,  όν,  with  intervals, 
opp.  to  €η}νεχής,  in  music,  Aristox. 

Αιαστηρίζω,  strengthd.  for  στη- 
ρίζω :  pass,  to  hold  out  to  the  end, 
Hipp.      _     .    ,.       ^  , 

Αιαστίζω,  ι.  -ίί;ω,  (δια.  στίζω)  to  dis- 
tinguish by  a  mark,  punctuate,  Arist. 
Rhet. :  to  spot,  mottle.  Nonn. 

Αιαστικός,  ή,  όν,  (διάζομαι)  ή  δι 
αστ.,  sub.  τέχνί).  weaving. 

Αιαστίλβω,  (διά,  στίλβω)  to  glim- 
mer or  appear  through,  Ar.  Pac.  567. 

Αιάστιζις,  εως,  ή,  (διαστίζω)  punc- 
tuation, Grainm. 


ΔΙΑ2 

AiCff70t  ίά,'ω,  f.  -άσω,  {όιά,  στοι- 
δό,ω)  to  stuff  ία  between.  Hdt.  1,  179. 

Αιαητοιχιζομαι,  f.  -ίσομαι,  {ύιά, 
ϋτοιχίζομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  distribute  or 
apportion  regularly,  Aesch.  Pr.  230. 

Δίαστολεΰζ•,  έως,  ό,  {διαστέλλω)  a 
surgeon's  instrument  for  opening  sores, 
etc. 

διαστολή,  ης,  ή,  ((ίίαστε'λλω)  a 
drawing  asunder,  drawing  out,  prolong- 
ing :  hence  the  lengthening  of  a  sylla- 
ble, opp.  to  συστολή,  Gramm. :  in 
music,  a  pause. — II.  a  separation,  dis- 
tinction, Plut.  :  an  accurate  account, 
Polyb. 

Λιαστομόο),  ώ,  to  open,  make  to  gape, 
Arist.  H.  A.    Hence 

Διαστόμωσις,  εως,  η,  the  opening  of 
anything  closed. 

Αιαστομωτβίς.  ίδος,  ή,  sub.  μήλη, 
:=6ιαστολενς,  Galen. 

Αιαστρΰτεύομαι,  {όιά,  στρατεύο- 
μαι) dep.  mid.,  to  serve  through  one's 
campaigns:  hence  όιαστρατενσάμε- 
νος,  a  veteran,  Dio  C. 

Αιαστρΰτηγέω,  ώ,  (διά,  στρατψ 
γέω)  to  serve  as  general,  or  (at  Rome) 
as  praetor,  Plut. — -2.  to  come  to  the  end 
of  one's  Praetorship,  Dio  C — II.  trans.. 
6.  τινά,  to  out-general  one,  Polyb.  :  δ. 
νόλεμον,  to  conduct  a  war.  Id. 

Αίαστρε3?-όο),  strengthd.  for  στρε- 
βλ.όυ.  Aeschin.  85.  38. 

Αίάστρεμμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  distortion, 
deformity,  Hipp.  :   from 

Αιαστρέόω,  f.  -^ju,  (διά,  στρέφω) 
to  distort,  twist :  to  turn  aside  or  change, 
Aesch.  Supp-  1017,  to  pervert,  τρόττον, 
Eur.  Pirith.  7  :  δ.  τά/.ηθές,  to  misrep- 
resent it,  Dem.  1453,  13.  Pass,  όια- 
στρέφεσθαι,  to  be  distorted  or  twisted, 
of  the  eyes,  limbs,  etc.,  Hipp.,  and 
Plat. :  but  also  of  persons,  absol.  to 
have  one's  eyes  distorted,  to  squint,  or  to 
have  one's  neck  twisted,  Ar.  Eq.  175.  cf. 
Av.  177:  also,  διεστραμμένος  τϋ  μέλη, 
with  one's  limbs  dislocated.  Plat.  Gorg. 
524  C  ;  τονς  πόδας,  with  the  feet  tWLSt- 
ed,  but  in  what  wav  is  dub.,  v.  ap. 
Siebel.  Paus.  5,  18,  1. 

Αιαστρο3έω,  ώ,  to  rush,  whirl 
through,  ap.  Plut. 

Αιαστροφή,  -ης,  η,  {διαστρέφω)  dis- 
tortion, ράχιος,  ομμάτων,  etc.,  Hipp. : 
in  genL  perversity,  corruption,  Plut. 
Hence 

Αιάστροφος.  ov,  distorted,  twisted, 
κόραι,  Eur.  Bacch.  1122:  perverted, 
deranged,  φρένες.  Soph.  Aj.  447 : 
hence  μορφή  και  αρένες  διάστροφοι, 
Aesch.  Pr.  673,  cf.  Valck.  Diatr.  p. 
74.     Adv.  -φως,  Sext.  Emp. 

Αιαστρώνΐ'ϋμι  and  διαστρωνί'ύω,ί. 
-στρώσω,  {διά,  στρώνννμι)  to  spread, 
cover  a  couch  or  table,  Atb.  142  C. 

Αιαστν'λιοϊ',  ov,  τό,  in  architecture, 
the  space  between  the  columns,  Lat.  in- 
tercoliimnium.  [v\  :  from 

Αιάστνλος,  ov,  having  a  space  of 
three  diameters  between  the  columns,  di- 
astyle,  Vitruv.     Hence 

Αιαστΰλόω.  ώ,  to  support  with  dias- 
tyle  columns,  Polyb. 

Αιασνγχέω,  strengthd.  for  συγχέω, 
Plat. 

Αιασυνίστημι,  {διά,  συνίστημι)  to 
tet  forth  clearly,  establish,  L)iog.  L. 

Αιασύρίζω,  f.  -ίξω,  {διά,  σνρίζω)  to 
blow  through  with  a  hissing  noise,  LXX. 

Αιασνρμός,  ov,  a,  {διασύρω)  a  tear- 
ing in  pieces ;  in  rhet.  a  figure  of 
speech  expressing  mockery  and  con- 
tempt,  Longin. 

Αιασνρτέον,  verb.  abj.  (from  διασύ- 
ρω) one  must  attack  with  ridicule,  Arist. 
Rhet.  Al. 

Αιασνρτικός,  ή,  όν,  fit  for,  given  to 
abuse,  late :  from 


ΔΙΑΣ 

Αιασνρω,  perf.  -σεσνρηκα,  (dta, 
σύρω)  to  tear  in  pieces,  pull  to  pieces, 
χωρία,  Dem.  234,  12  ;  hence  metaph. 
to  worry  with  abuse,  Lat.  probris  lace- 
rare,  τινά,  Dem.  288,  17,  cf.  169,  22. 
[ϋ  in  pres.,  ν  in  perf] 

Αιασφάγή,  ης,  -ή,  a  chasm,  cleft, 
LXX,  V.  διασφάξ :  and 

Αιάσφαγμα,  ατός,  τό,=^όιασφάξ  Π, 
Hippon.  45 :  from 

Αιασφάζω,  Att.  -σφάττω,  f.  -^ω, 
(διύ,  σώάζω)  to  cut  in  two :  slaughter. 

Αιασφαιρίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {διά,  σφαι- 
ρίζω)  to  throw  about,  like  a  ball,  to  toss 
about,  Eur.  Bacch.  1136. 

Αιασφακτήρ,  ηρος,  ό,  a  slayer  :  as 
adj.,  slaughtering,  Anth. 

Αιασφΰλίζω,  strengthd.  for  ασφα- 
λίζω, Polyb.,  in  mid. 

Δίασόάλλω,  strengthd.  for  σφάλλω. 
Pass,  to  fail  of,  be  disappointed  of, 
τινός,  Aeschin.  66,  34. 

Αιασφύξ,  άγος,  ή,  {διασφάττω)  any 
opening  made  by  violence,  a  rent,  cleft, 
esp.  a  rocky  gorge,  through  which  a 
river  runs,  both  in  sing,  and  plur., 
Hdt.  2,  158;  3,  117,  etc:  strictly  an 
adj.,  sub.  τϊέτρα,  cf.  Schiif  Greg.  p. 
538. — 11.=αΐδοΙον  γνναικείον,  Valck. 
Schol.  Phoen.  26,  Ruhnk.  Tim. 

Αιασφάττω,  Att.  for  διασφάζω. 

Αιασφενόονάω,  ώ,  {διά,  σφενδο- 
νάω)  to  scatter  as  by  a  sling,  Diod. 
Pass,  to  fly  in  pieces,  Xen.  An.  4,  2,  3. 

Αιασφενδονίζω,  {διά,  σφενδονίζω) 
=foreg.  Plut. 

Αιασώετερίζομαι,  future  -ίσομαι, 
strengthd.  for  σφετερίζομαι,  Philo. 

Αιασφηκόω,  ώ,  {διά,  σφηκόω)  to  lace 
up  the  waist  tight,  like  a  wasp :  hence 
in  Pass,  διεσφηκωμένος,  Ar.  Vesp. 
1072. — 2.  to  compress  tight  around  the 
middle,  to  bind  tightly,  C.  acc.  Nonn. 

Αιασφηνόω,  {διά,  σφηνόω)  to  sepa- 
rate or  open  by  wedges. 

Αιασφίγγω,  f.  -ίγξω,  {διά,  σφίγγω) 
to  bind  tight  round,  Aretae.     Hence 

Αιάσφιγξις,  εως,  ή,  a  binding  tight,  lb. 

Αιάσφνξις,  ewf,  ή  {διά,  σφύζω)  ς>λε- 
βών,  the  pulse,  Hipp. 

Αιασχημάτίζω,  {διά,  σχηματίζω,)  to 
form  acciirateli/,  copy  a  model.  Plat. 
Tim.  50  B,  and  Luc.     Hence 

Αιασχημάτισις,  εως,  ή,  a  forming, 
moulding. 

^ Αιασχιδής,  ές,  cleft  asunder,  parted, 
Ath.  488  D.     From 

Αιασχίζω.  f.  -ίσω,  {διά.  σχίζω)  to 
cleave  asunder,  sever,   11.   16,  316,  Od. 

9,  71.     Pass,  to  be  parted,  Xen.  Cyr. 

4,  5,  13.     Hence 

Αιασχίς,  ίδος,  η,^  διάσχισμα  I., 
Hipp. 

Αιάσχΐσις,  εως,  ή,  {διασχίζω)  di- 
vision, splitting,  Ath. 

Αιάσχισμα.  ατός,  τό,{δίuσχίζω)any 
thing  cut  off  or  thrvugh,  A.  B. — II.  in 
music,  half  the  δίεσις. 

Δίασ;(;οΛεω,  strengthd.  for  ύσγολεω. 

Αιασώζω,  f.  -σώσω.  {διά,  σώζω)  to 
preserve  through,  8.  g.  an  illness,  a  bat- 
tle, bring  one  well  through,  keep  safe, 
Hdt.  2,  156 ;  7,  49,  etc. :  also  to  keep 
in  memxtry,  Xen.  Mem.  3,5,  22  :  mid.  to 
preserve  to  one's  self,  retain.  Id.  Cyr.  4, 
2,  28,  etc.  Pass,  to  come  safe  through, 
recover,  as  from  illness.  Id.  Mem.  2, 

10,  2,  διασώζεσθαι  εις.-  or  ττρός..,  to  be 
brought  back  in  safety  to.  to  come  safe  to 
a  place,  Thuc.  4,  113,  Xen.  An.  5,  4, 

5,  etc.     Hence 

Αιασωστέον.  verb,  adj.,  one  must 
keep  safe.  Ep.  Plat.  360  B. 

Αιασωπάομαι,  f.  -άσομαι.  [«]  dep. 
mid.,  poet,  for  διασΊωττύω,  Bockh 
Pind.  O.  13,  130. 

Αιασωστ-ής.  ov,  6.  {διασώζω)  one 
i  who  brings  one  into  safety,  a  preserver. 


ΔΙΛΤ 

Αιασωστικός,  ή,  όν,  (διασώζω)  be- 
longing to,  fitted  for  saving.  Max.  Tyr. 

Αιασώχω.{διά,  σώχω)to  rub  to  pieces, 
Nic. 

Αιατάγεύω,  {διά,  ταγεύω)  to  ar- 
range, V.  1.  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  3,  33. 

Αιατάγή,  ης,  ή,  {διατάσσω)=όιά- 
τάξις,  Ν.  Τ. 

Αιάταγμα,  ατός,  τό,  an  ordinance, 
edict,  Diod. 

Αιατάκτης,ον,  6,  (διατάσσω) a  lead- 
er, Hermes  ap.  Stob.  Eel.  1,  1084. 

Αιατάκτωρ,  ορός,  o,=foreg. 

Αιατά'λαι-ωρέω,ώ,{διά,  ταλαιττω- 
ρέυ)  to  bear  up  against  misery. 

Αιατΰ/.αντόω,  ώ,  (διά,  ταλαντόω)  to 
make  to  oscillate,  toss  about. 

Αιατΰμιεύω,  (διά,  ταμιενω)  to  man- 
age, dispense.  Plat.  Legg.  805  Ε  ;  and 
in  mid..  Id.  Criti.  Ill  D. 

Αιατάμνω,  f.  -άμώ.  Ion.  for  διατέ- 
μνω, Hdt.  2,  139. 

Αιάταξις,  εως,  ή,  (διατάσσω)  disposi- 
tion, arrangement,  Plat.  Tim.  53  Β  :  esp. 
the  drawing  up  of  troops,  order  of  battle, 
Hdt.  9,  26—11.  an  order,  a  will,  Polyb. 

Αιατύράσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  f.  -ξω,  (όιά, 
ταράσσω)  to  throw  into  great  confusion, 
confound,  Lat.  perturbare.  Plat.,  Xen. 
Hence 

Αιατΰρΰχή,  ης,  ή,  disturbance,  Plut. 

Αιάτάσις,  εως.  ή,  (διατείνω)  tension, 
distension.  Plat.  Rep.  407  C. — 2.  a 
stretching,  straining,  as  of  the  limbs, 
voice,  Arist.  Pol. 

Αιατάσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  f.  -ξω,  (διά, 
τάσσω)  to  arrange,  ordain,  establish,  c. 
acc.  νόμον,  Hes.  Op.  274,  Th.  74 :  to 
set  in  order,  draw  up  an  army,  Hdt.  6, 
112.  107 :  also  to  draw  up  separately.  Id. 
1,  103. — 2.  c.  acc.  et  inf.  to  appoint  one 
to  do  or  be...  as,  δ.  τονς  μεν  οικίας  οίκ- 
οδομέειν  τονς  δέ  δορνφόρονς  είναι. 
Id.  1,  114.  Β.  mid.,  aor.  part.,  διατα- 
ξάμενοι.  posted  in  battle-order,  Ar. 
Vesp.  360,  Xen.  Hell.  7,  1,  20  ;  so  too 
in  pass.  pt.  διατετάχβαι,  to  be  in  battle 
order,  to  be  put  at  different  posts,  Hdt. 
7,  124,  178  :  C.  inf.  to  be  ordered,  ap- 
pointed to  do..ld.  I,  110.— II.  in  mid. 
to  make  a  decree  or  tvill,  Plut.  and  Anth. 

Αιατΰτικός,  ή.  ov,  (διατείνω)  on 
the  stretch,  urgent,  Polyb. 

A,ιaτaφpfvω,  (διά,  ταφρενω)  to  di- 
vide, cut  off  or  fortify  by  a  ditch,  Polyb. 

Αιατάχονς  and  διαταχέων,  adv.  for 
(5e«  τάχονς,  διά  ταχέων,  as  now  usu. 
written,  v.  τάχος. 

Αιατέγγω,  strengthd.  for  τέγγω. 

Αιατεβρνμμένως,  adv.  part.  perf. 
pass,  from  διαβρντττω,  effeminately. 
Plat.  Legg.  922  C. 

Αιατείνω,  fut.  -τενώ,  p£  -τέτάκα, 
perf.  pass,  -τέταμαι,  (διατείνω)  to 
stretch  out,  stretch,  τόξον,  Hdt.  3,  35, 
so  too  ia  mid..  Id.  4,  9 ;  τάς  χείρας, 
Xen.  Cyr.  1,  3,  4.  —  2.  intr.'  to  ex- 
tend, έττΐ  πολύ,  Arist.  Eth.  N. ;  καθ' 
άπαν  το  σώμα.  Id.  Η.  Α.  — 11.  δ. 
όδόν,  to  accomplish  a  journey,  Diod: 
hence  seemingly  intrans.,  to  reach, 
arrive  at,  Lat.  contendere,  εις  Ot  προς.., 
Polyb.  B.  mid.  to  strain  one's  self,  at 
u'hat  is  one's  oun,  διατείνεσθαι  τώ 
,βέλεα,  to  have  their  lances  poised  and 
ready  to  throw.  Hdt.  9,  18,  cf  Xen. 
Cyr.  1,  4,  23,  Theocr.  22,  07  ;  hence 
absol.,  to  exert  one's  self,  labour  with 
jnight  and  main,  esp.  in  part.  aor.  1, 
διατεινάμενας  φενγειν,  Xen.  Mem. 
4,  2,  23  ;  and  in  pass.,  βείν  διατετα- 
μέιονς,  Plat.  Rep.  474  A,  cf  501  C  : 
διατίΐνεσϋαι  προς  τι,  to  exeit  one's 
self  for  a  purpose,  Xen.  Mem.  3.  7, 
9;  c.  inf ,  (5.  πράττειν,  Arist.  Eth.  N.: 
followed  by  ως...,  ότι....  to  maintain 
stoutly  that.. .  Plut.,  and  Luc. — C.  pass, 
also  in  medic,  sense,  to  be  distended. 
343 


ΔΙΑΤ 

^ιατειχίζω,  f.  -ίσω  Att.  -{ώ,  {διά, 
τειχίζω)  to  cut  off  and  fortify  by  a  wall, 
Ar.  Eq.  818  ;  in  genl.  to  divide  as  by  a 
wall,  7]  (ιΐς  rf.  Tu  όμματα,  Xen.  Syinp. 
5,  6.     Hence 

^ιατείχων,  ου,  ro,=sq.,  Diod. 

Αιατείχισμα,  ατός,  τό,  {διατειχίζω) 
a  wall,  fence  between  two  places,  Polyb. 
— 2.  a  place  walled  off,  or  fortified, 
Thuc.  3,  34  ;  7.  36. 

Αιατίκμαίρομαι,  (δίά,  τεκμαίρω) 
ilep.  mid.,  to  mark  out,  appoint,  Lat. 
designare,  έργα,  Hes.  Op.  390. 

Αιατελεστέον,  verb.  adj.  from  (ha- 
τελεω,  one  must  continue,  Clem.  Al. 

Αίατελεντάω,  {όιά,  τελευτάω)  to 
bring  to  fulfilment,  II.  19,  90,  in  tmesis. 

Αιατελέο,  f.  -έσΐύ,  (did,  τελέω)  to 
accomplish,  briiig  quite  to  ayi  end.  pass, 
δ.  τυ  λοιπόν  της  ζότ/ς,  Hdt  6,  117,  cf. 
Plat.  Apol.  31  A;  also  δ.  διύ  βίον, 
Id.  Symp.  192  C  :  of  actions,  to  fulfil, 
δ.  χάριν,  Eur.  Heracl.  434 :  c.  part., 
vel.  adj.,  to  continue,  remain  so  and  so, 
as  (5.  έόντες  ελεύθεροι,  Hdt.  7,  111, 
cf.  1,  32,  etc. ;  δ.  πρόθυμος,  to  continue 
zealous,  Thuc.  6,  89  ;  δ.  άχίτων,  Xen. 
Mem.  1,  6,  2:  it  may  oft.  best  be 
rendered  by  an  adv.,  etc.,  as  δ.  ώεύ- 
5'ωΐ',  he  runs  straight  on,  cf.  Schiif. 
Dion.  Comp.  p.  200.     Hence 

Αιατελ7]ς,  ες,  incessant,  βρονταί, 
Soph.  Ο.  C.  1514  :  permanent,  τυραν- 
νίδες, Plat.  Rep.  618  A  :  δια  τέλεος 
or  Tf'AoDf  stands  for  the  adv.,  Hipp. 

Αιατέμνω,  Ion.  -τάμνυ,  f.  -τεμώ, 
{.διά,  τέμνω)  to  cut  through,  cut  in 
twain,  Ih  17,  522,  618,  and  Hdt. :  to 
sever,  part,  Aesch.  Supp.  545  :  to  cut 
up.  Hdt.  2,  41  ;  hence  in  pass.,  δια- 
τμηθήναι  λέπαδνα,  to  be  cut  into  strips, 
Ar.  Eq.  7C8. 

Αιατενής,  ες,  (διατείνω)  stretching, 
tending,  προς  τι,  Theophr. 

Αιατερσαίνω,  strengthd.  for  τερσα'ι- 
νω. 

Αιατεσσύρων  or  δια  τεσσάρων,  ?/, 
(sub.  χορδών  συμφωνία)  the  fourth,  as 
an  interval  in  the  musical  scale,  cf. 
διαπασών. 

^Αιατέταγμαι,  perf.  pass,  from  δια- 
τάσσω. 

^Αιατέτάκα  and  -τέταμαι,  perf.  act. 
and  pass,  from  διατείνω. 

Αιατετΰμένως,  adv.  part.  perf.  pass, 
from  διατείνω,  ivith  might  and  main, 
earnestly,  Arist.  Eth.  N. 

'ίΑιατέταχθαί,  perf.  inf.  pass,  from 
διατάσσω,  Hdt.,  etc. 

Αιατετραίνω,  f.  Ion.  -ανέω,  Att. 
-τρανώ,  or  -τρήσω ;  aor.  -έτρηνα,  or 
•έτρησα  (διά,  τετραίνω)  to  bore  through, 
make  a  hole  in,  τι,  Hdt.  2,  11  ;  3,  12, 
Ar.  Thesra.  18  :  Theophr.  has  διατι- 
τραίνω,  and  in  late  prose  we  have 
διατιτρύω,  with  part,  διατίτρας. 

Αιατήκω,  f.  -ξω,  {διά,  τήκω)  to  melt, 
soften  by  heat,  Ar.  Nub.  149.  Pass. 
to  waste  away,  Plut. 

Αιατηρέω,  ω.  {διά,  τηρέω)  to  watch 
closely,  Arist.  H.  A. ;  δ.  μή...,  Dem. 
115,  26  :  δ.  τύξιν,  to  keep  a  post/ni?A- 
fully,  ap.  eund.  238,  9.— II.  sub.  εαυ- 
τόν, tokeep,nbstainfrom,N.Ύ.  Hence 

Αιατήρησις,  εως,  ή.  a  watching, 
g^iarding,  preservation,  Diod. 

Αιατηρητικός,  ή,  όν,  (διατηρίω) dis- 
posed for  keeping,  etc.,  M.  Anton. 

iAiaTi,  adv.  for  δια  τι,  wherefore, 
ivhy,  N.  T.,  V.  δίά. 

Αιατίβημι,  f.  -θτ/σω,  (διά,  τίθημι) 
to  place  separately,  set,  arrange,  put 
things  in  their  places.  Lat.  disponere, 
Hdt.  1,  132,  etc. :  hence— II.  to  direct, 
guide,  manage,  Thuc.  6,  15  :  esp.  c. 
adv.,  διατιθέναι  τίνα  εν,  κακώς,  etc., 
to  treat,  manage  well,  ill,  etc.,  Hdt.  3, 
155,  Dem.  369,  13  :  in  genl.  ούτω 
344 


ΔΙΑΤ 

διατιθέναι  τινά,  to  dispose  one  so  or 
so,  give  him  such  or  such  a  charac- 
ter, taste,  etc.,  Isocr.,  cf.  Wolf.  Lcpt. 
463,  17;  (5.  τινάς  άπίστως,  to  make 
them  not  trusty,  Dem.  463,  19: — so 
too  in  pass.,  διατίθεμαι,  to  be  disposed 
in  a  certain  manner,  προς  τίνα,  Plat. 
Theaet.  151  C,  Isocr.  161  Ε  :  to  be 
disposed  of  treated,  ov  βαδίως  διετέθη. 
he  was  not  handled  gently,  Thuc.  6,  57. 
— III.  to  set  forth,  of  speakers,  min- 
strels, etc.,  to  recite.  Plat.  Charm.  162 
D,  Legg.  658  D  :  so  too  in  mid.,  cf. 
B.  5. —  B.  mid.,  to  set  forth,  arrange 
as  one  likes,  esp.  of  merchandise,  to 
set  out  for  sale,  dispose  of  it,  Hdt.  1,  1, 
194  ;  to  dispose  of  one's  property  by 
will,  Plat.  Legg.  922  C,  sq.,  and  Oratt., 
cf.  διαθί/κη. — 2.  in  genl.  to  dispose  of 
as  one  likes,  tu  σώματα,  Isocr.  201  E, 
Tr/v  σχολήν,  Luc.  :  always  c.  art., 
Schaf.  Mel.  p,  24,  87. — 3.  to  arrange, 
settle  mutually,  δ.  διαθήκην  τινί.  to 
7nake  a  covenant  with  one,  Ar.  Av.  439: 
εριν  δ.  τινί,  to  settle  a  quarrel  with 
one,  Xen.  Mem.  2,  6,  23:  absol.  to 
make  an  agreement  with,  promise,  N.  T. 
— 4.  to  compose,  make,  νόμους.  Plat. 
Legg.  834  A. — 5.  to  set  forth,  recite, 
λόγους.  Polyb. :  cf.  Schaf.  Mel.  p.  29, 
Heind.  Plat.  Charm.  162  D.— 6.  δια- 
τίθεσθαι  οργήν  ε'ις  τίνα,  to  direct,  let 
loose  one's  anger  against  one. 

Αιατίλάω,  {διά,  τιλάω)  to  pass  ex- 
crements, Hipp. 

Αιατίλλω,  {διά,  τίλλω)  to  pluck  bare. 
Soph.  Fr.  587.     Hence 

Αιατιλμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  portion  pluck- 
ed off,  Anth. 

Διατιμάω,  ώ,  (διά,  τιμάω)  to  honour 
highly,  Aesch.  Theb.  1047:  in  mid., 
to  rate  or  estimate,  to  αδίκημα  ταλάν- 
των πεντακοσίων,  Diod.  S.  16,  29. 
Hence 

ΑιατίμησίΓ,  εως,  η,^τίμησις,  Ath. 

Αιατϊμητης,  ov,  ο,=  τιμητής,αη  ap- 
praiser, vahier. 

Αιατινύσσω,  f.  -ξω,  {διά,  τινάσσω) 
to  shake  asunder,  shake  to  pieces,  Od.  5, 
363,  Eur.  Bacch.  588,  606  :  in  genl.  to 
shake  viole?itly,  κάρα  δ.  άνω  κάτω.  Id. 
I.  Τ.  282. 

Αιατινθαλέος,  a,  ον,^=τινθαλέος, 
Ar.  Vesp.  329. 

Αιατιτραίνω  and  διατιτράω,  f. 
-τρήσω,  v.  sub  διατετραίνω. 

Αιατιτρώσκω,  {διά,  τιτρώσκω)  to 
pierce  through,  wound,  Hipp. 

Αιατλήναι,  to  endure,  suffer,  v.  τλή- 
vai. 

Αιατμέω,  (διά,  ατμός)  to  evaporate, 
Hipp. 

Αιατμήγω,  aor.  1  διέτμηία  :  aor.  2 
διέτμΰγον,  pass,  -μάγι/ν,  (διά,  τμή- 
γω)  Ερ.  for  διατέμνω,  to  cut  in  twain, 
divide,  sever,  II.  21,  3  :  νηχόμενος  διέ- 
τμαγον  λαΐτμα,  swimming  /  cleft  the 
wave,  Od.  7,  276,  cf.  5,  409 :  διέτμα- 
γεν,  3  plur.  pass,  for  -μάγησαΐ',  δ.  iv 
ώιλότητι,  they  parted  friends,  II.  7, 
302;  but  absol.  m  II.  16,  354,  they 
were  scattered  abroad. 

1  Αιατμηβήναι  and  -τμηθείς,  1  aor. 
inf.  and  part.  pass,  of  διατέμνω. 

Αιατμίζω,  f.  -ίσω.  {διά,  άτμίζω)  to 
evaporate,  Arist.  Meteor. 

Αιατοιχέω.  ώ,{όιά,  τοΙχος)=  άνατοι- 
χέω.  q.  v.,  Eubul.,  Κατακ.  5. 

Αιατομή,  ης,  ή,  α  cutting  in  two, 
parting,  Ael.  :   from 

Αιάτομης,  ov,  (διατέμνω)  cut  in  two, 
equally  divided. 

Αιατονθορνζω,  strengthd.  for  τον- 
θορύζω. 

Αιατονικός,  ή,  ov,^s(\.  II. 

Αιάτονος,  ov,  (διατείνω)  stretched 
out,  on  the  stretch,  vehement,  Theophr., 


ΔΙΑΤ 

stretched  across,  extending  through  from 
side  to  side.  Vitruv. — II.  in  music,  γέ- 
νος or  μέλος  διάτονον,  and  διατονι- 
κόν,  a  melody  of  the  diatonic  kind,  the 
simplest  of  the  three,  cf.  έναρμιτνικός 
and  χρωματικός,  and  Diet.  Antiqq. 
p.  645. 

Αιατοξεύσιμος,  ov,  that  can  be  shot 
across,  δ.  χώρα,  a  place  within  bow- 
range  or  arrow-shot,  Plut.  :  from 

Αιατοξεύω,  (διά,  τοξεύω)  to  shoot 
through  or  across. — II.  in  mid.,  to  con- 
tend in  archery  with...,  τινί,  Xen.  Cyr. 
1,4,4. 

Αιατόρενμα,  ατός,  τό,  graven  work, 
LXX. :  from 

Aιaτopεύω.=  sq.,  Philo. 
Αιατορέω,  aor.  διέτορον,  (διύ,  το• 
ρέω)  to  strike  through,  pierce. 
Αιατορία,  ας, ή,  a  piercing  voice. 
]Αιατορνεύω,    strengthd.    for    τορ- 
νεύω, Plut.,  but  Wytt.  in  ind.  διατο- 
ρεύειν. 

Αιατόρος,  ov,  (διατορέω)  piercing, 

Aesch.   Pr.  70 :    metaph.   of  sound, 

piercing,  thrilling.  Id.  Eum.  567. — II. 

proparox.  διάτοροΓ,  ov,  pass.,  pierced, 

bored  through.  Soph.  O.  T.  1034. 

Αιατραγεΐν,  inf.  aor.  of  διατρώγω. 

Αιατρΰγωδέω.  ώ,{δίύ,  τραγωηέω)  to 

talk  in  tragic  style,  v.  1.  Dem.  232,  22. 

Αιάτράμις,    ό,    »},  =^  λισπόπνγος, 

Strattis  Incert.  15. 

Διατράνόω, <Ii,strenglhd.  for  τρανόω, 
to  slate  clearly,  lamljl. 

^Αιατραπηναι  and  -τραπείς,  2  aor. 
inf.  and  part.  pass,  from  διατρέπω. 

Αιατρΰχηλίζω,  (διά,  τραχηλίζίύ)  to 
throw  neck  over  crop,  Plut. ;  cf.  έκτραχ. 
^Αίατράχννω,    (διά,    τραχννω)    to 
rougheii    greatly,  in  pass.,  Phlt. 

^Αιατρεμέω,  ώ,  (δίά,  άτρεμέω)  to  be 
quite  calm,  of  the  sea,  Arr. 

Αιατρεπτικός,  ή,  όν,  fit,  suited  for 
dissuading,  Plut.  :  from 

Αιατρέπω,  f.  -ψω,  (διά,  τρέπω)  to 
turn,  esp.  of  persons,  to  turn  one  away 
or  dis.tuade  from  a  thing,  jnake  him 
ashamed  of  it,  Polyb.  Pass.  c.  fut. 
mid.,  aor.  mid.,  διετραπόμτ/ν.  anil 
also  aor.  pass,  διετράπην  : — To  turn 
from  a  thing,  be  ashamed.  Hipp.,  and 
Dem.  798,  20  :  to  be  perplexed,  Polyb. 
Αιατρέφω,  f.  -θρέ^'ω.  (διά,  τρέφω) 
to  breed  up,  support.  Araros  'Ύμεν.  1  ; 
to  sustain  continually,  in  pass.,  Thuc. 
4,  39  :  Tivu  άπό  τίνος,  Xen.  Mem.  2, 
7,  6. 

Αιατρέχω,  f.  -θρέξομαι:  aor.  διέ- 
δράμον,  also  διέθpεξa,CΆ\\.  Lav.  Pall. 
23  :  pf.  -δεδράμηκα,  (διά,  τρέχω)  To 
run  through  or  over,  ίχθυόεντα  κέλεν- 
θα,  ύδωρ,  Od.  3,  177 ;  5.  100  :  also 
freq.  metaph.,  δ.  τα  τ/δέα,  to  run 
through,  exhaust  them,  Xen.  Mem.  2, 

1,  31  ;  δ.  λόγον.  ίο  get  to  the  end  of  it, 
Plat.  Phaedr.  237  Α.— II.  intr.  to  run 
about,  Lat.  discurrere,  Ar.  Pac.  536 ; 
όιατρέχοντες  αστέρες,  lb.  838. — III. 
δ.  f if.•.,  to  come  quite  to...,  Hipp. 

Αιατρέω,  f.  -έσω,  (διά,  τρέω)  to  run 
tremtding  about,  flee  all  ways,  διέτρε- 
σαν  άλλυδις  άλλοι,Μ-  ll,481,cf.  486. 

Αιατρήματα,  ων,  τά,  Aegyptian  ca- 
nal-boatsfor  carrying  grain. 

Αιίιτρησις,  εως,  ?/,  (διατιτράω)  a 
bori?ig  through  :  a  pore,  Hipp. 

Αιάτρητος,  ov,  (διατιτράω)  bored 
through,  pierced. 

Αιατρΐβή,  7/ς,  ή,  a  wearing  away, 
esp.  of  time,  α  spending,  way  or  man- 
Tier  of  spending,  χρόνου.  Soph.  Fr.  380, 
συμποσίου,  Ale.x.  Polycl.  1  :  hence — 

2.  a  pastime  (pass-time),  amusement, 
Ar.  Plut.  923. — 3.  serious  employjnmt, 
labour,  study,  διατριβήν  ποιεϊσί'αι 
περί  τι,  Isae.  87,  36  ;  προς  τι,  Ars- 
chin.  33, 15  ;  ίπί  τινι,  Ar.  Kan.  1498: 


ΔΙΑΤ 

esp.  α  discussion,  argument.  Plat.  Apol. 
37  D  :  α  rhetorical  essay,  Arist.  Rhet. 
— 4.  α  way  of  life,  living,  6.  iv  άγορα, 
Ar.  Nub.  1058  :  stay,  residence. — II.  in 
bad  sense,  a  waste  of  time,  loss  of  time, 
delay,  with  or  without  χρόνου,  Thuc. 
3,  38 ;  5,  82  :  hence  διατριβην  πότφ 
ποίίΐν,  to  prolong  it,  Alex.  Τίτθ.  1. ' 
Αιατριβικός,  ή,  όν,  {διατριβή)  nood 
at  όιατριβαί,  scholastic,  Polyb.  Exc. 
Mai.  p.  395. 

Αιατρίβω,  f.  -ψω,  (,δίά,  τρίβω)  to 
rub  between  or  against,  rub  away,  con- 
stime,  II.  11,  847:  usu.  προς  τι:  to 
waste,  destroy,  Od.  2,  265,  Theogn. 
917  ;  hence  in  pass.,  κάκιστα  διατρι- 
βηναί,  to  perish  utterly,  Wess.  Hdt.  7, 
120. — II.  metaph.  δ.  χρόνον,  Lat.  con- 
terere  tempus,  to  spend  time,  Hdt.  1, 
189,  τταρύ  Tivi,  Id.  1,  24,  etc.  ;  so  too 
δ.  βίον,  Lat.  terere  vitam,  both  in  good 
and  bad  sense.  —  2.  but  more  freq. 
sine  χρόνον,  as  if  absol.,  to  spend, 
pass  time,  live,  ev  γνμνασίοις,  Ar.  Nub. 
1002,μετ'  αλλήλων,  Plat.,  etc. :  hence 
— 3.  to  busy,  employ  one^s  self,  εν  ζη- 
τήσει, Plat.  Apol.  29  C,  etc. ;  έ-ί  τι- 
VI,  Dem.  22,  25 ;  περί  τι,  Isocr.  1  C, 
etc. — 4.  to  lose  time,  delay,  II.  19,  150, 
Ar.  Eq.  515,  etc.:  c.  part.,  λέγων  δ., 
to  waste  time  in  speaking,  Isocr.  34  A  ; 
μέλ7ιων  διατέτριφα  δεϋρο,  I  have  been 
always  dilatory  till  now,  Plat.  Theaet. 
143  A. — 5.  to  maintain  a  discussion, 
Heind.  Plat.  Phaed.  59  D.— III.  with 
another  ace,  to  put  off,  delay,  thwart, 
hinder,  χόλον,  γάμον,  II.  4,  42,  Od.  20, 
341 :  c.  dupl.  ace.  pers.  et  rei,  διατρί- 
βειν  'Αχαιούς  γάμον,  to  detain  the 
Greeks  by  a  wedding,  Od.  2,  204  : 
also  c.  gen.  rei,////  διατρίβωμεν  όδοΐο, 
let  us  not  lose  time  on  the  way,  Od.  2, 
404.  [i,  except  in  διετρίβην.]  Hence 
Αιάτριμμα,  ατός,  το,  μηρών,  a  raw 
or  sore  from  the  skin  being  rubbed  off, 
in  riding,  etc.,  Lat.  intertrigo. 

Αιατριπτικός,  ?/,  όν,  (διατρίβω)  fit 
for  rubbing,  dilatory,  Ar.  Lys.  943. 

Αιάτριτος,  ov,  (διά,  τρίτος)  return- 
ing every  third  day,  tertian,  Galen. 

Αιύτρΐχα,  adv. ^  τρίχα,  in  three  di- 
visions, three  ways,  Horn.,  though  Wolf 
writes  διά  τρίχα,  except.  Η.  Horn. 
Cer.  86. 

Αιατροπή,  ης,  ή,  (διατρέπω)  a  turn- 
ing away,  change  of  sentiment :  hence 
confusion  of  mind,  agitatioii,  Polyb. 

Αιάτροπος,  ov,  {διά,  τρόπος)  vari- 
ous in  dispositions,  τρόποις,  Eur.  L  A. 
5G0. 

Αιατροφή,  ης,  ή,  {διατρέφω)  suste- 
nance, support,  Xen.  Vect.  4, 49. 

Αιατροχύζω,  f.  -άσω,  of  a  horse,  to 
trot,  Xen.  Eq.  7,  11. 

Αιατρνγιος,  ov,  {διά,  τρνγη)  άρχοι, 
Od.  24,  342,  ace.  to  some,  rows  of 
vines  with  corn  between  them,  others, 
better,  vineyards  planted  with  vines 
ripening  in  succession,  one  after  the 
other,  cf.  Od.  7,  124,  sq.  [v] 

Αιατρϋπάω,  ω,  {διά,  τρυπάω)  to 
bore  through,  pierce,  Arist.  H.  A. 

Αιατρϋφάω,  ω,  strengthd.  for  τρν- 
φάω,  Plat.  Legg.  695  C. 

Αιατρϋφέν,  neut.  part.  aor.  2  pass, 
from  διαθρύπτω,  II. 

Αιατρώγω,  f.  -τρώξομαι,  aor.  διέ- 
τρΰγον,  {διά,  τρώγω)  to  nibble,  gnaw 
through,  Ar.  Vesp.  164,  368,  elc. 

Αιαττάω,  ώ,  Att.  for  διασσάω,  to 
sift  through,  Plat.  Soph.  226  B,  etc., 
of.  Ruhnk.  Tim.    Hence 

Αιάττησις,  εως,  ή,  a  sifting  through, 
Plut. 

Αίαττος,  ov,  6,  a  sieve,  v.  Ruhnk. 
Tim. 

Αιάττω  or  διάττω,  fut.  διάξω,  Att. 
for  όιφσσω,  διαΐσσω,  q.  v. 


ΔΙΑΦ 

Αιατνπόω,ώ,(διύ,τνπόω)  to  form, 
mould,  fashion,  Diod.  :  in  late  authors, 
to  form  a  plan,  meditate  a  thing,  c.  aut 
sine  λογισμω.     Hence 

Αιατνπωϋΐς,  εως,  ή,  a  shaping,  form- 
ation, shape,  Arist.  H.  A. — II.  α  stat- 
ute, canon,  etc.,  Eccl.  [ϋ] 

Αιατνπωτέον,  verb.  adj.  from  δια- 
τνπόω,  one  must  form,  Dion.  H. 

Αιατωθάζω,  strengthd.  for  τωθάζω, 
to  sneer  at,  Alciphr. 

Αιανγύζω,  {διά,  αΰγάζω)  to  glance, 
shine  through,  τινί,  Plut.  :  esp.  διαυ- 
γάζει,  sub.  ήλιος  or  ήμερα,  day  dautts, 
άμα  τώ  διανγάζειν,  rolyb.     Hence 

Αιαυγασμός,  οϋ,  ό,  splendour  burst- 
ing forth,  Plut. 

Αιαύγεια,  ας,  ?7,=foreg.,  Themist. 
— II.  α  hole  to  adjnit  light.  Diod. 

Αιανγέω,^=διανγάζω,  Plut. 

Αιαυγής,  ές,  {διά,  αυγή)  translucent, 
transparent,  radiant,  Call.  Lav.  Pall.  21, 
Anth.,  and  freq.  in  late  prose.  Hence 

Αιαυγία,  ας,  ή,=^διαύγεια. 

Αιανγιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  διαύ- 
γεια II. 

Αιανθαίρετος,  ον,  {δι'  αντοϋ,  α'ιρέ- 
ομαι)  chosen  for  its  self. 

Αιαυθεντέω,  {διά,  αϋθέντης)  to  be 
certainly  informed,  Sext.  Emp. 

Αιαν?ιειον  or  διαύ?ιΐον,  ov,  τό,  {διά, 
αυλός)  an  air  on  the  flute  in  the  interval 
of  the  choral  sorig. 

Αιαυλοδρομέω,ώ^οΓαη  the  δίαυλος; 
return  to  the  starting-point,  Arist.  Gen. 
An. :  and 

Αιανλοδράμης,  ov,  ό,  a  runner  in  the 
δίαυλος,  Pmd.  P.  10,  14:  and 

Αιανλοόρομία,  ας,  ή,  a  running  for- 
wards and  backwards  :   from 

Αιαυ'λοδρόμος,  ου.  {δίαυ?.ος,  δρα- 
μειν)  running  the  δίαυλος,  Artemid. 

Δί'αυλοζ•,  ου,  ό.  {δίς,  αν'λός)  α  double 
pipe  or  channel :  hence  in  the  race,  a 
double  course,  where  the  runner  (δι- 
αν/Λίδρόμος)  ran  to  the  farthest  point 
of  the  στάδιον.  turned  the  post  there 
(κααπτήρ),  and  then  ran  back  again. 
Soph.  El.  691,  Eur.  El.  825:  hence 
metaph.,  διαύλου  θάτερον  κώλον  κύ- 
μπτειν  to  run  the  backward  course, 
retrace  one's  steps,  Aesch.  Ag.  344, 
ubi.  V.  Blomf. :  δίαυ7.οι  κυμάτων,  ebb 
aiid.  flow,  rise  and  fall  of  the  waves, 
Lat.  fluctus  reciproci,  Eur.  Hec.  29. 
—II.  a  strait,  Eur.  Tro.  435.— III.  a 
breathing  hole,  0pp.,  cf.  αυλών. 

Αιαυ7•.ωνια,  ας,  ή,  {διά,  αν?\.ών)  α 
strait :  hence 

Αιαυ?.ωνίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  to  pass  through 
a  strait,  Arist.  Meteor. 

Αιανχενίζομαι,  f.  -iaouai,  (διά,  αΰ• 
χενίζω)  dep.  mid.,  to  hold  the  neck 
erect. 

Αιανχένιος,  ov,  {διά,  ανχήν)  run- 
ning throughout  the  neck,  μνελός,  Plat. 
Tim.  73  E. 

Αιαφΰγεΐν,  inf.  aor.  2  of  διεσθίω, 
to  eat,  bite,  gnaw  through,  Hdt.  3,  109. 

Αιαφάδην,  and  διαφάνδην,  adv., 
openly  :  from 

Αιαφαίνω,  f.  -φάνω,  {διά,  φαίνω) 
to  show  through,  make  to  shine  through. 
Pass,  διαφαίνομαι,  to  be  seen,  appear, 
or  shown  through,  II.  8,  491,  Hdt.  3, 
24  :  to  glow,  to  be  red-hot,  μοχ?ώς  διε- 
φαίνετο  αίνώς,  Od.  9,  379 :  metaph. 
to  be  proved,  show  itself,  Pind.  N.  3, 
123,  cf.  Thuc.  2,  51  :  to  be  conspicuous 
among  others,  Thuc.  1.  18. — II.  seem- 
ingly intr.,  to  show  light,  daum,  ήμερα, 
ήως  διέφαινε,  Hdt.  7,  219  ;  8,  83  :  so 
too  metaph..  Xen.  Mem.  3,  10,  5.-2. 
to  be  transparent,  Pind.  P.  3,  78. 

Αιαφαιρέω.ώ,{όιά,ΰφαιρέω)  to  take 
quite  away,  LXX. 

Αιαφάνεια,  ας,  ή,^διάφησις,  trans- 
parency, Plat.  Phaed.  110  D. 


ΔΙΑΦ 

Αιαφΰνής,  ές,  (διαφαίνω)  seen 
through,  transparent,  ύαλος,  Ar.  Nub. 
767  ;  cf.  Fotis.  Oec.  Hipp. — 2.  glowing, 
red-hot,  Hdt.  4,  73,  75. — II.  metaph., 
well-known,  manifest.  Soph.  O.  T.  754. 
— 2.  famous,  illustrious.  Plat.  Rep.  600 
B.     Adv.  -νώς,  Thuc.  2,  65. 

Αιαφανία,   ας,  ή,  and   διάφανσις, 
εως.  ή,=δίάφασίς. 
\Αιαφανώς,  adv.  from  διαφανής. 

Αιαφαρμΰκεύω,  {διά,  φαρμακεύώ) 
to  give  medicine  to,  τινά,  Plut. 

Αιάφάσις  εως,  ή,  (διαφαίνω)  trans- 
parency, as,  giving  aview  through,  opp. 
to  εμφασις,  Theophr. 

Αιαφαυλίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (διά,  φαυ?ιίζω) 
to  represent  as  thoroughly  worthless. 
Plat.  Legg.  804  B. 

Αιαφανσκω,  Ion.  -φώσκω,  (διά,  φαν- 
σκω)  to  show  light  through,  be  clear, 
dawn,  αμ'  ήμέρτ)  διαφωσκούστ),  as  soon 
as  day  began  to  dawn,  Hdt.  3,  86 ;  9, 
45,  cf.  διαυγάζω. 

Αιαφεγγής,  ές,  (διά,  φέγγος)  trans- 
pareiit,  brilliant,  Luc. 

Αιαφερόντως,  adv.  part.  pres.  act. 
from  διαφέρω,  differently  from,  other- 
wise than,  at  odds  with,  riVi  foil,  by  ή. 
Plat.  Rep.  538  B,  etc. :  esp.— 2.  dif- 
ferently from  others,  especially,  extreme- 
ly, Thuc.  1,  38  :  c.  gen.,  διαφερόντως 
των  άλλων,  above  all  others.  Plat. 
Crito  52  B. 

Αιαφέρω,  fut.  διοίσω  and  διοίσομαι, 
Η.  Hom.  Merc.  255  :  aor.  ί,διήνεγκα. 
Ion.  διήνεικα  :  aor.  2,  διήνεγκον,  {διά, 
φέρω)  to  bear  through,  carry  over  or 
across,  carry  from  one  to  another,  convey, 
e.  g.  κηρύγματα,  Eur.  Snpp.  382: 
γλύσσαν  δ.,  to  put  the  tongue  in  mo- 
tion, to  articulate.  Soph.  Tr.  323, 
where  however  Herm.  takes  it  other- 
wise.— 2.  to  carry  different  ways,  to 
carry  about,  Lat.  diffcrre :  hence  to 
tear  a.sunder,  tear  in  pieces,  Valck.  Hdt. 
7,  10,  8  ;  Aesch.  Cho.  68  :  also  διαφε- 
ρειν  τήν  ψήφον,  to  give  their  votes  a 
different  way,  i.  e.  against  one,  Hut. 
4,  138  :  but  also  to  vote  one  way  or  the 
other,  to  determine  by  vote,  Eur.  Or.  49  : 
metaph.  to  disperse,  spread,  esp.  re- 
ports, διαφ.  τινά,  to  spread  a  man's 
fame  abroad,  Pind.  P.  11,  91  ;  hence 
in  pass,  to  be  carried  0Γ  tost  dffcrent 
ways,  hither  and  thither,  to  be  driven  up 
and  down,  Lat.  hue  illuc  jaclari,  o[ per- 
sons and  things,  Strab.,  Plut. :  so 
Herm.  interprets  mid.  in  Soph.  Aj. 
51 1 ,  v.  inf.  3. — 3.  to  carry  through, 
bring  to  an  end,  bring  to  perfection,  Xen. 
Mem.  2,  2,  5:  δ.  βίαύ,  αιώνα,  Lat. 
peragere  vitam,  to  go  through  life,  Hdt. 
3.40,  Eur.  Hel.  10:  and  very  freq. 
without /3iOy,  asifintrans.  to  live,  last, 
Hipp.,  to  continue  through  life,  so  too 
in  mid.  to  live,  Soph.  Aj.  511.  but  v. 
Herm. :  hence — 4.  to  bear  through,  en- 
dure, support,  sustain,  Lat.  perferre, 
oft.  with  an  adv.  βάστα  or  χαλεπώς, 
Lat.  facillime,  graviter  ferre.  Soph.  O. 
T.  321  :  to  bear,  endure  throughout,  to 
the  end,  πόλεμον,  Hdt.  1,  25. — 5.  ερά- 
νους διαφέρειν,—δια?ύσασθαι,  ίο  pay 
them  up,  Lycurg.  150,  38,  cf  έρανος. 
— II.  intr.  to  differ,  to  be  different  from, 
c.  gen.,  Eur.  Or.  251,  etc.  :  to  make  a 
difference,  Lat.  differre,  up'  o'l  τεκόντες 
διαφέρονσιν  ή  τροφαί ;  is  it  one's  pa- 
rents or  nurture  that  make  the  differ- 
ence? Eur.  Hec.  599. — 2.  mostly  im- 
pers.  διαφέρει,  it  makes  a  difference  : 
πλείστον  ο.,  Lat.  multum  interest, 
Hipp. :  ονδέν  διαφέρει,  ov  διαφέρει, 
it  makes  no  odds,  Lat.  nihil  refert.  Plat., 
etc. :  c.  dat.  pers.  διαφέρει  μοι,  it 
makes  a  difference  to  me  ;  αντώ  Ίδίφ 
τι  δ-,  he  has  some  private  intere.<tt  at 
stake,  Thuc.  3,  42 :  c.  inf.,  άττοΟανέ- 
345 


ΔΙλΦ 

EtVy  Hdt.  1,  85. — 3.  Tu  διαφέροντα, 
points  of  difference,  Thuc.  :  but  esp. : 
the  odds,  the  difference,  Lys.  187,  13, 
isae.  47,  35. — 4.  to  be  different  from  a 
mail,  to  surpass,  excel  hiin,  τινός,  c. 
inf.,  Thuc.  3.  39,  τίνος  εις  άρετήν, 
Plat.  Αμοΐ.  35  Β,  τινός  τινι,  Thuc.  2, 
39,  τινός  εν  τινι,  Isocr.  34  Ε  :  absol. 
to  excel,  surpass,  ί~ί  τινι.,  Isocr.  210 
C  :  hence  to  prevail,  become  common, 
Thuc.  3,  83.  B.  in  pass,  όιαφέρεσ- 
θαι,  nuich  like  the  intrans.  usage,  to 
differ  from,  differ  in  opinion,  be  at  va- 
riance with,  quarrel,  in  iut.  mid.  όιοί- 
σομαι,  Η.  Hoin.  Merc.  255,  to  be  at 
variance  with  one  another,  dispute :  πε- 
ρί Τίνος,  Hdt.  1,  173,  τινός,  rii^t,  and 
Τϊ'ρός  Tiva,  Plat.  :  also  διαφέρεσθαι 
γνύμτι,  Hdt.  7,220:  o'l  όιαφερόμενοι 
σφίσιν  αΰτοΐς,  those  who  are  at  vari- 
ance with,  i.  6.  contradict  themselves, 
Antipho:  foil,  by  ώς,  to  differ  from 
another  in  asserting,  that,  and  so,  to 
maintain  that,  Dem.  1296,24  :  ονόιαφ., 
I  care  not,  it  is  a  matter  of  indifference 
to  me.  Id.  112,  fin.:  cf.  supra  II.  2. 
The  word  is  not  in  II.  or  Od. 

Αιαφενγυ,  f.  -ξομαι,  {διά,  φεύγω) 
to  flee  through,  s,et  away,  escape,  absol., 
or  c.  acc,  Hdt.  1,  10,  204,  etc.,  and 
Att.  :  also  δ.  εκ  πόνων  εις  αγαθά. 
Plat.  Legg.  815  Ε  :  διαττέφενγέ  με,  it 
slipped  me,  escaped  my  memory,  Lat. 
fugit  me,  Isocr.  80  B,  cf.  Plat.  Meno 
9GE. 

Αιαφενκτικός,  ή,  όν,  (διαφεύγω) 
able  to  escape,  Luc. 

Αιάφενξις,  εως,  ή.  an  escaping, 
means  of  escape,  Thuc.  3.  23. 

Αιαφημίζω.  f.  -ίσω,  poet,  -ίξω,  {διύ, 
φημ.ί^ω)  to  make  known,  make  famous, 
Arat. :  also  in  mid.  Dion.  P. 

ΐΑιαφθαρέομαι,  Ion.  fut.  mid.  of  δια- 
φθείρω, Hdt.  8,  108. 

Αιαφθαρτικός,  ή,  όν,  destructive: 
from 

Αίαφβείρω,ί.-φθερώ  and  Ερ.-φθέρ- 
σω.  II.  13,  625;  2  pert',  intr.  δίέφθορα, 
II.  15,  128,  perf  pass,  διεφθαρμαι,  2 
aor.  pass,  διεφθύρην,  Hdt.  [διά,  φθεί- 
ρω) To  destroy  utterly ,  bring  to  noth- 
ing, to  blot  out,  11.,  Hdt..  and  Att. :  to 
make  away  with,  kill.  Hdt.  9.  88,  etc.  : 
in  genl.  to  spoil,  harm,  make  worse  in 
any  way,  δ.  γέρα,  to  weaken,  slacken 
one's  hand,  Eur.  Med.  1055  :  (5.  βίον, 
to  waste  one's  substance,  etc. — 2.  in 
moral  sense,  to  lead  astray,  corrupt, 
ruin,  γρώιιιιν  τινός,  Aesch.  Ag.  932  ; 
6.  τηνς  νέους.  Plat.  Apol.  25  A,  30  B, 
etc. ;  esp.  to  corrupt  by  bribes,  Lat.  cor- 
rumpere,  Hdt.  5,  51  :  δ.  γυναίκα,  to 
seduce  a  woman.  Lys.  93,  16,  etc.  :  δ. 
γραμματέων,  νόμους,  to  falsify,  coun- 
terfeit Ihein,  oft.  in  Isocr. — 3.  ουδέν 
διαφβείρας  τον  χρώματος,  to  lose 
nothing  of  one's  colour,  Plat.  Phaed. 
117  B.  B.  pass.,  c.  fut.  pass,  δια- 
φθαρήσοααι,  and  mid,  διαφβηρονααι. 
Ion.  διαφθαρέομαι.  Hdt.  8.  108  :  9',  42, 
V.  Baehr  ad  loc. :  (on  the  svipposed 
aor.  2  mid.  διαφθαρέατο,  in  Hdt.  8, 
90,  V.  Buttm.  Catal.  voc.  φθείρω.) 
To  be  destroyed,  go  to  ndn,  perish :  esp. 
to  be  crippled,  disabled,  infirm,  Hdt.  1 , 
34,  106,  etc. :  r;/v  uKor/v  διεφθαρμέ- 
νος, deaf,  Hdt.  1,  38:  r«  σκέ?.εα  δ. 
with  their  legs  broken.  Id.  8,  28  :  in 
moral  sense,  to  be  corrupt,  N.  T. :  διε- 
φθαριιένος,  rotten,  corrupt.  Plat.  Rep. 
614  β  :  TO  φρεΊ'ών  διαφθαρέν=^φρει<ο- 
3λ(Ί3εια,  Eur.  Or.  297^—11.  The  perf 
δίέφθορα,  is  intr.,  to  be  deranged,  mad, 
U.  15,  128  :  also  to  be  dead,  διεφθορος 
αίμα,  pu.tridh\Qm\,  Hipp.  :  but  in  Att. 
poets  also  transit.,  as  Soph.  El.  306, 
Ar.  Fr.  418,  cf  Valck.  Hipp.  1014, 
Plat.  Phaed.  117  B. 
346 


ΔΙΑΦ 

^Αιαφθέρσει,  3  sing.  fut.  ind.  o(  δια-  i 
φθείρω,  ll. 

Ααιφθονέω,  ώ,{διά,φθονέω)  to  envy, 
TLvi,  LXX. 

Αιαφθορά,  ΰς,  ή,  (διαφθείρω)  cor- 
ruption, ruin,  destruction, death,  έτΰ  δια- 
φυορ?)  δίέστειλε,  Hdt.  4,  164;  δ.  μορ- 
φής, Aesch.  Pr.  643,  πόλεως,  Thuc. 
8,  86  ;  (5.  φρενών,  7Hadness.-~-2.  in  mor- 
al sense,  corruption,  seduction,  των 
νέων,  Xen.  Apol.  19  ;  κριτών,  bribery, 
Arist.  Rhet. — 3.  abortion.  Hipp. — 4. 
ίχθνσιν  διαφθ.  a  prey  for  fishes,  of  a 
corpse,  like  αρπαγή,  Soph.  Aj.  1297. 
Hence 

Αιαώθορεύς.  έως,  ό,  a  corrupter,  se- 
ducer, Valck.  Hipp.  682. 

Αιαφίημι,  L  -ήσω,  {διά,  αφίημι)  to 
dismiss,  disband,  Xen.  Hell.  3,  2,  24, 
etc.  [On  quantity,  v.  άφίημι.'] 

Αιαφιλονεικέω,  ώ,{διά,  φιλονεικέω) 
to  dispute  earnestly,  Arist.  Org. 

Αίαφΐλοτϊμέομαι,  {διά,  φΛοτιμέ- 
ομαι)  dep.,  to  strive  emulously,  The- 
ophr. :  to  rival  one,  τινι.  Pint. 

Αιαφ?ι.έγω,  f.  -^ω,  {διά,  φλέγω)  to 
burn  through,  conjiume,  LXX. 

Αιαφοιβάζω,  f.  -άσω,  {διά,  φοιβά- 
Cu)or' 

Αιαφοιβάω,  ώ,  to  drive  mad.  Pass. 
to  rave.  Soph.  Aj.  332. 

Αιαφοινίσσω,  strengthd.  for  φοινί- 
σσω,  Hipp. 

Αιαφοιτάω.  ώ,  Ion.  -τέω,  f.  -ήσω, 
{διά,  φηιτάω)  to  ivandcr  abroad,  rim 
about,  Hdt.  I,  60,  186:  also  δια  της 
χώρας  δ.,  Ar.  Αν.  557 :  also  to  get 
abroad,  as  a  report,  Plut. 

Αιοφορά,  άς,  ή,  (διαφέρω)  difference, 
distinction,  Thuc.  3,  10,  etc. — 2.  differ- 
ence, variance,  disagreement,  Hdt.  1,1: 
also  in  plur.,  τας  διαφοράς  διαιρέειν, 
καταλαμβάνειν,  to  settle  differences, 
Hdt.  4.  23 ;  7,  9,  2,  and  so  Thuc— 
II.  distinction,  superiority,  excellence. 
Plat.  Tim.  23  A:  hence-IH.  advan- 
tage, interest,  profit,  and  so — 2.  money, 
V.  διαφέρω  II.,  διάφορος  III. 

Αιαφορέί,}.^ διαφέρω,  to  drag  about, 
spread,  Od.  19,  333  :  to  drag  or  tear 
away,  carry  off,  plunder,  Hdt.  1,  88,  to 
ravage,  Dem.  442,  25,  in  pass. :  also 
to  tear  asunder,  rend  in  pieces,  destroy, 
Hdt.  7.  10,  8,  Eur.  Bacch.  739,  Ar. 
Av.  338.  etc. :  /o  disperse  tumours,  etc.. 
Gal. — II.  =  διαφέρω  I.  1,  to  carry 
through  or  across,  from  one  place  to 
another,  ill  Pass.,  Trpofodof  άττο  ξνμμά- 
χων  δ..  Thuc.  6,  91.— III.  a  sense  pe- 
culiar to  this  form  is  to  throw  off  by 
per.<piration,  derivf'd  from  the  passage 
of  food  through  the  body,  Gal.  :  hence 
διαφορητικός.     Hence 

Αιαφόρτ/μα,  ατός,  τό,  a  thing  divi- 
ded, torn  to  pieces,  scattered,  LXX. 

Αιαφόρησις,  εως,  ή,  {διηφορέω)  a 
division,  plundering,  Plut.— Π.  perspi- 
ration. Gal. —HI.  perplexity,  Plut. 

Αιαφορητικός,  ή,  όν,  {διαφορέω) 
promoting  perspiration,  diaphoretic.  Gal. 

Αιαφορία,  ας,ή, ^διαφορά.  Dion.  Η. 

Αιάφορος.  ον,  {διαφέρω)  different, 
separate,  unlike.  Hdt.  2,  83  ;  4,  81.-2. 
differing  or  disagreeing  with  another, 
Tivi,  Eur.  Med.  579  :  esp.  in  hostile 
sense,  at  variance  with,  Hdt.  5,  75, 
etc.  :  hence  c.  gen.,  δ.  τινός,  one's 
adversary,  Dem.  849,  10. — II.  distin- 
guished, superior,  excellent,  Antiph. 
Όμοπατρ.  1.  :  hence — 2.  making  a 
difference  to  one,  advantageous,  prnfita- 
bie,  important,  δ.  έτερον μά7-.7.ον,  Thuc. 
4,  3. — II.  as  subst.,  το  διάφορον,  has 
every  signf.  of  διαφορά, — 1 .  difference, 
Hdt.  2,  7  :  disagreement,  Thuc.  2,  37, 
in  plur. — 2.  interest,  advantage,  Hipp. 
— 3.  expe^ise,  Theophr.  Char.  10.— 4. 
profit,  moTiey,  Polyb. — IV.  adv.  -ρως, 


ΑΙΑΦ 

■with  a  difference,  variously,  Thuc.  6,  IS. 
— 2.  excellently,  Dem.  761,  26.  Hence 
Αιαφοροτης,  τ/τος,  y,  difference,  va- 
riety, ireq.  in  Plat. 

Αιύφμαγμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  partition 
wall.  Thuc.  1 .  133.— II.  the  muscle  which 
divides  the  thorax  from  the  stomach,  the 
midriff.  Gal.,  called  in  older  Greek 
φρένες.  Plat.  Tim.  70  A  :  from 

Αιαφράγννμι,  f.  -φράξω,  {διά,  φρύ• 
γννμΐ)  Ιο  divide  by  a  hedge  QT partition, 
fortify,  bar,  Plut. 

Αιαφράδής,  ές,  distinct,  of  sound. 
Adv.  -έως,  Hipp.:  from 

Αιαφράζω,  {διά,  φράζω)  to  tell,  point 
mit  distinctly,  τινί  τι,  ί1.  18,  9,  Od.  6, 
47,  and  later  Ep.,  always  in  Ep.  aor. 
διεπέφραδον. 

Αιαφρύσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  ί.-ξω,=δια- 
φράγννμι,  Hdn. 

Αιαφρέω,  f.  -φρήσω,  Ar.  Αν.  194, 
Thuc.  7,  32,  {διά,  φρέω)  to  let  through, 
let  out.  (The  root  is  only  found  in 
compos,  with  διά,  ε'ις,  έκ.) 

Αιαφρίσσω,  strengthd.  for  φρίσσω. 

Αιαφροντίζω,  (■  -ίσω  Att. -ϊώ,  {διά 
φροντίζω)  to  meditate  on,  attend  to,  τί, 
Hipp.  ;  to  think  out,  to  devise,  invent, 
TO  δράμα,  Ael. :  absol.,  Epicr.  Incert. 
1 ,  22  :   tt  lake  care  of,  τινός,  Arist.  Pol. 

Αίαφρος,  or,  {διά,  αφρός)  all  foamy, 
Galen. 

Αιαφρονρέω,  ώ,  {διά,  φρονρέω)  to 
keep  one's  post:  metaph.,  διαπεφρού- 
ρηται  βίος,  Aesch.  Er.  247. 

Αιαφνάς,  άδος,  ή,=^διαφν'ή,  v.  1. 
Diod. 

Αιαφυγγάνω,=  διαφεύγω,  Thuc.  7, 
44. 

Αιαφΰγή,ής,  η,  {διαφεύγω,)  arefuge, 
means  of  escape,  τινός,  from  a  thing, 
Plat.  Prot.  321  A. 

Αιαφύή,  ΐ]ς,  ή,  {διαφνω)  any  natural 
partition  or  break,  as  the  knees  or  joints 
in  grasses,  the  joitits  in  bodies,  Plat. 
Phaed.  98  C  :  α  cleft,  divi.'iion,  as  in 
nuts,  Xen.  An.  5,  4,  29. — II.  a  layer 
of  something  running  through  another, 
a  stratum  ori'em  of  earth,  Stone,  metal, 
Theophr. 

Αιαφνλακτέος,  έα,  έον,  verb.  adj. 
from  (5ίαώΐ)λάσσω,  to  be  ivatched,  pre- 
served. Xen.  Cyr.  5,  3,  43. 

Αιαφνλακτικός,  ή,  όν,  fit  for  watch- 
ing, preserving,  Def  Plat.  412  A  :  from 

Αιαφνλάσσω,  -ττω,  f  -ξω.  {διά  φν- 
?Μσσω)  to  watch  carefully ,  preserve,  de- 
fend, Hdt.  2,  121,  1,  etc.  and  Aft. 

Αιάφνξις,  εως,  ή,=^διάώ«νξις,  Plut. 

Αιαφνράω,  ώ,  f.  -άσω,  {διά,  φνράω,) 
to  knead  together,  [ασω] 

Αιαφνσάω,  ώ,  {διά,  φυσάω)  to  blow 
or  breathe  through,  Luc. — II.  to  blow 
away.  Pass,  to  be  scattered  to  the  winds, 
vanish  away,  Plat.  Phaed.  77  D,  80  D. 
Hence 

Αιαφνσησις,  εως, ή,  a  blowing  through 
or  away  :  evaporation  from  the  body, 
Arist.  Probl.  [f.] 

^Αιαφνσΐκενομαι.  {διά,  φνσικεύομαι) 
to  enquire  into  the  nature  of  things, 
Jul.  ap.  Gal. 

Αίάφνσις,  εως,  ή,  {διαφύω)  a  grow- 
ing through,  bursting  of  the  bud.— II.  =i 
διαφνή,  Hipp. 

Αιαφύσσω,  f.  -ξω,  aor.  διήφϋσα, 
Od.,  {διά,  άφνσσω)  ίο  draw  out,  draia 
off,  as  liquids,  Od.  16,  110,  with 
collat.  notion  of  waste  :  but,  πο7.λόν, 
{συς)  διήφυσε  σαρκός  δδόντι,  he  tore 
asunder,  ripped  up  much  flesh  with  his 
tusk,  Od.  19,  450,  cf  II.  13,  508,  and 
V.  άφύσσω. 

Αιαφντεύω,  {διά,  φυτεύω)  to  set  out 
at  regular  intervals,  to  plant  in  order, 
Ar.  Fr.  162. 

Aιaφvω,ihe  pres.used  only  in  pass 
διαφύομαι,  {διά,  φύω)  to  grow  through, 


ΔΙΑΧ 

bt^ieen,  or  across,  Theophr. — 2.  to  be 
scattered,  disperse,  Emped.  38. — B.  in 
same  signf.  we  have  intr.  aor.  όιέφϋν, 
χρόνος  όιέφν,  Lat.  tempiis  intercesstt, 
Hdt.  1,  61,  and  the  perl',  όιαπίονκα, 
Theophr. :  but  in  late  prose,  όιαττέ- 
φνκα,  to  be  groiLii  through  with,  closely 
connected  with,  τινός,  Plut.  [v,  except 
in  pres.  and  impf.] 

Αίαόωνίω,  ώ,  (,δίά,  φονέω)  to  sound 
apart,  to  be  dissonant,  differ  in  tune, 
voice,  opp.  to  σνμφωνέω.  Plat.  Gorg. 
482  Β  :  in  genl.,  to  disagree.  Id. 
Phaed.  101  D  :  όιαοωνη  τι  τών  χρη- 
μάτων, the  accounts  disagree,  are  not 
balanced,  Polyb.  :  6.  τινί,  to  disagree 
with  one  :  to  be  incnngruous.  opposed  to, 
άλλή/.οις,  Arist.  Pol.  Pass,  όιαφωνεΐ- 
rai,  It  is  disputed,  Dion.  H. — II.  to 
breathe  one's  last,  die,  LXX.  :  to  perish, 
be  lost,  Diod.     Hence 

Αιαφώνησις,  εως,  ή, ^διαφωνία. 

Δίαόωνητικός,  ή.  όν,  [διά  φωνέω) 
inclined,  leading  to  disagreement. 

Αίαφωνία,  ας,  ή,  difference  in  sound 
or  voice,  discord  :  hence  difference,  op- 
position. Plat.  Legg.  689  A:  opp.  to 
ομοφωνία. 

Αιάφωνος,  ov,  (διά,  φωνή)  discor- 
dant, different,  Diod.     Adv.  -νως. 

Αιαόώσκω,  Ion.  for  διαφανσκω, 
which' IS  V.  1.  in  Hdt.  3,  86. 

Διαφωτίζω,  f.  -ίσω  Att.  -ϊω,  (διά, 
φωτίζω)  to  enlighten,  Plut. :  βία  δια- 
φωτίσαι  τόττον,  to  clear  a  place,  make 
room  by  force.  Id. 

Αιαχάζω,  (διά,  χάζω)  act.  only  in 
Xen.  An.  4,  8,  18,  Schn.  in  intr.  sign. 
to  draw  back,  to  recoil:  usu.  as  dep. 
mid.  διαχύζομαι.  f.  -ύσομαι,  to  draiv 
back,  separate  one's  self,  Xen.  Cyr.  7, 
1,  31  :  cf.  άναχάζω. 

Αιαχαίνω,  ί.  -χΰνώ.  {διύ,  χαίνω) 
to  gape  wide,  yawn,  Plut. 

Αιαχα/.ασις,  εως,  ή.  a  'disruption, 
disunion  of  the  bones  in  the  skull, 
etc.,  Hipp. ;  and 

Αιαχά/.ασμα.  ατός,  τό,  a  gap,  hia- 
tus, Dion.  H. :  from 

Αιαχΰ'/.άω.ώ,  f  -άσω,  {διά,  χα?Λω) 
to  loosen,  relax,  το  σώαα,  Epicr.  An- 
til.  2,  19  :  δ.  μέλαθρα,  to  open,  unbar, 
Eur.  I.  A.  1340. — II.  lo  make  supple  by 
exercise.  Xen.  Eq.  7,  11. — III.  intr.  to 
be  loosed,  relaxed,  Hipp. 

\Αιαχανεϊν,  2  aor.  inf  act.  from  δια- 
χαίνω. 

Αιαχάράσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  f.  -ξω,  (διά) 
χαράσσω)  to  cut  in  pieces,  divide,  Dion. 
H.  :   to  heiv  out,  carve,  engrave,  Plut. 

Αιαχαρίζομαι,  f.  -ίσομαι  Att.  -ΐοΰ- 
μαι,  {διά,  χαρίζομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  dis- 
tribute as  presents,  Diod. 

Αιαχάσκω,=  διαχαίνω,  Ar.  Eq.  533. 

Αιαχειμάζω,  i.  -άσω,  {διά,  χειμύζω) 
to  winter,  pass  the  winter,  Thuc.  7,  42. 

Αιαχειρίζω,  f.  -ίσω  Att.  -ϊώ,  {διά, 
χείρίζω)  to  have  in  hand,  conduct,  man- 
age. Plat.  Gorg.  520  B,  and  Xen.  :  so 
too  Mid.  in  Hipp.,  Polyb.,  etc. — II. 
in  Mid.  also,  to  lay  hands  on,  to  slay, 
Polyb.  and  N.  T.     Hence 

Αιαχείρισις,  εως,  ή.  management, 
administration,  Thuc.  1,  97. 

Αιαχειρισμός,  ov.  <5,=  foreg.,  Hipp. 

Αίαχειροτονέω  ώ,  {διύ,  χειροτο- 
νέω)  to  decide,  choose  between  two  per- 
sons or  things  by  show  of  hattds,  or 
in  genl.  by  open  vote,  Dem.  1 152,  9,  and 
so  in  Mid.,  Xen.  Hell.  1,  7,  34.  Pass. 
to  be  so  elected,  Plat.  Legg.  755  D  :  cf 
διαψηφίζομαι. — II.  later,  in  genl.  to 
choose,  elect,  Joseph.     Hence 

Αιαχειροτονία,    ας.  -η.    a    decision, 
ehoice  betueen  two  persons  or  things, 
δ.  ^τoιειv=ίoτeg.,   Dem.   707,  25  :  δ.  , 
διδόναι,  to  put  the  question  for  de- 
cision, Aesch.  59,  13.  1 


ΔΑΙΧ 

'  Αιαχέω,  f.  -χενσω,  Ep.  διαχενω, 
{δlά,χέω,)topour,  scatter  different  ways, 
Horn.,  only  m  3  plur.  aor.  Ep.  διέχεν- 
av.  of  the  cutting  up,  dismembering  a 
victmi,  II.  7,  310,  Od.  3,  456,  etc.— 

2.  to  pour  out,  dissolve  :  and  of  metals, 
to  soften,  melt :  also  to  disperse,  Hdt. 
2,1.50. — 3.  metdtiih.,  to  confound -u  3f- 

\  βον?.ενμένα,   Hdt.   8,   57.     B.  Pass. 

I  to  flow  through  or  out,  Hdt.  6,  119: 
to  be  melted,  Xen. — 2.  to  melt  aivay, 
perish,  fall  to  pieces,  of  a  corpse,  Hdt. 

3.  16:  to  be  dispersed,  of  humours, 
Hipp. — 3.  metaph.  to  be  melted  with 
delight,  much  pAeased,  Plat.  Symp.  206 
D,  and  Plut. :  also  διακεχνμένος τρυ- 
φΐ],  Lat.  diffluens  mnllitie. 

Αιαχ?.αινόω,  ώ,  strengthd.  ΐοτχ?.αί- 
νύω.  jNonn. 

Αιοχλενάζω.  strengthd.  ίοτ  χλευά- 
ζω. Dem.  1221,  26. 

Αιαχ7.ιαίνω,  f.  -ανώ,  strengthd.  for 
χ/.ιαίνω,  Hipp. 

Αιαχ/.ΐδάω.ώ,  strengthd.  for  x?.l- 
δύω.  part,  perf  διακε^\;/.ιδώς=διακε• 
χυμένος  τρνφ^,  Archipp.   Incert.  3. 

Αιάχ/.ωρος,  ov,  {διά  χ/.ωρός)  with 
a  shade  of  livid  green,  Phllo. 

Αιαχόω.  old  regul.  form  for  δια- 
χώνννμι,  only  found  in  Hdt.  8,  97,  in 
inf,  διαχονν  το  χώμα,  to  complete  the 
mound :  the  other  tenses  belong  to 
διαχώνννμι. 

Αιαχραομαι,  f.  -ήσομαι,  with  Dor. 
3  sing,  διαχρησείται,  Theocr.  15,  54, 
dep.  mid.  : — I.  c.  dat.  rei,  to  use  con- 
stantly or  habitually,  δ.  ονόματι, 
γ/.ώσση,  τρόττφ  ζωής,  etc.,  Hdt. : 
also,  like  Lat.  uti,  of  passive  states, 
to  meet  with,  suffer  under,  σνμοορή 
μεγά/.Tj,  ιιόρω,  όλέθρω,  Lat.  affici 
morte,'  Hat  — II.  c.  ace.  pers.,  to  use 
up,  destroy,  slay,  Hdt.  1,  24,  100,  etc., 
Thuc.  3,  36. 

Αιαχρέομαι  and  διαχρέωμαι,  Ion. 
for  διαχράομαι. 

^  Αιαχρησεΐται,  Dor.  3  sing.  fut.  mid. 
from  διαχράομαι. 

ίΑιάχρηστος,  ov,  strengthd.  for 
χρηστός.  Ljmc.  ap.  Ath.  109  D. 

Αιύχρισμα,  ατός,  τό,  an  unguent  or 
anointing.  Medic.  ;  and 

Αιάχριστος,  ov,  anointed,  Diosc. : 
from 

Αιαχρίω,  f  -ίσω,  {διύ.  χρίω)  to 
anoint,  besmear  all  over,  Hipp,   [j] 

Αιάχρϋσος,  ov,  {διά,  χρυσός)  inlaid 
or  interwoven  with  gold,  έσθήτες,  Polyb. 

Αιαχρώννυμι.ί.-χρώσω,{διύ,χρών- 
νΐ'μι)  to  paint,  daub  over. 

Αιάχϋλος,  ov,  {διά,  χν7.ός)  very 
juicy,  succulent,  Arist.  H.  A. 

Αιάχνσις,  εως,  ή,  {διαχέω)  a  pour- 
ing forth,  Plut.  :  a  spreading  abroad, 
wasting,  Theophr.  :  metaph.  relaxa- 
tion, enjoyment,  Plat.  Crat.  419  C. 
Hence 

Αιαχΰτικός,  ή,  όν,  able  to  dissolve, 
scatter.  Plat.  Tina.  60  Β  :  hence,  pro- 
digal. 

Αιαχύνννμι,  f.  -χώσω,:=  διαχόω, 
q.  V. — II.  to  separate  by  a  mound,  Strab. 

Aιaχωpέω.ώ,{διά,χωpέω)togoasun- 
der,  Arr. — II.  to  go  through,  δ''  ύδατος 
και  γής.  Plat.  Tim.  78  A :  c.  gen., 
Philostr. ;  to  pass  through,  as  excre- 
ment, Hipp. ;  hence  irnpers.,  κάτω 
διεχώρει  αντοϊς.  they  laboured  under 
diarrhoea.  Xen.  An.  4,  8.  20,  cf  Plat. 
Phaedr.  268  B. — 2.  of  coins,  to  pass, 
be  current,  Luc. — II.  C.  acc,  to  pass, 
eject,  Arist.  Part.  An.    Hence 

Αιαχώρημα,  ατός,  τό,  excrement, 
Strab. 

Αιαχώρησις,  εως,  ^,=  foreg.,  Hipp. 

Αιαχωρητικός,  ή,   όν,  (διαχωρέω) 
easy  ο)  digestion,  promotins  it,  Hipp. 
Αιαχωρίζω,  ί.  -ίσω  Att.-ϊώ,  perf.  pass. 


ΔΙΒΟ 

διακεχώρισμαι,  {διά,  χωρίζω)  to  srpa 
rate,  Xen.  Oec.  9,  7  :  in  mid.  to  sepa 
rate  one's  self,  to  withdraw.  Plat.  Tim 
59  C.     Hence 

Αιαχώμισις,  εως,  ή,  a  separation. 

Αιαχώρισμα,  ατός.  τό,  a  cleft,  inter 
val,  division,  Bast.  Greg.  p.  543. 

Αιαχωρισμός,  ov,  ό,=  διαχώρισις, 
Joseph. 

Αιαχωριστικός,  ή,  όν,  {διαχωρίζω) 
apt  to  divide  Of  separate. 

Αιάχωσις,  εως,  ή,  {διαχώνννμι)  the 
making  of  a  mound,  Diod. 

Αιαψαίρω,  {διύ,  ψαΐρω)  to  wipe 
thoroughly,  Valck.  Phoen.  1399.— II. 
to  blow  asunder,  blow  away,  7ϊλεκτύν7]ν 
κατϊνοϋ,  Ar.  Αν.  1717. 

ΑιαιΙ'ύ?.λω,  strengthd.  for  ψ«/./'.ω, 
Eupol.  Bapt.  1. 

Αιά-φα'/μα,  nsed  by  the  LXX.  in 
the  Psalms  for  the  Hebr.  Selah :  for 
its  various  interpretations,  v.  Suicer 
in  voc. 

Αια-φανω,  strengthened  for  φάνω, 
Plut.  \ 

Αιαψάω,  f.  -ήσω,  {διύ,  φάω)  to 
scratch  through. 

Αιαφέγω,  f.  -ξω,  strengthd.  for 
■ψέγω,  Plat.  Legg.  639  A. 

Αιαφεί'δω,  {διύ,  ψενδω)  to  deceive 
utterly,  Dem.  1482,  26 :  so  too  in 
mid.,  Andoc.  6.  38.  But  διηφενδομαι 
also  as  pass. ;  pf  διεφενσμαι :  aor. 
δαφεύσβην :  to  be  deceived,  mistaken, 
Isocr.  82  A. :  τινός,  in  a  person  or 
thing,  Xen.  Mem.  4,  2,  27,  Dem.  620, 
24.     Hence 

Αιύφενσις,  εως,  ή,  deceit,  Stob. 
Eel.  2,  220. 

Αια^Ι'ηλάφάω,  ώ,  {διύ,  φηλαφάω)  to 
handle  a  thing,  Lat.  pertrectare,  LXX. 

Αιαφηφίζομαι,  f.  -ίσομαι  Att.  -lov- 
μαι.  {διύ,  φηφίζομαι)  dep.  mid. :  to 
vote  in  order  with  ballots  {φήφοι,  calculi), 
to  give  one's  vote,  περί  τίνος,  Plat. 
Legg.  937  A.  —  II.  to  vote,  decide  by 
vote,  Lys.  175,  10.     Hence 

Αιαφήφισις,  εως,  ή,  a  putting  to  the 
vote,  collection  of  the  votes.  Plat.  Legg. 
958  A. — 2.  a  decision  by  ballot,  δ.  ττοιεΐν 
=foreg.,  Lys.  123.  18. 

Αιαφηφισμός,  ov,  o,^foreg.,  Ath. 

Αιαφηόιστός,  ή,  όν,  elected  by  vote, 
Arist.  Rhet.  Al. 

ΑιαφΙθνρίζω,  to  xchistle  or  hiss 
through. — II.  intr.  to  whisper  among 
themselves,  Polyb. 

Αιαφνκτικός,  ή,  όν,  a  cooling,  re- 
freshing. Hipp. ;  and 

Αιύφνξις,  εως,  ή,  a  cooling,  Plut.  : 
from 

Αιαφνχω,  f.  -ξω,  {διύ,  φνχω)  to  cool, 
refresh,  Hipp.  :  to  air,  to  ventitale,  dry 
and  clean,  ναϊς,  Thuc.  7,  12  ;  so  of 
misers  bringing  out  their  hoards, 
Xen.  Cyr.  8.  2,  21,  Theophr.,  etc.— 2. 
to  dry  up,  to  destroy,  Plut.  Lys.  23.  [f•] 

Αιύω,^=διύημι,  to  blow  through,  Od. 
5,  478  ;  19,  440.  [ΰ] 

Αίβΰμος.  ov,  {δις,  βήμα,  βαίνω) 
two-legged,    Eur.    Rhes.  215. 

Αίβΰόος,  ov,  {δις,  βύ~τω)  twice- 
dipped,  double-dyed,  esp.  of  purple 
cloth,  Horace's  lanae  bis  murice  tinctae: 
ή  δ.,  sub.  εσθής,  a  robe  of  the  rarest 
purple,  Cic.  Fam.  2,  16;  cf.  δεντε- 
ρονργός. 

Αιβολία,  ας,  ή,  {δις,  βάλ7.ω)=δί- 
βο/.ος  χ'/.αΐνα,  Plut.  —  II.  α  double- 
edged  lance,  halbert,  Ar.  Fr.  401. 

Αιβό?ιον,  ου,  ro,  =  foreg.  II.,  in 
Plut.  Mar.  25,  of  a  German  weapon 
perh.=the /ramea  of  Tacit.  Germ.  6. 
Αίβο7.ος,  ov,  {δίς,  βύ?.?.ω)  twice- 
throivn :  δ.  χ7.αΐνα,  a  garment  doubled, 
and  so  twice  thrown  over  the  body,  Lat. 
duplex  paenula.  —  II.  two-pointed  CM 
edged,  Eur.   Rhes.  374. 

347 


ΔΙΔΑ 

Αίβίίαχνς.  εια,  ν,  {δις,  βραχύς)  of 
two  short  syllables,  Gramm. 

Αίβρογος,  ov,  {όίς,  βρέχω)  twice 
toakcii  or  moistened.  Diosc. :  o.  ελαιον, 
oil  made  by  twice  pressing. 

Αίγάμέω.  ώ,  [όίγημος)  to  marry  a 
second  time,  Eccl.     Hence 

Αιγΰμία,  ας,  ή,  a  second  marriage, 
Eccl. 

Αίγαμμα,  TO,the  Digamma,\.  sub  Γ. 
^Αίγαμμον,  ro,=foreg. 

Αί}ΰμυς,  ov,  {όίς,  γαμέω)  married 
to  two  people,  adulterous,  Stesich.  74. 
— II.  married  a  second  time,  Eccl. 

Αιγενής,  ες,  (δις,  γένος)  of  double 
descent. — II.  of  doubtfid  sex. 

ΙΑίγηροι,  ων,  οι,  the  DigSri,  a  Thra- 
cian  nation,  Polyb.  13,  10,  8. 

Αίγληνος,  ov,  {δις,  γλήνη)  with  two 
eye-balls,  Theocr.  Ep.  6. 

Αίγ?ίνφος,  ov,  {δίς,  γ?~νφω)  with 
twofold  carving,  doubly  indented. 

Αίγλωσσος,  ov,  Att.  -ττος,  {δίς, 
γλώσσα)  spciiking  two  languages,  Lat. 
bilinguis,  Thuc.  8, 85,  cf.  4,  109 :  hence 
— 2.  as  subst.,  ό  δίγλ.,  an  interpreter. 
Pint.  — •  II.  double-tongued,  deceitful, 
LXX. 

Αίγνομος,  ov,  {δίς,  γνώμη)  doubt- 
ful, undecided. 

Αιγονία,  ας,  ή,  a  twin  birth  or  a  se- 
cond birth,  Arist.  Gen.  An. :  from 

Αίγονος.  ov,  {δίς,  *γένω)  twice-born, 
epith.  of  Bacchus,  Anth. — II.  tu-in ; 
and  so  in  genl.  double,  μάσθλ?ις  δ.. 
Soph.  Fr.  137  :  δ.  σώματα,  two  bodies, 
Eur.  El.  1178:  but  — III.  parox.  ol- 
γόνος,  ov,  act.  bearing  twice  or  twins. 

Αίγνος,  ov,  poet.,  also  δίγυως,  {δίς, 
γνα)  of  two  hides  of  land. 

Αίδαγμα,  ατός,  τό,  {διδάσκο})  that 
which  is  taught,  instruction,  Ar.  Nub. 
668. — Π.  a  thing  which  teaches,  means 
of  instruction,  Eur.  Bell.  13. 

Αιδακτέον,ΜβΛ.  adj.  from  διδάσκω, 
one  must  teach,  Plat.  Rep.  452  A. 

Αιδακτί/ριος,  ov,=sq.:  το  δι,δακτη- 
piov.  a  proof,  Hipp. 

Αιδακτίκός,  η,  όν,  {διδάσκω)  apt  to 
teach,  skilled  in  teaching,  N.  T. 

Αιδακτός,  η.  όν,  also  ος,  ov.  Plat. 
Eryx.  398  D  {διδάσκω) :— I.  of  things, 
taught,  learnt  :  that  can  be  taught  or 
learnt,  Pind.  N.  3,  71,  Plat.,  etc.— 2. 
that  ought  to  be  taught.  Soph.  Tr.  64. 
— II.  of  persons,  taught,  instructed, 
LXX.     Adv.  -τώς. 

Αίδακτρον.  ov,  τό,  in  plur.  the 
teacher's  fee,  Lat.  Minerval. 

ΑίδακτνλΐαΙος,  αία,  αΐον,  two  fin- 
gers long  or  broad.  Gal. :  from 

Αιδύκτϋλος,  ov,  {δίς,  δάκ'Γν7ι.ος) 
tii-o-fingered,  two-toed.  — II.  =  foreg., 
Theophr. 

Αίδαξις,  εως,  ή,  {διδάσκω)  teaching, 
instruction,  Eur.  Hec.  600 :  doctrine, 
Eccl. 

ίΑίδας,  6,  Didns,  an  Aegyptian  of 
Arsinoe,  conqueror  at  the  Olympic 
games,  Paus. 

Αιδασκΰλεΐον,  od,  to,  a  teaching- 
place,  school.  Soph.  Fr.  779,  Thuc.  7, 
29. — II.  in  ρ\ητ.=  δίδακτρα,  Vit.  Horn. 
26:  from 

Αιδασκαλία,  ας,  η,  {διδάσκω)  teach- 
ing, instruction,  Even.  1  :  education, 
training,  Xen.  Gyr.  8,  7,  24:  δ.  ττοιεί- 
σβαι  and  παρέχειν.  to  be  a  lesson  to 
one,  Thuc.  2,  42,  87:  but  in  good 
Att.  more  usu.  διδαχή  or  δίδαξις. — 
2.  an  admonition,  warning  :  nnnnitnre- 
ment  by  u'ords,  Arist.  Poet.  19,  6. — II. 
the  preparation,  rehearsing  of  a  chorus 
etc.,  δ.  τών  χορών.  Plat.  Gorg.  501  Ε, 
Plut.  :  also  the  drama  so  produced,  the 
Tetralogy  acted  together,  v.  διδάσκω 
IL  :  hence — III.  διδασκα?.ίαι  or  ττερι 
διδασκαλιών.  Catalogues  of  the  Dra- 
348 


ΔΙΔΟ 

mas.  their  writers,  dates,  and  suc- 
cess, Arist.  Ap.  Diog.  L.     Hence 

Αιδασκΰ7.ικός,  ή,  όν,  fit  for  teach- 
ing, instructive.  Plat.  Orat.  388  B, 
Xen.  Mem.  1,  2, 21.  Adv.  -κώς.  Plat. 
I.e. 

Αιδασκύλιον,  ov,  τύ,=^δίδαγμα,  a 
thing  taught,  science,  art,  Wess.  Hdt. 
5,  58.— II.  in  ρ[ατ.,=  δίδακτρα,  Plut. 

Δί(5(ίσΛ•(ίλοζ•,  ov,  ύ  and  ή,  {διδάσκω) 
a  teacher,  master,  H.  Hom.  Merc.  556  : 
εις  διδασκάλου  (sc.  οΙκοί')  φοιτΰν,  to 
goto  school,  oft.  in  Plut.,  Schiif.  Greg, 
p.  45 :  a  dilhyrambic  or  dramatic  poet 
was  called  χοροϋ  διδάσκα7.ος,  or 
simply  διδάσκαλος,  Ar.  Av.  912,  Ach. 
028,  because  he  himself  superintended 
the  rehearsals  and  taught  the  actors, 
{χορός) :  cf.  χοροδιδάσκαλος  and  δι- 
δάσκω II. 

f  Αιδασκαλώνδας,  a  and  ov,  6,  Di- 
dascalondas,  masc.  pr.  n.,  a  Cretan, 
Polyb.  16,  37,  3. 

Αιδασκήσαι,  poet,  for  διδάξαι,  inf. 
aor.  of  sq.,  Hes. 

Αιδάσκω,  redupl.  form  from  root 
ΔΑ-,  δάημι :  fut.  διδάξω,  poet,  δι- 
δασκήσω,  Voss.  Η.  Hom.  Cer.  144, 
Hes.  Op.  64,  Pind.  P.  4,  380  :  perf. 
δεδίδαχα.  To  teach,  τινά,  a  person, 
Ti,  a  thing,  Horn.,  etc.  :  hence  c. 
dupl.  ace,  ίπποσύνας  σε  εδίδαξαν, 
they  taught  thee  riding,  II.  23,  307,  cf. 
Od.  8,  481 :  so  too  in  Att..  as  Eur. 
Hipp.  252,  Xen.  Mem.  1, 2, 10 :  also  <5. 
Tivu  περί  τίνος,  Ar.  Nub.  382:  c.  ace. 
pers.  et  inf.,  θεοί  σε  διδάσκονσι  ύψα- 
γόρην  εμεναι.  teach  thee  to  be...,  Od. 

I,  384  :  and  c.  inf.  alone.  Άρτεμις  δί- 
δαξε βάλλειν  άγρια  πάντα,  she  taught 
hoiv  to  shoot,  II.  5,  51  :  also  with  inf 
omitte(i,  διδύσκειν  τινά  'ιππέα  (sc. 
είναι)  Ιο  teach  one  to  be...,  train  one  as 
a  horseman.  Plat.  Meno  94  Β  ;  so  (5. 
Tivu  σοώόν,  κακόν,  Elmsl.  Heracl. 
575,  Stallb.  Plat.  Prot.  327  C— B. 
but  in  mid.,  to  have  one  taught=^6t- 
δάσκειν  δι'  έτερου,  so  διδάσκεσθαί 
τίνα  Ίππέα,νΐΆΐ.  Meno  93  D,  cf.  Pors. 
and  Herm.  Med.  297,  Ruhnk.  Tim. : 
the  act.  is  sometimes  so  used,  Hemst. 
Ar.  Plut.  p.  4,  and  conversely  the 
mid.  simply = Act.,  Pind.  O.  8,  77, 
Ar.  Nub.  783. — 2.  in  mid.  like  pass., 
to  teach  one's  self,  learn.  Soph.  Ant. 
356. — C.  pass,  to  be  taught,  to  learn,  c. 
gen.,  διδασκόμενος  πολέμοιο,  trained, 
skilled  in  icar,  II.  10,  811,  cf.  *δάω: 
also  c.  ace,  φάρμακα  προς  τίνος  δε- 
δίδάχθαι,  to  learn  medicine  from  one, 

II.  11,  831,  and  so  Hdt.  3,  81  ;  c.  inf, 
Hdt.  2,  69,  etc.— II.  διδάσκειν,  like 
docere  fabulam,  is  pecul.  used  of  the 
dithyrambic  and  scenic  poets,  who 
taught  the  actors  their  parts,  and  su- 
perintende.d  the  whole  getting  up  and 
bringing  out  of  their  pieces,  δ.  διβν- 
ραμ.βον,  δράμα,  Hdt.  1,  23;  Ο,  21  ; 
also  δίδάξασθαι  χορόν,  Simon.  54, 
cf.  Biittlger,  quid  sit  docere  fabulam, 
1795  (Opusc.  p.  284.) 

Αιδαγή,  ής,  ή,^=δίδαξις,  teaching, 
Hdt.  3,  134,  thuc,  etc. :  Ps.-Phoc.  83. 
Αίδημι,  Ep.  collat.  form  from  δέω. 
Ιο  bind,  fetter,  as  τίθημι  from  *θέω: 
hence  3  sing,  imperf  δίδη,  for  ίδίδη, 
II.  11,  105:  Pors.  would  also  read 
διδέντων,  3  plur.  imperat.  pres.  for 
δεόντων,  Od.  12,  54  ;  and  3  pi.  indie. 
διδέάσι  occurs  as  v.  1.  for  δεσμενονσι 
in  Xen.  An  5,  8,  24.  [δΙ] 

]Αίδοι,  pres.  imper.  Dor.  for  δίδοθι, 
Pind.  01.  1,  136. 

Αιδοϊ,  Ion.  for  δίδωσι,  3  sing.  pres. 
I  from  δίδωμι,  Hom. 
I    \ΑιδοΙς,  Ion.  for  δίδως,  2  sing.  pres. 
:  from  δίδωμι,  Hom. 
1    tΔ^'ί5oίσ^α,=foreg.,  Π. 


ΔΙΔΤ 

Αίδονναι,  Ep.  for  (!ΐ/(5όΐ'α<,  inf.  pres. 
from  δίδωμι,  only  II.  24,  425. 

Αιδράσκω,  to  run  away,  escape,  only 
used  in  compos.,  c.  g.  άποδιδράσκω, 
διαδιδράσκω,  f.  -δράσομαι  [ά]  :  perf. 
-δέδρύκα  :  aor.  2  -έδράν,  inf.  -δράναι, 
part,  -δρας,  imperat.  -δράθι,  subj. 
-δρώ.  opt.  -δραίτ/ν  :  Ion.  διδρήσκω,  f. 
δρήσομαι,  έδρην,  etc.  (Ν.  Β.  not  to 
be  confounded  with  the  regul.  δράω, 
to  do.) 

Αιδραχμιαΐος,  a.  ov,=sq.,Cntias4:9 

Αίδραχμος,  ov,  {δίς,  δραχμί/)  of  two 
drachms,  worth  two  drachms,  at  the 
price  of  two  drachms,  Arist.  Oec.  :  δ. 
όπλΐται,  soldiers  ivith  pay  of  two 
drachms  a  day,  Thuc.  3,  17.— II.  to 
δίδραχμυν,  a  double  drachm  ;  esp.  in 
plur.  the  half-shekel,  paid  to  the  tem- 
ple treasury  at  Jerusalem,  N.  T. 
Matth.  17,  24,  cf.  Exod.  38,  26. 
^Αιδρήσκω,  Ion.  for  διδράσκω. 
^Αίδυμα,  ων,  τά.  and  οι  Αίδνμοι, 
Didyma  or  Didymi,  a  place  in  the 
vicinity  of  Miletus,  containing  a  tem- 
ple of  Jupiter  and  temple  and  oracle 
of  Apollo,  Hdt.  6,  19,  Strab.,  etc. 

^  ΑιδνμαΙον.  ov,  τό,  temple  of  Apollo 
at  Didymi,  Plut.  Pomp.  24  :  from 

\  ΑιδυμαΙος,  a,  ov,  of  Didymi,  Didy- 
mean.  Ζενς.  Nic.  ap.  Ath.  477  Β : 
'Κπόλλων,  Strab. 

Αΐδϋμάνωρ,  ορός,  ό,  ή,  τό,  {δίδυμος, 
άνήρ)  touching  two  or  both  the  men, 
κακά,  Aesch.  Theb.  849.  [ft] 

Αιδυμάτόκος,  ov.  Dor.  for  διδνμη- 
τόκος,  διδνμοτόκος. 

Αιδνμάχροος,  ov,  poet,  for  διδνμό- 
χροος. 

Αϊδϋμάων,  όνος,  ό,  ή,  {δίδυμος)  α 
twin-brother,  II. :  in  genl.  poet  for  δί- 
δυμος, usu.  in  dual  or  plur.  [a] 

ΐΑιδνμεια,  ων,  τά,  the  festival  of  the 
Didymean  Apollo, 
i Αιδυμεύς,    έως,    ο,  =  ΑιδνμαΙος  ; 
'Κπόλλων,  Orph. 

Αιδνμενω,  {δίδυιιοι)  to  bear  twins, 
LXX. 

^Αιδύμη,  ης.  ή,  Didyme.  one  of  the 
Lipari  islands,  Thuc.  3,  88,  Strab. — 
2.  fem.  pr.  n.,  Anth.,  Ath. 

Αιδνμ-ητόκος,  ov.  Ion  for  διδυμοτό- 
κος. 

\Αιδνμίας,  ου,  b,  Didymias,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Ath.  658  D. 

Αίδνμνος,  poet,  for  δίδυμος,  like 
άπάλαανος  and  νώννμνος,  Bockh. 
Pind.  O.  3,  37  (03). 

Αιδνμογενής,  ές,  (δίδυμος,  *γένω) 
twin-born,  Eur.  Hel.  206. 

Αιδυμόζΰγος,  ov,  and  διδνμόζνξ, 
νγος,  ό,  ή,  {δίδυμος,  ζυγόν)  with  α 
pair  of  horses  :  twofold,  Nonn. 

Αιδνμόθροος,  ov,  {δίδυμος,  θρόος) 
double-voiced,  epith.  of  Echo,  Nonn. 

i Αίδνμοι,  ων,  οί,^Αίδυμα :  also  a 
spot  in  Argolis  with  a  temple  of 
Apollo,  Paus. 

Δί(5ι»//ΟΛ:τίίτΓ0(",  ov,  {δίδυμος,  κτύ- 
πος) double-sounding,  echoing,  Nonn. 

^Αίδνμον  τείχος,  τό,  (prop,  the  dou- 
ble wall).  Didymon-Tichon,  a  town  of 
Caria,  Steph.  Byz.  in  pi.  Αίδυμα 
τείχη,  Didyma-  Tiche,  a  fortress  of 
Mysia,  near  Cyzicus,  Polyb.  5,  77,  8. 

Αίδϋμος,  η,  ov.  (and  perh.  ος,  ov, 
Pind.  P.  4,  371,  but  v.  Bockh  Not. 
Crit.  p.  130),  double,  twofold,  Od.  19, 
227,  II.  23,  641.  and  freq.  in  Att.:  δ. 
κασίγνητος,  a  /u-in-bcother,  Pind.  N. 
1,  56  :  hence  δίδυμοι,  twins,  for  which 
δίδυμα  was  also  used,  Hdt.  5,  41  ;  6, 
52. — II.  oi  Αίδ.,  Gemini,  the  Twins, 
the  constellation,  Arat. — 2.  οι  δ.,  the 
testicles.  Anth.    (From  δύο,  δίς.)  fi] 

^ Αίδϋμος,  ου,  ό,  Didymus.  a  cele- 
brated grammarian  of  Alexandria, 
Ath.  56  D. 


ΛΙΔΩ 

Αιδνμότης,  ητος,  ή,  (όίόυμος)  doub- 
ling, duality,  Plat.  Phiieb.  57  ϋ. 

Διόυμοτοκέω,  ώ,  to  bear  twins,  Hipp. : 
and 

Λιδνμοτοκία,  ας,  ή,  a  bearing  of 
twins,  Arist.  Gen.  An. :  from 

Λί.δι•μοτόκος,  ov,  (δίδυμοι,  τίκτω) 
bearing  twins,  Arist.  H.  A. 

Αιδνμόχροος,  or,  contr.  χρονς,  ow, 
(δίδυμος,  χμόα)  two  coloured,  Musae. 

ίΑΐδώ,  όος  contd.  υύς,  !/,  Dido, 
daughter  of  Belus,  \vife  of  Sichaeus, 
and  founder  of  Carthage  ace.  to 
Strab.  p.  832. 

Αίδωβι,  Ep.  for  δίδοθι,  imperat. 
pres.  from  διδωμι,  Od.  3.  380. 

Αίδωμι,  redupl.  from  the  root  Δ0-, 
which  appears  m  the  deriv.  forms,  as 
Lat.  do,  cf.  dedo,  dido :  fut.  δώσο : 
aor.  1  έδωκα:  perf  δέδωκα:  aor.  2 
έδων  ."  pf  pass,  δέδομαι :  aor.  mid. 
εδόμην.  Horn,  has  also  2  and  3  sing, 
pres.  δίδοίς,  δίδοί,  as  if  from  δίδόω, 
as  have  Hdt.  and  Hipp. :  he  has  also 
in  11.  19.  270,  2  sing,  δίδοισθα,  as  if 
from  δίδοιαι,  or  ace.  to  Buttm.  Ausf 
Gr.  ^  107,  Anm.  8,  n.,  δίδοισθα.  The 
following  are  also  exclus.  Homer., 
imperat.  pres.  διδωθί,  Od.  3,  380, 
inf  pres.  διδοϋναι,  U.  24,  425,  and 
fut.  όιδώσω,  διδώσομεν,  Od.  13,  358  ; 
24,  314.  Aor.  2  δόσκον  for  εδων  is 
ion. :  but  the  imper.  pres.  δίδοί,  as  if 
from  δίδοιμι,  Pmd.  01.  1,  136,  and 
the  infin.  pres.  διδών,  Theocr.  29,  9, 
are  Dor.  Hdt.  also  has  3  imperf 
έόίδου  5,  94. 

Orig.  signf  to  give,  present  (with 
implied  notion  of  giving  freely,  un- 
forced, opp.  to  άτΓοδίδωμι),  τινί  τι, 
from  Hom.  downwds.  the  most  usu. 
construct.:  also  —  2.  to  be  ready  to 
give,  to  offer,  11.  9,  519.— 3.  of"  the 
gods,  to  grant,  assign,  κύδος,  Hom.  ; 
but  more  usu.  of  evils,  δ.  ύ'λγεα,  άτας, 
κήδεα.  etc.,  Hom.  :  later  εν  διδόναι, 
to  give  good  fortune.  Soph.  O.  T. 
1081,  and  Eur. :  so  too  of  the  laws, 
to  permit  or  sanction  as  a  privilege,  δε- 
δωκότων  αιτώ  των  νόμων,  Isae.  63, 
8. — ^Ι.  to  devote,  offer  to  the  gods,  ιερά, 
έκατόμ3ας,  Hom. — 5.  c.  ace.  pers.  to 
give  up.  surrender.  ΰχέε(τσί  με  δώσεις. 
Od.  19,  167,  οδύν-ησί  μιν  έδωκεν,  11. 

5,  397,  Έκτορα  κνσίν,  11.  23,  21,  τζνρί 
τίνα,  lb.  183  :  ο.  inf  added,  ξείνος 
γύρ  ο'ί  εδωκεν-ές  7τό?^εμον  φορέειν, 
gave  it  him  to  ivear  in  war,  11.  15,  532, 
έδωκε  πιείν,  gave  him  to  drink,  Hdt. 
4.  172  ;  also  c.  inf  pass.,  δωκε  τεύχεα 
θερύτΓοντι  οορήναι,  11.  7,  149,  where 
φέρειν  would  be  equally  good,  v.  Tay- 
lor Ind.  in  Lys.  v.  Infiiut. :  this  ditfers 
from  the  use  of  the  infin.,  infr.Il  . — 

6.  esp.  of  parents,  to  give  their  daugh- 
ter to  wife,  θνγατέρα  ΰνδρί,  11.  6,  192, 
Od.  4,  7 ;  and  so  of  Telemachus, 
άνέρι  μητέρα  δώσω,  Od.  2,  223 ;  Σά- 
μηνδε  έδοσαν  αυτήν,  settled  her  in 
marriage  at  Same,  Od.  15,  367,  cf  17, 
442 ;  more  fully,  δώσω  σοι  χαρίτων 
μίαν  ο-νίειν,  ί1.  14,  268 :  in  prose 
more  usu.  ίκδίδωμι,  Wess.  Hdt.  5, 
92. — 7.  but  in  Att.  διδοναι  τινά  τινί} 
to  grant  another  to  one's  entreaties, 
pardon  him  at  one's  request,  Xen. 
An.  6,  4,  31,  like  Romulum  Marti  re- 
donare,  Hor.  Od.  3,  3,  33. — -8.  διδόναι 
τινί  τι,  to  forgive  one  a  thing,  remit  its 
punishment,  Lat.  condonare  alicui  ali- 
quid,  Interpp.  ad  Eur.  Cycl.  296,  Dem. 
274,  1  :  Tivi  τι  εις  την  4'νχ7ΐν,  to  put 
it  in  one's  head. — 9.  διδοναι  εαυτόν 
τινί.  to  put  one's  self  in  his  hands  or 
power,  Thnc.  2,  68.  τινΙ  εις  χείρας, 
Soph.  El.  1318. — 10.  δ.  ΰρκον,  opp. 
to  λαμ3ύνειν,  to  tender  an  oath,  Isae. 
77,  16,  V.  Arist.  Rhet.  1,  15.— 11.  δ. 


Δ1ΕΙ 

1  ψϊ/<ρον,  γνώμην,  to  give  a  vote,  an  opi- 
nion, Oratt.  :  but  for  δ.  διαχειροτο- 
νίαν,  cf  sub  voce. — 12.  δ.  λόγον 
έαντώ,  to  deliberate,  Hdt.  1,  97,  etc. — 
13.  δ.  δίκην,  v.  sub  δίκη. — 11.  in  vows 
and  prayers,  c.  ace.  pers.  et  inf,  to 
grant,  allow,  bring  about  that...,  esp.  in 
prayers,  freq.  in  Hom.  δός  ά—οούιμε- 
νον  δϋναι  όόμον  Άίδος  εισω,  grant 
that  he  may  go...,  11.  3,  322 ;  δός  με 
τίσασθαι,  give  me  to...,  Aesch.  Cho. 
18  ;  but  also  c.  dat.  pers.,  as  Soph. 
O.  C.  1101,  Phil.  316.  But  in  this 
form  δός  is  oft.  omitted. — 111.  seem- 
ingly intr.,  to  give  one's  self  up,  devote 
one's  self,  τινί,  esp.  ήδον>),  only  in 
Att.,  Valck.  Phoen.  21,  Diatr.  p.  233. 
— IV.  the  pass,  occurs  but  once  in 
Horn.,  ov  Toi  δέδοται  ττολεμήία  έργα, 
deeds  of  war  belong  not  to  you,  11.  5, 
428  :  but  in  .\rt.  it  is  very  freq. 

^Αίδών,  Dor.  for  διδόναι,  pres.  inf. 
act.  from  δίδωμι,  Theocr. 

Αίδωρος.  ov,  (δις,  δώρον)  of  two 
hands'  breadth,  dub.  in  Phil. 

ίΑίδώσω,  Homer,  fut.  for  δώσω  from 
δίδωμι,  Od. 

ΑΙε,  vocat.  from  δϊος,  godlike,  Hom. 

Αίε,  poet,  for  έδιε,  imperf  from 
δίω,  to  frighten,  Hom.  [ΐ] 

Αιεγγύα,  ας,  η,  (διά,  έγγύη)  surety, 
bail. 

Αιεγγνύω,  ώ,  ί.  -ήσω,  (διά,  έγ-}νάω) 
to  bait,  to  set  free  by  giving  bail.  Pass. 
τινά  Tivi,  to  be  bailed  by  any  one,  set 
free  on  his  security,  οκτακοσίων  τα- 
λάντων τοις  τΐροςένοις  δ.,  bailed  by 
their  Proxeni  lor  eight  hundred  tal- 
ents, Thuc.  3,  70 ;  ύττό  τίνος,  Dem. 
1358,  28. — ^11.  to  give  in  pledge  or  se- 
curity,c  gen.  pretii,  σώματα  χρημά- 
των^ Dion.  Η. — 111.  διεγ-/νών7υς  Me- 
νεξένου  τον  ~αΙδα,  Ποσίών  αυτόν 
έτζτά  ταλάντων  διεγγνήσατο,  Isocr. 
361  C,is  explained,  (^in  act.)  demand- 
ing security  for  the  boy's  being  pro- 
duced, (in  mid.)  he  became  security  for 
him  in  the  sum,  v.  Interpp.,  and  Att. 
Process,  p.  520,  sq.     Hence 

Αιε-/}νησις',  εως,  ή,  bi^l,  security :  a 
giving  of  bail,  Dem.  724,  6,  v.  Att. 
Process,  p.  521. 

Αιεγείρω,  strengthd.  for  εγείρω,  to 
arouse,  Hipp.     Hence 

Αιέγερσις,  εως,  ή,  an  arousing. 

Αιεγερτικός,  ή,  ov,  {διεγείρω)  excit- 
ing, stimulant,  Sext.  Emp. 

Αιεγμόμενος,  η,  ov,  part.  aor.  pass, 
syncop.  from  διεγείρω. 

Αίέδεξε,  Ion.  aor.  1  for  διέδειξε 
from  διαδείκννμι.  Hdt. 

Αιέδΐ]ν,  adv.  (διίημι)  throughout,  to 
the  end. 

Αιέδραμον,  aor.  2  of  διατρέχω,  Od. 

Αιεδρία,  ας.  η.  (δίεδρος)  a  silting 
apart,  disagreement,  Lat.  dissidiu?», 
dissidentia,  Arist.  H.  A. 

Αίέδριον  and  δίεδρον,  ov,  τό,  (δίς, 
έδρα)  a  seat  for  two  persons. 

Αιεδρος,  ov.  (διά. έδρα)  sitlingapart, 
hence  unfriendly,  hostile.  Lat.  dissi- 
dens,  opp.  to  σύνεδρος,  Arist.  H.  A. 

Αιέεργον,  poet,  imperf.  from  διέρ- 
γω.  διείργω,  11. 

Αιεζεν}ΐιένως,  adv.  part,  perf  pass. 

from  διαζενγννμι,  separately,  severally. 

ίΑιεζωσμένος,  η,  ov,  perf  part.  pass. 

διαζώνννμι,  for  wh.  S\iid.  has  <5ίε^"ω- 

μένος,  Thuc.  1,  6. 

Αιειδής,  ές,  {δΐίΐδον)  transparent, 
clear,  Theophr. 

ΑιεΙδον,  aor.  2.  inf  διϊδεΐν,  διορύω, 
supplying  the  pres.,  etc. : — to  look 
through,  disrern,  τι.  At.  Nub.  168: 
tmet.,  to  see  through,  comprehend,  (λό- 
γος) ov  βάδιος  διίδειν^,  Plat.  Pliaed. 
62  B.  Pass,  διειδομένη  ττεδιοια.  seen 
through  or  across  the  plain,  Ap.  Rh. : 


ΔΙΕΚ 
but  the  poet.  fut.  διείσομαι  in  Nic,  is 
better  assigned  to  δίειμι,  to  go  through. 
On  the  Homer,  usage  v.  διαείδομ^,ι. 
Cf  also  δίοιδα. 

^Αιεέ?.ε}μαι,  perf  of  dep.  naid.  δια- 
λέγομαι. 

Αιειλέω,  ω,  (διά,  εί?,έω)  to  unroll, 
open,P[iit. 

Αιειλημμένως,  adv.  part,  perf  pass, 
of  διαλαμόάνω,  q.  v.  111.  5,  distinctly, 
precisely,  Xen.  Oec.  11,  25,  ubL  al.  δι• 
ει'/.ημμένος. 

ΑιειΆνσσω,^διειλνω. 

Αιεύ.νω,  (διά,  εί7.νω)%  to  roll  apart 
or  away.  Mid.  to  roll  one's  self  out  of, 
slip  away  through,  δόμοιο,  Αρ.  Rh.  4, 
35.  [ν] 

Αίειμι,  fut.  διείσομαι,  (διά,  εΙμι)  to 
go  about,  roam  about,  Ar.  Ach.  845  :  to 
spread  abroad,  λόγος  δι>)ει.  Pint.  Ant. 
56  :  in  genl.  /&^onii'iry,'Theophr. — II. 
C.  ace.  to  pass  through  or  throughout, 
τον  αέρα,  Ar.  Αν.  1392.— 2.  hence,  to 
go  through  a  subject  in  speaking  or 
writing,  to  narrate,  describe,  discuss. 
Plat.  Crito  47  C  :  also  δ.  τώ  λόγω. 
Id.  Gorg.  506  A,  cf  διέξειμι.' 

Αίειμι,  ί.  διέσομαι,  (διά,  ειμί)  to 
be  always :  very  dub.  in  Xen.  Mem. 
2, 1,  24,  where  bind,  would  read  δι• 
οίσει. 

Αιεΐΰον,  inf.  διειπεϊν,  poet,  διαεί' 
πεϊν,  fut.  in  use  διερώ,  perf  διείρη- 
κα,  (διά.  είττον)  to  say  through,  tell  al 
length,  detail,  c.  ace.  II.  10,'  425 :  in 
genl.  to  explain,  declare.  Soph.  O.  T. 
394  :  to  say  expressly,  explicitly.  Wolf 
Lept.  465,  21. — II.  to  speak  one  with  an- 
other, converse,  διαειττέμεν  άλ/α/λοι- 
σιν,  Od.  4,  215. — III.  in  mid.  to  fix 
upon,  Arist.  Oec. :  v.  δαρώ. 

Αιείργω,  f  -^ω,  Ep.  and  Ion.  διέρ- 
γω,  Ep.  also  διεέργω,  (διά,  είργω)  to 
keep  asunder,  τονς  διέεργον  έττάλξιες, 
11.  12,  424,  Arist.  Η.  Α.  ;  ίο  separate, 
part,  Hdt.  1,  180:  δ.  τι  τίνος  and  τι 
άττό  τίνος,  to  separate  one  Irom  an- 
other.—2.  to  keep  off,  ward  off.  Plat 
Legg.  8S0  B.— II.  seemingly  intr.,  l6 
lie  between,  prop,  to  cut  off  from  re 
turn,  Xen.  An.  3,  1,  2. 

ίΑιείρεαι,  2  sing.  pres.  ind.  from  δι 
είρομαι,  Od.  4,  492. 

ΐΑιείρεο,  2  sing.  pres.  imper.  from 
διείρορ,αι,  11.  1,  550. 

Αιείρηκα,  perf  of  διερώ,  διειπεϊν, 
to  say  clearly  and  distinctly,  v.  sub 
διεϊττον. 

Αιείρομαι,  poet,  for  διέρομαι,  to 
question  thoroughly,  closely,  strictly, 
τινά  and  τινά  τι,  Horn,  inquire  narrow- 
ly into,  Ti,  11.  1,  550,  only  in  pres. 

ΑΙειρνω,  Ion.  for  διερνω,  to  draw 
through,  draw  across,  τάς  νέας  τον  ίσθ- 
μόν,  Valck.  Hdt.  7,  24,  and  τί  τίνος. 
Αρ.  Rh.,  cf  δασθμίζω.  [ν] 

Αιείρω,  rare  perf  διείρκα,  Xen.  C>t. 
8,  3,  10,  (διά,  είρω)  to  insert,  pass  or 
draw  a  thing  through,  χείρας  Stu  των 
κανδνων,  Xen.  1.  c. — 11.  to  string  or 
knit  together  in  order,  Diosc.  :  λόγος 
διειρόμενος=είρόμενος,  q.  v. 

Αιεφωνόϊενος,  ov,  (δια,  ε'φων,  ξέ 
ι•ος)  dissembling  with  one's  guests, 
treacherous  under  the  mask  of  hospitali- 
ty, Ar.  Pac.  623  ;  cf  κατειρωνενομαι. 

Αιειςδννω  and  διειςδνω,  f  -δνσω, 
(διά,  είςδννω)  to  penetrate,  go  into  and 
through,  [ννω,  ϋσω.] 

Αιεκ,  before  a  vowel  διέξ,  (διά,  έκ) 
right  through,  through  and  through,  U.  : 
v.  διά  A.  1.  1,  cf  τταρέκ. 

Αιεκ.ίαινω,  {διά,  έκ3αίν<ύ)  to  go  out 
or  pass  through,  of  a  river,  tu  όρη, 
Strab. 

Αι>κ3άλλω,  (διά,  έκβάλ7ιω)  to  throw 
out  a  thing,  δια  τίνος.  Gal.,  to  carry 
through  or  across. — II.  intr.,  sub.  στοα- 
349 


ΔΙΕΚ 

"4  tn>,  to  cross,  march  through,  χώραν, 
Polyb.     Hence 

Αίεκβο?^ή,  ης,  ή,  a  throwing  throttgh  : 
a  passing  or  bursting  through,  a  pass, 
Polyb. :  a  passage  out,  egress,  Dlod.  S. 

Αιεκβόλίον,  ov,  TO,  {διεκβάλλω)  a 
medicine  to  produce  abortion,  Hipp. 

Αιεκόίδωμι,=^διαδίόωμι,  Hipp. 

ΑίεκδΙκέο),  ώ,  strengthd.  for  ίκδι- 
Ktu,  late. 

Αίί-κδρομ?/,  ης,  ή,  (διεκδραμείν)  a 
breaking  or  passing  through. 

Αιέκδΰσις,  εως,  ή,  a  means  of  es- 
cape, refuge,  Ath. :  evasion,  trick,  Plut. : 
from 

Αίεαδνω,  aor.  διεξέδυν,  ((5«ί,  ίκ- 
δνω)  to  slip  through,  get  out,  escape, 
Hipp. 

Αιεκθέω,  f.  -θενσομαι,  (διά,  έκθέω) 
ίο  run,  escape  through,  Arist.  Mund. 

ΑιεκθορεΙν,  aor.  2  inf.  of  sq.,  0pp. 

Αιεκθρώσκω,  {διύ,  έκθρώσκω)  to 
leap,  spring  through,  τινός,  Clem.  Al. 

Αιεκκύτττω,  {διά,  έκκύπτω)  to  peep 
out,  LXX. 

Αιεκ'λάμπω,  (διά,  έκλάμπω)  to  shine 
through,  Heliod. 

^ Αιεκλανθάί'ομαι,  (διά,  ίκ,  λανθά• 
νομαι)  Ιο  forget  utterly,  in  tmesi.s,  Qu. 
Sm.  13,  380,  V.  Sptzn.  11.  Exc.  18,  p. 
LXXXI. 

Αιεκλύϋ),  (διά,  εκλύω)  to  dissolve, 
relax.  Gal. 

Αιεκαηρνομαι,  dep.,  to  unwind, 
Philo.  ' 

Αιεκμνζάω,ω,{δία  εκμνζάω)ΐο  suck 
out,  Geop. 

Αίεκπαίω,  {διύ,  εκπαίω)  ίο  force 
one's  luay  through,  to  break  or  burst 
through,  τινός,  Philostr.,  τι,  Dio.xipp. 
ap.  Ath.  100  E. :  later,  usu.  in  mid., 
Kuster  Ar.  Plut.  805. 

Αιεκττεραίνω,  f.  -ανώ,  (διά,  ίκπερ- 
aivu)  Ιο  go  through  with,  complete,  bring 
to  an  end.  Soph.  Fr.  572. 

Αίεκττεραιύω,  strengthd.  for  περαι- 
όω,  Strab. 

Αιεκπεράυ,  ώ,  f.  -7}σω  and  -άσω, 
(διά,  έκπεράο))  to  pass  out  through  or 
between,  στηλας  'ίΐρακλέας,  Hdt.  4, 
152  :  to  cross, pass  over,  ηοταμόν,  Hdt. 
5.  52,  cf  3,  4 ;  (5.  ες  χθόυα,  Aesch. 
Pars.  485. — II.  to  pass  by.  overlook,  Ar. 
Plut.  283,  V.  Schol.— HI.  to  pass 
through.  Plat.  Tim.  63  A:  also  δ.  τυν 
βίον,  Eur.  Supp.  954. 

Αίεκπ7/δάω,  ώ,  (διά,  έκπηδύω)  to 
leap  out,  bound,  beat,  καρδία,  Aristaen. 

Αιεκπίπτω,  fut.  -πεσονμαι,  {διύ, 
έκπί7ττ<ύ)  to  fall  out,  get  out  through, 
Τίνος,  Plut.,  Ti,  Heliod.  :  εις  τότνον, 
Diod. 

Αιεκπλέω,  f.  -πλενσομαι :  Ion. 
•πλώω,  aor.  -έπλωσα,  (διά,  έκττλέω)  to 
sail  out  through,  τόι>  ΈλλΫ/ςποντον, 
Hdt.  7,  147;  also  διύ  τίνος,  Id.  4,  42  : 
to  .^ail  out.  Id.  4,  43. — II.  in  naval  tac- 
tics, to  break  the  enemy's  line  by  sailing 
through  it,  so  as  to  be  able  to  charge 
their  ships  in  flank  or  rear,  Hdt.  C, 
15,Thuc.  7,  36,  cf  sq.     Hence 

Αιέκττλοος,  ov,  o,  contr.  διέκπλονς, 
ov,  a  sailing  across  or  through,  passage 
across  or  through,  Hdt.  7,  36  :  δ.  των 
βραχέων,  through  the  shallows.  Id. 
4,  179. — 2.  esp,  a  breaking  the  enemy's 
line  in  a  sea  fight,  Hdt.  6,  12,  Thuc. 
1,  49,  ubi  V.  Arnold,  cf  foreg. 
Αιεκττλώω,  Ion.  for  διεκπλίω,  Hdt. 
ΑιεκτΓΐ'έω,  f  -πνενσω,  {διά,  εκ- 
πνέω) to  blow  out,  Arist.  Muud. 
Hence 

Αιεκπνοή,  ής.  ή,  a  breathing  out,  ex- 
halation, Theophr. 

Αιεκττορεΰομαι,  strengthd.  for  εκ- 
πορεύομαι, Dion.  H. 

Αιεκτττύω,  f  -ύσω,  (διά,  έκπτνω)  to 
tpii  all  round,  Philostr.    [ϋσω] 
350 


ΔΙΕΜ 

Αιέκπτωσις,  εως,  ή,  (διεκπίπτω)  α 
falling  or  running  through,  escape,  Gal. 
\Αιεκρέω,   (διύ,  έκρέω)  to  flow  out 
through. 

\Αιέκηιθεν  for  διεκρίθησαν,  3   pi. 
aor.  incl.  pass,  of  διακρίνω. 

Αιέκροος,  ov,  ό,  (διεκρέω)  a  chan- 
nel, meatis  of  escape,  Hdt.  7,  129. 

Αιέκτΰσις,  εως,  ή,  a  stretching  out, 
Clem.  Al.  :  from 

Αιεκτείνω,  (διά,  εκτείνω)  ίο  stretch 
out,  extend,  Hipp. 

Αιεκτέλλω.  (διά,  εκτέλλω)  to  arise, 
grow  from,  Nic. 

Αιεκτέμνω,  strengthd.  for  ίκτέμνω, 
Joseph. 

^Αιεκτρέχω,  (διύ,  έκτρέχω)  to  run 
through,  to  traverse,  Philo. 

Αιεκφαίνομαι,  strengthd.  ior  έκφαί- 
νομαι. 

Αιεκφέρω,  strengthd.  for  εκφέρω. 

Αιεκφενγω,  streng:thd.  for  έκφεν- 
γω,  Αρ.  Rh.,  in  tmesis. 

Αιεκχέω,  strengthd.  for  έκχέω,  Arc- 
tae. 

Αιέ?Μσις,  εως,  η,  (διελαννω)  a  dri- 
ving through,  7/λον,  Plut. — II.  a  charge 
or  exercise  of  cavalry,  like  διϊπτϊασία, 
Xen.  Hipparch.  3,  4  :  from 

Αιε'λαννω,  fut.  διελύσω,  Att.  διε- 
λώ,  aor.  1  διήλάσα,  (διά,  έλαννω)  to 
drive  through  or  across,  ίππους  τάφ- 
poio,  II.  10,  564  ;  to  thrust  through,  εγ- 
χος  λαπύρης,  II.  16,  318,  cf.  Hdt.  4, 
72. — II.  intr.  to  drive,  ride  through, 
charge  as  cavalry,  sub.  ϊππον,  οχον, 
etc.,  Xen.  Hipparch.  3,  6  and  11. — 2. 
ημέρα  διή'Αασε,  day  broke,  Eur.  He- 
racl.  788. 

]Αιελέγην  2  aor.  pass,  of  dep.  δια- 
λέγομαι, Arist. 

Αιελέγχω,  strengthd.  for  ί7ίέγχω. 
Plat.  Gorg.  457  E,  etc. 

\Αιελέχθ7]ν  1  aor.  pass,  of  dep.  mid. 
διαλέγομαι. 

ΑιελβεΙν,  inf  aor.  of  διέρχομαι ; 
Ep.  διελθέμεν,  Horn. 

^Αιελθέ/ιεν  v.  foreg. 

Αιελινύω,  strengthd.  for  έλινύω, 
Hipp. 

Αιελίσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  f  -ξω,  (διύ, 
ελίσσω)  to  unfold,  expose,  Plut. 

Αιελκνσμός,  οϋ,  6,  (διελκύω) a  drag- 
ging about,  Dion.  H. 

Αιε?.κνστίΐ'δα,  adv.,  with  παίζειν 
or  παΐδΐύ,  a  game  at  pulling  and  tear- 
ing, like  our  boys'  game  of  French 
and  English.  Poll.  9,  112:  also,  δια 
γραμαης  παίζειν.  Plat.  Theaet.  181 
A :  from 

ΔίελΛίω,=  8ς.,  Ar.  Plut.  1036,  Plat. 
Rep.  440  A.  [ϋ] 

Αιέλκω,  (διύ,  έλκω)  to  tear  asunder, 
pull  away  or  through  :  of  time,  to  pro- 
tract, Polyb.:  with  βίον,  Plut.=  (5i(i- 
γω,  and  so  perh.  without  it,  Ar.  Pac. 
1131,  though  there  it  may  mean  to 
quaff,  drink  off,  v.  Interpp.  ad  1. 

ίΑιέλοντο  3  pi.  2  aor.  mid.  of  διαι- 
ρέω,  Hes. 

^Αιελών  2  aor.  part.  act.  of  διαιρέω. 

ΔΙΈΜΑΙ,  to  speed,  press  on.  Ιπποι 
πεδίοιο  δίενται,  speed  over  the  plain, 
II.  23,  475,  cf  12,  304.  (From  an  ob- 
sol.  δίημι,  still  found  in  ίνδίημι,  akin 
to  δίω  and  διώκω.)  [ΐ] 

Αιεμβάλλω,  (διά,  εμβάλλω)  to  put 
through,  LXX. 

Αιεμμένω,  f  -μενώ,  (διά,  εμμένω) 
to  last  throughout,  Theophr. 

Αίέμπίλος,  ov,  (διά,  iv,  πίλος)  well 
capped  or  hatted,  Luc. 

Αιεμπίμπλημι,  (διύ,  έμπίμπλημι) 
to  fill  completely,  LXX. 

Αιεμπίπτω,  strengthd.  for  εμπίπ- 
τω, Polyb. 

Αιεμπο?Μω,  ώ,  (διύ,  έμπολάω)  to 
make  ynerchandise  of,  sell,  dispose  of. 


ΔΙΕΣ 
Lat.  divendtre,  Eur.  Bacch.  512 ;  εμ- 
πορικά πράγματα  δ.,  to  deal  in  mer- 
chandise, Ar.  Ach.  973. — II.  to  betray. 
Soph.  Phil.  579. 

^  Αιέμπορος,  ου,  ό,  Diemporus,  a  Boe- 
otarch,  Thuc.  2,  2. 

Αιεμφαίνω,  f.  -άνω,  (διά,  εμφαίνω) 
to  show  through,  Luc. 

Αιενέγκαι,  Ion.  -ενεικαι,  inf  aor.  1 
of  διαφέρω :  διενεγχβηναι,  pass,  of 
same 

Αιενεύι,έω,  (διύ,  ένειλέω)  to  involve, 
make  intricate,  λόγος  διενειλημένος, 
Luc. 

Αιενεργέω,  strengthd.  for  ίνεργέω. 

Αιενθϋμέομαι.  (διύ,  ένθυμέομαι)  to 
consider,  reflect,  Eccl. 

Αιενιαντίζω,  (διύ,  ένιαντίζω)  to  live 
out  the  year,  Hdt.  4,  7. 

Αιενίσταμαι,  f  -στήσομαι,  (διύ,  έν- 
ίσταμαι)  to  maintain,  assert.  Lob. 
Phryn.  154. 

Αίενος,  ov,  (διύ,  ενός)  two-year-old, 
Lat.  biennis,  Theophr. 

Αιενοχλέω.  ώ,  strengthd.  for  ένοχ- 
λέω,  c.  dat.  Philo.. 

Αίενται,  3  pi.  from  δίεμαι.  II.  [Γ] 

Αιεντέρενμα,  ατός,  τό,  (διά,  ίντε- 
ρον)  α  looking  through  entrails,  com. 
word  for  sharp-sightedness,  coined  by 
Ar.  Nub.  166. 

Αιέξ,  V.  διέκ. 

Αιεξάγω,  (διά,  ίξύγω)  to  bring  to  an 
end.  Polyb. :  to  manage,  conduct.  Id. — 
II.  to  pass  time,  live.  Id.  [a]     Hence 

Αιεξάγωγή,  ης,  ή,  the  transaction  of 
business,  Polyb. — II.  α  way  of  living, 
Sext.  Emp. 

Αιεξαιρέω,ώ,ΒΧτβΏξύιά.  {οϊέξαιρέω, 
Dem.  Phal. 

Αιεξάΐσσω,  contr.  διεξφσσω,  Att. 
διεξφττω,  f.  -άξω,  to  rush  or  spring 
forth,  Theocr.  13,  23. 

Αιεξανθίζω,  (διά,  εξανθιζω)  to  va- 
riegate with  flowers,  Eubul.  Steph.  4. 

Αιεξατμίζω,  strengthd.  for  εξατ- 
μίζω, Hipp. 

Αιέξειμι,  (διά,  ίξειμί)  to  go  out,  II. 
6,  393. — II.  togo  through, pass  through, 
a  country,  c.  ace,  Hdt.  5,  29:  also 
δι'  Ευρώπης,  Id.  2,  36,  etc. :  also  c. 
gen.,  12,  25. — 2.  to  so  through  in  count- 
ing or  telling,  Hdt.  7,  77,  238,  and 
Plat.,  cf  δίειμι  and  διέρχομαι. 

Αιεξέ?Μσις,  εως,  ή,  =  διέλασις, 
Plut.  :  from 

Αιεξελαννω,  f.  -ελάσω  Att.  -ελώ, 
(διύ,  εξελαννω)  to  drive,  ride,  march 
through  or  across  (sub.  ϊπποι>,  στρα 
τόν,  etc.),  c.  ace.  loci,  e.  g.  τΐ/ν  χώ• 
ρην,  τάς  πύ?Μς,  Hdt.  3,  11  ;  5,  52, 
etc. :  also  κατύ  τι,  3,  86,  παρύ  τι,  7, 
100. 

Αιεξελέγχω,  strengthd.  for  εξελέγ 
χω,  Luc. 

Αιεξέ?.ενσις,  εως,  ή,  (διεξέρχομαι) 
=  διέξοδος. 

Αιεξελίσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  f  -ξω,  (διύ, 
εξελίσσω)  to  unroll,  untie,  Hdt.  4,  07. 

Αιεξεργάζομαι,  (διά,  ίξεργύζομαι} 
dep.,  to  complete.  Plat.  Legg.  798  D. 
— 11.  to  make  away  with,  Dion  H. 

Αιεξερέομαι,  (διύ,  ίξερέομαι)  to 
question  closely,  τινά  τι,  II.  10,  432. 

Αιεξερεννάω,  ώ,  i.  -ήσω,  (διά,  εξε- 
ρευνάω) to  search  out,  examine,  survey 
closely,  Bockh  Pind.  N.  3,  24  (41), 
and  Plat. 

Aιεξεpπύζω,~sq.,  Arist.  Mund. 

Αιεξέρπω,  (διά.  εξέρπω)  to  creep  or 
peep  out,  Arist.  Mund.  6,  20. 

Αιεξέρχομαι,  f  -ελενσομαι,  (διά, 
ίξέρχομαι)=ζδιέξειμι,  to  go  through, 
pass  through,  την  χώρην,  Hdt.  5,  29, 
etc. — 2.  to  go  through,  get  to  the  end  of, 
την  δδόν.  Plat.  Legg.  822  A,  την  δί- 
κην,  lb.  850  A  :  so  (5.  πόνους,  Lat.  ex- 
haurire   labores.    Soph.    Phil.    1419; 


ΔΙΕΡ 

also  C.  part.,  δ.   πωλέων,  to  be  done  ' 
selling,  Hdt.  I,  196. — 3.  to  go  through  j 
ire  order,  όίύ  τών  δέκα,  Hdt.  5,  92,  3. 
— ί.  to  go  through  in  ivords,  set  forth,  \ 
Hdt.  7,  18,  Plat.  Legg.  893  A:  also 
ττερί  τίνος,  Philo. — 11.  iiitr.  to  be  past, 
gone  by,  of  time,  Hdt.  2,  52,  cf.  Buttin. 
Ind.    iti    Dem.    Mid.,    Bremi    Dem. 
Olynth.  2,  5. 

λιεξετάζω,  strengthd.  for  εξετάζω. 
Αιεξηγεομαι,  strengthd.  for  έξηγέ- 
ομαι,  dub.  in  Xen.  Mem.  4,  2,  12. 

Αίεξίΐ/μι,  {όιά,  έξίημι.)  to  send  forth 
througit,  to  let  go  through,  c.  ace.  or  6ίά 
Τίνος,  Hdt.  1,  207 ;  5,  29.— II.  intr., 
sub.  αυτόν,  of  a  river,  to  empty  itself 
eg  θάλασσαν,  Thuc.  2,  102,  cf.  έξίημι. 
Αιεξικνέομαι,  {διά,  έξίκνέομαι) 
dep.,  to  arrive  at,  Polyb. 

ΙΑιεξι,ππύζομαι,  (διά,  έξιππάζομαί) 
to  ride  forth  through,  Polyaen. 

ίΑιεξιστορέω,  ώ,  (διά.  έξιστορέω)  to 
narrate  at  length,  fully,  Joseph. 

^Αιεξίτέον,  verb.  adj.  of  δίέξειμί, 

one  must  go  through.  Plat.  Tim.  44  D. 

^Αιεξίών,  pres.  part,  of  δίέξειμί. 

Αίεξοδεύω,  {διά,  έξοδεύω)  to  have  a 

way  out,  escape,  Hipp. — L.  c.  ace,  to 

go  through,  λόγον,  Sext.  Emp. 

Αίεξοδίκός,  ή,  ύν,  fit  for  going 
through ;  Ιστορία,  copious  narrative, 
Plut. :  70  δίεξοδίκον,  the  vent,  Arist. 
H.  A.     Adv.  -ώς.     From 

Αιέξοδος,  ου.  ή,  a  way  through  or 
out.  passage,  Hdt.  1,  199,  etc.  :  the 
suns  orbit.  Id.  2,  24. — 2.  a  way  out,  and 
so  issue,  event,  )3ουλευμάτων,  Id.  3, 
156  :  an  end,  Polyb. — II.  a  detailed 
narrative,  story.  Plat.  Prot.  320  A : 
κατά  διέξοδον,  in  detaU,  Gal. — III.  a 
military  evolution,  δ.  τακτικαί,  Plat. 
Legg.  813  E. 

\Αίεξοέγνυμι,  (διά,  έξοίγνυμι)  to 
open  entirely,  to  lay  wide  open,  c.  acc. 
Qu.  Sm.  13,  41. 

Αίΐξοίδέω,  ώ,  f.  -τ'ισω,  {διά,  έξοίδέω) 
to  swell  out,  Philostr. 

Αίεξουρέο),  strengthd.  for  έξονρέω, 
Hipp.  _ 

Αιεξνφαίνο),  {διά,  εξυφαίνω)  to 
weave  to  the  end,  finish  the  web,  Plut. 

Αιεορτάζω,  (διά,  εορτάζω)  to  keep 
the  feast  throughout,  end  it,  Thuc.  8,  9. 
Αιεττέφρΰδε,   Ep.   aor.   2.   of   δια- 
ώράζω,  Horn. 

Δ  ifTTti^ijcr/fu,  strengthd.  fore  Αίώώσ- 
κω,  Dion.  Η. 

Αίέπρΰθον,διεπρΰθόμην,  aor. 2 act. 
and  mid.  of  διαπέρθω,  Hom. 

Αιέπτατο,  3  smg.  aor.  2  mid.  of 
διαπέταμαι,  Hom. 

Αίέπω,  f.  -"φω,  {δίύ,  έπω)  to  manage 
an  affair,  sway,  order,  arrange,  το 
πλείον  ττολέμοιο,  II.  1,  165,  στρατόν, 
11.  2,  207,  ύνέρας  σκ?ιπανίω.  to  drive 
the  men  about  with  his  staff,  drive 
them  aside,  II.  24,  247  ;  also  in  Hdt., 
but  rare  in  Att.,  as  Aesch.  Eum.  931. 
Αιέράμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  funnel  or 
strainer,  Plut.  :  from 

Αιεράω,  {διύ,  έρύω)  to  pour  through, 
strain  through,  Plut. 

Αιεργάζομαι,  f.  -άσομαι,  {διύ,  εργά- 
ζομαι) dep.  mid.,  to  work  at,  γην  δ.,  to 
cultivate  it,  Theophr. — II.  to  do  for, 
destroy,  ruin,  kill,  Lat.  conficere,  Hdt. 
1,  213,  etc. :  also  perf.  in  pass,  signf , 
διέργαστο  τά  πράγματα,  actum  erat 
de  rebus.  Hdt.  7,  10,  3  :  and  so  in  aor., 
Eur.  Heracl.  174. 
Αιέργω,  Ep.  and  Ion.  for  διείργω,  II. 
Αιερεθίζω,  strengthd.  for  ερεθίζω, 
Polyb.    Hence 

Αιερέθισμα,  ατός,  τό,  vehement  ex- 
citement, App. 

Αιερείδω.  f.  -σω,  {διά,  ερείδω)  to 
prop  up,  Plut.— B.  mid.  to  lean  upon, 
Ttvi,  Eur.  Hec.  60  :  though  Ar.  Ecel. 


ΔΙΕΣ 

150  has  it  also  c.  acc,  σχήμα  ι3ακ- 
τηρία  δ.  :  but — 2.  διερείδεσθαι  περί 
Τίνος,  to  push  against  one  another,  i.  e. 
struggle  for  a  thing,  Polyb. 

Αιερέσσω,  f.  διερέσω,  aor.  διήρεσα, 
poet,  διήρεσσα,  {διά,  έρέσσω)  to  row 
about,  χερσι  δ.,  to  swim,  Od.  14,  351  : 
in  genl.  to  swing  about,  τας  χέρας, 
Eur.  Tro.  1258. 

Αιερευνάω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {δίύ,  ερευ- 
νάω) to  search  through,  examine  closely, 
investigate,  Plat.  Theaet.  168  E,  in 
pass.  ;  Phaed.  78  A,  in  mid.    Hence 

Αιερευνητέον,  verb,  adj.,  one  must 
trace  out,  Plat.  Soph.  260  E. 

Αίερευνητής,  οϋ,  ό,  a  scout  or  vidette, 
Xen.  Cyr.  6,  3,  2. 

Αίερίζω,  f.  -ίσω.  {διά,  ερίζω)  to  strive 
with  one  another,  Epigr.  ap.  Gell. 
mid.  to  contend  with,  Tivi,  Plut. 

Αίερμήνευσις,  εως,  ή,  {διερμηνεύω) 
an  interpretation.  Plat.  Tim.  19  C 

Αιερμηνευτής,  οϋ,  ό,  an  interpreter, 
Byzant. :  from 

Αιερμηνεύω,  {διά,  ερμηνεύω)  to  in- 
terpret, expound,  LXX. 

\  Αιέρομαι,  [διά,  έρομαι)  in  pres.  oc- 
curs only  in  Ep.  form  διείρομαι,  q.  v. ; 
besides  this  only  aor.  (διηρόμην),  inf. 
διερέσθαι.  Plat.  Phil.  42  E.  cf.  έρο- 
μαι and  Buttm.  Catal.  s.  v.  ερομαι. 

ΔΙΕΡΟ'Σ,  ά,  όν,  inoist,  wet,  fresh, 
juicy  :  strictly  of  plants  :  and  so  me- 
taph.  ΌΪ  men,  fresh,  quick,  strong,  ac- 
tive, διερίΐ)  ττοδί,  Lat.  liquido  pede,  Od. 
9,  43 :  διερός  βροτός,  not  living, 
merely,  but  also  lifelike,  Od.  6,  201, 
where  however  others  δυερός. — II. 
after  Hom.  the  notion  of  wet,  liquid, 
prevailed  :  αίμα,  Aesch.  Eum.  263  ; 
TO  δ.,  opp.  to  ξηρόν,  Anaxag.  6 ;  of 
the  air,  opp.  to  λαμπρός,  Hipp.  290, 
16:  of  birds,  which  ^o«i  through  the 
air,  Ar.  Nub.  337,  cf.  άερονηχ7}ς :  δ. 
μέλεα,  of  the  nightingale's  notes, 
Lat.  iiquidae  voces,  Id.  Av.  213.  (Akin 
to  διαίνω.) 

Aιεp7τvζω,—sq.,  Opp. 

Αιέρπω,  f.  -ψω,  {διά,  'έρπω)  to  creep 
or  pass  through,  πυρ.  Soph.  Ant.  205. 

Αιεβάιμμένως,  adv.  part.  perf.  pass, 
from  διαρρίητω,  in  a  scattered,  i.  e. 
careless  way,  Polyb. 

Αιέρβωγα,  perf.  of  διαί^βήγνυμι. 

^Αιέρσας,  aor.  part,  from  διείρω, 
Hipp. 

Αιέρυθρος,  ov,  {δια,  ερυθρός)  shot 
with  red,  like  διά'λευκος,  etc.,  Diosc. 

Αΐερύκω,  f.  -ξω.  {διά,  έρύκω)  to  keep 
off.  Arat. :  to  keep  apart, pacify,  Plut.  [ϋ] 

Αιέρχομαι,  fut.  διελεύσομαι,  aor. 
διηλθον,  {διά,  έρχομαι)  dep.  mid. :  to 
go  through  or  across,  traverse,  pass 
through,  c.  gen.,  II.  20,  203 ;  more 
freq.  c.  acc,  as  δ.  πώϋ.  άστυ,  II.  3, 
198;  Ο,  392,  and  so  Hdt.,  etc.:  δ. 
βίον,  Plat.,  etc. — 2.  to  come  to  the  end, 
arrive  at,  βίου  τέλος,  Pind.  I.  4,  7  (3, 
23.) — II.  intr.  to  pass,  as  time,  διελ- 
θόντος  χρόνου,  Hdt.  1,  8:  to  go 
abroad,  prevail,  λόγος,  Thuc.  6,  40. — 
III.  to  go  through,  tell  all  tlirough,  λό- 
γον,  Pind.  Ν.  4, 117,  χρησμόν,  Aesch. 
Pr.  874,  and  Plat.,  cf.,  διέξειμι. 

Αιερώ,  fut.,  and  διείρηκα,  perf  of 

διεϊπον,  hence  διείρηκεν  ύ  νόμος,  the 

law  says  expressly.  Wolf.  Lept.  p.  303. 

Αιερωτάω,  ώ,  t.  -ήσω,  {διά,  ερωτάω) 

to  cross-question.  Plat.  Apol.  22  B,  etc. 

Αίες,  οι,  rare  plur.  of  Ζευς,  Plut. 

Αιεσθαι,  inf.  pass,  from  δίεμαι,  II. : 

more  usu.  in  act.  signf.  as  mid.  of 

δίω,  Hom.  [ΐ] 

Αιεσϋίω,  f.  διέδομαι,  {διά,  έσθίω) 
to  eat  through,  τι,  Hdt.  3,  109  :  to  con- 
sume, corrode,  Plut. 

Αιεσιαΐος,  da,  alov,  (δίεσις  III.) 
consisting  of  demi-semitones. 


ΔΙΕΥ 

Αίεσις,  εως,  ή,  ι,διιημι)  a  passing 
through  one,  discharge,  esp.  of  a  liquid, 
Hipp. — II.  a  moistening, soaking,  DiosC. 
— HI.  an  interval  in  music,  a  quarter- 
tone  ;  taken  by  Arist.  Org.  for  the 
least  subdivision,  the  unit  in  musical 
tones,  cf.  Diet.  Antiqq.  p.  044. 

Αιεσκεμμένως,  adv.  from  part.  perf. 
pass,  of  -σκέπτομαι,  prudently,  Xen. 
Oec  7,  18. 

Αιεσπασμένως,Άά'^ .  from  part.  perf. 
pass.  o{  διασπάω,  intermittedly,  Hipp. 

Αιεσπουδασμένως,  adv.  from  part, 
perf.  pass,  of  οιασπουδάζω,  diligently 
Dion.  H. 
^Αιεσπονδασται,  v.  διασπονδάζω. 

Αιέσσϋτο,  3  sing.  aor.  syncop.  of 
διασευω,  Hom. 

Αιεστραμμένως,  adv.  from  perf. 
pass.  part,  of  διαστρέψω,  perversely, 

Αιεσφαλμένως,  adv.  from  part.  perf. 
l>ass.  o{  διασφάλ'λω, ill, wrongly  ,F,pict. 
^Αιεσφηκωμένος,    perf   pass.    part, 
from  διασφηκόω,  Ar.  Vesp.  1072. 

Αιετηρίς,  ίδος,  jj,  {διετής)  a  space  of 
two  years,  LXX. 

Αίέτηρος,  ov,=sq.,  Welcker  SylL 
Ep.  183,21. 

ΔteΓ^f,εf,  orJte'rT/fjfortheGramm. 
differ,  (δ'ά,  έτος)  of  or  for  two  years, 
χρόνος,  Hdt.  2,  2  :  two  years  old  :  διε- 
τές, τό,  Lat.  biennium,  hence  i~i  δ. 
up  to  two  years,  ap.  Dem.  1135,  4. — IL 
{διετίζω)  lasting  through  the  year,  Lat. 
perennis. 

Αιετήσιος.  oi',=foreg.  II.,  θνσίαι, 
Thuc.  2,  38.  ■  ^ 

Αιετία,  ας,  η,ζ=διετηρίς,  Ν.  Τ. 

Αιετίζω,  1.  -ίσω,  {διά  έτος)  ίο  con- 
tinue quite  through  or  ouer  t/ie  year,  of 
wasps,  Arist.  H.  A. :  of  plants,  to  live 
through  the  winter,  Lat.  perennare, 
Theophr. 

Αιέτμΰγεν,  Ep.  for  διετμάγησαν, 
3  pi.  aor.  2  pass,  from  διατμήγω,  δια- 
τέμνω, II. :  διέτμαγον,  1  sing.  aor. 
act.,  Od. 

Αιενεργετέω,  ώ,  (διά,  ενεργετέω)  to 
be  a  firm  friend  to,  τινά. 

Αιευθετέω,  ώ,  strengthd.  for  ενθε- 
τέω.     Hence 

Αιενθέτησις,  εως,  ή,  good  order. 

Αιευθνμέω,  strengthd.  for  ενθνμέω. 

Αιευβνντηρ,  ήρος,  ό,  {διευθύνω)  α 
pilot,  g'lvernor. 

Αιευθυνω,  (■  -ϋνώ,  {διά,  ενβννω)  to 
direct,  sft  right,  amend,  Luc 

Αιενιιρΐνέω,  ώ,  {διά,  εύκρινέω)  to 
separate  accurately,  arrange  carefulli/  in 
order,  Xen.  Oec.  8,  6,  in  Pass^ — II.  lo 
exajntne  subtly, analyse, explain,  Polyb.; 
but  in  earlier  writers  this  signf.  only 
in  mid.,  as  Plat.  Parm.  135  B,  Dem. 
818,13.  Hence 

Αΐευκρίνησις,  εως,  ή,  separation,  dis- 
cussion. [Ϊ] 

Αιευλάβέομαι,  {διύ,  είΟιαβέομαι) 
dep.  to  take  good  heed,  beware  of.  be  shy 
of,  c.  acc,  Plat.  Phaed.  81  E,  Legg. 
797  A  ;  c.  gen.,  Legg.  843  E.     Hence 

Αιευλαβητέον,  verb.  adj.  one  must 
take  heed  of,  ταντα.  Plat.  Rep.  536 
A.  ^ 

Αιευνύω,  ώ,  f.  -ύσω,  {διά,  εύνάω) 
to  lay  asleep,  βίοτον,  Eur.  Hipp.  1377. 

Αιευπράγέω,  ω,  {διά,  ενπραγέω)  to 
continue  fortunate,  Joseph. 

ΑιευρΙπίζω,  (διά,  ευριπος)  to  be  con- 
stantly changing  like  the  tide  of  the  JEu- 
ripus,  Arist.  Probl.  25,  22,  but  reject^ 
eu  by  Dind. 

Αιευρύνω,  f.  -ννύ,  {διά,  είψύνω)  to 
dilate,  widen,  Hipp. 

Δίε^'σΓorεω,ώ,strengthd.  for  ενστο 
χέω,  dub.  1.  Dion.  H. 

Αιενσχημονέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {διύ,  εύ 
σχημονέω)  to  preserve  decorum,  Plut. 
351 


ΔΙΗΓ 

Aut)Tc?.iCu,  f-  -ίσιο,  {διά,  εντελίζω) 
to  hold  very  cheap,  Ael. 

Αιεντονέο),  ω,  f.  -ήσω,  {ouU  εύτονέω) 
to  retain  one^s  energies,  Theophr. 

Αιεντϋχέω,ώ.ί.  -ι/συ,  {δίύ,  εντνχέω) 

to conlinne prosperous ,Dem.  1040,5;  TTf- 

pi  n,  Theopoinp.  (Hist.) ap.  Ath. 531  D 

ίΑιεντνχιδας.  ov.   δ,    Dieulychidas, 

inasc.  pr.  n.,  Plut.  Lye.  2. 

ΐΔίεΰ^?/ζ•,  ους,  ό,  Dieuches,  a  physi- 
cian, Gal. 

^Αιενχίδας,  a  and  ov,  6,  Dienchidas, 
an  hi.su>rian  of  Megara,  Ath.  262  E. 

ΐΑίεφβύρατί).  3  pi.  plpf.  pass,  of  δια- 
φθείρω, in  Hdt.  8,  90,  v.  Buttm.  Catal. 
p.  250  n.  and  διέφΟαρτο,  3  sing.  plpf. 
pass,  οίδίαφβείρω,  Hdt.  1,  24. 

fAUfdopa,  2  perf.  act.  oi  διαφθείρω, 
Horn. 

Αίεφθος,  ov,  (ιϊίέψω)  veil  boiled :  in 
genl.  boded,  opp.  to  όιττός,  Hipp. 

Αηχης,  ές,  {διέχω)  separate,  opp.  to 
συνεχής,  Plat. 

Αίεγβρενο),  strengthd.  for  έχθρενω, 
Tivi,  Dion.  H. 

Αίέχω,  f.  διέξω,  ((5ίά,  εχω)  to  go 
quite  through,  οιστος  αντίκρυ  διέσχε, 
the  arrow  held  on  right  through,  II.  5, 
100  ;  so  too  δι'  ωμού  εγχος  έσχεν,  II. 
13,520;  to  stretch  across,  reach,  ές-, 
Hdt.  4,  42  ;  7,  122  :  hence  may  be 
traced — the  prose  signf.  to  divide,  keep 
apart,  Lat.  distinere,  b  ποταμός  δ.  τα 
όέΐβρα.  Hdt.  9,  51.— 2.  to  holdfast.— 
II.  intrans.,  to  stand  apart,  be  separated, 
distant,'rheogn.  970,  Xen..  etc :  hence 
(5.  πολύ  άττ'  άλλή?.ωΐ',  Thuc.  2,  81  ; 
αλλήλων,  Xen.  An.  1,  10,  4;  διέχην- 
τες  ήεσαν.  they  marched  xiuth  spaces 
between  man  and  man,  Thuc.  3,  22. 

Αι.ειΙιευσμένως,  adv.  part.  perf.  pass. 
from  ηιαφενδυμαι,  falselij,  Strab. 

Αίεψω,  f.  διεψήηω,  {διά,  ίψω)  to 
boil  through,  burn,  Hipp. 

ΔΓΖΗΜΛΙ,  dep.  mid.  to  seek  out, 
?w/c/i)r  among  many,  Hom.and  Hdt.: 
to  seek  after,  trif  for  a  thing  :  ύλλ,οιίζ• 
δ.  to  seek  friends"  for  aid,  Od.  10,  239, 
έκαστος  μνάσθω  έέδνοισιν  διζήμενος, 
each  rival  strive  with  wedding  gifts, 
Od.  10,  391  ;  νόστοι•  έταίροισιν  διζή- 
μένος  7/δ'  έμοί  ai>T<2,di-vising  means  for 
a  ret\irn,  Od.  23,  253. — II.  to  seek  out, 
seek  the  meaning  of ,  το  μαντήϊον,  Hdt. 
7,  142 — III.  c.  inf.  to  demand,  re- 
quire that..,  Hdt.  7,  103.  Cf.  δίζω.  δι- 
φήω. — The  word  is  Ep.  and  Ion., 
once  occurring  in  Trag.,  Aesch. 
Supp.  821  ;  and  is  one  of  the  few  in 
μί.  which  retain  ;7  in  the  pass.  Hence 

Αιζήμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  seeking  out, 
Nonn. 

ΔΌ/σ/Γ.  εως,  ή,  inquiry,  Parmen. 
ap.  Plat,  Soph.  237  A. 

ΐΑί'ομ.Ίΐ,^δίζημαι,  Lob.  ad  Soph. 
Aj.  p.  180,  V.  δίζω. 

Αιζϋγία,  ας,  ή,  a  double  yoke  of 
draught-cattle,  Geop.  :  from 

Αίζνγος,  ov,  (δις,  ζεύγνυμι,  ζνγόν) 
doubly-yoked,  double,  Anth. 

Αίίνξ,  ζυγός,  δ,  )'/,=  foreg.,  Π. 

ΔΓΖΩ,  to  be  in  doubt,  at  a  loss,  δϊζε, 
ήε  μύχηιτο.  η  όμοκ?.ήσειε,  Π.  10,  713, 
so  δίζω  η  σε  θεον  μαντενσημαι,  Orac. 
ap.  Hdt.  1,  65  :  akin  to  δίζημαι.  as  we 
say  to  he  to  seek  in  a  thing :  later,  the 
mid.  δίζομαι  is  actually  used  for  δίζη- 
μαι, e.  g.  Ep.  Adesp.  305,  2. 

Αίζωης,  ov,  (δίς,  ζωή)  amphibious. 
— II.  φωρ  δίζωος,  epith.  of  Sisyphus, 
who  returned  from  Hades,  Dosiad.  in 
Anth.,  cf.  Theogn.  702,  sqq. 

Αιηβολία,  ας,  ή,  Ion.  for  διαβολιά. 

Αιήγύγον,  aor.  2.  οί διάγω,  Od. 

Αιηγέομαι,  {διά,  ήγέομαι)  dep.  mid. 

to   set   out  in   detail,   describe,   narrate, 

Ar.  Av.  198,  Thuc.  etc:  the  perf.  pass. 

<Ji?;y7/ffya/.,"inpass.  signf.,  Luc.  Hence 

352 


ΔΙΗΠ 

Αΐτίγτ/μα,  ατός,  τό,  a  narrative,  δ. 
ανωφελές,  an  idle  tale,  Polyb. 

Αιηγηματικός,  ή,  or,  (δι?ιγέομαι) 
belonging  to  narrative,  μίμησις  δ.,  imita- 
tion by  vieans  of  description,  Arist. 
Poet.     Adv.  -κως,  Diog.  L. 

Αιηγημάτιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from 
διήγημα.  Strab. 

Αίήγησις,  εως,  η  (διηγέομαι)  nar- 
ration. Plat.  etc.  :  in  rhet.,  the  state- 
ment of  the  case,  Arist.  Rhet. 

Αιηγητικός,  ή,  όν,  (διηγέομαι)  in- 
clined to  narrative,  anecdotes,  or  in  genl. 
to  talking,  Arist.  Eth.  N. 

^ Αιήγν'λις,  ιος,  ό,  Diegulis,  a  king 
of  Thrace,  Strab. 

Αιηέριος,  a,  ov,  also  ος,  ov.  Ion. 
for  διαέριος. 

Αιηθέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  strain  through, 
filter,  sift,  Lat.  percolare.  Plat.  Soph. 
226  B,"Tim.  45  C:  hence— 2.  to  wash 
out,  cleanse,  οίνφ.  βνιιΐ7)μησι,  Hdt.  2, 
80. — II.  intrans.,  of  the  liquid,  to  filter 
through,  percolate,  Hdt.  2,  93.     Hence 

Αιήθησις,  εως,  ή,  a  straining,  filter- 
ing, etc.,  Theophr. 

Αιηκυνέω,  διήκονος.  Ion.  for  διακ., 
Hdt. 

Αιηκόσιοι,  ai,  a.  Ion.  {ox  διακόσιοι, 
two  hundred,  II. 

Αιηκρίβωμένως,  adv.  part.  perf. 
pass,  from  διακριβόω,  exactly,  careful- 
ly. V.  1.  Plat.  Legg.  965  A. 

Αιήκω,  f.  -ξω,  (διά,  ηκω)  to  go 
through,  extend  from  one  place  to  another, 
εκ.,  εις..,  Hdt."2,  106,  μέχρι... 'I,  185. 
— II.  c.  ace,  to  pervade,  fill,  πόλιν  δ. 
στόνος,  βάξις.  Aesch.  Theb.  900,  Ag. 
470 :  more  rarely  c.  gen.,  Valck. 
Phoen.  1099. 

Αιήλάσε,  3  sing.  aor.  1  of  διε?ιαννω, 
II. 

Αιηλθε,  3  eing.  aor.  2  of  διέρχομαι, 
Horn. 

Αιηλιόω,  ω,  (διά,  ήλιος)  to  burn  up 
by  the  sun's  heat,  Theophr. 

Αιηλϊφής,  ές,  (διά,  αλείφω)  smeared 
all  over.  Soph.  Fr.  148. 

^Αιηλλαγμένως,  adv.  part.  perf.  pass, 
from  διαλλάπσω,  differently,  Diod.  S. 

Αιηλόω,  (διά,  ί/'λόω)  to  drive  a  nail 
through,  nail  fast,  LXX. 

Αιήλϋσις,  εως,  ή,  ( διέρχομαι )  a 
passing,  crossing.  Αρ.  Rh. 

Αιημερενω,  ( διά,  ήιιέρα )  to  stay 
through  the  day,  Xen.  Cyr.  7,  5,  53. 

Αιημερόω,ώ,(δΐ(ϊ,?/μερόω)  to  tame 
thoroughlij,  cultivate,  γήν,  Theophr. 

*ΔΓΗΐν[[,  supposed  root  of  the 
mid.  δίεμαι,  q.  v. 

Αιηνεκής,  ές,  (ήνεκής,  διήνεγκα, 
διαόέρω)  stretching  with  an.  even,  un- 
broken surface  :  and  so  unbroken,  unin- 
terrupted, Lat.  continuum,  perpetwis,  δ. 
άταρτητοΓ,  Od.  13,  195;  νώτα  δ.,  the 
whole  length  of  the  chine,  II.  7,  321  ; 
βΐζαι  δ.,  II.  12,  134:  soof  time,  Ap.  Rh. 
The  adv.  διηνεκέως  occurs  in  Od.,  but 
only  with  άγορενειν,  to  tell  from  be- 
ginning to  end,  Lat.  uno  tenore,  e.  g.  7, 
241;  12,  56;  but  in  4,  830,  clearly, 
disiincth/  ;  SO  δ.  καταλέξαι.  lies.  Th. 
627.  The  Dor.  form  is  διηνεκής,  used 
also  in  Att.,  as  Plat.  Hipp.  Maj.  301 
B,  E,  Bekk.  Comm.  Grit,  in  Plat.  1, 
p.  409.  Meineke  Anaxandr.,  Αίσχρ.  1  ; 
but  we  have  νόμοι  δ.,  perpetual  laws. 
Plat.  Legg.  839  A.  Adv.  -koc,  Aesch. 
Ag.  319. 

ίλιηνέκης,  εος  contd.  ους,  o,Dieni- 
ces,  a  Spartan,  Hdt.  7,  220. 

Αιήνεμος,  OV,  (διά,  άνεμος)  blown 
through,  wind-swept,  πάτρα.  Soph.  Tr. 
327. 

Αιηξε,  3  sing.  aor.  1  from  διαίσσω 
for  διήϊξε,  but  διήζε  from  διήκω. 

Αιηπειρόω,  ώ,  (διά  ήπειρος)  tomake 
dry  land  of,  θάλασσαν,  Anth. 


Δ.1Δ 

Αιήρεσα,  nor.  1  from  διερέσσω,  Od. 

Αι?}ρ7/μένως,  adv.  part.  perf.  pass, 
from  διαιρέω,  apart. 

Αιήρης,  ες,  doubly  fitted  or  fixed  to- 
gether, διήρες  μελάΟρων,  τό,  the  second 
fitting  of  the  floors,  an  upper  story, 
upper  chamber,  Eur.  Phoen.  90,  elsewh. 
νπερώον.  — 11.  esp.  of  ships,  ^iifrf, 
equipt  with  two  banks  of  oars,  cf.  τριή- 
ρης. ( Prob.  from  δίς,  and  *  άρω,  not 
έρέσσω.) 

Αίητηι,  subj.  mid.  from  δίω,  11.  [Γ] 

Αιηχέω,  to  resound  with,  to  transmit 
the  sound  of,  τι,  Plut. 

Αΐηχή,  ής,  ή,  a  conductor  of  sound. 

Αιηχής,  ές,  sounding,  conducting 
sound,  Plut. 

Αιθάλασσος,  ov,  Att.  -ττος,  (διιϊ, 
θάλασσα)  divided  into  tivo  seas,  Strab 
— II.  washed  by  two  sens,  bettveen  tivi, 
seas,  Lat.  birnaris,  N.  T.   [θΰ] 

Αίβηκτος,  ov,  (δίς,  θήγω)  two  edged, 
ξίφος,  Aesch.  Pr.  803. 

Αίθρονος,  ov,  (δίς,  θρόνος)  κράτος 
δίθρονον  'Έιλλάδος,  the  two-thronea 
royalty  of  Hellas,  i.  e.  the  brother- 
kings,  Aesch.  Ag.  109. 

Αίθροος,  ov,  (δίς,  θρόος)  of  sound, 
redoubled,  Nonn. 

Αίθϋμος,  ov,  (δίς,  θυμός)  at  vari- 
ance, Lat.  discors,  LXX. 

Αίθνραμβέω,  ώ,  (  διθύραμβος )  tc 
sing  a  dithyramb,  Ath. 

Αίθϋρημβικός,  ή,  όν,  (διθύραμβος^ 
dithyrambic,  Dion.  Η.  Adv.  -κώς. 
Dem.  Phal. 

Αϊθνραμβογενής,  ηνς,  6,  epith.  of 
Bacchus,  Anth.,  v.  διθύραμβος  II. 

Αίθϋραμβοδιδύσκΰλος,  ov,  ό,  the 
dithyrambic  poet  who  taught  his  chorus 
Ar.  Pac.  828,  v.  διδάσκω  II. 

Αίθυραμβοπηιητική,  ής,  ή,  sub. 
τέχν?!,  the  art  of  writing  dithyrambic 
poetry,  Arist.  Poet. 

Αίθνρημβοποιός,  ov,  ό,(διβνρη/ιβος. 
ποιέω)  a  dithyrambic  poet,  Arist.  Khei 

Αϊθύραμί3ος,  ov,  o,  the  dithyramb 
first  in  Epich.  p.  72,  Hdt.  1,  23,  anr 
Pind. :  a  kind  of  poetry,  chiefly  culli 
vated  in  Athens,  of  a  lofty  but  usuallv 
inflated  style,  v.  Ar.  Av.  1388  :  orig.  ii: 
honour  of  Bacchus,  afterwds.  also  oi 
other  gods:  it  was  always  set  in  the 
Phrygian  mode,  and  was  at  lirstantis- 
trophic,  but  later  usu.  monoslrophic. 
Hdt.  1.  c.  calls  Arion  (fl.  B.  C.  024)  the 
inventor  of  it. — Metaph.  any  homba.^tic 
language.  Plat.  Hipp.  Maj.  292  C.— 11. 
epith.  of  Bacchus,  said  to  have  giveri 
the  name  to  the  strain  from  his  own 
double  birth,  Eur.  Bacch.  520  ;  but 
the  I  makes  this  very  dub.,  Pors.  Or. 
5  :  in  fact  the  origin  of  the  word  is 
unknown,  Midler  Literal,  of  Greece, 
1,  p.  133. 

ίΑιβύραμβος,  ov,  ό,  Dithyrambus,  s 
Thespian,  Hdt.  7,  227. 

Αϊθνραμβοχώνα,  ή,  (διθύραμβος, 
χών?/)  the  funnel  of  dithyrambs  !  Moi- 
σα,  Anth. 

Αίθνραμβώδης,  ες,  ( διθύραμβος. 
εΙδοΓ)  dithyrambic,  high-flown,  bombas- 
tic. Plat.  Crat.  409  C. 

Αίθνρος,  ov,  (δίς,  θύρα)  with  tier, 
doors  or  folding  doors,  Plut.  :  bivalve. 
of  shell-fish,  Arist.  H.  A. ;  tu  δ.,  in 
Polyb.  27,  1,  6,  seems  to  be  a  seat  of 
honour,  Livy's  tribunal,  v.  Schweigh. 
ad  1.  [i] 

Αίθνρσος,  ov,  (δίς.  θνρσος)  with  two 
thyrsi:   to  6.,  a  double  thyrsus,  Anth. 

All  [^  -.-],  dat.  of  Ζευς,  Hom.,  also 
contr.  Ai  [-],  Bockh  Pind.  0.  13, 102 
(149). 

Αιΐαμβος,  ov,  ό,  a  syzygy  of  two 
iambic  feet,  Hephaest. 

Αιίδεϊν,  inf.  aor.  2  of  διοράω,  v.  sub 
διειδον. 


ΔΙΙΣ 

Αίϊδρος,  ον,  (διά,  ίδρώς)  perspiring, 
Gal. 

Αίϊδράω,  to  perspire,  Hipp. 
Αάημι,  {διά,  ίημι)  to  send  through 
or  across,  let  go  through,  c.  gen.,  δύε- 
ναι  τί  στόματος,  to  give  utterance  to. 
Soph.  O.  C.  963. — 2.  to  drire,  thrust 
through,  ξίφος  λαιμών  δ.,  Eur.  Phoen. 
1092  ;  also  c.  dupl.  ace,  στέρνα  ?.όγχ- 
j]v  δ-,  lb.  1398. — II.  to  send  apart,  to 
dismiss,  disband,  στράτίΐ'μα,  oit.  in 
Xen.  Hell. — 2,  to  dissolve,  melt,  Solad. 
^ΕγκΑει.  1,  27  in  aor.  part,  διείς ;  and 
so  in  mid.,  διέμενος  όζει,  being  melted 
in  vinegar,  Ar.  Plut.  720,  cfc  Lob. 
Phryn.  27. 

Αιϊθννττίρ,  ήρος,  ό,  =  διενβνντήρ: 
from 

ΑιΙθννω,  like  διευθύνω:  to  steer 
straight,  Leon.  Tar, 

Αιϊκμάζω.  to  rnoistcn,  Theophr. 
Αιϊκι-έομαι,  fut  δαξομαι,  aor,  διϊ- 
κόμην,  {διά,  ίκνέομαι)  dep.  mid. : — ?o 
go  through, penetrate, pervade,  Theophr. 
■ — 2.  in  speaking,  to  go  tlumigh,  tell  of, 
like  διέρχομαι^  ττάντα  Λ,  11,  9,  61 ; 
19,  186. — 3.  to  come  to  an  end  of,  Ap. 
lih. — IL  to  reacli,  with  missiles,  Thuc. 
7,  79, 

Αίϊος,  ov,  (Διόξ•)  of  Jupiter,  Plat 
Phaedr.  252  E,  [Δΰ-] 

Ati-ετής,  ες,  (Ζευς,  Αιός,  *7Γέ~ω, 
ϊΤί'πτω)  fallen  from  Jupiter,  i,  e,  from 
heaven,  in  Horn,  always  epithet  of 
streams  fed  or  sivollen  by  rain,  as  II. 
16,  171 ;  17,  263 :  in  later  auth.  usu. 
heaven-sent,  cf.  διο~ετής:  but  άηρ  Δ,, 
τ=δΙθΓ,  ιερός,  dizine,  holy,  pure,  Eur. 
Bacch.  1368,  cf.  Rhes.  43.  In  Hipp. 
599,  51,  it  seems  to  mean  continual, 
as  if  from  διά,  *πέτω,  v.  Foes.  Oecon, 
[(5a] 

Αιΐιτέτης,  εζ,  {Αιός,  ττέτομαι) float- 
ing, hovering  in  air,  oluvot,  H.  Horn. 
Ven.  4  ;  cf  άερβπέτης,  [Δ«-] 
ΑιΙπό7^εια,  rtt,  =  sq. 
Δΐίττόλια,   contr.  Αΐπόλια,  τά,  v. 
sub  Α1π67.εια.     Hence 

ΑιΙκο?.ιύδϊΐς,  ες,  v.  1,  for  Δίττολίώ- 
δης,  q.  v. 

Αιϊππεύο),  {διά,  tVjreru)  to  ride 
through,  Diod, 

Αιίτΐταμαι.  fut.  διαπτήσομαι,  aor. 
όιεπτάμην,  dep.  τηίΛ.τ=δια:7έτομαι,  to 
fly  through  or  across,  II.  5,  09:  c.  ace, 
Eur.  Med.  1,  Ar.  Vesp.  1086. 

Αίϊσθμίζω,  f.  -<σω,  (διά.  Ισθμός)  to 
draw  ships  across  an  isthmus,  esp.  the 
isthmus  of  Corinth,  Polyb. ;  cf  διει- 
ρύω  and  δίο'λκος. 

Αΰστάνω,=  διιστημί,  Diod. 
Δαστέοι»,  verb.  adj.  o{ διειδέναι,  one 
must  inquire,  examine,  Eur.  Hipp.  491. 
Αιιστημι,  f  διαστ?'/σω,  (διά,  ϊστη- 
μι)  to  set  apart,  divide,  Hdt.  9,  2,  Plat. 
Phil.  23  D. — 2.  to  distract,  create  schism 
in,  τον  δί/μον,  Ar.  Vesp.  41. — B.  most- 
ly used  (and  so  alone  by  Hom.)  in- 
trans.  in  mid.,  with  aor.  2,  perf ,  and 
plqpf.  act.,  to  stand  apart,  to  be  divided, 
H.,  USU.  in  aor.  2,  once  in  impf  mid., 
θά?ίασσα  δι'ίστατο.  the  sea  ?nade  way, 
opened,  II.  13,  29;  so  γής  βύθρον  δ-, 
yawned.  Soph.  Ο.  C.  1662 ;  τα.  διε- 
στεώτα,  chasms,  Hdt.  7,  129 :  ες  ξνμ- 
μαχίαν  έκατέρον  δ.,  took  different 
sides,  Thuc.  1,  15  :  πρυς  α7Ληλα,  to 
differ  one  with  another,  Arist.  Pol. : 
hence — 2.  to  differ,  be  at  variance,  quar- 
rel, διαστήτην  έρίσαντε,  II.  1,  6,  cf 
Thuc.  1, 18 :  but — 3.  also  to  part  after 
fighting,  Hdt.  1,  76  ;  8,  16,  18.— 4.  to 
stand  at  certain  distances  or  intervals, 
as  trees  in  a  row,  post-stations,  etc., 
Hdt.  3,  72  ;  8,  98.— C.  the  aor.  mid.  is 
used  trans.,  άράχνια  δ'  εις  δπλ'  ύραχ- 
ναι  λετττα  διεστήσαντο,  spread  their 
webs  over  the  arms,  Theocr.  16,  96. 
23 


ΔΙΚΑ 

Αιϊστορέω,  {διά,  Ίστορέω)  to  relate, 
Anth. 

Αιϊσχάνω,  poet,  for  διέχω. 

Αιϊσχαίνω,  strengthd.  for  ίσχναίνυ, 
to  make  very  lean,  Hipp. 

Δάσ;ΐ'ν/3ί«'ω,=  8ς,.  Hipp. 

Αασχν/ήζομαι,  dep.  mid.,  to  lean 
upon,  rely  on,  τινί,  Aeschin.  25,  9.— II. 
to  affirm  confidently,  τι.  Plat  Phaed. 
63  C,  δτι...,  lb.,  and  Oratt     Hence 

Αιισχϋριστέον,  verb,  adj.,  one  jnust 
affirm,  Strab. 
ΤΑύτρέώης,   ους,   ό,   Di'Urcphes,   an 
Athenian,  Thuc.  7,  29, 

Ααχνεί'ω,  to  track,  trace  out,  hunt 
about,  0pp. 

Αΰχνέω,  rare  form  for  διίχνενω. 

Αϊκάζω,  fut  δικάσω.  Ion.  and  Att. 
δικώ,  {δίκη)  to  judge,  adjudge.  Con- 
struct, : — 1.  c.  ace,  give  equal  justice 
to  both  parties,  cf  II.  8,  431  :  to  decide, 
determine  a  point  at  issue,  and  so  usu. 
in  prose  and  Att,  as  Aesch.  Eum. 
471  ;  more  fully,  δ.  δίκιων.  Hdt.  6, 
139 ;  δ.  δίκην  ΰδικον,  to  give  an  un- 
just judgment,  Hdt  5,  25  ;  more 
rarely,  γραφην  δ.,  Lycurg, :  rarely  c. 
gen,,  as  δ.  τον  εγκλήματος,  Xen.  Cyr. 
1,  2,  7. — 2.  c,  dat  pers.,  to  decide  for  a 
person,  judge  his  cause,  Ύρωσί  τε  και 
Ααναοΐσι  δικάζεται  ώς  έττιεικές,  11.  8, 
431 ;  ες  μέσον  ΰμφοτέροισι  δικάσσατε, 
IL  23,  574,  cf  Hdt.  1,  97:  later  to 
pass  sentence  on,  condemn,  Dio  C. :  but 
δ.  (jivyijv  Tivi,  to  decree  banishment  as 
his  sentence,  Aesch.  Ag.  1412. —  3. 
absol.  to  be  judge,  Od.  11,  545,  Hdt.  1, 
14",  to  judge,  give  judgment,  δ.  ώς—, 
Hdt.  1,  84 ;  in  genl.  to  come  to  a  deci- 
sion, form  a  judgmeyit,  II.  1,  542. — II. 
Hom.  once  uses  act  in  signf ,  to  plead 
one^s  cause,  ίιμοιβηδίς  δε  δικάζον,  II. 
18,  506  :  and  so  ώόνον  δ.,  to  plead  the 
cause  of  defend  the  murder,  Eur.  Or. 
580.  But  the  mid.  was  usu.  in  this 
sense,  to  plead,  speak  before  the  judges, 
Od.  11,  545  ;  12,  440  :  in  genl.  to  bring 
a  case  before  the  judge,  have  one^s  case 
tried.,  Hdt  1,  96  :  δίΚ7]ν  δ.  τινί,  to  be 
at  isstte  ivith,  go  to  lau)  with  one,  Lys. 
120,27,etc.  :  and  absol.,  to  go  to  law, 
Thuc.  1,  77  :  ττρός  τίνα.  Id.  3,  44. 
Pass,  to  be  brought  before  the  judge,  to 
be  accused,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  2,  7  :  impers., 
δικάζεται,  it  is  judged  or  ruled  that..., 
c.  inf.  Thuc.  1,28. 

Αικαία,  ας,  ή,  poet,  for  δίκη,  like 
Σί/ηναί/]  for  Σελήνη,  etc.,  Pind. 

^ Αίκαια,  ας,  ή,  Dicaea,  a  city  of  the 
Bistones  in  Thrace,  Hdt.  7,  109. 

^ Αικαιάρχεια,  ας,  ή,  and  Αικαιαρ- 
χία,  Dicaearchia  or  -chia,  a  city  of 
Campania,  the  later  Puteoli,  Strab. : 
inhab.,  Αικαιαρχινς. 

^ Αικαίαρχος.  ov,  ό,  Dicaearchus,  a 
pupil  of  Aristotle,  author  of  a  geo- 
graphical work  on  Greece,  Strab., 
etc.     Others  in  Polyb.,  etc. 

Αικαιενν,  Ion.  for  δικαιονν,  inf  of 
δικαιόω,  Hdt. 

^ Αικαιογένης,  ονς,  ό,  Dicaeogcnes, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Lys. 

Αικαιοδοσία,  ας,  ή,  {δικαιοδότης) 
the  jurisdiction,  office  of  a  judge,  Polyb. 
— II.  an  international  compact  for  try- 
ing in  his  own  country  any  one  accu- 
sed by  foreigners,  =  ;)  άττο  συμβόλων 
κοινωνία,  v.  σνμβολον  Π. 

Αικαιοδοτέω,  ώ,  to  administer  jus- 
tice, Diod. 

Αικαιοδότης,  ov,  6,  [δικαία,  δίδωμι) 
a  judge,  Strab. 

^Αικαιοκ?ιής,  οϋς,  ό,  Dicaeocles,  a 
grammarian  of  Cnidus,  Ath.  308  F. 

Αίκαιοκρισία,  ας,  ή,  (δικαία,  κρίνω) 
righteous  judgment,  Ν.  Τ. 

Αικαιολογέομαι,  dep.  (δικαιολόγος) 
to  plead  one's   cause  before  the  judge, 


ΔΙΚΑ 

come  to  issue  with  a  persort,  usu.  περί 

τίνος,  Lys.  Fr.  18,  πρόξ  τίνα,  Polyb. 

The  act  in  Luc.  in  same  signf  Hence 
Αίκαιολογία,  ας,  ή.  a  plea,  defence, 

Demad.  179,  19,  and  Polyb. 

Αικαιολογικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to 

pleading,  judicial. 

Αικαιονομέω,  ω,  {δίκαιος,  νέμω)= 

δικαιοδοτέω,  Philo. 

Αικαιονομία,  ας,  ή,=δικαιοδοσία. 

Id. ;  from 

Αικαιονόμος,  ον,  {δίκαιος,  νέμω)=: 

δικαιοδότης. 

Αικαώπο7ας,  εως,  ό,  ή,  [δίκαιος, 

•Λο/Λς)  strict  in  public  faith,  οί  a  coun- 
try, Pind.  P.  8,  31. 

^Αικαιόπο/ας,  ιδος,  b,  DicaeopoUs, 

masc.  pr.  n.,  Ar.  Ach.  freq. 

Αικαιοττράγέω,  ώ,  {δίκαιος,  πράσ-    ■ 

σω)  to  act  honestly, Arist.Eth  Ν.  Hence 
AiKain—puyjjua,    ατός,   τό,   honest 

dealing,  lb.   [u] 

Αικαιοττράγία,  ας,  η,  honesty,  fair 
dealing,  lb. 

Αικαιοττραγμοσύνη,  ης,ή  ,=.[oieg., 
Heracl.  ap.  Diog.  L.  9,  14. 

Αίκαιος.  a,  ov,  in  Att.  poets  also  ος, 
ov,  Eur.  Heracl.  901,  I.  T.  1202,  cf 
Seidl.  Tro.  972,  [δίκΐ])  observant  of 
custom  or  rule,  esp.  of  social  rule,  well- 
ordered,  Lat.  humanus,  opp.  to  wild, 
unmannered  tribes,  like  the  Cyclopes, 
Od.  8,  575,  and  so  Chiron  is  called 
δικαιότατος  Κενταίφων,  as  opp.  to 
his  rude  brethren,  II.  II,  832,  cf  The- 
ogn.  314,  795,  and  Nitzsch  Od.  9, 172: 
so  δικαίως  μνασθαι,  to  woo  in  due 
form,  decently,  Od.  14,  90  :  hence — II, 
[δίκη  II.)  observant  of  the  ndes  of  right, 
upright,  in  all  duties  both  to  gods  and 
men,  righteous  andju^t,  freq.  in  Hom. ; 
later  this  was  δ.  και  όσιος,  v.  Plat. 
Gorg.  507  B.  In  N.  T.  also,  perfectly 
just  or  righteous,  without  deficiency 
or  failure,  of  God.— III.  Solon  uses  it 
in  quite  a  physical  sense,  of  the  sea, 
calm,  smooth,  Fr.  18,  4. — B.  in  prose 
we  may  adopt  Aristotle's  division, 
Eth.  N.  5,  2  (where  he  derives  it  from 
δίχα)  ; — I.  like  Ισος,  equal,  even,  pro- 
portional ;  hence  άρμα  δίκαιον,  an 
even  going  chariot,  Xen.  Cyr.  2,  2,  26 : 
cf  άδικοι  ϊπ—οι,  ill-matched  horses, 
lb.  2,  2,  2Q.—\\.  strict,  exact,  τω  δι- 
καιοτάτω  των  7.όγων,  to  speak  quite 
e-xactly,  Hdt.  7,  108  :  sternly  just, 
Thuc.  3,  44  :  of  numbers,  ju.st,  exact- 
ly, precisely,  αϊ  εκατόν  bpyvial  δίκαι- 
οι, Hdt.  2, 149. — III.  right,  lawful,  just, 
fair,  esp.  TO  δίκαιον,  right,  opp.  to 
TO  άδικον,  Hdt.  1,  96,  etc.  ;  τα  δ.  κά- 
δικα,  Ar.  Nub.  99  :  τονμόν  δ.,  my  own 
right,  Eur.  L  A.  810:  hence  to  δ. 
έκύστω,  Lat.  suum  cuique :  τά  δ., 
rights,  dues,  claims,  pleas,  Thuc.  3, 
54 ;  Tu  δ.  στρατιώταις  ποιεΐν,  Xen.  ; 
τά  δ.  ποιεΐν  τινι,  to  do  what  is  just 
and  right  by  a  man  ;  τά  δ.  τύττειν, 
προςτάττειν  τινί,  Lat. y^ra  reddere,  to 
order,  command;  τά  δ.  πράττεσθαί 
τίνα,  to  give  a  man  his  deserts,  punish 
him,  Ar.  ;  but  also  in  genl,  like  Lat. 
Justus,  all  that  is  as  it  should  be,  e.  g. 
ϊππον  δ.  ποιεΐσθαί  τινι,  to  make  a 
horse  fit  for  another's  use,  Xen.  Mem. 
4,  4,  5,  cf  Cyn.  7,  4  ;  δικαίως  έμόν, 
really  and  truly  mine.  Soph.  Aj.  547. 
—2.  fair,  modcrate,=μέτpιoς,  Thuc.  1, 
76  :  δικαίως,  with  reason,  6,  34. — C. 
we  must  esp.  notice  the  phrase  δί- 
καιος ειμί,  c.  infin.,  όίκαιοί  έστε  ίέναι, 
you  are  bound  to  come,  Wess.  Hdt  9, 
60,  cf  8,  137  :  δίκ.  είμι  κο7.ύζειν,  I 
have  a  right  to  punish,  Ar.  Nub.  1434  : 
δίκαιοί  εϊσι  άπιστότατοι  είναι,  they 
have  most  reason  to  distrust,  Thuc.  4, 
17  :  δίκαιος  εστ'  ά-οΛωλέΐ'αί,  he  de- 
serves to  perish,  Lat.  dignus  est  qui  pe• 
353 


ΔΙΚΑ 

Tfat,  Dem.  71,  26 :  more  rarely  in 
superl.,  as  Plat.  Symp-  1~-  Β  :  our 
way  of  speaking  is  rather  όίκαών 
kari.  which  is  gootl  Greek,  as  in  Hdt. 

I.  39,  as  also  δικαίως  uv  c.  opt.  ;  cf. 
Kiihner  Gr.  Gr.  i^  C50.  An  irr.  coinp. 
δίκηιέστιρος  is  mentioned  by  Gramin. 

^Δ,ίκαίος,  ου,  6,  Dicaeus,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  an  Athenian,  Hdt.  8,  65. 

Αίκαιοσννι/,  tjc,  ή,  (δίκαιος)  justice, 
Theogn.  147  :  the  character  of  the  δί- 
καιος, uprightness,  rightecnis  dealing, 
Hdt.  1 ,  96  ;  6,  86,  1 ,  etc. ;  righteous- 
ness, piety,  N.  T. :  also  used  of  par- 
ticular virtues. — 2.  /usitce  personified, 
a  goddess,  Anlh. 

Αικαώσννος,  ου,  6,  epith.  of  Jupi- 
ter as  Guardian  of  justice. 

^ Αίκαιοτέ'λίΐς,  ονς,  ό,  Dicaeoteles, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Anth. 

Αικαιότης,  ητος,  ■η,=:δικαιοσννη, 
Xen.  Cyr.  8,  8,  13,  An.  2,  6,  26. 

Αικαιόίΰ.  ώ,  fut.  -ώσω,  or  rather 
-ώσομαι,  Thuc.  3,  40,  (δίκαιος)  strict- 
ly, to  make  right :  hence — 1.  to  hold  as 
right  or  fair,  think  right  or  fit,  usu.  c. 
inf.  like  άξωω,  Hdt.  1,  89,'l33,  etc.  : 
c.  adv.,  οϋτω  δ..  Id.  9,  42  :  to  consent, 
Id.  2,  172,  and  ού  δ.,  to  refuse,  3,  42  : 
also  to  claim  as  one's  right  or  due,  τι 
γενέσθαι,  Hdt.  9,  93  :  c.  ace.  pers.  et 
inf.,  to  desire  one  to  do.  Id.  3,  118. — 

II.  to  do  a  man  right  or  justice,  to  judge ; 
hence — 1.  to  condemn,  Thuc.  3,  40  : 
to  chastise,  punish  (as  the  Scots  use 
"justify"  for  "  execute"),  Hdt.  1, 100. 
cf.  liuhnk.  Tim.  Pass,  to  have  right 
done  one,  opp.  to  άδικεισβαι,  Anst. 
Eth.  N. — 2.  to  make  just,  hold  guiltless, 
justify,  N.  T. 

Αίκαψον,  ου,  τό,  an  Indian  bird,  v. 
Biihr  Ctes.  p.  313. 

Αικαίωμα,  ατός,  τό,  (δικαιύω)  an 
act  of  justice,  the  making  good,  amend- 
ment of  a  wrong,  opp.  to  αδίκημα, 
Arist.  "Eth.  N.  s',  7,  7,  Rhet.  1,  13.  1  ; 
hence  judgment,  punishment.  Plat. 
Legg.  864  Ε  :  but — 2.  an  acquittal, 
sentence,  act  of  justification,  N.  T. — ^11. 
α  legal  right,  justification,  plea  of  risht, 
claim,  Thuc.  1,  41,  Isocr.  121  Α.— III. 
a  legal  requirement,  ordinance.  LXX. 
^Αικαίως,  adv.  v.  sub  δίκαιος. 

Αικαίωσις,  εως,  ή,  (δικαιύω)  α  set- 
ting right,  doing  justice  to:  hence — 1. 
conviction,  punishment,  Thuc.  8,  66. — 

2.  judicial  defence,  plea,  Plut. — II.  a 
claim,  demand  of  right  or  as  of  right, 
Thuc.  1, 141. — ill.  judgment  of  what  is 
right,  hence  in  genl.  judgment,  opin- 
ion, άντή7.λαξαν  τ?)  δικαιώσει,  alter- 
ed it  at  their  ivill  an.d  pleasure,  Thuc. 

3,  82. — IV.  a  being  esteemed  just,  justi- 
fication, N.  T. 

Αίκαιωτήριον,  ov,  τό,  like  κολα- 
στήμίον,  a  house  of  correction,  Plat. 
Phacdr.  249  A. 

Αικαιωτ>/ς,  ov,  o,  a  judge,  Plut. 

Aucdv,  Ion.  and  Att.  for  δικάσειν, 
inf.  fut.  from  δικάζω,  Hdt. 

Αΐκανικός,  ή,  όν,  skilled  in  law, 
versed  in  pleading,  Plat. — II.  belonging 
to  trials,  judicial,  /.όγοι,  Isocr.  ;  βημά- 
των δ.,  a  law  term,  Ar.  Pac.  534  : 
hence  accurate,  circumstantial,  usu.  in 
bad  sense,  uordy,  wearisome,  like  στω- 
/it'Zocofthe  long  law  speeches, Stallb. 
Plat.  Apol.  32  A,  Hemst.  Luc.  Somn. 
17.  (The  Gramm.  assume  δικανός, 
a  pleader,  as  the  root.) 

Αικάρδιος,  ov,  (δίς,  καρδία)  with 
two  hearts,  Ael. 

Αικάρηνος,  ov,  (δις,  κύρηνον)  two- 
headed,  Batr.  300. 

Αικαρτΐέω,  ώ,  to  bear  two  crops, 
Theophr. :  from 

Αίκαρτΐος,  or,  (δις,  καρπός)  bearing 
two  crops,  Lat.  biferus,  Strab. 
354 


ΔΙΚΗ 

Αικάσιμσς,  ov,  (δικάζω)  judicial, 
e.  g.  δικ.  ήμερα,  Lat.  diesfastus,  a  day 
when  the  courts  are  open,  Plat.  Legg. 
958  B.  [a] 

Αικασττολέω,  o>,  (δικασπόλος)  to 
adjudge,  Diotog.  ap.  Stob.  p.  330,  10, 
in  pass. 

Αικασπολία,  ας,  ή,  a  trial,  catise, 
sentence,  Orph.  :  from 

Αικασπόλος,  ov,  ό,  (δίκη,  πολέω) 
one  who  gives  law,  a  judge,  11.  1,  238, 
Od.  11,  186. 
Αικαστεία,  ■>ί,:=δικαστήρίον,  Inscr. 
Αικαστηρίδιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from 
δικαστήριον.  a  little  court  of  justice, 
Ar. Vesp. 803.  [ρΐδ, MeinekeMenand. 
p.  160.] 

Αικαστήριον,  ov.  τό,  a  covrt  of  jus- 
tice, vTTo  δ.  άγειν,  νπάγειν  τινά,  Hdt. 
6.  72,  104 ;  δ.  συνύγειν.  Id.  6,  85 : 
hence  the  court,  i.  e.  the  judges,  Ar. 
Vesp.  624. 

Αικαστής,  ov,  ό,  (δικάζω)  a  judge, 
or  rather  a  juror  ;  at  least  the  Athen. 
dicasts,  like  the  Roman  judiccs,  came 
nearer  the  latter  than  the  former,  the 
presiding  judge  being  ό  κριτής,  first  in 
Aesch.,  and  Ar.,  v.  esp.  Xen.  Symp. 
5.  10,  and  cf.  Herm.  Pol.  Ant.  ^  134. 
Hence 

Αικαστικός.  -η.  όν,  belonging  to  law 
or  trials,  practised  in  them,  Xen.  INIem. 
2,  6,  38  ;  //  6iK.,  sub.  τέχνη,  the  law 
as  a  profession,  Plat.  Gorg.  464  Β  ; 
το  δικαστίκόν,  the  jurnr^s  fee.  daily 
pay  of  an  Athenian  dicast :  it  was 
first  one  obol  (never  two),  then  three 
obols,  Ar.  Nub.  863,  Ran.  140,  cf 
Buckh  P.  E.  1,  312,  sqq.  Adv.  -κώς, 
Luc. 

Αικάστρια,  ας,  η.  a  she-jxidge,  pecul. 
fem.  0Ϊ  δικαστής,  Luc. 

ΔΙΚΕΓΝ,  inf  of  έδικην,  to  throw, 
hurl,  an  aor.  used  by  Pind.  and  Trag., 
of  which  no  other  tenses  are  found 
except  aor.  1,  δίξε,  Simmias  :  also 
of  she-animals,  to  cast  their  young. 
(Prob.  the  same  as  \jat.jac-cre:  hence 
δίσκος,  as  λέσχη  from  λε^ω,  and 
perh.  δίκτυον.) 

Αίκελλα,  ης,  ή,  (δι-,  κέλ?.ω)  α  mat- 
tock or  pick-axe  with  two  teeth.  Lat.  bi- 
dms,  Aesch.  Fr.  184,  cf  μάκελ?^α.  [ΐ] 
Hence 

Αικελλίτης,  ov,  6,  one  that  uses  the 
δίκελλα,  a  digger,  Luc. 

Αίκεντρος,  ov,  (δις,  κέντρον)  with 
two  stings,  Ael. 

Αικέραιος,  ov,  (δις,  κεραία)  two- 
horned  or  pointed.  Anth. 

Αικέραος,  and  δίκερος,  ov,  (δις,  κέ- 
ρας)—i'oreg. 

Αίκερας,  ατός,   τό,  (δίς,  κέρας)  α 
double  horn,  Caliix.  ap.  Ath.  202  Β. 
Αίκερος,  or, =sq. 

Αίκερως.  gen.  ωτος  or  ω,  ό,  ή,  ων, 
τό,=  δικέραιος,Κ.  Horn.  18,  2. 

Αίκέφΰλος,  ην,  (δίς,  κεφαλή)  two- 
headed,  Arist.  Η.  Α. 

ΔΓΚΗ,  ης,  ή.  right:  but  as  in  early 
times  right  was  thought  to  rest  upon 
usage,  the  orig.  signf  of  δίκη  was, 
custom,  usage,  manner  or  fashion,  αντη 
δίκη  έστΙ  βροτων.  this  is  the  way  of 
mortals,  Od.  11,  218:  so  δίκη  θεών, 
βασιλήων,  δμώων,  μνηστήρων,  γε- 
ρόντων, their  custom,  way  of  acting, 
law  ofbeiyig,  Od.  4,  691  ;  14,  59,  etc.  : 
also  ή  γαρ  δίκη,  δττπότε...,  this  is  al- 
W'ays  the  way,  when...,  Od.  19,  168. 
Hence  the  adverbial  use  of  the  ace. 
δίκην,  in  the  way  of.  aj'ter  the  manner 
of.  c.  gen.,  in  Pind.  P.  1,  97,  Aesch. 
Theb.  85,  etc.,  and  oft.  in  Plat.  (v. 
Ruhnk.  Tim.),  mostly  in  prose:  so 
that  it  is  =  Homer's  ή  γαρ  δίκη  έστϊ 
γερόντων,  Od.  24,  255  :  also  like  χά- 
ριν, for  the  sake  of,  Schneidewin  Si- 


ΔΙΚΑ 

mon.  p.  74.  Hence — II.  good  ai.ttom, 
order,  law.  right :  Hom.  uses  the  sing, 
of  propriety  in  genl.,  μήτι  δίκης  έπι- 
δενές,  nothing  less  than  becomes  i^mi,  II. 
19,  180  ;  δίκην  Ιθνντατα  εΐ—εΐν,  to 
give  the  mo.st  upright  judgment,  11. 
18,  508,  cf.  ίθνς :  abstract  right,  opp. 
to  βία,  might,  11.  16,  388,  Od.  14,  84  : 
personified  as  a  goddess,  daughter  of 
Jupiter  and  Themis,  Hes.  Th.  902: 
in  Pind.  ;r?i//i.— III.  Hom.  has  it  in 
plur.  for  the  rule  of  justice,  judgments, 
in  the  hands  of  monarchs,  e.  g.  Αΐ'Λί- 
ην  είρντο  δίκτ/σί  τε  και  σθίνεϊ  ώ,  II. 
16.  542,  cf  Od.  3,  244,  etc. :  hence  in 
genl.  α  judgment,  sentence,  δίκηΐ  σκο- 
Ai.ai.  opp.  to  Ιθεΐαι,  Hes.  Oji.  217, 
248,  cf  260.  Hence— IV.  po.';t-Hom.. 
legal  justice,  the  right  which  is  pre 
sitmed  to  be  the  object  of  law,  and 
so — 1.  the  suit  instituted  to  get  at  it: 
either  in  genl.  a7ty  law-suif,  Dem.  298, 
2  ;  or,  .strictly,  a  private  sj/it  or  action, 
opp.  to  γραφή,  a  public  suit  or  indict 
ment,  Att.  Process,  book  2,  2,  Herm. 
Pol.  .'\nt.  S^  135  :  so  εγκαλεϊν  τινι  δ., 
to  bring  an  action  agetiytst  one,  Dem.,  δ. 
έπεξε?Μεϊν,  Plat. — 2.  hence,  the  actual 
trial  of  the  case,  ττρό  δίκης.  Thuc.  1, 
141 ;  and,  the  court  by  which  it  was 
tried,  ίν  νμίν  εστί  και  τ?ι  δίκτ;,  Αη- 
tiphon  142,  5. — 3.  the  object  or  conse- 
quence of  the  action,  atoneineni,  satis- 
faction, penalty.=zκaτaδίκη,  δίκην  τί- 
νειν,  εκτίνειν,  Hdt.  9,  94,  Soph.  Aj. 
113:  and  ven,'  freq.  δίκην  or  δίκας 
διδόναι,  to  suffer  punishment,  i.  e.  give 
satisfaction,  Lat.  pof^ias.  poenam  dare, 
Hdt.,  and  Att.  ;  διδόναι  δ.  τινί,  to 
pay  it  to  one,  Hdt.  1.  2,  τινός,  for  a 
thing,  Hdt.  5,  106,  etc. ;  also  δίκην 
διδόναι  ντϊό  τινης.  to  be pimished  by.... 
Plat.  Gorg.  525  Β ;  but  δίκας  δονναι 
ηβίλον,  they  consented  to  submit  to  trial, 
Thuc.  1,  38  :  δίκας  λαμβάΐ'είν  is 
sometimes  =  δ.  διδόναι.  v.  Elms). 
Heracl.  852,  but  more  usu.  opp.  to  it, 
=  Lat.  sumcre  poenam,  to  inflict  jmnisJi- 
ment.  take  vengeance,  Lys.,  etc.  :  SO 
too  δίκην  έχειν,  to  have  one's  punish- 
ment, Plat.  Rep.  529  C  (but  also  to 
have  satisfaction,  παρά  τίνος,  Hdt.  I, 
45) :  so  too  δίκας  νττέχειι•,  to  stand 
trial,  Hdt.  2,  118,  etc.;  τταρέχειν, 
Enr.  Hipp.  50;  δίκης  τυγχάνειν,  Xen. 
Hell.  3,  3,  II  :  δίκην  φενγειν.  to  try 
to  escape  it,  be  the  defendant  in  the  trial, 
Dem.,  opp.  to  δ.  διώκειν,  to  prosecute: 
δίκας  αίτέειν.  to  demand  satisfaction, 
τινός,  for  a  thing,  Hdt.  8,  114;  δ. 
έτΓίτιθέναι  τινί.  Id.  1,  120:— lastly, 
δίκας  δοϊ'ναι  και  λ.αβείν,  to  hare  their 
causes  tried,  of  subject-states  who 
were  obliged  to  .submit  to  trial  in  the 
ruling  state's  courts,  as  the  Aegine- 
tans  at  Epidanrus,  and  the  allies  at 
Athens,  v.  Valck.  Hdt.  5,  83  :  δ.  δού- 
ναι και  δέζησθαι,  to  submit  differences 
to  a  peaceful  setllrment,  Thuc.  5,  59. — 
The  various  Athenian  δίκαι,  with 
their  apiiropriate  phrases,  will  be 
found  in  their  respective  places,  [ΐ] 

^Αίκη,  ή.  Due,  one  of  the  Hours, 
Hes.,  v.  δίκη  II.,  fin. 

Αΐκη7.ίκτης,  δίκη?.ον,  collat.  form 
of  δείκηλ. 

Αίκην,  adv.,  v.  δίκη  I. 
Αίκησις,  εο>ς.  ή,  (δίκη)  vengeance, 
^έκδίκησις,  LXX. 

Αικηφόρος,  ov,  (δίκη,  φέρω)  bring- 
ing justice,  avenging,  δ.  "Ζενς,  Aescn. 
Ag.   525  ;  δ.  ήμερα,  the  day  of  ven- 
geance, lb.   1577  ;  as  subst.  ό  δ.,  an 
avenger,  opp.  to  δικαστής.  Id.  Cho.  120. 
Αΐκίδιον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  δίκ7},  a 
little  trial,  Ar.  Eq.  346,  Vesp.  508.  [id] 
Αίκλίς,  ίδος,  -ή,  (δίς,  κλίνω)  folding 
I  two  ways,  only  as  epith.   of  doors 


Δ1ΚΡ 

gates,  etc.,  double-folding,  in  sin^., 
Theocr.  14,  42,  usu.  in  plur.  θυραι, 
τίύ'/Μΐ,  σαΐ'ίδες,  Od.  2,  315;  17,  268, 
11. 12,  45-5  :  later,  δικλίδες  alone,/oW- 
ing  doors,  Mel.  125.  The  loria  όί- 
κλί:ΐς,  είδος,  as  if  from  /c/U/f,  doitble- 
faslened,  is  dub. 

Αικογράφία,  ας.  η,  the  compilation 
or  draiiiug  tip  oj  pleadings,  Isocr.  310 
Β :  from 

Λικογρύφος,  ό,  {όίκη,  γράφω)  a 
composer  of  law-speeches,  Diog•.  L.   [a] 

Αίκοδίφης,  ου,  6,  {δίκη,  δίψύΜ)  one 
who  grubs  for  law-suits,  Luc. 

Δίκοκκος,  ov,  {δις,  κόκκος)  with 
double  kernel. 

Αικο'λέκτι^ς,  ov,  ό,  =  οικολόγος, 
Anlh. 

iAiKO/i/.vylov,  ov,  τό,  (δίς,  κόλλν- 
βον)  a  ίυ>ο-κό7ί2.νβον  piece,  Ar.  Aeo- 
lis3. 

Αίκο'λογέ<ύ,  <J,  to  plead  a  cause, 
speak  in  court  of  justice,  Arist.  Rhet.  ; 
and 

Αικο?.ογία,  ας,  ή,  forensic  oratory, 
Arist.  Rhet. :  from 

Αικο'λόγος,  ov,  6,  (δίκη,  7,έγυ)  a 
pleader,  advocate,  Plut. 

Αίκολ-ος,  ov,  {δις,  κοί.ττός)  with 
two  hoUous,  Gal. 

Αικόνδϋ/Μς,  01',  (_δίς,  κάνδυ/ιος) 
double  knuckled,  Arist.  H.  A. 

Αικοβράτηης,  ου,  ό,=^δικοΙ)^)άφος. 

Αικορβάόέω,  ώ,  to  get  up  a  law-suit, 
Ar.  Nub.  1483  ;  and 

AiKopftuoia,  ας,  ή,  the  getting  up  of 
a  law-suit :  from 

Αικοββύφος,  ov,  0,  (δίκη,  ^ιάτττω)  a 
pettifogger,  Aristaen.  [a] 

Αίκορσος,  ov,  ( δις,  κόρση  )  two- 
headed. 

Αικόρυμβος,  ov,  (δις,  κόρνμβος) 
two-pointed  Or  topped,  Luc. 

Αικόρνφος,  ov,  (  δις,  κορυφή  )  = 
foreg..  Eur.  Bacch.  307,  Phoen.  227, 
and  Arist.  H.  A. 

Αικότϋλος,  ov,  (δίς,  κοτνΆη)  hold- 
ing two  κοτυλαι. — 11.  with  two  rows 
of  tentacula,  like  the  polypus,  Arist. 
H.  A. 

Αίκραιος,  ov,  {δίς,  κεραία)  forked, 
cleft,  Hipp.     Hence 

Αικραιότης,  ητος,  ή,  division.  Id. 

Αικραιόω,  ώ,  to  divide.  Pass,  to 
branch  out,  prob.  1.  Hipp. 

Αίκραφος.  ov,  {δις.  κραΤρα)  tu'o- 
poinled  or  horned,  Antb.  :  forked,  ή  δ., 
the  forked  ?ni/ of  Triton,  Ap.  Rh. 

Αίκρΰνος,  ov.  {δις,  κρΰνον)  two- 
headed,  two  pointed,  hence  as  subst., 
TO  δίκρανον,  a  pitchfork,  δικρύνοις 
έξωθεΐν,  like  hat.  f  urea  expellere,  Luc. 
Hence 

Αικράνόο),  ώ,  to  make  forked. 

Αικρΰτής.  ες.  {δις.  κράτος)  co-mate 
in  power.  'Ατρειδαι,  Soph.  Aj.  252  : — 
6.  Χόγχαι,  spears  mastering  two.  dmώle- 
slaying  spears,  of  Eteocles  and  Poly- 
nices,  Id.  Ant.  146. 

Αίκροος,  ov,  contr.  δίκρονς,  ovv, 
and  δικρόος,  ov,  contr.  δικρονς,  ovv, 
=  δίκραιος,  δίκραιρος,  δίκρανος,  fork- 
ed, cleft.  Hipp.,  etc.  :  τό  δίκρουν. 
Plat.  Tim.  48  B,  cf  Schaf.  Mel.  p.  82, 
Herm.  Opusc.  5,  p.  153.  Also  short- 
ened δίκρος,  7j,  ov,  Br.  Ap.  Rh.  4, 
1613,  Lob.  Phryn.  p.  233  :  Paral.  p. 
42,  n. 

Αίκροσσος,  οι•,  (δίς,  κροσσός)  double 
bordered  οτ  fringed. 

Αίκροτος,  ov,  {δίς,  κροτέ(ύ)  dmihle- 
heating,  κώτται,  Eur.  I.  Τ.  408  :  hence 
double-oared,  uith  two  banks  of  oars  on 
η  side,  elsewh.  διήρης,  Xen.  Hell.  2, 
1,  28,  0pp.,  etc. — II.  pass.  dnMy-bpat- 
en,  Teith  double  track,  αμαξιτός,  Eur. 
El.  775. 

Αίκροννος,  ov,  {δίς,  κρουνός)  tvith 


ΔΙΚί? 

two  springs  Or  tnouths,  βντόν  δ.,  a 
doable  vase,  from  which  two  kinds  of 
wine  could  be  poured,  Damos.  ap. 
Ath.  469  A. 

ίΑικταΐος,  a,  ov,  (Αίκτη)  of  Dicte, 
Dictaean,  Callim.  Dian.  199  :  to  Ai- 
κταΐον,  the  temple  of  Dictaean  Jupiter, 
Strab. — 2,  o,  epith.  of  Jupiter,  Callim. 
Jov.  5. 

Αίκταμνον ,  ov,  to,  δίκταμνος,  ου, 
Τ],  and  δίκταμοί!,  ov,  τό,  dittany,  a 
plant  which  only  grew  in  perfection 
on  mounts  Dicte  and  Ida,  Euphor. 
79,  V.  Hocks  Kreta.  1,  p.  34. 
^Αικτάτωρ,  ορός,  Poly.b.  ωρος.  Dion. 
Η.,  ό,  the  Roman  dictator,  Polyb., 
Pint.,  etc.  [a]    Hence 

^Αικτατωρενω,  to  be  dictator,  Dio  C ; 
and 

ίΑικτατωρία.  ας,  ή,  Plut.,  and  δικτα- 
τωρεία,  ή,  Dion.  Η.,  the  dictatorship. 

^Αίκτι/,  ης.  ή,  Dicte,  a  mountain  of 
Crete,  sacred  to  Jupiter.  Strab. 
\Αίκτον,  ov,  τό,=  Αίκτη,  Arat. 
^Αικτιδιής,  oi.  the  Dictidians,  f.  1.  in 
Thuc.  5,  35,  for  which  Αιής,  the  in- 
habitants of  Diiun,  is  read  by  some ; 
Poppo  conj.  Χα/.κιδης,  approved  by 
Thirlwall  and  Arnold. 

Αικτνΰγωγός,  ov,  b,  {δίκτνον,  άγω) 
a  dr nicer  of  nets. 

Αικτνά/Μτος,  ov,  {δίκτνον,  ά?.ί- 
σκομαι)  taken  in  the  toils. 

Αικτυβο?.έω,  ώ,  to  cast  the  net,  Anth. : 
from 

Αικτυβόλος,  ov,  {δίκτνον,  βύ?.λω) 
casting  nets  ;  6  δ.,  a  fisherman.  Anth. 

Αίκτνδιον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  δίκτν- 
ον. 

Αίκτνες,  οι,  unknown  animals  of 
Libya,  in  Hdt.  4,  192. 

Αικτνεύς,  έως.  ό,  {δίκτνον)  one  loho 
fishes  with  nets,  Strab. 

Αίκτϋνα  or  Αίκτνννα.  ης,  ή,  epiih. 
of  Diana,  the  goddess  of  the  chace,  Hdt. 
3,  59,  Eur.,  etc.     Hence 

^Αικτύνναιος,  a,  ov,  of  or  belonging 
to  Dictynna ;  το  Αικτννναιον,  the  tem- 
ple of  Diana  Dictynna,  Strab. 

Αικτνοβόλος,  ον.^^δικτν3ό?Μς. 

Αίκτνοειδίίς,  ές,  {δίκτνον,  είδος) 
net-like.  Gal. 

Αικτνόκλωστος,  ov.  {δίκτνον,  κλώ- 
θο))  woven  in  meshes,  σκεΐραι  δικτυό- 
κΑυσται,  the  nefs  meshy  folds.  Soph. 
Ant.  347. 

Αίκτϋον.  ου,  τό,  any  net-work,  a  fish- 
ing-net. Od.  22,  386 :  a  hunting  net. 
Hdt.  1,  123,  Ar.  Av.  1083,  etc.  :  me- 
taph.,  δ.  ατής,  " Κιδου,  Aesch.  Pr. 
1078,  Ag.  1115.— II.  the  bottom  of  a 
sieve.     (Peril,  from  δικεΐν.) 

Αικτυοπλόκος,  ov,  {δίκτνον,  ττ?ιέ- 
KCj)  iveaving  nets. 

Αικτυου?ί,κός,  όν,  {δίκτνον,  ίλ/τω) 
drawing  nets:  oi  Α.,  a  play  of  Aes- 
chylus. 

Αίκτνόω,  ω,  {δίκτνον)  to  weave  like 
a  net,  Lat.  reticulare. 

Αίκτϋτϊος,  ov,{δίς,κτvπέω)resound^ 
ing,  Nonn. 

ίΑίκτνς.  νος,  ό,  Dictys,  son  of  Mag- 
nes,  Apollod. 

Αικτνώδης,  ες,=δικτνοειόής. 

Αικτνωτός,  ή,  όν,  {δικτνόω)  made 
in  net  fashion,  grated,  trellised,  Lat. 
reticulat-us,  θνραι  δικτ.,  Polyb. :  θνρις 
δικτνίΑτή,  a  lattice-windoiv,  LXX. 

Αίκνκ'λος,  ov,  {δίς.  κύκλος)  two-cir- 
cled, two-ivheeled .  TO  δίκνκλον,  {άρμα) 
a  tΛvo-wheeled  chariot. 

Αίκνρτος,  ov,  {δίς,  κνρτός)  two- 
humped,  of  a  camel,  Geop. 

*ΔΓΚΩ,  supposed  pres.  :  but  v. 
δικεΐν. 

Αίκωλιος,  ov,  {δίς,  κώλον)  with  trvo 
limbs  or  legs,  I<yc. — II.  with  two  clau- 
ses, περίοδος. 


ΔΙΜΝ 

ΐΔί'κων,  ωνος,  ό,  Dicon,  masc.  pr.  η., 
Anlh. 

Αικωττέω,  ο,  to  ply  a  pair  of  sculls  : 
hence  in  genl.  to  work  double-handed, 
Ar.  Eccl.  1091 ;  and 

Αικωπία.ας.ή,  a  pair  of  sculls, lj\ldt, 
cf.  Schol.  Thuc.  4,  67  :  from 

ΑίκωτΓος,  ov,  {δίς.  κώ~η)  two-oared, 
σκάφος  όίκ.,  a  skiff,  Eur.  Ale.  252,  cf. 
444. 

Αιλιήκϋθον,  ov,  TO,  {δίς,  λήκυθος) 
a  pair  of  ?α/κνθοι,  Hippoloch.  ap.  Ath. 
129  C. 

Αίλημμα,  ατός,  τό,  {δίς,  λ.αμβάνω) 
α  double  jjroposition,  Lat.  dilemma :  in 
logic,  an  argument,  in  which  the  ad- 
versary is  pinned  between  {δια7\.αμβά- 
νεται)  two  difficulties,  Cicero's  com- 
plexio.     Hence 

Αύ.ι'ιμματος,  ov,  with  two  handles. — 
II.  consisting  of  a  dilemma,  TO  <5ίλ.= 
δίλ.ημμα,  Gramm. 

Αιλογέω,  ώ,  to  say  again,  repeat, 
Xen.  Hipparch.  8,  2. — Π.  to  speak  am- 
biguously ;  and 

Αιλογια,  ας,  ή,  repetition.  Xen.  Hip- 
parch.  8.  2. — II.  ambiguity  :  from 

Αιλ.όγος,  ov,  {δίς,  λέγο)  repealing. 
— II.  double-tongued,  deceitful,  doubtful, 
N.  T. 

Αίλογχος,  ov,  {δίς.  /.όγχη)  with  two 
spears  :  hence  double-pointed,  two-fold, 
άτη,  Aesch.  Ag.  C43. 

Αίλοφος,  ov.  {δίς,  ?.όόος)  with  two 
plumes  or  crests  :  two-topped.  Soph. 
Ant.  1126. 

Αΰ.οχία,  ας,  ή,  a  double  λόχος,  Po- 
lyb. 

^ Αιλ.οχίτης,  ov,  6,  leader  of  a  διλ.ο- 
χία.  Arr.  Tact.  13. 

Αίμακρος.  ov,  {δίς.  μακρός)  of  two 
long  syllables,  Gramm. 

^Αίμΰλος,  ov,  {].  Dimalus,  a  city  of 
Illvria ;  also  Αιμάλη,  -ύ/.λη,  Polyb. 
3, '18,  1. 

Αιμάχαιρος,  ov,  {δίς.  μάχαιρα)  with 
two  swords.  Artemid. 

Αιμύχης,  ου.  ό,  (δις,  μάχομαι)  one 
who  fights  either  on  foot  or  horseback,  a 
dragoon,   [u] 

Αιμέδιμνον.  ov,  τό,  {δίς,  μέδιμνος) 
a  measure  holding  tiro  μέδψνοΐ. 

Αιμερής,  ές.  {δίς.  μέρος)  of  two 
parts,  Arist.  Η.  Α.     Adv.  -ρώς. 

Αιμέτρητος,  ov,  (δίς,  μετρητής) 
holding  two  μετρηταί,  Callix.  ap.  Ath. 
199  F. 

Αίμετρυς,  ov,  {δίς,  μέτρον)  of  two 
measi^ires:  of  a  verse  having  two  metres, 
V.  δίττοδία. 

ΑψέτωτΓος,  ov,  {δίς,  μέτωττον)  two- 
fronted,  tivo-fold,  App. 
^ Αιμηνιαϊος,  a,  ov,=sq.,  Hipp. 

Αίμηνος,  ov,  {δίς.  μην)  fir  tivo 
months.  Diod. :  as  subst.  to  δι/ιηνον, 
and  in  Polyb.  ή  δίμηνος  6.  31,  3,  a 
period  of  two  months,  Theophr.  :  δι- 
μήνου, for  the  space  of  two  months, 
Diod.  S. 

Αιμήτωρ,  ορός,  ό.  ή.  {δίς,  μήτηρ) 
twice  born.  Alex.  Incert.  16,  Ovid's 
Bacchus  bimatris. 

Αίμιτος.  ov,  {δίς,  μίτος)  of  double 
thread,  woven  double.  —  II.  as  subst. 
ό  ό.,  dimity. 

Αίμιτρος,  ov.  {δίς.  μίτρα)  with  dou- 
ble mitre,  dub.  in  Plut. 

Αιμναΐος,  αία,  aiov,  {δίς,  μνά)  ivith 
two  minae,  of  that  price,  Arist.  Oec.  2, 
6:  διμνέως  ίττοτιμήσησθαι.  to  value 
at  two  minae,  Hdt.  5,  77,  cf.  Hemst. 
Poll.  9.  56  :  διμναίους  is  now  read  in 
Hdt.,  to  which  διμνέως  is  related  as 
λεώς  to  λαός,  etc. :  it  cannot  be  a 
subst.  in  this  place,  but  agrees  with 
σφέας  going  before. 

ίΑίμνεως  Ion.  for  διμναϊος ;  v.  sub 
foreg. 

355 


ΔΙΝΩ 

fAi/ινος,  ον,  ό,  Dimnus,  rnasc.  pr.  η., 
Diml.  S. 

Αψοφία,  ας.  ή.  {δίς.  μοίρα)  α  dou- 
ble share,  double  pay,  Xen.  Hell.  6,  1, 
4,  Lac.  15.  4.-2.  two  thirds,  Dion.  H. 
— II.  =:  ημίλοχία,  two  morae,  half  a 
\όχος,  Ael. :  containing  two  έΐ'ωμο- 
τίαι  ace.  to  Arr.  Tact.  p.  21,  Blanc. 

διμοιρίτης,  ov,  ό,  one  who  has  a 
double  share,  double  pay,  Arr. — 11.  the 
leader  of  a  διμοιρία,  Luc. 

Αίμοιρος,  ov,  {δίς,  μοίρα)  divided 
betuwen  two,  Aesch.  Theb.  850,  Supp. 
1071. — II.  TO  δ.,  half  a  drachma.  Plat. 
Ax.  366  C  :  as  a  weight,  half  a  λίτρα, 
or  pound.  Pint.  C.  Grac.  17. 

Αίμορφος,  ov,  {δίς,  μορφή)  two- 
formed,  Lye.  :  androgynous,  Diod. 

Αίμνξος,  ov,  {δίς,  μύξα)  with  two 
wicks.  Plat.  (Com.)  Νύξ  2. 

Αινάζω,=δινέω,  rare,  Artemid. 
^Αινδΰμη,  ης,  ή,  Dindyme,  mother 
of  Cybele,  Diod.  S. 
ίΑινδνμ7]νός,  ή,  όν,  v.  sub  sq. 
\Αίΐ'δϋμον,  ov,   τό.  Ml.  Dindymus, 
in  Mysia  near  Cyzicus,  with  a  tem- 
ple of  Cybele,  Strab. — 2.  a  mountain 
of  Phrygia  near  Pessinus,  Ap.  Rh.  1, 
985,  Strab.,  etc.     Both  sacred  to  Cy- 
bele, who  is  hence  called  ή  Αινδυ- 
μηνη  μήτηρ,  Hdt.   1,  80  ;    also   Αιν- 
δνμίη.   Αρ.    Rh.   1,    1125;    Αινδυμις 
'Ρκιη,  Νοηη. 

Αίνενμα,  ατός,  τό,  anything  whirled 
round :  a  whirling,  twisting,  dancing, 
Ar.  Thesm.  122,  Xen.  Eq.  3,  11.  [i]  : 
from 

AlvEVU  and  δΐνέω,  ύ,  f.  -ήσω,  {δίνη) 
to  whirl  or  twirl,  to  spin  round,  both 
in  Horn. :  σόλον  δινήσας,  after  whirl- 
ing the  quoit  (before  pitching),  11.23, 
840 :  ζενγεα  δινεύειν,  to  drive  them 
round  a  circle,  II.  18,  543 :  μοχλόν 
δινεΐν,  to  turn  the  stake  round  and 
round  in  the  Cyclops'  eye,  Od.  9,  388  ; 
also  in  Find.,  and  Trag. — II.  intr.  to 
whirl  about,  esp.  in  the  dance,  II.  18, 
494,  606:  of  a  bird,  to  whirl  in  air.  II. 
23,  875 :  in  genl.  to  wander,  roam 
about,  11.  24,  12,  Od.  19,  67:  δ.  βλε- 
φάροις,  to  look  wildly  about,  Eur.  Or. 
835  :  as  also  in  pass.,  like  Lat.  ver- 
sari,  Od.  9,  153,  II.  17,  680,  and  in 
mid. — III.  to  thresh  on  the  δϊνυς,  cf. 
δίνυ-     Poet.  word. 

ΔΙΝΗ,  ης.  ή,  a  whirling,  esp. — 1. 
a  whirlpool,  eddy,  Lat.  vortex,  II.  21, 
213,  and  Att. — II.  a  whirlwind,  Eur., 
etc. :  metaph.,  Ji'yflif  ανάγκης,  Aesch. 
Pr.  1052,  δίναις  κυκ'λονμενον  ιιέαρ, 
Id.  Ag.  997.  [ί]     Hence 

Αϊνήεις.  εσσα,  εν,  whirling,  eddying, 
epith.  of  a  stream,  Horn.,  and  Eur. — 
II.  rounded,  Mosch.  2,  55. 

Αίν7]σις,  εως.  ή,  {δινέΐΰ)  a  whirling, 
eddying  motion,  Eccl. 

Αΐνητός,  ή,  όν,  {δινέΐύ)  whirled 
round.  .\nlh. 

ΔΓΝΟΣ,  (5,  like  δίνη.  a  whirl,  eddy, 
Lat.  vortex.  Ar.  Nub.  380,  etc. :  esp. 
of  a  dance  like  the  waltz. — II.  a  dizzi- 
ness, vertigo,  Hipp.  —  III.  the  round 
area,  where  oxen  trod  out  the  corn, 
threshing-floor,  v.  Ruhnk.  Ep.  Cr.  p. 
179. — IV.  a  large  round  goblet,  also 
written  δεΙνος,  Ar.  Vesp.  018,  cf  Ath. 
467  D.     Hence 

Δϊΐ'όω,  C>,  like  δινενυ  and  δινέω, 
to  spin  round,  esp.  to  turn  with  a  lathe, 
to  round. 

Αίνυ,=  δινενυ  and  δινέω.  esp.  to 
thresh  out  on  the  δΐνος  (III.),  Hes.  Op. 
590.  [[] 

Αΐνώδης,  ες,  {δίνη,  είδος)  eddying. 

Αϊνωτός,    ή,    όν,    {δινόω)    turned, 

rounded,  II.  3,  391,  Od.  19,  56  :  άσττις 

jiivolat    βοών    και    χαλκφ    δινωτή, 

covered    all    round    or    worked    round 

356 


ΔΙΟΔ 

with  hides  and  brasen  plates,  Π.  13, 
407. 

Αιξΰς,  ΰντος,  ό,  a  Sicilian  copper 
com,= two  χαλκοί,  Hemst.  Poll.  9, 
81,  cf  τριξάς. 

Αίξοος,  ov,  {δίς,  ξέω)  cleft,  forked, 
Theophr. 

Αιξός,  ή,  όν,  Ion.  for  δισσός,  double, 
Hdt.  2,  44,  etc.,  7,  57,  Koen  Greg.  p. 
435  :  like  τριξός  for  τρισσός. 

Aio-,  is  lound  at  the  beginning  of 
many  compd.  nouns,  both  proper  and 
common,  meaning  not  only  sprung 
from  Zeus  (Jupiter)  or  the  gods,  but 
in  genl.  excellent,  godlike,  like  Οεο-  in 
compos. 

Αιό,  conjunct,  contr.  for  δι'  δ, 
ivherefore,  on  which  account :  therefore, 
thence  :  with  enclit.  διόπερ,  Lat. 
propter  quod,  propterea,  Thuc.  8,  92, 
etc. 

Αιοβλής,  ήτος,  b,  η,  and 
Αιύβ7.ητος,  ov.  Ael.,=  sq. 
Αιόβολος,  ov.  {Τ,ενς,  βάλ7.ω)  hurled 
by  Jupiter,  of  lightning,  Soph.  O.  C. 
1464,  Eur.  Ale.  125. 

Αιόβολον,  όν,  τό,  (όβολύς)  v.  διώ- 
βολον. 

^Αιογείτων,  όνος,  ό,  Diogtton,  an 
Athenian  against  whom  Lysias  de- 
livered an  oration,  Lys.,  Dem. 

f  Αιογένεια,  af,^,Z'ioo-eiU(i,  daughter 
of  the  Cephisus,    ApoUod.  3,  15. 

Αιογενετωρ,  ορός,  ό,  {Αιός,  γενέ- 
τωρ)  lience  ενανλοι  Αιογενέτορες, 
natal  cave  of  Jupiter,  Eur.  Bacch. 
122. 

Αιογενής,  ες,  {Αιός,  *γένω)  sprung 
from  Jupiter,  of  his  race,  always  masc. 
in  Hom.,  with  whom  it  is  a  fre(i.  epith. 
of  kings  and  princes,  as  ordained  and 
upheld  by  Jupiter,  {έκ  Αώς  βασιλήες. 
Hes.  Th.  96) :  not  as  if  actually  his 
offspring :  Aesch.  calls  the  gods  them- 
selves θεοί  ΑιογενεΙς,  Theb.  301, 
Supp.  031. — II.  parox.,  Αιογένης,  ονς, 
b,  ace.  η  and  ην,  prop,  n.,  Diogenes, 
a  celebrated  cynic  philosopher  of  Si- 
nope,  ό  Κνων,  Diog.  L. — 2.  a  Stoic 
philosopher  of  Seleucia,  a  pupil  of 
Chrysippus,surnained  ό  Βαβυλώνιος, 
Id. ;  others  in  Diog.  L. — 3.  a  cele- 
brated actor  at  Athens  in  the  time  of 
Socrates,  Ael.  V.  H.  3,  30.  Others 
in  Andoc,  Polyb..  etc.  [i  in  Hom. 
and  Eur.  And.  1195  in  arsis;  else- 
where short.]    Hence 

^Αιογενισμός,  ov,  ό,  a  living  like 
Diogenes,  imitation  of  Diogenes. 

ΐΑιογενισταί,  ών,  οι,  followers  of 
Diogenes,  Ath.  186  A. 

Αιογκόω,  ώ,  {διά,  όγκόω)  to  make 
to  swell.     Pass,  to  swell  out.     Hence 

Αιόγκωσις,  εως,  ή,  a  swelling,  dis- 
tention, tumor,  Gal. 

Αιόγνητος,  ov.  contr.  for  Αιογένη- 
τος,=  Αιο\ενης,  Hes.  Sc.  340. — II.  as 
prop.  n.  Diognetus,  the  seventh  life- 
archon  in  Athens,  Dion.  H.  ;  of  Tho- 
ricus,  Dem.  541,  6.  Others  in  An- 
doc, Polyb.,  etc. 

Αιόγονος,  ov,  =  Αιογενής,  Eur. 
Hipp.  500. 

Αιοδεία.  ας,  ή.  (διοδενω)  a  passage 
through,  Arist.  Eth.  Eud. 

Αιοδενσιμυς.  ov,  {διοδενω)  passable. 
Αίόδενσις,  εως,  ή,=^διοδεία,  Hipp. : 
from 

Αιοδενω,  {διά,  οδεύω)  to  travel 
through,  Polyb. 

Αιοδέω,  ί.  -ήσω,  {δίοδος)  to  go 
through  again,  repeat,  cf.  τρίοδέω- 

Αιοδοιττορέω,  =  διοδεύω,  Hdt.  8, 
129. 

Aιoδoπoιέω,=^{oΐeg.,  dub.  in  The- 
ophr. :  from 

Αίοδος,  ov,  ή,  a  way  through,  pas- 
sage,  thoroughfare,  Hdt.   7,   201 :    δ. 


ΔΙΟ! 

νδατος,  Thuc.  2,  102:  an  orbit,  άσ- 
τρων. Aesch.  Pr.  1019:  δ.  ίχειν,Ιο 
command  the  road,  Thuc.  7,  32  :  right 
or  permission  to  pass.  Ar   Av.  189. 

•  Αιόδοτος,  ov,  b,  Diodohis,  son  ol 
Eucratcs,  an  Atlienian,  Thuc.  3,  41. 
— 2.  brother  of  Diogiton,  Lys. — 3.  a 
peripatetic  philosopher,  Strab. 

Αιοδνρομαι,  {διά,  οδύρομαι)  dpp.,  to 
bewail  sorely,  c.  acc,  Dem.  1248, 19.  [v] 

•  Αιύδωρος,  ου,  ό,  Diodorus,  an  Athe- 
nian who  delivered  the  speech  ol 
Demosthenes  agst.  Androtion,  Dem. 
— 2.  a  celebrated  historian  in  the 
time  of  J.  Caesar,  snrnamed  ό  Σικε- 
λός. Freq.  masc.  pr.  n.,  in  Xen., 
etc. 

Αίοζος,  ov,  (διά,  όζος)  with  two 
branches,  Theophr. 

Αιοζόομαι,  {διά,  οζόώ)  as  pass.,  to 
be  divided,  to  branch,  Hipp. 

Αιόθεν,  adv.  from,  seiitfrom  Jupiter, 
according  to  his  will,  II.  15,489;  24, 
194  :  in  genl.  from  heaven,  Lat.  dim- 
nitus. 
ίΔϊοί,  ων,  ol,  the  Dii,  a  Thracian 
tribe  on  Mt.  Rhodope,  Thuc.  2,  91, 
hence  adj.  Αιακός,  ή,  όν,  of  the  Dii, 
Dian,  Id.  7,  27. 

Αιοίγνυμι,  f.  -fw,  {διά,  οίγνυμί)  to 
open,  Ar.  Eccl.  852:  also  διοίγω. 
Soph.  Aj.  346,  O.  T.  1287. 

Αίοιδα,  inf  διειδέναι,  perf.  with- 
out any  pres.  in  use,  to  knmv  the  dif- 
ference, distinguish,  Eur.  Med.  518, 
and  Plat. :  cf  διείδον. 

Αιοιδαίνω,  f.  -ώ^ώ,=:κς.,  Hdn. 
Αιοιδέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  strengthd.  for 
οΐδέω,  Strab.     Hence 

Αιοιδής,  ες,  swollen,  turgid,  Nic. 
Αιοικέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {διά,  οΐκέω) 
strictly,  ίο  manage  all  the  house :  Isence 
in  genl.  to  manage,  direct :  esp.  to  gov- 
ern, conduct  the  aflairs  of  a  state, 
Ίτόλιν,  Thuc.  8,  21,  Plat.,  etc.  :  but 
also  δ.  τον  βίον,  to  regulate  one's  life, 
Isocr.  2  E,  etc. — 2.  to  treat  a  person 
well  or  ill.  Dem.  763,  6. — 3.  as  medic, 
term,  to  distribute  nourishment  through 
the  body,  to  digest,  Diog.  L. — B.  pass. 
to  be  provided  with,  to  be  supported  by 
a  thing,  νττό  τίνος,  Strab.,  τινί,  Ath. 
— 2.  in  rhetor,  διοικεΐσθαι  was  used 
of  the  distribution  and  arrangement  of  a 
discourse,  etc.,  Dion.  H. — II.  to  inhabit 
distinct  places.  Plat.  Tim.  10  E.  Mid. 
to  live  apart,  κατά  κώμας,  Xen.  Hell. 
5,  2,  5.  But  —  2.  διοίκεΐσθαι  προς 
τίνα,  to  place  one's  self  over  against 
one,  match  one's  self  with  him,  Din- 
arch.     Hence 

Αιοίκημα,  ατός,  τό,  management, 
government. 

Αιοίκησις,  εως,  ή,  {διοικέω)  direc- 
tion, government,  civil  administration. 
Plat.  Rep.  606  E,  etc. :  esp.  in  the 
financial  ae^zx\,nierii,expenditure,  Lys. 
185.  21. — II.  one  of  the  lesser  Roman 
provinces,  Cic.  Fam.  13,  53,  67  :  and 
hence,  as  an  eccles.  division,  α  bishop's 
jurisdiction,  diocese,  Eccl. 

Αιοικητής,  ov,  b,  {διοικέω)  a  man- 
ager, director,  governor,  comptroller, 
Bockh  Inscr.  2,  p.  22.     Hence 

Αιοικητικός,  ή,  όν,  regulating,  δν• 
ναμις,  Plut. 

Αιοικήτρια,  ας,  ή,  α  housekeeper. 
Αιοικίζω,  f.  -ίσω  Att.  -Γώ,  {διά, 
οΐκίζω)  to  cause  to  live  apart,  to  place  in 
separate  dwellings,  to  disperse,  Arist. 
Pol.  :  δ.  τάς  πόλεις,  to  break  up,  scat- 
ter their  populatioyi,  Isocr.  91  Α.,  the 
same  as  δ.  κατά  κώμας,  Polyb.  Pass. 
to  be  scattered  abroad,  Plat.  Symp.  193 
A.  Mid.  to  change  one's  abode,  εις—, 
Lys.  902,  1.     Hence 

Αιοίκισις,  εως,  ή,  a  dispersion  :  a  re 
moval,  Lys.  901,  fin. 


ΔΙΟΜ 

Αιοικισμός,  ου,  ό,  =  foreg.,  Dion. 
Η. 

Αιοικοδομέω,  ω,  {διά.  οίκοδομέω) 
to  build  across,  wall  off,  Thuc.  8,  90 : 
to  separate,  τι  Τίνος,  Plat.  Tim.  69  E. 
— II.  to  barricade,  όόόν,  Diod. 

Αίοικονομέω,  ώ,  strengthd.  for  oi- 
κονομέω. 

Αίοινοχοέϋ),  ώ,  {διά,  οινοχόος)  to 
mix,  prepare  wine  for  drinking,  Ath. 

Αιοινόω,  ώ,  strengthd.  for  οίνόω, 
Plat.  Legg.  775  C. 

Αίοίξίς,  εως,  ή,  {διοίγννμι)  an  open- 
ing, Theophr. 

^ Αιοίσομαι,  fut.  mid.  of  διαφέρω, 
Η.  Horn.  Merc.  255. 

Αίοιστίον,  \'erb.  adj.  of  διαφέρω, 
one  must  carry,  move  round,  όμμα,  Eur. 
Phoen.  265. 

Αιοϊστεύω,  {διά,  όϊστενω)  to  shoot 
an  arrow  through,  τινός,  Od.  19,  578  : 
absol.  καί  κεν  δωϊστεύσειας,  thou 
mightest  reach  it  with  an  arrow,  i.  e. 
art  a  bow-shot  from  it,  Od.  12,  102. 

Αιοιστρέω,  ώ,  strengthd.  for  ol- 
στρέω,  Diod. 

Αιοίσω  and  διοίσομαι,  fut.  of  δια- 
φέρω. 

A'lOLTO,  opt.  mid.  from  δίω,  Od.  17, 
317. 

Αιοιχνέω,  ώ,  {διά,  οίχνέω)  to  go 
through,  αιώνα,  Aesch.  Lum.  315. — 
II.  absol.  to  wander  about,  kv  πέτραις, 
Η.  Horn.  18,  10. 

Αίοίχομαι,  f.  -χήσομαι,  (διά,  οιχο- 
μαι)  dep.  mid.  :  to  be  quite  gone  by,  of 
time,  Hdt.  4,  136 :  of  persons,  to  be 
clean  gone,  to  have  perished,  Lat.  peri- 
isse,  Soph.  Aj.  973,  Eur.,  etc. — II.  to 
be  gone  through,  ended,  b  ΆοΎΟς  δ., 
Soph.  Ο.  C.  574,  ubi  al.  διέρχεται. 
Poet.  word. 

^ Αιοκ7.είδας,  a,  6,  Dioclidas,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  a  Syracusan,  Theocr.  15,  147. 
Dor.  for 

^Αιοκ7ιείδης,  ου,  6,  Dioclides,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Andoc,  Plut.,  etc. 

ίΑιοκ?.7/ς,  έονς  poet,  ήος,  ό.  Diodes, 
a  king  of  Pherae  in  Messenia,  II.  5, 
542,  Od.— 2.  a  chief  of  Eleusis,  H. 
Horn.  Cer.  474;  but  in  v.  153,  Aio- 
κλος. — 3.  a  hero  honoured  by  the  Me- 
garians,  Ar.  Ach.  774,  for  whom  the 
Αιόκλεια  were  celebrated,  Schol.  Ar. 
and  Theocr.  12,  29.-4.  one  of  the 
thirty  tyrants,  Xen.,  etc.  Others  in 
Dem.,  Diod.,  etc. 
^Αίοκλος,  ov,  ό,  V.  foreg.  2. 
^ Αιοκορνστής,  ου,  ό,  Diocorystes,  a 
son  of  Aegyptus,  ApoUod. 

Αιοκωχή,  ης,  ή,=διακωχή. 

Αιολισθαίνω,  and  -θάνω,  f.  -ησω, 
(βιά,  ολισθαίνω)  to  slip  through,  Hipp. 
— IL  c.  ace,  to  give  one  the  slip,  Ar. 
Nub.  434,  Plat.  Lys.  216  C. 

Αιο7κή,  ης,  y,  {διέλκω)  distraction, 
Sext.  Emp. 

Αίολκος,  ου,  ό,  (διέΤίκω)  a  crossing, 
dragging  across. — II.  the  spot  in  the 
isthmus  of  Corinth,  where  ships  were 
drawn  across,  Strab. 

ΑιόΤ',λνμι,  fut.  -ολέσω  Att.  -ολώ, 
(<5ίά,  δλΛνμι)  to  destroy  utterly,  bring 
to  naught,  Soph.  Tr.  1028,  etc. :  to  blot 
out,  put  out  of  mind :  hence  to  forget, 
opp.  to  σώζω,  Br.  Soph.  O.  T.  318. 
Mid,  to  perish  utterly,  come  to  naught, 
Trag.,  and  Plat. ;  εκ  τίνος,  by  some 
one's  hand.  Soph.  O.  T.  225. 
^Αιό7ιθν,  adv.  for  δι'  δ7.ου. 

Αιο7.οφνρομαί,  strengthd.  for  όλο- 
φύρομαι,  Polyb.  [ν] 

Αίομαι,  V.  8ub  δίω. 

Αίομΰ7ύζω,  (διά,  όμαλίζω)  to  keep 
smooth  or  even. — II.  intr.  to  be  always 
calm  and  evenminded,  Plut.     Hence 

Αιοι/ΰλισμός,  ov,  ό,  evenness,  steadi- 
ness, Sext.  JEmp. 


ΔΙΟΝ 

Αιομαλύνω,=^διομαλίζω,  in  transit 
sign!'.,  Plut. 

Αίομβρος,  ov,  {διά,  δμβρος)  wet 
through,  Arist.  Probl. 

^Αίομέδων,  οντος,  ό,  Diomidon,  an 
Athenian  commander  in  the  Pelo- 
ponnesian  war,  Thuc.  8,  19. 

^Αιόμεια,  ων,  τά,  Diomia,  an  Attic 
demus  of  the  tribe  Aegei's,  with  a 
temple  of  Hercules,  Ar.  Ran.  651. 

Αιομειαλαζών,  όνος,  6,  (Αιόμεια, 
άλαζών)  the  braggart  of  the  deme  Dio- 
mia, Ar.  Ach.  605. 

^Αιομενς,  έως,  ό,  an  inhabit,  of  Dio- 
mia, Ath.  260  A. 

^ Αιομέντ/ς,  ονς,  ό,  Diomen.es,  an 
Athenian,  son  of  Archelaus,  Dem. 

i Αιομήδεια,  ας,  ή,  Diomedaa,  the 
largest  of  the  live  islands  in  the 
Adriatic,  called  by  Strabo  a'l  Aio- 
μήδειοι  νήσοι,  p.  215 :  prop.  fem. 
from 

^Αιομήδειος,  ov,  also  a.  ov,  (Sch- 
neid.  Plat.  Reji.  2,  p.  175),  of  Dio- 
medes,  Diomedean  ;  proverb.  Αιομ. 
ανάγκη,  Diomedean  compulsion,  Plat. 
Rep.  493  D,  Ar.  Eccl.  1029,  from 
Diomede's  having  bound  the  hands 
of  Ulysses,  on  their  return  from  Troy 
to  the  Grecian  camp  with  the  Palla- 
dium, and  having  driven  him  before 
him,  with  blows  on  the  back  with 
the  blade  of  his  sword,  because  Ulys- 
ses being  behind  D.  endeavoured  to 
destroy  him,  and  thus  obtain  the  sole 
honour  for  himself  Another  expl. 
in  allusion  to  the  Thracian  D.  is 
given  in  Schol.  ad  Ar. 

^Αιομήδτι,  Tjc,  ij,  Diomede,  daughter 
of  Phorbas,  II.  9,  665.-2.  daughter 
of  Xuthus,  ApoUod.  1,9,  4. — 3.  daugh- 
ter of  Lapithes  and  wife  of  Amycles, 
Id.  3,  10,  3. 

Αιομί/δης,  εος,  ace.  -δη  and  -δεα,  ό, 
{Αιός,  μήδομαι.  strictly,  the  divinely- 
counselling)  Diomed,  ta  king  of  the 
Thracian  Bistones,  son  of  Mars,  Eur. 
Ale.  483,  ApoUod.  2,  5,  8.-2.  son  of 
Tydeus  and  Deipyle,  king  of  Argos, 
one  of  the  Epigoni,  engaged  in  the 
second  Theban  war,  and  one  of  the 
bravest  Grecian  chiefs  before  Troy, 
II.  2,  567,  etc. 

Αιομηνία,  ας,  η,  {Αιός,  μήνις)  wrath 
of  Jupiter,  Orph.  \yi\ 

^Αώμι7.ος,  ov,  6,  Diomilus,  an  An- 
drian,  Thuc.  6,  96. 

^Αιόμνηστος,  ov,  ό,  Diomnestus, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Ath.,  Plut. 

Αιόμννμι,  i.  -ομονμαι.  {διά,  δμνυμι) 
dep.  mid.,  to  swear,  ορκον,  η  μην...,  c. 
inf..  Soph.  Tr.  255  :  to  declare  on  oath, 
esp.  in  courts  of  justice,  c.  inf ,  Ly- 
curg.  165,  43  :  also  in  mid.,  διόμνυ- 
μαι.  Soph.  Aj.  1233;  and  so  almost 
always  in  prose,  as  ταύτα  διωμόσω. 
Plat.  Apol.  27  C,  «5.  τινί,  Lys.  96, 
35. 

Αιομολογέω,  ώ,  {διά,  όμολογέω)  to 
make  an  agreement,  settle,  undertake, 
Xen.  Ages.  3,  5  :  hence  also  in  pass., 
to  be  agreed  on,  Polyb. — II.  more  usu. 
as  dep.  mid.,  to  agree  mutually  to  or 
upon  a  thing,  c.  ace.  rei,  τους  τόκους, 
Dem.  1284,  14:  esp.  to  agree  upon  as 
granted,  Plat.  Legg.  953  Ε  :  also  δ. 
Tivi  περί  τίνος,  Isae.  41,  43 ;  and  c. 
inf  fut..  Id.  41,  29.     Hence 

Αιομο7ίόγησις,  εως,  ή,  a  mutual  com- 
pact, convention,  Polyb. 

Αιοαο7ίθγητέον,  verb.  adj.  from 
διομο?.ογέω,  Plat.  Rep.  527  A,  etc. 

AIoi>,  ace.  from  δΐος. 

Ai'of ,  imperf  from  δίω. 

iAIov,  ου,  TO,  Diuni,  a  city  of  Eu- 

boea,  II.  2,  538,  near  Histiaea,  ace. 

to  Strab. — 2.  a  city  of  t^lialcidice  on 

the  Strymonian  gulf,  Hdt.  7,  22. — 3.  j 


ΔΙΟΝ 

a  city  of  Macedonia  on  the  Sinus 
Thermaicus,  so  called  from  a  cele- 
brated temple  of  Jupiter,  now  prob. 
Standia,  Thuc.  4,  78.  Hence  oi  Αιης, 
the  Dians,  Thuc.  5,  35,  for  Αικτιδιής, 
q.v. 

\  ΑιόνΙκος,  ov,  ό,  Dionlcus,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  Luc. 

Αιονομάζω,  {διά,  ονομάζω)  to  name 
far  a7id  wide,  inake  known  or  famous. 
Pass,  to  be  widely  known,  Isocr.  398  D, 
and  in  late  prose. 

Αιοννς.  ύ,  shortened  for  Αιόνυσος, 
Lob.  Phryn.  436. 

Αιοννσειον,  ov,  τό,^=  Αιοννσιον, 
Schaf  Greg.  p.  651.  [v] 

Αιονύσια,  ων,  τά,  sub.  ιερά,  the 
feast  of  Dionysos  or  Bacchus,  esp.  at 
Athens :  these  were  formerly  sup- 
posed to  be  three,  1.  the  Δ.  κατ"  αγ- 
ρούς, 2.  the  'Ανθεστήρια,  3.  the  Δ. 
εν  άστει,  or  μεγά7Μ :  the  Αήναια 
being  supposed  by  some  to  be  the 
same  with  the  first,  by  others,  with 
the  second.  But  Bockh  (Abhandl. 
Berl.  Akad.  1816,  17,  pp.  47-124), 
seems  to  prove  that  they  were  four 
distinct  feasts  in  four  consecutive 
months :  viz. — I.  τά  κατ'  αγρούς,  kv 
ΰγροίς,  or  μικρά,  in  Poseideon  (De- 
cember) when  the  vintage  is  just  over : 
at  these  prob.  old  tragedies  and  co- 
medies were  represented. — II.  τά  εν 
Αίμναις  or  Ατ/ναια  (in  the  suburb 
Αίμναί,  where  the  Αήναιον  stood), 
in  Gamelion  (January)  when  the  wine 
was  just  made,  and  the  presses  {7ίηνοί) 
cleaned  up :  from  this  feast  the 
month  was  once  called  Αηναιών, 
which  name  was  retained  by  the 
lonians  of  Asia :  cf  'Ανθεστηρίων, 
Σκιροφηριών,  etc.  At  these  new 
Tragedies  and  Comedies  were  per- 
formed, and  a  prize  of  the  rich  must 
of  the  new  vintage  was  given. — III. 
τά  'Ανθεστήρια  in  Anthesterion  (Fe- 
bruary), of  which  the  first  day  was 
called  πιθοιγία,  when  the  casks  of 
the  by-gone  vintage  were  first  tap- 
ped, the  second  χόες,  and  perhaps 
the  third  χντραι,  Irom  the  public 
picnic  with  which  they  were  cele- 
brated. It  is  doubtfuJ  what  dramatic 
performances  accompanied  them. — 
IV.  τα  μεγάλα,  τά  αστικά  Α.,  τα  κατ" 
άστυ,  έν  άστει,  or,  simply,  τά  Δίο- 
νΰσία,  in  Elaphebolion  (March), when 
Athens  was  full  of  strangers  from  all 
Greece,  and  all  the  most  splendid 
exhibitions  took  place.  For  these 
most  of  the  new  Dramas  were  re- 
served. (Cf  also  Buttni  Dem.  Mid., 
Exc.  1.)  [v]     Hence 

Αιοννσιάζω,  to  keep  the  Dionysioy 
hence  to  live,  dress  festively  or  extra- 
vagantly, Luc. 

Αιονϋσιακός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to  the 
Dionysia,  or  to  Dionysos.  A.  θέατρον, 
Thuc.  8,  93,  άγων,  Arist.  Rhet.,  etc. : 
Αιοννσιακύ  were  poems  on  the  legend 
of  Bacchus,  as  those  of  Nonnus.  Adv. 
-κώς. 

Αιονϋσιάς,  άδος.  ή.  pecul.  fem.  of 
Αίονυσιακός,  Pratin.  ap.  Ath.  617  C, 
Eur.,  etc. — 2.  as  subst.  a  Bacchante, 
Pans. — II.  a  kind  of  plant,  Diosc, 
elsewh.,  άνδρόςαιμον. — III.  a  foun- 
tain near  Pylos,  Pans. — 2.  a'l  Aio- 
ννσιάδες  (νήσοι)  the  Dionysiades,  two 
islands  near  Crete,  Diod.  S. — 3.  early 
name  of  the  island  Naxus,  Id. 

i Αιοννσίδης,  ου,  ό,  Dionysides,  a 
tragic  poet,  Strab. 

iAιovvσίOκ7J/ς,  εονς,  ό,  Dionysiocles, 
a  physician,  Ath.  96  D. 

Αιοννσιον,  ου,  τό,  sub.  ιερόν,  the 
temple  of  Dionysos  {Bacchus)  Ar.  Fr 
187.  [i] 

357 


Δ10Π 

Διονύσιος,  a,  ον,  of  Dionysos  or 
Bacchus,  Bacchyl.  26.  [ij] 

iAioi'vatog,  ov,  a,  Dionysius,  com- 
mon pr.  n. — 1.  a  commander  of  the 
Phocaeans  in  the  time  of  Danus 
Hystaspis,  Hdt.  6,  11.— 2.  ό  Μίλ?/- 
σως,  one  of  the  earliest  of  the  Logo- 
graphi,  before  Herodotus,  Diod.  S., 
etc. — 3.  6  —ρότερος,  the  elder,  tyrant 
of  Syracuse,  405-367  B.  C,  Diod., 
Plut.,  etc. — 4.  ό  νέος,  the  younger, 
son  and  successor  of  the  former,  3G7- 
343  B.  C,  several  times  expelled, 
Xen.,  Diod.  S.,  etc. — 5.  Άλικαρνασ- 
σενς,  a  rhetorician  and  historian  in 
the  time  of  J.  Caesar  and  Augustus, 
resided  in  Rome. — 6.  ό  ΤΙερίψ/ητης, 
composer  of  a  geographical  poem, 
lived  in  the  time  of  Augustus.  Many 
others  of  this  name  in  Xen.,  Dem., 
etc. 

Αίοννσισκός,  ov,  6,  dim.  from  Δίό- 
νυσος. 

^ΑίονυσΛόοτος,  ov,  ό,  (Αιόννσος, 
δίδυμι)  Oionysodotus,  prop,  given  by 
Dionysos  or  Bacchus,  appell.  of  Apollo 
at  Phlms,  Paus. — 2.  masc.  pr.  n.,  Ath. 

'^Αίυΐ'νσόόωρος,  ov,  ό,  {Αιήννσος, 
όώρον)  Dionysoddrus.  a  sophist  of 
Chios,  brother  of  Euthydemus,  Xen. 
Mem.  3.  1. — 2.  an  Athenian  against 
whom  Dem.  spoke,  Dem.  Others  in 
Lys.,  Polyb.,  etc. 

ΪΑιοννσοκλίις,  έονς,  ό,  Dionysocles, 
an  orator  in  Tralles,  .Strab. 

Αιοΐ'ϋσοκόλακες,  ol,  {Αώννσος,  κό- 
λαί)  nickname  of  the  τεχνίταί  Δ^οχ'ΐ;- 
σίακοί,  artifices  sceaici,  like  Μουσο- 
κό7Μκες.  v.  Arist.  Rhet.  3,  2,  10. 
Chares  ap.  Ath.  538  F :  hence — II. 
applied  to  the  flatterers  of  Dionysius 
the  tyrant ;  arid  to  the  school  of 
Plato,  Diog.  L.  10,  8,  ubi  al.  Aiovv- 
σιοκόλακες- 

Αίοννσομανΐυ,ΰ,{Αιόννσος, μαίνο- 
μαι) to  be  full  of  Bacchic  frenzy,  Phi- 
lostr. 

^ΑιοννσόποΤ'.ις,  εως,  η,  Dionysopolis, 
a  city  of  Pontus,  Arr. :  cf.  Kpovvoi. 

Αώννσος,  ον,ό,  and  \^oet.  Αιώννσος, 
(Hom.,  Hes.,etc.)  and  Aεvvvσoς,q.v., 
Dionysos,  Bacchvs.  god  of  wine,  vine- 
yards, and  of  high  enthusiasm,  son 
of  Jupiter  and  Semele :  not  often 
mentioned  in  Horn.  On  the  later  de- 
velopment of  his  legend,  v.  Creuzer's 
Dionysos,  and  cf.  'βάκχος. 

^ Αιοννσοφύϊ'τ/ς,  ονς,  ύ.  Dionysoph- 
anes,  an  Ephesian,  Hdt.  9,  84. 

Αιοξειών,  η,  i.  e.  ή  dC  οξειών  χορ- 
<5ών  συμφωνία,  the  fifth  in  the  musical 
scale,  V.  όιαττασών. 

Αιότται,  αϊ,  a  kind  of  enrrin^s,  Ar. 
Fr.  309,  V.  ύίοτΓος. 

Αιόπαις,  παιύος,  ό,  (Αιός,  τταΐς) 
son  of  Jupiter,  Anth. 

^Αίοτνείθης,  ονς,  ό,  Diopithes,  a 
Spartan  soothsayer,  Xen.  Hell.  3,  3, 
3. — 2.  an  Athenian  demagogue  in  the 
time  of  Aristophanes,  Ar.  Eq.  1085, 
etc.  —  3.  an  Athenian  commander, 
Dem.,  Plut. 

Αιόττεμπτος,  ov,  {Αιός,  πέμπω)  sent 
from  Jupiter. 

ΔίότΓίρ,  conjunct,  for  δι'  όπερ,  ν. 
sub  διό. 

Αίοΰεττ/ς,  ες,  (Αιός,  πίπτω)=ζΑιϊ- 
πετης,  άγαλμα,  Eur.  Ι.  Τ.  997. 

^Αιοττιθονσα,  7]ς,  ή,  Dinpiihfisa,  pa- 
rent source  of  the  Ganges,  Plut. 
*  Αίοπομ-έομαι  and  Αιοπόμ—ησις, 

εως,  ή,=  άττοόιοτΓ. 

^ Αιόποιιπος,  ov,  ό.  Diopompus,  masc. 
pr.  n..  Plat.  Legg.  840  A. 

Αίοττος,  ov,  b,  {διέττω)  a  director, 
overseer,  rider,  Aesch.  Pers.  44.   Eur. 
Rhes.  741  :  n>i  officei  on  board  a  ship, 
Hipp.,=the  later  επίπλους. 
358 


ΔΙΟΡ 

ΑίοτΓος,  ov,  {διά,  οπή)  with  two 
holes :  hence  διόπαι,  ων,  αι. 
t  Αιοπτενω,  {διά,  όπτεύω)  to  xfatch 
accurately,  spy  about,  II.  10,  451  ;  in 
genl.  to  behold.  Soph.  Aj.  307. — II. 
later,  C.  ace.  to  look  after,  take  chari^e 
of  a  thing,  δ.  την  vavv,  ap.  Dem.  929, 
20. 

Αιοπτήρ,  ηρος,  δ,  (,διά,  δπτήρ)  α 
spy,  scmtt,  στρατον,  II.  10,  562. — II. 
διάγγελοι  και  δωπτί/ρες  in  Plut., 
the  optiunes  and  tesserarii  of  the  Ro- 
mans :  also  the  speculatores,  light 
troops  for  reconnoitring.  —  ΠΙ.  =  δί- 
οπτρα. 

Αώπτης,  ov,  b,  (διύ,δψομαι)  strict- 
ly, a  looker  thrmigh,  ω  'Ζεν  διόπτα, 
says  Dicaearchus  in  Ar.  Ach.  435, 
hokling  up  a  ragged  gannent  to  the 
light.— II.  =foreg.''Eui•.    Rhes.  ^34. 

Αίοπτρα,  ας,  ή,  and  δίοπτρσί',  υν. 
τό,  {διά,  δφομαι)  any  thing  through 
which  one  sees  clearly,  a  spying-tube, 
Polyb. :  Alcae.  calls  wine  δίοπτρον 
ανβρώποις,  because  aperit  praecordia 
Bacchus. — Π.  an  optical  instniment 
for  measuring  heights,  levelling,  etc., 
aJacob''s  staff. — 111.=  διαστο'λενς,  Gal. 
— IV.  a  plate  of  talc,  Lat.  lapis  ■'ipeca- 
laris,  for  glazing  windows,  Strab. 
Hence 

Αιοπτρικός,  ή,  όν,  of,  belonging  to 
the  use  of  the  δίοπτρα  (II) :  ή  -κή,  sub. 
τέχΐ'η,  the  art  of  measuriug  heii^hts, 
etc. :  δργαχ'ον  δ.=  δίοπτρα  Π.,  Strab. 

Αιοπτρισμός.  ov,  ό,  an  opening  icith 
the  δίοπτρα  (III.),  Paul.  Aeg. 

Αίοπτρον,  ov,  τό,  v.  δίοπτρα. 

Αιοράτικος,  ή.  όν,  able  to  look 
through,  clear-sighted,  Lat.  perspicax, 
Luc. :  from 

Αιοράω,  ώ,  (διά,  όρύω)  to  see  through, 
look  through,  itnderstand,  discern,  Xen. 
An.  5,  2,  30,  Plat.,  etc. :  cf.  διείδον, 
δίοιδα. 

Αιοργΰνόω,  ώ,  (διά,  δργανόω)  to 
provide  loitk  organs,  to  mould,  late. 
Hence 

Αίοργάνωσις,  εως,  ή,  formation, 
fashioning,  [a] 

Αιοργίζω,  strengthd.  for  οργίζω, 
Polyb. 

Αιόργνιος,  ov,  {διά,  όργ'νιά)  two 
fathoms  long,  high,  etc.,  Hdt.  4,  195. 

Αιορβενω,=ζΒ(ΐ.,  Eur.  Supp.  417. 

Αιορθόω,  ώ,  (διύ,  όρθόω)  to  make 
straight,  Hipp.  :  and  so  to  set  right,  re- 
store to  order,  Isocr.  198  C  :  δ.  tpiv,  to 
make  up  a  quarrel,  Eur.  Hel.  1159: 
δ.  αδικήματα,  to  amend  them,  Polyb. : 
δ.  πίστιν  προς  τι,  to  make  good,  re- 
deem it,  Id. :  δ.  τα  προςοφειλόμενα.  to 
pay  them,  clear  off,  lb.  Mid.  like  act., 
Polyb.  :  but  also,  διορθονσθαι  περί 
or  νπέρ  τίνος,  to  ?nake  amends  for..., 
Dem.  112,  15;  895,  24.— II.  to  go  or 
tell  straight  through,  λόγον,  Pind.  O. 
7,  38.     Hence 

Αιόρθωμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  making 
straight,  setting  right,  Hipp.  :  correc- 
tion, Arist.  Pol.  :  an  amendment,  Plut. 

Αίόρθωσις,  εως,  ή,  (διορθόω)  a  ma- 
king straight,  as  in  the  setting  of  a 
limb,  Hipp. — 2.  a  correcting.  a7nending 
ofafaidt,  Arist.  Pol. — 3.  right  arr  an  ge- 
mimt,  τινός.  Plat.  Legg.  042  A. — 4.  a 
J'ortunate  event,  Polyb. — II.  a  revision, 
revised  edition  of  a  work,  v.  Wolf. 
Prol.  p.  clxxiv. 

Αιορθωτήρ,  ήρος,  o,=sq.,  Bockh 
Inscr.  2,  p.  22. 

Αιορθωτής,  ov,  δ,  (διορθόω)  a  cor- 
rector, regulator,  Plut. 

Αιηρβωτικός,  ή,  όν,  (διορθόω)  fit  for 
correcting  or  amending,  corrective,  Arist. 
Eth.  N.     Adv.  ~κώς. 

Αιηρίζω,  Ion.  διονρίζω,  f.  -ίσω  Att. 
-Γώ,  (διά,  ορίζω)  to  draw  a  boundary 


ΔΙΟΣ 

through,  divide  by  limits,  separate.  Hdt. 
4,  42. — 2.  to  distinguish,  determine,  de- 
fine, τα  οννόαατα,  Hdt.  4,  45.  -ά  γέ- 
ρεα,  Aesch.  Pr.  4 10,  and  so  Plat. :  in 
mid.,  to  pronounce  clearly,  τΐΐ  γράμ- 
ματα, Alex.  Incert.  21:  "hence — 3.  to 
determine,  lay  down,  ordain,  declare,  τι. 
Soph.  O.  T.  723  ;  also  c.  inf.,  to  deter- 
vnne  one  to  be  so  and  so,  Dem.  505, 
19 ;  and  so  with  the  inf.  omitted.  Soph. 
O.  T.  1083  :  δ.  δπως...,  Dem.  1286, 1 1, 
in  mid. — 4.  to  explain,  τι.  Plat.  Gorg. 
<188  D. — 5.  absol.,  to  draw  distinctions, 
lay  dmm  defi/iitions,  nsn.  in  mid.,  περί 
τίνος,  Isocr.  27  C,  etc.— II.  διορίζειν 
πόλεμιπ',  to  remooe  the  seat  of  war 
across  the  frontier,  Isocr.  77  Β  :  in 
genl.  ta  move  from  the  ccnmlry.  corri) 
abroad,  στράτευμα,  Eur.  Hel.  394  :  Λ 
πόδα,  to  depart,  lb.  828:  to  banish, 
Lat.  extenninare.  Plat.  Legg.  873  E. 
— III.  intr.  to  pass  the  bmcndaries,  νπέρ 
τι,  Eur.  Ion  46.    Hence 

^Αιόρισις,  εως,  ή,  distinction.  Plat. 
Legg.  777  Β  ;  and 

Αιορισμός,  ov,  b,  a  prescribing  of 
bounds,  limiting  :  definition,  Theophr. 
ap.  Diog.  L.  5,  43. 

Αιοριστέον,  verb.  adj.  from  δωρίζω^, 
one  must  distinguish.  Plat.  Legg.  874  D. 
^Αιηριστικός,  η.  όν,  (διορίζω)  suita- 
ble for  distingaishing,  Sext.  Emp. 

Αιορκισμός,  ov,  b,  an  assurance  on 
oath,  Polyb. 

Αιορμίζω,ί.  -ίσο)  Att. -£6>,  strength- 
ened for  όρμίζω,  Hierocl.  ap.  Stob.  p. 
450,  37,  in  pass. 

Αιόρννμι,  f.  διόρσω,  (διά,  ορννμι) 
to  drive  through.  Mid.  to  hurry  through, 
Aesch.  Supp.  552. 

Αίορος.  ov,  (διά,  δρος)  a  divider :  a 
stone  used  in  the  game  έφεδρισμός. 

Αιόροφος,  ov,  V.  διώροφος. 

ΑιοΙ)()όω,  ω,  (διά,  ό^φόω)  to  make 
serous,  Arist.  Η.  Α.     Hence 

Αιόρβωσις,  εως,  ή,  α  becoming  or 
making  serous,  Hipp. 

Αιορνγή,  ης,  ή,  (διορνσσω)  ν.  διω 
ρνχή. 

Αιόρνγμα,  ατός,  τό,  α  canal,  ditch, 
Thuc.  4,  109.— II.  ο  digging  through, 
LXX. :  from 

Αιορνσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  f.  -ξω,  (διά, 
ορνσσω)  to  dig  through,  τοΐχον,  Hdt. 
9,  37,  Ar.  Plut.  565 :  δ.  τάφρον,  to  dig 
a  trench,  Od.  21,  120:  metaph.  like 
τηιχωρνχείχ',  to  undermine,  ruin,  Dem. 
118,  11.— II.  to  bury,  Diod.— III.  to 
worm  one's  way,  pry  info.     Hence 

Αιορνχή.  f/ς,  η,  v.  διωρνχτ/. 

Αιορχέομαι,  (διά,  ορχέομαι)  dep., 
to  dance  across  or  along,  Opp. — II.  to 
dance  a  match  with  one,  τίνί,  Ar.  Vesp. 
1481. 

Αιος,  δΙα,  δΐον,  more  rarely  ος,  ov, 
(contr.  for  the  less  comm.  δίϊος.  from 
Zf?''f,  Αιός)  from,  sprung  frmn.  belong- 
ing to.  sacred  to  Jupiter,  are  certnirrly 
the  etymolog.  sigiifs. :  but  the  ceriairj 
examples  of  these  do  not  occur  before 
the  Trag.,  as  Aesch.  Pr.  6)9,  etc. ; 
the  nearest  approach  to  them  in  Hom. 
is  II.  9,  538,  δϊβφ  γένος,  ioriaipa, 
which  however  seems  to  be  ihaven-, 
not  Jove-descended.  TT.su.  in  general 
signf.  godlike,  excellent,  mighty,  vast, 
unearthly:  in  Hom. — 1.  epithet  of  the 
goddesses,  δια  θεά,  II.  10,  290,  etc. , 
usu.  in  phrase  δΙα  θεάωΐ',  with  superl. 
force,  like  πίστα  πιστών,  ΰ^Ι)ητα  ΰβ• 
βήτων,  etc..  in  Trag.  ;  so  too  δια  γν- 
να/κώι>•.  Hes.  uses  it  so  in  masc, 
Th.  991.  δίος  δαίμων. — 2.  of  itJustri- 
ous  men  or  women,  noble,  princely, 
high-bnm,  but  also  highminded.  honest, 
trusty,  as  ofEumaeusthe  swineherd 
δΐος  νφορβός,  Od.  21 ,  240.-3.  also  of 
a  noble  horse.  II.  23. 346. — 1.  of  thiDirs 


ΔΙΟΤ 
esp.  of  the  powers  of  nature,  αιθέρος 
έκ  όίηζ.  εις  ΰ/.α  όίαν,  δία  χΟών, 
Horn. :  so  (Va  Xupi'.Mtf ,  Od,  12, 101, 
with,  the  sense  of  vast,  boundless,  aw- 
ful, but  not  without  a  collat.  notion 
of  divine,  holy. 

Αιός,  gen.  of Zei'f.from  obs.  Αίς.  [?] 

"^Δίοζ•,  01%  6,  Dius.  a  son  of  Priam, 

II.  24,  251.— 2.  father  of  Hesiod,  Hes. 

Op.  297. — 3.  son  of  Amphimachus, 

Paus. 

Αιόςδοτος,  ov,  {Αιός,  δίδωμι)  given 
by  Jupiter,  heaven-sent,  Find.  P.  8,  137, 
and  Aesch. 

Αίοσ/ιμεία.  ας,  η,  poet.  Αιοσημία, 
ας,  Tj,  Ar.  Ach.  171,  a  sign  from  Jupi- 
ter^ an  omen  from  the  ^ky,  in  genl.  a 
prodigy,  portent,  Lat.  ostentum,  esp.  of 
thunder,  lightning,  rain,  Ar.  1.  c,  and 
Plut 

'^Αώς  Ιερόν,  ov,  τό,  (prop,  the  temple 
of  Jupiter)  Dioshieron,  a  small  town 
of  louia,  Thuc.  8,  19. 

Δίοσλέω,  to  look  earnestly,  at,  Tiva, 
ace.  to  Bergk.  Anacr.  81,  sq. 

^ Αιοςκόρεων,  ov,  τό,  v.  sub  Αιος- 
κούρειον. 

1  Αιοςκορίδης,  ov,  b,  Dioscorides,  a 
celebra-ted  physician  and  naturaUst 
of  Anazarba  in  Cilicia. 

Αώςκοροι,  ων,  οι,  Alt.  and  poet, 
for  Αιόςκονροι,  as  Hdt.  writes  it,  2, 
43,  (Δίό<-,  κόρος,  κονρος)  sons  of  Ju- 
piter :  esp.  the  tu-iyis  of  Leila,  Castor 
and  Polydeuces  (the  Roman  Pollux), 
H.  Hom.  16,  33.  This  appell.  also 
applied  to  Amphion  and  Zethus,  v. 
Herm.  ad  Eur.  Phoen.  COG,  Klotz 
Id.  609. — II.  the  constellation  named 
from  them  the  Twins,  Lat.  Gemini, 
supposed  to  bring  safely  from  a  storm, 
if  it  appeared  over  the  ship — the  mod- 
em fires  of  St.  Elmo :  hence  the  Di- 
oscuri were  tutelar  deities  of  sailors, 
Hor.  Carm.  1,  3,  2,  Hemst.  Luc.  Dial. 
D.  26.  The  sing.  Αώςκορος,  one  of 
the  Dioscuri,  only  in  Granun.,  and 
A'arro  L.  L.  5,  20.    Hence 

Αιοςκοίφειον,  ov,  τό,  the  temple  of 
the  Dioscuri.  Thuc.  4,  110,  etc.  :taIso 
-κόρειον,  which  W.  Dind.  regards  as 
the  more  correct  form  in  early  Att. ; 
the  other  only  in  Plut.  and  other  late 
wr. ;  Lob.  Phr)'n.  p.  368,  Αιοςκόρων. 
In  pi.  ret  Αίοςκοίφεια,  the  festival  of 
the  Dioscuri,  Bockh  Inscr. 

^Αιοςκονριύς,  άδος,  ή,  Dioscurias,  a 
citv  of  Colchis,  a  colony  of  Miletus, 
Stfab. 

^ Αιοςκονρίδης,  ov,  6,  Dioscurides, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Dion.  H.,  etc. 

Αίοσμος.  ov,  ό,  {διά,  όζω)  the  pouer 
of  transmitting  smells  :  the  internal  or- 
gan of  smell,  Themist. 

^Αιός~ο7.ις,  εως.  ή,  (prop.  Jove's 
city)  Diospolis,  a  city  of  the  Aegyp- 
tian  Delta,  Strab. — 2.  ήμε^ά/η.  later 
name  of  the  Aegyptian  Thebes,  Strab. 
Two  others  in  .^^egypt  in  Strab.,  who 
mentions  also  a  city  of  Palestine,  and 
another  in  Lydia  of  this  name. 

tAioffmpov,  01',  TO,  a^herry  like  fruit, 
Theophr. 

Αιόστεος,  ov,  (διά,  οοτέον)  double- 
honed,  Arist.  H.  A. 

Αιοσόραίνω,  (διά,  οσφραί.νω)  to  give 
a  smell  to,  perfume. 

Αιότι,  conjunct,  for  δια  την-Ό  ότι..., 
because  that,  for  the  rea.irm  that,  since, 
Lat.  quare,  quamnbrem,  Hdt.  1,  44. — 2. 
indirect,  wherefore,  for  what  reason, 
φβύσω  διότι...,  Hdt.  2,  24  ;  μανβύνειν 
διότι...,  9,  7. — 3.  interrogat.  wherefire? 
Arist. — \\.=ότι,  that,  mostly  late,  but 
found  Hdt.  2,  50,  Philipp.  ap.  Dem. 
284,  1. 
^ Αιοτίμα,  ή,  Diotima,  a  Mantinean 
female  in  Plat.  Symp.  201  D. 


ΔΙΠΑ 

\ ΑώτΙμος,  ov,  a,  Diotimus,  a  naval 
commander  of  the  Athenians,  Thuc. 
1, 45. — 2.  an  Athenian  cavalry  officer, 
Dem.  265.  Others  in  Lys.,  Diod.  S., 
etc. 

Αιοτρε&ης,  ες,  (Αίός,  τρέφω)  train- 
ed, cherished  by  Jupiter,  Jove-nurtured, 
in  Hom.  freq.  epith.  of  kings  and  no- 
bles, cf.  Αιο-',ενί/ς:  of  the  Scamander, 
11.  21,  223,  it  is  perh.=<5w7rtT//f,  q.  v. 
"^Αιυτρέφης,  ονς.  ό,  Diotrephes,  pr.  η., 
an  Athenian  archon,  Diod.  S. 

Αιουρέω,  (βιά,  οΰρέω)  to  pass  in 
urine. 

Αιονρίζω,  Ion.  for  διορίζω,  Hdt. 
\Αωούι-τίς,    ους,    ό,   Diophanes,    an 
Athenian,  from  Alopece,  Dem. — 2.  a 
rhetorician    of   Mytilene,    Plut.    T. 
Grac.  8. 

^Αιοφάντης,  ov,  ό,  Diophanies,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Arr.  An.  3,  6,  3. 

'^Αιόόαντος,  ov,  ό,  Diophantus,  an 
Athenian  archon,  01.  9G,  2,  Diod.  S. 
— 2.  an  Athenian  orator  and  states- 
man, Dem.  Others  in  Theocr.,  etc. 
^Αιοχαίτης,  ov,  b,  Diochites,  a  Py- 
thagorean philosopher,  Diog.  L. 

tAio;^up;;c,  ονς,  ό.  Diochures,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Αιοχάρονς  ττνλαι,  the  gate  of 
Diockares,  in  Athene,  Strab. 

Αιοχετεία,  ας,  ή,  an  aqueduct,  Strab.: 
from 

Αιοχετεύω,  (διά,  όχετενω)  to  con- 
duct by  a  canal  through  or  throughout  a 
place,  Diod.:  metaph.  τροφην  τω  σώ- 
ματι. Plat.  Tim.  77  C. 

Αίοχ?'/,  ης,  ή.{δίέχω)  distance,  Philo. 

Αιοχ/.έω,  strengthd.  for  όχ/ιέω,  to 

be  very  troiolesome  to,  τινά,  Lys.  103, 

38,  and  Dem. ;   later,   τινί.  Long. : 

also  δια•οχ/.έω. 

Αιοχ?.ίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {διά,  όχ?.ίζω)  to 
move  asunder,  to  open,  Nic. 

Αιοχνρόω,  ώ,  strengthd.  ίοτοχνρόω, 
Polyb. 

AioTp,  οτΐος,  b,  η,=  δίοτΐος,  ov,  dub. 
Αίοφις,  εως,  ή,  a  view  through,  per- 
spective, accurate  vieio  of.  Plat.  Tim. 
40  D  :  from 

Αιόψομαι,  irv.  fut.  of  διοράω. 
^Αίτταια,  ας,  η,  Dipaea,  a  small  town 
of  Arcadia,  Paus.     Hence 

^Αι~αιενς,  έως,  ό,  an  inhabitant  of 
Dipaea,  a  Dipaean,  Hdt.  9,  35. 

Αίπαις,  τ:αιδος,  ό,  η,  {δις,  τταις) 
ivith  txvo  children,  Aesch.  Supp.  318: 
δ.  θρήνος,  a  dirge  chanted  by  one's  two 
children.  Id.  Cho.  335. 

ΑιττάΆαιστος,  ov.  {δ'ις,  ττΰ/.αισττ}) 
two  palms  broad,  Xen.  Cyn.  2,  4. 

Αί~α?.τος.  or,  (δις,  ττύ/./.ω)  twice, 
doubly  brandished,  esp.  brandished  uith 
both  hands :  στρατός  δ.,  in  Soph.  Aj. 
402,  is  explained  by  Herm.  from  the 
Homer,  δύο  δυϋρε  έχων,  well-armed  : 
Passow  takes  it,  forced  on  by  its  tiro 
leaders  ;Agamemnon  and  Menelaus): 
δ.  ξίόη,  two-handed  .swords,  Eur.  I.  T. 
312:  Λ  77vp.  lightning  hurltd  by  Ju- 
piter tiith  both  hands,  i.  e.  with  all  his 
might,  Eur.  Tro.  1104. 

Ai-r/xvc,  v,  {δις.  ττΐ/χνς)  two  cubits 
long,  broad,  etc.,  Hdt.  2,  78,  etc. 

Αΐ77/.ύδιος.  ov,  {δι~?.ονς)  double, 
poet,  for  δΐ7ζ7.ύσιος.  [α] 

Αητ7.ύζω,=δι-7.ησιύζω,  to  double, 
V.  1.  Andoc.  30,  27.  Pass,  to  be  doubled, 
double  or  twofold,  Eur.  Supp.  781 :  and 
so — II.  intr.,  to  διπ7άζον  κακόν,  the 
twofold  evil,  Soph.  Aj.  258.    Hence 

Αί-7.αξ.  ΰκος,  ή.  as  siibst.,  a  double- 
folded  mantle  or  cloak,  like  6nr7a/,  δι- 
π7.οίς.  Lat.  duplex  laeria,  II.  3,  126, 
Od.  19.  241  ;  or,  ace.  to  others,  varie- 
gated, woven  with  threads  of  various  dye, 
or  in  genl.  rviih  double  woof,  like  δίμι- 
τος. — 2.  in  Aesch.  Pers.  277,  δί-7α- 
κες  are  perh.  ship-planks  {which  double 


ΔΙΠΑ 

one  over  the  other,  cf.  δι—7.ότ]),  and 
so  ships,  like  δόρυ,  trabs. — 11.  as  adj., 
lying  or  folded  double,  11.  23,  243,  cf.  di- 
τττνχος. 

Αιπλΰσιύζω,  f.  -άσω.  {δηΓ7.ύσιος) 

to  double.  Plat.  Legg.  920  A.     Hence 

Αίπ/Μ,σιασμός.  ov,  b,  a  doubling : 

in  Granun.  esp.  the  Ionic  doubling  of 

corisonants,  as  in  τόσσος. 

Δίττλασιο/.ο;  ί'α,  ας,  ή,  {δι-7.άσιος. 
7ιό}0ς) double-speaking :  repelilioti,  accu- 
mulation of  words.  Plat.  Phaedr.  267  C. 
Αι-7Μσιος,  a,  ov,  Ion.  όιπ7.7/σιος, 
dmSle,  twice  as  much,  as  many,  as  long, 
etc.,  Hdt.  4.  68,  and  Att.:  freq.  as 
compar.  foil,  by  η....  Id.  6,  57.  Thuc.  1, 
10,  etc. ;  or  c.  gen.,  Hdt.  6,  133  :  also 
δ.  όσον—,  Hdt.  7,  23 :  το  δί7:7.άσιον, 
as  much  again.  Id.  7,  23.  Adv.  —ως. 
Thuc.  8,  1.  [u,  Schaf.  Greg.  p.  527.] 
Hence 

Αΐ7τ7.άσιόω,  ω,  f.  -ώσω,  to  double. 
Pass,  to  be  doubled,  become  twofold, 
Thuc.  1,  69. 
ΙΔίτΓΛάσ/ων,ον,  later  form  for  ίίττλά- 
σιος,  Plut.,  v.  Lob.  Phryn,  p.  411,  n. 
Αίπ7.ασμός,  οϋ,  ό,  {δί-'7.άζω)—δί- 
ττ/.ασιασμός. 

Αίπ7.εθρος,  ον,  {δις,  ■ΰ?.έθρον)  two 
πλέθρα  long  or  broad,  i.  e.  202  ft.  6  in., 
deep,  Xen.  An.  4,  3,  10 :  to  δίττλ.,  a 
space  of  two  ττ/.έθρα,  Polyb. 

Αιπ7:η,  τ/ς,  ή,  (strictly  fem.  from 
δητ7.ονς)=δί7ζ7.οις,ι.β.χ7.αΙναδί-7.ϊί, 
Hom. — II.  a  marginal  mark  used  by 
Gramm.,  like  an  Τ  or  V  lying  on  its 
side  ({-ι  >  ,  <i  i->),  to  indicate  w.  11., 
rejected  verses,  etc. ;  and,  in  drama- 
tic poetry,  a  new  speaker. 

Al~7.r/,  as   adv.,   twice,   twice  over. 
Soph.  Ant.  725. — II.  twice  as  much, 
followed  by  ?/.  Plat.  Rep.  330  C. 
Αηϊ7.ψι;Ίς,  ίδος,  'η,=όι-7.οΐς. 
Αηϊ7,7ΐθης,   ες,  {δις.  ■7:7.ίιθω)   twice 
filled,  Nic,  ace.  to  others  διπλήρτ^ς. 
Αι-η/,ήσιος,  η,  ov.  Ion.  for  διιτλά- 
σιος,  q.  v. 

Αη:7.οείματος,  ov,  {διτϊλονς,  εΐμα) 
with  dmible  cloak,  Cercid.  ap.  Diog.  L. 
Αι~7όη,  ης,  η,  a  fold,  doubling,  esp. 
the  overlapping  of  the  bones  in  the 
scull,  Hipp..  V.  Foes.  Oecon. — II.  a 
joining,  as  of  two  plates  of  iron  weld- 
ed together.  Plat.  Soph.  267  Ε  :  hence 
an  imperfection,  flaw,  Plut.,  v.  Ruhllk. 
Tim. — 2.  metaph.  duplicity.  Eccl. — 
in.  the  sting  of  the  scorpion,  with  its 
sheath.  Ael. 

Αητ7οίζω,  Aesch.  Ag.  835,  Eum. 
1014;  and 

Αητ7.οίζω,=:δΐ7:7.ασιάζω,  to  double. 
Αι~7.οϊς,  ϊδος,  η,  a  double  cloak,  like 
δι-7ΐ/,  δί7τ7Μξ,  Anth. :  usu.  costume 
of  the  Cynics,  cf  Hor.  Ep.  1,  17,  25. 
Αι-7.όος,  όη,  όον,  contr.  δι-7.ονς, 
7J,  οϋν,  twofold,  double,  Hom.  (but  the 
contr.  form  only  in  phrase  χ7.αΐνα 
δι-77/),  and  Att.  :  cf.  ή  δι-/.ή.—2. 
doubled,  bent,  δι-7.ή  άκανθα,  spine 
bent  double  by  age,  Eur.  El.  492,  ubi 
V.  Seidl.  (487),  cf.  Virgil's  duplicato 
piiplite. — 3.  διττ??!  χερΊ  θανεΐν,  by  mu- 
tual slaughter,  Soph.  Ant.  14. — 4.  δι- 
πλα  ονόματα,  compound  words,  Arist. 
Rhet. — il.  sometimes  used  as  a  corn- 
par.,  like  δι-7άσιος,  twice  as  much. 
etc.,  followed  by  ;)...,  (v.  sub  δι~7/η): 
also  δι-7Μνν  όσον...,  ap.  Dem.  629, 
22. — III.  inplur.,=  a/zoijor(5iO,Aesch. 
Pr.  950,  Soph.  Ant.  51.— IV.  metaph. 
double-minded,  treacherous,  Lat.  duplex 
opp.  to  UT/off,  Plat.  Rep.  397  D.  554 
D,  cf.  Ruhnk.  Tim.     (Cf  άττλοος.) 

Αι-7.ός.  Tj,  όν,  poet,  for  διπ7Μος, 
like  ύ-7.ός. 

Αιττλοστ/μαντος,  ov.  {δητ7.ονς,  ση- 
μαίνω) with  a  double  meaning. 

Αιτ:7.όω,  ώ,  {διπ7ι.όος)  to  double,  fold 
359 


ΔΙΡΚ 

lack,  Plut. — Π.  to  repay  twofold,  N.  T. 
Hence 

Αίττλωμα,  ατός,  τό,  twice  as  much 
uf  a  thing,  Arist.  Meteor.  —  II.  any 
thing  folded  double,  esp.  a  license,  diplo- 
ma, like  our  letters  patent,  Inscr. — 
III.  ο  double  pot,  like  our  glue-pot,  for 
boiling  unguents,  etc.,  Gal. 

Δίπ'λωσις,  εως,  ή,  {δΐη'/.όω)  a  com- 
pounding of  words,  Arist.  Khet. 

AiOT'oof,  01*.  {δις,  Τΐνοή)  with  two 
breathing  apertures,  Uai. 

Αιπό07ΐς.  tc,  (όίς,  πους)  two  feet 
long,  broad,  etc.,  Xen.  Oec.  19,  3. 

Αιποδία,  ας,  ή,  (δίπονς)  the  having 
two  feet,  being  two-footed.  Arist. — II. 
a  Laced,  dance,  Cratin.  Plut.  5. — III. 
a  metre,  syzygy  or  pair  of  feet,  Gramni. 

Δίτο(5ίάί^ω,  1.  -άξ(ύ,  to  dance  the  La- 
ced, ύιποόία.  Ar.  Lys.  1243. 

Αιποδιαίος,  a,  ον,=^διπόδ>]ς,  dub.  1. 
Xen.  Oec.  19,  4. 

Αΐτζόλεια.  ων,  τά,  contr.from  Αιϊπ., 
an  ancient  festival  of  Jupiter  at  Ath- 
ens, Ar.  Pac.  420  ;  and  so,  or  Αίπό- 
λία,  Antipho    120,  10. 

ΔίΤΓολίΓ,  εως,  ό,  ή.  containing  or  di- 
vided into  two  cities,  Strab. 

Αίπο'λιώδης,  ες,  {Αιπό?.εια,  είδος) 
like  the  feast  of  the  Dipoleia,  i.  e.  06*0- 
lete,  out  of  dale,  Ar.  Nub.  984. 

Ai'/TO/'iOf,  07',  ( δίς,  ήο'λέω )  twice 
turned  ot  ploughed,  yrj,  Hes. — II.:=(5i- 
ττλόος,  δίπλονς,  Aesch.  Fr.  1C3. 

Αίπορος,  ov,  {δίς,  πόρος)  with  two 
roads  or  openings,  Eur.  Tro.  1097. 

Αιπότΰμος,  ov,  (δίς,  ποταμός)  lying 
between  or  on  two  rivers,  πόλις,  Eur. 
Supp.  621,  like  δίθά'λασσος. 

Αίπονς,  ποδός,  ό.  ή,  {δις,  πονς)  two- 
footed,  Lat.  bipes,  Aesch.  Ag.  1258. — 
II.  ό  δ.,  a  Libyan  kind  of  mouse,  the 
jerboa,  Hdt.  4,  192. 

Αιπρόςωπος,  ov,  {δίς,  πρόςωπον) 
twofaced :  ambiguous,  Luc. 

Αίπρυμνος,  ov,  {δίς,  πρνμνα)  v.  sq. 

Αίπρωρος,  ov,  {δίς.  πρφρα)  νανς  δ. 
και  δίπρνμνος,  a  ship  double-prowed 
and  double-sterned,  1.  e.  with  both  ends 
alike,  Callix.  ap.  Ath.  2U4  Ε :  also 
άμφίπρφρος,  cf.  Tac.  Ann.  2,  G. 

Αίπτερος,  ov,  {δίς.  πτερόν)  iviih  two 
■wings,  Arist.  H.  A. — II.  ο  δ.,  with  or 
without  ναός,  a  temple  with  double 
peristyle,  Vitruv.  3,  1.  21. 

Αίπτέηυγος,  ov,  {δίς,  πτέρνξ)=δί- 
πτερος,  Bockh  Insor.  1,  24C. 

Αίπτϋχτ'ις,  ές,  =  δίπτυχος,  Arist. 
Η.  Α. 

Αίπτνχος,  ον,  {δίς,  πτύσσω)  folded, 
laid  together,  doubled,  λώπη,  Od.  13, 
224  ;  δ.  δελτίον,  a  pair  of  tablets,  Hdt. 
7,  239  (in  late  Greek,  tu  δίπτυχα)  ; 
δίπτυχα  ποιείν  (sc.  την  κνίσ?μ>)  to 
wrap  the  flesh  nf  the  sacrifice  in  a  coat 
of  fat,  that  it  may  burn  the  better, 
freq.  in  Horn. — Ι1.  =  δί.σσός,  twofold, 
t-u-o.  like  Lat.  geminus,  Pind.  N.  6,  90, 
and  Trag.,  esp.  Eur. 

ΑίπΰΑος,  ov,  {  δίς,  πύλη )  double 
gated,  with  two  entrances.  Soph.  Phil. 
295.  At  Athens  the  Οριάσιαι  πύλαι 
were  also  called  το  δίπνλον,  at  Rome 
the  temple  of  Janus,  Polyb.,  Plut. 
Pericl.  30. 

Αΐπύρηνος,  ov,  {δίς,  πνρήν)  with 
two  kernels  or  two  knobs.  Gal.   [v] 

Αίπϋρίτης,  ov,  b,  sub.  άρτος,  {δίς, 
Trip)  twice-baked  bread,  like  our  bis- 
cuit, Hipp. 

Αίπνρος,  ov,  {δίς,  πνρ)  twice  put  in 
the  fire,  hence  δ.  aprof. =foreg.,  Eu- 
bul.  Gan.  2. — II.  δ.  λαμπάδες,  lamps 
with  double  lights,  Ar.  Kan.  1361. 

i Αιρκαΐος,  a,  ov,  of  or  belonging  to 
Dirce,  Dircean,  A.  ϋδωρ,=  Αίρκη  (Π.), 
Aesch.  Theb.  308. 
\  Αίρκη.  ης.  ή,  Dirce,  daughter   of 
360 


ΔΤΣΚ 

Helius,  wife  of  Lycus  in  Thebes, 
ApoUod.  3,  5,  5. — II.  a  fountain  and 
stream  in  the  vicinity  of  Thebes, 
Pind.  I.  8,  43  ;  Trag. 

Αί^βαιίδος,  ov,  {δίς,  βύβδος)  with 
two  stripes,  Arist.  H.  A. 

Αίρρνθμος,  ον,=  δίμετρος. 

Αι()ρνμία,  ας,  ?/,  a  double  pole,  Aesch. 
Fr.  334  :  from 

Αίρ()νμος,  ov,  {δίς,  βνμός)  icith  two 
poles,  i.  e.  three  horses,  Aesch.  Pers. 
47. 

^Αίρφνς,  νος,  ή,  Dirphys,  a  mount- 
ain of  Euboea,  Eur.  H.  F.  185.  Hence 
\  Αιρψωσσός,  ή,  όν,  of  Dirphys.  Lye. 

Αίς,  adv.,  twice,  double,  δις  τόσσον, 
twice  as  much,  Od.  9,  491,  Hdt.  8, 
104,  and  Att. — In  compos.,  before  a 
conson.,  except  before  σ,  0,  r,  μ,  π, 
and  χ,  ς  is  dropped.  (From  δύο  for 
obsol.  δυίς,  Buttm.  Lexil.  v.  κελαι- 
νός  4 :  hence  δίσσός,  διπλόος.  δίχα.) 
-δις,  inseparable  suffix,  signifying 
motion  to  a  place,  =  -δε,  but  only 
used  in  a  few  words,  as  άλλνδίς,  οι- 
καδις,  χαμάδις. 

*  ΑΙ'Σ,  an  old  nom.,  for  Ζεΰί,  which 
appears  in  the  oblique  cases  διύς. 
All,  Αία,  and  the  Lat.  Dis,  Diespiter, 
Dijovis.  The  Cretans  used  θιός,  the 
Lacedaem.  Σιός,  so  thatZevf,  Έ,δενς, 
θεός,  de-US,  seem  to  be  only  dialectic 
variations.  The  contr.  dat.  Ai  is  in 
Pind.  N.  1,  HI,  cf.  Biickh  Inscr.  1, 
p.  35. 

Αιςύρπΰγος,  ov,  {δίς,  αρπάζω)  twice 
ravished,  Lyc. 

Αιςέγγονος,  6,  ij,  also  of,  η,  {δίς, 
εγγοΊ'ος)  great  grand-child. 

Αίςεΐίτος.  ov,  the  24th  of  February, 
reckoned  twice  over  in  leap-year,  Lat. 
bis  sextus  {dies  ante  Kal.  Mart.),  Ma- 
them. 

Αίςευνος,  ov,  {δίς,  εννή)  ivith  two 
wives,  Anth. 

Αίςεφθος,  ov,  {δίς,  εφω)  twice-boiled. 

Αίςηβος,  ov,  {δίς,  ηβη)  twice  young, 
Anth. 

Αιεθΰνης,  ir,  {δίς,  θανεΐν)  twice 
dead,  Od.  12,  22. 

Αίσκευμα,  ατός,  τό,  {δίσκεύω)  the 
cast  of  a  quoit. 

Αίσκευτής,  ov,  ό,  one  who  pitches 
quoits :  from 

AiCT/cfiJ6j,  =  sq.,  Sosilh.  ap.  Herm. 
Opusc.  1,  59  :  in  pass.,  Eur.  Ion  1268. 

Αισκέω,  ώ,  to  pitch  the  quoit  {δίσκος); 
εδίσκεον  άλ7\,ηλοι.σίν,  they  played  at 
quoits  with  each  other.  Od.  8, 188  :  in 
genl.  to  cast,  toss,  Pind.  I.  2,  51.  Hence 

Αίσκημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  thing  thrown, 
Eur.  Tro.  1121. — II.  the  pitching  of  a 
quoit.  Soph.  Fr.  69. 

Αίσκηπτρος,  ov,  {δίς,  σκηπτρον) 
two-sceptered,  of  the  Atreidae,  like  δί- 
θρονος,  Aesch.  Ag.  43. 

Αισκοβολέω,  ώ,  to  pitch  the  quoit, 
Inscr. :  from 

Αισκοβόλος,  ov,  {δίσκος,  βάλλω) 
pitching  the  quoit ;  ό  δ.,  a  famous  stat- 
ue by  Myron,  Luc,  v.  Miiller.  Ar- 
chaol.  d.  Kunst  ()  122,  3. 

Αισκοειδής,  ες,  {  δίσκος,  είδος ) 
quoit-shaped,  Diog.  L.  8,  77. 

Αίσκος.  ov,  ό,  {δικεΐν)  a  round  plate, 
a  quoit,  orig.  of  stone,  Od.  8,  100, 
Pind.  I.  1,  34;  later  of  brass,  iron, 
lead,  or  wood :  it  had  a  hole  in  the 
middle  for  a  wooden  helve,  or  leatli- 
er  strap  to  swing  it  by,  whereas 
the  σόλος  was  a  solid  piece  of  metal, 
Ammon.  p.  40.  Pitching  the  δίσκος 
was  a  very  ancient  Grecian  game, 
esp.  at  Sparta :  like  the  old  English 
and  Scotch  puttin'  at  the  stane.  In 
Horn,  there  is  no  mark  to  aim  at,  the 
trial  being  simply  who  can  pitch  far- 
thest ;  V.  Nitzsch  Od.  8,  192,  et  ibi 


ΔΙΣΤ 

Herm.  Plur.  oi  δίσκοι,  the  quoit- 
ground. — 11.  any  thing  quoit-shnped, 
trencher,  Anth. :  the  sun's  disc,  Plut. 

Αίσκονρη,  ων,  τά,  {δίσκος,  οίφον) 
α  qiwit's  cast,  as  we  say,  a  stone's  throw, 
only  ες  δίσκονρα  λέλειπτο,  11.  23, 
523 ;  resolved  into  δίσκου  ovpa,  II. 
23,  431,  cf.  έπίονρα. 

^Αισκοφόρος,  ov,  {δίσκος,  φέρω) 
holding  the  di.-icus,  Luc. 

fAισκόω,  ώ,  {δίσκος)  to  make  like  a 
discus,  i.  e.  circular,  Lyd. 
^Αιςμνρίανδρος,      ov,       {διςμνριοι, 
άνήρ)  containing  20,000  men  or  iiihab- 
itants,  πόλΐζ,  Strab. 

Αιςμνριοι.  ai,  a,  {δίς,  μύριοι)  twen- 
ty thousand,  Hdt.  1,  32,  etc.  :  sing,  δις- 
μνριος,  a,  ov,  with  collective  nouns, 
as  Ιππος  διςμυρία,  as  in  Eng.  twenty 
thousand  horse,  Luc.   [ϋ] 

Αίςπαππος,  {δίς,  πάππος)  6,  a  great 
grandfather,  Lat.  atavus. 

ΑισπΐβΰμαΙος,  αία,  aioi',=  sq. 

Αισπίθάμος,  ov,  {δίς,  σπιθαμή)  of 
two  spans'  length,  Diosc. 

Αισπόνδειος,  ov,  {δίς,  σπονδειος)  a 
double  spondee,  Hephaest. 

Αισπορέω,  ώ,  {δίς,  σπόρος)  to  sow 
twice,  Strab. 

Αισσάκις,  and  poet,  -άκι,  adv.  {δισ- 
σός)  twice,  twice  over,  A  rat. 

Αισσάρχης,  ov,  ό,  {δισσός,  άρχω) 
partners  t?i  sway,  joint-ruling,  δισσάρ- 
χαι  βασΛεΐς,  Soph.  Aj.  390. 

Αισσαχ^,  adv.  {δισσός)  in  two  pla- 
ces, Arist.  de  Anima. 

Αισσαχον,  adv.,=foreg.,  Theophr. 

Αισσογλωττία,  ας,  ή,  the  use  of  two 
languages :  from 

Αισσόγ?Μττος,  ov,  {δισσός,  γλώσ- 
σα) speaking  two  languages. 

Αισσογονέω,  ώ,  {δισσός,  *γένω)  to 
bear  twins,  or  twice,  Arist.  Gen.  An. 

ΑισσογράφεΙται,  {δισσός,  γράφω)  it 
is  writteyi  tivo  ways,  there  is  a  various 
reading,  Gramm.  :  hence  to  δισσο- 
γραφονμενον,  a  various  reading.  Gram. 
^Αισσόκερας,  άτος.  ό,  ή,  {δισσός,  κέ- 
ρας) two-horned,  Porph.  ap.  Euseb. 

Αισσο?.ογέω.  ώ,  {δισσολόγος)  to  say 
twice  :  to  double  words. 

Αισσο?.ογία,  ας,  η,  repetition  of 
words :  from 

^Αισσολόγος,  ov,  {δισσός,  λέγω) 
speaking  two  languages,  Maneth. 

Αισσός,  ή,  όν,  Att.  διττός,  ή,  όν, 
Ion.  διξός,  {δίς)  two-fold,  double,  Pind., 
Hdt.,  etc.:  in  plur.  &\δθ=άμφω  or  δύο, 
esp.  in  Trag.;  so  separate,  distinct, 
Eur.  Hec.  126:  λήμασι  δισσούς,  divi- 
ded, disagreeing,  Aesch.  Ag.  122:  δ. 
όνειροι,  doubtful  dreams.  Soph.  El. 
645:  also  to  διττόν,  ambiguity,  Arist. 
Pol.  2,  3,  3.  Adv.  -σώ^,  the  second 
time,  Eur.  Phoen.  1337. 

Αισσοτόκος,  ov,  {δισσός,  τίκτω) 
bearing  twice  or  twins :  but— II.  pro- 
parox.  δισσότοκος,  ov,  pass.,  twice 
born  :  both  in  IN  onn. 

^Αισσοφυής,  ές,  {δισσός,  φνή)  of  two- 
fold nature,  of  double  form,  Nonn. 

'^ΑιςσνμφωνΛ),  ύ,  to  consist  of  two 
consonarits,  Gramm. :  from 

Αιςσνμφωνος,  ov,  (δίς,  σύμφωνος) 
of  two  consonants,  Gramm. 

Αισταγμύς,  ov,  ό,  {διστάζω)  dmbt, 
uncertainty,  Plut. 

Αιστάδιος,  ov,  {δίς,  στάδιον)  two 
stadia  long.  i.  e.  1215  it.  6  i.,  the  length 
of  the  δίανλον,  App, 

Διστάζω,  f.  -άσω,  {δίς)  to  doubt, puz- 
zle otie's  self,  be  at  a  loss,  άτι..,  εϊ.-. 
Plat.  Ion  534  E,  Legg.  897  B>  ττώ?.-, 
Arist,  Eth.  N.  ;  δι^αζόμενος,  doubt- 
ful, uncertain,  Diod.  S.  cf.  δοάζ(ύ. 
Hence 

Αιστακτικάς,  w,  όν,  doubtful,  eas- 
pressivc  of  doubt,  Gramm. 


ΔΙΥΡ 

Αίστύσιος,  ον,  {δίς,  στύσις,)  oftuice 
the  weight  or  value.  Plat.  Hipparch. 
231  D. 

Αίστασμός,  οϋ,  ό,  =  δισταγμός, 
Theophr. 

Λιστεγία,  ας,  η,  α  house  of  two  sto- 
ries :  from 

Αίστεγος,  ον,  {δίς,  στέγη)  of  two 
stories,  Strab. 

Αιστιχία,  ας,  ή,  a  double  row :  me- 
dic, the  growth  of  a  second  row  of  eye- 
lashes :  from 

Αίστϊχος,  ον,  {δίς,  στίχος)  of  two 
rows,  lines  or  verses  ;  το  ο.,  an  elegiac 
coupht. 

Αιστοιχία,  ας,  ή,  a  double  row,  two 
rows.  Theophr.  :  from 

Αίστοιχος,  ον,  {δίς,  στοίχος)  in  or 
of  two  roivs,  οδόντες,  Arist.  ti.  A. 

Αίστο'λος,  ον,  {δίς,  στέλλω)  in  pairs, 
two  together,  άδε'λφαί.  Soph.  O.  C. 
1055  cf.  μονόστο?ι.ος. 

Αίστομος,  ον,  {δίς,  στόμα)  double 
mouthed,  with  two  entrayices  or  openings, 
πέτρα,  Soph.  Phil.  16  ;  also  δ.  οδοί, 
two  roads,  Id.  O.  C.  900 :  of  rivers, 
Polyb.  34,  10,  5. — II.  of  a  weapon, 
two-edged,  ξίφος,  Eur.  Hel.  983. 

ΑΙσυ/.λαβέω,  ώ,  to  be  of  two  sylla- 
bles, and 

Αισνλλαβία,  ας,  ή,  a  pair  of  sylla- 
bles, Gramm. :  from 

Δίσίλλα/^οζ•,  ον,  {δίς,  συλλαβή)  of 
two  syllables,  Dion.  H. 

^Αισύναπτος,  ον,  {δίς,  συναπτός) 
do^ώly  woiien  or  wreathed,  Phiiox.  ap. 
Ath.  685  D. 

^Αίσνπατος,  ον,  δ,  {δίς,  ύπατος) 
twice  consul,  a  second  time  consul, 
Plut.  2,  777  B. 

Αισχίδής,  ές,  {δίς,  σχίζω)  cloven, 
Arist.  Η.  Α. 
Αισχΐδόν,  adv.  of  foreg.,  dub. 
Αιςχίλιοι,  at,  a,  {δίς,  χίλιοι)  two 
thousand:  also  in  sing.,  tSi(;ji7.iof,  a, 
ov,  with  collective  nouns,  e.  g.  ϊππος, 
Hdt.  7,  158.  {χί\ 

Αίσχοινος,  ον,  {δίς,  σχοΐνος)  two 
σχοΐνοι,  i.  e.  60  stadia  long,  Strab. 

Αΐσώματος,  ov,  {δίς,  σώμα)  double- 
bodied,  Diod.  4,  12. 
Αίσωμος,  ov,=  foreg. 
Αίσωτηριον,  ου,  τό,  contr.  for  Δύ- 
σωτήριον,  the  temple  of  "Ζευς  "Σωτήρ, 
on  the  Acropolis  at  Athens,  Coray 
Lycurg.  p.  48.  (Formed  like  Αιπό- 
λια.) 

Αιτύλαντος,   ov,    {δίς,   τύ7.αντον) 

worth  or  weighing  two  τάλαντα,  Hdt. 

L  50  ;  2,  96. 

^Αιτοκεύω,  Nic.  ap.  Ath.  395  C,  and 

Αιτοκέω,  ώ,  to  bear  twins  or  twice, 

Arist.  H.  A. :  from 

Αίτόκος,  ov,  {δίς,  τίκτω)  twin  or 
twice  bearing,  Anacr.  115. 

Αίτονος,  ov,  {δίς,  τόνος)  of  two 
tones,  Plut. 

Αιτριχιάω,  ώ,  {δίς,  θρίξ)  to  have 
double  rows  of  hair,  cf.  διστιχία,  Gal. 

Αιτρόχαιος,  ου,  ό,  {δις,  τροχαίος)  α 
doMe  trochee,  Gramm. 

^Αιττάκις  and  -κι,=^δισσάκις,  Qu. 
Sm.  2,  56. 
Αίττός,  etc.  v.  sub  δισσ-. 
'ίΑΐτύλας,  ου,  ό,  Ditylas,  pr.  η.  of  a 
slave  in  Ar.  Ran.  608. 

Αίτΰλος,  ov,  {δις,  τύ?Μς)  with  two 
humps  or  bunches,  κάμηλοι,  Diod. 

ΐΆινβρίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  strengthd.  for 
υβρίζω,  Joseph. 

Αιυγιαίνω,  {διύ.  υγιαίνω)  to  be 
healthy  throughout,  Plut. 

Αινγραίνω,  strengthd.  for  υγραίνω, 
to  soak  thoroughly,  Hipp. 

Αίυγρος,  ov,  {διύ,  ν\ρής)  moistened, 
«oa^erf,  Hipp. :  όμμα  0.,  a  melting  eye, 
Anth.,  cf  υγρός  :  metaph.  δίυγρα  πη- 
αύτων,  Aesch.  Theb.  985. 


ΔΙΦΙ 

Αίνδρος,  ov,  {διά,  ίίωρ)=  foreg., 
Hipp. 

Αιϋλάζω,  f.  -άσω,  {διά,  ύλη)  only 
found  in  Plat.  Tim.  69  A,  τά  των  αι- 
τίων γένη  διυλασμένα,  the  hrst  prin- 
ciples prepared  like  matter  to  work  on, 
V.  Stallb. 

Αιϋλίζω,  {διά,  ύλίζω)  to  strain  or 
filter  thoroughly,  refine,  Diosc.  :  me- 
taph., διυλισμένα  αρετύ,  Archyt.  ap. 
Stob.  p.  13.  40.— II.  to  strain  off,  τι, 
Ν.  Τ.     Hence 

Αιΰλΐσις,  εως,  ή,  and  διν?Λσμός,  ον, 
ό,  α  filtering,  refining,  Eccl.  \υ\ 

Αινλισμα,  ατός,  τό,  {διν'/.ίζω)  that 
which  is  strained,  clarified  liquor.  Gal. 

^Αιν?Λσμός,  ov,  ό,  {διν?ίίζω)  a  filter- 
ing, refining,  Clem.  Al. 

Αιν'λιστήρ,  ηρος,  ό,  {διυλίζω)  a  fil- 
ter, strainer. 

^Αίν7<.2.ος,  ov,  6,  Diyllus,  an  Atheni- 
an historian,  Diod.  S. 

Αιυπνίζω,  {διά,  ύπνος)  to  awake 
from  sleep,  I.  trans.  Ael. — II.  intr., 
Luc.  :  also  in  pass.  Anth. 

Αιυφαίνω,  ί.  -ΰνώ,  {διά,  υφαίνω)  to 
interweave,  Gal.  :  to  fill  up  by  weaving, 
Luc. 

Αΐώάλαγγαρχία,  ας,  ή,  {διφαλαγγ- 
ία,  άρχω)  the  command  of  a  double 
phalanx,  Ael. 

Αιφάλαγγία,  ας,  η,  {δίς,  φαλαγξ)  α 
double  phalanx,  Polyb. 

Αιφάσιος,  a,  ον,  two-fold,  double, 
Lat.  bifarius,  for  διπλάσιος :  in  Ion. 
often  used  also  for  δύο,  Hdt.  1,  18  ; 
2,  17,  etc. 

ΔΙ'ΦΑ'ί2,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  dive  and  seek 
after,  II.  16,  747  :  in  genl.  to  seek  after, 
hunt  for,  Hes.  Op.  372  :  δ.  ?ιαγωόν. 
Call.  Ep.  33 :  δ.  τα  καλύμματα,  to 
search  them  well,  Theophr.  Char. 
(Akin  to  δίω.  δίζημαι,  διψάω.) 
Alφέω,=ίoτeg.,  Anth. 
Αίφήτωρ,  ορός,  ό,  {δίφάω)  α  search- 
er, Ορρ. :  τινός,  after  a  thing,  Anth. 

Αιφθέρα,  ας,  η,  {δέφω)  α  prepared 
hide,  leather,  Hdt.  1,  193,  etc.  :  and  so 
expressly  opp.  to  δέρβεις,  mere  hides, 
!  Thuc.  2,  75  :  διφθέραι  were  used  for 
I  writing  on  in  the  East,  like  vellum 
1  or   parchment,    Hdt.    5,    58,   ubi   v. 
'  Valck.,   Id.    Diatr.   p.    185 ;    and  so 
'  Ctesias  calls  the  Persian  records  δ. 
βασΐ?Λκαί. — 2.  anything  made  of  leath- 
er, as — 1.   a  leathern  garment  such  as 
I  peasants    wore,    Ar.    Nub.    72,    cf. 
Hemst.  Luc.  Tim,  c.  38. — 2.  α  wallet, 
bag,  Xen.  An.   5.  2,   12.— 3.  α  tent, 
Plut.,  like  Lat.  pelles. 

Αιφθεράλοιφος,  ό,  {διφθέρα,  αλεί- 
φω) a  Cyprian  word  for  a  schoolmaster. 
Αιφθερίας,  ου,  ό.=  διφθερίτης,  Po- 
sidipp.  ap.  Ath.  414  E,  Dind. 

Αίφθέρινος,  η,  ov,  of  tanned  leather, 
Xen.  An.  2,  4,28. 

Αιφθερίς,  ίδος,  ή.=  διφθέρα,  Anth. 

Αιφθερίτης,  ου,  6,  fem.  -Ιτις,  ιδος, 

ή,  {διφθέρα)  clad  in  a  leather  frock  : 

the  dress  of  old  men  in  tragedy,  of 

boors  in  comedy. 

Αιφθεροπωλης,  ov,  ό,  {διφθέρα,  πω- 
λέω)  a  leather-seller,  Nicoph.  Χειρογ.  1. 
Αίφθερόω,  ώ,  {διφθέρα)  to  cover  with 
leather,  Strab. 

Αίφθογγος,  ov,  {δίς,  φθέγγομαι) 
with  ttvosounds:  ή,  διφθ.  and  τό  δίφθ., 
a  diphthong :  hence 

Αίφθογγίζω,  tospellwith  a  diphthong, 
Gramm. 

Αιφθογγογραφέω,  ώ,  {δίφθογγος, 
γράφω)  to  write  with  a  diphthong, 
Gramm. 

^Αίφιλος,  ov,  ό,  (contd.  from  Αιΐφι- 
λος  from  Αώς,  φίλος)  Diphilus,  an 
Athenian  naval  commander  in  Pelo- 
poimesian  war,  Thuc.  7,  34 — 2.  a 
poet  of  the  new  comedy,  of  Sincpe, 


ΔΙΦΥ 

Meineke,  1,  p.  446. — Others  in  Died, 
S.,  etc.  [t] 

Αιφορέω,  ώ,  {διφόρος)  to  bear  double, 
csp.  of  fruit,  Theophr. — II.  Gramm. 
to  write  or  pronounce  in  two  ways. 

Αίφόρος,  ov,  {δίς,  φέρω)  bearing 
fruit  twice  in  the  year,  Lat.  biferus,  Ar. 
Eccl.  708,  Antiph.  Σκ/.ηρ.  1. — II.  car- 
rying two. 

Αίφραξ,  ΰκος,  ή,  poet,  for  δίφρος,  a 
seat,  chair,  Ep.  Horn.  15,  8,  Tneocr. 
14,  41.  The  form  διφράς,  άδος,  ή,  is 
dub.  in  \lt.  Hom.  33. 

Αιφρεία,  ας,  ή,  {διφρεύω)  chariot- 
driving,  Xen.  Cyr.  6,  1,  10. 

ΑιΦρελάτειρα,  ας,  ή,  pecul.  fem.  of 
διφρηλάττ/ς,  Anth.  Plan.  359. 

Αίφρευσις,  εως,  η,=  όιφρεία  :  and 

Αιφρευτής,  οϋ,  b,  a  charioteer.  Soph. 
Aj .  857  :  from 

Αιφρεύω,  {δίφρος)  to  drive,  absol.  or 
c.  ace,  Eur.  Andr.  108,  Supp.  991,  cf. 
Archestr.  ap.  Ath.  326  B. — 2.  to  drive 
over,  to  traverse,  πέλαγος,  Eur.  Andr. 
1011. 

Αιφρ-τι?ιάσία,  ας, ή,  {δίφρος,  έλαννω) 
chariot-driving,  Pind.  Ο.  3,  67. 

Αιφρηλατέω,  to  drive  a  chariot,  or  as 
a  chariot.  Soph.  Aj.  845:  from 

Αιφρη'λάτης,  ov,  ό,  {δίφρος,  ε7^αν• 
νω)  a  charioteer,  Pind.  P.  9,  143, 
Aesch.,  etc.     Only  poet,  [ά] 

Αιφρί^λάτος,  ov,  {δίφρος,  ίλαννω) 
car-borne,  ap.  Argum.    Eur.    Rhes. 

Αιφρήφορος,  ov,  poet,  for  διφρόφο- 
ρος. 

^ Αιφρίδας,  a,  ό,  Diphridas,  a  Lace- 
daemonian commander,  Xen.  Hell.  4, 
8,  21.— 2.  an  Ephor,  Plut.  Ages.  17. 

Αιφρίον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  δίφρος. 

Αίφριος,  a,  ov,  {δίφρος)  hence  άί- 
φρια  συρόμενον,  dragged  at  the  char- 
iot ivheels,  Anth. 

Αιώρίσκος,  ov,  b,  dim.  from  δίφρος, 
Ar.  Nub.  31. 

Αίφροντις,  ιδος,  ό,  ή.  {δίς,  φροντίς) 
distraught  in  mind,  Aesch.  Cho.  196. 

Αιφροπηγία,  ας,  ή,  {δίφρος,  πήγνν- 
μι)  coach-building,  Theophr. 

Αίφρος,  ον,  ό,  and  later  -ή,  (syncop. 
for  διφόρος  II.)  in  Call.  Dian.  135, 
with  metaph.  plur.  τα  δίφρα:  the 
chariot-board,  on  which  two  could 
stand,  the  driver  {ηνίοχος)  and  the 
combatant  {πηραιβάτης)  v.  II.  5,  160  ; 
11,  748  ;  but  in  U.  oft.  the  war-chariot 
itself,  as  10,  305  :  in  Od.  3,  324,  a  trav 
elling-chariot ;  later,  α  sort  of  Utter, 
Dio  C. — II.  in  genl.  a  seat, couch,  stool, 
II.  3,  424,  and  so  usu.  in  Od. :  in 
Polyb.,  Plut.,  etc.,  the  Roman  sella 
curulis. 

Αιφρονλκέω,  ώ,  (  δίφρος,  έλκω  )  to 
draw  a  chariot,  Anth. 

Αιφρονργία,ας,η,{δίφρος,*εργω)= 
-ηγία,  Theophr. 

Αιφρονχος,  ov,  {δίφρος,  εχω)  with  a 
seat,  άρμα,  Menalipp.  ap.  Ath.  651  F. 

Αιφροόορέω,  ώ,  to  carry  a  chair  or 
litter.  Pass,  to  trav-el  in  one,  hence  ol 
διφροόορούμενοι,  of  the  Persian  prin- 
ces, Hdt.  3,  146. — II.  to  carry  a  camp- 
stool,  as  the  female  μέτοικοι  had  to  do 
for  the  Athenian  women  in  proces- 
sions, Ar.  Av.  1552  :  from 

Αιφροφόρος,  ov,  {δίφρος,  φέρω)  car- 
rying a  chair,  litter,  or  stool,  ή  διφ,  in 
Athens  the  maiden  who  had  to  car- 
ry a  chair  or  stool  behind  the  basket- 
carrier  {κανηφόρος)  m  the  sacred  pro- 
cessions, Ar.  Eccl.  734,  Strattis  Atal. 
4. — II.  carrying  another  ωροη  one,  Plut. 
Anton.  11. 

Αίόρνγής,  ές,  {δίς,  φρνγω)  twice 
parched  Οι  roasted :  τά  Ο.,  Lat.  lapis 
calaminaris.  Gal. 

Αιφϋής,  ές,  {δίς,  φυή)  of  double,  mix- 
ed, doubtful  nature  ox  form,  Hdt.  4,  9, 
^  361 


ΔΙΧΟ 

like  the  Centaurs,  Sphinx,  etc.,  Soph. 
Tr.  1095,  Valclt.  Fhoen.  1030 :  so  δ. 
'Κ/ιως,  sexual  iiilcrcourse,  Orph. :  hence 
in  geni.  two-fold,  double,  Aiist.  H.  A. 
Hence 

Αιφυΐα,  ας,  ή,  double  nature. — II.  a 
division,  branching  out,  Arist.  Part. 
An. 

Αίφνιος,  ov,  ((5i'Ci  φνη)  of  two  natures 
or  families,  Aesch.  Ag.  1468.  [IJ 

Αίφυλλος,  ov,  {δίς,  φύλλον)  two- 
leaved. 

Αίφωνος,  ov,  {δις,  φωνή)  speaking 
two  languages,  Diod. 

Αίχΰ,  adv.  {δις)  in  tiun, «sunder,  apart, 
δίχα  τνάντας  ήρίβμεον,  Od.  10.  203, 
δίχα  ττάντα  δέδασται,  Od.  15,  412. — 
2.  metaph.  at  two,  hence,  at  variance  or 
in  two  ivays,  and  so  in  doubt  which  to 
choose,  freq.  in  Horn. :  δίχα  δέ  σφισι 
ί/νδανε  βουλή,  δίχα  θνμον  εχειν, 
δίχα  δέ  σφισί  θυμί^ς  ύητο,  II. :  δίχα 
θνμυς  εν  φρεσϊ  μερμήριξε,  δίχα  θυ- 
μός ορώρεται,  δίχα  ιΒύζειν,  Od. :  so 
too  in  Att.  poets  :  δόξα  έχώρει  δίχα, 
i.  e.  a  divided  opinion  or  two  diffi-rent 
opiiiions  began  to  spread,  Eur.  Hec. 
119.  In  prose,  δίχα  γίγνεσθαι,  to  be 
divided  or  different,  Hdt.  6,  109  :  δί^α 
ΤΓΟίεΙν,  to  separate,  sever  :  also  δ.  λα- 
βείν, Thuc.  6,  10  :  hence  differently, 
oppositely,  Aesch.  Pr.  927  ci.  χυρίς. 
— II.  as  prep.  c.  gen.,  apart  from,  with- 
out, Aesch.  Theb.  25,  d.  φϋναί  τίνος, 
Thiic.  4,  01  :  differently  from,  unlike, 
άλλων,  Aesch.  Ag.  757  i  like  άνευ, 
against  the  will  of,  Soph.  Aj.  7G8  :  also 
of  place,  αϋ'αί//'"'""! /'"■  airay.  Soph. 
Pliil.  195;  δ." εκ  τίνος.  Ant.  IGl.— 2. 
except,  like  χωρίς,  δ.  Αιυς,  Aesch.  Pr. 
162. — 3.  sometimes  also  c.  dat.,  Schiif. 
Theogn.  91.  [t]     Hence 

Αίχύζω,  f.  -ύσω,  poet,  δίχύω,  to 
cleave  asunder,  disunite. 

tA<;i;ata),  -ομαι,  poet,  for  διχάζω, 
A  rat  495. 

Αίχαλκος,  ου,  6,  and  δίχαλκον,  ov, 
TO,  {δίς,  χαλκός)  a  double  chalcos,  a 
copper  com.=  |  of  an  obol,  Diosc. 
Αίχΰλος,  Dor.  for  δίχτιλος,  q.  v. 
Αίχύς,  άδος,  ή,  {δίχα)  the  half,  mid- 
dle, Aral. 

Αίγΰσις,  εως,  ή,  {διχάζω)  division, 
half Id. 

Αιχαστήρ,  ήρος,  ό,  {διχάζω)  the  in- 
cisor or  cutting  tooth. 

Αιχάω,  poet,  for  διχάζω,  A  rat.  512. 
Αιχή,  α,άν.,^δίχα,  in  two,  Aesch. 
Supp.  544,  Plat.,  etc. 

Αιχηλεύω,  and  -λέω,  όπλήν,  to  di- 
vide the  hoof,  LXX. :  from 

AixijT-.oc,  ov,  {δις,  χηλή)  cloven- 
hoofed,  Hdt.  2,  71,  Eur.  Bacch.  740  : 
two-clawed,  hence  το  δ.,  a  forceps.  Gal. 
Usu.  in  Dor.  form  δίχαλος,  even  in 
Att.  writers.  Lob.  Phryn.  639. 

ί^ΐ-χήρης,  ες,  {δίχα,  άρω)  divided, 
Eur.  Ion  1156. 

Αιχθύ,  adv.,  poet,  for  δίχα,  like 
τριχβά  for  τρίχα,  δ.  δεδαίαται,  they 
are  parted  in  twain.  Od.  1,  23,  δ.  δέ 
μοι  κραδίη  μέμονε,  my  heart  is  divided, 
11.  16,  435.     Hence 

ΑιχΟάδιος,  a,  ov,  twofold,  double, 
divided,  II.  9,  411  ;  14,  21. 

Αίχθύς>  άδος,  ή,  adj.  pecul.  fern,  of 
foreg.,  Musae.  298. 

Αϊχίτων,  ωνος,  6,  i),  {δίς,  χιτών) 
with  two  tunics,   [i] 

Αιχό3ου?Μς,  ov,  {δίχα,  βουλή)  ad- 
verse, ^έμεσις,  Pind.  Ο.  8,  114. 

Αιχογνωμονέω,  ω,  {διχογνώμων)  to 
dffer  in  opinion.  Xen.  Mem.  2,  6,  21. 

Αιχογνωμοσννη,  ης,  ή,  discord : 
from 

Αιχογνώμων.  ην,  gen.  όνος,  {δίχα, 
γνώμη)  between  two  opinions.  Plut. 
Αιχόθεν.  adv.  from  δίχα,  on  or  from 
362 


Δ1Χ0 

both  sides,  Aesch.  Pers.  76,  and   so 
Ar.  Pac.  477,  Thuc.  2,  44. 

Αιχόθνμυς,  ov,  {δίχα,  θυμός)  waver- 
ing, hesitating,  Pittac.  ap.  Diog.  L. 

Αιχοίνΐκος,  ov,  {δίς,χοΐνιξ)  holding 
2χoίvικες,i.e.near3pints.Ar.'Nuh.GiO. 

Αίχο?ίθς,  ov,  {δίς,χο?,//)  tvith  double 
gall,  A  el. 

Αιχό?ίωτος,  ov,  {δίς,  χοΐώομαι) 
doubly  furious,  Anth. 

Αιχόμην,  ηνος,  ό,  ή,  =  διχόμηνος, 
Arat. 

Αιχομηνία,  ας,  ή,  {διχόμηνος)  the 
ftdl  moon,  which  divided  the  Greek 
month,  LXX. 

Αιχομηνιαΐος,α,  ov,^ διχόμηνος,  in 
the  middle  of  the  rnonth :  ή  δ.,  Lat.  Idus. 

Αιχόμηνις,  ιδος,  ό,  ^,=sq.,  Pind. 
Ο.  3,  35. 

Αιχόμηνος,  ov,  {δίχα,  μήν)  in  the 
middle  of  the  month,  at  or  of  the  full 
moon,  H.  Horn.  32,  11,  and  Plut. ;  cf. 
διχομηνία. 

Αιχόμητις,  ιος,  ό,  ή,  {δίχα,  μι/τις) 
uncertain. 

Αιχόμϋθος,  ον,  {δίχα,  μϋθος)  double- 
speaking,  γλώσσα,  Solon  31,  5,  ?ιέγειν 
διγύμνθα,  to  speak  ambiguously,  Eur. 
Or.  890. 

Αιχονοέω,^διχογνωμονέω. 

Αιχόνοια,  ας,  ή,  {δίχα,  νονς)  differ- 
ence of  opinion,  Plut.,  and  App. 

Αίχορδος,  ov,  {  δίς,  χορδή  )  two- 
stringed,  πηκτίς,  Ath. 

Αιχορία,  ας,  ή,  {δίς,  χορός)  α  divi- 
sion of  a  chorus  into  two  parts. 

ΑιχοΙ)βΰγής,  ες,  {δίχα,  ρήγννμι) 
broken  in  twain,  Eur.  H.  F.  1009. 

Αιχάββοττος,  ov,  {δίχα,  βέπω)  oscil- 
lating, wavering.  Adv.  -πως,  wavcr- 
ingly.  doubtfully,  in  Aesch.  c.  negat., 
Ag.  349,  815,  etc. 

Αιχοστάσία,  ας,  ή,  a  standing  apart, 
quarrel,  dispute,  Solon  15,  37,  Hut.  5, 
75.— II.  doubt,  Theogn.  78  :  from 

Αίχοστατέω,  ω,  {δίχα,  στήναί)  to 
stand  apart,  disagree,  Aesch.  Ag.  323  ; 
■προς  τίνα,  Eur.  Med.  15,  Plat.  Rep. 
465  B. — II.  to  be  at  a  loss,  to  doubt. 

Αιχόστομος,  ov,  {δίχα,  στόμα)=δί- 
στομος.  Soph.  Fr.  164. 

Αιχοτομέω,  ω,  {διχοτόμος)  to  cut  in 
two,  cut  up,  sever.  Plat.  Pollt.  302  E, 
and  Potyb. :  to  punish  ivith  the  utmost 
severity,  acc.  to  comin.  in  N.  T.  Matth. 
24.  51.    Hence 

Αιχοτόμημα,  ατός,  τό,  the  half  of  a 
thing  cut  in  two :  in  genl.  any  portion 
of  a  thing  cut  up,  LXX. 

Αιχοτόμησις,  εως,  7/,  =  sq.,  Sext. 
Emp. 

Αιχοτομία,  ας,  ή,  a  cutting  in  two, 
division  into  two  equal  parts ,  Arist.  Part. 
An. :  from 

Αιχοτόμος,  ov,  {δίχα,  τέμνω)  cutting 
in  two.  separating  :  but — H.  proparox. 
διχοτόμος,  ov,  pass.,  cut  in  half  divi- 
ded equally,  Arist.  H.  A. :  σελήνη  δ., 
the  half-7noon,  lb. 

Αιχοϋ,  Άά\.,^δίχα,  Hdt.  4,  120. 

Αίχονς,  ovv,  gen.  ov,  {δίς,  χους) 
holding  two  χόες,  Posidipp.  ap.  Ath. 
495  A,  V.  sub  χους. 

Α',χοφρονέω,  ώ.  Ιο  hold  different  opin- 
ions, Pint. ;  and 

Αιχοφροσύνη,  ης,  ή,  discord,  faction, 
Plut. :  from 

Αιχόφρων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  {δίχα, 
φρήν)  at  variance,  at  two,  Lat.  discors, 
πύτμος  δ.,  a  destiny  full  of  discord, 
Aesch.  Theb.  899. 

Αιχοφυία,  ας,  ή,=διφνια.  Gal. 
Αιχοφωνία,  ας,  ή,  discord.  Iambi. : 
from 

Αιχόφωνος,  ov,  {δίχα,  φωνή)  dis- 
cordant, dissotiant. 

^Αιχόωντι,  διχόωνται,  poet,  for  δι- 
χύντι,  διχωνται,  from  διχάω,  Arat. 


ΔΙΩ 

Αίχροια,  ας,  ή.  {δίχροος)  double  col- 
our, Arist.  Gen.  An. 

Αιχρονοκατά7ιηκτος,  ov,  {δίχρονος, 
καταλήγω)  ending  in  a  common  sylla- 
ble, Gramm. 

Αίχρονος,  ov,  {δίς,  χρόνος)  in  me 
tre,  of  two  quantities,  long  or  short 
common,  Lat.  anceps,  Gramm. 

Αίχροος,  ov,  contr.  ;^'poiif ,  ουν,  {δίς, 
χρόα)  two-coloured,  Anst.  II.  Λ. 

Αίχρωμος,  ov,  {δίς,  χρώμα)=ίοτβξ., 
Luc. 

Αιχως,  adv.  like  δίχα,  doubly,  in  two 
ways.  Aesch.  Cho.  915. 

ΔΓΫΑ,  ης,  ή,  in  late  Ep.  perh.  also 
δίψη,  but  V.  Spitzn.  Vers.  Her.  p.  176 : 
thirst,  II.,  etc.  ;  δίψα  τε  καϊ  λιμός,  IL 
19,  166  ;  so  πεΐνα  καΐ  δ..  Plat.,  δίψ^ 
ξννέχεσθαί,  Thuc.  2,  49 :  cf.  δίφος. 

Αίψΰκος,  ου,  ό,  α  disease  of  the  kid- 
neys, attended  with  violent  thirst.  Gal., 
elsewh.  διαβήτης. — II.  the  teazle,  a 
plant  used  by  wool-carders,  dipsacus 
fullonum,  Diosc. 

'^Αιφακός,  ov,  6,  Dipsacus,  son  of 
Phyllis,  Apollod. 

Αι-φαλέος,  a,  ον,  =  δί•φιος,  thirsty. 
Batr.  9  :  dry,  parched,  άήρ,  Call.,  and 
Ap.  Rh. 

Αιφάς,  άδος,  ή,  adj.,  fern,  of  δίφως, 
thirsty,  parched,  Ap.  Rh. — II.  as  subst. 
a  venomous  serpent,  whose  bite  caused 
intense  thirst,  Nic. — 2.  a  plant,  The- 
ophr. 

Αιώάω,  inf.  διφιήν,  (never  διφΰν) 
hit.  ΰι-φήσω,  {δίψα)  to  thirst,  Od.  11, 
584,  etc. :  and  of  the  ground,  to  be 
dry,  parched,  Hdt.  2,  24  :  δ.  τινός,  to 
thirst  after,  long  earnestly  for  a  thing, 
like  Lat.  siiire,  Pmd.  N.  3,  10,  Plat. 
Rep.  562  C  ;  later  also  (5.  τι.  Teles 
ap.  Stob.  p.  69,  24,  and  N.  T. ;  and  c. 
inf.,  δι-ιΙ)ώ  χα,ρίζεσθαι  νμϊν,  Xen.  Cyr. 
4,  6,  fin.     (Perh.  akin  to  διψάω.) 

Αιφήρης,  ες,  Nic,  and  δι-φηρός,  ά, 
ύν,  Arist.  Η.  Α.=^δίφιος. 

Αί-ψησις,  εως,  ή,  {διψάω)  thirst, 
longing,  Ath. 

Αιψητικός,  ή,  όν,  {διψάω)  causing 
thirst,  Arist.  Part.  An.  :  thirsty,  Eccl. 

Αίψιος.  a,  ov,  also  ος,  ov,  Nonn., 
{δίφα)  thirsty,  athirst,  and  of  things, 
thirsty, dry,  parched, κόνίς,χθών,  Aesch. 
Ag.  495,  Eur.  Ale.  563  :  cf.  πολν- 
δίφιος. 

Αίψοποιός,  ύν,  {δίφα,  ττοιέω)  pro- 
voking thirst. 

Αίφος,  εης,  τό,^=δίψα,  Thuc.  4,  35, 
and  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  1,  30.  and  very  oft. 
as  V.  1.  for  δίψα ;  it  seems  to  be  the 
later  Att.  form,  W.  Dind.  in  Steph. 
l"hes. 

Αιφ'ϋχέω,  ώ,  to  be  perplexed,  hesi- 
tate, Eccl. ;  and 

Αιψϋχία,  ας,  ή,  xmcertainty,  inde- 
cision :  from 

Αίψνχος,  ov,  {δίς.  φινχή)=δίΟυμος, 
double-minded,  wavering,  N.  T. 

Αιφώδ?ις,  ες,  {δίψα,  είδος)  thirsty, 
exciting  thirst,  Hipp. 

ΔΓΩ,  an  Epic  verb,  (used  also  by 
Aesch.  in  lyric  passages,  v.  sub  fin.), 
akin  to  supposed  root  *δείω,  to  fear. 
— I.  in  act.  δίω.  always  intr.— I.  to 
run  away,  take  to  fight,  flee,  like  δίεμαι, 
περί  άστυ,  11.22.251. — 2.  to  be  afraid, 
δίε  νηυσίν,  he  feared  for  the  ships, 

11.  9,  433;  11,  557;  ποιμένι  λαών 
μήτι  πάβτ),  II.  5,  506. — II.  in  mid.,  of 
which  Hom.  has  subj.  δίωμαι,  δίηταί, 
δίωνται.  opt.  δίοιτο,  Od.  17,  317,  but 
most  usu.  inf.  δίεσΟαι,  cf.  Buttm. 
Catal.  V.  δεϊσαι :  mostly  trans,  to 
frighten  away,  chase,  put  to  flight,  II. 

12,  276;  μητέρα  άπό  μεγύροιο.  to 
scare  her  from  the  house,  Od.  20,  343; 
in  genl.  to  7tiake  one  7nove  against  one's 
will,  esp.  in  Od. ;  to  drive  horses,  IL 


Δ1ΩΚ 

15,  681  ;  to  hunt  deer  with  hounds,  II.  ' 
22,  189  ;  μάχην  ναϋφιΐ',  to  drive  battle 
au-ay  from  the  ships,  II.  16,  246. — III. 
the  pass,  sense,  to  be  driven  away,  oc- 
curs only  once,a-o  σταθμοΐο  δίεσθαι, 
n.  12,  304,  (for  l-ttol  ττεοώιο  δίενται, 
II.  23,  475,  belongs  to  δίεμαι) :  where- 
as Aesch.  has  όίομαι,=  δίω,  I  fear 
me,  Pers.  700 ;  but  also  δίεσθαι  επί 
τίνα,  to  hunt  after  one,  Eum.  357, 
μετά  Tiva,  Supp.  819.  Cf.  δίεμαι 
and  διώκω-  [ϊ] 

Αίω3ε/ία  or  διωβολία,  ας,  ή,  {δίς, 
ό3ολός)  at  Athens,  the  daily  allowance 
of  two  ohols  from  the  treasury  to  each 
citizen  during  the  festivals,  to  pay 
for  tlieir  seats  in  the  theatre,  cf.  θεω- 
ρικός,  Bockh  P.  Ε.  1,296. 

\Αίω3ο?.ιαϊος,  a,  ov,  weighing  two 
obols.  Gal. :  from 

Δΐ'^3όλιον,  ου,  τό,  Arist.  Pol.,  and 
£i.iu3o7.ov ,  ov,   TO,   (δίς,   οβολός) 
Αγ.  Fr.  Ill,  a  douhle  obol. 

Αίωγμα,  ατός,  τό,  ί,διώκω)  a  pursuit, 
pursuing,  chase,  Aesch.  Eum.  139, 
Eur.,  and  Plat. :  δ.  ξιφοκτόΐ'ον,  the 
mortal  slab,  Eur.  Hel.  354.— II.  that 
which  is  chased,  as  in  old  Engl,  the 
deer  was  called  '•  the  chase,"  Xen. 
Cyn.  3,  9. — III.  a  secret  rite  in  the 
Thesmophoria,  fro?n  which  men  were 
driven  away. 

Αϊωγμός,  ov,  6,  {διώκω)  the  chase, 
Xen.  Cyr.  1,  4,  21,  etc. — II.  persecu- 
tion, harassing,  Aesch.  Supp.  1046, 
etc. 

Αιώδννος,  ov,  (διύ,  οδύνη)  with 
thrilling  anguish.  Soph.  Tr.  777. 

Αιωθέω,  ώ,  f.  διωθήσω  and  διώσω, 
{δίά,  ώθέο))  to  push,  tear,  drag  away, 
πτε?.έιι  εκ  ριζών  έριττοϋσα  κρημνυν 
διώσε,  the  uprooted  elm  tore  the  bank 
aucy  in  its  fall,  II.  21,  244  :  hence  to 
thrust  or  push  away,  Hdt.  4,  103. — II. 
mid.  to  push  from  one^s  self,  push  away. 
Id.  9,  102. — 2.  to  repulse,  drive  back, 
στρατόν,  Id.  4,  102. — 3.  to  reject,  Lat. 
respuere,tTriv  εννοίην.  Id.  7,  104:  and 
so  absol.,  to  refuse,  6,  86,  2. — 4.  to 
avert  danger  from  one^s  self.  Id.  9,  88. 
— 5.  to  refute,  Dem. 

Αιωθίζω,  fut.  -iGU,=foieg.,  App. 
Hence 

Αιυθισμός,  ov,  ό,  a  pushing  about, 
a  scuffle,  Plut. 

ΑΪωκαθεΐν,  inf.  aor.  from  εδιώκα- 
θον,  without  any  pres.  διωκάθω,  (v. 
Elmsl.  Med.  186,  EUendt  Lex.  Soph. 
voc.  είκαθείν)—  δίώκειν,  Eur.  Er- 
echth.  20,  25,  Ar.  Nub.  1482,  Plat. 
Gorg.  483  A. 

Αΐωκτέος,  έα,  έον,  verb.  adj.  from 
διώκω,  to  be  pursued,  aimed  at,  Hdt.  9, 
58,  Ar.  Ach.  221. — II.  διωκτέον,  one 
must  pursue,  Plat.  Gorg.  507  D,  etc. 

AluKTijp,  ηρος,  δ,  [διώκω)  a  pur- 
suer, Babrius  Fr.  1,  14  Lewis. 
Αιώκτης,  ov,  o,=foreg.,  Eccl. 
Αΐωκτός,  ή.  όν,  (διώκω)  to  be  pur- 
sued. Soph.  Fr.  870 :  to  be  aimed  at, 
Chrysipp.  ap.  Ath.  8  D,  and  Arist. 
Eth.  N. 

Αΐώκτρια, ας,ή,  fern,  from  διωκτήρ, 
late. 

Αϊωκτύς,  νος,  η.  Ion.  for  δίωξις, 
persecution.  Call.  Dian.  194. 

Αιώκτωρ,  ορός,  ό,=  διωκτήρ,  Anth. 
Αΐωκω.  (.  -ξω.  Pind.,  better  Att. 
-ξομαι,  Elmsl.  Ach.  278,  etc.,  yet  also 
-ξω,  Xen.  Cyr.  6.  3,  13,  An.  1,  4,  8, 
Dem.  989,  11,  (Οί'ω).  To  7nake  run, 
set  in  quick  motion  : —  1.  to  pursue,  chase, 
hunt  in  war  or  hunting,  c.  ace,  T]., 
etc.,  opp.  to  οεύγω,  II.  22,  199  :  hence 
to  hunt  or  seek  after,  άκίχι^τα  δίώκειν, 
II.  17,  75  :  freq.  in  prose,  ήδονην,  τα 
κα7ά.  Plat.  Phaedr.  :  so  of  persons, 
to  attach  one's  self  to,  be  a  follower  of, 


ΔΙΩΝ 

Lat.  sequi,  sectari,  τινά,  Xen.  Mem. 
2,  8,  6. — 2.  to  drive  on,  drive  away, 
hunt  or  chase  away,  διώκω  οντιν' 
εγωγε,  I  don't /orce  anyone  away,  Od. 
18,  409  :  to  expel,  έκ  γης,  Hdt.  9,  77, 
and  so  absol.  to  banish.  Id.  5,  92,  5 : 
of  the  wind  or  oars  to  urge  on  a  ship, 
speed  her,  Od.  5,  332  ;  and  pass.,  νηνς 
(ήμς>α  διωκόμενη,  Od.  13,  162:  also 
δ.  άρμα,  to  drive,  speed  the  chariot, 
Orac.  ap.  Hdt.  7,  140 ;  so  δ.  ττόδα, 
Aesch.  Eum.  403,  cf  Blomf  Gloss. 
Pers.  86 :  hence  seemingly  intr.,  to 
drive,  II.  23,  344,  424  :  to  gallop,  speed, 
run,  etc.,  Aesch.  Theb.  91  ;  and  so  in 
mid.  διώκεσθαί  τίνα  δόμοιο,  πεδίοιο, 
to  hunt,  chase  one  through  the  house, 
over  the  plain,  Od.  18,  8,  II.  21,  602  : 
but  also,  like  act.,  intrans.  to  speed, 
hasten,  hence  διώκομαι  μολειν.  Like 
3ή  δ'  Ίμεν.  Lat.  contendo  ire.  Soph.  El. 
871  (?) — 3.  as  law-term,  to  prosectUe, 
bring  an  action  against  a  man,  ό  διώ- 
κων,  the  prosecutor,  opp.  to  ό  φενγων, 
the  plaintiff,  Hdt.  6.  82,  Aesch.,  etc. : 
ypa07]v  δ.  {τινά),  to  indict  one,  An- 
tiopho  115,  2Ϊ,  and  Dem.:  δ.  τινά, 
c.  gen.  rei,  to  prosecute  for...,  as  τυραν- 
νίδας, Hdt.  6,  104,  δειλίας,  Ar.  Eq. 
368  :  also  ενεκά  τίνος,  Hdt.  6,  136 : 
so  too  δ.  τινά  φόνον,  but  φόνον  τινός 
δ.,  to  avenge  another's  murder,  Eur. 
Or.  1534 :  δίκην  δ.,  to  pursue  one's 
lights  at  law,  v.  δίκη  fin. — 4.  to  pur- 
sue in  way  of  narrative,  Xen.  Mem. 
2,  1,  34  (ubi  al.  διώκει),  Heind.  Plat. 
Soph.  251  A. — 5.  iate  like  έπομαι,  to 
attend  another,  esp.  on  a  journey, 
Thom.  M.  p.  244. 

Αιω7.ένιος,  a,  ov,  also  ος,  ov,  Anth. 
[διύ,  ώλέν)])  with  stretched-out  arms, 
Arat. 

Αίω?Λ''}  Ιος,  ov,  far-extending,  wide- 
spread, of  voice,  far-smindiyig,  heard 
afar.  Plat.  Theaet.  161  D,  etc.,  and 
freq.  in  Neo-Plat.,  cf.  Ruhnk.  Tim. 
(Perh.  akin  to  λνζω  or  όλολΰςω.) 

Αιωμοσία,  ας,  η,  {διόμννμι)  an  oath 
taken  at  the  άνάκρισις,  before  a  trial, 
strictly  by  both  parties,  the  plaintiff's 
being  προωμοσία,  the  defendant's 
άντωμ. :  often  however  διωμ.  is  used 
for  one  or  other  of  these  terms,  v. 
Att.  Process,  p.  624,  sqq. 

Αιώμοτος,  ov,  {διόμννμι)  one  who 
is  upon  oath.  Lat.  jtiratus  ;  hence  bound 
by  oath,  pledged.  Soph.  Phil.  593. 

^Αίων,  ωνος,  ό,  Dion,  masc.  pr.  n., 
Xen.,  Dem.,  etc.,  esp.  a  noble  Syra- 
cusan,  friend  of  Plato,  Plat. 
^Αιωναίη,  ης,  ή,  v.  sub  Αιώνη. 
^ Αιώνδας,  a,  δ,  Diondas,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  an  Athenian,  Dem.  302,  15. 

iAίώvειoς,  a,  ov,  (Αιών)  of  or  relat- 
ing to  Dion,  Plat.  Ep.  334  C. 

Αιώνη,  ης,  ή,  (Αιός)  Dione,  mother 
of  Venus  by  Jupiter,  II.,  and  Hes.  : 
ace.  to  Hes.  daughter  of  Oceanus 
and  Tethys,  Th.  353,  but  ace.  to 
Apollod.,  of  TTramis  and  Gaea. — 2.  a 
Nereid,  Apollod. — 3.  among  the  Epi- 
r'>ts="Hpa,  Strah.  —  II.  later,  as  a 
Metronymic,  daughter  of  Dione,  Venus, 
Theocr.  7,  116.  Bion  1,  93,  for  Δ^ω- 
ναίη,  as  Theocr.  15,  106,  has  it. 
(Formed  from  Αιός,  as  Άτρυτώνη 
from  άτρντος.  [ί] 

Αιωνομασμένος,  η.ον,ψΆΤ^-  pf.  pass, 
from  διονομάζω,  well-known,  far.-famed. 
Αιωννμία,  ας,  η,  a  pair  of  names, 
Gramm. :  from 

Αιώννμος,  ov,  {δίς,  δννμα,  όνομα) 
ivith  two  names :  or,  of  two  persons 
named  together,  Eur.  Phoen.  683. — II. 
(διύ,  6voua)  far-famed,  Plut.,  and 
Ael. 

Δ^ώΐΦσο^•,  ό,  Ep.  for  Αιόννσος, 
Horn. 


ΔΜΩΣ 

Αϊωξικέ/^ενθος,  ov,  {διώκω,  <έ?.εν 
θος)  urging  along  the  way,  κέντρα, 
Anth.  P.  6,  246. 

'^Αιωξίππη,  ης,  ή,  Dioxippe,  a  Da- 
naVd,  Apollod. :  prop.  fem.  from 

Αιώξιππος,  ov,  {διώκω,  ίππος) 
horse-driving,  Κνράνα,  Pmd.  P.  9,  4. 

^Αιώξιππος,  ov,  6,  Dioxippus,  an 
Athenian  athlete,  Ael. — 2.  a  comic 
poet  of  Athens,  Meineke  1,  p.  485. — 
3.  a  physician,  Plut. 

Αίωξις,  εως,  η,  {διώκω)  chase,  pur- 
suit, freq.  in  Thuc. — 2.  a  pursuit,  de- 
sire. Plat.,  and  Arist. — 3.  the  following 
up,  continuation  of  a  discourse.  Plut. 
— 1.  as  [aw -lerm,  prosecution.  Id. 
^Αιώρης,  οι•ς,  ό,  Diores,  son  of 
Amarynceus,  leader  of  the  Epei  be- 
fore troy,  II.  2,  622.-2.  father  of 
Automedon  the  charioteer  of  Achil- 
les, Π.  17,  429.  [i] 

Αιωρία,  ας,  ή,  {δίς,  ώρα)  α  couple  of 
hours. — II.  {δίς,  δρος)  α  fixed  space  or 
interval,  an  appointed  time,  Joseph. 

Αιωρισμένως,  adv.  part.  perf.  pass, 
from  διορίζω,  definitely,  separately, 
Arist.  H.  A. 

Αιώροφος,  ov,  {δίς,  όροφος)  with 
two  roofs  or  stories,  LXX. 

Αιωρϋγί],  ης,  ή,  {διορνσσω)^διο- 
ρνγή. 

Αιωρνκτής,  ου,  6,  {διορύσσω)  α  dig- 
ger. 

ίίΐώρνξ,   νχος,    and,    very  rarely, 
νγος.  Lob.  Phryn.  230,  ό,  ή,  (διορύσ- 
σω) dug  or  cut  through  :  ή  δ.  (γή)  a 
trench,  canal,  Hdt.  1,  75,  etc.  :  κρυπτή 
δ.,  an  underground  passage,  Id.  3,  146. 
Αιωρνχή,  ης,  ή,^=διωρνγη,  διορνγή. 
Αίωσις,  εως,  ^,=  sq. 
Αιωσμός,  οϋ,  ό,  {διωθέώ)  α  pushing 
off  or  through,  Aretae.     Hence 

Αιωστήβ,  ηρος,  b,  a  surgical  instni- 
ment  to  extract  things  from  wounds, 
Paul.  Aeg. — II.  a  staff  or  pole  running 
through  ri7igs,  for  carrj'ing,  e.  g.  the 
ark,  LXX. 

^Αιωτογένης,  ονς,  ό,  Diotogenes,  a 
Pythagorean  philosopher,  fragments 
of  whose  writings  are  preserved  in 
Stob.  Flor. 

Αίωτος,  ov,  {δίς,  ονς,  ώτός)  two- 
eared  ;  of  vessels,  with  two  handles, 
Plat.  Hipp.  Maj.  288  D,  and  Ath. : 
hence  Horace's  diota. 

Αιωχής,  ές.  (δις,  εχω)  a  chariot  that 
will  hold  tuo.  Pans.,  with  v.  1.  διοχής. 
Αμηθείς,  part.  aor.  1  pass,  οίδαμάω : 
δμηβήτω,  3  iinperat.,  may  he  be  pre- 
vailed upon,  II.  9,  158. 

Αμήσις,  εως,  ή,  {δαμάω)  a  taming, 
breaking,  Ιππων,  II.  17,  476. 

Αμήτειρα,  ας,  ή,  α  tamer,  .vubduer, 
II.  14,  259  ;  fem.  from. 

Αμητήρ,  ηρος,  ό,  (δαμάω)  α  tamer, 
breaker.  Ιππων,  Η.  Ηοιη.  21,  5. 
Αμητός,  ή,  όν,  {δαμάω)  tamed. 
^ Αμήτωρ,   ορός,   ό,    Dmeior,  son  ol 
lasus,  king  of  Cyprus,  an  as.sumed 
name  of  Ulysses,  Od.  17,  443. 

Αμωή,  ης,  ή,  (δαμάω)  strictly  she 
that  is  tamed  Or  enslaved,  and  so  a  fe- 
male slave  taken  in  war,  II.  18,  28 : 
hence  in  genl.  a  female  slave,  attend- 
ant, Lat.  ancilla,  freq.  in  Hom.,  who 
only  has  plur.  and  that  usu.  joined 
with  γυναίκες  ;  so  too  in  Trag.  :  very 
rare  in  Prose,  as  Xen.  Cyr.  5,  1,  6. 
Cf.  δμώς. 
^Αμωΐάς,  άδος,  ή,  v.  sub  sq. 
Αμωις,  ΐδης,  ή,  =  foreg.,  Aesch. 
Supp,  334,  Eur.  Bacch.  514:  more 
rarely,  δμωιάς,  άδης,  η,  Q.  Sm. 

Αμώίος.  ov,  in  a  servile  condition, 
βρέφος,  Anth. 

Αμως,  ωός,  ό,  {δαμάω)  strictly  one 
that  is  tamed    or   enslaved,   and    so   a 
slave  taken  in  u-ar,  Od.  1,  398,  and  in 
363 


ΔΟΙΑ 

genl.  a  slave,  attendant.  Horn,  has  it 
mostly  in  plur.,  joined  with  ΰνόρες, 
freq.  in  Oil.,  but  only  once  in  II.,  viz. 
19,  333  :  also  in  Soph.,  and  Eur.,  but 
very  rare  in  Prose.     Cf.  δμωή. 

Ανο~ΰ/ύζω,  f.  -ξω,  to  siving,  fling 
about,  ΰΐΊ/ρ  άνδρα,  II.  4,  472 ;  τα  σα 
βύκεα  όΐ'υττα/ύξίΐς,  "  lurap  thine  old 
cloak  about  thee,"  Od.  14,  512.  Pass., 
γνΐα  δι>ο-αλίζεταί,  of  the  polypus. 
Its  tendrils  w(we  about,  0pp.  (Akin 
to  δονέω,  as  a  sort  of  frequental.) 

Αΐ'οόερός,  ύ,  όν,  {δΐ'ό<ρσς)  dark, 
dusky,  murky,  ννξ,  Od.  13,  269,  ύδωρ, 
II.  9,  15 ;  also  in  Theogn.  243,  and 
Trag.     Poet.  word. 

^Αι-Όφόεις,  εσσα,  εv,  =  foτeg.,  Em- 
ped. :  from 

ΔΝΟ'ΦΟΣ,  01',  ό,  darkness,  gloom, 
Simon.  7,  9 ;  and  in  plur.,  Aesch. 
Cho.  52.  Poet,  word,  though  its 
collat.  form  γνήφος  sometimes  occurs 
in  later  prose.  (Akin  to  νέφος,  κνέ- 
φος.  κνέφας,  cf.  Buttm.  Lexil.  voc. 
κελαινός  9.) 

^Ανοφώδι/ς,  ες,  (δνόφος,  είδος)  dark, 
black,  Hipp. 
^Αούν,  Dor.  for  δ?}ν,  Alcm. 
Αούσσατο,  Homeric  aor.  form  with 
impers.  signf.=:Att.  εδοξε,  it  see?ned, 
always  in  phrase  ώδε  δέ  (or  ώς  άρα) 
οι  φρονέοντι  δούσσατο  κέρδίον  είναι, 
so  it  seemed  to  him  to  be  best,  11.  13, 
458,  Od.  5,  474,  etc. ;  except  in  11.  23, 
339,  where  we  find  a  3  sing,  fut.,  ώς 
αν  σοι  ■κ'/ήμνη  γε  δούσσεται  άκρον 
ίκέσθαί.  till  the  nave  appears  even  to 
graze  :  the  supposed  impf.  άεικέ/αος 
ό6ατ'  είναι.  Od.  6,  242,  has  Ijeen  al- 
tered since  Wolf  into  δέατ',  v.  δέατο. 
(Its  relation  to  δοκείν,  not  to  δοιτ/,  is 
almost  certain,  v.  Buttm.  Lexil.  voc. 
δέαίαι.) — II.  In  Ap.  Rh.  we  find  not 
only  aor.  mid.  δοάσσατο,  but  also  inf. 
aor.  1  act.  δοάσσαι,  m  signf.  to  doubt, 
hence  to  suppose,  believe,  and  so  to  be 
taken  as  a  poet,  form  from  δοιάζω, 
q.  V. 

tAd/3?;pef,  ων,  ol,the  Doberes,  a  peo- 
ple in  the  western  part  of  Thrace  on 
the  Pangaeus,  Hdt.  7,  113. 

^Αό3ημος.  ου,  ή,  Doberus,  a  city  of 
Paeonia,  Thuc.  2,  98. 

Αόγμα,  ατός,  τό,  (δοκέω)  thai  ivhich 
seems  true  to  one,  an  opinion,  esp.  of 
philosophic  dogmas,  Lat.  placita,  freq. 
in  Plat. — -2.  a  public  resolution,  decree, 
Plat.  Legg.  C44  D,  etc.     Hence 

Ao''/ματίας,  ου,  ό,  α  writer  tiyho 
abounds  in  apophthegms  and  the  like, 
Philostr.  ■ 

Αογματίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (δόγμα)  to  lay 
down  an  opinion,  a  maj:im,  Diog.  L. — 
2.  to  decree,  Diod.  Pass,  to  submit  to 
ordinances,  N.  T. 

Αογματίκός,  ή,  όν,  (δόγμα) belonging 
to  opinions  or  maxims,  maintaining 
them :  hence  δ.  ιατροί,  physicians 
who  go  by  general  principles,  opp.  to 
εμπειρικοί,  Gal. 

Αογματιστής,  ov,  ό,  (δόγμα)  one 
who  maintains  δόγματα,  Eccl. 

Αογματολογία.  ac,  i],  (δόγμα,  λέγω) 
the  expounding  of  a  δόγμα,  Sext.  Emp. 
Αογματοποιέω,   ώ,  (δόγμα,  ποιέω) 
to  make  a  decree,  Polyb.     Hence 

Αογματοποίία,  ας,  ή,  a  7naking  or 
advocating  of  δόγματα,  Aristob.  ap. 
Clem.  Al. 

Αοθιήν,  τ/νος,  ό,  a.  small  abscess,  boil, 
Lat.  furunculus,  Hipp. 

tAodiT/vlKov,  ου,  τό,  (δοθιτ/ν,  νικάω) 
a  remedy  for  or  against  boils.  Medic. 
Αοθίων,  όνος,  6,^:δοθΐ7/ν. 
Αοιάζω,   f.   -ασω,   (δοιοί)    to   make 
double,   ΐ3ονλύς,   i.  e.  hesitate  between, 
Ap.    Rh.    3,   819  :    cf.    δοάσσατο  II. 
Pass,  to  be  divided,  perplexed,  to  scru• 
364 


ΔΟΚΕ 

pie.  Id.  4,  576  :  a  sense  which  occurs 
in  many  derivs.  (From  δυο,  δισσός, 
δίχα,  duo,  and  so  to  he  at  two,  either 
with  one's  self,  i.  e.  to  doubt,  or  with 
others,  i.  e.  to  dispute., 

^Αοίαντος  πεδίον,  τό,  also  Αοιύν- 
τιον  πεδίον,  plain  of  Doeas,  a  plain  in 
Pontus,  abode  of  the  Amazons,  Ap. 
Rh.  2,  373  :  in  Konn.  A.  δάττεδον  ; 
ace.  to  Steph.  Byz.  from  Αοίας,  bro- 
ther of  Acmon. 

^  ΑοιδαΆσός,  οϋ,  ό,  Doedalsus,  a  king 
of  Bithynia,  Strab. 

'^Αοιδϋκοποώς,  ov,  ό,(δοΐδνξ,  ττοιέω) 
a  maker  of  pestles.  Pint.  Phoc.  4. 

'^ Αοιδϋκοφόβα,  ή,  (δοΐδυξ,  φοβέομαι) 
fearing  the  pestle,  epith.  of  the  gout  in 
Luc.  Tragopod. 

ΑοΙδΰξ,  νκος,  ό,  a  pestle,  At.  Eq. 
984,  etc. 

Αοΐ7/.7/ς,  ή,  doubt,  perplexity,  kv  δοιη, 
II.  9,  230,  and  Call. 

AoioL,  ai,  ύ,=  δνο,  two,  both,  Horn.: 
neut.  δοιύ  as  adv.,  m  two  ways,  in  two 
points,  Od.  2,  46.  The  sing,  δοώς 
like  δισσός,  two-fold,  double,  in  Call. 
Ep.  word. 

Αοιοτόκος,  ov,  (δοιοί,  τίκτω)  bear- 
ing twins,  Anth. 

Αοιώ,=  δοιοί,  of  which  it  is  strictly 
the  dual,  two,  both,  indecl.  in  Horn., 
who  usu.  has  it  masc,  but  in  11.  24, 
648,  neut. 

Αοκάζω,  f.  -άσω,  (δοκέω)  to  wait  for, 
Sophr.  ap.  Dem.  Phal.  51. 

Αοκάνη,  ης,  ή,  (δόκη,  δέχομαι)  α 
place,  receptacle  for  a  thing,^UT/K7]. — 
II.  =στύ'λιξ,  the  forked  pole  on  which 
hunting  nets  are  fixed. — III.  τα  δό- 
κανα, (δοκός)  at  Sparta  a  hieroglyphic 
of  the  Dioscuri,  being  two  upright  beams 
joined  at  the  end  by  two  transverse 
ones,  cf.  the  astronom.  figure  of  the 
constellation  Gemini :  v.  Welcker's 
Trilogie,  note  389,  Mt'iU.  Dor.  2,  10, 
^8. 

Αοκύω,  v.  sq.,  sub  fin. 

Αοκενω,  (δέχομαι)  to  pursue,  try  to 
catch,  II.  8,  340  :  hence  to  lie  in  icait 
for,  lay  snares  for,  τινά,  II. :  in  genl. 
to  fix  one's  eyes  on,  watch,  II.  18,  488, 
Od.  5,  274,  and  so  Eur.  Bacch.  982  : 
in  late  auth.  to  observe,  see,  Nonn. : 
also,  to  think,  Herm.  Orph.  p.  823. 
The  part.  perf.  δεδοκημένος  belongs 
not  to  this,  but  to  δέχομαι. 

ΔΟΚΕ'Ω,  ώ,  f.  δόξω  :  aor.  1  έδοξα  : 
perf.  pass,  δέδογμαι :  the  regul.  fut. 
δοκήσω  is  only  poet. :  aor.  εδόκησα, 
Od.  10,  415,  Pind.,  and  Trag.,  pass. 
έδοκήθην,  Eur. :  pf  δεδόκηκα.  Aesch. 
Eum.  309,  pass,  δεδόκημαι,  Ar.  Vesp. 
726.  Besides  the  aor.,  Hom.  only  has 
pres.  and  impf. ;  for  δεδοκημένος  be- 
longs to  δέχομαι. — I.  act.  to  think,  ex- 
pect, fancy,  c.  ace.  et  inf.  δοκέω  νι• 
κησέμεν  'Έκτορα,  II.  7,  192,  and  so 
Hdt.,  and  Att. :  to  expect,  imagine, 
τούτους  τι  δοκεΐτε  (sub.  είναι)  Xen. ; 
but  in  Att.  this  double  ace.  is  seldom 
expressed,  v.  Xen.  Cyr.  3,  1,  28: 
very  freq.  in  parenthet.  phrase  πώς 
δοκείς;  to  express  something  remark- 
able or  excessive,  τούτον  (πώς  δο- 
κείς;)  καβνβρισεν,  Eur.  Hipp.  440, 
cf.  Hec.  1160:  so  πόσον  δοκείς ;  Ar. 
Eccl.  399. — II.  intr.  to  seem,  appear, 
(strictly  opp.  to  είναι,  as  Aesch.  Theb. 
592,  Plat.  Gorg.  527  B),  Horn.  Con- 
struct., c.  dat.  pers.  et  inf,  δοκέεις 
μοι  ονκ  άπιννσσειν,  you  seem  to  me 
to  be  not  without  sense  ;  ως  μοι  δοκεΐ 
είναι  άριστα,  so  seems  it  best ;  δόκτ/σε 
σφίσι  θυμός  ώς  Ιμεν  ώςει.-.,  their 
heart  seemed  just  as  if...,  felt  as 
though...,  Od.  10,  415;  more  rarely 
c.  inf.  fut..  δοκέει  δέ  μοι  ώδε  λώ'ίον 
ίσσεσθαι :  ο.  inf.  aor.  never  in  Hom.j 


Δ0Κ1 

but  so  in  Att.,  v.  infr.  This  usage 
was  in  Att.  much  more  various  : — 1. 
δοκώ  μοι,  I  seem  to  7nyself,  melhi^iks, 
Lat.  videor  inihi,  used  esp.  by  persons 
relating  a  vision  or  dream,  Ιδοξ'  ίδεϊν, 
meihought  I  saw.  Eur.  Or.  408 ;  also 
εδοξάτην  μοι  μο?.εΊν  δύο  γνναϊκε, 
Aesch.  Pers.  181. — 2.  δοκώ  μοι,  to 
think  fit',' to  resolve,  Lat.  videtur  mihi, 
c.  inf.,  ^}•ώ  μοι  δοκέω  κατανοέειν 
τοντο,  Hdt.  2,  93.  and  so  Ar.  Vesp. 
177,  Plut.  1186,  Xen.,  etc.;  rarely 
without  i/ot,  and  prob.  only  poet.,  as 
Aesch.  Theb.  650:  hence  δέδυκται, 
Lat.  visum  est,  c.  inf.,  ran  ποιειν, 
Hdt.  4,  08,  Trag.,  etc. :  freq.  as  Att. 
law-term,  εδοξε  Ty  βομ?.?/.  τώ  δι'/μφ, 
etc.,  it  was  decreed  or  enacted,  Hdt.  I, 
3,  etc.,  Ar.  Thesm.  372,  Thuc.  4,  118, 
cf.  Bockh  Inscr.  1,  p.  116,  Wolf 
Dem.  494,12;  and  so  to  δόξαν  or 
δεδογμένον.=  δόγμα,  the  decree,  Hdt. 
3,  76,  and  Att.  ;  but  οι  δεδογμένοι 
ανδροφέινοι,  those  who  have  been  found 
guilty,  Dem.  629,  17 :  to  δοκούν  μοι, 
my  opinion,  Plat.,  etc. — 3.  like  προς- 
ποίεϊσθαΐ,  to  put  on  the  appearance, 
and  so  to  prete^id  that  a  thing  is,  Lat. 
simulare,  Hdt.  1,  10,  Ar.  Eq.  1146, 
Xen.  Hell.  4,  5,  6;  always  c.  inf., 
Valck.  Hipp.  462. — 4.  to  appear  to  be 
something  in  the  eyes  of  others,  to  be  of 
repute,  ol  δοκούντες,  Eur.  Hec.  295, 
and  in  full  oi  δοκούντες  είναί  τι,  men 
who  are  held  to  be  something,  of  some 
account.  Plat.  Gorg.  472  A :  oi  δ. 
σοφοί,  όλβιοι,  men  who  are  reputed 
wise,  happy :  hence  άρετη  δοκονσα, 
=  δόξα  άρετΊ/ς,  Thuc.  3,  10. — 5.  im- 
pers. δοκεΐ  or  δοκεΐ  μοι,  it  seems  to  me, 
seems  me  good,  likes  me,  nearly  equiv. 
to  δοκώ  uot,  q.  v. :  also  ώς  εμοι  δοκείν 
and  έμοι  δοκείν,  as  it  seems  to  me,  as 
I  think,  Yalck.  Hdt.  1,  172;  9,  113, 
and  freq.  in  Att.,  but  ώς  έμοι  δυκεΐ 
is  also  good  Greek,  Wess.  Hdt.  6,  95. 
— 6.  accus.  absol.  δόξαν,  when  this 
was  resolved  or  determined  (as  we  say), 
this  done...,  Hdt.  2, 148,  and  Att. :  also 
δόξαν  ταύτα,  Plat.  Prot.  314  C. 

Αόκη,  ης,  ή,=  δοχή:  also — II.  α 
I'ision,  fancy,  Aesch.  Ag.  421,  ace.  to 
Herm. 

Αόκηαα,  ατός,  τό,  (δοκέω)  η  msi(m, 
fancy,  δ.  ονείρων,  Eur.  Η.  F.  Ill  :  τώ 
δοκήματα=οί  δοκονντες,  Poet.  ap. 
Stob.  p.  451,  52  ;  oi  δοκήμασιν  σοφοί, 
the  wise  in  appearance,  Eur.  Tro. 
411. — 2.  opinion,  expectatioti,  δοκημά• 
των  έκτος,  Id.  Η.  F.  771. 

Αοκι/σιδέξιος.  ov,  (δοκέω,  δεξιός 
III.)  clever  in  one's  own  co»icei<,Pherecr. 
Pseud.  1. 

Αοκησίνους,  ovv,  gen.  ov,  (δοκέω, 
ΐ'ονς)  shrewd  in  one's  own  conceit. 

Αόκησις,  εως.  ή,  (δοκέω)  an  opinion, 
belief,  Hdt.  7,  185,  Sopl•.  etc. :  a 
conceit,  fancy,  κενή  δ.,  Eur.  liei.  36: 
δ.  άγνως  ?ιόγων  ήλθε,  a  vague  sus- 
picion was  thrown  out.  Soph.  O.  T. 
681. — II.  good  report,  credit,  like  δόξα, 
Lat.  aestimatio,  Thuc.  4,  18. 

Αοκ7]σισοφία.  ας,  ή,  conceit  of  wis• 
dom.  Plat.  ap.  Poll.  4,  9:  from 

Αοκησίσοφος,  ov,  (δάκησις.  σοφόςι 
wise  in  one's  own  conceit,  Ar.  Pac.  44. 

Αοκίας,  ου,  ό,  ν,  δοκός  II. 

Αοκίδιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  δοκός. 

Αοκιμάζω,  f.  -άσω  (δόκιμος)  to  try, 
search,  prove,  test,  esp.  metals,  to  see 
if  they  be  pure,  Isocr.  240  D:  hence 
in  genl.  to  prove,  to  exmnine,  Hdt.  2, 
38,  Plat.,  etc.  — 2.  esp.  to  examine 
youths,  who  claim  to  be  admitted  to 
the  rights  of  manhood,  Ar.  Vesp.  578, 
v.  infr. — II.  as  a  consequence  of  such 
trial,  to  approve,  sanction,  Thuc.  3, 
38j  in  pass. ;   to  hold  as  good,  piuri 


ΔΟΛΕ 

vseful.  after  trial,  Lat.  probare,  eom- 
probare.  Plat.  Rep.  407  C,  etc. :  also 
c.  inf.,  Xen.  Mem.  1.  2,  4.— III.  to  con- 
sider (J,?  fit  for  a  place ;  and  pass,  to 
be  approved  and  chosen.  Plat.  Lesp. 
765  B,  cf  Herm.  Pol.  Ant.  §  148: 
also  to  admit  a  youth  after  trial,  εις 
έοή3ύνς  or  εις  άνδρας  :  hence,  ()οκι- 
αασθίίς,  approved  and  admiit<;d  to  the 
rights  of  manhood,  Isocr.  352  C,  Herm. 
§  123,  12. 

Αοκιμΰσία,  ας,  η,  a  proving,  trial, 
test,  examination,  esp.  of  a  youth  before 
admission  amon?  men,  or  a  citizen 
on  being-  appointed  an  officer,  Plat. 
Leg-g.  765  B,  Xen.,  and  Oratt.,  cf  δο- 
κιμάζω III. — II.  a  review  of  soldiers, 
Lycurg.  ap.  Harp. 

Αοκιμαστέοι;  verb.  adj.  from  δοκι- 
μάζω, one  must  prove,  examine,  Plut. 

Αοκιμασ-ήρ,  ηρος,  δ,— δοκιμαστής, 
Polyb.     Hence 

Αοκιμαστήριον,  ov-  τό,  a  test,  proof, 
means  of  trial,  Artemid. 

δοκιμαστής,  ov,  6,  (δοκιμάζω)  an 
examiner,  proier,  judge.  Plat.  Legg. 
802  B.  Dem.,  etc.— II.  an  approver, 
panegyrist,  Dem.  566,  17. 

δοκιμαστικός,  ή,  όν,  {δοκιμάζω) 
belonging  to  examination.     Adv.  —κώς. 

Αοκιμαστός,  ή,  όν,  (δοκιμάζω)  ap- 
proved, Diog.  L. 

Αηκιμεϊον.  ov,  τό,  =  δοκιμίου,  for 
which  it  is  v.  1.  in  Plat. — II.  a  speci- 
men of  metal  to  be  tested,  Bockh  Inscr. 
1,  p.  752. 

Αοκιμή,  ης,  ή,  a  proof,  test,  trial, 
Diosc. — 2.  a  being  put  to  the  test,  excel- 
lence from  such  test,  N.  T. 

tAoKiuia,  ας,  ή,  Docimia,  a  town 
near  Synnada  in  Phrygia,  famed  for 
its  marble,  Strab. 

Αοκίμιον,  ov,  τό,  a  test,  tear/  or 
means  of  proving.  Plat.  Tim.  65  C, 
with  V.  1.  δοκιμεϊον. 

^ λοκιμίτης,  ου,  b,  λίθος,  the  marble 
of  Docimia,  Strab. 

Αόκιμος,  ov,  (δέχομαι)  tried,  assay- 
ed, approved,  genuine  ;  as  of  coin,  etc. ; 
hence  in  genl. — 1.  of  persons,  appro- 
ved, esteemed,  notable,  fldt.  1.  65,  158. 
etc. :  δ.  ττηρύ  τινι,  in  high  esteem  with 
one,  Id.  7,  117:  proved,  able,  Aesch. 
Pers.  87. — 2.  of  things,  worthy,  excel- 
lent, νμνος,  Pind.  N.  3.  18,  το  lap. 
Hdt.  7,  162  :  also  considerable,  great, 
τζοταμός,  Hdt.  7,  129.  Adv.  -μως, 
well,  rightly,  Aesch.  Pers.  547,  Xen., 
etc. 

^Αόκιαος,  ov,  δ,  Docimiis.  a  Mace- 
donian commander,  Diod.  S. 

Αοκιμότης,  ητος,  ή,  (δόκιμος)  ex- 
cellence. 

Αοκιμόω,  ω,=^δοκιμύζω,  Pherecyd. 
ap.  Diog.  L. 

Αοκίς,  ίδος,  ή,  dim.  from  δοκός, 
Hipp.:  a  stick,  rod,  Xen.  Cyn.  9,  15. 

Αοκίτης,  ov,  0,  V.  δοκός  II. 

Αοκός,  ov,  ή,  later  also  ό.  {δέχομαι) 
Jac.  A.  P.  327,  a  beam,  rafter  of  a  roof, 
Hom.  :  any  wooden  beam  or  bar.  Ar. 
Vesp.  201 :  a  shaft,  spear.  Archil.  14, 
3.  though  others  refer  this  to  sq.  II. 
Proverb.,  ό  την  δοκόν  φέρων,  of  a 
stiff,  un?raceful  speaker,  Ar.  Rhet.  3, 
12.  3. — Π.  a  kind  of  meteor,  also  δοκί- 
ar  and  δοκίτης.  Schaf.  Schol.  Par. 
Ap.  Rh.  2.  loss.  [ΔΟΚ-  ος,  cf  Lat. 
iec-tum.  Germ,  dach.) 

Αόκης,  ό,^δόκησις,  opinion,  fancy, 
Xenophan.  ap.  Sext. — Π.  an  ambush, 
snare,  as  some  interpr.  Archil.  14,  3, 
V.  foreg. 

Αοκώ.  όος  contr.  ονς,  ή,—  ίοτβζ.  I., 
only  in  Eur.  El.  747. 

^Αόκυσις,  εως,  ή,  (δοκός)  a  roofing, 
the  roof  LXX. 

Αο?.ερός,  ά,  όν,  (δόλος)  tricky,  de- 


ΔΟΛΙ 

ceitful,  deceptive,  treacherous,  Hdt.  2, 
151,  Soph.,  etc.     Adv.  -ρώς. 

Αολιενομαι,  dep.  mid.,  (δόλιος)  to 
act  treacherously,  7ώγος  δεδολιενμένος, 
Se.Tt.  Emp. 

Αο7.ίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  to  adulterate ,  Diosc. 

Αο/.ιόμητις,  ιδος.  ύ,  ή,  (δό/.ιος,  μή- 
τις)  crafty,  treacherous-minded,  prob.  I. 
Aesch.  Supp.  750. 

^Αολίονες,  ων,  ol,  the  Doliones,  a 
Thracian  people  in  Mysia,  between 
the  Asopus  and  Rhyndacus,  Ap.  Rh. 
1,  951.     Hence 

^Αη7.ώνιος.  a,  ov,  of  or  belonging  to 
the  Dolwnes,  Ap.  Rh.  1,  1029. 

^ Αο/.ιονίς,  ίδος,  ή,  pecul.  fem.  to 
foreg.  (sub.  -γή)  the  territory  of  the  Do- 
liones, Dolionia,  Strab. 

Αο/.ιότζονς,  ή,  ή,  πονν,  τό,  gen. 
ττοδος,  (δό/Λος,  ■ττούς)  of  stealthy  foot. 
Soph.  El.  1392. 

Αό/.ιης,  a,  ov,  and  ος,  ov.  Eur.  Ale. 
33,  Tro.  530  :  crafty,  deceitful,  treach- 
erous, Od.  ;  always  of  things,  e.  g. 
εττεα,  τέχνί],  etc.,  never  of  men:  κν- 
κ7.ος  δ ,  the  snare  or  net  disposed 
round  the  game,  Od.  4,  792.  Later, 
freq.  epith.  of  Mercury,  Soph.,  etc., 
cf  Spanh.  Ar.  PI.  1158.     Adv.  -/ωζ•. 

tAo/.i'of,  01',  b,  Dolius,  a  slave  of 
Laertes  in  Ithaca,  Od.  4,  735. 

Αο7.ίότηΓ.  ητος,  ή,  (δό7.ιος)  deceit, 
subtlety,  LXX. 

Αο/Λοφρων,  ό,  ή,  gen.  όνος,  (δόλιος, 
φρήν)  crafty-minded,  wily,  Aesch.  Cho. 
947,  Eur.  I.  A.  1301. 

ΔοΡ-ίόω,  ώ,  (δό7  ιος)  to  deceive,  deal 
treach/rmisly  ^lith,  τ'Λ'ά,  LXX. 

Αο7.ιχαίων,  ό,  η,  (δο7.ιχός,  αιών) 
long-lived,  immortal,  Emped.  79. 

^Αο7Λχύορος,  ov.  (δο7.ιχός,  άορ)  hav- 
ing, armed  ivith  a  long  sword,  Philet. 
ap.  Schol.  II. 

Αο7.ίχαν7.ος,  ov,  (δο7Λχός,  αν7.ός) 
with  a  long  tube,  δ.  ar/ανέα,  a  spear 
with  a  long  iron  socket  for  fixing  the 
shaft  in  the  head,  v.  ηϋ7.ός  II. :  in 
genl.  long-shafted,  tall.  Od.  9,  156. 

Αο7Λχανχην,  ενός,  b,  ή,  (δο7.ιχός, 
ανχι'/ν)  long-necked,  κύκνος,  Eur.  I. 
Α.  794 

Αο7Λχεγχ7'ίς,  ές,  (δο7ύχος,  εγχος) 
ivith  tall  spear,  ΐΐαίονες,  II.  21,  155. 

Αο7.ιχεύω,^δο7.ιχοδρομέω,  Anth. : 
in  genl.  δρόμον  δ.,  to  go  through  a  long 
course,  Philo. 

^Αο7Αχη,  ης,  ή,  Doliche,  one  of  the 
Sporades  islands,  later  Icarus.  Call. 
Dian.  187. — 2.  a  city  of  Perrhaebia, 
Polyb.  28,  11,  1.^ 

Αο7.ιχή~ονς,  ό,  y,  trow,  τό,  gen. 
τζοδος,  (δο7Αχ6ς,  ττονς)  with  long  feet, 
Numen.  ap.  Ath.  305  A. 

Αο7.ιχήρετμος,  ov,  (δο7.ιχός,  ίρε- 
τμός)  long-oared,  epith.  of  a  ship,  Od. 
4,  499,  etc. ;  also  of  sea-faring  people, 
e.  g.  the  Phaeacians,  as  using  long 
oars,  Od.  8,  191 :  so  δ.  Αίγινα,  Pind. 
Ο.  8,  27. 

Αο7.ιχήρης,  ες,=^δολιχός,  long,  Nic. 

Αο7.ιχο-)ράφ1.α,  ή,  (δόλιχος,  -γράψω) 
prolix  writing,  LeoH.  ΑΙ. 

Αο7Λχόδειρος,  ov,  (δόλιχος,  δειρη) 
poet,  ίοΐ'λ.,  long-necked,  II.  2,  460. 

Αο7.ίχοδρομέω,  ω,  to  run  the  δό7.ι- 
χος,  Aeschin.  66,  32  :  from 

Αο7Λχοδρόμος ,  ov,  (δόλιχος,  δρα- 
μεΐν)  running  the  δό7Αχος,  like  σταδι- 
οδρόμος,  Plat.  Prot.  335  Ε,  etc. 

Αο7Λχόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  poet,  for  δο7.ί- 
χός,  Leon.  Tar.  25. 

Αο7Λχόονρος,  ov,  (δο7Λχός,  ονρά) 
long-tailed,  metaph.  of  verses  with  a 
syll.  redundant,  as  Od  5,231,  Gramm.; 
cf  μείονρος. 

Αο7.ιχό-ονς,  6,  ή,  τΐονν,  τό,  gen. 
π•θ(5οζ•  ,=  δο7Λχή—ονς. 

ΔΟΑΓΧΟ'Σ    ή,  όν,  long,  εγχεα, 


ΔΟΑΟ 

δόρυ,  Hom. :  also  of  time,  long,  wea 
risome,  νόσος,  ννξ,  Od.  :  also  δο7.ι• 
χόν,  as  adv.,  II.  10,  52,  Plat.  Prot.  329 
A :  but  δο7.ιχος  ■η7.όος,  δο7.ιχή  οδός, 
Od.  uniting  both  signfs.— II.  as  subst. 
— 1.  δό7.ιχος.  ου,  ό,  the  long  course,  in 
racing,  opp.  to  στάδιον,  esp.  freq.  in 
Inscrr.  ;  τον  δ.  άμιλ/.άσθαι,  Plat. 
Legg.  833  Β  :  θεΐν,  Xen.  An.  4,  8,  27. 
Ace.  to  some  it  \vas=20(not  24)  sta- 
dia, run  both  ways  12  times,  and  so 
=near  30  Engl,  miles ;  others  make  it 
only  =  7  stadia,  run  7  times,  =  about 
5^  Engl,  miles.  Hence  metaph.  δο7.. 
των  ε~ών  νικΰν,  Luc. :  ό  τον  τ:ο7έμου 
δ;  the  long  continuance  oiVixevia.!, Vint.: 
so  πολεμεϊν  στάδιον,  δόλιχον,  of  a 
short,  and  a  protracted  war,  Id. — 2.  a 
kind  of  pulse,  Theophr.,  v.  7.ο3ός  III. 

^Αό7.ιχος,  ov,  ό,  Dolichus,  an  Eleu- 
sinian  chief,  H.  Hom.  Cer.  153. 

Αο7Λχόσκΐος,  ov,  (δο/.ιχός,  σκιά) 
casting  a  long  shadow,  long,  tall,  Hom., 
always  as  epith.  of  έγχος.  (Others 
however  from  όσχος,  long-shafted,  as 
if  for  δο7.ιχόσχιος,  not  improb.) 

Αο7.ιχονατος,  ov,  (δο7.ιχός,  οίας) 
long-eared,  Opp. 

Αο7Λχόώρων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  (δο7.ί- 
χός,  φρήν)  deep-thinking,  far-sighted, 
μερίμναι,  Emped.  109. 

^  Αο/.όαστζις,  ό,  Doloaspis,  a  prefect  of 
Alexander  in  Aegypt,  Arr.  An.  3,  5,  3. 

\Ao7.oyKOi,  ων,  oi.  the  Dolonci,  a 
Thracian  tribe,  dwelling  in  the  Thra- 
cian Chersonese,  Hdt.  6.  34. 

Αο7.όεις,  εσσα,  εν,  (δό7.ος)  subtle, 
wily,  Od. — II.  of  things,  craftily  con- 
trived, artificial,  artful,  like  τεχνήεις, 
δέσματα  δο7..,  Od.  8.  281,  only  poet. 

Αο7.οκτΰσία,  ας,  ή,  (δόλος,  κτείνω) 
murder  by  treachery.  Αρ.  Rh. 

Αο/Μμήδης,  ες,  gen.  εος,  (όό7.ος, 
μνδος)  uily.  crafty,  Simon.  116. 

\Αο7.ομηνή,  ης,   ή,  Dolomeae,  a  re- 
gion of  Assyria,  Strab. 
Αο7.ομήτης,  ov,  o,=sq.,  II.  1,  540. 
Αο7.όμητις,  ι,  gen.  ιος,  (δό7.ος,μήτις) 
crafty-minded,  wily,  Od.  1,  300,  etc. 

Αο7.ομήχΰνος,  ov,  (δό7.ος,  μηχανή) 
contriving  wiles,  wily,  Simon.  116. 

Αο7.όμνθος,  ov,  (δό/.ος,  μύθος)  sub- 
tle-speaking, treacherous.  Soph.  Tr.  840. 

^ Αό7.ο~ες,  ων,  οι,  the  Dolopes,  Dolo- 
pians,  a  Thessalian  tribe,  dwelling  on 
the  Enipeus,  11.  9,  484.  later  around 
Pindus  in  Epirus,  Hdt.  7,  132,  etc. 
Hence 

^ Αο7.οτΓήϊος,  a,  ov,  of  the  Dolopes, 
Doldpian,  Ap.  Rh. — 2.  of  Dolops,  W. 

^ Αο7.οκ7μς,  ίδος,  ή.  (sub.  j?;)  Dolo- 

ia,   the   territory   of  the  Dolopes,  Ap. 

th.  1,  68. 

tAoZo-i'a,  ας,  7/,=foreg.,  Hdt.  3, 14, 
etc. 

^Αο7.07νικός,  ή,  όν,  of  or  belonging  to 
the  Dolopes,  Dolopian,  Strab. 

^Ao7.o~ii)v,  όνος,  ό,  Dolopion,  a 
Trojan,  priest  of  Scamander,  II.  5, 

Αο7.οπ?.ανής,  ές,  (δό7.ος,  π-7.άνη) 
treacherous,  Nonn. 

Αο7.ο~7.οκία,  ας,  ή,  subtlety,  craft, 
Theogn.  226 :  from 

Αο7Μ-7.όκος,  ov,  (δό7.ος,  7ζ7.έκω) 
weaving  wiles,  wily,  epith.  of  Venus, 
Sapph.  1,2. 

Αο7.ο~οιός,  όν,  (  δό7.ος,  ττοιέω  ) 
treacherous,  ensnaring,  Soph.  Tr.  832. 

Αο7.ο^(>ΰφέω,  ώ,  to  lay  snares,  Lat. 
suere  dotos,  Ctes.  ap.  Phot. :  from 

Αο7.ο^ράφής,  ές,  (δό7.ος,  {)ά-^τω) 
contriving  snares  ;  or  subtly,  treacher- 
ously contrived ;  of  nets,  Opp.   Hence 

Αο7.ο'ρρΰόία,  ας,  ή,  a  contriving  of 
tricks,  treachery,  art,  Anth. 

Αο?.οββάφος,  ov,  (δό7.ος,  ρά~τω) 
treacherous,  [α] 

365 


I 


ΔΟΜΟ 

Αό?.ος,  ον,  ό,  {*όέλο,  δέ?Μς,  δέλε- 
αρ) strictly  α  bait,  for  fish,  Od.  12, 
252  :  hence  any  snare,  cunning  cunlri- 
vance  for  deceiving  or  catching,  as  the 
robe  "of  Penelope,  Od.  19,  137.  the 
net  in  which  Vulcan  catches  Mars, 
Od.  8,  27(J  :  in  genl.  any  trick  or  crafty 
attempt,  δό7.φ,  opp.  to  βί{]φί,  Od.  9, 
406 :  and  so  in  the  abstra(-t,  wile, 
craft,  cunning,  treachery,  Lat.  dolus, 
Horn.,  and  so  nsu.  Alt.  and  in  prose  ; 
έ/c  δόλου,  kv  δόλφ,  συν  δύ'λφ.  Soph., 
usTu  δόλου,  Isocr. ;  cf.  ΰπάτΐ]. 

Αολοφονέω,  ώ,  to  murder  by  treach- 
ery, Dem.  401,  26,  and  Polyb. ;  and 

Αο'λοφόνησις,  εως,  J7,  =  sq.,  App. ; 
and 

Αο?Μφονία,  ας,  ή,  death  by  treachery, 
Arist.  Eth.  N. :  from 

Αολοφόνος,  ov,  {δόλος,  *φένω,  φο- 
νεύω) slaying  by  treachery :  in  genl. 
murderous,  fatal,  λέβης  δ.,  Aesch.  Ag. 
1129. 

Αολοφράδής,  ές,  ( δόλος,  φράζω ) 
voily-minded,  crafty,  subtle,  Η.  Hom. 
Merc.  28,  Find.  N.  8,  56. 

Αο?Μφρονέων,  ούσα,  ον,(δολόφρων) 
planni)ig  craft,  uHly-minded,  Horn.  ; 
only  found  in  part.     Hence 

Αολοφροσννη,  ης.  ή,  craft,  subtlety, 
witiness,  11.  19,  97,  112:  from 

Αολόφρων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  (δόλ.ος, 
φρήν)=δο?.οφραδής,  Anth. 

Αόλοψ,  οτΓος,  ό,  α  lurker  in  ambush, 
Gramm. 

ίΔόλοι/),  οττος,  b,  Dolops,  a  son  of 
Mercury,  Ap.  Rh.  1,  582. — 2.  grand- 
son of  Laomedon,  a  Trojan,  11.  15, 
525.-3.  a  Greek,  II.  11,  302. 

Δολόω,  ώ,(δό?.ος)  to  beguile,  ensnare, 
take  by  craft,  Hes.  Th.  494,  Hdt.  1, 
212,  Soph  ,  etc. — II.  to  make  deceitful, 
counterfeit,  adulterate,  e.  g.  gold,  wine, 
etc.,  Hemst.  Ar.  Plut.  p.  125  :  to  stain, 
dye,  δ.  μορφήν,  to  disguise  one's  self, 
Soph.  Phil.  129.     Hence 

Αόλωμα,  ατός.  τό,  a  trick,  deceit, 
Aesch.  Cho.  1003. 

Δολωΐ',  ωνος.  ό,  a  small  topsail, 
only  used  in  very  favourable  winds, 
like  our  studding-.iails,  Polyb. — II.  a 
secret  weapon,  poniard,  stiletto,  Plut. — 
In  Horn,  only  as  prop.  n. 

tΔoλω!^  ωνης,  Ό,  Dolon.  son  of  Eu- 
medes,  a  Trojan,  who,  going  as  a  spy 
to  the  camp  of  the  Greeks,  was  taken 
and  slain  by  Diomed  and  Ulysses,  11. 
10.314,    Eur.    Rhes. 

tΔoλώ^'t^α,  ας.  ή,  the  Dolonea,  the 
adventures  and  tleath  of  Dolon,  a 
name  given  by  Gramm.  to  the  tenth 
book  of  the  Iliad,  Ael.  V.  H. :  also 
Αολωνία. 

Αολύπις,  ιδος,  ή,  {δόλος,  ώψ)  artful 
looking,  trencherovs•.  Soph.  Tr.  1050. 

Αόλωσις,  αως,  ή,  {δηλόω)  α  tricking, 
catching  by  snares. 'Ken.  Cyr.  1,  6,  28. 

Αόμα,  ατός,  τό,  {δίδωμι)  agift,  Plut. 

Αημαΐος,  αίη,  ulov,  {δομή)  of,  be- 
longing to  building,  οι  δημηϊοι.,  sub. 
λίβοι,  foundation-stnnrs.  Αρ.  Rh. 

^Αομανϊτις,  ιδος,  ή,  Domanitis,  a  re- 
gion of  Paphlagonia,  Strab. 

Αόμεναι.  δάμεν,  Ep.  for  δούναι,  inf. 
aor.  2  from  δίδωμι,  Horn. 

^Αομετιανός,  ού,  ό,  the  Roman  Do- 
mitianus,  Plut. 

Αημή,  ης,  η,  {δέμω)  building :  a 
builJiiig,  Lye.  —  II.  :=  δέμας,  figure, 
body,  Ap.  Rh. 

Αόμησις,  εως,  ^,=foreg.,  Joseph. 

^Αομήτιος,  ου,  ό,  the  Roman  Domi- 
tius,  Strab. 

Αομήτωρ,  ορός,  ό,  {δέμω)  a  builder. 

ΐΑοιινέκλειος,  ov.  ό,  Domnecltus,  a 
Galatian  tetrarch,  Strab. 

Αόμΐ)νδε,  adv.,  home,  homeward,  like 
οΐκόνδε  and  οίκαδε,  Hom. :  also  δνδε 
366 


AOXA 

δόμονδε,  to  his  own  house,  Od.  1,  83  : 
from 

Αόμος,  ov,  h,  {δέμω)  Lat.  domus,  a 
building.— \.  a  house,  dwelling,  Horn., 
who  uses  it  (like  Lat.  aedes)  in  sing. 
of  gods,  in  plur.  of  men.  Sometimes 
the  house  and  all  that  belongs  to  it : 
whence  δόμος  Άϊδος  or  Άίδαο,  of  the 
whole  realm  of  Hades,  frcq.  in  Horn., 
Ίτνκινος  δόμος  Έρεχβηος,  Minerva's 
temple,  and  her  city,  Od.  7,  81 :  hence 
in  Trag.,  the  family  of  the  house,  house- 
hold, Eur.  Or.  70,  Med.  114  :  also  of 
beasts,  a  sheepfold,  II.  12,  301  ;  a 
wasps'  or  bees'  nest,  II.  12,  1C9. — II.  a 
part  of  the  house,  chamber,  room,  esp. 
the  banquet-hall,  Horn. — III.  all  that  is 
built,  built  up.  fitted  or  put  together,  διά 
τριήκοντα  δόμων  πλίνθου,  at  every 
thirtieth  layer  or  row  of  bricks  in  the 
building,  Hdt.  1,  179. — 2.  a  chest,  re- 
ceptacle, wooden  holder  of  any  kind. 

Αομοσφΰλής,  ές,  {δόμος,  σφάλλω) 
shaking,  ruining  the  house,  Aesch. 

^Αονΰθε'ις,  Dor.  for  δονηθείς,  from 
δονέω. 

Αονακεύομαι,  dep.  mid.,  {δόναξ)  to 
fold  with  reed  and  birdlime,  Anth. 
Hence 

Αονακενς.  έως,  ό,  a  thicket  of  reeds, 

II.  18,  576. — II.  a  fowler,  Opp. 
Αονΰκίτης,  ου,  ό,  fern,  δονακίτις, 

ιδος.  ή,  of  reed,  Anth.  [i] 

Aovάκoyλ.ύφoς.  ov,  {δόναξ,  γλύφω) 
reed-cutting,  pen-making,  Anth.   [fi] 

Αονΰκόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  abounding  in 
reeds,  Eur.  Hel.  208  :  δό?Μς  δ.,  a  trap 
made  of  them,  Anth. 

Αονάκοτρεφής,  ές,  {δόναξ,  τρέφω) 
grown  with  reeds,  Nonn. 

Αονΰκοτρόφος,  ov,  {δόναξ,  τρέφω) 
producing  reeds,  Theogn.  783,  Eur.  I. 
A.  179. 

Αονΰκοφοίτης,  ov,  ό,  poet,  δουνακ., 
{δόναξ,  ώοιτύω)  ivalking  with  δόνακες, 
epith.  of  a  fowler,  A.  P.  10,  22,  3. 

Αονάκοχλοος,  ον,οοη^'.-χλονς,  oi^v, 
{δόναξ,  χλόα)  green  with  reeds,  Eur. 

I.  T.  400. 

Αονΐικώδης,  ες,  {δόναξ,  είδος)  reedy, 
Νίίλοζ-  δ.,  Bacchyl.  39. 

Αονάκών,  ώνος,  ό,  {δόναξ)  α  thick- 
et of  reeds. 

1  Αονακύν,  ώνος,  Ι    Oonacon,  a  strip 
of  land  near  Thespiae,  Paus.  9,  31 ,  7. 

Αόναξ,  ΰκος,  ό,  Dor.  δών.  Ion  δονν. 
a  reed.  Hom.  :  δόνακες  ..αλάμοιο, 
reed-stalks,  Η.  Hom.  Merc.  47. — II. 
i7!!i/  thing  made  of  reed,  esp. — 1.  a  dart, 
arrow,  11.  11,  584. — 2.  later,  a  flute, 
shepherd's  pipe,  Pind.  P.  12, 44,  Aesch. 
Pr.  574. — 3.  a  fishing-rod.  Anth.— 4.  a 
lime-twig. — 5.  a  uritiug-reed.  pen,  Lat. 
arundo,  calamus,  Anth.,  cf.  κύ/,αμος. — 

III.  a  kind  of  fish,  Xenocr.  (P^rom 
δονέυ,  "  shaken  by  the  wind,"  N.  T.) 

Αονέω,  ω,  f.  -ήσω.  Ιο  .thnke.  shake  to 
and  fro,  esp.  of  winds,  shaking  trees, 

II.  17,  55  ;  scattering  clouds,  II.  12, 
157,  etc.  :  in  genl.  to  tnove  about,  stir, 
γάλα,  Hdt.  4,  2  :  to  excite,  θμόον  ύμ- 
νων. Pind.  Ν.  7,  119,  cf  P.  10,  00  : 
hence  of  the  mind,  to  rouse,  agitate, 
disturb,  θνμόν,  Pind.  N.  6,  96,  cf  P. 
6,  36.  Pass.,  η  Ά.σίη  έδονέετο,  Asia 
rvas  in  commotion,  Hdt.  7,  1.  (Akin 
to  δινέω.)     Hence 

Αόνημα,  ατός,  τό,  agitation,  waving, 
δένδρου,  Luc. 

Αονητός,  ή,  όν,  shaken,  Anth. 

Δό^ά,  ης,  η,  {δοκέω)  α  notion,  opin- 
ion, which  one  has  of  a  thing,  true  or 
false:  and  so — 1.  expectation,  από 
δόξης,  otherwise  than  one  expects,  II. 
10,  32t,  Od.  11,  343:  in  prose  usu. 
πηρά  δόξαν  or  παρά  δόξαν  η...,  Hdt. 
1,  79,  etc.  :  opp.  to  κατά  δόξαν.  Plat., 
etc. :  δόξαν  παρέχειν  τινί,  to  make 


ΔΟΧΟ 

one  expect  that..,,  c.  inf.  or  ώς..., 
Xen.  Hell.  7,  5,  21,  Plat.  Soph.  216 
D. — 2.  an  opinion,=^  δόγμα,  a  sentiment, 
judgment,  whether  well-grounded  or 
not,  Pind.  O.  6, 140  :  esp.  a  philosophic 
opinion,  Lat.  placitum  :  so  κύριοι  δό• 
ξαι.  the  peculiar  tenets  of  a  philos- 
opher, Epicur.  ap.  Cic.  Fin.  2,  7. — 3. 
next,  with  collat.  signf,  o(  mere  opin- 
ion, δόξτ)  έπίστασθαι,  to  fancy,  think 
...,but  wrongly,  Hdt.  8. 132,  cf.  Thuc. 
5, 105  :  hence  δόξα,  opinion,  is  opp.  to 
ίζίστήμη,  kwavlcdge,  as  doubtful  to 
certain,  subjirtlve  to  objective.  Plat., 
etc.,  cf  Wytienb.  Ep.  Grit.  p.  240. — 
4.  hence  a  fmcy.  vision,  Aesch.  Cho• 
1053 ;  of  a  dream,  Eur.  Rhes.  780. 
— II.  an  opinion  of  one's  self  or  others^ 
character,  reputation,  Lat.  existimatio, 
first  in  Solon  5,  4,  ανθρώπων  δόξαν 
έχειν  άγαθτ'ιν,  cf.  lb.  34,  and  then 
freq.  in  Find.,  Trag.,  etc. :  used  either 
oigood  or  bad  report,  but  absol.  almost 
always  of  good  report,  credit,  honour, 
glory,  δόξαν  φέρεσθαι,  Thuc.  2,  11, 
τινός,  for  a  thmg,  Eur.  II.  F.  157. 
Hence 

Αοξύζω,  f.  -ύσω,  to  think,  believe, 
judge,  c.  inf ,  δ.  τι  είναι,  έχειν.  etc.^ 
Aesch.  Ag.  673  :  sine  inl.,  Aesch. 
Cho.  844 :  c.  ace.  cognato,  δόξαν  δ., 
to  entertain  an  opinion,  Plat.  Crit.  46 
D :  so  too  absol..  Soph.  Phil.  545, 
Plat.,  etc. — II.  to  magnify,  extol,  Thuc. 
3,  45 :  to  render  glorious,  to  raise  to 
glory,  N.  T.  Pass,  to  be  distinguished, 
held  in  honour,  esp.  δεδοξασμένος,  es- 
teemed, etc.,  έπ'  αρετή,  Polyb. 

^Αόξανδρος,  ov,  ό,  Doxandrus,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Anst. 

Αοξάριον,  ov,  TO.  dim.  from  δόξα, 
Lat.  gloriola,  Isocr.  Ep.  10. 

Αοξΰσία,  ας.  ή,  {δοξάζω)  an  opinion, 
Dio  C. 

Αόξασμα,  ατοΓ,  τό,  an  opinion,  no- 
tion, Thuc.  1,  111,  Plat.  Phaedr.  274 
C,  etc.— 2.  a  fancy,  Eur.  El.  383. 

Αηξιιστής,  ov.  ό,  a  judge,  decider, 
Antipho    140,  38,  and  Plat. 

Αοξαστικός,  ή,  όν,  {δοξάζω)  able  to 
form  a  judgment,  reasoning  from  opin- 
ion, Arist.  Eth.  N. :  in  Plat.  opp.  to 
ό  τεχνικός,  Theaet.  207  C  ;  and  ή 
-κή,  opp.  to  αλήθεια,  Soph.  233  C. 

Αο:;ησΓΟς,  ή.  όν,  {δοξάζω)  judged, 
to  be  judged  of  by  opinion,  matter  of 
opinion.  Plat.,  and  Arist. — II.  renown- 
ed. LXX. 

Αόξις,  εως,  ή,=  δόξα,  Democrit. 

Αοξοκάλία.  ας,  η,  [δόξα,  καλός) 
apparent  beauty  ;  Or,  self-C07iceit  of 
beauty.  Plat.  Phileb.  49  B. 

Αοξοκοπέω,  ώ,  to  seek  popularity, 
esp.  mob-popularity  and  notoriety,  Po 
lyb. :  others  δηξοκημπέω  :  but  cf  δη- 
μοκοπέω  :  and 

Αοξοκοπία,  ας,  ή.  thirst  for  popular 
ily  or  notoriety,  Plut.  :  others  δηξο- 
κομπία  :  from 

Αοξοκόπος.  ov,  {δόξα,  κόπτω)  thirst- 
ing for  notoriety,  Teles  ap.  Stob.  p. 
523 ,34. 

Αοξολογέω,  ώ,  to  praise,  give  glory 
to,  θεόν.  Eccl. ;  and 

Αοίολογία,  ας,  ή,  a  praising,  esp. 
liturgical,  the  Doxology,  Eccl. :  from 

Αοξο?^όγος,  ov,  {δόξα,  λ.έγω)  prais- 
ing, giving  glory,  Eccl. 

Αοξομάνέω,  ώ,  to  be  mad  after  fame, 
Philo :  from 

Aoξoμάvής.ές.{δόξa,μaίvoμaί)mad 
after  fame,  Chrysipp.  ap.  Ath.  464  D. 

Αοξομάνία,  ας,  ή,  a  mad  thirst  for 
fame,  Plut. 

Αοξομΰταιόσοώος,  ov,  {δόξα,  μά- 
ταιος, σοφΟ€)  a  would-be  philosopher, 
Epigr  ap.  Ath.  162  A. 

ΑοξομΙμητής,  ov,  6,  {δόξα,  μιμέο 


ΔΟΡΙ 

uni)  one  who  follows  his  own  fancies,  or 
pretends  to  imUate,  Plat.  Soph.  267  E. 
Hence 

ΑοξοβΙμητίκός,  ή,  όν,  of  or  belong- 
ing to  a  όοξομιμητής,  lb. 

Αοξόομαί,  1.  -ώσυμαι,  perf.  δεόόξω- 
uai,  Hdt.,  {δόξα)  as  pass.,  to  have  the 
character  or  credit  ol  being,  C.  inf., 
έδοξώθη  elvui  σοφώτατος,  Hdt.  8, 
12t,  cf.  7,  135 ;  9,  48. 

Αοξοηαίδεντίκός,  ή,  όν,  (δόξα,  ~αι- 
όενυ)  teaching  mere  opinions  {δόξαι), 
as  ορρ.  to  έττιστ-ήμαί,  Plat.  Soph. 
223  Β. 

ΑοξοτΓοιΐα,  ας,  η,  {δόξα,  ποιέω)  the 
adoption  of  an  opinion,  Clem.  Al. 

Αοξοσοόία,  ας,  ή,  conceit  of  wisdom, 
unreal  wisdom.  Plat.  Soph.  231  B, 
Phileb.  49  A  :  from 

Αοξόσοφος,  ov,  {δόξα,  σοφός)  wise 
in  one's  own  conceit.  Plat.  Phafidr.  275 
B,  cf.  δοκησίσοφος. 

Αοξοφαγία,  ας,  ή,  {δόξα,  φαγεΐν) 
hunger  after  fame,  Polyb. 

Αοβά.  ΰς,  ή,  {δέρω)  α  skin,  hide,  of 
beasts,  δ.  αιγών,  Theogn.  55,  ubi  v. 
Brunck,  θηρών,  Eur.  Cycl.  330 ;  of 
birds,  Hdt.  4,  175;  of  men,  Pint. 

Αόρατα,  nom.  pi.,  δόρατι,  dat.  sing. 
of  δόρν. 

Αορατίαΐος,  αία,  αϊον,  (δόρυ)  of  a 
spears  length. 

Αορατίζομαι,  f.  -ίσομαι,  {δόρν)  dep. 
mid.,  to  fight  with  spears. 

Αοράτων,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  δόρν, 
Hdt.  1,  34. 

Αορατισμός,  ov,  ό,  {δορατίζομαι)  a 
fighting  with  spears,  Plut. 

Αορατόγλνφος,  ov.  {δόρν,  γλύφω) 
cut,  carved  from  wood,  Lyc,  m  Ion. 
form  δονρατόγλ.  [ϋ] 

ΑορατοθήκΊ],  ης,  ή,  =  δουροθήκη, 
δορο^όκη,  δουροδόκη,  α  speir-case. 

Αορατομάχέω,  {δόρν,  μάχομαι)  to 
fight  with  spears. 

Αορατοξόος,  ον,^δορνξόος,  Nic. 
Αηρατοττΰχής,  ές,  {δόρν,  παχύς)  of 
α   spear-shaft's    thickness,   Xen.    Cyn. 
10,3. 
Αόρατος,  gen.  of  ^όρυ. 
Αορατοφόρος,  ον,=^οορνφόρος,Ό[θΏ. 
Η. 

Αόρει,  rare  dat.  sing,  of  δόρν,  esp. 
Trag. 

Αόρη,  τά,  rare  nom.  and  ace.  plur. 
of  δόρν,    Eur.   Rhes.  274. 

Αορήιος.  a,  ov,  (δόρν)  wooden,  Anth. 
\Αορια'λωσία,  ας,  ή,  a  being  captured 
in  war,  App. :  from 

ΑορίάΆωτος,  ov,  or  δορνά?.ωτος, 
{δόρν,  ύ?.ίσκομαι)  captive  of  the  spear, 
taken  in  war,  like  αίγμά?.υτος,  Hdt.  8, 
74 ;  9,  4. 

Αορίγαμ3ρος,  ov,  {δόρν,  γαμέω) 
bride  of  battles,  causing  iimr  by  marriage 
or  wooed  by  battle,  of  Helen,  Aesch. 
Ag.  686. 

Αοριθήρΰτος,  ov,  {δόρυ,  θηράω) 
chased,  taken  by  the  spear,  in  genl. 
captured,  Αόγχης  αιχμή  δ-,  Eur.  Hec. 
105 ;  Tro.  574. 

Αορικάνής,  ές,  {δόρν,  καίνο)  slairi 
by  the  spear,  δ.  μόρος,  Aesch.  Supp. 
987. 

Αορικλντός,  -ή,  όν,  only  in  Ion. 
form  δουρικλντός,  q.  v. 

Αορικμής,  ητος,  6,  ή,  {δόρν,  κάμνω) 
subdued,  slain  by  the  spear,  Aesch. 
Cho.  365. 

Αορίκρΰνος.  ov,  {δόρν,  κράνον) 
spear-headed,  λόγχη,  Aesch.  Pers.  148, 
with  V.  1.  δορνκρ. 

Αορίκτητος.  ov,  also  η,  ov,  II.  Ion. 
δονρ-,  II.  9,  343,  and  Eur.,  {δόρν,  κτά- 
ομαι)  gained  by  the  spear,  taken  in 
war. 

Αορίκτντϊος,  ov,  {δόρυ,  κτυπέω) 
spear-clashing,  Pind.  N.  3,  103. 


ΔΟΡΚ 

Αορίλητττος,  ov,  {δόρν,  ?ιαμ3άνω) 
won  by  the  spear,  Soph.  Aj.  146,  894, 
and  Eur. 

Αορίλνμαντος,  ov,  {δόρν,  λυμαίνο- 
μαι) destroyed  by  the  spear,  Aesch.  Fr. 
122.  [ϋ] 

Αοριμανής,  ές,  {δόρν,  μαίνομαι)  ra- 
ging ivith  the  spear,  Eur.  Supp.  485. 

Αορίμαργος,  ov,  {δόρν,  μάργος)  ra- 
ging with  the  spear,  Aesch.  Theb.  687. 

Αορίμαχος,ον,  Ion.  δονρ..  fighting 
with  the  spear.  Poet.  ap.  Schol.  II.  2, 
543. 

'(Αορίμαχος,  ov,  6,  Dorimachus,  masc. 
pr.  n.  an  Aetolian,  Polyb.  4,  3,  5. 

Αοριμήστωρ,   ορός,   6,    {δόρν,  μή- 
στωρ)  master  of  the  spear,  Eur.  Andr. 
1016. 
^Αόριος,  ov,  ό,=^Αούριος,  App. 

Αορίτταλτος,  ov,  {δόρν,  πάλλω) 
wielding  the  spear,  χειρ  δ-,  the  right 
hand,  Aesch.  Ag.  117,  ubi  al.  δορνπ. 

Αοριττετής,  ές,  {δόρν,  πίπτω)  fallen 
by  the  spear,  πεσήματα,  αγωνία  δ., 
death  by  the  spear,  Eur.  Andr.  653, 
Tro.  1003. 

Αορίπ'ληκτος,  ov.  Ion.  δονρίπλ.. 
stricken  by  the  spear,  Aesch.  Theb.  278, 
ubi  Pors.  δονρίπληκτος. 

Αοριπόνος,  ov,  {δόρν,  πονέω)  toiling 
with  the  spear,  warlike,  άνδρες,  Eur. 
El.  479. — 2.  Pass,  δορίπονος,  ov, 
pressed  with  the  spear,  oppressed  by 
war,  bearing  the  brant  of  war,  Aesch. 
Theb.  169,  and  Eur. :  δυρ.  κακά,  the 
evils  of  siege,  Aesch.  Theb.  628. 

Αοριπτοίητος,  ov,  {δόρν,  πτοιέω) 
scattered  or  slain  in  war,  Anth. 

Αορίς,  ίδος,  ή,  {δέρω)  a  sacrificial 
knife,  Ana.xipp.  ap.  Ath.  169  C. 

Άορισθενης,  ές,  {δόρυ,  σθένος)  v. 
sub  δορνσθ. 

^ Αορίσκος,  ov,  η,  Doriscus,  a  city  of 
Thrace. — 2.  ό,  a  plain  ot  the  same 
name  at  the  mouth  of  the  Hebrus, 
Hdt.  7,  25. 

Αοριστέφάνος,  ov.  [δόρν,  στέώανος) 
crowned  for  bravery  in  uar,  Anth. 

Αοριτίνακτος,  ov,  {δόρν,  τινάσσω) 
shaken  by  battle,  αίθήρ,  Aesch.  Theb. 
155,  al.  δορντ. 

Αοριτμητος,  ov,  {δόρν,  τέμνω) 
pierced  by  the  spear,  Aesch.  Cho.  347. 

Αορίτο'/ μος,  ov,  {δόρν,  τόλμα)  bold 
in  war,  Anth. 

Αορκάδειος,  a,  ov,  {δορκάς)  of  an 
antelope,  Polyb. 

Αορκαδίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {δορκάς)  to 
bound  like  an  antelope.  Gal.,  cf.  δαμα- 
λίζω. 

Αορκάδιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  δορ- 
κάς, LXX. 

Αορκα/.ίς,  ίδος,  ή,=  δορκάς.  Call. 
Ερ.  33, 2  :  metaph.  of  a  maiden,  Anth. 
— II.  παίγνια  δορκα7.ίδων,  dice  made 
of  the  αστράγαλοι  of  an  antelope,  Anth. 
— III.  a  deerskin  ivhip,  Eccl. 

Αόρκανα,  as  adv.,  prob.  from  δέρ- 
κομαι,  quick-sighledly,  accurately,  Cret. 
word  ap.  Hesych. 

Αορκύς,  άδος,  ή,  {δέρκομαι,  δέδορ- 
κα)  an  animal  of  the  deer  kind,  SO  call- 
ed from  its  large  bright  eyes,  an  ante- 
lope, gazelle,  Hdt.  7,  69,  Eur.,  etc.  : 
the  forms  δόρξ,  δόρκη,  δόρκος,  δόρ- 
κων,  ζόρξ,  ζορκάς,  Ιορκος,  occur,  pern, 
of  ■varieties  of  the  species.     Hence 

^Αορκάς,  άδος,  ή,  Dorcas,  fem.  pr. 
n.,  Luc. 

Αόρκη,  ης,  ή,  v.  δορκάς.  Eur. 

tAop/ci'a,  ας,  ή,  Dorcia,  fem.  pr.  n., 
Ath. 

^  Αόρκις,  ιος,  ό,  Dorcis,  a  Spartan 
commander,  Thuc.  1,  95. 

Αόρκος,  ov,  ό,  V.  δορκάς,  Dioscor. 

^Αόρκων,  ωνος,  ό,  v.  δορκάς  and  Ath. 
397  Α.— 2.  Dorcon,  masc.  pr.  n.,  Ath., 
Long. 


ΔΟΡΥ 

Αόρξ,  δορκός,  ή,  v.  δορκάς,  Ορρ. 

Αοροόόκη,  ης,  ή,  {δόρν,  δέχομαι)  ν 
sub  ion.  δονροδοκη. 

Αοροϋήκη,  ης,  ή,  {δόρυ,  τίθημι)=: 
δοροόόκη. 

Αορός,  οϊ•,  ό,  {δέρω)  α  leathern  bag 
or  wallet,  Od.  2,  354.  380. 

Αόρπίΐα,  ας,  ή,  v.  Αορ—ία. 

Αορπέω,  ώ,  1.  -ήσω.  to  eat  the  evening 
meal,  II.  23.  11,  Od.  8.539. 

Αόρπηστος,  ov,  or  δορπηστός,  ov, 
6,  supper-time,  evening.  At.  Vesp.  103  : 
Xen.  An.  1,  10,  17 :  written  also  δόρ- 
πιστός  and  δορπιστός,οί.  δείπνηστος. 

Αορπία,  ας,  ή,  and  less  correctly 
Αόρπεια,  ή,  the  first  day  of  the  feast 
Apaturia.  celebrated  by  public  supper 
in  each  phratria,  Herm.  Pol.  Ant. 
^  110,  10:  but  Hdt.  2,  48,  τ7/ς  όρτής 
Ty  δορπία,  on  the  eve  of  the  feast, 
cf.  Schweigh.  ad.  Ath.  171  D. 

Αόρπιστος  or  δορπιστός,  ό,  v.  δόρ• 
πηστος. 

Αόρπον,  ου,  τό,  in  Horn,  the  after- 
noon or  evening  meal,  whether  called 
dinner  or  supper,  Lat.  cocna,  the  chief 
7i!eaZ  of  the  day,  V.  esp.  Od.  12,  439; 
in  Aesch.  Fr.  168  it  is  distinguished 
as  the  last  of  the  three  meals,  άριστα, 
δείπνα,  δορπα  θ'  αίρεϊσθαι  τρίτα  :  in 
later  wr.  a  meal,  in  genl.,  food,  ?iour- 
ishment,  Ap.  Rh.,  3,  301  ;  "0pp.  C.  1, 
132,  and  this  also  in  H.  Horn.  Ap.  511 ; 
but  the  name  disappeared  from  Att. 
Greek,  prob.  because  at  Athens  it  was 
customary  to  take  only  two  regular 
meals,  άριστον,  and  δεϊπνον,  which 
last  took  the  place  of  δόρπον.  The 
form  δόρπος  is  dub.  (Prob.  by  me- 
tatlies.  from  δρέπω.) 

ΔΟ'ΡΤ',  τυ,  gen.  δόρατος.  Ion.  δον- 
ρατΌς,  and  contr.  δονρός,  in  Att.  po- 
ets also  δορός,  dat.  δόρατι.  δούρατι, 
δο'ΐρί,  δορί,  (the  phrase  δορι  έλείν 
even  in  Thuc.  1,  128,  ana  App.,  but 
said  to  be  only  in  lyric  passages  of 
Com.,  Dind.  Ar.  Pac.  357) ;  Trag. 
also  δόρει,  Herm.  Soph.  Aj.  1109. 
Ion.  dual  δοϋρε.  Plur.  nom.  δόρατα, 
dat.  δόρασι,  ion.  δονρατα,  dat.  δονρα- 
σι,  contr.  δονρη,  gen.  δονρων,  dat. 
δονρεσσι,  in  Eur.  Rhes.  274  nom. 
pi.  δόρη  :  cf.  γόνυ.  E.xcept  the  sing. 
δόρν  (never  όοϊφν)  Hom.  only  has 
the  Ion.  forms. — 1.  wood,  a  stem,  a 
tree,  Od.  6,  167  :  but  usu.  only  when 
cut  down,  a  beam.  esp.  timber  for  ships 
or  houses,  11.  3,  61,  Od.  5,  162,  371 ; 
more  fully,  δονρατα  πύργων,  11.  12, 
36  ;  δόρν  νήίον,  δοΐψα  νίών.  a  ship's 
timber,  Hom. :  hence  a  ship,  δόρν  νάϊ- 
ov,  ΰμφτ/ρες,  ένύλιον,  Trag. ;  but 
also  δόρν  alone,  like  Lat.  trabs,  Aesch. 
Pers.  411,  Eur.  Hel.  1611.— II.  the 
wood,  shaft  of  a  spear,  δόρν  μείλίνον, 
the  ashen  shaft,  11. ;  hence  in  genl. 
the  spear  itself.  Dry  den's  "  beamy 
spear  :"  α  spear,  lance,  whether  used 
as  a  pike  or  a  missile,  freq.  in  Horn., 
Hdt.,  etc.  :  a  hunting  spear.  Jl.  12, 
303  :  έπι  δόρν,  to  the  right  hand,  in 
which  the  spear  was  held,  opp.  to 
έπ'  ασπίδα,  also  παρά  δόρν.  Lob.  Aj. 
407,  cf.  δορίπαλτος :  so  δονρί  κτεα- 
τίζειν,  to  win  wealth  by  the  spear,  in 
war,  II.  16,  57,  όονρϊ  πάλιν  πέρθαι, 
II.  16,  708  :  for  δορι  έλεϊν,  cf.  supr. 

Αορνά/.ωτος,  ov,  {δόρν,  (ΐλίσκομαι\ 
V.  δοριάλωτος. 

Αορνβόλος,  ον,  {δόρν,  βάλλω)  hurl- 
ing spears,  μηχάνημα,  Joseph. 

Αορνδιον,  ου.  τό,  dim.  from  δόρν. 

Αορνδρέπΰνον,  ον,  τό,  a  kind  of 
halbert,  Plat.  Lach.  183  D ;  esp.  used 
in  sea-iights,  Caes.  B.  G.  3,  14. 

Αορυθαρσής,  ές,  {δόρν,  θαρσέω)=: 
δορίτο7•.μος,  Anth.,  also  δορνθρασής 
ές,  Νοηη.,  daring  in  war. 

367 


ΔΟΣΙ 

iAopvK?.Fl()ac,  α,  ό,  Dorychias,  a 
Lacedaemonian  statuary.  Paus. 

ίΛορί'ΛΛίίΟί,  ων,  οι,  Dorydei,  cer- 
tain banished  persons  among  the  Me- 
garians.  Pans. 

tAopy/cAof,  ov.  0,  Doryclus.  a  son  of 
Priam.  11.   11,  489. — 2.  conqueror  in 
the  Olympic  games,  Pind.  O.  10,  82. 
Aofiviyi'iof,  OV,  TO,  a  poisonous  plant, 
perh.  a  kind  of  solanum,  uiosc. 
Αυρυκμΰνος,  ον,—  δορίκρανος. 
Αορύκτητοζ,  ον,=^δορίκ.,  Plut. 
tAo/jy/  aiov,   ov,   ra,   Dorylaeum,   a 
city  of  Phrygia,  Strab. 

i Aopv/.uot;,  ου,  ύ,  DorylHtis,  a  com- 
mander of  .Mithradates,  App. 
Αορύ'λητΓΓος,  ον,=  δορί?ι- 
Αορυμάχος,  ov,  (δόρυ,  μάχομαι)=ζ 
δορίμ-,  Plut. 

^Αορυμένης,  ονς,  ό,  Dorymlnes,  masc. 
pr.  η.,  an  Aetolian,  Polyb.  5,  CI,  9. 

Αορνξίΐ'ος,  ό.  ή,  (δόρυ,  ξένος)  strict- 
ly a  spear-friend,  i.  e.  an  ally  offensive 
and  defensive,  Aesch.  Cho.  562,  Soph., 
etc.  :  ace.  to  others,  a.  reconciled  ene- 
my, a  friend  made  in  war,  Valck.  Am- 
mon.  p.  198. 

Αορυζόος,  ov,  contr.-foCf,  οϋν,  also 
όορυξος.  At.  Pac.  447,  1213,  1200, 
{δόρυ,  ςίω)  spear-polishing :  a  maker  of 
spears. 

Αορυτζαγής,  ές,  {δόρυ,  πήγννμι) 
compact  of  beams,  νηας,  Aesch.  Supp. 
743,   cf.   δρνοπαγής :    Ion.   δουροπ-, 

Αορύτταλτος,  -πετής,  -πληκτος, 
—πτοιητος,  v.  δορίπ. 

Αορυσβενης,  ές,  or  δορισθ.,  {δόρυ, 
σθένος)  mighty  ivith  the  spear,  Η.  Hom. 
Mart.  3,  .^esch.  Cho.  158. 

Αορυσόος,  ov,  for  sq.,  Aesch.  Theb. 
125. 

Αορνσσόος,  ov,  {δόρυ,  σενω)  brand- 
ishing the  lance,  Hes.  isc.  54. 

\Αόρυσΰος,  ου,  ό,  Doryssus,  son  of 
Leobotes,  Hdt.  7,  204. 

Αορυτσω,  f.  -ξω,  (δόρυ)  to  fight  with 
the  spear,  to  war,  δορυσσόντων  μόχ- 
θων, evils  of  war.  Soph.  Aj.  1188. 

Αορυστέώΰνος,  ov,  -τίνακτος,  v. 
δορι-. 

Αορνφορέω,  ώ,  to  be  a  δορυφόρος, 
attend  as  a  body-guard,  τινά,  Hdt.  2, 
168  ;  3,  127,  Thuc.  etc. ;  e.  dat.  Polyb. 
in  genl.  to  keep  in  guard,  preserve,  τι, 
Dem.  6(il,  8,  τινί,  Xen.  Cyr.  7,  5,  84, 
Isocr.  215  C  :  so  in  pass,  to  be  kept 
in  guard.  Plat.  Rep.  573  A.     Hence 

Αορυφόρημα.  ατός,  τό,  a  guard,  es- 
cort, suite,  Plut.  :  csp.  a  mute  on  the 
stage,  such  as  attended  kings,  etc., 
Luc.  :  nietaph.  of  kings  governed  by 
their  ministers,  rois  faineans,  Plut. 

Αορυφορησις,  εως,  ή,  {δορυφορέω) 
an  escort  or  body-guard,  M.  Anton. 

Αορυφορία,  ας,  ή,  {δορυφόρος)  a 
keeping  in  guard,  guard  kept  over,  τι- 
νός, Xen.  Cyr.  2,  2,  10.— II.  =δορυ- 
φόρημα. 

Αορνφορικός,  ή,  όν,  of,  belonging  to 
the  guard,  Plat.  Tim.  70  Β  :  το  δ.,  the 
guard.  Dio  C.     From 

Αορυφύρος,  ov,  [δόρυ,  φέρω)  spear- 
bearing,  Lat.  hastatu-s  :  esp.  οι  δορυφό- 
ροι, the  body-guard  of  kings  and  ty- 
rants, of  which  this  was  the  charac- 
teristic armour,  v.  Hdt.  1,  59,  98,  etc., 
also  αίχμοφόροι ;  at  Rome,  the  prae- 
torian bands,  Hdn. — 2.  δ-  ττρόςωττον,  a 
mute  on  the  stage,  cf.  δορυφόρημα. 

Αός  and  δόθι,  imperat.  aor.  2.  from 
δίδωμι :  c.  inf.  grant  that.. !  Horn., 
etc. 

Αοσίδικος  ov,  v.  1.  for  δωσίδικος, 
Hdt.  6,  42,  and  Polyb.  4,  4,  3. 

Αόσις,  εως,  ή.  {δίδωμι)  a  gift,  pres- 
ent, Hom.,  esp.  in  Od.,  as,  δόσις  ό7ύ- 
γη  τε  φίλη  τε,  Od.  6,  208,  Hdt.,  etc. : 
368 


ΔΟΤΑ 

δόσις  κακών  κακοϊς,  Aesch.  Pers. 
1041,  also  εΙς  τίνα.  Plat.  Phil.  IG  C  : 
a  bequest,  legacy,  hence  κατά  δύσιν=ζ 
κατά  διάθεσιν,  by  wdl,  opp.  to  κατά 
γέΐ'ος.  as  heir  at  law,  Lat.  ab  intestato, 
Isae.  47,  25,  cf  Isocr.  393  C— 2.  in 
medic,  a  dose,  Gal. — II.  a  giving, μισ- 
θού, Thiic.  1,  143  ;  opp.  to  αίτησις, 
Plat.,  and  Arist. 

i  Αόσκοι.  ων,  οΊ,  the  Dosci,  a  people 
on  the  Palus  Maeotis,  Strab. 

Αόσκον,  Ep.  aor.  %  from  δίδωμι, 
for  έδων,  Hom. 

\Αοτύμας.  ό,  Dnlamas,  Persian  pr. 
n.,  Aesch.  Pers.  959. 

Αύτειρα,  ας,  ή,  fem.  from  δοτήρ, 
Hes.  Op.  354. 

Αοτέος,  έα,  έον,  verb.  adj.  of  δίδωμι, 
to  be  given,  Hdt.  8,  111. — II.  δοτέον, 
one  must  give,  Hdt.  8,  88. 

Αοτήρ,  ηρος,  ό,  a  giver,  dispenser, 
n.  19,  44  ;  esp.  of  the  gods,  cf.  δωτήρ  : 
όϊστοί  θανύτοίο  δ.,  Hes.  Sc.  131  ;  δ. 
πυρός  βροτοΐς,  Aesch.  Pr.  312.  Poet, 
form  of  sq.,  but  also  in  Xen.  Cyr.  8, 
1,  9. 

Αότης,  ου,  (5,=foreg.,  Ν.  Τ. 

Αοτικός,  ή,  όν,  {δίδωμι)  good  at,  in- 
clined to  giving,  gejierous,  Arist.  Eth. 
N. :  ή  -κή,  sub.  πτώσις,  the  dative, 
Dion.  H.    Adv.  -κως. 

Αοτός,  ή,  όν,  {δίδωμι)  granted:  το 
δ.,  α  gift,  Inscr. 

Αού,  imperat.  aor.  2.  mid.  from  δί- 
δωμι. 

^Αοΰβις,  ιος,  ό,  the  Dubis  now  Doubs, 
a  tributary  of  the  Aiar,  Strab. 

^Αον'ίλιος,  ου,  b,  the  Roman  Duili- 
us,  Polyb. 

Αονλάγωγέω,  ώ,  {δοΰλος.  άγω)  to 
bring  into  slavery,  treat  slavishly,  Diod. : 
hence,  δ.  το  σώμα,  to  mortify  the  body, 
N.  T. 

Δηΐ'λατΓαΓί'α,  ας,  η,  {δοϋ?Μς,  άπα- 
τη) entice?nent  of  slaves  from  their  mas- 
ter, Arist.  Eth.  N.,  ubi  al.  δο?.οπ. 

Ααυ?Μρίον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  δού- 
λος or  δού?.η,  Ar.  Thesm.  537,  Me- 
tag.  Incert.  3. 

Αονλεία,  ας,  ή.  Ion.  δουλη'ίη,  poet, 
also  δου/^ία,  q.  v.,  {δου^^εύω)  servitude, 
slavery,  bondage,  Hdt.  6,  12,  Trag., 
etc.;  TO^of,  under  one,  Thuc.  1,  8: 
applied  to  the  condition  of  the  sub- 
ject allies  of  Athens,  Thuc.,cf.  Bockh 
P.  E.  2,  148.— II.  the  body  of  slaves, 
the  bondsmen,  servile  class,  cf.  Είλ,ω- 
τεία,  ΤΙενεστεία,  Thuc.  5,  23,  cf. 
Arist.  Pol.  2,  5,  22. 

Αούλειος,  a,  ov.  Ion.  δον7.!]ϊος,  η, 
ov,  also  ας,  ov,  Eur.  Tro.  1330  (Jou- 
7.ος) :  slavish,  είδος,  Od.  24,  252,  έσ- 
θής,  Hdt.  3,  14  ;  δον7.ειον  ημαρ,  like 
δονίιον  7j.,  Eur.  Hec.  56. 

Αούλευμα.  ατός,  τό,  {δουλεύω)  a 
service,  Eur.  Or.  221.— II.  a  slave,  Lat. 
mancipium,  Soph.  Ant.  756,  cf.  Eur. 
Ion  748. 

Αούλενσις,  εως,  ή,  slavery,  late : 
from 

Αον7.ενω,  {δούλος)  to  be  a  slave  or 
subject,  opp.  to  άρχω,  Hdt.  2,  56,  etc., 
Aesch.  Pr.  927,  etc. ;  to  serve,  obey, 
τοις  νόμοις,  Plat.,  also  γαστρί,  ΰπνφ, 
λαγνεία,  Xen.  Mem.  1,  6,  8,  Plat., 
etc.  :  T?)  γη  δ.,  to  make  one's  self  a 
slave  to  one's  land,  i.  e.  give  up  lib- 
erty to  keep  it,  Thuc.  1,  81 :  δ.  τω 
καιρώ,  to  accommodate  one's  self  to  the 
occasion,  Lat.  servire,  inservire,  Anth. 

Δοΰλ??,  7]ς,  ή,  fem.  from  δοϋ7Μς, 
Hom. 

Αουληίη,  ης,  η.  Ion.  for  δουλεία, 
Hdt. 

Αουλήϊος,  ηίη,  I'fiov,  Ion.  for  δού- 
λειος,  Hdt. 

Αονλία,  ας,  η,=  δουλεία,  only  poet., 
Pind.  P.  1,  147. 


ΔΟΤΑ 

Αονλικός,  ή,  oi',=sq.,  q.  v..  Plat. 
Xen.,  etc.    Adv.  -κώς,  Xen. 

Αουλιος,  a,  ov,  (δου/ος)  slavish, 
servile :  in  Hom.  only,  δούλων  ημαρ, 
the  day  of  slavery,  on  which  one  is 
enslaved  :  al.'io  iii  Trag.,  and  in  Hdt. 
7,  8,  3.  though  the  foreg.  is  the  Att. 
prose  form. 

Αου7.ίς.  ίδος,  7/,=  δούλτ},  Anth. 

^Αου/αχιεύς,  έως  Ep.  ήος,  ύ,  an  in- 
hab.  of  Dulichium,  Od.  18.  423;  from 
^Αου7άχιον,  ου,  τό,  Dulichium,  an 
island  in  the  Ionian  sea,  southeast 
of  Ithaca,  II.  2,  025  ;  ace.  to  Strab. 
=  Αολίχη,  but  entirely  uncertain. 
Hence 

^Αου7Λχιύνδε,  adv.  to  Dulichium,  Π. 
2,  629. 

Αον7Λχ6δειρος,  ov.  Ion.  for  δολι- 
χοδ.  II. 

Αουλιχόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  Ion.  for  δολι• 
χόεις. 

Αονλ.ύβοτος,  ον,  {δούλος,  βόσκω) 
eaten  up  by  slaves,  ουσία  δ.,  Philostr. 

Αουλογνώμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  {δού- 
λος, γνώμ?/)  of  slavish  mmd. 

ΑονλογρΰφεΙον,  ου,  τό,  also  -ιον,  α 
contract  of  voluntary  slavery  :  from 

Αον/.ογρΰφέω,  {δονλιος,  γράφω)  to 
write  one  down  a  slave,  late. 

Αον7ιθδιδύσκα7.υς,  ov,  b,  the  slave• 
teacher,  a  comedy  of  Pherecr. 

Αουλοκρΰτέομαι,  pass,  {δούλος, 
κρατέω)  to  be  ruled  by  slaves,  Dio  C, 
or,  like  slaves,  Liban.    Hence 

Αον7.οκρΰτία,  ας,  ή,  a  slave  govern• 
meat,  Joseph. 

Αονλομάχία,  ας,  ;/,  {δοϋ7ιθς,  μάχη) 
a  servile  war. 

Αουλοπόνηρος,  ov,  {δούλος,  πονη- 
ρός) bad  like  a  slave's,  σκό/.υθρον,  Te- 
lecl.  Amphict.  5. 

Αου7Μπρέπεια,  ας,  η,  a  slavish  spir- 
it, opp.  to  μεγαλο-ψυχία.  Plat.  Ale.  1, 
135  C,  Theopomp.  (Com.)  Incert.  33  : 
from 

Αον7ιθπρεπής,  ές,  {δον7^ος,  πρέπω) 
of,  befitting  a  stave,  πόνος,  Hdt.  1,  126  ; 
low-minded,  mean.  Plat.  Gorg.  485  B, 
etc. :  opp.  to  ελευθέριος,  as  Lat.  ser- 
vilis  to  liberalis.     Adv.  -πώς. 

ΑοΐΟ.ος,  ου,  δ,  a  slave,  bondman, 
strictly  one  born  so,  opp.  to  άνδράπο- 
δον,  q.  v.,  cf.  esp.  Thuc.  8,  28 :  Hom. 
has  only  the  fem.  δούλη,  ή,  a  bondwom- 
an :  opp.  to  δεσπότης  :  also  freq.  of  na- 
tional subjection  to  despotic  govern- 
ment, e.  g.  the  Persians  were  deem- 
ed δοΰ7.οι :  metaph.  χρημάτων  δ., 
Eur.  Hec.  865. — 11.  as  adj.,  δούλος, 
η,  ov.  like  Lat.  scrvus,  slavish,  enslav- 
ed, subject,  esp.  in  Trag.,  as  δούλη 
πέίλις.  Soph., (5.  βίος,  θάνατος,  ζυγόν, 
Eur.:  το  δ.,  slavery,  Eur.  Ion  556: 
Hdt.  7,  7,  has  δουλότερος,  more  of  a 
slave.  (Prob.  from  δέω,  to  bind;  as 
the  Pers.  for  siave  is  bendeh,  and  ours 
bond-man.)    Hence 

Αονλοσύνη,  ης,  ή,  slavery,  slavish 
work,  Od.  22,  423. 

Αονλόσννος,  ον,^^δοΰλος,  as  adj., 
enslaved,  τινί,  Eur.  Hec.  452. 

Αον7,οφΰν?ις,  ές,  {δονλ.ος,  φαίνομαι) 
slave-like,  slavish  to  look  on,  Joseph. 

Αουλώφρων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  {δούλος, 
φρήν)  slavish-minded. 

Αουλόψϋχος,  ov,  {δούλος,  'φνχή)=ζ 
foreg. 

Αουλόω,  ώ,  f.  -ώσω,  {δούλος)  ίο 
make  α  slave  of,  enslave,  Hdt.  1,  27, 
and  Att.  Pass,  to  be  enslaved,  ΰπό 
τίνος  or  Tivi,  Hdt.  1,  94,  174:  δου- 
7.οϋσθαι  τη  γνώμη,  Thuc.  4,  34,  cf.  2, 
01.  Mid.  to  subject  to  one's  self  ThuC. 
1,  18,  etc.  Conf.  άνδραποδίζομαι. 
Hence 

Αούλωσις,  εως,  ή,  an  enslaving,  sub- 
jugation, Thuc.  3,  10,  etc. 


ΔΟΥΡ 

^Αοΰν,  dat.  δοϋντι,  contd.  part.  pres. 
from  όέω,  Plat.  Crat. 

Αουνΰκοώοίτης,  ου,  ό,  poet,  for  δο• 
νακ.,  q.  V. 

Αυνναξ,  άκος,  b,  and  δουνακόεις, 
Ion.  for  δονακ. 

ΙΑοϋναξ,  άκος,  6,  DUnax,  a  mount- 
ain of  Thrace,  Strab. 

Αουκέω,  Ct,  f.  -ήσω,  perf.  δέδον~α, 
J\.  23,  679,  {δοντζος)  to  sound  heavy  or 
dead ;  in  Hom.  usu.,  δοί'-?ισεν  δέ  ■ττε- 
σύν,  of  the  heavy  fall  of  a  corpse,  opp. 
to  the  clang  or  ringing  of  the  aniis,  upa- 
βτισε  δέ  τενχε'  έττ'  αντώ  :  without  πε- 
σών,  to  fall  in  fight,  11.  13,  426  ;  δε- 
δον-ότος  ΟΙδιττόδαο,  II.  23,  679  :  and 
so  very  freq.  in  later  Ep.,  to  fall. 
Harm.  Orph.  p.  819  :  later,  of  women 
beating  their  breasts,  Eur.  Ale.  104  ;  of 
soldiers,  to  cause  to  ring,  to  strike  with 
a  ringing  sound,  ταΐς  uarcicL  ^pbg  τα 
δόρατα  έδούττησαν,  Xen.  An.  1,  8, 18  : 
in  II.  11,  45,  the  aor.  έγδούτνησε  from 
γδονπέω  occurs,  related  to  δονττέω  as 
κτνττέυ  to  τντττω.  Pass,  έδον—ήθη- 
cav,  they  were  laid  prostrate,  Crinag. 
28.     Hence 

Αούττημα,  ατός,  τό,  βροντής,  a  peal 
of  thunder.  Or.  Sib. 

Αου-ήτωρ,  ορός.  ό,  (δουτΐέω)  a  clat- 
terer.  χα'/.κός,  Anth. 

ΔΟΤΠΟΣ,  ov,  δ,  any  dead,  heavy 
sound,  esp.  of  bodies  falling  or  knock- 
ing against  each  other :  Horn.  freq. 
has  δονττος  ακόντων,  the  hurtling  of 
spears  :  also  of  the  measured  tread  of 
infantry,  Od.  16,  10  ;  the  hum  of  a  mul- 
titude, Od.  10,  556;  the  roar  of  the 
sea,  Od.  5,  401 ;  of  a  torrent,  II.  4, 
455  ;  and  oft.  of  the  din  of  war.  (  Akin 
to  κτύΰος-) 

iAovpa,  ων,  τά.  Dura,  a  city  of  Mes- 
opotamia, Polyb.  5,  48,  16. 

ίΑοϊφας,  a  late  nom.  formed  reverse- 
ty  from  poet.formsof(5o/jL',Anth.u,'J7. 

Αούρατα,  contr.  δονρα.  τά.  Ion.  and 
poet.  plur.  for  δόρατα,  of  δορν,  wood, 
and  anything  made  therefrom,  esp. 
spears,  beams,  ship's  timbers,  Hom.,  v. 
sub  δόρυ.  Later  a  nom.  sing,  δον- 
ρας,  ατός,  τό,  was  formed  for  it, 
Anth.    Hence 

Αονράτεος,  a,  ov,  of  planks  or  beams, 
ι-ττος  δ.,  the  Trojan  (wooden)  horse, 
Od.  8,  493,  512.  The  Att.  word  is 
δούρειος. 

Αουρύηον,  τό.  Ion.  for  δοράτιον. 

Αονρατόγ?Λ(ρος,  ov,  Ion.  for  δορα- 
τόγλ..  Lye. 

Αούρειος,  a,  ov.=  Ep.  δονράτεος, 
Eur.  Tro.  14,  and  Plat. :  also  θούριος, 
ία,  ων,  Ar.  Αν.  1128. 
ίΑονρεσσι,  poet.  dat.  pi.  from  δόρν. 

Αονρηνεκής,  ες,  {δόρυ,  ένεγκεϊν)  α 
spear  S  throw  off  or  distant,  Horn.,  but 
only  in  neut.  as  adv.,  II.  10,  357,  of. 
διηνεκής. 

Αουριά?Μτος.  ov.  Ion.  for  δοριάλ. 
fAovpίaς,  ov,  b,  Durias,  a  tributary 
of  the   Padus.  Strab. — 2.^=Αονριος, 
Id. 

ΑονρικΑειτός,  ov,  (δόρν,  κ.7.ειτός^ 
=sq.,  Od.  15,  52. 

Αονρικ'/,ΰτός,  ?/,  όν,  {δόρν,  κλντός) 
famed  for  the  spear,  Hom.,  freq.  epith. 
of  heroes,  of.  Buttm.  Lex.  v.  -ηλε- 
κ?χιτός. 

Αονρικτητός,  η,  όν,  -λητττος,  -μα- 
νής. Ion.  for  δορ-. 

Αονρίμαχος,  ν.  δορίμ—, 

Αούριος,  α,  ον,=  δονρείος,  q.  ν. 
^Αονριος,  ου,  ό,  Durius,  now  Duero, 
a  river  of  Hispania,  Strab. 

Αονρί~7.ηκτος,  ov,  Ion.  for  δορ. 
^Αοΐφις,  ιος,  ό,  Duris,  an  historian, 
Strab. 

Αονριτνττής,  ες,  {δόρυ,  τντττω)  ivood- 
cutting,  σφύρα,  Anth. 
21 


ΔΡΑΓ 

Αονρίόΰτος,  ov,  {δόρν,  φάω)  slain 
by  the  spear,  like  Άρειφατος,  Opp. 

Αονροδόκη,  ή,  {δόρν.  δέχομαι)  a 
case  or  stand  for  spears,  Od.  1,  128. 

Αονροδόκος,  ου,  ό,  {δόρυ,  δοκός)  the 
beam  above  the  architrave,  v.  MuUer 
Archiol.  d.  Kunst  ^  283. 

Αονροθήκη,  ης,  ή,=^ουροδόκ7}. 

Αονρομάνής,  ες.  Ion.  ίοι  δοριμανή ς. 

Αουρο~ΰγ?/ς,  ές.  Ion.  for  δορυπα- 
γής. 

Αονροτόμ^  Ion.  for  όορυτόμος, 
Opp. 

Αοχαϊος,  α,  ον,  {δοχή)  receiving, 
holding,  Lat.  capax,  Nic. 

Αοχεϊον,  ov,  τό,  Ion.  δοχήϊον,  a 
holder,  receptacle,  LXX. 

Αοχενς,  έως,  ό,  a  receiver,  Eccl. 

Αοχή,  ης,  ή,  {δέχομαι)  a  receiving, 
entertainment,  Macho  ap.  Ath.  348  F. 
— ΙΙ.^^δογεΙον,  a  receptacle,  Eur.  EI. 
828,  and  Plat. 

Αοχήϊον,  τό.  Ion.  for  δοχεΐον. 

Δο,γ/ζ;/,  ης,  ή,  {δέχομαι)  a  measure 
of  length,  like  σ77ΐθαμή,α8ραη,ΟτΆίϊη. 
Incert.  87 :  others  explain  it  by  ττα- 
?.αιστή.  Aristarch.  wrote  δόχμη,  de- 
ri\'ing  it  from  όοχμιος. 

Αοχμιακός,  ή,  όν,  dochiniac,  v.  sq. 

Αόχμιος,  a,  ov ,  cross,  across,  athwart, 
sideways,  aslant,  Lat.  obliquus,  δόχμια 
if/.Oov,  came  sideways  on,  II.  23,  116  ; 
like  ττλάγιος:  in  genl.  opp.  to  any 
thing  in  a  straight  line,  d.  κέ7.εν6ος, 
Eur.  Ale.  1000. — II.  in  prosody,  the 
Dochmiac  measure,  of  which  the  type 
is  "iz"-,  but  admitting  nearly  30  vari- 
ations, V.  Seidler  de  Vers.  Dochm. 

Αοχμο/Μφης,  ov,  b,  and 

Αοχμόλοόος,  ov,  {δοχμός,  7.όφος) 
wearing  one's  plume  aslant  or  cross- 
ways:  with  bent,  nodding  plu/ne,  Aesch. 
Theb.  115. 

Αοχμός,  ή,  όν,=^δόχμιος,  δοχμω 
άΐσσοντε,  rushing  on  slantwise,  II.  12, 
148.     Hence 

Αοχμόω,  ώ,  to  bend,  turn  sideways 
or  aslant :  δοχμωθείς,  said  of  a  boar 
twisting  himself  sideways,  to  whet 
his  tusks  or  rip  up  his  enemy,  Hes. 
Sc.  389  :  so  of  Hermes  twisting  him- 
self up  and  darting  tlirougli  the  key- 
hole, H.  Hom.  Merc.  146,  cf  κυρτόω. 

Αοχός,  ή,  όν,  {δέχομαι)  containing, 
able  to  hold,  c.  gen.,  Theophr. — 2.  b 
δοχός,  a  receptacle. 

Αράβη,  ης,  ή,  a  plant,  draba,  coch- 
learia,  Diosc. 

\ Αράβησκος,  ov,  ή,  Drabescus.  a  city 
of  Macedonia  on  the  Slrymon,  Thuc. 
1,  100  :  also  Αράβισκος,  Strab. 

^Αρά3ος,  ov,  b,  Drabus,  a  tributary 
of  the  Noarus  in  Pannonia,  Strab. 

^Apayyai,  ων,  oi,  the  Drangae,  a 
Persian  people  between  Gedrosia 
and  Arachosia,  Strab.    Hence 

^Αραγγή,  ης.  ή,  the  territory  of  the 
Drangae,  Strab. :  and 
^Αραγγιάνή,  ης,  7/,=foreg.,  Strab. 

Αράγδην,  adv.  {δράσσω)  in  the  grasp, 
Q.  Sm. 

Αραγμα,  ατός,  τό,  {δράσσω)  as  much 
as  one  can  grasp,  a  handful,  Lat.  man- 
ipulus :  esp.  as  manystalks  of  com  as 
the  reaper  can  grasp  in  his  left  hand, 
or  the  gleaner  bind  up  together,  a 
sheaf  a  truss,  E.  11,  69  ;  18,  552.— II. 
later,  uncut  corn,  Anth. 

Αραγματενω,=  δραγμεύω. 

Αραγματολό-/ος,  ov,  (δράγμα,  ?J• 
γω)  gleaning. 

Αραγματοφόρος,  ov,  {δράγμα,  φέρω) 
carrying  sheaves,  Aesop. 

Αραγμενω,  {δράγμα)  to  collect  the 
corn  into  sheaves,  II.  18,  555. 

Αραγμή,  ης,  ή,=  δρύγμα,  a  handful. 
— 1Ι.:=ιθραχμή,  q.  v. 


ΔΡΑΚ 

Αραγμίς,  ίδος,  ή,  a  small  handful, 
i.  e.  a  pinch,  Hipp. 

Αραγμός,  ov,  b,  {δράσσω)  a  taking 
hold  of,  handling,  Eur.  Cycl.  170. 

Αραθεϊν,  inf  aor.  2  οί'δαρθάνω. 

Αραίνω,  ί.  δρΰνώ,{δρύω)=δρασείω, 
to  be  going  to  do  something,  a  sort  of        • 
desiderative,  II.  10,  96.— 11.  =(5ράω. 

Αράκαινα,  ης,  η,  fem.  of  δράκων, 
cf  Αύκαινα,  a  she-dragon,  Η.  Hom. 
Αρ.  300:  of  the  Erinyes,  Aesch.  Eum. 
128. 

Αοακαιν'ις,  ίδος,  ;7,=foreg. — II.  a 
kind  offish,  Ephipp.  Cyd.  1. 

Αρακείς,  v.  δρακών  and  sq. 

Αράκον,  Ep.  and  Ion.  for  έδρακον, 
aor.  of  δέρκομαι,  Hes.  Sc.  262  ;  from 
which  Pmd.  P.  2,  38,  also  has  a  part. 
aor.  2  pass,  δρακείς,  εϊσα,  έν,  as  from 
έδρύκην. 

ΑρακονθόμΙΑος,  ov,  of  dragon  brood, 
prob.  1.  for  δράκονθ'  ομύ.ον,  in  Aesch. 
Supp.  267. 

^Αράκΰνον,  ov,  TO,  Dracanum,  a  city 
and  promontory  in  the  island  Icaria, 
H.  Hom.  34,  1 :  also  ή  Αράκανος, 
Anth. 

'ίΑράκης,  b,  Draces,  masc.  pr.  n.,  in 
Ar.  Lys.  254. 

^Αράκιος.  ov,  ό.  Dracius,  leader  of 
the  Epei  before  Troy,  II.  13,  692. 

Αρακόντειος,  a.  ov,  (δράκων)  of  a 
dragon,  Eur.  Phoen.  1325.  —  U.  of 
Draco,  νόμοι  Αρακ.,  Ath.  569. 

Αρακόντεον,  ov,  τό,  dragon's  blood, 
a  drug. 

^Αρακοντιάδης,  ov,  b,  (patr.  from 
δράκων)  offspring  of  the  dragon,  Matro 
ap.  Ath.  136  B. 

Αρακοντίας,  ov,  b, ^δρακόντειος, 
Theophr. :  but — II.  δρακοντιάς,  ύδος, 
η,  πελειάς,  a  kind  ot  pigeon,  Nic.  ap. 
Ath.  395  C. 

^Αρακοντίδης,  ov,  b,  (prop,  son  of 
Draco)  Dracontides,  one  of  the  thirty 
tyrants,  Ar.  Vesp.  157. — 2.  {son  of  the 
dragon)  comic  appellation  of  Cecrops, 
as  having  the  lower  part  of  his  body 
like  that  of  a  dragon,  Ar.  Yesp.  438. 

Αρακόντιον,  ov.  τό,  dim.  from  δρά- 
κων.— II.  a  sort  of  tape-worm,  Plut: — 
III.  a  plant  of  the  amm  kind. — IV. 
a  kinaotfig,  Ath. — X.7/,Dracontium,& 
comedy  of  Timocles,  Ath.  237  B. 

ΐΑρακόντιος,  ov,  b,  Dracontius, 
Spartan  pr.  n.,  Xen.  An.  4,  8;  25. 

Αρακοντίς,  ίδος,  ή,  a  kmd  οί  bird. 

Αρακοντο3ότος,  ov,  {δράκων,  βόσ- 
κω) feeding  dragons,  Nonn. 

Αρακοντογενής,  ές,  {δράκων,  γένος) 
dragon-gendered,  epith.  of  Thebans. 

Αρακοντοέθειρα,  ας,  ή,  {δράκων, 
έθειρα)  with  snaky  locks,  Topyuv, 
Orph. 

Αρακοντοειδ?'/ς,  ές,  (δράκων,  είδος) 
snaky,  Lyc.  :  of  or  full  of  snakes. 
Adv.  -δώς,  in  meanders,  Strab. 

Αρακοντόκομος,ον,  (δράκων,  κόμη) 
with  snaky  locks,  Nonn. 

Αρηκοντολέτης,  ov,  b,  (δράκων, 
ό?./.νμι)  serpent-slayer,  Anth. 

Αρακοντόμαλ/.ος,  ov,  (δράκων, 
μα'Α/.ός)  with  snaky  locks,  Aesch.  Pr. 
799. 

Αρακοντόμϊμος,  ov,  {δράκων,  μι- 
μέομαι)  like  a  serpent,  serpentine,  So- 
pat,  ap.  Ath.  230  E. 

Αρακοντόμορφος,  ov,  (δράκων, μορ' 
φή)  snaky,  of  serpent-form,  Luc. 

Αρακοντόττονς,  ό,  ή,  ττονν,  τό,  gen. 
ποδός,  {δράκων,  'ττονς)  snake-footed, 
with  serpents  for  feet. 

Αρακοντοφόνος,  ov,  (δράκων,  *φέ- 
νω,  φονεύω)  sirpent-slaying,  Orph. 

Αρακοντόφρονρος,  ov,  (δράκων, 
φρονρέω)  watched  by  a  dragon,  Lyc. 

Αρακοντώδης,  ες,^δρακοντοειδης, 
Eur.  Or.  249. 

369 


ΔΡΑΠ 

Δρά/cof ,  εος,  τό,  {όέρκομαι)  the  eye, 
Nic. 

^Αράκυλλος,  ον,  ό,  Dracyllus,  masc. 
pr.  η.,  Ar.  Ach.  612. 

Αρακών,  δρακΐίς,  δρακόμενος,  part, 
aor.,  act.  pass,  and  mid.  of  όέρκομαι, 
by  metath.,  as  ίόραθον  from  ύα(}θάνω, 
and  ίπραθον  from  πέρθω. 

Αρύκυΐ',  οντος,  ύ,  (prob.  from  otp- 
κομαι,  δρακεϊν)  a  dragon,  Horn.,  who 
describes  it  as  a  creature  of  huge 
size,  coiled  like  a  snake,  of  blood-red 
colour,  or  shot  with  many  changing 
tints  (δαφοίνός,  κυύνεοί,  Ιρισσιν  koc- 
κότες);  indeed,  in  II.  11,40,  he  de- 
scribes a  thrce-hcaded  one :  later, 
however,  for  α  serpent,  Trag. — II.  a 
sea-fish,  Epich.  p.  33. — III.  a  twisted 
bracelet  or  necklace :  fein.  δράκαινα 
and  δρακαΐΊ'ίς.  [α] 

ίΔρύκων,  οντος,  ό,  Draco,  the  well- 
known  lawgiver  of  Athens.  Arist. 
Pol. — 2.  a  commander  of  Pellene, 
Xen.  Hell.  3,2,  11.— 3.  an  historian 
of  Corcyra,  Ath.  692  D. 

Δράμα,  ατός,  τό,  (δρύω)  a  deed,  act, 
Aesch.  Ag.  533  :  an  action,  office  or 
djity  which  one  fulfils,  Heind.  Plat. 
Theaet.  150  A,  Rep.  451  C— II.  esp. 
a  whole  action,  drama,  worked  up  by 
rales  of  art,  and  brought  upon  the 
stage,  esp.  a  tragedy,  Ar.  Ran.  920, 
etc. ;  hence  δρΰ,μα  διδάσκειν,  to  bring 
out  a  play,  v.  διδάσκω  II. :  metaph. 
stage-effect  of  any  kind,  Plat.  Apol. 
35  B.     Hence 

Δρΰ/ιατίζο),  f.  -ίσω,  to  drainatize  a 
subject. 

Δραματικός,  η,  όν,  (δράμα)  dra- 
matic, Arist.  Poet. :  of  or  like  a  drama, 
Dion.  H.     Adv.  -κώς. 

Δραμάτων,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  δρά- 
μα, Plut. 

Δράματοποιέω,  ώ,  to  write  dramati- 
cally, τι,  Arist.  Poet. ;  and 

Δράματοττοιία,  ας,  η,  dramatic  com- 
position, the  drama,  Philo  :  from 

Δράματοττοιός,  οΰ,  ό,  {δράμα,  ποιέω) 
α  dramatic  poet,  Luc. 

Δράματουργέω,  ώ,=  δραματοποιέω, 
Ath.:  and 

Δρΰματούργημα,  ατός,  τό,  α  dra- 
matic composition ;  and 

ΔράματονίΓ/ία,  ας,  ή,  =  δραματο• 
ποιία :  metaph.  of  life,  Sopat.  ap. 
Stob.  p.  311,  39:  from 

Δραματουργός,  όν,  (δράμα,* έργω) 
=  δραματοποιός,  Joseph. 

ΔράμεΙν,  inf.  aor.  of  τρέχω,  to  run. 

Δράμημα,  ατός,  τό,  (δραμείν)  α 
course,  α  race,  Hdt.  8,  98,  Aesch.  Pers. 
247,  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  193,  Ion.  ap.  Ath. 
468  C  :  Blomf.  would  read  δρόμημα 
everyvvh.,  but  v.  Lob.  Phryn.  618, 
sq.  [u] 

Δραμητέον,  verb.  adj.  from  δρα- 
αείν,  one  must  run,  Sext.  Emp. 

Δρύμονμαι,  fut.  of  τρέχω. 

Δράνος,  εος,  τό,  (δρύω)  α  doing,  α 
deed,  α  work,  dub. 

Δράξ,  ΰκός,  ό,  (δράσσω)  α  handful, 
LXX.,  of.  δράγμα.  —  II.  a  measure, 
one  fourth  of  a  ξέστι/ς. — III.  the  hand. 

Δράττετάγωγός,όν, {δραπέτης,  άγω) 
recovering  a  runaivay  slave :  6  δ.,  a 
comedy  of  Antiphanes. 

Δράπέτενμα,  ατός,  TO,=zsq.,  Diocl. 
Mel.  7. 

Δράπέτενσις,  εως,  ή,  a  flight,  es- 
caping :  from 

Δραπετεύω,  to  run  away,  flee,  Xen. 
Mem.  2,  1,  16 ;  τινά,  from  one,  Plat. 
Symp.  216  Β ,  also  παρά  τιΐ'ος,  Luc. : 
from 

Δραπέτης,  ov,  b.  Ion.  δρη.,  (from 

δίδράσκω,    δράναι)    a    runaway,    βα• 

σι'λέος  from  the  king,  Hdt.  .3,  137; 

esp.  a  runaivay  slave,  Soph.  Fr.  60. — 

370 


ΔΡΑΤ 

II.  also  ns  adj.,  βίος  δρ.,  life  that  .iUps 
away,  glides  away  insensibly  :  δ.  κΆϊι- 
ρος  (of  a  mouldering  clod)  which  fell 
in  pieces  .io  as  never  to  be  drawn  out 
of  the  urn,  prob.  also  with  allusion  to 
cowardice.  Soph.  Aj.  1285.  Fem.  δρά- 
πέτις. 

Δράπετίδης,  ov,  o,=foreg.,  Mosch. 
1,  3:  patronym.  only  in  fonn,  Lob. 
Aj.  879. 

Δράπετικός,  ή,  όν,  of,  connected 
with  a  δραπέτης,  δρ.  θρίαμβος,  a  tri- 
umph over  a  runaway  slave,  Plut. 

Δράπετίνδα,  adv.,  παίζειν  or  παι- 
διά, ij  δραπ.,  a  game  where  one  chased 
the  rest,  a  sort  oi blind-man' s  hvff,  E.  M. 

Δρΰπέτις,  ιδος.  ή,  fem.  of  δραπέ- 
της, in  plur.  name  of  a  comedy  of 
Cratinus. 

Δράπετίσκος,  ov,  b,  dim.  of  δρα- 
πέτης, Luc. 

Δράπετοποιός,  όν,  (δραπέτης, 
ποιέω)  causing  to  run  away. 

Δράσείω,  desiderat.  from  δρύω,  to 
have  a  mind  to  do,  to  be  going  to  do. 
Soph.  Aj.  326,  585,  Eur.,  and  Ar. 

Δρύσΐμος,  ον,=^δραστήριος,  active: 
TO  δ.,  action,  as  opp.  to  words,  Aesch. 
Theb.  554.  [Λ] 

^ Δρασιππίδης,  ov,  b,  Drasippides, 
(prop,  son  of  runaivay  horse)  comic  ap- 
pell.  in  Ar.  Vesp.  185  ;  ace.  to  others 
Ά  ποδρασι  ππίδης. 

Δράσις,  εως,  ή,  (δρύω)  strength, 
efficacy,  Luc. 

Δρασκάζω,  (διδρύσκω)  to  attempt 
an  escape,  ap.  Lys.  117,  36. 

Δρασμός,  ov,  b,  Ion.  δρησμός,  (δι- 
δρύσκω) a  running  away,  flight,  Aesch. 
Pers.  370,  and  oft.  in  Eur. :  δρασμω 
χρησθαι,  Aeschin.  56,  38. 

Δρύσσομαι,  Att.  δράττομαι,  c.  perf. 
pass,  δέδραγμαι  (the  only  tense  used 
by  Horn.):  aor.  εδραξάμην,  Plat., etc., 
to  grasp,  take  hold  of  seize,  esp.  with 
the  hand,  c.  gen.  rei,  κόνιος  δεδραγ- 
μένος  α'ιματοέσσης,  clutching  a  hand- 
ful of  gory  dust,  II.  13,  393  ;  16,  486  ; 
so  metaph.,  ελπίδος  δεδραγμένος. 
Soph.  Ant.  235,  ubi  al.  πεφραγμέψος : 
so  too  δρύξασθαι  των  άλ.ώΐ'.  to  take  a 
hamlfal  of  salt.  Plat.  Lys.  209  E,  etc. : 
hence  to  obtain,  ivin,  τινός.  A  nth.  : 
but  also  c.  ace.  rei,  to  take  by  hands- 
ful,  Hdt.  3.  13. 

Δραστέος.  έα,  έον,  verb.  adj.  from 
δρύω,  to  be  done.  Soph.  Tr.  1204.— II. 
δραστέον,  one  must  do,  Soph.,  anil 
Eur. 

Δραστηρ,  ηρος,  b,  fem.  δράστειρα, 
ή.  Ion.  and  Horn,  δρηστ.,  (δρύω)  η 
doer,  hence  a  worker,  labourer,  Od.  16, 
248,  cf.  δράστης. — II.  as  adj.,  doing, 
active,  Noun.     Hence 

Δραστήριος,  ov,  vigorous,  active, 
efficacious,  μηχανή,  Aesch.  Theb.  1041, 
φύρμακον,  Eur.  Ion  1185;  εις  τι, 
Thuc.  4,  81  :  τό  δρ.,  activity,  energy, 
Id.  2,  63  :  δ.  βήμα,  ati  active  verb,  Dion. 
H.     Hence 

Δραστηριότης,  ητος,  ή,  activity, 
energy,  late. 

Δράστης,  ου,  6,  (δράω)^  δραστηρ, 
distmguished  from  θεράπων,  as  less 
honourable,  by  Pind.  P.  4,  511,  ubi  v. 
Dissen  (287),  though  others  refer  it 
to  sq. 

Δράστης,  ov,  6,  fem.  δράσης,  ή, 
Ion.  δρί/στ..  (διδράσκω)^δραπέτης, 
a  runaway.  Call.  Ep.  43,  5,  cf  foreg. 

Δραστικός,  ή,  όν,  =  δραστήριος. 
Plat.  Legg.  815  A :  as  medic,  term, 
drastic.  Diosc. 

Δραστοσννη,  ης,  ή.  Ion.  δρτισ.,  ac- 
tivity, vigour,  Od.  15,  320. 

Δράτός,  ή.  όν,  verb.  ailj.  from  δέρω, 
δείρω,  metath.  for  δαρτός,  skinned, 
flead,  δρατά  σώματα,  II.  23,  169. 


ΔΡΕΠ 

Δραχμαιος,  αία,  αΙον,=^  δραχμιαιος: 
from 

Δραχμή,  ης,  ή,  (δρύσσω)  α  drachma, 
a  coin  worth  six  obols,  i.  e.  17. 6  cts., 
nearly=  Roman  denarius,  Hdt.  7,  144, 
etc. — II.  an  Attic  weight,=  about  66 
gr.  avdp.  (orig.  as  muck  as  one  can 
hold  in  the  hand,  δμάγμα,  δράξ.)  [Pe- 
nult, sometimes  long  ia  com.,  though 
in  these  cases  Dind.  ad  Ar.  Vesp. 
691,  would  read  δαρχμή.'] 

Δραχμήϊος,  α,  ov.  Ion.  for  δραχ- 
μαϊος,  Nic. 

Δραχμιαΐος,  a,  ov,  (δραχμή)  worth 
a  drachma,  Ar.  Fr.  370,  Plat.  Crat. 
384  B. — 2.  weighing  a  drachma,  Nic, 
V.  Lob.  Phryn.  545. 

Δραχμίον,  ον,τό, dim. from  δραχμή. 

^Δράψακα,  ων,  τά,  Drapsaca,  a  city 
of  Bactria,  Arr.  An.  3,  29. 

ΔΡΑΏ,  f.  δράσω :  aor.  1  Ιδράσα  : 
perf.  {5f'c5p£i/f(7,pass.  δέδράμαι,  though 
Bekker  reads  δεδρασμένών,\ι\  Thnc. 
3,  54  :  to  do,  be  doing,  accomplish,  ful- 
fil, Lat.  agere,  freq.  in  Att.  prose  and 
poetry,  esp.  to  do  some  great  thing, 
good  or  bad,  Wunderlich  Obs.  Crit. 
p.  36,  cf.  Lat.  facinus :  ace.  to  Arist. 
Poet.  3,  the  Dor.  word  for  the  Att. 
πράττειν :  only  once  in  Horn.,  Od. 
15,  317  ;  αϊ-ψά  κεν  εν  δρωοιμι  μετά 
σφίσι,  where  it  is  explained  intr.  to 
serve,  wait  as  a  servant,  but  the  USU. 
signf.  must  be  kept,  as  6  ttl  βέλοιεν 
follows  :  c.  dupl.  ace,  εν,  κακώς  δρΰν 
τίνα,  to  do  one  a  good  or  ill  turn, 
Theogn.  108,  Soph.  Aj.  1154;  also 
δρΰν  τι  εΙς  τίνα.  Soph.  Ο.  C.  976 : 
πάντα  δράν,  to  try  every  way,  Valck. 
Hipp.  284  :  to  δρύν,  the  doing.  Soph. 
O.  C.  1604,  cf.  Herra.  Trach.  195: 
very  oft.  opp.  to  πάσχω,  εν  δρώσαν, 
εν  πύσχονσαν,  άξια  δράσας,  άξια 
πάσχων,  etc. :  hence  proverb.,  δρά- 
σαντι  παθεϊν,  Aesch.  Cho.  313:  πε- 
πηνθότ α... μάλλον  ή  δεδρηκότα,  things 
of  s-uffcring  rather  than  doing.  Soph.  O. 
C.  267,  best  explaineti  by  Shakspere's 
"man  more  sinned  against  than  sin- 
ning." In  Att.  poets  we  often  find 
the  intcrrog.  form  oloif  b  δράσον ; 
this  softens  the  imper.  δράσον,  and 
Bentley,  Emend.  Menand.  p.  107, 
rightly  explains  it  to  be  the  same  as 
δράσον  οίσθ'  ό ;  do — krioiv'st  thou 
what  ?  i.  e.  make  haste  and  do ;  cf. 
*  είδω  sub  fin.  [a  in  pre.s.  and  inipf., 
except  in  very  late  poets.] 

ίΔρέκανον,  ου,  τό,  Drecanum,  a  pro- 
montory of  the  island  Cos,  Strab. 

^Δρέπανα,  ων,  τά,  DrepQna,  (less 
correctly  Δρέπανον),  a  city  on  the 
west  coast  of  Sicily,  Polyb.  1,  41. 

Δρεπάΐ'η,  ης,  ή,  (δρέπω)  a  sickle, 
reaping-hook,  11,  18,  551,  and  Hcs.  : 
in  genl.  a  curved  sword,  seimetar,  cf. 
δρέπανον.  [ά] 

ΙΔρεπιινη,  ης.  ή,  JDrepane,  name  of 
the  island  of  the  Phaeacians  (C^or- 
cyra)  from  its  fonn,  Ap.  Rh.  4,  083. 

Δρεπαντμς,  ίδος,  ή,  poet,  for  δρε- 
πύνη,  Nic. 

Δρεπΰνηφόρης,  ον,(δρεπάνη,  φέρω) 
bearing  a  scythe  or  hook,  άρμα  (>.,  a 
sci/the-bearing,  scythed-car,  Lat.  cumts 
falcatus,  Xen.  An.  1,7,  10. 

Δρεπάνιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  δρέ- 
πανον, Seleuc.  ap.  Ath.  155  E. 

Δρεπάνίς,  ίδος,  y,  (δρεπάνη)  the. 
sand-martin,  from  the  shape  of  its 
large  wings,  Arist.  H.  A. 

Δρεπΰνοειδής,  ές,  (δρεπάνη,  είδος) 
scythe  or  sickle-shaped,  Thuc.  6,  4  .• 
from 

Δρέπανον,   ov,  τό,  (δρέπω)  =  δρε- 
πάνη,  a  sickle,  Od.  18,  368  :  a  curved 
sword,  seimetar,  Hdt.  5,  112;  7,  93. 
^Δρέπανον,  ov,  τύ,  =  Δρεπάνη. — 2. 


ΔΡΙΜ 

a  promontory  of  Achaea,  =  'Ρίου, 
Strab. 

Αρετανουργός,  όν,  {ΰρέπανον,  *ερ- 
yu)  making  scythes^  etc. :  ό  δρ.,  a 
smith,  armourer,  Pherecr.  Pers.  1,  2. 

Αρε~άνώδης,  ες,=  6ρεττανοειδής. 

Αρε~~ός,  ή,  όν,  {δρέπω)  plucked  or 
to  be  plucked. 

Αβέτΐτω,  poet,  for  δρέττω,  to  pluck, 
cull,  Mosch.  2,  69 :  more  freq.  in  mid., 
Luc-,  0pp.,  etc. 

ΔΡΕ'ΠΩ,  f-  -ψω,  to  break  of.  pluck, 
H.  Horn-  Cer.'425,  Hdt.  2,  92,  Eur., 
etc. ;  freq.  in  mid.,  δ/ίέττομαι,  to  pluck 
for  one^s  self,  cull,  gather,  ς^ΰλλα,  Od. 
12,  357,  H.  Horn.  Cer.  429,  usu.  of 
flowers  or  fruit :  hence  metaph.  like 
Lat.  decirpcre,  to  gain  possession  or  en- 
joyment of,  δ.  τιμήν,  ηβην,  Pind.  P. 

I,  95;  6,  48,  etc.,  and  more  fully 
ή'ζί^ης  άοτον,  lb.  4,  234 ;  so  too  άρε- 
τήν,  σοφίαν  δ.,  etc. :  by  a  bold  me- 
teph.,  Aesch.  says  αίμα  δρέφασθαι, 
to  shf.d  it,  Theb.  718,  cf.  Bion  1,  22. 
Also  δρέτττω,  q.  v.  (The  Sanscr. 
root  is  dri,  to  break,  akin  to  δείρω, 
δρί'φω :  hence  δρεττύνη,  δρέττανον, 
as  reaping  instruments. and  δρεττ-ής.) 

ίΑρεσία,  ας,  ή,  Dresia,  a  city  of 
Phrygia,  Noun. 

*  Αβ-ημι,  assumed  pres.  whence  to 
form  some  tenses  of  διδρύσκω.  esp. 
aor.  2  εδραν,  inf.  δραναι.  Ion.  ίδρην. 

Αρη-ετης,  ό.  Ion.  for  δραττέτης. 
^Αρησαΐος,   ov,   ό,  Dresaeus,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Q-  Sm. 

Αρησμός,  ov,  6,  Ion.  for  δρασμός. 

Αρησμοσννη,  ης,  ή,^δρηστοσννη, 
service,  Lat.  cidttis.  δ.  ιερών,  care  οί 
the  holy  rites,  H.  Horn.  Cer.  476.— 

II.  =δρασμός,  late. 

^Αρησος,  ου,  ό,  Drestts,  a  Trojan,  II. 
6,  20. 

Αρηστηρ,  ηρος,  δ,  δρηστεφα,  η. 
Ion.  for  δράστ. 

Αρήστης,  ου,  <5,  δρηστις,  ίδος,  ή. 
Ion.  for  δρασ-,  etc. 

ΑρηατοσνίΊΐ,  ης,  η.  Ion.  for  δρασ., 
service,  Od.  15,  321. 

tAftV.ai,  ών,  oi  (Arr.  Αρίλλαι)  the 
Druae,  a  people  of  Pontus  on  the 
borders  of  Colchis,  Xen.  An.  5.  2,  1. 

Αρϋ.ος,  ό,^^τΐόηθη,  hence^Lat. 
fcllator,  Jac.  Lucill.  8. 

^ΑρΟ.ων,  ωνος,  ό,  Drilon,  a  river  of 
lUyria,  Strab. 

ΑρΙμν?.ος,  ov,  dim.  from  δριμύς, 
δαμα  δρ.,  a  sharp,  piercing  little  eye, 
Mosch.  1,8. 

Αρΐμύμωρος,  ον,^=όξνμωρος,  Galen. 

ΔΡΙ'ΜΤ'Σ,  eta,  v.  piercing,  cutting, 
to  the  sense,  δριμν  βέλος,  II.  II,  270  : 
of  smoke,  pungent  to  the  eyes,  Ar. 
Vesp.  146;  of  certain  herbs,  as  radish, 
biting,  pungent,  Xen.  Mem.  1,  4,  5 : 
hence — II.  metaph.,  like  Lat.  acer, 
.■?harp,  keen,  hitter,  δριμεία  μάχη,  II.  15, 
69G,  Hes.  Sc.  261 :  δρ^νς  χόλος,  Π. 
18, 3-22,  βνμός.  Aesch.  Cho.  392,  ύχος, 
Hes.  Sc.  457:  and  of  persons.  Ar. 
Eq.  808,  etc. :  also  shrewd,  keen,  Eur. 
Cycl.  104,  and  freq.  in  Plat.  :  δριμν 
Βλέτΐειν,  to  look  hitter,  Ar.  Ran.  562  ; 
but  also  to  look  sharply,  keenly.  Plat. 
Rep.  519  B.     Adv.  -έως.     Hence 

ΑρΙμνσσω,  to  makepungent ;  metaph. 
to  embitter,  late  :  and 

Αρϊμντης,  ητος,  ή,  sharpness,  pun- 
gency of  taste,  etc.,  Theophr.  :  δ. 
-νρετον,  violence.  Gal. — II.  metaph. 
keenness,  shrewdness,  δρ.  προς  τα 
υ,αβτ/ματα.  Lat.  acre  ad  discendas  artes 
ingenium,  Plat.  Rep.  535  Β  :  keenness 
of  wit  or  satire,  Luc. 

Αριμυφαγέω,  ω,  to  live  on  acrid  food; 
and 

ΑρΙμνφάγία,  ας,  η,  an  acrid  diet, 
Diosc. :  from 


ΔΡΟΜ 

ΑρΙμνφάγος,  ov,  (δριμύς,  φαγεΐν) 
living  on  acrid  food,  [ά] 

iApiov,  ov,  TO,  Drium,  a  mountain 
of  Daunia,  Strab. 

ίΑρΙος,  εος,  τό,  Drlos,  a  mountain 
of  Achaea,  Diod.  S. 

ΔΡΓΟΣ,  ό,  also  τό,  in  plur.  τα 
δρία,  (Hes.  Op.  528,  Soph.,  and 
Eur.) :  a  copse,  wood,  thicket,  δρίος 
νλης,  the  tangled  wood,  Od.  14,  353  : 
only  found  in  nom.  sing.,  nom.  and 
ace.  plur. ;  some  read  δρύος  from 
δρνς,  to  which  it  is  akin,  Jac.  A.  P. 
p.  259,  263.  [t] 

Αρΐάος,  metath.  for  δίφρος,  Soph- 
ron  ap.  E.  M.,  cf.  Schaf.  Greg.  p.  337. 
ίΑρόγγιλον,  ov,   τό,  Drongilum,  a 
spot  in  Thiuce,  Dem.  100,  22. 

ΔΡΟΙ'ΤΗ,  ης,  ή,  a  wooden  bathing- 
tiJ),  a  bath,  Aesch.  Ag.  1540:  also 
explained  a  bier,  coffiti :  also  δρντη. 

Αρομάασκε,  the  only  relic  of  an 
old  verb  δρομάω=τρέχω,  Hes.  Fr.  2, 
for  which  the  Ven.  Schol.  II.  20,  227, 
reads  φοίτησκε,  and  Lob.  Phryn.  583 
would  either  restore  this,  or  read 
δρώμασκε  from  δρωμάω. 

Αρομάδην,  adv.  (δρόμος)  in  run- 
ning. 

Αρομαΐος,  αία,  αϊον,  Ar.  Pac.  160, 
but  ος,  ov,  Eur.  Ale.  244,  Hel.  543, 
(δρόμος)  Tunning  at  full  speed,  swift, 
fleet.     Adv.  -ως. 

Αρομάς,  ύδος,  6,  ή,  (δρόμος)  run- 
ning, δρ.  προςέβην,  Eur.  Supp.  1000 : 
ύ/ιπυξ  δρ.,  the  whirling  wheel,  Soph. 
Phil.  680 :  also  c.  neut.,  /ιώλω,  Eur. 
Hel.  1301.  — II.  of  fish,  migratory, 
Arist.  H.  A. — III.  a  street-walker,  δρό- 
μαξ,  Lat.  cxvrrax,  Geop.  16,  22. 

Αρομάω,  v.  δρομάασκε. 
^Αρομεύδης,  ov  Ion.  εω,  6,  Dromeades, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  prop.  patr.  from  Apo- 
μέας. 

^Αροαέας,  ov,  ό,  Dromeas,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  Atii. 

Αρομενς,  έως,  ό,  a  runner. 

Αρόμημα,  ατός,  τό,=  δράμημα,  q.v. 

Αροηίας.  ον,ό,=δρομενς,  Eratosth. 
ap.  Ath.  284  D. 

Αρομικός,  ή,  όν,  (δρόμος)  good  at 
running,  nimble.  Plat.  Theaet.  148  C, 
etc.     Adv.  -κώς.  Plat.  Legg.  706  C. 

^Αρομΐχαίτη€,  ov,  ό,  Dromichaetes,  a 
king  of  the  Odrysae  in  Thrace,  Po- 
lyaen. 

Αρομοκήρνξ,  ϋκος,  ό,<  δρόμος,  κηρνξ) 
α  runner,  postman,  Aeschin.  45,  20. 

\Αρομοκλείδης,  ov,  ό,  Dromoclidcs, 
an  Athenian  archon,  Diod.  S. — 2.  a 
Sphettian,  Plut. 

Αρύμης,  ov,  ό,  (τρέχω,  δραμεϊν, 
δέδρομη)  a  course,  race,  running,  \\\  II. 
usu.  of  horses,  but  in  23,  758,  of  the 
race  run  by  heroes :  and  hence  in 
genl.  δρύμφ  άγωί'ίζεσβαι,  to  run  a 
race  :  any  quick  movement,  e.  g.  flight, 
Aesch.  Pers.  205 :  a  fleeing,  escape ;  also 
of  time,  e.  g.  a  day's  running,  i.  e.  the 
distance  one  can  go  in  a  day,  ήμερης 
δρ.,  Hdt.  2,  5,  cf  8,  98 :  δρόμω,^  hur- 
riedly: fS/)o//ij  a)£ti',  Hdt.  9,59;  ίέναι, 
3,77;  χρήσΟαι,β,  112;  χωpεΐv,Ύhnc., 
and  Xen.  Proverb,  περί  τοϋ  παντός 
δρόιων  βείν,  to  run  for  one's  all,  risk 
one's  all,  Hdt.  8,  74.-2.  the  length  of 
the  stadium,  a  course  or  heat  in  a  race. 
Soph.  El.  726. — II.  a  place  for  running, 
race-course,  Od.  4,  605,  Hdt.  6,  126  :  a 
public  walk,  Lat.  amhulatio,  Eur.  Andr. 
599.  Eupol.  'Χστρατ.  3.  and  Plat., 
κατάστε'}0Γ  δρ.,  Lat.  amhulatio  tecta. 
Id.  Euthyd.  273  A,  cf  Ruhnk.  Tim. 
Proverlj.  έκτος  δράμον,  εξω  δρόμου 
όέρεοθηι,  Lat.  extra  oleas  vagari,  to 
get  off  the  course,  i.  e.  wander  from 
the  point,  Aesch.  Pr.  883,  cf  Plat. 
Crat.  414  B. 


ΔΙΑΚ 

Αρόμων,  ωνος,  ό,  a  light  vessel. — II. 
a  kind  of  crab,  Plin. 

i Αρόμων,  ωνος,  ό.  Dromon,  a  comic 
poet,  Ath.  240  D.— Esp.  as  a  name 
of  slaves,  Luc,  Ath.,  etc, 

ίΑροπΐκοί,  ών,  οί,  the  Dropici,  a  no- 
madic people  in  Persia,  Hdt.  1,  125. 

Αροσαλλίς,  ίδος,  ή,  a  kind  of  vine, 
Geop. 

Αροσερός,  ύ  όν,  (δρόσος)  dewy,  wa- 
tery, αίβήρ,  ntp/ai,  Eur.  Bacch.  865, 
Hel.  1335,  νεφέλαι,  Ar.  Nub.  338. 

^Αροσή,  ης,  ή,  Drose,  fem.  pr.  n., 
Luc. 

Αροσίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (δρόσος)  to  bedew, 
moisten,  besprinkle,  Ar.  Ran.  1312. 

Αρόσιμος,  oi',=sq.,  Plut. 

Αροσινός,  ή,  όν,=  όροσερός,  Anth. 
ίΑροσίς,  ίδοΓ,  ή,  Drosis,  fem.  pr.  η., 
Dem.  1386,  8. 

Αροσοβο/.έω,  ώ,  to  shed  deiv,  6  άηρ 
δρ.,  Plut. :  from 

Αροσυβόλος,  ov,  (δρόσος.  βύλ?.ω) 
dewy,  productive  of  den;  Theophr. 

Αροσοείμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  (δρόσος, 
είμα)  dew-clad,  νεφέ'λαι.  Orph. 

Αροσόεις.  εσσα,  εν,  poet,  for  δροσε- 
ρός, Eur.  Tro.  833. 

Αροσόμε/.ι,  ιτος,  τό,  (δρόσος,  μέλι) 
hojiey-dew.  Gal. 

Αροσοπΰγής,  ές,  (δρόσος,  πήγννμι) 
detv-nourished  οχ  fed. 

Αροσοπάχνη,  ης,  ή,  (δρόσος,  πά- 
χνη) hoarfrost,  rime,  Arist.  Mund. 

ΔΡΟ'ΣΟΣ,  ov,  ή,  deiv,  Lat.  ros, 
Aesch.,  etc.  :  also  the  time  of  deiv, 
deiv  fall,  Hdt  2, 68.-2.  poet,  in  genl. 
spring-water,  any  pure  genial  moisture, 
Valck.  Hipp.  121 :  tears,  Soph.  Aj. 
1208. — 3.  metaph.  any  thing  delicate 
and  tender,  e.  g.  the  young  of  animals, 
Aesch.  Ag.  141,  cf  ερση.     Hence 

Αροσόω,  ώ,  to  bedew :  δεδροσωμένη, 
=sq.,  Anacreont. 

Αροσώδης,  ες,  (δρόσος,  είδος)  dewy, 
moist,  Pherecr.  Metall.  2. 

^Αρουεντίας,   ov,  ό,  Druentia,  now 
Durance,  a  river  of  Gallia  Lugdunen- 
sis,  Strab. 
^Αρονίδαι,  V.  Αρνΐδαι. 
ίΑροΰσος,  ου,  ό,  the  Rom.  Drusus, 
Strab. 

Αρνακες,  ων,  al,  (δρΰς)=δρυόχοι, 
Gramm. 

ίΑρναλος,  ov,  ό,  Dryalus,  a  Cen- 
taur, Hes.  Sc.  Here.  187. 

Αρνύριον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  δρνς. 

Αρνάς,  άδος,  ή,  a  Dryad,  nymph 
whose  life  was  bound  up  with  that 
of  her  tree,  Plut.  cf.  '.Κμαδρνάς. 

'\Αρνας,  uvtoc,  ό.  Dryas,  one  of  the 
Lapithae.  II.  1,'263;  Hes.  Sc.  Here. 
179. — 2.  father  of  Lycurgus.  king  of 
Thrace,  II.  6,  130:  also  the  son  of  the 
same,  ApoUod. — 3.  son  of  Mars,  en- 
gaged in  the  Calydonian  hunt,  Id.  1, 
8,2. 

Αρνηκόπος,  ov,  (δρνς,  κόπτω)  wood- 
cutting. Lye. 

^Αρνίδαι.  ών,  οί,  the  Druids,  the 
priests  of  the  Gauls,  Strab. 

ίΑρνΐνας,  ov  Ep.  ao,  ό,  a  kind  of  ser- 
pent, that  makes  its  abode  in  hollow 
oaks,  etc.,  Nic.  Th.  471. 

Αρνίνος,  η,  ov,  (δρνς)  oaken,  ονδός, 
Od.  21,  43  ;  δρ.  πυρ',  a  fire  of  oak 
ivood,  Theocr.  9,  19  ;  μέ/α,  honey 
from  the  holloiv  of  an  oak,  Anth. 

Αηνΐτης.  ov,  ό.  (δρνς)  in  Theophr 
C.  PI.  1,  2,  2,  said  to  be  a  kind  of  cy 
press. — 2.  ?ύΗος,  a  kind  of  stone,  Plin. 

Αρνκαρπον.  ov,  τό,  (δρνς,  καρπός) 
an  acorn,  or  Ike  fruit,  Lye. 

Αρνκο/Απτης.  ου,  ό,=δρνοκο?ΜΤΓ 
της,  Ar.  Αν.  480. 

Αρνμύζω  and  δρνμάσσω,  rare  col 
lat.  forms  of  δρνπτω. 
ΙΑρνμαία,  ας,  ή,=  Αρνμ<ις  1. 
371 


ΔΡΤΟ 

^^ρνμας,  ό,  ace.  toTzetz.=Apo/iat- 
cf,  appell.  οί  Apollo  among  the  Mile- 
sians, Lye.  ^22. 

Αμνμόι^ιος,  a,  ov,  (δρυμών)  haunting 
the  woods,  dub.  in  Orph. 

Αρνμός,  οϋ,  ύ,  an  oak-coppice,  in 
genl.  α  coppice,  thicket,  ivond,  Honi., 
Trag-,  etc. ;  Horn,  has  only  the  hete- 
rog.  plur.  δρνμά,  II.  11,  ll's,  Od.  10, 
150,  etc.  :  but  we  have  ace.  i)lur.  όρν- 
αυνς  in  Aesch.  Fr.  2!)1, 10.  [In  niasc. 
V,  in  neut.  plur.  ν  in  Honi.,  etc.,  but 
also  V  in  later  Ep.,  v.  Henn.  Orph. 
Arg.  C81.] 

^Αρνμυς,  ov,  ή,  (ace.  to  Arcad.  and 
Harpocr.  Δρυ/^ός•)  Dnjtnus,  a  city  of 
Phocis.  Hdt.  8,  .33 ;  also  called  Αρνμ- 
α<α  in  Paus. — 2.  a  city  on  the  borders 
of  Attica  and  Boeotia,  Dem.  440,  2. 

^Αρνμονσσα,  ης,  ή,  Drymusxa,  an 
island  on  the  coast  of  Ionia,  near 
Clazomenac,  Thuc.  8,  31  :  in  Polyb. 
Δρύμ.  or  άρόμ.,  22,  27,  5. 

Αρϋμοχαρ?ις,  ίς,  {όρνμός,  χαίρω) 
delighting  in  the  woods,  Orph. 

Αρνμώδης,  ες,  {δρυμός,  είδος)  woody, 
Diod. 

Δρυμών,  ώνος.  ?/,=  (5piiuof,  Joseph. 
ίΔρννέμετος,  ov,  Ό,   Orynemetus,  a 
spot  in  Gallatia,  Strab. 

Δρυοβύλανος,  ov,  ?},  {δρυς,  βάλα- 
νος) an  acorn,  Strab. 

Δρνογόνος,  ov,  (δρυς,  *γένω)  pro- 
ducing oaks,  oak-grown,  dp?],  Ar. 
Thesm.  114. 

Δρνόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  {δρνς)  full  of 
oaks,  woody,  ap.  Strab.  p.  C26. 

Δρνοκοίτης,  ου,  ό,  {δρυς.  κοίτη)  α 
dweller  on  the  oak,  epith.  of  the  τέτηξ, 
Anth. 

Δρνοκολάτττΐ]ς,  ov,  ό,  {δρυς,  κο- 
λάπτω)  the  xvoodpeckrr,  Arist.  Η.  Α., 
in  Ar.  Αν.  483  δρνκο7ή-της. 

ΔρνοκότΓος,  ov.  {δρνς,  κόπτω)  heiv- 
ing  or  pecking  trees,  υρνις  δρ.  α  wood- 
pecker, Arist.  Η.  Α. 

tApiOTrif,  ίδος,  i/,  Dryopis,  the  terri- 
tory of  the  Dryopes,  a  region  around 
Mt.  Oeta,  Hdt.  1,  5G. 

Apyorrayr/f,  ες,  {δρνς,  πήγνυμι) 
built,  made  of  oak :  δ.  στύλος,  said 
to  he=rrάσσaλoς,  perh.  act.,  pinning 
oak  together,  binding  timber.  Soph.  Fr. 
629. 

ίΔρύοττες,  ων,  οί,  the  Drydpes,  a  Pe- 
lasgic  race  around  Mt.  Oeta  ;  they 
dwelt  at  a  later  period  in  the  Pelo- 
ponnesus, II.  2,  5G0,  Hdt.  8,  31,  etc. 

Δρνης,  v.  δρίος. 

tApiiof  'Κ.εφαλαί,  al,  Dryoscephulae, 
(prop,  heads  of  oak)  a  narrow  pass  of 
Cithaeron,  between  Athens  and  Pla- 
taeffi,  Hdt.  9,  39,  Thuc.  3.  24. 

Δρυοτομίη,  ας,  ή,  {δρνοτόμος)  a 
pruning  or  felling  of  trees  :  hence,  the 
2Jrunings,  fire-icood.  Plat.  Legg.  678  D. 

Δρυοτομική.  ης,  ?/,  sub.  τέχνη,  the 
art  of  ■pruning  or  felling  trees.  Plat. 
Polit.  288  D  :  from 

Δρνοτόμος,  ov,  {δρΤ^ς,  τέμνω)  cut- 
ting or  felling  timber,  Aesop. 

Δρνηχον,  ov,  τό,  v.  sq.,  II. 

Δρνοχοι,  ων,  oi,  {δρνς,  εχω)  the 
oaken  ribs  or  cross-timbers  of  a  ship, 
which  hold  the  whole  together,  Od. 
19,  574,  where  the  pole-a.xes  ranged 
in  a  row  are  compared  to  the  rows 
of  ribs  as  they  stand  fi.xed  in  the  keel 
(τρότης)  :  in  same  signf  ίγκοί/.ιον, 
έΐϊΐστατίιρ.  and  νομεύς  were  used. 
In  Polyb.  έκ  δρνόχων  ναυπηγείσθαι, 
to  build  a  ship  all  new,  as.  we  say, 
from  the  keel :  SO,  δρνόχους  τιθέναι 
δράματος,  to  lay  the  keel  of  a  new 
play,  Ar.  Thesm.  52;  and  Proverb., 
olov  έκ  δρνόχων.  Plat.  Tim.  91  B. — 
ί].^δρνμός,  an  oak  wood,  Anth.,  Eur. 
El.  1163,  in  heterog.  pi.  ~u  δρύοχα: 
372 


ΔΡΤΦ 

the  sing,  το  δρΰοχον  in  signf.  I,  Poll. 

I,  85. 

Δρνσψ,  οτΓος,  ό,  an  unknown  bird, 
Ar.  Av.  304,  different  from  the  δρνο- 
κολάπτι/ς. 

ίΑρνοψ,  οπσς,  ό,  Drynps,  son  of 
Apollo,  Η.  Ifom.  Pan.  34  :  from  him 
were  descended  ace.  to  mythol.  the 
Drt)opes,  v.  Δρνοπες. — 2.  a  son  of 
Priam,  11.  20,451. 

Δρνπεπής,  ές,  {δρνς,  πέκτω)  ripen- 
ed on  the  tree,  hence  quite  ripe,  ίλάα, 
Chionid.  Ptoch.  4,  ai  δρνπεπείς  (sc. 
Ισχάδες).  Ar.  Lys.  504,  and  μΰζα  δρ. 
Cratin.  Plut.  2  :  esp.  over-ripe,  decay- 
ed, cf.  δρνπτνα,  h(*nce  δρ.  έταΐραι,  Ar. 
Fr.  190 :  but  this  word  seldom  oc- 
curs without  δρυτνετης  for  a  v.  1.,  and 
Dind.  prefers  the  latter,  Steph.  Thes. 
in  voc. 

Δρυπετής,  ές,  {δρυς,  πίπτω)  fall- 
ing from  the  tree,  ready  to  fall,  v.  foreg. 
ίΔρνπτ/Γίς,  ίδος,  ή,  Dryp'ctis,  daugh- 
ter of  Darius,  Diod.  S. :  m  Arr.  Δρν- 
πετις. 

Δρνπίς,  ίδος,  η,  {δρύπτω)  α  kind  of 
thorn,  Theophr. 

Δρνππά,  ή.  Lat.  dnippa,  an  over- 
ripe, mouldy  olive,  Anth. 

ΔΡΤΉΤί2,  f.  -ψω  :  perf.  δέδρνφα, 
perf.  pass,  δέδρνμμαι.  To  tear,  scratch, 
ivound  ;  in  mid.,  δρνφαμένω  οννχεσσι 
παρειάς,  tearing  each  other^s  cheeks, 
Od.  2,  153:  δρύπτεσθαι  παρειάν,  to 
tear  one's  cheek,  Lat.  genas  lacerare, 
Eur.  Hec.  655 ;  and  so  without  πα- 
ρειάν, Xen.  Cyr.  3,  1,  13.  (For  root 
V.  sub  δρέπω  :  coUat.  forms  are  δρυ- 
ήιω,  though  not  in  use,  δρνμάζω,  δρν- 
μύσσω,  δρνφάζω,  in  Gramm.) 

ΔΡΥ"Σ,  ή,  also,  ace.  to  Schol.  Ar. 
Nub.  401,  ΰ,  gen.  δρνός,  ace.  δρνν, 
δρνα  only  in  Q.  Sm. :  the  o-ak,  Hom., 
etc. :  sacred  to  Jupiter,  who  gave  his 
oracles  from  the  oaks  of  Dodona,  Od. 
14,  328 :  hence  ai  προςήγηροί  δρύες, 
Aesch.  Pr.  832.  Proverb,  ονκ  άπο 
δρνός  ονδ'  ΰπό  πέτρης  όαρίζαν,  said 
to  be  of  conversing  sccuTeli/  and  at  ease 
like  shepherds,  11.  22,  126:  but  ονκ 
άπο  δρνός  ίασι,  οΰδ'  από  πέτρης, 
thou  art  7iot  from  the  oak  or  rock,  i.  e. 
thou  hast  parents  and  a  country,  art 
not  a  foundling  from  the  woods,  Od. 
19,  163,  cf  Plat.  Apol.  34  D.— II.  any 
timber  tree,  like  Lat.  quercus.  The- 
ophr. :  πίειρα  δρϊ'ς,  the  resinous  pine. 
Soph.  Tr.  763. — III.  metaph.,  a  worn- 
out  old  man,  like  γεράνδρνον,  Anth., 
cf  Horace's  aridae  quercus,  Od.  4,  13, 
9.  [v  except  in  ace.  sing,  δρϋν,  nom. 
and  ace.  plur.  δρνς :  once  in  gen.  δρυ- 
ός, Hes.  Op.  434,  at  the  beginning  of 
a  verse.] 

ίΔρνς,  νός,  ή,  Drys,  a  city  of  Thrace, 
near  Messembria,  Dem. 

Δρντη,  ης,  ή,  {δρυς)  another  form 
of  δροίτη. 

Δοϋτόμος,  ov,  poet,  for  δρνοτόμος, 

II.  11,  86. 
Δρνόάζω,^δρνπτω. 
Δρνφακτον,  ov,  τό,  and  δρύφακτος, 

ov,  ύ,  a  fence,  boundary,  paling :  usu. 
in  plur.  like  Lat.  cancelU,  esp.  at 
Athens,  the  bar  of  the  courts  of  law  or 
the  council-chamher,  Ar.  Vesp.  552, 
etc. :  also  a  hedge.  Piers.  Moer.  127. 
(From  δρνς :  others  write  δρνφρακ- 
τος,  as  if  from  δρυς,  φράσσω,  wrong- 
ly.)   Hence 

Δρυφακτόω,  ώ,  to  fence,  fortify,  Po- 
lyb.    Hence 

Δρνφάκτωμα,  aTor,  τό,  an  inclosure, 
Strab. 

Δρνφάσσω,  f.  -ζω,  {δρνφακτον)  to 
fence  round,  guard  by  a  fence,  Lyc. 

Δρνφή,  ης,  ή,  {δρύπτω)  a  tearing, 
scratching. 


ΔΤΜΗ 

Δρ&ψελον,  ov,  τό,  that  which  is 
scraped  off,  dust. 

Δρνφιον,  ov,  ro,=foreg.,  Anth. 

Δρυψογέρων,  οντος,  ό,  {δρνπτίΰ, 
γέρων)  α  worn-out  old  man. 

Δρνφόπαις,  παιδος,  ό,  {δρύπτα, 
παϊς)  α  worn-out,  sickly  boy. 

Δρυώδης,  ες,  {δρνς,  είδος)  like  oaks, 
oaken. 

^Δρώοι,  ων,  oi,  the  Droi,  a  people  of 
Thrace,  Thuc.  2,  101. 

Δρώοιμι,  Ep.  lengthd.  form  of  opt. 
pres.  act.  from  ί5ρ«ω,  for  δρώμι,  Od. 

Δρωπακίζω,  {δρώπαξ)  to  get  rid  of 
hair  by  means  of  pitch-plasters,  Pseudo- 
Luc.     Hence 

Δρωπάκισμός,  ov,  b,  a  getting  rid 
of  hair  thus,  Diosc. 

Δρώπαξ,  ΰκος,  6,  {δρέπω)  a  pitch- 
ointment  or  plaster.  Gal.  (a,  Martial. 
3,  74  ;  10,  65.) 

^Δρωπίδης,  ov,  b,Dropides,  a  brother 
of  Solon,  Plat.  Tim.  20  E.— 2.  an 
Athenian  archon,  Arr.  An.  4,  8. 

Δρώπτω,=  £5ίαΛ-07ΓΓω  η  διασκοπέω, 
Aesch.  Fragm.  259. 

Δρώω,  poet,  for  δρύω. 

Δϋ,  3  sing.  aor.  2  act.  of  δύω,  for 
εδν,  II. 

Δυαδικός,  ή,  όν,  {δύω)  of,  belonging 
to  the  number  two,  Plut. :  αριθμός,  the 
dual  number,  Gramm. 

Δυάζω,  {δύω)  to  unite,  Gramm. :  to 
express  in  the  dual  number,  lb. 

Δνύκις,  {δύω)  adv.  twice,^δίς,  so 
τρις  and  τριάκις,  Ar.  Fr.  607. 

Δνάς,  άδος,  ή,  {δύω)  the  number 
two :  duality  :  both  in  Plat. 

Δνασμός,  ov,  ό,  {δυύζομαι)  pairing, 
union. 

Δναω,  ώ,  {δύη)  to  plunge  in  misery, 
to  ruin,  άνϋρώπονς,  Od.  20,  195  ; 
where  δνόωσι  is  not  subj.,  but  indie, 
pres.  poet,  and  Ion.  for  δνώσι. 

Δν-γός,  Dor.  for  ζνγός,  Ε.  Μ.  p.  356, 
16. 

ΔνεΙν,  Att.  for  δυοίν,  gen.  and  dat. 
dual  from  δύο. 

Δνερός,  ύ,  όν,  {δύη)  miserable, 
Buckh.  Inscr.  1,  537. 

ΔΤΉ,  ης,  ή,  ill-luck,  misery,  an- 
guish, Od.  :  πημα  δύης,  the  weight 
of  woe,  Od.  14,  338  :  grievous  la- 
bour, toil,  pain.  Soph.  Aj.  938  :  hard 
usage,  violence,  Aesch.  Pr.  179.  (The 
Sanger,  root  is  Ai,  to  suffer  pain, 
hence  prob.  also  δνς-,  and  οδύνη.) 

Δνηπάθεια,  ας,  ή,  and  Anth.  δνη 
παθία,  ας,  ή,  misery,  suffering :  from 

Δνηπάΰής,  ές,  {δύη,  παθειν,)  miser- 
able, much-enduring,  Ορρ. 

Δνηπαθία,  ας,  ή,  ν.  δνηπάθεια. 

Δνήπΰβος,  ον,—  δνηπαθήο,Υί.  Horn. 
Merc.  486. 

Δνθμή,  ης,  η.  Dor.  for  δυσμή,  δύσις. 

Δυϊκός,  ή,  όν,  {δύο)  of,  belonging  to 
two,  ό  δ.  sub.  άριθμυς,  the  dual,  like 
δυαδικός. 

Δνίος,  a,  ov,=  δνερός,  Aesch.  Supp. 
843. 

^Δνμαναται,  ών,  oi.  the  Dymanatae, 
Hdt.  5,  68 ;  and  Δνμΰ,νες,  ων,  oi,  the 
Dymnncs,  one  of  the  three  .stems  of 
the  Doric  race;  ace.  to  Slcph.  Byz. 
from  Δνμαν,  ΰνος,  or  Δνμας,  αντος, 
ό,  a  son  of  the  Doric  king  Aegimius, 
Paus.,  etc.     Hence 

^Δνμάντειος,  a,  ov,  of  Dymas,  Lyc 
1388. 

^Δύμας,  αντος,  ό,  Dymas,  father  of 
Asius  and  Hecuba,  Ιί.  16,  719. — 2.  a 
Phasacian,  Od.  6,  22.-3.  v.  sub  Δυ 
μανάται. 

Δύμεναι,  inf  aor.  2  act.  of  δύω, 
Ep.  for  δϋναι.  II.  [ΐ] 

^Δύμη,  ης,  ή,  Dyme,  a  city  of 
Ach»a,  earlier  "Στράτος,  Η.  Horn. 
Apoll.  425  :  oi  Δνμαΐοι,  the  Dymeans, 


ΔΥΝΑ 

Folyb.  :  ή  ^νμαία,  the  territory  of 
Dyme.     Strab. 

*Δϋ/ίί,  assumed  as  pres.  whence  to 
form  some  tenses  of  δύω,  δννω. 

ΔΤ'ΝΑΜΑΙ,  /  can,  in  pres.  and 
imperf  like  ϊσταμαι,  2  pres.  rather 
δννασαι  than  ovvy,  which  in  good 
authors  is  only  subjunct.,  though 
even  in  Eur.  Hec.  253,  wo  find  όυνα 
as  Att.  and  Dor.,  cf  Schiif.  Sopli. 
Phil.  798 :  subj.  δύνωμαι,  2  Ion.  δύ- 
νηαι,  II. :  Dep.  c.  fut.  mid.  δνντ}σομαι, 
and  aor.  pass.  ήδυνήθ7]ν,  and  (always 
in  Horn.,  and  usu.  in  Hdt.)  ίδυνά- 
σβην  :  aor.  mid.  εδνΐ'ησάμην,  Hom. : 
perf  δΐδύνημαι :  verb.  adj.  δυνατός. 
The  Alt.  prefer  the  double  augment 
ήδννύμην,  7/δνΐ'ήθηικ  which  is  found 
as  early  as  Hdt.  1,  10  ;  yet  in  Thuc, 
and  Xen.  the  single  augm.  is  more 
usu. — I.  to  be  able,  capable,  strong 
enough,  c.  inf ,  Hom. :  also  absol., 
though  strictly  an  inf  must  be  sup- 
plied from  the  context :  ει  δύνασαί 
γε,  if  at  least  thou  canst,  II. ;  ύσσον 
δνναμαι  χερσίν  τε  ττοσίν  τε,  as  far  as 
/  can  do  it...,  II. ;  Ζενς  δύναται  Ιίτταν- 
τα,  Zeus  can  do  all,  Od. ;  μέγα  δυνά- 
μενος, very  powerful,  mighty,  Od. ; 
hence  ol  δυνάμενοι,  men  of  -power, 
rank,  and  influence,  Eur.  Or.  889. — 2. 
of  moral  possibility,  to  be  able,  to  dare. 
Soph.  Ant.  455.  The  inf  aor.  is 
most  freq.  with  δύναμαι,  the  inf  fut. 
most  rare  and  only  post-Horn.,  e.  g. 
Soph.  Phil.  1394,  cf  Herm.  Opusc.  1, 
p.  281.— II.  to  pass  for,  and  that — 1. 
of  money,  to  be  worth,  c.  ace,  σίγ?Μς 
δύναται  έπτα  οβο7ίθύς,  Xen.  An.  1, 
5,  6  :  metaph.  λόγοι  έργα  δννόιμενοι, 
words  that  are  as  good  as  deeds, 
Thuc.  6,  40. — 2.  of  words,  to  signify. 
Ισον  δύνασθαι,  to  have  the  same 
meaning,  be  equivalent  to,  Hdt.  C, 
6G,  3,  like  Lat.  valere  for  significare, 
Schaf  Dion.  Comp.  88,  Ισον  δύνα- 
ται, Lat.  idem  valet,  Hdt.  6,  86,  3  ;  so 
τυϋτο  δύνανται  at  άγγελίαι,  they 
mean  this  much,  Tliuc.  6,  36,  so  δνν. 
δουλείαν,  lb.  1,  141. — 3.  as  Mathein. 
term,  δύναμαι  expresses  the  power  of 
a  number  to  produce  its  square,  e.  g. 
δύο  δύναται  τέτταρα,  two  is  the 
square  root  of  four,  δίπονς  δύναται 
τετράττουν,  etc..  Plat.  Theaet.  147 
E,  148  B,  cf.  δνναμις  9.— III.  ου  δύ- 
ναται, c.  inf  aor.,  it  cannot  be.  i.  e.  it 
IS  against  destiny,  V'alck.  Hdt.  7,  134, 
9,  45 ;  so  ovK  εθέ'/.ει,  in  Xen.  (Perh. 
connected  with  δύο,  δύνω,  to  under- 
take, to  have  the  power  of  doing,  etc.) 
[ϋ,  except  in  δνναμένοιο,  Od.  1,  270. 
11,  414,  Ep.  Hom.  15,  1,  and  pr.  nom. 
Δυναμένη,  metri  grat.]     Hence 

iΔvvaμέl'η.  ης,  ή,  Dynamene,  a  Ne- 
reid, II.  18,  43.  [ii] 

Δυναμικός,  ή,  όν,  able,  powerful,  effi- 
cacious, Theophr. 

Ανναμις,  ή,  gen.  εος.  Ion.  dat.  δύ- 
ναμι,  [δνναμαι)  power,  might,  strength: 
in  Hom.  esp.  of  bodily  strength  ;  ττώρ 
όνναμιν,  beyond  one''s  strength,  II.  13, 
787,  so  in  prose  τταρα  δ.  Plat,  ϋττερ  δ. 
Dem.,  opp.  to  κατά  δ.  as  far  as  lies  in 
one,  Lat.  pro  virili,  Hdt.  3,  142,  etc.. 
also  to  εΙς  or  π-poc  δ.  Thuc,  and 
Plat.  :  in  genl.  power,  force,  ability : 
esp. — 1.  force  of  mind,  power,  ability, 
skill,  δ.  της  ποιήσεως.  Plat. :  and  δνν. 
Λ\φηβ,  esp.  force  of  eloquence,  Schaf 
Dion.  Comp.  410. — 2.  outward  power, 
might,  influence,  authority,  Lat.  potcn- 
tia,  opes,  Hdt.  1,  90. — 3.  a  force  for 
war,  forces,  β.  πεζική,  etc.,  Hdt.  5, 
100,  Xen..  etc. — 4.  in  genl.  α  power, 
quantity,  like  Lat.  vis,  χρημάτων, 
Hdt.  7,  9. — 5.  the  force  of  a  word, 
etc.,  meaning,  Lat.  vis,  Plat.   Crat, 


ΔΥΌ 

394  B. — 6.  δυνάμει,  as  adv.  virtually, 
potentially  ;  opp.  to  ενεργεία,  actually, 
Arist.  Metaph. — 7.  a  facility,  power, 
capacity,  Arist.  Eth.  N.  :  hence  a 
faculty,  art,  as  logic  and  rhetoric, 
Arist.  Org. :  also  a  medicine,  Hipp., 
cf  Bast.  Greg.  p.  907. — 8.  worth,  vahie, 
as  of  money,  Plut. — 9.  Mathem.  term, 
potentia,  either  in  geom.,  the  side  of  a 
square,  or  in  arithm.,  the  square  root ; 
each  of  which  being  multiplied  into 
itself  produces  the  complete  square. 
Plat.  Theaet.  147  D,  sq.,  ubi  v. 
Stallb.     [ϋ] 

^ Δνναμις,  εως,  ή,  Dyniimis,  fern.  pr. 
n..  Die  C. 

Δνναμόο),  ώ,  to  strengthen,  confirm, 
LXX. 

Δννασις.  εοΓ,  ή,  poet,  for  δύναμις, 
Pind.  P.  4,  424,  Soph,  and  Eur.  [δν- 
νάσΐς,  Ellendt  v.  in  voc] 

Δυναστεία,  ας,  ή,  (δυναστεύω)  vom- 
er, lordship,  rule,  Soph.  O.  T.  593  :  δ. 
ολίγων  ανδρών,  Thuc.  3,  62 ;  hence 
δυναστεία,  simply  for  an  oligarchy, 
Xen.  Hell.  5,  4,  46  ;  in  Thessaly, 
Thuc.  4,  78  :  government  by  force,  des- 
potism, Arist.  Pol.  2,  10,  14. 

Δυναστεντικός,  ή,όν,  suited  to  pow- 
er, arbitrary,  absolute,  opp.  to  πολιτι- 
κός, Arist.  Pol.  2,  10,  13  :  from 

Δυναστεύω,  to  be  a  δυνάστης,  hold 
power  or  lordship,  be  powerful  or  influ- 
ential, Hdt.  9,  2,  Thuc.  6,  89  :  to  be 
high  in  rank,  Isocr.  249  C  :  in  genl.  to 
prevail,  be  prevalent,  Hipp. — II.  on  the 
mathem.  sense  of  the  word,  v.  Stallb. 
Plat.  Rep.  546  B. 

^Δυνάστη,  ης.  ή.  Dynaste,  daughter 
of  Thespius,  Apollod. 

Δυνάστης,  ου,  ό.  {δύναμαι)  a  lord, 
master,  ruler.  Soph.  Ant.  608  :  o'l  δ.  the 
chief  men,  Lat.  optimates,  Hdt.  2,  32. 

Δυναστικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to  a 
δυνάστης  or  δυναστεία,  absolute,  arbi- 
trary, Arist.  Pol. 

Δυνάστις,  ιδος,  ή,  fern,  from  δυνά- 
στης, Dem.  Phal. 

Δυνάστωρ,  ορός,  ό,  =  δυνάστης. 
Eur.  I.  Α.  280. 

Δυνατέω,  ώ,  (δυνατός)  Ιο  be  power- 
ful, mighty,  Ν.  Τ. 

Δυνατής,  ου,  ό,  poet,  for  δυνάστης, 
dub.  in  Aesch.  Pers.  675. 

Δυνατός,  ή,  όν,  strong,  mighty,  esp. 
in  body,  το  δννατώτατον,  the  ablest- 
bodied•  men,  Hdt.  9,  31. — 2.  powerful, 
able,  absol.  or  c.  inf,  as  δ.  ?.ϋσαι, 
7nighty  to  loose,  Pind.  O.  10,  11,  and 
so  oft.  c.  inf,  cf  δεινός  :  c.  dat.,  χρί/- 
μασι,  Thuc.  1,  13  :  o'l  δ.,  the  chief  men, 
men  of  chief  rank  and  influence.  Id.  2, 
65:  TO  δ-,  one's  strength  or  power; 
hence  εις,  κατά  το  δ.,  as  far  as  in  one 
lies,  Lat.  pro  virili.  Plat. — 2.  of  things, 
possible,  Lat.  quod,  fieri  possit,  Hdt., 
etc.  :  Tu  δ.  things  which,  being  possible, 
are  subjects  of  deliberation,  Thuc.  5,  89, 
cf  Arist.  Rhet.  1,  4. — 3.  Adv.  -τώς, 
strongly,  poiverfulli/,  Lat.  valide,  valde, 
ειπείν  δ.,  Aeschin.  34,  22:  δ.  ίχει,  it 
is  possible,  Hdt.  7,  11. 

Δυνηρός,  ή,  όν,=  δυνατός,  late 
word. 

Δννυ,  V.  sub  δύω. 

ΔΎΌ,  gen.  and  dat.  δνοϊν,  Att. 
also  δυεϊν,  esp.  in  fern,  gen.,  though 
δνεϊν  is  now  excluded  from  the  best 
edd.  of  good  Att.  writers,  as  Eur.  El. 
536,  Thuc.  1,  20,  v.  Ellendt  Lex. 
Soph.  v.  δύο  fin. :  strictly  the  dual 
form  is  δΰω,  Hom. :  but  never  so  in 
Tratr.  Pors.  Or.  1550:  gen.  plur.  δνών, 
άΆί.'δνσί,  Thuc.  8,  101,  Ion.  also  δν- 
οϊσι,  Hdt.  7.  106 :  cf  δοιώ  and  δοΐ-οί, 
sometimes  like  ΰμφω  used  indecl., 
c.  g.  -ώΐ'  δύο  μοφύων,  II.,  and  so  Att., 
e.  g,  Thuc.  3,  89.    Lat.  duo,  Sanson 


ΔΥΣΑ 
dwi,  our  two,  old  Germ,  zwo,  and  so 
through  all  the  kindred  languages. 
Hom.  oft.  joins  it  with  plural  nouns 
and  verbs,  as  δύο  δ'  άνδρες,  etc. ;  so 
also  in  Att. :  δύο  sometimes  for  one  or 
two,  Lat.  vel  duo  vel  nemo,  a  few,  The- 
ocr.  14,  45 :  συν  δύο,  by  twos,  11.  10, 
224 ;  εΙς  δύο,  two  and  two,  Xen. ;  δύο 
ποιείν  την  πόλιν,  to  split  the  state  into 
two,  divide  it,  Arist.  On  the  gramm. 
forms  of  this  word,  v.  Lob.  Phryn 
210  sq.,  Buttm.  Ausf  Gr.  ()  70,  2. 

Δυογόν,  οϋ,  τό,  supjjosed  old  form 
οϊζνγόν,  Plat.  Cratyl.  418  D. 

Δνοειδής,  ες,  {δύο,  είδος)  of  two 
forms,  Porph. 

ΔνοΙσι,  Ion.  for  δυσί,  dat.  of  δυο, 
Hdt. 

Δυοκαίδεκα,  ol.  al  τά,  twelve,  II.  ■ 
also  δνώδεκα,  δώδεκα. 

Δυοκαιδεκύμηνος,  ov,  Soph.  Tr 
648,  δυοκαιδεκύς,  άδος,  ή,  and  Hipp 
δυοκαιδέκατος,  ^δωδεκ. 

Δυοκαίδεκος,  sub.  αριθμός,  thenum 
ber  twelve,  Alcae.  99. 

Δνοκαιπεντηκοστός,  ή,  όν,  the  fifty 
second,  Archimed. 

Δυοποώς,  όν,  {δύο,  ποιέω)  making 
two.  Arist.  Metaph. 

Δνοστός,  ή,  όν,  the  second. 

Δυοτοκέω,ώ,{δνο,τίκτω)  to  produce 
two,  Arist.  Gen.  An. 

ΔύπτηΓ,  ου,  ό,  a  diver,  Lat.  mergus. 
Call.  Fr.  167.     From 

Δΰπτω,  (δύω)  to  duck,  dive,  Lye. : 
trans.,  f5.  κεφάλας.  Αρ.  Rh. 

ίΔνρας,  ov,  ό,  the  Dyras,  a  river  of 
Trachmia,in  Thessaly,  Hdt.  7,  198. 

Δύρομαι,  poet,  for  οδύρομαι,  Trag., 
V.  Pors.  Hec.  728.     [ϋ] 

\ΔνΙ)()άχιον,  ov,  τό,  Dyrrhnchium,  a 
city  of  Epirus,  earlier  Epidamnus, 
Plut.     Hence 

^Δν()ραχίς,  ίδος,  ή,  fem.  adj.  Dyrrha- 
chian,  Anth. 

^Δύρτα,  ων,  τά.  Dyrta,  a  city  of  In- 
dia, Arr.  An.  4,  30,  5. 

Δΰς~,  insepar.  prefix,  opp.  to  εν, 
and  like  our  un-  or  mis-  in  un-rest, 
mis-chance,  always  with  notion  of 
hard,  bad,  ill,  U7ilucky,  dangerous,  etc., 
whether  in  excess  or  defect,  as  δνςή- 
λιος.  δύςαγνος  :  destroying  a  word's 
good,  or  increasing  its  bad  signf  ; 
and  so  joined  even  to  words  of  negat. 
signf,  as  δυςάσχετος.  The  poets  are 
fond  of  it  in  strong  contrasts,  as  Πύ- 
ρις  Δύςπαρις,  γάμος  δύςγαμος :  and 
in  genl.  it  is  nearly=a  priv.  These 
compds.  are  very  numerous  being  al- 
ways admissible  with  verbal  adjects. : 
before  στ.  σθ,  σπ,  σφ,  σχ,  ς  was  omit- 
ted, V.  δυστ-.  (In  Sanscr.,  dus-,  or 
more  freq.  dur-;  which  may  be  akin 
to  δύρ-ομαι,  δ-δύρ-ομαι :  others  con- 
nect it  with  δυο,  as  if  orig.  of  sever• 
ance,  or  simple  privation,  like  a.) 

Δύς,  δνσα,  δνν,  part.  aor.  2  of  δνω. 

Δυςύγγελος,  ov,  {δνς,  άγγελος)  a 
messenger  of  ill,  Nonn. 

Δυςαγης,  ες,  {δνς,  άγος)  guilty,  im- 
pious, opp.  to  ευαγής. 

Δυςαγκόμιστος,  δυςάγκριτος,  poet, 
for  δνςανακ. 

Δύςαγνος,  ov,  (δυς,  αγνός)  unchaste, 
impure,  Aesch.  Supp.  751. 

Δνςαγρέω,ώ,  tohavebad  sport  in  fish- 
ing, Plut.  :  from 

Δνςαγρης,  ές,  {δνς,  άγρα)  hard  to 
catch  :  ill-caught,  Opp.     Hence 

Δνςαγρία,  ας,  ή,  bad  sport. 

Δνςάγωγός.  όν,  (δυς,  άγω)  hard  to 
guide,  restive,  Dion.  H. 

Δνςάγων,  ωνος,  ό,  ή,  {δυς,  άγων) 
full  of  hard  contests  ;  having  seen  hard 
scriiice,  Plut.  fti] 

Δνςά••.ών ιστός,  ov,  {δνς,  άγωνίζ.ι- 
μαι)  impregnable. 

373 


ΔΥΣΑ 

Ανςάόε7.φος,  ον.  ((Κχ,  αδελφός)  un- 
happy in  one's  brothers,  Aesch.  Theb. 
870.   [ά] 

Ανςΰερία,  ας,  ή,  badness  of  air,  mis- 
tiness, Strab. :  from 

Ανςάΐβος,  ov,  (δνς,  ΰηρ)  having  bad 
air,  Id.  [a] 

Ανςάής,  ές,  {δνς,  ύημΐ)  blmving  ill, 
i.  e.  adverse  or  stormy,  mischirf-ladcn, 
Hom. :  poet.  gen.  pi.,  όνςαήίύν  for 
δνςαέαν,  Od.  13,  99. — II.  ill-smelling, 
0pp. 

Αυςύθλιος,  a,  ov,  also  ος,  ov.  (ovr, 
άθλιος)  most  miserable,  Soph.  O.  0. 
328. 

Ανςηίακτος,  oi',  (δυς,  αΐάζω)  most 
viournfal,  miserable,  LXX. 

Ανςαιΰνής,  ές,  strenglhd.  form  of 
αίανής,  Aesch.  Pers.  281. 

Ανςαίθριος,  ov,  (δνς,  αίθριος)  not 
clear,  cloudy,  misty,  Eur.  Heracl.  857. 

Ανςαινητός,  όν,  {δνς,  αίνέω)  hard 
to  praise,  or  of  ill  fame,  Ol"ph. 

Ανςαίνιγμα,  ατός,  to,  {δνς,  αίνιγμα) 
a  riddle  of  ivoe. 

Ανσαίρετος,  ov,  (δνς,  αίρέω)  hard 
to  take,  impregnable. 

Ανςαισθησία,  ας,  η,  insensibility, 
Tim.  Locr. ;  and 

Ανςαισθητέω,  to  be  unfeeling :  from 

Ανςαίσθητος,  ov,  {δνς,  αισθάνομαι) 
vnfeeting,  insensible :  το  δνςαίσθητυν 
^δνςαισθησία.  Gal. — II.  hard  to  per- 
ceive or  trace. 

Ανςαίων,  ωνος,  ό,  ή,  (δυς,  αιών) 
living  α  hard  life,  most  miserable,  Trag. : 
αιών  δνςαίυν,  a  life  that  is  no  life, 
Eur.  Hel.  214,  cf  αβίωτος. 

Ανςαλγής,  ές,  Plut. ;  and 

Ανςάλγητος,  ov,  {δνς,  άλγος,  άλ- 
}'έω)  hard  to  be  borne,  most  painful,  or, 
acc.  to  Meineke,  hard  to  hurt,  Eupol. 
Incert.  106. — II.  unfeeling,  hard-heart- 
ed, Soph.  O.  T.  12. 

Ανςαλθής,  ff,=sq.,  Hipp.,  deadly, 
fatal,  άκόνιτον,  Nic,  γάλα,  Anth. 

Ανςάλθητος,  ov,  (δνς.  άλθω,  άλθέώ) 
hard  to  cure,  inveterate,  Nonn. 

Ανςαλιος,  ov.  Dor.  for  δνςηλιος, 
Eur.  Rhes.  247,  where  others  δνς- 
ύνιος  for  δνςήνιος.  [ΰ] 

Ανςαλλοίωτος,  ov,  (δνς,  άλλοιόω) 
hard  to  alter  :  hard  to  digest,  Hipp. 

Ανςάλνκτος,  ov,  {δνς,  άλυσκω)  hard 
to  escape,  Nic. 

Αυςάλωτος,  ov,  {δυς,  άλώναι)  hard 
to  catch,  take,  conquer,  Aesch.  Pr.  166: 
δ.  κακών,  out  of  the  reach  of  ills.  Soph. 
O.  C.  1723  :  hard  to  comprehend.  Plat. 
Tim.  51  A. 

Ανςύμβΰτος,  ov,  poet,  for  δνςανά- 
βατος. 

Ανςύμμορος,  ov,  strengthd.  for  άμ• 
μοβος,  most  miserable,  ill-starred,  II. 
22,  428. 

Ανςανάβάτος,  ov,  (δυς,  αναβαίνω) 
hard  to  mount,  Simon.  15,  in  form  δνς- 
ύμβ. 

Ανςανηβίβαστος,  ov,  {δνς,  αναβι- 
βάζω) hard  to  bring  back. 

Αιιςανάγωγος,  ov,  {δνς,  άvύγω)hard 
to  throw  up  or  off,  Diosc. — II.  hard  to 
guide  or  steer. 

Ανςηνάδοτος,  ov,  {δνς,  άναδίδωμι) 
hard  to  digest,  Ath. 

Ανςαναθϋμίΰτος,  ov,  (δτχ,  άναθν- 
μιάω)  hard  to  evaporate,  Artem. 

Ανςανάκλητος,  ov,  (δνς,  άνακαλέω) 
hard  to  call  back,   Plut.,  or  restore. 

Αυςανακόμιστος,  ov,  (δνς,  άνακο- 
μίζω)  hard  to  bring  back,  to  recall,  re- 
store, recover,  Aesch.  Eum.  262,  in 
form  δνςαγκ. 

Ανςανάκρΰτος,  ov,  {δνς,  άνακερύν- 
ννμΐ)  hard  to  mix  or  teviper,  Plut. 

Ανςανάκρΐτος,  ov,  (δνς,  ανακρίνω) 
hard  to  distinguish  or  examine,  Aesch. 
Supp.  126,  in  form  δυοάγκρ. 
37i 


ΔΥΣΑ 

Ανςανάληπτος,  ov,  {δνς,  αναλαμ- 
βάνω) hard  to  recover,  Alcidam. 

Ανςανάλντος,  ov,  {δνς,  αναλύω) 
hard  to  undo. 

Ανςανάπειστος,  oi',  {δνς.  άνακεί- 
Οω)  hard  to  dissuade  or  convince,  Plat. 
Pann. 135  A. 

Ανςανύπλσνς,  mrv,  (δνς,  άναπλέω) 
hard  to  sail  up,  ό  Ύοδανός,  Strab. 

Ανςανύπ?.ωτος,  o»',=fore,!r.,  Strab. 

Αυςανάπν^νστσς,  ov.  ( δνς,  άνα- 
τπ'ίω)  breathing  hard,  Arist.  Sens. 

Ανςσνατνόρεντος,  ov.  {δνς,  αναΐΐο- 
ρεύομαι)  hard  to  pass,  Phjlo. 

Ανςανασκεναστος,  ov,  {δνς,  ίνα- 
σκιΐ'άζω)  hard  to  restore. 

Ανςανάσφα7.τος,  ov,  ( δνς,  άνα- 
(Τφά??-ομαι)  hardly  recovering  from  a 
fall  or  illness,  Hipp. 

Ανςανασχετέω,  ώ,  to  bear  ill,  to  be 
tmable  to  bear,  τι.  Thuc.  7,  71  :  to  be 
greatly  distressed  or  vexed,  ετζί  Ttvi  or 
προς  τι.  Plut. :  from 

Ανςανάσχετος,  ov,  (δνς,  ανέχομαι) 
hard  to  bear,  intolerable,  Ap.  Kh. — II. 
act.  hardly  bearing,  τινός.    Adv.  —τως. 

Ανςανάτρεπτος.  ov,  (δνς,  άνατρέ- 
τνω)  hard  to  overthrow,  Plut. 

Ανςανδρία,  ας,  ή,  {δνς,  ανηρ)  want 
of  men,  App. 

Ανςάνεκτος,  ov,  (δνς,  άνέχω):=δνς- 
αΐ'άσχετος  I.,  Xen.  Mem.  2,  2,  8. 

Ανςάνεμος,  ov.  Dor.  for  δνςήν.    [ά] 

Ανςανθής,  ές,  {δνς,  άνθος)  shy  of 
flowering. 

Ανςανίας,  (n;,=sq.,  Critias  Fr.  37. 

Ανςάνϊος,  ov.  (δνς,  ανία)  soon  dis- 
tressed or  vexed,  ill  to  please,  impatient, 
Antipho  ap.  Harp. 

Ανςανϊών,  ώσα,  ών,  {δνς,  άνιάω) 
much  distressing,  vexing,  Plut. 

Ανςάνοδος,  ov,  (δυς,  άνοδος)  hard 
to  get  at,  Cebes. 

Ανςάνολβος,  ov,  strengthd.  for 
άνολβος,  Emped.  352. 

\Ανςάνσχετος,  ov,  =  δνςανάσχετος, 
οδμτ/.  Αρ.  Rh.  2,  272,  acc.  to  Ernesti 
in  place  of  δνςάσχετος. 

Ανςαντάγών ιστός,  ov,  (δνς,  αντα- 
γωνίζομαι) hard  to  struggle  against, 
Diog.  L. 

Ανςάντηςοτ  δνςαντης,  ef,=sq.,Opp. 

Ανςάντ7]Τος,  ov,  (δνς,  άντάω)  hard 
to  withstand,  disagreeable  to  meet,  hate- 
ful, boding  of  ill,  opp.  to  ενάντητος, 
Luc.  Tim.  5. 

ΑνςαντίβλετΓΤος,  ov,  ( δνς,  uvrt- 
βλέπω)  hard  to  look  in  the  face,  terrible, 
Plut.  :  hard  to  vie  with,  Philostr.  Icon. 

Ανςαντίλεκτος,ον,  (δνς,  αντιλέγω) 
hard  to  gainsay,  Dion.  H.,  hard  to  op- 
pose or  restrain,  ετΐίθιψία.  Joseph. 

ΑνςαντίΙ^βητος,  ov,  (δνς,  άντερείν) 
=  foreg.     Adv.  τως,  Polyb. 

Αΐ'ςαντοφθάλμητος,  ov,  =  δνςαντί- 
βλεπτος.  Id. 

Ανςέινωρ,  ορός,  ό,  if,  (δνς,  άν//ρ) 
γάμος  δ.,  marriage  with  a  had  husband, 
an  ill-assorted  marriage,  Aesch.  Supp. 
1064.  [ά] 

Ανςαξίωτος,  ov,  (δνς,  αξιόω)  inex- 
orable. 

Ανςαπάλεηττος,  ov,  {δυς,  άτταλ^ί- 
φω)  hard  to  wipe  out. 

Ανςαπα?.?Μκτία,  ης,  7].=^δνςητνηλ- 
λαζία.  Plat.  Phileb.  46  C,  Bekk., 
doubted  by  Lob.  Phryn.  509. 

Ανςαπ(Ίλ?Μκτος.  ov,  (δνς,  απαλ- 
λάσσω) hard  to  get  rid  nf  to  escape 
frn?n.  όδνναι.  Soph.  Trach.  950:  δ. 
τών  εμβρύων,  having  difficulty  in 
bringing  forth,  Arist.  H.  A.  Adv. 
-τως.     Hence 

Ανςαπαλλαξία,  ας,  ί),  difficulty  of 
getting  rid  of  a  thing,  prob.  1.  for  δνςα- 
παλληκτία,  q.  v. 

Ανςαπάΐ'τητος,  ov,  (δνς,  απαντάω) 
=^δνςάντητος. 


ΔΤΣΑ 

Ανςαπάτητος.  ον,  {δνς,  απατάω) 
hard  to  deceive,   [α] 

Αυςύπιστος,  ον,  strengthd.  for  ΰπι- 
οτος,  very  unruly,  Anlh. 

Ανςαποβ ίβαστος,  ον,  (δνς,  άποβί- 
βάζω)  hard  to  remove,  Gal. 

Ανςαπόδεικτυς,  αν,  {δνς,  αποδεί- 
κννμι)  hard  to  demonstrate  or  prove. 
Plat.  Rep.  487  E. 

Ανςαποδίδακτος,  σΐ',  {δνς,  ύποδι- 
δάσκομαι)  hard  Ιο  unlearn,  Josejili. 

Ανςαπόδοτος,  m,  (δνς,  άποδίδωμι^ 
hard  to  give  back. — 2.  hard  to  defint, 
Sext.  Emp. 

Ανςαποκατύστΰσις,  εας,  η,  difficvltyi 
of  recovering  ;  a  mortal  aichntsi,  ErO- 
tian. :  from 

Ανςαποκατύστητος,  ov,  (δνς,  ίπο- 
καθίστημι)  hard  to  restore,  Gal. 

Ανςαποκίνητος,  ov,  {δνς,  άπ«ικινέ^) 
hard  to  remove. 

Ανςαπόκρϊτος,  ov,  (δνς,  υποκρίνο- 
μαι) hard  to  answer,  Luc. — II.  act. 
hardly  answering,  Paul.  Aeg.  Adv. 
-τως. 

Ανςαπολόγΐ}τος,  ov,  (διγ.  ίπολο- 
γέομαι)  hard  ίο  defend,  Polyb. 

Ανςαπόλϊτος,  ov,  {δνς,  άπολνω} 
hard  to  imloose.     Adv.  —τυς.  Gal. 

Ανςαπόνιπτος,  ov,  {δνς,  άπονίζω) 
hard  to  wash  off. 

Ανςαπόπανστος,  ov,  (  δνς,  άπο- 
παύω)  hard  to  stop.     Adv.  —τως. 

Ανςαπόπλντος,  ov,  {δνς,  άποπλύ- 
νω)  hard  to  wash  off. 

Ανςαπόπτωτος,  ov,  (δνς,  υποπίπτω) 
hardly  falling  off,  close  clinging,  The^ 
ophr. 

Ανςαπόσπαστος,  ov,  {  δνς,  απο- 
σπάω) hard  to  tear  away  or  separate, 
Philo.    Adv.  -τως.  Plat.  Ax.  365  B. 

Ανςαπόσχετος,  ov,  (δνς,  απέχομαι) 
hard  to  abstain  from,  Sext.  Emp. 

Ανςαποτέλεστος,  ov,  {δνς,  άποτε• 
λέω)  hard  to  accomplish. 

Ανςαπότρεπτος,  ov,.  (δνς,  αποτρέ- 
πω) hard  to  turn  away  or  aside,  refrac- 
tory, Xen.  Mem.  4,  1,  4. 

Ανςαπότριπτος,  ov,  (δνς,  άποτρί- 
βομαι)  hard  to  rub  off,  to  shake  off',  get 
rid  of,  Plut. 

Ανςάπονλος,  ov,  and 

Ανςαπονλωτος,  ov,  {δνς,  άπονλόω) 
hardly  forming  a  scar.  Medic. 

Ανςάρεσκος,  ov,  (δνς,  αρέσκω)  un- 
accommodating, peevish. 

Ανςΰρεστέω,  ώ,  (δνςάρεστος)  to  be 
displeased,  vexed,  annoyed,  .A.rist.  H.  A. ; 
Tivi,  Polyb.  :  also  oft.  as  dep.  mid., 
Polyb. — II.  to  cause  displeasure  to,  vex, 
Tivi,  Diod.     Hence 

Avςaρέcrrημa,  ατός.  τό,  an  imphas• 
ant  event,  annoyance.  Gal. 

Ανςαρέστησις,  εως,  η,  (δνςαρεστέω) 
disj)leas7ire,  di.''sati.ffacrion,  discontent. 
Plat.  Ax.  366  D. 

Ανςαρεστία,  ας,  ^,=foreg.,  Hierocl. 

Ανςάρεστος,  ο?',  (δνς,  αρέσκω)  east- 
It/  displeased,  soon  angered.  Aesch. 
Eum.  928  :  peevish,  morose,  Eur.  Or. 
232.     Adv.  -τως. 

Ανςΰρίθμψ-ος,  ov,  {δνς,  άριβυέω) 
hard  to  count  trp,  App. 

Ανςάριστοτόκεια,  ας.  η,  (δνς,  άρι- 
στος, τίκτω)  unhappy  mother  of  the  no- 
blest son,  as  Thetis  calls  herself,  II. 
18,  54. 

Ανςαρκτος,  m>.  (δνς,  άρχω)  hiird  to 
govern,  Apsch.  Cho.  10:24. 

Ανςαρμοστία,  ας,  ή,  disagretm^t, 
Plut. 

Ανςάρμοστος,  ov,  (δνς,  αρμόζω)  ill 
tmited,  discordant,  Plut. 

Ανςαρχία,  ας,  η,  (δύςαρκτος)  ill 
government,  ill  discipline,  App. 

Ανςανγής,  ές,  (δνς.  α{>γιή)  ill  lighted, 
dark,  Arist.  dc  Vir.  Herb. 
^Ανςανλης,  ου,  ά,  Oysauies,  one  of 


ΔΥΣΓ 

the  earliest  inhabitants  of  Eleusis ; 
ace.  to  some,  father  of  Triptolemus, 
Paus. ;  etc. 

Ανζαν/ία,  ac•,  ή,  ill  or  hard  lodging, 
Aesch.  Ag.  555  :  from 

Ανςαν'λος,  ov,  (,ύνς,  av}J\)  bad  for 
lodging  or  encamping:  όνςαύλων  ττά- 
γίΐν  ,d£/l//,  the  nipping  frosts  of  luglit, 
Soiitt.  AnL  357. 

ΑύςανλΌς,  ov-,  {δνς-,  av7Ac)  Ιρις  δ., 
an  unAappy  contest  with  the  flule,  Anth. 

Ανζανξήζ,  ές,  (όνς,  αυξάνω)  hardly 
or  slowly  growing,  Theophr. 

Αιχανξί/τοζ,  or,  =  lbreg..  Id. 

Ανςανχής.,  ές,  (δνς,  ανχέυ)  idly 
boasting,  vaiit-giuriotis.  Αρ.  Rh. 

Ανςαόαέρετος,  ov,  (δνς,  άάαιρέω) 
hard  to  take  auray,  Arist.  Eth.  N.  1,5,4. 

Δΐ'<:αχ//Γ->  ές,  (δνς,  J/χέω)  Dor.  for 
δνςηχής,  Anacr.  Ep.  8. 

Ανςίχής,  ές,  (,δνς,  ύχος)  most  pain- 
ful, most  etiserable,  πάθος,  Aesch. 
Euin.  140,  cf.  βαμναχής. 

Αυςαχβής,  ές,  (6ι•ς,  άχθος)  very 
heavy  οτ  grievous,  v.  L  for  foreg. 

Ανςι3ασάΐ'ίστος,  of,  (δνς,  βασανί- 
ζω) hard  to  put  to  the  test.  Or.  Sib. 

Ανςβάστακτος,  oi',  {δνς,  βαστάζω) 
grievous  to  be  borne,  N.  T. 

Ανςβάτος,  ov,  (δνς,  βαίνω)  hard  to 
get  at,  inaccessible,  impassable,  Xen. 
Cyr.  2,  4,  27,  Polyb.,  etc. 

Ανςβάύκτος,  ov,  (δυς,  βανζω)  full 
of  wading,  Aesch.  Pers.  574. 

Αύςβΐος,  ov,  and 

Ανςβίοτος,  ov,  (δνς,  βίος)  malting 
life  wretched,  ττΐνίη,  Leon.  Tar.,  cf. 
ΰβιος,  άβίοτος. 

Ανςβ'λαστέω,  ώ,  to  be  slow  of  bud- 
ding or  growth :  from 

Ανςβλαστής,  ές,  (δνς,  βλαστάνω, 
βΤί,αστεΐν)  slowly  budding. 

Ανςβοήθητος,  ov,  (  δυς,  βοτ/θέω  ) 
hard  to  help,  heal  or  ctire,  Diod.  S. 

Ανςβο?Μς,  ov,  {δνς,  βολή)  throwing 
badly,  esp.  with  dice. 

Ανςβονλία,  ας,  ή,  ill  counsel,  folly, 
Aesch.  Ag.  1609:  from 

Ανςβουλος,  ov,  (δνς,  βουλή)  ill-ad- 
vised. 

Ανςβρωτος,  ov,  (δνς,  βφρώσκω) 
hard  to  eat,  Plut. 

Αύςβω?ος,  ov,  [δνς,  βώλος)  of  ill 
soil,  unfruitful,  χθων,  Ep.  Horn.  7. 

Αυςγαμία,  ας,  ή,  (δυς,  γάμος)  an  ill 
marriage:  from 

Αύς-</(ίμος,  ov,  {δυς,  γάμος)  ill  wed- 
ded, γάμος  δ.,  Eur.  Phoen.  1047,  cf. 
άγαμος. 

Αυςγάργαλις,  ι,  {δνς,  γαργαλίζω) 
very  ticklish,  skittish,  vicious,  ϊτΐττος, 
Xen.  Eq.  3,  10,  cf.  Ar.  Fr.  136. 

Ανςγαργάλίατος,  ov,=foreg. 

Αυςγένΐΐα,  ας,  ή,  low,  mean  birth. 
Soph.  O.  T.  1079:  lowness  of  mind, 
Philo :  from 

Ανςγενής,  ές,  {δυς,  γένος)  low-born, 
Eur.  Ion  1477  :  low-minded,  low,  mean, 
Epich.  p.  87. 

Ανςγεφύρωτος,  ov,  {δυς,  γεφϋρόω) 
hard  to  make  a  bridge  oner,  Strab. 

Ανςγεώργητος,  ov,  {δυς,  γεωργέω) 
hard  to  till  or  cultivate.  Id. 

At'cyjOia,  ας,  ή,  {δνς,  γνώναι)  ig- 
norance, doubt,  Eur.  Η.  F.  1107. 

Ανςγνώριστος,  ov,  {δνς,  γνωρίζω) 
hard  to  recognise.     Adv.  -τως. 

Ανςγνωσία,  ας,  ή,  difficulty  of  knott- 
ing :  δ.  είχον  προςώπον,  I  did  not 
know  thy  face,  Eur.  El.  767:  from 

Αύςγνωστος,  ov,  {δνς,  γνώναι)  hard 
to  understand,  Plat.  Alc.  2,  147  C. 

Ανςγοήτευτος,  ov,  (δνς,  γοητεύω) 
hard  to  charm,  bewitch,  fascinate,  Plat. 
Rep.  413  E. 

Ανςγράμματος,  ov, {δνς,  γράμμα  III.) 
hard  to  write,  Aristid. — II.  unlearned, 
Philostr 


ΔΥΣΔ 

Ανςγρίττιστος,  ov,  {δνς,  γρίπίζω) 
very  grasping,  Liban. 

Ανςδαιμονέω,  ώ,  to  be  wretched, 
Longin.  ;  and 

Ανςδαιμονία,  ας,  ή,  misery,  Eur.  I. 
T.  1120:  from 

Αυςδαίμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  {δυς,  δαί- 
μων) wretched,  unhappy,  Trag.,  esp. 
Eur. 

Ανςδάκρϋτος,  ov,  ( δνς,  δακ,ρνω  ) 
much  tvept,  Aesch.  Ag.  442 :  δάκρυα  δ., 
tears  of  anguish,  Mel.  109. — II.  act. 
tnuch  weeping.  Id.  12. 

Αύςδϋμαρ,  άρτος,  6,  ή,  (δνς,  δάμαρ) 
unhappy  in  one's  wife,  ill  wedded,  Aesch. 
Ag-  1319. 

Ανςδεικτος,  ov,  {δνς,  δείκννμι)  hard 
to  prove. 

Ανςδέρκετος,  ov,=sq.,  0pp. 

Ανςδερκής,  ές,  {δνς,  δέρκομαι)  hard- 
ly seeing,  ptirblind.  Id. 

Avςδ^Jpις,  i,  gen.  ιος,  {δυς,  δήρις) 
hard  to  fight  with,  Nic. 

Ανςδιάβάτος,  ov,  ^δνς,  διαβαίνω) 
hard  to  get  through  or  over,  Polyb. 

Ανςδιύγνωστος,  ov,  {δνς,  διαγιγνώ- 
σκω)  hard  to  distinguish  or  mark  out, 
Dion.  H. 

Ανςδιάγωγος,  ov,  {δνς,  διάγω)  un- 
pleasant to  live  in,  Strab. 

Ανςδιάθετος,  ov,  {δνς,  διατίθημι) 
hard  to  dispose  of,  Menand.  p.  14 : 
hard  to  manage  or  settle,  Plut. 

Αυςδιαίρετος,  ov,  (  δνς,  διαιρέω  ) 
hard  to  divide,  Theophr. 

Ανςδιαίττιτος,  ov,  {δνς,  διαιτάω) 
hard  to  decide  or  settle,  Plut. 

Ανςδιακόμιστος,  ov,  {δυς,  διακομί- 
ζω) hard  to  carry  through. 

ΑνςδιΰκόνΓΐ,στος,  ov,  {δυς,  διακον- 
τίζω)  hard  to  pierce  or  transfix,  Ael. 

Αυςδιάκρΐτος,  ov,  {δνς,  διακρίνω) 
hard  to  distinguish,  Strab. 

Ανςδιύ?ιλακτος,  ov,  {δνς,  διαλλάσ- 
σω)  hard  to  reconcile.     Adv.  -τως. 

Ανςδιά?.ντος,  ον,{δνς,  διa?ιvω)hnrd 
to  dissolve.  Gal. — II.  hard  to  reconcile, 
Arist.  Eth.  N. 

Αυςδιανόητος,  ov,  {δυς,  διανοέομαι) 
hard  to  understand. 

Ανςδιύπνενστος,  ov,  {δνς,  διαπνέω) 
hard  to  disperse  in  fumes,  hard  to  evap- 
orate, Theophr. 

Ανςδιαπόρεντος,  ov,  {δνς,  διαπο- 
ρενω)  hard  to  pass  through. 

Ανςδιάσπαστος,  ov,  {δνς,  διασπύω) 
hard  to  tear  asunder,  hard  to  break, 
τάξις,  Polyb. 

Ανςδιάτηκτος,  ov,  {δυς,  διατήκω) 
hard  to  melt,  Theophr. 

Αυςδιατύπωτος,  ov,  { δνς,  διατυ- 
Τΐόω)  hard  to  form  or  fashion. 

Ανςδιάφενκτος,  and  -φνκτος,  ov, 
{δυς,  διαφεύγω)  hard  to  escape. 

Ανςδιαφοβησία,  ας,  ή,  a  difficulty  of 
evaporating :  from 

Ανςδιαφόρητος,  ov,  {δνς,  διαφορέω) 
hard  to  pass  off  in  perspiration,  hard  to 
evaporate.  Gal. — II.  act.  hardly  evapo- 
rating. Id. 

Ανςδιαφύλακτος,  ov,  {δυς,  διαφυ- 
λάσσω) hard  to  keep  or  guard. 

Ανςδιαχώρητος,  ov,  {δνς,  διαχω- 
ρέω)  indigestible. — II.  act.  costive. 

Ανςδίδακτος,  ov,  ( δνς,  διδάσκω) 
hard  to  instruct,  Hipp. 

Ανςδιέγερτος,  ov,  {δνς,  διεγείρω) 
hard  to  wake  or  rouse.  Gal. 

Ανςδιέξακτος,  ov,  {δνς,  διεξάγω) 
hard  to  pass,  βίος,  Porph. 

Ανςδιεξίτ7/τος,  ov,  (δνς,  διέξειμι) 
hard  to  get  through. 

Ανςδιεξόδεντος,  ov,  and 

Ανςδιέξοδος,  ov,  {δνς,  διέξοδος) 
hard  to  get  through,  hard  to  pass,  Diod. 

Ανςδιερεύνητος,  ov,  {δνς,  διερεν- 
%'άω)  hard  to  search  or  see  through,  Plat. 
Rep,  432  C. 


ΔΥΣΕ 

Αυςδιήγητος,  ov,  {δυς,  διηγέομαι) 
hard  to  narrate. 

Ανςδιόδευτος,  ov,=:sq. 

Αυςόίοδος,  ov,  {όνς,  δίοδος)  hard  to 
pass,  ττοοεία  δ.,  a  difficult  march,  Po- 
lyb. 

Ανςδιοίκητος,  ov,  {δνς,  διοικέω) 
hard  to  manage  or  digest,  Xenocr. 

Ανςδιύρθωτος,  ov,  {δνς,  διορθόω) 
hard  to  set  right. 

Ανςόιόριστος,  ov.  {δνς,  διορίζω) 
hard  to  d'fine,  Sext.  Emp. 

Αΐ'ςδοκίμαστος,  ov,  {δυς,  δοκιμάζω) 
hard  to  prove. 

Ανςδωρος,  ov,  (δνς,  δώρον)^άδω- 
ρος,  0pp. 

Ανςέγερτος,  ov,  {δυς,  εγείρω)  hard 
to  wake.  Medic. 

Δνςεγκαρτέρτιτος,  ov,  {δνς,  εγκαρ- 
τερέω)  hard  to  sustain,  Sext.  Emp. 

Ανςεγχείρητος,  ov,  {δυς,  έγχεφέω) 
hard  to  take  in  hand,  Joseph. 

Ανςέγχωστος,  ov,  {δνς,  εγχώνννμι) 
hard  to  earth  or  block  up,  prob.  1. 
Strab. 

Αύςεδρος,  ov,  {δνς,  έδρα)  having  an 
ill-fated  seat,  bringing  ill  hick  to  one's 
abode,  Aesch.  Ag.  746. — 2.  fitting  ill, 
awry,  Dion.  H. 

Ανςείδεια,  ας,  ή,  unshapeliness,  ug- 
liness, Diog.  L. 

Ανςειδής,  ές,  {δνς,  είδος)  unshapely, 
ugly,  deformed.  Hilt.  0,  61. 

Ανςείκαστος,  ov,  {δυς,  εικάζω)  hard 
to  inake  out,  of  Thucydides'  style, 
Dion.  H. — II.  ill  formed. 

Ανςειματέω,  ώ,  to  wear  mean  clothes, 
Plut.  ;  from 

Ανςείματος,  ov,  {δνς,  είμα)  meanly 
clad,  Eur.  El.  1107. 

Ανςειμονία,  ας,  ή,  mean  clothing: 
from 

Ανςείμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  {δνς,  εΙμα) 
ill-clad,  Hes.  ap.  Ath.  116  A. 

Ανςείςβο^Μς,  ov,  {δνς,  είςβάλλω) 
hard  to  enter  or  invade,  Eur.  Cresph.  1 : 
superl.,  —ώτατος,  ov,  least  accessible, 
Thuc.  3,  101. 

Ανςείςπλους,  ουν,  gen.  ov,  {δυς,  είς- 
■κ7ίέω)  hard  to  sail  into,  Strab. 

Ανςείςπλωτος,  ov.  Ion.  =  foreg. 

Αυςέκβάτος,  ov,  (  δνς,  εκβαίνω ) 
hard  to  gel  out  of,  Dio  C. 

Ανςεκβίαστος,  ov,  {δνς,  εκβιάζο- 
μαι) hard  to  overpower,  Plut. 

Ανςεκβίβαστος,  ov,  {δνς,  έκβιβύζω) 
hard  to  bring  out. 

Ανςέκδεκτος,  ov,  {δνς,  έκδέχομαι) 
ititolerable.  Gal. 

Ανςέκδοτος,  ov,  {δνς,  έκδίδωμι)  hard 
to  dispose  of  in  tnarriage. 

Ανςέκδρομος,  ov,  (δυς,  εκδραμείν) 
hard  to  escape,  Nic. 

Αυςεκθέρμαντος,  ov,  (δνς,  ίκθερ- 
μαίνω)  hard  to  warm.  Gal. 

Αυςέκθντος,  ov,  (δνς,  εκθύω)  hard 
to  avert  by  sacrifice:  σημεία  δ-,  tristia 
exta,  Plut. 

Ανςεκκάθαρτος,  ov,  (δνς,  έκκΰ- 
θαίρω)  hard  to  wash  away,  Dion.  H. 

Ανςεκκόμιστος,  ov,  (δνς,  έκκομίζω) 
hard  to  carry  out. 

ΑνςέκκρΙτος,  ov,  (δνς,  εκκρίνω) 
hard  to  secrete  :  hard  to  digest  and 
pass,  Xenocr.  • 

Ανςέκκρονστος,  ov,  {δνς,  εκκρονω) 
hard  to  drive  away,  Sext.  Emp. 

Ανςεκ?.άλητος,  ov,  {δυς,  εκλαλέω) 
hard  to  express,  Dion.  H. 

Ανςέκλειτττος,  ov,  {δνς,  εκ7.είπω) 
hardly,  not  easily  stopped,  Plut. 

Ανςέκ7ιηπτος,  ov,  (δνς,  έκ?.αμ3άνω) 
hardly  recovering.     Adv.  —τως.  Gal. 

Ανςεκ?ιόγ ιστός,  ov,  (δνς,  έκλογί- 
ζομαι)  hard  to  calculate. 

Ανςέκλντος,  ov,  (δνς,  έκ?.ύω)  hard 
to  undo,  inexplicable.  Adv.  -τως,  indis- 
solubly,  Aesch.  Pr.  60. 

375 


ΔΥΣΕ 

Ανςέκνενστος.  ον,  {δνς,  έκνέω)  hard 
to  swim  out  of,  Max.  Tyr. 

λνςέκνιτΓτος,  ov,  {δνς,  έκνίπτω) 
hard  to  wash  out.  Plat.  Rep.  378  D. 
Adv.  -τως.  Gal. 

Λνςεκπίΐίϋτος,  ov,  {<^υς,  έκπεράο) 
hard  to  pass  out  from,  hard  to  escape, 
Eur.  Hipp.  C78,  where  old  MSS. 
όνςεκττέραντ. 

Αυςέκ7ν/•.7ΐκτος, ov, (όνς,  εκπλήσσω) 
hard  to  terrify,  Arist.  do  Virt. 

Ανςέκπλονς,  ovv.  gen.  ov,  ((Ίνς, 
έκτΐλέω)  hard  to  sail  out  nf,  Polyb. 

Ανςέκττλνντος,  ov,  {Avr,  έκπλύνω) 
hard  to  wash  or  cleanse,  Philo. 

Ανςέκιτ?Λ~ος,  ov,  (,δυς,  έκπλύνω) 
hard  to  u-ash  out,  Plut. 

Ανςέκπνενστος,  ov,  {δνς,  εκπνέω) 
hard  to  breathe  out. 

Ανςεκπόρεντος,  ov,  {όνς,  εκπορεύο- 
μαι) hard  to  get  out  of,  Philo. 

Ανςεκπνητος,  ov,  {δνς•,  εκπνέω) 
hard  to  bring  to  suppuration,  Gal. 

ΑνςέκΓ?/κ-ης,  ov,  {δνς,  έκτήκω) 
hard  to  ?nelt,  dub.  in  Hipp. 

Ανςέκφενκτος,  ov,  {δνς,  έκφενγω) 
hard  to  escape  from,  Theodect.  ap. 
Stob.  p.  126,  52l 

Ανςέκόορυς,  ov,  {δι>ς,  ίκφέρω)  hard 
to  bring  out  or  to  pronounce,  Dion.  H. 
Adv.  -ρως,  Strab. 

Ανςέκφυκτος.  ov,  =  δνςέκφενκτος. 
Adv.  -τως,  Anth. 

Ανςεκφώνιιτος,  ov,  {δνς,  έκφωνέω) 
hard  to  pronounce. 

Ανςέλε}κ~ος,  ov,  {δνς,  ελέγχω) 
hard  to  refute,  Strab. 

Ανςελένα.  ή,  {δνς,  Ελένη)  ill-star- 
red Helen,  Eur.  Or.  1388,  cf.  Αύς- 
παρις. 

Ανςέλίκτος,  ov,  {δνς,  ελίσσω)  hard 
to  unroll,  much  involved. 

Ανςελκι/ς,  ές,  {δνς,  έλκος)  sorely 
ulcerated,  Hipp.     Ilence 

Ανςελκία,  ας,  ή,  a  bad  ulceration, 
Hipp. 

Ανςε7.πις,  ιδος,  ό,  ή.  {δνς,  ίλπίς) 
hardly  hoping,  with  scarce  a  hope,  de- 
sponding, Aesch.  Cho.  412. 

Ανςελπιστέω,  ώ,  to  have  scarce  a 
hope,  to  despond,  τινί,  έπί  τινι,  περί 
τίνος,  Polyb. :  and 

Ανςε?ιπιστία,  ας,  η,  despondency, 
despair,     Polyb. :  from 

Ανςέλπιστος,  ον,  =  δνςε7ι.πις. — II. 
•unhoped  for,  εκ  δνςε'λπίστων,  like 
Livy's  ex  insperato.  unexpectedly,  Xen. 
Cyr.  6,  1,  47.     Adv.  -τως,  Polyb. 

Ανςέμβΰτος,  ov,  {δνς,  ίμβαίνω) 
hard  to  walk  on  or  to  enter  upon,  χω- 
οίον,  Thuc.  4,  10. 

Ανςέμ'Ώ.ητος,  ov,  {δνς,  εμβάλλω) 
hard  to  sit,  οστέα,  Hipp. 

Ανςέμίολης,  ov,  {δνς,  έμβάλλω)  = 
foreg.,  Id. — II.  hard  to  enter  or  invade, 
Xen.  Hell.  G,  5,  24. 

Ανςεμετέω,=  όνςεμέω. 

Ανςέμετος.  ον,=:δνςεμής,  Synes. 

Ανςεμέω,  ώ,  to  vomit  ivith  difficulty, 
v.  1.  Hipp.  :  from 

Ανςεμής,  ές,  {δυς,  έμέω)  hardly 
vomiting.  Gal. 

^Ανςέμπτωτος,  ov,  {δνς,  εμπίπτω) 
not  readily  falling  into,  not  subject  to, 
fevers,  Gal.         ' 

Ανςέμφΰτος,  ov,  {δνς,  εμφαίνω)  ill- 
boding,  el.  κακέμφατος. 

Ανςένδοτος,  ov,  (δνς,  ένδίδωμι) 
hardly  giving  in. 

Ανςενέδρεντος,  ov,  {δυς,  ενεδρεύω) 
hard  to  vmy-lay,  App. 

Ανςεντερία,  ας,  ή,  {δνς,  ίντερον) 
α  bowel  complaint,  dysentery,  Lat.  tor- 
mina intestinnrum,  Hdt.  8,  115,  cf. 
λειεντερία.     Hence 

^Ανςεντερίάω,  ώ,  to  suffer  under 
δνςεντερία,  Alex.  Tral. :  and 

Ανςεντερίκός,  ή,  όν,  Plut. :  from 
376 


ΔΎΣΕ 

Ανςέντερος,  ov,  W\c.,  suffering  from 
bowel-complaint,  dysenteric. 

Ανςεντέριον,  ov,  τό,  late  form  of 
δνςεντερία. 

Ανςεντεριώδης,  ες,  {δνςεντερία, 
είδος)  ill  with  dysentery,  Hipp. 

Ανςέντενκτος,  ov,  {δυς,  έντνγχάνω) 
hard  to  meet  and  speak  with,  unsocial, 
repulsive,  Polyb.     Hence. 

Ανςεντενξία,  ης.  ?/,  α  repulsive, 
haughty  demeanour,  Diod. 

Ανςένωτος,  ov,  {δνς,  ένόω)  hard  to 
unite.  M.  Anton. 

Ανςεξάγωγος,  ov,  {δνς.  εξάγω)  hard 
to  bring  out  or  take  axoay,  Hipp. 

Ανςεξύλειπτος.  ov,  {δνς,  εξαλείφω) 
hard  to  ruipe  o-ut,  Polyb. 

Ανςεξαλνκτος,  ov,  {δνς,  έξαλύσκω) 
hard  to  avoid. 

Ανςεξανύλωτος,  ov,  =  δνςανύλ., 
Hipp,  [ΰ] 

Ανςεξαπάτητος,  ov,  {δνς,  έξαπα- 
τύομαι)  hard  to  deceive.  Plat.  Rep. 
413  C. 

Ανςέξαπτος,  ov,  {δνς,  έξύπτω)  hard 
to  unbind:  ψιιγ?)  δ.,  hard  to  loose  from 
the  bonds  of  the  body,  Plut. — II.  hard 
to  kindle. 

Ανςεξΰρίθμητος,  ov,  (δνς,  έξαριθ- 
μέω)  hard  to  count,  Polyb. 

Ανςεξάτμιστος,  ov,  {δνς,  εξατμίζω) 
hard  to  evaporate. 

Ανςεξέλεγκτος,  ον,=^δνςέλ.,  hard  to 
refute  or  to  make  out,  Plat.  Phaed.  85  C. 

Ανςεξέλικτος,  ov,  {δνς,  εξελίσσω) 
hard  to  unfold  or  explain,  Dion.  H. 

Ανςεξέργαστος,  ov,  {δνς,  έξεργύ- 
ζομαι)  hard  to  xvork  out. 

Ανςεξερεννητος,  ov,  {δνς,  έξερεν- 
ι>άω)=^  δνςερ.,  hard  to  investigate,  Arist. 
Pol.  7,  11. 

Ανςεξεύρετος,  ov,  {δνς,  εξενρίσκω) 
hard  to  find  out,  Arist.  H.  A. 

Ανςεξηγητος,  ov,  {δνς,  έξηγέομαι) 
hard  to  explain,  Darius  ap.  Diog.  L. 
9,  13. 

Ανςεξημέρωτος,  ov,  {δνς,  έξημε- 
ρόω)  hard  to  tame,  Plut. 

Ανςεξτ/ννστος,  ov,  {δνς,  έξανντω) 
hard  to  bring  to  an  end  :  indissoluble, 
δεσμός,  Eur.  Hipp.  1237. 

Ανςεξίλαστος,  ov,  {δνς,  έξ,  Ιλάσκο- 
μαι)  hard  to  appease,  Plut.   [i] 

Ανςεξίτηλος,  ov,  {δνς,  έξίτη7.ος) 
hard  to  destroy :  not  easily  perishing, 
Strab. 

Ανςεξίτητος,  ov.  and 

Ανςέξιτος,  ov,  {δνς,  έξειμι)  hard  to 
get  out  of  Diod. 

Ανςέξοδος,  ov,  {δνς,  έξοδος)  hard 
to  get  out  of  without  remedy,  Hipp. 

Ανςέξοιστος,  ov,  {δνς,  έξοίσομαι) 
=^δνςέκφορος. 

Ανςεπανόρθωτος,  ov,  {δνς,  ίπανορ- 
θόω)=δνςδώρθωτος,  hard  to  correct, 
set  right. 

Ανςεπέκτύτος,  ov,  {δνς,  επεκτείνω) 
hard  to  extend  or  distend. 

Ανςεπήβολος,  ov,  {δνς,  έπήβολος) 
hard  to  master. 

Ανςεπίβΰτος,  ov,  {δνς,  επιβαίνω) 
hard  to  get  at,  Diod. 

Ανςεπιβούλεντος,  ov,  {δνς,  επι- 
βουλεύομαι) hard  to  attack  secretly, 
Xen.  Hipparch.  4,  11. 

Ανςεπίγνωστος,  ov,  {δνς,  έπιγιγ- 
νώσκω)  hard  to  know  or  find  out. 

Ανςεπίθετος,  ov,  {δυς,  επιτίθεμαι) 
hard  to  attack. 

Ανςεπικονρητος,  ov,  {δνς,  έπικον- 
ρέω)  hard  to  helj>  or  relieve. 

Ανςε-ίκρΐτος.  ov,  {δνς,  επικρίνω) 
hard  to  decide,  ApoU.  Tyan. 

Ανςεπίμικτος,  υν,  {δνς,  έπιμίγνν- 
μαι)  hard  to  mix  or  unite  with  :  with 
little  social  intercourse,  Strab. 

Ανςε—ιτόητος,  ov,  {δνς,  έπινοέω) 
hard  to  xinderstand,  M.  Anton. 


ΔΥΣΖ 

Ανςεπίστροφος,  ov,  {δνς,  επίστρεφα) 
hard  to  turn  or  guide,  Λ  pp. 

Ανςεπίσχετος,  ov,  {δνς,  επέχω)  hard 
to  stop.  Gal.     Adv.  -τως. 

Ανςεπίτενκτος,  ov,  {δνς,  επιτυγ- 
χάνω) hard  to  reach  or  compass, 
Diod. 

Ανςεπιτήδεντος,  ov,  {δνς,  ίπιτψ 
δενω)  hard  to  effect. 

Ανςεπιχείρ7/τος,  ov,  {δνς,  έπιχει- 
ρέω)  hard  to  attempt,  Arist.  Org. 

Ανςέραστος,  ov,  {δνς,  ίράω)  un- 
happy m  love.  Max.  Tyr.  :  unfavorable, 
to  luie,  Mel.  81. 

Ανςεργασία,  ας,  ή,  difficulty  of  per- 
forming, Arteni. :  and 

Ανςέργαστος,  ov,  {δνς,  εργάζομαι) 
hardly  working,  idle. 

Ανςέργημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  difficulty, 
hindrance,  Diosc.  :  from 

Ανςεργ-ής,  ές,=  δύςεργος,  App. 

Ανςεργία,  ας,  ή,  difficulty  in  acting, 
performing,  etc. — II.  inactivity,  App. : 
from 

Ανςεργος,  ov,  {δνς,  * ίργω)  hard  to 
work  out,  hard  tn  effect,  very  difficult, 
Plut.  ;  brittle,  σίδηρος,  Id.  Lye.  9. — 
II.  act.,  hardly  icorking,  idle;  χείμα 
δ.,  kiems  ignava,  Orion.     Adv.  -γως. 

Ανςερεννητος,  ov,  {δνς,  ερευνάω) 
hard  to  find  out,  Joseph. 

Ανςέρημος,  ov,  {δνς,  έρημος)  very 
lonely,  desolate,  Anth. 

Ανςερις,  ι,  gen.  ιδος,  {δνς,  ερις) 
hard  to  strive  with.  Plat.  Legg.  8G4  Β  : 
very  quarrelsome,  peevish,  snappish, 
Isocr.  8  D.  —  II.  act.  producing  un- 
happy strife,  Plut.  Pelop.  4  ;  and 

Ανςέριστος,  ov,  δ.  αίμα,  blood  of 
unholy  strife,  Soph.  El.  1385. 

Ανςερμτ/νεντος.  ov,  {δνς,  ερμηνεύω) 
hard  to  explain.     Adv.  -τως. 

Ανςερμία,  ας,  ή,  ill  luck  :  from 

Αύςερμος,  ov,  {δνς,  Έρμης)  not  fa- 
voured by  Hermes  {Mercury),  unlucky, 
cf.  ενερμος. 

Ανςερνής,  ές,  {δυς,  έρνος)  hardly 
shooting  or  sprouting. 

Ανςερως,  ωτος,  δ,  η,  {δυς,  έρως) 
passionately  loving,  "  sick  in  love  with," 
Lat.  perdite,  misere  amans,  τινός.  Eur. 
Hipp.  194,  Thuc.  6,  13,  and  Xen.— 
II.  hardly  loving,  proof  against  love, 
stony-hearted,  Theocr.  6,  7.  Adv. 
-τως.     Hence 

Ανςερωτιάω,  ώ,  to  be  passionately  in 
love,  sick  for,  τινός,  Plut. 

Ανςερωτίκός,  η,  όν,  like  one  that  is 
δύςερως. 

Ανςετηρία,  ας,  ή,  {δυς,  έτος)  α  bad 
season. 

Αύσετο,  Ερ.  3  sing.  aor.  mid.  of 
δύω,  Horn. 

Ανςετνμολόγητος,  ov,  {δνς,  έτνμο- 
λογέω)  with  hard  etymology. 

Ανςεννήτωρ,  opnc,  ό,  {δνς,  εννή)  an 
ill  bedfellow,  Aesch.  Theb.  292. 

Ανςεννητος,  ov,  {δνς,  εννάζώ)  ill 
bedded. 

Ανςενρετος,  ov,  {όνς,  ενρίσκω)  hard 
to  find  out,  Aesch.  Pr.  816 :  hard  to 
find  one's  way  through,  impenetrable. 
'ύλη,  Eur.  Bacch.  1221. 

Ανςέφικτος,  ov,  {δνς,  Ιώικνεομαι) 
hard  to  come  at,  difficult,  Polyb. 

Ανςέφοόος,  ov,  {δνς,  έφοδος)  hard 
to  get  at,  inaccessible,  Diod. 

Ανςί'φανος,  ov,  and 

Ανςέ-ίΐ'ητος,  ov,  {δνς,  [ψω)  hard  to 
digest,  A.  B. 

Ανςζη7ύα,  ας,  ή,  jealousy,  Ath. : 
from 

Αύςζη7Μς,  ov,  {δυς,  ζη7Μς)  over• 
jealous,  jealous,  su,<!picions,  Od.  7,  307. 
— II.  emulous  in  ill  or  hardship,  βίοζ 
αίθνίτισι  δ.,  a  life  that  vies  with  that 
of  sea-birds,  Ep.  Horn.  8.  Adv.  -λωο, 
Plut. 


ΔΤΣΘ 

Ανζ^ήτητος,  ον,  (di'f,  ζητέώ)  hard 
to  seek  or  track,  Xen.  Cyn.  8,  1 . 

Ανς^ωΐα,  ας,  ή.  an  ill  life  :  from 

Αύςζωος.  ov,  (.όνς,  ζωτ})  wretched, 
βίος  ό.,  Anth. 

Ανςηκεστος,  ov,  {δνς,  άκέομαι) 
hard  to  heal  or  cure,  Hipp. 

Ανςηκής,  ές,=δνςτ/Κΐστος. 

Ανςηκοέω,  ώ, (δvςηκooς)tobe  hard  of 
hearing :  hence  to  be  disobedient,  Paul. 
Aeg. 

Ανςηκοΐα,  ας,  η,  hardness  of  hear- 
ing, Plut. :  hence  disobedience,  Id. : 
from 

Ανςήκοος,  ov,  {δνς,  ακοή)  hard  of 
hearing,  Anth. :  hence  disobedient. — 
II.  hardly  to  be  heard,  Philostr. 

Ανςη7  άκατος,  ov,  (,δνς,  ή?Μκάτη) 
a  spinner  of  ill,  Nonn. 

Ανσίι/.άτος,  ov,  {δνς,  έλαννω)  hard 
ίο  drive  through  or  over. 

Ανςη7.εγής,  έζ,  (,δνς,  λέγω,  to  lay 
asleep)  laying  in  a  hard  bed :  in  Horn, 
epith.  of  death  and  war,  that  sends 
one  to  an  ill  bed.  that  stretches  one  on  a 
hard,  cold  bed,  Od.  22,  325.  II.  20, 1 54,  cf. 
τανη/.εγής.  Hence  came  the  usu. 
signf.,  hard,  painful,  uneasy,  e.  g.  7τη- 
γάδες,  Hes.  Op.  504 ;  δεσμός,  Hes. 
Th.  652  :  also  of  men,  hard-hearted, 
unfeeling,  ττο/.Ιται,  Theogn.  793. 
(This  last  place  esp.  has  led  some 
to  derive  it  from  a?Jyu.  others  from 
ά?.γέω :  both  needlessly :  v.  how- 
ever ΰ-η?.εγέως.)     Ep.  word. 

Ανςί//Λθς,  ov,  {δνς,  ήλιος)  ill-sunned, 
sunless,  ivithout  the  light  of  day,  κνέ- 
όας,  Aesch.  Emn.  396. — II.  too  much 
sunned,  parched. 

Ανςημερέω,  ώ,  {δυς,  ήμερα)  to  have 
an  unlucky  day,  to  be  unlucky,  Pherecr. 
Crap.  20 ;  opp.  to  ενημερέΐύ.    Hence 

Ανςημέρημα,  ατός,  τό,  ill-luck. 

Αυςημερία.  ας,  ή,  an  unlucky  day, 
ill-luck,  mischance,  Aesch.  Fr.  220, 
ace.  to  Dind.  Steph.  Thes.  in  v. 

Ανςημέριος.  a,  ov,  ill-fated,  ominous, 
dreadful,  usu.  1.  for  foreg. 

Αυςήνεμος,  ov,  {δνς,  άνεμος)  with 
ill  tuinds,  stormy.  Soph.  Antig.  591. 

Ανςηνίαστος,  ov,  {δυς,  ήνιάζω)  hard 
to  bridle.     Adv.  -τως,  Synes. 

Ανςήνίος,  ov,  {δνς,  ^via)=foTeg.,  re- 
fractory, Gal. — 2.  {άνία)^=δνςύνιος, 
ill  at  ease,  uneasy.     Adv.  —ίως. 

Ανςηνώχητος,  ov,  {δνς,  ήνιοχέω) 
hard  to  hold  in,  ungovernable,  Luc. 

Ανςήννστος,  ov,  and  -ντος,  ov, 
{δνς,  uvvu)  hard  to  accomplish. 

Ανςήρης,  ες,  {δυς,  άρω)  difficult, 
opp.  to  ενήρης. 

Αύς>ιρις,  ιδος,  ό,  ή,  {δνς.  ερις)  very 
quarrelsome  contentious,  Pind.  :  old 
form  of  δνςερις  retained  in  Att.,  v. 
Moer.  p.  126,  Bockh  Pind.  0. 6, 19  (33.) 
^Ανσηρις,  ιδος,  ή,  Dyseris,  fem.  pr. 
n.,  Anth.     • 

Ανςήριστος,  ov,  a.na -ριτος,  ov,= 
foreg.,  Gramm. 

Ανςήροτος,  ov,  {δυς,  ΰρόω)  hard  to 
plough.  Call. 

Ανςήττητος,  ov,  {δνς,  ήττύο)  hard 
to  conquer. 

Ανςήτωρ,  ορός,  ό,  ή,  {δνς,  ήτορ) 
heavy  in  heart. 

Ανςηχής,  ές,  {δνς,  ήχέώ)  ill-sound- 
ing, hard,  harsh  Or  heavy-sounding : 
Horn,  has  it  only  in  Π.,  usu.  in  its 
proper  sense,  as  epith.  of  war ;  but 
also  of  death,  having  an  ill  sound,  hate- 
ful to  hear  of,  much  like  δνςώννμος  : 
hence  in  genl.  ungrateful,  ill-plensing, 
not  however  without  some  notion  of 
sound,  H.  Horn.  Ap.  61. 

Ανςθΰλής,  ές,  {δνς,  θάλ7Μ)  hardly 
growing,  Cratin.  Incert.  59. 

Ανςθαλία,  ας,  ή,  a  misfortune, 
Sophi.  77. 


ΔΥΣΙ 

Αυςθα7,πής,  ές,  {δνς,  Θά7.ιτώ)  hard 
to  warm  ."  chilly,  χειμών,  ΐΐ.  17,  549. 
— II.  over  warm,  burning  hot,  Q.  Sm. 

Avςθavaτύω,=^sq.,  Plut. 

Ανςθάνάτέω,  ώ,  to  die  hard,  die  a 
lingering  death,  Hdt.  9,  72  :  from 

ΑνςΟίνατος,  ov,  {δνς,  θάνατος^ 
dying  hard,  struggling  with  death. — II. 
act.  bringing  a  hard,  painful  death, 
κρατήρες,  Eur.  Ion  1051.  [a] 

Ανςθάνής,  ές,  {δνς,  θανείν)  that  has 
died  a  hard,  painful  death,  Anth. 

Ανςθέάτος,  ov,  {δνς,  θεάομαι)  ill  to 
look  on.  Aesch.  Pr.  69. 

Ανςθενέω,  {δνς,  σθένος)  to  be  weak 
and  poiverless,  Hipp. 

Ανςθεος,  ov,  like  ιΊθεος,  godless,  un- 
godly, Aesch.  Ag.  1590 :  δ.  μίσημα,  a 
thing  hateful  to  the  gods.  Soph.  El. 
289. 

Ανςθεράπεντος,  ov,  {δνς,  θερά~ενω) 
hard  to  heal  or  cure,  hard  to  restore  or 
recover.  Soph.  Aj.  609. 

Ανςθερής,  ές,  {δυς,  θέρω)  hard  to 
warm. 

Ανςθέρμαντος,  ov,  {δυς,  θερμαίνω) 
hardly  warming.  Gal. 

Ανςθερος,  ov,  {δνς,  θέρος)  over  hot, 
parched. 

Ανςθεσία,  ας,  ή,  an  ill  state,  bad 
condition,  'prob.  1.  Hipp. :  ill  disposi- 
tion, peevishness,  Erotian. :  from 

Ανςβετέω,  ώ.  to  be  in  bad  case,  ill 
disposed,  in  a  bad  temper,  dissatisfied, 
discontented,  Diod. :  but  usu.  as  dep. 
mid.,  c.  dat.  rei,  Polyb. :  in  Xen.  Cyr. 
2,  2,  5,  δνςθετεϊσθαι  absol.,  to  take  a 
thing  ill,  be  disgusted,  Lat.  aegre  ferre : 
from 

Ανςβετος.  ov,  {δνς,  τίθημι)  in  bad 
case;  το  δ.,  badness,  bad  condition, 
Joseph. — II.  hard  to  set  right,  hard  to 
restore,  Hipp. 

Ανςθεώρητος,  ov,  {δνς,  θεωρέω) 
hard  to  see  into,  to  knoio  thoroughly,  to 
understand,  Arist.  H.  A. 

Ανςθήρατος.  ov,  {δνς,  θηράω)  hard 
to  catch,  Plat.  Soph.  218  D,  with  v.  1. 
δνςθήρεντ. 

Ανςθηρία,  ας,  ή,  had  hunting :  from 

Ανςθηρος,  ov,  {δνς,  θήρα)  having 
bad  sport,  Opp. 

Ανςθησαίφιστος,  ov,  {δνς,  θησαυ- 
ρίζω) hard  to  store  up,  hard  to  keep  in 
store,  καρπός.  Plat.  Criti.  115  B. 

Ανςθνήσκω,=  δνςθανατέω,  but  only 
in  part.,  Eur.  El.  843,  αίμα  δνςθνήσ- 
κον,  Eur.  Rhes.  791.  On  the  form 
V.  Lob.  Phryn.  616. 

Ανςθρανστος,  ov,  {δνς,  θραύω)  hard 
to  break,  Diosc. 

Ανςθρήνητος,  ov,  {δνς,  θρηνέω) 
Imid  ivailing,  most  mo^irnfiil.  Soph.  Ant. 
1211  :  θρήνος  δ.,  Eur.  I.  T.  143. 

Αύςθροος,  ov,  {δνς,  θρόος)  ill-sound- 
ing, harsh,  grating,  φωνύ,  Pind.  P.  4, 
lil. 

Ανςθνμαίνω,  {δνς,  θνμαίνω)  to  be 
dispirited,  to  despond,  H.  Horn.  Cer. 
363. 

Ανςθνμέω,{δνςθνμος)=  foreg. ,  Hdt. 
8,  100  :  also  in  mid.,  to  be  inelancholy, 
angry,  Eur.  Med.  91. 

Ανςθνμία,  ας,  ή,  despondency,  de- 
spair, distress,  Hipp.  :  and 

Ανςθνμικός,  ή,  όν,  apt  to  despond, 
melancholy,  Arist.  Phvsiogn. :  from 

Ανςθϋμος,  ov,  {δνς,  θυμός)  despond- 
ing, anj;ious,  melancholy,  repentant, 
τινί.  Soph.  El.  550.  Adv.  -μως, 
Polyb. 

Ανςίατος,  ov,  {δνς,  iaouai)  hard  to 
heal  or  cure,  κακόν  δ.,  an  ill  that  none 
can  cure,  Aesch.  Ag.  1103.  [i] 

Ανςίδρως,  ωτος.  ό,  ή,  {δνς,  Ιδρως) 
hardlq  perspiring,  Theophr. 

Ανςιερέω,  ώ,  {δνς,  Ιερενω)  to  be  un- 
lucky in  an  offering,  to  have  bad  omens 


ΑΎΣΚ 
'  therein,  Lat.  non  litare,  Plut.  ;  opp.  to 
i  κα7.7.ιερέω. 

j      Ανπιθά7.ασσος.  ov.  {δύω,  Θύ7.ασσα) 
I  dipped  in  the  sea,  Anth. 

Ανςικμος,  ov,  {δνς,  ϊκμύς)  hard  to 
wet  or  moisten,  Hipp. 

Ανςίμερος,  ov,  {δνς,  Ιαερος)  un- 
lovely, hateful,  Ap-  Rh. — ΪΙ.  causing 
unhappy  love,  Nonn.  [t] 

Ανςιττπος,  ov,  {δνς,  ΐτητος)  hard  to 
ride  in  :  τα  δ-,  parts  unfit  for  cavalry- 
service,  Xen.  Hell.  3,  4,"  12. 

Ανσις,  εως,  ή,  (^ίω)  a  sinking,  dip' 
ping  under,  esp.  setting  of  the  s^m  or 
stars,  Aesch.  Pr.  458 :  δ.  ή7Λον,  the 
ivest,  Thuc.  2,  96 :  hence  without 
ήλΛον,  Polyb.,  but  so  most  usu.  in 
plur..  Id. — II.  a  place  of  refuge,  a  re- 
treat, Opp.  [v\ 

Ανςίχνεντος,  ov,  {δνς,  Ιχνεύω)  hard 
to  track. 

Ανςκΰής,  ές,  {δνς,  καίω)  hard  to 
bum,  burning  badly,  Plut. 

Ανςκαθαίρετος,  ov,  {δυς,  καθαιρέω) 
hard  to  take  down,  to  throw  down,  or 
overthrow,  Philo. 

Ανςκύβαρτος,  ov,  {δνς,  καθαιρώ) 
hard  to  cleanse  or  puixify  :  hard  to  ap- 
pease by  offerings,  inexorable.  Lat.  in- 
expiabilis,  δ.  "Αίδον  7αμήν,  Soph.  Ant. 
1284. 

Ανςκάθεκτος,  ov,  {δνς,  κατέχω) 
hard  to  hold  back  or  in,  ϊττττοι,  Xen. 
Mem.  4,  1,  3. 

Ανςκύθοδος,  ov,  {δνς,  κάθοδος)  hard 
to  descend. 

Ανςκαμ-ής,  ές,  {δνς,  κάμτττω)  hard 
to  bend,  unbending,  firm,  Plut. 

ΑύςκαμτΓτος,  ov,^  foreg. 

Ανςκαττνος,  ov,  {δνς,  καττνός)  very 
smoky,  δ.  δώματα,  like  Milton's 
"  smoky  rafters,"  Aesch.  Ag.  774. 

Ανςκαρτέρητος,  ov,  {δνς,  καρτερέω) 
hard  to  endure,  Plut. 

Ανςκατΰγώνιστος,  ov,  {δνς,  κατα- 
γωνίζομαι)  hard  to  struggle  with,  hard 
to  overcome,  beat  or  take,  Polyb. 

Ανςκατύκ7.αστος,  ov,  {δνς,  κατα- 
κλάω)  hard  to  break. 

Ανςκάτακτβς,  ov,  {δνς,  κατάγννμι) 
=foreg.,  Theophr. 

Ανςκατύ7.η—τος,  ov,  {δνς,  κατα- 
7.αμ3άνω)  hard  to  grasp  :  hard  to  un- 
derstand, M.  Anton. 

Ανςκατάλ/Μκτος,  ov,  {δνς,  καταλ- 
λάσσω)  hard  to  reconcile,  Ath. 

Ανςκατά7Λτος,  ov,  {δνς,  καταλύω) 
hard  to  undo,  put  down,  bring  to  an  end, 
Strab.  p.  643.^ 

Ανςκαταμύθητος,  ov,  {δνς,  κατά- 
μανθάνω)  hard  to  learn,  to  understand, 
Plat.  PoJit.  303  D.  Adv.  -τως,  Isocr. 
21  C. 

Ανςκαταμάχητος,  ov,  {δνς,  κατά- 
μάχομαι)  hard  to  overcome,  Diod. 

Ανςκατανόητος,  ov.  {δνς,  κατανο- 
έω)  hard  to  make  out,  Plut. 

Ανςκατάτταυστος,  ov,  {δνς,  κατα- 
ιταύω)  hard  to  make  an  end  of  scarcely 
to  be  checked,  ά7.γος,  Aesch.  Cho.  470, 
restless,  ιρνχή,  Eur.  Med.  109. 

Ανςκατάπ7.ηκτος,  ov,  {δνς,  κατα- 
7ϊ7.ήσσω)  hard  to  frighten  or  keep  in  awe, 
Polyb. 

Ανςκατατϊο7.έμητος,  ov,  {δυς,  κατά- 
ττο7.εμέω)  hard  to  conquer,  Diod. 

Ανςκαταπόνητος,  ov,  {δνς,  κατά• 
ττονέω)  hard  to  irork  out,  hard  to  bring 
about  by  labour,  Arr. 

Ανςκατύ-οτος,  ov,  {δνς,  καταττίνω) 
hard  to  swallow  down,  Arist.  Sens. 

Ανςκατάττρακτος.  ov,  {δνς,  κατα- 
ττράσσω)  hard  to  bring  about,  hard  to 
^ect,  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  7,  12. 

Ανςκατάσ3εστος,  ov,  {δνς.  κατα- 
σβένννμι)  hard  to  extinguish,  Diod. 

Ανςκατασκεναστος,  ov,  {δνς,  κατα- 
σκευάζω) hard  to  get  ready. 
377 


ΔΤΣΚ 

Ανςκατάστΰτος,  ον,  (όνς,  καθίστη- 
ui)  hard  to  restore  or  rally,  Xen.  Cyr. 
5,  3.  43. 

Ανςκαταφρόνητης,  ov,  ((Ίνς,  κατα- 
φρονέω)  not  to  be  despised,  Xen.  Cyr. 
8,  1,  42. 

Ανςκατίργαστος,  ov,  ((hg,  κατερ- 
γάζομαι) hard  to  work,  /.ίβος,  Stral). : 
hard  to  overcome,  hard  of  digestion,  I)i- 
OSC. — 2.  difficult  of  accomplishment,  in 
coinpar.  Xen.  Mem.  4,  2,  7. 

ΑνςκάτοτΓτος,  ov.  {όνς,  κύτοπτος) 
hard  to  see  into  or  imderstand. 

Ανςκατόρθωτος,  ov,  (('ff,  κατορ- 
θόω)  hard  to  set  right  Or  correct :  hard 
to  attain,  Gal. 

Αυςκατού?ΜΤος,  ov,  {6νς.  κατου- 
λύω)  hardly  forming  a  scar,  Diosc. 

Ανσκε.  ίοη.  for  ίδυ,  3  sing.  aor.  2 
act.  from  δύω,  II. 

Ανςκέ7Μδος,  ov,  {δνς,  κέ?.αόος)  ill- 
sntinding,  harsh,  grating  :  φόιίος  ύ., 
flight,  ivith  its  wild  cries  and  alarms,  11. 
16,  357  :  ζτβ.ος  6.,  envy,  with  its  tongue 
of  malice,  Hes.  Op.  194. 

1  Ανςκέΐ.αδος,  ov,  ή,  Dysceladics,  an 
island  in  the  Adriatic,  Ap.  Rh.  4,  505. 

Ανςκένωτος,  ov,  (δνς,  κενόω)  hard 
to  secrete.  Gal. 

Ανςκέραστος,  ov,  (δνς,  κεράνννμι) 
hard  to  temper  Or  regulate,  Plut. 

Ανςκερδής,  ες,  (  δνς,  κέρδος )  with 
ill  gains,  0pp. 

Ανςκηδ?'/ς,  ες,  (δνς.  κήδος)  full  of 
care,  painful,  νύξ,  Od.  5,  466. 

Ανςκι^Μς,  ov.  (δνς,  «//λεω)  past 
remedy,  Aesch.  Eum.  825. 

Αυςκίνησία,  ας,  ή,  diffictdty  of  mo- 
ving, Arist.  Gen.  An. :  from 

Ανςκίνητος.  ov.  (δνς.  κινέω)  hard 
to  move,  torpid,  sluggish.  Plat.  Rep. 
503  D  :  also  firm,  steadfast,  Plut. 
Adv.  -Tur,  Plat.  1.  c. 

ΙΑνςκίνη-ος,  ov,  6,  Pans.  4,  27.  3  ; 
more  correctly  Ανςνίκητος,  q.  v.  [i] 

Αυςκλεής,  ες,  (δνς,  κ/.έος)  inglori- 
ous, II.  9,  22,  where  is  found  poet. 
ace.  δνςκλέΰ  for  δνςκ?^εΰ  :  infamous, 
shameful,  Trag.  Adv.  -εώς.  Soph. 
El.  1006.     Hence 

Ανςκ7.εια,  ας,  ή,  ingloriousness,  ob- 
scurity, Dem.  1396, 18  :  ill  fame,  shame. 
Soph.  Aj.  143  ;  an  ill  name,  Eur.  Med. 
218. 

Ανςκ?-τιδόνιστος,  ov,  (δυς,  κλί/ίών) 
of  ill  name,  boding  ill.  Luc. 

Ανςκ'/.ηβέω,  to  be  6νςκ.7.7]ρος.  be  iin- 
lucky  in  drawing  lots,  esp.  in  standing 
for  a  public  office,  to  lose  one^s  lot  or 
chance,  Plat.  Legg.  690  C  :  hence  in 
genl.,  to  be  unlucky,  fail.     Hence 

Ανςκ7.ήρημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  piece  of  ill 
hick,  Polyb. 

Ανςκ7.7]ρία,  ας,  η,  ill  luck  :  from 

Ανςκλτιρος,  ov,  (δνς,  κ7^ήρος)  un- 
lucky. 

Ανςκ7.ητος,  ov,  (όνς,  καλέω)  of  ill- 
fame,  infamous,  Diocl.  ap.  Ath.  120  D. 

Ανςκοί7αος,  ov,  (δνς,  κοιλία)  with 
hard  boivels,  costive. — II.  act.  rnaking 
so,  binding,  Plut. 

Ανςκοινών7]τος.  ov,  (δνς,  κοινωνέα) 
hard  to  live  with,  unsocial,  Plut. 

Ανςκοιτέω,  (δνςκοιτος)  to  sleep  ill, 
to  have  bad  nights,  Hipp. 

Ανςκοιτία,  ας,  η,  a  sleeping  ill:  from 

Ανςκοιτης,  ov,  {δυς,  κοίτη)  sleeping 
ill. — II.  act.  causing  bad  nights,  Aris- 
taen. 

Ανςκολαίνο),  f.  -ΰνύ,  (δνςκολος)  to 
be  peevish,  discontented,  annoyed,  dis- 
gusted. Ar.  Nub.  36,  Plat.,  etc. ;  τινί, 
at  a  thin?,  Xen.  Mem.  2,  2,  8. 

ΑνςκιΓ/ία,  ας,  ή.  (δνΓκο7.ος)  discon- 
tent,   peevishness.    Ar.   Vesp.    106. — II. 

of  things,  difficulty.  Arist.  Pol.  5.  7. 

Ανςκό7.7.ητος,   ov,    {δνς,   κολ7Μω) 
hard  to  glue  or  stick  together,  Gal. :  ill• 
378 


ΔΤΣΜ 
glued  or  fastened,  loose,  Luc.  de  Con- 
scr.  Hist.  11. 

Ανςκο7.οκαμ-τος,  ov,  {δνςκο7.ος, 
κάμ~τω)  hard  to  bend:  δ.  καμττή,  an 
intricate  flourish  in  singing,  Ar.  Nub. 
971. 

Ανςκολόκοιτος,  ov,  (δύςκολος,  κοί- 
τη) making  one's  bed  uneasy,  μέριμνα, 
Ar.  Nub.  420. 

Αύςκο7.ος,  ov,  (δνς,  κό7.ον)  strictly, 
hard  to  satisfy  with  food :  hence  in 
genl.,  hard  to  please,  never  satisfied, 
fretful,  peevish,  cross,  Eur.  Bacch. 
1251.  Ar.  Vesp.  942,  Plat.,  etc.— II. 
of  things,  diseases,  etc.,  harassing, 
ivearing,  Hipp.,  v.  Foes.  Oecon.  :  in 
genl.,  unpleasant,  Dem.  291,  21.  Adv. 
-λως.  Plat.  Phaed.  84  E. 

Αύςκολττος,  ov,  (δυς.  κό7.ϊτος)  with 
an  informed  womb,  Anth. 

Ανςκόμιστος,  ov,  (δνς,  κομίζω)  hard 
to  bear,  scarce  to  be  etidured,  πότμος. 
Soph.  Ant.  1346. 

Ανςκοπος,  ov,  (δνς,  κόπτω)  hard  to 
bruise,  Damocrat.  ap.  Gal. 

Ανςκρύης,  ές,=^δύςκρατος,  Opp. 

Ανςκράσία,  ας,  ή,  (δνςκρατος)  bad 
temperament,  of  the  air,  Plut. 

Ανςκράτητος,  ov,  ( δνς,  κρατέω  ) 
hard  to  overcome  or  master,  Diod.   [ΰ] 

Αϋςκράτος,  ov,  (δνς,  κέρανννμι)  of 
bad  temperament,  aiip,  Strab. 

ΑνςκρΧνής,  ες,  (δυς,  κρίνω)  hard  to 
distinguish,  Plut. 

Ανςκρίσιμος,  oi'.=^sq.,  Hipp. 

Ανςκρΐτος,  ov,  (δνς,  κρίνω)  hard  to 
discern,  read  or  interpret,  Aesch.  Pr. 
458  :  hard  to  determine,  doubtful,  vov- 
σος,  Hipp.  Adv.  -τως,  doubtfully, 
darkly,  Aesch.  Pr.  602. 

Ανςκτ7ΐτος,  ov,  (δνς,  κτύομαί)  hard 
to  reach  or  gain,  Polyb. 

Ανςκνβέω,  (δνς,  κνβεύω)  to  be  un- 
lucky at  dice,  Ath. 

Ανςκνμαντος,  ov,  (δυς,  κυμαίνω)  in 
Aesch.  Ag.  653,  6.  κακά,  evils  from 
the  stormy  sea. 

Ανςκωόέω,  ώ,  to  be  stone-deaf,  Leon. 
Tar.  :  from 

Ανςκωφος,  ov,  (δυς,  κωφός)  stone- 
deaf,  Hipp. 

Avς7Javτoς,  Dor.  (  δνς,  λεαίνω  ) 
hard  to  pound  or  levigate,  Archig. 

Ανς7.εκτος,  ov,  (δνς,  7ιέγω)  hard  to 
tell  or  to  report,  Lat.  infandus,  Aesch. 
Pers.  702. 

Ανς7^εκτρος,  ov,  (δνς,  λέκτρον)  ill- 
wedded. 

Ανς7επής,  ές,  (δνς,  λεττοζ•)  hard  to 
shell,  Nic. 

Αύςληπτος,  ov,  (  δνς,  λαμιΐύνω  ) 
hard  to  take  or  catch,  Luc. :  hard  to 
comprehend,  Plut. 

Ανς7.όγιστος,  ov,  (δυς,  ?.ογίζομαι) 
hard  to  reckon  or  compute.  Gal. — II. 
act.  misdirected,  mad,  χείρ.  Soph.  Aj. 
40. 

Αύς7οφος,  ov,  (δνς,  ?Μφος)  hard  for 
the  neck,  hard  to  bear,  ζεύ}7^τ],  ζυγόν, 
Theogn.  846, 1018  ;  πόνοι.  Aesch.  Pr. 
931. — II.  adv.  -φως,  act.,  impatiently, 
φέρειν,  Eur.  Tro.  303. 

Αύς7Λτος,  ov,  (δυς,  7.νω)  hard  to 
loose  or  undo,  indissoluble,  Aesch.  Pr. 
19.     Adv.  -τως,  Xen.  Oec.  8,  13. 

Ανςμΰθέω.  ώ,  to  be  sloto  at  learning 
or  knowing,  Aesch.  Cho.  225:  from 

Ανςμαβ/'/ς,  ές.  (δνς,  μανθάνω,  μα- 
θεΐν)  hard  to  learn,  difficult,  Aesch.  Ag. 
1255  :  δ.  Ίδεΐν,  hard  to  know  at  sight. 
Eur.  Med.  1190:  το  δ.,  dificulty  of 
knoiving.  Id.  I.  T.  478.— II.  act.  hardly 
lenryiins.  slow  at  learning,  dull.  Plat. 
Rep.  358  A,  etc.    Adv.  -θως,  lb.  503  D. 

Ανςαάθία,  ας,  ή,  slowness  at  learn- 
ing. Plat,  Rep.  618  D,  etc. 

Ανςμανής,  ές,  (δυς,  μανός)  thick, 
sluggish,  νύατα,  Theophr. 


ΔΤΣΜ 

Ανςμάσσητος,  ov,  (δνς,  μασσάομαι) 
hard  to  chew.  Gal. 

Ανςμΰχέω,  ώ,  (δνςμαχος)  ίο  fight  in 
vain,  struggle,  or  to  fight  an  unholy  fight 
tilth,  τινί.  Soph.  Trach.  492,  Herm. 
the  latter. —  II.  to  fight  desperately. 
Pint.     Hence 

Ανςμΰχητέον,  verb,  adj.,  one  must 
struggle  hard,  obstinately  with,  τινί. 
Soph.  Ant.  1106. 

Ανςμάχητος,  ov,^^sq. 

Αύςμάχος,  ov,  (δνς,  μάχομαι)  hard 
to  fight  with,  unconquerable,  irresistible, 
Aesch.  Pr.  921  :  in  genl.,  hard,  diffi- 
cult. Id.  Ag.  1501. 

Ανςμεί7ακτος,  ov,  (δι>ς,  μει7.ίασώ) 
hard  to  appear,  implacable,  Plut. 

Ανςμεναίνω,  (δυςμενί/ς)  to  be  ill-af- 
fected, hostile,  to  bear  ill-will,  τινί, 
against  another,  Eur.  Med.  874: 
strictlv  a  poet,  word,  but  also  in  Dem. 
300,  26,  v.  Schaf.  Appar.  2,  297. 

Ανςμένεια,  ας,  η,  ill-will,  enmity, 
Soph.  El.  619 :  from 

Ανςμενέων,  ονσα.  ov,  (δνς,  μένος) 
ill-affected,  bearing  ill-will,  hostile,  Od. 
2,  72  ;  20,  314  ;  only  found  in  masc. 

^ Ανςμενέως,  &άν .^δνςμενώς,  v.  sub 
δυςμενής. 

Ανςμενής,  ές,  (δνς,  μένος)^δνςμε- 
νέων  :  δυςμενέες,  enemies,  II.  16,  521, 
άνδρες  δ.,  11.  5,  488  ;  also  in  Hdt.  and 
Trag.,  esp.  Eur. ;  c.  gen.,  δ.  χθονός, 
Soph.  Ant.  187.  Adv.  -νώς.  Plat. 
Theaet.  168  Β  :  f5.  έχειν  τινί,  or  προς 
τίνα,  to  be  ill-affected  towards  one,  to 
bear  one  ill-will,  Xen.,  Isocr. :  in  Nonn. 
-μενέως,2ί,  85. 

Ανςμενίδης,  ov,  o,=foreg.,  Ael. 

Ανςμενικός,  ή,  όν,  (δνςμενής)  like 
an  enemy,  hostile,  Polyb.  Adv.  ~κώς, 
Id. 

Ανςμε~άβ7.ητος,  ov,  (δνς,  μεταβάλ- 
λω) hard  to  alter,  Hipj). 

Ανςμετύδοτος,  ov,  (δνς,  μεταδίδω- 
μι)  not  imparting  freely ,  Strab. 

Ανςμετάθετος,  ov,  (δνς.  μετατίθημι) 
hard  to  alter  or  change,  Plut. 

Αυςμετακίνητος,  ov,  (δνς,  μετακί- 
νέω)  hard  to  shift.     Adv.  -τως. 

Ανςμετάκ7.αστος,  ov,  (δνς,  μετα- 
k7mj)  hard  to  move. 

Ανςμετάκλητος,  ov,  (δνς,  μετακα- 
λέω)  hard  to  change,  Geop. 

Ανςμετάπειστος,  ov,  (δνς,  μεταπεί- 
θω) hard  to  convince. 

Ανςμεταχίίριστος,  ov,  (δνς,  μετα- 
χειρίζω)  hard  to  handle  or  manage,  Xen. 
Cyn.  2,  6 :  hard  to  attack  or  conquer, 
Hdt.  7,  236.     Adv.  -τως. 

Ανςμέτρητης.  ov,  (δνς, μετpέω)hnrd 
to  measure,  Antipho    ap.    Poll.  4,  107. 

Ανσμή,  ης,  ή,  (δνω)=^δΰσις,  a  sink- 
ing, setting,  δνσμαι  ?/7.ίον,  Hdt.  7, 115, 
also  without  ηλίον.  Id.  2,  33  ;  δνσμαι 
βίου,  Emped.  ap.  Arist.  Poet.  21,  13, 
and  so  usu.  in  plur.,  opp.  to  άνατολαί, 
Blomf.  Pers.  237.     Dor.  <5i'^/i//. 

ΑνςμηνίΓ,  ι,  gen.  ιος,  in  Anth.  (δνς, 
μηνις)  7Μβος  δ.,  vehement  wrath. 

ΑνςμίμΊτος,  ov.  (δνς,  μηνίω)  visited 
by  heavy  wrath,  Anth. 

Ανςμήτηρ,  ερος,  ή,  (δνς,  μήτηρ)  in 
Od.  23,  97,  μτ/τερ  Ιμη  δνςμητερ,  my 
mother  yet  no  mother. 

Ανςμί/τωρ,  ορός,  ό,  ή,  (δνς,  μήτηρ) 
in  Aesch.  Supp.  68,  κότος  δ.,  an  ill 
mother's  wrath. 

Ανςμηχανέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  he  at 
loss,  not  to  know  how,  C.  inf.,  Aescll. 
Ag.  1360:  from 

Ανςμήχάΐ'ος,  oi>,  (δνς,  μηχανή)  hard 
to  effect,  hard,  difficult,  Epimen.  ap. 
Diog.  L. — II.  act.  at  a  loss,  Themist. 

Αυσμικός,  ή,  όν,  (δυσμή)=  δυτικός, 
western,  Strab. 

Ανςμικτος,  ov,  (δνς,  μίγιη>μι)  hard 
to  mix  :  refusing  to  mix,  without  affirti• 


ΔΤΣΟ 

ty,  Plat.  Tim.  35  A  :  of  men,  unsocia- 
hie.     Adv.  -τως,  Plut. 

Ανςμίμητος,  ov.  (  δνς,  μιμέομαι  ) 
hard  to  imitate,  Diod.  [i] 

Ανςμίσητος,  ov,  {δυς,  μισέω)  much 
hated.  Lye.  [i] 

Ανςμνημόνΐντος,  ov,  (δνς,  μνημο- 
VEUu)  hard  to  remember,  Arist.  Rhet. 
• — II.  act.  remembering  ill,  unmindful. 
Plat.  Tim.  74  E. 

Ανσμόθεν,  adv.  {δυσμή)  from  the 
west. 

Αυςμοιρος,  ov,  {δνς,  μοίρα)  illfated, 
most  unhappy.  Soph.  O.  C.  327,  v.  όύς- 
αορος. 

Αυςμορία,  ας,  ή,  α  hard  fate,  Anth. : 
from 

Αύςμορος,  ον,=^δνςμοιρος,  one  ivho 
has  a  hard  fate,  ill-fated,  ill-starred, 
Horn. :  and  oft.  in  Soph.  Adv.  -ρως, 
Aescli.  Theb.  837.  ^ 

Αυςμορόία,  ας,  η,  badness  of  form, 
ugliness,  Hdt.  6,  61  :  from 

Ανςμυρφος,  ov,  (δνς,  μορόή)  mis- 
shapen, ugly,  ill-favoured,  έσβής,  Eur. 
Hel.  1204. 

Ανςμονσος,  ov,  (δνς,  Μονσα)  like 
άμονσος,  not  favoured  by  the  Muses, 
unmusical,  αί'/Λς,  Anth. 

Ανςνίκητος,  ov,  {δνς,  νΙκάω)  hard 
to  conquer,  Flut. 

^Ανςνίκ7ΐ7ος,  ov,  6,  Dysnicetus,  an 
Athenian  archon,  Dem.  1132,  25  ; 
less  correctly  in  Pans.,  and  Diod.  S., 
Ανςκίνητος. 

Ανςνι-~ος,  ov,  {δνς,  νί~τώ)  hard 
to  wash,  to  wash  out  or  off,  δ.  εκ  όέλ- 
τον  γραοή.  Soph.  Tr.  683. 

Ανςΐ'ΐόος,  ov,  {δνς,  νίψ)  snowed 
upon.  Nonn. 

Ανςνοέω,  ώ.  (δνςνοος)  to  be  ill  af- 
fected, -ivi,  Pint.    Hence 

Ανςνόητος,  ov,  hard  to  be  understood, 
Darius  ap.  Diog.  L. 

Avcvoia,  ας,  ή.  (δνςνοος)  dislike, 
disinclination.  Soph.  El.  654. 

Ανςνομία,  ας,  ή,  lawlessness :  a  bad 
constitution,  had  code  of  laws,  Sol.  15, 
31 :  personified,  Hes.Theog.  230  :  of. 
ευνομία  ■'  from 

Ανςνομος,  ov,  {δυς,  νόμος)  lawless, 
unrighteous,  Anth. 

Ανςνοος,  ov,  contr.  -νονς,  ovv,  (δνς, 
νόος)  ill-disposed,  ill-affected,  disaffect- 
ed, TLvi,  Soph.  Ant.  212.  Adv.  Att. 
δνςνως. 

Αύςνοστος,  ov,  {δνς,  νόστος)  in 
Eur.  Tro.  75,  νόστος  δ.,  a  return  that 
is  no  return. 

Ανςννμόευτος,  ov,  {δνς,  νυμφεύω) 
disagreeable  to  marry.  Anth. 

Ανςνναφος,  ov,  (δνς,  νύμφη)  ill- 
wedded,  £ur.  I.  T.  216. 

Αύςξενος,  ov,  {δυς,  ξένος)  inhospit- 
able. 

Ανςξήραντος,  ov,  {δυς,  ξηραίνω) 
hard  to  dry.  Theophr. 

Ανςξύμί/.ητος,  ov,  (δνς,  σνμβά?,- 
7m)  hard  to  put  together,  hard  to  make 
out,  Dio  C. 

Ανςξΰμ;3ο7.ος,  ov,  {δνς,  σνμ3ά7.?.ω) 
hard  to  deal  with,  driving  a  hard  bar- 
gain. Plat.  Rep.  486  B.--II.=foreg. 

Ανςξύνετος,  ov,  (δνς,  ξννίημι)  hard 
to  understand,  obscure,  dealing  in  dark 
sayings,  Σφίγξ,  Eur.  Phoen.  1506. — 
II.  act.  not  understanding. 

Ανςξύνθετος,  ov,  (δνς,  σνντίθημι) 
hard  to  put  together,  dub.  1.  Plut. 

Αύςογκος,  ov,  (  δνς.  όγκος )  over 
heavy,  burdensome,  πλούτος,  Plut. 

Ανςόδευτος,  ov,  {δνς,  οδεύω)  hardly 
passable,  App. 

Ανςοδέω,  ώ,  (δνςοδος)  to  make  bad 
way.  get  on  with  difficulty,  be  in  bad  use, 
Pliit.     Hence 

Ανςοδία,  ας.  ή,  a  had  road :  impas- 
sable country,  Plut. 


ΔΤΣΟ 

Ανςοδμία,  ας,  ή,=δνςοσμία,  esp.  in 
Ion. 

Αύςοδμος,  ov,  Ion.,  and  sometimes 
Att.  for  δνςοσμος,  ill-smelling,  stinking, 
rank,  Hdt.  3,  112. 

Ανςοδο-αί~ύ?.ος,  ον.(δνςοδος,  παί- 
ττα/.ος)  hard,  rough  and  steep,  Aesch. 
Eum.  387. 

Αύςοδος,  ov,  {δυς,  οδός)  hard  to 
pass,  scarce  passable,  Thuc.  1,  107. 

Ανςοίζο),  to  be  distressed,  sad,  anxi- 
ous ;  δνςοίζείν  φό3ω,  in  Aesch.  Ag. 
1316,  is  used  c.  ace.,  θάμνον,  much 
like  φο3εϊσθαι,  to  be  afraid  of,  tremble 
at :  and  in  Eur.  Rhes.  805,  the  mid. 
δνςοίζου άφοβου.  (Prob.  from  δυς 
and  oi,  as  οίμωζω  from  olfioi.) 

Ανςοίκητος,  ov,  (δνς,  οίκέω)  bad  to 
dwell  in,  scarce  habitable,  Xen.  Cyr.  8, 
6,21. 

Ανςοίκονόμητος,  ov,  (δνς,  οίκονο- 
μ(ω )  hard  to  dispense  :  esp.  hajrd  to 
digest,  Diphil.  ap.  Ath.  70  A. 

Ανςοικος,  ον,  =  δνςοίκητος. 

Αύςοιμος,  ον,=δύςοδος :  τύχη  δ., 
Aesch.  Cho.  945. 

Ανςοινος,  ov,  (δνς,  οίνος)  yielding 
bad  wine. 

Ανςοίστος,  ov,  (δνς,  οίσω,  φέρω) 
hard  to  bear,  insufferable,  Aesch.  Pr. 
691.     Adv.  -τως. 

Ανςοιωιέω,ώ, (δνς, οιωνός)  ίο  augur 
ill  of  a  thing. 

Ανςοιωνισμός,  οϋ,  ό,  (δυς,  οίωνίζο- 
μαι)  an  ill  omen. 

Ανςοιωνιστίκός,  ή,  ov,=sq. 

Ανςοιωνιστός,  όν,  (δνς,  οίωνίζομαι) 
ill-omened,  Lat.  inauspicatus,  Luc. 

Αύςοκνος,  ov,  {δνς,  δκνος)  very  lazy, 
slothful.     Adv.  -κνως,  Μ.  Anton. 

AiJaouai.fut. mid. from di'tj;  though  ! 
the  part,  δνσόμενος  has  a  pres.  signf., 
Od.  1,  24,  Hes.  Op.  382:  so  also  the 
Ep.  have  εδνσετο,  imperat.  δύσεο, 
collat.  forms  of  aor.  mid.  έδνσύμην, 
as  έβήσετο  of  έβησύμην.  [ii] 

Αύςομ3ρος,  ov,  (δνς,  δμβρος)  very 
rainy,  βέλη  δ..  Soph.  Ant.  359. 

Ανςομίλητος,  oi',=sq.,  Hierocl. 

Ανςόμίλος,  ov,  (δνς,  όμΛέω)  hard 
to  live  tvith,  rude,  or  bringing  evil  in  one's 
train,  Έρινύς,  Aesch.  Ag.  746.  [£] 

Ανςόμματος,  ov,  (δνς,  όμμα)  scarce 
seeing,  Aesch.  Eum.  388. 

Ανςόμοιος,  ov,  (δνς,  όμοιος)  unlike, 
Stratt.  Incert.  13. 

Ανςόνειρος,  ov,  (δνς.  όνειρος)  full 
of  ill  dreains,  ϋπνος,  Plut. — II.  act. 
bringing  ill  dreams,  Diose. 

Αύςοπτος,  ov,  (δνς,  δφομαι)  hard  to 
see  or  know,  Hipp. :  το  δ.,  gloom,  dark- 
ness, Polyb. 

Ανςόρΰτος,  ov,  (δνς,  όράω)  hard  to 
see,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  6.  40. 

Ανςοργησία,ας,ή,=:δυςοργία,ΐαρρ. 

Ανςόργητος,  ον,=:δνςοργος.  Adv. 
-τως,  Dion.  Η. 

Ανςοργία,     ας,    η,   passionateness, 

"•ρρ•  ...    ., 

Αύςοργος,  ον,  (όνς,  οργή)  quick  to 
anger,  Soph.  Aj.  1017,  etc. 

Ανςόριστος,  ov,  {δνς.  ορίζω)  hard  to 
define,  indefinite,  Dion.  H. 

Ανςορκέω,  ώ,  (δνς,  όρκος)  to  swear 
falsely. 

Αυςόρμιστος,  ov,  {δνς,  όρμίζω)  =sq. 

Ανςορμος,  ov,  (δνς,  όρμος)  with  bad 
anchorage,  δ.  νανσί,  Aesch.  Pers,  448  : 
but  Tu  δ.,  rough  ground,  where  one  can 
scarce  get  footing,  Xen.  Cyn.  10,  7. — 
II.  act.  TTVoai  δ.,  gales  that  keep  ships 
at  anchor,  Aesch.  Ag.  194. 

Αύςορνις,  ΐθος,  ύ,  ;/.  (δνς,  opvif)= 
δνςοιώνιστος,  ill-omened,  boding  ill, 
Aesch.  Theb.  838:  δ.  οιωνός,  Eur. 
Hipp.  760. 

Ανςόρόναιος,  αία.  aiov,  (δνς,  δρ- 
φνη)  dusky,  τρνχη,  Eur.  Phoen.  325. 


ΔΤΣΠ 

Ανςοσμία,  ας,  ή,  an  ill  smell,  ill  sa- 
vour, Soph.  Phil.  876  :  from 

Ανςοσμος,  ov,  (δνς,  οσμή)  ill-smell- 
ing, v.  ϋνςοό. — Π.  hard  to  smell,  bad 
for  scent,  in  hunting,  oi  όμβροι  την 
γήν  ιτοιονσι  δνςοσμον,  Xen.  Cyn.  5, 
3. — II.  act.  hardly  smelling,  having  a 
bad  nose.  Arist.  Insomn. 

Ανςού/.ωτος,  ov,  (όυς,  ονλόω)  hard 
to  heal. 

Ανςονρέω.  {δνς,  οιφον)  to  have  a  re- 
tention of  urine,  Aretae. :  hence 

Ανςονρία,  ας,  ή,  retention  of  urine, 
Hipp. 

Ανςονρίασις,  εως,  ή,={οτβ§. :  from 
Ανςονριύω,  ώ.=  δνςονρέω,  Diosc. 
Ανςονρικός,  ή,  όν,  πάθος  δ.=^όνς• 
ουρία,  Cic.  Fam.  7,  26. 

Ανςονριστος,  ον.  {δνς,  οίφίζω)  driv- 
en on  by  too  favourable  wind,  Harm.  O. 
T.  1315. 

Ανςόφθα7.μος,  ov,  (δυς,  οφθαλμός) 

^δνςόμματος,  Telest.  ap.  Ath-  616  F. 

Ανςπύθεια,  ας,  ή,  a  hard  fate,  deep 

affliction.  Plut. — II.  hardness  in  feeling, 

steadfastness,  firmness.  Id.  ;  and 

Αυςπΰθέω,  ώ,  to  suffer  a  hard  fate, 
be  in  affliction,  ^losch. — II.  to  bear  tvith 
impatience,  Lat.  aegre  ferre,  Polyb.  in 
Exc.  Vat.  p.  428.— III.  to  be  hard  of 
feeling  :  from 

Ανςπΰθής,  ές,  (δυς,  παθεΐν,  πάθος) 
feeling  to  excess,  too  easily  moved,  opp. 
to  απαθής,  Plut.• — II.  hardly  feeling, 
not  easily  affected,  impenetrable,  much 
like  απαθής,  Id.,  and  Lue. 

Ανςπαίπάλος,  ov,  (δυς,  παίπαλος) 
hard,  rough  and  steep,  Nie. 

Ανςπύ/.αιστος,  ov,  {δνς,  πα?.αίω) 
hard  to  wrestle  or  struggle  with,  hard  to 
conquer,  Epich.  p.  82,  αρύ,  πράγμα, 
Aesch.  Cho.  692,  Supp.  468. 

Ανςπάλΰμος,  ov,  (δνς,  παλάμη) 
using  bad  arts,  treacherous,  wily,  or  hard 
to  struggle  with,  like  άπάλαμος.  δόλος 
δ.,  Aesch.  Eum.  846. — II.  unable  to 
help  one's  self,  helpless  ;  so  adv.  -μως, 
δ.  ο'/έσθαι,  to  perish  helplessly,  Aesch. 
Supp.  867. 

Ανςπάλής,  ες,  {δνς,  πάλη)  hard  to 
wrestle  with,  δίνη,  Aesch.  Eum.  559  : 
in  genl.  hard,  difficult,  Pmd.  P.  4, 488 ; 
c.  inf..  Id.  O.  8,  33  :  dangerous,  nox- 
ious, βίζαι.  Αρ.  Rh. 

Ανςπαράβ/.ητος,  ov,  {δνς,  πάρα- 
βάλλω)  incomparable,  Plut. 

Αυςπαρα3υήθητος,  ov,  (δνς,  πάρα- 
βοηθέω)  hard  to  assist,  Polyb. 

Ανςπαρά3ον7~.ος,  ov,  {δνς,  παρά, 
βον/.ή)  hard  to  persuade,  stubborn,  φρέ- 
νες, Aeseh.  Supp.  109. 

Ανςπαράγγελτος,  ov,  {δνς,  παραγ- 
γέλλω) hardly  admitting  advice,  Polyb. 
m  Exe.  Vat.  p.  395. 

Ανςπαράγρΰφος,  ov,  {δνς,  πάρα, 
γράφω)  hard  to  limit,  Polyb. 

Ανςπαράγωγος,  ov,  {δυς,  παράγω) 
hard  to  mislead. 

Ανςπαράδεκτος,  ov,  (δυς,  παραδέ- 
χομαι) hard  to  take  in,  admit,  believe, 
Clem.  Al. — II.  act.  hardly  believing. 
Adv.  -τως  ;  δ.  Ιχειν,  to  doubt,  Polyb. 
Ανςπαράθε/.κτος,  ov,  (δνς,  παρα- 
θέλγω)  hard  to  assuage  or  soothe, 
Aesch.  Supp.  386. 

Ανςπαραίτ7ΐτος,  ov,  (δνς,  παραιτέ- 
ομαι)  hard  to  move  by  prayer,  inexora- 
ble, Aeseh.  Pr.  34. 

Ανςπαράκλ/ιτος,  ov,  {δνς,  παρακα- 
λέω)  inexorable. 

Ανςπαρΰκο/.ονθητος,  ov,  (δνς,  πα- 

ρακολονβέω)  hard  to  follow,  i.  e.  hard 

\  to   understand,   Menand.    p.    171. — II. 

act.    hardly    understanding,   dull,   M. 

1  Anton. 

I      Ανςπαρακόμιατος,  ov,  (δνς,  πάρα• 
•  κομίζω)  hard   to   carry   along,   Plut.  : 
1  πλους  ά.,  a  difficult  vovage,  Polyb. 
■     37β 


ΔΤΣΠ 

Ανςτταραμνθητος,  ον,  {δνς,  πάρα- 
μνβεοααι)  hard  Ιο  console  or  appease, 
riat.  Tiiu.  09  D.  [ϋ] 

Ανς-αμύ-ΐίστος,  ον,  {δνς,  τταρα- 
ττηβω)  hard  ίο  dissuade,  ν.  1.  Arist. 
Physiogn. 

Αυσ7τ-αρά7Γ?.ενσΓος,  ον,  {δνς,  τταρα- 
ίτλί ω)  hard  to  sail  along,  Stiab. 

Αυς7ϊαρά~?^ονς,  ovv,=  toreg.,  Diod. 

ΑνςτταρατΓοίι/τος,  ον,  {ύνς,  παρα- 
ΐϊοιέω)  hard  to  copy  or  forge. 

Ανςπαρατήρτ/τος,  ον,  (δυς,  παρα- 
τηρέω)  hard  to  observe. 

Ανςπαμάτρεπτυς,  ον,  {δνς,  παρα- 
τρέττο))  hard  to  seduce  or  bribe. 

Ανςπάρεννος,  ον,  {δνς,  ττάρεννος) 
ill-niated:  λέκτρον  δ.,  iU-assorted, 
luckless  marriage,  Soph.  Tr.  791. 

Ανςπαρηγόρητος,  ov,=  sq.,  Phit. 
Adv.  -τως. 

Ανςπηρί/γορος,  ον,  {δνς,  παρ7]γο- 
ρέω)  hard  to  soothe  or  appease,  Aesch. 
Euin.  3Si. 

Ανςπύρθενος,  ον,  {δνς,  παρθένος) 
an.  unhappy  maiden,  Anth. 

Αύςπαρις.  ιδος.  ό,  {δνς,  ΤΙάρις)  un- 
happy, ill-fated  Paris,  that  bird  of  ill- 
omen  Paris,  11.  3, 39  ;  13,  769,  cf.  kivo- 
παρις. 

Ανςπάριτος,  ον,  {δνς,  πύρειμι)  hard 
to  pass,  Xen.  ap.  Suid. 

Δυζ•7Γύρο(5ο(•,  ον,  {δνς,  πάροδος) 
hard  ίο  reach  or  enter,  Apoll.  ap.  Ath. 
682  D. 

Αυςπάτητος,  ον,  {δνς,  πατέω)  hard 
to  the  feet,  δδός,  Luc.  [a] 

Ανςττανστος,  ον.  {δνς,  παύω)  hard 
to  slop  or  appease,  Gal.     Adv.  -τως. 

Ανςπάχνς,  Dor.  and  Aeol.  for  δύς- 
πηχνς,  q.  v. 

Ανςπείθεία,  ας,  η,  ill  discijjline,  dis- 
obedience, App. :  Iroin 

Ανςπείϋής,  ες,  {δνς,  πείθομαι.)  hard 
to  persuade,  not  easily  talked  over.  Plat. 
Phaedr.  271  D. :  self-willed,  stubborn, 
disobedient.  Id.  Legg.  880  A  :  ill-train- 
ed, ill-broken.  Kvver,  Xen.  Mem.  4,  1, 
3.     Adv.  -θώς,  Plut. 

Αυςπειρία,  ας,  ή,  {δνς,  πείρα)  diffi- 
culty of  learning  by  experiment,  Hipj). 

Αύςπειστος,  ον,  {δνς,  πείθω)  hard 
to  persuade  or  convince,  stubborn,  Arist. 
Eth.  N.  Adv.  —τως.  δ.  εχειν,  to  be  in- 
credulous. Isocr.  44  C 

Ανςπέλαστος,  ον,  {δυς,  πελύζω) 
dangerous  to  come  near,  Soph.  Fr. 
663. 

Αύςπεμπτος,  ον,  {δυς,  πέμπω)  hard 
to  send  away,  Aesch.  Ag.  1190. 

Ανςπέμφείος,  ον,  in  II.  16,  748  Ce- 
briones  is  likened  to  a  diver,  who 
will  jump  into  the  sea,  εΐ  και  δνςπέμ- 
φελος  εΐη,  even  if  it  be  rough  and 
stormy  :  so  in  Hes.  Th.  440,  as  a  gen- 
eral epith.  of  the  sea,  γ?.ανκη  δ. :  also 
ναυτύ.ίη  δ  ,  β  stormy,  dangerous  pas- 
sage, Hes.  Op.  610  :  metaph.  like  δύς- 
κολος,  rough,  rude,  vncourteous,  lb.  720. 
(The  signf  of  the  word  is  clear: 
though  how  this  is  connected  with 
the  usu.  deriv.  from  πέμπω  is  not 
equally  so :  perh.  it  may  rather  be 
akin  to  πέμφιξ.) 

Ανςπενθέω,  ώ,  to  be  sore  afflicted, 
Plut. :  from 

Ανςπενθης,  ες,  {δνς,  πένθος)  bring- 
ing sore  affliction,  most  grievous,  κύμα- 
τος. Pind.  P.  12,  18.— II.  Pass,  much 
lamented.  (SoP.Of,  lb.  11,  28. 

Ανςπέπαντος,  ον,  {δυς,  πεπαίνω) 
hard  to  soften. 

Ανςπεπτέω,  ώ,  to  digest  with  difficul- 
ty, Diosc,  in  pass. 

Ανςπεπτος,  ον,  {δνς,  πέπτω)  hard 
to  digest :  hard  to  ripen  or  bring  to  sup- 
puration, Plat,  Tim.  63  A. 

Ανςπεραίωτος,  ον,  {δνς,  περαιόω) 
=sq. 

380 


ΔΥΣΠ 

Ανςπέρΰτος.  ον.  {δνς,  περύω)  hard 
to  pass  or  get  through,  χώρα,  Strab. : 
metaph.  οΐώΐ'  δ.,  Eur.  Med.  645. 

Ανςπεριάγωγης,  ον,  {όνς,  περιάγω) 
hard  to  wheel  about,  Arr. 

ΑνςπεριγέΐΊίτυς,  ον,  {δνς.  περιγίγ- 
νομαι)  hard  to  overcome,  Philo. 

Ανςπερικαθαρτος,  ον,  {δυς,  περι- 
καθαίρω)  hard  to  clean,  Theophr. 

Ανςπερί'ληπτος,  ον,  {δυς,  περιλαμ- 
βάνω) hard  to  surround  or  encompass, 
Arist.  Pol. :  hard  to  comprehend,  Diod. 

Ανςπερινόητος,  ον,  {ους,  περινοέω) 
hard  to  conceive,  Philo. 

Αυςπερίτρεπτος,  ον,  {δυς,  περι- 
τρέπω)  hard  to  overturn.  Gal. 

Ανςπερίφυκτος,  ον,  {δνς,  περιψύ- 
χω)  hard  to  cool,  warm,  Diosc. 

Αυςπετέω,  ώ,  to  fall  out  ill. — 11.  act. 
to  bear  impatiently  :  hence 

Αυςπέτημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  misfortune, 
LXX. 

Αυςπετής,  ές,  {δυς,  πίπτω,  πεσεΐν) 
falling  out  ill,  grievous  :  μαθείν  δ.,  hard 
to  know.  Soph.  Aj.  1046.  Adv.  -τώς. 
Ion.  -τέως,  hardly,  with  difficulty,  Hdt. 

3,  107. 

Αυςπε-ψία,  ας,  ή,  {δύςπεπτος)  indi- 
gestion. Macho  ap.  Ath.  311  B. 

Ανςπήμαντος,  ον,  {δνς,  πι/μαίνω) 
full  of  grievous  evil,  dub.  in  Aesch. 
Eum.  481. 

Ανςπ7]χνς,  ν,  Dor. -π(2;\_'υζ•,  umneas- 
urable,  πόλος,  Sapph.  Fr.  9. 

Αυςπΐνής.  ές.  {δνς,  πίνος)  squalid, 
sorry,  στολαί.  Soph.  Ο.  C.  1597. 

Ανςπιστέω,  ώ,  {δύςπιστος)  to  mis- 
trust, distrust,  τινί,  Plut. 

Ανςπιστία,  ας,  η,  incredulity,  mis- 
trust, Clem.  ΑΙ. :  from 

Αύςπιστος,  ον,  {δυς,  πιστός)  hard 
of  belief ,  distrustful. — II.  pass,  hard  to 
be  believed.  Adv.  -τως,  δ.  έχειν  προς 
τι.  to  be  incredulous  about  a  thuig,  Plat. 
Eryx.  405  B. 

Ανςπλΰνος,  ον,  {δνς,  πλάνη)  wan- 
dering in  misery,  Aesch.  Pr.  608. 

Ανςπληκτος,  ον,  {δυς,  πλήσσω) 
hard  to  frighten. 

Ανςπλήρωτος.  ον,  {δυς,  πληρόω) 
hard  to  fill  οϊ  fulfil. 

Αυςπ}ιθία,  ας,  η,  difficulty  of  sailing, 
Anth.  :  from 

Ανςπλοος,  ον,  {δνς,  πλέω)  danger- 
ous for  ships,  lb. 

Ανςπλντος,  ον,  {δυς,  π7.ύνω)  hard 
to  wash  clean. 

Ανςπ?Μτος,  ον,  {δυς,  πλώω)=δνς- 
πλοος,  Anth. 

Αυςπνοέω,  ώ,  Ion.  δνςπνοιέω,  to 
breathe  with  difficulty,  Hipp. — II.  to 
smell  ill,  Anth. 

Αύςπνοια,  ας,  ή,  {δύςπνοος)  diffi- 
culty of  breathing,  shortness  of  breath, 
Xen.  Cyn.  9,  20. — II.  contrary  winds. 

Αυςπνοϊκός,  ?/,  όν,  short  of  breath, 
Hippiatr. 

Ανςπνοος,  ον,  contr.  πνονς,  ovv, 
{δνς.  πνέω)  short  of  breath,  breathless. 
Soph.  Ant.  224. — II.  hard  or  u7ifit  to 
breathe,  ur/p,  Theophr. — II.  πνοαι  δ., 
contrary  \vmds.  Soph.  Ant.  588. 

Αυςπολέμητος,  ον,  {δυς,  πολεμέω) 
hard  to  fight  with,  unconquerable,  Aesch. 
Supp.  '619. 

Αυςπόλεμος,  ον,  {δυς,  πόλεμος)  un- 
lucky in  war,  Aesch.  Pars.  1013. 

Ανςπολιόρκητος,  ον,  {δνς,  πολιοο- 
κέω)  hard  to  take  by  siege,  Xen.  Hell. 

4,  8,  5. 

Ανςπολίτεντος,  ον,  {δνς,  πολιτεύ- 
ομαι) unfit  for  governing  or  public  bu- 
siness, Plut.  [i] 

Ανςπονί/ς,  ές,  {δνς,  πονέω)  toilsome, 
troublesome,  wearisome,  κύματος,  Od. 

5,  493.     Adv.  -νέως. 
Ανςπόνητος,  ον,  {δνς,  πηνέω)  hard- 
earned,  toilsome,  τροφή,  Soph.  Ο,  C. 


ΔΤΣΠ 

1614. — II.  bringing  toil  and  trouble,  δαί- 
μων, Aesch.  Pens.  515. 

Ανςπονία,  ας,  y,  toil  and  trouble : 
from 

Αύςπονος,  ον,  {δνς,  πόνος)  toilsome, 
wearisome,  grievous.  Soph.  Ant.  1276. 
iAvςπύvτιov,  ov,  τό,  Dyspuntium,  a 
city  of  Pisatis  in  Elis,  so  called  from 
Ανςπ<)ντιος,  a  son  of  Pelops,  Strab. 
Hence 

^Ανςπόντιος,  a,  ov,  of  Dyspontium, 
Dyspontian ;  oi  Ανςπύντιοι,  the  Dys- 
pontians,  Paus. 

Αυςπόρεντυς,  ov,  {δνς,  πορεύομαι) 
hard  to  pass,  impassable,  τινί,  Xen. 
An.  1,  5,  7. 

Ανςπορέω,  ώ,  {δύςπορος)  to  have  a 
toilso7ne  inarch,  Joseph. 

Ανςπορία,  ας,  ή,  [δύςπορος)  difficul 
ty  of  passing,  Xen.  An.  4,  3,  7. 

Αυς'^τόριστος,  ov,  {δνς,  πορίζω)  hard 
to  get,  gotten  with  much  tabor,  Dion.  H. 

Ανςπορος,  ov,  {δνς,  πόρος)  hard  to 
pass  or  get  through,  scarce  passable, 
Plat.  Crat.  420  E,  Xen.  An.  6,  5,  12 : 
in  genl.=  U7ropof. 

Αυςποτμέω,  ώ,  {δύςποτμος)  to  be 
unlucky,  Polyb. 

Αυςποτμία,  ας,  η,  ill  luck,  ill  suc- 
cess, Dion.  H.  :  from 

Αύςποτμος,  ov,  {δνς,  πότμος)  un 
lucky,  ill-starred,  unhappy,  wretched ; 
of  persons  and  things,  Trag.  Adv. 
-μως,  Aesch.  Pers.  272. 

Αύςποτος,  ov,  {δυς,  πίνω)  hard  to 
drink,  unpalatable,  πώμα,  Aesch.  Eum. 
266. 

Αυςπρΰγέω,  ώ,  to  be  unsnccesfful,  to 
he  unlucky  or  in  misery,  Aesch.  Ag. 
790  -.  and 

Αυςπράγημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  failure, 
mischance,  [a]     From 

Αυςπράγής,  ές,  {δνς,  πρΰγος)  un- 
successful, imlucky,  miserable,  Dion.  H. 
Hence 

Αυςπράγία,  ας,  ή,=  όυςπραξία,  An- 
tiphon  20,  12. 

Αυςπραγμύτευτος,  ov,  {δνς,  πραγ- 
ματεύομαι) hard  to  manage,  intractable, 
Plut. 

Αύςπρακτος,  ov,  {δυς,  πρύσσω)  hard 
to  do.     Hence 

Αυςπραξία,  ας,  ή,  older  form  of  δνς- 
πραγία,  ill  success,  ill  tuck,  misery, 
Trag. :  also  in  plur.,  Aesch.  Eum. 
769,  Soph.  Aj.  759. 

Αύςπράτος,  ov,  {δυς,  πιπράσκω) 
hard  to  sell ;  name  of  a  play  of  Anti- 
phanes. 

Αυςπρέπεια,  ας,  η,  indecency,  Jo- 
seph. :  from 

Ανςπρεπής,  ές,  {δι>ς,  πρέπω)  base, 
undignified,  Eur.  Hel.  300. 

Αύςπριστος,  ov,  {δνς,  πρίω)  hard  to 
saw  through,  Theophr. 

Ανςπρόπτωτος,  ov,  {δνς,  προπίπτω) 
not  easily  runnhig  out,  Gal. 

Ανςπρόςβάτος,  ov,  {δνς,  προςβαί- 
νω)  hard  to  approach,  scarce  accessible, 
Thuc.  4,  129. 

Ανςπρόςβλητος,  ov,  {δνς,  προςβάλ- 
λω)  hard  to  approach. 

Αυςπρόςδεκτος,  ov,  {δνς,  προςδέ- 
Ύομαι)  hardly  admitted,  disagreeable, 
Plut. — II.  act.  hardly  admitting,  M". 
Anton. 

Ανςπροςήγορος,  ov,  {δνς,  προςήγο- 
ρος)  hard  to  speak  loith,  repulsive,  Dio 

c. 

Ανςπρύςϊτος.  ov,  {δνς,  πρόςειμι) 
hard  to  get  at,  Id. 

Ανςπρήςμΰχος,  ov,  {δυς,  προςμύ- 
χομαι)  hard,  to  fight  with  :  hard  to  at- 
tack, Plut. 

Ανςπρόςμικτος,  ov,  {δνς,  προςμίγ- 
νυμι)  hard  to  get  into,  /.ιμήν. 

Ανςπρόςοδος,  ov,  {δνς,  πρόςοδος) 
hard  to  get  at,  Thuc.  5,  05. 


ΔΤΣΣ 

Ανςττρόςοιστος,  ον,  {δνς,  ττροςφέ- 
ροιιαι)  hard  to  deal  tvith,  morose,  Soph. 
O.'C.  1277. 

Ανςττρήςοτττος,  ov,  [δνς,  προςοράω, 
Τϊροςόφομαι)  hard  to  look  on  :  of  ill  as- 
pect, boding,  Soph.  El.  4C0. 

Ανς-ρόςορμιστος,  ov.  (δνς,  προςορ- 
ΐύζω)  hard  to  land  on,  having  few  ports, 
Polyb. 

Δυςττροςπέλαστος,  ov,  {δυς,  ττρος- 
πελύζω)  hard  to  get  at,  Plut. 

ΑνςτΓροςττόριστος,  ov,  {δνς,  ττρος- 
νοοίζω)  bad  for  foraging  in,  χώρα,  Aen. 
Tact. 

Ανςπρόςρητος,  ov,  {δνς,  ττροςει- 
'ϋεΐν,  προςμηθηναι)  hard  to  speak  with. 

Ανςπροςωπος,  ov,  {δνς,  ττρόςωπον) 
of  ill  aspect,  unshapely.  Soph.  O.  C. 
286,  where  the  best  MSS.  δνςπρόςοπ- 

TOV. 

Ανς~ν)]τος,  ov,  {δνς.  ττϋέω)  hard  to 
bring  to  suppuration.  Gal. 

Ανςρΰγής,  ές,  {δνς,  βήγννμι)  hard 
to  break,  Luc. 

Ανςρενστος,  ov,  {δνς,όέω)  hardly, 
i.  e.  slow  flowing,  Sext.  Emp. 

Ανςρηκτος,  ov,  {δνς,  βήγννμι)  hard 
to  break  0Γ  break  through,  Dio  C. 

Αύςρητος,  ov,  {δνς,  βηθήναι)  hard 
to  speak:  tliat  should  not  be  spoken, 
Dem.  Phal. 

ΑνςρΙγής,  ές,  and 

ΑύςρΙγος,  ov,  {δνς,  ύΐγος)  impatient 
of  cold,  chiUy,  ζώα.  Hdt.  5,  10. 

Ανςροέω,  {δνς,  ρέω)  to  flow  ill,  i.  e. 
to  go  on  ill,  to  be  unlucky,  Epict. 
Hence 

Ανςροητικός,  ή,  όν,  leading  to  ill- 
luck,  Epict. 

Ανςροια,  ας,  ή,  ill-luck^  misfortune, 
Epict. 

Ανςσέβεια,  ας,  ή,  {δνςσεβής)  impi- 
ety, ungodliness,  Trag.  :  a  charge  of  im- 
piety. Soph.  Ant.  924.  Also  δνςσε- 
βία,  Aesch.  Eum.  534. 

Ανςσεβέω,  ώ,  to  he  δνςσεβής,  to 
thitik  or  act  ungodly,  Soph.  Tr.  1245  : 
oi  δνςσεβονντες,  Aesch.  Eum.  910, 
and  Eur.     Hence 

Ανςσέβημα,  ατός,  τ6,  an  impious, 
ungodly  act,  Dion.  H. 

Ανςσεβτ/ς,  ές,  {δνς,  σέβομαι)  ungod- 
ly, impious,  profane,  of  persons  and 
their  acts.  Trag. :  also,  δ.  μέ7.αθρα, 
Eur.  I.  T.  694.  Adv.  -βώς.  Eur. 
Phrix.  11.  (This  family  of  words  is 
ircq.  in  Trag.,  but  not  found  in  Ep. 
poets.) 

Ανςσεβία,  ας,  η,  poet,  for (5ί;ζ•σέ/3εία, 
q.  V. 

Ανςσ7ΐπτος,  ov,  {δνς,  σήττομαι)  not 
easily  rotting,  κρέα,  Gal. 

Αύςσοος,  ov,  {δυς,  σώζω)  hard  to 
save,  lost,  wretched,  Theocr.  3,  24  ;  4, 
45. 

Ανςστ- :  in  compos,  with  a  word 
beginning  with  στ,  σθ,  σττ,  σφ,  σχ, 
the  oldest  MSS.  omit  the  final  ς  of 
δνς-,  to  avoid  the  concourse  of  con- 
sonants ;  nor  can  this  cause  any  am- 
biguity (for  δνστομος  should  be  pro- 
nounced diif.  from  δνςτομος.  and  in 
writing  may  be  perfectly  distinguish- 
ed from  it),  and  the  analogy  of  δις, 
τρις,  etc.,  is  for  it,  though  this  can- 
not be  e.xtended  to  εις  and  ηρός. 
Some  modern  critics  however  keep 
to  the  strict  form  δνςστηνος,  δύςστο- 
μος,  etc.,  as  Schaf.  Dion.  Coipp.  p. 
91. 

Ανςσύμβατος,  ov,  {δνς,  σνμβαίνω) 
hard  to  agree  with,  unsocial,  Plut. 

Ανςσνμ3?ιητος,  ov,  and  δνςσύμβο- 
λος,  ov,  V.  δνςξ. 

Ανςσννακτος,  ov,  {δνς,  συνάγω) 
hard  to  bring  together,  Joseph. 

Αυςσυνείδητος,  ov,  {δνς,  σννειδέ- 
vai)  with  an  ill  conscience,  Eccl. 


ΔΥΣΤ 

Ανςσννοπτος,  ov,  {δνς,  σννιδεΐν, 
σννόψομαϊ)  hard  to  get  a  view  of,  hard 
to  see,  Polyb. 

*Ανσταίνω,  found  in  Gramm.  as 
root  of  δί'στηνος,  deriv.  from  στένω, 
like  άσταίνω,  Ruhnk.  Ep.  Cr.  p.  138. 

Ανςτακτος.  ov,  {δνς,  τάσσω)  hard 
to  arrange,  irregular.  Plat.  Legg.  781  A. 

Ανςτύ'λάς,  atva,  uv,  gen.  ΰνος,  αί- 
νης,  ανος,  {δνς.  τά?.ας)  very  wretched, 
most  miserable.  Soph.,  Eur. 

Ανςταμίεντος,  ov,  {δνς,  ταμιενω) 
hard  to  manage,  Arist.  Aud. 

Ανςτάραχος,  ov,  {δυς,  ταραχή)  very 
stormy,  [ώ] 

Ανςτατέω,  ω,  to  be  hardly  able  to 
stand,  to  be  unstable,  Plut. :  from 

^Ανστατος,  ov,  {δνς,  ϊστημι,  στήναι) 
unsteady,  hardly  able  to  stand. 

Ανςτέκμαρτος,  ov,  {δνς,  τεκμαίρο- 
μαι) hard  to  make  out  from  the  given 
signs,  hard  to  trace.  Ιχνος,  Soph.  O. 
T.  109 :  dark,  riddling,  τέχνη,  Aesch. 
Pr.  497 ;  ποίκίλον  τι  και  δ.,  Eur. 
Hel.  712.     Adv.  -τως. 

Ανςτεκνία,  ας,  ή,  want  of  children, 
late  :  from 

Αύςτεκνος,  ov,  (δνς,  τέκνον)  unfor- 
tunate in  one's  children,  δ.  παιδονργία. 
Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  1248. 

Ανςτερττής,  ές,  {δνς,  τέρπω)  ill- 
pleasing,  i.  e.  very  grievous,  Aesch. 
Cho.  277.     Adv.  -ττώς. 

Ανςτηκτος,  ov,  {δνς,  τήκω)  hard  to 
melt,  Hipp. 

Ανσττβ'ία,  ας,  ή,  misery  :  from 

Ανστηνος,  ov,  wretched,  unhappy, 
unfortunate ;  oft.  in  Hom.  of  men : 
but  Pind.  P.  4,  478,  has  μόχθος  δ., 
Soph.  El.  511,  αΐκίαι  δ.:  δυστήνων 
τταΐδες,  sons  of  the  unhappy,  i.  e.  born 
to  misery,  11.  6,  127. — II.  post-Hom. 
like  Lat.  miser,  in  moral  sense,  wretch- 
ed, profligate,  abominable,  e.  g.  Soph. 
El.  121,  v.  Ruhnk.  Ep.  Cr.  p.  139. 
The  poets  seem  also  to  have  used  άσ- 
τηνος.  (v.  δνσταίνω :  and  on  the 
way  of  writing  v.  δνςστ-.) 

Ανςτήρΐίτος,  ov,  {δνς,  τνρέω)  hard 
to  keep  or  preserve,  (Phocyl.)  205,  or 
Plut. 

Ανστίβεντος,  ov,  {δνς,  στίβενω) 
hard  to  trace,  Plut. 

Ανςτΐθάσσεντος,  ov,  {δνς,  τιθασ- 
σεύω)  hard  to  tame,  Strab. 

Ανςτ/.ήμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  {δνς, 
τ7.ήμωΐ')  suffering  hard  things,  wretch- 
ed, H.  Hom.  Ap.  532. 

Ανςτ/Λίτος,  ov,  {δνς,  τληναι)  hard 
to  bear  or  endure,  Aesch.  Ag.  1571. 

Ανςτόκεια,  ας,  ή,  one  who  has  borne 
a  child  tomisery,  cf.  δνςαριστοτόκεια  : 
from 

Ανςτοκενς,  έως,  6,  {δυς,  τοκενς)  an 
unhappy  parent :  δ.  τοκέες,  Anth. 

Ανςτοκέω,  ώ,  to  bring  forth  with  dif 
ficulty,  have  a  hard  birth,  travail  hard. 
Plat.  Theaet.  149  D;  metaph.  Ar. 
Ran.  1423:  and  ^ 

Ανςτοκία,  ης,  ή,  a  painful  delivery, 
hard  birth,  Arist.  H.  A. :  from 

Ανςτοκος.  ov,  {δνς,  τίκτω)  bring- 
ing forth  with  difficulty.  Eur.  Incert. 
118. 

Ανστομέω,  ώ,  like  βλασόημέω  and 
δνςφημέω,  to  speak  evil  of  another,  τινά 
τι,  Soph.  Ο.  C.  986 :  from 

Ανστομος,  ov,  {δνς,  στόμα)  hard  or 
ill-mouthed;  of  a  horse,  Anth. 

Ανςτομος,  ov,  {δνς,  τέμνω)  hard  to 
cut  asunder. 

Ανστονος,  ov,  {δνς,  στένω)  lament- 
able, grievous,  Aesch.  Theb.  984. 

Ανςτόπαστος,  ov,  {δνς,  τοπά,ζω) 
hard  to  guess  or  maL•  out,  Eur.  Tro. 
885. 

Αυστόχαστος,  ov,  {δνς,  στοχάζο- 
μαι) hard  to  hit  or  to  hit  upon,  DlOSC. 


ΔΤΣΦ 

Ανςτράπ-εζθ€,  ov,  {δνς,  τράπεζα)  fed 
on  horrid  food,  Eur.  H.  F.  385.  [u] 

Ανςτρΰττέλεια,  ας,  ή,  and 

Ανςτρΰ—t/.ia,  ας,  ή,  difficulty  of 
turning  or  matiaging,  impracticability, 
Diod.  :  obstinacy :  from 

Ανςτρύ-ελος,  ov,  {όνς,  τρέπω)  hard 
to  turn,  move  :  hard  to  deal  with,  hence 
stubborn,  unmanageable,  implacable. 
Soph.  Aj.  914  :  cf  the  opp.  εντράπε- 
?.ος,  and  the  equiv.  δνςτροπης.  Adv. 
-/.0)c,  awkwardly,  clumsily,  Xen.  Ow. 
8,  16.   [u] 

Ανςτριπτος,  ov,  {δνς,  τρίβω)  hard 
to  bruise  or  grind,  Artem. 

Ανςτροπια,  ας,  ή,  stubbornness  ;  and 

Ανςτροπικός,  ή,  όν,  of  stubborn 
mind :  from 

Ανςτροπος,  ov,  {δνς,  τρέπω)  hard 
to  turn  or  move  :  hence  stubborn,  per 
verse,  unmanageable,  δ.  γυναικών  up 
μονία,  wo?nan^s  wayward  nature,  Eur 
Hipp.  161.     Adv.  -πως. 

Ανστρος,  ov,  6,  Macedon.  name  for 
March,  δ.  μην,  Anth. 

Αύςτροφος,  ov,  {δνς,  τρέφω)  hard  to 
rear,  Theophr. 

Ανςτρύπ?]τος,  ov,  {δνς,  τρυπάω) 
hard  to  bore  through.  Id. 

Αυςτν^έω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  1  aor.  έδνςτύ- 
χησα.  pf  δεδνςτνχηκα.  Lye.  ap.  Stob. 
119,  13,  {δνςτνχ7/ς)  to  be  unlucky,  un- 
happy, unfortunate,  Hdt.  8,  105,  and 
Trag. :  in  a  thing,  τινί,  Eur.  Phoen. 
424,  εις  τι,  Plar.  Each.  183  C  ;  περί 
τίνος,  Eur.  Αηάτ.Ί  13 -,έν  τινι, \τ.  Ran. 
1449;c.acc.,n-ax'Ta{5.,  Eur.  Hec.  429  : 
so  also  in  pass..  Plat.  Legg.  877  Ε  ; 
of  things,  to  fail,  turn  out  ill,  Plut. 
Hence 

Ανςτνχημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  piece  of  ill- 
luck,  a  failure,  misfortune.  Plat.  Crat. 
395  D.     [i] 

Ανςτνχής,  ές,  {δυς,  τύχη)  unlucky, 
unfortunate,  fallen,  Trag.,  Plat.,  etc. ; 
ε'ις  τι,  Eur.  Phoen.  1643.  Adv.  -χώς, 
Aesch.  Ag.  1660.     Hence 

Αυςτϋχία,  ας,  ή.  ill-luck,  ill-fortune, 
failure,  Eur.  Bacch.  387.  Thuc,  etc. 

Ανςνδρος,  ov,  {δνς,  νδωρ)  scant  of 
water,  Joseph. 

Ανςνπνέω,  ώ,  to  sleep  ill,  Plat.  Legg, 
790  D  :  from 

Ανςνπνος,  ov,  {δνς,  ύπνος)  sleeving 
ill. 

Ανςνποιστος.  ov,  {δυς,  υποφέρω) 
hard  to  endure,  Mel.  108. 

Ανςνπομένητος,  ov,  {δνς,  υπομένω) 
=sq.,  Sext.  Emp. 

Ανςυπομόνητος,  ov,  hard  to  abide, 
Philo. 

\Ανςνπονόητος,  ov,  {δνς,  νπονοέω) 
very  suspicious,  Philo. 

Ανςνπόστΰτος,  ov,  {δνς,  υφίστα- 
μαι) hard  to  withstand,  Diod. 

^Ανςφαής,  ές,  in  Plut.  for  δνςφανής, 
(Wyttenb.)  2,431  F. 

Ανσόα?.τος,  ov,  {δυς,  σφά7.7.ομαι) 
very  tottiring. 

Ανςφάνής,  ές,  {δυς,  φαίνομαι)  scarce 
visible,  dark,  Plut.  Luc.  9. 

Ανςφάνταστος,  ov,  (δνς,  φαντάζο- 
μαι) hard  to  imagine,  Plut. 

Ανςφάτος,  ov,  {δνς,  φημί)  hard  to 
tell,  unspeakable,  horrible,  Aesch.  Ag. 
1152. — II.  hard  to  explain.  Lye. 

Ανςφεγγής,  ές,  {δνς,  φέγγος)  shi- 
ning ill. 

Ανςφιιμέω,  ώ,  to  be  δνςφημος,  to  use 
vile,  abominable  words  :  esp.  words  of 
ill  omen,  Soph.  El.  905. — II.  trans,  to 
speak  ill  of,  blaspheme,  slander,  τον 
θεόν,  Aesch.  Ag.  1078,  cf.  Soph.  El. 
1182.     Hence 

Ανςόί/ιιι/μα,  ατός,  τό,  a  uvrd  of  ill 
omen,  Plut. 

Ανςφτ/μία,  ας,  ή,  {δύςόημος)  vile, 
abominable  language  :  esp.  u-ords  of  ill- 
mi  . 


ΔΥΣΧ 

omen,  lamentations.  Soph.  Phil.  10 : 
blaxphemy,  slunder,  Phlt. — II.  ill  fame, 
obloquy.  Soph.  Fr.  185. 

^.νςφήμίστας,ον.{(%ς,(^ημίζω)=5^. 

Ανςίρημης,  ov,  (()υς,  φήμη)  of  ill 
omen,  boding,  Hes.  Op.  733  ;  opp.  to 
ενότιμος.  Eur.  Andr.  1144. — II.  slati- 
derotis.  shameful,  κλέος,  Find.  N.  8, 
G2.     Adv.  -μως. 

Ανςφθαρτος,  ov,  (δνς,  φθείρω)  hard 
to  spoil  :  not  easily  spoilt,  Diphil. 
Siphn.  ap.  Ath.  121  C. 

Λύςφθογγος,  ov,  {όνς,  φθέγγομαι) 
harsh-sounding. 

Αυςφϋ.ής,  ες,  {(^νς,  φιλέω)  hatefid, 
horrid,  Acsch.  kg.  1232.  etc. 

Αυςφσρέω,  ώ,  {όύςόορος)  to  bear  a 
thing  with  pain  and  dijficully  :  hence 
to  bear  ill,  to  be  grieved  Or  oppressed, 
Lat.  aegrefirre  ;  hence  to  be  disgusted, 
angry,  discontented,  distressed,  Hdt.  5, 
19  ;  at  a  thins,  τινί,  Trag.,  ίπί  tlvl, 
Aesch.  Theb.  780,  περί  τι,  Hipp.  ;  τί, 
Isocr.  :  also  in  mid.,  Xen.  Cyr.  2,  2, 
5.    Hence 

Ανςφόρητος,  ov,  hard  to  bear,  Eur. 
Cycl.  341. 

Ανςφορία,  ας,  ή,  pain  hard  to  be 
borne,  excessive  pain,  Hipp. 

Ανςόορικός,  ή,  όν,  (δύςφορος)  of, 
belonging  to  disgust,  anger. 

Ανςφόρμιγξ,  ίγγος,  ό,  ή,  {δυς,  φάρ- 
αιγξ)  unlike  the  lyre,  mournful,  melan- 
choly, Eur.  I.  T.  225. 

Ανςφορος,  ov,  {δνς,  φίρΐύ)  hard  to 
bear,  insufferable,  griet^ous,  overpower- 
ing. Find.  N.  1,  85,  and  Trag.:  also 
=  παράφορος,  Herin.  Soph.  Aj.  51. — 
II.  act.  making  heavy,  oppressive,  δνς- 
φορόν  έστι,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  6,  17.  Adv. 
-ρος,  hence  δ.  ίγειν,  ίχειν.  Soph. 
Ο.  Τ.  770,  783. 

Ανςφραστος,  ov,  (δνς,  φράζομαι) 
hard  to  speak,  or  Ι/Ίί,  hard  to  explain, 
my.'ttcrinus.  Fiat.  Tim.  50  C. — II.  act. 
speaking  with  difficulty.  Adv.  -νως, 
Lye. 

Ανςόροσύνη,  ης,  η,  anxiety,  care, 
Hes.  Tn.  528,  in  plur. :  from 

Ανςφρων,  ov,  gen.  ovor,  {δνς,  φρήν) 
sad,  sorrowful,  ΰτη,  7Λ~αι,  Soph.  Ο. 
C.  202,  Eiir.  Andr.  1013  :  το  δύςφρον, 
melancholy,  Aesch.  Ag.  547  :  τα  όύς- 
φρονα,  sorrows.  Find.  Ο.  2,  95. — II. 
ill-disposrd,  hostile,  Aesch.  Ag.  608, 
834  and  Eur. — 11\.=ΰφρων,  senseless, 
insensate,  Aesch.  Theb.  874.  Adv. 
~όνως,  foolishly,  rashly,  Aesch.  Fers. 
552. 

Αιχφνής,  ές,  {δνς,  φύομαι)  groxdng 
or  coming  up  slowly,  Theophr.    Hence 

Ανςόϋοα,  ας,  η,  slow,  difficult  growth, 
opp.  to  ταχν'3%αστία.  Id. 

Ανςφν'/.ακτέω,  ώ.=  δνςωρέομαι,  to 
have  a  hard  tvatch  :  from 

Ανςφν'Αακτης,  ov,  (δνς,  φυλάσσω) 
hard  to  watch,  keep  or  guard,  Eur.  Dan. 
13. — II.  hard  to  keep  off,  prevent,  Eur. 
Phoen.  924.     [v] 

Ανςφωνία,  ας,  ή,  roughness  of  sound : 
from 

Ανςόωνος.  ov,  {δνς,  φωνή)  ill-sound- 
ing, harsh,  Dem.  Fhal.  Adv.  -jjtjf. 

Ανςφώρΰτος,  ov,  {δυς,  όωρύω)  hard 
to  catch,  detect,  convict,  Flut.  with  ir- 
reg.  comp.  and  superl.  δνςφωρότερος, 
ότητος,  cf.  δύςχεφος. 

Ανςχΰ/Λνωτος,  ov,  {δνς,  χα?ι.νόω) 
hard  to  rein,  unbridled.  Gal.     [/] 

Αυςχάριστος,  ov,  (δνς,  χαρίζομαι) 
thankless,  Aesch.  Fr.  128. 

Ανςχείμερος,  ov,  (δνς,  χεΐμα)  hav- 
ing a  long,  severe  winter  ;  wintry,  frosty, 
stormy.  Horn.,  only  in  II.  as  epith.  of 
Dodona  :  δ.  πέλαγος,  δνης,  Aesch. 
Pr.  740. 

Ανςχειμης,  a  corrupt  form  of  δύςχι- 
μος,  V.  Elmsl.  Bacch.  15. 
332 


ΔΥΣΧ 

Ανςχείμων,  ov,  gen.  ονος,=  δνςχεί- 
μερος.  Αρ.  Rh. 

Ανςχειρος,  ον,τ=δνςχε(ρωτος.  only 
found  ill  superl.  δνςχειμότατος,  Diod., 
cf  Schiif  ap.  Niike  Choeril.  274. 

Ανςχη'ρωμα,  ατος,  τό,  (δυς,  χεφόω) 
α  thing  hard  to  be  subdiicd,  a  hard  con- 
quest, Soph.  Ant.  120;  cf  χείρωμα. 

Ανςχείρωτος,  ov,  (δνς,  χειρόω)  hard 
to  subdue  or  conquer,  Hdt.  7,  9,  2. 

Ανςχεραινόντως,  adv.  part.  pres. 
from  sq.,  with  di.fgust,  Arist.  Rhet. 

Ανςχεραίνω,  fut.  -(iv(7i,  (δνςχερής) 
to  be  unable  to  suffer,  endure  or  ]iut  up 
with,  Lat.  aegrc  ferre,  c.  aCC,  Isocr. 
305  C  :  to  feel  dislike,  disgust  or  annoy- 
ance,  to  he  discontented  displeased,  dis- 
tressed, perplexed,  ττερί  π ,  Flat.  Rep. 
475  C,  έπί  τινι,  Isocr.  7  C,  or  τινί, 
Dem.  1274,  24.  Pass.,  to  be  hateful, 
όνομα  δνςχεραινόμενον .  Flut. — Π.  to 
make  a  thing  hard  or  difficult,  δ.  έν  τοις 
λόγοις,  to  make  difficulties,  to  be  un- 
fair in  argument,  Stallb.  Plat.  Gorg. 
450  Ε  ;  and  so  c.  ace,  δ.  την  ΰδόν, 
App. :  βήματα  δνςχεράναντα,  annoy- 
ing, vexatious  words,  Soph.  O.  C. 
1281.     Hence 

Ανςχεραντέον,  verb.  adj.  one  must  be 
annoyed,  etc..  Plat.  Legg.  828  D,  etc. 

Αυςχεραντιιώς,  ή.  όν,  (δνς.  χεραί- 
νω)  difficult,  perplexing,  Μ.  Anton. 

Ανςχέρασμα,  ατος,  τό,  (δνς,  χεραί- 
νω)  peevishness,  ill-temper.  Fiat.  Phil. 
44  D. 

Ανςχερεια,  ας,  ή,  difficulty.  Flat. 
Rop.  502  D :  a  difficulty,  Isocr.  84  D. 
—II.  annoyance,  inconvenience,  trouble. 
Soph.  Phil.  473. — 2.  of  persons,  pee- 
vishness, ill-temper,  emnily,  cf  Theo- 
phr. Char.  19,  and  the  opp.  ευχέρεια: 
from 

ΑνςχειχΓίς,  ές,  (δνς,  χείρ)  hard  to  take 
in  hand,  difficult,  hard  to  make  out. 
Soph.  Ant.  254  ■  annoying,  distressing, 
unpleasant,  troublesome,  discomfortable, 
Trag. :  δνςχερές  ποιεΐσθαι,  Lat.  aegre 
ferre,  Thuc.  4,  85  :  δ.  λόγοι,  contra- 
dictory e\^ress\oni^,yVo\il)pm.AQ\,  17, 
so  Γ(ί  δνςχερή,  difficulties,  logical  sub- 
tleties, Anst.  Metaph. — 2.  of  persons, 
peevish,  itl-tempcrcd,  unfriendly,  hate- 
ful, Valck.  Phoen.  393,  cf  ευχερής. 
Adv.  -ρώς,  δ.  φέρειν,  Lat.  aegre  ferre, 
Hipp. :  δ.  έχείν,  to  be  annoyed,  vexed, 
ττρός  τι.  Plat.  Frot.  332  A. 

Ανσχημάτιστος,  ov,  (δυς,  σχηματί- 
ζω) hard  to  shape  or  form. 

Ανςχΐμος,  oi',  troublesome,  danger- 
ous, fearful,  Lat.  horridus,  δράκων, 
Aesch.  Theb.  503 ;  also  ττλημμυρίς, 
Aesch.  Cho.  186,  κέλενβοι,  Fers.  567. 
(Frob.  formed  at  once  from  δνς-,  as 
μελάγχιμος,  from  μέ/Μς:  the  usu. 
deriv.  iroxn  χειμα,  wintry,  was  favour- 
ed by  the  reading  δύςχειμος,  which 
is  now  every  where  corrected,  Elmsl. 
Bacch.  15  :  yet  Blomf  Fers.  573 
maintains  the  latter,  comparing  ;^;iOf, 
χιών,  χίμετλαν.) 

Ανσχιστος,  ov,  (δνς,  σχίζω)  hard  to 
split,  Theophr. 

Ανςχ?.αινία,  ας,  ή,  had,  shabby 
clothing,  Eur.  Hec.  240  :  from 

Ανςχλαινος,  ov,  {δνς,  χλαίνα)  ill 
clad. 

Αυςχορήγητος,  ov,  (δνς,  χορηγέω) 
difficult  from  the  expense,  Plut. 

Ανςχορτος,  ov,  (δνς,  χόρτος)  with 
little  grass  or  food.  δ.  οίκος,  an  inhos- 
pitable dwelling,  Eur.  I.  T.  219. 

Ανςχρηστέω,  ω,  to  be  δνςχρηστος, 
to  cause  difficulties,  Folyb. — II.  more 
frcq.  intrans.,  to  fall  into  hardships  or 
diffirvllies,  to  be  distressed  or  perplexed, 
πράγμασι.  ?Μγοις,  also  tv  or  έτνί  τινι, 
ττερί  τι,  Folyb. :  so  also  in  pass..  Id. : 
of  things,  to  be  useless,  Id.     Hence 


ΔΤΣί2 

Ανςχρήστημα,  ατος,  τό,  inconve 
niencc,  Lat.  incor/imodum,  Cic.  Fin.  3, 
21. 

Ανςχρηστία.  ας.  ή,  difficulty,  per- 
plexity, trouble,  distress,  Folyb. :  froni 

Ανςχρηστος,  ov,  (δνς,  χράομαι) 
hard  to  use  or  manage,  nearly  useless, 
opp.  to  εύχρηστος,  Xen.  Cyr.  3,  3,  26  : 
intractable,  κνων,  Id.  Cyn.  3,  11.  Adv. 
-τως  δ.  διακεΐσθαι,  to  be  in  difficul- 
ties. Folyb. 

Ανςχροια,  ας,  ή,  a  bad  colour,  Hipp. : 
from 

Ανςχροος,  ov,  contr.  ους,  ovv,  {δνς, 
χρόα)  Ath.,  and 

Ανςχρως,  ωτος,  6,  ή,  (δνς,  χρως) 
Hipp.,  of  a  bad  colour,  discoloured. 

Αύςχνλος,  ov,  (δνς,  χν?ιύς)  with  bad 
juices,  ill  tastitig,  Xenocr.  12. 

Ανςχνμία,  ας,  ή,  an  ill  taste,  Theo- 
phr. :  from 

Ανςχνμος,  ov,  {δυς,χνμός)=δνςχν- 
λος,  id. 

Ανςχωλος,   ov,   (δνς,  χωλός)  very 
lame,  Lat.  male  claudus. 
ίΑνςχώρητος,  ov,  v.  δνςχό)ριστος. 

Ανςχωρία,  ας,  ή,  (δνς,  χώρος)  diffi- 
cult, i.  e.  rough,  nigged  ground,  Xen. 
Cyr.  1,6,  35. 

Ανςχώριστος.  ov,  (,δνς,  χωρίζω) hard 
to  separate,  inextricable,  prob.  1.  Folyb. 
for  όνςχώρητος. 

Ανςώδης,  ες,  (δνς,  όζω)  ill  s7nelling, 
stinking,  καρττύς,  Hdt.  2,  94,  πνεύμα, 
Thuc.  2,  49. 

^Αυςώδης,  ό,  Dysodes,  masc.  pr.  η., 
Hipp. 

Ανςωδία,  ας,  ή,  (δνςώδης)  an  ill 
smell,  stink,  Arist.  H.  A. 

Ανςώδϊνος,  ov,  (δνς,  ώδίν)  causing 
grievous  pangs,  Anth. 

Ανςώλεθρος,  ov,  (δνς.  όλεθρος)  hard- 
ly dying,  tenacious  of  life,  Theophr. 

Ανςώμοτος,  ov,  (δυς,  όμννμΐ)  hard- 
ly, reluctantly  swearing. 

Ανςωνέω,  ω,  (δυς,  ώνέομαι)  to  beat 
dorvn  the  price,  cheapen,  Anth.  :  also  in 
mid.,  Ath.     Hence 

Αυςώνης,  ου,  ό,  beating  down  the 
price,  a  hard  customer,  Lynceus  ap. 
Ath.  228  C. 

Αυςώννμος,  ov,  (δυς,  όνομα)  bearing 
an  ill  name,  hateful  to  hear  named,  zin- 
happy,  abominable,  II.  6,  255  :  esp. 
bearing  a  name  of  ill  omen,  such  as 
Αίας,  Soph.  Aj.  914. 

Ανςωπέω,  ώ,  (δνς,  ώψ)  to  make  a 
man  change  countenance,  put  him  out 
of  countenance,  put  to  shame,  make 
ashamed,  Plut. :  (5.  την  όψιν,  to  dazzle, 
Id.  :  also  to  put  to  shame  by  importuni- 
ty, to  get  by  begging,  Eccl. — Better  au- 
thors used  only  pass,  δνςωπονμαι,  to 
be  cast  down,  asliamed,  fearful,  shy, 
ττρός  or  έπί  τίνα,  Plat.  Legg.  933  A, 
V.  Ruhnk.  Tim.,  Lob.  Phryn.  190. 
Hence 

Αυςώπημα,  ατος,  τό,  a  discourage- 
ment from,  shaming  of,  τών  ήμαρτη 
μένων,  Joseph. 

Ανςό)7τησις,  εως,  ή,  (δυςωπέω)  α 
feeling  of  shame,  reverence  :  begging  off, 
entreating,  Eccl. 

Ανςωπητικός,  ή.  όν,  (δυςωττέω)  ft 
to  make  ashamed :  fit  for  entreaty,  Eccl 
Adv.  -κώς. 

Ανςωττία,  ας.  ή,  shame,  shamefaced- 
ness,  shyness,  Plut. 

Ανςωπικώς,  αά\ .=  δνςωπητικώς. 

Ανςωρέομηι,  f.  -ήπομαι,  dep.  mid., 
to  keep  a  troublesome,  painful  V'atch, 
περί  μτ}?ια,  Π.  10,  183  :  where  Spitz- 
ner  reads  δνςωρήσωσι  in  act.,  (from 
δυς  and  ώρος,  οίφος,  a  watcher, 
ώρέω.) 

^Αύςωρον,  ov,  τό,  Mt.  Dysorus,  a 
mountain  on  the  confines  of  Macedo- 
nia, containing  gold  mines,  Hdt.  5, 17. 


ΔΤΏ 

Αύςυρος,  ον,  {όνς,  ωρα)  xinseasonable. 

^Αντεντος,  ον,  ό,  Dijteutus,  son  of 

Adiatorix,  priest  at  Comana,  Strab. 

Αύ~7]ς,  ον,  6,  {δύω)  a  diver,  Hdt. 
[ϋ]     Hence 

Δϋτί/ΐόζ•,  rj,  όν,  belonging  to  diving, 
fond  of  diving. — II.  {όύΰις)  towards  the 
west,  western,  Strab. 

Δΰω,  Ion.  for  δύο,  two,  Horn.  :  in 
Att.  very  rare  :  a  Dor.  form  δύυν  like 
kyuv  is  mentioned,  Koen.  Greg.  p.  248. 

ΔΤΏ,  fut.  δύσω:  aor.  act.  ίδυσα, 
pass,  έδύθην.  Mid.  δύομαί :  inipf. 
έδυόμην :  fut.  δνσομαι :  aor.  έδυσά- 
U7]v,  with  coUat.  forms  εδύσεο,  εδύ- 
σετο,  imperat.  δύσεο,  Horn.,  who  also 
uses  part.  fut.  δνσόμενος  as  part.  pres. 
Besides  these  tenses  we  also  have  in 
intrans.  signf.  the  active  forms,  perf 
δέδϋκα  :  aor.  2  εδνν,  imperat.  δύθί, 
δϋτε,  subj.  δύω,  part.  Λύς,  inf.  δνναι. 
The  other  pres.  ΔΥ'Νίί,  used  also 
by  Horn.,  is  always  transit. — A.  trans., 
Lat.  duo,  induo,  but  more  fully  ren- 
dered in  all  senses  by  subeo  ;  we  have 
no  equivalent  word ;  perhaps  to  get 
into  comes  nearest :  and  so — I.  of 
clo  hes,  etc.,  to  put  on,  εντεα,  τενχεα 
δυι•  iv  and  ovvac,  also  esp.  θώρηκα, 
κννέην,  to  put  on  one's  armour,  helmet, 
etc.,  or  to  put  them  on  another,  Horn., 
who  also  uses  aor.  mid.  for  act.,  to  arm 
one^s  self,  though  he  usu.  adds  χροΐ, 
■περί  χροι  or  άμφ'  ωμοισι :  also  χιτώ- 
να δνναί  and  δύσασθαι,  II.  18,  416; 
also  χιτώνα  περί  χροϊ  δύνειν,  Οά.  15, 
G1  :  metaph.  ει  μη  σύγε  δύσεαι  άλ- 
κήν,  if  thou  dost  not  arm  thyself  in 
strength,  put  on  strength,  II.  9.  231, 
of.  ίπιειμένος  αΚκην. — II.  of  places 
or  countries,  to  enter,  make  one's  way 
into,  in  Hom.  the  most  freq.  use,  e.  g. 
πύλας  και  τείχεα  δνναι :  also  oft.  in 
mid.  πάλιν,  τείχεα  δύσασθαι :  so  νέ- 
φεα  δνναι,  of  a  sta.r  going  into  a  cloud, 
II.  11,  63:  δϋναι  κόλπον  θαλύσσΐ]ς, 
to  sink  into  the  lap  of  ocean,  II.  18, 
140 ;  χβόνα  or  γαϊαν  δϋναι,  also  δό- 
uov  'λϊδος  ε'ισω  δνναι  and  εις  Άΐδαο 
δύσασθαι,  to  go  into  the  earth,  enter 
the  house  of  Hades,  i.  e.  to  die :  to 
enter,  i.  e.  take  part  in  divers  condi- 
tions or  actions  of  men,  πύλεμον, 
αγώνα,  ούλαμον  ανδρών  δύναι  and 
δύσασθαι,  to  go  into  the  fight,  mix  with 
a  crowd  of  men,  so  μνηστήρας  δύσα- 
σθαι, Od.  17,  276:  more  rarely  c. 
prep,  δέρτρον  έσω  δύνειν,  καθ'  δμι- 
λον,  ες  πόντον  and  ΰπό  πόντον  δύσα- 
σθαι :  in  II.  8,  271,  a  very  uncommon 
usage,  δνσκεν  εις  Αίαντα,  he  got  him- 
self into  Ajax,  i.  e.  got  behind  his 
shield.  Absol.  to  go  in,  run  in,  ε'ισω 
ίδν  ξίφος,  11.  16,  340,  cf.  8,  85.— III. 
of  other  things  happening  to  men  : — 
1.  to  enter,  steal  into,  come  over  or  upon, 
κύματος  γνία  δέδνκε,  II.  5,  811:  so 
of  states  of  mind,  ίχος  ίδν  κραδίην, 
ιΊχος  εδννεν  ητορ,  όδύναι  δϋνον  μέ- 
νος, Horn. :  κρατερή  έ  λί'σσ.ι  δέδνκε, 
madness  came  over  him,  II.  9,  239  :  δϋ 
uiv  Άρης,  Mars,  i.  e.  the  spirit  of  war 
'filted\um,l\.  17,  210,  cf  19,  1(5-— B. 
intransit. — I.  to  sink  in,  δννει  ά?.οιφή, 
the  fat  sinks  or  soaks  in.  where  how- 
ever βοείην  ma.y,he  supplied,  II.  17, 
392,  cf  A.  II.  fin. — II.  to  dive,  Hom., 
who  adds  εις  πόντον,  etc. ;  but  later 
it  stood  alone  :  hence  δύπτω. — III.  to 
set,  of  the  sun  and  stars  :  in  full  ασ- 
τήρ ίδν  νέφεα,  II.  11,  63  ;  but  usu. 
ahsol.,  though  πόντον,  etc.  might 
easily  be  supplied  :  very  freq.  in 
Horn.,  ηέλιος  δ'  up'  εδν,  εδυ  φάος 
7/ίλίο/ο,  δύσετο  δ'  ηέ?ιΐος:  so  too  Βο- 
ι^ιτης  ΰψέ  δύων,  \ate-setting  Bootes, 
δνσόμενος  'Ύπερίων  (to  mark  the 
west)  Od.  1,  24:  metaph.,  βίον  δνν- 


ΔΩΔΕ 

τος  ανγαί,  the  light  of  sinking  life, 
Aesch.  Ag.  1123.  As  in  all  these 
cases  an  ace.  may  be  supplied,  some 
call  the  intrans.  usage  merely  elliptic. 
[v  in  pres.  and  impf.  act.  and  mid., 
Hom. ;  but  Ap.  Rh.  has  δϋομαι,  έδΰε- 
το,  etc.,  and  so  esp.  in  part,  δνόμενος : 
aor.  pass,  έδϋθην  always  ;  in  the  other 
tenses  always  ϋ :  hence  δύω,  when  it 
is  subj.  aor.  2,  as  II.  G,  340;  22,  99: 
δϋνω  always.] 

Ανώδεκα,  οι,  αϊ,  τώ.  poet,  for  δώδε- 
κα, δύο  και  δέκα,  twelve,  Hom.  This 
double  form  is  found  in  all  the  follow- 
ing compounds ;  poets  preferred  the 
fuil  form  δνώδ.,  prose  writers  the 
shorter  δώδ. 

Ανωδεκύβοιος,  poet,  for  δωδεκά- 
βοιος,  II. 

ίΑνωδεκάδρομος,  ον,  poet,  for  δωδε- 
κάδρομης.  Find. 

\Ανωδεκύμηνος,  ον,^ δωδεκάμηνος, 
Hes. 

^ Ανωδεκάμοιρος,  ον,  =  δωδεκύμοι- 
ρος,  Anth. 

\ Ανωδεκάπολις,  ι,  =  δωδεκύπολις, 
ν.  1.  Hdt. 

i Ανωδεκάριθμος,   ον,  =  δωδεκύριΟ- 
μος,  Νοηη. 
f  Ανωδεκύς,=:δωδεκάς,  η,  Anth. 
ίΑνωδεκαταΙος,     α,     ον,  =  δωδεκα- 
ταΐος,  Hes. 

^Ανωδέκατος,  η,  ον,=^δωδέκατος,  η, 
ον,  Hom. 

Ανωκαιεικοσίμετρος,  ον,  {δύω,  καί. 
είκοσι,  μέτρον)  holding  two-and-twenty 
measures,  δ.  τρίττονς,  II.  23,  264. 

Ανωκαιεικοσίπηχνς,  ν,  {δύω,  καί, 
είκοσι,  πΐ/γνς)  twenty-two  cubits  long, 
II.  15,  678^ 

Αώ,  τύ,  shortd.  Ερ.  form  for  δώμα, 
a  house,  dwelling,  Hom.  :  only  in  noni. 
and  ace.  As  plur.  for  δώματα,  only 
Hes.  Th.  933. 

Δώ,  1  sing.  subj.  aor.  2  act.  from 
δίδωμι  ■  but  δώ,  3  subj. 

Αώδεκα,  o'l,  a'l,  τύ,  {δύο,  δέκα) 
twelve,  Hom. 

Αωδεκάβοιος,  ον,  {δώδεκα,  βοΰς) 
ivorth  twelve  beeves,  poet,  δνωδεκάβ., 
II.  23,  703. 

ίΑωδεκύβωμος,  ον,  {δώδεκα,  βωμός) 
with  twelve  altars,  ναός,  Lyd. 

Αωδεκύγναμπτος,  ον,  {δώδεκα, 
γνύμπτω)  bent  twelve  times :  δωδεκ. 
τέρμα,  the  post  (in  the  race-course) 
that  has  been  doubled  twelve  tiynes.  Find. 
O.  3,  59. 

Αωδεκαδάκτν7ιθς,  ον,  {δώδεκα,  δύκ- 
τνλος)  twelve-fingered,  Gal. 

Αωδεκαδύρχης,  ον,  o,=  sq.,  cf.  δω- 
δεκύρχης. 

Αωδεκύδαρχος,  ό,  {δώδεκα,  άρχω) 

α  leader  of  twelve,  Xen.  Cyr.  3,  3,  11. 

ΑωδεκύδεΆτος,  ον,   {δώδεκα,  δέλ- 

τος)  νόμος,  laws  of  twelve  tables. 

Αωδεκύδραχμυς,  ον,  {δώιδεκα,  δρα- 

ίμή)  sold  at  twelve  drachmae,  οίνος, 
lem.  1045,  5. 

Αωδεκύδρομος,  ον,  {δό)δεκα,  δρό- 
μος) running  the  course  twelve  times, 
δνωδ.  τέθριππα.  Find.  Ο.  2,  92. 

Αωδεκάδωρος,  ον.  {δώδεκα,  δώρον) 
twelve  palms  long,  Anth. 

Αωδεκάεδρος,  ον,  {δώδεκα,  ίδρα) 
u<ith  twelve  surfaces  :  το  δ.,  α  dodeca- 
hedron, ν.  Wyttenb.  Flat.  Phaed.  1 10  Β. 

Αωδεκύεθ?.ος,  ον,  (δώδεκα,  ύεθλος) 
conqueror  in  twelve  contests,  Anth. 

Αωδεκαετηρίς,  ίδος,  ή,  a  cycle  of 
twelve  years :  from 

Αωδεκαετής,  ές,  {δώδεκα,  έτος)  of 
twelve  years,  πό?.εμος,  Ath. :  also  -ης, 
ου,  ό,  fern,  τις,  τιδος,  η,  twelve  years 
old,  Anth. :  hence 

Αωδεκαετία,  ας,  η,  a  space  of  twelve 
years,  Diog.  L. 

Αωδεκαήμερος,  ον,  {δώδεκα,  ήμερα) 


ΔΩΔΈ 

of  twelve  days :  το  δ.,  the  time  between 
the  Nativity  and  Epiphany,  Eccl. 

Αωδεκάθεος,  ου,  ό,  {δώδεκα,  θεός) 
α  plant,  ν.  Plin.  25,  4  :  το  δωδεκύ- 
θεον,  a  medicine  (called  after  the 
twelve  greater  gods)  composed  of 
twelve  ingredients,  Faul.  Aeg. 

Αωδεκαις.  ίδος,  {δώδεκα)  consisting 
of  twelve:  θυσίαι  δ.,  at  which  twelve 
animals  were  offered. 

Αωδεκάκις,  {δώδεκα)  adv.,  twelve 
times,  Ar.  Plut.  852. 

Αωδεκύκλϊνος,  ον,  {δώδεκα,  κ?.ίν?/: 
holding  twelve  couches,  Anaxandr.  Frot 
1,  11. 

Αωδεκύκροννος,  ον,  {δώδεκα,  κρου 
νός)  with  twelve  springs,  Cratin.  Pyt.  7 

Αωδεκύκω'λος,  ον,  {δώδεκα,  κώλον\ 
of  twelve  claxises   {κώλα). 

Αωδεκά/ΐνος,  ον,  {δώδεκα,  λίνον) 
of  twelve  threads,  Xen.  Cyn.  2,  5. 

Αωδεκύμηνος,  ον,  {δώδεκα,  μην)  of 
twelve  months,  τέλος.  Find.  Ν.  11, 
11  :  poet,  δυωδεκάμ.,  twelve  months 
old,  Hes.  Op.  750. 

Αωδεκαμήχανος,  ον,  {δώδεκα,  μηχα- 
νή) knowing  twelve  arts :  appearing  under 
twelve  aspects,  αστρον  (v.  1.  ύντρον) 
of  the  sun  moving  tnrough  the  twelve 
signs,  dub.  in  Eur.  Hyps.  10  :  hence 
TO  δ.,  the  twelve  devices,  Ar.  Ran.  1327. 

ΑωδεκαμναΙος,  aia,  αϊον.  {δώδεκα, 
μνα)  ivorth  tivelve  mmai,^$211.20. 

Αωδεκάμοιρος,  ον,  {δώδεκα,  μοίρα) 
divided  into  twelve  parts,  Anth. 

Αωδεκάπαις,  παιδος,  ό,  ή,  {δώδεκα, 
παις)  with  twelve  children,  Anth. 

Αωδεκύπΰ^Μΐ,  {δώδεκα,  πάλαι) 
adv.,  twelve  times  πάλαι,  ever  so  long 
ago,  Ar.  Eq.  1154,  cf.  δεκάπαλαι, 
μνριόπαλαι. 

Αωδεκάπηχνς,  ν,  {δώδεκα,  πήχνς) 
twelve  cubits  long,  Hdt.  2,  153. 

^Αωδεκαπλύσιος,  a,  ον,  twelvefold, 
Flut.2, 1028C. 

Αωδεκάπο?.ις,  ι,  gen.  ιος,  {δώδεκα, 
πόλις)  formed  of  twelve  united  states, 
δνωδ.  'Ιωνες,  Hdt.  7,  95. 

Αωδεκάπονς,  ό,  ή,  πουν,  τό,  gen. 
ποδός,  {δώδεκα,  πους)  twelve  feet  long, 
V.  Meineke  Menand.  p.  129. 

Αωδεκάριθμος,  ον,  {δό)δεκα,  αριθ- 
μός) the  twelfth,  Nonn.  [α] 

Αωδεκάρχης,  ον,  ό,^  δωδεκάδαρχος. 

Αωδεκάς,  ύδος.  ή,  {δώδεκα)  the  num- 
ber twelve,  Anth.  —  II.  α  number  of 
twelve,  Flat.  Legg.  756  B. 

Αωδεκάσημης,  ον,  {δώδεκα,  σήμα) 
with  twelve  signs,  as  the  zodiac. 

Αωδεκύσκαλμος,  ον,  {δώδεκα,  σκαλ- 
μός)  twelve-oared,  Flut. 

Αωδεκάσκηπτρον,  τό,=  δωδεκάφν- 
λον,  of  the  twelve  tribes  of  Israel,  Eccl. 

Αωδεκάσκντος,  ον,  {δώδεκα,  σκϋ- 
τος)  σφαίρα  δ.,  a  ball  of  twelve  differ- 
ent-coloiired  pieces  of  leather.  Plat, 
Phaed.  110  B. 

Αωδεκαστύδιος,  ον,  {δό^δεκα,  στύ• 
διον)  twelve  stades  broad,  Strnb. 

Αωδεκαστύσιος,  ον,  {δώδεκα,  ϊσ- 
τ-ημι)  weii;hing  twelve  times  as  tnuch, 
Flat.  Hipparch.  231  D.  [ά] 

Αωδεκαταϊος,  αία,  alov,  on  the 
twelfth  day.  Plat.  Rep.  C14  Β :  poet. 
δνωδ-,  twelve  days  old,  Hes.  Op.  749. 

Αωδεκατημόριον,  ον,  τό,  {δωδέκα- 
τος, μέρος)  α  twelfth  part.  Plat.  Legg. 
848  C. 

Αωδέκατος,  η,  ον,  {δώδεκα)  the 
twelfth,  Hom. 

Αωδεκαφήρος,  ον,  (δώδεκα,  φέρω) 
bearing  twelve  ti7}ies  in  the  year,  Luc. 

Αωδεκάφυλ7.ος,  ον,  {δώδεκα,  όύλ' 
λον)  with  twelve  petals,  (ιόδα  δ.,  'The- 
ophr. 

Αωδεκύφνλος,  ον,  (δώδεκα,  φν?.ή) 
of  twelve  tribes.   Or.   Sib. :  τό  ο.,  the 
twelve  tribes  of  Israel^  N.  T. 
3<?3 


ΔΩΡΙ 

Αυδεκάωρος,  ον,  [δώδεκα,  ώρα)  of 
twelve  hours,  Sext.  Einp. 

Δωδεκέτης,  ες,  v.  δωδεκαετής. 
Δωδεκενς,  έως,  6,=χοεύς,  because 
ίί  held  twelve  cotylae. 

Δωδεκήμης,  ες,  {δώδεκα,  άρω)  with 
twelve  banks  of  oars,  Ath.  203  D. 

t Δωδών,  ώνος,  7/,=rsq.,  but  only  in 
gen.,  dat.,  ace,  Soph.  Tr.  172:  also 
Δωί5ώ,  in  Simin.  Rh.  ap.  Strab. 

\ΔωδωναΙης,  a.  ov,  of  Dndona,  Do- 
donean,  Ζίΐ'κ;,  11.  IG,  233  :  fern.  Δωδω- 
νίς,  ίδος,  Hdt.  2,  53,  etc.     From 

iΔo}δώι^r/,  ης,  ?/,  Dodona,  a  town  in 
Thesprotia,  alterwaifls  assigned  to 
Epirus,  the  seat  of  a  very  early  and 
celebrated  oracle  of  Jupiter,  the  old- 
est in  Greece,  Horn. :  hence  Δωδώ- 
ν7]βεν  (in  Find.  Dor.  -αΟεν),  from  Do- 
dona, Call.  Del.  284. 

Δώη  and  δώ^^σι,  Ep.  for  δω,  3  sing, 
subj.  aor.  2  act.  from  δίδωμί,  Horn. 

Δώμα,  ατός,  τό,  (δέμω)  a  house, 
dwelling,  both  of  gods  and  men,  Horn., 
Find.,  etc. ;  also  in  plur. :  δώμ'  Άί- 
δαο.  the  abode  of  Hades,  the  nether 
world,  Honi. — II.  α  part  of  the  house, 
a  chamber,  room,  csp.  the  chief  room, 
the  frreat  hall  in  which  was  the  εστία 
or  hearth,  oft.  in  Od.,  cf.  δώ  and  δό- 
μος.— III.  a  house,  household,  Aesch. 
Ag.  14fi8,  Soph.  O.  T.  1226,  etc. 

Δωμάτίον,  τό,  dim.  from  δώμα,  Ar. 
Ran.  100. 

Δωματίτης,  ov,  b,  fem.  -Ιτις,  ιδος, 
ή,  (δώμα)  of,  belonging  to  the  house,  δ. 
εστία,  Aesch.  Ag.  968. 

Δυματοφθυρέω,  ώ,  {δώμα,  φθείρω) 
to  rui/i  house  and  home,  as  Schiitz  for 
σωματοφθ.,  Aesch.  Ag.  948. 

Δωματόω,  ώ,  hence  perf.  pass,  in 
Aesch.  Supp.  958,  δεδωμύτωμαί  οΰ 
σμικρά  χερί,  I  am  housed  in  no  scanty 
way. 

Δωμύω,  ώ,  (δέμω)  usu.  as  dep.  mid., 
=δομέω.  Αρ.  Rh.,  and  Lye.    Hence 

Δώμησις,  εως,  ή,=  δόμησις. 

Δωμι/τνς,  νος,  ή.  Ion.  for  foreg. 

Δωμήτωρ,  ορός,  ύ,^=δομήτωρ. 

Δωμυς,  Dor.  1"θΓς'ω//ον,  Epilyc.Cor.  2. 

Δώναξ,  ό.  Dor.  for  δόναξ,  δονναξ. 
\Δώοι,  ων,  οι,  the  Doei.  a  nation  of 
Arabia,  inhab.  of  Δώα,  Diod.  S. 

Δώομεν,  1  pi.  suljj.  aor.  2  from  δί- 
δωμι,  Ep.  for  δώμεν,  II. 

Δωρεά,  ΰς.  Ion.  δωρεή,  ης,  ή,  α  gift, 
present,  Hdt.  3,  130  :  esp.  an  hotiorary 
gift,  Isocr.  122  A,  Dem.,  etc.  Ace. 
δωρεάν,  like  δωτίνην,  ττροΐκα,  used 
as  adv.,  as  a  free  gift,  freely,  Lat. 
gratis,  Hdt.  5,  23 ;  si)  έν  δωρεά, 
Polyb. :  hence  in  vain,  LXX. 

Δωρέω,  ώ,  to  give,  present,  δώρον, 
Hes.  Op.  82 ;  to  present  one  with, 
τινά  TLvi,  Find.  O.  6,  131 :  but  more 
usu.  as  dep.  mid.,  δωρέομαι,  II.  10, 
557 ;  τί  τινι  and  τινά  τινι.  hke  Lat. 
donare  aliquid  alicui  or  aliquem  aliqtio. 
Hdt.  1,  51;  2,  126;  3,  130,  and  Att. 
The  aor.  pass.  έδωρηΟη,  c.  pass,  signf 
in  Hdt.  8,  85,  and  Att.     Hence 

Δώρημα,  ατός,  το,  that  which  is 
given,  a  gift,  present,  Hdt.  7,  38.  and 
Trag.  ;  c.'dat.  pers..  Soph.  Tr.  668. 

Δωρηματικός,  ή,  ύν,^^δωρητικός, 
Dion.  Η. 

Δωρητήρ,  ηρος,  ό,  {δωρέω)  α  giver, 
Leon.  Tar.  14. 

Δωρητικός,  ή,  όν,  {δωρέω)  inclined 
to  give,  open-handed,  liberal,  Plat.  Soph. 
223  C. 

Δωρητός,  ή,  όν,  {δωρέω)  open  to 
gifts  or  preseyits,  to  be  appeased  thereby, 
11.  9,  526. — II.  presented,  freely  given, 
Soph.  O.  T.  381. 

Δωριάζω,  f.  -άσω,=  Δωρίζω, 
i Δωριακός,  η,  όν,  Doric.  Orac.  ap. 
Thuc.  2,  54. 
384 


ΔΩΡΟ 

^Δωριάς,  άδος,  η,  Dorias,  a  female 
slave,  Antiph.  ap.  Ath.  338  E. 

'ίΔωριεύς,  έως,  ό,  a  Dorian,  descend- 
ant of  Δώμος:  in  plur.  oi  Δωριείς, 
Att.  Δωριης,  the  Dorians,  Od.  19,  177: 
also  01  Δωριης,  as  name  of  the  me- 
tropolis of  the  Dorians  in  Lacedae- 
monia,  Thuc.  1,  107;  as  adj.  Dorian, 
λαός,  κώμος.  Find.  Ο.  8,  39  ;  F.  8,  29. 
— II.  as  masc.  pr.  n.,  Dorieus,  son  of 
Anaxandrides,  king  of  Sparta,  Hdt. 
5,  41.  —  2.  a  Rhodian  naval  com- 
mander, Thuc.  3,  8.  —  3.  a  poet, 
Ath. 

Δωρίζω,  Dor.  Δωρίσδω,  f.  -ίσω,  to 
imitate  the  Dorians  in  life,  manners, 
dialect,  or  7nusic  ;  to  speak  Doric  Greek, 
Theocr.  15,  93  :  to  dress  like  a  Dorian 
girl,  i.  e.  in  a  single  garment  open  at 
the  side ;  in  this  signf.  Δωριάζω  is 
most  usu.,  cf.  Anacr.  58. 

^Δωρικός,  ?},  όν,  Dorian,  Doric,  Hdt. 
8,  43,  etc.  Adv.  -ώς,  in  the  Doric 
dialect,  etc.,  Gramm. 

ίΔώριον,  ov,  ή,  Dorium,  a  daughter 
of  Danaus,  ApoUod.  2,  1,  5. — II.  τό, 
a  city  in  western  Messenia  or  Elis. 
in  the  dominion  of  Nestor,  II.  2,  594. 
— 2.  a  mountain  of  Elis,  Fans. 

Δώριος,  a,  ov,  Dorian :  esp.  in 
poets  with  names  of  musical  instru- 
ments, etc.,  V.  Δωριστί. 

Δωρίς,  ίδος,  η,  strictly  fem.  adj., 
Dorian,  έσθ//ς,  Hdt.  5,  88 ;  hence 
esp.  —  1.  Δωρίς  γη,  νήσος,  etc.,  the 
Dorian  land,  i.  e.  Peloponnesus,  Soph. 
O.  C.  695  ;  also  νΰσος  Δ.,  in  Find.  N. 
3,  6,  of  Aegina;  ή  Δωρίς  sub.  γτ),  Do- 
ris, a  prov.  of  Greece,  south  of  Thes- 
saly,  the  early  abode  of  the  Dorians, 
Hdt.  8,  31 ;  also  a  tract  of  country 
in  Asia  Minor,  Hdt. — 2.  sub.  κοττίς,  a 
Dorian  knife  used  at  sacrifices,  Seidl. 
Eur.  El.  814  :  οίδορίς. — 3.  sub.  γυνή, 
a  Dorian  female. — II.  as  fem.  pr.  n., 
Doris,  daughter  of  Oceanus  and  Te- 
thys,  and  wife  of  Nereus,  Hes.  Th. 
241  ;  also — 2.  a  daughter  of  Nereus, 
II.  18,  45. — 3.  mother  of  Dionysius  of 
Syracuse,  Ath.,  etc. ;  others  in  Ath., 
Anth.,  etc. 

Δωρίσδω,  Dor.  for  Δωρίζω. 
Δωρι,σμός,  ov,   ό,  a  speaki?ig  in  the 
Doric  dialect,  Dorism. 

Δωριστί,  adv.  from  Δωρίζω,  in  Do- 
rian fashion:  7/  Δ.  αρμονία,  the  Do- 
rian mode  or  measure  in  music,  Arist. 
Fol.8,  5,v.  Muller  Dor.  4,  G,  and  cf. 
Φρνγιστί,  Λνδιστί:  in  Ar.  Eq.  989, 
with  a  play  on  δώρον.  [ΐ] 

Δωρίτης,  ύ,  (δώρον)  άγων,  a  game 
in  U'hich  the  conqueror  received  a  pre- 
sent, Flut.,  cf  άργνρίτης,  στεώανίτης. 
Δώριχος,  ov,  ό,  Dorichus,  a  Syra• 
cusan,  Diod.  S. 

Δωροβόρης,  ov,  (δώρον,  βιβρώσκω, 
βορά)=  δωροφάγος. 

Δωροδέκτης,  ον,  ό,  {δώρον,  δέχο- 
μαι) one  that  takes  bribes,  LXX. 

Δωροδοκέω,  ώ,  to  be  a  δωροδόκος, 
to  accept  as  a  present,  esp.  take  as  a 
bribe,  c.  acc,  αργύρων  πολύ,  Hdt.  6, 
72  :  also  absol.,  to  take  bribes,  Hdt.  6, 
82,  Dem.  378,  12.— II.  c.  acc.  pers., 
Hke  δεκάζω.  to  corrupt  by  bribes,  Diod., 
cf.  δωροφηρέω.  Pass.,  to  have  a  bribe 
given  one,  Cratin.  Nom.  3  ;  hence  c. 
acc,  to  receive  as  a  bribe,  Dem.  :  το 
δεδωροκημένον  χρνσίον,  the  bribe, 
Dinarch.  98,  34.     Hence 

Δωροδόκ7)μα,  ατός,  τό,  a  present 
taken  as  a  bribe,  a  bribe,  Dem.  236,  2. 

Δωροδοκηστί,  adv.  {δωροδοκέω)  in. 
bribe  fashion,  in  Ar.  Eq.  996,  with  a 
play  on  Δωριστί,  whence  some  read 
δωροδοκιστί. 

Δωροδοκία,  ας,  ij,  a  taking  of  bribes, 
openness  to  bribery,  Dinarch,  96,  7 ;  ο 


ΔΩΣΩ 

bribe,  Aeschin.  62,  4:  δωροδοκίας 
γραφή,  an  indictment/or  bribery, more 
technically  δώρων  γρ.,  Att.  Process 
p.  351. 

Δωροδόκος,  ov,  (δώρον,  δέχομαι) 
taking  presents  or  bribes,  corrupt,  πράγ- 
ματα δ.,  Ar.  Eq.  403,  and  Flat.— 11. 
act.  bribing,  cf.  Ruhnk.  Tim. 

Δωροδότης,  ov,  ό,  {δώρον,  δίδωμι) 
a  giver  of  presents,  Mel. 

^Δωρόθεος,  ov,  ό,  Dorotheus,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Xen.,Dem.,  etc. 

Δωροκοπέω,=  δωροδοκέω,  LXX. 
Δωμοληπτέω,  ώ,  to  take  presents  : 
from 

Δωρο7ι?/πτης,  ov,  ό,  (δώρον,  λαμ 
βάνω)  one  that  takes  presents,  greedy 
of  gain,  LXX.     Hence 

Δωρο2.7ρρία,  ας,  ή,  a  taking  of  pre 
sents,  Dio  C. 

Δώρον,  ov,  TO,  (δίδωμι)  a  gift,  pre- 
sent, honorary  gift,  Horn.  :  a  votive 
gift  or  offering  to  a  god,  II.  6,  293 : 
but  δώρύ  τίνος,  the  gifts  of  another, 
i.  e.  given  by  him,  esp.  δώρα  θεών,  II. 
20,  265,  Od.^  18,  142 :  δ.  'Αφροδίτης, 
the  gifts  of  Venug,  i.  e.  personal  beau- 
ty, etc.  II.  3,  54,  64:  ϋπνον  δ.,  the 
blessi7ig  of  sleep,  II.  7,  482  :  δώρα, 
presents  given  as  tribute,  II.  17,  225. 
From  Hom.  downwards,  the  usu. 
phrases  are  δώρα  διδόναι,  φέρειν, 
πορειν- — II.  the  breadth  of  the  hand, 
the  palm,  used  like  παλαιστή,  q.  v., 
as  a  measure  of  length,  which  must 
have  been  known  to  Homer,  v.  έκ- 
καιδεκάδωρος. 

Δωροξενίας  γραφ?/,  η,  the  indictment 
of  a  ξένος,  for  bribing  the  judges  to  de- 
clarehim  an  Athenian,  Lys.  ap.Hesych., 
cf.  Att.  Process,  p.  348,  sq. 

ίΔώρος,  ου,  ό,  Ddrus,  son  of  Hellen, 
mythic  progenitor  of  the  Dorian  race, 
Hdt.  1,  56,  etc. :  acc.  to  Eur.  Ion 
1590,  son  of  Xuthus.— 2.  a  Thessa- 
lian,  Thuc.  4,  78. 

Δωμοτε/,έω,  ώ,  to  bring  presents, 
Orac.  ap.  Dem.  1072,  26. 

Δωροφάγος,  ov,  (δώρον,  φαγεϊν)  de- 
vouring gifts,  greedy  of  presents,  Hes. 
Op.  219,  262.  [u] 

Δωροφορέω,  ώ,  to  bring  presents, 
Tivi,  Plat.  ;  to  give  as  presents  or 
bribes,  τί  Tivi,  Ar.  Vesp.  675,  Dind., 
ubi  vul.  δωροδοκοϋσι :  and 

Δωροφορία,  ας,  ή,  a  bringing  of  pre- 
sents, Alciphr. :  and 

Δωροφορικός,  ή.  όν,  bringing  pre- 
sents. Flat.  Soph.  222  D  :  also  brought 
as  a  present :  from 

Δωροφόρος,  ov,  (δώρον,  φέρω)  bring- 
ing prestyits.  Find.  P.  5, 116:  tributary, 
as  the  Mariandyni  were  called  in  re- 
ference to  the  Haracleots,  Euphor. 
Fr.  73. 

Δωρύττομαι,  Dor.  for  δωρέομαι, 
Theocr.  7,  43. 

ίΔωρώ,  ους,  ή,  Doro,  com.  appell..  a 
goddess  of  gifts  and  bribery,  Ar.  Eq. 
529. 

Δώς,  ή,  Lat.  dos,—-δόσLς,  only  found 
in  nom.,  Hes.  Op.  354. 

Δωσείω,  desid.  from  δίδωμι,  to  wish 
to  give,  be  ready  to  give. 

Δωσέμεναι,  δωσέμεν,  Ep.  inf.  fut. 
from  δίδωμι  for  δώσειν,  Hom. 

^Δωσιάδης,  ov,  o,  Dosindcs,  an  his- 
torian, Ath.  143  A. — 2.  a  poet  of  the 
Anthology. 

Δωσίδΐκος,  ov,  (δίδωμι,  δίκη)  giving 
one's  self  up  to  justice,  abiding  by  a 
.sentence,  Hdt.  6,  42,  Polyb.  4,  4,  3, 
though  Schweigh.  writes  δοσίδικος 
in  both  places. 

Δωσίπϋγος,  ov,  (δίδωμι,  πνγή)  = 
κίναιδος. 

Δώσων,  οντος,  δ,  part.  fut.  from 
δίδωμι,  always  going  to  give,  always 


Ε 

promising,  hence  as  a  name  of  An- 
tigonus  II.,  Plut. 

ΫΑοιτά^ας,  a,  ό,  Dotadas,  son  of  Isth- 
mius,  king  of  the  Messenians,  Paus. 

Αωτήμ,  νρος,  ό,  (^δίδωμι)  a  giver, 
δυττ/ρες  ίάων,  givers  of  good,  i.  e.  the 
gods,  Od.  8,  325  :  fern,  δώτειρα,  Arat. 
Cf.  δοτή  β. 

Αώτης,  ου,  ό,  rare  form  for  foreg., 
Hes.  Op.  353. 

Δω~ίΐ'ύςω,  f.  -άσω,  to  receive  or  col- 
lect presents,  Hdt.  2,  180  ;  from 

Αωτίνη,  ης,  ή.  a  gift,  present,  δώ- 
fiov,  Horn.,  and  Hdt. :  the  ace.  δωτί- 
νην,  adv.,  as  a  free  gift,  freely,  for  no- 
thing, like  δωρεάν,  Hdt.  1,  69.  [<] 

tAwTioy,  ου,  τό,  τζέδιον,  the  Dotian 
plain,  in  the  vicinity  of  Ossa,  and  the 
Lacus  BoebeVs,  H.  Horn.  15,  5. — 2. 
Dotium,  a  city  of  Thessaly  in  this 
plain ;  hence  6  Αωτανς.  a  Dotian ; 
fem.  Αωτιάς.  ύδος,  Soph.  Fr.  439,  and 
Αωτηΐς,  ίδος,  Rhian.  ap.  Steph.  Byz. 
tAw-of,  01',  6,  Ddtas,  a  leader  of  the 
Paphlagonians,  Hdt.  7,  72. 

Αωτύς,  νος,  ή.  Ion.  for  δοτίνη. 
tAurtj,  ους,  ή.  Data,  a  Nereid,  II. 
18,  43. 

Δώτωρ,  ορός,  ό,  =  δί^τήρ :  δώτορ 
έάων  is  addressed  to  Mercury  Od.  8, 
335,  H.  Horn.  17,  12  ;  29,  8. 

Αώωσι,  3  plur.  subj.  aor.  2  act. 
from  δίδωμι,  Ep.  for  δώσι,  II. 


Ε. 

Ε,  ε,  ε  ipilov,  the  fifth  letter  of  the 
Gr.  alphabet :  hence  as  numeral  c'= 
πέντε  and  ττέατττος,  but  ^^^5000. 
The  ancients  called  this  vowel  εί, 
Plat.  Crat.  426  C,  437  B.  Dawes 
Misc.  Crit.  p.  12,  as  also  they  called 
0,  ου  ;  in  order  that  these,  like  all 
the  nionosyll.  names  of  letters  μϋ, 
7Γί.  βώ,  etc.,  mieht  be  long.  "WTien 
in  the  archonship  of  Euclides  (B.  C. 
403)  the  Athenians  adopted  the  η 
from  the  Samian  alphabet,  the 
Gramm.  introduced  the  name  of  ε 
^Ρΐλόν.  i.  e.  e  without  the  aspirate,  be- 
cause in  the  early  Gr.  character,  Ε 
was  one  way  of  writing  the  spirit 
asper;  and  so  the  vowel  ε  retained 
this  name. 

As  the  sound  ει  belonged  prob. 
only  to  the  long  e,  it  passed  from  I 
■φύ.όν  to  ητα :  hence  the  various 
forms  of  the  same  word,  ^ai'ort/ai'oi', 
lap  ijp  εΐαρ,  and  (since  ει  easily  pass- 
ed into  t)  είλίΰ  OJm,  εΏ.η  Ιλη,  εύθνς 
Ιθνς,  are  found  in  use  together. 

Not  only  was  ε  used  as  the  syllabic 
augm.  of  the  historic  tenses,  but  also 
as  a  prefix  in  many  old  forms,  e.  g.  in 
Hom.  εείκοσι,  εεδνα,  έέλδωρ.  έέλδε- 
ται,  έέ7.πεται,  έέρση,  and  it  then  al- 
ways has  the  spir.  lenis,  even  if  the 
word  without  the  prefix  have  the  spir. 
asper,  as  εδνα  ίεδνα,  except  in  one 
case,  εε  for  ε.  It  seems  often  to  be 
inserted  between  two  consonants,  as 
ΰλγης  αλέγω,  α/.κή  άλέξω,  Buttm. 
Lexil.  voc.  άφενος  2. 

Έ.  usu.  doubled,  ε  ε,  also  repeated 
three  or  four  times,  an  exclamation 
of  pain  or  grief :  woe !  woe !  more 
rarely  I  or  έ  ε :  most  freq.  in  Trag., 
and  Ar. 

"E,  him-  her-  or  it-self  etc.,  Lat.  se, 
ace.  sing,  and  plur.  reflex,  pron.  of 
3d  pers.  without  nominat.  and  al- 
ways enclitic :  freq.  in  Horn.,  but 
rare  in  Att.,  as  there  the  compd. 
έαντόν  is  usu.  taken  as  the  reflex. 
pron. :  this  appears  in  ε  αυτόν,  ε 
αντήν,  «  ipsum,  him  self,  Od.  8,  396, 
25 


EANO 

n.  14,  162.  The  Att.  usage  is  con- 
fined to  such  places  as  require  no 
emphasis  on  the  pron. ;  though  it  is 
used  in  oppos.,  when  in  a  speech 
quoted  inorationeobliqua  the  speaker 
himself  is  meant :  the  plur.  is  more 
freq.  than  sing,  in  Att.  A  rarer  Ep. 
form  is  έε,  II.  20,  171 :  it  is  never  en- 
clitic.— II.  without  reflex,  sense,  for 
αυτόν,  αυτήν,  αυτό,  him,  her  it,  freq. 
in  Horn.,  but  never  in  Att.  This 
usage  is  more  rare  in  neut.,  as  II.  1, 
236;  as  plur.,  only  H.  Hom.  Ven. 
268. 

Έΰ,  exclam.  of  wonder  or  dis- 
pleasure :  sometimes  doubled  έα,  εα, 
Lat.  vah  !  also  εΐα.  Prob.  imperat. 
from  εάω  for  εαε,  let  be  !  Also  used 
like  άγε,ψέρε,  εα  δή,  come  then .'  [oft. 
by  synizesis  as  monosylL,  Erf  Soph. 
Ant.  95,  Br.  Ar.  Nub.  932,  Ran.  1243.] 

Έ(2,  for  έαε,  3  sing,  impf  from  έάω. 

Έΰ.  1  sing,  imperf  from  ειμί,  I 
was,  Ion.  for  7/v :  hence  came  the 
other  Ion.  form  f/a,  and  old  Att.  7), 
11.  4,  321.  In  Ion.  prose  also  2  sing. 
εας  and  2  plur.  ίατε. 

Έα,  and  lengthd.  Ep.  έύα,  3  sing, 
pres.  from  έάω,  II. :  inf.  έαν,  Ep. 
έάαν,  Od. 

Έάγα.  perf  2  of  άγννμι,  c.  pass, 
sign  Γ ,  Hes.  Op.  532. 

Έάγην,  aor.  2  pass,  of  ύγννμι, 
Hom.  [ά  in  Hom.  except  II.  11,  558.] 

'Έά(5α,  perf.  2  of  άνδάνω,  part. 
έΰδώς :  Hom.  uses  only  ace.  part. 
έαδότα. 

Έά?.η,  3  sing.  aor.  2  pass,  of  είλω, 
II.  :  some  write  έάλη.  [α] 

Έά?.ο)κα,  perf.,  έάλων,  aor.  of 
ύ7.ίσκομαι.  [ά] 

'Έα/ώκειν,  Lac.  for  -κέναι,  inf. 
perf  of  ά?.ίσκομαί,  Plut.  Lys.  14. 

'Εάν,  conj.  (strictly  ει  αν),  if,  if  so 
he  that,  in  case  that,  followed  by  sub- 
junctive :  c.  optat.  only  in  orat.  ob- 
liqua,  when  the  sentiments  of  an- 
other are  quoted,  but  this  is  a  rare 
case,  Herm.  Vig.  n.  312 :  c.  indicat. 
fnt..  only  in  very  late  writers.  It  is 
distinguished  from  ει.  in  that  ει  ex- 
presses a  mere  supposition,  εάν  relates 
to  a  real  contingency,  and  so  usually 
implies  something  future,  Herm.  Vig. 
n.  312.  Hom.  instead  of  this  con- 
junction uses  εΐ  κε  or  al  κε  :  the  Att. 
contract  it  into  ήν  (though  this  is 
also  in  Hom.),  and  ύν.  —  II.  with 
verbs  of  seeing  and  inquiring,  it  an- 
swers to  Lat.  an,  our  if,  whether, 
σκόπει  έαν  ίκανον  y,  see  if  it  be 
enough  :  but  without  any  verb  ex- 
pressed, to  try  whether.  Schneid.  Xen. 
Mem.  4,  4,  12. — III.  ktiv  και,  even  if, 
granting  that,  often  separated,  e.  g. 
εάν  τις  και,  etc.  :  έάΐ'  μη,  if  not,  ex- 
cept, unless,  and  έαν  άρα  μη,  if  per- 
haps not:  εάν  ττερ--,  if  at  all  eve>its  : 
έάν  τε.-,  έύν  τε...,  in  positive  clauses, 
be  it  that...,  or  that...,  like  είτε,  είτε, 
sive...,  sive...,  for  which  is  also  found 
έάν  τε  και.  Soph.  Ant.  327;  but  in 
indirect  questions,  whrther...,  or...: 
έάν  τε-;  έαν  τε  μη--,  be  it  that...,  or 
not.... — IV.  after  relat.  pronouns  and 
particles  έάν  stands  for  άν,  e.  g.  δς 
έάν,  whosoever,  δτνου  έάν,  wheresoever, 
but  this  only  in  N.  T.,  and  very  late 
writers. 

'Έανηφόρος,  ov,  {έανόν,  φέρω)  wear- 
ing a  thin  light  robe,  epith.  of  'Huf, 
Antim.  85. 

Έαι-'όν,  ov,  TO,  V.  sq. 

'Έανός,  ή,  όν,  an  old  Homer,  adj., 
known  as  such  only  from  II.,  used  of 
all  things^/ /or  putting  on  or  xvearing, 
from  their  beauty,  lightness,  or  con- 
venience, fit  for  wear,  hence  the  de- 


EATT 

riv.  from  ίνννμι  is  prob.  right ;  έανΰ 
?.ιτί,  with  linen  good  for  wearing,  i.  e. 
fine  and  white,  11.  18,  352  ;  23,  254  ;  so 
πε'-λοζ•  έανός,  a  fine  or  light  veil,  Π. 
5,  734  ;  8, 3S5 ;  and  έανός  κασσίτερος, 
tin  beat  out  thin  and  so  made  fit  for 
wear,  II.  18,  612. — B.  hence  neut.  as 
subst.  TO  έανόν,  sub.  είμα  or  ίμάτιον, 
a  rich  state-robe,  fit  for  goddesses, 
ladies  of  rank,  etc.,  to  wear,  11.  3,  385, 
419  ;  14,  178,  H.  Ven.  63,  also  ε'ιανόν, 
11.  16,  9  ;  the  masc.  έανός,  sub.  ττέττ- 
λος,  is  found  II.  21,  507.  [in  II.  a  in 
adj.,  α  in  subst.  Clarke  II.  3,  385, 
Herm.  Orph.  Arg.  880  :  later  authors 
u.se  α  or  a,  as  suits  the  metre.] — 
(Buttm.  Lexil.  in  voc.  is  led  by  this 
difference  of  quantity  to  assume  a 
twofold  root :  —  1.  ίνννμι  for  the 
subst. : — 2.  έάω  for  the  adj.,  which 
would  then  have  as  its  orig.  sense 
yielding,  giving  way,  and  SO  flexible, 
pliant,  clasping.  Nor  is  this  very  im- 
prob.,  as  the  subst.,  like  'ένννμι,  has 
the  digamma,  II.  14,  178;  21,  507; 
whereas,  the  adj.  has  not,  v.  Π.  18, 
352,  612;  23,254.) 

'Έαξα,  aor.  1  act.  of  άγννμι  for 
ηξα,  Hom. 

ΈΑΡ,  έαρος,  τό,  Hom.,  and  Hdt. : 
in  later  poets,  as  Theocr.,  εΐαρ,  εΐα- 
ρος :  contr.  ήρ,  ηρος,  rare  in  nom., 
Alcm.  24,  but  in  genit.  and  dat.  the 
only  forms  used  in  Att.  prose,  cf. 
7/pi ."  spring,  Hom.,  etc.:  εαρ  νέον 
ίστάμενον.  early  spring,  Od.  19,  519: 
αμα  τώ  ίαρι,  at  the  beginning  of 
spring,  Hdt.  5,  31.  Later  poets  use 
it  o{  anything  early,  young  or  fresh,  the 
prime,  γεννών  έαρ,  the  first  down  on 
the  chin,  ύμνων,  χαρίτων  εαρ,  Anth. 
cf  Hdt.  7,  162. — II.  the  sap,  which 
rises  in  spring  ;  lap  έλαίης,  oil,  Nic, 
and  so  έαρ  alone,  Call.  Fr.  201 : 
hence  of  men,  blond,  0pp.  (Strictly 
Γε'αρ,  Lat.  ver,  cf.  Pers.  behar.) 

'Έ,αρίδρε—τος,  ov,  (έαρ,  δρέπω) 
plucked    in  spring,  Pind.  Fr.  45,  7. 

'Έαρίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (έαρ)  to  pass  the 
spring,  Lat.  vernare,  Xen.  An.  3,  5, 
15,  like  χειμύζω,  hiemare. — II.  to  en- 
joy spring,  to  be  green,  etc.,  as  in 
spring,  Philo :  also  in  mid.  7.ειμώνες 
ύνθεσιν  έαριζόμενοι.  Plat.  Αχ.  371  Ο. 

Εαρινός,  ή,  όν,  rarely  ός,  όν, 
Matth.  Eur.  Hipp.  76,  (έαρ)  Lat.  ver- 
nus,  of  spring,  ωρη  έ.,  spring-time, 
Polyb. ;  θά?.πος  έ-,  the  heat  of  spring, 
Xen.  Cyr.  8,  6.  22.  In  Hom.  εΐαρ. : 
Att.  ήρινός.  [I] 

νΕάρινος,  ov,  (5,  Earinus,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  DioC. 

Έαροτρεότίς,  ές,  (εαρ,  τρέφω)  nour- 
ished, flourishing  in  spring,Mosch.2,67. 

Έαρόχροος,  ov,  (έαρ,  χρόα)  spring- 
coloured. fresh  green,  Orph. 

'Έ,άρτερος,  a,  ov,  poet,  for  εαρινός, 
Nic. 

Έάσι,  3  plur.  pres.  from  εϊμι,  Ep. 
for  είσί,  Hom. 

'Έ,ασσα,  Dor.  part.  fem.  from  ειμί, 
for  ούσα. 

Έάται,  3  plur.  pres.  from  ημαι.  Ion. 
for  ηνται,  U.  :  so  ίατο,  imperf.  fo 
7)  ντο,  II. 

Έάτέος,  a,  ov,  verb.  adj.  from  έάω,. 
to  be  suffered,  Eur.  Phoen,  1210  ;  to  be 
let  alone,  έατ.  είναι  φενγειν,  Hdt.  8, 
109. — II.  έατέον,  one  must  suffer,  Plat. 
Gorg.  512  E. 

Έαντότης,  ητος,  η,  identity,  Pro- 
clus  :  from 

'Έαντον,  ης,  ov,  plur.  εαυτών,  etc., 
Ion.  έωντον,  etc.,  Att.  contr.  αΰτοΰ, 
etc.,  of  himself  etc. ;  pron.  reflex,  of 
3d.  pers. ;  but  not  seldom  in  Att.  for 
1st  and  2d,  έμαντον  and  σεαντοϋ,  in 
cases  easily  determined  from  the  con- 
385 


ΕΒΔΟ 

text ;  though  in  all  these  Elms.  He- 
racl.  144,  814,  would  write  αΰτοϋ.  etc. 
The  usage  of  the  plur.  έηντών,  iav- 
τοίς,  etc.,  for  ύλ///λωΐ',  άλλήλοις,  of 
one  another,  is  more  rare.  Erf  Soph. 
Ant.  I.i4,  Heind.  Plat.  Lys.  215  B, 
Parm.  133  Β  :  this  use  was  at  first 
prob.  confined  to  the  dual,  Alb.  He- 
sych.  1,  1059.  Both  έαντοϋ  and  αΰ- 
τοϋ are  post-Hom. :  in  Horn,  always 
divisim.  έο  αϋτον,  οι  αΰτώ,  έ  αυτόν, 
etc..  Lat.  SHI  ipsius,  etc.,  Wolf  Hes. 
Th.  470. — In  many  cases  it  is  indiffer- 
ent whether  the  pers.  pron.  avrou.  or 
the  refle.T.  αΰτον  be  used,  and  so  it  is 
often  hard  to  decide,  v.  esp.  Buttm. 
Deni.  Mid.  p.  140. 

ΈάόΟη,  Horn,  form,  only  found  11. 
13,  543,  and  14,  419,  kTvl  (V  άστνίς 
έύφθη  και  κόρυς,  επ'  αντώ  ασπίς 
έάοΗη.  Most  follow  Tyraiinio  ap. 
Schoi.  Ven.  in  drawing  it  from  άτττω, 
3  sing.  aor.  1  pass,  for  ήφθη.  in  which 
case  it  is  upon  him  were  fastened,  i.  e. 
to  him  clung  his  shield  and  helmet, — 
i,  e.  they  fell  all  together,  whereas  in 
other  cases  the  arms  flew  off  as  a 
man  fell.  Aristarch.  brings  it  from 
εττομαί,  shield  and  helmet  followed 
after,  which  would  be  quite  irreg.  in 
point  of  form.  In  both  cases  the  syl- 
labic augm.  before  a  verb  not  having 
the  digamma  is  objectionable.  For  a 
full  discussion  of  the  word  v.  Spitzn. 
E.xc.  x.xiv  ad  II. 

ΈΑΏ,  fut.  iaau  :  imperf.  εΐων : 
aor.  ε'ιασα,  poet,  ίασα :  poet.  pres. 
εΐάω,  είώ,  Horn.  To  let,  i.  e.  to  let 
happen,  suffer,  allow,  permit,  Lat.  sine- 
re  ;  and  so  often  absol.,  ουκ  kda  Kpo- 
viihjc  oft.  c.  ace.  pers.  ct  inf.,  -pnv 
μ'  ουκ  έα  Παλλάς,  Horn. :  also  with 
collat.  notion  of  carelessness,  τονςόε 
la  φβιννθειν,  leave  them  alone  to  per- 
ish, 11.:  ούκ  έάν,  not  to  suffer,  II.  4, 
55,  i.  e.  to  forbid,  hinder,  prevent,  Od. 
19,  25,  and  freq.  in  Hdt. :  also,  to  ad- 
vise, persuade  not  to  do...,  Thuc.  1, 
133:  ούκ  έάν...,  άλ?ιύ...,  where  κε- 
λεύειΐ'  must  be  supplied  with  the  lat- 
ter clause,  Valck.  Hdt.  7,  104;  c. 
dupl.  ace.  ovK  έύσει  σε  τοντη,  will 
not  allow  thee  this.  Soph.  Ant.  538. — 
II.  to  let  go,  let  alone,  let  be,  Lat.  oynit- 
tere,  c.  acc,  ία  χύλον,  II.  9,  200  ;  μνη- 
στήρων εα  βονλήν,  heed  not  the  suit- 
ors' plan,  Od.  2,  281  :  έάν  τίνα.  to  let 
one  alone,  let  him  go  about  his  business. 
II.  24,  557,  Od.  8.  509  ;  ^ai;  τινά  τίνος, 
to  let  a  man  of  a  thing,  i.  e.  keep  or 
hinder  him  from  it.  Plat.  Legg.  969  C. 
— 2.  in  same  signf.,  c.  inf.,  κλειίιαι 
έύσομεν,ν,'β  will  have  done  with  steal- 
ing, let  it  alone,  II.  24,  71  ;  also  absol. 
άλλ'  άγε  δη  και  ίασον,  have  done,  let 
he,  II.  21,  221  ;  βευς  το  μεν  δώσει,  το 
d'  εάσει,  he  will  give  one  thing,  the 
other  he  will  let  alone  (i.  e.  not  give), 
Od.  14,  444 :  έάν  χαίρειν,  i.  e.  to  let 
alone,  Hdt.  6,  23!— III.  mid.  έάσθαί 
τινί  τι,  ίο  give  νρ  a  thing  to  another, 
Soph.  O.  C.  368.— Fut.  mid.  έύσομαι 
in  pass,  signf.  Thuc.  1,  142.  [a  in 
pres.  and  imperf.,  u  in  fut.  and  aor. 
in  all  good  poets.  From  Horn,  down- 
wards 3  sing.  pres.  έα.  and  imperat. 
pres.  la,  oft.  as  monosyll..  Hevne  11.5, 
256  :  so  Att..  Erf.  Ant.  95,  v.  sub  ta.] 

Έάωτ,  Ep.  -gen.  plur.  of  ένς  for 
b'luv.  Hom.  [a] 

Έ;3αΐ',  3  plur.  aor.  2  of  βαίνω, 
Aeol.  and  Ep.  for  εβησαν,  Hom. 

'Έβδεμήκοντα,  Dor.  for  έβδομή- 
κοντα. 

'Έβδομάγενι'ις.  ες,  {έβδομη,  *yivtj)) 

horn  on  the  seventh  day ;  Pint.,  as  eplth. 

of  Apollo;  cf.  also  sq.,which  indeed  is 

preferred  by  Valckn.  Aristob.  p.  115. 

386 


ΕΓΓΑ 

Έ3δοαάγέτης,  ov,  ό,  (έβδομη,  uyu) 
epith.  ol  Apollo,  to  whom  tlie  Spar- 
tans offered  sacrifices  on  the  seventh 
of  even/  month,  Aesch.  Sept.  800 :  cf. 
Spanh.  Call.  Del.  251,  Welcker  Aes- 
chyl.  Trilogie.  p.  05,  n. 

Έίδομαδικός.  ή,  όν,  {έθδσμύς)  he- 
longing  to  seven  :   weekly,  Gal. 

'Έ,βδημηΙος,  αίη,  αϊον,  (έβδομος)  on 
the  seventh  day,  Hipp.,  Thuc.  2,  49. 

Έβδομάκις,  adv.,  seven  titne».  Call. : 
from 

'Έ^βδομάς,  άδος,  ή,  (έβδομος)  the 
number  seven. — II.  a  time  of  seven  days, 
a  week.  Arist.  Pol. :  also  of  seven  years, 
septenary,  Plut. 

Έ,βδόματος,  ον,=^Ιβδομος,  the  sev- 
enth. Hom. 

Έβδομεύομαι,  (έβδομη)  as  pass.,  to 
be  horn  on  the  seventh  of  the  month  and 
called  thereafter,  Lys.  ap.  Harp. 

Έβδομήκοντα.  οι,  αϊ,  τύ,  indecl., 
seventy.  Hdt.  1,  32,  etc.     Hence 

'Ε,βδοιιηκοντύκις,  adv.,  seventy 
times,  LXX. 

Έβδομηκοντούτης,  ov,  a,  -οντις, 
ιδος,  ή.  (έβδομήκοντα,  έτος)  seventy 
years  old. 

'Έ,ιίδομηκοστός,  ή,  όν,  the  seventieth, 
Hipp. 

"Έ,βδομος,  η,  ov,  (επτά)  the  seventh. 
— II.  ή  έβδομη,  (ημέρα)  the  seventh 
day  of  the  lunar  month,  Hdt.  6,  57  : 
the  Rom.  Nonne :  also  in  plur.  in 
same  sign.,  έβδόμαις  πνλαις,  iiot  = 
έπτα  τ.,  but  at  the  seventh  gate.  Aesch. 
Theb.  125,  cf.  631,  and  Valck.  ap. 
Dind.  ad  v.  125. 

'Έβένινος,  η,  ov,  of  ebony :  from 

'Έιβεΐ'ος,  ov,  ή,  the  ebony-tree,  ebony, 
Hdt.  3,  97  :  also  έβένη,  Theophr. 
There  were  two  kinds,  the  black 
Ethiopian,  and  the  variegated  Indian 
(πηικίλτ]). 
i'Έ,βεσoς,  ov,  7},='Έβονσος,  Dio  C. 

'Έ.βην,  ης,  η,  aor.  2  of  βαίνω.  Aor. 
mid.  έβησάμην,  with  Ep.  collat.  form 
έβήσετο,  Hom. 

ΈβίσκΟΓ,  ov,  η,=ζΙβίσκος. 

Έβλ&βεν,  Aeol.  and  Ep.  for  έβλά- 
βησαν,  3  plur.  aor.  2  pass,  from  βλά- 
πτο). 

Έβ?.ητο,  Ep.  3  sing.  aor.  syncop. 
of  βάλλω,  c.  pass,  signf.,  II. 

^Έβονρα,  ας,  ή,  Ehura,  a  city  of 
Hispania  on  the  Baetis,  Strab. 

νΚβηνρωνες,  ων,  οΊ,  the  Eburones,  a 
Celtic  people,  Strab. 

νΈ,βονσος.  ov,  ή,  Ebusus,  now  Ivicn, 
one  of  the  Pityusae  or  Pine  islands, 
containing  a  city  of  the  same  name, 
Strab. 

'Έ.βράιζω,  f.  -ίσω.  to  speak  Hebrew, 
Joseph. :  also='Iini(5a&,  Eccl. 
VYJβpaϊκός,  ή,  oi',=  sq..  N.  T. 
νν,βραιος,  a,  ov,  Hebrew.  N.  T. 
ΙΈβραίς,   ίδοΓ,  ή,  pecul.    fern,    to 
foreg.  Hebrew,  N.  T. 

'Έβραϊστί,  adv.,  in  the  Hebrew 
tongue,  N.  T. 

ί'Έβρόδοννον,  ov,  TO,  Ebrodiinum,  a 
town  of  Gaul,  Strab. 

νΥ,βρος,  ov,  0,  the  Hebrus,  a  river  of 
Thrace,  which  empties  into  the  Ae- 
gean sea,  Hdt.  4,  90. 

"Eyj'Qior,  a'la,  ainv.  also  έγγειος, 
ov,  (έν.  γη)  in  or  of  the  land,  native, 
Aesch.  Pers.  922. — II.  usu.  of  proper- 
ty, in  land,  consisting  of  land,  έγγ.  κτή- 
ματα, landed  property,  Xen.  Symp. 
4,31  ;  κτήσεις  έγγ.  και  οΊκίιιι,  Bbckh 
Inscr.  1,  862:  σνμβόλαιον  εγγ.,  ορρ. 
to  ΐ'αυτίΛ-όΐ',  Dem.  893.15:  τόκος  εγγ., 
rent.  ορ]ΐ.  to  common  interest,  Dem. 

^Έ,γγαληνί^ω.  f.  -ίσω,  to  be  calm,  to 
live  quietly,  Diog.  L. 

'Κγγάλος,  ov,  (έν,  γάλ.α)  giving 
milk,  in  milk 


Em 

Έγγΰμέω,  ώ,  (έν,  γαμέω)  to  marTy 
into  a  family. 

'Έ.γγΰμίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (έν,  γαμίζω)  to 
give  in  marriage. 

Έγγύμιος,  ov,  (έν,  γάμος)  married. 
["] 

Έγγαστρίμαντις,  εο)ς,  ό,  ij,  (εν, 
γαστήρ,  μάντις)  one  that  prophesies 
from  the  belly,  cf.  εγγαστρίμυθος. 

Έγγαστριμάχαιρα,  ας,  η,  comic 
word  in  ilippon.  Fr.  56,  one  who  makes 
havoc  leith  his  belly. 

Εγγαστρίμυθος,  ov,  (ev,  γαστήρ, 
μνθος)  a  ventriloquist,  one  that  prophe- 
sies frorn  the  belly,  LXX. 

'Έ,γγάστριος,  ov,  (έν,  γαστήρ)  in 
the  womb. 

Έγγέγύα,  (έν,  γέγαα)  pGet.  esp. 
Ep.  pert,  of  έγγίγνομαι  (v.  *γάω),  to 
be  born  in :  to  live  in,  '1?.ίφ,  Horn., 
only  in  3  plur.  ίγγεγάασι. 

'ΈΊγγείνωνΤαι,  3  plur.  snbj.  aor.  1 
from  έγγίνομαι  in  trans,  signf..  to  en• 
gender  or  breed  in,  ενλάς  έγγ..  II.  19, 
26.     (No  pres,  έγγείνομαι  i»  found.) 

'Έγγειος,  ov,  (kv,  γέα,  γή)=έγγαι- 
ος,  Dem.  914,  9,  etc. ;  esp. — 11.  of 
plants,  sprung  from  the  earth,  Plat. 
Tim.  90  A,  opp.  to  ζώα. 

Έγγειότοκσς.  σν,  or  better  έγ'γεότ., 
(έγγειος,  τίκτω)  horn  in  the  land,  indi- 
genous, Theophr. 

Έ,γγειόφνλλος,  ov,  (έγγειος,  φνλ- 
?Mv)  having  creeping  foliage.  Id. 

'Έιγγελ.αστής.  οϊ',  ό,  a  mocker,  scorn- 
er,  Eur.  Hipp.  1000:  from 

Έγγε/.άω,  ώ,  f.  -άσω,  (έν,  γελιάω) 
to  laugh  one  in  the  face,  laugh  at.  inock, 
jeer  at  one,  c,  dat.,  like  Lat.  irridere, 
Eur.  Med.  1355,  etc. ;  also  κατά  τί- 
νος, Soph.  Ο.  C.  1339  :  absol.  to  mock, 
jeer.  Soph.  El.  807,  and  Eur.— II.  to 
laugh  in  or  among,  αίφα  κνμασιν  έγ- 
γελώσα,  gently  rippling.  Sosicr.  ap. 
Ath.  474  A  :  cf.  γε?ιάω.  [ΰσω] 

Ένγενέτης,  ov,  ό,  in-born,  native, 
Αρ.  i?h. :  from 

Εγγενής,  ίς,  (έν,  γένος)  in-horn, 
native,  Hdt.  2,  47 :  natural,  Pind.  N. 
10,  95:  έγγ.  θεοί,  gods  of  the  race  or 
country.  Erf.  Soph.  Ant.  \m.—\\.horn 
of  the  same  race,  kindred.  Soph.  O.  T. 
1168.  Adv.  -νώς,=γνησίως,  or  like 
kinsmen.  Soph.  O.  T.  1225. 

'Έ,γγεννάω,  ω,  (έν,  γεννάω)  to  gen- 
erate or  produce  in,  τινί,  Plut. 

ΎJγγεvoμaι,  (έν,  γενώ)  to  taste,  taste 
of,  τινός,  Polyb. 

'Έ/γήρΰμα,  ατός,  τό,  the  joy  or  de- 
light of  old  age,  Plut. :  from 

Έγγηράσκω,  c.  fut.  -άσω,  [ά],  (έν, 
γηράσκω)  to  groiv  old  in,  ταΐς  βασι- 
λείαις.  Polyb. :  mid.  fut.  -άσεσθαι,  to 
grow  old,  wear  out,  Thuc.  6,  18. 

Ύ,γγηροτροφέω.  ώ,  =  γηροτροφέω. 

Έγγίγνομαι,  and  later  έγγίνομαι 
[ί],  fut.  έγγενήσομαι,  (έν,  γίγνομαι) 
dep.  mid.,  to  be  produced  in,  to  grow  in, 
to  take  place,  happen,  arise  in,  OT  among, 
c.  dat.,  Hdt.  5,  3. — II.  to  come  in,  in- 
tervene, pass,  of  conversation,  Hdt.  2, 
121,  4  ;  but  most  usu.  of  time  :  γρό- 
vov  έγγινομένον,  έγγενομένον,  Hdt. 
1,  190.  Thuc.  1,  113,  etc.,  cf.  Heind. 
Plat.  Prot.  339  E.— III.  έγγίγνεται,  it 
is  allowed,  like  έξεστι.  c.  inf.  Hdt.  1, 
132  :  6,  38.— IV.  for  aor.  έγγείνασθαι, 
v.  έγγείνωνται. 

'Έίγγιγνώσκω,  and  later  έγγίν.,  to 
acknoivlcdge,  avow,  Aretae. 

Εγγίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (έγγνς)  to  bring 
near,  bring  vp  to,  τινί  τι,  Polyb. — II. 
usu.  intrans.,  to  be  near,  come  near, 
approach,  τινί,  and  (like  εγγύς)  τινός, 
Polyb. ;  also  with  εις  and  ■προς,  LXX. : 
and  absol.  to  draw  nigh,  be  at  hand,  lb. 

Έγγίνομαι,  έγγίνώσκω,  v.  έγγιγν. 


ΕΓΓΥ 

'Έγγίων•,  ον,  Hipp.,  and  Arist.  Η. 
Α.,  comparat. ;  and  έγγιστος,  η,  ον, 
most,  f'req.  neut.  pi.  as  adv.  εγγιστα, 
Hipp.,  superl.,  from  έγγΰς- 

Έγγ/ί,^υκος,  ον,  {iv,  γλαυκός)  Mice- 
ish,  blue,  Diod, 

Έγγλισχρος,  ον,  (έν,  γ?Χσχρος) 
somewhat  sticky. 

Έγγλϋκαίνω.  (εν,  γλυκαίνω)  to 
sweeten,  soften,  Euseb. 

Έγγ/.ύκος,  ον,  (,έν,  γ?.νκύς)  sweet- 
ish, Diosc. 

'Εγγ/ί.νμμα,  ατός,  τό,  (έγγ?Μφω) 
carved  work,  Themist. 

'Έγγ'λνσσω,  {-έγγ/ΜΚος)  to  have  a 
sweet  laste,  Hdt.  2,  92. 

'Eyy/.vou,  f.  -^»j,  (έν,  γ?ινφω)  to 
cut  in,  carve,  esp.  m  stone,  Hdt.  2,  4.  [ΰ] 

Έγγ?-ωττογάσ-ωρ,  ορός,  ό,  ij,  = 
γ7.ω(ίαογύσ~ωρ,  Ar.  Αν.  1ϋ95. 

ΈγγλωτΓοτϋπέ'^ί y  ώ,  (έν,  γλώσσα, 
TV~T<j)  to  coin  with  the  tongue,  to  be 
always  talking  of,  Ar,  Eq.  782. 

Έγγοητεύω,  {έν,  γοητΐνω)  to  bring 
on  by  charms,  rcvi  Tt,  Philostr, 

'Eyyo/z0ow.  ύ,  (έν,  γομφόω)  to  nail 
en,  Gal.    Hence 

'Eyyo/i^ijffif,  εος,  h,  a  nailing  or 

Jixing  in,  fastening,  Gal. 

'Ey)Oi/Of,  ov,  0,  usu,  distinguished 
from  ίκγονος,  as  meaning  a  grandson: 
but  ΐγ)ονος  =  έκ-;ονος  is  read,  Plat. 
Rep.  361  E,  ubi  v.  Stallb. :  ή  εγγόνη, 
a  granddaughter,  Artein. ;  also  ή  εγ- 
γόνας, Plut, :  -<t  εγγόνα,  the  fruit  of 
the  icomb,  Arist.  Pol.  Later  εγγονός 
was  used  just  like  the  older  ίκγονος. 

^Εγγράμματος.,  ον,  ( έν,  γράμμα ) 
marked  by  letters,  written,  opp.  to  spo- 
ken, Epict. 

Έγγρα-τος,  ον,=εγγραφος,  Polyb. 

Έγγραυ?Ας,  ίόος,  ή,  a  small  fish,  a 
sprat,  Ael.,  also  έγκρασίχολος. 

^Εγγραφή,  ης,  ή,  (ίγγρύφω)  α  regis- 
tering, registration,  Dera.  996,  etc:  α?ι 
inscxiption. 

Έγγραφος,  ον,  written  in,  written, 
Polyb,  :  esp,  of  the  written  word, 
Eccl.     Adv.  -φως :  from 

Έγγραφο,  f•  -τ/'ω,  {iv,  γράόω)  to 
mark  in  or  on.  to  paint  β?»,  ζώα  ές  την 
εσθήτα  ΐγγ.,  Hdt.  1.203:  Ζο  xorite  in 
or  on,  γράμματα  στή/.y  or  έν  στή?.-η, 
Hdt.  4.  91  ;  2,  102 :  and  so  mid., 
Aesch.  Pr.  789;  pass.,  εγγεγραμμέ- 
νος τι,  having  it  written  on.  Soph.  Tr. 
157. — II.  to  enter  in  the  public  register 
or  accounts,  to  set  down,  Ar.  Pac.  1180: 
esp.  in  case  of  a  youth  when  come  to 
manhood,  εΙς  άνδρας  έγγρ-,  Dem.  412, 
25  :  also  to  enter  in  the  judge's  list,  to 
indict,  λειποταξίον,  Aeschin.  48,  1 : 
εγγεγραμμένος  έν  ΰκροτζό7^εί,  register- 
ed among  the  state-debtors,  Dem. 
771,  6.  _[«] 

Έγγϋάλίζω,  f.  -ξω,  (έν,  γναλον) 
strictly,  to  put  into  the  palm  of  the  hand : 
hence  to  put  into  one's  hands,  grant  in 
full,  impart:  Horn,  has  it  nietaph. 
τιμήν,  κύδος,  κράτος,  but  also  εεδνα, 
ΐπτίονς  ;  and  Od.  16,  66.  to  giue  over  a 
man  to  the  care  of  another.  Ep.  word, 
also  used  by  Hegem.  ap.  Ath.  698  D. 

Έγγυάω,  ώ,  f.  -7/σω  .'  when  aug- 
mented, usu.  ηγγνων,  7/y;  ΰ;;σα,  but 
in  perf  commonly  έγγεγνηκα,  on 
which  and  other  irregularities  of 
augm.  V.  Buttm.  Ausf  Gr.  §  8,  Anm. 

5,  n.  To  give  or  hatid  over,  esp.  as  a 
pledge,  to  plight,  Lat.  spondco  :  hence 
to  betroth,  θυγατέρα  έγγυΰν  τινι,  Hdt. 

6,  57,  opp.  to  έγγνάσθαι,  to  accept  an 
offer  (cf  infra) :  to  engage,  promise,  c. 
ace.  et  inf ,  Ar.  Plut.  1202.— B.  mid., 
to  pledge  or  plight  one's  self,  to  give  a 
pledge  ;  in  full  έγγύην  έγγνάσθαι. 
Plat.  Legg.  953  Ε :  δεΰαΐ  δει?.ών 
έγγύαι  έγγνάασθαι,  a  rogue's  word 


ΕΓΓΥ 

is  poor  surety,  Od.  8,  351 ;  hence 
proverb,  έγγνα,  rrupa  ό'  άτα,  cf.  also 
Epich.  p.  91.— 2.  to  promise  under  a 
pledge  :  oft.  joined  with  inf  aor.  or 
fut.,  έγγυησάμενοι  τταρέξειν,  Lys. 
132,  2 :  sometimes  c.  ace.  et  inf, 
Pind.  O.  11,  16:  also  c.  ace.  rei,  to 
answer  for,  τι,  ap.  Dem.  713,  3  ;  more 
rarely  c.  ace.  pers.,  έγγνάσθαι  τινά 
τινι,  to  give  surety  for  one  to  another, 
Dem.  901,  14  ;  and  in  same  sense  έγ- 
γύην ένγνΰσθαί  τίνα  ττρός  τίνα, 
Heind.  Plat.  Phaed.  1 15  D.  But— C. 
pass.,  έγγνάσθαι  την  θυγατέρα  -καρά 
τίνος,  to  accept  an  offer  of  marriage, 
Hdt.  6,  130,  cf  Dem.  1311,20:  from 

'Eyyt;;?,  ης,  ή,  ( έν,  γυΐον)  'surety 
given  by  putting  a  pledge  in  one's  hand  : 
in  genl.  surety,  security,  bail,  whether 
received  or  given,  Od.  8,  351,  v.  ev- 
γνάω  Β ;  έγγύην  τιθέναι,  Aesch. 
Eum.  893.  —  II.  a  betrothing.  Plat. 
Legg.  774  E.  [v,  later  also  v,  Anth.] 

Έγγνησις,  εοις,  ή,  (έγγνάω)  a  giv- 
ing bail  or  security,  v.  1.  Dem.  724,  6. 

Εγγυητής,  ov,  b,  {έγγνάω)  one  who 
stands  bail,  gives  security,  a  surety,  έγγ. 
καθιστύναι,  Hdt.  1, 196,  and  ap.  Dem. 
712,  22;  τταρέχειν.  Plat.  Legg.  871  E. 
Hence 

Εγγυητικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to  bail 
or  surety. 

Έγγνητός,  ή,  όν,  (έγγνάω)  pledged, 
plighted  :  betrothed,  legally  married, 
Dem.  1365,  18. 

Έγγύθεν,  adv.  (εγγύς)  from  nigh  at 
hand,  hard  by,  near,  oft.  in  Hom.,  and 
Att.:  sometimes  c.  dat.,  έγγύθεν  τινι, 
hard  by  him,  11.  17,  554,  11.  18, 133,  also 

c.  gen.,  Aesch.  Cho.  852. — II.  of  time, 
7Ugh  at  hand,  II.  18,  133  ;  19,  409.  [ϋ] 

Έγγνθήκη,  'ης,  ή,  and  in  Luc.  έγ- 
γνοθ.,  a  chest  or  case  to  keep  things  in, 
Luc. — II.  a  stand  for  vessels,  tripods, 
etc..  Ath.,  Lat  incitega.  Midler  Arch. 

d,  Kunst  '^  299,  9.  Scaliger's  read- 
ing, αγγοθήκη,  is  not  required  :  for 
άγγος,  αγχι,  εγγύς  are  near  akin. 

Έγγύθι,  adv.,  hard  by,  near,  in  Hom. 
usu.  c.  gen.,  seldom,  as  II.  22, 300,  c. 
dat.,  sometimes  absoL,  as  11.  7,  341, 
and  Hes. — II.  of  time,  nigh  at  hand, 
soon,  II,  10,  251.  [v] 

Έγγνιόω,  also  'εγγνόω,  ύ,  (έν,  γνϊ- 
ον)  to  put  into  the  hands. — II.  to  stretch 
the  li7nbs  upon,  τινί,  LXX. 

Έγγνμνάζω,  f  -άσω,  (έν,  γυμνάζω) 
to  exercise  in.  Mid.  to  exercise  or  prac- 
tise one's  self.  Plat.  Phaedr.  228  E. 

t'EyyiOv,  ov.  τό,  or  ΈΎγύίον,  En- 
ίν"Λΐ,  a  city  of  Sicily,  Diod.  S.:  hence 
Έγγνΐΐ'ος,  ό,  an  inhabitant  of  Engyum, 
Plut.  Marcell.  20, 

Έγγνος,  ov,  (έγγύη)  giving  surety 
or  bail :  hence  secured,  under  good  se- 
curity, Lys.  902,  3. — II.  as  subst.= 
εγγυητής,  ό  έγγνος,  a  surety,  Xen. 
Vect.  4.  20,  Arist.  Oec. 

ΈΓΓΤ'Σ,  adv.,  of  place,  near,  nigh, 
at  hand;  very.  freq.  in  Horn.,  who 
uses  it  either  absol.  or  c.  gen.,  hard 
by.  near  to;  later  also  c.  dat.,  Eur. 
Heracl.  37,  for  which  construct.  II. 

II,  340,  is  sometimes  quoted,  cf  έγ- 
γνθεν,  έγγύθι. — II.  of  time,  nigh  at 
hnnd,  soon,  II.  22,  453,  Od.  10,  86.— 

III.  of  numbers,  etc.,  nearly,  έτεσι 
έγγνς  είκοσι,  Thuc.  6,  5,  έγγνς  ένι- 
αυτοϋ,  Xen.  Hell.  3,  1,  28,  ονδ'  εγ- 
γύς, not  nearly,  i.  e.  not  by  a  great 
deal,  like  πολλού  γε  δη,  Plat.  Symp. 
198  Β,  cf  Wolf  463,  7:  c.  inf,  έγ- 
γνς τον  οίεσθαι,  all  but  expecting. 
Plat.,  also  without  τον.  —  IV.  com- 
ing  near,  i.  e.  like,  akin  to,  ol  Ζηνός 
έγγνς,  Aesch.  Fr.  146 :  esp.  in  con- 
struct, έγγνς  τι  τινός,  Heind.  Plat. 
Phaed.  65  A :  but  also  c.  dat. — Post- 


ΕΓΕΡ 

Hom.  in  comparat.  έγγίων,  ov,  and  εγ- 
γύτερος, a,  ov,  adv.  έγγντέρω,  nearer, 
superl.  εγγιστος  and  εγγύτατος,  adv. 
εγγύτατα,  as  near  as  possible,  τον  vvv 
τρόπον,  Thuc.  1,  13;  also  έγγυτάτω. 
Comp.  and  superl.  very  freq.  in  last 
signf.,  nearer,  more  like  :  coming  very 
near,  most  like.  (Akin  to  ίγχι,  q.  v.) 
[i]     Hence 

Έγγύτης,  ητος,  ή,  nearness,  neigh- 
bovrhood,  late,  [ϋ] 

Έγγώνιος,  ov,  (έν,  γώνος)  angular, 
forming  an  angle,  esp.  a  right  angle, 
Hipp. :  ?.ίθοί  έν  τομή  έγγ-,  cut  square, 
Thuc.  1,  93. 

Έγγωνοειδής,  ές,  =  foreg.,  The- 
ophr. 

Έγδούπησαν,  3  plur.  aor.  1  from 
γδουπέω,  Ep.  for  δον.,  11.  11,  45. 

Έγειρόφρων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  (εγεί- 
ρω, φρήν)  rousing  the  mind. 

ΈΓΕΓΡΩ,  fut.  έγερύ:  aor.  ήγειρα: 
perf  έγήγερκα.  Pass,  perf  'εγήγερ- 
μαι :  syncop.  aor.  ήγρόμην,  inf  έγρέ- 
σθαι :  besides  these,  perf  έγρήγορα, 
Hom.  έγρήγορθα,  with  signi.  of  pres. 
pass. ;  piqpf  as  imperf  έγρηγόρειν, 
with  signf  ofimpf  pass,  (t  rom  έγρη• 
γορα  came  the  Horn.  part.  pres.  έγρη- 
γηρόων,  the  later  pres.  έγρη")  ορέω,  and 
the  N.  T.  form  γρηγορέω,  all  intrans.) 
Of  the  act.  Horn,  uses  the  pres  imperf. 
and  aor.,  the  pres.  and  aor.  of  pass. — I. 
act.  to  awaken,  wake  up,  rouse,  stir,  έξ 
ύπνου  or  νπνώοντας,  Hom.  ;  c.  gen., 
εννής  έγ.,  Eur.  Η.  F.  1050  ;  but  post- 
Horn,  often  without  any  addition. — 
2.  metaph.  to  rouse,  stir  up,  il.  5,  208  : 
έπεί  μιν  έγειρε  Διός  νόος,  11  15.  242 : 
also  έγείρειν  Άρ7?α,  ίο  sa'r  the  fight;  so 
μάχην,  ών2οπιν,  etc.,  Hom. :  έγ.  τίνα 
έ~ι  έργον,  Hes.  Op.  20:  πΰρ  έγ.,  to 
wake  up  the  flame.  Aesch.  Ag.  299 ; 
?.αμπάδα  έγ.,  Ar.  Ran  340  :  and  freq. 
metaph.,  to  ivake  up  the  muse,  the 
song,  etc.,  έγ.  ?.ύραν,  μέ?.ος,  θρήνον, 
Pind.  Ν.  10,  39,  Cratin.  Troph.  10, 
Soph.  Ο.  C.  1779. — 3.  to  raise  from  a 
sick  bed  or  from  the  dead,  N.  T. — 4. 
to  raise,  erect  a  building,  Anth. — B. 
pass,  to  ivnke,  get  up  from  bed,  rise,  Od. 
20,  100,  Hdt.  4,  9,  etc. :  aor.  also  to 
keep  watch,  άμφι  ττνρήν,  II.  7.  434  :  to 
rouse,  stir  one's  self  be  excited  by  pas- 
sion, etc.,  Hes.  Sc.  196,  Dem.  439. 1. 
Cf  έγρομαι. — II.  the  act.  in  intrans. 
signf.  is  rare  and  only  poet.,  except 
in  perf  έγρήγορα,  v.  sub  init.  (Hence 
άγρνπνος :  prob.  akin  to  αγείρω) 

νΈγέλαστα.  ης.  ή,  Egelasta,  now 
Yniesia,  a  city  of  Hispania,  Strab. 

Έγεντο,  Dor.  shortd.  for  έ}ένετο, 
Hes.  Th.  705,  and  Pind. 

Έγερσιβόητος,  ov,  (εγείρω,  βοάω) 
waking  one  by  crowing,  Anth. 

Έγερσίγε?.ως.  ωτος,  ύ,  ή,  (εγείρω, 
γί?.ως)  laughter-stirring,  Anth. 

Έγερσιθέατρος.  ον,  (εγείρω,  θέα- 
τρον)  exciting  the  theatre,  i.  e.  the  audi- 
ence, Anth. 

Έγερσιμάχας,  ov,  (5,=  sq.,  Anth. 

Έγερσίμάχος,  fern,  -μάχη,  Anth. 
Pal.  6,  122,  (εγείρω,  μάχη)  battle-stir- 
ring, Anth. 

Έγερσίμοθος,  or,=foreg..  Opp. 

Έγέρσψος,  ov,  (εγείρω)  waking, 
easily  waked :  έγ.  ύπνος,  sleep  from 
which  one  ivakes,  opp.  to  the  sleep  Ot 
death,  Theocr.  24,  7. 

Έγερσίνοος,  ov,  contr.  νονς,  ovv, 
{εγείρω,  νονς)  soul-stirring,  Nonn. 

Έγερσις.  εως,  ή,  (εγείρω)  a  waking, 
Hipp.  :  a  rousing,  stirring  up,  excite- 
ment. Plat.  Tim.  70  C  :  α  raising,  a 
building  up,  Joseph. 

Έγερσιφάής.  ές,  (εγείρω,  φάος) 
light-stirring :  έ.  λίθος,  the  fire-stone, 
flint,  Anth. 

387 


ΕΓΚΑ 

Έγερσίχορος.  ον,  αγείρω,  χορός) 
ttirring  or  kading  the  dance,  Opp. 

Έγεμτέον,  verb.  adj.  from  εγείρω, 
one  musi  raise,    Eur.    Rhes.  (390.  ! 

'Έ,γερτήμων,  ου,  τό,  (εγείρω)  an  ex- 
citemeiit,  Ael. 

'Eyt-p-t,  adv.  (εγείρω)  stirring,  eager- 
ly, busily.  Soph.  Am.  413:  ivakej'ul- 
ly,    Eur.    Rhes.  524.  [i] 

'Eyeprt/cof,  //,  όΐ',=  έγέρσιμος,  wa- 
king, stirring,  rousing,  Τίνυς.  Plat. 
Rep.  523  D  :  in  the  gramin.  cticiitics 
are  called  εγεμηκά,  because  they 
change  the  solteiied  acute  of  the 
words  that  precede  them  into  the 
acute. 

νΕγέρτιος,  ov,  β,  Egertius,  founder 
of  the  city  Chios,  Strab. 

'ΐ,γερτός,  ή,  όν,  (έγείρω)^=έγέρσί- 
μος,  Anst.  tjomn.  1,  12. 

νΕγεστα,  ης,  η,  Egesta,  Lat.  Seges- 
ta,  a  city  ot  Sicily  near  Mt.  Eryx  ; 
its  ruins  are  near  the  modern  Alcamo, 
Thuc.  6,  2  ;  ct.  At}  εσ-α.     Hence 

ΫΕγεσταΙος,  a,  ov,  of  Egesia,  Eges- 
tlnn ;  oi  ΈγεσταΙοί,  the  Egestlans, 
Hdt.  5,  46. 

Έγτ/γέματο,  Ion.  for  έγηγερμένοί 
τ/σαν,  3  pi.  plqpf  pass,  from  εγείρω. 

'Κγ7ΐμα,  aor.  1  act.  of  γαμέω. 

ΈγκαΟαμμοζω,  f.  -όσω,  (έν,  καθαρ- 
μόζω)  Ιυ  fit  in,  λτ.  Lys.  082. 

Έγκαβέζομαι,  f  -εόονμαι,  (εν,  κα- 
θίζομαι) dep.  inid.,  to  sit  in,  settle  one's 
self.  At.  Eccl.  23,  to  encamp,  Thuc.  4, 
2:  είςβάκον,  Ar.  Ran.  1523. 

Έγκαβί.ίργω,  also  -γννω  and  -yvv- 
μι,  f.  -ξω,  κεν,  καθύργω)  to  shut  up, 
enclose,  confine,  Plut. 

ΤΕγκαθειρκτέον,  verb.  adj.  from 
foreg..  one  must  shxU  up,  confine,  etc., 
Clem.  Al. 

Έγκύθΐτος,  ov,  (έγκαθίημι)  put  in, 
aώ>ptι:d,  Hypend.  ap.  A.  B. :  esp.  put 
in  secretly,  suborned,  Plat.  Ax.  368  E. 
Adv.  -τως.  Diod. 

ΈγκαΟευόω,  f  -ενδήσω,  (έν,  καθεν- 
όω)  to  sleep  in,  Arist.  H.  A.  Met.  to 
sleep,  to  be  inactive,  Ar.  Lys.  61 1. 

'ΕγκαΟε-φω,  f.  --φί/σω,  [ει/,  καθέψω) 
to  boil  in  anything.  Hipp. 

Έγκαϋηιίύω,  ώ,  f.  -ησω,  (εν,  κατά, 
7/3άω)  to  pass  one's  youth  in  :  in  getll. 
to  live  agreeably  in.  Eur.  Hipp.  10i)6. 

Έγκάΰημαί,  (εν,  καϋ)/μαΐ)  dep.,  to 
sit  in  or  on  lie  in  ambush,  Ar.  Ach.  343. 

Εγκαθιδρύω,  f.  -νσω,  (έν,  καθι- 
δρνω)  to  place  in,  erect  or  set  up  in, 
χβονί  TL,  Eur.  I.  T.  978.  Pass.,  in 
Philox.  Symp.,  v.  Com.  Gr.  3,  636.  [v] 

Έγκαϋιζω,  f.  -ί'σω  Att.  -ϊώ,  {iv, 
καβι,^ω)  to  scat  in  or  upon.  Plat.  Rep. 
553  C. — II.  intr.  to  sit  in  or  upon,  τινί, 
Find.  P.  4.  272  :  mid.  έγκαθίζεσβαι 
εΙς  θρόνον,  to  take  one's  seat,  Hdt.  5, 
26. 

Έγκαθίημι,  ί.  -ήσω,  (έν,  καθίημι) 
to  let  down,  Ar.  Lys.  308,  to  transmit, 
commit,  Aesch.  Fr.  79,  to  suborn,  Plut. 
Pyirh.  11. 

ΈγκάΟισμα,  ατός,  τό,  (έγκαβίζω)  a 
fitting  in  a  thing,  esp,  in  a  vapor  bath, 
Diosc. — II.  a  hesitation  in  pronouncing 
difficult  consonants,  Dion.  H. — 111.  late, 
α  vmtching,  lying  in  wait,  Lat.  insidiae. 

Έγκαβισμός,  ov,  <5,=  foreg. 

Έγκαθίστημι,  f.  -στήσω,  (iv,  κα- 
θ ίστηαι)  to  place,  put  or  appoint  in, 
τόπω,  Eur.  I.  T.  982,  of.  Thuc.  1,  4 : 
to  put,  place  or  set  between.  Mid.  c. 
aor.  2,  perf.,  et  plqpf.  act.,  to  stand  or 
be  placed  in  or  among  others,  Thuc.  1, 
122. 

Έγκαθορύω,  ώ,  (έν,  καθοράω)  to 
I'tew  in  :  to  direct  one's  eye  to,  watch, 
Plat.  Epin.  990  Ε  :  to  perceive  or  re- 
mark something  in  one,  τινί  τι,  Plut. 

Έγκαθορμίζω,  f.  -ίσω  Att.  -ϊώ,  (έν, 
38δ 


ΕΓΚΑ 

καθορμίζω)  to  bring  into  harbour  ;  USU. 

in  nud.  to  run  into  harbour,  come  to  an- 
chor, Thuc.  4,  1.     Hence 

Έγκαθύμμισις,  εως,  ή,  a  putting 
into  harbour,  των  νεών,  Arr. 

ΈγκαίΗη-Ιμίζω,  (έν,  καβυι3μίζω)   to 
riot,  reeel  in  a  thing,   τρνφαΐς,    Eur. 
Tro.  957. 
'Εγκαίνια,  ων,  τύ,  (έν,  καινός)  α 

feast  of  dedication,  LXX.     Hence 

'Εγκαινίζω,  to  renew,  dedicate,  con- 
secrate, LXX,  and  N.  T. 

Έγκαινισις.  εως,  ή,  LXX.  and 
Έγκαινισμός,  ov,  b,  (ένκαινιζω)  a 
consecration,  inauguration,  LXX. :  spir- 
itual renewal,  Eccl. 

Έγκαιμία,  ας,  ή.  a  convenient,  fa- 
vourable  tunc  ;    in  gen!,  that  which  is 

fit,  suitable  or  proper.  Plat.  Polit.  305 
D  :  opp.  to  άκαιμία :  from 

'Εγκαιρος,  ov,  {,έν,  καιρός)  at  a  con- 
venient time,  seasonable,  prover.  Plat. 
Legg.  928  A.     Adv.  φως,  Aret. 

'Εγκαίω,  f.  -κανσω,  (έν,  καίω)  to 
burn  in  or  at  the  end,  οβε'λοι  έγκεκαν- 
μένηι,  Eur.  Cycl.  393. — 2.  to  point  in 
encaustic,  i.  e.  with  colours  mixed  with 
wax  and  burnt  in.  Lat.  encausta  pin- 
gere,  LXX.,  cf.  Plin.  35,  11.— II.  to 
make  afire  in.  prob.  only  in  pass,  οί- 
κοι έγκαιόμενοι,  heated  chambers. 
Luc. 

Έγκΰκέω,  ώ,  (έν,  κακός)  to  behave 
badly  or  cowardly  therein. — II.  c.  ace. 
ένεκύκησαν  τυ  πέμπειν,  they  omitted 
through  cowardice  to  send,  Polyb. 

Έγκΰλέω,  ώ,  fut.  εγκαλέσω  :  perf 
έγκέκ'ληκα,  (έν,  καλέω)  to  call  upon, 
esp.  in  the  way  of  accusation.  Con- 
struct. :  c.  dat.  pers.  et  ace.  rei,  to 
brini:  an  accusation  against  one.  charge 
sometliing  upon  one.  φύνον  τινί.  Soph. 
El.  778,  άδικίαν  τινί,  etc. ;  also  έγκ. 
Tivl  ως.,  or  ότι..,  Xen.  An.  7,  7,  44, 
etc. :  c.  dat.  et  inf ,  Thuc.  4, 123  •  oft. 
also  c.  dat.  pers.  only,  to  accuse.  Plat., 
etc. :  and  in  genl.  of  actions,  etc.,  to 
upbraid,    blame,    censure :    c.   aCC.   rei 

'  only,  to  bring  as  a  charge,  Thuc.  5,  46  : 
hence  χόλον,  νεΐκος  έγκ.,  to  throw  the 
blame  of  anger,  of  quarrel  on  another. 
Soph.  Phil.  328,  O.  T.  702.     Cf  έγ- 

!  κλιιμα. — 2.  as  law  term,  to  pro.iecule, 

■  Dem.  907.  6,  έγκ.  δίκην  τινί,  1014,  8. 

I  — 3.  of  creditors,  to  call  for,  claim  a 
debt,  χρέος,  Isocr.  402  C,  cf  Xen. 
An.  7,  7,  33. — B.  in  mid.  like  act.  to 

j  accuse,  τινί,  Arist.  Eth.  N.  :  to  bring 
a  charge,  προς  τίνα,  Eur.  Melanipp.  9. 

'  ΈγκϊΛινδέω,  ύ,  (έν,  καλινδέω)  to 
roll  a  thing  in.  Pass,  to  roll  about  in, 
wallow  in,  TTj  -ψάμμφ,  Aretae. :  hence 
metaph.,  to  be  busied  among;  ταΐς 
λιχνείαις,  Ath. 

'ΕγκαΑ7.ωπίζομαι,  (έv^  καλλωπίζο- 
μαι) as  mid.,  to  make  a  show  %vith  a 
thing,  pnde  one's  self  in  it,  τινί,  Plut. 

;  Hence 

j  Έγκαλλώπισμα,  ατός,  τό,  that  of 
which  one  makes  a  show  or  is  proud : 
an  ornament,  decoration,  Thuc,  2,  62. 

i  Έγκα?ινμμός,  οϋ,  ό,  (έγκαλνπτω) 
a  covering,  wrapping  up,^σvγκaλvμ- 
μός,  Ar.  Αν.  1406. 

Έγκάλνπτήρια,  ων,  τά,  comic, 
word  opp.  to  ΰνακαλυπτήρια,  the  veil- 
ing fea.tt,  Philostr.  Soph.2, 25,  4:  from 
'Εγκάλνπτω,  f  -ψω,  (έν,  καλύπτω) 
to  veil  in,  hide  closely,  Aesch.  Fr.  269 : 
to  xvrap  up.  Ar.  Ran.  91 1.  Mid.  to  hide 
one's  self,  esp.  one's  face,  etc..  Ar.  Plut. 
707,  esp.  as  a  mark  of  shame,  hence 
to  be  ashamed.  Plat.  Phaed.  117  C, 
(Dem.)  1485.  9  :  and  so  in  pass.,  Ar. 
Plut.  714.     Hence 

ΈγκάλιιιΙης,  εως,  ή,  a  veiling :  a  be- 
ing asliamed,  Strab.  [ύ] 

Έγκύμνω.  f.  -καμυνμαι,  (έν,  κάμ- 


ΕΓΚΑ 

1'(^  to  toil,  grow  weary  from  toil,  Jo- 
eeph. 

Έγκύμπτω,  f.  -ψω,  (έν,  κάμπτω)  to 
bend  in,  bend.  Xen.  Eq.  1,  8. 

Έ)'4;ΰνύσσω,  f  -ξω,  (έν  κανύσσω) 
to  pour  in,  aor.  imp.  έγκάναξον,  Ar. 
Eq.  105. 

'Εγκΰνΰχύομαι,  (έν,  καναχή)  dep. 
mid.,  to  make  a  sound  on  a  thing,  κόχ- 
λω,  to  blow  on  a  shell,  Theocr.  9,  27. 

Έγκανθίς,  ίδος,  ή,  (έν,  κανθός)  α 
hard  tumour  in  the  inner  comer  of  the 
eye.  Gal. 

Έγκάπτω,  f.  -ψω,  pf  έγκέκΰφα, 
(έν,  κάπτω)  to  gulp  m  greedily,  swal- 
low, up,  snap  tip,  Ar.  Pac.  7,  Strait. 
Lemn.  2  :  esp.  jokingly  of  the  Athen. 
dicasts,  who  put  the  small  coin  in 
which  their  fee  was  paid  into  their 
mouth,  Ar.  Vesp.  791,  Eccl,  815  ;  έγκ. 
αιθέρα  γναθοίς,  to  hold  one's  breath, 
Eur.  Cycl.  629  :  hence  εγκαψυς,  q.  v. 

'Εγκάρδιος,  ov,  (έν,  καρδία)  in  the 
heart,  going  to  the  heart,  Democr.  ap. 
Stob.  p.  310,  40,  Diod.,  etc. :  to  έγκ., 
the  heart,  pith  or  core  of  wood,  Theo[)hr. 

Έγκυρος,  ου,  ό.  the  brain,  like  εγ- 
κέφαλος:  (froia  έν  and  κάρ,  κάρα) 
Lye.  1104. 

Έγκαρπίζω,  (έν,  καρπίζω)  to  put 
one  in  enjoyment  of,  fill  one  full  of,  τι- 
νός, late 

'Εγκάρπιος,  ov,  (έν,  καρπός)  of 
fruit,  containing  seed  within  it,  Hipp. 

"Εγκηρπος,  ov,  (έν,  καρπός)  con- 
taining fruit ,  κάλνξ.  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  25 : 
fruitful,  σπέρματα.  Plat.  Phaedr.  276 
Β.— 2.  fruitful,  useful.  Pint.— II.  τά 
έγκ.,  festoons  of  fruit  on  the  capital 
of  a  column,  Lat.  encarpa,  Vitniv. 

Εγκάρσιος,  ία,  ίον, also  later  ος,ον, 
cross,  (έν,  κύρσιος)  transverse,  oblique, 
slanting,  Thnc.  2,  76;  metaph.,  έγκ. 
άπόδειξις,  Plut      Adv.  -ως. 

Έγκαρτερεω,  ώ,  (έν,  καρτερέω)  to 
persevere,  persist  in  a  thing,  έγκ.  ά 
iyv(jTf,Thuc.2,61 ;  rirt,  Arist.  Rhet., 
προς  τι,  Plut. — II.  to  await,  τι,  Eur. 
H.  F.  1351.— III.  absol.  to  hold  out,  re- 
main firm  under  sufferings,  Plut. 

Έγκύς,  adv.,  deep,  down  below, 
Hipp.  :  from 

Έγκατα,  ων,  τά,  (έι•)  the  inwards, 
entrails,  bowels,  also  έντερα,  Lat.  in- 
testina,  Horn,  always  in  ace,  except 
in  II.  11,  438,  where  is  the  dat.  έγκα- 
σι,  so  that  the  nom.  sing,  was  prob. 
έγκας,  not  έγκατος. 

Έγκαταβαίνω,  (έν,  καταβαίνω)  to 
go  down  i?ilo,  put  one's  self  in,  C.  acc. 
κροκωτόν  σπάργανον,  Pind.  Ν.  1,  58  : 
c.  dat.  Diod.  S. 

Έγκαταβάλλω,  (έν,  καταβύλλω) 
to  throw  down  into,  δίνη,  Αρ.  Rh. 

Έγκαταβΐόω,  ώ,  (έν,  καταβιόω)  to 
pass  one's  life  in,  Plut. 

Έγκαταβρέχω,  (έν,  καταβρέχω)  to 
wet  or  soak  with,  Geop. 

Έγκαταβνσσόομαι,  (έν,  κατά,  βνσ- 
(τός)  to  go  deep  into,  to  penetrate,  Lat. 
insinuare,  Plut. 

Έγκαταγέλαστος.  ov,  v.  I.  for,  and 
=καταγ.,  Aeschin.  64,  31. 

Έγκαταγηράσκω,  {.  -άσομαι,=  έγ• 
γηράσκω,  to  grovi  old  or  inveterate  in, 
Dinarch.  105,  20.  [ασ] 

Έγκαταγράφω,  (έν,  καταγράφω)  to 
write  down  among,  Ael.  [ypa] 

Έγκατάγω.  (έν,  κατάγω)  to  lead 
doum  into.     Mid.  to  pat  up  in  or  at.  [a] 

Έγκαταδάμάω.  ώ,  (έν,  καταδαμάω) 
to  fame,  overpower,  νπή'τινος.  Hipp. 

Έγκαταδαρβάνω,  (έν,  καταδαρθά- 
νω)  to  sleep  in,  Plut. 

Έ^γκαταδέω,  f.  -δήσω.  (έν,  κατά- 
δέω)  tn  bind  fast  in,  involve  in,  τινί. 
Plat.  Phaed.  84  A. 

Έγ  καταδύω  and  -δύνω,  (έν,  κατά- 


ΕΓΚΑ 
δύώ)  to  go  down  into,  dive  into,  Hipp. 

Έγκαταζενγννμι,  f.  -ζενξω,  (έν, 
καταζευγνυμι)  to  join  with,  tie  or  bind 
to,  associate  with,  τινί  τι.  Soph.  Aj. 
736. 

Έγκαταθνήσκω,  f.  -θΰνοϋμαι,  (έν, 
καταθί/ήσκω)  to  die  in,  Ap.  Rh. 

'KyKaTaKoiij,  f.  -καύσω,  {iv,  κατα- 
καίυ)  to  burn  in,  Luc. 

'Έ,γκατάκειμαι,  {εν,  κατάκειμαι)  to 
lie  in,  c.  dat.,  Theogn.  1191  :  to  lie 
down,  τταρά  τινι,  Ar.  Plut.  742. 

Έγκατακεράννυμι,  f.  -κεράσω,  {έν, 
κατακεράννυμί)  to  mix  in.  or  among. 
[άσω] 

νΕγκητακ?\.είστέον,  verb.  adj.  from 
ίγκατακλείω,  one  must  shut  up  in,  con- 
fine, Geop. 

Έγκατύκ2^ιστος,  ov,  shut  up:  from 

Έγκατακ?ί.είω,  {έν,  κατακλείω)  to 
shut  up  in. 

Έγκατακλίνω,  {έν,  κατακλίνω)  to 
lay  down,  put  to  bed  in  a  place,  Ar. 
Plut.  621.  Pass,  to  lie  down  in,  τινί, 
Ar.  Av.  122.  [i] 

Έγκατακοιμύομαι,  {έν,  κατακοι- 
μάομαί)  pass.  c.  fut.  mid.,  to  lie  down 
and  sleep  in,  Hdt.  8,  134:. 

Έγκατακρονω,  {έν,  κατακρονω)  to 
beat  or  stamp  in :  έγκ.  χορείαν  τοις 
ιιύσταις,  to  tread  a  measure,  dance 
among  them,  Ar.  Ran.  330. 

ΈγκατακρντΓτω,  f.  -\pu,  {έν,  κατά- 
κρντΓτω)  to  hide  in,  Lyc. 

ΈγκηταλαμΒάνω,  fut.  -7.ήφοααι. 
{έν,  καταλαμβάνω)  to  lay  hold  of,  hold 
fast,  Aeschin.  62,  17  :  ίο  bind  or  tram- 
mel, opKotc,  Thuc.  4.  19.  Pass,  to  be 
caught  m,  Thuc.  3,  33. 

'Εγκαταλέγω,  f  -ξω,  {έν,  κατα- 
?.έγω)  to  gather  in,  heap  up  among, 
Thuc.  1,  93,  in  pass. :  to  count  or  reck- 
on among,  Luc. :  to  enlist  soldiers,  Anth. 
Mid-  έγκαταλέξασθαι,  to  lie  in  or  on, 
Ap.  Rh. 

Έγκατάλειμμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  remain- 
der, LXX. :  from 

^Έιγκατα?-είπ(,ί,  £  -ι^ω,  {έν,  κατ- 
αΤί,είπω)  to  leatx  behind,  φρουρίιν  έν  Ty 
VTj(7(J,  Thuc.  3,  51  ;  to  leave  behind  one, 
Ttaiia,  Hes.  Op.  376  :  to  pass  by,  Hdt. 
3,  119:  to  forsake,  leate  in  the  lurch, 
Lat.  derelinquere,  Lycurg.  148,  7,  etc. 
Pass,  to  be  left  behind,  e.  g.  in  a  race, 
Hdt.  8,  59. 

Έγκατΰλείφω,  t  -ψω»  (έν,  κατ- 
α?.είφω)  to  anoint  with,  mijs  in  an  oint- 
ment, λίπος,  Hipp. 

'Έ,γκατύλειφις,  εως,  η,  subst.  of 
εγκαταλείπω,  a  forsaking,  leaving  be- 
hind, Eccl. 

Έγκατύληφις,  εω^.  f/,  {έγκατα- 
Χαμβάνω)  a  catching,  holding  fast,  seiz- 
ing in  a  place :  a  checking,  suppression, 
Hipp.  :  in  genl.  a  catching  ;  a  being 
caught  in  a  place,  exit  off  from  retreat, 
Thuc.  5,  72. — II.  the  contents,  purport 
of  a  thing  ;  a  notion,  dogma. 

Έιγκατα?ι,ιμπάνω,  =  έγκ.ατα?ίείπω, 
Hipp. 

Έγκαταλογίζομαι,  f.  -ίσομαι,  dep. 
mid.,  to  reckon  in,  among,  Isae.  88,  36. 

Έγκ,αταμεμιγμένως,  adv.  part.  perf. 
pass,  from  έγκαταμίγννμι,  mixed  up 
together. 

Έγΐίαταμένω,  {έν,  καταμένω)  tore- 
main  in,  Theophr. 

Έγκαταμίγνυμι,  f.  -μίξω,  {έν,  κα- 
ταμίγννμι)  to  mix  in,  mix  up  with, 
Hipp. :  to  join  to.  Dion.  H.  6,  2. 

νΫ,γκαταμικτέον,  verb.  adj.  from 
foreg.  ona  must  mingle  in,  Clem.  Al. 

Ύ.γκαταναίω,  aor.  1  -ένασσα,  {έν, 
καταναίω)  to  make  to  dwell,  settle  in, 
ovpavC)  TLva,  Ap,  Rh. 

νΈ,γκ,αταπαίζω,  {έν,  καταπαίζω)  to 
gporl  with,  to  mock,  £ccl 


ΕΓΚΑ 

'Έγκαταπηγνυμι,  f.  -πήξω,  (έν,  κα- 
ταπ7ρ/νυμι)  to  thrust  firmly  into,  ξίφος 
κονλεω,  Od.  11,  98:  in  genl.  to  put, 
place,  stick  in,  σκό?Μπας,  11.  9,  350. 

ΫΕγκαταπίμπρημι,  ί.  -ττρήσω,  (έν, 
καταπίμπρημι)  to  burn  up  or  consume 
in,  Phal. 

Έγκαταπίνομαι,{έν,  καταπίνω)  as 
mid.,  to  drink  among,  Philo. 

Έγκαταπίπτω,  ί.  -πεσοϋμαι,  {έν, 
καταπίπτω)  to  fall  down  into,  throw 
one^s  self  upon,  ?.έκτροις.  Αρ.  Rh. 

Έγκαταπ7ιέκω,  I.  -πλέξω,  {έν,  κα- 
ταπΑέκω)  to  interweave,  entwine,  Xen. 
Gyn.  9,  12. 

Έγκατάριθμέω,  ώ,  {έν,  καταριθ- 
μέω)  to  number  in  with,  Schiif.  Dion. 
Comp.  p.  147. 

^Εγκαταρ^άπτω,  f.  -ψω,  (έν,  κατα^ι- 
(ιύπτω)  to  sew  in,  Xen.  Cyn.  6,  1. 

Έγκατασβένννμι  and  -σβεννύω,  ί. 
-οβέσω,  {έν,  κατασβένννμι)  to  quench 
in  a  thing,  Plut.,  in  pass. 

Έγκατασκενάζω,  ί.  -ύσω,  {έν,  κα- 
τασκευάζω) to  make,  prepare  in,  τι  έν 
τινι.  Died. 

Έγκατύσκενος,  ov,  {έν,  κατασκευή) 
prepared,  wrrrught  artificially  :  of  Style, 
flowery,  rhetorical,  opp.  to  άπλονς, 
Dion.  H.     Adv.  -ως, 

Έγκατασκήπτω,  ί.  -φω,  {έν,  κα- 
ταακήπτω)  to  fall  upon,  burst  into,  of 
epidemics,  to  break  out,  rage  among, 
Thuc.  2,  47. — II.  trans,  to  throw,  fling 
or  hurl  in  or  upon,  βέλος.  Soph.  Tr. 
1087,  κακά  τινι,  Aesch.  Pers.  514. 
Hence 

^Εγκατάσκηψις,  εως.  ή,  an  assault, 
bursting  upon  one.  Diosc. 

'Ey/taraa/cijopoo).  ώ,  {έν,  κατασκιβ- 
^όω)  to  inake  hard  :  pass,  to  grow  hard, 
be  engrained  in,  Hipparch.  ap.  Stob. 
p.  575,  1. 

Έγκατασπείρω,  {έν,  κατασπείρω) 
to  sow,  plant,  scatter  in  or  among.  Plut. 
ΫΕγκατασπορύ,   ύς,    ή,    a    sowing, 
spreading  among,  Clem.  Al. 

Έγκαταστηρίζω,  f.  -ξω,  {έν,  κατα- 
βτηρίζω)  to  fix  in. 

'Εγκαταστοιχειόω,  ώ,  f  -ώσω,  {έν, 
κατά,  στοιχεΐον)  to  implant  as  a  prin- 
ciple in  out,  cf.  έμφυσιόο),  Plut. 

Έγ καταστρέφομαι,  {έν,  καταστρέ- 
φω) as  mid.,  to  give  back,  run  back, 
Antiph.  Incert.  7,  ubr  v.  Meineke. 

Έγκατασφάζω,  ί.  -ξω.  {έν,  κατασ- 
φάζω) to  slaughter  in,  κόλπω  τινός, 
Plut. 

ΤΕγκατασχάζω,  {έν.  κατασχάζω)  to 
cut  i)L•,  to  lay  open,  Diosc. 

ί'Εγκαταταρύσσω,  {έν,  καταταρύσ- 
σω)  as  pass,  to  he  completely  disordered 
in,  Plut.  2,  592  B. 

Έγκατατάσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  fut.  -ξω, 
{έν,  κατατάσσω)  to  arrange,  place  in, 
Clem.  Al. :  to  approve,  sanction.  Id. 

Έγκατατέμνω,  {έν,  κατατέμνω)  to 
cut  up  among,  in  pass.,  Plat.  Rep. 
565  D. 

Έγκατατίθημι,  f.  -θήσω,  {έν,  κατά- 
τίθημι)  to  lay  or  put  in,  hide  in,  κόλπω, 
II.  14,  219  ;  C.  ace.  he  caused  to  descend 
into,  έην  έγκάτθετο  νηδνν.  i.  e.  he  de- 
voured, swallowed,  Hes.  Th.  487  :  me- 
taph.  of  a  girdle  round  the  bosom, 
Od.  23,  223 :  but  in  aor.  mid.  τελα- 
μώνα  έ^  έγκάτβετο  τέχνΐ),  he  wrought 
the  sword-belt  by  his  art,  strictly  in- 
cluded it  in,  made  it  a  specimen  of  his 
art.  Od.  11,  614:  but  συ  ταύτα  ένι- 
κάτθεο  θνμω,  do  thou  store,  treasure 
up  these  things  in,  Hes.  Op.  27  ;  στέρ- 
voιςέγκaτέθε^>τo,stored\ntheirbIe^.st, 
Simon.  100,  5,  so  φρεσιν  έγκ.  βου- 
λήν,  Theocr.  17,  14. 

ΫΕγκατατομή,  f/ς,  ή,  {έν,  κατατέμ- 
νω) α  cutting  up  of  the  foetus  in  the 
womb,  Hipp, 


ΕΓΚΕ 

Έγκατατρίβομαι,  aor.  2.  -ετρίβην, 
{έΐ',  κατατρίβω)  to  be  practised  in.  [^ 
in  pres.  ΐ  in  aor.] 

Έγκαταφλέγω,  f.  -ξω,  {έν,  και  a 
φ7.έ^,  ω)  to  burn  in,  τόπω,  Geop. 

'Εγκαταφντενω,  {έν,  καταφυτενω) 
to  sow,  plant  in. 

Έγκαταχέω,  f.  -χενσω.  {έν,  κατά- 
χέω)  to  pour  down  on,  shed,  Epigr.  ap, 
Plut. 

Έγκαταχώνννμι,  f.  -χώσω,  {έν,  κα 
ταχώνννμι)  to  heap  over,  overwhelm, 
τινά  τινι,  Dion.  Η. 

Έγκαταχωρίζω,  f.  -ίσω  Att.  -ϊΰ, 
{έν,  καταχωρίζω)  to  place  in. 

Έγκατεΐοον,  aor.  2  of  έγκαβορύω, 
Έγκατειλέω,  ώ,  (έν,  κατει/.έω)  to 
wrap,  involve  iv,  Arist.  Mund. 

Έγκατεώάλ?.ομαι,  f.  -αλονμαι,  {έν, 
κατά,  έφά/./.ομαι)  dep.  mid.  to  leap 
into,  Opp. 

Έγκατέχω,  ί.  -καθέξω,  {έν,  κατέχω) 
to  hold  fast,  contain  within  it,  Bockh 
Inscr.  2,  184. 

Έγκάτθεο,  Ep.  for  έγκατύθον,  3 
sing,  imperat.  aor.  2  mid.  from  έγκα- 
τατίθϊ/μι,  η.  14,  219. 

Έγκάτθετο,  3  sing.  aor.  2  mid. 
from  έγκατατίθημι,  shortd.  for  έγκα- 
τέθετο,  Horn. 
'Εγκατίλλω.=^έγκατειλέω,  Hipp. 
Έγκατιλ'Αώπτω,  f.  -ώφω,  {έν,  κα- 
τιλλώπτω)  to  mock,  scoff  at,  τινί, 
Aesch.  Eum.  113. 

Έγκΰτόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  {έγκατα)  like 
the  intestines :  containing  or  enclosing 
intestines,  κεκρύφα/.ος,  Nic.  Ther.  580. 
Έγκατοικέω,  ω,  {έν,  κατοικέω)  to 
dwell  in,  Hdt.  4,  204,  όόμοις,  Eur. 
Ant.  27. 

Έγκατοικίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {έν,  κατοι- 
κίζω) to  fix,  make  to  dwell  in  a  place, 
Luc.  Asin.  25. 

'Εγκατοικοδομέω,ώ,{έν,κατοικο6ο- 
μέω)  to  build  on  a  spot,  Thuc.  3,  18. — 
2.  to  build  in,  immure,  shut  up,  Aescll- 
in.  26,  7. 

Έγκάτοικος,  ov,  {έν,  κάτοικος) 
dwelling  therein,  indwelling. 

Έγκατοπτρίζομαι,  {έν,  κατοπτ- 
ρίζω)  to  look  at  one's  self  in,  Αεκάνΐ), 
Artemid.  3,  30. 

Έγκατορύσσω,  Att.  -ττω.  fut.  -ξω, 

{έν,  κατορύσσω)  to  bury  in,  Dion.  H. 

Έγκαττνω,   {έν,  καττνω)   to   sew, 

stitch  into  the  shoe-sole,   Alex.   Isost. 

1,8. 

Έγκανλέω.  ώ,  {έν,  καν7ίός)  to  grow 
to  a  stalk,  put  forth  a  stalk,  Theophr. 

Έγκανμα,  ατός,  τό,  (έ}καίω)  a 
mark  burnt  i?i,  brand,  Plat.  Tim.  26  C  : 
a  sore  from  burning.  Luc. — II.  an  en- 
caustic picture,  Dicaearch.,  and  Luc. 

Έγκαυσις,  εως.  ή,  {έγκαίω)  a  burn- 
ing in,  esp.  of  encaustic  pictures,  Bockh 
Inscr.  2,  242 :  a  heating  through,  in- 
flammation, Diosc. 

'Εγκαυστ?Ίς,  ov,  6,  {έγκαίω)  one 
who  burns  in,  practises  encaustic  paint- 
ing, Plut. 

Έγκαυστικός,  ή,  όν,  of,  belonging 
to  burning  in;  ή  έγκ.,  sub.  τέχνη,  the 
art  of  encaustic  painting,  Plin.  :  from 

Έγκανστος,  ov,  {έγκαίω)  burnt  in, 
encaustic,  Plin.  :  το  έγκ.,  purple-red 
ink,  with  which  the  Roman  emperors 
signed  their  edicts,  Lat.  encaustum ; 
also  encaustic  painting,  Plin. 

Έγκαυχύομαι.  {έν,  κανχάομαι)ύβγ. 
mid.,  to  pride  one's  self  in,  be  proud, 
boast  of  έν  τινι,  LXX. 

Έγκΰοος,  ό,  (έγκάπτω)  a  mouthful, 
morsel,  Eupol.  Incert.  53. 

Έγκα-ψικίόα7.ος,  ov.  {έγκάπτο,  κι• 
δαΑ.ον)  onion-eating,  dub.  in  Luc. 

"Εγκειμαι,  f  -κείσομαι,  {έν,  κεΐμαι) 
dep.  mid.,  to  lie  in  or  on,  be  wrapped  in 
a  thing,  είμασι,  of  a  corpse.  II.  22, 513: 
389 


ΕΓΚΕ 

in  genl.  to  sit  in,  he  in,  Hes.  Th.  145  : 
hence  to  be  in,  involved  in.  Lat.  versari 
in...,  βλά3αις.  Soph.  Phil.  1318,  μό- 
χθοις,  Eur.  Ion  181  :  also  όλος  ίγκκί- 
μαί  Ttvi,  to  he  wholly  tlrrofrrl  to  tjiio, 
desperately  in  love  with...,  Theocr.  3, 
33. — II.  to  press  upon,  vr^e  hy  entreaty, 
importune,  attack,  πο?.νς  έγκΐΐμαί  τινι. 
to  be  forward  or  vehement  vn  attacking, 
Hdt.  7, 158  :  absoL,  to  he  urgent,  Thuc. 
4,  22  ;  so  also  in  hostile  sense,  to  be 
vehement  against  one,  Ar.  Ach.  309 :  and 
sowilhoul  πο/^νς,  to  pre.vs  one  hard, pur- 
sue, Lat.  instare,  urgtre,  ισχυρώς,  Thiic. 
1,  69  ;  esp.  of  an  arn^y  pressing  on  a  re- 
treating enemy,  Thnc.  1, 144,  etc. 

Έγκείρω,  {έν,  κείρω)  only  in  part, 
perf.  pass.  Ιγκεκαρμένω  κάρα,  with 
shorn  head,  Eur.  El.  108,  v. 'Schaf. 
Mel.  p.  78. 

'Ey/it'AfifJof,  ov,  (ίν.  κέλαδος)  sound- 
ing, rumbling,  buzzing,  esp.  =  βομβύ- 
λιης.     Hence 

νΕγκέλαδος,  ov,  ό,  Enceladus,  one 
of  the  giants  who  warred  against  the 
gods  ;  he  was  placed  under  Mount 
Aetna,  Eur.  Ion  209. — 2.  a  son  of  Ae- 
gyptus,  Apoliod.  2,  1,  5. 

'Έγκέλενμα  or  έγκέλενσμα,  ατός, 
τό,  {έγκελενυ)  an  encouragement,  cheer, 
Xen.  Cyn.  6,  24. 

Έγκέλενσις,  εως,  7;,=foreg. 

Εγκέλενσμα,  ατός,  τό,ν.  εγκέλενμα. 

Έγκελενσμός,  ου,  o,=  foreg.,  Arr. 

Ένκελενστικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to 
έγκέλενσις,  cheering. 

Έγκέλενστος,  ov,  bidden,  command- 
ed, Xen.  An.  1,3,  13:  from 

Έγκε^-εύο,  (,έν,  κελεύω)  to  com- 
mand, urge,  impel.  Aesch.  Pr.  72:  to 
call  to.  cheer  on.  κνσί.  Xen.  Cyn.  9,  7 : 
also  as  dep.  mid.,  Dion.  H.:  το  πολε- 
μίκον  έγκ.,  to  sound  a  charge,  Plut. 

Έγκέλλω,  {kv,  κέλλω)  to  move  into 
or  in,  drive  into. — II.  intr.  to  move  into, 
lean  on,  fit  into,  Hipp. 

Έγκέντρία,  ων,  τά,  (έν,  κέντρον) 
spurs. 

Έγκεντρίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (hv,  κεντρίζω) 
to  goad,  spur  on,  LXX. — II.  of  plants, 
to  stick  into  a  cleft,  inoculate,  ingraft, 
Theophr. 

Έγκεντρίς,  ίδος,  ή,  {εν,  κέντρον)  α 
sting,  Ar.  Vesp.  427. — 2.  a  spur,  Pher- 
ecr.,  Αονλοδ.  10. — 3.  a  pointed  stile 
for  writing. — 4.  a  spike  worn  on  the  leg 
for  climbing  trees. 

Έγκέντρισις,  εως,  η,  and  ίγκεν- 
τρισμός,  ov,  6,  (έγκεντρίζω)  the  inocu- 
lation or  grafting  of  trees,  Geop. 

Έγκεντρος.  ov,  (έν,  κέντρον)  fur- 
nished itith  a  point  or  sting,  Arist.  H. 
A.    Hence 

Έγκεντρόω,  ώ,  to  thrust  in  a  sting : 
to  iix  firmly  in. 

Έγκεράννϋμι,  fut.  -ράσω,  (έν,  κερ- 
ύνννμι)  to  mix  in,  mix,  esp.  wine,  ol- 
vov,  II.  8,  189  ;  κρατήρα.  Pind. :  Ιγκ. 
τι  εις  τι.  Plat.  Crat.  427  C:  also  me- 
taph.  to  concoct,  coiitrive,  plot,  Hdt.  5, 
124.  [ΰσω'}     Hence 

Έγκέραστος,  oi',  mixed,  blended, 
Plut. 

Έγκερτομέω,  ώ,  (h',  κερτομέω)  to 
abuse,  mock  at,  riv'i,  Eur.  I.  A.  1006. 

Έγκέργνω,  {kv,  κέρχνω)  to  make 
hoarse,  Hipp. 

Έγκεφαλίς,  ίδος,  ή,  the  cerebellum, 
dub.  1.  Gal.,  cf.  παρεγκεφα?.ίς. 

ΥΕγκεόη?.ίτης,  ov.  δ,  belonging  to  the 
head,  or  brain.  Gal. :  from 

Εγκέφαλος,  ov,  (kv,  κεφαλή)  with- 
in the  head;  hence  ό  k)'K..  the  brain, 
where  μχ^ελός  is  iisu.  supplied,  head- 
marrou•,  Hom.,  Hdt.,  etc.,  for  which 
Gal.  μνελος  έγκεφηλίτης :  ct.  εγκα- 
ρος. — II.  the  edible  pith  of  young  palm- 
shoots,  Xen.  An.  2,  3,  10. 
39Θ 


ΕΓΚΑ 

Έγκέχοδα,  perf.  of  εγχέζω. 

'Κγκεχρημένος,  v.  sub  έγχρύω. 
νΕγκηδενο),  f.  -εύσω,  (έν,  κηδεύω) 
to  bury  in,  Joseph. 

Έ.γκηράω.  ώ,  (l-v,  κτ/ρόω)  to  irax 
over,  rub  with  ivax,  Lat.  incerare,  Hipp. 

Έγκϊβύρίζω,  f.  -ίσω.  {έν,  κιΒαρί^ω) 
to  play  the  harp  among,  τισί,  Η.  Ilom. 
Αρ.  201,  μέσω  ηματι,  Η.  Hom.  Merc. 
17. 

Ύ,γκικρύω.  Dor.  for  ίγκερύνννμι. 

Έγκΐλΐκεύομαι,  dep.  mid.,  =  sq. 

Έγκύ.ικίζω,  (έν,  Κίλ.ιξ)  to  play  the 
Cilician  to  one,  τι.νί,  i.  e.  to  act  treach- 
erously, infamously. 

Έγκινέομαι,  (έν,  κινέω)  dep.  mid., 
to  disturb,  trouble,  τινί,  Ar.  Fr.  56. 

Έγκίννμαι,  Ep.  pass,  of  foreg. 

Έγκίρνημι,  Ep.  and  poet,  for  ίγκε- 
ρύνννμι, to  mix  in,  pour  in. 

Ύ^γκισσύω,  ώ,  (έv,κtσσύω)tolσng as 
a  woman  with  child. — 2.  to  conceive, 
LXX. 

Έγκισσενομηι,  pass,  (kv,  κισσός) 
to  twine  round  like  ivy,  Ttvi,  Hipp. 

^Εγκίσσησις,  εως,  ή,  ( έγκισσάω) 
impregnation. 

Έγκληστρίδια,  ων,  τά,  ear-rings. 

Έγκλύω,  f.  -άσω,  (έν,  κλύω)  to 
break,  break  to  pieces,  hinder,  Lat.  in- 
fringere,  cf.  ένικλύω.  [«σω] 

'Εγκλεισμός,  ov,  δ,  (εγκλείω)  a 
shiittijig  up,  keeping  close. 

νΕγκλειστέον,  verb.  adj.  from  sq., 
one  must  shut  up  in,  Geop. 

'Εγκλείω,  Ion.  έγκληιω,  o?d  Att. 
έγκλ-ηω,  Ep.  ένικλείω,  (έν,  κλείω)  to 
shut  in,  shut  up  in,  confine  within,  τίνα 
έρκέων,  for  εντός  έρκέων.  Soph.  Aj. 
1274.  Mid.  to  shut  up  in  one's  self, 
keep  secret. 

Έγκληιω,  Ion.  for  εγκλείω. 

Έγκλτίβα,  ατός,  τό,  (έγκαλέω)  an 
accusation,  charge,  complaint.  Thuc.  3, 
53,  an  objection,  reproach,  Xen.  Oec. 
11,  3. — II.  a  hill  of  indictment,  Lat.  fi- 
bellus  accusatorius,  freq.  in  Oratt. ;  al.so 
έγκλημα  δίκης,  Dem.  787,  9.     Hence 

'Εγκληματικός,  ?/,  όν,  given  to  nccn- 
.lation  or  complaint,  litigious,  Arist. 
Pol.  :  belonging  thereto.     Adv.  -κώς. 

Έγκληματόομαι,  (kv,  κλήμα)  as 
pass.,=  f/v\-?..,  to  shoot  into  twigs,  κλι]- 
ματα,  Theophr. 

Έγκλήμων,  ov,  blaming,  accusing, 
dub.  ap.  Leon.  Tar.  52. 

"Εγκληρος,  ov,  (έν,  κλ.ήρος)  having 
a  lot  or  share  of  a  thing  with  another, 
c.  gen.  rei,  Soph  Ant.  814,  c.  dat. 
pers.,  lb.  837  :  esp.  having  a  share  of 
an  inheritance,  an  heir,  heiress,  =  έττί- 
κληρος,  Eur.  I.  T.  682  :  έγκ.  εννή,  a 
marriage  ivhich  brings  wealth.  Id.  Hipp. 
1011  ;  έγκ.  πεδία,  land  possessed  as  an 
inheritance,  Id.  H.  F.  468. 

'Εγκλησις,  εως,  ή,  (έγκαλ^έω)  an 
accusing,  blame,  Clem.  Al. 

Έγκλ.ητέος,  a,  ov,  verb.  adj.  from 
έγκα?ιέω,  to  be  blamed,  Plut. 

'Εγκλητος,  ov,  (έγκαλέω)  blamed, 
to  be  blamed,  Plut. 

Έγκλΐδόν,  adv.  (έγκλίνω)  bent 
down,  leaning,  H.  Hom.  22  :  hence 
sideways,  aslant,  έγκ?ιΐδόν  άσσε  βα• 
λεΐν,  Αρ.  Rh.,  cf  Jac.  Α.  P.  p.  110. 

Έγκλΐμα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which  is 
bent  or  inclined,  a  slope,  Polyb.  :  the 
turning,  rout  of  an  army.  Id. 

Έγκλίνω,  f.  -ΐνώ,(έν,  κλίνω)  tobend, 
incline  to  or  towards,  τι  εις  τι.  Plat. 
Rep.  436  Ε. — Pass,  to  lean  over  or  on, 
lean, rest  or  rveigh  upon  one,  Xen.  Symp. 
3,  13;  and  so  metajth.,  πόνος  νι/μι 
έγκέκ? ιται,  II.  6.  78:  έγκλ.  νώτόν 
τινι,  to  turn  one's  back  towards,  Eur. 
Hec.  730. — 2.  to  turn  or  put  to  flight, 
Lat.  inrlinare  in  fugarn,  Polyb.  - —  II. 
intr.  to  bend,  incline,  εις  δεξιάν,  Plat. 


ΕΓΚΟ 

Rep.  436  Ε  :  to  incline  towards,  προς 
τι,  Arist.  Pol. — 2  absoi.  to  give  way, 
flee,  Xen.  Hell.  7,  2,  14,  etc.— 3.  in 
Gramni.  to  throw  back  the  accent  upon 
the  word  before,  Lat.  inrlinare.  [i, 
e.xcept  in  fut.  and  perf.]     Hence 

Έγκλΐσις,  εως.  ή.  a  bending,  incli- 
ning, slope,  Arist.  Pol. — II.  the  declen- 
sion, mood  of  a  verb.  Gramm. — 2.  the 
throwing  back  of  the  accent,  Lat.  incli- 
natio,  lb. 

Έ,γκλΐτικός,  ή,  όν,  (έγκλίνω)  in- 
clined, inclining :  in  Gramm.  of  a  word 
u'hich  leans  or  throws  back  (έγκ?Λΐ'ει) 
its  accent  upon  the  one  before,  enclit- 
ic, Iluttm.  Ausf.  Gr.  (J  14. 

Έγκλνδάζομηι,  pass.,  to  be  in  flood, 
swell  in  tvaves,  Hipp.     Hence 

Έ.γκλνδηστικός,  ή,  όν,  inwardly 
xivelling  and  rolling  like  ivaves.  Hipp. 

Έγκλνζω,  f.  -νσω,  (ίν,  κλ.νζω)  to 
wash,  rinse  a  thing,  Diosc.  :  to  treat  by 
clysters,  τινά  τινι,  Diod.  [ΰσω]  Hence 

Έγκλνσμα,  ατός,  τό,  an  injection, 
clyster,  Diosc. 

'Έ,γκλώθω,  [kv,  κλώθω)  to  spin  or 
tie  to. 

Έγκνήθω.  f.  -σω,  (έν,  κνήθω)  to 
scrape  or  grate  in,  Nic. 

'Εγκνώσσω,  poet,  ένικνώσσω,  (έν, 
κνώσσω)  to  sleej)  in,  Mosch. 

Έγκοιλαίνω,  f  -ΰνύ.  (έν,  κοιλαί- 
νω)  to  hollow,  scoop  out,  Hdt.  2,  73. 

Έιγκηίλ.ιος,  ov,  (έν,  κοιλΛα)  in  the 
belly:  hence  as  siibst.  τα  έγκ.. — 1.  the 
bmrels,  intestines,  Diosc. — 2.  esp.  the 
ribs  of  a  ship,  belly-timbers,  Lat.  costae, 
intcramentn  navium,  Theophr. 

Έγκοιλος,  ov,  (έν,  κο'ϊ?Μς)  hollowed 
out,  hollow,  οφθαλμοί,  Hipp. ;  τά  της 
γης,  caverns,  Plat.  Phaed.  Ill  C. 

Έγκοιμύομαι.  (έν,  κοιμύομηι)  as 
pass.,  c.  fut.  mid.,  to  sleep  in  or  τφοη, 
τινί,  incuhare  :  esp.  of  those  xvho  slept 
in  a  temple,  to  seek  projihetic  dreams, 
Valck.  Hdt.  8,  134  :  esp.  for  the  cure 
of  a  disease,  cf  Ar.  Pint.  659,  sq 
Hence 

Έγκοίμησις,  εως,  η,  a  sTeqjmg  in  oi 
vpon  :  esp.  sleep  in  a  lemph,  Lat.  incu 
batio,  V.  foreg.,  Diod. 

Έγκοιμητί/ριος,  ία,  ισν,  (έγ'κοιμύο 
μα  ι)  for  sleeping  on. 

Έγκοίμητρον,  ov,  τό,  (έγκοιμάο 
μαι.)  α  counteipane. 

'Εγκοιμίζω,  ί.  -ίσω,  (έν,  κοιμίζω)  to 
lull  to  sleep,  Anth. 

Έγκοισνρόω,  ω,  (  έν,  Κοισνρα  ) 
hence  part,  perf  pass.,  έγκεκοισνρω- 
μένη.  as  luxurious  as  Coesyra  (a  fejnale 
name  in  the  Alcmaeonid  family),  Ar. 
Nub.  48. 

Έγκοιτύζομαι,^έ-^/κοιτέω. 

Έγκοιτύς,  άδος,  ή,  serving  for  a 
couch  or  bed,  Anth. :  from 

Έγκοιτέω,  to  sleep  or  lie  upon  or  in, 
τινί,  Dio  C. 

Έγκόλαμμα.  ατός,  τό,  (έγκηλ  άπτω) 
any  thing  engraven,  ν.  1.  in  LXX. 

Έγκολαπτός,  η,  όν,  engraven,  sculp- 
tured, LXX. :  from 

Έγκολάπτω,  f  -ψω,  (έν,  καλύπτω) 
to  engrave,  carve,  scnlpt-ure  upon,  Plut. 

Έγκοληβάζω,  in  Ar.  Eq.  264,  prob. 
to  gulp  down  like  a  κόλλ.ηβος,  swallow 
up.  though  others  think  it  a  pugilistic 
term,  like  κολετράω,  to  tread  upon, 
kick  one  in  the  belly.  Moreover,  the 
reading  varies  between  έγκολαβέω, 
άνακο?.αβέω,  έγκολλαβίζω. 

Έ.γκολλιάω,  ώ,  f  -ύσω,  (έν,  κολ- 
λάω) to  glue  on  or  to,  join  to,  LXX. 

ΥΕνκο?Λος,  ov,  (kv,  κό?ίλα)  glued 
on.  Philo. 

Έγκο/.πίας,  ov.  δ,  άνεμος,  a  local 
wind  blowinsfrom  a  bay,  Arist.  Mund. 

Έιγκολπίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (έν,  κολπίζω) 
to  sink  into,  press  vpon  the  bosom :  ta' 


ΕΓΚΟ 

form  a  bay,  ήίων  έγκολτνίζονσα,  Strab. 
Mid.  to  take  in  one's  bosom,  or  lap,  em- 
brace, Philo ;  h/K.  rj  σαγήντι,  to  catch 
in  (the  bosom  of)  one's  net,  Alciphr.  : 
to  form  a  bay  or  sivell,  widen.  Pass. 
ττερίοδος  εγκολπιζομένη,  a  turgid, 
sivollen  sentence,  opp.  to  the  Lat.  ora- 
tio  adstricta,  Dion.  H. 

Έγκά/.—ιος,  ov,  (ev,  κόλττος)  in  or 
on  the  bosom,  tap  :  το  kyK.,  a  jewel,  etc., 
worn,  in  the  bosom,  late. 

'Έ,γκολπόω,  ώ,  f.  -ώσω,  (έν,  κολ- 
ίτόω)  to  make  full  and  round,  like  the 
folds  of  a  robe  on  the  bosom,  Orph.  : 
pass.  pf.  €γκεκο?.~ώσθαι,  to  be  curved 
in  the  form  of  a  bay,  Lat.  sinuari,  Arist. 
Mund. 

Έγκομβόομαι,  (εν,  κόμβος)  as  mid.. 
to  bind  a  thing•  on  one's  self,  wear  it 
constantly,  Apoll.  Caryst.  ap.  Suid ; 
also  in  pass.,  Epich.  p.  3;=6ε$ήναι, 
ενει7.εΐσθαι,  Hesych.     Hence 

Έγκόμβωμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  sort  of 
smock-frock,  worn  esp.  by  slaves,  to 
keep  the  έξωμίς  clean  ;  an  apron. 

'Εγκομμα,  ατός,  τό,  (έγκότττω)  an 
incision  :  metaph.  a  hindrance. 

Έγκονέω,  ύ,  {έν,  koveu)  to  hasten, 
he  quick  and  active,  esp.  in  service : 
Horn,  uses  only  the  part,  pres.,  with 
another  verb,  στόρεσαν  λέχος  έγκο- 
νέονσαι,  they  made  the  bed  in  haste, 
Od.  7,  340 :  23,  291,  II.  24,  648.— II. 
trans,  to  hasten,  expedite,  c.  acc,  like 
σ~ευδο),  esp.  in  Aesch.  :  more  rarely 
c.  inf.,  Opp.     Hence 

Έγκονητί,  adv.,  in  haste,  hastily, 
uith  pains,  by  vigorous  exertion,  Find. 
N.  3,  61. 

Έγΐίονιάω,  Lac.  for  ίγκονέω. 

Έγκονίζομαι,  mid.,  (έν,  κονίζω)  v. 
L  in  Luc.  for  sq. 

'Έγκονίομαι,  as  mid.,  (έν,  κονία) 
to  roll  in  the  dust  or  sand,  combat  there- 
in, contend  in  the  arena,  sprinkle  sand 
over  one's  self,  after  anointing,  and 
before  wrestling,  Xen.  Symp.  3, 8.  [( ] 

Έγκονίς,  ίόος,  ή,  a  maid-servant,  cf. 
διάκονος. 

'Έγκητζενς,  έως,  ό,  (έγκότττω)  α  tool 
for  cutting  stone,  a  chisel. 

Έγκοττή,  ης.  ή,  {εγκότζτω)  an  inci- 
sion^ cleft:  metaph.  a  hindrance,  N.  T. : 
an  interruption,  Dion.  H. 

Έγκοτζος,  ov,  {έν,  κόπος)  wearied, 
harassed,  Anth.  P.  6,  33. 

Έγκόπτω,  f.  -t/ίω,  (έν,  κόπτοι)  to 
hew  or  cut  in,  make  iiicisions ;  to  fasten 
in,  ηύττα/.ον,  Theophr. :  metaph.  to 
binder,  weary,  τινά,  Ν.  Τ. :  to  throw 
obstacles  in  the  way  of,  τινί,  Polyb. 

Έγκορδυλέο),  ύ,  {έν,  κορδνλέω)  to 
wrap  tip  in  coverlets,  Ar.  Nub.  10. 

Έ>/οορ(ίν?^ζω, = foreg. 

Έ}'κορΰ77Γω,  (έν,  κορύτττώ)  to  strike 
oxbult  at,  aim  a  blow,  τινι  π/.ηγήν.  Lye. 

Έγκοσμέίι),  ώ,  {έν,  κοσμέω)  to  dis- 
pose, arrange  in  a  place,  τεύχεα  νηι, 
Od.  15,  218. 

Εγκόσμιος,  ov.  {έν,  κόσμος)  in  or- 
der.— II.  in  the  world  or  universe.  Adv. 
-ως. 

Έγκοτέω,  ώ,  f.  -έσω,  {εγκοτος)  to  be 
indignant  at  one,  τινί,  Aesch.  Cho.  41. 
Hence 

-Εγκότημα,  ατός,  ro,=sq. 

Έγκότηαις,  εως,  ή,  anger  at  one, 
hatred :  late  words. 

"Εγκοτος,  ov,  {έν,  κότος)  angry, 
having  a  grudge,  spiteful,  vengeful,  στύ- 
γος,  Aesch.  Cho.  392,  924.— II.  Hdt. 
uses  έγκοτος,  like  κότος,  as  subst.,  a 
grudge,  hatred,  in  phrase  έγκοτον  έχειν 
Tiv'i.  Hdt.  6,  73,  etc.,  to  bear  a  grudge 
against  one,  for  a  thing,  τινός.  8,  29. 

Έγκοτύλη,  ης.  ή,  {έν,  κοτν?.η)  an 
Athenian  game,  the  victor  in  which 
was  carried   about  kneeling  on  the 


ΕΓΚΡ 

palms  of  the  other  players'  hands,  κοτύ- 
'και,  Paus. 

Έγκονράς,  άδος,  ή,  a  painting  on 
the  ceiling,  Aesch.  Fr.  132,  Miiller  Ar- 
chiiol.  d.  Kunst  ^  320,  4. 

Έγκράζω,  f.  -ξομαι,  aor.  ένέκρα- 
yov,  {έν,  κράζω)  to  cry  aloud  at  one, 
esp.  in  anger,  τινί,  Ar.  Plut.  428. 

Έγκραι—ΰ/.ύω,  ώ,  {έν,  κραητα?Μω) 
to  be  drunk  ivith  a  thing,  act  like  a 
drunken  man,  Hdn. 

"Εγκρύσις,  εως,  ή,  (κεράνννμι)  a 
mixing  in,  mixture. 

Έγκράσίχο/.ος,  ov,  {έγκερύνννμι, 
χΟ?Μς)  with  an  infusion  of  bile. — II.  as 
subst.  0,  ή,  a  small  fish,  like  an  oTicho- 
vy,  Arist.  H.  A. 

Εγκράτεια,  ας,  ή,  {εγκρατής)  mod- 
eration in  sensual  pleasures,  self-control, 
Lat.  continentia.  Xen.,  etc.,  cf.  Arist. 
Eth.  N.  7,  4 :  abstinence  from  or  in  a 
thing,  τινός  and  ττρός  τι,  Isocr.  6  C, 
Xen.  Mem.  2,  1,  1.  [ΰ] 

Έγκρύτενμα,  ατός,  τό,  an  act  or 
instance  of  continence  {εγκράτεια). 
Iambi,  [a]     From 

Έγκρΰτενομαι,  dep.  mid.,  to  be  εγ- 
κρατής, to  exercise  self-control,  N.  T. 

Έγκρΰτέίο,  ώ,  to  fasten  in,  hold  in. 
— Ι1.  =  κρατέω,  Metop.  ap.  Stob.  p.  7, 
38  :  from 

'Εγκρατής,  ες,  {έν,  κράτος)  holding 
fast,  stout,  strong,  σθένος,  Aesch.  Pr. 
55  :  χεΙρ  εγκρατέστατη,  having  the 
firmest  hold,  Xen.  Eq.  7,  8. — II.  hav- 
ing the  upper  hand,  c.  gen.  rei,  master 
of  a  thing,  having  possessioii  of  it,  Hdt. 
8,  49,  Soph.  Phil.  75,  etc.  :"oft.  also 
having  control  or  mastery  over  one's 
appetites.  έ;κ.  έαντον,  έγκ.  γαστρός, 
νπνον,  οίνου,  etc.,  Xen. :  hence — III. 
absol.  master  of  one's  self,  moderate, 
self-disciplined,  Lat.  continens,  Arist. 
Eth.  N. — 2.  also  in  bad  signf.  unyield- 
ing, harsh,  stubborn.  Soph.  Ant.  715. — 
B.  Adv.  -τώς .  firmly,  powerfully,  Arist. 
Pol. — 2.  with  a  strong  hand,  strictly, 
Thuc.  1,  76.  —3.  temperately.  Plat. 
Legg.  710  A. 

Έγκράτησις.  εως,  ή,  {έγκρατέω)  a 
holding,  retaining,  e.  g.  holding  in  the 
breath,  Diog.  L. 

Έγκρεμάνννμι,  rarely  έγκρεμάω,  f. 
-άσω,  {έν.  κρεμάνννμι)  to  hang  in  or 
upon,  LXX.  [ΰσω) 

ΈγκρΙόοτϊώλης,  ov,  ό,  (έγκρίς,  ττω- 
?Ιω)  α  dealer  in  έγκρίδες,  Ar.  Fr.  252. 

ΈγκρΙκόω,  ώ,  (έν,  κρικόω)  to  enclose 
as  in  a  ring,  bind  as  with  a  hoop,  Hipp. 

'Εγκρίνω,  {έν,  κρίνω)  to  reckon  in 
or  among,  hence  to  choose,  prefer,  ap- 
prove, opp.  to  άττοκρίνω,  Plat.  Legg. 
936  A.  :  to  regard  as  genuine,  admit, 
sanction,  e.  g.  ai)  author  as  classical, 
Gramm.  :  hence — II.  to  reckon  as,  άρι- 
στον άνδρα,  Eur.  Η.  F.  183. — Β.  pass. 
to  be  reckoned  among,  to  be  among,  c. 
dat.,  Ap.  Rh.  [i] 

Έγκρίς,  ίδος,  η,  a  cake  made  with 
oil  and  honey,  also  ταγηνίας,  Stesich. 
2,  and  Att.  Com. 

'Εγκρΐσος,  εως,  η,  (εγκρίνω)  appro- 
val, admission,  acceptance,  esp.  admis- 
sion to  a  contest  for  a  prize,  Bockb. 
Inscr.  1,  862. 

Έγκρϊτέον,  verb.  adj.  from  εγκρί- 
νω, one  must  reckon  in  or  among,  εις 
άβίθμόν  τίνα  έγκρ-,  one  must  ηυηώβτ 
under  a  class,  make  some  account  of, 
Plat.  Rep.  537  A,  opp.  to  άποκρ. 

νΕγκριτήριος,  a,  ov,  (εγκρίνω)  for 
approval  ;  έγκριτήριοι  οίκοι,  cham- 
bers in  which  athletes  were  examined 
for  admission  to  the  games,  Bockh 
Inscr.  1,  573. 

'Εγκριτος,  ov,  (εγκρίνω)  approved. 
Plat.  Legg.  966  D :  admitted,  esp.  to 
a  contest. 


ΕΓΚΤ 

Έγκροτέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (έν,  κροτέω) 
to  strike  into,  strike  against  Or  07i,  θύ- 
ραις, to  knock  at  the  door.  Anth. :  esp. 
of  a  dance,  εις  έν  μέλος  έγκροτέονσι 
ττοσσίν,  to  heat  time  with  the  feet  to 
one  tune,  Lat.  plaudere  pedibus,  The- 
ocr.  18,  7.  As  pass.,  ττνγμαΐ  έγκρο- 
τονμεναί,  adverse  fists,  Lat.  7nanus 
consertae,  Eur.  I.  T.  1368. 

Έγκρονω,  (έν.  κρούω)  to  strike, 
hammer  in,  Ar.  V  esp.  130  :  to  strike  on 
or  agaiiuit,  Mel. — II.  to  dance,  like  έγ- 
κροτέω and  έγκατακρούω,  Ar.  Kan. 
374. 

ΫΕγκρύβω,  worse  collat.  form  of 
έγκρύητω,  Diod.  S. 

'Εγκρνμμα,  ατός,  τό,  any  thing  con- 
cealed, an  ambuscade :  from 

'ΕγκρντΓτω,  f.  •ψω,  (έν.  κρύτττω)  to 
hide,  conceal  a  thing  in,  δα/.όν  σττοδι-^, 
Od.  5,  488,  πνρ  έγκρνπτειν,  to  keep, 
fire  concealed,  Ar.  Av.  841. 

ΈγκρϋίΡιάζω,  f.  -άσω,  intr.  to  keep 
one's  self  hidden,  to  act  underhand,  un- 
fairly, Ar.  Eq.  822.— II.  transit., = 
foreg. 

Έγκρνφίας,  ov,  ό,  άρτος,  a  loaf 
baked  in  the  ashes,  Hipp. 

Έγκρύφιος,  ov,=sq.,  Anth. 

Έγκρν<ρος,  ov,  (έν,  κρύτττω)  hidden, 
concealed  in,  ^onn. 

'Ε>'Λ;~άο/<α<,  (έν,  KTUo.uat)  dep.  mid., 
to  acquire  possessions  in  a  country,  esp. 
in  a  foreign  one,  Hdt.  5,  23. 

Έγκτερείζω,  (έν,  κτερείζω)  to  per- 
form funeral  rites  upon,  τνμβω,  to  com' 
plete  the  obsequies,  Ap.  Rh.  1,  1060. 

'Εγκτημα,  ατός,  τό,  (έγκταομαι) 
property  held  in  a  foreign  cmmiry,  Dem. 
87.  7.  cf.  Valck.'Hdt.  5,  23. 

'Εγκτησις,  εως,  ή,  (έγκταομαι)  the 
right  of  holding  property  in  a  foreign 
land,  Bockh  Inscr.  1,  652  :  the  posses- 
sion of  such  properly,  Xen.  Hell.  5,  2, 
19,  cf.  also  έττεργασία. 

Έγκτητικόν,  ov,  τό,  (έγκταομαι) 
the  price  paid  for  the  right  of  holding 
property,  Bockh  ..iscr.  I,  p.  139. 

ΥΕγκτητος,  ov,  (έγκταομαι)  acquired 
in.  possessed.  LXX. 

'Εγκτίζω,  f.  -σω,  (έν,  κτίζω)  tofound, 
build,  in  or  upon,  Plut. 

'Εγκνβερνάω,  ώ.  f.  -ήσω,  (έν,  KVr 
βερί'ύω)  to  steer,  guide  in,  Diog.  L. 

Έγκνησις,  εως,  ή,^έγκνσις,  The- 
ophr. 

Έγκνκάω,  ώ,  (έν,  κνκάω)  to  mix  or 
stir  up  in,  Ar.  Ach.  939,  in  mid. 

Έγκνκ?.έω,  ώ,  (έν,  κνκλέω)  to  roll, 
turn  or  wind  in  or  on,  Hipp.,  v.  έκ- 
κνκ/.έω.     Hence 

Έγκνκληθρον,  ov,  τό,  and 

Έγκΰκ/ιημα,ατος,  τό,ν.  έκκνκλημα. 

'Εγκύκλιος,  ov,  (έν,  κύκ/Μς)  circu- 
lar, rounded,  round,  χοροί,  Eur.  I.  Τ. 
429. — II.  revolving  in  a  cycle,  return- 
ing in  a  certain  period,  going  romid  in 
sttccession ;  esp.  at  Athens,  /.ειτονρ- 
γίαι  έγκ.,  public  services  required  of 
each  citizen  in  turn,  Dem.  4C3,  13,  v. 
Wolf  Prol.  Lept.  p.  86,  sq. :  so  έγκ. 
δίκαια,  rights  common  to  all  citizens, 
Dem.  792.  16:  hence  —  III.  general, 
common,  Lat.  quotidiatius,  Arist.  Pol. 
1,  7, 2  ;  2.  9,  9.— IV.  later,  as  in  Plut., 
έγκ.  τΐαιδεία.  very  freq.  the  circle  of 
those  arts  and  sciences,  which  every 
free-born  youth  in  Greece  was  ob 
liged  to  go  through  before  applying 
to  any  professional  studies,  school- 
learning,  as  opp.  to  the  business  ot 
life,  v.'Vitruv.  1,  6,  Quinctil.  Inst.  1, 
10,  1,  Ath.  184  B,  cf.  γράμμα  III.: 
hence  έ7«.  αγωγή,  instruction  m  ge- 
nera/ knowledge.  Strab.  ;  έγκ.  μαθή- 
ματα, the  subjects  of  general  knowl- 
edge, Luc. :  called  also  by  philo- 
sophers Tu  κοινά  and  τα  έξω. 
391 


ΕΓΚΩ 

'Εγκυκλοπαίδεια,  ας,  η,  the  eircle  of 
general  education,  ί.  1.  for  εγκύκλιος 
παιδεία,  Spald.  Quinct.  Inst.  1,  10,  1 : 
hence  the  modern  word  Encyclopedia, 
which  is  a  sheer  barbarism. 

Έγκνκλος,ον,  {iv,  κύκλος)  circular, 
round.  —  II.  το  έγκνκλ.ον,  a  U'oman^s 
upper  garment,  Ar.  Thesm.  2G1,  Lys. 
113,  etc.     Hence 

'Έγκνκλόω,  ώ,  also  in  Mid.,  Phit. 
to  siirround  with  a  circle,  e/icompass, 
encircle:  to  more  about  or  round  in  a 
circle,  όφβαλμόν,  Eur.  I.  T.  76.  Pass. 
to  be  round  about,  go  round  ahont  : 
hence  also  in  trans,  signf.  to  come 
around,  surround,  α'ιθηρ  χθόνα,  Eur. 
Bacch.  292,  φ<ύνή  μέ  ης  έγκεκνκ- 
λ.ωται,  a  voice  has  echoed  around  me, 
Ar.  Vesp.  395.     Hence 

Ύ.γκνκ7ι,ωσις,  εο)ς,  η,  a  surromiding, 
encompassing,  Strab. 

Έγκνλινδέω,  ώ,  to  roll  in,  just  like 
Ιγκαλ.ινδέω.     Hence 

''Εγκϋλίνδ7ΐσίς,  εως,  ή,  a  rolling, 
wallowing  among,  Plut. 

'Έ,γκν'λίυ,  f.  -ί'σω,  {εν,  κνλίω)=1:γ- 
κνλινδέω,  to  wrap  in,  involve,  εμαντον 
Ίτρήγμασι,  Pherecr.  Cheir.  7.  Mid. 
to  roll   wallow  in,  Theophr.  [ i] 

'Έιγκνμοΐ'έίύ,  ύ,  {ίγκνμων)  to  become 
pregnant,  Geop.,  τινά,  of  a  child, 
ApoUod.     Hence 

Έγκνμόνησις,  εως,  ή,  impregnation, 
Arist.  Plant.  :  from 

Έγκύμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  {ίι>,  kvu, 
κνμα)  pregnant,  with  young,  Arist. 
H.  A. :  filled  Λvith  a  thing,  ϊππον  τεν- 
χέων,  of  the  Trojan  horse,  Eur.  Tro. 
11  :  also  inetaph.  of  the  mind,  Plat. 
Theaet.  148  E.  [ϋ] 

Έγκυος,  ov,  {έν,  «iiw)=foreg.,  Hdt. 
1,  5;  6.  131. 

Έγκύπτω,  f.  -t/'w,  (tv,  κύτττω)  to 
stoop  down  oi under  a  thing,  Ar.  Thcsm. 
236 :  to  peep  down  into,  peep  at,  τηή, 
but  also  ε'ις  τι,  Hdt.  7,  152  ;  and  ab- 
sol.,  Ar.  Nub.  191,  Thuc.  4,  4. 

'Έ,γκνρέω  and  έγκυρο),  imperf.  ένέ- 
Kvpov  :  fut.  έγκύρσω  :  aor.  ένέκνρσα  : 
pres.  pass,  εγκίφομαι :  the  regul. 
forms  έγκνρήσω.  etc..  are  more  rare, 
{έν,  κνρέω)  to  fall  into  or  upon,  light 
upon,  meet  with ;  usu.  c.  dat.,  Lat. 
incidere  in,  ένέκιφσε  <ράλαγξι,  he  fell 
in  with  the  ranks  of  battle,  11. 13, 145, 
έγκύρσας  άτησιν,  having  fallen  into 
misfortune,  Hes.  Op.  214 :  so  too 
Hdt.,  yet  also  c.  gen.,  άλογί?)ς  ένέ- 
κνρσε.  Hdt.  7,  208,  where  others  pro- 
pose άλογίησι  or  έκνρτ/σε,  but  v.  ^i^- 
τνγχάνω  :  in  Att.  only  in  Soph.  El. 
863.  Cratin.  Del.  12.     Hence 

Έγκνρησις,  εως,  η,  a  falling  upon 
or  in  with,  meeting  with,  Sext.  Emp. 

'Έ.γκυρτίον,  ου,τό,  (έν,  κυρτός)  a  part 
of  a  bow-net,  v.  Stallb.  Plat.  Tim.  78  B. 

'Έ,γκντα,  τύ,  Lacon.  for  έγκατα. 

'Έγκϋτί,  adv.  {έν,  κύτος)  shaven, 
shorn  to  the  skin,  to  the  quick,  quite 
bare,  έγκντϊ  κεκαρμενος,  like  έν  χρω, 
Archil.  97.  (Cf.  cutis,  σκντος.)  [Γ] 

'Έ.γκνω,  (έν,  κύω)  to  be  pregnant,  be 
with  young,   [ϋ] 

Εγκωμιάζω,  f.  -άσω,  Isocr.,  usu. 
-άσομαι,  Plat.  Symp.  198  C,  D,  {έγ- 
κώμίον)  to  praise,  laud,  ertol,  τινά  τι, 
one /or  a  thing.  Plat.  Rep.  3G3  D;  also 
τινά  έτνϊ  σοφία.  Plat.  Euthyphr.  9  Β. 
Pass,  to  be  praised,  Hdt.  5,  5.  Hence 
Έγκωμιαστέος,  έα,  έον,  verb.  adj. 
to  be  praised. 

'Εγκωμιαστής,  ov,  6,  (εγκωμιάζω) 
a  praiser,  panegyrist. 

'Εγκωμιαστικός,  η,  όν,  (εγκωμιά- 
ζω) of,  belonging  to  encomium,  panegy- 
rical, Polyb. 

Έγκωμιαστός,  ή,  όν,  (έ}'κωμιύζω) 
ilOibe ipraised,  Philo. 
392 


ΕΓΡΗ 

νΈγκωμιόγραφος,  ov,  ό,  (έγκώμιον, 
γράφω)  a  writer  of  encomiums,  Bockh 
Inscr.  1,  767. 

Έγκώμιον,  ov,  TO,  v.  sq.  sub  fin. 
Ύ^γκώμιος,  ov.  (έν,  κώμη)  at  home, 
of  the  same  village,  like  εγχώριος, 
lies.  Op.  342,  Ruhnk.  Ep.  Cr.  p.  84. 
— II.  (ei',  κώμος)  belonging  to  a  Bac- 
chic festival  or  revel,  in  which  the  vic- 
tor was  led  home  in  procession  with 
music,  dancing  and  merriment.  Pind. 
uses  έγκώμιος  and  έττικώμιος  of  every 
thing  belonging  to  the  praise  or  reward 
of  a  conqueror,  έγκ.  μέλη,  νμνοί,  etc., 
ό.  2,  85,  P.  10,  82.— II.  e.sp.  το  έγκ., 
sub.  έττος,  was  α  laudatory  ode  to  a 
conqueror,  as  were  many  of  Pindar's  : 
hence — III.  in  genl.,  praise,  encomium , 
eulogy,  panegyric  of  a  living  person, 
Ar.  Nub.  1205,  distinguished  from 
ίπαινυς  by  Arist.  Eth.  N.  1,  12. 

^Έγκωπον,  ov,  to,  (έν,  κώπη)  the 
spare  between  the  oars,  Ath.  204  B. 

νΕγνάτία,  ας,  ή,  Egnatia,  a  city  of 
Apulia  ;  its  ruins  are  near  the  mod- 
ern Torre  d' Agnazzo,  Strab. — 2.  'Ey. 
όόύς,  the  Egnatian  way,  leading  from 
Apollonia  into  Macedonia,  Id. 

Έ  γνων,  ως,  ω,  aor  2  of  γΐΎνώσκω, 
hence  Pind.  has  έγνον,  Ep.  3  pi.  lor 
έγνωσαν,  cf.  έδον. 

Έγξέω,  f.  -έσω,  (έν,  ξέω)  to  scratch 
or  scrape,  Eur.  Beller.  11. 

Έγξ7]ραίνω,  (έν,  ξηραίνω)  to  dry 
in,  Hipp. 

Έ,γξνω,— έγξέω,  Hipp,  [ϋ] 
Έγρεκνύοιμος,  ov,  (εγείρω,  κνδοι- 
μος)  rousing  the  din  of  war,  strife- stir- 
ring, Hes.  Th.  925,  epith.  of  Pallas. 
[v] 

Έγρεμάχης,  ov,  o,=  sq.,  Soph.  O.  C. 
1054. 

Έγρέμάχος,  η,  ov,  (εγείρω,  μάχη) 
exciting,  rousing  the  fight,  epith.  of 
Pallas,  H.  Horn.  Cer.  424. 

Έγρέμοθος,  ov,  (εγείρω,  μόθος) 
stirring  strife,  Νοηπ. 

Έγρεσίκωμος,  ov,  (εγείρω,  κώμος) 
stirring  up  to  revelry. 

Έγρήγηρα,  to  be  awake,  wake,  watch, 
perf.  2  ot  εγείρω,  whence  part  έγρΐ}- 
γορώς.  Aesch.  Ag.  340,  Eum.  706  ; 
plqpf.  έγρηγόρη.  Ar.  Eccl.  32,  3  sing. 
έγρηγόρει.  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  4,  20.  For 
these  HouiPT  uses  the  Ep.  form  έγρή- 
γορθα  m  3  pi.  έγρηγόρθασι,  11.  10, 
419,  2  pi.  imperat.  έγρήγορθε,  II.  7, 
371.  inf  perf.  pass.  eyp??voppat  (which 
however  Wolf  writes  έγρήγορθαι  as 
aor.),  11.  10,  67.  From  this  perf  a 
new  pres.  was  formed  later  έγρη- 
γορέω  :  but  the  Ep.  έγρηγορήων  sup- 
poses a  lengthd.  root  έγρηγοράω :  v. 
Buttm.  Catal.  p.  79. 

ΥΈ,γρηγοράω,  only  in  Ep.  part. 
-ρόων,  V.  ioreg. 

Έγρηγορέω,  to  be  awake,  watch, 
later  prose  pres.  form  from  the  perf. 
έγρήγορα.  Hence 

ΥΈ,γρηγόρησις.  εως,  ή,  wakefulness, 
watch fiilne.'is.  Eccl. 
Έ^γρήγορθα,  v.  έγρήγορα. 
Έγρ?ιγορικός,  ή,  όν,  (έγρήγορα) 
watchful,  awake,  έγρ.  πράξεις,  one's 
u'o/ci'ng- habits,  Arist.  Soinn.:  the  form 
έγρήγορος,  ov,  is  dub.,  and  prob. 
arose  by  mistake  from  the  part,  έγρη• 
γορώς,  via,  ός. 

Έγρηγορότως,  adv.  part,  of  έγρή- 
γορα, wakefuUy,  awake,  Plut. 

Έγρηγορόων,  Ep.  part.,  as  if  from 
a  lengthd.  \ixes,.  έγρηγοράω,  watching, 
awake,  Od.  20,  6:  cf.  έγρί/γορα. 

Έγρηγόρσιος,  ov,  watchful,  keeping 
awake,  Pherecr.  Incert.  9  ;  rare  word: 
from 

Έγρήγορσις,  εως,  ή,  (έγρήγορα)  a 
being  awake,  watchfulness,  Hipp. 


ΕΓΧΕ 

Έγρηγορτί.  adv.,  awake,  watching, 
11.  10,  182.  [t] 

Έγρήσσω,  Horn.,  pres.  from  έγρή- 
γορα, to  watch,  be  auake  or  watchjul. 

Έγρομαι,  shortd.  pres.  pass,  from 
εγείρω,  to  awake,  ri.^e  front  sleep,  arise, 
Od.  13,  124,  with  the  frequent,  impf. 
7/γρόμ?μ< :  in  Honi.  without  angm. 
έγρεο.  έγρετο.  Some,  and  not  im- 
prob.,  wholly  deny  the  pres.,  writing 
in  Od.  13,  124,  έγρέσθαι  for  έγρεσβαι, 
so  that  a  syncop,  aor.  of  εγείρω  is 
everywhere  to  be  assumed,  Buttm. 
Catal.  p.  75  :  in  late  Ep.  however,  as 
Opp.,  Q.  Sm.,  the  pres.  έγρομαι  is 
certainly  found :  ίγρεο  is  trans,  in 
Nic. 

Έγχαίνω,  f.  -ανώ,  (έν,  χαίνω)  to 
laugh  outright  in  one^s  face,  grin  at  one, 
Tivi,  Ar.  Ach.  1197,  Eq.  13)3,  m  mid. : 
έγχ.  έκφνγών,  taunt  us  tcith  his  hav- 
ing escaped  us,  Ar.  Ach.  221. — II.  to 
gape  upon,  hanker  after,  Alciphr.  Also 
έγχάσκω. 

Έγχάλάω,  ώ,  f.  -άσω,  (έν,  χαλάω) 
to  relax,  Plut.  [ασω] 

Έγχΰλΐνόω,  ώ,  (έν,  χαλινυω)  to 
bridle,  put  the  bit  in  the  mouth.  Pass. 
pf  εγκ' χαλινώιθαι  τύ  c-όμα,  tt.  have 
the  bit  in  the  mouth,  Hdt.  3,  14.— II. 
to  keep  in  check,  rein  in,  Plut. 

Έγχαλκενω,  (έν,  χαλ.κενω)  to  beat 
in,  itnpress  or  design  on  brass,  late. 

Έγχαλκος,  ov,  (έν,  χαλκός)  of  cop- 
per, brasen,  mixed  with  copper  0Γ  brass. 
— II.  moneyed,  rich,  Anth.,  (χαλκός, 
like  aes,  being  used  for  coin.) 

Έγχανδής,  ές,  (έγχαίνω)  wide,  ca- 
pacious, Nic. 

Έγχάρΰγή,  ής^  η,  (έγχαράσσω)  an 
incision,  Apollod. 

Έγχάραγμα,  ατός,  τό,  (έγχαράσσω) 
anything  engraven,  written,  or  cut :  an 
impress  :  a  cleft,  Polyb.  [χά^ 

\Έγχαρακτέον,  verb.  adj.  from  έγ- 
χαράσσω, one  must  make  incisimis  into. 

Έγχάραξις.  εως,  ή,  a  cutting  in,  en- 
gratmig :  scarification,  cupping.  Gal. 
\_Xu\:  from 

Έγχαράσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  fut.  -ξω, 
(έν,  χαράσσω)  to  cut  in,  engrave,  carve, 
impress,  Plut.     Medic,  to  cup,  scarify. 

Έγχΰρίζόμαι,  i.  -ίσομαι,  dep.  mid. 
=χηρίζομαι,  Anth. 

Έγχάσκω.  coUat.  form  of  έγχαίνυ 
I.,  Ar.  Vesp.  721. 

Έγχέζω,  f.  -έσω,  also  -εσονμαι, 
perf  έγκέχοδα,  (έν.  χέζω)  Lat.  incaco, 
Ar.  Ran.  479 :  hence  c.  ace,  to  be  in 
a  horrid  fright  at  one,  Ar.  Vesp.  627. 

Έγχειβρύμος,  ov,  (έγχος.  βρέμω) 
κόρα  εγχ.,  maid  of  the  thundering 
spear,  Pind.  O.  7,  78. 

Έγχείη,  ης,  ή,=ιΙγχος,  a  spear, 
lance,  Horn.,  esp.  in  II. :  hence  skill 
in  the  use  of  the  spear,  έγχείτ)  έκέ• 
καστο,  II.  2,  530. 

Έγχείτ^,  3  sing.  subj.  pres.  act. 
from  εγχέω,  Ep.  for  έγχέτ),  Od.  9,  10. 

ΎJγχεικέpavvoς,  ov,  (έγχος,  κεραυ- 
νός) u'ielding  the  thunderbolt  as  a  lance, 
Pind.  P.  4,  345. 

Έγχειμάζω,  f.  -άσω,  (έν,  χειμάζω) 
to  winter,  pass  the  winter  in,  late  word. 

Ύ^γχείμαργος,  ov,=^  έγχεσίμαργος. 

Έγχειρέω,  ώ,  (έν,χείρ)  to  put  one's 
hand  to  a  thing,  take  it  fn  hand,  under- 
take, attempt,  begin,  USU.  C.  dat.  rei, 
Eur.  Med.  377,  Thuc,  .etc. :  also  c. 
inf,  Xen.  Mem.  2,  3,  12,  etc. :  absol. 
to  make  an  attempt  or  beginning.  Soph. 
El.  1026,  Thuc  ,  etc.— 2.  to  handle  or 
martage,  in  hostile  sense,  to  attack, 
assail,  τιι•ί,  Polyb. — 3.  to  treat,  as  a 
physician,  Hipp.— 4.  to  handle  in  ar- 
ginnent,  discu.^s,  Plut.,  in  pass.  Έπ"ί- 
χειρέω  is  more  usu. :  cf.  έγχράω,  sub 
fin.    Hence 


ΕΓΧΕ 

■■'Εγχείρημα,  ατός,  τό,  an  undcr- 
tahing,  beginnitig,  atlcmpt,  Soph.  O.  T. 
540,  Isocr.,  etc. — 2.  esp.  an  argument 
to  maintain  a  proposition,  Arist. 

'Έγχείμησις,  εως,  η.  (έγχεφέω)  a 
taking  in  hand,  undertaking,  Thuc.  C, 
83  :  a  ?node  of  treatment,  Gal. 

Έγχειρ7]τέον,  verb.  adj.  from  έγ- 
χειρέω,  one  must  put  one's  hand  to  or 
attempt,  Xen.  Ages.  1,  1. 

'Έ.γχειρ7ίτής,  οϋ,  6,  {έγχειρέω)  one 
who  takes  in  hand,  begins  a  thing,  Ar. 
Av.  257. 

'Εγχειρητικός,    ή,   όν,   ϋγχειρέω) 

enterprising,  able,  Xen.  Hell.  4,  8,  22. 

Έγχειρία.  ας,ή,^έγχείρησις,  Hipp. 

Έγχεφίδιος,  ov,  {έν,  χειρ)  in  the 

hand,    Aesch.    Supp.   22:    hence   το 

έγχ-,  a  handle,  haft,  hill,  Theophr. :  a 

hand-knife,   dagger,    Hdt.    1,   12,   214, 

etc.  :  later  also  a  manual,  hand-book, 

Epict.  [pi,  Meineke  Menand.  p.  160.] 

'Έγχειρίδοτος,  ov,  {εν,  χειρ,  oiou- 

μι)  V.  I.  for  εγχειρίθετος. 

Εγχειρίζω,  f.  -ίσω  Att.  -ΐώ,  (έν, 
χείρ)  to  put  into  one's  hands,  τινά  TLVl, 
Thuc.  2.  67  :  to  hand  over,  deliver  up, 
entrust  τινί  τι.  Hdt.  5,  72.  92,  8,  etc. 
Mid.  Ό  t'.ke  in  hana  take  on  one's  self, 
encounter,  κινόννονς,  Thuc.  5,  108. 

Έγχειρίθετος,  ov,  {έν,  χείρ,  τίβη- 

ui)  put  or  delivered  into  one's  hands, 

έγχ-  Tivu  παραδιδόναι,  Hdt.  5,  106. 

Έγχείριον,  ου,  τό,  a  towel,  late. 

'Έ,γχειρογάστωρ,  ορός,  ό,=  γαστρό- 

χειρ,  living  from  hand  to  mouth,  Ath. 

Έγχειροτονέω,  ώ,  {έν,  χειροτο- 
νέυ)  to  choose  among  others,  Dio  C. 

Έγχειρονργέω,  ώ,  {έν,χειρονργέω) 
to  produce  as  by  manual  labour,  Eccl. 
Έγχείυ,  Ep.  for  εγχέω,  Horn. 
νΕγχελάνες,  ων,  oi,  Polyb.  5,  108, 
8  ;  'Εγχελέαι,  oi,  Steph.  Byz.,=  'E7- 
χελεΐς. 

'Εγχέ?.,ειον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  εγ- 
χελνς,  a  little  eel,  Ar.  Ach.  1043,  un- 
less έγχ-  there  be  an  adj.  sub.  κρέα. 
Έγχέλειος,  ov,  {έγχε?.νς)  of  an  eel. 
νΕγχε?.εΐς,   έων,  ot,  the  Enchtlees, 
an  lUyrian  nation,  Hdt.  5,  61. 

Έγχελεών,  ώνος,  δ,  {έγχελνς)  an 
eel-basket,  eel-trunk,  Arist.  H.  A. 
νΕγχέλίοι,ων,οΙ.^Εγχελεΐς,^ίΧίϋο. 
Έγχέλίον,  έγχέλνον,  and  έγχε7.ν- 
διον,  ου,  τό,  οιιη.  from  εγχε?:νς,  α 
little  eel,  έγχε/^ύδιον,  Amphis  Philet. 
1.  [win  I.e.] 

Έγχε?.υοτρόφος,  ov,  {έγχελνς,  τρέ- 
φω) feeding,  keeping  eels,  Arist.  H.  A. 
ΈΓΧΕΑΤΞ,  νος,  ή,  later  also  o, 
Att.  plur.  έγχέλεις.  εων,  an  eel,  II.  21, 
203,  353,  where  we  have  the  old  re- 
gul.  plur.  έγχέλνες:  this  is  almost 
solely  poet. :  v.  however  Luc.  Anach. 
1.  Proverb,  'εγχέλεις  θηράσθαι,  to 
be  fond  of  fishinst  in  troubled  waters, 
Ar.  Eq.  864,  cf  Nub.  559.  (Akin  to 
ίχις,  Sanscr.  ahi,  Lat.  anguis,  angu- 
ilia,  whence,  through  French  aiguille, 
our  eel.) 

Έγχελνωττός,  όν,  {έγχελνς,  ύ-φ) 
eel-faced,  Luc. 

Έγχεσίμαργος,  ov,  {έγχος,  μάργος) 
raging  with  the  spear,  cf  sq.;  name 
of  an  Amazon,  Tzetz. 

Έγχεσίμωρος,  ov,  wielding  the  spear, 
Horn.,  epith.  of  the  heavy-armed,  who 
fought  man  to  man.  (Some  have 
derived  the  terrain,  from  μωρός,  as  if 
raging,  furious  with  the  spear,  like  έ)'- 
χεσίμαργος :  others  from  μώλος  or 
from  μόρος,  whose  portion  is  the  spear, 
who  has  chosen  it  for  his  weapon, 
and  is  practised  in  the  use  of  it :  cf. 
Ιόμωρος,  νλακόμωρος,  σινάμωρος.) 

Έγχέσ~ΰ?ιος,  ov,  {έγχος,  πάλλω) 
brandishing,  wielding  the  spear  or  lance, 


ΕΓΧΡ 

Έγχεσίχεφ,  χειρός,  ό,  ή,  {έγχος, 
χείρ)  wielding  the  spear  ;  living  by  war, 
like  γαστρόχεφ. 

Έγχεσφορος,  ov,  {έγχος,  φέρω) 
spear-bearing,  Pind.  Ν.  3,  107. 

'Εγχέω,  f.  -χεύσω :  aor.  ένέχεα,  Ep. 
ένέχευα:  Ep.  subj.  έγχείτ/ίοτ έχχέΐ], 
Od.  9,  10:  3  pi.  aor.  ένέχεαν,  Od.  8, 
436.  To  pour  in,  olvov.  Od.  3,  40  ; 
6,  77  :  μέθυ,  Od.  9,  10  :  and  so  absol. 
to  fill  the  Clip,  Eur.  Cycl.  569,  Ar., 
etc. :  also  of  dry  things,  to  pour  in, 
shoot  in.  u/.φιτα,  Od.  2,  354  ;  Horn, 
mostly  in  tmesis :  also  έγχ.  ές  kv/aku, 
Hdt.  4,  70.  Mid.  to  pour  or  flow  in, 
be  poured  in,  νδωρ  ένεχενατο,  Od.  19, 
387,  έγχείσθαι  εις  την  χείρα  to  pour 
into  the  hands,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  3,  9. 

Έγχθόνιος,  ov,  {έν,  χθων)  inland. 
— 2.  earthy,  earthen,  κν?.ιξ,  Anth. 

Έγχλαινόω,  {έν,  χλαινόω)  to  clothe, 
cover  with  a  χλαίνα,  Lyc. 

Έγχ7ύω,  {έν,  χ7ύω)  to  dissolve  in 
luxury,  riot  in  a  thing  or  among  per- 
sons, like  έμτρι/^άω,  έγχ?^.  "Ελλησιν, 
Aesch.  Supp.  914.  [ί] 

Έγχλοάω,  ώ,  to  be  of  a  greenish  hue, 
Nic. :  from 

"Εγχλοος,  ov,  (ev.  ;^;λόα)=sq.,  Nic. 

"Εγχλωρος,  ov,  {έν,  χλωρός)  of  a 
yellowish  sickly  green,  Theophr. 

Έγχνοος,  ov,  contr.  ονς,  ουν, downy, 
Nic. 

'Εγχονδρος,  ov,  {έν,  χόνδρος)  in 
small  crumbs  or  lumps,  Lat.  grumosus, 
λίβανος.  Diosc. 

Έγχορδος,  ov,  (έν,  χορδή)  stnnged, 
with  .strings. 

Έγχορεύω,  {έν,  χορεύω)  to  dance 
in  or  upon,  Plut. 

ΈΓΧΟΣ,  εος  contd.  ηνς,  τό,  a 
spear,  lance,  very  oft.  \n  Hom.,  con- 
sisting of  two  parts,  αιχμή  and  δόρυ, 
head  and  shaft,  II.  6,  319,  where  its 
length  is  eleven  cubits  :  the  shaft  is 
usu.  ashen,  hence  freq.  in  11.  μείλινον 
έγχος.  It  served  both  for  throwing 
ana  thrusting,  but  from  its  weight 
was  only  used  by  the  stoutest  men, 
and  when  near  the  enemy  :  hence 
the  most  honourable  weapon. — II.  a 
sword,  oft.  in  Soph.,  as  Aj.  287,  658, 
etc. :  in  genl.  a  weapon,  and  so  even 
an  arrow,  Eur.  H.  F.  1098  :  metaph. 
φροντίδυς  έγχος,  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  170. 

Έγχουσα,  η,=  άγχουσα,  Xen.  Oec. 
10,  2,  Ameips.  Apoc.  4. 

Έγχουσίζω,  =  άγχονσίζω,  to  dye 
with  αγχονσα. 

Έγχοω.  ώ,  to  heap  or  dam  up.  fill 
up  by  a  mound :  late,  and  in  prose, 
έγχώννυμι. 

'Eγχpaivω,=:sq. 

Έγχράω  and  έγχρανω,  {έν,  χρύ,ω) 
like  έγχρίμτΓτο).  to  bring  one  thing 
violently  against  another,  thrust  or  dash 
against,  Lat.  impellere,  irnpingcre,  ένέ- 
χρανεν  ές  το  ττρόςωπον  το  σκήπτρον. 
he  dashed  his  Staff  in  his  face,  Valck. 
Hdt.  6,  75.  The  pass,  from  έγχράω 
occurs  Hdt.  7,  145,  έσαν  δε  ττρός 
τινας  και  ί17.λονς  έγκεχρημένοι  (sc. 
πόλεμοι)  there  were  violent  wars  on 
foot  also  against  some  others  ;  but 
many  think  this  form  to  be  syncop. 
for  έγκεχειρημένοι  from  έγχειρέω. 

Έγχρεμετίζω,  fut  -ίσω.  to  neigh  in. 

Έγχραμμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  spitting  at  a 
thins,  Plut. :  from 

ΈγχρέμτΓτομαι,  {έν,  χρέμπτομαι) 
to  spit,  expectorate,  Luc. 

'Εγχρήζω.  {έν,  χpyζω)townnt,  have 
need,  εις  τι :  hence  tu  έγχρι^ζοντα, 
necessaries,  Luc. 

'Εγχριμμα,  ατός.  τό,  a  stumbling, 
stumbling-blnck  :  from 

Έγχρίμ-τω.  {έν,  χρίμτττω)  to  bring 
near  to,  make  approach,  usu.  with  coi- 


ΕΓΧΥ 

lat.  notion  of  force  and  speed,  ίο  sinTre, 
dash,  push  against,  τινί  τι,  'ίττπονς 
τέρματι,  to  drive  the  horses  close  to, 
sharp  round  the  post,  II.  23,  334  :  SO 
too  εγχρ.  την  βΰριν  τ-η  γ^,  to  bring 
the  boat  to  land,  Hdt'.  2,'  60 :  then 
with  the  ace.  omitted,  έγχρ.  τώ  ai- 
για/ω,  to  come  to  land.  Id.  9,  98  ; 
and  so  in  genl.,  to  approach,  τινί. 
Soph.  El.  898  :  but  this  is  more  usu. 
exp'-'^ssed  b<-  pass.,  -^s  έγχριμοϋείς, 
hni'-'ng  con.e  >iear  to  iix.iault  one.  11.  13, 
1  i6  ;  α'ιχμη  όστέψ  έγχριμφθεΐσα.  the 
point  driven  to  tne  very  bone,  11.  5, 
662  ;  άσπίδι  ένιχριμφβείς,  struck  and 
falling  on  his  shield,  11.  7,  272,  νωλε- 
μες  έγχρίμτϊτοντο.  they  pressed  un- 
ceasing on,  II.  17,  413.  (never  in  Od.) : 
so  too  later,  to  keep  close  to,  approach, 
Hdt.  2,  93,  and  Att.  :  έγχρ.  γνναικί, 
!ike7Γλ7?σίάsίi^'!ofsexualmtercourse, 
Valck.  Hdt.  4,  113;  also  in  act., 
έγχρ.  τον  Ιππον  τ?)  θηλέη,  3,  85. — II. 
later  freq.  intr.  both  in  act.  and  in 
pass.,  like  ενσκήπτω,  to  fall  upon,  at- 
tack, pursue,  τινί,  Eur.  Hipp.,  Ap. 
Rh.,  IS'ic.,  etc.,  Ruhnk.  Tim.  The 
word  belongs  chiefly  to  Ep.  poetry 
and  Ion.  prose. 

Έγχρίπτω,  collat.  form  of  foreg., 
Wessel.  Hdt.  2,  60. 

'Εγχρϊσις,  εως,  η,  {έγχρίω)  an 
anointing,  rubbing  in,  Hipp. — 11.  a 
slight  wound,  scratch,  bite,  Ael. 

Έγχρισμα,  ατός,  τό,  {έγχρίω)  that 
which  is  rubbed  in,  an  ointment,  Hipp. 

"Εγχριστος,  ov,  rubbed  in,  applied 
as  an  unguent,  Arist.  Gen.  An. :  from 

Έγχρίω,  {έν,  χρίω)  to  ηώ  in,  Anth. : 
to  anoint,  Id. :  to  stick  in,  to  κέντρον, 
Ael.  :  hence  like  έγχρίμπτω,  to  at- 
tack, assail.  Plat.  Phaedr.  251  D,  v. 
Ruhnk.  Tim.  [i] 

Έγχρονίζω,  f  -ίσω  Att.  -ϊώ,  (έν, 
χρονίζω)  to  be  long  about  a  thing,  to  de- 
lay, Thuc.  3,  27  ;  προς  τι,  at  a  thing, 
Arist.  Rhet. ;  rivt,in  a  thing.  Polyb. : 
part.  aor.  pass,  έγχρονισθείς,  become 
inveterate,  lasting,  νυσημα.  Plat.  Gorg. 
480  A.    Hence 

Έγχρονισμός,  ov,  6,  a  long  continu- 
ance :  a  delay  in  a  thing. 

Έγχρονος,  ov,  (έν,  χρόνος)  tempo- 
rary.— 2.  still  lasting  for  a  time,  App. 
Adv.  -νως,  Eccl. 

Έγχρόω,ώ,οοΙίΆΐ.  form  of  έγχρών- 
ννμι. 

"Εγχρνσος,  ov,  {έν,  χρυσός)  con- 
taining gold,  Diod. 

Έγχρώζω.  collat.  form  of  sq. 

Έγχρώννϋμι,  fut.  -χρώσω,  {έν, 
χρώνννμι)  to  rub  in,  stain  :  metaph. 
to  imbue  the  mind  with,  Arist.  Eth.  N., 
in  pass. 

Έγχν?ύζω,  (έν,  χνλίζω)  to  coniiert 
into  juice  :  to  press,  and  so  extract  the 
juire,  Theophr. 

Έγχνλος.  ov,  (έι•,  χν?^ός)  juicy,  suc- 
culent, Theophr. — II.  savoury,  Alex. 
Leb.  5,  12.     Hence 

"Εγχνμα,  ατός,  τό,  (εγχέω)  that 
which  is  poured  in,  an  infusion,  Gal. 
Hence 

Έγχϋματίζω.  f.  -ίσω,  to  pour  in,  τι, 
Diosc.  :  to  treat  by  infusions,  τινά 
TLVL,  Id.     Hence 

Έγχνματισμός,  ov,  b,  an  infusion, 
Medic. 

νΕγχνματιστέον,  verb.    adj.   from 
έγχνματιζω.  one  must  pour  in,  Geop. 
νΕγχνματιστός,  ή.  όν,  (έγχνματιζω) 
poured  in,  infused.   Diosc. 

Έ^γχι'μος.  ov,  'Jv,  χνμός)  juicy,  suc- 
culent. Plat.  Tim.  74  1).     Hence 

ΈJyχvμωμa.  ατός,  τό,  and 

Έ"; χίμωσις.  εως,  ή.  α  pouring  and 
distribution  of  juices  through  the  whoh 
body,  Hipp.,  v.  έκχνμ.  [ν] 

393 


ΕΓΩ 

νΕγχννω,  later  and  inferior  form  for 
εγχέω,  Luc. 

Έ}χνσίς,  εως,  ή,  {εγχέω)  a  pouring 
in,  Plut. 

ΫΕγχυτέον,  verb.  adj.  from  έγχίω, 
one  must  pour  in,  Geop. 

Έγχντος,  ov,  (εγχέω)  poured  in,  in- 
fused, Hipp. :  ό  i}X-,  sub.  π7•.ακονς, 
a  cake  poured  Or  cast  into  a  mould,  Lat. 
enchytus,  Hippon.  Fr.  21.  Menand.  p. 
179,  cf.  Ath.  C44  C,  sq.— II.  το  ίγχ-, 
sub.  φύ{)μακον=έγχνμα,  Hipp. 

Έγχντρίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  to  put  into  a 
pot :  esp.  to  catch  the  blood  of  expiatory 
victims  in  a  pot. — II.  to  expose  children 
in  an  earthenware  vessel,  v.  Piers.  Moer. 
p.  138  :  hence  in  genl.  to  kill,  ruin,  dish, 
Ar.  Vesp.  289.     Hence 

'Κγχντρίστβία.  ας,  ή,  a  woman  who 
offers  a  victim  at  the  tomb  of  a  murdered 
person,  and  collects  the  blood  in  a  pot, 
to  cleanse  the  polluted  with,  Plat. 
Min.  315  D,  where  Bockh.  (p.  57) 
takes  it  of  women  ivho  gathered  the 
bo7ies  from  a  funeral  pile  into  an  urn, 
who  managed  the  ossilegium  :  Solon 
suppressed  them. 

'Εγχύω,  collat.  form  whence  some 
tenses  of  έχ^γέω  are  derived. 

Έγχωμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  dam,  mound  of 
earth,  etc.,  Polyb.  :  from 

^Εγχώνννμι.,  f.  -χώσω,  (εν,  χώννν- 
μι)  later  and  prose  form  for  έγχόω,  to 
heap,  dam  up,  fill  up  by  a  mound,  Polyb. 

Έγχωρέω,  ω,  f.  -7/σω,  (έΐ',  χωρέω) 
to  take  in,  give  room  or  time  to  do,  c. 
inf.,  Xen.  Eq.  12,  13,  Lys.  175,  33.— 
2.  to  make  way  for,  yield,  τίνί,  Xen. 
Hell.  2,  3,  16:  hence— 3.  to  concede, 
allow,  admit,  permit,  tlvl,  Hdt.  2,  135, 
Xen.,  etc. :  hence  impers.  έγχωρη.  it 
is  possible  or  permitted,  c.  dat.  pers.. 
Plat.  Xen.,  etc.,  ίτι  έγχωρεΐ,  there  is 
yet  time.  Plat.  Phaed.  1 16  E. 

'Εγχώριος,  ία,  lov,  also  ος,  ov,  {kv 
χώρα)  domestic,  native,  of  or  belonging 
to  the  country,  Hdt.  6.  35.  Adv.  -ως: 
ό  έγχ-,  any  one  in  the  country,  Eur. 
Ion  1167:  ace.  to  A.  B.  not  necessa- 
rily indigenous,  which  is  έττιχώριος. 

Έγχωρος.  ov,  (tv,  jw/>a)=foreg.. 
Soph.  Phil.  692. 

Έγχωσις,  εως,  ή,  (εγχώνχτνμι)  a 
heaping  up,  damyning  or  filling  up,  e.  g. 
of  a  channel,  Arist.  .Meteor. 

Έγχωστ/ιριος,  ov,  (εγχώνννμι) use- 
ful for  damming  or  filling  up,  Λ  p. 

ΈΓΩ',  Lat.  EGO,  Sanscr.  AHAM, 
Germ.  ICH,  our  /,  etc. :  pers.  pron. 
of  the  first  person,  Ep.  ίγών  before 
vowels:  strengthd.  by  compos,  with 
enclit.  yt,  εγωγε,  έμοϋγε,  εμοιγε,  έμε- 
γε,  Lat.  equidem,  I  at  least,  for  my 
part,  indeed,  for  myself,  these  forms 
are  much  more  freq.  in  Att.  than  in 
Horn.,  (where  note  that  the  gen. 
formed  from  εμέογε  does  not  change 
its  accent) :  Dor.  έγώγα  and  ίγώνγα, 
Ar.  Ach.  736  ;  Boeot.  ίώνγα  and  ίώγα, 
lb.  898  ;  £>ώΐ7;,  Tarent.  A  diflier- 
ent  root  ME  appears  in  the  olilique 
cases,  viz.  gen.  ΈΜΟ Y',  enclit.  MOT, 
Lat.  MEI,  Sanscr.  ME,  Ion.  and  Ep. 
ίμέο,  έμεϋ,  μεν,  also  έμέβεν,  11.  1,  525, 
and  μέβεν,  Sophron  ;  Dor.  έμέος.  έμ- 
ενς ;  Boeot.  έμηνς  ;  dat.  έμηί,  enclit. 
μοί  ;  Dor.  έμίν,  Ar.  Ach.  733,  The- 
ocr.  4,  30  ;  Tarent.  ίμίνη :  ace.  ^μέ, 
enclit.  με.  Dual.,  nom.  and  ace, 
Νί2"Γ,  rarely  νώε,  also  νώ,  Lat. 
JS'OS,  Ital.  NOI :  gen.  and  dat.  νώϊν, 
Att.  νών  ;  plur.  nom.  τ/μεΐς.  Ion. 
ήμέες.  Dor.  αμες.  Aeol.  a/^/itf 'also  in 
Od.  9,  303,  and  Pind.) :  to  this  too 
belongs  the  dual  form  ίμμε  or  άμέ, 
Ar.  Lys.  95,  etc.  :  gen.  ημών.  Ion. 
τιμέων.  Dor.  άμών  and  ύμέων,  Aeol. 
άμμέων-  Dat.  ί^μίν  (in  Att.  poets 
394 


ΕΔΕΘ 

also  ημιν  or  ήμίν  [<J,  v.  Dind.  Ar.  Av. 
386):  Dor.  ύμίν  or  αμίν,  Aeol.  άμμιν 
or  ίιμμι  (also  in  Od.  1,  384,  Pmd., 
and  Aesch.) :  ace.  ήμΰς.  Ion.  τ/μέας. 
Dor.  άμάς.  Aeol.  άμμας.  On  all  these 
dialectic  varieties,  v.  ApoU.  Dysc.  de 
Pron.  pp.  324-387. 

Usage :  oft.  in  answer,  as  an  af- 
firmative, esp.  in  form  έγωγε.  Soph. 
Tr.  1248,  Plat.  etc.  :  τί  τοϋτο  σοι ; 
Lat.  quid  tua  hoc  refert  ?  Ar.  Eccl. 
521,  Thesm.  518:  οντος  έγώ,  Lat. 
ille  ego,  έγώ  υδε,  here  am  I,  Pind.  O. 
4,  37,  ana  Att. 

f  Εγωγε,  (έγώ,  γε)  v.  έγώ,  at  begin- 
ning. 

Έγωδα,  Att.  contr.  by  crasis  from 
έγώ  οίδα.  Soph.,  etc. 

Έγωμαι,  Att.  contr.  by  crasis  for 
έγώ  οΐμαι,  Ar.,  etc. 

Έγώΐ',  έγώνγα,  έγώνη,  collat.  dia- 
lectic forms  of  έγώ,  q.  v. 

Έδάην.  ης,  η,  aor.  2  of  ΔΑΩ,  I  have 
learnt,  I  know,  Hom. 

Έδύκον,  ες,  ε,  aof.  2  of  δάκνω, 
Hes. 

Έδύμην,  ης,  η,  aor.  2  pass,  of  δα- 
μάω,  II. 

Έδάνός,  ή,  όν,  {εδω)  eatable:  το 
έδ■.food,  Aesch.  Ag.  1407,  cf  sq. 

'Εδάνύς,  η,  όν,  as  epith.  of  oil,  II. 
14,  172,  Η.  Hom.  Yen.  63,  where  the 
best  Gramm.  derive  it  from  Ιιδνς, 
άδνς,  ηδυμαι,  άνδύνω,  pleasant,  grate- 
ful, agreeable,  precious,  v.  Heyne,  T. 
6,  p.  557  :  Buttmann  however,  Lexil. 
V.  έανός,  makes  an  intensive  form  of 
ένς.  excellent:  Others  write  έδ-,  eata- 
ble, hence  drinkable,  in  genl.  savoury. 

νΕδαόμ?ίν,  2  aor.  mid.  of  δαίω,  to 
burn,  whence  subj.  δάηται,  Hom. 

*ΕΔΑΡ,  ατός,  τό,  (έδω)  orig.  form 
of  είδαρ,  but  not  in  use. 
VEoap7]v,  2  aor.  pass,  from  δέρω. 

Έδαρθον,  aor.  2  of  δαρβάνω. 

Έδαρκον,  transp.  for  εδρακον,  aor. 
2  from  δέρκω. 

νΕδασάμην,  1  aor.  mid.  of  δαίω,  to 
divide. 

'E(5(i0iC<J,  f.  -ίσω  Att.  -Γώ,  {έδαφος) 
to  dash  to  earth,  level  with  the  earth, 
N.  T.  :  to  beat  level  and  firm  like  a 
threshing-floor  or  pavement,  Theophr.  : 
έδαφι.ζοαέΐ'η  γη,  land  become  hard, 
Theophr. 

'Εδάφιον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  έδαφος, 
[a] 

Έδαφος,  εος,  το,  a  seat,  bottom, 
foundation,  base,  on  which  a  thmg 
tests,  Thuc.  1,  10  :  esp.  έδαφος  νιμ'ις, 
the  bottom,  hold  of  a  ship.  Oil.  5,  249  : 
later,  esp.  of  the  ground-floor,  pave- 
ment, οίκου  έδ.,  Hdt.  8,  137,  cf.  Thuc. 
3,68:  metaph.  the  original  text,  origi- 
nal, Gal.  (Usu.  referred  to  έδος,  εζο- 
μαι,  but  rather  from  same  root  as 
δάτ-εδον,  τάττ-ης.) 

'Εδδεισα,  ας,  ε,  aor.  1  from  δείδω, 
Ep.  for  έδεισα,  Hom. 

Έδέατρος,  ov,  ό,  in  Persian,  one 
who  tasted  first,  and  named  the  order 
of  dishes ;  hence  in  gen\.=^θaλίapχoς. 
the  seneschal  of  a  prince's  table,  or  the 
carver,  Ath. :  cf.  δαίτρός. 

'Εδέγμ7ΐν,  Ep.  syncop.  aor.  from  δέ- 
χο/ιαι,  Od. 

'Ε,όεδέατο,  Τοπ.  for  £(it'f5f  j'ro,3  plur. 
plqpf  pass,  from  δέω,  Hdt. 

ΡΕδέδιμεν,  -ιτε,  -ισαν,  plur.  plqpf. 
of  δείδω,  pf.  δέδια. 

Έδίδμ7}ατο,  Ion.  for -/i?/i.'ro,  3plur. 
plqpf.  pass.  o(  δέμω.  Hdt. 

Έδέδαητο,  3  smg.  plqpf.  pass,  of 
δέικ,}.  II. 
νΕδέθην,  1  aor.  pass,  from  δέω. 

Έ.δεΗ'λιον,  ov,  τό,  Nonn.,  and 

'ΈδεΟ?ίθν,  ov,  τό.  {έδης)=εδαώος, 
Antim.  Fr.  87  and  Ap.  Rh. 


ΕΔΟΝ 

Έδείδιμεν,  έδείδισαν,  1  and  3  plur. 
plqpf.  2  from  δύδω,  δείδια,  Ep. 
νΕδειμα,  1  aor.  act.  from  Jf-^u. 

\"Εδεφα,  1  aor.  act.  from  δέρω. 

Έδεκτο,  Ep.  3  sing.  aor.  from  δέ- 
χομαι, Od.,  cf.  έδέ-}μ>/ν. 

νΕδεκών,  ώνος,  ό,  Eilecon,  masc.  pr. 
η.,  Polyb. 

Έδέμεν,  Ep.  inf  from  έδω- 
ΥΕδεξα,  Ion.  for  έδειξα,  1  aor.  from 
δείκννμι. 
ΥΕδέρχθην,  1  aor.  from  δέρκομαι. 

Έ.δεσμα,  ατός,  τό,  {έδω)  food,  meat, 
a  dish,  Batr.  31. 

Εδεσμάτων,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from 
foreg. 

Έδεσματοθήκη,  ης,  ή,  {έδεσμα,  θή- 
κη) α  larder,  pantry. 

ΤΕδεσσα,  7]ς,  ή,  Edessa,  a  city  of 
Mesopotamia,  Strab. — 2.  a  city  of 
Macedonia,  once  the  residence  and 
place  of  interment  of  the  kings, 
Strab. 

Έδεστέον,  verb.  adj.  from  έδω,  one 
must  eat,  Plat.  Crito  47  B. 

'Ευεστής.  ov.  ό,  {έδω)  au  eater,  de- 
vourer,  Hdt.  3,  99. 

Έ(5εσΓΟΓ,  η,  όν,  {έδω)  to  be  eaten, 
eatable,  Eur.  Cret.  2,  20. — II.  eaten. 
Soph.  Ant.  206  :  in  genl.  consumed, 
Soph.  Tr.  677. 

^Έ,δέσω,  unu.  fut.  (from  έδω)  of 
έσθίω. 

νΕδήδεσμαι,  perf.  pass,  of  έδω,  έσ- 
θίω. 

"Ε,δηδα  and  έδήδοκα,  pf.  act.  of  IJu, 
έσθίω. 

Έδί/δοται,  3  sing.  pf.  pass,  of  έδω, 
έσθίω,  Od.  22,  56. 

Έδηδών,  όνος,  ή,  =  φαγέδαινα, 
Gramm. :  from 

Έδηδώς,  part.  pf.  of  έδω,  έσθίω,  II. 
17.  542. 

Έδ?/τνς,  νος,  ή,  meat,  food.  Ion. :  in 
Hom.  always  opp.  to  ποσις,  drink,  ex- 
cept in  Od.  6,  250,  where  it  is  meat 
and  drink,  7iourishment  in  genl.  [f)] 
VEoiKov,  V.  δικεΐν. 
ΙΈδιώκαβον,  aor.  without  a  pres., 
lengthnd.  form  of  διώκω. 

'Εδμεναι,  Ep.  inf.  pres.  from  έδω, 
for  έδέδμεναι,  Hom. 
νΕδμ7'/θην,  1  aor.  pass,  oi  δέμω. 

Έδνάομαι,=  έδνόω,  Eur.  Hel.  933. 

"Ε,δνιος,  a,  ov,  {'εδνον)  bridal,  7mp- 
tial,  χιτών,  a  bridal  dress. 

"ΕΔΝΑ,  τά.  Ep.  also  έεδνα  (which 
form  prevails  in  Od.),  nuptial  gifts, 
whether — 1.  from  the  .fuilor  to  the  girl, 
to  win  her  for  his  bride,  in  Hom.  the 
most  freq.  use,  and  so  Aesch.  Pr.  560; 
or — 2.  from  the  suitor  to  the  girl's  fa- 
ther, to  purchase  (as  it  were)  his 
daughter,  Od.  8.318  :  or — 3.  a  portion 
or  dowry,  given  to  the  bride  by  her 
parents,  elsewh.  usu.  φέρνη  or  πρυίξ, 
Od.  1,  277;  2,  196:  or— 4.  wedding 
presents  to  the  wedded  pair  from 
their  guests,  Pind.  P.  3,  167.  The 
sing,  έδνον  is  found  late,  as  in  Call. 
Fr.  193,  and  Anth.  (Prob.  akin  to 
έδανός,  ήδνς,  άνδάνω,  cf.  μείλια  from 
μέ7Λ) 

Έδνοφορέω,  (έδνα,  φέρω)  to  bring 
wedding-presents. 

Έδνόω,  ω,  {'έδΐ'οχ')  to  promise,  be- 
troth for  presents  :  Hom.  uses  the  mid. 
of  a  father  who  portions  off' bis  daugh- 
ter, ως  κ'  αυτός  έίδνώσαιτο  θνγατρα, 
Od.  2,  53.  Later,  also  in  mid.,  to 
marry,  Leon.  Tar.     Hence 

'Ειδνωτή,  ης,  η,  a  bride  betrothed,  for 
έδνα. 

'Εδνωτ7'/ς,  ov,  6,  Ep.  έεδνωτής,  a 

hetrother,  father  who  portions  a  bride, 

II.  13,  382. 

'Εδομαι.  fut.  from  έδω,  εσθίω,  Hom. 

Έι5οί',  3  plur.  aor.  2  act.  from  δίδω• 


ΕΔΡΗ 

μι,  for  εδοσαν,  like  ίσταν  for  έστη- 
σαν, εγνον  for  έγνωσαν,  Ερ.  and  Dor., 
Hes.  Th.  30. 

ΈΔΟΣ,  εος,  τό,  {εζομαι)  α  thing  sat 
on,  ft  seat,  stool,  II.  1,  5.3t,  581  ;  9,  194. 
— 2.  a  seat,  abode,  divelling-place,  esp. 
of  the  gods,  ίς  Όλνμπον,  ϊν'  αθανά- 
των ίόος  εστί,  and  ΟνλνμττόνΛε.  θεών 
ίόος,  Ηοιη.  :  periphr.  ίδος  Οί'λνμπ- 
010,  11.24,  144:  also  of  earthly  dwell- 
ings, έδος  θί/βης,  Ιθάκης,  Ηοιη.,  and 
ίδος  Μάκαρος,  the  abode  of  Macar, 
Ι).  24,  544.  Later,  the  abode  of  a  god, 
a  temple,  Ruhnk.  Tim. — 3.  in  genl. 
whatever  a  thing  rests  upon,  a  bottom, 
foundation,  base,  Hes.  :  esp.  the  pedes- 
tal of  the  statue  of  a  god  ;  also  the  sta- 
tue of  a  god  itself,  cf  Dion.  H.  1,  47, 
Pint.  Pericl.  13,  Pans.  8,46, 2,  Ruhnk. 
Tim. — -11.  the  act  of  sitting,  time  or  rea- 
son for  it,  ουκ  εδος  εστί,  'tis  no  time 
now  to  sit  idle,  II.  11,  648;  23,  205: 
hence  a  loitering,  tarrying,  delay,  more 
usu.  εδμα.  The  word  is  rare  in  prose, 
and  there  in  genl.  only  used  of  tem- 
ples, εδη  θεών :  ίδρα  is  usu.  prose 
form. 

Έδονμαι,  fut.  οΐξζομαι. 

Έδρα,  ας,  ή,  Ερ.  and  Ion.  ίδρη,  ης, 
(έδος)  any  seat,  a  chair,  stool,  bench,  II. 
19,  77,  Od.  3,  7  :  τίειν  τίνα  ίδρα,  ίο 
give  onethe  seat  of  honour.  II.  8,  162 ;  12, 
311,  and  so  freq.  in  Xen. — 2.  a  seat, 
habitation,  Pind.,  and  Trag. :  esp.  of 
the  gods,  a  temple,  altar,  etc.,  Aesch. 
Ag.  596,  etc.,  cf  ίδος  —  3.  that  on  which 
any  thing  rests,  a  bottom,  foundation, 
base,  Orph.  :  εξ  Ηρας,  out  of  its  right 
place,  Eur.  Bacch.  928:  ίδρην  στρέ 
φειν  τινί,  to  trip  one  up,  Theophr. 
Char.  27,  v.  έδροστρόφος. — II.  a  sit- 
ting still,  being  idle  or  inactive,  delay, 
like  ίδος,  Hdt.  9,  41,  ubi  v.  Vaick., 
Thuc.  5,  7 :  ovK  ίδρας  ακμή.  Soph. 
Aj.  811.  cf  Bacchyl.  21,  Eur.  Or. 
1291,  and  ίδος  II :  γονυττετεϊς  εδραι, 
kneeling,  Eur.  :  also  the  place  where  a 
weapon  is  forced  in,  Hipp.  v.  Foes. 
Oecon. — 2.  a  sitting,  session,  ίάραν 
ηοιεΐν,  to  hold  a  sitting :  also  έδρας 
θοά^ειν,  cf  sub  θοάζω :  in  genl.  of 
ίκέταί.  who  seek  protection  at  an  al- 
tar, or  in  a  house. — III.  the  seat,  breech, 
fundament,  Hdt.  2,  87,  and  Hipp. 

'Έ,δράζω,  fut.  -άσω.  {ίδρα)  to  make 
to  sit,  in  prose  ιδρύω  and  καθίζω. 
Mid.  εδράζομαι,  to  sit  as  suppliant  at 
an  altar. 

Έδράθον,  ες.  ε,  poet.  aor.  2  of  δαρ- 
θάνω  for  εδαρθον,  Od. 

'Εδραίος,  αία,  αϊον,  also  ος,  ον, 
(ίδρα)  sitting,  sedentary,  Hipp. — II. 
sitting  fast,  immovable,  νττνος,  Hipp. 
Adv.  -ως.     Hence 

Έδρηιότης,  ητος,  ή,  firmness,  fixed- 
ness. Clem.  Al. 

Ύ.δραιόω,  ώ,^έδρόω,  Luc. 

Έδραίωμα.  ατός,  τό,  a  foundation, 
base,  ground,  N.  T. 

Έδράκον,  ες,  ε,  aor.  2  of  δέρκομαι 
for  εδαρκον,  Od. 

Ύ.δρΰμον,  ες,  ε,  aor.  2  of  τρέχω,  II. 

"Έδράν.  Ερ.  3  plur.  aor.  2  from  δι- 
δρύσκω  for  έδρασαν. 

"Έ,δρΰνον,  ου,  τό,  α  seat,  abode, 
dwelling,  Hes.  Fr.  18  :  esp.  in  plur., 
Aesch.  Pers.  4,  Soph.  Aj.  194,  and 
Eur. — 2.  a  stay,  support,  said  of  an 
anchor,  Anth. 

"Έ,δρασμα,  ατός,  τό,  (εδράζω)— 
ίδρα.  εδρανον,  Eur.  Bell.  2. 

"F.ofiTj.  ης,  ή,  Ερ.  and  Ion.  for  ίδρα, 
Horn.,  and  Hdt. 

Έδρήεις,  εσσα,  εν,^=έδρηΐος. 
νΕδρην  Ion.  for  εδραν,  2  aor.  of  δι• 
ύράηκω. 

'¥.δρησα,  Ιοπ.  for  Ιδράσα,  aor.  1 
fiom  δρύω. 


ΕΕΙΟ 

Έδριάω,  ω,  {ίδρα)  to  seat,  set,  place. 
Mid.  to  seat  one's  self,  sit,  Horn.,  but 
only  in  Ep.  forms  έδριάασθαι,  έδριό- 
ωντο :  the  act.  occurs,  but  in  intrans. 
signf ,  in  Theocr.  17,  19. 

Έδρικός,  ή,  όν,  {ίδρα)  belonging  to 
the  seat  or  the  bowels.  Medic 

Έδριον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  ίδρα. 

'Έ-δρίτης,  ου,  b.  {ίδρα)  a  stranger  or 
suppliant  sitting  on  the  hearth,  cf  Ίκ- 
έτης^. 

Έδροστρόφος,  6,  {ίδρα,  στρέφω)  α 
wrestler  who  throws  his  adversary,  Ar- 
give  fashion,  by  a  cross-buttock,  The- 
ocr. 24,  109,  V.  ίδρα  HI. 

Έδνν,  1  sing,  aor  2  of  δύω,  but 
έδνν,  3  plur.  aor.  2  Ep.  and  Dor.  for 
ίδνσαν,  II.  4.  222. 

■ΕΔΩ,  fut.  έδομαι.  Od.  2,  123,  and 
έδοϋμαι,  more  rarely  εδέσω :  perf 
εδήδοκα,  perf  pass,  εδήδεσμαι :  aor. 
pass,  ηδέσθην,  v.  Buttm.  Lexil.  v. 
ανηνοθεν  29  :  εφαγον  is  used  as  aor. 
act.,  cf  also  έσθίω :  Horn,  uses  pres. 
(in  inf  always  in  Ep,  forms  έδμεναι,) 
Ep.  Impf  έδεσκον,  part,  έδηδώς,  from 
an  old  perf  act.  εδηδα,  II.  17,  542,  and 
3  sing,  εδήδύται,  of  a  perf.  pass,  εδή- 
δοααι.  Od.  22,  56.  The  pres.  εδω  is 
only  Ep.,  έσθίω  being  used  instead  in 
Att. ;  but  the  fut.  έδομαι,  remained  in 
use. — I.  To  eat,  as  opp.  to  πίνω, 
Hom. :  also  of  beasts,  to  eat,  devour, 
Hom.,  esp.  in  II. :  of  worms,  to  gnaw, 
II.  22,  509.  Od.  21,  395 :  hence— II.  to 
eat  up,  consume,  waste,  esp.  in  phrases, 
εδ.  βίοτον.  οίκον,  κτήματα,  χρήματα 
έδονσι,  they  eat  up  house  and  having. 
Od.  ;  so  too  -ήμέτερον  κάματον  έδον- 
σι, Od.  14,  417. — III.  melaph.  καμά- 
τφ  τε  και  ά?,γεσι  θυμον  έδοντες,  eat- 
ing one's  heart,  i.  e.  wasting  away 
with  trouble  and  sorrow,  Od.  9,  75. 
cf  10,  379,  II.  24,  129.  (The  root  is 
met  with  in  all  the  cognate  lan- 
guages, Sanscr.  ad,  Lat.  ed-o,  esse, 
our  eat.  Germ,  ess-eyi,  etc.,  cf  Pott 
Etym.  Forsch.  2,  p.  242).     Hence 

Έδωδ?}.  ης,  ή,  food,  meat,  victuals, 
Hom.,  etc. — 2.  esp.  forage,  fodder  for 
cattle,  II.  8,  504.— 3.  α  bait,  Theocr. 
21,  43.     Hence 

Εδώδιμος,  ov,  eatable,  Hdt.  2,  92  : 
τα  έδ.,  eatables,  provisions,  Thuc.  7, 
39. 

'Έ,δωδός,  όν,  (εδω)  hungry,  Hipp. 

'Έ,δω7.ιάζω,  f.  -άσω,  to  place  on  a 
seat,  rowing-bench,  etc.,  L3'Curg.  ap. 
Harp.  :  from 

'Έ,δώλιον.  ov.  TO,  {ίδος)  a  seat,  duell- 
ing, abode,  esp.  in  plur.,  like  ίδρανα. 
Aesch.  Theb.  455,  Soph.  El.  13!•3.— 
II.  esp.  in  a  ship,  the  seat  of  the  roivers, 
rowing-bench,  Lat.  transtrum,  Wess. 
Hdt.  1,  24:  also  the  seat  or  socket  of 
the  /nast,  Lat.  calx  mali,  Arist.  Probl. 
— III.  in  a  theatre,  a  semi-circle  of 
benches,  Lat.  fori. 

'Κδώλιος,  ov,  ό,  a  bird  in  Gramm., 
but  perh.  only  v.  1.  for  αίγώλιος,  or 
ερωδιός. 
^Έδωλον,  ov,  τό,=έδώλιον.  Lye. 
^Έδων,  2  aor.  act.  from  δίδωμι. 

Έε,  poet,  for  ε,  him,  ace.  from  ov, 
II.  20,  171.  « 

Έεδνα,  τά,  Ep.  plur.  for  ίδνα,  Od., 
V.  ίδνον. 

'Έεδνόω,  -ωτης,  Ep.  for  έδν.,  Od. 

Έεδνωτης,  ov,  ό,  Ep.  for  έδνωτής, 

νΈειδόμενος,  poet,  for  ειδόμενος, 
Pind. 

'Έεικοσάβοιος,  ov,  έείκοσι,  -κόσο- 
ρος,  -κοστός,  Ερ.  for  είκοσάβοιος, 
etc.,  Hom. 

'Έ,εί?.ευν,  Ερ.  for  εϊλεον,  from  εί- 
λέω,  II. 

Έεΐο,  Ερ.=εΙο,  Αρ.  Rh.  1, 1033. 


ΕΘΑΦ 

"Έειπα,  ας,  ε,  εειτζον,  ες,  ε,  Ερ.  for 
είπα,  etc..  Horn. 

Έεις,Έρ.  for  εις,  Hes,  Th.  145. 

'Έίΐσάμην,  αο,  ατο,  part,  έεισάμε- 
νος,  Ερ.  aor.  for  ίίσ.,  of  είδον,  ε'ιδο- 
μαι,  Hom. 

'Έ,εισάσθην,  for  είσ.,  3  dual  aor.  1 
mid.  Ερ.  from  ειμί,  to  go,  II.  15,  544. 

Έείσω,  Ep.  for  είσαυ,  II.  5,  645,  v. 
έεισάμην. 

'Έέλδομαι,  έέλδωρ,  Ερ.  for  έ'/.δ., 
Hom. 

Έέλμεθα,  έε?.μένος,  perf  pass,  of 
εΙ?.ω,  είλέω.  II. ;  hence  έέ?.σαι,  inf 
a.:.!.  1,  II.,  V.  Buttm.  Cat.  v.  εΓ/.ω. 

'Έέλπομαι,  Ep.  for  ε'/.πομαι,  Hom. 
ΥΈέλσαι,  inf  aor.  1  oi  ΰλω,  11. 

Έεργάθω,  έεργε,  εεργμένος,  έέρ- 
γννμι,  έέργω,  Ερ.  for.  είργ.,  II. 

'Έ,ερμένος,  part.  perf.  pass,  of  είρω, 
Od. 

Έέρση,  εερσήεις,  Ερ.  for  ίρση,  etc., 
Hom. 

'Έερτο,  Ερ.  3  sing,  plqpf  pass,  of 
εΙρω,  Od. 

Έέρχατο,  Ep.  3  plur.  plqpf  pass, 
of  f/p}(j,  Od. 

Έέσσατο,  v.  έφεΐσα. 

Έέσσατο,  3  sing.  aor.  mid.  Ep.  of 
ίνννμι,  Hom. 

"Έεστο,  3  sing,  plqpf  pass.  Ep.  of 
ίνννμι,  II. 

νΈζεκίας.  ov.  ό,  Ezekias  or  Hezehiah, 
son  and  successor  of  Ahaz  king  of  Ju 
dah,  N.  T. 

ΤΈζην.  coUat.  form  of  impf.  of  f«u, 
for  εζων,  Eur. 

"EZOMAl,  fut.  έδονμαι,  to  seat  one's 
self  sit.  Horn.,  who  however  has  only 
pres  and  impf  :  usu.  with  έν,  also 
έκί  τίνος,  τινί,  τι  and  προς  τι :  c. 
ace.  only,  Aesch.  Eum.  3,  Soph.  Aj. 
249  :  έπι  χθονί  έζέσθην.  they  sank  to 
the  earth,  of  a  pair  of  scales,  I!.  8,  74^ 
more  rarely  εζ.  είς  τύπον,  Mimn.  9. 
In  prose  καθίζομαι  is  more  common. 
There  is  no  such  act.  as  ίΰJ,  to  set, 
place,  in  Greek  :  though,  as  if  from  it, 
we  have  the  trans,  tenses  είσα,  mid. 
ε'ισάμην,  fut.  mid.  εϊαομαι,  perf.  pass. 
είμαι :  v.  εΙσα  and  the  supplemental 
verbs  Ιζυ  and  Ίδρνω. 

Έ;/,  Ion.  for  ?}  3  sing.  subj.  pres. 
from'  ε'ιμί  Hom. 

'Έή,  iem.  of  έός,  his,  etc. 

"Έηκε,  Ep.  for  ήκε,  3  sing.  aor.  ] 
οίΐημι,  II.  1,48, 

Έτ;^,  3  sing,  imperf  from  ειμί.  Ep, 
for  t/v,  Hom,  :  it  occurs  as  first  pers. 
only  once,  II.  11.  762,  in  a  dub.  pas- 
sage, v.  Buttm.  Ausf  Gr.  φ  108,  Anm. 
16. 

'Έ,ψ'δΰνε,  Ep.  for  ηνδανε,  3  sing, 
impf  act.  from  ύνδάι•ω,  Hom. 

Έί/ος.  gen.  niasc.  of  erf,  good,  excel- 
lent, nnble.  five  times  in  II.,  twice  in 
Od.  In  four  of  these  passages  εήος 
was  formerly  written,  and  taken  for 
an  irreg.  gen.  for  the  possessive  :  but 
Damm,  Wolf,  and  Buttm.  Lexil.  in 
voc,  with  the  best  Gramm.,  have  ev- 
ery where  restored  έήος,  as  the  gene- 
ral epith. ;  παιδός  Ιήος  is  as  easily  ex- 
plained as  παιδος  όι/.ον. 

Έης,  gen.  Ep.  for  ης,  from  pron. 
relat.  fern,  η,  only  II.  16,  208;  but  έης 
gen.  from  έή,  Hom. 

Έησθα,  Ep.  for  ης,  2  sing.  impf. 
from  ειμί,  Hom. 

'Ετ/σι,  Ep.  for  >/,  3  sing.  subj.  pres. 
from  ειμί,  Horn. 

"Εθΰνον,  ες,  ε,  aor.  2  of  θι•ήσκω, 
Hom. 

'Έθάς.  άδος,  ό,  ή,  {εθος)  accustomed, 
Hipp.,  εθ.  γενέσθαι  τινός,  Thuc. 2,44: 
hence — II.  tame,  Theniist. 

^Έθάφθην,  1  aor.  pass,  from  θάπτω, 
Hdt. 


ΈΘΕΛ 

Έθειρα,  ας,  ή,  hair,  in  Horn,  only 
in  II.,  and  always  in  plur.,  either  of 
a  horse's  mane,  e.  g.  11.  8,  42,  or  of  the 
Jiurse hair  crest  on  helmets,  II.  IG,  795  : 
in  sing,  of  the  hair  of  the  head,  Pintl. 
I.  5,  11,  Aesch.,  etc. :  then  of  a  lion's 
mane.  Theocr.  25,  244  ;  a  boar's  bris- 
tles, Opp.,  etc. — II.  any  thing  tufted,  the 
tiift-like  flower,  κρόκου,  Mosch.  2,  68  ; 
only  poet.     Hence 

'Εθεψύζω,  f.  -άσω,  to  wear  long  hair, 
Theocr. 

Έθειρύς,  άδος,  ή.=(θειρα,  once 
read  in  Od.  16,  176,  ior  the  beard:  but 
as  early  as  Arist.  έΟεφάδες  was  alter- 
ed into  γενειάδες,  v.  schol.  Theocr. 
1,  34. 

Έθείρω,  once  in  Horn.,  II.  21,  347, 
χαίρει  όέ  μιν  {ΰλωήν)  δςτις  έθίίρτ) 
whoso  tends,  takes  care  of,  tills  the 
corn-field  :  ace.  to  some  from  ίθω  to 
rear,  and  as  it  were  to  tame:  others, 
better  from  θέρω,  θεραπεύω,  Ιο  cherish, 
take  care  of,  cf.  the  opp.  άθερίζω  :  perh. 
akin  to  εθειρα,  esp.  as  the  Greeks 
thought  so  much  of  their  hair  as 
even  in  Homer's  time  to  be  called 
καρηκομόωντες  a.na  έϋπλοκαμίδες,  ci. 
the  connexion  in  κόμη,  κομάω,  κομί- 
ζω :  in  Orph.  Arg.  932,  we  have  the 
pass,  χρυσέαις  φολίδεσαιν  έθείρεται, 
he  is  decked  With  golden  scales. 

Έθελύστειος,  υν,  [εθέλω,  αστείος) 
aiming  at  fashion,  conceited,  Heliod. 

'Έθέλεχθρος,  ov,  {εθέ'λω,  εχθρός,) 
bearing  one  a  grudge,  Cratin.  Incert. 
103.  Adv.  -uf  ίχείν  προς  τίνα,  Dem. 
1005,  15. 

Έθελημός,  όν,  (έθέλω)  willing,  vol- 
untary, Hes.  Op.  118. 

Έβελήμυν,  ov,  gen.  oi.Of,=foreg. 
Plat.  Crat.  406  A. 

Έθελητός,  ή,  όν,  {έθέλο)  willed, 
voluntary,  Herm.  Soph.  O.  C.  527. 

'Elh'Ao-  from  εθέλω,  in  compos., 
signifies  doing  a  thing, — I.  as  a  volun- 
teer,— II.  gladly. 

Έθελοδου?νεία,  ας,  η,  willing  slave- 
ry, Plat.  Symp.  184  C  ;  and 

'Έ,θεΤίοδον'λ,έω,  to  be  or  become  a 
slave  willingly,  Dio  C  ;  and 

^Εβε'λοδουλία,  ας,  ή,—εθελοδουλ- 
εία:  from 

Έβε?ιόδονλος,  ov,  {εθέλω,  δούλος) 
α  willing  slave,  serving  voluntariti/, 
Plat.  Rep.  502  D.  Adv.  -λως.  iO. 
έχει.ν,  to  endure  slavery  willingly,  Plut. 

Έθελοθρησκεία,  ας,  ή,  will-worship, 
superstitious  observance.  N.  T.  :  from 

ΈΗελοθρ-ησκενω,  {έθέλω,  θρησκενω) 
to  choose  a  mode  of  worship  for  one's  self, 
Eccl. 

Έθελοκακέω,  ώ,  to  be  έθελόκακος  : 
esp.  of  soldiers,  who  let  themselves 
be  beaten,  to  be  slack  in  duty,  play  the 
coward  purposely,  Hdt.  5,  78  ;  9,  67. 
Hence 

Έβελοκάκησις,  εως,  f/=sq.,  Polyb. 

Έβελοκάκια,  ας,  ή,  wilful  neglect  of 
duttj,  esp.  of  soldiers  :  from 

'Εθελόκΰκος,  ov,  (ίθέλυ,  κακός) 
wilfully  bad,  neglectful  of  one's  duty, 
esp.  in  war,  cowardly,  treacherous,  App. 
Adv.  -/cur. 

Έθελοκίνδϋνος,  ov,  (έθέλω,  κίνδυ- 
νος) courtiTig  danger,  fool-hardy .  Adv. 
~vur,  App. 

'Εθελοκωφέω,  ti,  to  affect  deafness, 
Clem.  Al.  :  from 

Έθεληκωφος,  ov,  {έθέλω,  κωφός) 
pretending  deafness,  unwilling  to  hear. 

Έθελονηιδόν.  {έθέλω)  adv.  of  free- 
will, vo'untarily,  spontaneously,  Thuc. 
8,  98. 

ΈΊελοντ7/ν,  {έθέλω)  adv.  volunta- 
rily, Hdt,  1,5. 

'ΕΘΛοντήρ,  ηρος,  ό,  (έθέλω)  a  vol- 
unteer, Od.  2,  292,  in  prose,  esp.  Att, 
396 


ΕΘΕΑ 

εθελοντής,  Lob.  Phryn.  4,  sq. — II.  as 

adj.  voluntary. 

Έθελοντί'ις,  ov,  ό,  —  foreg.,  Hdt.  5, 
110. 

ΈθελΜντί,  adv.  =  έθελοντί]δόν, 
Thuc.  8,  2. 

Έβελοπονία,  ας,  η,  love  of  work,  la- 
boriousness,  prob.  in  Xen.  Oec.  21,  6 : 
from 

Έθελόπονος,  ov,  (έθέλω,  πόνος) 
willing  to  work,  zealous,  Xen.  Cyr.  2,  1, 
22. 

Έθελόπορνος,  ov,  (έθέλω,  πόρνος) 
a  voluntary,  unseduced  prostitute,  An- 
acr.  19. 

Έθελοπρόξενος,  ov,  (έθέλω,  πρό- 
ζενος)  one  who  unsolicited  charges  him- 
self with  the  office  of  πρόξενος  (q.  v.) 
to  a  foreigner  or  foreign  state,  and 
looks  after  their  interests,  a  sort  of 
honorary  consul,  Thuc.  3.  70. 

Έθελύσνχνος,  ov,  (έθέλω,  (τνχνός) 
fond  of  frequenting  a  place  or  of  doing 
one  thing.  Crates  Incert.  8. 

Έθελότρεπτος,  ov,.  (έθέλω,  τρέπω) 
given  to  change,  Eccl. 

'Εθε?Μνργέω,  ώ,  to  work  freely,  in- 
defatigably,  Ael.  :  and 

Έθελονργία,  ας,  η,  willingness  to 
work,  Eccl. :  from 


ΈθελΜυργός,   όν,   (έθέλω,  *  έργω) 
10,  17. 


willing  to  work,  indefatigable,  Xen.  Eq. 


'Εθελούσιος,  ov,  also  a,  ov,  Xen. 
Hell.  4,  8,  10,  (έθέλω)  voluntary,  Xen. 
Cyr.  4,  2,  11,  Symp.  8,  13.— II.  of 
things,  optional,  e.  g.  το  έράν  έθελού- 
σιόν  έστι  love  is  α  matter  of  free  choice. 
Id.  Cyr.  5,  1,  10.     λάν.-ίως. 

Έθελοφϊλόσοφος,  ov,  ό,  (έθέλω,  φι- 
λόσοφος) a  would-be,  pretended  philoso- 
pher, late. 

ΈΘΕΆΩ,  fut.  έθελ.ήσω:  aor.  ηθέ- 
λησα, perf.  ηθέληκα  (v.  fin.)  To  will, 
be  wilting,  distinguished  from  βονλι,ο• 
μαι,  ace.  to  Buttm.,  as  expressing 
U'ill  combined  with  choice  and  purpose ; 
while  βονλομαι  (q.  v.)  denotes  mere 
inclinatioiis. 

Radio,  signf. :  To  will,  be  willing, 
ivisk,  desire,  Hom.,  etc.  Construct. : 
usu.  c.  inf  pres.  or  aor. ;  also  freq. 
c.  ace.  ct  inf.  ;  c.  ace.  only  it  does  not 
occur  ;  for  in  places  like  εΰκ7]λος  τά 
φράζεαι,  ασσ'  έθέλησθα  II.  1,  554, 
φρύζεσθαι  is  to  be  repeated  from  the 
context,  cf.  II.  9,  397,  7,  182,  Od.  14, 
172 ;  so  too,  'Ζευς  τοι  δοίη  δττι  μά- 
λιστα έθέλεις  (sc.  δοθήναί  τοι)  Od. 
18, 1 13  :  often  also  ahsol.,  esp.  in  part., 
where  the  notion  of  wish  or  choice  is 
prominent :  so  in  Att. :  Hom.  has  freq. 
θυμώ  έθέλειν,  more  rarely  έθέλει  μοι 
θυμός,  II.  17,702,  Od.  11,  566.-2.  oft., 
esp.  c.  negat.,  almost=i5viia//rti,  to  be 
able,  have  the  power,  as  II.  13,  106,  μί- 
μνειν  ουκ  έθέλεσκον  εναντίον  they  ca- 
red not  to  make  a  stantl,  i.  e.  they 
were  imable :  and,  by  poet,  figure  of 
things,  as  of  a  stream,  ονό'  έθελε  προ- 
ρέειν  ΰ,λλ'  ισχετο,  it  would  not  flow, 
i.  e.  it  could  not,  II.  21,  306,  cf.  Od.  8, 
223,  316,  H.  Hom.  Cer.  45,  and  φιλέω: 
also  Hdt.,  and  Att.  Prose,  Schjif, 
Greg.  p.  135:  JJiere  is  a  slight  irony 
in  this  signf. ^ — 3.  of  έθέλω  in  signf.  to 
prefer  (so  freq.  in  βυύλομαι)  no  in- 
stance occurs  except  Od.  3,  324.  4. 
After  Hom.  έθέλω  is  found,  like  μέ?.- 
λω,  c.  inf.,  so  as  merely  to  give  it  a 
fut.  signf.,  like  our  will  or  shall  as  a 
sign  of  the  fut.  tense,  fi  θε?.ήσει  ύνα- 
βήναι  ή  τνραννίς,  ti  (6  ποταμός)  έθε- 
Αησει  έκτρέφηι  το  ^έεθρον,  Hdt.  1, 
109,  2.  1 1 ,  ν,  Wessel.  ad  7,  49,  Stallb. 
Plat.  Rep.  370  Β  :  sometimes  of 
things,  though  more  rarely,  of  per- 
sons, Stallb.  Plat.  Rep,  375  A,  though 


ΕΘΝΟ 

this  is  denied  wholly  by  others :  hence 
— 5.  to  be  wont  or  accustomed,  to  do  a  thing 
readily,  σνμβύσιες  ΊσχνραΙ  οίκ  έθέ 
λονσι  μένειν,  μεγάλα  πρήγματα  με- 
γύλοισι  κινδύνοισι  έθέλονσι  κηται- 
ρέεσθαι,  Hdt.  1,  74  ;  7,  50,  2,  and  so 
Thuc.  2,  89,  etc.— 6.  in  Hdt.,  and  Att. 
prose,  oft.  in  phrases,  τι  έθέλει  το 
τέρας,  το  έπος ;  Lat.  quid  sibi  vult  ? 
what  means  it.,?  Hdt.  1,  78  ;  6,  37 : 
in  full  Ti  έθέλει  λέγειν ;  Hdt.  2,  13, 
cf.  4,  131. 

The  synon.  shorter  form  θέλω  nev 
er  occurs  in  Horn,  or  Ep.,  v.  Inlerpp. 
ad  II.  1,  277  :  and  reversely  έθέλω  is 
never  used  in  Trag.  dialogue,  except 
indeed  in  impf.  ήθελον :  in  Ar.  Pac. 
852,  we  have  the  fut.  έθελήσει :  Pind. 
follows  the  Homer,  usage,  Bockh  v. 
1.  P.  1,  62  ;  10,  5  :  the  other  Lyr.  have 
both  forms,  both  of  which  occur  also 
in  the  Trag.  anapaestics.  Lob.  Aj. 
24.  In  Att.  prose  the  form  έθέλω 
prevails,  except  in  such  a  combina- 
tion as  άν  θελτι  Lob.  Phryn.  p.  7  : 
hence  in  Att.  prose  the  only  impf. 
and  aor.  are  ί/Οελον,  ηθέλησα,  and 
perf.  ήβέλιηκα,  regul.  formed  from  έθέ- 
λω, while  τεθέλί,ηκα  occurs  only  in 
very  late  writers.  Lob.  Phryn.,  p.  322. 

"Εθεν,  Ep.  and  Att.  poet.  gen.  for 
io,  ov,  masc.  and  fem.,  his,  her,  of  him, 
of  her,  Horn.,  usu.  in  II. :  Aeol.  (from 
/έθεν)  γέθεν. 

ΈθηεΙτο,  ίθηεύμεθα,  έθηενντο.  Ion. 
for  έθεάτο,  έθεώμεθα,  έθεώντο,  from 
θεάομαι. 

Έθηενμεσθα,  Poet,  and  Ion.  for 
έθεώμ.,  Od. 

Έθηήσαντο,  Ion.  for  έθεάσ-,  3  pi. 
aor.  1  mid.  from  θεάομαι,  Od. 

Έθημολ^γέω,  ώ,  (έθήμων,  λέγω)  to 
gather  customarily,  Anth. 

Έθημοσννη,  7/ς,  ή,  custom  :  from 

Έθήμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  (εθος)  ac- 
customed:  well-known,  Musae. 

'Εθιμ>,  aor.  1  pass,  from  'ίημι :  but 
ίθην,  aor.  2  act.  from  τίθ-ημι. 

Έ(^ίζω,  f.  -ίσω  Att.  -ίώ,  Xen.  Cyr, 
3,  3,  53,  perf.  pass,  είθιομηι,  aor.  εί- 
θίσβην,  (εθος)  to  nccu.<'tom,  use  to,  τινά 
τι,  Xen.,  seldom  έΟ.  τινά  πρόςτι,  Luc. 
Pass,  to  be  or  become  accustomed  or  used 
to,  TL,  Plat.  Legg.  681  Β  ;  c.  inf.,  Thuc. 

I,  77,  and  Xen.  ;  also  absol..  to  become 
accustomed,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  6,  33  :  m  this 
signf.  the  later  Stoics  use  the  act. 

Έθικός,  7/,  όν,  (εθος)  of,  ansingfrom 
use,  custom,  habit,  Plut. 

Έθιμος,  ov,  (ίθος)  accustomed,  usu- 
al :  τά  εβιμα,  customs,  Diod.  Adv. 
-μως,  customarily,  Gramm. 

"Εθισμα,  ατοΓ,  τό,  (εθίζω)  custom; 
a  habit,  Plat.  Legg.  793  D. 

'Εθισμός,  ov,  ό,  (εθίζω)  an  accus- 
toming ;  custom,  habit,  use,  Arist.  Eth. 
N. 

Έθιστέον,  verb.  adj.  from  εθίζω, 
one  must  accustom,  c.  acc.  et.  inf.,  Xen. 
Mem.  2,  1,28. 

Έθιστός,  ή,  όν,  (εθίζω)  accustomed : 
acquired  by  habit,  Arist.  Elh.  N. 

'Εθνάρχης,  ov,  6,  (έθνος,  άρχω)  an 
ethnarch,  Luc.  In  LXX.  antl  N.  T. 
a  viceroy,  a  deputy  governor.     Hence 

Έθναρχία,  ας,  ή,  rule  over  a  riation, 
Byzant. 

Έθνηδάν,  (έθνος)  adv.  by  nations, 
as  a  u'hole  nation,  late  word. 

'Εθνικός,  ή,  όν,  (έθνος)  belonging, 
peculiar  to  a  nation,  national,  Polyb. — 

II.  z.\mOfit^ βάρβαρος,  foreign. — III, 
heathen,  gentile,  N.  T.  and  Eccl.  Adv. 
-κως,  after  the  manner  of  the  heathen  or 
gentiles,  N.  T. 

Έθνίστης,  ov,  ό,  and  έθνίτης,  ov, 
ό,  of  the  same  nation  :  from 
έθνος,  εος,  τό,  anumberofpeopU 


ΕΙ 

living  together,  a  company,  body  of  men  : 
Horn.  esp.  in  11.,  has  usu.  ίθνος  εταί- 
ρων, a  band  of  comrades  ;  also  in  plur. 
έθνεα  ττεζών  and  νεκρών,  and  of  par- 
ticular tribes,  έθνος  'Αχαιών,  Ανκί- 
UV,  also  έθνος  λαών,  a  host  of  war- 
riors, II.  13,  495  :  hence  of  animals, 
έθνεα  μυι,ύων,  με'λισσάων,  ορνίθων, 
swarms,  flocks,  etc.,  Horn. — 2.  Pind. 
has  also  έθνος  μερύπων,  άνέρων, 
γνναικών,  a  race,  fmnily,  tribe. — 3.  in 
genl.  a  nation,  people,  το  Μηδικόν  έθ- 
νος, Hdt.  1,  101,  and  freq.  in  Alt.  :  but 
in  Ν  Τ.  and  Eccl.  tu  έθνη,  the  na- 
tions, Gentiles,  i.  e.  all  e.xcept  Jews 
and  Christians  ;  of.  βάριίαρος. — 4.  a 
particular  class  of  men,  a  caste,  Stallb. 
Plat.  Rep.  351  C. — 5.  sex,  τύ  θί/?~ν  έ. 
Xen.  Oec.  7,  26. — 6.  a  part,  number, 
Hipp.,  of.  όμοεθνία  II.  (Ace.  to  some 
from  έθος :  ace.  to  others  akin  to 
ίσμός.) 

νΆθοδζΰα,  ας.  ή,  Ethodaia,  a  daugh- 
ter of  Niobe,  Apoilod. 

Έθορον,  ες,  ε,  aor.  2  of  θρώσκω, 
Horn. 

ΈΘΟΣ,  εος,  τό,  custom,  usage,Tnan• 
tiers,   habit.    Plat.,   etc. :    hence   έθος 
προς  or  πρόσθε  τοκήων,  temper,  dtupo- 
sition.  inherited  from  its  sires,  Aesch. 
Ag.   728,   yet   not   precisely  =  ήθος, 
since  the  signf.  of  usage,  habit,  pre- 
vails even  here. 
ί'Εθραξα,  V.  θρύσσο). 
νΕθρεξα,ηηα.  ί  aor.  act.  ΐτοιητρέχω. 
Έβρέφθην,  aor.  1  pass,  from  τρέφω, 
Hes. 

Έθρεφα,  aor.  1  act.  from  τρέφω, 
Horn. 

Έθρϊσεν,  poet,  for  έθέρισεν,  aor.  1 
from  θερίζω,  Eur. 

Έθΐί,  to  be  accustomed,  to  be  wont : 
the  pres.  is  only  found  in  II.  9,  536, 
κακά  πόλλ'  έρδεσκεν  έθων,  much  ill 
he  wrought  habitually,  i.  e.  was  wont  to 
do  so  ;  and  so  II.  16,  260,  ους  παίδες 
έριδιιαινωσιν  έθοντες:  the  construct. 
is  like  that  of  λαθών  and  τυχών  vviih 
finite  verb.  The  Att.  use  as  pres.  the 
perf  εΐωθα  Ion.  έωθα  (both  aiso  ni 
Horn.)  /  am  wont  or  accustomed,  I  am 
tn  the  habit,  I  usually  .  .  .  USU.  c.  inf., 
as  II.  5,  766,  Thuc.  1,  90,  etc.  :  but  the 
part,  εΐωθώς  stands  absol.,  accustomed, 
customary,  usuni,  il.  5,  231,  and  Att.  : 
hence  to  είωθός,  one's  custom,  Thuc. 
4,  17 ;  TU  είωθύτα,  ordinary  thmgs, 
Ar.  Ran.  1.  Perf  Dor.  έύωκα. 
ΥΕΘνψα  1  aor.  act.  from  τυφω. 
ΤΕΘωκα  Dor.  for  εΐωθα,  perf.  οίέθω. 
El,  a  conditional  particle,  in  Horn, 
and  Dor.  also  ai. — A.  if,  distinguish- 
ed from  kav,  as  betokening  a  pure 
mental  supposition,  without  reference 
to  any  real  contingency,  Herm.  Vig. 
n.  312  :  most  freq.  c.  optat.  but  also 
c.  indie,  or  subj. 

I.  With  opt.^t.,  it  states  a  thing  as 
supposed,  but  without  giving  any  opinion 
on  the  likelihood  of  its  existence.  1. 
with  optat.,  followed  by  optat.  with 
UV,  expressing  simple  uncertainty,  Τρώ- 
ες μέγα  κεν κεχαροίατο.  ει τάδεπάντα 
πυθοίατο,  if  they  should  hear  it,  they 
would  rejoice,  II.  1.  256. — 2.  with  op- 
tat., followed  by  indie,  when  the  con- 
clusion is  peremptory  though  the  case 
is  only  supposed:  with  indie,  pres., 
11.  9,  339,  Wolf  Lept.  p.  283,  fut.,  II. 
10,222;  also  with  past.  Att.,  v.  Matth. 
Gr.  Gr.  «ji  524,  3.-3.  with  optat.,  fol- 
lowed by  subj.  with  άι>,  II.  11,  386; 
in  Att.  this,  use  is  dab.— 4.  the  lirst 
clause  with  ύν  is  left  out,  when  it 
can  be  easily  supplied  from  the  eon- 
text,  II.  3,  52;  9,  245,  etc.  :  or  its  place 
is  supplied  by  a  part.,  II.  10,  246. — 5. 
with  optat.,  without  apodosis,  to  ex- 


El 

press  a  wish,  If  only..,  Ο  that..,  would 
that..,  II.  24,  74,  Herm.  Vig.  n.  190  ; 
but  είθε,  ει  yap  and  al  yap  are  more 
freq.  v.  ει  yap. — 6.  with  Optat.,  as  a 
sort  of  particle  of  time,  of  repeated 
actions,   as  often  as,  whenever,  Thuc. 
7,  79,  usu.  with  impf  or  plqpf ,  some- 
times with  aor.  — II.   with   indic, 
where  possibility  is  asserted,  without  ex- 
pressing any  uncertainty  or  question  ; 
if.  si7ict. — i.  with  indic.  pres.,  εΐ  u' 
έθέλεις  πο7.εμίζειν,  άλλον  ς  μεν  κύθι- 
σον,  11.  3, 67,where  no  doubt  is  thrown 
on   the  supposition. — 2.  with   indic. 
past,  esp.  in  oaths   and  prayers,  ει 
ποτέ  τοι  επί   νηον  έρετ]>α,  τόδε  μοι 
κρήηνον  έέλδωρ  11.  1,  39,  etc.,  ν.  εΐ- 
ποτέ. — 3.  with  indic.  fut.,  yvώσεaι, 
ει  και  θ^σπεσίη  πάλιν  ονκ  ά?.απάξεις, 
II.  2,  367, 379, 'where  the  fut.  is  look- 
ed on  as  certain :  Att.  the  optat.  with 
UV  freq.  follows,  to  soften  the  posi- 
tiveness  of  the  phrase,  Soph.  El.  244. 
So  the  indic.  often  follows,  even  af- 
ter the  opt.  expressing  a  simple  sup- 
posed case.  e.  g.  πεζοί  μενοίνεον,  ει 
τελέονσιν,  Π.  12,59,  they  tried  whether 
they  could ;  where  they  are  represent- 
ed as  it  were  saying.    We  will  try 
whether  we  can...  SO  as  to  add  vivacity 
to  the  sentence  :    esp.    oft.    in  Att. 
prose.      The  indic.  pres.   or  fut.   is 
also  put  after  ει  in  protasis,  when  not 
a  mere  probability,  but  a  necessary 
result  on  a  condition  is  intended.  H.  5, 
350  ;  15,  213.     In  Att..  ft'  with  indic. 
is  used  not  only  of  probable,  but  of 
actual  events,  to  qualify  the  positive 
assertion,  and  so  much  iike  οτι :  most 
freq.   after  θηνμάζω,  also  after  other 
verbs,  esp.  expressing  strong  feeling, 
e.  g.    άγανακτέω,    δεινίιν    ποιονμηι, 
δηλοΙ,  etc.,  Hdt.  1,  1.-5,  Thnc.  6,  60. 
Plat.  Lach.  191  Α.— 4.  hi  Att.  where 
ει  with  impf  is  followed  by  uv  with 
impf.,  the  first  implies  that  a  condi- 
tion has  not  been  fulfilled,  the  second 
that  a  result  has  therefore  not  taken 
place  ;  e.  g.  εΐ  τι  είχεν.  εδιδον  ύν,  if 
he  had  it,  he  would  give  it...  (but  he  has 
it  not ) — 5.  with  indic.  aor.,  followed 
by  indic.  aor.  with  «r,  it  expresses 
the  same  thing  in  reference  to  a  past 
time,  for  which  in   Lat.  both  verbs 
would  have  been  in  subj.  p'qpf ,  fi  τι 
έσχεν,   έδωκεν  αν  had  he  had  it,   he 
would  have  !;ivenit,c(.  Π.  21.  211,544. 
In  this  case  the  impf.  with  av  may  fol- 
low, εΐ  έπείιθην.  ονκ  αν  Ιφβώστονν, 
had  I  obeyed,  I  should  not  have  been 
ill,  Buttm.   Giamm.  '^  139,  9,  4,  and 
10:  sometimes,  but  not  oft.,  this  ύν 
is  left  out  with  the  ii^pf  ην,  Thuc.  1, 
37.     More   rarely  the   opt.   with   ύν 
follows  fi  μη  and  the  indic.  aor..  II. 
5.  338  ;  17,  70. — III.  with  sub.iunct., 
εί    is  scarcely  to   be  distinguished  from 
εάν,    though   an   attempt   has  been 
made   to   explain  εί    as    expressing 
greater  probability  in  the  condition, 
suppose  that.  Kiihner  Ausf  Gr.  §  818. 
Anm.  1,  Herm.  Soph.  Ant.  706  ;  much 
more  rare  than  the  former,  but  most 
freq.  in  Hom.,  11.   1,  m  Od.  5.  221, 
etc.  :  ει  κεν  with  sut^Bret.  being  the 
more  freq.    For  the  Att.  it  was  for- 
merly laid  down  that  only  έύν  or  ην, 
never  εί  was  used  with  subjunct.  : 
but  many  exceptions  are  found    in 
Trag.,  as  Soph.  O.  T.  198,  874,  O.  C. 
1443,  Ant.  710,   1032,  cf  Herm.  Aj. 
491  :  also  in  comic  wr.,  as  Ar.  Eq. 
698,  700,  Pac.  450  :  nay  it  has  been 
admitted  even  in  prose,  as  Thuc.  6, 
21,  Xen.  Mem.  2,  1,  12,  Plat.  Phaedr. 
234,  Rep.  579  Ε  :  in  later  authors  fi 
with    subjunct.    is    very    common, 
Herm.  Vig.  n.  304 :  cf.  also  ε'ι  κε. — 


EIAP 

IV.  WITH  P.4ET1CIP.  instead  of  indic, 

where  εστί  is  usu.  supplied,  but  rare, 
Soph.  Aj.  886,  and  Herm.  ib.  179, 
Bornem.  Xen.  Mem.  2,  6,  25.— V. 
with  infin.,  sometimes  in  Hdt.  e. 
g.  3,  105,  108,  in  orat.  obliqua.— E/ 
from  the  first  clause  must  sometimes 
be  supplied  with  each  of  several  fol- 
lowing clauses,  even  when  these  are 
indifferent  moods,  Schaf  Mel.  p.  111. 
B.  ivhether,  in  indirect  questions 
and  after  verbs  containing  a  question, 
doubt,  uncertainty,  σύφα  ονκ  οίδ',  εί 
θεός  έστιν,  Ι  know  not  whether  he  be 
a  god,  II.  5,  183 ;  in  Hom.  also  freq. 
in  ellipt.  clauses,  where  πηρώμενος, 
σκοπών,  etc.  must  be  supplied,  e.  g. 
κηρνκεσσι  κέλευσαν,  άμφί  πνρι  στή- 
σαι  τρίποδα  μεγαν,  (πειρησύμενοι)  εί 
πεπίθοιεν  ΐΐηλείδην,  trying  whether 
they  could  move  Achilles,  II.  23.  40; 
where  the  optat.  without  ύν  is  used, 
because  the  action  is  past,  cf.  II.  10, 
206  ;  20,  461;  if  present  or  future, 
it  would  require  ε'ι  κε  or  εάν  with 
subj.,  II.  5,  279,  though  Att.  f/ with 
subj.  is  used  even  in  this  signf — 
C,  Regularly  εί  begins  the  sen- 
tence, and  so  is  followed  by  the  par- 
ticles :  hence  all  compds.,  as  ει  κε, 
ε'ιπερ,  εί  μή,  εί  και,  ε'ι  τις,  etc..  may, 
be  best  referred  to  their  own  special 
heads.  It  is  preceded  by  one  or  two 
conjunctions  : — I.  κηί  εί  and  if,  even 
tho^ifrh,  implying  that  the  case  is  not 
so,  il.  20,  371  ;  καΐ  ε'ι  που,  Od.  7,  320  ; 
also  καΐ  ει  κε,  which  follows  the 
same  rules  as  ft  κε.  Att.  κει,  καν,  καν 
εί:  in  Att.  also  δμως  \s  oft.  added  in 
apodosis  {even  though..,  yet  still),  though 

tnis  word  is  sometimes  attached  to 
the  end  of  the  conditional  clause,  to 
which  it  adds  force,  Aeseh.  Pers.  295, 
('ho.  115:  care  must  be  taken  not  to 
confound  και  εί  with  ft  και,  Herm. 
Vig.  n.  307. — II.  ονδ'  εί,  nay  vol  if,  not 
even  if  II.  5.  645 ;  20.  lu2,Od.  4',  293. 
— Ill"  ώς  εί  and  ώς  t'l  τε  or  (as  Wolf 
writes  it)  ώσεί,  ώσεί  τε,  as  if  as 
though,  in  comparisons.  Od.7,  36,  II. 
13,  492,  19,  366,  Od.  19,  39:  the  Att. 
also  inserts  ύν  or  rrfp,  ωσπερ  εί,  ώς 
αν  εί,  ώσπερ  ύν  εί  or  ώσπερανεί, 
Heind.  Plat.  Gorg.  479  Α. 

Εί-  Dor.  for  η  and  ου,  cf.  πει. 

ΕΙα.  also  pr'operisp.  εΐα,  and  poet, 
trisyll.  fta.  Lat.  eia.  a  cheeriug-  or 
stimulating  exclamation,  on  !  up  I 
away!  Trag.,  etc.:  also  come  on 
then  !  Ac.«ch.  Ag.  1650,  and  Plat. ; 
εΐα  νυν,  well  now !  Ar.  Pac.  459, 
stronger  than  ύγε  νυν :  also  fta 
δή :  έα  and  εύα  are  akin  to  it.  [u  al- 
ways, whence  Gramm.  wrote  εΐα,  v. 
Reisig  de  Constr.  Antistr.  p.  19.]  _ 

Em,  3  sing,  imperf.  act.  from  έάω, 
Hom. 

Είάζω,  {.  -ύσω,  to  cry  εΐα,  like 
αίύζω  from  al,  and  ενύζω  from  εύα, 
V.  Valck.  Diatr.  p.  20. 

Είαμενή,  ης,  ή.  a  low,  moist  pa.iture, 
water-meadow,  έν  είαμινη  έλεος,  II.  4, 
483.  in  Αρ.  Rh.  a  flooded  meadow. 
(Usuderiv.  from  εϊαται.  ήνται,  ημαι, 
ημενος,  whence  some  Gramm.  wrote 
είαμενή,  cf.  κάθημαι :  Buttm.  how- 
ever, V.  ήιόεις,  connects  it  with 
ήϊύν.) 

Εί  ύν,  Ep.  and  Ion.  εΐ  κε,  q.  v.,  is 
contr.  into  έύν  and  ην.  But  et...ai' 
seems  permissible  both  in  Horn.,  and 
Att.,  where  some  words  come  be- 
tween, 11.2,  597,  cf.  Herm.  Vig.  n.  303. 

ΈΛανός,  ?;,  όν,  Ep.  for  έανός,  II.  16,9. 

Elap.  ειαρίνύς,  είαρόεις,  poet,  for 
έαρ.  etc. 

Είαρόμασθος,    ov,    (εΐαρ,  μασθός) 
with  youthful,  swelling  brea.<!ts,  Anth. 
397 


El 

ΈΙάρστερπής,  ές,  (.εΐαρ,  τέρπομαι) 
jot/i)ig  in  spring,  Orph. 

ΕΙάς,  2  sing,  imperl".,  εΐΰσα,  ας,  e, 
aor.  1  act.  Iroin  έάω. 

ΕΙασκον,  Ep.  for  eiuv,  impf.  from 
έάω,  Horn. 

K'carai,  ίίατο,  3  pi.  pres.  and  impf, 
poet,  for  Ion.  ίαται,  euro,  and  this 
for  yvrai.  ι)ντο,  from  ι)μαι,  Hoin. 

Elaro,  3  plur.  impcrf.  mid.  from 
ΐίμί>  for  7/vTo,  i.  e.  ?/σαν,  occurs  only 
Od.  20,  100,  where  Buttni.  Ausf  Gr. 
^  108,  Anm.  14,  n.,  would  read  e'i- 
ατο. 

Eiaro,  3  sing,  plqpf.  mid.  from  ev- 
ννμι  for  tfvro,  thfy  had  on. 

Ε'ί3{μος,  ov,  trickling  :  from 

El'Bii,  Ep.  form  of  AttJw,  to  drop, 
let  fall  in  drops,  Hom.,  who  regul.  uses 
it  in  phrase  δύκρνον  ihieip  and  κατά 
όάκρναν  ά3ειν,  to  shed  tears.  Mid. 
(0  trickle  or  run  doun,  drip,  Hes.  Th. 
910;  but  also  as  in  act.,  δάκρυα 
είβομέν7}.  Soph.  Ant.  527. 

Ei  yap,  for  if...,  II.  20,  26  :  but  usu. 
— II.  e.Kpressing  a  wish,  Ο  if...,  Ο 
that...,  woald  that...,  Lat.  xitinain !  c. 
optat.,  el  yitp  Άβίμ'η  δοί?)  κάητης 
έμοί,  11.  17,  5C1,  so  ft  γύρ  rot,  θα.  17, 
513,  and  ει  yap  rrwf,  Od.  10,  148. 
But  Honi.  more  freq.  has  al  yap,  al 
γαρ  όή.  α?  γαρ  όή  ποτέ,  αϊ  γάρ  πως. 
The  following  use  c.  inf  is  rare,  a't 
yap,  τοίος  εών,.-.εμος  γαμβρός  κα- 
λέεσθαι,  Od.  7,  313.  Εί  γάρ,  like 
c<  Α.  Ι.,  5,  is  used  where  the  result  of 
the  wish  is  more  clearly  indicated 
than  with  είθε,  which  expresses  the 
wish  without  alluding  to  its  result, 
Mtzsch  Od.  1,  265. 

Ei  j'£,  if  houxver.  adding  a  condition 
which  makes  the  thing  dependent 
upon  it  unhkeiy  or  impossihle  e.g., 
οΐκόνδε  έθελεις  Ιέναι.•  ει}  ε  μεν  εί- 
δ'ίης,  δσσα  τοι  αίσα  κί/όε'  αναπλή- 
cat,  ενθάδε  κ'  άνθι  μένων  τάδε  δώμα 
^νλύσαοις.  thou  wishest  to  go  home : 
t/et  (7"  thou  didst  know...,  etc.,  Od.  5, 
200. — II.  if  then,  since,  Lat.  siquidem, 
ΌΪ  things  which  are  taken  for  grant- 
ed, 11.  1,  303,  Od.  16,  300.  Herm.  Vig. 
n.  310.     Cf  εϊτζερ. 

Ei  γονν,  even,  if,  implying  that  the 
thing  will  not  be  so,  only  once  Horn., 
viz.  II.  5,  258,  ubi  al.  εί  γ'  οίη'. 

Εί  δ',  ύγε,  used  in  cheermg,  etc.. 
on  then,  come  on  !  oft.  in  Hom.,  who 
also  has  plur.,  ei  6'.  άγετε,  II.  22,  381. 
He  nsu.  joins  ei  ό'.  ύγε  νϋν,  εί  δ', 
άγε  δή,  ει  δ',  υ,γε  μήν,  or  εί  δ',  άγε 
μοι.  Ibllowed  by  imperat.,  also  εί  δ', 
άγε  τοι,  Od.  9,  37.  For  the  imperat. 
δενρο  is  found.  II.  17,  085,  and  in 
speaking  to  one's  self  the  subj.  aor., 
Od.  0,  37,  or  indic.  fut.,  II.  1.  524 ;  9, 
107.  The  phrase  is  elliptic,  and 
would  be  in  full  εί  δ'  εθέλεις  or  εί  δε 
βονλεΐ,  ύγε,  but  if  thou  wishest,  come, 
and  so  serves  to  qualify  the  imperat., 
like  Lat.  si'i  vide,  fac  sis,  agite  sullis, 
Nitz.sch  Od.  1,270. 

Είδαίνομαι.  poet,  lengthd.  form  of 
είδομαι,  to  be  like,  τινί,  Nic. 

Είδάλιμος,  η,  ov,  {είδος)  formed ; 
hence  shapely,  Cornell/,  Od.  24,  279. — 
II.  like,  looking  like,  Anth. 

Είδάλ?ιθμαι,  =  είδαίνομαι,  ίνδάλ- 
7ιομαί. 

ΕΙδαρ,  ατός,  τό,  {εδω,  as  if  lengthd. 
poet,  from  ίδαρ)  food,  meat,  viciuaU, 
Horn.— 2.  of  cattle, /oiiiier.  forage.  11. 
5,  309.-3.  also  a  bait  for  fish.  Od.  12. 
252. — 1.  μΐ/.ίσσης  άνβιμον  είδαρ,  of 
honey-cakes,  Theocr.  15,  115.  Ep. 
word. 

Ei  δέ,  with  no  apodosis,  is  elliptic, 
as  II.  9,  46,  εί  δέ  και  αυτοί,  φενγόν- 
των,  but  if  they  (will),  let  them  flee, 
398 


ΕΙΔΟ 

where  ίθέλονσι  is  to  be  supplied,  as 
in  ft  c5',  άγε:  so  too  9,  202,  tl  δέ, 
{έθέλεις).  συ  μέν  μευ  άκουσον.  )η  II. 
21,  487,  and  Od.  2,  115,  the  apodosis 
is  implied  in  the  protasis.  —  II.  in 
complete  sentences,  but  if,  evai  if, 
oft.  in  Hom.  It  may  be  followed  by 
any  particle  which  follows  ft,  v.  esp. 
f /  μέν :  on  ft  J'  ov  and  ft  δ'  ovv  v.  εί 
μή.  We  have  the  notion  of  ft  δέ 
strengthd.  in  ft  d'  αυ,  if  on  the  other 
hand,  Od.  10,  105. 

Et'fSea,  ας,  ή,  for  Ιδέα,  dub.  in  Ar. 
Thesm.  438. 

Είδείην,  opt.,  and  είδέναι,  inf.  of 
οίδα,  q.  V. 

Et  δέ  μή,  V.  sub  ει  μή. 

Είδέχβεια,  ας,  ή,  an  odious,  ugly 
look,  LXX. :  from 

Ειδεχθής,  ές,  {είδος,  εχθος)  of  hate- 
ful look,  in  genl.  ngly,  Polyb. :  putrid, 
fetid,  Hipp. 

Εΰδέω,  for  είδώ,  subj.  from  οιδα. 

Et  δή,  expressing  a  supposition 
which  cannot  be  contradicted,  if  noiv, 
seeirig  that,  II.  1,  Gl,  esp.  after  y,  II.  1, 
294,  574  :  also  in  indirect  questions, 
tchether  now,  Od.  1,  207  :  always  c. 
indicat. 

ΕΙδίίμα,  ατός,  τό,  {είδέναι)  knoid- 
edge. 

Είδημονικύς,  adv.,  with  knowledge, 
skilfully. 

Ειδήμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  {είδέναι) 
knotting,  experienced,  skilled,  expert, 
τινός,  Clem.  Al.     Adv.  -μόιως. 

Είδι/σέμεν,  Ep.  inf  fut.  for  είδή- 
σειν,  of  *  εΙδω  II.,  Od. 

Έ,Ιδησις,  εως.  ή,  {είδέναι)  α.  knowing, 
science,  knowledge,  intelligence,  Sext. 
Emp. 

Ε,ίδήσω,  fut.  of  *εΊδω. 

Είδιίίός,  ή,  όν,  {είδος)  formal,  αί- 
τιον, Plut.  ;  specific,  ορρ.  to  γενικός, 
Gal.  Adv.  -κώς,  specially,  Bockh  in- 
scr.  2.  p.  205. 

^Είδοθέα,  ας,  Ep.  -θέ/ι,  ης,  ή,  Eido- 
thea,  a  sea-goddess,  daughter  of  Pro- 
teus, Od.  4,  366. 
ΙΕΑδοβέεια,  ας,  ^,=foreg.,  Dion.  P. 

Et(5()i'.  ων,  ai,  the  Roman  Jdus. 
Dion  H. 

Εϊδομαι,  v.  sub  *ειδω. 
ίΕΙδομενή,  7/ς,  ή,  EidOmSne,  daugh- 
ter  of   Pheres,  wife   of  Aniythaon, 
.\pollod.  1,  9,  11. — 2.  a  city  of  Ema- 
thia  in  Macedonia.  Thuc.  2,  100. 

ΕΙδον,  aor.  2  ο{*ε1δω,  q.  v. 

Είδοποιέω,ώ,{είδοποιός)ΐο  make  an 
image  of  a  thing,  figure,  model,  mould  a 
thing  after  another,  Plut.     Hence 

ΕΙδοττοίημα,  ατός,  τό,  and  είδο• 
ποίησις.  εως,  )7,=sq. 

Υ,ίδϋηΟΐία,  ας,  ή,  the  specific  nature 
nfa  thing,  Strab. :  from 

Είδοποώς,  όν,  {είδος,  ποιέω)  speci- 
fic, characteristic  of  a  species. 

Είδος,  εος,  τό,  {*  εΙδω)  that  which 
is  seen,  the  form,  shape,  figure,  Lat. 
species  :  freq.  oi  human  form  in  Horn., 
who  usu.  has  the  ace.  είδος  άριστος, 
άγητός,  κακός,  ύ?.ϊγκιος,  όμοιος,  etc. ; 
sometimes  ορρ.  to  the  understanding, 
sometimes  t^bodilij  strength,  v.  Od. 
17,  454,  II.  2^316:  also  of  the  ap- 
pearance, look,  as  of  a  dog,  Od.  17,  308, 
cf  δέμας.  Esp.  beautiful  firm,  like 
Lat.  forma.  Hdt.  1,  109;  8,  105,  etc. 
In  Traii.  periphr.  {or  the  person,  Soph. 
El.  1177. — II.  in  genl.  a  form,  fianre, 
fashion,  sort,  particular  kind,  ειδεα 
τών  κύβων,  Hdt.  1,  91,  είδος  νόσου, 
Thuc.  2,  50,  etc.  :  esp.  species,  opp. 
to  ytvor,  genus,  hence  also  =;  ιδέα, 
Plat.,  and  Arist.,  cf  Ritter  Hist,  of 
Philos.  2,  265,  sqq.— III.  in  later  au- 
thors Tu  ft (5;;  are  spices,  fine  and  costly 
wares. 


ΕΙΔΩ 

ΕΙδότως,  adv.  part,  from  είδώς  01 
ot(5a,  perf  of  *tt(5u. 
Et  δ'  ovv,  V.  sub  ft  μή. 
Έ,ίδοφορέω,  ώ.  {είδος,  φέρω)  to  re- 
present, express,  Dion.  Η. 

\Είδνΐα,  ας,  ή,  Eidyia,  wife  of  Aea- 
cus.  Lye.  1024. 

ΕίδυΆλιον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  είδος, 
strictly  α  little  form  or  image :  usu.  a 
short,  highly  wrought,  descriptive  poem, 
mostly,  but  by  no  means  only,  on 
pastoral  subjects,  an  idyll,  cf  Phn.  Ep. 
4,  14. 

Είδύλ?ιομαι,=^  είδύλλομαι,  είδαίνο- 
μαι, Pemp.  ap.  Stob.  p.  461,  9. 

Ειδυλος,  ον,=είδήμων,  also  fem. 
είδνλίς,  ίδος.  ή,  Call. 

*ΕΓΔί2,  *ΊΑίΙ,  Lat.  VIDEO,  to 
see,  a  root  wholly  obsol,  in  pres.  act., 
which  is  supplied  by  όρύω  :  its  tenses 
form  two  families,  one  exclus.  in 
signf  to  see,  the  other,  to  know. 

A.  to  see.  behold,  look  at,  mostly  in 
aor.  είδον.  in  Hom.  and  Ep.  oft.  with- 
out augm.  Ιδον,  inf  ίδεΐν,  in  il.  and 
Ep.  also  ίδειιν,  subj.  ιδω,  in   Hom. 
and  Ep.  also  Ιδωμι,  part,  ίδών,   in 
Horn.  freq.  with  an  adv.,  νττόδρα,  άντα, 
αχρείον  ίδών,  eyeing  with  astern  glance, 
etc.:    he  also  freq.   has  more   fully 
όψθα7.μοΙσιν  ιδ.   The  same  act.  signf. 
belongs  to  the  aor.  mid.  είδόμι/ν,  in 
Hom.    more    freq.    Ep.    Ιδόμ7]ν,   inf. 
ίδεσθαι.  subj.  Ιδωμαι,  imperat.  Ιδον  : 
with  which  Horn,  has  also  ύφβα'λμοϊ- 
σιν,  or  more  freq.  εν  όφβ.,  to  see  bifore 
the  eyes:  this  tense  alone  is  joined 
with  πειράομαι,  in  phrase  άγε,  πει- 
ρήσομαι  7/δέ  ί(5ω//αί,  well,I  will  make 
trial  and  see,  Od.  6,  120,  cf  21,  159: 
also  without  πειράομαι ;  just  our  to 
look  and  see,  Od.  4,  22  ;   10.  44.     But 
Hom.  also  uses  both  aorists  oi  mental 
sight,  to  see,  perceive,  as  must  be  the 
case  in  II.  21,61,  όψρα  Ιδωμαι  ένι  φρε- 
σίν,  ήδέ  δαείω,  cf  II.  4,  249,  Od.  21, 
112.       This      definiteness    belongs 
only  to  the  oldest  Greek :  in  later 
poets  to  perceive  by  any  of  the  sen.ses, 
Jac.  A.  P.  p.  189.     In  construction, 
ίδεΙν  and  ίδέσθαι  are  either  absol., 
or  u.sed  c.  ace.  followed  by  a  relative 
clause,  where  the  relative  is  to  be 
resolved  by  6τι,  so  that  the  ace.  is 
not  strictly  the  object,  but  belongs 
to  the  verb  in  the  relat.  clause,  e.  g. 
Od.  10,  195,  είδον. ..νήσυν,  την  πέρι 
πόντος  έστεφάνωται,  i.  e.  ftrJov  δη 
περί    νησον    πόντος    έστεφάνωται ; 
though  in  the  remarkable  passage, 
άΤιύχου.-.οϋτι  χάριν  Ιδε,  he  saw,  i.  e. 
enjoyed  not  the  favour  of  his  spouse, 
II.  11,  243,  χάριν  is  the  object ;  (this 
phrase  must  not  be  coufounded  with 
χάριν  είδέναι,  v.   infr.)  :    freq.   also 
ίδεΐν  ες  τι,  more  rare  έπί  τι,  II.  23, 
143,  and  προς  τι,  Od.  12.  244,  to  look 
at  or  towards  a  thing.     The  imperat. 
mid.    ίδοϋ,  see,  occurring  iirst  in  Att., 
is  mostly  used   as  an   exclamation, 
lo .'  behold!  Lat.  ecce :  but  it  is  then 
written    ιδον,   or    sometimes    ιδού : 
where  it  is  a  true  imperat.  it  remains 
ίδοϋ,  e.  g.  ίδοϋ  με,  Eur.    Hec.   808. 
Όρύω  is  used  as  pres.,  έωρακα  as 
perf,  όψομαι  as  fut.  (for  είδήσω  be- 
lungs  to  signf   B,  to  know.)     But  to 
the  signf  to  see,  belong — II.  the  Ep. 
and  Ion.  pass,  and  mid.  ηδομαι:  aor. 
είσάμην,  in  Hom.  also  ίεισάμην,  ao, 
ατο,  in  pass,  signf,  to  be  seen,  appear, 
seem,  είδεται  τ/μαρ,  άστρα,  the  day, 
the  stars  are  visible,  appear,  11.  8,  555, 
cf  24,  319,  Od.  5,  283:  inelaph.,  το 
δέ   τοι   κήρ   ειδηται   είναι,  for  that 
seems  unto  thee  to  be  very  death,  that 
is  very  death  in  thine  eyes,  II.  1, 228, 
cf  Od.  9,  11,  etc.;   and  freq.,  avTii» 


-  ΕΙΔΩ 

royt  κέβδίον  είσατο  θνμω :  hence —  Ι 
2.  to  have  the  appearance  or  look  of  a 
thing,  take  the  appearance,  make  a  show 
oj  a  thing,  είσατ'  Ιμεν  ες  λήμνον,  he  j 
made  a  show  o/ going  to  Lemnos,  Od.  | 
8,  283  ;  εΙσατο.  ώς  ότε  ^ινόΐ',  it  had 
the  look  as  of  a  shield,  Od.  5,  281  ; 
and  C.  dat.,  to  make  one'.s  self  like,  be 
like,  έείσατο  φθογγην  ΐΐο'λίτ^,  she 
made  herself  like  Polites  in  voice,  11. 
2,  791.  cf.  20,  81.  Most  usu.  in  part, 
pres.  and  aor.,  είδόμενος,  είσύμενος, 
έεισάμενος,  besides  which  Horn,  uses 
only  3  sing.  pres.  and  aor. ;  and  ouce 
2  sing,  and  3  plur.  aor.  An  impf. 
είδετο,  he  was  seen,  occurs  first  in  Ap. 
Rh. 

B.  to  know:   which  signf.   comes 
from  the  perf..  for  what  one  has  seen 
or   observed,  that  one  knows :   hence 
the  word  is  mostly  used  of  mediate 
knowledge,  whilst  for  such  as  is  im- 
mediate, σννοιδα  is  most  usu..  Wolf 
Dem.  461,  2.     The  tenses  which  be- 
long to  this  signf.  are  these  :    perf. 
used  as  pres.,  οίδα  (in  Alcae.  94  e, 
p.  72,  όίδα)  I  know,  c.  part,  είδώς, 
inf.  εΐδέναι,  Ep.  Ιδμεναι  and  Ιδμεν, 
imperat.  Ισθί.  subj.   είδώ,    Ep.  also 
Ιδέω,  opt.  είδείην :  plqpf  as  iinperf. 
^δειν  and   ΐ)δεα,   Att.    ηδΐ],  I  knew  : 
fut.  είσομαι.  more  rarely  and  mostly 
Ep.  είδήσω  (also  in  Hdt.  7,  234) :  aor. 
and  perf.  are  supplied  from  γιγνώ- 
σκω  :  thoush  in  later  Greek  we  have 
an  aor.  είδησαι,  Aiist.  Magn.  Mor.  1, 
1,  3,  etc.     The  forms  are  so  irreg.  in 
pres.  and  impf,  that  they  can  only  | 
be  fully  treated  of  in  grammars.     In  ! 
Honi.,  Ion.,  and  Dor.,  οίδας  is  2  sing. 
perf.  for  οίσθα,  e.  g.  Od.   1,  337,  (in 
Att.  also  sometimes  οίσβας,  Cratin.  ' 
Malth.  10,  cf.  Meineke  Menand.  p. 
122) :  ιδμεν  1  pi.  for  Ισμει^ :  besides 
Ιδμεναι  and  ιδμεν,  inf  for  είδέναι : 
Ιδέω  subj.  for  εΙδώ,  II.  14,  235.  είδετε 
2  pi.  subj.  for  είδητε,  Od.  9,  17,  i<f5o-  ^ 
μεν  for  είδώμεν,  Π.  1,  363,  and  Ιδνια 
fern.   part,   for  είδνϊα,   but   only   in 
phrase  ίδυί^σι  πρα—ιδεσσι ."  plqpf  2  , 
and  3  sing.  7/είδηΓ,    ηειδη   for  ηδης. 
τ/δη.  II.  22,  280,  Od.  9,  20G,  3  ρΐ'ΐσαν 
for  ^σαν,  II.  18,  405,  Od.  4, 772  ;  yaav, 
Eur.  Cycl.  231.     Lastly  Hom.'  uses 
both  futures,  jet  είδήσω  only  in  II.  1,  ι 
546,  Ep.  int.  είδήσεμεν,  Od.  6,  257,  \ 
where  it  almost  passes  into  si^nf.  A,  j 
to  see,  and  so  in  the  hymns.     For  the 
rest  V.  Buttm.  Ausf.  Gr.  %  109,  111,  | 
and  Catal.  in  voc.  [Ισασι  has  usu.  I, 
as  Od.  2.  211,  but  sometimes  also  i,  j 
in  arsis,  as  Od.  2,  283.] 

In  Hom.  it  must  be  rendered  some- ' 
times    l)y    to   know,    understand,    have  I 
knowledge  of,  sometimes  by  to  know,  \ 
discern,  perceive  ;  later  to  come  to  know, 
learn ;  though  it   may  be  so   taken 
however  in   Od.   2,    10:    very   freq.  | 
strengthd.   by  ευ   or   σάφα.   esp.   ευ 
οΙδα,  I  know  well,  and  part,  εν  είδώς, 
also  ει;  1(7θι,  knoiv  well,  be  assured.     It 
is  oft.  followed  by  a  clause  with  ώς, 
οτΐος  or  δτί,  and,  in  case  of  doubt, 
with  ει,  whether,  rarely  with  the  relat. 
pron.     Also  followed  by  ace,  or  in• 
fin.     Hom.  has  tlie  peculiar  usage, 
νοήματα,  μήδεα  οίδε,  he  is  knowing, 
skilled  in  wise  counsels  ;  and  so  still 
more  freq.   with  adjs.,   πε-πννμένα, 
κεχαρΐ'7μένα,  φίλα.  άρτια,  τ/ττια,  κεδ- 
να,  ΰθίαίστια  είδέναι,  but  usu.  in 
part,  είδώς.    In  this  signf  to  be  skilled  | 
in,  the  word  also  takes  a  gen.   in 
Hom.,  mostly  indeed  c.  part.,  e.  g.  I 
τόζων  εν  είδώς,  cunning  with  the  bow,  [ 
οιωνών,   τεκτοσννάων,  μάχης.  etc.  ; 
but  also  in  pres.  indie,  U.  15,  412. 
The  imperat.  is  freq.  in  protestations,  | 


EIEN 

like  ίστω  "Ζ,εύς,  ιστω  vvv  Ζευς,  let 
Jove  know  it,  be  witness,  Hom. ; 
Dor.  Ιττω  Ζ.  :  χάριν  είδέναι  τινί.  to 
acknowledge  a  debt  to  another,  thank 
him,  first  in  II.  14,  235,  Hdt.  3,  21, 
but  most  freq.  in  Att.,  and  prose. 
Post-Horn.,  usages: — 1.  to  be  in  a 
condition,  be  able,  have  the  power,  C.  inf., 
Jac.  Anth.  2,  1,  p,  308.— 2.  οίδ'  on, 
οίσθ'  ΟΤΙ,  used  absol.  parenthetically 
as  a  particle  of  affirmation,  /  know, 
you  know  it  well.  Wolf  Dem.  508,  17, 
Heind.  Plat.  Gorg.  486  B.— 3.  οΙσθ' 
oi'v ;  freq.  interrog.  form,  usu.  an- 
swered by  ούκ  οΙδα,  Valck.  Hipp.  598. 
— 4.  οίσθ'  ότι,  also  οΙσΟ'  δ  and  οίσθ' 
ώς,  followed  by  imperat.,  gives  a  com- 
mand Without  specifying  what,  as  if 
this  was  known  before,  esp.  οΙσθ'  δ 
δράσον,  for  δρΰσον,  οίσθ'  ο,  ν.  sub 
δράω. 

(The  word  always  has  the  digam- 
ma  in  Horn..  Γιδον,  ¥ειδώς,  etc., 
which  remains  in  Lat.  videre,  Sanscr. 
vid  scire,  Germ,  wissen,  our  to  wit  or 
wot.  On  the  diflerence  of  είδέναι 
from  γιγνώσκειν,  v.  γιγνώσκω,  iin.) 

Εί'οωλεϊον,  υν,  το,  {είδωλον)  an 
idol's  temple,  Ν.  Τ. 

Είδωλόθϋτος,  ον,  {εΙδο>?^ον,  θνω) 
sacrificed  to  idoL• ;  as  subst.  το  ειδ., 
Ν.  Τ. 

Είδωλολατρεία,  ας,  -η,  worship  of 
idols,  idolatry,  Ν.  Τ.  :  and 

Είδωλολατρέω,  ώ,  to  worship  idols, 
Eccl. :  from 

Είδω/.ο'/.ύτρης,  ov,  6,  η.  {εϊδωλυν, 
/.άτρις)  an  idol-worshipper,  idolater. 

Είδολόμορόος,  ov,  {ύδω/.ον.  μορφή) 
formed  after  a  likeness,  like  an  image, 
Geop. 

Ειδω7ιον.ον,τό,  (είδος)  a  shape,figure, 
image:  in  Hom.  of  disembodied  spirits, 
esp.  βροτών  εΐδω'λα  καμόντων  :  any 
unsubstantial  form,  esp.  «  vision,  phan- 
tom, Horn.,  etc.  :  hence  η  phantom  of 
the  mind,  a  fancy.  Plat.  Phaed.  60  C. 
— 11.  an  vnage  in  the  mind,  idea,  Xen. 
Symp.  4,  21 :  esp.  with  the  Stoics, 
Cic.  Fam.  15,  16.  —  I.I.  an  ima'je. 
statue,  γυναικός,  Hdt.  1,  51,  G.  58. — 
2.  esp.  nf  a  god  ;  hence  an  idol,  false 
god,  LXX. — IV.  είδω/.α  ουράνια,  the 
constellations,  Lat.  signa,  Ap.  Rh. 

Είδι.ΰΆο~Άαστέω,  ω,  to  form,  model, 
Heracl. :  from 

Ε'ιδωλόττλαστος,  ov,  {ειδωλον, 
τϊ/.ύσσω)  modelled  :  hence  ideal.  Lye. 

Είδωλοττοιέω,  ώ,  (είδω/Μ~οιός)  to 
make  an  itnage,  είδω/.ον  ειδ..  Plat. 
Rep.  605  C  :  to  represent  by  an  image 
or  figure,  τινά,  Diod.  —  2.  to  body, 
image  forth,  depict  by  words,  Longin. 
Hence 

ΕΛδωλοποίησις,  εως,  ή,  a  figuring : 
representation,  Sext.  Enip. 

Ε'ίδωίο-οιΐα,  ας,  ή,—ioieg..  Plat. 
Tim.  46  A. 

Είδω'λο—οιϊκός,  ή,  όν,  (είδωλο- 
ΤϊΟΙος)  of,  belonging  to  figuring  or  re- 
presenting, τέχνη.  Plat.  Soph.  235  A. 

ΕίδωλοτΓοιός,  όν,  {είδω/.ον,  ποιέω) 
figuring,  forming,  making  figures  or 
pictures ;  as  subst.  ό  etd.,  Plat.  Soph. 
239  D.  φ 

Είδω?.ονργικός,  η,  ov.  {εΙδωλον, 
* ίργω)=είδο)'λθ7τούκός.  Plat.  Soph. 
266  D. 

Είδο)?.οφ(ίνής,  ές.  {ειδω?ιθν,  φαίνο- 
μαι) like  an  ima^e,  Plut. 

Έ,ίδω7.οχΰρής.  ές.  {(ίδω?Μν,  χαίρω) 
delighting  in  idols,  Synes. 

Ειεν,  Att.  3  plur.  opt.  from  ειμί, 
for  είησαν.  be  it  so,  well,  good,  proceed, 
or  to  proceed,  Lat.  esto :  a  very  com- 
mon particle,  esp.  in  Att.  dialogue, 
in  passing  to  the  next  point,  Herm. 
Eur.  Supp.  795 :  the  phrases  άλ'λ' 


EIKA 

eiev,  εΙέν  γε,  εΙεν  δή  are  more  tste : 
also  to  express  impatience,  Ar.  Nub. 
176.  [εΙεν  in  Att.  poets  is  sometimes 
used  as  a  spondee,  Aesch.  Cbo.  657, 
Ar.  Pac.  663.] 

Ε'ίην,  opt.  aor.  2  act.  from  ϊημι : 
but  εΐην,  Opt.  pres.  from  ειμί. 

Είθηρ,  adv.,  (^ενθνς)  at  once,  forth• 
ivith.  instantly,  11.,  and  Ion. 

Είθε,  interj.  I  wish  !  Ο  that!  would 
that  !  Lat.  utinam  !  Od.  2,  33 :  the 
Dor.  αίθε  is  more  freq.  in  Hom. :  on 
aW  ώφε'/.λον  and  ώφε?Μν,  ες,  ε,  v. 
οφείλω  :  c.  opt.,  of  things  possible, 
but  not  likely  ;  with  the  past  tenses 
of  indie,  of  things  impossible  :  later 
also  the  inf.  follows  είθε,  Herm.  Vig. 
n.  190,  a,  cf  sub  ει  yap. 

Είβιζω,  f.  -ίσω,  poet,  for  εθίζω. 
ΙΕΙΟισμαι,  perf.  pass,  from  έΟιζω. 

Είθισμένως,  adv.  part.  perf.  pass, 
from  εθίζω,  in  the  accustomed  manner, 
Diog.  L. 

Είκα,  Att.  for  εοικα,  q.  v. 

Είκα.  perf.  from  Ιημι. 

Είκΰδάρχης,  ov,  ό,  (είκάς,  άρχω)  a 
lea/ler,  commander  of  twenty. 

Είκάδισταί,  ών.  οι,  {είκάς)  epith. 
of  the  Epicureans,  because  they  com- 
memorated their  founder's  death  on 
the  twentieth  of  Gamelion,  Ath.  298  D. 

EiKUCoi,  f.  -άσω,  Att.  perf.  pass,  ήκα- 
σμαι,  Dind.  Ar.  Eq.  230,  Piers.  Moer. 
p.  182.  and  on  the  augm.  in  genl.  v. 
Buttm.  Ausf.  Gr.  i^  84,  Anm.3,  {εικός). 
Τη  make  like  to,  represent  by  an  image 
or  likeness,  portray,  Xen.  Oec.  10,  1: 
hence  in  pass.,  είκων  γραφ?)  είκασμέ- 
νη,  a  figure  coloured  to  the  life,  Hdt.  2, 
182  ;  αίετός  είκασα.,  a  figure  like  an 
eagle.  Id.  3,  28:  hence — II.  to  liken, 
compare,  τί  τινι,  Aesch.  C!ho.  633;  t'lK. 
Ti  και  τι,  Hdt.  9,  34,  etc. :  hence  to 
compare  and  infer  something,  to  con- 
jecture, guess,  Lat.  conjicere,  esp.  in 
phrase  ώς  είκάσαι,  Hdt.  2,  104,  etc. : 
and  c.  dupl.  ace.  to  guess  to  be,  Hdt.  4, 
31,  Aesch.  Supp.  288,  Soph.  Ant. 
1244.  Pass,  to  be  like,  resemble,  τινί 
Eur.  Bacch.  942,  1253  ;  also  προς  τί- 
να, Ar.  Ach.  783. 

ΕΊκαβεΙν,  inf.  of  a  lengthd.  aor.  εΙ• 
καθον.  from  είκω.  to  yield.  Soph.  etc. ; 
for  there  is  no  such  pres.  as  είκαθω, 
Elmsl.  .Med.  186,  Ellendt  Lex.  Soph, 
in  v. 

Ei  καί,  even  though,  although,  c.  in- 
die, Hom. ;  c.  opt.. 11. :  distinguished 
from  και  ει  by  expressing  that  the 
thing  is  really  so,  Herm.  Vig.  n.  307 : 
cf.  ει  C. 

Είκαιοβονλία,  ας, ή,  rashness,  Eccl.; 
from 

Είκαιόβον?.ος,  ov,  (είκαΐος,  βον?.ιγ) 
rash,  ill-advised,  Eccl. 

Είκαιο?ώγος,  ov,  (είκαίος,  ?.έγ(Α>) 
talking  at  random,  Philodem.  ap.  Vol. 
Hercul.  2,  10. 

Είκαιομϋθέω,  ώ,  to  speak  inconsider- 
ately ;  and 

Είκαιομνθία,  ας,  ή,  thoughtless  talk- 
ing, useless  babble :  from 

Είκαιόμνθος,  or,  {είκαΐος,  μύθος) 
talking  at  random  or  to  no  purpose, 
Eccl. 

Είκαιο/)βημονέω,  ώ,^=είκαιομνθεω. 

Είκαι.οβρημοσύνη,  ης  ή,=  εΙκαιομυ- 
θία :  from 

Είκαιοββήμων.  ον,  gen.  όνος,  {είκαϊ- 
ος,  βήμα)=εϊκαιόμνθος. 

Είκαϊος,  αία,  αΐον,  without  plan, 
purpose:  random,  rash,  hasty,  nearly 
=:  Lat.  tcmerarius,  Soph.  Fr.  288. — 
Ιί.^τυχών,  casual,  hence  common, 
worthless,  Luc.  Adv.  -ως,  Joseph. 
Hence 

Είκαιοσννη  ης,  ή,  thoughtless7iess, 
Timon  ap.  Diog.  L,  5, 11. 

399 


EIKO 

ΈΙκαιότης,  ητος,  ή,=(οτθξ.,  Philo- 
detn.  ap.  Vol.  Hercul.  2,  9. 

ΐ/ικάς,  ciJof,  fi,  (,εΐκοσί)  the  number 
twenty,  for  ηκοσάς. — II.  the  ttventieth 
dai/  (if  the  month,  sub.  ημέρα,  Hes.  Op. 
7ί»ϋ,  818:  also  pi.  είκύΑες,  Ατ.  Nub. 
17.  One  of  the  days  of  the  Eleiisi- 
nian  mysteries  was  also  so  called, 
Eur.  Ion  1076. 

iEiKdaai  1  aor.  inf.  act.  from  είκύ- 
ζω. 

Έίκάσδω,  Aeol.  and  Dor.  for  εΐκά- 
ζω,  Sapph.  34. 

Εικασία,  ας,  η,  (ηκύζω)  α  likeness, 
image,  representatwn,  Xen. — II.  α  com- 
parison, Plut.  :  a  conjecture,  a  guess- 
ing. Plat.  Rep.  534  A. 

ΕΙκασμα,  ατός,  τό,  {εικάζω)  a  like- 
ness, image,  Aesch.  Theb.  523. 

Έ,ίκασμός,  οϋ,  b,  a,  conjecturing, 
gucssi/ig.  Plut. 

Κίκαστής,  οϋ,  ό,  (εΙκάζω)  one  who 
conjectures,  a  gursser.  diviner,  τών  μελ- 
λόΐ'-ωΐ',  Thuc.  1,  138. 

Εικαστικός,  ή,  όν,  (είκύζω)  of,  be- 
longing,  suited  to  representing,  guessing 
OT  inltrpreling :  η  είκ-,  sub.  τέχνη,  the 
art  of  copying  or  portraying.  Plat. 
Soph.  235  D,  etc.  :  ru  εικ.,  sub.  έττ- 
φρήματα.  adverbs  of  doubting.  Adv. 
-κώς,  by  conjecture,  by  guessing. 

Είκαστός,  ή,  όν,  (εικάζω)  to  be  com- 
pared, like,  Soph.  Tr.  699  :  copied,  rep- 
resented. 

ΕΙκΰτι,  Dor.  for  είκοσι. 

Et  κε,  el  κεν,  and  ti..uv,  if  very 
freq.  m  Horn.,  and  Ep.,  the  same  as 
euv,  q.  v.,  usu.  c.  subj.,  but.  c.  opt. 
Od.  7,  315  :  Att.  c.  opt.,  never  c.  subj.. 
Plat.  Le.gg.  807  C,  Xen.  Ages.  1,1, 
of.  Matth.  Gr.  Gr.  '5.  525,  7,  a.  On  its 
difl'erence  from  at  κε  v.  Thiersch  Gr. 
Gr.  §  :j27,  of.  §  329,  330. 
iEcKeiv  plqpf.  act.  of  ίημι. 

Εϊκελόνειρος.  ov,  {είκελος,  δνειρος) 
dream-like,  Ar.  Αν.  687. 

Εικε?.ος.  η,  ov,  (εικός)  like,  after  the 
form  or  fashion  of,  τινί  Horn. :  also 
Ικε'λος. 

Είκε?^όφωνος,  ov,  (είκελος,  φωνή) 
of  like  voice,  Anth. 

Είκέναι,  Att.  inf  for  ίοικέναι. 

Εική,  Adv.  of  είκαΐος.  without  plan 
or  purpose,  heedlessly,  rashly,  at  ran- 
dom, at  a  venture,  Lat.  temere,  Hipp., 
Tragg.,  Plat.,  etc. — 2.  in  vain,  to  no 
purpose,  N.  T.  Kom.  13,  4. 

Είκη.3ο/.έω.ύ  (εική,  ι^ο/.ή,3άλ?Μ)  to 
aim  or  act  at  random,  at  a  venture,  Ar. 
Fr.  519. 

Εικονίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (είκών)  to  mould, 
fashion,  Plut. :  to  copy. 

Εικονικός,  ή,  όν,  (εΐκών)  represent- 
ing a  figure,  copied  from  it,  άγαλμα  τί- 
νος, a"  portrait  statue,  Callix.  ap.  Ath. 
205  F. — II.  counterfeited,  forged,  pre- 
tended, Anth.     Adv.  -κώς. 

Είκόνιον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  εΙκών, 
a  little  image  01  figure,  Polem.  an.  Ath. 
574  C. 

Εικόνισμα,  ατός,  τό,  (εικονίζω)  a 
copy,  image,  Anth. 

Εικονισμός,  ov,  6,  (εικονίζω)  a  de- 
lineation, esp.  by  words,  Lat.  effictio, 
Plut. 

Εϊκονογρΰφέω,  ω,  to  delineate,  de- 
scribe, Philo  ;  and 

ΐΰκονογμΰόία,  ας,  ή,  a  sketch,  de- 
scription, Strab. :  from 

Εικονογράφος,  ov,  (εΐκών,  γράφω) 
painting  figures  ;  as  subst.,  a  painter, 
Arist.  Poet,  [a] 

Εικονολογία,  ας,  ή,  (εΐκών,  7ίόγσς) 
figurative  speaking.  Plat.  Phaedr.  267 

ΕΙκονομϋ,χία,  ας,  ή,  a  war  against 
idols  or  images,  Eccl.  :  from 

Είκονομάχος,  ov,  (εΐκών,  μάχομαι) 
400 


EIKO 

warring  against  images,  assaulting  im- 
ages, Eccl.  [(ϊ] 

ΕίκονοτΓοιός,  όν,  (έΐκών,  ττοιέω) 
making  figures  or  images ;  as  Subst., 
Arist.  Poet. 

Εικός,  Ion.  οΐκός,  ότος.  τό,  that 
which  is  like,  esp.  like  truth,  likely,  prob- 
able, reasonable,  a  likelihood.  Eur.,  etc.  ; 
in  Hdt.  usu.  τα  οίκότα,  likelihoods,  1, 
155,  etc.,  TO  ovK  εικός,  Thuc.  2.  89: 
KOTu  To  εικός,  in  all  likelihood,  Thuc. 

1.  121  ;  also  τω  εΐκότι,  Thuc.  6,  18  : 
TcavTi  τώ  οίκότι,  Hdt.  3,  103  :  εικός, 
sub.  εστί,  it  is  likely,  c.  inf.,  Eur., 
Thuc,  etc. — 2.  εικότα,  propositions 
generally  true,  likelihoods,  Arist.  Org. 
— -11.  reasonable,  fair,  equitable,  ThUC. 

2,  74.  etc.  ;  παρά  τό  εικός,  unreasona- 
bly. Id.  2,  02:  cf.  επιεικής.  Neut. 
part,  from  είκα,  ίοικα.  Compar.  είκό- 
τερον. 

Είκοσάβοιος,  ov,  poet.  ίεικ.  (είκο- 
σι, βονς)  worth  twenty  oxen,  Od. 

Είκοσάεόρος,  ov,  (είκοσι,  Ιύρα)  of 
twenty  sides  Or  surfaces,  Plut. 

Εικοσαετής,  ές,  (είκοσι,  ίτος)  of 
twenty  years.  Hdt.  1,  136.     Hence 

Εικοσαετία,  ας,  ή,  a  period  of  twen- 
ty years,  Phil. 

Εΐκοσαετίς,  ίδος,  ή,  pecul.  fern,  of 
εικοσαετής,  a  u'oman  twenty  years  old. 
Plat.  Rep.  360  E. 

Είκοσάκις,  poet.  έεικ.  {είκοσι)  twen- 
ty times,  II. 

Εΐκοσάκλϊνος,  ον,=εΐκοσίκλινος. 

Είκοσάκωλος,  ov,  (είκοσι,  κώλον) 
of  twenty  clauses. 

Είκοσάκωπος,  ov,  (είκοσι,  κώπη) 
with  twentt/  oars. 

Εΐκοσάμηνος,  ox>,  (είκοσι,  μην)  of 
twenty  months.  Or  so  old,  Anth. 

ΥΑκοσάπηχυς,  υ.=^εΙκοσίπ.,  κίονες. 
Chares  ap.  Ath.  538  D. 

ΕΙκοσαπ?  (ίσιος.  a.  ov,  and 

Είκοσαπ?Μσίων,  ov,  Plut.  (είκοσι) 
twenty  fold. 

Είκοσάς,  άδος,ή,=  εΐκάς,ΥΆΤβ{οπη, 
Sext.  Emp. 

Εΐκοσαστάδιος,  ov,  (είκοσι,  στάδι- 
ο^') nf  twenty  stadia,  Strab. 

\Είκόσατος,  ov,  ύ,  the  twentieth, 
Tzetz. 

Εΐκοσύφνλλος,  ov,  (είκοσι, φνλ?Μν) 
with  twenty  leaves,  ^όδον,  Theophr. 

\Είκοσετηρίς,  ίδος,  ή,  (είκοσι,  ίτος) 
α  period  of  twenty  years,  Dio  C. 

ΕΙκοσέτης,  ό,  fem.  -έτις,  ιδος,  ?;,= 
εικοσαετής,  Anth. 

Είκοσήρης,  ες,  (είκοσι,  άρω)  with 
twenty  banks  of  oars,  Ath.,  like  τριήρης. 

ΕΓΚ()ΣΙ,  poet,  έείκοσι,  ami  het'ore 
a  vowel  ίείκοσιν,  οι,  ai,  τά,  indecl. 
twenty,  Horn. :  Dor.  είκατι,  Sanscr. 
vinrati,  Lat.  viginti. 

ΕΛκοσίβοιος,  ον,=^εΐκοσάβοιος. 

Είκοσιδύω,  or  -δύο,  (είκοσι,  δύω) 
two  and  twenty. 

Είκοσίεδρος,  ον,=  είκοσύεδρος ;  εί- 
κοσιεννέα,  nine  and  twenty,  Ath.  ;  εί- 
κοσιέξ,  six  and  twenty  ;  and  είκοσιέπ- 
τα,  seven  and  twenty,  Hipp.,  are  all 
suspected  by  Dind.,  who  prefers  εΐκο- 
σινεννέα,  etc. 

Είκοσιετής^ές,  fem.  -ετίς,  ίδος,  ή, 
=  είκοσαετή§Λ)ίο  C. 

Εΐκοσικαιτετρατος,  η.  ον,  (είκοσι, 
και,  τέτρατος)  the  twenty  fourth,  Anth. 

Είκοσίκλϊνος,  ov,  (είκοσι,  κλίνη) 
with  twenty  coucltes  or  seats  at  table. 
Died. 

Είκόσιμνος,  ov,  (είκοσι,  μνΰ)  (or 
rather  -μνέως.  Lob.  Phryn.  554)  of 
twenty  minae,  Lys.  ap.  Poll.  9,  57. 

Είκοσι νήριτος,  ov,  only  II.  22,  349, 
είκ.  urroivn,  a  twenty  fold  ransom. 
(From  thioai  and  νήριτος.  νήριστης. 
twenty  fold  without  dispute ;  Others  from 
είκοσι  έρίζοντα,  i.  e.  έξισονμενα.) 


ΕΙΚΩ 

^ΕΙκόσιοι,  ol,  late  form  for  είκοβι, 
Anth.  append.  262. 

Εικοσιοκτώ,  (είκοσι,  ύκτώ)  tweiUy• 
I  eight,  Diod. 

Εΐκοσιπενταετίς,  ίδος,  ή,  (είκοσι- 
I  πέντε,  έτος)  five  and  twenty  years  old, 
Anth. 

Εικοσιπέντε,  (είκοσι,  πέντε)  twen- 
ty-five, ap.  Dem.  926,  4. 

Εΐκοσίπηχνς,  ν,  {είκοσι,  ττήχνς)  of 
twenty  cubits,  Hdt.  3,  CO. 

Είκοσιτέσσαρες,  neut.  a,  (είκοσι, 
τέσσαρες)  twenty  four,  Diod. 

^Είκοσιτρεϊς.  neut.  -τρία,  (είκοσι, 
τρεις)  twenty-three,  Alh.  585  Β. 

Είκοσόργνιος,  ov,  {είκοσι,  όργνιά) 
of  twenty  fathoms,  Xen.  Cyii.  2,  5. 

Είκόσορος,  ov,  poet,  έεικ.,  with 
ttventy  oars,  Od.  9,  322,  cf.  πεντηκόν- 
τορος. 

Είκοσταΐος,  αία,  αΐον,  (εικοστός) 
on  the  twentieth  day,  Hipp. 

Εικοστή,  ής,  ή,  v.  sub   εικοστός  IL 

i Εΐκοστοέβδομος,  ov,  (εικοστός,  13- 
δoμoς)thetwenty■seventh,P[^lt.2,\02^E. 

Είκοστολόγος.  ό. ή,  (εικοστή,  /.έγω) 
one  who  collects  the  twentieth,  a  tax  or 
toll  collector,  Ar.  Ran.  303. 

Εικοστός,  ή.  όν,  poet,  έεικοστός, 
the  twentieth,  Hom. — II.  ή  εικοστή,  a 
tax  ol  a  twentieth,  Lat.  vicesima,  esp. 
one  levied  by  the  Athenians  on  the 
imports  and  exports  uf  the  subject 
allies  in  lieu  of  tribute,  είκ.  τών  γιγ- 
νομένων,  τών  κατά  θάλασσαν,  Thuc. 
6,  54 ;  7,  28,  ν.  Bockh  Ρ.  Ε.  2,  38, 
sq.    ^ 

^Εικοστοτέταρτος,  η,  ον,  (εικοστός, 
τέταρτος)  the  twenty-fourth,  Plut. 

Είκοστώνης,  ου,  ό,  (εικοστή,  ώνέο- 
μαι)  α  farmer  if  the  εικοστή  ,  like  et- 
κοστολόγος,  Arr. 

Έ,ΐκοτολογέω,  ώ,  (εικός,  λέγω)  to 
infer  from  probabilities,  guess,  Strab. 
Hence 

Εικοτολογία,  ας,  ή,  a  probability ,  or 
an  inference  from  one,  Archyt.  ap.  Stob. 
Eel.  1,  724. 

Είκότως,  Att.  adv.  part,  perf  from 
ίοικα,  είκα,  in  all  likelihood,  probably, 
as  may  be  expected,  naturally  :  fairly, 
reasonablii,  Aesch.  Supp.  403,  and 
freq.  in  Thuc.  :  εΐκότως  έχει,  'tis  rea- 
sonable, Eur.  I.  T.  911,  ct.  Or.  737: 
oft.  followed  by  γύρ.  Wolf.  Dem. 
Lept.  p.  252. 

Είκτέον,  verb.  adv.  from  εϊκω,  one 
must  yield,  Philo. 
ΥΕίκτην,  v.  sq. 

ΎΛκτον,  3  dual  perf.,  έΐκτην,  3  dual 
plqpf.,  έϊκτο,  3  smg.  plqpf  c.  pass, 
signf  from  *είκω,  έοικα,  Hom. 

ΕΛκτικός.  ή,  όν,  (εΙκω)  readily  yield- 
ing, pliable,  Thomist. 

*ΕΓΚΩ,  a  pres.  which  appears  in 
3  imperf  είκε,  it  appeared,  seemed  good. 
only  in  11.  18,  520  :  for  its  deriv.  ten- 
ses v.  sub  έοικα. 

ΕΓΚΩ,  f.  -ξω,  to  yield,  give  way, 
draw  hack,  retire,  Hom.,  more  strong- 
ly όττί'σσω  £i/ct7i',  II.  5,  600:  c.  dat. 
pers.  et  gen.  lori,  μ7]δ'  είκετε  χι'φ- 
μης  Άργείοις,  shrink  not  frorn  the 
fight  for  them,  II.  4,  509,  cf.  5,  34Θ ; 
εΙκε  προθνρον,  retire  from  the  door, 
Od.  18,  10,  so  είκ.  τινΙ  τήι•  όδον,  Hdt. 
2,  80 :  c.  dat.  pers.  et  inf  ,Od.  5,  332  : 
also  absol.,  esp.  of  retreating,  making 
way,  rising  from  one's  .teat  out  of  re- 
spect. II.  24,  100,  Od.  2,  14 :  later 
also  with  έκ  :  hence  metaph.  c.  gen., 
είκειν  θνμον,  to  uithdraw from  passion, 
give  it  up,  Soph.  Ant.  714,  although 
Herm.  reads  βνμώ,  with  Aid.,  in  next 
signf. — 11.  to  sidnnit  to,  obey,  follow, 
very  freq.  in  Hom.  c.  dat.,e.  g.  θνμώ, 
οκνφ,  άφραδίαις,  αιδοΐ  εί κειν,  to  give 
xeay  to,  yield  to  passion,  folly,  sloth, 


ΕΙΛΕ 

sense  of  shame,  and  freq.  in  Trag. : 
hence  also  of  any  impulse,  ώ  θνμύ 
€Ϊξας,  foUouing  his  oivn  bent,  11.  9,  593  : 
so  -^  ή/Λκι^  ύκ.  Hdt.  7,  18  :  also  /Ji?? 
και  κάρ~ΐΐ  άκειν.  to  give  one^s  self  tip 
to  one's  might  and  strength,  trust 
therein,  Od.  13,  143,  πενίτ)  ύκων,  bi- 
assed, impelled  by  poverty,  Od.  14, 
157.  As  this  implies  a  state  of  sub- 
jection, hence — III.  to  be  under,  be 
weaker  or  inferior,  rivi  τι,  to  another 
in  a  lhing,'ll.  22,  459,  Od.  11,  515: 
also  c.  dat.  rei,  είκειν  πόόεσσι,  to  be 
less  swift  oi  ioot,  Od.  14,  221  :  hence 
in  genl.  to  be  conquered,  excelled  by, 
TlvL — IV•  transit,  to  yield  up,  abandon, 
'esign,  Tivi  τι,  II.  23,  337 :  in  genl.  to 
give, grant,  allow,  Lat.  concedere,  τνλοϋν 
Tivi,  Soph.  Phil.  465  ;  so  too  Id.  O. 
C.  172,  Plat.  Legg.  781  A.  (ΚΙκω 
oft.  has  the  digainma  in  Horn.,  so 
that  It  is  well  compared  to  Germ. 
weichen,  Anglo-Sax.  vican,  and  prub.  to 
our  weak.) 

ΈΙκών,  ή,  gen.  όνος,  ace.  ova,  etc.  ; 
also  poet,  and  Ion.  gen.  ε'ικονς,  ace. 
είκώ,  ace.  pi.  είκονς,  but  with  no  nom. 
είκώ  in  use,  Valck.  Phoen.  457,  (έοί- 
κά)  a  figure,  image,  likene.^s,  of  a  pic- 
ture of  statitf,  Hdt.  2,  130,  143,  etc. : 
of  needlework,  Eur.  I.  T.  223.— II. 
anything  like,  a  similitude,  semblance, 
phantom,  Eur.  H.  F.  100^. — 2.  a  simtle, 
Ar.  Nub.  55S,  and  Plat.,  cf  Arist. 
Rhet.  3,  4. — III.  εικόνα,  as  adv.  ajtf-r 
the  manner  of,  like,  Lat.  instar,  δίσμω- 
τηρίου  εικόνα,  Plat.  Crat.  400  C. 

Είκώς,  part,  of  έοικα,  q.  v. 
iEl/.a,  είλάμην,  late  1  aor.  act.  and 
mid.  of  αίρέω  formed  from  2  aor.,  v. 
Buttm.  Catal.  p.  9. 

Είλαόόν,  adv.  {εΙλη)=ίληδόν,  Hdt. 

I,  172. 

f  Εί'λαίΟζ•,  ov,  also  wr.  '1?ΜΪος,  name 
of  a  month  among  the  Delphians, 
Inscr. 

Έίλΰπΐνάζω,  f.  -άαω.  (είλαττίνη)  to 
feast,  revel,  esp.  in  a  large  company,  to 
be  a  guest,  Od.  2,  57  ;  17,  536,  and 
Pind.     Hence 

Κιλΰπΐναστής,  οΰ,  6,afeaster,guest, 
boon-companion,  II.  17,  577. 

Είλ&~ίνη,  ης,  ή,  a  feast,  given  by  a 
single  host,  Ηοτη..  who  distinguishes 
it  from  γάμος  and  έρανος,  hut  com- 
prehends all  three  in  δαίς,  Od.  1,  226. 
(Usu.  deriv.  from  ττίνείν  κατ'  εΐ'λας  : 
ace.  to  others  from  λάπτω.)  [i] 

ΕΙλαρ,  αρος,  τό,  (εί/ω)  orig.  a  cov- 
ering, wrapping  round  :  hence  a  protec- 
tion, defence,  νηών  τε  και  αυτών,  a 
shelter/or  ship  and  crew.  II.  7,  338, 
etc.  :  also  a  fence,  defence  against  a 
thing,  κύματος,  Od.  5,257,  cf  Buttm. 
Lexil.  V.  είλείν  9. 

Ε'ιλαρχέω,  ώ,  to  command  a  squad- 
ron of  horse,  Theb.  word  in  Inscr.,  v. 
Miiller  Orchom.  470,  sq.  :  from 

ΈΊ?.('φχης,  ov,  6,   {ε'ιλη,   άρχω)   a 
leader,  commander  of  a  troop  or  squad- 
ron of  horse,  esp.  at  Thebes ;  cf  Ι'λ. 
^Έ.[7.ατίδης,=  'Έ.λατιδης.  Pind. 

ΈΟ.άτινος,  7j,  oi',poet.  ίοτ'ε^Λτινος, 
of  fir  or  pine,  Hom. 

ΥΛλεγμαι  for  /.έλεγμαι,  perf  pass, 
from  7^έγω. 

Έ,ΙΆείηνια.  ας.  ή,  Ilithyia,  the  god- 
dess of  child-birth,  who  comes  to  aid 
those  who  are  bringing  forth:  Hom. 
mentions  more  than  one,  and  calls 
them  daughters  of  Hera  (Juno)  in  II. 

II,  270  ;  19, 1 19  :  Hes.  Th.  922  speaks 
of  one,  daughter  of  Zeus  (Jupiter) 
and  Hera  (Juno) ;  in  Pind.  also  'Έλεί- 
θυια  and  'Ε?.ετ'θώ.  in  Anth.  Είληβιηα, 
Argiv.  Εί'λίοτ'ί'α  ,=the  Roman  Luci- 
na  ;  later  made  identical  with  Diana, 
V.   Bottigers    Ilithyia,   Weim.    1799. 

26 


EIAI 
(A  quasi-participial  form,  cf.  άγνια, 
άρπυια,   from  έλεύσεσθαι,  έ?^ηλνθέ- 
vai.)     Hence 

'^Είλειθνίας  πόλις,  ή,  Ilithyiopolis, 
a  cityof  Aegypt,  Diod.  S.,  Strab. 

Εί'λεί^νιοΓ,  ov,  TO,  (Ε'ιλείθνια)  a 
temple  of  Ilithyia. 

Ε'ύιεός,  ov,  b,  (etXew)  a  grievous  dis- 
ease of  the  intestines,  Lat.  ileus  volvulus, 
Hipp.,  and  Aretae. — II.  a  lurking- 
place,  den  of  animals,  v.  ε/λΐ'όζ• . — III. 
a  table  or  block  used  in  slaughtering,  a 
dresser,  v.  έ7.εός. 
ΙΕίλέσιον,  ov,  τό,  Ilesium,  a  city  of 
Boeotia,  II.  2,  499. 

ΕΙλέω,  Att.  εί?.έω,  lengthd.  form 
from  εϊλω,  q.  v. 

Ei7J(j,  (ε'ί/.η)  to  sun. 

Εί'λεύδης,  ες,  {εΊΆεός,  είδος)  ill  of 
the  ειλεός,  Aretae. 

Ε'ιλη,  ης,  ή,^=1λη. 

EtZ?;,  ης,  ή,  the  snn^s  warmth,  Ar. 
Vesp.  772 ;  warmth  in  genl. ;  v.  ελη, 
αλέα. 

Είληδόν  and  είληδά,  adv.  (εΙλη)= 
ί?^ηδόν. — II.  (εί'λεω)  by  rolling  along, 
Anth. 

Είλτιθεοέω,  ΰ,=εΙλέω,  to  sun,  bask  in 
the  sun,  Hipp.  :  from 

Εί?.ηθερής,  ές,  (εϊ?.η,  θέρω)  warmed 
by  the  sun,  warm,  Hipp. 

Είληλονθα  and  ε'ύ.ηλ.ονβειν,  Hom. 
Ep.  perf  and  plqpf  for  ε/^ήλνθα,  έλη- 
?.νθειν,  of  έρχομαι :  hence  ε'ύ.ήλ.ουβ- 
μεν,  1  plur.  perf  Ep.  for  έλ.ηλ.νθαμεν, 
Hom. 

ΕΙλημα,  ατός,  τό,  {εΐλέω)  a  veil, 
covering,  wrapper,  Lat.  involucrum,  ap. 
Stob.  p.  197,  55.  Ι1.=  είλεός  I,  Hipp. 
— in.  late,  a  vault.     Hence 

Ε'ύ.ηματικός,  η,  όν,  vaulted, groined, 
arched. 

ΕΙλ.ημμαι,  for  λέλημμαι,  perf.  pass. 
of  λα/ί,ίάί'ω. 

Ειλησις,  εως,  ή,  Att.  εΐλ.,  (είλέω)  α 
winding,  rolling,  whirling :  a  vihirl- 
wind. 

ΕΊ?-ησις,  εος.  ή  (ε/λεω)  a  warming, 
sunning,  Lat.  apricalio :  in  genl.  warmth, 
heat.  Plat.  Rep.  380  E. 

Εί/.ητικός,ή,  όν,  Att.  εΐλ,  rollingone's 
self  or  others,  ζώα,  uriggling  aTiimals, 
Arist.  H.  A. :  from 

Εί?.ητός,  ή,  όν,  Att.  ε/λ,.  (εΖ/ίεω) 
wound,  twisted,  twined. — II.  vaulted, 
arched  ;  late. 

Ε17ηφα,  for  λέλ.ηφα,  perf.  act.  of 
7Μμβάνω. 

ΕΆηχα,  for  λίΤ,ηχα,  perf.  act.  of 
λαγνάνω. 

Είλί}7ίάω  and  εΐλιγγος,  6,  later 
forms  of  Ίλιγγ. 

ΕΓ/αγμα,  ατός,  τό,  -μός,  ov,  6,  adj. 
-ματώδης,  ες,  etc.,  poet,  and  Ion.  for 
έλιγ. 
^ΕΏ.ιγμαι,  perf  pass,  from  ελίσσω. 

Ε'Λικόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  and  ε'ύ.ικοει- 
δής,  ες.^/Λκ. 

ΕΊ7.ικόμορφος,  ον,  {ε7.ιξ,  μορφή) 
twisted,  spiral,  Ορρ. 

Εί7^κρίνεια,  ας.  η,  clearness,  pure- 
ness,  genuineness,  Theophr.  ;  and 

Εΐλΐκρινέω,  ώ.  to  purify,  cleanse, 
Arist.  Mund.,  in  Pass. — II.  to  separate, 
distinguish,  Buther.  ap.  Stob.  Eel.  1, 
16 :  from 

Ειλικρινής,  ές,  {ει7.η,  κρίνω)  exam- 
ined by  the  sun's  light,  tested,  found 
genuine  :  hence — 1.  unmixed,  Plat. 
Symp.  211  Ε  ;  distinct,  separate,  ψν?Μ 
Xen.  Cyr.  8,  5,  14. — 2.  pure,  clear,  un- 
cornipted,  Hipp.,  Plat.  etc. — 3.  perfect, 
entire.  Plat.  Ax.  370  C. — 4.  distinct, 
palpable,  sheer,  αδικία,  Xen.  Mem.  2, 
2,  3.  Adv.  -νώς,  of  itself,  absolutely. 
Plat.  Rep.  477  A.  The  form  εί7..ι- 
κριντ/ς.  εΐλΐκρινέω,  etc.,  is  more  rare, 
though  etymology  is  for  it,  and  the 


EUT 

best  MSS.  of  Plato  usu.  have  it.  [cf. 
εΰκρΐντίς.} 

Ε'ιλικτός,  ή,  όν,  (εΊ7ύσσω)=έλικ• 
τός,  poet,  and  Ion. 

Ει7ανδέομ.αι,=.ά7.ινδέομαι,  Buttm. 
Lexil.  V.  κνλίνδειν. 

Ε17.ιξ,  ικος,  ή,  poet,  for  ελαξ. 

ΕΙλιονία,  ας,  ή,  Arg.  for  Εϊλείθυια. 

Είλιπόδης,  ον,  ό,  later  form  for  sq. 

ΕίλίτΓονς,  ό,  ή,  πουν,  τό,  gen.  ττοδος, 
{ει7.ω,  πονς)  trailing-footed,  esp.  trail- 
ing the  hinder  feet  heavily  along  in  walk- 
ing, in  Hom.  (only  in  dat.  and  ace. 
plur.)  always  epith.  of  oxen,  which 
trail  along  and  plait  their  hind-legs 
as  they  go,  v.  Hipp.  785  C :  absol.  of 
oxen,  kine,  Theocr.  25,  131 ;  Eupol., 
Col.  5,  also  uses  it  of  women. 

Είλ.ισκότωσις,  εως,  ή,  {ει7.η,  σκο• 
τόω)  α  blind-dizziness,  Lat.  vertigo, 
elsewh.  σκοτοδινία. 

tEi'/iiffadf,  ov.  ό,  Ilissus,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  Qu.  Sm.  1,  228. 

Είλύσσω,  poet,  and  Ion.  for  ελίσσω, 
II.  12,  49. 

Εί7ατενής,  ές,  epith.  of  the  plant 
ύγρωστις,  Theocr.  13,  42,  ace.  to 
some  from  έλος  and  τείνω,  stretching 
or  spreading  through  marshes  ;  others 
from  είλω  and  τείνω,  spreading  by 
twists  and  tendrils,  like  ivy  ;  the  first 
more  prob.  as  ύγρωστις  is  a  kind  of 
couch-grass. 

Είλίχατο,  Ion.  3  pi.  plqpf  pass, 
from  ελίσσω,  for  ε'ιλιγμένοι  ήσαν. 

\Εί7.κνσα.  1  aor.  act.  of  ε?>.κω  from 
a  theme  *  ελκύω. 

^Είλκνσθην,  1  aor.  pass,  and  εΐλ- 
κνσμαι,  perf  pass,  of  έλκω,  v.  foreg. 

Είλλω,  εί7.λύς,  ή,=1λλω,  ίλλύς, 
dub. 

^Ει7.ξα,  less  usu.  1  aor.  act.  from 
έλκω  than  εϊ7.κνσα. 

ΕΪΛον  and  ε17.όμην,  aor.  2  act.  and 
mid.  of  α'ιρέω,  Hom. 

ΕΙλόπεδον,  ov,  τό,  rarer  form  for 
θεύ.όπεδον. 

Ε'ιλοχα,  Att.  perf.  from  λέ^ω. 

Ει7Λ'βμός,  ov,  6,  (είλνω)  a  lurking- 
place,  den,  Nic. 

Εΐ7.νμα,  ατός,  τό,  {εϋ.νω)  a  cover, 
wrapper,  dress,   clothing,    Od.   6,  179, 
and  Ap.  Rh. 
^ΕΙλνμαι,  perf  pass,  from  είλνω. 

Είλϋός,  ov,  ό,=  εΐλνθμός,  a  lurking• 
place,  den,  Xen.  Cyn.  5,  16. 

Εί'λΰζ•,  νος,  ή,=  ί7.ύς,  mire,  a  morass, 
[v  Valck.  Ad.  p.  248.] 

^Εί7Λ'σθείς,  1  aor.  pass.  part,  from 
εΐ7.ύω. 

Είλΐ'σΐζ•,  εως,  η,  Att.  εΐλ.,  (είλνω) 
=  ει7,ησίς  :  also  α  creeping. 

Ε17ινσπύομαι,:=Ίλνσπ.,  for  which 
it  is  almost  always  a  v.  I.,  to  wriggle 
along,  crawl  like  a  worm.     Hence 

Εί7.ύσπωμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  worm-like, 
wriggling  motion. 

£/λύσσω,=  είλυω. 

Είλΐ'ψάζω,  =  εΐ7.νω,  to  roll  along, 
wind,  whirl,  Π.  20,  492.— II.  intr.  to 
roll  one^s  self  forth  Or  along,  to  whirl 
about,  of  blazing  torch-light,  Hes.  So. 
275. 

ΕΙλνφάω,  <5,=foreg.,  E.  11,  156. 

ΕΓΛΤ'Ω,  Att.  είλνω,  ί.  -ύσω  :  perf. 
pass,  είλνμαι :  aor.  pass.  part,  είλνσ- 
θείς.  To  wind  or  wrap  a  person  or 
thing  round,  enfold,  enwrap,  cover.  \evf 
rare  in  act.,  as  only  once  in  Hom., 
viz.  II.  21,  319,  κάδδε  μιν  αντον  εί• 
λύσω  ιΐιαμύθοισι  (and  this  might  be 
referred  to  κατειλνω).  Pass,  to  wrap 
one's  self  round  Or  about,  be  concealed 
or  covered.  Hom.  esp.  in  part,  perf  ει- 
7ινμένος  as  ε/λ.  ψαμύθω,  buried ;  also 
ε/λ.  σάκεσι,  χα7^κώ,  covered  with 
shields,  brass;  εί7..  ννκτί,  νεφέ77ΐ, 
veiled,  shrouded  in  night,  cloud  ;  also 
401 


ΕΙΛΩ 

αίματι  καΐ  κονίαις  εΏλ'το,  Π.  16-,  640, 
cf.  Od.  5,  403. — II.  also  pass,  to  wind, 
wriggle,  creep  or  crawl  along.  Soph. 
Phil.  289,  701,  Metagen.  Thur.  1,  4. 
(Akin  to  ίίλω,  είλέω,  etc. :  Buttm. 
Lexil.  in  voc,  assumes  that  ιΐλΰω 
had  orig.  only  the  signf.  of  wrapping, 
enfolding,  έλΰω,  that  of  twisting  to- 
gether or  winding,  which  agrees  with 
Homer's  use :  but  later  they  were 
confused  :  v.  είλω,  fin.)  [ϋ  in  Hom., 
except  in  3  pi.  perf.  pass.  fi/.va-aL : 
in  pres.,  which  is  not  found  in  Horn., 
v',  ϋ  in  Soph. :  ν  in  Melag.  1.  c,  cf. 
Jac.  A.  P.  p.  588.] 

ΕΓΑΩ,  also  εΙλ?Μ,  and  sometimes 
ίλλω  (q.  v.).  more  freq.  εΙλέω,  Att. 
εΖλεω.  esp.  in  act.,  and  in  Theocr.  ; 
fut.  εΙΆήσω :  aor.  1,  3  plur.  ίλσαν, 
inf.  ελσαι,  Ep.  έέ/,σαι,  part  ε'λσας, 
Hom. :  perf.  pass.  εΐϊ7μαί,  II.  :  aor. 
pass.  iuAijp,  11.,  inf  u/S/vai,  ά'λί/με- 
vac,  II.,  part.  ά?.είς,  ιίσα,  έν,  Hom.  ; 
in  prose,  also  aor.  1  είλήθην,  but 
prob.  only  in  compos.,  cf.  κατειλέω  : 
plqpf.  3  smg.  έολητο.  Αρ.  Rh. :  an 
aor.  1  mid.  ήλσύαηΐ',  and  a  still  more 
strange  aor.  2  ήλαύμην,  are  quoted 
only  from  Simon,  and  Ibyc,  v.  sub 
voce. 

Radic.  signf.  of  act.  to  roll  or  twist 
tight  up,  hence  to  press  hard  or  close, 
e.  g.  of  a  warrior  who  presses  the 
enemy  close,  II.  8,  215  ;  ?.abi'  κατά 
τείχεα  ίλσαι,  to  force  the  host  back  to 
the  walls,  II.  21, 295,  cf.  225  ;  so  κατά 
■πρνμνας  or  επΙ  πμύμντισιν,  II.  1,  409, 
etc. :  to  force  together  :  hence  to  coop, 
block  up,  shut  up  in  a  thing,  crowd  to- 
gether, ivl  σττήϊ,  εν  στείνει,  Od.  12, 
210  ;  22,  460  ;  c.  dat.  only,  II.  18.  294: 
metaph.  of  a  storm,  which  drives  a 
ship  along  or  about,  II.  2,  294,  Oil.  19, 
200  :  vi/a  κεραυνώ  ελσας,  striking  the 
ship  with  a  thunderbolt,  Od.  5,  132 ; 
7,  250.  Ill  act.  Horn,  has  only  εί'λέω, 
never  είλω. — II.  pa.?s.  and  mid.  to 
crowd,  be  rolled  all  up  together,  to  throng 
together,  11.  5,  782  :  to  be  shut,  cooped 
up  or  !)!,  of  the  besieged,  II.  5,  203, 
έτϊΐ  νηνσί,  II.  12,  38,  ες  ττοταμ'υν  εί- 
λεϋρτο,  they  were  pushed  into  the 
river,  11.  21,  8  :  metajih.,  Αιός  βον 
λ^σιν  εε'λμένος,  sirailrned,  held  in 
check  by  the  counsels  of  Jupiter,  II.  13, 
524  :  to  throng  together,  assemble,  croii:d 
thickly  together,  ΰμφΐ  Αιημί/όεα  (ί'λό- 
μενοι,  II.  5,  782  :  this  signf.  is  very 
freq.  in  Horn,  in  aor.  pass.  ta},,ijv, 
esp.  of  a  routed  army  ;  which  how- 
ever does  not  justify  us  in  inferring 
a  signf  to  retreat,  recoil,  as  some  have 
done  in  II.  5.  823,  etc. :  u/.h>  vdup, 
water  collected,  ponded,  II.  23,  420 : 
also  to  draw  one's  self  together,  crouch, 
coicer,  vTf  ΰσττίδι,'\\.  13,  508;  20, 
278  ;  also  Άγί/.?/α  αλείς  μένεν,  col- 
lecting himself  he  waited  the  attack 
of  Achilles,  11.  21,  571  ;  so  of  a  lion 
which  gathers  itself  for  a  bound,  II. 
20,  168,  cf  22.  308 ;  so  too  οΐμησεν 
ά7.είς,  collecting  all  his  powers,  he 
rushed,  Od.  24,  538  :  to  wind  or  curl 
around,  'έ'Αιξ  έλεϊται,  Theocr.  1,  31  : 
περί  (V  αντον  είλ.  φΖ-όξ,  Mosch.  4, 
104. — III.  post-Horn.,  to  go  to  and  fro, 
go  about,  Lat.  versari,  iv  πησί  εΙ'/(7.σ- 
θαι,  to  be  common  or  familiar,  Hdt.  2, 
76 :  to  be  driven  up  and  down,  ρΰλλα 
νπο  άνέμον  «λ.,  Geop. 

Β.  a  signf  commonly  attributed  to 
the  verb  is  to  turn,  whirl  round,  revolve, 
like  εί'λίσσίύ,  and  so  is  commonly  in- 
terpreted ί?.'λομένωΐ'  (or  είλλοαένωΐ') 
upurpuv  έτος  εις  ετης.  Soph.  Ant. 
340;  though  the  simple  signf.  of  ver- 
sari will  suit  here  very  well  (there  is 
also  a  V.  1.  τταλ'λομένων) :  so  loo  is 
402 


EI 

interpreted  yi/  εΟ.λομένη  (or  ΐλλο- 
μένη)  the  earth  turning  on  its  axis, 
Plat.  Tun.  40  B,  cf.  Arist.  Coel.  2, 
13 :  and  oi  αατέρες  εν  τω  ονμανώ 
είλ.,  the  stars  revolve,  Luc.  Buttm. 
indeed  maintains  ε/λευ,  etc.  to  be  ut- 
terly distinct  from  είλίσσω,  etc. ;  but 
if  we  consider  that  εΐλέυ,  etc.,  εί- 
λίσσω, and  είλνω,  are  all  digammated 
in  Horn.,  and  then  compare  Lat.  volvo. 
Germ,  wdlzen,  we  can  hardly  doubt 
that  they  belong  to  one  root,  v.  Phi- 
lol.  Museum,  1,  405,  sqq.  (Akin  prob. 
also  to  Ιλ^Μς,  ΐλλαίνω ;  Ιλιγγος,  Ιλ- 
ίγγιάω  :  έ'λλάς,  ίλλεδανός  :  also  ον 


ΕΙΜΙ 
so  far...,  save  only...,  Hdt.  1,  45  ;  SO  el 
μη  μοννον,  Hdt,  1,  200:  also  εΐ  μη 
όσον  μοννον,  Hdt.  2,  20,  strengthd. 
ει  μη  άρα,  11.  5,  080,  εϊ  ιυ'/  πέμ  γε,  un- 
less perhaps,  Att.  ;  τί  ό'  άλλο  y'  el 
μη....  Ar.  Eq.  615:  Alt.  also  (req.  εΐ 
όέ  μη,  but  if  not  so,  but  if  othenviie, 
absol.,  in  opp.  to  an  affirmative  clause, 
Herm.  Vig.  n.  308,  for  which  Soph. 
Ant.  722,  has  ει  (5'  ovv.  But  ει  όέ 
μη  is  not  rarely  used  loosely  in  opp. 
even  to  a  preceding  negative  clause, 
and  conseq.  in  affirmative  si^nf.,  Hdt. 
6,  50,  Heind.  Plat.  Hipp.  285  E.  Ei 
(5έ  is  more  rare  alter  ει  μεν  for  ε'ι  δέ 


λος,  Ιονλος,  ονλαμός ;  and  perh.  to    «;;,  Wolf  Plat.   Symp.  29,  8  ;  ^a  τώ 


εΐλη  or  Γλη) 

Eίλωf,  ωτος,  ύ,  and  Έ'ΰ.ώτης,  ου, 
ό,  fem.  ίς,  ίδος,  α  Helot,  bondsman, 
serf,  of  the  Spartans,  Hdt.,  etc.,  usu. 
employed  in  agriculture  and  other 
unwarlike  labours,  but  sometimes 
enrolled  as  soldiers,  v.  Thuc.  4,  80, 
etc.,  and  not  without  the  capacity 
of  attaining  civil  rights  under  certain 
restrictions,  V.  Midler  Dor. 3, 3.  (Ace. 
to  Passovv,  from  "Έλος,  a  town  of 
Laconia,  II.  2,  584,  whose  inhabit- 
ants were  enslaved  :  but  more  prob. 
a  verbal,  from  the  pass,  of  *  ελω,  v. 
Miiller  1.  c.)     Hence 

Είλωτείη,  ας,  ή,  the  condition  of  a 
Helot,  slavery. — 2.  the  body  of  Helots 
at  Sparta,  Plat.  Legg.  776  C  :  and 

Είλω7ε ύω,  to  be  a  Helot,  or  in  genl. 
a  serf.  Isocr.  67  E. 

Eίλω7(«όf,  7/,  όν,  (Ei/.uf)  of  Helots, 
πόλεμος,  Plut. :  το  ΈΑΐλωτικον  πλή- 
θος, Plut.,  and  simply  το  Είλ.,  the 
Helots  collectively,  Paus. 

Έ.ίμα,  ατός,  τό,  (ενννμι)  a  dress, 
garment,  cloak,  oft.  in  Hom.,  who  uses 
it  either  in  genl.  for  clothing,  or  em- 
braces under  it  φάρος,  χλαίνα  and 
Υίτών,  as  Od.  6,  214;  10,  542:  in 
Hdt.,  usu.  ail  over-garment,  like  Ίμά- 
TLov,  1.  155;  2,  81. — II.  later  also  a 
cover,  rug,  carpet,  Aesch.  Ag.  921,  like 
φάρος. 

ΈΙμαι,  perf.  pass,  of  ενννμι,  Od. — 
II.  perf.  pass,  of  ϊημι.—ΐίΐ.  pf.  pass, 
of  ί\ω,  rarer  form  for  ήμαι. 

Έ,'ίμαρμαι,  for  μέμαρμαι,  perf.  pass., 
whence  ε'ιμαρται  impers.,  it  is  ordain- 
ed, fated:  part,  είμηρμένος,  esp.  ή  -νη 
and  70  -vov.  fate,  destiny,  Trag. :  εί- 
μαρτο,  plqpf.  Horn.,  v.  sub  μείρομαι. 

Έίμΰτΰνωπερίβαλ'λος,  ον,  ό,  (είμα, 
άνω,  περιβύ/ίλω)  one  who  wraps  his 
cloak  over  him,  comic  word  in  Heges- 
and.  ap.  Ath.  102  A. 

E/  μεν.  followed  by  ει  6έ.  expresses 
alternative  conditions,  sin-,  sin  rem, 
Hom. ;  but  sometimes  one  is  not  ex- 
pressed, e.g.  II.  1,  135:  Hom.  oft. 
joins  ει  μεν  yap  and  ει  μεν  δη. 

Έίμέν,  Ep.  and  Ion.  for  έσμέν,  1  pi. 
pres.  from  εΙμί,  Hom. :  but  είμεν,  1. 
Dor.  for  είναι. — 2.  contd.  for  ε'ιημεν, 
Att. 

^ΕΙμεν,  1  pi.  2  aor.  opt.  for  ε'ιημεν 
of  ιημι. 

Έιμένος,  part,  perf  pass,  of  ενννμι, 
Hom. 

Έ,'ιμές,  Dor.  for  ίσμέν,  1  pi.  from 
ειμί :  but  είμες.  Dor.  for  είναι. 

Ει  μη,  if  not,  when  not,  unless,  Lat. 
nisi,  Hom. :  when  the  negat.  applies 
to  the  whole  sentence :  whereas  in 
εί...ον.  ον  exclus.  belongs  to  a  part  of 
it,  e.  g.  ει  δέ  oi  ονκ  ίπι-είσεαι,  if 
thou  obey  not.  i.  e.  (Zisobey,  11.  15,  178, 
cf.  3,  288,  Herm.  Vig.  n.  309 :  Hom. 
has  it  c.  iiid.,  and  opt. :  also  without 
verb,  except,  Od.  12,  326,  in  which 
case  εί  μη  εϊ  is  sometimes  found,  as 
Lat.  nisi  si,  Stallb.  Plat.  Gorg.  480  Β  : 
esp.  ei  μη  όσον  and  εί  μη  όσα,  excejit 


θεώ.  εί  μη  Κρίτυ~Αλά  γ,  nay,  faith, 
but  I  am  Critylla,  Ar,  Thesm.  898, 
as  in  vulgar  English  "■  yiay !  if  it  is 
7iot  so  and  so  !" 
^Έϊμην,  2  aor.  opt.  mid.  of  'ίημι. 
Ειμί,  from  root  *Έί2.  to  be,  inf. 
είναι :  impf.  ην :  fut.  εσομαι,  poet. 
εσσομαι :  which,  with  the  verb,  adj 
έστέον,  are  the  forms  in  genl.  use  • 
from  mid.  we  have  2  sing,  imperat 
εσο,  Ep.  and  also  Dor  εσσο,  and 
I  sing,  imperf.  ίμιην,  of  which  the 
other  persons  also  are  found,  but 
only  in  bad  authors,  and  usu.  with 
fiv.  Piers.  Moer.  p.  172:  εΐατο  for 
^y70,  they  were,  is  only  in  Od.  20,  106, 
ubi  al.  εία7ο.  For  the  usu.  fornia- 
tiop  of  this  very  irreg.  verb,  v,  the 
grammars.  The  foil,  forms  are  esp. 
Homeric  :  εΙς  2  sing,  pres.  for  εί  also 
Hdt.,  and  έσσί  also  Dor. :  είμέν  in 
genl.  Ion.  1  plur.  pres.  for  έσμέν : 
έάσι  3  pi.  pres,  for  είσί.  Subj.  εω 
for  ω,  besides  which  Hom.  had  an- 
other and  rarer  Ep.  subj.  εΐω.  εϊτ/ς, 
ε'ιη,  freq.  confoundetl  with  optat.,  v. 
II.'  9,  245,  Od.  15,  448,  cf  Buttm. 
Ausf  Gr.  ()  107,  Anm.  33  n.  Thiersch 
^  224,  fin. :  opt.  έοιμι  for  ehjv,  etc. ; 
but  εί7ί  2  pl.  for  εΐ>]τε  only  once,  Od. 
21,  195:  infin.  εμμεναι,  sometimes 
έμμεν,  εμεναι  and  εμεν :  part,  ιών, 
ίονσα,  etc.  :  imperf.  έον  1  sing,  for 
ην,  only  II.  23,  643,  without  the  other 
persons,  also  έσκον,  ες.  ε,  etc..  very 
freq.,  but  in  Hdt.  always  with  fre- 
quent, notion :  lastly  the  strict  Ion. 
έα,  έας,  2  pl.  εα7ε ,  lengthd.  7/α,  3  sing. 
ηεν,  always  with  ν  εφελκ.  But 
έην  as  1  sing,  only  in  II.  11,  702,  ubi 
al.  εον  :  but  very  freq.  εην  as  3  sing, 
also  sometimes  ηην,  and  εησΟα  2  sing, 
for  ησβα,  and  very  freq.  also  εσαν  3 
pl.  for  ήσαν,  both  Ion.  and  Dor.  In 
Hes.  Th.  321,  825,  ην  .seems  to  be 
plur.  for  7/σαΐ',  but  is  rather  a  pecu- 
liarity of  syntax,  v.  IV.  Fut.  εσσο- 
μαι for  εσομαι,  etc.,  also  εσσείται 
from  Dor.  Ισονμηι,  11.  2,  393  ;  1.3,  317. 
The  whole  of  the  pres.  indie,  may  be 
enclitic,  except  the  2  sing,  εί,  and 
perh.  ε/V.  though  Wolf  Od.  4,  611, 
makes  this  enclit.  The  other  per- 
sons are  enclit..  when  ε///ί  is  merely 
the  logical  copula  ;  when  it  is  a  verb 
substantive,  they  retain  their  accent. 
But  εστί  is  also  written  εσ7ί  in  cer- 
tain cases  of  emphasis,  e.  g.  εσ7ί  μοι, 
I  have,  έστιν  ότε,  etc.,  Buttm.  Ausf. 
Gr.  sS  108,  Anm.  18.  19. 

To  ie,  usu.  followed  by  a  subst.  or 
adj.,  but  sometimes  by  an  adv.,  Κουρή- 
τεσσι  κακώςήν,  it  went  ill  with  them,  II. 
9,  551 ;  so  too  with  uKtoiV,  άκήν.  ίίλις, 
etc.,  Hom.,  and  .<o  in  Att.,  though  εχω 
is  more  freq.  in  this  signf  in  prose.  In 
this  case  the  word  seems  always  to 
keep  the  full  accent. — 1.  εΖΐ'αί  τι,  to 
be  somcthmg.  be  of  some  consequence,  oi 
όοκονντες  είναι  τι,  those  who  seem, 
pretend  to  be  something,  v.  sub  δο- 
κέω  II.  4 :  but  also  to  be,  in  signf.  of  to 


ΕΙΜΙ 

tt^ifif,  amount  to,  import,  όττοϊόν  τι 
εστί  το  τοιούτον  δναρ :  so  τα  δις 
•ϊΓένΤε  δέκα  έστιν•,  twice  nve  are  or 
make  ten. — 2.  of  facts,  events,  to  be, 
iil  the  signf.  of  to  take  place,  happen, 
e,  g.  ήσαν  κε?^νσματα,  ήσαν  ττ/.τ/γαί, 
L  Dind.  Eur.  Heracl.  838. — 3.  as 
verb  substant.,  to  be,  to  exist,  be  in  ex- 
istence, opp.  to  oi'K  εστί,  also  μη  or 
μηδΐν  εΐΐ'αι•,  e.  g.  μηδ'  er'  ιόντος,  Od. 
1,  ■^87.  ούκέτ'  εστί,  he  is  no  more^  is 
dead,  Valck.  Hipp.  1162.  And  so  in 
Horn.  esp.  ίο  live,  e.  g.  in  the  phrase, 
oi'K.  εσθ'  ούτος  άνήρ,  ονδ'  εσσεται, 
there  lives  not,  no  nor  will,  Od.  16,  437  ; 
ετι  εΐσί.  they  are  still  alive,  Od.  15, 
432,  and  reversely  οϋ  δην  ην,  he  was 
not  long  lived,  II.  6,  131.  So  the  gods 
are  aiev  εόντες :  and  έσσόμενοι  are, 
those  who  are  yet  to  live,  Lat.  posteri, 
Horn. :  but  ΰμί^  τα  τετταράκοντα 
ετη  είναι,  to  be  about  forty  years  old. 
On  ε1~οτ'  εην  γε  ν,  under  είκοτε  III. 
— II.  ίστι  c.  inf.,  it  is  possible,  laivful, 
cr.ve  can.  εστίν  άμφοτέροισιν  όνείδεα 
μυθήσασθαι,  II.  20,  246:  ε'ι  τι  πον 
εστίν.  if  it  be  possible,  Od.  4,  193  : 
this,  however,  is  usu.  c.  negat.,  e.  g. 
QVK  εστί,  D,  13,  786,  οΐ'ΰυς  εστί.  II. 
19,  2•35,  ονδέ  πη  ίστιν,  II.  6,  267, 
where  it  is  }υ5ΐ=ίξεστι.  as  est=licet. 
This  is  c.  dat.  pers. :  also  c.  ace.  et 
inf.  in  Att-,  and  even  Od.  2,  310.— III. 
eiui  C.  gen.,  expresses  descent  or  ex- 
traction, —ατρος  (Γ  ειμ'  άγαβοΐο,  II.  21, 
109  :  αίματος  εΙς  ίγαθοίο,  Od.  4,  61 1 : 
also  freq.  in  Alt.  ;  it  need  not  be 
taken  as  an  ellipse,  although  a  subst. 
is  often  added,  e,  g.  τον  γαρ  εγώ  τταΐς 
εΙμί,  Od.  9,  519,  etc.  :  cf.  είναι  εκ  τί- 
νος and  άπα  τα-υς. — 2.  the  gen.  of 
dependence,  obedience,  eavTOV  είναι,  to 
be  o/ie's  own  master,  εΙναί  τίνος,  to  be 
et  one's  mercy,  in  his  power,  έστι  τον 
?.έγοντος.  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  917 :  hence 
too  with  signf.  of  property.  —  3.  the 
gen.  but  partitively,  e.  g.  δήμου  εστί, 
he  belongs  to  the  people,  is  one  of 
them,  νομίζειν  τινά  των  εχθρών 
είναι,,  to  reckon  one  among  one's 
enemies. — 4.  the  gen.  as  in  Lat..  of 
tJie  duty  or  property  of  a  thing,  ανδρός 
έστι,  it  is  the  part  of  a.  man.  befits,  be- 
seems him,  σωφροσύνης  εστί,  it  is  a 
mark  o/ temperance,  etc. — IV.  c.  dat. 
εστί  μοι,  Lat.  est  mihi,  there  is  to  me, 
i.  e.  /  have,  possess,  from  Horn,  down- 
wards vei-y  freq. :  τί  εσται  ήμΐν ; 
what  will  become  of  us  ?  near  akin  to 
signf.  II.  2.  We  have  even  in  Horn, 
the  pecul.  phrase,  εμοί  δέ  κεν  ύσμένφ 
ε'ιη,  II.  14,  203,  just  the  Lat.  est  mihi 
volenti,  more  freq.  in  Att.,  Xen.  Hell. 
5,  3,  13,  esp.  with  the  part,  θελων, 
βον/ιόμενος,  ήδόμενος,  ΰχθόμενος. 
More  rarely,  τί  τοντ'  εσται  τ?)  τϊό'λει; 
of  what  use  will  it  be  to  the  state  ?  so 
that  it  is  really  a  dat.  commodi,  Dem. 
In  these  cases  εση  and  7/i.•  sometimes 
stand  with  a  plur.,  Hes.  Th.  321, 
Matth.  Gr.  Gr.  (\  303.— 5.  Hesiod  uses 
also  the  gen.  for  this  dat. — V.  Hom. 
once  paraphrases  the  perf.  by  the 
perf.  part,  and  ειμί,  τετ?.ηότες  εΐμεν, 
for  τετ7.ήκαμεν,  11.  5,  873  :  in  Att.  this 
is  more  freq.  :  even  εΙμι  ων  occurs, 
Boisson.  Philostr.  Her.  p.  522,  660. 
— VI.  the  neut.  part.  c.  artic.  denotes 
the  real  nature  or  tmth  of  a  thing,  hence 
τα  όντα.  existing  things,  the  universe  : 
also  perh.=  oi'CTia,  property,  fortune: 
Tu  όντα  είρηκέναι,  to  speak  what  is, 
i.  e.  the  truth,  Xen.  ;  7ύ  οντι.  indeed, 
in  truth,  really,  SO  adv.,  όντως,  opp. 
to  TO  δοκούν :  but  κατά  το  όν.  in  very 
truth. — 2.  -ώ  όΐ'τι  and  όντως  in  ap- 
plying some  remark  to  a  particular 
case,  as  τώ  ύντι  κΆανσιγελως  εσχε, 


ΕΓΜΙ 

Xen.  Hell.  7. 2,  9  (from  Π.  6,  484),  cf. 
Stallb.  Plat.  Phaed.  66  D.— VII.  with 
a  relat.  εστίν  6ς,  είσΐν  οι,  Lat.  est  or 
sunt  qui,  some  one,  some,  many  :  εστίν 
or  έσθ'  δτε,  Lat.  est  quum,  at  times, 
sometimes :  laff  δ~η  or  δΰον,  Lat. 
est  ubi,  somewhere,  somehow :  εστίν 
ο~ως,  in  some  way :  ovK  εστίν  ίίττως 
οι'...,  it  cannot  be  but  that...,  it  cannot 
but  be,  i.  e.  necessarily,  Ar.  Pac.  188. 
Also  εστίν  οί  or  οίτινες  occurs 
through  all  its  cases  and  genders  in 
the  middle,  as  well  as  at  the  begin- 
ning of  a  sentence,  e.  g.  Thuc.  2,  67. 
είσιν  οϊτϊερ  είσίν,  etc.,  Ar.  Eq.  333 : 
V.  Blomf.  Aesch.  Ag.  66.— ΛΊΙΙ.  freq. 
c.  praepos.,  esp.  tv,  denoting  a  state, 
esp.  a  passive  state,  εν  νόσφ,  εν  ήδο- 
vy  είναι :  so  εν  στόματι,  εν  Α,όγοις 
είναι,  Lat.  in  ore  hominum  esse,  to  be 
famous,  εν  τέχντ},  εν  Μοΰσαίζ•  είναι, 
to  be  occupied  with,  given  to  a  thing, 
also  with  sundry  other  prepositions, 
to  be  on  one's  side  or  of  his  party,  assist, 
support  or  favour  one,  etc. :  είναι  εις 
τόττον,  cf  e/r. — IX.  freq.  left  out,  esp. 
in  3  pers.  sing,  or  plur.  pres.,  e.  g.  II. 

3,  391,  3  subj..  14,  376,  3  imperat..  II. 
13,  95. — X.  είναι  oft.  seems  redun- 
dant, e.  g.  TO  vi'v  είναι,  το  σήμερον, 
το  σύμπαν  είναι,  Hdt.  7,  143,  έκο)ν 
είναι,  Valck.  Hdt.  7,  164,  esp.  in  ne- 
gat. sentences,  e.  g.  Plat.  Phaed.  61 
C. — 2.  esp.  after  /.έγω,  ονομάζω,  etc., 
as,  όνομύζονσι  'Ύπερόχην  είναι,  Hdt. 

4,  33.  cf.  ονομάζω-  The  impf  r/v 
with  άρα  often  has  a  pres.  signf, 
Valck.  Hipp.  360,  Heind.  Plat.  Phaed. 
66  B.  This  appears  esp.  c.  negat. : 
also  simplv  τοντϊ  τί  ην  ;  for  εστί,  Ar. 
Ach.  157,  Plat.  Crat.  387  C,  cf  Matth. 
Gramm.  ^  405,  3.  (ειμί  is  in  Dor.  έμ- 
μί,  of  which  we  have  a  part.  εΙς,  εν- 
τός. In  the  kindred  languages  this 
verb  is  strictly  alike  ;  Greek  ειμί,  εις 
or  εσσι,  εστί.  Dor.  3  pi.  έντί ;  Lat. 
s-um,  es,  est...,  s-unl :  Sanscr.  asmi, 
asi,  asti...santi,  and  so  forth,  v.  Pott 
Etym.  Forsch.  1,  p.  273.) 

ΈΙμι.  from  root  *Ίί2.  to  go,  subj. 
ίω,  opt.  io</«and  /otTyv,  Xen.,  imperat. 
Wi,  Ιτω,  etc.,  also  ε'ί,  but  only  in 
compos,  έ^εί,  etc.,  inf.  ίέναι,  part. 
Ιών,  Ιοϋσα.  ιόν :  besides  the  pres.  it 
has  only  imperf  ηειν,  Ep.  and  Ion. 
ήια,  Att.  ηα,  and  from  mid.  a  pres. 
ιεμαι,  imperf.  Ιεμην.  together  with 
the  verb.  adjs.  Ιτός,  Ίτεος,  and  ιτητός, 
ιτητεος:  for  the  formation,  v.  the 
grammars.  The  forms  of  mid.  are 
indeed  rejected  by  some  critics,  as 
Elmsl.  Soph.  O.  T.  1242,  and  L.  Dind. 
Eur.  Suppl.  699,  who  write  Ιεμαι, 
ιενται,  etc. ;  but  cf.  Schiif.  Plut.  4, 
p.  326.  Irreg.  Homer,  forms  :  είσβα 
2  sing.  pres.  for  εΙς,  II.  10,  450,  Od. 
19,  69,  inf.  Ιμεν,  more  rarely  Ιμεναι. 
for  ievai,  for  which  Hes.  Op.  351 
perh.  had  είναι,  though  Buttm.  1.  c. 
Anm.  28,  disputes  this ;  3  sing.  opt. 
ε'ιη  for  loi,  II.  24.  139,  Od.  14,  496. 
Imperf  from  Ion.  ήϊα  3  sing,  ήΐεπ',  ηΐε, 
contr.  ηε,  II. ;  1  plur.  τ/ομεν,  Od. ;  3 
plur.  r/iov,  Od. ;  besides  3  sing,  lev, 
Ιε,  3  dual  Ιτην,  3  plur.  ήϊσαν,  which 
impf.  forms  have  also  an  aor.  signf. 
Lastly  Hom.  has  an  Ep.  fut.  είσομαι, 
in  signf.  to  hasten,  and  from  an  aor. 
mid.  ει^άμην,  the  3  sing,  είσατο, 
έ'^ίσατο,  3  dual  εεισάσθην,  11.  15.  544. 
The  3  plur.  pres.  Ισι  or  εισι,  for  Ιασι, 
is  only  in  Theogn.  716. 

To  go,  to  come,  also  modified  ace.  to 
conte.xt,  as  for  ύ-ειμι,  to  go  auay,Tra• 
7.1V  είμι,  to  so  back,  and  in  case  of  great- 
er distances,  to  wander  or  travel,  freq. 
in  Horn.,  and  Att. :  oft.  with  collat.  no- 
tion of  hostility,  to  fall  upon  any  one  , 


EINA 

HSU.  with  ΰντα,  ιτρός,  ίπί,  Hom. ;  also 
ίέναι  τινί  εις  or  προς  αγώνα,  Valck. 
Ad.  p.  300  C  ;  so  ίέναι  τινι  δια  φι- 
7χας,  δι'  έχθρας,  δια  πολέμον,  etc., 
to  live  in  friendship  or  enmity  with  any 
one :  followed  by  ace.  only  in  such 
phrases  as  όδόν  ίέναι,  to  go  a  road, 
Od.  10,  103 :  by  gen.  in  such  as  Ίων 
πεδίοιο,  going  across  the  plain.  II.  5, 
597 ;  χροός  είσατο,  it  went  through 
the  skm,  II.  13,  191 :  c.  inf  fut.  έεί- 
σάσθην  σν?.ήσειν.  they  went  to  plun- 
der, II.  15,  541 ;  so  c.  inf  aor.,  Od.  14, 
496,  and  Att.  c.  part ,  ήίε  αΐνέων,  he 
began  to  praise,  Hdt.  1,  122  (where 
nothing  is  to  be  altered) ;  ήία  λέξων, 
I  was  going  to  tell,  Hdt.  4,  82 ;  and 
so.  ϊτω  θνσων.  Plat.  Legg.  909  D; 
like  French  aller  with  inlin.  On  the 
Homer,  βή  δ'  Ιμεν,  etc.,  v.  sub  βαίνω. 
It  was  used  not  only  of  walking  or 
running,  but  also — 1.  of  going  in  a 
ship,  esp.  έπι  νηός  ίέναι,  oft.  in  Od. 
—2.  of  the  flight  of  birds,  Od.  22,  304, 
of  flies,  II.  2,  87. — 3.  of  the  motion  of 
things,  e.  g.  πέλεκνς  εισι  δια  δονρός, 
the  axe  goes,  cuts  through  the  beam, 
II.  3,  61  ;  of  clouds  or  vapour,  II.  4, 
278  ;  of  the  stars,  II.  22,  317 ;  and 
even  of  abstract  notions,  έτος  εΙσι, 
the  year  will  pass  or  close.  Od.  2,  89, 
cf  106,  sq. ;  όάτις  εισι,  the  report 
goes,  23, 362.  In  Att.  freq.  in  abstract 
signf,  ίέναι  εις  ταντόν,  to  come  to- 
gether, agree :  ίέναι  εις  /.όγονς.  to 
come  to  conference  :  also  ίέναι  επί  τι, 
or  εΙς  τι :  imp.  Ιθι  δη.  go  then  :  usu. 
ivell  then  !  good  .'  On  the  pres.  εΙμι  it 
must  be  remarked,  that  Hom.  often 
has  it  as  a  real  pres.,  though  even  he 
uses  it  also  as  fut. :  but  that  in  Ion. 
prose  and  in  Att.  it  is  almost  always 
a  true  fut.,  I  shall  go,  shall  come,  and 
only  in  later  writers,  as  Pausan.  and 
Plut.,  returns  to  a  pres.  signf ;  though 
strictly  this  only  holds  of  the  indie, 
with  the  inf,  and  part.:  the  Att.  use 
it  more  freq.  than  έλεύσομηι  and  — o- 
ρενσομαι,  Valck.  Hipp.  1065.  For 
single  examples  of  εΙμι  as  a  real  pres. 
in  the  best  Att.,  v.  Herm.  Opusc.  2, 
326.  (The  orig.  verb  was  *ί'ω,  *<ω, 
cf.  Lat.  eo,  ire,  Sanscr.  t  to  go,  etc.. 
Pott,  EtjTn.  Forsch.  1,  202)  [i,  but 
sometimes  ι  in  Hom.,  in  Ep.  subj. 
Ίομεν  for  Ίωμεν,  when  it  begins  a 
v«rse,  and  always  in  part.  pres.  mid. 
ίέμενος  metri  grat. ;  but  Wolf  always 
writes  ίέμενος  from  ΐημι.] 

Είν.  poet.  esp.  Ep.  lor  έν,  in.  Hom. 
In  Trag.  usu.  admitted  only  in  Lyr. 
passages.  Erf.  Soph.  Aj.  608  :  but  είν 
Αΐδον  seems  genuine  in  Iambics,  Ant. 
1241,  perh.  from  the  Homer,  είν  Άί- 
δαο :  Eti'-is  also  found  in  compds.,  e. 
g.  είνά?.ιος,  είνόδιος :  more  rarely  εί- 
νί.     Cf  ες,  εις. 

Έϊνάετής,  ές,  {εννέα,  έτος)  of  nint 
years,  nijie  years  old:  in  Horn,  only  in 
neut.  είνάετες  as  adv.  nine  years  long. 
Hence 

Έίνΰετίζομαι,  poet,  for  ένναετίζο- 
μαι. 

Εϊι^αί,  inf  from  ειμί,  to  be. — II.  for 
ίέναι,  inf  from  εΙμι,  to  go,  Hes.  Op. 
351,  but  this  dub. 

Elvai,  inf  aor.  2.  act.  from  ΐημι,  to 
send. 

Έ,ίνάκις,  adv.  poet,  for  έννάκις,  niru 
times,  Od.  14,  230. 

Είνΰκιςχί?.ιοι,  ων,  (είνάκις,  χί• 
λ.ιοι)  nine  thousayid,  Hdt.  3,  95,  etc. 

Έ,ίνακόσιοι,  ai,  α,  poet,  and  Ion. 
for  έννακ..  Hdt.  2,  13. 

Έ,ίναλίδϊνος,  η,  ov,  roaming  in  the 
sea,  Arat.  for  έν  ά?.ι  δινενων. 

Έίνύλιος,  η,  ον,  poet,  for  ίνύ?.ιος. 
Od. 

403. 


Ε1Π0 

ΈΙναλίφοιτος,  ον,  {ίν  ύλϊ  φοιτών) 
wandering,  moving  in  the  sea,  ot  nets, 
Anlh. 

Εϊΐ'άννχες,  as  adv.,  {ίννέα,ννξ)η{ηβ 
nighis  long,  II.  9,470,  like  εΐνάετες.  [ά] 

Εΐΐ'άπηχυς,ν,  poet,  for  έννεάτζηΎνς. 

Είνύς,  αόος,  -ή,  poet,  for  ίννεύς, 
Hcs.  Op.  808. 

ΕΊνατέρες,  al,  brothers'  wives,  or 
«Hues  of  brothers-in-law,  sisters-in-law, 
11.  6,  378,  etc.  (never  in  Od.) :  hence 
Lat.  janitrix,  Scalig.  Catull.  67,  3  :  no 
sing,  εϊνατεψ  is  found.  The  corres- 
ponding inasc.  is  afALOL ;  but  in  an  Ep- 
itaph, ap.  Orell.  Inscr.  Lat.  2,  p.  Ί'^l, 
ηνατέρ,  6,  is  the  husband  of  the  de- 
ceased's sister. 

tEiVaria,  ας,  Ep.  ίη,  ης,  ή,  ep.  of 
Ilithyia,  from  ΕΙί,ατος,  acity  of  Crete. 
Call.  Fr.  168. 

ΕΙνατος,  η,  ον,  poet,  for  έννατος, 
the  ninth,  11.,  and  lldt. 

Είΐ'αψώσσωΐ',  ον,  gen.  ωχ'ος,  {εννέα, 
φώσσων)  with  tune  sails,  Lyc. 

Εϊνεκα,  poet.  esp.  Ep.  for  ένεκα. 
on  account,  because  of,  first  in  Hoin. : 
Dawes  rejected  είν^αα  in  Alt.  Poets, 
always  substituting  ηϋνεκα((\.  v.),  but 
Ahlwardt  (Beytr.  it.  zu  Schneiders 
Wurterb.  1813)  has  vindicated  it ;  and 
εϊνεκα  is  sometimes  used,  even  in 
Att.  prose,  as  in  Bekker's  Plat.,  of 
Wolf  Dein.  4ϋ9,  22  ΒηΙε'ίνεκεν 
only  occurs  in  poets  (hrst  in  Pind.), 
and  in  Ion.  prose,  as  lldt.  1,  2. 

^Είνέτ)/ς,ες,=είναετης,  dub.  1.  Call. 
Dian.  14,  43. 

Είΐ'ί,  Ε  p.  for  έν,  in,  Horn. 

Είνοόιος,  a  Ep.  ?/,  ov,  poet,  for 
ivoo.,  II.  16,  2(]0,  Ae.sch.  Pr.  487. 

Είΐ'οσιφν'λλος.  υν,{ένοηίς,  φυλλην) 
shaking  foliage,  quinering  with  leaves : 
hence  woody,  Horn  epith.  of  moun- 
tains,  11.  2.  632,  757.  etc. 

EtVi^.ui,  II.  23,  135,  cf.  Buttm.  .\nsf. 
Gr.  i)  108,  Anin.  12,  v.  snh  καταένννμι . 

ΕΙξασι,  3  plur.  Boeot.  and  Att.  fur 
έοίκασι,  v.  ίοικα. 

Είξασκε,  Ion.  lengthd.  aor.  from  ei- 
K(i),  Hom. 

Είξις,  εως,  ή,  (είκω)  a  yielding,  giv- 
ing teat/,  Plut. 

Ei'o,  Ep.  gen.  for  εο,  ην,  of  him.  of 
her,  11. :  a~b  είο  from  himself,  Od.  22, 
19. 

EloiKvlni,  nom.  pi.  part.  fem.  Ep. 
o{  εοικα  for  έοικ-,  II.  18,  418. 

Etof,  old  Ep.  adv.  for  ίως,  Hoin., 
V.  Henn.  Elein.  Metr.  1,  10,  19. 
Buttm.  Atisf.  Gr.  (}  116,  Anm.  16, 
thinks  that  είος  was  the  proper  form, 
whence  ion.  and  Att.  εως,  also  είως- 

Έί  ον,  V.  sub  ει  μη. 

Είττα,  aor.  1  for  the  usu.  είπον,  I 
said,  freq.  in  Hoin.,  and  Ion.,  mostly 
used  in  2  imperat.  είττόν  or  ε'ιττον,  3 
imperat.  εί-,'ΪΓω,  part.  εΐταΓ,  v.  ti-ov. 

Έίπέμεν.  Ep.  (or  ειπείν,  Hom. 

Εί^τερ,  if  at  nil  evoits.  if  indeed,  V. 
Herm.  Vig.  n.  310  :  freq.  in  Hom.  c. 
ind.,  oft.  with  a  word  between:  he 
also  has  είτε/?  τε,  είκεο  yap  re,  είπερ 
γάρ  γε,  είττερ  γάρ  τέ  γε,  είτίρ  τις,  c 
subj.,  much  more  rarely  c.  optat.  Ei  ττερ 
is  also  used  iikeiCrti  εί,eυentfOd.l,  167: 
so  too,  είπιρ  και  Od.,  9,  35,  εί,τερ  τε, 

11.  10,  225.  In  Att.  είπερ  and  εϊπερ 
άρα  instead  of  a  full  clause,  if  so  then, 
Heind.  Plat.  Parmen.  150  B. 

iEL-εσκον  lengthd.  poet.  aor.  foreZ- 
trov. 

Ei  ~οθεΐ',  if  from  any  place,  Hom.  ; 
also  written  είποθεν,  as  Od.  1,  115. 

Ei  Τϊοθι,  if.  whether  any  where,  Od. 

12.  96  ;  17.  195. 

Ei~o)>,  I  spoke,  I  said,  an  aor.  from 
root  *ΕΠΩ  (which appears  \ηετ-ος), 
for  Tvhich  φ7]μί  is  used  as  pres. :  im- 
404 


EIPE 

perat.  είτε,  part,  ειπών,  inf.  είττεΐν. 
Besides  we  have  an  aor.  1  είπα.  im- 
perat. εί-07•,  Bockh  Pind.  O.  6,  92 
(156).  yet  th(i  accent  είπον  seems  bet- 
ter, Stallb.  Plat.  Meno  71  D,  Mcineke 
Theocr.  14,  11.  This  form  of  the 
aor.  is  esp.  Homer,  and  Ion.,  but  also 
freq.  in  Att.,  esp.  in  the  forms  είπατε 
and  είπατω  :  είπε.  like  ά}ε.  occurs 
also  for  είΓτετε  before  a  plur.,  esp. 
freq.  in  Ar.,  v.  Ach.  328,  and  so  in 
Dem.'  43,  7.  In  compos,  also  a  mid. 
form  appears,  as  άπείπασβαι  in  lldt. 
The  fut.  and  perl',  are  supplied  by 
έρίω  ίρώ,  είρηκα.  Cf.  also  έι^εττω, 
έννέπω.  'the  aor.  is  sometimes  used 
absol.,  sometimes  c.  ace,  e.  g.  έπος 
ειπείν,  μϋΗην,  βεοπρόπιον,  όνομα  ει- 
πείν, etc.,  Hom.:  ύς  έπος  ειπείν,  so  to 
speak,  for  instance,  Att. :  c.  ace,  ει- 
πείν Tiva,  to  dfclare.  tell  or  proclaim  of 
one,  Pind.  O.  14.  32. 

1Et-oi',  imperf.  of  §7ru  in  compos. 
Hom. 

lEtTTOf,  o,=  i~Of,  a  mouse-trap.  Call. 

ΕϊτΓοτί,  if  ever,  if  al  all,  II.  1,  39, 
strengthd.  ΰποτε  (W/,  11.  1,  51! 3  :  esp. 
used  m  asking  a  favour  of  any  one,  to 
call  soinethmg  to  his  mind. — II.  Indi- 
rect, if  or  vhethtr  ever,  c.  optal.,  II.  2, 
97. — hi  pecul.  Homer,  phrase,  είποτ' 
ίην  γε,  toe.xpress  painful  recollection 
of  what  -luaa,  but  is  no  more,  e.  g.  11. 

3,  1Θ0,  δηΐ/ρ  αύτ'  έμυς  έσκε  κννωπι- 
Aor,  είπητ'  ει/ν  >ε.  Even  the  an- 
cients difihred  in  the  meaning  ol  this 
phrase  :  Wolf  takes  it  as  a  wish, 
would  he  were  yet  so!  Herm.  Vig^. 
Append.  XI.  explains  it,  if  he  ever 
was,  which  he  is  ?iow  no  more :  cf  11.  11, 
762 ;  24,  izG,  Od.  15, 268 ;  10,  315;  24, 
289. 

E?  7Γ01',  if  any  where,  if  at  ail,  oft. 
in  Hom. :  also  εΐ  τι  πον,  ή  πον  γε,  εΙ. 
μι}  πον  τι,  ει  ihj  πον.  Ellipt.  εϊ  τί 
πον  εστίν,  if  it  is  un  ι/  way  possible,  Od. 

4,  193. 

tEiTfJiit  Ep.  for  εΙτΓω,  subj.  from  εΐ- 
πον,  Od.  22,  392. 

El  πως, if  mall  If  by  any  mean.•;,  Hom. 
tEipff,   ac,  η,  Ira.  a   mountain  and 
city  of  Messenia   Paus. 

ΕΙρηφκοτης,  ην,  ό,  epith.  of  Bacch- 
us. H.  Hom.  B.icch.,  cf  Weicker 
Nachtr.  z.  Triiogie.  p.  187.  195. 

ΕΙργαθείν.  aor.  form  from   είργω, 
έργω,  Hoin.,  v.  Ellendt  Lex.  Soph, 
voc.  είκαβεΐν. 
\ΕΙργασμαι,  perf.  from  εργάζομαι. 

Έϊργμής,  .4.tt.  ε'ιρ^,μός,  ον.  6,  {tlp- 
γω)  a  shiMlni;  up  or  in,  Plut. —  H.  a 
cage,  prison.  Plat.  Rep.  495  D  :  a  fet- 
ter, bond.  Iambi. 

Εί.ργμοφνληξ,  άκος,  6,  ή,  (είργμός, 
φν'λαξ)  α  jailer,  Xen.  Hell.  5,  4,  8. 
[δ] 

ΕΙργνϊ'μι  and  είργννω,  more  rarely 
c.  Sjir.  let;i,=  εϊργω.  to  shut  in  or  up, 
the  former  in  Od.  10,  238.  in  Ep.  form 
ειφγνν.  the  latter  in  Andoc  32,  36. 

ΕΓΡΓί2  or  εΙργω,  Att.  for  the  ear- 
lier form  εμγω.  q.  v. 

Είρέαται.  Ion.  3  pi.  perf.  pass,  from 
ερ'ω.  for  είρηνται. 

ΕΙρερης.  ον,  ό.  bondage,  slavery, 
only  in  Od.  8,  529,  prob.  from  είρω  to 
tie  together,  bind  ;  as  perh.  servus 
from  sero,  from  the  same  root. 

Είρεσία,  ας,  ή.  (έρέσσω)  a  rowing, 
ΟΛ.;εΙρεσίην  ποιείσθαι,  to  row,  Αρ.  Rh. 
— 2.  hence  in  genl.  atiy  violent  motion. 
e.  g.  γ/.ώσ7ης,  Dionys.  ap.  Ath.  669 
A  :  esp.  of  intermitting  motion,  throb- 
bing, μαστών  Eur.  Tro.  570. — 11.  later 
also  a  complement,  cmi'  of  rowers.  Lat; 
remigium,  as  perh.  in  the  phrase  fi'i'ci- 
γειν  την  ειρεηίαν,  to  keep  them  to- 
1  gether,  make  them  keep  time,  Thuc 


EIPH 
7,  14  :  rowing-benches,  in  pi.,  Poly'i).  1, 
21,  2.  —  2.  a  boat   long,   to  which   the 
rowers    keep  time,    Plut,  —  J II,   Philo 
seems  to  use  it  for  an  oar, 

^Eiptalai,  ών,  al,  Iresiae.  Λ  city  of 
Thessaly  Hestiaeotis,  H.  Hom,  Apoll. 
32. 

ΕΊρεσιώντ},  ης,  η,  (είρος)  a  harvest- 
wreath  of  olive  or  bay  wmmd  round 
with  wool  and  adorned  with  fruits, 
borne  about  by  singing  boys  at  the 
Ί\νανέ-ψία  and  ααργίι'λια.  wmle  ott'er- 
ings  were  made  to  Helios  and  the 
Hours  :  it  was  afterwards  hung  up 
at  the  house-door.  The  song  was 
likewise  called  Eiresione,  which  be- 
came the  general  name  for  all  begging 
soiigs,  such  as  Epigr.  Horn.  15,  v.  II- 
gen  Opnsc.  Philol.  1,  p.  129,  sq,,  Plut. 
Thes.  21,  Schol.  Ar.  Pint.  1055.— II. 
the  staff  of  Athenian  heralds  u'ound 
round  with  wool,  el.«ewh.  κηρνκειον. — 
III.  α  crown  hung  up  in  honor  of  the 
dead,  Alciphr.  3^  37. 
^ΕΙρέτρια,  ^,=  Ερέτρια,  fl.  2,  537, 
y.  sq.  ■ 

ΕΊρέω,  Ion,  for  ερεω,  to  say,  only 
found  in  part.  fem.  pres,  Ep.  είρκνσαι, 
Hes.  Th.38,  and  liit  mid.  ειρήσεται  in 
pass,  signf..  Soph.  Phil.  1276. cf  ερέω. 

E'tptj,  !/r,  ή,  a  place  of  assembly,  as- 
sembly =the  usu.  a}op«,gen.  plur.  ε/- 
ράωιΊΙ.  18.  531,  and  (lat.  εΙραίς,ΙΐΒ9. 
Th.  ί  04,  probab.  from  είρω  to  say  : 
but  the  word  is  dub.,  Ίράωχ'  being  a 
V,  1.  in  Hom..  and  είρέας  in  Hes. 
tEip?;Ka  v.  sub  έρέω. 

ΕΙμψ•,  ενος,  ό,  a  Laced,  youth  from 
his  20th  year,  when  he  was  entitled 
to  speak  in  the  assembly,  (so  prob, 
from  ειρω,  ερέαύ  to  say),  and  to  \e;v\ 
an  army,  like  Att.  εφΐ)3ος  ;  from  the 
18th  to  20th  year  they  were  called 
με'λ?^ίρ^νες,  V.  μελλείρην  '■  Hdt.  9,85 
calls  them  Ιρένες.  though  the  read- 
ing is  dub.,  cA'.  Mhili.  Dor.  4,  5,  ij  2.  n. 

Ε,Ιρηνηϊος  αίη,  αΐσν,  (εΐιγήνη) peace- 
ful ,είρηναΐην  ε'ινηί  TLVl,  to  line  peacea- 
bly with  any  one,  Hdt.  2,  68,  Thuc,  1, 
29  :  Tu  ε'ιρηναΐα,  the  fruits  of  peace, 
Hdt.  6,  50.     Adv.  -ως,  Hdt.  3,  145. 

^Είμηναίος,  ov,  a,  Jrenaeus,  an  epi- 
grammatic i)oet  of  the  Anthology, 

Έίρι/νάρχ//ς,  ov,  b,  (.ειρήνη,  άρχω) 
a  justice  if  the  peace.     Hence 

Είρηνηρχικύς,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to  an 
ε'φηνάρχης. 

Ε,ίρηνίίον,  ov,  TO,  a  temple  of  peace. 

ΕΐρήνεΊ'σις,  εως,  ή,  a  making  of 
peace.  Iambi.:  from 

Ειρηνεύω,  {είι/ηνη)  to  bring  to  peace, 
reconcile.  Dio  C — II.  intrans.  to  keep 
peace,  live  peaceably.  Plat,  Theaetet. 
180  Β  :  προς  Τίνα,  Died.;  μετά  τίνος, 
Ν.  Τ.:  aiswi  as  mid.  in  this  signf., 
Polyb. 

Είρηνέω,ώ,^=είρηνενωΙ.,  Diog.  L. 

Ειρήνη,  7;ς,  ή,  peace,  time  of  peace, 
Hom.  .  είρ.  γίγνεται,  peace  is  made, 
Hdt.  1.  74  :  opp.  Ιοείρήνην  ποιείοβαι, 
Aeschin.  38,  12,  κατεργύζεσϋαι  or 
-πράττειν,  .'^ndoc.  21,  20;  25.  30,  (5m- 
πράττεσθαι,  Xen.  Hell.  6, 3,  4,  to  make, 
conclude,  negotiate  peace :  ειρήνης  ίίεί- 
σΰαι,  to  sue  for  peace,  Xen.  Hell.  2,  2, 
13  ;  δέχεσβαι  to  accept  it,  oft.  in  Xen.  ; 
είρήνην  ποιε.ΐν  τινι  και  τινί,  to  make 
peace  betu'een  two,  Id.  Cyr.  3,  2,  12; 
είρήνην  άγειν,  to  keep  peace,  heat  peace 
with  one,  τινί  Ar.  Av.  .386.  προς  τίνα, 
Plat.  Rep,  465  Β  ;  but  είρ.  εχειν  to 
enjoy  pence,  v.  Xen.  An.  2,  6,  6  :  πολ- 
\ή  (ίρήνη,  profound  peace:  metaph.  rest, 
repose,  also  calmness  of  mind.  As  a 
wish  of  happiness,  used  in  saluta- 
tions, N.  T.     Luc.    10,   5,  etc.— II. 

IrSne,  the  gnddr^s  of  peace,  daughter  oi 

Jupiter  and  Theiiiis,  Hes.  Th.  902 ; 


Eipa 

■worshipped  at  Athens  from  449,  B. 
C,  Piut.  Cim.  13. — 2.  also  a  fern.  pr. 
n.,  Ath.  576  E.  (Prob.  from  «ρω,  lo 
bind,  join ;  though  the  notion  of 
speech-,  peacefiU  converse,  is  not  inad- 
missible.)    Hence 

Είμηνικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to,  con- 
cerning pfoce,   'λ.όyoς,  Isocr. :  peaceful, 
peacenhle,  Plat.,Xen.,  etc.     Adv.  -κώς. 
^Είρηνίς,  ίόος,  ή,  Irenis,  a  fern.  pr. 
n.,  Lycurg. 

Έίρηνοδίκαι,  ών,  οΊ,  (ειρήνη,  δίκη) 
the  Roman  Fetiales,  Dion.  Η  [?] 

Έ•ιρηνο~θίέ(ύ,  ώ,  to  make  peace, 
LXX.,  hence 

Έ,ϊβτ/νυττοίηαις,  ευς,  ή,  a  peace-ma- 
king, Clem.  Al. 

ΕΊρηναποιός,  όν,  {ειρήνη,  ποιέω) 
making  peace :  b  είρ.  a  peace-m^aker, 
Xen.  Hell.  6.  3,  ^.—1\.=  εΊρηΐΊκός. 

ΈιίρηνοφνΆακέω,  ύ,  to  be  a  guardian 
of  peace,  Philo  :  from 

Είρηνοόύ?.αξ,  ΰκος,  ό,  ή.  {είρτμ-η, 
ψν/Μξ)  α  guardian  of  peace,  Xen.  Vect. 
5,1. — ll.=the  Roman /eiio/is,  Plut., 
cf.  είρηνοόίκαΐ-  [ϋ] 

Είρίνεος.  ov,  Ion.  for  έρεοΰς,  weol- 
len,  of  wool,  Hdt.  :  from 

Eipiov,  OV-,  TO,  Ep.  and  Ion.  for 

Ipiov,  είρνς,  wooL,  Horn.,  usu.  in  pliir. ; 

so  too  Hdt.  3,  106. 

Eiptf,  ίδος,  ή.  worse  form  for  Ιρις. 

Ειρκτέον,   verb.   adj.   from  εΙρ-/ω, 

one  must  prevent.  Soph.  Aj.  1250. 

Έ'φκτή,  ης,  ή.  Ion.  έρκτή,  {εΐβγω) 
a  shut  place,  inclosure.  pri-wn,  Hdt.  4, 
146,  148,  Thuc.  1,  131.     Hence 

iEipKT^,  ης,  ή,  Hircle,  {a  fastrifss)  a 
fortified  place  in  Sicily,  Polyb.  1,  56. 
— 2.  in  pi.  Κίρκταί,  at.  {the  fastnesses) 
a  spot  near  Argos,  Xen.  Hell.  4,  7,  7. 
Έ,ίρκτοφν/Λΐίέω,  ώ-,  to  be  a  jailer, 
Philo  :  from 

Είρκτοφύ/.αξ,  ΰκος,  ό,  ή,  {ε'ψκτή, 
ψν/.αξ)  α  jailer,  turnkey.  Phiio.  [£ij 

Ειρμός,  ov,  ό,  {ειρω)  a  train,  series, 
Phit.  :  hke  series  from  sero. 

ΕΙροΐίόμος,  ov,  {είμβς,  κομέω)  dress- 
ing wool,  spinning :  ή  είρ. ,  a  wool-dresser, 
IL  3,  387. 

ΕΙρομαι,  loa.  for  Ιρομαι,  t«  ask, 
Hom.,  and  Hdt..  cf  εΐρω  to  say. 

ΕίβΟΰόκος,  ov,  ίείρος,  πόκος)  weol- 
fleeced,  ir<ioUy,  όϊς,  Horn.  :  and 

Είρο-όνος,  ov,  {είρος,  πονέυ)  v>ork- 
ing  in  tcooL 

Ειρος,  TO,  voool,  Od. :  cL  ερος.  Ipiov, 
είριον,  έρεα. 

ίΕΙρος.  ου,  ό,  Irus,  a  mountain  in  In- 
dia, Arr.  Ind.  21,  9. 

Είροχαρής.  ές,  {είρος,  χαίρω)  de- 
lighting in  wool,  .Vnth. 

Είρναται,  loa  3  pi.  pert  pass,  from 
έρύομαι  for  είρυνται,  Hom. 

Είρύμεναι  ίϋ],  poet.  iii£  pres.  for 
έρύειν  :  but  εφνμέναι  nom.  plur.  fern, 
part,  pert  from  είρνω. 
Είρνομαι,  v.  είρΰω. 
Ειρνσιμον,  τό,  poet.  esp.  Ep.  for 
έρνσιμον. 

Εΐρύω,  είρνομαι.,  poet,  for  έρύω, 
έρύομαι.  q.  v.,  Hom. 

ΕΓΡί2,  aor.  είρα  and  ερσα:  perf. 
act.  in  comp.  only  είρκα  (e.  g.  διείρκα) : 
pass,  perf  part,  ερμένος,  Ep.  έερμέ- 
νος,  Lat.  SERO,  to  tie,  join,  fasten 
together  in  rows,  string,  ατεφάνονς  εΙρ., 
Lat.  coronas  nectere,  Pind.  N.  7,  113, 
but  rare  in  Act. ;  cf.  however,  διείρω, 
έξείρω.  Hom.  has  only  part,  perf 
pass.  Ep.  ή/.έκτροίσιν έερμένος, bound, 
set  with  pieces  of  electron,  of  a  gold- 
en necklace,  Od.  18.  296,  and  in  same 
phrase  3  sing,  plqpf  pass,  μετά  δ' 
ή?.έκτροισιν  ίερτο,  Od.  15. 460,  ubi  al, 
ίερκτο  from  ειργω.  In  Pass,  also,  εί- 
ρομένη  ?^ΐις,  a  continuous,  running 
Style,  Ar.  Rhet,  3,  9. 


ΕΙΣ 

ΕΓΡΩ,  to  say,  speak,  talk,  tell :  the 
pres.  used  only  in  first  pers.,  in  Od. 
2,  162.  13,  7,  and  in  some  imitators. 
Of  mid,  in  act.  signf.  is  found  the  impf. 
είρετο  and  είροντο,  II.  1,  513.  Od.  11, 
542.  In  Ion.  the  mid.  has  the  signf 
to  cause  to  be  told  to  one,  i.  e.  to  ask : 
cf.  εγείρομαι.  (Some  hold  this  είρυ 
to  be  the  same  word  with  foreg.  Pla- 
to Crat.  398  D.  says,  τυ  είρειν  λέ)ειν 
εστί,  cf.  Lat.  sero,  sermo,  sermonem 
nectere:  but  this  rare  form  musi,\vith 
Schneider,  be  referred  lo  Att.  έρώ 
{έρέω),  which  indeed  is  strictly  a  fut. 
from  it :  and  under  this  word  see  the 
remaining  tenses,  as  fut.  pass,  είρή- 
σομαι,  pf  είρημαι,  etc.) 

ΕΓΡί2Ν,  UVOC,  ό,  a  dissembler,  one 
who  says  less  than  he  thinks,  opp.  to 
ΰ/.ηθης  by  .\rist.  Eth.  N.,  to  ανθέ- 
καστος  by  Philem.  p.  392,  who  calls 
the  fox  είρων.     Hence 

Ειρωνεία,  ας,  ή.  dissimulation,  esp. 
an  ignorance  purposely  affected  to  pro- 
voke or  confound  an  antagonist,  iro- 
ny, used  esp.  by  Socrates  against  the 
Sophists,  Plat.  Rep.  337  A,  cf  Arist. 
Eth.  N.  4,  7 ;  in  rhet.  the  figure  of 
speech  called  irony. — II.  any  assumed 
appearance,  esp.  a  pretext,  when  a  per- 
son at  first  appears  willing,  but  then 
draws  back,  Dem.  42,  7. 

ίΕΐρώνενμα,  ατός,  τό,  an  ironical  ex- 
pression, ironical  language,  Max.  Tyr. 
From 

Ειρωνεύομαι,  dep.  to  dissemble,  esp. 
to  feign  ignorance,  SO  as  to  tease  or 
confound.  Plat.  Apol.  38  A.     Hence 

Είρωνευτής,  οϋ,  ό,= είρων,  Timon 
ap.  Diog.  L.  2,  19. 

Είρωνεντίκός,  ή,  όν. ^=  ειρωνικός. 

Είρωνίζω,=είρωνενομαι,    Philostr. 

Ειρωνικός,  ή-όν,  {ε'φων)  dissembling, 
putting  on  a  feigned  ignorance.  Plat. 
Soph.  268  A:  to  είρ. =  ειρωνεία.  Id. 
Legf .  908  E.  Adv.  -κώς.  Id.  Symp. 
218  D,  etc. 

Είρωτάω,  also  είρωτέω,  Ep.  and  Ion. 
for  ερωτάω,  Od. 

ΕΪΣ,  PEEP.  C.   ACC.  ONLY,  also  ff  ; 

the  former  is  the  usu.  form  in  prose, 
ές  being  used  regul.  only  when  the 
verse  requires  a  short  syll.,  so  that  it 
is  to  εις.  inversely  as  έν  to  είν : 
however  ές  is  found  in  the  best  prose, 
and  so  usu.  in  Ion.,  and  old  Att.  Rad- 
ic,  signf.  :  direction  towards,  motion  to, 
on  OT  into: — I.  of  PL.tfE,  the  oldest 
and  most  freq.  usage,  though  not  on- 
ly of  lands,  cities,  etc.,  but  also  of 
persons,  εις  ήμας,  εις  Άχι/.ηα,  εις 
'Αγαμέμνονα,  etc.,  ν.  Spitzn.  Esc. 
χιχν.  ad  η. :  from  Hom.  downwds. 
with  all  verbs  implying  motion  or  direc- 
tion., Schaf.  Greg.  p.  46,  and  so  with 
verbs  of  looking,  as  oft.  in  Hom.,  εις 
ώτϊα  ίδέσθαι,  to  look  in  the  face,  so  εις 
οφθαλμούς,  II.  24,  204  ;  είςώτα  εοικεν, 
he  is  like  in  face,  where  ίδόντι  may  be 
supplied:  but  εις  οφθαλμούς  έ?.θεΐν 
τινι,  to  come  before  another's  eyes  : 
more  rare  after  a  subst.  as  όδος  ές 
λανρην,  Od.  22,  128,  for  which  the 
genu,  is  more  usu.,  Kiihner  Gr.  Gr. 
Si  522,  Anm.  4.  In  Horn,  εις  never 
got  the  notion  of  hostile  direction,  Lat. 
contra,  ad  versus  ,^  ττρός .  which  it  prob. 
has  in  Att.,  Valck.  Phoen.  79. — 2.  in 
pregnant  usage,  joined  with  verbs  which 
express  rest  in  a  place,  when  a  previous 
?nofion  to  or  into  it  is  implied,  e.  g.  ές 
μέγαρον  κατέβηκε,  he  put  it  in  the 
house,  i.  e.  he  brought  it  to  the  house, 
and  put  it  there,  Od.  20,  96 ;  ές  θρό- 
νονς  εζοντο,  they  snt  down  xipon  the 
seats,  Od.  4,  51  :  έύάνη  ?.ϊς  εΙς  όδόν, 
the  lion  appeared  in  the  path.  II.  15.  376, 
c£  Herm.  Soph.  Aj.  80 :  so  too  in  Att. 


ΕΙΣ 

]  and  prose  phrases,  είναι  or  γίγνεσθαι 
ές  τόττον,  Hdt.  1,  21 ;  5,  38  ;  also  πάρει 
ναι  εις  τόττον,  ΰόικνείσθαι  εις  ~ό'λιν, 
στήναι  εις  το  μέσον,  etc.  For  the  re- 
verse usage  of  έν  with  verbs  of  mo- 
tion, cf.  ii'I.lO. — 3.  with  verbs  of  say- 
ing or  speaking,  εις  relates  to  the  per- 
sons to,  before,  or  among  whom  one 
speaks,  λόγους  ποιεϊσθαι  εις  τον  όή- 
μον,  to  speak  to  or  before  the  people. 
— 4.  ellipt.  c.  gen.,  in  such  phrases  as 
εις  'Χιδαο  {δόμον),  Att.  είς'Αιδον  (in 
full  in  Hom.  εις  Άϊδαο  δομονς).  ές 
Άθηναίης  {ίερόι•)  to  the  temple  of  Mi- 
nerva, ές  ΤΙμιάμοίο  {οίκον)  etc. ;  so 
freq.  in  prose,  εις  Αήμητρος,  εις  Δί- 
oiwcov,  εις  φΰοσόφοί',  εις  διδασκαλιών 
φοιτάν,  to  go  to  the  philosopher's,  to  the 
leacher\,  Lat.  ad  Apollinis,  Castoris, 
Opts,  sub.  aedem. — IT.  of  ti.me,  only 
in  particular  phrases, — I.  until,  έςήώ, 
έςήέλ,ιονκαταδνντα,  Hom.  είςότε,  till 
the  time  when . . ,  till,  Od.  2,  99  ;  so 
too  εις  ττότε  ;  until  when  ?  how  long  ? 
Soph.  Aj.  1185;  ές  τήμος,  till  then, 
meanwhile,  Od.  7,  318 ;  ές•  τι  ;  like  εις 
ττότε :  11.  5,  465  ;  ές  δ,  until,  also  ές 
ov,  Hdt.  1,  67;  3,  31,  etc. :  ές  έμέ,  up 
to  my  time.  Id.  1,  92:  cf  ές  τε. — 2.  to 
determine  a  period,  jor,  esp.  f  if  ένιαυ- 
TOv,for  a  year,  i.  e.  a  whole  year,  II. 
19,  32,  Od.  4,  495,  within  the  year,  Od. 
4,  86  ;  also  εις  ώρας,  Od.  9,  133,  ές  θέ- 
ρος, ές  όττώρην,  Od.  14,  384,  for  the 
summer,  etc.,  i.  e.  throughout  it :  but 
also  till  summer  :  ές  avpiov,  Od.  7, 
317  ;  ές  ττερ  όττίσσω,  for  the  future, 
Od.  20,  199  ;  εις  άεί,  for  ever :  εις  ήμας, 
up  to  our  time  :  εις  τοντον  τον  χρό- 
νον,  about  this  time  :  εις  τρίτην  ήμέ• 
ραν,  to  the  third  day,  i.  e.  in  three 
days  or  on  the  third  day. — III.  of  an 
EXD  or  purpose,  είττείν  εις  αγαθόν, 
to  speak  for  good,  i.  e.  with  a  good 
object,  II.  9,  102 ;  also  ττείσεται  εις 
αγαθόν,  he  will  obey /or  his  good,  II. 
11,  789;  εις  αγαθά  μνθεΐσθαι,  II.  23, 
305,  so  too  ές  τζο/.εμον  θωρηξομαι,  I 
will  arm  me /or  war,  11.  8,  376;  έςφό- 
βον,  to  cause  fear,  II.  15,  310.  It  is 
also  used  in  N.  T.  lo  express  the  point 
arrived  at,  the  consequence  of  any 
thing,  without  notion  of  purpose,  εις 
TO  είναι  αντονς  άναττολο/ήτονς, 
Rom.  1,  20,  e4;c. — IV.  with  nume- 
rals :  ές  μίαν  βονλενειν,  to  resolve  one 
way,  or  in  unison,  to  come  to  the  same 
determination,  II.  2,  379,  SO  also  Att., 
εις  εν  ερχεσθαι.  to  agree  together,  εΙς 
μίαν,  εις  ταντον  ερχεσθαι  or  ήκειν 
Valck.  Hipp.  273,  Wolf  Dem.  460, 
15:  and  with  plurals,  up  to,  εις 
μνρίονς,  as  many  as  ten  thousand  ;  εις 
ύριθαον  also  is  added  pleon.,  Bast  Ep. 
Cr.  p.  283,  App.  p.  50 :  also  distribu- 
tively,  εις  εκατόν,  the  hundred,  each 
hundred  ;  εις  δύο,  two  deep. — 2.  also 
of  round  nxwnbers,  about,  at  most,  and 
so  rather  less  than  more,  Blomf  .\esch. 
Pers.  345,  Xen.  An.  1,  1,  10.— V.  in 
genl.  to  express  reference  or  rela- 
tion, ές  δ,  in  regard  to  which,  i.  e. 
wherefore,  Hdt.  1,  115  ;  εις  μεν  ταντα, 
as  to  this,  Lat.  quod  attinet . . ,  Heind. 
Plat.  Lys.  210  B,  cf  Wytt.  ad  Jul, 
p.  170 ;  εις  καλόν,  like  έν  καλ.ώ,  fit 
It/,  seasonably,  Lat.  opportune,  Heind. 
Plat.  Phaed.  76  Ε  :  but  εις  κάλλος 
ΰ/ν,  to  live  for  show  or  form,  Xen. 
Cyr.  8,  1,  83":  εις  τι ;  for  what .'  why  ? 
εις  πάντα,  in  every  respect :  hence 
periphr.  for  adv.,  ές  τάχος  for  ταχέως, 
Ar.  Ach.  686,  εις  εντέ/..ΐίαν,  Ar.  Αν. 
805,  cf  Matth.  Gr.  Gr.  ^  578,  d. 

B.    POSITION.     Εις   is  sometimes 

parted  from  its  ace.  by  several  words, 

εις  άμόοτέρω  Αιομήδεος  άρματα  βή- 

την,  II.  8,  115  ;  the  most  remarkable 

405 


ΕΙΣΑ 

'instance  is  Solon  Fr.  18  :  seldom  (on- 
ly in  Ep.)  put  alter  its  case,  II.  15,  59, 
Od.  3,  137  :  the  notion  is  redoubled  in 
εις  άλαόε  Od.  10,  351.  If  ΐίς  is  ex- 
pressed in  the  first  clause,  it  uiuy  be 
either  repeated  or  omitted  in  the  sec- 
ond, Schnf.  Soph.  O.  C.  749.— II.  ιΐς 
is  strictly  opp.  to  ίκ  :  hence  such 
phrases  as  ίκ  νιότητος  ίς  } //paf  11• 
14,  86,  ίς  τΐύδας  ίκ  Κίψαλής,  ίς  σφν• 
ρον  έκ  Τΐτέμνης  from  head  to  fool,  top 
to  toe,  II.  2•.^,  397,  23,  169  ;  εκ  τϊάτον 
ίς  σκοττιήν  II.  20,  137,  ίς  μνχον  ίξ ού- 
όον  Od.  7,  87,  εις  έτος  έξ  ετεος,/τοιη 
year  ίο  year,  Theocr.  18,  15. — Midway 
between  them  stands  ίν,  whence 
prob.  comes  ίνς,  εις.     Cf.  ώς  as  prep. 

C.  In  Horn,  if  is  used  as  adv.,  there- 
in, therefor,  11.  1,  142,  though  ace.  av- 
τήν  sc.  νήα  may  be  supplied  from 
context. 

D.  In  compos,  etf  retains  its  chief 
signf.  into,  Od.  6, 91,  and  is  usu.  con- 
strued with  accus. 

ΕΓΣ,  μία,  ίν,  gen.  ίνός,  μιΰς,  ίνός, 
(the  root  being  ΈΝ-,  which  appears 
in  Lat.  UN  US,  Engl.  ONE,  etc. :  the 
fern. /ίί'α  points  to  a  second  root,wliich 
appears  in  Hom.  also  without  the  init. 
μ,  m  the  Ep.  masc.  Ιυς,  fem.  la,  cf. 
Pott  Etym.  Forsch.  1,  223:  they  are 
perh.  united  by  οίης,  olvi],  μόνος.) 
Hom.  strengthens  it  by  εΙς  οίος,  μια 
ola  or  oh),  a  single  one,  one  alone, 
Hom. ;  so  too  μία  μουνί],  Od.  23,  227  ; 
εΙς  μόνος,  is  also  freq.  in  prose,  Schal. 
Mel.  p.  19,  20  :  c.  superl.,  εΙς  άριστος, 
11.  12,  243,  Soph.  Aj.  1340 :  in  opi)os. 
it  is  made  emphatic  by  the  art.,  ύ  εις, 
7/ μία,  11.  20,  272,  Od.  20,  110  -.tlr  τις, 
some  one,  Lat.  iinus  aliquis  :  εις  έκαα- 
τος,  each  one,  each  by  himself,  Lat. 
unusquisque :  καθ'  εν  'έκαστον,  each 
singly,  piece  by  piece.  Εις  is  used, 
as  in  modern  Greek,  for  the  indef  ar- 
ticle, like  τις,  a,  one,  some  one,  Lat. 
quidam,  nrst  m  Ar.  Av.  1202  :  είςμέν.., 
είς  6έ,  the  one,  the  other  :  also  εις.  δεύ- 
τερος, Lat.  unus,  alter,  Valck.  Amm. 
p.  49  :  εις  και  b  αντός,  one  and  the 
same,  Lat.  unus  et  idem,  Schaf.  Mel. 
p.  54,  in  this  case  oft.  c.  dat. :  εΙς 
tivTjp,  Lat.  umis  ojnnium,  Elmsl.  He- 
racl.  8  :  καθ'  iv,  by  itself  alone  :  on 
ε'ις  μίαν,  εις  εν,  cf.  εΙς  IV.  Proverb., 
εΙς  άνήρ,  οϋδεΙς  άνήρ,  one  or  none, 
more  commonly  /;  τις,η  ουδείς,  Valck. 
Hdt.  3,  140,  in  Lat.  vel  duo  vel  nemo, 
Persius,  1,3:  εν  ίνί,  one  bu  one,  sing- 
ly, each  by  itself,  through  all  genders, 
C  F.  Harm.,  Luc  de  Conscr.  Hist.  2, 
p.  13  :  also  εν  προς  εν,  Hdt.  4,  50, 
Plat.  Legg.  647  B. — 2,  μιφ  βύλλειν, 
sub.  jioAri,  to  have  one  throw. — II.  μία 
=  πρώτ>ι.  Lob.  Aglaoph.  p.  878.  [μϊΰ. 
though  in  later  Ion.  prose  μίη  also  is 
found.] 

Eif.  2  sing.  pres.  from  ειμί  to  be. 
— II.  2  sing.  pres.  from  εΙμι  to  go. 
Έϊς,  part.  aor.  2  of  α^μι. 
Είσα,  /  pit,  placed,  laid,  εΐαεν  ίν 
κλισμοΐς,  κατά  κλισμονς,  ίπϊ  θρόνου, 
ίς  δίψρον,  ίς  ΰσύμινθον,  seated  them, 
made  them  sit  down  \ipon..,  Hom.  ; 
είσέ  μ'  ίπϊ  βονσί,  placed  me  with  the 
oxen,  Od.  20, 210  ;  σκοπον  εΙσε, placed 
a  spy,  II.  23,  359  ;  }Μχυν  είσαν,  they 
laid  an  ambush,  II.  4, 392  ;  δημον  είσεν 
ίν  Σχερίτ),  settled  them  in  Sclicria, 
Od.  6,  8,  cf.  II.  2,  549 :  imperat.  είσον, 
Od.  7.  103,  part,  εσάς,  Od.  10,  301. 
Post-Horn,  εϊσας,  inf.  'έσαι,  'έσσαι, 
only  in  compds.,  e.  g.  εφεσσαι.  Oth- 
er tenses  are  not  used  by  Hom.,  for 
on  ίπΐ  νΐ]ός  ίέσσατο,  Od.  14,  295,  v. 
ίφεΐσα.  The  Att.  however  have  only 
the  aor.  mid.  είσάίΐην,  to  found,  erect, 
Jn  the  strict  mill,  sense /or  one's  self, 
406 


ΕΙΣΑ 

like  ίδρνω,  of  building  temples  or  set- 
ting up  statues  of  deities  ;  this  occurs 
as  early  as  Theogn.  12,  Hdt.  1,  66. 
Ion.  also  are  fut.  εσομαι,  Ep.  εσσο- 
μαι,  and  perf.  pass,  ιίμαι.  The  eith- 
er tenses  are  sujiplied  from  ιδρύω. 
This  defective  is  usu.  referred  to  the 
intr.  εζομαι  or  ίιμαι. 

tEi'f  ά}'άΐ',  adv.  strengthd.  for  άγαν, 
Procop. 

Ε'ιςαγγελενς.  έως,  ό,  {είςαγγέ?.?ω) 
one  who  announces  ;  esp.  a  sort  of  lord- 
in-waiting  at  the  Persian  court,  Hdt. 
3,  84,  V.  Philol.  Mus.  1,  373,  sq.— II. 
an  accuser. 

"Είςαγγελία,  ας,  ή,  an  announcement, 
nnfs,  Polyb. — II.  an,  accusation  prefer- 
red in  the  Athen.  council  for  s'i?ne  pub- 
lic offence ;  esp.  in  cases  not  provided 
lor  by  law,  an  information,  denuncia- 
tion, Isocr.  185  C,  Dem.  3)0,  4,  cf. 
Att.  Process  p.  260,  Herm.  Pol.  Ant. 
'^  133,  6. 

Έίςαγγέλλω,  f.  -ελώ,  {εις,  άγγέλ- 
λω)  to  give  in  notice,  go  in  and  announce ; 
the  business  of  a  πυλωρός,  Hdt.  3, 
118,  cf.  είςαγγελεΰς :  in  genl.  to  an- 
nounce, report,  bring  news,  tu  ίςαγγεΧ- 
λόμενα,  Thuc.  6,  41  :  ίςαγγελθεντων 
ΟΤΙ..,  information  having  been  given 
that..,  Thuc.  1,  lie. — II.  to  accuse  one 
of  a  state  offence,  denmmcc,  περί  τίνος 
εις  την  βουλήν,  Antipho  145,  27,  v. 
είςαγγελία  :  τινά,  c.  inf.,  Lys.  116, 
17.  Pass,  to  be  reported  of,  esp.  to  be 
accused,  Thuc.  1,  131  :  hence 

ΈΑςάγ)'ελσις,  εως,  7/,^=είςαγγελία, 
Def.  Plat.  414  C. 

Έ'ιςαγγελτικός,  ή,  όν,  of  or  belong- 
ing to  an  είςαγγελία,  ap.  Dem.  720,  18. 

ΕΙςάγείρο),  (εις,  άγείρω)  to  gather 
or  collect  in,  assemble  in,  e.  g.  ίμέτας 
ες  vTJa,  Hom.  regarding  it  as  separ. 
by  tmesis,  but  v.  εις  C.  Mid.,  to  as- 
semble in,  Od.  14,  248 ;  and  c.  ace. 
νέον  ίςαγείρετο  θυμόν,  he  summon- 
ed fresh  courage,  recovered  himself, 
II.  15,240;  21,417.^ 

Είςύγω.  f.  -ξω,  (,είς,  άγω)  to  lead  in 
or  into,  esp.  to  lead  into  one's  dwelling 
in  Hom.  usu.  c.  dupl.  ace,  e.  g.  Κρή- 
την  ε'ιςήγαγ'  εταίρους,  he  led  his  com- 
rades to  Crete,  Od.  3, 191,  αυτούς  είς- 
■ί/γον  θείον  δόμον,  4,  43  ;  also  ες.  ηνά 
ίς..,  Hdt.,  etc.  :  also  c.  dat.,  ψυχαις 
χάριν,  Eur.  Hipp.  526. — 2.  esp.  εςά- 
γειν  or  ίςύγεσθαι  γυναίκα,  to  lead  a 
wife  into  one's  house,  Hdt.,  5,  39,  40  ; 
6,  63. — 3.  to  import  foreign  wares,  Hdt. 
3, 6,  and  είςάγειν  σίτον,  Thuc. ;  hence 
είςύγεσθαι  κ.  ίξάγεσθαι,  Xen.  Ath. 
2,  3.-4.  in  mid.  to  admit  forces  into  a 
city,  Thuc.  8,  16 :  also  to  take  in  with 
one,  to  introduce  into  a  league  or  asso- 
ciation, Hdt.  3,  70;  to  introduce  new 
customs.  Id.  2,  49  :  but,  Ίατρον  είςά- 
γεσθαι,  to  call  in  a  physician,  Arist. 
Pol. — II.  to  bring  in,  bring  forward,  esp. 
on  the  stage.  Plat.  Rep'.  381  D.— 2.  a.-, 
political  term,  ε'ιςαγ.  τι  ές  βουλήν, 
etc.,  to  bring  before  the  Council,  Xen., 
etc. — 3.  as  law-term,  εΙς.  δίκην  or 
γραφήν,  to  open  the  proceedings,  state 
the  case,  Aesch.  Eum.  582,  etc.  :  to 
prosecute,  c.  ace.  (sub.)  and  gen.  Plat. 
Apol.  20  A. — III.  in  EccL,  oi  είςαγό- 
μενοι,  are  the  catechumens.  [a] 
Hence 

Έΐςΰγωγενς,  έως,  ό,  one  who  leads 
or  brings  in,  Plat.  Legg.  705  A  :  at 
Athens,  magistrates  who  received  infor- 
mations and  brought  the  case  into  court ; 
varying  ace.  to  the  nature  of  the  case, 
Herm.  Pol.  Ant.  §  138.  4. 

Είςΰγωγή,  ης,  ή,  (είςύγω)  a  leading 
or  bringing  in,  introduction,  importation. 
Plat.  Legg.  847  D. — II.  as  law-term, 
an  opening  of  the  pleadings,  lb.  855  D: 


ΕΓΣΑ 

cf.  είςάγω,  II.  3. — III.  in  Rhet.,  an  el 
ementary  treatise,  principles  oj  art,  Dion. 
H.     Hence 

Είςΰγωγικός,  tj,  όν,  belonging  to 
bringing  in  or  inlroduction,  elementary, 
Eccl. 

Έιςΰγώγιμος,  or.  (ε'ίςύγω)  that  can 
or  7*101/  be  imported,  opp.  to  εξαγώ- 
γιμος, Arist.  Rhet.  :  hence— 2.  nlie7i, 
opp.  to  ho/ne  or  native.  Plat.  Logg. 
847  D  :  hence  metaph.,  σωτηρία  είςαγ. 
Eur.  Incert. —  ;  είςαγ.  Tro/.t  if,  of  col- 
onies, Id.  Erechth.  17,  10.— IJ.  εϊςαγ. 
δίκη,  a  suit  which  is  determined  by 
the  archon  to  be  u-ilhin  the  jurisdiction 
of  the  court.  Dem.  939.  12. 

^Είσαδικοί,  ών,  oi,  the  Isadici.  a  peo- 
ple of  northern  Caucasus,  Strab. 

Eifati,  ior  f'if  αεί,  forever. 

Έ.ίςαείρω,=^είςαίρω,  to  take  to  one's 
self,  Theogn.  970  (954),  like  προςψέ- 
ρομαι. 

Είςαθρέω,  ω,  (εις,  άθρέω)  to  lay  eyct 
upon,  to  see,  perceive,  behold,  view,  c. 
ace,  11.  3,  450,  in  poet,  form  ίςαθρέω. 
— II.   to  look  at,  consider. 

Είςαίρω.  (f  if,  αίρω)  to  lift  in  or  iiito, 
bring  or  carry  in,  Ar.  Ran.  518. 

Είςύίσσω,  f.  -ξω,  {εις,  ϊάσσω)  poet, 
for  είςάσσω.  to  dart,  spring  in  or  i7ilo, 
Ar.  Nub.  543. 

ΕΙσαιτο,  opt.  aor.  mid.  of  *εΐδω,  II. 
2,215.^ 

Είςαίω,  poet,  for  είςακονω,  to  listen 
or  hearken  to,  C.  gen.,  Ap.  Rh. ;  C. 
ace,  Anth. 

Είςακοή,  ης,  ή,  (εϊςαχονω)  a  listeTt- 
ing,  hearkening,  Phllo. 

Είςΰκοντίζω.  f.  -ίσω,  (ΐΐς,  ακον- 
τίζω) to  throw•  or  hurl  javelins  at,  τινά, 
Hdt.  1,  43:  ttf  τα  γυμνά,  Thuc.  3, 
23 :  absol.,  to  dart  or  spoat,  of  blood, 
Eur.  Hel.  1588. 

Είςάκονω,  f.  -σομαι,  (εις,  άκονω) 
to  listen,  hearken  or  give  ear  to,  c.  aCC, 
11.  8,  97,  H.  Cer.  285 :  «Iso  c.  gen. ; 
hence  to  understand :  and  often  simr 
ply  to  hear,  τινός.  Soph.  Aj.  789,  etc. 
— II.  to  obey,  comply,  give  heed  to,  τίνί, 
Hdt.  1,214,  etc.;  also  c.  neut.  adj., 
ίςακ.  τινί  τι,  to  comply  uiih  one  in  a 
thmg.  Id.  9,  60. 

Είςακτέον,  verb.  adj.  from  είςάγΐύ, 
one  must  bring  in,  Ar.  Vesp.  840,  v. 
είςάγω  II.  3. 

Ειςύ,7.είφω,  (εις,  αλείφω)  to  smear 
or  rub  in,  Hipp. 

Είςάλ?ιθΐιαι,  f.  είςαλονμαι,  (εις, 
άλλομαι)  dep.  mid  ,  fo  leap,  spring  or 
rush  at,  hence  in  Hom.  always  c.  ace., 
πυργον,  πνλας,  τείχος  ε'ιςάλλεσθαι, 
to  take  them  by  a  sudden  assault,  by 
storm  :  later,  ίςαλλ.  ίς  το  πυρ,  to  leap 
into  it.  Hdt.  2,  06  ;  also  to  leap  vport, 
εϊς  τί,  Eubul.  Damal.  1. 

ΕίΓΰμείβω,  (είε,  αμείβω)  to  go  into 
Aesch.  Thob.  558. 

Είσάμην,  Ep.  aor.  mid.  of  εΙμι.  II. 
4,  138,  rpoof  είσατο,  it  passed  through 
the  skin,  II.  13,  ^191.— II.  Ep.  aor. 
mid.  of  *εΙδω,  εϊδομαι,  J  appeared, 
seemed,  Hom. 

Είσάμην,  aor.  mid.  oft/an,  Att. 

Είςαναβαίνω,  fut.  -βι'ισομαι,  (ε'ις• 
αναβαίνω)  logo  up  to  or  into  :  in  Hom. 
always  c.  ace,  to  mount  up  to,  ascend, 
'l^iol••,  ΰπερώϊον,  άκτήν,  λέχος,  ex- 
cept Od.  19,  602,  fif  υπερώα. 

Έtςΰvaγκάζι,J,  f.  -άσω,  (εις,  αναγ- 
κάζω) to  force  into,  constrain,  Aesch. 
Pr.  290. 

Είςανάγω,  f.  -ξω.  (εις,  ανάγω)  to 
lead  into.  c.  acc.  εϊρερον,  to  bring  into 
slavery,  Od.  8,  529.  [a] 

Είςανύλίσκω,  f.  -λώσω.  (εις,  άνα• 
λίκσω)  to  expend  upon,  Antipli.  Stvat. 
1,  10. 

ΕΙςανδρόω,  ώ,  (εις,  άνήρ)  to  put 


ΕΙΣΒ 

men  into  :  Ιο  fill  with  men,  to  people, 
Αήμνον  ιταισί.  Αρ.  Rh.  i,874:puet.ef. 

Είςαρΐΐόον,  (εΙς,  άνά,  *ΰόω.  In.) 
to  louk  up  to  or  at,  c.  ace,  ovpuvov 
είςηνιδών,  II.  IG,  232. 

ΈιΙςάνείμι,  (ε/f,  ανά,  εΙμί)  to  go  aloft 
to,'ascend  ίο,  c.  acc,  'ή7\,ιος  οίφανόν 
είςανίών,  the  sun  mounting  high  in 
heaven,  II.  7,  423. 

Έ,Ιςανέχο),  f.  -έξω,  (εΙς,  άνέχω)  to 
raise  or  lift  up  to :  usu.  seemingly  intr., 
sub.  έαντόν,  to  rise  up,  tower,  A  p.  Rh. 

Είςανορούω,  {εις,  ίνορονω)  to  rush 
up  to,  c.  acc,  οίφανόν,  Q.  Sm. 

ΕΙςαντα,  adv.,  right  opposite,  over 
against :  Hom.  joins  εΙς.  Ιδείν,  to  look 
full  at,  look  ill  the  face,  and  εΙς.  ίδέσ- 
θαι,  to  be  seen  right  opposite. 

Είςαντλέω,  ώ,  {εις,  άντλέω)  to  draw 
into,  fill  in,  Ath. 

Είςάπαν,  adv.  for  ε'ις  ΰπαν,  alto- 
gether, entirely,  generally. 

Είςάπαξ,  adv.  for  εις  άπαξ,  at  once, 
Hdt.  6,  125.— IT.  already. 

Έίςαποβαίι>ω,  f.  -βήσομαι,  {εις, 
άποβαίνυ)  to  go  forth  into,  c.  acc, 
Ap.  Rh. 

Είςαποκλείω,  {εις,  αποκλείω)  to 
shut  up  in. 

ΕΙςατΓοστέλλω,  f.  -ελώ,  {εΙς,  άττο- 
στέ?.?Μ)  to  send  in  or  into,  M.  Anton. 

ΕΙςάράσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  fut.  -ξω,  {εις, 
αράσσω)  to  throw  into  or  upon,  την  ϊπ- 
πον  είςαρ.,  to  drive  the  enemy's  horse 
upon  his  foot,  Hdt.  4,  128,  of.  5,  116. 

ΕΊςαρπάζω,{ε}ς,  αρπάζω)  to  tear  or 
hurry  into,  Lys.  94,  16. 

ΕΙςαρτίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {ε/ς,  ύρτίζω)  to 
join  or  fit  into,  εΙς  τι,  Hipp. 

Εΐςαρνομαι,  dep.  mid.,  {εις,  άρνω) 
to  draw,  Hipp. 
^Ε'ίσας,  part,  from  είσα,  q.  v. 

ΕΙσατο,  είσατο,  v.  είσάμην,  είσά- 

U7]V. 

Ε'ιςάττω,  Att.  for  είςαίσσω,  q.  v. 

Είςανγύζω,  {εις,  αΰγάζω)  to  U>ok  at, 
vietv,  Anth. 

ΕΙςανθις,  adv.  for  εις  ανΟις,  hereaf- 
ter, afterwards. 

ΕΙςανριον,  adv.  for  ε'ις  avpiov,  on 
the  morrow,  Ar.  Eq.  661. 

ΕΙςαυτίκα,  adv.  strengthd.  form  of 
αντίκα,  Aral. 

Ε'ιςαντις,  adv.  Dor.  and  Ion.  for 
είςαϋβις. 

^Αίςάφασμα,  ατός,  τό,  violent  hand- 
ling, seizure,  Aesch.  Fr.  185  ;  from 

ΕΙςΰφύω,  also  είςΰφάοσω,  {εις, 
άφάσσω)  to  feel  in  or  within :  είςαφ. 
τον  δύκτνλον,  to  feel  by  putting  in 
the  finger,  Hipp. 

Είςΰφίιιμι,  f.  -αφήσω,  {εΙς,  αφίημί) 
to  send,  throw  in  or  into :  to  let  in,  ad- 
mit, Xen.  Cyr.  4,  5,  14. 

E£fa^i/i:ai'£j,=sq.,  Hom.  [άν] 

Είςαφικνέομαι,  f.  -αφίξομαι,  {εις, 
άφικνέομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  come  into  or 
to,  reach  or  arrive  at,  usu.  c.  acc,  e.  g. 
Ίλιον  ε'ιςαφίκέσθαι,  Hom. ;  yet  also 
c.  dat.,  Hdt.  1,  1;  9,100. 

Ε'ιςάφύσσω,  {εις,  άφύσσω)  to  draw 
into.  Ap.  Rh.,  in  mid. 

Είςβαίνω,  f.  -βήσομαι,  {εις,  βαίνω) 
to  go  into,  enter  a  ship,  usu.  absol.,  to 
go  on  board  ship,  embark,  Od.  9,  J  03, 
etc. ;  but  also  εςβ-  ες  ναϋν,  Hdt.  3,  41 ; 
and  c  acc,  είςβ.  σκάφος,  Eur.  Tro. 
681  (cf  εμβαίνω)  :  also  είςβ.  δόμους, 
etc  :  είςβαίνει  μοι,  it  comes  into  my 
head.  Soph.  Tr.  298.— II.  aor.  1  είςέ- 
βησα,  trans.,  to  make  to  go  into,  to  bring 
or  take  into,  ες  δ'  έκατόμβην  βησε  θεώ, 
II.  1,  310,  but  ες  may  here  govern 
αυτήν,  understood  or  used  as  adv.  v. 
εΙς  0  :  cf  Eur.  Ale.  1035. 

Είςβύ?.λω,  f.  -βΰ?.ώ,  {εις,  βάλλω) 
ίο  throw  into,  e.  g.  στρατιάν  ες  Μί?-η- 
τον,    throw  an  army  into  the  Milesian 


ΕΙΣΔ 

territory,  Hdt.  1,14;  so  εςβ.  νας  Ις 
τάς  άρονρας.  Id.  2,  14:  also  c  dupl. 
acc,  βονς  πόντον  είςβ.  to  drive  them 
to  the  sea,  Eur.  I.  t.  261.— In  mid. 
esp.  to  put  on  board  one^s  ship,  ές  την 
ναΰν,  Hdt.  1,  1;  6,  95;  or  absol..  Thuc. 
8,  31. — II.  as  if  intrans.  sub.  έαντόν, 
στρατιάν,  etc  (which  is  expressed 
in  Hdt.  1, 17), ίο  throw  one's  self  into,  fall 
into,  make  an  inroad  into,  εις  χώραν, 
Hdt.  1, 15,  16,  etc. :  more  rare  c  acc, 
Eur.  Hipp.  1198,  Bacch.  1045:  esp. 
to  land,  Lat.  appellere. — 2.  in  genl.  to 
go  into,  enter  :  of  rivers,  to  empty  them- 
selves into,  fall  into,  Hdt.  1,  75  ;  4,  48, 
etc  (though  sometimes,  τόβέεθρον,το 
vcSwpis  expressed,  Id.  1,1 79, and  Eur.), 
cf.  είςδίδωμι  εκδίδωμι. — 3.  also  to  come 
to,  fall  into  accidentally,  Lat.  incidere  in 
aliquid,  πόλιν,  Eur.  Cycl.  99. — 4.  also 
absol.  to  begin,  late,  as  Gal.     Hence 

ΕΙςβΰσις,  εως.  ή,  an  entrance,  Eur. 
I.  T.  101  :  embarkation,  Thuc.  7,  30. 

Είςβΰτός,  η,  όν,  {είςβαίνω)  access- 
ible, rfj  τόλμ^,  Thuc.  2.  41. 

Είςβδάλλω,  {εις,  βδάλλω)  to  suck 
in,  Gal. 

Είςβΐύζομαι,  f.  -άσυμαι,  dep.  mid., 
{εις,  βιάζω)  to  enter  by  force,  force  one's 
way,  burst  into,  Ar.  Av.  32. 

Είςβΐβάζω,  {.  -άσω,  {εις,  βιβάζω)  to 
bring,  carry,  put  or  place  in  or  into,  εις 
άρμα,  Hdt.  1,  60  ;  είςβ.  ές  τας  νέας,  to 
put  on  board,  lb.  6,  95. 

Ε'ιςβλίπω,  {εις,  β?.έπω)  to  look  at, 
look  upon  one,  c  acc,  Eur.  Or.  105  ; 
but  also  ε'ις..,  Hdt.  7,  147,  8,  77. 

Ε'ιςβοηθέω,  {εις,  βοηθέω)  to  go  into 
or  in,  in  order  to  help. 

ΕΊςβολη.  ης.  ή,  {είςβάλλω)  a  throw- 
ing  in  Or  into. — II.  a  falling  in  or  into, 
an  inroad,  invasion,  attack,  assault,  Hdt. 
6,  92;  έςβ.  ές  χωράν,  Id.  7,  1. — 2.  a 
place  for  falling  in,  etc.,  an.  entrance, 
pass,  gorge,  έςβ.  έξ  οίφέων  στεινών  ές 
TO  πεδίον,  Hdt.  2,  75,  cf  7,  173,  and 
V.  Arnold  Thuc  3,  112;  so  too  in 
plur.,  Hdt,  1,  185:  in  plur.  also  the 
mouth  of  a  river,  7,  182.  Cf.  έκβθ?.ή. 
— 3.  α/2  entering  into  a  thing,  beginning. 
?ιόγων  έςβο?Μί,  Eur.  Supp.  92;  so  too 
of  a  play,  Antiph.  ΐΐοίησ.  1,  20. 

Ε'ιςγραφη.  ης,  ή,  a  writing  in  or 
among,  Dio  C.     From 

ΕΙςγράφω,  f.  -ψω,  {εις.  γράφω)  to 
write  in,  inscribe.  Mid.  ές  τάς  σπον- 
δάς,  to  have  one's  self  written  or  received 
into  the  league,  Poppo  Thuc.  1,  31  : 
to  ivrite  down  for  one's  self,  Soph.  Tr. 
1167.  [ΰ] 

Είςδάνείζω,  {ε'ις,  δανείζω)  to  gain 
by   lending  upon   interest.   Plat.    Rep. 
555  C. 
^Εϊςδεξις,  εως,  ή,=εΊςδοχή,  Eccl. 

ΕΙςδέρκομαι,  (εις,  δέμκημαι)  dep. 
c  aor.  act.  είςέδβΰκον,  in  Oiph.  είςέ- 
δρακα,  perf  είςδέδορκα,  to  look  at  or 
upon,  behold,  observe,  c.  acc,  Od.  9, 146, 
and  Eur. 

ΕΙςδέχομαι,  f.  -ξομαι.  Ion.  έςδεκο- 
μαι,  {εις,  δέχομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  take 
into  or  in,  receive,  admit,  USU.  εις..,  as 
Hdt.  1,  144,  cf  206  ;  also  c  dat.,  Eur. 
Cycl.  35 :  very  rarely  c.  gen.,  as  είς- 
δέχεσθαί  τίνα  τειχέων  to  admit  with- 
in the  walls,  Valck.  Phoen.  454  :  c 
dupl.  acc,  to  admit  one  as..,  Pind.  Fr. 
185.  Pass.  aor.  ε'ιςδεχθήναι,  Luc. 
Toxar.  30. 

EiV(5i'cyij/U£,  only  used  intr..  =eif/3aX- 
λω,  Π.  2.  of  rivers,  to  flow  into,  εις.., 
Hdt.  4,  50,  in  Ion.  form  έςδίδ. 

\ΕΙςδοχεΙον,  ov,  τό,  {ειςδέχομαι)  a 
place  of  reception,  Arr. 

ΕΙςδοχή,  ης,  ή,  a  taking  into,  receiv- 
ing, ε'ιςδηχαι  δόμων,  a  hospitable 
house,  Eur.  El.  396. 

Είςδρομή,  ης,  ή,  {ε'ιςτρέχω)  an  in- 


ΕΙΣΕ 

road,  onslaught,  assault :  in  Thuc.  2, 
25,  of  one  who  throws  himself  into  a 
besieged  place. 

Ειςόνσις,  εως,  ή,  (είςδύνω)  an  en• 
trance,  Arist.  ap.  Plut. 

ΕΙςδννω,  (εις,  δν\•ω,)  ίο  enter  into, 
hence  δεινόν  τι  έςέδννε  σφίσι,  great 
fear  came  upon  them,  Lat.  subiit  ani- 
mo,  Hdt.  6,  138,  also  c.  acc,  cf  Soph. 
O.  T.  1317.  Usu.  in  mid.  ε'ιςδνομαι, 
c  aor.  ειςέδνν,  to  go  into,  enter  into,  slip 
into,  penetrate,  plunge  into,  εις..,  Hdt. 
2.  121,  123,  Alt. :  in  Hom.,  c.  acc. 
άκοντιστνν  έςδνσεαι.  thou  wilt  enter 
into,  engage  in  a  contest  of  archery,  II. 
23,  622.     [ννω,  ίσω.] 

Ε/σε,  V.  είσα. 

Εισεαι,εϊσομαι,  fut.  of  *ε ίίω,  Hom. 

Υ.ίςεαω,  ώ,  ι.  -άσω,  {εις,  έάω)  to  let 
in,  Geop.  [άσω] 

Είςεγγίζω,  i.  -ίσω,  {ε'ις,  εγγίζω,)  to 
approach,  dub.  1.  Polyb. 

'(Είςέθορον,  2.  aor.  act.  of  εΐςθρώ- 
σκω. 

ΕΙςεΙδον,  {εις,  είδον)  to  look  on  or  at 
aor.  2  with  no  pres.  in  use,  its  place 
being  supplied  by  εΐςοράω,  Ep.  είςι- 
δον  and  είςιδόμην,  Hom. 

Ειςείλκνσα,  aor.  of  είςέλκω,  Hdt. 
2,  175,  Ar.  Ach.  379. 

Ειςειμι.  {εις,  είμι)  to  go  into  or  m, 
enter  in,  ουκ  Χχιλήος  οφβαλμονς  ε'ις- 
ειμί,  1  will  not  come  before  Achilles' 
eyes,  II.  24,  463,  and  so  oft.  c.  acc, 
αρχήν  εις.  to  enter  on  an  office,  Dein.  : 
and  so  absol.,  Hdt.  6,  59 :  freq.  also 
with  a  prep.,  μετ'  ύνέρας,  among  or  to 
the  men.  Od.  18,  184  ;  παρά  βασιλέα, 
Hdt.  1,  99;  but  most  freq.  with  εις, 
as  Hdt.  1,  65.  Thuc,  etc. :  absol.  to 
go  i)i,  enter,  and  SO  esp.  of  actors  com- 
ing on  the  stage,  Dem.  418,  13. — II. 
as  law-term  είςιεναι  is,  to  come  before 
the  court,  and  that  not  only  of  the  par- 
ties, but  also  of  the  charges  or  ac- 
tions, a'l  δίκαι,  αϊ  γραφαι  είςίασιν, 
also  την  δίκιγν  or  γραφήν  ειςιέναι,  to 
commence  an  action,  Att.  Process,  p. 
30,  706. — III.  metaph.  to  come  into  one's 
mind,  άνάγνωσις  έςτιει  αυτόν,  Hdt.  1, 
116;  also  c  dat.,  άλγος  είςήει  φρενί, 
Eur.  I.  A.  1580,  cf  Plat.  Phaed.  59 
A,  and  είςέρχομαι  III. 

Είςέ?.ύσις,  εως,  ή.  {είςελαύνω)  a 
driving  into  or  in.  Plut.     Hence 

ΕΙςελαστικάς,  ή,  όι•,  belonging  to  a 
marching  in  or  entry,  Lat.  ludi  iselastici, 
games  on  triumphant  entry,  Plin.  Ep. 
10,  119. 

Ε1ςε7.αννω,  fut.  •ε7.άσω  [α],  Att. 
-ε?.ώ,  poet,  ε'ιςελάω,  [εις,  έλαννώ). 
To  drive  in,  Od.  10,  83  ;  to  drive  in  or 
over,  ίππους,  II.  15,  385  ;  to  drive  to, 
esp.  a  ship  to  land,  to  land,  Lat.  ap- 
pellere, Od.  13,  113. —  II.  in  prose 
seemingly  intrans.,  to  go,  ride,  drive, 
sail,  march  into  or  in,  where  πόδας, 
Ιππον,  άρμα,  ναϋν,  στρατόν,  must  be 
supplied,  Xen.  An.  1,  2,  26,  etc. :  also 
c.  acc.  είςελ.  λιμένα,  to  advance,  sail 
into  the  harbour,  Ap.  Rh.  2,  672  :  esp. 
of  triumphal  entries,  δια  θριάμβου, 
and  θρίαμβον  είςελ.  to  make  a  tri- 
timphal  entry,  Plut.  Mar.  12,  Cat. 
Min.  31. 

ΕΊςέλενσις,  εως,  ή,  {είςέρχομαι)  a 
going  in  or  into,  an  entrance. 

Είςέλκω,  (εις,  έλκω)  to  draw,  haul, 
drag  in  or  into,  Xenarch.  Pent.  1,  13. 
Ε'ιςεμβαίνω,  (εις,  έμβαίνω)  to  go  on 
board,  Anth. 

Είςεμπορενομαι,  {είς,  έν,  πορεύω) 
as  Pass.,  to  travel  to  as  a  merchant. 

Είςέπειτα,  adv.  for  ε'ις  έπειτα,  for 
hereafter,  i.  e.  henceforward. 

ΕΙςεπιδημέω,  ώ,  {εις,  έπιδημέω)  t« 
come  or  go  to  as  a  stranger.  Plat.  Legg 
952  D. 

407 


ΕΙΣΗ 

Έίςέμγννμί,  είςεργνύω,  (ε!ς,  Ιργνν- 
μι)  Ιο  shut  up  in,  enclose  in,  Hdt.  2,  86. 

Είςερ—νζω,  f.  -■iiffw,=  sq.,  Plut. 

Έΐςέβπω,  {εις,  ep~ui)  to  creep  into,  in 
or  on. 

Έ.ίςέρβω,  (εις,  ifipu)  to  go  in,  get  in  : 
in  iinperat.  in  with  thee!  perf.  είςή^- 
βηκα  occurs  Ar.  Thesin.  1075,  and  aor. 
είςι/ββησεν,  Ar.  Eq.  4. 

ΕΙςερσις,  εως,  >'/,  uic,  tlpu  to  tie)  α 
fas'f.ning,  binding. 

Έ,Ιςερνω,  (εις,  Ιρνώ)  to  draw  into, 
vTja  σπέος,  to  draw  up  a  ship  into  a 
cave  or  cove,  Lat.  subducere,  Od.  12, 
3J7. 

Είςέρχομαι,  fut.  -ε?.ενσομαι,  ({εΙς, 
έρχομαι)  dep.  mid.  :  to  go  in  or  into, 
enter,  come  into,  go  to  :  in  Hom.  usu.  c. 
ace.  only,  Φρυγί/μ',  ύόμονς,  κλισΐην 
εΐςελθεϊν,  etc.,  more  rarely  with  εις, 
'vhich  in  prose  is  the  usual  construct. : 
εΙςε'λΟεΙν  εις  τας  σπονδάς,  to  come  into 
the  treaty,  Thuc.  5,  36 ;  so,  εις  τον 
πόλεμον,  Xen.  An.  7, 1,  27  :  εις  τυνς 
έφηβους,  to  enter,  come  to  the  age  of 
the  Ephebi,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  5,  1 ;  εις. 
ιτρός  τίνα,  to  enter  one's  house,  visit 
him,  lb.  3,  3,  13 :  εις•,  ίπϊ  δείπνον.  Id. 
An.  7,  3,  21 :  absol.  of  money,  etc.,  to 
come  in,  πρόςοδοί  είςήλβον,  Id.  Vect. 
5,  12. — II.  as  Att.  law-term,  of  the 
accuser,  to  come  into  court,  bring  on  the 
charge :  also  c.  ace,  είςέρχ.  την  γρα- 
φήν,  to  enter  upon  the  charge,  Dem. 
201,  8  :  of  the  accused,  to  come  before 
the  court.  Id.  260,  19.  Cf.  Att.  Pro- 
cess, p.  30  n. — III.  nietaph.  μένος  άν- 
δρας έςέρχετηι,  courage  enters  into  the 
men,  11.  17,  157 :  where  Att.  the  dat. 
also  is  used,  Plat.  Rep.  330  D  ;  πείνη 
όί/μον  έςέρχετai,{Άm\necoJnes  upon  the 
people,  Od.  15,  407:  so  too  Κροίσοι• 
γέλιος  εΙς7ΐ7.θε,  Hdi.  G,  125.  cf.  Valck. 
ad  7,  46:  also  αΰτυν  εςη'λθε,  c.  inf ,  it 
came  into  his  mind  to..,  Id.  7,  46;  ΰς 
εΐη  τέρας,  8, 137 :  also  c.  dat.,  Κροίσφ 
έςη?.θε  το  τον  Σόλωνος,  1,  86,  cf.  3, 
14.  Cf.  είςειμι  III. 
^Εϊσεται  ap.  Ath.  142.  as  fut.  mid. 
he  will  seat  himself,  not  found  else- 
where, V.  Buttm.  Cat.  p.  IIH. 

ίΕΙςέτι,  adv.,  for  f  if  ετι,  still  further, 
moreover,  Theocr.  27,  18. 

ΈίςεντΓορέω,  ώ,  (εις,  εϋττορέω)  ίο 
get  or  procure  in  plenty,  χρήματα  Ty 
τϊό'/.ει,  Diod. 

Έίςεφίημι,  f.  -ήσω,  (εΙς,  έψίτιμι)  to 
send,  let  in. 

Έϊςέχω,  f.  •ξω,  (εις,  εχω)  to  hold  in. 
— II.  intr.  to  reach,  stretch  into  or  in, 
κόλτΓΟζ-  ίκ  της  βορηΐης  θαλάσσης  ίςέ- 
χων  έπΙ  Αίβι.οπίης,  stretching  from  the 
north  sea  into  .(Ethiopia,  Wess.  Hdt. 
2,  1 1 ;  with  εΙς,  as  7/  διώρνξ  ενέχει  ές 
ΐΓΟταμόν,  Hdt.  1,  193;  ην  θάλαμος  ές- 
έχυν  ές  τον  ΰι•δμεώνα,  3,  78  ;  ές  τον 
οίκον  έςέχων  ό  ij?uoc,  the  sun  shining 
in,  8,  137. 

ΙΈίση,  feoL  of  έϊσος,  the  only  form 
used  in  Homer. 

ΈΙςηγέομαι.  fut.  -ήσομαι,  (εις,  ήγέ- 
ομαί)  dep.  mid.,  to  bring  into  or  in,  in- 
troduce, advise,  propo.^c,  propound,  bring 
forward,  USU.  c.  acc.  rei,  την  θνσίην, 
Hdt.  2,  49,  την  mlpav,  Thuc.  3,  20 : 
also  είςηγ.  περί  τίνος,  to  make  a  prop- 
osition on  a  subject,  Isocr.  76  C  :  more 
.rarely  c.  inf,  to  propose  to  do.  Plat. 
*Crito  48  A  :  freq.  in  such  forms  as 
είςηιονμένου  τινός,  at  one^s proposal, 
-en  his rnoiion,  Thuc.  4,  76. — II.  είςηγεϊ- 
αθαί  τινι,  to  inform,  instruct  any  one, 
Thuc.  7, 73.    Hence 

Έίςήγημα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which  is 
brought  in,  a  proposition,  motion,  Aesch- 
in.  12,  3. 

Έ-Ιςήγησις,  εως,  η,  (είςηγέομαι)  a 
:.^nging     in,    introduction,    proposing, 

4m 


ΕΙΣΚ 

bringing  forward,  Thuc.  5,  30. — II.  ο 
motion,  Lat.  rogatio,  Plut. 

ΥΛςΊγητέον,\'βϊ\).  adj.  from  είςηγέ- 
ομαι,  one  must  bring  in,  ?>iove,  Thuc.  6, 
90.    _ 

ΈΙςηγητης,  οϋ,  ό,  (είςηγέ  ομαι)  one 
who  brings  in,  a  leader,  mover,  author, 
κακών  τινι,  Thuc  8,  48. 

Είςηγητικός,  (είςηγέομαι)  of,  fit  for 
bringing  in,  τινός,  Clem.  Al. 

Κίςηγορέομαι,  (εις,  αγορεύω)  dep. 
to  address,  LXX. 

ΥΛςηθεω,  (εις,  ήθέω)  to  strain  into  : 
also  to  inject  by  a  syringe,  Hdt.  2,  87. 

Έ,ίςί/κω,  aor.  ε'ιςηξα,  (εις,  j/κω)  to 
be  come  m,  Ar.  Vesp.  606  :  to  come  in, 
Aesch.  Ag.  1181. 
ΙΈΛςηλνσίη,  ης,7/,=είςέλενσις,  Anth. 

Είσί^α,  Aeol.  and  Ep.  for  εις,  2 
sing.  pres.  from  εΙμι,  II.  10,  450,  Od. 
19,  69. 

Είσθαι,  inf.  perf.  pass,  from  Ιημι. 

Είςθεάυμαι,  (εις,  θεάομαι)  Dep.,  to 
look  into,  contemplate,  Trag.  ap.  Euseb. 

ΕΙςθεσις,  εως,  ή,  (είςτίθημι)  an  in- 
troduction, an  interposition. 

Είςβέω,  f.  -θενσομαι,  (εις,  θέω)  to 
run  into  or  in,  run  up  to,  Ar.  Av.  1169. 

ΕΊςθ?.ίβω,  (εις,  θλίβω)  to  squeeze 
into.  [<] 

Είςθρώσκω,  aor.  -έθορον,  (εΙς,  θρώ- 
σκω)  to  spring,  leap  into  or  in,  II.  12, 
462;  21,  18  :  but  είςθορέω,  is  a  vox  ni- 
hili,  Blomf.  Aesch.'Theb.  133,  Buttm. 
Catal.  V.  θρώσκω. 

Είσί,  είσίν,  3  plur.  pres.  from  ειμί- 

ΕΙσι,  εΙσιν,  3  sing.  pres.  from  εΙμι. 

ΕΙςΐδεϊν,  Ep.  είςιδέειν,  inf.  aor.  of 
είςείδον,  Hom. 

ΕΙςιδρύω,  (εις,  ιδρύω)  to  found  or 
build  in  ;  hence  perf.  pass,  έςίδρνταί 
σφι  'Α,ρηος  ίρόν,  Hdt.  4,  62. 

Εϊςίζομαι,  {εις,  ϊζω)  ίο  place  one's 
self,  lie  down  in,  λόχον,  to  jjlace  one's 
self  in  ambush,  II.  13,  285. 

Είςίημι,  f.  -ήσω,  (εις,  Ιημι)  to  send, 
put,  let  into  or  in,  τι  ε'ις  τι,  Hdt.  2,  87  ; 
3,  158:  of  a  river,  είςιέναι  το  ύδωρ. 
Id.  7,  109.  Mid.  to  betake  one's  self 
into,  αί'λιν  εςΐέμεναι,  Od.  22,  470  (not 
to  be  derived  from  ε'ιςειμι) :  more 
rarely  in  act.  signf ,  to  admit,  let  in,  in- 
troduce, Xen.  Hell.  1,  3, 19.  [On  quan- 
tity. V.  ιημι.'] 

Είςίθμη,  ης,  ή,  (είςειμι)  an  entrance, 
Od.  6,  264. 

Είςικνέομαι,  fut.  -ίξομαι,  (εις,  Ίκνέ- 
ομηι)  dep.  mid.  ίο  go  info,  Hdt.  3,  108. 
In  Aesch.  Supp.  557,  as  pass.,  είςικ- 
νονμένη  βέλει,  pierced  through  by  an 
arrow :  but  the  reading  is  dub.,  and 
this  signf  unlikely. 

Είςιππενω,  (εις,  Ιπιτενω)  to  ride 
into,  Diod. 

ΕΙςίπταμαι,  aor.  είςεπτάμην,  (εις, 
ιτϊταμαι)  dep.  mid.,=:  είςπέτοιιαι,  ίο 
fly  into,  c.  acc,  II.  21,  494;  εις..  Ar. 
Av.  1173:  also  of  reports,  Hdt.  9, 
100 :  in  all  these  places  in  aor.  mid. 
but  Plut.  has  also  an  aor.  act.  είςέπ- 
την. 

ΕΙςιτηριος,  a,  ov,  (εϊςειμι)  belong- 
ing ίο  enlrance  :  τα  είςιτηρια  (ιερά)  a 
fesial  sacrifice  at  the  heginnins  of  a 
year,  or  an  office,  Dem.  400,  24 :  εις. 
λόγος,  an  inaugural  speech,  opp.  to 
έξιτι'ιρί,ος. 

Είςιτητέον,  verb.  adj.  from  είςειμι, 
one  must  go  in. 

ΕΙςιτητός,  ή,  όν.  (ειςειμι)  accessible. 
ίΕίςκαθηράω,  ώ.  Ion.  -κατοράω,  (εις, 
καθοράω)  to  gaze  upon  or  at,  Anacr.  fr. 
1,  5,  acc.  to  Bergk. 

Elςκ(iλέω.ώ,ί.-έσω(ε!ς,κaλέω)tocall 
in,  τους μάητνρας,  Ar.  Vesp.  936  :  to  in- 
vite. Mia.  to  have  one  called  in, 
Polyb. 

Είςκαταβαίνω,  (εΙς,  καταβαίνω)  to 


ΕΙΣΑ 

go  down  into,  c.  acc,  όρχατον,  Od.  24, 
222. 

EΊrκaτaδύvω,=  ίoτeg.,  Timon  ap. 
Diog  L. 

ΕΙςκατατίθημι,  f  -θι'/σω,  (ε'ις,  κατά- 
τίθιιμι)  to  bring  in,  put  down  into  a 
thing,  V7jovv,  uito  the  belly,  Hes.  Th. 
890. 

Εϊςκειμαι.  (εις,  κεϊμαι)  to  be  put  in, 
lie  in,  Hdt.  2,  73  :  to  be  put  on  board 
ship,^  Thuc.  6,  32 :  cf  εις  1.2. 

Είςκέ?ιλω,  f.  -κέλσω,  (tlr,  κέ/ίλω) 
ίο  push  in  or  into :  usu.  as  if  intr.,  sub. 
vavv,  to  put  in,  to  land,  hence  εΐςκέλ- 
λειν  σκάψει,  Ar.  Thesm.  877. 

Είςκημνττω,  f.  -ξω,  (εις,  κηρύττω) 
to  call  in,  sununon  by  a  herald  or  crier, 
Ar.  Ach.  135  :  esp.  ίο  call  into  the  lists 
for  combat,  Soph.  El.  690. 

Εΐςκλνζω.  (εις,  κ'λνζω)  to  wash  in 
or  into,  Strab. 

Είςκλιύω,  poet,  for  είςακονω,  Opp. 

Είςκολνμβάω,  ώ,  (εις,  κολ.νμβάω) 
to  sivim  into. 

ΕΊςκομιδή,  ης,  η,  a  bringing  into  or 
in,  importation,  esp.  of  supplies,  Thuc. 
7,  24  ;  from 

Είςκομίζω,  fut.  -ίσω,  Att.  -ίώ  (εις, 
κομίζω)  to  bring  into  or  in,  carry  in, 
Hes.  Op.  604  :  to  import :  also  in  mid., 
Thuc.  1,  117.  Pass,  εϊςκομίζεσθαι 
εις  τόπον,  to  flee  into  a  place,  Thuc. 
2,  100. 

Είςκρίνω,  (εΙς,  κρίνω)  to  choose  in 
or  into,  opp.  to  εκκρίνω. — II.  to  bring 
into:  pass. to enier into, 'Philo.  [i] Hence 

Εϊςκρϊσις,  εως,  ή,  a  selection. — II. 
an  entering  in,  Plut. 

EiV/fpoiiij,  (εις,  κρονω)  to  strike,  beat 
in,  Pherecr.  Ληρ.  7. 

Είςκτάομαι,  (εις,  κτάομαι)  dep.  to 
acquire,  Eur.  Archel.  10. 

ΕΙςκυκλέω,  ώ,  (εις,  κνκλέω)  to  turn 
in,  esp.  in  a  theatre,  turn  a  thing  in• 
wards,  and  so  withdraw  it  from  Ihe  eyes 
of  ihe  spectators,  by  maclmiery ,  v.  έκ• 
κυκλίέω  and  sq.,  Ar.  Thesm.  265. 
Metaph..  δαίμων  πράγματα  είςκεκν- 
κληκεν  εις  τί/ν  οΐκίαν,  some  spnit  has 
brought  ill  luck  into  the  house,  Ar. 
Vesp.  1475.     Hence 

Είςκνκλημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  revolving 
scene  in  a  theatre,  opp.  to  έκκύκ'λημα, 

q•  ""■,,, 

Ειςκνλίω,  (εις,  κνλίω)  to  roll  into, 
entangle,  involve,  έμαντϋν  εις  πράγμα- 
τα, Α.τ.Ύ\\ίί9ΐΏ.  651.     [i] 

Είςκύπτω,  f.  -ψω,  (.εις,  κνπτω)  to 
peep  into,  look  into. 

Έΐσκω,  to  make  like,  αντυν  ηϊσκε 
δέκττ/,  he  took  ihe  likeness  of  a  beggar, 
Od.  4.  247,  cf  13,  313  :  to  ihink,  deem 
like,  liken,  τάδε  ννκτΐ  έισκει,  Od.  20, 
362,  cf.  II.  5,  181 :  and  metaph.  to  com- 
pare, Άρτέμιδί  σε  έίσκω.  J  deem  thee 
like,  liken,  compare  thee  to  Diana,  Od. 
6,  152.  cf  11.  3,  197  :  hence,  ov  σε  όαή• 
μονι  φωτΐ  έίσκω,  Ι  do  not  deem  thee 
like,  i,  e.  take  thee  for  a  wise  man, 
Od.  8,  159 :  also  c  acc.  et  inf,  ov  σε 
έίσκομεν  ηπεροπηα  εμεν,  Od.  11,  363, 
cf.  II.  13,  446  ;  21,  332  ;  and  so  too  to 
guess,  conjecture,  c.  accetinf  ,Theocr. 
25,  199  :  absol.,  ώς  σν  έΐσκεις,  as  thou 
deemest,  Od.  4,  148 :  cf.  Buttm.  Lexil. 
in  voc. — Ep.  word.  (From  Ισος,  εϊ- 
σος,  hence  also  Ίσκω,  q.  v. :  acc.  to 
others  from  έοικα,  like  εικάζω.) 

Είςκωμύζω,  f.  -άσω,  (εις,  κωμύζω) 
to  enter  like  a  κώμος,  i.  e.  like  young 
people,  who  after  a  feast  dance  and 
sing  through  the  streets :  hence  in 
genl.  to  burst  in  upon,  τινι,  Luc. 
metaph.  to  pour  in,  6  άργυρος,  Ath. 

ΕΙςλύμπω,  (εις,  λάμπω)  ίο  shine  in 
Theophr. 

Είς?.ενσσω,  (εις,  λενσσω)  to  look  in 
to,  Soph.  Aj.  260. 


ΕΙΣΟ 

*Είςμάαμαι,οί.  sub  voc.  έςεμασσά- 
μην. 

Είςμύσσομαι,  fut.  -άξομαι,  (είς,μάσ- 
σω)  Ιο  feet  ίηΐο,  ίο  put  into  to  feel,  to  im- 
press, imprint,  τι.  elg  ~i  Theocr.  17, 37. 
Cf.  also  sub  εςεμασσάμην. 

ΥΛςματτενομαί,  also  είςματεύομαι, 
{εις,  ματενω)  dep.  ίο  feel,  kandU,  δα- 
κτνλφ,  Hipp. 

Είςμίγνυμι,  fut.  -μίξω,  {εις,  μίγνυ- 
μι)  to  mix  in. 

Είςνέυ,  fut.  -νενσομαι,  {εις,  νέω) 
to  sivim  into,  Thuc.  4,  26. 

Είςν7/χομαι,  {εις,  vηχoμaι)~ίoτeg., 
Ael. 

Έίςνοέω,ώ,{είς,νοέω)  Ιο  perceive  re- 
mark, recognise,  Horn.,  only  poet. 

Ε'ιςοόιάζομαι,  as  pass.,  {είςοδος)  to 
come  it,,  of  money,  Lat.  redire,  Casaub. 
Pers.  6,  79.  Act.  only  in  Eccl.  to 
gather  in,  to  collect. 

ΈΑΐςόδιυς,  ov,  belonging  to  going  in  or 
entry. — IJ.  going  in,  coming  in,  Tu  είςό- 
ύΐα,  income,  revenue,  LXX.  :  from 

ΕΙςοδος,  ου,  ή,  {εις,  οδός)  an  tn- 
trance,  i.  e.  place  of  entrance,  entry,  Od. 
10,  90,  Hdt.,  etc. — 11.  a  coming  in,  en- 
trance, esp.  of  persons  into  the  lists  to 
contend  m  the  games.  Find.  P.  5, 156  : 
so  too  είςοδοι  'ίππιαι,  lb.  6,  50,  ubi  v. 
Schol. :  also  of  the  chorus  into  the 
orchestra,  Ar.  Nub.  326,  ubi  v.  Schol. 
— 2.  a  right  of  entrance,  access,  Hdt.  3, 
118. — III.  an  area  in  front,  fore-court. 
— IV.  income,  revenue,  Polyb.  6, 13,  1. 

\ΕΙςοιδαίνω,  {εις,  οίδαίνω)  to  swell 
to,  to  swell  up,  Aret. 

Είςοικειόω,  ώ,  {εις,  οικείος)  to  bring 
in  as  a  friend  ;  Pass,  to  become  friend  to 
any  one,  gain  his  confidence,  Xen.  Hell. 
5,  2,  25. 

Είςοικέω,  ώ,  {εΙς.  οΙκέω,)ΐο  dwell  in, 
settle  in,  Anth.     Hence 

Είςοίκησις,  εως,  ή,  settlement :  a 
dwelling,  άοικος  εις.  Soph.  Phil.  534. 
Εϊςοικίζω,  fut.  -ί'σω  Att.  -ίώ,  (εις, 
οίκίζω)  to  bring  in  as  a  dueller  or  set- 
tler, -ii>u  εις  τότΓον,  Hdt.  2,  30;  7,  171 ; 
to  settle,  establish,  of  colonies,  etc. 
Pass.=eifot/cf6j.  But  in  mid.  to  es- 
tablish one^s  self  in,  settle  in.  Plat.  Rep. 
424  D.     Hence 

Είςοικισμός,  οΰ,  ό,  a  bringing  in  as 
settler,  Heliod. 

Είςοϋίοδομέω,  ώ,  (.εις,  οΊκοδομέω) 
to  build  into,  πλίνθυνς  εις  τείχος,  Thuc. 
2,  75. 

ίΕΐςοιστέος,  a,  ov,  to  be  brought  in, 
'ntroduccd,  νόμος,  Dem.  707,  25. 

ΕΙςοιχνέί.^  ώ,  {εις,  οιχνέω)  to  go  in- 
«0,  etiter,  c.  ace,  Od.  0.  157;  9,  120. 
^Είςόκα,  Dor.  for  sq.,  Bion. 
Είςόκε,  είςόκεν,  {εις  δ  κε)  until,  in 
Horn.,  usu.  c.  subj.,  or  ind.  fut.,  Herm. 
Vig.  n.  381  ;  yet  also  c.  opt.,  11.  15,  70  : 
and  ind.  aor.,  Ap.  Rh.  1.  820. — 11.  so 
long  as,  c.  subj.,  II.  9,  C09.    . 

Εισομαι,  fut.  of  οίδα,  v.  sub  *εΙδω. 
r-11.  Ep.  fut.  of  εΙμι,  11.^ 

Είςομύργνϋμι,  (εις,  όμόργνυμι)  to 
impress  upon :  so  also  in  mid.,  Chae- 
'em.  ap.  Ath.  608  C. 
Είσον,  imperat.  from  είσα,  Od.  7, 163. 
Είςόηΐν,  {εις,  δπις)  adv.  back :  c. 
gen.  είςότΓΐν  χρόνου,  hereafter,  in  af- 
ter time,  Aesch.  Supp.  617. 

ΕΙςοηίσυ,  {εις,  οπίσω)  adv.  in  time 

to  come,  hereafter,  Horn.  V'en.   104.  [I] 

ΕϊςοτΓτος,  ov,  (είςιδείν,  fut.  είςΐ)- 

■ώομαι)  looked  upon  :  to  be  seen,  visible, 

Hdt.  2,  138. 

Είςοπτρίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (είςοπτρον)  to 
reflect  like  a  glass,  Plut.  Mid.  to  see 
one's  self  in  a  glass.  Id. 

Είςοπτρικός,  ή,  όν,  {(ίςο—τρον)  of 
or  belonging  to  a  mirror,  Plut. 

Ε'ιςοπτρίς,  ίδος,  ή,  =  είςοπτρον, 
Anth 


ΕΙΣΠ 

Ειςοπτρισμός,  ου,  ό,  {είςοτττρίζω)  α 
reflexion  in  a  mirror.  Plut. 

Είςοπτροειόης,  ές,  {είςοτττρον,  εί- 
δος) like  a  mirror  or  a  reflexion,  Plut. 

Ειςοητρον,  ov,  TO,  {ίϊς,  δψομαι)  a 
looking-glass,  mirror,  Pmd.  IS.  7,20 

ΕΙςυμάω,  Ep.  inf.  είςοράασβαι,  part. 
είςοροων  :  fut.  είςόψομαι :  aor.  είςεϊ- 
δον.  'To  look  at  or  upon,  view,  behold, 
Horn.,  who  also  uses  mid.  esp.  in  inf., 
e.  g.  μείζονες είςοράασυαι,  Od. ;  in  act. 
with  collat.  notion  of  admiration  or  f4•- 
teem,  Lat.  suspicere,  hence  to  look  up 
to.  revere,  Od.  20,  166 ;  also  with  ad- 
dition of  θευν  ως  or  Ισα  θεω  είςοράν, 
to  revere  one  as  a  god,  II.  12,  312,  Od. 
7,  71  ;  hence  to  pay  regard  to,  respect, 
Eur.  El.  1097  :  είςορ.  ττρός  τι,  to  look 
at,  eye  eagerly  or  longingly,  Soph.  Ant. 
30  :  in  genl.  to  look  at,  gaze  upon  stead- 
ily and  without  wincing,  Aesch.  Pers. 
109 :  but  also  of  angry  gods,  to  visit, 
punish,  Soph.  O.  C.  1370  ;  εΙς.  μή  .  .to 
take  care  lest .  .  ,  Soph.  El.  584. 

Είςορμάω,  ύ,  (εις,  ορμάω)  to  haste, 
press  on,  rush  into  :  so  also  in  mid., 
Soph.  Tr.  913 — II.  later  also  trans., 
to  bring  hastily  into,  Anth. 

Είςορμίζω,  iut.  -ίσω  Att.  -ίώ,  {εις, 
όρμίζω)  to  bring  into  port.  Pass,  and 
Mid.  to  run  or  put  into  port,  of  ships  in 
pass.,  Xen.  Vect.  3,  1 ;  of  persons  in 
mid..  Plut. 

Έισος,  ίιση,  εϊσον,  [ί]  poet,  lengthd. 
form  from  ίσος,  alike,  equal,  Hom., 
though  he  uses  only  fern.,  and  only 
in  these  phrases: — 1.  δαις  έίση,  the 
equal  banquet,  i.  e.  equally  distributed  or 
shared,  of  which  each  partakes  alike, 
used  esp.  of  sacriticial  feasts  and  meals 
given  to  a  stranger,  lor  on  other  occa- 
sions the  greatest  men  had  the  best 
portions:  in  Hom.  this  is  far  the 
most  freq.  usage. — 2.  ν/μς  είσαι,  the 
equal  ships,  built  alike  on  both  sides. 
and  so  lymg  even  in  Ihp  watej",  also 
oft.  in  Hom.  :  cf.  άμφιέ/ασσα. — 3. 
άσπις  ττύντοσ'  έίση,  theall-et'eii  shield 
on  every  side  equal,  i.  e.  having  its  rill) 
every  where  equidistant  J  rom  the  centre, 
and  so  qiaie  round,  freq.  in  11. — 4.  φρέ- 
νες ένδον  είσαι,  an  even  mind,  i.  e.  well- 
balanced,  calm,  Lat.  ?nens  aeqtia,  only 
in  0(1  14,  178. 

Ei'fore,  for  εΙς  δτε,  until,  v.  εΙς  II. 
Είςοχετεύω.  {εις,  όχετεύω)  to  con- 
duct into,  Heiiod. 

E'Vo^rii  ής•  ^>  {είςέχω)  a  liolloiv,  re- 
cess, opp.  to  εξοχή,  Strab. 

Eif oi/;if,  εως,  ij,  a  looking  upon  :  also 
a  spectacle,  joined  with  τταράόίΐ^μα, 
Eur.  El.  1085:  from 

ΕΙςόψομαι,  fut.  of  είςοράω,  ε'ιςεΐ- 
δον.η.  5,  212;  24,  206. 

Είς—αίω,  f.  -παίσω,  Att.  more  usu. 

-τταιήσω,  aor.  reg.  -έτταισα,  (f  if,  τταίω) 

to  burst,  rush,  dash  in.  Soph.  O.  Τ .  1252. 

Είςκαραδνω,  f.  -δύσω,  {εις,  παρα- 

δύω)  to  slide  gently  into,  Phllo. 

tEifTTiAAov,  ου,  TO,  more  correctly 
"Ιστηλλον,  q.  v.  Strab. 

ΕΙςπέμπω,  f.  -ψα>,  (εις,  ττέμπω)  to 
send  in,  bring  in,  let  in,  Soph.  O.  T. 
705  and  Thuc. 

ΕΊςπεράω,  ώ,  f.  -ύσω  Ion.  -ήσω, 
{εις,  περύω)  to  enter  by  passing  over, 
εις—.  Χα'λκίδα.  to  pass  over  to  Chal- 
cis,  Hes.  Op.  653.  [ΰσω] 

ΕίςτΓέτομαι.  {εις.  πέτομαι)  to  fly 
into.  Dio  C.  :  cf.  εΙςίπταμαι. 

_Είς—ηδάω,  ώ,  iut.  -ήσω,  {εις,  ττψ 
δάω)  Ιο  leap  in,  εΙς  τι,  Xen.  An.  1,  5, 8. 
ΕΙςττίμ-λημι,ζ^έμπίμπληιιι,  dub. 
ΕΙς-ίπτω,  f.  -πεσοϊιμαι,  {εις,  ττίτίτω) 
to  fall,  rush  in  or  into,  ές  ττόλίν,  ές 
vavv,  Hdt.  5.  15,  etc.  ;  έςη:  εις  ε'ιρ- 
κΓ/'/ν,  to  be  thrown  into  prison,  Thuc. 
1,  131 :  έςέττεσέ  τινι  ζοιεΐν,  it  came 


ΕΙΣΤ 
into  his  head  to  do  it.  Id.  4,  4. — II.  to 
fall  upon,  attack,  Hdt.  1,  63,  Soph.  Aj 
55. 

EiV7rt'-j;(j,=  foreg.  Eur.  Tro.  746. 

Είς•η7.έω,ί.  -τΐλενσομαι,  {εις,  τζλέω' 
to  sail  into,  enter,  Hdt.  6,  35  ;  εϊς  τι, 
Thuc.  2,  69  :  usu.  c.  ace,  as  Soph. 
O.T.  423. 

Είς-ηληρόω,  ώ,  {εις,  ττ7.νρόω)  to  fill, 
fill  full,  piog.  L.  'y     J     J    ' 

Εις-'λοος,  ov,  6,  contr.  ειςπ/.ονς, 
ov,  {ίΐςττ'/.εω)  a  sailing  in  of  ships,  en- 
tering, Thuc.  7,  22.— II.  the  entrance 
of  a  harbour.  Id.  4,  8. 

Ei'f  τΓί^έω,  f.  -πνενσω,  {εις,  τϊνέω)  to 
breathe  in,  inhale,  draw  breath,  opp.  to 
εκπνέω,  Arist.  Probl.  —  II.  to  blow, 
breathe  in  or  upon,  τινά,  Ar.  Ran.  314. 
— III.  Lacon.,  esp.  to  inspire  with  love, 
hence  the  lover  was  called  by  them 
είςπνηλος  or  είςπνήλας,  the  beloved, 
άίτης,  but  this  was  only  of  boys,  v. 
Bentl.  Call.  Fr.  169. 

Είςπνήλας,  a,  ό,  and 

Ε1ςπν7/λος,  ov,  ό,  v.  sub  είςπνέω 

Ειςπνοη,  ης,  ή,  {είςπνέω)  α  breath- 
ing in,  drawing  breath,  Plut. 

Εϊςπνοος,  ov,  {είςπνέω)  inflated, 
Hipp. 

Ειςπ-οιέω,  ώ,  ί.  -ήσω,  {εις,  ποιέω) 
to  put  in,  give  up,  resign,  hand  over,  as- 
sign, esp.  a  son  to  be  adopted  by  an- 
other, υίόν  TLvi,  Plat.  Legg.  878  A  ; 
so  είςπ.  τινά  εις  τον  οΙκόν  τίνος,  to 
cause  one  to  be  adopted  into  the  family 
of  some  one,  Dem.  1054,  20  :  Άμμωνι 
σαντόν  είςπ.,  to  declare  thyself  the  son 
of  Amnion,  Plut.  Alex.  50:  hence  in 
mid.  to  make  one's  own,  esp.  to  adopt  as 
a  son :  in  pass,  είςποιεΐσθαι  προς 
τίνα,  to  be  receivedhy  adoption  into  the 
family  of  one,  Dem.  1088,  28  :  εις- 
ποιείν  εαυτόν  τινι.  to  intrude,  thrust 
one's  self  upon  another,  Dem.  402, 
20,  cf.  Dinarch.  94,  23  :  είςπ.  το  έγ- 
κώμιον  εις  την  Ίστορίαν,  to  interweave 
encomium  into,  Luc.  Hist.  Scrib.  9. 
Hence 

Είςποίησις,  εως,  r/,  a  making  one's 
own,  adoption,  esp.  of  a  child,  Plut. : 
and 

Είςποίητος,  η,  ov,  adopted,  Lys. 
Fr.  33. 

Είςπομπή,  ης,  ή,  {είςπέμπω)  a 
sending  into  Or  in,  introducli:m. 

Είςπορίνω,  {εΙς,  πορεύω)  to  lead 
into,  Eur.  El.  1285.  Pass.  c.  fut. 
mid.,  /«^omio,  en/er,  Xen.  Cyr.2,3,21. 

Είςπράκτης,  ov.  ό,  {εΐςπράσσω)  one 
who  exacts,  a  collector,  LXX. 

ΕΙςπραξις.  εως,  ή,  an  exacting,  Thue. 
5,  53. — II.  receipts  :  from 

Εϊςπράσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  f.  -Sii,  (p/f, 
πρύσσω]-  to  get  in.  exact,  collect  debts  and 
taxes,  esp.  for  the  public  treasury,  τινά 
τί,  Isocr.  Ill  Ε  lalsortTrapurtiuf, Li- 
ban.  Mid.,  to  collect,  exact  for  one's  self, 
Ti,  Eur.  I.  T.  559.  But  "the  distinc- 
tion of  act.  and  mid.  is  not  uniform. 

ΕΙςπτύω,  f.  -πτνσω,  {εις,  πτύω)  to 
spit  into,   [ΐισω] 

Είςρέω,  ί.  -ρενσομαι,  aor.  -εΐ^ρνην, 
{εις,  ρέω)  to  stream  in  or  into,  Eur. 
1.  T.260.     Hence 

Είς/ιοή.  ης,  7;,=sq.,  Ael. 

Είςροος,  ov,  ό,  contr.  -ρονς,  ov.  a 
flowing  in,  είςρ.  ποιείν—εΐςρείν,  Arist. 
Mund. 

Εϊςρνσις,  εως,  7/,=:foreg. 

Είςσπάω,  1.  -άσω,  (ti'f,  σπάω)  to 
draw  into  or  to,  LXX.  [ΰσω.] 

Ε'ιςτε'λέω.  ώ,  f.  -ί'σω.  (εις.  τελίω) 
to  receive  into  a  class.  Pass,  to  be  re- 
ceived into  it,  εις  γένος.  Plat.  Polit. 
290  E. 

fEiστηκειv,  plqpf.  ind.  act.  of  ίσ-• 
τ?ιμι,  Eur. 

409 


ΕΙΣΧ 

ΈΙςτίΟημι,  f.  είςθήσω,  (εις,  τίθημι) 
to  place,  put  info  or  in,  τίΐ'ύ  0Γ  τι  εις 
χείρας  τιη,  Hdt.  1,  208,  etc. :  έςτι- 
ϋέναι  rivu  kg  ΰμαξαν,  Id.  9,  25  :  also 
with  or  without  ίς  vavv,  to  put  on 
board  ship,  Lat.  navi  imponere.  Hdt. 
4,  179  :  also  ia  mid.,  τέκνα  έςθέσθαι, 
to  put  their  children  on  board,  Id.  1, 
164. 

Είςτιμάομαι,  (εις,  τιμύυ)  dep.  to 
enter  in  the  census,  Dion.  H. 

Εΐςτιτρώσκω,  v.  έςτιτρώσκυ. 

E/f  το^νύω,  {εις,  τοξεύω)  to  s/ioot  or 
throw  into,  Dio  C. 

Έίςτρέττω,  (εΙς,  τρέπω)  to  turn  to  or 
towards :  so  also  in  mid.,  Arist.  H.  A. 

Έίςτρέχω,  fut.  εΐςόράμονμαι :  aor. 
2  είςέ^ρΰμον,  {εις,  τρέχω)  to  run  in  or 
on,  Thnc.  4,  67. 

Έ,ϊςτρϋπαυ,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  («f,  τρυ- 
πάω) to  bore  into. — II.  intr.,  to  glide 
into. 

Έ,Ιςφαίνω,  f.  -φΰνω,  [εις,  φαίνω)  to 
inform,  Fhilomn.  ap.  Ath.  75  A. 

Είςφέρω,  ί.  είςοίσω  :  aor.  1  είςι'ι- 
νεγκα,  (εις,  φέρω)  to  carri/  into  or  to, 
θα.  7,6  :  είςψ-  αγγελίας,  Hdt.  1,  114: 
to  bring  in  or  upon,  πένθος,  πό^.ειιόν 
τινι,  Eur.  Bacch.  367,  Hel.  38.— 11. 
to  bring  in,  contribute,  τινί  τι,  esp.  of 
έρανοι,  Plat.  Syinp.  177  C,  Xen.  Cyr. 
7,  1.  12,  opp.  to  διαφέρειν,  q.  v. :  esp. 
at  Athens,  to  pay  an  extraordinary  tax 
on  property.  V.  είςφορά  II.,  Thuc.  3, 
19,  Plat.,  etc. ;  εΐςφ.  ύττο  τών  υπαρ- 
χόντων, Dem.  565,  15. — III.  to  intro- 
duce, bring  forward,  propose,  γνώμην, 
Hdt.  3,  80,  and  Thuc. ;  είςφ.  νόμον,- 
Lat.  legem  rogare,  Dem.  705,  26  :  also 
είςφ.  εις  τίνα,  like  Lat.  rtftrre  ad 
senalum.  Plat.  Legg.  961  B.— B.  mid. 
to  carry  with  one,  sweep  along,  11.  11, 
495  :  also  like  act.,  έςφ.  τι  ές  ποί>]σα•, 
to  introduce  into  poetry,  Hdt.  2,  23  : 
to  apply,  employ,  Dion.  H. — Π.  to  bring 
in  with  one,  import,  Hdt.  5,  31.  —  C. 
pass,  to  rush  in,  like  είςπίπτειν,  Thuc. 
3,  98.— II.  to  be  imported,  Hdt.  9.  37. 

ΕΊςφθείρομαι,  as  mid.  {εΙς,  φθείοω) 
to  plunge  into  ruin. 

1Είςφ?ιάω,  {εις,•  φλάω)  to  crush  or 
press  in,  Hipp. 

Είςφοιτύω.  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (εις,  φοιτύω) 
to  go  into,  visit.  Eur.  Atidr.  915. 

Ειςφορά,  ύς,  ή.  {ε'ιςφέρω)  a  carrying 
or  gathering  in. — II.  a  bringing  in,  con- 
tribution, esp.  at  Athens,  a7i  extra- 
ordinary property-tax,  raised  to  meet 
the  e.iigcncies  of  war :  in  full  είςφο- 
puv  είςφέρειν,  Thuc.  3,  19,  cf  B(ickh 
P.  E.  2,227.  Herm.  Pol.  Ant.  l^  162.  8. 
— III.  a  proposal,  moving,  νόμου,  DioC. 

Είςφορέω,=είςφέρω,  Od.  6,  91 ;  19, 
32. 

Είςφράσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  f.  -ξω,  (εις, 
φράσσω)  to  fence  in. 
^ΰςφρες,  imper.  of  sq. 

ΕΙςφρέω,  (for  the  pres.,  cf.  έπεις- . 
φρέω)^  impf.  είςέφρονν,  Dem.  473,  6  ; 
f.  -φρήσω.  Ar.  Vesp.  892,  and  -φρήσο- 
μαι,  Dem.  93,  17  ;  to  let  in,  admit,  Lat. 
admittere,  Ar.  I.e. — 2.  to  devour,  Arist. 
Miral). — II.  intr.  to  betake  one's  self 
into,  enter  v.  1.  Ar.  Eq.  4,  and  Polyb. 
■ — B.  mid.  to  bring  in  with  one,  Eur. 
Tro.  647.  The  imperat.  is  είςφρες, 
cf  όίαφρέω,  έκφρέω.  (The  root  φρέω, 
akin  prob.  to  φέρω,  φορέω,  is  found 
only  in  compos,  with  δια-,  εις-,  έπεις-, 
έκ-.) 

ΕΙςΦύρω,  (εις,  ονοω)  to  mix  in,  Max. 
Tyr.  [d 

ΕΙςχειρίζω,  f  -ίσω  Att.  -ΐώ  =  έγ- 
χειρίζω,  to  put  iiito  one's  hands,  hand 
over,  entrust,  τίνί  τι.  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  384. 

ΕΙςχέω,  ί.  -γεύσω,  (εις,  χέω)  to  pour 
in  or  into,  Eur.  Cycl.  389.  Mid.  c. 
sync.  aor.  ίςεχνμην,ΐο  pour  themselves 
410 


EITO 

into,  to  stream  or  rttsh  in,  ές  πάλιν,  II. 
21,  610. 

Εί'σω,  more  rarely  εσω,  adv.,  {εΙς, 
ές)  into,  in,  within,  in  Hom.  freq.  c. 
ace,  e.  g.  δϊ<ναι  δόμον  Άϊδος  εισω, 
into  the  mansion  of  Hades,  ήγήσατο 
Ίλιον  εΙσω,  unto  llion,  etc. ;  but  this 
ace.  is  to  be  explained  by  the  motion 
toioards :  εΙσω  usu.  follows  this  ace, 
put  before  it  only  11.  21,  125:  εσω  is 
more  freq.  put  first.  In  Od.  8,  290, 
εΙσω  δώματος  ΐμι,  he  went  into  and 
out  of  the  house,  i.  e.  through  it,  where 
the  gen.  does  not  really  depend  on 
εΙσω  :  but  really  c.  gen.,  έσω  βλεφά- 
ρων, Eur.  Cycl.  485. — II.  therein,  witli- 
in,  inside,  Od.  7,  13,  also  only  a  seem- 
ing deviation,  to  be  ex])lained  in  same 
way  as  f if,  when  it  seems  to  stand 
for  έν,  V.  εις  I. — 2.  of  time,  within,  in. 
^Ε'ισωβεν,  only  in  Hipp.,  rare  form 
for  έςωθεν. 

ΕΙςωθέω,  ώ,  f.  -ωβ//σω  and  -ώσω, 
(εις,  ώθέω)  to  thrust  in  or  into,  Aretae. 
Mid.  to  force  one''s  self  into,  press  in, 
Xen.  An.  5,  2,  18. 

Είςωπός,  6v,  [εις,  ώφ)  in  sight  of, 
before  the  eyes,  set  over  against,  gen. 
ε<ζ•ί.)7Γ0ί  δ'  εγένοντο  νεών,  they  came 
in  front  of  the  ships,  faced  them,  hav- 
ing before  had  them  astern,  II.  15, 653. 
Later  also  c.  dat.,  Arat. ;  absol.,  Ap. 
Rh.^ 

ΕίΓί7,  adv.  Ion.  είτεν, — I.  of  suc- 
cession of  time,  then,  afterwards,  after, 
thereupon,  Lat.  delude,  soon,  hereafter. 
Soph.  O.  T.  452.— II.  like  Lat.  ita  and 
iiaque  (which  are  akin  to  it),  of  suc- 
cession of  thought,  and  so,  then,  there- 
fore, accordinnly ;  esp.  in  indignant 
questions, εΖτ'  οΰκ  αίσχύνεσθε ;  Dem. 
16,  11  ;  also  in  ironical  questions,  ex- 
pressing disbelief,  etc.,  Lat.  itane? 
itane  rero  ?  is  it  so  7  aye  really?  in- 
deed? Valck.  Phoen.  549,  Hipp.  1415: 
είτα  τι  τούτη  ;  what  next  ?  what 
then  ?  είτ'  άνδρα  τών  αυτού  τι  χρή 
προϊέναι ;  should  one  then  yet  lose 
of  one's  own  property  ?  Ar.  Nub. 
1214;  also  είτα  τότε,  Ar.  Eq.  1036; 
κάτα.^κάπειτα,  cf  έπειτα  V. — ΠΙ. 
είτα  often  stands  pleon.  with  the 
finite  verb  after  a  part.,  where  it  may 
be  rendered  straightway,  or  the  part. 
may  be  resolved  into  a  finite  verb, 
and  είτα  rendered  and  then,  and  there- 
upon, as  Soph.  Aj.  468,  Eur.  El.  1058, 
kr.  .\rh.  24,  1197,  cf  Keen.  Greg.  p. 
145:  είτα  is  much  more  rare  before 
the  part.,  Herm.  Ar.  Nub.  857,  Schaf 
Mel.  p.  124  :  cf  έπειτα. 

ΕΙται,  3  sing.  perf.  pass,  of  ένννμι, 
Od.  11,  191. 

ΕΊτε...,  είτε...,  Lat.  sive...,  sive..., 
either....  or...  ;  whether...,  or...,  so  that 
several  cases  are  always  put  as 
equally  possible  or  as  equivalent :  in 
Hom.  the  first  είτε  is  sometimes  an- 
swered by  7/  καί,  II.  2,  349.  The 
Trag.  sometimes  leave  out  the  first 
είτε,  or  put  εΐ  instead,  Herm.  Vig.  n. 
311  ;  indeed  fi...,  είτε...,  utrum...,  an..., 
occurs  Hdt.  3,  35,  and  είτε  in  second 
clause  only.  Plat.  Soph.  224  E,  ubi 
v.  Heind. :  ?/...,  εϊτε...,  Soph.  Aj.  178. 

Εί'-ε.  for  εϊητε,  2  pi.  opt.  pres.  from 
ειμί,  Od.  21,  195. 

ΕΙτεν,  Ion.  for  είτα,  like  Ιπειτεν 
for  έπειτα. 

\EItt/v,  2  dual  contd.  for  εΐήτην 
pres.  opt.  from  εΙμί. 

El  Tir,  ει  τι,  Lat.  si  qids,  si  quid,  if 
any  one,  if  any  thing,  hence  any  one 
who...,  any  thing  which...,  Horn. — II. 
whether  any  one,  whether  any  thing, 
Horn. 

tEiVo,  3  sing.  2  aor.  ind.  (also  opt.) 
mid.  of  i;7//i,incomp.,Xen.  Hier.7, 11. 


EK 

ΕΙώ,  Ep.  for  έάω,  11.  4,  55. 

ΕΙω,  Ep.  for  έω,  ώ,  subj.  pres.  from 
ειμί. — II.  Dor.  for  Ιω,  subj.  pres.  from 
εΙμι,  Sophr.  ap.  E.  M. 

ΕΙωθα,  perf  2  in  pres.  signf  of  the 
exclus.  Ep.  έθω,  to  be  tvont  or  accus- 
tomed, c.  inf  ;  usu.  of  men,  Hom., 
who  also  uses  the  Ion.  έωβα  :  absol., 
ώςπερ  ε'ιωβε,  (sub.  γενέσθαι)  as  it 
was  wont  to  be.  Pint.  Part,  ε'ιωθώς, 
Ovla,  Our,  wonted,  usual :  hence  adv. 
■θότως,  in  the  usual  way,  Soph.  El. 
1456. 

ΕΙων,  imperf  from  έάω,  Hom. 

Είωζ•,  Ep.  for  έως,  q.  v.,  είως  αΐέν, 
constantly,  cf.  είης. 

ΈΚ,  before  a  vowel  έξ,  Lat.  e,  ex, 
(in  Inscrr.  ap.  Bockh  before  β  and  δ, 
and  also  before  λ  and  //,  sometimes 
written  έγ  instead  of  έκ ,  betbre  f> 
and  σ  sometimes  tf),  prep.  c.  gen. 
Radic.  signf, y>om  oiitof,awayfroma 
thing,  directly  opp.  to  εΙς. 

I.OFPL•-\cε,  the  mostfreq.  usage, but 
variously  modified  ; — 1.  of  motion,  out 
of,  forth,  from  forth  or  out,  έκ  μάχης, 
δνςμενέων,  οχέων,  έδρης.  χειρών, 
etc.,  Hom. :  with  all  verbs  of  motion, 
or  such  as  express  taking  away,  sepa- 
rating, e.  g.  έκ  πάντων  μάλιστα,  chiet 
from  among  all,  of  all :  also  έκ:  πάν- 
των, by  itself,  out  of,  above  all,  with 
signf  of  distinction,  11.  4,  96,  Sojih. 
Ant.  1137,  etc.,  like  έξοχα:  έκ  πό- 
λεων πίσυρες,  ίοχχτ  from  among  mzny, 
Π.  15,  680.  έκ  νηών,  beginning  from 
the  ships,  II.  8,  213  ;  έκ  νυκτών,  aris- 
ing from  or  by  night,  Od.  12,  286  ;  esp. 
in  antithet.,  as  έκ  κεΦα?.7ΐς  ές  πόδας, 
v.  εις  IX.,  μεταστρέψαι  ήτορ  έκ  χό- 
λου, to  turn  his  heart  away  from 
wrath,  II.  10,  107. — 2.  of  position,  like 
έξω,  outside  of.  beyond,  only  in  early 
writers  in  Hom.  esp.  έκ  βελέων,  out 
of  shot :  also  έκ  καπνού,  out  of  the 
smoke,  Od.  19,7,  cf  esp.  Valck.  Hdt. 
2,  142.  In  this  case  some  Grainm. 
give  it  the  accent,  e.  g.  άστεος  έκ 
σφετέρηυ,  II.  18.210,  cf  Herm.  Opusc. 
2,  55,  cf  άπα. — 3.  with  verbs  imply- 
ing rest,  e.  g.  έκ  πασσαλόφι  κρέμασεν 
φόρμιγγα,  he  hung  his  lyre  from. i.e. 
on  the  peg,  Od.  8,  67  ;  άνάπτεσθαι  έκ 
τίνος,  to  fasten/rom,  i.  e.  upon  a  thing, 
Od.  12,  51,  etc. ;  hence  καθήσβαι  έκ 
πάγων,  ])erh.,  to  sit  on  the  heights, 
anil  \ook  from  them.  Soph.  Ant.  411  •, 
so  too  Hdt.  3,  83,  cf  στάσ'  έξ  Ov- 
?.ύμποιο,  II.  14,  154.  We  find  even 
in  prose  φέρειν  έκ  τών  ζωστήρων,  to 
wear  at,  i.  e.  hanging  at  the  girdle,  έκ 
χειρός,  έξ  οίφΰς  λαμβάνεσθαι,  to 
take  by  the  hand,  the  tail,  etc.,  by  a 
pregnant  constniction :  cf  a  similar 
usage  of  εΙς  1.  2,  and  the  verbs  δέω, 
πειραίνω,  πέλω.  πρίω.  Similar  are 
such  phrases  as  άρπάζεσθαι  τά  έκ 
τών  οικιών,  to  carry  off  the  furniture 
from,  or  of  the  houses,  oi  έκ  ΤΙύλου 
λτ/φθέντες,  taken  at,  and  brought 
from  Pylos,  Thuc,  etc.,  v.  Matth. 
Gr.  Gr.  ^  596,  c. 

II.  OFTiME,  esp.ellipt.  c.  pron.  relat. 
and  demonstr.,  έξον,  since,  and  in  apod. 
έκτου  or  έκτοϋδε,ΙΙ.  8,295  :freq.inOd. 
έξ  οϋ  alone,  Lat.  ex  quo,  II.  1,  6:  έκ 
τονδε  alone,  II.  15,  69:  έκ  Tolo,from 
that  time,  II.  1,  493,  where  χρόνου 
must  be  supplied,  if  any  thing:  very 
freq.  έκ  τούτον. — 2.  of  particular 
points  of  time,  έξ  αρχής,  from  the  be- 
ginning, at  first,  Horn.,  έκ  νεότητας 
ές  γήρας,  II.,  έξ  αιθέρος,  after  clear 
weather,  II.  16,  365  :  so  έκ  θυσίας 
γενέσθαι,  to  have  just  finished  sacri- 
fice, etc.,  Hdt.  1,  50,  cf  άπό  II. :  έξ 
εΙρήνης  πολεμεϊν.  to  go  to  war  after, 
or  out  of  peace,  Thuc. ;  έκ  δακρύων 


ΕΚ 

γε?.ΰν,  to  turn  at  once  to  smiles  from 
tears,  cf.  Valck.  Hdt.  3,  82 :  esp.  c. 
part.,  to  mark  the  point  of  time,  e.  g. 
σννετύττΐτο  εκ  τών  ετι  ηροςώντων, 
the  army  arranged  itself  λ?,  i.  e.  from 
the  beginningof,  their  approach,  Xen. 
An.  1,  8,  14. — III.  of  origin,—  !,  of 
physical    origin,    birth,   descent,    in 
Horn.,  esp.  in  phrases  εκ  τίνος  είναι, 
■γενέσθαι,  usu.  of  the  immediate  re- 
lation  of  son   to   father,  άττό  being 
used  of  more  remote  descent :  more 
fully  εξ  εμοϋ  γένος  έσσί,  thou  comest 
of  me  by  blood,  γένος  being  the  ace. 
absol.,  11.  5,  896 :  έζ  αίματος   τίνος 
είναι,   11.  —  2.    of   the    materials    of 
which  a  thing  consists,  e.  g.  τϊώμα  έκ 
ξν?Μν,  a  cup  of  wood,  cf  άττό  C.  V. 
— 3    of  cause,    motive,  impulse,   έκ 
θνμοϋ   φι?.εϊν,  from  the  heart,  II.  9, 
486 ;   so  έκ  παντός  τον  νον,  Plat.  ; 
εξ  έριδος  μύχεσθαι,  to  fight  out  of, 
for  hate.    II.  7,  111  ;  cf  Od.  4,  343, 
Buttm.  Soph.  Phil.  91. — 4.  of  occa- 
sion, inducement,  means,  έκ  θεόόιν 
τΐθ7.εμίζείν,  at  the  gods'  instance,  II. 
17,  101 :  έξ  έμέβεν,  as  far  as  I  can, 
IL  1,  525  ;  sometimes  it  may  be  trans- 
lated arising  from,  through  ;  αήνιος  έξ 
6λο7/ς,  Od.  3,  135,  and  εξ  αρέων  κε- 
χολωμένος,    II.    9,    566:    also    with 
verbs  of  hearing,  learning,  etc.,  as  ex 
in  Lat.,  e.  g.  κ/.υειν  εκ  τίνος,  Od.  19, 
93,  Hdt.  8, 80.    More  rarely  of  things, 
έξ  ίω//ς  άνεμοι':^ iojij,  II.  11,308:   έκ 
καύματος,  arising  from,  through  the 
heat,  II.  5,  865  ;  έκ  βίας  ύγειν=^3ία 
άγειν.   Soph.   Phil.   563,   c(.    Heriii. 
Soph.  Aj.  27.     In  prose  it  esp.  ex- 
presses any  result,  έκ  τών  νόμων,  in. 
pursuance  of  law,  according  to  it ;  έκ 
τών  /Μγίων,  according  to  the  oracles, 
Hdt.  1,  64:  έκ  τον;  wherefore  !  on 
what  ground?    Seidl.  Eur.  El.  244. 
Connected  with  this  is — 5.  έκ,  like 
ί'-ό  and   παρά,  with   a  pass,  verb, 
έόί?.ηβεν  έκ  Αιύς,  beloved  of  or  by 
Jupiter,  II.  2,  669,  etc. :  esp.  freq.  in 
Hdt.,  V.  Valck.  7,  175,  cf  Wess.  2, 
148 ;   but  this   use   is   almost  solely 
Ion. — 6.  έκ,  c.  neut.  adj.,  as  periphr. 
for  adv.,  in  Hom.  only  once,  έξ  ύγχι- 
uo/.ov    for    άγχίμο7.ον,   II.  24,  352 ; 
from  Hdt.  downwds.  very  freq.  with 
or  without  the  art.,  as  έκ  τοΰ  εμφα- 
νούς and  έξ  εμφανούς  for  εμφανώς, 
etc.,  also  with  plur.  έκ  τών  δικαίων, 
ττροςιικόντων,  etc.  :    more   rarely   c. 
adj.  fem.,  as  έκ  της  Ιθείης,  έκ  νέης, 
Hdt.  3,  127;  5,  116;  έξ  ύστερης.  6, 
85,  ν.  Fisch.  Well.  3,  2,  p.  124  :  so 
Lat.    ex   facili,    composito,    improviso, 
vano,    etc.  —  IV.    WITH     NUMERALS, 
σνμιΡηφος  ήμΐν  εΐ  και  σν  έκ  τρίτων, 
you   give  your  vote  as  a  third  with 
ours.  Plat.  Gorg.  500  A,  cf  SjTnp. 
213  Β  ;  so  έκ   τρίτον,  Eur.  Or.  1178. 
— B.  έκ  is  oft.  separated  from  its  case 
by  one  or  more  words,  e.  g.  II.  11, 109 : 
it  is  put  after  its  case  in  Ep.,  esp. 
Hom.     It  takes  an  accent  if  it  is  pe- 
cul.  emphatic,  as  II.  5,  865,  or  if  it 
ends  a  verse,  as  II.  14,  472,  Od.  17, 
518.    In  Ep.  only  there  is  a  redupl., 
ίξ  ονρανόθεν,  έξ  ΰ?.όθεν,  έξ  Αισύμη- 
6ev,  even  from   heaven,  etc.,   II.,   έκ 
Αιόθεν,  Hes.  Op.  763.    Έκ  is  joined 
with  other  preps,  to  make  a  signf 
more  definite,  e.  g.  ϋτ'  έκ  κακοί•,  out 
from  under,    Od.    12,    107 :    cf   όιέκ, 
τταρέκ. — C.  In  compos,  the  signf  of 
removal  prevails;  out,  away,  off;  in- 
deed in  Hom.  it  oft.  stands  in  this 
signf  without  a  case,  either  as  sim- 
ple adv.,  or,  less  naturally,  as  divided 
from  a  verb  by  tmesis :  it  then  ex- 
presses   a  carrying  out,  fully  accom- 
plishing, like  our  utterly,  cf  έκττέρθω, 


ΕΚΑΣ 

έξαλαττάζω,  έκβαρβαρόω,  έκδιφύω, 
έκόωριόω,  εξευρίσκω,  έξοττλίζω,  έξ- 
ομματόω,  έκλενκος,  εκπικρος. 

ΧΕκάβη,  ης,  ή,  Hecuba,  daughter  of 
Dymas  and  wife  of  Priam.  II.  16,718; 
ace.  to  Eur.  daughter  of  Cisseus, 
Hec.  3. — 2.  a  daughter  of  Danaus, 
Apollod. 

Έκαδημία,  ας,  ή,  old  form  for  Ακα- 
δημία, from  an  old  hero  Hecademus, 
Diog.  L.  3,  7,  8. 

νΕκαέργη.  ης,  ή.  Dor.  -γα,  epith.  of 
Diana,  v.  seq. — -2.  Hecaerge,  a  daugh- 
ter of  Boreas,  Call.  Del.  292  :  from 

Έκάεργος,  ov.  ό,  (έκάς,*εργω)  the 
far-working,  in  Hom.  sometimes  as 
subst.,  sometimes  as  adj ,  but  always 
epith.  of  Apollo,  the  far-shooting,  far- 
darting,  and  8θ^έκη3ή?,ος,  έκατος  : 
so,  fem.  'Έκαέργη  of  Diana,  v.  Spanh. 
ad  Call.  Del.  292.  [u] 

'Έκάην,  aor.  2  pass,  of  καίω,  Hom. 

[«] 

Έκΰθεν,  adv.,  (έκάς)  from  afar, 
from  far  away,  Horn. — II.  also  =^έκάς, 
far  off,  far  away,  Od.  17,  25. 

Έκαθέσθη,  3  sing.  aor.  from  καθέ- 
ζομαι :  late  form. 
νΚκαθήμην,  impf  from  κάβημαι. 
Έκάβιζον,  for  καθιζον,  imperf  from 
καθίζω.  Od.  16,  408,  dub.  1. 

Έκύ?.ειος  Ζευς.  from  'Εκάλη  or 
'Εκη?.ήνη,  an  old  lady  who  entertain- 
ed Theseus,  and  for  this  received  the 
yearly  honour  of  the  Έκαλήσων 
ιερόν :  hence  the  epith.  was  given 
to  Jupiter  as  worshipped  on  the  same 
day,  V.  Bentl.  Call.  Fr.  40.  [ά] 

νΕκά/.η.  οτ'Εκα'λήνη,  ης,  ή,  Hecale, 
V.  sub  foreg. — 2.  an  Attic  borough 
of  the  tribe  Leontis  ;  hence  Έκύ/  η- 
βεν,  adv.  from  the  borough  Hecale  ; 
ΈκαΆ^σι,  in  Hecale;  Έκα/,ήνδε,  to 
Hecale. 

f  Εκαλήσων,  ιερόν,  τό,  v.  sub  Έκά- 
?.ειος. 

ΥΕκαλίνη,  ης,  ή,  Coray  reads  in 
Plut.  Thes.  14,  for  Έκαλήνη. 

ΥΕκαμήδη,  ης,  ή,  Hecamede,  daugh- 
ter of  Arsinous,  slave  of  Nestor,  II. 
11,624. 

Έκάς,  adv.,  Att.  ίκας,  (έκ)  far, 
afar,  far  off.  Hom. :  he  also  freq.  has 
it  as  prep.  C.  gen.  for  from,  far  away 
from,  but  -always  of  space.  —  II.  of 
time,  ονχ  έκϊίς  χρόνου,  in  a  short 
time,  Hdt.  8,  144.  [a;  only  ύ  in  Call. 
Ap.  2,  in  arsis  ] 

Έκαστύκις,  adv.  (έκαστος)  every 
time  ;  οι  έκαστ.^οί  tin.  Inscr. 

Έκαστάτω.  adv.  superl.  from  έκύς, 
farthest  off,  farthest  away,  U.  10,  113  : 
c.  gen.,  Hdt. 

'Εκασταχή,  {έκαστος)  adv.  every 
where. 

Έκασταχόθεν.  (έκαστος)  adv.  from 

even/  side,  from  all  sides,  Thuc.  7,  20. 

'Εκασταχόθί,  (έκαστος)   adv.—  έκ- 

αστόθί,  0^1  every  side,  every  where,  Plut. 

ΈκασταχοΙ,  (έκαστος)  adv.  to  ei^ery 

side,  every  way,  Plut.  A.  B.  p.  1397. 

Έκασταχόσε,  (έκαστος)  adv.  to 
every  side,  every  way,  Thuc.  8,  55. 

'Εκασταχον,  (έκαστος)  adv.  every 
where,  Thuc.  3,  82. 

Έκαστέρω,  adv.  compar.  from  έκάς, 
farther,  farther  off,  Od.  7,  321  ;  C.  gen,, 
"Hdt.  :  also  έκαστοτέρω,  Theocr.  15, 
7.     Superl.  έκαστάτω- 

Έκάστοθεν,  adv.,  =  έκασταχόθεν, 
Diog.  L. 

Έκάστοθί,  adv.  for  each  or  ei^ery 
one,  Od.  3,  8,  though  Schol.  Harl. 
read  έκάστοθεν  :  everywhere:  from 

Έκαστος,  η,  ov,  every,  every  one, 
esp.  each,  each  one,  opp.  to  a  number 
or  a  body,  Hom.  both  in  sing,  and 
plur. :  the  sing,  from  its  collective 


EKAT 

signf  is  freq.  joined  with  a  plur.  verb, 
11.  1,  606;  5,  878;  also  Att.,  v.  Br 
Ar.  Plut.  785.  Hom.  usu.  puts  the 
subst.  pron.  or  adj.  plur.,  which  ex- 
presses the  whole  body,  and  so  should 
be  in  genit.,  in  same  case  with  έκ- 
αστος ;  as  Τρώας  έκαστον  ύττή/.νθε 
τρόμος,  for  Τρώων  έκαστον,  II.  7, 215, 
cf  II.  15,  109 ;  18,  496,  where  έκασ- 
τος is  to  be  taken  as  in  appos.,  fear 
seized  them  everj•  one,  etc.  :  so  in 
Att.  έκαστος  takes  the  plur.  verb, 
έκαστος  έκίστασθε,  Xen.  Symp.  3,  3 
without  a  subst.  phir.  havmg  srone 
before  ;  cf  Hdt.  3,  158,  Ar.  Plut.  785, 
Heind.  and  Stallb.  Plat.  Gorg.  503  Ε  : 
sometimes,  but  rarely,  the  chief  word 
takes  the  art.,  as  11.  18,  496,  Thuc.  5, 
49,  έκαστος  never :  όςτις  έκαστης, 
every  one  who,  έκαστος,  δςτις...,  Hes 
Th.  459.  This  notion  of  individu- 
ality is  still  more  definitely  given  in 
prose  by  εΙς  έκαστος,  Lat.  unusquis- 
que ;  έκαστος  τις,  αυτός  έκαστος, 
■πάς  έκαστος,  each  and  every  one.  all 
and  every  one.  πάντες  έκαστος,  Od.  6, 
265  ;  oi  καθ'  έκαστον,  each  one  singly, 
one  after  the  other,  Lat.  singidi,  τά 
καθ'  έκαστον,  each  singly,  point  by 
point,  Lat.  singula  qua'-que.  καθ'  έκ- 
αστον, singly,  by  itself,  alone,  Lat. 
singulalim :  καθ'  έκάστην  (ήμέραν) 
every  day,  daily,  so  also  with  μην, 
ένιαντός,  etc.,  every  month,  i.  e.  per 
month,  Bockh  Inscr.  1.  p.  132.  4:  ώς 
έκαστοι,  each  by  himself,  freq.  in  Thuc. 
(έκύτερος  and  έκαστος  seem  to  he  a 
kind  of  compar.  and  superl.,  like 
Sanscr.  ekateras,  ikatamas,  from  eka, 
one ;  cf  πρότερος,  πρώτος :  perh. 
έκύς  is  akin,  in  signf  apart,  by  itself.) 
'Εκάστοτε,  (έκαστος)  adv.  each  time, 
always,  Hdt.  1, 128,  etc. :  ίνα  εκάστοτε, 
wheresoever,  Hdt.  8,  115. 

Έ.καστοτέρω,  adv.  like  έκαστέρω, 
compar.  of  έκάς,  yet  only  in  Theocr. 
15,  7,  and  there  snsp. 

Έκάταιον  or  Έκάτειον,  ov,  τό,  a 
statue  or  chapel  of  Hecate,  Ar.  Lys.  64: 
on  Tu  Έκάταια  and  Έκάταια  καΤ' 
εσθίειν  v.  ΈκάτΊ]. 

f  Εκαταίος,  a,  ov,  {'Εκάτη)  of  οτ  be- 
longing to  Hecate,  Soph.  Fr.  651  ; 
where,  however,  Ellendt  takes  'Εκα- 
ταίος tohe  gen.  οΓΕκαταία,  a  lengthd. 
form  of  'Εκάτη. 

νΕκαταΙος,  ov,  6,  Hecatae^ts,  of  Mil- 
etus, s(m  of  Hegesander,  an  historian. 
Hdt.  2, 143.— 2.  of  Abdera.  a  philoso- 
pher.— 3.  a  tyrant  of  Cardia,  Plut. 
ΥΕκάτειον,  v.  sub  Έκάταιον. 
Έκατεράκις.^Αν .  (έκάτεpoς)at  eac. 
time,  both  tivies,  Xen.  C)  r.  4,  6,  4. 

Έκατερέω,ώ,  in  dancingv•^  kick  ti/t 
rump  with  one  heel  after  anothi'r :  hence 
έκατερίς,  ίδος,  ή,  a  dance  of  this  hind. 
Έκάτερθε.  before  a  vovv  el  έκάτερ- 
θεν,  adv.  for  εκατέρωθεν^  from  each 
side,  from  both  sides,  on  bot  h  sides,  Lat. 
utrimque,  Hom.,  who  also  lias  it  c.  gen. 
often  of  two  opposed  arn'iies. 

Έκατερίς,  ίδος,  η,  v.  syb  έκατερέω. 
Έκατερομάσχΰλος,  oi^,  (έκάτερος, 
μασχάλΐ])    with  sleeves  hanging  from 
both  shoulders. 

Έκάτερος,  a.  ov,  each  of  two,  each 
by  himself,  each  singly,  firsi  in  Pind.  I. 
8,  (7),  63.  sometimes c.  art.,  v.  Poppo 
Obs.  Cr.  ad  Thuc.  p.  28  :  the  signf  one 
of  two,  is  very  dub.  (On  etyjnol.,  v. 
sub  έκαστος.)     Hence 

Εκατέρωθεν,  adv.  from  both  sides, 
on  both  sides.  Hdt.  3,  102,  Thuc.  2,  75, 
who  also  has  it  c.  gen.,  3,  6. — III. 
from  one  of  two  sides,  dub, :  and 

Έ.κατέρωθι.  adv.  on  both  sides,  Pind. 
O.  2,  124,  Hdt.  2,  19.— II.  on  one  of 
two  sides,  dub, :  and 

411 


EKAT 

Έκατέρωί",  adv.  m  both  ways.  Plat. 
— II.  in  one  of  two  ways,  dub.  :  and 

Έκατέμωσε,  adv.  to  both  sides,  both 
ways.  Plat.  Phaed.  112  E.— II.  to  either 
suZi-,  dub. 

Εκάτη,  ης,  ij,  (prob.  from  'άκα- 
τος) Hecuti,  daughter  of  Perses  or 
Persaeus  and  Asteria,  granddaughter 
of  Coeus  and  Phoebe,  who  had  pow- 
er from  Jupiter,  in  heaven,  earth,  and 
sea  :  she  presided  over  purilying  and 
aloning  rites  ;  was  giver  of  riches, 
honour,  victory,  and  fair  voyages;  pro- 
tectress of  new-born  babes,  Hes.  Th. 
411  sq.  H.  Horn.  Cer.  25,  52,  where 
she  is  represented  with  a  torch.  La- 
ter she  was  held  to  be  the  same  as 
Diana,  as  goddess  of  the  netherworld, 
mistress  of  spells  and  magic,  v.  J.  H. 
V'oss  in  Nov.  Act.  Soc.  Lat.  Jen.  p. 
363  sq.  'Εκάτης  όεϊπνον,  also  τύ> 
Έκάταια,  the  things  used  to  purify 
the  house  on  the  30th  of  each  month, 
eggs,  onions,  young  dogs,  etc. :  they 
were  deposited  for  Hecate  at  three 
cross-roads,  and  there  eaten  by  pau- 
pers or  beggars,  and  also  by  Cynics  : 
this  was  called  Έκάταια  κατεσϋίεη>, 
Dem.  1269,  10  ;  and  he  who  partook 
of  this  repast  was  held  in  abomina- 
tion, [a] 

'Κκΰτηβελέτης,  ου  Ep.  ao,  o,=sq., 
II.  1,  75. 

'Έ.κατηβϋ7.ος,  ov,  (έκύς,  βάλλω) 
far-throwing,  far-shooting,  in  Hom.  al- 
ways as  epith.  of  Apollo,  cf  'έκατος, 
έκαεργος,  έκηβό'λος :  as  subst.  ό  εκατ. 
II.  15,  231. 

Έκατί/σιον,  ov,  τό,='Έικύταίον,  a 
statue  of  Hecate,  Plut. 

ΤΕκάτης  νήσος,  η,  island  of  Hecate, 
a  small  island  near  Delos,  Ath.  645  B. 

"Εκάτί,  Dor.  for  εκητί,  on  account 
of:  but  also  in  Att.  poets,  e.  g.  Aesch. 
Pers.  337  ;  and  Pors.  Or.  26,  considers 
it  strictly  Att. 

Έκατόγγνιος,  ov,  {εκατόν,  yviov) 
with  a  hundred  limbs  or  bodies,  κορΰν 
έκ.  άγέ?Μ,  a  band  of  a  hundred  maid- 
ens. Pind.  Fr.  87,  12. 

Έκατογκάμαΐ'ος,  ov,  {εκατόν,  κά- 
οηνον)  prob.  1.  Aesch.  Pr.  353  ;  and 

'Εκατογκε<ράλας,  ου,  6,  Pind.  Ο.  4, 
11,  ■?Μς,  or,  {εκατόν,  A:t(paX;/),=sq. 
Eur.  Η.  F.  882,  Ar.  Ran.  473. 

Έκατόγκράνος,  or,  {εκατόν,  κρΰ- 
t>0v)  hundred-headed,  Pind.  P.  8,  20. 

'ΕκατογκρήπΙς,  ίόος,  ό,  ή,  {εκατόν, 
κρηπίς)  with  α  hundred-fold  base,  Ju- 
lian. 

Έκατόγχειρ,  ειρος,  ό,  ?/,  Plut. ;  and 

'Εκατογχεφος,  ov,  II.  1,  402,  {εκα- 
τόν, χειρ,)  hundred-handed. 

ΥΕκατό^ιωρος,  ου,  ό,  HecatodSrus, 
masc.  pr/.  η..  Polyl).  4,  78,  5  ;  in  4, 47, 
4,  wr.  'Έ^κατοντόδωρος. 

Έκατόζ'νγος,  ov,  {εκατόν,  ζν/όν) 
with  a  hundred  benches  for  rowers,  II. 
20,  247.  (C)n  form,  cf  συζυγία,  etc.) 
ΥΕκατόμβαίον,  ου.  τό,  Hecatom- 
haeum,  Ά  spo\l  in  the  territory  of  Dyme, 
Polyb.  2,  51 ,  3. 

.  'Έκατομβ^ΐος,  a,  ov,  {'Εκατόμβη) 
Hecatombean,  epith.  of  several  gods,  to 
whom  hecatombs  were  offered:  tu  έκα- 
τόμβαια  {ιερά)  a  festival  wherein  hec- 
atombs were  offered,  Inscr.     Hence 

Έκατομβαίών,  ώνος,  ύ,  the  month 
Hecatomb  aeon,  the  first  in  the  Att. 
year,  answering  to  the  last  half  of 
our  July  and  the  first  of  August, 
Arist.  H.  A.  5,  11,  2  ;  in  It  the  έκατόμ- 
Saia  were  held:  called  at  Sparta 
έκατομβίύς. 

'Εκατόμβη,  ης,  ή,  {εκατόν,  βοϋς)  α 
hecatomb,  strictly  an  offering  of  a  hun- 
dred oxen  :  but  even  in  Hom.  the  word 
has  lost  its  strict  etymol.  aigiif. :  II. 


EKAT 

6,93,115,  we  find  a  hecatomb  of  twelve 
oxen  ;  Od.  3,  59,  of  eighty-one :  nor 
does  Hom.  confine  it  to  oxen  ;  for 
hecatombs  of  oxen  and  rams  often  oc- 
cur, 11.  1,  315,  Od.  1,  25  :  nay  we  find 
liecatombs  ivithout  any  oxen,  e  g.  of 
filty  rams,  II.  23,  146,  ΰρνύν  864,  cf 
A'alck.  Phoen.  28  :  therefore  in  genl. 
a  large  sacrifice  offered  publicly :  Hdt. 
4,  179,  reckons  even  the  votive  gifts 
under  the  hecatomb;  but  0, 129,  shows 
that  Homer's  τελήεσσαί  έκατόμβαι 
were  really  offered. 

Έκατύμβοιος,  ov,  {εκατόν,  βοϋς) 
of  or  worth  a  huiidred  oxen,  11. 

νΕ.κάτομνος,  ην,  ύ,  Hecatomrms,  a 
king  of  Caria,  Diod.  S. 

Έκατόμπεόος,  ov,  {εκατόν,  πους) 
η  hundred  feet  long,  ητνρη  έκ.  ενβα  και 
ένθα,  α  hundred  feet  all  ways,  II.  23, 
164,  where  some  prefer  t/caro//7roJof, 
q.  v.  :  but  the  Parthenon  at  Athens  is 
always  tu  έκατόμπεόον,  v.  ΐίαρθε- 
νών. 

νΕκατόμπεδος,  ov,  b,  Hecatompedus, 
a  spot  in  Syracuse,  Plut. 

'ΪΕ,κατομπλύσίων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  a 
hundred-fold. 

Έκατύμποόος,  ον,^-πειίος,  v.  I.  II. 
23,  164,  received  by  Spitzn.,  and  by 
Bekk.  in  Thuc.  3,  68  :  ace.  to  Keen. 
Greg.  p.  270,  and  Lob.  Phryn.  510. 
-πεόος  is  Dor.  (as  Pind.  I.  6,  32)  and 
-τΓοδος  Att. 

Έκατομπολίεθρος,  ov,=  sq.,  Eur. 
Cret.  2,  4. 

Έκατόμπολις,  ι,  gen.  εως,  {εκατόν, 
πόλις)  With  a  hundred  cities,  Κρτ/τ?;,  II. 
2,  649. 

'Εκατόμττυνς,  ό,  ή,  ττουν,  τό,  gen. 
ποόυς,  {εκατόν,  ττηύς)  hundred  footed. 
έκ.  'Νηρ7μδες,  Soph.  Ο.  C.  718,  ace. 
to  EInisl.  the  hundred  Nereids,  (c{. 
έκατόγγυιος),  ace.  to  Herm.  only  ^na- 
ny,  countless. 

Έκατόμπϋλος.  ov,  {εκατόν,  πύλη) 
hundred-gated,  θήβαι,  II.  9,  383. 

νΕκατόμπυλυς.  ov,  ή,  Hecatompylus, 
a  region  and  city  of  Parthia,  Strab. 

Έκατομφόνια,  τά.  {εκατόν,  φόνος) 
a  sacrifice  for  a  hundred  enemies  slain, 
sub.  άρά,  Plut. 

ΈΚΑ'ΤΟ'Ν,  ol,  al,  τά,  indecl.  a 
hundred,  II.  :  in  compos,  olten  loosely 
for  very  mavy.  (Sanscr.  <;atan.  which 
is  a  Link  between  εκατόν  and  centum.) 
νΕκατόννησοι,  ων,  ai  {εκατόν,  νή- 
σοι, prop,  the  hundred  isles)  Hecatpnne- 
si,  a  cluster  of  islands  between  Les- 
bos and  the  coast  of  Aeolis,  twenty 
in  number,  or  ace.  to  others  forty, 
Strab.,  who  derives  it  from  Έκατυς, 
an  appell.  of  Apollo,  and  νήσος,  and 
so  Apollo's  islands,  but  Hdt.  1,  151, 
writes  the  name  separately  ;  the  mod- 
ern name  is  Musconisi. 

Έκατοντύδραχμος,  ov,  (εκατόν, 
δραχμή)  worth  or  Jor  a  hundred  drachms. 
Gal. 

Έκατονταετηρίς,  ίδος,  ή.  a  period 
of  07ie  hundred  years,  century.  Plat. 
Rep.  615  A  :  from 

'Εκατονταέτηρος.ον,  {εκατόν, ίτος) 
of  a  hundred  years,  Orph. 

'Εκατονταετής,  ες.  {εκατόν,  ίτος) 
of  a  hundred  years,  centenarian,  Pind. 
P.  4,  502:  also  -έτης,  ov,  ύ.     Hence 

'Εκατονταετία,  ας,  ή.  a  period  of  a 
hundred  years,  Schweigh.  App.  3,  p. 
013. 

Έκατοντακάρηνος,  ov,  Dor.  -Ο,νος, 
{εκατόν,  KUptjVOv)  hundred-headed, 
Pind,  P.  1,  31,  cf  έκατογκάρ. 

Έκατοντακέφάλος,  ον,=έκατογκ., 
Julian. 

Έκατοντύκις,  {εκατόν)  adv.  α  hun• 
dred  times. 

Έκατοντύκλίνος,  ov,  {εκατόν,  κλί- 


ΕΚΒΑ 

J7;)  with  one  hundred  couches,  Chares 
ap.  Ath.  538  C. 

Έκατονταλαντία,  ας,  ή,  the  sum  of 
one  hundred  talents  :  from 

Έκατοντάλαντος,  ov,  εκατόν,  τά- 
λαντον)  worth  one  hundred  talents,  γρα 
φή  έκ-  an  action  for  dn?nages  laid  at 
that  sum,  Ar.  Eq.  442.  [a] 

Έκατοντύμαχος,  ov,  {εκατόν,  μά- 

Ϊ'ομαι)  able  to  fi^ht  one  hundred  men, 
oseph. 

'¥Jκaτovτάπηχvς,  v,  {εκατόν,  πτ/- 
χνς)  of  a  hundred  cubits,  Joseph. 

'Εκατονταπλάσιος,  a,  ov,adv.  -ίως, 
LXX.  ;  and 

Έκατονταπλΰσίων,  ov,  gen.  όνος, 
a  hundred-fold,  one  hundred  times  as 
much  or  many,  c.  gen.,  Xen,  Oec.  2,  3. 

Έκατοντάπνλος,  ov,  {εκατόν,  πν- 
λη)=έκατόμπυλος,  Anth. 

ΥΕκατοντάπυλος,  ov,  ή,  Hecatonta- 
pyius,  a  city  of  Parthia,  Diod.  S. — 2, 
a  city  of  Libya,  Polyb. 

Έκατονταρχέω,  ώ,  to  be  a  centurion, 
Dio  C. :  from 

Έκατοντάρχης,  ου,  ό,  {εκατόν,  άρ- 
χω) α  leader  of  a  hundred,  Lat.  centu- 
no,  Hdt.  7,  81,  Aesch.  Fr.  168.  Hence 

Έκίχτονταρχία,  ας,  ή,  the  post  of  a 
centurion,  Dio  C. 

Έκατόνταρχος,  ov,  6,=^  έκατοντάρ- 
χης, Xen.  Cyr.  5,  3,  41. 

Έκατοντάς,  άδος,  ή,  the  number 
a  hundred,  Hdt.  7,  184.  185.— II.  a  com- 
pany of  a  hundred,  Lat.  centuria. 

'Εκατοντάφυλλος,  ov,  {εκατόν,  φνλ- 
λον)  with  one  hundred  leaves  or  petals, 
βόδα,  Theophr. 

Έκατοντάχεφ,  ρος,  ό,  ^,^έκατόγ- 
χειρ,  Plut. 

Έκατοντάχοος,  ov,  contr.  -χονς, 
ονν,  {εκατόν,  χόος)  of  one  hundred 
measures  :  esp.  yielding  fruit  a  hundred- 
fold, Theophr. 

Έκατοντόττϋλος,  ον,=^έκατοντά- 
■πνλος. 

Έκατοντόργνιος,  ov,  {εκατόν,  όρ- 
\νιά)  of  one  hundred  fathoms,  Pind. 
Fr.  110. 

Έκατοντορόγνιος,  ov,=foreg.,  Ar. 
Av.  1131.  ace.  to  Dind. 

Έκατόντορος,  ov,  {εκατόν,  έρέσσω) 
hundred-oared. 

Έκατοντούτης,  ov,  ό.  {εκατόν,  έτος) 
Luc,  fem.  -οϋτις,  ιδος,  ή,  Ath.,  contr. 
for  εκατονταετής. 

"Εκατος,  ov,  ό,  {έκάς)  far-shooting, 
epith.  of  Apollo.  II.  7,  83  ;  20,  295,  cf. 
έκάεργος,  έκατηβόλος :  fem.  έκύτη, 
epith.  of  Diana,  Aesch. :  cf  'Εκάτη. 

'Εκατοστιαίος,  uia,  αίον,^^έκατο- 
στός,  Inscr. 

'Εκατόστομος,  ov,  {εκατόν,  στόμα) 
hundred-mouthed,  Eur.  Bacch.  404. 

'Εκατοστός,  ή,  όν,  (εκατόν)  the  hun- 
dredth, Hdt.  1,  47  ;  εφ'  εκατοστά,  a 
hundred-fold.  Id.  4,  198. — II.  ή  εκατο- 
στή, the  hundredth  part,  a  tax  Or  duty 
at  Athens,  Ar.  Vesp.  658. 

Έκατοστύς,  νος,  ή,=^  έκατοντάς, 
Xen.  Cyr.  6,  3,  34. 

νΕκάτων,  ωνος,  ό,  Hecaton,  a  stoic 
philosopher,  Diog.  L. 

ΥΕκητώνυμος.  ου,  ό,  Hecatonyinus, 
ma.sc.  pr.  n.  aninhab.  of  Sinope,  Xen. 
An.  5,  5,  7. 

Έ,κβάζω,  f.  -s".  (εκ,  βάζω)  to  speak 
out.  declare,  Aeach.  Ag.  498. 

Έκβαβρενω,  f.  -σω,  {έκ,  βάθρον)  to 
overthrow  from  the  foundations. 

Έκβαίνω,  1.  -βήσομαι,  {έκ,  βαίνω) 
intr.  to  go  or  come  out  of  ττέτρης,  the 
cavities  of  a  rock,  c.  gen.  II.  4,  107  ; 
to  step  out  of,  esp.  out  of  a  ship,  to  dis- 
embark, land,  11.  3,  113,  Hdt.  4,  196, 
etc. — 2.  to  go,  come,  or  step  off  from, 
απήνης,  Aesch.  Ag.  906. — 3.  to  go  out 
over,  pass  over,  overstep,  depart  from, 


ΕΚΒΑ 

Lat.  espredi,  c.  gen.,  as  έκβ.  της  έαν• 
τοϋ  ιδέας,  Plat.  Rep.  380  D,  some- 
times also  c.  ace,  έκβ.  την  ήλικίαν, 
lb.  461  Β,  cf.  Stallb.  lb.  338  E.— II. 
metaph. — 1.  to  come  to  pass,  turn  out ; 
like(iTO,i?aiVw,Hdt.7,209,221,Thuc., 
etc. : — to  be  fulfilled,  esp.  of  prophe- 
cies, dreams,  etc.,  Dem.,  etc. :  also  to 
turn  out  SO  and  SO,  as  κάκιστος  εκ3. 
to  prove  a  villain,  Eur.  Med.  229  :  freq. 
TO  έκ3άν,  Tu  έκβαίνοντα,  the  i^sue, 
eiseiit.  Dem.  12,  6,  etc. — 2.  in  speak- 
ing or  writing,  to  digress,  Xen.  Hell. 
6,  5,  1. — 3.  to  cease.  A  pp. — III.  transit, 
in  fut.  and  aor.  1,  both  act.  and  mid., 
to  lead  out  or  down  from,  land  from  a 
ship,  jmship,  Od.  24,  301. — 2.  έκβαί- 
νειν  ττόόα,  to  put  out  the  foot,  Eur. 
Heracl.  802,  cf.  βαίνω,  II.  4. 

Έκβακχενω,  (έκ,  βακχενω)  to  ex- 
cite tn  Bacchic  frenzy,  to  make  frantic, 
Eur.  Tro.  408,  and  Plat.  Pass,  and 
Mid.  intr.  to  be  transported,  be  frantic, 
rage,  Eur.  Supp.  1001,  Bacch.  1296. 
So  too  mtr.  in  act.,  Alex.  Μανδραγ. 

1,  13. 
Έκβακχέω,=εκβακχενω. 
'Έκβύλλω,  f.  -βΰ'λύ,  (έκ,  βύλ?Μ)  to 

throw  or  cast  out,  e.  g.  out  of  a  ship, 
Od.  15,  481,  Hdt.  1,  21 ;  out  of  the 
sea  on  land,  Od.  19,  27»;  to  disembark, 
unship,  land,  and  so  in  mid.,  Hdt.  6, 
101  :  but  also  to  carry  out  to  sea,  Hdt. 

2,  113. — 2.  to  cast  out,  throw  down  from, 
in  Hum.  τι  τίνος,  also  έκ  τίνος. — 3. 
πόλεως  έκβ.  to  banish  from  the  coun- 
try :  and  so  absol.  to  drive  or  chase 
away,  thrust  out,  banish,  Hdt.  1,  103. 
etc.  :  έκ3.  τέκνα,  to  expose  children, 
Eur.  Ion  964  :  but  v.  signf.  V. — 4.  έκβ. 
l<avv.  to  put  a  ship  out  of  her  course. 
Eur.  Cycl.  20. — II.  to  make  something 
fall  out,  strike  out.  Lat.  excutcre,  χειρός 
εγχρς,  11.  14.  419,  Od.  2,  396;  δοϋρα 
έκβ.  to  fell  trees,  strictly  to  cut  them 
mt  of  the  forest,  Od  5,  244.-111. 
metaph.  έπος  έ>κ3.,  to  let  fait  a  word, 
throw  it  out  thoughtlessly,  11.  18,  324, 
Od.  4, 503,  and  so  Hdt.  6, 69,  and  Trag., 
cf.  άτΓΟ^/^ίΤΓω  .•  so  too  έκβ.  δάκρυα,  to 
let  drop,  shed  tears,  Od.  19,  362  :  έκβ. 
οδόντας,  to  cast,  shed  one's  teeth,  So- 
lon 14,  2,  Eur.  Cycl.  644,  etc.— 2.  Att. 
also  to  reject,  Ar.  Nub.  1477,  Plat.  etc. : 
esp.  of  actors,  to  hiss  off,  Lat.  explodere, 
Dem.  449,  19;  and  so  in  Pass.,  Ar. 
Eq.  525.  cf.  εκπίπτω. — I V^.  to  send  nut, 
get  rid  of,  lose.  Soph.  Aj.  965,  .Ar.  Eq. 
404. — V.  to  put  forth,  produce,  of  plants 
or  women,  Hipp. :  esp.  in  case  of  a 
miscarriage,  Id.  p.  686,  27. — VI.  to 
put  out,  dislocate  a  limb,  Id. — VII.  to 
put  off,  like  Lat.  rejicere,  Polyb. — VIII. 
seemingly  intr.  sub.  εαυτόν,  to  go  out, 
depart,  Iv^  έκβάλω  ποδΙ  ΰ?λην  έπ' 
αίαν,  Eur.  El.  96. — 2.  esp.  of  a  river, 
to  empty,  discharge  itself.  Plat.  Phaed. 
113  A,  cf.  έκδίδωμι,  έξίημι. 

'Έκβαρβάρόω,  ώ,  {έκ,  βαρβαρόω) 
to  make  quite  into  a  barbarian,  to  make 
quite  wild  or  savage,  Isocr.  192  E. 
Hence 

Έκβαρβάρωσις,  εως,  ή,  a  growing 
quite  .lavage,  Plut.  [ΰ] 

Έκβΰσανίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {έκ,  βασανίζω) 
to  try,  search,  esp.  by  the  question  or 
torture  ;  hence  to  put  to  the  question, 
torture,  Joseph. 

'Έκβάσΐ,ος.  ov,  belonging  to  alighting 
or  landing,  epith.  of  Apollo,  Ap.  Rh. 
[ΰ]  :  from 

'Έκβΰσις,  εως,  η,  {έκβαίνω)  agoing 
out,  alighting  :  esp.  from  a  ship,  α  land- 
ing, Aesch.  Supp.  771. — II.  a  way  out, 
egress,  εκ3.  ύλός,  a  landing-place,  Od. 
5,  410,  and  Xen. — 2.=  ϊιποβύΟρη,  the 
xteps  or  ladder  at  a  ship^s  side,  Polyb. 
— ill.  the  issue  or  event  of  a  matter. 


EKBO 

νΤιΚ.βάτανα.  ων,  τά,  Ecbatana,  the 
chief  city  of  Media,  the  summer  res- 
idence of  the  Persian  monarchs,  Ar. 
Ach.  64  ;  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  6,  22  :  also  wr. 
Άγβύτανα.  now  Hamedan. 

'Εκβάτήριος,  a,  ov,  also  ος,  ov, 
{έκβαίνω)  belonging  to  alighting,  esp. 
from  a  ship,  usual  therevpnn,  τά  έκβα- 
τήρια,  with  or  without  ιερά,  a  sacri- 
fice offered  on  landing ;  hence,  έκβ. 
νόσου,  farr  recovery  from  an  illness, 
Philostr. 

'Έ-κβάω.  Dor.  for  έκβαίνω,  in  a  Dor- 
ic treaty,  Thuc.  5,  77. 

Έκβεβαιόω,ώ,  {έκ,βεβαιόω)  tocon- 
firm,  establish,  νίκην,  etc.,  Plut. ;  like 
έμβεβαιόω.     Hence 

'Έ,κ3εβαίωσίς,  εως,  ή,  a  confirmation, 
Plut. ' 

'Έ,κβήσσω,  f.  -ξω,  {έκ,  βήσσω)  ίο 
cough  out  or  up.  Hipp. 

Έκβΐάζ'.),  {έκ.  βιάζω)  to  force  out, 
thrust  or  drive  away  from,  Plut. — II.  to 
wrest  from,  τόξον  χειρών  έκβεβιασμέ- 
νον.  Soph.  Phil.  1129. — III.  to  express 
in  a  forced,  elaborate  way.  of  works  of 
art,  Plut.,v.  MuUer  Archaol.d.  Kunst, 
%  135. — B.  often  as  dep.  mid.  to  com- 
pel, force,  Polyb.  :  the  form  έκβιάομαι 
in  Hipp. 

Έκβΐβύζω,  f.  -άσω,  {έκ,  βιβάζω)  to 
make  to  go  or  step  out,  make  to  leave, 
τινά  έκ  τίνος,  Ar.  Αν  662:  έκβ.  τινά 
δικαίων  ?.όγων,  to  stop  one  from  dis- 
cussing the  question  of  justice,  Thuc. 
5,  98  :  esp.  to  land  from  a  ship,  disem- 
bark, Id.  7,  39  :  έκβ.  τζοταμόν  έκ  τον 
ανλώνος,  to  turn  the  course  of  a  river, 
Hdt.  7,  1.30.     Hence 

Έκβΐβασμός,  οϋ,  ό,  a  landing,  bring- 
ing out. 

'Έκ3ΐβαητής,  oO,  ό,  {έκ3ιβάζω)  one 
ii'hn  lands,  brings  out. 

Έκβϊβαστικής,  ή,  όν,  {έκβιβάζω) 
belonging  to  landing  or  bringing  nut. 

'Έκβιβρώσκω,  fut.  -βρώσω,  {έκ,  βι- 
βρώσκω)  to  devour.  Soph.  Tr.  1053,  in 
tmesis. 

"Εκβΐος,  ov,  {έκ,  βίος)  deprived  of 
life.  Artem. 

Έκβ?Μστάνω,  f  -στήσω,  {έκ.  βλα- 
στάνω)  to  shoot  out  or  forth,  bud,  sprout 
out.  Plat.  Rep.  565  D.     Hence 

Έκβλάστημα,  ατός,  τό.  aneic  shoot, 
bud,  sprout,  Philo. 

Έκβλύστησις,  εως,  ή,  a  shooting  or 
budding  forth,  Diosc. 

"£κ3λέπω,  {έκ,  βλέπω)  to  look  out, 
look.  Philostr. — II.  to  get  the  power  of 
sight,  Ael. 

Έ«•/3/ΐ7/Γεον,  verb.  adj.  from  έκβάλ- 
λω.  one  must  cast  out,  Plat.  Rep.  377  C. 

Έκβλητικός,  ή,  όν,  {έκ3ά7.λω) 
able,  fit  to  cast  out,  get  rid  of,  shake  off, 
τινύς,  Arist.  H.  A. 

'Εκβλητος,  ov,  {έκβύλλω)  thrnum 
out.  thrown  away,  Eur.  Hec.  7C0 :  re- 
jected, despised. despicable,  Emped.354. 

Έκι^λύζω,  {έκ,  βλνζω)  to  bubhle  or 
gush  forth.  Orph. — 11.  trans,  to  pour 
out  or  fnrth. 

Έ/ίβ?.υω,  f.  -vσω={oτeg.  [v  in  Ap. 
Rh.,  but  ϋσω.] 

Έκβοάω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσημηι.  {έκ,  βούω) 
to  call  or  cry  out,  Xen.  Cyn.  6,  10. 

'Έκβοήθεια,  ας.  ή.  a  going,  march- 
ing out  to  aid.  a  sally  of  the  besieged, 
Thuc.  3,  18  :  from 

'Έκ3οηβέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {έκ,  βοηβέω) 
to  march  out  to  aid,  πανδημεί,  Hdt.  6, 
16  ;  ές  τον  Ίσθμόν.  Id.  9,  26  :  to  make 
a  sally.  Thuc.  1,  105. 

'ΐ,κ3ή)/σΐΓ,  εως.  ή.  {έκβοάω)  a  cry- 
ing out  or  alnud,  Philo. 

'ΐ,κ3ολάς,  ύδος,  ή,  {έκβάλλω) 
thrown  away,  any  thing  thrown  out  or 
away  ;  esp. — 1.=  σκωρία,  dross,  Strab. 
— 2.  έκβ.  μήτρα,  Lat.  vulva  ejectitia, 


EKBY 

a  Roman  dish,  Hipparch.  ap,  Ath. 
101  A. 

Έκβολβίζω,  {.  -ίσω,  {έκ,  βολβός)  to 
peel,  as  an  onion  of  its  outer  coats, 
έκβ.  τινά  των  κωδίων,  to  peel,  strip 
one  of  hie  stolen  skins,  Ar.  Pac. 
1123. 

Εκβολή,  ης.  η,  {έκβάλλω)  a  throw- 
ing out,  e.  g.  throwing  the  cargo  over- 
board in  a  storm,  Aesch.  Theb.  769, 
Plat.,  etc. — II.  a  thrusting  out,  driving 
out  or  away,  etc. — III.  a  letting  full  or 
drop,  δακρύων,  Eur.  H.  F.  743:  so 
έκβ.  οδόντων,  a  casting  or  shedding  οί 
teeth,  Hipp. :  έκβ-  σίτου,  the  fwie  when 
the  corn  shoots  or  comes  into  ear,  Thuc. 
4,  1. — IV.  the  bringing  forth  of  a  child, 
Hipp. — V.  the  putting  out  of  a  joint,  Id. 
— 13.  (from  naid.)  α  going  out,  outlet, 
Lat.  exitjts,  έκβ.  ττοταμον,  the  dis- 
charge, mnuth  of  a  river,  Hdt.  7,  128, 
but  usu.  in  plur.,  έκβολαί,  Thuc.  2, 
102 :  so,  έκβολαι  όρους,  a  defile  lead- 
ing out  of  a  chain  of  mountains,  a 
mountain  pass,  gorge.  Hdt.  9, 38,  and 
έκβολαι  είς  χώραν.  a  pass  into  a  coun- 
try. Pint. — 2.  έκβο'/ή  λόγου,  a  digres- 
sion, Thuc.  1,  97. — C.  from  pase  that 
which  is  cast  ov.t,  έκβ.  δικέλλης,  earth 
cast  out  or  scraped  up  by  a  hoe  or  mat- 
tock. Soph.  Ant.  250  :  ovptia  εκβολή, 
children  cast  or  exposed  on  the  moun- 
tains, Eur.  Hec.  1078.     Hence 

'Έκβο/.ιμαΙος,  αία,  alov,  and 

ΈκβόλΛμος,  ov,  thrown  out  or  away, 
rejected :  of  the  fruit  of  the  womb, 
abortive,  Arist.  H.  A. 

Έκβύλιον,  ov,  TO,  stib.  ώάρμακον, 
a  drug  for  procuring  abortion,  Hipp.  : 
strictly  neut.  from 

Έκ3ο'λιος,  ον,=  έκ3ό?.ιμος,  οίνος, 
wine  for  procuring  abortion. 

'E/c/io/of,  ov,  {έκβάλ/.ω)  thrnum 
out  or  awaij,  οίκων,  exposed,  of  a  child, 
Eur.  Phoen.  104  :  abortive.  Id.  Bacch. 
92. — II.  as  subst.  ό  έκβ.  a  cape,  pro 
montory,  Eur.  1.  T.  1024  —2.  To  έκ- 
βο7^ον,  that  which  is  cast  out,  thrown  up, 
ναός  έκβολα,  Eur.  Hel.  422.   . 

'Εκβόμ3ησις,  εως,  ή,  {έκ.  βομβέω) 
α  shunting,  murmuring  in  token  of  ap- 
probation, Themist. 

Έκβόσκω,  f.  -βοσκήσω,  {έκ,  βόσκω) 
to  make  to  be  eaten  off.  Mid.  to  eat  off, 
feed  on,  Lat.  depasci,C.  ace,  !Sic. 

'Έ,κβρά^ω,  f.  -άσω,  {έκ,  ι^ρύζω)  to 
throw  nff  or  out  by  boiling,  fermenting, 
etc.  :  to  throw  up  or  to  the  surface,  to 
throw  off  humours,  Hipp. :  to  cast  up, 
of  the  sea.  Lye.     Hence 

Έκβρΰσ/ς,  εως,  ή,  a  throwing  up, 
boiling,  foaming. 

Έκ3ρασμα,  ατός,  τό,  {έκβράζω) 
that  tvhich  is  throv;n  out  or  up  by  txj'lrng 
OT  fermenting,  scitm  :  scurf,  a  cutaneous 
eruption.  Gal. 

Ύ,κβρασμός,  ov.  ό,=έκ3ρασις. 

Έκβράσσω.  Ion.  έκβρήσσω,  {έκ, 
βράσσω)  like  έκβράζω.  to  thmv  nut  or 
up.  esp.  of  things,  bmltng,  frotldng, 
etc.  ;  hence  )iass.,  to  be  cast  up,  thrmc-n 
on  shore,  of  ships,  Hdt.  7,  188.  Hipp, 
also  has  mid.  in  act.  signf 

Έκβροντάω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {εκ.  βρον- 
τάω) to  thunder  out  or  awny,  strike  out 
by  lightning,  Aesch.  Pr.  362,  in  pass. 

Έ.κ3ρνχάομαι,  (έκ.  βρνχάιψαού^'ρ. 
mid.,  to  bellow  out  or  aloud,  Eur.  I.  T. 
1390. 

'Έκβρωμα.  ατός,  τό,  {έκβιβρώσκω) 
that  which  is  eaten  or  sawn  out,  εκβ. 
πρίονος,  saw-dust,  Soph.  Tr.  700. 

Έκβνβίζω.  (έκ,  βυθίζω)  to  fetch  out 
of  the  deep,  Callistr.,  in  pass. 

Έκβνρσόω,  ώ.  {έκ.  βίφσα)  to  make 
to  project  jrom  the  skin. — II.  to  flay 
Hence 

Έκβνρσωμα,  ατός,  τό,  Gal.,  and 

4ia 


ΕΚΓΑ 

Έκβνρσωσίς,  εως,  ή,  α.  prnjecling  of 
the  bones  out  of  the  skin. 

νΕκβώρτας-  pres.  part,  from  ίκβάω. 
Dor.  lor  έκόαίνω,  ap.  Thuc.  5,  77. 

Έκγΰλακτόυ,  ώ,  {έκ,  γα?ΜΚ-ό- 
ομαι)  to  turn  into  milk.  Pass.,  to  be- 
come milk,  of  the  seeds  of  plants  : 
both  in  Theophr. :  hence 

Έκγαλάκτωσις,  εως,  ή,  a  turning 
into  milk.  Id. 

Έκγΰμέομαι,  v.  sq. 

Έκγΰμίζα,  {έκ,γαμίζω)  to  give  away 
in  marriage,  of  parents  who  give  away 
a  daughter.  Pass.,  to  be  given  in  mar- 
riage, marry,  N.  'Γ. :  SO  also  έκγαμίσ- 
κομαι,  Ν.  Τ.,  and  έκγαμέομαι. 

Έκγΰμίσκομαι,  ν.  toreg. 

Έκγανρόομαι,  {εκ,  γαυρόομαι)  as 
pass.,  to  be  very  haughty. — II.  dep.,  to 
be  proud  of,  exalt  in,  magnify,  exalt,  Tl, 
Eur.  I.  A.  101. 

Έκγέγύα,  poet.  perf.  of  εκγίγνο- 
μαι  for  έκγέγονα,  from  *γάω,  to  be 
born  of,  i.  e.  sprung  or  descended  from, 
τινός,  Horn.,  whether  father  or  mo- 
ther. Horn,  has  the  forms  e/cyeyu- 
την  3  dual,  Od. ;  inf.  έκγεγύμεν,  11. 
[a] ;  part,  έκγεγαώς,  έκγεγαυία,  Άθη- 
vaui,  'Ελένη  λιος  έκγεγανϊα,  Horn. 
In  Ερ.  10,3,  έκγεγάΰτε,  2  ρΐ.  for  wh. 
Henn.  from  Suid.  edits  έκγεγύασβε, 
cf.  Batr.  143  ;  former  like  the  irreg. 
ίκγεγάονται  in  H.  Horn.  Ven.  198,  as 
if  from  a  pass,  έκγεγάομαι ;  but 
Buttm.  regards  the  latter  as  fut. 
formed  without  σ  as  έμύονσι,  etc., 
Calal.  p.  51. 

^'Εκγεγάυνται,  v.  foreg. 

Έκγείνασβαί,  inf.  aor.  mid.  from  a 
pres.  not  in  use,  to  bring  forth,  Luc. 

Έκγελάω,  ώ.  f.  -ύσυμαι,  more 
rarely  -άσω,  {εκ,  γελάω)  to  lavuh  out, 
laugh  load,  burst  out  laughing,  Od.  IC, 
354  ;  18,  35  :  metaph.  of  a  liquid  that 
rushes  out  with  a  laughter-like 
sound,  to  burst  out,  Eur.  Tto.  1176. 
Hence 

"Εκγελως,  οτος,  ό,  loud  laughter. 

Έκγενέτι/ς,  ου,  'ο,=^ίκ)ονος,  Eur. 

Εκγενι'ις,   ες,   {εκ,    γένος)  put  oat 

from  one's  f'amtli/.  without  kith  or  kin. 

Soph.  O.  T.  1500,  ace.  to  W.  Dind. 

iii  sjteph.  Thes. 

Έκγεννύω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (έκ,  γειη'άω) 
ίο  beget :  also  to  bring  forth,  Eupol. 
Dem.  10. 

Έκγιγαρτίζω,  {εκ,  γίγαρτον)  to 
take  out  the  kernel,  of  a  fruit,  T)JV  στα- 
tpLOa,  Diosc. 

Έκγίγνομαί,  later  ίκγίν.  [i],  fut. 
-γενησομαι,  {έκ.  γίγνομαι)  dep.  mid. : 
to  grow  out  of,  spring  from  :  to  he  de- 
scended from,  burn  of,  begotten  by  any 
one:  in  11.  always  in  last  signf  c. 
gen.,  only  once  c.  dat.,  to  be  born  to..., 
11.  14, 115,  and  so  Hdt.  1,  30.— 11.  (iu- 
trans.)  absol.  in  aor.,  to  be  gone  away, 
to  have  gone  by,  χρόνου  έκγεγονότος, 
time  having  gune  by,  passed,  Hdt.  2, 
175  :  έκγενέσΟαί  τού  ύ'/ν,  to  have  de- 
parted this  life,  Xen.  Hell.  G,  4,  23.— 

2.  freq.  impers.,  έκγίγνεται,  like  έξ- 
εστί,  it  is  allowed,  it  is  granted,  C.  dat. 
et  inf.,  and  usu.  with  a  negat.,  οϋκ 
έξεγένετό  μοι  ποίείν,  it  was  not  grant- 
ed me  to  do,  so  freq.  in  Hdt..  as  1, 78 ; 

3,  142 ;  also  c.  ace.  et  inf.,  Ar.  Pac. 
340. 

'Εκγ7.ευκίζομαί,  (έκ,  γ7.ενκος)  to 
cease  fermenting,  Hipp. 

ΥΕκγλισχραίυω.  {έκ,  γ?.ισχραίνω) 
to  render  viscous,  Aretae. 

νΕκγλ.υφή,  7/ς,  ή,  a  hatching,  Ael.  : 
from 

Έκχλυφω,  f.  -•ώω,  (έκ,  γ7ινφω)  to 

scoop,    carve,  hollow  out. — 2.  to  breed, 

to  hatch,  Tu  νεόττια,  Ael. ;  and  so  in 

inid.,  TU  ώώ  έξεγ7.ύψαντο,  Plut.  Tib. 

414 


ΕΚΔΕ 
Grac.  17.  Instead  of  the  rcgul.  perf. 
έκγεγλυμμαι  we  find  the  irreg.  έξέ- 
γλυμμαι,  Plat.  Rep.  610  D,  cf.  κατε- 
γλωττισμαι.  [ϋ] 

Έκγοι/τενω,  strengthd.  for  γοη- 
τεύω, Joseph. 

Έκγυνος,  ov,  {έκγίγνομαί)  sprung, 
descended Jroni  anyone,  τινός,  Horn.: 
any  descendant,  son  or  daughter,  grand- 
son grand- daughter,  and  so  on,  hence 
oi  ίκγονοι,  Hdt.  7,  106,  etc.,  and 
Trag.  :  in  Ath.  law,  lineal  descendants 
as  opposed  to  συγγενείς,  collateral 
relatives:  τα  έκ)ονα,  children,  off- 
spring, young,  po.tterity,  Trag.,  anil 
Plat.:  metaph.,  όιιλιας  έκγ.  ή  αρ- 
γία. Plat.  Legg.  901  Ε  :  έκγ.  κλντύς 
χΟονός,  the  productions  of  the  earth, 
tfoph.  O.  T.  173  :  cf.  έγγονυς. 

Έκγρύφω,  f.  --ψω,  [έκ,  γράφω)  to 
write  out,  copy  :  mid.  to  write  oat  or 
copy  for  one's  self,  for  one's  own  use, 
χρι/σμόν  Ίταρά  τάπόλ?ιωνος  έκγρύ- 
ψασΰαι,  Ar.  Αν.  982  ;  Μορσιμον  ρ/}- 
σιν  έκγράφασθαι.  Ran.  151. — II.  to 
strike  out,  expunge  from  a  list,  ap.  An- 
doc.  10,  37.  [ώ] 

Έκγρντενω,  {έκ,  γρντη)  to  search 
out  from  old  lumber. 

Έκδι,ιόύω,  ώ,  {έκ,  δφς)  to  make  re- 
sinous :  pass.,  to  become  so,  Theophr. 

Έκδαί/ναι,  strengthd.  formol  όα?/- 
vai,  Ap.  Rh. 

'Εκδάκιω,  f.  -όήξομαι,  (έκ,  δύκνω) 
to  bite  out,  bite  away,  Anlh. 

Έκόακρνω,  [έκ,  δακρύω)  to  burst 
into  tears.  Soph.  Phil.  278.— II.  me- 
taph. of  trees,  to  exude  drops  of  gum, 
Plut.  [ϋ  in  pres.  and  fut.] 

Έκόύνείζω,  (έκ,  δανείζω)  to  lend 
out  at  interest,  χρήματα  τινι,  Arist. 
Oec.     Hence 

Έκδάνεισις,  εως,  ή,  a  lending  on  in- 
terest. Inscr. 

Έκδάρειστής,  ov,  δ,  {έκδανείζω) 
one  who  lends  on  interest,  Inscr. 

Έκδάπύνύω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  strengthd. 
form  of  δαπανάω,  Polyb. 

Έκδεδαρμένος,  part.  perf.  pass, 
from  έκδερω. 

Έκδεής,  ές,  (έκ,  δέω  to  be  wanting) 
defective,  imperfect :  hence 

"Εκδεια,  ας,  ή.  a  falling  short,  being 
in  arrear,  φόρων  Kui  νεών,  in  tribute 
and  ships,  Thuc.  1,  99. 

Έκδίίκνύμι,  {έκ,  δί:ίκνυμι)  to  .-ihoiv 
forth,  display,  manifest,  Soph.  El.  348, 
etc. 

Έκδειμαίνω,  strengthd.  for  δειμαί- 
νω,  Heliod. :  and 

Έκδειματόω,  ώ,  strengthd.  for  δει- 
ματόω.  Plat.  Rep.  381  E. 

Έκδεινόω,  ώ,  strengthd.  for  δεινόω, 
to  exaggerate,  Joseph. 

Έκδειττνέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (έκ,  δεtπ- 
νέω)  to  finish  a  meal. 

'Εκδ'εκύτεύω,  (έκ,  δεκατενω)  to  pay 
tithe.  Tivi,  Diod. 

Έκδέκομαι,  Ion.  for  έκδέχομαι, 
Hdt. 

t'EK(5eK7tOi',  verb.  adj.  from  έκδέχο- 
μαι, one  jnust  receive,  Ath.  189  D. 

'Εκδεκτικός,  ή,  όν,  {έκδέχομαι)  be- 
longing to  taking,  taking  up  or  receiving, 
to  relieving  or  succession. 

Έκδέκτωρ,  ορός,  ύ,  {έκδέχομαι)  one 
who  takes  from  another,  έκό.  πόνων, 
like  διάδοχος,  one  ivho  relieves  another's 
toil,  Aesch.  Fr.  180  ;  though  Plut.  2, 
904  F,  has  άνδέκτωρ. 

'Εκδεξις,  εως,  ή,  {έκδέχομαι)  α 
taking  from,  taking  up,  reception  ;  esp. 
succession,  της  ϊ3ασιλιμης,  Hdt.  7,  3. 

Έκδέρκομαι,  to  look  out  from,  11.  23, 

477,  ubi  nunc  έκ  δέρκεται,  separately. 

Έκδΐρματίζω,  {έκ,  δέρμα)  to  flay, 

skin. 

Έκδερω,  Ion.  -δείρω,  f.  -ερώ,  {έκ. 


ΕΚΔΙ 

δέρω)  to  skin,  f-ay,  strip  off  the  skirit 
Hdt.  2,  42  ;  7,  26.  in  full  βίφσαν  έκδ., 
Eur.  El.  824:  hence  —  II.  to  cudgel 
soundly,  hide,  Ar.  Vesp.  450. 

Έκδεσμεύω,  {έκ,  δεσμεύω)  to  bind 
fasten  to  or  upon,  Polyb. 
Έκ(5εσ//έω,=:  forcg. 
Έκδετος,  ov,  {έκδέω)  fastened  to  or 
upon,  έξ  ίππων,  Antli. 

'Εκδέχομαι,  Ion.  έκδέκ.,  f.  -ξομαι, 
{έκ,  δίχομαι)  dep.  mid. :  to  take  or  re- 
ceive from  another,  τινί  τι,  11.  13, 710 : 
in  gcnl.  to  take  from,  take  up,  catch  up, 
2.  esp.,  έκδ.  την  αρχήν,  την  βασι- 
'λείαν  παρά  τίνος,  lidt.  1,  7,  26,  etc. : 
hence  absol.,  to  follow,  succeed,  of 
kings,  Hdt.  1,  16,  etc. ;  but  also  of 
events,  to  follow,  έξεδέξατο  ουκ  έ'λύσ- 
σων  πόνος,  Hdt.  4,  1,  cf.  7,  211  :  also 
of  contiguous  lands,  to  come  next,  4, 
39,  99.-3.  to  wait  for,  expect,  Lat.  ex- 
cipere.  Soph.  Phil.  123.— II.  like  Lat. 
accipere,  έκδ.  λογούς,  etc.,  to  take,  un- 
derstand in  a  certain  sense,  Polyb. 

Έκδέω,  f.  -δήσω,  {έκ,  δέω)  to  bind 
so  as  to  hang  from,  to  bind,  fasten  to  0Γ 
on,  c.  gen.  δρυς  έκδεον  ήμιόνων,  they 
bound  the  oaks  to  the  mules,  i.  e.  they 
yoked  the  mules  to  thein,  II.  23,  121 ; 
also,  έκδ.  τι  έκ  τίνος,  cf.  έκ  I.  3: 
σανίδας  έκδήσαι,  to  fasten  the  door 
with  the  ίμάς,  shut  it  fast,  Od.  22, 
174.  Mid.  to  bind  a  thing  to  one's  self, 
hang  it  rmind  one,  έκδήσααΟαι  αγάλ- 
ματα, Hdt.  4,  76. 

Έκδηθννω,  strengthd.  for  δηθννω, 
Aretae. 
^Έκδι/λος,  ov.  0,  Ecdelus,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  Plut.  A  rat.  5. 

Έκδη?Λς.  ov,  strengthd.  for  δή?.υς, 
very  clear,  quite  plain,  known  to  all ; 
distinguished,  II.  5,  2.  Adv.  -λως. 
Hence 

Έκδη?^όω,  ώ,  to  make  plain  or  mant 
fesf,  sheiv  plainly.  Thenphr. 

Έκδημάγωγέω,  ώ,  {έκ,  δημαγωγέω) 
to  win  by  the  arts  oj  a  demagogue,  Dion. 
H. 

Έκδημέω,  ώ,  {έκδημος)  Ιο  go  out  of 
one's  country,  go  abroad,  travel :  to  be 
abroad  or  on  one's  travels,  Hdt.  1,  30. 
flence 

Έκδημία,  ας.  ή,  a  going  out  of  one's 
country,  a  going  or  being  abroarl,  a 
journey,  travel,  Eur.  Hyps.  15  :  me- 
taph. also  departure  from  life,  Anth. 

Έκδημοκοπέομαι,  strengthd.  for 
δημοκοπέω.  Chio. 

Έκδημος,  ov,  {έκ,  δήμος)^οΜ  home, 
abroad,  gone  on  a  journey  or  travels,  C. 
gen.,  ίκδ.  τήςδε  χβονός,  Eur.  Hipp. 
281 :  έκδ.  ατρατΰαι,  service  in  foreign 
lands,  Thuc.  1,  1. 

ΧΈκδημος,  ου.  ό,  Ecdemns,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  a  Magalo|)olitan,  Polyb.  10,  25,  2. 
Εκδημοσιεύω,  strengthd.  for  δημο- 
σιεύω. Dio  C 

Έκδιαβαίνω,  {έκ,  διά,  βαίνω)  to  go 
through  and  out  of,  pass  over,  c.  acc, 
τάφρον,  11.  10,  198. 

Έκδιαζωμενω,  strengthd.  for  διά- 
ζωμα νω. 

Έκδιαιτάομαι,  as  pass.  (,';c.  διαι- 
τύω)  to  depart  from  one's  accustomed 
mode  of  life,  change  one's  habits,  Hipp. ; 
also  in  pass.,  έκδ.  έκ  των  καθεστώ- 
των νομίμων,  Thnc.  1,  132  :  later  also 
c.  acc,  Philo,  esp.  to  indulge  in  ex- 
cess, degenerate.     Hence 

Έκδΐηίτησις,  εως,  ή,  a  departure 
from  one's  accustomed  mode  oflife,cliange 
of  habits.  Plut. 

Έκδιάκρίζω,  strengthd.  for  δια- 
πρίζω,  to  saw  off,  App. 

Έκδίδαγμα,  ατός,  τό,  prentice-work, 
a  sampler.  Eur.  Ion  1419.  [t] :  from 

Έκδίδύσκω,  f.  -ξω,  poet,  -σκήσω, 
Pind.  P.  4,  386,   (έκ,  διδάσκω)     To 


ΕΚΔΙ 

teach  ihcroughly,  teach,  Lat.  edocere, 
Trag. ;  τινά  τι,  Soph.  El.  621  :  to 
teach  one  to  be  so  and  so,  dvai  κακήν, 
lb.  396  ;  also  with  inf.  omitted,  γεν- 
ναΐόν  τίνα  έκό.,  Ar.  Ran.  1019 :  c. 
inf.  onlv,  lb.  1026:  έκδ.  ώς-,  Hdt. 
4, 118,  Soph.  O.  T.  1370.  Mid.  to  have 
another  taught,  Hdt.  2,  154.  Cf.  δι- 
δάσκω. 

Έκδίόρύσκ(ο,  Ion.  -δρήσκω,  f.  -δρά- 
σομαί.  Slot,  έξέδραν,  (έκ,  διδράσκυ) 
Το  run  out  from,  run  away,  escape,  USU. 
έκ  τόττου,  Hdt.  3,  4,  etc.,  and  Thuc. 
[«σο//ΐ7ί.] 

'Έ,κδιόνσκω,  =  έκδύω,  to  pull  off, 
strip,  despoil,  Joseph. 

Έκδίύωμι,  f.  -δώσω,  {έκ,  δίόωμι)  to 
give  out,  give  or  deliver  up,  esp.  some- 
thing seized  and  detamed  unlawfully, 
Lat.  reddere,  Έλέν?;ΐ',  to  give  back  the 
stolen  Helen,  11.  3,  459. — 1.  also  to  give 
up,  surrender,  without  the  notion  of 
unlawful  possession,  Lat.  dedere,  Hdt. 

1,  74,  etc.  :  so  too  έκδόσθαι,  aor.  2 
mid.,  seems  to  be  used.  Find.  P.  4, 
525. — 2.  to  give  out  or  away  from  one's 
self  έκδ.  θυγατέρα,  to  give  one's 
daughter  in  marriage,  Lat.  nuptui  dare, 
TLVL.  Hdt.  1,  196,  etc..  εΙς  TLva,  Plat. 
Rep.  362  Β  :  freq.  also  in  mid.,  Hdt. 

2,  47,  and  Dem. :  συνοικίζειν  και  έκδ., 
to  settle  in  marriage.  Plat.  Soph.  242 
D. — 3.  to  give  out  for  money,  farm  out, 
let  out  for  hire,  Lat.  locare,  Hdt.  1,  68  : 
έκδ.  vibv  έπΙ  τέχνην,  to  apprentice 
one's  son,  Xen.  Lq.  2,  2. — 4.  to  put 
out  money  to  interest,  lend  out,  ap.  Dem. 
941,  8.  etc, — 5.  to  put  out,  publish,  of 
books,  etc.,  Lat.  edere,  isocr.  84  D. — 
6.  of  land,  to  return,  yield,  produce, 
Strab.,  and  Luc. — II.  intr.  to  break  or 
issue  forth  from  a  place,  break  out,  of 
waters,  to  pour  out,  empty  themselves, 
έκδ.  ές  Θά/Μτταν,  ές  rtjv  Μαίανδροι•, 
Hdt.  1,  80  ;  7,  26,  etc. ;  cf.  έκίίάλλω, 
ίξιι/μι. 

'Εκδιηγέομαι,  {έκ,  διηγέομαι)  to  tell 
out  or  to  the  end,  tell  in  detail,  LXX. 

Έκδϊθνραμ:3όομαι,  {έκ,  διθύραμ- 
βος) as  pass,  to  sink  into  dithyrambic 
bombast. 

Έκδαστημι,=  διίστημί,  dub. 

Εκδικάζω,  f.  -σω,  {έκ,  δικάζω)  δί- 
KijV,  to  see  a  lawsuit  out,  end,  decide  it, 
of  a  judge,  Ar.  Eq.  50  ;  and  so  in 
pass.,  io  be  settled,  Plat.  Legg.  958  A. 
Mid.  to  prosecute  one's  right  against 
another,  isae.  ap.  Harp. — II.  to  avenge, 
Eur.  Supp.  154.    Hence 

Έκδίκαξις,  εως,  η.  Dor,  for  έκδίκψ 
σις,  Inscr. 

Έ,κδΙκασττις,  ov,  h,  {εκδικάζω)  one 
who  obtains  right :  an  avenger,  Eur. 
Supp.  1153. 

Έκδΐκέω,  ώ,  {έκδικος)  to  revenge, 
avenge,  punish,  τι,  Diod. :  τινά  άτζό 
τίνος,  to  avenge  one  on  another,  N.  T. 
Hence 

Έκδίκημα,  ατός,  τό,  vengeance  taken. 

'Έκδίκησις,  εως,  ή,  {έκδικέω)  α  re- 
venging, vengeance,  έκδ.  ττοιεΐσΟαι,  to 
give  sattsfaction,'Po\yb., but  έκδ.  ττοιεΐν 
Tivi,  to  avenge  one  on  another,  N.  T. 

'Έ.κδΙκητής,  οϋ,  ύ,  {έκδικέω)  an 
avenger,  protector,  Joseph. 

'Κκδίκητικός,  ή,  όν,  {έκδικέω)  re- 
vengeful. 

'Εκδΐκία,  ας,  η,^έκδίκησις. — Π•  α 
^emission  in  rent.  Dio  C. 

'Εκδΐκος,  ov.  {έκ,  δίκτή  ivilhout  law, 
lawless,  unlawful,  unjust,  Trag.,  as 
Aesch.  Pr.  fin. — II.  carrying  out  or 
maintaining  right  and  justice,  avenging : 
hence  ό  εκδ.,  an  avenger,  esp. — 2.= 
αννδικος,  Lat.  cognitor  civitatis,  a 
public  advocate,  state  counsel  or  syndic, 
Cic.  Fam.  13,  56.  Adv.  -κως. 
νΕκδικος,  ov,  δ,  Ecdtcus,  inasc.  pr. 


ΕΚΔΥ 

n.,  a  Lacedaemonian,  Xen.  Hell.  4, 
8,20. 

Έκδισκεύω,  {έκ,  δισκεύω)  to  whirl 
or  toss  out. 

Έκδιφρεύω,  {έκ,  διφρενω)  to  knock 
off  the  chariot  seat,  throw  from  the  cha- 
riot, Luc. 

'Εκδιψάω,  ώ,  f.  -;/σω,  to  be  very 
thirsty,  Theophr.  :  from 

'Εκδιψος,  ov,  {έκ,  δίφα)  very  thirsty, 
Diod. 

Έκδιωκτέον,  verb,  adj.,  one  must 
chase  away,  Plut.  :  from 

Εκδιώκω,  fut.  -ξω,  {έκ,  διώκω)  to 
chase,  drive  out  or  away,  banish,  Thuc. 
1, 24.     Hence 

Έκδίωξις,  εως,  ή,  a  chasing,  driving 
aiuay.   [j] 

Έκδονέω,(ι),{έκ,δονέω)  to  shake  or 
throw  out,  confound.  Anth. 

Εκδορά,  ας,  ή,  {έκόέρω)  a  stripping 
off  the  skin,  and  so  eradicating,  Diosc. 
Hence 

Έκδόριος,  ov,  belonging  to  flaying  : 
Tu  έκδ.,  sub.  ώάρμακα,  medicaments 
which  take  off  the  skin,  blisters,  etc., 
Diosc. 

Έκδόσιμος,  ov,  to  be  given  out,  let 
out :  from 

Έκδοσις,  εως,  ή,  {έκδίδωμι)  a  giv- 
ing out  or  up,  surrendering,  Hdt.  1, 159. 
— 2.  α  giving  in  marriage,  portioning 
out,  έκδ.  τνοιεΐσθαι  της  βν^ατέρος^ 
έκδιδόναι  2,  Plat.  Legg.  924  C— 3.  a 
letting,  hiring  or  farming  out,  Gockh 
inscr.  1,  p.  747.-— 4.  a  lending  money 
on  ships  or  exported  goods,  bottomry, 
Bijckh  P.  E.  1,  176 — 5.  the  edition  or 
recension  of  a  book. 

Έκδυτέον,  verb.  adj.  of  έκδίδωμι, 
one  must  give  up  :  one  jnast  give  in  mar- 
riage, Ar.  Av.  1635. 

"Εκδοτος,  ov,  {έκδίδωμι)  given  out 
or  up,  delivered  over,  esp.  betrayed,  έκ- 
δοτον  ποιησαι,  Hdt.  3,  1,  and  έκδ. 
διδόναι.  Dem.  618,  25,  just  like  έκδι- 
δόναι.— 2.  given  in  marriage,  Luc. — 3. 
let  or  hired  out. 

ΈκδοχεΙον,  ov,  τό,  {έκδέχομαι)  a 
receiver,  reservoir,  tank,  Joseph. 

'Εκδοχή,  7/ς,  ή,  {έκδέχομαι)  a  re- 
ceiving from  or  at  the  hands  of  another, 
succession,  alternation,  Acsch.  Ag.  299. 
— II.  α  receiving,  holding,  ί)δατος,  Jo- 
seph.— III.  expectation. — IV.  a  taking 
or  understanding  in  a  certain  sense,  in- 
terpretation, έκδ.  ττοιείσθαι,  Polyb. 

Έκδράκοντόω,  ώ,  {έκ,  δράκων)  to 
change  into  a  serpent :  pass,  to  be  changed 
into  a  serpent,  become  a  very  serpent, 
Aesch.  Cho.  549. 

Έκδρΰμειν,  inf.  aor.  2  act.  of  έκ- 
τρέχω. 

Έκδραχμος,  ov,  {έξ,  δραχμή)  of  six 
drachms. 

Έκδρέπω,  {έκ,  δρέ~ω)  to  pluck, 
break  out,  Aristaen.  in  mid. 

Έκδρομάς,  άδος,  ό,  {έκτρέχω)  one 
who  has  run  out  from  the  age  ot  youth, 
Lat.  ex  ephcbis  egressus,  Eustath. 

'Εκδρομή,  ης,  ?/,  {έκτρέχο))  a  run- 
ning out,  sally,  charge,  Xen.  Hell.  3. 
2,  4. — 2.  a  band,  party  of  skirmishers, 
=εκδρομοι,  Thuc.  4, 127. — II.  a  shoot- 
ing or  sprouting  out,  of  trees,  Theo- 
phr. —  III.  a  digression  in  speaking, 
Aristid. 

Έκδρομος,  ov,  <5,  {έκτρέχω)  one  that 
runs  out  or  before,  esp.  oi  έκδρ..  troops 
who  sallied  out  from  the  ranks  to  make 
a  sudden  charge,  Thuc.  4,  125,  Xen. 
Hell.  4,  5,  16. 

'Εκδνμα,  ατός,  τό,  {έκδύω)  that 
which  is  stripped  off.  a  skin,  garment, 
etc. :  also  ίκδϋΐία,  Hf  dyl.  Ep.  1,  5. 

VEkovusv.  for  έκδίΊΐι/κν  2  aor.  opt. 
1  phir.  of  ίκδύω,  Bultin.  Catal.  p.  73, 
and  Lexil.  p.  425. 


ΕΚΕΙ 

Έκδύνω,==έκδύω,  Od.  [ϋ] 

Έκδνσιος,  ov,  belonging  to  a  putting 
off:  from 

'Εκδνσις,  εως,  η,  {έκδύω)  a  putting 
off. — il.  (from  έξέδνν)  intr.,  ο  getting 
out  or  away,  escape,  way  out,  opp.  to 
έςοδος,  Hdl.  2,  121,  3:  την  εκδ.  ποι- 
εΙσΟαι,  to  creep  out,  Hdt.  3,  109. 

Έκδνςωηέω,  ώ,  to  move,  affect  through 
shame,  inlreat  earnesny,  τινά,  Eccl. 
Hence 

Έκδυςώττησις,  εως,  ή,  earnest  in- 
treaty. 

Έκδύω,  also  έκδύνω,  f.  -ύσω,  {έκ, 
δύω,  δννω)  to  strip  off,  pull  off,  χιτώνα, 
χλαΐναν,  Od.  1,  437  ;  14.  460  _:  also  c. 
dupl.  ace.  pers.  et  rei,  έκ  μέν  με 
χλαιναν  έδυσαν.  Od.  14,  341  ;  and  so 
;n  Att.  Mid.  to  strip  or  put  off'  from 
one's  self,  τενχεα  έξΐδνοΐ'ΤΟ,  they  put 
off  their  armour,  11.  3,  114,  κιϋώνα, 
Hdt.  5,  106  ;  also  absol.  to  strip,  put 
off  one's  clothes.  Ar.  Lys.  688.  The 
act.  is  used  like  mid.  in  Hdt.  1,  9, 
έκδ.  τα  ιμάτια,  cf.  Arist.  Η.  Α.  5,  15 
(17),  fin. — II.  intrans.  in  aor.  2  έξέ- 
δϋν,  pf.  έκδέδνκα,  and  in  mid.  έκδνο- 
μαι,  to  come,  go  out  of  a  thing,  c.  gen., 
μεγάροιο,  Od.  22,  334.-2.  met'aph. 
to  get  awny  from,  escape,  C.  acc,  έκδύ- 
μεν  ολεΰροί).  11.  16,  99.  (On  the  form 
έκδνμεν  v.  Buttm.  Lexil.  v.  νωΐ  8 
sqq.,  p.  425  and  n.,  Spitzn.  ad  1.)  [νω, 
£•σω] 

Έκδωριόομαι,  as  pass.,  {έκ,  Δώ- 
ριος)  to  become  a  thorough  Dorian, 
Hdt.  8,  73. 

ΈΚΕΓ,  adv.,  there,  at  or  in  that 
place,  freq.  in  Att.,  opp.  to  ένθάδε : 
τάκεϊ,  what  is  or  happens  there,  events 
there,  Thuc. ;  in  Trag.  sometimes 
as  euphem.  for  έν  "Αιδον.  Aesch. 
Supp.  230,  Eur.  Med.  1073.  Aeol. 
κήνω  :  Dor.  τηνεί,  Theocr. — II.  with 
verbs  of  motion,  for  έκεΐσε,  as  we 
say  therefor  thither,  Hdt.  9, 108,  Soph. 
O.C.  1019.-111.  also,  but  rarely,  of 
time=-(3re,  then,  A.  B.  188,  Schaf. 
Appar.  Dem.  3,  p.  531. 

Έκ  ϊθεν,  adv.,fro7n  that  place,  thence, 
freq.  in  Att.,  opp.  to  έκεΐσε :  c.  gen. 
τονκεΐθεν  άλσηνς,  on  yon  side  of  the 
grove.  Soph.  O.  C.  505.  In  Att.  poets 
a\so  κείθεν  :  Aeol.  κηνόθεν.  Alcae. : 
Dor.  τηνώθεν,  Ar.  Ach.  754,  and 
Theocr. 

ΈκΐΙθι,  Adv.,  at  that  place,  Od.  17, 
10  :  there  :  Dor.  τηνόθι,  Theocr. — U. 
=έκ!-ϊσε,  Aesch.  Theb.  810. 

'Εκείνη,  V.  under  εκείνος  IX. 

Έκείνινης,  η,  ov,  {εκείνος)  of  that 
kind,  of  the  same  sort  as  that,  like  that, 
Arist.  Metaph. 

'Εκείνος,  εκείνη,  έκεΐνο,ΐοη  κείνος, 
which  is  the  usu.  form  both  in  Horn, 
and  Att.  poets ;  Aeol.  κηνος :  Dor. 
τήνος  ■  Att.  also  strengthd.  έκεινοσί, 
demonstr.  pron.,  (εκεί).  The  person 
there,  that  person  or  thing,  Lat.  itle, 
Hom. :  strictly  it  refers  to  what  has 
gone  immediately  before,  Wolf  Dem. 
475,  13  ;  but  when  ούτος  and  εκεί- 
νος refer  to  two  things  before  men- 
tioned, εκείνος,  like  Lat.  Hie,  regul. 
belongs  to  the  more  remote,  i.  e.  the 
former,  cf  ούτος  I. — II.  used  esp.  like 
ille,  to  denote  v^'ell-known  persons, 
etc.,  κείνος  μέγας  θεός,  II.  24,  90,  έκ. 
θουκυδίδ7/'ς,  Ar.  Ach.  708:  and  so 
slrengthd.,  ούτος  εκείνης,  οδ'  έκεΐνος, 
τοΰτ'  εκείνο,  freq.  in  Trag. — HI.  like 
δείνα,  for  things,  of  which  one  cannot 
remember  or  must  not  mention  the 
name,  Ar.  Nub.  195,  cf.  αυτός  I. — 
IV.  with  simple  demon.str.  force,  ^ϊρος 
εκείνος  ήσται,  Irus  sits  there,  Od.  18, 
239. — V.  in  orat.  obliq.  where  regnl, 
the  relies,  person,  prfin.  would  stand, 
415 


EKHB 

Xen.  Hell.  1,  6,  14.— VI.  after  a  relat. 
in  the  apodosis  almost  pleonast.,  Xen. 
Cyr.  1,  4,  10.— Vll.  when  in  Att.  the 
subst.  has  the  article,  έκΐϊνος  pre- 
cedes the  art.  or  follows  the  subst., 
ace.  as  It  is  emphatic  or  not,  εκείνος 
δ  ΰ,νή()  or  ό  άνηρ  ίκεΐνας. — VIII.  adv. 
έκείνως,  in  that  way,  in.  that  cane,  ThllC. 
3,  4t>,  Plat.,  etc.  :  Ion.  κείνως,  Hdt.  1, 
120,  and  m  Att.— IX.  the  dat.  fern. 
έκείντι,  is  used  as  adv. — 1.  of  place, 
sub.  ύόώ,  there,  at  that  place,  on  that 
road,  κείντι  Od.  13,  111. — 2.  of  man- 
ner, in  that  manner. 

νΕκεινοσί,  strengthd.  form  of  εκεί- 
νος, V.  foreg. 

VEKeivo)(,f.  έκεϊνος  VIII. 

Έκεϊσε,  and  in  Att.  poets  κείσε, 
adv.  thither,  to  that  place,  0\ψ.  to  ίκίΐ- 
Οεν. — Il.=i:i«et  but  late,  Heind.  Plat. 
Phaed.  57  A. 

'Έκέκαστο,  3  piqpf.  from  κέκασμαι, 
perf.  of  καίννμαι,  Horn. 

'Κκέκλετο,  3  sinjr.  aor.  rediipl.  and 
sync,  of  κέλομαι,  Horn. 

'Έ.κέκ'λΙτο,  3  plqpf.  pass,  from  κλί- 
vu,  il. 

ΎίΚεαυσβέατο,  Ion.  for  ίκεκόσμην- 
To,  3  pi.  plqpf  pass,  from  κοσμέω. 

νΡ.κέκραγμεν,  1  pi.  plqpf  ind.  from 
κράζω. 

νν,κέρασα,  εκερασάμην,  1  aor.  act. 
and  mid.  of  κεράνννμι. 

Έκεχει/ιία,  ας,  ή,  {έχω,  χειρ)  strict- 
ly α  hoidnig  of  hands,  and  SO  a  cessa- 
tion of  hostilities,  armistice,  truce,  έκ. 
ποιεϊσβαί.  ΰγειν,  Thuc,  έκ.  ΰπειπείν, 
to  declare  a  truce  ended.  Id.  5,  Zl : 
hence — 2.  in  genl.,  the  cessation  of  any 
thin•;:  vacation,  re*7,  Joseph. 

Έκζεμα,  ατός,  τό,  (έκζέω)  any  thing 
Ihroinn  off  or  out  by  heal.  esp.  a  cutane- 
ous eruption,  pustule.  Medic. 

'Κκζεσίς,  εως,  ή,  {εκζίω)  a  boiling 
out  or  oi>er  ;  hence  metaph.  licentious-' 
ncss.  Clem.  Λ1. 

Έκζtσμa,  ατής,  τό,— έκζεμα. 

Έκζεσμός,  ον,  ό,—εκζεσμα. 

'Έ,κζκστυς,  όν,  boiled  out  or  down, 
boiled,  τεντλίον,  Diphil.  Sijihn.  ap. 
Ath.  371  A  :  from 

'Κκζέω,  f.  -ζέσω,  (ίκ,  ζέω)  to  boil  out 
or  over  :  metaph.  c.  iron.,  ζώσα  εν'λέων 
έξέζεσε,  ran  over  with  worms,  i.  e. 
bred  worms  and  was  eaten  by  them, 
Uilt.  1,  205  :  SO  c.  dat.,  φβειρσί,  Diog. 
L.,  c.  ace,  σκώληκας,  LXX.— 11. 
ί\ϋη9.=  έκιίρύσσω,  to  throw  out  by  heat. 
Pass,  to  be  heated.  Aretae. 

Ύ^κζητέω,  {έκ,  ζητέω)  to  seek,  search 
out,  demand,  require,  LXX.  ;  N.  T. 
Hence 

Έκζήτησις,  εως.  ή,  a  seeking  out. 

Έκζητητής,  οΰ,  ό,  {ίκζ7/τέω)  a 
searcher  out,  LXX. 

Έκζοφόω,ώ,{έκ,ζοφόω)ΐοηιαΙ(ε  quite 
dark. 

Έκζωόω,ώ,{έκ,ζωr)ω)tnmake  into  an 
animal.  Pass,  to  become  full  of  animals 
or  ivnrrns,  Theophr. 

Έκζωπϋρέω,  ώ,  {έκ,  ζωπνρέω)  to 
light  up  again,  to  light  or  slir  vp  a 
smouhlering  fire,  rekindle,  hence  έκζ. 
ττόλεμον,  Ar.  Pac.  310.     Hence 

Έκζωττνρησις,  etj^,  //.  a  lighting  up 
again,  rekindling.  Pint,  [ϋ] 

Έκι/η,  ας,  ε,  Ε  p.  for  έκανσα,  aor. 
1  act.  from  καίω,  Hom. 

Ύ,κηβε'λέτης,  ου,  6,  =  έκηβύλος, 
Orph. 

Έκηβολία,  ας,  rj,  skill  in  darting  or 
shooting  from  afar,  in  plur.,  II.  5,  54  ; 
from 

Έκηβόλος,  ov,  {έκύς,  βύλ?.ω)  far- 
darling,  far-shooting,  far-hitting,  like 
έκατη3ί)'/Μς,  έκάεργος,  epith  of  Apol- 
lo, both  as  adj.,  and  subst.,  Horn., 
but  only  in  11.,  and  Hymn.  Adv.  -?.ως. 
416 


ΕΚΘΕ 

'Έ.κη7ιία,ας, η, ■^ενκη7.ία, rest, peace: 
from 

Έκηλος,  ov,  poet,  collat.  form  of 
ενκηλος,  at  rest,  at  one^s  ease,  in  peace 
and  comfort,  free  from  care,  danger,  hin- 
drance, etc.,  Lat.  srcvrus  :  in  Horn, 
esp.  of  persons  feasting  and  enjoying 
themselves  >n  peace  and  comfort :  yet 
also,  ΐκ7]λοί  σν?.ήσετε,  ye  shall  plun- 
der undisturbed,  II.  0,  70  :  and  'έκηΤιος 
έβ/)έτω,  let  him  be  oif  in  peace,  jl.  9, 
376  ;  so  that  he  plainly  uses  it  of  any 
action  pursued  without  hindrance  or 
disturbance  ;  so  also  Hes.,  and  Find. : 
of  mere  inaction,  still,  quiet,  only  once 
in  Hom.,  έκηλοι  κύτβετε,  Od.  21,  259, 
cf  309  :  iK.  ενόειν.  Soph.  Phil.  7C9  : 
neut.  as  adv.,  εκιμ.α  ήμερενειν.  Id. 
El.  78(3. — H.  metaph.  of  things,  as  of 
a  field  lying  at  rest  or  fallow,  H.  Hom. 
Cer.  451 ;  more  freq.  in  A  p.  Rh.  Adv. 
-'λως.  (Piob.  from  the  same  root  as 
εκών,  and  εκητι,  ήλος,  being  merely 
a  terniin. ;  and  κηλέω,  is  to  be  derived 
from  'έκη'λος,  not  v.  versa,  Buttm. 
Lexil.  in  voc.  6.) 

Έκητί.  Att.  εκάτι,  q.  v.  prep.  c. 
gen.,  by  memis  of,  by  virtue  of,  by  the 
power  of:  Hom.  only  in  Od.,  and  al- 
ways of  gods,  Αιός,  'Απόλλωνος, 
Έρμείαο  'έκητί,  by  the  grace,  help  or 
aid  of  Jupiter,  etc.,  according  to  his 
will,  etc.,  Od.  15,  319;  19,  86;  20,  42  : 
so  in  Hcs.  In  11.  we  find  Ιότητι,  in- 
stead. Pind.  sometimes  puts  εκατι, 
before  the  gen.,  and  uses  it  also  of 
things,  as=  t'i'iTca,  on  account  of.  for 
the  sake  of  as  oft.  in  Trag. :  in  Trag. 
also  as  to.  for  Lat.  quod  altinet  ad,  e. 
g.  Aesch.  Pers.  337,  Eur.  Cycl.  655. 
(Prob.  an  old  dat.,  from  same  root 
with  έκωι>  and  έκηλος.  and  connect- 
ed with  ήκα,  as  Ιότης  with  Ιημι.) 

Έκβΰ?ΜΤτόω,  ώ.  {έκ,  θαλαττόω)  to 
make  into  a  sea.  Pass,  to  become  all 
sea,  Slrab. 

Έκβάλττο),  {έκ,  θά?<.πω)  to  warm 
thoroughly,  warm,  Anth. 

Έκθαμβέω,  ώ,  {έκ,  Οαμβέομαι)  to 
be  quite  stunned  or  amazed,  Orph. — II. 
traris.  to  amaze,  astonish,  LXX  :  and 
in  Pass.,  N.  T. 

Έκθαμβος,  ov,  {έκ,  θάμβος)  quite 
stunned,  amazed,  astounded,  Polyb. 

Έκθαμνίζω,  (.'«:,  θάμνος)  to  root  out, 
extirpalL,  At^sch.  Theb.  72. 

Έκθιιμνόημηι,β.5  Ρίΐ>ί$.,{έκ,θύμνος) 
to  grow  bushy,  Theophr. 

Έκθάνον,  Ej).  for  έξέθ.,  aor.  2  of 
έκθνήσκω,  Od.  18.  100. 

ίΈκβάπτω,  f.  -ψω,  {έκ,  θάπτω)  to 
disinter,  to  untomb,  Bockh.  Inscr.  2, 
p.  537. 

Έκθαββέω.  Ion.  έκθαρσέω,  strength- 
ened for  θαβρέω,  to  have  much  confi- 
dence, 7nuch  courage.     Hence 

Έκθάββησις,εως,  ?/,  confidence,  Por- 
phyr. 

Έκθάρσημη,  ατός,  τό,  a  ground  for 
confidence,  defence,  Plut. 

Έκθανμάζω,  strengthd.  for  θαυμά- 
ζω, to  admire  much,  Dion.  H. 

Έκβεάομαι,  f.  -άσομαί.  Ion.  -ήσο- 
μαι,  {έκ,  θεάομαι)  Dep.  mid.,  to  sec 
out,  see  to  the  end.  Soph,  [ασο/^ηί] 

Έκθεατρίζω,  f.  -ίσω  Att.  -ϊώ,  {έκ, 
θεατρίζω)  to  bring  out  on  the  stage,  in 
genl.,  to  make  a  public  show  of,  dis- 
grace utterly,  gibbet,  Polyb. 

Εκθειάζω,  (έκ,  θειάζω)  to  make  a 
god  of.  treat  as  such,  deify,  ivorship,  lit. 
and  metaph.  Luc.  To.\.  8  ;  Plut.,  etc. 
— II.  of  things,/»  make  matter  of  reli- 
gion, Lat.  in  religionem  vertere,  Plut. 
Plence 

Έκθειασαός,   ov,  b,  adoration. — II. 
(from  pass.)  in.<:piration. 
νΈ,κϋεΙναι,  2  aor.  inf  act.  οίέκτίθημι. 


ΕΚΘΝ 

Έκθει6ω,ω,(έκ,θειόω)  tomake  a  goti 
of,  worship  as  such.  Pass,  to  be  deified, 
I)ion.  H. 

Έκθεμα,  Ητος,  τό,  {έκτίθημί)  that 
which  is  put  out,  a  public  notice  or  order, 
edict,  Polyb. 

Έκθέμεναι,  or  έκθεμεν,  Ep.  for 
έκθεΐναι,  inf.  aor.  2  from  έκτίθ7/μι. 

Έκθεόω,  ώ,=^έκΟίΐόω,  Oeiiom.  ap. 
Eus. — II.  of  temples  or  places,  to  con- 
secrate, βωμόν,  A  pp. 

Έκθερΰπενω,  strengthd,  for  θερα- 
πεύω, to  υ  ait  upon  wholly,  hence — 1. 
to  cure  perfectly,  Polyb.  :  mid.  to  get 
one's  self  quite  cured,  Hipp. — 2.  to  court 
and  gain  by  7nnrked  attention,  gain  over 
entirely.  Aeschin.  24,  15. 

Έκθερίζω,  i'.-ίσω  Att.  -ϊώ  {έκ,  θερί- 
ζω) to  reap.  mmv.  cut  completely,  of  a 
crop,  θέρος  έκθ.  Dem.  1253,  15:  hence 
— 2.  metaph.  to  cut  off  root  and  hra7ich, 
Eur.  ap.  Plut.  2,  104  B,  in  mid. 

Έκθερμαίνο,  ί  -ΰνώ,  {έκ,  θερμαί- 
νω) to  warm  thoroughly,  heat  :  in  Pass. 
to  liecome  hot  xiith  wine,  Timae.  ap.  Ath. 
37  B. — 11.  to  make  to  evaporate  by  heat, 
Arist.  Probl. 

Έκθερμος,  ov,  {έκ,  θερμός)  very  hot, 
Gal. 

Έκθεσις,  εως,  rj,  {έκτίθημί)  a  put- 
ting out,  casting  out,  exposing,  Hdt.  1, 
lie. — II.  a  setting  forth,  exposition,  in- 
terpretation, Arist.  Metaph. — 111.  the 
stake  at  play,  Philostr. — IV.  in  late 
authors,  a  public  notice,  proclamation. 
V.  in  Gramm.,  the  conclusion  of  a  play 
or  metrical  system,  freq.  in  Scholl. 

Έκθεσμος,  ov.  (έκ.  θεσμός)  out  of 
law. lawless, 7t7ilmrful,ljat.  exlex,Vhirit. 
ap.  Stob.  p.  444,  37,  cf.  ίκόικος. — II. 
Adv.  -μως. 

νΕκθεσπίζω,  {έκ,  θεσπίζω)  to  issue 
an  order,  in  pass.  Joseph.  Gen. 

Εκθετικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to, 
ailaptedfor  putting  out.  etc.     From 

Έκθετος,  ov,  {ίκτίθημι)  put  out,  ex- 
posed, -γόνος,  Eur.  Andr.  70. 

Έκβέω,  ί.  -βενσομαι,  {έκ,  θέω)  tr. 
run  or  dart  out,  7nake  a  .sally,  Ar.  Lys. 
456  :  to  dash  or  rush  forth,  τών  βελών 
έκθ.,  Plut.  Marc.  16. 

Έκθέωσις,  εως,  ή,  {έκθεόω)  α  deifi- 
cation, consecration,  Philo. 

Έκθεωτικύς,  ή,  όν,  {έκθεόω)  deify- 
ing. 

Έκθηλάζω,  {έκ,  θ7/λάζω)  ίο  suck  out, 
Arist.  Η.  Α. 

Έκθ7ΐλννσις,  εως,  ή,  α  softening,  re• 
laxiii);,  7naking  quite  soft  and  flabby, 
σαρκών,  Hipp,  from 

Έκθη'λννω,  {έκ,  θηλννω)  to  make 
quite  .toft,  flabby,  tender  or  delicate. 
Hipp.  :  hence  metaph.  to  enervate, 
make  weak,  effe7ninate,  timid,  Polyb. 

Έκθτιράομαι,  (έκ,  θηράω)  Dep.,  to 
hunt  out,  i.  e.  catch,  Xen.  Cyn.  5,  25. 

'E/i0?;p£i)(j,=  foreg.  Hdt.  6,  31. 

Έ.κϋηρώω,  ώ,  (έκ,  θηριόω)  to  turn 
quite  into  a  beast,  make  wild  or  savage, 
Lat.  efferare  :  Pass,  to  become  so,  Eur. 
Bacch.  1332. 

Έκθησανρίζω,  {έκ,  θησαυρίζω)  to 
exhaust  a  treasure,  Phalar. 

Εκθλίβω,  {έκ,  θλίβω)  to  press, 
squeeze  out,  squeeze  away,  destroy, 
Arist.  H.  A. :  hence— 2.  metaph.  to 
oppress,  distress  much,  Xen.  An.  3,  4, 
19.  [i\  Hence. 

Έκθ7Λμμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  pressure, 
squeeze,  crush,  bruise,  Hipp. 

Έκθ7Λ7ρις,  εως,  ή,  {εκθλίβω)  a 
pressing,  squeezing  out,  Arist.  Meteor. 
— II.  affliction,  distress,  LXX. — III.  in 
Gramm.  the  figure  ecthlipsis.  where- 
by a  letter  is  thrown  out,  as  σκήπ 
τρον,  σκάπτον- 

Έκθνήσκω,  fut.  -θάνονμαι :  aor. 
έξέθάνον,  {έκ,  θνήσκω)  to  be  dying,  be 


ΕΚΙΞ 
at  one's  loft  gasp.  Soph.  Tr.  568 :  -γελώ 
(in  prose,  γέ?Μτι.,  and  νπό  γέ?ΜΤος) 
έκθανεϊν,  to  be  nigh  dead  with  laugh- 
ter, Od.  18,  100 :  also  of  fear,  terror, 
etc.,  like  ha-t.  exanimari,  emori,  Valck. 
Phoen.  1691. — II.  to  lie  for  dead,  lie  in 
a  suxton,  opp.  to  όντως  τεθνηκέναι, 
Plat.  Legg.  959  Α.— 111.  In  late  wr.  to 
die,  Dio.  C. ;  etc. 

Έκθοίνύομαι,  f.  -ήσομαι,  {εκ,  θοιν- 
ύω)  Dap.  pass.  c.  fut.  mid.,  to  eat  up, 
feast  on,  c.  acc,  Aesch.  Pr.  1025. 

Έκθορε,  poet.  aor.  of  έκθρώσκω,  H. 
16,  427. 

Έκθόρνϋμι,  later  collat.  form  for 
έκθβώσκω,  Μ.  Anton. 

'Έ,κθορνβέω.  ώ,  (έ/c,  θορνβέω)  todis- 
turb,  disquiet,  Aretae. 

'Έ.θκρε^1}ΐς,εως,ή,{εκ.τρε(ρω)  abring- 
iiig  up,  rearing,  Ael. 

'Έ,κθρηνεω,  ώ,  (έκ,  θρηνέω)  ίο  mourn, 
lament  aloud,  Luc. 

Έκθροέα,  ώ,  (έ/c,  θροέω)  to  speak  out, 
declare. 

'Έ.κθpoμβόω,stτengthd.ίoτθpoμβόω, 
to  make  clotted.     Hence 

Έκθρόμβωσις,  εως,  ή,  a  malting 
clotted. — 11.  (from  Pass.)  a  curdling, 
clotting,  Diosc. 

'Έ.κβρνλ7.ε(ύ,  or  εκθρϋλέω,  {εκ, 
θρν'/.λεω,  θρν/.έω)  to  chatter  out. 

ΈκθρώσκΜ.  fut.  -θορονμαι :  aor. 
-εθορον,  {εκ,  θρώσκυ)  to  leap,  spring 
out  or  forth  from,  c.  gen.,  διφρον,  II. 
16,  427;  also,  κραόίη  έξω  στηϋέων,οί 
the  violent  beatmg  of  the  heart,  11. 10, 
95:  freq.  absoL,  to  leap  out  or  forth,  II. 
7,  182,  etc.;  to  start  up  from  sleep, 
Luc. :  also  with  the  acc.  όίκτνον, 
Anth.  Later  also  εκθόρννμι,  but 
there  is  no  such  pres  as  έκθορέω. 

Έκβϋμα,  ατός,  τό,  {έκθνω)  α  pus- 
tule, pimple,  Hipp. 

Έκθϋμαίνω,  strengthd.  for  θνμαί- 
νω. 

Έκθϋμία,  ας,  ή,  {εκθνμος)  spirit,  ar- 
dour, eagerness,  Polyb. 

Έκθϋμιάω,  ώ,  f.  -άσω,  (έ/c,  θνμιάω) 
to  kindle,  burn  as  incense,  Eur.  lon 
1174.  Pass,  to  pass  off  in  vapour, 
Diosc.  [ΰσω] 

Έκθϋμος,  ov,  (έ/c.  θνμός)  very  spir- 
ited, ardent.^  eager,  violent.  Plut.  :  also 
frantic,  senseless,  like  Lat.  aniens, 
Blomf  Aesch.  Pers.  378,  cf  Horn,  εκ 
θυμον  πεσέειν  :  though  L.  Dind.  m 
Steph.  Thes.  retains  the  usu.  sense. 
Adv.  -μως,  violently,  etc.  :  hence  ex- 
ceedingly, beyond  measure,  Lat.  improbe, 
Polyb. 

^Έ,κθνσία,  ας,ή,^εκθνσις. 

'Έκθϋσιύζω,  {εκ,  θυσιάζω)  to  sacri- 
fice, Or.  Sib. 

Έκθνσιμος,  ov,  belonging  to  atone- 
ment, that  must  be  atoned  for,  Lat.  piac- 
ularis.  Plut.  [v]:  from 

'Έκθνσις,  εως,  ή,  {έκθύω) — I.  atone- 
ment, expiatory  rites,  Lat.  expiatio, 
Plut. — Π.  εκθϋσις,  εως,  ή,  (έκθνω  II) 
a  breaking  out,  eruption,  Hipp. 

Έκθνω,  f  -νσω,  (έ/c,  θνω)  to  offer  up, 
sacrifice,  slay,  Soph.  El.  572  :  to  de- 
stroy utterly,  Eur.  Or.  191. — 2.  mid. 
έκθνομαΐ,  to  atone  for,  expiate  by  offer- 
ings, etc.,  Lat.  lustrare,  expinre,  άγος, 
Hdt.  6,91,  alsoii-fp-a'Of.Theophr. : 
but  of  a  god,topropjitiate,appease,  τίνα 
μακάρων,  Eur  Incert.  103,  12.  [v 
usu.  in  pres.,  ϋ  in  fut.,  and  aor.,  ν  in 
aor.  pass.] — II.  to  break  out  as  heat  or 
humours,  break  oui  in  pustules,  etc  , 
Hipp. 

'Έ,κθωπενω,  Dio  C  :  and 

'Έκθώτιτω,  f.  --φω.  Soph.  Fr.  730, 
{εκ,  θώτΐτω)  to  gaiii  by  flattery,  wheedle 
over. 

νΈ.κίξα.  and  έκιξάμην.  Dor.  1  aor. 
act.  as  mid.  from  root  *  ΚΙΚΩ,  q.  v. 
27 


EKKA 

'Έκιχον,  2  aor.  of  κιχύνω. 

Έκκαγχάζω,  (έ/c,  καγχάζω)  to  burst 
out  into  loud  laughter,  Xen.  Symp.  1, 
16,  Arist.  Eth.  N. 

Έκκάθαίρω,  (έ/c,  καθαιρώ)  to  cleanse 
out,  clear  out,  II.  2,  153,  Hdt.  2,  86, 
etc.  :  to  clear  away,  get  rid  of,  τινά. 
Plat.  EuthjTihr.  3  A :  but  χθυνα 
έκκαθαίρει  κνωδάλων,  he  clears  this 
land  of  monsters.  Aesch.  Supp.  264 : 
metaph.  to  clear  a  thing  ior  dis- 
cussion, Stallb.  Plat.  Rep.  361  D: 
έ/c/c.  λογισμόν,  to  clear  off  an  account, 
Plut.  Pass,  to  be  thoroughly  cleansed, 
to  be  purified.  Plat.,  and  Xen. 

'E/c/co0apiVw,=foreg.,  LXX. 

Έκκαθενδω,  ί.  -ενδήσω,  (έ/c,  καθ- 
εύδω)  to  sleep  out,  sleep  away  from  one's 
quarters,  to  keep  night-watch,  Lat.  ex- 
cubare,  Xen.  Hell.  2,  4,  24. 

Έκκαίδεκα,  οι  at,  τά,  indecl.  (If, 
καί,  δέκα)  sixteen,  Hdt.  2,  13,  etc. 

Έκκαιδεκαδάκτνλος,  ov,  {έκκαίδε- 
κα, δάκτυ?Μς)  sixteen  fingers  long, 
Ath. 

Έκκαιδεκάδωρος,  ov,  {έκκαίδεκα, 
δώρον)  sixteen  palms  long,  II.  4,  109. 

Έκκαιδεκαετηρίς,  ίδος.  ή,  {έκκαί- 
δεκα, έτος)  α  period  of  sixteen  years. 

'Έκκαιδεκαέτης,  ov,  ό,  {έκκαίδεκα, 
έτος)  of  sixteen  years,  χρόνος,  Plut. 

Έκκαίδεκά'λΐνος,  ov,  {έκκαίδεκα, 
?.ίνον)  consisting  of  sixteen  threads, 
όίκτνον,  Xen.  Cyn.  2,  5. 

'Έκκαιδεκύπηχνς,  ν,  {έκκαίδεκα, 
τνηχνς)  16  cubits  long  or  high,  ap.  Dem. 
256,  11. 

'Έκκαιδεκαστάδιος,  ov,  {έκκαίδεκα, 
στάδιοί')  sixteen  stades  long,  Strab. 

\'Έκκαιδεκασνλ/Μβος,  ov,  {έκκαί- 
δεκα, σν?Λαβή)  of  sixteen  syllables, 
Hephaest. 

'Εκκαιδεκατά?Μντος,  ov,  {έκκαί- 
δεκα, τάλαντον)  worth  sixteen  talents, 
Menand.  p.  143. 

Έκκαιδέκατος,  η,  ov,  {έκκαίδεκα) 
the  sixteenth,  Hdt.  2,  143. 

'ΈίΚκαιδεκέτης,  ov,  b,  {έκκαίδεκα, 
έτος)  sixteen  years  old,  Plut. :  lem. 
-τίς,  ίδος,  η,  Anth. 

'Έικκαιδεκήρης,  ους.  ή,  {έκκαίδεκα, 
άρω)  a  ship  of  sixteen  banks,  Polyb. 

ΥΈκκαιεβδομηκονταετηρίς,  ιδος,  ή, 
{εξ.  καί,  έβδομί}κοντα,  έτος)  the  six- 
and-seventielh  cycle  of  Callippus,  v. 
Ideler's  Chronol.  1,  p.  344. 

Έκκαιρος,  ov,  {εκ,  καιρός)  out  of 
season,  untimely  ;  antiquated,  Anth. 

Έκκαίω,  Att.  έκκάω,  fut.  -κανσω, 
(έ/c,  καίω)  to  burn  out,  το  φως  Κΐ'/ίλω- 
πος,  Eur.  Cycl.  633,  cf  657  :  hence 
pass.,  εκκάεσθαι  τους  οφθαλμούς,  to 
have  one^s  eyes  burnt  out.  Plat.  Gorg. 
473  C. — II.  to  light  up,  set  on  fire,  kin- 
dle, τά  πνρά,  Hdt.  4,  134,  τά  ft/λα, 
Ar.  Pac.  1133,  and  metaph.,  έ/c/c.  ττό- 
λεμον,  ελπίδα,  Polyb.  Pass,  to  be  set 
on  fire,  be  kindled,  burn,  blaze  up,  Lat. 
flagrare.  Plat.  Rep.  556  A. — 2.  to  scorch 
up,  burn,  Theophr. 

'Έκκάκέω,  ώ,  (έ/c,  κακός)  to  lose 
spirits,  be  slow  or  sluggish,  Polyb. 

Έκκά'λΰμύομαι,  (έ/c,  καλαιιάομαι) 
dep.,  to  pull  out  with  a  καλάμη,  fish 
out,  Ar.  Vesp.  609. 

'Έ,κκαλέω,  ώ,  ί.  -έσω,  (έ/c,  καλέω) 
to  call  out  οτ  forth,  summon  forth,  Horn., 
Hdt.,  etc. :  τινά  δόμων,  Eur.  Bacch. 
170.  Mid.  to  call  out  to  one's  self,  Od. 
24,  1,  Hdt.  8,  79:  hence  metaph.,  to 
call  forth,  elicit,  excite,  δύκρνον  έκκα- 
7Μσθαι,  Aesch.  Ag.  270,  όργήν,  Aes- 
chin.  28,  IL 

'Έ,κκαλλννω,  (έ/c,  κα7ίλννΐύ)  to  make 
quite  clean  and  nice. 

Έκκύ?Λ'μμα,  ατός,  τό,  {έκκαλύτττω) 
that  which  is  revealed :  a  token,  Plut. 
ΥΈιΚκαλυπτικός,  ή,  όν,  {έκκαλνπτω) 


ΕΚΚΕ 

adapted  to  disclosing,  indicative  of,  C. 
gen.,  Sext.  Emp.     Adv.  -ώς.  Id. 

'Έ•κκάλύπτω,  f.  -ψω,  (έ/c,  κα/.νπτω) 
to  uncover,  strip,  reveal,  Hdt.  1,  112, 
and  Trag.  Mid.  to  unveil,  discover 
one's  self,  Ar.  Av.  1503 :  to  uncover 
one's  face,  Plut.  Dem.  29.     Hence 

Έκκύλυψις,  εως,  ή,  a  revelation, 
Clem.  Al. 

'Έ,κκάμνω,  f.  -κάμοΐμαι,  (έ/c,  κάμ- 
νω) to  be  tired  out  :  C.  acc.  to  grow 
weary  of  a  thing,  τάς  όλοφί'ρσεις, 
Thuc.  2,  51. 

'Έκκΰνάσσω,  {έκ,  κανάσσω)  to  drink 
out  or  off,  Eupol.  Phil.  8,  and  also  in 
Eur.  Cycl.  152,  c  conj.  Piers.,  έγκύ- 
ναξον. 

'Έκκΰπηλεύω,  (έ/c,  καπη7ίενω)  ίο 
sell  out  by  retail :  to  adulterate  as  hig- 
glers do. 

'Έκκαρδιόω,  ώ,  (έκ,  καρδία)  to  de- 
prive of  heart  or  sense. 

Έκκαρπέω,  ώ,  {έκ,  καρττός)  to  grow 
to  seed,  Hipp. 

Έκκαρττ-ίζω,  {έκ,  καρπίζω)  to  gather 
fruit  from.  Mid.  to  yield  as  produce, 
Aesch.  Theb.  601. — II.  to  deprive  of 
fruit,  to  exhau.1t,  drain,  Theophr. 

'Έκκαρποομαι,  as  mid.,  (έ/c,  καρ• 
πόω)  to  gather  or  enjoy  the  fruit  of, 
γυναικός  παΐδας  έ/c/c.,  to  have  chil- 
dren by  a  wife,  Eur.  Ion  815:  me- 
taph. to  derive  advantage  from,  τινά, 
Thuc.  5. 28,  cf  Dem.  700, 19.    Hence 

Έκκάρπωσις,  εως,  ή,  an  enjoyment, 
use. 

'Έκκαταννω,  strengthd  for  κατά• 
ννω.  Soph.  Ο.  C.  1562,  e  conj.  Her- 
mann!. 

Έκκατεΐδον,  {έκ,  κατεΐδον)  to  look 
down  from,  ΐίεργάμον  έκκ-,  Ιϊ.  4,  508, 
ubi  nunc  έ/c  κατιδών. 

'Έκκατηγορία,  ας,  ή,  strengthd.  for 
κατηγορία,  the  title  of  three  speeches 
of  Antipho. 

Έκκαν?ιέω,  ώ,  {έκ,  κανλέω)  to  put 
forth  a  stalk,  run  to  stalk,  Arist.  Probl. 
Hence 

'Έκκανλημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  stalk  put 
forth.  Gal. 

Έκκαν?^ησις,  εως,  ή,  {έκκανλέω)  a 
shooting  into  a  stalk,  Theophr. 

Έκκαν?.ίζω,  {έκ,  καν'/.ός)  to  pull  out 
the  stalk :  metaph.  καν?.ονς  των  ευ- 
θυνών έκκ.,  to  do  away  with  them 
root  and  branch,  Ar.  Eq.  824. 

'Έκκανμα,  ατός,  τό,  {έκκαίω)  that 
which  is  lighted  or  kindled :  hence 
wood  for  lighting  fires,  fagots.  Soph. 
Fr.  218. — II=sq.,  a  kindling,  lighting 
up,  Eur.  Incert.  7. 

'Έκκαυσις,  εως,  ή,  {έκκαίω)  a  kind- 
ling, setting  on  fire,  frurning^,  Arist.  Me- 
teor.    Hence 

Έ,κκανστικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to, fit 
for  lighting,  kindling,  etc. ;  inflammato^ 
ry,  Ael. 

'Έκκαι-χάομαι,  strengthd.  for  καν- 
χάομαι,  Eur.  Bacch.  31. 

'Έ.κκάω,  Att.  for  έκκαίω,  Plat.  Gorg. 
473  C. 

νΈκκέαντες,  nom.  pi.  1  aor.  part,  of 
έκκαίω,   Eur.   Rhes.  97. 

Έκκειμαι,  {έκ,  κείμαι)  as  pass.,  {• 
lie  out,  be  cast  out  or  exposed,  παις  έκ- 
κείμενος,  Hdt.  1,  110 — 2.  to  lie  open  ot 
in  public,  to  be  set  before  one's  eyes,  to  be 
offered  to  view,  Arist.  Pol. :  hence  la- 
ter, of  public  notices,  decrees,  etc.,  to 
be  put  out,  set  up  in  public. — 3.  to  be  set 
forth,  supplied,  Strab. — II.  c.  gen.,  to 
lie  out  of,  fall  from  out  of,  Soph.  Ant. 
1011.  "Hence 
νΈκκειμένως,  adv.,  lying  exposed  to 
public  tneiv.  openly,  Philostr. 

νΈκκεινόω,  ώ,  poet,  for  έκκενόω, 
Aesch.  Pers.  761. 

'Έκκείρω,  {έκ,  κείρω)  to  shear  com- 
417 


ΕΚΚΛ 

fletely ;  hence,  ΣκνβιστΙ  ίκκεκαρμέ- 
νος,  shaven,  cropt  Scythian  fashion, 
Soph.  Fr.  420,  cf.  σκνΟίζω- 

Έκκέ?.η<θυς,  ov,  {Ικ,  κέλενθος)  out 
of  the  road  ;  TU  ίκκ.,  lonely  by-paths, 
Lyc.  1102,  ut)i  Dind.  κακκέλενΟα,  i. 
e.  Kara  κέ?.ενθα. 

Έκ/ίενύω,  ώ,  {εκ,  κενόω)  to  empty 
out,  empty,  leave  desolate,  Aesch.  Theb. 
330,  in  pass. :  εκκενυνν  ΟνμΙιν  ες  σχε- 
δίαν  ' \.χέροντος.  Ιο  pour  out  one's  spir- 
it into  Charon's  boat,  i.  e.  give  up  the 
ghost,  Theocr.  IC,  10. 

Έκκεντέω,  ώ,  (έκ,  κεντέω)  to 
prick  oat,  put  out,  όμματα,  Arist.  H. 
A. — II.  to  prick,  pierce  or  stab,  Polyb. 
Hence 

νΕκκέντησις,  εως,  η,  a  pricking  out, 
Enseb. 

Έκκεντρος,  ov,  {ίκ.  κέντρον)  out 
of  the  centre,  eccentric.  Math. :  opp.  to 
σνγκεντρος.     Hence 

Έκκεντρότης,  ι/τος,  ή,  eccentricity, 
Iambi. 

'Μικκένΐύσίς,  εως,  y,  (έκκενόω)  an 
emptying  out. 

Έκκερΰΐζίΰ,  i^K,  κεραΐζω)  to  plun- 
der, pillage,  sack.  Call.  Deui.  50  :  to  cut 
off  root  and  branch,  Anlh. 

Έκκεράνρϋμι,  {ίκ,  κερύνννμι)  ίο 
pour  out  and  mix,  Alh, 

Έκκεχνμέί'υς,  adv.  part.  perf.  pass, 
from  έκχέω,  profusely,  extravagantly, 
έκκε χ. ζϊ/ί>, like  Lat.  effuse vii>ere,lsocT, 
Antid.  ()  222 ;  έκκεχ.  λέγειν,  Plat. 
Eulhyphr.  3  D. 

^ΐ,κκηραίνΐύ,  {έκ,  κηραίνω)  to  en- 
feeble, exhaust,  Aesch.  Eum.  128. 

'Έκκ7ΐρνγμός,  ov,  a.  banishment  by 
pvijUc  proclamation,  and 

^Εκκήρνκτυς,  ov,  banished  by  public 
proclamation  :  excommunicated,  Eccl.  : 
from 

Έκκ7}ρύσσω,  Att.  -ttu,  fut.  -ξω, 
{ίκ,  κηρνσσυ)  to  proclaim  by  voice  of 
herald,  have  proclaimed,  declare  public- 
ly, c.  acc.  et  inf..  Soph.  Ant.  27. — II. 
esp.  to  banish  by  public  proclamation  ; 
in  gcnl.  to  banish,  Hdt.  3,  1Ί8. — 2.  to 
excommunicate,  Eccl. 

Έκκΐναιδίζομαι,  strengthd.  for  κι- 
ναιόίζομαι,  Dio  C. 

ΈκκΙνέο),  ώ,  {έκ,  κινέω)  to  move  out : 
stir,  rouse,  ελαφον.  Soph.  El.  567 ; 
raetaph.,  την  νόσον,  Soph.  Tr.  979. 

Έκκ?Λίζω,  {έκ,  κλάζ(ΰ)  to  cry,  scream 
aloud,  Eur.  Ion  1201,  in  tmesis. 

Έκ«λύω,  f  -άσω,  {έκ,  «λύω)  to 
break  off.  Plat.  Rep.  611  D.— II.  to 
break  in  pieces,  crush,  destroy,  Lat.  in- 
fringere,  Plut.   [ΰ] 

Έκκλείω,  Ion.  έκκληΐω  :  Att.  fut. 
έκ«λ?/σω,  Eur.  Or.  1127,  cf.  Buttm. 
Catal.  V.  κ'λίίω,  {έκ,  κ?.είω)  to  shut 
out,  Eur.  H.  F.  330,  c.  gen.,  τΐ/ς  μετο- 
χής, Hdt.  1,  114,  της  πόλεως,  Polyb.: 
metaph.  to  shut  out,  exclude,  hinder 
from,  c.  inf.,  Dem.  319.  5.  Pass,  έκ- 
κληϊόμενοι  τη  ώρη,  being  hindered  by 
(want  of)  time,  Hdt.  1,  31. 

Έκκλέτττω,  {έκ,  κ?.έπτω)  to  steal 
and  bring  off,  remove  cunningly  or 
secretly,  purloin,  Έρμης  έξέκλεφεν 
Άρηα,  he  stole  away,  rescued  Mars 
from  his  chains,  II.  5,  390  ;  so  Hdt. 
2,  115,  Thuc,  etc. 

Έκκ?.ηίω,  Ion.  for  έκκλείω,  Hdt. 

Έκκληηητόομαι,  {έκ,  κ7.ηματόω) 
as  pass.,  to  put  forth  κλήματα,  run  to 
wood,  Theophr. 

Έκκ?.ησία,  ας,  ή,  {έκκλητος)  an  as- 
sembly of  the  citizens  summoned  by  the 
crier,  the  legislative  assembly :  at  Athens 
the  ordinary  assemblies  were  called 
Kvpiai  έκκ'λ.,  four  in  each  πρυτανεία: 
the  extraordinary  σύγκλητοι,  v.  Herm. 
Pol.  Ant.  1}  125,  128,  sqq. :  έκκλ.  σνν- 
αγείρειν,  σνλλέγει,ν,  συγκα?.εΙν,  άθ- 
418 


£ΚΚΑ 

ροίζειν,  to  call  an  assembly,  Hdt.  3, 
142,  Thuc,  etc. ;  also,  έκκ?ί.  ποιεΐν 
(as  we  say)  to  make  a  house,  Thuc. 
1.  130;  έκκλ.  ποιεΐν  τινι,  Ar.  Ach. 
169  ;  opp.  to  έκκλ.  διαλϋειν,  Thuc.  8, 
69 :  έκκλ.  έγένετο,  an  assembly  tvas 
held,  Thuc.  6,  8  ;  έκκλ.  περί  τίνος, 
Ar.  Αν.  1030,  etc.— II.  in  Eccl.,  the 
Church,  1.  the  body,  2.  the  place, 
(whence  French  eglise.)     Hence 

'Ε^<κλησιύζυ,  to  hold  an  εκκλησία, 
debate  therein,  Ar.  Thesm.  84,  υπέρ 
τίνος,  Isocr.  161  C  :  also  absol.,  to  de- 
bate, talk,  Thuc.  8,77. — II.  to  sit  in  as- 
sembly, Ar.  Av.  1027,  etc.— III.  later 
also  trans.,  to  summoii  to  the  assembly, 
convene,  cull  together,  LXX.  The 
augm.  is  sometimes  used,  έξεκ?ιησία- 
ζον,  etc.,  ])erh.  a\so  ήκκλ.,  somelunes 
omitted,  έκκλ.:  Buttui.  Dem.  Mid. 
577,  4,  thmks  έξεκκλ.  also  a  real, 
though,  late  and  mistaken  form  :  L. 
Dind.  (Steph.  Thes.  in  v.)  rejects  it 
altogether.     Hence 

'Εκκλησιασμός,  ov,  a,  the  holding 
an  εκκλησία,  a  debate  there,  Polyb. 

Έκκλησιαστήριον,  ου,  τό,  {έκκλη• 
σκίζω)  α  place  for  the  εκκλησία,  Dion. 
Η.— II.  α  church,  Eccl. 

'Έ.κκ'λι/σιαστής,  ού,  ό,  {έκκλησιάζω) 
one  who  sits  ΟΓ  speaks  iri  the  εκκλησία, 
a  member  thereof,  ecclesiast,  Plat.  Gorg. 
452  E. 

Εκκλησιαστικός,  ή,  όν,  {έκκλησι- 
άζω)  belonging  to  the  εκκλησία,  Dem. 
1υ91,  0:  το  έκκλ.  {άργύριον)  the  pub- 
lic pay  received  by  each  Athen.  citizen 
who  sat  in  the  έκκ7•.ησία,  as  compen- 
sation for  loss  of  time  :  orig.  one  obol, 
aft.erwds.  three,  Bockh  P.  E.  1,  304 
sqq.:  cf.  μισθός:  έκκλ.  ψήφοι,  the 
votes  <f  the  comiiia,  Plut.  Cor.  14. — II. 
of  ΟΪ  belonging  to  the  Church,  oi  έκκλ-, 
the  clergy,  Eccl. 

Έκκλησις,  εως,  η,  {έκκαλέω)  a  call- 
ing out,  challenging,  Polyb. :  a  calling 
tip,  evocation  by  magic  arts,  Plut. 

Έκκλητενω,^=κλητενω.  Aeschin. 
37,  3,  of.  Att.  Process,  p.  072. 

Έκκλητικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to  call- 
ing out :  provoking,  alluring,  exciting, 
ορέξεως,  Diosc.     Adv.  -κώς.     From 

'Κκκ'λητος,  ov,  {έκκαλέω)  called  out 
or  forth,  summoned,  Lat.  evocatus,  esp. 
selected  to  judge  or  arbitrate  on  a  point, 
έκκλ.  πόλις,  an  umpire  city,  Aeschin. 
12,  39. — II.  ή  εκκλητος,  in  Sparta  and 
other  aristocracies,  a  committee,  of  cit- 
izens chosen  to  report  on  certain  ques- 
tions, called  by  Eur.  Or.  612,  έκκλ. 
Άργείων  όχλος:  oi  έκκλητοι,  the 
members  of  such  committee,  Xen. 
Hell.  2,  4,  38  :  also  έςκλητος. 

'Έ,κκλΙμα,  ατός,  τό,==έκκλισις. 

Έκκλινής,  ές,  inclined  outwards, 
Arist.  Physiogn. :  from 

'Κκκλίνω,  f.  -Ινώ,  {έκ,  κλίνω)  to 
bend  out  or  from,  turn  aside  or  out  of 
the  way  :  to  inflect  as  a  word.  Plat. 
Crat.  404  D.- — II.  to  turn  away  from, 
shun,  avoid,  decline,  τι.  Plat.  Legg. 
746  C. — III.  intr.  to  turn  away  or  aside, 
draw  back,  ύπό  τίνος,  Thuc.  5,  73  : 
also  absol.  to  give  ground,  retire,  Xen. 
Cyr.  1,  4,  23. — 2.  to  bend  aivay  towards 
something,  to  bend  doun,  of  stakes, 
Xen.  Cyn.  6,  10:  έκκλ.  εΙς  ο?αγαρ- 
χίαν,  to  incline  towards  an  oligarchy, 
Arist.  Pol.     Hence 

Έκκλΐσις,  εως,  η,  a  bending  out  or 
aside,  turning  a^ide,  dislocation,  Hip]J. : 
a  declining,  turning  awayfrorn,  avoiding, 
Plut. 

νν.κκλιτέον,  verh.  adj.  from  έκκλί- 
νω,  one  must  avoid,  Ath.  120  D. 

Έκκλιτικός,  ή,  όν,  {έκκλίνω)  of 
belonging  to  shunning  or  avoiding  :  opp. 
to  ορεκτικός,  Epict. 


EKKO 

Έκκλΐτος,  ov,  {έκκλίνω)  avoided, 
to  be  avoided. 

'Έκκλνζω,  f.  -νσω,  {έκ,  κλνζω)  to 
rinse,  wash  out,  wash  away.  Plat.  Rep. 
530  A. — II.  intr.  to  stream  out.  [νσω] 
Hence 

Έκκλνσμα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which  is 
washed  away,  filth,  Plut. 

Έκκ?^ώζω,  {έκ,  κλώζω)  to  hiss  or 
hoot  at. 

Έκκί'αίω,  {έκ,  κναίω)  to  wear  out, 
destroy  :  metaph.  of  troul)!esome  lo- 
quacity, like  Lat.  enecare,  Theocr.  15, 
88,  in  Dor.  3  pi.  έκκναισενντι. 

Έκκνάω,  f.  -7/σω,  {έκ,  κνάω)  to  rub, 
scratch,  cut  severely,  Hdt.  7,  239,  ubi 
Suid.  έκκνίζω. 

Έκκο)^ύ.λικενομαι,  {έκ,  κοβαλικεύ•^ 
ομαΐ)  dep.,  to  cajole,  Irtck,  cheat  by  jug- 
gling tricks,  flattery,  etc.,  Ar.  Eq.  271. 

Έκκοιλαινω,  1.  -αΐ'ώ,  {έκ,  κοιλαί• 
νω)  to  hollow  out,  Polyb. 

Έκκοιλίζω,  {έκ,  κοιλία)  to  disem- 
bowel, Mithaec.  ap.  Ath.  325  F,  ubi 
Koen.  Greg.  p.  328  έκκοιλιάξας. 

Ύ.κκοιμάομαι,  as  pass.,  {έκ,  κοί' 
μύω)  to  have  done  sleeping,  awake.  Plat. 
Legg.  648  A. 

Έκκοιτέω,  ω,  {έκ,  κοιτέω)=^έκκα• 
θενόω,  to  sleep  out,  keep  night-ioatch, 
Joseph. 

'Έ,κκοιτία,  ας,  ή,  {έκ,  κοίτη)  α  night- 
watch,  Philo. 

Εκκοκκίζω,  {.  -ίσω  and  -ιω,  {έκ, 
κοκκίζω)  to  take  out  the  seeds  or  ker- 
nel :  hence  metaph.,  έξεκόκκισα  ov• 
σίαν,  I  have  taken  the  kernel  out  of  my 
fortune,  Nicom.  ap.  Ath.  58  A:  and 
in  genl.  to  pull  or  put  anything  ant  of 
its  place,  έκκ.  σφνρύν,  to  put  out  one's 
ancle,  Ar.  Ach.  1179;  έκκ.  τρίχας, 
to  pluck  out  the  hair,  Ar.  Lys.  448 ; 
έκκ.  TO  γήρας,  to  drive  ouay  old  age, 
lb.  364  :  έκκ.  τύς  πόλεις,  to  sack,  gut 
the  cities,  Ar.  Pac.  63.  Cf.  έκγιγαρ- 
τίζω. 

Εκκολάπτω,  f.  -ψω,  {έκ,  καλύπτω) 
to  scratch,  scrape  out,  erase,  obliterate, 
Thuc.  1,  132  :  to  pick,  peck  out,  and  so 
of  eggs,  to  hatch,  Arist.  H.  Α.,  like 
έγκλνφω,  έκλεπίζω.     Hence 

Έκκολαψις,  εως,  ή,  a  cutting  out  ; 
a  hatching,  Arist.  fl.  A. 

Έκκολνμβάω,  ύ,  f.  -7/σω,  {έκ,  κο- 
λυμιίύω)  to  swim  out  of,  escape  from  by 
swimming,  c.  gen.,  vaoc,  Eur.  Hel. 
1609. 

Έκκομΐδή,  ης,  ή,  a  carrying  out  or 
away,  carrying  off,  Hdt.  Θ.  44  :  esp. 
of  a  corpse,  burial,  Lat.  ehitio,  Dion. 
H. :  from 

Έκκομίζω,  f.  -ί'σω  Att  -ΐώ,  {έκ, 
κομίζω)  ίο  bear,  carry  or  take  out,  Hdt. 
1,  34  ;  3,  24,  etc.  :  esp.  to  carry  out  to 
a  place  of  safety.  Id.  3,  122  ;  and  so  in 
mid.,  1(1.  8,  20,  32  ;  έκκομίζειν  τίνα 
έκ  πρήγματος.  Ιο  keep  out  of  trouble, 
Hdt.  3,  43. — 2.  esp.  to  carry  out  a 
corpse,  bury,  Lat.  efferre,  Polyb.— 3. 
έκκ.  σΐτον,  of  a  horse,  to  throw  the 
provender  out  of  the  manger,  Xen. 
Eq.  4,  2. — II.  to  endure,  Eur.  Andr, 
1269.     Hence 

Έκκομισμός,  ov,  6,  =  έκκομιδή, 
Strab. 

Έκκομπάζω,  strengthd.  for  κομ• 
πύζο).  Soph.  El.  509. 

Έκκομ^ψεύομαι,  {έκ.  κομψενομαι) 
as  dep.  pass.,  to  set  forth  in  fair,  plau- 
sible terms,  fjiir.  I.  A.  332. 

Έκκονί.ω,  {έκ,  κονίω)  to  reduce  to 
powdir,  Hi  [I  p. 

'E/c/coTTfvr,  έως,  ή,  {έκκόπτω)  a 
knife  for  cutting  out.  Gal. 

Έκκύπενσις,  εως,  ή,  a  cutting  out, 
Paul.  Aeg.,  where  however  L.  Dind. 
reads  έκκηπεϋσι  (instead  of  έκκοπεν- 
σει)  from  έκκυπενς,  Steph.  Thes.  s.  v. 


ΕΚΚΡ 

Έκκοίτν,  ^f,  ν•  (έκκόπτο)  α  cutting 
vat,  deslruction.,  a  cutting  down,  felling, 
δένόρων,  Polyb. — II.   an.  iucision. 

"Έ,κκοτος,  ov,  {εκ.κό~ος)  much  tired, 
V.  1.  for  εγκοττος,  Suid. 

Έκκοττρέυ,  ώ,  {έκ,  κοττρέω)  tochanse 
of  dung,  empty,  Hipp. 

ΈΑΤκοττρί^ω,  Hipp.  ;  and 
'Ek«o— ρόω,   ώ,    Aretae.,  to  have  a 
stool. — II.  =  έκκοτΐρέυ.    Hence 

ΈκκότΓρωσίΟ,  ειος,  ή,  a  cleansing 
from  dung ;  εκκόπρ.  της  κοιλίας,  an 
emptying  oi  the  Stomach,  pnrging, 
Hipp. 

Έκκότττω,  f.  -il'M,  (έκ,  κόπτω)  to  cut 
out  or  off,  stay,  Hdt.  4,  110:  pass,  έ^- 
εκό-η  τύφθαλμώ,  he  had  his  eyes 
knocked  out,  Ar.  Av.  342:  την  ψω- 
νήν,  Luc.  -2.  to  cut,  hew  dmvn,  fell, 
ύένόρεα,  Hdt.  6,  37  ;  9,  97  :  hence  to 
destroy  root  and  branch,  Lat.  excidere, 
exscindere,  ή  θρασντης  έξεκέκοτττο, 
Plut. — 3.  to  beat  off  from  a  place,  drive 
au-ay,  of  soldiers,  Xen.  Cyr.  6,  2,  !5. 
— 4.  οΐκίαν  έκκ.,  to  break  open  ahouse, 
Polvb. — 5.  to  stamp  money,  Diod. 

'Εκκορΰκίζω,  {εκ,  κόραξ)  to  send  to 
the  crows,  bid  no  hang. — 2.  to  pick  out 
the  eyes,  as  crows  do. 

Έκκσρέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {εκ.  κορέο)  to 
sweep,  brush,  clean  out :  inetaph.  to 
sweep  clean,  empty,  μη  εκκόρει  την 
ΈλλύΛα,  Ar.  Pac.  59  ;  and  with  a 
quibhle  on  κόρη.  τις  είεκόρησε,  σε, 
who  has  robbed  you  of  your  daughter  ? 
Ar.  Thesm.  760 :  in  genl.  to  sweep 
away,  destroy,  έκκηρηθίϊης  (TV  γε,  may 
you  be  swept  clean  away,  i.  e.  away 
with  you!  Menand.  p.  279.  Proverb., 
κόρε  εκκόρει  κορώνην,  boy.  drive  away 
the  croiv  ! — the  opening  of  a  wedding 
song,  because  the  crow  was  a  prog- 
nostic of  widowhood  ;  but  the  matter 
is  obscure,  cf.  Herm.  Opusc.  II.  327, 
sq.  and  a?ainst  hirn  Bockh  Expl. 
Pind.  P.  S.^'ie,  Welcker  Trilogie,  p. 
397  sq. 

ΈκκορίΤω,  (εκ,  κόρις)  to  clear  of 
bng.'s,  Anth.  :  also  sensu  obscoeno, 
Eupol.  Pol.  5. 

'Εκκορϋόόω,  ώ,  (έκ,  κορνφόω)  λό- 
γον,  to  tell  a  tale  briefly,  in  substance, 
summarily,  state  the  main  points,  Hes. 
Op.  106,  like  άνακεφα'λαίόυ. 

Έκκοσμέω,  ύ,  (έκ,  κοσμέω)  to  deck 
out,  Aristid.     Hence 

Έκκόσμησις,  εως,  ή,  decoration, 
Diosc. 

'Έκκονφίζω,  f.  -ίσω  Att.  -Γώ.  (έκ, 
κονόιζω)  to  lift  or  raise  up,  exalt,  Plut. 
-^11.  to  relieve,  Id. — III.  to  weigh  an- 
chor, sail,  Ael.  ap   Suid. 

Έκκραγγύνω,  and 

Έκκρύζω,  f.  -κράξω :  aor.  έξέκρΰ- 
γον,  {έκ,  κράζω)  to  cry.  shout  o-ut,  Plut. 

'Έκκρανγάζω,=  έκκράζω:  Id. 

Έκκρέμαμαι,  {έκ,  κρέμαμαί)  to  hang 
from,  hang  down,  be  suspended,  Hipp.  ' 
also  to  hans  from.  0Γ  upon,  hang  on  by, 
c.  gen.,  Plat. 

Έκκρεμάνννμι.  f.  -κρεμάσω,  {έκ, 
κρεμάνννμι)  to  let  hang  down,  hani; 
from  or  upon,  τι  ίκ  Τίνος,  Ar.  Eq. 
1363.  Mid.  like  έκκρέμαμαι,  to  hang 
from  or  upon,  hang  on  by.  keep  close  to, 
τινός.  Eur.  El.  950.     Hence 

Έκκρέμασις,  εως,  η,  a  hanging  from, 
depending,  Hipp. 

Εκκρεμής,  ες,  hanging  from,  down 
or  upon,  Anth. 

'Έ,κκρήμναμαι,  =  έκκρέμαμαι,  c. 
gen.,  Eur.  H.  F.  520:  also  in  act.. 
Iamb. 

Έκκρϊί^όν.  adv.,  apart,  alone,  prob. 
I.  Tr\  phiod.  224,  Schaf. :  and 

Έκκριμα,  ατός,  τό,  that  ivhich  is  se- 
vreted  ;  a  secretion,  Theophr. :  from 

Εκκρίνω,  f.   -ϊΐ'ώ,   (έκ,   κρίνω)  to 


ΕΚΚΤ 
choose  or  pick  out,  single  out  for  honour, 
εκκριθείς,  singled  out  as  best,  bravest. 
Soph.  Phil.  1425,  cf.  Thuc.  6,  31.— 2. 
to  single  out  for  disgrace,  expel,  reject, 
like  Lat.  iribu  movere,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  2, 
14. — 3.  to  separate,  secrete,  of  vapours, 
the  animal  functions,  etc.,  Anaxag. 
5  :  and  so  δταν  6  νους  έκκριθ^,  Xen. 
Cyr.  8,  7,  20:  opp.  to  είςκρίνω. 
Hence 

Έκκρΐσις,  εως,  ή,  a  picking  out :  se- 
cretion, esp.  of  vapours,  the  animal 
functions,  etc.,  Anst.  Meteor. — II. = 
έκκριμα,  excrement,  Arist.  H.  A. 

ΈκκρΙτέον,  verb.  adj.  from  εκκρί- 
νω, one  must  pick  out,  Plat.  Polit.303  B. 

'Εκκριτικός,  ή,  όν,  {εκκρίνω)  fit  for, 
capable  of  picking  out,  etc.,  Theophr. 

'Εκκρϊτος,  ov,  {εκκρίνω)  chosen  or 
picked  out,  set  apart,  Trag.,  and  Plat., 
e.  g.  έκκρ.  δεκάς,  a  chosen  ten,  Aesch. 
Pers.  340 :  έκκριτον,  as  adv.,  above 
all,  eminently,  Eur.  Tro.  1241. 
ΤΕκκριτος,  ov,  ό,  Eccritus,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  a  Spartan,  Thuc.  7,  19. 

Έκκροτεω,  ώ,  {έκ,  κροτέω)  to  heat  or 
knock  out,  τι  τίνος,  Joseph. — II.  to 
hammer  out,  form,  educate,  A.  B. 

Έκκροτος,  ov,  {έκ,  κρότος)  of 
sound,  very  harsh  or  rough. 

Έκκρονσις,  εως,  η,  {έκκρονω)  a 
beating  out,  thrusting  0Γ  driving  out, 
driving  away,  Xen.  Cyn.  10,  12. 

νΕκκρονστικός,  ή,  όν,  {έκκροΰω) fit- 
ted to  drive  out,  excluding,  .\rist.  Rhet. 

Έκκρονστος,  ov,  {έκκροΰω)  beaten 
or  hammered  out :  of  embossed  work, 
worked  in  relief,  Aesch.  Theb.  542 : 
from 

Έκκρονω,  {έκ,  κρούω)  to  beat,  hiock 
or  dash  out,  Ar.  Fr.  372  :  τι  εκ  τίνος, 
Xen.,  but  also  έ?.~ίδος  τινά,  to  dash 
one  from  one's  hope.  Plat.  Phaedr. 
228  E. — 2.  to  drive  out,  drive  ba^k,  re- 
pulse, Thuc.  4,  131,  ά-ό  τόπον,  lb. 
128. — 3.  to  put  off,  adjourn,  εις  νστε- 
ραίαν,  Dem.  385,  26  :  hence  also  to 
defeat  by  putting  off.  elude,  τους  λό- 
γονς,  Plat.  Prot.  336  C  :  χρόνον,  to 
waste  time,  Plut. — i.  to  throw  or  shoot 
out,  βέλη,  Dio  C. — II.  intr.  to  break 
forth,  break  out. 

Έκκτείνω,  f.  1.  Eur.  Med.  585,  ubi 
Pors. ;  cf.  Bast.  Ep.  Cr.  p.  81. 

Έκκτϋπέω.ώ,  {έκ,  κτυπέω)  toburst 
forth  with  noise. 

Έκκϋβενω,  (έκ,  κνβενω)  to  play  out 
at  dice :  metaph.  έκκ.  τοις  δ?.οις,  νπέρ 
των  όλων,  to  stake  one's  all,  Polyb. — 
II.  pass,  to  lose  at  play,  be  gambled  out 
of,  χι'λίονς  έκκνβενθείσα  Ααρεικονς, 
Plut. 

Έκκνβιστάω,  ώ.  f.  -ήσω,  {έκ,  κν- 
βιστάω)  to  fling  one's  self  head  foremost , 
ές  κράτα  προς  γήν,  Em.  Supp.  692: 
έκκ.  νπέρ  τίνος,  to  throw  a  summerset 
over  a  thing,  Xen.  Symp.  2,  11. 

νΕκκνέω,  ώ,  {έκ,  κνέω)  to  bring  forth, 
Anth.  P.7,  385. 

Έκκνκλέω,  ώ,  {έκ,  κνκ2.έω)  to  turn, 
w'heelout,  esp.  by  means  of  the  έκκύ- 
κ/.ημα,  q.  v. :  hence  in  pass.,  c.  fut. 
mid.  -ήσομαι,  to  be  brought  to  sight  by 
this  means,  άλλ'  έκκνκλήθητι,  come, 
wheel  yourself  out !  i.  e.  show  yourself, 
Ar.  Ach.  408  :  opp.  to  είςκνιίλέω,  cf. 
έγκυκ'/έω.     Hence 

Έκκύκλημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  theatrical 
machine  which  served  the  purpose  of 
drawing  back  the  scenes,  and  disclo- 
sing the  interior  of  the  house,  etc., 
to  the  spectators  ;  it  was  most  freq. 
used  to  exhibit  murders  after  perpe- 
tration: as  in  Aesch.  Ag.  1372,  Cly- 
taeinnestra  is  discovered  standing 
over  the  bodies  of  her  husband  and 
Cassandra  :  so  too  in  Soph.  El.  1466, 
Ant.  1294;  and  by  this  means  Aris- 


EKAA 

topli.  exhibits  Euripides  in  his  study, 
Ach.  408.  The  mode  adopted  is  un- 
certain :  some  think  it  was  the  same 
with  the  έξώστρα,  a  sort  of  platform 
on  wheels,  which  was  pushed  through- 
the  great  doors  in  the  back-scene ; 
others  that  it  was  a  contrivance  to 
roll  off  or  draw  aside  the  back-scene 
itself:  v.  MuUer  Eumen.  ^  28,  and 
against  him  Herm.  Opusc.  6,  2,  p. 
165  ;  both  appealing  to  Pollux  4,  128. 
\Έκκνκ7.ησις,  εως,  ή,  {έκκνκ/.έω)  a 
wheeling  out,  a  making  public,  Clem.  Al. 

Έκκν7.ίνδω,=ίέκκν/.ίω,  Soph.  Ο. Τ. 
812. 

Έκκν7.ιστός,  όν,  (έκ,  κνλ.ιστός) 
στέφανος,  α  garland  closely  wreathed  or 
rolled  together,  Archipp.  Rhin.  1,  cf. 
κυλιστός. 

ΈκκΐΟ.ίω  [ί],  (έκ,  κυλίω)  to  roll  out 
or  off,  Pind.  Fr.  2  :  usu.  in  pass.,  to 
be  rolled,  thrown,  hurled  out,  Hom.,  but 
only  aor.  1,  έξεκνλ.ίσθη  έκ  δίφρου,  he 
rolled  headlong  from  the  chariot,  II.  6, 
42 ;  23,  394 :  to  wind,  twist  one's  self 
out,  έκ  δικτύων,  Xen.  Cyn.  8,  8 :  in 
genl.  to  get  out  of  any  how,  escape 
from,  τινός,  Aescn.  Pr.  87  :  metaph., 
έκκυΖ-ΐσθί/ναι  εις  έρωτας,  to  plunge 
headlong  into  love-intrigues,  Xen. 
Mem.  1 ,  2,  22. 

Έκκνμαίνω,  {έκ,  κυμαίνω)  to  go  be- 
yond, overflow  in  waves,  and  SO  in 
marching,  to  make  the  Hue  uavy  or  un- 
even, Xen.  An.  1,  8,  18.• — II.  trans,  to 
cast  out  by  the  waves,  Dion.  H. 

'EKKi'/(iarti^(j,=foreg.  II.,  Strab. 

Έκκϋνέω,  ώ.  {εκκννος)  a  technical 
word  for  hounds  which  do  not  keep  on 
one  scent,  but  keep  questing  about,  Xen. 
Cyn.  3,  10. 

Έκκννηγετέω,  ώ,  {έκ,  κννηγετέω) 
to  pursue  in  the  chase,  hunt  down,  τινά, 
Eur.  Ion  1422,  and  so  prob.  Aesch. 
Euin.  231. 

Έκκΰνος,  ov,  {έκ,  κνων)  of  a  hound, 
questing  or  beating  about,  not  keeping 
on  one  scent,  Xen.  Cyn.  7,  11. 

Έκκνπτω,  {έκ,  κντττω)  to  peep  out 
or  forth,  prob.  1.  Ar.  Thesm.  790,  for 
έ}κ•  :  in  genl.  to  come  or  get  out,  Ar. 
Eccl.  1052. — n.  transit,  to  put  forth, 
Ael. 

Έκκυρτόω,  ώ,  (έκ,  κνρτόω)  to  make 
quite  curved,  Philostr.  jun. 

Έκκωδωνίζω,  (έκ,  κωδωνίζω)  topro- 
claim  by  a  bell,  bruit  0Γ  blazon  forth, 
Ath. 

Έκκωμάζω,  opp.  to  είςκωμ.,  {έκ, 
κώμος)  to  go  out,  come  forth  in  the  κώ- 
μος or  other  festive  procession  :  to  go 
out  or  forth  with  rejoicing  and  revelry, 
rush  madly  out,  Eur.  Andr.  603. 

ΈJKKωφέω,=  sq.,  Ar.  Eq.  312.  Pass. 
to  be  deafened,  stunned,  of  tlie  mind, 
αϊ  δέ  μεν  φρένες  έκκεκωφέαται,  Αη- 
acr.  ap.  Cramer  Anecd.  1,  p.  288,  4. 
Cf.  sq. 

Έκκωφόω,  ώ,  (έκ,  κωφόω)  to  deafen, 
stun.  Plat.  Lys.  204  C  :  metaph.,  to 
blunt,  dull,  in  pass.,  ές  το  κύλ.?.ος  έ•.•ί- 
κεκώφωται  ξίφη.  their  swords  grew 
blunt  at  her  beauty,  Eur.  Or.  1288. 
The  form  έκκωφέω  wronglv  suspect- 
ed, V.  Pors.  1.  c.  (1279),  Diiid.  Ar.  Eq. 
312. 

^Έκλ.αγον.  2  aor.  act.  from  κλ.άζω, 
Theocr.  17,  71. 

Έκλιογχύνω,  f.  -λήξομαι.  (έκ,  λαν- 
χάνω)  to  obtain  by  lot  OT  fate.  Soph. 
El.  760. 

Έκ7ακτίζω,  f.  -ίσω  Att.  -(ώ,  (έκ, 
λ.ακτίζω)  to  kick,  fling  out  behind, 
σκέλος,  Ar.  Vesp.  1525 :  metaph.  to 
spurn  at,  scorn,  τινί,  Menand.  p.  15  ; 
προς  τι,  to  stand  upon  one's  guard 
against  a  thing.    Hence 

Έκλ.άκτισαα,  ατός,  τό,  a  dance,  in 
419 


ΕΚΛΕ 

which  the  legs  are  thrown  up  behind, 
aflin<r. 
Έκλακτισμός,  ov,  o,=foreg. 
Έκλύλίω,  ώ,  [έκ,  λαλέω)  toapeak  out, 
blab,  tell,  divuh^c,  Hipp. :  το  έκλα'λονν, 
talkativeness,  Eur.  Antiop.  40.    Hence 
Έκλύλ7ΐσις,  εως,  y,  a  speaking  out, 
■uttering,  [ΰ] 

Έκλαμβύνυ,  f.  -λήφομαι,  {L•,  λαμ- 
βάνω) ίο  take,  choose  out,  tsoph.  Phil. 
1429 :  to  seize  and  carry  off,  Isocr.  273 
Ε  :  to  get,  have  the  use  or  cnjnyment  ot 
a  thing,  Id.  420  D. — II•  to  receive,  hear, 
prove,  λό^ονς,  Eur.  Ion  1335. — 111.  to 
receiiie  from  another,  accept,  νόμους, 
Polyb.— IV.  to  contract  to  do  work,  to 
take  it,  Wess.  lldt.  9,  95,  opp.  to  έκ- 
ύίύωμι,  to  let  or  farm  out.— V.  in 
granim.  to  take  or  understand  in  a  cer- 
tain sense,  Lat.  accipere,  like  έκόέχο- 
μαι  11.  —  VI.  mid.  ίκλαμ'βανομαί,= 
υπολογίζομαι,  Uinarch.  ap.  Harp. 

Έκλαμ-μος,  ov,  (in,  λάμπρος)  very 

bright,  Arat. :  έκλαμπρον  γελάν,  Ath. 

Έκλαμττμννω,   (έκ,  λαμπρύνω)  to 

make  to  shine,  rnake  splendid,  Joseph. 

Pass,  to  shine  forth,  Dion.  H. 

Έ,ΐλύ/λττω,  (έ/c,  λάμπω)  to  shine, 
flash,  beam  forth,  Aesch.  Pr.  1083.— 2. 
metaph.,  to  shine  forth  in  alt  brightness, 
appear  in  fall  splendour,  Hdl.  6,  b2, 
Soph.  Fr.  II  :  m  genl.,  to  show  one's, 
self  plainly ;  to  appear  fully,  of  a  lever, 
Hipp. — II.  transit,  to  make  to  shine, 
light  up,  kindle,  Eur.  Dan.  4.  Hence 
Έκλαμψις.  εως,  ?/,  «  shining  forth, 
exceeding  brightness,  LXX. 

Έκλανθανω,  fut.  -λ.ήσω,  Ep.  aor. 
έκλέλαβον,  {εκ,  λανθάνω)  to  make 
quite  forgetjul  of  a  thing,  to  make  for- 
get, V.  dupl.  ace.  pers.  et  rei.  Μυύσαι 
αΰτον  εκλέλαύον  κίβαριστνν,  they 
made  \i\m  forget  his  harping,  ll.  2,  tiOO. 
Mid.,  to  forget,  c.  gen.,  Horn. ;  also  c. 
inf ,  Od.  10,  557. 

'Έ.κλαξευω,  f.  -σω,  {έκ,  λαξεύω)  to 
hew  out,  LXX. 

Έκλύπάζω,  f.  -ξω,  =  ίξαλαπύζω: 
but  c.  gen.,  to  cast  out,  εδωλίων  τινά, 
Aesch.  Theb.  45G. 
ΤΕκλ.άπην,  2  aor.  pass,  of  κλέπτω. 
Έκλάπτω,  {έκ,  λάπτω)  to  lap  up: 
to  swallow  down,  to  drink  off,  Xr.  Ach. 
1229  ;  also  in  inid.,  Ar.  Pac.  8«5. 

Έκλάτομέω,  ω,  {έκ,  λατομεω)  to 
hew  out  in  stone,  hew,  dig,  LXX. 

Έκλύχαίνω,  {έκ,  λαχαινω)  to  dig, 
hollow  out,  Ap.  Rh. 

Έκλάχΰνίζομαι,  {έκ,  λ.αχανίζομαι) 
dep.  mid.,  to  cut  vegetables,  Theophr. 
Έκλιαύ'ω,  f.  -αΐ'ώ,  {έκ,  λεαίνω)  to 
smooth  out  or  away,  Ρυτίδας,  Plat. 
Symp.  191  A:  to  wear  away,  bring  to 
nothing,  Hipp. — 2.  to  smooth .po/isA,  and 
somelaph.,  to  smooth  down,soften,¥i\it. 
'Εκλέγω,  f.  -ξω,  {έκ,  λέγω)  to  pick, 
single  out,  Thuc.  4,  59,  etc.  ;  esp.  as 
soldiers,  rowers,  etc.,  Xen.  Hell.  1, 
6, 19  :  also  in  inid.,  to  pick  out  for  one's 
self,  choose  out,  Hdt.  1.  199;  3,  38, 
etc. :  esp.  to  pick,  pull  out,  remove,  e.  g. 
πολιάς  τρίχας,  Ar.  Eq.  908.  Fr.  3(i0. 
— II.  to  collect,  exact  taxes  or  tribute, 
χρήματα  παρά  τίνος.  Thuc.  8,  44,  έκ 
Τίνων,  Dem.  1199,  5:  also  in  mid., 
Xen.  Hell.  1,  1,22. 

Έκλειγμα.  ατός,  or  έκλεικτόν.  ov, 
TO,  {έκλείχω)  medicine  that  is  licked 
away,  i.  e.  melts  in  the  mouth,  Lat. 
ecligma,  electuarium,  Diosc. 

\Έκλ,εικτικός,  ή,  όν,  {έκλείχω)  S7dt- 
ed  to  be  licked  up,  to  be  melted  in  the 
mouth,  Hipp. 

Έκλειοτριβέω,  ώ,  fut.  -ήσω,  {έκ, 
λ.είος,  τρί•3ω)  to  rub  smooth,  powder 
very  fine,  Diosc. 

'Εκλειόω,  ω,  {έκ,  λειόω)  to  rub  away 
or  to  pieces. 
4?0 


ΕΚΛΕ 

Έκλειπτέον,  verb.   adj.  from   εκ- 
λείπω, one  must  leave  out,  Aristid. 

Έκλ.ειπτικός,  ή,  όν,  (εκλειψις)  be- 
longing to,  producing  an  eclipse,  Piut. 

Έκλεί,πω,  {έκ,  λείπω)  to  leave  out, 
pass  by  or  over,  omit,  όχλον  ?\.ογων, 
Aesch.  Pr.  827  ;  also  c.  part.,  έκλ. 
λέγων.  Id.  Pers.  513;  and  so  Xen., 
etc. — 2.  to  forsake,  abandon,  quit,  τ//ν 
πατρίδα,  ξνμμαχίι/ν,  etc.,  Hdt.  1,  109; 
0,  13,  etc. :  freq.  in  elliptic  phrases, 
as.  έκλειπειν  πάλιν  εΙς  άλλην,  to  quit 
one  city  (and  go)  to  another,  forsake 
one  for  the  other,  Valck.  Hdt.  G,  100, 
Schiieid.  Xen.  An.  1,  2,  24  :  also  ab- 
sol.  έκλείπειν  εις-,  (as  we  say)  to 
leave  for  a  place,  Hdt.  8, 50 :  and  even 
without  εις,  to  emigrate,  quit,  Wun- 
derl.  Obs.  Cr.  p.  161. — 3.  ti  τις  εξέ- 
λιπε τον  αριθμόν  (of  the  Persian  im- 
mortals) it  any  one  left  the  nmiiber 
incomplete,  Hdt.  7,  83. — II.  seemingly 
intrans.  of  the  sun,  etc.,  to  suffer  an 
eclipse,  be  eclipsed,  Thuc.  2,  28 :  in 
full,  έκλ..  την  έκ  τον  ουρανού  έδρι/ν, 
Hdt. 7,37,  τας  όδονς,Ατ.  Nub.  584,  cf 
έκλιειψις. — 2.  to  die,  like  Lat.  decedere, 
OL  έκλελ.,  the  deceased.  Plat.  Legg. 
850  Ε  :  but  in  full,  έκλ.  βίον,  Soph. 
El.  1131,  έκλ.  φάος,  Eur.,  το  ζι'/ν, 
Polyb.— 3.  to  faint,  Hipp. — III.  really 
intr.  to  leave  off,  cease,  stop,  Hdt.  7,  239  : 
sometimes  also  c.  part.,  to  leave  off 
doing,  Plat.  Menex.  234  Β  :  to  fad,  be 
wanting,  Dioii.  H.  :  so  in  pass.,  oi'ti- 
δος  έκλειπεται,  the  reproach  disap- 
pears, Aesch.  Euin.  97.  Part,  το  έκ- 
λείπον,  that  which  is  wanting. 

Έκλειτυνργεω,  ώ,  strengthd.  for 
λειτονργεω,  Isae.  67,  29. 

'Έ,κ'/.ίΐχω,  ι,έκ,  λ.ειχω)  to  lick  up, 
LXX. — 11.  to  take  as  an  έκλειγμα, 
Diosc. 

Έκλειχρις,  εως,  ή,  {εκλείπω)  a  for- 
saking, abandonment,  των  νεών,  Hdt. 
G,  25. — ll.  usu.  (from  intr.)  a  ceasing, 
disappearance,  esp.  of  sun  or  moon,  an 
eclipse,  έκλ.  y/uov,  Thuc.  1,  23,  σε- 
λήνης, Arist.  Meteor. ;  hence  me- 
taph.. ί.  πολύων,  Hdt.  7,  37. 

Έκλεκτέος,  έα,  έυν,  verb.  adj.  from 
εκλέγω,  to  be  chosen,  out.  Plat.  Hep. 
456  B. — !I.  έκλεκτεον,  one  must  choose 
out.  Id.  Rep.  412  D. 

Εκλεκτικός,  ?/,  (Ίν,  {εκλέγω)  choos- 
ing, picking  out,  selecting,  Dion.  H.  :  οι 
έκλ;  the  Eclectics,  philo.sophers  who 
selected  such  doctrines  as  pleased  them 
in  every  school,  Diog.  L. 

Εκλεκτός,  y,  όν,  {εκλέγω)  picked, 
chosen  or  culled  out,  selected,  Ibyc.  32 : 
oi  έκλί-,  the  elect,  N.  T. 

νΕκλεκτος,  ου,  ό,  Eclectus,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Hdn.,  etc. 

Έκλελαβεΐν,  Ep.  aor.  2  redupl.  of 
έκλανβάνω,  to  make  quite  forgetful  of, 
11. ;  έκλελ.αθέσθαι,  Ep.  aor.  2  mid., 
to  forget  quite.  Hom. 

Έκλ.ελϋμένως.  adv.  part,  perf  pass. 

from  έκ/Λ•ω.  loo.iely,  carelessly,  Isocr. 

419  Β  :  freely,  licentiously,  Ath.  519  F. 

Έκλεμμα,  ατός,  τό,  {έκλέπω)  what 

is  peeled  off,  rind,  Hipp. 

'Εκλ.εξις,  εως.  ή.  {εκλέγω)  a  choos- 
ing out.  Plat.  Phaedr.  231  D. 

"Εκλεο,  Ep.  for  έκλέεο,  2  sing,  im- 
perf  from  κλέω.  II.  24,  202. 

'Εκλεπίζω,=^έκλέπο),  to  free  from 
shell  or  rind,  peel :  esp.  of  birds,  to  bring 
their  young  out  of  the  shell,  hatch, 
Hipp,  cf  εκκολάπτω.     Hence 

Έκλέπισι.ς,  εως,  ή,  a  taking  off  the 
shell :  hatching. 

Έκλεπτος.  ov,  {έκ,  /ιεπτός)  very 
thin  or  fine,  Hipp. 

'Εκλεπτύνω,  {έκ,  λεπτύνω)  to  make 
very  thin  or  lean. 

Έκλεπνρόω,  ω,  {έκ,  λεπυρόω)   to 


ΕΚΑΟ 

strip  off  the  bark  :  metaph,  to  strip,  rob, 
Lat.  eniungere,  Sophron.  (i)  ap.  A.  B., 
cf  Bast.  Greg.  p.  313,  sq. 

Έκλέπω.^έκλεπιζω,  Hdt.  2,  68, 
Ar.  Av.  1108. 

Έκλενκαίνω,  {έκ,  λευκαίνω)  to 
make  quite  white.  Pass,  to  grow  so, 
Theophr. 

Έκλενκος,  ov,  quite  white,  white, 
pale,  Hipp.,  cf.  εκπικρος. 

'Εκλεφις,  εως,  η,  {έκλέπω)— -ΐίλέ- 
πισις. 

Έκλήγω,  ί.  -ξω,  {έκ,  1ί]γω)  to  leave 
off,  cease  entirely,  Soph.  El.  1312. 

Έκλ7ΐθάνω,  Od.  7,  220,  in  tmesis  . 
and 

ΈκλήΘω,  poet,  collat.  forms  for 
έκλανθανω. 

Έκλήθην,  aor.  1  pass,  from  καλέω. 
Έκλιήπτωρ,  ορός,  ό,  {εκλαμβάνω) 
one    who   undertakes   or    contracts   for 
works,  Lat.  exceptor,  conductor. 

Έκ?ι7φέω,  ώ,  {έκ,  λ.ηρέα  )  to  be  very 
foolish. — II.  trans,  to  make  a  fool  of, 
Polyb. 
ΙΈίνλ??σα,  1  aor.  from  κλτιω,  q.  v. 
'Eκ/^^σίς,  εως,  ή,  {έκ/αινθάνομαί) 
forgeif illness  ;  forgetting  and  forgiving, 
"Od.  24,  485. 

'Εκλ-ηφις,  εως,  η.  {έκλ.αμβάνω)  a 
taking  out :  collecting,  Diosc. 

Έκ/ΰθολογέω,  ώ,  {έκ.  λιθολ.ογέο)) 
to  clear  by  picking  up  the  .stones,  The- 
ophr. 

Έκλικμάω,  ώ,  f.  -ί/σω,  {έκ,  /.ικμύω) 
to  winnow,  sift,  empty,  Lat.  evannare, 
LXX. 

ΫΕκλικτον.  ov,  and  -τόν,  ov,  τό,= 
έκλειγμα,  Hipp.,  cf.  Lob.  Paral.  p. 
492. 

Έκλ'ψία,  ας,  ί/,  (έκ,  λιμός)  exceed- 
ing hunger,  LXX. 

Έκλιμνάξω,   rarer    form    for  sq., 

APP•  ,      , 

Έκλψνοω,  ώ,  {εκ,  λ.ιμνοω)  to  turn 
completely  into  a  pool  or  marsh,  Dion. 
H.  l,Gt.  n|)ass. 

'Εκλίμος,  ov,  {έκ,  λ.ιμός)  starved 
out,  famished,  Theoi)hr. 

'Εκλιμπάνω,—  έκλείπω^Άη%.,Ε.ητ. 
Med.  800:  intr.,  Id.  El.  909. 

Έκλΐνάω.  ώ,  {έκ,  λινάω)  to  escape 
out  of  the  net. 

Έκλ.ΐπαίνω,  {έκ.  λιπαίί•ω)  to  make 
fat,  fatten :  metaph.  to  smooth,  make 
smooth  or  calm,  πέλ.αγας,  Posidipp. 
ap.  Ath.  3.18  D. 

Ύ.κλ-Ιπαρέω,  ώ,  {έκ,  λιπαρέω)  to 
obtain  by  supplication  or  prayer,  Plut.  : 
to  move  by  entreaty.  Strab.     Hence 

Έκλ.ιπάρησις,  εως,  ή,  earnest  en- 
treaty, Joseph. 

'Εκ/ιΐπής,  ές,  {εκλείπω)  failing,  de- 
ficient, ήλιου  έκλιπές  τι  έγένετο= 
Ίκλει-φις,  Thuc.  4,  52.— II.  omitted, 
overlooktd.  Id.  1,  97. 

ΈκλΜγέομαι,  {έκ,  λ.όγος)  dep.  mid. 
like  έκλογιζομηι,  to  excuse  one's  self, 
defend  one^s  self  on  the  score  of  any 
thing,  νπέρ  or  περί  τίνος:  also  to 
plead  in  excuse,  USU.  C.  acc.  rei,  but 
also  c.  acc.  et  inf,  A  pp. 

Έκλ.ογεύς,  έως,  ό,  {έκλ.έγω)  a  col- 
lector, receiver  of  taxes,  rents,  etc., 
Bockh  P.  E.  1,  210,  238. 

'Εκλογή,  ης,  ή,  {εκλέγω)  a  picking 
out,  choice,  election.  Plat.  Rep.  536  C. 
— 2.  a  collecting,  levying  of  troops,  levy, 
Polyb. — 3.  also  of  tribute,  taxes,  etc.. 
Lex  Attica  ap.  Ath.  235  C— Π.  that 
which  is  chosen  out.  a  choice  collection, 
esp.  of  passages  in  authors,  etc.,  such 
as  the  Eclogae  or  Elegant  Extracts 
of  Stobaeus. 

Έκλ(')γησις,  εως,  ij,  an  inquiry,  Epi- 
cur.  ap.  Diog.  L.  10,  144. 

Έκλογία,  ας,  ή,^έκλογή,  dub.  in 
Dion.  H. 


ΕΚΛΩ 

'Έκ?Μγίζομαί,  (έκ,  λογίζομαι)  dep. 
mid.,  to  compute,  reckon,  calculate :  to 
consider,  reflect  on,  τι,  Hdt.  3,  l,Thuc., 
etc.,  περί  τίνος,  Thuc.  2,  40 :  ίκλ. 
ότι...,  Uem.  555,  8.  —  II.  =έκ?.ογέο- 
μαι,  to  exciise  one's  self,  plead  in  ex- 
cuse, App.     Hence 

Έκλόγΐσις,  εως,  ή,  and  έκ?.ογισ- 
μός,  οϋ,  b,  a  computation,  reckoning  up, 
Dion.  H. :  a  calculation,  inquiry. 

'Εκλογιστής,ον,ό.{έκλογίζομαι)αη 
accountant,  LXX ;  a  tax-collector,  Philo. 

Έκ7ι.ογιστίΓΐ.,  ας,  ή,  a  reckoning: 
accounts,  LXX. 

ΥΕκΖ-ογιστικός,  -ή,  όν,  {έκλογίζο• 
μαι)  skilled  in  calculating,  Muson.  ap. 
Stob. 

'E«^oyof,  ov,  ό,=όιήγησις,  Aesch. 
Fr.  201. 

Έκλογος,  ov,  (έκ,  λόγος)  picked 
out,  choice,  Philo. — II.  foolish. 

Έκ?Μυτήριον,  ov,  ro,=sq.,  Inscr. 
Aegin. 

Έκ?Μντρον,  ov,  TO,  a  washing  ves- 
sel:  from 

Έκλοίω,  (έκ,  λοΰω)  to  wash  out, 
wash,  Aesch.  Fr.  25. 

Έκλοφίζω,  {έκ,  λόφος)  to  form  into 
a  hill. 

Έκ^/Λχενα,  {εκ,  λο;^ει!ω)  to  bring 
forth,  Orph.  :  so  in  mid.,  Eur.  Hel. 
258.     Pass,  to  be  bmn,  Eur.  Ion  1458. 

Έκ.7ιθχίζω,  {έκ,  λόχος)  to  pick  mtt 
of  a  cohort ;  and  in  genl.  to  choose  out, 
LXX. 

Έκ?.οχμόομαι,  strengthd.  for  λοχ- 
μόομαι.  to  become  a  copse  or  thicket, 
Theophr. 

Έκ/.ϋγίζω,  {έκ,  λυγίζω)  to  twist  ex- 
ceedingly, Porphyr. 

Έκλυμαένομαι,  strengthd.  for  λυ- 
μαίνομαι, Liban. 

Έκλϋσις,  εος,  η,  {έκ7.νυ)  a  loosing, 
release,  deliverance  from  a  thing,  τινός, 
Trag.  —  II.  a  relaxing,  xmnerving  : 
weakness,  faintness,  Hipp.  —  III.  in 
music,  a  lowering  of  the  voice  through 
three-quarter-tones  (διέσεις). 

Έκλυσσάω,  ώ,  strengthd.  for  λυσ- 
σάω, Joseph- 

Έκλϋτήβίος,  ov,  of  ox  belonging  to 
release  :  το  έκ?..  a  means  of  delivering , 
release.  Soph.  O.  T.  392  :  an  expiatory 
offering.  Eur.  Phoen.  969.     From 

'Έ,κλντος,  ov,  (εκλύω)  let  loose,  let 
go.  let  fly.  of  missiles,  Eur.  Andr. 
1133. — 2.  loose,  unrestrained,  Lat.  dis- 
solutus,  'ίμεροι,  Tim.  Locr. — II.  relax- 
ed, unnerved,  Eupol.  Col.  11.  Adv. 
-τως. 

'Έικλντρόω,  ώ,  (έκ,  λντρόω)  to  re- 
lease on  ransom.     Hence 

Έκλΰτρωσίζ•,  εως.  ή,  a  means  of  re- 
lease, atonement,  LXX. 

'Έ,κλνω,  f.  -νσω,  {έκ,  λνω)  to  loose, 
release,  set  free,  deliver,  τινά  τίνος,  one 
from  a  thing,  Aesch.  Pr.  326,  so  Horn, 
has  the  fut.  mid.  κακών  σε  έκλνσο- 
μαι,  Od.  10,  286;  also  c.  dat.  τινά 
(pdSoiai,  Soph.  Aj.  531 :  also  in  mid., 
Aesch.  Pr.  235,  etc. :  but  έκλύειν 
στόμα,  to  give  a  loose  to  his  tongvie. 
Soph.  Aj.  1225. — II.  to  unloose,  undo, 
έκ?..  Tofa,  to  unstring  it,  Hdt.  2,  173 : 
hence  to  take  arvay,  put  down,  break 
tip,  put  an  end  to.  Soph.  O.  T.  35  :  so 
έκ?..  μόχθον,  Eur.  Phoen.  695. — 2.  to 
dissolve,  relax,  enfeeble :  pass,  to  be 
faint,  fail,  give  ivay,  Isocr.  322  A  ; 
προς  τι.  Id.  72  A. — 3.  medic,  έκλ. 
κοιλίαν,  to  relax  the  bowels,  Dioec. — 
III.  intr.  to  break  up.  depart,  LXX. 
[y  usu.  in  pres. ;  ϋ  in  fut.  and  aor. ; 
V  in  perf  pass.] 

Έκ/.ωβύω,  ώ,  f  -ήσω,  strengthd. 
for  λωβάω  :  pass.,  to  sustain  grievous 
injuries,  έκ?.ωβηθηναί  τι,  Soph.  Phil. 
330. 


EKMA 

'Έ,κλωπίζω,  (έκ,  λώττος)  to  unveil, 
lay  bare,  strip.  Soph.  Tr.  925. 

'Έκμάγεϊον,  ov,  τό,  (έκμάσσω)  like 
χειρόμακτρον,  that  with  which  one 
ivipes  one^s  hands,  etc.,  a  towel,  nap- 
kin. Plat..  Tim.  72  C. — II.  that  in  which 
an  impression  is  made,  as  wax,  gj'p- 
sum.,  plaster,  lb.  50  C  :  also — 2.  the 
impression  itself,  an  impress,  cast,  im- 
age. Id.  Legg.  800  B,  sq.  :  a  seal, 
Arist.  Metaph.  :  metaph.,  έκμάγεϊον 
πετρης,  the  impress  of  the  cliffs,  of  a 
fisherman  who  is  always  wandering 
over  them,  Anth. 

"Έ,κμαγμα,  ατός,  τό,  (έκμάσσω)  that 
which  is  impressed,  a  lump  of  wax, 
plaster,  etc.  :  also  an  impression  in 
wax,  plaster,  etc.  :  cf.  αντέκμαγμα, 
έκμακτρον. 

Έκμαίνω,  f.  -άνω,  {έκ,  μαίνω)  to 
drive  mad  with  anger,  fear,  love,  etc., 
ττόθον  έκμηναί,  to  kindle pa.isionate  de- 
sire. Soph.  Tr.  1142;  εκμήναί  τίνα 
δωμάτων,  to  drive  one  raving  from  the 
house,  Eur.  Bacch.  36.  Pass.  c.  perf 
2  act.,  to  go  mad  with  anger,  love,  etc., 
to  rave,  rage,  be  frantic,  τοιαύτα  έκ- 
μαίνεσθαι  εϊς  τίνα,  to  rage  so  against 
one,  Hdt.  3,  33,  37  :  also  c.  ace,  έκ- 
μανηναί  τίνα,  to  be  madly  in  love 
with...,  Anacreont. 

'Έκμύκάρίζω,  strengthd.  for  μακα- 
ρίζω, to  esteem  very  happy. 

"Εκμακτος.  ov,  (έκμάσσω)  impressed, 
express,  Emped.  133. 

Έκμακτρον,  ου,  τό,  an  impress,  Eur. 
El.  535. 

Έκμάλάσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  f.  -ξω,  {έκ, 
/Μαλάσσω)  to  soften,  enervate,  corrupt, 
Pint. 

Έκμαλθΰκόω,  tj,=foreg. 
νΚκμανηναι  2  aor.  inf  pass,  of  έκ- 
μαινω. 

Έκμάνής,  ες,  (έκμαίνομαι)  raving 
much,  Ath.     Adv.  -νως. 

Έκμανθάνω,  f.  -μαβησομαι,  {έκ, 
μανθύνω)  to  learn  thoroughly,  την  Ελ- 
λάδα γλώσσαν,  Hdt.  2,  154,  and  so 
Plat.,  etc. :  in  past  tenses,  to  have 
learnt  thoroughly,  to  know  full  well, 
perceive  thoroughly .  Hdt.  and  Trag.  : 
έκμ.  on...,  Hdt.  3,  134. — II.  to  examine 
closely,  search  out,  Hdt.  7,  28,  Eur. 
I.  T.  667.— IIL  to  learn  by  heart.  Plat. 
Legg.  811  A. 

'Έ,κμαντενομαι,  strengthd.  for  μαν- 
τεύομαι,  Joseph. 

Έκμαξις,  εως,  ή,  (έκμάσσω)  α  wip- 
ing or  clearing  out,  Arist.  Insomn. 

*Έκμάομαι,  supposed  pres.  from 
root  μάω,  μάομαι,  whence  the  Ep. 
aor.,  έκμάσσατο  τέχνην,  he  devi.ted, 
invented  another  art,  H.  Hom.  Merc. 
511  :  cf  είςμάομαι,  έπιμάομαι. 

Έκμάραίνω,  f.  -άνω,  (έκ,  μαραίνω) 
to  parch  up,  dry  up :  to  make  to  fade, 
wither  or  faint  away.  Theophr. 

Έκμαργόω,  ώ,  {έκ,  μαργόω)  to  drive 
raving  mad:  pass,  to  become  so,  Eur. 
Tro.  992. 

Έκμαρτνρέω,  ώ,  (έκ,  μαρτνρέω) 
to  testify,  declare  as  a  witness,  bear  tvit- 
ness  to  a  thing,  c.  ace,  φονον,  Ae.sch. 
Eum.  461,  cf.  Ag.  1196,  εις  πο??.ονς, 
before  many  persons,  Aeschin.  15, 
19. — II.  to  make  depositions  when  absent 
from  court,  Isae.  40,  8,  Dem.  929,  24. 
Hence 

'Έ,κμαρτνρία,  ας,  ή,  the  deposition 
of  one  absent,  Isae.  40,5,  Dem.  1130, 
fin.  ;  of  Att.  Process,  p.  670,  sq. 

Έκμαρτύριον,  ov,  τό,  evidence,  late 
word. 

νΈκμασάομαι,  (έκ,  μασύομαι)  to 
chew  thoroughly,  in  aor.  pass., Philo. 

Έκμάσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  fut.  -ξω,  (έκ, 
μάσσω)  to  wipe  out,  off,  away,  cleanse 
off,  τινί,  with  a  thing,  Soph.  El.  446, 


EKMI 

Eur.  H.  F.  1400.  —  II.  to  press  or 
squeeze  out,  squeeze,  Hipp.  :  nence — 
III.  of  an  artist,  to  mould,  model  in 
wax,  plaster,  etc.,  repre.^-ent,  Lat.  ex- 
primere,  αντης  έκμεμαγμένος,  his  very 
image,  Cratin.  Hor.  5  :  metaph.  of  a 
writer,  to  represent  or  express  in  words. 
αυτόν  έκμάττειν  τε  και  ένιστάναι 
εις  τους  τΰττονς,  to  mould  and  adapt 
one's  self  to  certain  forms.  Plat.  Rep. 
396  D  :  so  of  bees  preparing  wax,  of 
making  pills,  etc.,  Hipp. — 2.  to  im- 
press an  image,  imprint,  Theocr.  17, 
122 :  and  so  in  pass.,  Plat.  Theaet. 
191  D.     Cf  ΰπομάττω. 

Έκμαστεύω,  (έκ,  μαστενω)  to  search 
or  seek  out,  track,  νέβρον  προς  αίμα, 
Aesch.  Eum.  247. 

Έκμάω,  obsol.  for  έκμάομαι. 

Έκμεβνσκω,  ί.  -ύσω,  (έκ,  μεθνσκω) 
to  make  quite  drunk  :  in  genl.  to  m>er- 
charge  with  any  thing,  τινός,  The- 
ophr. 

Έκμειλίσσω,  f.  -ξω,  {έκ,  μεύ.ίσσω) 
usu.  in  mid.,  to  appease   entirely,  Dio 

Έκμείρομαι,  (έκ,  μείρομαι)  to  have 
a  chief  share  in  a  thing,  c.  gen.,  Od.  5, 
335,  έξέμμορε  τιμής,  Ep.  perf.  used 
only  in  3  pers. 

Έκμελαίνω,  {έκ,  μελαίνω)  to  make 
quite  black,  Clem.  Al. 

Έκμέλεια,  ας.  ή,  {έκμε?.ής)  a  fail- 
ure of  tune,  a  false  note,  Dion.  H. — II. 
carelessness  :  opp.  to  έμμέ/.εια. 

Έκμελετάω,  ώ,  f  -ήσω,  {έκ,  μελε- 
τάω) to  practise,  train,  tench  carefully, 
τινά,  Plat.  Hipp.  Maj.  287  A  :  also  of 
things,  to  practise,  Antipho  121,  41  : 
to  learn  perfectly,  Lat.  medttari,  Plut. 

Έκμελής,  ες,  {έκ,  μέ?.ος)  out  of 
tune,  dissrmant,  Plut.  :  irregular,  un- 
bridled. Id.  Cf  π?.ημμε?.ής,  opp.  to 
έμμε?ής.     Adv.  -/ώ^. 

Έκμελίζω,  {έκ,  μελίζω)  to  dismem- 
ber, LXX. 

Έκμεστόω,  ώ,  {έκ,  μεστόω)  to  fill 
up. 

Έκμεταλ?.ενω,  (έκ,  μετα?ίλενω)  to 
empty  of  ore  or  metal,  Strab. 

Έκμετρέω,  ώ,  (έκ,  μετρέω)  to  mea- 
sure out,  measure,  χρόνον,  Eur.  I.  A. 
816  :  usu.  in  mid.,  to  measure  for  one's 
self,  measure  out,  χβόνη,  of  measuring 
distances.  Soph.  O.  T.  795  :  to  take 
measure  of,  tu  εκείνου  όπλα,  Xen. 
Cyr.  6,  4."  2.     Hence 

Έκμέτρησις,  εως,  ή,  a  measuring 
out,  measxirement,  Polyb. 

Έκμετρος.  ov,  (έκ,  μέτρον)  out  of 
measure,  measureless,  boundless,  ό/ιβος. 
Soph.  Fr.  324 :  opp.  to  έμμετρος. 
Adv.  -τρως. 

Έκμι/κύνω,  strengthd.  for  μηκννω, 
Dion.  H. 
^Έκμήναι,   1   aor.  inf   act.  of  έκ- 
μαίνω. 

Έκμηνος,  ov,  {εξ,  μην)  of  six  months, 
half  yearly,  χρόνοι  ίκμ..  Soph.  Ο.  Τ. 
1137:  as  subst.,  ή  έκμ.,  a  six-month, 
Plat.  Legg.  916  B. 

Έκμηΐ'ίω.  (έκ,  μηνύω)  to  inform  of, 
betray.  Plut.  [v  usu.  in  pres.,  always 
in  fut.] 

Έκμηρύομαι,  (έκ,  μηρύω)  dep.,  to 
wind  out  or  off,  like  a  ball  of  thread : 
to  unfold  an  army,  make  it  defile  out, 
to  lead  through  or  across,  έκ  δνςχω- 
ριών.  Polyb.  —  II.  intrans.  to  defile, 
Xen.  An.  6,  5.  22.  [f] 

νΕ,κμηχανάυμαι,   (έκ,  μηχανύομαι) 
to  contrive  skilfully,  Josepfl.  Gen. 

ΈκμΙαίνω,  (έκ,  μιαίνω)  to  pollute 
thoroughly,  defile,  Ojip.  Pass.,  effluxu 
seminis  pollui,  Ar.  Ran.  753. 

Έκμίμέομαι,    (έκ,  μιμέομαι)   dep. 
mid.,  to  imitate  faithfully,  copy,  repre- 
sent exactly,  Eur.  H.  F.  1298. 
421 


ΕΚΝΒ 

'ΈκμΙσέω,  ώ,  {έκ,  μισέω)  to  hate 
much.  Pint. 

Έκμισθος,  ov,  {ίκ,  μισθύς)=:άπό- 
μίσβος. 

'Έ,κμισΟόω,  ώ,  {έκ,  μισθύω)  to  let, 
put  out  for  hire,  τινί  τι,  Xen.  Vect.  3, 
14  ;  also  ίκμ.  τινά,  c.  inf.,  Aesclun.  2, 
41.     Mid.,  to  hire.     Hence 

ΈκμίσΟυσις,  εως•,  ή,  a  letting  out 
for  hire. 

Έκμολίϊν,  inf.  of  aor.  2  έξέμολον, 
Ep.  3  sing,  εκμολΐ,  to  go  out,  go  forth, 
II.  11,604:  no  pres.  έκμόλω  occurs, 
βλώσκω,  q.  v.,  being  used  instead. 

Έ,κμορψόο),  ώ,  (f/c,  μορφόω)  to  form 
out,  crpriiss  inform,  mould,  Piut. 

Έ/ίμοΐ'σόω,  strengthd.  for  μουσόιο, 
to  teach  fully,  τινά  Ti,  Eur.  Bacch.825. 

Έκμοχθέω,  ώ,  (έκ,  μοχθέ(ύ)  Ιο  work 
out  with  toil,  achieve,  Lat.  elnborare,  τι, 
Aesch.  Pr.  825,  πόνους,  Eur.  I  T. 
1455  ■  but  also,  to  win  hardly,  gain  by 
great  exertion,  Eur.  Tro.  873. 

'Έκμοχλινω,  (εκ,  μοχλεύω)  to  lift 
out  ivith  a  lever,  Hipp.:  to  heave  with 
the  lever,  force  one's  way,  Ar.  Lys.  430  : 
hence  in  genl.,  to  force,  compel,  Plut. 

'Άκμύελίζω,  (έκ,  μυελός)  to  deprive 
of  marrow,  LXX. 

Έκμυζύω,  ώ,  f.  -;}σω.  Ion.  έκμνζεω, 
(έκ,  μνζύω)  to  suck  out,  II.  4,  218. 
Hence 

Έκμνζηθμός,  οϋ,  δ.  Gal. ;  and 

Έκμνζησις,  ευς,  ή,  Diosc.  α  sucking 
out. 
νΈκμνζω,  (έκ,  μνζω)~έκμυζάω,  late. 

'ΈιΚμϋθόω,  ώ,  (έκ,  μύθος)  to  make 
into  a  μύθος  οτ  fable,  Philostr. 

'Έ,κανκύυμαι,  (έκ,  μνκάομαι)  to  bel- 
low aloud,  Phalar. 

'Έ,κμνκτηρίζω,  strengthd.  for  μυκ- 
τηρίζο),  LXX. 

ΐΈκμυσύττομαι,  strengthd.  for  μν- 
οάττομαι. 

Έκμνσσο,  f.  -ζω,  (έκ,  μύσσω,)  to 
wipe  out,  in  mid.  Diosc. 

Έκναρκάω,  ώ,  (έκ.  ναρκύο))  Ιο  be- 
come quite  torpid  or  sluggish,  Plut. 

'Έ,κνανλόω,  ώ,  and  έκνανσθλόω,  ύ, 
(εκ,  ναυλόω,  and  ναυσθλόω)  to  carry 
out  by  sea,  export. — II.  to  cast  out  or  up, 
wash  on  shore.  Lye.  726. 

Έκνεύζω,  (έκ,  νεάζω)  to  renew  en- 
tirely.— II.  intr.  to  grow  young  oi fresh, 
Luc.     Hence 

Έκνεασμός,  οΰ,  ό,  a  renewal. 

Έκνέμυ,  more  freq.  in  mid.  έκνέ- 
μομαι,  (έκ,  νέμω)  to  feed  off,  eat  dawn, 
Lat.  depasci,  Theophr. ;  met.  to  feed 
on,  consume,  λύπης  ri/v  ΰιάνοιαν  έκν., 
Luc. — 2.  to  take  out  to  feed,  and  in 
genl.,  to  lead  out  or  forth,  έκνεμεσθαι 
7ΓΟ(5α,  to  depart,  Soph.  Aj.  369. 

Έκνεοττεύω,  (έκ,  νεοττεΰω)  to 
hatch,  Arist.  Mirab. 

Εκνευρίζω,  (έκ,  νενρον)  to  cut  the 
sinews  :  metaph.,  to  relax,  unnerve, 
Dem.  37,  3. 

Έκνενρόκανλος,  ov,  strengthd.  for 
νενρόκαυλος,  Theophr. 

'Έ,κνενσΐΓ,  εως.  ή,  a  turning  the 
head  aside,  bending  down  to  shun  a  blow, 
Plat.  Legg.  815  A  :  in  genl.,  a  turn- 
ing off  or  away  :  from 

Έκνεύω,  (έκ,  νενω)  to  turn  the  head 
aside,  turn  away,  to  shun  blows,  etc., 
of  a  horse,  έκν.  άνω,  to  toss  the  head, 
Xen.  Eq.  5,  4  :  also  c.  ace,  to  turn  off, 
away  or  aside,  Orph. — II.  to  nod,  fall 
downwards,  ές  ονόας,  Eur.  Phoen, 
1151  :  to  turn  aside,  εις  θάνατον,  lb. 
1268. — III.  to  give  a  nod.  sign  to  do  a 
thing,  c.  inf..  Id.  L  T.  1330. 

Έκνέφελος,  ov,  (έκ.  νεφέλη)  burst- 
ing forth  from  clouds,  Theophr. 

'Εκνεφίας,  ov,  ό,  (έκ,  νέφος)  sub. 
άνεμος,  a  hurricane,  caused  by  clouds 
meeting  and  bursting,  Alex.   Dem.  1  : 
422 


ΕΚΟΝ 

έκνεφίας  όμβρος,  rain  with  sunshine, 
Hipp. 

Έ.κνεψόομαι,  as  pass.,  (έκ,  νεφόω) 
to  become  a  cloud,  Theophr. 

'E.Kvtu,  fut.  -νενσομαι.  aor.  1,  έ^ε- 
νενσα,  (έκ,  νέω)  to  stvim  out  or  away, 
escape  by  swimming,  Thuc.  2,  90 : 
hence  in  genl.,  to  escape,  run  off,  Pind. 
ϋ.  13,  163,  cf.  Valck.  Hipp.  469. 

Έκνηπιόομηι,  as  pass.,  (έκ,  νήπιος) 
to  become  a  child,  Philostr. 

'Ε,κνηστενω,  (έκ,  νηστεύω)  to  con- 
tinue fasting,  Hipp. 

Έκνήφω,  f.  -ψω,  (έκ.  νηόω)  to  sleep 
off  a  drunketi  fit,  become  sober  again, 
Lync.  ap.  Ath.  130  B:  hence  ro  re- 
corer  from  mental  intoxication,  be  sober- 
ed, Plut. 

Έκν7ΐχομαι,  fut.  -ξομαι,  (έκ,  νηχο- 
μαι)  dep.  ηΛ\ά.,=έκνέω,  tosxvim  out  or 
away,  εις  τόπον,  Arist.  Mund. 

'Έ,κνη-ψις,  εως,  η,  (έκνήφω)  a  be- 
coming sober  or  cahn,  LXX. 

'Ε,κνίζω,  f.  -ψω,  (έκ,  νίζω)  to  wash 
out,  Lat.  ehtere,  dilnere,  φόνον  φόνω, 
Eur.  1.  Τ.  1224 ;  also  in  mid.,  έκνί- 
ψασθαι  τά  πεπραγμένα,  to  get  clear 
of..,  like  Lat.  diluere  crimen,  Dem. 
274,  23. — II.  to  cleanse  thoroughly,  Eu- 
bul.  Kn/i.  1,  in  pass. 

'ΈίΚνΙκάω,  ύ,  f.  -ήσω,  (έκ,  νικάω)  to 
conquer  completely :  to  achieve  a  point,  tu 
win,  gai>i,  carry  by  force,  Lat.  evincere, 
Eur.  Ion  629  :  to  prevail,  carry  one's 
point,  c.  inf.  Dion.  H. — 2.  to  give  co- 
gent proof,  like  Lat  evincit  ratio. — 3. 
intr.  to  gain  the  upper  hand,  prevail,  be- 
come the  custom  or  fashion,  come  into 
z'ogue  or  use,  άπασι,  among  all,  Thuc. 
1,3;  έτΓί  TO  μνθώόες  έκνενικηκεναι, 
to  win  i/s  way  to  the  fabulous,  Thuc. 
1,  21,  like  evalescere  in  suspicionem,  in 
cri?nen,  in  tmnultum,  Tac.  Hist.  1,  80. 
Hence 

Ύ.κνίκημα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which  is 
conquered,  won,  achieved,   [tj 

'Έ.κνίκΐ]σις.  εως,  ή,  (έκνικάω)  a  con- 
quering, achieving.   [("] 

'Έ,κνίπτω,  later  form  of  έκνίζω,  q.  v. 

'Έ.κνιτρόω,  ω,  (έκ,  νίτρον)  to  wash 
out.  cleanse  with  νίτρον,  Alex.  Agon.  2. 

'Έ,κνιψις,  εως,  ή,  (εκνίπτω)  a  wash- 
ing out. 

^Εκνοέω,  ω,  f.  -ησω,  (έκ,  νοέω)  to 
think  out,  contrive,  Dio  C. 

'Κκνοια,  ας,  ή,  (εκνοος)  madness, 
Lat.  amentia,  Arist.  Somn. 

Έκνομή,  ης,  ή,  (έκνέμομαι)  a  gra- 
zing, pasture,  Dion.  H. 

ΎJKvόμιoς,ov,=sq.,^musual, unwont- 
ed, Pind.  N.  I,  86  :  immense,  prodigi- 
ous. Adv.  -ίως.  Ar.  Plut.  981.  Su- 
perl.  έκνομιώτατα,  lb.  992. 

'Εκνομος,  ov,  (έκ,  νόμος)  zmusual, 
unwonted :  unlawful,  aboininable,  Lat. 
nefastus,  Diod.  :  opp.  to  έννομος. 
Adv.  -μως,  Aesch.  Ag.  1473,  where  it 
prob.  means,  out  of  tune,  discordantli/. 
ΥΈ,κνομος,  ov,  a,  (λόφος)  and  Έ/c- 
νομον,  ov,  TO,  Mt.  EcnSmus,  a  hill 
near  Gela  in  Sicily,  Polyb.  1,  25,  8  ; 
Plut.  Dion  26. 

'Έ,κνοος,  ov,  contr.  ους,  ow,  (έκ, 
νόος,  νους)  tmwise,  senseless,  silly,  Lat. 
aniens,  Plut. 

Έκνοσέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (έκ,  νοσέω)  to 
be  all  diseased,  Arist.  Gen.  An. 

Έκνοσηλενω,  (έκ,  νοσηλεύω)  to  cure 
completely,  Philo. 

'Έκνοσφίζομαι,  dep.,  (έκ,  νοσφίζω) 
to  steal  from,  take  for  oyie's  own,  Anth. 

Έκξνλόω,  strengthd.  for  ξνλόω,  to 
make  all  into  wood,  pass.,  to  become  all 
wood,  Theophr. 

'Έ,κοντηόόν,  &ά\.=  έκοντί. 

Έκονττ/c,  ov,  6,  (εκών)  a  vohmteer, 
rejected  by  Granun.,  who  allow  only 
εθελοντής,  Osaun  Philem.  p.  49. 


ΕΚΠΑ 

Έκοντί,  adv.  (εκών)  freely,  tvilling- 
ly,  of  one's  own  accord,  Pseudo-Phocyl. 
14. 

'Έ,κονσιάζομαι,  f.  -άσομαι,  dep. 
mid.,  (ίκυυσιυς)  ίο  do  a  tiling  of  one's 
self  offer  freely,  LXX.     Hence 

Έκουσιασμός,  ού,ό,  a  free-will  offer- 
ing, LXX. 

Εκούσιος,  a,  ov,  (εκών)  also  ος,  ov, 
Thuc.  6,44,  and  Plat.:  of  free-will, 
by  one's  own  choice,  voluntarily,  βλάβη, 
Soph.  Phil.  1318,  φυ}ή,  Eur.  Supp. 
151  :  as  adv.  εκούσια  sub.  γνώμτι, 
also  έξ  έκονσίας,  and  καθ'  έκονσιαν, 
=  regul.adv.i/coi;ffi(.>f,v.  Lob.Phrvn.4. 

Έκπαγλέομαι.  as  pass.,  to  be  nsio- 
ni.ihed  or  amazed.  Hdt.,  usu.  absol.  m 
part.  pres.  with  another  verb,  with 
great  admiration.  7,  181;  8,  92  :  έκπαγ- 
λεόμενος  ως..,  9,  48. — 11.  to  wonder  at, 
admire  exceedingly,  c.  acc,  Aesch. 
Cho.  217,  Eur.  Or.  890 :  from 

έκπαγλος.  ov,  (εκπλήσσω)  frightful, 
terrible,  terrific,  fearful,  in  Horn.  USU. 
of  warriors,  but  sometimes  of  things, 
as  χειμών  έκπ.,  a  fearful  storm,  Od. 
14,  522  ;  esp.  έκπαγλα  έπεα,  and  εκ- 
παγλος  έτνιπή  :  also  in  superl.,  πάν- 
των έκπαγλότατ'  άνόρών,  II.  1,  146. 
As  adv.  Horn.,  besides  έκπάγλως,  has 
also  έκπαγλον,  and  έκπαγλα,  terribly, 
fearfully,  though  these  freq.  pass  into 
the  general  notion  greatly,  exceeding- 
ly :  hence  he  says  not  only  έκπάγλως 
ωόνσατο,  ηχθηρε.  μαίνεται,  οδύρεται, 
but  also  έκπαγλα  φιλεϊν,  to  love  be- 
yond all  measure,  11.  3,  415;  5,  423. 
And  generally  in  Horn,  the  word  im- 
plies neither  praise  nor  blame,  but 
merely  the  notion  of  something  mon- 
strous, vast,  tremendous,  etc.  Later 
it  signifies  merely  astonishing,  wonder- 
ful: not  freq.  in  Att.poets,  as  Aesch. 
Ag.  862,  Soph.  O.  C.  716,  ajul  very 
rare  in  prose,  as  Xen.  Hier.  11,3. 

Έκπΰθαίνομαι,  (έκ,  παθαίνομαι) 
as  pass.,  to  be  affected  with  violent  pas- 
sion, περί  τι,  Clem.  Al. 

Έκπάθεια,  ας,  ή,  molent  passion, 
Longin.  [ΰ] :  from 

Έκπάθής,  ές,  (έκ,  πάθος)  very  pas- 
sionate, beside  o/ii's  self  or  transported 
with  passion,  έκπ.  προς  τι,  passionatelif 
eager  for  a  thing,  Polyb. — ^11.  out  of 
harm,  unhurt.     Adv.  -θώς. 

Έκπαίόενμα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which  is 
brought  up  or  reared,  a  child,  Eur.  Cycl. 
601  :  from 

Έκπαιόεύω,  (έκ,  παιδεύω)  to  bring 
up,  rear,  and  so  claim  as  one's  child, 
Eur.  Cycl.  276  :  to  educate,  Plat.  Crit. 
45  D. — II.  to  teach,  τινά  τι,  Dio  C.  : 
but — III.  to  impress  something  on  an- 
other by  education,  Lat.  ingenerare, 
τινί  τι,  Eur.  Alex.  16. 

'Έκπαίζω,  f.  -ξομαι  and  -ξοϋμαι, 
(έκ,  παίζω)  to  make  sport  of,  banter, 
τινί. 

'Έκπαιφάσσω,  (έκ,  παιφάσσω)  to 
run  furiously  out,  rush  madly  to  the  fray, 
U.  5,  803. 

Έκπαίω,  f.  -παιησω,  aor.  έξέπαισα, 
(έκ,  παίω)  like  έκβάλλω,  to  throw  or 
cast  out  of  a  thing,  δόξης  μ'  έξέπαισαν 
ελπίδες,  they  have  dashed  me  from  my 
expectations,  Eur.  H.  F.  460,  cf  780, 
where  it  must  not  be  referred  to  έκ- 
παίζω.— II.  intr.  to  burst,  dash  out,  es- 
cape, Anaxil.  Neott.  1,  17,  ubi  v. 
Meineke  :  cf  έμπαίω. 

"Εκπ&λαι,  adv.  for  έκ  πάλαι,  for  a 
long  time,  Plut. 

Έκπά?,αίω,  (έκ  παλαίω)  to  trans- 
gress the  laws  of  wrestling,  Philostr. 

Έκπΰλέω,  ώ.  (έκ.  παλέω)  to  urench 
out,  dislocate  a  joint :  also  of  the  joints, 
(0  start  out  of  the  socket,  Hipp.     Hence 

'EK7rdZ;/f,  ές,  out  of  joint. 


ΕΚΠΕ 

^Εη-τάλησις,  εως,  ή,  (έκτταλεω)  a 
Hslncation,  Hipp,  [α] 

Έκτάλλω,  (έκ,  πάλλω)  to  shake 
out.  Pass.,  to  spring,  spirt  out,  μνε/.ος 
σφον6ν?χυι•  εκπα?.το,  (svncop.  aor. 
mid.  c.  signf.  pass.)  IL  20,  483. 

Έκπΰνονργέο,  strengthd.  for  ττα- 
νονργέω. 

'Εκπαντός,  adv.  for  εκ  παντός,  in 
the  U'hole,  entirely,  altogether. 

Έκ-ατνπόομαι.  {έκ,  πύ—πος)  as 
pass.,  to  have  a  tuft  or  top  (ττύπττος), 
as  the  pine-apple,  Theophr. 

Έκτϊαμθενενω,  {έκ,  τταρθένος)  to 
deflower.  Luc. 

ΈκττάΓίί/έω,  ώ,  (εκ,  παταγέω)  to 
denfen  with  noise,  Themist. 

'ν,κττάτάσσυ,  f.  -ξω,  (εκ,  πατάσσο)) 
to  strike,  affiict,  riva  κακοΐσι,  Eur.  H. 
F.  888  :  also  metaph.  like  εκ~7-ήσσω, 
φβένας  έκπεπαταγμένος,  stricken  in 
mind,  Od.  18,  327. 

'Έ,κπΰτέω,  ώ,  {έκ,  πατεω)  to  retire 
from  the  road,  to  go  apart,  withdraw, 
Diosr.  L.  ^  ■ 

Έκπύτιος,  a,  ov,  {έκ,  πάτος)  out 
of  Ike  common  path  or  course,  excessive, 
αλ>'εα,  Aesch.  Ag.  50,  ubi  alii  aliter. 

["] 

Έκπανμα,  ατός,  τό,  total  rest :  from 

Έκπ-αΰω,  (έκ,  ττανω)  to  set  quite  at 
rest,  put  an  end  to,  μόχθους,  Eur.  Ion 
144 :  mid.,  to  take  one's  rest,  Thuc.  5, 
75. 

'Έκπαφλασμός,  οΰ,  ό,  (έκ,  ττα^λά- 
ζω)  α  bvJjbling,  boiling  out  or  over,  Arist. 
Probl. 

'Έκπΰχννω,  strengthd.  for  παχννο), 
Theophr. 

Έκιτηθω,  strengthd.  for  -ϊζείθω,  to 
persuade,  over  persuade.  Soph.  O.  T. 
1024,  Tr.  1141. 

Έκΰειράζω,  £  -άσω,  (έκ,  τζειράζω) 
to  tempt,  c.  acc,  N.  T.  [ασω] 

'Έ.κττειρύομαι,  (έκ,  πειράυ)  dep. 
mid.,  c.  aor.  pass.,  to  make  trial  of, 
prove,  tempt,  c.  gen.  pers.,  Hdt.  3,  135: 
έκτϊειρά  ?.έγειν  ;  art  thou  making  proof 
of  me  In  speech?  Soph.  O.  T.  360. — 
2.  to  inquire,  ask  of  another,  ri  τινος. 
At.  Eq.  1234.   [«  m  fut.] 

Έκ7Γελεθρίζο),=  έκπλεθρίζο>.  q.  v. 

'Έ,κπελεκάω,  ώ,  fut.  -τ}σω.  (έκ,  ττε- 
λεκάω)  Ιο  cut  out  or  away  with  an  axe, 
Theophr. 

Έκττέλω,  of  which  is  used  the  im- 
pers.  έκττέλει,^εξεστί.  'tis  permitted 
or  allowed.  Soph.  Ant.  478. 

Έκ/τέ,ίί-ω,  fut.  -i/>(j,  (έκ,  πέμπω) 
to  send  out  οτ  forth,  lead  or  convey  out, 
bring  out,  Horn.  c.  gen.  loci.  έκττ.  TLvd 
δώματος,  πολέμου,  Od.  18,  336,  II.  21, 
598  :  of  things,  to  send  off,  export,  II. 
24,  381 :  so  also  in  mid.,  δόμου  έκ- 
πέμψασβε  θύραζε,  Od.  20,  361. — 2.  to 
bring  out  by  calling,  call  or  fetch  out, 
send  for,  Soph.  Ant.  19 :  so  also  in 
mid.,  O.  T.  951. — II.  to  send  out  or 
away,  i.  e.  dismiss,  II.  2t,  681  :  to  cast 
out,  drive  away,  USU.  with  collut.  no- 
tion of  disgrace,  έκπ.  τιι•ά  άτιμον. 
Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  789,  Aesch.  Cho.  98,  and 
freq.  in  prose :  hence  esp.  to  divorce, 
έκπ.  ywalaa,  Hdt.  1,  59,  Dem.  1364, 
3. — Hence 

'Έ,κπεμ-φις,  εως,  ή,  a  sending  out  or 
forth,  τινός,  Thuc.  4,  85. 

'Έ,κπεπαίνω,  f.  -ΰνώ,  {έκ,  πεπαί- 
νυ)  to  make  quite  ripe  or  mellow,  The- 
ophr. 

Ύ.κπεπέτασται,  3  sing.  perf.  pass. 
oi  έκπετάνννμι,  Hdt. 

'Έκπέποταί.  3  sing.  perf.  pass,  of 
έκπίνω.  Od.  22,  56. 

Έκπεπταμένος,  ένη,  ένον,  part, 
perf.  pass,  of  έκπετάνννμι,  expanded, 
opm.  Adv.  -i>(JC,  extravagantlv,  Xeo. 
Cyr.  8,  7,  7. 


ΕΚΠΕ 

'Έκπέπτυ,  later  collat.  form  of  έκ- 
πέσσω,  Arist.  Color. 

'Έκπεραίνω,  f.  -ΰνώ,  (έκ,  περαίνω) 
to  bring  to  an  end.  finish  off,  Aesch.  Fr. 
70.  Pass,  of  oracles,  to  be  fulfilled, 
Eur.  Cycl.  696. 

Έκπέρΰμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  going  or 
coming  out,  δωμάτων,  Aesch.  Cho.  658 : 
from 

Έκπεράω.  ώ.  f.  -άσω,  [α]. Ion  -ήσω, 
{έκ,  πείΜω)  to  go  through  and  out  again. 
BO  or  pass  over,  μέγα  λαίτμα,  to  pass 
the  ocean  wave,  Od.  :  also  sine  casu, 
of  an  arrow,  to  pass  through,  pierce. 
Horn.,  where  the  thing  pierced  must 
be  supplied  in  acc.  :  metaph.,  to  go 
through,  fulfil,  accomplish,  έκπ.  βίον, 
Eur.  Η.  F.  428. — 2.  simply  to  pass,  go 
or  come  out  of.  c.  gen.,  έκπ.  μελάθρων, 
Eur.  Cycl.  512.— 11.  f.  -ασω  [ΰ],  to 
bring  or  carry  out,  fetch,  LXX. 

Έκπερόίκίζω,  (έκ,  πέρ(^ξ)  to  escape 
like  a  partridge,  Ar.  Av.  768. 

Έκπέρθω,  fut.  -πέρσω,  (έκ,  πέρθω) 
to  destroy  utterly,  lay  waste ,  sack,  plun- 
der, of  cities,  oft.  in  11.,  never  in  Od. 

'Έ,κπεριάγω,  {έκ.  περιάγω)  to  lead 
out  round,  Polyb.    [ά] 

'Έκπερίειμι,  (έκ,  περίειμι)  to  go  out 
and  around,  go  all  round,  make  a  circuit 
or  compass,  Xen.  Cyn.  6,  10,  etc. 

Ύ.κπεριέρχομηι,=ίοχρξ.,  Polyb. 

'Έ.κπεριλαμ3άνω,  (έκ,  περι/Μμβά- 
vu)  to  encompass  on  all  sides. 

'Έ^κπεριοδενω,  (έκ,  περιοδεύω)  to 
go  quite  round,  encompass,  Sext.  Emp. 

Έκπεριπ?.έω,  (.  -πλεύσομαι,  (έκ, 
περιπ?.έω)  to  sail  round  out  of  a  place, 
Polyb. 

^'Ϋ,κπεριπλώω,  ί.  -π7.ώσω.  Ion.  from 
foreg. 

Έκπερίπορεύομαι,  {έκ,  περιπορεν- 
ομαι)  as  pass.  c.  fut.  mid.,  to  go  all 
round,  encompass,  Joseph. 

'Έκπερισπασμής.  οϋ,  ό.  (έκ,  περι- 
σπάω) an  evolution  in  military  tactics, 
consisting  of  a  right-about-face  (περι- 
σπασαός),  followed  by  a  right  face, 
Polyb. 

'Έκπεριτρέχω,  {έκ,  περιτρέχω)  to 
run  all  about. 

Έκτερονάω,  ώ,  (έκ,  περονάω,)  to 
put  nut  with  the  tongue  of  a  buckle. 

Έκπεσε,  Ep.  for  εξέπεσε,  aor.  of 
εκπίπτω,  Hom.  έκπεσέειν,  inf.  for 
έκπεσειν,  11. 

'Εκ— έσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  f.  -πέφω,  (έκ, 
πέσσω)  to  cook  thoroughly :  hence— 1. 
of  animals,  to  digest  thoroughly,  Hipp. 
— 2.  of  plants,  to  mature,  ripen,  The- 
ophr. 
νΕκπετάζω,^=έκπετάνννμι,  LXX. 

Έκπέτάλος,  ov,  {έκπετάνννμι) 
spread  out,  spreading. 

Έκπέταμαι,  f.  -πτήσομαι,  {έκ,  πέ• 
ταααι)  to  fly  out,  forth  or  away,  Hes. 
Op.  98  :  fut.  in  Ar.  Vesp,  208. 

Έκπετάνννμι,  i.  -πετάσω,  {έκ.  πε- 
τάνννμι)  to  spread  out.  unfurl,  spread, 
of  a  net,  Orac.  ap.  Hdt.  1,  62,  in  pass.: 
of  the  body,  to  stretch  out.  έπΙ  κωμον 
έκπετασθείς,  Eur.  Cycl.  497. 

Έκπέτΰσις,  εως.  ή,  (έκπετάνννμι) 
α  spreading  out,  opening.  Pint. 

'ΈιΚπέτασμα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which  is 
spread  out  or  unfolded :  the  title  of  a 
work  of  Democritus,  Diog.  L.  9,  48. 

'Έκπετήσιμος,  ov,  (έκπέταμαι)  rea- 
dy to  fly  out,  fledged,  Ar.  Av.  1355: 
metaph.  of  a  marriageable  girl,  Ar.  Fr. 
500. 

Έκπέτομαι,^=  έκπέταμαι,  έξίπτα- 
μαι,  Ar.  Αν.  788,  in  aor.  2.  έξεπτό- 
μην. 

'Έκπενθομαι,  Ερ.  for  έκπννθύνο- 
μαι.  II. 

'Έκπεφννΐαι,  part.  perf.  from  έκ- 
φύω,  II. 


ΕΚΠΙ 

Έκπει/iif.  εως,  ή,  (έκπέπτω)  α  cook• 
ing  thoroughly  :  of  plants,  ο  ripening, 
Arist.  Color. 

Έκπιρ^νϋμι,  ΐ.-πήξω,  {έκ,  πήγννμι) 
to  make  firm,  stiff,  or  torpid,  esp.  of 
frost,  to  congeal,  freeze,  Theophr. 
Pass.,  to  become  firm,  hard,  etc.  :  to  be 
frozen,  frost-bttten,  Id. 

'Έκπηδάω,ΰ,  Ion.  -δέω,  f.  -ήσω.  (έκ. 
πηδάω)  to  spring,  leap,  jump  out  or 
forth,  Hdt.  1,24;' 8,  118:  esp.  ίο  make 
sallies.  Lat.  excurrere,  Xen.  An.  7,  4, 
16. — 2.  to  leap  up,  start.  Soph.  Tr. 
175. — II.  to  burst  out,  escape,  Polyb. 
Hence 

Έκττήδημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  leap  out  or 
forth,  ί-^ιος  κρείσσον  έκπηόήματος, 
too  high  to  leap  out  of,  Aesch.  Ag. 
1376. 

Έκπήδησις,  εως,  ή,  (έκπηδάω)  a 
springing  forth  0Γμ;7,  Plat.  Legg.815A. 

'Έκπηκτικός,  ή,  όν,  (έκπήγννμι) 
belonging  to,  capable  of  freezing,  The- 
ophr. 

Έκπηνίζω,  f.  -ίσω  Att.  -ΐώ,  {έκ,  πή- 
viov)  to  unravel,  reel  off,  wind  out :  Ar. 
Ran.  578  uses  also  fut.  mid.,  έκπηνι- 
εΐσθαί  τι  τίνος,  to  wind  or  twist  some- 
thing ottt  of  Λ  man. 

'Έκπηξις,  εως,  ή,  (έκπήγννμι)  a 
stiffening,  freezing,  Theophr.  like  πα- 
γετός. 

"Κκπηχνς,  ν,  six  cubits  long,  better 
έξπηχνς. 

'Έ,κπιάζω,  έκπίασμα,  τό,^=έκπιέζω, 
έκπίεσμα. 

'Έκπϊόύομαι,  dep..,  (έκ,  πιδύω)  to 
gush,  spout,  well  forth,  prob.  1.  Aesch. 
Pers.  815.  [ϋ] 

Έκπΐέζω,  f.  -έσω,  (έκ,  πιέζω)  to 
squeeze,  press  out,  Hipp.  :  to  thrust, 
push  out.  Polyb. :  έ?.κος  έκπεπιεσμέ- 
νον,  a  sore  that  protrudes  out  of  the  skin, 
Hipp.     Hence 

'Έκπίεσις,  εως,  ή,  a  sq-ueezing  or 
pressing  out,  a  violent  squeezing,  Arist. 
Part.  An.  [t] 

Έκπίεσμα,  ατός.  τό,  that  which  is 
squeezed  out,  juice,  Diosc.  [i] 

Έκπΐεσμός,  οϋ,  ό,=^έκπίεσις,  Arist. 
Mund. 

Έκπΐεστήριον,  ov,  τό,  sub.  δργα 
νον.  an  implement  for  pressing  out,  press. 
Poll.  10,  135. 

Έκπΐεστός,  -ή,  όν,  (έκπιέζω)  pressed 
out:  έκπ.  ξύλα,  logs  cleft  by  the 
wedge  and  mallet,  Arist.  Probl. 

Έκπικράζω,  Η1ρρ.,=έκ7ϊ-ίκρόω. 
νΕκπικραίνω,  (έκ,  πικραίνω)=έκ• 
πικρόω.  in  pass.  Dion.  Η. 

Έκπικρος,  ov,  {έκ,  πικρός)  very  bit- 
ter, ,\rist.  Probl. 

Έκπικρόω,  ώ,  (έκ,  πικρόω)  to  make 
very  bitter  ;  metaph.,  to  tinbitter,  pro- 
voke.    Pass,  to  become  very  bitter,  Hipp. 

Έκπίμπλημι,  f.  έκπλήσω,  ( έκ, 
πίμπ?.ημι)  to  fill  up,  fill,  fill  fiJl.—2. 
to  satiate,  φύ.ονεικίαν,  Thuc.  3,  82 
Bekk.,  al.  έμπ. — II.  to  fulfil,  cause  to 
be  fulfilled,  e.  g.  a  dream,  Hdt.  1,  43. 
— in.  to  finish,  complete,  accomplish, 
Valck.  Phoen.  174. 

Έκπίμπρημι,  (έκ,  πίμπρημι)  to  set 
on  fire,  burn  up. 

'Έκπίνω,  f.  -πίομαι,  (έκ,  πίνω)  to 
drink  out  or  off,  quaff,  drain,  Od., 
though  only  in  3  aor.  2  act.,  and  perf. 
pass,  έκπΐεν,  εκπΐον.  έκπέποται,  the 
last  also  in  Hdt.  4, 199.— II.  metaph., 
to  empty  out,  drain,  χρήματα,  Valck. 
Hipp.  626.  [ίΐω] 

Έκπιπράσκω,  (έκ,  πιπράσκω)  to 
sell  out,  sell  off,  Dem.  121,  6. 

Εκπίπτω,  f.  -πεσονμαι :  aor.  εξέ- 
πεσαν: perf.  έκπέπτωκα.  (έκ,  πίπτω) 
to  fall  out  of  or  doum  from,  χειρός,  δίφ- 
ρου. Ιππων.  Hom. ;  also  c.  dat.  pers. 
to  fall  or  drop  from  one,  e.  g.  δύκρν  oi 
423 


ΕΚΠΑ 

ίκπεσε,  Π.  2,  266 ;  to  fall  down,  of 
trees.  Later,  in  various  relations  : — 
1.  to  fait  from  a  thing,  i.  e.  lose,  be  de- 
prived of  it,  Lat.  excidere,  ίκ  τών  ιόν- 
των,  licit.  3,  14  ;  τυραννίόυς,  «p^z/f, 
Aesch.  Pr.  757,  sq.,  άπ'  έλπιόων, 
Thuc.  8,  81  :  esp.  to  be  banished  from 
one's  countrj',  Lat.  excidere  patria, 
Hdt.  1,  150,  etc.,  by  a  person,  υπό  τί- 
νος, Hdt.  8,  111,  προς  τινυς,  Aesch. : 
of  sea-faring  men,  to  be  cast  up,  thrown 
ashore,  Eur.  Hel.  40"J  :  of  one's  limbs, 
to  fall  from  the  socket,  be  dislocated, 
Hipp.:  metaph.,  in-,  εαυτού,  to  lose 
one's  wits  ;  and  absol.  έκ~εσεϊι>,  to  for- 
get, Arist.  Eth.  N. — 2.  έκπ.  νανσί,  to 
be  wrecked,  Hdt.  3,  138  ;  cf  8,  13  :  to 
come  out,  get  out  of,  escape,  Thuc.  6,  95. 
— 3.  to  come,  go  out  or  forth,  εκ  της 
τάξιος,  Hdt.  9,  74. — i.  to  go  forth,  be 
made  known,  Polyb. :  esp.  of  oracles, 
issuing  from  the  sanctuary,  χρησμός 
έκττίτττει  μοι,  an  oracle  is  imparted  to 
me,  Ael. :  hence  to  spread,  come  into 
vogue,  prevail,  παροιμία  έκττίτττει  από 
Τίνος,  hence  arises  the  proverb,  Strab. 
— 5.  to  fall  out,  issue,  come  to,  pass  into, 
result  in  a  thing,  Lat.  evadere  in,  στύ- 
σις  ές  ώίλια  έξεπεπτώκει,  Thuc.  7, 
50. — 6.  of  dramatic  pieces,  etc.,  to  be 
hissed  off  the  stage,  Lat.  explodi,  Dem. 
315,  10,  Arist.  Poet.  24,  7 ;  cf.  έκβάλ- 
λωΙΙΙ.2. 

'Έ.κπίτνω,  poet,  for  foreg.,  Aesch. 
Pr.  912. 

'Έ.κπιτνζω,  better  έκπντίζω,  q.  v. 

Έκπλύγής,  ές,  {εκπλήσσω)  panic- 
stricken,  Polyb. 

Έκπ'λεθριζω,  {έκ,  πλεθρίζΐύ)  to  run 
round  and  round,  in  a  course  which  nar- 
rows every  time.  Gal. 

"Εκπ'λεθρος,  ov,  {εξ,  πλέθρον)  six 
plethra  long,  έκπλ.  άγών,—στάύιον, 
Eur.  El.  883. 

Έκπλεονύζω,  strengthd.  form  of 
πλεονάζω,  to  be  superfluous,  Lat.  rc- 
dundare,  Arist.  Probl. 

Έκπλεος,  a,  ov,  Alt.  εκττλεωζ•,  ων, 
poet,  εκπλειος,  [έκ,  πλέος)  filled  up, 
quite  full  of  a  thmg,  c.  gen.,  Eur.  Cycl. 
247,  416  :  hence  complete,  entire,  of  a 
number  of  soldiers,  Xen.  Cyr.  6, 2,  7 : 
al/undant,  copious,  lb.  1,  6,  7.  Adv. 
έκπλέως. 

'Έ,κπλενρος,  ov,  {'έξ,  πλευρά)  six- 
sided. 

Έκπ?Jω,  f.  -π?ίεύσομαι  and  -πλευ- 
σονμαι,  ion.  -πλώω,  f.  -ώσω,  {έκ, 
πλέω)  to  sad  out,  go  out  of  port,  weigh 
anchor,  Hdt.  6,  5,  etc. :  έκπλ.  εις-, 
Hdt.  6,  22,  etc.,  κατά  τι,  in  search  of... 
Id.  2,  44,  152 ;  c.  ace.  cognat.,  έκπλ. 
τον  iioTtpov  έκπλονν,  Dem.  1186,  11  : 
metaph.,  έκπλεΐν  τοϋ  νου,  τών  φρε- 
νών, to  go  out  of  one's  mind,  lose  one's 
senses,  Hdt.  3, 155. — II.  c.  ace,  έκπλ. 
τάς  ναϋς  εις  την  ενρνχωρίαν.  Ιο  out- 
sail the  ships  into  the  open  sea-room, 
i.  6.  to  pass  them  and  get  there  first, 
Thuc.  8,  102.  Cf.  εξορμάω,  έκποτά- 
υμαι. 

Έκπλεως.  ων,  Att.  for  έκπλεος. 

Έκπλήγδην,  adv.  {εκπλήσσω)  ter- 
ribly. 

'Εκπλήγννμι,^έκπ?.ήσσο),  Thuc. 
4,  125. 

*Έκπληθω,  assumed  as  pres.,  from 
which  to  form  έκπλήσω,  and  other 
tenses  of  έκπίμπλημι. 

'Εκπληκτικός,  ή,  όν,  striking  with 
terror,  astounding,  θόρυβος,  Thuc.  8, 
92.     Adv.  -κώς :  from 

Έκπληκτος,  ov,  {εκπλήσσω)  terror- 
struck,  astounded,  Lat.  percussus. — H. 
astounding,  strange.     Adv.  -τως. 

Έκπλημμϋρέω,  ώ,  {έκ,  πλημμνρέω) 
to  gush  out  and  overflow,  Philostr. 

Έκπληξίη,  ας,  ή,=:8^. 
424 


ΕΚΠΝ 

I  Έκπ?.ηξις,  εως,  ή,  {εκπλήσσω)  α 
striking  with  any  sudden  shock,  hence 
panic  fear,  consternation,  Thuc.  2,  94  : 
έκπλ.  κακών,  terror  caused  by  mislor- 
,  tunes,  Aesch.  Pers.  600. — 11.  any  ve- 
]  hement  passion,  lust,  Polyb. 

Έκπληρόω,  ώ,  (έκ,  πληρόω)^έκ- 
πίμπλημι,  to  fill  i/uite  up,  complete, 
make  up,  to  a  certain  number,  Hdt.  8, 
82. — 2.  to  man  completely,  νανς.  Id.  7, 
186. — 3.  to  fulfil,  νπόσχεσιν,  χάριν 
έκπλ..  Id.  5,  35;  8,  144.— II.  έκπλ. 
λιμένα  πλάτη,  to  make  one's  way  over, 
Lat.  emetiri,  Eur.  Or.  54. 

Έκπλήρωμα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which  is 
filled  up  :  a  filling  up,  Hipp. 

Έκπλήρωσις,  εως,  ή,  (έκπληρόω) 
a  filling  up,  completion,  Diosc.  ;  N.  T. 

Έκπληρωτής,  ov,  6,  (έκπληρόω) 
one  who  fills  up,  Dio  C. 

'Εκπλήσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  fut.  -ξω,  {έκ, 
πλήσσω)  to  strike  out  of,  bring  out  of 
by  a  blow,  τινά  τίνος,  Aesch  Pr.  300  : 
hence — II.  to  drive  out  of  one's  sen.^es 
by  a  sudden  shock,  to  scare,  frighten  out 
of  one's  jvits,  astound :  hence  pass., 
usu.  in  aor.  2  έξεπλάγην,  in  Horn.  3 
sing,  and  plur.  έκπλήγ?/,  έκπληγεν, 
II.  16,  403;  18,  225:  but  also  aor.  1 
έξεπλήχβην,  Eur.  Tro.  183,  to  be  pan- 
ic-struck, amazed,  έκ  >άρ  πλήγη  ψρέ- 
νας,  II.  15,  403  ;  and  freq.  in  Att. :  έκ- 
πλαγήναί  τινι,  to  be  astonished  with  a 
thing,  Hdt.  1,  116,  etc.,  also  rt.  Id.  3, 
148,  Soph.,  etc.  ;  νπό  τίνος.  Id.  3,  64  ; 
Επί  τινι,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  4,  27: — but,  έκ- 
πλαγήΐ'αί  τιι•α,  to  be  .struck  dumb  be- 
fore another,  fear  him  7nuch,  Soph. 
Pnil.  226. — 2.  in  genl.,  of  any  sudden, 
overpowering  passion,  as,  έρωτι  έκ• 
πλήττεσβαι,  Valck.  Hipp.  38.— III. 
εις  τι  έκπλήττειν,  to  bring  one  to  a 
thing  by  a  sudden  shock,  Polyb. — IV. 
Proverb.,  φόβος  μνήμην  εκπλήττει, 
fear  thrusts  out  memory, Thuc.  2,  87. 

Έκπλινθενω,  {έκ,  πλινθενω)  to  take 
out  bricks  or  tiles,  Isae.  ap.  Suid. 

Έκπλίσσω,  (έκ,  πλίσσω)  to  unfold : 
pass.,  to  open,  gape,  Hipp. 

νΕκπλοκή,  ής,  ή,  (έκ,  πλέκω)  an  un- 
ravelling, disentangling. 

Έκπ^Μος,  ό,  contr.  εκπλους,  ov, 
(έκπλέυ)  a  sailing  out,  leaving  port, 
ποιεϊσθαι  έκπλ.=  έκπ?ίεΐν,  Thuc.  1, 
65,  etc..  cf  έκπλέω  I.  :  ειςπλονς  και 
έκπλ.,  the  right  of  using  a  port,  Bockh 
Inscr.  2.  p.  463  etc. 

Έκπλΰνω,  (έκ,  π?.ύνω)  to  wash  out, 
Hdt.  1,203.  [v]    Hence 

Έκπλϋσις,  εως,  ή,  a  washing  out. 

Έκπ'/ιΰτος,  ov,  (έκπ'λννω)  to  be 
washed  out,  μίασμα,  Aesch.  Eum.  281. 

Έκπλώω,  Ion.  for  έκπ/.έω,  q.  v.  Hdt. 

Έκπνείω,  Ep.  for  εκπνέω. 

Έκπνευματόω,  ώ,  (έκ,  πνενματόω) 
to  blow  out,  puff  out,  Arist.  Probl.  :  to 
agitate,  disturb  by  blowing. — II.  to  turn 
into  air,  Theopbir.     Hence 

Έκπνενμάτωσις,  εως,  ή,  a  breathing 
out.  Epicur.  ap.  Diog.  L.  10,  114. 

Έκπνενσις,  εως,  ή,  a  breathing  out, 
opp.  to  άνάπν.,  Arist.  H.  A. ;  from 

'Εκπνέω,  f.  -πνενσω,  Ep.  -πνείω, 
{έκ,  πνέω)  to  breathe  out  or  forth,  πνεύ- 
μα, opp.  to  άναπν..  Plat.  Phaed.  112 
Β  :  to  breathe  out,  make  an  end  of,  cool, 
βυμόν,  Eur.  Bacch.  620. — 2.  βίον 
έκπν.,  to  breathe  one's  last,  expire, 
Aesch.  Ag.  1493;  and  so  «ττι^έω,  alone, 
to  die,  υπό  τίνος.  Soph.  Aj.  1026. — II. 
intr.,  to  blow  out  or  outwards,  of  a  wind, 
Hdt.  7,  30,  Thuc.  6,  104 :  to  burst  out, 
Soph.  Aj.  1148.    Hence 

'Εκπνοή,  ής.  ή,  a  breathing  out,  ex- 
piring, Eur.  Hipp.  1438  :  an  exhalation, 
Arist.  Mund. 

Έ^κπνοια,  ας,  ή,=  εκπνοή,  Arist. 
Somn. 


ΕΚΠΟ 

Έκπνοος,  ov,  contr.  ονς,  ovv,  (έκ, 

πνοή)    breathless,    lifeless,    Stral). — 11. 
(εκπνέω)  breathing  out,  exhaling.  Hipp. 

Έκποόων,  adv.  (έκ,  πυόών)  away 
from  the  feet,  out  of  the  waij,  and  in 
genl.,  away,  far  away:  έκπυι^ων  ά~αλ- 
λάσσεσθαι,  to  depart  and  get  away, 
Hdt.  8,  76  ;  έκπ.  χωρεΐν,  ϊστααβαι, 
to  stand  aside,  Trag.  :  so  with  είναι, 
Hdt.  0,  35,  έκπ.  γίγνεσθαι,  ΰπιέναι, 
οίχεσθαι,  etc.,  freq.  in  Att. :  also  c. 
dat.,  έκπ.  χωpylv  τινι,  to  get  otu  oj 
his  ivay,  Eur.  Hec.  52,  etc.  :  but,  εκ- 
ποδών ποιείσθαί  τίνα  or  rt,  to  put 
out  of  the  way,  make  an  end  of..,  Xen. 
Cyr.  3,  1,  3,  Isocr.,  etc. :  εκποδών 
είναί  τίνος,  to  be  free  from  a  thing, 
Eur.  Phoen.  978 :  εκποδών  λέγειν, 
to  declare  away  or  removed,  Aesch. 
Eum.  453.     Opp.  to  έμποδών. 

Έκποθεν,  adv.  from  some  place  or 
other,  c.  gen.,  Ap.  Rh. 

Έκποιέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {έκ,  ποιέω) 
to  make  out  of,  make  free  from,  τινά 
τίνος :  to  make  away  with,  part  with, 
transfer,  Dio  C  :  hence — 2.  in  mid.,  to 
give  away  a  child  to  be  adopted  by  an- 
other, cf.  έκποίητος. — II.  also  in  mid., 
to  produce,  bring  forth,  Ar.  Ach.  255. 
— III.  to  make  completely,  fijiish  off,  like 
απεργάζομαι,  Hdt.  2,  125,  175 :  Πα- 
ρίοι»  Αίθυυ  Tu  εμπροσθε  έξεποίησαν, 
they  made  all  the  front  of  Parian  mar- 
ble. Hdt.  5,  02.— IV.  intrans.,  to  be 
sufficient,  to  suit,  Theophr. — V.  im- 
pers.  εκποιεί,  it  is  time,  ii  is  fit,  Hipp. 
Hence 

Έκποίησις,  εως,  ή,  a  making  free, 
Lat.  emancipatio :  an  alienating,  part- 
ing with,  e.  g.  ernissio  semiais,  Hdt.  3, 
109. 

'Εκποίητος,  ov,  {έκποιέω)  παις,  a 
child  given  to  be  adopted  by  another, 
έκπ.  εις  οίκον,  Isae.  05,  41  :  the  child 
was  so  called  in  relation  to  its  natu- 
ral, ειςποίητος,  in  relation  to  its 
adopted  father. 

νΕκποικιλλω,  aor.  pass,  έξεποικϊλ- 
θην,  (έκ,  ποικίλ'λω)  to  diversify  great- 
ly, in  pass.,  Max.  Tyr. 

Έκποκιζω,  fut.  Att.  -ϊώ,  (έκ,  πο- 
κίζω)  to  pull  out  wool  or  hair,  Ar. 
Thcsm.  567. 

Έκπολεμέω,  ώ,  (έκ,  πολεμέω)  like 
sq.,  to  excite  to,  make  ready  for,  war, 
Thuc.  6,  91  :  tu  make  hostile,  τινά 
προς  TLva,  Schneid.  Xen.  Hell.  5,  4, 
20. — II.  to  go  to  war  with,  αλλήλους, 
Polyb. 

'Εκπολεμύω,  ώ,  (έκ,  πο7.εμόω)  to 
make  an  enemy,  to  make  hostile,  to  in- 
volve in  war,  τινά  τινι,  Hdt.  3,  66,  and 
προς  Tiva.  Thuc.  6,  77.  Pass.,  to  be- 
come an  enemy  to,  be  set  at  feud  with, 
Tivi,  Hdt.  3,  66  :  πρόζ-  τίνα,  5,  73. 
Hence 

'Εκπολέμωσις,  εως,  ή,  a  making 
hostile,  Plut. 

Έκπολίζω,  strengthd.  for  πολίζω, 
to  join  to  the  city,  Aristid. 

' Εκπο/ΰορκέω,  ώ,  (έκ,  πο?αορκέω) 
to  force  a  besieged  town  to  surrender,  to 
take  by  siege,  Thuc.  1,  94,  Xen.,  etc. 
Pass.,  to  be  taken,  to  surrender,  Thuc. 
1,117. 

Έκπολίτεύω,  (έκ,  πολιτεύω)  to 
change  the  constitution  of  a  state,  to 
make  it  fall  away  and  degenerate,  LXX. 

Έκπομπεύω,  (έκ,  πομπενω)  to  walk 
in  state,  to  strut,  Luc. — II.  trans.,  to 
rriake  a  show  of,  divulge,  publish,  Eccl. 

'Εκπομπή,  ής,  ή,  (εκπέμπω)  a  send- 
ing out  or  forth,  Thuc.  3,  51  :  esp.  α 
divorce,  Antipho    ap.  Stob.  p.  422,  2. 

Έκπονέω,  ώ,  (έκ,  πονέω)  to  work 
out,  accomplish,  finish,  Lat.  elaborare, 
Sapph.  38  :  also  to  make  accomplished, 
form    by   instruction,   as   Chiron    did 


ΕΚΠΡ 

Achilles,  Eur.  I.  A.  209.  Pass,  to  he 
wrought  out,  brought  to  perfection,  το 
ναντίκόν  μεγά/Μΐς  (^απάναις  έκτϊονη- 
θέν,  Thuc.  6,  31  :  hence  εκπεττον.  σΐ- 
1  ος,  δ~λα,  corn,  arms  prepared  for  use, 
Xen.  Cyr.  8,  2,  5,  Hell.  4,  2,  7  :  prac- 
tised, disciplined,  Id.  Hell.  6, 4, 28.  In 
pass,  of  persons,  έκτζετϊονησθαί  τα 
σώματα,  to  be  in  good  training,  prac- 
tice, etc.  Xen.  Cnt.  3,  3,  57. — 2.  to 
uork  through,  get  through  by  great  toil 
and  pains,  έκτϊ.  βίοτον,  άθλον,  A'alck. 
Phoen.  1642  :  hence  in  geni.  to  en- 
dure, go  through,  έπιτακτον  μέτρον. 
Find.  P.  4,  421. — II.  to  earn  by  labour, 
gain  by  toil  and  pains,  Eur.  I.  A.  367: 
also  c.  ace.  pers.,  to  prenail  on,  τους 
θεούς,  Eur.  Ion  375. — ill.  to  work  oat 
by  searching,  to  search  out,  lb.  1355. — 
IV.  to  work  up,  wear  out,  tire  out,  Strab.  : 
of  food,  to  digest  by  labour,  Xen.  Mem. 
1,  2,  4. — V.  to  labour  to  shield  off,  τι 
τίνος,  Eur.  Η.  F.  581. 

'Έ,κ~ονηρεν(ύ,  {εκ,  πονηρός)  to  cor- 
rupt, vitiate,  Synes. 
νΥ.κτζόρευμα,  ατός,  ro,=  sq.,  Eccl. 
'Έ.κ~ορενσις,   εως,   ή,    a  going  out 
frovi,  procession,  out-going,  Eccl.  :  from 
Έ/ίΤορεΰω,  {εκ,  ττορευω)  to  make  to 
go  out,  fetch  out,  Eur.  Phoen.   1068. 
Usu.  in  mid.,  εκ-ορεΰομαι,  c.  fut.  mid. 
et  aor.  pass.,  to  go  out  or  forth,  to  go 
away,  marchout.  Xen.  An.  5,  1,  8,  etc.  : 
c.  ace,  to  go  out  of..,  Polyb. 

ΈκτΓορθέω,ώ,  {έκ,•!τορθέω)=έκ-έρ• 
θω)  to  sack,  pillage,  waste,  Eur.  Tro. 
95:  inetaph.,  to  undo.  So|ih.  Tr.  1104. 
— II.  to  plunder  and  carry  off,  Tu  ενόν- 
τα, Thuc.  4,  57.     Hence 

Έκ  ττόρβησις,  ευς,  ?/,  a  sacking,  wast- 
ing, Strab. 

ΈκτΓορθήτωρ,  ορης,  δ.  {εκττορθέω) 
a  waster,  destroyer,  Eur.  Supp.  1223. 

'Έ.Κ7:ορθμενω,  (εκ,  ττορϋμενω)  to  car- 
ry away  by  sea  :  hence  Eur.  has  pf. 
pass.,  εκπε~όρθμενται  χθονός,  in 
pass,  signf.,  Hel.  1179;  but  in  act., 
έκπε~.  τινά  χθονός,  lb.  1517. 

Έκτΐορίζο),  f.  -έσυ  Att.  -ΐώ,  {έκ, 
'ζορίζω)  to  invent,  discover,  bring  for- 
ward, contrive,  άόικα,  Eur.  Bacch. 
1042;  έκ-  δττως..,  Ar.  Lys.  421.— II. 
esp.  to  find  means,  money,  etc.,  to  pro- 
vide, furnish,  supply.  Soph.  Phil.  299, 
Plat.  etc. — III.  to  gain,  acquire,  pro- 
cure, βίον,  Ar.  Vesp.  1113:  also  in 
mid..  Thuc.  1,  82,  125,  etc. 

Έ\•— ορί'εΰω,  {εκ,  τϊορνενω)  to  be 
given  to  fornication,  N.  T. 
Έ/c7rorάoμα^,=sq. 
Έκποτέομαι,  Ion.  for  ίκττέτομαι, 
•ταμαι,  to  fly  out  or  forth,  e.  g.  of  snow- 
flakes,  Δίό(•  έκηοτέονται,  11.  19,  357  ; 
perf.  pass,  έ/ί— ετό~(2/ία<,  Sapph.  19: 
inetaph.  θνμόν  εκ—ετζόταμαιί-ίτινι, 
I  fly  aloft,  1.  e.  am  lifted  up,  proud  in 
mind,  Eur.  El.  177 ;  so  too,  77t2  raf 
αρένας  εκ~επότΰσαι ;  whither  hast 
thou  fiown  in  thought?  Theocr.  11, 
72. 

ΙΈκ-οΐ'ο,  οδός,  ό,  η,  {ίκ,  ττονς)  six 
feet  long,  Inscr. 

'Έ•κπραξις.  εως.  ή,  an  exacting,  de- 
manding, Diod. :  from 

'Έκττρύσσο),  Att.  -ττω,  fut.  -ξω,  {έκ, 
ττράσσω)  to  do  completely,  finish,  com- 
plete, accomplish,  freq.  in  Trag.  ;  c. 
dupl.  ace,  μάντίν  ίκττρύσσίΊν  τινά, 
to  make  one  a  prophet,  Aesch.  Ag. 
1275 :  hence — II.  to  make  an  end  of, 
kill,  Lat.  conficere,  like  ΰιεργάζομαι, 
Soph.  O.  C.  1659.— III.  to  exact,  levy, 
ζημίαν  έκττρ.,  Plat.  Legg.  774  E,  and 
Xen.  ;  also  c.  dupl.  ace,  χρήματα 
ίκττρ.  τινά.  Thuc.  8,  108. — 2.  to  exact 
punishment  for  a  thing,  to  avenge.  Soph. 
O.  T.  377,  and  Eur.  :  so  also  in  mid., 
φόνον,  Hdt.  7,  158 ;  also,  εκττρ.  φό- 


ΕΚΠΤ 

νον  προς  τίνος,  to  require  it  at  his 
hands,  lb. 

'Έ,κ—ράννω,  strengthd.  for  πραννω, 
Anth.  [i] 

Έκ-ρεμνιζω.  {έκ,  ττρέμνον)  to  tear 
up  by  the  roots,  root  up,  Lat.  excodicare, 
Dern.  1073,  27. 

Έκπρέττεια,  ας,  ή,  excellence,  Iambi. : 
from 

Έκ—ρεπής,  ες,  {έκπρέπω)  distin- 
guished, eminent,  excellent,  before  all, 
έν  τΓο'λ'λοΙσι.  II.  2,  483.  In  bad  sense, 
Thuc.  3,  55,  beyond  what  is  fit  and 
right  {τΓρέπον),  unseemly,  monstrous. 
Adv.  -ττώς,  without  reasonable  grounds, 
Thuc.  1,  38. 

^Εκπρέπης.  ους,  ό,  Ecprepea,  iBM>cc. 
pr.  n.,  a  Spartan,  Plut.  Agis  10». 

'Έ,κπρε—όντως,  adv.  =  έκπρεπώς, 
Dio  C. :  from 

Έκπρέπω,  (.έκ,  πρέπω)  to  be  remark- 
able, esp.  distinguished,  excellent,  in  a 
thing,  Tiri,  Eur.  Heracl.  597. 

Έκπρησις,  εως,  ή,  a  setting  on  fire, 
inflaming.  Plut. 

Έκτρησμός,  οΰ,  ό,  the  seething  of 
water. 

Έκττρήσσω,  Ion.  for  έκττράσσω. 

Έκττρίασθαι,  (έκ,  πρίασϋαι)  to  buy 
off,  get  rid  of,  Antipho  136,  36:  only 
used  in  aor. :  ώνέομαι  supplies  the 
pres.,  etc. 

Έκ7:ρίζω=έκ7ζρίω,  Geop. :  hence 

'Κκπρισις,  εως,  ή,  a  sawing  out. 
Medic. 

'Έ,κπρισμα,  ατός,  τό,  {έκπρίζω)  that 
which  is  sawn  out,  Arist.  Gen.  et  Corr. 

Έκττρίω,  {έκ,  τνρίω)  to  saw  out, 
Thuc.  7,  25.  [i] 

Έκπροθεσμέω,  ώ.  to  be  later  than  the 
appointed  day :  from 

'Εκπρόθεσμος,  ov,  {έκ,  προθεσμίας) 
not  keeping  the  set  time,  beyond  the  ap- 
pointed day,  and  so  corning  too  late : 
έκπρ  των  έπτα  ήμερων,  seven  days 
too  late,  Luc. :  έκπρ.  τον  αγώνος,  past 
the  tune  of  i.  e.  too  old  for  the  games, 
Id.     Adv.  -μως. 

Έκπρυθρωσκω,  f.  -θοροϋμαι,  aor.  2 
■έθορον,  {έκ,  προθρώσκω)  to  spring  out 
or  forth.  Orph. 

Έκπροθνμέομαί,  strengthd.  for  προ- 
θνμέομαι.  Eur.  Phoen.  1678. 

Έκπρηί/ιμι,  {έκ.  προίημι)  to  let  break 
forth,  pour  forth,  Eur.  Ion  119.  [ΐ  Ep., 
ί  Att.] 

Έκπροικίζω,  {έκ,  προικίζω)  to  por- 
tion, Phalar. 

Ύ,κπροκα)ΐω,  ω,  f.  -εσω,  {έκ,  προ- 
κα?ιέω)  to  call  forth.  Mid.  to  call  forth 
to  one's  self  έκπροκαλεσσαμένη μεγά- 
ρων, Od.  2.  400. 

Έκπροκρίνω,  {έκ,  προκρίνω)  to 
choose  out,  select,  Eur.  Phoen.  214.  [i] 

Έκπρο?.είπω,  {έκ,  προ/.είπω)  Ιο 
leave  and  desert,  forsake,  Αοχον,  Od.  8, 
515.  Theogn.  li32. 

Έκπροιιολεΐν,  to  go  forth  from,  7.ίμ- 
νης.  Αρ.  Rh.  Poet,  word  used  only 
in  aor. :  β/.ώσκω  supplies  the  pres. 

Έκπροπίπτω.  f.  -πεσονμαι,  {έκ, 
προπίπτω)  to  fall  out  of,  fall  down, 
Orph. 

Έκπρορέω,  f.  -ρενσομαι,  {έκ,  προ- 
ρέω)  to  flow  or  stream  forth,  Orph. 

Έ/£~ρθ7ϊ«άω.  ω,  (έκ,  προημύΛ»)  to 
honour  above  all.  Soph.  Ant.  913. 

Έκπροφαίνω,  {έκ,  προόαίνω)  ίο 
show  forth,  show,  Orph.,  in  aor.  2  part. 
έκπροφανονσα. 

'Έ,κπροφέρω,  f.  -οίσω,  (έκ,  προφέ- 
ρω) to  bring  forth. 

Έκπροφεύγω,  f.  -ξομαι,  {έκ,  προ- 
φεύγω)  Ιο  flee  away  from,  escape,  Orph. 

'Εκπροχέω,  f.  -χεύσω,  {έκ,  προχέω) 
to  pour  forth,  shed,  Orph. 

Έκπτερόω,  ω,  (έκ,  πτερόω)  to  make 
winged  or  airy,  Hipp. 


EKPA 

Έκπτερνσβομαι,  {έκ,  πτεονσσομαί) 
to  move  the  expanded  wings,  Luc. 

Εκπτήσσω,  f.  -ξω,  to  scare  away 
from,  τινά  οίκων,  Eur.  Hec.  180. 

Έκπτοέω,  ώ,— foreg. :  pass,  tobe  scar- 
ed ;  to  be  struck  with  admiration,  Eur. 
Cycl.  185. 

ΤΕκπτνξις,  εως,  ή,  (έκ,  πτύσσω)  α 
spreading  open,  parting,  των  σκελών, 
Aet. 

ΫΕκπτϋσις,  εως,  ή,  Alex.  Tral. :  and 

^Εκπτυσμα,  ατός,  τό,  α  spitting  out, 
V.  ].  Or.  Sib. ;  from 

Έκπτύω,  f.  -ύσω,  {έκ,  πτύω)  to  spit 
out,  στόματος  άλμην,  Od.  5,  322: 
hence  to  show  disgust,  be  disgusted. 
[ΰω,  ΐσω.] 

'Εκπτωμα,  ατός,  τό.  (εκπίπτω)  that 
which  is  fallen  out :  a  dislocation,  Hipp. 

Έκπτωσις,  εως,  ή,  (εκπίπτω)  a  fall- 
ing out  of  missing :  a  mischance,  esp. 
banishment,  Polyb. — II.  the  dislocation 
of  a  joint,  Hipp. 

Έκπϋέω,  ώ,  (έκ,  πνέω)  to  bring  to 
suppuration,  Hipp.     Hence 

Εκπνημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  sore  that  has 
suppurated,  a  boil,  Id.  [ϋ] 

Έκπνησις.  εως.  ή,  (εκπνέω)  suppu- 
ration. Id.  [ν]    Hence 

Έκπϋητικός,  ή,  ύν,  bringing  to  sup- 
puration. Id. 

Έκπνίσκω,=^έκπνέω,  Id. 

Έκ—ννθάνομαι,  f.  -πενσομαι,  {έκ, 
πννθύνομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  search  out, 
to  learn,  hear,  find  out,  τι.  Soph.  Al. 
215  ;  τί  τίνος,  to  learn  from..,  Eur.  H. 
F.  529  ;  c.  part.,  έκπ.  τινά  άφιγμένον, 
Eur.  Hel.  817 :  in  II.  20,  129,  Wolf 
has  written  θεών  έκ  πενσεται  όμφής. 

Έκπνόω,^ εκπνέω,  Diosc. 

Έκπϋρηνίζω,  (έκ,  πνρήν)  Ιο  squeeze 
out  the  kernel :  hence  to  squeeze  like  a 
kernel,  to  force  OT  drive  mil,  Arist.  Phys. 
Ausc.     Hence 

Έκπνρήνισις,  εως,  ή,  the  squeezing 
out  of  a  kernel. 

Έκπϋρήνισμα,  ατός,  τό,  (έκττνρη- 
νίζω)  α  bursting  out  like  a  kernel. 

Έκπϋριάω,  ώ,  to  heat,  Hipp. :  from 

Έκπνρος.  ov.  (έκ,  πϊφ)  heated,  burn- 
ing hot,  Theophr.     Hence 

Έκπνρόω,  ώ,  to  bum  to  aske.t,  con- 
sume utterly.  Eur.  I.  A.  1070  :  to  set  on 
fire,  Arist.  Meteor. 

Έκπνρσινω,  (έκ,  πνρσενω)  to  set 
on  fire,  inflame,  Se.\t.  Emp. — II.  to  light 
a  beacon  fire,  give  signals  thereby,  τινί, 
Joseph. 

Έκττύρωσις,  εως,  ή,  (έκπνρόω)  a 
burning  utterly,  confiagration,  Arist. 
Meteor,  [i] 

Έκπνστος,  ov,  (έκ,  πννθύνομαι) 
heard  of,  reported,  discovered,  Thuc.  4, 
70,  etc. 

Έκπντίζω,  f.  -ί'σω,  (έκ,  πττίζω)  to 
spit  out.  Alex.  Mandrag.  1,  12. 

Έκπωμα,  ατός,  τό,  (έκπίνω)  a 
drinking -atp,  beaker,  Hdt.  9,  41,  80, 
Soph.  Phil.  35. 

Έκπωμάτιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from 
foreg..  Strab. 

Έκπωματοποιός,  οϋ,  ό,  (εκπωμα, 
ποίέω)  α  cup-maker,  a  play  ot  Ale.xis. 

Έκπωτύηηαι.  poet,  for  έκποτέομαι, 
έκπέτομαι.  Bahrius  12, 1. 

Έκράανθεν,  Aeol.  and  Ep.  for  έκ- 
ράνθησαν,  aor.  I  pass,  from  κραίνω. 

Έκραβδίζω,  (έκ,  ραβδίζω)  to  flog 
out,  drive  out  uith  a  rod,  Ar.  Lys.  576. 

Έκρΰ}ή,  τ/ς,  ή,^=ίκρ7)ξις. 

Έκ()άτίνα  for  έκρήηνα,  aor.  1  from 
κρηιαινω,  q.  v. 

Έκράβην,  aor.  1  pass,  from  κερύν- 
ννμι.  [α] 

Έκραηω,  f.  -ϋνώ,  (έκ,  βαίνω)  to 
scatter  out  of  or  firth,  κόαης  μνελον 
έκρ.,  Soph.Tr.  781. 

425 


ΕΚΡΤ 

νΈκρΰνα,  1  aor.  ind.  act.  from  κραί- 
νω,  Afisch.  Ag.  3()D. 

νΕκράνβι/ν,  1  aor.  ind.  pass,  from 
κραίνω.  Find.  P.  4,  311. 

Έκρίμω,  2  sing,  irapf.  from  κρέ- 
μομαι, 11.  15,  18. 

Έκρίω,  f.  -ρενσομαι :  pf.  ίξε()βν- 
τ/κα,  {έκ,  ^έό)  to  flow  out  or  forth,  m 
tmesis  freq.  in  Horn.,  usu.  of  blood  : 
of  rivers,  Ικρ.  ές  θάλασσαν,  Hdt.  2, 
20.— 2.  of  feathers,  to  mmilt,  fall  off, 
Ar.  Av.  104  :  hence — 3.  to  ynelt  or  fall 
awau,  disappear,  Lat.  efflucre,  Plat. 
Theag.  130  Ε :  he  uses  aor.  2  pass. 
έξίΙ)βντι  in  same  sense.  Rep.  452  D. 
— 11.  trans,  to  shed,  let  fall,  Anth. 

'Έ,κρι/γ/ια,  ατός,  τό,  that  ivhich  is 
broken  off,  a  piece,  fragment,  Hipp.  : 
the  broken  bed  of  a  torrent,  a  ravine, 
Polyb.  —  II.  a  breaking  forth  of  a 
stream,  Theophr. :  an  eruption,  Hipp. 
From 

'Έ,κρήγννμί,  also  ίκρήσσω,  f.  -ρήξω, 
(έκ,  βήγννμι)  to  break  out  or  off,  snap 
asunder,  II.  15,  469:  c.  gen.,  νόωρ 
έξέρβηίεν  όδοΐο,  the  water  has  broken 
off  a  piece  of  the  road,  11.  23,  421. 
Pass,  to  break  Or  snap  asunder,  of  a 
bow,  Hdt.  2,  173  ;  of  clothes,  to  be 
rent  asunder,  Chacrein.  ap.  Alh.  608 
B.— 11.  in  pass,  also,  to  break  or  burst 
out,  to  break  forth,  of  an  ulcer,  Hdt.  3, 
133;  έκραγήσονται  ποταμοί,  Aesch. 
Pr.  367  :  of  a  quarrel,  ^ς  μέσον  έξ(β• 
f)ayil,  it  broke  out  in  public,  Hdt.  8, 
74 :  of  persons,  to  break  out  into  pas- 
sionate words,  έκραγηναι  εΐζ  τίνα.  Id. 
6,  129. — 111.  sometimes  also  intr.  in 
act.,  ίκρήξει  μάχη.  Soph.  Aj.  775  ; 
έκρήξας  άνεμος,  Arist.  Meteor. 

νΕκρηνα,  Ep.  1  aor.  from  κραίνω, 
Od. 

Έκρηξίς,  εος,  ή,  (έκρηγννμι)  a 
breaking  or  bursting  out,  violent  dis- 
charge, Hipp. 

Έκριζόω,  ώ,  (Ικ,  βίζα)  to  root  out, 
uproot,  N.  T. — II.  to  produce  from  the 
root.     Hence 

Έκρίζυσις,  eug,  ή,  a  rooting  out  or 
up. 

Έκριζωτής,  oD,  o,  (,ίκριζόω)  a  rooter 
out  or  up,  a  destroyer,  LaX. 

Έκριμμα,  ατός,  τό,  (έκρίπτω)  that 
which  is  thrown  out,  rubbish. 

ΈκρΙν,  ίνας,  6,  ή,  (έκ,  βίν)  with  a 
high  prominent  nose,  Aretae. 

ΈκρΙνέω,  ώ,  (έκ,  βινέυ)  to  file  away, 
conswne,  Alciphr. 

^ΕκρΙνίζω,  i.  -tau  Att.  -ΐύ,  (έκ,  βίν) 
to  smell  or  snuff  o^d,  Luc. 

ΈκρΙ—ίζω,  ί.  -ίσω,  (έκ,  βιπίζω)  to 
blow  up  a  flame,  light  up,  set  on  fire, 
Arist.  Meteor. :  metaph.,  to  stir  up, 
rouse,  Plut.    Hence 

ΈκρΙτΐΐσμός.  ov,  b,  a  lighting  up, 
blowing  up,  Epicui  ap.  Diog.  L.  10, 
101. 

Έκρίπτω,  f.  -\p(j,  also  έκριπτέω, 
Plut.  (έκ,  βίπτω)  to  throw  out  or  aivay, 
cast  forth.  Soph.  O.  T.  1412  :  Ιττ?/ 
έκρ-,  Aesch.  Pr.  932.     Hence 

Έκριψι,ς,  εως,  ή,  a  throwing  out  or 
away. 

Εκροή,  ής,  ή,  (έκρέω)  =  ίκροος, 
Hipp. 

Έκροιβδέυ,  ω,  (έκ,  βοίβδεω)  to 
empty  by  gulping  down,  κρατήρα, 
Mnesim.  Hipp.  1,  17. 

Έκροος,  ου,  δ,  contr.  έκρονς,  ov, 
Ιέκρέω)  a  flowing  out  or  forth ;  the 
channel  or  mouth  of  a  river,  Hdt.  7, 
.129:  a  passage,  escape,  Hipp. 

'Έκροφέω,  ώ,  (έκ,  βοφέω)  to  drink 
out,  gulp  down,  Ar.  Vesp.  1118. 

Έκρυθμος,  ov,  {έκ,  βυθμος)  out  of 
tune.  Sext.  Emp. 

Έκρνομαί,  (.  -νσομαι.  (έκ,  βνομαι) 
to  rescue,  deliver,  Eur.  Bacch.  258. 
426 


ΕΚΣΠ 

Έκρντττω.  (έκ,  βνπτω)  to  wash  or 
rinse  out,  Philo. 

Έκρϋσις,  εο)ς,  7ί,=  ίκροος,  Polyb. 
— II.  a  miscarriage,  Hipp. — 111.  a  shed- 
ding, loss  of  the  hair,  Theophr. 

Έκσάγτ/νενω,  (έκ,  σαγιμψνω)  to 
let  out  of  the  net,  to  extricate  frojn  the 
toils.  Plut. 

ΈJκσΰλάσσι.J,(έκ,oaλύσσω)to  shake 
violently.  Anth  P.  5,235. 

νΕκσαλενίύ,  (έκ,  σαλεύω)  v.  1.  Ar. 
Lys.  1028,  where  now  is  read  έκσκα- 
λενω. 

Έκσάόω,  ώ,  f.  -ώσω,  Ep.  form  for 
έκσώζω,  to  rescue,  II.  4,  12  :  θαλάσσης 
έξεσάωσε,  out  ο/"  the  sea,  Od.  4.  501. 

Έ.κσηρκίζω,  (έκ,  σαρκίζω)  to  strip 
off  the  flesh,  LXX. 

Έ^κσαρκόω,  ώ,  (έκ,  σαρκόω)  to  make 
grow  to  flesh  :  pass.,  to  grow  to  fiesh, 
Theophr.  —  II.  intr.,  =  Pass.,  Diosc. 
Hence 

Έκηύρκω/ια,  ατός,  τό,  a  fleshy  ex- 
crescence, Diosc. 

Έκσΰρόω,  ώ,  (έκ,  σαρόω)  to  sweep 
out. 

Έκσείω,  (έκ,  σείω)  to  shake  out,  τι. 
Hdt.  4,  64  :  to  shake  ivell,  drive  out  or 
forth,  Lat.  excutcre,  Plut. 

Έκσενω,  perf  pass,  έίέσσυμαι : 
plqpf  έξεσσνμην,  though  this  form  is 
sometnnes  found  as  syncop.  aor.,  for 
in  Od.  12,  36G,  it  must  be  aor.,  as  in 
Od.  9,  373,  it  must  be  plqpf.,  or  in 
signf  impf  (έκ,  σενω).  To  drive  forth. 
Pass,  to  rush  out,  burst  forth  from  a 
place,  πυλών,  νόμου,  Hom. :  βλε- 
φάρων' έξέσσυτο  ΰτΐΌζ•. sleep  fled  awny 
from  his  eye  lids,  Od.  12,  366  :  absol., 
αίχιιη  έξεσνθη,  the  point  burst  out,  II. 
5,  293. 

Έκσημαίνω.  f.  -ανώ,  (έκ,  σημαίνω) 
to  signify,  disclose,  express,  Soph.  El. 
1191. 

Έκσήπω,  (έκ,  σήπω)  to  make  rotten. : 
pass.,  to  rot,  Theophr. 

Έκσϊγύω,  ώ,  strengthd.  for  σιγάω, 
Mel.  125,  in  tmesis. 

ΈJκσϊφωvίζo),(έκ,σιφωvίζω)  to  empty 
by  the  siphon,  drain,  LXX. 

Έ.κσΐωπάω,  ώ,  ί.  -τ/σομαι,  (έκ,  σιω- 
πάω) to  be  silent,  Arr. :  also  as  pass., 
to  be  put  to  silence,  Polyb. 

ΈJκσκΰλεvω,  (έκ.  σκαλενω)  to  rake 
out,  pull  away,  Ar.  Lys.  1028. 

^Εκσκάπτω,  f.  -ψω,  (έκ,  σκάπτω)  to 
dig  out,  to  excavate.  Gal. 

Έκσκεόάννϋμι,  f.  -δύσω,  (έκ,  σκε- 
δύνννμι)  to  drive  out  and  disperse,  scat- 
ter abroad,  Ar.  Eq.  795. 

Έκσκενάζω,  f.  -άσω,  and  -άσομαι, 
(έκ,  σκενάζω)  to  disftirnish,  strip  of 
tools  and  implements,  Dem.  872,  11, 
in  pass. :  in  mid.,  Strab. 

Έκσκευος,  ov,  (έκ,  σκεν?'/)  without 
equipment :  tu  έκσκ.,  the  attendants 
on  the  stage  ;  opp.  to  Ινσκευος. 

Έκσκηνος,  ov,  (έκ,  σκηνή)  off  the 
stage,  Sext.  Emp. 

Έίκσκορπισμός,  ov,  ό,  (έκ,  σκορ- 
πίζω) a  scattering  abroad,  Plut. 

Έκσμάω,ώ.ΐ.-ήσω,(έκ.  σμάω)  towipe 
out.  clean  out,  Hdt.  3,  148. 

Έκσοβέω,  ω,  (έκ,  σοβέω)  to  scare 
awai/,  Menand.  p.  62. 

Έ/κσπύω,ώ,ί.  -άσω,  (έκ,  σπάω)  to 
draw  out,  pluck  out,  II.  6,  65 ;  also 
mid.  Ιγχεα  έκσπασσαμένω,  11.  7,  255. 
["] 

Έκσπένδω,  ί.-σπείσω,'έκ,  σπένδω) 
to  pour  out  as  a  libation,    Eur.   Ion 
1193. 
Έ.κσπερματίζω=σπερματίζω,1,ΧΧ. 

Έκσπερματόομαι,  pass,  (έκ,  σπερ- 
ματόω)  to  run  to  seed.  Theophr. 

Έκσπένδω,  (έκ,  σπεύδω)  to  hasten 
out  or  forth,  Ar.  Thesm.  277. 

Έκσπογγίζω,  f.  -ίσω   Att.  -lu,  (έκ, 


ΕΚΣΦ 

σπογγίζω)  to  ivipe  off  with  a  sponge, 
Eubul.  Pamph.  4. 

Έκσπονδος,  ov,  (έκ.  σπονδή)  out  of 
the  treaty  or  alliance,  not  a  party  there- 
to, excluded  from  it,  Thuc.  3,  68  :  c. 
gen.  συνθηκών,  Polyb. :  in  genl.  with 
whom  110  treaty  can  be  formed,  implac- 
able, N.  T.  — II.  contrary  to  a  treaty, 
violating  it,  Dion.  H. 

'Ε«σ7Γ02'(5ι;λίςω,  (έκ,  σπόνδυλος)  to 
break  Ike  vertebrae,  LXX. 

Έκστύδιος,  ov,  (ίξ,  στάδιον)  six 
stades  long,  Luc. 

Έκστασις,  εως,  ή,  (έξίστημι)  any 
displacement  or  removal  from  the  pro- 
per place,  Arist.  Gen.  An. :  esp.  of  the 
mind,  distraction,  esp.  from  terror  or 
astonishment,  Hipp. ;  in  full  εκστ. 
φρενών,  etc. :  in  good  sense,  entrance- 
inent,  astonishment,  N.  T.  :  also  a 
trance,  N.  T.     Hence 

Εκστατικός,  ή,  όν,  inclined  to  move 
or  depart,  λογισμού,  Arist.  Eth.  N. : 
esp.  from  one's  senses,  mad,  distraught, 
raving,  Arist.  Probl.  :  entranced,  asto- 
nished: in  a  trance. — 11.  act.,  able  to 
displace  or  remove,  τινός,  Plut.  :  esp. 
the  mind,  maddening,  distracting,  The- 
ophr.    Adv.  -κώς. 

Έκστέλλω,  1.  -ελώ,  (έκ,  στέλλω) 
Ιο  send  out :  to  fit,  deck  out,  Soph.  O.  T. 
1209. 

Έκστέφω,  f.  -ψω,  (έκ,  στέώω)  to 
take  off  the  crown  :  to  empty  a  full  CUp, 
opp.  to  επιστέφω,  q.  τ. — II.  to  crown, 
deck  with  garlands,  in  pass..  Soph. 
O.  T.  3. — 111.  έξέστειρε  θάλασσαν,  he 
poured  it  all  round  like  a  garland, 
Opp. 

ΈίΚστηθίζω,^=ΰ.ποστηθίζω. 

Έκστιλβος,  ov,  (έκ,  στιλβός)  very 
bright,  Heliud. 

Έκστίλβω,  (έκ,  στίλβω)  to  shin« 
forth,  Heliod. 

Έκστραγγίζω,  (έκ,  στραγγίζω)  to 
squeeze,  strain  out,  DlOSC. 

Εκστρατεία,  ας,  ή,  (εκστρατεύω)  a 
going  out  on  service,  Luc. 

Έκστράτενμα,  ατός,  τό,  an  army, 
Memn.  ap.  Phot. ;  and 

Έκστράτευσις,  εως,  ή,  =  εκστρα- 
τεία :  from 

Εκστρατεύω,  (έκ,  στρατεύω)  to 
march  out,  ές  Αεϋκτρα,  Thuc.  5,  54 : 
to  take  the  field,  and  so  as  dep.  mid,, 
Hdt.  1,  190;  4,  159,  etc.:  so  perf. 
pass,  to  be  in  the  field,  Thuc.  2,  12  : 
but  also,  to  have  ended  the  campaign, 
Thuc.  5,  55. 

Έκστρΰτοπεδεύομαι,  (έκ,  στρατο- 
πεδεύω) dep.  c.  pf  pass.,  to  encamp 
outside,  Thuc.  4,  129  :  later  as  act. 

Έκστρέφω,  f.  --φω,  (έκ,  στρέψω)  to 
turn  or  tu'ist  aside,  overturn,  δένδρον 
βόθρου,  to  root  up  a  tree  from  the 
trench  it  stands  in,  11.  17,  58. — II.  to 
turn  inside  out,  tu  β?.έφαρα,  Ar.  Plut. 
721  :  metaph.,  to  change,  alter  entirely, 
τρόπους,  Ar.  Nub.  88.  —  III.  to  per- 
vert, corrupt,  N.  T.     Hence 

Έκστροφή,  ης,  ή,  an  overturning, 
twisting  to  one  side,  Plut. 

Έκσι'ιριγγόω,  ώ,  (έκ,  συριγγόω)  to 
open  a  passage,  like  a  pipe :  m  pass., 
of  an  abscess,  to  discharge  itself  by  a 
fistulous  opening,  Hij)p. 

Έ.κσϋρίσσω.  Att.  -ττω,  f  -ξω,  (έκ, 
συρίζω)  to  whistle  or  hiss  out,  off  the 
stage,  Lat.  explodrre,  τινά,  Dem.  449, 
19,  and  in  pass.,  Antiph.  Pofe's.  1,  21. 

Έκσύρω,  (έκ,  σύρω)  to  drag  out, 
Anth.  [y] 

Έκσφενδονάω,ώ,  (.-ήσω,  (έκ,  σφεν- 
δονύω)  to  throw  as  from  a  sling,  hurl, 
cast. 

Έκσφράγίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (έκ,  σφραγίζω) 
to  seat  up.  Mid.,  to  lake  an  iiiiprexsion, 
Lat.  exs'gnare.     Pass,  to  be  shut  out 


ΕΚΤΑ 
from,  δόμων,  Eur.  Η.  F.  53,  in  tmesis. 
Hence 

Έκσφράγισμα,  ατός,  τό,  an  impres- 
sion, copy,  [pii] 

Έκσχιζω,  {ία,  σχίζ^)  '"  cleave, 
part,  Anst.  Mund. 

ΙΈκσωζοίατο  lor  έκσώζοίντο  from 

Έκσώζω,  f.  -σω,  (εκ,  σω^ω)  to  pre- 
serve from  danger,  keep  safr,  guard, 
Hdt.  9,  107,  Soph.,  etc. :  τινά  τίνος, 
in  save  one  from  another,  Eur.  El.  28. 
So  in  mid.,  Aesch.  Pers.  360 :  but 
also  to  save  one's  self,  Hdt.  2,  107  : 
νήσον  έκσωζοίατο,  they  sought  for 
safety  in  the  island,  Aesch.  Pers.  451. 
Ep.  εκσαόω,  11. 

Έ/ίσωρί ύω,  {εκ,  σωρεύω)  to  heap  or 
pile  up,  Eur.  Phoen.  1195. 

Έκτα,  Ep.  3  sing.  aor.  of  κτείνω, 
Od.  11,410. 

Έκτΰγή,  ης,  η,  {έκτύσσω)  an  order, 
regulation. 

Έκτάδην,  adv.  {εκτείνω)  outstretch- 
ed, έκτ.  κεΐσθαι,  to  lie  outstretched, 
i.  e.  dead,  Valck.  Phoen.  1691.  [ώ] 

Έκτάδως,  ίη,  lov,  Att.,  also  ος,  ov, 
{εκτείνω)  outstretched,  outspread,  χλαί- 
να έκτ.,  a  wide,  ample  cloak,  11.  10, 
134.  [ά] 

Έκτάδόρ,  adv.— εκτύδην. 

Έκτΰθεν,  Aeol.  and  Ep.  for  ίκτά- 
θησαν,  3  pi.  aor.  1  pass,  of  κτείνω, 
Horn. 
νΈκτύθην,  1  aor.  pass,  of  κτείνω. 

Έκτΰθήσομαι,  fut.  1  pass,  of  εκ- 
τείνω. 

Έκταΐος,  αία,  atov,  {εξ)  on  the  sixth 
day.  Diod. — II.  άρτος,  μάζα  έκτ.,  a 
loaf  of  six  choenices  or  cotulae. 

νΕκτηκα,  late  pf  of  κτείνω,  for  wh. 
in  good  writers  εκτονα  was  used,  v. 
Buttm.  Catal.  p.  157,  and  n. 

Έκτά'λαντόω,  ω,  {ίκ,  τά7•.αντον)  to 
strip  of  money,  ταλάντοίς  έκταλαν- 
τωϋείς,  Sopater  ap.  Ath.  230  E. 

Έκτάμα.  ατός,  τό,  {εκτείνω)  that 
which  is  stretched  out :  length. 

Έκταμε,  Ep.  for  έξέταμε,  3  sing, 
aor.  of  εκτέμνω,  II. 

Έκταμεν,   Ε  p.    for    έκτάνομεν,   1 
pkir.  aor.  2  from  κτείνω.  Od. 
^Έκτύμην,  aor.  mid.  of  κτείνω- 

Έκτύανω,  Ep.  and  Ion.  for  εκ- 
τέμνω. 11. 

Έκτΰν,  poet.  3  pi.  aor.  2  of  κτείνω, 
Hom. 

Έκτΰνε,  3  sing.  aor.  2  from  κτείνω, 
Hom. 

νΈκτάνβην,  1  aor.  pass,  of  κτείνω, 
Ep.  and  late  prose. 

Έ,κτΰνύοι,{--ΰσω,=:ίκτείνω:  Hom. 
has  this  form  only,  and  always  in 
signf  to  stretch  out,  i.  e.  on  the  giound, 
lay  low,  II.  17,  58.  etc.,  Pind.  P.  4, 
430.  In  pass.,  to  lie  outstretched,  II.  7, 
271  :  but  H.  Bacch.  38,  to  stretch, 
spread  out :  for  Soph.  O.  C.  1562,  v. 
έκκατανύω.  [_v  usu.,  but  iJ  Anacreont. 

"Έ,κταξις,  εως,  η,  (εκτασσω)  α  draw- 
ing out  in  order,  array  of  battle,  Polyb. 

'Έ.κτΟ,πει.νόω.  ω,  strengthd.  for  τα- 
πεινόω.  Pint. 

'Έ,κτάρακτικός,  ή,  όν,  calculated  to 
trouble  or  disturb,  Hipp.  :  and 

'Έ,κτάραξις,  εως,  ή,  a  troubling, 
agitation,  Hipp,  [u]  :  from 

'Έκτΰρύσσω,  Att.  -  ,τω,  f  -ξω,  {ίκ, 
Ταρύνσ(ο)  to  throw  into  great  trouble  or 
confusion,  agitate,  Plut.  Cor.  19: — in 
pass.,  tobe  troubled  ox  confounded,\socT. 
311  B. 

'Κκτηρβεω,  ώ,  strengthd.  for  ταρβέω. 

Έκτάρϊχενω,  strengthd.  for  ταρι- 
χεύω. 

Έκταρσόω,  ώ,  strengthd.  for  ταρ- 
σόω,  pi'ob.  1.  Hipp. 


ΕΚΤΕ 

'Έκτΰσις,  εως, ή,  {εκτείνω)  α  stretch- 
ing or  spreading  out,  extevsiov,,  Hipp. : 
extension  in  space.— II.  the  lengthening 
of  a  short  syllable,  Gramm. 

'Έκτύσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  ί.  -ξω,  (έκ, 
τάσσω)  to  draw  out  in  order,  esp.  to 
draw  out  an  army,  put  it  in  array,  Xen. 
Mid.,  to  post  one's  self,  be  posted.  Id. 

νΈ.κτατέον,  verb.  adj.  from  εκτείνω, 
one  must  draw  out,  lengthen,  Clem.  Al. 

'Έκτατος,  ή,  όν,  {εκτείνω)  capable 
of  extension.  Plat.  Tim.  44  E. 

Έκταφρενω,  {εκ,  ταφρεύω)  to  dig 
trenches,  Joseph. 

Έκτέατο,  Ion.  for  εκτηντο,  κέκ- 
τηντο,  3  pi.  plqpf.  from  κτύομαι. 

Εκτείνω,  ί.  -τενώ :  pf.  -τέτΰ,κα, 
pass,  -τέταμαι,  {εκ,  τείνω)  to  stretch 
out,  ττρος  κέντρα  κώλον,  Aesch.  Pr. 
323  :  to  stretch  along,  τίνα  έττι  πνρήν, 
Hdt.  2,  107  :  to  lay  low,  Eur.  Med. 
585.  Pass.,  to  lie  outstretched,  lie  along, 
esp.  of  sleepers.  Soph.  Phil.  858  ;  also 
of  the  dead.  Valck.  Phoen.  1691 :  also 
metaph.  to  be  on  the  stretch,  on  the  rack, 
έκτέταμαι  φοβεραν  φρέΐ'α,  Id.  Ο.  Τ. 
153. — II.  to  stretch  out,  spin  out,  pro- 
long, ττλεννα  λόγον,  Hdt.  7,  51  ;  and 
so,  έκτ.  φρυίμιον,  λόγον,  etc.,  Trag. : 
of  time,  πολνς  έκτέταται  χρόνος. 
Soph.  Aj.  1402. — III.  to  stretch,  strai?i 
to  the  uttermost,  πάσαν  ττροθνμίαν 
έκΤ;  to  put  forth  all  one's  zeal,  Hdt. 
7,  10 :  έκτ.  ϊπτϊον,  to  put  a  horse  to 
full  gallop,  Xen.  Cyr.  5,  4,  5.— IV.  to 
lengthen  a  short  Syllable,  Gramm. 
Cf  έκτανύω. 

'Έκτειχίζω,  f.  -ίσω  Att.  -Χώ,  {έκ, 
τειχίζω)  to  fortify  completely,  Thuc. 
7,  26  :  τείχος  έκ.,  to  build  it  from  the 
ground,  Ar.  Av.  1165.     Hence 

Έκτεΐχίσμός,  OV,  6,  fortification, 
Arr. 

νΕκτεκμαίρομαι,  strengthened  for 
τεκμαίρομαι.  Or.  ap.  Euseb. 

'Εκτεκνόομαι,  {έκ,  τεκνόω)  dep. 
mid.,  to  beget  children,  generate,  παΐδας 
έκτ.,  prob.  1   Eur.  Ion  438. 

Έκτελέθω,  {έκ,  τελέθω)  to  spring 
from,  τινός,  Emped.  42. 

Έκτελειόω,  ώ,  strengthd.  for  τε- 
λείόω,  Theophr.,  in  mid.     Hence 

Έκτελείωσις,  εως,  ή,  strengthd.  for 
τελείωσις,  a  bringing  to  perfection.  Id. 

Έκτελεντάω,  ω,  {έκ,  τε7.εντάω)  to 
bring  quite  to  an  end,  accomplish,  Pind. 
P.  12,  55  :  also  c.  inf ,  έκτ.  γενέσθαι, 
to  bring  it  at  last  to  be.  Id.  P.  4,  33. 

Έκτελέω,  ώ,  f.  -έσω,  {έκ,  τελέω)  to 
bring  to  an  end  or  consximmation,  carry 
out,  bring  about,  Hom.,  etc.  :  esp.  to 
accomplish  a  wish,  vow,  etc. ;  έέλδωρ, 
έπος,  νοήματα,  νπόσχεσιν,  άττειλύς, 
Hom.,  'επίθνμίην,  Hdt.  1,  32:  also  of 
time,  Hdt.  6,  09.  Hom.  has  also  the 
Ep.  impf ,  έξετέλειον. 

Έκτελής,  ές,  {έκ,  τέλος)  brought  to 
an  end,  perfect,  Aesch.  Pers.  218  :  and 
so  ripe,  άκτη  Αημι'/τερος.  Hes.  Op. 
404  ;  also  of  persons,  άνδρες  έκτ., 
Aesch.  Ag.  105,  έκτ.  νεανίας,  Eur. 
Ion  780. 

'Εκτέμνω,  Ep.  and  Ion.  έκτύμνω, 
f.  -τεμώ :  a  rare  fut.  3  έκτετμί/σεσθον. 
Plat.  Rep.  564  C,  {έκ,  τέμνω).  To 
cut  out,  μηρούς,  to  cut  the  bones  out 
of  the  thighs  before  offering  them, 
Hom. :  όϊστόν  έκτύμνειν  μηρού,  to 
cut  an  arrow  from  the  thigh.  II.  11, 
829 :  besides  this  Hom.  only  uses  it 
of  trees,  planks,  etc.,  to  hew  out.  hew, 
shape:  in  pres.  he  has  always  the 
form  έκτύμνω. — II.  to  castrate,  Hdt. 
6.32;  8,  105;  in  full,  όρχεις  έκτ.. 
Soph.  Fr.  510. — III.  to  cut  out,  divide, 
γην  έκτ..  to  divide  the  earth  by  zones, 
Arist.  Meteor. — IV.  έκτέμνεσθαι  φι- 
λ.ανθρωττίΰΐ ,  to  be  disarmed  and  deceiv- 


EKTI 

ed  by  kindness,  Polyb.  31,  6,  8,  ubi 
V.  Schweigh. 
νΕκτεμώ,  fut.  from  foreg. 

Έκτένεια,  ας,  ή,  extension :  USU. 
metajih.,  attention,  assiduousriess,  Cic. 
Att.  10,  7,  1  :  zeal  in  prayer,  earnest- 
ness, Eccl. :  also  exuberance,  abund- 
ance, Hdn. :  from 

'Εκτενής,  ες,  {εκτείνω)  stretched 
out,  strained  :  hence  excessive,  earnest, 
stedfast,  Aesch  Supp.  983:  also  as- 
siduous, attentive,  ojficious,  Polyb.  : 
earnest  iti  prayer,  unceasing,  fervent,  so 
ενχη  έκτ.,  Ν.  Τ.  Adv.  -νώς,  exces- 
sively. Macho  ap.  Ath.  579  Ε  :  mag- 
nificently,  Agatharch.  ap.  Ath.  527  C. 

Έκτεξις,  εως,  ή,  {έκτίκτω)  child- 
birth, Arist.  Mirab. 

Έκτέος,  a,  ov,  verb.  adj.  from  έχω, 
to  be  held,  Ar.  Ach.  259. 

Έκτεταγμένως,  adv.  part.  perf. 
pass,  from  έκτύσσω,  in  set  order, 

Έκτετΰμένως,  adv.  part,  perf  pass, 
from  εκτείνω,  outstretched  :  lengthened, 
of  a  short  syllable.  Gramm. 
Ι'Εκτέτηκα,  pf  act.  from  έκτήκω. 
νΕκτετμήσεσθον,  fut.   3  of  εκτέμ- 
νω, Plat.  Kep.  564  C. 

Έκτεύς,  έως,  ό,  {έκτος)  the  sixth 
part  {sextarius)  of  the  μέδιμνος,  Ar. 
Eccl.  547, 

Έκτενχω,  fut.  -ξω,  {έκ,  τενχω)  to 
work  out,  produce,  Hipp. 

Έκτεφρόω,  ώ,  {έκ,  τεφρόω)  to  bum 
to  ashes,  calcine,  Slrab.     Hence 

Έκτέφρωσίς,  εως,  ή,  a  burning  to 
ashes.  Id. 

Έκτεχνάομαι,  {έκ,  τεχνάομαι)  to 
contrive,  devise,  τι,  to  play  a  trick, 
Thuc.  6,  46. 

Έκτήκω,  f.  -ξω,  aor.  έξέτύκον,  (έκ, 
τήκω)  to  melt  out,  melt  away,  τι,  Ar. 
Nub.  772. — II.  to  let  melt  away,  let 
pine,  peak  or  waste  away,  καρδίαν, 
οφθαλμόν,  όμμα  δακρνοις,  γόοις,  etc., 
Eur.  Freq.  m  pass.,  cf  pf.  ίκτέτηκα, 
to  melt,  pine  or  tvnste  away,  γόοίς,  Eur. 
Or.  860,  etc. — III.  in  pass,  also  to  slip 
from  the  nuViii,  opp.to  έμμένειν,  Aesch, 
Pr.  525. 

Έκτημόριος,  ov,  {έκτος,  μόριον)  of 
a  sixth  part :  hence  ol  έκτ.-=τό  έκτον 
των  γιγνομένων  τελούντες,  those 
who  paid  a  sixth  of  the  produce  as  rent, 
Plut.  Sol.  13:  also  έκτημόροι :  τό 
έκτ.,  a  sixth  part :  also  a  liquid  mea- 
sure. Poll.  4,  105. 

Έκτημορντης, ό,=-έκτημόριον.  Gal. 
νΕκτηνες,  ων,  oi,  the  Ectgnes,  an- 
cient inhabitants  of  Bpeotia,  in  the 
time  of  Ogygus,  Pans.,  Lye. 

Έκτηξις,  εως,  ή,  {έκτήκω)  a  making 
to  melt  away  :  a  wasting  illness,  Hipp. 

Έκτϊθασσεύω,  strengthened  for  τι- 
θασσεύω,  to  make  quite  tame. 

Έκτίθημι,  ί.  -θήσω,  {έκ,  τίθημι)  to 
set  out,  place  outside,  Od.  23,  179:  to 
put  out,  expose.  Soph.  Phil.  5,  esp.  of 
a  new-born  child,  Hdt.  1,  112,  Ar. 
Nub.  530 ;  in  full,  έκτ.  δωμύτων,  Eur, 
Ion  344. — II.  to  set  up,  propose  for  a 
prise.  Soph.  Fr.  68  :  to  expose  to  public 
view,  exhibit,  ap.  Dem.  707.  13,  etc. : 
also  to  set  out  for  sale. — III.  to  set  forth, 
declare,  Lat.  exponere,  γνώμην,  Polyb. 

Έκτΐθηνέω,  ώ,  {έκ,  τιθ7]νέω)  to  rear 
up,  foster,  Plut.  in  mid. 

'Εκτικός,  ij,  όν,  {έξις)  habitual, 
Epict.  —  II.  hectic,  consumptive,  Gal, 
Adv.  -κώς,  habitually,  Plut. 

Έκτίκτω.  f.  -τέξω  and  -τέξομαι,  {έκ, 
τίκτω)  to  bring  forth,  give  birth  to, 
Plat.  Theaet.  210  B. 

Έκτίλύω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {έκ,  τιλάω) 
to  ease  one's  self,  Lat.  cacare. 

Έκτίλλω.  f.  -τϊλώ,  {έκ,  τίλ.λω)  ta 
pluck  or  ptdl  out,  Hippon.  Fr.  60 :  in 
pass,  κόμην  έκτεηλμένος.  Anacr.  19. 
487 


ΕΚΤΟ 

Εκτιμάω,  ώ,  (.  -ήσω,  {εκ,  τιμάω)  to 
honour,  reverence  very  highly.  Soph. 
El.  04.     Hence 

Έκτίμησίς,  εως,  ή,  high  esteem  :  es- 
timation, tjtrab.   [τί] 

Έκτϊμος,  ov,  {έκ,  τιμή)  without  ho- 
nour:  Ισχειν  έκτίμονς  γόους,  to  re- 
strain the  lament  from  showing  honour 
due,  Soph.  El.  242,  ubi  v.  Herin. 

'ΚκτΙναγμός,  ov,  ύ,  a  shaking  out, 
violent  shaking,  LXX.  :  and 

Έκτίναξις,  εως,  ;},=foreg. :  from 

'Εκτινάσσω,  f.  -ξω,  {έκ,  τινάσσω) 
to  shake  out,  sliake  violently,  knock  out, 
Lat.  excutere,  Phit. :  Horn,  has  it  in 
tmesis,  II.  IG,  348.  — II.  intr.,  to  be 
greatly  moiieii,  Hipp.  1170  E. 

'Έκτίννμι  or  έκτίνννμι.  =  έκτίνω, 
Piod. :  cf.  Buttm.  Ausf.  Gr.  ^  112, 
Anm.  19.  [rt,  Ep.,  τι,  Att.] 

Έκτίνω,  fut.  -σω,  (έκ,  τινω)  to  pay 
off,  pay  in  full,  έκτ.  χίλια  τάλαντα, 
Hdt.  6,  92  :  έκτ.  εΰεργεσίαν.  Id.  3,  47, 
χάριν,  Eur.  Or.  453,  and  Plat.  ;  τρο- 
φην  έκτ.,  to  make  a  return/or  bringing 
one  up,  Aesch.  Theb.  548 :  όίκην 
έκτ.,  to  suffer  full  punishment,  Eur. 
El.  260 :  έκτ.  όίκην,  άποινα,  τίσιν 
Tivt,  like  dare  poe.nns  alicui,  Hdt.  ; 
τινός,  for  a  thing.  Id.  9,  94.  Mid.,  to 
exact  full  payment  for  a  thing,  avenge, 

like  ΰποτίσασθαι,  ϋβριν,  Soph.  Aj. 
304  ;  to  take  vengeance  on,  τινά,  Eur. 
Med.  267.  Cf.  εκτίω,  [ί,  Ep.  ;ϊ,  Att.] 
Hence 

Έκτΐσις,  εως,  τ/,  a  paying  off,  pay- 
ment. Plat.  Legg.  855  A. 

Έκτισμα,  ατός,  τό,  (έκτίνω)  that 
which  is  paid,  esp.  as  a  penally,  a  fine, 
Plat.  Legg.  8G8  B. 

'Εκτιτθεύω,=  έκτιθηνέω,  to  suckle, 
Ari.st.  H.  A. 

Έκτιτράω,  ω,  f.  -τρήσω,  (έκ,  τιτ- 
ράω)  to  bore  through :  also  έκτετ- 
ραίνω. 

Έκτιτρώσκω,  f.  -τρώσω,  (έκ,  τιτ- 
ρώσκω)  to  cause  a  miscarriage,  βρέφη 
έκτ.,  Diosc. — II.  intr.  to  miscarry, 
Hdt.  3,  32. 

Έκτίω,=  έκτίνω,  in  pres.  and  impf 
only  Ep.,  bul  supplies  the  other 
tenses  to  έκτίνω.  [l,  Ep. ;  Ϊ,  Att.] 

Έκτμημα,  ατός,  τό,  (έκτέ/ινω)  that 
which  is  cut  out,  a  segment,  έκτ.  }7/f, 
the  zones,  Arist.  Meteor. 

Έκτμησις,  εως,  ή,  (έκτέμνω)  a  cut- 
ting out. 

Έκτοθεν,  adv.  (έκτος)  also  έκτοσ- 
θεν,  Ep.  for  έξωθεν,  from  without,  c. 
gen.,  Od.  1,  132  ;  but  Od.  9,  239,  έκτο- 
θεν αυλής,  is  not  outside  the  court,  but 
outside  in  the  court,  so  that  έκτοθεν  is 
a  simple  adv.,  αυλής  being  a  gen.  loci. 

Έκτοθι,  adv.  (έκτος)  out  of,  outside, 
far  from,  like  έξω.  c.  gen.,  11.  15,  391  ; 
22.  439.    Only  Ep. 

Έκτοιχωρϋχέω,  ω,  (έκ,  τοιχωρν- 
χέυ)  to  break  into  a  house  and  rob  it : 
hence  in  genl.,  to  pillage,  plunder, 
Polyb. 

'Εκτοκος,  ov,  (έκτίκτω)=ίκγονος, 
Ael. 

Έκτολ.μάω,  ω.  f.  -ήσω,  f.  1.  for  foil. : 
in  Joseph,  to  make  to  dare. 

'ΕκτολϋτΓεύω.(έκ,τολυπεύω)ΐίίήοί- 
ly  to  wind  quite  off,  hence  to  get  quite 
throush,  bring  to  an  end,  πόνον,  Hes. 
So.  44. 

Έκτομάς,  άδος,  ή,  a  door  cut  in  a 
gate,  a  wicket,  Ael. 

Έκτομεύς,  έως,  ό,  (έκτέμνω)  one 
that  cuts  out. 

Έκτομέω,  ώ,  to  cut  out,  Joseph.  : 
from 

Έκτο/ιή,  ης,  ή,  (έκτέμνω)  a  cutting 
out ;  cnstralion,  Hdt.  3,  48,  49. — II.  a 
place  cut  oat,  a  hole,  Plut.     Hence 

ΈκΓομίας,  ov,  b,  one  that  is  cas- 
428 


ΕΚΤΟ 

trated,   a    eunuch,    Hdt.    3,   92:    έκτ. 
ποίίΐν  τίνα.  Id.  C,  9. 

Έκτομίς,  ίόος,  ή,  pecul.  fem.  of 
έκτομίνς,  that  which  cuts  out  or  off, 
δρεπάνη  καυλών,  Anth. 

ΈιΚτομον,  ου,  τό,  a  plant,  black  hel- 
lebore. Gal. 

Έκτομος,  ov,  (έκτέμνω)  cut  out: 
castrated. 

ΥΕκτονα,  pf.  act.  of  κτείνω,  cf.  εκ- 
τακα. 

ΥΕκτόνηκα,  late  pf.  act.  of  κτείνω, 
from  a  form  κτονέω. 

"Υ.κτονος,  ov,  (έκ,  τόνος)  out  of  tune, 
Clem.  Al. 

'Εκτοξεύω,  (έκ.  τοξεύω)  to  shoot  out, 
shoot  away,  τα  βέλη  έξετετόξεντο, 
Hdt.  1,  214:  hence  to  waste,  throiv 
away.  έκτ.  βίον,  Ar.  Plut.  34. — 2.  to 
shoot fro7n,  Xen.  An.  7,  8, 14. — II.  intr., 
tn  fall  from,  vanish  away  from,  φρενός, 
Eiir.  Andr.  305. 

Έκτοπίί^ω,  (έκτοπος)  to  move  from 
a  place,  take  off.  εαυτούς,  Arist.  Mi- 
rab. — II.  intr.,  to  take  one's  self  from  a 
place,  change  ojte's  dwelling,  migrate, 
Arist.  Pol. 

Έκτόπιος.  a,  ov,  also  ος,  ον,=  έκ- 
τοπος,  άνύτειν  έκτ.  φλιόγα,  to  quench 
and  put  away  the  fire,  Soph.  O.  T.  160. 

'Εκτοπισμός,  ov,  a,  (εκτοπίζω)  a 
going  away,  viigratinn,  Arist.  H.  A. — 
II.  a  being  away,  distance,  Strab. 

Έκτοπιστέον,  verb.  adj.  from  εκ- 
τοπίζω, one  must  send  away,  Clem. 
Al. 

Έκτοπιστίκός,  -η,  άν,  (εκτοπίζω) 
disposed  to  go  away,  migratory,  Arist. 
H.  .\. 

"Εκτοπος,  ov,  (έκ,  τόπος)  away 
from  a  place,  distant,  out  of  the  way,  c. 
gen.,  εδράνων.  Soph.  O.  C.233:  hence 
in  genl.,  foreign,  strange.  Soph.  Tr. 
1 132 :  and  metaph.,  out  of  the  way, 
extraordinary,  Theophr.,  cf.  άτοπος. 
Adv.  -πως. 
ΥΕκτόρειος,  a,  ov,=:sq. 
νΕκτόρεος,  a,  ov,  of  Hector,  Hcctor- 
ean,  II.  2,  416. 

Έκτορέω,  ώ,  (έκ,  τορέω)  to  bore 
through,  to  kill  by  piercing,  H.  Horn. 
Merc.  42. 
\Έκτορίδης.  ov,  a,  patron,  from  "Εκ- 
τωρ,  son  of  Hector,  i.  e.  Astyanax,  II. 
6,  401. 

Έκτορμέω,  ώ,  (έκ,  τύρμη)  to  turn 
from  the  way,  Paus. 

"Εκτος,  η,  ov,  (έξ)  the  sixth,  Hom. 

'Εκτός,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from,  έχω, 
to  be  had  in  possession,  that  one  can 
pos.tess.  Diog.  L.  3,  105. 

'Εκτός,  adv.,  (έκ)  without,  outside, 
Hom.  Hom.  uses  it  mostly  as  prep, 
c.  gen.,  which  may  either  go  before 
or  follow  ;  in  genl.,  out  of  far  from, 
καπνού  και  κύματος  έκτος,  Od.  12, 
219.  Proverb.,  έκτος  πηλοϋ  πόδα 
έχειν,  etc. — 2.  έκτος  τίνος,  out  of  a 
thing,  free  from  it.  αίτίης,  Hdt.  4,  133, 
and  so  Aesch.  Pr.  330,  Plat.,  etc. : 
also  exempt  from,  στρατείας.  Plat. 
Rep.  498  B. — 3.  έκτος  εαυτού,  beside 
himself,  nut  of  his  wits,  Hipp. — 4.  out 
of,  beyond,  Hdt.  3,  80:  ελπίδος,  etc.. 
Soph.  Ant.  330,  and  Eur. — 5.  except, 
έκτος  ολίγων,  Xen.  Hell.  1.  2,  3.  and 
Plat. :  also,  έκτος  ει•..,  unless,  Ljic. — 
6.  0(  έκτος,  strangers.  Po  yb. :  also 
the  vulgar,  the  common  herd,  and  Eccl., 
the  Gentiles. — II.  of  time,  ipv'""^>  over, 
έκτος  πεντέ  ήμερέων,  Hdt.  3,  80. 
Opp.  to  εντός. 

Έκτοσε,  adv.,  outwards;  in  Hom. 
only  once,  c.  gen.  έκτοσε  χειρός,  Od. 
14^.  277  :  like  έξω.     Only  Ep. 

'Εκτοσθε,  εκτοσθεν,  poet,  also  έκ- 
τοθεν, adv.,  from  without,  without,  out- 
side, in  Horn.,  like  έκτος,  as  prep.  c. 


EKT? 

gen.  :  far  from,  apart  from,  Od.  1,  132  : 
έκτ.  γενέσθαι,  to  bo  beside  one's  self, 
Hipp.,  but  hardly  to  be  found  in  Att. 
Opp.  to  έντοσθεν. 

'Εκτοτε,  adv.  for  έκ  τότε,  from  that 
time,  thereafter,  since,  Alh. 

Έκτρΰγωδέω,  ώ,  (έκ,  τραγφδέω) 
to  deck  out  in  tragic,  i.  e.  high-flown, 
sounding  words,  to  itork  up.  exaggerate, 
Polyb. :  to  talk  big,  Theophr. 

'Εκτράπεζος,  ov,  (έκ,  τράπεζα) 
banished  from  the  table,  Luc.   [ά]  • 

Έκτρΰπελογύστωρ,  ορός,  6,  ή, 
(έκτράπελος,  γαστήρ)  with  an  enor- 
mous paunch,  Lpich.  p.  36. 

Έκτράπελος,  ov,  (εκτρέπω)  turning 
from  the  common  course,  twisting,  de- 
vious, strange,  Meineke  ad  Pherecr. 
Chir.  1,  23  :  monstrous,  of  huge  chil- 
dren, Plin.  7,  16.     Adv.  -λως.  [a] 

Έκτράχΐ]λίζω,  (έκ,  τραχιβίζω)  to 
throw  the  rider  over  its  head,  Xen.  Cyr. 
1.  4,  8  :  hence  in  genl.,  to  throw  off  or 
down,  knock  down,  Ar.  Lys.  705  :  pass. 
to  break  one's  neck,  Ar.  Nub.  1501,  Plut. 
70 ;  metaph.  to  plunge  headlong  into 
destruction,  Dem.  )24,  7.— II.  to  talk  in 
a  big,  break-jaiv  style,  Hermog. 

'Εκτραχύνω,  (έκ.  τραχννω)  to  make 
rough,  Lat.  exasperare,  Luc.   [v] 

Εκτρέπω,  (.  -φω.  (έκ,  τρέπω)  to 
turn  out.  off  or  aside,  τον  ποταμόν, 
Hdt.  1,  186 ;  κακόν  εις  τίνα,  Aesch. 
Theb.  628  ;  to  turn  one  off  the  road, 
order  out  of  the  way.  Soph.  O.  T.  806, 
cf  infr. :  but,  ασπίδας  θύρσοις  έκ- 
τρέπειν,  to  turn  the  shield  and  fly  he- 
fore  the  thyrsus,  Eur.  Bacch.  799: 
metaph.,  to  turn  aside,  dissuade.  Sojjh. 
El.  350.  Pass,  and  niid.,  to  turn  off, 
turn  aside,  έκτραπέσθαι  οδόν,  Hdt.  1, 
104:  c.  gen.,  to  lam  aside  from,  dege• 
nerate,  also  with  έκ....  Hdt.  1,  75 :  but 
έκτρέπεσθαί  τίνα,,  to  get  out  of  one's 
way,  avoid  him,  Dem.  411,  12;  and 
absol.,  Ar.  Plut.  837 :  so  έκτ.  τι,  to 
avoid,  detest  a  thing,  Polyb. 

'Εκτρέφω,  {.  -βρηΙ>ω,  (έκ,  τρέφω)  to 
bring  up  from  childhood,  rear  up,  Hdt. 

1,  122,  and  Trag. :  also  of  plants, 
Hdt.  1,  193.  Mid.  to  rear  up  for  one's 
self.  τινά.  Η.  Hom.  Cer.  166,  221  ; 
usu.  of  the  τροφός,  but  also  of  the 
teacher.  Soph.  El.  13. 

Έκτρεχω,  f.  -θρέξομαι,  usu.  -δρά• 
μονμαι.  (έκ.  τρέχω)  to  run  out  or  forth, 

II.  18,  .30,  in  tmesis  :  to  make  a  sally, 
έκ  πόλεως,  Thuc.  4,  25,  and  Xen. — 

2.  to  run  "jf  or  arvay,  Ar.  Av.  991. — 3. 
of  plants,  to  run  or  shoot  up,  Theophr. : 
metaph.  of  anger,  to  burst  forth,  Soph. 
O.  C.  438. 

Έκτρησις,  εως,  η,  (έκτιτράω)  a  hole, 
Hipp. 

Έκτρϊαινόω,  ώ,  (έκ,  τριαινύω)  to 
shake  u-ith  the  trulent.  Έ,λλάδα,  The- 
opomp.  ap.  Luc.  Pseudolog.  29. 

Έκτρΐβ?'/,  ης,  ή.=  έκτρι-ψίς :  from 

Έκτριβω,  f.  -ψω,  {έκ,  τρίβω)  to  rub 
out,  produce  by  rubbing,  e.  g.  πϊφ,  Xen. 
Cyr.  2.  2,  15. — II.  to  rub  much  or  long, 
έν  πέτροισι  πέτρον.  Soph.  Phil.  296: 
to  rub  completely,  polish,  Theophr. — 

III.  to  destroy  by  rubbing,  rub  to  nothing, 
destroy  root  and  branch,  πίτνος  τρόπον 
or  δίκην,  like  a  pine  that  never  shoots 
again  from  the  root,  Hdt.  6,  37,  cf. 
86,  and  πίτνς,  Valck.  Hipp.  683; 
ποίην  έκ  της  γης,  Hdt.  4,  120;  έκτρ. 
τον  Κύκλωπας  όφθαλμόν,  Eur.  Cycl. 
475 :  βίον  έκτρίβειν,  to  bring  life  to  a 
wretched  end,  Lat.  conlerere  vitam. 
Soph.  O.  T.  248.  [I]     Hence 

"Εκτριμμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  sore  caused 
by  rubbing,  gall.  Hipp.  —  II.  a  towel, 
cloth,  rubber,  Philox.  ap.  Ath.  409  E. 

Έκτρϊχόω,  ώ,  (έκ,  τριχόω)  to  deprivt 
of  hair. 


ΕΚΤΤ 

'Έ,κτρί-φις,  εως,  ή,  (έκτρίβω)  α  rub- 
bing out,  violent  friction,  DlOg.  L. 

Έ.κτρο-ή,  ης,  ή,  (εκτρέ-ω)  a  turn- 
ing off  οτ  aside,  εκτρ.  νδατος.  a  turning 
of  water  from  its  channel,  Thuc.  5,  65. 
— II.  (from  mid.)  a  turning  one^s  self  off 
or  aside,  an  escape,  μόχθων,  Aesch. 
Pr.  913,  έκτρ.  λόγου,  a  digression  from 
the  subject,  Plat.  Polit.  267  A  :  έκτρ. 
όδον,  the  turn-off  οί  a.  road,  but  in  Ar. 
Ran.  J 13,  the  place  to  which  one  turns 
from  the  road,  a  resting-place.  Lat.  de- 
verticulum. — 2.  metaph.,  aberration  of 
mind. 

Έκτροτϊίας,  ov,  6,  (εκτρέττω)  οίνος, 
sour,  turned  wine,  Alciphr. 

ΈκτρότΓΐμος,  ον,=έκτρο-ος,  dub. 
1.  for  έκτροττος. 

Έκτροπίον,  ov,  τό,  a  disease  of  the 
eye-lid,  when  it  cannot  shut,  Cels. 

Έκτροτίος,  ov.  (εκτρέττω)  turning  off 
or  aside,  out  of  the  way,  Cic.  Att.  12, 
12,  1. — 2.  digressing. — II.   immoral. 

Εκτροφή,  ης,  η,  {εκτρέφω)  a  bring- 
ing up,  rearing,  Anst.  H.  A. 

Έκτροχάζω,^έκτρέχω- — II.  to  run 
over,  treat  of  briefly,  Diosc. 

'ΈιΚτρνγάω,  ώ,  to  gather  in  all  the 
vintage,  gather  completely.  LXX. 

Έκτρνπάω,  ώ.  {έκ^τρνττάω)  f.  -ήσω, 
to  bore,  hollow  οκί.^ΙΙ.  intr.,  to  escape 
or  slip  out  through  a  hole,  Ar.  Eccl. 
337.     Hence 

Έκτρνπημα,  ατός,  τό,  the  dust,  etc., 
made  by  boring,  Theophr.  [ΰ] 

Έκτρνττησις,  εως,  ή,  {έκτρνττύω) 
α  boring  through,  Hipp,  [ϋ] 

Έκτρνφάω,  ώ,  '^έκ,  τρνφύω)  to  be 
overliururious.  Ath. 

Έκτρν;(όω,  ώ,  {έκ.  τρνχόω)  to  wear 
out,  grind  down,  exhaust,  Ί  hue.  3,  93  ; 
7,  48  :  Ι!)άκη  έκτετρυχωμένα,  worn  out 
rags,  Luc. 

Έκτρνχω,=  ίοτβζ.,ΌίοΟ.  [ϋ] 

Έκτρύω,  (.έκ,  τρύω)  to  wear  out, 
destroy,  App. 

Έκτρώγω,  f.  -τρύξομαι,  [έκ,  τρώγω) 
to  eat  up,  devour,  Ar.  Vesp.  155. 

'Έκτρωμα,  ατός,  τό,  (έκτιτρώσκω) 
a  child  untimely  born,  an  abortion,  Arist. 
Gen.  An. — \\.  ζ=έκτρωσις.     Hence 

'Ε,κτρωματαίος,  aia,  alov,  abortive, 
Hipp. 

'Έ.κτρωσις,  εως,  η,  (έκτιτρώσκω) 
miscarriage.  Hipp. 

Έκτρωσμύς,  ού,  ό,—  ioreg.,  Arist. 
Η.  Α. 

'Έκτρωτικός,  ή,  όν,  {έκτιτρώσκω) 
of,  belonging  to  abortion,  Plut. 

Εκτυλίσσω,  (έκ,  τυλίσσω)  to  un- 
fold, develop,  Tim.  Locr. 

'Έ,κτνμ-ίϊάνωσις,  εως,  ή,  {έκ,  τνμ- 
ιτανον)  α  swelling  oat  or  up,  like  a 
drum  {τνμτνανον),  Strab. 

Έκτϋ-ε,  3  sing.  aor.  2  of  κτνπέω, 
Horn. 

ΈκτντΓος,  ov,  (έκ,  τνπτω)  expressed 
in  form,  esp.  worked  in  relief,  Ion  ap. 
Ath.  185  A  :  ό  εκτ.,  gemma  ectypa,  a 
cameo,  Senec,  cf.  τΰ~ος. — ^11.  formed 
in  outline,  just  moulded,  το  έκτυτΐον,  a 
rough  sketch,  Marcellin.    Adv.  -τζως. 

'Εκτνπόω,  ώ.  {έκ,  τυπύω)  to  express 
in  form,  model,  mould,  work  in  relief, 
freq.  in  Plat.,  in  pass.  :  also  in  mid. : 
Id.  Theaet.  206  D.    Hence 

'Έκτύπωμα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which  is 
modelled,  a  relief.  Plat.  Tim.  50  C  : 
έκτυπωμύτων  ττρόςωττα,  faces  in  re- 
lief, Menand.  p.  12.  [i] 

Έκτνπωσις,  εως,  ή,  (έκτνττόω)  a 
modelling,  Aresas  ap.  Stob.  Eel.  1, 
850. — II.  a  mould,  image,  Joseph. — III. 
an  allegory,  Philo.  [ϋ] 

ΈκΓυι^ιλόω,  ω,  {έκ,  τνφ?Μω)  to  make 
quite  blind,  Hdt.  4,  2.     Hence 

Έκτνφ?.ωσίς,  εως,  ή,  a  making  blind, 
Hdt.  9,  94. 


ΕΚΦΑ 

"Έκτνφος,  ov,  {έκ.  τϋφος)  puffed  up, 
empty,  Oenom.  ap.  Eus. 

'Έκτνόόω,  ώ,  {έκ,  τν<ρόω)  to  turn  into 
smoke.  Pass.,  to  vanish  into  smoke, 
Diosc. :  metaph.,  to  be  all  smoke,  i.  e. 
to  be  vain-glorious,  full  of  empty  boast- 
ing, Polyb. 

'Εκτνόω,  f.  -θν-φω,  (έκ,  τνφω)  to 
burn  in  a  slow,  smoky  fire :  hence  me- 
taph. in  mid.,  έρωτα  έκτύφεσθαι,  to 
light  a  slow  fire  of  love.  Philostr. — II. 
to  make  smoky  or  like  smoke,  έζετνόην 
κ/.αίονσα,  I  (my  face)  swelled  up  with 
weeping,  Menand.  p.  66.  [v,  except 
in  aor.  2  pass.] 

"Έ,κτωρ,  ορός,  ό,  ή,  (έχω,  έξω)  hold- 
ing fast,  epitn.  of  Jupiter,  Sapph.  107 ; 
also  of  a  net,  Leon.  Tar. :  cf.  έστωρ  : 
also  keeping  off,  c.  gen.,  Lye. :  in  Hom. 
only  as  prop,  n.,  v.  sq. 

νΕκτωρ,  ορός,  ό,  Hector,  son  of 
Priam  and  Hecuba,  commander  of 
the  Trojan  forces,  and  their  main 
support  against  the  Greeks  ;  slain  in 
single  combat  by  Achilles,  11.  passim. 
VEkvOov,  2  aor.  act.  from  κενθω, 
Od.  without  augm.  κύθε. 

Έκϋρύ,  ύς,  ή,  a  step-mother,  in  prose 
usu.  ττενβερά,  II.  22,  451 :  and 

Έκνρός,  οϋ,  ό-  a  step-father,e\sewh. 
ιτενθερός,  11.  3, 172  ;  24,  770.  (Sanscr. 
fva^ru,  Lat.  socer.  [In  one  late  writer 
A.  Ρ   14.9,1).] 

Έκφΰγεΐν,  to  eat  up,  devour,  Ar.  Eq. 
698  :  only  used  in  aor.;  έξεσθίω,  sup- 
plying a  pres. 

Έκόαιδρννω,  strengthd.  for  φαιδ- 
ρννω,  to  make  quite  bright,  clear  away, 
Ti,  Eur.  Bacch.  768. 

'Εκοαίνω.  f.  -φΰνώ,  (έκ,  φαίνω)  to 
show  forth,  bring  to  light,  reveal,  φόωςδε 
έκφ-,  of  the  goddess  of  birth,  11.  19, 
104:  to  betray,  make  known,  Hdt.  3, 
36,  also  έκφ.  ?.όγον,  γνώμην,  αΐτίην, 
etc.  :  to  set  forth,  declare,  Hdt. :  c. 
part.,  έκφ.  σεαυτον  έοντα.  Hdt.  3,  71 : 
έκφαίνειν  τον  πό/.εμον  ττρός  τίνα.  to 
declare  war  against  one,  Xen.  An.  3, 
1,  16.  More  usu.  pass.,  to  shine  out 
or  forth,  II.  19,  17  :  to  show  one's  self, 
appear,  come  to  light,  stand  forth,  be- 
come plain  or  visible,  Hom.  (only  in  2 
aor.  έξεφύνη  and  Ep.  έξεφαύνθη), 
and  freq.  in  Att. :  c.  gen.,  Χαρνβδίος 
έξεφαύνβη,  he  came  up  from,  out  Cha- 
rybdis,  Od.  12,  441. 

Έκφΰλαγγέω,  ω,  (έκ.  φύλαγξ)  to 
leave  the  phalanx,  Dem.  Phal. 

'Ε,κφάνδην,  ^ά.\.^=έκφανώς,  openly, 
Philostr. 

Έκφΰνής,  ες,  (έκφαίνομαι)  shining 
forth,  and  so — 1.  plain,  manifest, 
Aesch.  Eum.  244,  and  Plat.— II.  τα 
έκόανη,  figures  in  alto  relievo,  Stallb. 
Plat.  Symp.  193  A.    Adv.  -νώς,  Polyb. 

Έκφάνίζω,=.έκφαίνω,  Hesych. 

Έκφανσις,  εως,  ή,  {έκφαίνω)  a  mak- 
ing clear,  known,  plain,  Synes. 

Έκφαντάζομαι.  {έκ,  φαντάζομαι) 
to  form  in  imagination,  Alciphr. 

ΥΕκφαντίδης,  ου,  ό,  Ecphantides,  a 
poet  of  the  old  comedy,  Arist.  Pol. 

Εκφαντικός,  ή,  όν,  (έκφαίνω)  show- 
ing forth,  demonstrative,  Iambi.  Adv. 
-κώς,  Plut. 

'Εκφαντορία,  ας,  ή,  (έκΦάντωρ)  a 
revealing  of  secret  things.  Gal.     Hence 

Έκφαντορικός,  ή,  όν,  revealing. 
Adv.  -κώς. 

'Εκφαντος,  ov,  (έκφαίνομαι)  shown 
forth,  revealed.     Hence 

νΕκφαντος,  ov,  b,  Ecphantus,  a 
Thasian,  who  restored  Thasus  to  the 
Athenians,  Dem.  474,  26. 

Έκόάρτωρ,  ορός,  ό,  (έκφαίνω)  a 
shower  forth,  revealer. 

Έκφάσθαι,  inf.  pres.  mid.  from  έκ- 
φημι,  Od. 


ΈΚΦΕ 

Έκφΰσις,  εως,  ή,  ((κφημι)  α  speak 
ing  out,  declaring  :  a  declaration,  Hdt. 
6,  129. 

Έκφατνίζω,  (έκ,  φατνίζω)  to  throw 
out  of  the  manger  :  hence  in  gen!.,  to 
throw  away,  Posidon.  ap.  Ath.  540  C. 
Hence 

Έκφάτνισμα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which 
is  cleaned  out  of  the  manger  ;  usu.  in 
plur.,  scraps,  Ath. — II.  a  board  of  the 
manger  taken  out  in  cleaning  it. 

Έκφάτνωμα,  ατός,  τό,  (έκ,φάτνω- 
μα)=φάτνωμα,  Aesch.  ap.  Poll.  7, 
122.  but  V.  Dmd.  fr.  70. 

Έκφάτως,  adv.  {έκφημι)  either  ex- 
pressly, plainly :  or  beyond  power  of 
speech,  i.  e.  impiously,  Aesch.  Ag.  705. 

["]  -_       , 

Έκφαν/Λίω,  (εκ,  φαν/.ίζω)  to  make 
of  small  account,  slight,  Luc.     Hence 

'Εκφαν?.ισμός,  οϋ,  ό,  contempt,  Jo- 
seph. 

Έκφαν?Μς,  ov,  strengthd.  for  φαύ- 
λος. Heliod.     Adv.  -?.ως. 

Έκφερεμνθέω,  for  μνθον  εκφέρω, 
to  utter,  promulgate  a  thing. 

'Εκφέρω.  {.  έξοίσω  :  aor.  2  έξήνεγ- 
κον,  (έκ.  φέρω)  to  bring  out,  carry  out, 
τινά  τίνος  and  έκ  τίνος,  Horn.,  who 
usu.  omits  the  prep. :  esp.  to  carry  out 
a  corpse  for  burial,  Lat.  efferre,  11.  24, 
780,  Hdt.  7,  117:  so  also  of  things, 
ύτρατΓος  εκφέρει,  the  path  leads  out. 
Plat.  Phaed.  66  B,  cf  infr.  IV. :  also  to 
carry  away,  take  away,  Od.  15,  470: 
more  rarely  to  carry  off  as  prize  or 
reward,  ίίθλον,  II.  23.  785  :  but  freq. 
in  mid.,  Hdt.  6,  103,  Dem.  178,  7,  etc. 
— 2.  to  put  out,  esp.  out  of  a  ship,  to 
land,  Tivu  έ~ι  τό~ον,  Hdt.  1,  24,  etc. 
II.  to  bring  forth,  in  various  senses  : 
— 1.  of  women,  to  bear  children,  Hipp., 
etc. :  of  the  ground,  to  bear  fruit,  also 
in  Lat.  efferre,  Hdt.  1,  193:  in  genl., 
to  produce.— 2.  to  bring  out,  accomplish, 
fulfil,  TO  μόρσιμον,  Pind.  N.  4,  100.— 

3.  to  bring  to  light,  bring  about,  τε'/.ος, 
II.  21,  451  ;  to  make  known,  esp.  in 
public  affairs,  to  publish,  proclaim,  Hdt. 
9,  5  :  προ,^ον/.ενμα  εις  τον  δημον,  to 
bring  a  project  of  law  before  the  peo- 
ple, Dem.  1346,  16;  so  in  mid..  Aes- 
chin.  71,  21  :  also  έκφ.  χρτ/στήριον, 
to  deliver  an  oracle,  Hdt.  5,  79  :  hence 
in  genl.,  to  report,  tell  abroad :  and  in 
bad  sense  to  betray,  Hdt.  8,  132  :  also 
in  mid.,  έκφίρεσθαι  }  νώμην,  to  declare, 
express  one's  opinion,  Hdt.  5,  36  ;  also 
to  pronounce  uords  so  and  so,  Ath. — 

4.  to  put  forth,  exert,  δννασιν,  Eur. 
Ion  1012 ;  and  in  mid.,  έκφέρεσβαι 
σθένος.  Soph.  Tr.  497. — 5.  έκφέρειν 
πό/.εμον,  Lat.  inferre  bellum,  to  begin 
war,  Dem.  15,  10,  έ~ί  τίνα,  Hdt.  6, 
56,  προς  τίνα.  Xen.  Hell.  3,  5.  1,  etc. 
— 6.  to  bear  visibly  upon  one,  bear  the 
marks  of,  show,  like  Lat.  referre,  όνει- 
δος, Eur.  Andr.  621. — III.  to  carry  out 
beyond  bounds,  usu.  in  pass.,  to  be  car- 
ried away  by  passion,  ά—αιδενσία  ορ- 
γής, Thuc.  3,  84  :  έκφ.  ττρός  ύρ}ήν,  to 
give  way  to  passion,  ooph.  El.  628. — • 
IV.  to  lead,  conduct,  esp.  in  phrases, 
(trparrof,  βάσις  εν  μ'  εκφέρει,  ές  ορ- 
θόν εκφέρει.  Soph.  Aj.  7,  Ο.  C.  1424: 
in  which  signf  the  pass,  also  is  freq. 
— V.  intr.  (sub  έαντόν)  to  ru.-<h  forth, 
to  run  out  o/the  course,  of  race-horses, 
II.  23,  376,  and  of  men,  2:i,  759  :  also 
to  run  away,  Xen.  Eq.  3,  4.  —  2.  in 
Soph.  Tr.  824,  to  come  to  an  end. 

Έκφεύγω,  f.  -ξομαι  and  -ξονμαι, 
(έκ,  φεύγω)  to  flee  out,  flee  away,  es- 
cape:  Hom.  joins  it,— 1.  c.  gen.,  to 
express  merely  quick  flight  from  a 
place,  Od.  23, 236,  esp.  ol  a  dart,  which 
flies  from  the  ha.nil,  βέ/.ος  έκφνγε  χει- 
ρός, Π. — 2.  c.  ace,  to  express  escape 
429 


ΕΚΦΟ 

from  near  danger,  θάνατον,  H.,  κημα, 
κακότητα,  Od. :  and  so  in  Hdt.,  and 
Att.,  esp.  of  persons  acqititted :  ψεύ- 
γων  ίκψίύγει,  Hdt.  5,  95  :  in  Att.  very 
freq.,  lollowed  by  το  μη••,  το  μη  είναι, 
etc.,  as  Plat.  Parmen.  147  A,  Soph. 
235  B,  cf.  Buttni.  Dem.  Mid.  Exc.  II  ; 
sometimes  also,  c.  gen.,  e.  g.  μικρόν 
έξέφνγε  τον  μη  κατα-ετμωβήναι,  nar- 
rowly escaped  being  slotted  to  death,  Xen. 
An.  1,  3,  2  :  denied  by  Buttm.  ad  Mid. 
1.  c,  but  V.  Kriig.  ad.  Xen.  1.  c. 
Hence 

'ίί.κή)ενξις,  εως,  ή,  an  escaping,  es- 
cape. 

'Κκφτ/μι,  (έκ,  όημί)  to  say  out,  speak 
out,  speak:  Hom.  uses  only  inf.  pres. 
mid.  έκφάσθαι.  just  like  e\'())ui'ai,from 
ίκφΰμηι,  but  this  only  in  Od. 

ΈκφΟεφω,  {έκ,  όΟείρω)  to  destroy 
utterly,  jJcymn.  Usu.  as  pass,  έκ- 
^θίίρομαι,  to  be  in  sorry  plight,  undone, 
ruined,  Eur.  Hec.  6(j9  :  but  έκφβείρον, 
begone  f  Lat.  obi  in  malam  rem  !  Ar. 
Pac.  72. 

'Έκφθίνω,  f.  -iau,  (έκ,  φθίνω)  in 
Hom.  only  in  3  plqpf.  pass,  εξέφθίτο 
οίνος  νηών,  the  wme  had  all  been  con- 
sumed out  of  the  .ships,  had  vanished 
from  the  ships.  Od.  9,  103,  cf  12,  329 : 
so  too  έςεφβινται,  they  have  utterly 
perished,  Aesch.  Pers.  679,  927.  [for 
quantity  v.  φβιυ.] 

Έκφθορος,  ov,  {έκ,  φθείρω)  v.  εκφο- 
ράς iV. 

'Εκφΐ7.έω,  strengthd.  for  φΛέω, 
Anth. 

Έκφλανρίζω,  Att.  for  έκφαν?ύζω, 
Plut. 

Έκφλεγμΰτόω,  ώ,  (εκ,  φλέγμα)  to 
change,  turn  into  phlegm,  Hipp. 

Έκφλέγω,  f.  -ξω,  {έκ.  φλέγω)  to  set 
Oil  fire  .•  ruetaph.,  to  inflame,  stir  up, 
την  τΓολιν,  Ar.  Pac.  608. 

Έκφ'λί3ω,  Ion.  for  εκθλίβω,  Hipp. 

'Έ,κφλογίζω,^=έκφλέγω. 

Έκφ/ίΟγόω.—  έκφλέγω  :  pass.,  to 
blaze  up,  Arist.  Mir.     Hence 

Έκφλόγωσις,  εως,  ή,  a  setting  on 
fire,  confliigration,  Diod. 

Έκφ'λναρέω,  ω,  {έκ,  φλυαρέω)  to 
treat  as  nonsense,  jeer,  hiss  off. 

Έκώ'λvΰpίζω,=  tΌreg.,  Plut. 

Έκφλνζω,  έκφ?Μνόάνω,=  έκφλύω. 

Ύ,κφλύσσω,  transit,  to  spirt,  shoot, 
squeeze  out :  meiaph.,  έκφλ.  γόον,  to 
give  vent  to  a  groan,  Ap.  Rh. 

'Ε,κφ'λνω,  {έκ,  φ'λνω)  to  burst,  rush, 
stream  forth,  [ii] 

'Έ.κφο3έω.  ώ,  {έκ,  φοβέω)  to  fright- 
en out  or  away,  affright.  Aesch.  Pers. 
606 :  TLvd  τι.  to  fright  one  with  a 
thing,  Thuc.  0,11.  Pass.,  to  he  afraid, 
to  fear,  c.  ace.  Soph.  El.  276  ,  also 
with  (if...  lb.  1426. 

Έκφόβηθρον,  ov,  TO,  a  bugbear. 

Έκφόβτ/σις,  εως,  ή,  {έκφοβέω)  a 
frightening :  alarm. 

Έκφοβος,  ov.  {έκ,  φόβος)  affrighted, 
full  of  alarm,  Arist.  Physiogn. :  N.  T. 

ΈκΦοινίσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  fut.  -ξω, 
strengthd.  for  φοινίσσω,  to  make  red 
or  hl'iiidy,  Eur.  Phoen.  42. 

Έκφοιτάω,  ώ.  Ion.  -έω,  fut.  -ήσω, 
{έκ,  όοίτάω)  to  go  out  or  forth.  Hdt.  3, 
68,  and  Eur. :  έτζί  τι,  Hdt.  4,  1 10.— 11. 
to  come  out,  get  known.     Hence 

Έκφοίτησις,  εως,  ή,  a  becoming 
known  or  public,  Clem.  Al. 

'Εκφορά,  ΰς.  η,  {εκφέρω)  a  carrying 
out,  esp.  of  a  corpse  to  burial,  Trag., 
etc.,  cf.  Valck.  Hipp.  294.— II.  a  hring- 
iyig  out,  as  of  meats  at  a  sacrilice, 
Theopomp.  (Com.)  Incert.  8,  et  Mei- 
neke  ad  ejusd.  Κα-ηλ.  4. — 2.  a  blab- 
bing, betrayal,  έκφ.  λόγον,  Ar.  Thesm. 
471. — III.  (from  pass.)  of  horses,  a 
430 


ΕΚΦΤ 

running  away,  Xen.  Eq.  3,  5. — IV.  a 
projection  in  a  building,  Vitruv. — V.  an 
expression  of  the  thoughts  in  words  :  a?i 
expression. 

Έκφορέω,  ώ,  {έκ,  φορέω)=^έκώέρω. 
Ιο  carry  out,  as  a  corpse  for  burial,  Od. 
22,  451.  Mid.  to  takeout  u'ith  one,  Eur. 
Cycl.  234.  Pass,  to  move  forth,  11.  19, 
300. — II.  in  prose,  to  carry  quite  out.  leave 
TiOiiefte/iiHii,  of  earthdugfromatrench, 
Hdt. 2,  150  ;  7,  23.— 111.  in  pass.,  to  be 
cast  on  shore,  Hdt.  8,  12.     Hence 

Έκφόρημα,  ατός,  τό,  that  tvhich  is 
brought  out  OT  forth. 

Ύ,κφόρησις,  εως,  η,  {έκφορέω)  a 
bringing  out,  Clem.  Al. 

'Εκφορικός,  ή,  όν,  {εκφορά)  belong- 
ing to  pronunciation,  το  έκφ-,  the  pow- 
er of  expressing  one's  self  in  words, 
Plut.,  V.  εκφορά,  V.     Adv.  -κώς. 

Έκφόριον,  ov,  τό,  {εκφέρω)  that 
which  is  brought  forth,  fruit,  produce, 
V.  εκφέρω  II.  1  :  also  rent,  tithe,  έκ- 
φύριη  τον  καρποϋ,  Hdt.  4,  198,  cf 
Bockh  P.  E.  2,  6.  _ 

Έκφορος.  ov,  {έκ,  φέρω)  brought, 
carried  out  :  to  be  carried  out,  exportable, 
Ar.  Plut.  1138. — II.  made  known:  to  be 
made  known,  told,  divulged,  ττρός  Tiva, 
Eur.  Hipp.  295. — III.  carried  away  by 
passion,  violent ;  ιττηος  έκφ.,  a  run- 
aivay  horse.  Gal. — IV.  έκφορώτερος, 
in  Aesch.  Eum.  910,  is  yet  to  be  ex- 
plained: ace.  to  SchiitZ,  rather  weeding 
them  out  (cf  φιτυποιμήν  in  next  line) ; 
ace.  to  Miiller,  rather  carrying  them  out 
to  burial. — V.  as  subst.,  o'l  εκφοροι. 
reefing -ropes,  elsewh.  θρίοι,  q.  v. 

Έκφορτιζομαι,  {έκ,  φορτίζομαι)  as 
m\d.= ύτΐοφορτ. — II.  as  pass.,  in  Soph. 
Ant.  1036,  to  be  sold,  betrayed ;  inetaph. 
from  exported  wares. 

'Εκφράζω,  f.  -άτω,  {έκ,  φράζω)  to 
say  out,  speak  out,  declare,  tell  over, 
Aesch.  Pr.  950. — II.  to  describe. 

Έκφρακτικός,  ή,  όν,  {έκφράσσω)  fit 
for  clearing  obstructions :  τα  έκφρ.  open- 
ing medicines. 

"Εκφράσίς,  εως,  ή,  {εκφράζω)  an  ex- 
plaining, recounting :  description,  Dion. 
H. 

Έκφράσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  f.  -ξω,  {έκ, 
φράσσω)  to  remove  obstacles,  open, 
Diosc. 

'Εκφραστικός,  ή,  όν,  (εκφράζω)  able 
to  explain,  describe  :  to  έκφρ-,  the  fac- 
ulty of  describing,  Diog.  L. 

Έκφρέω,  poet,  έκφρείω,  Ar.  Vesp. 
125,  i.  -ήσομαι,  also  -ήσω,  lb.  150,  but 
cf  είςφρέω  :  {έκ,  φρέω)  to  let  out,  bring 
out :  pass.,  to  go  out.  (The  simple 
φρέω  not  used.) 

Έκφρονέω,  ώ,  to  be  ίκφρων,  act  like 
one,  act  foolishly,  proudly,  etc.,  Dio  C 

' Εκφροντίζω,  fut.  -ίσω  Att.  -ΐώ,  {έκ, 
φροντίζω)  to  think  out,  invent,  Lat.  ex- 
cogitare,  Ar.  Nub.  695. 

Έκφροσύνη,  ης,  ή,  {έκφρων)  mad- 
ness. 

Έκφρύττω,  {έκ,  φρνττω)  to  roast 
thoroughly. 

"Εκφρων,  ov,  gen.  oi'Of,  {έκ.  φρήν) 
out  of  one's  mind,  beside  one's  self  mnd, 
Hipp. ;  senseless,  stupid,  Dem.  426,  23  : 
also  frenzied,  enthusiastic,  of  poets, 
Plat.  Ion.  534  B.     Adv.  -όνως. 

Έκφνάς,  άόος,  ή,  {έκφνω,  έκφν- 
ναι)  an  outgrowth,  excrescence,  like 
ύτΓοφυάς,  Arist.  Η.  Α. 

'ν,κφνγγάνω.=έκφενγω,  Aesch. 

'Εκφνγε,  Ερ.  for  έίέφνγε,'  3  sing, 
aor.  2  from  έκφενγω,  Hom. 

'Έ,κφϋ')'?},  ης,  ή,  an  escape. 

Έκφνής,  ές,  {έκ,  φνή)  unnatural. 
Adv.  -ύς. 

'Εκφύλάσσω,{έκ,  φυλάσσω)  to  watch 
tcith  care,  guard  securely,  Soph.  O.  C. 
285. 


EKXE 

Έκφν7.λίζω,^=έ-ιφνλ7Λζω. 

Έκφνλλοφυρέω,  ώ,  {έκ,  φύ?.λην,  φέ- 
ρω) to  expel  or  condemn  by  leaves,  used  of 
the  Alhen.  βου?.?/,  which  gave  their 
votes  written  on  olive-leaves,  Aeschin. 
15, 43.     Hence 

Έκφνλ'λοφορία,  ας,  η,  a  sentence 
passed  by  means  of  leaves,  cf.  πετάλια• 

μός-^ 

Έκφυλος,  ov,  {έκ,  φυλή)  out  of  the 
tribe,  hence — 11.  not  of  the  nation,  for- 
eign, Strab.  (so  it  might  also  be  deriv 
from  φν?Μν.) — III.  metaph.,  strange, 
unnatural,  Plut.  ;  opp.  to  έμφν?ιθς. 

Έκφϋμα,  ατός,  τό,  {έκφνω,  έκφϋ- 
ναι)  an  outgrowth,  eruption  of  pimples^ 
Hipp. 

Ύ.κφνναι,  inf.  aor.  2  of  έκφύω. 

Έκίφνξις,  εως,  η.^εκΦενξις. 

Έκφνρω,  strengthd.  ίοτφνρω,  1.ΧΧ. 
[ϋ] 

Έκφνσάω.  ω,  ί.  -ήσω,  (έκ,  φνσάω) 
to  blow,  puff,  shoot  out,  μένος,  Aesch. 
Pr.  721  :  and  so  in  Polyb.,  of  ele- 
phants s}muting  water  through  their 
trunks  :  metaph.  έκφ.  πόλεμου,  to  blow 
up  a  war  from  a  spark,  Ar.  Pac.  610. 
— II.  to  breathe  out,  βαρνν  νκνον  έκφ., 
i.  e.  to  snore  loudly,  Theocr.  24,  47, 
— HI.  intr.  to  ^ort.  Lye.  :  to  burst 
forth,  Arist.  Mund.     Hence 

Έκφύσημα,  ατός,  τό,  that  ivhich  is 
blown  out  or  up,  npuslule  :  also=sq.  \v\ 

Έκφύσησις,  εως,  η,  {έκφυσάω)  a 
blowing  out  or  up,  a  breathing  out,  emis- 
sion of  the  breath.  Gal.   [ϋ] 

Έκφνσιάω,  poet,  for  έκφνσάω. 

'Εκφϋσις,  εως,  ή,  {έκφνω,  έκψνναι) 
α  groivi/ig  out  or  forth  ;  growth,  increase, 
Arist.  Part.  An. — II.  that  vMch  has 
grown  out,  a  shoot,  sucker,  Polyb.  ;  also 
like  έκφνάς,  an  excrescence,  ulcer,  Arist. 
Probl. 

Έκφντενω,  {έκ,  φυτεύω)  to  plant 
out :  to  graft,  εΙς  σνκήν,  Arist.  Probl. : 
to  plant  land,  Pldlostr. 

Έκφύω,  {.  -νσω.{έκ,  φύω)  to  generate 
from  something,  to  beget,  of  the  male, 
Soph.  O.  T.  437 ;  more  rarely  of  the 
female  to  hear,  Pors.  Phoen.  31 ;  to 
produce,  pat  forth,  ή  γη  έκφ.  πάντα, 
Arist. — II.  intr.  in  perf.  έκττέφνκα, 
Ep.  έκπέφνα,  and  aor.  2  act.  and  in 
mid.  έκφνομαι,  to  be  produced,  to  spring 
up,  arise,  be  born  from.  c.  gen.,  πατρός, 
μητρός  έκφνναι.  Soph. ;  also  in  Ep. 
part,  perf.,  κεφα?ιαι  τρεις  ένΐις  αϋχέ• 
νος  έκπεφνυΐαι,  Π.  11,  40  :  absol.,  Λά- 
λημα  έκπεφνκός,  α  born  tattler.  Soph. 
Ant.  320.  [ν  in  pres. ;  ν  in  fut.,  aor.  1 
and  perf.,  v.  φύω.'\ 

Ύικφωνέω,  ω,  {έκ,  φωνέω)  to  cry  out, 
call  by  names, pronounce,  Philo.   Hence 

Έκφώνημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  thing  called 
out :  a  sermon,  Eccl. ;  and 

Έκφώνησις,  εως.  ή,  a  crying  out, 
pronouncing  :  an  exclamation. — II.  the 
ending  of  the  sermon.  Eccl. 

Έ,κφωτίζω,  strengthd.  for  φωτίζω, 
Clem.  Al.^ 

Έκχΰ7.άω,  ώ,  fut.  -άσω,  {έκ,  χαλ- 
άω) to  slack  out,  let  gn. — II.  intr.,  to  be- 
come loose,  or  slack,  Hipp. 

ΙΈκχαλΙνόω,  ώ,  f.  -ώσω,  {έκ,  χαλι- 
νόω)  to  unbridle,  Plut.  Pelop.  33. 

Έκχα?ικεύω,  {έκ,  χαλκεύω)  to  work 
from  brass,  Joseph. 

Έκχάραδρόω,  ώ,  strengthd.  for ;fa- 
ραόρόω,  to  scoop  out  a  channel,  form  a 
ravine,  Polyb. 

Έκχΐψνβόίζω,  strengthd.  for  χα- 
ρνβδίζω,  Pherecrat.  Crap.  17. 

Έκχαννόω  ώ,  {έκ.  χαννόω)  to  puff 
out  or  up,  make  vain  and  arrogant,  έκχ. 
τον  Tro/.iiv  δχ?Μν,  to  ivin  the  gaping 
crowd,  Eur.  Supp.  412. 
νΕκγεύω,  poet,  col  lat.  form  of  έΐί• 
χέω,  Nic.  ap.  Ath.  683  E. 


ΕΚΧΤ 

'Έκχέΐύ,  f.  -χενσω,  (έ/c,  χέυ)  to  pour 
out,  oivov  όεττάεσσι,  11.  3,  296  :  to  shed, 
αίμα,  Ν.  Τ. — 2.  to  empty  out,  hence 
to  lai'ish,  squander,  throw  away,  o/.dov, 
etc.,  Trag.,  cf.  Plut.  2,  544  C,  Valck. 
Hipp.  626 ;  and  so  in  pass.,  εκκέχυ- 
ται  φιΑότης,  Theogn.  110. — 3.  esp.  to 
let  fall  from  the  memory,  forget,  Valck. 
Hipp.  1062. — 4.  to  pour  forth,  spread 
abroad,  γλύσσαν,  Soph.  Fr.  668.  Ep. 
aor.  mid.  3  sing,  έκχεύατο,  in  act. 
signf.,  Od.  22,  3. — II.  pass.,  used  by 
Horn,  mostly  in  plqpf.  ίξεκέχνντο,  as 
also  in  aor.  syncop.  ίξέχϋτο  or  εκχν- 
To,  part,  έκχύμενος  :  to  be  poured  out, 
to  stream  out  or  forth.  Strictly  of  wa- 
ter, as  II.  21,  300,  Od.  19,  504  :  me- 
taph.,  of  men  or  animals,  II.  16,  259, 
Od.  8,  515  ;  and  in  genl.,  to  spread 
out,  spread  abroad,  Od.  8,  279  :  cf  έκ- 
χώνννμί. — 2.  later,  to  give  one's  self  up 
to  any  passion,  like  Lat.  effundi  in..,  tO 

be  overjoyed,  Ar.  Vesp.  1469 :  εΐίχ. 
εΙς  TLva.  εΙς  τι,  to  be  given  up,  dex-oted 
to  a  person  or  thing,  Polyb. :  έκχ.  γέ- 
?M-t,  to  burst  out  laughing  :  hence  to 
be  unnerved,  languid,  Anth. 

Έκχΐλόϋ),  ώ,  (έ/c,  χι?.ός)  to  cover  all 
over  with  grass  :  γη  έκκεχ.,  land  that 
bears  nothing  but  χιλός,  Paus. 

'Έ,κχλενάζω,  strengthd.  for  χ?.εν- 
ύζω. 

'Έκχ?ιθί6ομαι,  as  pass,  (έκ,  χλοιόω) 
to  be,  become  of  a  greenish-yellow  colour, 
to  grow  pale  or  sallow,  Hipp. 

'Ε,κχο/.άω,  ώ,  {έκ,  χολή)  to  make 
bilious  ;  to  enrage,  LXA. 

'Έκχο/Μομαι,  as  pass.,  (έκ,  χο7Μω) 
to  become  bilious,  to  be  changed  into  bile 
or  gall,  Gal.  :  to  be  wrathful. 

Έκχονόμίζω,  {έκ,  χόνύροζ)  to  make 
into  cartilage,  Gal. 

Έκχορεύω,  {έκ,  χορεύω)  to  break  out 
of  the  chorus  or  dance  :  in  genl.  to  break 
or  burst  out,  εις  τι,  Opp. — II.  as  dep. 
inid.,  to  drive  out  of  the  chorus,  Eur. 
Hel.381. 

Έκχρύο),  {έκ,  χράω)  Ion.  -χρέω, 
like  ΰτϊοχρύω,  to  suf^ce,  be  enough  for, 
please,  τινί :  mostly  impers.  έκχρή- 
σει,  Hdt.  3,  137,  έξέχρησε,  8,  70. 

'Έ.κχράω,  ί.  -ήσω,  {έκ,  χμάω)  to  de- 
clare nsaaoracle,tellout, S<J[>h.  Ο.  C.87. 

Έκχρέμττομαι.  {έκ,  χρέμτττομαι) 
dep.,  to  cough  up,  bring  up,  Hipp. 

Έκ  χρηματίζομαι,  dep.,  (έ/c,  χρημα- 
τίζω) to  squeeze  money  from,  levy  con- 
tributions on,  τινά,  Thuc.  8,  87. 

Έκχρώννϋμι,  f.  -χρώσω,  {έκ,  χρώ- 
νννμι)  to  discolour,  Theodect.  ap. 
Strab. 

Εκχυλίζω,  {έκ,  χυΤιχζω)  to  squeeze 
out  the  juice  or  liquor,  Hipp.  ;  to  suck 
out:  Ti,  Arist.  H.  A. 

Έκχϋ'/.όομαι,  pass,  (έ/c,  χν7Μω)  to 
he  squeezed  or  sucked  out,  Galen. 

'ύκχνμα,  ατός,  τό,  {έκχέω)  that 
which  is  poured  out :  αίματος  έκχ., 
blood-shed.  Or.  Sib. 

Έκχνμενος,  part,  of  syncop.  aor. 
pass,  of  έκχέω,  Od.  [C] 

'Έ,κχϋμίζω,^έκχν'/.ίζω,  knsi.  H.  A. 

'Έκχνμ,όομαι,  {έκ,  χνμόω)  as  pass. 
to  shed  juice  or  liquor :  esp.  of  the  small 
arteries,  to  shed  the  blood  and  leave  it 
extravasated  just  under  the  skin,  Hipp. 
Hence 

'Έ,κχνμωμα,  ατός,  τό,  and  έκχνμω- 
οις,  εως,  ή,  α  bursting  of  α  small  blood- 
vessel, extravasation  if  blood,  Hipp,  [ϋ] 

Έκχννω,  coUat.  form  of  έκχέω, 
LXX. 

'Έκχϋσις,  εως,  ή,  {έκχέω)  a  pouring 
out,  shfdding,  spilling,  Arist.  Meteor. 

Έκχύτης,  ου,  ό,  {έκχέω)  one  who 
pours  out,  a  spendthrift,  Luc.   [i•] 

'Έ,κχντο,  3  sing.  aor.  sync.  pass,  of 
έκχέω  for  έξέχντο,  Od. 


ΕΛΑΙ 

Έ,κχντος,  ov,  {έκχέω)  pmircd  out  or 
forth,  shed,  Anth.  :  hence  immoderate, 
unrestrained,  Lat.  effusus,  e.  g.  -,έ7.ως. 
— II.  TO  έκχντον,  a  sort  of  liquid  food, 
Anth.  ubi  al.  έγχντον. 

Έκχωνενω,  (έ/c,  χωνεύω)  to  melt 
down,  coin  anew,  Dio  C. 

'Έ,κχώννϋμι,  f.  -χώσω,  (έ/c,  χώννν- 
μι)  to  raise  by  heaping  up  soil,  Hdt.  2, 
137,  138  :  to  earth  up,  silt  up,  of  a  riv- 
er, Hdt.  2,  11. 

Έκχωρέω,  ώ,  {έκ,  χωρέω)  to  go  out 
and  away,  depart,  έκ  ΤΟ~ον,  Hdt,,  etc.  : 
to  emigrate.  Id.  1,  56  :  in  genl.,  to  leave 
a  country,  Hecatae.  p.  54. — 2.  to  .ilip 
out  of,  άστρύγα/.ος  έζ-  έξ  άρθρων, 
Hdt.  3,  129  ;  hence  to  be  dislocated. — 
3.  to  give  way,  Dem.  1029,  17  :  c.  dat., 
to  give  place,  yield  to.  Soph.  Aj.  676  : 
έκχ.  τινί  τίνος,  to  give  up  a  thing  to 
another,  Hipp.,  later  also  τινί  τι,  Diog. 
L.    Hence 

Έκχώρησις,  εως,  ή,  a  departing. 

'Έκφηγμα,  ατός,  τό,  {έκ,  φήχω)  that 
which  is  rubbed  off,  a  particle,  Clem.  Al. 

Έκ-ψύχω,  f.  -ξω,  {έκ,  τρύχω)  to  give 
vp  the  ghost,  expire,  Hipp,  [i] 

'Ea'gj,  barbarism  for  έχω,  in  Ar. 
Thesm.  1197. 

ΈΚί2'Ν,  έκοναα,  έκόν,  willing,  will- 
ingly, of  free  will,  with  good  ivill,  Horn., 
etc. — II.  knowingly  and  purposely,  of 
design,  actively,  Od. — III  in  Hdt.,  and 
Att.,  the  pieonast.  phrase  εκών  elvai, 
is  freq.,  as  far  as  depends  on  my  will, 
as  far  as  concerns  me,  USU.  C.  negat., 
as  Hdt.  7,  104,  etc,  v.  Herni.  Vig. 
App.  111.  ;  but  also  affirm.,  as  Hdt.  7, 
164,  and  Xen.  (Akm  to  έκητι.) 

Έλυα,  ας,  η.  Att.,  and  έλάη,  ης. 
Ion.  for  έλαια,  [λά  Att.,  λα  !οη.,  cf 
Ar.  Ach.  550.  Pac.  582,  Αν.  617,  etc., 
Dobree  Ar.  Plut.  586.  with  ref  to 
Eur.  Erechth.  46,  Meineke  Alex,  In- 
cert.  1.] 

Έλααν,  Ep.  inf  from  έ?.ύω,  έλαύ- 
νω,  fox  έ/αν,  Horn. 

Έ7.ύδιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  έ?άα, 
a  young  olive-tree,  Alciphr. — II.  dim. 
from  έλαιον,  a  little  oil,  Arched,  ap. 
Ath.  292  F.  [a] 

ΈΑΑΓΑ,  ας,  ή,  Att.  έ/άα.  the  olive- 
tree,  Hom.,  esp.  in  Od. :  sacred  to  Mi- 
nerva, who  is  said  to  have  planted 
the  first  at  Colonus,  Soph.  O.  C.701, 
sq.,  cf  μορία ;  or  (ace.  to  others)  in 
the  Acropolis  of  Athens,  cf  μόρίος  ; 
and  we  have  it  called  ίερτί  έλαίη 
as  early  as  Od.  13,  372.  Its  epithets 
are  ;^;ρυσέα  and  ξανθή,  Pind.  O.  11, 
13,  Aesch.  Pers.  617  (Virgil's  flava 
oliva),  but  most  freq.  γλαυκή,  v.  y7.uv- 
κός.  Cf.  κότινος.  Proverb.,  φίρεσ- 
θαι  έκτος  των  έ/.αών,  to  run  beyond  the 
olives,  which  stood  at  the  end  of  the 
Avhen.  race-course,  i.  e.  to  go  too  far, 
Ar.  Ran.  995,  ubi  v.  Schol.— II.  the 
fruit  of  the  olive-tree,  an  olive,  Ar.  Ach. 
550. — Ace.  to  Gramm.  έλάα  was  the 
proper  form  in  this  sense,  έ/.αία  in  the 
first. — III.  as  pr.  n.  το  όρος  των  ελαί- 
ων, the  Mount  of  Olives,  an  eminence 
a  short  distance  east  of  Jerusalem, 
N.  T. 

t'EZnta,  ας,  η,  Elaea,  a  city  of  Aeo- 
lisnot  far  from  Caicus.  Strab.,  Polyb. 
— 2.  a  city  and  harbour  of  Bithynia, 
Paus. 

νΈ./αιαγά3α?.ος,  ην,  ό,  and  Έλίο- 
γά3α/.ος.  Heliogabalus,  a  Roman  em- 
peror, Hdn. 

Έ,7.αίαγνος  or  έ7ΐα-,νος,  ov,  b,  a 
Boeotian  marsh-plant,  perh.  the  vitex 
agnus  caslus,  Theophr. 

Έ7Μΐάείς,  εσσα,  εν,  {έ?Μία)  of  the 
olive-tree. — II.  of  the  olive,  oily,  Soph. 
Fr.  405.   [ώ] 

Έ7.αιάκόνη,  ης,  ή,  {έ7.αιον,  άκόνη) 


ΕΑΑΙ 

α  whetstone  used  with  oil,  Lat.  cos  olea• 
ria,  opp.  to  cos  aquaria. 

Έ7.αια7.ογέω,=  ε7.αιο7.ογέω,  LXX. 

Έλαίύζ•,  άδος,  ή,=έ7ιαία  II. 

VE.7miutic,  ιύος,  ή,  Elaeatis,  a  re- 
gion of  Thesprotia,  Thuc.  1,  46. 

Έλσ/,'ω,  {έλαια)  to  cultivate  olives, 
Ar.  Fr.  107. — II.  intr.  to  be  olive-green 

Έ7Μΐήεις,  εσσα,  εν,  Ion.  for  έλαί- 
ύεις. 

Έ7ι,αιηρός,ύ,  όν,  {έ7.αιον)  oily,  oiltd, 
Hipp  :  glutinous,  epilh.  of  bees,  Pind. 
Fr.  88. 
i  Έ7.ΰϊκύς,  ή,  όν,  {έλαια)  of  an  olive, 
I  like  an  olive.  Adv.  -κώς,  Epict. 
i  Έ7.ΰ.ινεος,  a,  ov,=sg.,  Od.  9,  320, 
1  394. 

]      Έ7.ΰΙνός,  ή,  όν,  {έλαια)  of  the  olive- 
tree,  of  olive-wood,  Horn.,  esp.  Od. 

Έ/Μίοβΰψής,  ες,  {έλαιον,  βά-τττωί) 
dipped  in  oil. 

Έ7Μΐοβρύ.χής,  ές,  Paul.  Aeg. :  and 
'βρ^'Χήζ'  ές,  Gal.,=  sq. 

Έλαιόβροχος,  ov.  {έ7.αισν,  βρέχω") 
Ath.,  wtt  with  oil,  soaked  in  oil. 

Έ7Μΐόόεντος,  ov,  {έ7Μΐον,  δενω)= 
foreg. 

Έλαιοδόκος,  ov,  also  έ7.αιοδόχος, 
ov,  {έ/.αιον,  δέχομαι)  holding  oil. 

Έ7^αιυειδής,ες,^=  ελαιώδης.  Aretae. 

Έ7.αιοθέσιον,  ov,  τό,  {έλαιον.  Οέσις) 
the  oiling-roi,m  at  the  baths,  \  itruv. 

Έ7.αιόθη7.ος,  ov,  {έλαια.  τεϋη7ια) 
feeding  olives,  Epigr.  ap.  W'elcker  SylL 
49,  6. 

Έ7.αιόθρε~τος,  ov,  {έ7.αιον,  τρέ<Ι>ω) 
oil-fed. 

Έ7.αιοκάττη?.ος,  ov,  b,  {έλαιον,  κά 
7ζη7.ος)  an  oil-man,  Liban,  [ΰ] 

Έ/.αιοκομέω,  ώ,  to  rear  or  adtivatt 
olives,  and 

Έ7.αιοκομία,  ας,  ή,  the  cvltiration  oj 
olives,  and 

Έ7.αιηκομικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to 
έ7Μΐοκομια,  from 

Έλαιοκόμος,  ov.  (έ7αίη,  κυμέω) 
rearing  olives  :  an  olive  cultivator. 

Έλαιοκονια,  ας,  ή,  {έλαια,  κυνία) 
α  powder  made  from  olives,  Lat.  multa. 

Έ7.αιο7.ογέω,  ώ,  to  pick  olives, 
LXX.  :  from 

Έ7Μΐολόγος,  ov,  {έ7.αία.  7..έγω)  an 
olive  gatherer,  Ar.  Vesp.  712. 

Έ7.αώμελι,  ιτος,  το,  {έ7Μία.  μέλ.ι) 
α  sweet  gum  that  oozes  from  the  olive- 
tree,  Diosc. 

Έ/.αιομετρέω,  ω,  {έ?Μΐον,  μετρέω) 
to  meaaure  out  oil,  τινά,  to  another, 
Inscr. 

Έ7.αιον,  ov,  τό,  {έλαια)  olive-oil, 
tree-oil,  oil :  in  Hom.  mostly  anointing 
oil.  used  after  the  hath,  (and  usu. 
scented,  hence  ευώδες,  Od.  2.  339, 
βοδοεν.  II.  23,  186),  or  before  and  af- 
ter gynmastic  exercises,  esp.  wrest- 
ling, hence  έ7.αίον  δζειν,  prov.  of 
those  who  exercise  much. — II.  any 
oily  substance  ;  έλ.  νος.  hog's  lara, 
Hipp.  :  έλ.  ά-όγάλακτος,  butter,  He- 
cat,  p.  62. — III.  at  Athens,  the  oil-mar- 
ket, cf  μύρον.  Ιχθύς. 

Έ7.ύϊον,  ov,  τό.  Mount  Elatus,  a 
mountain  of  Arcadia,  Paus. 

Έ?.αιο—ΐνής,  ές,  {έ7ιαιον,  τνίνος) 
stained  with,  and  so  soaked  in  oil,  Hipp. 

Έ7:αιο~οιια,  ας,  ή,  {έ7.αιον,  ττοιέω) 
the  making  of  oil. 

Έ/.αιό-ρωρος,  ov,  (έλαια,  πρώρα) 
having  the  upper  part  like  an  olive,  Arist. 
Phys.  Ausc. 

Έ7Μΐο-ω7.εϊον,  ov,  τό,  (l/ioiov, 
ΤΤωλέω)  an  oil-shop. 

Έ7.αιο~ώ7.ης,  ov,  b,  {i7Mtov,  πωλ- 
έω)  an  oil-man,  oil-merchant,  Dem.  784, 
18. 

Έ7.αιο~ώ7.ιον,  ov,  τό  =  έ7.αιο~ω- 
?.εΐον. 

Έλαιος,  ov,  ό,~κότινος,  the   uild- 
431 


ΕΛΑΓί 
o?tt'e,  Lat.  oleaster.  Soph.  Tr.  1197.— 
11.  έ?Μώς,  0,  a  Rhod.  \νοιά=φαρμα- 

ΐΕ?Μίος,  ov,  f),  Elaeus,  a  place  in 
Aetolia,  near  Calydon,  Polyb.  4,  65, 
6. — 2.  oxyt.  Έλίίίόζ•,  a  place  in  Messe- 
iiia,  Rhian.  ap.  Paus.  4,  1,6. 

'Έλαιάσπονδα,  ων,  τά,  (ίλαιον, 
σπένόω)  sub.  ιερά,  drink-offerings  of 
oil,  of.  οίνόσπονδα,  νδρόσ~ονδα. 

'Έ?..αιοτριβεϊον,  ov,  τό,  (ελαιον, 
τρίβω)  an  olive-press,  oil-mill. 

'Ελαιοτρόπιον,  ον,τό,  {ελαιον,  τρέ• 
7ru)=foreg.,  Geop. 

'ίε,λαιοτρν•','ητός,  ov,  b,  {.ελαιον, 
τρυγάω)  the  olive-gathering. 

'Ελαιό-ρν•}ον.ον,τό,{ίλαιον,τρνξ) 
the  lees  of  oil.  elscvvh.  άμόργη,  amurca. 

Έλαιουργεΐον,  ov,  τό,  a  place  for 
making  oil,  oil-press,  oil-7ndl,  Diog.  L.  : 
from 

'Έ,λαιονρ-γία.  ας,  ή,  {Dmiov,  *1ργω) 
the  making  of  oil. 

Έ?.ηιονΐ)γιον,  ov,  τό,=έλαωνργεΙ- 
ov,  Arist.  Pol. 

νΕλαιηϋς,  οϋντος.  6,  Elneiis,  a  city 
in  the  Thracian  Chersonese,  Hdt.  6. 
140,  etc. :  later  wr.  Έλεονς,  Qu.  Sin. 
— 2.  a  city  of  Epirus. 

νΥιλαιονησ<ι,  ης,  ή.  Elaenssa.  a  city 
of  Cilicia,  Strab. — 2.  an  island  near 
Rhodes,  Strab. — 3.  an  island  near  Co- 
rytus. — In  Opp.  also  wr.  'Ελεούσα. 

νΕ/Μίοφΐ/.οφάγος,  ov,  {έλαια,  ώί?Μς, 
φαγεΐΐ')   fond  nf  eating  olives,  Lpich. 

ap.  Ath."C4  Ε.{<ρΰ] 

Έλαιοφόρος.  ov.  {ίλαία.  φεpu)olive- 
bearing,  Eur.  H.  F.  117»^:  χώρα  ί7ι., 
land  tit  for  olives,  Theophr. 

Έ7.αως>νής,  ες,  {D.aia,  φύω)  olive- 
planted,  τνύγος.  Eur.  Ion  14S0. 

Έλαυιφν'λλοφάγος ,  ov ,  {ελαία, 
φί'λλοΓ,  φαγ(-ΐι>)  eating  olive -haves,  of 
binls,  prob.  1.  in  Eplch.  p.  102. 

Έλαιοφντεία,  ας,  ή,  a  planting  of 
olives  :  from 

Έ7Μΐόφντος.  ov.  {ε?.αία,  φύω)  olive- 
planted,  Aesch.  Pers.  884  :  έλ.  όένό- 
ρεσι.  set  with  olive-trees,  Strab. : 
TO  έλ.  an  olive-yard,  Lat.  olivetum, 
Plut. 

Έλαιοχριστία.ας.ή,{ε7.αιον,χρίω) 
an  anointing  with  oil.  Bud.  in  Diog. 
L.  5,71, where  1\\βΜ33.έ?.αιοχρ7ΐστία, 
the  use  of  oil. 

'E?.«io;^;poof ,  ov,  contr.  -χρονς,  ovv, 
{έ?.ηίη,  χρως)  olive-coloured. 

Έλαιοχντέω,  ω,  {ίλαιον,  χέω)  to 
anoint  with  oil. 

Έλαιόω.  ώ,  (ελαιον)  to  anoint  with 
oil.  to  oil,  Soph.  Fr.  556. — II.  {έλαία) 
to  gather  olives. 

Έλαίς.  ΐδης,  ή,  an  olive-tree  :  Att. 
plur.  έλαδες,  Ar.  Ach.  998. 

νΕλΰις,  iiSor,  ή,  Ela'is,  a  city  of 
Phoenicia,  Dion.  P. 

Έλαίστής,  οϋ,  δ,  {έ/.αιζω)  an  olive- 
gatherer. 

iΈλatτης,  ov,  6.  and  ΈλαΙτίκός,  ή, 
όν,  of  or  belonging  to  Elaea.  Elaitic, 
Strab.  :  ol  Έλ.,  the  inhab.  nf  Elaea. 

νΕ7ιαΙτις,  ιδος,  ή,  sub.  γη,  the  Elai- 
tic territory,  Strab. 

'Ελαιώδης,  ες,  {έ7.αία,  είδος)  like 
an  olive  :  oil•/,  slippery,  Arist.  H.  A.  : 
olive-green,  Diosc. 

Έ7αιών,  ώνος,  ό,  (έ7.αία)  an  olive- 
yard,  Lat.  olivetum,  LXX. 

Έλαιωτίφ,  ηρος,  b,  {έ7ιαιόω)^έλα- 
Ιστής. 

Έλαιωτός,  -ή,  όν.  (έ/Ιαίόω)  oiled. 
VE/.aiiniot,  ων,  and  Έ7.αμΐται.  ών, 
οΐ.  the  Ela?nari  or  Elamitne.  inhab.  of 
Elama'is,  a  province  of  southern  Me- 
dia, between  Mt.  Orontes  and  the 
Eulaeus,  Joseph.,  N.  T. 

'Έ7.ανδρ()Γ,  ov,  {έ7.εΐν,  άνήρ)  man- 
slaying,  destroyer  of  men,  epith.  of  Hel- 
432 


ΕΛΑΣ 

en,    έλένας,    ίλανδρος,    έλέπτολις, 
Aesch.  Ag.  689. 

Έ7Μνη,  ης,  ή,  also  έ7.ένη,  a  torch, 
Ath.,  V.  έλη. 

Έλαττ-ρόζ-,  όν,  barbarism  for  ελαφ- 
ρός. Ar.  Thesm.  1180. 

ΫΕλύρα,  ur,  ή.  Elnra,  the  mother 
of  Tityus,  Ap.  Rh.  1,  762. 

VE7.apiov,  ov,  70,  Elarium,  a  cave 
in  Euboea,  Strab. 

'Ε7.άσα,  ης.  ε,  etc.,  poet,  for  ^λησα, 
aor.  1  of  έ7.αννω,  Horn.  :  έλύσασκε, 
poet,  for  τ/?^ασε.  II.  2, 199;  έλασαίατο, 
for  έλύσαιντο,  3  plur.  opt.  aor.  1  mid., 
II.  10,  537. 

Έλασΰς,  ά,  ό,  an  unknown  bird,  Ar. 
Av.  886. 

Έλΰσείω,  Desiderat.  from  έλαννω, 
to  wish  to  drive,  ride,  march,  etc.,  Luc. 

Έλΰσ/α,  ας,  ή,=ε7^ασις :  riding, 
Xen.  :  a  march,  Joseph. 

'Ε7Μσί3ροντος,  ov,  (έ7.αννω,  βρον- 
τή) thunder -hurling,  Pind.  Fr.  108. — 
II.  hurled  like  thuyider,  έπη  έλ.,  Ar.  Eq. 
626. 

Έλάσιος,  a,  ov,  {έλαννω)  driving 
away  :  n'l  έλ-,  those  who  avert  the  epi- 
lepsy, Plut.  [u] 

Έ7Λσιτ:πος,  ην,  {έλαννω,  Ιττπης) 
horse-driving  or  riding,  Pind.  :  elsewh. 
Ιππελύτης.  [ώ]     Hence 

ί'Ελύσ(7Γ7Γο^,  ov,  ό,  Elasippus,  a 
mythic  King  of  Atlantis,  Plat.  Criti. 
114  0. 

Έ7Λπις,  εως,  ή,  (έλαννω)  a  driving. 
— \.adriving away,  banishing,  Thuc.  ] , 
139. — 2.  sub.  στρατού,  'ίπττην.  νεώς, 
etc. .α  march,  expedition,  Hdt.  4, 1,  etc.  ; 
έ7.ασιν  ποιεΐσθαι.  Id.  7,  37;  riding, 
Xen.  Eq.  9,  6;  rowing,  etc.    ' 

"Ε'λησμα,  ατός,  τό.  {έ7ι.αννω)  metal 
beaten  out  with  a  hammer,  a  metal  plate, 
Diosc. — II. =  foreg. 

Ελασμάτων,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  fo- 
reg ,  Diosc. 

Έλασμός,     ov,     δ,^ε7Μσμα     I, 
Diosc. — ΙΙ.=  £'λασίζ•. 
ΙΈλίϊσοΓ,  ov,  δ,   Elasus,  a  Trojan, 
II.  16,  696. 

Έ/.ασσα,  poet,  for  έ7ιασα,  fj7.aaa, 
aor.  1  of  έ7αννω,  Horn. 
νΕ7-ησσόνως,  adv.  v.  sub  έλάσσων. 

Έλ.ασσόω,  ώ,  Att.  -ττόω,  ώ,  {έ7.ύσ- 
σων)  to  ?nalce  less,  smaller,  worse  :  to 
lessen,  diminish,  damage,  τι,  Isocr.  162 
C  :  to  detract  from,  τινός,  Thuc.  3,  42. 
Pass,  to  become  smaller,  diminish,  Thuc. 
2,  62,  etc.  :  to  come  short,  hare  too  tit- 
lle,fo  suffer  loss,  be  behindhand  in  a  thing, 
7i,Thuc.4,  59:  to  be  less  thnn,inferior  to, 
c.  gen.  pers.,  Dem.  226,  13;  inf  mid. 
toprove  inferior,  Hdt.  6.  1 1.    Cf  έσσόω. 

Έλύσσω/ια,  ατός,  τό.  Att.  -ττωμα, 
a  being  made  less,  loss,  defeat,  Polyb.  : 
a  defect,  fault,  Dion.  H. 

Έλ(2σσων,  neut.  έλασσον,  gen. 
ηνης,  Att.  ττων.  ov,  smaller,  less,  few- 
er, worse,  II.  ;  esp.  in  war ;  hence  έλ- 
ασσον έχείν,  to  have  the  worse,  Hdt.  9, 
102  :  C.  gen.  pers..  worse,  inferior, 
Thuc,  etc.  :  έλ.  ιν/.ήθος,  the  smaller 
number,  Thuc.  \,  49:  περί  ελάσσονος 
ποιεΐσθαι,  to  consider  of  less  account, 
Hdt.  6,  6  :  o'l  ελ..  the  meaner  sort,  Isocr. 
17  C.  Adv.  -όνως,  for  which  έλασ- 
σον, is  very  freq.  It  was  from  its 
sisnf  used  as  Compar.  of  μικρής. 
Superl.  ελάχιστος  :  the  orig.  Posit. 
έ7Μχνς,  is  found  only  in  old  Ep. 

'Κλαστ?}ς,  ηύ,  δ,^έλατήρ. 

Ύ.7.αστός,  worse  form  for  έ7.ατός, 
q.  V. 

Έλαστρέω,  Ep.  and  Ton.  for  έλαΰ- 
νυ,  ζενγεα  έλάστρεον,  they  drove  the 
teams,  11.  18,  543  ;  ίιμαξιτόν,  Theogn. 
599:  to  drive  or  row  a  ship,  Hdt.  2. 
158. 

Έλάσω,  fut.  of  έλαννω.  [α] 


ΕΛΑΤ 

νΤ.λάτεια,  ας,  y,  Elatea,  a  city  of 
Phocis  on  the  Cephissus;  its  ruins 
are  at  Elephta,  Hdt.  8,  33.-2.  a  city 
of  Epirus,  on  the  Cocytus,  now  prob. 
Luro,  Dem.  84,  23,  also  wr.  Έλατία, 
and  Ύι7ίύτρεια. 

Έ7Μτειρα,  ας.  ή,  fem.  of  έλατήρ,  a 
(ίπDίr,ί;rπωvέλ.,epith.  of  Diana,  Pind. 
Fr.  59. 

Έλατέον,  verb.  adj.  of  έλαννω,  in- 
transit,  one  must  ride,  Xen.  Hipparch. 
2,7. 

'E7mtj],  ης,  ή,  the  pine,  Hom. :  af- 
terwds.  distinguishen  as  έ-  ύ(φην,  the 
/<!ne,  Lat.  pinits  abirs :  έ-  θήλεια,  the 
fir,  Lat.  pinus  picea,  Linn. — II.  an  oar, 
as  being  usu.  7nade  of  pine  wood,  Od. 
12,  172,  II.  7.  5  ;  later  also  the  ivhole 
ship.  Eur.  Phoen.  208. — HI.  the  young 
hud  of  the  palm,  elsewh.  σπάβη,  Diosc. 
[a]  (Perh.  from  έλαννω,  from  its  high 
straight  growth.) 

'E/arr//f,  ίδος,  ή,  like  the  pine,  Nic. 

ΈλΰΤ!/ρ,  ήρος,  δ,  {έλαννω)  a  dri- 
ver, esp.  of  horses,  a  charioteer,  II.  4. 
145,  etc.  ;  also  with  ϊππων,  etc., 
Aesch.  Pers.  32  :  έλ.  βροντής,  the 
hurler  of  thunder,  Pind.  O.  4,  1  ;  έλ 
7.νρας,  the  striker  of  the  lyre,  Anth. — 
II.  one  that  drives  away,  expels.  Call. 
Jov.  3.  Also  ελάτης. — III.  a  sort  of 
broad,  flat  cake,  Ar.  Eq.  1183,  V.  Suid. 
in  voc.     Hence 

Έλΰτήριος,  a,  ov,  driving,  driving 
away,  c.  gen.  καθαρμοί  άτάν  έλ-, 
Aesch.  Cho.  968  :  τό  έ/.ατήριην,  with 
or  withou  t  φάρμακον,  an  opening  med- 
icine. Hipp. 

'Ε7.άτης,  ov,  ό,=έ7,ατήρ,  Eur.  Pha- 
eth.  [a] 

νΕλατίδης,  ov,  δ,  son  of  Elatus.  Ap. 
Rh.  1,  41,  in  Pind.  ΕΊλατίόης,  P.  3, 
55. 

Έλατικός,  ή,  όν,  (έλαννω)  of  οχ  be- 
longing to  driving. 

'E/artiOf,  η,ον,  (ελάτη)  of  the  pine 
or  fir,  Eur.  Bacch.  1070:  of  pine  or  fir 
wood,  πλάτη.  Anaxil.  Neott.  1,  17: 
Hom.  uses  είλ. — II.  of  the  jyalm-bud, 
e.  g.  έ7Μΐην  Diosc.  cf  έλύ,τη  111.  [a] 
ί'Ελατϊονίόης,  ov  Ep.  an.,  ό,  son  of 
Elatus,  i.  e.  Ischys,  H.  Hom.  Ap.  210, 
(prop.  patr.  from  Έ7.ατίων,  son  of 
Elatus,  and  so  grandson  of  EL,  but 
formed  ace.  to  analogy  of  'Ύπεριονί• 
δ  ης,  q.  v.) 

Έ'/ιύτός,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from  έλ- 
αννω, driven  or  beaten  out,  esp.  like 
metal  hammered,  beaten,  forged,  Arist. 
Meteor.  :  on  the  έλ.  χαλκός,  v.  Miil- 
ler,  Archiiol.  d.  Kunst,  ^  306,  4. 

\°Ε7.ατος,  ov,  o,  Elattis,  a  centaur. 
Apollod. — 2.  son  of  Areas,  founder  ol 
the  Phocian  Elatea,  Apollod.  3,  9, 1  ; 
Paus. — 3.  an  ally  of  the  Trojans  from 
Pedasus,  II.  6,33. — 4.  one  of  the  suit- 
ors of  Penelope. — 5.  Spartan  pr.  n., 
Plut.  Lye  7. 
νΕ7ιάτρεια,  v.  'Ελάτεια. 

Έλατρενς,  έως,  ό,  thrice-forged  iron, 
V.  έλαυίίω  III.  1. 

νΕλατρενς,  έως  poet,  ήος,  b,  Elo- 
treus,  a  noble  Phaeacian,  Od.  8,  111. 

Έλαττον,  Att.  neut.  for  έλασσον, 
usu.  as  adv.,  less. 

Έ7ΜΤΤονάκις,  adv.  {έλύττων)  few- 
er times,  less  often.  Plat.  Theaet.  146 
A ;  opp.  to  μειζονάκις.  πλεονάκις. 

'Ελαττονέω,=Έ7.ασσόω,  LXX. 

Έλαττονότης,  ητος,  ή,  α  being 
smaller  or  less.  Iambi.  ;  opp.  to  μειζο- 
νότης :  from 

Έλάττων,  ov,  Att.  for  έλάσσων : 
so  also  έλαττόω,  έ7ΜΤτωμα. 

ΎΛάττωσις.  εως,  ή,  (έλαττόω)  α 
making  smaller  or  less,  lessening,  Del. 
Plat.  412  Β  :  loss,  defeat,  Polyb. :  a 
fault,  defect,  Plut.    Hence 


EAAT 

'Έ?.αττωτικός,  ή,  όν,  inclined  to  les- 
sen, or  to  give  way,  not  insisting  on  his 
full  Tights,  Arist.  Eth.  N. 

ΈΑΑΥ'ΝΩ.  fut.  έλάσω;  Ep.  έ?,άσ- 
σω;  aor.  1  act.  ;/λασα.  poet,  ί/.ασα,  ίλασ- 
σα,  pass,  ήλάθην,  less  good  ΊβΑσβην  : 
perf.  έλ7?λα«α,  pass.  ί'/,η/Μμαί.  The 
pres.  f/.ctij  is  very  rare,  as  in  Eur. 
Phaeth.  5  :  but  έλώ,  inf.  klr.av,  is  the 
fiit.  in  Att.  prose :  this  Att.  fut.  is 
found  resolved  έΡ.όω,  as  early  as  Od. 
7,  319.  [ώ  always] 

Radic.  signf.  :  Ύο  drive,  drive  on, 
set  in  motion,  more  in  boilily  than  in 
mental  relations,  esp.ofdriving•  flocks, 
Horn.,  who  also  uses  aor.  mid.  ijAuaa- 
μην,  in  act.  signf.  II.  10.  537  ;  11,  682. 
— 1.  very  freq.  of  horses,  chariots, 
ships,  ΐ— — Off,  άρμα.  νηα,  or  vavv  t/,- 
αννειν,  II.  23,  334,  Od.  Γ2,  47,  109, 
etc. :  so  also,  έ7.ανι•ειν  όρόμον,  to  run 
a  course,  Ar.  Nub.  28.  This  usage 
became  so  common  that — 2.  the  ace. 
was  omitted,  as  with  άγω,  etc.,  and 
the  verb  took  the  seeming  intrans. 
signf.,  to  ride,  drive,  sail,  row:  very 
freq.  from  Horn,  downwds.,  e.  g.  μά- 
στίΐεν  ό'  έλάαν,  ( sub.  Ί--ονς  )  he 
whipped  them  to  goon,  II.  5,  366,  etc. : 
βη  δ'  ί'/.ύαν  έ-Ι  κύματα,  he  went  on 
ίο  drive  over  the  waves,  II.  13,  27:  ota 
νύκτα  έ/.άν,  to  travel  the  night 
through,  Od.  15,  50 :  often  with  the 
direction  or  aim  of  the  journey  added 
with  etc..,  or  —ρός...  So  also  of  sea- 
voyages,  μάΆα  σοοδρώς  ε'/.άαν,  (vavv) 
to  sail  very  quickly,  Od.  12,  124 ; 
παρέξ  την  ντ/σον  ελαύνειν,  to  pass 
the  island,  Od.  12,  176  :  hence  k'/.av- 
νοντες.  the  rowers.  Od.  13,  22  :  these 
usages  are  freq.  also  in  Att.  In  this 
signf.  it  sometimes  took  a  new  ace, 
•γα^ήνην  ελαύνειν,  to  sail  on  a  calm 
sea,  Od.  7,  319 :  so  too  in  Eur.  El. 
731,  Ίίόντον  έ/Μταις  έ'λαννειν,  to 
urge  the  main  with  oars,  Lat.  pontum 
leniis  impellere,  II.  7,  6. —  3.  to  drive 
away,  carry  off,  like  ά~ε/.αύνω,  Lat. 
cuigere,  in  Horn,  alwavs  of  stolen  cat- 
tle, βοΰς,  Od.  12,  353.  i-rroi'f,  H-  5, 
236:  also  in  mid.,  c.  act.  signf  Od. 
4,  637  :  in  Att.  μνσος,  μίασμα,  άγος 
έ/Μννείν,=άγηλατεΐν,  Aesch.  Cho. 
967,  Eum.  283,  Thuc.  1,  126,  etc.  : 
έλ.  λ-ηστάς,  Ar.  Ach.  1188,  etc. — i.  to 
drive  into  narrow  compass,  press  in  bat- 
tle, press,  II.  13.  315,  Od.  5,  290: 
hence  freq.  in  Att.,  to  hunt  down,  ha- 
rass, vex.  trouble,  ττό/.ίν,  etc..  Soph. 
O.  T.  28,  etc.  :  to  attack,  affront,  in- 
sult, esp.  in  Dem. — 5.=:5ινεΐν,  like 
Lat.  agitare,  snbagitare,  Ar.  Eccl.  39. 
— 6.  in  pass.,  έ?ΜννεσΟαι  την  -ψνχήν, 
την  γνώμην,  to  he  driven,  i.  e.  to  be 
mad,beside  one's  self. — 7.  really  intrans., 
in  expressions  like  ές  τοσούτον  η?Μ- 
σαν,  they  drove  it  so  far,  Hdt.  5,  50 ; 
where  άραγμα,  must  be  supplied; 
εΙς  κόρον  τίνος  ελαύνειν,  to  push  it 
till  disgust  ensued,  Tyrt.  2,  10,  cf.  2  : 
hence  to  push  on,  go  on,  iyyvc  μανίας, 
Eur. ;  ττρόσω  έλ.  τινός,  to  go  far  in  a 
thing,  Xen.  But  in  Od.  5,  290,  ετι 
μίν  (Ρημι  άόην  έλάαν  κακότητος.  Ι 
mean  yet  to  hunt  him  about  even  till 
his  misery  satiates  me,  belongs  to  the 
trans,  signf.  v.  supr.  4,  cf  Hemi. 
Opusc.  3,  298. — II.  to  strike  (as  the 
best  way  of  driving),  to  cut,  push, 
wound  by  cut  or  thrust,  U.  2,  199;  5, 
584,  etc. :  c.  dupl.  ace.  τινά  ύμον  έλ.- 
αννειν,  to  hit,  wound  him  on  the  shoul- 
der, II.  5,  80  :  ονλ.ήν  με  σνς  ηλασε,  a 
boar  gave  me  this  scar,  Od.  21,  219  : 
hence  of  ifteoeaiing-ofthewaves,  Od. ; 
χθόνα  ηλ-ασε  μετώπφ,  he  strΊtck  earth 
with  his  forehead,  of  a  falling  man, 
Od.  22,  94.-2.  to  cut  off,  II.  13,  614, 
28 


ΕΑΑΦ 

but  this  rare. — 3.  to  thrust. drive  through, 
διαττρο  χαλ.κον  ε/.ασσε,  Od. ;  δόρν  δια 
στήΟεσφιν  ίλασσε,  Ί.  5,  57,  cf  20, 
269  ;  and  in  pass.,  logo  through,  11.  4, 
135.  etc.  Horn,  uses  only  plqpf  pass. 
ήλή/.ατο,  έ/ηλατο. — ΠΙ.  m  various 
inetaph.  signfs. : — 1.  to  beat  out  metal, 
because  it  is  (so  to  say)  driven  out 
on  all  sides,  hence  άστζίδα  έ/.αννειν, 
to  make  a  shield  of  beaten  metal,  II. 
12,  296 ;  so  too  ΤΓτύχας,  to  beat  out 
plates  of  metal,  II.  20,  270  :  later  also 
χαλ.κον  έλ.  to  beat  out  metal.f— 2.  to 
draw  out,  set  in  a  certain  direction,  in 
line,  τάόρβν.  ερκος.  σταυρούς,  to  draw 
a  breastwork,  trench,  etc.,  II.  7,  450; 
18,  564,  Od.  14,  11,  and  so  freq.  in 
Hdt.,  e.  g.  τείχος  ες  τον  ττοταμόν 
τονς  αγκώνας,  the  wall  has  its  angles 
carried  dou-n  to  the  river,  Hdt.  1,  180  : 
so  too,  όγμον  έλ.-  to  work  one's  ivay 
down  a  ridge  or  swathe  in  reaping  or 
mowing,  II.  11,  68,  ανλ.ακα,  Hes.  Op. 
441  ;  όρχον  άμπελ.ίδος,  to  draiv  a  line 
of  vines,  i.  e.  plant  them  in  Hne,  Ar. 
Ach.  995 :  hence  in  genl.  to  plant,  pro- 
duce, and  so  metaph.  έλα  τεσσάρας 
άρετας  αιών,  Pmd.  Ν.  3,  129. — 3. 
κολ.ωον  ελαύνειν,  to  prolong,  keep  up 
the  brawl,  II.  1,  575. 

Έλ.άφειος,  ov,  (Ιλ.αφος)  of,  belong- 
ing to  deer,  e/,.  κρέα,  venison.  Xen. 
An.  1,  5,  2. — 2.  deer-like,  and  so  cow- 
ardly. 

'Έ.λ.άφη3ο/.ία,  ας,  -η,  (έλιαφηβόλος) 
a  shooting  or  hunting  of  deer,  Soph. 
Aj.  178. 

'Έλ.ΰφηβόλ.ια,  ων,  τύ,  (έλ.αφηβόλ.ος) 
sub.  ιερά,  a  festival  of  Diana,  Plut. 
Hence 

Έλ.ΰφηβολιών,  ώνος,  ό,  the  ninth 
month  of  the  Attic  year,  in  which  the 
ElapheboUa  were  held  (at  Ehs  έλ.ά- 
φιος),  answering  to  the  last  half  of 
March  and  first  ol'  April. 

Έλάφηβόλ.ος,  ov,  {έλ-αφος,  βάλ.λω) 
hitting  or  shooting  deer,  a  deer-hunter, 
in  genl.,  a  hunter,  II.  18,  319. 

'Έ.?Λόίνης,  ου,  ό,  a  young  deer,  fawn. 
ΙΈλάφιον,  ov,  ή,  ("prob.  dim.  from 
έλ.αφοΓ,  mv  little  deer)  Elaphium,  fern, 
pr.  n.,'Ar.  Thesm.  1172. 

'ΈλΑφιος,  ov,  —  έλ.άφειος,  v.  also 
έλ.αόη3ολ.ιών. 

Έλιΰφοβόσκον,  ov,  τό,  {ελαΦος. 
βόσκω)  a  plant,  eaten  by  deer,  as  an  an- 
tidote against  the  bite  of  snakes,  Lat. 
sium  sisarum,  Diosc. 

Έλΰφογενής,  ες,  (  έλαΦος,  *γένω  ) 
bom  from  a  deer. 

'Έ,λ.αφοειδτ/ς,  ές,  {έλαΦος,  είδος) 
deer-like,  Strab. 

Έ/ΜΦόκρύνος,  ov,  (ελ.αφος,  κράνον) 
deer-headed.  Id. 

'Έ.λ.αόοκτόνος,  OV  (έλαφος,  κτείνω) 
deer-killing.  Eur.  I.  Τ.  1113. 

ΈΑΑ'ΦΟΣ,  ov,  ό,  and  η,  a  deer, 
whether  male,  a  hart  or  sia^._ or  fe- 
male, a  hind,  Hom.  :  κραδίην  έλ.άφοιο 
έχων,  having  a  deer's,  i,  e.  a  coward's 
heart,  II.  1,  225.  As  gener.  term,  the 
Att.  always  use  it  in  fem.,  as  Eur. 
Hipp.  218,"  and  oft.  in  Xen.  (Akin  to 
έλ.αφρός,  and  to  Lat.  lepus  lepdris. 
Pott.  Etym.  Forsch.  1,  233:  prob. 
also  to  Germ,  laufen,  our  leap.) 

ΡΕλαόος,  ov,  δ,  Elaphus,  a  river  of 
Arcadia,  Paus. 

Έ/.άφοσσοΐη,  ης,  ή,  {έλ.αφος,  σενω) 
deer-hunting,  Anth. :  only  poet. 

^Ελαφριά,  ας,  ή,  (έλ.αόρός)  lightness: 
and  so  thoughtlessness,  Lat.  levitas. — 
II.  a  lightening,  alleviation,  Aretae. — III. 
littleness. 

Έλαφρίζω,  {ελαφρός)  to  lighten, 
make  light,  Plut.  :  to  alleviate,  Synes. 
— II.  intr.  to  be  light  and  nimble,  Eur. 
Meleag.  4. 


ΕΛΕΑ 

^Ελ-αφρόγειος,  ov,  (ελαφρός,  yia. 
γη)  of  light  soil,  Geop. 

Έλ.αφρόνοος,  ov,  {έ/Μφρός,  νονς) 

light-minded.  thoughtlcss,P»endo-Tlioc. 

'Έ.λΜφρό~ονς,  6,  7],  7Γ01Ί•'.  TO,  gen. 

~οδος,   {έλ.ηορός,   πους)   light-footed. 

Poet.  ap.  Dion.  Comp. 

ΈΑΑΦΡΟ'Σ,  ά.  όν,  and  in  Pind. 
N.  5,  38  of,  όν,  light  in  weight,  11.  12, 
450,  and  Att. ;  hence  light,  not  burdrn- 
some  or  troublous,  trifling,  ελαφρότερος 
γίγνεται  ττόλ.εμος  Ύρωεσσι  11.  22,2b7  : 
οί'Κ  έν  ελαφρύ  ττοιεϊσΟαί  τι,  not  to 
make  light  of  a  thing,  to  be  distress- 
ed by  it,  take  it  ill,  Lat.  gruviterfi-rre, 
Hdt.  1,118.  Adv.  -ρώς,  lightly,  easily, 
Otl.  5.  240. — II.  light  in  moving,  nim- 
ble, quick,  swift,  ready,  active,  Hom., 
etc.,  esp.  with  the  hands  and  feet, 
handy,  Lat.  facilis,  a^ilis :  έλ.αφρά 
ήλακια,  the  age  oi  active  youth.  Xen. 
Mem•  2,  5,  27  :  but  oi  έλ..  light  troops, 
Lat.  levis  armatura.  Id.  An.  4,  2,  27. — 
III.  metaph.  light-minded,  unsteady, 
thoughtless,  Polyb.  :  λ.νσσα  έλ-,  light- 
headed madness.  Eur.  Bacch.  851. 
Adv.  -φρώς.  (  έ-λ.αφ-ρός  is  the  Lat. 
lev-is  with  ε  euphon.,  cf.  έλαχνς: 
akin  to  έλαςιος.)    Hence 

Έλ.αορότης,  ητος,  ή,  =  έ/.αφρία, 
lightness.  Plat.  Legg.  795  £. 

Ελαφρύνω,  {έλ.αφρός)  to  make  light, 
lighten. 

Έλ.άφώδης.  ες.=^έλ.αφοειδής. 

Ελάχιστος,  η,  ov,  super!,  from 
έλ.άσσων,  the  fewest,  smallest,  least, 
worst.  H.  Hom.  Adv.  ελάχιστα. 
Hence  comes  a  new  comp.  έλ.αχισ- 
τότερος,  yet  smaller,  superl.  ελαχισ- 
τότατος, less  than  the  least :  v.  έλιαχνς. 
[«] 

Έλ.άχον,  ες,  ε,  aor.  2  of  λ.αγχάνο), 
poet,  also  έλ.λαχον,  Hom. 

Έλΰχντϊτέρνξ,  νγος,  ό,  ή.  {έλ.αχνς, 
ΤίΤέρνζ )  short-winged,  shortfinntjd, 
epith.  of  the  dolphin,  Pind.  P."  4,  29. 

ΈΑΑ'ΧΤ'Σ,  εΐα,  ύ,  small,  short, 
low,  mean,  little:  old  Ep.  positive, 
whence  έλ.άσσων,  and  ελάχιστος,  are 
formed  :  it  remains  onlv  in  H.  Horn. 
-Λρ.  197,  and  as  v.  1.  Od.  9,  116;  10, 
509,  and  there  only  as  fem.,  and  pro- 
paroxyt.  {έ-λ.αχ-νς,  is  the  Sanscr. 
Ingh-u,  our  light,  with  ε  euphon.  ;  cf. 
έλ.αόρός.) 

Έλ.ύω,  Ion.  έλ.όω,  rare  poet,  pres., 
V.  sub  έλ.αύνω. 

Έλάών,  ώνος,  ό.^έλ.αιών. 
t'E/  itj.  όος  contd.  οΐ•ς,  ή,  Elbo,  an 
island  on  the  coast  of  Aegypt,  Hdt.  2, 
140. 

ΈΑΔΟΜ.Λ.Ι,έίΛ(ίο/[/αί, defect,  dep., 
to  rvish,  long,  c.  inf ,  II.  13, 638,  Od.  4, 
162  :  to  wish  for,  long  for.  strive  after 
covet,  desire,  τινός,  11.  23,  122.  Od.  5, 
210;  Ti,  II.  5,  481,  Od.  1.  409.  As 
pass,  only  once,  II.  16,  494.  Hom. 
most  freq.  uses  the  lengthd.  form 
έέλ.δομαι,  but  only  in  pres.  and  impf. 
Ep.  word,  also  in  Pind.  O.  1.6.  (ελ- 
δομαι  was  prob.  digammated,  and  so 
==velle,  βούλ.ομαι,  cf  will,  would.) 
Hence 

Έλ.δωρ.  έέλδωρ,  τό,  and  Ibyc.  44 
ή,  a  wish,  longing,  desire,  Hom.  only  in 
resolved  form.     Poet.  word. 

Έ/ε.  poet,  for  εΖλε,  3  aor.  2  of  αί- 
ρέω,  Hom. 

ί'Ελέα.  ας.  ή.  {έλος)  a  kind  of  bird, 
inhabiting  marshes,  Arist.  H.  A.  9,16. 
^Ελέα,  ας.  ή,  the  city  Velia  in  Lu- 
cania,  also  wr.  'Ύέλ.η  and  Ονελία,  a 
colony  of  the  Phocaeans,  now  Castel- 
amare  della  Brucca,  Strab. 

Ύ//έα)Ύος,  η,  v.  έ/Μίαγνος. 
νΕλεάζαρ,  indeclin.   and  Έλεάζα 
ρος,  ov,  ό,  Eleazar,  a  Jewish  pr.  n., 
N.  T. 

433 


ΕΛΕΓ 

t'E?.earai,  ών,  οί,=  Έί/.ώτεΓ,  Ath. 
272  Α. 

Έ?.εαίρω,  poet,  for  έλεέυ,  to  take 
pity,  have  compassion  on,  τινά,  Hoin. 

Έλεΰι;,  ΰντος,  6,  a  kind  of  owl,  Ar. 
Av.  304,  cf.  Arist.  H.  A.  8,  3. 

νΚλεάτης,    ov,   6,    fern.    Έλεΰτις, 
i(hg,     η,   of     Velia,     Vdian.    Polyb., 
Strab.  ;  o'l  Έλ.  the  inhab.  of  Velia. 
νείΜατικός,  ή.  όν,  (Ελέα)  of  Velia, 
Velian,  Plat.  Phaed.  261  D. 

'EAta-pof ,  01»,  0,  (έλεόζ•)  a  manager 
of  the  table,  sewer,  taster,  Ath. 
"t'EAf/it'a,  or  ΕΙλεβία,  ας,  ή,  Elebia, 
daughter  of  Aegialus,  Parthen. 

'Ε/.εγαίνω,  to  be  wrathful,  wanton, 
■eiolenl,  E.  M. 

Ελεγεία,  ας,  ή,  {ε7.εγος)αη  elegy, 
i.  e.  any  poem  written  in  distichs  {ελε- 
γεία), V.  έλεγεϊον. 

'νΚλέγεια,  ας,  ή,  Elegea,  a  spot  on 
the  farther  side  of  the  Euphrates, 
Dio  C. 

'¥Λεγείνω,=  έλεγαίνω,  Suid. 

'Έ?.εγειογρύφος,  ου,  ό,  {έλεγεϊον, 
γράφω)  α  writer  of  elegies,  [α] 

'Έ,λεγεΙον,  ον,  τό,  α  distich  consisting 
of  a  hexameter  and  a  pentameter,  the 
metre  of  the  elegy,  Critias  3,  3,  Thlic. 

1,  132. — II.  in  pkir.,  7nany  distichs 
forming  a  whole  :  hence=i-/fyfi'a,  an 
ilegiac  poem,  but  vicrely  in  reference  to 
the  metre,  not  to  the  subject,  v.  Miiller 
Literat.  of  Greece,  10,  2. — III.  a  sin- 
gle line  in  an  elegiac  inscription,  Dein. 
1378,  13:  later,  α  distich  of  two  hexa- 
meters, if  on  a  mournful  subject. 
Strictly  neut.  from  ίλεγεΐος,  and  in 
signf  I.  μέτρον,  in  signt.  II.  ίηος, 
may  be  supplied,  Francke  Callin,  p. 
53,  58. 

'Έ?.εγειοποΐ7ΐτής,  ov,  6,  and 

Έλεγειοποιός,  οϋ,  ό,  {έλεγεϊον, 
ποιέυ)  an  elegiac  poet,  Arist.  Poet. 

Έλεγεϊος,  εία,  εϊον,  {έλεγεϊον)  of 
the  elegy,  elegiac,  e.  g.  μέτρον,  Μονσα. 
\Έ7^γη,  ης,  ή,  Elegg,  daughter  of 
Proetus,  Ael. 

Έλενΐνοι,  uv,  ol,  a  kind  of  fish, 
Arist.  H.  A. 

Έλεγκτέον,•νβΐ\).  adj.  from έλε7:ι•ω, 
one  must  refute,  Plat.  Legg.  905  D. — 

2.  also  έλεγκτέος,  ov,  to  be  refuted, 
Strab. 

'Ελεγκτικός,  ή,  όν,  (ελέγχω)  able, 
rcadi)  to  refute,  fond  of  arguing.  Plat. 
Soph.  21C  Β  :  fond  of  reproving,  Arist. 
Rhet.    Adv.  -κώς,  Xen. 

Έλεγκτός,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from 
ελέγχω,  fit  to  be  refuted. 

'ϊ//.εγμός,  ov,  δ,^έλεγξις,  LXX. 

'Έλεγξίγΰμος,  ov,  {ελέγχω  γάμος) 
trying,  proving  a  ivife's  fidelity,  Λ  nth. 

Έλεγξΐνος,  ov,  6,  the  wrangler,  pun 
on  the  name  of  the  philosopher  Alex- 
inns,  in  Diog.  L.  2,  109. 

'Έιλεγξίς,  εως.  7;.=  ό  έλεγχος,  a  re- 
futing, reproving,  LXX. 

Έ/Ιε}ΌΓ,  01',  ό,  a  song  of  mourning, 
a  lament :  at  first  without  reference 
to  metrical  form,  so  that  ε?.εγοι  were 
ascribed  to  the  nightingale  and  hal- 
cyon, Eur.  Hel.  185, 1.  T.  1091 :  orig. 
accompanied  by  the  flute.  Since  the 
distich  was  mostly  used  in  these 
songs,  it  got  the  name  of  the  elegiac 
metre  (though  it  was  constantly  used 
for  poems  of  far  diflerent  subjects), 
and  so  in  later  times  έλεγος  was  usu. 
t.iken  to  mean  a  song  of  mourning  in 
distichs,  Francke  Callin.  p.  ΊΙ,  50, 
58  ;  ace.  to  whom  the  word  arose  at 
Athens  in  Simonides'  time.  The 
whole  treatise  may  be  referred  to. — 
II.  as  adj.,  έλ^γος.  mournful,  rejected 
by  Seidler  Eur.  I.  T.  1061.  (Usu. 
i  leriv.  from  έ  i  ?.έγειν,  to  cry  woe  ! 
woe !  cf  Eur.  I.  T.  146 :  ace.  to  Rie- 
434 


EAEE 

mcr  akin  to  ΐΟ.γος :  Passow  refers 
its  origin  to  a  simple  cry  such  as 
έλελεΰ.) 

'Έ,λεγχείη,  ης.  ή,  {ελέγχω)  α  re- 
proach, affront,  disgrace,  Hom. 

'¥/λεγχής,  ες.  {έλεγχος)  visited  with 
reproach  ΟΓ  reproof,  shameful,  esp.  cow- 
ardly, 11.,  always" of  men.  Irr.  .sujjerl. 
έλεγχιστος.  Hom.  Only  poet.  On 
έλέγχεα  v.  έλεγχος. 

'Ελεγχίγαμος,  ov,=  έλεγξίγαμος. 

Έλέγχιστος,  Irr.  superl.  of  έλεγ- 

Έ?.εγχοειθ7ΐς,  ές,  {έλεγχος,  ο,  ει- 
όος)  like,  ιτι  the  form  of  a  refutation, 
Anst.  Org. 

Έλεγχος,  εος,  τό,  a  reproach,  insult, 
disgrace,  dishonour,  shame,  in  Horn, 
esp.  shajneful  coivardice,  in  the  heroic 
age  the  bitterest  reproof:  hence  in 
plur.,  κύκ'  έλέγχεα,  base  coivards,  re- 
proaches to  your  name,  II.  2,  235. 

Έλεγχος,  ov,  6,  a  proof,  trial,  Lat. 
argumentum,  eZ.  όΐί^όναι  τινός,  to  give 
proof  o{  Ά  thing,  Pind.  N,  8,  35;  λαμ- 
βάνειν, to  make  trial  of  it,  Antipho 
112,  40  ;  έλ.  χειρός,  the  ordeal  of  sin- 
gle combat,  Soph.  O.  C.  1297.— II. 
esp.  of  proofs  used  to  refute  or  pxit  to 
shame,  refutation,  έλεγχον  ονκ  έχει, 
it  does  not  admit  of  refutation,  Hdt. 
2,  23,  cf  Thuc.  3,  53  :  esp.  a  form  of 
logical  argument,  the  reductio  ad  ab- 
surdimi,  Arist.  Org. — III.  a  proof,  ac- 
count, as  well  demanded  as  given,  έλ. 
διδόναι  τον  βίου,  to  give  an  account 
of  one's  life.  Plat.  Apol.  39  C,  cf 
Dem.  44,  15;  εις  έλ.  καταστήναι, 
Isocr.  264  A  :  a  question,  inquiry,  ac- 
cusation. 

Ελέγχω,  f.  -ξω,  perf  pass,  έλήλεγ- 
μαι,  to  di.'igrnce,  put  to  shame,  disho- 
nour, μνθον  έλ.,  to  treat  a  speech  with 
contempt,  SO  that  the  speaker  speaks 
in  vain,  11.  9,  522  :  έλ.  τινιΊ,  to  put  one 
to  shame,  Od.  21,  424.  This  usage 
only  Homer. — II.  to  convince,  refute, 
confute,  and  so  put  to  shame,  of  per- 
sons, Hdt.  2,  22,  115;  έλεγχ',  ελέγ- 
χου, Ar.  Ran.  857,  and  freq.  in  Nub. : 
Tivu  nf.pi  τίνος,  Ar.  Plut.  574  :  also 
of  arguments,  to  disprove,  confute, 
Dem.  805,  28,  etc. :  and  so,  to  reject, 
Luc. :  hence  also  to  accuse,  reprove, 
reproach,  Aesch.  Cho.  919,  Soph.  Ant. 
260. — 2.  to  inquire  into,  examine,  ques- 
tion, έλ.  Ttvu  ει...,  Aesch.  Cho.  851, 
Soph.,  Xen.,  etc.  :  in  genl.  to  prove, 
make  clear,  attest,  Lat.  arguere,  Thuc. 
C,  86  ;  hence  to  bctray.^U.  in  genl. 
to  overpower,  conquer,  Find.  P.  11,  74. 
(Prob.  from  ?.έγω.) 

Έλεόεμνάς,  άδος,  {ειλον.  δέμνιον) 
storming  the  couch,  Aesch.  Theb.  83 : 
for  which  Herm.  reads  έλέδεμας,  (δέ- 
μας) body-destroying,  murderous,  Dind. 
proposes  ίλε  δ'  έμας  ψρένας,  etc. 

Έλίδώνη  or  έλεδώνη,  ης,  ή,  α  kind 
of  poltfpus,  Arist.  Η.  Α. 

Έλέειν,  Ερ.  resolved  form  οίέλεϊν, 
inf  aor.  2  of  α'ιρέω,  Hom. 

Έλεε/ΐ'θλο>'έω,  ώ,  {ελεεινός,  λ,,έγω) 
to  speak  piteously.     Hence 

Έλεεινολογία,  ας,  Att.  έλειν.,  ή, 
α  speaking  piteously,  complaining.  Plat. 
Phaedr.  272  A. 

Ελεεινός,  ή,  όν,  Att.  έλεινός,  q.  v., 
{έλεος)  pitiable,  piteous,  Hom. :  pitied, 
U.  24,  309  :  in  genl.  wretched,  miser- 
able, esp.  in  neut.  sing,  and  pi.,  which 
Hom,  uses  as  adv.     Adv.  -νώς. 

Έλεεω,  ώ,  fut.  -ήσω,  {έλεος)  like 
έλεσ/ρω,  to  have  pity  on.  take  com- 
jiassion,  shew  Tnercy  upon,  τινά,  oft.  in 
Horn. :  also  to  pity,  τινά  τίνος,  one 
for  a  thing,  Xen.  Ephes.  Pass,  to 
have  pity  or  mercy  shown  one.  Plat. 
Rep.  337  A.     (Akin  to  ϊλαος,  ϊλεως.) 


ΕΛΕΑ 

VY/λεημονέστερος,  -έστατος,  comp. 
and  superl.  of  ελεήμων. 

Έλεημονικός,  ή,  όν,  {ελεήμων) 
merciful,  compassionate. 

Έλεημοσννη,  ης,  ?/,  pity,  mercy 
Call.  Del.  152  :  esp.  a  deed  of  mercy, 
a  charity,  alms  (which  is  a  corruption 
of  the  word),  N.  T. :  from 

Ελεήμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  {έλεέω) 
pitiful,  mercifnl,  cornpassionate,  Od.  5, 
191  ;  c.  gen.,  Ar.  Pac.  425.  Adv. 
-μόνως. 

νΚλέης,  ητος,  ό,  Elee's,  now  Alen/o, 
a  river  of  Lucania,  flowing  near  \'elia, 
Strab. 

Ελεητικής,  ή,  όν,^έλεημονικός, 
Arist.  Rhet. 

Έλε7]τνς,  ύος,  ή,  Ion.  for  έλεος, 
pity.  mercy,^Oa.  17,  451. 

Έλειαι,  ών,  a'l,  {έλος)  meadow- 
nymphs,  like  Αειμωνιάδες,  Αειμακί- 
δες.  Η.  Hom.  Cer.  23,  ace.  to  llgen's 
prob.  conjecture. 

Έλε<'^ιΐία,α^,^,=  Ε<'λε<^ιι<β,  Find., 
and  Call. 

νΕλειμιωται,  Cn<,  ol,  the  Ellmialae, 
a  people  of  Macedonia,  east  of  Stym- 
phalia,  Thuc.  2,  99,  v.  Ελίμεια. 

Έλεΐν,  inf  aor.  2  of  α'ιρέω,  Hom. 

Έλεινός,  ή,  όν,  Att.  for  ελεεινός, 
Pors.  Praef  Hec.  p.  viii.  (4  ed. 
Scholef);  also  H.  Hom.  Cer.  285. 
Adv.  -νώς.  At.  Thesm.  1063. 

Έλειοβάτης,  ov,  6,  {έλος,  βαίνω) 
walking  the  marsh,  dwelli7ig  in  the 
7narsh,  Aesch.  Pers.  39.  [β] 

Έ?.ειογει>ής,  ές,  {έλος,  *  γένω) 
marsh-born:  τό  έλ.=  δρνζα. 

Έλειοι,  ων,  ο'ι,  the  Helli,  a  people 
of  Arabia,  Strab. 

Έλειονομός,  ό?',  {έλος,  νέμομαι) 
dwelling  in  the  marsh,  marsh-frequent- 
ing. Orph. 

Έ7,ειος.  ov,  and  in  Ar.  Av.  244,  a, 
ov,  {έλος)  marshy,  dwelling  or  growing 
in  the  7narsh,  Aesch.  Pers.  494  :  in 
genl.  of  the  7neadow,  Tneadowy,  Ar. 
Ran.  351,  cf  Έλειαι. 

Έλειός  or  έ'λειός.  ov,  b,  a  hind  of 
mo7ise,  perh.  the  dormouse,  Lat.  glis, 
Arist.  H.  A. :  ace.  to  others,  the  squir- 
rel.— II.  a  kind  of  falcon.  (The  read- 
ings var)' :  prob.  from  ει7  εός,  a  nook.) 

ΪΈλειος.  ov,  ό,  Hellas,  son  of  Per- 
seus, Apollod.  2,  4,  5. 

Έλειοσέλίνον,  ov,  τό,  {έλειος,  σέ- 
λινοι<)  marsh-parsley,  Theophr. 

Έλειότροόος,  οι;  (έ'λοζ•,  τρέφω) 
bred  or  growing  in  the  marsh,  Ath. 

Έλειόχρνσος,  =  ελίχρνσος.  The- 
ophr. 

)Έλει-ηΤο,  plqpf  without  redup). 
for  έλέλειτττο.  Αρ.  Rh.  1,  45,  824;  v. 
Huttm.  Catal.  p.  51,  165. 

\Έλειψα,  1  aor.  from  λείβω ;  also 
from  λείπω,  less  usu.  in  good  writers. 

Έλεκτο,  Ep.  syncop.  form  of  aor. 
pass,  from  ?.έγω,  to  lie  down,  Od.  19, 
50. 

Έλε7κϋ  or  έλελελε?.  like  άλαλα, 
a  war-cry,  raised  by  the  general  in 
the  attack  and  taken  up  by  the  sol- 
diers, Ar.  Av.  364  :  in  genl.  any  loua 
cry,  e.  g.  of  pain.  Aesch.  Pr.  877. 

'Ελελήθεε,  Ion.  3  sing,  plqpf.  oi 
λα7'βίΐ7'ω  for  έλε7ήθει. 

Έλε7ίζω,  f  -ξω.  (A),  lengthd.  and 
strenglhd.,  but  only  poet.,  form  ot 
ελίσσω,  to  u'hirl,  spin  or  twirl  round, 
Od.  5,  314,  and  12,  416,  in  pass.— Π. 
to  turn  07ire  rotind,  turn  about :  in  II. 
always  of  an  army,  to  leheel  round  or 
about ;  in  act.,  17,  278,  in  pass.,  6, 100. 
— III.  in  genl.  to  make  to  tre7nble  or 
quake,  to  shake  from  the  roots,  ''07ινμ- 
πον  έλ;  of  Jupiter,  II.  1,  530,  φόρ- 
μιγγα έλ.,  to  make  its  strings  quiver, 
Pind.  O.  9,  21,  and  so  in  pass.,  φόρ 


ΕΛΕΟ 

αιγξ  έ?.ε}^ζομΐνη,  Ρ.  1,  7.  Pass,  to 
qtiahe,  tremble,  quiver,  γνία  έ/.ε/.ίχθιι, 
11.  22,  44S :  so  of  the  quiverin?  of  a 
brandished  sword,  II.  13,  558  ;  έλελί- 
ζετο  ττέττΆος,  the  robe  fluttered.  H. 
Horn.  Cer.  183 :  hence  also  in  mid. 
of  the  nightingale  trilling  her  song, 
Valck.  Phoen.  1517;  transit.  έ/.ε/1- 
ζεσθαι  Ίτνν,  Ar.  Αν.  213. — IV.  pass. 
to  wind  or  ticisi  one's  self  along,  of  a 
serpent,  11.  2,  316  ;  11,  39.  The  pres. 
is  rare,  H.  Horn.  2S,  9,  and  Pind.  11. 
cc. :  ελέλικτο,  syncop.  aor.,  II.  13, 558. 

'Έ•7.ελίζω.  i.  -ί'ω,  (Β),  strictly  ίο  cry 
έ?ίε?.εν,  and  so.  like  ΰ/.α/.ύζω,  to  raise 
the  battle-cry,  Xen.  An.  1,  8,  18,  τινί, 
to  a  goil,  lb. :  in  genl.  to  raise  a  loud 
cry,  of  pain,  etc.,  Eur.  Phoen.  1514  ; 
also  in  mid.,  so  that  here  it  comes 
ver>-  near  the  other  έ/.ε/.ίζω  III.,  fin. 
^'Ελέ'/.ικτο,  sj-ncop.  aor.  of  έ/.ε?.ίζω 
A..,  il.  _ 

'Έ/.ε/.ίσόΰκίτης,  ov,  b,  (οίνος)  wine 
flavoured  with  sage,  Diosc.  [t]     From 

Έλε/.ίσρΰκοΓ,  ov,  τό,  Diosc. ;  and 

Έλίλίσφάκος,  ov,  b,  Theophr.,  a 
kind  of  sage  (σφάκος). 

'Έ,λελίχθημα,  ατός,  τό,  (έλελίζω  Α) 
α  violent  shaking. 

'Έ,λε?.ίχβο)ΐ>^  ov,  όνος,  (έλελίζω  Α, 
γθών)  earth-shaking,  τετραορία,  Pind. 
Ρ.  2,  8 :  in  Soph.  Ant.  153,  Bacchus 
is  called  ό  Βή3ας  ε?.ε'λίχβων ,  because 
the  ground  shook  at  the  approach  of 
his  dancing  bands,  cf.  Call.  ApoU.  1, 
ubi  V.  Spanh. 

Έλε'λόγχειν.  plqpf•  2  of  ?^αγχύνω. 

'Έ'λένΰς,  ή,  (έλ«υ,  νας.  Dor.  for 
νανς,  cf.  άναυς)  ship-deslroying,  in 
Aesch.  Ag.  689,  epith.  of  Helen,  cf. 
ε/.ανδρος. 

t'E/.ev;;,  ης,  ή,  Helen,  daughter  of 
Jupiter  and  Lecia  the  wife  of  Tyn- 
dareus  (from  whom  she  is  called 
Ύννόαρίς,  q-  v.).  and  wife  of  Mene- 
laus ;  her  abduction  from  Sparta  by 
Paris,  and  the  refusal  of  the  Trojans 
to  restore  her,  were  tiie  causes  of  the 
Trojan  war,  Horn. ;  honoured  sub- 
sequently as  a  divinity  in  Sparta, 
Hdt.  6,  61,  Paus.  Also  a  freq.  fern, 
pr.  n.,  Ath.,  etc.— II.  Helena,  an  isl- 
and on  the  coast  of  Attica,  oft"  Su- 
nium,  now  Macronisi^=  Long-Island, 
Eur.  Hel.  1074,  Strab. 

'Έύ.ένη,  ης,  ή,=^έλά,νη,  a  torch  or 
firebrand.  —  II.  (perh.  from  έλεϊν)  a 
wicker  basket,  to  carry  the  sacred 
utensils  at  the  feast  of  the  Brauro- 
nian  Artemis  (Diana.) 

Έ/^ενηφοβέω,  ώ.  {ί7ένη,  φέρω)  to 
carry  the  bosket  at  this  feast :  oi  Έλ., 
name  of  a  play  of  Diphilus,  v.  Casaub. 
Ath.  223  A.     Hence 

'Έ?.εΎηόορία,  ας,  ή,  a  carrying  of  the 
basket  at  this  feast. 

Έ'λενηρόρια,  uv,  τά.  the  feast  of 
the  Brauronian  Artemis  {Diana.) 

Έ/.ένια,  ωΐ',  τά,  sub.  ιερά,  a  feast 
in  honour  of  Helen. 

ΈΆένιον,  ov,  TO,  a  plant,  perh.  ele- 
campane, Chaerem.  ap.  Ath.  008  C. 

'ί'Έλενος.  ov,  6,  Helenas,  son  of 
Priam,  a  celebrated  prophet  of  the 
Trojans,  11. — 2.  son  of  Oenops,  a 
Grecian  chieftain,  II.  5,  707. — 3.  son 
of  Pyrrhus,  Plut.  Pyrrh.  9. 

Έλεόθβε-τος,  ov,  (ε?.ος,  τρέίρω) 
like  έ/.εότροφος,  marsh-bred,  growing 
in  the  marsh,  σέ/Λνον,  II.  2,  776  :  yet 
Wolf  writes  έλεόθρ. 

Έλεόΐ',  adv.  like  ε7.εεινόν,  piteous- 
ly,  only  in  Hes.  Op.  207. 

Έλεόλ',  ov,  -o,=sq.,  Ar.  Eq.  152: 
also  proparox.  ελεον. 

Έλεόζ",  οϊ',  δ,  a  kitchen-table,  a  board 
on  which  meat  was  cut  up,  a  dresser,  II. 
9,  215,  Od.  14,  432. 


EAEY 

'E?-60f ,  01',  6,  pity,  mercy,  compassion, 
II.  24,  44,  more  freq.  Att. ;  also  in 
plur.  in  Plat.  Rep.  606  C  :  ε/.,  τίνος, 
pity  for...,  Eur.  1.  A.  491 :  in  LXX., 
and  N.  T.  also  το  ε?.εος. — II.  an  object 
of  compassion,  a  piteous  thing,  Eur. 
Or.  832.  At  Athens  Έλεος,  Eleus, 
god  of  mercy,  was  worshipped,  Schol. 
Soph.  O.  C.  261 :  ApoUod.  2,  8,  1. 
(Akin  to  ϋ.αος,  ΐ/.εως.) 

ΤΕλεός,  ov,  ή,  v.  1.  Thuc.  8,  26,  for 
Αέρος,  an  island  near  Miletus. 

Έλεοσέ/ΰνον,  ov,  70,=έλ.£ίοσέ2ί- 
vov. 
ίΈλεοϋζ-,  οϋντος,  v.  ''E?.atovς. 
VE/.εοϋσα,  ης,  η.  Eleusa,  a  small 
island  near  Attica,  Strab. — 2.  an  isl- 
and on  the  coast  of  Cihcia,  v.  Έλαι- 
ονησα. 

ΈΛέττολίΓ,  (,  poet.  έ?.έ~τολις,  ιδος 
and  εως,  [έ/.εΐν,  7ϊό?.ις)  city-destroy- 
ing, in  Aesch.  Ag.  689,  epith.  of  He- 
len, cf.  ε/.ανδρος. — II.  ή,  an  engine 
for  sieges,  invented  by  Demetrius  Po- 
liorcetes,  Diod. 

Έλέσθαι.,  inf.  aor.  2  mid.  oi  αίρέω, 
Horn. 

Έλεσττίς,  ίδος,  ή,=  ΏΜς,  a  marshy 
country,  marsh  land^,  a  meadow,  Ap.  Rh. 

Έ?.ετός,  ή,  όν,  {έλεϊν)  that  can  be 
taken,  seized,  caught,  II.  9,  409. 

νΕλ.ενβεραί,  ών,  ai,  Eleutherae,  a 
town  of  .\ttica,  on  the  borders  of 
Boeotia,  once  belonging  to  Boeotia ; 
its  ruins  are  on  the  site  Gypto  Castro, 
Xen.  Hell.  5,  4,  14,  Strab.     Hence 

^Έλευθερενς,  έος,  b,  an.  inhnb.  of 
Eleutherae. — 2.  an  appell.  of  Bacchus, 
Paus. 

Έλ.ενθερία.  ας.  η,  {έ7.ενθ ε ρος)  free- 
dom, liberty.  Pind.  P.  1.  119,  Hdt.  1, 
62.  etc. :  esp.  the  condition  of  a  free 
man,  Aesch.,  etc.  :  freedom  from  a 
thing,  από  τίνος.  Plat.  Legg.  693  A, 
τινός.  Rep.  329  C  — 2.  licence.  Id. 
Gorg.  492  C. — 3.  \Άί&τ=έλ.ενθεριότης. 

Έλεΐ'Αερ/α.  uv,  τά,  sub.  Ιερά,  the 
feast  of  Liberty,  tl.  the  national  fes- 
tival celebrated  by  the  Greek  states, 
in  honour  of  Ζενς  'Ελευθέριος,  after 
the  battle  of  Plataea,  for  their  deli- 
verance from  the  Persians.  Diod.  S. 
11,29,  Plut.  Arist.  19,  21,  Strab. ;  cf. 
Thuc.  3,  53.-2.  a  festival  in  Syra- 
cuse, in  commemoration  of  their  libe- 
ration from  the  tyranny  of  Thrasybu- 
lus,  Diod.  S.  11,  72. — 3.  a  festival  in 
Samos,  in  honour  of  "Εοως,  Ath.  562 
A,  V.  Diet.  Antiqq.  p.  397. 

Έ?.ενϋεριύζω,  {έλενβέριος)  to  speak 
or  act  freely,  to  speak,  art,  live  like  a 
freeman,  to  be  free.  Plat.  Legg.  701  E. 
Hence 

Έλενθεριαστικός,  ή,  όν,  free  of 
speech,  etc. 

Έ?.ενθέριος.  ov,  also  a,  ov.  Xen. 
Conv.  8,  16,  {έ7.ενθερος)  .^peaking  or 
acting  like  a  free  man,  free-spirited, 
frank,  Lat.  liberalis.  Plat.  Gorg.  485 
Β  :  esp.  freely-giving,  boxintiful.  liberal, 
Arist.  Eth.  N. ;  of  appearance,  of 
manly  bearing,  open,  noble,  lady-like, 
Xen.  Rep.  Lac.  11.  3;  12.  5,  Id.  Mem. 
2,  1,  22:  also  of  the  horse.  Id.  Eq. 
10,  17,  of  the  lion,  Arist. ;  also  of 
dress,  etc.,  in  good  taste.  It  bears  the 
same  relation  to  έ/.ενθερος  as  liberalis 
to  liber. — II.  as  epith.  of  Jupiter,  the 
Releaser,  Deliverer,  Pind.  O.  12,  1, 
Hdt.  3,  142,  etc.  Adv.  -υς,  Xen., 
etc.     Hence 

'Ε?.ενθεριότης,  ητος,  ή.  the  character 
of  an  έλενβέριος.  freeness  of  mind  and 
spirit ;  esp.  freeness  in  giving,  liberality. 
Plat.  Rep.  402  C,  and  Arist.  Eth."N. 
'^Έ?.ενβερίς,  ίύος.  ή,  fem.  adj.  from 
Έλ.ενθεραί,  of  Eleutherae,  ή  Έλ. 
ηέτρα,  the  rock  Eleutheris,  a  part  of 


ΕΛΕΥ 

Mount  Cithaeron  near  Eleutherae, 
Eur.  Suppl.  759. 

^'Ελενθέρνα.  ης,  η.  Eleutherna,  a 
city  of  Crete,  Dio  C. :  hence  ό  Ελεν- 
θερναΐος,  an  inhab.  of  Eleutherna,  Ath. 
638  B. 

νΕ?.ενθεροκί7.ΐκες,  uv,  oi,  {έ7.ενθε• 
οος,  Κί/αξ)  the  Eleuthcro-Cihces.  in- 
hab. of  a  part  of  Cilicia,  called  'Ελευ- 
θέρα Κΰ.ικία,  Diod.  S. 

νΕ7εΐ'θερολάκωνες,  ων,  οΊ,  {έ/.εν- 
Θερος,  Αύκων)  the  Eleuthero-Lncones, 
οχ  free  inhab.  of  Laconia  in  the  time  of 
the  Romans,  Paus.,  Strab. 

Έ7.ενβερό-αις,  τταιόος.  ό.  η,  {έ7.εν- 
θερος,  τζαις)  having  free  children,  and 
so  a  free  man,  Anth. 

Έ7.ενθερο-οώς,  όν,  (έ7.εύθερος, 
ΤΓΟίέω)  making  free,  Epict. 

Έ7^ενθερη-ραξία,  ας.  ή,  {έ7.ενθερος, 
ττράσσω)  freeness  in  acting,  licence.  Or. 
Sib. 

Έ7.ενθερο—ρασίον  δίκη,  η.  {έ7.εύ 
θέρος,  ηίττράσκω)  α  prosecution  for 
selling  a  freeman  as  a  slave,  Att.  Pro- 
cess, p.  229. 

Έ/.ευθεροτρέττεια,  ας,  ή.  the  dispo 
sition  of  a  freeman,  duh. :  from 

Έ7:.ενθερο~ρε7τής.  ές,  {έ7,εύθερος, 
~ρέ~ω)  worthy  of  a  freeman.  Plat.  Ale. 

I,  135  C.     Adv.  -πώς. 
Έ7.ενθερος,  a.  ov,  and  Att.  ος.  or, 

Aesch.  Ag.  328,  Eur.  El.  808,  free, 
Lat.  Ither :  hence  free-spirited,  gentle. 
Hom.  has  the  word  only  in  II.  in  two 
phrases,  έ7-ενθερον  ήμαρ,  the  day  of 
freedom,  i.  e.  freedom  ;  and  κρί/τηρ 
έ7.εύθερος,  the  cup  (drunk)  tofre-.dom, 

II.  6,  528  :  of  persons,  Hdt.  1.  6,  etc. : 
TO  k7..,  freedom,  Hdt.  7.  103,  el.:.— 2. 

free,  freed  from  a  thing,  όόνον,  κακών, 
οά3ου.  Tras. ;  also  ά—ό  τίνος.  Plat. 
Legg.  832  D.— II.  like  ίλενθέριος.  fit 
for  a  freeman,  free.  Lat.  liberalis,  νττό- 
κρισις,  Hdt.  1,  116:  βάσανοι  έλ  ,  tor- 
tureSiSKc/i  as  misht  be  used  to  afreeman. 
Plat.  Legg.  940  C. :  and  so  more 
freq.  in  adv.  -ρως,  esp.  έλ.  είττεϊν, 
Hdt.  5,  93,  etc.  {έ-7.ενβερ-ός  is  prob. 
the  same  as  Lat.  liber,  with  ε  euphon., 
cf.  έ7Μφρός.) 

νΕ7.ενθερος,  ov,  ό,  Eleutherus,  a 
river  of  Phoenicia,  Strab. 

'Ε7.ενβεροστομέω.  ώ,  to  be  free  of 
speech,  Aesch.  Pr.  180:  and 

Έ7.ενβεροστομία.  ης,  ή,  freedom  of 
speech,  Dion.  H.  :  from 

'Ε/•.ενθερόστομος,  ov.  {'ε7.ενθερος, 
στόμα)  free-spoken.  Aesch.  Supp.  948. 

'ΈΓΑενθερονργός.  όν.  {έ7.ενΟερος, 
*  ίργω)  bearing  himself  friely.  niibly, 
of  the  horse.  Xen.  Eq.  10,  17. 

Έ7.ενθερόω.  ώ,  ('ε7.Ενθερος)  to  free 
Hdt.  5,  62,  τζατρίδη,  .\osch  Pers 
403 :  to  set  free,  release  from  debt, 
Hdt.  6,  59,  χρεών.  Plat.  Kep  506  Ε  : 
to  set  free  from  blame,  acquit.  Soph. 
O.  T.  700,  ubi  V.  Herm.  Pass,  to  be 
set  free,  Hdt.  1,  95.  etc.  to  be  acquit- 
ted, Xen.  Hell.  1,  7.  24•  to  indulge  in 
licence,  Plat.  Rep.  575  A.     Hence 

'Ε7.ενθέρωσις,  εως,  ή,  afrecins.  -"et- 
ting  free,  Hdt.  9,  45,  άτό  τίνος.  Thuc. 
3,  10.— II.  licence.  Plat.  Rep.  561  A. 

'Ελειιθερωτέον,  verb.  adj.  from 
ε7.ενθερόω,  one  must  set  free,  Polyb. 

Έ7.ενθερωτ7'/ς.  ού,  b,  (έ/ιενθερόω) 
a  liberator,  Dio  C. 

νΕλευθηρ,  ηρος,  ή.=Έ7.ενβεραί,  in 
Boeotia,  Hes.  Th.  54.-2.  ό.  Eleuther, 
a  son  of  .\pollo,  Apollod.  3,  10,  1. 

*'EAEY'9S2,  assumed  as  pres., 
whence  to  form  ε7ιενσημαι,  jf/.vOov, 
ελη7.νθα,  the  fut.,  aor.,  and  perf  of 
Ιρχομαι. 

Έ7.ενβώ.  oof  contr.  ονς,  η,=  Εί?.ει• 
θνιη,  Pind. 

Έ/^ενσίν  or  Έ7.ευσίς,  ΐνος,  η,  ΕΙ- 
435 


ΕΛΕΦ 

eusis,  an  old  city  of  Attica,  sacred  to 
Deineter  (Ceres)  and  Cora  (Proser- 
pina) ;  it  contained  a  famous  temple 
of  Ceres,  and  in  it  were  celebrated 
the  Eleusinian  mysteries  ;  lirst  in  H. 
Horn.  Cer.,  then  in  Find.,  Hdt.,  etc. : 
hence  'EXevolvuth,  to  Eleusis.  Xen. 
Hell.  2,  4,  21 :  'ΈλεναΙνι,  in  Eleusis, 
Andoc. :  Έ,7.ενσίνόθεν,  from  Eleusis, 
Id.     Hence 

^Έλενσίνίΰκός,  ή,  όν,  Ekusiniati, 
Strab. 

νΕλενσινίδης,  ov,  ό,  son  or  (hscend- 
ant  of  Eleusis,  H.  Hom.  Cer.  105. 

^'Ελευσίνιος,  a,  ov.  of  Eleusis,  Eleu- 
sinian, H.  Hom.  Cer.  266,  Thuc,  etc., 
esp.  Έλ.,.ία,  epith.  of  Ceres,  and  Pro- 
serpina, who  were  esp.  honoured  in 
Eleusis,  Hdt.  9,  57,  Strab.,  Pans., 
Soph.  Ant.  1 120.  As  subst.  -b  Ύ.λεν- 
σίνιον,  the  temple  of  the  Eleusinian 
Ceres,  Thuc,  Xen.  —  II.  m  pi.  τα 
Έλενσίρια,  festival  in  honour  oj  the 
Eleusinian  Ceres  in  Athens; — 1.  the 
greater  Eleusinia,  celebrated  in  Athens 
and  Eleusis  in  the  month  Boedro- 
mion  (September)  for  0  days. — 2.  the 
lesser  Eleusinia,  celebrated  at  Agra  on 
the  Ilissus  in  Anthesterion  (Febru- 
ary), V.  Diet.  Antiqq.  s.  v.  [iv-  e.xcept 
in  H.  Hom.  Cer.  266,  and  Soph.  Ant. 
1120.] 

ΈΆενσις,  εως,  ή.  (Λλενσομαϊ)  a 
coming,  esp.  of  our  LORD,  the  Ad- 
vent, N.  T. 
^Έλενσίς,  Ινος,  ό,  Eleusis,  father  of 
Celeus  and  Triptolemus,  Apollod. 
ace.  to  Paus.,  son  of  Mercury,  founder 
of  Eleusis. — II.  v.  Έ?.ενσίν. 

Έ/.εύσομαι,  fut.  οί  ίρχοιιαι,  Hom. 
Έ'λευστέον,  verb.  adj.  of  έρχομαι, 
one  must  come,  LXX. 

Έ/.εόαίρομαι,  dep.,  (έλ^ττωρτ;,  ελ- 
ίτω)  old  Ej).  word,  to  cheat  with  empty 
hopes,  opp.  to  ετνμα  κμαίνειν,  said  of 
the  dreams  that  come  through  the 
ivory  gate,  oiii  πριστον  ε'λέψαντος, 
Od.  19,  565,  (there  is  a  play  of  words 
between  έ/.έώας  and  ελεόαίρομαι,  but 
no  etyinol.  alliance) :  hence  in  genl. 
to  trick,  overreach,  11.  2.3,  3S8 :  and  in 
Hes.  Th.  330,  of  the  Nemean  lion, 
ίλεφαίρετο  φν?ι,'  ανθρώπων,  used  to 
destroy,  devour  them. 

Έ'λεφαΐ'τΰγωγός,  ov,  ό,  {έ?^φας, 
ΰγω)  an  elephant  driver. 

Έ7.εφαντάρχης,  ov,  ό,  {Ι7.έφας,  άρ- 
χω) the  commander  of  a  squadron  if 
elephants  with  the  men  upon  them,  Plut. 
Hence 

Έλεφανταρχία,  ας,  ή,  the  office  of 
the  έ?.εφαντύρχης. 

Έ/Λψύντειος,  ov,  (έλέφας)  of,  be- 
longing to  an  elephant,  Diosc. 

Έ'λε(?αντίαηις,  εως,ή,  Aretae.,also 
έλεφαντιασμός,  οϋ,  ό,  α  cutaneous  dis- 
ease, esp.  in  .\egypt,  so  called  from  its 
likeness  to  elephant's  hide  :  from 

Έλεφαντιάω,  ω,  to  suffer  from  ele- 
phantiasis, Diosc. 

Έλεφαντίνεος,  a,  ον,  =  έ7>,εφάντι- 
νος.  Anth. 

^Έ7.εφαντίνη,  ης,  ή,  Elephantinl,  an 
island  in  the  Nile,  on  the  southern 
borders  of  Aegypl,  containing  a  city 
of  the  same  name,  Hdt.  2,  17,  Arr. 

Έλεφύντΐνος,  η,  ov,  (έ7.έφας)  Al- 
cac.  67,  of  ivory,  ivory :  έλεφύνηνον 
τάβίχος.  Crates  Sam.  1. 

^Έλεφαν-ίσκιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from 
έλέφας,  Ael.  Ν.  Α.  8,  27. 

'Ε7^εφαντιστής,  οΰ,  ό,  an  elephant- 
driver,  Arist.  Η.  Α. — Π.  in  Αρρ.,  α 
shield  of  elephant-hide. 

Έ7.εφαντόδετος,  ov,  {έ7»'φας,  δέω) 
bound,   inlaid  with   ivory,    Eur.   I.  A. 
583,  Ar.  Av.  218. 
Έλεφαντοθήρας,   ov,    ό,   {έ7.έφας, 
436 


ΕΛΙΓ 

θηρύω)  an  elephant-hunter,  Agatharch. 
ap.  Phot. 

Έ7.εφαντοκό7.7.η-ος,  ov,  (.έ7.έφας, 
κο7ί7άω)  inlaid  uilh  ivory,  Clem.  Al. 

Έλεφαντόκω-ος.  ov,  (έ/.έφας,  κώ- 
■πη)  ivory-handled,  ξιφομύχαφα,  The- 
opomp.  "(Com.)  Καπι//..  2. 

Έλεφa^>τoμάχίa,  ας,  ή,  a  battle  of 
elephants,  Plut.  :  from 

Έ7.εφαντομάχος,  ov,  {έλέφας,  μά- 
χομαι) fighting  ivith  elephants,  Strab. 

t"J  ,  ,     , 

Έλεφαντυπονς,   ο,   ij,    ■ϊΓουν,    το, 

gen.  -οδης,  (ί7.εόας,  ττούς)  ivory-foot- 
ed, Plat.  (Com.)  Inccrt.  8. 

Έ7.εφαντοτόμος,  ov,  {ελέφας,  τέμ- 
νω) an  ivory-cutter,  Opp. 

Έλεύαντουργική.  ης,  ή,  sub.  τέχνη, 
the  art  of  working  in  ivory  :  from 

Έλεφην-ονργύς,  όν,  {έλέφας,  *  έρ- 
γω) working  in  ivory,  Philostr. 

Έ7.εφαντοφύγος,  ov,  (ί7.έφας,  φυ- 
γείν) an  elephant-eater,  Agatharch.  ap. 
Phot. 

Έ7.εφαντώδης,  ες,  {έ7.έφας,  είδος) 
like  an  elephant,  Aretae. 

ΈΛΕ'Φ.λΣ,  αντος,  6  the  elephant, 
first  in  Hdt. — 11.  the  elephant's  tu.s-k, 
ivory  :  Horn.,  Hes.,  and  Pind.  have  it 
is  this  signf  only,  for  ivory  was  an 
article  of  traffic,  "long  before  the  ani- 
mal was  known  to  Greek  travellers  : 
Hom.  brings  false  dreams  through  an 
ivory  gate,  v.  ελεφαίρομαΐ-  —  III.= 
έ?.εφαντίασις,  Gal.  —  IV.  a  precious 
stone,  Theophr.  (Eleph  in  Hebr.  is 
an  ox  :  bos  Lucas  was  the  old  Lat. 
name  of  the  elephant,  Lucret.  5,  1301: 
and  Paus.  9,  21.  2,  calls  a  rhinoceros 
Tuvpov  λίθιοπικόν :  v.  Pott  Etym. 
Forsch.  1,  lx.\xi.) 

νΕ7.έφας,  αντος,  ό,  Elcphas,  a  moun- 
tain of  Arabia,  Strab. — 2.  another  in 
Mauritania,  Id. —  II.  epith.  of  the 
Maced.  Nicanor.  Polyb.  18,  7,  2. 

'^''Ε7.εφ?/νωρ,  ορός,  ό,  ElcphSnor,  a 
chief  of  the  Abantes  in  Euboea,  II.  2, 
540. 

t'EP.fw!',  ώνος,  ή,  Eicon,  a  city  of 
Boeotia  near  Tanagra,  II.  2,  500  ;  in 
Strab.  'E/fwi^.— 2.  a  city  of  Thessaly, 
II.  10,  266  ;  v.  Ήλώνη. 

"Ελ;?,  ί].=  ε17.η,  ά7Ια,  the  heat  or 
light  of  the  sun.  (Root  of  η/.ιος.  σέ- 
λας, σελήνη,  έλένη,  έλάνη:  cf.  Germ. 
Helle,  brightness.) 

"Έλη,  3  subj.  aor.  2  of  αίρέω,  II. 

'Ελτ/α/.  Ion.  for  ίλτι,  2  sing.  subj. 
aor.  2  mid.  of  αίρέω. 

Έληθερί/ς,  ες,  {έ7.η,  θέρω)  warmed 
by  the  sun,  also  εΙληΟερής. 

Έλίβΰκα,  perf.  act.,  and  έλ7}λΰμαι 
perf  pass.,  o(  ε7.αννω. 

Έλί/λάται.  έλ/'/λΰτο,  3  sing.  perf. 
and  plqpf.  jiass.  of  έ7Μύνω,  Horn. 
t'EZr/iea-o,  v.  1.  Od.  7,  86  in  some 
MSS.   for   έληλέδατο,   approved   by 
Bnttm.  Catal.  p.  93. 

Έ7.ή7ιεγμαί,  perf.  pass,  of  έ7.έγχω. 

Έ7.ηλέδατο.  3  plur.  plqpf  of  έλαύ- 
νω  for  έ/.ή7.ατο,  v.  1.  Od.  7,  86,  iibi 
Wolf  έρηρέδατ',  Bnttm.  Ausf.  Gr. 
'ξ(  98,  Anm.  13.  n.,  έ>;/λέατ'. 

Έλ/βνθα,  perf  of  έρχομαι :  Hom. 
has  only  part.  έ7.η7.ουθώς,  and  this 
has  somewhat  of  the  Aeol.  ε'ι/.ήλου- 
θα,  II.  15,  81. 

νΕλι/σύμην,  1  aor.  mid.  of  λανθά- 
νω, Mosch. 

^Έλί/σθην,  1  aor.  pass,  of  7.ανθάνω, 
Theocr. 

Έ7£εΙν,  Ep.  έ7ιθέμεν,  έλθέμεναι, 
inf.  aor.  2  o{  έρχομαι,  Hom. 

'Ε7,ίγδ>ιν,  adv..  {ελίσσω)  whirling, 
spinning,  Aesch.  Pr.  882. 

"Ε/Λγμα,  ατός.  τό,  (ελίσσω)  that 
which  is  rolled,  twisted,  etc. ;  hence — 
I.    the  fold  of   a  garment,  wrapping, 


EAIK 

Ephipp.  Nai'ay.  1,  9. — II.  a  curl, 
ringlet,  Leon.  Tar.—  III.  a  bending  of 
the  bone  without  fracture,  Medic. 

Έ/αγματώδης,  ες,  =  έ7Λκοείδής, 
tuisied. 

Έ7αγμός,  οϋ.  ό.  α  rollivg,  winding, 
twisting,  turning,  esp.  of  a  winding 
road  or  passage,  Hdt.  2,  148. 

ίΈλίίΐ'ζ•,  έως,  ό,  Elieus,  son  of  the 
Cephisus,    Plut. 

'Ελικάμπυξ.  νκος,  ό,  ή.  {ε7.ιξ,  άμ- 
πνξ)  leilh  α  circlet  round  the  hair,  Pind. 
Fr.  45,  18. 

Έ7Λκανγής,  ες,  {i7.i^.  ανγή)  ivilh 
circling  rays,  ΐρ.ιος,  Orph. 

ίΈλί/ιάων,  oi'Oi,-,  ό,  llelicuon,  son  of 
Antenor,  married  Laodice  the  daugh- 
ter of  Priam,  II.  3,  123. 

'Ελίκη,  ης,  ή,  {ελιξ)  a  winding,  twitt- 
ing, etc.  :  hence — I.  the  constellation 
of  the  Great  Bear,  from  its  form  or 
from  its  turning  close  round  the  pole, 
Arat.  37.— II.  part  of  a  shell- fish,  Arist. 
H.  A. — II.  in  .Vrcadia,  the  willow,  from 
its  pliant  nature,  Theophr.  11.  PI.  3, 
13,  fin.,  cf.  Lat.  sali.r. 
^Έλίκη,  ΐ]ς,  η,  Helice,  daughter  of 
Selinus  and  wife  of  Ion,  after  whom 
the  city  Helice  in  Achaia  was  named, 
ace.  to  Steph.  Byz. — 2.  daughter  of 
Danaus. — JI.  a  city  of  Achaia.  found- 
ed by  Ion,  contaming  a  temple  of 
Neptune.  II.  2,  575,  Hdt.  etc.,  hence 
'Ε7Λκαεϊς, 01, theinhab. of  Helice,  Paus., 
and  Έ/Λκενς,  έως,  ό,  Strab. — 2.  a  city 
of  Thessaly,  Hes.  Scut.  H.  381,  475. 
Έλικηδόν,  &άν.=έ/.ί}'δην,  twisting, 
spirally,  Theophr. 

νΕλίκηθεν,  adv.  (from  Ελίκη  II.  1) 
from  Helice,  Theocr.  25,  180,  but=: 
gen.  with  εξ  expressed. 

Έλικίας.  ov,  ό,  forked  lightning, 
Arist.  Mund. 

Έ7ακοβλέφάρος,  ov,  {ί7αξ,  βλέφα 
pov)  loith  ever-moving  eyelids,  and  so 
quick-glancing,  qvick-e^ed,  eiiith.  of  Ve- 
iiux,  H.  Hom.  5,  19,  Hes.  Th.  16:  cf. 
έλίκω'φ. 

Έ7Λκοβόστρνχος.  ov,  {Άιξ,  βόσ- 
τρυχος) ivith  curling  hair,  Ar.  Fr.  314. 
'Ε7.ικαγρύ,φέω,  ώ.  {ε/.ιξ,  γράφω)  to 
describe  a  winding  line,  to  wind,  twist, 
Agathem.  2.  10. 

Έ/.ίκόδρομος,  ov,  {ί7ιξ,  δραμεΐν) 
running  iti  curves,  twisting,  prob.  1.  Eur. 
Bacch.  1067. 

'Ε7ικοειδ7'/ς,  ές,  {έλιξ,  είδος)  poet. 
ε'ύ.ικ.,  of  U'inding,  twisted  forin,  curved, 
twisting,  Aretae.     Adv.  -δώς. 

Έλιιώι'φοος,  ov,  (έλί^,  /)έω)  with 
winding  stream,  Orac.  ap.  Paus. 

Έλίκής,  ή,  όν,-=έ7.ικτός,  of  water, 
eddying,  Call.  Fr.  290. 
^'Ε7.ίκράνιη'.  υν,  τό,  Helicranum,  a 
fortress  of  Epirus,  now  prob.  Crania, 
Polyb.  2,  6,  2. 

'E7.iKT)jp,  ηρος,  6,  (ίλί'σσω)  anything 
twisted  or  winding  :  an  armlet,  earring, 
Ar.  Fi.  309. 

Έ7ιΐκτής,  η,  όν,  {ελίσσω)  rolled, 
twisted,  wreathed,  βοϋς  κεράεσσιν  έλικ- 
ταί,  Η.  Horn.  Merc  192  ;  {λ.  στέφα- 
νος, Chaerem.  ap.  Ath.  079  F :  cir- 
cling, twisting,  winding,  and  so  metaph. 
tortuous,  not  straight-forward,  Eur. 
Andr.  448. 

Έλικώδης,  ες,=^έλικοειδής,  Nonn. 
Έ7.ίκων,  ωνος,  ό,  {έ/ύσσω)  the  thread 
spun  from  the  distaff  to  the  spindle. — II. 
έ7-ΐκών,  ώνος,  ό.  a  n.ine-stnngrd  inslru- 
vient,  Aristid.  Quint.  3,  p.  187,  .MeJb. 
Έ7.ικών,  ώνος,  δ.  Helicon,  now  Pa- 
laeovouni  or  Zagora,  a  hill  in  Boeotia, 
sacred  to  Apollo  and  the  Muses,  fam- 
ed as  the  chief  seat  of  the  Muses  as 
early  as  Hes.  Op.  637,  Th.  2,  23 :  sa- 
cred also  to  Neptune,  ace.  to  H.  Horn. 
21,  3 ;  Epig.  6,  cf.  llgen  ad  23  (21)  3. 


ΕΛΙΞ 
—Π.  pr.  η.  also  of  men  and  of  several 
rivers,  Plut.,  Ath.,  Paus.,etc.   Hence 

Έ/Λκωνιάδες,  ων,  αϊ,  with  or  with- 
out τταρθέΐ'οι,  the  dwellers  on  Helicon, 
the  Muses,  Hes.  Op.  656,  Th.  1 ;  Find., 
etc. 

Έλικώνως,  a,  ov,  Heliconian,  of 
Helicon  ;  ai  Έλικώνιαι  τταρβένοι,  the 
maids  of  Helicon,  i.  6.  the  Muses,  Pind. 
I.  8,  127.-11.  epith.  of  Neptune,  II. 
20,  404,  ace.  to  old  Interpp.,  from  He- 
lice  in  Achaia,  where  he  was  espe- 
cially honoured,  U.  8,  203,  but  v.  H. 
Horn.  21,  3  ;  and  'Ελικών  I.  at  end. 

fE/AKO)vic,  ίδος,  ή,  fern,  adj.,  ο/ΉβΖ- 
icon,  {],  Έλ.  κρήνη,  the  fountain  of  He- 
licon, i.  e.  Aganippe  or  Hippocrene  ; 
ai  Έλικωνίόες  νύμφαι,  the  maids  of 
Hel.,  i.  e.  the  Muses,  Soph.  O.  R. 
1103.— II.  J/e&o«!s,  daughter  of  Thes- 
pius,  Apollod.  2,  7,  8. 

Έλικώτϊΐς,  ιδος,  ή,  fem.  of  έ?ύκω-ψ, 
D.  1,  98. 

Έλικωττός,  oi',=sq.,  Orph. 

Έλίκωιρ,  ωτΓος,  ό,  ή,  (έ/ί'σσω,  ώψ) 
with  rolling  ΟΓ  quickly-moving  eyes, 
quick-glancing,  quick-eyed,  as  a  mark 
of  youth  and  spirits,  hence  έ/.ίκο)~ες 
Αχαιοί,  II.  1,  389,  etc. ;  and  as  pecul. 
fem.  έ/Λκώπιςκονρή,  II.  1,  98  :  neither 
form  occurs  in  Oo. :  in  Hes.  and  la- 
ter esp.  as  epith.  of  the  Muses,  Venus, 
and  young  girls. 

VE/.ίμεια,  ας,  η,  Elimea,  a  district 
of  Macedonia  on  the  borders  of  Epi- 
rus,  at  an  earlier  period  belonging  to 
Illyria,  Strab.  ;  in  Xen.  Hell.  5,  2,  38 
^Ελιμία  :  oi  'Ελιμιώται,  the  inhab.  of 
El.  Strab. 

νΕΆιμιώ-ις,  ιδος,  ^,=foreg.  Arr. 
An.  1,  7,  6.         ^ 

ΈλΙνός,  ov,  6,  (ελίσσω)  a  tendril, 
Philet.  43  :  the  vine  itself,  0pp. 

Έ/ΰνΰες,  ai,  also  written  έλΑννυες, 
days  of  rest,  holidays :  in  Polyb.  for 
the  Roman  supplicatio.    (v.  έλίνύω.) 

Έ?.ϊννω,  or  ε?.ιν.,  f.  -ύσω,  to  rest, 
keep  holiday,  keep  peace,  enjoy  leisure, 
esp.  Ion.,  Wess.  Hdt.  1,  67:  7,  56; 
also  in  Pind. ;  hence  to  take  rest,  sleep. 
— II.  to  slack  from,  work,  be  slack,  lazy, 
Aesch.  Pr.  .53.  [v  usu.  in  pres.,  always 
in  fut.  and  aor.,  Bockh  Find.  N.  5, 1 : 
later  we  find  έλινννω,  though  I  by 
nature,  Schaf.  Greg.  p.  502.] 

"Ελιξ,  ϊκος,  6,  ή,  adj.  twisted,  bent, 
curved,  crooked,  ivinding,  spiral :  in 
Hom.  also  epith.  of  oxen,  ace.  to  some 
from  their  crooked  legs,  others  better 
from  their  twisted,  crumpled  horns,  (cf 
έλικτός),  the  Lat.  camuru^,  Voss  Virg. 
G.  3,  55. 

"Ε'λιξ,  ΐκος,  ή,  poet,  είλιξ,  as  subst., 
(ελίσσω,  ε'ιλέω)  anything  twisted,  wind- 
ing or  spiral :  in  Horn,  only  once,  II. 
18,  401,  an  armlet  or  earring,  like  έΡα/ί- 
τήρ,  cf  Η.  Hom.  Ven.  87.  Afterwds. 
in  various  relations, — I.  a  twist,  whirl, 
eddy,  whirlwind,  Lat.  vortex,  ίλ.  στε- 
ρστής,  flashes  of  forked  lightning, 
Aesch.  Pr.  1083:  έλικες  rov  ovpavov, 
the  orbits  of  the  heavenly  bodies,  Arist. 
Metaph. — II.  the  tendril  of  the  vine, 
Theophr. :  βότρνος  ελ.,  the  grape. 
Ax.  Ran.  1321. — 2.  the  tendrils  of  ivy, 
Ar.  Thesm.  1000  :  also,  a  kind  of  ivy, 
hedera  helix,  Theophr. — 3.  a  curl  or 
lock  of  hair,  Anth. — 1.  the  voUiteoiihe 
Ionic  capitar,  Vitruv. — III.  the  bowels, 
from  their  twisting  form,  Arist.  Part. 
An. :  also  part  of  a  shell-fish,  cf.  ελί- 
κη. — IV'.  the  outer  ear,  Arist.  de  Auiin. 
— V,  in  Math.,  a  spiral  line. — VI.  an 
engine  invented  by  Archimedes :  a 
screii},  windlass,  elsewh.  κοχλίας.  k.\.\\. 
— VII.  later,  a  vault,  arch,  like  εΠ^ημα. 

νΕ'/.ιξ,  ικος,  ό.  Helix,  son  of  Lyca- 
on,  ApoUod  3,  8, 1, 


EAKE 

"Ελιξις,  εως,  ή,  (ελίσσω)  a  twisting, 
winding,  of  the  bowels,  Hipp. 

Έ/Λξόκερως,  ωτος,  ό,  >/,  neut.  ων, 
(ελίσσω,  κέρας)  with  crumpled  horns, 
κριός,  Anth. 

Έ?ιΐξό~ορος,  ov,  (ελίσσω,  ττόρος) 
going  round  and  round,  Procul.  H.  Sol. 
48. 

ΫΕλιξος,  ov,  6,  Helixus,  a  river  in 
Ceos,  Strab. — U.  masc.  pr.  n.,  Thuc. 
8,  80,  Xen.,  etc. 

νΕ'/Λσονς,  ούντος,  ό,  Elisiis,  a  river 
of  Elis,  Theocr.  25,  9. 

νΕ?Λσσαΐος,  ov,  ό,  Elisha,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  LXX. 

^Έ?Λσσονς,  ονντος,  ό,  Elissus,  a 
small  town  of  Arcadia,  Diod.  S. 

'Ελίσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  f.  -ξω,  Ep.  and 
Ion.  ε'ίλίσσω,  (ελιξ,  ει/.έω)  to  turn  round 
or  about :  the  act.  in  Hom.  always  of 
turning  a  chariot  round  the  doubling- 
post,  e.  g.  II.  23,  309 :  late,  in  genl., 
to  turn,  roll,  wind,  wrap,  bend,  twist, 
twine  :  to  whirl,  spin,  move  quickly,  ελ. 
τι  περί  τι,  Hdt.  2,  38 ;  4,  34  ;  πλά- 
ταν,  to  ply  the  oar  quickly.  Soph.  Aj. 
358 :  χείρας  άμόί  γόνν,  to  clasp  the 
ajms  around,  Eur.  Phoen.  1622  ;  /.t- 
vov,  to  spin  threads.  Id.  Or.  1432. — 2. 
metaph.  to  turn  in  one's  mind,  revolve, 
Soph.  Ant.  231  :  έλ.  λόγους,  to  speak 
ivily  words,  Eur.  Or.  892. — II.  intrans. 
in  Eur.  Or.  1292.  B.  pass,  and  mid. 
to  turn  one's  self  round  or  about,  turn 
quick  round,  move  from  one  side  to  an- 
other, run  to  and  fro,  oft.  in  II.  ;  έ/.ιχ- 
θείς,  one  who  has  turned  to  face  the  toe, 
II.  12,  74;  with  ένθα  και  ένθα,  Od. 
20,  24  :  to  wind  one's  way,  δια  βήσσας, 
II.  17,  283  :  to  move  '  in  circling  spires' 
of  a  serpent,  II.  22,  95  :  to  spin  round, 
έλισσομένη  καλανροψ,  the  shepherd's 
staff /Λα/  is  thrown  so  as  to  spin  through 
the  air,  II.  23,  846 :  and  pass.,  έλισ- 
σόμενοι  περί  δίνας,  whirled  round  in 
the  eddies,  II.  21,  11 :  but  mid.  in  act. 
signf  κεφαλήν  σφαιρηδόν  έ'λίξασθαι, 
to  whirl  the  head  round  like  a  sling, 
II.  13,  204,  so  also  in  Pind. :  ώραι 
έλισσόμεναι,  the  circling  hours.  Pind. 
O.  4,  5. — 2.  είλίχθαι  την  κεφαλήν  μί- 
τρτ).  to  hare  one's  head  rolled  round 
with  a  turban,  Hdt.  7. 90.  (Cf  ειλω, 
sub  fin. .  hence  prob.  our  tvHy,  for 
ελίσσω  is  digammated.) 

\Έλισσών,  όντης,  ό,  Helisson,  a  riv- 
er of  Arcadia,  flowing  into  the  Pe- 
neus,  Paus. ;  also='E/liaffoiif. — 2.  a 
river  of  Elis,  Strab. 

^Έ7.ίσνκοι.  ων,  oi,  the  Helisyci,  a  peo- 
ple of  Liguria,  Hdt.  7,  165. 

Έ/.ίτροχος,  ov,  (ελίσσω,  τροχός) 
whirling  the  wheel  round,  σύριγγες  έλ., 
Aesch.  Theb.  205. 

'Ελιφθεν,  Aeol.  for  ε?.είφθησαν,  3 
plur.  aor.  1  pass,  from  /.είττω. 

Έλίχρϋσος,  ov,  ό,  (ε?,ιξ,  χρνσός)  a 
creeping  plant  with  yellow  flower  OT  fruit, 
Alcm.  29,  Ibyc.  7. 

Έ/.καίνω,  (έλκος)  to  be  sore  from  a 
wound,  Aesch.  Cho.  843. 

"Έλκάνον,  ov,  τό,^=ί?.κος,  awotind. 

'Ε7-κΰ.νόω.^έλκαίνω. 

'Ελκεσίπε~7.ος,  ov,  (ε?Μω,  πέπ/Μς) 
trailing  the  robe,  with  a  long  train,  epith. 
of  Trojan  ladies  in  II. :  only  poet. 

Έ/.κεσίχειρος,  ov,  (έλκω,  χείρ) 
drawing  the  hand  after  it,  τρνττανα, 
Anth. :  only  poet. 

Έλκετρίβων,  ωνος,  δ,  (ελ.κω,  τρι- 
βών) clonk-trailer,  nick-name  of  a  La- 
conian,  Plat.  (Com.)  Presb.  2.  [ΐ] 

Έ?  κεχίτων,  ωνος,  ύ,  (ε/,κω,  χϊτών) 
trailing  tke  tunic,  with  a  long  tunic, 
epith.  of  the  lonians,  II.  13,  635 :  cf. 
ποδήρης. 

Έλκέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  strengthd.  for 
Ιλκω,  to  drag,  pull  about,  tear  asunder. 


ΕΑΚΩ 

:  m  impf  II .  17,  395,  in  fut.  17,  558 

,  (where  however  others  έλκνσωσιν). 

■  22,  336.-11.  to  carry  off  captive,  11.  22, 

.  62  :  hence  in  genl.,  to  treat  roughly, 

I  misuse,  esp.  to  abase  a  woman,  Αητίύ 

\  Τ)λκ7ΐσε,  he  attempted  violence  to  Lato- 

i  na,  Od.  11,  580.     Verj-  rare  in  pres. 

and  impf.,  cf  ε/.κητον  :  and  in  genl. 

only  in  early  poets,  the  later  form  is 

έλκνω.     Hence 

Έλ.κηδόν,  adv.,  (ε?.κω)  by  dragging, 
pulling,  ■ϊΐνξ  τε  και  έλκηδόν,  with  both 
boxing  and  urestling,  for  iv  ttu/.tj, 
Hes.  Sc.  302,  Heinr.,  cf.  II.  23,  715." 

'Ελκ7/θμός,  ov,  6,  (έλκω)  a  dragging 
or  pulling  roughly  :  pass,  a  being  car- 
ried off,  Tnisused,  II.  6,  465. 

Έλκηθρον,  ov,  TO,  part  of  the  plough, 
prob.^έλυμa,  Theophr. 

'Ε/.κημα,  ατός,  τό,  (έλ.κω)  that 
which  is  carried  off,  prey,  κννών  έ'/.κ., 
Eur.  Η.  F.  568. 

Έλκητήρ.  f/ρος,  ό,  {έλ.κω)  one  that 
drags  :  only  in  Anth.,  κτένες  έ/.κητή- 
ρες.  the  harrow. 

'"Ελκητον,  3  dual  impf.  act.  from 
έλκω,  and  so  for  ειλκέτην,  Od.  13,  32. 
But  as  this  lengthening  of  ε  is  against 
all  analogy,  it  seems  better  to  write 
έλκϊ}~ον  from  έ/.κέω. 

Έλικοττοιέω,  ώ,  to  make  wounds  or 
sores  :  metaph.  to  rip  up  old  sores,  Lat. 
vtdnus  refricare,  Aeschin.  83,  37  :  from 

Έ/.κοποιός,  όν,  (έλκος,  ποιέω)  ma- 
king wounds,  having  power  to  wound, 
Aesch.  Theb.  398. 

"ΕΑΚΟΣ,  εος,  τό,  a  wound,  oft.  in 
II.,  never  in  Od. :  'έ?.κος  νδρον,  the  fes- 
tering bile  of  a  serpent,  II.  2,  723: 
hence  later,  α  sore,  ulcer,  Thuc.  2,  49, 
Xen..  etc. :  es]).  a  concealed  sore,  ab- 
sce.is,  Lat.  ULCUS,  Medic.     Hence 

'Ε/-ΚΟω,  ώ,  to  wound  sorely,  Eur. 
Hec.  405  :  to  make  sore,  bring  to  suppu- 
ration, Diosc. 

Έ7.κτέον,  verb.  adj.  of  έ?.κω,  otu 
must  draw,  drag,  Plat.  Rep.  365  C. 

'Ελκτικός,  η.  όν,  (έ'λκω)  drawing, 
attractive.  Plat.  Rep.  523  A. 

Έ'λκτός,  7],  όν,  (έλκω)  drawn  :  tha 
can  be  drawn,  Arist.  Gen.  An. 

Έλκνδριον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  έλ 
κος.  a.  slight  sore,  Ar.  Eq.  907. 

'Ε7-κνθμός,  ov,  b,  later  form  for  έλ 
κηθμός. 

"Ελκνσις,  εως,  η,  (έ7.κνω)  α  draw 
ing.  jmlling,  attraction,  Aretae. 

"Ε7.κνσμα,  ατός,  τό,  (έ7.κνω)  tha 
which  is  drawn,  e.  g.  spun  wool — II.  = 
σκωρία,  the  dross  of  silver,  becausi 
drawn  off  ivith  a  hook,  Diosc. 

'Ε7.κνσμός,  ov,  6,=έ7.κηθμός,  Philo 

Έ7.κνστάζω,  f.  -ύσω,  frequentat 
from  έλκω,  to  drag,  trail,  II.  23,  187  : 
cf.  ρνστάζω. 

Έλ«υ<777;ρ,  7/ρος,  ό,  (έ?.κύω)  an  in- 
strument for  drawing :  the  miduife's 
forceps.  Gal. — II.  as  ad). .drawing,  0pp. 

'Ε7.κνσ~ικός,  ή,  όν,  {έ7.κνω)  draw- 
ing, attractive,  DiosC. 

Έλ,κνστίνδα,  αάν.=διε7.κνστίνδα. 

Έ7Μνστός,  ή,  όν,  (έ7.κνω)  drawn, 
to  be  draum  :  έ7.κ.  ε7Λΐον,  refijied  oil, 
Bockh  Inscr.  2,  p.  486  :  from 

Έ7.κύω,  f.  ■ύσω.=  έ7.κω.  q.  v..  and 
also  e/.«E(j.  [ϋ" in  pres. :  in  fut.  and  aor. 
usu.ii,bothin.\tt..and  Pind.  N. 7, 152, 
cf.  Herm.  Ar.  Nub.  536  (540).] 

ΈΛΚΩ,  f.  -ξω :  aor.  είλξα.  but 
only  late,  the  deriv.  tenses  bein: 
mostly  formed  from  έ7.κνω,  viz.  fut 
έ7.κύσω  :  aor.  εΐλκνσα,  pass,  ε'ΰ.κύσ 
θην  ;  pf.  pass,  εί/.κνσμαι ;  wherea 
the  pres.  έ/.κνω  is  only  used  by  lat 
writers  :  in  early  Ep.  έλκέω,  q.  v.,  am 
frequent.  έ7,κνστάζω  :  Hom.  and  th' 
Ion.  never  use  the  augm.,  but  alway 
έ/ιΚον,  έλκετο,  etc.  To  draw,  trai 
437 


ΕΛΛΑ 

drag,  pull,  both  animals  and  thing's, 
usu.  wiih  collat.  notion  of  force  or 
exertion,  to  drag  along,  pull  away  :  e?i- 
κειν  τινά  ττυόος,  ττοίϊώι•,  to  drag  hirn 
by  tlie  feet,  etc.,  II.,  13,  3Θ3,  Od.  16, 
270  :  but,  ΰρατμον  vnolo  'έλκαιν,  to 
draw  the  plough  llintugh  the  held,  II. 

10,  353,  cf.  23.  518  :— very  frcq.  in 
Horn,  to  draw  ships  down  into  the  sea, 
to  draw  carriages,  to  drag  along  a  dead 
body,  to  carry  au^ay  Captive,  U,  22,  05  ; 
of  wrestling,  11.  23,  715,  cf.  έλκι/όύν  : 
to  draw  after  one,  make  to  follow,  11.  8, 
480,  c.  dat.  instrumenti,  Br.  Ar.  Eq. 
306  :  also  to  tear  in  pieces,  cf.  έλκέω  : 
hence  pass.,  ί•λκνσύ/}ι•αί  ΰπο  κυνών, 
Hdt.  1,  110. — 2.  Ιο  draw  οτ  bend  &  bow, 

11.  4,  122,  Od.  21,  419.— 3.  I  ιστία, 
to  stretch,  bend  sails,  Od.  2,  426. — 4.  to 
draw  or  hold  up  scales,  to  weigh  with, 
II.  8,  72  ;  22,  212,  cf.  infr.— II.  Post- 
Hotn.  in  many  ways  : — 1.  to  pull  an 
oar,  Hdt.  1,  194. — 2.  Ώ,,κειν  χΑανίύα, 
to  let  one's  robe  trail  behind,  Ephipp. 
Pelt.  1,  cf.  Homer.  έ?.κεσίττετ:'λος, 
έ'Ακΐχίτων. — 3.  ί'λκειν  μέΟυ,  etc.,  to 
drink  in  long  draughts,  quaff,  Eur.  Ion 
1200  :  also  absol.,  to  draw  the  air, 
breathe,  Philyll.  Incert.  1 :  ελκ.,  sub. 
ταΐς  βισί,  to  draw  up  with  the  nose, 
smell,  Theophr. — 4.  ε/.κειν  γυναίκα, 
cf.  έλκέω,  βνστάζω. — 5.  ελκ.  βίοτον, 
ζόην,  to  drag  out  a  weary  life,  Eur. 
Or.  207,  Phoen.  1535 :  ττρυύάσιας  ελκ., 
to  keep  making  excuses,  Hdt.  0,  86. — 0. 
ίλ.  κορύακα,  αχήμα  έ?ι,κνσαί,  to  dance 
in  long,  measured  steps,  Lat.  pedem  tra- 
here,  Ar.  Nub.  540,  Pac.  32S. — 7.  in 
genl.  to  draw  to  one's  self,  attract,  Hdt. 
2,  25  :  esp.  of  the  magnet,  Eur.  Oen. 
5. — 8.  esp.  έλ/ί.  σταθμυν,  to  draw  down 
the  balance,  i.  e.  to  weigh  so  much, 
Hdt.  1,  50;  or  absol.,  Id.  2,  05;  έλ- 
κει ττλείον,  it  weighs  more,  Plat. 
Min.  310  A  :  cf.  supr.  I. — 9.  έλκνσαί 
Ίζλίνθονς,  to  mould  bricks,  Hdt.  1, 
179. — 10.  to  turn  in  a  wheel,  έλ/ί.  Ινγ- 
γα.  Schneid.  Xen.  Mem.  3,  11,  18. — 
lll.intr.  erri  τοσούτο  /έγεταί  έ/.κύ- 
σαι  την  σύστασιν...,  that  the  conflict 
dragged  on,  lasted,  Hdt.  7,  107,  though 
it  may  be  taken  trans,.,  that  they  pro- 
longed the  conflict.  B.  Mid.  ξίφος 
Ώχ,κεσθαι,  to  draw  one\  sword,  II.  1, 
194 ;  ελ.  χαίτας  έκ  κε<1>α?ιτ/ς,  to  tear 
one's  hair,  11.  10,  15  :  L  ύι.φρον  πυρός 
άσσοτέρίο,  to  draiv  one's  chair  nearer 
to  the  fire,  Od.  19,  500:  to  draw  to 
one's  self,  scrape  up,  amass,  τιμάς,  αφε- 
νός ελκεσθαι,  Theogn.  30.  C.  pass. 
in  Theophr.,  to  be  drawn  aside  or  twist- 
ed, of  certain  phenomena,  in  the  pith 
of  trees. — ^2.  to  be  drawn  or  to  flow  to  a 
place,  of  streams.  Lye.  702. 

Έλκώδτις,  ες,  {'ε7^κος,  είδος)  like  a 
wound  or  sore,  ulcerous,  χροός,  Eur. 
Hipp.  1359. 

'Ελκωμα,  ατός,  τό,  {έλκόω)  that 
which  is  ivounded  or  sore  :  a  sore,  ulcer, 
Hipp.     Hence 

Έλκωματικός,  η,  όν,  causing  sores, 
ulcerating,  Diosc. 

"Ελκωσίζ•,  εως,  η,  (ίλκόω)  α  causing 
of  wounds  or  sores  :  ulceration,  Hipp., 
and  Thuc.  2,  49. 

Έλκωτικύς,  ή,  όν,=  έλκωματικός, 
Diosc. 

t'E/.λα,  ης,  η,  Hella,  a  commercial 
city  of  Asia,  Polyb.  ap.  Steph.  Byz. 

'Ε?.λύ3ε,  poet,  for  ίλαάε,  aor.  2  of 
?.αμ3άνυ.  Horn. 

ΈΌ.αδάρχης,  ov,  6,  (Έλλύζ-,άργω) 
a  certain  Greek  officer,  Bockh  Inscr.  1, 
580. 

^Έλ7Λδίκός,ή,  όν.  (Έλλάζ•)  Grecian, 
Xenoph.   ap.  Ath.  368  F.,  Strab. 

t'E/J.a(5tof,  ου.  ό,   Helludius,  freq. 
masc.  pr.  η  .  in  late  writers. 
438 


ΕΛΑΕ 

VE7.7.aOi,  Acol.  for  ιλαθι,  Simon,  v. 
Schneidewiti  p.  103,  sq. 

Έλ/.αμιίάιω,  f.  -λή-ψομαι,  (_h>,  7.αμ• 
βάνω)  to  seize  hold  of:  so  in  niid.,  C. 
gen.,  Diosc. 

t'E/Aa^fr?/,  ης,  ?},  Ilellamene,  moth- 
er of  Phobms,  Partheii. 

Έλ7.αμ7Γρννυμαι,  as  pass.,  (έν,  7ιαμ- 
ττρια'ω)  to  he  .sjdendid  or  magnificent, 
boast  one's  self,  Dio  C 

Έ7./Μμ~τικός,  7/,  όν,  serving  to  en- 
lighten ;  Irom 

Έλλάμπω,  f.  -ψω,  (έν,  λύμττώ)  to 
shine  upon.  Archil.  42  :  to  shine  or  be 
reflrclrd  in,  Tivi,  Plut.  :  to  enlighten, 
itliiininc.  Mid.  to  bcdistingvisheii,  gain 
gUiiy  in  a  thing,  Tivi,  Hdt.  1,  80 ;  8, 
74.     Hence 

'¥•7.7.αμχΙ)ΐς,  εως,  ή,  a  shining  in  or 
on,  illumining,  Plut. 

t'E/i/luvi/iof,  a,  όν.  Dor.  for  'Έ^ίλη- 
νικός,  ή,  όν. 

Υ¥,\7.ΰνικός,  ον,  6,  Ilellanicus,  an 
early  historian  of  Mytilone  in  Lesbos, 
Ijefore  the  lime  of  Herodotus,  Thuc. 

I.  92,  cf.  Sturz's  Hellan.  [i  ace.  to 
Cram.  Anecd.  2,  p.  00;  cf.  Bekk. 
Anecd.  p.  1369  in  iud.  Only  late  wr. 
employed  I,  as  Avien.  Or.  Marit.  A3 
—^.  cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  070  and  Paral. 
59.] — 2.  other  masc.  pr.  n.,  Paus.,  etc. 

t'EA/.ui'iof,  Dor.  for  Έλ7.7Ίνιος. 

νΕ7ι7ί.ανίς,  Dor.  for  Έλ7.7ίνίς,  Pind., 
etc. — II.  as  fem.  pr.  n.,  Hellanis,  Anth. 
ΈΤ^ΑΰΐΌδίκαι,  ύν,  οι,  (Έλλ/;!", 
δίκ7ΐ)  the  nine  chief  jxulgcs  at  the  Olym- 
pic games,  Pind.  O.  3,  21  (in  sing.), 
freq.  in  Paus. — II.  at  Sparta,  α  kitid 
of  court-martial  to  try  causes  arising 
among  the  allied  troops,  Xen.  Lac.   13, 

II.  [l]     Hence 

Έλλάνοδϊκέω,  ώ,  to  be  a  judge  at 
the  games,  Paus. 

νΕλ7ιανοκράτης,  ους,  ό,  Hellanocra- 
tes,  masc.  pr.  n.,  Arist. 

Έ7^7Λς,  άδος.  ή,  Hellas,  a  city  of 
Thessaly,  said  to  have  been  founded 
by  Hellcn,  II.  2,  083.— II.  next,  all  that 
part  of  Thessaly  in  which  the  Myrmi- 
dons dwelt,  also  called  Phthiotis, 
Horn. :  and  so  all  Thessaly  was  also 
designated,  Hdt.  1,  56,  Thuc.  1,  3.— 

III.  lastly,  the  mainland  of  Greece  be- 
yond Pclopoimesus  to  Thesprotia,  ivith 
the  exception  if  Thessalif,  Hes.  Op.  651, 
Hdt.  8,  44,  47:  v.  "E/J.^v.  But  ?/ 
μεγά7\.τ}  Έλλύ^,  Magna  Graccia,  the 
southern  part  of  Italy,  Strab.,  and  in 
opposition  to  this  ή  αρχαία  Έλλά^, 
Old  Greece,  Plut.  Tiniol.  37. 

Έλλύξ-,  άδος,  ό,  ή,  pecul.  fom.  of 
Έ7ι7ιηνικός,  Hdt.  6,  98,  and  freq.  in 
Trag. :  with  and  without  yvv7f,  a 
Grecian  ivoman. — II.  as  fem.  pr.  n., 
Hellas,  Xen.  An.  7,  8,  8.  _ 

Έλλύζ•,  άδος,  ή,  also  εΙΤίύς,  (ελλω, 
εί7ιέω)^^δεσμός :  (hence  έλ7,εδανός) 

Έλλάχε,  Ερ.  for  έλαχε,  3  sing.  aor. 
2  from  λαγχύνω. 

'Ελ7.εβυριάω,  ώ,  (έλλέβορος)  to 
need  hellebore,  i.  e.  to  be  mad,  Hipp., 
and  Callias  Incert.  10. 

Έ7^λεβορίζω.  {έ7ί,?.έ3ηρος)  to  cure 
ODie  by  hellebore,  i.  e.  to  bring  him  to  his 
senses,  Hipp.     Hence 

Έλ7^ε3οαισμός,  ov,  6,  a  curing  by 
hellebore,  id. 

νΕλλεβορίτης,  ου,  ό,  {ίλ7χβαρος) 
οίνος,  wine  prepared  with  hellebore, 
Diosc. 

Έλλεβοροτϊοσία.  ας,  ■>),  (ί/  λέβορας, 
ΤΓίΐ'ω)  η  drinkirig  of  hellebore,  Hipp, 

'E/./eJopof,  ου,  o.more  rarely  ελλ., 
hellebore,  Lat.  veratrum,  a  plant  used 
by  the  ancients  as  a  specific  for  many 
illnesses,  esp.  for  madness,  Hipp. : 
ιτΐθ'  έ7.7.έβορον,  you  are  mad,  Ar. 
Vesp.  1489 :  the  best  grew  at  Anti- 


EAAH 

cyra,  in  the  Aegacan,  cf.  Hor.  Sat.  2, 
3,  83,  and  160. 

Έλλί  Juvof,  ov,  ό,{ί7λάς,  είλω,  εί- 
λεω)  the  band  for  binding  corn  sheaves, 
II.  18,  553  :  a  straie-rope :  always  in 
plur.  Cf.  Buttm.  Lexil.  voc.  εΖ/εα•  21. 

Έλλειμμα,  ατός,  το,  (έλ-λείπω)  ί/ιαί 
which  is  wanting,  defect,  deficiency/, 
Hipp. 

'Ε7ίλειπασμός,  ov,  o,=foreg. 

Έλλειπής,  ές,  worse  form  of  έλ.λι- 
πής. 

Έλλ,είπόι/τωζ-,  adv.  part.  prcs.  act. 
from  έλλείττω,  incompletely,  Plotm. 

'Ε7ί.λεηττικός,  ?/,  όν,  wanting,  defi- 
cient:  iu  Gramm.  elliptic^  v.  DJitnpig. 
Adv.  -κώς :  from 

Έλλεί'π•ω,  f.  -ψω,  {h>,  λείπω)  to 
leave  in,  leave  behind,  τι,  Enr.  El.  609 : 
TL  Tivi,  Ap.  Rh. — II.  to  Uave  out,  pass 
by,  omit,  τι.  Plat.,  Xen.,  etc. :  c.  par- 
tic,  ουκ.  έ7<.7.είπει  ευχάριστων,  he  does 
not  forget  to  be  thankful,  ap.  Dem. 
257,  2;  whence,  ελλ.  τάς  ειςφνράς, 
(sc.  άποδίδονς)  to  omit  paying  in  the 
taxes,  Id. — 3.  έλλείττεί  με  ~i,  some- 
thing/niVs  me,  Polyb. — 111.  most  usu. 
intrans.,  to  lack,  stand  m  need  of,  be 
in  leant  of,  like  δέω,  c.  gen.,  προθυ- 
μίας υϋδέν  έ?.7.ΐίπεις,  Aesch.  Pr.  341, 
cf.  Plat.  Rep.  571  D,  etc. :  also  im- 
pers.,  έλλείτΓεί  πωμάτων,  there  is  lack 
o/ drink.  Plat.  Lcgg.  844  B:  also  to 
come  short  of,  της  δόξης,  Thuc.  2,  61 : 
τΓολλ.οί  ye  και  τοϋ  παντός  ί7.7.είπω, 
like  πο7:λον  δεΐ,  Aesch.  Pr.  901  :  έλλ,. 
τινί  τίνος,  to  be  inferior  to  a  person  in 
a  thing.  Plat.  Rep,  484  D  :  έλλ.  μή.. 
or  τη  μη..,  c.  inf.,  to  fail  of  doing, 
Aesch.  P.  1056,  Soph,  Tr.  90.— 2.  of 
things,  to  be  wanting,  lacking  to..,  C. 
dat.,  Xen.  Mem.  2,  1,  8,  Dem.  326, 
20. — 3.  absol.  to  come  short,  fail,  H. 
Hom.  Ap.  213  ;  opp.  to  περιγενέσϋαι, 
Plat.  Legg.  740  D  ;  εν  τινι,  in  a  thing, 
Thuc.  1,  120  :  to  ivant  energy,  fail  in 
duly,  Xen.  Eq.  8,  5,  Hell.  7,  5,  8  :  to 
έλλεΪΓΓΟί',  a  deficiency,  Thuc.  0,  09, 
Xen.  Cyr.  4,  5,  39,  etc.  B.  also  in 
mid.,  to  fail  of.,  τινός,  Xen.  Eq.  3,  8, 
in..,  Ti,  Plat.  Rep.  484  Ό  :  to  be  infe- 
rior to..,  τινός,  Plat.  Arnat,  126  A, 
Hence 

Έλλειψις,  εως,  ή,  a  leaving  behind : 
a  leaving  out,  ellipse  of  a  word  ace.  to 
the  rules  of  grammar,  v.  Bos  Ellipses 
Graec.  ed.  Schaf.,  Herm.  Vig.  Ap- 
pend.— II.  (  from  intrans.)  a  falling 
short,  leant,  defect,  Plat.  Prot.  356  A, 
etc. — III.  the  conic  section  ellipse,  so 
called  because  its  plane  forms  with 
the  base  of  the  cone  an  angle  less  than 
that  of  the  parabola. 

Έλλερος  said  to  be  a  dialetic  word 
=κακάς,  Eiist.  II.  0.  181. 

'Ε7.λεσχος,  ov,  {έν,  7^έσχη)  in  everg 
body's  mouth,  the  common  talk,  Hdt.  1, 
153. 

νΕλλη,  ης,  {j,  Helle,  daughter  of 
Athamas,  and  sister  of  Phrixus, 
ApoUod.  1,9,  1;  from  her  the  Helles- 
pont is  said  to  have  received  its 
name ;  called  by  Aesch.  Έλλ??^  πορθ- 
μός, Pers.  09,  70  ;  Έλλί;^  πύρος.  Id. 
875  :  her  grave  was  at  Pact)  a  on  the 
Hellespont,  Hdt.  7,  58. 

Έ7.77μ:,  ηνος.  6,  Hellen,  son  of 
Deucalion.  Hes.  Fr.  28  :  his  descend- 
ants "Ελ7.ηνες,  at  first,  dwellers  in  the 
Thessalian  liellas,  II.  2,  684 ;  later, 
the  common  nante  for  all  the  Greeks, 
V.  Thuc.  1.  3,  and  cf.  βάρβηιιος. — II. 
as  adj.  =  Έ7^Αηνικάς.  Thuc.  2,  36 : 
also  with  a  fem.  subst.,  'Ε7.7.ηνα 
ΰτα7.ήν,  etc.,  l<ob.  Aj.  p.  273.  though 
Elmsl.  Heracl.  131,  attempts  to  alter 
all  the  passages. — III.  in  N.  T.  in 
genl.  for  ο?ίί  not  of  the  Jewink  religion. 


ΕΔΛΙ 

α  Gentile,  a  pagan.  Job.  7,  35,  ή  δι- 
αστϊορα  των  'Έ>/.λ.ηνων,  for  οΐ  διασπά- 
ρέντες  εν  τοις  Έλ/.7;σί ;  Act.  14,  1. 
etc. — 2.  a  Gentile  having  embraced 
the  religion  of  the  Jews,  a  proadyte, 
Joh.  12,  20  ;  Act.  17,  4.  Cf.  Έλλάζ•. 
Hence 

'Κλ?.ηνίζω,  to  imitate  the  Greeks, 
play  the  Greek:  to  speak  Greek,  Plat. 
Charm.  159  A  .;  in  full  Έ/./.  r^  φύν^. 
Aeschin.  78,  23  :  esp.  to  speak  or  urite 
pure  Greek,  Arist.  Rhet. — 2.  to  favour 
the  Greeks. — II.  Έλ/.ηνίζειν  τι,  to 
make  Greek;  and  pass..  'Κ/.?.ηνισθί/- 
vai  την  y}M>anav  άτζό  τίνος,  to  he 
made  Greeks  in  language  by  anothjr, 
Thuc.  2,  G8. 

'Κ?./.}}νικός,  J],  όν,  Hellenic,  Greek, 
τό'Ελλ.-οί  ΈλΆηνες,  Hdt.  7,  139, 
etc.  :  pecul.  fern.  'Ε,λ/.ηνίς,  ίδος. 
Adv.  -κώς,  in  Greek  fashion,  Hdt.  4, 
108. 

Έλ7.ήνιος,  a,  ov,=foreg.  :  Ζευς  Έ. 
Hdt.  9,  7,  1  :  ro  'Ελλ.,  the  temple  of 
the  Greeks  in  Aeg>pt,  Id.  2,  178  :  also 
a  spot  in  Sparta,  the  Hellenium,  Paus. 
νΕλ7.ηνίς,  v.  'Έ^^'.ηνικός.  —  Π.  in 
Ν.  Τ.      Gentile,  pagan.  Marc.  7,  26. 

'Έ^.'/.ηνισμός,  ov,  a,  (Έλλ;;ΐ7.Γω)  an 
imitating  of  the  Greeks,  a  playing  the 
Greek,  LXX.  :  esp.  the  use  of  a  pure 
Greek  style  and  idioms.  Granim. 

'Έ,7.7.ηνιστής.  ov,  h,  (Έλλτ/ΐ'ί^ω)  a 
follower  of  the  Greeks  in  language,  etc.  : 
esp.  in  N.  T.  an  Hellenist,  a  Greek- 
Jew. 

''Ε.7,ληνιστί,  adv.  (Έλλ)?νι^ω)  in 
Greek  fashion,  Luc.  :  Έλλ.  ξυνιέναι, 
to  understand  Greek,  Xen.  An.  7,  6,  8. 
^'Έι7,7.τμ'ογα7Αται,  ών,  οι.  {'Έ7,7.ηνες, 
Ταλάται)  the  Gallograeci.  inhab.  of  Ga- 
latia,  in  Asia  Minor,  Diod.  S. 

Έ/ΰ-ηνοδίκαι,  ών,  οΊ,  less  used  Ion. 
form  of  Έ7.7Μνοδ. 

Έ/λ})νοκο7τέω,  ώ,  (Έλλί?ν,  κό~τω) 
to  affect  Greek  fashions,  play  the  Greek, 
Polyb.,  cf  δημοκοττέω. 

'Έ7.7.ηνοτΰμία,  ας,  ή,  v.  sq. 

Έ7ι7.ηνοτάμίαι,  ών,  οι,  {°Ε2.7^ηνες, 
ταμίας)  the  trustees  of  Greece,  i.  e.  offi- 
cers appointed  by  Athens  to  levy  the  con- 
tributions paid  by  the  Greek  states  to- 
wards the  Persian  war  ;  their  treasury 
was  first  at  Delos,  but  moved  by  Pe- 
ricles to  Athens ;  their  office  was 
called  ''Ε?ιληνοταμία,  ή,  Xen.  Vect. 
5,  5  ;  and  was  first  instituted  01.  76, 
2,  Thuc.  1,  96  :  v.  Herm.  Pol.  Ant. 
ij,  156. 

νΈ7.7.ης~οντιακ.6ς,  ή,  .7v,='EAX?/f- 
πήτιος,  Xen  An.  1,  1,9,  with  v.  1. 
Έ,7.7:ης7τοντικ.αί. 

\'Έι7,7.ηςποντίας,  Ion.  -τίης,  ου,  b, 
(ύνεαος)  a  wind  blowing  from  the 
Hellespont,  Hdt.  7,  188  :  Arist.  Probl. 

'Έ7.7.ης~ηντιάς,άδος,  ή,  pecul.  fem. 
from  'Έ,λληςτζόντιος,  ή  Θά7.ασσα 
'Ελλ..  the  Hellespont,  Archestr.  ap. 
Ath.  278  D. 

ίΈ/,λ;/ς— otTiOf,  a,  ov,  of  the  Helles- 
pont, Hellespontic,  ττόλείζ•,  Xen.  Hell. 
4,  8,  31  ;  01  'Έ.7.7.ηςπόντιοι,  the  inhab. 
of  Hellespont  (2),  the  Hellespontians , 
Hdt.  7,  95,  Xen.,  etc. :  ή,  Έλληςπον- 
τία  (sc.  χώρα)  the  regioii  around  the 
Hellespont,  Strab. 

^Ύ/Αλης-οντίς,  ίδος,  ή,  pecul.  fem. 
to  foreg.,  Soph.  Fr.  446. 

'Έι7JJιςπnvτoς,  ov,  ό,  (''Έλ7.η,  πόν- 
τος) the  Hellespont  or  sea  of  Helle, 
daughter  of  Athamas,  who  was 
drowned  therein ;  now  the  Darda- 
nelles :  Horn.  esp.  in  II. — 2.  also  the 
region  around  the  Hellespont,  Thuc. 
2,  9  ;  Xen.,  etc. 

'Έζ/λΐμενίζω,  (έν,  λιμενίζο)  to  come 
into  port,  Synes. — 2.  to  exact  the  har- 
bour-dues, Ar.  Fr.  392.     Hence 


EAAO 

'Έ7,7ΰμενικός,  ή.  όν,  and  το  έλλ.=: 
sq..  Plat.  Rep.  425  D. 

'Έ•7'λ.ϊμένιος,  ία,  lov,  {εν,  7.ιμ7]ν)  of 
or  in  the  harbour  :  το  έλλ.  sub.  τέ/Μς, 
harbour-dues,  Lat.  porlorium,  Bockh 
P.  E.  2,  31. 

Έ7.7ΐμένισις,  εως,  ή,  {έλ7.ιμενίζω) 
a  being  in  port. 

Έ7Μμενιστης,  ov,  6,  (.έ7.7.ιμενίζω) 
the  collector  of  harbour-dues,  Dem.  917, 

Έ7Λιμενιτής,  οΰ,  ό,  one  who  is  in, 
protects  a  harbour,  prob.  i.  Leon.  Tar. 
57. 

Έλλί/ζΐ'άζ'ω,  (.έν,  7^μνάζθ))  to  form 
a  marsh  or  pool. 

Έ7.7.Ι-ής.  ές,(έλλεί~ω)  behind-hand, 
wanting,  defective,  in  a  thing,  τινός, 
Thuc.  7,  8  ;  έλ.  Τ!}ς  δοκήσεως,  so 
much  lost  which  they  reckoned  upon. 
Id.  4,  55 ;  also  τινί,  6,  69,  εν  τινι, 
Polyb.  :  το  ελλ.,  a  defect,  Polyb. 
Adv.  -ττώς. 

Έ7,7.ίσύμην,  poet,  for  ε7Λσύμην, 
aor.  from  71σσομαι,  Od. 

Έ7.7Χτύνενε.  poet,  for  έλίΓ.,  impf. 
from  7Λτανεύω,  Horn. 

Έλλο  ?ί^ω,  {εν,  7ιθ^ύς)  to  form  pods. 

'E7.7m,3iov,  ov,  to,  {ίν,  7.οι3ός)  that 
which  is  in  the  lobe  of  the  ear,  an  ear- 
ring, Lat.  inauris,  Luc. 

Έ?  7.ο3ος,  ov,  {έν,  7.ο3ός)  in  a  pod : 
καρπός  ελλ.,  Theophr. 

'Έ7Αοβοσ7τέρματος,  ov,  {ε7.7Μβος, 
οττέρμα)  ivith  its  seed  in  a  pod.  Id. 

'Έ•7^.ο3ώδης,  ες,  {ε7.7Μβος,  είδος) 
like  pulse,  Id. 

Έ7JMγέω,  ώ,  {ίν,  7όγος)  to  reckon  in, 
Bockh  Inscr.  1,  850:  to  reckon,  impute, 
Ti  Tivi,  N.  T. 

'Eλ?uO)'^ω,=foreg.,  Clem.  Al. 

Έλλό}'ί^θζ•,  ov,  {εν,  7.όγος)  whatev- 
er comes  into  account  or  regard,  {έν 
7ι.0γφ  εστί),  worth  reckoning,  notable, 
famous,  like  άξιος  7Myov,  Hdt.  2, 
176,  Plat.  Prot.  361  E,  etc.— II.  elo- 
quent :  learned,  Philo.     Adv.  -μως. 

Έ7^.ογος,  ov,  {έν,  7Μγος)  reasona- 
ble, endowed  with  reason,  opp.  to  άλο- 
γος,  Arist.  Eth.  N.  Adv.  -γως. 
ΙΈλλο/=  Σελλοί,  Pind. 
νΕ7,7.όμενον,  ov,  τό,  Ellmnennm,  a 
harbour  in  the  island  Leucadia,  Thuc. 
3,94. 

''Ε.7-7Μπίδαι,  ών,  or  better  έλλόττο- 
δες,  the  young  of  birds  or  serpents,  Cra- 
tin.  Incert.  60 

^Έλλϋ-ία,  ας,  ή,  (Hdt.  8,  23,  μοίρη) 
Ellopia.  a  district  in  the  northern  part 
of  Euboea,  so  called  froiu  Ellops, 
Strab. :  alsoappell.  of  the  whole  isl- 
and, Id. — 2.  a  region  of  Epirus  near 
Dodona,  Hes.  fr.  39.     Hence 

^'Κ7.7.ο~ιενς,  έως,  b,  an  Ellopian,  in- 
hab. of  Ellopia  in  Euboea  ;  poet,  for 
Euboean,  Call.  Del.  20. 

Έλλοτίεΰω,  (ελλοψ)  to  fish,  The- 
ocr.  ] ,  42. 

ί'ΕλλόπίΟξ-,  ov,  6,  more  correctly 
ΈλλοτΓίωΐί,  ωνος,  b,  EUopius  or  Ello- 
pion,  a  Socratic  philosopher  of  Pepa- 
rethus,  Plut. 

Έλλοττοζ-,  ό,  V.  sub  έ7.λο-φ  II. 

ΈΑΛΟ'Σ,  ov.  ό,  also  written  έλ.,  a 
young  deer,  fawn,  ποικίλος,  Od.  19, 
228. 

ΈΑΑΟ'Σ.  fj,  όν.  rmite :  or  quick, 
only  as  epith.  of  fish,  Soph.  Aj.  1297, 
(v.  sub  ελλοψ.) 

^Έλλοζ•,  ov,  b,  Ellus,  masc.  pr.  n., 
Qu.  Sm. 

Έλλοζ^όΐΌζ•,  ov,  (έλλόζ•,  *φένω) 
fawn-slaying,  epith.  of  Diana,  Call, 
bian.  190.^ 

Έλλο,γάω,  ώ,  f  -ήσω.  {έν.  λόγοζ•), 
to  lie  in  an  ambush  Plat.  Theaet.  165 
D. — IT.  to  lie  in  wait  for,  τινά,  Id. 
Symp.  213  B.    Hence 


ΕΑΠΙ 

Έ7.7Λχ7}σις,  εως,  ή,  a  lying  in  am• 
bush,  Auct.  ap.  Suid.  voc.  δεξιός. 

Έ7.7οχίζω,  {έν,  7.όχος)  to  lie  in  am- 
bush, Eur.  Bacch.  723. — II.  to  lie  in 
wail  for..,  τινά,  Plut. 

''Ε.7ν7Μ-4),θ7:ος,  Hes.  Sc.  21 2,  ε7.7.ο-ας 
Ιχθϋς,  V.  Heinr.  p.  107,  also  έ7^7.οπος, 
ό,  Emped.  363:  by  some  explained 
mute  ;  by  others,  quick,  gliding,  and  so 
perh.  better,  from  its  apparent  alli- 
ance to  ελω,  f-7Jku,  έ7.άω,  έλαννω. — Π. 
as  subst.  a  fish,  Nic— III.  aparticular 
sea  -fish,  perh.  the  sword-fish,  ace.  to 
others  the  sturgeon,  Arist.  H.  A.  . 
also  ελοψ,  Epich.  p.  39. 

ίΈλλοψ,  οκος.  b,  Ellops,  a  son  of 
Ion,  after  whom  Ellopia  was  named, 
Strab. 

Έ7ΰ.ϋπσς.  ov,  {έν,  λύπη)  in  grief, 
mournful,  Plut. 

Έλλνχνιάζομαι,  as  pass.,  to  have  a 
wick.  Diosc. :  from 

'Έλ/.νχνιον,  ου,  τό,  {έν,  7^ύχνος)  α 
lamp-wick,  Hdt.  2,  62.     Hence 

'Έ,7.7.νχνίωτός,  ή,  όν,  made  oftvick- 
cotton,μι)Toς. 

*ΈλΛω,  ν.  ελω. 

Έλλω,ι3άο//αί,  {έν,  7.ωβάομαΐ)  to 
commit  an  outrage,  εΙς  τίνα,  Μ.  Anton. 

ΈλλωΓί'α,  ας,  or  ΈλλωΓίζ•,  ίδος,  ή, 
epith.  of  Minerva,  hence  τά  Έλλώτία. 
her  festival  at  Corinth,  Pind.  O.  13, 57. 

'Έ7Μΐνθιάω,  ώ,  ίελμινς)  to  suffer 
from  ivorms,  Arist.  H.  A. 

'Έλμίνθίον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  Ιλ- 
μινς,  a  little  worm,  Hipp. 

'Έ,Αμινθώδης,  ες,  {έ7^μινς,  είδος) 
like  a  worm,  Arist.  H.  A. 

°Έ.7.μίνς,  ιυθος,  η,  dat.  plur.  έ7.μι- 
σι,  a  worm,  esp.  a  tape-worm  or  maw- 
worm,  Hipp.  We  also  find  ai  έ7.μίγ- 
γες.  { From  ει7ω,  είλέω,  ελίσσω, 
from  their  wriggling  motion,  v.  εΏαιω, 
ε17.υσ-ύομαι.) 

Έ/.ξίνη,  ης,  ή,  (έλκω)  α  plant  with 
woolly  capsiJes,  perh.  parietaria  01  ur- 
ceolaris,  Diosc.  [i] 

"EPiftf,  εως.  ή,  {έλκω)  a  drawing, 
dragging,  trailing.  Plat.  Rep.  391  Β  : 
attraction.  Plat.  Tim.  80  C— II.  a 
draught,  Anth. 

"Έ^.οιμι,  έλοίμην,  opt.  aor.  2  act. 
and  mid.  of  α'ίρέω,  Hom. 

Έλοί',  έ7Μμην,  poet,  for  είλον,  εί- 
7.όμην,  aor.  2  act.  and  mid.  of  αίρέω, 
Horn. 

"ΕΑΟΣ.  €ος  contd.  ονς,  τό,  ivet,  low 
ground,  a  marsh,  meadow.  11.  20,  221, 
Od.  14,  474,  with  collat.  notion  of 
richness  and  fitness  for  pasturage : 
nowhere  else  in  Hom. — II.  standing 
u-ater,  a  pool,  lake,  like  7,ίμνη,  Wess. 
Hdt.  1,  191.     Hence 

^'Έ,λος,  εος  contd.  ονς,  τό,  Helos, 
a  small  town  of  Laconia  on  the  Si- 
nus Laconicus  near  the  mouth  of  the 
Eurotas,  II.  2,  584  ;  Thuc.  4,  54,  etc. : 
ol  Έλεοί,  and  Είλω-εζ•.  q.  v.,  the  in- 
hab. of  Helos,  Helots.— 2.  a  town  or 
district  of  Elis  on  the  Alpheus,  II.  2, 
594. — 3.  a  city  of  Argolis,  Apollod. 

νΈ7.ονήττιοι,  ων,  oi,  the  Helvelii, 
Strab. 

VE7.ovoi,  more  correctly,  'Έ7ονοί, 
ών,  oi,  the  Helvii,  on  the  Rhone  in 
Gaul,  Strab. 

Έλουσα,  fem.  part.  aor.  2  act.  of 
αίρέω,  Hom. 

'Έλού,  ό,  ν.  ελλοι/ί  III.  Epich.  p. 
39. — II.  also  a  harmless  kind  of  snake. 

Έλόωσί,  Ep.  3  pi.  pres.  from  έλάω, 
έ7.αύνω,  for  έ/.ώσι,  Hom. 

^'Έ7.π7μ>ωρ,  ορός.  ό.  Elpenor,  a  com- 
panion of  Ulysses.  Od.  10,  552. 

t'E/— /oc.  ov,  ό,  Elpias.  masc.  pr.  n., 
a  teacher  at  Athens,  Dem.  270,  7. 

Έ7-ΐδοδώτης,  ov,  ό,  {Ι7.πίς,  δίδω- 
μι)  giver  of  hope,  Anth. 

439 


ΕΛΥΜ 

'E?.-iihKoni(j,  ώ,  {έ?ι.πίς,  κόπτω)  ίο 
had  hi/  false  hopes,  Sext.  Einp. 

ΈλτΓίίϊοτοίίω,  ώ,  {έλπίς,  ποιέω)  to 
raise  hopes. 

ΈλττίιΓω,  flit,  -ίσω,  Att.  -Γώ,  (ελττω) 
mostly  in  mtrans.  signf.  of  ίλττομαί, 
(q.  V.)  to  hope,  look  for,  e.rpcct :  to  think, 
imagine:  also /o /ear,  Soph.  Aj.  799. 
Construct. :  c.  inf ,  to  hope  to..,  hope 
that..,  of  thinsrs  present,  c.  prcs.,  as 
Hdt.  1,  30;  of  things  Int.,  c.  int.  vel. 
aor.  c.  «)■,  as  Hdt.  3,  113,  151,  cf. 
Heind.  Plat.  Phaed.  67  Β  :  also  l?.~. 
UTj..,  like  ύέόοικα,  c.  aor.  subj.,  Hdt. 
1,  77  ;  οττως.  <!)''..,  c.  fut.,  Eur.  Her- 
acl.  1051,  cf  Schaf.  Soph.  O.  C.  385. 
El.  9C3  :  C.  ace,  to  hope,  hope  for,  e.v- 
pect,  .Aesch.  Theb.  589  ;  ri  τταρά  τί- 
νος, Xen.  Mem.  4,  3,  17  ;  hence  also 
in  pass..  Soph.,  etc.:  c.  dat..  to  hope 
ill..,  Ty  τύχη,  Thuc.  3,  39.  The  word 
is  not'fouiiil  in  Horn.,  Hes.,  or  Pind., 
but  is  the    prevailing  Att.  form,   v. 

νΕλττίνης,  ov,  ό,  Elpines.  an  Athe- 
nian Archon  01.  100,  1,  Diod.  S. 

νΕ7.7νινίκη,  ης,  ή,  Elpinlce.  sister  of 
Cimon,  Pkit.  Per.  10,  Cim.  4.  [ri] 

ΈΛΗΓΣ,  ί^ος,  ή,  horn:  Od.  19,  84, 
Hope,  personified,  a  goddess,  Hes.  Oil 
96 ;  τινός,  of  a  thing,  Att.  :  ίλ-ίδ' 
ΙχΐΊν—ίλπίζείν,  and  like  it,  c.  inf  .etc., 
Hdt.  0,  11:  also,  tv  ίλτζίύι  είναι, 
Thuc.  7,  46,  etc.  ;  ελπίδα  λαμβάνειν. 
Xen.  Cyr.  4,  6,  7  ;  also  ελπίδα  έμποι- 
εϊν,  παρέχειν,  νποτιβίναι,  etc.,  to 
raise,  give,  suggest  hope,  freq.  in  Att.  : 
ίληίδα  καταλνειν,  ΰπηκόπτειν,  etc., 
to  destroy  it :  also  in  plur.,  Phid.,  and 
Att. — II.  the  object  of  hope,  that  from 
which  one  hopes  something,  a  hope, 
Trag. :  so  Lat.  spes,  Casaub.  Pers.  2, 
35. — III.  later,  any  thought  onthe  future, 
expectntion,  hoping  ;  also  fear,  Dissen 
Find.  N.  1,  32  (48),  Plat.  Legg.  644  C. 

Έλτίσ/ia,  ητος.  τό,  {έλπιζω)  the 
thing  hoped  for,  Epicur. 

Έλπιστικής,  ή,  όν,  {ελπίζω)  of  or 
belonging  to  hope,  Arist.  de  Mem. — II. 
οι  έλπιστικοί,  asectivho  made-hope 
the  only  stay  of  life,  Heumann.  cle 
Elpist. 

Έ?ιπιστός,  ή,  όν,  (ελπίζω)  hoped  : 
to  be  hoped  for,  Plat.  Legg.  853  E. 

ΈΑΠΩ,  in  act.  to  make  to  hope, 
πάντας  μεν  f)'  ελπει,  she  feeds  all  u'ith 
hope,  Od.  2,  91;  13,  380.  But  usu.  in 
mid.  ελπομαι,  Ep.  ίέλπομαι,  with 
perf  Ιο7.πα,  plqpf  έώ7.πειν,  in  pres. 
and  iinpf.  sisnf  To  hope,  indulge 
hope,  Hom..  Hes.,  Pind.,  and  Hdt., 
though  the  latter  as  often  uses  the 
Att.  form  έ?.πίζω,  q.  v. :  in  genl.,  to 
have  any  thoughts  about  the  future,  to 
look  for,  expect,  suspect,  think,  believe, 
Od.  6,  297,  II.  7,  199;  and  in  bad 
sense  to  fear,  II.  13,  8.  Construct., 
like  ί7.πίζω  :  but  usu.  in  Hom.  c.  ace. 
et  inf.,  or  c.  inf  only  of  all  tenses: 
sometimes  also  c.  ace.  rei.,  II.  13,  009. 
15,  5.39;  absol.  to  hope,  II.  18,  194,  Π. 
Hom.  Cer.  227.  Hom.  is  fond  of  the 
Pleon.  phrases,  θυμφ  Γλπεσϋαι,  w 
κατά  (Ινιών  ί?.πεσθαι,  II.  13,  8;  |λ- 
πεσΟαι  ίν  στήθεσσιν,  also  βνμος  ίλ- 
πεται  :  he  uses  impf  without  aug- 
ment ε7.πετο,  except  in  Oil.  9,  419, 
where  at  least  Wolf  and  Dind.  leave 

'Έ,λ.πωρή,  7/ς,  ή,=  'ε7'.πίς,  Od.,  c.  inf 
aor.  and  fut. :  only  poet. 

ελσαι,  inf  ε7.σας,  part.  aor.  I  of 
είλω,  q.  v.  Hom. 

Έ7.νμη,  ατός,  τό,  {ί7νω)  the  tree  or 
stock  of  the  plough,  on  which  the  share 
was  fixed,  Lat.  dentale,  Hes.  Op.  428, 
434,  Buttm.  Lexil.  voc.  είλύω,  3. — 
Π.=  έλνμος  I.,  α  cover,  case. 
440 


EAi2P 

ΫΈλνμαία,  ας,  η,  Elymaea  and  Έ7υ- 
μΰίς.  ιδος,  ή,  Eh/mdis,  a  district  of 
Susiana  on  the  Persian  Gulf,  in  the 
modern  Iran,  Polyb.  31,  11.  1  :  also 
the  capital  city  of  the  profince. 
From 

i'E7.vuntoi,  ων,  οι,  the  Eli/maci,  in- 
hab.  of' Elymais,  Polyb.  5,  44,  9,  etc. ; 
sing,  as  adj.  'νίλνμαίος,  αία,  αΐον,  El- 
ymaean,  'Αφροδίτη  Έλ.,  App 

ν\\Ανμας,  a,  ό,  Elymas,  from  an 
Arab,  word  signf  wise,  learned,  ap- 
pell.  of  Bariesus,  N.  T.  Act.  13,  8. 

\'Έ.λνμία,  ας,  ή,  Elymia,  a  town  of 
Arcadia  between  Orchomenus  and 
Mantinea,  Xen.  Hell,  β,  5,  13. 

νν.λνμνιον,  ον,τό,  Elymnium,  a  spot 
in  Euboca.  or  ace.  to  others  an  isl- 
and near  Euboea,  Ar.  Pac.  1126. 

t'E/ii/iOt,  ων,  οι,  the  Elymi,  a  peo- 
ple of  Sicily,  deriving  their  origin 
from  the  Trojans,  ace.  to  Thuc.  6, 
2,  Pans. 

Έ,7.νμος,  ov,  b,  (ίλνώ)  a  cover,  case, 
sheath,  quiver. — II.  a  kind  of  flute  of 
box-wood.  Soph.  Fr.  398  :  also  t/.v- 
μοι  βί'λοί,  Callias  Ped.  7. — III.  a  kind 
of  grain,  elsewh.  μελίνη.  millet,  Ar. 
Fr.  351.  [Drac.  p.  68,   15.] 

νΕλνμος,  ov,  6,  Elymus,  son  of  An- 
tenor  (or  Priam)  from  whom  the 
Elymi  derived  their  name,  Dion.  H., 
Strab.,  etc. 

Έλυτρον,  ov,  TO,  (έλύω)  a  cover, 
covering  ;  as — 1.  the  case  of  a  spear, 
Ar.  Ach.  1120.— 2.  the  sheath,  shard  of 
a  beetle's  wing,  Arist.  H.  A. — 3.  the 
capsule  of  seeds.  Diosc. — 4.  the  body, 
as  being  the  shell  of  the  sonl.  Plat.  Rep. 
588  E. — 5.  a  place  for  holding  writer,  a 
reservoir,  Hdt.  I,  185;  4,  173.  Hence 
Έλυτρόω,  ώ,  to  cover,  case,  Hipp. 
Έλύω.  Att.  έλνω,  aor.  pass,  έλύ- 
σθην,  to  roll  about,  wrap  up,  cover,  cf 
εί/.ύω.  Pass.to  be  rolled  about,  to  wind, 
tivist  one's  self,  etc.  Hom.  has  only 
aor.  1  pass.,  [)νμος  επΙ  yalav  1-7.νσ- 
θη.  the  pole  rolled,  fell  to  the  ground, 
II.  23,  393  :  προπύροιθε  ποδών  Ά,γίλ- 
7/ος  ελυσθΐίς,  rolling  before  Achilles' 
feet,  II.  24,  510  :  7Μσίην  υπό  γαστερ' 
ίλνσβείς,  twisting  himself  up,  crouched, 
hidden,  Od.  9,  433 :  cf  Buttm.  Lexil. 
voc.  είλύω.  [ϋω] 
Έλω,  subj.  aor.  2οΓαφέω. 
Έλ,ώ(5?/ο,  if.  {'έ7ιος,  είδος)  marshy, 
fenny,  Arist.  Η.  Α. 

t'E^ui  (from  Hebr.)  Oh  my  God ! 
N.  T.  Marc.  15.  34. 

'Ε,λων,  imperf  from  ίλάω,  Hom.  : 
but  ελών,  part,  from  είλον,  aor.  2  of 
αίρέω. 

"Ελωρ,  ωρος,  τό,  (έλ.εη•)  booty,  spoil, 
prey,  esp.  of  wild  beasts,  in  Hom.  usu. 
in  sing.,  of  unburicd  corpses,  which  are 
left  to  the  enemy  or  given  up  to  dogs 
and  birds  :  often  joined  with  κίψμα  : 
of  things  which  may  be  stolen,  Od. 
13,  208. — II.  ΐλωρα,  τά,  ΤΙατρόκ7οιο 
17,ωρα  ΰποτίνειν,  to  pay  for  leaving 
Patroclus  a  prey  to  alldishononr,\\.  18, 
93,  where  it  is  needless  to  suppose  a 
pecul.  nom.  το  ίλωρον.  Ep.  word, 
also  used  by  Aesch.  Supp.  800  (in 
plur.).  Soph.  Aj.  830  (in  sing.) 

^Έλωρινός.  ή,  όν.  (from  ίλωροΓ)  in 
fem.  ij  Έ/^ωρινη  οδός,  the  Hdorine 
Causeway,  at  the  mouih  of  the  He- 
lorus,  Thuc.  6,  66,  70  ;  7,  80. 

Έλώριον,  ov,  τό,=  ίλωρ,  Π.  1,  4, 
in  plur. 

'Κλ.ώριος,  ov,  ό.  a  water-bird,  Cle- 
arch.  ap.  Ath.  332  E. 

^"Κ7.ωρις,  ό,  HelOris,  masc.  pr.  n., 
Diod.  S. 
"Κλωρον,  ov,  TO.  V.  ίλ,ωρ  II. 

t"E?.wpor.  ov.  and  'Κλωρος,  ov,  ό, 
Heldrus,  a  river  of  Sicily  in  the  south- 


EMBA 

em  part,  now  Abiso,  Pind.  N.  9,  96, 
Hdt.  7,  154. —  2.  ή,  a  city  on  this 
river,  now  Muri-Ucci. 

"Εμί'ιβον,  ες,  ε,  aor.  2  of  μανθάνω. 

'E/iaiTpf•,  ίμαντης.  Ion.  έμεωυτοϋ 
or  έμωντοϋ,  -ης.  reflective  pronoun  of 
first  person,  of  me,  of  myself:  only 
used  in  gen.,  dat.,  and  ace.  sing., 
both  masc.  and  fem. :  in  jilur.  sepa- 
rated, ημών  αντών,  etc. :  cf  σεαντοϋ 
and  έαυτον. 

Έ/Ζ  ίΰ,  shortd.  Att.  imperat.  aor.  2 
of  έμί^αίνω  for  εμβίίθι. 

'Έμβΰβάζω.  ί.  -ξω,  [iv,  βαβύζω)  to 
interrupt,  αλλήλοις,  prob.  1.  Hippon. 
38,  for  ίμβιβ. 

Έμβύδάς,  6,  (ίμβύς)  a  cobbler, 
name  given  to  Anytus,  Theoponip. 
(Com.)  Strat.  5.   [άδ] 

Έμβΰδενω,  to  pace,  measure  by  step- 
ping^ 

Έμβΰδίζω,  (ίν,  βαδίζω)  to  walk  on, 
pace,  Dio  C.  :   to  enter,  Ael. 

Έμβύδιον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  έμ- 
βάς.  [α] 

Έμβαδομετρικός,  ή,  όν,  (εμβαδόν, 
μετρίω)  belonging  to  the  measuring  of 
surfaces. 

Εμβαδόν,  adv.  (εμβαίνω)  on  foot  οτ 
by  land,  II.  15,  505,  like  πεζή. 

Έμβΰδός,  ov,  ό,  a  surface,  area, 
mat  hem.  term. 

Έμβαθμος,  ov,  (iv,  βαθμός)  on  the 
judgment-seat :  εμβ.  δικαστής,  the  re- 
gular judge. 

"Έμβαθρα,  ων,  τά,  a  kind  οί  shoes, 
cf  έμβάς. 

Εμβαθύνω,  (ίν,  βαθύνω)  to  make 
deep,  hollow  out,  Alciphr.  :  to  make  to 
sink  deep  in,  to  ingrain,  τι  Ttvi.  Plut. 
— II.  intr.  to  go  deep  into,  τινί,  Eccl., 
esp.  of  allegorizing. 

Έμβαίνω,  ί.  -βήσομαι :  perf  -βέ• 
/3??/ca,  Homeric  part.,  έμβεβαώς :  aor. 
2  ενέβτιν,  (έν,  βαίνω).  To  go  in,  come 
in.  step  in,  II.  10,94,  with  notion  of 
interfering:  to  go  on,  go  quickly,  speed, 
of  horses,  II.  23,  403. — 2.  more  freq. 
to  step  into,  to  go  or  get  into,  enter,  esp. 
a  ship,  to  embark,  νηί  and  iv  νη'ι, 
Horn. ;  and  without  any  addition, 
Eur.  Tro.  455  :  to  mount,  esp.  in  perf. 
t-o  be  viounted  on,  εμβεβαως  ϊπποισΐ 
και  ΰριιασι,  II.  5,  199  :  to  be  fixed  or 
fastened,  κατά  τι,  II.  24,  81.• — 3.  to 
tread  upon,  τινί.  Od.  10,  104,  and  so 
Plat.  Phaedr.  252  Ε  :  but  in  prose 
and  ,\tt.  usu.  έμβ.  εις  τι,  as  ίς  πλ.οΐον. 
Hdt.  2,  29  :  more  rarely  ίμβ.  τινός, 
to  be  upon,  Soph.  O.  C.  400,  cf  εμβα• 
τενω  :  ίμβ.  τι,  to  mount,  Enr.  Hec. 
922,  Cycl.  92,  Plat.  Rep.  443  C.--II. 
in  aor.  1  ίνέβησα  transit.,  to  make  to 
enter,  bring  in  Or  into,  εις  φροντίδα, 
Hdt.  1,  46. — 2.  έμβ.  πόδα  όχοις,  to 
enter  a  chariot  on  foot.  Soph.  Fr.  599, 
Eur.  Heracl.  108,  cf  βαίνω  II.  4. 

Ύ.μβακχενω,  (iv,  βακχενω)  to  rage 
against,  τινί,  Heliod. 

'Εμβάλλω,  f.  -βΰλώ  :  perf  -βέβλψ 
κα  :  aor.  2  ένέβΰλον,  (ίν,  βά7.λω)  to 
throw,  lay,  put  ifi.  Construct.  —  1. 
usu.,  ίμβ.  τι  τινι,  Hom.  ;  also  τι  εν 
τινι.  Od.  19,  10;  χερσίν.  to  put  into 
another's  hands.  Ii.  14,  218;  but  tu- 
βαλέ  μιν  χερσίν  ' Κχι77.ηος,  she  let 
him  fall  into  Achilles'  hands,  11.  21, 
47 ;  κώπιις  ίμβηλέειν  (sub.  χεϊρσς) 
to  lay  one's  self  to  the  oar,  Lat.  in- 
cumbere  remis,  Od.  10,  129,  also  with- 
out κώπηίΓ,  to  lay  to,  pull  hard.  Ar. 
Eq.  602,  Ran.  20C  :  esp.  freq.  of  men 
tal  operations,  ίμβαλεΐν  τινί  τι  βν 
μω,  φρεσίι•.  to  put  into  a  man's  ininil 
or  heart,  Hom.  ;  and  so  in  mid.,  ίμ- 
βάλν  εσθαί  τι  βνμω,  ίν  θνυώ,  ίο  lay  a 
thing  to  heart,  II.'  10,  447 :  έ/νβ.  την- 
χεΙρά  τινι,  to  slide  one's  hand  into 


EMBA 

inother's,  Ar.  Vesp.  554 ;  and  so  ίμβ. 
όεξιάν,  Dem.  553,  14 :  έμβ.  ώόβον 
τινί,  to  inspire  with  fear,  Hdt.  7,  10, 
5:  έ.  7τ?:.ηγύς  τινι,  to  inflict  stripes, 
Plut.— 2.  in  Att.  also,  έμι3άλλειν  εΙς 
η.  e.  g.  Tivu  ες  βάραθρον,  Ar.  Ran. 
574 ;  ες  γραφάς,  to  throw  one  into  a 
suit,  Ar.  Ach.  686,  etc.,  and  so  Hdt. 
4,  72. — 3.  c.  ace.  only,  to  piu  in,  7ώγον 
^ιβ.  like  Lat.  injicere  sermonem,  Plat, 
itep.  344  D.  and  Xen. :  to  graft  a 
tree,  Dem.  1251,  22,  in  pass. — 4.  έμβ. 
Γίνί,  sub.  άκοντα,  to  throw  at  another, 
11.  12,  383. — II.  intr.  to  break,  burst, 
rush  in,  sub.  αυτόν,  hence  εμβύΆ/ιειν 
εις  την  άγορύν,  to  betake  one's  self  to 
the  agora,  go  boldly  into  it,  Lycurg. 
148,  24  :  to  enter  in  a  hostile  ivay,  sub. 
στρατόν,  εις  την  Ίσθμόν,  Hdt.  9,  13, 
and  Xen. :  to  fall  on,  encounter,  run 
against,  Lat.  illidi,  τινί,  Hdt.  2,  28, 
Plat.  Rep.  563  C— 2.  esp.  of  a  ship 
thai  falls  on  another  with  its  εμβο?Μς, 
Hdt.  8,  84  ;  έμβεβληκέναι  καΐ  ίμβε- 
βλήσθαί,  Thuc.  7,  70  :  in  mid.  also 
c.  gen.,  έμβύλεσθε  τών  ?MYUuv,fall 
upon  the  hare's  flesh,  Ar.  Pac.  1312  : 
of  a  river,  to  empty  itself,  εΙς  τι.  Plat. 
Phaed.  113D.     Cf.  είς'βάλλω.   ^ 

Έμβαμμα,  ατός,  τό,  {εμβάτττω) 
sauce,  soup,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  3,  4. 

Έμβαμμύτιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from 
foreg.,  Anthipp.  ap.  Ath.  404  C. 

'Eμβa^ττίζω,=sq.,  Nic. 

'Έμβύπτοι,  ί.  -Tpcj,  (εν,  βάπτω)  to 
dip  in,  τί  τινί,  Hippon.  26,  τι  εις  τι, 
Ar.  Nub.  150:  as  dep.  mid.,  Ar.  Fr. 
205. 

Έμβΰρύθω,  (έν,  βαρύθω)  to  be 
heavy,  τινί,  Nic. 

'Έμβύς,  άόος,  ή,  (εμβαίνω)  a  kind 
of  felt  shoe,  Lat.  solea,  socctis ;  used 
esp.  by  the  Boeotians,  Hdt.  1,  195; 
and  by  old  men,  Ar.  Plut.  759,  etc.  : 
a\so= κόθορνος,  Jac.  A.  P.  p.  230: 
ίμβας  Σικυωνία,  a  woman's  shoe  of 
white  felt,  Luc. 

^Έμβας,  6,  Embas,  a  leader  of  the 
Armenians,  Xen.  Cyr.  5,  3,  38. 

'Έμβασικοίτας,  ου,  ό,  (έμβαίνω, 
κοίτη)  name  of  a  αφ,  Ath. 

'Έ,μβάσΐλεύω,  {εν,  βασι?^εύω)  to  be 
king  in  or  over,  c.  dat.,  of  lands  or 
men,  Horn. 

Έμβύσιος,  ov,  propitious  to  embark- 
ation, epith.  of  Apollo,  Ap.  Rh.  [ώ] : 
from 

'Έμβασις,  εως,  ή,  (ίμβαίνω)  a  going 
or  coming  in,  esp.  a  going  on  shipboard, 
embarking,  Polyb. :  a  place  of  embark- 
ing, Id. — IL  that  on  which  one  goes  or 
steps,  εμβ-  ποδός,  a  shoe,  like  έμβύς, 
Aesch.  Ag.  945.  — 2.  the  sole,  foot, 
hoof,  Eur.  Bacch.  740. — ΙΠ.  a  bathing- 
tvi),  bath,  Diosc. 

Έμβΰσίχυτρος,  ov,  ό,  (έμβαίνω, 
χύτρα)  pot-visiter,  name  of  a  mouse 
in  Batr. 

'Έμβαστάζω,  f.  -άσω,  (έν,  βαστάζω) 
to  bear  in  or  on,  carry,  Luc. 

'Έ,μβΰτενω,  {έν,  βατεύω)  to  step  in 
or  on,  stand  on,  hence  to  dwell  in  or 
on,  frequent,  haunt,  usu.  C.  acc,  esp. 
of  gods,  like  the  Homer,  άμφιβαίνω, 
to  protect,  watch,  Trag.,  and  Cratin. 
Incert.  22,  cf.  Blomf  Aesch.  Peis. 
455,  Schaf.  Dion.  Comp.  p.  428 :  but 
c.  gen.  in  simple  sense,  to  stand  or  be 
upon.  Soph.  O.  T.  625,  cf.  O.  C.  400, 
and  Kiihner  Gr.  Gr.  φ  523,  3.— II. 
έμβατ.  εΙς  τι,  to  conie  into  possession 
of,  εις  την  οϋσίαν,  as  we  say  "  to 
come  in  to  the  property,"  Dem.  1080, 
19  :  εις  τό  χωρίον,  Isae.  74,  42. — III. 
later,  simply,  to  go  into,  enter,  LXX. 

Έ/ζ/3αΓέω,= foreg.,  Leon.  Tar.  98, 
3  :  in  mid.,  Lye.  642. 
ί'Εμβατή,  ης,  ή,  v.  sub  έμβατός. 


EMBA 

'Έ.μβατήριος,  a,  ov,  also  ος,  ov,  {έμ- 
βαίνω) belonging  or  suited  to  entering, 
marching  in,  etc.  :  hence — 1.  to  έμβ-, 
sub.  μέλος,  the  air  to  ivhich  the  soldiers 
?narched,  a  march.  Polyb..  cf  Thuc. 
5,  70 ;  the  anapaestic  songs  of  Tyr- 
taeus  were  so  called,  Francke  Callin. 
p.  131:  έμβ.  Ι)νθμός, the  time  of  march, 
Plut.— 2.  tu  έμβ.,  sub.  ιερά,  offerings 
made  on  embarking,  before  weighing 
anchor,  also  έμβατήριος  θυσία,  Piers. 
Moer.  p.  223. 

Έμβύτης,  ov,  ό,  {έμβαίνω)  he  that 
goes  in  or  on,  a  sliip's  passenger. — II.  a 
kind  of  half-boot  of  felt.  Xen.  Eq.  12, 
10  :  also  the  iMgic  cothurnus,  Luc. — 
III.  the  modulus  or  unit  of  measure- 
ment in  Greek  architecture,  Vitruv. 
[a] 

ΫΈΙμβατον,  ov,  TO,  Embatum,  a  strait 
between  Erythrae  and  Chios.  Thuc. 
3,  29 ;  also  τα  Έμβατα,  Polyaen. 
From 

'Έμβΰτός,  όν,  also  ή,  όν,  to  be  gone 
in  or  into,  passable,  Dion.  H. :  ή  έμ- 
βατή,  a  bath,  like  εμβασις  III. 

'Έ.μβύ.φιος,  ov,  {έμβάπτω)  for  dip- 
ping in  or  mio :  το  έμβ-,  a  flat  vessel 
for  sauces,  Lat.  acetabulum,  like  off 
βύφιον,  Hippon.  93,  Hdt.  2,  02.  [a] 

Έμβέβΰα,  Ep.  perf  of  έμβαίνω, 
II..  but  only  found  in  part,  έμβεβαώς, 
έμβεβαυϊα :  but  έμβέβάσαν,  11.  2, 
720.  3  pi.  plqpf  act.,  syncop.  for  έμ- 
βεβηκεσαν. 

^Έ,βεβαιόω,  ώ,  to  set  fast  and  firm, 
dub. 

'Έμβεβηλέω  and  έμβεβ?]λόω,  ώ,  to 
desecrate. 

'Έμβελής,  ές,  (έν,  βέλος)  within  a 
dart's  throw,  within  shot,  Polyb. 

"Έμβη,  Ep.  for  ένέβη,  3  sing.  aor. 
2  of  έμβαίνω,  Od. ;  εμβητον,  dual  for 
ένέβητον,  II.  ;  and  έίΐβήτι,  3  sing, 
subj.  aor.  %  for  έμβΐι,  II.  16,'  94. 

'Εμβϊβάζω,ΐ.  -ύσω,  {ev,  βιβάζω)  to 
set  in  or  on,  esp.  to  put  on  board  ship, 
embark,  tivu  εις  π?Μον,  Thuc.  1,  53, 
etc. :  to  lead,  guide  to  a  thing,  e.  g.  εις 
TO  λώστον,  Eur.  H.  F.  856 :  cf.  έμ- 
βαβάζω. 

^Έμβιβαστέον,  verb.  adj.  from  έμ- 
βιβαζω,  one  must  set  in,  Geop. 

'Έμβιος,  ov.  {έν,  βίος)  in  life,  tena- 
cious of  life,  lively  :  of  trees,  etc., 
which  will  bear  transplanting,  The- 
ophr. ;  hence  to  έμβ.  a  taking  root 
and  growing,  Ael.  —  II.  lasting  one's 
whole  life,  έμβιος  τιμωρία,  punish- 
ment/or life,  Dio  C. 

Έ.μβί.oτεύω,=  sq.,  Aretae. 

Έμβϊόω,  ώ,  f.  -ώσομαι,  {έν,  βιόω) 
to  live  in  or  on :  of  trees,  etc.,  to  live 
and  grow  after  transplantation,  The- 
ophr. 

ί'Εμβίσαρος,  ov,  6, Embisarus,  msisc. 
pr.  n.,  Diod.  S.  dub. 

Έμβίωσις.  εως,  ή,  {έμβιάω)  a  living 
a>id  groH'ing,  Plut. 

Έμβΐωτήριον,  ov,  τό,  {έμβιόω)  a 
place  to  live  in,  dwelling,  Diod. 

Έμβλαβής,  ές,  {έν,  βλάβος)  hurtful. 

Έμβλαστάνω,  {έν,  βλαστάνω)  to 
grow  in  Or  on  as  a  graft,  Theophr. 
Hence 

Έμβλάστησις,  εως,  η,  a  growing  in 
or  on  as  a  graft.  Id. 

Έμβλεμμα,  ατός.  τό,  a  looking  at, 
looking  straight  at,  Xen.  Cyn.  4,  4 : 
from 

ΈμβΑ,έττω,  f.  -■φω,  {έν,  βλέπω)  to 
look  in  or  on,  look  in  the  face,  look  at, 
τινί.  Plat.  Charm.  155  C,  etc. ;  also 
εις...,  Plat.  Ale,  1, 132  E,  etc. ;  rarely 
τινά,  Anth.  :  also  like  βλέπω  simply, 
to  look.  Soph.  El.  995.     Hence 

"ΕμιΏ.εψις,  εως,  ή,  a  looking  at, 
look,  Hipp. 


EMBO 

'Έμβ?ημα,  ατός,  τό,  {εμβάλλω) 
that  ichich  is  put  in  OT  on,  έμβ?..  ξν?.ον, 
the  shaft  fitting  into  the  spear-head, 
Plut.  :  jeiuels  and  ornaments  in  raised 
U'ork,  that  could  be  taken  from  their  set- 
ting, Dio  C.  :  perh.  also  a  tesselated 
pavement :  a  sole  put  into  the  shoe  in 
winter,  etc.,  Philo. 

Έμβλησις,  εως,  ή,  {εμβάλλω)  a 
throwing  in. — II.  intr.  a  breaking  in, 
Hipp. 

Έμβλητέον,  verb.  adj.  from  έμ 
βάλλω,  one  vmst  throw  in,  Plat.  Prii- 
leb.  62B. 

Έμβούω,  ώ.  {hv,  βοάω)  to  call  upon, 
shout  to,  τινί,  Xen.  Cyn.  6,  17  :  absol. 
to  shout  aloud,  Thuc.  4,  34.    Hence 

'Έμβόησις,  εως,  ή,  a  shouting,  Are- 
tae. 

'Έμβοθρενω,  {έν,  βοθρεύω)  to  make 
a  pit  in.  make  holes,  Philostr. 

Έμβοθρος,  ov,  {έν,  βόθρος)  like  a 
pit  or  hole,  hollow,  Theophr.     Hence 

Έμβοϋρόω,  ώ,  to  dig  into  a  pit, 
Hipp.        ^ 

Έμβο7.άς,  άοος,  ή,  {εμβολος  4)  α 
graft;  σνκαΐ  έμβολάδες,  grafted  fig- 
trees,  Plut. 

Έμβολενς,  έως,  b,  {εμβάλλω)  any 
thing  put  in  :  a  peg,  stopper  :  the  sucker 
of  a  .'squirt :  a  dibble,  a  stick  for  setting 
plants,  Anth. 

Εμβολή,  ης,  η,  {εμβάλλω)  a  throw- 
ing in  :  a  putting  in.  insertion,  Hipp. — 
II.  intrans.  a  breaking  or  bursting  in, 
inroad  into  an  enemy's  country,  foray, 
Xen.  An.  4,  1,  4,  etc. — 2.  a  falling  on, 
assault,  attack,  the  charge  made  by  one 
ship  upon  another,  Aesch.  Pers.  279, 
330,  etc.,  where  strictly  έμβ.  was  the 
charge  on  the  side  of  the  Other  ship, 
προςβολ?;,  the  charge  prow  to  prow, 
Thuc.  7,  70,  cf  36  :  έμβ.  εχειν,  to  re- 
ceive such  a  charge,  Xen.  Hell.  4,  3, 
10  ;  δούναι,  to  make  it,  Polyb. — 3.  an 
entrance :  place  of  entrance,  pass,  L. 
Dind.  Xen.  Hell.  5,  4.  48  :  the  mouth 
of  a  river,  Dion.  H.  ;  cf.  εις-  and  εκ- 
βολή.—  III.  the  head  of  a  battering- 
ram,  Thuc.  2,  76  :  but  Aesch.  Pers. 
415,  έμβ.  χαλκόστομοι  are  the  shocks 
of  brazen  beaks. 

''Εμβόλιμα,  ων,  τά,  Embolima,  a 
city  of  India,  Arr.  An.  4,  28,  7. 

ΈλβολιμαΙος,  αία,  alov,  and 

'Εμβόλιμος,  ov,  {εμβολή)  thrown  in, 
inserted,  esp.  intercalated,  μην  έμβ., 
an  intercalary  month,  Hdt.  1,32:  τά, 
έμ.,  interpolated  verses,  Arist.  Poet. ; 
also  έμβ.  παίδες,  supposititious  sons, 
Eupol.  Dem.  38. 

'Εμβόλιον,  ου,  τό,  {εμβάλλω)  some- 
thing thrown  in,  a  javelin.  Died. — II. 
an  interlude  in  a  play,  an  episode  in  a 
writing,  Cic.  ad  Q.  Fr.  3,  1,  7. 

Έμβόλισμα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which  is 
put  in,  a  piece  or  patch. 

'Εμβολισμός,  ov,  6,  a  putting  in,  in- 
tercalation. 

Έμβολον,  ου,  ro.=  sq.,  της  χώρης, 
a  tongue  of  land,  Hdt.  4,  53 :  cf  Pind. 

0.  7,  35.-2.  a  bolt,  bar,  Eur.  Phoen. 
114. — 3.  α  beam,  the  architrave  or  the 
entablature.  Id.  Bacch.  591. 

Έμβολος,  ου,  6,  (έαβάλλω)  like  ίμ• 
βο/ιεύς,  anything  running  to  a  point  and 
so  put  or  thrust  in,  a  wedge,  peg,  stop- 
per, etc. :  esp.  the  brazen  beak  of  ships 
of  ivar,  which  was  drivm  into  the 
hostile  ship,  Lat.  rostrum  navis,  Hdt. 

1,  166:  hence  έμβά/λειν  νανσί. — 2. 
hence  oi  έμβολοι,  the  rostra  or  tri- 
bune o(  the  Roman  forum,  Polyb. — 3. 
the  wedge-shaped  order  of  battle,  cutieus 
or  acies  cuncaia  of  the  Romans,  Xen 
Hell.  7,  5,  22. — 4.  a  graft. — 5.  =7Teof, 
Ar.  Fr.  301.  — 0.  in  late  Greek,  a 
portico.    Cf.  foreg. 

441 


EMBP 

ΈμΘομβέω,  ώ,  {iv,  βομβέω)  Ιο  buzz 
in,  ταΐς  άκοαΐς,  Synes. 

Έμίόσκω,  (έν,  βόσκω)  to  feed  m, 
Fhilo. 

ΈμβράΛύνυ,  {εν,  βραδύνω)  to  slop 
in  or  upon,  dwell  on,  Lat.  immorur, 
TLvi,  Luc. 

Έμβραμένα,  ή,  Lacon.  for  ειμαρ- 
μένη, Sophron  ap.  E.  M. 

Έμβρΰχυ  or  ίμκραχν,  adv.  (ti>, 
βραχύς)  in  brief,  shortly,  in  gmeral. 
At.  Vesp.  1120. — II.  in'the  least,  esp. 
after  ονδέν. 

Έμβρεγμα,  ατός,  τό.  (.ίμβμέχυ) 
that  in  which  a  thing  is  wetted :  a  lotion, 
fomentation,  like  έμβροχη,  Aretae. 

Έμίρέμομαι,  mid.,  (έΐ',  βρέμω)  to 
roar,  bluster  in,  άήτης  ίστίω  έμβρ.,  11. 
15,  C27. 

'Eu  Jpe^Of,  ov,  {έν,  βρέφος)  boy-like, 
Anth.' 

Έμβρέχω,  f.  -ξω,  {έν,  βρέχω)  to  wet 
or  soak  in,  to  foment,  Plut. :  to  water, 
Nic. 

Εμβρίθεια,  ας,  η,  weight,  dignity, 
Lat.  gravitas.  [i]     From 

'Εμβριθής,  ές,  (έν,  βρίθω)  like 
βαρύς,  heavy,  weighty,  Hdt.  7,  30 : 
hence — II.  metapti.  weighty,  grave, 
stately,  dignified.  Plat.  Crat.  407  A; 
and  ironic,  Plut.  :  i}nportant,'P\at.Fjp. 
328  B. — 2.  of  meats,  strong,  nourish- 
ing.— 3.  in  bad  sense,  heavy,  weighing 
down,  grievous,  Aesch.  Pers.  693  :  of 
persons,  violent,  savage,  fierce,  Hipp. 
E.xactly  the  Lat.  gravis.  Adv.  -Οώς, 
firmly.  Plat.  Phaedr.  252  C. 

Έμβρίθω,  f.  -σω,  {b;' βρίθω)  to  be 
heavy,  fall  heavily,  .\nth.   [t] 

'ΈμβρΙμάομαί,  {έν,  βριμάημαι)  dep. 
C.  aor.  mid.,  to  be  moved  with  strong 
indignation,  to  be  wroth  at,  threaten, 
Tivi,  N.  T. :  in  genl.  to  be  vehemently 
moved  or  troubled,  lb.     Hence 

Έμβρίμημα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which  is 
spoken  in  wrath,  threatening,  [l] 

Έμβρονταΐος,  αία,  alov,  (kv,  βρον- 
τή) struck  by  lightning :  rb  έμβ.,  a 
place  so  stricken,  which  no  one  might 
enter,  the  Lat.  bidcntal,  Died.  :  from 

'Έ,βροντύω,  ώ,  f  -ήσω,  {έν,  βρον- 
τάω) to  strike  with  lightning,  Xen.  Hell. 
4,  7,  7  :  hence  to  strike  dumb,  esp.  in 
pass,  to  be  thunder-struck,  astonied, 
Dem.  413,  10.     Hence^ 

Έμβροντησία,  ας,  ή,  a  being  thun- 
der-struck :  hence  stupidity,  Plut. 

'Εμβρόντητος,  ov,  (έμβροντύω) 
thunderstruck,  and  SO  like  Lat.  atto- 
iiilus,  ωμβρόντητε  συ,  thou  thunder- 
stricken  wretch,  thou  gaping  fool,  Ar. 
Eccl.  793. 

Έμβροχύς,  άδος,  ή,  a  layer  of  the 
vine,  Lat.  mergus,  from  έμβρέχω, 
Geop. 

Έμβροχη.  ης,  ή,  {έμβρέχω)— έμ- 
βρεγμα, Plut.  — II.  {έν,  βρόχος)  α 
noose,  halter,  Luc. 

Έμβροχίζω,  {έν,  βρόχος)  to  catch  in 
a  noose. 

Έμβροχος,  ov,  {έμβρέχω)  wetted, 
soaked. — 11.  {έν,  βρόχος)  caught  in  a 
noose. 

Έμβρνείον,  ov,  τό,  (ίμβρνον)  the 
flesh  of  embryos.  Ar.  Fr.  470. 

Έμβρύκω,  {έν,  βρύκω)  to  bite  at, 
bite,  Nic.  [v] 

Ύ.μβρνοόόχος,  ov,  {έμβρνον,  δέ- 
χομαι) receiving  the  foetus,;  Lilc. 

Έμβρνοθ7.άοτης,  ov.  6,  {ίμβρνον, 
Θ7.ύω)  an  instrU7nent  for  extracting  a 
dead  foetus.  Gal. 

Έμβρνοικος,  ov,  (iv,  βρνον,  οΐκέω) 
divelling  in  sea-weed,  άγκυρα,   Anth. 

[i] 

Έμβρνοκτόνος,  ov,  {έμβρνον,  κτεί- 
yu)  killing  the  foetus  in  the  womb. 

Έμ^ρνον,  ov,  TO,  V.  sq.  I. 


EMET 

'Έ,μβρϊιος,  ov,  all  that  grows  in  an- 
other body  {to  εντός  βρνον) :  hence 
as  subst.  ίμβρνον,  the  fruit  of  the  womb 
bifon:  birth,  the  embri/o,  Lat.  foetus, 
Aesch.  Euin.  915 :  but  in  Od.  9,  215, 
309,  312,  a  new-born  lamb,  lambkin  or 
kid. — II.  act.  genial,  productive,  vypo- 
της.  Theophr.— HI.  ace.  to  some  in 
Noun,  moss-covered,  mossy,  {έν,  βρνον) 
Dion.  41,29. 

Έβρνοτομέω,  ω,  {έμβρνον,  τέμνω) 
to  cut  the  foetus  from  the  womb.     Hence 

Έαβρϋοτομία,  ας,  ?/,  a  cutting  out 
the  foetus.  Gal. 

'Εμβρνου'λκία,  ας,  ή,  the  extraction 
of  the  foetus,  Gal. :  from 

Έμ:ίρνονλκός,  ov,  6,  {ίμβρνον, 
έλκω)  a  midwife's  forceps.  Gal. 

Έμβρωμα.  ατός,  τό,  {έν,  βιβρώσ- 
κω)  that  which  is  bitten  in,  έμ3.  οδόν- 
των, a  hollow  in  the  teeth,  iDiosc. — 
II.  a  bile,  breakfast,  Ath. 

Έμβνθίζω,  {έν,  βυθίζω)  to  throw  or 
sink  to  the  bottom,  Plut. 

Έμβνθίος,  a,  ov,  also,  ος,  ov,  {έν, 
βνθός)  at  the  bottom,  Orph.   [i] 

Έμβϋκΰνύω,  ώ,  {έν,  βνκανύω)  to 
blow  with  the  trumpet,  κερασί  eu/3., 
Dion.  H. 

Έμβνρσόω,  ω,  {έν,  βνρσόω)  to  sew 
up  in  skins,  Plut. 

Έμβνω,  f.  -ύσω,  {έν,  βύω)  to  stuff 
in,  stop,  τί  τινι,  Ar.  \"esp.  128.  [ί•] 

Έμβώμως,  ov,  {έν,  βωμός)  on  the 
altar,  Jul. 

Έμέ,  acc.  of  έγώ,  enclit.  με,  Horn. 

'Εμέθεν,  poet.  gen.  for  έμον,  in 
Horn.,  and  Att. :  never  enclit. 

'Εμεί>  Dor.  for  έμέ,  as  τεί  for  τέ, 
σέ- 
νΕμεινα,  1  aor.  act.  from  μένω. 

Έμεΐο,  Ep.  gen.  of  έγώ  for  έμον,  in 
Horn.  :  never  enclit.,  v.  έμίο. 

Έμέμηκον,  Ep.  aor.  2  redupl.  of 
μ?;κύομαι,  Od.  9,  439. 

Έμεν,  Ep.  for  είναι,  mC  from  ειμί, 
Horn,  cf  έμμεν. 

'Ε,αέν,  for  έσμέν.  Call.  :  but  in 
Sopii.  El.  21,  very  dub. 

"Εμεν  and  έμεναι,  poet,  for  είναι, 
inf  aor.  2  from  ϊιιμι. 

'Εμεναι,  Ep.  for  είναι,  inf  from 
ειμί,  Horn.,  cf  έμμεναι. 

'Εμενος,  7j,  ov,  part.  aor.  2  mid.  of 
ΐημι. 

Έμέο,  Ep.  gen.  of  έγώ  for  έμον.  Π. 
10, 124  :  never  encht. :  Ep.  strengthd. 
form  έμεΐο. 

'tΈμέσa,  ης,  η,  Emesa,  now  Hems,  a 
city  of  Syria  on  the  eastern  bank  of 
the  Orontes,  Hdn.,  also  wr.  Έμισα, 
and  Til  Έμεσα.     Hence 

νΥψεσηνός,  ή,  όν,  of  Emesa ;  oi 
Έμεσηνοί,  the  inhab.  of  Emesa,  Strab. 

'Ε,μεσία.  ας,  ή,  {έμέω)  a  disposition 
to  vomit,  Hipp. 

Έμεσις,  εως,  ή,  {έμέω)  a  vomiting, 
being  sick.  Id. 

Έμεσμα,  ατός,  τό,  {έμέω)  that  which 
is  thrown  vp. — II.  r=foreg.,  Id. 

Έμετηρίζω,  to  give  an  emetic.  Id. 

Έμετήριος,  ov,^^  εμετικός,  hence 
έμ.  φάρμακα,  emetics,  Hipp.,  or  with- 
out φαρμ.,  Diosc. 

Έαετίάω,  ώ,  to  feel  sick,  Arist. 
Probl. 

'Εμετικός,  "ή,  όν,  {έμέω)  provoking 
sickness,  έμ.  φάρμακον,  an  emetic, 
Arist.  Probl.  —  II.  inclined  to  vomit, 
going  to  be  sirk,   Hipp.  :   one  who  uses 

emetics,  like  the  Roman  gourniands, 
Cic. 

Έμετοττοιέομαι,  to  make  one's  self 
sick.  Hipp. :  from 

Έμετοποιός,  όν,  {εμετός,  ποιέω) 
causing  sickness. 

'Εμετός,  cv,  ό,=1ιιεσις,  sickness, 
Lat.  vomitus,  Hdt.  2,  77. 


EMME 

'Εμετός,  ή,  όν,  {έμέω)  vomited,  thrown 
up. 

Έμετύδης,  ες.  {εμετός,  είδος)  like 
sickness.  Hipp.     Adv.  Ion.  -δεως,  Id. 

Έμεν,  Ep.  and  Ion.  for  έμον,  gen. 
of  έ)ώ,  Horn. :  enclit.  μεν,  Aeol.  and 
Dor.  έμενς. 

'EME'i2,  f.  -έσω,  mid.  έμεσομαι, 
Hipp.,  Att.  έμονμαι,  Aesch.  Eum. 
730,  perf  έμήμεκα,  aor.  ήμεσα,  Ar. 
Ach.  C,  ήμησα,  Hcs.  Th.  497  (both  in 
comp.),  to  vomit,  throw  up,  cast  up,  αίμα, 
II.  15,  11  :  absol.,  to  be  sick,  Hdt.  1, 
133,  Aesch.  1.  c,  Xen.  An.  4,  8,  20 : 
έμεϊν  ιττιλω,  to  make  one's  self  sick 
with  a  feather,  Ar.  Ach.  587  :  me- 
taph.  to  throw  up  a  flood  of  bad  words, 
Eunap.  (Akin  to  Lat.  vomn,  Sanscr. 
vam.  Pott.  Et.  Forsch.  1.  202.) 

Έμεωντον,  Ion.  gen.  for  έμαντον, 
Hdt. 
νΕμήμεκα,  perf.  act.  from  έμέω. 
ί'Εμηνα,  1   aor.  act.   of  μαίνομαι, 
dub.  V.  sub  μαίνομαι. 

Έμί,  old  form  for  έμμί,  εΙμί,  Inscr. 
Sigei. 

Έμικτο,  Ep.  sync.  aor.  of  μίγννμι 
c.  pass,  signf ,  Od. 

Έμίν,  Dor.  poet,  for  έμοί,  dat.  of 
έγώ.  [ί,  but  when  enclit..  Γ] 

Έμίνγα,  Dor.  for  έμοιγε. 

Έμίνη,  Tarentine  for  έμοιγε. 

Έμμΰθε,  Ep.  for  έμαθε,  3  sing.  aor. 
2  act.  of  μανθάι•ω,  Od. 

Έμμαίνομαι,  {έν,  μαίνομαι)  to  be 
mad  at,  τινί,  IS.  T. 

Έμμα/.?Μς,  ov,  {έν,  μχύ.λός)  woolly, 
fleecy,  Luc. 

Έ.μμάνής,  ές,  {έν  μανία  ων)  in 
madness,  frantic,  raving,  Hdt.  3,  25, 
and  Trag. :  θεον  πνοαίσιν  έιιμ.,  Eur. 
Bacch.  1094,  Bockh  Plat.  Min.  145. 
Adv.  -νώς.  The  form  έκμανής  is  rare, 
if  not  dub. 

νΕμμανηνι'β.ό.  indecl.  (from  Hebr.) 
Immanuel,  i.  e.  God  with  us,  K.  T. 
Math.  1,23. 

\Έμμαονς,  η,  Emmaus,  a  village 
between  seven  and  eight  miles  dis- 
tant from  Jerusalem,  N.  T.  Luc.  24, 
13. 

Έμμΰττέω.  only  found  in  part,  έμ- 
μαπέουσα,  Nic.  Alex.  137,  where  the 
Schol.  explains  it  by  ενεργούσα, 
doing  quickly.  If  not  f.  1.  for  έμμα- 
τέονσα,  it  is  fancifully  formed  from 

Έμμΰττέως.  adv.  forthwith,  quick  as 
thought,  hastily  :  only  poet. :  in  Horn. 
with  άττόρονσε,  II•  5,  836,  and  with 
νπάκονσε,  Od.  14,  485:  in  Hes.  with 
ύπέδεκτε,  Sc.  442.  (Acc.  to  some 
from  άμα  -ώ  έ~εΐ,  no  sootier  said  than 
done ;  others  better  from  ματτέειν, 
μάρ~τειν,  clutching  at,  and  so  hastily, 
Lat.  prompte.) 

Έμμάρτνρος,  ov,  {έν,  μύρτνρ)  with 
evidence,  with  testimony.     Adv.  -ρως. 

Έμμάσσομαι,  ΐ.  -ξομαι,  (έν,μάσσω) 
to  press  in  or  on,  inflict,  όργ?/ν  τινι, 
Call.  Dian.  124,  and  Anth. 

Έμμΰτάζω,  έμμάταιάζω  or  έμμά• 
ταίζω,  to  talk  idly,  make  a  fool  of  one's 
self 

Έμμάτέω.ω.{έν, ματέω,  ματενω)  to 
feel  with  the  fitiger,  put  the  finger  down 
the  throat  to  cause  sickness,  cf.  έμμα• 
πέο). 

Έμμάχομαι,  fut.  -έσο/ιαι,  (ir,  μά- 
χομαι) dep.  mid.,  to  fight  a  battle  in, 
-εόίον  έτΓΐτήόειον  έμμ-,  Hdt.  9,  7. 
[ά] 

*Ύ,μμάω,  supposed  pres.  of  έμμε- 
μαώς,  q.  v. 

Έμμέθοδης,  ov,  {έν,  μέθοέος)  ac- 
cording   to   rule  or    system  :    τό    έμμ., 

systematic  arrangement,  Philo.   Adv. 
-ύως. 


EMME 

'Έμμεθΰσκομαί,  {εν,  μεθΰσκω)  as 
pass.,  to  be  drunk  in  or  among,  c.dat., 
Joseph. 

Έμμείδιύυ,  ώ,  f.  -άσω  [ά],  {εν, 
μειδιάω)  to  smile  at  or  upon,  tlvl,  Xen. 
Cyn.  4,  3. 

Έμμέ/.εια,  ας,  ή,  {εμμελής)  pure 
and  perfect  harmony  in  tntisic,  hence 
the  fit  modulation  of  the  voice  in  speak- 
ing, Dion.  Comp.  408,  6 :  in  genl.  all 
harmony  and  fitness,  gracefulness,  Lat. 
concinnitas,  Plut.  :  wittiness,  Longin. 
— II.  a  kind  of  tragic  and  satvric  dance 
accompanied  by  music.  Plat.  Legg. 
816  Β  :  hence  the  tune  of  this  dance, 
Hdt.  6,  129,  ubi  Schvveigh.,  cf.  Dind. 
Ar.  Ran.  897  :  Ar.  Vesp.  1503  jokingly 
speaks  of  έμμ.  kovov7mv,  the  knuckle 
dance. 

Έμμε7.ετάω,  ώ,  f.  -;/σω,  (έν,  με/.ε- 
τύω)  to  exercise,  practise  in,  τινά  tlvl, 
Plut. :  absol.  to  teach,  Plat.  Phaedr. 
228  E. 

'Έ.μμε'Αής,  ές,  (ίν,  μέ?.ος)  sounding 
in  unison,  in  tune,  well-timed,  harmo- 
nious, melodious,  Theocr.  Ep.  19  ;  in 
genl.  fitting,  regidar,  agreeable,  Ar. 
Eccl.  807  :  but  usu.  in  Att.,  in  good 
taste,  elegant,  graceful,  well-bred,  wittij, 
Heind.  Plat.  Theaet.  171  A.  Adv. 
-Αώς,  Ion.  -?.έως,  Simon.  139, 
conipar.  -7ιεστέρωΓ,  Plat.  Phaedr. 
278  D,  -pov.  Id.  Rep.  471  Α.— II. 
{εν,  μέλ.ομαι)  diligent,  pains-taking, 
Polyb. 

'Έ,μμελέτημα,  ατός,  τό,  {εμμε7.ετάω) 
that  in  which  one  is  exercised,  a  practice, 
Anth. 

Έμμε?ιετητέον,  verb.  adj.  from  έμ- 
ιιε/χτύυ,  one  must  exercise  one's  self  in, 

TLVL,  Plut. 

Έμμεμΰώς,  νια,  ός,  {εν,  μεμαώς) 
pressing  eagerly  on,  eager,  hasty,  hot, 
of  persons,  Hom.,esp.  inll. :  of  things, 
as  7/χή,  Has.  Sc.  43Q  ;  and  later  c. 
dat.  έαμεμαώς  Βέβρυξι,  Αρ.  Rh. 
Only  Ep. 

'Έ,μμέμονα,  {εν,  μέμονα)  ευμ.  φρήν, 
the  soul  IS  lost  in  passion,  »oph.  Tr. 
98-i. 

'Έ,μμεν,  rarer  Ep.  form  for  ίμεν, 
είναι,  inf  from  ειμί,  Horn. 

'Έμμενηι,  Ep.  for  εΙναι,  inf.  from 
ειμί,  oft.  in  Horn. 

Έμμενετέον,  verb.  adj.  from  έμμέ- 
V(J.  one  jnust  abide  by,  tl,  Diog.  L. 

Έμμενετικός,  ή,  όν,  {εαμένώ)  abi- 
ding by,  TLVL,  Arist.  Eth.  N. 

'Έμμενετός,  ή,  όν,  (εμμένω)  to  be 
stooil  by,  endurable,  Stob. 

'Έ,μμενής,  ές,  {εν,  μένω)  abiding  in, 
Tivi :  TO  έμμενές,  sledfasttiess,  Plut.  : 
Horn,  has  only  the  neut.  έμμενές,  as 
adv.,  and  always  in  phrase,  έμμενές 
αίεί,  unceasing  ever,  II.  10,  301,  etc.  : 
without  αίεί,  Arat.  83  :  έμμ.  ήματα 
Τϊάντα,  Id.  339.  Adv.  -νως,  Ep.  and 
Ion.  -νέως,  Hes.  Th.  712. 

Έμμενητικός,  ή,  όν,  later  form  for 
-νετικός,  Diog.  L.  Adv.  -κώς. 

^Έμμενίδαι,  ών,  οι,  the  Emmenidae, 
a  noble  family  of  Agrigentum  in  Si- 
cily, Pind.  01  3,  68. 

Εμμένω,  f.  -μένω,  {έν,  μένω)  to 
abide  in  a  place,  Eur.  Erechth.20,  12  : 
to  abide  by,  stand  by,  cleave  to,  be  true 
to,  c.  dal.,  όρκίοις.  Hdt.  9,  106,  κηρνγ- 
ματί.  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  351  ;  σννθήκαις, 
Lat.  manere  in  induciis,  Thuc.  5,  18, 
V.  Wolf  Lept.  p.  250 ;  also  έν  αττονδ- 
αίς,  Thuc.  4, 1 18:  hence,  έμμεμέν7]κεν, 
it  continued  as  a  custom,  Thuc,  1,  5. — 
2.  to  acquiesce  in,  τοις  δικαίοις,  Dem. 
972,  18. 

'Εμμί'σΙτενω,  (έν,  μεσιτεύω)  to  con- 
ciliate by  mediation,  Clem.  Al. 

'Kuu^cfOi,  Jf>  <ip.  αέσος)  in  the  mid- 
die. 


ΕΜΟΣ 

'Έμμεστος.  ov,  {έν,  μεστός)  filled 
full,  τινός,  Ep.  Plat.  338  D. 

'Έμμετεωρίζω,  {έν,  μετεωρίζω)  to 
cam/  up  into,  τω  αίβέρι,  Phdostr. 

'Εμμετρέω,  ώ,  {έν,  μετρέω)  to  mea- 
sure by  or  according  to,  τινί,  Antlt 

Έμαετρία.  ας,  ή,  measure,  propor- 
tion, Vlat.  Rep.  486  D  :  from 

Έμμετρος,  ov,  {έν,  μέτρον)  in  or  ac- 
cording to  measure,  measured,  propor- 
tional. Plat.  Phil.  26  A:  hence— II. 
moderate,  fitting,  meek.  Id.  Legg.  823 
D. — III.  in  metre,  metrical,  Id.  Symp. 
197  C.     Adv.  -τρως.     Hence 

'Έ.μμετρότης,  ητος,  ή,  proportion,  fit- 
ness, Aristaen. 

Έμμήνιος,  ov,  {έν,  μην)  monthly: 
Tu  έμμ.  the  menses  of  women,  Hipp. 

Έμμηνις,  L,  gen.  ιος,  {έν,  μήνις)  in 
wrath,  an  avenger,  Inscr. 

Έμμηνος,  ov,  {έν,  μην)  in  a  month, 
a  month  long,  lasting  a  month.  Plat. 
Legg.  956  A  : — 11.=  έμμήνιος,  month- 
li/,  ιερά.  Soph.  El.  281 :  on  the  εμμ. 
δίκαι,  Ψ.  Bockh  P.  Ε.  1,  70. 

Έμμηρος,  ό,  poet,  for  ένομτ/ρης, 
Denietr.  Sic.  2,  ubi  v.  Jleineke. 

Έμμητρος,  ov,  {έν,  μήτρα)  in  the 
womb:  but — II.  ζν?.α  έμμ-,  wood  ivilh 
pith  in  it,  Antiph.  Philomet.  1,  and 
Theophr. 

Ύ.μμί.  Aeol.  for  εΙμί. 

Έμμίγννμι,  also  έμμιγνύω,  f.  -μίξω, 
{έν,  μίγνυμι)  to  mix  or  mingle  in,  Plut., 
in  pass.  :  έααίξω,  intrans.  /  will  meet. 
Soph.  O.  C.'l057. 

'Εμμι?.τος,  ov,  {έν,  μί/^τος)  painted 
red,  red,  Diosc. 

'Έ,μμίμνω,  poet,  for  εμμένω,  Em- 
ped. 

Έμμισθος,  ov,  {εν,  μισθός)  in  pay, 
for  hire,  hired,  Thuc.  6,  22.  Adv. 
-θως. 

Έμμοιρος,  ov,  {έν,  μοίρα)  partaking 
in,  Aesch.  Eum.  890,  e  conj.  Herm., 
sed  alii  aliter. 

Έμμονη,  ής,  η,  {εμμένω)  an  abi- 
ding in,  standing  by,  cleaving  to,  τινός. 
Plat.  Gorg.  479  D. 

Έμμονος,  ov,  {εμμένω)  abiding  in  or 
by,  stedfast,  steady,  Xen.  Cyr.  3,  3,  52  : 
έμμ.  τινί,  abiding  by  a  thing,  lb.  55. 
Adv.  -νως. 

Έμμορα,  ας,  ε,  perf.  2  of  μείρομαι, 
Hom.,  but  only  in  3  pers. 

Έμμορος,  ov,  {έν,  μείρομαι)  parta- 
king in,  τινός,  Od.  8,  480,  cf.  έμμοι- 
ρος. — II.  (έν,  μόρος)  destined,  esp.  for- 
tunate, Anth. 

Έμμορφος,  ov,  {έν,  μορφή)  inform, 
corporeal,  Plut. 

Έμμοτος,  ov,  {έν,  μότος)  stopped 
with  lint,  and  so  in  genl.,  suppurating, 
festering,  having  an  open  sore,  Hipp.  : 
metaph..  ά?.γος  δώμασιν  έμμοτον,  an 
open,  unhealing  sore  for  the  house  :  or 
(as  others)  one  that  clings  like  lint  to 
the  house,  Aesch.  Cho.  471. — II.  το 
ίμμοτον,  with  or  without  φύρμακον, 
salve  spread  on  lint  and  so  put  on  a 
sore.  Gal. 

Έμμονσος,  ov,  {έν,  Μονσα)— μου- 
σικός. 

Έμμοχθος,ον,  {έν,  μόχθος)  in  labour, 
toilsome,  painful,  Eur.  Supp.  1004. 

^Έμμυέω,   ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {έν-,  μνέω)  to 

initiate  into,  μων  ένεμνήβης  τα  μεγύ- 

Λα ;  were  you  initiated  in  the  great 

mysteries?  Ar.  Plut.  845. 

νΕμνησα,  1  aor.  act.  of  μιμνήσκω, 

Έμοί.  dat.  of  έγώ,  cnclit.//o£,  Hom, 
νΕμολον,  inf.  μολεΐν.  part,  μόλων, 
aor.  of  βλώσκω,  q.  v.  and  cf.  μολεΐν. 

Έμός,  ή,  όν,  possess,  adj.  of  first 
per-s.  from  έγώ,  έμοΰ,  mine,  Lat.  meus, 
Horn.,  contr.  c,  art.  ονμός,  τονμόν,1\. 
8,  360.  Sometimes  joined  c.  gen.,  to 
Strengthen  the  possessive  notion,  έμον 


ΕΜΠΑ 

αΰτοϋ,  mine  own,  Od.  2,  45,  cf.  11.  3, 
180  :  used  objectively,  έμή  άγγελίη, 
a  message  about  me,  11.  19,  336,  cf. 
Od.  2,  97  :  ai  έμαΐ  δια3ο?Μί,  slanders 
against  me,  Thuc.  C,  90,  etc.  In  Att. 
sometimes  for  dat.  έμοί.  Wolf  Xen. 
Hell.  5,  2,  33,  esp.  with  words  like 
εχθρός,  φίλος,  Seidl.  Eur.  El.  668,  so 
Λνβ  say  my  wellwishers,  for  those  who 
wish  me  well  :  oi  έμοί,  Lat.  mei,  my 
friends.  Plat.,  Xen.,  etc. :  το  έμόν, 
mine,  my  part,  my  interest,  etc.,  Hut.  4, 
127,  and  Trag. :  also  simply  for  έγώ. 
Soph.  El.  1302,  etc.,  cf.  11.  9,  386 ;  in 
full,  τυνμόν  μέρος.  Soph.  Tr.  1217  : 
freq.  also  in  plur.,  τα  έμά,  τΰμύ  :  τό 
γε  έμόν,  τό  μεν  έμόν,  for  my  part,  as 
far  as  concerns  me,  Hdt.  1,  108,  Plat. 
Gorg.  452  C,  Soph.  237  B. 

Έμονς,  Dor.  gen.  oi  έγώ,  Brunck 
Ar.  Ach.  911. 

Έμπΰ,  adv.,  v.  εμπάς. 

Έμ-ύζομαι,  poet.,  esp.  Ep.,  defect- 
ive dep.,  to  busy  one's  self  about,  take 
heed  of,  care  for,  c.  gen.,  μνΰων,  etc., 
Hom. ;  once  c.  ace.  pers.,  Od.  16, 
422.     (Prob.  akin  to  έμτταιοςΚ,  q.  v.) 

Έμττάθεια,  ας,  ή,  passion,  affection, 
[α]  from 

Έμτζάθής,  ές,  {εν,  πάθος)  in  a  state 
of  violent  emotion,  in  a  passion,  passion- 
ate, Plut.  Adv.  -θώς,  passionately, 
Polyb. 

Έμπαι.γμα,  ατός,  τό,  {έμτταίζω)  a 
jest,  game,  trick,  LXX. 
νΕμπαιγμον?},  ής,  ή,  {έμπaίζω)^=sq., 
in  many  MSS  and  admitted  by 
Griesb.  and  others  into  the  text  of  JS. 
T.  2.  Pet.  3.  3. 

Εμπαιγμός,  ov,  δ,  {εμπαίζω)  a  jest- 
ing, mocking,  scoffing,  LXX. 

Έμπαιδενω,^=παιδενω  έν,  to  edu- 
cate or  bring  up  in,  τινί,  Philostr. 

ΈμπαιδοτρΙβέημαι,  {έν,  πειδοτρι- 
βέω)  as  pass.,  to  be  brought  up  in,  τινί, 
Dio  C. 

Έμπαιδοτροφέομαι,  as  mid.,  (  έν, 
παιδοτροφέω)  to  bring  vp  one's  child- 
ren on  or  by  means  of,  τινί,  Dem. 
1087,  22. 

Εμπαίζω,  f.  -ξομαι  and  -ξονμαι,  (έν, 
παίζω)  to  mock,  Lat.  illudere,  τινί, 
Hdt.  4,  134  :  hence  to  trick,  deceive, 
Soph.  Ant.  799. — II.  to  play,  sport  in 
or  on,  /.είμακος  ήδοναΐς,  Eur.  Bacch. 
867  :  έμπ.  χοροίς,  to  sport  in  the  dance, 
Ar.  Thesm.  975.    Hence 

Έμπαίκτης,  ov,  b,  a  mocker,  deceiv- 
er, N.  T. 

Έμπαιος,  ον,{Α)^^εμπεφος,  know- 
ing, practised  in,  c.  gen.  έργων,  κακών, 
Od.  20,  379;  21,  400.  An  old  poet, 
word,  not  to  be  confounded  with  sq. 
(Perh.  akin  to  πάομαι,οί.  Pott.  Etym. 
Forsch.  1,  189:  cf.  έμπάζομαι.)  [at  in 
2d  passage.] 

Έμπαιος,  ov,  (B)  {έν,  παίω)  burst- 
ing in,  sudde7i,  τνχαι.  κακά,  Aesch. 
Ag.  187,  347  :  only  poet. 

Έμπαις,  παιδος,  6,  η,  (έν,  παις) 
with  child. 

Έμπαισμα,  ατός,  τό,  {έμπαίω)  that 
which  is  struck  in :  esp.  embossed  work. 

Έμπαιστική,  ής,  ή,  τέχνη,  the  art  of 
embossing.  Ath. :  from 

Έμπαιστός,  όν,  {έμπαίω)  struck  in 
embossed. 

Έμπαίω,  f.  -παίσω,  but  usu.  -παιή• 
σω.  (έν.  παίω)  to  strike  in,  stamp,  em- 
boss.— II.  strengthd.  for  εμπίπτω,  intr. 
έμπαίει  μοι  ιΐ'νγή.  burst  in  upon  my 
soul,  Soph.  El,  902. 

Έ,μπακτόω,  ώ,  {έν,  πακτάω)  toclose, 
stuff,  caulk,  τάς  αρμονίας βνβλω,  Hdt. 
2,  96. 

Έμπάλ,αγμα,  ατός,  τό,^^έμπλοκή, 
from 

Έ/ίπαλάσσω,  f.  -^ω,  {kv,  παλόσσω) 
443 


ΕΜΠΑ 

like  εμπλέκω,  to  entangle  in,  εν  rivL, 
Hdl.  7,  85  :  absol.  to  entangle  together, 
Thuc.  7,  84. 

'¥.μτζαλιν,  poet,  also  ίμπίίλι.  {iv, 
iruAcv)  adv.,  backward.•!,  back.  H.  Hoin. 
Merc.  78,  Hes.  iSc.  145. — II.  contrary 
to,  c.  gen.,  τέρ^^Ίος,  Find.  O.  12,  15, 
cf.  Hilt.  7,  58  ;  also  foil,  by  η..,  Hdt. 
1,  207,  cf.  Valck.  Hipp.  388.— III.  in 
return.  Soph.  O.  C.  C37. — IV^.  c.  artic, 
TO  ίμπα/Λν,  or  τα  εμτία/uv,  contr. 
Τθνμπα?Λν,  τάμταλιν,  the  conlrari/, 
the  reverse,  Trag.  :  but  also  euphein. 
for  TO  κακόν,  τά  κακά,  Aesch.  Pers. 
223.  iSo  also  tic  τονμτταλιν,  Xen. 
An.  3,  5,  13,  etc.,  ίκ.  τ.,  Thuc.  3,  22, 
to  or  from  the  opposite  side. 

Έμττύ/ιλομαι,  (έν,  ττύλλω)  to  shake, 
quiver  in,  Ap.  Rh. 

Έμπάμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  (iv,  πέττ- 
αμαι)  in  possession,  the  heir,  [u] 
ΙΈμτζΰν.  adv.,  v.  ίμπας,  at  end, 

Έμττΰνηγνρίζω,  (έν,  ττανηγνρίζω) 
to  hold  festal  assemblies,  Plut. 

Έμτταραβάλλυμαι,  f.  -β'ληθι'/σομαι, 
as  pass.,  (έν,  ■7ταρη•Μ7Λω)  to  throw 
one's  self  into,  έμ~.  τιμωρίαις,  into 
punishment,  Phalar.  :  but  έμπ.  rn 
'4>vxy,  ?omrtA;e  α  I'tra/urc  at  risk  ot  lilo.  Id. 

'Εμπαραγίγνομαι,  (έν,  τταραγίγνο- 
μαι)  to  come  upon,  τινί,  LXX. 

Έμπαρύβετος,  ov,  {έμπαρατίΟημί) 
laid  in  or  on. 

Έμπαρασκενύζω,  {έν,  παρασκευά- 
ζω) to  prepare,  τι  τινί,  Clin.  ap.  Stob. 
p.  8,  19. 

'Έμπαράσκενος,  ov,  (έν,  παρασκεν?/) 
prepared. 

Έμ-αρατίθημι,  (έν,  παρατίθημι)  to 
lay  down  or  deposit  in,  τι  TIVL. 

Έμπαρέχο),  f.  -ξω,  (έν,  παρέχω)  to 
give  into  another's  hands,  give  up,  I'huc. 
7,  56  :  C.  inf.,  to  put  in  another's  power 
or  allow  him  to  do  something.  Id.  6,  12  : 
έμπ.  εαυτόν  τινί,  to  give  one's  self  τιρ 
as  his  tool,  Plut. — II.  to  afford,  grant, 
τινί  τι.  Id. 

'Έ,μπάρίημι,  (έν,  παρίημι)  to  remit, 
relax  in.     [l  Ep.,  ϊ  Att.] 

'Έμπαρίστημι,  (έν,  παρίστημι)  ίο 
set  in  or  near :  in  aor.  2,  to  stand  near, 
Heliod. 

Έμπαροινέω,  ω,  (έν,  παροινέω)  to 
behave  like  one  drunken,  do  absurd,  mad, 
aff^cTuive  thitigs,  τινί,  to  another,  Luc. 
Hence 

'Έ,μτταροίνημα,  ατός,  τό,  an  object 
of  drunken,  offensive  treatment.  Long. 

Έμπα[φ?ισιάζομαι,  (έν,  πα^φησιά- 
ζομαι)  dcp.,  to  speak  boldly  and  freely 
against,  τινί,  Polyb. 

'Έμπΰς,  Ion.  and  Horn.  Ιμπης,  adv., 
(strictly  έν  πΰσι)  wholly,  altogether, 
utterly,  at  all  events,  at  any  rale,  like 
πάντως,  II.  12.  326,  Od.  18,  354,  etc. 
— II.  on  the  whole,  i.  e.  nevertheless, 
still,  yet,  like  δμως,  freq.  in  Horn., 
though  he  usu.  puts  όέ,  or  άλ?Μ,  be- 
fore it,  as  in  II.  1,  562,  Od.  16,  147, 
but  also  εμπιις  όέ,  11.  5,  191  ;  and 
strengthd.  άλ?Μ  και  Ιμπης,  II.  2,  297, 
or  και  Ιμπης,  Od.  5.  205  :  Pind.  Ν.  4, 
58  has  και  περ.  Soph.  Aj.  563  κεΊ  af- 
ter it. — III.  when  joined  with  the  en- 
clit.  περ,  it  gains  in  force,  however 
much,  ever  so  much,  Ιϋέστορα  ονκ  έ?.α- 
θεν  πίνοντύ  περ  ίμπης,  it  escaped 
not  Nestor,  busy  though  he  was  with 
drinking,  II.  14,  1,  cf.  98,  Od.  15,  361, 
etc. :  always  with  partic. — 1  ν.^όμώς, 
ομοίως,  επίσης,  in  like  manner,  II.  14, 
174,  Od.  19,  37,  ace.  to  Grarnm.,  but 
in  both  places  it  can  be  taken  in  its 
orig.  sense, =  7raiirwf,  or  δ?ιως,  alto- 
gether, cf.  also  Soph.  Ant.  845.  The 
adv.  ίαπας,  never  occurs  in  Att. 
prose,  but  is  found  in  Trag.,  as 
Aesch.  Pr.  48, 187,  Soph.  Ant.  845. 


ΕΜΠΕ 
Besides  Ιμπΰς,  Pind.  has  the  exactly 
eiiuivalent  Ibrms  έμπύν,  and  ίιιπΰ, 
Biickh  Pind.  P.  5,  55,  Jac.  A.  P.  p. 
355,  the  latter  also  Soph.  Aj.  563, 
Call.  Ep.  13. 

"Εμπάσις,  εως,  η,  (έν,  πέπαμαι)= 
έγκτησις. 

'Κμπάσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  fut.  -ασω, 
(έν,  πάσσω)  to  sprinkle  in  or  on.  Plat. 
Lys.  210  Λ  :  in  Hum.  only  metaph.  to 
weave  in,  of  cloths  with  rich  jiatlerns 
on  them,  11.  3,  126;  22,  441.  [a  al- 
ways.] 

'Έ,μπΰταγέω,  ώ,  (έν,  πηταγίω)  to 
make  a  noise  in,  C.  dat.,  Themist. 

'Κμπάτέω,ώ,  fut.  -ήσω,  (έν,  πατέω) 
to  tread  in,  walk  into,  enter,  c.  ace.  like 
Lat.  ingredi,  μέλαθρον,  Aesch.  Ag. 
1434. — II.  transit,  to  tread  οτ  trample 
on.  c.  ace,  Joseph. 

"Κμπεήα.  adv.,  v.  έμπεδος. 

Έμπεδάω,  ώ.  Ion.  -έω,  f.  -ήσω,=: 
εμποδίζω,  to  put  in  fetters,  v.  I.  Hdt. 
4,  69 ;  and  perh.  Soph.  Aj.  675,  in 
tmesis. 

Έμπεδίις,  ές,=  έμπεδος,  only  in 
Hesych.,  but  adv.  έμπεδέως,  έμπεδώς, 
Simon.  Amorg. 

ί'Έ,μπεδίας,  ου,  δ,  Empedias,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  a  Lacedaemonian,  Thuc.  5,  19. 
νΚμπεδίων,     ωνος,     δ,     Empedion, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Diod.  S. 

'Έμπεδύκαρπος,  ov,  (έμπεδος  2, 
καοπύς)  like  άείκαρπος,  ever  fruiting, 
Eiiiped.  287. 

νΕμπεδόκλειος,  ov,  of  Empedocles, 
Empodoclian,  Gal. :  from 

ν'Ε,μπεδοκ7<.ής,  έονς,  δ,  Empedocles, 
a  celebrated  Pythagorean  philosopher 
of  Agrigentum,  about  middle  of  the 
5th  century  before  Christ. 

'Έμπεδόκυκλος,  ov,  (έμπεδος  2, 
κύκλος)  ever-circling,  e.  g.  χρόνος, 
Nonn. 

Έμπεδολώβης,  ου,  ό,  (έμπεδος  2, 
λώβη)  ever  hurting. 

Έμπεδόμητις,  ι,  gen.  ιος,  (έμπεδος 
1,  μτ/τίς)  stedfast  of  purpose,  άναγκη, 
Nonn. 

Εμπεδόμοχθος,  ov,  (έμπεδος  2,  μό- 
χθος) ever  painful,  βίος,  Pind.  Ο.  1,  96. 

'Εμπεδόμϋθος,  ov,  (έμπεδος  1,  μν- 
θος)  stedfast  to  one's  word,  δρκίον, 
Nonn. 

Έμπεδορκέω,  ώ,  (έμπεδος,  δρκος) 
to  abide  by  one's  oath,  Hdt.  4,  201. 

ΈμπεδοΓ,  ov,  (έν,  πέδον)  on  the 
ground,  firm  in  or  on  the  ground,  fast 
in  its  place,  in  genl.  fast,  stedfast,  im- 
moveable, unshaken,  Horn. ;  esp.,  Ir, 
βίη  έμπ.,  strength  unshakni. — 2.  of 
Time,  lasting,  continual,  unbroken,  11. 
8,  521,  Od.  8,  453.-3.  metaph.  sled- 
fast,  firm,  undaunted,  ^unu^n■)•(ring,^>ovς, 
r/Top,  φρένες,  Hom. :  so  Pnam  is  al- 
ways called  έμπεδος,  ονδ'  άεσίφρων, 
as  11.  20,  183.  Also  in  Pind.,  and 
Trag. — In  Hom.  the  advs.  έμπεδον, 
and  έμπεδα,  are  veiy  freq. :  esp.,  μέ- 
ΐ'ειν  έμπεδον,  to  stand  fast,  stand 
one's  ground,  II.  ;  θέειν  έ/ζπιδον,  to 
run  on  and  on,  run  unceasing,  11.  : 
strengthd.  έμπεδον  αίεί  or  άσώα?ιέ- 
ως,  also  έμπεδον,  ασφαλές  αίεί,  11.  15, 
683.  Later  also  έμπέδως,  fast,  sure, 
truly,  certainly,  absolutely,  Aesch.  Ag. 
854",  Soph.  tr.  847,  cf.  έμπεδής.—11. 
(έν.  πέδη)  in  fetters,  fettered,  Luc. 

Έμπεδοσθενί/ς,  ες,  {έμπεδος,  σθέ- 
νος) leith  force  urishakcn,  βίοτος,  a 
settled,  unrufied  life,  Pind.  N.  7.  98. 

Έμπεδόφρων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  (έμπε- 
δος, φρήν)  stedfast  of  mind,  Phalar. 

Έμ~ εδόφυλλος,  ov,  (έμπεδος,  φύλ- 
λον)  ever-green,  Emped.  287. 

Έμπεδόω,  ώ,  (έμπεδος)  to  fix  in  the 
earth,  or  on  the  ground :  in  genl.  to 
make  firm  and  fast,  stablish,  ratify,  ob- 


ΕΜΠΕ 
serve,  esp.  δρκον,  Eur.  I.  T.  790 
σπονδάς,  etc..  Plat.,  and  Xen. :  όρ- 
κους και  δεξιάς  τινι,  Xen.  Cyr.  5,  1, 
22.  The  impf.  is  sometunes  ήμπέ- 
δουν,  sometimes  ένεπέδουν.  Mid.=: 
act.,  Luc. 

ΫΕμπέδων,  ωνος,  ό,  Empedon,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Aeschin. 

^Έμπέδως,  adv.,  from  έμπεδος,  q.  v. 
at  end :  also  wr.  έμπεδώς,  poet,  έμ- 
πεδέως, from  έμπεόΐ/ς. 

ΫΕμπέδωσις,  εως,  ή,  (έμπεδόω)  α 
ratifying,  observance,  δρκων,   Dion.  Η. 

Έμπειρύζω,  (έν,  πειράζω)  to  make 
trial  of,  c.  gen.  rei,  Polyb. 

Έμπείρΰμος,  ov,  poet,  for  έμπέρα- 
μος.  έμπειρος,  τινός,  Anth. 

Έμπεφέω,  ώ,  (έμπειρος)  Ιο  be  expe- 
rienced in,  hare  knowledge  of,  c.  gen. 
rei,  χώρας,  Polyb. 

Εμπειρία,  ας,  ή,  (έμπειρος)  expert 
ence,  Eur.  Phoen.  529,  Plat.,  etc.  ■ 
k7ioivledge,  skill,  as  the  result  of  expe- 
rience, C.  gen.  rei,  experience,  acquaint- 
ance with  it,  Thuc.  3,  95,  τώΐ'  πραγμά- 
των, Antiphon  129,  26  ;  also  περί  τι 
Xen.  Hell.  7,  1,  4  ;  κατά  πόλιν, 
Thuc.  2,  3. — 2.  mere  experience,  with- 
out knowledge  of  principles,  esp.  in 
medicine.  Ιατρός  τών  ταΐς  έμπειρίαις 
άνευ  λόγου  την  ίατρικην  μεταχειρι- 
ζομένων,  Plat.  Legg.  857  C,  cf.  sq. 
Hence 

'Εμπειρικός,  ή,  όν,  experienced,  skU- 
ful,  Arist.  H.  A. — 2.  esp.  oi  έμπ.,  a 
sect  of  physicians,  who  contended  that 
experience  lias  the  one  thing  needfd  in 
their  art,  which  they  called  h  εμπει- 
ρική, empirics,  v.  Plin.  H.  N.  29,  1. 
Adv.  -κώς,  Alex.  ap.  A.  B. 

Έμπειροπόλεμυς,  ov,  ( έμπειρος, 
πόλεμοΓ)  experienced  in  war,  veteran, 
Dion.  H. 

'Εμπειρος,  ov,  (έν,  πείρα)  experi- 
enced, proved,  practised  in  a  thing,  and 
so  acquainted  tfilh  it,  skilful  at  it.  USU. 
c.  gen.,  Hdt.  8,  97,  etc.,  Trag.,  Plat., 
etc. :  so  also  as  adv.  -ρώς,  τινός  έχειν, 
to  know  a  thing  by  experience,  by  its 
issue,  Xen.  An.  2,  6,  1. 

Έμπειρότοκος,  ov,  (έμπειρος,  τίκ- 
τω) having  experienced  child-birth,  hav- 
ing borne  one  child,  Hipp. 

Έμπείρω,  f.  -(ρώ,  (έν,  πείρω)  to  fix 
on,  in  II.  2,  420  before  Wolf:  but  dub. 

Έμπελάγίζω,  (έν,  πέλαγος)  to  be 
in  or  on  the  sea,  Achill.  Tat. 

Έμπελάδην,  a(lv.,r=sq.,  Nic. 

Έμπε?Μδόν,  adv.,  near,  hard  by,  c. 
dat.,  Hes.  Op.  732:  from 

Έμπε7ΛΪζω,  f.  -σω,  (έν,  πελάζω)  to 
bring  near  or  close  to,  δίφρους,  to  bring 
up  the  war-chariots,  Hes.  Sc.  109. 
Pass,  to  be  brought,  come  near,  approach, 
τινί,  but  also  της  κοίτης.  Soph.  Tr. 
17. — II.  the  act.  also  is  usu.  in  this 
signf.,  c.  dat.,  H.  Hom.  Merc.  523, 
άνδρί.  Soph.  Tr.  748.     Hence 

'Εμπέλασις,  εως,  ή, an  approaching, 
Sext.  Emp. 

Έμπελαστικώς,Άάν.,=  έμπε2αδόν. 

Έμπελάτειρα.  ας,  ή,  —  πελάτιο, 
TT^.arif,  Call.  Fr.  170.  [α] 

Έμπελάω,-=έμπελάζω,  Nic. 

Έμπέλιος,  ov,  {έν,  πέλιος)  black 
within,  or  blackish,  Nic. 

Έμπέμπω,  (έν,  πέμπω)  to  send  in, 
make  go  in.  like  Lat.  immittere,  LXX. 

Έμπέρΰμος,  ον.^έμπείραμος,  έμ- 
πειρος, knowing,  c.  gen.,  Anth. 

'Εμπερής,  ες,  poet,  for  έμπειρος, 
Soph.  Fr.  412. 

Έμπεριύγω,  f-  -ξω,  (έν,  περιάγω) 
to  bring  round,  Joseph. :  to  traverse. 
[a] 

Έμπεριβά?.λω,  (έν,  περιβάλλω)  to 
embrace,  comjirehend,  Aristid. 

Έμπερίβο7.ος,  ov,  (έν,  περφο?.ή) 


ΕΜΠΗ 

hung  round  w  ilh   ornament :  of  style, 
ornate. 

Έμττερίγράόω,  fut.  -φω,  {εν,  "αέρι• 

Ϊρύ^ω)  to  embrace  in.  writing,  Sext. 
imp.    [u] 

Έμ—εριεκηκός,  ή,  όν,  (έμ-εριέχω) 
able  to  compass, embracing,c.  gen., Cleia. 
AL 

'Έμπεριέρχομαι,  {έν,  περιέρχομαι) 
dep.,  to  go  round  and  about,  to  visit, 
Luc. 

'Εμπεριέχω,  f.  -ξω,  {εν.  περιέχω) 
to  compass  in  itself,  comprehend,  Arist. 
Miind. 

Έμπερικ7.είω,  {έν,  περικ/.είω)  to  en- 
close on  all  sides. 

Έμπερι'λαμβάνω,  {έν,  περιλαμβά- 
νω) to  take  in,  compass,  embrace,  both 
in  act.  and  mid.,  Arist.  Meteor. 
Hence 

Έμπερύ.ηπτικός,  ή.  όν,  embracing 
or  comprehending  in  itself ;  and 

Έμπερί/.-ηφις.  εως,  ι),  a  compassing, 
confimng,  Arist.  Meteor. 

Έμπερινοέω,  ώ,  {έν,  περινοέω)  to 
comprehend  in  the  mind.  Epicur. 

'Έ,μπερίοδος,  ov,  {έν,  περίοδος)  in 
periods,  periodic,  of  style,  Dion.  H. 

Έμπεριοχή,  -ης,  ή,  {έιιπεριέχω)  an 
inclosing,  compassing,  Cleomed. 

Έμπεριπάθέω,  ώ,  {έν,  περιπαθέω) 
to  be  greatly  affected  at  a  thing. 

Έμπεριπατέω,  ώ,  {έν,  περιπατέω) 
to  walk  about  in,  έμβύταις,  Luc.  :  to 
tarry  among,  έν  τισι,  LXX  ;  and  so 
metaph.  to  dwell  on,  discuss. — II.  to 
trample  on,  spurn,  Lat.  insultare,  τινί, 
Plut. 

Έμπεριπείρω,  {έν,  περιπείρω)  to 
fix  all  round,  to  spit,  Strab. 

Έμπεριπίπτω,  f.  -πεσονμαι,  {έν, 
περιπίπτω)  to  fall  upon,  τινί,  Hipp. 

'Έ,απεριπλέω,  f.  -π?.ενσομαι,  {έν, 
περιπλέω)  to  sail  in  or  on,  dub.  in  Jo- 
seph. 

Έμπερφβήγννμι,  f.  -()ήξω,  {έν,  πε- 
ρφρηγννμι)  to  break  all  round,  v.  1. 
Arist.  H.'  A. 

Έμπερισπονδαστος,  ov,  zealously 
frequented,  of  temples,  Joseph. 

Έμπερονύω,  ώ.  f.  -7/σω,  {έν,  περο- 
νάω)  to  fasten  with  a  clasp,  buckle  on  ; 
Hermipp.  Moer.  2,  in  mid.    Hence 

Έμπερόνημα,  Dor.  ύμα,  ατός,  τό, 
that  which  is  clasped,  a  garment  fasten- 
ed with  a  clasp  on  the  shoulder,  The- 
ocr.  15,  34. 

Έμπερπερενομαι,=  περπερενομαι, 
Cic.  Att.  1,  14,  4. 

Έμπεσον,  ες,  ε,  poet.  aor.  2  of  εμ- 
πίπτω, for  ένέπεσον,  Horn. 

Έμπετα7Λς,  ίδος.  ή,  a  dish  consist- 
ing of  cheese  ivrapped  in  a  leaf,  {έν,  ττε- 
τάλω),  Hesych. 

'Εμπετάννϋμι,  also  -νύυ,  f.  -πετά- 
σω,-  {έν,  πετάνννμι)  to  unfold  and 
spread  in  or  on,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  6,  40. 
Pass,  to  be  spread  or  hung,  ϋίξιεσι,  with 
cloths,  Socr.  Rhod.  ap.  Ath.  147  F. 
Hence 

Έμπέτασμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  curtain,  Jo- 
seph. 

Έμπετρος,  ov,  {έν,  πέτρα)  growing 
on  rocks  :  το  έμπετρον,  a  rock-plant,  as 
sa.xifrage,  Diosc. 

^Εμπευκής,  ές,  {έν,  πενκη)  bitterish, 
όπος,  Nic. 

Έμπη,  Dor.  for  πή,  Α.  P.  but  v. 
Jac.  p.  786. 

Έμπήγνϋμι,  also  -vvu,  fut.  -πήξω, 
{έν,  πήγννμι)  to  fix,  plant  or  graft  in 
or  into,  c.  dat.  Pass,  with  perf.  and 
plqpf.  act.,  to  be  fixed  or  stick  in. — II. 
to  make  congealed,  curdled  OT  frozen. 

Έμπηόάω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {έν,  πηδάω) 
to  leap  or  jump  in,  τινί,  Hdt.  3, 
32 ;  but  usu.  εΙς  τι,  as  in  Polyb. 
Hence 


ΕΜΠΙ 

Έμπήδησις,  εως,  ή,  a  leaping  in  or  1 
upon,  Hipp. 

ψΕμπηκτέον,  verb .  adj.  from  έμπή- 
γνναι,  one  must  fix  in  or  on,  Geop. 

'Εμπ?/κτης,  ov,  6,  {έμπή-/ννμι)  the 
person  who  stuck  up  the  pvhlic  notices, 
etc.,  of  the  magistrates,  Hesych. 

Έμπ7ΐ/.ος,  ov,  {έν,  πη?Μς)  rather 
muddy,  Geop. 

Έμπ7]ξις,  εως,  ή,  {έμπήγννμι)  afix- 
ing  or  setting  m,  Gal. 

Έμπηρος,  ov,  {έν,  πηρός)  crippled, 
disabled,  deformed,  Hdt.  1,  167,  196. 

Έμπης,  adv.,  Ion.  and  Horn,  for 
έμπης,  q.  v. 

Έμπήσσομαι,  late  form  for  έμπή- 
ywfiai. 

Έμπΐέζω,  {έν,  πιέζω)  to  press  in, 
confine,  Hipp.    Hence 

Έρπίεσμη,  ατός,  τό,  a  squeezing, 
making  an  impression  or  dint,  [t] 

Έμπικμαίνω,  f.  -ΰνώ,  {έν,  πικραί- 
νω) to  embitter.  Pass,  to  be  bitter 
against,  deal  cruelly  with,  τινί,  Hdt.  5, 
62. 

Έμπικρος,  ov,  {έν,  πικρός)  embit- 
tered, harsh,  DiosC. 

Έμπϊ/^ω,  ώ,  {έν,  πι?.έω)  to  press 
close  together.  Plat.  Tim.  74  E_. 

Έμπίμελος,  ov,  {έν,  πιμε7-ή)  of  a 
fatty  svJbstance,  Xenocr.  [t] 

'Εμπίμπλημι,  v.  έμπίπ?ι.ημι,  sub 
fin. 

Έμπίμπρημι,  v.  εμπίπρημι,  sub 
fin. 

Έμπΐνής,  ες,  {έν,  πίνος)  soiled,  dir- 
ty, Antig.  Car.  ap.  Diog.  L.  5,  G7. 

Έμπίνω,  fut.  έμπίομαι,  {έν,  πίνω) 
to  drink  in,  drink  up,  C.  aCC.  Epich.  p. 
15,  Eur.,  etc.  :  έμπ.  τον  αίματος,  to 
drink  of  the  blood,  Hdt.  4,  64  :  absol., 
to  drink  one's, fill,  prob.  1.  Theogn. 
1125.      [ίί'ω,  ΐομαιΊ 

Έμπιπίσκο),  fut.  έμπίσω  [ί]  :  aor. 
ένεπίσα,  pass,  ένεπίσθην,  {έν,  πιπί- 
σκω)  to  moisten,  steep.  Pind.  Fr.  77. 

νΕμπιπ7.έει,  as  if  from  έμπιπ?.έω, 
v.  at  end  of  έμπίπλημι. 

ΡΕμπιπλάω.  ω,  later  and  less  cor- 
rect form  for  έμπίπλημι,  Dio  C. 
^Έμπίπ7.ηβι,  pres.  imper.  from  sq., 
for  -πλαβι,  II. 

Έμπίπ/ιημι,  f.  -π7.ήσω,  {έν,  πία- 
π7.ημι)  to  fill,  fill  quite  full  of  a  thing. 
τινά  τίνος,  e.  g.  θνμον μένεος,  όδυνύ- 
ων,  Horn.  Β.  more  usu.  in  pass,  and 
mid.  to  fill  one's  self  with,  be  full  of. 
have  one's  fill  of  a  thing,  τινός,  Horn., 
etc. :  but  in  mid.  also  trans.,  to  fill, 
satisfy,  μένεος  έμπ7.ήσατο  θνμόν,  II. 
22,  "312,  cf.  Hdt.  5,  12 :  metaph.  to 
have  enough  of,  enjoy,  τινός,  e.  g.  νιος 
'ενιπ7.ησθηναι  όόθα7.μοΐς,  to  look  my 
fill  on  my  son,  to  sate  myself  with 
looking  on  him,  Od.  11,  4.52  :  so  θα- 
7ΐων  έμπ7.ησάμενος  κηρ,  II.  22.  504  : 
and  absol.,  Od.  7,  221:  post-Horn, 
also  'εμπίπ7.αοθαί  Ttvi,  to  be  filled 
with..,  Hdt.  1,  212:  in  Att.  also  c. 
part.,  ί/ίσώΐ'  ουποτ"  έμπ7.ησβήσομαι, 
Eur.  Hipp.  664,  cf.  Ion  925  kr  Ach. 
236.  In  other  points  the  prose  and 
Att.  construction  agrees  with  Ho- 
mer's. (The  pres.  έμπίμπ/.ημι  is 
never  used,  because  of  the  double  μ. 
Lob.  Phr)-n.  95,  but  the  augm.  tenses, 
ένεπίμπ7.ην,  etc.,  are  admissible  :  in 
Hdt.  7,  39,  we  have  a  3  sing,  έμπιπ- 
7.έει.) 

'Έμπιπρύσκω,^=πιπράσκύ> 

Έμπίπρ-ημι,  aor.  ένέπρησα.  {έν, 
πίμπρημι)  to  kindle,  set  on  fire,  ύστν, 
ντ/ας.  oft.  in  II.,  mostly  with  πτφί 
added,  also  c.  gen.,  πνρός  αϊβομένοιο 
νηας  ένιπρησαι,  to  bum  them  bv 
force  of  fire,  II.  16,  82:  the  Att.  pres'. 
is  εμπίπρημι,  (not  έμπίμπ.,  v.  foreg. 
sub  fin.),  Ar.  Nub.  399,  Lys.  311,  322. 


ΕΜΠΑ 

Horn,  has  an  impf.  ένέπρηθον  once, 
II.  9,  589,  elsewh.  only  aor.  ένέπρησα. 

Έμπί-τω,  fut.  -πεσονμαι,  aor.  ένέ- 
πεσον, Ep.  έμπεσον,  {έν,  πίτζτω)  to 
fall  on  or  in,  to  sink  in,  be  thrown  into, 
in  Horn,  always  c.  dat.,  κακόν  ίμπε- 
σεν  οίκφ.  e\i\  fell  upon,  burst  into  the 
house,  πϊ'ρ  έμπεσε  νηνσίν,  v/.r/,  etc. : 
ανχένι  έμπεσεν  Ιός,  the  shaft  lighted 
on,  struck  his  neck  :  esp.  of  frames  of 
mind,  δέος,  χό7.ος  έμπεσε  θνμώ,  fear, 
anger,  catne  upon,  seized  the  soul, 
Horn. :  so  too  later,  but  in  prose,  freq. 
έμπ.  εις..,  Thuc.  2,  48,  etc. :  later 
also  variously  used, — 1.  f  3  light,  chance 
upon  a  thing,  to  fall  in  with,  to  meet  with 
anything  unexpected,  τινί,  Hdt.  1 
34,  etc. :  also  έπί  τι.  Id.  7,  88 ;  Lat. 
incidere  in..,  εΙς  τι.  Plat.,  etc.  :  esp. 
έμπ.  εΙς  7,όγονς,  Dem.  244,  28 ;  but 
also  λό)  ος  ένέπεσε.  a  report,  a  con- 
versation came  in,  arose,  Ar.  Lys.  858. 
etc. — 2.  to  fall  into  a  crime,  an  illness, 
and  the  like,  ανομία  έμπ..  Plat.  Ep. 
336  Β ;  πρΙν  έμπεσειν  σπαρα-,μόν, 
before  the  spasm  seizes  him.  Soph. 
Tr.  1253. — 3.  to  throw  one's  self  upon, 
ακοντίφ.  Lat.  incumbere  jaculo,  Hipp. 
— 4.  to  break  in.  burst  in,  Aesch.  Ag. 
1350;  εις  την  θνραν,  Ar.  Lys.  309 : 
hence  absol.  the  part,  έμπεσών,  vio- 
lently, rashly,  Hdt.  3,  81. — 5.  of  cir- 
cumstances, to  happen,  occur,  τα  εμ- 
πίπτοντα, whatever  occurs,  circumstan- 
ces. Att.  freq.  with  εις,  also  with 
έπί,  Hdt.  7,  88.  [I  by  nature.] 

Έμπίς,  ίδος,  ή,  a  mosquito,  gnat, 
Ar.  Nub.  157  :  rather  larger  than  the 
κώνωΦ. 

Έαπϊσαι,  έμπισθηναι,  inf.  aor.  act. 
and  pass,  of  έμπιπίσκω. 

Έμπιστενω,  {έν, πιστεύω)  tobelieve, 
trust  in,  τινί. — II.  to  entrust,  τινί  τι. 
Pass,  to  have  entrusted  to  one  :  all  in 
LXX. 

Έμπιστος,  ov,  {έν,  πιστός)  faithful, 
believing. 

Έμπίτνω,  poet,  for  εμπίπτω,  to  fall 
upon,  τινί,  Aesch.  Ag.  1468,  etc.  Cf. 
πίτνω. 

Έμπ7Λζω,  f.  -π7Μ^ξω,  {έν,  πλ.ύζω) 
transit,  to  drive  or  chase  about  in,  τινά 
Tivi.  Pass,  to  wander  about  in,  be  at  a 
loss  about.  Emped. — 2.  intr.  to  wander 
in.  c.  dat.,  Nic. 

Έμπ7.άζω,  f.  -άσω,  poet,  for  έμπε- 
7.άζω. 

Έμπ7.άσσω,  Att.  ---ω,  f.  -άσω,  {έν, 
π7-άσσω)  to  plaster  up,  daub  over,  τινί, 
with  a  thing,  Hdt.  2,  73. — II.  to  stamp, 
make  an  impression  on,  Hipp. — 2.  to 
stuff  up,  plaster  up,  τι,  Arist.  Probl. 
Hence 

Έμπ7Μστικός,  η.  όν,  stopping  the 
pores,  clogging,  Diosc. 

"Εμπ/.αστον,  ov,  τό,  v.  sq. 

Έμπ7Μστός,  ή,  όν,  {έμπ7.άσσω) 
daubed  on  or  over :  hence  εμπ7.αστον, 
τό,  sub.  όάρμακον.  a  plaster  or  salve, 
Hipp,  (ralen  writes  ίμ  πλαστρον,  τό, 
and  Diosc.  έμπ7.αστρος,  ή. 

Έμπλαστρον,  ov,  τό.  and  έ/^πλασ• 
τρος,  ου.  η,  ν.  foreg.     Hence 

'Έ,μπ7.αστρόω,  ώ,  to  put  on  as  a  plas- 
ter or  salve,  Diosc. 

Έμπ7.αστρώδης,  ες,  {έμπ7.αστρος, 
είδος)  like  an  έμπ7.αστρος. 

'Εμπ7.(ίτννω,  {έν,  πλατύνω)  to 
spread,  widen,  extend  iti,  LXX.  Pass. 
7.όγοις  έμπλατννεσθαι  περί  τι,  to  ex- 
patiate, dwell  on  a  subject,  Strab. 

Έμ-7.έγδην,  adv.,  {έμπ7,έκω)  in  the 
manner  of  plaiting  in. 

Έμπλειος,  η,  ov,  Ep.  for  έμπλεος, 
Od. 

Έμπλέκτης,  ov,  6,  {εμπλέκω)  one 
who  curls  or  plaits  hair,  fem.  έυ,π7ι.έκ- 
τρια,  ή. 

445 


ΕΜΠΑ 

'Έμ~?.εκτος,  ον.  {έμ~?,έκω)  inter- 
woven, plaited :  το  ίμ~.,  α  kind  of  »ια- 
sonri/,  in  which  two  thin  walls  are  run 
up,  anil  the  interval  filled  up  with  rub- 
bish, Vitruv. 

Έμπλέκτρια,  ας,  ή,  fern,  from  ίμ- 
■πλέκτης,  q.  v. 

Εμπλέκω,  f.  -ξω,  {ίν,  πλέκω)  to 
plait  or  weave  in,  iniveave,  interweave, 
Lat.  impticare,  τι  ής  τι.  Arist.  Eth. 
Ν.  :  χεϊρα  ίμπλ..  to  fold  one's  hanils 
in  another's  clothes,  so  as  to  hold  hmi, 
Eur.  Or.  2C3.  Pass,  to  be  interwoven  or 
entangled  in  a  thing,  rivL  Soph.  O.  T. 
1261,  Ear.  Hipp.  1236,  also  εΙς  τι, 
Aesch.  Pr.  1079:  to  be  wholly  engross- 
ed,occupied,  εΙς  τι,  Polyb. — 2.  rnelaph., 
like  dolos  ncctere,  to  weave  by  subtle  art, 
ίμπλ.  αινίγματα,  Aeschi.  Pr.  610; 
έμπλ.  π?.οκας,  Eur.  I.  A.  936. — 3.  to  7nix 
up, confound.  Plat.  Legg.  669  B.  Hence 

'Έιμ~λεξις,  εως,  ή,  a  twisting  in,  in- 
weaving, Plat.  Polit.  282  E. 

'Έμήλεονάζω,  {έν,  7τλεοι>άζω)  αΐμα- 
τι,  to  have  or  shed  blood  in  profusion, 
Heraclit. 

Έμπλεος,  a.  ov,  Att.  -πλεως.  ων, 
Ion.  -πλειος,  είη,  ειον,  also  ενίπλειος, 
{iv,  πλέος)  quite  full  of  a  thing,  τινας, 
Od.,  but  only  in  the  Ion.  forms.  Adv. 
-έως. 

Έμπλενρος,  ov,  {ίν,  πλευρά)  with 
large  sides,  Philo,  ubi  al.  εύη. 

Έμπ?.ενρόω,  ώ.  to  strike  one  in  the 
side.  Soph.  Fr.  50. 

'Ε,μττλέω,  f.  -πλεϋσομαι  and  -τϊ7.ευ- 
σονααι,  {έν,  7ΐ?.έιο)  to  sail  in,  ττλοίω, 
V.  1.'  Hdt.  7,  181:  absol.,  Thuc,  etc. 
— 2.  to  float  in  or  upon.  Nic.  :  hence 
to  remain  undigested,  Horace's  innatare 
stomacho,  Aretae. 

Έμ7Γ?,ήγδηι;,  adv.  {!:μπλήσσω)η\αά- 
ly,  rashly,  Lat.  tcmere,  opp.  to  TtlVV- 
τός.  Od.  20,  132:  of.  εμπληκτος. 

Έμ-'ληγ>}ς,  ες.=εμ-λ>/κτος,  Nic. 

Έμ-λήοι/ν,  adv.  {έμπι-λημι)  fully, 
as  a  whole,  Nic. 

Έμ-λήθης,  ες,=  εμ7ΐ?.ΐθς,  Nic. 

Έμττληκτικός,  ή,  όν,  {έμπλήσσω) 
scaring,  maddening,  stupfying.  —  11. 
pass,  easily  scared,amazed. stupid,  Plut. 

'ΈΑμπληΐίΤος,  ov,  {έμττλήσσω)  stun- 
ned, amazed,  stup'fled,  as  by  a  blow. 
Lat.  attonitus:  hence,  like  εμϊρόντη- 
ΤΟς,  stupid,  senseless,  Plut.  :  .\tt.  f'Sp. 
unsettled,  fickle,  unsteady,  rash.  Soph., 
and  Eur.,  cf.  Lob.  Aj.  13j8,  an^l  ίμ- 
πλήγδτ/ν.  Adv.  -tuc,  madly,  wildly, 
Thuc.  3,  82. 

Έμ-λήμεΐ'ος,  filled,  a  rare  part,  of 
the  syncop.  aor.  pass,  of  εμττί-λημι, 
Αγ.  Vesp.  984. 

^'Έ-μπλτιμην,  opt.  of  sync.  aor.  pass. 
of  Ιμπίττλημι.  Ar.  Ach.  23G. 

Έμ~λτ/μμνρέω,  ώ,  (έν,  7Γ?.ηαμνρέω) 
to  v-eltir  in,  a'iuuTi,  Philostr. 

'E//~?.?;i',  ailv.,  near,  next,  close  by, 
like  πλησίον,  c.  gen.,  Βοίωτων  εμ- 
πλην.  11.  2,  526 :  before  its  case.  Lye. 
1029  ;  without  case,  Hes.  Sc.  372. 
(Prob.  from  έμπε?.άζω  ;  quite  distinct 
from  sq.) 

Έμπλην,  adv.  strengthd.  for  πλην 
or  χωρίς,  besides,  except, c.  gen..  Archil. 
57'.  Call.  Del.  73.  ^ 

'Έ,μπ7,ηξία,  ας.  η,  (ίμπ7.ησσω)  the 
state  of  an  Ιμπ/^ηκτος.  anvize.ment, 
Lat.  stupor :  hence — 2.  infatuation,  sil- 
liness, Aeschin.  84,  30,  τινός,  in  a 
thing,  Id.  50,  10. 

Έμπληξις,  εως,  i7,=  foreg.,  Ael. 
'Έμπ?.ηρόω,  ώ,  {έν,  π'ληρύω)  to  fill 
full.     Hence 

Έμπ?.ήρωσις,  εως,  ή,  a  filling,  ful- 
filling, Eccl. 

'Έ,μπ'λι'ίσας,  -σάμενος,  part.  aor.  1 
act.   and   mid.  of  έμπί-?,ημι,  Horn. 
έμπ/.ήσατο,    Ep.    for    ένεπ?.ήσατο, 
446 


ΕΜΠΟ 

ίμπλητο  for  ενέττλητο,  aor.  pass.  II. 
21.  607. 

'Εμπ?,ησις,  εως,  ή,=  1•μπ?.?'/ρωσις, 
Epict.  ap.  Stub.  p.  72,  27. 

Έμπλι/σσω,  Att.  -ττω,  in  Horn. 
ένιπλ.,  I.  -{ω,  {εν,  π?.7/σσω)  to  strike 
against,  stumble  upon,  fall  upon  or  into, 
like  εμπίπτω,  c.  dat.,  έμπλ.  ερκει,  ot 
birds  in  a  snare,  Od.  22,469  ;  τάφρω, 
tofall,  tumble  into,  II.  12,72. — II.  trans. 
to  stun,  amaze,  stupify,  V.  ίμπ'ληκτος. 
(In  first  signf,  which  is  only  poet., 
some  needlessly  refer  it  to  πε?.ύζω.) 

Έμπληστέος,  έα,  έον,  verb.  adj.  of 
ί:μπιπ/.ημι,    to   be  filled   with,    τινός, 
Plat.  Rep.  373  B. 
ΫΕμπλητο,  v.  sub  ίμπλήσας. 

Εμπλοκή,  7/ς,  ή,  (εμπλέκω)  an  in- 
weaving, knotting,  Strab.     Hence 

'Έ,μπλόκιον,  ov,  τό,  a  fashion  of 
plaiting  women^s  hair.  Macho  ap.  Ath. 
579  D. 

νΕμπ?.ννω,  f.  -ννώ,  {ίν,  πλύνω)  to 
wash  in,  Clem.  Al. 

Έμπλώω,  Ion.  for  ίμπλέω,  Nic, 
poet,  ένιπλέω,  Opp. 

Έμπνείω,  poet,  for  ίμ.πνέω,  II. 

Έμπνευμΰτόω,  ώ,  {έν,  πνενματόω) 
to  blow  up,  inflate,  Theophr. :  m  pass. 
to  be  ivufled  along,  as  a  ship,  Luc. 
Hence 

Έμπνενμάτωσις,  εως,  η,  a  blowing 
up,  inflation, :  as  medic,  lei'in,  flatulen- 
cy, Hipp,  [ΰ]     Hence 

Έμ-νευσις,  εως,  ή,  {εμπνέω)  a 
breathing,  breath,  LXX.  :  inspiration, 
Eccl. 

Έμπνενστός,  ?/,  όν,  breathed,  blown, 
into  :  έμπν.  όργανα,  wind-instruments , 
Ath.     From 

Έ,μπνέω,  f.  -πνενσω,  poet,  έμπ- 
νείω,  {έν,  πνέω)  to  blow,  breathe  on 
or  in,  c.  dat.,  πόντφ,  Hes.  Op.  506, 
and  Att.  ;  ίμπνείοντε  μεταφρενω,  ol 
horses  so  close  behind  that  thfir  hot 
breath  could  be  felt.  II.  17,  502:  c. 
ace,  ίστίον  ίμπν.,  to  swell  the  sail, 
H.  Horn.  Bacch.  331  :  later  ανλυίς 
έμπνεϊν,  to  breathe  into,  play  the  flute, 
also  μέλος,  μοϋσαν  ανλοϊς  έμπνεΙν,  to 
play  an  air  on  it,  Anth. :  but  absol.  to 
breathe,  live,  be  alive,  like  πνείν=ζήν, 
.Vesch.  Ag.  671,  Soph.,  etc. — II.  to 
breathe  into,  infuse,  esp.  into  the  soul, 
τινί  τι,  in  Hoin.,  esp.  μένος  or  ϋαρ- 
σος  τινί,  also  τινί  φρεσιν  :  also  c.  in(. 
pro  ace,  ενέπνευσε  μοι  φρεσιν  φάρος 
υφαίνείν,  breathed,  put  into  my  miiid 
to...  Od.  19,  138  :  hence  in  pass,  to  be 
inspired,  Plut.,  cf  είςπνέω. 

Έμπνίγω,  ί.  -ξοϋμαι,  {ίν,  πνίγω) 
to  suffocate  in,  τινί,  Eccl. 

Έμπνοή,  ης,  ή,  {εμπνέω)  α  breath- 
ing, breeze,  Strab. 

Έμπνοια,  ας,  ή,  α  breathing  in,  in- 
spiration, Luc. :  and 

ΤΕμπνοίησις,  εως,  ^,=foreg.,  Ec- 
phant.  ap.  Stob.  47,  22;  from 

Έμπνοος,  ov,  contr.  ους,  ovv,  {έν, 
πνοή)  breathing,  and  so  alive,  living, 
Hdt.  7,  181,  Eur.,  Thuc,  etc. 

^Εμπνντο,  read  by  Aristarch.  II.  22. 
475,  where  we  now  have  άμπνυτο,  v. 
sub  αναπνέω,  cf  II.  5.  697. 

Έμποόιζομένως,  adv.  part.  pres. 
pass.,  slowly,  as  if  fettered.  Plat.  Crat. 
415  C.     From 

'Εμποδίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {έν,  πους)  to  fet- 
ter, entangle  the  feet,  Hdt. — II.  in  genl. 
to  hinder,  stop,  check,  τινά,  Ar.  Av. 
905,  Xen.,  etc :  also  τινί,  Arist.  Pol. 
4,  15,  etc.  :  έμπ.  τινά  τινι,  by  a  thing, 
Aesch.  Pr.  550,  also  προς  τι,  in  a 
thing,  Isocr.  415  Ε  :  c.  gen.,  to  hinder 
from..,  τοΰ  ίέναι.  Plat.  Crat.  419  C. 
— III.  έμπ.  ίσχύόας.  to  tie  figs  by  their 
stalks  on  a  string,  Ar.  Eq.  755. 

Έμπόδιος,  ov,  {έν,  πονς)  in  the  way, 


ΕΜΠΟ 

ail  obstacle,  τινί,  to  one,  Hdt.  1,  153; 
2,  158  :  TO  έμπ.=  5^. 

Έμπόδίσμα,  ατός,  τό,  an  obstacle, 
hindrance.  Plat.  Pollt.  295  B,  etc. 

Έμποδισμός,  ov,  ύ,  a  hindering, 
thwarting,  Anst.  lihet. — lI.=foreg., 
Arr. 

'Εμποδιστής,  ov,  b,  {εμποδίζω)  a 
hindercr,  Joseph. 

Έ,μποδιστικος,  ή,  όν.  {εμποδίζω) 
hindering,  trmnmeling,  Arist.  Eth.  N. 

ΥΕμποδος,  ου,  ό,  Empodus,  a  writer 
mentioned  in  Ath.  370  C. 

Έμποδοστΰτέω,  ώ,  to  be  in  the  way, 
LXX. :  from  ^ 

'Ε,μποδοστάτης,  ov,  ύ,  {έμποδών, 
στηναι)  in  the  way.  [u] 

Έμποδών,  adv.  formed  ace  to  anal, 
of  ^'/ι•7Γ0ί5ώΐ'  for  έν  ποσιν  ων,  before  the 
feet,  in  the  ivay,  in  this  simple  signf, 
Arist.  Eth.  N. :  έμποδών  είναι,  to  be 
in  the  way,  be  an  obstacle,  έμποδών 
γίγνεσθαι,  to  put  one's  self  in  the  way, 
interfere,  Trag.,  etc.  Construct.,  c. 
dat.,  έμπ.  τινί,  Aesch.  Theb.  1010, 
and  freq.  in  Eur. :  also  foil,  by  μή,  c. 
inf ,  as  έμπ.  γενέσθαι  τινι  μη..,  topre- 
vent  a  person's  doing,  Ar.  Pac.  315, 
Time.  6,  28  :  also,  ri  έμπ.  μοι  μη  οϋ 
ποιείν ;  what  prevents  my  doini;  ?  Xen. 
Eq.  11,  13,  cf.  An.  3, 1, 13.  With  the 
art.,  oi  or  τά  έμποδών,  persons,  things, 
circumstances,  which  are  in  one's  way, 
).  e. — l.ivhat  meets  one,  is  at  hand,  Hdt. 
1,  80,  like  ό  τυχών. — 2.  what  meets, 
opposes,  hinders  one,  Hdt.  7,  183,  .Ar. 
Lys.  1161. — 3.  what  lies  before  o-ie,  is 
immediately  present,  Eur.  Phoen.  706  ; 
TO  μη  έμπ.,  Thuc.  2,  45. — II.  also, 
ojjen,  manifest,  plain,  Andoc.  30,  16  : 
openly,  Ar.  Vesp.  247. 

Έμποιέω,  ώ,  {έν,  ποιίω)  to  make  in, 
πνλας  έν  πνργοις,  11.  7,  438 ;  also 
without  prep,  χουοϋς  Έλικώνι,  Hes. 
Th.  7:  also  εις  τι.  to  put  into,  insert, 
fust  in,  χρησμόν,  Hdt.  7,  6. — 2.  to  pro- 
duce or  crcatein,  έπιΟνμίαν  τινί,  Thuc. 
4,  81,  ελπίδα,  έπιστήμην  τινί,  Xen. 
Cyr.  1,  6.  19,  Mem.  2,  1,  20:  also  c. 
inf.  pro  ace,  έμπ.  τινι  άκολονθητέον 
είναι,  to  produce  in  one's  mi)ul  the.  per- 
suasion that..,  Xen.  Oec.  21,7:  and 
so  foil,  by  ώς...  Id.  An.  2.  6,  8.-3.  to 
introduce,  and  so  to  produce,  cause, 
στάσιν.  φθόρον.  όργήν,  etc.,  freq.  in 
Thuc.  :  έμπ.  χρόνους  τινί,  to  cause 
one  delay,  Dem.  651,  26,  cf.  Thuc  3, 
38.     Hence 

^Έαποίησις,  εως,  ή,  practice,  custom, 
Dio  C. :  and  ^ 

Έμποιητικός,  ή,  όν,  implanting, 
producing,  τινός,  Clem.  Al. 

Έμποικίλλω,  f  -ΐλώ,  {έν,  ποικίλ- 
λω) to  embroider  upon  a  thing,  Plut. 

Έμποίνιμος,  ov.  {έν,  ποινή)  liable 
to  punishment,  ύρκος  ονκ  έμπ.,  that 
ma  If  not  be  violated  with  impunity,  In- 
cert.  ap.  Stob. 

Έμποίνιος,  oi',=  foreg. 

Έμπο?ιαΐος,  αία,  aiov,  {έμπο?^ή)  of, 
concerned  in  traffic,  esp.  epith.  of  Mer- 
cury as  god  of  commerce,  etc.,  Ar. 
Plut.  1155. 

ΈΜπολάω,  €>,  f.  -ήσω,  to  gain  by 
traffic,  Isae.  88, 26,  ubi  Bekk.  ένεπώλ. ; 
and  so  in  genl.  to  earn,  gain,  Soph. 
Tr.  93  :  and  so  in  Hom.  only  once,  in 
mid.,  βίοτον  πολύν  έμπο?Μωντο,  they 
had  amassed  much  substance,  Od.  15, 
456. — II.  absol.  to  be  a  merchant,  deal, 
traffic.  Ar.  Pac.  448 :  hence  metaph., 
ήμποληκώς  Tu  πλεΐστ'  άμείνονα.  hav- 
ing dealt  in  most  things  with  success, 
Aesch.  Eum.  631 :  and  then  in  genl. 
to  fare  well,  prosper.  Hipp. — III.  to  pur- 
f/ifj.sf,  bui/,  Soph.  O.  T.  1025.  Ar.  Pac. 
367.— IV.  to  sell,  v.  Ar.  ap.  Piers. 
Moer.  p.  156.    (Akin  to  πωλέω  "  ώνέ- 


ΕΜΠΟ 

ομαι  was  synon.,  but  was  thought 
less  Att.) 

Έμ-ολεμέ(α),  ώ,  (εν,  πολεμέω)  to 
wage  war  in,  Andoc.  26,  41. 

Έμττο/.έμιος,  ov,  (έν,  πό/.ειχος)  in, 
of,  belonging  lo  ivar,  hostile,  Hut.  0,  56. 

'Έμττόλεμος,  o)',=foreg.  ι 

'E/iTTO/.ttJf,  έος,  ό,  a.  merchant,  traf- 
ficker, Anth. :  from 

Έ/ίτολεω,  Ion.  for  Ιμπο/.άω. 

Έμ-ολή,  ης,  ή,  {εν,  πολέω,  Τϊωλέ- 
ομαι)  any  wares  or  merchandise.  Pind. 
P.  2.  125,  Ar.  Ach.  930  :  also  in  plur., 
Soph.  Fr.  499. — II.  gain  made  by  trajfic, 
profit,  money,  Piers.  Moer.  p.  155  :  esp. 
a  harlot's  hire,  Artemid. — III.  a  pur- 
chasing, Xen.  Cyr.  6,  2,  39.  ^ 

'Έμ-όλημα,  ατός,  τό,  (εμττο/Αω) 
that  which  is  bought  or  made  by  traffic, 
λίύβητον  Ιμττ.,  a  ruinous  bargain. 
Soph.  Tr.  538 :  in  plur.  wares,  mer- 
chandise, Eur.  Cycl.  137. 

Έμ-ο'λησις,  εο>ς,  ή,  {εμττολάω)  a 
buying,  trafficking. 

Έμ-ολ/ιτός.  ή,  όν,  (ίμπολάω)  dealt 
in,  bought  and  sold.  Soph.  Phil.  417. 

Έμττο'λίζίύ,  (εν,  πολις)  to  take  into, 
inclose  ivilhinthe  city,  AOOQV,  Dion.  H. 
— II.  {kv.  πόλος)  lo  fit  with  or  to  the 
pole,  Ptolem.,  like  εναξονίζυ. 

^'Εμ-ο/Λορκέω.  ώ,  {έν,  πολιορκέω) 
to  besiege  in,  Strab. 

Έμ-ο/ιΐς,  εως,  b,  η,  {εν,  πό7.ις)  in 
the  city  or  state  :  ό  εμττ.  τινί,  one's 
fellow-citizen.  Soph.  O.  C.  1156. 

Έμτΐολί-εύω,  {έν,  πολιτεύω)  to  be 
one  of  a  state,  to  be  a  citizen,  hold  civil 
rights,  Thuc.  4, 103  :  but  so  more  usu. 
in  pass.,  as  Isocr.  83  B. — 2.  έμ-ο/.ι- 
τεύεσθαί  τινί,  to  talk  politics  with  one, 
Cic.  Att.  7,  7,  7. — II.  transit,  to  intro- 
duce into  a  slate,  εις-,  Heracl. 

Έμ-ολόωντο,  Ep.  3  plur.  impf. 
pass,  from  έμπο/ιύω,  Od. 

'ΈμτΓομτϊεύω,  {έν,  πομττενω)  to  lead 
out  in  procession,  in  triumph  :  hence, 
to  display  one's  self,  shew  off  in  or  with 
a  thing,  τινί,  Luc. 

Έμ-ονέω,  ώ,  {έν,  πονέω)  to  work  in 
a  thing,  Alciphr. 

Έμττονος,  ov,  {έν,  πόνος)  patient  of 
labour,  Incert.  ap.  Schol.  Hephaest.  p. 
172.     Adv.  -νως,  Eccl. 

Εμπορεία,  ας,  ή,  {εμπορεύομαι)^ 
εμπορία,  Eccl. 

t'E.u— opf  ta,  uv,  τά,  and  'Εμπόρια. 
Emporia,  (prop,  the  mart)  a  district  in 
Africa  along  the  smaller  Syrtis,  Po- 
lyb.  1,  82,  6  ;  32,  2,  I :  also  wr.  'E.u- 
πορεΐον,  App. 

Έμπορεΐον,  ου,  τό,  dub.  1.  in  Po- 
lyb.  for  έμπόριον. 

'Εμπόρευμα,  ατός,  τό,  ware,  an  arti- 
cle of  commerce,  Xen.  Vect.  3,  4,  Hier. 
9,  li  :  from 

'Εμπορεύομαι,  {έν,  πορεύομαι)  dep. 
pass.  c.  fut.  mid.,  to  go  or  travel  in  or 
to,  be  on  a  journey.  Soph.  El.  405,  O. 
T.  456,  Epich.  p.  26,  etc.— II.  as  dep. 
mid.,  {έμπορος)  to  travel  for  traffic  or 
business,  metaph.  εις  Ιατρικήν,  to  in- 
vade the  art  of  healmg,  Hipp. :  hence 
— 2.  to  be  a  merchant,  trade,  traffic, 
Thuc.  7,  13,  Xen.,  Dem.,  etc. — 3.  c. 
ace.  rei  to  deal  in.  Dion.  H.,  Luc,  etc. : 
esp.  to  import,  Ep.  Plat.  313  Ε  :  and 
so  freq.  in  late  prose. — 4.  c.  ace.  pers. 
to  make  gain  of,  to  overreach,  cheat, 
Polvb.  38,  4,  3,  in  act.,  which  Valck. 
would  alter,  v.  ad  N.  T.  p.  408. 

Έμπορεντέον,  or  έα,  verb.  adj.  from 
foreg.  one,  or  we  must  go,  Ar.  Ach. 
480. 

Έμπορευτίκός,  ή,  όν,  {έμπορεύο- 
uai)  belonging  to  commerce,  skilled  in  it, 
'mercantile.  Plat.  Pout.  290  A. 

Εμπορία,  ας,  ή,  (έμπορος)  commerce 
by  sea,  Hes.  Op.  614,  hence  in  genl. 


Ε.ΜΠΡ 

traffic,  trade,  commerce,  Theogn.  1168, 
Hdt.,  etc. :  έμπορίαν  ποιεΐσβαι,  Isocr. 
15  A. — II.  goods  trafficked  in,  mirchan- 
disc,  Xen.  Vect.  3,  2.  More  rarely  ή 
εμπορεία. 

Έμπορίζομαι,  άερ.,=έμπορεύομαι 
Π.  2,  Menand.  p.  243. 

Εμπορικός,  ή,  όν.=  έμπορεντικός, 
mercantile,  χρήματα  έμπ.,  foreign,  im- 
ported goods,  Ar.  Ach.  974  :  διήγημα 
έμπ.,  a  merchant's  or  traveller's  talc, 
i.  e.  a  lie,  Polyb.    Adv.  -κώς,  Strab. 

Έμπόριον,  ου.  τό,  v.  έμπόριος. 
νΚμπόριον  and  Έμπορεΐον ,  ov,  τό. 
Emporium,  in  Liv.,  Emporiae,  a  city 
of  Hispania  Tarraconensis,  in  the 
territory  of  the  Indigetes,  settled  by 
a  colony  from  Phocaea ;  it  is  now 
Ampurias,  Polyb.  3,  37,  7 ;  Strab. : 
hence  Έμποριτης,  ov,  b,  an  inhab.  of 
Emporium,  Strab.  The  name  of  many 
other  commercial  towns  or  marts  in 
Spain,  Italy,  Sicily,  etc.,  Strab.,  etc. 

Έμπόριος,  a,  ov,  (έμπορος)  belong- 
ing to  commerce  or  merchants :  esp.  as 
subst.  —  I.  TO  έμπόριον,  Lat.  empo- 
rium, a  trading-place,  factory,  entrepot 
of  merchandise,  such  as  were  made 
esp.  by  the  Phoenicians  and  Cartha- 
ginians in  Sicily,  Spain,  etc.,  Hdt.  1, 
165;  2,  179,  etc. — II.  tu  εμπόρια, 
merchandise,  Xen.  Vect.  1,  7. 

^Εμπορίτης,  ου,  ό,  v.  sub  Έμπό- 
ριον. 

Έμπορος,  ov,  (έν,  πόρος)  one  who 
goes  on  shipboard  as  a  passenger,  Lat. 
vector,  Od.  2,  319  ;  24,  300,  later  επι- 
βάτης, opp.  to  the  owner,  ναύκληρος. 
— II.  any  one  on  a  journey  by  land  or 
sea,  a  traveller,  wanderer, ^ό  έν  πόρω 
ων.  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  456,  Ο.  C.  25,  203': 
hence — III.  a  merchant,  wholesale  deal- 
er, Lat.  mercator,  institor,  Simon.  134. 
Hdt.  2,  39  ;  distinguished  fiom  the  re- 
tail dealer,  κάπη7.ος,  Lat.  caupo,  by 
his  making  trading  journeys  and 
voyages  and  importing  goods  which 
the  other  buys  of  him  for  his  shop. 
Plat.  Rep.  371  D,  cf.  Valck.  Opusc. 
2,  321  :  hence — 2.  as  adj. .=^ εμπορι- 
κός, έμπορεντικός.  Diod.  —  IV.  me- 
taph., έμπορος  κακών,  freighted,  laden 
with  ills.  Aesch.  Pers.  597,  cf.  σννεμ- 
πορος,  \'alck.  Call.  p.  207,  though 
many  MSS.  have  έμπειρος. 

Έμπορπάω,  ώ.  Ion.  -πέω.  (έν,  πορ- 
πάω)  to  fix  on  with  a  buckle  or  pin. 
Pass.,  ε'ίματα  ένεπορπέατο  (Ion.  for 
-ηντο),  they  wore  garments  buckled 
over  the  shoulder,  Hdt.  7,  77  :  cf.  Ly- 
cur?.  153,  5.     Hence 

Έμπόρπημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  garment 
secured  by  a  buckle  on  the  shoulder. 

Έμπορπόω,^  έμπορπάω,  in  mid., 
LXX. 

Έμπόρόνρος,  ov,  {έν,  πορφύρα) 
clad  in  purple,  Lat.  purpuratas. — II. 
inclining  to  purple,  Diosc. 

Έαποτος,  ov,  (έμπίνω)  drinkable, 
Aret'. 

Έμπονσα,  ης,  ή,  Empusa,  a  hob- 
goblin assuming  various  shapes,  said 
to  be  sent  by  Hecate,  also  Όνοσκε- 
?.ίς,  ΌνοκώΧη,  the  donkey -footed,  Ar. 
Ran.  293,  Eccl.  1056.  Ace.  to  others 
Hecate  herself,  v.  Ααμία. 

Έμπρακτικός,  ή,  όν,  efficacious, 
operative,  Diosc.  :  from 

Έ/ιπρακτος.  ov,  (έμπρύσσω)  effi- 
cient, practicable,  μηχανή,  Pind.  P.  3, 
110:  of  persons,  acini•,  περί  τι,  Diod.: 
TO  έμπρ-,  energy,  effect,  Longin. — II. 
under  bond  to  pay,  Bockh  Inscr.  1, 
p.  741. 

Έμπρεπής,  ες,  distinguished  among 
or  above  others,  θνννος.-.πάσιν  Ιχθν- 
εσσιν  έμπρ.  έν  μυττωτφ,  Anan.  1,  8. 
— II.  distinguished  in,  conspicuous  for, 


ΕΜΠΡ 

c.  dat.,  έσθί/μασι.  Soph.  Fr.  706 :  me- 
taph., έμπρ.  γύοις,  Aesch.  Supp.  116, 
cf.  sq.     From 

Έμπρέπω,  {έν,  πρέπω)  to  stand 
forth,  be  distinguished  among,  τιαί,  Ar. 
Nub.  005. — 2.  to  be  distinguished  in, 
conspicuous  fur,  άλ)  εσί,  Soph.  El. 
1187:  also  έμπ.  έχων  τι,  Hdt.  7,  07, 
83  :  aljsol.  to  be  distinguished,  excellent, 
Eur.  Heracl.  407. — II.  to  become,  sit 
■well  upon,  τινί,  usu.  impers.,  Pmd.  P. 
8,  39. 

Έμπρήβω,  f.  -σω,  (έν,  πρήθω)  to 
blowup,  inflate,  of  the  wmd,  in  tmesis, 
έν  ό'  άνεμος  πρήσεν  μέσον  Ιστίον,  II. 
1,  481,  ν.  πρήβω.  Pass.,  έμπεπρησ- 
μένης  νός,  of  α  bloated  sow,  Ar.  \  esp. 
36. — 11.  for  έμπρί]ϋω,ρ  bum,  v.  sub 
έμπίπρημι.     Hence 

Έμπρησις,  εως,  ή,  a  setting  fire  to, 
kindling  ;  a  conflagration,  Hdt.  8,  55. 

Εμπρησμός,  ov,  o,=foreg.,  Plut. 

Εμπρηστής,  οϋ,  b,  an  incendiary. 

Έμπρίω,  f.  -ίσω,  (έν,  πρίω)  to  sam 
into,  δστέον,  Hipp. :  hence  to  bile  or 
crunch,  τοις  όόονσί  τι,  Diod. ;  hence 
έμπρ.  γέννν  χαλινοΊς.  to  champ  upon 
the  bits,  Opp. — II.  to  gnash  together, 
οδόντας  έμπρ.,  to  keep  the  teeth  fixed 
in  a  bite,  Diod. — III.  iiitr.  to  bite,  be 
pungent,  of  mustard,  etc.,  Nic.  Reire 
in  prose.  [«] 

Έμπροβεν,  adv.,  poet,  for  έμπροσ- 
θεν, as  εκτοθεν,  πρόθεν,  δπιθεν, 
Theocr.  9,  6. 

Εμπρόθεσμος,  ov,  {έν,  πρόθεσμος) 
doing  a  thing,  etc.,  within  or  in  less 
than  the  stated  time,  opp.  to  έκπρόθ., 
Plut.     Adv.  -μως. 

Έμπροίκιον.  ου,  τό,  (έν,  προίξ)  α 
dower,  portion,  App. 

Έμπρομε/.ετάω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (έν, 
προμελετάω)  to  train  one's  self  in  be- 
forehand, τινί,  Philo. 

Έμπροσθα,  adv.  Dor.  for  sq. 

"Εμπροσθεν,  and  poet,  -θε,  adv. — 

1.  of  place,  before,  in  front  of,  in  the 
way,  like  έμποδών  :  c.  art.,  b,  ή,  τό 
έμπ.,  the fiiremostf  το  and  -ά  έμπροσ- 
θεν, the  front,  the  fore-side.  Hdt.  5,  62, 
etc. :  εις  τό  έμπ.,  forwards,  Hdt.  4, 
61  ;  8,  89,  opp  to  έκ  τοϋ  έμπρ.,  in 
front,  opposite,  στήναι,  Xen.  Cyr.  2, 

2,  6. — 2.  in  Gramm.  nearer  the  end  of 
the  book,  below.  Lob.  Phryn.  11. — II. 
of  time,  before,  earlier,  of  old,  Plat., 
Xen.,  etc.,  o,  ή,  το  έμπ.,  the  former, 
earlier.  15.  also  used  in  both  signfs. 
as  prep.  c.  gen.,  before,  just  =  Lat. 
ante,  as  first  in  Hdt.  2.  1 10,  etc. : 
έμπρ.  clvai  των  πραγμάτων,  to  be 
beforehand  with  events,  Dem.  51,  15  ; 
but,  έ,«7Γ.  τού  δικαίου,  preferred  be- 
fore justice.  Id.  1297,  26.    Hence 

Εμπρόσθιος,  ov,  the  former,  fore, 
esp.  like  πρόσθιος,  of  the  feet  of  a 
quadruped,  opp.  to  ο-ίσθιοι,  ίμπρ. 
πόδες,  Hdt.  4,  60,  σκέλη,  Xen.  Eq. 
11.2. 

Έμπροσθόκεντρος,  ov,  (έμπροσθεν, 
κέντρον)  v.'ith  a  sting  in  front,  of  in- 
sects, Arist.  H.  A. 

Έμπροσθοτονία,  ας,  ή,  a  drawing 
of  the  head  forward,  esp.  by  cramp  or 
spasm:  and 

Έμπροσθοτονικός,  ή,  όν,  suffering 
from  έμπροσθοτονία  :  trom 

Έμπροσθότονος.  ov,  (έμπροσθεν, 
τείνω)  bent,  contracted  forwards  by 
crainp,  etc.,  Hipp.  ;  ό  έμπρ.,  sub. 
σπασμός,  a  fit  of  cramp,  etc.,  which 
draws  the  head  fonvard  upon  the  chest, 
Aretae. :  opp.  to  όπισθότονος. 

Έμπροσθονρητικύς,  ή,  όν,  (έμ- 
προσθεν, οί'ρέω)  7naking  water  for- 
ivnrds,  opp.  to  όπισθονρητικός. 

νΕμπροσθοόΰνής,    ες,   {έμπροσθεν, 
φαίνω)  appearing  in  front.  Gill. 
447 


ΕΜΠΎ 

νΕμττρόςωπος,  ον,  (tv,  πρόςωτζον) 
before  the  eyes,  in  sight,  τινί,  Phalar. 

Έμ-μυρος,  ον,  (ti',  ττρώρα)  pro- 
posal reading  in  Polyb.  lu,  4,  12,  de- 
pressed towards  the  prow. 

'ν,μπτύαις,  εως,  ii,  a  spitting,  Aret. 
and 

Έμ-τνσμα,  ατός,  τό,  spittle,  spit- 
ting, LXX. :  I'roni 

Έμ-τνω,  f.  -νσω,  (er,  πτύω")  tn  spit 
upon,  fir  Tiva,  Plut.,  τινί,  Γ\.Τ.  [ϋ 
usu.  in  pres.,  ν  always  in  I'lit.  and 
aor.] 

ΈμτΓτωσις,  εως,  η,  (,ίμττίπτω)  a 
falling  or  pressure  upon,  Dion.  H. 

'Έ.μτϊτωτος,  ον,  {Ιμ-ίπτω)  falling 
into,  inclined,  εΙς  τι,  Μ.  Anton. 

^Εμ-νελίδιον,  ον,  τό,  dim.  from  sq. 

Έμ-ϋΐλίς,  ίδοΓ,  ή,  (έν,  ττύελος)  α 
socket  in  ivhich  a  pivot,  etc.,  works. 

Έϋ~ίεω,  {έν,  πνέω)  to  have  ab- 
scesses, esp.  in  the  lungs,  Hipp.,  etc. 

Έμτϊνή,  ης,  ή,  suppuration,  an  ab- 
scess, Aretae. 

Έμπύ>ιμα,  ατός,  τό,  {ίμπνέω)  a 
gathering,  suppuration,  Hipp.  :  n't  ab- 
scess, esp.  an  internal  one.  Gal.   [v] 

Έμπν7ΐματικός,  rj,  όν,  {εμπνέω) 
suppurating. 

'¥,μπύ?ισις,  εως,  'ή,=έμπϋή,  Hipp. 

Έμπϋητικός,  ή,  όν,  {εμπνέω)  caus- 
ing suppuration,  Hipp. 

'Έ,μπϋϊκός,  ή,  όν,—εμπνηματικός, 
Aretae. 

Έμπυίσκω,  to  cause  an  abscess : 
pass,  to  labour  wider  one,  Hipp. 

Έμπΰκύζω,  f.  -σω,  {έν,  πνκάζω)  to 
wrap  up,  coticeal  in :  pass.,  νόος  οι 
έμττεπνκασται,  his  mind  is  shrouded, 
hard  to  make  oM/,Mosch.  l,15,cf. Ho- 
mer's πυκνά  μί/όεα. 

Έμπύλιος,  a,  ον,  also  ος,  ον,  {έν, 
nv7.rj)  at  the  gate,  epith.  of  l)iana 
Hecate,  Orph.  [ii] 

t'EyurrnZof,  ov,  6,  Empylus,  a  Greek 
rhetorician,  an  intimate  friend  of  M. 
Brutus,  Plut.  Brut.  2. 

Έμπννδύκωτος,  ov,  {έν,  πύνύα^) 
with  a  bottom  to  it.   [u] 

'Έ^μπνος,  ov,  {έν,  πνον)  sitjfering 
from  an  abscess,  esp.  of  the  lungs, 
medic. :  in  genl.  discharging  pus. 
Soph.  Phil.  1378. 

νΕμπνόομαι  =  έμττυίσκω  in  pass., 
Hipp. 

Έμπνρεία,  ας,  η,  {εμπνρενω)  a 
prophesying  from  sacrificial  fire.  —  II. 
an  oath  by  this  fire. 

^Εμπύρετος,  ov,  {έν,  πυρετός)  in 
fever  heat,  feverish,  Alex.  Trail. 

Έμπίφενμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  kindling, 
heating,  cooking. — II.  a  burnt  fiavour 
in  meat  or  drink.  —  III.  α  gathering 
coal,  coal  to  preserve  a  smouldering  fire. 
elsewh.  έναυσμα :  hence  in  genl.  the 
last  relic,  retnains :  late  word.  [C]  : 
from 

Εμπνρενω,  {έν,  πυρενω)  to  set  on 
fire,  Ar.  Pac.  1137,  Lys.  372  :  to  in- 
flame, excite,  Arist.  Resp.  B.  mid.  to 
catch  fire,  burn,  Theophr. 

^Εμπνριβτ/της,  ov,  δ,  {έν,  πυρ, 
βαίνω)  standing  on  or  above  the  fire, 
epith.  of  a  τρίπονς,  II.  23,  702,  opp. 
to  άπυρος. 

Έμπνρίζω,  =  εμπνρενω,     Diod. 
Hence 
^Εμπνριος,  ον,=-ίμπνρος,  lamblich. 

Είίττνρισμος,  ου,  o,= εμπρησμός, 
but  less  Att.,  ace.  to  Phryn.  p.  335, 
who  censures  it  in  Hyperid. 

Έμπνρος,  ov,  {έν,  πυρ)  in,  on  or  by 
the  fire,  σκενη  ίμπ.,  implements  used 
at  the  fire.  Plat.  Legg.  679  A  :  εμπ. 
τέγνηΛ\ΐθ.  trade  of  the  forge.  Id.  Prot. 
321  E,  (but  in  Eur.  Phoen.  954,  the 
soothsaying  trade,  v.  HI) :  prepared 
448 


ΕΜΦΑ 

by  fire,  whether  violten  or  cooked, 
Anth. — II.  exposed  to  fire  or  sun,  hot, 
torrid,  Thcoplir. :  scorched,  burnt,  fire- 
scathed,  νεκρός,  Eur.  Phoen.  118ϋ. — 
2.  fiiierish,  Hipp.— 111.  as  subst.,  rd 
εμπυρα  {Ιερά)  burnt  sacrifices,  opp.  to 
απνρα,  Pind.  O.  8,  4,  and  Trag.  :  εις 
εαπνρα  έ'λΟεΙν,  to  make  trial  of  them, 
Eur.  I.  T.  IG:  hence  also  τα  ίμπνρα 
{σήματα)  the  tokens  or  omens  in  them 
by  which  the  soothsayer  {ϋυοσκόπος, 
πυρκόος)  divined,  described  by  Soph. 
Ant.  1005,  Eur.  Phoen.  1255 :  κατά- 
ρας π.  έπΙ  έμ-νρων,  to  swear  upon 
the  sacrifice,  Polyb. :  of  Liv.  21,  1, 
Virg.  Aen.  12,201. 

Έμπνροσκόπος,  ov,  {εμπνρα,  σκο- 
πέω)  one  ivho  divines  by  εμπνρα. 
Έμπνρύω,=  εμπνρενω. 
ΈμπυΙφος,  ον,  {έν,  πνββός)  ruddy, 
Theophr. 

Έμπύρωσις,  εως,  ?/,  {έμπνρόω)  = 
έμπνρενμα,  Arist.  Kesp.  [ν] 

Έμπντιάζω,  {έν,  πντιάζω)  to  curdle 
with  rennet,  γύ?.α,  Diosc. 

Έμπω?.άω,  ώ,  more  correctly  έμ- 
πο'λάω,  q.  v. 
ΤΕμνκον,  Ep.  aor.  of  μνκάομαι,  q.  v. 
ΈΜΤ'Σ,  ύυς,  ?/,  the  water  tortoise, 
Arist.  H.  A. :  also  written  έμύς. 

Έμφύγεϊν,  {έν,  φαγεϊν)  aor.  2,  in- 
die, ένέύαγον,  the  pres.  in  use  being 
έσθίω  :  to  cat  in,  take  in  or  take  some 
food,  absol.  or  c.  ace,  Xen.  An.  4,  2, 
1 ;  5,  8. 

'Εμφαίνω,  f.  -άνω,  {έν,  φαίνω)  to 
show,  let  be  seen  in,  e.  g.  in  a  mirror. 
Plat.  Tim.  71  B.  Pass.,  c.  fut.  mid., 
to  be  seen  in  a  mirror,  water,  etc.,  Id. 
Kep.  402  B,  etc. :  τα  έμφαινυμενα, 
images  therein,  Plat.  :  hence  simply 
to  appear,  sliow  one^s  self,  become  visible 
to  one,  Arist.  Physiogn.,  Polyb.,  etc. 
— II.  in  genl.,  to  present  an  appearance 
of  a  thing,  Eur.  Dan.  15,  2. — III.  to 
point  out,  show,  Diod.  —  IV.  impers. 
εμφαίνει,  like  εμφαίνεται,  it  is  mani- 
fest, with  or  without  είναι,  Cebes. 

Έμόάνεια,  ας,  η,  an  appearing, 
manifestation,  εις  έμφ.  άγειν,  to  bring 
to  light,  Theophr.  [a]  :  from 

'Εμφανής,  ές,  {εμφαίνω)  showing 
itself,  appearing  in  or  on  a  thing,  visi- 
ble, open,  char,  plain,  manifest,  dis- 
tinct, Hdt.  1,  111,  Trag.,  etc. ;  esp.  of 
tiie  gods  appearing  among  men,  Ar. 
V'esp.  733,  Plat.,  etc.  :  also,  έμφ. 
bpdv,  ίόεΐν,  μαθεϊν,  etc..  Soph.  Aj. 
538,  El.  1454,  Ar.  Thesm.  082  :  τα 
έμφανΐ/,  res  nutae,  Hdt.  2,  33  ;  παρα- 
σχεΐν  τι  έυ.φανές=έμ.φανίζειν,  Dem. 
1294,15:  εμφανή  καταστήσαι,  to  pro- 
duce in  court,  either  the  property  or 
the  vouchers,  etc.,  Dem.  1239,  5,  and 
subst.  εμφανών  κατάστασις,  Lat. 
editio,  Isae.  59,  22. — 2.  open,  in  public, 
Lat.  in  propatulo,  Hdt.  1,  203 :  εις 
τονμφανές  ιέναι,  to  come  into  light, 
come  forward,  Xen.  Mem.  4,  3,  13. — 
3.  palpable,  real,  actual,  έα•φ.  κτήματα, 
Xen.  Hell.  5,  2,  10.— 11.  of  bodies 
with  polished  surfaces,  m  which,  as 
in  a  mirror,  one  can  see  things.  Plat. 
Tim.  46  A.  Adv.  -rwf.  Ion.  -νέως, 
openly,  manifestly,  Lat.  palam,  Hdt.  1, 
140,  Trag.,  etc. :  also  έ^^  έμφανέος  or 
έκ  τον  έμφ.,  as  adv.,  Hdt.  3,  150  :  4, 
120.     Hence 

Εμφανίζω,  to  shotv  forth,  manifest, 
εαυτόν,   Eur.   Philoct.  10:    τινί   τι, 
Xen.  Mem.  4,  3,  4 :  to  make  clear  or 
'  ρΙαίη,=  έμφανές  ποιεΐν,  like  εμφαίνω, 
Plat.,   Xen.,   etc.  ;   also   έμφ.   δτι..., 
Xen.  Cyr.  8, 1,  26  :  to  declare,  explain, 
indicate,  Arist.  An.  Pr.  1,30,  4.  Hence 
Έμφύνισις,  εως,  ή,  a  showing  or  de- 
monstration, Arist.  Org.  [a] 
^Έμφανίσκω=  εμφανίζω,  Iambi. 


ΕΜΦΑ 

Έμφΰνισμός,  ov,  ό,  {εμφανίζω)  a 
declaration,  indication,  Dei.  Plat.  413 
D. 

Έμφανιστέον,  verb.  adj.  from  εμ- 
φανίζω, one  7nust  explain,  Plat.  Tim. 

65  c: 

Έμφΰνιστής,  ov,  ό,  an  informer, 
Eccl. 

Έμφΰνιστικός,  ?},  όν,  {εμφανίζω) 
making  knotvn,  indicating,  Del.  Plat. 
414  Ε  :  expressive,  Longin. 

Έμφαντύζομαι,  as  pass.,  to  appear 
as  phantoms,  M.  Anton. — II.  as  mid., 
to  fancy,  τι. 

'Εμφαντικός,  ή,  όν,  =  εμφατικός, 
Polyb.     Adv.  -κως.  Id. 

^Έμφαρμάσσω,  {έν,  φαρμύσσω)  to 
dye  in,  to  ηώ  in  or  on.  Gal. 

Έμφασις,  εως,  ή,  {εμφαίνομαι)  ap- 
pearance, seeming,  outward  look,  Polyb. 
— II.  a  setting  forth,  proof ,  Plut. — III. 
anything  appearing  on  the  surface  of  a 
body,  a  reflexion,  image,  Arist.  Mund., 
of  the  rainbow. — IV.  in  rhetor.,  sig- 
nificance, e7nphasis,  esp.  the  force  o{  ΆΠ 
expression,  which  means  more  than 
meets  the  ear.    Hence 

'Εμφατικός,  ή,  όν,  significant,  ex- 
pressive.    Adv.  -κώς. 

νΕμφέρβομαι,  {έν,  φέρβω)  poet. 
ένιφέρβυμαι,  as  pass.,  to  be  fed  or 
nurtured  in,  σταθμοίς,  Mosch.  2,  80. 

Έμφέρεια,  ας,  ή,  likeness,  Diosc.  : 
from 

Έμφερης,  ες,  ansivering  to,  like, 
τινί,  freq.  in  Hdt.,  as  2,  76,  92,  etc. ; 
also  in  Trag.,  as  Aesch.  Emu.  412, 
but  rare  in  Att.  prose.  Adv.  -ρύς, 
similarly,  just  as,  Diog.  L.  6,  103 : 
from 

Έμφέρω,  i.  ένοίσω,  {έν,  φέρω)  to 
bear,  bring  in  :  Jiass.  to  be  borne  or  car- 
ried in,  εν  Tivi,  Hipp. :  to  be  held  or  to 
live  in,  πόντφ,  0|)p.  Mid.  to  carry  in 
or  ivith  one's  self,  tl,  Aral.  —  II.  to 
bring  up  against  one,  cast  in  one's 
teeth,  τινί  Tl,  like  προφέρω,  Soph. 
O.  C.  989. 

νΕμφενγω,  {έν,  φεύγω)  to  flee  away 
in ;  to  betake  one's  self  to,  to  take  re- 
fuge in,  ές  τον  άκρατον,  Luc. 

Έμφθέγγομαι,  dep.,  =  φθέγγομαι 
έν,  to  speak  or  co7iverse  then  or  there, 
Luc. 

Έμφθορής,  ές,  {έν,  φθορά)  lost,  de- 
stroyed in...,  Nic. 

•  'Εμφιλτ/δέω,  ω,  {έν,  φι?^τ/δέω)  to 
take  pleasure  in,  τινί,  Μ.  Anton. 

Έμφΐληδονέω,  ώ,  {έν,  φιλήδονος) 
to  delight  in,  love. 

Έμφΐλοκά7ιέω,  ω,  {έν,  φιλοκαλέω) 
to  pursue  honourable  studies,  Plut.  ' 
also,  έμφ.  τινί,  to  be  engaged  m  such 
a  pursuit.  Id. 

Ύ.μφϊ'λονείκως,=:φιλονείκως. 

Έμφϊλοσοφέω,  ώ,  {έν,  φιλοσοφέω) 
to  philosophise,  study  philosophy  in..., 
Σικελία,  Philostr.    Hence 

Ένφΐλοσόφημα,  ατός,  τό,  that  in 
which  one  studies,  an  intellectual  pur- 
suit, Eccl. 

'ΕμφΙλόσοφος,  ov,  {έν,  φιλόσοφος) 
philosophical,  befitting  a  philosopher, 
Diog.  L.    Adv.  -ως. 

'Εμφΐλοτεχνέω,  ώ,  {έν,  φύ^οτεχνέω) 
to  bestow  pains  on...,  τινί. 

Έμφϊλοχωρέω,  ώ,  {έν,  φιλοχωρέω) 
to  be  fond  of  dwelling  in,  τινί,  Alh. 

Έμφ?.ύω,  ί.  -άσω,  Ion.  for  ένθλύω, 
q.v. 

Έμφλεβοτομέω,^φλεβοτομέω  έν, 
Hipp. 

Έμφλέγω,  f  -ξω,  {έν,  φλέγω)  to 
kindle  in...,  τινί,  Anth. 

"Εμφ^Μίος,  ov,  {έν,  φλοιός)  with  a 
bark,  Theophr. 

^Έμφλοιοσπέρματος,  ov,  {εμφ7.οιος, 
σπέρμα)   having  seed  covered  with 


ΕΜΦΤ 

bark,  or  having  seed  in    a  pod,  The- 
ophr. 

Έμ(ί>λοξ,  ογος,  δ,  ή,  {εν,  φ?Μξ)  with 
fire  ill  it,  πέτρος,  Anth. 

Έμφοβος,  ov,  {έν,  φόβος)  fearful, 
terrible,  hal.  formidolosus ,  Soph.  O.  C 
39. — II.  later,  'pzss. , frightened,  timid, 
LXX. 

Έμφονενω,  (_έν,  φονεύω)  to  kill  in..., 
TL  εν  Tivi,  Geop. 

Έμφόββιος,  ov,  (εν,  φορβή,  ώέρβω) 
eating  away,  consuming,  τινός,  jNlC. 

Έμφορβιόυ,  ώ,  {εν,  φορβιά)  to  put 
on  the  flute-player's  mouth-piece,  {φορ- 
βειά)  Αγ.  Αν.  861. 

Έμόορέο,^έμόέρο,  to  bear  or  bring 
in  :  to  pour  in,  Diod.  Pass,  to  be  borne 
about  in  or  on,  dat.,  κύμασιν  έμφορέ- 
οντο,  Od.  12,  419.  Mid.  to  fill,  satiate 
one's  self  with  a  tiling,  make  much  use 
of,  indulge  in  the  use  of,  τινός,  Hdt.  1, 
55 :  to  be  full  of,  άνοιας,  Isocr.  Ep. 
10 :  and  so  freq.  in  late  prose,  as 
έμφ.  εξουσίας,  ύβρεως,  τιμωρίας,  Plut. 
Cic.  19,  Sertor.  5,  etc.:  also  c.  ace. 
rei,  Diod. — 2.  toputupon,i7iflicton,ijat. 
incutere,  πλίρ/άς  τινι,  Diod.     Hence 

'Έ,μόόρησις,  εως,  ή,  eating  and 
drinking  to  satiety,  late. 

'Εμφορτος,  ov,  {έν,  φόρτος)  laden 
with,  full  of,  τινός,  0pp.     Hence 

νΈμόορτόο),  ώ,  to  load;  in  mid.,  to 
load  with  one's  wares,  Aesop.  ]  64  De  F. 

'Εμφραγμα,  ατός,  τό,  {εμφράσσω) 
a  barrier,  Isocr.  1-lS  A. — II.  =εμφραξις, 
a  stopping,  stoppage,  Hipp. 

Έμφραγμός,  οϋ,  ύ,=εμφραξις,  LXX. 

Έμφρακτικός,  η,  όν,  {εμφράσσω) 
likely  to  obstruct,  stop,  Hipp. 

Έμφραξις,  εως,  ή,  a  stopping,  stop- 
page, Arist.  Probl. — II.  =  έμφραγμα, 
as  a  weir,  dam,  Strab.  :  from 

Εμφράσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  fut.  -ξω,  (εν, 
φράσσω)  to  bar  a  passage,  stop  up, 
block  up.  Plat.  Tim.  71  C ;  εμφρ.  το 
στόμα,  Dem.  406,  5 :  εμφρ.  υδοιις 
αδικημάτων,  Lycurg.  165,  24. — 2.  to 
bar  the  passage  of,  bar,  stop,  τι,  Diod., 
and  Plut. 

Έμφρονέω,  ώ,  {εμφρων)  to  be  in  or 
come  to  one's  senses,  Hipp. 

ΙΈμφροντις,  ι,  gen.  ιόος,  {ίν,  φρον- 
τίς)  in  concern,  solicitous,  Themis t. 

Έμφρονώόης,  ες,  {εμφρων,  είδος) 
seeming  sensible  or  intelligent,  Hipp. 

Έμφρονρέω,  ώ,  {εν,  φρονρέω)  to 
keep  guard  in...,  Thuc.  4,  110  :  c.  acc, 
Dio  C. 

"Εμφρονρος,  ov,  {έν,  φρουρά)  guard- 
ing, on  guard  at  a  post,  Xen.  Hell.  1, 
6,  13  :  in  genl.  liable  to  serve,  opp.  to 
άφρονρος,  Schneid.  Xen.  Lac.  5,  7. — 
11.  pass,  guarded,  watched,  garrisoned, 
ττόλεις,  ap.  Dem.  289,  10.— III.  shut 
■up  in,  Tivi,  Phalar. 

Έμφρύγω,=  φρύγω  έν,  Ael.  [i] 

'Εμφρων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  {έν,  φρτ/ν) 
ill  one's  right  mind,  έμφρονά  τίνα  τι- 
θέναι,  Aesch.  Pr.  848 ;  and  εμφρων 
γίγνομαι  or  καθίσταμαι,  I  came  to 
myself,  Hipp.,  and  Soph.  Aj.  306. — 
2.  possessed  of  reason,  endued  tvith  in- 
telligence, Xen.  Mem.  1,  4,  4. — 3.  sen- 
sible, shrewd,  prudent,  Theogn.  1122, 
Thuc.  1,  84,  Plat.,  etc. :  εμφρ.  περί 
τι,  wise  about  or  in  a  thing.  Plat. 
Legg.  809  D.  Adv.  -όνως.  Plat.  Rep. 
396  C. 

Έμφϋής,  ές,  {έμφύω)  implanted  by 
nature,  innate,  ήθος,  Pind.  O.  10,  20, 
of.  έμφυτος. 

Έμφν7<.ιος,  ον,^εμφϋλος,  q.  v. 
ΥΕμφν?.?1ζω,  {έν,  φν'λλον)  to  graft 
bet  ween  the  wood  and  bark,Geop.  Hence 
νΕμφν'λ/Λσμύς,  οϋ,  ό,  a  grafting  be- 
tween wood  and  bark,  Arist.,  Geop. 

Έμφυλλος,  ov,  {έν,  φνλλον)  leafy, 
Geop. 

29 


EM-i-O 

Έμφΰλος,  ov,  and  εμφύλιος,  ov, 
{έν,  φν'/.ον)  in  the  tribe,  i.  e.  of  the  same 
tribe  or  race,  ainjp  έμφν/.ος,  Od.  15, 
273  :  έμφνλιον  αίμα,  kindred  blood, 
Pind.  P.  2,  57,  Soph.,  etc. ;  but  τούμ- 
όιι'λον  αίμα,  also  a  kinsman's  blood, 
L  e.  murder.  Soph.  0.  C  407. — II.  in 
or  among  one's  people  or  family  ;  esp. 
έμφ.  στάσις,  etc.,  intestine,  civil  or 
family  discord,  Solon  15,  19,  Hdt.  8, 
3  ;  so  too  έαφύλιος  'Αρης,  Aesch. 
Eum.  863,  μάχη,  Theocr.  22,  200. 
Both  forms  occur  both  in  verse  and 
prose. 

Έμφύρω,  {έν,  φύρω)  to  mix  up,  con- 
fuse, Aesch.  Fr.  29.  [v] 

'Εμφυσάω,  ω,  ΐ.  -ήσω,  {έν,  φνσύω) 
to  puff  up,  inflate,  swell,  Hipp.    Hence 

Εμφύσημα,  τό,  an  inflation,  whether 
of  the  stomach,  peritoneum,  or  cellu- 
lar tissue,  Hipp. ;  usu.  of  stomach,  [ϋ] 

Έμφνσ!}σις,  εως,  -η,  {εμφυσάω)  in 
flatwn,  Plut.  2,  1077  Β.   [ϋ] 

'Εμφνσιύω,=  έμφνσύω :  raetaph.ie 
cheer,  LXX. :  to  elate. 

i'Eμφϋσiόω,  ώ,  f.  -ώσω,  (έν,  φύσις) 
to  implant  in,  to  instil  in,  TO  αίδείσθαί 
τινι  έμφ;  Xen.  Rep.  Lac.  3,  4,  v. 
Haase  in  ind.  s.  v.f  Pass,  to  be  nat- 
ural in,  Hipp. 

Έμφΰσις,  εως  ή,  {έμφύω)  a  growing 
in,  Lat.  ingeneratio. 

Έμφϋτεία,  ας,  ή,  {εμφυτεύω)  a  plant- 
ing in,  grafting,  Arist.  In\'ent. 

Έμφύτενσις,  εως,  7/,=foreg. — 2.  on 
signf.  as  law  term,  v.  Diet.  Antiqq. 
s.  V.  Emphyteusis  :  from 

'Εμφυτεύω,  {έν,  φυτεύω)  to  plant  in, 
to  graft  one  plant  on  another,  τί  τινι, 
Diod. :  metaph.  of  the  soul,  Plat.  Tim. 
70  C. 

Έμόΰτος,  ov,  inborn,  innate,  Hdt.  9, 
94,  Tivi,  in  one.  Plat.  Symp.  191  C. 
engrafted,  implanted,  N.  T.  Jac.  1,  21. 
From 

Έμφύω,  fut.  -ύσω,  {έν,  φύω)  to  im- 
plant, create  in,  inspire,  τινί  Tl,  e.  g. 
θεός  μοι  έν  φρεσιν  οΊμας  παντοίας 
ένέφυσεν,  has  planted  them  in  my  soul, 
Od.  22,  348;  so  too  Xen.  Mem.  1,  4, 
7 :  but  more  freq., — II.  intr.,  in  mid., 
with  perf  έμπέφΰκα,  Ep.  έμπέφϋα  in 
3d  pi.  and  part.,  and  aor.  2  ένέφϋν, — 

I.  to  grow,  be,  on  or  in,  τινί,  e.  g.  τρί- 
χες κρανίφ  έμπεφύΰσι,  (Ep.  perf.  for 
έμττεφνκασι,  with  ϋ,)  II.  8,  84  :  ύθόνος 
αρχηθεν  έμφύεται  άνθρώττω,  Hdt.  3, 
80  ;  and  so  freq.  in  Att. :  also  έμφύε- 
σθαι  έν  τόττίύ,  Hdt.  2,  156  :  hence — 2. 
to  be  rooted  in,  cling  closely,  έχετο  έμττε- 
φϋυια  (Ep.  part.  perf.  for  έμπεφνκυία) 
she  hung  on  clingi?ig,  she  continued 
clinging  closely  to  them,  11.  1,  513  :  so 
too  έμφύς,  Hdt.  3,  109  ;  and  c.  dat.,  ίο 
cling  to,  Id.  6,91,  Soph.  O.  C.  1113, 
etc. ;  cf  also  έν  δ'  άρα  οι  φϋ  χειρί  or 
χερσί,  she  clung  fast  to  his  hand,  clasp- 
ed his  hand  tight,  as  a  warm  greeting, 

II.  6,  253,  etc. ;  and,  έν  χείρεσσι  φύ- 
οντο,  Od.  24,  410  :  also,  όδάξ  έν  χεί- 
λεσ<  φύντες,  sticking  close  to  their 
lips  with  their  teeth,  i.  e.  biting  them 
hard,  in  suppressed  anger,  Od.  1,  381 ; 
18,  410.  [νω,  νσω] 

'Εμφωλεύω,  {έν,  φωλεύω)  to  have  a 
den,  to  lurk,  Plut. :  τινί,  in  a  place, 
Aret. 

Έμφωνέω,  ώ,  {έν,  φωνέώ)  to  call  out 
to,  τινί,  Clem.  Al. 

'ΎJμφωvoς,  ov,  {έν,  φωνή)  with  a 
voice,  vocal,  Ael. :  hud  of  voice,  Xen. 
Hell.  2,  4,  20. 

Έμφωτίζω,  {έν,  φωτίζω)  to  enlight- 
en, Clem.  Al. 

Έ/ϋ/'ύω,  ί.  -ήσω,  {έν,  ■φάω)  to  wipe 
in  or  upon,  Call.  Fr.  121,  in  mid. 

Έμψοφέω,  ώ,  (έν,  ■ψοφέω)  to  sound, 
make  a  noise  in,  Hipp. 


EN 

Έμ•φοφος,  ov,  {έν,  ψόφος)  sounding 
Anth. 

'Εμ-φνξις,  εως,  ή,  {έμψυχα)  cooling, 
refreshing,  Aretae. 

Έμψϋχία,  ας,  ή,  {έμψυχος)  the  hav- 
ing life,  animation,  Plut. — II.  {ψνχος) 
cold,  Archel.  ap.  Stob.  Eel.  1,  454. 

"Εμφϋχος,  ov,  {έν,  ψυχή)  in  life, 
having  life,  living,  Lat.  anunatus,  ani- 
mosus,  Hdt.  1,  140,  etc.,  Trag.,  Plat., 
etc. ;  V.  esp.  Plat.  Phaedr.  245  E. — 
2.  of  a  speech,  vivid,  animated,  Luc. ; 
TO  έμψυχον,  animation,  Id.  Adv 
~ως,  Plut. — II.  {έν,  ψύχος)  cold,  The 
ophr. 

Έμψνχόω,  ώ,  {έμψυχος  I.)  to  ani- 
mate, Anth. 

Έμψύχω,  f.  -ξω,  {έν,  ψύχω)  to  cool, 
refresh.  Gal.   [i] 

ΈΝ,  and  poet,  ένί,  scarcely  except 
in  Ep.  είν,  q.  v.,  cf.  εις  and  ές,  only 
Ep.  είνί,  II.  8,  199,  etc. :  Prep.  c. 
D.^T.,  Sanscr.  AY-l,  our  /lY,  etc. 
Radio,  signf.,  a  beir^g  or  remaining  with- 
in, and  so  half-way  between  εις  and 
έκ. 

I.  Of  place,  of  all  situated  within 
a  given  space,  in,  mi,  at. — 1.  strictly, 
within,  έν  νήσω,  δώμασι,  τζροθύροις, 
νηυσί,  Hom.,  and  so  in  geographical 
phrases,  έν  Άθήντ/σι,  έν  Ύροίψ  II., 
whereas  in  Att.  the  prep,  is  omitted, 
and  the  Ion.  dat.  used  as  adv.,  e.  g. 
Άθήνγσι.  θήβησι,  also  Ό'/.νμπίασι, 
Μουνυχίασι,  etc.,  Kiihner  Ausf  Gr. 
%  303,  Anm.  5 :  so  Ίσθαοι  and  ΤΙνθοΙ 
only  have  the  prep,  in  late  poets,  Jac. 
A.  P.  p.  788  :  έν  χερσί,  in  one's  hands, 
11. ;  hence  έν  θνμώ,  II. — 2.  on,  upon, 
έν  ούρεσι,  έν  κορυφ^σι,  έν  ϊηττοις,  έν 
θρόνοις,  on  the  mountains,  etc.,  Hom. 
— 3.  enclosed  within,  surrounded  by,  ου- 
ρανός έν  νεφέ7.ΐ}σι  και  αίθέρι,  II.  15, 
192  ;  very  freq.  post-Hom.  of  clothing, 
έν  έσθήτι,  νεβρίδι,  πορφνροίς,  στεφύ 
νοις,  Lat.  coronis  impeditus,  Schaf. 
Long.  342 :  hence  έν  δπλοις,  in  or 
under  arms  ;  also  of  particular  kinda 
of  arms,  έν  τόξοις,  άκοντίοις,  etc., 
equipped  with  them,  Xen.  Mem.  3,  9, 
2.-4.  on,  at  or  by,  έν  ττοταμώ,  bv  the 
river,  II.  18,  521,  Od.  5,  466^  arid  so 
έν  ξίφει,  έν  βνμω,  έν  καυ'λώ,  etc., 
Hom.,  έν  οϊνω,  at  the  wine,  Lat.  inter 
pocula,  Valck.  Call.  p.  15,  262 : — έν 
έαντίΐ)  είναι,  to  be  with  one's  self, 
one's  own  master,  collected  ;  έν  έαν- 
τω  γίγνεσθαι,  to  come  to  one's  self, 
one's  senses,  Herm.  \^g.  n.  389  ;  more 
rarely  έν  εαυτού  είναι,  cf.  signf  VI. 
- — 5.  in  the  number  of,  amongst,  very 
freq.  in  Horn.,  έν  άθανάτοις,  Άαναοΐς, 
ττρομάχοις,μέσοις,  νεκύεσσι,βίο.,  also 
οίη  έν  αθανάτοις,  II.  1,  398  :  and  with 
verbs  of  ruling,  άρχειν,  άνάσσειν  έν 
τΓΟ/./.οΐς,  to  be  hrst  or  lord  among 
many,  i.  e.  over  them,  II.  13,  689,  Od. 
19,  110.  In  the  form  έν  τοις,  c.  su- 
perl.,  Hdt.  7,  137;  the  superl.  is  ra- 
ther modified  than  strengthened,  e.  g. 
έν  τοΙς  πρώτοι,  not  first  of  all,  but 
among  some  of  the  very  first,  Thuc.  I, 
6  :  it  is  doubtful  whether  έν  τοις  here 
stands  for  έν  τούτοις,  or  πρώτοις 
should  be  understood,  and  the  phrase 
taken  as  having  lost  its  definite  em- 
phasis so  as  to  become  a  simple  adv. : 
at  any  rate  we  find,  from  Thuc.  3, 17, 
81,  έν  τοις  πλεΐσται  νήες  έγένοντο. 
έν  τοις  πρώτη.-,  1st,  that  έν  τοις  does 
not  agree  in  gender  with  the  same 
subst.  as  the  superl.,  but  is  neut. ; 
and  2dly.  that  it  means  among,  about 
the  most,  for  he  goes  on  to  say,  έτι 
π7.είονς  αρχομένου  τον  πολέμου,  cf. 
omnino  Arnold  1.  c. :  of  the  double  su- 
perl. expressed  we  have  no  sure  in- 
stance ;  for  in  έν  τοις  μεγίστοις  μέ• 
449 


EN 

γιστον.  Plat.  Crat.  427  Ε,  it  is  reject- 
ed by  Bekk.  and  Stallb.  So  with 
positives,  tv  τοις  μύ?.ιστα  και  ϊκ 
■χ?.είστον  ίνύντιυς,  Thuc.  8,  90 :  la- 
ter also  with  ^ιζάλ,α,/ζάΡίστα,  σ<^ό6ρα, 
Ίτάνν,  Lat.  ut  qui  maxime. — 6.  within 
one's  reach  or  power,  in  one''s  hatids, 
Lat.  penes,  νίκ7]ς  πήρατ'  ίχονται  iv 
άθανάτοισι  θεοϊσι  depend  on  them, 
11.  7,  102  ;  όνναμις  γαρ  ίν  νμίν,  Od. 
10,  69 ;  more  freq.  in  Hdt.,  and  Att., 
Valck.  Hdt.  3,  85 ;  ev  τινι  είναι,  to 
lean,  depend  wholly  on  him,  Valck. 
Phoen.  1256 ;  so  εν  τινι  κεΊσθαι,  Iv 
έμοί  εστί,  it  is  in  xny  ■paiver,  rests  with 
me,  l-v  y  έ,ι/ot,  kv  σοίγε,  or  without 
ye,  so  far  as  rests  with  me,  thee,  Lat. 
quatittim  in  me,  Hdt.  6,  109,  etc.  ;  but 
also,  in  my,  thy  judgment,  Valck. 
Hipp.  324. — 7.  in  presence  of,  and 
strictly  with  plur.  among,  iv  πΰσι, 
among,  before  all,  Lat.  coram,  Od.  2, 
194  ;  16,  378,  cf".  Wolf  Lept.  p.  249  : 
but  in  genl.,  in  prese7ice  of,  before,  even 
with  sing.,  ίν  τισι  λέγειν  or  λόγοι>ς 
τοΐεσβαι,  to  speak  before  them :  to 
this  some  refer  the  phrases  ίν  ο^θαλ- 
μοίς  ϊόεΐν,  όρΰν,  as  if  before  one's  eyes, 
but  V.  signf.  IV. — 8.  in  respect  of  kv 
γήρα  τινι  σύμμετρος,  in  point  of  age... 
Soph.  O.  T.  1112.— 9.  εν  ταντυ  7όγο>, 
in  accordance,  unison  with  it.  Find.  P. 
4.  105,  iv  τοις  νόμοις  κρίσεις  ττοιεΐν, 
Thuc.  1,  77,  cf.  Eur.  Ale.  732.— 10. 
Some  hold  that  έν  is  put  for  εις  with 
verbs  of  motion :  but  in  such  cases 
the  construction  is  pregnant,  since  both 
the  motion  to  and  the  consequent  posi- 
tion  in  the  place  is  implied,  e.  g.,  very 
freq.  in  Horn.,  πίπτειν  and  βαλ?,εη' 
έν  κονί?ισι,  to  throw,  fall  to  the 
ground  (and  lie  there  in  the  dust) : 
so  the  Homer,  phrases  έν  χερσί  τι- 
θέναι,  βαλεΐν,  λαβείν,  μένος  έν  στή- 
θεσσι  βαλειν,  έν  Ύρωσιν  υρονσαν, 
II.  16,  258,  λέων  έν  βονσΐ  θορών. 
11.  5,  161.  έν  άμφιφορενσιν  άφυσσην, 
Od.  2,  349,  έν  τενχεσι  δννειν,  II.  23, 
131  :  but  also  ές  τενχεα  δννειν,  Od. 
24,  498.  For  the  reverse  usage  of 
εις  with  verbs  of  rest,  v.  είςΐ.  2. — But 
έν  is  really  put  for  ές  in  the  Dor.  and 
Aeol.  dialect,  when  of  course  it  has 
the  ace,  cf.  Schaf.  Dion.  Comp.  305, 
Bockh  Find.  F.  2,  11,  86;  5,  38,  N. 
7,31. 

II.  Of  the  ST.'iTE,  condition,  po- 
sition in  which  one  is  :  in  this  signf. 
the  prep,  and  subst.  joinlly=an  adj. 
or  part. — 1.  of  outward  circumstances, 
έν  πολέ//ο,  έν  αγώνι,  έν  όαιτί.  έν 
αίστ),  έν  μοίρτ),  Horn. :  hence  of  oc- 
cupations, pursuits  in  genl.  έν  φι7Μ• 
σοφία,  έν  λόγοις  είναι,  to  study  philo- 
sophy or  oratory,  Heind.  Flat.  Fhaed. 
59  A,  oi  iv  ποιήσει  γενόμενοι,  poets, 
Hdt.  2,  82,  oi  έν  νόσφ,  the  sick,  δ 
ιιάντις  fjv  έν  τ^  τέγντι,  in  the  prac- 
tice of  It,  Soph'.  O.  T.'562.— 2.  of  in- 
ward states,  of  feeling,  etc.,  έν  φι?,ό- 
τητι,  έν  ooiy,  II.  7.  302  ;  9,  230  :  these 
phrases  are  esp.  freq.  in  Att.,  e.  g.  έν 
φόβ'ύ  είναι,  to  be  in  fear,  afraid,  έν 
αίσχνντ),  έν  σιωπ•η,  etc.  ;  also  έν  όργ•η 
ίχείν  τινά,  to  make  one  the  object  of  one's 
anger,  έν  αιτία  εχειν  τινά,  to  blame 
one,  έν  αιτία  είναι,  to  hai'e  tlic  blame,  εν 
τινι  είναι,  to  be  connected  with,  belong 
to:  still  more  freq.  c.  adj.  neut.  έν 
καλώ,  έν  Ίσω,  iv  όμοίφ,  έν  έλαφρώ, 
έν  άσφαλεΐ,  έν  ενμαρει,  for  the  advs. 
καλύς.  Ισως,  ομοίως,  etc..  usu.  with 
εχειν  or  ττοιείσβαι,  Valck.  Hdt.  3, 
154,  Phoen.  1282:  more  rare  in  plur., 
έν  ΰργοίς  for  άργύς.  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  287. 

III.  Op  THE  instrument  or  MEANS, 

esp.  Avith  a  verb,  e.  g.  έν  πνρΐ  ττρή- 
θειν,  II.  7,  429,  cf.  2,  340 ;  17,  739,  έν 
450 


ΕΝΑΓ 

δέσμια  δησαι,  II.  5,  386,  Od.  12,  54, 
etc.,  and  most  freq.  έν  χερσΙ  λαβείν, 
strictly,  to  grasp  it,  so  that  it  is  in  the 
hands  :  and  so  in  almost  all  cases  the 
orig.  signf.  is  traced,  to  put  in  the  fire 
and  bum,  in  fetters  and  bind,  etc.  :  thus 
έν  δφθαλμοΐς  hnav,  to  see  with  eyes, 
i.  e.  take  the  object  in  with  the  eye, 
Trag.  :  metaph.  έν  λιταΐς,  έν  δόλω, 
So])h.  Phil.  60,  102  :  in  Att.  esp.  with 
verbs  of  shewing,  etc.,  δήλόν  έστιν 
έν  ΙεροΙς,  it  is  revealed  in,  i.  e.  by  the 
sacrifices,  so  σημαίνειν  iv  οίωνοίς, 
very  freq.  in  Xen. 

IV.  Of  time,  post-Hom. :  usu.  έν 
τούτω  TO)  χρόνω,  strictly,  within  this 
space  or  period  ;  so  έν  μακρω  χρόνω  : 
freq.  ellipt.  έν  ω,  sub.  χρόνω,  while, 
during  the  time  that,  Hdt.'c,  89,  so 
έν  βραχεί,  έν  τούτω,  in  this  time, 
etc. 

V.  Ellipt.  c.  genit.,  in  such 
phrases  as  έν  άφνειον  πατρός,  11.  C, 
47,  έν  Άλκινόοιο,  Od.  7,  132,  etc., 
esp.  είν  Άίδαο,  II.  22,  389,  Att.  έν 
Άιδον,  etc.,  where  οίκφ,  μεγύρω,  δύ- 
μοις  is  understood  :  sometimes  ex- 
pressed,  II.  22,  52,  Od.  4,  834;  11, 
02  :  this  ellipse  is  also  freq.  post- 
Horn.,  Valck.  Hdt.  1,  35;  7,  8,  and  in 
all  Att. 

VI.  Without  case,  as  adveub, 
very  freq.  in  all  its  sigiifs.  as  prep., 
therein,  thereat,  thereby,  thereamong  ; 
and  hence  moreover,  and  especially, 
very  freq.  in  Hom.,  where  it  is  often 
explained  by  tmesis,  but  cf.  έν  <5'  νπέ- 
ρας  τε  κάλους  τε  πόδας  τ'  ένέδησεν 
έν  αντΡ/,  Od.  5,  260,  cf.  Hdt.  2,  176 : 
we  usu.  find  έν  δέ  joined  in  signf., 
moreover,  especially,  Wess.  Hdt.  1,  18, 
Elmsl.  O.  T.  27  :  also  έν  δε  δη. .  Hdt. 
3,39;  έv(5έ/cα<..Hdt.2,  43. 

VII.  FosiTioN,  έν  sometimes  Ep. 
follows  its  dative,  e.  g.  II.  18,  218, 
Od.  12,  103,  but  most  freq.  in  the  form 
έΐ'ί.  then  written  by  anastrophe  ένι, 
II.  7,  221,  Od.  5,  57 :  nor  is  this  rare 
in  Lyr.,  cf.  Bcickh  v.  1.  Find.  O.  0, 
53.  Several  independent  words  some- 
times come  between  the  prep,  and  its 
dat.,  e.  g.  Od.  11, 115,  and  so  in  prose. 

VIII.  The  omission  of  έχ'  occurs 
as  early  as  Horn.,  esp.  with  names  of 
places,  v.  Schaf.  Bos.  in  voc. 

IX.  for  ενεστι  only  ένί  (written 
ένί)  is  used. 

X.  In  compos,  with  verbs  and  prep, 
usu.  retains  its  signf  of  being  near, 
at  or  in  a  place,  etc.,  c.  dat.,  e.  g.  ένο- 
pav  TLvi  TL,  in  translating  \ve  resolve 
the  compd.,  to  remark  a  thing  in  one. 
In  compos,  with  adjs.  it  expresses 
either  a  modified  degree,  e.  g.  εμπι- 
Kpor,  ένλενκος,  ενσιμος,  rather  harsh, 
whitish,  etc.,  or  else  the  possession 
of  a  quality,  e.  g.  έναιμος,  ένάκανθος, 
with  blood  in  it.  thorny,  etc. — 2.  In 
compos,  έν  becomes  έ,α- before  β,  μ, 
π,  φ,  V'  •■  ^>-  before  γ,  κ,  ξ.  χ :  έλ~ 
before  λ :  and  in  a  few  words  Ip-  be- 
fore p. 

"Ev,  neut.,  and  Ινα,  ace.  masc. 
from  εΙς,  Hom. 

'Έναβρύνοααι,  (έν,  άβρννω)  as 
pass.,  to  be  conceited  or  vain  of  or  in, 
έσβί/τι,  Luc. 

νΈ,νύγαμαι,  (iv,  αγαμαι)  to  admire 
in.  Philo. 

'Έναγγειοσπέρματος,  ον,-=άγγειο- 
σπ..  q.  v.,  Theophr. 

ΎΛ'ΰγείρω,  (έν,  άγείρω)  to  collect, 
gather  together  in  or  with,  Ap.  Rh. 

'Έ1ν(1γε?Μζομαι,  dep.,  (έν,  άγελύζω) 
to  asse^nble  as  a  flock  in,  οικία  Τΐνάς, 
Epict.  ap.  Stob.  p.  74,  20. 

'Evdyy/f,  ές,  (iv,  αγος)=ίν  ΰγει 
ων,   utider  a  curse  or  pollution,  esp. 


ENAE 

blood-guilty,  and  hence  cursed  of  the 
gods  and  an  outcast  among  men,  excom- 
municate :  in  genl.  abominable,  accurst, 
Hdt.  1,  61,  etc. :  εναγής  της  θεον,  an 
offender  against  her  and  under  her 
czirse.  Thuc.  1,  126,  cf.  Aeschin.  69, 
13.— II.  in  Soph.  O.  T.  656,  ivayij 
φίλον,  ace.  to  Erf.  who  has  pledged 
himself  under  a  curse  in  case  of  treach- 
ery, Lat.  saccr,  cf.  Aesch.  Suppl.  123: 
but  ace.  to  Herm.,  quern  criminis  sus- 
pcctum  hahcs. 

'Ένάγίζω,  (έν,  άγίζω)  to  offer,  sacri- 
fice, esp.  to  the  dead,  Lat.  jiarentare, 
Tivi,  Hdt.  1,  167  ;  v.  esp.  2,  44,  where 
it  is  εναγ.  ηρωϊ,  opp.  to  θνειν  θεω. 

'Έΐ'ΰγικός,  ή,  όν,  of  or  belonging  to 
an  εναγής,  χρήματα,  Pint. 

'Ένύγισμα,  ατός,  τό,  (ίναγίζω)  an 
offering  to  the  dead,  Luc. 

Ένΰγισμός,  ov,  ό,  (ίναγίζω)  an  oj- 

fering  to  the  dead,  Lat.  parentatio,  Flut. 

'Έναγ κΰλίζομαι,  (έν,  άγκαλίζημαι) 

as  mid.  to  take  in  one's  arms,  Mel.  109. 

Hence 

Εναγκαλισμό,  ατός,  τό,  that  which 
one  embraces,  a  consort.  Lye.  [ah] 

'ΪΛ'αγκνλάω,   ώ,  (έν,   αγκύλη   II.) 
Xen.,  to  fit  rests  or  poises  (άγκι>7.αί} 
to  javelins,  for  the  purpose  of  throw- 
ing them  by,  c.  dat.  άκοντίοις,  Xen. 
An.  4,  2,  28,  cf.  έναγκν?ύζω. 
'Έvaγκv?Ju,=sq.,  Diod. 
'Έναγκνλίζω,  (iv,  άγκνλίζω)  to  fit 
with  a  poise,  c.  ace.  βέλος,  Polyb.  27, 
9,  5,  by  some  transl.  to  fit  with  a  thong 
=  Lat.  amentare  jacuhim,  but  v.  Diet. 
Antiqq.   s.  v.  :    cf.  έναγκνλάω,  and 
όγκν'/η  II. 
Έι•α}  Ai/l06;,=  foreg.,  Pint. 
'Έναγκωχ'ίζω  (iv,  άγκωνίζω)  to  lean 
on  the  elbow. 

Έΐ'αγλαίζω,  (έν,  άγλιαίζω)  tobedeck. 

More  usu.  in  mid.  =ένο;ί3ρύνο/ί(α, late. 

Έναγρόμεινς,  ένη,  ενόν,  Ep.  part. 

of  syncop.  aor.  pass,  from  ί-ναγείρω, 

assembled  there. 

'Έ,ναγχος.  adv.  (έτ,  ΰγχι)  jxist  now, 
even  now,  lately,  Ar.  Nub.  6.39,  Ecc!. 
823,  yet  more  freq.  in  Att.  prose,  ΰρτί- 
ως,  νεωστί,  προςώάτος  being  more 
poet.,  Valck.  Phoen.  204,  Ruimk. 
Tim. 

'Ενάγω,  f.  -ξω,  (έν,  άγω)  to  lead  in 
or  into,  esp.  to  lead  into  a  proceeding, 
lead  on,  urge,  persuade,  Lat.  inducere, 
τινά,  c.  inf.  Hdt.  3,  1 ;  4,  79 ;  also 
ένά>'.  τινά,  Od.  5,  90,  etc. :  hence — 2. 
C.  ace.  rei,  to  propose,  suggest,  urge  on, 
πόλεμον,  εξοδον,  etc.,  Thuc.  1,  67; 
2,  21.  [«]    Hence 

'Ένΰγωγή,  ης,  ή,  a  bringing  into 
court,  accusation,  late. 

'ΈΛ'άγωνίζομαι,  (έν,  αγωνίζομαι) 
dep.,  to  contend,  fight  among,  τισί, 
Hdt.  2,  160,  etc.  :  γήν  ευμενή  "Έλλη- 
σιν  έναγωνίζεσθαι,  favourable  for 
them  to  fight  in,  Thnc.  2.  74. 

'Έ.να,γώνιος,  ov,  (έν,  άγύΐ')  of,  cem- 
nected  with  a  contest,  fight  Or  game, 
παις.  Find.  N.  6,  23 ;  and  so  freq.  in 
late  prose,  πυκνώσεις,  Polyb.,  νόμος, 
Luc,  κόσμος.  Pint.,  etc.  —  2.  έναγ. 
θεοί,  the  gods  who  presided  over  the 
games,  esp.  Mercury,  Pind.  P.  2,  18, 
Aesch.  Fr.  375. — II.  in  rhetoric,  con- 
teidions,  debating,  veheynent :  struggling, 
energetic,  hence  as  epith.  of  the  Iliad, 
compared  with  the  Odyssey,  Argu- 
ment. Od.     Adv.  -ίως,  Plut. 

'Ένΰδημονέω,  ω,  to  brood  over,  af- 
flict one's  self  about,  τιΐ'ί.  Joseph. 

Ύινΰδολεσχέο).  ώ,  to  prate  about  a 
thing,  Philo  :  also  τινι. 

'Έινϋ.είρω,=^έναίρω,  dub.  1.  in  Ap. 
Rh. 

'Ένάενος,  ov,  (εις,  εν,  ενός)  of  a 
year  old,  Theophr.,  cf.  δίενος,  τρίενοζ• 


ENAK 

'Έΐναέζο,  =  ένανξάνω,  to  make  ίο 
grow,  nourish  in,  rivi,  Nic, 

Ένάερίζω,  {έν,  αερίζω)  to  lift  in  air. 

Ένάέρως.  ov,  (L•,  άήρ)  in  the  air, 
aerial,  ζώα,  Tim.  Locr,  101  C. 

Ένάερος,  ov,  {έν,  ΰήρ)  tinted  like 
the  air,  Plut.  [a] 

Έναθλέω,=  άθλέω  έν,  Diod. :  also 
in  mid.,  Anth. 

'Έ,ναθρέω,=^αθρέα  kv,  to  look  search- 
ingly  on  or  in. 

'Εναίθέρως,  ov,  {tv,  αίθήρ)  in  upper 
air,  M.  Anton. 

νΕναίθομαι,  {έν,  αίθομαι)  to  bum  in, 
TivL,  Qu.  Sin. 

Έναίθριος,  ov,  {έν,  αίθρα)  «ι  open, 
air,  I'heophr. 

Έναιμΰτόω,  ώ,  {έν,  αίματόω)  to 
tinge  with  blood,  make  bloody,  Hipp. 

'Έ,ναιμήεις,  εσσα,  £v,=  sq.,  Anth. 

'Έΐνοίμος,  ov,  {έν,  αίμα)  tvith,  pos- 
sessed of  blood,  Hdt.  3,  29 :  bloody, 
Hipp.,  bleeding,  τραύματα,  Diosc. — 
II.  in  or  of  blood,  Plat.  Tun.  81  Α.— 
ΠΙ.  εναιμον  όάρμακον,  a  medica- 
ment/or stanching  blood,  Hipp.  Hence 

Έναιμόττις,  ητος,  -ή,  the  having  blood 
in  one,  Hipp. 

Έναιμώ07ΐς,  ες,  {έναιμος,  είδος) 
bloody,  like  blood,  Antipho    ap.  Poll. 

Έναίμων,  ov,  gen.  ονος,=  έναιμος, 

Hipp.  ,       .       T, 

Έναίρω,  also  ενναίρω,  Batr.  275 : 
fut.  -ΰρώ  ;  aor.  2  ηναρον,  Eur.  Andr. 
1182,  also  εναρον,  Supp.  821 :  aor.  1 
mid.  ένηρύμην,  hence  3  sing,  έχ'ή- 
ρατο,  Horn.  To  slay,  kill,  freq.  in  Π., 
always  of  slaughter  in  battle :  also 
in  mid.,  just  =  act,,  II.  5,  43,  etc. : 
^ηΐτεροι  έναφέμεν,  easier  to  kill,  Lat. 
leviores  toUi,  11.  24,  244:  in  genl.  to 
make  axiay  with,  destroy,  even  of 
things,  μηκέτι  νϋν  χρόα  κα/.όν  έναί- 
ρεο,  waste,  disfigure  it  not,  Od.  19, 
263 ;  έναίρειν  tto/uv.  Soph.  O.  C. 
842.  Only  poet. ,  and  used  by  Trag. 
mostly  in  lyric  passages.  (Ace.  to 
Buttm.  Lexil.  v.  ΰνήνοθεν  10,  no 
compd.  with  alpu,  but  deriv.  from 
ένεροι,  akin  to  έναρα,  έναρίζω,  and 
so  strictly  to  send  to  the  7iether  world.) 

'Έναίσιμος,  ov,  {έν,  αίσα)  fated, 
sent  by  destiny ,  fateful,  hat.  fatalis,  11. 
2,  353,  Od.  2,  159,  182 :  esp.  in  good 
signl.,  seaso)iablc,  Lat.  opportunus,  II. 
6,  519 :  in  genl.  lucky,  favourable, 
boding  good,  Lat.  faustus,  Ap.  Rh. — 
U.  in  harmony  with  fate  or  law,  right, 
seemly,  just,  έν.  άνήρ,  νόος,  φρένες, 
Hom. :  ορρ.  to  άθέμίστος,  Od.  17, 
3G3,  of.  Aesch.  Ag.  775.  Adv.  -uq, 
fitly,  becomingly,  Aesch.  Ag.  916. 
Poet,  and  mostly  Ep. 

Έναίσιος,  ov,=foreg.,  Soph.  O.  C. 
1482. 

Έναισχύνομαι,  =  αΐσχύνομαι  έν, 
to  be  asha/ned  of  a  thing,  Dio  C. 

Έναιχμάζυ,  {έν,  αίχμύζω)  to  fight 
in,  Lyc. 

'Έναιωρέομαι,  as  pass.,  {έν,  aicj- 
οέω)  to  float,  be  tost,  drift  about  in, 
θα/.ύσστι,  Eur.  Cycl.  700 :  hence — 2. 
to  be  agitated,  always  i>i  Tnotion,  όφθαΑ- 
uoi,  Hipp.    Hence 

'Εναιώρημα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which 
floats  in  or  on  a  liquid,  scum,  Hipp. 

Ένάκανθος,  ov,  (έν,  άκανθα) thorny, 
prickly,  rough,  Theophr.  [ώ] 
t'Ei'a/cif,  another  form  of  έννάκις,  I 

'Κνακμάζο>,=  άκμύζω  έν,  to  bloom  in  \ 
or  among,  τα  ένακμάζοντα  άνθη,  the  ί 
flowers  which  bloom  at  each  season,  Ael.  j 

'Ένακμος,  ον,  =  έν  άκμ^,  in  full  \ 
bloom  or  strength. 

Ένακο/Μσταίνο),  fut.  -στήσω,  {έν,  ι 
άκο/.ασταίνω)  to  indulge  one's  lust  in,  ■ 
Tivi,  Ath.  i 


ENAA 

'Eftt/coffiOt,  αί,  a,  nine  himdred, 
better  form  than  έννακόσιοι,  Poppo 
Thuc.  1,  46.     Hence 

Ένΰκοσιοστος,  ή,  όν,  nine  hun- 
dredth, better  than  έννακ. 

Ένΰκούω,  f.  -σομαι,  {έν,  ακούω)  to 
hear  in  a  place,  c.  gen.  rei,  Hemi. 
Soph.  El.  81. — II.  in  genl.  to  hear, 
take  in  as  with  the  ears,  Hipp. :  to  listen, 
attend  to  a  thing,  Hipp. 

'Ενά?.αζονεύομαι,  {έν,  ΰ/Μζονεύο- 
μαι)  dep.,  to  boast,  vaunt  iti  a  thing, 
Gramm. 

Ένα?.δαίνω,  {έν,  ά?^αίνυ)  to  feed 
up,  rear  in  a  thing  01  place,  Nic.  Pass, 
c.  aor.  mid.  ένηλδόμην,  to  grow  in, 
Tivi,  Id. 

νΕνύλδομαι,  {έν,  *  ύλδω)  dep.,  to 
grow  in,  Nic. 

Ένάλειμμα,  ατός,  τό,{έva?^.είφω)any 
ointment  or  smearing,  Arist.  Probl.   \u\ 

Ένά7.εί~τος,  ov,  anoinied  with, 
Hipp,  [u] :  from 

Ένΰλείόω,  f.  -ψω,  {έν,  αλείφω)  to 
smear,  anoint  with,  τί  TlVl,  Hipp. 

Ένΰ/α'ιθης,  ες,  {έν,  ά/.ηθής)  true, 
accordant  with  truth,  Longin.  Adv. 
-Οως,  truly :  like  truth,  probably,  Luc. 

ΈναΆί-,κ.ως,  ov,  and  in  Ap.  Rh.  η, 
ov,  ίέν,  α?^γΐίΐος)  like,  τινί,  freq.  in 
Horn. ;  in  a  thing,  τι,  e.  g.  θεοϊς  ένα- 
λίγκιος  αυδήν.  Ep.  word  also  in 
Pind.  I.  8,  82. 

Ένύ,/.ινδέω,  ώ,  {έν,  ά?.ινδέω)  to 
roll  iju  Pass,  to  be  involved  in,  συμψο- 
ραΖς.  Hipp. 

'Ενάλιος,  a,  ov,  and  ος,  ov,  Eur. 
Andr.  855,  Hel.  526:  Ep.  and  Lyr. 
also  είνάλιος:  {έν,  αλς)  in,  on,  of  the 
sea,  Lat.  marinus,  Od.,  Pind.,  and 
Trag. :  lying  along  the  sea,  Eur.  Phoen. 
6  :  sometimes  also  in  later  prose,  as 
Arist.  [ά] 

Ένΰ'Μταίνω,  fut.  -ήσω,  aor.  ένή7Λ- 
τον,^άλιταίνω  έν,  Q.  Sm. 

'Eva/J.ayo>jv,  Άά\.=έΓα/.λύξ,  late. 

Ένα/.λάγή,  ης,  η,  {έναλ/.ύσσω)  an 
exchange ;  κατ'  έναλλαγήν,  inter- 
changeably, Tim.  Locr.  99  Β. 

'Ενά7'/.α}μα,  ατός,  τό,  (έναλ/.άσσω) 
any  thing  given  in  exchange :  hence  the 
price,  vcdue  of  Ά  thing,  LXX. 

νΕναλ/.ακτίκός,  ή,  όν,  {ένα/.?Μσ- 
σω)  liable  to  change,  changeable,  Stob. 

Ένα/^.ύξ,  adv.  {εναλλάσσω)  cross- 
wise. At.  Nub.  983. — 2.  alterttately, 
Lat.  vicissim,  Phid.  N.  10,  103  ;  πρύσ- 
,σειν  έν..  to  have  alternations  of  for- 
tune, Hdt.  3,  40,  c.  dat.,  έν.  ττρος- 
ττί-τειν  τι,  to  befall  alternately  icith..., 
lb. :  also  c.  gen.,  Diod. :  but  έν  έμ- 
πίτττειν,  of  two  things  that  fit  into 
each  other,  Arist.  Part.  An. 

Ένύ'λλαξις,  εως,  ή,  =  ένα?Λαγή, 
Arist.  Part.  An. :  from 

'Εναλλάσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  f.  -ξω,  {έν, 
ά/.λάσσω)  to  exchange,  barter,  receive 
in  exchange,  τί  τινί,  one  thing  for  an- 
other, Eur.  Andr.  1028;  μεταβολί/ν 
έν.,  to  undergo  a  change,  Polyb. :  c. 
inf ,  ν•3ριν  τϊρός  μι/λα  ττεσεϊν,  to  turn 
aside  his  fury  so  as  to  fall  upon  the 
cattle,  Soph.  Aj.  1060.  B.  pass,  to  be 
changed,  to  differ  from,  τινός,  lb.  208 ; 
part.  perf.  ένηλ'/Λγμένος,  Lat.  in- 
versus;  but  άρθρα  έν))λ'λα)μένα,  al- 
ternating joints,  Hipp. — 2.  to  have 
trajfic,  be  in  commercial  relations  with, 
ένα?.?α}7/ναί  τινι,  Thuc.  1,  120. 

νΕναλ'/.οιόω,  ώ,  {έν,  ΰ/./.οιόω)  to 
change,  Philo. 

ΈνάΆ'λομαι,  f.  -ϋλοΐμαι,  {έν,  αλ- 
?Μμαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  leap  in  or  on,  to 
rush  at.  77v7aic.  Soph.  O.  T.  12G1,  cf, 
Ar.  Ran.  39  ;  also  ες  τι.  Soph.  Ο.  Τ. 
263;  absol.,Ar.Vesp.  1305:  hence  like 
Lat.  insidtare,  to  trajnple  upon,  tread 
underfoot,  τινί,  Aesch.  Pers.  516. 


ΕΝΑΝ 

"Υ,ναλλος,  ov,  {έν,  ΰ7.7Μς)  changed, 
contrary,  Theocr.     Adv.  -λως,  Plut. 

Ένάλος,  ov,  {έν,  ά?.ς)=^ένά?Λος, 
Η.  Horn.  Αρ.  180. 

i'E;'«/.of,  ov,  ό,  Enalus,  one  of  the 
leaders  of  the  colony  to  Lesbos,  Ath. 
466  C. 

'Εναλνω,=^ά7.νω  έν.  [ϋ",  v.  sub 
άλϋω.] 

Ένΰμάρτητος,  ov,  {έν,  ύμαρτύνω) 
subject  to  sin,  peccable,  Eccl. 

'Εναμι37.ννω,=  αμβλύνω  έν,  to  blunt 
or  dull  in  a  thing,  Plut. 

Ένΰμεί,Βω,  f.  -Φω,  {έν,  αμείβω)  to 
change,  alternate,  Hipp. 

Ένΰμέλγω,  f.  -ξω,  {έν,  άμέ7^γω)  to 
milk  into,  ■γαν7.οΙς,  Od.  9,  223. 

Έναμι7.7Μομαι,  =  άμΰ.λάομαι  έν, 
Themist. :  from 

Ένάμι7.7.ος,  ov,  {έν,  άμιλλα)  in  a 
contest,  rivalling  :  hence  a  match  for 
one,  like,  τινί  and  ττρός  τι.  Plat.  Prot. 
316  C,  Criti.  110  Ε  :  more  rarely 
τινός,  Schaf.  Plut.  5, 150.  Adv.  -/.ως• 
τινί,  equally  with,  Isocr.  234  B.  [a] 

Έναμμα,  ατός,  τό,  {ένύτττω)  a 
thing  bound  or  tied  on,  έν.  άγκύ7.ης, 
the  Lat.  amentum,  Plut. :  hence — 2. 
a  garment,  covering,  εν.  νεβρίδος,  a 
deerskin  cloak,  Diod. 

Έναμοιβαδίς,  3.ά\.=ζάμοΐβαδίς,  al- 
ternately. Αρ.  Rh. 

Έναμττέχω,  (έν,  άμττέχω)  to  clothe 
one  in.     Pass,  to  be  clad  in,  7<,".Philo, 

Ένανα-ανομαι,  {έν,  αναπαύομαι) 
as  pass.,  to  lie,  rest  in  or  on,  to  submit 
to,  acquiesce  in,  τινί. 

Ένανάπτω,  f.  --φω,  {έν,  άνάτΐτω) 
to  tie  in  or  on,  Gal. 

Έναναστρέφομαι,  (έν,  αναστρέφω) 
to  be  conversant  in  or  with,  τινί,  Arist. 
ap.  Stob.  p.  243,  47. 

νΕνανεΰ^ω,  ώ,  χέν,  άνεΰ.έώ)  to 
turn  or  roll  back.  Gal. 

Ένανθρωπέω,  ώ,  {έν,  άνθρωπος)  to 
put  on  man's  nature,  Eccl.      Hence 

Ένανθρώ—ησις,  εως,  ή.  The  Incar- 
nation, Eccl. 

'Ενανθρω—ίζω,:=ένανθρω77έω,ΕοοΙ. 

Ένανθρωττότης,  ητος,  ή,  =:  έναν- 
θρώτησις,  Eccl. 

Έναντα,  (έν,  άντα)  adv.,  opposite, 
over  against,  and  so  in  the  presence  of, 
c.  gen.,  εν.  τίνος  ίστασθαι,  11.  20,  67  ; 
and  so  absol.,  Pind.  N.  10,  123  ;  έν. 
ττροςβ/^-ειν  τινά.  Soph.  Ant.  129S. 
— II.  on  the  other  hand,  on  the  contrary, 
later. 

Έναντι,  {έν,  αντί)  adv.,=foreg., 
LXX.    Hence 

Έναντιαϊος,  οία,  alov,  of  contrary 
nature,  Hipp. 

ΈναντΙβΙος,  ov,  {έν,  αντί,  βία)^^ 
άντίβίος,  opposing  force  with  force, 
struggling  against,  Horn.,  but  only  in 
neut.  as  adv.,  έναντίβιον  μαχέσασ- 
θαι,  στήναι,  μεΐναι,  to  fight,  stand 
agai/ist ;  also  c.  gen.,  έν.  ■:το?.εμίζειν 
τινός,  II.  20,  85.     Only  Ep.  ^ 

Έναντιόβου/Μς,  ov,  {εναντίας, 
βον/.ή)  of  contrary  or  wavering  will. 

'Εναντιογνωμονέω,  ώ,  to  be  of  con 
trary  opinion :  from 

'Εναντιογνώμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος, 
{εναντίας,  ■γτώμ?/)  of  contrary  opinion. 

Έναντιοόρομέω,  ώ,  (ενάντιος,  δρα- 
μείν)  to  run  different  ways,  and  so  to 
tneet  or  cross,  ϋ.7.7.?'/7.οις,  Strab.  Hence 
1Έι•αι-•7ίο<5/3θ,ί/ί<2,  ας,  ή,  a  running  in 
opposite  directions,  opposite  course,  meet- 
ing, Stob. 

Έναντιοδννΰμος,  ov,  {εναντίας, 
δνναμις)  of  opposite  force  or  meaning, 
Gramm.  [i] 

'Εναντίο7.ογέω,  ω,  to  contradict, 
Tivi,  Plat.  Soph.  268  Β  :  and 

'EvavTio7.oyia,  ας,  ή,  contradiction, 
Plat.  Soph.  236  Ε  :  and 

451 


ΕΝΑΝ 

'Έναντιο?.<ν\Ίκός,  ή,  όν,  able,  given 
Ιο  contradict,  Gal. :  from 

ΈναντιοΆόγος,  oi>,  {εναντίας,  λε- 
}'ω)  contradicting. 

^Εναντίον,  adv.  and  prep.,  v.  sub 
ίναντίος. 

Ένανηόημαί,  dep.  c.  fut.  mid.  et 
aor.  ])ass.,  {h'avriog)  to  set  one's  srlf 
agaiiwt,  oppose,  withstand,  witli  arms, 
argument,  or  in  any  way,  τινί,  Ildt. 

7,  49,  etc. ;  περί  τίνος,  about  or  in  a 
thing,  Lvs.  131,  16;  or  sitni)Iy  τινός 
Tivi,  Time.  1,  1.3G,  Xen.  An.  7,  C,  5  : 
foil,  by  μη  ov  c.  inf.,  to  oppose  one's 
doing,  Ao.sch.  Pr.  7B0. — 2.  to  contra- 
dict, deny,  Kur.  Ale.  152;  foil,  hy  ιιη 
ov  c.  inf..  Plat.  Symp.  197  A:  also 
έν.  προς  τι,  Id.  Crat.  390  Ε.— 3.  of 
the  wind,  or  of  circumstances,  to  be 
adverse  to,  τινί,  Soph.  Phil.6l3,Thuc. 

8,  23. 

^Εναντιοττάθέω,  ώ,  to  have  contrary 
properties  or  affections  :  from 

Ένηΐ'τιυζί'ίΟής,  ές,  {ίναντίος,  πά- 
θος) of  contrary  properties,  etc.  Adv. 
-θώς. 

'Εναντίοποιολογικός,  ή,  όν,  {ίναν- 
τίος, ποιος,  λέγω)  making  the  adver- 
sary contradict  himself,  in  argument. 
Plat.  Soph.  268  C,  ubi  al.  εναντιολο- 
γικός. 

'Έναντίοπραγέω,  ω,  {ενάντιος, 
πρΰγος)  to  hold  with  the  opposite  party, 
Diod. 

'Εναντίας,  a,  ov,  {έν,  άντίος)  over 
against,  opposite,  Lat.  adversus,  έν. 
έλθείν,  to  come  to  meet,  11.  6,  251, 
etc.  :  hence  face  to  face,  fronting,  in 
sight  or  presence  of,  Lat.  coram,  Od.  6, 
329  :  in  Horn,  always  c.  dat. :  τάναν- 
τία  τινί,  things  open  to  one's  sight, 
Xen.  Cyr.  3,  3,  45.-2.  in  hostile 
signf.,  against,  opposing,  esp.  in  fight, 
II.  5,  497,  etc.,  usu.  c.  gen. :  ό  ενάν- 
τιος, an  adversary,  opponent,  οι  ενάν- 
τιοι, the  enemy,  Thuc,  etc. — II.  in 
prose  and  Att.,  usu.  opposite,  contrary, 
reverse,  το  εναντίον  and  τα  εναντία, 
the  contrary,  the  reverse  :  usu.  c.  gen., 
as  TU  έν.  τούτον,  the  very  reverse  of 
these  things,  Hdt.  1,  82,  Plat.,  etc. ; 
but  also  τΰναντία  τούτοις,  Plat.  Prot. 
323  D :  also  foil,  by  f/...,  τουναντίον 
όρΰν.  ή  προς?/κει,  Ar.  Plut.  14,  and 
so  Plat.,  etc.,  cf.  infr.  III. :  oft. 
strengthd.,  πάν,  πολν  τουναντίον, 
quite,  much  the  contrary,  Plat.,  etc. 
—  III.  very  freq.  in  various  adv. 
usages  : — 1.  from  Hom.  downwards, 
the  neut.  εναντίον,  very  freq.  as 
adv.,  like  έναντίβιον,  άντίβιον, 
against  or  ίίί  presence  of,  έναΐ'τίον 
μαχέσασβαι,  μίμνειν,  έλθείν,  etc.,  c. 
dat.,  when  the  local  signf  prevails ; 
c.  gen.,  when  that  of  hostility  ;  later 
however  it  is  used  much  like  a  prep. 
c.  gen.,  έν.  τινός  ?^γειν,  coram  aliquo 
loaui,  Thuc.  6,  25,  etc. :  εναντίον 
ώδε,  here  to  my  face,  Od.  17,  544  :  so 
εις  ώπα  ίδέσθαι  εναντίον,  to  look 
one  in  the  face,  Od.  23,  107 :  so  too 
in  prose,  έν.  βλέπειν,  προςβλέπειν 
τινά,  Eur.  etc.,  cf.  εναντα :  in  Att. 
also  c.  art.  τουναντίον,  on  the  other 
hand,  Xen.  Cvr.  8,  4,  9,  εναντίον  ?/..., 
Hdt.  1,  22,  Plat.  Rep.  567  D,  etc. : 
also  εναντία,  as  adv.,  Hdt.  6,  32. — 2. 
in  prose  freq.  also  έξ  εναντίου,  over 
against,  opposite,  Lat.  ex  adverso,  e  re- 
gione,  Xen.,  etc.  :  also  έξ  εναντίας, 
Hdt.  7,  225,  etc.  —  3.  the  regul.  adv. 
-ί'ωζ•,  contrariwise,  c.  dat.,  Aesch.  Enm. 
642';  c.  gen..  Plat.;  έν.  ?/...,  Plat. 
Theaet.  175  D :  έν.  ίχειν,  to  be  ex- 
actly opposed,  Plat.     Hence 

'Έ,ναντιότης,  ητος,  ΐ],   contrariety : 
opposition,  contradiction,  Plat.  Phaed. 
105  A,  etc. 
452 


ΕΝΑΠ 

'Έναντιοτροπή,  rjr.  ή,  dub.  for  sq. 
Ύ.ναντιοτροπια,  ας,  ή,  {ενάντιος, 
τρέπω)  an  opposite  tendency  or  dispo- 
sition, inclination,  prob.  1.  Heraclit.  ap. 
Diog.  L.  9,  7. 

'Έ.ναντιάφωνος,  ov,  {ενάντιος,  φω- 
17/)  sounding  against  or  in  answer. 

'Έναντώω,  ώ,  v.  έναντιόομαι. 
Hence 

Έναντίωμα,  ατός,  τό,  any  thing  op- 
posite or  in  the  way,  an  obstacle,  hind- 
rance, Thuc.  4,  69. — 2.  a  contradiction, 
disagreement,  discrepancy,  Plat.  Rep. 
524  E,  etc.     Hence 

Έναντιωματικός,  ή,  όν,  opposite, 
apprised,  quarrelsome. 

Έναντίωσις,  εως,  ή,  {έναντιόομαι) 
a  contradiction.  Plat.  Rep.  454  A. — 2. 
a  disagreement,  discrepancy,  Isocr.  275 
C,  in  plur. 

ΤΈναντιωτικός.  ή,  όν,  {έναντιόομαι) 
opposed,  c.  dat.,  Stob. 
νΚναντλεω,  ώ,=  ύντλέω  έν,  Philo. 

'Έναξε,  3  sing.  aor.  1  act.  from 
νύσσω,  Od.  21,  122.  ^ 

Έναξονίζω,  (έν,  άξων)  to  fit  with 
an  axle,  prob.  1.  Plut.,  cf.  έμπολίζω  II. 

^Εναο'λλής,  ές,  =  άολλης,  dub.  1. 
Nic,  cf  ί-νομηρής. 

'Έ,ναπαιωρέομαι,  {έν,  άπαιωρέσμαι) 
pass.  c.  fut.  mid.,  to  hang  in  a  place. 

ΤΈναπάρχομαι,  {έν,  άπύρχυμαι)  to 
begin  in,  to  begin,  Aesop.  Fab.l75De  F. 

'Έναπειλέω,  ώ,  (έν,  άπειλέω)  to 
threaten  in  οτ  for  a  thing,  Dion.  H. 

'Έναπενιαντίζυ,  {έν,  άπενιαντίζω) 
to  dwell  a  year  in  a  strange  place,  Par- 
meni.sc.  ap.  Schol.  Med.  277. 

'Έναπεργύζομαι,=  απεργάζομαι  έν, 
to  create,  produce,  contrive  in.  τινί  τι, 
Plat.  Polit.  273  C. 

Έναπερίίδω,  f.  -είσω,  (έν,  άπερεί- 
όω)  to  press  against,  make  to  lean  OX 
push  against :  SO  in  mid.  έναπ.  την 
οργην  εΙς  τίνα,  Polyb. — 2.  also  in 
mid.,  to  struggle  with,  resist,  τινί,  Plut. 
Hence 

ψΔ'απέρεισμα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which 
is  leaned  itpon :  an  impression,  impulse, 
Clem.  Al. 

'Έναπερεύγω,  (έν,  άπερενγω)  to 
vomit  forth,  disgorge,  Philo. 

Έναπεσφραγισμένως,  adv.  perf 
pass.  part,  from  έναποσφραγίζω,  ex- 
pressly, distinctly,  Sext.  Emp. 

Έναπϊ/πτε,  Ion.  for  έναφήπτε,  3 
impf  from  έναφάπτω. 

'Έναπηκε,  Ion.  for  έναφήκε,  3  sing, 
aor.  1  act.  from  έναφί7]μι,  Hdt. 

ΈνάττλωσίΓ,  εως,  η,  {έν,  άπλόω)  the 
resolution  of  a.  thing  into  its  elements. 

'Έναποβύπτω,  f.  -ψω,  (έν,  άπο- 
βάπτω)  to  dip  quite  in,  τι  τινι,  Hipp. 

Ύ.ναποβ}.νζω,  (έν,  αποβλνζω)  to 
sputter,  .spit  out  into,  τινί,  Clem.  Al. 

'ΎJvaπnβpί■χω,  (έν,  άποβρέχω)  to 
steep,  soak  in,  τινί,  Hipp. 

Έναπογεννάω,  ώ.  (έν,  άπογεννάω) 
to  beget  in,  σώματι,  Plut. 

'Έιναπύγράφος,  ov,  inscribed,  regis- 
tered :  from 

Έναπογράφω,  {έν,  απογράφω)  to 
write  down,  inscribe,  εΙς  τι,  Plut.  Pass. 
to  be  inscriberl,  έν  τινι,  Clem.  ΑΙ.   [α] 

'Έ.ναποδείκννμι,  {έν,  ΰποδείκννιη) 
to  display,  manifest  in  a  thing,  oft.  al- 
most =dei/ii't)/ii,  so  in  mid.,  Polyb. 
Pass,  to  be  distinguished,  become  illu.i- 
trious,  έν  τισι,  Hdt.  9,  58,  and  Polyb. 
Hence 

νΕναπόδεικτος,  ov,  vianifcst ;  ex- 
plicit, Arist. 

Έΐ'α— ofjf'u,  f.  -δί/σω,  {έν,  άποδέω) 
to  bind,  fasten  up  in  a  thing,  Hipp. 

Έναποδύομαι,  mid.  c.  perf.  act., 
{έν,  άποδύω)  to  strip  in  a  place,  τόπω: 
metaph.  to  exercise  one's  self  there,  v. 
άποδνω. 


ΕΝΑΠ 

'Κναπσζένννμι,  aLso-j'^tj,  {έν,  άπο• 
ζένννμι)  ίο  boil  in  a  thmg,  Gal. 
'¥.ναποζέω,  f.  -£CTw,=  foreg. 
'Έναπόθεσις,  εως,  ?/,  {έναποτίθημί) 
a  deposit,  Sext.  Emp. 

'Εναποθι/σανρίζω,  {έν,  αποθησαυ- 
ρίζω) to  lay  up,  store  up  in  a  place, 
Philo. 

Έναποθ?.ίβω,  {έν,  άποθλίβω)  to 
squeeze,  press  into,  [i] 

Έναποθντ/σκω,  lut.  -duvoiuai,  {έν, 
αποθνήσκω)  to  die  in  a  place,  εν  νήσω, 
Thuc.  3,  104;  absoL,  Hdt.  9,  65:  to 
die  in  the  midst  of,  βασάνοις,  Alh. 

'Κναποθρανω,  (έν,  άποΟρανω)  to 
break  a  thing  in,  οΐστόν  τοανματι, 
Plut. 

Έναποικοδομέω,  ώ,  {έν,  ΰποικοδο- 
μέω)  to  build  in,  enclose  by  a  wall,  τινά. 

Έναποκάμνο»,  f.  -κάμονμαι,  {έν, 
άποκάμνω)  ίο  be  exhausted  in,  "ψυχ•^, 
Joseph. 

Έναπόκειμαι,  (έν,  άπόκειμαι)  as 
pass.,  to  lie,  be  stored  up  in,  τόπω, 
Plut. 

^Ε,ναποκινδννενω,  {έν,  ΰποκινδν- 
νενω)  to  run  a  hazard  in  or  with,  παιδί, 
Joseph. 

'Έναποκλάω,  f.  -άσω,  {έν,  ιιποΚ' 
λύω)  to  break  off  οτ  short  in  a  thing, 
e.  g.  in  a  shield.  Time.  4,  34.  [ΰσω] 

'Έναποκλείω,  {έν,  ίποκλ.είω)  to  en- 
close in,  τινί. 

'Κναποκλίνω,  {έν,  αποκλίνω)  to  lay 
doum.  in,  έαντόν  στιβάόι,  Philostr. 
Imag. 

Έναποκλύζω,  (έν,  άποκ?ι.νζω)  to 
dip  into,  wash  in,  τι  τινι,  Clem.  Al. 

Έναποκρνπτω,  {έν,  υποκρύπτω} 
to  hide,  conceal  in,  Strab. 

'Έναποκνβενω,^  έναπσκινδυνενω, 
ταΐς  ■ψυχαΐς,  Diod. 

'Έναπολαμβάνω,  f.  -λή-φομαι,  {έν, 
απολαμβάνω)  to  cut  off  and  i?iclude, 
εις  TO  μέσον.  Plat.  Tim.  84  D,  έν  τινι, 
Arist.  Η.  Α. 

Έναπολανω,  {έν,  απολαύω)  to  en- 
joy in  a  place,  etc.,  Plut. 

Έναπολείπω,  {έν,  απολείπω)  to 
leave  in,  εν  Tivi,  Xenocr.  58.     Hence 

'Έ^ναπόΙ-εαΙης,  εως,  ή,  a  being  left 
in,  rcinaining  behind,  xxsea  in  a  rather 
dub.  sicnf.  by  Theophr.  Sens.  62, 
Plut.  2,  134  C. 

Έναπόλη-ψις,  εως,  ή,  (έναπο?.αμ• 
βάνω)  an  intercepting,  catching,  deten- 
tion, Theophr. 

Έναπόλλνμι  and  -λύω,  f.  -ολέσω, 
Att.  -ο?.ώ,  {έν,  άπόλ?ινμι)  to  destroy, 
kill  in  or  among,  Xen.  Hell.  3,  ],  4. 

'¥Λ'απο?Μγέομαι,  {έν,  άπο?.ογέο- 
μαί)  dep.  mid.  to  defend  one's  self  in, 
Aeschin.  17,  18. 

Έναπολούω,  {έν,  άπολονω)  to  wash 
in  a  thing,  Ath. 

Ένοπόμαγμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  cast, 
image :  from 

'Έ,ναπομύσσω,  f.  -ξω,  (έ%>,  άπομύσ- 
σω)  to  make  an  impression  in  or  on, 
Plut. :  pass,  to  be  stamped  on,  κηρώ, 
Plut. 

'Έιναπομένω,  {έν,  απομένω)  to  re- 
main permanently  in,  Tivi,  Clem.  Al. 

Έναπομόργί'ΰμι,  (έν,  <\πομόργνν• 
μι)  to  rub,  wipe  upon,  and  so  to  impart 
e.  g.  colour  to  one,  τί  τινι :  also  in 
Ar.  Ach.  843,  ubi  al.  έξομόργ.    Hence 

'Κνηπόμορξις,  εως,  ή,  an  imbuing, 
tinge,  Theopbr. 

ΎJvaπoμvσσω,  or  -μύττω,  {έν,  άπο- 
μέίσσω)  to  blow  the  nose  upon,  τινί, 
Plut.,  in  mid. 

'Έναπόναμαι,  {έν,  ίπονίνημι)  to 
have  enjoyment  in  a  thing. 

'Έναπονίζω,  f.  -τ/ιω,  {έν,  άπονίζω) 
to  xvash  clean  in  a  thing,  τινί,  Polyzel. 
Dem,  4 :  hence  mid.  έναπονίζεσθαι 
τους   πόδας  έν  τω  ποδανιπτηρι,  to 


ENAP 

wash  one's  feet  in  it,  Hdt.  2,  172  ;  cf. 
1,  138.    Hence 

Ένατΐόνιψις,  εως,  ή,  a  washing  in  a 
thing. 

ΈνατΓοξνω,  (έν,  ΰποξυο))  to  scrape 
into,  Clem.  Λ1.  [ϋ] 

Έναττοπατέω,  ώ,  (,έν,  ά—ο~α~έω) 
ventrem  exonerare  in...,  Ar.  Pac.  1228. 

'Κναποτζλύνω,  (έν,  ΰποτΐΆννω)  to 
wash  away  in,  έν  νγρώ,  Anst.  Sens. 

Έναποττνέω,  f.  -πνενσω,  (έν,  άπο- 
■πνέω)  to  expire,  die  in,  Diod. 

Έ,νατϊθ~νίγω,  f.  -ξονμαι,  (έν,  ά~ο- 
πνίγω)  to  suffocate,  choke  in,  Ath.  [i] 

'ΕνατΓορέω,  ώ,  (έν,  άττορέω)  to  be 
in  doubt,  dub.  ap.  Polyb. 

'Εναπο/!>ρί7Γ-ω,  (έν,  άποβ^ίπτω) 
to  throw  aside,  Diosc. — 2.  to  throw  in, 
as  if  by  chance,  of  phrases. 

Ένα7Γθσι3ένννμι,  fut.  -σβέαω,  (έν, 
άττοσβέννυμι)  to  quench  in  a  thing, 
Arist.  Meteor. 

νΕναποσβεστέον,  verb.  adj.  from 
foreg.  one  7nust  quench  in,  Clem.  Al. 

ΈνατΓοσημαίνω,  f.  -ΰνώ,  (έν,  άττοση- 
μαίνυ)  to  indicate,  point  out  in,  ιστορία, 
Plut.  Mid.  to  impress,  stamp  on  a 
thing,  Clem.  Al. 

Έναττοσττ/ρίζομαι,  (έν,  υποστη- 
ρίζω) to  lean,  fix  one's  self  in  or  on, 
εΙς  TL,  Hipp. 

Έναττοσφύττω,  i.  -άξω,  (έν,  άτο- 
σφάττο))  to  slaughter  in  οτ  among,  τταισί, 
Joseph. 

Έναποσφράγίζω,  fut.  Att.  -ΐώ,  (έν, 
αποσφραγίζω)  to  stamp,  impress  in  or 
on,  TL  εΙς  τι,  Joseph.     Hence 

Έναποσφράγισμα,  ατός,  τό,  an 
impression,   as  of  a  seal,  Clem.  Al. 

[pa] 

Έναποτελέω,  ώ,  f  -έσω,  (έν,  ύπο- 
τεΆέω)  to  accomplish  in. 

Έναποτίθημι,  ί.  -θήσω,  (έν,  άπβ- 
τίθημί)  to  place,  deposit  in,  εΙς  τι, 
Diod. 

ΈνατΓοτίμάω,  ώ,  (έν,  υποτιμάω) 
to  pay  (in  goods)  according  to  valuation, 
τί  TLvi,  Dem.  1253,  9. 

Ένα~οτίνω,  (έν,  αποτίνω)  to  pay 
as  a  penalty,  spend  in  litigation,  in  a 
place,  πόλις  κοινή  έναττ.  χρήματα, 
Ar.  Αν.  38.   [t  in  fut.]  ^ 

Έναποτνπόω,  ώ,  (έν,  άποτνπόω) 
to  stamp,  iynpress  upon,  Plut.     Hence 

Έναττοτυττωτέον,  verb,  adj.,  one 
must  stamp  upon,  Clem.  Al. 

Έναποχράομαι,  fut.  -ήσομαι,  (έν, 
από,χράω)  to  abuse,  τινί,  Dem.  218, 4. 

Ένατνοφάω,  L  -ήσω,  {έν,  άπό,  ψύω) 
to  wipe  in  or  on. 

Έναποφνχω,  f.  -ξω,  (έν,  αποψύχω) 
to  ease  one's  self  in,  euphem.  for  ένα- 
ποπατέω,  Hes.  Op.  757. — Π.  to  give 
up  the  ghost,  expire,  Anth.  [0] 

Ένάπτω,  f.  -ψω,  (έν,  απτω)  to  bind 
or  tie  in,  on  or  to,  τινί,  Eur.  Ion  1491, 
εις—,  Xen.  Cyn.  6,  8.  In  pass.  c. 
ace,  to  be  fitted  with,  clad  in,  etc., 
Αεοντέας  έναμμένοι  (Ion.  tor  ένημμ.) 
Hdt.  7,  69,  όιόθέραν  ένημμ-,  Ar.  Nub. 
72,  etc. :  also  in  mid.,  ό  χορός...  ένα- 
ιράμενος  όάπιόας,  Ar.  Fr.  249. —  II. 
to  kindle,  set  on  fire,  Ar.  Pac.  1225,  in 
pass. — IIL  mid,  to  touch,  reach,  like 
άπτομαι,  Arist.  Metaph. 

ΈΝΑΤΑ,  ων,  τύ,  only  in  plur., 
the  arms,  etc.  of  a  slain  foe,  spoils,  Lat. 
spolia  ;  0Γ,  m  II.  in  genl-,  booty,  spoil, 
like  λάφυρα,  6,  68  ;  9, 188,  Ep,  word, 
used  also  by  Soph,  Aj.  177.  (Cf. 
ίναίρω.) 

Ένΰράσσω,  f,  -ξω,  (ίν,  άράσσω)  to 
gtrike,  dash  against,  εις  τι,  A  pp. 

Ένύργει,  impf.  Dor. from  ένεργέω 
for  ένί/ργει,  Theocr, 

^Ενάργεια,  ας,  ή,  (εναργής)  clear- 
ness, distinctness.  Plat.  Polit.  277  C  : 
eep.  iu  Hhet.,  clearness,  perspicuity, 


ENAP 

vivid  description,   Dem.  Phal. — Π.  a 
clear  view,  Polyb. 

Ένύργι/μα,  ατός,  τό,  a  thing  seen 
clearly,  phenomenon,  Epicur.  ap.  Diog. 
L.  10,  93  :  from 

Έναργί/ς,  ες,  clear,  distinct,  visible, 
in  bodily  shape,  Hom.,  esp.  of  the 
gods  appearing  in  their  own  actual 
forms,  II.  20, 131,  Od.  7,  201  ;  16,  161. 
cf  εμφανής :  of  a  vivid  dream  or 
vision,  Od.  4,  841,  Hdt.  5,  55,  etc.— 2. 
bright,  brilliant,  splendid,  Pind.  O.  7, 
76. — 3.  of  words,  etc.,  clear,  distinct, 
plain,  manifest,  of  an  omen  or  oracle, 
Aesch.  Pr.  663 :  freq.  in  prose,  έν. 
άπόδειξις,  μαρτύρων,  σημείον,  a 
clear,  plain  proof,  etc. — II.  act.  clearly 
showing,  setting  forth,  revealing.  Adv. 
-γως,  Ar.  Eq.  1173.  (.\cc.  to  some 
from  αργός,  αργής,  bright,  others 
from  έν  έργω,  real.)     Hence 

Έναργότι/ς,  ητος,  ή,=  ένάργεια. 

ΈνάρεεςΟΐ  Ένύριες,  οι,  also  Ένα- 
ρέες,  the  Enarets,  prob.  a  Scythian 
νίοιά,^^ΰνδρόγννοι :  esp.  a  band  who 
plundered  the  temple  of  Aphrodite 
(Venus)  Urania  at  Ascalon,  and  were 
thus  smitten  by  the  goddess,  Hdt.  1, 
105,  ubi  cf  Bahr  :  they  asserted  that 
she  had  given  them  prophecy  in  com- 
pensation, Id.  4,  67,  as  in  the  story 
of  Teiresias. 

νΕναρέτη,  ης,  ή,  Enarlte,  daughter 
of  Deimachus,  and  mother  of  Sal- 
moneus,  ApoUod.  1,  7,  3  :  from 

'Ενάρετος,  ov,  adv.  έναρέτως,  (έν 
αρετή)  excellent,  Hdn.  [ΰ] 

Ένάρηρώς,  via,  ός,  part.  perf.  2  of 
^ένάρω,  fitted,  Od. 

Ένΰρηόόρος,  ov,  (ίναρα,  φέρω) 
ivearing  the  spoils,  Anth. ;  in  Hes. 
έναρφόρος.    Hence 

ΥΕναρηφόρος,  ου,  ό,  Enarephorus, 
son  of  Hippocoon,  Apolld.  3,  10,  5, 
Plut.  Thes.  31  for  Έναρσφ. 

Έναρθρος,  ov,  (έν,  άρθρον)  limbed, 
jointed,  Aretae. :  esp.  of  speech,  arti- 
culate, opp.  to  mere  sounds,  Diod. 
Adv.  -θρως. 

Έναρίζω,  f.  -ξω,  (έναρα)  to  strip, 
spoil  a  slain  foe,  Lat.  spoliare,  τινά, 
II.,  c.  dupl.  ace.  pers.  et  rei,  έναρίζειν 
τινά  εντεα,  τεύχη,  to  strip  one  of  his 
arms,  II.  17,  187 ;  22,  323  :  elsewh. 
σκνΆεύω :  in  genl.  to  slay  in  fight, 
Hes.  Sc.  194,  and  in  genl.  to  slay, 
Aesch.  Ag.  1644  :  hence  in  pass,  νΰζ 
έναρίζομίνα,  night  put  to  death,  i.  e. 
brought  to  an  end.  Soph.  Tr.  94. 

Ένΰριθμέω,  ώ,  (έν,  άριθμέω)  to 
count,  reckon,  number  in  or  among  ;  in 
genl ..  to  reckon, account,  οί'δέν,  as  noth- 
ing. Soph.  O.  T.  1188.  Mid.=ev  αρ- 
ιθμώ ποιείαθαι,  to  make  account  of, 
value,  Eur.  Or.  623.     Hence 

'Ενάρίθμητος,  ov,  reckoned  among, 
counted,  v.  1.  in  LXX. 

Ένΰρίθμιος,  ov,  (έν,  αριθμός)  reck- 
oned'in,  to  make  up  a  number,  Od.  12, 
65  ;  also  counted  among,  i.  e.  among, 
τισί,  Theocr.  7,  86. — II.  taken  into  ac- 
count, valued,  Lat.  in  numero  habitus, 
έν.  πολέμω  έναρ.,  II.  2,  202. 

Ένάριθμος,  ov,— foreg.  II.,  Plat. 
Soph.  258  C,  Phil.  17  Ε  :  poet,  also 
ένήριθμος.  Call.  Fr.  127. 

'Ενΰρίμβροτος,  ov,  (έναίρω,  βρο- 
τός)  homicidal,  warlike,  Pmd. 

Ένΰριστάω,  ω,  f.  -Υ/σω,  {έν,  άρισ- 
τάω)  to  make  a  breakfast,  Hipp. 

Έναρμόζω,  and  -ττω,  f.  -όσω,  {έν, 
αρμόζω)  to  fit,  suit,  adapt,  τινί  τι, 
Pind.  Ο.  3,  9 ;  τι  εις  τι,  Plat.  Legg. 
819  C  :  also  to  fix  a.  weapon  in,  τινί, 
Eur.  Phoen.  1413,  H.  F.  179.— Π. 
intr.  to  fit,  suit,  be  convenient  for,  τινί, 
Ar.  Rah.  1202,  Plat.  Legg.  894  C. 

Έναρμονικός,  ή,  όν,  and 


ENAT 

Έναρμόνιος,  ov,  (έν,  αρμονία)  fit- 
ting, in  accord  or  harmony,  Plat.  Legg. 
654  A,  etc.  Adv.  -ίως. — II.  In  Gr. 
music  the  technical  name  of  a  partic- 
ular melody,  γένος  ox  μέλος  έναρμό- 
viov,  or  έναρμονικόν,  differing  irom 
the  διάτονον,  and  χρωματικόν,  in  the 
intervals  of  the  tones,  Plut. :  cf.  Diet. 
Antiqq.  p.  645. 

'Ενύρμοστος,  ov,  (έναρμόζω) fitting, 
neat,  LXX. 

Έναρμόττω,  v.  sub  έναρμόζω. 
^'Εναροκτάντας,   Dor.  for   έναροκ- 
τάντης,  ό,  (έναίρω,  κτείνω) destructive, 
deadly,  Aesch.  Fr.  144. 

"Evapov,  TO,  sing,  of  έναρα,  but  not 
in  use. 

Έναρόόρος,  ov,  sjTicop.  for  έναρη- 
φόρος,  Hes.  Sc.  192,  as  epith.  of  Mars : 
for  which  others  read  έναροφόρος, 
but  v.  Buttm.  Ausf.  Gr.  "^  120,  Anm. 
11. 

Ένάρχομαι,  f.  -ξομαι,  (έν,  άρχομαι) 
dep.  mid.  :  to  beginwith,  τινός,  Polyb. 
■ — 2.  in  sacrifices,  ένάρχεσθαι  τα  κά- 
να, or  κάνουν,  to  begin  the  offering,  by 
taking  the  barley  (ον'λοχνται,)  from 
the  baskets,  (κανά,  κάνουν)  Eur.  I. 
A.  435,  1471  ;  so  έν.  προχντας χέρνι- 
βάς  τε,  lb.  955,  cf  κατάρχομαι. — II. 
the  act. — 1.  to  begin,  in  LXX. — 2.  to 
hold  office,  Bockh.  Inscr.  2,  p.  280. 

Έναρχος,  ov,  {έν,  αρχή)  in  office,  in 
authority,   App. — U.  in  the  beginning, 
first,  Eccl. 
νΕνάρώ,  fut.  from  έναίρω. 

*Ένάρω,  to  fit  in:  only  used  in  part, 
perf  εύ  έναρτ/ρώς,  with  pass,  signf., 
well  fitted  or  secured,  Od.  5,  236,  and  3 
sing.,  ένύρηρεν,  Arat.  453. 

Ένας,  άδος,  η,  (έν)^μονάς,  an 
unit.  Plat.  Phil.  15  A. 

Ένασελγαίνω,=^ΰσε?ι.γαίνω  έν,  to 
be  wanton,  insolent  in  or  among,  Diod. 
S.  Pass,  to  be  treated  with  insult  in  a 
thing,  prob.  1.  Ar.  Vesp.  61. 

Ένασκέω,  ω,  (έν,  άσκέω)  to  train, 
practice  in,  Phllo,  in  pass. — II.  to  stick 
or  fix  in,  Joseph. — ΠΙ.  intr.  to  be  train- 
ed, practised  in,  Polyb. 

ΤΕνασμενίζω,  (έν,  άσμενίζω)  to  be 
pleased  with,  to  acquiesce  in,  Philo. 

ΤΕνασπάζομαι,  (έν,  ασπάζομαι)  to 
embrace,  to  submit  to,  Plut. 

Ένασπΐδόομαι,  as  pass.,  (ev,  ασπίς) 
to  fit  one's  self  with  a  shield,  Ar.  Ach. 
368. 

Ένασσαν,  Ep.  3  pi.  aor.  1  οίναίω, 
for  ενασαν,  Η.  Hom.  Αρ.  298. 

Έναστράπτω,  ί.  --φω,χέν,  άστράπ- 
τω)  to  flash  in  or  on,  late. 

Έναστρος,  ov,  (έν,  άστρον)  among 
the  stars,  Achae.  ap.  Hesych. 

Ένασχιιμονέω,  ω,  (έν,  άσχημονέω) 
to  behave  one's  self  unseemly  in,  τινί, 
Luc. 

Ένασχο'^ίομαι,  dep.,  =  άσχολέω 
έν,  to  be  busy,  engrossed  with. 

Έναταϊος,  αία,  aiov,  (ένατος)  on 
the  ninth  day,  Hipp.:  of  nine  days  in 
duration,  Id. :  cf.  sub  ένατος. 

'Ενατενίζω,  {έν,  άτενίζομαι)  to  look 
fixedly  on,  gaze  on,  Heliod. 

Ένατμος,  ov,  {έν,  ατμός)  steaming, 
full  of  vapour,  Diod. 

Ένατος,  η,  ov,  (εννέα)  ninth,  II.  2, 
313:  τα  ένατα,  v.  sub  έννατος :  al 
έναται  Μονσαι,=^έννέα,  Christod.:  in 
prose  only  late,  Schaf  Mel.  p.  32; 
yet  others  think  ένατος,  έναταιος,  etc., 
more  Att.  than  έννατος,  etc.,  Poppo 
Thuc.  1,  46, 1 17  :  poet,  also  εινατος,  II. 
ΥΕνατρεμέω,  ώ,  (έν,  άτρεμέω)  to  be 
or  remain  quiet  in,  Themist. 

Έναττικίζω,^άττικίζω  έν..,  ένατ- 
τικίζουσι  τφ  χωρίω  α'ι  άηδόνες,  the 
niglitingales  smg  in  this  place  like 
those  of  Attica,  PhUostr. 

453 


ΕΝΑΦ 

'Ένανγύζίύ,  f.  -άσο,  {εν,  αυγύζω)  [ 
to  kindle,  li^kt  νρ  in,  Lye. — II.  intr.  to 
shine,  be  seen,  Ael.     Hence 

νΕναύγασμα,  ητης,  τό,  a  lighting  vp, 
illumination,  Philo. 

'Έ,ναυδής.  ές,  and  ίΐ'ανόος,  ov,  {ti', 
αίιδή)  speaking,  living. 

'Έναν?ΜΚθή)θίτις,  κ^ος,  ή,  {h>,  av- 
Χαξ,  ψΟίτάω)  wandering  in  the  fields, 
Anth. 

'EiOi'ZiCiJ,  f.  -σω,  (iv,  ανλίζομαι) 
intr.  to  dwell,  alnde  in...  Soph.  Phil.  33. 
But  more  freq.  in  mid.,  to  pass  the 
night,  rest,  csp.  of  .soldiers,  to  take  up 
night-quarters,  Thnc.  3,  91,  etc.:  in 
ί\ι\\,ννκταέναν?.ίζεσθαι  If.. ,lidt.0,l5. 

'Ενανλιος,  a,  ov,  Uv,  αυλή)  the  in- 
ner, inmost :  if  έναυλία,  the  inwards, 
Hipp.  ^  ... 

Ένανλίς,  ίδος,  η,  (iv,  αν?,ός)  m  or 
071  the  flute,  εν.  γ?ΜΤτίς,  a  mouthpiece. 

Έναν?.ισμα,  ατός,  τό,  [ίνανλίζομαι) 
a  dwelling  place,  abode,  Artemid. 

Έναυλιστήρως-,  ov,  {έναν?ύζομαι) 
to  be  dwelt  in,  habitable,  Anth. 

Έναυλον,  ov,  τό,  {εν,  ανλη)  an 
abode,  Anth. 

Ένανλος,  ου,  ό,  (A)  as  subst. :— I. 
(εν,  ανλός)  a  hollow,  conduit,  a  chamiel, 
of  brooks  or  torrents,  a  water-cmirse, 
II.  16,  71  :  also  a  torrent,  mountain- 
stream,  II.  21,  283,  312.— 2.  said  to  be 
used  for  αν?Μς  in  Anacreont.— II.  {εν, 
αυλή)  a  dwelling,  shelter,  but  in  Hes. 
Th.  129,  and  H.  Horn.  Yen.  74,  124, 
etc.,  only  of  haunts  of  the  gods,  in  the 
country,  hence  σκιόεντες  and  νλήεν- 
τες  ενανλοι :  so  0pp.  calls  the  sea 
ΤΙοσειΰάωνος  ενανλονς,  where  both 
signfs.  are  conjoined.  The  plur.  is 
more  freq.  than  the  sing.,  and  the 
word  chiefly  Ep.,  though  it  is  used  in 
signf.  II.  by  Eur.  Bacch.  122,  H.  F. 
371. 

Ένανίος,  ov,  (B)  as  arij. : — I.  {kv, 
αυλός)  on  or  to  the  flute,  esp.  accompa- 
nying or  accompanied  by  it :  USU.  me- 
taph.,  λόγοι,  φθόγγος  εν.,  speech, 
voice  ringing  in  one's  ears,  still  heard 
or  remembered.  Plat.  Menex.,  235  Β  ; 
so  too,  kv.  φόβος,  fresh  fear.  Id.  Legg. 
678  Β  :  hence,  ενανλον  ην  πασίν, 
δτι..,  all  had  it  fresh  in  memory, 
that..,  Aeschin.  81,  18:  most  freq.  in 
late  prose,  cf.  Ruhnk.  Tim. — II.  (h>, 
ανλή)^=ενανλι,ος,  dwelling  in  dens,  λέ- 
οντες, Eur.  Phoen.  1573:  in  one's  den, 
at  home,  opp.  to  θνραίος,  abroad.  Soph 
Phil.  158. 

Έναυξάνω,  f.  -ξήσω,  (έν,  αυξάνω) 
to  increase,  enlarge,  Xen.  Cyn.  12,  9. 
Pass.  c.  dat.  to  grow  in  a  thing,  Hdn. 

Ένανρος,  cv,  {εν,  avpa)  airy,  expo- 
sed to  the  air,  v.  1.  Theophr. 

Ένανσις,  εο)ς,  ή,  {έναύω)  a  kindling, 
Plut. 

Έναυσμα,  ατός,  τό,  {έναύω)  any 
means  of  lighting  a  fire,  a  jnatch,  spark, 
etc.,  like  έμττύρενμα.  Hence  metaph. 
α  stimulant,  impulse,  Orph. 

Ένανχένιος,  ov,  {εν,  ηνχην)  in  or 
on  the  neck,  βρόχος,  Anth. 

ΤΈ,ναυχεω,  ώ,  {hv,  αΰχέω)  Ιο  glory 
in,  Philo. 

Έναύω,  {εν,  ανω)  to  kindle,  iv.  πϋρ 
ztvi,  to  light  one  a  fire,  give  one  a  lisht. 
Hdt.  7,  231,  Xen.  Mem.  2.  2,  12  :  for 
the  άτιμος,  this  was  forbidden  to  be 
done,  cf.  Soph.  O.  T.  Mid.  τττρ  έναν- 
εσθαι,  to  light  one's  self  a  fire,  get  a 
light,  εκ  τίνος,  from  a  place,  Luc. : 
iv.  TO  βύρσας,  to  kindle  one's  own  cour- 
age. Plat.  Ax.  371  E. 

Έναφανίζω,  fut.  -ίσω  Att.  -ΐύ,  {iv, 
αφανίζω)  to  make  to  vanish,  esp.  in 
pass,  to  vanish  or  he  lost  in,  τινί,  Plut 

ΈναΦά-τω,  {έν,άφάτττω)  to tieup  or 
hang  in  a.  thing,  tl  ες  τι,  Hdt.  1,  214. 
-454 


ΕΝΔΕ 

νΕναφέφημα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which  is 
boiled  down  in,  a  decoction,  Aret. :  from 

ΈναφέιΙιω,  f.  -φήσω,  {tv,  ύττό,ίιΙ'ω) 
to  boil  or  boil  away  in  a  thing,  Hipp. 

Ύ,ναφ'ιημι,  f.  -φήσω.  Ion.  εναπ.,  {iv, 
ύφίηαι)  to  let  loose  in,  let  drop  into,  put 
in,  Hdt.  1,214. 

Έναφροδίσιύζω,  {iv,  άφηοδισιάζω) 
venerem  exerceo  in...  KOprj,  Aristaen. 

'Εΐ'βάφιον,=ίμΙ3.,  q.'v.,  Epich.  p. 
37. 

Ένγετανβί  or  εν  ye  τανθί,  in  Ar. 
Thesm.  640,  by  tmesis  for  ίνταυβί 
γε,  cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  414,  cf.  kv  μεν 
τενΟενί. 

Ένγόνασι,  i.  e.  in  fnll  ό  iv  γόνασι 
καθήμενος  ΰνήρ,  the  kneeler,  a  con- 
stellation in  the  northern  hemisphere, 
Arat.,  ubi  Biittm.,  Bekk.  'εγγόνασι  : 
Cicero  keeps  the  Gr.  name,  Ovid 
translates  it  genunixus,  Vitruv.  ivge- 
niculatus,  una  geniculatus ,  Manilius  in- 
geniclus,  Firmicus  ingenicidus. 

Ένδαδόομαι,  as  pass.,  of  a  pine,  to 
be  choked  by  a  stoppage  of  its  resin, 
Theophr.,  called  by  Pliny  taeda fieri: 
from 

Ένδαδος,  ov,  [iv,  δάς)  resiumts : 
ενδ.  TTfVKTj,  a  pine  choked  by  the  stop- 
page of  its  resin,  Theophr. 

Ένδαίννμαι,=^δαίνυμαι  έν,  to  feast 
on,  Tl,  Ath. 

Ένδαις,  αιδος,  ό,  ή,  {iv,  δαις)  with 
lighted  torch,  Aesch.  Eum.  1044. 

Έδαίω,  {ii>,  δαίω)  to  light,  kindle  in  ; 
metajjh.,  ivδ.  ττόθαν  τινί,  Pind.  P.  4, 
328.  Mid.  to  bum,  glow  in,  Od.  6,  132, 
in  tmesis. 

Ένδάκνω,  f.  -δήξομαι,  {iv,  δάκνω) 
to  bile  into,  esp.  ivo.  στόμια,  of  horses, 
to  take  the  bit  between  the  teeth,  Eur. 
Hipp.  1223:  metaph.  of  sharp  things, 
to  fix  themselves  firm  in,  τινί,  Math. 
Vett. 

Ένδακίτυς,  ν,  gen.  νος,  {iv,  δάκρυ) 
in  tears,  weeping,  Liic. 

Ένδακρύω,  {έν,  δακρύω)  to  weep 
in..,  ένδ.  δμμασι,  Aesch.  Ag.  541.  [on 
the  quantity,  v.  sub  δακρύω.} 

ΈνδάτΓίης,  ία.  lov,  native  of  the  coun- 
try, Mosch.  2,  11.  (Ace.  to  Buttm. 
from  ένδον,  and  άπό,  like  French  de 
chez  sni :  but  prob.  at  once  from  ένδον, 
as  ϊΛλοδαττός,  from  άλλοζ•.) 

Ένδάσυς,  ν,  {έν,  δασύς)  somewhat 
rough,  hairy,  Diosc. 

Ένδάτέομαι,  {έν,  δατέομαι)  dep., 
to  divide,  distribute :  esp.  to  distribute 
one's  words,  ένδ.  λόγους  όνειδιστήρας, 
to  fling  about  reproaches,  Eur.  H.  F. 
218 :  hence — II.  c.  ace.  objocti,  to 
speak  of,  either — 1.  in  bad  sense,  to 
upbraid,  reproach,  revile,  Aesch.  Theb. 
578,  Soph.  Tr.  791  ;  cf.  difl'erre  verbis 
in  Plautus. — 2.  to  tell  of,  Lat.  celehrare, 
Aesch.  Fr.  266,  Soph.  "O.  T.  205.— HI. 
to  tear  in  pieccs,devour,  Lyc.  155. — B. 
also  as  pass.,  in  Nic. 

Ένδαψΐλενομαι,  (iv,  δαψιλενομαι) 
to  show  one's  self  a  όαψιλής,  to  be  libe- 
ral in,  late 

Ένδεεστερως,  adv.  comp.  from  sq. 

Ενδεής,  ες,  {ίνδέω,  -δεήσω)  wanting 
or  lacking  in,  in  need  of,  a  thing,  τινός, 
Hdt.  1,  32,  etc. :  τής  δυνάμεως  ένδεΰ 
πράξαι,  not  to  net  up  to  our  powers, 
Thuc.  1,70:  absol.  in  want,  in  need, 
Xen.  Hell.  6,  1,  3  :  lacking,  deficient, 
poor,  weak,  inferior,  like  νττοόεής,  Hdt. 
7,  48,  Thuc,  etc.;  so  of  things,  ου- 
δέν ενδεές  ποιείσθαι,  to  leave  noth- 
ing unsaid.  Soph.  Phil.  375,  το  ενδεές, 
lack,  want,  defect,-=ivOEia,  Thuc.  I, 
77.  Adv.  ένδεώς,  comp.  ένδείατερον. 
Plat.,  also -pojf,  Thuc.  2,  35.     Hence 

Ένδιια,  ας.  ή,  want,  lack,  δυνάμε- 
ως. Thuc.  4,  \%,  χρημάτων,  Xen.  Rep. 
Ath.   1,  5:   hence  absol.  need,  Lat. 


ΕΝΔΕ 
egestas,  Dem.  312,  24  :  in  plnr.,  wants, 
needs,  ai  σώματος  ένδ.  Xen.  Cyr.  Θ, 
2.  22  ;  also  deficiencies,  opp.  to  νπερ- 
βολαί,  Isocr.  177  Β. 

Ένδειγμα.  ατός,  τό,  {ίϊ'δείκι•νμι)  α 
proof,  Plat.  Grit.  110  Β,  εννοίας  ένδ., 
an  i/islance,  token  ef  good  will,  Dem. 
423,  13. 

Έΐ'δειής.  ές,  Ep.  fw  ίνδεής. 

Ένδείκννμι,  f.  -δείξω,  {iv,  δείκνν• 
μι)  to  mark,  point  out,  Lat.  indtcare, 
Pmd.  O.  7, 60,  and  Plat. :  as  Att.  law- 
term,  to  inform  against,  complain  of,  lay 
an  ενδειξις  against.  Plat.  Apol.  32  B, 
and  Dem. — B.  mid.  to  shmv  forth  one's 
self  or  what  is  one's  oiim,  once  in  Horn., 
Πλ/λ( ifJy  ένδίίξομαι,  ( where  the 
Gramm.  supply  ?ioym')  I  will  declare 
7ny  mind  \,o  Achilles,  lar/  myself  open 
to  him,  II.  19,  83,  cf.  ένδειξις\\.:  so 
too  ένδείιιννσθαι  •γτ'ώμην,  Hdt.  8, 
141. — 2.  ένδείκννσααί  τι,  to  display, 
make  a  show  of  a  thing,  Lat.  prae  se 
ferre,  εννοιαν,  όρετήν,  etc.,  At.  Plut. 
785,  Plat.,  etc. :  hence — ^3.  ένδείκννσ- 
θαί  Tcvi,  Lat.  ostentare  or  vcnditvcre  se 
alicui,  to  display  one's  self  to  one,  ynake 
a  set  ai  him.  court  him,  Dem.  375,  21, 
Aeschin.  84,  fin.,  etc. — 4.  alsoc.  part. 
to  shew,  give  proof  of  doing.  Enr.  Ale. 
154,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  0,  10•.  also,  ένδ. 
ώς..,  δτι..,  to  shew  that...  Plat.  Apol. 
23  B.    Hence 

Ένδείκτης,  ου,  δ,  an  informer,  com- 
plainant, Philostr.  :  and 

Ενδεικτικός,  ή,  όν,  indicative,  τι- 
νός, Gal.    Adv  -κώς,  Id. 

'Ενδειξις,  εως,  ή,  {ένδείκννμι)  α 
pointing  out,  indicating :  esp.  as  Attic 
law-term,  a  laying  information  against 
one  who  undertook  an  office  or  busi- 
ness for  which  he  was  legally  disqual- 
ified, Plat.  Legg.  966  Β  ;  also  the  writ 
of  indictment  in  such  a  case,  Att.  Pro- 
cess pp.  239-46. — II.  a  demonstration, 
display  of  one's  good  will,  εις  τίνα, 
Aeschin.  85,  12. — III.  a  proof  of  inno- 
cence, exculpatio>i,=  άττολογία. 

'Ένδεκα,  οι,  al,  τά,  indecl.  [έν,  δέ- 
κα) eleven,  Hom. — Η.  oi  ένδεκα,  the 
Eleven,  at  Athens  the  board  which 
had  charge  of  the  prisons,  the  police, 
and  the  punishment  of  criminals.  Plat., 
etc.,  cf.  Herm.  Pol.  Ant.  ^  139.— In 
N.  T.  the  Elevc7i  apostles  after  the 
death  of  Judas,  Matth.  28,  16,  etc. 

Ένδεκαετής,  ές,  {ένδεκα,  έτος)  elev- 
en years  old,  Bockh  Inscr.  2,  258. 

Ένδεκύζω,  {ένδεκα)  to  keep  the  elev- 
enth day  as  a  feast,  (Dem.)  1335,  7, 
ubi  al.  σννδεκατενω,  or  σννδεκατίζω. 

Ένδεκάκις,  {ένδεκα)  adv.,  eleven 
ti?nes,  Arist.  H.  A. 

Ένδεκάκ?Λνος,  ov,  {ένδεκα,  κλίνη) 
with  eleven  couches :  κεφαλή  ένδ.,  as 
tongas  eleven  couches,  Telecl.  Incert.  6. 

'Ενδεκάμηνος,  ov,  {ένδεκα,  μί/ν) 
of  eleven  ?nonths,  Hipp. 

Ένδεκύτϊ7/χνς,  ν,  gen.  εος,  {ίτδεκα, 
τΐήχνς)  eleven  cubits  long,  II.  6,  319;  8, 
494. 

Ένδεκάττονς,  6,  ή,  itow,  τό,  gen.  πο- 
δός, {ένδεκα,  ττούς)  eleven  feet  long  or 
broad. 

Ένδεκύς,  ύδος,ή,  {ένδεκα)  the  num- 
ber Eleven,  Plat. 

ΥΕνδεκασύ/.'λαβος.  ov,  (έΊ•δεκα,σνλ- 
?Μβή)  composed  of  eleven  syllables. 

Ένδεκαταίος,  αία,  alov,  {ενδέκα- 
τος, on  or  for  the  eleventh  day,  Hipp. 

Ενδέκατος,  ύτη,  ατον,  {ένδεκα)  the 
eleventh,  Honi. 

Ένδεκήρνς,  ες,  with  eleven  banks  of 
oars,  Ath.  {upu  .'') 

Ένδέκομαι,  Ion.  for  ένδέχ. 

Ένδεκτόν  έστι,=  ενδέχεται  it  is 
possible,  may  be. 

Ενδελέχεια,  ας,  ij,  continuance,  can 


ΕΝΔΕ 

staney,  Lat.  contimiatio,  perenniias, 
Choeril.  p.  109,  ubi  v.  Nake.— Oft. 
confounded  with  έντε?.έχεια  (q.  v.), 
though  quite  unconnected  with  it : 
and 

Ένδε?^χέίί,  ύ,  to  hold  out,  last,  go 
on,  Choeril.  Niike  p.  173. — II.  c.  ace, 
to  prolong,  coniinue.  LXX.  :  from 

^Ενδελεχής,  ές,  coHtinuous,  coiithm- 
al,  unceasing,  constant,  μνήμη.  Plat. 
Legg;.  717  E,  '/,ειτονργία,  Isocr.  An- 
tid.  ^  167  ;  also  in  Plut. :  το  ένόε/.ε- 
χέζ,  constancy,  firmness,  Plut.  Mar.  6. 
Adv.  -χώς,  continually,  constantly, 
Critias  15,  5,  Plat.  Rep.  539  D,  etc., 
and  freq.  m  late  prose.  Oft.  confound- 
ed with  έντε/.εχί/ς,  though  quite  a 
diflereat  word,  v.  sub  ενδε'λέχεια, 
and  cf.  Donald.  N.  Crat.  p.  223. 

Ένδε?,εχίζο),=^  'ενδεΆεχέω,  intr., 
LXX.     Hence 

Έν6έ?.εχισμός,  οϋ,  δ,^=ένδε7^χεια, 
LXX. 

'Έ,νδεμα,  τό,  (ένδέω,  -δήσω)  α  tiling 
bound  on  or  round,  band,  etc. 

'Έΐνύέμυ,  {ίν,  δέμυϊ)  to  wall  up,  ri, 
HdL  3.  117. — iL  to  build  in  a  place,  τί 
Tin,  Theocr.  17,  82. 

ΈνδεξίόομΜ.,  (εν,  δεξιόομαι)  dep., 
to  grasp  with  the  right  hand,  clasp,  em- 
brace, Eur.  L  A.  1473. 

Ένδέξίος,  ία,  lov,  {εν,  δεξιός)  Horn, 
has  only  the  neut.  plur.  ενδέξία,  to- 
wards the  right  hand,  from,  left  to  right, 
usu.  as  adv.,  θεοίς  ένδέξια  ττύσιν 
ώνοχόει,  i.  e.  he  filled  for  all  the  gods 
yrom  left  to  right,  II.  1,  597 :  so  δείξ' 
ένδέξια  τΐάσιν,  II.  7,  181,  and  β-ή  δ' 
Ιμεν  αΐτήσων  ένδέξια  φώτα  έκαστο  ν, 
Οά.  17,365.  The  contrary  procedure 
was  avoided,  as  being  unlucky ;  as 
indeed  it  still  is  by  the  Scots,  who 
call  it  going  withershins,  (i.  e.  widers- 
hin,  like  Germ,  rechtshin,  etc.) :  cf. 
δεξιός :  hence,  ένδέξια  σήματα,  right, 
good  omens,  II.  9,  236,  cf.  επιδέξιος. 
After  Horn,  it  was  used  without 
signf  of  motion=(5ef£Of,  Valck.  Hipp. 
1360.  'Έν  δεξιά,  was  written  sepa- 
rately, where  it  was  opp.  to  εν  αρισ- 
τερά, as  Thuc.  1,  24,  Alb.  Hesych. 

I,  p.  1220. — II.  as  adj.  clever,  expert, 
H.  Horn.  Merc.  454,  and  later,  but 
rare.  Ep.  word,  also  in  Eur.  Cycl. 
6,  but  never  in  prose. 

Ένδέομαι,  ί.  -δεήσομαι,  v.  ενδέω,  f. 
-δεήσω. 

ΥΈ,νδεόντως,  adv.  {ένδέω,  -δεήσω) 
defectively,  too  little,  GaL 

νΐ,νδέρα,  ας,  ή,  Endera,  a  city  of 
jEthiopia,  Strab. 

"Ένόεσις,  εως,  ή,  (ένδέω,  -δήσω)  α 
tying  on,  joining  :  a  joint,  point  of  junc- 
tion, Hipp. 

Ένδεσμα,  ατός,  τό,^ενδεμα. 

Ένδεσμενω,  (έν,  δεσμεύω)  to  bind 
to  or  upon,  TLv'i,  or  ες  τι,  Diod. 

^Έ,νδεσμέω,  u,=foreg.,  Diosc. 

'Ένδεσμος,  ου,  Ό,  (ενδέω)  a  tie,  hand- 
age,  Diosc. :  a  bundle,  hag,  LXX. 

'Έ,νδετος,  ov.  {ένδέω,  -δήσω)  bound 
or  lied  to  a  thing,  entangled  in,  τινί, 
Anth. 

Ένδενω,  (έν,  δένω)  to  dip,  dye,  soak 
in,  βάμματι,  ]\ic.,  in  mid. 

'Ένδέχομαι.Ιοη.  -δέκομαι, ί. -ξομαι, 
(έν.  δέχομαι)  dep.  mid.  : — ίο  take  upon 
one's  self,  Lat.  suscipere,  ταλαιττωρίας, 
Hdt.  6,  11 ;  αίτίαν,  v.  1.  Dem.  352, 26.— 

II.  to  accept,  admit,  approve  of,  σνμ3ον- 
?.ίην,  Hdt.  7,  51  ;  λόγους,  terms  or 
conditions,  Hdt.  1,  60,  and  so  Att. ; 
but  also,  ένδ.  ?.όγον,  to  believe,  Id.  4, 
25,  etc..  ένδ.  λόγον  6~ως..,  to  believe 
that...  Id.  5,  100;  and  absol.  ένδ. 
διτως..,  7,  237. — ΙΉ.  of  things,  to  ad- 
mil,  allow  of,  Lat.  recipere,  /.ογισμον 
ενδεχόμενα,  Thuc.  4,  92 ;  καθ'  όσον 


ΕΝΔ1 

φύσις  ενδέχεται,  as  much  as  our  na- 
ture admits  of.  Plat.  Tim.  69  A,  90  C  : 
and  c.  inf.,  ένδ.  α)2.ως  έχειν,  to  admit 
of  being  otherwise,  Arist.  :  hence — 2. 
ενδέχεται,  impers.  it  may  be,  it  is  pos- 
sible, c.  inf ,  Thuc.  1, 124,  Plat.,  Dem., 
etc. — 3.  it  frequently  happens,  Ύhuc.  1, 
140:  part,  ενδεχόμενος,  ένη,  ενόν, 
possible,  feasible,  τά  ένδ.,  things  possible, 
έκ  τών  ενδεχομένων,  by  every  possible 
means,  Xen.  Mem.  3,  9, 4  ;  αϊ  ένδεχό- 
μεναι  τιμωρίαι,  the  appropriate  punish- 
ments, Lycurg.  164,  38  :  of  events, 
contingent,  Arist. 

Ενδεχομένως,  adv.  from  foreg.,pos- 
sibly,  ap.  Dem.  283,  5. 

'Ενδέω,  f.  -δήσω,  {έν,  δέω)  to  bind 
in,  on  or  to,  τι  έν  τινι,  Od.  5,  260,  εις 
τι.  Plat.  Tim.  43  A:  more  usu.  τί  τινι. 
At.  Ach.  929,  etc.  ;  so  too  metaph. 
Ζενς  ένέδζ/σέ  με  uTy,  he  has  bound  me 
to..,  entangled  me  in  it,  II.  2,  111,  cf. 
Soph.  O.  C.  526 ;  τον  πόσιν  δρκοις 
ένδεϊσβαι,  Eur.  Med.  163  ;  and  so  in 
pass.,  ένδεδέσθαι  όρκίοις,  Hdt.  3, 19  : 
in  mid.  also  absol.,  to  tie  or  pack  up. 
At.  Ach.  905. 

Ένδέω,  f.  -δεήσω,  (έν,  δέω)  to  be  in 
want  of,  deficient  in,  τινός,  Eur.  I.  A. 
41,  Plat.,  and  Xen. :  so  too  in  mid.. 
Plat.  Polit.  311  A,  Xen.  Cyr.  2,  2,  26, 
etc.  :  also  to  be  wanting,  to  fail,  be  de- 
ficient, τινί,  and  absol.,  Plut. :  hence 
— II.  impers.  ένδεί,  there  is  need  or 
want,  there  fails,  c.  gen.  rei,  ττο/,/οϋ, 
ττλέονος,  b'/lyov,  etc..  Plat.,  cf  δεΙ : 
άπαντος  ένδεΙ  τοϋ  πόρου,  there  is  an 
utter  failure  of  resources,  Dem.  14, 
23  ;  c.  dat.  pers.,  πολ/.ών  ένέδει  av- 
τώ,  he  had  need  of,  was  wanting  in 
much,  Xen.  An.  7,  1,  41. — III.  mid. 
ένδέομαι,  to  want,  be  in  need  of,  τινός, 
freq.  m  Xen. 

ΥΕνδιμς,  Dor.  Ένδαις,  ίδος,  ή.  En- 
dits,  daughter  of  Chiron  and  Chari- 
clo,  was  married  to  Aeacus,  to  whom 
she  bore  Peleus,  Pind.  X.  5,  21, 

Ένδη/.ος,  ov,  (έν,  δήλος)^δή}.ος, 
manifest,  clear.  Soph.  Ant.  405,  Thuc. 
2,  64.  Adv.  -λως,  superl.  -ότατα, 
Thuc.  1,  139. 

Ένδημέω,  ώ,  (ενδημος)  to  live  at  or 
in  a  place,  Lys.  114,  36. 

Ένδημία,  ας,  ή,  (ένδημος)  a  dwell- 
ing, sojourning  any  where,  Bockh.  In- 
scr.  1,  652. — II.  in  Eccl.,  the  Incarna- 
tion. 

Ένδήμιος,  ov,=  ένδημος,  Opp. 

Ένδημιονργέω,  ώ,  =  δημιονργέω 
έν,  to  work,  make  or  contrive  in,  τινί, 
Plut. 

'Ενδημος,  ov,  (έν,  δήμος)  among 
OTie's  people,  at  home,  Aesch.  Cho.  570 : 
a  native,  countryman,  opp.  to  ξένος, 
Hes.  Op.  223,  Theogn.  792,  etc.  :  at- 
tached to  home,  Thuc.  1,  70  :  βοή  ένδ., 
intestine  war,  Aesch.  Supp.  682. — II. 
of  or  belonging  to  a  state  or  people, 
άρχαί,  Thuc.  5,  47. — 2.  peculiar  to  a 
people,  endemic,  νοσήματα,  Hipp. 

Ένδιαβά7.7.ω,  (έν,  διαβύ/.λω)  to 
calumniate  in  a  matter,  Ctes. 

Ένδιάγω,  f.  -ξω,  (έν,  διάγω)  snb. 
τον  βίον,  to  pass  one's  time,  live,  Anth. 
[ά] 

Ένδΐΰ,εριανερινήχετος,  ov,  (ένδιος, 
αήρ,  ΰνήρ,  νήχω)  comic  word,  coined 
by  Ar.  Pac.  831,  in  ridicule  of  the 
Dithyrambic  poets,  of  men  that  float 
aloft  inair:  but  the  reading  is  uncertain. 

Ένδΐύ!^ω,  (ένδιος  I.)  to  pass  the  af- 
ternoon. Plut.  Rom.  4. 

Ένδιάθετος,  ov,  (έν,  διατίθημι)  con- 
ceived and  residing  in  the  mind :  ένδ. 
λόγος,  a  conception,  thought,  opp.  to 
προφορικός  λ.,  an  expression,  word, 
Plut.  :  hence  applied  to  the  Divine 
Logos  by  Eccl.    Adv.  -τως  λέγειν,  to 


ΕΧΔΙ 

speak /rom  the  heart,  to  use  no  vain 
words,  Rhet. — II.  βιβλίον,  a  canonical 
book,  prob.=ij^  ry  όιαθήκ-η,  Eccl. 

ΈνδιαΘρνπτομαι,  as  pass.,  (έν,  διά, 
θρνπτω)  to  play  the  coquet  with,  trifle 
with,  τινί,  Theocr.  3,  36. 

Ένδϊαιτάομαι,  Ion.  -touai,  f.  -ήσο 
μαι,  dep.  pa-ss.  c.  fut.  mid.,  (έν,  διαι- 
τάω)  to  live  or  dwell  in  a  place,  έν.., 
Hdt.  8,  41,  παρά  τινι,  Thuc.  2,  43i 
Hence 

'Ενδιαίτημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  dwelling- 
place,  Dion.  H. 

Ένόιακειμένως,  adv.  (έν,  διύκεί 
μαι)=ένδιαΟέτως,  Rhet. 

Ένδιακοσμέω,  ώ,^διακοσμέω  έν, 
to  dispose  or  arrange  in. 

Ένδιαλλύσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  f.  -ξω, 
(f  J',  δια/.'/Ασσω)  to  change,  alter,  Arist. 
Physiogn. 

Ένδιαμένω,  (έν,  διαμένω)  to  remain 
in  a  place,  Dion.  H. 

Ένδιαπρέπω,  (έν,  διαπρέπω)  to  be 
noted,  distinguished  in,  τινί,  Diod. 

Ένδιάσκενος,  ov,  (έν,  διασκευή) 
διήγησις,  in  Rhet.,  an  elaborate  highly 
wrought  statement.     Adv.  -ως. 

Ένόιασπείρω,  ί.  -ερώ,  {έν,  διασπεί- 
ρω) to  sow  or  scatter  through  or  amone, 
Plut. 

νΕνδιαστέ7.7Μμαι,  (έν,  διαστέλΤίω) 
to  explain,  Stob. 

'Ενδιατάσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  fut.  -ξω, 
(έν,  διατάσσω)  to  arrange  in  thorough 
order,  esp.  to  draw  up,  στρατόν,  Hdt. 
7,  59. 

'Ενδιατρίβω,  f.  -ψω,  (έν,  διατρίβω) 
to  spend,  consume,  χρόνυν,  Ar.  Ran. 
7] 4,  Thuc.  2,  85  :  but  usu.,  sub.  jpo- 
vov  or  βίον,  to  spend  time  in  a  place 
or  on  a  thing,  to  waste  time,  delay, 
Thuc.  5,  12,  Plat.,  etc. :  έαν  έντρί- 
βειν  την  Μην  έν  τινι,  to  let  one's 
eyes  linger  on  it,  Xen.  Cyr.  5,  1,  16. 
[-pi]    Hence 

Ένδιατριπτέον,  verb,  adj.,  one  must 
dwell  upon,  τινί,  Luc. 

Ένδιατριπτικός,  ή,  όν,  (ενδιατρί- 
βω) dwelling  on,  constant  to,  τινί,  Μ. 
Anton. 

Ένδιαφθείρω,  f.  -ερώ,  {έν,  διαφθεί- 
ρω) to  destroy  in,  as  a  child  in  the 
womb,  Hipp. 

Ένδιαχειμάζω,  f.  -άσω,  (έν,  διαχει- 
μάζω) to  winter  in  a  place,  Strab. 

Ένδΐάω,  ώ,  (ένδιος)  to  take  the  air, 
repose  in  the  open  air :  in  genl.  to  lin- 
ger in,  haunt  a  place,  c.  dat. ;  also  in 
H.  Hom.  32,  6,  in  mid. ;  cf  Ruhnk. 
Ep.  Cr.  79. — II.  trans.,  ποιμένες μή7.α 
ένδιάασκον.  shepherds  let  their  sheep 
out,  i.  e.  to  feed,  Theocr.  16,  38. 

ΈνδΙδάσκω,  (έν,  διδάσκω)  to  teach, 
dub. 

'Ενδιδύσκω,^=ένδύω,  to  put  on,  τινά 
τι,  LXX.     Pass,  to  wear,  τί,  Ν.  Τ. 

Ένδίδωμι,  f.  -δώσω,  ('εν,  δίδωμι)  to 
give  in,  variously. — I.  to  give  into  one's 
hands,  give  up  to  one,  to  surrender,  τινά 
or  τί  τινι,  Eur.  Cycl.  510,  Plat. :  etc. : 
εαυτόν  τινι,  to  give  one's  self  up,  sur- 
render one's  self,  Eur.  Tro.  087,  Ar. 
Plut.  781  :  to  surrender  a  city,  Xen. 
Hell.  7,  4,  14 :  to  give  up  as  lost,  throw 
up,  Thuc.  7,  48,  etc.— II.  like  παρέ- 
χειν,  to  afford,  Lat.  praebere,  αόορμήν, 
Eur.  Hec.  1239.  /.αβήν,  Ar.  Eq.  847  : 
also  to  admit,  allow,  grant.  Eur.  Andr. 
965,  τινί  τι,  Isocr.  136  C  :  to  cause, 
7.νγξ  σπασμυν  ένδιδονσα.  Thuc.  2, 
49,  πρόφαση;  Thuc.  2,  87,  etc.— UI. 
to  shew,  exhibit,  give  proof  of,  πιστότη- 
τα και  δικαιοσννην  ένέδωκαν,  άχαρι 
δ'  ουδέν,  Hdt.  7,  72,  μα7.ακ!)ν  ουδέν 
ένδιδόναι,  to  shew  no  sign  of  flagging, 
Hdt.  3,  51,  105,  ubi  v.  yalc£,  Ar. 
Plut.  488,  cf  Eur.  Hel.  508  :  hence— 
IV.  intr.  to  give  in,  give  up,  give  way, 
455 


ΕΝΔΟ 

surrmdcr,  freq.  in  Thuc,  as  2,  81,  cf. 
Hdt.  1,  91 :  to  flag,  fail,  Arist.  Gen. 
An. — 2.  of  things,  to  cease,  prob.  1. 
Soph.  O.  C.  1075  ;  and  so  freq.  of  fe- 
vers, etc.,  to  remit,  Hipp.,  v.  Foes. 
Oecon. — 3.  of  trees  and  the  like,  to 
yield,  be  pliant,  flexible,  Arist.  Probl. — 
4.  to  sink,  fall  in,  of  a  funeral  pile, 
Theophr. — V.  of  a  river,  to  disembogue, 
empty  itself,  Hdt.  3,  117:  cf.  ίκόίόωμι. 
—  Vl.  to  strike  a  note,  prelude,  cf.  iv- 
όόσιμος. 

νΕί'όίεσαν  for  ενεδίεσαν,  3  pi.  im- 
perf  from  ίνδίημι,  11. 

Ύ.νδίίμα,),  (έί',  διήκω)  to  pervade, 
as  the  common  essence  does  a  whole 
class  of  things,  έι>  τιιη,  Sext.  Emp. 

Ένδίημι,  {εν,  δίημι,  δίεμαι,  δίω)Ιο 
chase,  pursue,  like  όιώκο),  οίο :  only  in 
3  pi.  impf.  ίνδίεσαν  for  ενεδίεσαν,  U. 
18,  581,  V.  δίω.  [δϊ] 

Ένδικος,  ov,  (kv,  δίκη) — I.  of  things, 
according  to  right,  fair,  right,  just,  Pind. 
P.  5,  138,  and  Trag. :  legal,  e.  g.  iv 
όίκος  ήμερα,  a  day  of  trial,  court  day, 
Lat.  dies  fastus. — 2.  right,  true,  rovv- 
ύικον=τό  αληθές.  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  1158. 
— Π.  of  persons,  righteous,  juJtt,  upright, 
=δίκαιος,  Aesch.  Eiun.  C99,  Plat. 
Legg.  915  D  :  so  too,  ενδ.  πόλίτ,  a 
well-governed  state.  Plat.  Hipp.  Maj. 
292  B. — 2.  possessed  of  right,  τίς  εν- 
δικώτερος ;  who  has  a  better  right,  or 
more  reason  ?  Aesch.  Theb.  673. — III. 
Adv.  -κως,  right,  with  justice,  fairly, 
Trag.  Comp.  ένδικωτέρως  and  -ώτε- 
ρυν.  Eur. ;  superl.  -ώτατα,  Id. 

Ένδίνα,  (jv,  τά,  the  entrails,  Lat. 
intestina,  only  in  11.  23,  806,  ψανειν 
ένδίνων.  where  others  interpr.  it,  any 
part  of  the  body  luhich  is  covered,  as  here 
by  the  mail.  (From  έν,  ένδον,  like 
έντερα.) 

'Κνδϊΐ'ενω,  and 

Έΐ'δΐΐ'έω,  ώ,  {εν,  δινέω)  to  roll,  move 
about,  όμματα,  Hipp. —  II.  to  revolve,  go 
about,  Theocr.  15,  82. 

Ένδίο?.κος,  ov,  {έν,  διά,  ίλκω)  at- 
tractive, Philo. 

Ένδίον,  ου,  τό,  a  place  of  sojourn  in 
the  open  air,  ενδια  ττέτρης,  of  a  grotto, 
0pp. ;  ενδίον  ευφροσύνης,  seat  of  joy- 
ousness.  epith.  of  a  wine-cask,  Anth. 
Only  poet.  [Γ]     Strictly  neut.  from 

'Ϋ,νδιος,  ov,  at  midday,  at  noon,  Iv- 
διος  ήλθεν,  Od.  4,  450 ;  so  too,  ένδιοι 
ίκόμεσθα,  II.  11,  725;  and  more  freq. 
in  later  Ep.  :  ίνδιον  ήμαρ,  ες  ένδιον, 
noon.  A]).  Rh.  1,603;  —οτΙ  τω^'δίον, 
Call.  Cer.  39;  hence  ένδι.ύζω.  [<  in 
Horn.,  and  usu.,  but  Tin  Ap.  Rh.  4, 
1312,  Call.  1.  c.]— II.  in  the  open  air, 
V.  foreg.  [t  usu.]  (From  Ζενς,  Αιός, 
Lat.  sub  divo  or  dio,  Hor.  sub  Jove,  the 
lower  region  of  the  air  being  esp.  his 
province.) 

ΫΈνδιος,  ου,  ό,  Endius,  masc.  pr.  n., 
Thuc,  Dem.,  etc. 

'Έ,νδίφρως,  ov,  {ίν,  δίφρος)  sitting 
on  the  chariot-seat,  or  in  genl.  on  a  seat ; 
hence,  sitting  at  a  table  with  one,  a 
messmate,  Xen.  An.  7,  2,  38. 

Ενδογενής,  ες,  {ένδον,  γενέσθαι) 
born  in  the  house,  like  οϊκογενής,  esp. 
=Lat.  verna,  Bockh  Inscr.  1,  p.  828. 

Έΐ'δοθεν,  adv.  {ένδον)  from  within 
outwards.  Od.,  and  Att. ;  esp.  from  the 
interior  ci/"the house,  etc. :  c.  gen.,ίvδo- 
θεν  στέγης  ίξο  —αρήκειν,  from  the  in- 
terior of  the  tent.  Soph.  Aj.  711  :  also 
— II.  ivithin,  c.  gen.,  αυλής.  II.  6,  247, 
οίκον,  Hes.  Op.  521  ;  and  so  freq.  ab- 
sol.  in  .\tt. :  01  ενδοθεν,  those  within 
the  house,  the  servants,  Ar.  Plut.  223, 
964:  τα  ενδοθεν,  Thuc.  8,  71,  τάν- 
δοθεν.  Plat.  Phaedr.  279  Β,  within,  at 
home,  etc. 

'Έ>νδοθί,  adv.,  within,  Horn.  usu. 
456 


ΕΝΔΟ 

ίνδυθι  θυμός :  also,  at  home,  Od.  5, 
58 :  sometimes  c.  gen.,  ενδοθι  ττύρ- 
γων,  II.  18,  287,  νήσου,  Hes.  Fr.  37. 
Only  Ep. 

Ένδοι,  Acol.  for  Ινδοθι :  cf.  οίκοι. 
The  Syracusans  accented  ίνδοϊ  v. 
Herodian  ap.  Dind.  Gr.  Gr.  1,  p.  7, 
Buttni.  Ausf.  Gr.  φ  116,  8  η,  Goettl. 
Ace.  ()  36,  4. 

Ένδοα'ύο),  {Iv,  δοιάζω)  to  be  in 
doubt,  at  a  loss,  Thuc.  1,  36,  to  waver. 
Id.  6,  91  :  also  in  pass.,  of  things,  έν- 
δοιασθή ναι,  to  be  matter  ofdovht, Thuc. 

I,  122  ;  hut  the  same  tense  also  c.  act. 
signf.,  Valck.  Diatr.  p.  109.  (Ace.  to 
Buttm.  Lcxil.  voc.  δέαται  2,  not  a 
regul.  compd.,  but  a  verb  formed  from 
the  phrase  έν  δοίί/.)    Hence 

Ένδοιάσιμος,  ov,  doubtful,  Luc. 
Adv.  -μως,  ένδ.  εχειν  περί  τίνος,  to  be 
in  doubt  about  a  thing,  Joseph. 

'Κνδοίΰσις,  εως,  ή,  and  ενδοιασμός, 
οϋ.  ό,  {ένδοιάζω)  doubt,  uncertainty. 

Ένδοιαστής,  ov,  ό,  {ένδοιύζο))  α 
doubter,  Phiio. 

Ένδοιαστικός,  η,  όν,  (ένδοιύζω) 
doubting,  dubious.     Adv.  -κως. 

Ένδοιαστός,  ή,  όν,  {ένδοιάζω) 
doubtful,  ambigumts,  Hipp.  Adv.  -τώς, 
Hdt."7.  174,  and  Thuc. 

νΕνδοίος,  ov,  b,  Endoeus,  an  artist 
of  Athens,  Paus. 

Ένδομα.  ατός,  τό,  {ένδίδωμί)  a  dim- 
inution, οί  iexer.  Gal. 

Ένδαμάχης,  ου,  ό,  Dor.  -χας,  {έν- 
δον, μάχομαι)  fighting,  bold  at  home, 
epith.  οϊ  a  dung-hill  cock,  Pind.  O. 
12,  20.  [uj 

Ένδομενία,  ας,  ή,  also  ένδνμενία, 
Macedon.  word,  a  stock  of  anything, 
plenishing,  Lat.  supellex,  Polyb.  (From 
ένδον  είναι,  or  from  ίνδον  μένειν.) 

Ένδομέο),  ώ,  (έν,  δομέω)  to  build  in, 
Hipp.     Hence 

Ένδύμησις,  εΐύς,  ή,  a  thing  built  in, 
esp.  in  the  water,  a  mole  or  breakwa- 
ter, Lat.  moles,  Joseph. :  any  building 
or  structure,  N.  T. 

Ένδομΰχέω,  ώ,  to  lurk  in  the  recess- 
es of  a  house  ;  and 

Ένδημυχί,  adv.  in  secret :  from 

'Ενδόμυχος,  ov,  {ένδον,  μνχός)  in 
the  recesses,  inmost  part  of  a  du'ttling. 
Soph.  Phil.  1457,  Call.  Cer.  88:  in 
genl.  secret,  hidden. 

Ένδον,  adv.  {hv)  in,  within :  esp.  nt 
home,  in  the  house,  Lat.  domi,  elsewh. 
έν  δόμφ,  freq.  in  Hom.  ;  who  has  also 
metaph.  φρένες  ένδον  Ιϊσαι,  κραδίη 
ένδον  νλύκτει,  etc. :  in  genl.  at  one's 
home,  in  one's  own  country,  of  one  re- 
turned from  abroad  :  c.  gen.,  only  in 
phrases,  Αώς  ένδον,  Ζεφίφοιο  ένδον, 
in  the  house  of  Jupiter,  of  Zephyrus, 

II.  20,  13;  23,  200.  Pind.  uses  it  c. 
dat.  as  strengthd.  for  έν,  Ν.  3,  93  ;  7, 
65,  also  Eur.  Antiop.  13:  oi  ένδον, 
those  of  the  house,  the  family,  esp.  the 
domestics.  Soph.  Tr.  677,  etc.  ;  τα  έν- 
δοΐ',  family  matters,  household  affairs, 
lb.  334,  etc. — II.  compar.,  ενδότερος, 
etc.,  q.  v.  (Cf.  the  old  Lat.  mido, 
indu.) 

Ένδοξάζω,=^δοξάζω  II.,  LXX. 

ΈνδοξολογέΐΔ,  ώ,  {ένδοξος,  λέγω) 
to  speak  for  fame,  Diog.  L. :  to  glorify 
in  a  thing,  Eccl. 

Ένδοξης,  ov,  {έν,  δόξα)  of  high  re- 
pule,  ποιητής,  Xen.  Mem.  1,  2,  56: 
ένδ.  εΙς  τι.  famous  in  a  thing,  lb.  3,  5, 
1  :  esp.,  01  ένδοξοι,  men  of  note,  rank 
or  distinction,  opp.  to  uδoξcH,  Plat. 
Soph.  223  Β  :  held  in  honour,  honoured, 
προς  τίνος,  by  one,  Xen.  Oec.  6,  10  : 
also  — 2.  of  things,  notable,  πράγμα- 
τα, Aeschin.  86,  42  :  glorious,  ταφή, 
Plut.  Adv.  -fcji-,  hence  superl.  -ότα- 
-a  βουλενειν,  Dem.  246,  25;    and 


ΕΝΔΤ 

freq.  in  Inscr. — II.  by  co?nmon  opinion, 
probable,  opp.  to  παράδοξος,  Arist. 
Org.,  Eth.,  etc.     Hence 

Ένδοξότης,  ητος,  ή,  distinction,  glo- 
ry, late. 

Ένδόσθια,  ων,  τά,  {ένδον)=  εντό- 
σθια, LXX. 

Ένδόσιμος,  ov,  {ένδίδωμί)  sounding 
a  note,  preluding .  hence  το  ένδύσι- 
μον,  sub.  μέλ^ς  or  κρούσμα,  a  prelude, 
Arist.  Rhel.  3,  14,  1,  Pol.  8,  5,  1  : 
metaph.  an  introduction,  occasion,  ένδ. 
τινί  παρέχειν,  to  give  one  the  hint, 
Plut.  2,  73  B,  ubi  v.  Wyttenb.— 2. 
yielding,  giving  way,  Lat.  facilis,  like 
ένδοτικός.  Plut. — II.  pass,  granted, 
given  into  the  bargain. 

Ένδοσις,  εως,  η,  {ένδίδωμι)=το 
ένδόσιμον. — II.  α  giving  in,  alleviation, 
remission,  Hipp. 

Ενδότερος,  a,  ov,  compar.  formed 
from  ένδον,  with  superl.  ένδότατος, 
η,  ov,  the  inner,  inmost,  the  farthest, 
farthest  in,  like  Lat.  intiis,  interior,  in- 
timus. — II.  ένόοτέρω,  farther  m,  or  as 
we  say,  farther  on,  lower  down,  in  a 
speech  or  writing,  Diog.  L.,  cf.  Lob. 
Phryn.  11. 

Ένδοτικός,  ή,  όν,  {ένδίδωμί)  yield- 
ing, favourable,  benign,  like  ένδόσιμος 
II,  Aristaen.  Adv.  -κώς,  Chrysipp. 
ap.  Gal. 

Ένδουπέω,  ω,  f.  -ήσω,  {έν,  δονπέω) 
to  fall  in  with  a  hollow  heavy  sound,  μέσ- 
σω  έτ'δονπησα,  Od.  12,  443,  cf.  15, 479. 

Ένδονχία,  ας,  ή,  {ένδον,  έχω)=^  έν- 
δομενία, Polyb. 

ΈνδοχεΙον,  ου,  τό,^=δοχεϊον,  Hipp. 

Ένδρομέω,  ώ,  {έν,  δραμείν)  to  run 
in,  fall  into,  Anth. 

Ένδρομή,  ης,  ή,  (έντρέχω)  a  run- 
ning in  or  upon,  onset. — II.  an  air  play- 
ed during  a  wrestling-match,  Plut.  2, 
1140  D. 

Ένδρομίς,  ίδος,  ή,  {έν,  δρόμος)  a 
sort  of  strong  high  shoe,  esp.  for  hunt- 
ing ;  worn  by  Diana  in  the  chase, 
Spanh.  Call.  Dian.  16,  Miiller  Archa- 
ol.  d.  Kunst.  «^  303,  6.— II.  a  thick 
wrapper  or  cloak,  worn  by  runners  after 
exercise,  for  fear  of  cold,  Juven.  3, 
102;  0,  145,  Martial.  4,  19. 

Ένδροσος,  ov,  {έν,  δρόσος)  bedew- 
ed, deivy,  dank,  Aesch.  Ag.  12. 

Ένδρνον,  ov,  τό,  {έν,  δρυς)  the 
heart  of  oak :  hence  the  strong  oaken 
peg  or  pin  by  which  the  yoke  is  fixed 
to  the  pole  {ίστοίοεύς),  being  secur- 
ed by  a  leathern  strap  {μέσαβον), 
Hes.  Op.  467. 

Ένδϋάζω,  {έν,  δνύζω)  to  doubt,  hes- 
itate about  a  thing,  like  ένδοιάζω. 
Hence 

Ένδνασμός,  οϋ,  6,  doubt,  uncertain- 
ty, Uke  ενδοιασμός,  dub. 

Ένδϊ)αστός,  ή,  όν,=^ένδοιαστός. 

Ένδΰκές,  as  adv.,  v.  sq. 

Ένδνκεως,  adv.  zealously,  eagerly, 
heartily,  earnestly,  freq.  in  Hom.  (esp. 
in  Od.),  usu.  with  verbs  expressing 
kind  or  friendly  actions,  e.  g.  πίμ- 
πειν,  Od.  14, 337,  αποπέμπει  ν,  Od.  10, 
65,  όμαρτείν,  11.  24,  438,  λ.υύειν  και 
χρίειν,  Od.  10,  450,  παρέχειν  βρώσιν 
τε  πόσιν  τε,  Od.  15,  491,  τίειν,  Od. 
15,  543,  τρέφειν,  II.  23.  90,  δέχεσβαι, 
Pind.  Ρ.  5,  114,  etc. ;  but  also,  ένδν 
κέως  έσθίειν.  to  eat  greedily,  Od.  14, 
109,  cf.  Hes.  Sc.  427.  The  adj.  έ-νδυ- 
λ*//(: is  not  found.  Onlypwet.  (Prob. 
from  έν  and  δύω,  δέδυκει,  piercingly, 
in  the  dipth  of  tlie  heart.) 

Ένδυμα,  aroc,  τό,  (ένδνω)  ajty- 
thing  put  on,  a  garment,  LXX. :  iv 
ένδνμασι  προ3άτων,  clothed  in  gar- 
ments made  of  sheep-skins,  alluding 
to  the  ilress  of  the  early  prophetSj  N, 
T.  Matth.  7,  15. 


ΕΝΕΔ 

'Ένδνμενία,  ας,  η,  ν.  ένδομενία. 
νΈνδνμίων,  ωΐΌζ-,  ό,  Endr/mion,  son 
Of  Aethlius  or  of  Jupiter  and  Calyce, 
beloved  by  Selena  ;  he  received  from 
Jupiter  the  boon  of  perpetual  sleep, 
and  reposed  in  a  cavern  of  Mount  Lat- 
inos in  Caria,  where  Selena  visited 
him,  Apollod.  1,  7,  6  ;  cf  Theocr.  3, 
50.{ένόνω  from  Selena's  going  down 
each  night  to  visit  him,  v.  Keightley's 
Myth.  p.  440.) 

Ένόύναμος.  ov,  (εν,  δνναμις)  gifted 
with  strength,  mighty,  Themist.  Hence 

Ένδϋνΰμόϋ),  ώ,  to  strengthen,  LXX. 
Pass,  to  acquire  strength,  in  construct, 
praegn.  ενεδνν.  άπο  ασθενείας,  u-ere 
■made  strong  from  previous  iceakness,  N. 
T.  Hebr.  U,  34. 

'Ένδϋναστενω,  (εν,  δυναστεύω)  to 
reign,  hare  power  in  or  among,  τισί, 
Aesch.  Pers.  691,  Plat.  Rep.  516  D. 
— II.  to  prevail,  procure  by  authority, 
ωςτε,  Xen.  Hell.  7,  1,  42. 

ΥΕνδίψτες,  2  aor.  part.  nom.  pi.  of 
ένδνω,  Hdt. 

Ένδύνω,=  εί'δύω,  q.  v.,  II.  [i] 

Ένδνσίς,  εος,  ή,  (ένδνω)  ayi  enter- 
ing in,  entry,  Plat.  Crat.  419  C. — II.  a 
putting  on,  dressing,  dress.  Ath.  550  D. 

Ένδνςτνχέω,  ώ,  (kv,  δνςτνχεω)  to 
he  unlucky  in  Or  with..,   Eur.   Bacch. 
508,  Phoen.  727. 
VEvovr?'/,  ί/ς.  ή,  v.  sub  ίνδντός. 

'Έ,νδΰτήρ,  ήρος,  6,  (ένδνω)  clothing, 
to  be  put  on,  πέ-λος.  Soph.  Tr.  674. 

Ένδντήριος,  ία,  lov,  (ένδύω)^ 
foreg..  Soph.  Fr.  473. 

Ένδϋτός,  όν,  and  ή,  όν,  Eccl.  (εν, 
δύω)  put  on,  thrown  over,  hung  upon, 
εσβημη,  Aesch.  Eum.  1028  :  hence  το 
ένδ..  that  which  is  put  on,  a  garment, 
dress,  Simon.  108  ;  έΐ'^.  νεβμίδος,  a 
dress  of  fawn-skin,  Eur.  Bacch.  Ill, 
138;  ένδ.  σαρκόζ•,  the  skin,  lb.  746: 
Tj  ένδντή,  τ/ς,  the  covering  of  the  altar, 
Eccl. — II.  covered,  clad  with,  τινί,  Eur. 
Ion  224  :  from 

'Ενδύω  and  ένδννω,  (έν,  δύω,  δύνω) 
trans,  to  bring  in  or  on,  esp.  like  Lat. 
induo,  to  put  on,  χιτώνα,  II. :  ένδ.  τινά 
τι,  to  put  on.  one,  clothe  one  in.  At. 
Lys.  1021,  Thesm.  1044.— II.  intr., 
mostly  in  aor.  2,  or  in  mid., — 1.  topiU 
on  one's  self,  put  on,  wear,  χιτώνα,  II. 
5,  736,  and  so  freq.  in  Hdt.,  as,  έν- 
δύντες  τα  δ-?.α,  1,  172 :  and  in  mid., 
έν  δ'  αυτός  έδύσατο  χαλκόν,  II.  2, 
578,  ένδνεσθαι,  to  dress,  accoutre  one's 
self  in,  δπλα,  Hdt.  7,  218,  and  freq.  in 
Trag.,  etc. — 2.  metaph.  ένδνειν  εαυ- 
τόν, to  entangle  one's  self,  of  a  hare  in 
the  net,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  6,  40,  as  in  Cic. 
dxun  se  expedire  vult,  induit  se. — 3.  to  go 
in,  enter,  press  into,  c.  ace.  loci,  άκον- 
τιστνν  ένδύσεαί,  thou  wilt  enter  the 
contest,  II.  23.  622,  though  there 
Wolf  has  έςδύσεαι ;  but  freq.  also, 
ένδ.  εις..,  Ar.  Vesp.  1024,  ν~ό  τι,  Hdt. 
2,  95. — 4.  metaph.  to  undertake  a  mat- 
ter, involve  one's  self  in  it,  εις  την 
έπιμέ?.ειαν  ένδϊ^'ναι,  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  1, 
12  :  also  c.  dat.,  ένδ.  ταις  ψυχαϊς  τών 
ύκονόντων,  to  insinuate  one's  self  into 
their  minds,  lb.  2,  1,  13.  [On  quanti- 
ty, V.  δύω.Ί 

Έ,νεάζω,  (ενεός)  to  strike  dumb,  as- 
tonish. 

Έ,νεΰρίζω,=:έαρίζω  έν,  to  pass  the 
spring  in  a  place,  c.  dat.,  Plut. 

'Έ,νεγγνάω,  wrongly  assumed  for 
έγγυάω,  v.  Lob.  Phryn.  155. 

'Ένεγγυς,  adv.  (έν,  εγγύς)  near,  Q. 
Sm. 

'Ένέγκαι  and  ένεγκεΐν,  inf.  from 
ηνεγκα  ηνεγκον,  aor.  1  and  2  of  φέρω  : 
Ion.  ίνεΐκαι,  Horn. 

'Ενέδρα,  ας,  ή,  (εν,  ^δρα)  α  silting 
Οϊ  lying  in  or  on,  position,  Hipp. — U.  a 


ΕΧΕΙ 

lying  in  wait,  ambush,  Lat.  insidiae, 
Thuc,  Xen.,  etc.  :  έν.  ττοιεΐσθαι, 
Thuc.  3,  90 :  εΙς  έν.  έμ—ίτττειν,  Xen. 
Cyr.  8,  5,  14. — 2.  in  genl.  treachery, 
Pl'at.  Legg.  908  D.    Hence 

'Ένεδράζω,  to  put  or  place  in  or  on. 

Ένεδρεία,  ας,  ή,=ένέδρα,  Epich. 
p.  60. 

'Ένεδρεντής,  ov.  ό,  (ενεδρεύω)  an 
ensnarer,  plotter.     Hence 

'Ένεδρεντικός,  η,  όν,  give-η  to  lying 
in  wait,  treacherous.  Strab. 

'Ενεδρεύω,  (ενέδρα)  to  lie  in  wait 
for,  plot  against,  Lat.  insidiari,  τινά, 
Dem.  1011,  3;  hence  in  pass.,  to  be 
caught  in  an  ambush,  and  in  genl.  to  be 
ensnared,  of  animals,  Xen.  Mem.  2, 
1,5:  absol.  to  lie  in  ambush  in  a  place, 
oft.  in  Xen. ;  also  έν.  εις  τόπον.  Thuc. 
4,  67. — II.  to  pUce  in  ambush,  Joseph. 

'Ένεδρον,  ov,  τό,=  ενέδρα,  Ν.  Τ. 

'Ένεδρος,  ov,  (ή•,  έδρα)  an  inmate, 
inhabitant.  Soph.  Phil.  153. 
ΥΈνεείσατο,  Ep.  1  aor.  of  sq. 

'Ένέζομαι,  ί.  -εδονμαι,  dep.  mid.,  to 
sit  down  in.  have  one's  scat  or  abode  in, 
c.  acc.  loci,  Aesch.  Pers.  140 :  cf 
ένήμαι. — 2.  Ep.  aor.  1  ένεήσατο,  he 
seated  or  placed  in..,  Ap.  Rh.  The 
act.  ένέζω  was  not  in  use. 

'Ένέηκε,  Ep.  for  ένηκε,  3  sing.  aor. 
1  of  ένίημι,  Hom. 

Ένέην,  3  sing.  impf.  from  ενειμι, 
Ep.  for  ένήν,  Od. 

'Έ,νεθίζω,  (έν,  εθίζω)  to  accustom, 
use  to  a  thing. 

'Ένεϊδον,  (έν,  είδον)  aor.  2  with  no 
pres.  in  use,  its  place  being  supplied 
by  ένοράω,  to  see  or  observe  in,  έν  τινι, 
Ep.  Plat.  318  D,  τινί,  Xen.  An.  7,  7, 
45  :  absol.  to  observe,  remark,  Thuc.  7, 
36. 

Ένειδοφορέω,  ώ,  ί.  -ήσω,  (έν,  είδος, 
φέρω)  πέτρον  έν-,  of  a  sculptor,  to 
produce  form  or  shape  in  a  Stone,  mould 
It.  Mel.  12,  cf.  Grafe  p.  56:  Dind. 
however  reads  ττέτρω  έν  είδοόόρω. 

Ένεΐκαι,  inf.  from  ήνεικα.  Ion.  for 
ηνεγκα,  aor.  1  of  φέρω,  Hom.,  who 
also  uses  ενεικας,  ένεικε,  ενεικαν  for 
f/νεικας,  etc. 

Ένεικονίζω,  (έν,  εικονίζω)  to  form 
or  introduce  a  shape  or  i?nage,  Stob. 
Eel.  1,  334.  Mid.  to  have  bodied  forth 
or  portrayed  in  a  thing,  τους  εαυτού 
λόγους  τοϊς  έτερων  ένεικονίζεσθαι, 
Plut. 

'Έ.νειλέω.=  'ενείλ2,ω,  Plut.   Hence 

'Ένεί'/.ημα,  ατός,  τό,  α  wrapper  or 
cover,  Joseph. 

νΈ.νει?.ινδέομαι,  (έν,  είλινδέομαι) 
to  roll  about  in,  Joseph.,  Synes. 

Ένειλίσσω,  f.  -ξω.  Ion.  for  ένε?.ίσ- 
σω. 

'Έ,νείλλω,  to  wrap  up  in,  tl  έν  τινι, 
Thuc.  2,  76. 

Ένειμεν,  Ep.  ίοτίνεσμεν,  1  pi-  pres. 
from  sq.,  II.  5,  477  :  but  ίνειμε  is  reg. 
aor.  1  from  νέμω. 

'Έ,νειμι,  f.  ένέσομαι,  (έν,  ειμί)  to 
be  in  or  at  a  place,  to  be  xvithin,  esp.  to 
be  at  home,  Hom.,  usu.  absol.,  but 
sometimes  c.  dat.,  νμίν  οίκοι  ένεστι 
γόος,  II.  24,  240,  άργυρος  ασκώ  ένεσ- 
τι, Od.  10,  45  ;  and  so  usu.  later ;  also 
iv.  έν  τινι,  έν  τισί,  to  be  in  or  among, 
Hdt.  7,  112,  184,  etc. ;  rarely  c.  gen.. 
Soph.  Phil.  048  :  c.  adv.  loci,  ένεστιν 
αυτόθι,  is  in  this  very  place,  Ar.  Eq. 
119,  έντανθα,  Nub.  211,  etc.— Π.  to 
be  possible,  ΰρνησις  ουκ  έν.  ών  ανισ- 
τορείς, there's  no  denying  it,  Soph.  O. 
T.  578  :  hence  ένεστι,  c.  dat.  pers.  et 
inf ,  it  is  in  one's  poiuer.  possible,  allow- 
ed, one  may  or  can.  Soph.  Tr.  206, 
Ant.  213,  etc.,  cf  Valck.  Hipp.  1320, 
cf  έξεστι,  έγγίγνεται :  ίνι  is  oft. 
used  alone  in  this  signf.,  even  in 


ENE2 

prose,  as  Dem.  19,  6. — 2.  part,  absol. 
ενόν,  it  being,  seeing  that  it  is,  if  it  be 
or  ivere  possible,  Luc. — 3.  T<i  ενόντα, 
things  possible,  τα  έν.  είπεΐΐ',  matter 
for  speaking,  Isocr.  104  D,  229  Ε  :  εκ 
τών  ένόΐ'τωΐ',  as  well  as  one  can  under 
the  circumstances,  Dem.  312,  20. 

Ένείργω,  also  -γνύω  and  -γννμι, 
(έν,  ε'ιργω)  to  shut  up,  coop  up  in. 

Ένείρω,  (έν,  είρω)  to  knit  to  or  on, 
entxvine,  interleave,  Hdt.  4,  190. 
νΥ.νείχθην,  aor.  1  pass.  Ion.  of  φέρω. 

Ένεκα,  Ion.  and  Ep.  ένεκεν,  poet, 
also  εϊνεκα,  more  rarely  είνεκεν,  all 
used  by  Hom.  as  his  verse  requires : 
prep.  c.  gen.,  in  Hom.  put  both  before 
and  after  its  case ;  as  also  later,  vfhen 
they  are  sometimes  separated  by  sev- 
eral words,  as  in  Hdt.  I,  30,  cf.  Ar. 
Eccl.  105,  106.• — I.  on  account  of ,  for 
sake  of.  for,  answering  to  the  Lat.  gra- 
tia, causa,  orig.  signifying  to  please  or 
gratify  one,  as  a  favour  to  one,  and  next 
used  of  the  motive  or  object  of  a  thing, 
II.  14,  89,  etc. :  that  which  has  brought 
on  a  consequence,  II.  1,  214,  τώ\'  έ\'εκα, 
therefore,  for  this,  Hom.,  cf.  οννεκα: 
?.όγον  ένεκα,  Lat.  dicis  causa,  merely 
as  an  excuse,  to  have  something  to 
say  :  so  άτό  /io^f  ένεκα,  Thuc.  8,  92, 
V.  άττό  III.  3,  and  τίνος  χάριν  ένεκα, 
V.  χάριςΥ.  1.— II.  with  respect  to, as  far 
as  regards,  as  for,z=oaov  εις. . ,  as  ένε- 
κα έμον,  as  far  as  depends  on  me,  etc., 
e.  g.  τοΓ'  όυ/.ύσσοντος  εΙνεκεν,  Hdt. 
1 ,  42 :  είνεκεν  γε  χρημάτων,  as  for 
monev,  Hdt.  3, 122,  etc.,  v.  Valck.  ad 
6,  63,'Heind.  Plat.  Charmid.  158  E. 
cf.  έκατι,  οννεκα. — III.  by  means  of, 
τέχνης,  εϊνεκα,  by  force  of  art,  Anth. 
— B.  as  conjunct.,  for  οννεκα,  because, 
H.  Hom.  Yen.  200.  (The  origin  of 
the  word  is  altogether  dub.) 

'Ένεκ'Λ?.ννω,^ έ κττ'λύνω  έν,  to  wash 
off,  e.  g.  dirt,  in  a  thing,  Polyzel.  De- 
mot.  4. 

Ένέκνρσε,  aor.  1  from  έγκνρω,  Π. 

'Έ,νε7.αννω,  fut.  -λύσω  Att.  -λώ, 
(έν,  έλαννω)  to  drive  in  or  into,  c.  dat., 
χα?.κόν  π'λενραΐς,  Pind.  Ν.  10,  131 ; 
metaph.,  καρδία  κότον,  Pind.  P.  8, 11. 

'Ένε7.ίσσω.  Ion.  ένειλίσσω,  (έν, 
ελίσσω)  to  roll  or  wrap  up,  l-v  τινι, 
Hdt.  2,  95,  in  mid. :  pass,  to  be  xirap- 
ped  in,  τινί,  Nic. :  also,  ένει/ιγμέΐ'ος 
τους  -πόδας  εΙς  τι,  having  one's  feet 
wrapt  in....  Plat.  Symp.  220  B. 

Ένεμα,  ατός.  τό,  (ένίημι)  that  which 
is  sent  in,  esp.  α  lavement,  clyster,  Diosc. 
Hence 

νΈ,νεματίζω,  to  administer  a  clyster, 
Aet. 

Ένεμέω,  ώ,  ί.  -έσω,  (έν,  έμέω)  to 
vomit  in,  εις  τι,  Hdt.  2,  172,  τινί, 
Anth. 

Ένενήκοντα,  οΐ,  αϊ,  τύ,  indecl. 
ninety,  II.  2,  602.  (The  form  έννεν.  19 
dub.,  Bekk.  and  Poppo  Thuc.  1,  40.) 

Ένενηκονταετής,  ες,  contr.  form 
—τούτης,  ov  ό,  fern,  -τοντις,  ιδος, 
(ένενήκοντα,  έτος)  ninety  years  old, 
Luc. 

ΥΕνενηκοντάττηχυς,   ν,  (ένενήκον- 
τα ΐΐήχνς)  of  ninety  cubits,  ninety  cu- 
bits long,  Ath.  201  E. 
ΤΈ,νένΙηε,  V.  sub  ένίτττω. 

Ένένιτττε,  Ep.  redupl.  3  sing.  aor. 
2  from  ένίτττω,  Horn.,  but,  accord,  to 
Buttm.  Lexil.  v.  άνήνοθεν,  18,  f.  1.  for 
ένένίτϊε. 

'Έ.νένισττε,  Ep.  redupl,  3  sing.  aor. 
2  from  ένίσηω,  II.  23,  473  :  yerj'  dub. 

Ύ,νένωτο,  -νώκασι.  Ion.  for  ένενό- 
ητο.  -νοήκασι,  from  έννοέω,  Hdt. 

'Κνιζεμέω,  ώ.  f.  -ίσω,  (έν,  ίξεμέω) 
to  vomit  in,  τινί,  Polyzel.  Dem.  4. 

Ένεςουσιάζω,  (έν,  εξουσιάζω)  to  use 
or  abuse  one'spowcr,  εν  τινι.  Dion.  Η. 
457 


ΕΝΕΡ 

Ένεορτύζω,=^ίορτάζ(,>  iv,  to  keep 
holiday,  to  feast  in.  Strab. 

Ένεός,  ά.  όν,  also  written  έννεός, 
dumb,  speechless,  in  Plat,  and  Arist. 
usu.  joined  with  κωφός,  as  Theaet. 
206  D,  Arist.  H.  A.  4,  9,  IG :  also 
deaf,  or  rauier  deaf-and-dumb,  in  Xen. 
An.  4,  5,  33  ;  ace.  to  Hesycli.,  of  οντε 
άκονεί  ούτε  ?.αλεΐ- — 2.  like  νήπίος, 
senseless,  stupid  (cf.  Germ,  dumm). 
Plat.  Ale.  2,  140  D,  cf.  Kuhnk.  Tim. 
— 3.  of  things,  xiseless,  Hipp.  (Prob. 
the  same  word,  e.xcept  in  pronunc., 
with  άνεως,  from  *άω,  αΰω.) 

'Ένεότης,  ι/τος,  η,  {ένεόω)  dumb- 
71CSS,  Arist.  Probl. 

'Κνεύφμων,  ον,  gen.  όνος,  {ένεός, 
όρήν)  stupid,  prob.  1.  in  Panyas.  ap. 
Stob.  p.  164,  55. 

Έι•ε~ύγω,  {iv,  επάγω)  to  lead  on 
among:  in  mid.  to  make  an  irruption 
among,  Aesop. 

'Ένεττ/ιρεύζω,^ττηρεάζω  iv. 

'Eve-i(kiKvv,UL,=  ίτνιδείκνυμι  εν, 
to  exhibit,  make  a  display  in  or  among, 
c.  dat.,  Plut. 

'Έ,νεπίδημέω,  ώ,=  έττιδημέω  εν,  to 
sojourn  in  a  place,  Ael. 

Ένεπιορκέω,  ώ,  (ίν,  ίπιορκέω)  to 
forswear  one's  self  by  a  god,  etc. 
Aeschin.  75,  1. 

ΤΕνεπί-εδος,  ov,  {έν,  ίπίπεδος) 
even,  level,  Gal. 

Ένε-ίσκημμα,  ατός,  τό,  an  Athen. 
law-process,  v.  sq.    From 

Ένετησκήπτομαι,  {εν,  έπισκτ/πτο- 
μαί)  mid.  to  lay  claim  tv  property  as 
pledged  or  mortgaged,  ΰργύριον  ενο- 

ίειλόμενόν    tlvi,   Dem.    1197,   fin. ; 
198,  5,  15. 

Ένέπω,  and  poet,  lengthd.  ίννέπω, 
ooth  in  Horn. ;  in  Att.  poets  the  latter 
only :  the  pres.  only  of  this  form  is  in 
use,  and  in  the  indie,  not  before  Pmd. ; 
the  aor.  being  ένισττεΐν,  fut.  ένισπ?/- 
ou  or  ίνίφω,  V.  ένίσττω.  To  tell,  tell 
of,  describe,  relate,  details  μϋθον,  νημερ- 
τέα  πάντα,  Horn. :  άνδρα μοί  εννεπε, 
tell  of  the  man,  Od.  1,  1  :  so  μνηστή- 
ρων θάνατον,  Od.  24,  214. — 2.  to  speak 
to,  address,  tlvu  μύθοισί  σκο?Λθΐς, 
Hes.  Op.  192,  cf.  Soph.  Aj.  764.— 
The  signf.  to  upbraid  lies  not  in  the 
verb  itself,  but  sometimes  in  the  con- 
text, cf.  Hes.  Op.  192,  Soph.  O.  T. 
1033. — 3.  simply,  to  speak,  say,  absol. 
II.  2,  761,  Od.  23,  301,  τινί  and  προς 
Τίνα,  Trag. ;  just  like  ειπείν  (whence 
Buttm.,  Le.xil.  v.  ύνήνοβεν  15,  thinks 
it  not  a  compd.,  but  only  a  lengthd. 
form  of  *ί-ω.) — 4.  e.  inf.,  to  bid,  Pind. 
P.  9,  171,  Soph.  O.  C.  932. 

Ένεργάζοααι,  fut.  -σομαι,  (ίν,  ερ- 
γάζομαι) dep.  mid.,  to  -make,  create  in, 
ri  Tivi,  Xen.  Mem.  3,  10,  6,  Dem., 
etc. — 2.  to  labour,  work  for  hire  in,  ab- 
sol.  esp.  of  harlots,  ai  ένεργαζόμεναι, 
quae  corporis  quaestum  faciuni,  Hdt.  1, 
93,  ubi  V,  Valck.,  cf.  εργάσιμος,  έργα- 
στήριον:  εν.  Trj  ουσία,  to  irade  with 
the  property,  Dem.  1087, 22. 

Ενέργεια,  ας,  η-  (ένεργί/ς)  an  ac- 
tion, operation,  energy,  opp.  to  εξις,  a 
habit,  Arist.  Eth.  N. 

Έΐ'ερ)'έω,  ώ,  (ενεργός)  to  work,  do, 
he  active,  esp.  of  mental  activity,  Arist.: 
in  N.  T.  esp.  of  things  spiritual. 
Hence  in  pass,  to  be  po-^ses-ned  by  an 
evil  spirit,  οι  ενεργούμενοι,  demoni- 
acs, Eccl. — II.  euphem.  for  βινείν,  in 
opere  esne,  Theocr.  4,  01.    Hence 

Ένίβγ)/μα,  ατός,  τό,  an  effect,  work, 
doins,  Diod. 

Ενεργής,  ές,=  ενεργός,  but  seem- 
ingly a  later  form,  at  work,  active, 
miiihty,  Diod. 

Ένεργ7/τέος,  a,  ov,  verb,  adj,  from 
ένεργέω,  to  be  done,  Plut. 
458 


ENET 

Ενεργητικός,  ή,  όν,  (ένεργέω)  do- 
ing, active,  Polyb. :  in  Gramm.  of  the 
active  verb.     Adv.  -κώς. 

Ένεργμός,  ov,  ΰ,  (ίνείργω)  a  way 
of  playing  on  the  lyre. 

Ένεργοβάτέω,  ώ,  {ενεργός,  βατέω) 
to  step  vehemently,  to  pass  wonderfully 
from  one  thing  to  another,  ε'ις  τι, 
Pseudo-Luc. 

Ένεργολΰβέω,  ώ,  {εν,  ίργολαΊέω) 
tomakegain  of,  labour  at,  Aeschm.~5.  1. 
Έΐ'εργύς,  όν,  {εν,  έργον)  at  work, 
working,  active,  busy,  Hdt.  8,  26  :  of 
soldiers,  ships,  etc.,  on  service,  fit  for 
service,  Tluic.  3,  17 :  γη,  χώρα  ενερ- 
γός, Xen.  Cyr.  5,  4,  25,  Hell.  4,  4,  1, 
land  in  ivork,  in  tillage,  and  so  produc- 
tive ;  opp.  to  αργός,  Xen.  Cyr.  3,  2, 
19:  so  too,  ενεργά  χρήματα,  employ- 
ed capital,  which  brings  in  a  return, 
Dem.  815,  15  ;  hence,  ίνεργυν  ποι- 
εΐν,  to  put  out  (money)  to  interest.  Id. 
1291,  fin.  Adv.  -γώ'ς,  Xen.  Mem.  3, 
4,  11. 

Ένερείδο),  f.  -σω,  {έν,  ίρείδω)  to 
push,  press  in,  έν.  μοχλον  όφθαλμω,  to 
thrust  it  in  his  eye,  Od.  9,  383  :  me- 
taph.  to  fix  upon,  όψιν  τινί,  Plut. — II. 
intr.  to  lean,  press,  lie  in  Or  o?i,  Diosc. ; 
and  so  Ap.  Rh.,  in  mid.     Hence 

Ένέρεισις,  εως,  ή,  a  pressing  or 
pushing  in,  pressure,  Hipp. 

Ένερεύγω,  {έν,  έρενγω)  to  belch  out 
on  one,  έν.  τνροϋ,  Ar.  Vesp.  913 :  also 
in  mid.,  Nic. 

Ένερευϋής,  ες,  {έν,  Ιρευθος)  some- 
what ruddy,  Polyb. 

"Ένερθε,  before  a  vowel  ένερθεν, 
also  νέρθε,  νέρΟεν,  (ενεροι)  from  be- 
neath, up  from  below,  Hom. :  also  with- 
out signf.  of  motion,  beneath,  below, 
under  the  earth,  ol  ένερθε  θεοί,  the 
gods  below,  Lat.  dii  inferi,  II.  14,  274. 
— II.  c.  gen.  beneath,  under,  ένερθ'' 
'Αί(5εω,  II.  8,  16,  and  so  Hdt. :_  also 
following  its  genit.  θώρηκος,  άγκύ- 
νος  ένερθεν,  11.  11,  234,  252,  γής  ένερ- 
θε, Trag. :  also  έν.  νπό  γάν,  Pind.  Ρ. 
9,  142. — 2.  below,  in  the  power  of,  Soph. 
Phil.  666. 

Ένερξις,  εως,  τ},=  ένεφξις,  ένεργ- 
μός. 

Ένεροι,  ων,  οι,  Lat.  inferi,  those  be- 
low,  those  of  the  deep,  beneath  the  earth, 
used  alike  of  the  dead  and  the  gods 
.  below,  ένέροισιν  άνάσσων,  άναξ  ένέ- 
ρων,  II.  15, 188  ;  20,  01,  etc.  (The  root 
is  έν,  whence  the  supposed  *ένερ,  in- 
ner, and  from  this  ένερθε,  ένέρτερος, 
ένέρτατος  (shortened  into  νέρθε,  νέρ- 
τερος)  by  analogy  of  υπέρ,  νπερθε, 
υπέρτερος,  υπέρτατος :  so  from  Lat. 
iti,  with  digamma,  i?ifra,  infer,  inferus, 
inferior,  infernus,  just  like  super,  supe- 
rus,  superior,  supernus  :  cf.  ενδότερος.) 

Ένερόχρως,  ωτος,  b,  ή,  {ενεροι, 
χρως)  cadaverous,  Alciphr. 

Ένερσις,  εως,  ή.  {ένείρω)  α  fitting 
in,  fastening,  Thuc.  1,  6. 

'Ενέρτερος,  a.  ov,  comp.  of  ίνεροι, 
deeper,  lower,  II.  5,  898. 

'ΕνέρυΟρος,ον,{έν,  ερυθρός)— ένερ- 
ευθής,  reddish,  Aretae. 

"Ενεσαν,  Ep.  for  ένησαν,  3  plur. 
imperf.  from  ένειμι,  Hom. 

Ένεσία,  ας,  ή,  {ένίηιη)  a  suggestion, 
counsel,  only  used  in  Ep.  plur.  dat.  έν- 
νεσίησι,  11.  5,  894,  Hes.  Theog.  494. 

'Ενεσις,  εως,  ή,  {ένίημι)  a  putting  or 
letting  in,  cf.  ένεμα. 

Ένεστι,  v.  ένειμι  Π. 

Ένεστιύομαι,  {έν,  έστιάω)  dep.,  to 
feast,  give  an  entertainment  in,  Luc. 

Έΐ'ίτ?),  ής,  ή,  {ένίημι)=περόνη,  a 
pin.  brooch,  II.  14,  180:  strictly  fern, 
from  ενετός. 

νΕνετήιος,  a.  ov,  of  or  belonging  to 
the  Encti  or  Haneii,  Henetian,  Ap.  Rh. 


ENEX 

Ένετήρ,  -ηρος,  ό,  {ένίημι)  a  clyster- 
syringe,  cf.  έΐ'εμα. — II.  an  engine  of 
war  to  hurl  missiles,  late. 

νΕνετικός,  ή,  όν,  of  the  Ileneti  or 
Veneti,  Venetian,  Strab. :  ή  'Ενετική, 
the  country  of  the  Heneti,  Venetia  .  and 
νΕνέτης,  ου,  ό,  fem.  'Ei'criV,  ίδος, 
of  the  Heneti,  Venetian,  πώΤιΛΙ,  Eur. 
Hipp.  231  :  from 

νΕνετοί,  ών,  ol,  the  Eneti  or  Heneti, 
a  people  of  Paphlagonia,  Hom.,  Hdt., 
Strab.  writes  'Ενετοί ;  a  colony  of 
these  subsequently  settled  on  the 
Adriatic,  and  hence — 2.  the  Heneti  or 
Veneti,  in  Gallia  Cisalpina  around  the 
head  of  the  Adriatic,  Hdt.  1,  196; 
Strab.,  in  Polyb.,  Ονενετηί. 

'Ενετός,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from  ένίψ 
μι,  sent  in  privately,  esp.  suborned,  App. 
Ένευδαιμονέω,  ώ,  {έν,  εύδαιμονέω) 
to  be  happy  in,  Thue.  2,  44. 

Ένενδιάω,  ώ,  {έν,  ενδιάοι)  to  hover, 
float  in  the  clear  sky,  in  Ep.  part., 
ένενδιόων  πτερύγεσσι,  Αρ.  Rh. 

Ένευδοκιμέω,  ώ,  {έν,  εϋδοκιμέω)  to 
gain  glory  in,  Dem.  294,  13  ;  τινί, 
Plut. 

Ένεύδω,  fut.  -δήσω,  {έν,  ενδω)  to 
sleep  in  or  on,  τινί,  Od.  3,  350  ;  20,  95. 
'Ενευημερέω,  ώ,  {έν,  ενημερεω)  to 
prosper,  be  lucky  in,  τινί,  Plut. 

'Ενευθηνέομαι,^εΰθηνέομαι  έν,  as 
pass.,  to  abound  in. 
Ένενκαφέω,  ώ=ενκαιρέω  έν,  Philo. 
Ένευλογέω,ώ,^=  εύ?Μγέω έ ν,  LXX. 
ΥΕνεννάζομαι.  as  γΆ85.^εννάζομαι 
έν,  to  sleep  in,  Nic. 

Ένεύναιος,  ov,  {έν,  εννή)  on  which 
one  lies  or  sleeps,  hence  δέρμα  ένεύ- 
vaiov,  a  skin  to  sleep  on,  Od.  14,  51  : 
χήτει  ένευναίων,  for  want  of  bed-fur- 
niture, Od.  16,  35,  where  others  take 
it  as  masc.  for  want  of  people  to  sleep 
there:  in  genl.=  ei'ei;i'of. 

ΈνεύνακΓοι,  ων,  οΊ,=  έπεύνακτοι. 
Ένεννάταί,   ών,    ο[,=:  έπευναταί, 
έπεννακτοι. 

'Ei'ii'iOf,  ον,  {έν,  εννή)  in  bed:  be 
longing  to  a  bed. 

Ένευπάθέω,  ώ,=:εϋπαθέω  έν,  Li- 
ban. 

Ένευρίσκω,  {έν,  είφίσκω)  to  find, 
discover  in,  Joseph. 

'Έ,νενστομέω,  ώ,^=  εΰστομέω  έν,  to 
sing  sweetly  in,  ά?.σεσι,  Philostr. 

Ένευσχημονέω,  ώ,  ζ=εύσχημονέω 
έν,  Hierocl. 

Ένευσχολέω,  ω,  {έν,  εΰσχολέω)  to 
refresh,  amuse  one's  self  in,  τινί,  Luc. 
Ένεντνχέω,  ώ,^εντνχέω  έν,  to  be 
lucky,  prosperous  in,  Aristid. 

'Ενευφραίνομαι,  as  pass.,=  etiopat- 
νομαι  έν,  to  rejoice  in,  LXX. 

Ένενχομαι,  f.  -ξομαι,  {έν,  εύχομαι) 
dep.  mid.,  to  pray,  insert  a  prayer, 
Bockh  Inscr.  2,  p.  361. 

Ένευωχέομαι,  pass.  c.  fnt.  mid.,= 
ενωχέομαι  έν,  to  feast,  revel  in. 

'Ενεφύλλομαι,  f.  ένεφύλονμηι,  {έν, 
έφά7.7Μμαι)  to  leap  on  or  into,  Q.  Sm. 
Ένεχθήσομαι,  fut.  pass,  of  φέρω, 
v.  ένήνοχα. 

Ένέχθητι,  ένεχθείην,  ένεχθύ,  ένε- 
χθήναι,  irnperat.,  optat.,  subj.,  inf. 
aor.  1.  pass,  ήνέχθην  of  φέρω. 

Ένεχϋράζω,  f.  -άσω,  (ένέχιοον)  to 
take  a  pledge  fro?n  one,  τινός,  Lex  ap. 
Dem.  518,  1  :  later  τινά,  LXX.— 2. 
c.  ace.  rei,  to  take  in  pledge,  Dem.  762, 
4 :  hence  in  pass.,  ένεχνράζομαι  τα 
χρί/ματα,  to  have  07ie's  goods  seized  for 
debt,  Ar.  Nub.  241  : — in  mid.,  to  have 
surety  given  one,  τόκου,  for  interest, 
Ar.  Nub.  35  :  but  in  Eccl.  567,  to  seize 
as  a  pledge,  unless  it  be  here,  to  give 
in  pledge. 

Ένεχΐφΰσία,  ar,  η,  apledging,  Plat. 
Legg.  019  D,  Dem.  1162, 12, 


ENHH 

Ένεχνρασμα,  ατός.  τό,  α  pledge, 
thhig  pawned,  LXX.  [0] 

'Ένεχΐψασμός,  ό,  =  ίνεχνρασία, 
Plut. 

'Έ,νεχϋραστός,  ή,  όν,  that  may  be 
seized  for  debt,  Bockh  Inscr.  2,  p.  365. 

Ενεχυριάζω,  ένεχνρίασίς,  εως,  ή, 
ενεχυρίασμός,  ΰ,  bad  iorms  for  ένεχυ- 
ρώζω,  ένεχνμασία,  q.  ν. 

νΕνεχυρως,  ον,  pledged,  Ερ.  Socr., 
from 

Έυεχνρον,  ον,  τό,  (,έν,έχνρός)  α 
pledge,  surely,  εν.  άττοόεικννναι,ύτΓΟΤί- 
θέναί,  to  ofl'er  one,  Hdt.  2, 13C  :  εν.  λαμ- 
βάνειν, Xen.  An.  7,  6,  23  :  kv.  τιθέναι 
τι,  to  make  a  thing  a  pledge,  put  it  in 
pawn,  Ar.  Plut.  451 :  εν.  κείται  τι,  it 
lies  in  paivn.  Plat.  Legg.  820  E.  On 
the  use  of  the  sing,  and  plur.  v.  In- 
terpp.  ad  Moer.  p.  338. 

^Ένέχΐύ,  f.  ένέξω  or  ένσχησω,  (εν, 
εχω)  to  hold,  keep  fast  within,  χόλον 
ένέχειν  τινί,  to  lay  up,  cherish  inward 
wrath  at  one,  Hdt.  1,  118;  6,  119.— 
II.  pass,  to  be  held,  caught,  fettered,  en- 
tangled in,  like  Lat.  teneri,  c.  dat., 
ιτάγη,  Hdt.  2,  121,  2;  also  ένέχεσΟαι 
άπορίαις,  1,  190;  όιλοτιμία,  Eur.  I. 
A.  527  ;  freq.  also  εν  τινι,  as  έν  άτνο- 
ρίαις,  ίγεϊ,  κακω,  Hdt.  4,  131 ;  6,  56, 
ubi  V.  \  alck.,  etc.  ;  εν  θανματι  ένέχ. 
to  be  held  in  wonder.  Id. :  to  be  obnox- 
ious to,  subject  to,  άρα.  Plat.  Legg.  881 
D;  ζημία,  νόμω,  Plut.  :  also  in  good 
sense,  ένέχεσθαι  άγγε/.ία,  to  meet 
with  a  message,  Pind.  P.  8,  70. — III. 
intr.  to  enter,  pierce  into,  εΙς  τι,  Xen. 
Cyn.  10,  7 :  to  press  upon,  urge,  τινί, 
Ν.  Τ. 

Ένέψημα,  ατός,  τό,  (ένέψω)  α  thing 
boiled  or  infused,  Aretae. 

'Ένε-φητέον,  verb.  adj.  from  ενέ-φω 
07ie  must  boil  in,  infuse,  Aretae. 

Ένεψίημα,  τό,  {έν,  έφιύομαι)  a 
play-thing,  [ί  metr.  grat.,  Nic] 

^Ένέψω,  f.  -■φ)ήσω,  (έν,  εφω)  to  boil 
in  or  among,  Nic.  Al.  71. 

Ένιωσα,  aor.  1  of  ένωβέω.  Αρ.  Rh. 

Ένζέομαι,  f.  -έσομαι,  (έν,  ζέω)  to  be 
boiled  in,  very  dub.  in  Aretae. 

Ένζεύγννμι,  ί.  -ζενξω,  (έν,  ζεύγνυ- 
μι)  to  yoke  in,  bind,  involve  in,  7Γ?;,ί/ο- 
ναΐς,  Aesch.  Pr.  578  :  to  bind,  tie,  άρ- 
θρα, Soph.  O.  T.  718  :  poet,  ένιζεύ- 
γννμι,  Αρ.  Rh. 

Ένζωγρΰόέω,  ώ,  ί.  -ήσω,  {έν,  ζω- 
γραφέω)  to  paint  in  or  on,  Bekk.  Plat. 
Phileb.  40  A. 

Ένη  or  ένη,  ης,  ή,  ίνη  και  νέα,  ένή 
etc.,  ν.  sub  ένος. 

Έΐ'7/,  a  dub.  word,  given  by  the 
MSS.  in  Ar.  Ach.  610,  7)δη  πεπρέσ- 
βενκας  ah  πο7αος  ων  ίνη  ;  where 
some  explain  it  last  year,  afore-time 
(V.  ενός  1.) ;  others,  as  Herm,  Vig.  n. 
333,  read  'ένη,  the  day  after  to-morrow, 
joining  it  with  πόλιος  ων. 

Ένηβάω,  ώ,  {έν,  ήβάω)  to  spend 
one^s  youth  in:  hence  to  flourish  in, 
Nic.  ap,  Ath.  370  A  :  to  be  joyful  in, 
Valck.  Hipp.  1095.    Hence 

'Έ,νη3ητ7}ριον,  ον,  τό,  a  place  of 
a7nusement,  Valck.  Hdt.  2,  133. 

Ένηβος,  ον,  {έν.  ηβη)  youthful,  in 
the  prime  of  youth,  of,  έφηβος. 

'Έ,νήδομαι,  {έν,  ηδομαι)  as  pass.,  to 
rejoice,  deliglu  in. 

Ένήδονος,  ον,  {kv,  ηδονή)  in  or  of 
enjoyment,  late. 

Ένηόύνω,  {έν,  ήδύνω)  to  cheer,  grat- 
ify. 

Ένηδϋττάθέω,  ώ,  =  ηδνπαθέω  έν, 
Philo. 

Ένηείη,  ης,  ή,  {έντρις)  kindness, 
goodness,  II,  17,  670, 

Ένήεν,  3  sing,  impf.  from  ενειμι, 
Ep-  for  ένην,  II. 

Ένηης,  ες,  kind,  friendly,  good-heart• 


ΕΝΘΑ 

ed,  Π.  17,  204;  23,  252,  Od.  8,  200, 
etc.,  always  as  epith.  of  dear  friends  : 
Hes.  Th.  651,  has  also  ι^ιΆότης  ένηής, 
cf  ττροςηνής,  opp.  to  απηνής.  Ep. 
word.  (Xot  from  ένς,  έήος,  but  for 
ένηνής,  connected  with  απηνής  and 
προςηνής.) 

ΈνΖ/λάτον,  ον,  τό,  {ένε?Μννω)  any 
thing  driven  in  or  fixed  together  :  hence 
ένήλατα,  sub.  ςν7.α,  the  four  beayns 
which  make  the  frame  of  a  bedstead, 
Lat.  spondae.  Soph.  F'r.  295,  v.  Lob. 
Phryn.  132. — II.  the  upright  poles  or 
shafts  of  a  ladder,  in  which  the  rounds 
are  fixed,  κ/.ίμακος,  Phoen.  1179:  but 
also  the  rounds  of  the  ladder  fixed  in 
the  uprights.  Id.  Supp.  729.— I'll,  αξό- 
νων ένήλατα,  the  pins  driven  into  the 
axle,  linchpins,  Eur.  Hipp.  1235. 

Ενήλικος,  ον,  Plut.  ;  and 

Ένήλιξ,  ΐκος,  ό,  ή,  {έν,  ήλιξ)  of 
age,  in  the  prime  of  mxinhood,  like  ενη- 
βος. 

Ένη7Λαγμένως,  adv.  part,  perf 
pass,  from  εναλλάσσω,  reversely. 

ίΈΐ7;λόω,  ώ,  {έν,  ήλόω)  to  nail  in  or 
on,  Cels. 

Ένη?.ύσιος,  ον,  {έν,  ή?.ύσιον  II.) 
struck  by  lightning  :  hence,  to  έν.  a 
place  set  apart  from  ivnrkUy  uses,  be- 
cause a  thunderbolt  has  fallen  there, 
the  Roman  bidental.  Aesch.  Fr.  15. 

Ένή/.ωσις,  εως,  ή,  {ένη'λύω)  a  nail- 
ing on. — II.  an  ornamental  nail  Οι  stud, 
Callix.  ap.  Ath.  205  B. 

Ένήμαι,  {έν,  ήμαι)  ίο  sit  in,  iV  ένή- 
μεθα  πάντες,  Od.  4, 272  ;  also  έν.  ϋά- 
κω,  Eur.  Phil.  6.     Cf.  ένέζομαι. 

Ένημερενω,  {έν,  ημερεύω)  to  spend 
the  day  in,  τινί,  Diod. 

Ένημμένος,  ένη,  ένον,  part.  perf. 
pass,  from  ένάπτω. 

Έν/μΌθε.  only  found  in  the  compds. 
έπενήνοθε,  κατενήνοθε,  παρενήνοθε, 
all  of  which  have  the  notion  of  being 
upon  or  close  to :  in  form  it  is  perf  2 
c.  Att.  redupL,  but  in  signf  a  pres., 
or  (sometimes)  an  impf.  Buttm.  Le.x- 
il.  voc.  ΰνήνοθεν,  will  not  allow  it  to 
be  a  compd.,  assuming  an  old  form 
*ένέθω,  *ενθω  as  the  root,  akin  to 
έθω  :  ace.  to  Voss  H.  Hom.  Cer.  280, 
from  άνθέω,  like  άνήνοθε,  q.  v. 

'Ένήνοχα,  ένήνεγμαι,  perf  act.  and 
pass,  of  φέρω,  from  a  root  *έγκω,  ένέ- 
κω,  Buttm.  Lesil.  v.  άνήνοβεν  23  : 
fut.  pass,  ένεχθήσομαι. 

'Έ,νήρατο,  3  sing.  aor.  1  mid.  of 
έναίρω,  Hom. 

'Ένηρεμέω,  ώ,ζ^ήρεμέω  έν,  Philo. 

Ένήρης,  ες,  with  oars,  νανς,  Plut., 
cf  διήρης.     {*άρω  ?) 

'Ένήριθμος, ον, Ion. {οτένύριθμος. — 
Π.  intimate,  friendly,  as  if  from  ΰρθμί- 
ος.  Call.  Fr.  127. 

Ένησα,  aor.  1  from  νέω,  to  spin, 
Batr. 

Ένησΰχάζω,  f.  -άσω,=^ήσυχάζω  έν, 
to  be  quiet  in,  Philo. 

Ένήσω,  εις,  ει,  fut.  of  έι•ίημι. 

Ένιιχέω.  ώ,  {έν,  ήχέω)  to  sound  in 
or  echo  to,  Plut. — 2.  to  teach  by  voice, 
word  of  mouth,  like  κατηχέω,  Eccl. 
Hence 

Ένήχημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  sound  or  noise 
in  a  thmg,  Iambi. 

Ένηχος,  ον,  {έν,  ήχος)  sounding,  as 
opp.  to  έγχορδα,  Ath, 

Ένθα,  {έν),  adv. — I.  of  place,  there, 
here,  Lat.  hi",,  ibi,  first  in  Hom. :  also  as 
relat.  adv.,  for  όθι,  where,  on  which 
spot,  Lat.  ubi,  II.  1,  610  :  9,  191 :  ένθα 
,,ένθα,  as  antec.  and  relative,  there  ^  , 
where,  Lat,  ibi . .  ubi,  Theocr.  8,  45  ; 
also  ένθα  τε,  II.  2,  594  ;  5,  305  ;  and 
ένθα  περ,  II.  13,  524,  etc.,  but  these 
mostly  poet.,  though  Hdt.  has  ένθα- 
περ,  q.  v.— 3.  rare  with  signf.  of  Mo- 


ΕΝΘΕ 

tion,  thither,  hither,  cf  ένθάδε,  Π.  13, 
23 ;  14,  340,  Od.  3,  295  ;  6,  47  ;  12.  5. 
In  all  these  signfs.  Hom.  has  also 
redupl.  ένθα  και  ένθα,  here  and  there, 
hither  and  thither,  thither  and  back,  II. 
2,  402,  Od.  2,  213,  etc..  also  ή  ένθ'  ή 
ένθα,  Od.  10,  574;  ένθα  μεν..,  ένθα 
δέ..,  in  one  place..,  m  another.., 
Plat.,  and. Xen. — II.  of  time,  then,  jvst 
then,  the  whilst,  first  in  Hom. :  he  has 
also  ένθα  ό'  έπειτα,  and  then,  even 
then,  Od.  7,  196;  10,  516;  ένθα  δη, 
here  then,  hereupon,  and  so,  Hdt.  1,  59. 
The  reference  to  time  often  disap- 
pears, as  in  our  then,  and  Lat.  ibi, 
e.  g.  Od.  1,  11  ;  2,  82  ;  (on  derivation 
froin  έν,  v.  Kenrick,  Append,  to  3d 
vol.  Arnold's  Thuc.)    Hence 

Ένθάδε,  adv.,  thither :  hither,  freq. 
in  Hom.  :  but  also  just— ένθα,  there, 
here,  and  of  time,  then,  thereupon,  not 
only  poet.,  but  also  in  Att.  prose :  ύ 
ένθάδε,  one  who  is  there,  or  here.  Herm. 
Soph.  O.  C.  42:  esp.  here,  in  this  world, 
alive,  opp.  to  έκεΐ.  q.  v.,  Pind.  0.2, 
104,  Plat.  Rep.  330  D  :  c.  gen.,  ένθάδε 
τοϋ  πάθους  at  this  stage  of  m\•  sufier- 
ing.  Soph.  Phil.  899 :  Att.  also  more 
emphat.  written  ένθαδί  [ί],  Ar.  Plut 
54,  etc.  The  adj.  ένθύδιος,  ον,  oc 
curs  in  Byzaut. 

Ένθαδί,  adv.  Att.  strengthd.  for 
foreg. 

νΕνθάδιος,  ον,=^ό  ένθάδε,  late,  v. 
sub  ένθάδε. 

Ένθύκέω,  ώ,  {έν,  θακέω)  to  sit  in 
or  on,  θρόνοις.  Soph.  El.  267,  cf.  O.  C. 
1293.     Hence 

Ένθάκησις,  εως,  η,  a  sitting  in  or 
on  ;  a  place  to  sit,  ένθ.  ήλιου,  a  scat  of 
the  sun,  i.  e.  a  spot  where  the  sun 
shines  long,  or  (as  others)  a  .«eai  in 
the  sun,  a  sunny  seat,  Soph.  Phil.  18. 
[«] 

Ένθΰ^Μσσεύω,  Att.  -ττενω,  {έν, 
θα?ιασσενω)  to  be  or  live  at  sea,  Ael. 

Ένθΰλάσσιος,  ον,  Att.  -ττιος,  ον, 
=  sq..  Soph.  Fr.  379. 

Ένθύλασσος,  ον,  Att.  -ττος,  {έν, 
θάλασσα)  in,  of,  or  by  the  sea,  Diod. 

Έί'θύ?.πω,  {kv,  θάλπω)  to  warm  in, 
Diod.  Pass,  ένθάλπεσθαι  έρωτι,  to 
glow  with  love.  Soph.  Fr.  421,  ace.  to 
Valck.  Hipp.  468. 

Ένθανατόω,  ω,  {έν,  θανατόω)  to 
condemn  to  death,  Philoch.  ap.  Dion. 
H. 

Ένθαπερ,  adv.  there  where,  where, 
stronger  form  of  ένθα,  Hdt.  1,  11, 
Trag.,  etc. 

Ένθάπτω,  f.  -t/'(J,  (έν,  θάπτω)  to 
bury  in,  Plut. :  aor.  pass,  ένετάφην. 

Ένθαϋτα,  ένθεντεν.  Ion.  for^vrai- 
θα,  έντενθεν. 

Ένθεάζω,  {έν,  θεύζω)  to  be  inspired, 
rapt,  frenzied,  Hdt.  1,  63  :  also  in  mid., 
Plut. :  cf  ενθουσιάζω.    Hence 

Ένθεαστικός,  ή,  όν,  inspired,  rapt, 
frenzied,  dub.  ap.  Plat.  Legg.  682  A. 
Adv.  -κώς,  Luc. 

Ένθεμα,  τό,  {έντίθημΐ)  a  thing  put 
in,  a  graft,  Theophr.    Hence 

Ένθεματίζω,  to  graff  in,  engraft, 
Geop. 

Ένθεματισμός,  οϋ,  6,  a  graffing  in, 
inserting,  Clem.  Al. 

Ένθέιιιον,  ον,  τό,  the  cabin,  etc.,  in 
the  poop  of  a  ship. 

Ένθεν,  {έν)  adv.,  thence,  from  thence : 
hence,  from  kence,  Lat.  inde,  of  place, 
oft.  in  Hom. :  also  in  tracing  pedi- 
grees, ένθεν  έμοί  γένος,  όθεν  σοι,  II. 
4,  58 ;  opp.  to  έτέρωθι,  on  the  one 
side  and  the  other,  Od.  12,  235,  cf. 
59  :  ένθεν  και  ένθεν,  on  this  side  ατιά 
on  that.  Hdt.  4,  175,  etc.,  ένθεν  τε 
και  ένθεν,  Thuc.  7,  81 ;  ένθεν  μΗ'..., 
459 


ΕΝΘΑ 

ίνθεν  δε---,  on  one  side...,  on  the 
other...,  Xen.  An.  3,  5,  7,  cf.  Hdt.  1, 
72. — 2.  re'at.,  for  ΰθεν,  whence,  where- 
of, Lat.  Mil'/'•,  οίνος,  ενβεν  ίτηνον,  Od. 
4,  220 :  δέπα,  Ivhfv  επινον,  0(1.  19, 
62 :  then  oft.  answering  to  the  adv. 
ίνθα,  as,  6  μεν  ένθα  καβέζετο,  ένθεν 
ανέστη  Ερμείας,  in  the  spot  frnm 
which—,  Od.  5,  195. — II.  more  rarely 
of  time,  thereupon,  after  that,  11.  13, 
741,  TO  ίνθεν.  —  HI.  of  cause,  etc., 
post-Hom.,  as  relat.  xehencr,  like  Lat. 
unde,  Aesch.  Eum.  689,  Eur.  El.  38. 

^Έ,νθεναρίζυ,  v.  θεναρίζω. 

Ένθέΐ'δε,  (ίνθεν)  from  hence,  aivay, 
II.  8,  527,  Od.  11,  69,  anil  Alt.  :  τό, 
τύ,  ol  ίνθένόε,  freq.  in  Att. — II.  in 
genl.  hence,  of  all  results  whatever, 
Seidl.  Eur.  I.T.  91. 

\'ΕνΟενδί,  adv.  Att.  strengthd.  form 
for  foreg.,  Ar.  Lys.  429. 

Ένθεος,  ov,  contr.  ίνθονς,  ovv,  {ίν, 
θεός)  full  of  the  god,  inspired,  possess- 
ed, Trag.  etc. :  inspired  by  some  god, 
Tivi,  Aesch.  Theb.  497,  ίκ  τίνος,  Eur. 
Hipp.  141,  προς  τίνος.  Plat.  Symp. 
179  A ;   c.  gen.  rei,  ίνθεος  τέχνης, 

ffted  of  heaven  with  prophecy,  Aesch. 
lum.  17. — II.  of  the  divine  frenzy, 
inspired  by  the  god,  τέχναι,  Aesch. 
Ag.  1209,  ποίησις,  Arist.  Rhet. :  to 
ίνθεον,  iTispiration,  Plut.  Adv.  -ως, 
App. 

Ένθερίζω,  (έν,  θερίζω)  to  spend 
summer  in  a  place. 

^Ενθερμαίνω,  (εν,  θερμαίνω)  to 
warm.  Pass,  ενθερμαίνεσθαι  ηόθω, 
to  gloiv  with  passion,  Soph.  Tr.  368, 
cf  ένΟύλπω. 

Ένθερμος,  ov,  (έν,  θερμός)  hot, 
Hipp.    Adv.  -ως. 

Ένθεσίόονλος,  ov,  δ,  (ίνθεσις,  δού- 
λος) =φωμόδονλος,  ap.  Hesych. 

'Ενθεσις,  εως,  ί/,  {εντίβι/μι)  α  put- 
ting in,  insertion.  Plat,  Crat.  426  C. — 
II.  that  which  is  put  in,  esp.  into  the 
mouth,  a  slice,  mouthful,  Antiph.  Strat. 
1,  12:  in  genl  food,  Ar.  Eq.  404.— 2. 
a  graft,  Geop. 

Ένθεσμος,  ov,  {έν,  θεσμός)  lawful, 
allowed,  like  ίννομος,  Plut.    Adv.  -μως. 

Ένθετέον,  verb.  adj.  from,  εντί- 
θημι,  one  must  put  in,  Plotin. 

ί'Ενθετικής,  ή,  όν,  {εντίβημϊ)  suit- 
able to  set  in  or  implant,  Stot). 

Ένθετος,  ov,  (έντίθημι)  put  in,  im- 
planted, Theogn.  435. 

Ένθεττά'λίζομαι,  as  pass,  (έν,  θετ- 
τα'λός)  to  become  a  Thessalian,  i.  e. 
wear  the  large  Thessalian  cloak  (Θε7- 
ταλίκα  τττερά).  Eupol.  Marie.  24. 

Ένθεντεν,  adv.  Ion.  for  εντεύθεν. 

Ένθήκη,  ης,  ή,  (έντίθημι)  α  store, 
capital,  later  word  for  αφορμή. 

Ένθηλϋττΰθέω,  ώ,  (έν,  θήλυς,  ηά- 
θος)  to  be  effeminate,  Joseph. 

Ένθηρος,  ov,  (έν,  θήρ)  full  of  wild 
beasts,  haunted,  infested  by  them,  e.  g. 
δρυμός,  Eur.  Rhes.  289.  —  II.  me- 
taph.  savage,  wild,  rough,  Ορίξ.  Aesch. 
Ag.  562:  also  ίνθ.  πους,  of  the  foot 
of  Philoctetes,  torn  by  cruel  pain,  or 
perh.  untended,  undressed,  in  Soi)h. 
Phil.  698,  not  for  θηρόδηκτης,  as  the 
Schol.  says ;  cf  Livy's  effcrata  cor- 
pora, and  θηρίωμα. 

Ένθησανρίζω,  (έν,  θησαυρίζω)  to 
treasure  up, 

Ένθ?Μσις,  εως,  ή,  a  dint,  pressure 
inwards,  Ael. ;  and 

Ένθλασμα,  ατός,  τό,=  foreg.,  Gal. : 
from 

Ένθλάω,  fut.  -άσω,  (έν,  θλάω)  to 
press  in,  indent,  Hipp.  :  to  stamp,  make 
an  impression,  Ael.   [a] 

Ένθλίβω,  fut.  -φω,  (έν,  θλίβω)  to 
make  an  impression  on,  squeeze,  Nic. 
fil    Hence 
4G0 


ΕΝΘΤ 

Ένθλίπτίκός,  ή,  όν,  pressing.  Adv. 
-κως,  by  pressure,  Sext.  Emp. 

Έί•()λι4Ης,  εως,  ή,  (έν,  07.ίβω)  α 
pressing,  squeezing,  Aret. 

Ένθνήσκω,  f.  -θάνονμαΐ,  (έν,  θνήσ- 
κω)  to  die  in,  Soph.  Ο.  C.  790 :  simply, 
to  die,  Eur.  Heracl.  500.— 2.  of  the 
hand,  to  grow  rigid  or  torpid  in,  τινί. 
Id.  Hcc.  216. 
Ένθοίος,  ov,  (έν,  θο7Ας)  muddy. 
Ένθορε,  Ep.  for  ένέθορε,  3  sing. 
aor.  2  of  ένθρώσκω,  Horn. :  inf  έν- 
θορεΐν. 

Έ.νθορος,  ov,  (ένθορεΐν)  impreg- 
nat'd,  01  animals,  Nic. 

Έ•νθους,  ουν,  contr.  for  ένθεος. 
Hence 

Ενθουσιάζω,  to  be  ενθεος,  ένθους, 
inspired,  possessed  by  the  god.  Plat. 
Apol.  22  C,  etc.  ;  νπο  των  "Νυμφών, 
Id.  Phaedr.  241  Ε:  to  be  rapt,  in  ecs- 
tasy, be  enthusiastic,  νφ'  ηδονής,  Id. 
Phil.  15  D  :  be  frantic,  frenzied,  cf 
ένθουσιύω.     Hence 

Ένθονσίασις,  εως,  J7,=sq.,  Plat. 
Phaedr.  249  E. 

Ενθουσιασμός,  οΰ,  δ,  (ενθουσιάζω) 
inspiration,  enthusiasm :  in  genl.  any 
wild  pa-ision.  Plat.  Tim.  71  E. 

Ενθουσιαστής,  ov,  δ,  (ενθουσιάζω) 
a  zealot,  enthusiast,  late  word.    Hence 

Ενθουσιαστικός,  ή,  όν,  inspired, 
excited  :  το  ένθ.,  exciteinent,  Plat. 
Phaedr.  263  D. — II.  act.  inspiring,  ex- 
citing, Arist.  Pol.     Adv.  -κώς,  Pkit. 

Ένθονσιάω,ώ.— ενθουσιάζω,  Aesch. 
Fr.  120,  Eur.  Tro.  1284. 

Ενθουσιώδης,  ες,  (ένθους,  είδος) 
possessed,  Plut.  Adv.  -δώς,  Hipp. 

Ένθράσσω,  Att.  -ττω,^ένταράσ- 
σω-  [ά  by  nature.] 

Ένθρέψασθαι,  inf  aor.  1  mid.  from 
έντρέφω,  Hom. 

Ένθρηνέω,  ώ,=  θρηνέω  έν,  to  mourn 
in,  Aristid. 

Ένθρίακτος,  ov,  (έν,  θριάζω)  in- 
spired, rapt,  Soph.  Fr.  489.  [i] 

Ένθρίόω,  ώ,  (έν,  θρΐον)  to  wrap  in 
a  -fig-leaf:  in  genl.  to  wrap,  muffle  up, 
Ar.  Lys.  664. 

Ενθρονίζω,  (έν,  θρονίζω)  to  place  on 
a  throne  ;  in  pass,   to  sit  there,  LXX. 

Ένθρόνιος,  ον,—  ίνθρονος- 

Ένθρονισμός,  ov,  δ,  (ενθρονίζω)  an 
enthroning,  inauguration,  Eccl. 

Ένθρονιστικός,  ή,  όν,  (ενθρονίζω) 
inaugural,  Eccl. 

Ένθρονος,  ov,  (έν,  θρόνος)  on  a 
throne,  belonging  to  it. 

Ένθρνλ'λέω,  also  written  ένθρΰ- 
λέω,  CI.  έντρνλλίζω. 

ΥΕνθρυμμάτίς,  ίδος,  η,^=το  ίνθρυπ- 
τον,  ν.  sub  sq.  Anaxandr.  ap.  Ath. 
131  D. 

Έ^>θρυπτος,  ov,  crumbled  into  some 
liquid  :  TO  ίνθρ-,  a  sop,  morsel  of  cake, 
Dem.  314,  1 :  from 

Ένθρνπτω,  poet,  ένιθρνπτω,  (έν, 
θρύπτω)  to  sop,  crumble  into  liquid,  τι 
ίς  τι  and  τινί,  Nic,  ίν  τινι,  Hipp. 

Ένβρυσκον,  τό,  ν.  1.  for  ύνθρνσκον. 

Ένθρώσκω,  f.  -θορηνμαι,  aor.  ένέ- 
θορον,  Ερ.  Ινθορον,  (έν,  θρώσκω)  to 
leap  into,  upon,  among,  C.  dat.,  μέσω 
ποταμώ,  II.  21,  233  ;  όμίλω,  II.  15, 
623  ;  βονσί,  II.  5,  161,  in  tmesis  :  λαξ 
ίνθορεί•  Ισχίφ,  leapt  at  and  kicked  his 
hip,  Od.  17,' 233:  so  πυξ  ένθορών, 
Synes. 

Ένθνμεομαι,  dep.  c.  fut.  mid.,  f. 
•ήσομαι,  aor.  pass,  ένεθνμήθην .TYmc. 
2,  02  (έν,  θυμός).  To  lay  to  heart, 
consider  well,  ponder,  τι,  Thuc.  2,  40, 
etc.  ;  also  τινός,  to  think  much  or 
deeply  of,  Thuc.  1,  42,  Xen.,  etc.,  cf. 
Coray  Isocr.  2,  p.  15;  περί  τίνος. 
Plat.  Rep.  595  A :  also  freq.  foil,  by 
ΰτι...,  to  consider  that.,.,  Plat.,  etc. :  by 


ENIA 

ει..-,  Isocr. ;  by  ως...,  hou'..-,  Ar.  Ran. 
40,  etc. ;  more  rarely  by  part.,  ovK 
έντεθύμηται  έπαιρόμενος,  was  not 
con.^cious  that  he  was  becoming  ex- 
cited, Thuc.  1,  120 ;  but  c.  inf.,  to 
think  of  doing,  Dem. :  ένθυμεΐσθαι 
μή,  C.  subjunct .,  to  take  heed,  beware 
that-.-,  Lat.  caoere  ne....  Plat.  Hipp. 
Maj.  300  D. — 2.  esp.  to  take  to  heart, 
be  concerned,  hurt  or  angry  at,  τι, 
Aesch.  Eum.  222,  cf.  Thuc.  7,  18.— 
3.  to  think  out  a  thing,  form  a  plan, 
κράτιστος  ένθνμηθήναι,  Thuc.  8,  68. 
— II.  to  desire,  long  for,  like  έπιθυμέω, 
Heyne  Epict.  21.  The  act.  form  έν- 
θνμέω  occurs  in  Aen.  Tact. ;  and  έν- 
θνμεισθαι,  as  pass.,  to  be  excited,  to  be 
desired,  in  App.     Hence 

Ενθύμημα,  ατος,  τό,  a  thought, 
sentiment.  Soph.  O.  C.  292,  Isocr.,  etc. 
— II.  a  device,  stratagem,  Xen.  An.  3, 
5,  12,  etc. — III.  an  argument,  called 
by  Arist.  the  rhetorical  syllogism,  i.  e. 
a  syllogism  of  which  the  conclusion 
is  o?ily  probable,  not  absolute.  Anal. 
Prior.  2,  27. — IV.  the  thought,  sense 
of  a  passage,  Dion,  [ϋ]    Hence 

Ένθϋμηματικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging 
to,  consisting  of,  skilled  in  the  use  of 
ενθυμήματα,  Arist.  Rhet. 

Έΐ'θνμημάτιον,  ου,  τύ,  dim.  from 
ενθύμημα,  v.  1.  ap.  Gell.  6,  13,  4. 

Ένθύμησις,  εως,  ή,  (ένθυμέομαι) 
consideration,    esteem,  Eur.  Arch.  20. 

Ένθνμητέον,  verb.  adj.  from  ένθυ- 
μέομαι.one  must  consider,  think,  Epich. 
p.  96,  Dem.  40,  18. 

Έΐ'θϋμία,  ας,  ή,  thought,  considera- 
tion :  suspicion,  Thuc.  5,  16. 

Ένθϋμιάω,  ω,  to  fumigate, 

Ένθνμίζομαι,=  ένθυμέομαι  I.,  v.  1. 
Thuc.  5,  32  :  also  in  sigiif.  II.,  App. : 
the  act.  ενθυμίζω  is  late. 

Ένθνμιος,  ov,  (έν,  θυμός)  taken  at 
heart,  thought  much  of,  weighing  upon 
the  heart,  μή  σοι  λίην  ένθύμιος  έστω, 
let  him  not  lie  too  heavy  o?i  thy  soul, 
take  not  too  much  thought  for  him, 
Od.  13,  421  ;  so  ένθύμιον,  ol  έγένετο 
έμπρί/σαντι  τό  ίρόν,  he  had  great 
trouble  of  heart  for  having  done  it, 
Hdt.  8,  54 ;  so  too  in  Alt.,  ένθ.  εστί 
/ΙΟΙ,  Lat.  religio  est  mihi.  Soph.  O.  T. 
739,  ubi  V.  Erf,  and  Eur. ;  ένθύμιον 
ποιεισθαί  τι,  to  take  to  heart,  to  have  a 
scruple  about  a  thing,  Thuc.  7,  50 ; 
ένθ.  τίθέναι  τί  τινι,  to  make  one  have 
scruples  about  it,  Eur.  Ion  1347,  cf. 
39 :  also  ένθ-  εϋναί,  a  marriage  that 
lies  heavy  on  her  soul,  harassing,  anx- 
ious. Soph.  Tr.  110.  [v] 

Ένθύμιστός,  ή,  όν,  (ένθνμίζομαι) 
ένθ.  ποιεισθαί  τι,  to  make  a  .temple 
ο/ it,  Valck.  Hdt.  2,  175,  cf.  foreg. 

Ένθνμος,  ov,  (έν,  θυμός)  spirited, 
Arist.  Pol.     Adv.  -μως. 

Ένθϋσιάζω,  (έν,  θυσιάζω)  to  sacri- 
fice in,  LXX. 

^Ενθω,  ίνθοι,  Ινθων,  Dor.  for  έλθω, 
etc.,  subj.,  opt,  part.,  from  ηλθον, 
2  aor.  οι  έρχομαι,  Thcocr. 

Ένθωρΰκίζω,  ί.  -ίσω,  (έν-  θωρακίζω) 
to  arm,  equip  with  armour,  hence  part, 
pf  pass,  έντεθωρακισμένος,  mailed, 
Xen.  An.  7,4,  16. 

Έτί,  poet,  for  kv,  poet,  both  Ep. 
and  Att.,  also  in  Ion.  prose  :  but — II. 
ένί.  dat.  from  εΙς. 

Ένι,  for  ίνεστι,  it  is  in- — Π.  it  is 
allowed,  is  possible,  can  be,  esp.  in  Att., 
V.  ένειμι. 

Ένιαϊος,  αία,  alov,  (ίν)  single, 
Diog.  L. 

Έ,νιαυθμός,  ov,  ό,  (ένιανω)αη  abode. 

Ένιανσιαΐος,  αία,  αϊον,=  sq. ,  Arist. 
Org. 

'Ενιαύσιος,  ov,  also  α,  ov,  Hdt.  4, 


ENIH 

180:  (ένιαντός)  of  a  year,  one  year 
old,  σϋς,  Od.  16,  454. — II.  yearly,  year 
by  year,  Hes.  Op.  447. — III. /or  α  year, 
lasting  a  year,  φυγή,  a  year's  exile, 
Eur.  Hipp.  37 ;  εκεχειρία,  σπονδαί, 
etc.,  Thuc,  etc. ;  οδός  iv.,  Xen. ; 
ev.  (3εβώς,  gone,  absent  for  a  year, 
Soph.'Tr.  165. 

'Έ,νιαντίζομαι,  dep.,  to  spend  a  year, 
Plat.  (Com.)  ΤΙοιήτ.  1 :  from 

Ένιαυτός,  ov,  b,  a  year,  Horn. ; 
Αώς  ένιαυτοί,  because  Jupiter  or- 
dered the  course  of  time,  II.  2,  134  : 
κατ'  ενιαντόν, yearly,  every  year.  Plat., 
etc. ;  όΐς  ένιαντού,  twice  in  the  year, 
Id,  The  word,  though  common  in 
all  Greek,  is  most  freq.  in  poets.  It 
meant  any  complete  space,  period  of 
time,  V.  Is'itzsch  Od.  1,  16 :  hence, 
έτος  η}Λε  ττεριπλομένων  ivcavTUv, 
as  times  rolled  on  the  year  came 
round,  Od.  1,  16;  &wa  χρόνιους  ετών 
ττα'λαιύν  ένιαντονς,  Ar.  Ran.  347, 
ace.  to  the  Rav.  MS.,  cf.  Hdt.  1,  32 : 
and  so  a  period  of  eight  years,  Apol- 
lod.  3,  4,  2;  and  μέγας  εΐ'ίαντός  of 
the  έννεακαιόεκαετ?ίρίς  of  Meton, 
Diod.  2,  37,  cf.  12,  36;  Plut.  2, 
421  C  :  of  a  period  of  600  years,  Jo- 
seph., cf.  Ideler  Chronol.  2,  p.  588, 
sq. :  the  compUtion  of  a  woman's  time 
for  being  delivered,  Hes.  Th.  493, 
Sc.  87  ;  and  Thuc.  3,  68,  speaks  of 
εν.  τις.  Ace.  to  Herodotus  ap.  Schol. 
Soph.  Tr.  253,  etc.,  an  'ενιαυτός  con- 
tained three  έτη.  (From  *ei^of,  q.  v.  : 
the  deriv.,  tvl  αντώ,  self-contained,  or 
έν,  lavu,  are  mere  subtleties.) 

'Έ,νιαυτοφανής,  ες,  {ένιαυτός,  φαί- 
νομαι) yearly  seen. 

Ένιαντοφορέω,  ώ,  to  bear  fruit 
through  the  year  before  it  ripens,  The- 
ophr. :  from 

Ένιαυτοψόρος,  ov,  {ένιαντός,  φέ- 
ρω) bearing  its  fruit  throughout  the 
year. 

Ένιαύω,  fut.  -ανσο),  (έν,  Ίαύω)  to 
sleep  in  or  among,  τισί,  Od.  15,  557 ; 
with  ένθα,  Od.  9,  187. 

'Έινιάχή,  adv.,  {ενιοι)  in  some  places, 
C.  gen.  loci,  Hdt.  1,  199;  2,  19.— 2. 
sometimes,  Ath.  478  B,  Plut. 

Ένιΰχοϋ,  adv.,  (ένιοι)  in  some  or 
many  places,  Plut. — 2.  on  many  occa- 
sions, now  and  then.  Plat.  Phaed.  71  B. 

Ένιύχω,^ίάχω  έν,  Λοηη. 

'Ένιβύλλω,  ένιβ'λάπτω,  poet,  for 
έμβ.  ■ 

Ένίγνιος,  ov,  (,έν,  γυΐον)  joined  in 
one  body,  of  the  Molionidae,  Ibyc.  27. 

ΈνΙοεΙν,  inf.  of  aor.  ένεΐδον,  q.  v., 
rare,  cf.  Herm.  Soph.  Phil.  841. 

Ένιδρόω,  ώ,  (έν,  ίδρόω)  to  sweat 
over,  labour  at,  c.  dat.,  Lat.  insndare, 
Xen.  Symp.  2,  18. 

Ένιδοννω,  and  ένιδρνω,  fut.  -νσω, 
{έν,  Ίδρνω)  to  put,  place,  fix  or  found 
in  a  place,  Plut.  Also  in  mid.,  ένι- 
δρύσασθαι  ττόλιας,  βωμούς,  Hdt.  1, 
94 ;  2,  178.  [νω,  ϋνω,  νσω,  ν.  ιδρύω.] 

'Κνιζύνω,  fut.  -ζήσω,  to  sit  in  or  on, 
likefviCtjII.,  V.  1.  Jl.  20,  11. 

'Ένιζεύγνϋμι,  or  -νύω,  poet,  for 
ένζεύγννμι. 

'Έ,νίζημα,  ατός,  to,  {ένιζάνω)  a  seat, 
Clem.  Al. 

'Ένίζησις,  εως,  ή,  {ένιζάνω)  a  sitting 
in,  εΙς  τι,  Aretae. 

'Ένίζω,  ί.  -ζήσω,  {'εν,  ϊζω)  to  put,  set 
ί?ι  or  ore.— Π.  intr.  like  ένιζάνω,  to 
place  one's  self,  to  sit  in  or  on,  τι,  Eur. 
Hel.  1108,  TLvi,  Plat.  Symp.  196  B: 
also  in  mid.,  Aretae. 

'Ένίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {εν)  to  make  one  of, 
unite,  Plut. 

'Έ,νίημι,  fut.  -ησω,  aor.  -ηκα,  Ep. 
-έηκα,  {έν,  ΐημι)  to  send  in  or  into,  e.  g. 
into  the  ranks  of  war,  II.  14,  131, 


ENin 

among  a  number,  Od.  12,  65 :  to  put 
i)t,  implant,  inspire,  c.  acc.  rei  et  dat. 
pers.,  as  ένήκε  δέ  oi  μένος  ην,  II.  20, 
80 ;  καί  οι  θάρσος  ένι  στήθεσσιν 
έντ/κε,  11.  17,  570 ;  and  reversely  c. 
acc.  pers.  et  dat.  rei,  vvv  μιν  μάλλον 
ίγηνορί•ησίν  ένήκας,  plunged  him  in, 
inspired  him  ivith  pride  of  soul,  II.  9, 
700  :  so  7/(5e  δ'  όδος  και  μάλλον  όμο- 
φμοσνντ/σιν  ένήσει,  sc.  ημάς,  shall 
bring  u's  yet  more  to  harmony,  Od. 
15,  198  :  τον  ένέηκε  ττόνοις,  plunged 
him  into  toils,  II.  10,  89,  just  like 
έμβά?ί.λω,  and  Lat.  immittere,  conji- 
cere :  in  genl.  to  throw,  cast  in  Or 
ammig,  τί  τινι,  e.  g.  VTjvalv  πνρ,  II. 
12,  441,  φάρμακον  ο'ινφ,  Od.  4,  233  : 
of  ships,  to  launch  them  into  the  deep, 
m  Hom.  without  acc,  'ενήσομεν  εν- 
ρέϊ  πόντω  (sc.  νηα),  Od.  2,  295,  cf. 
12,  293  :  and  metaph.  to  urge  on,  in- 
cite to  do  a  thing,  c.  inf.,  Mosch.  2, 
153. — II.  later  also,  έν.  τι  εις  τι,  Hdt. 
8,  32,  and  Att. — 2.  to  send  in  secretly, 
=νφίημι,  Thuc.  6,29.-111.  intr.,  like 
ένόίδωμι,  to  give  in,  relax,  Plut.  2,  437 
A.  [usu.  ένϊ-,  Ep.,  ένΙ-,  Trag. :  yet 
Horn,  has  t.] 

νΈ,νιηνες,  ων,  οί,=:Αίνιανες,  q.  v., 
II.  2,  749. 

νΈνιθνήσκω,  poet,  for  ένθνήσκω, 
Nic. 

νΈνιθρύπτω,  poet,  for  ένθρύτττω, 
Nic. 

ΫΈνικάββάλε,  poet.  2  aor.  of  έγκα- 
ταβύλλω,  Αρ.  Rh. 

ΤΕνικύππεσε,  poet.  2  aor.  of  έγκα- 
τατήτττω,  Αρ.  Rh. 

νΕνικάτθάνε,  poet.  2  aor.  of  έγκα- 
ταθνήσκω. 

Ένικατατίθημι,  poet,  for  έγκ. : 
hence  ένικάτθεο,  Ep.  imperat.  aor.  2 
mid  for  έγκατάθεσο,  έγκατύθον,  Hes. 
Op.  27. 

νΕνΙκεύς,  έως,  δ,  Emceus,  a  con- 
queror in  the  Olympic  games,  Pind. 
O.  10,  86. 

Ένικλάω,  f.  -άσω,  poet,  for  έγκλάω, 
to  break,  snap,  Lat.  infringere :  me- 
taph. εωθεν  ένικλΰν,  όττι  νοήσω,  is 
wont  to  break  off,  frustrate  what  I  de- 
vise, II.  8,  408,  422. 
'Ένικ7^είω,  poet,  for  εγκλείω. 
'Έ,νικμος,  ov,  {έν,  ίκμάς)  moist,  wet, 
Theophr. 

Ένικνέομαι,  f.  -ίξομαι,  {έν,  Ικνέο- 
μαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  penetrate,  Theophr. 
'Έ,νικνήθω,   ένικνώσσω,  poet,   for 
έγκ. 

VEviKOviai,  ών,  ai,  Eniconiae,  a  city 
of  Corsica,  Strab. 

νΈ,νιπάλλω,  poet,  for  έμπάλλω,  Αρ. 
Rh. 

'Ενικός,  η,  όν,  {'έν)  single,  αριθμός 
έν.,  the  singular  number,  Gramm.  Adv. 
-κως. 
'Έ,νικρίνω,  poet,  for  εγκρίνω. 
Ένί?Λω,    ένιλλώπτω,    -ωπέω,    ίο 
look  askance  at,  Clem.  ΑΙ. 

Ένιναιετάασκον,  Ep.  impf.  from 
ένιναιετάω,^=ένναίω. 

'Έ.νΙοβο?.έω,  ώ,  {έν,  Ιοβολέω)  to 
poison,  τινί,  Hipp. 

"Έ,νιοι,  αι.  α,  some,  once  in  Hdt.  8, 
56,  (v.  1.  7,  187)  and  once  in  Ar.,  viz. 
Plut.  867;  else  first  in  Plat.,  and 
Xen.  (cf  however  ενίοτε),  and  in 
genl.  only  in  prose.  (Not  from  εις, 
ένας,  but  from  έστιν  ο'ί,  ένι  οι,  as 
ενίοτε  from  έστιν  ore,  ίνι  ότε,  Bockh 
Pind.  Ο.  10,  1.) 
Ένΐόκα,  Dor.  for  sq. 
'Ενίοτε,  adv.  for  ένι  δτε,  εστίν  δτε, 
St  times,  sometimes,  Hipp.,  Ar.  Plut. 
1125,  Plat.,  etc. :  έν.  μέν...,  έν.  δε.... 
Plat.  Gorg.  467  Ε  :  v.  ένιοι.  Not 
ένιότε,  cf  ά?.?Μτε,  εκάστοτε,  etc. 

νΈινϊτϊενς,  έως,  ό,  Enlpeus,  a  tribu- 


ΕΝΙΣ 

tary  of  the  Apidanus,  in  Thessaly, 
Hdt.  7,  129.-2.  a  tributary  of  the 
Alpheus  in  Elis,  Strab. — 3.  a  river  of 
Macedonia,  Polyb.  29,  3,  4. 

'EiViKTJ,  ης,  ή,  {ένίπτω)  a  speaking 
to,  speech,  address,  always  in  Horn, 
with  signf  οι  reproof ,  II.  4,  402  :  usu. 
with  an  adj.,  άργαλέη,  έκπαγλος, 
κρατερή,  II.  5,  492,  etc. ;  yet  also  ab- 
sol.  for  rebuke,  chiding,  Od.  5,  446  ; 
abuse,  Od.  20,  266  ;  and  so  ■φενδέων 
ένιπύ,  the  reproach  of  Ipng,  Pind.  O. 

10,  8  :  later  of  all  violent  attacks,  as  of 
the  sun's  rays,  thirst,  Opp.  Ep. 
word. 

Ένίττλειος,  ov,   Ep.  for  έμπλεος, 
full,  filled,  c.  gen.,  Od. 
νΕνίττλεος,  poet,  for  έμπλ.εος. 

Ένιττλήσασθαι,  -σθήναι,  -σωσι, 
Ep.  for  έμπλ;  from  έμπίπλημι,  Od. 

Ένιπλήσσω,  poet,  for  έμπλήσσω, 
Hom. 
νΕνιπλώω,  poet,  for  έμπλώω,  Opp. 

Ένιππάζομαι,  {έν,  ιππύζομαι)  = 
sq.,  Arr. 

Ένιππενω,  {έν,  Ιππεύω)  to  ride  in, 
Hdt.  6,  102. 

Ένιπρήθω,  poet,  for  έμπρήθω,  II. 
νΕνιπρίω,  poet,  for  έμπρίω  Opp.  [t] 

Ένιπτάζω,  poet,  lengthd.  form  for 
ένίπτω,  Αρ.  Rh. 

Ένιπτνω,  poet,  for  έμπτνω. 

Ένίπτω,  fut.  ένίψω,  al.so  ένισπή- 
σω,  strictly,  to  speak  to,  call  upoyi,  ad- 
dress, c.  acc.  pers.,  but  always  with 
signf  of  reproof  which  is  usu. 
strengthd.  by  a  dat.  modi,  as  ύνείδε- 
σιν,  αίσχροϊς  έπέεσσι,  χαλεπώ  μνθφ 
ένίπτειν  τινά,  to  attacks  assail. upbraid 
with  abusive  words,  11.  2,  245,  etc. ; 
and  c.  adv.,  αίσχρώς  ένίπτειν  τινά, 
Od.  18,  321,  cf  11.  23,  473  ;  or  sim- 
ply, μνθφ  ένίπτειν  τινά,  to  attack 
with  words,  II.  3,  427,  or  in  mild- 
est signf., κpaδίηvήvίπaπεμvθω,repro• 
ved  his  soul  with  words,  Od.20, 17:  μύ- 
θω,  is  not  redundant,  as  the  word  is 
sometimes  used  of  actions,  v.  ένίσσω : 
— used  absol.,  ει  τίς  με  καΐ  ά/.λος  έν- 
ίπτοι,  were  another  to  attack  me,  II. 
24,  768,  cf  15,  540,  552,  and  the  ver- 
bal subst.  ένιπή. — Hom.  has  two  ir- 
reg.  αοτ.,ένένιπτε,Άηάί/νίπαπε  [ιπα] 
but  only  in  3  sing. ;  for  the  former, 
Buttm.,  withWern.  Tryph.  p.  355, 
proposes  everywh.  to  follow  several 
MSS.  in  reading  ένένίπε,  Lexil.  v. 
άνί/νυθεν  18;  ένίσσω,  is  a  synon. 
form. — ΙΙ.^ένέπω,  έννέπω,  ένίσπω, 
to  announce,  give  out,  very  rare,  once 
in  Pind.,  ελπίδας  ένίπτων,  proclaim- 
ing hopeful  tidings,  P.  4,  358,  cf.  Wern. 
Tryph.  p.  150.  —  Ep.  word,  also  in 
Aesch.  Ag.  590,  in  signf  I.  (Root, 
acc.  to  Ruhnk.  Ep.  Cr.  40,  ιπτω,  akin 
to  ίπος,  Ίπύω  ;  hence  I  in  ένίπτω  and 
'ενιπή  :  Buttm.  Lexil.  ubi.  sup.  suppo- 
ses a  root  Nl  Π.  The  word's  likeness 
to  ένίσπω,  is  proved  by  its  different 
usage  and  construction  to  be  casual.) 
ΥΕνΙπώ,  ους,  ή,  Εηϊρο,  a  slave, 
mother  of  the  poet  Archilochus,  AeL 
V.  H.  10,  13. 

Ένισκελ^Μ,  poet,  for  ένσκέ/.λω. 

Ένισκήπτω,  poet,  for  'ενσ.,  II.,  but 
changed  by  Wolf  into  ένισκίμπτω,  v. 
ένσκίμπτω. 

Ένισκίμπτω. γοεί.ίοτένσκίμπτω,ΙΙ. 

Ένισπεΐν,  inf  aor.  2of  έΐ'ί'σττω,  Od. 
νΕνισπείρω,  poet,  for  ενσπείρω,  Αρ. 
Rh. 

νΕνίσπη.  ης,  ή,  Enispe,  a  town  of 
Arcadia',  all  vestige  of  which  had  dis- 
appeared even  in  the  time  of  Strabo, 

11.  2,  606. 

Ένισπήσω,  fut  of  ένίσπω,  Od. 
ΥΕνισπον,  aor.  2  of  seq. 
Ένίσπω,  fut.  ένίψω,  and  more  rare- 
461 


ENNA 

ly  ένιστϊήσω  :  aor.  2  ίνισπες,  ενίοττε, 
inf.  ένισττείν  :  synon.  coUat.  form  of 
ένέπω,  έννέττω : — to  tell,  vtler,  an- 
nounce, usu.  c.  ace.  rei  et  dat.  pers., 
μνθον,  νημερτέα,  μήτιν,  κληηύόνα, 
νόστον,  όλεθρόν  τινι,  etc.  ;  freq.  in 
Horn,  also  absol.,  to  say,  speak,  Od. 
17,  529,  H.  Horn.  Cer.  f  1 :  the  ]iros. 
occurs  first  Hcs.  Th.  369,  the  other 
tenses  in  Horn,  with  ίνέττω,  as  the 
pres. :  once,  II.  23,  473,  the  rcdupl. 
aor.,  τον  δ'  αίσχρύς ενένισττεν,  occurs 
c.  ace.  pers.,  quite=t)^t>rij,  where 
perh.  Buttm.  is  right  in  reading  from 
Od.  18,  321,  ένέΐΊΤϊτε,  or  ένένΐήε : 
Eustath.  distinguishes  the  futures 
έΐ'ί'ψω,  /  shall  upbraid,  and  ίνισπήσω, 
simply,  /  shall  say  ;  but  cf  II.  7,  447. 
Od.  2,  137;  11,  148.— Ep.  word  :  also 
in  Eur.  Supp.  435.  (Akin  to  εΙπεΐν, 
Ισπετε,  but  not  to  Η'ίτττω:  for  ίνοπη, 
V.  Buttm.  Lexil.  v.  άνηνοθεν   16.) 

'Ένίσσω,  coUat,  form  of  ενίτττω,  to 
attack,  reproach,  έκπάγ?ιυις,  or  at- 
σχροϊςέττέεσσί,  oi'et(5EiOtf,  11. 15, 198, 
etc. :  but  also  of  ill  usage  in  deed,  επ- 
εσίν  τε  κακοΐσιν  ένίσσομεν  ij6i  βαλψ 
σιν,  maltreat  him  with  words  and 
blows,  Od.  24,  161,  hence  pass,  tvta- 
σάμενος,  misused,  Od.  24,  163. — Ep. 
word. 

Ένίστημι,  f.  ένστήσω,  perf  ivi- 
στηκα,  {h,  ΐστημι)  to  put,  set,  place  in, 
εΐςχώραν,  Hdt.  2, 102,  and  so  Plat.— 
II.  the  mid.  is  used  in  act.  signf ,  to 
place  in,  τινί  τι,  Αρ.  Rh. — 2.  to  begin, 
Ti,  At.  Lys.  268,  Dem.  137,  2,  and 
Polyb. — B.  but  usu.  in  mid.,  with  aor. 
2,  perf  and  plqpf  act.,  intrans.  to  be 
set  171,  stand  in  or  tvithin,  τινί,  Hdt., 
etc. — II.  to  be  appointed,  βασίλεύς,  or 
εις  αρχήν,  Hdt.  3,  67:  6,  59.— III.  to 
be  upon,  be  close  upon,  Lat.  imminere, 
τινί,  Hdt.  1,  83:  absol.  to  be  at  hand, 
begin,  Ar.  Nub.  779,  etc. ;  esp.  in  part, 
pf.  ίνεστηκώς,  ένεστώΓ,  impending,  im- 
mediate, instant,  presint,  μείς,  Bockh 
Inscr.  2,  p.  476,  ττόλεμοζ•,  Aeschin. 
35,  27;  χρόνος  εν.,  the  present  tense, 
Gramm.: — also,  τραΐ'ματα  εν.. wounds 
inflicted,  Plat.  Legg.  878  Β :  of  cir- 
cumstances also,  to  arise,  occur,  Xen. 
■ — IV.  to  stand  in  the  way  of,  oppose,  re- 
sist,Tivi,  Thuc.  8,  69,  and  Oratt.;  also 
Ίΐρός  τι,  Plut. :  hence  as  law-term,  to 
take  exceptions,  cf.  ενστασις :  of  the 
Roman  tribunes,  to  intercede,  Plut. — 
V.  to  became  solid,  of  fluids,  to  congeal, 
curdle,  Diosc. 

Ένισχνος,  ov,  {έν,  Ισχνός)  some- 
what thin,  slight,  Nic. 

'Έ,νισχϋρίζυμαι,  {έν,  Ισχυρίζομαι) 
mid.,  to  rely  upon,  τινί,  Dem.  1082,26. 

Ένίσνΰω,  [εν,  Ισχνω)  to  strengthen, 
Hipp.  — II.  more  freq.  intr.  to  gain 
strength,  be  strong,  Arist.  Eth.  N.  [ydl 
νσ(ύ] 

^Έ,νισχίύ,^^ίνέχω,  Hdt.  4,  43,  in 
mid. 

'Έ,νιτρέόο,  poet,  for  έντρεφω,  11. 
■f'Ei'i  rptJw,  poet,  for  ivrpiju,  Nic. 

Ένιφέρβομαι,  poet,  ior  ίμφέρβομαι, 
to  graze,  feed  in  or  on. 
VEvipvpu,  poet,  for  έμούρω.  0pp. 
VEvixpavcj,  poet,  for  εγχραύω,  Nic. 

Ένιχρίμπτω,  poet,  for  εγχρίμπτω, 

Έΐ'ίΐ/'(ίω,  poet,  for  εμψάω,  to  wipe  on. 
^'Ένίφω,  fut.  of  ένίστϊω. 
Έν?Μκκενω,  for  ελλ.,  (έν,  ?Μκκος) 
to  shut  lip  in  a  vault  OT  cloister,  Byz., 
cf.  έν~ηκάζίύ. 

ΤΈν/αίενί,),  {έν,  ?Μξεύω)  to  cut  on 
stone,  to  sculpture  (wi  stone,  Anth.,  in 
perf  pass. 

Έι^  μεν  τενθενί,  rare  tmesis  for 
εντεύθεν  μεν,  Metagen.  Thur.  1.  5. 
VEvva,  ης,  ?;,  Enna,  a  city  in  the  in- 
462 


ENNE 

terior  of  Sicily,  now  Castrogivanne, 
famed  for  a  temple  of  Ceres,  and  as 
the  place  whence  Proserpina  was 
carried  olfby  Pluto,  Diod.  S. 

Έννΰέτεφα,  ας,  ?},  feni.  from  sq., 
Anth. 

Έννΰετήρ,  ηρος.  ή,  {ένναίω)  an  in- 
mate, inhabitant,  Anth. 

ΎΛ'ναετηρίς,  ίδος,  ή,  {ένναετής)  a 
period  of  nine  years,  Plat.,  cf.  τριετη- 
ρίς. 

Έννΰέτηρος,  ov,=  sq.,  nine  years 
old,  Hes.  Op.  434. 

Έννΰετής,  ές,  {εννέα,  έτος)  nine 
years  old:  neut.  έννύετες,  as  adv., /or 
nine  years,  Hes.  Th.  801  :  cf  είναετής. 

'Εννάέτης,  ov,  6,  {ένναίω)=ενναε- 
τί/η.  Αρ.  Rh. 

Έννάετίζο),  {ένναετής)  to  be  nine 
years  old,  Call.  Dian.'  179. 

^Εννΰέτις,  ιδος,  η,  pecul.  fern,  of 
ένναετής,  nine  years  old,  Anth. — II. 
also  of  ένναέτης,  an  inhabitant,  Ap. 
Rh. 
νΕνναΐος,  a,  ov,  {Έννα)  of  or  belong- 
ing to  Enna,  Polyb.  1,  24,  12  ;  Diod.  S. 

Ένναίρειν,  poet,  for  έναίρειν,  Batr. 

Ένναίω,  {έν,  ναίω)  to  dwell  in,  δό- 
μοις,  Eur.  Hel.  488 ;  έν  κακοίσι,  Soph. 
Phil.  472  ;  έκεΐ.  Id.  O.  C.  788  ;  also 
c.  ace.  loci,  Mosch.  4,  36  ;  to  this  be- 
long the  Ep.  forms,  fut.  έννάσσομαι. 
Αρ.  Rh.,  aor.  ένασσύμην,'Λ  pi.  έννάσ- 
σαντο,  Id.,  Call.  Del.  15  ;  aor.  pass.  3 
sing,  έννάσθη,  Αρ.  Rh. 

Έννάκις,  adv.,  (έΐ'ΐ-'έα)  nine  times, 
worse  form  for  έννεάκις,  or  ένάκις, 
Anth.  [u] 

Έννΰκόσιοι,  ai,  a,  v.  ένακόσιοι. 
νΕννάσθη,   Ep.  3   sing.   aor.  pass, 
from  ένναίω,  Αρ.  Rh. 

ΥΕννάσσαντο,  Ep.  for  ένενάσαντο, 
3  plur.  aor.  1  mid.  of  ένναίω. 

VFji'vaaau,  f.  -νάξω,  (έν,  ΐ'άσσω)  to 
stuff  in,  to  pile  up  in,  Geop. :  peri.  pass. 
έν  δε  νένασται  δέρματα,  in  tmesis, 
Theocr.  9,  9. 

ΈνναταΙος,  uia,  aiov,  v.  έναταιης. 

Έννατος,  η,  ov,  ninth,  Hdt.  1,  51  : 
τα  έννατα,  sub.  Ιερά,  offerings  to  the 
dead  wme  days  after  the  funeral,  Lat. 
sacra  novcmdialia,  cf.  τρίτος:  but  the 
form  ένατος,  is  the  only  good  one, 
and  so  in  the  derivs.,  v.  Bekker  and 
PoppoThuc.  1,  46. 

^Εννανΰγέυ,  ώ,  (έν,  ναναγέω)  to  be 
shipwrecked  in. 

Έννανλοχέω,  ί:),=νανλοχέω  έν, 
Dio  C. 

ΈννανίΜχέω,  ΰ.=ναυμαχέω  έν,  to 
have  a  sea-fight  in,  Plut. 

Ένναυττηγέο,  ώ,  {έν,  νανπηγέω)  to 
build  ships  in,  Thuc.  1,  13,  v.  Poppo  1, 
p.  244. 

Ένναύω,  v.  ναύω.  ένανυ. 

ΈΝΝΕΆ",  indecl.,  mne,  Hom.  ap- 
parently a  sacred  number,  as  being 
thrice  three  :  hence  oft.  in  Hom.,  Jiine 
victims,  heralds,  judsjes,  etc..  II.  G, 
174,  Od.  3,  7,  8;  8,  "258  ;  nine  days 
visit,  II.  0,  174,  cf  ένντ/μαρ  :  nine  Mu- 
ses, Hes.  Th.  917,  cf  Od.  24,  CO :  la- 
ter, nine  Archons  at  Athens  : — on  this 
V.  Hiicks  Kreta,  1,  246.  sqq.  :  hence, 
seemingly,  as  a  roinid  number,  for 
many,  II.  16,  785,  Od.  11,  577.  (It 
was  orig.  digammated,  έν-νέ^α,  cf 
Lat.  novem,  Sanscr.  nnram.  Germ. 
neun :  these  forms  have  a  strange 
likeness  to  the  various  words  iurncw, 
Gr.  νέος,  (rt'Fof),  Lat.  novus,  Sanscr. 
7iava,  Germ.  7teu.) 

Έννεάβοως,  ov,  {εννέα,  βονς'^ 
worth  nine  beeves,  II.  6,  236. 

ΈννεαγΥ/ρως,  ω,  ό,  ή,  {εννέα,  γή- 
ρας) nine  ages  old.  very  old  ;  also  έν- 
νεάγηρα,  η,  κορώνη,  dnb.  1.  Arat. 

Έννεάδεσμος,  ov,  {  εννέα,  δεσμός  ) 


ENNE 
\iith  nine  bands  or  joints,  many-jointed, 
Nic. 

Έννεαδίκός,  ή,  όν,  {έvvεάς)of  the 
number  nine,  Lat.  nonarius,  Eeel. 

Έννεύζω,  {έν,  νεάζω)  to  spend  one's 
youth  in,  c.  dat.,  βόδον  f/pi  εννεάσαν, 
an  early  blooming  rose,  Philostr. 

Έννεακαίδεκα,  {εννέα,  και,  δέκα) 
indeel.,  nineteen,  II. 

Έννεακαιδεκαετηρίς,  ίδος,  η,  {έν- 
νεακαίδεκα, έτος)  α  period  or  cycle  of 
nineteen  years,  esp.  the  astronomies' 
cycle  of  Melon,  Diod. ;  v.  Clinton  F 
H.  2,  p.  337. 

Έννεακαιδεκαέτης,  ov,  ό,  (εΐΊ^εα 
καίδεκα,  έτος)  nf  nineteen  years,  χρό 
νος,  Diod.  :  nineteen  years  old,  Anth. 

Έννεακαιδεκάμιμ'ος,  ov,  {έννεακαί 
δέκα,  μήν)  nineteen  months  φΐ,  Anth. 

Έννεακαιδεκαπλΰσίων,  ov,  gen. 
οΐ'ος,  nineteen  times  as  large  as,  c.  gen., 
Plut. 

Έννεακαιδεκαταΐος,  αία,  αΐον,  on 
the  nineteenth  day  :  nineteen  days  old. 

Έννεακαιδέκατος,η,ον, {έννεακαί- 
δεκα) nineteenth,  Hipp. 

Έννεακαιδεκετής,  ές,=έννεακαι• 
δεκαετής,  nineteen  years  old,  Anth. 

Έννεακαιεικοσικαιεπτακοσιο7Γ7.α• 
σιάκις,  adv.,  seven-hundred-and-twenly• 
nine  times.  Plat.  Rep.  587  E. 

Έννεάκεντρος,  ov,  {εννέα,  κέντ• 
pov)  with  nine  points  or  stings,  Nic. 

'Εννεακέφαλος,  ov,  {εννέα,  κεφαλή 
nine-headed,  Alcae.  93. 

Έννεάκις,  adv.,  =  ένύκις,  nine 
times. 

Έννεύκλϊνος,  ov,  {εννέα,  κλίνη) 
xcith  nine  dining-couches,  Phryn.  (Com.) 
Incert.  5. 

Έννεάκροννος,  ov,  (εννέα,  κρουνός) 
with  nine  springs,  esp.  a  well  at  Athens, 
in  earlier  times  (as  at  this  day)  called 
Καλ7αΙ>{)όη,  Thuc.  2,  15,  Polyzel. 
Dem.  3. 

Έννεύκνκλος,  ov,  (εννέα,  κύκλος) 
in  nine  circles,  Coluth. 

Έννεά?.ΐνος,  ov,  {εννέα,  λίνον)  of 
nine  threads  or  strands,  Xen.  Cyn.  2,  4. 

Έννεαμηνιαίος,  αία,  α?ον,=  sq. 

Έννεύμηνος,  ov,  {εννέα,  μήν)  of 
nine  months,  Hdt.  6,  69. 

Έννεύμυκ7Μς,  ov,  v.  μνκλα. 

Έννεάνειρα,  (εννέα,  ανήρ)  κορώνη, 
which  lives  nine  times  mail's  life,  Arat. 
1021,  v.  Lob.  Phryn.  538  :  al.  έννεά- 
γνρα. 

νΕννέα  οδοί,  al,  the  Nine  Ways,  a 
spot  doubtless  so  called  from  the 
number  of  roads  that  met  here  from 
different  parts  of  Thrace  and  Mace- 
don  :  near  it  subsequently  Amphipo- 
lis  Λvas  built,  Hdt.  7,  114,  Thuc.  1, 
100. 

Έννεάττηχνς,  ν,  {εννέα,  'ητ/χυς) 
nine  cubits  long,  Hom. 

ΎΔ'νεαπλύσιος,  a,  ov,  ninefold,  Ibyc. 

'Ei'i'faf,  άδος,  ?/,  (εννέα)  the  num- 
ber nine  :  a  body  of  nine,  Theocr.  17, 
84. — H.  the  ninth  day  of  the  month,  Hes. 
Op.  808. 

Έννεύστεγος,  ov,  (εννέα,  στέγη) 
of  71  ine  stories,  Diod. 

Έννεασνλλΰ.ι3ος,  ov,  {εννέα,  σΐ'λ- 
?ιαβή)  nine-syllabled. 

ΈννεάφΟογγος,  ov ,  (εννέα,  φβύγ)  ος) 
of  nine  tones  Or  7iotes,  Incert.  ap.  Stob. 
p.  520,  41. 

Έννεάφωνος,  ov.  (εννέα,  φωί>ή)=: 
foreg.,  Theocr.  8,  18. 

Έννεάχϊλοι,  ai,  a.  poet,  for  έννεά- 
κις χίλιοι,  7iine  thousand,  II.  5,  8G0. 
Nonnus  has  sing,  κτύττος  έννεάχι/Μς, 
noise  as  of  0000. 

Έννεάχορδος,  ov.  {εννέα,  χορδή) 
of  nine  strings  :  as  subst.,  to  ένικ,  sub. 
όργανον,  Ath.  636,  cf  Chion.  Ptoch.  1. 

'Έννεά-ψνχος,   ov,    {εννέα,    ψ^'χ//) 


ENNO 

with  nine  lives,  ivv.  ό,  κύωι•,  was  the 
Greek  proverb  :  we  take  the  cat. 
ΥΈννεκα,  Aeol.  for  ενίκα. 

'ϊ^ννεκρόω,  ώ,  (εν,  νεκρόω)  to  hill  in: 
pass,  to  die  in,  τινί,  Plut. 

'Έννεμέθω,  poet,  for  sq. 

'Έ,ννέμο),  (έν,  νέμω)  to  feed  cattle  in. 
Die  C.     Mid.  to  graze,  feed  in,  0pp. 

'Έννενήκοντα,  worse,  if  not  dub., 
form  for  ένενήκοντα,  7iineii/ :  so  h- 
νενηκοστός,  -κονταέτης,  for  ένεν-,  Ε. 
Μ.  p.  308,  52  :  cf.  εννατος. 

ΫΕννενώκασι,  ton.  for  έννενοήκασι,, 
from  έννοέω,  Hdt. 

Έννεον,  Ep.  impf.  from  νέο,  to 
swim,  for  ενεον,  II.  21,  11. 

'Κννεόργνιος,  ov.  {εννέα,  οργνιά) 
nine  fathom  long,  Od.  11,  312.  [νεορ. 
as  one  sylL,  cf.  έννέωρος.] 

Έννεός,  ά,  όν,  dub.  1.  for  ενεός, 
dumb. 

'Έννεοσσενο),  Att.  -ττενω,  {έν,  νε- 
οσσεύο))  to  make  a  nest,  or  hatch  young 
in,  έν  Tivt,  Ar.  Av.  1108:  c.  ace,  to 
hatch.  Plat.  Ale.  1,  135  Ε ;  and  in 
pass.,  to  be  hatched.  Id.  Rep.  573  E. 

'Έννέττω,  poet,  lengthd.  for  ένέττω, 
q.  v.,  both  in  Horn.,  and  Trag. :  in 
Trag.  even  c.  inf.,  Jac.  A.  P.  p.  72. 

Έννεσία,  ας,  ή,  poet,  for  ένεσία, 
q.  V. 

ΥΕννενω,  f.  -ενσω,  {έν,  νενω)  to  nod 

to,  to  beckon,  to  make  signs  with  the  head, 

to  ask  by  signs,   Luc,  c.  dat.,  N.  T. : 

c.  ace.  et  inf ,  Ar.  Fr.  58. 

VEvviu,  {έν,  νέυ)  to  swim  in,  Aristid. 

Έννέωρος,  ov,  {εννέα,  ώρα)  nine 
years  old,  or  long,  έννέωρος  βασίλενε, 
Od.  19,  179.  Some  Graaim.  took  it 
in  n.  18,  351,  for  of  one  year  {from  εις, 
Sv),  and  in  Od.  10,  390,  for  nine  sea- 
sons, or  quarters  old ;  so  too  Od.  11, 
311,  cf.  Herm.  Briefe  iiber  Horn,  unci 
Hes.  p.  75,  Hocks  Kreta  1,  245.  [In 
Hom.  always  trisylL] 

'Έννήκοντα,  Ep.  for  ένενήκοντα, 
Od.  19,  174. 

Έννήμαρ,  {εννέα,  ήμαρ)  adv.,  for 
nine  days,  11.  1,  53,  etc.  :  only  Ep. 
On  nine  as  a  holy  number,  v.  sub 
εννέα. 

Έννήρης,  ες,  of  nine  banks  of  oars, 
with  or  without  ναϋς,  like  τριήρης, 
Polyb.  (*άρ6;  ?) 

'Έ,ννηΰσκΆος,  ov,  {εννέα,  νσκ?ίθς) 
with  nine  sandal-straps. 

'Έ,ννηφιν,  Hes.,  v.  sub  ένος  Til. 

'Έννί/χοααι,  {έν,  νήχομαι)  to  swim 
in,  τινί,  Pnilo. 

ΈΐΊΌεω,  ΰ,  f  -ήσω  :  Ion.  part.  aor. 
έννώσας,  pf•  έννένωκα,  {έν,  νοέω) 
To  have  in  one's  thoughts,  think  of,  con- 
trive by  thinking.  Plat.  :  to  consider, 
ponder,  τι,  Hdt.  1,  G8,  Soph.  Ant.  61, 
etc. ;  TL  ττερί  τίνος.  Plat.  Rep.  595 
A  :  foil,  by  ότι..,  Hdt.  1,  80,  and  Att.  ; 
by  ει..,  whether...  Plat.  Phaed.  74  A  : 
foil,  by  μή-,  to  take  thought,  be  anxious 
lest..,  Xen.  An.  4, 2,  13.  And  so  freq. 
in  mid.,  c.  aor.  pass,  έννοήβην,  Eur. 
Med.  900,  Plat.,  etc.  :  c.  gen.,  to  have 
thought  of,  Eur.  Med.  47.  II.  to  under- 
stand, Aesch.  Ag.  1088,  and  Soph.— 
TIL  to  intend  to  do,  c.  inf.  Soph.  O. 
T.  330;  c.  ace.  rei.  Id.  Aj.  115.— IV. 
Ό  devise,  plan,  invent,  Lat.  excogitare, 
Xen.  An.  2,  2,  10,  etc.— λ',  of  words, 
to  mean,  signify.  Plat.  Euthyd.  287  C. 
Hence 

'Έννήημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  thought, notion, 
Dion.  H. ;  and 

'Έννοηματικός,  ή,  όν,  in  thought,  in- 
'ellectual. 

'Έννόησις,  εως,  ή,  {έννοέω)  a  thirik- 
ing  on,  consideration,  Plat.  Rep.  407 
B. 

'Ei'vo??7eoi',  verb.  adj.  from  έννοέω, 
rme  must  consider,  Plat.  Legg.  636  C. 


ENNT 

'Έννοητικός,ή,όν,  {έννοέυ)  thought- 
ful, Arist.  Physiogn. 

'Έννοια,  ας.  ή,  {έν,  νονς)  α  thought, 
conception,  notion,  Plat.  Legg.  057  A, 
and  Xen.  :  aii  intent,  design,  Eur.  Hel. 
1026  :  έννοιαν  λαβείν  τίνος,  to  form 
a  design  of  a  thing,  intend  it.  Id. 
Hipp.  1027,  and  Plat. ;  εννοιαν  έμποι 
είν,  to  put  a  thought  into  one's  head, 
Isocr.  112  D. — 2.  the  faculty  of  thought, 
Aretae. — III.  in  rhetor.,  a  ihoughtpat 
into  words,  a  sentence. 

Έννομο?.έσχης,  ου,  ό,  {έννομος,  λέ- 
σχη]  α  prater  about  laws,  Timon  ap. 
Diog.  L.  2,  19. 

Έννομος,  ov,  {έν,  νόμος)  icithin  the 
law,  lawful,  right,  Find.,  Trag.,  etc., 
like  ένδικος  :  usu.  of  things,  words, 
etc. ;  but  of  persons,  just,  -upright, 
Aesch.  Supp.  404. — 2.  of  persons  also, 
under  the  law,  N.  T.  Adv.  -μα,  Ps.- 
Phoc.  30. — II.  [έν,  νέμομαι)  feeding  in, 
i.  p.  inhabiting,  γΰς,  Aesch.  Supp.  565. 
νΚννομος,  ov.  o,  Knnomus,  an  ally 
of  the  Trojans  from  Mysia,  II.  2,  858. 
—2.  a  Trojan,  11.  11,422. 

ΈννοοΓ,  ov,  contr.  -νονς,  ovv  (έν, 
νονς)  thoughtful,  shreivd,  sensible, 
Aesch.  Pr.  444.  Compar.  -νούστερος, 
sup.  -τατος,  cf  Lob.  Phryn.  143. 

Έννος  or  έννος,  ov,  v.  sub  ένος. 

Έννοσί)  αιος,  ov,  ό,  poet,  for  ένο- 
οίγ.  {ένοσις,  yr/)  the  Earth-shaker, 
epith.  of  Neptune  in  Hom. 

Έννοσίδας,  a,  b,  Dor.  for  Έννοσί- 
γαιος,  Pind.  p.  4,  58.  (ένοσις,  δύ,  Dor. 
for  }'/}  .•  or  peril,  formed  as  patronym. 
from  ένοσις,  like  Ύεκτονίδΐ/ς,  Ύερ-φι- 
άδης.  etc.,  in  Od.) 

"Κννοσις,  εως,  ή.  poet,  for  ενοσις. 

Έννοσίφν/./ιος,  ον,=είι>οσί(ρν?.'λος, 
poet,  for  έΐ'οσίφν/./Μς,  with  quivering 
leaves,  epith.  of  wooded  mountains, 
Simon.  117. 

'Έ,ννοσσενω,  έννοσσοποιέω,  v.  έν- 
νεοσσενω,  etc. 

Έννότιος,  a,  oi',=sq.,  dub.  in  Eur. 

'Έ,ννοτος,  ov,  {έν,  νοτιά)  moist, 
damp. 

'Έ.νννκτερενω,  =  ννκτερενω  έν, 
like  έννυγεύω,  to  pass  the  night  in, 
Polyb. 

"Ϋ,ννϋμι,  also  έννύω,  lengthd.  from 
root  *"ΕΩ  :  f.  'έσω,  Ep.  έσσω :  aor. 
έσσα,  inf  έσαι :  fut.  mid.  έσομαι,  aor. 
mid.  έσσάμην  :  perf.  pass,  είμαι,  είσαι, 
είται,  etc. :  hence  3  pi.  plqpf  εϊατο, 
II.  18, 596.  Of  the  pass,  έσμαι,  'έσμην, 
Hom.  has  2  and  3  sing,  έσοο,  εστο, 
and  3  dual  έσθην.  The  forms  with 
syllabic  augm.  and  aspirate,  έέσσατο. 
and  έεστο,  are  solely  Ep.  In  Ion.  it 
is  lengthd.,  εϊννμι,  II.  23,  135.  The 
temporal  augm.  is  not  found  except 
in  perf  :  indeed  Hom.  only  uses  the 
syllabic,  because  of  the  digamma. 

Radio,  signf  :  to  put  on  another,  as 
clothes,  τινά  Tt,e.  g.  κεϊνός  σε  x?.ai- 
νύν  Τι  χιτώνα  τε  έσσει,  he  will  clothe 
thee  in  cloak  and  frock,  Od.  15,  338  ; 
16,  79,  II.  5,  905.  More  freq.  in  mid. 
c.  ace.  rei  only,  to  clothe  one's  self  in, 
put  on,  Hom. :  and  so  in  pass.,  to  be 
clad  in.  to  wear :  yet  the  ace.  pers.  is 
oft.  omitted,  and  the  act.  is  used  in 
signf  of  mid.,  κακά  ε'ίματα,  είμαι, 
χλαίνας  ευ  ε'ιμένοι,  Hom. :  also  of 
armour,  έσσαντο  νώροττα  γαλκόν,  II. 
14,  383,  etc. ;  esp.  freq.  ίισττίδας  έσ- 
σύμενοι,  of  tall  shields  which  covered 
the  whole  person,  II.  14,  372  :  also  of 
any  covering,  to  wrap  or  shroud  one's 
scif  in.  νεόέλην  έσσαντο,  II.  14,  350, 
ήέρα  έσσαμένω,  II.  14,  282  :  and  by  a 
strong  metaph.,  λάϊνον  έσσο  χιτώνα, 
thou  hadst  been  clad  in  coat  of  stone, 
i.  e.  buried,  II.  3,  57 :  so  later,  εσσα- 
σθαι  yfjv,  cf.  Pind.  N.  11,  21,  Soph. 


EXOI 

0.  C.  1701,  and  ίφένννμι:  metaph. 
also,  όρεσίν  ε'ιμένοι  ΰλκήν,  II.  20, 
381,  cf.  έοένννμι:  and  Pmd.  P.  4, 
303  lias,  έσσαντο  ΤΙοσειδάωνος  τέμε- 
νος, they  entered  it.  In  Att.  Poets 
mostly  in  coinpds.,  and  so  always  in 
prose,  V.  esp.  άμφιένννμι. 

Ένννστύζω,  f.  -άξω,  {έν,  ννστύζω) 
to  nod,  fall  asleep  over,  sleep  on,  τίνί, 
Eccl. 

Ένννχεύω,  like  ένννκτερεύω,  to 
sleep,  lodge,  dwellin,  τινί.  Soph.  Ant. 
784,  like  excubare  in,  Hor.  Od.  4, 13.8. 

Ένννχιος,  a,  ov,  Hes.  Th.  10,  ος, 
ov.  Soph.  Aj.  180,  {έν,  ννξ)  nightly, 
in  the  night,  by  night,  Hom. ;  νήες  bv- 
ννχιαι  κατάγοντο,  Od.  3,  178. — II. 
dwelling  in  the  realms  of  2^'ight,  of  the 
dead,  Soph.  O.  C.  1558,  cf  sq.  [v] 

'Έ,νννχος,  ov,=^ioTeg.,  11.  11.  716. 
— II.=f6reg.  II., epith.  of  Hades,Soph. 
Tr.  501. 

Έννώσαι,  -νώσας.  Ion.  for  -νοήσαι, 
-νο7/σας,  aor.  from  έννοέω,  Hdt. 

'Έννωτιαιος,  αία,  αϊον,  {έν,  νώτον) 
on  the  back. 

νΈνοδίας,  ov,  ό,=^Ένοδενς,  Xen. 
An.  7,  4,  18. 

'Ένόδιος,  ία,  lov,  Ton.  ίη,  lov,  in 
Ep.  εΐνόδιος,  Hom.,  {έν,  οδός)  in  or 
on  the  way  or  road,  σφήκες  έν.,  wasps 
that  have  their  nests  by  the  way-side, 
II.  16, 2C0  :  later  usu.  as  epith.  of  cer- 
tain gods,  who  had  their  statues  by 
the  way  side,  or  at  cross-roads,  Lat.  tri- 
viales,  as  of  Proserpina  and  Hecate, 
Soph.  Ant.  1199,  Fr.  480;  but  esp.  of 
(Hermes)  Mercury,  (who  had  his  stat- 
ues by  the  way-side),  Theocr.  25,  4, 
etc.,  cf  Valck.  Diatr.  p.  138,  167.— 
II.  of  or  belonging  to  a  journey,  έν.  σνμ- 
8ολοι,  omens  of  a  (good  or  bad)  jour- 
ney, Aesch.  Pr.  487,  cf.  Horat.  Od.  3, 
27. 

Ένοδίτης,  ου,  6,  fern,  ένοδίτις,  ιδος, 
^,=foreg.,  Orph. 

"Ένοδμος.  ov,  {έν,  όδμή)  sweet-smell- 
ing, fresh,  Nic. 

Ένοειδτ'/ς,  ές,  (έν,  είδος)  single, 
simple,  Eccl.     Adv.  -δώς. 

'Ενοιδέω,  ώ,  {έν,  οιδέω)  to  sivell, 
Hipp. 

Ένοιδής,  ές,  {έν,  οίδος)  swollen, 
Nic. 

Ένοικάδιος.ον,^ένοικίδιος,  Aretae. 

Έί'οικηόω,  ώ.  =  είςοικειόω. — II. 
intr.  to  be  an  οικείος,  relation.  Died. 

Ένοικέω,  ώ,  {έν,  οΐκέω)  to  dwell  in, 
c.  dat.  loci,  Eur.  H.  F.  1282,  έν  τινι, 
Xen.  An.  5,  6,  25,  ενταύθα,  Ar.  Nub. 
95  :  mostly  c.  ace.  loci,  to  inhabit,  Hdt. 

1,  4,  etc. :  freq.  also  absol.,  oi  ένοί- 
κονντες,  Thuc,  etc.    Hence 

Ένοικήσιμος,  ov,  habitable. 

Ένοίκησις,  εως,  ?/,  (ένοικέω)  a 
dwelling,  living  in  a  place,  Thuc.  2,  17. 

'Έ,νοικητήριον,  ov,  τό,  an  abode. 

Ένοικίδιος,  ov,  (έν,  οικία)  of  or  in 
a  house,  domestic,  Clem.  Al. 

^Ενοικίζω,  fut.  -ίσω  Att.  -ΐώ,  (έν, 
οίκίζω)  to  settle  in  a  place  ;  to  take  into 
a  house,  LXX. :  metaph.  to  plant  or 
fix  in,  Aesch.  Fr.  234.  Pass,  to  be  set- 
tled in  a  place,  take  up  one's  abode  there, 
Hdt.  1,  68  ;  and  so  in  mid.,  Thuc.  6.  2. 

Ένοίκιο/,όγος,  or,  (ενοίκων,  λέγω) 
collecting  house-rent,  Artemid. 

Ένοίκιος,  ov,  (έν,  οίκος)  in  the 
house,  keeping  at  home,  δρνίς  έν.,  a 
dunghill  cock,  Aesch.  Eum.  866,  cf. 
ένδομάχας. — II.  as  suhst., — 1.  τό  ενοί- 
κων, house-rent,  Isae.  58, 23,  and  Dem. 
— 2.  Tu  ενοίκια,  a  dwelling,  Dion.  P. 

Ένοικοδομέω,  ώ,  (έν,  οικοδομέω) 
to  build  in  a  place,  Ti,  Thuc.  3,  51, 
etc. — II.  to  build  up,  block  up,  Thuc. 
6,  51,  in  pass. 

Ένοικος,  ov,  {έν,  οΐκέω)  dwelling 
463 


ENOP 

in  ;  an  inhahitant,  Trag.,  Thuc,  etc. : 
usu.  τινός,  of  3.  place,  Aesch.  Pr.  415  ; 
but  also,  Tivi,  in  a  place,  PJat.  Criti. 
113  C. 

'EvotKOvpi^u,  ύ,  {ίν,  οίκονρέω)  to 
keep  house,  Dion.  H. 

ΈΐΌΐνος,ον,  {tv,  οίνος) full  of  wine. 
Long. — \{.:=ιίνστΐονδος,  Bockh  Inscr. 
2,  p.  409. 

Έΐ'οϋΌΐρλΰω,  {h>,  οίνος,  (ρλνω)  to 
prate  in  one's  cups,  Luc.  [v] 

Ένοινοχοίω,  ώ,  {έν,  οίνος,  χέω)  Ιο 
pour  in  wine,  but  usu.  c.  ace.  cognato, 
oivov,  νέκταρ,  Od.  3,  4T2,  II.  4.  3. 

Ένοκλάζω,  f.  -άσω,  (έν,  ύκλύζω)  to 
squat  upon,  τοις  ότησθίοις,  one's 
haunches,  of  a  dog,  Philostr. 

tΈI^o/.ίof,  ov,  {έν,  όλβος)  in  pros- 
pcrili/,  rich.  Maneth. 

Ένο/.ισθαίνω,  or  -θύνω,  f.  -θήσω, 
(έν,  ολισθαίνω)  to  slip  or  fall  in,  Plut. 
Pomp.  25  ;  to  gape  open,  η  χώρα  χάσ- 
μασιν  έυύλισθε  ~ολ7.οΙς,  Ια.  Cim.  16. 

'¥,νο}.μης,  ον,  or  ιος.  ιον,  {έν,  ο7,- 
μος)  silling  on  the  tripod,  prophesying. 
Soph.  Fr.  875. 

Ένομτιη7ΐς,  ες,=^όμήρης  έν,  joined, 
Nic,  cf.  Meineke  Com.  Fragm.  2  p. 
877. 

Ένομϊ7ίέω,  ύ,=όμιλεω  εν,  Plut. 

Ένομμΰτόω,  ώ,  {έν,,  όμματόω)  to 
furnish  with  eyes,  Philo. 

Ένομόργννμι.  f.  -μόρξω,  {έν,  όμόρ- 
γννμι)  to  wipe  off  in  or  on  :  mid.,  to  rub 
off  from  one's  self  on,  and  so  to  impress 
upon,  make  a  stamp  upon,  τινί  τι,  Plut. 

'Έ,νόν,  par  .  pres.  neut.  from  ίνειμι, 
freq.  as  nom.  absol.,  it  being  possible, 
cf.  sub  ίνειμι. 

'Έ,νόηαι,  ύν,  ai,  earrings,  Soph.  Fr. 
51 :  cf.  διότται. 

ΈΐΌ-7/,  7/f,  ή,  {ένί~ω,  ένίσπω)  a 
call,  cry,  as  of  birds,  II.  3,  2  ;  esp.  α 
war-cry,  battle-shout :  hence  μάχην 
ένοπήν  τε,  II.  16,  216  :  also  of  any 
cry,  a  tvail,  II.  24,  160  :  hence,  of  per- 
sons, η  «oice,  Od.  10, 147,  and  of  things, 
a  sound,  αν?ιών  συριγγών  r'  ένοτη'/, 
II.  10,  13 ;  όστέων  έν.,  crashing  of 
bones,  Pind.  Fr.  150,  4  :  cf  Buttm. 
Le.xil.  in  voc.  Ep.  word,  also  in  lyr- 
ical passages  of  Eur. 

t'Ei'iJTr;;,  ης,  ή,  Enope,  a  city  of  Mes- 
senia,  ace.  to  Paus.=  rep7/ve£a,  II.  9, 
140  ;  Paus.  3,  26,  8. 

'Ένοπ?.ίζω,  {έν,  ό~λίζω)  to  arm.  Lye. 

Ένά-ηλιος,  ov,  {έν,  5πλov)=sq., 
Call.  Dian.  241. =11.  ύ  ένόπλιος,  sub. 
^νθμός.  Ath.,  music /or  the  war-dance, 
the  war-tune,  Epich.  ]).  39,  Xen.  An. 
6,  1,  11  :  also  έν.  μέ'λη,  Ath. :  hence, 
ένό-κλια  πηίζειν,  Pind.  Ο.  13,  123 : 
on  the  ρνβμος  κατ'  ένόπλιον,  v.  Herm. 
Schol.  Ar.  ^'ub.  653. 

Ένο-λος,  ov,  {έν,  δπλον)  in  arms, 
armed,  Alcm.  127,  Soph.,  etc. 

ΈνοτΓοιέω,  ώ,  to  unite,  Arist.  An. : 
from 

Ενοποιός,  όν,  {έν,  ττοιέω)  inaking 
one,  uniting. 

'Έ,νοπτος,  ov,  {έν,  όφομαι)  visible 
in  a  thing,  Arist.  Probl. 

Ένοτντρίζω,  fut.  -ίσω,  to  reflect  as 
in  a  mirror.  Pass,  to  look  in  a  mirror 
Plut.:  and 

Ένότϊτρισίς,  εως,  ή,  a  reflecting,  re- 
flection in  a  mirror  :  from 

"YjVOTTTpov,  ov,  TO,  {έν,  όφημαι)  a 
mirror,  Eur.  Hec.  925,  Or.  1112,  in 
plur. :  also  κατοπτρον,  cf.  Lat.  spec- 
ulum from  specio. 

Ένύρΰσίζ•.  εως,  ή,  a  looking  in  or  at, 
Clem.  Al. :  from 

'Έ•νοράω,  ω.  Ion.  •έω  :  f.  -ένόψημαι : 
aor.  ένιΐόον,  [έν,  είδον)  to  see,  remark, 
observe  something  in  a  person  or  thing, 
τί  Tivi,  Hdt.  3,  53,  Thuc,  etc. :  also 
iv  rivi,  Hdt.  1,  89;  c.  ace.  et  part. 
464 


ΕΝΟΣ 

ί\3Χ.,ένεώρα  τιμωρίην  έσoμέvηv,hcsau> 
that  vengeance  would  come,  Id.  1, 123, 
cf.  1, 170,  Ar.  Ach.  1 129  :  but  in  Hdt.  8, 
140,  ένορέω  νμίν  ουκ  οιοισί  τε  έσομέ- 
νοισι,  1.  e.  ένορ.  νμΙν  το  ουκ  οίονς  τε 
έσεσΟαι.  Cf.  ένεΐδον. — II.  to  look  at 
or  upon,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  4,  27. 

Ένόρειος,  ov,  (έν,  όρος)  in  the 
mountaiyis. 

Ένορέω,  Ion.  for  ένοράω. 

Ένορθιύζω,  f.  -άσω,  (έν,  όρθιύζω) 
to  raise,  lift  up,  Philo. 

'Ένόριος,  ov,  (έν,  όρος)  within  the 
bounds :  i]  έν.  sub.  γη,  an  empire,  late. 

'Ένόρκιος,  ov,=sq.,  Pind. 

'Ένορκος,  ov,  (έν,  όρκος)  having 
sworn,  bound  by  oath,  θέσβαι  τινά  έν., 
to  bind  one  by  oath,  Soph.  Phil.  811  ; 
c.  dat.  Iv.  ουδέν L,  Lat.  nulli  addictus, 
lb.  72  ;  ii>.  ων,  bound  by  oath,  Thuc. 
2,  72. — II.  that  tuhereto  one  is  pledged 
OT  sworn,  δίκη.  Soph.  Ant.  369:  }.αμ- 
βάνειν  τι  ένορκον,  to  receive  on  secu- 
rity of  oath,  Dem.  773,  5:  το  ένορκον 
=δρκος,  ένορκον  ποιεϊσθαι,  to  swear 
an  oath.  Plat.  Phaed.  89  C  ;  ένορκον 
ειπείν  τι,  to  speak  on  oath,  Plut. 
Adv.  -κως.  On  the  diff.  of  ένορκος 
and  ένορκος,  v.  Buttm.  Dem.  Mid. 
Ind.  in  voc. 

Ένορ/ίάω,  ώ,  (έν,  ορμάω)  to  rush  in, 
εις  τι,  Polyb. 

Ένορμέω,  ύ,  (έν,  όρμέω)  to  be  at  an- 
chor in  a  place,  Polyb. 

'Ένορμίζω,  fut.  -ίσω  Att.  -Γΰ,  (έν, 
όρμίζω)  to  bring  (a  ship)  to  land.  Pass, 
c.  aor.  2  mid.,  <o  fe  ire  harbour,  Dion. 
H.     Hence. 

'Ένόρμισμα,  ατός,  τό,  an  anchorage, 
roadstead,  App. 

Ένορμίτης,  ov,  ό,  {έν,  όρμος)  in 
harbour,  Anth. 

'Ένόρνϋμι,  fut.  ένόρσω:  aor.  ένώρ- 
σα :  3  aor.  2  mid.  ένωρτο,  c.  pass, 
signf. ;  the  only  two  tenses  used  by 
Horn.  To  arouse,  stir  up  in,  esp.  in  a 
man,  c.  dat.  pers.  et.  ace.  rei,  Τ7)σιν 
γόον  ένώρσεν.  II.  G,  499  ;  so  too,  av- 
τοΐς  φύζαν  ένωραας,  II.  15,  62,  cf. 
Spitzn.  II.  16,656.  Pass.  ?o  ic  rows«/, 
to  arise,  ένώρτο  (3  sing.  aor.  syncop. 
mid.)  γέλως  θεοίσιν,  II.  1,  599. 

'Υ,νορονω,  f.  -ονσω,  {έν,  όρούω)  to 
spring,  leap,  hound  in  or  upon,  assail, 
II.,  always  of  an  assault,  c.  dat.,  Τρω- 
σί,  II.  16,  783,  αίγεσιν  η  όίεσσι,  II.  10, 
486. 

νΈνορύσσω,  {έν,  ορνσσω)  to  dig  in, 
τινί.  Philostr. 

'Έ.νορχέομαι,^=ορχέομαιέν,Ιο  dance 
in,  Alciphr. 

'Έ,νόρχης,  ov,  ό,^ενορχος,  Ar.  Eq. 
1385. — II.  {έυορχέομαι)  an  appell.  of 
Bacchus,  whose  festival  was  celebra- 
ted with  dancing.  Lye.  212. 

'Ένόρχης,  ου,  ΰ,  (εις,  όρχις)  with 
one  testicle. 

Ένορχις,  ιος,  ό,  ^,=sq.,  Hdt.  6, 
32,  etc. 

Ένορχος,  ov,  (έν,  όρχις)  uncastra- 
ted,  entire,  ένορχα  μήλα,  II.  23,  147, 
for  wethers  were  excluded  from  the 
altar :  in  Att.  and  prose  also  ένόρχης, 
Ινορχις. 

ΈΝΌΣ  or  ένος,  6,  the  Lat.  AN- 
NUS, a  year,  hence  ένιαντός,  δίενος, 
τρίενος,  like  biennis,  triennis,  etc.,  cf. 
ύφενος :  but  ένος  as  subst.  (cf.  sq.) 
seems  only  to  occur  m  Grimm. 
Hence 

'Ένος  or  'ένος,  η,  ov,  like  περυσι- 
νός, a  year  old.  last  year's,  έναί  άρχηί, 
the  last  year's  magistrates.  Dem.  775, 
25  ;  ένος  καρπός,  last  year's  fruit,  opp. 
to  νέος,  this  year's,  fresh,  Thcophr. 
H.  PI.  3,  4,  0,  etc.:  cf.  also  sub  ένη  : 
in  genl.  old,  by-gone,  hence — II.  ένη 
και  νέα,  sub.  ήμερα,  the  old  and  new 


ΕΝΟΦ 

day,  i.  e.  the  last  day  of  the  month, 
elsewh.  τριακύς,  Ar.  Nub.  1134,  sq., 
Lysias  167,  8,  etc. — So  called  for  this 
reason.  The  old  Greek  year  was  lu- 
nar :  now,  the  moon's  monthly  orbit 
is  29J-  days,  so  that  if  the  first  month 
began  with  the  sun  and  moon  togeth- 
er at  sun-rise,  at  the  month's  end  it 
would  be  sun-set,  and  the  second 
month  would  begin  at  sun-set.  To 
prevetit  this  irregularity,  the  latter 
half-day  was  reckoned  to  belong  to  the 
first  month,  so  that  this  30lh  day  con- 
sisted of  two  halves,  one  belonging  to  the 
old,  the  other  to  the  new  moon.  This 
would  be  the  case  every  other  month ; 
the  other  six  months  would  only  have 
29  days  apiece,  and  in  them  properly 
there  would  be  no  ένη  και  νέα.  Later 
however,  when  the  lunar  year  was 
disused,  the  last  day  of  the  month  in 
genl.  was  so  called.  It  is  a  question 
whether  the  ένη  of  Hes.  Op.  768,  is 
the  last  day,  or  rather  the  first  day  of 
a  30  days'  month  ;  Scaliger  and  Herm. 
l)refer  the  former,  Gottl.  the  latter. 
On  the  subject  v.  Buttm.  Exc.  in 
Dem.  Mid.  (For  deriv.,  v.  foreg.) 
B.  In  obhque  cases  of  fem.,  ένης,  etc., 
=  Lat.  perendie,  the  day  after  to-mor- 
row, as  avpiov  καΐ  ίννηφιν  (Ep.  gen. 
for  ένη),  sub.  χρόνω,  Hes.  Op,  408 ; 
so  too,  έν7]ς,  Ar.  Eccl.  796,  Dor.  ένας, 
Theocr.  18,  14,  εις  ένην,  Ar.  Ach. 
172 ;  also  avpiov  ry  ένΐ),  Antipho 
143,  44.  (In  this  signf.  it  seems  to  be 
an  old  fern,  of  εΙς,  ενός,  cf.  Lat.  per- 
en-die,  i.  e.  per  unum  diem,  and  SO 
should  prob.  be  written  ένης,  etc.,  τ. 
Herm.  Ar.  Nub.  1137.) 

Ενός,  gen.  from  εΙς  and  έν,  one. 
fEpof,  ov,  ό,  Enus,  a  river  of  Nori- 
cum,  Arr.  Ind.  4,  15. 

Ένοσίγαιος,  supposed  prose  form 
of  έννοσίγαιος,  q.  v. 

'Κνοσις,  εως,  ή,  a  shaking,  quake, 
Hes.  Th.  681,  849.  (Usu.  deriv.  from 
a  supposed  verb  ένόθω,  supposed  to  be 
akin  both  to  ώθέω,  and  όθομαι,  though 
these  are  quite  unconnected.  Buttm. 
Lexil.  άνήνοθεν  5  assumes  a  root, 
*'ΈΝΩ,  *  ένόω,  to  sliake.) 

Ένοσίχθων,  όνος,  b,  {ένοσις,  χθων) 
Earth-shaker,  epith.  of  Neptune,  oft. 
in  Hom.,  v.  'Έ,ννοσίγαιος :  later,  in 
genl.  earth-stirring,  Euphor.  140. 

Ένότης,  ητος,  ή,  (εις)  unity,  Arist. 
Part.  An. :  unanimity,  Eccl. 

ΥΈνουδυς,  ου,  b,  Enudus,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  Paus. 

'Έ,νονλα,  ων,  τά,  (έν,  ον?ίθν)  the 
gums  within  the  teeth. 

Ένουλ,ί'ζω,  (έν,  ούλος)  to  curl  (hair). 
Pass,  to  be  curled  or  curly,  Alciphr. 
Hence 

'Ένον?ιΐσμός,  ov,  b,  a  airli7tg,  πλο- 
κάμων, Clem.  Al. 

Ένον?Μς,  ov,  (έν,  ονλος)  curled, 
curly,  Anth. 

'Έ,νονράνιος,  ov,  (έν,  ουρανός)  in 
heaven,  heavenly,  Anth. 

'Ένονρέω,  ύ,  (έν,  ονρέω)  to  m.ake 
water  in,  ες  τι,  Hdt.  2,  172.     Hence 

Ένουρήθρα,  ας,  ή,  a  chamber-pot. 
Soph.  Fr.  430. 

'Έ,νονρος,  ov,  (έν,  οίφον)  in  urine, 
Hipp. 

'Έ,νούσιος.  ov,  (έν,  ουσία)  actual, 
substantial,  Eccl. 

'Ένοφείλομαι,  (έν,  οφείλω)  as  pass., 
to  be  due  upon  a  security,  τινί,  to  one, 
Dem.  1197,  fin.;  1249,  23. 

νΈνοφθαλμιάζομαι,  {έν,  bφθaλμός)to 
be  grafted,  to  ad7nit  of  grafting,  Plut. 

Ένοώθα7.μιάω,  ώ,  to  cast  longing  eyes 
7ipon,  Hyperid.  ap.  Poll. 

Ένορβαλμίζω,  {έν,  όφθα7ιμίζομαι) 
to  i7ioculate,  graft,  Theophr.    Hence 


ΕΝΣΗ 

'Ενοφθαλμισμός,  ον,  ο,  α  graffing, 
budding,  Theophr. 

Ένοχί/,  ή,  {ενέχομαι)  α  being  bound, 
responsibility,  late. 

'Ε,νοχλεω,  ω,  f.  -ήσω :  in  augmd. 
tenses  usu.  with  double  augm.,  ήνώ- 
\7lOvv,  ηνωχλυύμην,  Dem.  30,  C, 
Aeschin.  59,  39,  but  with  vv.  11. 
ενωχ2^  {εν,  6χ/.έω)-  To  trouble,  dis- 
quiet, τινά.  Plat.  Ale.  1,  104  D,  etc. : 
also  c.  dat.,  to  give  trouble  to,  Isopr. 
42  C,  Xeii.  An.  2,  5,  13 :  absol.  to  be 
a  trouble,  a  nuisance.  At.  Ran.  708, 
etc.  Pass.  ενοχ7.ονμαί,  to  be  troubled, 
teazed  or  annoyed,  Xen.  Cyr.  5,  4,  31 : 
νπό  τίνος,  Diod.  S.    Hence 

'Ένόχ/^ησις,  εως,  ή,  a  leazing,  an- 
noyance, Diog.  L. 

'Έ^νοχος,  ov,  {ένέχομαι)=ένεχό- 
μενος,  held  or  bound  by,  hence  liable, 
subject  to,  τω  νόμφ,  ζημία,  ονείδει, 
όίκαις,  etc.,  Plat.,  Xen.,  etc. :  εν. 
άνοίαις,  liable  to  the  imputation  of  it, 
Isocr.  160  A :  ένοχος  ■ψευδομαρτν- 
ρίοις,  liable  to  action  for...,  Plat.  The- 
aet.  148  Β :  rarely  έν  τινι,  as  ap. 
Andoc.  11,5;  but  sometimes  τινός, 
sub.  Tzoivy,  etc..  Plat.  Legg.  914  Ε  : 
εν.  εις  γέενναν,  Ν.  Τ.  Matth.  5,  22. 

'Ένοψις,  εως,  ή,  {εν,  δψομαι)  = 
επο-φις,  Themist. 

'Ένόω,  ν.  ένοσις. 

'Ένόω,  ώ,  fut.  -ώσω.  {εν)  to  unite, 
Hermes  ap.  Stob.  Eel.  1,  802:  έν. 
τινά  Ty  yy,  to  inter,  Philostr. 

Έί-•ρά-τω,  fut.  -ψω,  {kv,  βά-τω)  to 
sew,  stitch,  in,  εΙς  τι,  Hdt.  2,  146,  in 
mid. ;  εν  τινι,  Eur.  Baech.  286,  in 
pass. 

Ένράσσω,  (έν,  /δάσσω)  to  dash 
against,  τινι,  Joseph. 

'Ένρήγνυμι,  f.  -ρήξω,  {έν,  ^]γννμί) 
to  break  into  :  pass,  to  burst,  discharge 
itself  into,  εις  τι,  Aretae. 

'Ένρΐγόω,  ώ,=/5ί}όω  έν,  to  shiver, 
freeze  in,  Ar.  Plut.  846. 

Ύ,νριζος,  ov,  {έν,  ^ίζα)  with  a  root, 
Geop. 

Ένριζόω,  ύ,  f.  -ώσω,  {εν,  βιζόω) 
to  strike  root,  thrive,  Hipp. 

Ένρίητω,  fut.  -ipu,  (έν,  βίπτω)  to 
throw  in  or  on,  Dio  C.  [i  by  nature.] 

'Ένρνθμικός,  -η,  ov,=sq. 

Ένρνθμος,  ov,  (έν,  βνθμός)  in 
rhythm,  measure,  metre ;  also  of  orato- 
rical cadences  :  in  genl.  accordant,  in 
harmony,  Plut. :  the  form  έΙ)βνθμος 
is  more  freq.,  Schaf.  Dion.  Corap. 
136. 

νΈνσακκενω,  (έν,  σακκενω)  to  put 
into  a  sack,  Nieet. 

ί'ΕνσαλτΓίί,ω,  (έν,  σαλττίζω)  to  sound 
the  trumpet  in,  τοις  ώσί,  Gal. 

ΤΕνσαρκος,  ov,  (έν,  σαρξ)  in  the 
flesh,  incarnate,  carnal,  Eccl. 

'Ένσΰρόω,  ώ,  (έν,  σαρόω)  to  sweep 
about :  hence  in  pass.,  τζόντου  μνχοίς 
ένσαρούμενος,  Lye.  753. 

'Ένσύττω,  fut.  -ξω,  (έν,  σύττω)  to 
stuff,  Alciphr. 

'Έ,νσβέννϋμι,  ί.  -σβέσω,  (έν,  σβέν- 
ννμι)  to  quench  in,  νδατι,  Diosc. 

Ένσείυ,  (έν,  σείω)  to  shake  in  or  at, 
Lat.  incutere,  impingere,  C.  acc.  rei, 
ενσ.  βέ?.ος  κεραννον,  to  dart  the 
thunderbolt.  Soph.  Tr.  1087 ;  οξυν 
όι'  ωτων  κέλαόον  ένσ.  7ζώ?.οίς,  to 
drive  a  shrill  sound  into  their  ears, 
Id.  El.  737 :  also  reversely,  c.  acc. 
pers.  et  dat.  rei,  to  plunge  in,  ένσ. 
Tivu  ΰγρίαις  όδοίς.  Id.  Ant.  1271. — 2. 
metaph.  to  shake  or  sift  thoroughly, 
Lat.  excutere.  Mid.  to  examine  one's 
self,  Arr. — II.  intr.  to  rush  upon,  at- 
tack violently,  Tivi,  Diod.,  εΙς  τι,  Dion. 
Η. 

'Ένσήθω,  (έν,  σήθω)  to  sift  in, 
Aretae. 

30 


ΕΝΣΠ 

'Ένσηκάζω,  (έν,  σηκός)  to  shut  up, 
esp.  in  a  cloister,  Eccl. 

'Έ,νσημαίνω,  f.  -ανώ,  (έν,  σημαίνω) 
to  mean,  imply,  contain  a  signification. 
Plat.  Crat.  395  A  :  more  freq.  in  mid. 
to  give  notice  of ,  intimate,  τινί  τί,  Isocr. 
399  A  ;  foil,  by  δη...,  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  2, 
3. — II.  also  in  mid.,  to  impress  or 
stmnp  upon,  σημεϊον,  τνττον  τινί.  Plat. 
Theaet.  191  D,  Rep.  377  B. 

Ένσϊμος,  ov,  (έν,  σιμός)  somewhat 
flat-nosed,  in  genl.  somewhat  flat  or 
hollow,  Hipp» 

Ένσΐνής,  ες,  (έν,  σίνος)  injured. 
ΪΈνσίτέομαι,=  σιτέομαι  έν,  LXX. 

Ένσκέ'λλω,  poet,  ένισκέλλω,  to 
dry,  wither  up,  Nic.  Pass.  C.  perf. 
act.  ένέσκ'ληκα,  intr.  to  be  dry,  wither- 
ed, hard,  Hipp. 

Ένσκενάζω,  f.  -ύσω,  (έν,  σκευάζω) 
to  get  ready,  prepare,  like  τταρασκευ- 
άζω,  δεΐττνον,  Ar.  Ach.  1090.  Pass. 
to  be  equipped,  Hdt.  9,  22.  Mid.  to 
dress  oyii's  self  up,  Ar.  Ach.  384,  430. 

Ένσκενος,  ov,  (έν,  σκεν/'/)  equipt, 
esp.  furnished  with  a  mask,  opp.  to 
έκσκενος. 

νΕνσκιινοβατέω,  ώ,  (έν,  σκηνο- 
βατέω)  to  bring  forward  on  the  stage  ; 
pass,  to  come  forward  on  the  stage, 
Alciphr. 

Ένσκτίπτω,  fut.  -φω,  poet,  ένισκ., 
(έν,  σκήτττω)  to  hurl,  dart  in  or  upon, 
6  θεός  ένέσκτιψε  το  βέλος,  the  god 
darted  his  Lightning  on  it,  Hdt.  4,  79  : 
so  νόσον  τινί,  Lat.  incutere,  infligere 
morbum  alicui.  Id.  1,  105,  ef. — II.  in- 
trans.  to  break  loose  ujjon,fallin  or  on, 
ένέσκη-φαν  οι  ?.ίθοι  ές  το  τέμενος.  Id. 
8,  39  ;  also  τινί,  esp.  of  diseases, 
Nic.  Then  336.     Cf  ένσκίμ-τω. 

Ένσαίάτροφέομαι,  as  pass,  {έν, 
σκιά,  τρέφω)  to  live  in  the  shade  or  out 
of  the  world  (Lat.  vita  umbratica),  hence 
ένσκ.  έλττίσι,  to  feed  on  sickly  hopes, 
Plut. 

ΈνσκίμτΓτω,  fut.  -φω,  poet,  ένισκ., 
Ep.  and  Lyr.  form  of  ένσκήτζτω,  {έν, 
σκίμτττω)  to  dash  in  or  upon,  ούδει 
ένισκίμφαντε  καρτ/ατα,  II.  17,  437  : 
to  fix,  plant  in,  Ap.  Rh.  Pass,  to  stick 
in,  δόρυ  ονδει  ένεσκίμφθ?],!!.  16,  612. 
—  II.  =  ένσκή—τω,  κεραυνός  ένέ- 
σκιμ-φε  μόρον,  Pind.  Ρ.  3,  105,  ubi 
olim  ένέσκη-φε. 

Ένσκφβόω,  also  ένσκιρόω,  ώ,  (έν, 
σκιρβόω)  to  harden :  pass,  to  become 
callous,  inveterate,  of  diseases,  Xen. 
Eq.  4,  2. 

Ένσκ?.ήναι,  inf  aor.  2  act.  ένέ- 
σκλην  of  ένσκέλλω. 

Ένσοβέω,  ώ,  (έν,  σοβέω)  to  step 
proudly  in  or  on,  τινί,  Philostr. 

Ένσοριύζω,  to  lay  in  the  tomb,  late  : 
from 

Ένσόριον,  ov,  τό,  {έν,  σορός)  a  sar- 
cophagtis,  Inscr. 

ί'Ενσοφιστεύω,  (έν,  σοφιστεύω)  to 
conduct  one's  self  as  a  sophist,  to  act 
the  sophist  in,  Philo. 

Ένσοφος,  ον,==σοφός,  Anih. 

Ένστταργάνόω,  ώ,  (έν,  σπαργα- 
νόω)  to  u-rap  in  swathing  bands,  Longin. 

Ένστζείρω,  ί.  -ερώ,  (kv,  σττείρω)  to 
sow  among.  Pass,  to  be  sown  or  spread 
among  people,  of  reports,  v.  1.  Xen. 
Cyr.  5,  2,  30. 

Ένστϊέρματος,  ov,  (έν,  σ-έρμα)= 
sq.,  Phan.  ap.  Ath.  406  C. 

'Ένσττερβος,  ov,  (έν,  σπέρμα)  with 
seed  in  it,  DiosC. 

'Ένσποδος,  ov,  (έν,  σποδός)  ashen, 
of  colour,  Diosc. 

'Έ,νσπονδος,  ov,  (έν,  σπονδ/j)  in- 
cluded in  a  truce  or  treaty,  opp.  to 
έκσπονδος,  ένσπ.  ποιεϊσθαι,  Thuc.  3, 
10  :  hence  iti  alliance  with,  τινί,  Eur. 
Bacch.  924  j  Thuc.  1,  40 ;  also  τινός, 


ΕΝΣΦ 
Thuc.  1,  31. — II.  under  truce  or  safe• 
conduct,  Eur.  Phoen.  171.  Adv.  -όως. 
νΈ,νσπονόάζω,  (έν,  σπουδάζω)  to  be 
busy  or  employed  in,  Liban. ;  to  deliver 
lectures,  Philostr. 

Ένστάζω,  ΐ•  -ξω,  (έν,  στάζω)  to  let 
drop  or  trickle  in,  τινί  Ti,  Ar.  Vesp. 
702  :  pass.,  ένέστακταί  τοι  μένος  ην, 
is  instilled,  infused  into  thee,  Od.  2, 
271  ;  so  ...ot  δεινός  τις  ένέστακτο 
'ίμερος,  Hdt.  9,  3. 

'Ενσταλάζω,  ί.  -ξω,  {έν,  σταλάςω; 
=  ένστάζω,  Ar.  Ach.  1034. 

Ένστΰσία,  ας,  ^,=sq. 

Ένστάσις,  εως,  ή,  {ένίσταμαι)  α 
beginning,  plan,  management,  των 
πραγμάτων,  Aeschin.  18,  35  ;  30,  30; 
τον  πολέμου,  Polyb. :  α  way  of  life, 
with  or  without  ζωής,  Epict.  23. — II. 
a  hindrance,  obstacle,  objection  to  an 
argument,  Arist.  Rhet.     Hence 

Ένστάτης,  ου,  ό,  (ένίσταμαι)  one 
who  stands  in  the  way,  an  adversary. 
Soph.  Aj.  704.  [a] 

Ένστύτικός,  ή,  όν,  (ένίσταμαι) 
Lat.  qui  instat,  setting  one's  self  in  the 
tcay.  stubborn,  savage,  of  beasts,  Arist. 
H.  A. — II.  hindering,  τινός,  Μ.  Anton. 
— III.  finding  objections,  captious,  of 
the  gramm.,  who  were  fond  of  start- 
ing difficulties  in  Homer  :  those  who 
solved  them  were  called  λυτικοί  or 
έπιλυτικοί,  v.  Wolf  Proleg.  p.  195. 
Adv.  -κώς. 

Ένστείνω,  (έν,  στείνω)  to  straiten, 
coop  up  in,  Q.  Sm. 

Έΐ'στί'λλω,  (έν,  στέλ7.ω)  to  dress 
in,  put  on  :  pass.  Ίππάδα  στο/.ήν  ένε• 
στα/μένος,  clad  in  a  horseman's  dress, 
Hdt.  1,  80. 

^Ένστερνίζω,   (έν,  στέρνον)  =  έν- 
στηβίζω,  Eccl. 

Ένστερνομαντία,  ας,  ή,  ventrilo- 
quism, Soph.  Fr.  52,  cf.  στερνόμαντις. 

Ένστηθίζω,  (έν,  στΐ/θος)  to  lay  up 
in  the  breast  or  heart,  Eccl. 

'Ενστη?Μω,  ώ,  (έν,  στη?.όω)  ίο  put 
up  on  a  post,  στά/.α  ένστ.,  Inscr. 

Ένστημα,  ατός,  τό,  (ένίσταμαι) 
like  ένστασις  II.,  Sext.  Emp. 

Ένστηρίζω,  fut.  -ξω,  (έν,  στηρίζω) 
to  fix,  fasten  in :  hence  in  pass.,  έ^- 
χείη  γαίη  ένεστήρικτο,  it  stuck  fast  in 
earth,  II.' 21,  168. 

Ένστίζω,  f  -ξω,  (έν,  στίζω)  to  stitch, 
embroider  in,  Dio  C. 

Ένστόμιος,  ov,  (έν,  στόμα)  in  the 
mouth,  έλκος,  Diosc. 

Ένστόμισμα,  ατός,  τό,  {έν,  στόμα) 
α  bit,   curb,  Joseph. 

Ένστράτοπεδεύομαι,  dep.  =στρα- 
τοπεδεύομαι  έν,  to  encamp  in,  χώρος 
έπιτηδεώτερος  ένστρατοπεδεύεσθαι, 
Hdt.  9,  2,  85  :  later  in  act.,  Thuc.  8, 
20. 

Ένστρέφω,  ΐ.  -φω,  (έν,  στρέφω)  to 
turn  a  thing  in :  pass,  to  turn  or  7nove 
in,  μηρός  Ίσχίω  ένστρέφεται,  II.  5, 
306. — 2.  intr.  c.  acc.  loci,  σηκονς  έν- 
στρέφειν,  to  visit  them,  Eur.  Ion  300. 

Ένστρογγϋ?Μω,  ώ,  ^στρογγν/^όω 
έν. 

Ένστροώαί,  ων,  αϊ,  (ένστρέφω)  α 
place  of  resort,  abode,  Lat.  diverticula, 
Aristid. 

'Ενστρωφύομαι,=ένστρέφομαι,0,νί. 
Sm. 

Ένστνφω,  f.  •φω,  {έν,  στύφω)  to  be 
bitter,  astringent,  Diosc.  [ϋ] 

Ένσΰνθηκος,  ov,  (έν,  σννθήκη)=: 
ένσπονδος. 

^'Ένσφαιρόω,-  ω,  (έν,  σφαιρόω)  to 
round  in,  to  spread  around  in,  Nonn. 

Ένσφηνόω,  ώ,  {έν,  σφηνόω)  ίο  wedge 
m,  fill  close,  Diosc. 

νΕνσφίγγω,  (έν,  σφίγγω)  to  bind  or 
fasten  on,  τί  τινι,  Joseph. 

Ένσόράγίζω,  fut.   -ίσω.  Ion.    έν 
465 


ENTA 

ηφρηγ.,  {iv,  σώραγίζω)  to  impress  on, 
as  with  a  seal,  τινί,  Luc,  and  met. 
,Μνθη   κραδίης,  Anth. 

^Έιναχΐρώ,  adv.  also  kv  σχερφ,  con- 
tinuously, in  a  row,  v.  σχερός. 
t'Ei'ff,Yicrrof,oi',=(Tjiar(Jf,Theophr. 

^Έ.ναχΐ)7.ύζίύ,  f.  •άσω,=^σχολάζω  kv, 
to  spend  time  in  a  place,  Arist.  Pol. : 
ίο  spend  time  upon,  τινί,  Cic.  Att.  7, 
11,2. 

^Ενσώματος,  ov,  {iv,  σώμα)  bodily, 
incarnate,  Eccl.     Hence 

Ένσω/ίΰτόω,  ώ,  to  embody,  Clem. 
Al.    Hence 

^Ενσωμύτωσις,  εως,  ή,  an  embody- 
ing, incarnation,  Eccl. 

νΈ.νσωρενω,  {tv,  σωρεύω)  to  heapnp 
in,  late. 
νΕνταλαιπωρέομαι  =  τα?.αΐ7τωρέω 
kv,  late. 

ΥΈινταλμα,  ατός,   τά,  {έντέ?ιλω)^^ 
έντοΤίή,Ν.Ύ. 

Έντάμνω,  Ion.  for  εντέμνο. 

Έντάννω,  {.  -νσω,  («',  τανύω)  poet, 
and  Ion.  for  εντείνω,  to  stretch,  strain, 
Horn,  (who  also  uses  εντείνω  in  11.) ; 
esp.  freq.  in  Od.  of  bending  the  bow, 
νενρ/μ',  τόξον,  βιον  εντ. ;  so  too  in 
mid.,  Od.  21,  403  :  also  to  stretch  a 
thing  on  or  over  another,  Hdt.  5,  25 ; 
εντ.  αν2ακας,  Lat.  ducere  sulcos,  Find. 
P.  4,  405.  [ϋ] 

'Έινταξις,,  εως,  η,  {ίντάσσω)  α  put- 
ting in,  insertion. 

Έντΰρύσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  f.  -ξω,  {εν, 
ταράσσω)  to  make  a  disturbance  in,  τι, 
Aristaen.  Pass,  to  be  disturbed,  scared 
by  a  thing. 

Έντάσις,  εως,  ή,  {εντείνω)  a  stretch- 
ing, distention,  Hipp. 

'Εντάσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  fut.  -ξω,  {kv, 
τάσσω)  to  insert,  enroll,  register  in,  εν 
TLvi,  Bockh  Inscr.  2,  p.  493.  In  pass. 
to  be  posted  in  battle,  Xen.  An.  3,  3,  18. 
— II.  =  αντιτάσσω,  τινί  τι,  Eur. 
Rhes.  492. 

Εντατικός,  ή,  όν,  (εντείνω)  stretch- 
ing, straining,  stimulating,  Medic.  :  το 
kvT.,  a  plant,  a  kind  of  satynum, 
Diosc. 

Έντΰτός,  ή,  όν,  {kvτείvω)  stretched: 
Ιντ.  όργανα,  stringed  instruments, 
Plut. 

Έντανθα,  Ion.  έ%>θαΰτα,  adv.  {ki') 
=  ενθα,  but  more  freq.  in  pro.«e. — I. 
of  place,  here,  there,  Lat.  hie,  Hdt.  1, 
76,  etc.  :  but  freq.  like  εντανθοϊ,  with 
signf  of  motion  towards,  hither,  thither, 
Lat.  hue,  II.  9,  601,  and  so  in  Att.,  as 
Aesch.  Pers.  450,  Soph.  Tr.  1193, 
etc. ;  oft.  c.  gen.  like  all  advs.  of 
place,  kvT.  γης,  Lat.  hie  terrarum,  cf 
Aesch.  Cho.  (391  ;  μέχρι  kvT.  τον 
λόγου,  Stallb.  Plat.  Crat.  412  E.— II. 
of  time,  at  the  very  time,  whether 
past,  then,  or  present,  noiv,  Trag.,  etc. : 
also  c.  gen.  έντ.  -ηλικίας,  Lat.  ad  hoc 
aetatis,  Plat.  Rep.  329  B.— 2.  also= 
Lat.  deinde.  thereupon,  then,  Hdt.  1, 
48,  etc.  —  III.  of  conditions,  in  this 
state  of  things.  Soph.  Fr.  98.  In  Att. 
also  strengthd.  εντανθί  [ί],  Ar.  Lys.4. 

ΈντανβοΙ,  adv.  {kv)  hither,  II.  21, 
122,  Od.  18,  105  ;  in  Horn.,  only  with 
κεϊσο  and  ησο,  come  and  lie,  come  and 
sit  doim:  also  in  Att.,  as  Ar.  Plut. 
608,  Plat.,  etc.— II.  ace.  to  others  = 
Att.  ενταύθα,  here,  but  seemingly  not 
Att.,  V.  Elmsl.  Iph.  T.  1010,  Dind. 
Steph.  Thes, 

'Ενταφιάζω,  {εντάφιος)  to  bury  :  or 
rather  to  prepare  for  the  burial,  Plut. 

'Ενταφιασμός,  ov,  b,  burial,  prepa- 
ration for  burial,  N.  T. 

'Ενταφιαστής,  ov,  ό,  {kvτaφιάζω) 
one  who  is  charged  with  a  burial,  an  un- 
dertaker, of  the  Bactrian  dogs,  Strab. 
p.  517. 

466 


ENTE 

Έντ(ίφίοπώ?ι7ΐς,  ov,  6,  {ίντύφια, 
ττωλέω)  an  undertaker,  Lat.  libitina- 
rius. 

Εντάφιος,  ov,  {kv,  τύφος)  of,  be- 
longing to,  used  in  burial,  Dion  H. — II. 
as  subst. — 1.  TO  kvT.,  a  shroud,  wind- 
ing sheet,  hence  καλόν  Ιντάφιον  ή 
τνραννίς,  Isocr.  125  Α. — 2.  τά  εντ., 
obsequies,  also  their  expenses,  Plut.   [ΰ] 

Έντεα,  ων,  τά,  instruments,  gear, 
tools  of  any  kind,  ίντεα  'kpifiu,  Hom., 
who  mostly  uses  it,  esp.  in  II.,  simply 
for  fighting  gear,  arms,  armour  :  esp.  a 
coat  of  mail,  corslet,  like  θώραξ,  II.  10, 
34:  hence  εντεα  όνναι,  II.  3,  339, 
etc. :  but  also  like  όπλα,  εντεα  όαι- 
τός,  furniture,  appliances  lor  a  ban- 
quet, Od.  7,  232,  εντεα  νηός,  rigging, 
tackle,  Pind.  N.  4,  115;  also  εντεα 
ΐππεια,  βόεια,  trappings,  gear,  har- 
ness, etc.,  Pind.,  who  also  uses  Ιντεα 
alone  for  chariots,  O.  4,  34  ;  also  εντη 
δίφρου,  Aesch.  Pers.  194:  εντεα  αυ- 
λών periphr.  for  αυλοί,  Pind.  O.  7, 
22 ;  but  also  εντεα  alone,  musical  in- 
struments, Id.  P.  12,  37.  Ep.  and  Lyr. 
word.  The  sing,  εντός  only  occurs 
in  Archil.  3,  2.  [Prob.  from  'ένννμι : 
from  εντεα,  come  εντνω,  ίντί>νω.'\ 

^Έντεδίδη,  ης,  ή,  Entcdide,a&wgh\.ex 
of  Thespius,  Apollod. 

'Εντείνω,  fut.  'εντενώ :  perf.  kvTi- 
τάκα,  perf.  pass.  kvTkTi^ai,  {kv,  τεί- 
νω) to  stretch,  strain,  tie  tight  or  fast, 
Kvviij  εντοσθεί'  Ιμΰσιν  εντέταται,  Π. 
10,  263  ;  also  δίφρος  Ίμάσιν  kvTUTa- 
ται,  is  hung  on  straps,  II.  5,  728 :  to 
bend  and  string  a  bow,  Aesch.  Fr.  78, 
also  in  mid.,  to  string  ont^s  bow,  Eur. 
I.  A.  550;  τόξα  εντεταμενα,  Hdt.  2, 
173,  cf.  ίνταννω :  γέφνραι  εντετα- 
μέναι,  a  bridge  of  boats  with  the 
mooring  cables  all  tajit  and  steady. 
Id.  9,  106,  cf  8,  117:  to  stretch  or 
cover  with  a  stretched  skin,  Hdt.  5,  25  : 
έντείνασθαι  άρμονίαν,  to  raise  it  to  a 
higher  pitch,  Ar.  Nub.  962:  έντ.  vavv 
ποδί,  to  keep  a  ship's  sail  tight  by  the 
sheet,  hence  νανς  ίνταθεισα  πόδι 
εβαφεν,  Eur.  Or.  706 :  tvT.  Ιππον 
τω  άγωγεΐ.  to  lead  a  horse  at  full  gal- 
lop by  the  rein,  Xen.  Hipparch.  8,  3. 
— II.  to  stretch  out  at  or  against,  Lat. 
intendere :  hence  τϊληγην  εντείνειν, 
Lat.  plagam  inttndere,  to  threaten  One 
icith  a  blow,  Xen.  A  n.  2,  4,  1  ] .  also 
without  πληγήν,  Plat.  Minos  321  A. 
— 2.  to  entangle  in,  βρόχοις,  Eur.  Andr. 
720. — III.  to  constrain  within,  to  con- 
fine, limit,  εις  τι.  Plat.  Meno  87  A  : 
esp.  to  keep  or  put  in  ?netre,  εις  εττος 
έντ.  τι,  Lat.  versu  inchtdere,  astrin- 
gere,  Pint. ;  also  ίκτείνειν  by  itself, 
Heind.  Phaed.  60  D.— IV.  intrans.  to 
strain,  be  vehement,  Lat.  contendrre, 
Eur.  Or.  698,  Diet.  6 :  more  freq.  in 
pass,  and  mid.,  Xen..  and  Polyb. 

Έντείρω,^τείρω  kv,  v.  1.  Q.  Sm. 

Έντειχίδιος,  ov,=  εντείχιος. 

Έντειχίζω,  fut.  -ίσω  Att.  -ϊώ,  (kv, 
τειχίζω)  to  wall  in,  fortify,  Diod.  :  but 
in  mid.,  to  wall  in,  i.  e.  blockade,  Thuc. 
6,90. 

Έντείχιης,  ov,  {kv,  τείχος)  enclosed 
by  umlls,  tvalled  in,  Dion.  H. 

Έντεκμαίρομαι,  dep.  mid.,  {kv, 
τεκμαίρω)  to  infer,  Hipp. 

'Εντεκνος,  ov,  {iv,  τέκνον)  having 
children,  opp.  to  άτεκνος,  Luc. 

Έντεκνόομαι,  dep.,  to  beget  chil- 
dren in,  Plut. 

^Έντεκταίνομαι,  1  aor.  ένετεκτη- 
νάμην,  {iv,  τεκταίνομαι)  to  build  or 
construct  in,  Joseph. 

Έντελέθω,=  τελέθω  kv,  Nic. 

'Εντέλεια,  ας,  ή,  {kvτελής)  perfec- 
tion. 

^Εντελεντάω,  ώ,  fut.  -ήσω,  {έν,  τε- 


ΕΝΤΕ 

λεντάω)  to  end  in  or  with  :  intr.  to  die 
in,  sub.  τον  βίυν,  Thuc.  2,  44. 

'Εντελέχεια,  ας,  ή,  the  absoluteness, 
actuality,  actual  being  of  a  thing,  as 
opp.  to  simple  capability  or  potenti- 
ality (δνναμις)  :  a  philosophic  word 
formed  by  Arist.,  who  calls  the  soul 
the  έντελ.έχεια  of  the  body,  that  by 
ivhich  it  actually  is,  though  it  had  a 
δνναμις  or  capacity  of  existing  before, 
de  Anima  2,  1,  cf.  also  Metajih.  8.  3, 
and  6 :  so  also  later,  κατ'  ίντελε- 
χειαν,  actually,  opp.  to  δννάμει  vir- 
tually, potentially.  Se.xt.  Emp.  R 
is  quite  distinct  from  ίνδε7Ιχεια: 
though  Cicero  (Tusc.  1,  10)  con- 
founded them.  V.  Choeril.  Nake  pp. 
174-177,  Donalds.  N.  Cratyl.  p.  418, 
sq.  (Prob.  deriv.  from  kv  τέλει  εχειν, 
to  be  complete  or  absolute,  on  the  an- 
alogy of  νοννέχεια,  νοννεχί/ς=νοϋν 
έχων:  but  the  adj.  kvτελεχής  no- 
where occurs  :  for  even  the  adv.  kv- 
τελεχώς  in  Plat.  Legg.  905  E,  should 
no  doubt  be  read  ένδελεχώς.)  Cf. 
ενδελέχεια,  -χής. 

Έντελεχής,  ες,  adv.  -χώς,  v.  foreg. 

Έντελ.ής,  ες,  (kv,  τέλος)  complete, 
full.  εντ.  μισθός,  Ar.  Eq.  1367,  cf. 
Thuc.  6,  45,  etc. :  full-grown,  like 
τέλειος,  Aesch.  Cho.  250,  Soph.  Tr. 
700.  Adv.  -λώς,  -λέστατα.  —  II.  oi 
έντελεΙς,=  οΊ  εν  τελεί,  magistrates, 
persons  of  note,  DioJ. ;  cf  εκτελης. 
^"Εντελ.λα,  ης,  η,  Entella,  a  town  of 
Sicily  on  the  Criniisus ;  its  ruins 
still  bear  the  same  name,  Diod.  S. 

Ύ.ντέλλω,  only  in  Pind.  0.  7,  73, 
Soph.  Fr.  252:  usu.  in  mid.,  έντέλ- 
λ.ομαι,  {εν,  τέλ^λω)  to  enjoin,  com- 
mand, τινί  τι,  Hdt.  1,  47,  etc.;  c. 
dat.  pers.  et  inf.  Id.  1,  53,  eic:  kV' 
τέλλεσΟαι  αϊτό  γλώσσης,  to  command 
by  ivord  of  mouth.  Id.  1,  123.  But  iri 
pass.,  Tu  kvτετa?μέJ'a,  commands. 
Soph.  Fr.  411,  and  Xen. 

Έντελιόμισβος,  ov,  {ίιη-ελής,  μισ- 
θός) with  full  pay,  Dem.  1212,  12. 

Έντεμενίζω,  i.  -ίσω,  {kv,  τεμενίζω) 
to  place  within  the  τέμενος. 

Έντέμνω,  Ion.  έντάμνω,  {kv,  τέμνω) 
to  cut  in,  engrave  upon,  esp.  γράμματα, 
έν  λίθοις,  Valck.  Hdt.  8,  22.— II.  to 
cut  up :  esp. — 1.  to  cut  up  the  victim, 
siicrifice,  ηρωϊ  to  a  hero,  Thuc.  5,  II, 
cf  εντομος,  τόμιος. — 2.  to  cut  in, 
shred  in,  as  herbs  into  a  medical  mix- 
ture, Aesch.  Ag.  16,ubi  v.  Blomf  Gl. 

Έντενής,  ες,  {εντείνω)  on  the  stretch, 
intent,  A  p.  Rh. 

Έντερενω,  {εντερον)  to  gut  fish, 
Archipp.  Ίχθ.  I. 

Έντερίδια,  ων,τά,  dim.  from  έντε- 
ρα, Alex.  Eret.  1. 

Έιττερικός,  ή,  όν,  {έντερα)  in  the 
intestines.  Arist.  Part.  An. 

Έντεριώνη,  ης,  ή,  the  inmost  part  of  a 
thing :  esp.  the  pith  of  plants,  Theophr. 

Έντεροειδής,  ες,  {εντερον,  εΐόος) 
like  intestines,  Arist.  Η.  Α. 

Έντεροκήλη,  ης,  ή,  (εντερον,  κήλη) 
α  scrotal  hernia,  rupture,  Diosc. 

'Εντερον,  ov,  τό,  {εντός)  an  intes- 
tine, gut,  bowel,  Horn.,  always  in  II. 
and  in  plur.,  except  Od.  21,  408,  kv- 
τερον  ο'ιός,  and  so  usu.  in  Att.  ;  but 
τονντερον  της  έμπίδος,  Ar.  Nub.  160: 
ίντερη  γής,  earthworms,  Arat. — II.  a 
paunch,  bag,  Hipp.,  the  u'omh.  Archil. 
26,  fin.  (Fonned  as  a  compar.  from 
έντίις,  ci.  νπέρτερον,  and  our  interior.) 
Hence 

Έντερόνεια,  ας,  ή,  ^=  έντεριώνη  : 
esp.  έΐ'τ.  Fir  τρίί]ρεις,  timber  for  the 
ribs  of  a  ship,  belly-timber,  Ar.  Eq. 
1185,  not  without  a  pun.  (Some- 
times, wrongly,  written  parox.  πτε-  • 
ρονεία,  Dind.  Ar.  1.  c.) 


ENTE 

Έντεροττοΐ'έω,  ώ,  (εντερον,  πονέω) 
Co  have  a  hnwel-complamt,  JHipp. 

Έντεροπώ?.)/ς,  ου,  6,  {εντερον,  ττο)- 
λεω)  α  tripe-seller. 

'Έντεσιεργός,  όν,  (ίντεα  II.,  *εργο)) 
working  in  harness,  in  traces,  ήμίονοί 
ίντ.,  draught-mnles,  II.  24,  277,  ubi 
al.  male  ίντεσωυργός. 

Έντεσίμί/στωρ  or  εντεομ.,  ορός,  ό, 
skilled  in  arms,  ap.  Hesych. 

'Έ,ντέταμαι,  έντεταμένος,  perf.  pass, 
from  εντείνω:  hence 

'Έΐντετάμένοις,  adv.,  vehernently, 
strongly,  Hdt.  4,  14,  etc. 

Έΐ'τεί(?εΐΑ  adv.,  Ion.  ενθεντεν,  hence 
or  thence,  Lat.  hinc  and  illinc,  Od. ;  kvT. 
Koi  ivT.  or  h'T.  καΐ  εκείθεν,  on  the 
one  side  and  the  other,  LXX. — II.  of 
time,  henceforth,  thenceforth,  aftencards, 
then,  also  το  έί•τ.,  Hdt.  1,  9,  27,  etc.  : 
but  also  TO  εντ.  or  τα  εντ.,  that  ivhich 
follows,  Trag. — III.  causal,  therefore, 
in  consequence,  Eur.  Att.  strengthd. 
έντενθενί  [«],  Ar.  Av.  10,  etc. 
'Έντενβενί,  adv.  v.  foreg. 
'Έντενκτίκός,  ή,  όν,  {έντνγχάνω) 
affable,  Plut. 

Έντενξίδιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  sq., 
α  small  petition,  Arr. 

Έντευξις,  εως,  ή,  (έντνγχάνω)  a 
lighting  tipon.  meeting,  c.  dat.  pers.. 
Plat.  Polit.  298  C— 2.  conversation. 
Τινός,  with  a  person,  Aeschin.  34,  19  : 
έντενξιν  τΓοιεΐσθαί  τινι,  to  hold  con- 
verse iviih...  Isocr.  G  Β  :  also  sexual  in- 
tercourse, Plut. — 3.  εντ.  όχ?ακ.ή.  a  pub- 
lic speech,  Dion.  H. — 4.  apctition,  Bockh 
Inscr.  2,  p.  539. — 5.  reading,  study,  Po- 
lyb. 

'Έ,ντεντενί,  for  έντενθενί,  barba- 
rism in  Ar.  Thesm.  1212. 

Έ.ντεντ7•.<ίνόω,  ώ,  {εν,  τεϋτ?.ον)  to 
dress,  stew  in  beet,  of  eels,  Ar.  Ach. 
894,  cf  Ath.  300  B. 

"Έ,ντεφρος,  ov,  {εν,  τέφρα)  ash-col- 
oured, Diosc. 

Έντεχνία,  ας,  ή,  skill :  from 
Έντεχνος,  ov,  {εν,  τέχνη)  according 
to  rules  of  art,  artificial,  systematic,  reg- 
ular, opp.  to  ατεχνος,  ττίστις,  Arist. 
Rhet. — IL  of  persons,  skilled,  εντ.  δη- 
μιουργός, a  cunning  workman.  Plat. 
Legg.  903  C.     Adv.  -νως. 

Έΐ'τήκω,  f.  -^ω,  {εν,  τήκω)  to  pour 
in  while  melted,  Diod.  In  pass,  and  in 
perf.  έντέτηκα,  usu.  metaph.  to  sink 
deep  into  one,  c.  dat.,  μίσος  εντέτηκέ 
μοι,  Soph.  El.  1311,  cf  Plat.  Mene.x. 
245  D :  but  ίντακι'/ναί  τφ  φιλεϊν.  to 
melt  away  with  love.  Soph.  Tr.  463  ; 
and  so  εντακηναι  θρήνοις.  Lye. 

Έντί,  Dor.  for  karia-nd  είσί,  3  sing, 
and  pi.  pres.  from  ειμί.  [I] 

'Έ,ντίθημι,  fut.  έν&ήσω,  {εν,  τίθημι) 
to  put,  set  in,  bring  m  or  into,  τινί  τι, 
Horn.,  usu.  of  things,  e.  g.  a  ship's 
cargo,  and  so  in  Att. ;  but  also  Ttva 
or  TL  εις  τι,  Hdt.  2,  73,  Ar.  Ach.  920, 
Xen.,  etc.  ;  and  then  freq.  c.  ace.  only  : 
hence  metaph.,  εντ.  φρένας  έσθ'λύς, 
Theogn.  430  ;  έντιθέναι  φόβον,  to  in- 
spire fear,  Xen.  An.  7,  4,  1.  Mid.  to 
pat  in  for  one's  self,  hence,  κάτον,  χό- 
?.ov  ένθετο  θνμώ,  he  stored  up  wrath  iyi 
his  heart,  II.  6,  32G,  Od.  11,  102  ;  opp. 
to  Ιλαον  ενθεο  θυμόν,  II.  9,  639  ;  also 
μνθον  ένθετο  θυμφ,  laid  to  his  heart, 
Od.  21,  355;  ενθεμένη  σε  λεχέεσσι, 
having  put  thee  in  her  bed,  H.  21,  124  ; 
also,  μή  μοι  πατέρας.,  όμοίη  ενθεο 
τιμ^.  put  not  our  fathers  in  like  hon- 
our, II.  4,  410 :  absol.  ένθου,  imperat. 
aor.  2  mid.,  take  it,  eat  it,  Ar.  Eq.  51, 
cf.  ενθεσις. 

'Κντίκτω,  f.  -τέζω,  usu.  τέξομαι, 
{εν,  τίκτω)  to  bear,  produce  in,  δόμοις, 
Eur.  Andr.  24 ;  also  ώα  έντ.  ές  rt/v 
ΐλνν,  Hdt.  2,  93. — 2.  to  create  or  cause 


ENTO 

iti,  τινί  τι,  Ar.  Lys.  553,  εν  τινι,  Eur. 
Hipp.  642 ;  έντ.  φθόνον,  άνε/.ενθερί- 
av,etc..  Plat. — II.  intr.  part,  perf  εν- 
τετοκώς.  inborn,  innate,  Ar.  Vesp.  651. 

'Έ.ντΐλάω,  ώ,  fut.  -ήσω,  {έν,  τιλύω) 
Lat.  incacare,  to  squirt  upon,  τινί  τι, 
Ar.  Ach.  351. 

^'Έντιλτος,  ου,  δ,  πλακοϋς,  a  kind  of 
cake,  prob.  made  with  τι/.τόν  {τάρι- 
χος)  q.  v.,  Clearch.  ap.  Ath.  649  A. 

ΈντΙμύω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {έν,  τιμάω)  to 
reckon  at  a  price,  value  goods,  Dem. 
1036,  12,  in  pass.  Mid.  to  take  at  a 
valuation.  Part,  perf  pass.,  έντετιμτ]- 
μένος,  valued,  valuable,  Sophron  ap. 
Ath.  48  C. 

Έντιμος,  ov,  {έν,  τιμ,ή)  in  honour, 
honoured,  prized,  opp.  to  εκτιμάς,  άτι- 
μος. Plat.,  etc.  ;  τινί,  by  a  person. 
Soph.  El.  239,  also  c.  dat.  rei,  with  or 
in  a  thing,  Eur.  Or.  fin.  :  oi  έντιμοι, 
men  in  office,  έν  τιμγ  οντες,  Lat.  hon- 
orati,  Plat.  Rep.  564  D  :  τα  θεών  έν- 
τιμα, what  is  honoured  in  their  sight, 
their  ordinances  or  attributes.  Soph. 
Ant.  77  :  εντ.  ττοιείν,  to  hold  in  hon- 
our, Isocr.  74  A.  Adv.  -μυς,  Plat., 
and  Xen.    Hence 

νΈ,ντϊμος,  ov,  6,  Entimus,  a  Cretan 
who  led  a  colony  to  Gela,  in  Sicil)% 
Thuc.  6,  4. — 2.  of  Gortyn,  a  contemp. 
of  Themistocles,  Ath.  48  D. 

'ΈντΙμότης,  ητος,  ή,  {έντιμος)  hon- 
our, rank,  Arist.  Rhet. 

Έντιμόω,  ώ,  {έν,  τιμή)  to  honour, 

Έντινάσσω,  {έν,  τινάσσω)  to  shake 
in  or  into,  Diog.  L. 

Έντμήγω,  ί.  -ξω,  Ep.  for  έντέμνω, 
Nic.  ap.  Ath.  72  B. 

Έντμημα,  ατός,  τό,  {έντέμνω)  a 
cut.  notch,  Xen.  Cyn.  2,  7. 

Έντμησις,  εως,  ή,  {έντέμνω)  =  έν- 
τμημα. 

Έντο,  3  plur.  aor.  2  mid.  from  ΐημι, 
in  Hum.  always  in  phrase  έπει  ττόσι- 
ος  και  έδητύος  εξ  έρον  έντο,  ν.  sub 
έξίημι. 

Έντοίχιης,  ον,  {έν,  τοίχος)  on  or  at 
the  walls,  Dion.  H. 

Έντοκος,  ov,  {έν,  τόκος)  with  young. 
Lye. 

Έντο?.ή,  ης,  ή,  {έντέΆΤιώ)  aninjunc- 
tion, command,  Pind.  Fr.  167,  Hdt.,  and 
Att.,  in  sing,  and  plur. :  έντο'λας  δού- 
ναι, ap.  Dem.  250,  14,  έττιτελέειν, 
Hdt.  1,  157. 

ΎΛ'τολμάω,  ώ,  ί.  -ήσω,^το?μάω  έν. 

'ΡΑ'τομα,  ων,  τά,  insects,  cf.  έντο- 
μος  III. 

Εντομή,  ης,  ή,  {έντέμνω)  α  cutting, 
incision,  Theophr.  :  α  nick  or  notch,  as 
in  insects,  Arist.  H.  A.  :  cf  έντομος 
Π. — 2.  a  narrow  pass,  cleft.  Diod. — II. 
a  sacrifice,  v.  έντομος  II.  Plut 

Έντομίας,  ου,  ύ,  {έντέμνω)  an  eu- 
nuch, late. 

Έντομίς,  ίδος,  ή,  a  cutting,  gash, 
LXX. 

Έντομος,  ov,  {έντέμνω)  cut  in,  cut 
up,  esp.  of  \'ictims,  έντομα  ποιείν.  to 
offer  as  victims.  Hdt.  2,  119  ;  7,  191  : 
hence  τα.  έντομα,  victims.  Αρ.  Rh.  : 
also  oaths  etc.  ratified  by  sacrifice. — II. 
but  τα  έντομα,  sub.  σφάγια,  Bast  Ep. 
Cr.  p.  198. — 2.  τα  έντομα,  sub.  ζύα, 
Lat.  insecta,  insects,  from  their  bemg 
nearly  cut  in  two,  Arist.  H.  A. 

Έντονία,  ας,  ή,  tension,  force  :  from 

Έντονος,  ov,  {εντείνω)  strained, 
hence  of  persons,  well-strung,  sinewy, 
Hipp.  :  hence — 2.  metaph.  in  earnest, 
eager,  Ar.  Ach.  665  ;  violent,  γνώμη, 
Hdt.  4.  ίΐ,χέρες,  σ-?.άγχνον,  Eur.  ; 
also  adv.-vwf.  violently,  χωρείν,  Thuc. 
5,  70,  άπαιτεϊν,  Xen.  An.  7,  5,  7. — 
II.  ό  έντονος,  as  subst.,  dub.  1.  for 
τόνος,  Plat.  Legg.  945  G. 


ENTP 

Έντόττιος,  ov,  {έν,  τό^ϊoς)=sq., 
θεοί.  Plat.  Phaedr.  262  D. 

Έντοπος,  ov,  {έν,  τό-ος)  in  or  of  a 
place,  Soph.  Phil.  212,  etc. 

Έντορενω,  {έν,  τορεύω)  to  work, 
carve  in  relief  on..,  Plut. 

Έντορνεύω.  {έν,  τορνεύω)  to  turn 
or  carve  in  a  thuig,  Plut. 

Έντορνος,  ov,  {εν,  τόρνος)  made  by 
the  lathe,  turned.  Plat.  Legg.  898  A  : 
in  genl.  rounded,  Arist.  Coel. 

Έντος,  τό,  sing,  οϊέντεα,  τά,  q.  v., 
sub  fin. 

Εντός,  adv.,  {έν)  Lat.  intus, — I.  of 
place,  in,  witliin,  inside,  betioeen.  Hom., 
who  esp.  joins  έντος  έχειν,  and  έντος 
έργειν,  or  ειργειν :  in  Att.  -ό  εντός, 
τα  εντός,  the  part  or  parts  within : 
also  c.  gen.,  which  in  Hom.  it  usu. 
follows  :  hence  εντός  έμαντον,  in  my 
senses,  under  my  own  control,  Hdt. 
7,  47  ;  also  εντός  εαυτού  γίγνεσθαι, 
to  come  ?o  himself,  Hdt.  1,  119. — 2.  on 
this  side,  Lat.  citra,  II.  2,  845  ;  c.  gen., 
έντος  τοϋ  ποταμού,  Hdt.  1,  6. — II.  of 
time,  within,  i.  e.  in  less  time  than,  c. 
gen.  εντός  είκοσι  ημερών,  εντός  εσπέ- 
ρας, beticeen  this  time  and  evening,  i.  e. 
before  evening,  Xen.  Cyn.  4,  11.— III. 
of  degrees  of  relationship,  ?iearer,iciVA- 
in,  ap.  Dem.  1068,  ult.     Hence 

Έντοσθε,  and  before  a  vowel  έντο- 
σθεν,  adv.  from  tvithin.  Od.  2,  424  : 
also^eiTOf,  absol.,  II.  22,  237,  or  c. 
gen.,  freq.  in  Hom. 

Έντοσθΐ,  &ά\.. ^έντοσθε,  έντόσ, 
Hes. 

Εντόσθια,  ων,  τά,  {εντός)  the  i?t- 
wards,  entrails,  Lat.  intestina,  like  έγ- 
κατα, and  ένδινα.  The  form  ένδό- 
σθια,  also  occurs. 

Έντοσθίδιος,  ία,  ων,  {έντοσθε)  in- 
ward: Tu  kvT.=ioieg.,  Hipp. 

Έντράγεΐν,  inf  aor.  2  of  έντρώγω, 
q.  v. 

Έντραγ<^δέω,  ώ,^τραγωδέω  έν,  to 
make  a  display  among,  τισί,  Luc. 

Έντράνος,  ov.  {έν,  τρανής) piercing, 
keen,  clear,  of  sight,  NlC. 

Έντράτνεζίτης,  ov,  ό,  -Ιτις,  ιδος,  ή, 
a  table-companion,  parasite. 

Έντράχνς,  εια,  ν,  {έν,  τραχύς) 
somewhat  rough  Or  hard,  Diosc.  [ΰ] 

Έντρεητικός,  ή,  όν,  fit  for  reprov- 
ing or  producing  shame,  7\.όγοι,  Ael. 
Adv.  -κώς:  from 

Έντρέ-ω,  fut.  -ι//ω,  {έν,  τρέπω)  to 
turn  about,  τά  νώτα,  to  turn  the  back 
Hdt.  7,  211 :  metaph.  to  bring  one  to 
his  senses,  reprove,  make  ashamed, 
Plut.  Pass,  to  be  turned,  turn,  twice 
in  Hom.  in  phrase  οί'δέ  vv  σοι  περ 
έΐ'τρέπεται  φίλον  ήτορ,  is  not  thy 
heart  yet  turned  or  won,  II.  15,  .S.54, 
Od.  1,  60:  also  to  turn  about,  an^^  so 
to  delay,  Herm.  Soph.  O.  C.  1533. 
Mid.  έντρέπεσθαί  τίνος,  to  turn  to- 
wards a  person,  give  heed  to,  listen  to, 
reverence  him,  esp.  in  Trag.,  c.  inf,  as 
Soph.  Aj.  90,  Plat.  Crito  52  C,  etc.  : 
to  take  care,  see  that  a  thing  hap- 
pens, Theogn.  400 :  later  also  to  dread, 
c.  ace,  Plut. 

Έντρέφω,  fut.  -θρέτΐ'ω,^τρέφω  έν, 
to  bring  up,  train  in,  Eur.  Ion  1428: 
also  in  mid.,  φυτά  ένθρέψασθαι,  Hes. 
Op.  779  :  to  be  raised  in,  γνμνασίοΐΓ, 
Eur.  Phoen.  368,  νόμοις.  Plat.  Legg. 
798  A  ;  also  of  habits,  etc.,  to  groiv  up 
ivith,  become  natural  to,  c.  dat.  pers., 
v.  I.  Xen.  Cyr.  3,  3,  52  :  in  II.  19,  326, 
Wolf  reads  divisim  ένι  τρέφεται. 

Έντρέχεια,  ας,  ή,  skill,  industry, 
Lat.  solerlia,  Strab.  :  from 

Έντρεχής,  ές,  skilful,  ready,  έν 
πόνοις  και  μαθήμασι  και  φόβοις. 
Plat.  Rep.  537  A  ;  also  in  late  prose. 
Adv.  -χώς :  from 

467 


ENTY 

'Έντρέχω,  f.  -θρέξομαι,  usu.  -(\m- 
μονμαι,  {,έν,  τρέχω)  to  run  in,  be  active 
in,  hence  to  fit,  suit,  once  in  Horn,  id 
έντρέχοι  άγ'λαα  γνΐα,  if  they  siiit  the 
armour,  11.  19,  395. — 2.  to  be  current 
among,  λόγος  άνβρώποις,  Aral. — II. 
to  run  in,  slip  in,  enter,  UIOSC. — HI.  to 
come  in  the  way,  intervcar•,  Strab. 

Έντρϊ 3?ις,  ές,  strictly  rubbed  in  or 
on :  usu.  by  inetaph.  from  the  touch- 
stone, versed  or  practised  in,  c.  dat., 
ύρχαϊς  και  νόμοις,  Soph.  Ant.  177 : 
niore  rarely  c.  gen. :  cf.  παρατρίβω  : 
from 

Έντρίβο),  f.  -ψω,  {ίν,  τρίβω)  to  rub 
in,  osp.  vinguonts  or  cosmetics,  Xcii. 
Cyr.  8,  8,  "20.  Pass,  to  have  them  rub- 
bed in,  to  be  anointed,  painted,  Ar.  Lys. 
119,  Eccl.  732 :  c.  ace,  παιόέρωτ' 
έντρ-,  Alex.  Isost.  1,  18:  mctaph., 
έντρ.  κακόν  τινι,  to  bring  ill  iipon  him, 
Luc. ;  so  έντρ.  κόνδυλοι'  τινι,  to  give 
him  a  drubbing,  Plut.,  and  Luc. — II. 
to  rub  aivny,  iccar  by  rubbing,  Ar.  Ran. 
1070.  [i] 

Έντριμμα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which  is 
nibbed  in,  esp.  a  cosmetic,  Plut. 

Έντρίτωνίζω,  com.  word  .in  Ar. 
Eq.  1189,  to  third,  temper  with  a  third, 
alluding  to  7/  Τριτογενείς. 

'ΈντρΙχος,  ov,  {εν,  θρίξ)  hairy, 
Anth. :  τό  ίντρ.,  a  wig. 

Έντρίχωμα,  ατός,  τό,  {έν,  τριχόω) 
the  hair  of  the  eye-lids,  eyelashes. — II.  a 
hair-sieve  or  strainer,  also  ηθμός,  Plut. 

Έ,ντρι-φις,  εως,  ή,  (έντρίβω)  a  rub- 
bing in  or  on,  esp.  of  cosmetics,  Xen. 
Cyr.  1,  3,  2. 

'Έντοομος,  ov,  (έν,  τρόμος)  trem- 
bling, Mel.  77.  8  :  Plut.  Fab.  3. 

'Εντροττύλίζομαι,  frequent,  from 
έντρέπω.  as  pass.,  only  used  in  pres. 
and  impf.,  to  keep  turning  round,  keep 
looking  back,  11.  C,  49ϋ  ;  esp.  of  men 
unwillingly  retreating  before  an  ene- 
my, 11.  11,  547,  etc. 

Έντροτνή,  f/ς,  ή,  [έντρέττομαι)  a 
turning  towards,  hence  έντρ.  τινός, 
respect,  reverence  for  one,  like  αιδώς, 
Soph.  O.  C.  299. — II.  absol.  a  coming 
to  one's  self,  shaine,  N.  T. 

'Έ^ντροπία,  ας,  ?),  =  foreg.,  Hipp.: 
but  in  H.  Horn.  Merc.  245,  δόλιαι 
έντροπίαι,  are  subtle  twists  and  tricks, 
artful  dodges. 

'Εντροπίας,  ov,  6,  οΙνος,:=τροπίας. 

Έντροφος,  ov,  (έντρέφω)  brought 
up,  trained,  living  in  Or  with,  τινι, 
Soph.  O.  C.  1362,  Aj.  622 :  εντρ.  τινός, 
a  nursling,  Eur.  I.  A.  289. 

ΈυτρυΛλ,ί'ςω,  also  έντρϋλίζω,  to 
whisper  in  one's  ear,  τινί  τι,  Ar.  Thesin. 
341. 

Έντρϋφύω,  ώ,  f.  -τ/σω,  {έν,  τρνώύω) 
to  delight,  indulge,  re^:el  in,  τινί,  Diod. : 
to  sport,  play  in,  κόμαι  άνέμυις  ένε- 
τρνφων,  Chaerem.  ap.  Ath.  608  Ε  : 
aDsol.  to  be  liiTurious,  Xen.  Hell.  4,  1, 
30. — II.  to  make  sport  of,  mock,  τινί, 
Eur.  Cycl.  588.     Hence 

Έντρύφημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  pride  or 
pleajture,  Eccl.  [ϋ] 

'Έΐντρϋφής,  ές,  luxurious,wanton,  late. 

Έντρύχομαι,  as  pass.,  {έν,  τρνχω) 
to  tvaste  one^s  self  away,  Dio  C  [v] 

Έντρώγω,  f.  -ξομηι,  aor.  2  ένέτρα- 
γον,  (έν,  τρώγω).  To  eat  up  greedily, 
to  gobble  up,  esp.  sweetmeats,  Ar.  Eq. 
51,  Vesp.  612,  cf.  τράγημα. 

'Έντυγχύνω,  fut.  -τενξομαι :  aor.  2 
ένέτνχον:  perf.  έντετνχηκα,  (έν  τυγ- 
χάνω). To  light  upon,  fall  in  with, 
meet  with,  c.  gen.,  Hdt.  4,  140,  ubi  v. 
Wess. ;  more  usu.  c.  dat.,  Hdt.  1, 
134:  2,  70,  etc. — II.  to  converse  ivith, 
talk  to,  τινί,  Plat.  Apol.  41  B,  etc. : 
to  have  dealings  with :  esp.  to  have 
468 


ENTA 

sexual  intercourse  with,  τινί,  Solon  ap. 
Piul. — Hi.  c.  inf.,  to  lutreut  one  tu  do, 
PUit.  Pomp.  55.  —  IV.  of  books,  to 
meet  with,  and  so  to  read,  τινι,  Plut., 
etc. —  V .=ζτυγχάνω  ώί'  έν.  Soph.  Aj. 
433,  Eur.  Beller.  29. 

'Εντύλίσσω,  i.  -ξω,  (έν,  τνλίσσω) 
to  roll,  wrap  up,  Ar.  Plut.  692. 

'Κντνλοω,  ώ,  (έν,  τνλόω)  to  make 
hard  or  callous, 

'Κντύνω  and  έντνω,  fut.  έντννώ : 
aor.  1  έντυνα.  Of  έντύω  [ij,  Hom. 
has  only  iinperf.  act. ;  ot  έντνί'ω  [ν], 
pres.  mid.,  impf.  act.  and  mid.,  aor. 
act.  and  part.  aor.  mid.  (έντεα).  To 
equip,  deck  out,  get  ready,  like  ύκλίζω  .' 
in  Horn.,  έντ.  ίππους,  to  harness  them, 
U.  5,  720  ;  εϋνήν,  to  get  it  ready,  Od. 
23,  289  ;  δέπας  τινί,  to  prepare  the 
cup,  i.  e.  to  mix  the  wine,  11.  9,  203  ; 
άυιδί/ν,  to  raise  the  strain,  Od.  12, 
183 ;  εύ  έντννασαν  ε  αντην,  having 
decked  herself  well  out,  11.  14,  162  : 
and  for  this  in  mid.,  έντύνεσΰαι,  to 
get  one's  self  ready,  Od.  6,  33.  But 
Hom.  more  Ireq.  has  mid.  c.  ace,  only 
however  in  the  phrases  έντννεσθαι 
άριστον,  δαϊτα,  δείπνον,  to  prepare 
one's  .letf  a  meal,  11.  24,  124,  Od.  3, 
33;  15,500:  ύρμενον  έντννασΟαι,  to 
provide  what  is  needful,  Hes.  Op.  630: 
έντνειν  τινά,  to  make  one  ready,  urge 
him  on,  'I'heogn.  196,  Pmd.  O.  3,  51  ; 
also  c.  inf.,  to  urge  to  do  a  thing,  Pind. 
P.  9,  117,  N.  9,  86.  Ep.  and  Lyr. 
word  also  in  Eur.  Hipp.  1183,  έντΰ- 
ναθ'  ίππους  αρμασι. 

Έντϋπάς,  adv.  (έν,  τύπτω)  only  in 
II.  24,  163,  έντυπύ,ς  έν  χλαίνΐ)  κεκα- 
λυμμένος, of  Priam,  lying  in  grief  on 
the  grounil,  and  after  him  in  Ap.  Rh. 

1,  264;  2,  861,  Q.  Sin.  5,  530;  ace. 
to  some,  struck  dow7i,  cast  on  the  earth  ; 
acc.  to  others,  wrapt  up  so  as  to  show 
but  the  outline  of  his  form,  his  general 
form  {τύπος),  [u] 

Έντυπος,  ov,  (έν,  τύπτω)  impress- 
ed.    Hence 

Έντϋπόω,  ώ,  to  represent  by  stamp- 
ing or  moulding,  to  model,  τι,  Anth.  ; 
and  so  in  mid.,  Arist.  Mund. :  to  stamp 
upon  a  thing,  τι  εις  τι  or  τινί,  Plut. 
Hence 

Έντύπωμα,  τό,  a  piece  of  carving  in 
intaglio,  Clem.  Al.  [v]  :  and 

'Εντϋπωσις,  εως,  ή,  the  socket  of  the 
shoulder-bone,  Theophr.  [ϋ] 

Έντνραννέυμαι,  as  pass.,  {έν,  τυ- 
ραννέω)  to  live  binder  a  tyranny  or  ty- 
rant, Cic.  Att.  2,  14,  1. 

Έντύιρω,  fut.  -ϋυφω,  (έν,  τύφω)  to 
smoke,  as  one  does  wasps,  Ar.  Vesp. 
459.  Pass,  to  smoulder,  be  on  fire, 
Philo.  [ϋ] 

Έντϋχία,  ας,  (έντνγχάνω)=εντεν- 
ξις,  Plut. 

Ύ.ντύω,^'εντύνω,  q.  v.,  Hom.  [ν] 

Έ,ννάλιος,  ov,  ό,  {'Κνύω)  Enyalius, 
the  Warlike,  epith.  of  Mars  in  11.,  v. 
esp.  11.  20,  69 ;  but  later  thought  to 
be  different  from  him,  Ar.  Pac.  456, 
ubi  v.  SchoL,  cf.  Alcnian  Fr.  41.  Bat- 
tle began  with  cries  to  him,  Ένυαλίω 
έλελίζειν,  ύλαλάζειν,  Xen.  An.  1,  8, 
18  ;  5,  2,  14  :  whence  late,  as  in  Poll., 
ό  Έvvύλιoς,foτawar-song,likeπaιάv. 
— 2.  among  the  Romans  =  (Mars) 
Quirinalis,  Dion.  H.,  Polyb. — II.  as 
adj.  (in  Opp.  ία,  lOp),  warlike,  furious, 
Άριις  δεινός,  ένυάλιος,  II.  17,  21 1. — 

2.  as  adj.  to  I.  2,  ό  Έν.  λόφος,  collis 
Quirinalis,  the  Qiiirinal  hill  m  Rome, 
Dion.  H. — 3.  TO  Ένυάλιον,  the  tem- 
ple of  Enyalius,  in  Megaris,  Thuc.  4, 
67 ;  another  built  by  Solon  in  Sala- 
mis,  Plut.  Sol.  9.  Cf.  Lob.  Soph.  Aj. 
p.  146,  sqq.  [« :  in  II.  17,  259,  va  as 
one  long  sylL] 


ΕΝΤΠ 

Έννβρίζω,  fut.  -σω,  (έν,  υβρίζω)  to 
insult,  mock  one  in  a  Itiliig,  tivu  Tivi, 
Suph.  Phil.  342;  τινά  έν  κακοίς,  Eur. 
El.  08:  c.  dat.  pers.,  to  muck  at,  in- 
sult, Polyb.     Hence 

Έννβρισμα,  ατυς,  τό,  a  laughing- 
stock, Lat.  ludibrium,  Plut. 

Έννγραινω,  (έν,  υγραίνω)  tomoisten. 

Έννγροϋι/ρεντι/ς,  ov,  υ,  (εννγρος, 
θΐ)ρενω)  one  who  seeks  his  prey  in  the 
water,  a  fisherman.  Plat.  Legg.  824  C, 

Έννγρυϋ7ΐιιικός,  ή,  ύν,  {ενυγρος, 
θήρα)  of,  belonging  to  fishing,  Plat, 
Soph.  2Λ)  A,  221  B. 

Ένυγρος,  ov,  (έν,  νγρός)  in  the 
water,  aquatic,  Diosc— ll.  wet,  damp, 
Anst.  H.  A.  ;  watery,  καρπός,  Diod. 

^Ένυδρα,  ων,  τά,  Enydra,  a  city  of 
Syria,  Strab. 

\Ένυδριας,  ov,  b,  (έν,  ύδωρ)  sc.  άι^ε- 
μος,  a  wmtl  accompanied  with  rain,  or 
ratlier,blowmg_/fo;rt  the  water,  Callnn. 
Fr.  35. 

Ένυδρις,  ιος,  ή,  or  ίννδρίς,  ίόος,  η, 
{έν,  ύδωρ)  an  otter,  Hdt.  2,  72  ;  4,  109. 
—  II.  ο  water-snake,  Lat.  enhudris, 
Plin.  H.  N.  32,  7. 

Ένυδρόβιος,ον,  {έν, ύδωρ,  βίος)  liv- 
ing in  the  water,  χί/ν,  Anth. 

Έννδρος,  ov,  (tV,  ύδωρ)  with  water 
in  It,  holding  water,  τεύχος,  Aesch.  Ag. 
1128.  — 11.  of  icattr,  watery,  λίμνη, 
νάματα,  etc.,  Eur. — 111.  Uvmg  in  or 
by  water,  ννμφαι  έν.,  water-nymphs. 
Soph.  Phil.  1454 ;  δόναζ,  Ar.  Ran. 
234 :  esp.  έν.  ζώα,  aquatic  anwjiais, 
Plat.,  and  Anst. ' 

'ΈνυεΙον,  ου,  τό,  (Έννώ)  the  temple 
of  Enyo,  Dio  C 

νΚνύεύς,  έως  Ep.  ήος,  ό,  Enyeus, 
a  king  oi  Scyros,  slam  by  AcluUes, 
11.  9,  668. 

Ένϋλος,  ov,  {έν,  νλη)=νλικός,  ma 
tcrial,  Anst.  An.     Adv.  -λως. 
^Έννλος,  ου,  ό,  En.yliis,  a  king  oi 
Byblus,  Arr.  An.  2,  20,  1. 

Έννμενόσπερμος,  ov,  (έν,  νμ7ΐν, 
σπέρμα)  ivith  seeds  enclosed  in  a  mem- 
brane, Theophr. 

Ενυπάρχω,  fut.  -ξω,=  ύπάρχω  έν, 
to  be  in,  TO  ένυπάρχον,  the  substance 
of  a  thing,  ra  έΐ'ί;;Γ.,  the  elements,  Arist. 
Metaph. 

Ένΰπάτενω,  (έν,  νπατενω)  to  act 
as  consul  in  or  tvith,  βονλενμασι,  Plut. 

Ένυπνιύζω,  (ένυπνιον)  to  dream, 
Arist.  H.  A. :  m  LXX.  both  as  dep. 
pass.,  and  mid.,  c.  acc.  cogn.    Hence 

Έννπνιαστής,  οϋ,  ύ,  a  dreamer, 
LXX. 

Ένυπνιον,  ov,  τό,  (έν,  ύπνος)  a 
thing  seen  in  sleep,  in  appos.  with  όνει- 
ρος,  θεϊός  μοι  ένυπνιον  ί/λΰεν  όνει- 
ρος,  a  dreain  from  the  gods  came  to 
me  in  sleep,  Od.  14,  495,  11.  2,  56. 
Proverb.,  ένυπνιον  έστιάσθαι,  "  to 
feast  with  the  Barmecide,"  Ar.  Vesp. 
1218.  Cf.  sq. — 2.  later,  a  dream,  σψις 
ενυπνίου,  the  vision,  form  of  a  dream, 
Hdt.  8,  54  :  so  υψις  ενυπνίων,  Aesch. 
Pers.  518 :  and  so  freq.,  έν.  ΙδεΙν, 
Plat.,  etc.  When  distinguished,  έν- 
υπνιον was  α  mere  dream,  opp.  to 
όνειρος,  a  significant,  prophetic  one : 
stnctly  neut.  from 

Ένύπνιυς,  ov,  (έν,  νπνος)  in  sleep, 
in  dreams  ajipearing,  Aesch.  Theb. 
710 :  hence  some  expl.  ένυπνιον  in 
Hom.  as  adv.,  in  sleep,  v.  ioreg. 

Έννπνιώδης,  ες,  (ένυπνιον,  είδος) 
dream-like,  dreamy,  unreal,  Strab. 

"Ενυπνος,  ον,=^ένύπνιος,  Trag.  ap. 
Plut.,  V.  Pors.  Or.  401. 

Ένυπνόω,^  ώ,  (έν,  ύπνόω)  to  sleep 
in,  αντλώ,  Nic. 

Ένυπόκειμαι,  (έν,  νπόκειμαι)  to 
lie  or  be  mider :  to  be  substance  of, 
Hierocl. 


ΕΝΩΠ 

'Ένυπόσαττρος,  {έν,  ύττόσαττρος) 
partly  putrid,  Hipp. 

'Ένναόστατος,  ον,  (ένυφίστεψ,αι) 
substantial,  real,  Eccl. 

'Ένυ~τιάζω,  {έν,  νπτίάζω)  ίο  lean, 
throw  back  upon,  έαντόν  ry  yy,  Phi- 
lostr. 

^Έ,ννόαίνω,  f.  -άνω,  {tv,  νφαίνω)  to 
weave  in  as  a  pattern,  τινί  τι,  Hdt.  1, 
203  ;  and  in  pass.,  to  be  interwoven.  Id. 
3,  47.    Hence 

'Έρυφαντός,  όν,  inivoven,  Theocr. 
15,  83.  [v]  :  and 

'Έ,ννφασμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  pattern  or 
figure  ttwen  in,  Diod.  [0] 

Ένυφίστημι,  fut.  •ν7Γοστήσω,  (έν, 
νφίστημι)  to  put,  place  in.  Mid.  with 
aor.  2,  perf.,  and  plqpf.  act.,  intrans. 
to  stand,  be  in,  Joseph. 

'Ε^'ίώ,  ϋος  contr.  ονς,  ή,  Enyo,  god- 
dess of  war,  answering  to  the  Ro- 
man Bellnna,  II.  5,  333  ;  daughter  of 
Phorcys  and  Ceto,  one  of  the  Graiae, 
Hes.  th.  273.-2.  met.  conflict,  en- 
counter, 0pp.  ;  hence  Ένϋύλίοο. 

'Έ•νώδιον,  ον,  τό,^έρώτιον,  an  ear- 
ing. Bockh  Inscr.  1,  p.  232,  237. 

Ένωθέω,  ώ,  f.  -ώσω  and  -ωθήσω : 
aor.  ένε'ωσα,  {έν,  ώθέω)  to  drive  in  or 
upon,  c.  dat.,  Ap.  Rh. 

Ένωμος,  ον,  {έν,  ωμός)  rather  crude, 
unripe,  Diosc. :  hardixh,  Hipp. 

'Έ•νωμοτάρχ7]ς,  ον,  6,  leader  of  an 
ένωμοτία  (q.  v.),  Thuc.  5,  66,  and 
Xen. 

Ένωμότης,  ου,  ό,  v.  sq. 

Ένωμοτία,  ας,  ή,{ένώμοτος)  strictly 
any  band  of  sicorn  soldiers  :  esp.  a  di- 
vision of  the  Spartan  army,  first  men- 
tioned Hdt.  1,  65,  but  without  ex- 
planation :  in  Thuc.  5,  68,  a  subdi- 
vision of  the  ?Μχος,  which  he  says 
contained  4  7τεντ7/κοστί•ες,  and  each 
ττεντηκ.  4  ένωμοτίαι,  and  an  ένωμο- 
τία (on  the  average)  32  men  :  others 
assign  25  men  to  it,  so  that  2  make  a 
ττεντηκοστύς,  16  a  mora,  Schneid. 
Xen.  Hell.  6,4, 12,  andcf  wopa.  The 
leader  was  called  ένωμοτύρχης.  Cf. 
Diet.  Antiqq.  pp.  98,  100. 

'Έ,νώμοτος,  ον,  {έν,  όμννμι)  sworn, 
bound  by  oath,  δρκοις.  Soph.  Aj.  1113. 
— II.  a  conspirator,  Plut.  Adv.  -τως, 
on  oath,  Plut. 

ί'Ευώττα,  (ace.  from  a  form  *ένώι/') 
only  in  the  phrase  κατ'  ένώττα,  right 
opposite,  11.  15,  320 ;  usu.  wr.  κατ- 
ένωπα,  v.  Lob.  Paral.  p.  169. 

'Έ.νω~αδίς,  adv.,  v.  sq. 

Ένωτταδίως,  adv.,  {ένωπή)  in  one^s 
face,  to  one's  face,  Lat.  coram,  Od.  23, 
94,  ubi  al.  ένωττιδίως  :  ένωτταδίς  also 
occurs  in  Ap.  Rh.,  and  kvuizaoov  in 
Q.  Sm. 

'Ένωπαδόν,  adv.,  v.  foreg. 

Ένω-ή,  ης,  ή,  {έν,  ωψ)  the  face, 
countencmce,  Horn.,  only  in  dat.  ένωπτ), 
as  adv.,  before  the  face,  openly,  Lat. 
palam,  II.  5,  374. 

ΈνώτΓία,  ων.  τά,  {έν,  ώψ)  the  inner 
icalU  fronting  those  who  enter  a  build- 
ing, opp.  to  the  -ΐτρονώπια  which 
front  the  street,  Horn. :  chariots  were 
set  against  it,  II.  8,  435,  Od.  4,  42, 
also  spoils  taken  in  war,  II.  13,  261, 
cf.  Od.  22, 121  ;  in  Horn,  always  παμ- 
φανόωντα,  because  they  were  plas- 
tered smooth:  cf  Interpp.  ad  Xen. 
An,  7,  8,  1. — II.  in  Aesch.  Supp.  145, 
ένώπια  σεμνά,  said  to  \)β=ένωπή, 
but  perh.  it  may  be  understood  of 
tlie  temple-walL•,  i,  e.  the  temple,  of  Mi- 
nerva. 

'Έ,νωπιδίως,  adv.  v.  1.  for  ένωττα- 
δίως,  q.  v. 

'Έ,νώτηον,  in  the  presence  of,  before, 
Lat.  coram,  c.  gen.,  Plut. :  strictly 
neut.  from 


ΕαΑΓ 

'Έινώττιος,  ον,  {έν,  ωψ)  in  one's  pre- 
sence, face  to  face,  Theocr.  22,  152. 

Ένωρΰιζομαι,  dep.,  {έν,  ώραίζω)  to 
indulge  one's  self,  indulge  in  a  thing. — 
II.  to  pay  court  to,  τοις  γνναίοις,  Luc. 

Ένωρος,  ον,  {έν,  ώρα)  well-timed : 
in  the  prime,  blooming,  Irreg.  comp. 
ένωρίστερος,  more  seasonable,  Phy- 
larch.  ap.  Ath.  142  C. 

Ένώρσε,  3  sing.  aor.  1  act.,  ένώρτο, 
3  sing.  aor.  syncop.  mid.,  of  ένόρ- 
ννμι,  Horn. 

'Έινώς.  and  'Ένωσος,  ον,  ό  Joseph. 
Enos,  masc.  pr.  n.,  N.  T. 

Ένωσα,  Ion.  contr.  for  ένόησα 
from  νοέω. 

"Ένωσις,  εως,  η,  {ένόω)  union, 
Archyt.  ap.  Stob.  Eel.  1,  714. 

'Ένωτίζυμαι,  dep.  mid.,  {έν,  ονς) 
to  give  ear,  hearken  to,  LXX.  As  dep. 
pass.,  Byzant. 

'Έ,νωτίκός,  ή,  όν,  {ένόω)  causing 
union,  Plut.     Adv.  -κώς. 

'Ένώτιον,  ον,  τό,  {έν,  ονς)  an  ear- 
ring, Aesch.  Fr.  94. 

'Ένωτοκοίτ7ΐς,  ον,  ό,  {έν,  ονς,  κοίτη) 
with  ears  large  enough  to  sleep  in,  Strab. 

'Έ,νωτόκοιτος,  o=foreg.,  dub. 
^Ένώχ,  ό,  in  Joseph.  'Ανωχος,  ον, 
Enoch,  masc.  pr.  n.,  N.  T. 

'Ενωχρος,  ον,  {έν,  ωχρός)  palish, 
rather  pale,  Arist.  Part.  An. 

ΈΞ,  Lat.  EX,  prep.,  put  for  e/c  be- 
fore a  vowel,  both  in  a  sentence  and 
in  compos.,  sometimes  even  before 
the  cons,  σ,  e.  g.  έξ  Σμύρνης,  Schaf 
Schol.  Ap.  Rh.  p.  232,  659,  cf  παρέκ. 

"E^,  oL,  a'l,  τά.  indecL,  Lat.  HEX, 
our  SIX,  Sanscr.  SHASH,  also 
Hebr.  SHESH,  etc. :  Horn.,  etc.  On 
its  modifications  in  compos.,  e.  g. 
έκκαίδεκα,  έξάαετρος,  etc.,  v.  Lob. 
Phryn.  412. 

Έξάι3ι,ΤΑος,  ον,  {εξ,  βί3?Μς)  of  οτ 
in  six  books,  Erot. 

νΕξαγανακτέω,  ω,  {έκ,  άγανακτέω) 
to  be  greatly  enraged,  ττρός  άλληλονς, 
Joseph. 

Έξαγγελενς,  έως,  ό,=έξάγγελος. 

'Εξαγγελία,  ας,  ή,  an  announcement : 
esp.  secret  information  sent  out  to  the 
enemy,  Xen.  Cyr.  2,  4,  23. 

Έξαγγέ?./ω,  f.  -ε?.ώ,  {έκ,  άγγέλλω) 
to  tell  out,  publish,  m.ake  known,  report, 
oft.  with,  collat.  signf  of  betraying  a 
secret,  II  5,  390,  tlvI  ti.  Plat.,  etc. ; 
Ttvl  ότι...,  Hdt.  5,  33  ;  τινΙ  οννεκα.... 
Soph.  Ο.  C.  1393  ;  and  so  of  traitors, 
and  deserteis,  Xen.  Cyr.  6, 1, 42,  etc. : 
cf  sq.  Hdt.  uses  the  mid.  έξαγγέλ- 
λοααι,  just  like  act.,  τινί  τι,  3,  122 ; 
5,  92,  etc.  ;  and  so  Soph.  0.  T.  148 ; 
and  c.  inf,  to  promise  to  do,  Eur. 
Heracl.  531. — II.  to  narrate,  Themist. 
pass.  έξαγγέΛΑεται,  it  is  reported 
that...,  c.  inf,  Xen.  Hell.  3,  2,  18  ; 
also  c.  part.,  έξηγγέλθη  βασιλεύς 
άθροίζων,  the  king  was  reported  to  be 
collecting,  Id.  Ages.  1,  6.  Cf.  έξα- 
γορενω. 

Έξάγγελος,  ου,  ό,  η,  {έκ,  ύγγε7.ος) 
α  messenger  who  brings  news  out  from 
those  within :  esp.  xvho  betrays  a  se- 
cret, an  informer,  Thuc.  8,  51. — 11.  on 
the  Greek  stage  άγγε?.οι  came  to 
tell  news  from  a  distance  but  έξάγ- 
γελοι,  told  what  was  a-doing  in  the 
house,  behind  the  scenes,  esp.  mur- 
ders, etc.,  as  in  Soph.  Ant.  1278: 
Aeschylus  is  said  to  have  used  the 
έξάγγελος  first,  Valck.  Hipp.  776. 

'Εξαγγελτικός,  ή,  όν,  {ίξαγ)έλ?.ω) 
conveying  information,  Arist.  Probl. — 
2.  apt  to  tell  tales,  gossiping.  Id.  Rhet. 

Έξύγγελτος,  ον,  {έξαγγέλ?.ω)  told 
of,  detected,  Thuc.  8,  13. 

Έξαγγίζω,  (e/c,  άγγος)  to  pour  out 
of  a  vensel,  Hipp. 


ΕΞΑΓ 

Έςάγίζω,  f.  -σω,  (έκ.  άγίζω)  to  ex- 
pel as  a  pollution  from,  hence  in  pass., 
έξαγισθέντες  δόμων,  Aesch.  Ag.  624. 

'Εξάγινέω,  Ion.  for  εξάγω,  esp.  of 
merchandise,  Hdt.  6,  128. 

Έξάγιον,  ον,  τό,  a  weight  used  in 
late  times,  Lat.  hexagium,  Geop. : 
sometimes  written  ς-άγιον,  i.  e.  ;•' 
άγιον. 

Έξάγιστος,  ον,  {έξαγίζω)  abomin- 
able, accursed,  Dem.  798,  6,  Aeschin. 
69,  34. — II.  of  things,  devoted,  mysti- 
cal. Soph.  O.  C.  i526. 

Έξαγκωνίζω,  f.  -ίσω  Att.  -ΐώ,  {έκ, 
άγκωνίζω)  to  nudge,  jostle  with  the 
elbow,  Ar.  Eecl.  259,  cf  ττροεξαγκω- 
νίζω. — II.  to  bind  any  one's  hands  be- 
hind his  back,  Diod. 

Έξάγνϋμι,  f.  -ύξω,  {έκ,  ύγννμι)  to 
tear  away,  shatter,  hence  in  tmesis, 
έξ  ανχέν'  έαξε,  II.  5,  161  ;  17,  63 : 
Αρ.  Rh.  4,  1686  has  irreg.  aor.  2  pass, 
part,  έξεαγεϊσα,  v.  Buttm.  Catal.  v. 
άγννμι. 

Εξαγοράζω,  f  -ύσω,  {έκ,  αγοράζω) 
to  buy  from  one,  τί  τίνος,  Poiyb.  :  to 
release,  redeem,  N.  T.  Mid.  to  redeem 
for  one's  self,  τον  καιρόν,  Ν.  Τ. 

Έξάγόρενσις,  εως,  ή,  {έξαγορενω) 
α  teliiiig  out,  betraying,  Dion.  Η. :  in 
Eccl.,  confession. 

Έξάγορευτικός,  ή,  όν,  apt,  fit  to 
tell,  explain,  Luc.  :  from 

Έξαγορενω,  {έκ,  αγορεύω)  to  speak 
out,  make  known,  publish,  Od.  11,  234  : 
esp.  of  betraying  a  secret  or  mystery, 
Hdt.  2,  170,  Ti  προς  τίνα.  Id.  9,  89, 
cf.  εξαγγέλλω. 

Έξαγριαίνω,  {έκ,  άγριαίνω)  to  make 
savage,  exasperate.  Plat.  Lys.  206  Β  ; 
and  in  pass.,  Id.  Rep.  336  D. 

Έξαγριόω,  ώ,  {έκ,  άγριόω)=ίοτβ§., 
to  make  wild  or  waste :  in  pass,  to  be 
so,  Isocr.  202  C  :  hence  like  foreg., 
to  make  savage,  exasperate,  Hdt.  6,  123, 
and  Plat. 

Έξύγω,  fut.  -ξω,  {έκ,  άγω)  to  lead, 
bring,  carry  out  or  auay,  Horn.  (esp. 
in  11.)  but  in  him  only  of  persons, 
usu.  c.  gen.  loci,  πόληος,  μεγάροιο, 
όμίλον,  μάχης,  etc.,  or  with  έκ...,  as 
Od.  8,  100  :  so  'εξ.  έκ  χώρης,  Hdt.  4, 
148,  etc.  :  of  Ειλείθνια,  to  bring  into 
the  ivorld,  II.  16,  188  ;  to  send  for  from 
a  place,  11.  13,  379:  έξ.  Αυδονς  ες 
μάχην,  Hdt.  1,  79  ;  to  lead  out  to  exe- 
cution. Id.  5,  38  :  to  draw  off  water, 
Xen.  Oec.  20,  12  :  c.  dupl.  ace,  odor 
εξήγαγε  με,  Soph.  Ο.  C.  96. — 2.  of 
thmgs,  to  carry  out,  export,  esp.  mer- 
chandise. Aesch.  Fr.  242,  Ar.  Eq.  282, 
etc.:  hence  tu  έξα'•,όμενα,  exports, 
Xen.  Vect.  3,  2,  etc. — 3.  to  draw  out 
from,  free  from,  άχέων,  Pind.  P.  3,  91. 
— 4.  to  drive  out,  expel,  Lys.  117,  7, 
Dem.  etc. — II.  to  bring  forth,  produce, 
καρ—όν,  Soph.  Fr.  717:  to  call  forth, 
excite,  δάκρν,  Eur.  Supp.  770,  γέλωτα, 
Xen.  Cyr.  2, 2,  15. — 2.  and  of  persons, 
to  lead  on,  excite,  rouse,  τινά  έττ'  οικτον, 
Eur.  Ion  361 ;  ές  κινδύνονς,  Thuc. 
3,  45 ;  and  in  bad  signf,  to  lead  on, 
tempt,  Theogn.  414  ;  έξ.  έ~ι  τά  πονη- 
ρότερα τον  6χ7.ον,  Thuc.  6,  89. — ΙΠ. 
pass,  to  be  led  on  to  do  a  thing,  c. 
inf.  Plat.  Rep.  572  B.  etc.  :  to  be  car- 
ried awayh\ma\^n^\.\on,elc.,Ome.xch. 
92,  3.  ftlid.  to  bring  on,  lead  the  way 
to,  μικρά  άθλα  πολλούς  πόνους  εξά- 
γεται, Xen.  Hier.  9,  11. — IV.  έξάγειν 
τοννομα  προς  την  Έλ?^ηνικην  διά- 
?^εκτον,  to  express  in  Greek,  Lat.  exi- 
gere  ad...,  Plut. 

B.    seeminffly  intr.,   sub.   εαυτόν, 

στρατόν,  or  the  like,  to  go,  march  out, 

•  once  in  Horn.,  τύμβον  έχεύομεν  έξα- 

γαγόντες,  we   madi!   the   mound  as 

1  we  went  out,  11.  7,  336,  as  Eustath. ; 

469 


ΕΞΑΘ 

(others,  as  Ileyiio,  take  it  trans., 
drnwiiis  it  out,  but  Hoin.  never  uses 
the  word  of  things) :  and  so  verbal 
εϊακτέοΐ',  one  must  march  out,  Xen. 
Hell.  0.  5,  18.— 2.  later  tξay.,  sc.  έ/ί 
τον  βίον,  to  depart  from  life,  Synes. 
[ά]     Hence 

Έξύγωγενς,ίίύς,  6. 7/,[έξύγω)οηβ  who 
leirL•  out,  of  the  queen-bee,  Arist.  H.  A. 

Εξαγωγή,  ης,  ή,  a  carrying  our, 
drawing  out,  means  of  doing  so,  expor- 
tation, of  merchandize,  etc.,  Hdt.  5, 
C,  cf.  7,  150:  Hdt.  4,  179:  the  privi- 
lege of  exporting,  Isocr.  370  B,  and 
Plat. — II.  intr.  a  going  out,  and  then 
like  Lat.  exitas,  the  end  of  a  thing, 
Polyb. :  esp.  of  life,  Pint.— HI.  as 
law-term,  nn  ejectment,  to  try  the  right 
ofprorvjrty,  Isae.  10, 12,  Dem.  1090,  23. 

'Έ^ξΰγώγιμος,  ov,  {Ιξύγω)  act.  lead- 
ing  off,  carrying  off,  έζ.  των  νόάτων 
τάφβονς,  Dion.  Η. — II.  pass,  carried 
or  that  may  be  carried  from  place  to 
place,  Lycurg.  151,  18:  tu  εξαγώγι- 
μα, exports,  Arist.  Oecon.  :  hence — 2. 
unsettled,  moving  about,  of  people,  V.  1., 
Eur.  Erechth.  1710. 

Έξαγώγιον,  ου,  τό,  {έξά'γω)  a  duty 
on  exports,  Joseph. 

Έξΰγωγίς  ίδος,  τ/,  a  drain,  Math. 
Vett. 

^Έξαγωγός,  ov,  6,  (ίξάγω)  an  outlet 
for  water,  Timarch.  ap.  Ath.  501  E. 

'Έιξαγωνίζομαί,  fut.  Att.  -ΐονμαι., 
(εξ,  αγωνίζομαι,  dep.  mid.,  to  fight, 
struggle  hard,  τινί,  Eur.  H.  F.  155. 

'Κξάγωνίζω,  to  be  in  sextUe,  Astron. 

Έξαγώνιος,  ov,  {έκ,  άγων)  out  of 
the  struggle  :  irrelevant,  Luc. 

Εξάγωνος,  ov,  (εξ,  γωνία)  six-cor- 
nered, hexagonal,  Heliod. 

Έξαδύκτν?Μς,  ov,  {εξ,  δάκτυλος) 
six-fingered. — II.  six  inches  long. 

'Έιξάδαρχος,  ov,  (εξάς,  άρχω)  leader 
of  a  body  of  six,  Xen.  Cyr.  3,  3,  11. 

Εξάδελφος;  Ό,  ή,  also  εξαδέλφη,  ή, 
a  cou-sin-gerrnan,  late,  Lob.  Phryn.  306, 
cf.  ίξανεφιοί. 

νΕξαδιαώορέω,  ώ,  strengthd.  for  άδι- 
αφορέω,  Pnilo.     Hence 

ί'Έιξηδιαφόρησις,  εως,  ή,  a  being  en- 
tirety indifferent  about,  despising,  Philo. 
τ'Ε,ξύδιος,  ov,  b,  Exadius,  one  of  the 
Lapithae,  II.  1,  201. 

'Έιξάδραχμος,  ov,  (if,  δραχμή)  of 
six  drachmae,  Arist.  Oec. :  also  as 
subst.  TO  έξ.,  Id. 

^Εξαδρόω,  ώ,  Geop.,  εξαδρύνω, 
Hipp.,  strengthd.  for  άδρυω,  άδρννω. 

'Έ,ξαδϋνάτέω,  ώ,  strengthd.  for 
ΰδυνατέω,  Arist.  Gen.  An. 

Έϊάίω,  fut.  -άσω,  usu.  -άσοιιαι, 
(ΐκ.  άδω)  to  sing  away,  ίξ.  τον  βίον, 
to  sing  away  one's  life,  end  it  m  a  song, 
as  the  swan,  Heind.  Plat.  Phaed.  85 
A. — 2.  to  sing  away  a  spell,  LuC. — II. 
to  sing  of,  laud,  Lat.  decantare,  Eur. 
Tro.  472. 

'Ε,ξάείρω,  Ion.  for  εξαίρω. 

Έ^ΰερόω,  ω,  {έκ,  άήρ)  to  make  into 
air,  volatilise,  τι,  Ari.st.  Probl.  :  in 
pass.,  to  evaporate,  Hipp.     Hence 

Έξΰέρωσις,  εως,  η,  evaporation,  late. 

'Έ,ξάετής,  ες,  gen.  εος,  {εξ,  έτος)  six 
years  old,  Bockh.  Inscr.  1,  p.  545  : 
and  so  fern.,  έξαέτις,  ιδος,  Theocr. 
14,  33. — II.  parox.  έξαέτ7ΐς,  ες,  of  six 
years,  χρόνος,  Plut. :  hence  adv..  ίξά- 
ετες,  for  six  years,  Od.  3,  115.  Cf.  έξ- 
έτης.     Hence 

'Κξάετία,  ας,  η,  a  space  of  six  years, 
Philo. 

Έξΰ7'/μεβος,  ov,  {εξ,  ήμερα)  of  οτ  in 
six  days,  Eccl. 

''Άξάθέλγω,  {έκ,  άθέ?.γω)=έξαμέλ• 
γω.  to  milk,  suck  out,  Hipp. 

Έξαθλος,  ov,  {έκ,  άθλος)  past  ser- 
vice, Luc. 

470 


ΕΞΑΙ 

Έξαθροίζομαι,  as  mid.,  (tV,  αθροί- 
ζω) to  seek  for  and  collect,  Eur.  Phoen. 
1169. 

Έξαθϋμέω,  ώ,  strengthd.  for  uOv- 
μέω,  Polyb. 

Έξαιάζω,  strengthd.  for  αύίζ'ω,  Eur. 
Tro.  198. 

Έξαιγηρόομαι,  {έκ,  αίγειρος)  as 
pass.,  ol  the  λεύκη,  or  white  poplar, 
to  degenerate  into  a  black  poplar  {αίγει- 
ρος) Theophr. 

'Εξαιθερόω,  ώ,  {ίκ,  αιθήρ)  to  change 
into  ether  or  air,  Plut. 

Έξαιθριύζω,  {έκ,  αίθριάζω)  to  ex- 
pose to  the  sun  and  air,  dry,  cool,  Hipp. 

Έξαιμάσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  fut.  -ξω, 
{έκ,  αίμύσσω)  to  make  quite  bloody,  τον 
ϊττκοί'  τζο  κέντρφ,  Xen.  Cyr.  7,  1,  29. 

Έξαιμάτόω,  ώ,  {έκ,  αίμα)  to  make 
into  blood,  Arist.  Somn.,  in  pass. 
Hence 

Έξαιμύτωσις,  εως,  η,  a  making  into 
blood,  Gal. :  and 

Έξαιματωτικός,  η,  όν,  making,  pro- 
ducing blood,  Medic. 

"Έ,ξαιμος,  ov,  {έκ,  αίμα)  bloodless, 
drained  of  blood,  Hipp. 

νΕξαίνετος,  ov,  6,  ExacnStus,  an 
Olympian  victor,  Ael.  V.  H. — Others 
in  Diod.  S.,  etc. 

Έξαίννμαι,  {έκ,  αΐννμαι)  dep.,  to 
take  out,  takeaway,  carry  off,  δώρα,  Od. 
15,  206.  In  II.  always  with  θνμόν,  to 
take  away  life,  Lat.  animam  eripere,  5, 
155,  etc.  :  cf.  έξαιρέω.     Ep.  word. 

Έξάϊππος,  ov,  {&ξ,  ίππος)  with  six 
horses. 

'Εξαιρέσιμος,  ov,  {έξαιρέω)  that  can 
he  taken  out,  ήμερα  έξ.,  a  day  taken  out 
of  t/ie  calendar  SO  that  six  months 
were  only  of  29  days  each,  to  make 
the  year  come  right,  opp.  to  εμβόλι- 
μος, Arist.  Oec,  v.  Cic.  Verr.  2,  52. 

Έξαίρεσις,  εως,  ή,  {έξαιρέω)  a  taking 
out  or  away,  esp.  of  the  entrails  of 
victims,  Hdt.  2, 40  :  hence  the  entrails 
themselves,  the  offal,  Ath. — 2.  a  way 
of  taking  out,  Hdt.  2,  121,  1.— 3.  in 
Rhetor.,  an  exception,  questioning  of  an 
adversary's  arguments. —  II.  a  place 
where  cargoes  were  landed,  a  wharf, 
Hyperid.  ap.  Poll.  9,  34.— III.  as  law- 
term,  εξαιρέσεως  δίκη,  an  action  for 
setting  a  man  free  from  slavery. 

'Έξαιρετέον,  verb.  adj.  from  έξαι- 
ρέω, one  must  choose  out,  Xen.  Cyr.  4, 
5,  52. — II.  one  must  take  out,  reject, 
Plat.  Legg.  942  C. 

'Εξαίρετος,  ov,  taken  out,  picked,  cho- 
sen, Lat.  eximius,  II.  2,  227,  Od.  4, 
013,  c.  gen.,  and  so  in  Hdt.  and  Att. ; 
έξ.  τι  ποιείσθαι,  to  set  apart,  like 
Lat.  exsors,  Thuc.  2,  24,  cf.  3.  68  ;  also, 
έξ.  τι  διδόναι,  λαμβάνειν,  Hdt.  3,  84, 
etc.,  cf.  έξαιρέω  II.:  but — 2.  reverse- 
ly, to  be  taken  out,  rejected,  expelled, 
Xen.  Cyr.  2,  2,  23.-3.  exempt,  free 
from.,  χρόνον  μ.ηδένα  έξαίρετον  ποι- 
είσθαι τον  πολέμου.  Dion.  Η.  Adv. 
-τως,  especially,  Plut. — -11.  oxyt.  έξαι- 
ρετοΓ,  ή,  όν.  that  can  be  taken  out,  Hdt. 
2,  I2I,  1.     From 

Έξαιρέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  aor.  έξεΐλον, 
Ep.  έξελον,  inf.  έξε7.εΙν,  {έκ,  αίρεω) 
To  take  out,  draw  out  of,  in  Hom.  oft. 
c.  gen.  loci,  φαρέτρτ/ς  οϊστόν,  II.  8, 
323,  or  with  έκ..,  and  so  in  Hdt.  and 
Att. :  to  take  away,  esp.  by  violence, 
as  booty,  11.  2,  690,  Hdt.  3,  137  :  also 
to  expel  from  their  seats,  τεηιο->^,=  έξ• 
ανιστάναι,  Hdt.  1,159,  etc.  In  mid., 
έξελέσθαι,  c.  ace,  to  take  out  for  one's 
self:  esp.  to  unlade,  discharge  one's  car- 
go, Hdt.  4,  196  ;  and  in  pass..  Id.  3,  0. 
— Hom.  uses  the  mid.  only  in  the 
phrases  ^ρυχήν,  θνμόν,  φρένας  έξε?ιέ- 
σθαι,  either  c.  ace.  pers.,  to  bereave  a 
person  of  life,  etc.,  as,  μιν  έξείλετο 


ESAI 

θυμόν,  11.  15,  460,  cf.  17,  C78,  (which 
is  al.so  Att.,  Valck.  Diatr.  p.  203),  or 
c.  gen.  γ>οτϋ.,  as,  μεν  φρέ-νας  έξέ'λετο 
Ζευς,  II.  19,  137,  cf.  21,751;  or,  rare- 
ly, c.  dat.  ψβΤΒ.,Τλαύκω  φρέζας  ίξέ- 
λετο  Ζευς,  11.  6,  231,  cf.'Od.  16,  218  : 
in  pass,  also,  to  be  deprived  of  get  rid 
of,  either  c.  ace,  as  Thuc.  6,  24  ;  or 
c.  gen. — II.  to  take  from  among  others, 
to  jnck  out,  choose,  Lat.  exsortent  ducere, 
sorti  excipcre,  Horn.,  etc.  ;  in  act.  for 
another,  τινί,  \\.  IG,  5G ;  in  mid.  for 
one's  self,  Od.  14,  232.  Pass,  to  be 
picked  and  given,  τινί,  to  one,  Thuc. 

3,  114:  but  also  to  be  dedicated,  devo- 
ted, τινί,  Hdt.  1,  118  ;  2,  168  :  cf.  εξ- 
αίρετος: but — 2.  in  rnid.  also,  to  take 
out  and  reject,  cast  off. — ^3.  ίξαιρεϊσθαι 
εις  έλευθίμίαν,  Lat.  vindicare  in  libtr- 
tatcm,  to  claim  as  a  free-man,  Oratt.,  cf. 
έξαίρεσις  111. — III.  to  make  away  loith, 
έκ  της  χώρας,  Hdt.  1,  36,  cf.  Xen. 
Hell.  2,  2,  19,  etc. :  to  destr»y,  raze, 
sack  a  city,  πόλιν,  Hdt.  1,  103,  cf. 
Dem.  235, 27  :  in  genl.  to  do  away  with, 
put  out  of  the  way,  Valck.  Phoen.  519. 
— Oft.  confounded  with  εξαίρω. 

Έξαιμόομαι,  as  pass,  {έκ,  aipa)  to 
become  darnel,  Theojjhr. 

'Έ,ξαίρω,  conlr.  from  Ion.  form  έξ- 
αείρω,  fut.  έξΰρώ,  {έκ,  β/μω)  to  lift 
up,  lift  off  the  earth,  in  tmesis  έκ  μεν 
άμαξαν  άειραν,  II.  24,  266,  cf  Od.  13, 
120  (elsewhere  Hom.  only  uses  mid., 
V.  infr.) ;  then  in  Hdt.  9,  107,  etc. 
later  seemingly  intr.,  torise,  take  flight, 
of  a  bird,  Diod. ;  έξ.  τώ  στρατενματι, 
to  start,  Polyb.  :  cf  αίρω. — II.  to  raise, 
exalt,  magnify,  Soph.  Tr.  147 :  esp. 
by  words  and  praise,  έξ.  τινά.  νψοΰ, 
Hdt.  9,  79. — III.  to  raise,  arouse,  stirup, 
θνμον  εις  τι,  Theogn.  630  ;  and  c.  inf., 
Eur.  Hipp.  322. — IV".  to  carry  off,  re- 
move, Hipp. — B.  mid.  (which  Hom. 
U.SCS  only  in  3  aor.  έξήρατο),  to  carry 
off  for  one's  self  earn,  μισθούς,  Od.  10, 
84,  Ύροίης  τι,  from  Troy,  Od.  5,  39. 
— 2.  to  raise  higher  for  one's  self,  Hdt. 
G,  133. — 3.  νόσον,  to  take  a  disease  on 
one's  self,  catch  it.  Soph.  Tr.  491. — C. 
pass,  to  rise,  Eur.  Med.  106. — 2.  to  ex- 
cite one's  self,  be  excited,  agitated,  έλπί• 
δι,  Soph.  El.  1461  :  hence  εξαίρομαι, 
to  be  excited  to  a  belief,  c.  acc.  et  inf , 
Eur.  Rhes.  109.  [On  quantity,  v. 
sub  αιρω.'\ 

Εξαίσιος,  ov,  also  a,  ov,  Xen.  Hell. 

4,  3,  8,  {έκ,  αίσιος)  beyond  what  is  or- 
dained 01  fated :  hence — I.  ill-boding, 
ominous,  II.  15,  598. — II.  outstepping 
right  and  plight,  lawless,  Od.  4,  690 ; 
17,  577. — III.  of  things,  monstrous, 
huge,  extraordinary,  Hipp.  :  violent,  of 
a  wind,  Hdt.  3,  26 ;  and  so,  έξ.  γέ- 
λωζ•,  Plat.  Legg.  732  C;  έξ.  φυγή, 
headlong  flight,  Xen.  Hell.  4,  3,  8. 

'Κξαισσω,  Att.  -ύσσω,  f.  -ξω,  {έκ, 
άΐσσω)  to  rush  forth,  start  out,  11.  12, 
145,  in  tmesis  ;  an(i  so  in  pass.,  II.  3, 
368  ;  also  in  Ar.  Plut.  733. 

Έξάί^στόο),  {έκ,  άίστόω)  to  bring  to 
nought,  tUterly  destroy,  Aesch.  Pr. 
668. 

Έξαιτέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {έκ.  αΐτέω)  to 
drmand.  ask  for  from  another,  τι  Τί- 
νος, Soph.  Tr.  10,  more  usu.  τί  τίνα, 
Eur.  Or.  1657,  etc. :  also,  ίξ.  τινά 
ποιείν.  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  1255  :  esp.  Ιο  de- 
mand a  criminal  for  punishment,  Hdt, 
1,  74,  or  a  slave  for  the  torture,  An- 
tipho  144,  28,  cf  έκδίδωμι ;  so  too 
in  mid.,  Hdt.  1,  159  :  but  in  niid.  also, 
=^παραιτονμαι,  to  beg  as  a  favour  to 
one's  self,  beg  off,  gain  a  person's  re- 
lease, Lat.  exorare,  Aesch.  Ag.  662. 
acc.  c.  inf,  Eur.  Hec.  49,  etc. ;  also, 
Tivu  παρά  τίνος,  Schiif  Appar.  Dem. 
3,  p.  483,  cf.  έκλιπαρέίβ).    Heuce 


ΕλΑΚ 

Έξαίτησις,  εως,ή,  α  demanding  one 
for  pu.nishm.ent  Οϊ  torture,  Dem.  1200, 
27. — 2.  a  begging  off,  intercession.  Id. 
1385,  9. 

^'Εζαιτιο?.ογέω,  ώ,  (έκ,  αΐτιολογέω) 
to  seek  oat  and  assign  the  reason,  Diog. 
L. 

Έξαιτος,  ov,  (ίξαιτέω)  chosen, 
choice,  precious,  like  ίξαίρίτυς,  II.  I'i, 
320,  Oi  2,  307  ;  or,  ace.  to  others,= 
ίξαιτητός,  sought  for, — perhaps  bet- 
ter, ci.  επαίτης,  μεταίτης. 

Έξαίφνν^ζ,  adv.  {έα,  αίφνης,  ΰφνως) 
on  a  sudden,  II.  17,  738,  Hdt.,  etc.  :  cf. 
έξαπίνης.     Hence 

Έ'ςαιφνίδιος,  ov,  coming  unexpected- 
ly. Plat.  Crat.  414  A. 

^Έ•ϊαιχμ(ΐ7,ωτίζω,  {έκ,  αιχμαλωτίζω) 
to  make  caplice,  EccL 

Έξάκαιθίζω,  (εκ,  άκανθίζω)  to  pick 
out  thorns,  Cic.  Att.  6,  6,  1. 

Έξΰ/ίανθύω,  ώ,  to  niake  prickly. 
Pass,  to  be  so,  Theophr. 

'Έ,ξάκΐομαι,  fut.  -έσομαι,  {εκ,  ακέ- 
ομαι)  dep.  mid.  to  cure,  make  amends, 
II.  9,  507  :  metaph.  to  appease,  χό7.ον, 
IL  4,  30,  Od.  3,  145.— II.  to  restore, 
mend  clothes.  Plat.  Meno  91  D.— III. 
Co  supply,  ένδειας  φίλων,  Xen.  Cyr.  8, 
2,  22.     The  act.  only  late.     Hence 

'Έ•ξάκ.εσίς,  εως,  ή,  a  thorough  cure. 
At.  Ran.  1033.  [ά]  :  and 

Έξάκεστήριος,  ov,  of  ur  belonging  to 
expiations,  Dion.  H. ;  έζ.  θυσία,  an  ex- 
piation. Id. 

'Έ.ξάκΐς,  adv.,  (If)  six  times,  Lat. 
sexies,  Pind.  O.  7,  157,  Plat.,  etc.: 
also  έξάκί.  Call.  Fr.  120.  [ώ]    Hence 

Έξακιςμύβίοί,  {έξύκις,  μίφιοι)  six- 
ty thousand,  Hdt.  4,  80. 

'ΈξακίςχίλίΟί,  {έξύκις,  χίλιοι)  six 
thousayid,  Hdt.  1,  192,  etc. 

'Έ,ξύκ/ΰνος,  ov,  (εξ,  κλίνη)  with  six 
couches  or  seats :  το  έζ.  as  subst., 
Martial.  9,  60. 

'Έξακμάζω,  f.  -σω,  {έκ,  ακμάζω)  to 
he  past  blooming :  ill  geal.  to  be  gone  by. 

Έξύκνημος,  ov,  {εξ,  κνήμη)  six- 
spoked. 

Έξΰκολουθέω,  ώ,  (έκ,  άκολονθέω) 
to  follow  out,  to  follow  up,  pursue,  c. 
dat.,  Polyb.,  Pint.     Hence 

Έξάκολούθησις,  εως,  ή,  afollowing, 
pursuit,  Clem.  Al. 

'Έςακονάω,  ώ,  strengthd.  for  άκο- 
νάω,  LXX. 

'Έιζάκοντίζω,  fut.  -ίσω  Att.  -ΐώ,  {έκ, 
ακοντίζω)  to  dart  or  hurl  forth,  launch, 
έξ.  Tu  δόρατα  or  τοις  όόρασι,  Xen. 
HelL  5,  4,  40,  An.  5,  4,  25  :  φάσγανον 
ττρος  ήπαρ  έξ-,  to  strike  it  home.  Eur. 
H.  F.  1149.— 2.  metaph.,  oft.  in  Eur., 
as,  έξ.  κώλον  της  γ?/ς,  to  dart  one's 
fool  out  of  the  country,  i.  e.  run  away, 
Eur.  Bacch.  605;  also,  έ^.  χείρας 
γενειόν,  to  stretch  out  the  hands^Zo  his 
chin  (m  supplication),  I.  T.  326  :  to 
shoot  forth  from  one's  mouth,  utter, 
Tro.  444,  Supp.  456,  cf.  Valck.  Diatr. 
p.  262.     Hence 

Έξάκόντισμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  thing 
darted  forth. 

Έξακοντισμός,  ov,  b,  a  darting  or 
shooting  forth,  as  of  a  meteor,  Arist. 
Mund. 

^'Έ^ξακοσίαρχος,  ου,  6,  {εξακόσιοι, 
ίιρχός)  commander  of  six  hundred,  Po- 
lyaen. 

Εξακόσιοι,  ai,  a,  six  hundred,  Hdt. 
1,  51,  etc.    Hence 

Έξάκοσιοστός,  ή,  όν,  six  hundredth. 
Έ,ξΰκοτυ?Λαίος,  αία,  alov,  {εξ,  κο- 
τύλη) holding  six  cotylae,  Sext.  Emp. 
Έξάκονστος,    ov,    heard,     audible, 
Dion.  H.     Ad%'.  -τως.  [α]  from 

Έξάκοϋω,  f.  -σομαί,  {έκ,  ακούω)  to 
hear  or  catch  a  sound,  esp.  Jrovi  a  dis- 
tance, c.  acc.  rei,  Aesch.  Eum.  397 ; 


EaAA 

c.  gen.  pars.,  Ar.  Thesra.  293  ;  and  τι 
νττό  τίνος,  Soph,  El.  553  :  cf.  άκονω  : 
to  understand,  Nic. 

'Έξακρίβάζω,  later  form  of  sq.,  Jo- 
seph. 

Έξακρίβόω,  ώ,  {έκ,  άκρφύω)  to 
make  accurately  0Γ  carefully,  finish  off, 
Arist.  Eth.  N. — II.  to  inquire  accurate- 
ly, υπέρ  τίνος,  lb. — III.  έξ.  7^όγον,  to 
speak  positively,  distinctly,  Soph.  Tr. 
426. 

Έ^ακρί^ω,  (έκ,  άκρίζω)  to  reach  the 
top  of,  έξ.  αιθέρα,  to  skim  the  upper  air, 
Eur.  Or.  275. 

Έξακτέον,  V.  sub  εξάγω  Β. 

Έξάκυκλος,  ov,  {έξ,  κύκλος)  six- 
wheeled,  Hipp. 

Έξάκωλος,  ov,  {έξ,  κώ7ιον)  of  six 
members. 

Έξΰ?.αόω,  ώ,  strengthd.  for  άλαόω, 
to  blind  utterly,  τινά,  Od.  11,  103  :  13, 
343  ;  also,  οφθαλμον  έξαλαώσαι,  to 
put  it  out,  Od.  9,  453,  504. 

Έξΰλάπάζω,  f.  -ξω,  {έκ,  άλαπάζω) 
to  sack,  storm,  πό7.ιν,  πτολίεθρον,  ott. 
in  Horn. :  also  to  empty  a  city  of  its 
inhabitants,  to  receive  new  settlers, 
Od.  4,  176  :  in  genl.  to  ruin,  destroy, 
τείχος,  νήας,  II.  13,  813:  20,  30:  to 
exhaust,  of  sickness,  Theocr.  2,  85. 
Ep.  word. 

Έξάλέασθαι,  Ep.  for  έξαλέσασθαι, 
inf  aor.  1  mid.  of  έξα'λέομαι. 

Έξάλεείνω,=  έξα/ιέομαι,  0pp. 
^Έξα?ίειπτέον,  verb.  adj.  fioni  εξ- 
αλείφω, one  must  blot  out,  annul,  τους 
νόμους,  Lys.  104,  4, 

ΥΕξαλειπτικός,  ή,  όν,  {εξαλείφω) 
.■suited  to  blotting  out,  effacing,  Sext. 
Emp. 

Έξάλειπτβον,  ov,  τό,  a  box  for  oint- 
ment, Ar.  Ach.  1063.  [ά] :  from 

Έξά/^είφω,  fut.  -ψω,  perf  pass,  έξ- 
ήλιμμαι,  Att.  έξαλήλιμμαι :  subj.  aor. 
2  pass,  έξαίαφΐ),  Plat.  Phaedr.  258  B, 
Bekk.,  {έκ,  αλείφω)  to  anoint,  rub 
thoroughly,  γύψφ,  μί'λτω,  Hdt.  7,  69. 
— II.  to  wipe  out,  Lat.  oblitcrare,  Ar. 
Pac.  1181  ;  opp.  to  αναγράφω,  Thuc. 
3,  57  :  metaph.  to  destroy  utterly,  bring 
to  nothing,  Lat.  delere,  Hdt.  7,  220, 
Trag.,  etc. :  usu.  of  things  :  but,  έξ. 
Tivu  έκ  τον  κατα/.όγον,  to  strike  one's 
name  o^the  list,  Xen.  Hell.  2,  3,  51. 
In  mid.,  έξαλείφασθαι  πάθος  ώρενός, 
to  blot  it  out  from  one's  raind,  Eur. 
Hec.  590.     Hence 

Έξάλει•φις,  εως,  ή,  a  blotting  out, 
destruction,  late,   [ά] 

'Έιξΰλέομαι,  {έκ,  άλέομαι)  dep.,  to 
beware  of,  avoid,  escape,  in  tmesis,  έκ  τ' 
άλέοντο,  II.  18,  586 :  usu.  in  inf.  aor. 
I  έξαλέασθαι,  c.  acc,  Hes.  Op.  105, 
756,  800,  Ar.  Eq.  1080  ;  also  c.  gen., 
Ap.  Rh.  Poet.,  and  mostly  Ep.  word, 
cf  sq. 

Έξϋ.?ιενομαι,  f.  -σομαι,(_έκ,  ύλεΰω) 
=  foreg.,  c.  acc.  Soph.  Aj.  650. 

Έξ&λίπτης,  ου,  ό,  {έξα?ί,είφω)  an 
anointer,  Hipp. 

Έξάλίστρα,  ας,  ή,  {έξαλίνδω):^αλ- 
ινδήθρα. 

'Ειξάλιτρος,  ον,  {έξ,  λίτρα)  of  six 
pounds. 

*Έξάλίνδω,  of  which  we  find  only 
part.  aor.  έξα/.ίσας  [ϊ],  perf  έξήλίκα, 
to  roll  out  or  thoroughly,  άπα^ε  τον 
ιππον  έξαλίσας  οικαδε,  take  him 
away  when  you  have  given  him  a  roll 
on  the  αλινδήθρα,  Ar.  Nub.  32,  cf 
Xen.  Oec.  11,  18;  hence  έξα?ύστρα. 
— II.  by  com.  metaph.,  έξήλικάς  με 
έκ  τών  έμών,  you  have  rolled,  tumbled 
me  out  of  house  and  home,  Ar.  Nub. 
33.  There  is  no  ρ  res.  αλίζω  or  ΰλίω ; 
the  form  here  adopted  is  from  the 
analogy  of  κυλινδέω,  κν?ύνδω,  con- 
nected through  καλινδέω. 


EaAM 

'Έξα7Λ<1γή,  ής,  ή,  {έξαλ?Μσσω)  a 
changing.  Plat.  Phaedr.  205  A  :  ei'r 
έτερον  γένος,  a  changmg  or  degen- 
erating, Theophr. :  a  difference,  varie- 
ty, ονομάτων,  Arist.  Poet. 

'Έιξάλλαγμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  recreation, 
Anaxandr.  Thes.  2,  cf  έξαλλύσσω   V. 

'Έ,ξάλλαξις,  εως,  ή,  =  εξαλλαγή, 
Strab. :  from 

Έξα'λ?Μσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  fut.  -ξω, 
{έκ,  άλλάσσω)  to  change  utterly  οΐ  quite, 
in  genl.  strengthd.  for  άλλύσσω,  Pmd. 
1.3,  30;  έξαλ?^.  έσθήτα,  Eur.  Hel. 
1297  ;  βίος  κακοίς  έξαλλάττεται,  liic- 
comes  to  a  change  as  to  its  miseries, 
i.  e.  changes  them  for  good,  Herm. 
Soph.  Aj.  469 :  part,  perf  pass,  έξ- 
ΐ]λ'/Μγμενος,  ένη,  ένον,  altered,  strangi , 
unusual,  Arist.  Poet. — II.  in  genl.  to 
turn  away,  withdraw  from,  τί  τινοι, 
Thuc.  5,  71:  hence  in  pass.,  if r/λΛα}- 
μένος,  estranged  from,  τινός,  Isocr. 
172  A :  also  intr.,  έξαλλ.  άπυ  της 
νεώς,  to  withdraw  froin  it,  Philostr. — 
III.  to  turn  another  way,  to  move  back 
and  forward,  κερκίδα,  Enr.  Tro.  200: 
hence — IV.  mtrans.  to  change  one\v 
place,  ποίαν  έξ-,  which  way  shall  I  go, 
Enr.  Hec.  1001  :  cf  έξαμείβω.—Ύ .=. 
τέρπω,  to  make  a  change,  variety,  and 
so  to  amuse,  Menand.  p.  254,  cf.  έξ- 
ύλλαγμα. 

Έξα/^λοιόω,  ω,  {έκ,  άλλοίόω)  ίο 
change  utterly,  Theophr. 

Έξάλλομαι,  fut.  -αλονμαι,  {έκ,  α/.- 
?.ομαι)  dep.  mid. :  to  leap,  spring  out, 
forth  or  away :  Horn,  has  only  part, 
aor.  έξάλμενος,  c.  gen.,  Ύρώων,  προ- 
μάχων, etc.,  springing  out  from  the 
midst  of  them,  II.  15,  571  ;  17,  342, 
(not  in  Od.) — 2.  to  start  from  its  sock- 
et, be  dislocated,  of  limbs,  Hipp. — II.  tu 
leap  up,  of  horses,  to  rear,  Xen.  An. 
7,  3,  33,  etc.  Metaph.  to  be  in  com- 
motion, Ernest.  Call.  Cer.  89. 

Έξαλλος,  ov,  {έκ,  άλλοζ•)  different, 
esp. — 1.  distinguished,   Polyb.,  etc. — 

2.  strange,  LXX.     Adv.  -ως,  Polyb. 
Έξαλ^Μτριόω,  ω,  {έκ,  άλλοτριόω) 

to  sell  out  of  the  country,  export,  Strab. 
— II.  to  alienate,  Sext.  Emp. 

Έξα/.μα,  ατός,  τό,  {έξάλλομαι)  a 
leap,  bound  in  the  air,  late. 

Έξΰλος,  ον,{έκ,  ά?ίς)  out  of  the  sea. 
πληγή  έξ-,  a  blow  on  a  ship's  hull 
above  water,  Polyb.,  opp.  to  ύφα?Μς : 
at  a  distance  from  the  sea,  Strab. 

"Εξαλσις,  εως,  ?},  {έξάλλομαι)  a 
leaping  out  :  a  dislocation,  Hipp. 

Έξΰλύσκω,  fut.  •νξω,=  έξαλέομαι, 
c.  acc,  Eur.  El.  219  ;  c.  gen.,  Opp. 

Έξΰλνω,^=έξαλέομαι,  Η.  Hom.  6, 
51 :  only  poet. 

'Εξάμαρτάνω,  f.  -τήσομαι,  {έκ. 
άμαρτάνω)  to  7nistake  utterly,  error  sin 
greatly,  absol.,  Aesch.,  etc.  :  εΙς  τίνα. 
Hdt.  1,  108,  and  Att.  ;  περί  τι.  Plat. 
Rep.  340  C,  περί  τίνα,  Isocr.  63  Ε, 
193  D  :  c.  acc.  cognato,  έξ.  τι,  Hdt. 

3,  145,  Soph.,  etc. :  c.  part.,  Xen. 
Cyr.  3,  3,  56. — II.  in  LXX.  causal,  tc 
make  to  sin,  τινά. — III.  in  pass,  to  bi 
mismanaged,  wrongly  treated,  έξημαρ- 
τήΟη  τα  νοσήματα,  Xen.  Eq.  4,  2. 
Hence 

Έξάμαρτία,  ας,  ή,  a  mistake,  error. 
Soph.  Ant.  558. 

Έξάμανρόω,  ώ,  {έκ.  άμανρόω)  to  ob- 
scure utterly,  Hipp,  and  Eur.     Hence 

Έξΰμανρωσις,  εως,  ή,  a  blotting  out. 
wearing    out,    Plut. 

Έξαμάω,  ώ.  fut.  -ήσω,  {έκ,  άμάω) 
to  viow  off  or  down,  έξ.  θέρος,  to  finish. 
the  harvest.  Aesch.  Pers.  822,  etc.. 
cf  Soph.  Tr.  33  :  τα  έντερα  έξ.,  to 
tear  them  out,  Ar.  Lys.  307  :  also  in 
mid.,  Eur.  Cycl.  236.  In  pass.,  γέ 
νους  άπαντος  βίζαν  έξημημένος,  (part. 
471 


EH  A  Μ 

pf.)  }ιηνϊη<ζ  all  the  race  cut  off.  Soph. 
Aj.  1178.     Only  poet.  [v.  ά/ίάω.] 

Έξα/ι•-Ι?ιίσκω,  2  aor.  ίξϊ/μβλω,  {ίκ, 
{ιμ;ΪΑίηκω)^=5(\.,  Acl. 

'Έ,ξαμ^'λόΐύ,  ώ,  f.  -βλώσω,  {έκ,  ΰιι- 
βλόω)  to  make  miscarri/,  Eur.  Andr. 
350. — II.  to  make  abortive,  Plat.  Tho- 
aet.  150  E:  rnetaph.,  φροντίό'  έξι/μ- 
βλωκας,  you  havr  made  my  wit  miscar- 
ry, Ar.  Nub.  137.  Pass,  to  fail,  be 
disappointed.  ί?.πίς,  Aei. :  v.  Buttm. 
Catal.  s.  V.  άμβ?ύσκω. 

Έξαμβλννω,  {έκ,  αμβλύνω)  to  blunt, 
■weaken,  Diosc. 

'Έξύμβλυμα,  ατός,  τό,  {ίξαμβ?ι,όω) 
an  abortion,  late  WOni. 

ΈϊύμΆωσις,  ΐυς,  ή,  {ίξαμβλόω) 
a  miscarriage,  abortion,  Hipp. 

'Έξαμβλώσκυ,=  ίξαμβ'λύω,  q.  v., 
Diosc. 

Έξαμβρνσαι,  v.  έξαναβρνο. 

'Έξημίίβω,  fut.  -ι/;ω,  (έκ,  αμείβω) 
to  exchange,  alter:  hence,  σαρκυς  έξ. 
τρόμοι',  to  put  off.  lay  aside  fear,  Eur. 
Bacch.  C07.  Mid.  to  exchange  places 
ivith,  i.  e.  take  the  place  of,  follow  close 
on,  έργου  έργον  έξημείβετο,  one  la- 
bour catne  hard  upon  another,  Eur. 
Hel.  1533  :  and  so  intr.  in  act.,  φόνος 
φάνω  έξαμείβων,  Id.  Or.  816. — ll.  of 
place,  to  change  one  for  another,  pass 
hy  or  oi'cr,  leave,  c.  ace,  Aesch.,  Pcrs. 
130  ;  and  so,  έζ.  τι  εις  τι.  topass  from 
one  country  into  another,  Xen.  Age.?. 
2,  2;  in  mid.  simply  to  pass  ουί,δηί 
τίνος,  Eur.  Phaeth.  2,  2,  v.  45.— III. 
Jn  mid.,  to  requite,  repay,  τίνα  ττοιναΐς, 
Aesch.  Pr.  223.  Cf  αμείβω.  Hence 
^Εξάμείψις,  εως,  ή,  a  changing,  ex- 
change, alternation.  Pint,  [a] 

Έξάμέλγο),  f.  -ξω,  {εκ,  άμέ?.γω)  to 
7)Hlk,  suck  out,  γάλα,  Aesch.  Cho.  808. 
— II.  to  press  as  cheese,  Eur.  Cycl.  209. 
Έξάμελέω,  ώ,  strengthd.  for  άμε- 
λέω,  to  be  utterly  careless  of,  τινός,  Hdt. 
1,  97. 

Έξΰμέρεια,  ας,  r;,  a  division  into  six 
parts,  Stob.     From 

^'Έιξαμερής,  ές,  (έξ,  μέρος)  cf  six 
parts,  of  the  hexameter. 

'Έξάμετρος,  ov,  {έξ.  μέτρον)  of  six 
metres,  Hdt. :  ό  έξ-,  sub.  στίχος,  the 
heroic  verse,  Gramui.  [a] 

'Έξύμ7]νιαϊος,  αία,  αίον,^ sq.,  late 
word. 

Εξάμηνος,  ov,  {έξ,  μτ/ν)  of  lasting 
six  7nonths,  αρχή,  Arist.  Pol.  :  ό  έξύ/ι., 
sub.  χρόνος,  Xen.  and  Plat. ;  also  ή 
έξάμ..  Hdt.  4,  25.  [α] 

'ίΕξαμ7]χ<1νύω,  ώ,  f.  -7/σω,  {έκ,  άμη- 
χανύω)  Ιο  get  out  of  a  difficult!/,  find 
one's  ivay  out  of,  τί,  Eur.  Heracl.  495. 

Έξαμιλλάομαι,  {έκ,  άμιλλύομαι) 
dep.  c.  fut.  mid.  et  aor.  pass. :  to  strug- 
gle vehemently,  c.  ace.  cognato,  άμιλλας 
έξαμιλληθείς,  having  gone  through 
desperate  struggles,  Eur.  Hel.  387  : 
in  Eur.  Hypsip.  11,  we  have  an  act. 
aor.  in  this  signf.,  on  which  v.  Valck. 
Diatr.  p.  214. — II.  to  drive  out  of,  γης, 
Eur.  Or.  431  :  to  drive  out  of  his  wits, 
τινά  φόβφ.  lb.  38. — III.  also  aor.  1  in 
pass,  signf,  to  be  rooted  out,  of  the 
(Jyclops'  eye,  Eur.  Cycl.  G28. 

'Κξα/ιμα,  ατός,  τό,  {έξάτττω)  a  thing 
fastened  on  to  hold  by,  a  handle,  Lat. 
ansa,  Themist. — II.  έξαμμα  τηράς,  a 
kindling,  burning,  Plut. 

'Έ.ξαμ,ναΙος,  αία,  alov,  and 

Ύ.ξάμνονς,  ovv,  {έξ,  μνά)  worth  or 
weighing  six  minae. 

Έξάμοιβός,  όν,  v.  έξημοιβός. 

'Έξάμοιρος,  ov,  and 

Έξαμορος,  ov,  {έξ,  μοίρα)  making 
one-sixth  of  a  thing,  Nic.  [a] 

^'Έ,ξαμτταΐος,   ov,   ό,    Exampaeus,  a 
bitter  fountain,  and  the  country  ad- 
jacent to  it,  between  the  Borysthe- 
472 


EHAN 
nes  and  Hypanis  ;  a  Scythian  term= 
Ίραι  ('}(hi,  ace.  to  Hdt. .4,  52  ;  Hiickh 
considers  it— εννέα  ύδοί,  Corp.  Inscr. 
11.1,111. 

Έξαμπρενω,  {έκ,  άμπρενω)  to  draw, 
haul  out,  Ar.  Lys.  289. 

^'ΈξαηναΓ,  ov,  ό,  Examyas,  father  of 
Thales,  Diog.  L. 

Έξάμνί'ομαι,  (έκ,  ύμννω)  as  mid., 
to  ward  off  from  one's  self,  drive  away, 
νόσονς,  Aesch.  Pr.  483,  cf.  Eur.  Or. 
269.  [v] 

Έξάμνστίζω,  {έκ,  άμνστίζω)  to  drink 
off  at  one  draught. 

'Κξαμφοτερίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (έκ,  άμφο- 
τερίζω)  to  make  ambiguous,  έξ.  τον  λύ- 
γον,  to  put  a  question  so  that  two  op- 
posite answers  can  be  given  to  it, 
Heind.  Plat.  Euthyd.  300  D,  Ruhnk. 
Tim. 

Έξαναβαίνω,  f.  -βήσομαι.  (έκ,  ανα- 
βαίνω) to  get  to  the  top  of,  Artem. 

'Έ,ξαναβρνω,  f.  -νσω,  (έκ,  άνα^^ρνω) 
to  shoot  or  gush  forth  :  hence  poet,  inf 
aor.  1  έξαμβρνσαι  in  trans,  signf,  to 
make  shoot  or  gush  forth,  Aesch.  Eum. 
925,  e  conj.  Herm.  pro  έξαμβρόσαι. 
[νω,  ΐ'σω] 

'Έιξαναγιγνύσκω,  f.  -γνώσομαι,  {έκ, 
αναγιγνώσκω)  to  read  through  or  aloud. 
Pint. 

'ΈξΓιναγκάζω,  f.  -«σο,  strengthd. 
for  αναγκάζω,  to  force,  compel  \dlerly. 
Soph.  El.  620.  O.  C.  603,  Ar.  Av.  377  ; 
and  in  pass.,  Hdt.  2,  3. — II.  to  force 
out,  drive  away,  Xen.  Mem.  2,  1,  10. 

'Έ,ξανάγω,  f  -άξω,  (έκ,  ανάγω)  to 
bring  out  of,  up  from,  τινά  τίνος,  Eur. 
Heracl.  218.  Pass,  and  mid.,  to  put 
out  to  sea,  set  sail,  of  persons,  Hdt.  6, 
98,  etc.,  Soph.  Phil.  571.  [a] 

'Έξαναδύνω  and  -δύω.  (έκ,  άναδν- 
νω)  to  rise  out  of,  come  from  wider,  as 
a  diver  from  the  water,  c.  gen.,  έξ. 
αλός.  κύματος,  Od.  4,  405;  5,  438  :  in 
genl.  Zo  escape,  get  free  from,  C.  gen., 
Theogn.  1120.   The  mid.  also  in  Plut. 

Έξαναζέω,  fut.  -έσω,  (έκ,  ΐιναζέω) 
to  make  to  boil  up  or  over  :  metaph.,  έξ- 
αναζεϊν  χόλον,  to  let  his  raging  fury 
loose,  Aesch.  Pr.  370. 

'Έ.ξαναίρέω,  ώ,  (έκ,  αναιρέω)  to  take 
out  of.  ττνρός,  Η.  Horn.  Cer.  255. 

Έξαναισθητέω,ώ,  (έκ,άναισθητέω) 
to  be  utterly  without  feeling,  Porphyr. 

Έ,ξανακΰλύτττω,  f.  -ψω,  (έκ,  άνακα- 
7.ύτττω')  to  uncover. 

'Έ,ξανακρούω,  {έκ,  ανακρούω)  to  heat 
back  :  mid.  of  ships,  to  retreat  out  of  a 
place  by  backing  water,  Hdt.  6,  115,  cf 
ανακρούω. 

Ύ,ξανάλίσκω.  fut. -λώσω,  more  rare- 
ly έξανάλόω,  (έκ,  αναλίσκω)  to  con- 
sume or  destroy  utterly,  Aesch.  Ag.  078. 
— II.  to  exhaust  in  strength  or  wealth, 
ruin,  Dem.  174,  13,  in  pass.:  cf  δα- 
πανάω, 

'Έ,ξαναλνω,  f.  -νσω,  {έκ,  αναλύω) 
to  set  quite  free,  άνδρα  θανύτοιο,  II.  10, 
442  ;  22,  180.— II.  to  melt  away,  Philo. 
\ϋω,  ί'σω] 

Έξανά?Μσις,  εως,  ή,  (έξαναλίσκω) 
an  exhaustion.  Plut.   [ΐ'ά] 

Έξαναττείθω,  (έκ,  άναττείθω)  toivin 
over,  persuade,  Hemiesian,  5,  θ. 

'Έιξαναπλ-ηρύω.  ω.  (έκ,ΰναπληρόω) 
to  supply,  replace,  Theophr. 

Έξαναπνέω,  f.  -πνεύσω,  (έκ,  ανα- 
πνέω) to  breathe  again,  come  to  one's  self. 
Plat.  Phaedr.  254  C. 

Έ.ξα}'άπτω,  f.  -φω,  {έκ,  άνάπτω)  to 
hang  from  or  by.Ti  τίνος,  Eur.  I.  T. 
1351.  Mid.  to  hang,  attach  a  thing  to 
one's  self  δνςκλειαν,  Id.  Or.  829.— II. 
to  rekindle,  Plut. 

'Έξαναρπάζω,  f.  -ξω  and  -σω,  (έκ, 
άναρττάζω)  to  S7iatch  away  from,  Eur. 
I.  A.  75. 


ΕΞΑΝ 

'Έξανασττάω,  ώ,  f  -άσω,  {έκ,  όνασ- 
ττάω)  Ιο  tear  away  from,  έκ  βάθρων, 
Hdt.  5,  85,  also  βάθρων,  Eur.  Phoen. 
1132. 

'Έ.ξανάστάσις,  εως,  ή.  (έξανίστημι) 
α  removal,  expulsion,  Polyb. —  II.  intr. 
a  rising  from  bed,  Hipp. — 2.  the  resur- 
rection, N.  T. 

Ύ.ξαναστέφω,  strengthd.  for  uva- 
στέφω,  to  crorvn,  wrap  round  with 
wreaths.  Eur.  Bacch.  1055. 

'Κξαναστρέφω,  (έκ,  αναστρέφω)  to 
turn  over,  turn  upside  doivn. :  c.  gen. 
loci,  to  hurl  headlong  fro?n..,  'ιδρύματα 
δαιμόνων  έξανέστραπται  βάθρων, 
Aesch.  Pers.  812. 

Έξανατέλ'λω,  {έκ,  άνατέ?ιλω)  to 
raise,  stir  up,  τι  έκ  τίνος,  Telecl.  Ιη- 
cert.  Ο  :  to  make  spring  up,  ποίην.  Αρ. 
Rh. — 2.  intrans.  to  springfrom,  Mosch. 

'Έ,ξαναφανδόν,  adv.  strengthd.  for 
αναφανδόν,  evenly,  expressly,  Od.  20, 
48. 

'Έ,ξαναφέρω,  f  έξανοίσω,  (έκ,  ανα- 
φέρω) to  bring  up  to  the  surface,  Plut. 
— II.  intr.  to  recover  one's  self  from  an 
ilhiess,  etc.,  bear  up  against  it,  προς 
τι,  or  absoL,  Id. 

Έξαναχωρέω,  ώ,  {έκ,  άναχωρέω) 
to  go  out  of  the  way,  withdraw,  retreat, 
έπϊ,  προς  τόπον,  Hdt.  1,  207  ;  5, 101 : 
άϊτό..,  Id.  4,  190,  etc. — II.  c.  ace,  έξ- 
ανεχώρει  τά  εΙρ7]μένα,  shrank  from, 
evaded  his  words.  Thuc.  4,  28. 

'Έξανδράποδίζω,  Hdt.  6,  94,  usu. 
in  mid.  έξανδραποδίζημαι,  ί.  -ίσομαι, 
Att.  -ϊονμαι,  (έκ,  άνδραποδίζω)  to  sell 
for  slaves,  reduce  to  utter  slavery.  Id.  1, 
60,  etc.,  cf.  άνδραποδίζω :  the  Att. 
fut.  έξανδραποδίονμαι.νι\\\ο\\  is  usu. 
trans.,  is  pass,  in  Id.  0,  9.     Hence 

'Eiaj'flpttTTOJtaif,  εως,  η,  a  selling 
for  staves,  Hdt.  3,  140. 

ΎJξavδpάπoδLσμός,  ov,  o,=foreg., 
Polyb. 

'Έ^ξανδρόομαι,  as  pass.,  {έκ,  ΰν• 
δρόω)  to  come  to  man's  years,  Hdt.  2, 
64,  Eur.  Phoen.  32  :  οδόντων'  έξην- 
δρωμένηι,  having  grown  to  men  from 
teeth.  Eur.  Supp.  725. 

Έξανεγείρω.  {έκ,  ανεγείρω)  to  ex• 
cite,  stir  up,  Eur.  H.  F.  1069. 

Έξάνειμι,  {έκ,  άνειμι)  to  rise  and  no 
out,  A  p.  Rh.  :  έξ  ovpavov,  to  go  up  the 
sky, of  stars, Theocr.  22,8. — II.  tocome 
back  from,  άγρης,  Η.  Horn.  Pan.  15. 

'Έ•ξάνεμόω.  ώ,  (έκ,  άνεμόω)  to  blow 
up  with  wind,  inflate.  Hipp.,  in  pass. — 
11.  to  7nake  light  as  air,  bring  to  nothing, 
Lat.  irritumfncere,  Eur.  Hel.  32. — III. 
in  pass.,  of  corn,  to  be  shaken  by  wind, 
Theophr. :  also  of  hair,  to  float  in  the 
wind,  Apollod. — IV.  in  pass,  also  ίο  ie 
piffed  up,  elated,  μωρία,  Eur.  Andr. 
938. 

Έξανέρχομαι,=  έξάνειμι  γης,  Eur. 
Tro.  748. 

'Έιξανενρίσκω,  fut.  -ευρήσω,  (έκ, 
ανευρίσκω)  to  find  vut,  invent,  Soph. 
Phil.  99  Κ 

'Έξανέχω,  f.  -ξω,  {έκ,  άνέχω)  to  hold 
up  or  out ;  usu.  intr.,  to  stand  up,  pro 
ject,  Theocr.  22,  207,  and  Ap.  Rh.— 
II.  in  mid.,  to  take  on  one's  self,  beat 
up  against,  in  which  signf  the  impl. 
and  aor.  have  the  double  augm.  έξψ 
νειχόμην,  έξ7}νεπχοαην.  Soph.  Ο.  C 
1174,  Eur.  Heracl.  907. 

Έξανεψιοί,  ών,  oi,  {έκ,  άνειίιιοί) 
children  of  άνεφιοί,  second  cousins, 
Polyb.,  cf.  εξάδελφος. 

'Έξανϋίω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (έκ,  ΰνθέω)  to 
put  out  flowers,  Xen.  Cyn.  5,  5 ;  ίο 
bloom  with,  be  covered  with.  c.  gen., 
ύλός.  Eur.  I.  T.  300.-2.  metaph.  to 
burst  forth  as  flowers,  flourish,  νβρίς, 
Aesch.  Pers.  821:  to  grow  up,  δόξα, 
Arist.  Metaph.,  κακία,  Plut. — 3.  of 


ΕΞΑΝ 

ulcers,  to  break  out.  Hipp. :  so  σώμα 
ί/ικεσιν  ίξηνθηκός,  Thuc.  2,  49.— Π. 
to  be  past  its  bloom,  fade  away.  Plat. 
Polit.  273  D. — in.  trans,  to  make  to 
flower  or  put  forth,  φ'/.ΰγα,  Plut. 
Hence 

'Εξάνθημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  flower  : 
hence  a  breaking  out,  ulcer,  Hipp. 

Έξάνθησις,  εως,  ή,  (εξανθέω)  a 
flowering  :  breaking  out,  eruption,  Hipp. 
' — Π.  a  withering .  fading .  Tlieophr. 

'Έιξανθίζω,  {εκ,  ανθίζω)  to  deck  as 
U'ith  flowers,  variegate,  paint,  Ar.  Lys. 
43. — -11.  to  gather  flowers  :  and  so  in 
mid., /or  one's  self,  Plut. — \\\.=^εξαν- 
θίω.     Hence 

'Έ,ςύνθισμα,  ατός,  τό,^^εξάνθημα, 
Hipp.,  dub. 

^Εξανθίστέον,  verb.  adj.  from  έξαν 
θίζω,  one  must  adorn  as  with  flowers, 
with  various  colours,  Clem.  Al. 

Έξανθραιώω,  ώ,  f.  -ώσω,  {έκ,  av- 
βρακόω)  to  bum  to  ashes,  Ion  ap.  E. 
M.  392,  11. 

'Εξανθρωπίζω,  (έκ,  άνθρωττίζω)  to 
humanize :  hence  Socrates  is  said  ό 
εξανθρωτΐίσας (^ίλοσοφίαν ΐίάΐτίϊ  θεία, 
to  have  brought  philosophy  and  reli- 
gion down  to  men,  Plut.  Pass.,  τα 
έξτινθρωττισμένα,  adapted  for  maji's 
use,  Hipp. 

Έξάνθρωπος,  ov,  {εκ,  άνθρωπος) 
inhujnan,  degraded. — 11.  act.  making 
furious,  maddening,  Aretae. 

Έξανίημι,  fut.  εξανήσω,  {εκ,  άνίη- 
μί)  to  send  out  or  forth,  let  loose,  άϋτ- 
yujjv,  astreamof  air,  II.  18,471,  Soph., 
etc. :  to  send  forth.  Soph,  and  Eur. : 
C.  gen.,  to  send  forth  from,  Pind.  P.  4, 
176. — 2.  to  let  go,  dismiss,  Eur.  I.  A. 
372. — 3.  to  slacken,  undo.  Id.  Andr.  718, 
in  mid. — II.  intr.  to  slacken,  relax,  Lat. 
remittere.  Soph.  Phil.  705  ;  also,  έξ. 
οργής,  Eur.  Hipp.  900. — 2.  to  burst 
forth  from,  Ap.  Rh.  [vl.  Ep.,  vl,  Att.] 
Έξανίστημί,  fut.  έξαναστήσω,  {έκ, 
ί'ινίστημι)  to  make  rise  from  one's  seat, 
bid  rise.  Soph,  and  Eur.  ;  also,  έξ  έδ- 
ρας, Eur.  Andr.  263. — 2.  to  remove 
from  one's  dwelling,  make  a  tribe  em- 
igrate, expel,  έξ.  τίνϋς  έκ  vyrruv,  έξ 
ηθέων,  etc.,  Hdt.  1,  171 ;  5,  14,  etc., 
cf.  infr.  II.  2. — 3.  to  upset,  overthrow, 
destroy,  ποΚιν,  Hdt.  1,  155,  etc. — II. 
pass,  and  mid.  c.  aor.  2,  perf  and 
plqpf.  act.,  to  stand  up  from  one's  seat, 
Hdt.  3,  142,  etc.,  esp.  in  courtesy  to 
one,  like  Lat.  ossMT-^ere,  έξανίστασθαί 
TLVL  θύκων,  Xen.  Hiero  7,  7,  cf. 
Symp.  4,  31  :  to  rise  from  ambush, 
Thuc.  3,  107  ;  from  bed.  Plat.,  etc.— 
2.C. gen. ,Zo  arise  and  depart  from  a  place, 
Pind.  P.  4,  86  :  hence  to  be  driven  out 
from  one's  home,  έξηθέων  υπό  τίνος, 
Hdt.  1,  15,  etc. 

'Εξανίσχω,=  έξανέχω,  to  rise,  esp. 
of  the  sun  or  stars. 

Έξανοίγω,  {έκ,  ανοίγω)  to  lay  open, 
Ar.  Ach.  391.    Hence 

Έξάνοίξις,  εως,  ή,  an  opening, 
Strab. 

Έξανορθόω,  ώ,  {έκ,  άνορθόω)  to  set 
upright,  restore,  Eur.  Ale.  1138. 

'Εξάντης,  ες,  (from  ύντα,  αντην, 
like  κατάντης,  προςύντης)  not  expo- 
sed, hence  unharmed,  sound,  whole, 
Hipp.  ;  έξάντη  ποιείν.  Plat.  Phaedr. 
244  Ε  :  c.  gen.,  free  from,  νόσου,  κα- 
κού, Ael..  etc. 

Έίαντλεω,  ώ,  f.  -ησω,  {έκ,  άντλέω) 
fo  draw  out,  as  water.  Plat.  Legg,  736 
Β  :  hence — II.  metaph. — 1.  to  spend, 
squander,  Valck.  Hipp.  626. — 2.  to  en- 
dure to  the  end,  see  out,  Lat.  exnntlare, 
■jovov,  Eur.  Cycl.  10,  (5ai/ioz'n,Ib.llO. 
Έξάνντω,  Att.  for  sq.,  Eur.  Ion 
1066,  etc.  [C] 
'Έξάννω,  f.  -ύσω,  {έκ,  ΰννώ)  to  ac- 


ΕαΑΠ 

complish,  make  effectual,  Θέτιδος  βου- 
?.άς,  11.  8,  370 ;  θέσμια.  Soph.  Aj. 
712. — 2.  to  finish,  or  dispatch,  i.  e.  kilt, 
Lat.  conficere,  τινά,  II.  11,  365;  20, 
452. — 3.  of  time  and  distance,  to  bring 
to  an  end,  accomplish,  άμέραν  τύνόε, 
Eur.  Med.  649  ;  όδόν,  πόρον,  δρόμον, 
etc.,  Id.:  hence  oft.  absol.,  to  finish 
one's  way  to  a  place,  arrive  at  it,  etf  Or 
έπΙ  τόπον,  Hdt.  6,  139 ;  7,  183  ;  and 
in  mid.,  Eur.  Bacch.  131. — 4.  c.  inf. 
to  manage  to  do,  accomplish  the  doing, 
Lat.  eficere  τα..,έξ.  κρατείν,  Eur.  Hipp. 
400. — 5.  in  mid.,  to  finish  for  one's  self , 
Eur.  Andr.  536,  Supp.  285. 

Έξαπαείρω,  (έκ,  απαείρω)  to  carry 
away,  Philox.  ap.  Ath.  147  E. 

Έξαπά/.αιστος.  ov,  (έξ,  πΰ,Άαιστή) 
of  six  hands-breadths,  Hdt.  1,  50. 

Έξαπα/.'λάσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  {έκ, 
απαλλάσσω)  to  free  from,  remove  from, 
τινά  κακών,  ζόης,  Eur.  I.  A.  1004, 
Hec.  1108. — Mid.  to  remove  one's  self 
from,  get  rid  of,  c.  gen.,  Hdt.  5,  4. 

Έξαπαντάω,  ώ,  {έκ,  απαντάω)  to 
meet.  v.  1.  Xen.  Cyr.  3,  3,  24. 

'Εξαπατάω,  ώ,  ί.  -ησω,  strengthd. 
for  απατάω,  to  cheat,  deceive,  beguile 
thoroughly,  Horn.,  Hdt.,  etc. :  'εξ.  τινά 
φρένας,  Ar.  Pac.  1099  :  but  also  τινά 
τι,  one  in  a  thing  :  to  seduce  a  woman, 
Hdt.  2,  114.  Pass,  to  be  cheated.  Id. 
9,  94,  Thuc.  etc. ;  r£  of  a  thing,  Ar. 
Vesp.  60. — Xen.  has  the  fut.  mid.  in 
pass,  signf..  An.  7,  3,  3.  [ra] 

Έξάπάτη,  ης,  ή,  strengthd.  for 
απάτη,  Hes.  Th.  205.  [πά] 

Έξάπάτημα,  ατός,  τό,  strengthd. 
for  άπάτημα.  [α] 

Έξάηάτητέον,  verb.  adj.  from  'εξα- 
πατάω, Plat.  Crito  49  Ε. 

Έξΰπΰτητήρ,  ήρος,  ό,  (εξαπατάω) 
α  deceiver,  Ft.  Horn.  63. 

Έξΰπΰτητικός,  η,  όν,  {εξαπατάω) 
tricky,  calculated  Ιο  deceive,  τών  πολε- 
μίων, Xen.  Hipparch.  4,  12. 

Έξάπάτύ?./ιω,  comic,  dim.  from 
εξαπατάω,  to  cheat  a  little,  humbug,  Ar. 
Ach.  657,  Eq.  1144. 

Έξΰπάφίσκω,  Ep.  form  of  εξαπα- 
τάω, Hes.  Th.  537 :  aor.  έξήπάφον, 
Hom.,  part,  έξαπαόών,  -ονσα,  Η. 
Hom.  Αρ.  379,  Ven.  38:  Hom.  also 
has  3  opt.  aor.  mid.  έξαπάόοιτο,  in 
act.  signf,  II.  9,  376  :  but  the  aor.  1 
έξαπάφησε,  only  m  H.  Ap.  376. 

Έξάπεδος,  ον,=έξάποδος,  six  feet 
long,  etc.,  Hdt. 

Έξάπεζος,  ov,  {^ξ,  πέζα)  six-footed. 
Lye. 

Έξαπεΐδον,  inf.  έξαπιδεΐν,  aor. 
without  any  pres.  έξαφοράω,  to  refer 
it  to,  to  observe  from  afar.  Soph.  O.  C 
1648. 

Έξαπέλεκυς,  εως,  ό,  ή,  {έξ,  πέλε- 
κνς)  with  six  axes,  i.  e.  fasces,  hence 
έξ' αρχή,  the  office  of  Roman  Prae- 
tor, Polyb. 

Έξάπηχυς,  υ,  (έξ,  πήχυς)  six  cubits 
long.  Hdt.  2,  138. 

Έξάπινα,  adv..  later  and  rarer  form 
oi  έξαπίνης,^.Ύ. 

Έξαπίναιος  or  έξαπιναΐος,  a,  ov,= 
έξαιφνίδιος,  Hipp,  and  Xen.  Adv. 
-ως.  Thuc. ,3,  3  :  from 

Έξΰπίνης,  adv.,  softer  form  for  εξ- 
αίφνης, not  only  in  Hom.  and  Hdt., 
but  freq.  in  Att.  prose.  [Γ] 

Έξάπινον,  adv.  =  έξαπίνης,  only 
once  in  Hipp.,  Lob.  Phryn.  19. 

Έξα'π7Μσιος,  a,  ov,  Ion.  -πλήσιος, 
sixfold,  Hdt.  4,  81.  [λά] 

Έξάπλεθρος,  ov,  ('έξ,  π?.έθρον)  of 
six  πλέθρα,  six  πλέθρα  long,  Hdt.  2, 
149. 

Έξάπλενρος,  ov,  {έξ,  πλευρά)  with 
six  sides. 

Έξαπ?•.η,  adv.  six  times. 


ΕΞΑΠ 

Έξαπ/,τ/σιος,  ίη,ιον,  Ιοτι.ίοΐέξα-7Λ• 
σιος.  ^ 

Έςαπ?.όος,  όη,  οον,  contr.  έζΟ• 
π?.οϋς.  ή.  οΰν,  sixfold,  Bockh  Inscr, 
2,  p.  398.' 

Έξαπλόω,  ω,  {έκ,  ώπλόω)  to  unfold, 
roll  out,  Batr.  106,  in  pass. — 2.  to  un- 
fold, explain,  Lat.  explicare,Be^i.  Emp., 
etc.     Hence. 

Έξάπλωσις,  εως,  ή,  an  unrolling, 
unfolding.  Aretae. 

Έξαποβαίνω,  f.  -βήσομαι,  {έκ, 
αποβαίνω)  to  step,  walk,  go  out  of, 
νψις,  Od.  12,  306. 

'Εξαποδίομαι,  dep.,  {έκ,  από,  δίω) 
to  chase  away  from,  Άρηα  μάχης  έξα- 
ποδίωμαι,  ΐί.  5,  763,  ubi  Wolf  μάχης 
έξ  άποδ.  [ά  Ερ.  in  arsis.]  ^ 

Έξαποδννω,  (έκ,  άποδννω)  to  put 
off,  εϊματα.  Od.  5,  372. 

Ύ^ξαποθνήσκω,  strengthd.  for  απ- 
οθνήσκω, Ar.  Αν.  1656. 

Έξάπο7Λς,  εως,  ή.  strictly  α  league 
of  six  cities,  esp.  of  the  Asiatic  Dori- 
ans, viz.,  Lindus,  lalissus,  Camirus, 
Cos.  Cnidus,  and  Halicarnassus,  Hdt. 
1,  144. 

'Εξαπόλ?.νμί,{\ιΙ.  -ο/.έσω,  Att.-ολ,ώ, 
{έκ,  άπόλλνμι)  to  destroy  utterly  Tiag., 
as  Aesch.  Cho.  837.  Mid.  c.  perf.  2 
έξαπόλω7.α,  intr.  to  perish  utterly,  c. 
gen.,  Ίλίον,  II.  6,  60,  to  perish  out  of 
Ilion  :  so,  έξ.  κειμήλια  δόμων,  II.  18, 
290,  ήέλιος  οίφανον,  Od.  20,  357. 

'Έξαπολογία,  ας,  ή,  strengthd.  for 
απολογία,  title  of  three  speeches  of 
Antipho  :  others,  a  second  defence 
or  rejoinder .  cf  έκκατηγορία•  But 
Bekk.  reads  έξ  άπο?Μγίας. 

Έξαπονέομαι,  as  pass.,  to  return 
out  of,  II.  16,  252  ;  20,  212,  ubi  Wolf 
divisim  έξάπον.  [ΰ  in  arsis,  Ep.] 

Έξαπονίζω,  f.  -ψω,  {έκ,  άπονίζω) 
to  wash  thoroughly,  πόδας  τινί,  Od.  19, 
387. 

Έξαποξύνω,  (έκ,  άποξύνω)  to  sharp- 
en well,  Eur.  Cycl.  456. 

ΈξαποτΓάτέω,  ώ,  strengthd.  for 
άποττατέω,  Hipp. 

Έξαπορέω,  ώ,  strengthd.  for  άπο- 
ρέω,  Polyb. :  also  in  mid.,  N.  T.,  c. 
aor.  pass.,  Plut.  Ale.  5. 

Έξαποσπάω,  ω,  {έκ,  «ποσττύω)  fut. 
-άσω.  to  draw  out,  away,  [αω,  ΰσω] 

Έξαποστέ/.λω,  {έκ,  ά-οστέλ?.ω)  to 
send  out,  away,  Polyb.  :  pass,  to  be  sent 
off  or  dispatched,  ap.  Deni.  251,  5. — II. 
to  dismiss,  divorce,  LXX.     Hence 

Έξαποστολή,  ης,  ή,  a  sending  forth 
or  away,  Polyb. 

Έξαποτίνω,  strengthd.  for  άποτί- 
νω,  to  atone  fully,  11.  21,  412.  [t  Ep., 
t  Att.] 

Έξάπονς,  ό,  ή,  πουν,  τό,  gen.  ττο- 
δος,  (έξ,  πους)  six-footed,  Arisk  Part. 
An. 

Έξαποφαίνω,  strengthd.  for  άπο- 
φαίνω,  Luc. 

Έξαποφθείρω,  strengthd.  for  άπο- 
φθείρω,  Aesch.  Pers.  404. 

Έξάπρυμνος.  ov,  {έξ,  πρνμνα)  with 
six  poops,  i.  e.  ships,  Lye. 

'Εξαπτέρΰγος,  ov,  {έξ,  πτέρνξ)  sue• 
winged,  Eccl. 

Έ^άτΓΓω,  fut.  -ψω,  (έκ,  άτΓτω)  to  tie 
on,  hang  by,  Hom. ;  sometimes  c.  gen. 
loci,  πείσμα  κίονος  έξάπτειν,  to  make 
the  rope  hang  from  a  pillar,  i.  e.  hang 
it  thereon,  c.  gen.,  Od.  22,  466,  cf.  II. 
24,  51  ;  so  έκ  τίνος,  Hdt.  1,  26  ;  από 
τίνος,  Xen.  Cyn.  10,  7:  also  c.  dat., 
to  attach  or  put  to.  Eur.  I.  A.  1216, 
κόσμον  ι•£•Λ•ρω,  Id.  Tro.  1208:  metaph. 
έξ.  στύματυς  λιτάς,  to  let  prayers /β/Ζ 
from  one's  mouth.  Id.  Or.  383.  B. 
mid.  to  hang  by,  cling  to  a  thing,  πάν- 
τες έξάπτεσθε,  all  hang  on,  II.  8,  20. 
— 3.  Co  hang  a  thing  to  one's  self,  carry 
473 


ΕΞΑΡ 

i^  suspended  about  one,  wear,  τι,  Eur. 
Hel.  1186. — 3.  later,  to  keep  close  to, 
hang  on,  τών  ηολκμίων,  Polyb.,  cf. 
ίνά~-ω. — II.  iokindle,  set  fire  /o, Tim. 
Locr. :  inetaph.  to  inflame  with  pas- 
sion, Dion.  11. :  έξ.  πό7ιΐμον,  to  kindle 
a  war,  Strab. 

'Έίξάπτωτος,  ov,  [ίξ,  ητώσις)  with 
six  cases,  Priscian. 

νΈ•ξάττϋλα,  ων,  τά,  Hrxapyla.  one  of 
the  gates  of  Sj-racuse,  Polyb.  8,  5,  G. 

'Έιζαττωθέω,  ώ,  f.  -ώσω  and  -ωθήσω, 
(ί:ΐί,  άττωθέω)  to  thrust  away,  Eur. 
Rhes.  811. 

'Έ,ξάπω/.ος,  ov,  {Ιξ,  ττώΤ^ος)  with  six 
colts  or  horses,  άρμα,  Hdn. 

Έξάραγμα,  ατός,  τό,  {ίξαράσσω)  a 
fracture,  Hipp,   [ΰ] 

Έίΰραίόω,  ώ,  strengthened  for 
άραιόω,  Hipp. 

Έξαραιρημένος,  Ion.  part.,  έξ(»• 
ραίρηται.  Ion.  3  sing.  perf.  pass,  from 
έξαιρέω,  Hdt. 

Έξαμάομαί,  f.  -άσομαι.  Ion.  -ήσο- 
μαι,  Ιίκ,  ΰράομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  dedi- 
cate with  solemn  prayers,  ναόν,  v.  1. 
Aeschin.  70,  5.  [up,  Ep.,  up,  Att. : 
άσομαι.] 

'Έ,ξΰράσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  fut.  -ξω,  (Ι-κ, 
άράσσω)  to  dash  or  knock  out,  shatter, 
Od.  12,  122,  in  tmesis :  έξ.  ανθαόίαν 
τινός,  to  knock  his  self-will  out  of  him, 
Ar.  Thesm.  704:  to  smash,  shatter, 
burst  open,  την  κιγκ?.ίδα,  Ar.  Eq.  C41 : 
mctaph.,  εξ.  τινά  αϊσχροΐς,  to  assail 
Λvith  abuse,  Ar.  Nub.  1373. 

Έξαργέω,  ώ,  {έκ,  άργέω)  to  he  quite 
torpid.  Arist.  Eth.  N. — II.  in  pass,  to 
be  quite  neglected.  Soph.  Phil.  55G. 

^Έ•ξάρ}'ματα,  ων,  τά,  (έξάρχομαι) 
the  first  offering  made  of  the  victim's 
flesh,  Ap.  fih. 

Έξαργνρίζω,  {ίκ,  άργνρίζω)  collat. 
form  of  έξαργυρόω,  Thuc.  8,81,  Bekk. 
—  II.  mid.  εξαργνρίσασθαί  τίνα,  to 
turn  into  money,  oiicov,  Isae.  55,  21 : 
έ;.  τινά,  to  plunder  him,  Polyb. 

'Έξαργυρόω,  ύ,  (έκ,  ΰργνρόω)  to 
turn  into  money,  sell,  Hdt.  6,  8G,  1. 

Έ,ξΰρεσκεύομαι.  (έκ,  άρεσκεύω)  to 
indulge  one's  self,  Clem.  Al. 

Έξΰρέσκομαι,  f.  -έσομαι,  dep.  mid. 
(εκ,  αρέσκω)  to  make  one's  self  accept- 
able to,  c.  dat.,  έξ.  τοις  θεοϊς,  Xen. 
Oec.  5,  3 :  also  c.  ace,  pers.  et  dat. 
rei,  έξαρέσκεσθαί  τίνα  δώροις,  to  win 
him  over  by  gifts,  (Dem.)  139G,  26, 

Έξαρθρέω,  ώ,  to  be  έξαρθρος,  be 
dislocated,  Hipp.    Hence 

Έξύρθρημα,  ατός,  τό,  dislocation, 
Hipp.,  cf.  ioes.  Oecon. :  and 

'Έ,ξάρβρησις,  εως,  7/,=fore^,,  Hipp, 

'Έξαρθ/Μς,  ov,  (ίκ,  άρθρον)  dislo- 
cated, LXX, — II,  with  distorted, clumsy 
joints,  Hipp.,  cf.  εξόφθαλμος. 

Έξαρβρύο),  ώ,  to  dislocate,  Joseph. : 
to  distort,  Arist.  Physiogn. 

Έξύρθρυμα,  τό,  -θρωσις,ή,  τ=:-θρψ 
μα,  -θρησίΓ,  Hipp. 

Έξΰριθμέω,  ώ,  {έκ,  ΰριθμέω)  to 
count  throughout,  number,  Lat.  enume- 
rare,  στρατόν,  Hdt.  7,  59,  GO,  etc. — 
II,  to  count  out,  pay  in  ready  money, 
χρι'ΐματα,  Dem.  832,  4.    Hence 

'Εξάρίθμ7ΐσις,  εως,  ή,  a  numbering, 
recounting.  Polyb. 

Έξύριθμος,  ov,  (?f,  αριθμός)  six- 
fold. Or.  Sib.  [a] 

'Έ,ξαρκέω,  ώ,  lut.  -έσω,  (έκ,  άρκέω) 
to  reach  to,  suffice  for,  he  enough  for, 
Tiv'i,  Soph.  O.  C.  1116,  Plat.,  etc.: 
hence  impers.  έξαρκεΐ  uoi,  it  is  enough 
for,  satisfies  me,  c.  inf.,  Hdt.  7,  IGl, 
cf.  Valclc.  Hipp.  700:  also  c.  part., 
ταντα  έχουσιν  ουκ  έξ.  αντοις,  Dem. 
1155,  7. — II.  to  abound  in,  be  content 
with,  κτεάτεσσι,  Pind.  O.  5.  55  :  c. 
part.,  to  be  satisf,ed  with  doing,  Ar, 
474 


EHAP 

Eq.  524,  etc, ;  and  so  a  part,  must  be 
supplied  in  Xen.  Mem.  2,  4,  7,  (init 
Kiihn.  ad  loc.  considers  it  unnecos- 
s;iry,  translating  to  supply  amply.) — 
III.  to  assist,  succour,  τινί,  Pind.  N.  1, 
47.    Hence 

Έξαρκί/ς,  ές,  enough,  satisfactory, 
όόμοις,  Aesch.  Pers.  237,  cf.  Soph. 
Tr.  334. 

Έξαρκονντως,  adv.  part.  pres.  from 
έξαρκέω,  enough,  sufficiently,  Ar.  Ran. 
370. 

'Κξαρμη,  ατός,  τό,  (εξαίρω)  a  ri.<iing. 
swrlliiig,  Hipp. :  m  genl.  a  height.  Plut. 
■ — II.  the  meridian  height  of  the  hea- 
venly bodies,  Strab. 

'Έ,ξαρμόζω,  f.  -όσω,  {έκ,  αρμόζω)  to 
disarrange,  Philostr. 

'Κξαρμόνως,  ov,  (έκ,  αρμονία)  dis- 
cordant, Pherecr.  Χειρ.  1. 

Έξαρνέομαι,  strengthd.  for  άρνέο- 
μαι,  Hdt.  3,  74,  Eur.,  etc.    Hence 

ΎιΕάρνησις,  εως,  ή,  a  denying,  de- 
nial. Plat.  Rep.  531  B.    Hence 

Έξαρν7ΐτικός,  ή,  όν,  good  at  deny- 
ing, disowning,  Ar.  Nub.  1172. 

"Έξαρνος,  ov,  (έκ,  άρνέομαι)  deny- 
ing, disowning,  esp.,  έξ.  εϊναι=έξαρ- 
νείσθαι.  absol.,  Ar.  Nub.  1230 ;  ττερί 
τίνος,  Dem.  679,  20  ;  also  c.  ace, 
Plat,  Charm.  158  C  :  but  most  usu. 
foil,  by  μή,  c.  inf..  Hdt.  3,  C6,  Ar. 
Plut  241,  etc.     Ci.  άπαρνος. 

'Έξαρπάζω,  fut.  -ξω  and  -σω,  also 
-σομαι,  Ar.  Eq.  708  :  aor.  1  έξήρπαξα, 
as  always  in  Horn.,  but  in  Att.  έξήρ- 
πάσα,  (έκ,  αρπάζω.)  To  snatch  away 
or  carry  off  from,  sometimes  c.  gen. 
loci,  Od.  12,  100  :  to  rescue  from  dan- 
ger, II.  3,  380 :  and  so  in  Att.,  έξ.  τι 
παρά  τίνος.  Hdt.  8, 135;  also  τί  τίνα. 
Plat.  Tim.  60  D. 

'Έξαρσις,  εως,  ?/,  (εξαίρω)  a  lifting 
up,  Cleonied. — II.  ο  taking  away,  de- 
struction, LXX. 

'Έ,ξαρτύω,  ω,  fut.  -ήσω,  (έκ,  άρτύω) 
to  hang  upon,  έκ  Τίνος,  Polyb.  :  cf.  έξ- 
άπτω :  also  in  mid.,  Eur.  Tro.  129. 
B.  pass,  to  be  hung  upon,  hang  upon, 
χειρός,  Eur.  Hipp.  325,  also  περί  τι. 
Id.  I.  A.  1226  :  depend  upon,  τινός.  Id. 
Supp.  735. — 2.  be  attached  to,  border 
upon,  be  next  to,  τινός,  Plut.  Anton. 
46. — 3.  be  hung  up  or  exposed  to  view, 
Arnold  Thuc.  6,  96,  cf  Strab.  p.  290 
R,  where  however  Casaub.  έξηρται. 
II,  to  have  hanging  on  one,  be  hung  or 
equipt  with,  esp,  in  part,  pf,  pass.,  c, 
dat.,  τόξοισιν  έξηρτημένοι,  Aesch, 
Pr,  711  (where  Dind,  would  read  έξ- 
ηρτνμένοι,  cf,  έξαρτνω)  ;  c,  ace.  πώ- 
γωνας  έξ.,  Ar.  Eccl.  494,  like  Ho- 
race's suspeiisi  loculos.     Hence 

'Εξάρτημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  thing  sus- 
pended :  an  appendix,  late  word. 

Έξάρτησις,  εως,  ή,  {έξαρτάω)  a 
hanging  from,  connexion  of  parts  o{  the 
body  ivith  one  another,  Arist.  H.  A. 

'Εξαρτίζω,  fut.  -ίσω  Att.  -ϊώ,  (έκ, 
άρτίζω)  to  complete,  make  perfect,  Luc. : 
finish,  N.  T. — II,  to  equip  fully,  πλοία, 
Arr.     Hence 

Έξάρτϊσις,  εως,  η,  and  έξαρτισμός, 
ov,  ϋ,  an  equipment. 

Έξάρτνσις,  εως,  ή,  a  fitting  out, 
equipment :  from 

Έξαρτνω,  (έκ,  άρτύω)  to  get  ready, 
Eur.  El.  422:  to  fit  out,  επίπλουν, 
Thuc.  2,  17:  more  freq.  in  mid.,  to 
get  ready  for  one's  self  fit  out,  Thuc. 

1.  13.  etc.:  to  prepare,  set  about,  τι, 
Eur.  El.  647  ;  c.  inf.,  Aesch.  Pr,  908. 
B.   pass,  to  be  got  ready,  Hdt.  1,  61. — 

2.  to  be  furnished  ox  provided  with,  esp. 
in  perf.  part,  έξηρτνμένος,  c.  dat., 
κυσί,  σιτίοισι,  etc.,  Hdt  1,  43  ;  2.  32  : 
cf.  έξαρτάω,  at  end,  [On  quantity, 
v.  άρτύω,] 


ΕΞΑΤ 

Έξάρΰσις,  εως,  ή,  a  draining,  Hipp, : 
from 

Έξαρύω,  (έκ,  άρύω)  to  draw  off,  or 
squeeze  out,  Hipp,,  v.  Foes,  Oecon.  [ϋ] 

'Εξαρχής,  adv.  for  έξ  αρχής,  from 
the  beginning. 

'Εξαρχος,  ov,  {έκ,  άρχω)  beginning: 
usu,  as  subst,,  a  leader,  beginner,  Lat, 
auctor,  c,  gen.,  θρήνων  έξηρχοι,  II. 
24,  721.  —  2.   the   first   in   rank.    Lat. 

frinccps,  esp.  the  leader  of  tite  chorus, 
lat.  coryphaeus,  Spanh.  Call.  Del.  18, 
Elmsl.  Bacch.  141. 

^'Εξαρχος,  ov,  a,  Exarchus,  a  Spar- 
tan Ephor,  Xen.  Hell.  2,  3,  10. 

Έξάρχω,  f.  -ξω,  {έκ,  άρχω)  to  begin, 
start  with,  c.  gen.,  γόοιο,  μο?ιπής,  Π. 
18,  51,  Od.  4,  19,  etc.  :  so  loo  in  mid., 
κακής  ίξήρχετο  βουλής,  Od.  12,  339: 
alsoc.  ace,  βούλας  έξάρχων  άγαθύς, 
II.  2,  273.  παιήονα.  Archil.  50,  δρκον, 
Eur,  I,  Τ,  743  :  more  freq.  in  prose, 
έξάρχειν  παιάνα  τινι,  ίο  begin  a  hymn 
to  one,  address  it  to  him,  Xen.  Cyr.  3, 
3,  58 :  and  reversely,  έξάρχειν  τινά 
λόγοις,  to  address  one  with  words. 
Soph.  El.  557;  but  in  Eur.  Tro.  148. 
c.  dupl.  ace,  έξ.  μο?.πήν  θεούς,  cf. 
Seidl.  ad  1. — 2.  to  be  at  the  head  of,  to 
be  a  leader  of,  τοΰ  ληστρικού,  Joseph. 

'Εξάς,  άντος,  ό,  (έξ)  the  Lat.  sex- 
tans. Epich.  ρ,  4,  Sicil,  word,  v.  Beutl. 
Phal.  ^  14. 

'Εξάς,  άδος,  ή,  (έξ)  the  number  six, 
Luc.  ' 

Έξάσημος,  ov,  (έξ,  σήμα)  consisting 
of  six  times,  (=6  short  syllables)  in 
prosody,  Hephaest. 

Έίασί^εΐ'έω,  strengthd.  for  ύσ^ενέω, 
Hipp. 

Έ,ξασκέω,  ώ,  (έκ,  άσκέω)  to  adorn, 
deck  out.  Soph.  O.  C.  1603,  and  Eur., 
cf  Blomf.  Aesch.  Pers.  187.— II.  to 
train,  exercise,  teach  thoroughly,  τινά, 
Plat.  Clitoph.  407  Β  ;  τινά  τι,  in  late 
prose.  Pass,  to  be  well  trained  or 
practised  in,  τι,  Xen.  Hipparch.  2,  1. 
— 2.  to  practise,  learn,  τι,  Themist. 
Hence 

ΈΛξασκητέον,  verb,  adj.,  Nicostr. 
ap.  Stob.  p.  447,  29. 

Έξαστάδιος,  ov,  (έξ,  στάδιον)  of 
six  stades,  Strab.  [a] 

Έξαστις,  ιος,  ή,  the  rmigh  edge  left 
by  tearing  linen  or  cloth,  also  έξεστις. 
(Prob.  from  a  form  *  έξάζομαι,  like 
δίασμα  from  διάζομαι ;  rejected  by 
Lob.  Paral.  p.  441,  who  prefers  εξ• 
εστις  and  derives  it  from  έξειμι.) 

Έξάστΐχος,  ov,  (έξ,  στίχος)  of  six 
lines,  ver.'ies  or  rows,  Gramrn. 

Έξαστράπτω,  f.  -•ψω,  {έκ,  άστράπ- 
τω)  to  flash  as  with  lightning,  Tryph. 

Έξάστϋλος,  ov,  (έξ,  στύλος)  with 
six  columns  in  front,  of  temples,  Vi- 
truv, 

Έξασύλλύβος,  ov,  {έξ,  συλλαβή) 
of  six  syllables,  Gramm, 

'Εξασ<Ι>ΰ?ύζομαί,  strengthened  for 
ασφαλίζομαι,  Cic.  Att.  6,  4,  3. 

Έίατίίίάζ'ω,  strengthd.  for  ά-ίαάζω, 
Soph, 

'Efar;/<M«,=sq,,  Hipp, 

'Εξατμίζω,  {έκ,  άτμίζω)  to  make  into 
steam,  to  exhale,  dry  by  evaporation, 
Arist,  Probl, — II,  intr,  to  evaporate. 

Έξατοΐ'έω,  ώ,  strengthd,  for  άτο- 
νέω,  Arist.  Η.  Α. 

νΕξύτονος,  ov,   {έξ,   τόνος)  of  six 
to7ies,  Plut. 
ί'Εξατράπης,  ου,ό,ν.  sub  σατράττης. 

Έξαττϊκίζω,  to  strip  of  the  Attic 
form? — 2.  to  speak  Attic  Grcek,=ur- 
τικίζω.  A.  B, 

'Pii«7-76j,  Att.  contr.  for  εξαίσσω. 

Έξαναίνω,  aor.  έϊηνιινα.  {έκ,  αν 
αίνω)  to  dry  up,  icilher  up,  νδατα, 
δένδρεα,  Hdt,  4,  151,  173,  cf,  έξαύω. 


ΕΞΑΧ 

Εξανγής,  ες,  {έκ,  avyi))  bright, 
white,    Eur.    Rhes.    304. 

Έξανδύω,  ώ,  fut.  -ήσω,  {έκ,  ανδάω) 
to  speak  out,  utter  aloud,  II.  1,  363  ;  16, 
19  :  opp.  to  νύω  κενθειν-  Mid.  in 
same  signf..  Aesch.  Cho.  151. 

Έςανϋάδίζομαί,  strengthd.  for  cd)- 
θαδίζημαι,  Joseph. 

Έςανϋις,  adv.  Att.  for  έξαϋτις. 
Έ,ξανλέω,   ώ,  {έκ,   ανλέω)   Ιο  pipe 
away. wear  out  by  piping:  of  the  mouth- 
pieces of  clarionets,  ap.  Poll.,  cf  Ar. 
Ach.  681. 

'Είαν?.ίζομαι,  (έκ,  αν?ιίζομαι)  dep. 
pass., /ο  teaue  one's  guariers,  of  soldiers, 
Xen.  An.  7,  8,  21. 

"Εξαυλος,  ov,  {έκ,  αυλός)  piped 
away,  worn  out,  of  a  fiute. 

'Εξαυξάνυ,  and  -ανξω,  fut.  -ξήσω, 
Theophr.,  {έκ,  αυξάνω)  to  increase  con- 
siderably :  in  pass,  to  grow  too  fast,  Id. 

Έςανστήρ,  ηρος,  ό,  a  fleshhook  or 
fork,  to  take  meat  out  of  a  boiler,  like 
κρεάγρα,  Aesch.  Fr.  355.  (Said  to 
come  from  a  supposed  έξαύω  =  έξ- 
αφέω.) 

Έξαυτης,  adv.  for  έξ  αντί/ς,  sub. 
της  ώρας,  at  the  very  point  of  time,  at 
once,  Theogn.  231,  Polyb.,  etc. 

Έξαϋτις,  adv.  for  έξαϋθις,  over 
agairi,  once  more,  ajiew,  Hom. — II.  ol 
place,  back  again,  backwards,  Hom. 

Έξαντομο?.έ(ο,  ώ,  strengthd.  for 
αΰτομολέω,  Ar.  Nub.  1104. 

Έξαυχέω,  ώ,  {έκ,  ανχέω)  to  boast 
loudly,  c.  ΐ)Β.ιί.,έξηύχεί  λαβών,  Aesch.. 
Ag.  872  ;  c.  inf..  Soph.,  and  Eur. 

Έξανχμόο),  ώ,  {έκ.  ανχμός)  to  suffer 
from  drought,  Theophr. — II.  trans,  to 
dry :  in  pass,  to  be  dry,  Diog.  L. 

Έξανω,  {έκ,  ανω)  to  dry,  burn,  roast. 
Plat.  (Com.)  Έόρτ.  9. 

Έξαΰω,  fut.  -ΰύσω,  {έκ,  αϋο>)  to 
Sireajn,  cry  out.  Soph.  Tr.  565.  [ϋ] 

'Έ,ςαφαιρέω,  ώ,  {έκ,  αφαιρέω)  to 
take  right  away.  In  ϊίάά.,-φνχήν  Τίνος 
έξαφελέσθαι,  to  take  his  life  from  him, 
destroy  him,  Od.  22,  444,  cf.  Valck. 
Hipp.  322  ;  εις  έλευθερίαν  έξαφελέσ- 
θαι τινά,  take  one  out  ο/ slavery,  Lat. 
vindicare  in  libertateni,  Dem.  100,  8. 

Έξαώύ,νίζω.  strengthd.  for  ύψαι'ί'ζ'ω. 
Plat.  Polit.  270  E. 

Έξαφιδρόω,  ώ,  {έκ,  από,  Ίδρόω)  to 
get  rid  of  by  perspiration,  Stob. 

'Έξαφίημι,  f.  -φήσω,.{έκ,  άφίημί)  to 
let  go,  send  forth,  discharge,  πα'λτόν, 
Xen.  Eq.  12,  12 :  to  let  loose,  set  free 
from,  τινός,  Soph.  Tr.  72.  [0i  Ep., 
φΐ  Att.] 

Έξαφίστημι,  {έκ,  ΰφίστημι)  to  set, 
put  away.  But  prob.  only  used  in  mid. 
έξαφίσταμαι,  with  aor.  2,  perf.  and 
plqpf,  act.,  intrans.  to  depart,  with- 
draw, shrink  from,  τινός,  Soph.  O.  C. 
561,  Eur.  LA.  479. 

Έξά<ροροι,  ων,  οι,  {ίξ,  φέρω)  porters 
Vihn  carry  litters,  etc,  six  together, 
Vitruv. 

Έξάφορον,  ov,  TO,  (εξ,  φέρω)  a  lit- 
ter borne  by  six  men,  Martial. 

Έξαφριζω,  {έκ,  αφρίζω)  to  foam 
away,  Lat.  despumare :  hence  in  mid., 
μένος,  to  foam  or  fret  away  one's 
Strength,  Aesch.  Ag.  1067, — II.  to 
make  foamy  :  pass,  to  become  so,  Diosc. 
Hence 

^Έξαφρισμός,  οϋ,  ό,  a  being  made 
foamy,  change  into  foam,  Clem.  Al. 

Έξαφρόω,  ώ,=  έξαφρίζω  II.,  to  turn 
into  foam,  Clem.  Al. 

Έξαφύω,  {έκ,  ΰφνσσω)  to  draw 
forth,  olvov,  Od,  14,  95 ;  poet,  aor, 
έξήφνσσεν,  c.  gen,,  Opp,  [i] 

'Εβάχειρ,  ειρος,  δ,  ή,  {ϊξ,  χειρ)  six- 
handed.  Luc, 

Έξαχϊ],  adv.,  in  six  parts,  Plat. 
Tiin.  3ΰ  D. 


EaEI 

Έξαχοίνΐκος,  ov,  of,  holding  six 
χοίνικες. 

Έξάχοος,  GOV,  contr.  έξάχονς,  ovv, 
of,  holding  six  χόες,  Plut. 

Έξύχνριόω,  ώ.  and  έξάχΰρόω,  ώ, 
to  take  away  chaff  or  husks. 

Έξαχώς,  adv.  =έξaχy,  Arist.  Org. 
Έξαψις.  εως,  ή,  {έξάτττω)  a  tying, 
binding    on.    Iambi.  —  II.    a  kindling, 
firing.  Plut. 

νΚξεαγεΐσα,  nom.  fern.  2  aor.  pass, 
part,  of  έξάγνυμι.  Αρ.  Rh.  v.  Buttm, 
Catal.  p.  6. 

Έξέβαν,  Aeol.  and  Ep.  for  έξέβψ 
σαν,  3  pi.  aor.  2  of  έκβαίνω. 

ί'Εξιβλύστησε,  1  aor,  act,  of  έκ- 
βλαστάνω.  Hipp, 

Έξεγ-'/ϋύω.  ώ,  i.  -ήσω,  {έκ,  έγγνάω) 
to  free  one  by  giving  bail.  Dem.  724,  6. 
Pass,  to  be  set  free  on  bail,  Lys.  167, 
23,  Andoc.  7,  1. 

Έξεγγν?],  ης,  ή.  rare  form  for  sq., 
Isae.  50,  24. 

Έξεγγΰησις,  εως,  ή,  {έξεγγνάω) 
giving  of  bait  or  surety,  esp.  to  take 
one  out  of  prison,  Dem.  725,  10. 

'Εξεγείρω,  f.  -ερώ,  {έκ,  εγείρω)  to 
awaken.  Soph,  O,  T.  65  :  to  raise  from 
the  dead,  Aesch.  Cho,  495,  and  Eur.  : 
in  genl.  to  arouse,  stir  up,  Soph.  Tr. 
978,  Eur.,  etc.  :  to  kiiidle,  as  lire,  Ar. 
Lys.  315,  7ζό7.εμον,  Diod.  Pass,  to  be 
aroused,  to  ivake  up,  get  up,  Hdt.  1,  34  : 
SO  too  in  syncop.  aor.  έξηγρόμην,  Ar. 
Ran.  51,  inf.  έξεγρέσθαι.  Plat.  Symp, 
223  C.     Cf  έγρομαι.     Hence 

Έξέγερσις,  εως,  ή.  an  awakening. — 
IL  pass,  a  being  awakened,  rising. 

'Εξεδάφίζω,  {έκ.  έδαφίζω)  to  rase  to 
the  ground,  demolish.  Or.  Sib. 

'Εξέδρα,  ας.  ή,  {έκ,  έδρα)  Lat.  ex- 
hedra,  a  covered  tvalk  or  space  in  front 
of  a  house,  an  open  chamber,  Eur.  Or. 
1449;  cf.  Vitruv.  5,  11:  a  hall  or 
building  for  meetings,  etc.,  esp.  the 
hall  in  Pompey's  theatre  at  Ro?ne,  where 
the  senate  met,  Plut. 
\Έξέδραμον,  2  aor.  of  έκτρέχω. 

Έξέδριοί',  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  εξέδρα, 
Cic.  Fam  7,  23. 

Έξεδρος,  ov,  {έκ,  Mpa)  away  from 
home,  out  of  one's  place.  Soph.  Phil. 
212 :  in  genl.  strange,  extraordinary, 
Arist.  Rhet. — 2.  c.  gen.  out  of,  away 
from,  χθονός,  Eur.  I.  T.  80 :  metaph. 
εξ.  φρενών  λόγοι,  insensate,  wild 
words.  Id.  Hipp.  935.— II.  of  birds  of 
omen,  out  of  a  good,  i.  e.  in  an  unlucky 
quarter,  Ar.  Av.  275,  ubi  v.  Schol. 

Έξέδω,  {έκ,  έδω)  hence  fut.  έξέ- 
δομαι,  Ar.  Eq.  1032  and  perf.  έξεδ//- 
δοκα.  Id.  Vesp.  925,  assigned  to  έ.^- 
εσθίω. 

'Efez.imperat,  from  έξειμι  for  ίξιθι. 

Έξέθορε,  3  sing,  aor,  2  of  έκθρώ- 
σκω.  II. 

Έξεϊδον,  inf  έξιδείν,  {έκ,  είδον) 
aor,  without  any  pres.  in  use,  and  to 
be  referred  to  έξοράω  :  to  look  out,  see 
far,  μέγ'  έξιδεν  όφΟαλμοΐσιν.  he  saw 
far,  saw  well,  11.  20,  342:  also  imperat. 
aor.  mid.,  έζιδοϋ.  see  well  to  it.  Soph. 
Phil,  851.     Cf  ίξοιδα. 

Έξείης,  adv,  {έχω,  έξω)  poet,  for 
έξης,  in  order,  in  a  row,  one  after  an- 
other. Hom. 

Έξεικάζω,  f,  -σω.  {έκ,  εικάζω)  to 
make  like  :  to  adapt,  εαυτόν  τινι,  Xen, 
Hier.  1,  38,  Pass.  esp.  in  part,  pf 
pass.,  έξ>]κασμένος  like,  τινί.  Aesch. 
Theb.  445,  cf.  Eur.  Phoen.  102  :  also 
represented  by  a  likeness,  Ar.  Eq.  230, 
Hence 

Έξείκασμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  representa• 
tian,  copy. 

Έξεικονίζω,  {έκ.  εικονίζω)  to  copy. 
— II,  to  portray,  Plut, 

Έξείλέω,  ύ,  f.  -ήσω,  Lat.  evolvere, 


EaEA 
to  unfold,  search  out,  of  hounds,  Xen. 
Cyn.  6,  15,=έξείλω  or  έξίλ?.ω,  q.  v. 
Hence 

Έξεί7.ησις,  εως,  ή,  a  disentangling, 
Plat.  Legg.  796  A, 

Έξεί'/.λω,  V.  sub  έξιλ/.ω. 

Έξεϊ?.ον,  έξεύώμην,  aor.  2  act.  and 
mid.  of  έξαιρέω. 
νΕξεί/.οχα,  perf.  act.  of  εκλέγω. 

'Εξείλνω,=  έξείλέω.  to  roll  out. 

Έξείλω,  V.  sub  έξιΆλω. 

Έξειμι,2  sing,  έξεισθα  for  έξει,Οά. 
20,  179  :  inf  έξιέναι,  {έκ.  ειμί).  To 
go  out,  come  out,  esp.  out  of  the  house, 
Horn,  most  freq.  in  Od. :  also  c.  gen. 
loci,  μεγάρων,  Od.  1,  374  ;  so  έκ  της 
χώρης,  Hdt.  1,  94  :  but  έξ.  έκ  των 
ιππέων,  to  leave  the  knights,  quit 
service  as  one.  Id.  1,  67  :  έξιέναι  εις 
έλεγχον,  to  come  forward  to  the  trial, 
Soph.  Phil.  98  :  also  c.  ace.  cognato, 
αγώνας  έξίών.  Soph.  Tr.  159,  στρα- 
τείαν  έξ.,  Thuc.  1.  15  :  esp.  to  march 
out  with  an  army,  Thuc,  and  Xen.  : 
to  come  forward  on  the  stage,  Ar.  Ran. 
946. — II.  of  time,  to  come  to  an  end, 
expire,  Hdt.  2,  139 ;  and  so  όταν  το 
κακόν  έξίη.  when  the  pain  ceases. 
Soph.  Phii.  767. 

Έξειμι,  from  ειμί,  only  used  in  im- 
pers.  έξεστι,  q.  v. 

Έξειν,  inf  fut.  of  εχω. 

Έξεΐναι,  inf  pres,  of  έξεστι. 

'Εξεΐπον,  inf  έξειπεΐν,  {εκ,  είπον) 
to  speak  out,  IL  9,  61 :  to  utter,  avow, 
proclai7n,  Lat,  effari,  τινί  τι,  11,  24, 
054,  Od,  15,  443;  with  collat.  signf. 
of  betraying  secrets,  like  έξαγγέ/.λω, 
έξαγορενω  :  έξ.  τινά  τι,  to  tell  some- 
thing of  a  person,  Scph,  El,  521 :  to 
tell  in  full,  Thuc,  7,  87, 

^'Εξείρας,  1  aor.  part,  from  έξείρω, 
Hdt, 

Έξειργασμένως,  adv,  part,  perf. 
pass,  from  έξεργάζομαι,  carefully,  ac- 
curately, fully,  Plut. 

Έξείργω,  later  form  ίοτέξέργω,^.ν, 

Έξείρομαι,  Ion.  for  έξέρομαι. 

'Εξειρνω,  Ion.  and  poet,  for  έξερύα, 
Hdt. 

Έ.ξείρω,  {έκ,  είρω)  to  stretch,  put 
out,  Lat.  exsero,  την  χείρα,  Hdt.  3, 
87,  TO  κέντρον,  Ar,  Vesp,  423, — IL  to 
pull  out,  Ar,  Eq.  378. 

Έξειρωνεύομαι,  {έκ,  ειρωνεύομαι) 
dep.,  to  mock,  ridicule,  Joseph. — IL  to 
dissemble,  Id. 

Έξεισθα.  2  sing,  pres,  from  ίξειμι 
for  iffi,  Od,  20,  ]79, 

Έξεκκλησιάζω,  fut,  -άσω.^έκκλη- 
σιάζω,  Arist,  Oee,  2,  14,  The  MSS. 
oft,  give  the  faulty  aor.  έξεκκλησίασα 
for  the  true  one  έξεκλησίασα,  from 
έκκ/.ησ.,  Buttm.  Dem.  Mid.  52,  p.  1C2. 

Έξελαιόω,  ώ,  {έκ,  έλαιόω)  to  make 
oily  or  into  oil,  Theophr.  Pass,  to  be- 
come oily.  Id, 

Έξελΰσία,  ας,  ή,  {έξελαννίύ)  a  dri- 
ving out  cattle,  etc,  Polyb, :  an  expe- 
dition, Vit,  Hom. 

Έξέλάσις.  εως,  ή,  a  driving  out.  ex- 
pulsion, Hdt.  5,  76 ;  6,  88.-11.  intr.  a 
marching  out,  expedition.  Id.  7,  183  : 
and 

^Έξελΰτέος.  a,  ov,  Julian.,  and  e^• 
ελαστέος,  Clem.  Al,,  verb,  adj.,  to  be 
driven  out,  to  be  repelled :  from 

Έξε?Μννω,  fut.  -ελάσω  Att.  -ελώ, 
perf.  -ίξελή/Μκα,  Hom.  has  also  the 
poet.  pres.  έξελάω,  inf  έξε/Μαν,  {έκ, 
έλαύνω)  to  drive  out,  chase,  expel,  c. 
gen.  alone  or  Λvith  έκ,  Hom. ;  έξελ. 
γ'αίης,  to  drive  out  of  the  country,  Od. 
16,  381,  έξελ.  οδόντας  γναθμών,  to 
knock  the  teeth  out  of  his  jaws,  Od. 
18,  29  :  also  in  mid.,"Thuc.  4,  35.-2. 
to  beat,  hammer  out,  of  metals,  Hdt.  1, 
50,  68.-3.  metaph.,  like  ύπελαννειν, 
473 


ΕΞΕΛ 
tn  repel,  slight,  Julian.  Caes.  1,  22. — 
JI.  έξ-  στι)α-όν,  to  lead  out  an  army, 
Hdt.  1.  7  J  ;  7,  38  :  yet  more  usu.  ab- 
soL,  as  if  iiitrans.,  so  Horn,  (though 
in  11.  10,  49U  he  has  ΐ-ττονς  έξί/Άαυ- 
vtv  δμίλου)  has  more  ireq.  έϊί'λαύ- 
νΐΐν  alone  for  to  7narch,  U.  11,  3ϋϋ, 
etc.,  so  too  Hdt.  4,  80  ;  8,  113,  etc. : 
to  ride  out,  sub.  'ίτΐττον,  Thuc.  7,  27, 
and  Xen.  [ύ  in  fut.  and  pcrf  ] 

Έζελύω,  poet,  for  foreg.,  Horn. 

Έξΐλεγκτέος,  a,  ov,  verb.  adj.  from 
sq.,  to  be  refuted,  Plat.  Gorg.  508  A. 

Έξε?^γχω,  f.  -ξω,  strengthd.  form 
of  έ?.έγχω,  to  search  out,  test,  άλύϋεΐ- 
av,  Pmii.  O.  10,  65,  Aesch.,  etc. :  to 
convict,  expose.  Soph.  O.  T.  297,  τινά 
τι,  one  of  a.  thing,  Plat.  Apol.  23  A. : 
esp.  c.  part.,  to  coiwict  one  of  being.., 
έξ.  Tivu  αδύνατον  όντα.  Id.  Gorg.  522 
D  ;  and  so  in  pass.,  Eur.  Hipp.  944  : 
έξελ.  τύχτμ',  to  try  one's  luck,  Polyb. 
Pass,  of  persons,  to  commit  oriels  self, 
be  exposed,  Polyb.  :  of  tilings,  to  be 
proved  against  one,  Thuc.  3,  04. — 2.  ov 
τοντό  γ'  εξελέγχομαι,  I  am  not  to 
blame  in  this,  Eur.  Ei.  30. 

Έξε/^είν,  εξελέσβαι,  inf.  aor.  2  act. 
and  mid.  of  έξαφέω- 

Έξελευθερίκός,  ov,  δ,  of  the  class  of 
frecdmcn  or  their  offspring,  Lat.  tiber- 
finus,  Dion.  H. — II.  as  Άά').,νόμοιέξελ., 
laws  concerning  freedmen,  Dem.  ap. 
Poll.  3,  83:  from 

Έξελενθερος,  ό,  η,  {εκ,  ελεύθερος) 
set  at  liberty,  afrecdman,  Lat.  libertus, 
libertinus,  Cic.  Att.  C,  5,  1. 

Ύ^ξελενΟεροστοαέω,  ώ,  strengthd. 
for  έλευβ.,  Soph.  Aj.  1258. 

Έξε^.ενθερόω,  ώ,  {ίκ,  ελευθερόώ)  to 
free,  set  at  liberty,  δοϋλον,  Dio  C. 

'Έ,ξέλευσις,  εως,  ή,  {εξέρχομαι, 
-ελενσομαι)  α  way  out,  late  word  for 
έξοδος. 

Έξελεύσομαι,  fut.,  έξε?Μεϊν,  inf. 
aor.,  οι  εξέρχομαι. 

Έξελιγμος,  οϋ,  ό,  {εξελίσσω)  an  un- 
folding, esp.  α  military  evolution,  Arr. 

Έξελίκτρα,  ας,  ή,  and  εξέλικτρον, 
ου,  τό,  α  pulley  or  block,  Math.  Vett. 

'Έ,ξέλιξις,  εως,  ή,=  εξελιγμός. 

'Έ,ξελίσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  ί.  -ξω,  {έκ, 
ελίσσω)  to  unroll,  unfold,  undo,  Eur. 
Hipp.  804  :  metaph .  to  explain,  Lat. 
expticare,  θέστΓίσμα,  ?Μγον,  Id.  Supp. 
141,  Ion  397:  έξ.  πόδα,  of  a  dancer, 
Id.  Tro.  3  :  έξ,  τινά  κνκ?.ω,  to  hunt 
one  round  and  round,  Id.  H.  F.  977. 
— Π.  milit.  ίβηη=άνα7Γτνσσειν,  Lat. 
expticare,  to  expand  the  front  by  bring- 
ing up  the  rear  men,  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  5, 
15,  Hell.  4,  3,  18,  cf.  Liv.  44,  37  :  also 
of  ships,  Polyb. 

Έξελκύω,  ώ,  {εκ,  έλκόω)  to  wound, 
tear,  cause  sores,  Diod.  Pass,  to  break 
out  m  sores,  to  σώμα  έξελκοϋται,  Jo- 
seph. 

Έξελκτέον,  verb.  adj.  from  έξέλκω, 
one  must  drag  along,  γόνυ  προς  τι, 
Eur.  El.  491. 

Έξε/.κνσμός,  οϋ,  δ,  a  drawing, pick- 
ing out.  Medic. ;  from 

Έξε?,κύω,—έξέ?>,κω,  Hdt.  2,  70,  etc. 

Έξέλκω,  {έκ,  έλκω)  to  draw,  drag 
out,  Horn.  c.  gen.,  θα?Αμης.  from  its 
hole,  Od.  5,  432,  δουλείας  έξ.,  to  re.i- 
cue  from  slavery,  Lat.  eripere,  Pind. 
P,  1,  140  :  c.  gen.,  to  drag  by  the  hair, 
etc.,  Ar.  Eq.  365,  e  conj.  Pors. — II. 
to  drag  out,  prolong,  Ar.  Pac.  511. 

'Έ,ξέλκωσις,  εως,  ή,  {έξελκόω)  a 
wouruling,  tearing,  Diod. 

'Έξελλεβορίζω,  {έκ,  έλλεβορίζω)  to 
purge  by  hellebore,  τον  νουν.  Arist. 

'Έ,ξε?Μίνί^ω,  {έκ,  έλ?ιηνίζω)  to  make 
quite  Greek,  bvoua  έξ.,  to  trace  it  to  a 
Greek  origin,  Plut. 
476 


ESEP 

Έξέμεν,  Ep.  for  έξεΐναι,  inf  aor.  2 
of  έξίημι,  II. 

'Κξέιιεν,  Ep.  for  ίξειν,  inf.  fut.  of 
(χω.  11. 

Έξεμέω,  ώ,  f.  -έσω,  {έκ,  έμέω)  to 
vomit  forth,  disgorge,  of  Charybdis, 
Od.  12,  237,  437,  cf.  Hes.  Th.  497, 
where  the  strange  aor.  έξήμησε  should 
perh.  be  corrected  έξ/'/μεσσε  ;  metaph. 
to  disgorge  ill-gotten  gear,  Ar.  Acli.  6. 
— 2.  absol.,  to  be  sick,  lb.  580. 

Έξέμμορε,  3  smg.  perf.  2  of  έκμεί- 
ρομαι,  Od.  5,  335. 

Έξεμπεδόω,  ώ,  strengthd,  for  έμ- 
πεδόω,  to  keep  fast  or  strictly  observe, 
συνθήκας,  Xen.  Cyr.  3,  1,  21. 

'Έξεμπολύω,  ώ,  (■  -ήσω.  Ion.  -πο- 
λέω,  strengthd.  for  Ιμπολάω,  κέρδος 
έξ-,  to  drive  a  gainful  trade.  Soph. 
Phil.  3U3  :  έξημπόλημαι,  I  am  bought 
and  sold,  betrayed.  Soph.  Ant.  1030. — 
II.  to  sell  off,  sell  the  whole  stock,  Hdt. 
1,  1. 

Έξεναίρω,  strengthd.  for  έναίρω, 
inf.  aor.  έξεναρεΐν,  Hes.  Sc.  329. 

'Έ.ξεναρίζω,  f.  -ίξω,  strengthd.  for 
έναρίζω,  to  strip  or  spoil  a  foe,  c.  ace. 
pers.,  Hom. :  also,  τενχεα  έξ-,  to  strip 
off  his  arms,  II. :  also  to  slay  in  fight. 
In  Hom.  more  freq.  than  the  simple 
verb. 

ΫΕξενείχθην,  1  aor.  pass.  Ion.  of 
εκφέρω,  Hdt. 

Έξενέπω,  {έκ,  ένέπω)  to  speak  out, 
proclaim,  τι,  Pind.  N.  4,  53  :  έξένεπεν 
Αίγιναν  πάτραν,  declared  Aeg.  (to  be) 
his  country.  Id.  O.  8,  26. 

'Έιξενεχνριάζω,  strengthd.  for  ενε- 
χυριάζω, Diog.  L. 

'Άξέννϋμι,  {έκ,  ίνννμι)  to  take  off, 
as  clothes. 

'Έ.ξεντερίζω,  {έκ,  εντερον)  to  em- 
bowel, take  out  the  inside,  i.  6.  of  plants 
the  pith,  Diosc. 

'Εξεπάδω,  f.  -σω,  strengthd.  for 
έπφδω,  to  soften  or  appease  by  char?ns, 
charm  away.  Plat.  Phaed.  77  E. 
Pass.,  έξεπάδεσθαι  φύσιν,  to  be  charm- 
ed out  of  tfieir  nature,  Soph.  O.  C. 
1194. 

'Έ,ξεπαίρω,  strengthd.  for  έπαίρω, 
to  stir  up,  Ar.  Lys.  623 :  to  puff  up, 
Plut. 

Έξεπερείδω,  strengthd.  for  έπερεί- 
δω,  Polyb.  10,  11,  5,  nisi  legend,  έξ- 
υπερείδω  or  έξερείδω. 

'Έιξεπεύχομαι,  strengthd.  for  έπεν- 
χομαι,  to  boast  loudly  that..,  c.  inf., 
So|ih.  Phil.  668. 

'Έξεπικαιδέκατος,  η,  ον,^έκκαι- 
δέκατος.  Anth. 

Έξεπίσταμαι,  strengthd.  for  έπίσ- 
Tauai,  to  understand,  know  thoroughly 
or'well,  Ti,  Hdt.  2,  43  ;  5,  93,  etc.  ;  c. 
part.,  έξ.  τινά  όντα.  Id,  1,  190;  c. 
inf.,  Sojjh.  Ant.  480,  cf.  έπίσταμαι : 
oft.  with  εύ,  καλώς  έξεπ.,  Hdt.  3, 
146,  Soph.  Ο.  C.  417,  etc.— II.  to  know 
by  heart,  λόγον.  Plat.  Phaedr.  228  C. 

'Έ,ξεπισφράγίζομαι,  {έκ,  επισφραγ- 
ίζω) as  pass.,  to  be  stamped  deep  on, 
Chaerera.  ap.  Ath.  608  C. 

Έξεπίτηδες,  adv.  =  επίτηδες,  on 
purpose,  carefully,  Ar.  Plut.  916. 

^Έξεπιτρέπω,  strengthd.  for  επι- 
τρέπω, Dio  C. 

'Έ,ξεπιτρέχω,  strengthd.  for  επι- 
τρέχω, V.  1.  Arat. 

νΈ.ξΕπλάγ7]ν,  2  aor.  pass,  of  εκ- 
πλήσσω. 

'Εξεπομβρέω,  ώ,  {έκ,  έπομβρέω)  to 
rain  hard  on.  Soph.  Fr.  470. 

Έξέπτη,  3  sing.  aor.  2  of  έκπέτα- 
μαι,  έξίπταμαι.  Hes.  Op.  98. 

Έ,ξεράζω  and  έξεραίνω,  v.  έξεράω. 

Έξέρΰμα,  ατός,  τό,  α  vomit,  thing 
vomited,  Ν.  Τ.,  ubi  al.  έξέρασμα. 

Έξεράω,  also  έξεράζω,  f.  -άσω,  {έκ, 


ΕΞΕΡ 

έράω)  to  evacuate,  esp.  by  purge  or 
vo7nit.  Crates  θηρ-.  1,  Pherecr.  Pers. 
2,  Hipp.,  etc.,  cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  64. — 
2.  metaph.  to  disgorge,  get  rid  of,  τους 
λίθους,  Ar.  Ach.  341  ;  έξ.  τάς  ■ψήφους, 
to  take  the  ballots  fro7n  the  urn,  to 
count  them,  Ar.  Vesp.  993 ;  to  pour 
out,  TO  ύδωρ,  Dem.  963,  10. — The 
form  έξεραίνω  is  dub.  [ασω,  Ar.] 

Έξεργάζυμαι,  f.  -άσομαι,  {έκ,  ερ- 
γάζομαι) dep.  mid.,  to  work  out  and 
out,  finish,  make  complete,  Hdt.  1,  93, 
etc. :  to  bring  to  perfection,  το  ναυτι- 
κόν,  Thuc.  1,  142. — 2.  to  accomplish, 
τέχνην,  Xen. :  to  do,  achieve.  Soph., 
etc. :  to  make,  work,  cause,  τάραχον, 
Xen.  Eq.  9,  4  :  also  c.  dupl.  ace,  κα- 
κόν έξ-  τινά,  Hdt.  6,  3. — 3.  to  contrive, 
manage  that.-,  c.  inf,  Lat.  cfficcre  ut.,, 
Polyb. — 4.  to  ivork  at,  esp.  άγροι  εν 
έξεργασμένοι,  well  cultivated  lands, 
Hdt.  5,  29,  cf.  6,  137.— Both  pres.  έξ- 
εργύζεσθαι  and  esp.  perf  έξεφγάσΟαι 
are  used  both  in  act.  and  pass,  signf., 
Bornem.  Xen.  Symp.  4,  61. — II.  to 
earn- — III.  to  do  away  with,  undo,  de- 
stroy, Lat.  conficere,  esp.  of  men,  to 
overwhelm,  ruin,  Hdt.  4,  134  ;  5,  19, 
ubi  V.  Wessel.  Pass,  έξειργάσμεθα, 
u'e  are  undone,  Lat.  actum  est  de  nobis, 
Eur.  Hipp.  505 :  τα  έξειργασμένα, 
Lat.  res  confectae,  desperate  aliairs, 
Wess.  Hdt.  4,  164  ;  8,  94  ;  έπ'  έξειο- 
γασμένοις,  when  all  is  over,  Valck. 
Hdt.  9,  77,  and  Aesch.     Hence 

'Εξεργασία,  ας,  ή,  a  working  out, 
finisit,  Polyb. — II.  labour  at  a  thing, 
της  γης,  tillage,  App.     Hence 

Έξεργαστικός,  ή,  όν,  able  to  ac- 
complish, Xen.  Mem.  4,  1,  4. 

'Εξέργω,  later  and  Att.  έξείργω,  to 
shut  out,  exclude  from  a  place,  liiit.  3, 
51,  etc.  :  to  hinder,  forbid,  τι,  Eur. 
Andr.  176 ;  to  drive  away,  θύραζε,  Ar. 
Ach.  825.  Pass.,  ΰναγκαίΐ]  έξέργεσ- 
θαι,  to  be  forced  to  a  thing,  εϊς  τι,  or 
c.  inf  Hdt.  7,  90,  139 ;  so,  νόμω  έξ- 
είργεσθαι,  Thuc.  3,  70. 

Έξερεείνω,  {έκ,  έρεείνω)  to  search 
out,  search,  πόρους  αλός,  Od.  12,  259  : 
to  inquire  into  or  after,  Hom.  :  metaph. 
of  a  harp,  to  try  its  tones,  time  it,  H. 
Hom.  Merc.  483.     Ep.  word. 

ΈξεηεΟίζω,  strengthd.  for  ερεθίζω, 
Pind.  P.  8, 10. 

Έξερέθω,  strengthd.  for  έρέθω, 
Anth. 

'Εξερείδω,  strengthd.  for  έρείδω, 
to  prop  up,  Polyb. 

Έξερείπω,  {έκ,  έρείπω)  to  strike 
down,  οζονς  δρυός,  Pind.  P.  4,  409. — 
II.  more  usu.  intr.  in  aor.  2  έξήρϊπον, 
inf  έξερΐπείν :  and  perf.  έξήρΐπα, 
to  fall  to  earth,  II.  14,  414  ;  χαίτη  ζεν- 
γλης  έξεριποϋσα,  the  mane  streaming 
downwards  froin  the  yoke,  II.  17,  410  : 
κάπροι  αυχένας  έξεριπόντες,  letting 
their  necks  fall  on  the  ground,  Hes. 
Sc.  174  ;  to  fall  down,  Hes.  Th.  704, 
in  which  line  the  pres.  pass,  of  the 
simple  is  used  in  same  signf  Most- 
ly Ep. 

Έξέρεισις,  εως,  ή,  {έξερείδω)  a 
propping  :  a  leaning  upon,  Polyb. 

Έξέρεισμα,  ατός,  τό,  {έξερείδω)  a 
prop,  support,  Longin. 

Έξίρέομαι  mid.,  v.  έξερέω. 

Έξερεύγω,  {έκ,  έρενγω)  to  disgorge. 
Pass,  to  be  disgorged,  gush  forth,  Hipp.: 
of  rivers,  to  empty  themselves,  Hdt.  1, 
202. 

'Εξερευνάω,  ώ,  f,  -τ^σω,  to  search 
out,  examine.  Soph,  O.  T.  258,  El. 
1100.     Hence 

'FJξεpεvvr/σις,  εως,  ή,  an  inquiiy,  in- 
vestigation :  and 

'Εξερευνητικός,  ή,  όν,  fit  for  spying. 
out,  good  as  a  scout,  Strao. 


ΕΞΕΡ 

Έξέρενξις,  ΐως,  ή,  {εξερεύγω)  α 
belching,  Aretae. 

Έξερέω.  Att.  contr.  έξερώ,  fut.  of 
έξειττεϊν,  I  will  speak  out,  utter  aloud, 
vToclaim,  II.  8,  286,  Od.  9,  365,  etc. : 
Horn,  has  only  sing.  fut.  ίξερέω,  al- 
ways absol.  Later  we  find  pf.  act. 
έξείρηκα.  Soph.  Tr.  350  ;  pf.  pass,  ές- 
είρητο,  Id.  Ο.  Τ.  984  ;  and  fut.  έξει- 
ηήσεται,  in  pass,  signf ,  Id.  Tr.  1186. 
Not  to  be  confounded  with  sq. 

'Έ,ξερέΐύ,  [εκ,  ερέω,  ερομαι)  to  in- 
quire, search  out,  ask,  only  used  in  pres., 
just=iffpo,«at  (of  which  it  is  the  Ep. 
form)  and  έζερεείνω,  Od.  4,  337;  14, 
375 :  the  act.  only  in  Od.,  but  mid. 
έξερέεσθαι,  both  in  II.  also :  f-ξερή- 
σομηι  φοιτάς,  I  will  ask  you  of  a  man. 
Soph.  Phil.  439.  Not  to  be  confounded 
\vith  foreg. 

Έξερημόω,  ώ,  strengthd.  for  έρη- 
μόω,  δόμον,  Eur.  Andr.  597,  οίκον. 
Plat.,  etc. :  to  destroy  utterly,  γένος. 
Soph.  El.  1010. 

Έξέρησις,  εοις,  -η,  (έξεράω)  a  purge 
or  vomit,  Hipp. 

'Έ,  ξ  ερίζω,  (έκ,  ίρί'ζω)  to  be  contuma- 
cious, resist,  Plut. 

Έξερϊθενομαι,  dep.  {έκ,  ίριθενω) 
έξ-  τοί'ς  νέους,  strictly,  to  make  the 
jOung  oiie's  comrades,  esp.  to  attach 
■them  to  on^^s  self  by  corruption,  Polyb. 

^ΈξερΙνύζω,  f.  -άσω,  {έκ,  έρινάζω) 
■to  impregnate  the  cultivated  fig  by  the 
wild  otte  {έρινός) :  nietaph.  to  ripen. 
Soph.  Fr.  190. 

'Κξεριστής,  ov,  b,  {έξερίζο))  a  sttib- 
bnrn  disputant,  τών  λό)'ων,  Eur.  Supp. 
894. 

'Έ,ξερμηνενω,  {έκ,  ερμηνεύω)  to  in- 
terpret, translate,  Dion.  H. 

Έξέρομαι,  fut.  -ερήσομαι,  dep. 
mid.,  to  question,  inquire  of,  c.  acc. 
pers.  ;  to  search  out,  investigate,  c. 
acc.  rei,  both  in  Hom.,  always  in 
impf  έξείρετο  : — later  c.  gen.  pers.. 
Soph.  Phil.  439.  Ion.  pres.  έξείρο- 
μαι :  in  Hom.  more  freq.  έξερέω  and 
έξερέεσθαι :  akin  to  έξερεείνω. 

'Έ,ξερ-ύζω,  f.  -νσω,—  sq.,  Arist.  H. 
A. 

'Έξέρπω,  {έκ,  Sp—ω)  to  creep  out  of, 
ίκ  τίνος,  Ar.  Nub.  710.•  absol.  to  creep 
out.  Soph.  Phil.  294. — II.  later  transit. 
to  make  to  come  forth,  produce,  βατρά- 
χους, LXX. 

'Έ,ξέ^βω,  only  in  imperat.,  είε^/5ε 
γαίας,  away  out  of  the  land,  Valck. 
Hipp.  973. 

Έξερϋγεΐν,  inf.  aor.  2  of  εξερεύγω. 

Έξερυθριάω,  to  be  very  red,  Hipp. : 
from 

'Έ,ξέρνθρος,  ov,•  {έκ,  ερυθρός)  very 
red,  Hipp.,  v.  Foes.  Oecon. 

'Έξερνκω,  {έκ,  έρύκω)  to  ward  off, 
repel.  Soph.  Phil.  423.  [f•] 

Έξερύω.  f.  -ύσο),  {έκ,  έρύώ)  to  draw 
out  of,  e.  g.  βέλος  ωμού,  δόρυ  μηρού, 
etc.,  II. :  Ιχθύας  θα7Λσσης  δίκτύω, 
Od.  22,  386 :  also  to  snatch  out  of, 
τόξον  χειρός,  II.  23,  870  :  but,  ποδός 
TLva  έξ;  to  drag  one  away  by  the  foot, 
II.  10,  490  :  absol.,  to  tear  out,  tear  quite 
aivay,  Od.  18,  87  :  to  draw  out,  την 
γ'λύσσαν,  Hdt.  2,  38,  in  Ion.  form  έ^'- 
ειρνσας. 

'Έ,ξέρχομαι,  dep.  c.  fut.  -ε2,εύσομαι, 
aor.  -ή7Λ)θον,  usu.  -■i}?Mov,  {έκ,  έρ- 
χομαι) to  go  out,  come  out  of,  usu.  c. 
gen.  loci,  Hom.  (who  however  has 
only  the  syncop.  aor.) :  to  go  away, 
march  off,  of  military  movements,  11. 
9,  576  :  usu.  c.  gen.  loci,  Hom.,  etc. ; 
also  έκ-.,  Hdt. :  very  rarely  c.  acc, 
like  Lat.  egredi,  έξήλθον  την  ΤΙερσί- 
6a  χώραν,  Hdt.  7,  29  ;  but  c.  acc. 
cognate,  to  go  out  on,  έξ.  εξοδον,  Xen. 
Hell.  1,  2, 17,  στοατείαν,  Aeschin.  50. 


ΕΞΕΤ 

34 ;  and  so  έξ.  ύεΘ?.α,  to  go  through 
them.  Soph.  Tr.  505  :  έξέρχεσθαι  εις 
τι,  to  go  away  to,  Xen.,  etc. ;  but  έξ- 
έρχεσθαι εις  τινας,  to  come  out  of  one 
class  into  another,  as  εις  τους  έφηβους, 
opp.  to  έκ  τύν  έφηβων,  Xen.  Cyr.  1, 
2,  12 :  εΙς  έλεγχρν,  to  stand  forth  and 
come  to  the  trial,  Eur.  Ale.  640;  έξ. 
έττί  τίνος,  to  go  in  quest  of..,  Soph. 
Phil.  43  :  but  έξ.  έττι  πλείστον,  to  go 
the  greatest  lengths,  Thuc.  1,  70. — 
II.  of  time,  to  come  to  an  end,  pass,  ex- 
pire, Hdt.  2,  139,  and  Att.— III.  of 
prophecies,  etc.,  to  be  accomplished, 
come  true,  Lat.  exire,  evenire,  Hdt.  6, 
108:  in  genl.  to  reach  its  end,  έξ7/?.θε 
μήνις.  Id.  7,  137 :  hence  of  persons, 
έξε?Μεΐν  σαφής,  to  come  out,  turn  out 
correct,  Soph.  O.  T.  1011 :  cf.  έξήκω. 
—IV.  to  be  brought  out,  of  an  army,  to 
be  brought  together  and  march,  Xen. 
Hell.  1,2,  17. 

'Έξερώ,  V.  the  first  έξερέω. 

'Έ,ξερωέω,  ω,  fut.  -ήσω,  (έκ,  έρωέω) 
to  swerve  from  the  course,  of  shy  horses, 
έξηρώησαν,  II.  23,  468 :  c.  gen.,  κε- 
λεύθου,  Theocr.  25, 189. 

Έξερωτύω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {έκ,  ερωτάω) 
to  search  out,  γενεύν,  Pind.  P.  9,  79  : 
c.  acc.  pers.,<o  question, Eur.  Palam.4. 

Έξεσθίω,  f.  έξέδομαι,  perf.  έξεδτ}- 
δοκα,  (έκ,  έσθίω)  to  eat  out,  to  eat  up, 
τούφον,  Αγ.  Eq.  1032,  έξ.  τι  έκ  τίνος, 
Id.  Vesp.  925  :  to  eat  away,  cotisufne, 
Arist.  H.  Α.,  cf.  έξέδω. 

Έξέσθω,=  {oτeg.,  Aesch.  Cho.  275. 

Έξεσία,  ας,  ή,  {έξίημι)  a  sending 
out,  7nission,  embassy,  Hom.  only  in 
phrase  έξεσίην  έ?Μεΐν,  Lat.  legationem 
obire,  cf  άγγελίην  έλθεϊν,  II.  24,  235, 
Od.  21,20. 

'Έξεσις,  εως,  ^,=foreg.,  esp.  a  dis- 
77iissal:  έξ.τής γυναικός,  divorce,  Hdt. 
5,  40. 

'Έξεστι,  έξέσται,  έξην,  impers.,  the 
only  person  in  use  of  έξειμι  {έκ, 
ειμί) :  also  optat.  έξείη  :  sub.  έξτι  : 
int.  έξειναι :  it  is  allowed,  it  is  in  one''s 
power,  is  possible,  c.  inf.,  Hdt.,  1,  183, 
etc. ;  c.  dat.  pers.  et  inf ,  Id.  1,  138, 
etc. ;  but  also  c.  acc.  pers.  et  inf,  Ar. 
Ach.  1079 :  part,  εξόν.  Ion.  έξεόν, 
absol.  nom.,  it  being  possible,  allowed, 
etc..  Since  it  is  or  was  so,  Hdt.  4,  126. 

Έξέσσΰτο,  sync.  aor.  mid.  of  έκ- 
σενω,  Horn. 

Έξεστις,  ιος,  ή,  v.  έξαστις. 

Έξεστραμμένως,  adv.  part,  perf 
pass,  from  έκστρέφω,  reversely,  strange- 
ly, perversely. 

'ίΕξετάζο),  fut.  -άσω,  poet,  -άσσω. 
Dor.  -άζω,  Att.  -ετώ,  {έκ,  ετάζω)  ίο 
examine  well  or  closely,  of  persons, 
Theogn.  1010,  Hdt.  3,  62,  etc. :  hence 
to  question,  τινά  περί  τίνος.  Plat. 
Phaedr.  258  D  ;  esp.  by  the  torture, 
Dem.  1124,  21  ;  hence  also,  αμαρτή- 
ματα ακριβώς  έξ.,  to  exarytine  a7id  judge 
strictly,  Isocr.  152  D  :  of  things,  to 
search  out,  inquire  itito,  Xen.  Mem.  2, 
2,  13  :  and  absol.  to  inqtiire.  Soph.  Aj. 
586  ;  foil,  by  a  relative,  έξ.  όστις  έστι, 
Dem.  1126,  13.— 2.  of  troops,  esp.  cav- 
alry, to  inspect,  review,  ξνμμαχίαν, 
Thuc.  2,  7,  etc. — II.  to  prove  clearly,  to 
test,  as  gold ;  hence  to  estimate,  τι  προς 
τι,  one  thing  by  another,  Dem.  67,  16  ; 
hence  to  compare.  Id.  1485,  17;  esp., . 
παρ'  ά2.λή?.ονς  έξ.,  Isocr.  160  Ε. — 2. 
to  allow,  admit,  prove  07i  trial ;  usu.  in 
pass,  to  be  proved  or  shown,  τι  πεποι- 
ηκώς,  Dem.  ;  to  stand  the  trial,  to  be 
proved  u-orthy,  έξετάζεσθαι  φίλος,  Eur. 
Ale.  1011  ;  to  be  proved,  exposed,  Dem. 
795,  8  ;  c.  gen.,  τών  έχθρων  έξετ.,  to 
be  exa7nined.  and  SO  reckoned  a7nnng 
them,  Id.  434,  23 :  hence  to  belong  to 
a  party,  Dion.  H.  ;'alsoin  genl.=Lat.  , 


ESET 

censeri,  Plut. :  in  genl.  to  present  one^s 
self,  appear  before  the  court,  προς  τίνα, 
Dem.  980,  5.  Cf.  the  Lat  phrases 
versari,  censeri,  7iumerari  inter..  The 
compds.  more  freq.  in  Att.  than  the 
simple  verb.     Hence 

Έξέτΰσις,  εως,  ή,  a  searching  out, 
examination.  Plat.  Theaet.  210  C  :  a 
military  inspection  or  review,  hence  έξ. 
όπλων,  'ίππων  ποιεΐσθαι,  to  hold  a  re- 
view of..,  Thuc.  4,  74  ;  6,  45  ;  ποιεΐν, 
Xen.  An.  1,  2,  14. 

Έξετασμός,  οΰ,  ό,=  έξέτασις,  Dem. 
230,  14. 

'Εξεταστέον,  verb.  adj.  from  εξε- 
τάζω, one  mtist  search  out,  etc.,  Plat. 
Rep.  599  A. 

Έξεταστήριον,  ov,  τό,  a  test,  proof, 
Eccl. 

'Εξεταστής,  ov,  6,  {εξετάζω)  an  ex- 
aminer:  ail  auditor  of  ptiblic  accounts, 
Arist.  Pol. :  esp.  at  Athens,  an  officer 
who  checked  the  amoxmtpaid  to  the  ξένοι, 
by  the  muster-roll,  Aeschin.  16,  7,  v. 
Bockh  P.  E.  1,  389. 

'Εξεταστικός,  ή,  όν,  (εξετάζω)  able 
at  examining  into,  τινός,  Xen.  Mem.  1, 
1,  7 :  absol.  i7iquiring,  Xen.  Oec.  12, 
19. — II.  TO  έξ.,  sub.  άpγvpιov,the  sal- 
art/  of  an  εξεταστής,  Dem.  107,  17. 
Adv.  -κώς,  Dem.  215,  9. 

Έξέτεροι,  ai,  a,  {έκ,  έτερος)  others, 
S07ne  others,  Nic,  USU.  μετεξέτεροι. 

'Εξέτης,  ες,  or  έξετής,  ες,  {έξ,  έτος) 
six  years  old,  11.  23,  206,  055 :  also 
fem.  έξέτις,  ιδος,  ή. 

Έξέτι,  prep.  c.  gen.  even  7i7itil  now, 
Hom.  :  έξέτι  τού  δτε-,  even  from  the 
time  when..,  11.  9,  106  ;  έξέτι  πατρών^ 
even  from  the  father's  time,  Od.  8,  245: 
in  full  it  would  be,  έτι  έξ  εκείθεν,  as 
έξέτι  κεϊθεν  is  found  in  Call.  Dian. 
103. 

Έξενγενίζω,^ενγενίζω,  Eccl. 

Έξενθύνω,  strengthd.  for  ευθυνω, 
Plat.  Legg.  945  D. 

Έξενκρΐνέω,  ώ,  strengthd.  for  εν• 
κρινέω,  to  fit  together,  e.  g.  set  bones, 
Hipp. :  έξ.  τάς  διαφοράς,  to  treat  them 
systematically,  Polyb. 

Έξενλΰβέομαι,  strengthd.  for  εν- 
7,αβέομαι,  to  beware,  be  very  ca7ttious  of, 
έξ.  TovTO  μή..,  Eur.  Andr.  645 ;  with 
μή  alone,  Aesch.  Fr.  181  ;  and  with- 
out it.  Plat.  Legg.  905  A. 

Έξενμάρίζω,  [έκ,  ενμαρίζω)  to  make 
light  or  easy,  lighten,  Eur.  H.  F.  18. 
—II.  in  mid.  to  get  ready,  prepare,  hat. 
expedire,  lb.  81. 

'Εξευμενίζω,  strengthd.  for  εϋμενί- 
ζω,  Plut. 

Έξεννονχίζω,  strengthd.  for  ευνου- 
χίζω, Plut. 

Έξενπορέω,  ώ,  ( έκ,  εΰπορίω)  to 
contrive,  get  ready,  τι,  Plat.  Legg.  918 
C  :  absol.  to  be  ready,  lb.  861  Β  :  the 
form  έξενπορίζω,  is  barbarous,  v. 
Schaf.  Mel.  p.  7. 

Έξενρεμα,  ατός.  τό,  {εξευρίσκω)^ 
έξενρημα,  ν.  Lob.  Phryn.  445. 

Έξενρεσις,  εως,  ή,  {εξευρίσκω)  α 
searching  out,  Hdt.  1,  07  :  α  finding 
out,  invention,  Id.  1,  94. 

Έξενρετέον,  verb.  adj.  of  εξευρίσ- 
κω, one  must  find  out,  Plat.  Rep.  380 
A. 

Έξευρετικός,  -ή,  όν,  {εξευρίσκω)  in- 
ventive, ingenious,  Μ.  Anton. 

Έξεύρημα,  ατός,  τό,  α  thing  found 
out,  an  invention,  contrivance,  Hdt.  1, 
53,  94,  etc.     From 

'Εξευρίσκω,  f.  -ρήσω,  aor.  έξεϋρον, 
{έκ,  ευρίσκω)  to  find  out,  discover,  II. 
18,  322:  to  invent,  Hdt.  1,8;  4,61, 
etc  :  c.  inf,  Hdt.  1,  196,  Soph.  O.  T. 
120. — 2.  to  seek  out,  search  after,  Hdt. 
7.  1 19. — 3.  to  find  out,  win,  get,  κράτος, 
Pmd.  I.  8  (7),  8,  άλγος,  Soph.  Tr.  25: 
477 


ΕλΗΓ 

also  in  mid.,  έ^αυρέσθαί  πα7.αίσματα, 
Theocr.  2t.  112. 

Έξί-υτελίζίο,  strengthd.  for  εντελί- 
ζω,  Plut.     Hence 

Εξευτελισμός,  ov,  d,  strengthd. 
for  ευτελισμός,  Dion.  H. 

'Έ.ξεντονέω,  ώ,  strengthd.  for  εντο- 
νέω,  to  be  able  to  hold  out,  Arr. 

Έξtυrpε■κίζω,  strengthd.  for  εντρε- 
πίζω,  Eur.  El.  75. 

'Έ,ξεύχομαι,  φι,  ενχομαι)  dep.,  to 
boast  aloud,  proclaim,  τι.  Find.  O.  13, 
85 :  ίξ.  τι  (είναι)  to  boast  that.., 
Aesch.  Ag.  533 ;  also,  έξ.  Άργεΐαι 
γένος,  ive  boast  to  be  Argives,  Id.  Supp. 
275. — II.  to  pray,  long  for,  Id.  Cho. 
215. 

Έξέφηβος,  ov,  6,  {έκ,  Ιφηβος)  one 
who  is  beyond  the  age  of  an.  έφηβος, 
Cnnsorin. 
\Έξέφθινται,  3  plur.  pcrf.  pass,  of 
έκφθίνω,  Aesch. 

ί'Εξέφθϊτο,  3  sing,  plqpf.  pass,  of 
έκφθίνω,  Od. 

Έξεώίημι,=έφίημι,  esp.  in  mid.  έξ- 
εφίεμαι,  to  enjoin,  urge,  bid,  c.  inf., 
Soph.  Aj.  795.  [φι  Att.] 

Έξεχέβρογχος,  ov,  {ίξεχής,  βρόγ- 
χος) having  the  thyreoid  cartilage  (Ad- 
am's apple),  prominent,  Hipp. 

'Έιξεχέγ'λουτος,  ov,  {έξεχής,  γλου- 
τός) with  prominent  buttocks,  Hipp. 

Έξεχτ/ς,  ες,  (εξέχω  II.)  standing  out, 
proininent,  Aretae. 

t'Eff rpn,  3  sing.  impf.  from  έκχράω, 
Sopk  0.  C.  87.  ^ 

Εξέχω,  {έκ,  εχω)  to  stand  out  or 
project  from,  τίνος,  Ar.  Vesp.  1377  : 
absol.  to  standout,  Plat.,  etc.  :  esp.  of 
the  sun,  to  shine  out,  appear,  ην  έξέχτ) 
εϊλη  κατ'  δμθρον,  Ar.  Vesp.  771,  and 
so  proverb.,  έξεχ'  ώ  φίλ'  ήλιε,  shine 
out,  fair  sun,  Ar.  Fr.  316 ;  ττρίν  έξ. 
ηλιον,  from,  before  sunrise,  ap.  Dem. 
1071,  3  :  so  later  in  pass.,  LXX. — 2. 
metaph.  to  be  distinguished. — II.  mid. 
to  cling  to,  τινός,  LXX. 

Έξέψω,  f.  -ε-φήσω,  {έκ,  έφω)  to  boil 
thoroughly,  Hdt.  4,  Gl.  Pass,  to  be 
boiled  away,  Arist.  Meteor. 

Έξηβος,  ov,  (έκ,  ηβη)  past  one's 
youth,  (i.  e.  ace.  to  Hesych.  35  years 
old),  also  έξωρος,  Aesch.  Thcb.  11. 

'Εξηγέομαι,  fut.  -ήσομαι,  (έκ,  ηγέ- 
ομαι)  dep.  mid.  To  lead,  command,  be 
leader  of,  c.  gen.  pers.,  II.  2,  800. — 2. 
c.  ace.  pers.,  to  manage,  govern,  freq. 
in  Time,  as  1,  76,  95,  v.  Poppo  vol. 
1,  p.  130. — II.  to  go  first,  lead  the  way, 
H.  Horn.  Bacch.  lOi  Hdt.  I,  151,  etc. : 
hence — 2.  c.  dat.  pers.  et  ace.  rci,  to 
show  one  the  way  in  a  thing,  Hdt.  6, 
135 ;  and  so  c.  dat.  pers.  only,  to  go 
before,  lead,  τοις  ξνμμώχοις,  Thuc.  3, 
35,  etc.;  also  to  teach,  Eur.;  or  c. 
ace.  reionly,  to  point  out,  τι.  Soph.  O. 
C.  1284  ;  to  command,  τι,  Hdt.  5,  23. 
■ — 3.  c.  dat.  pers.  et  gen.  rei,  έξ.  τινί 
της  πράξεως.  Xen.  Cyr.  2,  1,  21.— 4. 
έξ.  εις  την  Έ?ι?υύδα.  ίο  lead  an  army 
into  Greece,  Xen.  An.  6,  6,  34.— III. 
esp.  like  Lat.  praeire  verbis,  to  prescribe 
or  dictate  a  form  of  words,  Hdt.  2,  3, 
Dein.  363,  18  :  έξηγού  θεούς,  dictate, 
name  them,  Eur.  Med.  745. — 2.  to  ex- 
pound, interpret,  τα  νόμιμα,  Dem. 
1160,  10;  άγραφοι  νόμοι  καθ'  ους 
Ένμολττίδαι  εξηγούνται,  according  to 
which  they  expound  things,  Lys.  101, 
9  :  hence — 3.  absol.  to  give  the  form  to 
be  observed  in  religious  ceremonies. 
Soph.  O.  C.  1284,  etc.— 4.  c.  inf ,  to 
order  one  to  do.  Aesch.  Euni.  595 :  cf. 
εξηγητής. — -IV.  to  tell  at  length,  nar- 
rate, describe,  τι,  Hdt.  3,  4  ;  also  foil, 
by  relat.,  έξ.  δτω  τρόπω,  etc..  Id.  3, 
72,  etc.  :  also,  ίξ.  περί  τίνος,  Plat., 
and  Xen.  Hence 
478 


ΕΞΗΛ 

Έξήγημα,  ατός,  τό,  an  exposition, 
declaration,  etc. :  and 

'Κξήγησις,  εως,  ή,  a  statement,  nar- 
rative, Thuc.  1,  73  :  an  explaining,  ex- 
planation, περί  τίνος,  Plat.  Legg.  631 
D :  cf  sq. 

'Εξηγητής,  ov,  6,  (έξηγέομαι)  one 
who  leads  on,  a  guide,  counsellor,  πραγ- 
μάτων αγαθών,  Hdt.  5,  31  :  in  genl. 
a  deviser,  plotter,  Dem.  928,  20. — II. 
an  expounder,  explainer,  interpreter,  Lat. 
enarrator.  esp.  of  oracles  or  omens, 
Hdt.  1,  78  ;  or  in  genl.,  as  at  Athens, 
of  sacred  laws,  rites,  or  customs,  p.  g. 
of  burial,  Lat.  interpretes  rcligionum, 
Isao.  73,  24,  cf  έξηγέομαι  in.,lluhnk. 
Tim.,  and  Miiller  Aesch.  Eum.  iji  74 
sq. — 2.  later  the  word  was  used  of 
the  περιηγηταί,  or  the  Ciceroni. 
Hence 

ΈξηγΊ]Τΐκός,  ή,  όν,  interpreting,  ex- 
pository, Gramm. 

'Κξηγορία,  ας, ή,  (έξαγορεύω) praise, 
triumjili,  LXX. 

Έξηθέω,  ώ,  (έκ,  ηθέώ)  to  sift,  filter, 
purify,  Theophr. 

νΫ,ξηκεστίδης,  ov,  6,  Execestides, 
father  of  Solon,  Plut.  Sol.  1.— 2.  a 
barbarian  who  passed  himself  off  at 
Athens  as  an  Athenian,  Ar.  Av.  11, 
764.  Prop,  patron,  from 
νΕξήκεατος,  ου.  ό,  Execestus,  a  Sy- 
racusan,  father  of  the  commander 
Sicanus,  Thuc.  6,  73. — 2.  an  Athen- 
ian physician,  Dem.  379,  16. — 3.  of 
Lampsacus,  slew  Philiscus  tyrant  of 
Lampsacus,  Id.  666,  fin. 

Έξήκοντα,  ol,  at,  τά,  indecl.  {έξ) 
sixty,  Hom. 

'Εξηκονταέτης,  ες,  {έξήκοντα,  έτος) 
sixty  years  old,  Solon   1,  4.     Hence 

Έξηκονταετία,  ας,  ή,  a  period  of  six- 
ty years,  Plut.  Cic.  25. 

Έξηκοντύκις,  and  poet,  -άκι,αάν., 
sixty  times.  Pind.  O.  13,  141. 

Έξηκοντύκλίνος,  ov,  (έξήκοντα, 
κλίνη)  with  60  couches  or  seats,  Diod. 

Έξηκοντύπηχνς,  ν,  (έξήκοντα,  πή- 
χνς)  <!ixty  cubits  long,  Ath. 

Έξηκοντάς,  ύδος,  ή,  the  number  six- 
ty.— 2.  a  sixtieth  part,  Strab. 

'Ε,ξηκονταστάδιος,  ov,  (έξήκοντα, 
στάδιον)  of  sixty  siades,  Strab. 

Έξηκοντατάλαντία,  ας,  ή,  {έξήκον- 
τα, τύλαντον)  α  sum  of  sixty  talents 
raised  by  a  body  of  men  (συμμορία) 
for  the  service  of  the  state,  Dem. 
183,  8. 

'Εξηκοντοντης,ες,^έξηκονταέτης, 
Plat.  Legg.  755  A. 

Έ.ξηκοσταΙος,  aiu,  alov,  on  the  six- 
tieth day,  Hipp. 

'Εξηκοστός,  ή,  όν,  sixtieth,  Hdt.  6, 
126. 

Έξηκρίβωμένως,  adv.  part,  perf 
pass,  from  έξακριβύω,  stricthj. 

Έξήκω,ί.  -ξω,  {έκ.  ήκω)  to  have  gone 
out,  to  have  come  to  a  point,  where.., 
Sojih.  Tr.  1157;  c.  ace.  cognato,  έξ. 
όδόν.  Id.  El.  1318.- II.  esp.  of  time, 
to  have  run  out,  expired,  to  be  over,  Hdt. 
2,  111,  Soph.,  etc.:  so,  μοίρα  βίου 
έξήκει,  Soph.  Ant.  896. — 2.  also  of 
prophecies,  dreams,  etc.  to  come  to  an 
accomplishment,  turn  out  true,  Hdt.  1, 
120  ;  6,  80,  cf.  εξέρχομαι  III.  The 
pres.  always  has  pert,  signf 

Έξήλάσα,  ας,  ε,  aor.  1  οί  έξε?Μννω, 
poet,  έξήλασσα,  Hom. 

Έξήλΰτος,  ov,  (έξελαννω)  beaten 
nut,  hammered,  of  metal,  in  II.  12,  295, 
ασπίδα  έξήλατον,  explained  by  wliat 
loUovvs,  ήν  άρα  χαλκενς  ήλασεν :  the 
v.  I.  έξήλ.  of  six  plates,  is  of  no  value. 

Έξήλθον,  ες,  ε,  aor.  2  of  εξέρχομαι. 

Έξηλΐάζω.  {έκ,  ή?.ιάζω)  to  set  in  the 
sun  :  to  rrurifi/  or  hang  in  the  open  air, 
LXX.,  cf  Hdt.  3,  124,  sq. 


ΕΞΙΑ 

^ΕξήλΙκα,  perf.  act.  of  έξαλίνδω, 
Ar.  Nub.  32. 

'Ε^?;λ<όω,  ώ,  (έκ,  ηλιόω)  to  make 
sunny,  pass,  to  be  sunny,  light,  Plut. 

Έξηλλαγμένως,  adv.  part.  perf. 
pass,  from  έξαλ?\,άσσω,  strangely,  unu- 
sually, Diod. 

Έξήλνσις,  εως,  η,  (εξέρχομαι)  a  go- 
ing out :  a  way  out,  Hdt.  7,  130. 

Έξήμαρ,  ady.{έξ.ήμap)for  six  days, 
six  days  long,  Od.  10,  80.     Only  poet. 

Έξημαρτημένως,  adv.  part.  perf. 
pass,  from  έξαμαρτάνω ,  wrongly ,  to  no 
purpose.  Plat.  Legg.  891  D. 

ί'Εξήμβλωσα,  1  aor.  and  έξήμβλυ, 
3  sing.  2  aor.  of  έξαμβ'λίσκω. 

Έξημερόω,  ώ,  strengthd.  forr/iiepou, 
to  tame  or  reclaim  quite,  YUpov,  Hdt.  1, 
126  :  έξημ.  γαΐαν,  to  Iree  from  wild 
beasts,  Eur.  H.  F.  20,  852 :  metaph. 
to  soften,  civilise,  Polyb.     Hence 

'Εξημέρωσις,  εως,  ή,  strengthd.  for 
ήμέρωσις,  Plut. 

'Εξήμησε,  aor.  of  έξεμέω,  q.  v. 

Έξη/ιοιβός,  όν,  (έξαμειβω)  quite 
changed,  έξ.  εϊματα,  changes  of  rai- 
ment, Od.  8,  249. 

'ΕξΊ]νεγκα  and  έξήνεγκον,  aor.  1 
and  2  of  εκφέρω. 

Έξήνιος.  ov,  {έκ,  ηνία,)  unbridled, 
uncontrollable,  Plut. 

Έξήπίίφον,  ες,  ε,  aor.  2  of  έξαπα- 
φίσκω,  Od. 

Έξηπειρόω,  ώ,  strengthd.  for^Trei- 
ρόω,  Strab. 

Έξηπεροπενω,  {έκ,  ήπεροπεύω)  to 
cheat  utterly,  Ar.  Lys.  840. 

Έξηπιαλέω,  ώ,  to  have  αηήπίαλος, 

Έ!;ηπιάλόω,  ώ,  to  change  into  an 
ήπίαλος,  Hipp.,  in  pass. 

Έξήραμμαι,  perf  pass,  from  ξηραί- 
νω. 

Έξηράνθη,  3  aor.  1  pass,  from  ξηρ- 
αίνω, II. 

Έξήρΰτο,  3  aor.  mid.  from  εξαίρω, 
Od. 

Έξήρετμος,  ov,  (έξ,  έρετμός)  of  six 
oars,  Anth. 

Έξήρης,  ες,  with  six  banks  of  oars  , 
hence,  έξηρικον  πλοΐον,  Polyb.,  also 
έξη  ρις,  ίδος,  ή,  a  six-banked  galley. 
{*άρω  '.) 

Έξηρώησα,  aor.  1  from  έξερωέω,  II. 

Έξης,  adv.  (έχω,  έξω)  one  after  ano- 
ther, in  order,  in  a  row,  Od.  4,  449 
(though  more  freq.,  and  always  in  II., 
in  poet. form  έξείης),  and  freq.  in  Att., 
as,  έξης  έξεσται  διέρχεσθαι,  ?ιέγειν, 
etc.  :  post-Hom.  also  of  time,  there- 
after, next,  Aesch.  Fr.  209  :  ή  έξ.  ήμε- 
ρα, Plat.,  etc. — II.  c.  gen.,  7iext  to,  τι- 
νός, Ar.  Ran.  765,  Plat.  Rep.  ,390  A  : 
and  C.  dat.,  έξης  τινι,  suitabh/  to..,  Ar. 
Lys.  633,  Plat.  Crat.399  D,  "etc.— IIL 
0,  ή,  TO  έξης.  the  next  in  order.  Plat., 
etc. :  TO  έξης,  the  grammatical  order 
of  the  words,  Gramm. :  but  καΐ  τά 
έξης,  and  so  forth,  Lat.  et  cetera. 

'Εξητασμένως,αάν.  part,  perf  pass, 
from  εξετάζω,  accurately,  M.  Anton. 

Έξητριάζω,  {έκ,  ήτριον)  to  filter, 
Hipp. 

Έξηττάομαι,  strengthd.  for  7/ττάο- 
μαι,  Plut. 

Έξηχέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (έκ,  ήχέω)  to 
sound  forth,  be  heard,  LXX  :  C.  acc. 
cognato.  Ιηιηαύ.. ,  TO κνκνεων  έξηχειν, 
to  sound  forth  the  swan's  song,  i.  e. 
give  vent  to  dying  prayers,  Polyb.  30, 
4,  7.  _ 

"Έ,ξηχος,  OV,  (έκ,  ήχος)  rudely  sound- 
ing :    metaph.  stupid. 

Έξιύομαι,  ί\\1.-άσομαι.  {έκ,  ίάημαι) 
dep.  mid.,  to  cure  thoroughly,  Hdt.  3, 
132,  Plat.,  etc.  :  to  make  full  amend.•! 
for,  την  β7.ύβ7]ν.  Plat.  Legg.  879  A. 
[for  quantity,  v.  ίάομαι-Ί 


ΕλΙΛ 

Έξΐδεΐν,  inf.  οίίξΐΐδον,  q.  ■».'. 
^Εξίόΐάζομαι,  as  mid.,  (έκ,  ίι^ιάζω) 
to  appropriate  to  one^s  self,  make  one's 
own,  Diphil.  ap.  A.  B.,  and  Polyb.,  cf. 
Lob.  Phr>-n.  199. 

Έξΐδίασμός,  οϋ,  ό,  an  appropriation, 
seizure,  Strab. 

Έξΐόϊόομαι,  —  εξιδίύζομαι,    Isocr. 
241  D,  Xen.  Hell.  2,_  4,  8.  _ 
'Έ.ξΐόϊθ7Γθΐέομαι,=έξί('>ιάζομαί,Ό\οά. 
'Εξίδίω,  f.  -ί'σω,  (e/c,  ίδίω)  to  exiide : 
in  Ar.  Av.  791,  euphem.  for  τιλαν-  \_δί] 
Έξίδρόω,  w,=foreg.,  Hipp. 
'Έΐξίδρνω,  f.  -νσω,  ['εκ.  ιδρύω)  to  set 
down  to  rest,  Soph.  O.  C.  11. — Mid.  to 
establish  one's  self,   also,   ΐξ.  βίοτον, 
'Eur.  Incert.  134.  [ϋω,  ίσω] 

'Έ,ξίδρωΰΐς.  εως,  ή,  {έξιδpόω)asweat, 
perspiration,  Plut. 

'Εξίημι,  f.  -ήσω,  (Ικ,  ΐημι)  to  send 
out,  dispatch,  II.  11,  141  (in theunique 
Ep.  inf.  aor.  2  act.  έξέμεν  for  έξείναι, 
cf.  έπι-ροέμεν) ;  έξ.  τινά  ίπί,  Hdt.  3, 
146 :  έ^.  ίστίον,  to  let  out  the  sail, 
Find.  P.  1,  177  ;  πάντα  κάλων  έξ.  to 
let  out  all  the  cable,  i.  e.  take  every 
advantage,  Eur.  Med.  278,  cf.  H.  F. 
837  :  but,  κύ?Μς  έξίησι  στράτευμα, 
the  (loosed)  cable  lets  the  army  start. 
Id.  Tro.  94  :  to  throw  out  or  forth,  άφ- 
ρόν,  Eur.  Bacch.  1122  :  to  takeout  of, 
TL  εκ  Τίνος,  Hdt.  2,  87. — II.  intr.  to 
run.  out,  of  rivers,  to  empty  themselves, 
Hdt.  1,6, (in  3 sing,  εξίει,ν.  Schweigh. 
ad  1,  180.) — B.  mid.  to  put  off  from 
one's  self,  get  rid  of,  oft.  m  Horn,  (in 
tmesis)  in  phrase,  ττόσιος  καΙ  ίδητύος_ 
έξ  ερον  εντο  ;  so  too,  'εττην  yoov  έξ 
ερυν  εΐην,  II.  24,  227  ;  έξ  'ερον  ίέμενος, 
TheOgIL  1060. — 2.  to  send  from  one's 
self,  divorce,  γυναίκα,  Hdt.  5,  39.  [ΐη 
Ep.,  Ιη  Att.] 

Έξΐθννω,  {εκ,  ιθύνω)  to  make  smooth, 
straight,  στάβα-ΐ] δόρυ νήϊον,  II.  15,  410. 
— II.  to  direct,  [ϋ] 

Έξΐκετενω,  strengthd.  for  Ικετεύω, 
Soph.  0.  Τ.  760. 

Έξικμάζω,  f.  -άσω,  (έκ,  ίκμάζω)  ίο 
draw  out  the  moisture  of,  dry  thorousihhj. 
Flat.  Tim.  33  C,  and  Arist. :  Eur. 
Andr.  398  is  corrupt.     Hence 

Έξίκμάσις,  εως,  ή,  a.  drying,  late 
word. 

Έξικνέομαι,  f.  έξίξοιιαι :  aor.  eii- 
κόμην,  (έκ,  ίκνίομαι)  dlep.  mid.  To 
reach,  get  at  a  place,  Horn,  always  in 
aor.  and  c.  ace.  :  esp.  to  arrive  at  last 
at,  II.  9,  479. — 2.  of  objects,  to  arrive 
at,  attain,  come  up  to,  c.  gen.,  Seidl. 
Eur.  El.  607  :  to  be  sufficient  for,  προς 
τον  ύεθλον,  Hdt.  4,  10. — 3.  of  things, 
to  reach,  of  an  arrow,  δσον  τόξενμα 
έξίκν.  Hdt.  4.  139  ;  of  sight,  έπΙ  πο?.- 
λά  στάδια  έξ.  Xen.  Mem.  1,  4,  17. — 
4.  εργφ  έξ.  τι,  to  execute,  accmnplish, 
Thuc.'l,  70,  cf.  Plat.  Prot.  311  D. 

'Έξίκω,  ί.  -ξω,  poet,  for  έξήκω :  to 
tnrn  out,  Orph.,  and  v.  1.  in  Soph.  O. 
T.  1182.  [i] 

Έ^ίλαρόω,  ώ,  (έκ,  ϋ.αρόω)  to  cheer, 
Ath. 

'Έξίλΰσις,  εως.  η,  an  appeasing, 
atonement,  LXX.  [ϊ'λ]  :  from 

'Έξίλάσκομαι,  f.  -ύσομαι  [ΰ],  dep. 
mid.  (έκ,  ίλάσκομαι)  To  appease, 
win  over,  τινά,  Orac.  ap.  Hdt.  7,  141. 
Hence 

'Έξίλασμα,  ατός.  τό,  an  atonement, 
expiation,  LXX.  [Γ] 
Εξιλασμός,  οϋ,  ό,^έξΟ.ασις,  LXX. 

Ύ,^ιλαστήριος,  αν,  propitiatory,  \ΐ  λ] 

Έξιλαστικός,  ή,  ov,=  ioveg.  Adv. 
-κώς,  Cornut. 

'Έξίλεόω,  ω,  {έκ,  Ίλεόω)  to  appease, 
LXX.     Also  in  mid.,  Strab.     Hence 

Έξϊ?.έωμα,  -ωσις,  •ωτικός,=^-ασμα, 
-ασις,  -αστικός. 


ΕλΙΣ 
'Έξίλλω,  {έκ,  ίλλο;)  to  unravel,  dis- 
entangle, seek  out,  έξ.  τά  Ιχνη,  of  hounds 
at  a  check,  Xen.  Cyn.  6,  15. — II.  to 
keep  out  from,  έάν  τις  έξείλ/ιτι  (or  -ι'λ- 
?.->])  τίνα  της  εργασίας,  Dem.  976,  fin., 
cf.  έξούλης  δίκη. 

Έξιμύω,  ώ,  f.  -ησω,  {έκ,  Ιμάω)  to 
draw  out  by  thongs  or  ropes,  [t] 

Έξίμεναι,  poet,  inf  pres.  from  εξει- 
μι,  for  έξιέναι,  Od.  [I]  Macho  has 
έξίναι. 

Έξϊνιάζω,  {έκ,  Ινες)  to  take  out  the 
sinetcs  or  fibres,  Arr. 

'Έξινοω,  ώ,  {έκ,  Ίνάω,  Ινέώ)  to  emp- 
ty, Lat.  exinanire,  and  so  to  destroy, 
Lj-c,  cf  νπέρινος.  [i  ?] 

Έξϊονθίζω,  {έκ,  Ιηνθος)  τρίχα,  to 
shoot  out  hair.  Soph.  Fr.  653. 

Έξϊόω,  {έκ,  Ιόω)  to  clean  from  rust, 
Epict. 

Έ^ίΤΓόω,  (3,  (εκ,  Ιπόω)  to  press, 
squeeze  out,  Diosc. — II.  to  press  heavi- 
ly, Ar.  Lys.  291. 

'Έξιππάζομαι,  f.  -άσομαι,  {έκ,  Ιπ- 
πάζομαι)  to  ride  out  or  away,  Flut. 

'Εξιππεύω,  {έκ,  Ιππεύω) ^=iOTeg., 
Plut. 

Έξιππος,  ov,  ίίξ,  ϊππος)  ivith  six 
horses,  το  ίξ.,  Pol)'b. 

Έξίπταμαι,  f.  έκπτήσομαι :  aor. 
έξεπτάμην,  {έκ,  ϊπταμαι)  to  fly  out  of, 
οίκων,  Eur.  El.  944 :  absbl..  to  fly 
away.  An  act.  aor.  έξέπτην,  in  Hes. 
Op.  98,  Batr.  215.     Cf.  πέτημαι. 

Έξίπωτικός,  ή,  όν,  {έξιττόω)  press- 
ing or  drawing  out,  φάρμακα.  Gal. 

"Εξις.  εως,  ή,  (έχω,  έξω)  α  being  in 
a  certain  state,  a  pcrjnanent  condition, 
esp.  as  produced  by  practice  {πρΰξις), 
a  habit. — 1.  a  habit  of  body,  i.  6.  of  bo- 
dily health,  opp.  to  όιύθεσις,  Hipp., 
cf  Foes.  Oecon.^ — 2.  a  habit  of  mind, 
moral  or  intellectual,  and  so  opp.  to 
δυνάμεις,  the  natural  dispositions  or 
faculties.  Plat.,  and  Arist.  passim,  v. 
esp.  Eth.  N.  2,  5  :  opp.  also  to  πρΰξις, 
ενέργεια,  Arist.  ibid. — II.  skill  as  the 
result  of  experience,  practice,  Schfit. 
Dion.  Comp.  7,  cf.  έκτικός. 

'Έξΐόάζω,  to  make  equal :  mid.  to  make 
one's  self  equal,  LXX. — II.  intr.  to  be 
equal,  Strab.  [t  Att.]     Hence 

'Έ,ξίσασμός,  ov,  6,  an  equalling, 
equality. 

'Έ,ξίσης.  adv.  for  έξ  ίσης,  sub.  μοί• 
par.  equally  ;  also  έίίσον,  sub.  μέτρου. 
'Έξισόω,  ώ,  [έκ,  Ισόω)  to  make  equal 
ox  even.  Lat.  exaequare,  ζν\ό\•.  Soph. 
El.  738,  Tivi,  to  a  thing^  Id.  O.  T. 
425,  τινί  τι,  Thuc.  5,  71.  Pa^s.  to  be 
or  become  equal,  τινί,  to  a  thing,  Hdt. 
2,  34,  etc. :  to  be  a  match  for,  to  rival, 
τινί,  Thuc.  2,  97. — 2.  to  put  on  a  level, 
τους  πολίτας,  Ar.  Ran.  688. — II.  intr. 
to  be  equal  or  like,  μητρι  δ'  ονδέν  έξι- 
σοϊ,  Soph.  El.  1194,  and  so  Thuc.  6, 
87,  cf  δηλόω  II.  [ϊ  Att.] 

'Έξίστημι,  f.  έκστήσω,  [έκ,  ΐστημι) 
to  put  out  of  its  place  ;  change,  alter,  την 
ώνσιν,  Arist.  Eth.  N. :  metaph.,  έξι- 
στάναι  τινά  φρενών,  to  drive  one  out 
of  his  senses,  Eur.  Bacch.  850  ;  -of 
φρονείν,  Xen.  Mem.  1,  3,  12:  hence 
simply,  έξιστάναι  τινά,  to  drive  jnad, 
to  derange,  Hipp.,  and  Eur.  Aug.  1  : 
also,  έξιστάναι  ανθρώπους  αντών,  to 
set  them  beside  themselves  with  rage, 
Dem.  537,  fin.:  also  to  astonish. Volyh.; 
to  bewitch,  N.  T.— B.  mid.  with  aor. 
2,  perf.,  and  plqpf  act. — I.  to  stand 
aside  from,  ύδον,  Hdt.  3,  76  ;  and  so 
absol.,  to  stand  out  of  the  way,  Eur.  I. 
T.  1229:  to  make  way  for  one,  τινί, 
Soph.  Phil.  1053,  Ar.Ran.  354,  etc. : 
also  c.  ace,  to  flee,  shrink  from,  shun, 
Lob.  and  Herm.  Soph.  Aj.  82.— II.  c. 
gen.  rei,  to  retire  from,  give  up  ]}0sses- 
sion  of,  της  άρχης,  Thuc.  2,  63  :  esp., 


ΕΞΟΓ 

έκστηναι  των  όντων,  Lat.  cedere  bonis, 
to  become  bankrupt,  fail.  Dem.  9.59,  28  : 
hence  in  Ar.  Vesp.  477,  έκστηναι  Tra• 
τρός,  to  lose  one's  father,  give  him  up. 
— 2.  very  freq..  Φρενών  έξεστάναι,  to 
lose  one's  senses,  Eur.  Or.  1021,  etc. ; 
τοϋ  φρονειν,  Isocr.  85  Ε  :  and  then 
absol.  to  be  out  of  one's  wits,  be  dis• 
traught,  Hipp.,  etc.  ;  be  astonished,  N. 
T.  :  cf  έκστασις. — 3.  έκστήναι  της 
αντον  Ιδέας,  της  φύσεως,  to  depart 
from  one's  own  nature.  Plat.  Rep. 
380  D,  etc.  :  hence  absol.  to  degener• 
ate,  Theophr. ;  οίνος  έξεστηκώς,  chan- 
ged, sour  wine,  Dem.  933,  25. — 4.  in 
genl.  to  give  up  one's  pursuits,  forget 
them,  των  σπουδασμάτων,  των  μαθη- 
μάτων, Plat.  Phaedr.  249  D,  Xen. 
Cyr.  3,  3,  54. — 5.  absol.  to  change  one's 
state,  Hipp.  :  to  change  one's  opinion, 
Thuc.  2,  61. — III.  to  stand  out,  project, 
Arist.  H.  A. 

Έξιστορέω,  ώ,  {έκ,  Ιστορέω)  to 
search  out,  inquire  of,  τινά  τι,  Hdt.  7, 
195. 

Έξίσχιος,  ov,  {έκ,  Ισχίον)  with 
prominent  hips,  Hipp.,  cf.  εξόφθαλμος. 

Έξισχναίνω,  strengthd.  for  ΐσχναί- 
νω,  Themist. 

Έξισχνόω,  strengthd.  for  Ισχνόω, 

Έξισχύω,  f.  -νσω,  {εκ,  ισχνω)  ίο 
have  strength,  be  quite  able,  Strab. — II. 
in  a  rare  usage,  το  δαιμόνων  παίδων 
έξισχνον,  fate  prevailing  over  the  chil- 
dren, Ael.  V.  H.  6,  13.  [v] 

'ΈΪξίσχω,  {έκ,  ισχω)=έξέχω  :  once 
in  Hom.,  έξίσχει  κεφάλας  δεινοΐο  βε- 
ρέθρον,  puts  forth,  lifts  her  heads 
from..,  Od.  12,  94.— ΪΙ.  intr.  ίο  stand 
out.  Pans. 

Έξίσωσις,  εως,  η,  {έξισόω)  an  equal- 
isation, Plut.  [tAtt.] 

'Έξΐσωτέον,  verb.  adj.  from  έξισόω, 

one  must  make  equal.  Soph.  O.  T.  408. 

'ΈξΙσωτ7}ς,  ov,  a,  {έξισόω)  an  officer 

ivho  apportions  and  equalises  the  taxes 

among  the  payers,  late. 

'Έ,ξίτη?Μς,  ov,  {έξιέναι)  going  out, 
disappearing,  fading  away,  πορφνρίόες 
έξίτηλοι,  Xen.  Oec.  10,  3 :  έξ.  γε- 
νέσθαι, of  a  family,  to  become  ex. 
tinct,  Hdt.  5,  39 ;  of  acts,  to  be  lost, 
forgotten.  Id.  1,  1  ;  and  so  in  Att.  [ί] 
Έξϊτήριος,  ov,  {έξιέναι)  of,  belong- 
ing to  a  departure,  έξ.  λόγος,  a  farewell 
discourse,  Eccl. 

Έξίτης,  ov,  b,  {έξ)  the  six  or  size 
on  the  dice,  also  κ(1)ος.  [ί] 

Έξΐτητέον,  verb.  adj.  of  έξιέναι, 
one  mv^st  go  or  come  forth,  Xen.  I\Iem. 
1,  1,  14. 
ί'Εξιτητός,  ή,  ov,=sq.,  Alciphr. 
Έξΐτός.  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from  έξί' 
έναι,  to  be  come  out  of  ,  τοις  ονκ  έξιτόν 
έστι,  where  there  is  no  coming  out, 
Hes.  Th.  732. 

Έξίχνευσις,  εως,  η,  a  tracing  out, 
Geop. :  and 

Έξιχνεντέον,  verb,  adj.,  one  must 
trace  out,  Luc. :  from 

ΈΕιχνενω,  {έκ.  ίχνενω)  to  trace  out, 
Aesch.  Ag.  368,  Eur.  Bacch.  352. 
Έξιχνιάζω.=  έξιχνενω.     Hence 
Έξιχνιασμός,  ov,  ό,  =έξί;:ίνενσις. 
'Έξιχνοσκοπέω,   ώ.   {έκ,   ίχνοσκα- 
πέω)  ίο  seek  by  tracking.   Soph.  Tr. 
271 :  so  too  in  mid.,  Aj.  997. 

Έξίχωρίζω,  {έκ,  Ίχώρ)  to  demise 
from  humours. 

'Έξκαίδεκα,  έξκαιδεκατθΓ,=  έκκ. 
"Εξκλίνος,  ον.=  έξάκ7.ινος. 
Έξμέδιμνος,  ov,  {έξ,  μεδιμνος)  of, 
holding  six  medimni,  Ar.  Pac.  631. 

Έξογκέω,  ώ,  {έκ,  όγκος)  to  swell  οι 
rise  above,  τινός,  Hipp. 

Έξηγκόω,  ώ,  {έκ,  όγκόω)  to  make 
to  swell:  μητέρα  τάφω  έξογκονν,  to 
479 


ΕΞΟΐ 

honour  her  by  raising  a  tomb,  Eur.  Or. 
402,  cf.  sq.  Pass,  to  be  swelled  out, 
Hdt.  C,  125:  esp.  metai)h.  to  be  pvffed 
vp,  elated,  rivi,  at  a  thing.  Id.  0,  12C, 
and  Eur.  ;  absol.  to  swell,  rise  high, 
Eur.  Hipp.  938;  τα  ίξΐύγκωμένα, 
full-sailed  prosperity,  Id.  1.  A.  U21. 
Hence 

'Έ,ξόγκωμα,  ατός,  τό,  any  thing 
raised  or  swollen,  έξ.  λύίνον,  a  mound, 
cairn,  Eur.  H.  F.  1332 :  and 

Έξόγκωσίς,  εως,  ή,  a  raising,  eleva- 
tion. 

'EiOfWo),  ώ,  fut.  -ήσω,  {ίκ,  ό(5άω)  to 
sell,  Eur.  Cycl.  267,  cf.  έξοόιύζω. 

Έξοδίία,  ας,  ή,=^ίξοόία,  LXX. : 
from 

ΈίΟίίεΰω,  (έ«,  ύόεύω)  to  march  out, 
Polyb. :  to  walk  in  procession,  Inscr. 
Kos. 

'K^oiUa,  ας,  η,  a  marching  out,  ex- 
pedition, Hdt.  G,  50. 

'ν,ξοδίάζω,  f.  -άσω  Dor.  -ά^ω,  {εξο- 
έος)  to  spend  upon.,  pay  to,  τι  Tcvi, 
LXX.,  cf.  (ξοδος  IH.    Hence 

Έξοδιασμύς,  οϋ,  ΰ,=^έζοόία,  Polyb. 
— II.   late,  an  outgoing,  expense. 

'Κξυδικύς,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to  a  de- 
parture, Gramm.  But  adv. -/cwf./rom 
beginning  to  end,  thoroughly,  uiog.  L. 

'Έ,ξυδιος,  or,  {έξοδος)  of,  belonging 
to  an  exit ;  esp.,  ίξ.  νόμοι,  the  finale  of 
a  play,  Cratin.  Incert.  170,"  ubi  v. 
Meineke :  hence  —  II.  as  subst.,  to 
έξ.,  sub.  μέλος,  the  finale  of  a  tragedy, 
Plut. — 2.  hence  by  the  same  metaph. 
as  our  catastrophe,  the  end,  conclusion, 
esp.  tragical  conclusion  of  an  affair  or 
a  life,  Plut. — 3.  at  Rome,  exodia  were 
burlesques  acted  after  other  plays, 
like  farces,  or  perh.  travesties  on  the 
subject  of  the  play  itself,  like  some 
modern  epilogiies,  Liv.  7,  2,  Juven. 
3,  175. 

Έξοδοίπορέω,  ώ,  (εκ,  όδοιπορέω) 
to  g-o  out  of,  στέγης.  Soph.  El.  20. 

Έξοδος,  ov,  7/,  a  going  out,  έκ  της 
χώρι/ς,  Hdt.  1,  91. — 2.  a  marching  out, 
mililary  expedition,  έξ.  ποιεΐσβαι,  Hdt. 
9, 19,  26,  Xen.,  etc.,  cf.  Valck.  Phoen. 
766 :  esp.  a  sally.  Thue.  5.  10. — 3.  a 
solemn  procession,  Hdt.  3,  11 :  esp.  of 
women  of  rank  with  their  suite,  Ar. 
Lys.  16,  Plat.  Legg.  784  D,  Theophr. 
Char.  22  :  a  bridal  procession  to  the 
bridegroom's  house,  Schiif  Mel.  p.  53. 
— II.  a  way  out,  Lat.  exitus.  Hdt.  2,  148, 
and  freq.  in  Trag. — III.  also  like  Lat. 
exitus,  an  end,  close,  Thuc.  5,  14,  Plat., 
etc. — 2.  esp.  the  end  of  a  tragedy,  i.  e. 
all  that  follows  the  last  choral  ode, 
Arist.  Poet.  12,  6  :  also — 3.  a  piece  of 
music  played  at  any  o?ie's  exit,  Ar.  Vesp. 
582.  —  IV.  an  outgoing,  payment  of 
money,  Polyb. :  hence  έξοδιαζω. 

Β.  as  adj.,  promoting  the  passage  or 
ejection,  τίνος,  Aretae.     Hence 

'Έξοδννύω,  ώ,  strengthd.  for  οδυ- 
νάω,  Eur.  Cycl.  661,  in  pass. 

Έ^όζω,  fut.  -ζήσω.  (έκ,  όζω)  intr.  to 
smell,  κακόν  έξόσδειν  (Dor.)  to  stink, 
Theocr.  20, 10.— II.  c.  gen.  to  smell  of 
a  thing. 

Έξόθεν,  adv.  for  έξ  ου,  sub.  χρόνου, 
since  when,  Nic. 

Έξοι,  not  έξοΐ,  Dor.  for  εξω,  like 
ίνδοι  for  ένδον  :  cf  ενδοι. 

'Έξοίγω,  f.  -ξω,  {έκ,  οΙγω)  to  open, 
cut  open,  Hipp. 

Έξοίδα,  pf.  without  pres.  in  use, 
plqpf  έξτιδη  (cf.  *εΙδω),  to  knoiv  tho- 
roughly, know  well,  Tt,  Soph.  O.  T. 
37,  etc. ;  c.  part.,  Ιξ.  εχσιισα.  Id.  Tr. 
5:  absol..  Id.  El.  222, etc.    α.έξεΐδον. 

Ύ.ξοίδαίνω,  f.  -δήσω,=  sq. 

Έξοι.δέω,  ώ,  {έκ,  οΐδέω)  to  sirell, 
be  swollen,  ττληγαΐς  προΓωττον,  Eur. 
Cycl.  227. 

480 


ESOK 

'Έξοιόίσκω,  {έκ,  οΐδίσκω)  to  make 
to  swell,  Hipp. 

'Έ.ξοικείόομαί,{έκ,οΙκει.όω)ζ5νΛ\ύ., 
to  appropriate,  Strab.  —  II.  as  jjass., 
έξοκειοΰσθαί  τινι,  to  be  accustomed, 
adapt  one's  self  to  one,  Plut. 

Έξοικέω,  ώ,  {έκ,  οίκέω)  to  leave  one's 
home,  to  anigrate,  Μ.εγύραδε,  Dem. 
845,  19. — II.  to  inhabit  throughout  or 
thickly.  Pass,  to  be  so  inhabited,  Thuc. 
2,  17.     Hence 

Έξοικήσιμος,  ov,  habitable,  inhabit- 
ed. Soph.  υ.  C.  27 :  and 

'Έ,ξοίκησις,  εως,  ή,  emigration,  Plat. 
Legg.  850  B. 

'Εξοίκία,  ας,  7),=foreg.,  dub. 

Έξοικίζω,  fut.  -ίσω  Att.  -ΐώ,  {έκ, 
οΐκίζω)  to  re?nove  one  from  his  home, 
eject,  Thuc.  1,  114  ;  οίκων,  Eur.  Hec. 
949;  εις  Ύώμην,  Plut.  Mid.  and 
pass,  to  go  from  home,  remove,  Ar.  Pac. 
197. — II.  to  dispeople,  empty,  Κήμνον 
ΰρσένων,  Eur.  Hec.  887  :  to  lay  waste, 
πόλεις,  Dion.  H. :  also  in  mid.,  Plut. 
Hence. 

Έξοίκΐσις,  εως,  ή,  a  removal,  ex- 
pulsion of  inhabitants.  Plat.  Legg.  704 

Ύ,ξοικισμός,  οϋ,  o,=foreg.,  Philo. 

'Έξοικισττ/ς,  ov,  b,  {έξοικίζω)  one 
who  expels  from  home,  an  avenger,  Cha- 
rond.  ap.  Stob.  p.  291,  30. 

Έξοικοδομέω,  ώ,  (έκ,  οίκοδομέω) 
to  buildup,  build  from  the  ground,  finish 
a  building,  Hdt.  2, 176 ;  5, 62 :  metaph., 
έ^.  τέχνην,  Pherecr.  Κραττ.  8 :  also 
in  mid.,  Polyb. — 2.  έξ.  κρημνύν,  to 
make  a  road  over  it,  Polyb. — 11.  to  wi- 
huild,  open  out,  τάς  ττύλας,  Diod. 
Hence 

Έξοικοδόμησις,  εως,  ή,  a  building 
up,  Joseph. 

'Έ,ξοικος,  ov,  {έκ,  οίκος)  away  from 
home,  removed,  LXX. 

Έξοιμώζω,  f  -ώξομαι,  {έκ,  οίμώζω) 
to  wail  aloud,  οΊμωγάς,  Soph.  Aj.  317, 
γόο/σιν,  Ant.  427. 

Έξοινέω,  ώ,  {έκ,  οίνος)  to  be  tipsy, 
Hegesand.  ap.  Ath.  477  E.  —  II.  to 
sleep  ojf  drunkenness,  late  :  and 

'Eson'/a,  ας,  ή,  drunkenness  :  from 

'Έιξοινος,  ov,  {έκ,  οίνος)  drunken, 
tipsy,  Alex.  Κίςοικ.  3.    Hence 

'Εξοινόω,  ώ,  to  make  drunk:  Eur. 
Bacch.  814  in  pass.  part,  drunk. 

'Έξοιστέος,  a,  ov,  verb.  adj.  of 
εκφέρω,  from  the  fut.  έξοίσω,  to  be 
brought  out,  Ar.  Lys.  921. — II.  έξοι- 
στέον,  one  7nust  bring  out,  Eur.  Phoen. 
712.  y 

'Έξοιστός.  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  of  εκ- 
φέρω, to  be  brought  out,  uttered,  Sext. 
Emp. 

Έξοιστρύω,  ώ,  Ion.  -τρέω,  {έκ, 
οίστρέω)  to  make  wild,  madden,  Luc, 
and  Ael. :  al.  έξοιστρόω. 

Έξοιστριβατέω,  ώ,  strengthd.  for 
ο'ιστρηλατέω.  Plut. 

Έξοίσω,  fut.  of  εκφέρω. 

Έξοιχνέο},  ij.=  sq.,  II.  9,  384. 

Έξοίχομαι,  {έκ.  οΐχομαι)  dep.  to  go 
out  or  away,  II.  6,  379,  384,  and  Soph. 

Έξοιωνίζομαι,{έκ,οίωνίζομαι)άΰρ. 
mid.,  to  look  OH  as  an  evil  augury,  to 
.'ihrink  j'rom  doing,  c.  inf.,  also  c.  ace, 
Lat.  abominari,  both  in  Plut. 

ΈξΌ/ίίλλω,  {έκ,  οκέ'λλω)  to  drive 
out  of  the  course.,  esp.  to  run  a  ship 
aground:  hence  intr.  of  the  ship,  to 
run  aground,  drive  ashore,  Hdt.  7,  182, 
Aesch.  Ag.  666. — II.  metaph.  to  run 
a  person  aground,  into  difficulties,  τίνα 
εις  ΰτην.  Eur.  Pass.,  δεϊφο  έξοκέλ- 
λεται,  the  thing  cornes  to  this,  we  are 
brought  to  this  pass,  Aesch.  Supp. 
Ί38. — 2.  also  intr.  to  run  into  a  mis- 
fortune or  difficulty,  εις  τραχντερα 
πούγαατα,  Isocr.  143  C  •  to  be  ruined, 


ESOM 

Polyb. :  to  run  into  sin  or  excess,  εις 
κύβους,  Plut. 

'Κξολέσαι,  inf.  aor.  1  of  έξόλλνμι. 
^Έξολη,  ης,  ψ  Exole,  daughter  of 
Thespius,  Apollod. 

Έξολισθαίνω,•θύνω,\ .  Pors.  Phoen. 
1398,  fut.  -σβήσω,  {έκ,  ολισθαίνω)  to 
slip  off,  Hippon.  21 ;  to  glide  off,  as  a 
sword  from  a  hard  substance,  Eur. 
Phoen.  1383  ;  τινός,  off  a  thing,  Arist. 
H.  A.  —  II.  c.  ace,  to  slip  out  of, 
Lat.  eludcre,  διαβολάς,  Ar.  Eq.  491. 
Hence 

^Έξολίσθησις,  εως,  ή,  a  slipping  out, 
Euseb. 

Έξόλλϋμι,  and-2vt),  f.  -ολέσω,  Att. 
-ολώ :  aor.  1  έξώλεσα.  (έκ,  δλ'λνμι)  to 
destroy  utterly,  Od.  17,  597,  and  in 
Att. — II.  mid.  with  perf.  2,  έξόλωλα, 
to  perish  utterly.  Soph.  Tr.  84,  etc. 

Έξολόθρενμα,  ατός,  το,  {εξολο- 
θρεύω) utter  destruction,  LXX. 

Έξολόθρενσις,  εως,  ή,  =  foreg., 
LXX. 

Εξολοθρευτής,  ov,  ό,  a  destroyer, 
Eccl. :  and 

Έξολοθρεντικύς,  ή,  όν,  destructive: 
from 

'Εξολοθρεύω,  {έκ,  όλοθρεύω)  to  de- 
stroy utterly,  LXX. 

Έξολολύζω.  f.  •ξω,  {έκ,  ολολύζω) 
to  howl  aloud,  Lat.  exululo,  Batr.  101. 

Έξομΰλίζω,  strengthd.  for  όμα- 
λίζω.  to  smooth  or  assuage,  Hipp. 

Έξομ3ρέω,  ώ.  {έκ,  όμβρέω)  to  pour 
out  like  rain,  LXX. 

'Έ,ξoμβρίζω,=  {oτeg.,  dub. 

Έξομήρενσις,  εως,  ή,  a  demand  or 
seizure  of  hostages,  Plut.     From 

Έξομηρεύω,  {έκ,  όμηρενω)  to  take 
hostages  from,  τινά  :  hence  δούλους 
τεκνο-οιΐαις  έξομ.,  to  bind  slaves  to 
one's  service  by  the  pledges  of  wives 
and  children,  Arist.  Oec.  1,  5,  fin. 
Mid.  to  take  as  hostages,  παϊδας,  Plut.  : 
to  procure  by  hostages,  φιλίαν,  Strab. 

Έξομίλέω,  ω,  {έκ,  όμιλέω)  to  have 
intercourse,  live  with,  τινί,  Xen.  Ages. 
11,4:  metaph.  to  bear  one  company, 
Eur.  Cycl.  51'8. — II.  c.  ace,  to  win 
over,  to  conciliate,  τιΐ'ύ,  Polyb. — IIL 
mid.  to  be  away  from  one's  friends,  be 
alone  in  the  crowd,  Eur.  I.  A.  735. 

Έξόμίλος,  ov,  {έκ,  όμιλος)  ojit  of 
one's  society  :  hence  foreign,  strange, 
Soph.  Tr.  964. 

Έξόμμύτος,  ov,  {έκ,  δμμα)=έξόφ• 
θα?μος. — II.  without  eyes,  late. 

'Εξομμΰτόω,  ώ,  to  give  sight  to,  open 
the  eyes  of ;  pass,  to  be  restored  to  sight, 
(Soph,  ap.)  Ar.  Plut.  635.-2.  metaph. 
to  7nake  clear  or  plain,  Aesch.  Pr.  499. 
— II.  to  blind,  bereave  of  eyes,  Eur.  Oed. 
2.  On  this  double  signf.  v.  Valck. 
Diatr.  p.  197.    Hence 

Έξομμάτωσις,  εως,  ή,  a  cleansing, 
opening  of  the  eyes,  [a] 

Έξάμνυμαι,  f.  -ομονμαι :  aor.  -ωμο- 
σύμην,  {έκ,  δμννμι)  to  deny,  disown 
upon  oath,  τι,  Dem.  1310,  2,  or  absol., 
freq.  in  Dem. :  foil,  by  μη  ov,  c.  inf , 
Id.  1317,  8 ;  also  έξ.  τό  μη  εΐδέναι. 
Soph.  Ant.  535. — II.  to  decline  or  re- 
fuse an  office  bi/  an  oath  that  one  has 
not  means  or  health  to  perform  it, 
την  πρεσβείαν,  Aeschin.  40,  30,  cf 
Dem.  378,  18,  Arist.  Pol.  4, 13  :  this 
oath  was  called  έξωμοσία  or  άπω- 
μοσία,  v.  Diet.  Antiqq.  in  voc. 

ΫΕξομοιύζω,  =  sq.,  Callicrat.  ap. 
Stob.  70,  11. 

Έξομοιόω,  ω,  (έκ,  δμοιόω)  to  make 
quite  like,  Hdt.  3,  24,  Plat.,  etc.  Pass. 
to  become  or  be  like,  τινί  τι,  to  one  in 
a  thing.  Soph.  Aj.  549,  cf  Eur.  Andr. 
354.     Hence 

ΈξομοίωσίΓ,  εως,  ή,  assimilation, 
esp.  of  food,  Theophr. :  and 


ΕΞΟΠ 

ΡΕξομοι<Μ»τικός,  ή,  όν,  making  like, 
Clem.  ΑΙ. 

Έξομολογέω,  ώ,  strengthd.  for  όμο- 
λο/εω,  to  confess,  admit,  esp.  in  mid., 
Plut. :  (o  agree,  promise,  N.  T.    Hence 

Έξo/J/}λόγ^l(nc<  εως,  ή,  a  confession, 
profession,  Plut.  :  and 

'Έιξοαολογουμένως,  adv.  pres.  part., 
confessedly,  Clem.  Al. 

Έξομόργνϋμί,  fut.  έξομόρξω,  (i/c, 
δμόργννμι]  to  wipe  off  from,  τι  τίνος, 
Eur.  Or.  219.  Mid.  to  vjipe  off  frovi 
one^s  self:  to  wipe,  up  wipe  away,  αίμα 
πέπλοις.  wipe  blood  on  or  with  your 
gannents,  Eur.  H.  F.  1399,  cf.  El. 
502 :  also  to  purge  away  a  pollution, 
νασαοίσιν,  with  water.  Id.  Hipp.  653. 
— 11.  metaph.,  εξομόρξασθαί  tlvi  μω• 
ρίαν,  to  wipe  one's  folly  on  another, 

I.  e.  give  him  part  of  it,  Eur.  Bacch. 
344,  parodied  by  Ar.  Ach.  843  :  also 
:=άτίομ.ύττομαΐ,  to  stamp  or  imprint 
upon,  τί  TLVL  or  ε'ις  ri.  Plat.  Gorg. 
525  A,  Legg.  775  D :  cf.  Ruhnk.  Tim. 
Hence 

Έξόμορξις,  εως,  ή,  a  wiping  off. — 

II.  an,  impression,  mark.  Plat.  Tim. 
80  E. 

'Έ.ξόμφαλος,  ov.  {έκ,  ομφαλός)  with 
prominent  navel,  Gal.  — 11.  as  subst. 
ό  έξόμφ.,  a  rupture,  Diosc. 

'Εξόν,  part,  from  the  impers.  εξ- 
εστί,  q.  V. 

Έξονειδίζω,  fut.  -ίσω  Att.  -Γώ, 
strengthd.  for  δνείδίζω,  to  reproach 
one  with,  cast  in  one's  teeth,  κακά, 
όνειδος,  Soph.  El.  282,  Eur.  I.  A.  305; 
hence  in  pass.,  κακϋ  έξονειδισθ/'/ναι, 
Soph.  Phil.  382 :  absol.  to  reproach, 
Soph.  O.  C.  990;  later  c.  ace.  pers., 
Plut.     Hence 

Έξονειδίσμός,  ov,  a,  a  reproach, 
Joseph. :  ana 

Έξονειδιστίκός,  ή,  όν,  abusive,  Μ. 
Anton. 

Έξονειρόυ,=  εξονεφώττω,  Hipp. 

Έξονεφωγμός,  οΰ,  ύ,=  δνείριογμός, 
Arist.  Η.  Α.  10,  6,  5.     Hence 

Έξονειρωκτίκος.  ή,  όν,  subject  to 
όνειρωγμοί,  Arist.  Probl. 

'Κξονεφώττω,  f.  -ξω,==δνεφώττω, 
Hipp^ 

Έζονομύζω,  f.  •σω,  Ιίκ,  ονομάζω) 
Ιο  utter  aloud,  announce,  Η.  Hom. 
Merc.  59,  and  (in  tmesis)  oft.  in  Hom. 
in  the  phrase  έπος  τ'  εφατ'  εκ  τ'  δνό- 
μαζεν,  spoke  the  word  and  uttered  it 
aloud,  cf.  Eur.  I.  A.  1066. — U.  to  call 
by  name,  Plut.  Cic.  40. 

^Εξονομαίνο),  {έκ,δνομαίνω)  to  name, 
speak  of  by  name,  άΐ'δρα,  11.  3,  166; 
αΐδετο  γύμον  έξονομί/ναι,  to  name, 
tell  it,  Od.  6,  66. 

Έξονομακλήδην,  adv.  {ίξ,  όνομα, 
καλέω)  by  name,  calling  by  name,  with 
δνομάζω,  II.  22,  415,  with  καλεϊν, 
Od.  12,  250. 

^Εξονΰχίζω,  (έκ,  δννχίζω)  to  pare 
the  claws  off.  and  so  metaph.  to  deprive 
of  power,  oivov,  Ath.  —  II.  to  try  a 
thing's  smoothness,  by  drawing  the 
nail  over  it,  hence  to  scrutinise  closely, 
like  Lat.  ad  unguem  exigere.  Id. 

Έζοξννω,  {έκ,  δξννω)  to  make  sour : 
pass,  to  turn  to  vinegar,  Theophr. 

Έξοπίζω,  fut.  -ίσω,  {έκ,  δττίζω)  to 
squeeze  out  the  juice,  Arist.  H.  A. 

Έξόπϊθεν,  and  έξόπΐθε,  adv.  poet, 
for  έξόττισθεν,  backwards,  behind,  11. — 
II.  as  prep.  c.  gen.  behind,  after,  II. 

Έξόπίν,  adv.=foreg.  I.,  Aesch.  Ag. 
115. 

Έξόττισθεν,  in  Att.  j\ist:=  όπισθεν, 
as  adv..  Soph.  Fr.  527,  Ar.,  etc.— II. 
as  prep.  c.  gen.,  Ar.  Ach.  868. 

'Εξόπιστο,  barbarism  for  foreg., 
Ar.  Thesm.  1124. 

Έξοπίσω,  {έκ,  οπίσω)  adv. — I.  of 
31 


EaOP 

place  (as  always  in  II.),  backwards, 
back  again,  11.  11,  461,  etc.— 2.  prep. 
c.  gen.,  behind,  II.  17,  357. —  II.  of 
time  (as  always  in  Od.),  henceforth, 
hereafter,  Od.  4,  35,  etc. ;  SO  too  Tyr- 
tae.  3,  30.  [t] 

'Εξοπλίζω,  f.  -σω,  {έκ,  οπλίζω)  to 
arm,  accoutre,  Hdt.  7,  100:  poet,  also 
έξ.  Άρη,  Aesch.  Supp.  682, 702.  Pass, 
and  mid.  to  arm  one's  self  rush  to  arms, 
go  forth  armed  to  battle,  Eur.  I.  T.  302, 
and  freq.  in  Xen. — 2.  in  genl.  to  pre- 
pare, Ar.  Pac.  566.  —  II.  to  disarm, 
App.     Hence  * 

'Εξοπλϊσία,  ας,  ή,  a  being  under 
arms,  έν  Ty  έξοπλισία,  under  arms, 
Lat.  in  procinctu,  Xen.  An.  1,  7,  10: 
and  freq.  in  Polyb. 

Έξόπλισις,  εως,  ή,  {εξοπλίζω)  an 
arming,  getting  wider  arms,  ΤΓολ,λοϋ 
χρόνου  δέονται  εις  έξόπλισιν,  Xen. 
Cyr.  8,  5,  9. 

'Εξοπλισμός,  ov,  o,=foreg.,  late. 

"Εξοπλος,  ov,  {έκ,  οπλον)  disarmed, 
unarmed,  Polyb. 

Έξοπτάω,  ω,  f.  -ησω,  {έκ,  δπτάω) 
to  hake  fiercely,  εν  Ty  καμινφ,  Hdt.  4, 
164  :  also  έξ-  την  κάμινον,  to  heat  it 
violently,  lb.  163. — II.  metaph.  esp.  of 
love,  Lat.  torrere,  exurere,  Soph.  Fr. 
421.     Hence 

"Εξοπτος,  ov,  well  baked,  Hipp. 

Έξοράω,  ώ,  {έκ,  δράω)  to  look  out. 
— Π.  to  see  from  afar,  Eur.  Heracl. 
675,  in  pass. — III.  to  have  the  eyes  pro- 
minent, ώς  αγχόμενος,  Hipp.,  cf  έξόμ- 
ματος,  εξόφθαλμος. 

Έξοργάω,  strengthd.  for  δργάω, 
Plut. 

Έξοργιάζω,  {έκ,  δργιάζω)  to  pre- 
pare for  solemn  mysteries,  έξοργ.  την 
■ψνχήν,  to  purge  the  soul  from  passion, 
Arist.  Pol. 

'Εξοργίζω,  f.  -ίσω  Att.  -Γώ,  (έκ,  ορ- 
γίζω) to  enrage,  προς  Τίνα,  against 
one,  Xen.  Mem.  3,  3,  7.  Pass,  to  be 
furious,  Batr.  185. 

Έξορθιάζω,  {έκ,  δρθιάζω)  to  lift  vp, 
esp.  the  voice,  to  cry  aloud,  Aesch. 
Cho.  271.— II.  intr.  to  be  erect,  Plut. 

Έξόρθιος,  ov,  {έκ,  όρθιος)  up- 
right. 

'Εξορθος,  ov,  {έκ,  ορθός)  =  foreg., 
Ath.     Hence 

Έξορθόω,  ώ,  {έκ,  δρθόω)  to  set  up- 
right. Plat.  Legg.  862  G  :  in  pass,  to 
stand  upright,  Eur.  Supp.  1083. — II. 
metaph.  to  amend,  restore.  Plat.  Tim. 
90  D  :  and  so  in  mid.,  πότμον,  Soph. 
Aut.  83. 

'Εξορία,  ας,  ή,  v.  έξόριος. 

'Εξορίζω,  ί.  -ίσω  Alt.  -ΐώ,  {έκ,  ορί- 
ζω) to  send  beyond  the  frontier,  banish, 
Lat.  exterminare,  Eur.  Heracl.  257, 
etc. :  to  expose  a  child.  Id.  Ion  504  : 
to  throw  away  get  rid  of  Plat.  Symp. 
197  D,  etc.— ^.  c.  ace.  loci  only  ΰλ• 
λην  απ'  άλλης  έξ.  πόλιν,  singularly, 
to  wander  from  one  to  another,  Eur. 
Heracl.  16.  —  HI.  in  pass,  to  be  an 
exile :  also  to  pass  its  bounds,  come 
forth,  Eur.  Hipp.  1381. 

^'Εξορίνω,  strengthened  for  δρίνω, 
Aesch.  Ag.  1631.  [t] 

Έξόριος,  ία,  lov,  (έκ,  όρος)  out  of 
the  bounds  of  07ie's  country :  hence 
εξορία,  ή,  exile:  sub.    γή,  ζωή. 

Έξορισμός,  ov,  ό,  (εξορίζω)  a  ban- 
ishing, expulsion,  Plut. 

Έξοριστέος,  a,  ov,  verb.  adj.  from 
εξορίζω,  to  be  expelled,  Clem  Al. 

'Εξοριστικός,  ή,  όν,  (εξορίζω)  ex- 
pulsory,  Diog.  L. 

'Εξόριστος,  αν,  (εξορίζω)  expelled, 
banished,  Dem.  548,  27  ;  from  a  place, 
γης.  Polyb. 

'Εξορκίζω,  (έκ,  ορκίζω)  to  swear  a 
person,   administer  an  oath  to    him, 


ESOP 
Dem.    1265,   6. — II.  to   exoictse,   i.e. 
banish  an  evil  spirit,  Eccl,     Hence 

Έ!;ορκισμός,  οΰ,  ό,  a  swearing,  ad- 
ministering  of  an  oath,  Polyb.  —  IL 
Eccl.  an  exorcism. 

'Εξορκιστής,  ov,  δ,  (εξορκίζω)  one 
who  administers  an  oath,  Anth. — II.  an 
exorcist,  N.  T. 

Έξορκος,  ov,  (έκ,  όρκος)  bound  by 
oath,  Pind.  O.  13,  140. 

Έξορκόω,  ώ,=^έξορκίζω  (v.  Lob. 
Phryn.  360,  sq.),  to  make  one  swear, 
bind  by  oath,  c.  ace.  pers.,  usu.  fol- 
lowed by  ή  μήν  (Ion.  ή  μέν)  c.  inf. 
fut.,  as  Hdt.  3,  133 ;  4,  154 :  also  c. 
,  ace.  pers.  et  rei,  to  make  one  swear  by 
TO  Στνγός  νδωρ.  Id.  6,  74.     Hence 

Έξόρκωσις,  εως,  ή,  a  binding  by 
oath,  Hdt.  4,  154. 

Εξορμάω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (έκ,  ορμάω) 
to  set  out,  start,  esp.  in  a  hurry,  of  a 
ship,  Od.  12,  221 :  so  too  in  Att.,  c. 
gen.,  to  set  o-ut  from, χθονός,  Eur.  Tro. 
1131.  etc.:  metaph.  of  pain,  to  break 
out.  Soph.  Tr.  1089. — II.  trans,  to  send 
forth,  send  to  war,  Aesch.  Pers.  46  : 
έξ.  την  ναϋν,  to  start  the  ship,  Thuc. 
7,  14  ;  έξ.  πόδα,  Ar.  Thesm.  659  :  in 
genl.  to  excite,  stir  up,  Thuc.  6,  88, 
Xen.,  etc.  The  pass,  is  also  oft.  used 
in  the  intr.  signf ,  to  set  out,  start,  Hdt. 
9,  51,  and  Att. ;  also  c.  gen.,  Aesch. 
Ellin.  182. 

Έξορμενίζω,  (έκ,  όρμενος)  to  shoot 
forth  into  a  stalk,  Sopn.  Fr.  296. 

Έξορμέω,  ώ,  (έκ,  όρμέω)  to  be  out 
of  harbour,  run  out  to  sea,  Lycurg.  149, 
44 :  metaph.  έξ.  έκ  τοΰ  νον,  to  lose 
one's  senses,  Paus.,  cf  έκπ/'.έω. 

Έξορμή,  ης,  ή,  a  going  out,  expedi 
tion.  Plat.  Theag.  129  D. 

Έξόρμησις,  εως,  ή,  (εξορμάω)  a  ve- 
hement onset,  attack,  Dio  C. — 2.  an 
urging  forth,  an  incentive,  Arr.  An.  3, 
9,  14. 

Έξορμίζω,  fut.  -ίσω  Att.  -ΐώ,  (έκ, 
όρμίζω)  to  bring  out  of  harbour,  get  U7i- 
der  weigh,  vavv,  Dem.  895,  8 :  me- 
taph., έξ.  πόδα,  Eur.  Phoen.  846 :  to 
let  down,  ές  πόντον.  Id.  Hel.  1247. 

'Εξορμος,  ov,  (έκ,  όρμος)  sailing 
from  a  harbour  or  coast,  C.  gen.,  Kp^- 
της,  Eur.  Hipp.  156. 

Έξόρννυ,ι,  f.  -όρσω,  in  Ap.  Rh.  1, 
306,  dub.  1.  for  δόμων  έξ  ωρτο. 

Έξοροθννω,  strengthd.  for  δροθν 
νω,  Q.  Sm. 

Έξορος,  ον,=  έξόριος. 

Έξορούω,  (έκ,  δρονω)  to  spring,  leap 
forth,  11.  3,  325,  in  tmesis. 

Έξόροφος,  ov,  dub.  for  έξώροφης, 
q•  V.     _ 

Έξορβίζω,  (έκ,  δ/^βός)  to  clear  the 
curds  from  whey. 

Έξοββος,  ov,  {έκ,  δρβός)  cleared  of 
whey,  or  in  genl.  of  moisture,  Schneid. 
Theophr.  H.  P.  1,  11,  3.     Hence 

Έξοββόομαι,  as  pass.,  to  run  into 
curds,  curdle,  Clem.  Al. 

Εξορύσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  fut.  -ξω,  (έκ, 
δρνσσω)  to  dig  out,  χουν,  the  earth 
out  of  a  trench,  Hdt.  7,  23  :  τονς  δφ• 
θαλμανς,  to  put  out  the  eyes.  Id.  8, 
113,  cf  Paroemiogr. — II.  to  dig  out  of 
the  ground,  dig  up,  τοί;ς  νεκρούς,  Id. 
1,  64,  άγλιθας,  Ar.  Ach.  763. 

Έξορχέομαι,  fut.  -ήσομαι,  (έκ,  δρ- 
χέομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  dance  out,  dance 
away,  hop  off,  Dem.  614,  22. — II.  a. 
ace.  cognato,  έξ.  βυθμόν,  to  dance  out 
a  figure,  go  through  it,  Philostr.,  cf. 
Horace's  saltare  Cyclopa,  Sat.  1,  5,  63, 
ubi  V.  Heind.— III.  also  c.  ace,  to 
dance  out.  i.  e.  let  out,  betray,  τα  απόβ- 
λητα, prob.  of  some  dance  which  bur- 
lesqued those  ceremonies,  Luc.  :  so. 
too,  ίερωσννην  έξ.,  to  mimic,  mock  hoiy 
rites,  Hdn. ;  also,  έξ.  τινά,  to  7iiock, 
48i 


ΕΞΟΥ 

disgrace  by  one's  conduct,  Plut.,  for 
which  App.  has  ίξ.  TiVi,=  Lat.  insul- 
tarf :  and,  έξ.  την  ΰλήβειαν,  to  scorn 
it.  Phlt.,  cl.  άπομχέομαι. — IV.  to  leave 
off  dancing,  ττόλεμον  έξ.,  to  give  up  the 
war-ilance,  i.  e.  war,  as  Hom.  calls  a 
battle  the  dance  of  Mars. 

Έ;υσδω,  Dor.  for  εξύζω,  Theocr. 
'Κξοσώω,  ώ,  (εκ,  όσιόω)  like  ύφο- 
αιόω,  to  dedicate,  devote,  Plut.  Mid. 
to  avert  by  expiation,  Lat.  procurarc.  Id. 
'Έ,ξοστείζω,  f.  -ΐσω,  {ίκ,  οστεον)  to 
take  the  joints  from  their  sockets,  Lat. 
exossnre,  Diosc. 

'Έ,ζοστρΰκίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (έκ,  όστρα- 
κίζυ)  to  banish  by  ostracism,  Hdt.  8, 
7J,  and  so,  with  a  pun  on  broken  pots, 
{ύστμακα)  άμφορίΰς  εξοστρακισθείς. 
At.  ap.  Plut.  2,  853  C  :  in  genl.  to 
banish,  late.     Hence 

Εξοστρακισμός,  ov,  ό,  banishment 
by  ostracism,  Diod. 

'Έξυστωσις,  εως,  ή,  {έκ,  όστέον)  α 
diseased  excrescence  on  the  bone.  Foes. 
Oecon.  Hipp. 

Έξότε,  adv.  (έξ,  δτε)—έξ  ov,  Call. 
ApoU.  48,  V.  Lob.  Phryn.  47. 

Έξότου,  adv.  {έξ  ότου,  sub.  χρό- 
νον)  since  the  time  when. 

'Εξοτρύνω,  {έκ,  οτρΰνω)  to  stimu- 
late, stir  up,  Aesch.  Theb.  692. 

Έξονόεΐ'έω,  ώ,  LXX,  and  έξονδε- 
νίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  Ρϊηί.,^=έξονδενόω. 

Έξουόενισμός,  οϋ,  ύ,  {έξουδενίζω) 
scorn,  contempt. 

'Άξουδενόω,  ώ,  {έκ,  ουδέν)  to  set  at 
nought,  mock,  LXX.,  v.  Lob.  Phryn. 
182.     Hence 

Έξουδένωμα,  ατός,  τό,  contempt, 
LXX. ;  and 

'Κξουδένωσις,  εως,  ή,  a  reducing  to 
nothing,  destruction,   LXX. 

Έξουθενέω,  ώ,=:έξονδενόο),  Ν.  Τ. 
Hence 

ΥΕξουθένημα,  ατός,  τό,=  έξουδένυ- 
μα.  LXX. :  and 

'Έξονθενητικός,  ή,  όν,  inclined  to 
set  at  naught, c.  gen.,  τοϋ  θείου,  Diog.  L. 
Έξονλης  δίκη,  ή,  Lat.  actio  rei  ju- 
dicalae,  or  unde  vi,  an  action  against 
one  who  neglected  the  order  of  a  court  to 
pay  a  legal  penalty.  Or  to  surrender  pos- 
session of  property,  or  in  genl. /or  con- 
tempt of  court,  Dem.  528,  12  ;  543,  27, 
cf  ."^tt.  Process  pp.  485,  sq.,  749,  sq., 
Buttm.  Mid.  Ind.  in  voc.  The  nom. 
έξούλη  does  not  occur. 

Έξουρέω,  ώ,  {έκ,  ονρέω)  to  pass  with 
the  water,  Arist.  H.  A.  :  to  make  water, 
Ael. 

Έξονρίας,  adv.  for  έξ  ουρίας,  v.  ού- 
ριος. ^ 

'Ε:;ουρος,  ov,  {έκ,  ovpu)  ending  in  a 
tail  or  point,  Hipp.,  cf.  μύονρος. 

Εξουσία,  ας,  ή,  (έξεστι)  power, 
means,  authority  to  do  a  thing,  έξ.  πά- 
ρεστι=ίξεστι,  c.  inf ,  Soph.  Fr.  109  : 
so  too,  έξ.  διδόναι,  τταρέχειν,  to  give 
authority,  power,  permission  to  do.., 
opp.  to  έξ.  λαμβάνειν,  έχειν,  etc., 
freq.  in  Att. :  also  c.  gen.,  έξ.  τινός, 
power  over,  licence  in  a  thing.  Plat. 
Gorg.  526  A,  461  Ε  ;  περί  τίνος,  Legg. 
930  Α. — II.  absol.  power,  authority, 
might,  as  opp.  to  right,  Eur.  Phaeth. 
10,  Thuc.  1.  38,  cf  3,  45.-2.  an  office, 
magistracy,  hat.  potestas.  Plat.  Ale.  1, 
135  Β  :  also  the  body  of  the  magistrates, 
N.  T.,  cf.  Tt'Aof. — III.  like  περιουσία, 
abundance  of  means,  resources,  εξουσί- 
ας έττίδειξις,  Thuc.  6,  31.     Hence 

Ύ.ξουσιάζίο,  to  be  in  authority,  have 
voucr,  Dion.  H. — 2.  to  have  authority 
over,  τινός,  Ν.  Τ.     Hence 

Εξουσιαστής,  οϋ,  ό,  α  mighty  one, 
LXX.    Hence 

'Εξουσιαστικός,  ή,  όν,  authoritative. 
Adv.  -κώς,  Polyb. 
482 


ΕΞΤΔ 

Έξονσιος,  ov,  {έκ,  ουσία)  stript  of 
properly,  Phllo. 

Έξοφί'λ'λω,  {έκ,  όφέλλω)  to  increase 
exceedingly,  έξ.  εεδνα,  to  offer  higher 
and  higher  dowiy,  Od.  15,  18. 

'Κξοφθαλμος,  ov,  (έκ,  οφθαλμός) 
with  prominent  eyes,  Xen.  Eq.  1,  9, 
opp.  to  κοιλοφθαλμος. — II.  manifest, 
clear,  Polyb. 

Έξοχα,  adv.,  v.  έξοχος. 

Έξηχάδες,  ων,  ai,  (έξοχος)  external 
piles  or  haemorrhoids,  the  internal  be- 
ing called  έηχάδες,  Medic. 

Έξοχετεια,  ας,  ή,  a  drawing  into 
channels  or  sluices,  Strab.  :  from 

Ύ^ξοχετευΐα),  {έκ,  οχετεύίύ)  to  draw 
off,  as  water  by  a  sluice,  Hipp. 

Έξυχή,  ης,  ή,  (εξέχω)  any  standing 
out,  elevation,  prominence,  opposed 
to  είςοχτ},  a  depression,  Soxt.  Emp. : 
so  of  protuberances  on  the  skin,  boils, 
warts,  etc.,  Medic.  ;  the  edge  or  brim  of 
vessels,  Ath.  ;  the  projectionof  a  rock, 
Alciphr.  ;npomi,Hdn.— Il.metaph.iiis- 
tinction,  excellence,  Cic.  Att.  4,  15,  7: 
01  κατ'  εξοχήν,  the  chief  men,  N.  T. 

'Εξοχος,  ov,  {εξέχω)  standing  out, 
prominent,  high,  in  strict  signf.  very 
late  :  metaph.  very  freq.  in  Horn.,  dis- 
tinguished, excellent,  έξ.άνήρ,  II.  2,  188; 
έξ.  βονς,  αΐξ,  II.  2,  480,  Od.  21,  266. 
of  things,  only  ίξ.  τέμενος,  II.  Ο,  194  ; 
20, 184  :  oft.  c.  gen.,  έξοχος  'Α,ργείων, 
eminent  among  or  above  them,  II.  3,  227, 
έξ.  ηρώων,  U.  18,  56;  and  very  freq. 
άλλων,  πάντων,  just  like  a  superl.  : 
(in  Pind.  N.  2,  27,  Aesch.,  and  iiur. 
we  have  the  real  superl.  εξοχότατος, 
and  in  Pind.  N.  3,  124  the  compar.) : 
the  dat.  is  used  for  gen.,  II.  2,  4β3, 
Od.  15,  227  :  also  strengthd.  μέγ'  έξ- 
οχος, II.  2,  480,  etc.  He  has  also  very 
oft.  the  a(iv.  neut.  έξοχον  and  έξοχα, 
esp.  c.  gen.,  e.  g.  έξοχα  πάντων,  fur 
above  a//,=  Lat.  prae  :  also  absol.  with 
verbs,  es/iecially,  έξ.  φιλεΐν,  έχθαίρειν, 
Od.  15,  70 :  έμοϊ  δόσαν  έξοχα,  gave 
me  as  a  high  honour,  Od.  9,  551  :  with 
an  ad].,  έξοχα  λνγρ'  είδνϊα,  Od.  11, 
432:  with  the  superl.,  έξοχ'  άριστοι, 
beyond  compare  the  best,  II.  9,  638, 
etc.  :— the  regul.  adv.  -χ(.)ς,  Pind.  O. 
9,  104,  and  Eur. 

Έξοχνρόω,  ώ,  strengthd.  for  όχν- 
ρόω,  Plut. 

"Εξπηχνς,=  έκπηχνς,  Lob.  Phryn. 
412.     Hence 

Έξπηχυστί,  adv.,  of  six  cubits, 
Soph.  Fr.  876. 

'Εξυβρίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (έκ,  υβρίζω)  to 
break  out  into  insolence,  to  run  riot,  wax 
wanton,  Hdt.  7,  5,  cf  Thuc.  1,  84 :  έξ. 
ύπό  πλούτου,  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  6,  1 :  έξ. 
εις  τόδε,  to  come  to  this  pitch  of  inso- 
lence, Thuc.  3,  39  :  c.  adj.  neut.,  έξ. 
παντοία,  to  commit  all  kinds  o{  violence 
or  extravagance,  Hdt.  3,  126:  c.  acc. 
pers.,  to  treat  with  insolence  or  violence, 
M.  Anton. — 2.  of  the  body,  to  break  out 
from  high  feeding,  Plat.  Legg.  691  C  : 
of  plants,  to  be  over  luxuriant,  Theophr. 

Έξνγΐάζω,  {έκ,  νγιύζω)  to  heal  thor- 
oughly, Hipp. 

'Εξυγιαίνω,  to  recover  health,  Hipp. 
— II.  transit.=foreg..  Id. 

Έξυγραίνω,  f.  -αΐ'ώ,  {έκ,  υγραίνω) 
to  make  quite  wet :  hence  in  pass,  to  be 
all  water,  Foes.  Oecon.  Hipp. — 2.  to 
make  watery  mid  weak,  Plut.  :  pass,  to 
be  .to,  of  plants,  Theophr. 

"Εξυγρος,  ov,  (έκ,  υγρός)  watery, 
liquid.  Hipp. 

Έξνδΰρόω,  ώ,  (έκ,  νδαρης)  to  make 
watery.     Pass,  to  become  so,  Medic. 

Έξνδΰτόω,  ώ,  {έκ,  ύδωp)=ίoreg., 
Theophr.     Hence 

Έζΰδάτωσις,  εως,  η,  a  changing  into 
water,  [ΰ] 


ΕΞΩ 

Έξυδρίας,  ov,  6,  άνεμος,  a  ratny 
wind,  .\rist.  Mund. 

Έ,ξυδρωπιύο),  ω,  {έκ,  νδρωπιάω)  t» 
become  dropsical,  Arist.  H.  A. 

'Eξύλaκτέω,ώ,{έκ,vλaκτέω)tobark 
out :  hence  to  burst  out  in  a  rage,  Plut. ; 
c.  acc,  έξ.  γόον,  to  yell  it  out,  Lye. 

Έξνλίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (έκ,  ■ύ?ύζω)  to  fil- 
ter out  or  through.  Gal. 

Έξϋμενίζω,  (έκ,  ν  μην)  to  strip  of  tht 
skin  or  membrane,  Diosc.     Hence 

Έξνμενιστήρ,  ήρος,  ό,  a  knife  for 
flaying,  or  dissecting  knife. 

Έξνμνέω,  ύ,  strengthd.  for  νμνέω, 
Polyb. 

'Εξν^'ήκα,  ίσυνηκα,  aor.  1  c.  dupl. 
augm.  from  συνίημι  for  ξννήκα,  σν- 
νήκα,  Anacr.  116,  and  Alcae. 

Έξυπύλνξις,  εως,  ή,  an  escipe, 
Orph.  [ΰ]  ;  from 

Έξυπάλνσκω,  f.  -^ω,  (έκ,  νπαλύσ- 
Ku)  to  flee  from,  escape,  Orph. 

Έξυπανίστημι,  (έκ,  υπό,  ΰνά,  Ισ• 
τημι)  only  in  11.  2,  267,  σμώδιξ  μετα- 
φρένου  έξυπανεστη,  a  weal  started  up 
from  under  the  skin  of  the  back. 
'ΕξνπειπεΙν,=^  νπειπείν. 
Έξυπερζέω,  f.  -έσω,  (έκ,  νπερζέω) 
to  boil  over,  effervesce. 

Έξνπερθε,  adv.  =  ϋπερθε,  from 
above.  Soph.  Phil.  29.  [v] 

Έξνπηρετέω,  ώ,  (έκ,  νπηρετέω)  to 
assist  to  the  ut?nost,  Soph.  Tr.  1156, 
Tivi,  Eur.  Autol.  1,  7. 

Έξνπνίζω,  (έκ,  ύπνος)  to  awaken, 
rouse  from  sleep,  LXX.  :  pass,  to  wake 
up,  Plut.,  Lob.  Phryn.  224.     Hence 
'Ε,ξνπνιστής,  ov,  ό,  an  awakener. 
"Εξυπνος,  ov,  (έκ,  ύπνος)  awakened 
out  of  sleep,  N.  T. 

Έξνπτιάζω,  strengthd.  for  νπτι• 
άζω,  Arist.  Η.  Α. :  έξ.  όνομα  (sc.  Ρο- 
lynicis),  to  turn  it  over,  take  it  to  pieces, 
Aesch.  Theb.  577,  cf.  Ar.  Eq.  21,  sq. 
ΤΕξνρημένος,  perf.  part.  pass,  from 
ξνρέω,  Ar. 

'Εξυφαίνω,  (έκ,  υφαίνω)  to  finish 
weaving,  Lat.  pertexere,  φάρος,  Hdt.  2, 
122.— II.  metaph.  έξ.  μέλος,  Pind.  Ν. 
4,  71,  τιν  χάριτες  εξυφαίνονται,  Pind. 
P.  4,  490  :  also  like  Lat.  neclerc  (dolos), 
Polyb.     Hence 

'Εξυφαντέον,  verb,  adj.,  one  must 
finish  weaving,  Clem.  Al. 

'Εξύφασμα,  ατός,  τό,  (εξυφαίνω)  a 
finished  web,  κερκιδος  σης  έξ.,  thy 
"handywork,  Eur.  El.  .539.  [v] 

Έΐυφηγέομαι,^=^  ΰφτ/γέομαι.  Soph. 
Ο.  C'  1025. 

ΈξυΦάω,  ώ,  (έκ,  vrpou)  to  exalt, 
LXX. 

Έ^ω,  adv.,  (έξ,  as  είσω  from  εΙς) 
without,  on  the  outside,  out  of  doors, 
hat.  foris,  Od.  10,  95:  hence,  τό  έξω, 
the  outside,  Thuc,  etc.  ;  τΛ  έξω,  ck- 
ternal  things ;  in  late  writers  also, 
exoteric  knowledge,  opj).  to  τα  έσω, 
esoteric :  ή  έξω,  sub.  θάλασσα  (in 
Hdt.  1,  202  with  στηλών  added),  the 
main  ocean,  opp.  to  ή  εντός,  the  Me- 
diterranean.— II.  of  motion,  outwards, 
into  the  air,  or  away  out  of  the  country, 
Lat. floras,  II.  17,  265,  Od.  14,  526,  etc. ; 
sometimes  c  acc.  loci  quo..,  e.  g.  έξω 
τον  Έλλήςποντον  π?ιέων,  out  to  the 
Hell.,  Hdt.  7,  58,  cf.  5,  103  ;  c.  gen 
loci  unde..,  like  έκ,  out  of,  II.  10,  94, 
etc. — III.  like  έκτος,  c.  gen.,  outside 
of',  out  of,  clear  of,  esp.  in  Att.,  v.  Lob, 
Phryn.  128  :  έξο>  βελών,  out  of  shot, 
Xen.  Cyr.  3,  3,  69  :  έξω  τινός  είναι, 
tohe  free  from  a  thing,  to  have  nothing 
to  do  with  it,  Dem.,  etc. ;  έξω  της 
υποθέσεως,  τοϋ  πράγματος  λέγειν, 
to  speak  away  from  the  subject,  Isocr 
247  E,  Dem.  519,  21  :  έξω  φρενών 
out  of  one's  senses,  Pind.  O.  7,  85 
also,  έ.  αϋτοϋ,  Hipp.,  etc.     Proverb. 


ΕΞΩΝ 

(ξυ>  τον  7η^7.ον  πόδα  ίχειν,  to  keep 
clear  of  diiRculties,  v.  Aesch.  Cho, 
697, — 2.  also  like  έκτος,  without,  bat, 
except,  c-  gen.,  Hdt.  7,  29  :  but  also 
(ξϋ  T/^-,  Lat.  praiterquam,  H.  7,228. — 
IV,  pleon,  in  such  phrases  as  εκ  της 
ταή>ΐ)ςΐΚ(^έρΐ<.ν  εξω•,  Hdt.  3, 16,  Comp, 
εξώτερος,  superl.  εξώτατος. 
"Εξω,  fut.  of  εχω,  Horn. 
Έξ(^θεν,  adv.  {εξω)/τοη.  without  or 
tbroad,  Trag. — 2,  also  c.  gen.,  εξ.  δό• 
μί,ίν.,  from  without  the  house.  Eur.  Med, 
1312.— Π.  freq.  also=ei(j,  Hdt.  1,  70, 
Soph.  El,  1449,  Plat.,  etc. :  hence,  oi 
εξυθει\  those  who  are  without,  Hdt.  9, 
6, — III,  in  Gramm.,  έξωθεν  λαμβά- 
νειν, to  supply  or  understand  a  word, 
Lat.  subaudire;  ru  εξ<^θεν,  foreign 
matters,  Trag, 

Έξωβέω,  ώ,  f,  -ωίί^/σω  and  -ώσω, 
aor.  έξέωσα,  (εκ,  ώθέω)  to  push  out, 
strike  out,  II.  14,  491,  in  tmesis :  to 
tlirust  out,  drive  away,  Lat.  ejicere. 
Soph,  Aj.  1248,  etc, ;  c.  gen.  loci.  Id, 
O.  C,  1296,  etc.  Pass,  to  be  tkrvst 
eai,  έκ  της  χάρης,  Hdt,  4,  13,  etc. — 
II.  esp.  to  drive  out  of  the  sf'a,  drive  mi 
shore,  ττρος  }'ην,  Thuc.  2,  90  :  cf  το 
ξηρόν.  Id,  8,  104 :  so  too  in  pass., 
ηνεύμασιν  έξωσθέντες,  Eur.  Cycl, 
279,  cf.  εξώστης:  metaph.,  έξωσϋη- 
vai  Ty  ώρα  ές  χεψώνα,  Thuc.  6,  34, 
ubi  V.  Arnold.     Hence 

'Έ,ξώθηαίς,  εως,  ή,  a  driving  out,  ex- 
cretinn.  Medic, 

Έξωκε&νίζυ,  f.  -ί'σω,  (ίκ,  ωκεανός) 
to  carry  beyond  the  ocean,  tj trab. 

Έξωκεΰνισμός,  ov,  ό,  a  proceeding 
beyond  or  froyn  the  ocean,  Strab. 

'Έξώκοιτος,ον,  {εξω,  κοίτη)  sleeping 
mit:  ό  έξ~,  Λ  iish  which  comes  upon  the 
beach  to  skep,  also  called  αόωνις,  The- 
ophr. 

'Έ,ξώΤίεια^  ας,  ή,  uttrr  destruction, 
κητ'  έξω?ΐΐίας  όμόσηι,  to  swear  with 
a  prayer  that  one  may  perish  (if  faith- 
less), Dein,  55.3,  17;  al-so,  έτταρΰσθαι 
ίξώλειαν  αντφ,  ap.  Eund,  747,  14 ; 
ϋποχον  έξωλεία  uvtov  ποιειν.  Id. 
1315,  II ;  κατ'  ίξ.  έττιορκεΐν.  to  break 
an  oath  of  the  kind.  Id.  1305,  13  :  from 
Εξώλης,  ες,  (έξόλλυμι)  utterly  de- 
stroyed, ruined,  Hdt.  7,  9,  2 :  έ^^.  άτΐο- 
λέσθαι.  Ar,  Pac.  1072.— II.  act.  most 
destructive,  ruinous,  Ar.  Plut.  443, 
(Di-rn.)  1342,  7.— III.  metaph.  of  per- 
sons, abandoned,  abominable,  Lat.  per- 
ditus,  Aesch.  Supp,  741,  Antiph.  Mi- 
σοτΓ.  1,  12. 

'Έξωμίας,  ov,  b,  (εξωμος)  one  with 
nrms  bare  to  the  shoulder,  Luc. — II.  with 
high  shoidders.  Id. 

Έξωμιόοττοιία,  ας,  f/,  the  making  oj 
an  ίξωμίΓ,  Xen.  Mem.  2,  7,  6 :  from 

'Έ•ξ<ομιϋοττοιός,  όν,  {έξωμίς,  ποιέω) 
making  an  εξωμίς. 

Έξωμίζω,  τον  έτερον  βραχίονα  ίξ., 
to  bare  one  arm  up  to  the  shoulder,  wear 
it  as  in  an  έξωμίς,  Ar.  Eccl.  267  :  from 
Έξωμίς,  ίδος,  ή,  a  man's  vest  without 
sleeves,  leaving  the  shoulders  bare,  v. 
Gell.  7, 12  ;  or  ace.  to  others  with  one 
sleeve,  leaving  one  shoulder  bare  :  the 
usu.  dress  of  slaves,  poor  men,  cyn- 
ics, and  even  of  the  rich  when  not 
on  ceremony,  Ar.  Vesp.  414,  Xen. 
Mem.  2,  7,  5,  etc. :  cf.  έττωμίς,  χεφι- 
δωτής.  [ΐ]     From 

'Έξ(ΰμος,  ov,  {εκ,  ώμος)  with  a  shoul- 
der bare  :  stript  for  work. 

Ύ,ξωμοσία,  ας,ή,{1ξόμννμι)  a  stoear- 
ing  off,  getting  off  giving  evidence  or 
other  obligations  bij  an  oath,  Ar.  Eccl. 
1026,  Dem.  1119,  26,  cf.  έξήμννμι. 

Έξωνέομαι,  {εκ,  ώνέομαι.)  dep.,  to 
buy  off,  redeem,  Arist.  Oec.  :  in  genl. 
to  buy,  Hdt.  1,  196. — II.  to  compensate, 
Arist.  Pol.    Hence 


EOIK 

'Έξώνησις,  εως,  ή,  redemption,  pur- 
chase. 

'Κξώηιος,  ov,  (εκ.  ώψ)  out  of  sight 
of,  in  genl,  away  from,  a  favourite 
word  of  Eurip.,  as,  εξ.  δόμων.  Supp. 
1038,  δωμάτων,  Ale.  546,  cf.  Ar. 
Thesm.  881. 

'ΈξώπνΆος,  ov,  {εξω,  ηνλη)  out  of 
doors,  late  word. 

Έξωριάζω,  (έκ,  ωρα)  to  leave  otit  of 
one's  thoughts,  neglect,  Aesch.  Pr.  17, 
ubi  Pors.  ενωρ. 

Έξωρος,  ov,  {εκ,  ωρα)  untimely,  out 
of  season,  unfitting.  Soph.  El.  618  :  too 
early  or  too  lale,  but  USU.  the  latter,  as 
in  Plut.,  etc. :  also  c.  gen.,  έξωρος, 
too  old  for..,  Luc.  Adv.  -ρως,  Phi- 
lostr. 

Έξώροφος,  ov,  {εξ,  όροφος)  with  or 
of  six  stories,  Diod.  :  others,  not  so 
well,  έξόροφος,  Schaf.  Dion.  Comp. 
203. 

Ύ.ξώρτο,  3  sing.  aor.  syTicop.  pass, 
of  έξόρννμι. 

'Είωσις,  εως,  tj,  {έξωθέω)  a  putting 
out,  dislocation,  Hipp. 

Έξωσμα,  ατός,  τό,  {έξωθέω)  a  dri- 
ving out,  banishment,  LXX. 

'Εξωστήρ,  ηρος,  o,=  sq. 

'Εξώστης,  ου,  ό,  {έξωθέω)  one  who 
drives  out:  εξ.  άνεμοι,  violent  winds 
which  dn're  ships  out  of  their  course 
or  on  shore,  Hdt.  2, 113,  Aeschin.  Ep. 
659  fin.,  cf.  έξωθέω  II. 

Έξώστρα.  ας,  ή,  a  stage-machine 
somewhat  of  the  same  nature  as  the 
έκκνκλημα,  v.  Herm.  Opusc.  6,  2,  105, 

sq- 

^Εξώτατος,  η.  ov,  superl.  from  έΐω. 
adv.  έξωτάτω,  outermost.  Plat.  Phaed. 
112  E. 

'Εξωτερικός,  ή,  όν,  {έξω)  external, 
belonging  to  the  outside,  αρχή,  foreigti 
power,  έξ.  πράξεις,  ριώϋα  bu.siness, 
Arist.  Pol.  2,  10,  16 ;  7,  3,  8 :  opp.  to 
εσωτερικός. — II.  esp.  of  those  disci- 
ples of  Pythagoras  and  others  who 
were  not  yet  initiated  into  their  highest 
phdosophy ;  έξ.  λόγοι,  popular  trea- 
tises, opp.  to  εσωτερικοί,  the  strictly 
philosophical,  Arist.  Pol.  3,  6,  5,  cf. 
Cic.  Fin.  5,  5. 

Εξώτερος,  a,  ov,  comp.  from  ε^ω, 
adv.  έξωτέρω,  Aesch.  Cho.  1023. 

'Εξωτικός,  ή,  όν,  {έξω)  outward, 
strange,  foreign,  Bockh  Inscr.  2,  p. 
467.     Adv.  -κώς. 

Έξώφορος,  ov,  {έξω,  φέρω)  brought 
out,  published,  Iambi. 

Έξωχρος,  ov,  {έκ,  ωχρός)  deadly 
pale,  Arist.  H.  A. 

"Eo,  Ep.  gen.  of  the  pron.  pers.  3 
person  for  ov,  his,  of  him,  Hom.,  esp. 
in  phrase  άπο  έο  from,  away  from 
him  :  έο  αΰτον  for  έαυτοϋ,  11.  19,  384, 
Od.  8,211. 

Έοϊ,  Ep.  dat.  sing,  of  pron.  pers. 
ov,  for  01,  to  him,  έοΐ  αντφ,  Od.  4,  38  : 
but  Od.  4,  643,  έοΐ  αντο'ΰ,  his  own, 
nom.  pi.  from  έός. 

Έοί,  Ep.  for  εΐη,  3  sing.  opt.  pres. 
from  ειμί,  Hom. 

"Εοιγμεν,  syncop.  for  έοίκαμεν,  1 
plur.  perf.  2  from  έοικα.  v.  sq. 

'Εοικα,  ας,  ε,  etc.,  perf.  2  c.  pres. 
signf ,  from  root  *ε"ίκω,  to  be  like,  of 
which  Hom.  has  only  3  impf.  είκε,  it 
seemed  good,  11.  18,  520  ;  part,  έοικώς, 
νια,  ός,  Horn.,  and  once  the  Ep. 
lengthd.  εΊοικυϊαι,  Π.  18,  418 :  the 
Att.  preferred  the  form  εΐκώς,  esp.  in 
neut.  εΙκός  :  and  we  find  in  Hom.  once 
εΐκώς,  11.  21,  254,  and  fre(j.  the  fem. 
είκνία,  inf.  έοικέναι : — οικα,  ας,  ε, 
etc.,  is  Ion.,  not  Ep.,  subj.  οίκω,  part. 
οίκώς.  Hdt.:  plqpf.  έώκειν,  εις,  ει, 
etc.,  Horn.,  and  once  3  pi.  έοίκεσαν, 
II.  13,  102 :  fut.  ε'ιξω,  post-Horn.,  Ar. 


ΕΟΛΠ 

Nub.  1001.  Ep.  only  are  the  forms  ??«- 
rov,  3  dual  perf.,  Od.4,  27:  ηϊκτο  3 
sing,  plqpf.  four  times  in  0<l.,  and 
without  aujrm.  έικτο,  II.  23,  107  :  έίκ- 
την,  3  dual,  plqpf.,  II.  1,  104,  Od.  4, 
662,  etc.  In  Att.  we  find  3  pi.  perf. 
είξασι  for  έοίκασι,  even  in  prose ;  and 
1  pi.  perf.  syncop.  έοιγμεν  for  έοίκα- 
μεν. Soph.  Aj.  1239,  and  Eur.  It  is 
dub.  whether  the  perf.  είκα  is  good 
Att.,  but  cf.  προςέοικα.  Piers.  Moer. 
p.  148,  Br.  Ar.  Nub.  185.  (It  occurs 
in  3  sing,  in  some  MSS.  Ar.  Av.  1298.) 
■ — I.  to  be  or  look  like,  τινί,  Horn. ;  and 
so  in  Hdt.,  and  Att.  Construct. :  c. 
ace.  rei,  Μαχάονι  πάντα  έοικε,  κεφα- 
λήν τε  και  όμματα  καλά.  έοικε,  etc. : 
μελαίνη  Κηρι  έοικεν,  is  considered  like, 
1.  e.  hated  like  death,  Od.  17.  500. 
Made  more  emphatic  by  the  phrases 
άντα  έφκει.  άγχιστα  έώκει,  εις  ώττα 
έοικεν,  Horn. — II.  to  befit,  to  be  bound, 
c.  inf ,  έοικα  δέ  τοι  παραείδειν,  ώστε 
θεώ,  Ι  am  hound  to  sing  before  thee, 
od.  22,  348,  cf.  Soph.  Phil.  317. 
Elsewh.  Hom.  has  3  pers.  sing,  as 
impers.,  it  is  fitting,  right,  seemly,  rea- 
sonable, probable,  USU.  C.  tiegat.,  οΰκ 
έστ',  ονόέ  έοικε,  II.  14,  212,  Od.  8, 
358.  Construct. :  usu.  absoL,  also  c. 
ace.  et  inf.,  and  II.  4,  286,  c.  inf.  only : 
if  the  person  is  mentioned,  it  is  put  in 
dai.,  as  II.  10,  440 ;  nor  is  Od.  22, 196 
an  exception,  ενν^  ένι  μαλακή  κατβ- 
λέγμενος,  ώς  σε  έοικεν,  for  here  we 
must  supply  the  inf,  ώς  έοικε  σε  {κα- 
ταλέξασθαι). — 2.  Hom.  has  also  the 
part,  in  signf.  fitting,  right,  deserved, 
Od.  4,  239  ;  έοικότι  κείται  όλέθρω, 
1,  46  :  είκνία  άκοιτις,  α  suitable  wife, 
'  a  help  meet  for  him,'  II.  9,  399.— III. 
in  Att.  to  seem  likely,  have  the  appear- 
ance of  seem,  oft.  agreeing  with  its 
person  (though  often  we  cannot  ren- 
der it  so),  θι-λξειν  μ'  έοικης,  you  seem 
likely  to  soothe  me,  it  seems  as  if  you 
will,  Aesch.  Eum.  900,  χλιόάν  έοι- 
κας,  methinks  thou  art  delicate, 
Ae.sch.  Pr.  971.cf.  Eur. Cycl.  99,  etc.: 
also  c.  part.,  έοίκατε  ήδόμενοι,  you 
seem  delighted,  Xen.  Hell.  6,  3,  8,  cf. 
Kuhner  Gr.  Gr.  ^  657,  2:  hut  most 
freq.,  έοικε,  and  ώς  έοικε,  absol.,as  it 
seems,  probably,  as  is  fitting,  or  C.  dat. 
pers.,  ώς  έοικε  μοι,  etc.,  Eur.  Andr. 
551,  cf.  Bornem.  Xen.  Symp.  2,  15: 
also  ώς  εικός.  Ion.  οίκος,  (sub.  έστι) 
Hdt.  and  Att. — On  the  neut.  part,  et- 
κύς,  v.  sub  voc. 

Έοίκότως,  Att.  είκότως.  Ion.  οίκό- 
τως.  adv.  of  part,  έοικός,  similarly, 
like,  τινί,  Aesch.  Ag.  915  :  reasonably, 
fairly,  naturally,  as  tvas  to  be  expected, 
Hdt.  2,  25,  Aesch.  Supp.  403. 
νΕοιμι,  έοις,  έοι,  Ep.  and  Ion.  for 
ειην,  ε'ηις,  εΐη,  opt.  of  ειμί,  in  2  and 
3  sing. 

Έοϊο,  Ep.  gen.  from  έός  for  έον, 
Hom. 

ΈοΙς,  dat.  pi.  from  έός,  Hom. 

Έοις,  Ep.  2  sing.  opt.  from  εΙμΙ 
for  ε'ιης,  II.  9,  284. 

ΈοΙσα,  Dor.  part.  fem.  from  ειμί 
for  έοΰσα,  ούσα. 

Έολεω,  Dor.  collat.  form  οίαιολέω, 
to  make  to  waver,  trouble,  πυρ  δε  μιν 
οίκ  έόλει,  as  Bockh  for  αίόλλει  in 
Pind.  P.  4,414  (2.33):  Buckh  refers 
έόλητο  also  (v.  sq.)  to  the  same  root ; 
but  Buttm.,  Catal.  v.  ειλω  and  Le.xil. 
v.  αίολος  7,  makes  Pindar's  έόλει 
the  impf.  from  δλέω,  a  lengthd.  form 
of  εΙ?.ω.  Others  write  αίύλει  with  ai 
short  before  the  vowel. 

Έόλητο,  was  pressed,  iveighed  down, 
Ep.  plqpf  of  pres.  ε'ιλω  in  Ap.  Rh., 
cf  Buttm.  quoted  in  foreg. 

Έολπα,    ας,    ε,   poet,   perf   with 
483 


ΕΟΤΣ 
pres.  signf.  from  fkmj,  Horn. :  plqpi. 
Γ.ώλπΐΐν. 

Έον,  only  in  11.  23,  C43,  for  ^v,  1 
sing,  iinpf.  from  (Ιμί ;  but  kov.  Ion. 
for  bv.  part,  neiit.  from  εΙμί. 

Έόΐ',  ace.  or  nom.  neut.  from  έός, 
Hom. 

t'Eovruj'  Ion.  and  Dor.  for  Ιστωσαν 
3  pi.  imper.  of  ειμί. 

VEopCiKa  for  έώράκα,  v.  Buttm. 
Catal.  p.  191  n. 

Έοργα,  ας,  ε,  poet.  perf.  of  Ιρόυ, 
Hom. :  3  pi.  ίημγαν  for  ίόργασιν, 
Batr. :  t)art.  έορ)ώς,  Hom. 

i'Kopriaia,  ας,  ή,  Eordaca,  a  district 

in    the    northwest    of    Macedonia, 

Polyb.  18,  6,  3.     Hence 

νΫ.ορόαικύς,  //,  όν,  of  Enrdaea,  Arr. 

t'Eoptii'n,  ας,  7/,  =  'Eopoaia,  Thuc. 

2, 9i).     From 

t'Eop(5o<',  ών,  ol,  the  Eorrli.  dwelling 
in  the  north-west  of  Macedonia,  Hdt. 
7,  185. 

Εορτάζω,  in  Ion.  prose  όρτύζυ,  f. 
-σω  ;  the  augm.  on  the  2d  syll.,  εόρ- 
ταζαν :  (εορτή).  To  keep  festival  or 
holiday,  Hdt.  2,  60,  122,  Eur.,  etc. ;  c. 
ace.  to  celebrate  by  a  festival,  νίκτίν, 
Pint. 

'Έορταΐος,  αία,  αΐον,=  έόρτίος,  fes- 
tal, Dion.  Η. 

Εορτάσιμος,  ov,  of  or  belonging  to 
a  festival,  τ/μέρα,  Plut.     From 

Έόpτΰσις,cωr,  ή.  Ιέορτιϊζω)  the  cele- 
hrntinn  of  a  festival.  Plat.  Legg.  657  D. 

Έόρτασμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  festival,  holi- 
day. LXX. 

'Εορτασμός,  ov,  o,=  foreg..  Pint. 

Έορταστέον,  verb.  adj.  from  εορ- 
τάζω, one  must  keep  holiday. 

Εορταστής,  ov,  o,  a  fellow-reveller. 
Hence 

'Εορταστικός,  //,  όν.  belonging  to  a 
festival.  Plat.  Legg.  829  B. 

'Εορτή,  and  in  Ion.  prose  όρτή,  ης, 
ή,  a  feast  or  festival,  holiday,  On-  20, 
156,  and  freq.  in  Att.  ;  έ.  Οεοΐο,  Od. 
21,  258  :  όρτήν  άγειν,  to  keep  a  feast, 
Hdt.  1, 147,  150;  άνάγειν,  2,  40,  etc. ; 
έορτήν  τώ  θεώ  ποιεΐν,  Thuc.  2,  15: 
amuseincnt,  play,  Aeseh.  Eum.  191, 
i.  ήγείσθαί  τι,  to  make  it  their  spnrt, 
enjoyment,  Thuc.  1,  70.  Cf  έροτίς. 
Hence 

Έόρτιος,  ov,  (εορτή)  of,  belonging 
to  a  festival,  solemn,  Eccl. 

"Eop-if, ως,  ή,=^ίορτή,  Schol.  Ven. 
Vi.  5,  299,  cf  εροτις. 

'Εορτο?Μγιον,  ov,  το,  a  calendar  of 
holid<n/s. 

Έορτώόης,  ες,  (εορτή,  είδος)  festal, 
solemn. 

Έός,  {ή,  έόν.  Ion.  and  Ερ.  for  6ς. 
7],  (IV,  (ί,  to,  ου)  possessive  adj.  3  pers. 
sing,  his,  her  own,  Hom.,  also  in  Dor. ; 
τον  έόν  τε  ΤΙόόαργον,  that  his  otvn 
Podargus,  II.  23,  295  :  strengthd.,  έώ 
nvTOV  θνμώ,  in  his  own  inmost  soul, 
Lat.  suo  ipsius  animo,  II.  10,  204  ;  έοΐ 
avTov  θήτες,  his  own  labourers,  Od. 
4,  613  :  whence  the  post-Hom.  έαν- 
τον,  αντον,  was  formed.  It  is  not 
merely  reflex.,  but  answers  to  the 
Lat.  ejus,  as  well  as  s^uiis.  Hes.  Op. 
58.  uses  it  for  σφέτερος  as  adj.  3  pers. 
pliir.  their:  and  so  freq.  in  Batr., 
and  esp.  in  Ap.  Rh.,  v.  Ruhnk.  Ep. 
Cr.  178:  he  applied  it  also  to  the  1 
pors.,  2,  226,  and  the  2d,  3,  140.  A 
like  confusion  of  persons  is  found  in 
Of,  ή,  6v,  and  σφεΐς,  even  in  Hom.  ; 
in  σφέτερος  in  Hes.;  and  in  Att.  in 
έαυτον  ;  cf  Wolf  Prolegg.  p.  ccxlvii. 
sq.  (On  the  supposed  adj.  έός,  έή, 
έόν,—  έύς,  v.  Wolf  Prolegg.  p.  ccxlviii.. 
Bockh  Find.  N.  7,  25.) 

Έονς,  Boeot.  gen.  of  pers.  pron.  3 
pers.  for  ίο,  ov. 
484 


ΕΠΑΓ 

Έονσα,  Ion.  and  Ep.  part.  fern, 
pres.  from  ειμί  for  ονσα,  Hom. 

Έπΰβέλτερύω,  (έπί,  άβέλτερος)  to 
make  a  yet  greater  ass  of,  τινά,  Me- 
nand.  p.  140 

Έηΰγαίομαι,  (έπί,  άγαίομαι)  as 
pass..  Ιο  exult  in,  c.  dat.,  Ap.  Rh.  : 
also  to  feci  a  malignant  joy  in  a  thing. 
Id.  , 

'Ε7ναγά?Λομαι,  {έπί,  άγάλλομαι) 
as  pass.,  to  glory,  exult,  delight  in.  pride 
one^s  self  on.  c.  dat.,  πο7^έμω  και  όηϊ- 
οτήτι,  ίΐ.  16,  91,  of  Xen.  Uec.  4,  17. 

Έτΰ)  ΰϊ'Λ/ίτκω,  ώ,  (έπί,άγανακτέω) 
to  be  indignant  at  a  thing,  Plut. 

Έπάγύομαι,=^  επαγαίομαι.  Par- 
then.  21.  [ά] 

'Επαγγελία,  ας,  ή,  (έπαγγέλλω) 
an  announcement :  a  command,  demand, 
summoiis,  Polyb.  —  2.  as  Att.  law- 
term,  a  denunciation,  information.,  έπ. 
Tivl  άπειλεΐν.  Aeschin  9.  35,  προς 
βεσμοβέτας,  Dem.,v.  Ruhnk.  Tim.— 
II.  (from  mid.)  a  promise,  Polyb.:  an 
assurance,  έπ.  πυαίσθαι,  Lycurg.  : 
from 

Έπαγγέλλω,  fut.  -ελύ,  aor.  έττήγ- 
γειΡ.α.  (.έπί,  ύγγέλλω)  to  tell,  vroclaim, 
anyiounce,  Lat.  denunliare,  Od.  4,  775  ; 
esp.  in  proclaim  bi/  authoril^.  vnake 
kno^im,  do  to  ivit.  έπ.  τάς  σπονόάς, 
make  them  known  by  proclamation, 
Thuc.  5,  49  ;  στρατιάν  ές  τονς  σνμ- 
μάχοτς,  Lat.  .<!ociis  mililes  imperare, 
Arnold  Thuc.  7,  17  ;  in  genl.  to  let  a 
thing  be  known,  prifess  it.  Ar.  Lys. 
1019:  hence  also — 2.  to  give  orders, 
command,  Tii'i,  C.  inf,  Hdt.  1,  77,  etc.: 
also  in  mid.  τι.νί  τι,  Hdt.  6.  9,  and 
Soph.  El.  1018:  to  enjoin  upon  one, 
demand,  Hdt.  1,  70, — 3.  to  offer,  όείπ- 
νόν  τινι.  Find.  P.  4,  55. — 4.  to  de- 
nnrnnce,  τινά  προς  βεσμχιθέτας,  Dem. 
600,  92  :  to  threaten  legal  proceedings, 
Tivi  Ti.  .\eschin.  1,9.  B.  (nid.  to  pro- 
mise, offer,  Ti  or  τι.νί  τί,  Hdt.  3.  135 ; 
6,  35,  etc. — 2.  to  make  a  show  of.  pro- 
fess to  teach,  profess.  ΰμ'-:τήν.  etc., 
Xen.  Mem.  I,  2.  7  ;  esp.  of  Sophists, 
as  in  Plat.  Prot.  319  A,  Gorg.  447  C ; 
c.  inf,  έπ.  οΙός  τε  είναι.  Plat.  Theag. 
127  Ε  ;  (δεινός  είναί  τι,  Dem.  938,  8 : 
absol.  to  make  professions.  Plat.  Re[). 
518  B. — 3.  to  solicit  for  a  thing,  Dem. 
401,  17:  also  in  act.,  έπ.  νπατείαν, 
Lat.  petere  Considatum,  App.     Hence 

'Επάγγελμα,  ατός.  τό,  an  announce- 
ment, promise, profession.  Plat.  Euthyd. 
274  A,  etc. :  and 

Έιπαγγε?ι.~ικός,  ij.  ov,  given  to  pro- 
mising, Plut.  :  making  bold  or  rash 
professions,  Arist.  Rhet.     Adv.  -κώς. 

Έπΰγείρω,  (έπί,  ΰγείρω)  to  gather 
together,  collect,  of  things.  II.  1,  126. — 
II.  of  men,  to  assemble,  Od.  11,  631, 
in  tmesis.     Hence 

Έπάγερμός,  υν,  o,=sq.  :  and 

Έπάγερσις,  ευς,  ή,  a  gathering,  as- 
semblage, στρατού,  Hdt.  7,  19. 

'Επάγ7/ν,  ης,  η,  aor.  2  pass,  οίπήγ- 
ννμι,  11.  [α] 

ΈπάγΙνέω,  Τοπ.  and  poet,  for  επά- 
γω, to  bring  to,  make  to  approach,  Hdt. 
2,  2.       . 

Έπαγκωνισμός,  ov,  ό,  a  kind  of 
dance.  Ath. 

Έπαγ?ιαίζομαι,  (έπί,  άγλαΐζω)  as 
pass.,  to  be  vain  of,  pride  one's  self  on, 
exult  in  a  thing,  ονύέ  έ  ψημι  δηρον 
έπαγλαϊείσβαι  (inf  fut.)  II.  18,  133: 
έπηγλαϊσμένη,  dressed  out,  Cratin. 
Incert.  9.  The  very  rare  act.  έπαγ- 
λαίζω,  to  add  honour,  ornament,  in 
genl.  to  delight,  occurs  in  Ar.  Eccl. 
575.     Only  poet 

Έπύγννμι,  (έπί,  αγννμΐ)  to  break, 
Hes.  Op.  532,  in  tmesis. 

"Επαγρος,  ov,  (έπί,  άγρας)  rustic. 


ΕΠΑΓ 

— II.  (άγρα)  given  to  the  chase,  (i  birds 
of  prey,  Anst,  H.  A.     Hence 

Έπαγροσννη,  ης,  ή,  good  luck  in 
html ing,  fishing,  etc.,  Theocr.  ap,  Ath. 
284  A. 

Έηαγρνπνέω.  ώ,  (έπί,  άγρη,-ηνέω) 
to  watch  or  brood  over,  Οησαι^)θΙς,  Luc- : 
hence  tn  ivutchfor,  labour  for,  άπωλείψ 
τινός,  Diod,     Hence 

Έπαγρνπνησις,  εως,  ή,  a  watching 
for  a  thmg,  Anstaen. 

νΕπάγρνπνος,  ov,  (έπί,  άγρνπνος) 
sleepless,  Aristaen. 

'Επαγχέω,  poet,  for  έπαναχέω, 
Aesch. 

Επάγω,  fnt,  -ξω :  aor.  έπήγαγον, 
(έπί,  άγω)  to  bring  or  lead  to,  bring 
upon,  Tivt  Ti,  Lat.  adducere,  Od.  18, 
137  in  tmesis,  Hes.  Op.  210.  Thoog. 
170. — 2.  to  set  ση,  let  loose,  as  hunters 
do  dogs,  έπάγοντες  έπησαν  (sub.  κν- 
νας)  Od.  19,  445  :  hence  in  genl.  to 
set  on,  impel,  Thuc,  cf.  έπακτήρ  :  to 
lead,  on  an  army  against  the  enemy, 
'Αρη  τινί.  Aesch  Pers.  85,  στρατιήν, 
Hdt.  1,  G3,  etc. :  inetaph.  to  bring  one 
to  a  thing,  lead  on,  urge  on,  Od.  14, 
392.  Thuc.  1.  107.  Eur.  I.  A.  878,  etc. 
— 3.  /()  briii^  in,  call  in  aid,  Hdt.  9,  i, 
cf  illfr,  B. — 4.  to  lend,  guide  any  whi- 
ther. Soph.  Tr.  378,  Ar.  Thesm.  365. 
— 5.  to  bring  in  over  and  above,  τι  έπί 
τινι,  one  thing  upon  or  after  another, 
Aesch.  Cho,  404  ;  to  add,  intercalate 
days  in  the  year,  like  έπεμβάλλω, 
Hdt.  2,  4:  and  so  έπηγόμεναι  ήμέραι, 
intercalated  days,  Diod, ;  to  έπαγόμε- 
vov,  that  which  follows,  Plut. :  θάτ- 
Tovn  ρνβμον  έπύγειν.  to  add  brisk- 
ness to  the  time,  Xen.  Symp.  2,  22  ; 
έτΓ.  κέντρον,  to  lay  on  the  goad,  Lat. 
impitiiere.  Eur.  Hipp.  1194;  so  έπ. 
αΐτίηιι  τινί.  Dem.  275,  4  :  επάγε  γνά- 
θον,  lay  your  teeth  to  it,  Ar.  Vesp. 
370  :  f  ΤΓ.  ψηφόν  τισι,  to  propose  a 
thing  to  be  voted  on,  Thuc.  1.  125; 
hence  in  pass.,  χΐ/ήφης  έπι/κτό  τινι, 
the  vote  against  a  man  has  been  pro- 
posed, Xen.  An.  7,  7,  57 :  έπ.  δαίμο- 
νας, to  invoke  the  gods,  appeal  to  theni, 
V.  επαγωγή. — II.  alsoasintr.  tn  march 
on.  approach,  Jac.  A.  P.  776.  B.  mid. 
to  bring  I  ο  one's  self,  procure  one's  self, 
έκ  βαλίϊσσης  ών  δέονται  έπάξονται, 
Thuc.  1,  81  :  hence  metaph. /ο  f/euise, 
contrive,  '  .Κιδα  φενξιν.  a  imeans  ol 
shunning  death.  Soph.  Ant.  302,  (5oii- 
λωσίν  τίνος,  Thuc.  3,  10  ;  so  έπ.  Οε- 
ραπαίνας,  to  provide  one's  self  with 
them  :  to  bring  to  Okie's  aid,  call  in  as 
allies,  Thuc  '  3 ;  2,  68,  etc.,  cf. 
έπακτος. — 2.  to  tempt,  seduce,  Schiif. 
Dion.  Comp.  33. — 3.  to  bring  on  one's 
self,  incur,  φθόνον,  Xep.  Apol  32. — 
4.  in  writing,  to  adduce,  quote,  έπ.  τον 
Ήσίοδον  μάρτνρα.  Plat.  Lys.  215  C  ; 
μαρτυρία.  Plat.,  and  Xen. — 5.  to  in- 
troduce, insert,  τάς  εικόνας,  Xen.  Oec. 
17,  15.  [ti]    Hence 

Έπάγωγενς,  έως,  6,  one  who  brings 
on.  e.«p.  a  law-suit. 

'Επαγωγή,  ής,  ή,  (επάγω)  a  bring- 
ing on,  to  or  in  :  a  march  into  or  upon 
a  place,  an  invasion, attack,' Αθηναίων, 
Thuc.  3, 100;  έπί  τίνα,  Polyb.— 2.  an 
addition,  increase. — II.  also  from  mid.  an 
invitation,  allurement,  esp.  an  evocation 
of  the  gods,  esp.  those  below,  v.  Plat. 
Rep. 304  C,  Legg.  933  D,  Ruhnk.  Tim. 
— III.  in  logic,  the  bringing  a  number 
of  particular  examples,  so  as  to  lead  to 
an  universal  conclusion,  the  argument 
from  induction,  Arist.  Anal.  Pr.  2,  23 
'(25),  called  induclio  by  Cic.  Top.  1.10. 

'Επαγωγικός,  ή,  όν,  (επάγω)  induc- 
tive, τρόπος,  Sext.  IDmp, — II.  from 
mid.  alluring,  attractive.  Adv.  -κώς, 
Sext.  Emp. 


ΕΠΑ1 

^ϋπάγώγιμος,  ον,  (έτάνω)  imported, 
Plut. 

Έτταγώγιοί'.  ου,  τό,  (επάγω)  the 
foreskin,  prepuce,  Diosc.      Henre 

ΈπαγαγΖτις,  ιδας,ΐ/,  sc.  νόσος,  an 
iiiftammation  of  ihe  prepuce. 

Έ~ΰ}ωγός,όν,=ί~αγωγίκός,  bring- 
ing on,  productive  of,  μανίας,  Aesch. 
Fr.  54,  ϋπνον.  Plat.  Tim.  45  D.— 11. 
tempting,  alluring,  seductive,  Hdt.  3, 
53  ;  opp.  to  αληθής,  of  ex  parte  state- 
ments, Thuc.  6,  8,  cf.  έ<^οΑκός :  ε~. 
xpof  τι,  Xen.  Oec.  13,  9  :  hence — 2. 
sweet,dainty, winning,  kniVfih.\ncexl.2S. 
^Επύγωνίζομαι,  fut.  Att.  -ΐούμαι, 
{.έττί,  αγωνίζομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  contetid 
with,  Tivi,  Phiiostr.,  for  a  thing,  tivi, 
N.  T.  ;  absol.,  Sext.  Emp. :  τεκμη- 
ρίοις  έπαγ.,  to  coTitend  oh  the  strength 
of  them,  Plut. 

Έπάγώνιος,  ov,  (έπί,  άγων)  pre- 
siding over  the  games  or  contests,  Aesch. 
Ag.  512;  where  however  one  MSS. 
lias  καιπαγώνιος,  whence  και  παιώ- 
i-iof  has  been  ingeniously  conjectured. 
'Έ,ττάόω,  Ion.  and  poet,  έτϊάείόω,  f. 
-άσομαι,  Ar.  EccL  1153,  very  late 
■άσω,  (έ/Γί,  άδω)  to  sing  to  or  over, 
lidt.  1,  132.  Tivi  -I,  Xen.  Mem.  2,  6, 
li. — 11.  to  lead  tlve  song,  ωάήν  χορώ, 
Eur.  El.  864. — III.  to  si>ig  to,  so  as  to 
charm,  τινί,  Plat.  Phaedr.  267  D : 
hence  to  use  charms  or  incantations. 
Plat. ;  and  in  part,  έτταείόων,  by 
means  of  charms,  Aesch.  Ag.  1021. — 
2.  to  harp  upon,  incidcate,  nvi  Tl,  Plat. 
Phaed.  77  E,  114  D. 

Έττάύρυ,  poet,  for  έπαίρω. 
Έ  πΰεξω,  {επί,  αέξω)  to  make  to  grow, 
prosper,  Od.  14,  6.Ϊ,  in  tmesis.     Pass. 
toincreKte.grau),  Simon,  Amorg.  85 ;  Ν  ic. 
Έτζαθλον,  ου,  τό,  {ε~ί,  ύΟλον)  the 
prize  of  a  contest,  ττο?.έμου,  Plut. 
Έζΰθο  V  ,ες,ε,  aor.  2  of  -άσχω .  Horn. 
^ΕΛαϋρέω=είςαθμέα,  Αρ.  Rh.  4, 
<97,  ubi  V.  Wellauer. 

Έ~αβροίζω,  {ί-ί,  αθροίζω)  to  as- 
semble ieKides.  Plut.,  in  pass. 

Έτταιάζοί,  fut  -ξω,  {επί,  αΐάζω)  to 
cry  α'κΰ  'Ser  bewail,  τινί.  Luc,  Tl, 
Nie.  :  to  join  in  Lke  wail,  Bion. 

ΈτΓάίγόην,  adv.  {ετζαίσσω)  with 
vehemence,  impetuously,  Opp. 

'Έ,παιγία'^/,της,  ου,  ό,  fern.  -7α.τις, 
νδος,  {έττί,  αιγιαλός)  on  the  beach. 

^Επαιγίζω,  {έπί,  αίγίς  2)  ίο  rush 
upon  or  over,  twice  in  Horn,  of  a 
stormy  wind,  ζέφυρος  ?Μ.3ρος  έπαιγί- 
ζων,  11.  2,  148,  ονρος  λάβρος  έπαιγί- 
ζων  όί"  αιθέρος,  Οά.  15.  293:  in  Opp. 
also  έπαιγίζει  πεδίοιηι,  of  a  stream 
that  has  burst  its  banks  ;  and  πύντον 
έ7Γαί>χ\"εί,οί the  dolphin;  ef.«:arai}t.,'a;. 
Έ~α«5έοκοί.  (έπί,  αίδέομαι)  dep. 
c.  fut.  mid.  -έσομαι,  et  aor.  pass. :  to 
be  ashamed.  Soph.  Ant.  510 :  e.  ace, 
to  reverence.  Plat.  Legg.  921  A. 

Έπαιθυσσω,  f.  -ξω,  {έπί,  αΐθύσσω) 
to  wave,  shake,  move  violently,  Opp. 

Έτταύθω,  {έπί,  αίθω)  to  kindle,  set 
on  fire,  Anth. 

'Έ,παικ/.α,  and  ΐπύϊιιλα,  ων,  τά, 
confects,  sweetmeats  after  dinner,  Dor. 
for  έπιδείπνια  and  επιδόρπια,  Ath-, 
V.  ηίκλον. 

Έπαίνεσις,  εως,ή,  {έπαινέώ) praise, 
Eur.  Tro.  418. 

'Έι-αινετέον,  verb.  adj.  from  επαι- 
νέω,  one  must  praise.  Plat.  Rep.  390  E. 
'Erraii'eri^f,  ov.  h.  (έπαινέω)  a 
praiser.  Thuc.  2.  4),  Plat.,  etc.  ;  fem. 
έπαινέτις,  ιόος,  ή. — 11.  a  rhapsodist, 
Plat.  V.  έπαινέω  III. 

'Επαινετικός,  ή,  όν,  {έπαινέω)  of 
or  given  to  praising,  Arist.   Eth.  N.  : 
"Κόγος   ίπ.,  a  laudatory  speech,  Luc. 
Aclv.  -κύς. 
'Επαινετός,  ή,  όν,  {έπαινέω)  to  be  • 


ΕΠΑΙ 

praised,  praiseworthy.  Plat. :  the  object 
of  praise,  Arist.  Rhet.     Adv.  -τώς. 

νε,παίνετος,  ου,  ό,  Epaenetus,  masc. 
pr.  η.,  Dem.,  Polyb.,  etc. 

Έπαινέω,  ώ,  fut.  -έ(τω,  Xen.  An.  5, 
5,  8,  but  in  good  Att.  more  usu.  -έσο- 
μαι. Schaf.  Appar.  Dem.  1,  273;  but 
in  Ep.  from  Hom.  downwards  f.  -ήσω, 
aor.  έπ^νησα,  {έπί,  αίνέω)  To  ap- 
prove, sanction,  Hom.,  usu.  absol.,  but 
also  c.  ace.  rei,  έπ.  μνθον,  II  2,  335  ; 
c.  dat.  pers.,  to  agree  with,  side  with, 
Έκτορι,  II.  18,  312  :  to  praise,  com- 
mend, show  approval  in  any  way,  Alcae. 
5,  Hdt.  3,  34,  and  so  usu.  in  Alt.  (who 
seldom  use  the  simple  αίνέω)  ;  τινά 
τι,  one  for  a  thing.  Soph.  Aj.  1381, 
and  Plat. ;  also  τινά  τινι,  Dinarch. 
111,9,  and  τινά  προς  τι,  Plat.Theaet. 
145  A  ;  but  έπ.  τινά  προς  τίνα.  to 
praise  one  man  to  anotner,  Id.  Rep. 
501  C  :  to  compliment  publicly,  panegy- 
rize, Thuc.  2,  25,  Isocr.,  etc.— 2.  to 
agree  to,  undertake,  promise,  Seidl.  Eur. 
El.  33.  —  3.  ^[so  =^παραινέω,  to  ex- 
hort, advise,  bid,  Trag. — II.  as  a  civil 
form  of  declining  an  offer  or  invita- 
tion, /  thank  you,  I  arn  much  obliged, 
Lat.  gratia  est,  benigne,  κάλλιστ'  επαι- 
νώ, Ar.  Ran.  508,  cf.  V'alck.  Phoen. 
406 ;  έπ•  τίιν  κλησιν,  to  decline  it, 
Xen.  Symp.  1,70. — HI.  ofrhapsodists, 
to  recite,  declaim  publicly,  Plat.  Ion  536 
D,  541  D. 

'Έ,παινή,  η,  v.  έπαινος. 

'Έπαίνημι,  Aeol.  for  έπαινέω,  Si- 
mon. 139. 

'Έ,παινίω,  Lacon.  for  έπαινέω,  Ar. 
Lys.  198. 

'Κπαινος,  ov,  b,  {έπί,  αίνος)  ap- 
proval, praise,  laud,  Simon.  16:  έπ. 
έχειν  προς  τίνος,  Hdt.  1,  96  :  and 
freq.  in  Att.,  also  in  plur.,  Xen.,  etc. 
—  2.  a  public  encomium,  panegyric. 
Plat.,  etc. :  έπ.  τιθεσθαί  τίνος  or 
περί  τίνος.  Id. ;  also  'λόγος  έπ.  τινός, 
a  speech  in  praise  of....  Id.  Symp.  177 
D,  also  κατά  τίνος,  εις  τίνα,  Phaedr. 
260  Β,  Legg.  947  Β. 

Έπαινος,  ή,  όν.  in  Hom.  II.  9,  457, 
569,  Od.  10,  491.  534  ;  11,  47,  and  Hes. 
Theog.  768,  only  in  fem.  έπαινή,  and 
always  as  Ep.  epith.  of  ΐίεραεφόνη 
when  mentioned  in  connexion  with 
"Αιδης :  usu.  taken  as  strengthd.  for 
αίνή,  exceeding  awful,  dread  ;  but  this 
Buttm.,  Lexil.  v.  αίνος  3,  rejects  as 
contrary  to  analogy,  and  reads  divisim, 
εττ'  αΙνή  ΤΙερσεΦόνεια,  dread  Proser- 
pina besides.  Others  think  that  it  is 
short,  for  επαινετή,  euphetn.,  like 
άμΰμων,  etc.  No  masc.  or  neut.  is 
found. 

Έπαινονμένως,  ■  adv.  part.  pres. 
pass,  of  έπαινέω,  praiseworthily. 

Έπαιονύω,ώ,ί.-ήσω,  {έπί,  αιονύω) 
to  bathe,  soak,  wet,  Nic,  in  mid. 

Έπαίρω,  fut.  έπΰρώ,  {έπί,  αίρω) 
poet,  έπαείρω  (as  always  in  Horn.) 
To  lift  up,  raise,  κεφαλήν,  II.  10,  80, 
β/.έφαρη,  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  1276,  φωνήν. 
Dem.  323,  1  :  έπ.  τινά  άμαξάων. 
κοατεντάων,  to  lift  one  on  the  wagon 
or  stand,  i.  e.  lift  up  and  set  him  on, 
H.  7,  426  ;  9,  214.  Also  in  mid.,  έπαί- 
ρεσθαι  όπλα,  ?.όγχην  τινί,  Eur. 
Bacch.  789,  I.  Τ.  1484.— 2.  to  take  up 
and  bear  away,  carry  off,  Achae.  ap. 
Ath.  641  E. — 3.  to  stir  up,  set  on,  rouse, 
excite,  τινά,  Hdt.  1,  204,  Soph.,  etc. ; 
θνμόν  τινι,  Eur.  I.  A.  125  :  to  induce, 
persuade,  (rather,  to  lead  or  cause  one 
to  aspire)  to  do,  c.  inf.,  Ar.  Nub.  42. — 
II.  seemingly  intr.,  sub.  εαυτόν,  etc., 
to  rise  up,  lift  up  one's  leg,  Hdt.  2,  162; 
also  in  pass.,  Ar.  Lys.  937. — 2.  sub. 
ατρατύν,  etc.,  to  set  out,  έπ.  στρα- 
τενεσθαι,  Hdt.  1,  90.    Β.  pass,  to  be 


ΕΠΑΙ 

roused,  led  on,  excited,  τινί,  by  a  thing, 
Hdt.  1,  90,  etc.,  νπό  τίνος,  Ar.  Αν. 
1448  :  to  be  puffed  up.  elated,  τινί,  at  a 
thing,  Hdt.  1,  212;  4,  130,  etc.  ;  also 
Ελλάς  T/i  όρμτι  έπτιρται,  is  on  tip- 
toe, Thuc.  2,  ll':  so  'as  a  stoic  word, 
to  be  under  the  excitement  of  pleasure. 
C.  in  mid.  to  join  with,  help. 

Έπαισθάνομαι,  f.  -σθήσομαι,  {έπί, 
αισθάνομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  have  a  per- 
ception or  feeling  of,  c.  gen.  rei.  Soph. 
Aj.  553  ;  also  c.  ace.  rei,  to  perceive, 
learn,  Aesch.  Ag.  85,  Soph.  Aj.  996, 
etc.;  c.  part., Soph. O.C.  1629.  Hence 

Έπαισθημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  perception, 
Epicur.  ap.  Diog.  L.  10,  32  :  and 

Έπαίσθησις,  εως,  ή,  a  perceiving  C" 
feeling,  sense,  Diog.  L.  10,  52. 

Έπαΐσσω,  f.  -ΐξω,  Att.  έπάσσω,  or 
-ττω,  f.  -άξω,  (έπί,  άίσσω)  to  burst, 
break,  rush  out  or  upon,  freq.  in  Horn., 
usu.  absol.,  but  also — 1.  c.  gen.,  ίπ- 
πων έπαΐξαι,  to  rush  at  or  against 
them,  II.  5,  263  ;  νεών,  II.  13,  687, 
(never  so  in  Od.) — 2.  c.  dat.  k.ipKy 
έπαΐξαι,  to  rush  upon  her,  Od.  10,  295, 
322,  cf.  Od.  14,  281  :  in  II.  onlyc.  dat. 
instrumenti,  as  II.  5,  584,  and  so 
sometimes  in  Od.,  as  14,  281. — 3.  c. 
ace,  to  assail,  assault,  'Έκτορα,  II.  23, 
64,  τείχος,  II.  12,  308,  (never  so  in 
Od.):  m  mid.  also,  έπαίξασθαιάεθλον, 
to  rush  at,  i.  e.  seize  upon  the  prize,  U. 
23,  773.-4.  in  Alt.,  έπ.  ές  δόμους. 
Soph.  Aj.  305.  We  find  also  a  pass. 
— II.  later  trans.,  έπ.  πόδα,  to  move 
the  foot  hastily,  rush  Λvith  hasty  steps, 
Eur.  Hec.  1071,  cf.  βαίνω  at  end  :  έπ. 
ξίφος,  ίο  swing,  brandish  the  sword  at, 
Ap.  Rh. :  but  even  Hom.  has  pass., 
χείρες  έπαΐσσονται,  they  7nove  violent- 
ly, II.  23,  628.  [a,  Hom.,  a,  Att.] 

Έπύίστος,  ov,  {έπαιω)  heard  of,  de- 
tected, έπ.  γίγνεσθαι  έργασμένος,  Hdt. 
2,  119  ;  and  so  absol.,  3,  15.  [ώ'] 

Έπαισχης,  ές,  {έπί,  αίσχος)  shame- 
ful, Dio  C. 

Έπαισχύνοααι,  fut.  έπαισχννθήσο-. 
μαι,  {έπί,  αίσχύνομαι)  dep.  mid. : — to 
be  ashamed  of  or  at,  like  έπαιόέομαι, 
τινί,  Hdt.  1.  143,  τινά.  or  τι  Xen. 
Hell.  4, 1,34,  Plat.  Soph.  247  C ;  c.  inf., 
Aesch.  Ag.  1373  ;  c.  part.,  Hdt.  I,  90, 
and  Soph.  ;  absol.,  Plat.  Rep.  573  B. 

Έπαιτέω,  ω,  f.  -ήσω,  {έπί,  αίτέω) 
to  ask,  beg  besides  or  in  addition,  11.  23, 
593•.  in  genl.=ai'reij.  Soph.  O.  T. 
1416;  and soin  mid..  El.  1124:  to  beg  as 
a  mendicant,  βίον  Ο.  C.  1364.     Hence 

Επαίτης,  ου,  ό, a  beggar,  DioC  :  and 

Ύ^παίτησις,  εως,  ή. begging,  Dion.  Η. 

Έπαιτιάομαι,  f.  -άσομαι  [ΰ],  {έπί, 
αίτιάομαι)  dep.  mid.:  to  bring  a  charge 
agairtst  one,  accuse,  τινά,  Hdt.  2,  121, 
2,  and  Att.;  τινά  τίνος,  one  of  a  thir  g, 
Aesch.  Pr.  974,  Deni.  552,  1  ;  al=o  c. 
inf.,  έπ.  τινά  κ?.έ^αι,  Ar.  Vcsp.  1447,. 
cf.  Soph.  Ant.  490 :  also  c.  ace.  rei, 
μείζονα  έπαιτιώμενος,  bringing  heav- 
ier accusations,  Hdt.  1 ,  26. 

Έπαιτίνδα,  adv.  {έπαιτέω)  παίζειν, 
to  play  at  begging,  Theognost.  ap.  A. 
B.,  nisi  legend,  έφετίνδα. 

Έπαίτιος,  ov,  {έπί,  αιτία)  blamed 
or  in  fault  for  a  thing,  blameable,  blame- 
worthy,— 1.  of  persons,  ούτι  μοι  νμμες 
έπαίτιοι,  II.  1,  335,  -u'Of./or  a  thing, 
Aesch.  Eum.  465  and  Eur. — 2.  of 
things,  Thuc.  5,  05. — II.  τα  έπαίτια, 
legal  punishments,  also  προςτιμήαατα, 
Dem.  733,  5. 

Έπαιχμάζω,  {έπί,  αίχμάζω)  to  leap 
upon,  attack,  τινί,  Opp. 

Έπάίω,  also  contr.  έπάω,  Eur.  Η. 
F.  772,  {έπί.  ΰίω)  to  give  ear  to,  and 
in  genl.  to  perceive,  take  notice  of,  feel, 
τινός.  Hdt.  3,  29  ;  c.  part.,  Ar.  Vesp. 
516. — 2.  to  take  in,  understand,  c.  ace., 
485 


ΕΠΑΚ 

γλώσσαν,  Soph.  Aj.  1263,  cf.  Plat. 
Legg.  701  A ;  c.  gen.,  φωνής,  Luc. ; 
also,  έ~.  Tvtpi  τίνος,  or  ri  περί  τίνος, 
Heind.  Plat.  Hipp.  Maj.  289  E. 

Έταίωρέω,  ώ,  (ί~ί  ahopiu)  to  make 
hang  over,  τι  τινι,  Anth.,  τι  τίνος, 
Nonn.  Pas.s.  tohang,flnat  over  ox  upon, 
Diosc. — 2.  melaph.  likeLat.  immincrc, 
to  overhang,  threaten,  τινί,  Plut.:  absol., 
to  impend,  he  imminent,  Id. 

Έττΰκανθίζω,  {{-ττί,  άκαιΌίζω)  to  be 
prickly  or  thorny,  Theophr. 

'Έ.πακμάζω,  1.  -άσω,  (e~i  ακμάζω) 
to  come  to  bloom,  or  to  a  height,  Luc. — 
IL  to  flourish  or  live  after,  τίνί,  Dion. 
H.     Hence 

'Έ,πακμαστίκός,  ή,  όν,  coming  to  a 
height,  of  diseases,  Medic. 

'Έ^πακμος,  ov,  (επί,  ΰκμή)  in  the 
bloom  of  age,  Dion.  IL — IJ.  pointed, 
keen,  Diosc. 

Έπάκόιισις,  εως,  ή,  (επακονω)  a 
hearing,  understanding . 

'Έ,πΰκο/^ονθέω,  ώ,  (επί,  άκολονθέω) 
to  follow  close  upon,  follow  after,  τινί , 
Ar.  Vesp.  1328,  Plat.,  etc.;  absol.. 
Plat.,  etc. — 2.  to  pursue  as  an  enemy, 
Xen. — 3.  to  follow  mentally,  i.  e.  un- 
derstand, λόγω,  Plat.  Phaed.  107  B, 
etc. — i.  tofoUow,\.  e.obey,τolςπάθeσt, 
Dem.  805,  24. — 5.  to  follow  a  pursuit, 
Plat.  Rep.  370  C.    Hence 

Έπΰκολονθημα,  ατός,  τό,  that 
which  follows,  a  consequence,  Piut.:  and 

'Έ.πΰ.κολονθησις,  εως,  ή,  afollowing, 
Μ.  Anton.  :  α  consequence,  κατ  έπ.,  by 
way  of  inference,  Plut. 

'Επακολουθητέον,  verb.  adj.  from 
έπακο?.ουθέω,  one  must  follow,  Dem. 
1402,  14. 

Έττΰκολονθητικός,  ή,  όν,  {ίπακο- 
λονθίω)  that  which  usually  follows  :  τό 
έπακ-,  a  conclusion,  inference. — Π.  act. 
following,  i.  e.  understanding  well  or 
easily. 

'Έ,πΰκόΤίουθος,  ov,  {επί,  ακόλου- 
θος) following,  answering  to,  Aristid. 
Adv.  -θως. 

Έτά/ιοιτί^ω.  f.  -ίσω,  (επί,  ακοντί- 
ζω) to  dart  at  a  thing  :  hence 

Έπάκοντισμός,  οϋ,  ό,  a  darting  at 
a  thing. 

νΈπάκοος,  ov.  Dor.  for  επήκοος, 
Pind.  01.  14,  21.  [d] 

'Έ,πάκονός,  όν,  (επακονω)  listening 
to,  attentive,  c.  gen.,  Hes.  Op.  29,  Call. 
Fr.  236,  elsewh.  επήκοος. 

Έπάκονστος,  ov,  to  be  listened  to, 
Emped.  330.     From 

'Έ.πάκονω,ί.-κονσομαί,{επί, ακούω) 
to  listen, attendto,mgenl.  to  hear, Horn., 
usu.  c.  ace,  but  in  II.  2,  143  also  c. 
gen.,  which  is  more  usu.  in  Att.  and 
prose,  as  Hdt.  2,  70,  Soph.  Phil.  1417, 
cf.  sub  ακούω  : — of  the  sun,  ός  πάντ' 
έφορά  και  πάντ'  έπακονει,  ΟΛ.  11, 
109,11.3,277.  Proverb.,  ότΓΤΓΟίόν  κ' 
εΙπΐ)σβα  έπος,  τοίόν  κ'  ίπακονσαις, 
as  thou  speakest  men  will  speak  to 
thee,  II.  20, 250.  Later  in  genl.  to  lis- 
ten to,  take  note  of,  c.  gen.,  Luc. — II. 
to  listen  to,  attend,  obey,  τινός,  Hes.  Op. 
273,  also  rm,  Hdt.  4,  141. 

νΕπακρία,  ας,  t),  Epacria,  one  of  the 
twelve  settlements  of  Attica  m  time 
of  Cecrops,  afterwards  united  by 
Theseus  into  the  city  of  Athens, 
Strab,:  also,  a  region  of  Atlica,  prop. 
the  hilly  country,  cf.  Ιπάκριος. 

Έπακρϊβόω,  ώ,  (επί,  άκριβόω)  to 
treat  with  care  and  accuracy,  Epicur. 
ap.  Diog.  L.  10,  75  ;  and  so  Diod.  in 
mid. 

Έιπακρίζω,  (ίπί,  ακρίζώ)  to  reach 
the  top  of  a  thing,  αιμάτων  επήκριαε, 
he  reached  the  farthest  point  in  deeds 
of  blood,  of  Orestes,  Aesch.  Cho.  929. 

Έπάκριος,  ov,  and  ί'α,   lov,  {επί, 
486 


ΕΠΑΛ 

άκρα)  on  the  heights:  esp.  epith.  of 
Ζενς,  Polyzel.  Mus.  1. 

Έπακροάομαι,  ί.  -άσομαι,(έπί,  ακ• 
ροάομαι)  dcp.  ιτ\}Λ.,=έπακονω,  τινός. 
Plat.  (Coin.)  ΓρυτΓ.  2.  [άσομαι}  : 
hence 

Έπακρόΰσις,  εως,  ή,  α  listening  to, 
hearing,  LXX. 

Έπακρος,  ov,  {έπί,  άκρα)  pointed 
at  the  end,  Hipp. 

ΈπακταΙος,  αία,  αϊον,=^έπάκτιος, 

ΟΡΡ•  .  ,    , 

νΕπακτέον,  verb.  adj.  from  επάγω, 
one  must  lead  on,  Dion.  H.  :  one  7nust 
apply,  μέτρον  τω  πράγματι,  Luc. 

Έπακτήρ,  ήρος,  ό,  (επάγω)  α  hunt- 
er, huntsttian,  Od.  19,  435,  άνόρες  έπ., 
11.  17,  135;  ot  α  fisherman.  Αρ.  Rh.  ; 
in  full,  ό  κννας,  δίκτυα  έπάγων,  cf. 
Od.  19,445.     Ερ.  word. 

Έπακτικός,  -ή,  όν,  (επάγω)  leading 
on  :  hence  inductive,  opp.  to  αΐ'λλογι- 
στικός,  V.  επαγωγή,  Arist.  Metaph. 
—II.  (επάγομαι)  alluring,  tempting, 
Diosc.    Aclv.  -κώς,  Arist.  Ausc.  Phys. 

Ύ.πάκτιος,  ov,  Eur.  Sthen.  4,  and 
ία,  lov,  Soph.  Tr.  1151,  (επί  ακτή) 
on  the  strand,  shore,  or  coast.  As  epith. 
of  Apollo,worshipped  on  the  sea  shore, 
Orph. 

Έπακτός,  όν,  though  Schweigh. 
Lex.  Hdt.  would  write  επακτος,  (επά- 
γω):— brought  on  or  in,  added,  import- 
ed, opp.  to  σύντροφος,  Hdt.  7,  102  : 
σΪΓΟζ• .  Thuc.  6,  20:  ήμέραι  έπ.=  εμ- 
βολιμαί. — 2.  esp.  brought  from  abroad, 
foreign,  strange,  Lat.  adscitilius,  στρα- 
τός, oft.  in  Trag.,  as  Soph.  Tr.  250  : 
επ.  ποιμήν,  a  master  of  alien  blood, 
Pind.  O.  10,  107  ;  έπ.  άντ/ρ,  for  an 
adulterer.  Soph.  Aj.  1296;  and  ίπ. 
πατήρ,  a  false  father,  Eur.  Ion  592  : 
όρκος  έπ.,  an  oath  imposed  by  the  oth- 
er party,  Isocr.  6  C  : — δμβρος  έπ.  έλ• 
θών,  rain  driving  on  one,  Pind.  P.  6, 10. 

Έ-Λπακτρεύς,  έως,  ό.=ζέπακτήρ. 

Έπακτρίς,  ίόος,  ή,  (επάγω)  α  small 
row-boat,  skiff,  Xen.  Hell.  1,  1.11. 

Έπακτροκέλης,  ητος,ό,  (επακτροί', 
κέ?ιης)α  light  piratical  skiff,  Ae&chin.21, 9. 

"Επακτρον,  ov,  τό,^έπακταίς,  Nic. 

Έπΰλαζονεύομαι,  <(έπί,  αΧυζονεν- 
ομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  boast,  triumph  over, 
τινί,  Joseph. 

Έττΰλΰλύζω,  f.  -^ω,  (έπί,  άλαλ.ύζω) 
to  raise  the  war-cry,  Ένναλίω,  Xen. 
Cyr.  7,  1,26.^ 

Έπάλaλκeμεv,m(.Ά0τ.2oCέπaλέξω. 

Έπάλάομαι,  (έπί,  άλάομαι)  dep.  c. 
aor.  pass.,  to  wander  about,  through, 
over,  c.  ace.  loci,  Od.  4,  81,  83,  in 
part.  aor.  έπαληθείς :  in  subj.  aor. 
έπαληβΰ,  Οά.  \b,  V)\.  ^ 

Έπάλαστέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (έπί.  άλα- 
στέω)  to  be  troubled  at  a  thing,  Od.  1, 
252. 

Έπαλγέω,  ώ,  (έπί,  άλγέω)  to  grieve 
over,  τινός,  Eur.  Supp.  58. 

Έπαλγής,  ές,  (έπί,  άλγος)  painful, 
grievous,  Strab.     Adv.  -γώς. 

^Επαλγύνω,  (έπί,  άλγννω)  to  give 
pain,  to  hurt,  afflict,  Q.  Sm.,  and  Nic. 

Έπάλειμμα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which  is 
rubbed  on,  ointment,  etc.  [ΰ]  ;  from 

Έπΰλ.είφω,  f.  -φω,  (έπί,  αλείφω)  to 
smear  over,  in  tmesis  έπ'  ονατα  πάσιν 
άλΐφα,  I  smeared  over  all  their  ears, 
Od.  12,  47,  177,  200 :  to  while-wash, 
plaster.  Pausan. — 2.  metaphor,  from 
anointing  athletes,  to  prepare  for  bat- 
tle, stir  up,  irritate,  Polyb.,  cf.  Foes. 
Oecon.  Hipp.     Hence 

ΈπύλειιΙ'ΐς,  εως,  ή,  a  smearing, 
anointing,  [a] 

Έπα?^έξτ)σις,  εως,  η,  an  aid,  help: 
from 

'Επά7.έζω,  f.  -ξήσω,  (έπί,  άλεξω)  Ιο 
defend,  aid,  help,  τινί,  11.  8,  365,  etc. 


ΕΠΑΛ 

— Π.  Ιο  ward,  keep  off.  τινί  τι,  II.  20, 
315,  in  tmesis.  Later  Ep.  have  inf. 
aor.  έπαλαλκεμεν.  Poet.  word. 

Έπΰλετρενω,  (έπί,  άλετρενω)  to 
grind  at,  c.  gen.,  μύλι/ς,  Αρ.  Rh. 

Έπάληθείς,  part.  aor.  of  έπάλάο- 
μαι, 0(1. 

'Επαληθεύω,  ( έπί,  ΰλι/θενω )  Ιο 
prove  as  true,  substantiate,  confirm,  την 
αίτίαν,  τυν  λ^γον,  Thuc.  4,  85 :  8, 
52. 

Έπαληθίζω,=ίοτβξ. 

Έπα?ί7ΐς,  ές,  {έπί,  αλέα'?)  warm, or 
act.  i('rtr»iing^,Hes.  Op.  491.  [α,  against 
analogy.] 

Έπαλθέω,  ώ,  ace.  to  others  -βαίνω, 
f.  -θήσω,  (έπί,  άλθέω)  to  heal,  cure, 
Nic. :  also  in  mid..  Id.  :  hence 

ΈπαλΟής,  ές.  healing,^ic. — Π.  pass. 
healed,  curable.  Id. 

Έπαλινόέομαι,  Αρ.  Rh.,  and  έπα- 
λίνδομαι,  Nic,  (έπί,  άλινύέομαι)  as 
pass.,  to  roll  in  or  on. 

Έπαλκής,  ές,  (έπί,  αλκή)  stout, 
strong,  dub.  1.  Aesch.  Cho.  415. 

Έπαλλΰγή,  ής,  ή,  (έ7Γαλλύσσω)= 
έπάλ?Μξις,  έπαλλαγήν  ^άμωνποιείν, 
Hdt.  1,  74,  like  έπιγαμίας  ποιείσθαι, 
in  2.  147. 

Έπαλλ.άξ,  adv.,=evβλλύϊ,  Xen. 
Eq.  1,  7. 

Έπάλλαξις,  εως,  η.  an  interchange, 
exchange,  alternation,  δακτύλων.  Lat. 
micatw,  Arist.  Insomn. — 2.  an  inter- 
weaving, χάρακας.  Polyb.  :  from 

Έπαλ/Μσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  fut.  -άξω, 
(έπί,  ΰλλίίσσω')  to  change  over,  inter- 
change :  Horn,  has  it  only  II.  13.  359, 
πολέμοιο  πεϊραρ  έ-παλλ.άξαντες,  ma- 
king war's  rope-end  go  now  this  way, 
now  that,  i.  e.  lighting  with  doubtful 
victory  (the  metaph.  being  taken  from 
a  common  child's  game) ;  but  others 
translate  it  by  Lat.  consereiites pugnam, 
i.  e.  plaiting  it,  twisting  it  up  like  a 
rope,  so  that  it  cannot  be  loosed  : — 
έπ.  άλματα.  Ιο  interchange  leaps,  i.  e. 
one  to  jump  as  far  as  the  other,  Xea. 
Cyn.  5, 20  ;  έπ.  οδόντας,  to  have  teeth 
that  fit  in  like  two  saws.  Arist.  H.  A.  2, 
1,51,  cf  infr.  Pass,  lo  be  closely  joined, 
πονς  έπα/Ααχθείς  ποδί,  like  Lat. 
consertus,  Eur.  Heracl.  836:  μη  πη  ό 
λόγος  έπαλλ.αχθτ).  that  it  be  not  en- 
tangled, perplexed,  Xen.  Mem.  3,  8,  1. 
—  II.  intr.  to  be  alternate,  οδόντες 
έπαλλάσσοντες,  zigzag  teeth  (  vide 
supr.),  Arist.  Part.  An. :  to  alternate, 
fit  into  07ie  another  like  rows  of  teeth, 
άλλα]λοίς,  Arist.  Gen.  An. — 2.  to  pass 
from  one  into  another,  border  closely  upon, 
γένει  Ιχθύων,  Id.  Η.  Α. :  also,  έπ.  προς 
Tijv  βασιλείαν,  to  be  close  upon,  pass 
easily  into  monarchy.  Id.  Pol. :  λόγοι 
έπαλλάττοντες,  ambiguous,  doubtful, 
like  Lat.  altemor. 

Επαλληλία,  ας,  η,  (ίπαλλιιλος)  a 
sequence,  -unbroken  series. 

Έπάλλ^Ί]λος,  ov,  (έπί,  άλΛτ/λων) 
one  up07i  another :  continuous,  cf.  Herm. 
Soph.  Ant.  57.  Adv.  -λως,  again  and 
again,  Diosc. 

Έπαλλόκαρπος,  ov,  (έπί,  άλλος, 
καρπός)  bearing  fruit,  as  a  creeper,  on 
another  plant,  Theophr. 

Έπαλλόκανλος,  ov,  (έπί,  άλλος, 
καν'λός)  clinging  to  another  plant,  like 
a  creeper,  Theophr. 

Έπάλμενος,  for  έφαλάμενος,  part, 
aor.  2  mid.  syncop.  of  έφάλιλομαι, 
Hom.,  and  Hes. 

'Επαλξις,  εως,  η,  (έπαλέίω)  a 
mea7is  of  defence,  and  so  the  battlement 
of  a  wall,  usu.  in  plur.,  the  battlements, 
11.  12,  263,  Hilt.  9,  7.  cf.  κρόσσαι:  in 
sing.  usu.  the  line  of  battlements,  para- 
pet, 11.  12,  381,  etc.  (never  in  Od.), 
Thuc,  etc. — 2.  in  genl.  a  defence,  pro• 


ΕΠΑΜ 
(ecfion,  Aesch.  Ag.  381,  Eur.  Or.  1203, 
etc.     Hence 

'ί,παλξίτης,  ov,  d,  λίθος,  a  coping- 
stone,  [i] 

Έ,ιταλπνος,  ov,  (έττί,  ΰλπνιστος) 
happy,  νόστος,  Find.  P.  8,  120. 

νΕ~άλτ7ΐς,  ου,  ό,  Epaltes,  a  Lycian 
warrior,  II.  16,  415. 

Έττάλτο,  for  έώύλετο,  3  sing.  aor. 
2  mid.  syncop.  of  έφάλλομαι,  II.  : 
{έτταλτο  would  be  from  ττύλλομαί  for 
έπάλλετο.) 

'Έπα'ΑφΙτίζω,  f.  -LC<j,=  Bq. 

'Έΐτϊα/.φίτόω,  ώ,  (έττί,  άλφιτον)  τον 
olvoi),  to  mix  it  with  barley  groats  or 
meal  (Lat.  polenta),  in  the  Persian 
fashion  :  also,  έπ'  άλφίτοις  ττίνειν, 
Ath. 

'ΈΑΤταλώστης,ον,  ό,  or  ace.  to  Lob. 
Phryn.  254,  -ν.ωστής,  ov,  {επί,  άλούω) 
one  who  drives  the  oxen  in  threshing,  and 
lays  the  corn  for  them,  Xen.  Oec.  18, 5. 

'Έ.πύ,μαξενω,  Ion.  for  έφαμ.,  to  tra- 
verse with  cars,  etc.,  τροχοΐσί.  Soph. 
Ant.  251. 

Έπϋ,μύομαι,  f.  -ήσομαι,  {επί,  άμάω) 
dep.  mid.,  to  sweep,  scrape,  heap  togeth- 
er, εννήν,  leaves,  etc.,  to  form  a  bed, 
Od.  5,  482  ;  Ιπ.  γήν,  κόνιν,  esp.  of  a 
grave  or  barrow,  Valck.  Hdt.  8,  24. 
The  act.  έτταμάω,  first  in  Heliod.,  and 
lamblich.  [v.  sub  άμάω] 

'Έ,παμβατήρ,  ήρος,  6,  poet.  foreTra- 
ναβύτης,  {ίπαναβαίνυ)  one  who  steps, 
or  sets  himself  on,  νόσοι  σαρκών 
έπαιιβατήρες,  growing  on  the  tiesh, 
of  leprous  eruptions,  Aesch.  Cho. 
280. 

"Ε.παμ3λήδΐ]ν,  and  έπαμβληδόν, 
adv.,  poet,  for  ίπαναβ. 

Έ  παμβ?Λ'νω,=  αμβλύνω. 

Έπΰμείβω,  f.  -ψω,  {επί,  αμείβω)  to 
exchange,  interchange,  barter,  τενχεα 
άλλ-τ'^Μΐς,  Π.  6,  230.  Mid.  to  change 
from  one  to  aiwther,  c.  ace,  νίκη  έττα- 
μείβεται  άνδρας,  II.  6,  339  ;  so  εξαν- 
τις  δ'  έτερους  έπαμείψεται  (  so.  κή- 
δεα)  Archil.  1,  9. 
ΥΕπαμείνων,  όνος,  o,=  sq.  2,  Ath. 
ΥΕπαμεινώνδας,  ov,  ό,  Epaminon- 
das,  the  celebrated  Theban  comman- 
der, Xen.  Hell.,  Plut.,  etc.— 2.  an 
Athenian  Archon,  Diod.  S. 

^Επαμεριμνέω,  ώ,  {επί,  αμέριμνος) 
to  be  calm.,  acquiesce  in,  Tivi,  Lob. 
Phryn.  629. 

'Επάμερος,  ov,  Dor.  for  εφήμερος, 
Pind.  [<2] 

ίΈττα/ζίΐ'ώνίας,  later  and  worse  form 
for  'Επαμεινώνδας. 

Έπαμμένος,  Ion.  for  ίφημμένος, 
part.  pL  pass,  from  Ιφάπτω. 

Έπαμμένω,  poet,  for  έπαναμένω. 

Έπάμοιβΰδίς,  adv.,  {επαμείβω)  in- 
terchangeably, άλλήλοιαιν  εφνν  επ. 
grew  with  interwoven  boughs,  Od.  5, 
481.  [i] 

Έπύμοιβΰδόν,  adv.,=:foreg. 

Έπύμοί3ιος,  ov,  =  sq.,  έπ.  έργα, 
traffic,  barter,  H.  Horn.  Merc.  516,  ubi 
tameii  Wolf  έπαμοίβιμα. 

Έπάμοιβός,  όν,  {επαμείβω)  in  turn, 
one  upon  another,  Ap.  Rh. ;  in  Hom. 
έπημοιβός,  q.  v. 

'Επαμπέχω,  f.  -φέξω,  aor.  2  επήμ- 
νισχον,  inf  έπαμπισχείν,  {επί,  αμ- 
■πέχω)  to  put  on  besides,  or  over  all,  έπ. 
-pjv  Tivi,  Eur.  Tro.  1148  :  to  overwrap, 
conceal,  Plut.  (The  pres.  έπαμπίσχω 
is  not  Greek.) 

^Επαμπήγννμι,  poet,  for  έπαναττ. 

ΈπαμπισχεΙν,  inf.  aor.  2  of  έπαμ- 
Τΐέχω. 

'Επαμύντωρ,  ορός,  ό,  α  helper,  de- 
feiider,  Od.  16,  263  :_  from 

Έπΰμνί'ω,  {επί,  ΰμννω)  to  come  to 
aid,  defend,  Ttvi,  II.  18,  99,  etc.,  and 
freq.  also  absol.,  but  never  in  Od.  :  so 


ΕΠΑΝ 

too  in  Hdt.   9.   61,   and    Att.— II.  c. 
ace.  to  ward  off  or  punish,  τι,  Anth. 

Έπαμφέρω,  for  έπαναφ.,  to  throw 
upon  a  person,  refer,  ascribe  to,  τινί  τι, 
Solon  19,  2. 

Έπαμφιάζω,  {έπί,  άμφιάζω)  to  put 
on  besides  or  over,  prob.  1.  Menand.  p. 
146. 

Έπaμφιέvvvμί,=:ioτeg. 

Έπαμφοτεριζόντως,  adv.,  taking 
both  sides,  ambiguously  :  from 

Έπαμφοτερίζω,ίΌΐ.-ίσω  Αΐ1.ϊώ,{έπί, 
άμφοτερίζω)  to  be  inclined  to  both  sides, 
έπί,  or  προς  τι,  Arist.  Eth.:  to  be  be- 
tween both,  (ΐνθρώπω  και  τετράποσι, 
of  the  ape,  Arist.  H.  A. — II.  to  be  dou- 
ble,—  1.  of  words  and  actions,  to  be 
doubtful,  ambiguous.  Plat.  Rep.  479  C. 
— 2.  of  persons,  to  play  a  double  game, 
or  stand  neutral,  Thuc.  8,  85  ;  to  halt 
between  two  opinions,  Plat.  Phaedr. 
257  B.     Hence 

Έπαμφοτερισαός,  ov,  δ,  doubtful- 
ness, Philo:  ana 

Έπαμφοτεριστής,  ov,  ό,  a  double- 
dealer.  Id 

Έπαμφότερος,  ov,  {έπί,  άμφότερος) 
ambiguous.     Adv.  -ρως,  Philostr. 

Έπάμων,  όνος,  ό,  {έπομαι)=6πά- 
ων,  an  attendant,  prob.  1.  Clitarch.  ap. 
Ath.  267  C.  [a] 

Έπάν,  conjunct,  contr.  from  ίπει 
ύν.  Ion.  and  Horn.  έπ?}ν,  in  Hdt.  usu. 
έπεάν,  whenever,  so  soon  as,  after  that, 
c.  sub].,  freq.  in  Hom. ;  c.  opt.  only — 
1.  in  orat.  obliqua,  freq.  in  prose. — 2. 
in  dependent  clause  after  opt..  II.  24, 
227 :  19,  208 :  or  in  genl.— 3.  in  in- 
definite expressions,  Od.  2,  105,  etc. 
(but  this  is  rather  in  the  mood  itself, 
than  in  the  particle),  cf.  Kiihner  Gr. 
Gr.  '?!  810,  not.  [a  apparently.  Jac. 
A.  P.  62.] 

'ΕΑπαναβαθμός,  ov,  6,  a  step  of  a 
stair,  Plat.  Symp.  211  C,  ubi  melius 
άναβασμός :  from 

'Επαναβαίνω,  f.  -βησομαι,  {έπί,  αν- 
αβαίνω) to  get  up,  mount,  έπί  τι,  Ar. 
Nub.  1487:  έπαναβεβηκότες,  mounted 
(on  horsei)ack).  Hdt.  3,  85.-2.  of  an- 
imals, to  cover  after  another,  Arist.  H. 
A. — II.  to  go  up  inland,  Thuc.  7,  29  : 
— of  causes,  to  mount  up,  έπΙ  τα  ανω- 
τέρω, Arist.  Metaph. 

Έπαναβάλλω,  f.  -βαλώ,  {έπί,  uva- 
βύ?.λω)  ίο  throw  on  or  over,  hence  in 
mid.,  to  put  on,  Ίμάτιον,  Ar.  Eccl.  276. 
— 2.  to  lift  up,  οφθα7.μονς,  Clem.  Al. 
— II.  in  Mid.,  to  put  off,  delay,  Hdt.  1, 
91. 

Έπανύβασις,  εως,  ή,  {επαναβαί- 
νω)— ύνάβασις. 

Έπαναβϊβάζω,  f.  -άσω,  {έπί,  ανα- 
βιβάζω) to  make  to  mount  upon,  Thuc. 
3,  23. 

Έπαναβΐόω,  ώ,  f.  -βιώσομαι,  {έπί, 
άναβιόω)  to  come  to  life  again. 

'Επαναβ?.ηόόν,  adv.,  {έπαναβά?.- 
λω)  thrown  or  worji  over  another  gar- 
ment, Hdt.  2,  81. — [I.  poet.  έπαμβ7.η- 
δόν  and  -δήν,  (from  mid.)  with  delay, 
ap.  Hesych. 

Έπαναβούω,  ώ,  {έπί,  άναβοάω)  to 
cry  out  at  a  thing,  Ar.  Plut.  292. 

Έπαναγιγνώσκω,  and  later  -γΐ- 
νώσκω,  f.  -γνώσομαι,  {έπί,  αναγιγ- 
νώσκω) to  read  over,  read  out,  Lys.  117, 
40. 

Έπΰναγκύζω,  f.  -άσω,  (έπί,  αναγ- 
κάζω) to  compel  by  force,  Hdt.  8,  130: 
hence 

Έπάνάγκασμα,  ατός,  τό,  compul- 
sion, necessity. 

Έπανάγκης,  {έπί,  ανάγκη)  only 
used  in  neut.  έπύναγκες,  and  that — 
1.  έπ.  (έστι)  it  is  cnmpulstry,  necessa- 
ry, c.  inf.,  freq.  in  Plat.,  etc.,  as,  έπ. 
μηδέν  έστω,  let  there  be  no  compul- 


ΕΠΑΝ 

sion,  Legg.  765  B.— 2.  as  adv.,  usu.  in 
neut.,  on  compulsion,  έπύ^-αγκες  κο- 
μώντες,  wearing  long  hair  by  fixed 
custom",  Hdt.  1,  82  ;  so  too  Dem.' 909, 
8,  etc. 

Έπανΰγορεύω,  {έπί,  αναγορεύω)  to 
proclaim  publicly,  Ar.  Av.  1072. 

^Επανάγω,  f.  -άξω,  {έπί,  ανάγω)  to 
bring  up,  and  SO — 1.  to  stir  up,  excite, 
(cf  Germ,  aufbringen)^  τον  θνμύν, 
Hdt.  7,  160.-2.  to  exalt,  elevate,  εις 
ηρωικην  τάξίν,  Dem.  1391,  22. — 11. 
to  bring  up  or  back,  εις  το  φως.  Plat. 
Legg.  724  A. — 2.  to  lead,  draw  back,  το 
στρατόπεδον,  Thuc.  7.3:  to  bring  back, 
λόγον  έττι  νπόθεσιν,  Xen.  Mem.  4,6, 
13:  ίο  refer  to  one's  decision,  εις  or 
έπί  Tiva,  Plat.,  and  Arist. — III.  intr. 
to  withdraw,  retreat,  Xen.  C'yr.  4,  1,3. 
— IV .  to  put  out  to  sea,  ΐ'ανς.  Id.  Hell. 
6,  2,  28.  Pass,  to  put  to  sea  against, 
τινί,  Hdt.  9,  98  :  ansol.  to  put  to  sea, 
Thuc,  etc. :  and  so  intr.  in  act.,  N.  T. 
— V.  in  pass.,  to  be  carried  to  a  place, 
Hdt.  4,  103,  where  however  Schwgh. 
conj.  άπενειχθέντας  for  έπαναχθέν- 
τας.  [ΰ]     Hence 

^Επανΰγωγή,  ης,  η.  α  sailing  out 
against,  a  naval  attack,  Thuc.  7,  34. — 
II.  a  recall,  return,  Plat.  Rep.  532  C. ' 
and 

Έπανΰγωγός,  όν,  recalling,  Dio  C. 

'Επαναδέρω,=^άναδέρω,  Hipp. 

Έπαναδίδωμι,  f.  -δώσω,  {έπί,  άνα- 
δίδωμι)  to  increase  more  and  more, 
Hipp.  :  and  in  mid..  Id. 

Έπαναδιπ/.άζω,  {έπί,  ανά,  διπλά- 
ζω)  to  redouble  questions,  re-question, 
Ae.sch.  Pr.  817. 

Έπαναδιπλόω,  ώ,  to  repeat,  Arist. 
Metaph.     Hence 

Έπαναδίπλωμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  fold  οι 
doubling,  Arist.  H.  A. :  and 

'Επαναδίπ?ίωσις,  εως,  ή,  a  folding 
or  doubling,  εντέρων,  Arist.  H.  A.  : 
repetition  or  recapitulation,  Id.  An.  Pr. 

Έπαναζεύγννμι,Άηά  •ννω,  f.  -ζενξω, 
{έπί,  άνά,  ζενγννμι)  to  yoke  or  harness 
for  α  return,  to  return. 

Έπαναζώνννμι,  fut.  -ζώσω,  {έπί, 
άναζώνννμι)  to  gird  upon  one :  mid. 
to  gird  on  one^s  self  or  one's  own  clothes, 
Philo. 

Έπαναθεάομαι,  fut.  -θεύσομαι  [a], 
{έπί,  άναθεάομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  visit, 
see  again.  Xen.  Cyr.  5,  4,  11. 

Έπ  αναθερμαίνω,  {έπί,  αναθερμαί- 
νω) to  warm  again.  Pass,  to  receive 
warmth  again,  Hipp. 

Έπαναθρώσκω,  {έπί,  άναθρώσκω) 
to  leap  upon,  v.  1.  for  έπενθ.,  Aesch. 
Pers.  359. 

'Επαναιρέομαι,  {έπί,  άναιρέω)  as 
mid.,  to  take  upon  one,  enter  into,  φι- 
λίαν.  Plat.  Lys.  219  A :  esp.  into  a 
profession,  βίον,  πόλεμον,  7.ατρείαν, 
Luc. :  to  enter  upon  a  war,  Polyb. — II. 
to  draw  back,  νόμον,  to  withdraw  a  bill, 
Plut.  —  III.  =;  ύναιρέομαι,  to  make 
away  with,  destroy,  Polyb. ;  and  so 
App.,  freq.,  in  act.     Hence 

Έπαναίρεσις,  εως,  ή,  slaughter,  de- 
struction, Polyb. 

Έτταναφετεοι»,  verb.  adj.  from  έπα- 
ναιρέω,  one  must  make  away  with,  Clem. 

νΕπαναιρέω,  act.  in  Diod.  S.  and 
App..  v.  sub  επαναιρέομαι. 

Έπηναίρω,  {έπί,  άναίρω)  (ο  lift 
up.  raise  aloft,  Xen. :  SO  in  mid..  Soph. 
O.  C.  424  ;  mid.  intrans.,  to  raise  one't 
self,  to  rise  up,  Ar.  Eq.  784. 

Έπαιακαινίζω,  {έπί,  ανακαινίζω) 
to  renew,  LXX. 

Έπανακά?<.έω,  ώ,  fut.  -έσω,  {έπί, 
ύνακα?.έω)  to  call  back,  recall,  Aretae. 

'Επανακάμπτω,  f.  -ψω,  {έπί,  άνα 
κάμπτω)  to  bend  back  ;  but  more  usu. 
487 


ΕΠΑΝ 

— II.  intr.  to  tarn  round,  return  to  the 
same  spot,  Arist.  H.  A.  3,  1,  15,  etc. 

Έττανάκΐΐμαί,  (ίττί,  άνύκειμαι)  as 
pass.,  to  tie,  be  imposed  τιροη,  as  pun- 
ishment, Tivi.  Xen.  Cyr.  3,  3,  52. 

Έπανακεφΰ'λαιόομαι.  =  ύνακεφα- 
7.αιόυ,  to  sum  up  in  conclusion,  Rhet. 

Έπανακίρναμαι,  {ίπί,  ΰνά,  κίρνη- 
μΐ)  as  pass.,  to  be  rnixed  up  again. 

'Έπανακ?ιαγγύνω,  {έπί,  ΰνά,  κ?.αγ• 
τάΐ'ω)  to  give  tongue  again  and  again, 
Xen.  Cyn.  4,  5. 

Έ-ανάκλησις,  εως,  ή,  (ίπανακα- 
λίω)  α  recall,  recovery.  Hipp. 

Έ~ανακ?.ίνϋ},  {έτνί,  ΰνακ?ιίνω)  to 
lay  out,  inake  to  lie  down,  Hipp,  [t] 
Hence 

Έττανύκ/.ϊσις,  εί^ς,  η,  a  wheeling  of 
troops  round. 

'Εττανακοίνόω,  ώ,  (έπί,  ανακοινόω) 
to  communicate  with,  τινί,  Plat.  Legg. 
018  A. 

Έττανακομίζω,  fut.  -ίσω  Att.  -ϊώ, 
{έττί,  ανακοαίζω)  to  bring,  carry  back  : 
pass,  to  return,  Dio  C. 

'FsTzavanpa^u,  f.  -ξω,  {έπί,  ανακρύ- 
ζϋ))  to  call  out,  shout  to  one. 

Έττανακρεμάννϋμι,  fut.  -άσω,  (έττί, 
άνακρεμμάννμι)  to  hang  upon  or  by. 
Pass,  to  hang  from ;  to  be  dependent, 
Arist.  Pol. 

'Έτΐανακρίνω,=ανακρίνω.  [ί] 

'Έ,-ανάκρουσις,  εως,  ή,  α  stoppage 
or  backing  :  a  return  :  from 

Έττανακρονω,  {έττί,  ανακρούω)  to 
drive  back.  Mid.  to  draw  back,  Ar.  Av. 
648. 

ΊΕττανακτάομαι,  (επί,  άνακτύομαι) 
dep.  mid.,  to  regain,  recover. 

Έττανακτέον,νβή).Άά}.οίΙ:πανάγω, 
one  must  recall. 

'Έπανακυκλέω.  ω,  {ίπί.  ανακνκ- 
Τίέώ)  to  bring  round  and  round  ngaiti,  re- 
peat. Plat.  Rep.  617  B,  in  mid.    Hence 

Έ'!τανακνκ?ί7]σις,  εως,  ι),  a  revolu- 
tion ;  repetition. 

'Έττανακνκλόω,  έττανακνκλωσις,^ζ 
-κνκ'λέω,  -κύκλησις. 

'ΈττανακντΓτω,  fut.  -ψω,  {επί,  ανα- 
κύπτω) to  look  or  point  upwards,  to  have 
an  upward  direction,  Xen.  Eq.  12,  13. 
— II.  to  rise  against,  oppose,  τινί,  Joseph. 

'Έ,πανα'λαμβάνω ,  i.  -?ίήψομαί,  {επί, 
άνα?Μμι3ύνω)  to  take  up  again,  re- 
peat, Plat.,  and  Xen.  ;  έπαναλαμβά- 
νων  έκέλενε.  Plat.  Phaedr.  228  A. — 
11.  to  revise,  correct.  Id.  Legg.  781  B. 

Έπαναλέγομαι,  {έπί,  ΰνά,  λέγω) 
to  repeat,  ci.  Schaf.  Appar.  Dem.  1, 
532. 

^Έπανάλη-ψις,  εως,  ή,  {έπανα?Μμ• 
βάνω)  in  rhetor.,  the  repetition  of  a 
word,  Dem.  Phal. :  in  genl.  =  ύνά- 
ληφις. 

'Έ,πανά?Λσκω,  f.  -λώσω,  {έπί.  ίνα- 
7.ίσκω)  to  spend,  consume  besides,  Dem. 
1219,  25. 

Έπαναλογέω,  ώ.  {έπί,  ΰναλογέω) 
to  recount,  v.  1.  in  Hdt.  1,  90,  for  πα- 
7.ΰ.7ιογέω. 

Έ-ανά7ιόω,  rare  form  of  the  pres. 
ίπαναλ.ίσηω. 

'Έπαναμένω,  {έπί,  αναμένω)  to 
wait,  stay  on,  Hdt.  8,  141. — ll.  to  wait 
for  one,  τινά,  Ar.  Nub.  804  ;  also 
TLVu  έλθεΊν,  Id.  Lys.  74  ;  τί  μ'  ίπαμ- 
μένει  παθεΐν,  what  !s  there  in  store  for 
me  to  suffer,  Aesch.  Pr.  605 ;  cf. 
Pers.  807. 

Έπηναμιμνήσκω,  f.  -μνησω,  {έπί, 
άναμιμνήσκω)  to  re?nind  one  of,  men- 
tion again  to  one,  TLVU  Ti,  Plat.  Legg. 
C88  A.     Hence 

'Έπανάμνησις,  εως,  η,  a  mentioning, 
Dion.  H. 

Ύ,πανανεόω,  ω,  {έπί,  ΰνανεόω)  to 
rcitew,  revive,  7ioyov,  Plat.  Rep.  358  B, 
m  mid.    Hence 
488 


ΕΠΑΝ 

''Έπανανέωσίς,  εως,  ή,  a  renewing, 
restoration. 

Έπαναπανω,  {έπί.  αναπαύω)  to  re- 
fresh, revive,  rest,  εαυτόν,  Ael.  Mid. 
to  rest,  lean,  depend  upon,  LXX. 

Ύ.παναπέμπω,  {έπί,  αναπέμπω)  to 
send,  drive  up  or  backwards,  Hipp. 

Έπαναπήγνϋμι,  fut.  -πήζω,  {έπί, 
άναπήγννμι)  to  fix,  fasten  in  or  on, 
Orph. 

Έπαναπηδύω,  ώ,  fut.  -ήσω,  {έπί, 
αναπηδάω)  to  leap  upon,  against,  Ar. 
Nul).  1375. 

Έπαναπίπτω,  f.  -πεσονμαι,  {επί, 
άναπίπτω)  to  fall  or  lie  down  upon, 
τινί,  Ael. 

'Έ,παναπλάσσω,  fut.  -άσω,—άνα- 
π7άσσω,  Axionic.  Chalc.  2. 

Έπαναπλέω,  fut.  -π'λενσομαι.  Ion. 
έπαναπ'λώω.  (έπί,  άναπ7έω)  to  sail 
out  against,  έπί  τίνα,  Hdt.  8,  9,  16; 
for  a  thing,  έπί  τι,  Xen.  Hell.  4,  8, 
35. — II.  έπαναπλώει.  νμίν  ίπεα  κακά, 
ill  language  floats  up,  rises  to  the 
tongue,  Valcli.  Hdt.  1,  212,  cf  δακ- 
ρνπλώω. — III.  to  sail  back  again,  Dem. 
1292,  2. 

^Έ,παναπΤ,τιρόω,  ύ,  {έπί,  άναπλψ 
ρόω)  to  fill  up,  supply,  Theophr.,  iti 
pass. 

Ύιπα,ναπνέω,  fut.  -πνενσω,  {επί, 
άι•απι•έω)  to  recover  breath,  Hipp. 

Έπαναποδίζω,  {έπί,  άναπυδίζω)  ίο 
recur  to  an  examination.     Hence 

'Έιπαναποδίστέον,  verb.  adj.  one 
must  examine  again,  Arist.  Gen.  et 
Corr. 

'Έ,παναπολέω,=^άναπο7.έω,  Plat. 
Phileb.  60  A. 

Έπανα/)^ήγνϋμι,  fut.  -βήξω,  {έπί, 
ανηΙ)^ήγνυμι)  to  tear  open  again,  Plut. 
Pass,  to  burst  open  afresh,  Hipp. 

'¥.παναΙ}1)ΐπίζω,ζ=άναΙ){>ιπιζω,  Jo- 
seph. 

Έπαναββίπτω,  and  -έω,  {έπί,  άναβ- 
Μπτω,  -έω)  to  throw  up  in  the  air : 
hence  sub.  εαυτόν,  to  spring  high  in 
the  air,  Xen.  Cyn.  5,  4.  [i] 

'Έιπανάσείβις,  εως,  ή,  a  brandish- 
ing, οπλών.  Thuc.  4,  126  :  from 

'Έ,πανασείω,  {έπί,  ΰνασείω)  to  lift 
up  and  shake,  Hipp.  ;  to  brandish,  as 
weapons  :  metapli.,  έπ.  δύναμιν,  to 
threaten  one  with  it,  Dion.  H. 

Ύ^πανασκοπέω,  ώ,  fut.  -σκέφημηι, 
{έπί,  άνασκοπέω)  to  weigh,  consider 
again  and  again.  Plat.  Hipp.  Min.  360 
D. 

Έπανασπείρω,  {έπί,  ΰνασπείρω) 
to  sow  again  :  hence 

'Έ,πανασπορά,  ας,  ij,  a  second  sow- 
ing. 

'Έ,πανάστΰσις,  εως,  τ/,  Α.  {έπανί- 
σΤ7)μΐ)  α  causing  to  rise  up,  overthrow, 
destruction,  met.,  Soph.  Antig.  533. — 
— B.  {έπανίσταμαι)  a  rising  up  for 
any  purpose,  Hipp.— 2.  a  rising,  dis- 
turbance, revolt,  Hdt.  3,  44,  118;  τινί, 
against  one.  Thuc.  8,21. — II.  a  rising 
spot,  swelling,  Hipp.  —  III.  inetaph. 
επ.  7.όγου,  elevation  of  language,  Lat. 
oratio  assurgens,  Dem.  Phal. 

'Έπαναστέλλω,  fut.  -στελώ,  (έπί, 
(ΊνασΓέ7Λω)  to  draw  back,  check,  Arist. 
Mund. 

Έπανάστημα,  ατής,  τό,  {έπανί- 
σταμαι) a  rising,  swelling. 

Έπαναστρέφω,  {έπί,  αναστρέφω) 
to  turn  back  upon  one,  resist,  Ar.  Ran. 
1102  :  also  in  mid.,  to  ivheel  round,  re- 
turn to  the  charge,  Ar.  Eq.  244. 

'Έ,παναστροφή,  ης,  η ,:=άναστροφή ,- 
α  return. 

'Έ,πανασώζυ,=:^άνασώζω. 

Έπανάτΰσις,  εως,  ή,  α  stretching, 
holding  out  or  up,  σκτ/πτρον,  Arist. 
Pol.;  metaph.  ο  threatening,  Philo: 
from 


ΕΠΑΝ 

Έπανατείνω,  (έπί,  άνατείνω)  to 
hold  up,  τάς  χείρας,  as  in  prayer, 
Diod.  ;  έπ.  ελπίδας,  to  hold  out  hopes, 
Xen.  Cyr.  2,  1,  23 :  but  usu.  in  mid., 
έπανατείνεσθαι  βάκτμον  τινί,  to  hold 
over  as  a  threat,  Luc. 

'Έπαι>ατέ7ι7.ω,  f.  ■τε7Μ,=ύ.νατέλ• 
λω,  to  raise,  lift  up,  Eur. :  but — II. 
usu.  intr.  to  rise  up,  rise,  of  the  SUn, 
Hdt.  2,  142,  etc. ;  εννής,  from  bed, 
Aesch.  Ag.  27  :  έπαντέλ'λων  χρόνος, 
the  time  which  is  coming  to  light,  the 
future,  Pind.  O.  8,  37. 

Έπανατέμνω,  f.  -τεμύ,  {έπί,  ανα- 
τέμνω) to  cut  into  or  open,  Hipp. 

'Έ,πανατίβημι,  fut.  -θ7'/σω,—ΰνατί• 
θιιμι,  to  lay  upon,  τινί  TL,  Ar.  Vesp. 
148,  and  Plat. 

'Ειπανατρίπω,  {έπί,  ανατρέπω)  to 
turn  back  again,  return,  προς  τον  λό• 
γον,  Cratin.   ΪΙυτίν.  1. 

Έπανατρέφω,  ί.  •θρέ•φω,  {έπί,  ανα- 
τρέφω) to  feed  up,  recruit,  nourish,  Hipp. 

'Έ,πανατρέχω,  =  ανατρέχω,  to  run 
back,  προς  τι,  Luc. 

'Έ,πανατρνγάω,  ώ,  fut.  -ήσω,  {έπί, 
ΰνά,  τρυγάω)  to  glean  after  the  vintage, 
LXX. 

'Επαναφέρω,  poet.  έπαμφέρω,= 
αναφέρω,  to  refer,  throw  bach  upon  an- 
other, Tt  εις  Tiva,  Ar.  Nub.  1080,  and 
Plat.,  προς...,  Hipp.,  έπί....  Plat.— 2. 
to  put  into  the  account,  Lat.  referre  in..., 
Dem.  1034.  8. — 3.  to  bring  back  a  mes- 
sage, Ti,  Andoc.  27,  37  :  and  so  in 
mid.,  Xen.  Hell.  2,  2,  21. — 4.  intrans. 
to  return  to  one^s  self,  revive,  Hipp. — 5. 
in  genl.  to  come  back,  return.  Plat.  Lys. 
219  C. — II.  in  pass.,  to  rise,  as  an  ex- 
halation, Xen.  Cyn.  5,2;  as  the  sun, 
Phit. 

Επαναφορά,  ΰς,  ή, =  αναφορά,  a 
bringing  or  being  brought  back,  recur- 
rence :  in  Rhetor.,  a  repetition  of  a 
word  at  the  beginning  of  several  fol- 
lowing clauses,  Plut.    Hence 

Έπαί'αφορικός,  i],  όν,  belonging  to 
επαναφορά. 

Έπαναφϋσάω,  ώ,  f.  -{/σω,  {έπί,  άνα- 
φνσάω)  to  piny  an  air  in  accompani 
meni.  of  the  αύλητ7}ς  and  σαλπιγκτής, 
Ar.  Thcsm.  1175. 

Έπαναφνω,  {έπί,  αναφύω)  to  make 
to  grow  again,  put  forth  again,  Ael. 

Έπαναφωνέω,  ώ,  {έπί,  ίναφωνέω) 
to  pronounce  in  addition  or  after,  Sext. 
Einp. 

Έπαναχέω,  fut.  -χεύσω,  {έπί,  άνα- 
χέω)  to  shed  over  or  upon  :  to  shed  be- 
sides. 

^Έ,παναχρεμπτήριος,  or',  promoting 
expectoration,  Hipp.  :  from 

'Έπαναχρέμπτομαι,  f.  -φομαι,  {έπί, 
αναχρέμπτομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  expecto- 
rate. Hipp.     Hence 

'Έ,πανύχρεμ•φις,  εως,  ή,  expectora- 
tion. Hipp. 

ΎJπavaχωpέω,  ω,  =  ΰναχωρέω,  to 
come  or  go  hack  again,  retreat,  return., 
Hdt.  9,  13,  Thuc,  etc.     Hence 

'Έπανσχώρ7]σις,  εως,  η,  a  return, 
retreat,  κύματος,  Thuc.  3,  89. 

"Έ,πανδρος,  ov,  {επί,  ανήρ)  mascu- 
line, manly,  Diod.  Adv.  -ρως,  Sext. 
Ernp. 

'Έ,πανδρόω,  ω,  to  furnish  with  males, 
Λήμνον  παισίν,  v.  1.  for  έςανδρ.,  Αρ. 
Rh. 

'Έπανεγείρω.=^άνεγείρω,  Hipp. 

'Έ.πάνειμι,  {έπί,  Ιιι>ά,  ειμί)  to  go 
back,  return,  Thuc,  Xen.,  etc. :  hence 
in  writing,  etc.,  to  go  back,  έπί  τον 
πρότερον  7Λγον,  Hdt.  7,  138  ;  to  re- 
turn to,  repeat,  τι  or  περί  τίνος.  Plat. — 
II.  to  go  up,  trace  a  thing  upwards, 
κάτωθεν.  Plat.  Symp.  211  B.— III.  to 
arise,  sound,  of  music.  Soph.  Tr.  642. 
The  pres,  has  a  fut.  signf. 


ΕΠΑΝ 

.  'ΈπανειπεΙν,  {επί,  άνείπεΐν)  to 
proclaim,  promise  openly,  τινί  Ti, Thuc. 
6,  60. 

Έπανείρομαί,  Ion.  for  έπανέρομαί, 
Hdt. 

Έπανέλενσις,  εως,  ή,  {εττανέρχο- 
uai)  a  return. 

Έ  πανελκνω ,  (εττί,  ανελκύω)  to  draw 
up,  e.  g.  on  shore,  vavv.  Arr. 

Έττανεμέω,  ώ,  f.  -έσω,  (εττί,  ΰνεμέω) 
Ιο  throw  up,  vomit  repeatedly,  Hipp. 

'Έ,πάνεμος,  ov,  {επί,  άνεμος)  windy, 
Hipp,  [a] 

Έπανερεύγομαί,   =   ανερευγομαι, 

'Έπανέρομαί,  Ion.  -ειρομαι,  {επι, 
(Ίνέρομαι)  to  question  as,iiin  and  again: 
in  genl.  to  question,  Hdt.  1,  91  ;  3,  32. 
'Επανέρχομαι,  f.  -έ7.ενσομαί.  {επί, 
ανέρχομαι)  dep.  mid.c.aor. el  pf.  act., 
to  go  back,  return,  εκ  ποταμού,  Anacr. 
21  :  to  go  over,  pass  over,  εις  τόπον, 
Hdt.  2,  109  :  to  go  to  another  subject, 
έκεΐσε,  Eur.  I.  T.  256 :  in  speaking, 
etc.,  to  return  to  a  point,  επί  τι,  Xen. 
Hell.  1,  7,  31,  etc.:  also  c.  ace,  to 
repeat,  Plat.  Tim.  17  Β ;  and  absol.. 
Id. — 2.  to  go  up,  ascend,  εις  όρη,  Xen. 
Hell.  4,  8,  35. 

Έπανερυτάυ,  ώ,  fut.  -ήσο),  {επί, 
ανερωτάω)  to  question  again,  τινά. 
Plat.  Crat.  413  A  :  to  examine  into,  τι, 
oft  in  Plat. 

Έπάνεσις,  εως,  η,  {'επανίημι)  a  re- 
mission, abatement,  Aretae. 

'Έ.πανετός.  όν,  {επανίημι)  remitting, 
intermittent,  πυρετός.  Medic. 

Έπανέχω,  ί-  -έξω,  {επί,  άνέχω)  to 
hold  up,  support :  to  maintain,  keep, 
χώραν,  Diod.  :  esp.  sub.  φρένα,  to  fix 
one's  thoughts  on  a  thing•,  τινί  :  to  con- 
tent one's  self  with,  τινί,  Alciphr.  Mid. 
to  take  upon  one's  self,  πόλεμον  :  and 
so  perh.  in  act,,  τϊ^ι  οικεία  πάβη  τοις 
ότ/μοσίοις  έπανέχοντα,  Plut.  Dem.  22. 

'Έ.πα.νήκω,  {επί,  ανήκω)  to  come 
hack,  return,  Dem.  1156,  3. — II.  to  come 
up,  arise,  Paus. 

'Έπανθέω,  ω,  f.  -ήσω,  {επί,  ΰνθέω) 
to  bloom,  be  in  flower,  sprout,  Theocr. 
5,  131  :  metaph.  of  a  salt  crust  form- 
ing upon  a  surface,  like  Lat.  efinrescere, 
L•λμη  έπανβοναα  τοις  ονρεσι,  Hdt.  2, 
12;  of  down  on  fruit,  τοις  μ/'/'ληισιν 
έπήνθει  χνονς,  Ar.  Nub.  978  ;  of  hair 
on  the.  chin,  Ar.  Eccl.  13;  also  of 
hair  just  turnmg  gre^'.Ar.  Vesp.  1065: 
in  genl.  to  be  upon  the  surface,  τρηχν- 
της  επηνθει,  Hipp.  cf.  επύνθισμα : 
then  to  be  visible,  appear  plainly,  Ar. 
Nub.  1174,  Plat.  Legg.  710  A,  cf 
έπενήνοϋε. — 2.  esp.  to  flourish,  abound, 
overflow  with,  τινί,  like  Lat.  florere 
opibus  :  and  in  bad  signf ,  like  έπαν- 
θίζειν  in  Aesch.,  cf  Schaf  Dion. 
Comp.  269. — II.  to  flower  after  or  late. 
Hence 

Έπάνθημα,  ατός,  τό,--=ίπάνθισμα, 
Iambi.  :  and 

Έπάνθησις,  εως,  ή,  a  flowering, 
bloom. 

'Έ,πανθιάω,  poet,  for  έπανθέω,  Αρ. 
Rh. 

Έπανθίζω,  f.  -σω,  {έπί,  ανθίζω)  in 
genl.  to  cover  with,  make  to  abound  in, 
δόμους  πόνοις.  Aesch.  Theb.  951  ,  so 
παιάνα  θανόντος  κωκντοίς,  Cho.  150 : 
to  adorn  a  composition,  Philostr.  :  έπ. 
Tivl  ερύθημα,  to  give  one  a  blushing 
tint,  flush,  Luc.     Hence 

'Επύνθισμα,  ατός,  τό,  any  efflores- 
cence which  appears  on  the  surface, 
scum  of  liquids,  etc.,  Hipp. 

'Έ,πανθισμός,  ov,  6,  cjlorescence,  as 
of  metals,  Diosc. 

'Έ,πανθοπ7ιθκέω,  ώ,  {έπί,  άνθος, 
πλέκω)  to  plait  of  or  with  flowers, 
Anth. 


ΕΠΑΝ 

'Έπανθρΰκίδες,   ων,  αϊ,  {έπί,  αν-  ' 
βρακίς)  small  fish  for  frying,  small  fry, 
Ar.  Ach.  670":  from 

Έπανθρακίζω,{έπί,  άνθραξ)  to  broil 
on  the  coals,  Meineke  Cratin.  Od.  5. 

'Έπανίάομαι,  {έπί,  άνιύομαι)  to 
annoy  one's  self  at,  τινί. 

'Επανίημι,  {έπί,  άνίημι)  to  let  go 
back,  relax,  dismiss,  c.  ace,  φόβον, 
Dem.  287,  7.— II.  intr.  c.  gen.,  to  re- 
lax from,  πόνων,  Xen.  Cyn.  7,  1  ;  c. 
part.,  έπ.  τέμνων,  to  leave  occulting. 
Plat.  Phaedr.  266  A :  absol.  to  flag, 
Xen.  Cyn.  4.  5 :  also  έπανήκεν  ό 
σίτος,  like  Lat.  annona  laxaverat, 
Dem.  889,  9.  [I  Att] 

Έπανίσόω,  ώ.=άνισόω,  τίνα  προς 
τίνα.  Thuc.  8,  57 ;  τινάς.  Plat. :  pass. 
to  be  made  equal,  τινί.  Id. 

Έπανίστημι,  f  -στήσω,  {έπί,  ΰνίσ- 
τημι)  to  make  to  stand  up,  set  up,  raise, 
Plut. :  to  rouse,  excite. — II.  in  mid.  c. 
aor.  2  et  pf  act.,  to  stand  up  before, 
in  Hom.  as  a  mark  of  respect,  but 
only  in  II.  2,  85 :  in  genl.  to  stand  up 
rise,  Ar.  Plut.  539,  έπί  τίνος,  Xen. 
Symp.  4,  2  :  also  of  things,  to  be  high, 
elevated,  Ar.  Av.  557. — 2.  usu.  to  rise, 
stand  up  against  one,  τινί,  Hdt.  1,  89, 
130,  etc. :  absol.  to  rise,  revolt,  Thuc. 
3,  39,  etc. :  hence  to  plot  against,  lay 
snares  for,  e.g.  παρθένοις,  Ael.  —  3. 
Medic,  to  rise  on  the  skin,  to  swell,  Hipp. 

Έπανίσωσις,  εως,  η,  {έπανίσόω)  a 
making  even,  equalisirg.  Philo. 

'Έ,πανΙτέον,  verb.  adj.  of  έπάνειμι, 
one  must  return,  Plat.  Rep.  532  D. 

'Επάνοδος,  ου,  ή,  {έπί,  άνοδος)  α 
rising,  ascent.  Plat.  :  a  return,  Plut. 

'Επανοιδέω,  ω,  {έπί,  άνοιδέω)  to 
^well  up,  or  on  the  surface,  Hipp. 

Έπανοιδίσκω,  to  make  to  swell  up  : 
pass.=  foreg.,  Hipp. 

Έπανοίκτωρ,  ορός,  έ),  {επί,  άνοί- 
γννμι)  one  who  bursts  open. 

'Επανοιστέον,  verb.  adj.  of  επανα- 
φέρω, one  must  refer,  Polyb. 

Έπανορθόω,  ώ,  {έπί,  ανορθόω)  to 
set  up  or  upright,  Bijckh  Inscr.  2,  p. 
656  :  to  set  up  again,  set  right,  δνναμιν 
7re77rij«Dtav,Thuc.7,77,andsoPlat., 
etc. :  to  correct,  revise,  νόμοχ'.  Plat. 
Legg.  769  E,  διαθήκην,  Isae. :  in  genl. 
to  amend,  improve,  τινά,  Ar.  Lys.  528, 
and  so  freq.  in  mid.,  Plat.,  Dem.,  etc. 
Hence' 

Έπανόρθωμα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which 
is  corrected,  a  correction,  amendment, 
Plat.,  and  Arist. :  and 

'Επανόρθωσις,  εως,  ή,  a  setting 
right,  correcting,  Arist.  Eth.  N.  ;  a  re- 
visal,  νόμων,  Dem.  707,  7 :  improve- 
ment, ^ινχής,  Tim.  Locr.  104  A  :  es- 
pecially of  one's  circumstances,  jjro- 
fit,  Polyb. 

Έπανορθωτέος,  a,  ov,  verb.  adj. 
from  έπανορθόω,  to  be  amended,  cor- 
rected. Plat.  Legg.  809  Α.— Π.  έπα- 
νορθωτέον,  one  must  correct,  Plut. 

Έπανομθωτής,  ov.  b.  {έπανορθόω) 
a  corrector,  restorer,  Dion.  H.     Hence 

'Επανορθωτικός,  ή,  όν,  of  or  fit  for 
setting  right,  amending.  To  έ~.,  Anst. 
Eth.  N. '  Adv.  -κώς. 

Έπαντέλλω,  poet,  and  Ion.  for 
έπανατέλ?ιω,  Hdt. 

Έπάΐ'της,  ες.  {έπί,  άντα)  up-hill, 
steep  :  opp.  to  κατάντης. 

'Επαντιάζω,  f.  -άσω,  {έπί,  άντιάζω) 
to  fall  in  with,  meet,  H.  Horn.,  Ap.  152. 

Έπαντ'λέω,  ώ,  {έπί,  άντ?ίέω)  to 
pour  in  or  upon,  as  water,  τι  έπί  τι. 
Plat.  Phaedr.  253  A  ;  λόγους  τινί, 
Eur.  ap.  Plut.  2,  502  C  :  to  fill  as  with 
water,  όροντίσι,  Phlt.  Pass,  to  be 
filled.  Plat.  Phaed.  112  D.     Hence 

Έπάντ?ιημα,  ατός,  TO,that  which  is 
poured  on,  a  fomentation,  Diosc.  :  and 


ΕΠΑΠ 

Έπύντλησις,  εως,  ή,  a  pouring  on  a 
Uimg,  fomentation,  Hipp. 

Έπύ,νυω,  fut.  -νσω  (έπί,  ΰννω)  to 
complete,  accomplish,  ονδέ  ποτέ  σφιν 
νίκη  έπηνύσθη,  the  victory  remained 
undecided,  lies.  Sc.  311,  explained  by 
the  context,  άκριτον  είχον  αεθΆον : 
in  mid.,  to  procure  for,  τι  τινι.  Soph. 
Tr.  996,  in  tmesis,  [ϋ] 

'Επάνω,  adv.  [επί.  άνω)  above,  atnp, 
on  the  upper  side  or  piart,  Ar.,  Plat., 
etc. :  with  art.,  ό  επάνω  πύργος,  the 
upper  tower,  Hdt.  3,  54  :  sometnnes 
c.  gen.,  Hdt.  1,  179  :  divisim,  έπι  τον 
σήματος  άνω,  Hdt.  1,  93. — 2.  above, 
in  a  book,  etc.,  Lat.  supra,  Xen.  An. — 
IL  oftime,  fce/ori•,  cf  sq.  [a]    Hence 

'FJπάvωθεv,  adv.,  from  above,  above, 
Thuc.  2,  99 ;  κούφα  σοι  χθων  έπ. 
πέσοι,  Eur.  Ale.  463:  c.  gen..  Plat. 
Tim.  45  A  :  oi  έπ.,  men  of  former, 
olden  time,  Theocr.  7,  5. 

Έπάνωθι,  adv.  :=  επάνω,  τινός, 
Anth. 

Έπαξιέηαστος,  ov,  {επάξιος,  έράω) 
amiable,  Philo. 

'Επάξιος,  ov,  and  in  Anth.  a,  ov, 
{επί,  άξιος)  worthy,  deserving  of..,  τι- 
νός. Pind.  N.  7,  131  :  c.  inf..  Soph. 

0.  C.  461  etc. — II.  ahso\.  worthy,  meet, 
Pind.  I.  4,  76  (3,  62),  Soph.  El.  971, 
etc.  :  of  things,  κνρεΐν  των  επαξίων, 
to  meet  with  one's  deserts,  Aesch.  Pr. 
70. — 2.  worth  mentioning,  Hdt.  2,  79; 
7,96.    Adv. -ijf,  Soph. _ 

Έπαξιόω,  ώ,  {έπί,  άξιόω)  to  think 
worthy,  think  right,  c.  inf..  Lat.  dignor, 
Soph.  Phil.  803,  etc. :  and  so— II.  to 
expect,  believe.  Id.  El.  658.     Hence 

Έπαξίωσις,  εως,  ή,  a  valuing,  esti- 
mation, Dion.  H. 

Έπαξονέω,  ώ,  {έπί,  άξων  II)  to  en- 
roll in  tablets,  register,  LXX. 

Έπαξόνιος,  ov,  {έπί,  άξων)  upon  an 
axle,  δίφρος,  Theocr.  25,  249,  with  v. 

1.  'εναξ. 

Έπάξω,  Dor.  for  έπήξω,  2  sing.  aor. 
1  mid.  from  πήγννμι.  Theocr. 

^Εηάυιδή,  ής,  ή,  (Dor.  -δά,  άς)  poet, 
and  Ion.  for  επωδή,  a  magic  song,  in- 
cantation, Od.  19,  457.  Pind.  P.  4,  386. 

Έπαοιδία,  ας,  ή,  later  collat.  form 
of  foreg.,  Luc. 

'Επάοιδός,  6,  poet,  for  επωδός. 

'Επΰπειλέω,  ώ,  {έπί,  άπειλέω)  to 
hold  out  a  threat  to  one,  threaten  one 
with  a  thing,  τινί  τι,  II.  1,  319.  Od.  13, 
127  ;  τινί,  to  threaten  one,  11.  13,  582; 
absol.  to  add  threats,  II.  14,  45. 

Έπαπερείδω,  {έπί,  άπερείδω)  to 
prop,  support  upon.  Pass,  to  be  propped 
by,  lean  upon,  τινί,  Posidon.  ap.  Ath. 
550  B. 

Έπαπέρχοίίαι,  f.  -ελεύσομαι,  {επί, 
απέρχομαι)  Qep.  c.  aor.  et  pf.  act.,  to 
go  away  after. 

Έπαποόυτέον,  verb.  adj.  from  sq., 
one  must  strip  for,  πόνω,  Clem.  Al. 

Έπαποδνω  and  -δννω,  {έπί.  άπο- 
δύω)  to  strip  one  for  combat  against  an 
Other,  set  him  rip  as  a  rival  to,  τινά 
τινι.  Plut.  Mid.  to  strip  and  set  to  work 
at athing. τινί,  \r. Lys.ClS:  tosetupon, 
attack.  Plut.     [On  quantity,  v.  δνω-Ί 

Έπαποθνήσκω.  f.  -θάνονμαι,  {έπί, 
αποθνήσκω)  to  die  with  or  upon,  τινί. 
Plat.  Symp.  208  D  ;  έπ.  λόγοις,  to  die 
while  yet  speaking,  Joseph, — 2.  to  die 
besides  or  in  addition  to  the  lirst,  Plut. 
Aem.  P.  35. 

Έπαποίκίζω,  f  -ίσω  Att.  •ΐώ.  {έπί, 
αποικίζω)  to  colonise  anew,  τόπον,  Dio 
C. 

Έπάποκτείνω,  {έπί.  άποκτείνω)  to 
kill  besides,  έπί  τινι,  Dio  C. 

Έπαπο?Μνω.=^εναπο/.ανω,  to  en- 
joy, revel  in,  τινί,  Diod. 

Έπaπό?J.vμt,    fut.    -αλέσω     Att. 
489 


ΕΠΑΡ 

ολώ,  {i~i,  άπόλ?.νμί)  to  kill  in  addi- 
tion, Ael.  Mlii.  c.  pi'.  '2,  to  die  besides, 
with,  or  upon,  τινί,  Dio  C. 

Έτταζο/.ογέομαι,  dep.  ηιί(1.=  άπο- 
Άο^/ΐομαί,  V.  I.  Plut. 

t'E-aTroTrvi'yu,  aor.  pass,  ίπαπεηνί- 
γηρ,  {έπί,  άποπνί}ω)  Ιο  choke,  stran- 
gle, in  aor.  subj.  pass.,  Elms,  and 
Dind.  in  Ar.  Eq.  940.  _ 

Έττατζορέω,  ώ,  {έττί,  ιϊπορίω)  todouht 
about  a  thing,  Theophr.,  in  pass.:  to 
start  a  doubt  or  question,  Polyb.    Hence 

'Κπαπόρι/μα,  ατός,  τό,  esp.  anewly 
started  difficult;^.     Hence 

Έπαπορηματικός,  ή,  όν,  of,  belong- 
ing to  doubts.     Adv.  -κύς. 

'Έ,ττα-όρησίς,  εως,  ή,  (έτΓατΓορέω)^ 
έπαττόρι/μα. 

Έ~α-οριιτικός,7/,όν,=:•ρηματικός. 
Adv.  -κώς. 

Έτταποστέλλω,  {έτνί,  άηοστέλλω) 
to  send  after  or  against  one,  both  111 
Polyb. 

ΈτΓίίτΓτω,  Ion.  for  έώάπτω,  Hdt. 

Έττάττύυ,  Dor.  for  έπηπνω. 

Έτταρά.  ύς,  ή.  Ion.  ίπαρή,  {έπί, 
αρά)  α  solemn  curse,  i?nprecatio7i,  li.  9, 
456  :  ίτταρας  ττοιησθαι,  Bockli  Inscr. 

2,  p.  409.  [ώ  Ep.,  (ΐ  Att.] 
Έταράομαι,  f.  -ύσομαι,  Ep.  -7/σο- 

μαι,  (έπί.  άρύομαι)  dep.  mid. : — to  im- 
precate curses  upon,  tlvl  ττολ'λά,  Hdt. 

3,  75  ;  έξώ'λΐΐάν  τινι,  Lys.  121,  4  :  c. 
dat.  only. to  curse  solemnly.  Plat.  Legg. 
931  B,  etc. ;  έπ.  λόγον,  to  utter  an 
imprecation,  prayer  for  evil,  Soph. 
El.  388.     Hence 

Έττάράσιμος,  ov,  to  be  accursed, 
abominable,  Pseudo-Phocyl.  16.  [ρΰ] 

Έ~άράσσω.  Att.  -ττω,  f.  -.;ω,  {ίττί. 
upaacjoi)  to  dash  or  clap  to.  rr/r  θνραν. 
Plat.  Prot.  314  D.— 11.  intr.  to  burst  in 
or  on,  late. 

Επάρατος,  ov,  (Ιπαράομαι)  accurs- 
ed, laid  under  a  curse,  έπ.  μη  οίκείτ), 
Thuc.  2,  17. 

'Έ,πάργεμης,  ov,  {έπί,  άργεμος)  of 
the  eye,  with  a  white  speck  or  film  over 
it  (v.  λεύκωμα),  blind,  Arist.  H.  A. — 
Π.  inetaph.  dim,  dark,  Lat.  caecus,  σή- 
ματα, θέσφατα,  ?Μγοι,  Aesch.  Pr. 
499,  Ag.  1113,  Cho.  665. 

Επάργυρος,  ov,  (έπί,  άργυρος)  sil- 
vertdover,  inlaid  with  silver,  Hdt.  1,  50. 
Hence 

Έπαργϋρόο),  ύ,  to  silver  over  or  in- 
lay with  silver,  Bockh  Inscr.  1 ,  p.  260. 
— Π.  inetaph.  to  spend  silver  upon, 
ίπηργυρώμενος,  costly,  Mnesim.  Auf- 
κολ.  I. 

Έ~ύρ(5Γυσί{•,  εως•,  η,  watering,  Epi- 
cur.  ap.  Diog.  L. :  froni 

Ύ^παρδενω,—  έπάρ^α,  Nonn. 
^'Έ,παρδον,  2  aor.  oi  πέρόημηι,  Ar. 
νΕπαρόος,  ov,  o,  the  Epardus,  a  riv- 
er of  Media,  in  the  territory  of  the 
Mardi,  Arr.  An.  4,  6,  12. 

Έπάρδω,  (έπί,  ίρδω)  to  water,  irri- 
gate, Arr. :  in  pass.,  Tim.  Locr. 

Έπΰρήγω,  f.  -ξω.  [έπί,  ΰρήγω)  to 
come  to  aid,  help,  τινί,  II.  23,  783,  Od. 
13,391.     Hence 

Έπάρηγών,  όνος,  ό,  ή,  a  helper.  Αρ. 
Rh. :  and 

Έπάρηξις,  εως,  η,  help,  aid. 

^Επάρην,  aor.  2  pass,  from  πείρω. 
[«] 

Έπΰρήρει,  3  plqpf ,  II.,  έπάρηρώς, 
part,  perf  of  έπάρω. 

Έπΰβίβμέω,  ώ,  {έπί,  άριθμέω)  to 
count  up  or  in  addition,  Paus. 

Έπΰρίστερος,  ov.  (έπί,  άρίστερός) 
on  the  left  hand,  τα  έπαρίστερα,  Hdt. 
2,  93,  but  V.  Schweigh.— II.  left-hand- 
ed, aickwnrd.  Theofnet.  ap.  Ath.  671 
B,  cf.  Ephipp.  Phil.  3.  Adv.  -ροις, 
Menand.  p.  112 :  cf  Lob.  Phryn.  259. 
Hence 

490 


ΕΠΑΡ 

Έπάριστερότης,  ητος,  ή,  awkward- 
ness.folly,  Arist.  Virt.  et  Vitt. 

Έπάρίτυι,  ων,  oi,  the  Epariti,  a 
name  borne  by  the  soldiers  ot  the  Ar- 
cadian League,  (B.C.  371),  which 
Diod.  15,  62,  seems  to  e.xplain  by 
επίλεκτοι,  cf  Thirlw.  H.  of  Gr.  5,  p. 
90. 

Επάρκεια,  ας,  ή,  aid,  help ;  esp.  a 
supply  of  money  or  provisions,  Polyb., 
cl.  έπαρκέω. 

'Κπαρκεσις,  εως,  ή,  aid,  Jielp,  suc- 
cour. Soph.  O.  C.  447:  from 

Έπαρκέω,  ώ,  f.  -έσω,  (έπί,  ΰρκέω) 
to  ward  off,  keep  off.  τινί  τι.  something 
from  one,  Jl.  2,  873,  hence — 1.  c.  ace. 
rei  only,  to  hinder,  prevent,  Od.  17, 
568  :  in  Att.  also,  έπ.  το  ui/  ot'i..,  Lat. 
prohibere  (juominus..,  Acscn.  Pr.  918. — 
2.  c.  dat.  pers.  only,  to  help,  aid,  pro- 
iec/.  Theogn.  869,  Hdt.  1, 91,  cf  Buttm. 
Le.xil.  V.  χραισμείν  4:  rarely  c.  gen. 
pers.,  Herin.  So[ih.  Aj.  353  ;  as  also 
c.  ace.  pers.,  Eur.  Or,  803,  ubi  v. 
Schaf — II.  hence  to  .<!upply.  furnish, 
impart,  τινί  τι,  Pind.  Ν.  6,  103,  Plat., 
etc.,  Ti.  Aesch.  Ag.  1170:  also  έπ. 
τινί  τίνος,  to  impart  a  share  of,  Xen. 
Mem.  1,  2,  60;  c.  dat.  rei,  to  supply 
with  a  thing.  Eur.  Cycl.  301.— III.  ab- 
sol.  to  be  sufficient,  enough,  οσσον  επαρ- 
κεί. Solon  20,  1.     Hence 

Έπαρκ>/ς,  ές,  assisting,  liberal. — II. 
sufficient.  Dion.  P.     Adv.  -κώς,  LXX. 

Έ.πάρκίος,  ov,  sufficient,  π/.οϋτος, 
Anth. 

Έπαρκονντως,  adv.  part.  pres.  from 
έπαρκέω,  sufficiently.  Soph. 

Έπαρμα.  ατός,  τό,  {επαίρομαι]  that 
which  is  raised,  a  swelling,  Hipp,  and 
Arist.  H.  A.  :  metaph.  elation,  vaniti/, 
έπ.  τύχης,  Sotad.  ap.  Stob.  p.  189, 
48  (not  in  Meineke). 

Έπάρμενος,  ?;,  ov,  v.  έπάρω. 

Έπάρου/Μς,  ov,  (έπί,  άρονρά)  on 
the  soil,  attached  to  the  soil  as  a  serf  or 
villain,  Od.  11.  489.  [a] 

Έπαρσις.  εως,  ή.  (έπαίρω)  a  rising, 
swelling,  Hipp. — II.  elation  of  mind, 
Stoical  word. 

Έπαρτάω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (έπί,  ΰρτύω) 
to  hang  on  or  over,  attach  to,  τινί  τι, 
Orph.,  in  mid.  :  metaph.,  έπ.  φόβον 
τινί,  to  frighten.  Aeschin.  25,  5.  Mid. 
έπαρτάται  κίνδυνος,  danger  hangs 
over,  impends,  Dein.  332,  tin. 

Έπαρτής,  ές,  (έπί,  άρτέω)  ready, 
equipt,  έταΐροι,  Od.  8,  151,  etc. 

Έπαρτίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (έπί,  άρτίζω) 
to  get  ready,  prepare,  τινί  τι.  Αρ.  Rh. 

Έπαρτικός,  ή,  όν,  (έπαίρω)  making 
to  rise  or  swell,  Aretae. 

Έπαρτύω  and  έπαρτννω,  (έπί,  άρ- 
τύω)  to  piit,fit,  fix  on,  πώμα,  Od.  8, 
417. — ll.  to  get  ready,  prepare,  hence 
mid.,  δεϊπνον  έπ7]ρτννοντο,  they  pre- 
pared them  a  meal,  H.  Hom.  Cer.  128  : 
ό'λεβρην,  Opp.  [ϋω,  ίΐ'ω] 

Έπαρυστήρ,  ηρος,  ό,  and  έπιίρνσ- 
τρίς,  ίδοΓ,  7/,  α  vessel  for  pouring  liquids, 
esp.  oil  into  a  lamp,  LXX.     From 

Έπαρντω.  (.  -νσω,  {έπί,  Ιιρντω)  to 
pour  in  or  upon,  mix :  and  in  mid., 
τινί  τι,  Plut.  [ϋ] 

'¥,παρχέω,  ω,  to  be  an  έπαρχος, 
B;i<-kh  Inscr.  2,  p.  74. 

Επαρχία,  ας,  ή,  the  post  or  office  of 
an  έπαρχος:  a  prefecture, province,  esp. 
a  conquered  one,  Diod. 

νΕπηρχίδης,  ου,  b,  Eparchides,  a 
writer  mentioned  by  Ath.  30  C. 

'Κπαρχικός,  ή.  όν,  of  belonging  to 
in  έπαρχος,  εξουσία,  Dio  C. — II.  be- 
loii^ling  to  an  επαρχία,  provincial,  Plut. 

'Κπαρχιώτης,  ου.  Ι),  fem.  -ώτις. 
'δος,  (επαρχία)  α  native,  inhabitant  of 
a  jimvince,  late. 

Έπαΐ)χος,  ov,  (έπί,  αρχή)  a  com- 


ΕΠΑΣ 

wander,  νεών,  Aesch.  Ag.  1227  :  gov- 
ernor of  a  country,  Polyb.  :  <i  prefect, 
prnconsul,jiropraetor,  etc.,  Diod.  Hence 
Έπαρχότι/ς,  ητος,  ή,=έπαρχία. 
Έπύρχο),  1.  -ξω,  found  earliest  in 
the  mid.  έπύρχομαι.  (έπί,  άρχω)  to 
begin  anew,  afresh,  Hom.,  but  only  in 
phrase  έπάρξασθαι  δεπάεσσιν,  to  be- 
gin with  the  cups  again,  hand  them 
round  again  from  left  to  right  in  hon- 
our of  the  gods,  11.  1,  471,  Od.  3,  340, 
etc.,  cf  έπικεράνννμι :  later  in  genl. 
to  hand,  supply,  distribute,  νέκταρ  τε 
και  ύμβροσίην  χερσίν  έπήρξατο,  Η. 
Hom.  .\ρ.  125.  Ace.  to  Bultm.  Lexil. 
voc.  άρχομαι,  αρχεσθαι  is  strictly  to 
■make  an  offering  first  or  of  the  first, 
while  έπί  implies  the  handing  to  tht 
guests  by  the  cup-bearer ;  so  έπ• 
άρξασθαι  would  be,  to  hand  the  goblets 
after  libation  made  ;  cf.  Nitzsch  Od.  3, 
340. — II.  in  act.  to  be  an  έπαρχος,  gov- 
ernor of  a  district  or  province,  χώρας, 
Xen.  ;  esp.  to  govern  a  conquered  coun- 
try, Hdn.  ;  c.  dat.,  only  in  Ep.  Ad. 
142. — 2.  to  rule  besides  or  in  addition  to 
one's  hereditary  dominion,  Xen.  Cyr. 
1,  1,4. 

*  Έπάρω,  like  άρω,  not  used  in 
pres.,  fut.  έπύρσω,  to  fit  to  or  upon, 
fasten :  Horn,  has  aor.  1  act.,  βνρας 
σταθμοΊσιν  έπηρσεν,  on  the  posts,  II. 
14,  167. — II.  pf.  έττύρΰρα.  Ion.  έπύρτ]- 
pa,  intr.  to  fit  tight  or  exactly,  κληϊς 
έπαρι'ιρει.  a  cross-bolt  was  fitted  there- 
in, W.  12,  456:  part,  έπαρτ/ρώς,  via, 
or,  close  fitting  or  lying,  fixed,  secure, 
ποσσιν  έπαρηρώς,  firm  on  his  feet, 
Arat.  :  also  έπάρμενος,  1],  ov,  Ep. 
syncop.  as  part.  aor.  pass,  icell  fitted 
or  prepared,  in  genl.  ready,  Hes.  Op. 
599,  625.  [ά] 

Ύ,πάρωγή,  ης,  ή,  (έπαρήγω)  help, 
aid,  .\ρ.  Κη. 

Έπάρωγ7ΐς,  £f,=  sq.,  Nic. 
Έπάρωγάς,   ov,   b,  a  helper,  aider, 
Od.  11,498:  also  jy,  Ap.  Rh. 
νΕπασάμτ/ν,  1  aor.  o{  πατέομαι. 
Έπασβμαίνω,  (έπί,  ασθμαίνω)  to 
breathe  hard,  pant  in  working,  LXX. 

Έπασκέω,  ώ,  ί.  -ήσω,  (έπί,  άσκέω) 
to  labour,  toil  at.  prepare  or  finish  care- 
fully, αί'λη  έπ7'/σκηται  τοίχω  και  θριγ- 
κοισι,  Od.  17,  266. — Π.  to  adorn,  τινά 
τιμα'ις,  Pind.  Ν.  9,  23,  cf— III.  to 
practise,  practise  one's  self  in,  cultivate, 
Lat.  exercere,  τί/ν  μνήμιιν,  Hdt.  2,  77, 
τέχνην,  lb.  166,  ύρέτ7]ν,  Id.  3,  82,  σο- 
φίαν,  Ar.  Nub.  517. — 2.  to  train  or  set 
on  one  against  another,  τινά  τινι,  Dio 
C,  cf  επαλείφω. 

Έπασκ7/τέον,  verb.  adj.  from  foreg., 
one  must  practise,  Arr. 

"Επασμα,  ατός,  ro,poet.  έπύεισμα, 
(έπάδω)  an  enchantment. 

Έπασπαίρω,  (έπί,  άσπαίρω)  to 
gasp,  pant  over  or  at,  μόχθω,  Opp. 

Έπασπΐδόομαι,  as  pass.,  (έπί,  ασ- 
πίς) to  take  as  a  shield,  arm  one's  self 
with,  Ti.  V.  1.  Philo. 

Έπασσντερος,  a,  ov,  (έπί,  άσσον, 
άσσντερος)  one  upon  or  after  another, 
έπασσντεραι  κίννντο  φάλαγγες.  II.  4, 
427  ;  πάντας  έπασσντέρονς  πέλασε 

fOovi,  11.  8,  277  ;  σκοποί  ιζον  αΐέν 
πασσντεροί,  spies  sat  oyie  after  an- 
other, i.  e.  at  short  distances,  inter- 
vals, Od.  16.  366;  and  in  sing.,  κνμα 
έπ.,  wave  on  wave,  11.  4,  423. — II.  of 
time,  frequent,    repeated,    of   a   single 

thing,  in  Ap.   Rh.,   and   Nic.     fhe 
word  is  a  compar.  onl.y  in  form,  [ϋ] 

Έπασσϋτεροτρΐβής,  ές,  (έπασσν- 
τερος. τρίβω)  ορέγματα  χερός  έπασ- 
σντιροτριβ-η.  blows  following  one  on 
the  other,  fast   and  furious    blows   of 

the  hand  outstretched,  Aesch.  Cho. 
426. 


Ε  π  AT 

Έπαστέον,  verb.  adj.  from  επάδω, 
one  must  enchant.  Plat.  Charm.  158  C 

'Έ,~αστρά~τω,  (,έτΐί,  άστράπτω)  to 
lighten  upon  or  to,  tlvl,  Plut. :  c.  ace. 
cognate,  έτΓ.  TrDp,  to  flash  fire,  Aiith. 

Έττά-ενίζω.  ι•  -ί'σω,  {επί,  ύτενίζο- 
μαι)  to  gaze  steadfastly  at,  Theophr. 

'Εττατρεμέω.  ώ,  {επί,  άτρεμέω)  to 
remain  quiet,  Hipp. 

Έττάττο),  Att.  for  έπαισσω,  q.  v. 

Έττανγάζω,  f.  -άσω,  (επί,  ανγάζω) 
to  make  light  or  bright ;  metaph.  to  look 
at  by  the  light  or  carrfully,  Lyc— 2. 
illtr.  to  shine,  to  be  light,  v.  1.  Polyaen. 

Έτταυόάω,  ώ,  ί.  -ήσω,  {επί,  ανύάω) 
to  say  besides.  Mid.  to  call  upon,  in- 
voke, τινά.  Soph.  Phil.  395. 

Έπανθαδίζομαί,  fut.  -ΐοϋμαι,  {έπί, 
ανθαόίζομαι)  to  persist  obstinately,  επί 
Tivi.  Arr. 

Έπανλέω,  ώ,  {ίπί,  αύλέω)  to  play 
the  flute  to,  accompany,  τιΐ'ί,  Luc. 
Pass,  to  be  played  on  the  flute,  Eur.  H. 
F.  895. 

Έπαυλίζομαί,  {έπί,  ανλίζομαι)  as 
pass.,  to  lie,  sleep,  pass  the  night  at  a 
place,  Thuc.  4,  134 :  to  pitch  a  camp 
at  or  near,  πόλει,  Plut. 

Έπανλιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  sq.. 
Call.  Fr.  131,  4.— II.  τα  έπανλια,  the 
night  before  the  bridal,  spent  by  the 
bridegroom  at  his  father-in-law's 
house,  Alciphr.,  cf.  άπαύ?αα  and  ττρο- 
av?ua. 

Έπανλις,  εως,  ή,  {επί,  ανλις)  α 
place  to  pass  the  night,  esp.  for  cattle, 
Hdt.  1,  111,  and  Polyb. :  hence  a  farm- 
building,  country-house,  Diod. — 2.  in 
military  language,  quarters,  επ.  ποι- 
εΐσθαι,  to  encamp.  Plat.  Ale.  2,  149 
C,  επί  τόπω,  Polyb. 

Έπαυ?2σις,  ευς,  η,  and  επανλισ- 
μα,  ατός,  -o,=sq. 

'Έπανλίσμός,  οϋ,  ό,  {έπαυλίζομαί) 
α  passing  the  night. 

'Έπαυλος,  ου,  ό.  {έπί.  ανλη)  usu. 
in  plur.,  Ιπαυ'λοι.  Od.  23,  358,  επαυ- 
λα.  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  1138,  Ο.  C.  669.  α  fold 
for  cattle  at  night,  Od.  1.  c,  and  Soph. 
O.  T.  :  in  genl.  a  dwelling,  home, 
Aesch.  Pers.  h70,  and  Soph.  O.  C. 

'Έ,παυξάνω,  f.  -ξ7/σω,  also  in  pres., 
έπαύξω.  [επί,  αυξάνω)  to  increase,  en- 
large, add  to,  Thuc.  2,  36,  Dem.  38,  1 . 
Pass,  to  grow,  increase,  Xen.  Oec.  7, 
43,  etc.     Hence 

'Έ.-αύξη,  ης,  τ/,=  έπαύξησις.  Plat. 
Legg.  815  Ε:  and 

'Κπανζής,  ές,  increasing,  growing, 
νόσοί,  Hipp. :  and 

'Έ,παύξη<}ΐς.  ε(.>ς,  η,  increase,  growth. 
Plat.  Legg.  957  D. 

'Ε,πανξω,  v.  επαυξάνω. 

'Έ,-αυράω,  v.  έπαυρίσκομαι. 

'Κπαύρεσις,  εως,  ή,  {έπαυρίσκομαι) 
the  fruit  of  a  thing  to  one,  good  or  bad 
residt  of  a  thing.  Hdt.  7,  158  :  enjoy- 
ment,  fruition,  Thuc.  2,  53. 

Ύ.παυρέω,  v.  έπαυρίσκομαι. 

Έπαύρησις,  εως,  ή,  dub.  1.  for  έπαΰ- 
ρεσις. 

'Κπαυρίζω,  ί.  -ίσω,  {έπί,  αύρα)  to 
breathe,  blow  gently,  Joseph. 

'Έίπαύριον,  adv.  for  έπ'  αΰριον,  on 
the  inorrow,  lo-mnrrow. 

Έπαυρίσκομαι,  II.  13,  733,  dep. 
mid.,  (the  act.  έπαυρίσκω  only  in  The- 
ogn.  Ill):  fut.  έπαυρήσομαι,  II.  6, 
353  :  aor.  act.  έπηΰρον.  Dor.  έπαϊφον. 
Find.,  of  which  Horn,  has  3  subj. 
έπαύρτ),  and  inf,  έπανρείν.  -{μεν: 
aor.  mid.  έπηνρόμην.  of  which  Horn, 
has  only  2  subj.  έπανρηαι,  -y,  3  pi. 
-ωνται.  while  Hipp,  has  in  iiif  both 
έπαυρέσθαι  and  collat.  form  έπαύ- 
ρασθαι.  No  pres.  έπαυρύω  occurs  ; 
and  έπανρω  can  only  be  subj.  aor., 
the  inf.  έπανρεσθαι  being  also  very 


ΕΠΑΦ 

dub. :  but  έπανρεΐ,  from  έπανρέω  is 
found  Hes.  Op.  417.  The  act.  forms 
only  Ep.  and  Lyr. ;  the  mid.  also  in 
Att.  (Supposed  root  *ανρω,  cf  ύπαν- 
ρύω) 

To  gain,  obtain,  partake  of,  share,  τι- 
νός, 11.  18,  302,  absol.,  Od.  17,  81  : 
morefreq.  of  physical  contact,  <o  reach, 
touch,  strike,  esp.  to  graze,  χρόα  έπαν- 
ρείν or  χρόα  χα'λκίΐ)  επανρεΙν,  to 
wound,  τινι,  H.  U,  5•73  ;  13,  649  ;  ab- 
sol., II.  11,  391  ;  c.  gen.,  Άίβου  έπαν- 
ρείν, to  strike  upon  the  stone,  II.  23, 
340:  but  Hes.  Op.  421,  says  that  the 
dog-star  πλείον  νυκτός  έπανρεΐ.  has 
more  share  of  the  night  (than  of  the 
day) :  whereas,  έπανρον  γειτόνων  is, 
they  lost  by  them,  Find.  JP.  3,  65,  v. 
infr. — B.  in  mid.  very  freq.  to  reap  the 
fruits  of  a  thing,  whether  good  or  bad, 
like  άπο'λανω,  c.  gen.; — 1.  in  good 
signf ,  τον  ποΆλοΙ  έπανρίσκονται,  II. 
13,  733  ;  so,  άγαβόν  έπ.  τινός,  Andoc. 
20,  2 :  more  treq.  in  bad,  though  not 
ironical,  signf..  ϊνα  πάντες  έπανρων- 
ται  ΐίασύ.ηος,  that  all  may  enjoy  their 
king,  i.  e.  feel  what  it  is  to  have  such 
a  king,  II.  1,  410,  cf  Valck.  Hdt.  7, 
180:  also  absol.,  όίω  μιν  έπανρήσεσ- 
θαι,  I  doubt  not  he  will  feel  the  con- 
sequences, 11.  6,  353  ;  cf.  Eur.  Hel. 
469,  1.  T.  529,  as  also  άπανράω  :  έπ. 
τι  άπό  τίνος,  Hipp. — 2.  c.  acc.,=  act., 
to  obtain,  bring  upon  one's  self,  κακόν 
και  μείζον.  Od.  )8,  107,  and  so  in  act. 
pres.,  Theogn.  111.     Cf.  άπανράω. 

Έπαύρω,  v.  foreg. 

Έπάϋσον,  imperat.  aor.  1  from 
έπανω,  [ΰν} 

Έπαντέω,  ώ,  {έπί,  άϋτέω)  to  shout 
thereat,  Theocr.  22,  91,  Call.  Αρ.  102  : 
in  genl.  to  make  a  noise  beside,  Hes. 
Sc.  309,  in  tmesis,  [i  J 

Έπαύτίκα.  adv.  for  έπ'  αντίκα,  im- 
mediately, Orph. 

Έ.παυτομο?,έω,  ώ,  {έπί.  αντομο- 
Άέω)  to  desert,  pass  over,  εις  τι.  Ael. 

Έπαυτοφώρω,  adv.  for  έπ'  αυτοφώ- 
ρω, Lat.  in  Ipso  furto,  in  the  very  theft 
or  very  act,  N.  T.,  sed.  al.  divisim  έπ' 
αύτ. 

Έπαυχένιος,  ov,  {έπί,  ανχήν)  on 
οτ  for  the  neck,  ζνγός,  Pind.  P.  2.  172. 

Έπανχέω,  ώ,  {έπί,  αΰχέω)  to  boast 
of,  exult  in,  τινί.  Soph.  Ant.  483,  Ar. 
Av.  628 ;  c.  inf.  Soph.  El.  65. 

'Έ,παυχμεω,  ώ,  {έπί,  ανχμέω)  to  be 
dry  or  dusty.— 2.  Ζενς  έπανχμήσας, 
sending  drought.  Soph.  Fr.  470. 

'Ε,παύω,  {έπί,  ανω)  to  shout  over, 
like  έπαϋτέω,  έργω,  Aesch.  Cho.  828. 
[ϋ  in  fut.] 

Έπαφαίρεσις,  εως,  ή,  a  second  taking 
away,  evacuation,  esp.  bleeding,  Aret. : 
from 

Έπαφαιρέω,  {έπί,  άφαιρέω)  to  take 
away  again,  Aretae. 

'Επαφάνίζω,  fut.  Att.  -ΐώ,  {έπί, 
αφανίζω)  to  obliterate,  make  to  disap- 
pear besides.  Lysis  ap.  Iambi. 

Έπαφαυαίνυμαι,  as  pass,  {έπί, 
άφαυαίνω)  to  be  withered,  έπ.  γελών, 
I  was  exhausted,  spent  with  laughing, 
Ar.  Ran.  1089. 

Έπάφάω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {έπί,  άφύω)ΐο 
touch  on  the  surface,  stroke,  caress, 
Aesch.  Pr.  849.  More  freq.  in  mid., 
Hipp.,  c.  gen.,  Arat.     Hence 

Έπΰφή,  ης,  ή,  a  touch,  handling, 
Aesch.  Supp.  18,  and  freq.  in  Plat.: 
hence,  a  severe  handling,  punishment, 
Plut. :  and 

Έπάφι/μα,  ατός,  τό,  a  touch  :  and 

Έπάφησις,  εως,  ή,=έπαφή,  Clem. 
ΑΙ. 

Έπαφίημι,  f.  -φήσω,  {έπί,  άφίημι) 
to  throw  at  a  thing.  r«  παλτά,  Xen. 
Cyr.  4,  1,  3  :  (0  let  loose  upon,  hound  at, 


ΕΠΕΓ 

τινί  Tiva,  Philostr. — 2.  to  let  in,  The- 
ophr.— 3.  to  emit,  shed,  Arist.  H.  A.  ; 
έπ.  φωνήν,  to  utter,  Arist.  Mir.  [t  Att^ 

cf  ΐημι.'\ 

ΤΈπύφιος,  ov,  6,  an  epith.  of  Bac- 
chus, Orph.  [a  in  arsis ;  but  Herm. 
wr.  έφάπτωρ.'\ 

^'Έ,πΰφος,  ov,  ό,  Epiiphus,  son  of  Ju- 
piter and  lo.  a  king  in  Aegypt,  anil 
founder  of  Memphis,  Pind.  P.  4,  25, 
Hdt.,  etc.:  cf  Aesch.  Pr.  851,  seq. 

νν,παφριάω,  Ct,  {'επί,  άφριάω)  in  Ep. 
part.  -ριυωβα,=  &(\.  Nonn. 

Έπαφρίζω,  {έπί,  αφρίζω)  to  foam 
up,  over  or  on  the  surface,  Mosch.  5,  5. 

'Έ,παφροόΙσία,  ας,  η,  loveliness,  ele- 
gance, App. :  from 

'Έ,παφρόδίτος,  ov,  {έπί,  Αφροδίτη) 
lovely ,  fascinating,  Lat.  venustus,  Hdt. 
2,  i35,  Xen.  Symp.  8,  15.— II.  the 
equivalent  word  to  Sulla's  epithet /e- 

lix.  i.  e.  favoured  by   Aphrodite,   prob. 

metaph.  from  dice,  Plut. — HI.  as  a 
prop,  name  it  is  sometimes  contr. 
'Έπαφράς,  ύ,  v.  Bentl.  ad  Mill.  p.  82 
(347).     Adv.  -τως,  Dion.  H. 

"Έ,παφρος,  ov,  {έπί.  αφρός)  covered 
with  foam  or  froth,  Hipp. 

'Έπαφνσσω,  f  •νσω,  {έπί.  ύφνσσω) 
to  pour  over,  upon  or  in  addition,  Od.  19, 
388.  [fut.  C] 

Έπύχθεια,  ας,  η,  {επαχθής)  an- 
noyance, offence. 

'Έπαχβέω,  ώ,  to  load,  burden  with, 
τινί.  Try  ph. :  from 

Επαχθής,  ές,  {έπί,  ιιχθoς)heavy,pon- 
derous,  ρήματα,  Ar.  Ran.  940:  hurdcn- 
suine.  oppressive.  Thuc.  6,  54  :  in  genl. 
unpleasant,  annoying.  Plat.  Phaed.  87 
A,  etc.     Adv.  -θώς,  Dion.  H. 

'Έ,παχθίζω,=  έπαχθέω.  Philo. 

'Έ•πάχθομαι,{'επί,άχϋομαι)ΆΒγΆ85., 
to  be  troubled,  annoyed  at  a  thing,  κα- 
κοίς.  Eur.  Hipp.  1260. 

'ΈΑπαχλν<ι),  f  -νσω,  {έπί,  άχ7^νω)  to 
be  obscured,  darkened,  dim,  Arat. — II. 
trans,  and  in  pass.,  late.  \v,  v.  Ap.  Rh. 
4,  1480.] 

'Έπαχν ίδιος,  a,  ov,  {έπί,  άχνη)  ly- 
ing like  dust  upon  a  thing,  A  nth. 

'Έ,πάχνΰμαι,{έπί,  αχννμαι)  togrieve 
over,  τινί.  Tryph. 

'Επεάν,  Ion.  foreTruz',  Hdt.  v.Koen. 
Greg.  p.  465. 

Έπεγγελάω,  ώ,  f.  -άσομαι,  (έπί,  έγ- 
γε/.ύω)  to  laugh,  mock  οτ  jetr  at.  Soph. 
Aj.  989,  Xen.  An.  2,  4, 27  ;  also,  κατά 
τίνος.  Soph.  Aj.  969. 

Έπεγγνάω,  ώ,=^έγγνύω,  ap  Lys. 
117,  35. 

Έπεγείρω,  {επί,  εγείρω)  to  awaken, 
rouse  up,  τινά,  Od.  22,  431,  Soph.  O. 
C.  510:  to  stir  up,  excite,  στύσιν.  So- 
lon 15,  19,  τινά,  Hdt.  7,  139.  Pass. 
to  be  roused,  rise,  Horn.,  only  in  forms 
έπέγρετο,  έπεγρόμενος,  (which  are 
prob.  from  shortened  aor.  'επηγρύμην, 
but  cf  έγρομαι),  II.  10,  124  ;  14,  256, 
Od.  20,  57 :  to  be  excited,  μήνις,  Hdt. 
7,  137  :  so  too  in  pf  act.  2  έπεγρήγο- 
pa,  part,  έπεγρηγορώς,  awake,  but 
also=/ipa;^;i;t;7rvof,  Schiif  Plut.  6,  p. 
463.     Hence 

Έπέγερσις,  εως,  η,  a  being  roused, 
awaking,  Hipp. 

ΨΕπεγερτέον,  verb.  adj.  from  έττε- 
γείρω,  one  must  awaken,  arouse,  Clem. 
Al. 

Έπεγερτικός,  ή,  6v,  {έπεγείρω) 
waking,  rousing,  ορμής,  Plut.  Adv. 
-κώς. 

'Επεγκαγχάζω,  f.  -σω  Dor.  -ξω, 
{έπί.  έν,  καγχάζω)  to  laugh  loudly  at. 

Έπεγκΰλέω,  ώ,  f.  •έσω,  {έπί,  έΎκα 
λέω)  to  bring  α  charge  against,  τινί,  Lys 
112,17. 

Έπεγκάνάζω,  or  -ύίτσω,  (έπί,  ey- 
κανύζω)  to  pouT  in  besides. 

491 


ΕΠΕΙ 

Έηεγκάπτω,  {έπί,  έγκάπτω)  to  eat 
up,  devour,  Ar.  Eq.  493. 

Έπργκΰχάζω,  shortd.  form  of  έττεγ- 
καγχύζο).  Lye. 

'Ετνεγκελενω,  {ίττί,  ίγκε7.εύω)  to 
give  an  order  or  signal  to  others,  Eur. 
Cycl.  652. 

Έττεγκεράννϋμι,  f.  -κεράσω,  {έπί, 
εγκεράνννμι)  to  mix  in  with,  Plat.  Po- 
lit.  273  D,  and  Plut.,  in  raid. 

Έ-εγκ?Μω,  ώ,  ί.  -άσω,  {επί,  έγ• 
κΧάίύ)  ίο  twist  together,  compress,  έττ. 
βλέφαρα,  οφθαλμούς,  to  wink,  malie 
signs,  εΙς  τίνα,  l)io  C.  [ΰσω] 

Έπεγκολάπτω,  f.  -ψω,  (έπί,  έγκολ- 
ύτττο))  to  engrave  upon  or  besides,  Lye. 

'Ειττεγκρεμάννϋμι,  or  ίπεγκρεμάω, 
f.  -κρεμάσω,  ('επί,  έγκρεμάνννμι)  to 
hang  up  in,  καπνφ,  Inic.  ap.  Ath.  372 
E,  in  mid. 

'Έ,πεγκνκλέω,  ύ,  {έπί,  ίγκνκλέω) 
Ιο  roll  round,  bring  back  again,  Aristid. 

Έπεγκνλίω,  f.  -ί'σω,  (επί,  έγκνλίω) 
to  roll  about  in.  Pass,  to  roll  one's  self 
in,  wallow,  [ίω,  ίσω] 

Έπεγρήγορα,  perf.  2  of  έπεγείρω, 
c.  intr.  pres.  signf. 

Έπεγρόμην,  and  έπηγρόμην,  Ep. 
sync.  aor.  pass,  from  έπεγείρω  :  part. 
έπεγρόμενος,  Horn. 

Έπεγχαίνω,  {επί,  έγχαίνω)  to  gape 
upon,  make  mouths  at,  mock,  τινί,  Aei. 

Έπεγχΰλάω,  ώ,  f.  -άσω,  (έττί,  έγ- 
χα?Μω)  to  loose,  Nic.  [ΰσω] 

Έπεγχειρέω,  ώ,  and  έπεγχείρησις, 

εως,ή,-hx- 

'Ειπεγχέω,  ι.  -χενσω,  {επί,  εγχέω) 
to  pour  in  upon  or  in  addition,  Ilipp., 
άλλ?/ν  {κύλικα)  έίτ'  άλλη,  Eur.  Cycl. 
423  :  poet,  έπεγχεύω.     Hence 

Έπέγχνμα,  το,=:έγχνμα.     Hence 
Έπεγχνμΰτίζω.  f.  -ί'σω,  to  pour  in 
again  or  upon,  Diose. 

Έ7Γε)';ΐ;ιι^'ω,  late  form  for  -χέω, 
-χενω. 

Έπεγχντης,  ov,  6,  a  cup-hearer,  so 
called  by  the  Hellespontines,  Dem. 
Seeps,  ap.  Ath.  425  C.  [i] 

Έπέόραμον,  ες,  ε,  aor.  2  act  of  επι- 
τρέχω, Horn.  ;  inf.  έπιδρΰμεΐν. 
'Επέδρη,  ή.  Ion.  for  έφεδρα,  Hdt. 
'Έπέην,  Ep.  for  έπι'ιν,  3  sing,  inipf. 
from  επειμι,  (είιιί)  11.  20,  276. 

Έπεί,  and  in  Horn,  also  έπειή,  (έπί) 
conjvmct.,  since,  temporal  or  causal : 
— I.  OF  TIME,  since,  after  that,  when, 
freq.  from  Horn,  downwds. :  less  freq. 
ever  since,  from  the  time  u^ken,^^έξ  ού, 
Od.  1,  2:  most  freq.  in  Ion.  writers, 
who  usu.  have  έπεί  τε,  Valck.  Hdt.  7, 
8,  1  ;  but  also  in  Att.,  as  Aesch.  Ag. 
40,  Soph.  Ant.  15,  cf  Pors.  Med.  138. 
In  this  signf  of  course  with  past  tens- 
es :  but  rare  examples  occur  of  pres., 
as  in  Hdt.  3,  117,  έπεί  τε  εχουσι  το 
κράτος,  from  the  time  they  gamed  and 
have  since  kept  the  power  ;  and  even 
of  fut.  The  verb  is  usu.  in  indie, 
sometimes  in  subj.,  so  soon  as,  when- 
ever, where  only  a  supposed  case  is 
spoken  of,  e.  g.  Soph.  O.  C.  1226,  Ant. 
1025,  when  it  ought  to  be  followed  by 
UP,  Ep.  contr.  έπήν,  Ion.  έπεάν,  Att. 
έπύν,  q.  v.  But  we  find  έπεΙ  ίν,  Jl. 
6.  412;  9,  304,  and  more  oft.  έπεί  κε, 
Od.  11,221;  17,  23,  cf.  Herm.  Vig. 
Append,  x.  p.  929  (744):  rarely  c.  op- 
tat,  as  II.  9,  304.  Έπεί  stands  regul. 
in  first  clause  of  sentence,  yet  not  al- 
ways, cf  II.  2,  16  :  δέ  is  freq.  in  apo- 
dosis  after  έπεί,  II.  1,  57,  Od.  4,  212, 
cf  δέ.  In  orat.  obliqua,  έπεί  maybe 
also  used  c.  infin.,  esp.  in  Hdt.,  cf. 
Wess,  2,32;  4.  10 ;  7,  3,  150;  8,  111. 
Never  used  without  apodosis  for 
έπειτα. — II.  Causal,  since,  seeing  that, 
for  that,  very  freq.  from  Hom.  down- 
wds, ;  always  in  apodosis,  though  it 
492 


ΕΠΕΙ 

may  stand  at  beginning  of  sentences 
as  in  Horn,  after  a  vocative,  where 
the  real  protasis,  /  tell  thee.  1  say,  is 
left  out,  11.  3,  59  ;  13,  68,  Od  3,  103, 
Kuhner  Or.  Gr.  «ξ^ΰΐΐ,ΰ,  γ:  so  too 
επειδή,  Od.  3.211.  There  is  a  very 
rare  accumulation  of  similar  particles, 
έπει  ov  μεν  γάρ,  Η.  Hom.  Αρ.  464. 
When  it  comes  after  a  long  protasis 
it  may  be  translated  for,  e.  g.  11.  4, 
269  ;  and  in  Att.  it  is  found  quite  = 
γάρ,  e.  g.  Plat.  Euthyphr.  5  E.  In 
Att.  an  interrog.  sentence  is  oft.  begun 
with  έπεί.  when  it  presumes  a  nega- 
tive answer,  as  in  Ar.  Kub.  688  :  also, 
elliptically,  c.  imperat.,  έπεΙ  δίδαξαν, 
for,  else,  teach  me,  i.  e.  if  you  know 
better.  Soph.  El.  352,  like  ει  δέ  μή, 
sin  minus.  This  signf.  also  has  regul. 
a  past  tense,  yet  the  pres.  and  fut.  are 
not  rare. — III.  with  other  parti- 
cles:— 1.  έπει  up,  έπει  άρα,  when 
then,  since  then,  in  continuing  a  nar- 
ration, II.  6, 426  :  also  έπεΙ  up  δη,  Od. 
17,  185. — 2.  έπει  ovv,  when  then  ;  well 
then,  when..,  in  resuming  an  interrupt- 
ed narrative,  II.  1,  57  ;  3,  4. — 3.  έπεί 
περ,  since  really,  since  at  all  evetits.  II. 
13,  447,  Od.  20,  181.— 4.  έπεί  γε,  since 
at  least,  Lat.  i/uandoquidem. — 5.  έπεί 
Toi,for  of  a  truth;  and  strengthd.  έπεί 
Toi  και,  Schaf  Gnom.  p.  88,  361.  Cf. 
έπάν.  έπήν,  επειδή,  έπειδάν,  έπείπερ, 
έπειδήπερ. 

ίΈπειγεύς,  έως  Ερ.  f/ος,  ό,  Epeigeus, 
son  of  Agacles,  a  Myrmidon,  who 
accompanied  Achilles  to  the  Trojan 
war,  II.  16,  571. 

'ETTf  i'}  ω,  f.  -^ω  .•  impf  ψτειγον, 
with  augm.  first  in  Piiid.  O.  8,  62. 
To  press  upon,  burden,  u-eigh  down,  ολί- 
γον μιν  άχθος  επείγει,  the  weight 
presses  lightly  on  him,  II.  12,  452. 
Pass,  to  be  weighed  down,  oppressed,  βε- 
λέεσσιν,  II.  5,  622. — 2.  to  press  hard, 
press  upon,  Lat.  instare,  urgere,  επείγει 
άναγκαίη,  II.  6,  85,  γήρας,  11.  23,  623  ; 
and  c.  ace,  έπ.  κεμάδ'  τ/έ  λαγωόν,  II. 

10,  361. — II.  to  drive  on,  urge  forward, 
as  a  fair  wind,  ονρος  επείγει,  or  i'f 
άνέμοιο,  Od.  12.  167,  11.  15,  382: 
hence,  τον  οικαδ'  έπ.  στύλον,  to  urge 
the  homeward  course,  Soph.  Phil. 
499. — 2.  in  genl.  to  set  forward,  hasten, 
e.  g.  the  oars,  Lat.  properare,  Od.  12, 
205  ;  and  so  in  i)ass.,  13,  115  :  to  hur- 
ry on,  hasten,  ώνον,  Od.  15,  445  :  also 
in  mid.,  to  urge  on  for  07ie's  self,  γύμον, 
Od.  2,  97  ;  19,  142.  Pass,  to  hurry 
one's  self,  haste  to  do,  c.  inf ,  II.  2,  354, 
Od.  5,  399  ;  later  also  c.  part.,  Hdt.  8, 
68,  2,  though  just  after,  ^  3,  he  has 
the  inf  :  and  freq.  absol ,  to  hasten, 
hurry,  speed,  make  haste,  as  II.  6,  363, 
and  freq.  in  Hdt.,  and  Att. :  in  Hom. 
usu.  in  part,  έπειγόμενος,  as  adj., 
swift,  impetuous,  eager,  άνεμοι  έπειγό- 
μενοι,  II.  5,  501,  esp.  with  other  verbs, 

11.  5,  902,  etc.  :  but  as  part  in  Od.  13, 
30,  προς  ήέλιον  κεφα'λτ/v  τρέπε,  δϋναι 
έπειγόμενος,  eager  for  its  setting : 
somewhat  similar  are  όδυ'ιο  έπειγό- 
μενος, longing  for  the  journey,  Od.  1, 
309,  etc.  ;  "Αρηος  έπειγόμενος,  eager 
for  the  fray,  II.  19,  142  ;  and,  έπ.  περί 
νίκης,  II.  23,  437. — Β.  intrans.=pass., 
to  make  haste.  Soph.  El.  1435,  Eur., 
etc.  ;  to  be  at  hand,  Plut. — 2.  impers., 
οΰδεν  επείγει,  there's  no  hurry,  Toup 
Longin.  43.  6. — 3.  τα  επείγοντα,  ne- 
cessaries, Plut.  Aeol.  έποίγω.  (Orig. 
uncertain.) 

Έπειδάν,  temporal  partic,  c.  sub- 
junct.,  (επειδή  άν)  whenever,  so  soon 
as,  after  that,  II.  13.  285,' rarely,  and 
like  έπάν,  onlv  in  hypothetical  clau- 
ses, alsoc.  opt'at..  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  3, 18: 
έπειδάν  τάχιστα,  Lat.  simulac,  as  soon 


ΕΠΕ1 

as,  the  very  moment  that,  Xen.  An.  J, 
1,  9  :  in  same  signf  less.  usu.  έπ.  ϋάτ- 
τον.  Plat.  Prot.  32.5  D.  [«] 

Επειδή,  (έπει  δι'/)  conj. — I.  usu.  of 
time,  since,  after  that,  Lat.  poslt/uam, 
Hom.,  usu.  ill  the  first  part  of  a  sen 
tence,  less  freq.  in  second,  as  II.  16, 
471  :  sometimes  like  έπεί,  it  begins 
an  address,  Od.  3,  211  ;  14,  149,  cf. 
έπεί  II.  Usu.  with  past  tenses  ;  but 
also  c.  pres.,  II.  14,  05,  c.  fut.,  II.  11, 
478  :  ct.  έπεί  I.  In  Hom.  always  c. 
indie. :  later  used  just  like  έπάν,  in 
hypothetical  cases  also  c.  optat. — II. 
causal,  seeing  that,  since  it  is  clear 
that..,  because,  II.  14,  05;  16,  471,  as 
if  written  divisim  έπεί  δή. — 2.  since, 
for  as  much  as,  of  any  incident,  Lat. 
quoniam,  Od.  3,  211  ;  14,  149.— ΙΠ. 
with  other  particles,  επειδή  γε.  since 
at  least,  Thuc.  6,  18  ;  also  επειδή  γε 
και...  Plat.  Rep.  348  C. — 2.  έπειδήπερ, 
since  really,  since  now,  Ar.  Ach.  437, 
etc.  {έπ-  sometimes  lengthd.  in  arsis 
at  the  beginning  of  a  verse,  11.  22, 
379,  Od.  4,  13  ;  8,  452,  etc  ] 

Έπεϊδον,  inf  έπειδεϊ.ν,  aor. 2,  with- 
out any  pres.  in  use,  being  usu.  refer- 
red to  έφοράω,  to  look  upon,  behold,  see, 
c.  ace,  11.  22,  61.— 2.  like  περιϊδείν, 
to  look  carelessly  at,  overlook. — 3.  to  re• 
main  seeing,  i.  e.  to  live  to  see,  Tu  τέκ- 
να, Hdt.  6,  52,  cf.  Tacit.  Agric.  fin. : 
to  experience,  χαλεπά,  Xen.  An.  3,  1, 
13. — 4.  to  cast  an  evd  eye  upon,  like 
έπηφθαλμέω,  τινί. 

ΤΕπειδήπερ,  =  επειδή  περ,  ν.  sub 
έπείδη  III.  2. 

'ETTfi?;,  or  έπει  η  (Spitzn.  II.  1, 
156,  Thiersch  Gr.  Gr.  324,  2),  conj. 
Ep.  for  έπεί,  freq.  in  Horn,  in  the 
causal  signf  of  έπεί,  since,  because.for 
that  ;  always  in  apodosis,  and  almost 
always  in  phrases  έπειή  πολν  φέρτε- 
ρος,  -ov,  -οι,  εστί,  or  είσίν.  [εΐη,  in 
Hom.] 

Έπείη,  3  opt.  pres.  from  επειμι,  II. 
ΙΈπειΐς,  ίδης,  ή,  fein.  adj.  from  Έττ- 
ειοί,  of  οχ  belonging  to  the  Epei,  Epean, 
Strab.  p.  341. 

Έπεικάδες,  ων,  αϊ,  {έπί,  εΐκής)  the 
daysbetween  the  20th  and  the  entiofthe 
month. 

Έπεικύζω,  f.  -σω,  (έπί,  εικάζω)  to 
make  like  to  a  thing  :  hence,  δύμαρτα 
τήνδ'  έπεικάζων  κνρώ  ;  am  I  right  in 
identifying  her  with  his  wife  ?  i.  e. 
conjecturing  that  she  is  so.  Soph.  El. 
663  :  hence,  ώς  έπεικύσαι  πάθη  πύ- 
ρεστι,  as  one  may  judge  by  comparing 
their  fates,  Aesch.  Cho.  976. — II.  in 
genl.  to  conjecture,  infer,  conclude, 
Aesch.  Cho.  14  :  ώς  or  όσ'  έπεικύσαι, 
so  far  as  one  may  guess,  Hdt.  9,  32, 
Soph.  O.  C.  150. 

Έπείκελος,  ον,~έπιείκελος,  0pp. 

Έπείκεν,  έπείκε,  or  rather  έπεί 
κεν,  έπεί  κε,  Ερ.  for  έπεάν,  έπάν, 
temporal  and  causal  partic,  c.  sub- 
junct.  et  optat.,  v.  έπεί  1.,  and  έπάν. 

Έπεικτέον,  verb.  adj.  Irom  έπείγω, 
one  must  struggle, endeavour.  Plat.  Legg. 
687  E. 

Έπείκτης,  ov,  b,  (έπείγω)  one  ivho 
urges,  esp.  a  collector  of  money,  Lat.  ex- 
actor, late  word. 

*''Επείκω,  not  used  in  pres.,  v.  έπ- 
έοικε. 

tΈ7rεtA■ώf,  via,  ός,  Att.  part,  of 
έπέοικα. 

ΥΕπ-ιλεγμένος,  perf.  part,  from 
έπΛέγω. 

Έπειλέω,  ώ,  {έπί,  ε'ιλέω)  to  roll  up 
or  on.  Math.  Vett.    Hence 

Έπείλησις,  εως,  ή,  a  rolling  up  or 
on. 

Έπει?.ίσσω,— έπειλέω,  to  roll  upon. 

"Επειμι,  inf.  έπΐΐναι,ίαί.  έπέσομαι. 


ΕΠΕ1 

(έτί.  εΙμΓ)  to  be  on,  upon,  at,  of  place, 
11.  5,  127,  Od.  2,  344,  etc. ;  c.  dat.  loci, 
κύρη  ώμοίσιν  errfa/,  11.  2,  257  ;  ex- 
pressed later  b\'  preps.  e~i,  εν,  etc., 
as  Hdt.  5,  52. — 2.  of  time,  to  be  here- 
after, remain,  Od.  4,  756  :  to  be  coming 
on,  to  impend,  Hes.  Op.  ]  14,  hence, 
έττεσσόμενοι  άνθμωτνοι,  generations 
to  come,  Orac.  ap.  Hdt.  6,  77.— II.  to 
be  upon,  be  fixed  or  set  upon,  of  names, 
OVK  eirijv  έττωννμίη,  Hdt.  6.  53  ;  of 
numbers,  Ύαραντίνων  ονκ  ετζήν αριθ- 
μός, Hdt.  7,  170,  cf.  191  :  also  of  re- 
wards and  penalties,  ττοινά,  κέρδος 
έ-^τίσται.  Aesch.  Eum.  541,  Ar.  Av. 
597;  and  so  freq.  in  Att. — 111.  tube  set 
over,  Lat.  praeesse,  τισί,  Hdt.  7,  96,  etc. 
• — IV.  to  he  added,  be  over  and  above,  επί 
Tivi,  Hdt.  7,  184.  On  ίπι  for  επε- 
στι.  V.  έ—ί  G. 

Έπειμι,  inf.  έπιέναι,  {επί,  εΙμι) 
Horn,  has  the  Ep.  forms  3  sing.  impf. 
έπήίεν,  11.,  3  pi.  έπήίσαν,  and  k~yaav, 
Od.,  fut.  έπΐΐίσομαι,  11.,  part. 'fern, 
aor.  mid.  έπιεισαμένη,  11.  21,  424. 
To  go  or  come  to  or  towards,  in  fut. 
signf.,  though  this  is  not  so  fixed  in 
Horn,  as  in  Att. — I.  to  come  upon,  to- 
wards, c.  ace,  πρίν  μιν  και  γήρας 
επεισον,  sooner  even  old  age  shall 
come  upon  her,  II.  1,  29  :  c.  dat.,  II.  17, 
741  :  also  absol.,  to  come  on  or  near, 
approach,  Hom.,  Hdt.,  etc. — 2.  esp.  in 
hgstile  signf.,  to  come  agninst,  attack, 
assault,  c.  acc.  11.  11,  367  ;  20,  454  ; 
c.  dat.,  II.  13,  482:  and  freq.  absol., 
and  so  in  Att. ;  also  έπ.  επί,  or  προς 
Τίνα.  Hdt.,  Thuc  .  etc. :  hence  ό  επι- 
ών, an  assailant,  II.  5,  238  ;  oi  έπίύν- 
τες,  the  invaders,  Hdt.  4.  11. — 3.  ot 
thmgs,  etc.,  metaph.  to  come  on,  hefal, 
happen,  Xen.  An.  5,  7,  12. — 4.  to  come 
on  the  stage,  lb.  6,  1,  11. — II.  of  time, 
to  come  on  or  after,  to  follow,  hence 
επιών,  ούσα,  όν,  immediate,  instant, 
next  in  order.  Soph.:  ή  επιονσα  ήμερα, 
the  coming  day,  Hdt.  3,  85,  and  Att., 
cf.  Pors.  Phoen.  1051  ;  επ-  βίοτος, 
χρόνος,  ενιαντός,  etc.,  Plat.,  etc.  ; 
τονπιον,  contr.  for  το  επών.  the  fu- 
ture, Eur.  Incert.  43,  0.  In  Att.  ό 
επιών,  is  like  ό  τυχών,  the  first  cmner, 
whoever  he  may  be.  Soph.  O.  C.  752, 
O.  T.  393  :  TO  επών,  what  occurs,  to 
one.  Plat.  Phaedr.  239  D,  cf.  Xen. 
Me;n.  4,  2,  4  ;  and  so  ίπεισί  με.  and 
μοί.  c.  hi{.,  it  occurs,  suggests  itself  to 
me  to...  Plat.  Rep.  388  D,  cf.  Vairk. 
Phoen.  1378. — III.  to  traverse,  go  over 
or  on,  c.  acc,  Od.  23,  359,  Hdt.  5,  74, 
and  Att. — IV.  to  go  over,  \.  e.  count  over, 
Od.4.  411. 

Έπείνύμι,  Ion.  for  ίφενννμι,  επεί- 
νναθαι.  Ion.  for  έφένννσθαι,  to  put  on, 
as  clothes,  Hdt.  4,  04. 

Έπειξις,  εως,  ή,  (έπείγω)  anurging, 
hastening,  hurry,  Pint. 

ίΈττείοί,  ών,  oi,  the  Epei,  an  an- 
cient people  of  Elis,  dwelling  in  the 
north  next  to  Achaia,  II.  2,  019,  de- 
riving their  name  acc.  to  Pans. :  from 
νΈπεώς,  ov,  b,  Epeus,  son  of  En- 
dyniion,  one  of  the  earliest  sovereigns 
of  Elis,  Pans.  5,  1,  4.-2.  son  of  Pa- 
nopeus,  constructor  of  the  Trojan 
horse,  11.  23,  664.-3.  founder  of  La- 
garia,  Strab. 

Έπείπερ,  for  έπεί  περ,  conj.  seeing 
that,  since,  like  έπειόήπερ,  c.  ind., 
Hom.  always  with  a  word  between, 
έπεΙ  αν  περ,  11.  13,  447,  Od.  20,  181. 

'E/TtiAOV,  inf.  έπειπιΐν,  to  say  be- 
sides, Hdt.  1,  123  :  to  add  to  what  has 
been  said  :  τινί  Ti,  to  say  a  thing  of 
one,  Aesch.  Supp.  972. 

ΥΈ^πειρεόμενος,  Ion.  for  επειρόμε- 
νος,  Hdt.  3.  64. 

'Κπείρομαι,  loii.  for  έπέρομαι,  Hdt. 


ΕΠΕ1 

^Επεφνω,  Ep.  and  Ion.  for  έπερνω, 
Hdt.  4,  8. 

Έπειρώατο,  Ion.  for  επειρύντο,  3 
plur.  impf.  from  πειράομαι,  Hdt. 

Έπειρωνενομαι,  {επί,  ειρωνεύομαι) 
dep.,  to  speak  ironically  to  or  at,  inock, 
App. 

'Έ.πειρΐύτύω,  έπειρωτέυ.  Ion.  for 
επερωτάω.     Hence 

^Έ,πειρώτημα,  and  -τησις,  ή,  Ion.  for 
έπερώτ.,  Hdt. 

'Επεισα,  aor.  act.  from  πείθω, 
Hom. 

Έπείςαγμα,  ατός,  τό,  any  thing 
brought  in,  added,  from  έπειςάγω,  read 
by  some  in  Soph.  Phil.  755,  for  έπί- 
σαγμα. 

'Επειςύγω,  f.  -ξω,  {επί,  είςύγω)  Ιο 
bring  in  besides  or  over,  μητρνιάν  παι- 
σι,  ap.  Diod.  In  mid.  to  introduce  be- 
sides, become  intimate  with,  νέονς  εταί- 
ρους. Plat.  Rep.  575  D. — 2.  to  bring  on 
the  .ttage  besides,  χορείαν  δεντέραν, 
Antiph.  Όμοι.  1.  [ΰ]    Hence 

Έπειςαγωγή,  ης,  ?/,  a  bringing  in, 
summoning  besides,  Hipp. — II.  anieans 
of  bringing  or  letting  in,  πολεμίων, 
thuc.  8,  92. 

Έπειςάγώγιμος,  ov,  {έπειςάγω) 
brought  in  besides  or  in  addition  to  a 
count ry^s  products,  τα  επ.,  imported 
wares',  Plat.  Rep.  370  E. 

Έπείςακτος,  ov,  {επειςάγω)  brought 
in  from  without.  Plat.  Crat.  420  Β  ;  esp. 
from  abroad,  alien,  opp.  to  αυτόχθων , 
like  έπακτός,  Eur.  Ion  590  :  imported, 
foreign,  σϊτος,  Dem.  466,  21.  Adv. 
-τω  ς. 

'Έπειςβαίνω,  f.  -βήσομαι,  {επί,  εις- 
βαίνω)  to  go  into,  upon,  Ίππω  εις  θά- 
λασσαν, to  go  upon  a  horse  into  the 
sea,  Xen.  Hell.  1. 1,  6  :  in  genl.=  eiV- 
βαίνω,  Thuc.  2,  90. 

'Έ,πειςβύλ?.ω,  f.  -βΰλώ,  {επί,  εις- 
βύ7.7  ω)  to  throw,  pour  into  besides,  τίνί 
τι,  Eur.  El.  498. — II.  intr.  to  rush  in, 
invade  again,  Thuc.  2.  3,  13. 

Έπειςβύτης,  ov,  6,{έπειςβαίνω)  an 
additional  passenger,  supernumerary  on 
board  of  ship,  Eur.  Hel.  1550.  [u] 

Έπειςδέχημαι,  f.  -ξομαι,  [επί,  εΐς- 
όέχομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  take  in,  admit 
besides,  Pint. 

Έπείςειμι,  {επί,  εις  ειμί)  to  come 
on  besides,  esp.  in  battle,  Hdt.  7,  210. 
to  come  on  the  stage.  Aeschin.  75,  24. 
—  2.  to  come  in  after,  Hipp. — 3.  of 
things,  to  come  upon,  befal,  τινί,  Plat. 
Tim  50  Ε . 

Έπειςενεκτέσν,νβή).  adj.  of  ^TTfif- 
όέρω,  one  must  bring  in  besides. 

ΈπειςέΙφω,  f.  -ερρήσω,  {επί,  είςεβ- 
^ω)  to  rush  vi  with  ill  luck  to  one. 

'Έπειςέρχομαι,  (έ~ί,  είςέρχομαι) 
dep.  c.  aor.  et  pf.  act.,  to  come  in  upon 
or  over,  τινί,  Thuc.  8,  35  ;  esp.  into  a 
family  as  stepmother,  Hdt.  4,  154. — 
2.  to  come  in  after.  Id.  1,  37  ;  and  freq. 
in  Att. — 3.  to  enter,  come  into,  c.  acc, 
-όλίν,  Eur.  Ion  813 ;  c.  dat.,  όόμοις, 
lb.  851:  of  things,  to  be  imported,  Thuc. 
2,  38. 

Έπειςηγεομαι,  {επί,  ε'ιςηγέομαι) 
dep.,  to  introduce  besides  into,  τι  τινι, 
Diod. 

Έπείςθεσις,  εως,  ή,  an  introduction, 
beginning,  Gramm. 

Ύ,πείσιον,  ov,  τό,=  έπίσειον. 

Έπειςκΰλέω,  ω,  f.  -έσω,  (έπί,  είς- 
κα?  έω)  to  call  in  besides,  v.  1.  Luc. 

Έπειςκρίνομαι,  as  pass.,  {επί,  είς- 
κρίνω)  to  glide  in,  enter,  Hipp. 

Έπειςκνκ?.έω.  ω,  f.  -ήσω,  {επί,  είς- 
κνκλέω)  to  roll  in  from  without  or  in 
addition,  Luc.  :  to  roll  one  upon  another, 
accumulate.  Id. 

Επειςκύπτω, f.  -ψω, {επί,  είςκνπτω) 
to  stoop, peepinto,  δόμοις,  Soph.Fr.257. 


ΕΠΕΙ 

'Επειςκωμύζω,  f.  -ύσω,  {επί,  ε'ιςκω• 
μύζω)  torush  inlike reveller» , Plat.  Rep. 
500  Β. 

Έπειςόδιον,  ου,  τό,  ν.  sq. 

Έπειςόδίος,  ον,  {επί,  είςοδος)  com- 
ing in  upon :  esp.  in  a  composition, 
prut  in  like  a  patch,  episodic,  adventitious, 
Plut. :  hence— II.  in  neut.  as  subst. 
an  episode : — 1.  in  Ep.  poems,  as  e.  g. 
the  Catalogue  in  the  Iliad,  Arist.Pnet. 
23. — 2.  in  tragedy,  the  portion  of  dia- 
logue between  choric  song.s,  as  being 
orig.  mere  interpolations,  Arist.  Poet. 
12  :  then  all  underplots  or  parenthetic 
narratives  in  poetry,  which  might 
form  a  distinct  whole.  Ibid. — 3.  lastly, 
in  comedy,  an  interlude,  intermezzo, 
Cratin.  Pyt.  13,  cf  Meineke  Com.  Fr. 

2,  p.  750. — 4.  metaph.  any  unnrce.isary 
addition  or  ornament,  Plut.  :  επ.  τής 
τύχης,  a  sport  of  fortune.     Hence 

^Επειςοδώω,  ώ,  to  interweave  as  with 
episodes,  Arist.  Rhet. 

Έπειςοδιωδης,  ες,  {έπειςόδιον,  εί- 
δος) episodic,  incoherent,  Arist.  Metaph. 
— Π.  abounding  in  episodes,  μύθος.  Id. 
Poet. 

Έπείςοδος,  ov,  ή,  {έπί,  είςοδος)  a 
coming  in  besides,  entrance,  approach, 
Soph.  O.  C.  730,  Fr.  259. 

Έπειςπαίω,  f.  -παιήσω.  {επί,  εΙς• 
παίω)  to  burst  in,  είς  οικίαν,  Ar.  Plut. 
805. 

'¥JπεLςπέμπω,  f.  -■φω.  {επί,  εΐςπέμ- 
πω)  to  send  m  or  to,  Dio  C. 

'Επειςπ7/δύω,  ώ,  {έπί,  είςπηδάω)  to 
rush,  spring  in  upon,  εις  τι,  Xen.  Cyr. 

3,  3,  64  ;  τινί,  Philostr. :  absol.,  Ar 
Eq.  363. 

Έπειςπίπτω,  fut.  -πεσονμαι,  {έπΙ, 
είςπιπτω)  to  fall  or  burst  upon,  βρον- 
ταί  TivL  έπεςπίπτονσι.  Hdt.  7,  42 : 
to  burst  in  or  into.  Soph.  O.  C.  915, 
and  Eur. ;  c.  acc.  τήιδε  πύλιν,  Eur 
Η.  F.  34:  to  rush  in  upon,  αντοϊς  πί 
νονσι,  Xen.  Cyr.  7,  5,  27. 

'Επειςπ7.έω.  f.  -π/.ενσομαι  or -σον- 
μηι,  {έπί,  είςπλέω)  to  sail  in  after, 
Thuc.  6,  2.— II.  to  sail  at,  attack.  Id, 

4,  13. 

Έπειςπνέω,  f.  -πνενσω,  {έπί,  είς 
πνέω)  to  breathe  in  again,  Galen. 

^Επειςπράττω.  fut.  -ξω,  {έπί,  είς- 
πράττω)  to  exact  besides,  Dio  C. 

Έπειςρέω,  f.  -ρεύσω,  {έπί,  είςρέω') 
to  flow  in  upon  one.  Or  besides,  'I'rag. 
ap.  Arr. 

Έπειςτρέχω,  f.  -δραμονμαι.  (έπί, 
είςτρέχω)  to  run  in  upon  or  after,  τινί, 
Julian. 

^Επειςφέρω,  f.  -οίσω,  {έπί,  είςφέρώ) 
to  bring  in  besides  or  after,  Aesch.  Ag. 
864 :  TO  έπεςφερόμενον  πρηνμη,ν;\\Ά\.- 
ever  comes  upon  us,  occurs,  Hdt.  7,  50, 
1.  Mid.  to  bring  fonvard  besides  for 
one's  self,  μαρτυρία,  Thuc.  3,  53. 

Έπειςφοιτάω,  ώ,  {έπί,  είςφοιτύω) 
to  be  in  the  habit  of  coming  in,  entering 
from  uithout,  Philo. 

Έπειςόρέω,  fut.  -ήσω  and  -ήσομαι, 
{έπί,  ειςφρέω)  to  bring  in,  introduce  he 
sides,  τινά  Άέχει,  Eur.  Ale.  1050,  cf. 
El.  1033 ;  έπ.  λόγον,  Ar.  Thesni. 
1 104  :  to  send  against,  όψεις  τινί,  Eiir. 
Η.  F.  1262  :  the  aor.  part,  έπειςφρείς, 
from  έπειςπίφρημι,  occurs  in  Eur. 
Phaeth.  2,  50. 

Έπειςχέω,  f.  -χεύσω.  {έπί,  είςχεω) 
to  pour  in,  introduce  besides,  Philo. 
Mid.  to  pour  thf.-mselves  in,  to  pour  in 
in  crowds,  Joseph. 

Έπειτα,  adv.,  {έπί,  είτα)  marks 
the  sequence  of  one  thing  from  an- 
other, and  strictly  is  to  έπεί  as  reiat. 
to  anteced.,  just  as  είτα  is  to  f  /  ; 
thereupon,  thereafter,  then,  and  referring 
to  something  to  come  in  continuation, 
further,  freq.  from  Hom.  downwds. ; 
493 


ΕΠΕΚ 

more  rare  without  an  antecedent, 
just  then,  at  the  time,  Od.  1,  106:  in 
thesp  signis.  it  may  either  come  first, 
or  after  other  words :  in  Horn.  usu. 
it  corresponds  to  ττρώτον,  also  freq. 
strengthens  αντίκα,  αίψα,  ώκα  ίττ^ι- 
ra,  and  ίνθα  ετζειτα:  freq.  ίπεί  or 
εΙ  must  be  supplied  before  it.  Like 
ΐΐτα  not  seldom  put  pleon.  with  a 
finite  verb  to  express  eniphat.  the 
immediate  sequence  from  what  goes 
before,  esp.  after  a  part.,  c.  g,  μηόή- 
σασα  c5'  έττείτα  έφ  έγκύτθίτο  κύΑπφ, 
she  smiled  and  then  placed.it  in  her 
bosom,  II.  14,  223.  cf.  11,  730,  etc., 
Aesch.  Eum.  29,  also  in  prose.  Plat. 
Phaed.  82  C,  cf.  Blomf.  Aesch.  Pr. 
802 :  more  rarely  ίπειτα  stands  be- 
fore the  part.,  as  H.  Hom.  V'en.  154. 
11.  in  apoidosis  it  adds  emphasis  : — 1. 
when  a  partic.  of  time  goes  before, 
immediately  afterwards,  then,  επειόη 
Cipatfnj  παρήσαντο,  ώρχείσβην  or/ 
ίττειτα,  when  they  were  done  play- 
ing at  ball,  then  they  danced,  Od.  8, 
378  :  so  after  έπεί,  U.  16,  247,  ύττύτε, 
II.  18,  545,  ώς,  11.  10,  522,  ημης.  11.  1, 
478. — 2.  after  a  conditional  partic, 
esp.  εϊ,  then  sureli/,  εΐ  δ'  ίτεον  δη 
αγορεύεις,  έξ  άρα  ύή  rot  έπειτα  θεοί 
φρένας  ώλεααν,  if  so,  then  of  a  sureli) 
have  the  gods  infatuated  thee,  11.  7, 
360;  10,  453,  etc.  ;  so  after  I'/v.  II.  9, 
394.  and  tmjv,  Od.  11,  121.  Further, 
Hom.  has  it  anacoluth.,  where  the 
sense  is  the  same  as  if  ε^  were  ex- 
pressed, e.g.  bv  μεν  κ\  έττιεικές 
άκονέμεν,  ούτις  έπειτα  τόνγ''  εΐσεται, 
for  £ί  μεν  κ'  ίττεικές  τίνα  άκονέμίν, 
II.  1,  517  ;  esp.  c.  part.,  dv  όέ  κ'  έγών 
άπύνενθε  μάχης  εθέ'λοντα  νοήσω 
μιμνάζειν,  ου  οι  έπειτα  ΰρκιην  εσσεϊ- 
ται.  for  ει  δέ  κ'  ενώ  τίνα  νοήσω,  II. 
2,  392.  The  apoaosis  becomes  still 
more  emphatic  by  δή  έπειτα,  δή  τότ' 
Ιπειτα,  και  τοτ'  έπειτα,  but  έπειτα 
itself  cannot  begin  it. — HI.  interrog., 
when  the  question  is  founded  on 
some  supposition,  after  πώς^  e.  g.  εϊ 
μεν  δή  krapnv  γε  κελεύατε  μ''  αΐτον 
έλέηθαι,  πώς  ΰν  επειτ'  Όδυσήυς  Άα- 
θοίμην  ;  how  can  I  in.  such  a  case  .■' 
etc.,  11.  10,  243,  cf  Od.  1,  65.  where 
έπειτα  refers  to  Minerva's  words 
just  before.  But  in  Att.  it  begins  the 
sentence  with  emphasis,  usu.  ironi- 
cal. And  so?  Indeed.''  v.  είτα  HI., 
implying  a  consequence  overlooked, 
So  then,  does  it  follow...  ?  If  sn,  how 
comes  it  that...  ?  Kuhner  Gr.Gr.  \  835, 
6. — IV.  then,  therefore,  much  like  ovv, 
II.  15,  49.  Od.  17,"  185.— V.  Att.,  like 
δμως,  and  yet,  nevertheless,  still,  esp. 
in  Ar..  as  Ach.  126.  493,  Av.  29.  in 
which  signf  κάπειτα  and  κάτα  are 
esp.  freq..  Heind.  Piat.  Cratyl.  411  H, 
Phaed.  90  B.  Bornem.  Xen.  Symp.  4, 2. 
— V'l.  0,  ή,  T()  έπειτα,  following,  future, 
ό  ίπ.  χρόνος,  the  future,  also  To  επ.,  in 
Soph.  Ant.  607  Herm..  the  immediate 
future,  opp.  to  το  μέλλον,  the  more 
distant  :  so  ol  έπειτα,  posterity, 
Aesch.  Eum.  672:  ό  επ.  βίος.  Plait. 
Phaed.  116  A. 

Έπειτε,  for  έπεί  τε,  since,  for  that, 
because,  Hdt. 

'Έ,πειτεν,  Ion.  for  έπειτα,  thereafter, 
Hdt.  1,  146,  etc.,  v.  Schweigh.  Lex.  : 
also  Dor.  Herm.  Dial.  Pind.  p.  xxi. ; 
cf.  είτεν. 

Έπείτοι,  i.  e.  έπεί  TOl.for  in  truth, 
nnce  trull/,  Pind.,  etc. — II.  but  since : 
also  έπείτοι  γε. 

Έπεκ3αίνω,  f.  -βήσομαι.  (έπί,  έκ- 
βαίνω)  to  <ξο  out  ν.ροη,  disembark,  εις 
γήν,  Thuc.  8,  105:  c.  ace,  έπ.  χέρ- 
cor,  to  touch  land,  of  waves,  Anth. 

^Έιπεκβοάω,  ώ,  f.  -βοήσω,  {έπί,  έκ- 
494 


ΕΠΕΚ 

βοάθ})=ίπικαλ.έω,  to  cry  out  against, 
Dio  C. 

Έπεκβοηθεω,  ώ,  (έπί,  έκβοηθέω)  to 
rush  out  to  aid,  Thuc.  8,  55. 

Έπεκδΐδάσκω,  f.  -ύξω,  (έπί,  έκδι- 
δύσκω)  to  teach,  explain  in  addition, 
Plat.  Prot.  328  E. 

Έ7ΓεΛ:(5ί(5ω//£,  f.  -δώσω,  (έπί,  έκδί- 
δωμl)togive  out,  publish  again,  Gramm. 

Έπεκδιηγέομαί,(έπί,έκδιηγέομαι) 
dep.  mid.,  to  explain  besides,  Plat. 
Phaed.  97  D.     Hence 

Έπεκδιήγησις,  εως,  ή,  a  fuller  or 
repeated  narrative. 

Ψ^πεκδρομ.ή,  ης,  ή,  (έπεκδραμείν) 
an  excursion,  expedition,  Thuc.  4.  25. 

Έπέκεινα,  adv.  for  έπ'  έκεινα,  on 
yonder  side  of,  beyond,  Lat.  ultra,  c. 
gen.,  as  ol  έπ.  Ενφράτον,  those  be- 
yond the  Eu.,  Xen.  An.  4,  5,  3:  το 
έπέκεινα,  Att.  τονπ.,  the  part  beyond, 
the  far  side,  της  γης,  etc.,  and  so  as 
adv.,  Eur.  Hipp.  1199:  έπέκεινα, 
living  or  existirig  on  the  farther  side,  Tu 
έπέκεινα,  the  far  side  of,  parts  beyond, 
Hdt.  3,  115,  cf.  Aesch.  Siipp.  257; 
opp.  to  έπίταδε. — 2.  of  time,  ol  έπ. 
χρόνοι,  the  times  beyond  or  before, 
earlier  times,  Isocr.  124  B. 

Έπεκέκλετο,  3  sing.  aor.  syncop. 
of  έπικελομαι,  II. 

'Έ,πεκβέω,  fut.  -θενσομαι,  {έπί,  έκ- 
βέω)=:έπεκτρέχω>  to  rush  out  upon  or 
against,  Thuc.  4,  34,  and  Xen. 

'Κπεκβνομαι.  {έπί,  έκθνω)  to  offer 
sacrifice  xipon  or  for.  Epict. 

'ΐ,πεκκονφίζω,  {έπί,  έκκονφίζω)  to 
lighten,  alleviate,  Joseph. 

Έπεκπίνω,  fut.  -πίομαι,  {έπί,  έκ- 
πίνω)  to  drink  off  after,  Eur.  Cycl. 
327.  [v.  πίνω.] 

Έπέκπ?Μος,  contr.  -πλους,  ου,  6, 
{έπί,  έκπλέω)  α  sailing  out  against  one, 
attack  by  sen,  Thuc.  8.  20. 

Έπεκπνέω.  fut.  -πνενσω,  {έπί,  εκ- 
πνέω) to  breathe  out  repeatedly,  Opp.  to 
έπειςπνέω.  Medic. 

Έπέκρηίις.  εως,  ή,  {έπί,  έκρή,γνν- 
μαι)  an  outbreak,  bursting,  Qiog.  L. 

'Επεκροφέω,  f.  1.  in  Ar.  Eq.  701,  v. 
έκρ. 

Έπέκρνσις.  εως,  ή,  {έπί,  έκρέω)  an 
influx  from  without,  Leucipp.  ap.  Diog. 
L.  9,  32. 

Έπέκτάσις,  εως,  η,  {επεκτείνω)  an 
extension,  expansion  :  a  lengthening, 
e.  g.  of  a  word.  Arist.  Poet.     Hence 

^Επεκτατικός,  ή,  όν.  lengthening, 
Gramm.     Adv.  -κώς  :  from 

'Επεκτείνω,  {έπί.  εκτείνω)  to  stretch 
out,  lengthen,  λόγονς.  Plut.  :  to  in- 
crease, make  more  burdensome,  προς- 
όδους,  Strab. — 2.  intr.  to  extend,  reach, 
προς  τι,  late.  Pass,  to  stretch,  extend 
beyond,  τινός,  Theophr. ;  to  reach  out 
toivards,  grasp  at,  τινί.  Ν.  Τ.  :  to  be 
lengthened,  of  Words,  e.  g.  μσϋνος  for 
μόνος,  ήέλιος  for  γ/λιος,  Arist.  Poet. ; 
opj).  to  άφαιρεισθαι. 

Έπεκτετΰμένως,  adv.  part.  perf. 
pass,  from  επεκτείνω,  vehemently, 
Gramm. 

Έπεκτρέχω.  fut.  -δρΰμονμαι,  aor. 
-έδρΰμην,  {έπί,  έκτρέχω)  to  rush  out 
upon  or  against  one,  τη•ί.  Xen.  Hell. 
4,  4,  17;  absol.,  lb.  0,  2,  17;  also  c. 
ace,  Pans. 

^Επεκφέρω, f.  -είοίσω,  {έπί,  εκφέρω) 
to  carry  out  far,  Plut. 

Έπεκχέω,  f.  -χενσω,  (έπί,  έκχέω) 
to  pour  nut  upon.  Pass,  to  rush  upon, 
τινί,  LXX. :  to  throw  one^s  self  upon, 
lie  upon,  τινί,  Q.  Sm. 

Έπεκχωρέω.  ώ,  {έπί,  έκχωρέω)  to 
advance  next  or  afttr,  Aesch.  Pers.  401. 
νΕπε?ΰ.σία,  ας,  ^,=  sq..  Diod.  S. 

Έπέ/.ΰσις,  εως.  ή, an  attack,  assault, 
Luc,  and  Plut. :  from 


ΕΠΕΜ 

Έπε?Μννω,  fut.  -ελάσο),  Att.  -ελώ, 
{έπί,  έλαννω)  to  drive  or  jnit  upon,  ae 
a  plate  of  metal  on  a  shield,  II.  7, 
223,  in  tmesis;  so  too  πολιις  έπελή• 
λ.ατο  χα7ΛΟς,  much  brass  had  been 
draum.  over  it,  II.  13,  804  :  όρκον  έπε• 
λαύνειΐ'  τινί,  to  force  an  oath  upon 
one,  Hdt.  1,  146:  to  drive  chariots 
upon  a  surface,  as  on  ice.  Id.  4,  28 ; 
to  lead  on  or  against,  hence — 2.  usu. 
seemingly  intr.,  sub.  στρατάν,  etc., 
to  march  against.  Id.  1,  17,  anil  Att.  ; 
to  sail  against.  7,  183  ;  to  charge,  9,  49. 

Έπελαφρίζω,  {έπί,  έλαφρίζω)  to 
7nakf:  lighter,  lift  up,  Philo. 

'Επελαφρννω,  =  έπελαφριζω,  dub., 
v.  έπελαφρννο). 

Έπέλδομαι,  v.  έπιέ7.δ. 

'Επε?^γχω,=έ?ιέγχω,  Diog.  L. 

'Επέ?.ενσις,  εως,  ή,  {επέρχομαι)  α 
coming  to  a  person  or  place,  advance, 
attack,  Luc. — 2.  an  impulse  of  the  mind 
toivards  a  thing,  Chrysipp.  ap.  Plut. 
2,  1045  D. 

Έπελενσομαι,  fut.  of  επέρχομαι, 
Od. 

^Επελενστικός,  ή,  όν,  {έπέ?ιενσις) 
cojning  to  or  towards,  touchivg  on  a 
thing. — 2.  eriren/iVioii.v,  Stoic,  ap.  Plut. 

Έπελήλάτο,  3  sing,  piqpf.  pass,  of 
έπελαύνω,  II. 

^Επελήλ.νθα,  perf.  2  of  επέρχομαι, 
Od. 

Έπέλησε,  3  sing.  aor.  1  act.  of  έπι• 
λ.ανβάνω,  Od. 

Έ-ελί'είΐ^,  inf.  aor.  o{  επέρχομαι. 

Έ-ελί'σσω.  Ion.  for  έφελίσσω. 

Έπέ'/.κω,  Ion.  for  έφέλκω. 

Έπελλΰβε,  poet,  for  έπέλαβε,  3 
sinff.  aor.  of  έπιλαμβάνω. 

^Επε'?ιπίζω,  {έπί,  ελπίζω)  to  bring  to 
hope,  buoy  vp  with  hopes,  τινά  ώς  λή- 
ψεται,  Thuc.  8,  1  ;  esp.  with  false 
hope,  Luc— II.  =^  ελπίζω,  Eur.  Hipp. 
1011,  Thuc.  8,  54  Bekk. 

Έπέλπο/ιαι,  {έπί,  έλπώ)  to  have 
hopes  of.  to  hope,  Aesch.  Ag.  1031  :  in 
Horn.,  έπιέ?ιπομαι,  c.  inf.,  II.  1,  545; 
c.  ace.  Od.  21,  126:  in  genl.  to  ex- 
pect, Telest.  ap.  Ath.  616  F.  Poet, 
word. 

Έπεμβΰδόν,  adv.  by  ascending,  step 
above  step,  Anth. :  from 

'ζ^πεμβαίνω.  f.  -βήσομαι,  {έπί,  έ/i- 
βαίνω)  to  step,  tread  upon,  to  go  upon: 
to  stand  on,  esp.  in  perf  c.  gen.,  ονδον 
έπεμβεβαώς,  II.  9,  582,  δίφρου  έπ., 
Hes.  Sc.  324  ;  and  so  absol.,  έπε/ιβε- 
βαώς.  mounted  (on  a  chariot),  Pind. 
N.  4,  47:  alsoc.dat.,  πνργοις  έπεμ- 
βάς.  Aesch.  Theb.  634,  and  freq. 
later  :  c.  ace,  έπ.  υχθον,  βύχιν,  Eur. 
Bacch.  lOCl,  Rhes.  783;  and  εΙς 
πύτραν,  Eur.  I.  Τ.  049.  — II.  but  c. 
dat  also  to  trample  upon,  spurn,  Lat. 
insultare.  Lob.  Soph.  Aj.  977 ;  also 
κατά  τίνος.  Soph.  El.  836.— HI.  έπ. 
τω  καιρώ  τίνος,  to  seize  an  oppor- 
tunity against  one,  Dem.  579,  22. 

Έπεμβάλλω,  int. -βΰ7  ώ,  {έπί,  έμ• 
βάλλω)  to  throw,  put,  lay  upon,  τι, 
Hes.  Op.  S8.  —  2.  to  throw  against, 
τινί,  Eur.  I.  T.  290.— 3.  to  put  in  be- 
sides, insert.  Lat.  intrrcninrc,  Hdt.  2,  4, 
Plat.  Crat.  399  A  ;  έπ*  τι,  lb.  414  D  : 
of  fruit-trees,  to  bud,  graft  them  :  also 
in  mid.,  to  put  in  beiiveen.  Id.  Polit. 
277  A.  —  4.  to  put  forward,  σαντόν. 
Soph.  O.  C.  463.  —  5.  to  thru.'it  on, 
Xen.  Cyn.  10,  11. — II.  intr.  to  flow  in 
be.iides,  of  rivers,  Xen.  Hell.  4.2,  11. 

Έπέμβΰσις,  εως,  ή,  (επεμβαίνω) 
an  attack,  incursion,  Dion.  H. 

Έπεμβάτης,  ov,  ό,  (επεμβαίνω)  one 
mounted,  as  —  1.  a  horseman,  Anacr. 
Fr.  79. — 2.  a  warrior  in  a  chariot,  Eur. 
Supp.  585.  [ά] 

Έπεμβλητέον,    verb.     adj.     from 


ΕΠΕΝ 

ίτΤΐ/ΐβά^Λω.  one  must  put  in,  uiseri, 
add.  Plat.  Tim.  51  D. 

'E-f/U;3oa(j,  ώ.  fut.  -ήσω,  (έττ/,  εμ- 
3ούω)  to  shout  against  Οι  at  one,  θρόον, 
Nic. 

Έ~ε//.βολύς,  άόος.  η,  (έπεμβάλλω) 
of  a  fruit-tree,  Intdded  or  grafted,  Ath. 
'Κκεμβΰλή.  ης,  ή,  (ίπ εμβάλλω)  an 
insertion,  J>arenthesis. 

Έπέμμηνος,  ov,  (ίπί, έμμηνος)  men• 
strunus,  dub.,  Joseph. 

Έ-εμττάσσω,  f.  -άσω,  (εττί,  έμπύσ- 
σω)  to  sprinkle,  strew  over,  Medic, 
[ΰτω] 

Έπεμτηδάω,  ώ,  (έ~ί,  έμπηδάω)  to 
spring  upon,  insult,  έπ.  κειμένω,  Ar. 
Nub.  550. 

ΈπεμπίτΓτω,  fut.  -πεσονμαι,  (ίπί, 
εμπίπτω)  to  fall  in  or  tipon  besides,  to 
attack  fur  inusly  :  έπεμπίπτειν  βάσιν 
TLvi.  Soph.  Aj.  42.  like  βαίνειν  πόδα, 
ci.  βαίνω  sub  fin. — 2.  to  fall  to,  set  to 
work,  Lat.  incumbere,  Ar.  rac.  471.  [i] 
Έπεμφέρω,  f.  -οίσω,  {επί,  έμφέρω) 
to  bring  in  besides,  add,  τί  TIVL,  Hip- 
pod,  ap.  Stob.  p.  554,  55. 

'Κπεμφνρω,  [επί,  εμφύρω)  to  mix  in, 
dip  in,  τί  Tivi,  Clem.  Al.  [ϋ] 

Έπενάρίζω.ί-  -ξω.=  έναρίζω,  Soph. 
Ο.  C.  1733.  ace.  to  Ehnsl.  and  Herm. 
'Κπα'δοδωμι,  f.  -δύσω,  {επί,  ένδί- 
δωμι)  to  give  over  and  above,  έπ.  τρί- 
την.  I  put  in  yet  a  third  blow,  Aesch. 
kg.  1.3S6. 

'Έπένδνμα,  ατός,  τό,  an  upper  gar- 
ment, Plut. 

'Έπενδννω,=^έπενδνω.     Hence 
'Έ,πενδντης,  ov,  ύ,  a  tunic  worn  over 
another,   Pseudo-Thesp.  ap.  Poll.  7, 
45,  Soph.  Fr.  391  ;  also  έ-τ.   χιτών, 
Nicoch.  Heracl.  1.  [ij 

^E-ei  δντοπάλ/.ιον,  ου,  ro,=foreg., 
Bockh  Inscr.  2,  p.  456.  (From  foreg. 
and  Lat.  pallium.) 

Ύ.πενδύω,  or  -δννω,  {επί,  ενδύω) 
to  put  on  over,  Hdt.  1,  195:  also  in 
mid.,  τί  TivL,  Plut.  [On  quantity  v. 
δνω.'\ 

^Έ,πένεξις,  εως,  η,  {επιφέρω,  επεν- 
εγκην)  an  adding  to. 

'Έ^πενεΙκαι,  ion.  for  επενέγκαι,  inf. 
aor.  1  o(  επιφέρω,  11.  19,  261. 

Έπένειμε,  3  sing.  aor.  1  from  έπι- 
νέμω,  Horn. 

Έπενήνεον,  imperf.  from  έπινψ 
νέω.  11. 

'Έπ.^νήνοθε,  is,  lies  upon,  is  close  to : 
only  Ep..  and  in  Hom.  thrice  ;  of 
Thersites'  head,  ψεδνή  επενήνοθε 
λάχνη,  a  thin  coat  of  downy  hair 
grew  thereon,  11.  2,  219;  of  a  cloak. 
ουη  έπενήνοβε  λάχνη,  a  thick  warai 
pile  teas  on  it,  II.  10,  134  (both  times 
ahsol.) ;  and  c.  ace,  of  the  ambro.sial 
unguent,  οία  θεονς  έπενήνοθεν  αίέν 
εόντας,  such  as  is  on  and  belongs  to 
the  gods,  Od.  8,  365 :  whence  also  in 
H.  Horn.  Ven.  62.  Cf.  κατενΖ/νοθε. 
Used  of  time  in  Ap.  Rh.  4,  276,  που- 
λυς  επενήνοθε^  ηΐών.  a  long  space 
was  thereon,  i.  e.  had  passed  since. 
The  signf.  is  something  between  pres. 
and  impf. ;  the  form  is  perf.,  v.  ενή- 
νοθε. 

Έπένθεσις,  εως.  η.  {επεντίθημι)  in- 
sertion n.t  of  a  letter,  Gramm. 

Έπενθρώσκω,  aor.  2  -έθηρον,  inf. 
•θορΐΐν,  {επί,  ένθρώσκω)  to  sprin^^, 
hap  upon,  σέ?.μαοι,  .Resell.  Pers.  359  ; 
tπi  TLva,  as  an  enemy.  Soph.  0.  C. 
469  ;  έτΓ.  άνω,  to  leap  up  into,  Id.  Tr. 
919. 

Έπενθνμέομαι,  {επί.  ένθνμέομαι) 
dep.,  to  insert  or  add  an  enthymem. 
Hence 

'Έπενβναημα,  ατός,  τό,  an  inserted, 
added  enthymem.   [ti] 

'Κπενταννω,  f.  -ύσω,  [υ\  Ep.  -νσσω, 


ΕΠΕ2 
^έπεντείνω,  to  stretch  to,  fasten  upon, 
Od.  22,  467. 

Έπεντείνω,  {επί.  εντείνω)  tostretch, 
extend  to,  upon  or  over,  επενταθείς, 
stretched  upon  his  sword,  Soph.  Ant. 
1235. — II.  intr.  to  press  on,  exert  oree's 
self,  Ar.  Pac.  515:  to  gain  strength, 
increase,  of  a  report,  Theophr.  Char. 
9,  2. 

Έπεντέλ?ιω,  {έπί,  έντελλω)  to  com- 
mand besides.  Soph.  Ant.  218. 

'Έπεντερώματα,  τύ,  v.  έπεντρώ- 
ματα. 

Επεντίθημι,  f.  -θήσω,  {έπί,  έντί- 
θημι)  to  insert,  Gramm.,  cf.  έπένθε- 
βις. 

Έπεντρίβω,  f.  -ψω,  {έπί,  έντρίβω) 
to  rub  in  besides  :  to  inflict,   [l] 

Έπεντρνφάω.  ώ,{έπί,  ίντρνφάω)  to 
be  wanton  in  a  thing. 

Έπεντρώγω,  f.  -τρώξημαι,  inf  aor. 
•τρΰγεΐν,  {έπί,  έντρώγω)  to  eat  be- 
sides, esp.  sweetmeats  or  stimulants 
after  a  solid  dinner,  Philo. 

Έπεντρώματα,  τά,  ace.  to  Epicur. 
ap.  Ath.  546  E,  dainties,  meats.  [Prob. 
far έπεντερώματαίτοπΛ έντερα:  others 
from  τρώω,  v.  Em.  Call.  Dian.  133.] 
'ETeyrpijaif,e&)f.)7.=foreg.,  Philo. 
Έπεντνω  and  -ννω,  {έπί,  έντνω, 
-ννω)  to  set  right,  get  ready,  έπεντυε 
νωϊν  ΐππονς,  II.  8,  374  ;  χεΐρα  έπεν- 
τύνειν  έπί  τινι,  to  arm  it  for  the  fight. 
Soph.  Aj.  451.  Mid.  to  prepare,  train 
one's  self  for  a  thing,  c.  ace,  άεθλα, 
Od.  24,"  89 :  in  Ap.  Rh.,  c.  inf.  pro 
ace.  [νω,  ϋνω'\ 

Έπείάγω,  {έπί.  εξάγω")  to  lead  orit, 
as  a  general  his  army,  Thuc.  2,  21. 
and  so  seemingly  intr.  to  march  out  to 
a  new  position.  Id.  5,  71. — 2.  to  ex- 
tend, lengthen,  Plut.  :  esp.  to  discuss  at 
lensth,  Dio  C.  [a]     Hence 

Έπεξάγωγή,  ης,  ή,  a  drawing  out 
against,  lengthening,  τοϋ  κέρως,  Thuc. 
8,  105. 

'Έ,πεζΰααρτάνω,  f.  -τησοιιαι.  (έπί, 
έζαμαρτάνω)  to  sin,  err  yet  more,  Dion. 
H.  ;  against  one,  εΙς  τίνα,  Joseph. 
Hence 

Έπεξαμαρτητέον,  verb.  adj..  one 
must  sin,  err  yet  more,  Dem.  595.  10. 

νΕπεξανίσταμαι.  aor.  έπεξανέ'ττην, 
{έπί.  έξηνίστημι)  to  ri.se  besides,  Philo. 
'Έπεξΰπΰτύω,  ω.  (έπί,  εξαπατάω) 
to  deceive  yet  more,  Mnesim.  Dvsc.  1. 

Έπέξειμι,  {έπί,  έξ,  εΙμι)  like  έπ- 
εξέρχομαι,  q.  cf ,  to  go  out,  march  out 
naninst  an  enemy,  Hdt.  7,  223  ;  τινί, 
Thuc.  6,  97  ;  έπ.  εις  μύχην.  Id.  2,  13, 
etc. — II.  to  proceed  against,  prosecute, 
τινί,  Dem.  583,  23  ;  c.  dat.  pers.  et 
gen.  rei.  έπ.  τινι  φόνου,  to  prosecute 
and  convict  him  of  murder.  Plat.  Leeg. 
I  S66  Β  ;  also  υπέρ  φόνου.  Id.  Euthyphr. 
I  4  Β  :  but  also  c.  ace.  pers.,  Eur.  Andr. 
735,  ap.  Dem.  549,  25  :  c.  dat.  rei,  to 
avenge.  Plat.  Legg.  866  Β  :  also  c.  dat. 
modi,  έπ.  δίκη,  to  attack  by  action,  lb. 
754  Ε  ;  but  in  Aeschin.  40.  27,  έπ. 
Ύραόή.  to  follow  up  an  indictment,  cf. 
Plat.'Lys.  215  E.  — III.  to  so  over, 
traverse,  go  through,  c.  acc,  Clearch. 
ap.  Ath.  619  C  :  hence  in  argument, 
tn  go  through  all,  σμικρά  και  μεγάλα, 
H'lt.  1,  5,  πάσας  τας  ημόιε3ητήσεις, 
P!at.  Rep.  437  A  ;  and  absol..  Id.  Lys. 
215  E. — 2.  έ— .  τιμωρίας  μείξονς,  to 
go  through  with,  carry  out  greater  ven- 
geance. Thuc.  3.  82. 

'Έπεξελαύνω.  f.  -ε7.άσω  Att.  -ελώ, 
{έπί,  έξε?.αννω)  to  drive,  ride  or  send 
on  to  the  attack,  τονς  Ίππεΐς,  Xen. 
Hell.  5,  3,  6. — 2.  also  intr.,  τινί,  sub. 
Ιππον,  αομα,  στρατύν. 

Έ-είε/ιχγοΓ,  ου.  ό,  α  further  or 
additional  έλεγχος.  Plat.  Phaedr.  p. 
266  Ε,  ubi  al.  ίπε?^εγχος. 


ΕΠΕΠ 

Έπεξέλευσις,  εως,  //,  {έπεξερχομαι) 

an  nttack,  punishment. 

Έπεξελενστικός,  ή,  όν,  avenging. 
Adv.  -κώς. 

Έπεξέλκω,  to  draw  on  with  one,  or 
besides,  Hipp. 

Επεξεργάζομαι,  fut.  -ύσομαι,  dep. 
mid.,  to  effect,  do  besides  or  !>?.  addition^ 
Dem.  274,  18  :  to  accomplish,  cons~um- 
mate,  opp.  to  άρχει v.  Ion  ap.  Sext. 
Emp.  294,  3  :  hence — 2.  to  slay  over 
again,  ολωλότα,  Soph.  Ant.  1288. 
Hence 

Επεξεργασία,  ας,  ή,  a  finishing, 
completion  :  and 

^Επεξεργαστής,  ov,  6,  one  who  ac' 
complishes :  a  plenipotentiary. 

'Επεξεργαστικός,  ή,  όν,  {επεξεργά- 
ζομαι) of,  fit  for  finishing.     Adv.  -κώς. 
Έπεξέρπω,  (έπί,  έξέρπω)  to  creep 
out.  advance  to,  c.  acc,  Hipp. 

Έπεξερχομαι,  f.  -ελενσομαι,  {έπί, 
εξέρχομαι)  to  go  out  against  an  enemy, 
make  a  sally,  Hdt.  3,  54  ;  and  in  genl. 
to  attack,  έπ.  εις  μάχην  τινί,  Thuc, 
5,  9 ;  and  absol..  Id.  :  hence — 2.  to 
proceed  against,  prosecute,  τινί,  Thuc. 
3,38,  Plat.,  etc. ;  also  έπ.  δίκην  τινί. 
Plat.  Legg.  866  Β  :  also  έπ.  φόνον, 
Antipho  115,  9. — II.  to  go  through  or 
over,  χώρην,  Hdt.  4,  9  ;  7,  166.— 2.  to 
carry,  out,  accomplish,  έργω  τι.  Thuc. 
1,  120. — 3.  to  discu.is,  relate,  examine 
accurately  or  fidly.  Lat.  orntione  per- 
seqai,  τί.  Aesch.  Pr.  870,  and  Plat.  : 
absol.  Hdt.  8,  99.— III.  to  proceed  to 
an  extremity,  όσον  ές  i'Spiv  έπεξηλβε, 
Hdt.  3,  80 ,  ώδ'  έπεξ.  βρασνς.  to  reach 
such  a  pitch  of  boldness.  Soph.  Ant. 
752. 

Έπεξέτΰσις,  εως.  η,  {έπί,  έξέτασις} 

α  repeated  review,  muster,  Thuc.  6.  24. 

Έπεξενρίσκω.  fut.  -ενρήσω.  (έπί, 

έίενρίσκω)   to  invent  besides,  Hdt.  2, 

160. 

Έπεξηγέομαι,  {έπί,  έξηγέομαι)  dep. 
mid.,  to  recount,  explain  in  detail .  Plut. 
Hence 

Έπεξήγημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  detailed 
narrative.     Hence 

'Επεξηγηματικός,  ή.  όν,  of,  like,  be- 
longing to  an  έπεξήι  ημα. 

Έπεξήγησις,  εως.  η.  {έπεξηγέομαι) 
α  detailed  account,  narrative. 

Έπεξηγητέον.  verb.  adj.  from  έπ• 

έξηγέομαι,  one  must  detail,  Clem.  Al. 

'Επεξής,  Ion.  for  εφεξής.  Hdt. 

Έπεξΐακχάζω,  {έπί,  έκ,  Ιακχάζω) 

to  shotU    in    triumph    over...,    Aesch. 

Theb.  635. 

Έπεξόδίος,  ov,  of,  belonging  to  a 
march  or  expedition:  Tu  έπεξόδια,  sub. 
Ιερά,  sacrifices  before  the  march  of  an 
armu,  v.  1.  Xen.  An.  6,  5,  2 :  from 

'Επέξοδος,  ov,  ή,  {έπί,  έξοδος)  a 
march  out  against  an  enemy,  προς 
Tiva,  Thuc.  5,  8. — II.  revenge,  punish' 
ment,  Philo. 

Έπέοικε,  (έπί,  εοικε)  it  is  like,  looks 
like,  τινί.  II.  4,  341.— II.  it  is  likely, 
reasonable,  fittiiig, proper, ireqAn  Hom., 
usu.  absol.  or  c.  dat.  pers.,  but  also  c. 
acc.  et  inf,  II.  10,  146;  c.  dat.  pers. 
et  inf..  Pmd.  N.  7,  140  :  in  Od.  6. 193, 
ov  δεηβήναι  must  be  supplied.— 2.  it 
is  agreeable,  satisfactory,  \\.  9,  392. — 
3.  έπεικότα,  seemly,  fit,  τινί,  Aesch. 
Cho.  669.     (No  pres.  έττείκω.) 

Έπέπιθμεν,  1  pi.  plqpf•  2  from 
πείβω  for  έπεποίΟειμεν,  11. 

'Επέπ?Μς,  2  sing.  aor.  2  sync.  Ep. 
o{  επιπλώω,  Od. 

Έπεποίθει,  3  sing,  plqpf  2  from 
πείθω,  II. 

Έπεπόνθει,  3  sing,  plqpf.  2  of 
πάσχω.  Od. 

'Επέπτάρε,  3  sing.  aor.  2  act.  from 
έττίπταίρω,  Od. 

495 


ΕΠΕΡ 

Έπέτττΰτο,  3  sing.  aor.  2  of  έ^ί- 
πέταμαι,  έφίττταμαι,  Ηοιη. 

Έζ-έπνστο,  3  sing,  piqpf.  pass,  of 
ηννθάί'ομαί,  II. 

Έπ-ί-πΌ»,  Ion.  for  έφέκω. 

Έπέραβτος.  ον,  (έπί,  ίράω)  lovely, 
amiable,  Luc,  cf.  ίπήρατος. 

'Errtp)  ttCo/uat,  f.  -άσομαι,  {έπί,  ip- 
γά^οααι)  dep.  mid.,  lo  work  upon,  till 
land',  Plat.  Legg.  813  C  ;  esp.  to  en- 
croach  on  another's  property,  Arist. 
Pol. :  in  pf.  also  as  pass.,  έττΐίμγασ- 
ται  στή'/.ΐ).  is  wrought,  sculptured  on 
a  tablet,  Paus.     Hence 

Έττεργΰσία,  ας,  ή,  a  working,  tilling 
of  another's  land,  an  encroachment, 
Thuc.  1,  139,  cf  Plat.  Legg.  843  C. 
— 11.  esp.  the  right  of  mutual  tillage  on 
each  other's  territory,  Xen.  Cyr.  3,  2, 
23,  cf  έηίγαμία. 

Έττεργης,  ον,  {έπί,  *  έργω)  active 
in  a  thing,  τινός. 

Έπΐμίθίζω,  (έπί,  ερεθίζω)  to  irri- 
tate, sfunuldle.  Plut. :  t'-.  πηκτίδα,  to 
touch  the  lyre,  Anth.     Hence 

'Έ.περε(ύσμύς,  ov,  ό,  irritation,  ex- 
citement, Plut. 

Έπ•ερεί(5ω,  fut.  -είσω,  {έπί.  έρείόω) 
to  thrmt  on  or  into,  έπερεισεν  εγχος 
ές  κενίύνα,  11.  5,  850:  έπερεισεν  ίν' 
άπέλεΟρυν.  he  put  vast  strength  to  it, 
pill  forth  force,  11.  7,  209,  Od.  9,  538. 
Mid.  to  siipjiort  or  xtay  upon  or  by, 
ri  Tivi,  Eur.  Hec.  114  :  /o /ean  or 
push  against  a  thing,  Ar.  Ran.  1102. 
Hence 

Έ7Γφε£(7ί(• ,  εως,ή.α  thrusting  against 
a  thing,  έπ.  οδόντων,  gnashing  ol 
teeth,  Diosc. 

'Ρ]:Γφείσμός.οΟ,  o,=  foreg.,Epicur. 
ap.  Diog.  L.  10,  50. 

'ΐ.περενγομαι,  as  pass.,  {έπί,  έρεύ- 
γω)  to  be  disgorged :  of  water,  to  be 
poured  upon,  ΰκτύς.  Αρ.  Rh. 

'E-f/jfi/xj,  fut.  -ψω,  {έπί,  έρέφω)  to 
put  a  roof  upon,  in  genl.  to  build,  έπΙ 
νηον  έρεψα.  11.  1,  39,  cf  έρέφω. 

ΈπερΖ/ρεισμαι,  perf  pass,  from 
έπερ.ύδω. 

'Επέρομαι,  f.  -ερήσομαι.  Ion.  -ειρή- 
σομαι :  aor.  έπηρόμην.  ληί.έπερέσϋαι : 
the  place  of  the  pies,  is  supplied  in 
Att.  by  επερωτάω,  but  in  Hdt.  we 
have  έπείρεσθηι.  as  if  from  a  pres. 
έπείρομαι,  cf  έρομαι.  To  ask,  es[>. 
for  counsel,  to  consult,  question,  τον 
θεόν,  Hdt.  1,  19;  τινά  τι,  one  about 
a  thing,  7,  101 ;  περί  τίνος,  1,  158; 
foil,  by  a  relat.,  3,  22  ;  absol.  4,  101, 
etc. :  rare  in  Att.,  as  Soph.  O.  C.  557, 
cf.  Reisig. 

Έπε(φώσαντο,  3  pi.  aor.  1  from 
ίπιίφώομαι,  11.  1,  529. 

'Κπερνθριάω,  ώ,  ί.  -άσω,  (έπί,  έρυ- 
Οριάω)  to  blush  for  or  at  a  thing,  τινί- 
[ασω] 

Έπερνω,  fut.  -νσω,  {έπί,  έρνω)  to 
draw  on.  pull  to,  θνρην  έπέρνσσε 
Κορώνη,  θα.  1,  441  :  to  bring  togelhrr 
or  to  a  place,  έπΙ  στή?.ην  έρνσαντες, 
setting  up  a  stone,  Od.  12,  14.  Mid. 
to  draw  OT  put  on  one's  clothes,  λεον• 
την.  Hdt.  4,  8.  [ν,  cf  έρνω] 

Επέρχομαι,  fut.  -ελενσομαι,  dep. 
mid.,  c.  aor.  act.  -f/?.6ov,  -ήλνβον.  pf 
-εληλνθα,  {έπί,  έρχομαι.)  To  come 
upon  or  over,  pass  over  a  space,  like 
Lat.  obire,  c.  ace.  II.  18,  321,  Od.  10, 
27  ;  ό  Νείλοζ•  επέρχεται  το  Αέλτα, 
overflows  it,  Hdt.  2,  19:  also  to  traverse, 
travel  over,  Hdt.  1,  30  :  to  walk  upon, 
as  on  ice,  Thuc.  3,  23. — II.  to  come 
upon  or  to,  reach,  arrive  at  a  place, 
freq.  in  Horn.  usu.  absol.,  but  also  c. 
ace,  esp.  in  signf  of  to  come  upon 
snddenlt/,  surprise,  Od.  19,  155  ;  so 
έτηηλυθέ  μιν  νί]δυμος  ύπνος,  Od.  4, 
793,  etc.,  cf.  Hdt.  2, 141 ;  also  c.  dat. 
496 


ΕΠΕΣ 

pers.,  Od.  5,  472  ;  12,  311  :  the  dat.  is 
in  genl.  found  in  Hoin.  when  the 
signf  is  simply  to  come  to  or  nmr,  II. 
12,  200,  218:  he  also  has  it  with  εις, 
Od.  7,  280,  cf  Thuc.  3,  47;  with 
ένθάδε  and  όπόσε,  II.  24,  051,  Od. 
14,  139  :  later  also  with  έπί,  έπελ- 
θεϊν  έπΙ  τον  δΤ/μον,  τους  Έφοροι>ς, 
to  come  before  them  to  speak,  Hdt.  5, 
97  ;  9,  7,  so  έπΙ  τΰ  κηινόν,  and  freq. 
absol.  in  Thuc,  cf.  Gottl.  Arist.  Pol. 
p.  20,  2.  The  Att.  prefer  the  dat., 
yet  use  the  ace,  as  τάς  ξννωμοσίας 
έπελβών,  having  visited  the  clubs, 
Thuc.  8,  54  ;  so  έπέρχεταί  μοι,  also 
με,  it  happens,  occurs  to  me,  Hemst. 
Luc.  Soinn.  17,  Valck.  Phoen.  1378, 
either  with  a  uoin.  before  it,  as  'ίμε- 
ρος έπηλθέ  μοι  έπείρεσϋαι,  Hdt.  1, 
30 ;  or  c.  iiif  only,  as  και  o'l  έπί/λθε 
πταρείν.  Id.  6,  107,  cf  Soph.  Tr.  135  : 
ό  έπελθών,  like  ό  επιτυχών,  επιών, 
the  first  comer,  whoever  c<mies  up,  έκ 
τον  έπελβόντος,  just  as  it  occurs,  on 
the  spur  of  the  inomcnt. — 111.  in  hostile 
signf,  to  rush  upon,  go  against,  attack, 
Horn.,  usu.  absol.  :  sometimcsc.dat. 
pers.,  II.  20,  91,  and  so  Thuc.  6,  34, 
or  c.  ace,  τμήδην  ανχέν'  επήλθε,  11. 
7, 202.  in  prose  also  c.  ace,  as  Thuc. 
2,  30. — IV.  to  come  on,  in  Ilom.  esp. 
to  come  about,  return,  έπί/λνβον  ώοαι, 
the  season  ca.me  round  again,  Od.  2, 
107,  etc.,  and  so  freq.  later,  to  come 
on,  bd  at  hand,  as  in  Theogn.  528,  728, 
etc.  :  of  time  in  genl.  to  come  on,  Pind. 
O.  10,  9;  TO  έπερχόμενον,  that  which 
is  coming,  but  has  not  come,  i.  e.  tlie 
future.  Aesch.  Pr.  98. — 2.  to  come  in 
after  Or  over  another,  of  a  second  wife, 
1  Idt.  5,  4 1 . — \ .  tu  pursue  fur  vengeance, 
hence  in  genl.  to  visit,  avenge,  punish, 
τινά,  hence  also  φόνον  έπέρχεσϋαι, 
to  avenge  it. — VI.  to  go  through  or  over, 
treat  of, discuss, recount,  \l\ie  διέρχοιίαι, 
e  ace,  Hes.  Fr.  14,  4,  Ar.  Eq.  *618. 
— 2.  to  go  through,  execute,  Thuc.  1, 
97. 

Επερωτάω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω.  Ion.  έπειρ., 
{έπί,  ερωτάω)  to  consult,  enquire  of, 
question,  το  χρηστήριον,  τον  θεόν, 
etc.,  Hdt.  1,  53.  etc. ;  τινά  περί  τίνος. 
Id.  1,  32  ;  έπ.  τι,  to  ask  a  thing.  Id.  1, 
30,  etc.  ;  but  also  to  ask  about  a  thing. 
Id.  7,  100.  So  too  in  Att.  Pa.s.  to 
be  asked,  Ti,  a  question.  Plat.  Soph. 
250  A.     Hence 

Έπερώτημα,  ατός,  τό.  Ion.  έπειρ., 
a  question,  lidt.  0,  07  :  and 

Έπερώτησις,  εως,  ή.  Ion.  έπειρ.,  a 
questioning,  consulting,  χρησμών,  Hdt. 
9,  44;  Thuc.  4,  38. 

'Κπεση,  rare  aor.  1  o{  πίπτω,  in  a 
lyric  passage  of  Eur. 

Έπεσαν,  3  pi.  impf  from  έπειμι, 
Ep.  for  έπησαν,  Od. 

'Exf  f/ίο/ΐ'ω,  i.  q.  έπειςβηίνω. 

'Έ•πεσβο?ιέω,  ώ,  to  utter  violent  lan- 
guage. Lye :  and 

ΈτΓίσ/ίολί'α,  ας,  ή,  a  throiving  about 
words,  violent,  unseemly,  language,  in 
plur.,  έπ.  άναφαίνειν,  Od.  4,  159 : 
later  esp.  abuse,  Anth.  P. :  from 

Έπεσβό'λος,  ov,  {έπος,  βάλλω) 
throwing  words  about,  λωβτ/τηρ  έπ.,  an 
unbridled,  fold-mouthed  fellow,  II.  2, 
275 :  esp.  abusive,  νεΙκοΓ,  Αρ.  Rh.  4, 
1727. 

Έπεσθίω,  f.  έπέδομαι,  {έπί,  έσθίω) 
to  eat  after  or  in  addition  to,  τί  τινι, 
Eur.  Incert.  98,  Xen.  Mem.  3,  14,  3. 

Έττέσβω,'  poet,  form  of  foreg., 
Epich.  p.  22. 

νΈπεσκέπησαν,  2  aor.  pass.  3  pi. 
from  επισκέπτομαι  of  έπισκοπέω. 

Έπεσον,  ες,  ε,  aor.  ο( πίπτω,  Horn. 

Έπεσπον,  ες,  ε,  inf  έπισπεΐν,  aor. 
of  έφέπω,  Od. 


ΕΠΕΤ 

'Έπί-ασεται,  Ε  ρ.  for  έπέσεταΐ,  3 
sing.  lut.  from  έπειμι,  Od. 

Ύ^πέσσενεν,  -οντο,  jioet.  3  sing 
impf  act.  and  3  pi.  impf.  mid.  from 
έπισενω.  Hom. 

'Έπεσσϋμίτως,  adv.  part.  pf.  pass. 
έπισενω,  violently,  Aretae. 

Έπέσσϋται,  3  sing,  pf,  pass,  ol 
έπισενω,  part,  έπεσσνμένος,  Hom. 

Έπέσσϋτο,  poet,  lor  έπέσντο,  3 
sing.  aor.  sync,  from  έπισενυμαι. 

Έπεστεώς,  Ion.  part.  peri,  of  έφίσ- 
τημι. 

Επέστη,  3  sing.  aor.  2  from  έφίσ- 
τημι,  II. 

Έπέστιος,  Ion.  for  έφέστιος,  έπίσ- 
τιος,  dub. 

Έπεςφέρω,  Ion.  for  έπειςφέρω,  Hdt. 

Έπεσχαριος,  ov,  {έπί,  έσχάρα)  mi 
or  at  the  hearth,  Leon.  Tar.  [ά] 

Έπέσχον,  ες,  ε,  and  -σχόμην,  aor. 
2  act.  and  mid.  of  επέχω,  Hoin.  and 
Hes. 

ν^πετύσθιιν,  1  aor.  pass,  of  πετάν• 
ννμι. 

Έπετειόκαρπος,  ov,  {επέτειος, 
καρπός)  bearing  yearly  fruit.  Theojihr 

Έπετειόκαυλος,  ov,  [επέτειος,  καν- 
λός)  with  an  annual  stalk  from  a  peren- 
nial root,  Theophr. 

Επέτειος,  ov,  also  η,  ov,  Hdt.  C, 
105,  though  elsewh.  he  has  it  ος,  ov, 
as  2,  92  :  also  έπέτεος.  ov,  Id.  3,  89  : 
{έπί,  έτος)  annual,  yearly,  every  year, 
Ονσίαι,  Hdt.  0, 105,  καρπός.  Id.  8,  108 : 
hence  metaph.,  επέτειοι  την  φνσιν, 
changeful  as  the  seasons,  or  ace  to 
others,  like  birds  of  passage,  Ar.  Eq. 
518:  έπ.  φόρος,  the  yearly  revenue, 
Hdt.  5,  49,  also  τά  έπέτεια. — 2.  an- 
7iual,  lasting  for  a  year,  of  plants,  Hdt. 
2,92. 

Έπετειοφορέω,  ώ,  to  bear  fruit  every 
year,  Theophr.  :  Irom 

Έπετειοφόρος,  ov,  {επέτειος,  φέρω) 
fruiting  every  year,  Theophr. 

'Κπετειόψνλ?Μς,  OV, {επέτειος.  φν7- 
λον)  losing  the  leaves  yearly,  Theophr. 

Έπέτεος,  Ion.  for  επέτειος,  Hdt. 

Έπέτης.  ov,  ό,  {έπομαι)  a  follower, 
attendant,  Pind.  P.  5,  5  :  fem.  έπέτις, 
ιδυς.  Αρ.  Rh. 

Έπετήσιος,  ον,=  έπέτείος,  καρπός 
έπ.,from  year  to  year,  lasting  the  whole 
year,  Od.  7,  118. — 2.  occurring  each 
year,  annual,  τε?ιεςφορίη,  Call.  Apoll. 
'77. 

Έ.πέτις,  ιδος,  ή,  fem.  from  έπέτης. 

Έπετον,  Dor.  aor.  of  πίπτω,  lor 
έπεσον. 

Επέτασσε,  part,  έπιτόσσαις,^  Dor. 
aor.  form  without  any  pres  in  use,= 
έπέτνχε.  έπιτvχώv,fell  in  or  met  with, 
προς  τι,  (for  τινός  is  very  dub.),  Pind. 
P.  4,  43  ;  e  ace,  P.  10,  52  ;  not  found 
elsewh.     Cf  τόσσας. 

Έπεν,  Ion.  imperat.  from  έπομαι 
for  'έπον,  Hom. 

Έπενΰδε,  Ep.  aor.  2  of  έφανδάνω, 
Musae. 

Έπενάζω,  {έπί,  εΰάζω)  to  shout  over, 
τινί,  Orph. 

Έπενδοκεω,  ώ,=ενδοκέω,  toapprote 
of,  acquiesce  in,  τινί. 

Έπενβνμέω,  ώ,  {έπί,  εϋθνμέω)  to 
rejoice  at  a  thing,  LXX. 

Έπενθύνω,  {έπί,  ενθύνω)  to  guide, 
Xen.  Cyn.  5,  32  :  to  direct,  administer, 
νομίσματα,  Aesch.  Pers.  8C0,  τύ  κοι- 
νά, V.  1.  Aeschin.  76,  13. 

Έπενκλειζω,  {έπί,  ενκλεΐζω)  to  glo- 
rify, make  illustrious,  πατρίδα,  Simon. 
71. 

Έπενκτέος,  a,  ov,=isq.,  Clem.  Al. 

Έπενκτός,  ή,  όν,  {έπενχομαι)  long- 
ed for,  to  be  longed  for,  LXX. 

Έπεν?Μβέομαι,  {έπί,  ενλαβεομαι) 
dep.,  to  beware  of,  be  afraid  of,  LXX. 


ΕΠΕΧ 

Έττεννακτοι  or  -αστοί,  ων,  οι,  and 
kvEVvanTOL,  {επί  or  εν,  εννάζω)  chil- 
dren begotten  by  slaves  on  their  mis- 
tresses in  the  absence  of  their  lords, 
Theopomp.  (Histor.)  ap.  Ath.  271  C, 
V.  Thirlw.  Hist.  Gr.  1,  353:  such 
slaves  were  themselves  called  ε~εν- 
νάταί  or  ένεννάταί,  ών,  οι. 

Έπενρίσκω,  Ion.  for  εφευρίσκω, 
Hdt. 

Έττευόημέω,  ώ,  (επί,  ενόηαέω^  to 
shout  assent,  to  testify  by  a  shout  o)ie's 
assent,  to  do,  c.  inf ,  II.  1,  22 ;  Ap.  Rh. 
4, 295. — 11.  c.  ΆΟΟ.,'Ήρην  επ.,  to  glorify, 
sing  praises  to  her,  Musae. :  c.  acc. 
rei,  νμνον  νερτέρων  έπ.,  to  accompany 
in  singing  the  strain,  Aesch.  Pers.  620 : 
c.  dupl.  acc,  έπ.  παιάνα  Άρτεμιν, 
to  sins  tlie  paean  in  praise  of  her,  Eur. 

I.  A.  1468. 

Έπευφημίζω,  =  foreg.  —  II.  =  έπι- 
φημίζω,  dub.,  Lob.  Phryn.  597. 

νΈπευφράτίδιος,  ου,  ό,=^έπι  τον 
Έ,νφράτου,  dwelling  on  the  banks  of 
the  Euphrates,  Luc. 

'Έπενχή,  ης,  ή,  a  prayer,  vow,  Plat. 
Legg.  871  C.    From 

Επενχομαι,  {επί,  εύχομαι)  dep. 
mid.  :  to  pray  to,  beseech,  make  a  vow 
to  a  deity,  c.  dat.,  θεοΐς,  Αιΐ,  Hom., 
Hdt.,  etc.,  έπ.  τινί,  c.  inf.,  to  pray  to 
one  that...,  Od.  14,  423,  and  Att. : 
later,  έπ.  τινί  τι,  to  pray  for  a  thing 
to  one,  esp.  in  bad  signf,  like  Lat. 
imprecari,  Aesch.  Ag.  1000,  etc.  :  in 
genl.  to  wish,  pray  for,  μοϊραν,  lb. 
1462  ;  and  c.  inf.,  lb.  1292,  etc.— 2.  to 
vnw,  τινί.  c.  inf,  Aesch.  Theb.  276, 
Plat.  Crit.  119  E.— II.  to  exult,  triumph, 
glory  over,  τινί,  U.  11,  431 ;  and  c.  inf, 
H.  Horn.  Ven.  287,  and  Att. ;  also  έπ. 
'Χργος  πατρίδα  (sc.  είναι)  Eur.  I.  Τ. 
508 :  absol.  11.  5,  1 19,  etc. 

'Έ,πευωνίζω,  {έ~ί,  εΰωνίζω)  to  make 
cheap,  lower  the  price  of  a  thing.  Dem. 
687,  24,  V.  Hemst.  Luc.  Nigr.  23. 

'Έπενωχέομαι,  {έπί,  ενωχέομαι)  as 
mid.,  to  feast  in  or  upon,  Dio  C. 

'Έπέφαντο,  3  sing,  plqpf  pass. from 
φαίνω,  Hes.  Sc.  166. 

'Έπεφνον,  ες,  ε,  Ep.  redupl.  aor.  2 
of  the  old  root  *(^ΕΓω,  (not  found  in 
pres.),  whence  comes  the  usu.  φο- 
νεύω. Hom. 

νΈπεφόρβει,  3  sing,  plqpf.  act.  of 
φέρβω,  Η.  Hom.  Merc.  105. 

'Επέφρΰδον,  ες,  ε,  Ep.  redupl.  aor. 
2  of  φράζω,  Hom. :  unless  it  be  rather 
from  έπιφράζω. 

^Επέφϋκον,  Ep.  3  plur.  plqpf  from 
φύω.  for  έπεφύκεσαν,  only  Hes.  Op. 
148,  Th.  152,  673,  Sc.  76,  as  if  from 
a  pres.  πεφύκω  formed  from  the  pf 
πέφνκα,  which  however  never  oc- 
curs. 

Έπέχβην,  aor.  1  pass,  from  πέκω. 

^Επέχω,  fut.  έφέξω  :  aor.  έπεσχον, 
inf  έπισχείν,  {έπί,  εχω)  to  have  on,  at, 
θρήννι  πόδας  έπεΐχε,  he  had  his  feet 
on  the  stool,  Od.  17,  410,  II.  14,  241  : 
so  in  tmesis,  έπι  κώπ-η  σχέθε  χείρα, 
II.  1,  219,  cf  Soph.  A].  50  :  in  genl. 
to  hold,  lay  upon,  by,  etc.,  τινί  τι. 
Pass,  to  hold  on  by,  τινός,  Αρ.  Rh. — 

II.  to  hold  out,  present,  offer,  o'lvov,  Od. 
16,  444,  II.  9,  489,  μαζόν,  II.  22,  83  : 
in  genl.  to  supply,  furnish,  τινί  τι,  usu. 
παρέχω. — III.  to  keep  directing,  driv- 
ing at  or  on,  ίππους  τινΙ  επεχεν  (v.  1. 
for  ίφεπεν),  II.  16,  732,  more  freq. 
ίππους  έχειν  έπί  τινι,  II.  5,  240:  this 
comes  from  the  signf  of  keeping  a 
bow  pointed  at,  in  full  τόϊον  σκοπώ 
έπέχειν,  Pind.  Ο.  2,  160  (but  Hoin. 
has  the  mid.  for  to  aim,  έπισχόμενος 
3άλεν  Ίύ,  Od.  22,  15) ;  usu.  simply 
σκοπώ  έπέχειν,  and  hence  even  in 
Horn.,  τί  μοι  ωδ'  επέχεις ;  why  thus 

32 


ΕΠΗΓ 
attack  me,  launch  out  against  me  ?  Od. 
19,  71  ;  and  in  tmesis,  έπ'  αύτώ  πάν- 
τες έχωμεν,  Od.  22,  75,  where  we 
may  supply  σαυτήν  and  ημάς,  cf  Hdt. 
6,  49  ;  this  use  of  the  \erb,  as  if  in- 
trans.,  became  very  fieq.  έπ.  τινί, 
sub.  εαυτόν,  etc.,  to  aim  at,  hence  to 
attack ;  more  rarely  προς  τι :  έπί  τίνα, 
Hdt.  9,  59,  κατά  τίνα,  9,31 ;  but  also 
c.  acc,  έπέχειν  τους  Τεγεί/τας,  Κο- 
ρινθίους, etc.,  fronted  them,  were  facing 
them  in  the  line  of  battle.  Ibid. :  also 
— 2.  έπέχειν  (sc  τους  οφθαλμούς, 
τον  νουν)  to  turn  one's  eyes  or  mind  to, 
to  intend,  purpose,  c  inf.,  έπεΐχε  έλ- 
?Μμψεσβαι,  Hdt.  1,  80,  ubi  v.  Wess., 
cf.  1,  153;  6,  96:  to  attend  to,  be  intent 
upon,  Lat.  animum  advertere,  C.  dat., 
r?}  βασύ.εία,  etc.,  Polyb.,  cf  έπιβα?.- 
7„ω  Π.  3. — IV'.  to  keep  in,  hold  back, 
check,  (cf  έπίσχω^)  βέεθρα,  11.21,  244: 
έπέχειν  τινά  ξύλω,  to  keep  him  down 
with  the  stick,  (or  better  perhaps,  to 
lay  on,  beat  him),  Ar.  Pac  1121  :  to 
confine,  as  the  earth  a  corpse,  Mel. 
121,  cf  κατέχω  :  έπέχειν  τινά  τίνος, 
to  stop  him,  hinder  him  from  it,  Eur. 
Andr.  160,  Ar.  Lys.  742  :  to  detain,  de- 
lay, stay  proceedings,  τά  προς  Άρ- 
γείονς,  Thuc.  5,  46 :  and — 2.  again, 
sub.  εαυτόν,  very  freq.  as  if  intrans., 
to  stay,  stop,  wait,  pause,  Od.  21,  186, 
Hdt.  1, 32,  etc..  Soph.  El.  1369,  etc. ;  al- 
so έτΓ.  χρόνον  or  ολίγον  χρόνον,  Hdt. : 
hence  to  command  one's  self,  be  patient, 
wait.  Plat.  Charm.  165  C:  and  then  in 
genl.  to  leave  off,  cease  to  do,  like  παύ- 
εσθαι.  c.  inf,  Xen.  Mem.  3,  6, 10;  and 
so  in  mid.,  Thuc  7,  33  :  alsoc.  part., 
to  cease  doing,  Eur.  Phoen.  449  :  also 
c  gen.  rei,  to  cease  from,  έπίσχες  τοϋ 
δρόμου,  Ar.  Αν.  1200,  της  πορείας, 
Xen.  Cyr.  4,  2,  12 ;  also  περί  τίνος, 
Thuc.  5,  32. — 2.  hence  as  technical 
term  of  the  sceptics,  to  suspend  one's 
judgment,  (cf  Hdt.  1,  32),  to  doubt,  v. 
εποχή,  εφεκτικός,  and  cf.  Ritter  Hist. 
Phil.  3,  391. — V.  to  reach,  extend  over 
a  space,  επτά  πέλεθρα,  II.  21,  407 ; 
όπόσσον  επεσχε  πυρ,  so  far  as  the 
fire  reached,  11.  23,  238  ;  24,  792,  cf 
Thuc.  2,  77 :  in  pass,  to  be  stretched, 
stretch  one's  self  out,  lie  at  length,  Hes. 
Th.  177:  hence — VI.  to  have  power, 
predominate  over,  command,  occupy  a 
district,  Hdt.  1,  104,  cf  108;  absol. 
to  prevail,  of  a  wind,  ην  μη  λάμπρος 
άνεμος  έπέχη.  Id.  2,  96 :  to  occupy, 
engross  one,  η  οπώρη  έπ.  αυτούς,  Ια.  4, 
199.  /  ■ 

Έπηβάω,  Ιοπ.  for  ίφηβαω,  Hdt.  6, 
83. 

Έπίιβολός,  ον,  {έπί,  βά?.λω)  having 
reached,  hit,  attained  ΟΤ  gained  a  thing, 
c  gen.,  ντ/ός,  έρετύων,  Od.  2,  319  : 
esp.  having  gained  one's  end,  Hdt.  9, 
94,  and  freq.  in  Plat. :  also  φρενών 
έπ7Ίβο?ιθς,  Lat.  mentis  compos,  Aesch. 
Pr.  444,  etc.  :  also  in  bad  signf,  νό- 
σου έπήβολοι,  possessed  by  it,  Aesch. 
Ag.  542,  cf  Hdt.  8,  111.— II.  fitting, 
belonging  to,  befitting,  τινί,  Theocr.  28, 
2  ;  έπήβολ.ης  άρματι  νύσσα.  Αρ.  Rh. 
3,1272:  conx^enient.  suitable,  \ά.  (Acc. 
to  Wess.  Diod.  1,  19,  έπήβολος,  is  he 
who  has  hit,  reached  a  thing,  έπίβο/,ος, 
he  who  aims  at  it :  see  further  Ruhnk. 
Tim.,  Blomf  Aesch.  Pr.453.)  Hence 
νΕπήβο?Μς,  ου,  ό,  Epebolus,  a  Mes- 
senian  seer,  Pans. 

Έπήγάγον,  aor.  2  oi  επάγω,  Od. 

'Επ7]γκενίδες,  αϊ,  Od.  5,  253,  the 
long  planks  nailed  along  the  upright 
ribs  {ΐκρια)  of  the  ship,  and  forming 
with  the  inside  stays  (σταμίνες)  the 
whole  ship's  side :  v.  Ικρια,  and 
Nitzsch  I.  c  (Prob.  from  ένεγκεΐν, 
ήνεκής.)  [r] 


ΕΠΗΜ 

νΕπηγόμην,  2  aor.  mid.  of  πήγννμι, 
Aesop.  Fab. 

Έπηγορεύω,  or  acc,  to  some  bet- 
ter έπηγορέω,  {έπί,  αγορεύω)  to  say 
against  one,  throw  in  his  teeth,  τινί  τι, 
Hdt.  1,  90  :  hence  to  complain  of  one, 
accztse  hun,  like  κατηγοράω. 

Έπηγορέω,  ώ,  v.  foreg.     Hence 

Έπηγορία,  ας.  ή,  accusation,  blame, 
like  κατηγορία,  Dio  C. 

Έπήειν,  impf.  from  έπειμι  {ειμί) 
to  go  to. 

Έπήεν,  Ep.  for  έπην,  3  sing.  impf. 
from  έπειμι  {ειμί),  Hom. 

Έπηετανός,  όν,  and  in  Hes.  ή,  όν, 
{έπί,  έτος)^  επέτειος,  for  the  whole 
year,  from  year  to  year,  Od.  4,  89  ;  7, 
128,  etc.:  hence  sufficient  for  the  jear, 
in  genl.  abundant,  Od.  7,  99  ;  8,  233, 
etc.  cf  άφενος  :  hence  έπηεταναί  τρί- 
χες,  thick,  fall  fleeces,  Hes.  Op.  515, 
[(£ ;  in  H.  Horn.  Merc.  113,  and  Hes. 
Op.  605,  quadrisyll.,  as  if  έπητ.'] 

Έπήϊεν,   Ep.  3  sing,   impf  from 
έπειμι    (εΙμι)  to  come  upon  J\.  17,  741: 
έπήίσαν,  3  plur.,  Od.  11,  233. 
^'Επήίσα,  1  aor.  act.  from  έπα'ιω, 
Hdt.  9,  93. 

'Επήκαν,  Ion.  for  έφηκαν,  3  plur. 
aor.  1  act.  from  έφίημι,  Hdt. 

'Έ^πήκοος,  ov.  Dor.  έπάκοος,  {έπα- 
κούω)  that  hears  or  can  hear,  within 
hearing,  of  place,  ές  έπήκοον,  within 
hearing-distance,  Xen.  An.  2,  5,  38. — 
2.  that  hears,  listens  to,  knows  from 
hearing,  τινός,  Aesch.  Ag.  1420,  etc. : 
listening  to  prayer,  of  gods,  Pind.  O. 
14,  21  ;  also,  έπ.  τινί.  Plat.  Legg. 
931  B. — II.  pass,  heard,  audible,  listen- 
ed 10,  Plat.  Legg.  931.  B. 
t'E— ;;?a,  ]  aor.  act.  from  πύ7Λω. 

Έπήλθον,  ες,  ε,  aor.  of  επέρχομαι, 
Hom. 

Έπηλις  and  έπηλίς,  ίδος,  ή.  Ion. 
for  έφηλίς,  a  cover,  lid. — Π.  a  mote  in 
the  sun-beam.  Soph.  Fr.  877. 

Έπη7.λαγμένως,  adv.  part.  perf. 
pass,  from  έπαλλ.άσσω,  chayigeably, 
uncertainly. 

Έπηλϋγάζω,  {έπί,  ήλύγη)  to  over- 
shadow, cover,  Ael.:  hence  in  mid., 
φόβον  έπη7\.νγύζεσθαι,  to  throw  a  shade 
over,  i.  e.  disguise  one's  own  fear,  Thuc, 
6,  36 :  in  genl.  to  conceal,  Hipp. — II. 
in  mid.  also,  to  put  over  one's  self  as  a 
covering,  τι,  Arist.  H.  A. ;  hence  al.so, 
έπ.  τινά,  to  put  before  one  as  a  screen, 
Plat.  Lys.  207  Β  :  cf  Ruhnk.  Tim. 

Έπ?ι}.ϋγαΙος,  αία,  alov,  {έπί,  ήλν• 
γη)  shady,  dark. 

Έπηλϋγίζω,  v.  1.  for  έπηλνγάζ(ύ, 
in  Plat.  1.  c,  etc. 

Έπή7.νθον,  ες,  ε,  Ep.  aor.  2  of  επέρ- 
χομαι for  έπήλθον,  Hom. 

Έπήλυξ,  ν')ος,  ύ,  ή,  {έπί,  ή7.ύγη) 
overshadowing,  την  πέτραν  έπήλυγα 
7.α3ειν,  to  take  the  rock  as  a  screen 
or  shelter,  Eur.  Cycl.  680,  cf  έπηλ.ν- 
γΐίζω  II. 

Έπηλϊίς,  νδος,  δ,  ή,  {έπήλνβον) 
one  who  comes  to  a  place.  Soph.  Phil. 
1 190  ;  esp.  an  incomer,  a  stranger,  for- 
eigner, opp.  to  αυτόχθων,  Hdt.  1,  78  ; 
4,  197,  and  Att.  :  also  in  neut.  plur., 
έπή7ιυδα  έθνεα.  Id.  8,  73. 

'Επη/.νσία,  ας.  Ion.  -ίη,  ης,  ή,  α 
coming  over  one,  esp.  by  spells,  α  be- 
witching, witchery,  H.  Hom.  Car.  228, 
Merc.  37. 

Έπή7ιϋσις,  εως,  ή,  {έπηλ^υς)  an  ap- 
proach, assault,  Anth. 

Έπηλύτης,  ου,  ό,^=επηλυς,  Thuc. 
1,  9.  [ϋ]     Hence 

'Επή7Λ'τος,  ον,=έπη7.νς,  Dion.  Η. 

Έπημάτιος.  ία,  ιον.  (έπί.  ήμαρ)  by 
day  :  day  by  day,  Αρ.  Rh.   [ά] 

Έπημοιβύς,  όν,  late,  as  in  Opp.,  ή, 
όν,  {έπί,  αμείβω)  in  turn,  alteriuUe, 
497 


ΕΠΗΤ 

Lat.  nltcrtuis,  jnvtuus,  oxij^C'  tings  fif- 
ting  into  one  another,  II.  12.  45C,  χιτώ- 
νες έτν.,  changes  of  raiment,  Od.  11, 
513. 

Έπημύίιύ,  (ί-7Γί'.^//ιί«;  to  bend  οι  bmv 
down.  11.  2,  148  in  tmesis,  Nic,  etc. 
[v  11  su.  in  pros,  and  iinpf'.,  but  ν  in 
0pp. :  but  m  fut.  and  aor.  v,  until 
late,  cf.  Werniclvc  Trypli.  15.] 
Έπι'/ν,  Hom.  and  Hdt.  for  ί  πάν,  q.  v. 
Έπηνέμίος,  ov,  {έπί,άνψος}  windy. 
— 2.  melaph.  7,•ίΐί)ί. 

'Έττψ'εον,  έπιρνησα,  Ep.  impf.  and- 
aor.  from  ίτταινέω,  Hom. 
Έπηξα,  aor.  1  of  τττ'/γννμι,  II. 
'Emjoi'ioc,  ov,   (έπί,  τ/ών)  on.  the 
beach  or  shore.  Anth. 

'E~;/opof,  ov,  {έττί,  άείρυ,  α'ιωρέω) 
floating  or  suspended  on  high,  aloft,  Ap. 
Rh. 

Έ-ηπνω,  (ίττί,  η-νω)  to  shmit  to, 
cheer  by  shouting,  rivi,  II.  18,  502.  [ϋ] 
Έττήρανος,  dub.  1.  in  Orph.  for  έττι- 
ήρατος. 

Έτϊήρατος,  ov,  (,ίττί,  ipud)  beloved, 
hi'cly,  pleasant,  in  Hom.  of  places  and 
things,  never  of  persons  :  Hes.  has 
ίπ.  εΐόος,  δσσα.  Op.  63,  Th.  C7,  of  god- 
desses :  έτΓ.  νεανίύες,  Aesch.  Euin. 
959  :  cf  εττιηρανος.  Nitzsch  Od.  4, 
606,  explains  it  spiry.  high-tojipcd  (as 
if  from  a'lpu  .')•  but  there  is  no  etymol. 
reason,  and  phrases  like  έττ.  είματα. 
Od.  8.  366,  ε  π:  είδος,  όσσα  are  mcon- 
sistent  with  it.    Hence 

f  ET7/purof,  01-,  0.  Eperatus,  a  Spar- 
tan ephor,  Xen.  Hell.  2,  3,  10.  Oth- 
ers in  Dem.,  Polyb.,  etc. 

Έττηρεύζίύ,  {επήρεια)  to  threaten, 
?.έγειν  ί-ηρεύζων,  Hdt.  6,  9. — Η.  to 
deal  despitefully  with,  abuse  or  insult 
wantonly,  Tiri.  Xen.  Mem.  1,  2,  31, 
and  freq.  in  Dem. ;  also  τινά,  Ν.  Τ. : 
absol.  to  be  insolent,  Xen.  Symp.  5,  6. 
Pass,  to  be  insulted,  Dem. :  cf.  νβρίζω. 
Hence 

'ΚττηρεασιωΓ.  ov,  Ό,  wanton  abuse  or 
insidt,  defined  by  Arist.  Rhet.  2,  2,  3, 
sq.  :  and 

Έηηρεαστικός,  ή,  όν,  given  to  or 
belonging  to  έττήρεια. 

Ύ,-ήρεια,  ας,  ή,  a  threat:  w-anton 
abuse  or  insult,  Lat.  contumelia,  Dem. 
522,  fin.  ;  κε?.ενειν  κατ'  έτϊ.,  to  order 
haughtily  or  by  ivay  of  insidt,  Thuc.  1, 
26 :  έτΓ.  δαίμονος,  the  capricious  deal- 
ing of  the  god,  Philostr.  (Prob.  from 
the  Homeric  ίρειά  :  but  ace.  others 
from  Ιρέο,  ίρείδω.) 

Έ-ηρεμέω,  ώ,  {επί,  ήρεμέω)  to  rest 
from  or  after,  καμύτοις,  Luc. 

'Έ,τϊήρετμος,  ov,  [εττί,  ερετμός)  at 
the  onr,  rowing,  έταϊροι,  Od.  2,  403  : 
elsevvh.  oi  επ'  ερετμά  έζόμενοί,  Od.  12, 
171. — 2.  U'ith  oars  or  sweeps,  equipt 
with  them,  νηες,  Od.  5,  16,  etc. 

Έττηρεφής,  tr,  {επί,  ερέφω)  cover- 
ing, shading,  sheltering,  πέτραΐ,  over- 
hanging rocks,  Od.  10,  131  ;  12,  59  ; 
so  too,  επ.  κρημνοί.  II.  12,  54  :  also 
σπέος.  Od.  13,  349,  for  κατηρεφής. — 
II.  pass,  covered,  sheltered,  σίιι3λθί, 
Hes.  Th.  598. 

'Έιπήρης,  ες,  {επί,  ίίρω)  equipt,  pre- 
pared, Arr.  :  furnished  with,  τινί. 

Έπ/'/ριστος,  ov,  and  -ΐτος,  ov,  {επί, 
ερίζω)  contended  for. 

νΕπήριτος.  ov,  b,  Eperttus,  a  name 
assumed  by  Ulysses,  Od.  24,  300. 

Έπήρσε,  Ep.  3  sing.  aor.  1  from 
επάρο),  11. 

Έπτισαν,  Ep.  for  επήΐσαν,  ίπήε- 
σαν,  3'plnr.  impf  from  ίπειμι  {εΙμι), 
to  go  to,  Od. 

Έπησθεΐεν,  Ion.  for  έφησθείησαν,  3 
plur.  opt.  aor.  1  from  έφήόημαί. 

Έπητύνός,  όν,  poet,  for  έπηετανός, 
q.  V. 

498 


ΕΠΙ 

'Έπί'/τεια,  ας,  ΐ/,=  ίπητνς,  Αρ.  Rh. : 
from 

Έπητής,  ov,  6,  ace.  to  some  also 
Ιπητης,  (έπος)  able  and  willing  to  con- 
verse, and  so  rational,  or  kind,  getitle, 
Od.  13,  332;  ίπηττι  άνδρΐ  εοίκας,  Od. 
18,  128.  Αρ.  Rh!  has  έπητ/ις,  έος. 
Cf  έπητίις. 

Έπητικός,  ή,  όν,  {ίττομαι)  given  to 
follow,  Metop.  ap.  Stob.  p.  11,  22. 

Έπϊίτρΐμος,  w,  {έπί,  ητριον)  orig. 
woven  on  or  to,  thick;  hence  close, 
thronged,  like  πνκνός,  πνρσοϊ  έπτ/τρι- 
μοι,  torch  upon  torch,  11.  18,  211,  so 
δράγματα  i-,  H.  18,  552 ;  but,  ?U7]V 
πο'/'/οΙ  και  έπήτριμοι  πίπτονσι,  too 
many  one  after  another,  11.  19,  226. 

Έπητνς,  ύος,  ή,  {έπητής)  kind, 
friendly  arldress  or  conversation :  in 
crenl.  courtesy,  kindness,  Od.  21,  306. 

ί'Επηνρον  and  -ρόμην,  aor.  act.  and 
mid.  of  έπανρίσκοιιαι,  Hom.,  etc. 

Έπ7}χέω,  ώ,  (ίπί,  ήχέω)  to  resound, 
reecho,  Eur.  Cycl.  426 :  to  accompany 
one  in  shouting,  Id.  I.  A.  1584. 

Έπηίοος,  όν,  {ίπί,  ηώς)=νπηφος. 

Έ~<',  prep.  c.  gen.,  dat.,  et  ace. 
Radic.  signf  upon. 

A.  WITH  GE^f. — I.  of  place,  in  all 
sorts  of  relations,  but  which  may  be 
chiefly  classed  under  these  two  : — 1. 
a  being  or  staying,  i.  e.  rest  at  a  place, 
on,  upon,  in,  by,  near  a  place,  from 
Hom.  downwds.  very  freq.  with  verbs 
of  resting,  standing,  etc.  :  also  with- 
out verb,  e.  g.  εγχεα  όρθα  έπι  σαν- 
ρωτήρος  {sc.  σταβέντα)  II.  10,  153: 
strictly  Hom.  uses  it  only  of  real  tan- 
gible objects,  as  ε  π'  ηπείρον,  ξένης, 
νηών,  πύργων,  'ίππων,  ωμών,  etc. ; 
more  rarely  of  the  names  of  places, 
in  which  case  the  Att.  distinguished 
between  the  'εν  and  επί,  as  εν  Θρά- 
κη, in  Thrace,  επϊ  Θράκης,  near 
Thrace,  on  its  borders,  cf  Th^c.  5, 
34.  Also,  esp.  post-Horn.,  of  many 
relations  not  strictly  local :—  a.  with 
the  person,  pron.,  as  ίφ'  νμείων,  by 
yourselves,  alone,  II.  7, 195,  where  σι- 
yij  is  added:  very  freq.  later,  esp.  with 
the  third  pers.  εφ'  έαντον,  έαντών, 
Valck.  Hdt.  8,  32;  9,  17;  το  εφ'  έαν- 
τών, themselves  alone,  their  own  in- 
terest only,  Thuc.  1,  17  :  also  as  mere 
periphr.  for  the  gen.,  ονδεϊς  επ'  αν- 
θρώπων. Soph.  Ant.  789,  cf  Pmd.  O. 
7,  133. — b.  with  cardinal  numbers, 
έπι  Tpujv,  τεττάρων,  etc.,  by  three  or 
four,  esp.  in  order  of  battle,  three  deep 
or  in  file,  Thuc,  and  Xen. :  also  έό' 
ενός,  in  single  line,  έπι  κέρως,  in  sin- 
gle file,  lb. :  cf  infr.  C.  1.  4. — c  be- 
fore, i>i  the  presence  of,  Lat.  coram,  as 
επΙ  ποίλών,  μαρτύρων,  cf  I'alck. 
Hipp.  213. — d.  over,  of  any  one  set  over 
a  special  business,  ol  έπι  των  πραγ- 
μάτων, Dem. ;  ό  έπΙ  του  ορύγματος, 
the  executioner  at  .\thens,  who  had 
to  throw  traitors  into  the  βύηαΟρον, 
ap.  Lycurg.  165,  4  :  so  too  ό  επι  των 
δπ?.ων,  της  βασάνον,  της  φρονρΰς, 
των  έργων,  etc.,  cf  Lob.  Phryn.  474  ; 
much  more  rarely  c.  dat.,  as  in  Xen. 
Cyr.  2,  4, 25. — 2.  motioyi  towards  or  (as 
we  also  say)  upon  a  point,  in  Hom. 
esp.  with  ίκέσθαι.  χύζεσθαι,  περάν, 
έρύειν,  πέμπειν,  ΰγειν,  φεύγειν,  etc. : 
also,  γεγωνείν  έπ'  Αίαντος  κ7.ισίης, 
to  shout  to  Ajax'  tent,  11.  8,  224  : 
π7.εΐν  έπι  Χίου,  etc.,  to  sail /or  Chios, 
Hdt.  1,  164,  etc. ;  άπε'λαύνειν  έπ'  οί- 
κον, to  go  homeii'drrfs,  go  home,  Hdt. 
2,  121,  4:  also  in  much  the  same 
sense  c.  ace,  cf  Hdt.  9,  47.  where 
one  τ/γε  έπΙ  το  δεξιον  κέρας,  the  oth- 
er ε— £  τον  ενωννμον,  cf  C.  Ι.  2.— II. 
of  time^l.  like  the  simple  gen.  of 


ΕΠΙ 

time,  to  express  the  time  in  or  m  the 
rour.ie  of  which  something  happens, 
έπ'  εΙρήνης.  in  time  of  i)cace,  Hom.  ; 
esp.,  έπΙ  προτέρων  ανθρώπων,  11.  5, 
637:  έπΙ  ^ήδων  ϊιρχόντων,  έπΙ  Ki- 
κροπος,  Hdt.  1,  134  ;  8,  44  ;  έπ'  έμον, 
in  my  time.  Id.  1,  5,  etc.  The  time 
is  olt.  taken,  esp.  in  Att.,  as  the 
foundation  on  which  an  event  rests. 
— 111.  of  the  occasion  or  grounds  on 
which  a  thing  happens,  whether  it 
be  inclination,  advice,  assistance,  etc. 
of  another,  or  mere  circinnstances,  v. 
Wolf  Dem.  473,  8  ;  495,  6  :  έφ'  έαν- 
τον, of  one's  own  accord,  Lat.  sponte, 
Schaf  Mel.  p.  21  :  έπΙ  μαρτυρίας,  on 
evidence,  ειπείν  έπ'  όρκου,  Hdt.  9, 
11 :  also,  κα7.εϊσθαί  έπι  τίνος,  to  be 
called  after  one,  το  δνομα,  την  έπω- 
ννμίαν  έχειν  or  ποιεΐσΟαι  έπι  τίνος, 
Hdt.  1,  94;  2,  57,  etc.,  cf.  άπό  C. 
Vlll. :  έτϊ'  δτεν,  on  what  ground, 
wherefore,  Hdt.  4,  45  :  the  signf  of, 
concerning,  on  a  subject,  with  verbs  of 
speaking,  Lat.  de,  is  rare,  7ίέγειν  έπι 
τίνος,  to  speak  of,  about  one,  Hcind. 
Plat.  Charm.  155  D. — IV.  also  as 
periphr.  for  an  adv.  έπ'  έιδείας,  έπ' 
εξουσίας,  with  full  confidence,  pow- 
er, etc.,  Schaf  Mel.  p.  &3. 

B.  WITH  ΌΑΎ. — I.  of  place,  answer- 
ing both  the  questions  where  and 
whither,  just  as  with  gen.  in  all  the 
signfs. :  so  that  the  poets  use  one  or 
the  other,  metri  grat.  :  but  in  prose 
the  dat.  is  more  freq.  Special  phrases 
from  Hom.  downwds. :  έπ'  έργω,  at 
work,  Lat.  in  opere,  Od.  16,  111,  etc., 
έπι  πάσι,  throughout,  II.  4,  178  ;  έπΙ 
φρεσΐ  θεϊναι,  to  put  in  one's  mind, 
suggest,  11.1,55.  The  dat.  is  also 
esp.  used  where  hostility  is  implied, 
whether  over  against,  opposite,  II.  2, 
472,  or  moving  agaiwst,  attacking,  the 
latter  the  more  freq.,  II.  I,  382,  Od. 
22,  8,  etc.,  and  later :  so  even  in  prose, 
Hdt.,  Xen.,  and  Dem. — II.  of  time, 
in,  on  or  at  which  a  thing  happens, 
έπι  ννκτί.  in  the  nighl,  II.  8,  529,  έττ" 
■ηματι  τώδε,  on  this  very  day,  II.  13, 
234  ;  but',  έπ'  ήματι,  day  by  day,  every- 
day, Od.  2,  284  ;  14,  105  ;  έπϊ  tij  rt- 
λεντί]  τον  βίον,  at  the  end  of  life. — 2. 
after,  upcm  an  event,  έπ'  έξεργασμέ- 
νοις,  Lat.  re  pcracta,  Hdt.  4,  164,  etc. 
— 111.  of  an  accumulation,  addition  of 
things,  one  upon,  another,  έπΙ  τοίσι, 
besides,  Od.  24,  277  ;  ταχνς  εσκε  θέειν 
έπΙ  είδε'ί  τώδε,  over  and  abuvi:  his  beau- 
ty he  was'  fleet  of  foot.  Od.  17,  308, 
cf  II.  9,  639,  etc..  Has.  Th.  153  :  rare 
with  compar.,  as  in,  οϋ  τι  στνγερ•^ 
έπι  γαστέρι  κνντερον  άλλο,  more 
shameless,  above  or  inore  than  the  bel- 
ly, Od.  7,  216  ;  όγχντ}  'επ'  δγχν^,  μή- 
λον έπϊ  μή7.ω,  pear  on  pear,  etc.,  Od. 
7,  120  ;  so,  νεκροί  έπϊ  νεκροίς,  etc. — 
\Υ  .for  an  object  or  purpose,  with  a  view, 
πάϊς  έπϊ  κτεύτεσσι,  for  heir  to  his 
wealth,  II.  9,  482,  cf  5,  154  :  ΙπΙ  όόρ- 
πω,  for  supper,  Od.  18,  44  ;  έπϊ  Πα- 
τρόκ7.φ,  for  Patroclus,  in  his  honour, 
11.  23,  776  :  also  έτΓί  τινι  (ΊΘ7.ενειν,  to 
strucrglc  for  a  prize,  e.  g.  έπϊ  δώρω, 
μισθώ,  II.  10,  304  ;  21,  445;  έπι  κακύ 
άνθρ'ώπον,  for  mischief  to  man,  Hdt. 
1,  6S  ;  έπι  σοφία,  to  get  wisdom,  Xen. 
Symp.  1,  5:  έπϊ  τινί;  wherefore? 
έπϊ  τούτω,  therefore. — 2.  of  depend- 
ence upon  one,  and  consequent  inferi- 
ority, είναι  έπϊ  τινι,  to  be  in  his  hands, 
depend  07i  him,  Lat.  es.se  penes  aliqucm : 
έπ'  ήμιν  έστιν  ψ'δραπυδίσθαι  νμέας, 
'tis  at  our  discretion  to..,  Hdt.  8,  29, 
cf  Stallb.  Plat.  Rep.  460  Α.— V.  of 
the  ground  or  occasion  of  doing  a 
thing,  e.  g.  γε7Αν  'επί  τινι,  to  laugh 
at  one,  II.  2,  270,  Od.  20,  358,  so  έπΙ 


Em 

σοΙ  μά/.α  ττόλ//  ε~αθον,  Ι  have  borne 
much  for  thee,  II.  9,  492,  etc. ;  μέγα 
βρονείν  έττί  rtvi,  to  be  proud  at  or  of 
a  thing,  Plat.  Prot.  343  D  :  κα/.είν  τι 
έ~ί  Tin.  to  give  a  name  nfier  another, 
Stailb.  Plat.  Rep.  470  B.— VI.  of  any 
condition  upon  which  a  thing  hap- 
pens, kni  τοντφ,  εφ  ώτε  or  ΰςτε.., 
conditionally,  that..,  Hdt.  3,  83 :  more 
briefly,  έ0'  φ  or  έφ'  φτε,  Hdt.  1,  2-2, 
etc.;  etr'  ονδενί,  on  no  condition,  Id. 
3.  38.  So  in  various  relations,  as, 
ζην  έττΐ  τταισί,  to  live  wiih,  i.  e.  have 
a  famil}',  ς)ευγειν  έ~ι  τέκνοις,  to  fiee, 
leaving  one's  children,  Herra.  \'ig.  n. 
397 :  i—t  πΰσι  δικαίοις,  with  strict 
justice.  Wolf  Dem.  4'^,  27 :  έτ'  Ίσοις, 
on  reasonable  terms  :  όαγείν  έ~1  .ia- 
?,αντίφ,  ηαιειν  ές>'  ί/.ί  μαζαν,  to  eat 
with  something/or  relish  or  sauce,  Ar. 
Aeh.  835,  Eq.  707,  cf.  Donalds.  N. 
Cratyl.  p.  220. — VII.  sometimes  seem- 
ingly only  as  periphr.  for  the  simple 
dat.,  e.  g.  σημαίνειν  έπΙ  (5//ωρσί=σ;;- 
μαίνειν  δμω^σι,  Od.  22,  427. 

C.  WITH  'acccs. — I.  of  place  :  I. 
with  signf.  of  extending,  stretching 
over,  έττ"  εννέα  κεΐτο  ττέλεθρα,  over 
nine  acres  he  lay  stretched,  Od.  11, 
577 :  ε-Ι  π•ο//.«  ί/.ηβην,  over  many 
lands  I  wandered,  Od.  14,  120 :  so, 
ΰραν,  7.ενσσειν,  ττεράν,  τϊλεΐν  k~i  οί- 
νο—α ντόΐ'τον,  Horn. ;  κ/.έος  ττύντας 
έττ"  ΰνθρώτΓονς,  glory  spread  among 
all  men,  II.  10,  213,  cf.  24,  202,  535, 
Hes.  Op.  11,  Th.  95.— 2.  much  like 
έττί,  c.  gen.,  I.  1.  b,  denoting  motion 
tomards  or  to  a  place,  ττ/.εΐν  έ~'  Αί- 
γν-τον,  etc.,  Hdt. ;  but  c.  ace.  oft.  in 
hostile  sense,  upon,  against,  like  ~ρός, 
c.  ace,  Horn. ;  στρατεύεσθαι  έττί 
TLva...  freq.  in  Hdt.  :  έφ'  δσον,  so  far 
as,  II.  3,  12 ;  also,  so  long  as  :  k-i 
τόσον,  so  far,  Od.  5,  251;  οσσον  τ' 
έ~1  ημισν  τζάσης.  as  far  as  to  half  of 
the  whole  ship,  Od.  13,  114  ;  έττΙ  μα- 
κρόν, Od.  C,  117.  Metaph.,  έτ'  έργα, 
έ-'  ίθύν.  to  labour,  to  an  enterprise, 

11.  3,  422,  Od.  4,  434 ;  έπΙ  -άν  έλϋεΐν, 
to  venture  on  all,  try  every  way : — 
esp.  like  μετά,  c.  ace,  denoting  ex- 
ertion to  gain  or  get  something,  for, 
after,  in  quest  of,  σ~έ?.λειν  έ~'  ύγγε'λί- 
ην,  to  send  for  tidings,  II.  4,  384 ;  έ-£ 
βονν  Ιτο.  let  him  a:o  after  (i.  e.  to 
fetch)  an  os,  Od.  3^,  421,  c£  Valck. 
Hdt.  7,  193  ;  more  rarely  of  persons, 
i—'  Όδνσσηα  ήίε,  Od.  5,  149  : — hence 
■also  to  denote  a  purpose,  end,  or  mo- 
tive,  έπΙ  τι  ;  for  what  ?  wherefore  ? — 

3.  of  rest  upon  or  in  a  place,  in  answer 
\o  the  question  where  ?  prob.  only  in 
such  phrases  as,  έ~1  δεξιά,  έ-'  αρισ- 
τερά, on  the  right  or  left,  11.  7,  238  ; 

12,  240,  etc. :  on  the  difference  of  the 
forms  έ~ί  δεξιά  and  έττιδέξια,  v.  έττι- 
δέξιος.  fin. ;  and  for  έττΐ  τάδε,  v.  sub 
έ-'ιταδε. — 4.  with  cardinal  numbers, 
like  έττί,  e.  gen.,  I.  1.  6,  esp.  of  men 
in  battle  order,  as,  t— '  άσττίδας  ττέν- 
τε  και  ήκοσιν,  five  and  twenty  deep 
or  in  file,  Thuc.  4,  93 ;  so  too,  έ-Ι 
κέρας=κέρως,  Xen.  Rep.  Lac.  11,  9  : 
but  with  numbers  also,  vp  to  a  cer- 
tain number,  i.  e.  nearly,  about,  Hdt. 

4,  190. — II.  of  time, — 1.  for  or  during 
a  certain  time,  έ~ι  χρόνον,  for  a  time, 
n.  2,  299  ;  έτϊΐ  ττο'/'ΐ.ον  χρόνον,  Od. 
12,  407;  so  too,  έττι  δηρύν,  Π.  9,  415. 
— 2.  up  to  or  till  a  certain  time,  έτ' 
ήύ,  Od.  7,  288;  έπϊ  γήρας,  Od.  8. 
226. — III.  in  general  relations,  of 
manner  or  agreement,  as,  έ~ι  στάθ- 
μην,  by  the  line  or  rule,  Lat.  adamus- 
sim,  Od.  5,  245 ;  το  έτ?  έμέ,  for  me, 
i.  e.  as  far  as  concerns  me,  Lat.  quod 
me  special ,  Herm.  Vig.  n.  398. — IV  .  as 
♦'eriphr.  for  adverbs,  έπ'  Ισα  for  Ισως, 


ΕΠΙΒ 
Π.  12,  436 :  much  more  freq.  in  later 
Greek,  έπΙ  τΐο/.ύ,  έ—ι  π'λέον,  έ~1  μάλ- 
λον, etc.,  Jac.  Α.  Ρ.  ρ.  172,  306  :  also, 
έτΓί  το  σωφρονέστερον,  Hdt.  3,  71. 

D.  POSITION.  Έ— ('  may  always 
follow  its  case,  but  is  then  written 
anastroph.  έττι. 

Ε.  έπί  WITHOUT  case  as  adv.,  in 
older  Greek,  esp.  Ep.,  in  the  chief 
signfs.  of  the  prep.,  Horn. :  in  many 
cases  however  it  cannot  be  taken  as 
an  adv.,  and  must  be  regarded  as 
separated  from  the  verb  by  tmesis, 
e.  g.  II.  1,  462  ;  15,  467,  Od.  1,  278  ; 
2  316.  As  adv.  it  is  not  w^ritten  with 
anastr. 

F.  έττί  IN  COMPOS,  denotes  most 
usu. — I.  relations  of  place,  whether 
of  rest  at  a  place,  as  in  έτζειμι,  έ~ι- 
βατεύω,  or  motion  upon  it,  esp.  in  a 
hostile  sense,  έττιχειρέω,  επιστρα- 
τεύω.— II.  sequence  in  time,  as  in 
έπιβιύναι,  έττιβ/.αστάνειν,  to  over- 
live, sprout  after. — III.  increase,  ad- 
dition, as  in  έττίκτητος. — IV.  accom- 
paniment, as  in  έπαυ'λέω. — V.  cause 
or  motive,  as  in  έ-ιζήμιος,  έττιθάνα- 
τος. — VI.  repetition  or  renewal,  as 
in  έήάρχομαι  and  έηέρχομαι. — VII. 
sometimes  a  reciprocal  action,  cf. 
έ -εργασία. — VIII.  with  numeral's,  an 
integer  and  so  much  more,  as  έττίτρι- 
τος,  |,=one  and  a  third,  Lat.  sesqui- 
teriius,  Herm.  Vig.  n.  63. — IX.  aiso, 
like  έτι,  to  strengthen  the  compar., 
as  in  έτΓΐμΰ?.?Μν.  έ-ιπ/.έον,  etc.  Oft. 
it  is  hard  to  render  it  at  all,  at  least 
when  it  merely  expresses  a  closer  re- 
lation between  the  verb  and  its  ob- 
ject. Γ'] 

G.  έπι,  i.  e.  anastroph.  έττί,  freq.  for 
έτίεστι,  it  is  there,  ready,  at  hand,  re- 
maining, WIM.  c.  dat.,  II.  1,  515,  Od. 
11,  367,  etc.,  sometimes  c.  inf,  as, 
άρην  ίμνναι,  Od.  2,  59 :   v.  έττί  D. 

ΈτΓία}')?,  ης,  η,  {εττί,  αγννμι)=έ-ι- 
καμττή,  α  bend. 

Έ~ιά/.?.ομαι,  Ερ.  for  έφά?.?.ομαι, 
of  which  Hom.  has  part.  aor.  2  syn- 
cop.  έ77ΐά7.μενοςίοτ  έφα7.όμενος,  II.  7, 
15,  Od.  21,  320. 

Έ— Γάλ/,ω,  f.  -ολώ,  aor.  -ίη?.α,  {επί, 
ί'άλλ,ω)  to  send  upon  or  at,  stir  up  one, 
Lat.  immittere,  Od.  22,  49.  [In  aor. 
έτ<7;?.α.] 

Ύ,πιάλτης,  ου,  ό,^έφιά7.της,  Aeol. 

^Έ,τζιανδάνω,  poet,  for  έφανδ.,  to 
please,  gratify,  Hom.  only  in  3  pers., 
έτΓίανδάνει  έμοί,  Π.  7,  407 ;  έπιηνδα- 
νεν  αντοΐς,  Od.  16,  406. 

Ύ,πιάτντω,  ν.  έόιά~Τ(ύ. 

ΈττΓα-ΰω,  {επί,  lavu)  to  sleep  among, 
c.  dat.,  V.  1.  for  έηανω.  Od.  15,  557. 

ΈτΓΐάχο],  {έττί,  Ιάχω)  to  shout  to  or 
at,  to  applaud,  cheer, 11.  7,  403  ;  9,  50  : 
also  merely  to  shout  out,  cry  aloud. = 
simpl.,  II.  5,  860,  etc.  [ΐΰ.  except  by 
augm.  i.] 

'E-(i(x,  imperat.  aor.  2  of  επιβαί- 
νω, for  έπίβηθι,  Theogn.  845. 

'Έ,—ιβάθρα,  ας,  ή,  (επί,  βάθρα)  α 
ladder  or  steps  to  ascend  by :  a  scaling 
ladder,  Diod.  :  a  ship's  ladder,  gang- 
way, etc.,  Id.,  cf.  Spanh.  Call.  Del. 
22 :  hence — 2.  metaph.  a  step,  step- 
ping-stone towards  any  thing.  Polvb. ; 
τινός  or  κατά  τίνος,  Plut. :  hence 

^Επιβαθραίνω,  to  climb  by  an  ίπι- 
βάβρη^  Clem.  Al. 

'ΕπίβαΘρον,  ov,  τό,  the  fare  of  an 
επιβάτης,  passenger's  fare,  Lat.  nau- 
lum,  Od.'lS.  449,  cf.  Spanh.  Call.  Del. 
22  :  in  Plut.  in  genl.  rent,  payment  for 
any  thing. — II.  τα  έπίβαθρα,  siib. 
ιερά,  sacrifices  at  embarkation,  Ap.  Rh. 
— 111.  a  standing  or  resting-place,  έπ. 
ορνίθων,  a  roost,  perch,  Anthr» 


ΕΠΙΒ 

'Έ,πιβαίνω.  fut.  -βήσομαι  :  pf.  •3έ• 
βηκα :  aor.  έπέβην  :  aor.  mid.  έπε 
βησάμην,  (for  which  however  Hom. 
has  always  the  Ion.  form  έπεβήσετο, 
miperat.  έπιβήσεο)  {επί,  βαίνω) — Α. 
intrans.  to  go  upon : — I.  c.  gen.  to  set 
foot  on,  tread,  γης,  ηπείρου,  Hom.  : 
hence  to  remain,  lie  upon,  e.  g.  πυρής, 
of  a  corpse,  11.  4,  99.  More  freq. — 2. 
to  go  up  to  or  -upon,  mount,  get  upon, 
πύργων,  νεών.  Ίππων,  δίφρου,  εννής, 
Hom.,  esp.  in  aor.  mid. :  to  arrive  at, 
come  to,  reach  a  place,  c.  gen.,  πό'ληος, 
II.  16.396,  cf.  Od.4,521,  etc.— 3.  also 
in  various  metaph.  signfs.,  έττ*  άναιδ- 
είης,  ενόροσννης  έπιβήναι,  to  arrive 
at,  reach  unto..,  Od.  22.  424;  23,  52: 
so  έπ.  τέχνης,  άοιδής,  Η.  Hom.  Merc. 
465,  Hes.  Op.  657  ;  έ— .  ενσεβίας.  to 
keep  to,  observe  it,  Soph.  O.  C.  189  ; 
hence  to  set  to  work  upon,  undertake  a 
thmg,  Ruhnk.  H.  Hom.  Cer.  211.— II. 
c.  dat.  to  mount  upon,  get  upon,  νανσί, 
Thuc. :  also  έ— ί  νεώς,  or  νέα,  Hdt.  7, 
118,  120: — hence  metaph.,  έπ.  άνορ- 
έαις,  Pind.  Χ.  3,  34. — 2.  c.  dat.  pers. 
to  set  ttpon,  attack,  assault,  τινί,  Xen. 
Cyr.  5,  2,26,  cf.  inf.  1IL2.— HI.  c.  ace. 
only  twice  in  Hom.,  viz.,  II.  14,  226, 
Od.  5,  50,  ΐΐιερίην  έπιβάς,  έπιβΰσα, 
either  touards.  into,  Pieria,  or  across, 
through  it,  cf.  Pmd.  N.  1,  27,  Hdt.  7, 
50,  Soph.  Aj.  141. — 2.  rarely  c.  ace., 
to  attack,  like  επέρχομαι,  and  onh' 
poet.,  as  Soph.  Aj.  137.  El.  492;  so 
too,"  έπ.  προς  τίνα,  Phil.  194. — 3.  c. 
ace.  cognato,  έπ.  ίππυν,  to  mount  a 
horse,  also  έπι  Ιππον,  Hdt.  4, 22  ;  and 
absol.,  έπιβεβηκώς,  mounted,  Hdt.  3, 
84  :  but  έτΓ.  ΐππον,  of  the  stallion,  to 
cover  a  mare,  and  so,  έ—  έττί  ro  Λ/λν, 
Arist.  Η.  Α. — IV.  absol..  to  step  for- 
icard  or  on,  II.  5.  666,  Od.  12,  434 : 
hence — 2.  to  go  still  further,  advance  in 
one's  demands,  Polyb. — B.  transit,  in 
fut.  and  aor.  1  act.,  to  set  one  upon, 
make  hiin  mo^mt,  τινά  ίππων,  II.  8, 
129  :  hence  to  lay,  place  upon,  πο'κ- 
/.oif  πυρής,  II.  9,  546  :  to  bring  one 
to.  into,  πάτρης,  Od.  7,  223,  and  me- 
taph.,as  in  1.3,  ενκ/.είης,σωόροσύνης, 
to  bring  one  to,  give  him  fame,  etc..  II. 
8,  285,  Od.  23,  13  :  ήώς  πο/.λονς  έπέ- 
βησε  κε/.εύθον,  davi'n  set  them  on 
their  way,  Hes.  Op.  582. 

'Έπιβακχεύω,  (επί,  βακχεύώ)  to 
rush  on  like  a  bacchanal,  Nicostr.  An- 
tyll.  1. 

'Έπιβά?.7Μ,  fut.  -βΰ.7.ώ,  aor.  έπέ- 
βά/.ον,  {έπί,  /3ύ?,?.ω) — I.  trans.,  to 
throw,  cast  upon  a  thing,  τινί  τι,  first 
in  II.  11,  846  (in  tmesis) ;  to  put  on,  τι, 
II.  23.  135  :  έπ.  σόραγΐδα,  to  affix  a 
seal,  Hdt.  3,  128,  έπί  τι,  Ar.  Αν.  559, 
τινί,  lb.  1215. — 2.  to  lay  on,  ίμάσβλην 
τινί,  Od.  6,  320;  so  π/.ηγάς  τινι,  Xeu. 
Rep.  L.ac.  2,  8 ;  χε'ιρα,  .\r.  Nub.  933  : 
hence  in  prose,  to  lay  on  as  a  tax, 
tribute,  τινί  τι,  Hdt.  1,  106;  2,  )80; 
as  a  fine  or  penalty,  ζημίην,  φν^ήν  έπ. 
τινί,  Hdt.  6.  92  ;  7,  3  ;  cf.  επιβολή : 
— and  then  in  Trag.,  θνητοΐς  έπ.,  κα- 
κά, Ζ.νπην,  etc. — 3.  to  add,  τι.  Find. 
P.  11,  22. — 4  to  add  tn,  increase,  τι. 
Plat.  Crat.  409  B. — 5.  to  bring  against, 
τινί  ri, Polyb. — II.  seemingly  intr.ans., 
έπιβύ/.λειντινί,  sub.  εαυτόν,  to  throw 
one's  self  upon,  go  straight  towards,  c. 
occ,  ή  δε  Φεας επέβαλλε,  Od.  15. 297 : 
later  c.  dat.  loci,  Polyb.,  εις  τόπον. 
Id.,  like  επέχω  III. — 2.  sub.  έαντόν, 
to  fall  upon  or  against,  τινί.  Plat. 
Phaedr.  248  A  :  esp.  in  hostile  signf. 
to  set  upon,  attack,  Lat.  irrurre,  Diod. — 
3.  sub.  vovv,  to  set  upon  a  thing,yb/Mit• 
it  up,  devote  one's  self  to  it.  c.  dat..  rotr 
κοινοΐς  πράγμασιν  έπ.,  Lat.  capes.irre 
rempublicam,  Plut.  :  in  genl.  to  η  ire 
499 


ΕΠΙΒ 

one's  attention  Ιο.  think  on,  Lat.  animum 
advatere,  N.  T.,  cf.  ειτέχω  III.  2. — 4. 
to  fall,  light  upon,  as  by  accident:  and 
of  events,  in  happen,  occur,  Arist.  Pol. 
2,  6. — 5.  to  follow,  come  next,  Polyh. — 
6.  impels.,  ίπιβύλ/.ει  μοι,  Polyb., 
and  εττιβύΆ7.εί  μοί  τι,  it  fulls  to  me, 
comes  to  my  share,  Hdl.  7,  23  ;  hence, 
TO  ίτίφά'λ'λον,  (sc.  μέρος)  one's  prop- 
er portion,  Id.  4, 115:  &\•60, επιβάλλει 
μοι,  it  belongs  to,  concerns,  befits  me, 
Arisl.  Pol. :  sometimes  also  c.  ace.  et 
inf.,  lldt.  2,  180,  Theopn.  35C,  very 
rarely  c.  gen.,  Sch.if.  Schol.  Ap.  Kh. 
p.  219:  also  absol.,  ίπιβάλλει,  it  is 
right,  meet,  fitting. — 13.  mid. — I.  to  throw 
one's  self  upon  a  thing,  seize,  grasp  at, 
struggle  for  it,  c.  gen.,  ίνάρων,  11.  6, 
G8,  hence  in  genl.  to  grasp  at,  be  eager 
for,  τινός. — 2.  metaph.  to  give  one's 
self  u'holly  to  a  thing,  derate  one's  self 
to  it,  (as  supr.  11.  3),  Sapph.  71,  and 
Polyb  ;  also  c.  ace.,  to  undertake, 
Plat.  Tim.  48  C  ;  and  c.  inf.,  to  design, 
purpose  to  do,  ap.  Dem.  282,  14  and 
27. — II.  to  throw,  put  upon  one's  self, 
put  on,  of  clothes,  c.  ace,  Od.  14,  209, 
111  tmesis  :  and  hence  metaph.  to  take 
■upon  one's  self,  assume,  or  submit  to, 
6.  g.  ανΰαίρετον  όονλείαν,  Thuc.  6, 
40. — C.  in  pass.,  to  lie  upon,  be  put 
upon,  έπφεβλίί/μένοι  τοξύται,  archers 
ivith  their  arrows  on  the  string,  Xen.  An. 
4,  3,  28  ;  5,  2,  12. 

Έπίβΰλος,  ov,  ό,  the  heel,  Hesych. 

Έττιβαπτίζω,  (iwi,  βαπτίζω)  to  dip, 
drench  over  again,  Joseph. 

'Έ,πίβαπτος,  ov,  steeped  in,  τινί, 
Theophr. ;  from 

Έπιβάπτο),  f.  -Φω,  {ίπί,  βάπτω)  to 
dip  into,  τι  είςτι,  Hipp. 

'Έιπιβϊφέω,  ώ,  {επί,  βαρέω)  to  bur- 
den, to  weigh  down,  to  oppress,  Dion. 
H.  4,  9 ;  8,  73.    Henco 

'Έιπιβύρ7]σις,  εως,  ή,  a  burden,  lb. 

'Έ•πιβΰρννω,  {επί,  βαρύνω)  to  lay 
a  burden  on,  LXX  :  pass,  to  be  burden- 
some. 

Έπίβαρνς.  εια,  ν,  (έπί,  βαρύς)  op- 
pressive, ευωδιά,  Theophr. 

'Έ,πιβΰσία,  ας,  ?}.=  sq.  2,  and  so= 
δίκη,  Hyperid.  ap.  Poll.  2,  200. 

'Έ•πίβϋ.σις,  εως,  ή,  (επιβαίνω)  α 
stepping  upon  or  upwards,  ascent,  ap- 
proach, Polyb. — 2.  metaph.  a  step  or 
approach  towards  a  thing.  Plat.  liep. 
511  B:  εΙς  τίνα  ποιείσθαι  επ.,  to 
Jnake  a  handle  against,  a  7neans  of  at- 
tacking one,  Hdt.  6,  Gl,  cf.  επιβατενω. 
— II.  of  the  male,  a  covering,  Lat.  coi- 
tus. Pint. 

'Έπιβάσκω,  poet,  for  επιβαίνω,  in 
irans.  signf  c.  gen.,  only  in  II.  2, 234, 
κακών  επιβασίίέμεν  νιας  'Αχαιών,  Ιο 
lead  them  into  misery,  cf.  επιβαίνω  II. 

Έπιβαστύζω,  f.  -σω,  {έπί,  βαστά- 
ζω) to  bear,  weigh  in  the  hand,  Eur. 
Cycl.  379. 

Έπιβάτεύω,  {έπί,  βατεύω)  intr.  to 
take  one's  stand  upon,  occupy,  c.  gen., 
τοϋ  Σμέρδιος  οΰνύματος  έπιβατενων, 
■usurping  it,  Hdt.  3,  G3,  67  ;  so  too, 
έπ.  Συρίας,  to  occupjy  Syria,  Plut. — ' 

II.  esp.  to  be  an  επιβάτης,  passenger  οτ 
soldier  on  board  ship,  έπ.  έπΙ  νεώι•, 
Hdt.  7,  96,  184 :  c.  dat.,  Ar.  Ran.  48 
with  an  obscene  allusion,  cf  HI.  2. — 

III.  to  mount,  get  upon,  c.  gen.,  Plut. — 
2.  of  male  animals,  to  cover,  Lat.  inire  : 
cf.  επιβαίνω  A.  III.  3. 

'Έπιβάτήριος,  ov,fit  for  mounting, 
climbing,  μηχανή,  Joseph. ;  or  for  en- 
tering a  place,  λώγος,  Rhet.  :  τά  έπι- 
βατήρια,  sub.  ιερά,  sacrifices  on  en- 
trance, or  embarkation,  cf  διαβατήρια. 
From 

'Επιβάτης,  ου,  ό,  {επιβαίνω)  one 
who  mounts,  e7nbarks,  etc. — 1.  esp.  ol 
500 


ΕΠΙΒ 

έπιβάται,  the  soldiers  on  board  a  ship, 
the  fighting  men,  as  opp.  to  the  rowers 
and  seamen,  {νανται),  Lat.  classiarii 
milites,  and  something  like  our  ina- 
riius,  Hilt.  G,  12,  etc. :  on  the  number 
cf.  Arnold  Thuc.  3,95.-2.  the  fighting 
j/iiiii  in  a  chariot,  Plat.  Crili.  119  B. 
— 3.  a  rider,  Arist.  Elh.  N. — 4.  a  stal- 
lion, [u]     Hence 

Επιβατικός,  f/,  ov,  of,  belonging  to 
an  επιβάτης :  το  έπ.,  the  comple?ncnt 
of  έπιβάται  on  board  sliip,  Anst.  Pol. 
Adv.  -κώς. 

Έπιβύτός,  ή,  όν,  {επιβαίνω)  that 
can  be  climbed,  accessible,  Hdt.  4,  G2 : 
melaph.,  χρνσίω,  accessible  to  a  bribe, 
Plut. 

Έπίβδύ,  ας,  ή,  the  day  after  a  festi- 
val, esp.  a  bridal,  Lat.  repolia:  at 
Athens  esp.  the  day  after,  or  rather  the 
foxirth  day  of,  the  Apaturia, — 2.  new- 
year's-day,  Aristid.,  v.  Ruhnk.  Tim. 
Proverb.,  έρπεινπρος  τραχείαν  έπίβ- 
όαν,  to  come  to  a  hard  reckoning  (on 
the  day  after  the  feast),  Pind.  P.  4, 
249  :  cf  Cratin.  Incert.  51.  (In  plur. 
also  written  έπιβάδαι,  which  estab- 
lishes the  deriv.  from  έπί,  and  βαίνω, 
not  from  δαίς.) 

'¥-.πιβδάλλω,  {έπί,  βδάλ?^ω)  to  milk 
afterwards. 

'Έ,πιΐ^εβαιόω,  ώ,  {έπί,  βεβαιόω)  to 
add  proof,  Theophr. :  to  ratify,  νομοί', 
Plut. 

^'Έ,πιβείομεν,  Ep.  1  plur.  2  aor. 
subj.  for  έπιβώμεν  of  επιβαίνω,  Od. 
6,  262. 

'Έ,πιβήμεναι,  Ep.  for  έπιβήραι,  inf. 
aor.  2  υί  επιβαίνω,  Horn. 

Έπιβήτωρ,  ορός,  ό,  {επιβαίνω)  one 
ivho  mounts,  έπ.  Ίππων,  a  mounted 
horseman,  Od.  18,  263 :  later  esp.,  'επ. 
νεών,=  έπιβάται,  Aiith. — II.  of  male 
animals,  e.  g.  a  boar,  συών  έπιβ-ήτωρ, 
Od.  11,  131. — III.  one  who  has  reached, 
is  conversant  with,  τινός,  Maneth 

Επιβιβάζω,  f.  -σω,  {έπί,  βιβάζω) 
to  put  one  ujwn,  έπι  vavv,  Thuc.  4,  31. 

Έπιβιβάσιiω,—ίoreg.,  Arist.  H.  A. 

Έπιβιβρώσκω,  fut.  -βρώσω,  {έπί, 
βιι^ρώσκω)  to  eat  besides  or  with  a 
thing.  Call.  Jov.  49,  in  tmesis. 

Έπίβΐος,  ov,  {επί,  βίος)  surviving, 
Isae.  ap.  Poll.  3,  108. 

Έπιβΐόω,  ώ,ί.  -ώσομαι,  (έπί,  βιύω) 
ίο  survive,  Dem.  1033,  15  :  in  Thuc.  we 
have  an  irieg.  3  iinpf.  έπεβίω,  as  if 
from  έπιβίωμι,  2,  65  ;  5,  2G. 

'Επιβλαβής,  ες,  {έπί,  β'λάβη)  hurt- 
ful, Clem.  ΑΙ.     Adv.  -βθ}ς. 

Έπιβλαστύνω,  f.  -στήσω,  { έπί, 
βλαστάνω)  to  grow  or  sprout  on,  τινί. 
— II.  to  grow  in  addition,  Theophr. 
Hence 

Έπιβλάστησις,  εο)ς,  ή,  an  additional 
grou'th,  Theophr. 

Έπιβ?ΜσΓΐΛΟς,  ή,  όν,  {έπιβ?ιαστά- 
νω)  apt.  able  to  shoot  out  or  grow  afresh, 
Theophr.     Adv.  -κώς. 

Έπιβλαςφημέω,  ώ,  {έπί,  βλαςφη 
μέω)  to  heap  reproaches  upon,  Joseph. 

Έπιβλε-τέον,  verb.  adj.  from  sq., 
one  must  look  at  a  thing,  Arist.  Org. 

'Επιβλέπω,  fut.  -ιΐιομαι,  later  -χ1>ω, 
{έπί,  βλέπω)  to  look  upon,  εις...  Plat. 
Phaedr.  63  A  ;  έπί..,  Arist.  Eth.  N.  ; 
Ti,  Plat.  Legg.  811  D  ;  τινί,  Luc— 
2.  esp.  to  eye  with  envy,  Lat.  in-videre, 
τύχαις.  Soph.  O.  T.  1526,  like  έποό- 
θα/.μιάω. 

Έπιβλεφάρίδιος,  ov,  on  or  of  the 
eyelashes  :  from 

Έπιβλεφάρίς,  ίδος,  ή,  {έπί,  βλεφ- 
αρίς)  an  eye-lash. 

Έττί/ίλεψίΓ,  εως,  ■ή,  {επιβλέπω)  α 
looking  at  or  on,  examination,  Arist. 
Org. 

Έπιβλήδην,  adv.,  {επιβάλλω)  by 


ΕΠΙΒ 

throwing   or   laying   on,    urgently.   Αρ. 
Rh. 

Έπίβλημα,  ατός,  τό,  {έπιβά?./.ω) 
that  which  is  thrown  on  or  over,  a  gar 
mtnt,  cloak,  Bockh.  Inscr.  1,  p.  246  : 
a  cover,  ISicostr.  Κλίν.  1. — 2.  that 
which  is  added,  a  superfluity,  ornament, 
esp.  tapestry,  hangings,  Plut. — 3.  a 
piece,  a  patch,  to  be  sewed  on,  N.  T. 

Έπιβ?ιής,  -ΐ/τος,  ό,  {επιβάλλω)  a 
bolt  or  bar  fixed  in  or  on  a  door,  II.  24, 
453. — II.  as  aelj.^sq. 

Έπίβλητος,  ov,  {επιβάλλω)  put, 
set  upon :  added. 

Έπιβλνζω,  (έπί,  βλύζω)  to  well  or 
gush  forth,  Leon.  Al.  :   hence 

Έπιβλνξ,  adv.,  abundantly,  redund- 
antly, Pherecr.  Pcrs.  1,  4. 

'Επιβλνω,=  έπιβλνζω.  Αρ.  Rh. 

Έπιβοάω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (έπί,  βούω) 
to  call  upon  or  to,  cry  out  to,  rivt,  Thuc. 
5,  65  ;  έπιβ.  τινί,  c.  inf.,  to  call  on  one 
to  do...  Id.  4,  20. — 2.  to  utter  or  sing 
aloud,  τινί  τι,  e.  g.  μέλος  χέρνιβί  έπι• 
βοΰν,  Ar.  Αν.  898. — 3.  to  utter  aloud, 
shriek  out  besides,  to  Μνσιον,  Aesch. 
Pers.  1054. — 4.  to  cry  out  against,  cf. 
έπιβύητος. — Β.  mid.,  fut.  -βυήβομαι. 
Ion.  -βώσομαι  (also  in  Horn.),  to  in- 
voke, call  vpon,  θεούς,  11.  10,  463,  Od. 
1,  378,  and  so  in  Att.  : — to  call  to  aid, 
τινά,  Hdt.  1,  87  :  also  to  raise  the  war- 
cry.  Id.  5,  1. 

Έπιβοή,  -ης,  ή,=  έπιβόησις,  Diog. 
L. 

'Επιβοήθεια,  ας,  ή,  a  helping,  com- 
ing to  aid,  succour,  Thuc.  3,  51,  and 
Xen.  :  from 

Έπιβοηθέω,  ώ.  Ion.  -βωθέω,  {έπί, 
βοηθέω)  to  come  to  aid,  succour,  τινί, 
Hdt.  3,  146  ;  7,  207. 

Έπιβόι/μα,  ατός,  τό,  (έπιβοάω)  α 
call,  shout  to  one,  Thuc.  5.  65. 

Έπιβύησις,  εως,  ή,  (έπιβοάω)  a 
calling,  shouting  to,  or  besides,  Dion.  H. 

Έπιβόητος,  ov,  {  έπιβοάω )  cried 
out  against,  til  spoken  of,  περί  τίνος, 
Thuc.  6, 16  :  έπ.  άνθρώποις,  Aeschr. 
ap.  Alh.  335  C,  in  Ion.  contr.  form 
έπίβωτος,  cf.  Anacr.  59. 

Έπιβόθριος,  ov,  (έπί,  βόθρος)  in  or 
at  the  trench,  Aristid. 

Έπιβόλαιον,  ov,  τό,  a  covering, 
wrapper,  garment,  LXX. 

'Επιβο/ί,ή,  ι'/ς,  ή,  ( επιβάλλω )  a 
throwing  or  putting  on,  esp.  Ιματίων, 
Thuc.  2,  49;  χειρών  σιδηρών.  Id.  7, 
62: — έπίβο7.αΙ  π'/ίνβων,  layers  or 
courses  of  bricks,  Thuc.  3,  20. — II.  an 
imprcssioii,  e.  g.  of  a  seal.— 2.  an  inflic- 
tion, imposition,  penalty,  Ar.  Vesp.  769, 
έπιβολήν  έπιβύ'/'λειν,  Lys.  159,  12, 
etc.,  cf.  Ruhnk.  Tim.,  and  Diet.  An- 
tiqq.  : — in  genl.  an  i7npost,  public  bur- 
den, Plut.,  V.  επιβάλλω  I.  2.— III.  a 
setting  upon  a  thing,  attempt,  underta- 
king, purpose,  v.  1.  Thuc.  3,  45,  τινός, 
Polyb. :  esp.  a  hostile  attempt,  attack, 
assault,  Thuc.  I,  93. — 2.  also  a  thing 
put  on  for  defence,  like  προβολή,  The- 
ophr-— IV.  a  fixing  the  attention  on  a 
thing,  attention ;  cf  επιβάλλω  U.  3. — 
V.  an  addition,  accumulation  of  similar 
tvords. 

Έπίβο7Μς,  ον,^=έπήβο?.ος,  q.  v. 
Adv.  -λως. 

Έπιβομβέω,  ώ,  (έπί,  βομβέω)  to 
roar  in  answer  to  or  after,  τινί,  Luc. 

Έπιβύσκι/σις,  εως,  ή.  a  feeding  upon 
a  thing,  Theophr.  ;  and 

Έπιβοσκίς,  ίδος,  ή,  of  insects, = 
προβοσκίς,  Arist.  Η.  Α. :  from 

'Επιβόσκω,  f.  -βοσκήσω,  (έπί,  βό- 
σκω) to  feed  cattle  upon  :  in  pass.,  to  be 
eaten,  Lat.  depasci,  Theophr.  Mid.  to 
graze:  in  genl.  to  feed  upon,  τεντλοις, 
Batr.  54  :  to  consume,  τι,  Call. 

Έπιβουκό/.ος,  ov,  δ,^=βονκόλος,  a 


ΕΠΙΒ 

cowherd,  Od.  3,  422,  etc.,  always  in 
pleon.  phrase,  βοών  έπιβονκόλος 
άνήρ. 

^Επίβούλενμα,  ατός,  τό,  {ίπφον- 
λενο))  α  plot,  attempt,  scheme,  Thuc.  3, 
45,  etc. 

Έπι3ονλενσις,  εως,  ή,  aplnt,  treach- 
ery. Plat.  Legg.  872  D. :  and 

'Έ,πφονλευτής,  ov,  b,  a  plotter,  τι- 
νός, against  one,  Soph.  Aj.  726  :  and 
'Έ,τηβουλεντός,  ή,  όν,  treacherous, 
dub.  in  Luc. :  from 

Έπιβύνλεύω,  {επί,  βονλεύοι)  to 
plan,  contrive  against  one,  esp.  to  con- 
trive treacherously ,  plot  against,  c.  dat. 
pers.,  et  ace.  rei,  e.  g.  ίπανάστασίν 
TLVL,  Hdt.  3,  19,  etc.,  also  τι  εΙς  τίνα, 
Wytt.  ad  Jul.  185 ;  c.  dat.  pers.  only, 
to  plot  against  one,  lay  snares  for  him, 
Aesch. :  c.  ace.  rei  only,  to  plan,  plot, 
Hdt.  3,  122,  Thuc.  etc. :  also  c.  dat. 
rei,  έπιβουλενειν  ΤΓρ?}γμασι  μεγάλοι- 
σι,  to  aim  at  something  great,  Hdt.  3, 
122:  c.  inf.  praes.  vel  int.,  to  fonn 
plans,  design  to..,  Hdt.  1,  24;  6,  137  ; 
c.  inf.  aor.,  Lys.  130,  38,  etc. ;  also, 
έτΓ.  δπως..,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  4,  13.  Pass. 
επίβου7^εΰομαι,  to  have  snares  laid  for 
one,  Thuc, etc. 

Έτηβουλή,  ης,  τ/,{επί,  βονλή)α  plan 
against  another,  α  plot,  Hdt.  1,  12, 
Thuc.  4,  76,  86  ;  against  one,  προς 
TLva,  Xen.  An.l,  1,8:  έξ επίβουλης, 
by  treachery,  treacherously,  Thuc.  8, 
92,  etc.,  5θμετ'  έπιβον?ιής.  Plat.  Legg. 
867  A. 

'Έ.πιβουλία,  ας,  ή,=  ίπίβονλή, 
Pind.  Ν.  4,  60. 

'Επίβουλος,  ον,  {'επίβουλεύω)  plot- 
ting, treacherous,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  6,  27, 
and  Plat.  ;  tlv'l,  against  one,  Plat. 
Symp.  203  E.    Adv.  -λως,  Dion.  H. 

'Έ,πίβρΰδύνω,  {επί,  βραδύνω)  to 
tarry,  loiter  at  a  place,  Luc. 

^'Επιβραχεΐν,  inf.  aor.  2.  from  sup- 
posed pres.  έπίβράχω,  to  echo,  resound, 
Ap.  Rh. 

Έπίβρϋχν,  adv.  for  επΙ  βραχύ,  for 
a  short  while. 

^Έπίβρεγμα,  ατός,  τό,  (επιβρέχω) 
a  wet  application,  lotion,  etc.,  Ath. 

'Έ,πίβρέμω,  ('επί,  βρέμω)  to  make  to 
roar,  πυρ  επιβρέμει  ϊς  άνΐμοω,  Π.  17, 
739.  Mid.  to  roar,  χείλεσιν,  Ar.  Ran. 
680  :  but  usu. — IL  intr.  to  roar  or  cry 
out  with  or  to,  τι  έπί  tlvl,  Eur.  Bacch. 
151. 

Έπιβρέχω,  f.  -ξω,  {έπί,  βρέχω)  to 
pour  water  on,  to  water,  Theophr. ;  to 
bathe,  Diosc. 

Ύιπιβρίθής,  ες,  falling  heavy  upon, 
awful,  Aesch.  Eum.  965  :  from 

Έπιβρίθω,  f.  -ίσ«,  (έπί,  βρίθω)  to 
be  heavy  upon,  weigh  down,  ΰτ'  έπιβρί- 
ση  Αίός  δμβρος,  when  the  shower 
comes  heavily  down,  11.  5,  91  ;  12,  286  : 
in  good  signf.,  όππότε  δη  Αώς  ωραι 
έπιβρίσειαν  νπερθεν,  when  the  sea- 
sons weigh  down  (the  vines),  i.  e,  make 
the  clusters  heavy  and  ripe,  Od.  24, 
344 ;  of  sleep,  Anth.  —  Π.  metaph. 
like  Lat.  incumbere,  to  press  heavily  or 
with  all  one'»  weight.  II.  12,  414.  \_βρΐ\ 
'ΈπιβρΙμάομαι,  (έπί,  βριμύομαι)  as 
pass.,  to  be  angry  at. 

'Έ,πιβρομέω,  ώ,  {έπί,  βρομέω)  to 
roar,  make  a  noise  upon  or  over,  of  the 
sea  and  of  birds,  Ap.  Rh. ;  of  lions, 
Opp.  Pass.,  έπιβρομέονται  άκοναί, 
to  ring  with  the  noise,  Ap.  Rh. 

'Έ.πίβροντάω,ώ,ί--7'ίσω,  (έπί,  βρον- 
tOm)  to  thuruler  thereupon,  Plut,  Hence 
Έπίβρύντητος,  ov,=  εμβρόντητος, 
astonied.  Soph.  Aj.  1386. 

Έπίβροχή,  ής,  η,  (έπιβρέχω)  a  wet- 
ting, bathing. 

Έ,πιβρύκω,  f.  -ξω,  (έπί,  βρνκω)  to 
snap  at  another,  Archipp,  Plut.  2. : — 


ΕΠΙΓ 

έπ.  οδόντας,  to  gnash  the  teeth,  Anth. 

[ϋ] 
'E7ri/?pi;^:uo^ai,=sq.,  Aristid. 
Έπιβρνω,  f.  -νσω,  {έπί,  βρύω)  to 
burst  forth  or  over,  as  water:  of  flow- 
ers, to  sprout,  burst  forth,  Theocr.  22, 
43  :  έπιβρ.  σκώ?^ηξι,  Alciphr.  [ϋ] 

Έπιβρωμύομαι,  (έπί,  βρωμύομαι) 
dep..  to  bray  at :  to  be  furious  at,  τινί. 
Call  Del.  56. 

Έπιβϋθίζω,  {έπί,  βυθίζω)  to  dip  in 
water. 

Έπιβύστρα,  ας,  ή,  any  stopper,  stop- 
page, ωτων,\Μ0.  :  from 

Έ.πφύω,  f.  -νσω,  {έπί,  βύω)  to  stop 
up,  TO  στόμα,  Cratin.  Pyt.  7,  Ar.  Plut. 
379.     [ΐ  in  aor.] 

Έπιβωθέω,  Ion.  for  έπφοηθέω, 
Hdt. 

Έπφώμιος,  ov,  {έπί,  βωμός)  on  or 
at  the  altar,  Aesch.  Fr.  l9,  Eur.,  etc. : 
as  subst.  Tu  έπιβώμια,  ]ike  ιερά,  sac- 
rifices, victims,  Theocr.  16,  26. 

Έπίβωμιοστάτέω,  ώ,  as  if  from 
subst.  έπιβωμιοστάτης,  to  stand  sup- 
pliant at  the  altar,  Eur.   Heracl.  44. 

Έπίβωμιτης,  ου,  ό,  {έπφώμως) 
one  who-  attends  the  altar,  Joseph,  [i] 

Έπίβώσομαι,  Ion.  fut.  from  έπιβο- 
άω,  for  έπιβοήσομαί,  Horn. 

Έπίβωστρέω,  Ion.  and  Dor.  for 
έποίοάω,  to  shout  to,  call  upon,  τινά, 
Theocr.  12,  35. 
'Έπίβωτος,  ov.  Ion.  for  έπιβόητος. 
Έπιβώτωρ,  ορός,  δ,=βώτωρ,  βώ- 
της,  α  herd,  shepherd,  μή?ίων,  Od.  13, 
222,  cf.  βουκόλος,  έπιβουκόλος. 

Έπίγαως,  ον,  {έπί,  γη,  γαία)  upon 

the  earth,  τα  έπίγαια,  the  parts  on  or 

near  the  ground,  Hdt.  2,  125.     Hence 

'Έ,πιγαίόω,  ώ,   to  make  earth  of,  to 

make  into  land,  θάλαησαν. 

Έπιγαμβρεία,  ας,  η,  affinity,  con- 
nexion by  marriage :  from 

Έπιγαμβρενω,  {έπί,  γαμβρεύω)  to 
make  one  a  connexion  by  marriage,  έπ. 
γυναίκα,  to  take  to  wife  Ν .  Τ. — II. 
intr.  to  be  connected,  intermarry  with, 
λαοΐς,  LXX. 
Έπιγαμβρία,  ας,  ή,=^ έπιγαμβρεία. 
'Έπιγάμέω,  ώ,  f.  -έσω,  fut.  att.  -γα- 
μώ, {έπί,  γαμέω)  to  marry  besides,  έπ. 
πόσεί  πόσιν,  to  wed  one  husband  after 
another,  Eur.  Or.  589  ;  έπ.  τΐ/ν μητέ- 
ρα Ty  θυγατερί,  to  marry  the  mother 
after'  the  daughter,  Andoc.  16,  46; 
έπ.  τέκνοις  μητρυιάν,  to  marry  and 
set  a  stepmother  over  one's  children, 
Eur.  Ale.  305.    Hence 

'Έπιγΰμήλιος,  ov,  nuptial,  late. 
'Έπιγΰμία,  ας,  ή,  {έπί,  γάμος)  an 
additional  marriage,  Ath.  :  but  usu. — 
II.  intermarriage,  hence  esp.  like  Lat. 
connubium^jus  connuhii,  right  of  inter- 
marriage, between  states,  έπιγαμίας 
ποίεϊσθαι,  Hdt.  2,  147,  Dem.,  etc.,cf. 
έπεργασία.  Wolf  Dem.  475, 10:  also, 
a  marrying  out  of  one  family  etc.  irito 
another. 

Έπίγαμος,  ov,  {έπί,  γάμος)  mar- 
riageable, Hdt.  1,  196. 

Έπιγάνόω,  ώ,  {έπί,  γανόω)  to  make 
shine,  make  handsome,  varnish  over,  gar- 
nish, Alex.  Pon.  1. 

Έπιγύνϋμί ,=foreg. — Π.  mid.  έπι- 
γάννμαι,  to  exult  in,  rivi.  [a] 

Έπιγάστριος,  ov,  (έπί,  γαστήρ)  of, 
belonging  to  the  stomach  :  to  έπ.,  the 
region  of  the  stomach,  from  the  breast 
to  the  navel,  all  below  being  the  νπο- 
γύστριον,  Aretae.  —  II.  metaph.  de- 
voted to  the  belly,  Lat.  ventri  deditus, 
3ίος,  Clem.  Al. 

'Επιγαυρόω,  ώ,  {έπί,  γανρήω)  to 

elate,  make  to  rejoice,  Plut.    Pass,  to  be 

proud  of,  rejoice  in,  τινί,  Xen.  Cyr.  2, 

4,  30. 

Έπιγδονπέω,  Ep.  for  έπιδουπέω. 


ΕΠΙΓ 

hence  in  tmesis,  έπΙ  δ'  έγδονπησαν 
Άθιιναίη  τε  και  "Ήρη,  Ι1•  11?  45. 

ΙΈπίγεια,  ων,  τύ,^άπόγεια,  ν.  sub 
απόγειος. 

^Επιγείζω,  {επίγειος)  to  be  on  or  of 
the  earth,  Herm.  ap.  Stob.  Eel.  1,  1074. 

Έπιγείνυμαι,^^έπιγίγνομαι,\'Λ.Ι\. 
10,  71. 

Έπιγειόκανλος,  ov,  {επίγειος,  καυ- 
λός) with  a  stalk  creeping  along  the 
ground,  Theophr. 

'Επίγειος,  ov,  {έπί,  γέα,  γη)  on  or 
of  the  earth,  ζίοα.  Plat.  Rep.  546  A  : 
terrestrial,  mortal,  Anth.;  το  έπίγειον, 
a  stern-fast,  extending  from  the  πρΰμ- 
va  to   the   land,  Ar.   Fr.  51,  371,  v. 


απογαΐΌς. 

Έπιγείόφυλ?ίθς,  ov,  {επίγειος,  ψνλ- 
λον)  with  its  leaves  on  the  ground, 
growing  immediately  from  the  root, 
Theophr._^ 

'Έ,πιγελάω,  ώ,  fut.  -άσω  [α],  {έπί, 
γελάω)  to  laugh  at  a  thing,  Xen. :  to 
laugh  to  or  with,  τινί,  Theophr.  Char. 
2,  3 :  to  smile  upon,  be  gracious  to, 
τινί,  Ar.  Thesm.  979 :  oft.  absol.  to 
laugh.  Plat,  and  Xen. :  metaph.,  κνμα 
έπιγε?Μ,  breaks  with  a  plashing  sound, 
Arist.  f'robl.  23,  24  ;  and  so  στόματα 
έπιγελώντα,  of  rivers,  Strab. 

'Έ,πιγεμίζω,  {έπί,  γεμίζω)  to  lay  as 
a  burden,  Tl  έπΙ  όιΐους,  LXX. 

νΈ,πιγεί'εσιουργός,  ό,  ή,  {έπί,  γένε- 
σις,  *  έργω)  creating  in  addition ;  pro- 
ducing, creative,  Clem.  Al. 

Έπιγένημα,  ατός,  τό,  v.  έπιγένν. 
Έπιγενής,  ες,  {έπιγίγνομαι)  grow- 
ing after  or  resulting. 
ΫΈπιγένης,  ους,  ό,  Eptgenes,  son  of 
Antipho,  a  friend  of  Socrates,  Plat. 
Phaed.  59  B,  Xen.,  etc.— 2.  a  poet 
of  the  middle  comedy,  Meineke  1,  p. 
354. — 3.  a  tragic  poet,  lb. — 4.  son  of 
Crito,  a  pupil  of  Socrates,  Diog.  L. 
2,  121.     Others  in  Ar.  Eccl.  932.  etc. 
Έ—ιγεννάω,  ώ,  f.  -ησω,  {έπί,  γεν- 
νάω) to  make  grow  in ;  pass,  to  grow 
after,  Ath.  653  D. 

Έπιγέννημα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which 
grows  upon  a  thing,  Hipp. — II.  that 
which  is  produced  after  a  thing,  a  re- 
sidt,  consequence,  Polyb. :  esp.  a  philos. 
term  of  the  Stoics,  Diog.  L.  7,  86. 
Sometimes  wrongly  written  έπιγέ- 
νημα.    Hence 

'Έ,πιγεννηματικός,  η,  όν,  of  the  na- 
ture of  an  έπιγέννημα,  following,  re- 
sulting.    Adv.  -κώς. 

Έπιγεραίρω,{έπί,  γεραίρω)  to  give 
honour  to,  τινά,  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  6,  11. 

'Έπιγενομαι,  as  mid.,  {έπί,  γενώ) 
to  taste  of,  τινός,  Plut. 

Έπιγεωμόροι,  ων,  o'l,  those  after  the 
γεωμόροι,  ihe  artisans,  A.  B. 

'Επιγηθέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω :  perf.  έπι- 
γέγηθα,  {έπί,  γηθέω)  to  rejoice,  triumph 
over,  τινί,  Aesch.  Pr.  157 :  to  exult 
in,  γάμω,  Opp. 

νΚπιγήθης,  ους,  ό,  Epigethes,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Plut. 

Έπιγηράσκω,  f.  -ράσομαι  [ΰ]  {έπί, 
γηράσκω)  to  grow  old  one  upon  another, 
Julian.,  cf.  Od.  7,  120. 

Έπιγίγνομαι,  Ion.  and  later  έττί- 
γίνομαι  [}  ί],  fut.  έπιγενήσομαι :  aor. 
έπεγενόμην,  {έπί,  γίγνομαι.)  Το  he- 
come  or  be  after  or  besides,  of  time, 
έαρος  έπιγίγνεται  ωρη,  spring  comes 
next,  11.  6,  148  :  to  be  born  after,  Hdt. 
7,  2  ;  hence  o'l  έπιγιγνόμενοι,  pos- 
terity. Id.  9,  85 :  01  έπιγιγνόμενοι 
τούτω,  those  uho  came  after  him,  Id. 
2,  49:  T)j  επιγενόμενοι  ήμερα,  τοϋ 
έπ.  θέρους,  the  following,  the  next..., 
Thuc,  etc. :  but,  χρόνου  έπιγινομέ- 
νον,  after  the  lapse  of  some  time, 
Hdt.  1,  28. — 2.  to  come  upon,  fall  up- 
on, Lat.  supervenire,  of  death,  night, 
501 


ΕΠΙΓ 

storms,  etc.,  c.  dat.,  HcU.  8,  13  ;  but 
also  m  good  sense,  tojidlow,  τινι,  Id. 
7,  157:  ubsol.  If•  come  on.  Id.  3,  65, 
etc.  :  also  to  fall  upon,  attack,  rivc, 
Thuc.  4,  93,  etc.  ;  and  so  of  diseases, 
Hipp. — 3.  to  happen  after,  έττί  TtVL, 
licit.  8,  37  :  in  geul.  to  come  to  pass, 
Plat.  Hop.  574  A  :  i-iyiyvtrai  μοι, 
it  occtirs  to  me,  strikes  me. 

'Έ,-ιγιγνώσκω,  Ion.  and  later  έπι- 
ylvaaiiu,  t'.  έτϊίγνώσυμαι :  aor.  ίπέγ- 
vuv:  pert",  έκέγνωκα  (trri,  γιγνώσκω) 
to  lank  upon  or  at,  witness,  behold,  Tii'a, 
Od.  18,  30,  more  rarely,  τινός.  Find. 
P.  4,  497. — 11.  to  recognise,  know  agaiyi, 
Od.  24,  217 ;  hence  to  find  out,  dis- 
rortr,  detect,  Aesch.  Ag.  1598,  cf. 
Thuc.  1,  132:  to  become  conscious  of', 
come  to  a  sense  o/ one's  deeds,  c.  part., 
ίττέγνω  -ψηνων  θευν,  Soph.  Ant.  ϋϋϋ. 
— 111.  to  come  to  a  judgjnent,  decide,  τι 
ττερί  τίνος,  Thuc.  3, 57. — IV.  to  esteem, 
honour,  τι  fa  τίνος,  for  a  thing. 

Έπ-ιγ/Λσχίχύνω,{έπί,γλίσχραίνω) 
to  make  slippery  or  clammy,  Hipp. 

Έπιγ'λίχομαι,  (εττί,  γλίχομαι)  as 
pass.,  to  be  eager  for  a  thing,  Clem. 
Al.  [γλΐ]  ,    ,        ,        , 

Έτΐίγλϋκαινω,  (έπι,  γλυκαίνω) 
intr.  to  be  sweetish,  Theophr. — 2.  later 
act.,  to  sweeten. 

'Επίγλνκνς,  εια,  ν,  {έττί,  γ?Μκύς) 
somewhat  sweet,  sweetish,  Theophr. 

Έτνιγλύφο),  (επί,  γλύφω)  to  carve 
on  the  surface,  LXX.   [ij 

'Έ,τΓίγ'λωσσάομαι,  Att.,  -ττύομαι,  f 
-7/σομαι,  (έττί,  γλώσσα)  dep.  mid.  to 
throw  out  ill  language,  utter  abuse,  κακά 
έ—.,  Acsch.  Cho.  Γ045 :  to  vent  re- 
proaches against  one,  τι  τιΐ'ος,  Aesch. 
Pr.  928,  περί  τίνος,  Ar.  Lys.  37. 

Έπιγλωσσις,  Att.  -ττίς,  ίδος,  ?/, 
(επί,  γλώσσα)  the  epiglottis,  Arist. 
Η.  A. 

Έπιγναμπτός,  ή,  όν,  curved,  twist- 
ed, Η.  Horn.  Van.  87 :  from 

Έπιγνάμπτω,  f  -φω,  [έπί,  γνάμπ- 
τω)  to  curve,  bend,  crook,  όόρν,  II.  21, 
1'8,  to  turn  round. — II.  metaph.  to  bow 
or  bend  to  one's  purpose,  Ήρη  λισ- 
σομενη  έπέγναμψεν  απαντάς,  11.  2, 
14  ;  so  έπ.  φίλον  κήρ,  to  bend,  curb 
one's  spirit,  11.  1,  569  ;  έπ.  νόον  έσθ- 
?ιών,  to  guide,  win  the  mind  of  the 
good,  11.  9,  514. 

'Έπιγνύπτω,  ί.  -φω,  (έπί,  γνύπτω) 
to  scour,  full  a  dirty  garment:  metaph. 
to  clean  up,  Liic.     Hence 

Έπίγνάφος,  ov,  scoured,  fulled,  of 
clothes,  cf  ύεντερουργός. 

Έπίγνοια,  ας,  y,  Att.  for  έπίνοια. 

Έπιγί'οίιι,  3  opt.  aor.  2  of  έπιγι- 
γνώσκω,  Od. 

Έπιγνώμη,  ης,  ή,^έπίγνωσις. 
νΕπιγνωμοσννη,τ/ς,η,=  έπίγΐ'ωσις, 
LXX. 

Έπιγνώμων,ονος,ό,ή,{έπί.γνώμη) 
judging,  deciding  upon  ;  an  arbiter,  um- 
pire, judge,  0.  gen.  rei.  Plat.  Legg. 
828  B,  etc. ;  έπ.  τιμϊ/ς,  an  appraiser, 
Dem.  978, 11. — II.  ==συγγνώμων,  par- 
doning, TLVL,  Mosch.  4,  70.  —  111.  at 
Athens,  an  overseer  of  the  sacred 
olives,  chosen  from  the  Areopagus. 

Έπιγνωρίζω,  f  -ίσω,  Att.  -Ιώ,  {επί, 
/νωρίζω)  to  make  known,  announce,  sig- 
nify, (ϊλιιβες  είναι  τι,  Xen.  Cyn.  6, 23. 

'Επίγνωσις,  εως,  τ/,  (έπιγιγνώσκω) 
an  examination,  scrutiny,  Polyb. — 2. 
knowledge,  acquaintarpce  with, μουσικής, 
Plut. — II.  an  acknowledgment,  τινός, 
of  a  thing.  Diod.,  and  N.  T. 

Ύ.πίγνωστος,  ov,  (έπιγιγνώσκω) 
known,  LXX. 

Έπιγνωωσι,  Ep.  for  -γνώσι.  3  pl. 
sulrj.  aor.  2  of  έπιγιγνώσκω,  Od. 

^Επιγογγν^ω,    [επί,    γογγνζω)    ίο 
murmur  at  a  thing. 
502 


ΕΠΙΓ 

Ύ.πιγονατίς,  ίιΊος,  ή,  (επί,  γόνν) 
the  knee-pan,  Galen.  ;  also  μνλιι. — U. 
α  tt'oman's  garment,  reaching  to  the  knee. 

Έπιγόνειον,  ου,  τό,  a  musical  in- 
strument with  40  strings,  in  pairs, 
as  in  the  μύγαόις ;  named  from  the 
inventor  Epigonus,  Ath.  183  C,  cf 
Poll.  4,  59. 

Έπιγονίι,  ΐις,  ή,  increase,  esp.  of 
animals  by  breeding,  Plut. — 2.  off- 
spring, breed,  ϊππων,  Diod.     Hence 

Επίγονος. ον,(έπιγίγνομαι)  grown, 
born  besides,  of  superletation,  Hipp. — 
2.  born,  groic?i  after,  esp.  of  a  second 
marriage,  Plat.  Legg.  740  C  :  in  genl. 
offspring,  posterity,  Aesch.  Tlieb.  903  : 
α  breed  (of  bees),  Xen.  Oec.  7,  34. — 
II.  oi  ^Επίγονοι,  the  Afterborn,  sons 
of  the  duels  who  fell  in  the  first  war 
against  Thebes,  v.  Hdt.  4,  32,  Bentl. 
ad  Mill.  p.  62  sq. :  also  of  the  suc- 
cessors to  Alexander's  dominions, 
Diod.  1,  3,  et.  ibi  Wess. 

ΥΕπίγονος,  ου,  6,  Epigonus,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  an  Athenian,  Ar.  Eccl.  167. 

Έπιγουνΰτίς,  ίύος,  ?/,  Ion.  for  έπι- 
γονατίς,  Hipp. 

Έπιγοννίδιος,  ov,  {έπί,  γόνν,  γον- 
νν)  on,  set  upon  the  knee,  βρέφος,  Find. 
P.  9,  107. 

Έπιγοννίς,  ίδος,  ή,  (έπί,  γόνν, 
γούνυ)  the  region  above  the  knee,  the 
fieshy  part  of  the  thigh,  μεγάλην  έπι- 
γουνίδα  θείτο,  he  would  grow  a  stout 
thigh,  Od.  17,  225 ;  obiv  έπιγοννίδα 
φαίνει,  Od.  18,  74. — 11.=  έπιγονατίς, 
the  knee-pan,  Hipp. 

Έπιγράβδην,  adv.  (επιγράφω)  scra- 
ping the  surface,  grazing,  Lat.  strictim, 
II.  21,  106. 

^Επίγραμμα,  ατός,  τό,  (επιγράφω) 
an  inscription,  esp.  of  the  name  of  the 
maker  on  a  work  of  art,  or  the  dedi- 
cator on  an  offering,  Hdt.  5,  59 :  and 
as  these  were  usu.  in  verse  from  an 
early  time  (cf  Hdt.  5,  59;  7,  228, 
Thuc.  6,  54,  59), — 2.  an  epigram,  a 
poem  of  a  few  lines,  mostly  in  ele- 
giacs, being  a  summary  statement  of 
some  single  event  or  thought.  The 
Greek  Anthology  contains  about  4500 
by  about  300  authors. — II.  in  genl. 
the  title  of  a  paper,  heading  of  a  legal 
document,  Isae.,  and  Dem.     Hence 

Έπιγραμματίζω,  to  make  an  epigram 
on,  τινά,  Diog.  L. 

Επιγραμμάτων,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from 
επίγραμμα,  Plut. 

Έπιγραμαατογράφος,  ov,  (επίγραμ- 
μα, γράφω)  writing  inscriptions  or  epi- 
grams. 

Έπιγραμματοποιός,  όν,  (επίγραμ- 
μα, ποιέω)  making  inscriptions  or  epi- 
grams, Diog.  L. 

Έπιγρΰφενς,  έως,  ό,  (επιγράφω) 
an  inscriber :  esp.  at  Athens,  a  clerk 
ivho  registered  })roperty,  taxes,  etc., 
Poll.  8,  103,  A.  B.  254,  3. 

'Ε,πιγράφή,  τ/ς,  ή,  an  inscription, 
στηλών,  on  tablets,  Thuc.  2,  43 :  a 
title,  official  name,  rank,  έπ.  βασιλείας, 
Polyb. :  the  title,  name  of  a  work,  Id. 
— 2.  Gsp.  as  opp.  to  the  thing  itself, 
an  appearance,  outumrd  show. —  II.  at 
Athens,  a  registration  of  property, 
taxes,  etc. :  also  the  burden  or  tax  con- 
sequent on  such  registration,  Isocr. 
367  A.      ^ 

Έ,πιγράφω,  f.  -φω,  (έπί,  γράφω)  to 
i7iark  the  surface,  scrape,  graze,  χρόα 
φωτός,  II.  4,  139  ;  and  c.  dupl.  ace, 
έπιγρ.  με  ταρσόν,  to  graze  me  on  the 
heel,  11.  1 1,  388,  cf  Od.  20,  280:  hence 
έπιγρ.  κλήρον,  to  put  a  mark  on  a  lot, 
II.  7,  187,  but  without  any  notion  of 
writing;  cf  γράφω.  But  later  most 
freq. — 1 1,  to  write  upon,  inscribe,  put  a 
name  or  title  on,  Hdt.  1,  51 ;  τ(  έττί  τι 


ΕΠΙΔ 

(Dem.)  1378, 1 :  hence  in  pass.,  of  the 
inscrii)tiun,  to  be  inscribed  upon,  τινί, 
Hdt.  3,  88,  etc.  ;  but  also  έπί)μάφε- 
σβαι  ()όπα'λα,  to  have  an  inscription 
put  on  their  clubs,  Xen.  Hell.  7,  5, 
20  :  and  in  part,  έπιγεγραμμένος,  if, 
ov,  with  an  inscription,  name  or  title  on 
it,  Polyb. ;  sometimes  c.  ace,  oi  Hv• 
θαγόραν  έπιγεγρ.,ιί'hn  hear  his  name, 
are  called  after  him,  like  Virgil's  in- 
scripti  no?nina  regiim.  —  III.  to  write 
doivn,  enter  in  a  register,  Ιπ.  προςτί- 
μοις  τονς  ΰααρτάνοντας,  for  punish- 
ment, Diod. :  in  genl.  ίο  assign  a 
jienalty,  name  it  in  an  indictment,  τί- 
μημα δίκτ),  Ar.  Pint.  480:  esj).  at 
Athens,  to  register  the  citizens'  pro- 
perty, with  a  view  lo  taxes,  to  lay  et 
public  burden  upon  one,  τι  ΐμαχ'τύ, 
Isocr.  307  A,  cf.  Arist.  Oec.  2,  30: 
έπ.  τίμημα,  to  enter,  lay  the  damages 
at  so  much,  Ar.  Plut.  280 ;  hence  in 
pass.,  τιμήματα  έ π ιγεγ ραμμένα,  the 
damages  laid,  Isocr.  350  D,  etc.  Mid. 
to  have  one\^  self  enrolled,  to  register 
one's  self,  έπ.  σφάς  επιτρόπους,  as 
guardians,  Isae.  59,  42  :  but,  προστύ- 
την  έπιγράφασθαι,  to  choose  a  patron, 
and  enter  his  name  as  such  in  the  pub- 
lic register,  as  all  μέτοικοι  at  Athens 
were  obliged  to  do,  Ar.  Pac.  084,  cf. 
Soph.  O.  T.  411  ;  hence  Τοργόνα 
έπιγράφεσθαι,  Ar.  Ach.  1095 :  έπ. 
πο7ύτας,  to  enter  them  upon  the  regis- 
ter, admit  them,  Thuc.  5,  4  :  μάρτν• 
ρας,  to  give  in  a  list  of  one's  witnesses, 
enter  them  on  the  back  of  the  bill,  Dem. 
1206,  17.  [e] 

Έπίγρνπος,  ov,  (έπί,  γρυπός)  some- 
what hooked  or  curved,  of  the  beak  of 
the  ibis,  Hdt.  2,  76,  of  the  raven, 
Arist.  Phys.  6,  21,  who  applies  γρυ- 
πός to  the  eagle  :  of  men,  somewhat 
hook-nosed.  Plat.  Phaedr.  253  D, 
Euthyphr.  2  B. 

Έιπίγυια,  i.n>,  τά,  (γνα)=  επίγειοι'. 

Έπιγνμνάζομαι,  as  pass,  (έπί,  γυμ- 
νάζω) to  take  exercise  in  or  at,  γυμνά- 
σια, Hipp. 

Έπίγϋον,  τό,  dub.  form  for  έπί- 
γειον,  V.  Elms.  Soph.  O.  C.  1493. 

Έπιδαίομαι,  dep.,  (έπί,  δαίω  II.) 
to  distribute :  ΰρκον,  to  offer  an  oath, 
H.  Hom.  Merc.  383,  where  Herm. 
prefers  έπιδώσσμαι  δρκον.     Hence 

Έπιδαίσιος,  ov,  assigned,  allotted, 
οίκος.  Call.  Jov.  59. 

Έπίδαιτροί',  ov,  τό,  (έπί,  δαιτρόν) 
an  additional  dish,  dainty,  Ath. 

Έπιδάκνω,  f  -δί/ξομαι,  (έπί,  δάκ- 
νω)  Ιο  gnaw,  corrode,  JSic.  :  hence  of 
any  thing  pungent,  καπνός  τας  όφεις, 
Arist.  ap.  Stob.  p.  17),  14. 

Έπίδακνώδης,ες,(έπίδάκνω,εΙδος) 
gnawing. 

Έπιδαχρυτέος,  a,  ov,  to  be  lamented, 
wept  for :  verb.  adj.  from 

Έηδακρΰω,  (έπί,  δακρνω)  to  be• 
wail,  weep  for...,  τιΐ'ί,  Plut. ;  absol., 
Ar.  Vesp.  882.  [ϋω  usu.,  νσω  always.] 
νΕπιδάμνιος,  a,  ov,  of  or  belonging 
to  Epidamnus,  Epidnmnian,  oi  Έ7Γί(5., 
the  Epidnmnians,  Thuc.  1,  24  :  from 

^Επίδαμνος,  ov,  ή,  Epidamnus,  now 
Durazzn,  a  flourishing  and  pov*'erful 
city  of  Illyria,  founded  by  the  Corcy- 
reans  ;  by  the  Roman  writers  it  was 
usually  called  Dyrraehium,  Thuc.  1, 
24,  etc. 

Έπίδΰμης,  ov,  Dor.  for  έπίδημος. 

Έπιδάνείζω.  ΐ. -είσω,  (έπί,  δανείζω) 
to  lend  money  on.  property  already  mort- 
gaged, έπι  κττ/μασι,  Arist.  Oec.  Mid. 
to  borrow  on  a  second  mortgage,  έπί 
τινι.  Dem.  908,  26. 

νΕπιδανρια,  ων,  τά,  the  festival  on 
the  eighth  day  of  the  Eleusioia,  V. 
Diet.  Antiqq.  p.  39G. 


ΕΠΙΔ 

^ΈτΓΐόανριος,  α.  ον,  of  Epidauriis, 
Epidaiurian ;  οί  'E/Tirf.,  the  Epidaii- 
rians,  Hdt.  etc. :  ή  Έπίδανρία,  the 
territory  of  Epidanrus,  Thuc. 

νΈ-πιδαυρίς,  ίδος,  ή,  fern.  adj.  to 
foreg. 

νΈ^ττιδαχρόθεν,  adv.,  froyn  Epidau- 
rus,  Pmd.  N.  3,  147. 

t'ET/Jai'pof,  ου.  ή,  Epidaurus,  a  city 
of  Argolis  on  the  Saronic  gulf,  said 
by  Strab.  to  have  been  called  at  first 
^Επίκαρος,  famed  for  the  temple  of 
Aesculapius  ia  its  vicinity,  II.  2,  561. 
—  2.  r)  Αιμηρά,  Epidaurus  Limf.ra, 
noviT  Palaeo  Emvasis,,  a  city  of  La- 
conia  on  the  Argolicus  Sinus,  con- 
taining a  harbour  (whence  Αιμηρά), 
and  a  temple  of  Aesculapius,  Thuc. 
4,  56. — II.  a  sou  of  Argus,  from  whom 
Epidaurus  in  Argolis  was  said  to  he 
named,  ApoUod. 

Έ-ιδαφΙ?ί€ύω,(^ίπί,δαψιλεύυ)ΐηίτ. 
to  abound,  be  abundant,  Ister.  ap.  Atb. 
650  C:  but  more  usu. — II.  as  dep. 
micL  έτηδαφι7.ενομαι,  to  lavish  upon 
a  person,  give  freely^  rivi  τι,  Hdt.  5, 
20,  also  TU'i  ηΐ'ος,  to  give  luiu  freely 
of  it,  Xen.  Cyr.  2,  2,  15.— 2.  intr.  like 
act.,  έν  Tivi,  Dion.  H. 

'Ετϊΐδέδρομε,  poet.  3  sing.  perf.  2 
of  επιτρέχω,  Od. 

Έττιδει/ς,  ες,  (ίπιδέομαι)  in  want 
of,  τινός,  Hdt.  4,  130,  Xen.,  etc.; 
Att.  neut.  pi-,  έτιδεΰ. — Adv.  -έως, 
Plat.  Legg.  899  D. 

Έπίδειγμα,  ατός,  τό,  (ίπιδείκνυμι) 
a  specimen,  Xen.  Symp.  6,  6 :  an  ex- 
ample, lesson,  ετζίδειγμα  επιδεικννναι, 
Xen.  Cyr.  8,  2,  15. 

'Έ,ιτιδείε7.ος,  ov,  (επί,  δείελος)  at 
even,  about  evening ;  hence  έπιδείελα, 
neut.  as  adv.  towards  evening,  Hes. 
Op.  808,  819;  sometimes  written  ετί 
δείελα,  cf.  Buttm.  Lexil.  voc.  δείλι)  6. 

^Έ,πιδείκννμι  and  -νύω,  f.  -δείξω, 
{επί,  δείκνυμι)  to  exhibit,  strictly  as 
specimen  of  one's  art :  hence  in  genl. 
to  show  forth,  display,  give  a  specimen 
of,  0iav,  Find.  N.  11,  19,  cf.  Plat. 
Lach.  179  E,  Xen.  Symp.  3,  3  :  esp. 
of  elaborate  compositions,  to  display, 
show  off,  έπ.  (ία-φφδίαν,  etc..  Plat. 
Legg.  658  B. — 2.  to  show,  point  out, 
Tivi  TL,  Hdt.  1,  30,  etc.,  and  .\tt.,  cf. 
foreg. — 3.  to  prove,  demonstrate,  ώς..., 
Ar.  Av.  483  :  and  so — 4.  as  law-term, 
c.  part.,  TLva  ■ψενδόμερον,  to  prove, 
co>ivi£t  hi?n  oi  lying,  Lys. :  also,  έπιδ. 
τινά,  ώς  έμοίχευεν.  Id.  Β.  mid.  to 
display  one's  self,  show  one's  self  off, 
like  'επίδειξιν  ποιείσθαι  έαυτοΰ,  or 
έπιδείκννί'αι,  εαυτόν,  Heind.  Plat. 
Gorg.  447  A,  cf  Phaedr.  235  A  :  freq. 
also  c.  ace.  rei,  yet  in  mid.  signf  ; 
μουσικην  ορθην  επ.,  to  give  a  specimen 
of  his  art...,  Pind.  Fr.  8,  cf  Hdt.  7, 146, 
where  επιδείκνυσθαι  τον  στρητόν  = 
έπιόείκνύναι  τυν  εαυτού  στρ.  (though 
in  1,  11,  it  seems  to  be  just=act.): 
and  so  freq.  in  Plat.,  esp.  of  qualities 
or  habits,  άρετήν,  σοφίαν,  πονηρίαν, 
etc.,  where  the  act.  is  al.so  used: 
έπιδείξασθαι  /.όγον,  to  exhibit  07ie's 
speech,  i.  e.  display  o7ie's  self  in  an 
oration,  Plat.  Lach.  ubi  sup.,  and  then 
absol.  of  speakers,  to  make  a  speech 
for  display,  cf  έπιδεικτιιώς.    Hence 

Έτζιδεικτιάυ,  ώ,  dcsiderat.,  to  uish 
to  display  one's  self,  Eccj. 

'Επιδεικτικής,  ή,  όν,  {επιδείκνυμι) 
■fit  for  displaying  or  showing  off,  Plat. 
'Soph.224  Β  :  esp.  ίπιδ.  ?io>oi,speech- 
es  for  display, i.  e.  elaborate  eulogiums, 
set  orations,  such  as  were  frequent 
among  the  Athen.  rhetoricians,  and 
of  which  Isocrates  gives  the  best  ex- 
amples :  cf  Arist.  Rhet.  1,3.  Adv. 
•κώς,  Isocr,  43  B, 


ΕΠΙΔ 

ΈπϊδεΙν,  inf.  aor.  2,  έπείδαν. 

'Έπίδειξις,  εως,  ή.  Ion.  επίδεξις, 
(έπιδείκνυμι)  an  exhibition,  display, 
δυνάμεως,  Thuc.  6,  31  ;  έ?Μείν  εις 
έίτ.  τινί,  to  come  to  display  one's 
self  to  one,  Ar.  Nub.  269 :  hence, 
ες  έπ.  τινυς  ύπικεσθαι,  to  come  with- 
in one's  view,  to  his  knowledge,  Hdt. 
2,  46  :  έπ.  ποιείσθαι,  to  make  a  di.s- 
play,  show  off  one's  powers,  Thuc. 
3, 16,  cf  42  ;  but  also  to  make  a  decla- 
matiofi,=%oyov  έπιδ..  Plat.  Phaedr. 
99  D  :  επ.  ποιεΙσθαί  τίνος,  to  dis- 
play an  accomplishment,  etc.,  Dem. 
319,  9. — 2.  an  example,  Lat.  specimen, 
έπίδειξις  Έλ/.άδι,  an  ensample  to 
Greece,  Eur.  Phoen.  871. 

Έπιδειπνέω,  ώ,  f.  -τ/σω,  (επί,  δειπ- 
νέω)  to  eat  after  dinner,  to  eat  dainties, 
Hipp. — II.  to  feast  upon,  eat  as  a  dainty, 
Ar.  Eq.  1140,  Eccl.  1178. 

Έπιδείπνως,ον,  {επί,  δεΙττνον)^ν, 
at  or  after  dinner,  Luc. 

'Έπιδΐίπνίς,  ίδος,  7/,=sq.,  Mart. 
U,  32. 

'Έπίδειπνον,  ου,  τό,  a  second  course, 
dessert,  Philo. 

Έπίδέκΰτος,  η,  ov,  (έπί,  δέκατος) 
containing  an  integer  and  one  tenth, 
1  +  -j^o  =  yjy ,  of  επίτριτος. — II.  one  in 
ten,  tenth,  tithe,  Xen.  Hell.  1,  7,  10 : 
τόκος  έπ.,  interest  of  jg  ,  =  10 per  cent., 
Arist.  Oec. 

Έπιδεκτέον,  verb.  adj.  from  επιδέ- 
χομαι, one  must  take,  Polyb. 

Επιδεκτικός,  ή,  όν,  (επιδέχομαι) 
fit  to  hold,  containing,  Strab.  :  capable 
of,  Plut. 

Έπιδέκτωρ,  ορός,  6,  {επιδέχομαι) 
a  receiver. — II.  as  adj.  gifted  with  ca- 
pacity for,  τινός,  Aresasap.  Stob.  Eel. 
1,  850. 

'Έιπιδε7^εά^ω,  {επί,  δελεάζω)  to  put 
on  as  a  bait,  Diod. 

Έπιδέμνιος,  ov,  {επί,  δέμνιον)  in 
or  on  the  bed,  έπιδέμνιος  εννή,  a  bed 
made  with  cushions,  etc.,  Pors.  Hec. 
921,  cf  Od.  7,  336. 

Έπιδέμω,  {επί,  δέμω)  to  build  on: 
so  in  mid.,  0pp. 

'Έπιδένδριος,  ov,  {επί,  δένδρον)  on 
or  in  the  tree. 

Έπιδεξιόομαι,  as  mid.,  to  enter- 
tain one  another,  Anaxiin.  ap.  Diog.  L. 
2,4. 

'Έιδέξιος,  ov,  {επί,  δεξιός)  Horn. 
has  only  the  neut.  plur.  επιδέξια  as 
adv.,  right  about,  from  left  to  right,  to- 
tvards  the  right,  ορνυσθ'  έξείης  επιδέ- 
ξια, in  the  order  of  your  places,  begin- 
ning with  the  left  hand  man,  as  the 
wine  is  served,  Od.  21, 141,  cf  Valck. 
Hipp.  1360,  Plat.  Symp.  214  B,  ubi 
V.  Bast,  Lob.  Phiyn.  259,  and  cf 
δεξιός :  hence  auspicious,  lucky,  an- 
τράπτων  επιδέξια,  e.xplained  by 
the  next  words,  έναίσιμα  σ/'/ματα 
φαίνων,  II.  2,  353.  Pind.  P.  6,  19, 
has  επιδέξια  χειρός  :  post-Horn,  the 
signf  of  motion  towards  died  away 
(cf  however  Ar.  Pac.  957),  and  the 
word  became  ^(ίε^ίόζ•,  on  the  ri<>ht 
hand,  τάπιδέξια,  the  right  side,  Ar.  Av. 
1493  :  when  esp.  opp.  the  left,  usu. 
written  divisim  έπΙ  δεξιά,  as  in  II.  7, 
238,  Hdt.  2,  93,  etc.,  cf  έπαριστερά. 
—  II.  of  persons,  handy,  dexterous, 
skilful,  elegant,  Arist.  Eth.  N.  :  opp.  to 
έπαρίατερος :  hence  adv.  -ίως,  dex- 
terously, Polyb.   Cf.  ένδέξιος.   Hence 

Έπιδεξιότης,  ητος,  ή,  handiness, 
cleverness,  Arist.  Eth.  N. 

Έπίδεξις,ΐ/Λοη.  for  έπίδειξις,Ηάί. 
νΕπιδέομαι,  v.  sub  έπιδεύομαι. 

'Κπιδέρκομαι,  (επί,  δέρκομαι)  dep., 
to  look  upon,  behold,  τινά,  Hes.  Op. 
266 :  in  Horn,  only  as  v.  1.  Od.  11, 16. 
Hence 


ΕΠΙΔ 

^Έπίδερκτος,  ov,  to  be  seen,  visible, 
Emped.  330. 

Έπιδερμΰτίς,  ίδος,  ^,=  sq. 

Έπιδερμίς,  ίδος,  ή,  (έπί,  δέρμα)  the 
outer  skin,  epidermis,  Hipp. :  the  web  of 
water  birds'  feet. 

Έπίδε^βις,  εως,  η,=κλειτορίς. 

'Έ,πίδεσις,  εως,  ή,  (έπιδέω)  α  bind- 
ing up,  wrapping  round,  Hipp. 

Έπίδεσμα,  ατός,  ro,  v.  επίδεσμος. 

Έπιδεσμεύω,  {έπί,  δεσμεύω)  to  bind 
up,  Anth. 

Έπιόεσμέω,  u,=foreg. 

Επιδέσμων,  ου,  τό,  έπιδεσμίς, 
ίδος,  ?/,  ν.  sq. 

Επίδεσμος,  ον,  ό,  {έπί,  δεσμός)  α 
band,  bandage,  Hipp.,  and  Ar.  Vesp. 
1440;  with  heterog.  plur.  έπίδεσμα. 
Medic,  who  use  also  the  forms  το 
έπίδεσμον,  το  έπίδεσμα,  t/  έπιδεσμίς, 
and  dim.  το  έπιδέσμιον,  v.  Lob. 
Phryn.  292,  Intpp.  ad  Thoin.  M.  502. 

Έπιδεσμοχΰρής,  ές,  {επίδεσμος, 
χαίρω)  bandage-loving,  epith.  of  gout, 
Luc. 

^Επιδεσπόζω,  f.  -όσω,  {έπί,  δεσ- 
πόζω) to  lord  it  over,  στρατού,  Aesch. 
Pers.  241. 

Έπιδευής,  ές,  poet,  and  Ion.  for 
έπιδεής,  in  need  or  wa?it,  lacking,  c. 
gen., δαιτός  έΐσης,  κρειών,  etc., Horn. ; 
λώ3ης  και  αϊσχεος  ουκ  έπιδευείς, 
lacking  not  scathe  nor  scorn,  II.  13, 
622  ;  των  πάντων  έπιδευέες,  Hdt.  4, 
130:  absol.,  δς  κ'  έπιδενί/ς,  whoever 
is  ill  want,  U.  5,  481. — II.  lacking ,  fail- 
ing in  a  thing,  c.  gen.,  cva  μήτι  δίκης 
έπιδευές  εχ-τ/σθα,  II.  19,  180:  so,  βίτ/ς 
έπιδευέες,  failing  in  strength,  Od.  21, 
185 ;  and  as  compar.,  p'ii/f  έπιδενέες 
Όδυσηος,  wanting  in  his  strength,  i.  e. 
inferior  to  him  in  strength,  Od.  21, 
253 :  and  absol.,  πολλον  δ'  έπιδενέες 
τ/μεν,  far  too  weak  were  we,  Od.  24, 
171 ;  from  \ 

Έπιδεύομαι,  f.  \δενήσομαι,  {έπί, 
δεύω)  poet,  for  έπί'ίεόμαι,  to  be  in 
ivant  of,  to  lack,  c.  gen.  rei,  II.  2,  229, 
Od.  15,  371,  cf  Hdt.  1,  32:  to  need  the 
help  of,  c.  gen.  pers.,  11.  18,  77. — ^11.  to 
be  lacking  in  a  thing, /«i7  in  it,,  c.  gen. 
rei,  μάχης  έπιδεύομαι,  to  be  inferior 
in  fight,  11.  23,  670  ;  also  c.  gen.  pers., 
έπιδενεαι  ανδρών,  thou  art  no  ?natch 
for  them,  II.  5,  636  ;  or  both  together, 
ov  Ti  μάχης  έπιδενετ'  'Αχαιών,  II.  24, 
385  ;  later  c.  ace.  rei,  άλκήν.  Αρ.  Rh. 
The  act.  έπιδεύω,  occurs  only  in 
Sapph.  2,  15,  and  dub.  ap.  Pseudo- 
Phocyl.  130. 

Έπιδενω,  f.  -ενσοι,  {έπί,  δεύω)  to 
moisten  :  to  fill  with  liquor,  Orph. 

Επιδέχομαι,  ί.  -ξοααι,  {έπί,  δέχο- 
uai)  dep.  mid.,  to  receive,  admit  besides 
or  in  addition,  Hdt.  8,  75  :  to  take  on 
one's  self,  incur,  Lat.  admittere,  κατη- 
γορίαν,  Dem.  139,  1 ;  πόλεμον,  Po- 
lyb. :  to  allow  of,  admit  of,  Lat.  recipe- 
re,  πρύφασιν,  Arist.  Categ.  5,  28. 

'Έπιδέω,  f.  -ήσω,  {έπί,  όέω)  to  bind, 
fasten  on,  τον  λόφον,  Ar.  Ran.  1038; 
and  so  in  mid.,  έπιδέεσΟαι  έπι  τα 
κράνεα  τους  λόφοι^ς,  to  fasten  their 
crests  on..,  Hdt.  1,  171. — II.  to  bind 
up,  bandage :  Pass.,  έπιδεδεμένος  τα 
τραύματα,  with  one's  wounds  bound 
up,  Xen.  Cyr.  5,  2.  32;  also  την  χεί- 
ρα, lb.  2,  3,  19.  Some  refer  hither 
έπέδησε,  II.  22,  5,  which  is  from  πε- 
δάω. 

Έπιδέω,  f  -δε}]σω,  {έπί,  δέω)  to 
want,  to  lack  of  a  number,  c.  gen., 
Hdt.  7,  28  :  also  iinpers.  έπιδεί,  there 
is  need  of  besides..,  c.  gen..  Plat.  Legg. 
709  D.  Mid.=poet.  ε7Γί(5εύο/ίαί,  io6e 
III  want  of  τινός.  Plat.,  and  Xen. 

Έπιδιικτικός,  ή,  όν,  {ίπιδάκιχύ) 
biting,  Clem.  ΑΙ. 

503 


ΕΠΙΔ 

'Έ-ίδηλος,  ον,  {ίπί,  δη7.ος)  seen 
clearly,  manifest,  Hdt.  2,  159  :  -ποίεΐν 
τι  ί~..  Αϊ".  Eq.  38  :  upen,  knoivn  to  all, 
Theogn.  4 12  :  c.  part.,  έττ.  elvat  κλεπ- 
τών, to  be  delected  stealing.  Ar.  Eccl. 
C61 . — 2.  distinifuished,  remarkable,  Xen. 
Oec.  21,  JO. — 11.  like,  rexemblins,  Tivi, 
Ar.  Pint.  368.     Adv.  -'/ως,  Hipp. 

Έ7Τίόιι?.ήω,  ώ,  {έττί,  δηλοω)  ίο  make 
known,  indicate,  νενματί  τι,  Philostr. 

Έπιδημενω,  (έτζί.  δημεύω)  Ιο  live 
in  the  toien,  among  the  people,  Od.  16, 
28:  in  geiil.  poet,  for  sq. 

^Ε-ιδημίω,  ω,  to  he  ετζίδημος,  he  at 
home,  lire  at  home,  opp.  to  (Ί~οδημέω, 
Thuc.  1,  130,  Xen.  Cyr.  7,  5,  69;  to 
sojourn,  iv  τόττω.  Plat.  Crito  52  Β  : 
to  be  present  at,  τοΐς μυατηρίοις,  Dem. 
571,  22:  in  genl.  to  live,  Inscr. — 2.  to 
be  among  a  people,  of  diseases,  etc.,  to 
be  prevalent,  epidemic,  Hipp. — II.  to 
come  home,  έϊ  ΰττοδηιύας,  Xen.  Mem. 
2,  8,  1  ;  cf.  Plat.  Parin.  120  B;  εις 
ττόλιν,  Aeschin.  84.  42. — III.  to  be  on 
one's  travels,  stay,  sojourn  as  a  foreign- 
er, εΙς  τύπον,  εν  τόπω,  Heind.  Plat. 
Phaed.  57  A. 

Έττιδ/ιμηγορέω,  ώ,  (εττί,  δημηγο- 
ρέω)  to  harangue  the  people  over  or 
about  one,  Λ  pp. 

'Έηίδήμησις,  εως,  η,  (επιδημέω)= 
επιδημία.  Ερ.  Plat.  330  Β. 

'Επιδημητικός,  ή,  όν,  (ίπιδημέω) 
fond  of  slaying  at  home,  keeping  to  one 
spot  or  country,  όρνιθες,  Arist.  H.  A. 

'Κπιδημία,  ας,  ή,  a  staying  at  home, 
sojourning,  stay  in  a  place.  Plat.  Parm. 
127  A,  (Doin.)  1357,  9;  ίπ.  εις..,  ar- 
rival at..,  Bockh  Inscr.  1,  p.  389. — II. 
prevalence  of  an  epidetnic,  Hipp.   Hence 

Έπιδήμιος,  ov,  {ίπί,  δήμος)  among 
the  people,  II.  24,  262,  dwelling  at  home 
or  among  one's  own  people,  Od.  1,  194  ; 
Γοττω,  Call.,  Ap.  Rh. :  -πόλεμος  έπι- 
δήμιος, a  civil  war,  II.  9,  64  :  native, 
έπ.  έμποροι,  Hdt.  2,  39 :  in  genl. 
common,  common-place.  Pint. — II.  pre?> 
alent  among  a  people,  e.  g.  of  diseases, 
epidemic,  Hipp. — III.  sojourning  as  a 
foreigner  in  a  place. 

Έπιδ/ιμιονργέί.),  ώ,  (έπί,  δημιονρ- 
γέω)  to  complete,  finis/i,  make.  Hipp. 

Έπιδ/ιμιονργοί,  ών,  οΊ,  magistrates 
sent  annually  by  Doric  states  to  their 
colonies,  Thuc.  1,  50. — II.  later= 
simple  δημιουργοί. 

'Ϋ,πίδημος,  ov,^ έπιδήμιος,  έπ.  φά- 
τις.  popular,  current  report.  Soph.  Ο. 
Τ.  495. 

Έπιδήν  and  έπιδηρόν,  adv.  for  επΙ 
δήν.  έπι  δηρόν,  Lat.  diu. 

Έπιδιηι^αίνω,  fut.  -βήσομαι,  {επί, 
διαβαίνω)  to  cross  over  besides,  with  or 
after  another,  Hdt.  6,  70  :  τινί,  in  pur- 
suit of  one,  Strab. :  έπ.  έπί  τίνα,  to 
cross  a  river  to  attack  an  enemy,  to 
force  the  passage,  Polyb. 

Έπιδιαγιγνώσκω,  later  form  -γ[- 
νάσκω,  fut.  -γνώσομαι,  (έπί,  διαγιγ- 
νώακω)  to  debate  or  consider  afresh, 
Hdt.  1.  1.33. 

Έπιδιαβήκη,  ης,  ή,  an  additional 
will,  codicil,  Joseph. — II.  a  pledge,  se- 
curitv,  Lys.  ap.  Harp.,  cf  έπιδιατίθη- 
μι.  Mid. 

Έπιδιαιρέω,  ώ,  {έπί,  διαιρέω)  to  di- 
vide again,  subdivide,  distribute,  Polyb. ; 
πολ.ίτας  φρύτραις.  Dion.  Η.  Mid.  of 
several,  to  share,  distribute  among  them- 
selves, Hdt.  1,  150. 

Έπιδιαίτησις,  εως,  ή,  {έπί,  διαι- 
τάω)  α  continued  regimen  or  diet. 

Έπιδιάκειμαι,  (έπί.  διάκειμαι)  to 
lie,  be  set,  staked,  deposited  on  a  thing. 

Έπιδιακινδννενω,  (έπί,  διακινδι- 
νεύω)  to  risk,  hazard  in  addition,  τινά 
Tivi.  Joseph. 

Ύ.ιπιδιακρίνω,  {έπί,  διακρίνω)  to 


ΕΓΠΔ 

arbitrate,  mediate  between  others.  Plat. 
Gorg.  524  A.   [κρϊ] 

Έπιδιαλύμπω,  {έπί,  διαλ.άμπώ)  to 
shine  out  or  through,  Theophr. 

Έπιδιαλ-λΑσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  (έπί, 
διαλ.λΛίσσω)  to  bring  to  a  reconciliation, 
τινά  Tin,  Joseph. 

Έπιδιημένω,  {έπί,  διαμένω)  to  re- 
main, persist  at  or  in.     Hence 

Έπιδιαμονή.  ης,  ή,  a  remaining, 
continuance,  M.  Anton. 

Έπιδιανέμω,  (έπί,  διανέαω)  to  dis- 
tribute besides,  Philo. 

'Κπιδιανοέομαι,  (έπί,  διανοέομαι) 
dep.  mid.,  to  think  on,  devise,  τι,  Hipp. 

'Κπιδιαπέμπω,  ί.  -ψω,  (έπί,  δια- 
πέμπω)  to  send  over  besides,  Dio  C. 

Έπιδιαπλέω,  (έπί,  διαπλ.έω)  to  sail 
across  besides,  v.  1.  Xen.  Hell.  1,  2, 
15. 

Έπιδιαπρίω,  (έπί.  διηπρίω)  to  sa%v 
through  besides,  App.  [πρϊ] 

ΈπιδιαΙ)1)ήγννμι,  lut.  -()ήξω,  (έπί, 
διαββήγννμΐ)  to  tear  asunder  after. 
Pass,  to  burst  with  or  in  consequence  of 
a  thing,  Ar.  Eq.  701. 

Έπιδιασύφέω,  ώ,  (έπί,  διασαφέω) 
to  declare  further,  make  understood. 
Pass,  to  become  clearly  understood,  Po- 
lyb. 

Έ•ιδιασκευύζω,  f.  -άσω,  (έπί,  δια- 
σκευάζω) to  revise  over  again,  esp.  a 
book,  Hipp. 

Έπιδιασκεύάσις,  εως,  ή,  a  revision 
and  correction,  new  and  altered  edition 
of  a  book. 
νΚπίδιασκο—έω,    ώ,   {έπί,  διασκο- 
πέω)  to  deliberate  further,  Dio  C. 

Έπιδιασίφω,  (έπί,  διασύρω)  to  drag 
out  and  e.vpose  again,   [f] 

Έπιδιατάσσομαι,  {έπί,  διατάσσω) 
to  ordain,  command  besides,  N.  T. 

Έπιδιατείνω,  (έπί,  διατείνω)  intr. 
to  .'spread  far,  Polyb. 

'Έ,πιδιητίβημι,  ί.  -βήσω,  (έπί,  δια- 
τίΑημι)  to  arrange  afterwards  or  besides. 
Dio  C  Mid.  to  deposit  as  security  for 
one's  doing  a  given  act,  άργύριον  έπι- 
διατίθεσθαι,  Dem.  896,  22  :  v.  έπιδια- 
βήκη. 

ΈπιδιατρίΘω,  f.  --φω,  (έπί.  διατρί- 
βω)  to  spend  time,  έπιδιατρίιΐ'ας,  after 
an  interval,  Arist.  Meteor.  [τρΐ\ 

'Έπιδιαφέρομαι,  (έπί,  διαφέρω)  as 
pass.,  to  go  across  after,  Thuc.  8,  8. 
Bekk. 

Έπιδιαφθείρω,  (έπί,  διαφθείρω)  to 
destroy,  ruin  besides,  Philo. 

Έπιδϊδύσκω,  ί.  -ξω,  (έπί,  διδάσκω) 
to  give,  teach  besides,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  3, 
17. 

Έπιδΐδνμίς,  ίδος,  ή,  {έπί,  δίδυμος 
Ι.Ι)  the  outer  membrane  of  the  testicle, 
Galen. 

Έπιδίδωμι,  f.  -δώσω,  (έπί,  δίδωμι) 
to  give  besides,  τινί  τι.  II.  23,  559  ;  έπ. 
θνγητρί,  to  give  along  with  her,  as 
dowry,  II.  9,  148 ;  also  in  Hdt.  2,  121, 
4,  etc.,  and  Att. :  but  in  mid.,  to  as- 
sign as  one's  ivitness  in  a  thing,  θεονς 
έπιδώμεβα,  let  %is  take  the  gods  to  wit- 
ness, sub.  μάρτυρας.  II.  22.  254,  cf. 
περιδίδωμι,  and  Herm.  H.  Horn. 
Merc.  383,  (unless  έπιδώμεθα\)β  from 
έπιδέσθαι,  let  ms  raise  our  eyes  in  ap- 
peal to  the  gods). — II.  to  give  freely, 
for  the  purpose  of  supplying  state 
necessities  or  relieving  friends.  Wolf 
Dem.469,  28:  cf  Boeckh  P.  E.  vol.2, 
p.  352. —  III.  έπιδιδόναι  έαντόν,  to  give 
one's  -self  up,  devote  one's  self,  τινί, 
Ar.  Thesm.  213,  εϊς  τι,  Bockh  Inscr. 
2,  p.  119:  and  sub.  έαντόν,  e.  g.  έπι- 
διδόναι ήδοναΐς,  εις  τρυφήν,  Lat.  ef- 
fundi  in  delicias. — iV'.  intr.  to  increase, 
advance,  ές  ύψυς,  Hdt.  2,  13,  cf  Thuc. 
6,  CO ;  έπι  το  μείζον,  Thuc.  8,  24  ; 
προς  ευδαιμονίαν,  Isocr.  33  Β,  and 


ΕΠΙΔ 

absol.  Thuc.  7,  8:  absol.  also,  to  im- 
prove, prosper,  Thuc.  8,  83,  Plat.,  etc., 
cf.  έπίδοσις — 2.  to  give  in,  give  way, 
yield,  τινί,  Plut. 

νΕπιδιέξειμι,  (έπί,  διέξειμι)  to  go 
through,  examine  carefully  besides,  Plut. 

Ύ.πιδιεξίρχομαι,  dep.  mid.,=  sq. 

Ύ-'.-ιδιέρχιιμαι,  f.  -ελ.ενσομαι,  (έπί, 
διέρχο'/αι)  dep.  mid.  c.  aor.  2  ct  pf  2 
act.,  to  go  over,  crplain,  declare  besides. 

Έπιδιεττ'ις,  ές,  (έπί,  διετής)  for  mure 
than  two  years,  above  two  years  :  perh. 
only  in  I'orinula,  ol  έπεδιετες  ήβύν- 
τες.  those  who  are  more  than  two 
years  above  ηβη,  i.  e.  twenty  years 
old  and  upwards,  v.  1.  ap.  Dem.  1135, 
2,  cf  έπιτριετής. 

Έπιδίζημαι,  (έπί,  όίζηααι)  dep. 
mid.,  to  seek,  ask  besides,  to  go  on  to  in- 
quire, Hdt.  1,  05  :  to  .<!eck  for,  demand, 
want  besides.  Id.  5,  100. 

Έπιδίζομαι,  rare  form  of  foreg., 
Mosch.  2,  28. 

Έπιδιηγέημαι,  f.  --ήσομαι,  {έπί, 
διηγέομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  recount,  relate 
again,  repeat,  Aristid.     Hence 

Έπιόιήγησις,  εως,  ή,  a  repetition, 
repeated  account,  Quintil. 

'Επιδικάζω,  ί.  -σω.  {έπί,  δικάζω)  to 
adjudge  litigated  property  to  one,  κλή• 
ρόν  τιι-ί,  Dem.  1171,  17  ;  of  the  judge. 
Mid.  of  the  claimant,  to  sue  for,  claim 
a  thing  at  law,  c.  gen.,  esp.  row  κλ.ή- 
pov,  Dem.  1051,  6,  for  another,  τινί, 
Isae.  80,  0 :  έπ.  της  έπικλήρον,  to 
claim  the  marriage  of  an  heiress,  Dem. 
1008,  16;  and  so  in  pass.,  ή  επιδι- 
κασθείσα, an  heiress  claimed  in  mar- 
riage, Diod.,cf.  επίδικος:  but  c.  ace, 
to  obtain  by  such  claim,  a  suit,  τον  κλ<.ή- 
pov,  Isae.  85,  34  :  absol.,  ap.  Dem. 
1055,  1. — II.  also  in  act.  in  genl.  to 
lay  claim,  make  pretensions  to  a  thing, 
χώρας,  Arist.  Eth.  N.,  and  later  αρε- 
τής, etc.     Hence 

Έπιδΐκΰσία,  ας,  ή,  an  action  for  an 
inheritance,  Isae.  42,  8;  etc. 

ΈπιδΙκάσιμος,  (επιδικάζω)  disputed 
or  to  be  disputed  at  law  ;  in  genl.  to  be 
contended  for,  Joseph. :  much  sought 
for,  Luc.  [a] 

Ύ.πίδΙκος,  ov,  {έπί,  δίκη)=ίoreg., 
but  esp.  ή  επίδικος,  anheiress  for  whose 
marriage  her  next  of  kin  are  claimants 
at  latv,  Isae.  38,  12. — 2.  in  genl.  sub- 
ject to  a  jtidicial  decision,  δίδωμι  έμαν- 
τυν  έπίδικον  τοις  δημόταις,  Ι  commit 
myself  to  the  people's  decision,  Dion. 
H. :  έπ.  νίκη,  a  disputed  victory,  Plut. 
νΕπίδικος,  ου,  b,  Epidxcus,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Stob. 

Έπιδίμοιρος,  ov,  (έπί,  δίμοιρος) 
containing  one  and  two  thirds,  1  +  |, 
Clem.  Al. 

Έπιδϊτ'εύω,  later  form  for  sq.,  Opp. 

Έπιδϊνέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {έπί  δινέω) 
to  whirl  about,  esp.  to  swing  round  be- 
fore hurling  or  throwing,  II.  3,  378,  Od. 
9,  538.  Mill,  to  turn  over  in  one's 
mind,  revolve,  Lat.  volvere  animo,  έμοί 
τάδε  θυμός  ττόλλ'  έπιδινεΐται,  Od.  20, 
218.  Pass,  to  wheel  about,  as  birds  in 
the  air.  Od.  2,  151. 

Έπιδιο/)θόω,  ώ,  f.  -ώσω,  (έπί,  δι- 
ορθόω)  to  revise  or  correct  afterwards, 
Bockh  Inscr.  2,  p.  409 :  to  arrange,  set 
in  order  further,  N.  T.     Hence 

Έπιδιόρθωσις,  εως,  η.  in  Rbet.  α 
correcting  an  expression  ivhich  went  be- 
fore. Hermog.     Hence 

Έπιδιορβωτικός,  ή,  όν,  serving  to 
amend,  corrective,  Hcrmog. 

Έπιδιονρέω,  ώ,  (έπί,  διονρεω)  to 
pass  with  the  urine  besides,  Hipp. 

Έπιδιπλάσιάζω,  f.  -άσω,  (έπί,  δι• 
πλΜΟΐάζω)  to  make  double,  Hdn. :  to  rt• 
peat. 

Έπιδιπλοιζω,  fut.  -ίσω,  also  έττι* 


ΕΠΙΔ 

διπ?.οίζω,  {έττί,  διτζ/.οί'ω)  to  redouble, 
Aesch.  Eum.  1014,  ubi  v.  Herm. 

^Ε-ιόί-'/.όω,  ώ,  f.  -oaiJ,=foreg., 
Arr.     Hence 

t'E-i(5<rrA(jffif,  εως,  ή,  a  doubling, 
Philo.  _ 

ΈττίΛστάζΌ),  f.  -άσω,  {επί,  διστάζω) 
to  doubt,  hesitate  about  a  thing,  The- 
ophr. 

Έ~ίδΐ(ΐ>ριάς,  ύδος,  ή,  {ί~ί,  δίφρος) 
the  rail  round  the  top  of  the  δί(ρρος,= 
άντνξ.  II.  10,  475. 

Έττιδίφριος,  ov,  {εττί,  δίφρος)  sitting, 
placed  on  the  car,  Od.  15,  51,  75. — II. 
one  who  sits  at  his  work,  a  shop-work- 
man. Dion.  H.  :  τέχνη  ί~.,  a  sedenta- 
ry tfade,  Lat.  ars  sellularia,  Artemid. 

'Ε-ίύϊχΰ,  adv.  for  έ-ί  δίχα. 

'Etdii/'iof  ον,^δίφίος. 

'Έ,ττιόΐωγμός,  ov,  ο,  a  continued  pur- 
suit, εναντίων,  Polyb.  :  from 

'ΕτΓίδΐώκω,  ί.  -ξω,  {'εττί,  διώκω,)  to 
pursue  after,  τινά,  Hdt.  4,  1,  160:  to 
prosecute  again,  Isae.  ap.  Poll.  8,  67. 
Hence 

Έττίδίωξις,  εως,  ή,^^έπίδιωγμός, 
Strab.  [ί] 

Έ~ιδοιάζω,  {ε~ί,  δοιύζω)  to  make 
double :  hence  metaph.  to  turn  over  and 
over,  meditate,  Ap.  Rh.,  cf.  δοιάζω. 

ΈτΓίδοκέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {ε~ί,  δοκέω) 
to  think  besides,  dub.  ap.  Andoc.  32,  43. 

Έ-ίδομα,  ατός,  τό,  {έττιδίδωμι)  an 
addition.  Ath. 

'Έ,τΓίδομέω,  dub.  1.  fe;  ετζιδωμάω. 

Έ^ίΐ^οϊ^έω,  ώ,  {έ~ί,  δονέω)  to  sound 
or  rattle  atop,  τυρός,  Antiph.  Pa- 
rasit.  2. 

Έ—ιδοξύζω,  {εττί,  δοξάζω)  to  think, 
suppose  besides,  Theophr. 

'Επίδοξος,  ov,  {εττί,  δόξα)  of  which 
there  is  an  opinion,  likely,  expected  to  do 
a  thing,  usu.  c.  inf.,  ε-,  γενέσθαι  έτζι- 
εικί/ς,  likely  to  prove  so.  Plat.  Theaet. 
143  t) :  but  in  pass,  signf ,  εττ.  τι  ττεί- 
σεσβαι,  in  danger  of  meeting  with  a 
thing,  Hdt.  6,  12 ;  so  έπ.  ων  πάσχειν, 
Antipho  115,  22;  εττ.  ην  τνχείν,  he 
was  expected  to  gain...  Isocr.  117  Ε  : 
of  things,  likely,  probable,  c.  inf  γενέσ- 
θαι, Hdt.  1,  89,  cf.  Valck.  ad  4,  11.— 
II.  well-knoivn,  famed,  illustrious,  Pirid. 
N.  9,  110.  and  in  late  prose,  cf  Lob. 
Phr>-n.  132  sq.  Adv.  -ως  in  signf  II., 
LXX. 

ΈτΓίδορατίς,  ίδος,  ή,  {έπί,  δόρυ)  the 
tip,  point  of  a  lance,  spear-head,  Polyb., 
cf  σανρωτήρ. 

Έττιδορ-έω,  ώ,  =  έηίδορττίζομαι, 
dub. 

'Επιδορ~ίδιος,  ov,  =  έττιδόρ—ιος, 
Anth. 

Έττιδορτϊίζομαι,  {ετά,  δόρττον)  dep. 
mid.  to  eat  in  the  second  course  or  for 
dessert,  n,  Diphil.  ap.  Ath.  040  D. 

ΈτΓίδόρττιος.  ov,  {έπί,  δόρπον)  for, 
belonging  to  the  banquet,  ύδωρ,  Theocr. 
13,  36,  cf  προςδόρπως  :  for  dessert, 
Ath. 

Έπιδορπίς,  ίδος,  ^,=  sq.,  Ath. 

Έπιδόρπισμα,  ατός,  τό,  {έπιδορπί- 
ζομαΐ)  α  second  course  of  game,  sweet- 
meats, etc.,  Philippid.  ap.  Ath.  640  C  : 
also  dessert. 

Έπιδορπισμός,  οΰ,  ό,  like  foreg., 
dessert,  Arist.  ap.  Ath.  641  E. 

Έπιδόσιμος,  ov,  given  oiier  and 
above,  Alex.  Εις  το  όρ-  1  :  τα  ίπ.,  sub. 
δείπνα,  a  banquet  to  which  unexpected 
luxuries  have  been  added,  Ath. :  from 

Έπίδοσις,  εως,  ή,  {έπιδίδωμι)  a 
giving  over  and  above,  Polyb. — 2.  a 
present.  Deal.  285,  19,  etc.  :  esp.  a 
vohintary  cotitribution  to  the  state,  v. 
έπιδίδωμι  II. — II.  a  givins  up,  giving 
way,  relaxation,  Hipp. — III.  increase, 
growth,  advance,  progress,  ίπ.  Auu  ?ά 
V£iv,lxeiv,toir.ciease,  advance.  Plat 


ΕΙΪΙΕ 

Sj-mp.  175  E.Legg.  769 B,  etc.:  hence  [ 
— 2.  finish, perfection,  τινός,  in  a  thing, 
Dion.  H. 

Έπιδοτικός,  ή,  όν,  {έπιδίδωμι) 
ready  to  give.     Adv.  -κώς, 

Έπιδοϋναι,  inf.  aor.  2  from  έπιδί- 
δωμι, 11. 

Έπιδονπέω,  ω,  {έπί,  δουπέω)  to 
make  a  noise  or  clashing,  τινί,  with  a 
thing,  Pint.  Ep.  also  έ π ly δουπέω, 
II.  11,  45,  in  tmesis. 

Έπιδοχη,  ης,  ij,  {επιδέχομαι)  the  re- 
ception of  something  new,  Thuc.  6,  17  : 
in  genl.  reception,  Joseph. 

Έπιδράμεΐν,  inf  aor.  of  επιτρέχω  : 
έπιδρΰμέτην,  3  dual.     Hence 

Έπιδραμητέον,  verb,  adj.,  one  must 
run  over,  Clem.  Al. 

Έπιδρύσσομαι,  Att.  -ττομαι,  fut. 
-ξομαι,  {έπί,  δράσσω)άβρ.  mid.,  to  lay 
hold  of,  τινός,  Plut.,  cf  Wytt.  Ep.  Cr. 
238. 

'Επιδράω,  {έπί,  δράω)  to  do,  perform 
besides,  in  addition,  Phllostr. 

Έπ',δρέπομαι,  as  mid.  (έ-ί,  δρέπω) 
to  cull,  and  so  enjoy  besides,  τιμήν, 
Clem.  Al. 

Έπιδρομύδην,  adv.  (έπιδραμεΐν)=^ 
επιτροχάδην,  Orph.  [u] 

'Επιδρομή,  ης,  ή,  {έπιδράμεΐν,  επι- 
τρέχω) α  running  over  or  through,  κν- 
μάτων,  Arist.  Mund. — II.  a  sudden  in- 
road, attack  or  sally,  Thuc.  4,  23,  56  : 
έξ.  επιδρομής  αρπαγή,  plunder  got  by 
a  sudden  inroad,  Hdt.  1,  6-.  hence  έξ. 
έπ.,  on  the  sudden,  on  the  spur  of  the 
moment,  off-hand,  έξ  έπ.  αιρέσεις  ποι- 
είσθαι.  Plat.  Rep.  619  D.— Π.  a  j^ace 
to  which  ships  run  in,  a  beach,  Eur. 
Hel.  401. — ill.  an  overrunning,  flux, 
Foes.  Oecon.  Hipp. 

Έπίδρομία,  ας,  ?),^foreg.,  an  as- 
saidt,  Ap.  Rh. 

'il-ίδρομος,  ov,  {έπιδράμεΐν,  επι- 
τρέχω) that  may  be  overrun,  reached,  at- 
tained, τείχος  έπ.,  that  may  he  scaled, 
II.  6,  434  :  but  τείχος  αρμασιν  έπ.,  on 
which  chariots  can  run,  Anth. :  οδός 
έπίδρ.,  a  frequented  road,  Plut. — II. 
act.  running  over  :  metaph.  over-hasty, 
rash,  όρκος,  γνώμη,  Paus. — III.  6  έπί- 
δρομος,  the  cord  which  runs  along  the 
upper  edge  of  a  net.  Poll.  5, 29,  cf  Plin. 
X.  H.  19,  1. — 2.  the  sail  (or,  ace.  to 
Poll.  1,  91,  the  mast)  in  the  after  part 
of  a  ship,  V.  Isid.  Etym.  19,  3. 

Έπιδνναστενω,  {έπί,  δυναστεύω) 
to  reign  next  to,  after,  τινί. 

Έπιδνςόημέω,  ώ,  {επί,  δυσφημέω) 
to  give  one  an  ill  name,  τινά,  Arist. 
Eth.  N. 

Έπιδύω,  and  -δύνω,  f.  •ύσω,  {έπί, 
δύω)  to  go  down,  set  tipon,  τινί,  LXX., 
έπί  Tivi,  N.  T. :  in  genl.  to  set,  in 
tmesis,  II.  2,  413,  πριν  έπ'  ήέ?.ιον  δϋ- 
ναι.     [On  quantity  v.  δύω.] 

Έπιδωμάω,  ώ,  {έπί,  δωμάώ)  to  build 
upon  a  place. 

Έπιδώμεθα,  v.  sub  έπιδίδωμι. 

Έπιδώτης,  ου,  ό,  {έπιδίδωμι)  the 
Bountiful,  epith.  of  gods,  esp.  Jupiter, 
in  Paus.,  and  Plut. 

'Επιείκεια,  ας,  ή,  {επιεικής)  likeli- 
hood, plausibility,  reasonableness,  Hipp. 
— II.  reasonableness,  fairness,  Thuc.  3, 
40 :  7nildness,  clemency,  lb.  and  48 : 
also  natural  mildness,  goodness,  Eur., 
Arist.  Eth.  N. — 2  esp.  equity,  as  opp. 
to  strict  law,  cf  επιεικής  II.  2. 

Έπιείκελος,  ov,^=  είκελος,  like,  τινί, 
the  masc.  freq.  in  Hom.  (esp.  II.),  but 
only  in  phrases  έπ.  άθανάτοισιν,  and 
θεοΐς  έπ.  :  so  in  Hes. 

Έπιεικεύω,  to  be  επιεικής,  so  in 
nid.,  LXX  :  from 

Έπιεικτ/ς,  ες,  ίέπί,  εικός,  έοικα) fit- 
ting, meet,  suitable,  τύμβον  ov  μά?α 
πολλόν,   ΰ?Λ'  έπιεικέα  τοϊον,    not 


ΕΠΙΕ 
h;ige,  but  meet  in  size,  II.  23.  246, 
τίσονσι  iouv  έπιεικέ'  άμοιβήν,  Ά  fair 
recompence,  Od.  12,  382'  Elsewh. 
Hom.  has  only  the  neut.  επιεικές,  as 
adv.,  either  jiarenthet.,  ώς  επιεικές, 
as  is  meet,  II.  19,  147  ;  23,  537,  Od.  8, 
389  ;  or  c.  inf,  ov  κ'  επιεικές  άκυνειν, 
whatever  ismiet  for  you  to  hear,  11.  1, 
547,  oi'  επιεικές  ίργ'  έμεν  αθανάτων, 
such  as  is  meet  they  should  be,  11. 19, 
21,  cf  n.  23,  50,  Od.  2,  207,  παις  τά 
μέν  άλλα  επιεικής,  άφωνος  δέ,  a  fine 
boy,  but  dumb,  Hdt.  1,  85. — II.  hence 
in  Att.,  fair,  reasonable,  πρόφασις  έπ., 
a  fair  plea,  Thuc.  3,  9,  and  in  Hdt. 
2,  22,  fair,  p/««.5/iZe,  though  wrong : 
of  persons, /(jiV,  kind,  good,  gentle,  έπ. 
τήν  ψνχήν,  φύσει,  τοις  ήθεσι.  Plat. : 
τονπιιικές,  goodness.  Soph.  Ο.  C. 
1127. — 2.  esp.  opp.  to  δίκαιος,  not  in- 
sisting on  strict  justice,  making  allow- 
ance, Arist.  Eth.  5, 14  (10) :  hence,  το 
έπ.,  τα  έπ.^ 'επιείκεια  2,  Arist.  Rhet. 
1,  13,  13:  tirst  in  Hdt.,  τώΐ'  δικαίων 
τά  επιεικέστερα  προτιθέασι,  3,  53; 
τό  έπ.  και  ξνγγνωμον.  Plat.  Legg. 
757  D:  ingenl.=  iierpiOi',Deni.915,fin. 
— II.  adv.  -κώς,  Ion.  -κέως,  fairly,  tol- 
erably, moderately,  Lat.  satis,  έπ.  γ?.υ- 
κνς,  Hdt.  2,  92  :  mostly,  usually,  pret- 
ty much,  pretty  well,  and  SO  nearly=: 
Lat. /ere,  Schaf  Plut.  4,  p.  340,  Wyt- 
tenb.  Plut.  148  A  :  επιεικώς  έχειν,  to 
be  pretty  well,  Hipp. — 2.  probably,  rea- 
sonably. Plat.  Rep.  431  E,  etc.— 3. 
mildly,  kindly,  Plut.,  etc. 

ΐΈπιείκία.  ας,  ή,  Epiecia,  a  town  in 
the  neighbourhood  of  Sicyon,  Xen. 
Hell.  4,  2,  14. 

Έπιεικτός,  η,  όν,  {έπί,  ε'ικω)  yield- 
ing :  Ep.  Word,  in  Hom.  always,  ουκ 
έπιεικτός,  that  will  never  yield,  hence, 
μένος,  σθένος  ουκ  έπιεικτόν,  unyield- 
ing, dauntless  might,  II.  5,  892  ;  8,  32, 
Od.  19,  493  ;  so  too,  πένθος  ουκ  έπι- 
εικτόν, unceasing,  II.  16,  549  :  but.  έρ• 
γαγελαστα  και  ουκ  έπιεικτά,  not  giv- 
ing xvay,  ceaseless,  and  so  perh.  vexa- 
tious, Od.  8,  307,  ubi  cf.  Nitzsch. 

Έπιειμένος,  η,  ov.  Ion.  part.  perf. 
pass,  of  έπιένννμι,  έφένννμι,  ίοτέφει- 
μένος,  Hom. 

Έπιεισύμενος,  η,  ov.  Ion.  part.  aor. 
1  mid.  of  έπειμι,  {εΙμι)  II. 

Έπιείσομαι,  Ion.  fut.  of  ίπειμι, 
{εΙμι)  Hom. 

Έπιέ'λδομαι,  poet,  for  έπέ?.δομαι, 
to  desire,  long,  c.  inf,  Ap.  Rh. 

Έπιελίκτωρ,  ορός,  ό,  {έπί,  ελίσσω') 
one  who  rolls  round,  late. 

Έπιέ/.πομαι,  poet,  for  έπέ?.π.,  q. 
v.,  Hom.     Hence 

Έπίε?.πτος,  ov,  to  be  hoped  or  ex- 
pected.  Archil.  16. 

Έπιένΐ'ϋμι,  Ion.  for  έφένννμι,  to 
lay  or  put  on  besides  or  over,  χ'/.αΐναν 
έπιέσσαμεν,  we  threw,  spread  ά  cloak 
over  him',  Od.  20, 143.  Elsewh.  Horn, 
has  only  the  Ion.  part,  perf  pass,  έπι- 
ειμένος,  in  metaph.  signf  c.  ace,  άλ- 
κήν,  άναιδείην  έπ.,  clad  in  strength, 
shamelessness,  II.  1, 149  ;  8,  262,  etc.: 
ταλκόν  έπιέσται,  has  brass  upon  it, 
Hdt.  1,  47.  Mid.  to  put  on  one's  self 
besides,  put  on  as  an  upper  garment, 
χ?.αίνας,  Hdt.  4,  64 ;  in  genl.  to  cover, 
shroud  one's  self  in,  in  Imesis,  έπϊ  δέ 
νεφέ/.ην  έσσαντο,  II.  14,  350,  γήν  έπι- 
έσασθαι,  or  έπιέσσ.,  i.  e.  to  be  buried 
Pind.  N.  11,  21,  cf  Alb.  Hesych.  1, 
1352  :  so  later,  κνμα,  ΰχ/.νν,  κύμας, 
etc. :  but  also  c.  dat.  rei,  έπ.  νώτα 
κρόκαις,  to  wrap  one's  shoulders  ivith 
it,  Pinct.  N.  10,  82.  Cf.  ένννμι.—Ύ\ιβ 
Att.  form  έφένννμι,  is  rare,  for  even 
Xen.  Cyr.  6,  4,  6,  uses  έπιέσασθαι. 

Έπιέπομαι,  έπιέσπομαι,  poet,  for 
ίΦέπομαι,  έοέσπομαι. 

SOS 


ΕΠΙΖ 

Έπιίσσαμεν,  1  plur  aor.  ΙοΓέττί- 
ίνννμι.,  0(1. 

Έ,ττίΕτης,  ές,  {ί~ί,  έτος)  of  this 
year,  Polyb. 

νΕ-ίζά/.oc,  ov,  Dor.  for  έ-ίζη?.ος, 
Bacchyl.  1,2. 

ΈτΓί,'ΰρρω,  =  έπι3αρέω,  in  Eur. 
Phoeu.  45.  ubi  v.  Valck.  and  Pors.. 
and  in  Rhes.  441 :  cf.  ζεμεθρον,  and 
V.  sul)  Z.  {ζαρέω,  does  not  seem  to 
have  existed  any  more  than  the  pres. 
(ίαμίω.) 

'Έ^πιζύφε?.θ€,  ov,  vehement,  violent, 
χό7.ος,  II.  9,  525  :  also  adv.  έ-ιζαφε- 
'λώς,  (as  if  from  έτηζαφελής,  which 
never  occurs)  vehemeiilly,  furiously,  ijT. 
χαλετίαίνειν,  μενεαίνειν,  Π.  9,  516, 
Od.  6,  330 :  and  ίττιζ.  ίρεείνειν,  Η. 
Horn.  Merc.  487 :  also  έττίζαίρελοί' 
κοτίονσα,  Αρ.  Rh  Only  Ep.  and  al- 
ways of  passionate  anger.  (The  siin- 
iile  ζάφε?α)ς,  never  occurs :  it  is  plain- 
y  connected  with  the  intens.  prefix 
ζα-,  ace.  to  some  strengthd.  by  6φέλ• 
7m.)  [a]  ^ 

ΈτΓίΓάω,  (^-ί,  ζάω)  to  overlive,  sur- 
vive, Hdt.  1, 120  (in  Ion.  form  έττίζώω), 
Plat.  Legg.  6G1  C. 
'Έ,-ιζείω,  poet,  for  έττιζέω. 
Έ-ίζεμα,  ατός,  τό,  {έ~ίζέϋ,)  α  boil- 
ing or  a  bulled  liquid. 

'Έ,ττιζενγννμί,  zna-vvu,  f.  -ζεύξω, 
(έτΓί,  ζεύγνυμι.)  Ιο  put  or  fasten  to  or 
vpon,  Lat.  adjungere :  in  genl.  to  tie, 
bind  together,  Hdt.  7,  3C  ;  k~.  ΰχον 
ττώ/.οις.  Aesch.  Eum.  405 ;  χείρας 
ίμΰσί,  Theocr.  22,3:  metaph.  έ-ίζ'. 
κοινοί'  δνομά  τινι  και  τινι,  Arist.  Η. 
Α. — II.  Ιο  inclose,  Polyb. :  hence  in 
pass.,  ε~ιζ(νχθ//ι•αι  στόμα,  to  have 
one's  mouth  closed  up,  shut,  Aesch.  Cho. 
1014,  like  έτΓίί,'υνόω.     Hence 

Έ~ίζ6ΐ'/ί~7/ρ,  ήρος,  ύ,  α  band  ;  and 
'Έ.-ίζευξίς,  εως,  ή,  α  fastening  togeth- 
er, joining,  Theophr. 

^Έ.—ιζεφΰρίος,  ov,  {επί,  Ζεφύριον) 
on  (the  promontory)  Ziphyrium,  Epi- 
zephyrinn,  esp.  epith.  of  Italian  Locri, 
Pind.  O.  10,  18,  Hdt.,  etc. 

'Έ.'7:ίζέφνρος,  ov,  (έττί, ζέφυρος)  lying 
touards  the  west,  western,  Euphor.  G8. 
'E-is'f'w,  f.  -ζεσίύ,  {'επί,  ζέω)  tc  boil, 
seethe,  be  hot,  boil  up  like  water.  Freq. 
metaph.  e.  g.  ΰκούσαντί  μοι  ή  νεότης 
έττέζεσε,  my  youthful  spirit  boiled,  was 
hot  within  me,  Hdt.  7,  13 :  so  of  any 
passion,  η  χολή  ίττιζεΐ,  Ar.  Thesm. 
468,  έτΓ.  θνμά'λοιψ,  Ar.  Ach.  321 : 
also  κέντρ'  i-ιζέααντα,  of  the  poison 
\vorking  out,  Soph.  Tr.  840 ;  πήμ' 
έ~έζεσε,  Eur.  Hec.  583. — II.  act.  to 
make  to  boil,  heat.  c.  acc,  έ~ιζεΐν  λέ- 
βητα, Eur.  Cycl.  392,  doubted  how- 
ever by  Lob.  Aj.  p.  226,  ed.  1 :  and  in 
Eur.  I.  T.  987,  οργ]  ίτζέζεσε  το  Ταν- 
τα).ειον  σ—έρμα  οία  πόνυν  τ'  άγει, 
the  acc.  σπέρμα,  prob.  belongs  to  άγει 
only. 

'Επίζηλος,  ov,  ( ίπί,  ζήλος)  that 
which  is  the  object  of  emulation  or  envy, 
envied,  Bacchyl.  1  :  hence  in  genl. 
fortunate,  prosperous,  Aesch.  Ag.  939. 
• — II.  act.  envious,  late. 

νΕπίζ//?.ος,  ov,  a,  EpizHus,  an  Athe- 
nian inasc.  pr.  n.,  Hdt.  6,  117. 

Έπιζ//μιος.  ov,  (έπί,  ζημία)  bringing 
loss  upon,  hurtful,  Thuc.  1,  32,  τινι, 
Xen.  Mem.  2,  7,  9. — II.  το  επιζήμιον, 
=ζΐίμία,  a  punishment,  penalty.  Plat. 
Legg.  784  E. — III,  liable  to  punishment , 
lb.  705  A,  Aeschin.  7,  13.  Adv.  -ως. 
Hence 

Έπιζημιόω,  ΰ,  to  punish,  στατήρι 
κατα  τον  άνδρα,  Xen.  Hell.  5,  2,  22. 
Hence 

Έπιζημίωμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  penalty, 
punishment.  Tab.  Heracl. 

Έπιζιιτέω,  ώ,  {έπί,  ζητέω)  to  seek 
'  ΰ06 


ΕΠΙΘ 

for.  seek  after,  ask  for,  tiish  for,  τινά, 
"Hdt.  3,  36  ;  5,  24  :  to  hunt  about,  beat 
for  game,  o'l  ίπιζητοΰντες,  the  beaters, 
Xen.  Cyr.  2,  4,  25.     Hence 

Έπιζήτημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  question, 
thing  sought  for,  Clem.  Al. 

Έπιζητί/σιμος,  ov,  sought  for  or  to 
be  souglitfur,  missed  :  from 

Έπιζήτησις,  εως,  ή,  (έπιζητέω)  a 
seeking,  longing  after,  Joseph. 

Έπιζητητέον.  verb.  adj.  from  έπι- 
ζητέω, one  must  inquire,  Arist.  Eth.  N. 

Έπιζvγέω,ώ,=  sq.  ;  but  in  Nic.  ap. 
Ath.  683  C,  seemingly  in  pass,  signf, 
to  be  joined. 

Έπιζνγόω,  ώ,  {έπί,  ζνγόω)  to  yoke 
to  :  esp.  of  doors,  to  close,  opp.  to  uva- 
ζνγόω. 

Έπιζώννϋμι,  f.  -ζώσω,  (.επί,  ζώννυ- 
μι)  to  gird,  bind  on.  Pass,  επεζωσμένοι, 
with  their  clothes  girt  on  SO  as  to  leave 
the  breast  bare,  Hdt.  2,  85. 

Έπιζώστρα,  ας,  ή,^ζωστι/ρ,  abelt, 
girdle. 

Έπιζώω,  Ion.  for  έπιζάω,  Hdt.  1, 
120. 

Έ-ί7/λε,  3  sing.  aor.  1  from  έπιύλ- 
λω,  Od.  [ί] 

'Έπίημι,  Ion.  for  έφίημι,  Hdt. 

Έπιηνόανε,  Ep.  for  έόήνόανε,  3 
sing.  impf.  from  έφανόάνω,  Od. 

Ύ^πίηρα,  twice  in  Horn.,  II.  1,  572, 
578,  επίηρα  φέρειν  τινι,  also  Soph. 
Ο.  Τ.  1095,  just=7/pa  φέρειν  τινι,  or 
έπί  τινι,  to  bring  one  ichat  is  dear  or 
pleasant,  to  be  kind,  favourable  to  him, 
take  his  side,=  the  prose  χαρίζεσΟαι. 
Neut.  plur.  from  ίπίηρος,  agreeable, 
grateful:  the  neut.  sing,  is  found  in 
Lesch.  (Fr.  Horn.  56),  masc.  in  Em- 
ped.  208:  \.  ηρα,  and  sq.  (Buttm. 
Le.\il.,  voc.  ηρα  8,  rejects  the  word 
entirely,  reading  always  επϊ  ηρα : 
but  his  reasons  are  not  satisfactory.) 

Έπιήρανος,  ()v,  =  foreg.,  pleasing, 
ονδέ  τί  μοι  ποδύνιπτρα  ποδών  έπιή- 
ρανα  βνμώ,  Od.  19,  343.  Post-Hom. 
the  signi.  varies  between  agreeable, 
suitable,  and  that  of  ruling,  possessiyig, 
(in  connexion  with  ηρανος,  κοίρανος,) 
e.  g.  έργων,  Emped.  421,  later  warding 
off,  repelling,  άσπις  ακόντων,  Anth.: 
also  act.,  νεύρων  έπιήρανος,  strength- 
ening, giving  tension.  Plat.  (Com.)  Pha. 
1,  19.     Cf.  Buttm.  Lexil.  voc.  ijpa  12. 

Έπιηρεφί/ς,  ές.  Ion.  for  Ιπηρεφης. 

Έπίηρος,  ov,  v.  sub  έπίηρα. 

'Έπιθύ?Μμιος,  ov,  (έπί,  θίιλαμος) 
belonging  to  a  bridal,  nuptial,  Luc.  : 
hence  ro  έπιθ.,  suh.  μέ?^ος,  the  tniptial, 
bridal  song,  usu.  sung  in  chorus  be- 
fore the  bridal  chamber,  v.  Theocr.  18, 
Himer.  Or.  1.  [a]    Hence 

Έπιθΰ/Μμίτης,  ov,  6,  epith.  of  Mer- 
cury, [i] 

'Έ,πιθα?Μσσίδιος,  ov,  Att.  -ττίδιος, 
=sq.,  Thuc.  4,  76. 

'Έ,πιθΰλάσσως,  Att.  -ττιος,  ία,  tov, 
also  ιος,  lov,  Xen.  Hell.  3,  4,  28,  {έπί, 
Φύλασσα)  lying  on  the  shore  or  coast, 
Lat.  maritimus,  Hdt.  1,  154,  Thuc, 
etc. :  in  genl.  marine,  Epich.  p.  55. 

ΈτΓίΑάλασσοζ-,  ov,  Att.  -ττυς,  rarer 
form  for  foreg.,  App. 

ΈπιΟα/,π7/ς,  ες,  warm  :  from 
Έπιθά,λπω.  ί.-ψω,  {έπί,  θά/^,πώ)  to 
uarm,  esp.  on  the  surface,  γαίαν,  Xen- 
ophan.,  and  Pint. 

Έπιθαμβέω,  ύ,  {έπί,  θαμβέω)  to 
marvel  at.  admire,  Nonn. 

Επιθανάτιος,  ov,  {έπί,  θάνατος) 
condemned  to  death  :  in  genl.^sq  adv. 
-τίως  ίχειν=έπιθανύτως  έχειν.  [α] 

'Έ.πιϋάνΰ.τος,  ov,  {έπί.  θάνατος)  sick 
to  death,  hard  at  death's  door,  Dem. 
1225,  1.— II.  deadly,  of  poisons,  The- 
ophr. Adv.  -τως  Ιχειν,  to  be  sick  unto 
death,  like  έπιθάνατος  είναι•  [δ] 


ΕΠΙΘ 

Έπιθΰνής,  ές,  {έπί,  θανεΐν)— έπι- 
θάνατος. 

Έπιθύπτω,  f.  -θάψω,  {έπί,  θάπτω) 
to  bury  again,  Philostr. 

ΈπιΟαρσέω,  ώ,  and,  esp.  Att..  -6/α^- 
^έω,  ώ,  {έπί,  θαμσέω)  to  put  confidence, 
trust  in  a  person  or  thing,  τινί,  Plut. 
— II.  to  take  heart  to  resist,  τοις  έχ• 
θροϊς,  App. 

ΈπιΟαρσύνω  and  Att.  -βίινω,  {έπί, 
θαρσύνω)  to  cheer  07i,  excite,  stir  up,  c. 
acc.  pcrs.,  II.  4,  183. 

Έπιθαυμύζω,  {έπί,  θαυμάζω)  topay 
honour  to,  compliment,  esp.  by  giving  a 
honorarium  0Γ  fee,  τον  διδάσκαλοι', 
Ar.  Nub.  1147. 

'Έπιθεύζω,^=ίπιθειύζω,  to  invoke 
the  gods  against,  τινί,  Pherecr.  MjTm. 

10,  cL  Blomf  Aesch.  Cho.  843. 
'ΈπιΟεύομαι,  ί.  -άσομαι,  {έπί,  θεύο- 

μαι)  ίο  look  upon,  to  view. 

'Επιθειάζω,  f.  -άσω,  {έπί,  θειύζω) 
to  be  under  divine  influence,  be  in.'^pired: 
toforetel,  Dion.  H. — II.  to  call  vpon  in 
the  name  of  the  gods,  to  adjure,  conjure, 
Lat.  obtestari  per  dcos,  τοσαντίΐ  έπι- 
θειάσας.  Thuc.  2,  75  :  έπ.  μη  ποιεΐν. 
Id.  8,  53  :  cf.  Buttm.  Lexil.  θαύ,σ- 
σειν  6,  and  cf.  έπιϋεάζω. — III.  to  in- 
spire, τινί,  Plut. — IV.  to  glorify,  Plut. 
Hence 

Έπιθείάσις,  εως,  η,  inspiration,  ex- 
citement, Philo. — ^2.  =sq. :  and 

Έπιθειασμός,  or,  ύ,  an  appeal  to 
the  gods,  Thuc.  7,  75,  in  plur. 

^Έπιθεΐτε,  shortd.  2  plur.  opt.  aor. 
2  from  έπιτίθημι,  for  έπιθείητε,  Hom. 

''Επιθέ?.γω,  ί.  -ξω,  {έπί,  θέλγω)  to 
soothe,  assuage,  Plut. 

Επίθεμα,  ατός,  τό,  {έπιτίθημι)  thai 
which  is  laid,  put  upon  a  thing. — 1.  an 
external  application,  Diosc. — 2.  a  lid, 
cover,  Philo. — 3.  a  gravestone,  momir 
ment,  Paus. 

Έπιθερΰπενω,  {έπί,  θεραπεύω)  ίο 
be  diligent  about,  work  zealously  for, 
T)iv  κάθοδον,  Thuc.  8,  47,  cf  84.— IL 
to  apply  a  second  remedy,  Medic. 

νΚπιθέρσης,  ους,  ό,  Epitherses, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Pans. 

νΈ,πιθερσίδης,  ov,  ό,  Epithersides, 
prop,  son  of  Epithersus,  masc.  pr.  n., 
Diod.  S. 

ΈπίΟεσις,  εως,  -ή,  {έπιτίθημι)  a 
laying  or  putting  on,  χειρών,  IS.  Τ.: 
application,  έπιχρίστων,  Plut. — 2.  an 
application  of  epithets,  Arist.  Rhet. — 

11.  (from  mid.)  a  setting  upon,  attack, 
Xen.  An.  4,  4,  22  :  έπ.  ΤΙερσύν  τοις 
"Ε?.?.ησι,  Plat.  Legg.  698  Β  :  an  at- 
tempt, plot,  έπί  Tiva,  Arist.  Pol. :  in 
genl.  a  setting  to  work  at,  έργω,  Polyb. 

Έπιθεσπίζω,  {έπί,  θεσπίζω)  of  an 
oracle  or  god,  to  give  sanction,  τινί, 
Dion.  H. :  but — II.  έπιθ.  τω  τρίποδι, 
to  prophesy  upon  the  tripod,  give  the 
oracle's  answer  there,  Hdt.  4,  179, 
Hence 

Έπιθεσπισμός,  ov,  6,  the  sanction 
of  an  oracle,  etc.,  Arr. 

^Επιθετέον,  verb.  adj.  from  έπιτί- 
θημι, one  must  lay  vpon,  impose,  δίκην, 
Plat.  Gorg.  507  D. — II.  one  must  lay 
one's  hand  to,  set  to  work  at,  τινί,  Plat. 
Soph.  231  C. 

Έπιθέτης,  ov,  b,  {επιτίθεμαι)  a 
plotter,  impostor,  Luc. 

Έπιθετικίις,  ή.  civ,  {επιτίθεμαι)  flt, 
ready  to  attack,  Xen.  Mem.  3,  1.  6: 
stirring,  active,  περί  τι.  Arist.  Pol. — ■ 
II.  (έπιτίθημι)  added,  Lat.  adjectivus, 
esp.  Gramm. ;  and  so  το  έπ.,  the  ad• 
jective.     Adv.  -κως. 

Έπίθετος,  ov,  (έπιτίθημι)  added, 
annexed,  attached  to,  τινί,  IVIenand.  p. 
192:  hence  —  2.  adventitious,  Arist. 
Eth.  N.  :  far- frtcht,  foreign,  Isocr.  145 
C  ;  fictitious,  Theojjhr.,  of.  έπακτός. 


ΕΠΙΘ 

έττίκτητος. — Π.  as  subst.,  το  ίττ-,  an 
epithet,  Arist.  Rhet.   Adv.  -τως,  Strab. 

Έττίθέω,  f.  -θενσομαι.  {έτζί,  θεω)  to 
ηιη  upon  ΟΓ  at,  Hilt.  9,  107  :  to  chase, 
pursue,  Xen.  Cyn.  6,  10. 

ΈτΓίθεωρέυ,  ώ,  {επί,  θεωρέω)  to 
e-xamine  over  again  or  carefully,  τι, 
Hipp.     Hence 

Έ—ιθεώρησις,  εως,  η,  a  gazing  up- 
on, contemplation,  M.  Anton. 

Έ-ιβευρϊα,  ας,  rj.=  {oteg. 

'Ε~ιβήγω,  fut.  -ξω,  {επί,  θηγω)  to 
whet,  sharpen,  Ael.  :  nietaph.  to  stimu- 
late, excite,  Plut. 

'Έπιθήκη.  ης,  ή,  {ϊττιτίθημι)  an  ad- 
dition, increase,  Hes.  Op.  378  :  some- 
thing given  in  or  over  in  a  bargain,  Ar. 
Vesp.  1391. 

Έττίθημα,  ατός,  τό,^έ-ίθεμα,  φω- 
ριαμύν  ίττιΰήματα,  lids  of  chests,  II. 
24,  228  :  a  gravestone,  Isae.     Hence 

Έηίθηματικός,  ή,  όν,  of,  belonging 
to  έττιθήματα. 

Έ~ιθηματουργία,  ας,  ή,  {ίττίθημα, 
*  έργω)  α  making  of  lids,  covers,  roofs, 
etc.,  Plat.  Polit.  280  D. 

Έπίθ?ίματόω,  ώ,  (επίθημα)  to  cover, 
put  a  lid  upon,  Tt,  Antlcl.  ap.  Ath. 
473  C. 

Έπιθηραρχία,  ας,  ή,  office  of  an 
ίπιθήραρχος,  v.  1.  Ael.  :  from 

Έ-ίθήραρχος,  ου,  ό,  {επί,  θήραρ- 
χος)  the  chief  commander  of  the  ele- 
phants. 

^Επιθησανρίζυ,  {επί,  θησαυρίζω)  to 
store  up.     Hence 

Έπιθησανριστέον,  verb,  adj.,  one 
must  store  up,  Clem.  Al. 

Έπίθιγ-}άΐ'ω,  aor,  έπέθιγον,  {επί, 
&ιγ}ύνω)  to  touch,  Theophr. 

Έπιθλίβω,  f.  -φω,  {έπί,  θλίβω)  to 
press  upon,  rub  the  surface,  Diod.  :  me- 
taph.  to  annoy,  Plut.  [θ/.ί]    Hence 

Έπίθ/.ί-ψίς,  εως,  ή,  pressure  on  the 
surface,  Aretae. 

'Επιθιήσΐίω,  {έπί,  θνήσκω)  to  die 
afterwards,  Dion.  H. 

Έπίθοάζω,  in  Aesch.  Cho.  856, 
Eur.  Med.  1409,  usu.  mterpreted,  to 
sit  as  a  suppliant  at  an  attar,  to  pray 
tlte  gods  for  aid,  pray  passionately.  Irom 
the  supposed  orig,  notion  of  sitting 
suppliant  at  an  altar  (cf.  θούζω  II.), 
and  so  much  like  έπιθεάζω,  which 
Bloinf.  would  read  ;  but  cf.  Buttm. 
Lexil.  voc.  θαάσσειν  6. 

Έπιθο/.όω,  ώ,  to  make  muddy,  ob- 
scure, Luc. 

Έ,πιθορεϊν,  inf.  aor.  of  επιθρώσκω  : 
the  pres.  ίπιθορεω  only  verj'  late. 

Έπιβύμτνμαι.,  (έπί,  θόρννμαί)  to 
cover,  of  male  animals,  βονσί,  Luc. 
Amor.  23. 

Έπίθορόω,  ώ,  (έπί,  θοοός)  to  im- 
pregnate, Clem.  Al. 

Έπιθορνβέω,  ώ,  (έπί,  θορυ3έω)  to 
shout  to  or  at,  esp.  i7i  token  of  appraisal, 
Xen.  Hell.  1,7,  13;  2,3,50. 

Έπιθρύσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  contr.  for 
έπίταράσσω.     [a  by  nature.] 

Έ-ίθρανω,  (έπί,  θραύω)  to  break, 
άρτον,  Anth. 

Έ-ίΟρέξας,  ασα,  αν,  part.  aor.  1  of 
επιτρέχω,  II. 

Έπίβρεπτος,  or,  (έπί,  τρέφω)  well- 
fed,  corpulent,  Hipp. 

ΈττιΟρτμ-έω,  ύ,  (έπί.  θρηνέω)  to 
lament  over  one,  Plut.      Hence 

Έπιθρηνησις,  εως,  η,  a  lamentation, 
Plut, 

Έπιθρομβόω,  ώ,  (έπί,  θρομβόω)  to 
make  to  curdle :  pass,  to  curdle,  Js  ic, 

Έπιβρνπτω,  (έπί.  θρύπτω)  to  break 
%ip:  metaph.  to  enfeeble,  Philostr. 

'Επιθρώσκω,  f.  -θοροϋμαι,  aor.  -έθο- 
pov,  (έπί.  θρώσκω)  to  spring,  leap  upon, 
C  gen.•,  II,  8,  515  :  also  c.  dat.,  τνμ3ω, 
like  Lat,  insultare,  with  coUat,  notion 


ΕΠΙΘ 

'of  insult,  II,  4,  177  :  c.  adj.  neut,, 
τόσσον  έπιθρώσκονσι.  so  far  do  they 
spring,  II.  5,  772,  so  too  μακρά  έπιθρ., 
Hes.  Sc.  438. — 2.  to  spring  up,  arise, 
ascend,  ομίχλη,  Musae.  113. 

Έπιθϋμέω,  ώ,  (έπί,  θυμός)  to  set 
one's  heart  upon  a  thing,  long  for,  aim 
at,  desire,  c.  gen.  rei,  Hdt.  2,  66,  and 
Att. :  c.  gen.  pars.,  to  love,  or  rather 
lust  after,  Lys.  96,  40,  and  Xen. ;  and 
so  c.  ace.  ners.,  Menand.  ap.  Clem. 
Al.  605  D:'c.  inf.,  Hdt.  1,  24,  etc.  : 
absol.  to  lust,  covet,  Thuc.  6,  92,  and 
Plat.:  TO  έπιθυμούν=έπιθυμία,Ύ]ιυ.ο. 
6,  24.     Hence 

Έπιθνμημα,  ατός,  τό,  the  object  of 
desire,  Xen.  Hiero  4,  7  :  yearning,  de- 
sire, Hipp.,  Plat.,  etc.  [ϋ]  :  and 

Έπιθύμησις,  εως,  ή,  a  desiring, 
longing,  desire,  Isae.  [v] 

Έπιθνμτ/τειρα,  ας,  ή,  fem.  of  sq., 
Call.  Dian.  237. 

'Επιθυμητής,  οΰ,  ό,  (έπιθϋμέω)  one 
who  longs  for  or  desires,  νεωτέρων  έρ- 
γων, Hdt.  7,  6,  and  so  in  Plat. :  a 
lover,  follou-er,  Xen.  Mem.  1,  2,  60. 

Έπιθνμητικός,  ή.  όν,  (έπιθνμέω) 
desiring,  lusting,  coveting,  το  έπιθ., 
that  division  of  the  soul  which  i.•'  the 
seat  of  the  desires  and  affections.  Plat. 
Rep.  439  E,  Arist.  Eth.  N.  1,  13,  2.— 
II.  act.  inspiring  desire,  dub.  Adv. 
-κώς  έχειν,=  έπιθυμεϊν.  Plat.  Phaed. 
108  C. 

'Επιθυμητός,  ή,  όν,  (έπιθϋμέω)  de- 
sired, to  he  desired :  τώ  έπ.,  objects  of 
desire,  Arist.  Eth.  N.     Adv.  -τώς. 

'Επιθυμία,  ας,  ή,  (έπιθνμέω)  α  de- 
sire, yearning,  longing,  Hdt.  1.  32,  and 
in  Att.  prose  ;  έπ.  τινός,  longing  after 
a  thing,  as  ύδατος,  σίτου,  etc.,  Thuc, 
and  Xen. :  έπιθνμίαν  έχειν,  c.  inf., 
Xen. :  usu.  in  bad  sense,  desire,  lust, 
πρής  Tiva,  towards  one,  Xen.  Lac. 
2.  14  :  opp.  to  πρόνοια,  desire, passion, 
Thuc.  6, 13.— II.  =έπιθύμημα,  Pittac. 
ap.  Stob.  p.  46,  6. 

Έπιθνμίΰαα,  ατός,  τό,  incense,  an 
incense-offering.  Soph.  O.  T.  913:  from 

Έπιθϋμιάω,  ώ,  fut.  -άσω,  (έπί.  θυ- 
μιύω)  to  offer  incense,  Plut.  [ασω] 

Έπιθύμιος,  ον,=  έπιθνμητικός.  [ί] 

Έπιθϋμίς,  ίόος,  η,  α  wreath  of  flow- 
ers for  the  neck,  Hesych.,  cf.  νπο- 
θυμίς.  —  II.  έπιθνμίς  ιόος,  ή,  thyme, 
Diosc. 

Έπιθϋμόδειπνος,  ον,  (έπιθϋμέω, 
δείπνου)  eager  for  dinner,  Plut. 

Έπίθνμον,  ον.  τό,  a  parasitical 
plant  on  thyme,  θύμος:  or  the  flower 
of  thyme,  Diosc. 

Έπΐβύνω,=  έπευθύνω,  Soph.  Phil. 
1059.  [f.] 

Έπίθνσιάω,  ω,  to  offer  incense, 
Sophron, 

'Επίθνω,  fut.  -νσω,  (έπί,  θνω  Β)  to 
rush  eagerly  at,  έπιθΰσας,  by  violence, 
Od.  16,  297.^-2.  C.  inf.,  to  strive  vehe- 
mently to  do  a  thing,  II.  18,  175  :  to 
drsirc,  long  to  do,  c.  inf.,  H.  Hom. 
Merc.  475.  Cf,  έπιτνόω.  [Ep.  έπΙ- 
θϋω,  whence  some  reject  the  com- 
mon deriv.  from  έπί,  θνω,  and  refer 
it  to  'ιθύνω:  but  then  it  should  be 
written  έπιθννω,  for  ίθνω  has  always 
V :  the  sense  does  not  demand  this, 
V.  sub  θνω  Β,  and  ι  is  easily  lengthd. 
in  arsis,  as  ο  in  άπϋειπών,  ΰπόέρσί), 
ΰπϋέρδείΐ,  v.  Spitzn.  Vers.  Her.  85, 
86.] 

Έπΐθνω,  fut.  -νσω,  (έπί,  θνω  A)  to 
offer  sacrifice  besides  or  after,  τέλ.εον 
νεαρηΐς,  Aesch.  Ag.  1504,-2.  in  genl. 
to  offer  sacrifice,  τι  βεοΊς,  Ar.  Plut. 
1116. — II.  to  offer  incense.  Wees.  Diod. 
12,  11,  etc.  [C  usu.  in  pres.,  ϋ  always 
in  fut,] 
I     Έπιβωράκίδίον,  ου,  τό,  [έπί,  θώ- 


ΕΠΙΚ 

<'ραξ)  α  tunic  ΟΓ  tabard  worn  over  the 
θώρηξ.  Plut. 

Έπιθωράκίζομαι,  as  mid.,  (έπί,  θω- 
ρακίζω) to  arm,  put  on  harness,  Xen. 
Cyr.  3,  3,  27. 

Έπιθωρήσσω,  f.  -ξω,  (έπί,  θωρήσ- 
σω)  to  arm,  equip  against  one.  Mid. 
to  get  ready  for  the  fight,  Ap.  Rh. 

Έπιθωύσσω,  f.  -ξω,  (έπί,  θωνσσω) 
to  shout,  call  out,  τινί  τι,  Aesch,  Pr, 
277,  τινί,  Eur.  I.  T.  1127  ;  and  absol., 
Aesch.  Pr.  73. — II.  to  cheer  on,  c.  ace, 
Synes. 

Έπιίδμων,  ον,  gen.  όνος,  (έπί,  Ιδ- 
μων)=έπαστωρ,  τινός,  Anth. 

Έπιίζομαι,  Ion.  for  έψέζομαι. 

Έπιΐστωρ,  ορός,  ό,  ή,  (έπί,  Ιστωρ) 
skilled,  practised  in,  c.  gen.,  μεγά/.ων 
έργων,  Od.  21,  26,  and  in  late  Ep. — 
2.  conscious  of,  acquainted  ivith,  έπ. 
τεών  μύθων,  witnesses  of,  Αρ.  Rh.  4, 
89. 

Έπικαγχύζω,  {έπί,  κaγχάζui)  to 
laugh  loud  at,  τινί. 

Έπικαγχί/.ύω,  ώ,(έπί.  καγχαλ,ύω) 
to  triumph,  exult  in,  τινί,  Q,  Sm. 

Έπικαθαιρέω,  ώ,  (έπί,  καθαιρέω) 
to  pull  down,  destroy  besides,  Thuc.  8, 
20. 

Έπικαθαίρω,  {έπί,  καθαίρω)  to 
purge  yet  more,  Hipp. 

Έπικαθέζομαι,  fut.  -εδονμαι,  (έπί, 
καβέζομαι)  as  pass,,  to  sit  down  upon, 
έπί  Tivi,  Ar,  Plut,  185, 

Έπικαθεύδω,  f.  -ενδήσω,  (έπί,  κα• 
θεύδω)  to  sleep  upon,  τινί,  Luc. ;  to 
sit  on  eggs,  Ari.st.  H,  A. 

Έπικάθημαι,  Ion.  -κύτημαι,  (έπί, 
κάθημαι)  to  sit  upon,  τινί,  Hdt.  0,  72 : 
to  press  -upon,  be  heavy  on,  έπί  tlvi, 
Ar.  Ran.  1016  :  also  c.  ace,  App. :  to 
brood,  sit  upon  eggs,  Arist.  H.  A. — ^2. 
έπ.  έπί  -<j/of,  sii  ο/,  of  a  money-chan- 
ger, Dera.  1189,20. — II.  to  sit  down, 
against  a  place,  besiege  it,  Thuc.  7,  27. 

Έπικαθιζάνω.^έπικαθίζω,  έπί  τι, 
Antiph.  Strat.  2,  12. 

Έπικαθίζω,  (έπί,  καθίζω)  to  set, 
put  upon,  Tivu  έπί  τι,  Hipp. — II.  intr. 
to  set  one's  self,  sit,  πειθώ  τις  έπεκύ- 
θιζεν  έπι  τοις  χεί/.εσι,  Eupol.  Dem. 
6.  —  2,  to  sit  down  against,  besiege, 
πό/.ει,  Polyb, 

Έπικαθίημι,  (έπί,  καθίημι)  to  let 
down,  set  upon,  τί  τινι,  Ephipp.  Ναυ- 
αγ.  1  :  to  let  down,  shut,  πύ/.ας,  App. 
[On  quantity  v.  ίημι.] 

Έπικύθισμα,  ατός,  τό,  (έπικαθίζω) 
α  sitting,  place  to  sit  on. 

Έπικαθίστημι,ί.  -καταστησω,(έπί, 
καθίστημι)  to  place,  set  on  or  over, 
τινά  έπί  τινι.  Plat.  Tim.  72  Β.— II. 
to  place,  appoint  besides  or  after,  έπ. 
τινά  στρατηγού,  to  appoint  as  suc- 
cessor in  command,  Poljb. 

Έπικαινίζυ,  (έπί,  καινίζω)  to  re- 
neiv.  restore,  LXX. 

Έπικηινοτομέω,  (5,=  sq. 

Έπικαινονργέω,  ω,  (έπί,  καινονρ- 
γέω)  to  plot,  contrive  novelties,  Democr. 
ap.  Stob.  4.  39. 

Έπικαινόω,  ώ,  (έτΓί,  καινόω)  νό- 
μους, to  innovate  upon,  change  rashly, 
Aesch.  Eum.  693. 

Έπικαιρία,  ας,  ή,  an  occasion,  fit 
time  or  place,  Hipp, :  from 

Έπικαίριος,  ον,  (έπί,  καιρός)  sea- 
sonable, suitrihle,  Lat.  opportunus  :  im- 
portant, needful,  Xen.  Oec.  5,  4  ;  τόποι 
έπ.,  vital  parts.  Tim,  Locr,  102  D,  and 
so  oi  έπ..  the  most  important,  chief  per- 
sons of  the  army,  Xen.  Cyr.  3,  3,  12, 
etc, :  e.  inf.,  oi  θεραπενεσθαι  έπι- 
καίριοι,  those  whose  cure,  health  is 
all  important,  lb.  Cf.  sq. — II.  later, 
lasting  for  a  time,  perishable.  Adv. 
-ίως,  conveniently,  Plut. 

ΈτΓίκαίροο,  oi^^lOreg.,  Pind.  Ρ 
507 


ΕΠΙΚ 

4,  488,  Thnc,  etc. :  ί  ,τ.  σήματα,  im- 
portant .stmpioms,  Hijjp. :  h'  τώ  i-~i- 
καιροτύτω,  in  the  most  vital  part, 
Xcii.  Eq.  12.  7  :  ra  ex.,  advantageous 
positions,  Xen.  Hier.  10,  5  ;  so  in. 
τόττυι.  Dem.  231,  It:  c.  gen.,  fit,  use- 
ful, proper  far.  Soph.  Aj.  1406:  c.  inf., 
irr.  άποχοί/σθαι,  7nost  convenient  to 
use,  Thuc.  1,68.    ^ 

Έττίκαίω,  Att.  Ιττικάω,  f.  -κανσω, 
{ίττί,  Kaiu)  to  light  tiji,  kindle  on  a 
place,  πύρ,  Η.  Hoin.  Αρ.  401  ;  to  burn 
on  an  altar,  11.  22,  170,  etc.,  in  tmesis. 
— II.  to  burn  on  the  surface,  scorch, 
Hipp. :  in  genl.  to  bum,  Arist.  Meteor. 

^Επικάλάμύομαι,  (έπί,  καλαμάομαι) 
to  glean,  Luc. 

Έ~ικύ?.έω,  ώ,  f.  -εσω,  (έττί,  κα7^εω) 
to  call  on,  call  to,  appeal  to,  βεόν,  Hdt. 
2,  39,  etc. ;  θεον  τινί,  to  use  a  god's 
name  ta  adjuring  one.  Id.  1, 199,  cf.  3, 
65:  so  too  in  mid..  Id.  1,  87.— II.  to 
call  in  addition,  besides,  give  a  suryiame 
or  nickname  to  :  in  pass,  to  be  called  by 
surname,  Hdt.  8,  4l;  or  to  be  7iick- 
luimcd,  Xen.  Mem.  1,  4,  2,  Hell.  2,  3, 
30. — HI.  lilve  εγκα7.εω,  to  bring  an  ac- 
cusation against,  τινί  τι,  Thuc.  1,  139  ; 
also  έπ.  τινί,  c.  inf.,  Thuc.  2,  27  :  c. 
ace.  rei,  to  throw  in  one's  teeth,  Ar. 
Pac.  663  :  hence  in  pass.,  τα  ίττικα- 
Άενμενα χρήματα,  the  money  that  was 
imputed  to  him,  i.  e.  which  he  was 
charged  with  having,  Hdt.  2,  118: 
ετΓ.  τινί,  to  quarrel,  dispute  with  one, 
Plat.  Legg.  766  E.  B.  mid.  to  call  to 
one's  self,  cull  to  aid,  τινά  and  τινά 
σνμμαχον,  Hdt.  5,  63  ;  8,  64,  etc. :  in 
genl.  to  invite.  Id.  1,  187,  etc.— 2.  to 
call  on,  V.  supr.  I. — 3.  also  to  challenge, 
Lat.  provocare. — 4.  to  summon  before 
one,  Id.  5,  39. 

'Έτϊΐΐίαλ'λννω,  (έπί,  καλλύνω)  to 
cover  tvith  ornament,  deck  out. 

Επικάλυμμα,  ατός,  τό,  {έττικα- 
/^ύπτυ)  α  cover,  covering :  a  veil,  means 
of  hiding,  κακών,  Menand.  p.  33. — II. 
the  tail  of  a  crab,  Arist.  H.  A.  [a] 

'Έ,πικΰ,λυπτήριον,ον,τό,^^ίοτ&^.\., 
Arist.  Part.  An.  :  strictly  neut.  from 

Έ.τϊΐκαλυπτήριυς,  a,  ov,  covering, 
hiding :  from 

ΈτΓίκύ'λύτΓτω,  f.  -ipu,  (έπί,  κα?ινπ- 
Τΐύ)  to  cover  up,  shroud,  darken,  Hes. 
Th.  798  in  tmesis :  to  cover  up,  hide,  as 
snow  a  track,  Xen.  Cyn.  e,l:to  shut, 
close,  βλέφαρα,  Arist.  Sens. — II.  to  put 
over,  τί  τίνος,  Eur.  Η.  F.  642.    Hence 

Έ~ικύ?.νψίς,  εως,  ή,  a  covering, 
concealment,   [uj 

Έ.-ικάμνω,  f.  -καμονμαι,  {έπί,  κάμ- 
vu)  to  labour,  grieve  at  or  after,  τινί,  Ael. 

Έπικαμπή,  τ/ς,  η,  (έπικάμπτω)  a 
bend:  the  return  of  a  building,  Hdt.  1, 
180:  έπ.  ποιεΐσΟαι,  to  wheel  «o  right 
or  left,  Xen.  Cyr.  7,  1,  6,  cf.  έπι- 
κάμπτω. 

Έπικαμπ?'/ς,  ές,  curved,  curling,  ov- 
paiov,  Luc.     Adv.  -πώς :  and     • 

Έπικάμπιος,  ov,  collat.  form  for 
foreg. :  esp.  τάξις-  a  curved,  i.  e.  con- 
vex line  of  battle,  Polyb. :  from 

Έπικάμπτω,  f-  -ψω,  (έπί,  κάμπτω) 
to  bend,  curve,  crook,  Hipp.  :  in  pass, 
of  troops,  to  wheel  round  the  wings,  so 
as  to  take  the  enemy  in  flank  {εις 
κύκλωσιν).  Xen.  Cyr.  7, 1,  5,  cf  Hell. 
4,  2,  20. — II.  to  turn  round ;  nietaph. 
to  win  over,  persuade  :  cf.  έπίγνάμπτω. 

Έπικαμπνλος,  ov,  {έπί,  καμπύλος) 
crooked,  curved,  ώμονςίη  the  shoulders, 
H.  Honi.  Merc.  90.  [i] 

'Έιπίκαμψις,  εως,  ή, ^=  έπικαμπή, 
Dio  C. 

Έπικηνθίς,  ίόος,  ή,~έγκανθίς. 

Έπίκΰρ,  adv.•  head-wards,  head- 
foremost, II.  10,  392,  V.  κάρ :  opp.  to 
ΰνάκαρ. 

508 


ΕΠΙΚ 

Έπικηρόιάω,  ώ,=  καρ^ιύω,  Nic. 
νΕπίκαρος,  ου,  ή,  Epicurus,  ace.  to 
Strab.  an  early  name  of  the  Argolic 
'Επίδαυρος,  p.  374. 

'Επικαρπία,  ας,  ή,  {έπικάρπιος) 
the  usufruct  of  a  property,  income  from 
it.  Plat.  Legg.  9o5  D,  Arist.  Pol  1, 
11,3:  in  genl.  profits,  επικαρπίας  λαμ- 
βάνειν, Isocr.  184  C.     Hence 

'Επικαρπίδιος,  ov,  (έπί,  καρπός)  in 
or  on  fruit,  χνονς,  Anth. 

Έπικαρπίζομαι,  (έπί,  καρπίζομαι) 
to  draw  the  nutriment  from,  exhaust, 
γήν,  of  crops,  Theophr. 

'Επικαρπίας,  ov,  (έπί,  καρπός) 
hringer  Οι  guardian  of  fruits,  epith.  of 
Jupiter,  etc.,  Arist.  Mund. :  τα  έπ., 
pedicles  or  fruit-stalks. — II.  (καρπός  II.) 
on  or  for  the  icrist,  έπ.  δύεις,  bracelets 
in  the  shaj)e  of  snakes,  Pliilostr. 

Έπικαρπολογέομαι,  dep.  {έπί,  καρ- 
πολογέω)  to  glean,  τον  άμητόν,  Jo- 
seph. 

Έπικάρσιος,  a,  ov,  {έπίκαρ,  κάρ) 
like  εγκάρσιος,  strictly  headwards,  i.  e. 
head  downwards,  vr/ες  έώέροντ'  έπι- 
κάρσιαι,  of  ships  in  a  stormy  sea,  Od. 
9,  70.  In  Hdt.  always  opp.  to  όρθιος, 
cross  ivise,  at  an  angle,  usu.  at  a  right 
angle,  as  of  the  streets  of  Babylon, 
opp  to  ΐ.βεΐαι,  1,  180  ;  so  too  τα  έπ., 
the  country  measured  at  right  angles 
from  the  coast,  opp.  to  τώ  όρθια, 
along  the  coast,  4,  101  ;  and  c.  gen. 
τριήρεις  τον  ΐΐύντου  έπικάρσιαι, 
fornung  an  angle  with  the  Pontus, 
7,  36  :  so  έπ.  σανίδες,  cross  planks, 
Polyb.,  etc. 
νΕπικάστη,  ης,  ή,  Epicaste,  mother 
of  Oedipus, ='ίοΛ:άστ?/,  q.  v.,  Od.  11, 
271. — 2.  daughter  of  Calydon  and 
wife  of  Augeas,  Apollod. — 3.  daughter 
of  foreg.,  mother  of  Thessalus,  Id. 

Έπικαταβαίνω,  f.  -βήσομαι,  {έπί, 
καταβαίνω)  to  go  down  to  a  place,  εις 
ΐΐ'λαταιάς,  Hdt.  9,  25,  προς  πόλιν, 
Thuc.  6,  97  :  to  go  down,  extend  down- 
wards, ές  τι,  Hipp. — II.  like  έπεξέρ- 
χομαι,  to  come  down  upon,  punish  an 
act,  Tab.  Heracl. 

Έπικαταβάλλω,  fut.  -βάλω,  (έπί, 
καταβάλλω)  to  throiv  down  on  one, 
DlO  C  :  to  let  fall  down,  droop  at  a 
thing,  Tu  ώτα,  Xen.  Cyn.  4,  3. 

Έπικαταγελάω,  ώ,  fut.  -ύσω,  {έπί, 
καταγελύω)  to  laugh  at  besides,  dub. 
in  Sext.  Emp.  [ΰσω] 

Έπικατάγννμι,  f.  -άξω,  {έπί,  κα- 
τύγννμι)  to  break  besides,  in  addition. 

Έπικατάγω,  (έπί,  κατάγω)  to  bring 
down  or  to  land  besides.  Pass,  and 
mid.,  to  come  to  land  along  with  or 
afterwards,  Thuc.  3,  49.   [ά] 

'Ειπικαταδαρθάνω,  f.  -δαρθήσομαι, 
{έπί,  καταδαρβάνω)  to  sleep,  fall  asleep 
at  or  upon,  Thuc.  4,  133,  Plat.  Rep. 
534  D. 

Έπικαταδέω,  f.  -δήσω,  (έπί,  κατα- 
δέω)  to  tie  down,  bind  upon  a  thing, 

^W•  ,  ^    ^, 

Έπικαταδνομαι,  (έπί,  κατά,  δυω) 
to  dive  after. — 2.  to  set. 

Έπικαταθέω,  fut.  -θενσομαι,  {έπί, 
κατά,  θεω)  to  run  down  -upon,  attack, 
DioC. 

Έπικαταίρω,ί.  -ΰρώ,  (έπί,  καταίρω) 
intr.  ίο  sink  down  upon,  τινί,  Plut. 

Έπικατακαίω,  f.  -κανσω,  {έττί,  κα- 
τακαίω) to  burn  besides. 

Έπικατακλίνω,  {έπί,  κατακλίνω) 
to  make  bend  doivn  upon,  τί  τινι.   [f] 

Έπικατακ'λνζω,  (έπί,  κατακλύζω) 
to  overflow,  inundate,  Hdt.  1,  107. 

'E77/«arrt«ot,u(io/.<a<,dop.  pass.,  (έπί, 
κατακοίΐιάω)  to  sleep  at  or  upon  a 
place,  Hdt.  4,  172, 

'Επ ικατακοΑονβεω,  ώ,  {έπί,  κατά- 
κολονθέω)  to  follow  after,  τινί. 


ΕΠΙΚ 

Έπικατα7ιαμβάνω,  fut.  -λτ/φομαί, 
(έπί,  καταλαμβάνω)  to  follow  and 
catch  up,  overtake,  dub.  in  Hdt.  1,  79, 
but  certain  in  Thuc.  2,  90,  Xen.,  and 
Plat. 

Έπικαταλλΰγή,  τ/ς,  ή,  {έπί,  κα- 
ταλ'λάσσω)  money  paid  for  exchange, 
discount,  Theophr. 

Έπικαταμένω,  {έπί,  καταμένω)  to 
stay,  delay  longer,  περί  τι,  Xen.  Cyr. 
1,2,11. 

Έπικαταμωκάομαι,  =  καταμωκύο- 
μαι. 

Έπικαταμωμέομαι,  =  καταμωμέο- 
μαι. 

'Επικαταπηδάω,  ώ,  {έπί,  καταπη- 
δάω)  to  leap  upon,  into,  εΙς  τι,  Joseph. 

Έπικαταπίπρημι,  {έπί,  καταπίπ- 
ρημι)  to  set  fire  to  over  or  besides,  τινί, 
App. 

Έπικαταπίπτω,  f.  -πεσοϋμαι,  {επί, 
καταπίπτω)  to  fall  down  upon,  throw 
one's  self  upon,  Luc. 

Έπικαταπλάσσω,  {έπί,  καταπ?^ασ• 
σω)  to  put  on  a  plaster,  Hipp. 

Έπικαταπλέω,  f. -πλευσομσί,  {έπί, 
καταπλέω)  to  come  to  land  in  addition 
or  after,  Diod. 

'Επικατΰράομαι,  {έπί,  καταράο- 
μαι)  dep.,  to  imprecate  curses  on,  τινί, 
LXX. 

Έπικατάράσσω,  f  -^ω,  {έπί,  κατα- 
ράσσω)  to  dash,  smite  τψοη  or  against. 
Pass,  to  fall  with  a  crash,  Dion.  H. 

Έπικατύράτος,  ov,  like  επάρατος, 
accursed,  N.  T.  l^upl 

'Επικαταρ^έω,  ί.  -βεύσω,  (έπί,  κα- 
ταββέω)  to  run  down,  Hipp. :  to  fall 
down  upon,  τινί,  Plut. 

'Επικατα[)β>/γννμι,  f.  -βήξω,  {έπί, 
καταβ/Ίήγννμι)  to  break  on  or  over, 
τινί  τι.  Pass,  to  burst  forth,  break  out 
upon,  τινί,  Plut. 

Έπικαταββιπτέω,  ώ,  and  -βίπτω, 
{έπί,  καταββιπτέω)  to  throw  down  be- 
sides or  upon,  Xen.  An.  4,  7,  13. 

Έπικατασείω,  {έπί,  κατασείω)  to 
shake,  dash  down  oti  one,  Joseph. 

'Επικατασκάπτω,  f.  -ψω,  {έπί,  κα• 
τασκάπτω)  to  dig  down,  pull  down  by 
digging  over  one,  τινί  Ti,  Dion.  H. 

Έπικατασκευάζω,  fut.  -άσω,  {έπί, 
κατασκευάζω)  to  build  upon  a  thing,  τι 
έπί  τι,   Dio  C. 

Έπικατασπάω,  ώ,  f.  -σπάσω,  {έπί, 
κατασπάω)  to  draw  down,  to  convulse 
besides  or  after,  Hipp,  [ασω] 

Έπικατασπένδω,  ί.  -σπείσω,  {έπί, 
κατασπένδω)  to  pour  as  a  libation,  τι, 
Joseph. 

Έπικαταστρέφω,  f.-ψω,  (έπί,κατα- 
στρέφω)  to  turn  down,  upset  over. 

'Επικατασ<ρύζω,  and  ■σφάττω,  fut. 
-ξω,  (έπί,  κατασφάζω)  to  .ilay,  kill  at, 
upon, or  over,  τινά  τινι,  Hdt.  1,  45. 

Έπικατατέμνω,  (έπί,  κατατέμνω) 
to  cut,  mine  beyond  one's  boundaries, 
Dem.  977,  7. 

Έπικατατρέχω,  f.  -δρΰμονμαι,  {έπί, 
κατατρέχω)  to  rush  down  upon  one, 
Dion.  H.,  τινί,  Dio  C. 

Έπικαταφέρομαι,  f.  -κατενεχθήσο- 
/lai.  {έπί,  καταώέρω)  as  pass.,  to  rush 
down  upon,  fall  upon,  τινί,  Joseph. 
Hence 

ΈτΓί  Kara^opof,  ov,  leaning,  prone  to 
a  thing,  Ath. 

Έπικατα-φάω,  {έπί,  καταχτάω)  to 
scratch  on  the  surface,  harrow  lightly, 
χώραν,  Strab. 

Έπικαταφεύδομαι,  {έπί,  κατα-ψεν- 
δο/χαι)  to  lie,  tell  lies  besides,  in  addi- 
tion, Hdt.  3,  63. 

ΈπικαταιΙη'/χω,  {έπί,  κατη-φήχω) 
to  smooth  down  afterwards,  A]ip, 

ΈπικατεΙδον,  inf.  -κατιδείν.  (έπί, 
κατεϊδον)  aor,  without  pres.  in  use, 
to  look  down  upon. 


ΕΠΙΚ 

Έ-ικάτειμι,  inf.  -κατιέναι,  {επί, 
κατά,  ειμί)  to  go  down  upon  or  i?ito, 
εΙς  TC,  Thuc.  2,  49. 

Έτνικατεράω,  ώ,  (έτύ,  κατεράω)  to 
pour  ojf  liquid  on  a  thing,  Medic. 

'ΕπίκαΓέρχομαι.=έ~ικάτειμί,ΙΙίρρ. 

^Ετζικατέχω,  f.  -καθίζω,  (εηί,  αατέ- 
χ^ω)  to  detain  still,  Luc. 

'Επικατηγορέω,  ώ,  (έττί,  κατηγορέω) 
to  accuse,  denounce  besides. — II.  to  pre- 
dicate of  a  thing,  τί  τίνος,  Sext. 
Emp. ;  attribute  to...,  τί  tlvl,  Plut. 
Hence 

Έπικατηγόρησις,  εοζ,  ή,  an  addi- 
tional predicate,  epithet,  name,  Dion.  H. 

Έττικατηγορία,  ας,ή,=^ίοτβζ.,  Sext. 
Emp. 

Έπικατοικέω,  ώ,  {έττί,  κατοικεω) 
to  live  at,  inhabit. 

^ΈιΤΐΐκατονομάζω,  f.  -άσω,  {επί,  κα- 
τονομάζω) to  name  a  thing  after,  con- 
secrate it  to,  Clem.  Al. 

ΈπικαΓορθόω,  ώ,  {επί,  κατορθόω) 
to  set  right  again,  Hipp. 

Έ~£Α'α-Γυω,  {επί,  καττύω)  Ιο  patch 
up,  mend,  A.  B. 

ΈτΓίκαυλό^υλΖος•,  ov,  (επί,  καυ?^- 
φν?,?Μζ)  icith  leaves  on  the  stem,  with 
sessile  leaves,  Theophr. 

Έπίκανμα,  ατός,  τό,  {έπικαίω) 
something  burnt  on  the  surface :  esp. — 

I.  a  pustule,  pimple. — 2.  a  spot  on  the 
cornea  of  the  eye,  Medic. 

Έπίκανσις,  εως,  η,  (.έπικαίω)  a 
burning,  inflammation  of  the  surface. — 

II.  =foreg.  2,  Diosc. 
Έπίκαυτος,  ov,  {έπικαίω)  burnt  at 

the  end,  ακόντια,  Hdt.  7,  71,  74. 

^Έ,πικαυχύομαι,  {έπί,  κανχάομαι) 
to  boast,  glory  over  one  or  in  a  thing, 
TivL    Hence 

Έπικαΰχησις,  εως,  ή,  a  boasting, 
triutnph  over  or  in  a  thing. 

Έπικαχ/Λζω,  {έπί,  καχ/Αζω)  to 
plask,  break  with  a  plash  upon,  κνμα 
■πέτραις.  Αρ.  Rh. 

'Έ,πικάω,  Att.  for  έπικαίω.  [ά] 

Έπίκειμαι,  inf.  -κείσθαι,  {επί,  κεΐ- 
μαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  lie  or  be  laid  upon, 
fitted  to,  absol.,  Od.  6, 19,  τινί,  Theogn. 
19 :  hence  metaph.  θύραι  γ/.ώσσί) 
επίκεινται,  Theogn.  421,  of  έπικ/.ίνω- 
— 2.  in  genl.  to  be  placed,  to  be  in  or  on, 
c.  dat.,  όφβα/,μος  μετώπω,  Hes.  Th. 
143  :  to  lie  over  against,  νήαοι  έπϊ 
Αήμνου  έπικείμεναι.  lying  off  Lem- 
nos,  Hdt.  7,  G,  also  τ?)  θρί/κη,  lb.  185, 
and  έπι  τί)  Χακωνικ^,  lb.  235:  hence 
absol.,  ai  έπικείμεναι  ντ/σοι,  the  isl- 
ands on  the  coast,  Thuc.  2,  14,  etc. : 
hence — 3.  to  hang  over,  impend,  Lat. 
imminere,  τινί,  Xen.  Mem.  2,  1,  5. — 
II.  to  be  laid  on,  press  heavy  upon,  έπι- 
κείσεται  ανάγκη,  II.  6,  458  ;  to  press 
upon,  be  urgent,  Hdt.  5,  104  :  to  press 
upon  as  an  enemy,  continue  assaidting, 
τινί,  Hdt.  5,  81,  etc. ;  and  absol.,  Ar. 
Vesp.  1285,  etc. — III.  so  of  penalties, 
to  be  laid  on,  imposed,  θάνατος  ή  ζημίη 
έπικέεται,  Hdt.  2,  38,  cf  6,  58  :  so 
ζημία  έπέκειτο  στατήρ,  Thuc.  3,  70. 
Β.  as  pass,  to  have  lying  on  one,  to 
have  on,  wear,  esp.  in  part,  επικείμε- 
νος, sometimes  c.  ace,  έπ.  άπικας, 
Dion.  Η. ;  κράνος,  Luc. 

Έπικείρω,  fut.  -κερώ  Ep.  -κέρσω, 
{έπί,  κείρω)  to  cut  down,  mow  down, 
πρώτας  έπέκερσε  φά/.αγγας,  II.  IC, 
394  ;  τον  σίτον,  to  reap,  Lat.  attondere, 
Theophr.  —  II.  metaph.  to  cut  short, 
baffle,  έπϊ  μήόεα  κείρειν,  Lat.  praeci- 
dere,  II.  15,  467 ;  16,  120,  in  tmesis, 
V.  κείρω. 

Έπικεκρνμμένως,  adv.  part.  perf. 
pass,  from  έπικρνπτω, secretly, darkly, 
Clem.  Al. 

'Επικε?,άόέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {έπί,  κε- 
7ίαδέω)  to  shout  at,  shout  in  applause, 


ΕΠΙΚ 

cheer,  έπι  δέ  Τρώες  κε?ΜΟησαν,  II.  8. 
542;  18,310. 

Έπικέ?.ενσις,  εως,  ή,  α  cheering  on, 
exhortation,  Thuc.  4,  95  :  and 

Έπικε/^ενστικός,  ή,  όν,  cheering  on, 
exciting :  from 

Έπικε?.ενω,  also  in  mid.  ι;Γί«ε- 
7νεΰομαι,  {έπί,  κε'λενω)  to  exhort,  en- 
courage, cheer  on  again,  excite,  esp.  ro 
add  one's  exhortations,  opp.  to  παρα- 
κε/.εύομαι,  ο.  dat.,  Eur.  El.  1224, 
Thuc.  4,  28,  in  mid. ;  but  also  έπικ. 
τον  μη  διανοονμενον,  Thuc.  3,  82 : 
absol.,  Eur.  Bacch.  1088. 

Έττίκελλω,  f.  -/ct λσω,  {έπί,  κέ?.?.ω) 
to  run  upon,  dash  upon,  of  ships,  νηας 
έπικέλσαι,  to  run  them  aground  or 
bring  them  to  shore,  Lat.  appellere 
naves,  Od.  9,  148,  c.  dat.  loci,  έπ. 
ήπείρω,  Od.  13, 114 ;  later  έπί  or  προς 
τι.  F*req.  also  absol.,  as  if  intr.,  to 
come  to  land,  come  ashore,  Od.  9,  138, 
and  even  of  the  ship  itself,  Od.  13, 
114;  V.  κέλΖω. 

Έπικέ/.ομαι,  {έπί,  κέλομαι)  dep., 
to  call  to  or  zipon,  invoke,  Έρινννς,  11. 
9,  454,  where  the  3  sing.  aor.  έπικέκ- 
7^ετο  occurs  ;  and  so  έπικεκ/.όμεναι 
Alov  πόρτιν,  Aesch.  Supp.  41  :  also 
c.  dat.  in  late  Epic. 

Έπικεντρέω,  w,=sq. 

Έπικεντρίζω,  {έπί,  κεντρίζω)  to 
apply  the  spur  to,  spur,  Anth. — II.  to 
bud,  graft  trees. 

Έπίκεντρος,  ov,  {έπί,  κέντρον)  on 
the  point  ;  esp.  in  astron.  on  the  centre- 
point,  Sext.  Emp. 

'Έ,πικεράννϋμι,  fut.  -κεράσω,  {έπί, 
κεράννυμι)  to  mix  in,  pour  in  again, 
decant  anew  into  a  vessel  which  has 
been  emptied,  once  in  Horn.,  Od.  7, 
164,  olvov  έπικρησαι,  inf.  aor.  for 
έπικεράσαι,  cf  έπάρχω :  pass  in 
tmesis,  ;ΐ;ρι;σώ  ό'  έπι  χεί'λεα  κεκράαν- 
ταί,  have  been  covered,  inlaid  with  gold, 
Od.  4,  616;  15,  116. 

Έπίκερας,  τό,  {έπί,  κέρας)  a  plant, 
elsewh.  τή'λις.  Gal. 

Έπικεραστικός,  ■>/,  όν,  (,έπικε- 
ράνννμι)  tempering  the  humours.  Me- 
dic. 

Έπικερδαίνω,  {έπί,  κερδαίνω)  to 
make  a  gain  by,  τινί,  Plut. 

Έπικέρδεια,  ας,  ή,  and  έπικέρ- 
δειον,  ov,  τ(Τ,=  έπικέρδια,  q.y.,  dub. 
11.  ap.  Philostr. 

Έπικερόϊ/ς,ές,  {έπί,  κέρδος)  gainful, 
advantageous. 

ΥΈπικέρδης,  ους,  ό,  Epicerdes,  a 
Corcyrean  who  gave  large  sums  of 
money  to  the  Athenians  in  their  ef- 
forts against  the  thirty  tyrants,  Deni. 
469,  le,  sq. 

Έπικέρδια,  ων,  τά,  {έπί,  κέρδος) 
profit  on  traffic  or  business,  prob.  1.  Hdt. 
4,  152.  The  later  word  was  ή  έπι- 
κέρδεια and  70  έπικέρδειον. 

Έπικερτομέω,  ώ,  {επί,  κερτομεώ) 
to  viake  a  mock  of,  insult,  τινά,  II.  16, 
744,  Od.  22,  194 :  in  milder  signf  to 
laugh  at,  make  jokes  on,  II.  24,  649, 
Hdt.  8,  92 :  to  teaze,  plague,  Theocr. 
20,  2.     Hence 

Έπικερτόμημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  sneer, 
sarcasm,  Dem.  Phal.:  and 

Έπικερτόμησις,  εως,  ^,=foreg. 

Έπικέρτομος,  ov,  {έπί,  κέρτομος) 
mocking,  cheating,  Q.  Sra. 

Έ,πικενθω,  f.  -σω,  {έπί,  κενθω)  to 
conceal,  hide ;  in  Horn.  usu.  absol.  c. 
negat.,  in  phrases  Like  μνθήσομαι, 
ονό'  έπικεύσω,  etc. ;  c.  ace.  rei,  μν- 
θον  δέ  τοι  ουκ  έπικεύσω,  Od.  4,  744 : 
and  in  Aesch.  Ag.  800,  c.  ace.  pers., 
ού  yap  σ'  έπικεύσω,  I  will  not  hide  it 
from  thee. 

'Έπικεώάλαιος,  a,  ov,  also  ος,  ov, 
{έπί,  κεφαλή)  of,  belonging  to  the  head : 


ΕΠΙΚ 

TO  έπικ.,  a  poll-tax,  Arist.  Gee. :  also 
TO  επικεφαλών,  [ά]  ** 

Έπικεφΰλαώω.  ώ,  [έπί,  κεφα?.αιόω) 
to  bring  under  particular  heads,  sum  up, 
treat  summarily,  Poiyb.,  Dio  C,  in 
pass. 

Έπικεφάλιον,  ov,  τό,  v.  έπικεφά- 
?.αιος. 

Έπικεχοδώς,  ό,  part.  perf.  of  έπι- 
χέζω,  used  as  a  mock-name  for  a 
bird,  Ar.  Av.  68. 

'Έ,πικτ/δειος,  ov,  {έπί,  κηδος)  of  or 
at  a  burial,  funeral,  ώδή  έπ-,  a  dirge, 
Plat.  Legg.  800  E';  also  to  έπ.,  a 
dirge,  elegy,  cf  Francke  Callin.  125. 

ΈπιΚ7/πιος,  ov,  {έπί,  κήπος)  of,  be- 
longing to  a  garden,  Νοππ. 

Έπικηραίνω,  {έπί,  κηραίνω)  to  be 
hostile  to  one. 

'E~i«:^p£Of,=  sq.,Heraclit.  ap.  Luc. 

Έπίκηρος,  ov,  (έπί,  κήρ)  subject  to 
fate  or  death,  perishable,opp.  to  ακήρα- 
τος, Arist.  Mund. :  tveak,  infirm,  Plat. 
Ax.  367  B.  Adv.  -ρως,  έπ.  διακεϊσ- 
θαι.  Isocr.  230  Ε. 

Έπικηρόω,  {έπί,  κηρόω)  to  wax  over, 
rub  irith  wax. 

Έπικηρνκεία,  ας,  ή,  {έπικηρνκενο- 
μαι)  the  sending  a  herald  or  embassy 
to  treat  for  peace  :  in  genl.  a  negotia- 
tion J'ur  peace,  προς  Ttvu,  Dem.  01,  23, 

Έπικηρνκενμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  message 
or  demand  by  herald,  Eur.  Aled.  738 ; 
[i]  from 

Έπικηρνκενομαι,  dep.  mid.,  {έπί, 
κηρνκενω)  to  send  a  message  by  a  her- 
ald, τινί  or  προς  τίνα,  Hdt.  6,  97 ;  9, 
87 ;  έπ.  τινί  τι.  Id.  4,  80 ;  later  υπέρ 
τίνος;  c.  inf ,  Thuc.  8,  80:  and  έπ. 
τινΙ  ει..,  to  send  a  herald  to  one  to  ask, 
to  ask  by  herald  whether..,  Hdt.  1,  60  : 
also,  ίΤΓ.  δι'  αγγέλων,  Id.  1,  69 ;  esp. 
to  send  a  flag  of  truce,  make  proposals 
for  a  treaty,  Thuc.  4,  27  ;  in  genl.  to 
proclaim  publicly,  τι,  Ar.  Thesm.  1163. 
— II.  absol.  to  go  as  herald  or  ambassa- 
dor, Polyb. 

ί'Επικήρυκτος,  ov,  verb,  adj.,  public- 
ly proclaimed  upon  or  against,  App. ; 
and 

Έπικηρνξις,  εως,  ή,  the  offering  a 
reward  publicly,  Philo  :  esp.  the  setting 
a  price  on  one's  head :  from 

Επικηρύσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  f  -ξω,{έπί, 
κηρύσσω)  to  announce,  make  known  by 
proclamation,  Arist.  Oec.  :  esp.,  έπ. 
θάνατον  την  ζημίαν,  Xen.  Hell.  1,1, 
15,  c.  inf,  έπ.  δώσειν  τινί  τι,  Lys. 
104,  fin. :  also  c.  dat.  pers.,  αργύρων, 
έπ.  έπί  τινι,  to  set  a  price  on  his  head, 
Hdt.  7,214,  τινί,  lb.  213:  but  later, 
τώ  ζωγρήσαντι  έπ.  τι,  to  offer  a  re- 
ward to..,  Dio  C.  Hence  ό  έπικηρνχ- 
θείς.  an  outlaw,  proscribed  person,  Dio 
C. — ΐΐ.^ έπικηρνκενομαι,  to  announce, 
proclaim  by  a  herald,  έπικηρνχθείς χθο- 
νί,  Lat.  rex  renunciatus,  Aesch.  Theb. 
634. — III.  to  put  up  to  public  sale,  like 
αποκΊ/ρύσσω,  Strab.,  and  Plut. 

Ύ.πικίδνημι,  {έπί,  κίδνημι)  poet, 
word,  to  spread  over,  κακοΐς  έπικίδ- 
νατε  Ουμόν,  spread  your  spirit  over 
your  ills,  Orac.  ap.  Hdt.  7, 140.  Horn, 
has  it  (only  in  11.)  always  in  pass,  to 
be  extended,  spread  over,  c.  dat.,  ύδωρ 
έπικίδναται  alav,  is  spread  over  the 
earth,  II.  2,  850:  δσον  έπικίδναται 
ήώζ,  far  as  the  morning  light  is  spread, 
11.7,  451,458. 

Έπικΐναίδισμα,  ατός,  τό,  {έπί,  κι- 
ναιδίζομαι)  α  lewd  deed  or  word,  Clem. 
Al. 

Έπικινδϋνενω,  {έπί,  κινδυνεύω)  to 
run  a  risk  :  pass.,  έπικινδννεύεται  τω 
δανείσαντι  τα  χρήματα,  the  risk  is 
with  the  lender,  Dem.  915,  14. 

Επικίνδυνος,  ov,  {έπί,  κίνδυνος)  in 
danger,  insecure,  Hdt.  6,  86,  1  :  έπ.  μή 
509 


ΕΠΙΚ 

7.ηφθείη,  Id.  7,  230 :  h  έττικινδύνω, 
ορρ.  to  έν  τω  άσφα'λει,  Thuc.  1,  137. 
— 11.  dutigcroua,  joined  with  όεινός. 
Plat.  Lefju.  73«  C,  Xen.  Mem.  4,  6, 
10 :  τίνί,  'riiuc.  3,  51.  Adv.  -I'Wf,  in 
an  insecure  stale,  i~.  εχειν,  Soph.  Phil. 
502,  Eur.  Scyr.  1  :  at  one's  risk,  Thuc. 
3,37. 

Έττικινδϋνώδι/ς,  ες,  {επικίνδυνος, 
EiJof)=toreg. 

ΈτηκΙνεω,  ώ,  {εττί,  Ktvitj)  to  move 
touards.  Pass,  to  gesticulate  at  a  thing, 
Epict. :  to  be  moved,  zealous,  έττί  rivt, 
LXX. 

Έττικίννμαι,—  ίοτοζ.,  as  pass.,  Q. 
Sm. 

Έτίίκφνημι  and  ίπικιρνάω,  poet, 
and  Ion.  for  εττικεράννυμι. 

Έ.-ίΐαχ'/.ίδες,  al,  a  poem  ascribed 
to  Horn.,  so  called  from  κίχλαι,  field- 
fares, cf.  Ath.  Co  A,  039  A,  Beutl.  Ep. 
Mill.  p.  C3. 

Έ-ικίχρημι,  (έπί,  κίχρημι)  to  lend 
more  money,  Plut.  ? 

Έτϊΐϋλάζω,  f.  -κλύγξω,  (έττί,  κλάζω) 
to  cry  aloud,  titter,  send  forth,  βροντήν 
Tivi,  Pind.  P.  4,  11,  in  tmesis. 

ΈτΓί/ίλα/ω,  Att.  -κλάω,  f.  -κ7.ανσω, 
{έπί,  κλαίω)  to  weep  beside,  after  or  re- 
sponsivelu.  At.  Thesm.  1063:  τινί,  at 
a  thing,  Nonn.     Hence 

Έπίκ?ιαντος,  ov,  tearful,  νόμοΓ,  Ar. 
Ran.  684. 

Έπικ/.ύω,  f.  -ύσω,  (έττί,  κλύω)  to 
bend  round,  esp.  iiietaph.  to  bow  one's 
heart,  turn  it  to  jiity,  Plut.  Pass,  to 
be  bowed  down,  won  to  pity,  rij  γΐ'ώιιη, 
Thuc.  3,  59 :  but  also  to  be  'broken,  'in 
spirit,  lose  courage.  Lat.  frangi  animo, 
Thuc.  4, 37,  and  without  γνώμΐ],  Plut. : 
TO  έπικεκλασμέΐ'ον  τών  μελών,  effem- 
inate, unmanly  music,  Luc.  [ΰ] 

Έπι.κλάω,  Att.  for  ίπικλαίω.  [α] 

Έπικλεί/ς,  ες,  {έπί,  ic/Jor)  fmned, 
famous.  Αρ.  Rh.,  τινί,  for  a  thing, 
Opp.,  who  has  the  shortd.  ace.  έπί- 
κ/ιίά,  as  if  IVom  έπικλί/ς- 

νΕπικ/ιείδας,  a,  b,  Epiclldas,  bro- 
ther of  Cleouienes  III.,  king  of  Spar- 
ta, Pans. 

Έπίκλείω.ί.  -κλείσω,  {έπί,  κλ-είω  A) 
to  shut  up,  close,  Ar.  Pac.  101 :  Ep. 
aor.  έπεκλήϊσε,  Try  ph. 

Έπικλ^είω,  (έπί,  κλείω  Β)  to  extol, 
praise  the  jnore,  Od.  1,  351. — 2.  to  tell 
of ,  sing  of ,  Ατρ.  Rh.:  to  call,  rtva  Ti, 
Arat. — 3.  to  call  upon,  invoke,  Κυθέ- 
ρειαν.  Αρ.  Rh. 

Έπικλήδι/ν,  adv.  {έπικαλέω)^έπί- 
κλην,  formed  after  ίινομακλήδην, 
Opp. 

'"Άπικλ-ηΚω,  Ion.  for  έπικλεΐω, 
contr.  -kZ/;C(j,  to  call,  App. 

Έπίκλ.ι/μα.  ατός,  τό.  {έπικαλέω)  an 
accu.vation,  charge,  like  έγκλ.ημα.  Soph. 
O.  T.  227,  Eur.  Or.  570,  Xen.  Oec. 
11,4. 

Έπίκλ.ην,  adv.  {έπικαλ.έω)  by  sur- 
name, or  in  genl.  byname.  Plat.  Soph. 
221  C:  έπίκλ.ΐ]ν  καλούμενος,  la.'Yim. 
58  D  :  also  -(roc  έπ.  λεγόμενος,  call- 
ed after...  Id.  Phil.  48  C  :  strictly  ace. 
from  an  obsol.  nom.  έπίκλ?],  and  so 
we  have  έπίκλ.ην  εχειν,  in  Plat.  Tim. 
38  C,  and  Anth. :  of.  έπίκλησις. 

Έπικλί,ηρικός,  ή,  όν,  of,  concerning 
an  έπίκληρος,  λό;  ος,  Dion.  Η. 

Έπικλ^ηρίπ/ς,  ου,  ό,  f.  -ΐτις,  ιδος, 
Isae.  ap.  liarp.,=  sq. 

Έπίκληρος,  ov,  {έπί,  κλ.ήρος)  suc- 
ceeding to  a  patrimony,  an  heir:  esp. 
as  Att.  law-term,  ?'/  έπ.,  an  only  daugh- 
ter and  heiress,  who  must  by  law  mar- 
ry her  next  of  kin,  freq.  litigated  by 
several  claimants,  Ar.  Av.  1653,  V'esp. 
583,  cf.  esp.  Isae.  Pyrrhi  et  Cironis 
Haered.,andcf.  Diet.  Antiqq..in  voc: 
in  this  sense  called  also  επίδικος,  q. 
510 


ΕΠΙΚ 

V.  :  c.  dat.  r/}  άρχι),  heiress  to  the 
kingdom,  Dion.  H.' 

Έπικλ.ηρόω,  ώ,  {έπί,  κληρόω)  to  as- 
sign, distribute  by  lot,  τι  τινι,  Dem. 
519,  1  :  τινά,  C.  inf.,  to  appoint  one  to 
do,  Call.  Dian.  23.  Pass,  to  be  assign- 
ed by  lot,  τινί,  Plat.  Legg.  700  B.— 2. 
to  have  assigned  one,  tl,  Dio  C.    Hence 

Έπικλήρωσις,  εως,  ή,  an  assign- 
ment, esp.  by  lot. 

Έπικλής,  v.  έπικλεής. 

νΈπικλ^ης,  έους  Ion.  ί/ος,  6,  Epicles, 
an  ally  of  the  Trojans  from  Lycia,  11. 
12,  379. — 2.  an  Athenian,  father  of 
Proteas,  Thuc.  2,  23. 

Έπίκλησις,  εως,  ή,  {έπικαλέω)  a 
surname,  to-name,  or  additional  name  ; 
Horn,  has  only  ace.  in  phrases  Άστν- 
άναξ,  bv  Τρώες  έπίκλ.ησιν  καλέονσι, 
so  called  by  or  as  a  surname  (his  name 
being  Scamandrius),  11.  22,  506  :  Άρκ- 
τος, ην  και  (ίμαξαν  έπίκλιησιν  καλέον- 
σι, which  they  call  also  the  Wain,  II. 
18,  487,  e\l.  5,  273,  etc. :  but,  in  11.  lO, 
17,  Μενέσθιον  έτεκε  Τίολνδώρη  "Σπερ- 
χειφ,  αντίιρ  έπίκλησιν  Βώρω,  she 
bare  him  to  Spcrcheius,  but  under  the 
assumed,  fcigmd  name  of  Borus  :  in 
Hes.^  Th.  207,  Ύιτηνας  έπίκλ.ησιν 
κα'λέεσκεν  τιταίνοντας  ΰτασθαλάτι 
μέγα  1)έξαι  έργον,  named  them  Ti- 
tans, after  their  endeavouring..,  έπϊ 
τώ  τιταίνειν. — 2.  in  genl.  a  name,  έπί- 
κλησιν, by  name,  Hdt.  4,  181,  and 
Xen.  Cf.  έπί.κλην. — II.  a  calling  upon, 
invocation,  δαιμόνων. — III.  a  reproach, 
imputation,  Thuc.  7,  68,  cf.  έπίκλ,ημα. 

Έπικλήσκω,  Ep,  for  έπικαλ^έω. 

Έπίκλητος.  ov,  {έπικαλ.έω)  called 
upon,  called  in  as  allies,  Hdt.  5,  75  ;  7, 
203. — 2.  summoned,  έπ.  σΰλλιογος,  a 
special  assembly,  Hdt.  7,  8 :  hence  oi 
έπίκλ.ητηι, privy-councillors.  Id.  8, 101 : 
9,  42. — 3.  an  additional,  supernumerary 
guest,  Lat.  umbra,  Ar.  Pac.  12CG. — II. 
accused  or  to  be  accused,  blamcable,  Lat. 
notandus,  Polyb. 

'Έπικλίβύνιος,  ov,  {έπί.  κλίβανος) 
at  or  presiding  over  the  oven,  Camead. 
ap.  Sext.  Emp.  592.  [«] 

Έττίκλπ-'ζ/ζ•,  ές,  {έπικλίνώ)  sloping, 
Thuc.  6,  90  :  leaning  downwards,  The- 
ophr. :  metaph.,  έπ.  έκραβδίζειν;  to 
thrust  out  headlong,  whip  away,  Ar. 
Lys.  575.  Adv.  -νώς,  Philo.  [κλιΐνιις 
in  Ar.  1.  c] 

'Έ,πικλίντιις,  ov,  6,  leaning  sideways, 
σεισμοί  t-Ti/cAiVrai,  earthquakes  that 
move  with  a  horizontal  motion,  opp. 
to  όρθιοι,  vertical,  Arist.  Mund.  4, 30 : 
and 

Έπίκλιντρον,  ov,  τό,  a  leaning- 
place,  esp.  the  head  of  a  couch  or  bed  ; 
in  genl.  a  couch,  arm-chair,  Ar.  EccL 
907,  cf  Lob.  Phryn.  132  :  from 

'Έ,πικλ.ίνω,  f.  -κλΰνώ,  {έπί,  κλ.ίνω) 
to  lay  upon  Or  over  :  to  close :  hence 
pass,  to  be  put  upon  or  to,  be  fitted  close, 
like  έπίκειμαι,  έπικεκλ.ιμέναι  σανί- 
δες, closed  doors,  II.  12,  121,  (not 
elsewh.  in  Horn.) — II.  to  bend  towards, 
TO,  ώτα  έπ.,  to  prick  the  ears.  Xen. 
Cyn.  6,  15:  in  pass,  to  be  inclined  at 
an  angle,  Thuc.  2,  76 :  hence  part, 
perf.  pass.,  έπικεκλαμένος,  sloping, 
oblique. — 2.  intr.  to  lean  upon,  τινί. 
Plat.  Amat.  132  B.— 3.  to  incline,  turn 
towards,  προς  τι,  Dem.  30,  fin. ,  έπί 
τι,  Chrysipp.  αρ.  Plut. — III.  in  pass. 
to  lie  over  against  or  near,  όχβυις,  Eur. 
Tro.  797.  [i  in  pres.,  elsewh.  i.] 
Hence 

'Έιπίκλΐσις,  εως,  ή,  a  sloping,  lean- 
ing, inclination,  Plut. 

Έπυιλ.ονέω,  ώ,  {έπί,  κλ.ονέω)  to 
slir  up,  e.Tcite  stormily  01  violently, 
Ap.  Rh.  Pass,  to  rush  like  a  tide  upon, 
hence  in   II.  18,  7,  νηνσΐν  έπικ/Μ- 


ΕΠΙΚ 

νέονται,  \vhere  however  Wolf  writes 
νηνσϊν  Ιπι  κλονέονται,  are  driven 
upon  the  ships. 

Έπικλοπία,  ας,  η,  trickery,  Nonn. : 
from 

Έ7Γίκλθ7Γθ{•,  ov,  [έπί,  κλέπτω, 
κλ.οπή)  thievish,  given  to  stealing, 
tricksy,  wily,  Od.  11,  364;  13,  291, 
Hes.  Op.  67.  Sometimes  also  c.  gen. 
έπίκλΜπος  μνθων,  cunning  in  speech, 
Lat.  callidus,  peritus,  II.  22,  281,  and 
so  prob.  έπίκλ.οπος  τόξων,  cunning  in 
archery,  Od.  21,  397,  where  however 
others  make  it  =έπιβνμητής.  Adv. 
-πως. 

Έττίκλΰζω,  f.  -νσω,  {έπί.  κλνζω)  to 
overflow,  flood,  Thuc.  3,  80,  and  in 
pass.  Batr.  09  :  metaph.  to  overwhelm, 
ruin,  Eur.  Tro.  1328:  also  to  wash 
over,  wipe  out  debt,  Aeschin.  78,  29. 
— II.  intr.  like  Lat.  affliure,  redundare, 
to  abound,  be  plentiful.     Hence 

'Έπίκλΰσις,  εως,  η,  an  overflow, 
flood,  Thuc.  3,  89. 

ΈτΓί/ίλΐ'σ/ζόζ-,  oO,  o,=foreg.,Helicd. 

Έπίκλυστος.  ov, flooded,  Strab. 

'Έ.πικλ.ντός,  όν,{έπί,  κλvτός)faMed, 
δλ.βφ,  for  wealth.  Αρ.  Rh. 

Έπικλ.νω,  {έπί,  κλνω)  =  έπακονω, 
to  hear,  perceive,  listen  to,  c.  ace,  II. 
23,  652.  also  c.  gen.,  Od.  5,  150.  [v] 

Έπικλώθω,  f.  -ώσω,  {έπί,  κλώθω) 
to  spin  to  one.  in  Horn,  always  metaph. 
from  the  Fates  who  spim  the  thread 
of  men's  destiny,  to  assign  or  allot, 
τινί  τι :  not  however  only  of  these 
goddesses  (the  Κατακλώθες)  them- 
selves, but  of  all  powers  which  in- 
fluence men's  fortunes,  e.  g.  oi  μοί 
τοιηντον  έπέκλωσαν  θεοί  όλβον,  Od. 
3,  208  ;  4,  208,  etc. ;  and  so  in  mid., 
θεοϊ  βασιλ.ενσιν  έπικλώσονται  οΐζύν, 
Od.  20,  196,  cf.  8,  579  :  sometimes  c. 
inf.  pro  ace,  θεοί  oi  έπεκλ,ώσαντο 
ο'ίκύνόε  νέεσθαι.  Od.  1,  17,  cf.  11.  24, 
525  (the  only  place  in  II.  where  it 
occurs),  and  so  Aesch.  Eum.  335. 
Poet,  word,  used  in  Plat.  Theaet. 
139  C,  cf.  Nitzsch  Od.  1,  17. 

'Έ,πικνύμπτω,  Att.  for  έπιγνύμπτω. 

Έπικνύω,  {έπί,  kvuoj)  to  scrape, 
grate  upon  a  thing,  11.  11,  639,  m 
tmesis,  Ar.  Av.  533,  1582. 

Έπικνέομαι,  Ion.  for  έφικνέομαι. 

'Έπικν//ϋω,=  έπικνάω. 
ΙΈπικνημίδιοι,ων,  oi,  {έπί,  Κνημίς) 
Αόκροι,    the   Locri   Epicnemidii,   i.  6», 
dwelling  on  Mt.  Cnemis,  Strab. 

Έπικνίζω,  {έπί,  κνίζω)  to  scrape, 
scratchon  the  surf  ace, Thcophr.    Hence 

Έπίκνΐσις,  εως,  ή,  a  scratching, 
scraping,  Theophr. 

Έπικοιλαίνω,  fut.  -ύνώ,  {έπί,  και 
λ.αίνω)  to  excavate. 

Έπικοιλ  ίδες,  ων,  αί,=  έπικνλίδες. 

Έπίκοιλος.  ον,  {έπί,  κοίλες)  hollow 
at  top,  hollow,  Hipp. 

'Έπικοιμύομαι,  {έπί,  κηιμάω)  as 
pass.  C.  fut.  mid.,  to  fall  asleep  over  a 
thing,  Lat.  indormiscere.  Plat.  Euthyd. 
300  A,  τινί,  Luc. — II.  metaph.  to  be 
lazy,  negligent  about  a  thing,  Polyb. 
Hence 

Έπικοίμησις,  εως,  η,  a  sleeping  or 
lying  upon,  e.  g.  one  ear,  Hipp. 

Έπικοιμίζω,  {έπί,  κοιμίζω)  to  Ml  to 
sleep,  hush. 

Έπικοινής,  adv.  for  έπΙ  κοινής,  in 
connnon. 

'Έπίκοι.νος,  ov,  {έπί,  κοινός)  com- 
mon, promiscuous,  έπ.  γυναικών  μίξις, 
Lat.  nuptiae  promiscuae,  Hdt.  4,  104  : 
belonging  equally  to,  (Ίμφοΐν,  Plut.  : 
Hdt.  has  the  neut.  έπίκυινα  as  adv., 
in  common,  έπ.  χρΰσθαί  τιΐ'ΐ  1,  216•. 
6.  77:  cf.  έπίξννος. — II.  in  Gramm. 
rornmnn.  epicene,  of  nouns  used  alike  of 
both  genders. 


ΕΠΙΚ 

'Έπικοινόω,ύ,{ετΓί,  KoivOQ)lomake 
common,  communicate,  τινί  τι,  Lat. 
commiunicare  cum  aliqito,  Dio  C.  ;  and 
SO  in  mid.,  to  consult,  τινί  περί  τίνος. 
Plat.  Prot.  313  Β. 

Έττίκοινωνέω,  ώ,  {έπί,  κοινωνέω) 
to  have  in  common  viith,  τινί.  Plat.,  etc., 
ουδέν  Tivt,  Aeschin.  59,  37  :  to  share 
in  a  thing  with  one,  τινί  τίνος.  Plat. 
Gorg.  464  C.  Pass,  to  be  shared  with, 
τινί,  Id.  Legg.  G31  D. 

Έτΐΐκοινωνία,  ας,  η,  commumty, 
communion.  Plat.  Soph.  252  D  :  from 

ΈτΓίΛ'Οίνωΐ'όζ•,  όν,^/ίΟίΐ'ωνόζ•,  Hipp. 

Έ/Γί/ϊΟφΰΐΌζ•,  ό,=^  κοίρανος,  like 
έπιβονκόλος. 

'Έιτ:ικοιτύζομαι,=ζ5^.,  Arist.  Η.  Α. 

'Έηΐκοιτέυ,  ώ,  {ετϊί,  κοιτέω)  to 
sleep,  lie,  watch  at  or  on,  τινός,  Polj'b. 

'Έ,πικοίτιος.  ov,  {έττί,  κοίτη)  at  bed 
time,  άσμα  εττ.,  an  evening  song  or 
hymn.' 

'Έ,τϊΐκοκκύζω,  to  mock,  Eustath.  Od. 
1761,  26.     Hence 

Έπικοκκάστρια,  ας,  ή,  a  mocker, 
νχώ,  λόγων  άντωδος  err.,  Ar.  Thesm. 
1059,  ubi  al.  έττικοκκύστρια,  a  cnckoo- 
imitator  :  but  v.  foreg. 

ΈτΓί/ίολάπτω,  {έττί,  κο7ιάπτω)  to 
cut,  carve  as  on  stone,  έτνί  Τίνος,  Bockh 
Inscr.  2,  p.  574. 

ΈτΓίΛολλάω,  ώ,  {ίπί,  κολλάυ)  to 
glue,  solder,  fasten  on.  Pass,  to  cliiig, 
holdfast.     Hence 

Έττικό/./.ημα,  ατός,  τό,  that  ivhich 
is  glued  or  soldered  on,  Theophr. 

Έττικο/.ττίδιος,  ov,  and 

Έ—ικό?.πιος,  ov,  {έττί,  κόλπος)  in 
or  on  the  bosom,  Ael. 

ΈτΓ/κόλωΐΌζ•,  ov.  {επί,  κο7.ώνη)  on, 
over  a  hill,  οδός,  Diod. 

Έττικομάω,  ώ,  {έπί,  κομάο)  to  wear 
hair. 

Έπικόμβια, τά, {επί,  κόμβος)ηοηει^ 
tied  up  in  little  linen  bags  and  thrown 
among  the  people  on  certain  festivals 
by  the  Byzantine  emperors,  patri- 
archs, etc. :  sometimes  virritten  έττί- 
κόμκια,  V.  Ducange. 

Έττικομίζω,  f.  -ίσω  Att.  -ϊώ,  {έπί, 
κομίζω)  ίο  bring,  carry  to  a  person  or 
place,  Arist.  ap.  Diog.  L.  5,  14,  in 
pass.     Mid.  to  bring  with  one,  Dio  C. 

Έπικομμόω,  ώ,  {έπί,  κομμόω)  to 
paint,  adorn  leith  cosmetics. 

Έπίκομος,  ov,  {έπί,  κόμη)  with., 
wearing  hair. 

Έπικομπάζο,  {έπί,  κομπάζω)  to 
boast  besides,  add  boastingly.  Eur.  H.  F. 
981  :  to  boast,  exult  in  a  thing.  Call. 
Dian.  263. 

Έπικομπέω,  (<i,=foreg.,  Thuc.  8. 
81  :  to  boast  of,  τι,  Id.  4,  126. 

'Κπικοιαρενω,  {έπί,  κομφενω)  to 
deck  out,  'λάγον,  Joseph. 

Έπικομφέω,  ώ,=  foreg. 

Έπικόπΰνον,  ov,  τό,  {έπικόπτω)  a 
chopping-block,  =  έπίζηνον,  Menand. 

Έπικοπή,  ης,  η.  {επικοπτο)  α  cut- 
ting close,  lopping,  Theophr.  :  m  genl. 
a  blow,  stroke,  Dio  C. 

'Έ.πίκοπος,  ov,  {έπικόπτω)  cut  short, 
of  trees,  lopped,  pollarded :  to  έπίκο- 
πον=έπικόπανον,  Liic. 

'Έ.πικοπρίζω,  {έπί,  κοπρίζω)  ti 
■manure. 

'Έ.πικόπτης,  ου,  6,  a  satirist,  censor, 
snarler,  Thnon  ap.  Diog.  L.  9,  18  : 
from 

'Έ,πικόπτω,  {έπί,  κόπτω)  to  strike 
upon,  i.e.  from  above,  knock  down,  βονν, 
Od.  3,  443  :  hence  later,  of  trees,  to 
lop,  pollard,  Theophr. :  metaph.  to  cut 
short  or  small,  keep  down,  Lat.  accidcrc, 
τοίις  πεφμονηματισμένους,ΑήίίΙ.  Pol.: 
in  genl.  to  check,  reprove,  Plut.  Cic.  24, 
of.,  έπισκώπτω. — 2.  έπ.  χαρακτήρα,  to 


ΕΪΙΙΚ 

stamp,  e.  g.  coin,  Arist.  Oec,  Diog. 
L. — ΐ.  Mid.  to  beat,  smite  one's  breast, 
and  so  wail  for,  Lat.  plangi,  τινά,  Eur. 
Tro.  623. 

Έπικόρμιον,  ov,  τό,  and  έπίκορμος, 
ov,  b,  {έπί,  κορμός)=έπικόπανον. 

Έπικοββίζω,  {έπί,  κόί)^η)  to  strike 
or  peck  on  the  head,  Schneid.  Arist. 
H.  A.  9,  8,  8.     Hence 

'Έπικο()(ιιστός,  ή,  ov,with  one's  ears 
boxed. 

Έπίκορσος,  ov,  {έπί,  κόρση)  ση  the 
side  of  the  head,  on  the  temple. 

Έπικορύσσομαι,  {έπί,  κορύσσω)  to 
arm  one's  self  against,  contend  with, 
τινί.  Pint. 

'Επικός,  ή,  όν,  {έπος)  Epic,  of,  he- 
longing  to  Epic  poetry,  oi  έπίΚοί,  the 
Epic  poets.     Adv.  -κώς. 

Έπικοσμέω,  ώ,  {έπί,  κοσμέω)  to 
deck  out,  adorn  with,  τινί,  Arist.  Pol. ; 
to  celebrate,  Ar.  Ran.  383.     Hence 

Έ,πικόσμημα,  ατός,  τό,  an  ornament. 

ΈτΓί/ίο-έω,ώ,  f. -εσω;=Λ;0Γέω,  Nic, 
in  tmesis. 

'Έ,πίκοτος,  ov,  (έπί,  κότος)  angry, 
hostile,  venqeful,  Pind.  Fr.  228,  Aesch. 
Pr.  602.  Adv.  -τως,  lb.  162.— II.  pass. 
hateful.  Soph.  Fr.  386. 

'Επικοττάβίζω,  to  play  the  cottahus, 
throw  at  or  to  a  thing,  v.  κότταβος, 
κοτταβίζω. 

νΕπικονρειος,  a.  ov,  {'Επίκουρος) 
of  or  belonging  to  Epicurus,  Epicurean, 
Anth. :  oi  'Έ,πικοίφείοι,  the  followers 
of  Epicurus,  Luc. 

'Έ.πικονρέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  be  an  επί- 
κουρος, come  to  aid,  help  in  icar,  in 
Hom.  only  II.  5,  614,  cf.  Hdt.  4,  128  : 
in  genl.  to  aid,  help  at  need,  c.  dat.  rei, 
νύσοις  έπικονρείν,  to  remedy  them, 
aid  one  against  them,  Xen.  Mem.  1, 
4,  13  :  so  έπ.  λιμφ,  μανία,  Id.  :  έπι- 
κηνρείν  τινί  τι,  to  keep  off  from  one, 
Xen.  An.  5,  8,  25;  but  in  Ar.  Fr. 
302,  8,  to  afford,  give,  κάραβον  γυναιξί, 
V.  επίκουρος  (signf  II.).     Hence 

Έπικονρημα,  ατός,  τό,  help,  pro- 
tection, χιόνος,  against  snow,  Xen. 
An.  4,  5,  13  :  and 

Έπικούρησις,  εως,  ή,  aid,  protection, 
κακών,  against  evils,  Eur.  Andr.  28 ; 
της  απορίας.  Plat.  Legg.  919  B. 

Επικουρία,  ας.  ή,  aid,  succour,  Hdt. 
6,  108 :  a  defence,  protection  against, 
τινός. — II.  an  auxiliary  or  allied  force  ; 
esp.  mercenary  troops,  Hdt.  5,  63  ;  6, 
100,  cf.  συμμαχία  II. 

'Επικουρικός,  ή,  όν,  auxiliary,  al- 
lied, Thuc.  7,  48 :  το  e-T-.=foreg.  II., 
Id.  4,  52  :  and 

Έπικοίφιος,  ov,=foreg. :  esp.  epith. 
of  deities,  Paus. :  from 

'Επίκουρος,  ov,  helping,  aiding  de- 
fending :  Horn,  only  in  11.  and  always 
as  subst.  an  ally,  csp.  the  barbarian 
allies  of  Troy,  "Τρώες  ηό'  επίκουροι, 
Τρώες  και  Αύρδανοι  ήδ'  επίκουροι : 
as  fern.  II.  21,  431  :  the  ncut.  first  in 
Eur.  Or.  211 :  construct.,  c.  dat.  pers., 
II.  I.e.,  Pind.  O.  13,  137,  and  Att.; 
c.  gen.  pers.,  επίκουρε  βροτών,  Η. 
Hom.  Mart.  9  ;  but  c.  gen.  rei,  defend- 
ing against,  τΐιΰχονς.  Xen.  ]\Iem.  4,  3, 
7  ;  hence  έπ.  τινί  τίνος,  helping  one 
against....  Soph.  O.  T.  496,  Eur.  El. 
138 :  δεσπότης  επίκουρος,  a  patron, 
protector,  Xen.  Cyr.  7,  5,  61. — II.  in 
Att. esp. o'l  επίκουροι, inercenary troops, 
opp.  to  the  national  army,  also  called 
ξένοι,  and  literally  μισθοφόροι,  hire- 
lings, a  less  honourable  name  than 
σύμμαχος,  Xen.  Hell.  7,  1,  12:  also 
^δορυφόροι,  the  hired  body-guards  of 
kmas  and  tyrants,  Hdt.  1,  64 ;  6,  39, 
cf.  thuc.  6,  58. 

ΫΕπίκονρος,  ov,  ό,  Epicurus,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  in  Thuc.  3,  18,  Ar.,  etc.,  esp. 


ΕΠΙΚ 

— 2.  a  distinguished  philosopher  ot 
Gargettus,  founder  of  the  sect  called 
after  him  'Επικούρειοι,  Luc,  Diog.  L. 
Έπικονφίζω,  f.  -ίσω  Att.  -Ιώ,  {έπί, 
κουφίζω)  Ιο  lighten  a  ship  by  throwing 
out  part  of  cargo,  Hdt.  8, 118,  m  pass.: 
hence  metaph.  έπ.  πόνους,  Xen.  Cyr. 

1,  6,  25,  συμφοράς,  Deni.  643,  11: 
also  c.  gen.  rei,  to  relieve  of  a  burden, 
μόχθου,  Eur.  El.  72.— II.  to  lift  up. 
Soph.  Aj.  1411,  Xen.  Oec.  17,  13.— 

2.  metaph.  to  lift  up,  encourage,  έλ- 
πίσι,  Xen.  Cyr.  7,  1,  18:  έπ.  νόον 
ανδρός,  to  puff  up,  in  bad  sense, 
Theogn.  629. 

'Έπικουφισμός,  οϋ,  ό,  relief,  Inscr. 

Έπικράδαίνω,  {έπί,  κραδαίνω)  to 
wave,  brandish  on  high. 

Έπικραδύω,  ai,=foreg.,  Ap.  Rh. 

'Έπικράζω,  fut.  -ξω,  {έπί,  κράζω)  ίο 
shout  to  or  at,  τινί,  Luc. 

Έπικραιαίνω,  Ep.  for  sq. 

Έπικραίνω,  f.  -ΰνώ,  {έπί,  κραίνω) 
to  bring  to  pass,  accomplish,  fulfil,  τινί 
τι :  Hom.  (only  in  II.)  uses  of  this 
form  έπικραίνω  only  the  opt.  aor. 
upijV  έπικρήνειε,  may  he  fulfil  it,  II. 
15.  599,  but  of  the  Ep.  lengthd.  έΰί- 
κραιαίνω  the  impf  oi  σφιν  έπεκραί- 
αινε,  he  fulfilled,  granted  it  not,  11.  3, 
302,  cf.  2,  419,  and  imperat.  aor.  1, 
νϋνμοι  τόδ'  έπικρήηνον  έέ'λδωρ,  grant 
me  this  prayer,  fulfil  it.  II.  1,  455, 
etc. :  in  genl.  to  achieve,  effect,  Aesch., 
and  Soph  — II.  to  direct,  govern,  guide, 
c.  ace.  only  H.  Hom.  Merc.  531, 
where  it  is  dub. 

'Έπικράνίς,  ίδος,  ή,  the  membrane 
of  the  cerebellum,  also  παρεγκεφαλίς, 
Plut. 

'Έ,πίκρΰνον,  ου,  τό,  {έπί,  κρΰνον) 
that  which  is  put  on  the  head,  a  head- 
dress, cap,  Eur.  Hipp.  201  :  also  a 
scull-cap,  helmet,  Strab. — II.  the  capital 
of  a  column,  elsewh.  κιονόκρανον, 
Pind.  Fr.  58,  7,  Eur.  I.  T.  51. 

'Έπίκρΰσις,  εως,  η,  {έπικέρανννμι) 
a  tefnpering,  sweetening  the  humours, 
Diosc. 

'Έπικραταιάω,  ώ,  {έπί,  κραταιόω) 
to  add  strength  to,  confirm,  LXX.,  in 
pass. 

'Επικράτεια,  ας,  ή,  {έπικρατής) 
mastery,  dominion,  Xen.  Cyr.  5, 4,  28  : 
victory,  superiority,  Polyb.  —  II.  esp. 
the  extent  ofone's  power,  do7ninion,  Xen. 
An.  7,  6,  42.  [ά] 

'Έπικρΰτίω,  ώ,  f.  -?;σω,  {έπί,  κρα- 
τέω)  ίο  rule  over,  goi'ern,  command,  c. 
dat.,  νήεσσιν,  II.  10, 214,  ντ'/σοισιν,  Od. 
1,  245  :  also  absoL,  to  have  or  hold 
power,  fir'  uv  μηκέτ'  έπικρατεωσιν 
άνακτες,  Od.  17,  320. — 2.  to  prevail 
over,  τινί,  11.  1 1,  98  ;  but  more  freq. 
C.  gen.,  to  prevail  over,  get  the  mastery 
of  an  enemy,  iisu.  in  battle,  as  Hdt. 
7,  155,  etc.,  but  also  at  law,  as  Id.  4. 
65  :  to  get  the  7nastery  over,  possession 
of,  Lat.  potiri,  των  πραγμάτων,  etc., 
Id.  4,  164,  etc. :  esp.  έπ.  της  Uu?Aia- 
σης.  Id.  1,  17,  etc. — 3.  absul.  to  pre- 
vail, τϊ/ιήθεϊ.  Id.  4,  187  (with  v.  1, 
άποκρ.),  τω  ναντικω,  Thuc.  2,  93 ; 
and  C.  inf.,  they  carried  the  point  that..., 
Id.  5,  46  ;  6,  74. — 4.  later  also  c.  acc. 
esp.  in  signf.,  to  master,  conlrol,  άμαρ 
τίας,  Isocr.     Hence 

'Έπικρΰτης,  ες,  {έπί,  κράτος)  master 
ο/ a  thing:  in  compar.  επικρατέστε- 
ρος, superior,  τι]  μόιχ7},  Thuc.  6,  88. 
Hom.  has  only'  the  adv.  -τέως,  with 
I  overwhelming  might,  impetuously,  II.  16, 

67,  81  ;  23,  863,  never  in  Od. 
I  νΕπικρίιτης,  ους,  ύ,  Epicriites,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  esp. — 1.  an  orator  and  states- 
man in  the  time  of  Thrasybuhis.  Dem. 
430,  4.-2.  a  liiend  of  Lysias,  Plat. 
227  B. — 3.  a  poet  of  the  middle  com 
511 


ΕΠΙΚ 

edy,  Ath.,  Meinpkc  1,  p.  4U.    Others 
ill  Deni.,  Ar.,  etc. 

Έττιαρύτησις.  εως,  η,  {ίτΐίκρατεω) 
a  masteiiii^.  conquest  of,  τινΰς,  Thuc. 
1,11:  supreme  power,  τινός  έν  τόττω, 
Dio  C. 

Έ-ι.κματΐ]τέον,  verb.  adj.  from  έπι• 
κρατέω,  one  mast  get  the  better  of,  τινός, 
Clem.  Al. 

'ΐ.πικρατητικός,  τ/,  όν,  restraining, 
astringent,  ftledic. 

Έϊτικρατίόκς,  ίόων,  al,  {ετνί,  κράς, 

κρατάς)  a  kind  oihead-dref!<,cL  ίπίκρα- 

νον.  or  a  towel,  v.  Foes.  Oecon.  Hipp. 

Έττικράτικός,  ι),  ϋν,  (έτηκεράννυ- 

αι)=έ7ϊΐκεραστικύς,  Medic. 

Έττικραυγάζίύ,  (έ~ί,  κραυγάζω)  to 
cry  out  to  or  at,  Epict. 

Έττικρεμάνννμι  and  -νύω,  f.  -κρε- 
μάσω [«],  Att.  -κρεμώ,  (έττί,  κρεμάν- 
ννμι)  to  hang  over,  aTijV  τινί,  Theogn. 
206,  so  κίνόυνον,  Polyb.  Pass,  to 
overhang,  of  a  rock,  H.  Horn.  Ap.  28 1 : 
to  float,  hover  over,  esp.  metaph.  to 
hang  over,  threaten,  Lat.  imminere,  θά- 
νατος, Simon.  14,  5,  δόλιος  αιών, 
Find.  I.  8,  28.     Hence 

Έττικρεμής,  ες,  overhanging,  sus- 
pended, Anth.  :  in  suspense. 

Έπικρίρινον,  imperat.  aor.  1  from 
έπικραιαίνω,  v.  επικραίνω,  II. 

'Έ-ίκρημνος,  ov,  (επί,  κρημνός) 
precipitous,  steep,  Pherecyd. 

Έττικρήνειε,  3  sing.  opt.  aor.  1  from 
έτϊίκραινω,  II. 

Έ  -ίκρΐ/σαι,  Ep.  inf  aor.  1  of  -κε- 
ράνννμι  lor  -κεράσαι,  Od.  7,  164. 

Έ-ικρΐδόν,  adv.  {επικρίνω)  by 
choice,  Ap.  Rh. 

'Έπίκμϊμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  decision,  de- 
cree, Bockh.  Inscr.  2,  p.  493 :  from 

'Επικρίνω,  f.  -κρίνω,  (έπί,  κρίνω) 
to  decide,  determine.  Plat.  :  to  adjudge, 
inflict,  θάνατον,  LXX. — 2.  to  select, 
pick  out.  Diod. :  to  sanction,  approve, 
Hdn.  [<] 

Έπικριον,  ov,  TO,  {επί,  Ικριον)  the 
sailyard  upon  a  ship's  mast,  Qd.  5, 
254,  318. 

'Επίκρΐσις,  εως,  ή,  {επικρίνω)  a 
judgment  on,  τινός,  Strab. :  sanction, 
approbation. 

'Επικριτής,  ov,  a,  (επικρίνω)  a  de- 
cider, arbiter,  Polyb. 

Έπίκρΐτος,  ov,  (επικρίνω)  approved, 
chosen,  Joseph. 

Έπίκροκον,  ov,  τό,  a  woman^s  gar- 
ment, either  from  its  saffron  colour 
(κρόκος)  or  its  thick  pile  (κρόκη.) 
Έ-£^■poταΛt'ςω,=  sq.,  Noun. 
Έπικροτέω,  ω,  (επί,  κροτέω)  to  rat- 
tle on  or  over,  άρματα  έπικροτέοντα, 
rattling  over  the  ground  :  c.  ace.  cog- 
nato,  t  -  τώ  χεΤρε,  to  clap  the  hands  : 
and  so  absoL,  Menand.  p.  274  ;  hence 
έπ.  τινί,  to  applaud  one,  Plut.  :  but 
έτΓ.  τοις  όόονσι,  to  have  one's  teeth 
chattering,  Luc.  ;  τοΙς  όακτύ'λοις,  to 
snap  the  fingers,  Lat.  digitis  crepare, 
and  so  absoi.,  Aristob.  ap.  Ath.  530  15. 
Hence 

Έπίκροτος,  ov,  beaten  or  trodden 
hard,  esp.  of  paths  or  roads,  Xen. 
Hipparch.  3,  14  (with  v.  1.  άποκ.) : 
TO  έπ.  τον  λόγον,  its  sounding  sub- 
limity, Philostr. 

Έπίκρονμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  thing  struck 
against.  Soph.  Fr.  270 :  and 

Έπίκρουσις,  εως,  ή,  a  striking  or 
whipping :  from 

'Επικρούω,  {έπί,  κρούω)  to  hatmner 
upon  or  in,  /βον,  Ar.  Thesm.  1004. — 
11.  to  strike  or  smile  upon,  χθόνα  βάκ- 
τροις,  with  their  sceptres  on  the 
earth,  Aesch.  Ag.  202,  so  τ?)  χειρί  τό 
ξίφος,  Plut. — III.  in  genl.=£n-i/cpo- 
τέω,  LXX. 

512 


ΕΠΙΚ 

'Έπικρνιττέον,  verb,  adj.,  one  must 
conceal,  Clem.  Al. :  and 

'Ε,πικρνπτικός,  r/,  ov,  hiding,  con- 
cealing :  from 

Έπικρύπτω,  to  hide,  conceal,  esp.  to 
throw  a  covering  or  cloak  over,  χείρας 
φονίας,  Aesch.  Euni.  317:  hence 
also  in  mid.  to  disgiase,  κακά.  Soph. 
Fr.  109,  and  so  Xen.,  etc. :  έπ.  τι 
τινι,  to  conceal  a  thing  from  one, 
Polyb.  Pass,  to  conceal  or  disguise 
one's  self,  Thuc.  8,  92 :  έπ.  τινά,  to 
elude  his  observation,  Lat.  fallere.  Plat. 
Theaet.  402  C.     Hence 

Έπίκρνφος,  ov,  hidden,  secret,  like 
άπόκρνψος,  Pind.  O.  8,  92  :  and 

Έπίκρνχρις,  εως,  ή,  hiding,  secresy, 
Plut. 

Έπικρώζω,  (έπί,  κρώζω)  to  caio  or 
croak  at  one,  Ar.  Eq.  1051. 

'Επικτάυμαι,  (έπί,  κτάομαι)  to  gain, 
win  besides,  Hdt.  2,  79  :  έπ.  αρχήν,  to 
extend  one's  empire,  Thuc.  1,  144  :  c. 
dupl.  ace,  έτΓ.  τινά  σνμμαχον,  Aosch. 
Eum.  671,  τινά  ξυμμάρτνρα.  Soph. 
Ant.  840. 

Έπικτείνω,  (έπί,  κτείνω)  to  kill  be- 
sides or  again,  τον  θανόντα,  to  slay 
the  slain,  Soph.  Ant.  1030. 

Έπικτένιον,  ov,  τό,  (έπί,  κτείς) 
the  tow  which  remains  in  the  heckle, 
Hipp. — II.  like  Lat.  pecten,  the  hair  of 
the  pudenda,  Hipp. 

'Επίκτ)/μα,  ατυς,  τό,  (έπικτάομαι) 
an  additional  acquisition. 

Έπίκτ7]σι.ς,  εως,  ή,  (έπικτάομαι)  α 
making  further  acquisitions,  a  gaining. 
Soph.  Phil.  1344 ;  χρημάτων,  Arist. 
H.  A. 

\Έπίκτήτειος,  a,  ov,  (Επίκτητος) 
of  Epictetus,  JBpictetian. 

'Επίκτητος,  ov,  (έπικτάομαι)  gain- 
ed besides  or  iti  addition,  έπ.  γη,  ac- 
quired land,  which  was  formerly  un- 
der water,  as  the  Delta  of  .lEgypt, 
Hdt.  2,  5 :  in  Plat.,  added  to  one's 
hereditary  property,  Legg.  924  A,  cf 
Lycurg.  154,  1:  £-.  jvv?'/,. a.  foreign 
wife,  like  έπακτός,  or  neivly  acquired, 
Hdt.  3, 3. — 11.  θΤΓ.  φί?ιθΐ,  newly  acquired 
friends,  opp.  to  αρχαίοι,  Xen.  Ages. 
1,  3C  :  artificially  acquired  by  culture, 
etc.,  Lat.  adscititius,  opp.  to  έμφυτος, 
Plat.  Rep.  618  D :  cf  έπακτός,  έπί- 
θετος.     Adv.  -τως.     Hence 

νΕπίκτητος,  ov,  ό,  Epictetus,  a  na- 
tive of  Hierapolis  in  Phrygia,  in  early 
life  a  slave ;  afterwards  a  distin- 
guished philosopher  of  the  Stoic 
sect,  Luc,  etc. 

Έπικτίζω,  (έπί,  κτίζω)  to  build, 
found  in  addition  or  anew,  Strab. :  to 
build  in  or  among,  πόΤιεις  άγρίοις 
ίθνεσι,  Plut. 

Έπίκτνπέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (έπί,  κτυ- 
πέω)  to  make  a  noise  upon  or  with, 
έπικτ.  Tolv  ποόοΐν,  to  stampwith  the 
feet,  Ar.  Eccl.  483  :  to  resound  with: 
re-echo,  respond,  Ar.  Av.  760. 

Έπικνόαίνομαι,  (έπί,  κνδαίνω)  to 
be  proud  of,  exult  in,  τινί,  Dio  C. 

νΕπίκνδείδης,  ov  Ion.  εω,  ό,  soyi  of 
Epicydes,  Hdt.  6,  86  ;  from 

t  Έπικνδης,  ονς,  ό,  Epicydes,  a  Spar- 
tan, father  of  Glaucus,  Hdt.  6,  86. 
Others  in  Polyb.,  Arr.,  etc.  [v] 

Έπικΰδής,  ες,  (έπί,  κνδος)  glorious, 
distinguished,  Xen.  Hell.  5,  1,  36  :  bril- 
liant, πράγματα,  έ?ιπίδες,  etc.,  Polyb. 
Έπίκνδίάω,    ώ,  =  έπικνόαίνομαι, 
V.  1.  Αρ.  Rh. 

νΕπικνδίδας,  a,  ό,  Epicydidas,  a 
Spartan  commander  in  the  Pelopon- 
nesian  war,  Thuc.  5,  12  :  patronym. 
in  form,  v.  Lob.  Paral.  p.  5. 

Έπικνέω,  ώ,  (έπί,  κνέω)  to  become 
doubly  pregnant,  Lat.  si<per/beiare,Hipp. 
Hence 


ΕΠΙΚ 

Έπικύημα,  ατός,  τό,  that  ivhich  is 
conceived  besides,  a  superfetation,  Hipp. 
[v]  :  and 

Έπικύησις,  εως,  η,  superfetation, 
Hipp. 

ΈτΓίΛ-ΐίίσκω,  [έπί,  κνϊσκω)  to  im- 
pregnate again  or  besides.  Pass.  =e7ri- 
κυέω,  Hdt.  3,  108. 

Έπικνκλέω,  ώ,  (έπί,  κυκλέω)  intr. 
to  roll  round,  revolve,  come  in  turn  to, 
in  tmesis,  έπΙ  πήμα  καΐ  χαρά  πάσι 
κνκλονσι,  Soph.  Tr.  130 :  so  too  in 
pass.,  Dion.  H. 

Έπικύκλιος,  ov,  (έπί,  κύκ?.ος)  cir- 
cxdar :  esp. — 2.  as  subst.,  sub.  πλα- 
κοϋς,  a  round  Sicilian  cake,  Epich.  p. 
13. 

νΕπίκνκλος,ον,  ό,  (έπί,  κύκλος)  an 
epicycle,  in  astronomy,  Plut. 

'Επικνλίδες,  ίδων,  ui,  (έπί,  κνλα) 
the  upper  eye-lids,  v.  κνλα. 

Έπικν/ύκειος,  ov,  (έπί,  κν?αξ)  said 
or  done  over  one's  cups  (cf.  Lat.  inter 
jjocji/n),prob.l.Plut.,cf  Diog.  L.4,42. 
Έπικνλινδέω,  ώ,  {έπί,  κνλινδέω) 
to  roll  upon,  down  upon,  τι  έπί  τίνα, 
Xen.  Hell.  3,  5,  20.  — 2.  intrans.  to 
roll  on,  κύματα,  Luc. 

Έπικνλινδρόω,  ω,  (έπί,  κνλινόρόω) 
to  flatten,  bruise  by  rollers,  Theophr. 
Έπικνλίνδω,=  έπικνλινδέω,  Plut. 
Έπικνλιον,  ov,  TO,=sq.,  the  upper 
eye-lid. 

Έπικϋλίς,  ίδος,  v.  έπικνλίδες. 
Έπικν'λίω,  ί.  -ίσω,=^ έπικνλινδέω, 
Polyb.  3,  53,  4.  [ϊω,  Ισω] 

'Επικϋμαίνω,  ί.  -άνω,  (έπί,  κνμαί- 
νω)  to  How  in  waves  over,  rush  like  a 
wave  upon,  τινί,  Plut. — 2.  trans,  to 
cause  to  rise  in  waves,  την  θάλασσαν, 
Joseph. 

Έπικϋμάτίζω,  (έπί,  κυματίζω)  to 
float  upon  the  waves,  on  the  surface, 
"Philo. 

Έπικνμάτωσις,  εως,  ή,  (έπί,  κνμα- 
τόω)  α  flowing  in  waves,  fluctuation,  Μ. 
Anton. 

Έπικνπτω,  f.  -•ψω,  (έπί,  κνπτω)  to 
bend  one's  self  forwards,  bow,  stoop,  Ar. 
Thesm.  239";  'έπί  τι,  over...,  Xen.  Cyr. 
2,  3,  18  :  έπ.  ές  βιβ7ύον,  to  pore  over 
a  book,  Luc.  :  to  lean  upon,  τινί.  Id. : 
in  part,  pf,  έπεκεκνφώς,  habitually 
stooping,  Anaxandr.  Pandar.  1. 

'Επίκνρέω,  ώ,  impf  έπέκνρον,  fut. 
-κνρσω  and  -κνρήσω,  {έπί,  κνοέω)  to 
fall,  light  upon,  fall  in  with,  like  επι- 
τυγχάνω, Lat.  incidere,  in  tmesis  c. 
dat.  έπΙ  σώματι  κύρσας,  II.  3,  23  ;  but 
also  ιεροισιν  έπ'  αίθομένοισι  κνρή- 
σας,  Hes.  Op.  753 :  also  c.  gen.,  Pind. 
O.  6,  10:  but  c.  gen.  rei,  to  gain  or 
have  a  share  of,  partake,  Aesch.  Pers. 
853. 

ΤΕπικνρίδας,  a,  ό,  Epicyridas,  a 
Spartan  ■^χο'ΰ.^^Έπικυδίύας  in  Thuc. 
and  Xen.,  Paus. 

Έπικΐ'ρίσσω,  {έπί,  κνρίσσω)  to  dash 
violently  against,  strike  violently,  ot 
storms,  like  έπαιγίζω,  Theophr. 

Έπικνρόω,  ώ,  (έπί,  κνρόω)  to  con 
firm,  sanction,  ratify,  Thuc.  3,  71,  etc. 
'to   determine.   Soph.   El.  793  ;  c.  inf. 
Eur.  Or.  862. 

Έπίκνρτος,  ov,  {έπί,  κυρτός)  ben. 
fnnvard,  gibbous,  hump-backed,  Plut 
Hence 

Έπικνρτόω,  ω,  to  bend  forward 
κάρηνα.  Hes.  Sc.  234 :  to  make  crooked. 
Pass,  to  be  arched,  Luc. 

Έπικνρωσις,  εως,  ή,  (έπικνρόω)  a 
ratification,  coufirmati07i.  [y] 

Έπίκϋφος,  ov,  (έπί,  κνφός):=έπί- 
κνρτος,  btmt  over,  crooked,  LXX. 

Έπικνψέ?ίΐος,  ου,  ό,  (έπί,  κνώέ7^η) 
guardian  of  beehives,  epith.  of  Pan. 

Έπίκν-φις,  εως,  ή,  (έπικνπτω)  a 
bending  or  stooping  over  a  thing. 


ΕΠΙΑ 

'Έιζικωθονίζομαι,  (έ-t.  κωθωνίζω) 
to  drink  more,  go  on  drinking,  Critias 
27. 

'Έτζίκωανω,  (έπί,  κωκνω)_Ιο  lament 
over,  τι,  Soph.  El.  283, 805.  [vu,  νσω] 

'Ετνικώλϋσις,  εως,  ή,  a  hindrance: 
from 

Έ~ίκωΛΰω,  f.  -νσω,  {ε~ί,  κωλύω)  to 
hinder,  check,  Thuc.  6,  17,  τινά  τι, 
one  in  a  thing,  Soph.  Phil.  1242. 

Έ—ικωμύζω,  t.  -ύσω,  {e~i,  κωμάζω) 
to  march  in  κώμος  agains-t,  in  genl.  to 
make  a  riotous  or  furious  assault,  ε~ί 
Tiva,  Ar.  Ach.  982,  εις  -όλιν.  Plat. 
Legg.  950  A  ;  absol.,  Call.  Ep.  44. 

'Έτΐΐκωμιαστικώς,  adv.  =  έγκωμ., 
q.  V. 

Έ~ικώμιος,  ία,  ων,  {έ~ί,  κώμος)  of, 
at,  belonging  to  a  κώμης  or  festal  pro- 
cession :  hence  ^έγκώαιος,  panegyri- 
cal, laudatory,  Pind.  P.  10,  9,  N.  8, 
85  ;  6,  56  :  v.  κώμος. 

Έ-ίκωμος,  αν,  later  form  of  foreg., 
Plut. 

^Έττίκωμος,  ου,  ό,  Epicomus,  father 
of  Carneades,  Diog.  L. 

Έ~ικωμωδέω,  ώ,  (έττί,  κωμωδέω)  to 
make  a  jest  of  in  comedy,  Plat.  Apol. 
31  D. 

'Eot'/c«~o£•,  ov,  (εττί,  κώττη)  at  the 
oar,  a  rower,  Joseph. — 2.  of  a  boat, 
furnished  with  oars,  Moschio  ap.  Ath. 
208  F. — 3.  of  a  weapon,  up  to  the  very 
hilt,  through  and  through,  Ar.  Ach.  231. 
- — 1.  on  Aristias  ap.  Ath.  086  A,  v. 
Friebel  Satyrogr.  p.  62. 

'Έ1~ι'/.ίΐ3ή,  7/ς,  ή,  {έ—ι/Μΐι3ύνω)  a 
taking  hold,  grasping,  ττέτν/.ων,  Aesch. 
Supp.  432. — 2.  a  handle,  Hipp. 

Έπι/.αγχάνω,  fut.  -'/.ήξομαι,  (έττί, 
7ί.α-/χάνω)  to  draw  lots  or  receive  by 
lot  afterwards  0Γ  in  addition,  Aeschin. 
62,  31. — II.  intr.  to  be  assigned  by  an 
after-lot,  hence  to  fall  to  one,  come  af- 
terwards. Soph.  O.  C.  1235. 

Έττϊ/.άόόν,  a.dv.=i?.aoop,  by  troops, 
in  numbers,  Dion.  Per. 

'ΈτΓΐλάζνμαι,  (έττί,  λύζνμαι)  to  lay 
hold  of,  hold  tight,  stop,  στόμα,  Eur. 
Andr.  250.    Only  poet. 

ΈτΓίλΰίζ•,  ιδος,  ή,  v.  1.  for  νπο7.αίς, 
in  Arist.  H.  A. 

\'Έ,~ι7Μίς,  ίδος,  ή,  Epilais,  a  daugh- 
ter of  Thespius,  Apollod. 

'Έ.~ίλακκος,  ov,  b,  {επί,  λάκκος)  the 
upper  part  of  the  throat. 

Έ-ιλά/.έω,  ώ,  (έπί,  λαλέω)  to  in- 
terrupt in  speaking. — 2.  to  say  of  a 
thing,  Tivi. 

Έπι'/Μμβύνω,  fut.  -?J/\pouai,  aor. 
-i/.uiov,  (έπί,  'λαμβάνω)  toTake,  ac- 
quire besides,  Arist.  Pol. — II.  to  lay 
hold  of,  seize,  attack,  as  a  disease,  Hdt. 
8,  115,  Thuc.  2,  51 ;  to  come  upon, 
stop,  interrupt  by  one's  coming,  ννκ- 
τί)ς  έπι7.αβούσης  το  έργον,  Thuc.  4, 
96,  cf  27  :  hence  in  genl.  to  succeed, 
come  next,  Lat.  excipere,  Theophr.  :  to 
attain  to,  come  within  reach  of,  reach, 
Xen.  An.  6,  5,  6 :  and  so  έτη  όκτω 
έπ.,  to  live  over  eight  years,  Thuc.  4, 
133  ;  but  c.  gen.  partitivo,  χειμώνας 
έττ.,  to  live  over  part  of  it,  Arist.  H.  A.  : 
to  seize,  stop,  esp.  by  pressure,  την 
βίνα,  Ar.  Plut.  703 :  έπ.  της  οπίσω 
ΰδοΐ',  to  stop  from  getting  back,  Hdt. 
2,  87  :  έπ.  το  ύδωρ,  to  stop  the  water- 
cluck,  (when  an  orator  stopt  speak- 
ing while  witnesses  were  examined 
or  documents  read,  v.  κ?.εψνδρα,) 
Lys.  166,  43,  cf  Att.  Process,  p.  713, 
sq. — -111.  metaph.  πο'λνν  χώρον  έπι- 
λαβεϊν,  to  master,  i.  e.  get  over  much 
ground,  traverse  it  rapidly,  Theocr. 
J  3,  65,  cf.  ^  irgil's  corripere  campum, 
spatia.—Έ.  mid.  C.  pf.  pass,  to  hold 
one's  self  on  by,  lay  hold  of,  c.  gen., 
Tuv  νεών,  Hdt.  6,  113,  etc. :  hence 
33 


ΕΠΙΑ 

έπ.  προφύσιος,  to  lay  hold  of  a  pre-  j 
text.  Id.  3,  36  ;  so  έπ.  καιρόν,  Ar.  Lys. 
596 :  έπ.  προστάτον,  to  get,  obtain  a 
chief,  Hdt.  1,  127.— 2.  to  attack,  Xen. 
Hell.  4,  2,  22. — 3.  to  make  a  seizure  of, 
arrest  a  person,  Lys.  98,  1,  etc.:  to 
seize  goods  on  distress,  Dem.  558,  18  : 
to  lay  claim,  to,  seize  as  one's  property, 
claim  at  law,  κτήματος.  Plat.  Legg. 
954  C. — 4.  to  come  up  to,  reach,  C.  gen. 
loci,  Xen.  Hell.  6,  5,  52 :  metaph., 
έπ.  }.ογισμ.ώ,  Lat.  ratione  assequi.  Plat. 
Phaed.  79  A.  C.  έπι/.ηόθείς  την  al- 
σθησιν,  seized,  disabled,  Lat.  sensibus 
captus,  Plut.,  cf  έπίληπτος,  -/.,η-ψις, 
-/ιηψία. 

'Επί?Μμ~ρος,  ov,  (έπί,  7.αμπρός) 
brilliant,  illustrious. 

Έπι/Μμπρννω,  {έπί,  'λαμπρύνω)  to 
brighten,  make  splendid,  adorn,  οίκον, 
Plut. :  έ— ίλ.  τον  νχον,  to  make  the 
sound  clear  or  loud,  raise  it,  Schaf 
Dion.  Comp.  166. 

'Έπίλαμπτος,  ov.  Ion.  for  έπί?.ηπ- 
τος,  c.  part,  έπίλαμπτος  άφύσσονσα, 
caught  in  the  act  of  feeling,  Hdt.  3,  69. 

'Έ.πιλάμπω,  (έπί,  ?.άμπω)  to  shine 
after  or  upon,  ηέλιος  έπέλαμιρε,  there- 
upon the  sun  shone  forth,  11.  17,  650. 
So  the  moon,  H.  Horn.  Merc.  141 ; 
έπΓ/.αμιράσης  ημέρας,  when  day  had 
come  on,  broken,  Hdt.  7,  13,  SO  έαρος 
έπιλάμφαντος  8,  130,  cf.  νπο/.ύμπω  : 
in  genl.  to  appear,  become  visible  or 
?nanifest,  usu.  of  propitious  deities, 
etc.,  c.  dat.,  like  Lat.  effulgere. — II. 
transit,  to  make  shine  upon,  τί  τινι, 
Pind.  Fr.  158,  -«,  Ap.  Rh. 

Έπιλανθύνω,  f.  -λήσω,  aor.  -έλ-ησα, 
(έπί,  ?.ανθάνω)  to  make  to  forget,  c. 
gen.  ύπνος  επελ.ησεν  απάντων,  sleep 
laps  one  in  forgetfulness  of  all,  Od.  20, 
85. — II.  intr.  to  be  hidden,  escape  no- 
tice, aor.  2  έπέλάθον. — III.  mid.  έπι- 
?Μνθάνομαι,  f.  -/.ήσομαι,  c.  pf  2  act. 
-λέ/.ηθα,  Hdt.  3,  46,  and  Pind.,  and 
pf  pass.  -7.έλ'ησμαι,  Plat.  Phaedr.  235 
D,  to  let  a  thing  escape  one,  to  forget, 
lose  thought  of,  c.  gen.  Ιθάκης,  Od.  1, 
57 ;  ovK  έπε7.ηθετο  τέχνης,  Od.  4, 
455 :  also  c.  ace.  Hdt.  3,  46,  Eur. 
Hel.  265,  etc. ;  c.  inf  Ar.  Vesp.  853, 
etc. ;  also  c.  part,  οφείλων  έπύ.έ7.ηθα, 
forgot  that  I  owed,  Pind.  O.  10,  4,  cf 
Eur.  Bacch.  188  :  also  έΰ.  περί  τίνος, 
Andoc.  19,  16  ;  also  to  leave  disregard- 
ed, to  neglect,  πρόςταγμα,  Cebes. — 2. 
more  rarely,  to  suppress,  say  nothing 
about,  u-ilfully  forget,  μεμνημένος  έπ. 
Τινός,  Hdt.  3,  147,  so  εκών  έπ.,  Aes- 
chin. 22,  39,  cf  έπιλήθω. 

νΕπί/.άος,  ov,  6,  Epilaus,  son  of 
Neleus  and  Chloris,  Apollod.  1,  9, 
9. 

ΈπΙλαρχία,  ας,  η,  the  command  of 
a  double  ι/η,  i.  e.  of  128  horse. 

Έ,πί7.ΰσις,  εως,  ή,  Dor.  for  έπί7.η- 
σις,  Pind. 

ΈτΓί/.εαί'νω,  (έπί,  7j:aivo)  to  smooth 
over :  έπιλεήνας  την  αέρξεω  γνώμην, 
smoothing  over  the  opinion  of  Xerxes, 
i.  e.  making  it  plausible,  flattering, 
Hdt.  7,  9,  3,  cf  8,  142,  and  /.εαίνω. 
Hence 

'Έ,πύ.έανσις,  εως,  ή,  a  smoothing 
over,  Philo. 

Έπιλ.έγω,  f.  -ξω,  (έπί,  λέγω)  to  say 
moreover  or  in  addition,  to  add  to  what 
has  been  said,  e— .  7:όγον,  Hdt.  2, 156, 
etc.  ;  or  absol.,  2,  35,  64,  etc. :  ποιεϊν 
τι  και  έπι7.έγειν,  to  say  while  or  after 
doing  it,  Id.  4,  65,  cf  Ar.  Eq.  418  :  to 
call  by  name,  Hdt.  5,  70  :  έπ.  τί  τινι, 
to  say,  assert  of  one,  Arist.  Pol.  7,  1, 
7. — 2.  to  choose,  pick  out,  select,  Hdt. 
3,  81.  Mid.  επιλέγομαι,  to  read,  read 
through,  βιβ/ύον,  only  Ion.,  as  Hdt. 
1, 124,  etc.,  copied  by  Paus.  1, 12,  3. 


ΕΠΙΑ 

— 2.  to  choose,  pick  out,  των  Ήαβν7Μ• 
νίων  έπε/.έςατο,  he  chose  certain  of 
the  B.,  Id.  3,  157. — 3.  to  think  upon, 
think  over.  Id.  5,  30,  etc.  :  έπ.  μί/  ■■,  to 
consider,  i.  e.  doubt,  fear  lest...,  Hdt.  3, 
65  ;  cf  έπΰ.ογίζομαι. 

Έπΰ.είβω,  f.  -ψω,  (έπί,  λ.είβω)  to 
pour  out  upon,  7nake  a  drink-offtring  or 
libation  over  a  thing,  Od.  3, 341,  and  so 
in  tmesis,  11.  1,  463. 

Έπι7.t■ιόω,ώ,=  έπι7.εaίvω,tosmoolh 
over,  Dio  C. 

Έπύ.είπω,  (έπί,  7,είπω)  to  fail  one, 
like  Lat.  deficere,  c.  ace.  pers.,  as  ύδωρ 
μιν  έπέ7απε,  the  water  failed  him, 
Hdt.  7,  21,  cf  2,  25,  174,  Ar.  Av. 
1102;  έπιλείπει  με  6  χρόνος,  time 
fails  me,  Lat.  dies  me  deficit,  Isocr.  4 
A  :  freq.  also  of  rivers,  έπ.  το  βέεβρον, 
to  fail  their  stream,  i.  e.  leave  it  unfill- 
ed, be  dried  up,  Hdt.  7,  43,  58,  etc. ; 
and  so  without  ρέεθρον,  to  fail.  Id.  7, 
127 :  also  absol.  of  other  things,  to  fail, 
lack,  be  wanting,  as  of  fruit.  Id.  3,  108  ; 
σίτος  έπΰ.ιπών,  a  deficiency  of  it, 
Thuc.  3,  20;  tu  επιτήδεια  έπ.  Xen. 
An.  4,  7,  1. — II.  to  leave  behind,  Xen. 
An.  1,  8, 18,  in  pass.:  and  so, in  tmesis, 
Od.  8,  475. — 2.  to  leave  undone  or  un- 
said, ουδέν  έπ.  τών  έμών,  Heind. 
Plat.  Plot.  310  Ε  :  c.  part.,  μνρία  έπ. 
λέ-}  ων,Μ.  Phil.  26  Β. 

Έπύ^είχω,  (έπί,  7.είχω)  to  lick  over, 
to  lick. 

ΈτΓί'λείψίζ•,  εως,  ή,  (έπιλείπω)  fail- 
ure, lack,  ορνίθων,  Thuc.  2,  50. 

Έπι/.εκτάρχης,  ου,  ό,  (έπί7,εκτος, 
άρχω)  the  commander  of  a  picked  com- 
pany, Plut. 

'Ϋ.πί7^εκτος,  ov,  (έπύέγω)  chosen, 
picked,  oi  επίλεκτοι,  picked  soldiers, 
Xen.,  and  Polyb.  Adv.  -τως,  by 
choosing  or  picking. 

^Έπι7.ε7.ογισμένως,  adv.  perf  part. 
pass,  from  έπύ.ογίζομαι,  with  reflec 
lion,  considerately,  Clem.  Al. 

'Έ.πί7.εξις,  εως,  ή,  (έπΜγω)  choice, 
selection,  App. 

'Έ•πι7.επτννω,  ( έπί,  7.επτύνω)  to 
cover,  smear  over  with  a  thin  coat  of 
something. 

Έπι/.έπω,  f.  -ψω,  (έτίί,  λέπω)  to 
peel,  strip  of  bark,  όζον,  Η.  Horn. 
Merc.  109. 

Έπύ^ενκαίνω,  (έπί,  λενκαίνω)  to 
be  white  on  the  surface,  Arist.  Part.  An. 
Bekk. 

Έπύ.ευκία,  ας,  ■η,=λενκη,  Plut. 

'Επί7.ευκος,ον,(.έπί,  7.εvκός)whitish, 
white  on  the  surface,  Theophr. 

Έπιλεύσσω,  f.  •7.ενσω,  (έπί,7.εϋσ- 
σω)  to  look  towards  or  at,  τόσσον  τις 
έπι7.εύσσει,  one  can  only  see  so  far 
before  one,  II.  3, 12. 

'Έ,πΓλήθης,  ες,  (έπιλανθάνω)  caus- 
ing to  forget, 

'Κπί/.ηθος,  ov,  (έπι7Μνθάνω)  caus- 
ing to  forget,  bringing  forgetfulness,  C. 
gen.,  κακών  έπί?.ηθον  απάντων,  Od. 

4,  221 . 

'Έ,πΓλήθομαι,  a  rarer  mid.  form  for 
ίπΰ.ανθάνομαι,  Hom.  has  only  impf 
mid.,  in  signf ,  to  forget,  Od.  4,  455  : 

5,  324 ;  in  Hdt.  4,  43,  εκών  έπ.  τι,  to 
suppress,  say  nothing  about,  cf.  έπι/.αν- 
θάνω. 

'Έ,πι7.ηις,  ίδος,  ή,  (έπί,  λεία)  obtain- 
ed as  booty  or  plunder,  gained  in  war, 
πό7,εις,  Xen.  Hell.  3,  2,  23. 

'Έπιληκέω,  ώ,  {έπί,  7.ηκέω)  to  make 
a  noise  or  sound  at  a  thing,  esp.  to  ap- 
plaud, and  hence  in  Od.  8,  379,  to  beat 
time,  give  the  time  to  dancers. 

Έπΰ.ηκνθίστρια,  ας,  ή,  Μοϋσα, 
comic  nickname  of  the  tragic  Muse, 
the  bombastical,  Anth.,  cf.  λήκυθος,  7.η• 
κυβίζω. 

Έπίλημπτος,  ov,  -λημπτικός,  ή, 
513 


ΕΠΙΛ 

όν.  -λτιμψις  ή,  Ιοη.  for  -Άηπτος,  -1η- 
■χτικός,  -Λϊ;ι/'ί£•,  Hipp. 

'Έ,τΐ'.^.ήνιος,  ην,  {ίττί,  ληνός)  of,  be- 
longing to  a  ti'i7ie-press  or  the  vintage, 
άσμα,  Ath. — 2.  o,  Ep.  of  Bacchus,  as 
god  of  the  wine-press,  Orph. 

Έ-ιληπτέον,  verb.  adj.  of  έπι?,αμ- 
βάνο),  one  must  assn?nc,  Arist.  Color. 

'Έ,πι?^η7Γτενομαι,=^8^.,  LXX. 

Έ~£/77-7ίζω,  {έττίληπτος)  to  be  epi- 
leptic, Piut. 

^Επι?.7ΐήτικός,  ή,  όν,=^έττίληπτος, 
of,  belonging  to  epilepsy,  Hipp.  :  ill  of 
epilepsy,  epileptic,  Arist.  Mirab.  Adv. 
-κως. 

'Ε7η?.ήπ-ομαι,=  έ77ΐ?.ηπτίζσμαι,  v. 

I.  in  LXX. 

Έπί'λ7]πτος,  ov,  {  έπι?ιαμΐ3άνω) 
caught  or  detected  in  any  thing,  Lat. 
deprchensus.  Soph.  Ant.  406,  cf.  έπί- 
Ααμτΐτος  :  laid  hold  of ,  blamed,  pmiiah- 
ed  :  OT  punishable,  blameworthy,  Philo. 
— II.  suffering  from  η  seizure,  i,  e.  from 
epilepsy,  epileptic,  Hipp.,  in  Ion.  form. 
Adv.  -τως,  culpably.     Hence 

Έττιλήτΐτωρ,  ορός,  ό,  a  rebuker, 
blamcr,  censor,  Timon  ap.  Plut. 

ΈτΓί?.ησις,  εως,  ή,  Dor.  έπί?Μσις, 
{έτνιλανβάνομαι)  a  forgetting,  forgetful- 
ness,  καμάτων,  Pind.  P.  1,  46. 

'Κπιλήσμη.  ης,  η,  {ε7ηλανθύνω)^Γ- 
gelfulness,  Alex.  Incert.  68. 

Έπιλησμονι),  ης,  ^,=foreg.,  LXX. 

'Έ,τΐίλησμοσίψΤ! ,  ης,  ή,^^ίττιλήσμη, 
Cratin.  Incert.  147,  cf.  Lob.  Phryn. 
383. 

'Επιλήσμον,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  {έπι- 
λανθύ\'ομαι  )  forgetful,  having  a  bad 
memory,  Ar.  Nub.  129,  Plat.,  etc.  :  c. 
gen.  rci,  Xen.  Apol.  6,  in  comp.  έπι- 
λησμονέστΐρος,  whereas  Ar.  Nub. 
790  has  theirreg.  superl.  επιλησμότα- 
TOc. — II.  act.  causing  for getfulncss  or 
oblivion,  έτ.  έπφδή,  an  oblivious 
charm. 

Έτιλήσομαι,  fut.  mid.  of  έτΓίλαν- 
θάνω,  Horn. 

ΈϊΓΐ'ληστικός,  ή,  όν,  making  to  for- 
get — U.  forgetting  ;  late. 

'Επιληψία,  ας.  ή,=^  επί?.ηψις,  a 
seizure,  stoppage.  Arist.   Probl.,  esp. — 

II.  the  falling  sickness,  epilepsy,  Hipp. 
'Έ,~ι?.ήι{ημας,  ov,  that  may   be  laid 

hold  of,  blameworthy,  Luc.  :  in  genl.= 
έπίληπτος.     Adv.  -μως.     From 

Έπί?αρΡις,  ευς,  η,  (έπιλαμβάνω)  a 
laying  hold  of.  seizure :  hence  in  law, 
a  claiming  property  by  seizing.  Lat. 
manus  injectio.  Plat.  Legg.  954  Ε : 
hence  a  point  open  to  attack:  in  genl. 
an  attack,  finding  fault,  blaming,  Isocr. 
17J  C. — 2.  a  convulsive  seizure,  falling 
sickness,  epilepsy,  Lat.  morbus  comitial- 
is,  Arist.  Probl.,  cf.  έπι/.ηψία. 

ΈπιλίγΛην,  (επί,  λίγδην)  adv.  gra- 
zing, Lat.  sirictini,  like  έπιγράβόην, 
II.  17,  599. 

Έττιλίζω,  {επί,  \ίζω)  to  graze  lightly. 

'Έ,πιλιμνύζω,  ( επί,  λΛμνάζω )  to 
m>erflow,  Lat.  stagnare  :  in  pass. :  πε- 
δία ίπιλελΛμνασμένα, flooded,  Piut. 

'Έ,πιλϊνάω,  ώ,  {ίπί,  λίνάω)  to  set  or 
watch  nets,  to  hunt.  fish. 

'Κπι.λΐνεντής,  oi\  b.  one  ivho  nets,  a 
fisherman,  hunter,  Anth.,  acc.  to  Jac. 
A.  P.  144  :  from 

Έπιλϊνεύω,  (έ~ί,  ?-ΐνεύυ)^:επι.?Λ- 
νύω. 

Έπιλϊπαίνω,  {ίπί,  λιπαίνω)  to 
make  fat  or  sleek.  Pint. 

'Έ,πιλ.ΐπής,  ες,  (έπιλείπω)^  έλ.λ.ι- 
ττης,  Plut.    Adv.  -πώς. 

Έπιλΐπής,ές,  {επί,  λίπος)=νπο?.ι- 
ιτης. 

Έπιλιχμάομαι ,  Philo,  and  έπΛιχ- 
μάσσω.:=επιλΐίχω. 

'Έ.-ιλ.ΐ)^νενω,  =  ίπί/.είχω,  Philo  : 
also  in  mid..  Id.  '  . 

514 


ΕΠΙΑ 

+Έτίλλείθω,ροεΙ.  (or  έπιλείβω,  Αρ. 
Rh.  1.  1133. 

Έπιλλίζω,  {έπί,  Ιλλίζω)  to  wink 
with  the  eyes,  to  tnake  signs  to  One  by 
winking,  τινί,  Od.  18,  11  :  to  ivink 
roguishly,  H.  Horn.  Merc.  387,  and 
Ap.  Rh. :  in  genl.  to  contract  the  eyes 
in  looking  hard  at  a  thing,  and  so  to 
distort  the  eyes,  Nic. 

"ΕπΓ/'λος,  ov,  {επί,  ίλλός)  leering, 
squinting,  Lat.  strabo,paetus.     Hence 

'Έ,πίΧλόω,  w,=sq. 

Έπιλλώπτω,  {ίπί,  ιλλώπτω)  to 
wink,  leer,  look  askance  at,  Plut. 

Έπι?.ο,3ίς,  ίδος,  ή,  {επί,  λοβός)  α 
lobe  of  the  liver. 

'Έιπιλ.ογή,  ης,  ή,  {ίπιλέγω)  choice, 
selection,  Lysiin.  ap.  Joseph. 

Έπιλογίζομαι,  fut.  -ίσομαι  Att. 
-ϊονμαι.  {έπί,  ?Μγίζαμαί)  dep.  mid.  c. 
aor.  and  pf.  pass.,  to  reckon  over,  think 
on,  conclude,  consider,  ότι..,  Hdt.  7, 
177,  Dem.  1090,  fm.  :  to  make  account 
of,  τι  τίνος,  Lat.  rationcm  habere  alicuj- 
Jts,  Xen.  Hell.  7,  5,  10.^1.  to  ascribe. 

Έπιλογικός,  ή,  όν,  {έπί?.ογος)  of, 
belonging  to  the  epilogue,  conclusion  of 
a  speech,  Gramm. — II.  {ίπιλο-'/ίζομαι) 
belonging  to  reckoning.     Adv.  -κΰς. 

Έπι'λόγισις,  εως,  ^,=sq.,  Epicur. 
ap.  Plut.  2,  1091  B. 

Έπιλογισμός,  ον,ό,  {έπιλ^ογίζομαι) 
a  reckmting  over,  calculation,  Arist.  Pol. : 
a  thinking  vpon,  considering,  Plut.  cf. 
Foes.  Oecon.  Hipp. 

Έπιλογιστέον,  verb.  adj.  from  έπι- 
λογίζομαι,  one  must  reckon,  consider. 
Pint. 

'Ε,πίλ.ογιστικός,  -η,  όν,  calculating, 
prudent,  Clem.  Al. 

Επίλογος,  ov,  ό,(έπιλ^γω)  a  con- 
clusion, inference,  like  επιλογισμός, 
only  Ion.,  e.  g.  Hdt.  1,  27,  and  Hipp. : 
usu. — II.  the  concluding  speech  of  a 
play,  epilogue,  Arist.  Poet. :  the  pero- 
ration of  a  speech,  Lat.  cpihgus,  pero- 
rntio,  Arist.  Rhet.,  opp.  to  πρόλογος. 
(Never  used  for  ίπφδός,  v.  Seidl.  Eur. 
El.  719,  where  however  should  be 
written  άς  έστΙ  λόγυς. 

'Έπίλογχος,  ov,  {επί,  λΜγχη)  barbed, 
3έλ.ος,  Eur  Hipp.  221. 

Έπιλοιβή,  ης,  η,(έπι?^είβω)  α  drink 
offering,  Lat.  ώαίίο,  usu.  ?Μΐβή,  Orph. 
Hence 

'Έπιλοίβιος,  ov,  serving  or  vsedfor 
libations,  φιάλη,  Anth. 

Έπιλοιδορέω,  ώ,  {επί,  λ.οιδορέω)  to 
cast  reproaches  on,  Polyb. 

Έπιλοίμια,  ων,  τά,  {επί,  λοιμός) 
ίπη,  incantations  or  hymns  to  drive  away 
pestilence. 

Επίλοιπος,  ov,  {επί,  λοιπός)  still 
left,  remaining,  Hdt.  UsU.  in  plur.  C. 
gen., τα  έπ.  τον  λόγον,  α'ιίπ.  των  πο- 
λιών, 4,  154  ;  6,  33  ;  but  also  ή  επί- 
λοιπος οδός,  etc.,  Eur. :  of  time,  to 
come,  future,  χρόνος,  Hdt.  2,  13,  ήμε- 
ροι επ.,  Pind.  Ο.  1,  53. 

Έπιλ.οίσθιος,  ον,=  λοίσθιος,  Anth. 

Έττίλουτροτ',  ου,  τό,  {έπί,λουτρόν) 
the  price  of  a  bath,  Luc. 

Έπιλνγάζω,  -λυγαΐος,  -λυγίζω, 
rare,  but  not  suspicious,  forms  for 
έπηλ.,  Ruhnk.  Tim.,  Piers.  Moer.  p. 
163.  Schaf.  Long.  349. 

Έπιλ.νζω,  {έπί,  λνζω)  to  have  the 
hiccough  by  or  be.tides.  Nic. 

^'Έ,πίλνκος,  ου,  δ,  Epilynis,  an 
Athenian  masc.  pr.  n.,  Andoc,  etc. 

Έπι/.νμαίνομαι,  {επί,  λ.υμαίνομαί) 
to  infest,  harass,  destroy.  Plut. 

ΈτΓίλΐ'ττεω.  ώ,  {ί-πί,  λινπέω)  to  trou- 
ble, annoy,  offend  besides,  τινά,  Hdt.  9, 
50. 

Ύ•πιλνπΙα.  ας,  ή,  trouble, grief,  Zeno 
ap.  Stob.  Eel.  2,  p.  100  :  from 

'Έ,πιλνπος,  ov,  {έπί,  λώπη)  troubled. 


ΕΠΙΜ 

sad,  in   low  spirits,  Aretae. :   morose, 
Plut. 

Έπίλ.νσις,  εως,  ή,  (επιλύω)  a  free 
ing,  releasefrom,  τινός,  Aesch.  Theb. 
134. — 2.  unloosing,  unravelling,  σοφισ- 
μάτων, Sext.  Emp.  solution,  interpre- 
tation, Heliod. 

Έπt?Lvτέov,yerh.  adj.  from  επιλύω, 
one  must  unloose,  solve,  Clem.  Al. 

^Έτιλντίδας,  a,  ό,  Epilytidas,  a 
Spartan  masc.  pr.  n.,  Xen.  Hell.  5,  4, 
39. 

'Έ.πί7.ντικός,  ή,  όν,  {έπιλνω)  belong• 
ing  to,  fitted  for  solving  difficulties. 

Έπίλντρος,  ov,  (έπί,  λντρον)  set  at 
liberty  for  ransom,  ransomed,  Strab. 

Έπΰ.νω,ΐ.  -νσω,  (έπί,  λvω)toloose, 
untie,  δεσμά,  Theocr.  30,  42  :  Ιο  let 
slip  dogs,  Xen.  Cyn.  7,  8  :  in  genl.  tt> 
free,  release.  Plat.  Crito  43  C— 2.  to 
solve,  explain,  N.  T. — B.  pass.  c.  fut. 
mid.  to  flag,  give  in,  Lys.  174,  38. 
[On  quantity  v.  sub  ?.i3u.] 

Έπι'λωβάομαί,  (έπί,  λωβύομαί)  as 
pass.,  to  be  mocked,  insulted,  damaged. 

Έπιλωβενω,  {έπί,  λωβενω)  lomock, 
scoff,  banter,  jest  at  a  thing,  Od.  2,  323. 

Έπιλωβής,  ές,  (έπί,  /.ώβη)  injuri- 
ous, mischierovs,  Nic. 

'Έιπιλώβ7ΐτος,  ov,  (έπιλι,ωβάομαι) 
insulted,  degraded,  Lyc. 

Έπιμάζιος,  ov,  {έπί,  μαζός)=ζέπί- 
μάστιος.  Anth. 

'Έ,πιμάθεια,  ας,  ή,  {έπιμανθάνω)  α 
learning  after  or  too  late,   [ά] 

νγ.πιμαβενς,  έσς,  ό.  Dor.  for  Έπί- 
μηθενς,  Pind.  P.  5,  35. 

'Έ,πιμαψάω,  ώ,  {έπί,  μαιμάω)  to 
long  earnestly  after  or  desire,  τινός,  Lyc. 

Έπιμαίνσμαι,  (έπί,  μαίνομαι)  as 
pass.,  but  also  c.  aor.  mid.,  to  be  mad 
after,  c.  inf,  II.  6,  160  (wherelhc  dat. 
belongs  perh.  to  μιγήμεναι) ;  but  also 
c.  dat.,  to  be  passionately  in  Icrve  with, 
mail  after,  like  Lat.  insanire,  cf.  Ar. 
Vosp.  744,  14C9,  Mosch.  6,  2  :  also 
sometimes  c.  acc,  Huschke  Anal.  p. 
30:  c.dat.in9tram../oo<-?/)nf<ti'iVA,  Aesch. 
Ag.  1427.— II.  to  fly  at,  fall  upmi,  Anth. 

Έπιμαίομαι,  poet.  f.  -μάσσομαι, 
and  aor.  'μασσάμην,  v.  sub  *έπιμά»- 
μαι.  {έπί,  μαίομαι)άορ.,  to  strive  after, 
seek,  endeavor  to  obtain,  aim  at.  usu.  c. 
gen.,  σκοπέλ.ον  έπιμαίεο,  make  for, 
steer  for  the  rock,  Od.  12,  220  :  me- 
taph.  έ-π.  νόστου,  strive  after  a  return, 
Od.  5,  344  :  δώρων  έπεμαίετο  θνμός, 
his  mind  %vas  set  upon  presents,  II.  10, 
401. — II.  c.  acc,  to  lay  hold  of,  grasp, 
ξίφεος  έπ.  κώπητ>,  he  clutched  his 
sword-hilt,  Od.  11,  531:  and  less 
strong,  to  touch,  feel,  c.  acc,  οίων  έπ. 
νώτα.  Od.  9,  441  ;  but  έττί  νΰτ"  έπεμ., 
Hes.  ap.  Ath.  498  Β  :  more  freq.  μά- 
στιγι  θοώς  έπεμαίετ'  up'  'ίππονς,  she 
touched  sharply,  ?r^/;)pfi/thehor.'?es,  II. 
5,  748,  etc.  :  inetajih.,  έπεμαίετο  τέχ- 
νην,  Lat.  arteni  tractcnnt,  H.  Hom. 
Merc.  108.  Only  Ep.  and  only  in 
pres.  and  impf.  :  the  fnt.  and  aor.  are 
taken  from  the  cognate  *t-7ri/iao/iai, 
which  again  is  not  used  in  pres.  or 
impf.  :  cf.  also  έπιμέαονα. 

Έπίμακρος,  ov,  {επί,  μακρός)  ob- 
long, Hipp. 

Έπιμάλ?Μν,  adv.  for  έπΙ  μάλλον, 
still  more. 

ΈπιμανδαλΛ^τόν,  ov,  τό,  {έπι,  μαν- 
δαλωτός)  a  la.'icivious  kiss,  in  which 
the  tongues  touch  each  other,  like 
καταγλώττίσμα,  Ar.  Ach.  1201. 

Έπιμάχ'ί/ς,  ές,  (έπιμαίνομαι)  mad 
after  a  thing,  ές  or  προς  τι :  in  genl. 
mad,  Polyb.     Adv.  -νώς. 

Έπιμανθάνω,  fut.  •μ0.βήσομαι,{έπί, 
μανθάνω)  to  learn  besides  or  after,  τι, 
Thuc  1,  138:  c.  inf.,  Hdt.  1,131; 
ft'..,  Id.  2,  160. 


ΕΠΙΜ 

Έπιμαΐ'τενομαι,  (έ~ί,  μαντεύομαι) 
dep.,  to  prophesy    besides,  App. 

*Έπιμάομαι,=έ-ιμαιομαι,  which 
gives  the  pres.  and  iinpf.,  while  the 
Ep.  fut.  and  aor.  ίταμάσπομαι,  έπεμ- 
ασσάμην,  are  to  be  referred  to  this 
obsoL  pres.  rather  than  to  ίττιμάσσω, 
z(.  *Μίίω  Β  :  these  two  lenses  are 
used  by  Horn.,  =  έπιμαίομαι  U.  to 
touch,  AatidL•,  feel,  c.  acc,  έλκος  iij- 
τηρ  έτΓΐμάσσεται,  11.  4,  190  ;  cf.  Od. 
9,  44ϋ  ;  μαβόω  uiv  έττεμ..  Od.  13,  429; 
*lsoabsoL,  Od'  16,  172;  19,468  :  and 
strengthd.,;);e/p''J.e.;{;£ipt.v.>i'itzsch) 
ίπιαασσάαενοΐ,  having  seized,  grasped 
witli  the  handj  Od.  9,  302 ;  thus  also 
19,  480  (where  the  gen.  όάμνγος,  be- 
longs to  Άάβε) :  Αρ.  Rh.  has  both 
gen.  and  acc,  Tijv  ίττεμάσσατο  χει- 
ρός, she  touched  her  by  the  hand : 
metaph.  επεμ.  θυμον  εμον,  he  touch- 
ed my  heart,  Ap.  Kh. 

Έπιμαργαίνω,  (έττί,  μαργαίνω)  to 
be  mad  after,  τινί,   Aral. 

Έπίμαργος,  ov,  {επί,  μύργος)  mad 
after  a  thing. 

Έ-ιμάρτϋρ,  v.  -μάρτυρος. 

Έ—ίμαρτνρέω,  ώ,  {_ε~ι,  μαρτνρέω) 
(ο  bear  witness  to  a  thing,  to  depose  to, 
έπ.  7/μιν  τα  ονόματα  μη-,  κείσθαι, 
Plat.  Crat,  397  A ;  c.  dat,  rei,  ?luU 
Hence 

Έπ-ιμαρτύρησις,  εως,  ^,=sq.,  Sext. 
Enip.  [v] 

^Έ^πιμαρτΰρία,  a£,  ή,  a  witness,  testi- 
mony ;  εις  επιμ.,  for  a  witness,  Thuc. 
2,74. 

'Κπιμαρτνρσμαι,  (εττί, μαρτύρομαι) 
dep.  mid.,  to  take  to  witness,  to  call  on 
as  witness,  appeal  to,  c.  acc,  esp.  έπ. 
Γονς  θεούς,  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  5,  25  :  absol. 
to  call  witnesses,  call  evidence,  Ar.  Nub. 
495,  cf.  Vesp.  1437  :  hence— 2.  to  call 
on  earnestly,  to  conjure,  Lat.  obtestari, 
Hdt.  5,  92,  fin. ;  επιμ.  μη  ποιεϊν,  to 
call  on  one  not  to  do,  lb.  93,  Thuc.  6, 
29.-3.  c.  acc.  rei,  to  say  a  thing  be- 
fore witnesses,  to  affirm,  declare,  δτι.., 
Dem.  915,  12,  cf.  Plat.  Phaedr.  244 
B.  [C] 

'Έ.7Γίμάρτϋρος,  ov,  b,  (επί,  μάρτυρος) 
a  witness  to  any  thing,  II.  7,  76,  Od.  1, 
273  ;  in  Hom.  and  Hes.  used  only  of 
the  gods. 

Έπιμάρτυς,  ό,  (έπί,  μύρτυς)=έπί- 
μύρτνρος,  Ar.  Lys.  1287. 

Έπιμύσάομαι,  or  -μασσάομαι,  {επί, 
μασάυμαι)  to  chew,  eat  in  addition  to  or 
afterwards;  επιμασσ.,  is  the  later 
form. 

Έ/Γί/ΐίάσσο/χαί,  Ep.  fut.  of  έπιμάο- 
μαι,  έπιμαίομαι,  for  'επιμύσομαι. 

Έπιμάσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  f.  -ξο»,  {επί, 
μάσσυ)  to  knead  again,  knead  well. 
The  mid.  forms,  fut.  έπιμάσσομαι, 
aor.  επεμασσάμην,  belong  to  *επιμά- 
ομαι,  q.  v. 

Έπιμαστίδιος,  ov,  {επί,  μαστός)  on 
or  at  the  breast,  not  yet  tceancd,  Aesch. 
Theb.  349,  Eur.  I.  Ύ.  231.  ^ 

Έπιμαστίζο),  {επί,  μαστίζω)  to  whip 
or  flog  besides. 

Έπιμύστίος,  ov,  {επί,  μαστός)= 
ίπιμαστίόιος. 

'Επί/ιαστίω,=έπιμαστίζω,  Nic.  [t] 

'Έ,πίμαστος,  ον,{έπίμαομαι)  seeking 
after  or  for,  hence  έπίμαστος  αλήτης, 
a  begging  vagrant,  Od.  20,  377. 

'Έ,πιμΰ,χέίύ,  ώ,  {επί,  μάχομαι)  to 
stand  by,  help  one  in  battle,  r/j  αλλή- 
λων έπιμαχεϊν,  to  make  a  league  for 
the  mutUEil  defence  of  their  coun- 
tries, Thuc.  5,  27.     Hence 

'Έ,πιμύχία,  ας,   ή,  a  defensive  alli- 
ance, opp.    to  συμμαχία  (an  alliance 
both  offensive  and  defensive),  Thuc. 
1,  44;  5,48. 
'Έ,πίμάχος,  ov,  ίέπί.μύχομαι)  that 


ΕΠ1Μ 

mat/  easily  be  attacked,  esp.  of  fortified 
places,  assailable,  like  έπίβατος,  and 
έπίόρομος,  Hdt.  1,  84,  Thuc,  eic.  ;  of 
a  country  in  general,  open  to  attack, 
Hdt.  9,  21. — II.  Also  said  to  be  used 
later  for  σύμμαχος ;  and  in  Thorn.  M. 
it  signifies,  ready  or  equipped  for  battle. 
— 111.  in  Heliod.,  contended  for,  contest- 
ed, cf.  Coray  t.  2.  374,  381. 

*'E7ri//utj,obsol.  pres.,  \.έπιμάομαι, 
έπιμαίομαι. 

'Επιμειόάω,  ώ,  ί.-ήσω,{έπί,μειόάω) 
to  smile  at  or  upon  :  in  Hom.  always 
in  phrase  τον  δ'  έπιμειδήσας  προςέφη, 
he  addressed  him  wtth  a  smde  :  also 
of  a  scornful,  savage  smile,  II.  10,  400. 

^Έ,πιμειδίάσις,  εως,  ή,  a  smiling  at 
one,  Plut. :  from 

Έπιμειόιάω,  ώ,  f.  -άσω,  {επί,  μει- 
διάω) to  smile  at,  Xen.  Cyr.  2,  2,  16. 
[ώσω] 

Έπιμείζων,ον,ΕβΏ.ονος,βίτβηφιά. 
for  μείζων,  still  larger  Οΐ  greater,  De- 
raocr.  ap.  Stob.  p.  66,  37. 

Έπιμείλια,  ων,  τά,  v.  1.  II.  9,  147, 
289,  εγώ  δ'  έπι  μείλια  δώσω,  for  επι- 
δώσω μείλια,  ν.  μείλια. 

Έπιμελαίνω,  {επί,  μελαίνω)  to 
blacken  on  the  top.  Pass,  to  become 
black  atop,  Theophr. 

Έπιμέλύς,  -μέλαινα,  μέ/.ΰν,  {επί, 
μέλας)  black  on  the  top,  Theophr. 

Επιμέλεια,  ας,  ή,  [επιμελής)  care, 
attention,  diligence.  Thuc  2,  94,  Xen., 
etc.  ;  in  plur.,  like  our  pains,  Xen. 
(3yr.  6,  1,4:  έπ.  τινός,  attention  paid 
to  a  thing,  τοϋ  ναυτικού,  των  οικείων 
και  πολιτικών,  Thuc.  2,  39,  40  ;  τών 
κοινών,  Isocr.  144  D,  etc.  ;  also  πεβί 
τίνος,  Thuc.  7,  56,  περί  τι.  Plat.  Rep. 
451  D  ;  προς  τίνα,  Dem.  618,  8  ;  esp, 
έπιμέλειαν  τίνος  ποιείσβαι,  έχειν, 
etc.,  as  έαυτον,  Hdt.  6,  105,  IJem. 
1414,  10:  opp.  to  έπιμε?Μας  τυγχά- 
νειν,  to  have  attention  paid  one,  Isocr. 
113  D,  etc.:  επιμέλεια,  with  dili- 
gence, also  κατ'  έπιμέ7•.ειαν,  Xen. 
Cyr.  5,  3,  47,  Hell.  4,  4,  8. 

Έπιμελέοιιαι,  dep.  c.  fut.  et  aor. 
mid. ;  but  also  c  lut.  pass,  (in  act. 
signf.)  έπιμεληθήσομαι,  Xen.  Mem. 
2,  7,  8  :  aor.  έπιμεληβήναι,  lb.  1,  3, 
11,  {έπί,  μέ?ιομαι.)  To  take  care  of, 
have  charge  of:  to  have  the  management 
of,  c.  gen.  rei,  Ar.  Vesp.  154.  Thuc, 
etc.  :  to  pay  attention  to,  study,  culti- 
vate, αρετής,  etc..  Plat.,  and  Xen.  ; 
also  περί  τίνος,  Ep.  Plat.  311  E,  πε- 
ρί τι,  Legg.  932  15 :  also  c.  acc.  et 
inf.,  to  take  care  that..,  Xen.  Mem.  4, 
5,  10,  and  Plat.  ;  foil,  by  όπως,  c.  in- 
die, fut.,  Thuc.  4,  US,  etc.:  also  c 
neut.  adj.  in  acc,  to  take  care  with  re- 
spect <o a  thing,  Thuc.  6, 41,  and  Xen.: 
c  acc.  cognato,  έπ.  έπιμέλειαν.  Plat. 
Prot.  325  C.  The  shorter  form  έπι- 
μέ/.ομαι,  is  less  freq.  in  Att.,  but  the 
only'  form  in  Hdt.  as  c.  gen.,  1,  98, 
etc. ;  absol.,  2,  2;  also  in  Thuc.  7, 
39. 

"Ε,πιμελετάω,  ώ,  {έπί,  με?.ετάω)  to 
exercise  over  and  above.     Hence 

'Έ1πιμ£?ιέτησις,  εως,  η ,  additional  ex- 
ercise. 

'Επιμέ?ίημα,  ατός,  τό,  {έπιμε7Λο- 
μαί)  an  object  of  care,  a  care,  anxiety, 
Xen.  Oec  7,  37. 

Επιμελής,  ες,  (έπί, μέ?ιθμαι.)  caring 
for,  anxious,  careful  about,  τινός.  Plat., 
and  Xen.  :  absol.  careful,  attentive,  Ar. 
Nub.  501. — II.  pass,  cared  for,  an  ob- 
ject of  care  :  esp.  in  neut.  έπιμε?ιές,  c. 
dat.  pers.,  e.g.  επιμελές  τω  Κύρω  έ} ε- 
νετό, it  was  a  care  to  him,  made  him 
anxious,  Hdt.  1,  89,  cf.  3,  40,  etc.  ; 
επιμελές  μοί  έστι,  I  have  to  care  for  it. 
Id.  2,  150  ;  C.  inf.,  it  is  my  business  to.., 
Thuc.  1,  5;  έπιμε?ίές  ποιεΐσΰαι,  c. 


ΕΠ1Μ 

inf.,  to  make  it  one^s  business  to..,  Plat. 
Siymp.  172  Ε  :  alsoeT.  έστω  μι/.-,  Lat. 
caveaturne...  Plat.  Legg.  932  D  :  also 
έστί  uoi  επιμελές  τούτου,  Plat.  Legg. 
763  Ε  :  TO  έπ.  τοϋ  δρωμένου,  the 
charge  of  the  execution  of  orders, 
Thuc.  5,  66.  Adv.  -λώς.  Plat.,  etc. ; 
Ion.  -λέως,  Hipp. :  Superl.  επιμελέ- 
στατα, Plat.  Ale  1,  104  D. 

Έπιμελητέον,  verb,  adj.,  one  must 
take  care  of,  pay  attention  to  a  thing, 
τινός.  Plat.,  and  Xen.  :  έπ.  όπως, 
Xen.  Cyr.  7,  5,  70.    ^ 

Επιμελητής,  ov,  b,  {έπιμελέομαι) 
one  who  has  the  charge  of,  a  trustee, 
manager,  Ar.  Plut.  907,  Xen.,  etc. ; 
έπ.  της  ονραγίας,  Polyb. :  esp.  of  offi- 
cers appointed  to  the  charge  of  any- 
thing, an  overseer,  superintendent,  τών, 
νεωρίων,  Dem.  612,  21,  λιμένος, 
Bockh  Inscr.  1,  p.  169,  etc. 

Έπιμελητικός,  ή,  όν,  fitted  for  care, 
management,  etc. 

Έπιμε'λίη,  ης,  ή.  Ion.  for  επιμέ- 
λεια, \  it.  Hom.  5,  7. 

Έπιμέ/Λω,  fut.  -με/^λήσω,  {έπί, 
μέλλω)  to  delay  or  tarry  still  longer. 

Έπιμέ/.ομαι,  dep.  pass.,=e7ri//£Ae- 
ομαι,  q.  v.  sub  fin. 

Έπιμέλπω,  {έπί,  μέλπω)  to  sing  to, 
"Αιδα  παιάνα,  Aesch.  Theb.  869. 

Έπιμελωόέω,  ώ,  {έπί,  μελωδέω)  to 
sing  to,  accompany  by  singing,  Aristid. 
Hence 

Έπιμελώδημα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which 
is  sung  or  chanted  over  a  thing. 

ΈπιμέμιΒ/^εται,  Ep.  syncop.  perf. 
pass.,  c  act.  pres.  signf,  of  έπιμελέ- 
ομαι, for  έπιμεμέλιιται,  Q.  Sm.,  v. 
μέμβ/.εται. 

'Επιμέμονα,  Ion.  and  poet.  perf.  2 
c.  pres.  signf.,  to  aim  at,  desire,  c.  inf., 
iSoph.  Phil.  515 :  it  belongs  to  the 
root  μάω,  μάομαι. 

Έπιμεμπτος,  oi',=  sq.,  Gramm. 
Έπψ.εμόής,  ές, blamed,  blameworthy, 
Nic. :  from 

Έπιμέμφομαι,  f.  --φομαι,  {έπί,  μέμ- 
φομαι) dep.  mid.,  to  impute  to  one  as 
matter  of  blame,  cast  in  one's  teeth,  τίνί 
τι,  Od.  16,  97,  Hdt.  1,  75,  etc. ;  c  dat. 
pers.  only,  to  blame,  Hdt.  4,  159 :  c. 
acc.  rei  only.  Id.  2,  161 :  rarely,  έπ. 
τινά  τίνος,  to  blame  one  for  a  thing. 
Soph.  Tr.  122,  on  the  analogy  of  ai- 
τιάομαι:  absol.  to  find  fault,  Hdt.  1, 
116. — II.  intr.  to  blame  one's  self  for  a 
thing,  to  accuse  one's  self  of  ,  c.  gen.  rei, 
II.  1,  65;  2,  225  ;  also  ένει^ά  τίνος,  11. 
1,  94:  absol.  to  be  sorrif  afterwards,  to 
repent,  Hdt.  2,  129,  cf."7, 169;  alsoeTT. 
ότι.-,  Hipp.     Hence 

Έπίμεμφις,  εως,  ή,  blame,  complaint, 
Dion.  H. 

νΕπιμένης,  ους.  ύ,  Epimeiies,  a  Ma- 
cedonian, Arr.  An.  4,  13. 

^Έπιμενίδειος,  ov.  of  Epimenides, 
Epimenidean,  Theophr. :  from 

ΫΕπιμενίδης,  ου,  ό,  Epimenides,  a 
seer  and  poet  of  Crete,  who  visited 
and  purified  Athens,  to  pave  the  way 
for  Solon's  legislation,  Plat.  Legg. 
642  D,  cf.  Arist.  Pol.  1, 1,  6;  Diog.  L. 

1,  109. 

'Επιμένω, aOT.  επέμεινα, {έπί,  μένω) 
to  stay  on,  to  tarry  or  abide  still,  Horn, 
and  Att.;  έν  με^,άροις,  Od.  4,  587; 
έπιμειναι  ές  avpLov,  Od.  11,  351;  c. 
subj.,  έπίμεινον,  τεύχεα  δύω,  wait  let 
me,  i.  e.  wait  till  I  put  on  my  armour, 
II.  0,  340 ;  also  iva..,  H.  Hom.  Cer. 
100.  Post-Hom.  έτ.  rOTTCJOr  έντόττω, 
also  6•-.  έπι  ττ/  στρατιά,  Xen.  An.  7, 

2,  1. — 2.  to  continue  in  a  pursuit,  έπι 
τοις  δοξαζομένοις.  Plat.  Rep.  490  A ; 
έπι  τον  κακουργήματος.  Dem.  727, 
27 ;  also  c.  part.,  έπ.  έστηκώς.  Id. 
Meno  93  D. — 3.  to  abide  by,  ταϊς  σπον- 

515 


ΕΠΙΜ 

<^α1ς,  Χρπ.  Hell.  3,  4,  6.— Π.  to  umit 
for,  aivait,  Lat.  expectnre,  v..  acc,  Soph, 
ϋ.  C.  1717  with  V.  1.  έτταμμ.  ;  c.  inf., 
tK.  Ti  τε'λΐσθτ/ναι,  Thuc.  3,  2,  cf. 
Soph.  Tr.  1176.     Cf.  έ~ιμίμνω. 

Έπιμίρτ/ς,  ές,  v.  ί-ιμόριος,  Philo. 

Έττιμερίζω,  {έπί,  μερίζω)  to  reckon 
νρ  part  by  part. — II.  to  impart,  Dion. 
H.    Hence 

'Επιμερισμός,  οϋ,  ό,  an  adding  or 
reckoning  part  by  part :  έττιμερισμοί,  in 
Grainin.,  are  those  syllables  ot  a  word 
which  are  of  doubtful  sound,  cf.  Bois- 
sonade  Herodian  praef.  ix. 

'Έ•ττίμε<τος,  ov,  {tni,  μέσος)  in  the 
middle,  β?'/μα  έττ.,  a  deponent  or  middle 
verb,  Granim. 

'Έ•πίμεστος,  ov,  {επί,  μεστός)  filled 
vp  full.  Call.  Cer.  134. 

'Επιμεταπέμπομαι,  as  mid.,  (επί, 
μετά,  πέμπω)  to  send  for  hack  again  to 
one's  self,  Thuc.  6,  21. — 2.  to  send  for 
besides,  send  for  a  reinforcement.  Id. 
7,7. 

Έπιμετρέω,  ω,  (επί,  μετρέω)  to 
measure  out  to,  assign  to,  Hes.  Op.  395, 
where  it  seems  to  be  used  of  lending : 
in  pass.,  ό  έττιμετρονμενος  σίτος,  Hdl. 
3,91.  Mid.  to  have  measured  out  to  one, 
ίο  receive  to  one's  portion. — II.  to  add  to 
the  vieasure,  give  over  and  above  :  hence, 
to  add  something  to  the  truth,  to  exag- 
gerate, Polyb. ;  έ~.  χρόνον  στρατη- 
Ύΐας,  to  prolong  one's  magistracy, 
Plut.  :  in  genl.  to  do  moi-e  than  is  usu- 
al or  ought  to  be  done. — III.  έπιμετρεΐν 
την  σκιάν,  to  measure  the  shadow  on 
the  sun-dial,  to  see  what  hour  it  is. — 
IV.  inlr.  to  form  a  corollary  or  addition, 
επιμέτρων  λόγος,  Polyb. 

'ί]πίιιετρον,  ov,  τό,  something  added 
to  make  good  measure ;  excess,  The- 
ophr.  :  tv  επιμετρώ,  over  avid  above, 
into  the  bargain,  Polyb. 

^'Έπιμήύης,  ονς,  ό,  Epimedes,  one  of 
the  Dactyli  Idaei,  Pans.  5,  7,  6. 

Έπιμήόομαι,  (επί,  μήδομαι)  dep., 
to  imagine,  devise  or  contrive  a  thing 
against  one,  6()7i.ov  πατρί,  Od.  4,  437. 

Έ,πιμ/'/βεια,  ας,  ή,  (επιμηβής)  after- 
thought, with  collat.  notion  of  regret : 
opp.  to  προμήθεια. 

'Έιπιμ7]βενομαι,  dep.,  to  think  of  af- 
terwards or  too  late :  opp.  to  προμ?]- 
ΰεύομαι :  from 

'Έ,πιμηθενς,  έως,  ό,  (επί,  μηδος) 
Epimelheus,  brother  of  Prometheus, 
Hes.  Op.  85.  Th.  511,  After-thought 
and  Fore-thought ;  which  characteris- 
tics of  the  two  brothers  are  recorded 
in  various  proverbs,  e.  g.  μεταβου- 
λενεσΟαι  Έπιμηβέως  έργον,  οΰ  ΤΙρο- 
μηθέως,  Luc.  ;  'Έ,πιμί/ΙΙεΙ  ουκ  εστί  το 
μέλειν,  άλλα  τυ  μεταμέλειν,  Synes. ; 
etc. 

'Έ.πιμΐ]θίις,  ές,  (επί,  μηδος)  late- 
thinking,  improvident :  but — II.  in  The- 
ocr.  25,  79,  thoughtful,  careful,  like 
ίπιμελής. 

'Επιμήκης,  ες,  (έπί,  μήκος)  long, 
longish,  Democr.  ap.  Sext.  Emp.  ;  it 
has  an  irreg.  superl.  έπιμτ/κιστος, 
Philo. 

Επιμηκύνω, (έπί.μηκννω)  tolength- 
en,  prolong,  Polyaen. 

'Τ.πιμ!]/-ίδες,  ίδων,  al,  (έπί,  μήλα) 
'ίϊνμφαι,  protectors  of  sheep,  or  flocks 
and  herds  in  ixenl,  Valck.  Theocr.  1, 
22,  Long.  2,  27,  A.  B.  p.  17,  7  :  acc. 
to  others,  nymphs  of  the  fruit-trees,  v. 
Ήίηλίδες,  'ίΛηλιάδες. 

νΈ.πίμηλίδης,  ου,  ό,  Epimeltdes, 
founder  of  Coronea  in  Mcssenia,  Paus. 
4,  34,  5. 

νΕπιμήλιος,  ov,  δ,  (επί,  μήλα)  pro- 
tector of  sheep,  etc.,  cf.  Έπιμηλίοες  ; 
appell.  of  Apollo,  Macrob. ;  of  Mer- 
cury, Paus.  9,  34,  3. 
516 


ΕΠ1Μ 

'ΈπιμηλΙς,  ίδος,  ή,  (έπί,  μή/•.ον)  α 
kind  of  medlar,  Diosc. 

Έ,πιμι/νιενω.  to  present  monthly  of- 
ferings, Buckli  Inscr.  2,  p.  364  :  from 

'Κπιμήνιος,  ov,  (έπί,  μην)  monthly  : 
hence,  oi  έπιμήνιοι,  they  who  hold  of- 
fice for  a  7nonth,  \nscT.•.  Tu  έπιμήνια, 
— 1.  sub.  ιερά,  7no?tthly  offerings,  like 
έμμηνα,  Ildt.  8,  41. — 2.  έπιμήνια,  pro- 
visions for  a  month,  a  jnonth's  stock, 
Polyb.,  and  Juvenal :  and  as  this  was 
the  usual  stock  given  out  at  once,  in 
genl.  a  supply  of  provisions,  provisions. 
— 3.  7u  έπιμήνια,  the  monthly  courses 
ofvmmen,  Arist.  H.  A. 

Έπιμηνίω,  (έπί,  μι/νίω)  to  be  angry 
with,  Tivi,  II.  13,  460:  έπ.  τινί  τι,  to 
be  angry  loith  one  for  a  thing,  App. 
\yl]    ■ 

Έπιμηνϋτης,ον,  δ,=μ7/νυτής,  App. 

Έπιμι/τιάω,  ω,  (έπί,  μητιύω)  to 
think  on  any  thing,  Ap.  Rh. 

'Έπιμηχανάομαι,  dep.  mid.,  (έπί, 
μηχανύω)  to  contrive,  devise,  use  arts 
against  a  person  or  thing,  Od.  4,  822, 
in  tmesis:  to  devise  preventions,  lldt.  1. 
94;  6,  91. — II.  to  devise  besides,  Xen. 
Cyr.  8,  8,  16.     Hence 

'Έ^πιμηχάνημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  means 
or  device  towards  a  thing,  Hippodam. 
ap.  Stob.  249,  3  ;  [a]  and 

'Έ,πιμηχύνησις,  εως,  ή,  a  device,  con- 
trivance .•  έξ  έπ.,  on  purpose,  artificial- 
ly, Chrysipp.  ap  Stob.  Eel.  1,  378. 

'Έπιμηχανητέον,  verb.  adj.  from 
έπιμηχανύομαι,  one  must  devise  besides. 
Gal. 

Έπιμήχΰνος,  ov,  (έπί,  μηχανή) 
craftily  devisi?tg ;  κακών  έπιαήχανος 
έργων,  contriver  of  ill  deeds,  Orac.  ap. 
Hdt.  6,  19. 

νΚπιμιγή,  ής,  ή,  a  mingling  together, 
an  intermixture,  Sext.  Emp. :  from 

Έπιμίγνϋμι,  and  -ννω,  fut.  -μίξω, 
(έπί,  μίγννμι)  to  add  to  by  mixing,  to 
mix  in  or  7filh,  τινί  τι,  Pind.  P.  2,  59; 
έπ.  τινϊ  χείρας,  to  fight  with  them. 
Id.  N.  3,  107  ;  also,  έπ.  τίνα  ύγλαίαις, 
lb.  9,  74.  Pass.,  έπιμίγννμαι,  to  miii- 
gle  with,  esp.  with  other  persons ; 
hence  to  have  intercourse  or  dealings 
with  one,  άλ7,ή?ιθίς,  Xen.  Cyr.  7,  4,  5, 
for  which  Thuc.  1,  2,  has  the  act.; 
also,  έπψίγννσθαι  παρ'  αλλήλους.  Id. 
2,  1  ;  προς  έκείνονς.  Xen.  An.  3,  5, 16. 
Poet,  also  of  place,  έπιμίγννσθαι 
τόπω,  to  haimt,  frequent  a  place, 
Ruhnk.  Ep.  Cr.  p.  99.  The  earlier 
form  was  έπιμίσγω,  q.  v.     Hence 

Έπιμικτος,  ov,  common  to,  ΑνδοΙς 
και  Καρσί,  Strab. — 2.  mixed,  Timon 
ap.  Diog.  L.  9,  52. 

Έπιμιμνήσκω,  f.  -μνήσω,  (έπί,  μιμ- 
νήσκω)  to  put  in  mind  of,  to  remind. 
Usu.  in  pass.,  έπιμιμνησκομαι,  c.  fut. 
mid.  -μνήσομαι,  more  rarely  έπιμνησ- 
θήσομαι  :  aor.  usu.  έπεμνήσβην,  but 
also  έπεμνησύμην.  perf.  έπιμέμνημαι, 
to  remind  one's  self  of  ,  to  thiiik  of  a  per- 
son or  thing,  to  remember,  think  of,  c. 
gen.,  Horn,  (only  however  in  aor.  1 
mid.  opt.  έπιμνησαίμεθα,  and  aor.  1 
pass.  part,  έπιμνησθείς :  he  has  not 
the  act.  at  oil):  έπιμνησαίμεβα  χάρ- 
μης,  let  us  think  of  battle,  II.  17,  103  ; 
80  too  later,  to  make  mention  of,  Hdt. 
1,  5,  85,  etc.  :  c.  n«ut.  pron.  in  acc.  Id. 
1, 14,  cf.  2,  3  ;  but  with  both  gen.  and 
acc.  m  6,  136,  etc. :  rarelv  περί  τίνος, 
Hdt.  2, 101,  Plat.  Tim.  18 C.  Ion. there 
was  a  pres.  έπιμνύομαι,  έπιμνωμαι. 

'Έ,πιμίμνω,  poet,  for  επιμένω,  to 
abide,  tarry  any  where,  Od.  14,  66 ; 
15,  372. 

'Έ,πιμίξ,  adv.,  {έπιμίγννμι)  mixedly, 
confusedly,  pile-m^lc,  of  horses  and 
warriors' mixed  up  together,  II.  11, 
525;  21,  16:  έπιμιξ  μαίνεται  Άρης, 


ΕΠΙΜ 
Mars  rages  without  respect  of  persons, 
Od.   11,  537:   thus  also,   κτείνονται 
έπιμίξ,  there  were   killed   all   alike, 
without  distinction,  II.  14,  60.   Only  Ep. 

'Κπιμιξία,  ας,  ή,  (έπιμίγννμι)  a 
m.ixing,  union :  intercourse ;  dealings 
between  states,  Lat.  cornmercium,πpός 
τινας,  Hdt.  1,  68,  παρ'  ΰλ7.ήλους, 
Thuc.  5,  78 ;  also  c.  dat.,  Plat.  Legg. 
949  E. 

Έπίμιξις,  εως,  i),=  {oreg.,  Theogn. 
297. 

Έπιμίσγω,  (έπί,  μίσγω)  poet,  and 
Ion.  for  έπιμίγννμι :  Horn,  uses  only 
the  mid.,  and  that  in  metapli.  signf. 
to  have  dealings  with  one,  τινί,  Od.  6, 
205,  241,  and  Hdt. ;  absol.  to  associate 
together,  Hdt.  1,  185:  in  II.  always  in 
hostile  signf.,  aki  Ύρώεσσιν  έπιμίσ- 
γομαι,  I  have  always  to  be  dealing  with 
the  Trojans,  am  always  clashing  with 
them,  11.  10,  518  ;  cf.  5,  505  ;  instead 
of  dat.  Hes.  Tb.  802  uses  it  also  of 
place,  c.  prep,  εις  or  έπί,  ονδέ  ποτ" 
ές  βονλην  έπιμίσγεται,  οΰδ'  έπι  δαϊ- 
τα :  later  c.  acc.  solo,  έπιμίσγεσθαί 
τι,  to  draw  nigh  to  a  place,  Call.  Jov. 
13.  Also  in  Alt.  prose,  as  Thuc.  1, 
13;  4,  118. 

Έπιμίσθιος.  ov,  (έπί,  μισθός)  work- 
ing or  engaged  for  pay  or  hire  :  pecul. 
fern,  έπιμισβίς,  ίδυς. 

'Έ.πιμισθοώορύ.άς,  η,  (έη  ί,  μισθοφο- 
ρά)  extraordinary  pay,  Dio  C. 

Έπιμισθόω,  ώ,  to  let  a  thing  ίο  one, 
τινί  τι.  dub.  1.  in  Ael. 

Έπιμνύομαι,  -μνώμαι,  Ion.  for  έπι- 
μιμνησκομαι. 

'Έπιμνημονεύω,^μνημονενω. 

'Έπιμνησαίμεθα,  opt.  aor.  1  mid.  of 
έπιμιμνήσκω,  Horn. 

'Έπιμνησθείς,  part.  aor.  1  pass,  of 
έπιμιμνησκομαι,  II. 

νΚπιμνηστέον,  verb.  adj.  of  έπιμιμ- 
νήσκοααι,  one  7nust  mention.  Plat.  Tim. 
90  E. ' 

Έπιμοιράω,  ώ,  (έπί,  μοιρύω)  to  give 
or  assign  by  lot,  τινί  τι.  Mid.,  to  re- 
ceive by  lot  as  one's  own  share,  to  par- 
take in,  share,  c.  acc,  as,  κόνιν,  earth 
enough  for  a  grave,  Moschio  ap.  Stob. 
2.  p.  244,  cf.  Pseudo-Phocyl.  93 :  also 
c.  gen.,  Philo. 

Έπιμοίριος,  ov,  (έπί,  μοίρα)  ap- 
pointed by  fate,  destined,  fatal,  νήματα, 
Leon.  Tar.  93. 

Έπίμοιρος,  ov,  (έπί,  μοίρα)  par- 
taking in,  like  έπηβο'λης,  c.  gen.,  Eu- 
rypham.  ap.  Stob.  p.  555,  42. 

Έπιμοιχενω,  (έπί,  μοιχενω)  to  com- 
mit adultery  besides,  τινά,  with  one, 
Luc. 

Έπιμολεΐν,  inf  aor.  of  obsol.  έπι- 
βλώσκω,  to  come  upon,  befall.  Soph. 
Tr.  855.     Hence 

ΈιπίμολοΓ,  ov,  approaching,  inva- 
ding, Aesch'  Theb.  029. 

'Έπιμομώή,  τ/ς,  ή,  =  έπίμεμ-ψις, 
Pind.  Ο.  ιό,  12. 

Έπίμομφος,  υν.=έπιμεμφής,  (Eur.) 
Rhes.  327. — ίΐ.  blameable,  unlucky,  of 
omens,  Aesch.  Ag.  553. 

Ύ.πιαονίι,  ής,  ή,  (επιμένω)  a  staying 
on,  tarrying:  delay,  Thuc.  2,  18:  but 
also  steadfastness.  Plat.  Crat.  395  A. 
In  Rhet.  a  dwelling  on  a  point,  treating 
it  elaborately :  hence 

'Έ-πιμόνιμος,  ov,=  sq. 

'Επίμονος,  ov,  (επιμένω)  .staying 
on,  έπ.  στρατηγός,  with  permanent 
command,  Polyb.  :  έπιμόνονς  ερά- 
νους ποιείν,  to  tlelay  their  payment, 
Polyb.     Adv.  -νως  (Plat.)  Ax.  372  A. 

'Έπιμόριος,  ov,  (έπί,  μόρων)  con- 
taining an  integer  and  one  part  more, 
larger  by  one  part :  hence  έπ.  λόγος, 
the  ratio  in  which  one  mmher  contains 
the  other  and  a  fraction  of  it ,  see  έπί- 


ΕΠΙΝ 

τρίτος :  if  instead  of  one  part  there 
be  several,  the  proportion  is  called 
έτΓΐμίρης  'λόγος. 

'ΕτΓΐμορμυμω,  {επί,  μορμνρω)  to 
murmur  at,  c.  dat.,  Dion.  P.,  in  tmesis. 

[v] 

Έπίμορτος,  ov,  {επί,  μορτή)  ■γεωρ- 
γός, the  husbandman  who  tills  a  field  for 
a  certain  share  of  the  produce,  Hesych. : 
έπίμ.  γη,  land  cultivated  on  these 
terms,  isolon  ap.  Poll.  7,  151. 

Έΰίμυρφάζω,  {επί,  μορφύζω)  to  take 
the  shape  of,  counterfeit,  Lat.  simulare, 
ά/ι?}θείαν,  etc.,  Philo. 

Έττιμορφόω,  ώ,  t.  -ώσω,  {επί,  μορ- 
φόω)  to  form,  fashion. 

ΈπιμοχΟεο),  ώ,  to  work  or  toil  at, 
like  έπιπονέω :  from 

Έπίμοχβος,  ov,  {επί,  μόχθος)  toil- 
some, like  έ  πίπονος,  LXX..   Adv.  -θως. 

Έπιμνζω,  f.  •ξω,  {επί,  μύζω)  to  mtct- 
ter,  murmur,  groan  at  or  after,  11.  4,  20  ; 
8,  457,  cf  μυζω. 

Έπιμνΰέομαι,  {επί,  μνθέομαι)  dep., 
to  say  besides. — II.  to  speak  to,  comfort, 

TLVl. 

Έπιμϋθεύϋ),  also  -θεύομαι,  dep. 
mid.,=:foreg.,  Arist.  H.  A. 

Έπιμύθιος,  ov,  {επί,  μϋθος)  that  be- 
longs to  or  accords  with  narration  or 
story :  το  έπ.,  the  moral  of  a  fable, 
Luc.  [ϋ] 

Έπιμυκτηρίζω,  {έπί,  μυκτηρίζω)  to 
turn  up  the  nose,  mock  at,  Menand.  p. 
210. 

^Επίμυκτος,  ov,  {επιμύζω)  mocked, 
scoffed  at,  Theogn.  269  with  v.  1.  έπί- 
αιατος. 

Έ.πιμύ7αος,  ov,  {επί,  μύλη)  at  or  on 
the  mill,  το  έπ.,  the  upper  milt-stone, 
LXX. — II.  belonging  to  the  7nitl,  sub. 
ώ(5//,  a  song  sung  white  grinding,  Try- 
pho  ap.  Ath.  618  D.  [ij] 

'Έιπιμΰλίς,  ίδος,η, {έπί, μύλη  V.)  the 
knee-pan,  Hipp. 

Έπίμυζίς,  εως,  η,  {έπιμύζω)  α  mut- 
tering at :  ct.  μυγμός. 

Έπιμνρίζο),  {έπί,  μυρίζω)  to  smear, 
anoint  over,  τινά  τινι,  Theophr. 

Έπιμύρομαι,  {επί,  μνρω)  to  wail, 
make  moan  at  a  thing  :  in  Ap.  Rh.  1, 
938,  of  the  hollow  sound  of  the  sea. 
[i] 

Έπίμΰσις,  εως,  η,  {επιμυω)  a  closing 
of  the    eyes  or  mouth,  Clem.  Al. 

Έπιμύσσω,  Att.  -ττω,^έπιμύζω, 
Luc. 

'Έ,πιμύω,  f.  -νσω,  {έπί,μνω)  to  close 
the  eyes  or  mouth  at  a  thing  ;  also  c. 
ace,  to  close,  όμματα,  0pp. :  absol.  to 
wink  hard,  Polyb.  :  to  wink  at,  in  token 
of  assent,  Ar.  Vesp.  934.  [νω,  ϋσω] 

Έπίμωκάομαι,{έπί,μωκύομ2ΐ)άβρ. 
mid.,  to  rtiock  at. 

Έπιμωμάομαι,  Ion.  -μωμέομαι,  {επί, 
μωμάομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  find  fault  with, 
Tivi,  Dion.  Per.    Hence 

Έπομωμητός,  η,  όν,  blameworthy, 
hlameable,  έρις,  Hes.  Op.  13  :  έργον, 
Theocr.  26,  38. 

Έπίμωμος,  ov,  {έπί,  μώμος)  blamed, 
censured,  blameworthy,  Heliod. 

Έπίμώομαι,=^έπιμαίομαι. 

Έπινάσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  f.  -ξω,  (έπί, 
νύσσω)  to  fill  up  with. 

Έπίνάστίος,  ov,  {έπί,  ναίώ)  taken 
as  a  stranger  into  a  country,  sojourning 
i)i  a  country,  like  εποίκος,  Αρ.  Rh. 

νΈ,πινανμαχία,  ας,  ή,^ή  έπΙ  ναυσΐ 
μάχη,  Ps.-Plut.Vit.  Hom. 

'Έ.ηαιαύσυος,  ον,  (επί,  νανσία)  feel- 
ing nausea,  sickish,  Polyb. 

'Έ,πίνάχομαι,  Dor.  for  έπινήχ-,  The- 
ocr. 

^Επινεάζω,  {έπί,  νεύζω)  to  take 
youthful  pleasures  in  a  thing. 

Έπινεάνιεύομαι,  {έπί,  νεανιενο- 
uai)  dep.,  to  do  what  one  need  not,  from 


ΕΠΙΝ 

excess  of  youthful  spirit :  to  show  off, 
Plut.  ^ 

Έπίνείον,  ov,  τό,  (έπί,  νανς,  νεώς) 
the  sea-port  where  the  navy  of  a  coun- 
try lies,  the  state  sea-port,  Hdt.  6,  116, 
Thuc.  1,  30;  2,  84.-2.  in  genl.  a  sea- 
port, Strab.  (Smaller  than  ?.ιμήν, 
Hesych.) 

Έπινείσσομαι,  fut.  -νείσομαι,  old 
form  of  έπινίσσομαι. 

Έπινέμησις,  εως,  ή,  an  assigning, 
distributing,  Hipp. — II.  (from  mid.)  a 
spreading,  πυρός,  of  a  fire,  Plut.  :  and 
ΤΕπινεμητέυν,  verb,  adj.,  o?ie  ?nust 
parcel  out  or  distribute  among  a  num- 
ber, Plat.  Legg.  737  C  :  from 

Έπινέμω,  iut.  -νεμώ  and  νεμήσω  : 
aor.  έπένειμα,  {έπί,  νέμω)  to  allot,  as- 
sign, 11.  9,  216  ;  24,  625  ;  also  to  divide, 
distribute  among  several,  c.  dat.  pers., 
Od.  20,  254. — II.  to  make  to  pasture  or 
feed  upon  a  spot ;  esp.  to  turn  one's 
cattle  out  to  graze  on  another^s  land, 
Dem.  1274,  27,  cf  έπινομία.  Β.  mid. 
esp.  of  cattle,  to  go  on  grazing,  to  feed 
over,  to  pass  the  hounds  in  grazing : 
hence  metaph.  to  spread  over,  πϋρ  έπ. 
TO  άστυ,  the  fire  spreads  over  the  town, 
Hdt.  5,  101  :  so  of  an  infectious  dis- 
ease, ή  νόσος  έπενείματο  τάς  'Αθή- 
νας, Thuc.  2,  54  :  so  too  absol.,  θ/βυς 
όρος  πιθανός  άγαν  έπινέμεται,  goes 
on  and  on  to  over  credulity,  Aesch. 
Ag.  485. — 2.  in  genl.  to  approach,  Pind. 
O.  9,  11. — 3.  to  feed  after,  τινί,  Arist. 
H.  A. 

Έπινένησμαι,  perf.  pass,  from  έπι- 
νήθω. 

Έπίνευσις,  εως,  ή,  α  nodding  to  or 
at  one ;  approval  so  signified,  Joseph. : 
from 

Έπινεύω,  {επί,  νεύω)  to  nod  to,  in 
token  of  command,  approval,  etc.  ; 
έμώ  δ'  έπένευσα  κάρητι,  with  my  head 
I  nodded,  i.  e.  to  ratify  a  promise,  II. 
15,  75;  so  too  in  tmesis,  έπ'  όφρύσι 
νεϋσε,  II.  :  to  umk,  ?nake  a  sijn  to  an- 
other to  do  a  thing,  c.  inf,  II.  9,  620, 
cf  H.  Hom.  Cer.  169,  466;  so  too  c. 
dat.  pers.,  Xen.  Cyr.  5,  5,  12.— 2.  in 
genl.  to  nod,  κόρνθι  έπένευε  φαειντ}, 
he  nodded  with  it,  i.  e.  it  nodded,  11. 
22,  314. — II.  to  incline  to  or  towards  :  in 
genl.  to  give  a  sign  by  nodding,  nod  or 
wink,  Ar.  Ach.  115. 

Έπινέφελος,  ov,  {έπί,  νεφέ?.η) 
clouded,  overcast,  έπινεφέλων  όντων, 
the  weather  being  cloudy,  Wess.  Hdt. 
7,  37. 

Έπινεφέω,  ώ,  to  bring  clouds  over 
the  sky,  Arist.  Probl. — II.  intr.  to  be 
cloudy,  Theophr. :  from 

Έ,πιΐ'εφής,  ές,  {έπί,  νέφος)  clouded, 
cloudy,  dark,  Theophr. 

Έπινεφρίδίος,  ov,  {έπί,  νεφρός) 
over,  at,  upon  the  kidneys,  11.  21,  204. 

Έπίνεφις,  εως,  ή,  {έπινεφέω)  a 
clouding  over,  Arist.  Probl. 

Έπινέω.  (A),  f.  -νήσω,  {έπί,  νέω  C) 
to  spin  to,  esp.  like  έπικλώθω,  of  the 
Fates,  τινί  τι,  II.  20,  128  ;  24,  210  ;  in 
both  places  γεινομένω  έπένι/σε  λίνφ, 
allotted  him.  with  the  first  thread  of 
life. 

Έπινέω  (Β),  v.  sub.  ίπινηνέω, 
fin. 

Έπινέω  (C),  f.  -νενσομαι,  {έπί, 
νέω  Β)  to  swim,  float  on  the  top,  Arist. 
H.  A. 

'Έπινήθω,=  έπινέω  (A),  to  spin  to. 

Έ,πινήίος,  ov,  {έπί,  ναϋς,  νηϋς)  on 
board  ship,  belonging  to  it,  Anth. 

Έπινηνέω,  also  -νέω,  -νήω  and 
-νηέω,  to  heap  or  pile  upon,  c.  gen.  loci, 
νεκρούς  πνρκα'ίής  έπενήνεον,  II.  7, 
428,  431. — 11.  to  heap  up,  load  with  a 
thing,  c.  gen.  rei,  ΰμαξαν  φρύγανων, 
Hdt.  4,  62,  in  form  έπινέω ':  part.  pf. 


ΕΠΙΝ 

pass.,  έπινενησμένος,  piled  vith,  τι- 
νός, Ar.  Ecci.  838. 

Έ.πίνιιτρον,  ov,  τό,  {έπί,  νήθω) 
prob.  a  distaff,  Gramm. 

Έπινήόω,  {έπί,  νήφω)  to  be  or  re- 
main sober  at  or  for,  πράξει,  Luc. 

Έπινήχομαι,  f.  -ξομαι,  {έπί,  νήχο- 
μαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  swim  upon,  Batr. 
107  :  to  come  to  the  top,  Theocr.  23.  61. 
— 2.  to  suim  to  or  over  to,  c.  acc.  Call. 
Del.  21. 

Έπινήχϋτος,  ον,=νήχυτος,  Orph. 

Έπινηω,—έπινηνέω,  q.  v. 

'Έ,πινιζω,  f.  -νί-ψω,  v.  έπινίπτω. 

Έπινίκιος,  ον,{έπί,  νίκη)ο(,  belong- 
ing to  victory,  άοιδή,  Pind.  Ν.  4,  127. 
— II.  as  subst.  TO  έπ.. — 1.  sub.  άσμα, 
or  μέ?.ος,  a  song  of  victory,  Irimnphal 
song  or  ode,  such  as  Pindar's,  Aesch. 
Ag.  174,  in  pi.  —  2.  τα  έπινίκια, 
sub.  ιερά,  a  thanksgiving  sacrifice  for 
a  victory,  or  feast  in  honour  of  it,  Plat. 
Symp.  173  A,  cf  Ar.  Fr.  379.  [vl] 

ΈπίνΙκος,  oi',=foreg.,  Pind.  O.  8, 
99,  Stratt.  πυταν.  1,  cf.  Bockh.  Schol. 
Pind.  p.  460. 

'^'ΈπινΙκος,  ov,  b,  Epinicus,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Dem.  1491,  fin.,  a  comic  poet, 
Meineke  1,  p.  481. 

Έπινιπτρίς,  ίδος,  ή,  {έπί,  νίζω)  κν- 
λιξ,  α  cup  handed  round  at  table  after 
hands  ivashed,  i.  e.  at  the  end  of  din- 
ner, the  grace-cup. 

Έπινίπτω,  {έπί,  νίπτω)  to  moisten 
on  the  surface,  Schneid.  Theophr.  C. 
P.  5,  9,  13. 

Έπινίσσομαι,  fut.  -νίσομαι,  {έπί, 
νίσσομαι)  to  go,  come  to,  upon  or  over, 
c.  gen.,  πεδίων.  Soph.  O.  C.  689,  also 
c.  acc.  in  Ap.  Rh.  [i  by  nature] 

Έπινίψω',  {έπί,  νίφω)  to  snow  over 
or  upon,  Xen.  Cyn.  8,  1. — II.  trans,  to 
cover  ivith  snow,  Theophr.  [vl] 

Έπινοέω,  ώ,  {έπί,  νοέω)  to  have  in 
one's  mind,  to  think  on  or  of,  contrive,  τι, 
Hdt.  1,  48:  so  too  c.  inf,  πως  έπενο- 
ήσας  άρπύσαι ;  Ar.  Eq.  1202  :  but — 

2.  c.  inf,  USU.  to  purpose,  intend,  Hdt. 

3,  134  ;  5,  24.  etc.— 3.  absol.,  to  form  a 
ptan,T\mc.  1,70.— B.  Exactly=the 
Act.  is  also  the  mid.  έπινοεΐσθαι,  c. 
aor.  pass,  έπινοηθήναι,  Hdt.  3,  122; 
6, 115.     Hence 

Επινόημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  thought,  pur- 
pose, contrivance,  Hipp. 

Έπινόησις,  εως,  ή,  {έπινοέω)  a  con- 
sidering, contriving ,  etc. 

Έπινοητής,  ov,  ό,  {έπινοέω)  one 
who  considers  a  thing,  M.  Anton. 

Επινοητικός,  ή,  όν,  {έπινοέω)  in- 
ventive, of  an  orator,  Longin. :  έπ.  τι- 
νός, shrewd  at  plans  for  a  thing,  Ath. 

Έπίνοια,  ας,  ή,  {έπί,  νονς)  α  tlwik- 
ing  i?i  or  of  a  thing,  thought  of,  τινός, 
Thuc.  3,  46  :  power  of  thought,  invent- 
iveness, invention,  Ar.  Eq.  90. — 2.  an 
invention,  device,  lb.  539,  Vesp.  346, 
Xen.,  etc. — 3.  a  purpose,  design,  mean- 
ing, Ar.  Plut.  45,  Vesp.  1073 :  also  a 
purpose,  wish, desire,  Elmsl.Med.744. — 
II.  after  thought,  reflection.  Soph.  Ant. 
389,  cf  Έπιμ7ΐθενς.-ηΐ.  in  genl.  in- 
telligence, κοινή  έπ.,  Polyb. 

Έπινομτ/,  ης,  ή,  {έπινέμομαι)  α  go- 
ing over  in  grazing  :  hence  metaph. 
έπ.  πυρός,  the  spread  of  fire,  Plut. 

Έπινομία,  ας,  ή.  [έπινέμομαι)  gra- 
zing, pasture  on  another's  lands:  hence 
— 2.  esp.  a  mutual  right  to  it,  Λ"ested  in 
the  citizens  of  two  neighbouring 
states,  Xen.  Cyr.  3,  2,  23,  cf  Poll.  7. 
184,  Bockh  Inscr.  1,  p.  653,  and  έπερ- 
γασία. 

Έπινομις.  ίδος,  ή,  {έπί,  νόμος)  an 
addition  to  a  law  ;  name  of  a  work  as- 
cribed to  Plato  :  in  genl.  an  appendix, 
addition;  a  new  j'ear's  presetit,  =z  the 
Lat.  strena,  Ath.  97  D. 

517 


ΕΠΙ2 

'Έττινομοβετέω,  ώ,  {ίπί,  νομοθετεω) 
to  make  additional  laws,  Plat.  Legg. 
779  D. 

Έττίνομος,  ov,  (έττί,  νέμω)  joined, 
asanciated  tilth,  like  σύννομος,  Pinil. 
P.  11,  13. — II.  (έπί,  νόμος)  lawful, for- 
mal, like  ίίη'ομος,  Ajip. 

'Έ,πινοσήο,  ώ,  to  be  xtill  ill,  Hipp. 

Έτήΐ'οσος,  ov,  {επί,  νόσος)  subject 
to  sickness,  unhealthy,  σώμα,  Arist. 
Eth.  N. — 2.  unwholesome.  Adv.  -σωζ•, 
like  one  who  is  sick,  Hipp. 

Έττινοτίζο,  (έττί,  ΐ'ΟΓ/'ςω)  ίο  wet, 
sprinkle  on  the  surface,  Diosc. 

'Έπιννκτερενω,  [έπί,  ννκτερεύω)  to 
pass  the  night  at  or  in,  Plut. 

'FJ^Γlvvκτιoς,  ov,  (knt,  ννξ)  by  night, 
in  the  night,  nightly,  Leon.  Tar. 

Έπιννκτίς,  ίδος.  pecul.  fern,  of  έπί- 
νύκτιος. — 1).  as  Siibst. — 1.  a  pustule 
which  rises  and  is  jnost  painful  at  night. 
— 2.  a  night-book,  opp.  to  έφημερίς,  a 
day-book,  journal. 

Έπιννμφίόίος,  ov,  (έττί,  ννμφίδιος) 
of,  belonging  to  a  bride  or  to  marriage, 
bridal,  nuptial,  νμνος  έττιν.,  a  bridal- 
song.  Soph.  Ant.  81 1. 

'Έπιννσσο),  Att.  ---ω,  f.  -^ω.  {ε~ί, 
νύσσω)  to  prick  on  the  surface,  LllC. 

Έπιννστάζω,  lut.  -σω,  and  -ξω, 
{έπί,  ννστάζω)  to  nod,  go  to  sleep  at  or 
<yver,  Plut. 

'Επινωμύω,  ώ,  f.  -ησω  (έπί,  νωμάω) 
to  guide,  bring  to,  apply  to,  παιώνα  /ca- 
κών  Tivi,  Soph.  Phil.  168:  esp.,  έπ. 
πόόα,  to  turn  the  foot ;  and  then, 
without  πόδα,  to  traverse,  pass  over, 
όμμασί  τι,  Eur.  Phoen.  ISOl. — II.  to 
distribute,  assign,  Aesch.  Eum.  311, 
Theb.  729,  Soph.  Ant  139. 

'Έπινωτιόενς,  έως,  ό,  a  kindnf  shark, 
Epaen.  ap.  Ath.  294  D,  called  by 
Arist.  νωτίύανός. 

'Έ^πινωτίόιος,  ov,  {επί,  νώτον)  on 
the  hack.  Anth. 

Έπινωτίζω,  {έπί,  νωτίζω)  to  put  on 
the  back  of  a  thing,  to  cover  with  a 
thing,  κρΰτά  τινι,  Eur.  Η.  F.  302. 

'Έ,πινώτιος,  ov,  {έπί,  νώτον)  on  the 
back,  Batr.  80. 

Έπιξαίνω,  {έπί,  ξαίνω)  to  scratch 
on  the  surface,  exasperate  a  sore. 

Έπιξανθίζω,  {έπί,  ξανθίζω)  to  broum 
over  by  toasting,  Pherecr.  Metall.  1,  IC. 

Έπίξανθος,  ov,  {έπί,  ξανθός)  yel- 
low-brown, tawny,  of  hares,  Xen.  Cyn. 
5,22. 

'Έπιξεινόω,  Ion.  and  poet,  for  έπι- 
ξενόω. 

'Έπίξενίζω,=  έπιξενόω. 

'Έπίξενος,  ov,  {έπί,  ξένος)  as  a 
stranger,  in  a  strange  land,  Clem.  Al. 

'Έπιξενόω,  ώ,  {έπί.  ξενόω)  to  enter- 
tain as  a  gufst :  hence  pass.,  to  he  so 
entertained,  Arist.  Pol.:  hence  ro  Ace// 
abroad,  Isocr.  418  A  ;  πόλει,  in  a  city, 
Luc. :  but  in  Aesch.  Ag.  1320,  έπιξε- 
νοϋμαί  ταντα,  I  call  you  to  witness  this 
for  me,  as  a  stranger,  of.  Hesych.  in  v. 
Hence 

'Έ,πίξένωσις,  εως,  η.  arrival  or  stay 
in  a  strange  place,  Diod. 

'Έ,πιξέω,  i.  -έσω,  {έπί.  ξέω)  like  έπι- 
ξαίνω, to  scrape,  scratch  on  the  top  or 
surface.  Aretae. 

'Έπίξηνον,  ην,  τό,  {έπί,  ξηνός)  α 
chopping-blork.  like  έπικάπηνον  :  also 
the  executioner's  block,  Aesch.  Ag.  1277, 
of.  Ar.  Ach.  318. 

'Έ,πιξηραίνω,  fut.  -ΰνώ,  {επί,  ξηραί- 
νω) to  dry  on  the  top,  Hipp.      Hence 

'Έπιξηραντικός,  ή,  όν,  that  dries  on 
the  surface. 

'Έ,πιξηρΰσία,  ας,  η,  dryness  on  the 
top,  Hipp. 

Έπίξηρος,  ov,  {έπί,  ξηρός)  dry  on 
the  top,  Hipp. 

Έπίξννος,  ov,  poet,  for  έπίκοινος, 
518 


ΕΠΙΠ 

έτΓ.  ύρονρα,  a  common  field,  in  which 
several  persous  have  rights,  11.  12, 
422.     Hence 

ΈτΓί^ΐΊ'όω,  poet,  for  ίπικοινόω,  to 
make  common,  communicate,  Nonn.  :  SO 
also  in  mid.,  Ap.  Kh. 

Ύ,πίξνριος,  w,  {επί,  ξνρόν)  of,  be- 
longing to  a  razor,   [v] 

Έπιξνω,  f.  -νσω,  {έπί,  ξύω)  to  shave 
on  the  top :  to  skim  the  surface,  of  a 
thing,  Arat.  [i,  but  in  late  poets  some- 
times C] 

Έπιόγδοος,  ov,  {έπί,  όγδοος)  seven 
and  a  half,  Lat.  sesquioctavus,  V.  ίπί- 
τριτος. 

'Κπιοίνιος,  ov.  also  a,  ov,  {έπί,  οϊ- 
νης)  at,  belmiging  to  the  wine,  Theogn. 
905. 

'Έπιοινοχοεύω,  (  έπί,  οίνοχοενω ) 
poet.,  to  pour  out  wine  for.  hand  wine  to, 
ϋεοΊς,  Η.  Horn.  Ven.  205. 

t'ETTiov,  ov,  τό,=  'Ήπειον,  Hdt.  4, 
148. 

Έπώπτης,  ov,  6,  poet,  for  επόπτης, 
Ep.  Horn.  11. 

Έπίοπτος,  ov,  poet,  for  έποπτος, 
received,  observed. 

Έπιορκέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {επίορκος)  to 
sivear  falsely,  forswear  one's  self,  προς 
δαίμονος,  by  a  deity,  II.  19,  188  :  c. 
ace.  of  tilings  sworn  by  ;  cf.  τύς  βα- 
σιληΐας  ίστίας  έπι,ορκείν,  to  swear 
falsely  by  the  royal  hearth,  Hdt.  4,  08; 
so  έτΓ.  τονς  θεούς,  Ar.  Αν.  1609,  Xen. 
An.  2,  4,  7  :  cf.  έπύμννμι :  opp.  to  εν- 
ορκέω. — II.  just  =  όμννμι,  to  swear, 
Solon  ap.  Lys.  117,  34,  q.  v.     Hence 

'ΈίπιορκΊ]τικ.ός,  ή,  όν,  given  to  per- 
jury. 

Έπιορκία,  ας,  η,  a  false  oath,  Lat. 
perjnria,  πρυς  τυνς  θεούς,  Xen.  An.  2, 
5,  21  ;  sir.  προςφέρεσθαι,  Dem.  409, 
21  :  from 

Επίορκος, ov,  {έπί,  όρκος)  sivearing 
fidsely,  forsworn.  Ι,Άί.  perjurus.  II.  19, 
264,  Hes.  Op.  802  ;  elsevvh.  Hom., 
and  Hes.  use  only  the  neut  as  subs., 
in  the  phrase,  έπίορκον  όμνύναι,  to 
take  a  false  oath,  swear  falsely,  II.  3, 
279,  Hes.  Op.  280,  Th.  232  :  m  full, 
έπ.  δρκον  ώμοσε,  Ar.  Ran.  150,  cf. 
έπόμννμι. :  but  in  II.  10,  332,  έπ.  έπώ- 
μοσε,  he  swore  a  vain,  bootless  oath,  i. 
e.  which  he  meant  to  fulfil,  but  the 
gods  willed  otherwise.     Adv.  -κως, 

Έπιορκοσννη,  7/ς,  ή,  =  έπιορκία, 
Anth. 

'Έ,πιόσσομαι,  {έπί,  δσσομαι)  to  have 
bifore  one's  eyes,  look  upon  :  metaph 
to  consider, foresee,  II.  17,  381. 

Έπίονρη,  τά,  formerly  read  in  II. 
10,  351,  where  now  έπΙ  ούρα,  cf.  sub 
ovpov. 

Έπίονρος,  ov,  ό,=ανρος,  a  watcher, 
guard,  perh.  strictly  overseer,  ^έώορος, 
sometimes  c.  dat.,  Κρήττι  έπίονρος, 
guardian,  chief  oi}er  Crete,  l\.  13,450: 
morefreq.  c.  gen.,  νών  έπίονρος,  chief 
swine-herd,  Od.  13,  405  ;  15,  39,  form- 
ed like  έπιβονκόλυς,  έπιβώτωρ,  έπι- 
ποιμήν. — W.awoodenpeg.pin.  Philostr. 

'Επιοΰσα,  της,  ή.  ])art.  pres.  fem. 
from  Ιπει.μι,  {εΙμι)  sub.  ήμερα,  the 
coming,  following  day,  the  nc.Xt  day ;  v. 
sub  Ιπειμι.  {ειμί).     Hence 

Έπιονσιος,  ov,  on  or  for  the  coming 
day :  hence  sufficient  for  the  day.  Άρτος, 
(////(/or-eniZ,  Ν.  Τ. 

'Κπιόψομαι,  poet,  for  έπόψομαι, 
Hom. 

Έπίπΰγος,  ov,  ό,  {έπιπηγννμι)  a 
congealed  crust  on  the  top  of  a  thing, 
Diosc.  :  a  scum  or  skin,  also  γρανς. 

'Κπίπαγχν,  adv.  strengthd.  for  πά- 
τγυ,  Theocr.  17,  101:  ίη  11.  10,99, 
Hes.  Op.  202,  έπί,  does  not  belong  to 
πύγχν,  but  is  separated  by  tmesis 
from  the  verb. 


ΕΠΙΠ 

'Έπιπαιΰνίζω,{έπί,  παιανίζω)  to  svi^ 
a  paean  at  or  about  a  thuig,  Diod 
Hence 

'Έπιπαιανισμός,  ov,  ό,  a  paean,  song 
of  victory  sung  k'^i  viKtj,  Strab.,ubi  al. 
έπιπαίων-. 

'Έ,πίπαίζω,  f.  -ξομαι,  {έπί,  παίζω) 
to  mock,  deride  ;  to  sport  upon  or  in,  ΰα- 
'/.iiTTij,  Philostr. 

Έπίπαισμα,  ατός,  τό,  {έπιπαίω)  a 
stumbling-block,  cause  of  offence,  πρόζ- 
κομμα,  also  επίπταισμα. 

'Κπιπαιστικάς,  ή,  όν,  (έπιπαίζω) 
iokimi,  droll,  merry,  Clearch.  ap.  Ath. 
448  0. 

'Κπιπαίω,  f.  -παιήσω,  {επί,  παίω)  to 
knockagainst,  Lat  impingere,  like  προς- 
κόπτω,  also  έπιπταίω. 

Έπιπαιωνισμύς,  ov,  δ,  v.  1.  for  έπι- 
παιανισμός,  q.  v. 

Έπίττακτίζ-,  ίδος,  ή,  a  plant,  called 
also  έ'λλεβορίνη,  Diosc. 

Έπιπακτόω,  ώ,  to  put  to,  shut,  close. 

'Έ,πιπΰ.},&μύομαι,=ίπιμτιχανύομαι, 
dub.  in  Luc. 

ΈτΓίτταλάσσω,  to  smear  on,  stam 
with  a  thing. 

ΈτΓίττάλλω,  {έπί,  πύ?.λω)  to  poise, 
brandish  at  or  over  against  one,  βέΧ'η, 
Aesch.  Cho.  161. 

'Έιπίπΰμα,  ατός,  τό,  an  added  pos- 
session, acquisitioji,  Schol.  Theocr.  15, 
114,  where  έπίπαμμα,  is  Λvrongly 
read. 

'Έπιπάματίς,  ίδος,  pecul.  fem.  ol 
έπιπύμων. 

Έπιπαμφΰλάομαι,{έπί,παμφαλύω) 
to  look,  glance  over,  Ap.  Rh. 

Έπιπύμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  {έπί,  πε- 
πάμαι)  Dor.  for  έπίκΆηρος :  pecul. 
fem.  έπιπάμΰτίς,  ίδος. 

Έπί'πΰΐ',  adv.  upo>i  the  whole,  in  gen- 
eral, Hdt.  4.86:  ώςέπίπαν,  coninion- 
ly,  usually,  2,  08  ;  also  ώς  τη  έπίπαν, 
7,  50.  ].  [α  Att.,  Meineke.  Menand. 
p.  51.] 

ΈτΓίττά^,  adv.,  V.  έπιτάξ. 

'Έ,πιπαππος,  ov,  ό,  {έπί,  πάππος) 
a  gratidfniher's  grandfather,  Lat.  ata- 
vus  :  or  sometimes  a  grandfather's  fa- 
ther, Lat.  proavus  :  both  in  Gramin. 

ΈτΓίπαρα)  <•)  ΐ'ο,ϋαί,  (έπί,  παραγί- 
γνομαι)  (iep.  mid.,  to  come  in  upon, 
succeed  one  in  a  command,  Polyb. 

Έπιπαρύγω,  {έπί,  παράγω)  to  lead, 
bring  in  upon,  τι  έπί  τι,  Hipp. 

'Έπιπαραθέω,  f.  1.  in  Xen.  Hell.  5, 
4,  51,  for  έπί  παρ. 

Έπιπαρανέω,  and  έπιπαρανήω, 
{έπί,  παρανέω)  to  heap  up  still  more,  to 
heap  up,  Thuc.  2,  77. 

Έπιπαρασκενύζω,  {έπί,  παρασκευ- 
άζω) to  prepare  besides.  Mid.  to  pro- 
vide one's  self  xvith  besides,  Xen.  Cyr. 
0,  3,  1. 

Έπιπύρειμι,  {έπί,  παρά,  εΙμι)  to 
come  upon  in  flank  or  march  parallel 
with,  c.  dat.,  Thuc.  5,  10,  c.  ace,  4, 
94;  andabsol.,4,  108,  etc. 

'Έπιπύρειμι,  {έπί,  παρά,  ειμί)  to  be 
present  in  the  neighbourhood,  Xen.  An. 
3.  4,  23. — II,  to  be  present  besides  or  in 
addition  to,  Thuc.  1,  61  :  to  come  to. 

Έπιπαρεμβύλλω,  {έπί,  παρεμβύλ- 
λω)  to  throw,  lay,  push  into  besides  or 
in  addition,  όύΑαγγα,  to  put  it  in  ar- 
ray again,  Polyb.  11,  23,  4.— II.  intr. 
to  be  arranged  besides  or  with,  to  fall  in- 
to line  with  others.  Id. 

Έπιπαρέξειμι,  {έπί,παρά,  έκ,  εΙμι) 
to  pass  away  by  degrees,  dub. 

'Έπιπαρέρχημαι,ΐ.  -εΧενσομαι:  aor. 
-τιΤίθον,  {έπί,  παρέρχομαι)  dep.  mid., 
to  go  past,  on  the  way  to  a  place,  Dio  C 

Έπιπάροδος,  ου,  ΐ/,  a  second  πάρο- 
δος, q.  V. 

Έπιπαροξννω.  {έπί,  παροξι'>νω)  to 
stir  up,  incite  still  more.     Pass.,  of  ])er- 


ΕΠΙΠ 

sons  in  fever,  to  suffer  from  successive 
accesses  of  fever,  Hipp,  [ϋ] 

^Έττιπαρορμάω,  ώ,  (έττί,  παρορμάυ) 
to  stir  up  still  7nore,  ττβός  τι,  Protag. 
ap.  Plut.2,  118  F. 

Έττιπάσσω,  Att.  •ττω,  fut.  -πάσο, 
{επί,  τϊύσσω)  to  spriiikL•  upon  or  over, 
Jl.  4,  219,  iu  tmesis:  τι  επί  τι,  Hdt. 
4,  172.  [ΰσω]     Hence 

'Έ,~ί~αστος,  oi>,  scattered,  sprinkled 
on  or  over :  rb  ίπ.,  a  kind  of  cake  witli 
comfits  or  the  like  upon  it,  Ar.  Eq. 
103,  1089  ;  also  a  plaster,  Hipp.,  The- 
ocr.  U,  2. 

'Έ,πητΰτάγέο),  ώ,  to  make  a  noise  at. 

'ίΐΰΐπΰτάσσω,  lut.  -a^cj,  (έττί,  πα- 
τάσαω)  to  beat,  strike  upon. 

'Eui—UTup,  ορός,  ά,  {έ~ί,  πατήρ) 
a  step-father,  dub.  [aj 

Έπιττανομαι,  as  pass.,  (επί,  παύω) 
to  cease,  desist,  Q.  Sm, 

Έπιπαφ'λάζω,  (επί,  παφ?Μζω)  to 
boil  in  or  upon. 

Έπιπαχύνω,  (επί,  παχύνω)  to  make 
still  thicker.    Pass,  to  become  still  thicker. 

^Επίπεδος,  ου,  {επί,  πέόον)  otl  the 
ground,  or  on  a  level  with  it,  hence  level, 
flat.  Plat.  Crit.  112  A:  h'  έπιπέύφ, 
on  a  level,  Xeu.  Hell.  G,  4,  14. — II.  in 
geometry,  plane,  superficial,  opp.  to 
στεριάς  solid.  Plat.  Phileb.  51  C, 
Tim.  32  A ;  so  Ίσόπ/ΐυρος  και  έπ. 
αριθμός,  a  square  numberas  4, 9,  etc., 
Theaet.  148  A  ;  έπ.  γωνία,  a  plane 
angle,  formed  by  two  lines  in  one 
plane,  Tim.  54  Ε  :  ro  έπ.,  the  surface, 
superficies,  Rep.  528  D  :  tu  έπ.,  also 
αϊ  έπ.,  plane  iigures.  Irreg.  Comp. 
'πεδέστερος,  Xen.  Hell.  7,  4,  13. 

Έπιπείθεια,  ας.  ?'/,  confidence,  Lat. 
persuasio,  Simon.  Amorg.  C  :  from 

Έπιπειθής,  ές,  obedient,  compliant, 
λόγω,  Arist.  Eth.  N. :  from 

Έπιπείθομαι,  ί.  -σομαι  as  pass., 
{έπί,  πείθω)  to  be  persuaded,  c.  inf , 
II.  17,  154  ;  c.  dat.,  to  trust,  put  faith 
in,  esp.,  όεξιαϊ  γς  έπέπιθμεν.  (plqpf  2 
forέ7Γεπ•tί?εί/uε^')Il.  2,  341,and  Aesch., 
but  others  take  this  from  πείθω,  by 
redupl.  :  absol.  to  yield  to  persuasion, 
Od.  2,  103. — 2.  to  ΐζίνε  ear  to,  obey,  τινί, 
freq.  in  Hom. — The  act.  έπίπείθείν, 
to  persuade,  convince,  is  rare  and  late  : 
the  prep,  expresses  the  end  gained  by 
the  persuasion. 

Έπίπειράω,  ώ,  to  attempt  besides, 
dub. 

Έπίπείρω,=:έπιπεραίνω. 

Έπιπελύζω,  (έπί,  πελάζω)  to  bring 
near  to,  v.  1.  Eur.  I.  T.  881,  in  tmesis. 

Έπιπέλομαι,  (έπί,  πέλω)  to  come 
towards,  approach,  c.  dat.,  Od.  13,  60  ; 
15,  408,  in  tmesis  :  also  in  Ep.  syn- 
cop.  part,  aor,  έπιπλόμενος,  as  in 
phrase,  άλλ'  ΰτε  δη  δγύοάν  μοι  έπι- 
πλήμενον έτος τ/?^θεν,\ν1ηβηύ:β  eighlh 
coming  year  was  nigh.  Od.  7,  2G1  ;  14, 
2Θ7,  cf.  ένιαντός: — Αρ.  Rh.  uses  it 
also  in  hostile  Slgnf ,  attacking,  as- 
saulting, just  like  επερχόμενος. — The 
act.  έπιπέΤΜ,  seems  not  to  be  used. 

^Επίπεμπτος,  ov,  (έπί,  πέμπτος) 
containing  an  integer  and  -g.  όάνεισμα 
έπ.,  interest  at  the  rate  of -|  of  the 
principal,  or  20  per  cent.,  and  so, 
vavTiKov  έπ.,  Xen.  Vect.  3.  9,  cf 
Bbckh  P.  E.  1,  lti4-186,  cf  έπίτριτος. 
— U.  =  πέμπτος,  τονπίπεμπτον,  one 
fifth  of  the  votes  in  a  trial,  Ar.  Fr.  17. 

Έπιπέμπω,  (έπί.  πέμπω )  tosend  af- 
tr  (  Γ  again,  αγγελίας,  αγγέλους  έπ., 
c.  inf,  Hdt.  1.  160;  4,  83.-2.  of  the 
gods,  to  send  upon  Or  to,  όψιν,  Id.  7,  15; 
γύριν.  Pind.  Fr.  45  :  but  esp.  by  way 
of  punishment,  to  sendupon  or  against, 
let  loose  upon,  Lat.  imnittere,  τίνί,  Eur. 
Phoen.  811,  cf.  Lys.  105,  9.— II.  to 
$end  besides  αλλην  στρατιύν,  Thuc. 


ΕΠΙΠ 

7,  15. — 2.  to  send  by  way  of  supply, 
Ar.  Eccl.  235.     Hence 

Έπίπεμψις,  εως,  ή,  a  sending  to  a 
place.  Τίνος  έπί  τι,  Thuc.  2,  39. 

'Ε-ιπεραίνω,=μοιχεύω  :  pass,  of 
the  \'>'οιηΆη,ζ=μοιχεύεσθαι,  dub. 

Έπίπερθεν,  adv.  =έφνπερθε,  v.  1. 
for  επίπεδα,  Pind.  ap.  Plat.  Theaet. 
173  E. 

Έπιπεριτρέπω,  (έπί,  περιτρέπω) 
to  convert  to  a  purpose,  M.  Anton. 

^Επιπερκάζω,  (έπί,  περκύζω)  toturn 
dark,  strictly,  of  fruit  ripening;  nie- 
taph.  έπιπερκάζειν  τριχί,  to  begin  to 
get  a  dark  beard,  Anth. 

Έπίπερκ,ος,  ov,  {έπί,  πέρκος)  some- 
what dark,  strictly  of  ripening  fruit  : 
hence  of  the  colour  of  certain  hares,  in 
Xen.  Cyn.  5,  22,  ci.  Poll.  5,  67:  also 
written  έπίπερκνος. 

^Επιπέταμαι,^έφίπταμαι. 

Έπιπετάννϋμι,  ί.  -πετάσω,  '{έπί, 
πετάννμαΐ)  to  spread  over,  Xen.  Cyn. 
5,  10. 

Έπιπέτομαι,  (έπί,  πέτομαι.)  only 
found  in  aor.  έπεπτόμην,  inf  έπιπτέ- 
σθαι,=^έφίπταμαι,  11.  4,  120  :  c.  ace. 
to  fly  aver,  πεόια,  Eiir.  Hel.  1486  ;  γί/ν 
και  θά'λασσαν,  Ar.  Αν.  118  ;  so  too  in 
Plat.,  and  Xen. :  metaph.,  καινά  και 
θανμαστά  έπιπ.,  to  fly  over,  come  to 
the  knowledge  of  by  flying,  lb.  1471  : 
cf  έφίπταμαι. 

Έπίπετρον,  ov,  τό,  (έπί,  πέτρα)  a 
rock-plant,  Hipp. 

Έπιπιρ/ύζω,  (έπί, πηγάζω)  to  make 
to  flow,  Clem.  Al. 

Έπιπηγμα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which  is 
fixed  upon :  from 

Έπι~τιγννμι,  and  -ννω,  f  -πήξω, 
(έπί,  πί/γνυμι)  to  fix  upon:  to  make  to 
freeze  at  top,  Xen.  Ven.  5,  1.  Pass,  to 
congeal,  coagidate,  Theophr. 

Έπιπηόάω,  ώ,  f.  -7/σω,  (έπί,  πη- 
δάω) to  jump,  spring  upon,  attack,  as- 
sault, τινί,  Ar.  Vesp.  705,  Plat.,  etc. 
Hence 

'Επιπ7}δησις,  εως,  ή,  a  springing 
upon,  attack,  assault,  Plut. 

Έπίπ7/ξ,  ηγος,  ό,  (έπιπίρ/νυμι)^ 
έπιπηγμα,  esp.  a  graft,  Geop. 

Έπιπήσσω,^^έπιπήγννμι. 

Έπίπηχνς,  ν,  {έπί,  πήχνς)  above  the 
elbow. 

Έπιπϊέζω,  (έπί,  πιέζω)  to  press  up- 
on, Od.  4,  267,  in  tmesis.     Hence 

ΈπιπΙεσμός,  ov,  ό,  a  pressing. 

Έπιπικραίνω,  (έπί,  πικραίνω)  to 
make  still  more  keen  or  bitter,  Hipp. 

Έπίπικρος,  ov,  (έπί,  πικρός)  some- 
what harsh  or  bitter,  Joseph. 

Έπιπικρόω,  ώ,  f.  -ώσω,^=  έπιπι- 
κραίνω, Emped.  ap.  Diog.  L.  8,  76. 

Έπιπίλναμαι,  (έπί,  πίλιναμαι)  dep. 
used  only  in  pres.  and  impf,  to  ap- 
proach, come  on,  χιών  έπ.,  Od.  6,  44. 

Έπιπίμπ?.7ΐμι,  (έπί,  πίμπλ.ημι)  to 
fin  up  with  a  thing,  τι  τίνος,  Ar.  Αν. 
975. 

Έπιπίνω,  ί.-πίομαι,  perf -πέττωκα, 
aor.  έπέπιον,  (έπί,  πίνω)  to  drink  af- 
terwards,besides, Οά.9 , 291  (in  tmesis), 
Ar.  Plut.  1133  :  in  Att.  esp.,  to  drink 
from  large  cups  after  the  meal,  oivov, 
Xen.  Cvr.  6,  2,  28  ;  του  olvov.  Plat. 
Rep.  372  B,  cf  έπινιπτρίς.  [On 
quantity  v.  πίνω.'\ 

'Επιπίπτω,  fut.  -πεσονμαι :  perf 
πέπτωκα :  aor.  -έπεσον,  (έπί,  πίπτω) 
To  fall  tipon,  as  a  wind,  βαρβύριοσι 
βορτ/ς  έπέπεσε,  Hdt.  7, 189  :  in  hostile 
signt.  to  fall  upon,  attack,  τινί.  Id.  4, 
105,  and  Thuc,  Xen.,  etc.  ;  also,  ές 
τονς  Έλ?^ηνας,  Hdt.  7,  10  :  of  acci- 
dents, etc..  to  befal  one,  τινί,  Eur. 
Andr.  1042,  Plat.,  etc.  [i] 

Έπιπιστεύω,  (έπί,  πιστεύω)  to  en- 
trust or  confide  to,  Joseph. 


ΕΠΙΠ 

Έ  πιπίστωσις,  εως,  ή,  (έπί,  πΐΰτόω) 
α  ratification,  confirmation;  an  addi- 
tional πίστωσις  in  rhetoric,  cf.  Plat. 
Phaedr.  206  E. 

ΈπιπλίΟ,  τύ,  implements,  utensils, 
furniture,  inovable  property,  as  opp.  to 
fixtures,  Lat.  supellex,  Hdt.  1,  150; 
7,  119,  etc.,  cf  Isae.  72,  41,  and  esp. 
Xen.  Oec.  9,  6.  No  doubt  contr. 
from  έπίπλ.οα  (from  ττΛέω),  which  is 
read  in  Hdt.  1,  94  ;  ace.  to  some,  such 
things  as  can  be  taken  on  board  ship : 
others  simply  from  έπί,  as  διπ/Μ, 
διπ/.ύα,  from  δίς.  The  sing,  έπιπ- 
/,0V  is  not  found. 

Έπιπλάζω,  f.  -πλ.άγξω,  (έπί,  πλ.ά- 
ζω)  to  drive,  hunt  about,  make  to  wander 
over.  More  freq.  in  mid.  and  pass. 
έπιπλάζομαι,  fut.  -π/Μγξομαι,  aor. 
έπεπλ.άγχθην ,  to  wander  about  over,  c. 
ace,  Horn.,  but  only  in  part,  aor., 
πόντον  έπιπ/.αγχθείς,  Od.  8, 14.  Also 
act.  in  same  signf ,  Nic.  Al.  127. 

Έπιπ/Λνάομαι,  dep.  =:  έπιπλάζο- 
μαι, Democrit.  ap.  Clem.  Al.     Hence 

Έπιπλ.ΰνίιτης,  ου,  ό,  a  wanderer, 
Inscr. 

ΈπιπλΜσας,  part.  aor.  from  έπι- 
πλ.ύσσω,  Hdt. 

Έπίπ'λασις,  ή,  the  application  of  a 
plaster,  Aretae.  :  and 

Έπίπλασμα.  ατός,  τό,  that  which  is 
spread  on,  oint7nent,  plaster,  Aretae.  . 
from 

Έπιπλάσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  fut.  -άσω, 
(έπί,  πλάσσω)  to  spread  a  plaster  on 
Ti,  Hdt.  2,  38  ;  τι  έπί  τι,  Theophr. . 
to  plaster  up,  stop,  ώτα,  Arist.  Probl. 
[άσω]     Hence 

Έπιπλ.αστέον,  verb,  adj.,  one  must 
plaster :  and 

^Επίπ?Μστος,  ov,  overspread,  beplas- 
tered :  metaph.  feigned,  false,  like 
π/.αστός,  Luc.    Adv.  -τως,  Μ.  Anton. 

Έπιπλΰτΰγέω,  (έπί,  πλαταγέω)  to 
applaud  by  clapping,  τινί,  Theocr. 

Έπιπλάτύνω,  (έπί,  πλατύνω)  to 
make  broad,  expand,  Arist.  Mund.,  iu 
pass. 

Έπίπλατνς,  ν,  {έπί,  πλατύς)  broad 
at  lop,  flat,  Archirned.,  V.  Lob.  Phryn. 
539. 

ΈτΓίττλείοΐ',  αάν.=έπιπλέον. 

Έπίπλχιος,  ov,  Ep.  for  έπίπλεος. 

Έπιπλ.είων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  strength- 
ened for  πλείων,  still  more. 

Έπιπλ^έκω,  f.  -^ω,  (έπί,  π/.έκω)  to 
plait  or  braid  in,  Mel.  :  to  unite,  con- 
nect, Polyb. :  in  pass,  to  have  sexual 
intercourse  with,  τινί,  Diod. 

ΈτΓίΤΓ/Ιεοί',  adv.  for  έπΙ  πλ.έον,  still 
more,  more  fully,  Hdt.  5,  51. 

Έπίπλ.εος,  έα,  εον,  (έπί,  πλέος) 
quite  full  of  &  thing,  τινός,  Hdt.  1,  119, 
etc.  :  also  Ep.  επίπλειος,  and  Att. 
έπίπλεως. 

^Επίπλενρος,  ov,  (έπί,  πλ.ενρά)  at 
or  upon  the  side. 

Έπίπλενσις,εως,  ή,  a  sailing  against, 
έπ.  έχειν,  to  have  the  power  of  at- 
tacking by  sea,  opp.  to  άνάκρονσις, 
Thuc.  7,  36 :  from 

'Επιπλέω,  Ion.  -πλώω,  f.  -π?.εν- 
σομαι,  {έπί,  π/ιέω)  Ιο  sail  over  to,  iii 
Hom.  always  c.  ace. ;  to  sail  upon  or 
over,  πόντον,  ά'λανρυν  ύδωρ,  νγρίι 
κέλενθα,  II.  1,  312.  Od.  9,  227.  etc. 
He  has  also  the  Ion.  form  έπιπλώω. 
— 2.  in  genl.,  to  float  upon,  έφ'  ύδατος, 
Hdt.  3,  23. — II.  to  sail  right  upon  or 
agaiiist,  to  attack  with  a  fleet,  τινί,  Hdt. 
5,  86,  etc. ;  έπί  τινα,Χβη.  Hell.  1,  5, 
11 :  absol.,  Hdt.  1,  70,  etc.— III.  to 
sail  with  Or  in  charge  of...,  τινί,  Thuc. 
3,  76,  ταΐς  έμπορείαις,  Dem.  1285,  9 : 
in  genl.  to  be  on  board  of  ship,  Hdt.  5, 
36  ;  7,  98,  etc. 

Έπίπλεως,  ων,  Att.  for  έπίπλεος. 
519 


ΈΠΙΠ 

νΕτηπ?,ηθύνω,  strengthd.  for  π?ιη- 
θννυ,  LXX. 

Έπίττ'λι'/κτεφα,  ας,  7/,  pecul.  fcm. 
from  si[.,  Aiilli. 

Έπι-ληκτί/ρ,  τ/ρος,  (J,=sq. 

Έπι-λι/κτιις,  ου,  ό,  {^πιπ/.ήσσιο) 
α  striker  or  corrector,     ilence 

'Έιίτι-π'ληκτικός,  ή,  ύν,  (έτίττ/Ί,^σσω) 
given  to  striking,  chastising,  rebuking, 
Clem.  A  I.     Adv.  •κώς,  Diod. 

Έπιπλη/ιμύρω,  {έτϊί,  ττλημμύρω)  to 
overjlow,  τι.  Opp.  [ii] 

Έττίτλί/ίία,  ας,  τ/,=^ίμ~'ληξία. 

'ίί,-ίτΓ/.ι/ξΐς,  ΐως,  ή,  {έπιττλήσσω) 
chastiseinen/,  blame,  Hljjp. 

Έ.τ/πλ?;ρόω,  ώ,  {έττί,  πΤ^ηρόω)  to 
fill  up,  to  βίΐ  full,  κρατήρα,  Eratosth. 
ap.  Ath.  482  li  :  to  heap  up  in  addition, 
κακοίς  έττ.  κακά,  Sext.  Linp. — Mid., 
έτϊ.  ναύν,  to  man  it  afresh,  Tliuc.  7,  14. 
Hence 

Έ  πιπ?.ί/ρωσίς,  εως,  ι),  an  overfilling. 
Medic. 

Έ-ιπ?.//σσω,  Att.  -ttu,  f.  -ξω,  (έττί, 
π7<.>'/σσω)  to  strike  at,  11.  10,  500. — 11. 
to  punish,  chastise,  esp.  with  words,  to 
rebuke,  reprove,  τινά,  11.  23,  580,  Plat. 
Prot.  327  A  ;  but  also  in.  tlvl,  to  cast 
a  reproach  upon,  11.  12,  211  ;  and  SO  in 
Plat.  Legg.  805  B,  etc.,  as  with  έττί- 
τιμάω:  also  έπ.  τινί  τι,  to  cast  a  thing 
in  one's  teeth,  Hdt.  3,  142,  Aesch.  Pr. 
80,  Plat.,  etc. ;  and  then  c.  aec.  rei 
only,  Sojsh.  O.  C.  1730  ;  and  also  c. 
dat.  rei  only,  Isocr.  bE:  also=a7z- 
-ΐτΆτ/σσω.  —  ill.  intr.,  to  fall  \ipon,  c. 
dat. 

Έ.πίπλοα,  τά,  fuller  form  for  ξπιπ- 
λα,  Hdt.  1,  94,  of.  ετνιπλα  iin.,  and 
έπίηλοος. 

Επιπλοκή,  ΐ/ς,  ?/,  (ίπιπλέκω)  a 
plaiting  together  ;  hence  in  genl.  union, 
intercourse,  society,  Polyb. :  sexual  in- 
tercourse, Diod. 

'Έ,πιπλοκίί'λη,  r/f,  i],  (έπίπλοον, 
κήΑη)  a  rupture  of  the  omentum,,  scrotal 
hernia.  Medic. :  hence  -κηλικός,  δ, 
one  wlio  suffers  from  it. 

'Έπιπλομενος,  η,  ov,  Ep.  syncop. 
part.  aor.  from  έπιπέλομαι,  for  έπι- 
πελόμενος,  Od. 

Έπιπ'λον,  τό,  v.  έπιπλα. 

Έπιπλοί',  imperf  of  an  obsol. 
*πίπ?Μ  for  πίμπλημι,  dub.  1.  in  Hes. 
So.  291. 

Έπίπλοον,  ου,  τό,  (επιπλέω)  the 
caul  of  the  entrails,  Lat.  omentum, 
Hipp.  :  also  ό  επίπλοος,  Hdt.  2,  47. 

'Ε,πίπλοος,  ov,  contr.  επίπλους, 
ovv,  [επιπλέω)  strictly,  belonging  to 
the  equipment  of  ships :  hence  Tu  έκίπ- 
λοα,  utensils  in  genl.,  household  furni- 
ture, Hdt.  1,94,  cf  έπιπλα. — II.  ναΰς 
έπίπλοος,  a  ship  sailing  right  down 
upon  the  enemy,  Polyb.    Hence 

'Επίπλους,  ov,  ύ,  contr.  -πλους,  a 
sailing  against  the  enemy,  bearing  down 
upon  him,  the  attack,  onset  of  a  ship, 
ποιεΐσθαι  ίπίπ?ιουν,  =.  έπιπλέειν, 
Thuc,  and  Xen. :  and  in  genl.  a 
naval  expedition  against  a  place,  c.  dat., 
έπ.  ποιεΐσθαι  τι)  Μιλί/τφ,  Thuc.  8, 
30  ;  but  έπι  την  Σύμοι•,  lb.  63  :  εκα- 
τόν νεών  επίπλουν  έξαρτύειν  to  fit 
out  one  hundred  ships  for  the  expe- 
dition. Id.  2,  17. 

Έπίπλοος,  ό,=  έπίπλοον,  q.  v. 

Έπιπ'λώω,  Ion.  and  Ep.  for  επιπ- 
λέω, Horn.,  έπέπλως,  2  sins.  aor.  2, 
Od.  3,  15,  έπιπ?ιώς  part.,  11.  G,  291  : 
but  also  aor.  1  occurs,  έπιπλώσας,  II. 
3,  47  :  and  freq.  in  Hdt. 

Έπιπνείω,  Ep.  for  έπιπνέω,  Horn. 

ΊΙπιπνενματίζω,  {έπί,  πνεύμα)  to 
furnish  ivith  the  spiritus,  Gramni. 

Έπίπνενσις,  εως,  ή,  [έπιπνέω)  a 
breathing   upon,    inspiring,  inspiration, 
Lat.  afflatus,  Strab.    Hence 
520 


ΕΠΙΠ 

Έπιπνενστικός,  y,  ov,  breathing 
upon ,  inspiring. 

Έπιπνέω,  JEp.  έπιπνείω,  as  always 
in  Hom. ;  fut.  -πνενσω,  [έπί,  πνέω). 
To  breathe  upon,  to  blow  freshly  upon, 
so  as  to  revive,  II.  5,  098  :  esp.  of  a 
fair  breeze,  Od.  4,  357  ;  9,  139  :  to 
blow  against,  τινί,  Hdt.  3,  2G :  me- 
taph.,  to  rage  against,  Aesch.  Theb. 
343,  Sojih.  Ant.  136,  (for  places  like 
11.  17,  447,  Od.  18,  131,  belong  to 
πνείω,  πνέω.) — II.  mctaph. — 1.  to  ex- 
cite, inflame,  τινά  Tlvl.  One  against  an- 
other, Eur.  Phoeii.  794  ;  τίνα  α'ίματι, 
one  to  slaughter,  lb.  789. — 2.  to  sug- 
gest by  inspiration,  τινί  τι.  Plat. 
Phaedr.  262  D  :  to  further,  forward, 
promote,  τινά,  TTJr  τύχης  έπιπνεούπης, 
Lat.  adspirante  furtana,  metaph.  from 
the  wind,  Ap.  Kh. — 111.  to  blow  after, 
έπιπνεΐ  βομέα  νότος,  Theophr. 

Έπιπνίγω,  [έπί,  πνίγω)  to  suffocate, 
choke,  stifle,  Ν.  Τ. 

Έπίπνοια,  ας,  ή,  [έπιπνέω)  α 
breathing  upon :  metaph.  inspiration, 
Aesch.  Supp.  18,  576,  and  Plat. 

Έπίπνοιος,  ov,  poet,  for  sq. 

Έπίπνοος,  ov,  contr.  -πνους,  ουν, 
[έπιπνέω)  breathed  upon  :  meta|)h.  in- 
spired. Plat.  Symp.  181  C,  etc.  :  έπ. 
μαντείας  or  μαντικής,  gifted  with  pro- 
phecy.— II.  act.  breathing  xipon,  inspir- 
ing. 

Έπιπόδιος,  ία,  lov,  [έπί,  πονς) 
upon  the  feet,  πέδαι  έπ.,  fetters.  Soph. 
O.  T.  1350:  formed  like  f//7rotSiOf  and 
περιπύδιος. 

Έπιποθέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  [έπί,  ποθέω) 
to  wish  in  addition  to,  besides,  Hdt.  5, 
93,  Plat.  Prot.  329  D.— II.  to  long  af- 
ter, desire,  miss,  Plat.  Legg.  855  E. 
Hence 

Έπιπόθησις,  εως,  η,  a  longing  for, 
desire  after,  N.  T. :   and 

Έπιπόβητος,  ov,  loused  for,  desired, 
loved,  N.  T. 

'Έ,πιποθία,ας,ή,^έπιπόθησις,^.Ύ. 

Έπιποιέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  [έπί,  ποιέω) 
to  make  in  addition  to,  add,  τινί  τι, 
Philostr.     Hence 

Έπιποίησις,  εως,  ή,  an  additioji : 
and 

Έπιποίητος,  ov,  made  up,  feigned. 

Έπιποιμήν,  ένος,  ό,  ή,^^ποιμήν,  a 
shepherd,  shepherdess,  perhaps  the  chief 
Od.  12, 131,  in  fem.  :  cf  έπιβουκόλος. 

Έπίποκος,  ov,  [έπί,  πύκος)  covered 
with  wool,  ivoolly,  LXX. 

Επιπολάζω,  [έπιπολή)  to  he  at  the 
top,  lie  on  the  surface,  Xen.  Oec.  16, 
14  :  to  float  at  the  top,  Arist.  H.  A.  ; 
on  a  thing,  τινί.  Id.  Meteor. :  of  food, 
like  Lat.  innatare  stomacho.  to  remain 
crude  in  the  stomach,  Medic. — II.  to 
rise  to  the  top,  USU.  metaph.  to  be  upper- 
most, to  prevail,  Epich.  p.  84  ;  Φίλιπ- 
πος επιπολάζει,  Philip  has  the  upper 
hand,  Dcm.  117,  10,  cf  Isocr.  181  B: 
hence  to  be  prevalent,  popular,  Arist. 
Eth.  N. ;  to  be  frequent,  common,  Arist. 
H.  Α..  etc.  :  of  habits,  to  be  fashion- 
able, Polyb. :  of  wine,  to  get  the  upper 
hand,  to  intoxicate :  c.  dat.  pers.,  to 
burst  forth  against,  treat  arrogantly, 
Plut. 

^Επιπολαί,  ών,  al,  EpipSlae,  v. 
έπιπολή  II. 

ΈπιπολαιόΙ)βιζος,  ov,  [επιπόλαιος, 
βίζα)  with  roots  which  run  along  the  sur- 
face. Theophr. 

'Επιπόλαιος,  ov,  [έπιπολή)  on  the 
top  or  surface,  Diosc. ;  hence  promi- 
nent, projecting,  Hipp.,  so  of  eyes,  pro- 
minent, Xen.  Symp.  6,  5. — II.  striking, 
manifest,  evident,  Arist. Rhet.— III.  .su- 
perficial, slight.  Hipp. — 2.  ordinary, 
cnmmo7i-place,  Lat.  quotidianus,  παι- 
δεία, Isocr.  Antid.  §  203.— 3,  tlmighi- 


ΕΠΙΠ 

less,  superficial,  frivolous,  opp.  tO  βα• 
ϋνς.     Adv.  -υς,  Hip[). 

Έπιπόλΰσις,  εως,  η,  [επιπολάζω) 
α  floating,  being  on  the  top,  Hipp. 

Έπιπολασμός,  ov,  a,  a  floating,  be- 
ing OH  the  top.  Medic. :  a  rising,  of  un- 
digested food. — II.  arrogance,  wanton 
insolence,  Dion,  il.,  cf.  επιπολάζω. 

Έπιπολαστικός,  ή,  όν. [επιπολάζω) 
floating  or  swimming  on  the  top,  rising  in 
the  throat,  cf  food,  Hi|)p. — 2.  insolent, 
arrogant. — 3.  commonplace.  Adv.  -κως 
in  signf  2,  Polyb. 

Έπιπολενω,^έπιπολάζι.•',  to  be  on, 
rise  to  the  top,  Ael. 

Έπιπολή,  ης.  ή,  [έπί,  πέλω)  α  sur- 
face :  little  used,  except  in  genit.  έπι- 
πολής.  as  adv.,  at  the  top,  atop,  Hdt. 
2,  62,  69,  and  Xen.  :  in  Hdt.  1,  187, 
C.  gen.  on  the  top  of,  above,  cf  Thuc.  6, 
96  :  also  with  other  preps.,  κατνπερθε 
έπιπολής  των  ξνΑων,  Hdt.  4,  201 ; 
we  find  also  έξ  έπιπολής,  Luc,  όι' 
έπιπο'λής,  Ath.  :  also  έν  έπιπολή, 
Strab.  =the  older  έπιπολής:  with 
art.,  TO  έπιπολής,  the  upper  surface, 
Plat.  Phil.  46  D,  47  C— II.  al  'Έπι-. 
πο'λαί,  Epipolae,  a  piece  of  ground 
near  Syracuse,  rising  with  a  flat  sur- 
face from  the  sea,  and  on  the  other 
sides  precipitous,  added  to  the  city 
by  Dionysius,  Thuc.  6,  96. 

Έ.πιπολίζω,  [έπί,  πολίζω)  to  build 
upon. 

Έ^πιπολίόομαι,  as  pass.,  [έπί,  πο 
λιόω)  to  begin  to  grow  hoary,  to  have 
gray  hair,  τρίχες,  Arist.  Gen.  An. 

Έπιπόλΐος,  ov,  [έπί,  πολιός)  grow- 
ing hoary,  grizzled,  DoTn.  1267,  21. 

Έπίπηλος,  ον,=^πρόςπολος,  Soph. 
Ο.  Τ.  1322. 

Έπιπολύ,  adv.  for  έπι  πολύ,  very, 
very  much,  for  a  long  time  :  ώς  έπι• 
πολν,  for  the  most  part,  mostly,  com- 
monly,  =  ώς  έπίτο  πολύ.  Degrees  of 
comparison,  έπι  πλέον,  έπι  πλείσ- 
τον, Heind.  Plat.  Prot.  345  C. 

Έπιπομπενω,  [έπί,  πομπενω)  to 
triumph  over,  τινί,  Plut. 

Έπιπομπή,  ής,  ή,  [έπιπέμπω)  a 
visitation  :  esp.  a  spell,  enchantment. 

Έπιπονέω,  ώ,  [έπί,  πονέω)  to  toil 
on,  continue  one's  labour,  persevere,  Xen. 
Cyr.  5,  4,  17,  and  Plat. :  from 

Επίπονος,  ov,  [έπί,  πόνος)  painful, 
toilsome,  άσκ7]σις,  Thuc.  2,  39  ;  με- 
λ£~α(, Xen.:  wearisome, ήμίμαι.  Soph. 
Tr.  654  :  of  persons,  laborious,  pains- 
taking, patient  of  toil.  At.  Ran.  1370, 
and  Plat.  —  2.  of  omens,  portending 
suffering,  Xen.  An.  6,  1,  23. — II.  sen- 
sitive to  fatigue,  easily  exhausted,  The- 
ophr. Adv.  -νως,  Lat.  acgre,  Thuc. 
1,  22  :  superl.  -ϊ>ώτατα,  Xen. 

Έπιπόντιος,  ία,  lov,  [έπί,  πόντος) 
upon  the  sea:  epith.  of  Venus  in 
Hesych. 

Έπιποντίς,  ίύος,  pecul.  fem.  of 
foreg. 

Έπιπορεύομαι,  dep.  c.  fut.  -ενσο- 
μαι,  aor.  έπεπορενθι/ν,  [έπί,  πορεύω) 
to  go,  travel,  march  Ιο,έπί  τι,  Polyb.:  to 
march  over,c.  ace,  Id.,  c.  dat.,  Plut.: 
also  of  armies  on  thoir  inarch :  metaph. 
to  go,  run  through  a  tenting.     Hence 

Έπιπόρενσις,  εως,  ή,  a  going  over 
or  towards. 

^Έπιπόρπάμα,  ατής,  τό,=ζέπιπόβ- 
πημα  q.  v..  Plat.  (Com.) 

Έπιπορπέομαι,  dep.,  c.  pf.  έπιττε- 
πόρπημαι,  [έπί,  πορπάω)  to  buckle  on 
one's  self  buckle  an,  παρφνρίόα,  Polyb., 
σάγονς,  Diod.    Hence 

Έπιπόρπ7/μα.  ατός,  τό,  like  έμπε- 
ρόνημα,  any  garment  buckled  over  the 
shoulders,  esp.  a  cloak,  mantle ;  part  ol 
the  dress  of  a  musician.  Plat.  (Com.) 
ai  άφ'  ίερ.  2,  cf.  περονατρίς. 


ΕΠΙΠ 

'Έπιττορ-ίς,  ίδος,  ή,  Call.  Λρ.  32, 
ace.  to  some  =  έπιττόρπημα,  others 
=  7ΓΟρ7Γ7;,  cf.  Jac.  Α.  P.  p.  192. 

'Ε,πίΤΓορσαίνω,  {επί,  πορσαίνω)  to 
prepare  for  one,  offer,  supply,  Nic. 

ΈτΓΐ-ορσύνω,  {ίπί,  πορσννω)  = 
foreg.,  Q.  Sm. 

Έττιπορώνρίζω,  to  have  a  tinge  of 
purple,  Theophr. :  from 

Έττίπόρόνρος,  ov,  (έπί.  πορφύρα) 
with  a  purple  tinge,  Theophr. 

Έ.πιπο~ύμίος,  α,  ov,  also  ος,  ov, 
{επί,  ποταμός)  on  or  by  a  river,  [ΰ] 

''Έ,πίποτάομαί.{επί,  ποτύομαι)άβρ. 
lengthened  for  επιπέτομαι,  to  fly  or 
hover  over,  τινί,  Aesch.  Eum.  379  ; 
absoL,  Pers.  669,  in  tmesis:  to  float 
upon,  acpL,  Diosc. 

Έπιπράττομαί,  as  mid.,  (επί,  πράσ- 
σω)  to  exact  over  and  above  from,  τινά 
τι. 

'Έ,πιπρϋ,ννω,=  πραννω. 
Έπιπρέπεια,  ας,  ή,  any  thing  fit  or 
becoming,  propriety,  suitableness,  Polyb.: 
from 

Έπιπρεπής,  ες,  fitting,  becoming: 
TO  c7r.=  foreg.,  Luc. :  from 

ΈίΓίττρεττω,  {επί,  πρέπω)  to  be  con- 
spicuous, strike  the  eyes,  οί'όέ  τι  τοι 
δονλειον  ίπιπρέπει  είςοράασθαι  εί- 
δος και  μέγεθος,  nothing  slavish 
meets  the  eye  in  thy  form  and  sta- 
ture, Od.  24,  252  :  cf.  Pind.  P.  8,  63 : 
hence  to  beseem,  fit,  suit,  τινί,  Xen. 
Cyr.  7,  5,  83. 

Έπιπρεσβεύομαι,  (επί,  πρεσβεύω) 
dep.,  to  go  as  ambassador  any  ivhither, 
like  έπικηρνκεύομαι,  Dion.  H. :  but 
also — 2.  to  send  an  embassy,  Plut. 

Έπιπρην7/ς,  ες,  {έπί,  πρηνης)  lean- 
ing towards,  in  front  of,  Ap.  Rh. 

Έπιπρητήν,  ηνος,  ό,  ή,  of  a  full 
year  or  more,  a  year  old. 

'Έπιπρΐ]ΰνω,  Ion.  for  ίπιπραύνω, 
■=πραύνω,  Dion.  P.  1052. 

ΈτΓίττρίω,  {'επί,  πρίω)  οδόντας,  γέ- 
νειον,  to  gnash,  grind  the  teeth  at  a 
thing,  Anth.  [πρι} 

'Επιπρό,  adv.  {επί,  προ)  right 
through,  onwards,  Ap.  Rh. 

''Άπιπροβαίνω,  fut.  -βί/σομαι,  {έπί, 
προβαίνω)  to  advance  before,  project, 
Dion.  P. 

Έπιπροβάλλω,  f.  -βάλω,  (έπί,  προ- 
βάλλω) to  throw  forward  upon,  τι  έπί 
Tin,  Plut. 

Έπιπροέηκα,  ας,  ε,  Ep.  for  έπι- 
προ7/κα,  aor.  1  of  έπιπροίιιμι,  Horn. 

Έπιπροέμεν,  Ep.  for  -είναι,  inf 
aor.  2  oi  έπιπροίημι,  II.  4,  94. 

Έτίττροέ^γω,  {έπί,  προέχω)  to  hold 
otit  over.  Μια.  to  stand  out,  project  over, 
Ap.  Rh.  :  and  so  sometimes  in  act. 

ΈτΓίττροθί'ω,  fut.  -θεύσομαι,  {έπί, 
προθέω)  to  run  on,  proceed  farther,  Ap. 
Rh. 

'Ε,πιπροϊύλλω,  {έπί,  προίάλλω)  to 
set  out,  place  before  one,  σφωϊν  έπι- 
προίη?^ε  τρύπεζαν,  II.  11,  628:  but  in 
Η.  Honi.  Cer.  327,  βεονς  έπιπροΐαλ- 
λεν,  he  sent  them  out  one  after  another. 
'Επιπροίημι,  {έπί,  πρυίημι)  to  send 
forth  towards  or  at,  κείνον  νηνσϊν 
επιπροέηκ,α  (Ep.  aor.  1),  11.  17,  708, 
cf.  9,  520  ;  Μεΐ'ελύω  έπιπροέμεν  ιόν, 
(Ep.  inf.  aor.  2  act.  for  έπιπροείναι.) 
to  s/ioot  an  arrow  at  him,  II.  4,  94  ; 
βύξιν  έ-.,  Αρ.  Rh.  —  II.  seemingly 
intr.,  νήσοισιν  έπιπροέηκε,  \\e  steered, 
made  for  them  (sub.  vavv,  Od.  15,  299.) 
[in  penult,  t  Ep.,  I  Att.] 

Έπίπροικος,  ov,  (έπί,  προίξ)  belong- 
ing to  a  dowry  :  ή  έπ.,  a  woman  loith  a 
dowry,  a  co-heiress,  as  opp.  to  έπί- 
κλι/ρος. 

'Επιπρομολεΐν,  inf.  aor.  of  obsol. 
έπιπροβ'λώσκω,  to  go  forth  towards, 
Ap,  Rh. 


ΕΠΙΠ 

'E7rt7rpov^o^at,=rforeg.,  Ap.  Rh. 
Έπιπρονεύω,    {έπί,    προνενω)    to 
nod.  lean  forward  towards,  Nic. 

Έπιπροπίπτω,  f.  -πεσονμαι,  {έπί, 
προπίπτω)  to  fall  forwards,  Nic.  [t] 

'Επιπροςβύλ?Μ,  fut.  -βάλω,  {έπί, 
προςβύλλω)  to  turn  in,  direct  one's 
course  towards,  intr.  A  p.  Rh. 

Έπιπροςδέομαι,  f.  -δεήσομαι.  {έπί, 
προς,  δέω)  to  beg  still  more,  Parthen. 

Έπίπροσθεν,  -θε,  {έπί,  πρόσΟεν) 
adv.  of  time  and  place,  before,  έπίπρ. 
τίθεσθαι,  ποιεϊσθαί  τι,  to  put  before 
one  as  a  screen,  Eur.  Or.  408,  Xen. 
Cyr.  1,  4.  24 :  έπ.  γίγνεσθαι,  to  be  in 
the  ivay.  Plat.  Gorg.  523  D.  — II.  c. 
gen.,  έπ.  οφθαλμών.  Plat.,  etc.  :  θέσ- 
θαι  τι  έπ.  τινός,  to  prefer  one  before 
another,  Eur.  Supp.  514  ;  έπ.  είναι 
τίνος,  to  be  better  than....  Id.  Or. 
641. 

Έπιπρόςθεσις,  εως,  ή,  {έπιπροςτί- 
θημι)  an  addition,  dub. 

Έπιπροςθέτησις,  εως,  ^,=  foreg., 
Epicur.  ap.  Diog.  L.  10,  92,  etc.,  but 
susp. 

'Επιπροςθέω  (A)  f.  -θεύσομαι,  {έπί, 
προς,  θέω)  to  run  at  or  to. 

Επιπροσθέω,  (Β)  fut.  -ήσο},  {έπί- 
προσθεν) to  be  before,  be  in  the  way, 
Theophr.  ;  c.  dat.,  Plut. :  έπ.  τοις 
πνργοις,  to  be  in  a  line  with  them,  so 
as  to  cover  one  with  the  other,  Polyb. 
1,  47,  2.     Hence 

Έπιπρόσθησις,  εως,  ή,  a  standing, 
being  before  or  in  the  way,  a  covering, 
Arist.  Meteor. 

Έπιπροςπλέω,  f.  -πλενσομαι,  {έπί, 
προςπλέω)  to  sail  to  or  towards,  c.  dat., 
Strab. 

Έπιπροςτίθημι.  fut.  -θήσω,  {έπί, 
προςτίθημι)  to  add  besides  or  7nore- 
over,  Hipp. 

Έπιπρόσω,  {έπί,  πρόσω)  after,  at 
the  end,  Aretae. 

Έπιπροτέρωσε,  {έπί,  προτέρωσε) 
adv.  J'arther,  of  motion,  Ap.  Rh. 

Έπιπροφαίνω,  {έπί,  προφαίνω)  to 
exhibit  any  where.  Pass,  to  appear  any 
where,  Ap.  Rh. 

Έπιπροφέρω,  fut.  -προοίσω,  {έπί, 
προφέρω)  toinove  on  forwards,  Ap.  Rh. 

Έπιπροχέω,  f.  -χεύσω,  {έπί,  προ- 
χέω)  to  pour  forth  over :  in  genl.  to 
pour  forth,  θρήνον,  Η.  Hom.  18,  18. 

Έπιπροωθέω,  ώ,  {έπί,  προωθέω)  to 
push  further  forward. 

Έπιπρωϊαίτερον,  strengthened  for 
πρωιαίτερον,  yet  earlier. 

Έπίπρωρος,  ov,  {έπί,  πρώρα)  at  the 
prow  of  a  ship. 

Έπιπταίρω,  {έπί,  πταίρω)  to  sneeze 
at,  ν'ιός  μοι  έπέπταρε  πΰσιν  έπεσσιν, 
he  sneezed  as  I  spoke  the  words — a 
good  omen,  Od.  17,  545 :  hence  me- 
taph.  of  the  gods,  to  be  kindly  to,  favour, 
τινί,  Theocr.  7,  96 ;  18,  16. 

Έπίπταισμα,  ατός,  τό,=  έπίπαισ- 
μα :  from 

Έπιπταίω,=  έπιπαίω. 
\Έπιπτάμενος,  1  aor.  part.  mid.  of 
έπιπέτοααι. 

Έπιπτάρνυμι,  dep.  mid.,  =  έπι- 
πταίρω. poet. 

Έπιπτέσθαι,  inf.  aor.  2  of  επιπέ- 
τομαι. II.  4,  126.     Hence 

Έπίπτησις,  εως,  ή.  a  flying  towards. 

Έπιπτήσαω,=^πτήσσω,  Aristid. 

Έπίπτνγμα,  ατός,  τό,  (έπιπτΰσσώ) 
an  over-fold,  a  flap  :  esp.  the  tail  of  a 
crab,  Arist.  H.  A.  cf.  έπικάλυαμα. 

Έπίπτυξις,  εως,  ή,  a  folding  over, 
covering  :  from 

Έπιπτύσσω,  f.  -ξω,  (έπί,  πτύσσω) 
to  fold  over,  cover  by  folding  over.    Pass. 
to  be  foldtd  over,  to  cover,  Hipp. 
I      Έπίπτνστος,  ov,  {έπιπτύω)  to  be 
I  spitten  on,  abominable. 


ΕΠΙΡ 

Έπιπτνχή,  ης,  ή,=  έπίπτνξις,  έπί- 
πτνγμα, Plut. 

Έπιπτύω,  f.  -ύσω,  {ίπί,  πτύω)  to 
spit  into  or  upon,  κόλποισι,  Call.  Fr. 
235. — II.  metaph.  to  abhor,  [ϋω,  νσω] 

Έπίπτωσις,  εως,  ή,  {επιπίπτω)  α 
falling  out,  κλήρων,  Plut. ;  a  chancing, 
chance,  Strab. 

Έπιπύησις,  εως,  ή.  {έπί,  πνέω)  an 
after-festering,  Hipp,  [ϋ] 

Έπιπνκνόω,  ώ,  {έπί,  πνκνόω)  to 
thicken.  Pass,  to  become  dense,  Arist. 
Color. 

■  Έπιπυνθύνομαι,  {έπί,  πννθύνοααι) 
dep.  mid.,  to  inquire  after,  investigate. 
ΤΕπιπνργιδία,  ας,  ή,  {έπί,  πύργος) 
protectress  of  towers,  epith.  of  Hecate 
in  Athens,  Pans.  2,  30,  2. 

Έπιπΰρέσσω,  {έπί,  πνρέσσω)  to 
have  a  fever  afterwards,  Hipp. 

Έπιπvpετaίvω,={oτeg.,  Hipp. 

Έπίπνρον,  ov,  τό,  {έπί,  πνρ)  the 
hearth  of  an  altar. 

Έπίπνββος,  ov,  (έπί,  πυρβός)  rather 
red,  ruddy,  Arist.  Physiogn. 

Έπιπνρσεία,  ας,  ή,  a  repeated  signal 
by  fires.  Polyb.  :  from 

Έπιπνρσεύω,  {έπί,  πνρσεύω)  to 
give  a  second  signal  by  fire. 

Έπιπω7.έομαι,  {έπί,  πωλέομαι)  Ά3 
pass.,  to  go  about,  visit,  Lat.  obire,  c. 
ace.  :  in  Hom.  only  in  II.,  and  in 
phrase,  έπεπωλεΐτο  στίχας  ανδρών, 
usu.  of  the  general  inspecting  his 
troops  :  but  in  II.  11,  264,  540,  of  an 
enemy,  to  reconnoitre.     Hence 

Έπιπώλησις,  εως,  y,  a  going  round, 
visiting  :  esp.  name  given  by  Gramin, 
to  the  latter  half  of  II.  4. 

Έπιπωμάζω,  (έπί,  πωμάζω)  to  cover 
with  or  as  with,  a  lid,  Hipp. 

Έπιπωμύννϋμι,  -ννω,  and  in  The- 
ophr. έπ^7Γω//ΰrtςb,=foreg. 

Έ.πιπωματικός,  ή,  όν,  {έπιπωμάζω) 
serving  to  close  up. 

^Επιπωροω,  ώ.  (έπί,  πωρόω)  tomake 
callous  on  the  surface.  Pass,  to  become 
or  be  so,  Hipp.     Hence 

Έπιπώρωμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  callus,  esp. 
where  abroken  bone  is  uniting,  Hipp. : 
and 

Έπιπώρωσις,  εως,  ή,  the  formation 
of  a  callus,  Hipp.:  in  genl.=foreg., 
Aretae. 

Έπιπωτύoμaι,=έπιπoτ.,q.\.,k.x\i\ϊ. 

Έπιραβδίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {έπί,  βαβδί• 
ζω)  to  smite  with  a  rod  again,  Hesych. 

Έπιραβδοφορέω,  ώ,  (έπί,  ^αβδοψο- 
ρέω)  a  word  in  Xen.  Eq.  7,  11,  applied 
oy  some  to  the  rider  to  urge  a  horse 
by  shaking  the  whip  (cf.  επισείω) ;  by 
others  to  the  horse,  to  canter  οτ  gallop, 
V.  Donalds.  N.  Cratyl.  p.  224. 

Έπιρεμβής,  ες,  in  adv.  -ώς,  v.  έπφ- 
βεμβώς. 

Έπιρητορεύω,  and  έπιρίγέω,  v. 
έπι(φ. 

Έπίρικνος,  ov,  {έπί,  βικνός)  some- 
what withered  or  shrivelled. 

Έπφβαθνμέω,  ώ,  (έπί,  βαθνμέω) 
to  be  careless  about  a  thing,  Luc. 

Έ.πφβαίνω.(έπί,  ραίνω)  to  sprinkle, 
shed  upon,  τι  έπί  τι,  Arist.  Η.  Α.,  τί 
τινι,  Theophr. :  to  besprinkle,  c.  ace, 
Arist.  H.A. 

Έπίβρακτος,  or  έπφβακτός,  όν, 
{έπφβί/σσω)  dashed  on  or  doirn  :  θύρα 
έπίρβ.,  a  trap-door,  Plut.,  cf.  καταβ- 
βάκτης. 

Έπίρβαμμα,  ατός,  τό.  (έπφβάπτω) 
that  which  is  sewed  or  stitched  on. 
Έπιββαντίζω,^^έπιββαίνω. 
Έπφβΰπιζω,  {έπί, βαπίζω)  to  smite : 
hence  to  strike  ivith  any  thing  wet,  be- 
sprinkle, Dion.  H.  :  metaph.  to  rebuke. 
Hence 

Έπφράπισις,  εως,  η.  Ion.  -πιξις, 
Ion  ap.  Ath.  004  Β  ;  and 

£21 


ΕΠΙΡ 

^Έτ:φ/)αττισμός,  οΰ,  ό,  α  sinUing : 
metaph.  reproach,  abuse,  Polyb. 

Έτνφ^ύπτω,  (,ίττί,  [)ύιττω)  to  seiv, 
stitch  on,  Ti  ίΰί  Ttvi,  N.  T. 

Έττφβάσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  f.  -^^ω,  Att. 

for  t-7n()fnJGGG>. 

Έπίββάφω,  =  έπφβύπτω,  Nonn. 
[α] 

Έτΐφ^αψίύδέω,  ώ,  {επί,  βαψωδέω) 
to  recite  to,  at  or  against  one,  tL  tivi, 
Philostr. 

Έπφβέζω,  f.  -ξω,  {ε~ί,  [ιέζω)  to  do, 
esp.  to  offer  sacrifices  at  a  place,  Od.  17, 
211,  ill  Ep.  impf.  έπιρβίζεσκον. — 2. 
also  to  sacrifice  afterwards  or  besides, 
Ί,ηνΙ  χοΐρον,  Theocr.  21,  97. 

νΕτηββεμ,ίώς,  (έ~έ,  βεμβός)  roving- 
ly,  carelessly,  Stob. 

Έπφ^έπεια,  ας,  ή,  a  leaning  to- 
wards :  Irom 

Έ,ττφβειτής,ές, leaning  towards,  Lat. 
proclivis,  ττρός  τι,  Luc.  :  έλπίς  έττιβ- 
ρεπεστέρα,  favourable,  Polyb.  Adv. 
•πώς:  from 

Έπφβέττω,  {ίττί,  /ιε'-ω)  to  lean  to- 
wards,  ί/μΐν  όλεθρος  έ-φρέ:τει,  11.  14, 
99,  melaph.  from  the  balance,  cf  11. 
8,  72  :  hence  in  genl.  to  iveigh  upon, 
fall  upon,  τινί  τζοίείν,  Aesch.  Ag.  707; 
absol.,  lb.  1042. — II.  trans.,  kir.  τάλαν- 
Tov,  to  force  down  one  scale,  Theogn. 
157 :  hence  to  weigh  out  to  one.  allot, 
esp.  of  ill  fortune,  έτΓ.  μϊ/νιν  πύλει, 
Aesch.  Eum.  888,  cf.  Ag.  250,  and 
καταΙ)1)έτζω. 

Έττι/φέο),  f.  φεύσομαι  or  φυήσο- 
uai :  aor.  έπερβύην,  {επί,  βέω).  To 
flow  upon  the  surface,  float  atop,  of  oil 
on  water,  II.  2,  754. — 2.  to  flow  to  or 
into,  Ar.  Nub.  1294,  Plat.,  etc.  :  hence 
of  large  bodies  of  men,  to  stream  on  or 
towards,  ίπέββεον  εθνεα  πεζών,  II.  11, 
724,  cf  Hdt.  9,  38 :  ούπιββέων  χρό- 
νος, onward-streaming  time,  i.  e.  the 
future,  Aesch.  Eum.  853. 

Έπιρβήγΐ'νμί,=^έπιρρήσσω,  Att. 

^Επφβ7/δ?ιν,  adv.  {ίπί,  ερέω,  βη- 
θηναι)  by  name  or  surname,  as  k~i• 
κλην  and  ίπίκ/.ησιν,  usu.  joined  with 
καλεϊσβαί,  Arat.  —  II.  ^διαβ^ήδην, 
distinctlii,  positively,  openly,  Ap.  Rh. 

Έπίι'φημα,  ατός,  τό,  {επί,  (η/μα) 
that  wliich  is  said  besides  or  afterwards : 
hence — I.  in  old  comedy,  a  speech 
usu.  of  trochaic  tetrams.,  spoken  by 
the  Coryphaeus  after  the  Parabasis, 
Ar.  Nub.  575,  Eq.  565 :  in  tragedy,  a 
speech  after  the  Antistrophe,  answer- 
ed by  the  άντεπίρβιιμα. — II.  the  ad- 
verb. Dion.  H.   Hence 

Έπιρρι/ματίκός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to 
an  έπίρίιι/μα,  adverbial. 

Έπιρρησις,  εως,  ή,  {ίπί,  βήσις)  re- 
buke, re/yronc/ijPlut. — 11.  α  spell,charm, 
Luc.  Philops.  31. 

Έιτφρ>/σσω,  fut.  -βήξω,  Att.  έπφ- 
βάξί•),  {επί,  βήσσω)  to  dash  upon  or  to, 
κΆιβδα  θυράων,  11.  24,  456,  πνλας. 
Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  1244  :  to  drive  along  vio- 
lenlly,  of  wind.  0pp.:  to  tear,  Aesch. 
Pers.  1028. — II.  intr.  to  burst  upon  or 
f,>rth,  of  lightning.  Soph.  O.  C.  1503. 
^Επφβητέον,  verb.  adj.  from  έπί, 
έρέω.  one  must  say  or  add  besides,  Plut. 

'Ε,πφβητορεύω,  {.έπί,  βητορεύω)  to 
speak  as  an  orator  to  or  over,  τί  τινι, 
Luc, 

Έπίββητος,  ov,  {ίπί,  βητός)  ex- 
claimed against,  infamous,  like  έττί- 
βόητος,  Xeii.  Oec,  4,  2. 

Έπιββίγέω,  ω,  and  ίπιββίγόω,  ΰ, 
to  shiver  afterwards,  both  in  Hipp. 

Έπίβρίνος,  ov,  {ίπί,  βίς)  with  a 
nose,  esp.  ivith  a  long  one,  Luc, 

ΈπιβρΙπίζω.  {επί,  βιπίζω)  to  fan, 
blow  up  with  a  fan,  etc. 

Έπφβιπτέω,  (j,=sq.,  Xen.  An.  5,  2, 
33. 

622 


ΕΠΙΡ 

'Έττιββίπτω,  fut.  -ψω,  (έπί,  βίπτω) 
to  throw,  cast  to,  upon,  over,  δονρί  μοι 
ίπέββιφαν,  at  me,  Od.  5,  310;  έπ. 
πλάνην  τινί,  Aesch.  Pr.738. — II.  intr. 
to  fling  o/ie's  self  upon,  fall  upon,  Xen. 
Cyn.  G,  22. 

Έπφβοή,  ι/ς,  ή,  {ίπφβέω)  usu.  in 
plur.,  an  influx,  Aesch.  Eum.  694,  opp. 
to  άποββοή  :  a  flow,  flood,  αιμάτων. 
Id.  Ag.  1510,  etc.  :  increase,  κακών, 
Eur.  Andr.  349  :  the  flood  tide,  opp.  to 
άνάββοια. 

ΈπιρβοΟί•ω,  ώ,  f.  -r/σω,  {έπί,  βοθέω) 
to  roar  at,  itrictly  of  waves:  hence  to 
sound,  ring  with,  κτύπω,  Aesch.  Cho. 
427  :  to  shout  applause  at  or  after  a 
thing,  Eur.  Hec.  553,  Or.  901,  hence 
to  reecho,  second  a  prayer,  Aesch.  Cho. 
459 :  but  λόγοις  έπφβοβείν  τίνα.  to 
rage  against,  abuse)\\m.  Soph.  Tr.  264. 
Hence 

Έπφβόθητος,  ov,  blamed. 

Έπίρβοθος,  ov,  hasting  to  the  rescue, 
aiding :  a  helper,  c.  dat.,  II.  4,  390  ;  23, 
770  :  in  Horn,  always  of  succour  in 
war,  but  usu.  in  poet,  lengthd.  form 
ίπιτάββοθος,  q.  v. :  in  genl.  helping  in 
need,  Aesch.  Theb.  368. — II.  επ.  κακά, 
reproaches  bandied  back  and  forwards, 
abusive  language.  Soph.  Ant.  413,  cf 
Valck.  Hipp.  628:  hence  blameworthy, 
mean.  Soph.  Fr.  517,  v.  έπφβυθέω. 

Έπίββοια,  ας,  η,  poet,  for  έπφβοή. 

Έπφβοίβδέω,  ώ,  {έπί,  βοιβδέω)  to 
croak  so  as  to  forebode  rain,  of  a  raven, 
Theophr. — II.  trans.,  ίπ.  ίον  7,αιμώ, 
to  shoot  a  whizzing  arrow  at...,  Q.  Sm. ; 
cf  έπφβοίζέω. 

Έπφβοίβδην,  adv.,  like  βύδην, 
with  noisy  fury,  Eur.  H.  F.  860. 

Έπφβοίζέω,  ώ,  {ίπί,  βοιζέω)  to 
croak  to  or  at,  of  a  raven,  Theophr. :  c. 
ace.  cognato,  ίπ.  φυγάς  τινι,  to  shriek 
flight  at  hhn,  Aesch.  Eum.  424. — II. 
to  fly  whizzing  at,  of  arrows,  Nonn. 

Έπφβομβέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {έπί,  βομ- 
βέω)  to  riish  at  with  a  whizzing  noise, 
dub.  1.  Sapph.  2,  11. 

Έπίββοος,  ov,  ό,  contr.  βονς,  {έπφ- 
βέω)  an  influx,  redundance,  Hipp. 

'Επφβοπή,  ης,  ή,  {έπφβέπω)  a 
leaning  to  one  side. 

Έπιββοφάνω,  and  έπφβοφύω,  ώ. 
Ion.  -έω,  {έπί.  βοφέω)  to  gulp  down, 
swallow  besides,  both  in  Hipp.    Hence 

Έπφβόφημα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which 
is  gulped  down. 

Έπφβυγχίς,  ίδος,  ή,  {έπί,  βύγχος) 
the  hooked  part  of  a  bird's  beak. 

Έπφβύζω,  f.  -^ω.  {έπί,  βνζω)  to  set 
a  dog  on  one,  έπί  τίνα,  Ar.  Vcsp.  705. 

Έπφβυθμίζω,  {έπί,  βυθμίζω)  to 
bring  into  rhythm,  polish,  ποιήματα. 
Plat. 

Έπφβνομαι  {έπί,  βνομαι)  dep.,  to 
save,  preserve,  Aesch.  Theb.  165. 

Έπφβνπαίνω,  {έπί,  βυπαίνω)  to 
soil,  make  filthy,  Plut. 

ΈπίρβϋσΐΓ,  εως,  ή,  =  έπφβοή. 
Hence 

Έπφβύσμιος,  ία,  ιον,  {έπί,  βνσμός) 
strictly,  flowing  lou-nrds :  but  in  De- 
mocrit.  ap.  Sext.  Emp.  7,  137,  δόξις 
έπφβυσηία,  an  epidemic,  popular  be- 
lief 

Ύ,πίββντοΓ.  ov,  {έπφβέω)Αοινϊη^  in 
or  to,  νδωρ.  Theophr.  :  hence  coming 
from  without,  adventitious.  Plat.  Rep. 
508  B. — 2.  metapli.  abundant,  Aesch. 
Eum.  907. — 'ΙΙ.  overflowed,  moist,  Xen. 
An.  1 ,  2,  22.     Adv'.  -τως. 

Έπφβωγολογέομαι,Α^•^.  {ίπί,  βώξ, 
βάξ,  λέγω)  to  glean  grapes,  LXX.,  cf. 
έπικαρπολογεομαι. 
_Έ  πιμβώνννμι  and  -ΐ'ύω,ί.  -βώσω,{ίπί, 
ρώννυμι)  to  add  slrensth  to,  strengthen, 
encourage,  cheer  in  a  thing,  Hdt.  8,  14, 
Thuc.  4, 30;  to  stir  up,  excite,  προς  τι, 


ΕΠ1Σ 

Polyb.  Pass,  to  recover  strength,  be  cf 
good  cheer,  Thuc.  7,  17,  and  Xen. ;  εΙς 
τι,  Thuc.  7,  7 :  κείνοις  έπεββώσΟη  λέ- 
γειν (impers.)  they  took  courage  to 
speak.  Soph.  0.  C."fi61. 

Έπφβώομαι,  as  pass.,  c.  fut.  mid. 
-βώσομαι,  {έπί,  βώομαι)  to  flow,  roll 
downwards  on  a  thing,  χαΐται  ίπεβ- 
βώσαντο  ΰνακτος  κράτος  ύττ'  αθανά- 
τοιο,  his  locks  /Zciu'tri,  waved  one  upon 
another  from  his  head,  11.  1,  529,  cf. 
Ap.  Rh.  2,  677. — \\.^=^ίπφβώννυμαι, 
to  summon  up  all  one's  strength  for  a 
thing,  c.  dat.,  μνλαις  δώδεκα  πάσαι 
ίπεββώοντο  γυναίκες,  worked  with 
jnight  and  main  at  the  mill,  Od.  20, 
107  ;  so  ίπεββώοντ'  έλάττισι,\\]ίθ  Lut. 
incumbere  remis,  Ap.  Rh.  2,  661,  etc. ; 
but  in  Hes.  Th.  8,  πυσσ'ιν  έπερβώ- 
σαντο,  moved  nimbly  with  their  feet, 
danced  gaily,  where  both  signfs.  seem 
united.  In  Anth.  we  lind  an  act. 
ίπφβώω,  to  set  in  rapid  motion;  v. 
βώομαι. 

'Επίββωσις,  εως.  η,  {ίπφβώννυμί) 
α  strengthening,  encouraging,  Ael. 

Έπιρύομαι,  v.  ίπφβ. 

Έπίσαγμα,  ατός,  τό,  {ίπισάττω)  α 
saddle-cloth:  pack  saddle,  hliX.:  me- 
taph. επ.  νοσιιματος,  a  burden  of  dis- 
ease. Soph.  Phil.  755. 

Έπισαίρω,  {έπί,  σαίρω)  to  show 
one's  teeth  at  a  thing. 

Έπισά'λεύω,  {έπί,  σα?.ενω)  to  ride 
at  anchor  at  a  place  :  metaph.  to  flout 
or  wave  over,  κόμη  μετώπω,  Philostr. 

'Επίσΰλος,  ον,{έπί,  σάλος) floating, 
tost  in  the  sea  :  hence  unstable. 

Έπισαλπίζω,  {έπί,  σαλιπίζω)  to  ac- 
company on  the  trumpet,  τινί,  Joseph. 

'Επίσαξις,  εως,  ή,  {έπισάττω)  a 
heaping  on  or  up,  making  a  mound, 
Theophr. 

Έπισαπρος,  ov,  {έπί,  σαπρός)  rot- 
ten at  the  ends,  rotting. 

Έπισαρκάζω,  {έπί,  σαρκύζω)  to 
sneer,  mock  at  a  thing. 

Έπισύττω,  ί.  -ξω,  {έπί,  σάττω)  to 
heap  up,  pile  a  load  uj)on,  τι  έπι  όνους, 
καμήλους,  Hdt.  1,  194  ;  3,  9  :  to  heap 
up  and  make  firm  or  solid,  γήν,  The- 
ophr.— II.  to  load,  c.  dupl.  ace. :  but 
ϊππον  έπ.,  simply,  to  saddle  it,  Xen. 
Cyr.  3,  3,  27. 

Έπισΰφηνίζω,  {έπί,  σαφηνίζω)  to 

make  still  more  plain  or  clear,  Clem.  Al. 

ί'Επισβέννϋμι,  {έπί,   σβένννμι)   in 

pass.,  to  be  extinguished  upon,  Luc. 

Jup.  Tr.  15. 

Έπίσειον,  ov,  τό,  the  pubes,  pudenda, 
Hipp.,  also  written  έπείσιον,  Lye, 
and  ίπίσιον,  Arist.  H.  A. 

Έπίσειστος,  ov,  shaking  or  tvaving 
over :  hence  ό  ίπίσειστος,  a  comic 
mask  with  hair  hanging  on  the  fore- 
head, and  so  ίπ.  κόμη,  Liie.  cf  Mid- 
ler Archaol.  d.  Kunst,  φ  330,  4 :  from 

ΈτΓίσείω,  Ep.  ίπισσ.,  and  so  al- 
ways in  Horn,  {έπί,  σείω)  to  shake  at 
OT  against,  τί  τινι,  esp.  with  the  view 
of  scaring,  Ζευς  έπισσεί-τ/σιν  έρεμ- 
νήν  αιγίδα  πασιν,  II.  4,  167,  cf.  15, 
230,  φοβον  ίπισείειν  τινί,  like  Lat. 
incutere  timorem,  also  πύλεμον,  κίνδν- 
νον  ίπ.,  Joseph.  :  to  shake  a  horse's 
reins  and  so  urge  him  on  :  hence  to  set 
at  or  upon  one,  in  hostile  signf,  ίπ. 
τινι  τας  δρακοντώδεις  κόρας,  Eur. 
Or.  255,  cf  So[)h.  Fr.  159.    Hence 

'Επισείων,  όνος.  ό,  a  streamer,  en- 
sign of  a  ship  :  akin  to  παράσειον. 

Έπισέληνος,  ov,  (ίπί,  σελήνη) 
moon-shaped :  esp.  τα  ί^nσέληva,cakes 
of  this  shape.  Plat.  (Com.)  Pha.  2,  10. 

Έπισεμνννο/ιαι,  {επί,  σεμνύνομαι) 
as  pass,,  to  pride  one's  self  on  a  thing, 
be  puffed  up  with  it,  Philo. — II.  to  be 
still  more  proud. 


ΕΠΙΣ 

'ΚτΓίσεσυρμένως,  adv.  part.  perf. 
pass,  from  έττισύμω,  lazily,  carelessly, 
Epict. 

Έπισεύω,  Ep.  έπισσ.,  as  ahvaj's 
in  Horn.  {έ~ί,  σευω)  to  put  m  motion 
against  one,  set  on,  Τίνί  τι,  Od.  5,  421 ; 
14,  399  :  metaph.,  κακά  μοι  έττέσσενε 
δαίμυρ,  sent  evil  upon  me,  Od.  18, 
256,  cf.  20,  87.  More  freq.  in  pass., 
to  hurry,  hasten  to  or  towards,  11.  2,  86: 
but  U.SU.  in  hostile  signf.,  to  fall  upon, 
rush  at,  attack,  assault,  c.  dat.,  νηνσί, 
II.  15,  347  ;  also  c.  ace,  vr/ας,  Od.  13, 
19  ;  and  εΙς  riva,  II.  13,  757  :  esp.  in 
pert',  pass.  έ~έσσνμαι,  c.  pres.  signf., 
and  the  plqpf  as  impf.,  έπεσσύμην 
(which  last  is  also  syncop.  aor., 
whence  part,  έπεσσνμενος),  c.  dat.  II. 
5,459;  c.  ace,  τείχος  έτνεσσύμενοί, 
II.  12,  143  ;  c.  gen.,  τείχεος,  upon,  at 
the  wall,  II.  12,  388  (unle.ss  the  gen. 
here  depends  on  βάλε,  iiung  them 
from  the  wall :)  but  εττεσσύμενος  πε- 
όίοΐο,  raging,  hurrying  over  the  plain, 
II.  14,  147 ;  22,  26,  cf.  όιαπρύσσο) : 
νομόνόε,  II.  18,  575  :  metaph.  of  the 
fury  of  the  elements,  II.  17,  737,  Od. 
5,  314.  Without  any  hostile  signf. 
expressing  merely  rapid  motion,  c. 
dat.,  Od.  4,  841,  c.  ace,  Od.  6,  20  ;  c. 
inf,  έηέσσυτο  δίώκειν,  he  hasted  on 
to  follow,  II.  21,  601  :  absol.,  έπεσσύ- 
μενος  '/Α3ε  γουνών,  clasped  his  knees 
eagerly,  Od.  22,  310  :  metaph.  to  be  in 
excitement  or  agitation,  freq.  in  11.  in 
phrases  θυμός  έπέσσνται,  -συτο,  Lat. 
fert  animus.  Chiefly  Ep.,  but  also  in 
lyric  passages  of  Trag.,  as  Aesch. 
Eum.  786,  Eur.  Phoen.  1065. 

'Έ,-ισήθω,  {επί,  σήθω)  to  dredge, 
sprinkle  upon,  τι  τινι,  Joseph. 

Επίσημα,  ατός,  70,=σ7//ο,  Simon. 
76. 

'Επισημαίνω,  {επί,  σημαίνω)  to  set 
a  mark  upon  a  person,  hence  of  dis- 
eases, to  leave  their  mark,  Thuc.  2,  49. 
Mid.  to  mark,  distinguish.  Plat.  Gorg. 
526  B,  etc.  Pass,  to  be  marked,  bear 
a  mark,  Eur.  Ion  1593. — II.  to  give  a 
sign,  give  signs  or  symptoms,  as  dis- 
eases, Hipp.,  and  Anst.  H.  A.  cf. 
Foes.  Oecon.,  and  of  the  weather, 
Theophr. :  hence  —  2.  intr.  to  show 
itself,  appear,  Paus. — III.  esp.  to  give 
a  sign  in  token  of  approval,  to  sign  ap- 
proval, Tivi,  c.  inf.,  Xen.  Hell.  4,  7,  2: 
to  praise,  tl,  Polyb.,  more  rarely  in 
bad  signf  to  disapprove :  esp.  of  the 
gods,  to  mark  their  pleasure  or  anger  by 
portents,  τινί,  Plut. :  and  in  mid.,  ίο 
give  one^s  approval  to  a  thing,  Ti,  Dem. 
310,  21  ;  esp.  of  a  speech,  to  applaud, 
Isocr.  233  Β  :  also  επισημαίνεσβαί 
Τίνα  δώροίς,  distinguish  one  by  re- 
wards, Polyb. — IV.  in  mid,  to  form  a 
conception  of  a  thing,  TL,  Plat.  Legg. 
744  A.    Hence 

^Επισϊ'ιμανσις,  εως,  ?7,=  sq,,  amark- 
ing:  hence  έ -iff.  κεραυνών,  the  touch, 
stroke  of  lightning,  Arist.  Probl. :  and 

Έπισιιμάσία,  ας,  ή,  a  marking,  dis- 
tinguishing, iwtice,  άξιος  επ-,  Polyb. — 
II.  a  showing,  appearance,  e.  g.  the  rise 
of  a  star,  Polyb. — 2.  in  genl.  a  sign, 
token,  as  of  weather  :  show  of  symp- 
toms, and  hence  access  of  an  illness, 
Hipp.,  V.  Fogs.  Oec. 

Έηίσημειόω,  ώ,  {επί,  σημειόω)  to 
put  a  mark  upon,  distinguish,  Tl,  Plut,, 
in  mid. :  cf.  επισημαίνω-     Hence 

'Έπισημείωσις,  εως,  ή,  a  remarking 
upon  a  thing,  a  note  or  comment,  Diog,  L. 

Έπίσημον,  ov,  to,  v.  sq.  II. 

Επίσημος,  ov,  {έπί,  σήμα)  marked, 
bearing  an  inscription,  ΰναβήματα,  Hdt. 
1,  51  (ace.  toothers  remarkable):  esp, 
of  money,   stamped,   coined,   χρυσός, 

Hdt,  9,  41,  Thuc,  etc,:  hence  — 3. 


ΕΠΤΣ 

distinguished,  noted,  famous,  Lat.  in-  I 
signis,  σοόίαν,  for  wisdom,  Hdt.  2,  20 ;  ; 
έ/Τ.  τύφος,  Thuc.  2,  43  :  also  for  evil, 
ξυμφοραί,  Eur.  Or.  543.  Adv.  -μως. 
— ΐί.  τό  έπίσημον,  as  subst.,  any  mark 
of  distinction,  a  device,  Hdt.  1,  195;  a 
badge,  bearing  on  a  shield,  9,  74  ;  the 
ensign  orflag  of  a  ship,  8,  88. 

'Επίσης,  for  έττ'  Ισης  so.  μοίρας,  v. 
sub  Ισος  IV. 

^Επισθένης,  ους, 6,  Episthenes,  lead- 
er of  the  peltastae  from  Amphipohs, 
Xen.  An.  1,  10,  7,  etc.— 2.  an  Olyn- 
thian,  Id.  7,  4,  7. 

Έπισθένω,  (έπί,  σθένω)  to  have 
strength,  be  able,  Q.  Sm. 

Έπίσθμιος,  ov,  (έπί,  ισθμός)  on  the 
neck :  τό  έπ.,  a  ?tecklace,  collar. 

Έπίσιγ/ια,  ατός,  τό,  a  hounding  or 
setting  on  of  a  dog  :  from 

Έπισίζω,  {έπί,  σίζω)  to  hound  on, 
set  on,  as  a  dog,  Ar.  Vesp.  704. 

ΈπίσΙμος,  ov,  {έπί,  σιμός)  some- 
what flat-nosed,  cf  έπίγρυπος. 

Έπισϊμόω,  ώ,  {επί,  σιμόω)  to  turn 
aside,  bend,  Ael. — 2.  seemmgly  intr.  to 
bend,  turn  aside  one's  course,  Xen.  Hell. 
5,  4,  50. 

Έπισίνής,  ες.  {έπί,  σίνομαι)  liable 
to  injury,  Theophr. — II.  act.  injurious, 
Id. 

^Επισίνιος,  ov,  mischievous  :  from 

Έπισινομαι,  {έπί,  σίνομαι)  dep.  to 
do  hurt  to,  iNic.  [σϊ] 

'Έ,πίσιον,  τό,  v.  έπίσειον. 

Έπίσιος,  ον,=  έπισος,  dub. 

Έπίσιστος,  ov,  (έπισίζω)  set  on, 
urged  on. 

ΈπισΙτίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  Att.  -ΐώ,  {έπί, 
σιτίζω)  to  furnish  provisions  :  but  usii. 
in  mid.  to  furnish  one's  self  with  food 
or  provender,  Thuc.  8,  101  :  to  forage, 
έπισιτίζεσθαι  έκ  της  χώρας,  Hdt.  7, 
176 ;  έπ.  τη  στρατιά,  Thuc.  Ο,  94  ; 
έπισιτίζεσθαι  τό  στράτευμα,  to  pro- 
t)!Sion  one's  army,  Xen.  An.  1,5,4:  c. 
ace.  cognato,  έπ.  άριστον,  to  provide 
one's  self  ivilh...,  Thuc.  8,  95. — II.  = 
παρασιτέω,  Pherecr.  Τράες  1. 

Έπισίτιος,  ov,  {έπί,  σίτος)  working 
for  victuals  alone.  Plat.  Rep.  420  A : 
Υίβη€β  =  παράσιτος :  τα  έ π., provision- 
money,  Lys.  ap.  Harp.  11,  Ar.  Fr.  382, 
cf.  Ath.  247  A. 

Έπισίτίΐις,  εως,  η,  and  επισιτισμό, 
ατός,  TO,=sq. 

'Επισιτισμός,  ov,  b,  {έπισιτίζω)  a 
furnishing  one's  self  with  provisions  :  a 
stock,  store  of  provisions,  Xen.  An.  1, 
5,  9,  and  Dem. 

Έπίσϊτος,  ον,^έπισίτιος.  Crates 
Tolm.  1. 

Έπισίττω,=έ7ησίζω. 

Έπισκάζω,  {έπί,  σκάζω)  to  limp, 
halt  upon,  Ap.  Rh. 

Έπισκαίρο),  (έπί,  σκαίρω)  to  rise 
at,  as  a  fish,  Ael. 

Έπισκα?.μίς,  ίδος,  ή,  (έπί,  σκα7,• 
μός)  the  part  of  the  rowlock  on  which  the 
oar  rests. 

Έπισκάπτω,  (έπί,  σκάπτω)  to  dig 
superficially,  Anth.  —  II.  to  dig  over, 
harrow  in,  as  seed,  Lat.  inoccare,  Geop. 
Hence 

Έπισκαφενς,  έως,  ό,  he  who  harrows 
in  the  seed  sown. 

Επισκευάζω,  f.  -άσω.  rare  form  of 
sq, 

Έπισκΐ-δάνννμι,  fut.  -όάσω,  (έπί, 
σκεδύννυμι)  to  scatter,  sprinkle,  spread 
upon,  Tl  επι  Ti,  Plat.  Tim.  85  A,  τινί, 
Plut. 

ΈπισκελΙσις,  εως,  ή,  {έπί,  σκέλος) 
the  first  spring.,  start,  in  a  horse's  gal- 
lop, Xen.,  cf.  Herm.  Opusc.  1,  73, 

t'E— ίσκελλω,  {έπί,  σκέλλω)  to  dry 
up  in  addition;  perf.  intr.  έπέσκ/.η- 
κα,  in  part.,  -ώς,  to  become  completely 


ΕΠΙΣ 

dried  up,  Epich.  ap.  Ath.  60  F,  where 
Naeke  reads  έξεσκ'/.ηκοτες. 

Έπισκεπάζω,  f.  -άσω,  {έπί,  σκεπά- 
ζω) to  cover  up,  hide,  conceal,  LXX. 

Έπισκεπής,  ές,  (έπί,σκέπιι) covered 
over  ;  shady,  Anst.  H.  A. 

Έπισκεπτέος,  έα,  έον,  verb.  adj.  of 
επισκέπτομαι,  to  be  considered,  ex 
amined,  Thuc.  6,  18,  Plat.  Phaed.  107 
B.  —  II.  έπισκεπτέον,  one  must  con- 
sider. Plat.  Rep.  598  D. 

'Επισκέπτης,  ου,  ό,=έπίσκο—ος, 
App. :  from 

'Επισκέπτομαι,  a  pres.  rarely  used, 
which  furnishes  a  fut.,  aor.,  etc.  to 
έπισκοπέω. 

'Επισκέπω,=^έπισκεπάζω,  to  cover 
up,  Anth. 

'Επισκευάζω,  f.  -άσω,  (έπί,  σκευ- 
άζω) to  get  ready,  δείπνον,  Ar.  Eccl. 
1147,  in  pass. :  to  equip,  fit  oat,  vavv, 
Thuc.  1,  29,  etc.,  and  in  mid.,  Id.  7, 
36  :  to  repair,  restore,  τείχη,  Thuc.  7, 
24,  οδούς,  Dem.  30,  17  :  έτ.  ίππους, 
to  saddle,  equip  them,  Xen.  Hell. 5,  3, 
1.    Hence 

'Επισκευαστής,  οϋ,  ό,  one  who  re- 
pairs, rebuilds,  Dem.  618,  4,  etc. 

Έπισκευαστός,  ή,  όν.  repaired,  re• 
stored.  Plat.  Polit.  270  A. 

Έπισκεν?},  ης,  ή,  a  repair,  restora- 
tion, ίρων,  Hdt.  2,  174  :  materials  for 
repairs,  stores,  των  νεών.  Thuc.  1,  52  ; 
and  so  in  plur.,  Dem.  819,  25. 

Έπίσκε-ψις,  εως,  ή,  (επισκέπτομαι) 
a  looking  at,  inspection,  τινός.  Plat. 
Legg.  849  A. — 2.  consideration,  thought, 
reflection,  Hipp.  :  investigation,  inquiry. 
Plat.,  and  Xen. 

Έπισκί/νιον,  ου,  τό,  (έπί,  σκηνή) 
in  a  theatre,  that  which  is  upon  or 
above  the  stage,  the  scenery.  Vitruv.  5,  7. 

Έπίσκηνος,  ov,  (έπί,  σκηνή)  at,  in, 
by  a  tent,  Herm.  Soph.  Aj.  570 :  ol 
έπ-,  Lat.  contubemales,  the  staff  of  a 
commander,  Plut.  —  II.  On  the  stage : 
esp.  ή  έπ.,  as  subst.  =:  έπισκήνιον, 
V  itruv.  —  III.  external,  adventitious, 
Dion.  H.     Hence 

Έπισκηνόω,  ώ,  to  lodge  in  a  tent; 
in  genl.  to  be  quartered  in,  Polyb. 

Έπισκήπτω,  f.  -ψω,  (έπί,  σκήπτω) 
to  make  to  lean  upon,  έπ.  τε'λεντ))ν 
θεσφάτων  εΙς  τίνα,  to  bring  their  bur- 
den upon  him,  Aesch.  Pars.  740. — 2. 
intr.  to  fall,  dart  upon,  like  lightning, 
Lat.  ingruere,  invadere,  εΙς  Tl,  v.  L 
Hdt.  7,  10,  5,  for  άποσκήπτει.  Me- 
taph., πράγμα  δεΰρ'  έπέσκη-ψεν,  it 
has  come  to  this  point,  Aesch.  Eum. 
482. — 3,  in  mid,  έπισκ7/πτομαι,  to  lean 
upon,  rely  upon,  c.  dat.,  Dem.  1139, 
7. — II.  to  place  upon  one,  enjoin  solemnly 
upon,  Tivi  Tl,  Hdt.  3,  65,  73  ;  to  im- 
pose upon,  χάριν  τινί.  Soph.  Aj.  566 : 
and  c.  dat.  pers.  et  inf.,  to  command 
one  to  do,  Hdt.  7, 1 58.  Aesch.  Pr.  604 : 
also  c.  ace.  et  mf.,  Eur.  Ale,  365,  ci. 
vv.  11.  ad  Hdt.  4, 33 :  also  c.  dupl.  ace. 
pers.  et  rei,  τοσούτον  σ'  έπισκήπτω, 
thus  much  /  command  thee.  Soph. 
Tr.  1223  ;  έπισκήπτω  σε  τάδε,  I  be- 
seech thee  this,  Eur.  I.  T.  701  ;  also 
έπ.  (τινά)  περί  τινος,\\).  1077. — IV.  to 
press  hard  upon  one,  hence  to  prose- 
cute or  indict,  esp.  in  cases  of  murder 
or  false  witness,  c.  dat.  pers. :  some- 
times in  act.,  as  Plat.  Theaet.  145  C, 
and  hence  in  pass.,  έαν  έ-ισκηQθy 
τα  -ψευδή  μαρτνρήσαι.  Id.  Legg.  i937 
Β,  cf.  Soph.  Ant.  1313 :  but  usu.  in 
mid.,  έπίσκή'φασθαί  τινι  Φόνου,  to 
prosecute  for  murder.  Plat.  Euthyphr. 
9  A,  ■ψευδομαρτυριών,  Aeschin.  18, 
27 ;  also  έπ.  εΙς  τίνα,  Lys.  99,  38. 
Cf.  Att.  Process  p.  385. 

Έπισκηρίπτω,=  έπισκήπτω,  poet 

Έπίσκηψις,  εως,  ή,  (έπισκήπτω)  a 
523 


ΕΠΙΣ 

leaning  upon. — II.  mi  injunction,  Pint. 
■ — III.  a  prnsecution,  inriictment,es[).  in 
cases  of  murder  or  false  witness,  Plat. 
Ijegg.  937  B,  and  Dem.,  cf.  Arist. 
Pol.  2,  12.  11,  and  έπισκηπτο  IV. 

Έττισκΐάζω,  ί.  -άσο,  (ί'^ί,  σκιάζω) 
to  throw  a  shade  upon,  overshfidow,  Lat. 
ohumhrare,  c.  acc,  Hdt.  1,209;  c.  dat., 
Theophr. :  hence  in  pass.,  ΆαθραΙον 
ομμ'  έτΐεσκίασμένΐ],  keeping  a  hidden 
watch.  Soph.  Tr.  914. — II.  to  stand  >>; 
one's  light,  obscure  him,  τινί.  Hence 
'Κπισκίασμα,  ατός,  τύ,  a  shadow 
thrown  on  a  thing.   [(] 

'Κπισκΐασμύς,    οϋ,    ό,    a   shading, 
covering. 
Έ7ησκϊάω,=  επισκιάζω,  Arat. 
Έπίσκΐος,  ov,  (έττί,  σκιά)  shaded, 
dark,  Plat.  Rep.  4.32  C  :  nietaph.  βίος 
έτΤ;  a  still,  retired  life,  Lat.  vita  urn- 
bralil's  or  umbratica,  opp.  to  one  oc- 
cupied in  public  business,  Plut. — II. 
act.  shading,  c.  gen.,  χεΙρ  ομμάτων 
έπ/σκίΟζ• .  Soph.  Ο.  C.  1650.    Adv.  -ίως. 
Έτ;ισκιρτάω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {έττί,  σκιρ- 
τάω) to  leap,  bound  towards  ΟΓ  upon, 
Plut. :  metaph..  έττισκιρτώσιν   ίθΐΐ- 
oai,  Ιουλοι,  Anth. 

'Επίσκληρος,  ov  (έπί,  σκληρός) 
somewhat  hard  or  hard  at  top,  Hipp. 

'ΈπισκοττεΙον,  ου,  τό,  [επίσκοπος) 
the  residence  of  a  bishop  ;  also  his  juris- 
diction, Eccl. 

Έπισκοπενω,  to  be  an  επίσκοπος, 
Eccl.— ll.=  sq.,  LXX. 

Έπισκοπέω,  ω,  fut.  έπισκέψομαι, 
{έπί,  σκοπέω)  to  look  upon  or  at,  in- 
spect, examine,  Hdt.  2,  109  :  to  ivntch 
over,  c.  acc,  Trag.,  as  Aesch.  Eum. 
296 :  followed  by  relat.  particles, 
όσον...,  1.  c,  «'...,  Xen.  Mem.  2, 1, 22 ; 
Ti—,  Id.  Symp.  1,  12 ;  έπ.  μη—,  to 
take  care  lest...,  N.  T. — 2.  to  go  to  see, 
visit,  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  2,  25:  in  pass., 
ονείροις  ovK  kπισκoπoΰμεvov,v^Xϊvisit- 
ed  by  dreams,  i.  e.  sleepless,  Aesch. 
Ag.  13. — 3.  to  consider,  reflect,  περί 
Τίνος,  Plat.,  and  Xen.  :  hence  mid.  to 
examine  o)ie's  self,  meditate,  Heind. 
Plat.  Phaed.  91  D.     Hence 

Επισκοπή,  ης.  ή,  an  overseeing, 
charge  :  esp.  the  office  of  an  επίσκοπος, 
Ν.  Τ. :  also  his  residence,  Byzant. 

Έπισκόπησις,  εως,  ή,  (ίπισκοπέω) 
an  inspection,  examination. 

Έπισκοπία,  ας,  ή,  {επίσκοπος,  ov) 
skill  in  hitting  the  mark,  dub. 

Επισκοπικός,  ή,  όν,  episcopal, 
Eccl. :  from 

Επίσκοπος,  ov,  b,  {έπισκοπέω)  an 
overseer,  watcher,  guardian,  II.  24,  729  ; 
C.  gen.,  έτΓ.  άρμονίάων,  watchers  over 
compacts,  of  the  gods,  II.  22,  255  ; 
επ.  όδαίων,  a  supercargo,  Od.  8, 163  ; 
80  too  Pind.  O.  14,  5,  and  Trag. ;  έπ. 
όϊστών,  an  archer,  Theocr.  24,  105, 
like  άναξ  κώπης. — 2.  the  Athen.  used 
to  send  public  officers  called  έπίσκο- 
Tioi  to  the  svibject  states,  Ar.  Av. 
1023,  Herm.  Pol.  Ant.  <i  157,  8.-3.  an 
ecclesiastical  superintcndnnt,  in  N.  T. 
^πρεσβύτερος :  in  Eccl.,  a  bishop. — 
II.  a  scout,ivatch,c.  dat.,  έπ.  Ύρώεσσι, 
νήεσσιν,  ήμετέρησιν,  set  to  watch 
them,  U.  10,  38,  342. 

Επίσκοπος,  ov,  {έπί,  σκοπός)  hit- 
ting, reaching  the  mark,  έπ.  νίκης, 
Aesch.  Eum.  903,  where  however 
Herm.  reads  νείκης :  so  έπ-  ατής, 
reaching  to,  suitable  to  the  calamity. 
Soph.  Ai.  976 :  ίπίσκοπα,  as  adv., 
successfully,  with  good  aim,  έπ.  τοξ- 
ενειν.  Hdt  3,  35,  Wytt.  Ep.  Cr.  p. 
160.  cf,  εύστοχος,  ενσκοπος-  (Acc.  to 
Herm.  Aj.  955,  the  signf.  of  the  adj. 
and  subst.  is  the  same  :  which  how- 
ever is  only  true  in  the  very  general 
sense  of  looking  towards  or  at.) 


ΕΠΙΣ 

'Έ.πισκο-άζω,=ζ^<\.,  Hipp. 
Έπισκοτέω,  ω,  (έπί,  σκότος)  to 
throw  darkness  or  α  shadow  over,  τινί, 
Isocr.  2  C,  Dem.  23,  27.— II.  to  stand 
in  one's  light,  οΐκίαν  ωκοδαμησεν  το- 
σαντην  ωςτε  πΰσιν  έπισκοτεΐν,  Dem. 
505,  25  :  to  stand  tn  the  way,  hinder 
one  from,  Tivl  θέας,  Plat.  Euthyd. 
274  C.  Pass,  to  be  hindered,  thwarted, 
Polyb.     Hence 

Έπισκότησις,  εως,  ή,  a  darkening, 
making  dark  or  blind,  Plut. 

'VJπLσκoτiζω,  (.έπί,  σκοτίζω)— έπι- 
σκοτέω.  Polyb.     Hence 

Έπισκότΐσις,  εως,  ή,  =  έπισκότη- 
σις. 

Έπίσκοτος,  ον,  {έπί,  σκότος)  in  the 
dark  or  shade,  darkened,  Plut.  Paul. 
Aem.  17,  acc.  to  Reiske  and  Coray, 
susp.  by  Schaf. 

'Έίπισκοτόω.  f.  -ώσω,^έπισκοτέω, 
Schaf.  App.  Demosth.  1,  p.  200,  and 
Dion.  Comp.  p.  148. 

ΎιΆΐσκνζομαι,  as  pass.,  c.  fut.  mid. 
-νσομαι,  {έπί,  σκύζημαι)  to  be  angry, 
indignant,  brood  over  a  grudge,  II.  9, 
370  ;  μη  σοι  θνμος  έπισκνσσαιτο,  Od. 
7,  300. 

Έπισκνθίζω,  f.  -ίσω  Att.  ■ΐώ,{έπί, 
Σκνθίζω)  Ιο  ply  with  drink  like  a  Scy- 
thian, i.  e.  with  unmixed  wine,  a 
Spartan  phrase  in  Hdt.  6,  84. 

'Έ,πισκνθρωπάζω,  fut.  -άσω,  {έπί, 
σκνθρωπύζω)  to  look  savage,  Xen. 
Cyn.  3,  5.    * 

Έπισκννιον,  ov,  τό,  the  skin  of  the 
brows  which  is  knitted  by  frowning, 
or  raised  in  expressing  contempt ; 
hence  έπ.  κάτω  'έλκεται,  of  a  lion, 
II.  17,  136  ;  and  so  έπ.  ξννάγειν  of 
Aeschylus,  Ar.  Ran.  823  :  hence  like 
όφρύς,  Lat.  supercilium,  used  for  super- 
ciliousness, arrogance,  ajfcctation, Anlh. : 
in  Polyb.  26,  5,  6,  simply  austerity, 
gravity  of  deportment.   \v\ 

Έπίσκνρος,  ov,  b,  a  certain  game  at 
ball. 

Έπισκώπτης,  ov,  b,  a  sneerer,  satir- 
ist, dub.  ap.  Sext.  Emp. :  from 

Έπισκώπτω,  f.  -ψω,  {έπί,  σκάπτω) 
to  laugh  at,  quiz,  make  game  oj,  τινά, 
Xen.  Mem.  4,  4,  6,  more  rarely  τι. 
Id.  Symp.  1,  5 ;  also  εις  τι,  Plut. : 
iih^oX.to  joke,  sport,  make  fun,  Ar.  Ran. 
375.     Hence 

'Έπίσκωιρις,  εως,  ή,  mocking,  railleri/, 
Plut. 

Έπισμάρΰγέω,  ω,  (έπί,  σμαραγέω) 
to  sound,  rattle,  echo  again,  Opp. 

Έπισμάω,  f.  -ήσω,  {έπί,  σμάω)  to 
rub,  smear  on,  like  έπιτρίβω :  nictaph., 
τι  yap  ημάς  ουκ  έπισμ/j  των  κακών ; 
what  mischief  is  there  that  he  does 
not  lay  upon  US  ?  Ar.  Thesm.  389,  cf. 
Cratin.  Cleob.  9. 

Έπισμήχω,  {έπί,  σμήχω)  less  Att. 
form  for  foreg.,  Opp. 

'Έ,πισμνγερός,  ά,  όν,  {έπί,  σμνγε- 
ρός)  shameful, sad,tles.  Sc.2C4:  Horn, 
has  only  the  adv.,  έπισμνγερώς  άπέ• 
τισεν,  sadly  did  he  pay  for  it,  Od.  3, 
195;  έπισμνγερώς  ναντίλλεται,  at  his 
peril,  to  his  misfortune  doth  he  sail, 
Od.  4,  672. 

Έπισμύχω,=σμνχω.  [iJ] 
Έπισοβέω,  ώ,  (έπί,  σοβεω)  to  .tend 
whizzing  at,  κύθωνά  τινι,  Alex.  Pann. 
5. — II.  intr.  to  strut  about,  cf.  σοβά- 

ρός- 

Έπίσογκος,  ov,  for  έπ'  ϊσον  δγκον, 
of  equal  measure  or  si'jc,  dub.  in  Strab. 

Έπισος,  ον,=  ϊσος,  Polyb. 

Έπισόω,  ώ.  {έπί,  Ίσόω)  to  make  even 
or  alike,  dub.  in  Plut. 

Έπίσπάδην,  adv.,  {έπισπύω)  at  one 
drnnsht,  πίνειν,  Hipp,  [ά] 

'ΐ.πισπαίρω,  {έπί,  σπαίρυ)  to  pant, 
be  in  alarm,  έπί  τινι,  Plut. 


ΕΠΙΣ 

Έπίσπάσις,  εως,  ή,  {έπισπύω)  α 
drawing  ίο,  up  or  together,  Theophr. 

Έπισπασμός,  ov,  ό,=  foreg.,  csp.  α 
drawing  in  the  breath  hurriedly,  Hipp. 

'Έ.πισπαστ)/ρ,  ηρος,  b,  (έπισπαω) 
the  latch  or  handle  by  xvhich  a  door  is 
drau-n  to,  Valck.  Hdt.  6,  91  ;  cf.  έπί- 
σπαστρον. 

'Κπισπαστικός,  ή,  όν,  {έπισπύω) 
drawing  to  one's  self,  attracting,  Strab. : 
esp.  of  drugs,  calculated  to  draw  out 
peccant  humours.  Adv.  -κώς,  Sext. 
Emp. 

'Έ.πίσπαστος,  η,  ov,  {έπισπύω) 
drawn  xipon  one's  self,  έπ.  κακόν.  Od. 
18,  73  ;  24,  462.  — II.  έπ.  βρόχος,  a 
stretched,  tight-drawnnoose,  Eur.  Hipp. 
783. 

Έπίσπαστρον,  ov,  τό,  that  by  which 
one  draws  to  one's  self,  e.  g.  a  rope, 
Diod. :  esp.  =  έπισπαστηρ  :  also  α 
fowler's  snare. — II.  that  which  is  drawn 
over,  a  curtain,  hanging,  LXX. 

Έπισπύω,  fut.  -σπάσω,  [ά],  {έπί, 
σπάω)  to  draic,  drag  after  one,  Hdt.  2, 
121,  4  ;  κόμης,  by  the  hair,  Eur.  Tro. 
882  :  hence  to  bring  on,  cause,  πήματα, 
Aesch.  Pers.  477  ;  to  pull  to,  τι/ν  θν- 
pav,  Xen.  Hell.  6,  4,  36.  Mid.  to 
draw  to  one's  self  win,  κέρδος,  Hdt.  3, 
72  ;  and  so  even  in  act.,  κλέος.  Soph. 
Aj.  769 :  in  genl.  to  get  for  one's  self, 
έπισπΰσθαι  πάγωνα,  to  get  one  a  beard, 
Luc.  :  of  liquids,  to  drain  off  at  a 
draught,  Luc.  :  but  in  pass.,  θάλασσα 
έπισπωμένη  βιαιότερον,  Thuc.  3,  89, 
acc.  to  Schol.,  returning  with  a  rush 
after  having  retired. — II.  to  lead  on, 
draw  on,  την  -ψνχήν.  Plat.  Crat.  420 
A  :  and  so  in  mid.,  Plat.  Legg.  803  Ε  ; 
in  mid.  also  C.  inf.,  to  lead  on,  persuade, 
oblige  to  do.  Thuc.  4,  9  ;  Xen.  Cyr.  5, 
5,  10.  Pass,  to  be  drawn  or  led  on,  en- 
ticed forward,  v.  1.  in  Thuc — III.  to 
overturn,  hence  proverb.,  ολην  την 
ίίμαξαν  έπεσπύσω,  Lat.  plaustrum  per- 
culisti.  —  IV.  έπισπΰσθαι,  in  N.  T., 
and  Joseph.,  to  draw  the  prepuce  for- 
ward, become  as  if  uncircumcised. 

Έπισπεΐν,  inf.  aor.  2  act.  of  έφέπω, 
Hoin. 

Έπισπείρω,  f.  -ερώ,  {έπί,  σπείρω) 
to  sowwith  seed,  τόπον,  Hdt.  7,  115  : 
to  soiv  upon  or  among,  metaph.  έπ. 
/ιομφάν  άλιτροίς,  Pind.  Ν.  8,  07  :  to 
sow  after,  Theophr. 

Έπίσπεισις,  εως,  η,  {έπισπένόω) 
a  libation  over  or  at  a  sacrifice,  Hdt.  2, 
39. 

Έπίσπεισμα,  ατός,  τό,  that  ivhich  is 
poured  upon  a  thing,  esp.  a  libation 
over  an  offering :  metaph.  in  Plut. : 
from 

Έπισπένδω,  f.  -σπείσω,  {έπί,  σπέν- 
όω)  to  pour  out,  upon  or  over,  esp.  as  a 
drink-offering,  έπ.  olvov  έπι  τοϋ 
βωμον,  κατά  της  κεφαλής,  τοΐσι 
ΙροΙσι,  Hdt.  2.  39  ;  4.  62  ;  7, 167  :  ab- 
sol.  to  make  a  libation.  Id.  4,  60,  Acsch. 
Fr.  147:  also  έπ.  δάκρυ,  Theocr.  23, 
38. — II.  in  mid.,  to  make  afresh  treaty, 
Thuc.  5,  22. 

Έπισπερχής,  ες,  hasty,  hurried: 
earnest,  Arist.  Physiogn.  Adv.  -χώς : 
from 

Έπισπέρχω,  {έπί,  σπέρχω)  to  urge 
on,  hasten,  Od.  22,  451  :  έπ.  [ΐππονς'\ 
κέντρω.  II.  23,  430  :  varrv  έρετμοίς. 
Αρ.  lih. :  έπ.  το  πράγαα,  Aesch. 
Theb.  689;  τινά,  Thuc.  4,  12.— II. 
intr.  to  hurry  on,  ύελλαι,  Od.  5,  304. 

'Έπισπέσθαι,  inf.  aor.  2  mid.  of 
έφέπω,  11.  14,  521. 

'Έπισπήδω,  {έπί,  σπεύδω)  to  urge 
on,  help,  further,  opp.  to  άποσπενδο), 
Hdt.  7,  18;  έπ.  τό  δράν.  Soph.  El. 
467 :  c.  dat.  pers..  οίς  μη  φύσις  έπί-• 
σπενσεν,  whom  nature  hath  not  help' 


ΕΠΙΣ 

ed,  Plat.  Legg.  810  Β.— Π.  intr.  to 
hasten  onward,  Eur.  Tro.  1275  :  εις  τι, 
to  be  zealous  for,  aim  at  an  object, 
Bornem.  Xen.  Symp.  7,  4. 

'Έπισπλαγχνίζομαι,  fut.  -ίσομαι, 
{tiii,  σττλαγχνίζομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to 
have  compassion  on  one,  LXX. 

'Έπίσπληνος,  ov,  (επί,  σπ'λην)  dis- 
eased in  the  spleen,  splenetic,  Hipp. 

'Έπισηόμενος,  η,  ov,  part.  aor.  2 
mid.  of  έφέπω,  Horn.,  and  Hdt. 

Έττισπονδή,  ης,  ή,  (έ-ΰΐατζένδομαί) 
a  renewed  or  renewable  truce,  Thuc.  5, 
32,  in  plur. 

ΈτΓίσττορά,  ας,  ή,  {επισπείρω)  a 
sowing  upon  or  m  something  else,  The- 
Opbr.  :  an  after-sowing. 

Έπισπορία,  ας,  7j,—ioreg.,  Hes. 
Op.  444. 

Έπίστϊορος,  ov,  (έπίσττείρω)  sown, 
engendered  afterwards,  oi  ετΐ-,  posterity, 
Aesch.  Eum.  673  ;  tu  έττ.,  vegetables 
sown  for  a  second  crop,  Theoplir. 

Έτησπονδάζο),  f.  -άσω,  (έττί,  σπου- 
δάζω) to  urge  on,  firther,  LXX. — II. 
intr.  to  haste,  make  haste  i?i  a  thing,  Luc. 

Έπίσπω,  ?ις,  7j,  and  -σποιμι,  οΐζ, 
οι,  subj.  and  opt.  aor.  2  act.  of  έφέπω, 
Horn. 

'Έ,πισπώΐ',  ονσα,  όν,  part.  aor.  2 
act.  of  εφέπω. 

'Κπισσαι,  αί,=  έπι.γιγνόμεναι,  He- 
catae.  p.  76,  of.  μέτασσαι. 

Έπίσσείω,  Ep.  for  επισείω,  II. 

Έπισσεύω,  Ep.  for  έπισενω,  Horn. 

'Κπίσσϋτος,  ov,  (έπίσεύω,  έπέσσν- 
uai)  hurrying  on,  rushing,  oi  tears, 
Aesch.  Ag.  887 :  violent,  vehement, 
δναι,  τύχα(,  lb.  1150,  Eum.  924  :  also 
c.  ace,  rushing  upon,  τύς  φρένας,  Eur. 

Hipp.  574.  ,     r.       .       , 

Έπίσσωτρον,  ov,  to,  Ep.  for  επί- 
σωτρον,  11. 

Έπίστα,  2  sing.  pres.  έπίσταμαι 
for  έπίστ'ασαι.  Find.,  and  Aesch. 

Έπίσταγμός,  οϋ,  b,  {επιστάζω)  a 
dripping  ;  a  dropping  or  bleeding  at  the 
nose,  Diosc. 

'Έ,πιστάδόν,  adv.  (έφίσταμαι)  at- 
tentively, zealously,  earnestly,  Od.  12, 
392  ;  13,  54  ;  nor  need  δόρπον  επισ- 
ταδον  ώπλίζοντο,  16,  453,  be  explain- 
ed otherwise. — II.  ^εφεξ?/ς,  one  after 
another,  in  order,  Ap.  Rh. 

'Κτηστύζω,  f.  -στάξω,  (επί,  στάζω) 
to  drop,  make  to  drop  upon  a  thing : 
mctaph.,  ere.  χάριν,  to  shed  delight  or 
honour,  Pmd.  1.  4,  124.  Pass,  to  be 
dropped  on  or  m,  τινί,  Diosc. — II.  in- 
trans.  to  drip,  trickle,  Hipp. 

Έπισταθμάομαι,  {έπί,  σταβμάω) 
dep.,  to  weigh  well,  ponder,  Aesch.  Ag. 
164. 

Έπισταθμεία,  ας,  ή,  v.  1.  for  επι- 
σταβμία,  Diod.,  etc. :  from 

Έπισταθμεύω,  {έπί,  σταθμεύω)  to 
put  up,  lodge  with  one,  to  be  billeted  or 
quartered  upon  him,  Plut. — II.  to  as- 
sign, allot  as  quarters.  Pass,  to  have 
quarters  assigned  one,  Polyb. — 2.  to  be 
allotted  one  as  quarters,  οικία,  Plut. 

ΈπισταΟμία,  ας,  ή,  a  lodging,  Diod. 
— II.  a  liability  to  have  persons  quarter- 
ed on  one,  Cic.  Alt.  13,  52,  2. 

Έπίσταθμος,  ov,  {επί,  σταθμός)  at, 
belonging  to  a  lodging.  Anth.  :  ό  έπίστ. 
a  quartermaster,  Isocr.  65  Ε  :  also  = 
επίσκοπος  2,  έπ.  Καρίας  Id.  74  D. — 
2.  quartered  on  one,  Polyaen. — 11.  TO 
έπ..  a  station. 

'Έπιστΰλύζω,  fut.  -άσω,  Luc,  and 
•λύω,  Leon.  Ύάτ.,^^ επιστάζω. 

Έπίστα'λμα,  ατός,  τό,  (έ.τίστέλΡ,ω) 
that  which  is  appointed,  directed :  a 
commission :  also  α  present.     Hence 

'Έπιστα?ι,τικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to 
commands,  commissioTis  or  letters.  Adv. 
-lidr. 


ΕΠΙΣ 

'Έπίσταμαι,  2  pers.  -ασαι  in  Att.,  I 
but  sometimes  έπίστα,  and  έπίστ?ι,  ι 
Theogn.  1081 :  imperat.  έπίστασο. 
Ion.  έπίσταο,  Hdt.,  Att.  έπίστω  :  im-  I 
perf  ήπιστάμην,  in  Horn,  without 
augm.  έπίστατο:  dep.  c.  fut.  mid. 
έπιστήσομαι,  aor.  pass,  ήπιστήθην. 
To  be  versed,  skilled  in  a  thing,  and  so 
to  be  able,  be  in  a  condition  to  do,  C. 
inf ,  in  Hom.  the  usa.  signf.,  U.  21, 
320,  Od.  13,  207  :  he  has  it  both  of 
mental  ability,  with  jai  φρεσίν,  II.  14, 
92,  Od.  8,  240,  or  Ονμώ,  Od.  4,  730 ; 
and  of  bodily  skill  or  power,  with  χερ- 
σίν,  II.  5,  60. — II.  to  fix  one's  attention 
or  thoughts  on  a  thing,  like  Lat.  ani- 
mum  advertere,  and  so  to  understand, 
know,  be  acquainted  with,  C.  acc.  tpya, 
II.  23,  705,  Od.  2, 117  :  but  this  much 
more  freq.  later  :  so  in  Hdt.  usu.  to  be 
assured  of  a  thing,  believe,  as  3,  140  ; 
6,  139  :  but  in  Att.  usu.  to  know  for 
certain,  knoivirell  (whence  επιστήμη) : 
oft.  strengthd.,  ευ  έπ.,  Hdt.  5,  42, 
σαφώς  έπ.,  Aesch.  Pr.  840,  etc. :  con- 
struct, έ— .  τινά  or  τι,  to  know  a  per- 
son or  thing,  Eur.  Ion  51,  Plat.  Phaed. 
61  B,  etc.  ;  also  έπ.  περί  τίνος,  Hdt. 
2,  3,  Thuc.  6,  60 :  foil,  by  relat.  έπ. 
ότι...,  ώς...,  freq.  in  Hdt. :  c.  part.,  to 
know  that  one  is,  has,  etc.,  as  έπ. 
έχων.  Hdt.  5,  42,  ων,  Soph.  Aj.  1399, 
ct.  Thuc.  2,  44 ;  but  c.  inf,  to  know 
how  to  do,  Eur.  Hipp.  99G,  cf  Kiihner 
Gr.  Gr.  ^  657,  Anm.  2.  We  must  esp. 
notice  the  part.  pres.  επισταμένος,  η, 
ov,  used  quite  as  an  adj.,  knowing, 
skilful,  wise,  in  Horn.  usu.  c.  inf ;  even 
of  a  dancer's  feet,  II.  18,  599  :  also  c. 
gen.  επισταμένης  πο/.έμοιο  φόρμιγ- 
γος.  ΰοιδής.  skilled,  versed  in  them,  11. 
2,  611,Od.  21,  406;  and  c.  ύαΐ.,άκοντι, 
where  βύλ'λειν  peril,  should  be  sup- 
plied, II.  15,  282:  more  freq.  absol. 
knowing,  wise,  Od.  14,  359,  etc.,  like 
έπιστί/μων :  in  Hdt.  it  remains  as  a 
mere  part.,  with  the  construct,  of  the 
verb,  1,  122,  156 :  hence  adv.  επι- 
σταμένως, skilfully,  expertly,  in  a  7nas- 
terly  way.  Hom.  ;  strengthd.  ευ  και 
επισταμένως,  II.  10,  265,  Od.  21,  161 : 
also  inprose,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,3,3.  (Since 
the  Att.  use  έφίστημι  τον  voiv,  like 
έπίσταμαι,  to  attend,  and  observe,  etc., 
some,  as  Passow,  incline  to  consider 
έπίσταμαι  as  an  old  mid.  form  of 
έφίστημι.  Buttm.  however  assumes 
a  distinct  τοοί,^σημι,  οίδα  with  π 
prefixed.) 
'^'Επισταμένως  v.  έπίσταμαι,  at  end. 

Επιστασία,  ας,  ■ή,=  έπίστασίς,  as 
έ?Μσία  for  έΆασις,  (cf  Lob.  Phryn. 
528),  attention,  care,  v.  1.  Arist.  Phy- 
siogn. — II.  oversight,  a  command,  ojjice, 
Plut. 

Έπιστασιάζω,  {έπί,  στασιάζω)  to 
be  restless  about  a  thing.  Sext.  Enip. 

Έπιστάσιης,  ov,  ό,  Ζευς  'Έπ-,  the 
Roman  Jupiter  Stator  in  Plut. :  from 
έφίστημι,  he  that  makes  to  stand  firm. 

Έπίστάσις,  εως,ή,  Α.  {έφίστημι)  a 
stopping,  bringing  to  a  stop,  checking, 
κοιλίας,  Hipp.  B.  {έφίσταμαι)  a  rest- 
ing, staying,  stopping,  esp.  a  halt  in  a 
march,  Xen.  An.  2,  4,  26  :  hence — 2. 
attention,  care,  charge,  Xen.  Mem.  1,  5, 
2  :  diligence,  thought,  Polyb.  ;  anxiety, 
φροντίδων  έπ.,  pressing,  anxious 
thoughts.  Soph.  Ant.  225:  attention, 
respect,  άξιος  έπ.,  Polyb. — 3.  a  begin- 
ning, Id.— II.  the  place  or  dignity  of 
επιστάτης. — III.  a  standing  upon ; 
hence  scum.  Foes.  Oecon.  Hipp. 

'Έπιστατεία,  ας,  ή,  (έπιστατενω) 
=^έπίστασις  II.,  and  III. 

Έπιστΰτέον,  v.  έπιστατητέον. 

'Έ.πιστάτενω,=^•&(\. 

'Έ,πιστΰτέω,  ώ,  to  be  an  επιστάτης, 


ΕΠΙΣ 

have  charge  or  care  of  a  thing,  to  be  set 
over,  τινί.  Soph.  O.  T.  102S.— II.  to  be 
chief  president  in  the  assembly.  At, 
Thesm.  373,  Thuc.  4,  118,  cf  πρύτα- 
νίς. — ΠΙ.  to  stand  by.  be  present,  μάρ- 
τυς εργμασιν  έπ..  Find.  Ν.  7,  71,  also 
c.  acc,  μόχθος  με  έπ..  Soph.  Fr.  163  : 
and  so  to  kelp,  Aesch.  Ag.  1248. 

'Επιστάτη,  ης,  ή,=έπιστάτης  ΠΙ., 
Gramm. 

Έπιστατήρ,  ηρος,  o,=sq. 

Επιστάτης,  ου,  ό,  {έφίσταμαι)  orig. 
07ie  who  co7nes  near,  stands  by,  and  so, 
like  ικέτης,  one  who  approaclics  as  a 
supjpliant,  σος  έπ.,  Od.  17,  455. — 2.  in 
battle-order,  one's  rear  rank  man,  the 
man  behind,  (as  παραστάτης,  the  right 
or  left  hand  man,  προστάτης,  the  front 
rank  man),  Xen.  Cyr.  3,  3,  59,  etc. — 
II.  one  u-ho  is  set  over,  a  chief,  command- 
er, Aesch.  Theb.  815 :  a  master,  lord, 
c.  gen.,  ποιανίων,  αρμάτων,  etc.,  like 
άναξ,  Trag. :  in  prose,  esp.  a  manager, 
superintendant,  overseer.  Plat.,  and 
Xen.  ;  έπ.  άθ7.ων,  president,  steivard 
of  the  games,  Plat.,  and  Xen.— 2.  in 
genl.  a  cliief  inagistrate ;  esp.  at  Ath 
ens,  the  chief  President  of  the  έκκ?.η 
σία,  Xen.,  and  Dem.,  cf  πρύτανις' 
an  overseer,  commissioner  of  any  pub- 
lic works  or  offices,  Oratt.,  v.  BiJckh 
P.  E.  1,  2ΤΖ.—1\1.=  ιπνο7Λβης,  the 
caldron  for  the  hot  bath  {which  stands 
over  the  fire),  also  χα/.κείον,  Ar.  Av. 
436  ubi  V.  Schol. ;  though  others  say 
it  is  a  clay  image  of  Vulcan  placed 
there  as  tutelai-y  god,  cf  Casaub. 
Theophr.  Char.  9 :  acc.  to  Bockh 
Inscr.  1,  p.  20, ^υποστάτης,  ϋπύστα- 
701•,  the  tripod  on  which  a  vessel  for 
liquid  stood.  B.  {έπίσταμαι)=:  επι- 
στήμων, dub.  [α] 

'Επιστατητέον,  verb.  adj.  from 
έπιστατέω,  one  must  ordain,  command. 
Plat.  Rep.  401  B,  where  some  MSS 
read  έπιστατέον,  cf  Lob.  Phryn.  766. 

Έπιστάτικός,  ή,  όν,  {επιστάτης) 
standing  quiet. — II.  of,  belonging  te 
government  or  majiagement ;  ή  -κή,  Sub 
επιστήμη,  Plat.  Polit.  292  B.  Adv. 
-κώς. 

'Επιστάτις,  ιδος,  ή,  fem.  from  επι- 
στάτης, [ΰ] 

Έπίστάτον,ου,τό,=  έπιστάτης111. 

Έπιστΰχνω,  {έπί,  στάχνς)  to  shoot, 
sprout  out,  strictly  of  corn ;  metaph. 
of  the  beard,  Ap.  Rh.  [ΰ] 

Έπιστέαται,  Ion.  for  έπίστανται. 

'Επιστεγάζω,  f.  -άσω,  {έπί,  στε- 
γάζω) to  cover,  roof  over,  Ctes. 

Έπιστείβω,  {έπί,  στείβω)  to  tread 
upon,  stand  upon,  τόπον.  Soph.  O.  C.  56. 

Έπιστείριος,  ov,  {έπί,  στείρα)  on, 
or  at  the  στείρα. 

Έπιστείχω,  {έπί,  στείχω)  to  go  to, 
along  or  over. 

Έπιστέ/.λω,  f.  -ε?.ώ,  {έπί,  στέλλω) 
to  send  to,  tell  by  letter  or  message,  τι, 
Eur.  I.  T.  770,  Thuc. ;  in  genl  to  bid, 
enjoin,  command,  τινί  τι,  Thuc  5,  37  ; 
τινά  τι,  Xen.  Cyr.  2,  4.  32  ;  also  c. 
inf,  ejr.  τινΙ  άπίστασθαι,  Hdt.  6,  3, 
Thuc,  etc. :  also,  e;r.  τινά  ποιείν, 
Xen.  Cyr.  5,  5,  1 :  in  pass.,  έπεσταλ- 
TO  oi..,  C  inf.,  he  had  received  orders 
to  do,  Hdt.  4, 131,  cf  Ae.sch.  Ag.  908  : 
τά  έπεσταλμένα,  orders  given.  Id.  Cho. 
779,  etc. — 2.  to  order  by  tiill,  Xen.  Cyr. 
7,  3,  14,  cf  Valck.  Hipp.  858.-3.  in 
genl.  to  announce,  give  information,  περί 
τίνος,  Thuc.  8,  38  ;  also  έπ.  ότι..,  lb. 
99. — II.  later,  to  write  letters,  τινι  περί 
τίνος.  Plut.,cf  επιστολή. — ΙΠ.^σΐ'σ- 
7ί'Λ/.ω,  to  draw  in,  tighten,  φάρος,  Anth. 

Έπιστενάζω, f.  -άξω,  {έπί.  στενάζω) 
to  groan  over,  τινί,  Aesch.  Pers.  727. 

Έπιστενΰχίζω,  =  έπιστένω,  Hes. 
Th.  843. 

525 


ΕΠΙΣ 

'E-iaT€vax(j,=  sq.  :  and  in  mid. 
έπιστενάχομαι,  II.  4,  154.  [ΰ] 

νΕττίστει-ος,  ov,  {Ι-τΐί,  στενός)  some- 
what narrow,  small,  Alist.  H.  A. 

Έττιστένω,  {έπί,  στένω)  to  groan, 
sigh  over  or  at,  Hes.  Th.  679. 

Έ^ΐΐστεφΰΐ'όω,  ώ,  (έίΤί,  στεφανόω) 
to  deck  with  a  garland,  to  crown,  C.  acc, 
Find.  O.  9,  fin. 

Έ-ίστεφής,  ες,  in  Horn,  only  in 
phrase,  κρητηρας  έπιστεφέας  olvoio, 
goblets  crowned  tvith  ivine,  i.  e.  full  to 
the  brim,  brimming  over,  II.  8.  2.T2,  Od. 
2,  431,  cf.  επιστέφω:  Archil.  Fr.  21, 
calls  Thasos  ν/.τ/ς  έτηστεφ/ζς,  full, 
covered  with  wood  :   from 

'Επιστέφω,  {επί,  στέφω)  strictly, 
to  surround  ivith  or  as  with  a  chaplet :  in 
Horn,  always  in  mid.,  κρητηρας  έπε- 
στέψαντο  ποτοϊο,  filled  them  brimming 
high  with  wine,  li.  1,  470,  Od.  1,  1 18, 
etc.,  cf.  Ath.  13  D,  074  E,  for  it  has 
nothing  to  do  with  the  later  practice 
of  crowning  the  cup  with  flowers,  as 
Virg.  seems  to  take  it,  Aen.  3,  525 : 
metaph.,  χοας  έπ.  τινί,  to  offer  liba- 
tions as  an  honour  or  ornameut  to  the 
dead.  Soph.  El.  441. 

Έπιστέωνται,  Ion.  3  plur.  subj. 
from  έπίσταμαι,  for  ^πίστωνταί. 

Έπίστίΐ,  2  sing.  pres.  έπίσταμαι, 
for  έπίστασαι. 

Έηΐστ7]θίζομαι,  as  pass,  {έπί,  στή- 
θος) to  lean  one's  breast  on,  LXX. 

'Επιστήθιος,  ov,  {έπί,  στήϋος)  on  or 
close  to  the  breast,  of  a  bosom  friend, 
Eccl. 

Έπιστηλόω,  ώ,  {έπί,  στηλόω)  to 
erect  as  a  column  on  a  place,  Leon. 
Tar.  92. 

Έπίστημα,ατος,τό,  (έφίστημι)  any 
thing  set  up  or  erected,  e.  g.  a  monu- 
ment over  a  grave.  Plat.  Legg.  958  E. 

'Επιστήμη,  ης,  ή,  {έπίσταμαι)  ac- 
quaintance, positive  knowledge.  Soph.  O. 
f.  1115:  understanding,  skill,  experi- 
ence, e.  g.  in  archery,  Soph.  Phil. 
1057,  in  war.  Thuc.  1,  121  :  in  genl. 
skill,  knowledge,  wisdom.  Soph.  Ant. 
721. — 2.  scientific  knowledge,  science, 
opp.  to  τέχνη,  Flat.,  and  Arist.,  v.  esp. 
Eth.  N.  6,  3  :  and  in  plur.,  the  sciences, 
oft.  in  Plat. 

Έπίστημι,  Ion.  for  έφίστημι. 
— Έπιστημηναρχέω,  ώ,  to  be  master 
of  science :  from 

Έπιστημονύρχης,  ου,  6,  (επιστή- 
μων, άρχω)  a  master  of  science. 

'Επιστημονικός,  ή,  όν,  of,  belong- 
ing to,  connected  ivith  knowledge  :  pos- 
sessed of  or  busied  with  it,  Arist.  Eth. 
N.     Adv.  -κώς. 

Έπίστημος,ον,=  επιστήμων,  know- 
ing, skilful,  c.  gen.  rei,  Hipp. 

'Επιστημοσύνη,  ης,  ΐ],  poet,  for  επι- 
στήμη, and  somelimes  found  even  in 
prose,  Diog.  L.  4,  13  :  from 

'Επιστήμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  {έπί- 
σταμαι) wise,  prudent,  έπ.  βουλί)  τε 
νόω  τε,  Od.  16,  374 :  skilled  in,  ac- 
quainted with  a  thing,  c.  gen.,  κακών, 
Soph.  Fr.  514  ;  της  βα'/ύσσης,  Thuc. 
1,  142;  also  περί  τίνος  or  περί  τι. 
Plat.,  τι,  Xen. :  in  genl.  learned,  well 
instructed;  able,  c.  inf.,  Xen.  Oec.  19, 
16.     Adv.  -μόνως,  Plat. 

^Έπιστήριγμα,  ατός,  τύ,  a  support ; 
from 

Έπιστηρίζυ,  f.  -ξω,  {έπί,  στηρίζω) 
to  make  to  lean,  prop  on,  τί  τινι,  Opp. : 
usu.  in  pass,  to  lean  upon  a  thing,  Arist. 
Probl.,  έπί  τι,  LXX. 

Έπιστητέον,  verb.  adj.  from  έπί- 
σταμαι, one  must  know. 

'Επιστητικός,  ή,  όν,  {έπίσταμαι) 
of,  belonging  to  knowledge,  Clem.  Al. 

Έπιστητός,  ή,  όν,  {έπίσταμαι)  that 
;α)ΐ  be  scientifically  known,   Plat. :  τΰ 
526 


ΕΠΙΣ 

έττιστ.,  that  which  is  the  subject  of  sci- 
ence, opp.  to  δοξαστόν,  Arist.  Eth.  N. 

Έπιστιγμή,  ης,  ν,  a  point  or  dot 
upon  a  thing:  froni 

Έπιστίζω,  f.  -ξω,  {έπί,  στίζω)  to 
mark  loith  dots  or  spots  on  the  surface, 
to  speckle :  pass,  to  be  spotted  or  speckled, 
Theophr. — II.  to  put  a  point  or  stop  in 
writing. 

ΈπιστΙλβω,  {έπί,  στίλβω)  to  glis- 
ten on  the  surface,  Plut. 

Έπίστιος,  ov,  {έπί,  ίστίη)  Ion.  for 
έόίστιος,  q.  v. :  hence — 2.  ή  έπ.,  sub. 
κύ7.ιξ,  a  kind  of  cup  or  drinking  vessel, 
Bergk  Anacr.  Fr.  90. — II.  το  έπίστιον, 
as  subst.,  in  Horn.,  a  dock  or  shed  where 
ships  were  laid  up,  v.  Nitzsch.  Od.  6, 
2G5. =^νεώςοίκος. 

Έ,πιστοβέω,  ώ,  {έπί,  στοβέω)  to 
mock,  jeer,  scoff  at,  Ap.  Rh. 

Έπιστοιβάζω,  {έπί,  στοιβάζω)  to 
heap,  pile  up,  pack  together,  LXX. 

Έπιστολύόην,  adv.,  {έπιστέλλω 
III.)  girt  up,  neatly,  of  dress,  Hes.  Sc. 
287,  usu.  ανεσταλμένως.  [a] 

Έπιστολενς,  έως,  6,  {έπιστο7.ή)  a 
letter  writer,  secretary,  Xen.  Hell.  1,  1, 
23. — II.  an  admiral  second  in  command, 
vice-admiral,  lb.  2,  1,  7:  he  was  prob. 
also  the  secretary,  and  had  his  power 
in  virtue  of  this  office,  cf.  έπιστο7αα- 
φόρος. 

Επιστολή,  ης,  ή,  {έπιστέλλω)  any 
thing  sent  by  a  inessenger,  a  messa<^e, 
command,  commission,  whether  verbal 
or  in  writing,  cf.  Thuc.  7,  11,  \vith 
7,  8,  and  cf  Thirlw.  Hist.  Gr.  4,  p.  419  : 
in  genl.  a  command,  injunction,  intima- 
tion, Wess.  Hdt.  4,  10 :  esp.  a  dying 
injunction,  last  ivill,  V.  Valck.  Hi[>p. 
858  :  έξ  έπιστο7.ής,  by  command,  Hdt. 
6,  50  :  but  most  usu. — 2.  a  letter,  Lat. 
epistola,  Thuc,  etc. ;  also  in  plur.  of 
one  letter,  like  τα  γράμματα,  Lat.  lit- 
erae,  Eur.  I.  A.  Ill,  etc.,  cf.  Schiif. 
Plut.  6,  p.  4G6. 

Έπιστο'λιϊιφόρος,  ov,  {έπιστό?Λον, 
φέρω)  bringing  letters.- — II.  as  subst.^ 
έπιστολενς  II.,  Xen.  Hell.  6,  2.  25. 

Έπιστο?.ικός,  ή,  όν,  {επιστολή) 
epistolary,  of.  belonging  to  letters,  Dem. 
Phal. 

Έπιστολιμαΐος,  ov,  {έπιστη?ιή)  in, 
by  letter  or  u-riting :  δυνάμεις  έπ.,  pa- 
per-armies,  forces  that  seem  formidable 
on  paper,  Dem.  45,  12. 

Έηΐστολιογράφος,  ον,^^έ πιστο/Μ- 
γράφος :  from 

ψJπιστό?.ιov,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  επι- 
στολή. 

Έπιστο?ιθγρ(1φικός,  ή,  όν,  belong- 
ing to,  used  in.  writing  letters,  Clem.  ΑΙ., 
of  .(Egyptian  writing,  prob.  the  demo- 
tic of  Hdt.  2,  36,  cf.  Miiller  Archiiol. 
d.  Kunst  (^  216,  4 :  from 

'Έ.πιστολογράφος.  ov,  {έπιστο?•,ή, 
γράφω)  writing  letters,  6  έπιστ.,  a  sec- 
retary, Polyb.  [a] 

ΈπLστoμaτίζω,=  sc[.,  Philo. 

Έπιστομίζω,  f.  -ίσω  Att.  -ιώ,  {έπί, 
στόμα)  to  bridle,  and  so  manage  a  horse : 
metaph.  to  curb  or  muzzle,  silence,  check, 
Ar.  Eq.  845,  and  in  pass..  Plat.  Gorg. 
482  E. — II.  of  flute-players,  εαυτόν, 
to  put  on  the  φορβειά  (q.  v.). — III.  to 
trip,  throw  down  on  his  face,  τινά,  Luc. 

Έπιστόμιον,  ον,τό{στόμα,  έπιστο- 
μίζω) the  bit  of  a  bridle. — II.  the  cock  of 
a  water-pipe,  also  έπιτόνιον,  Vitruv. 

^Επιστομίς,  ίδος,  ^,=  foreg. 

Έπιστόμισαα,  ατός,  τό,^έπιστό- 
ULov  :  in  genl.  a  muzzle,  restraint,  Jo- 
seph. 

νΕπιστομιστέον,  verb.  adj.  from 
έπιστοιύζω,  one  must  stop  the  mouth, 
Clem.  Al. 

^Επιστυνάχέω,  ώ,  =:  έπιστένω,  of 
the  waves,  II.  24,  79 


ΕΠ1Σ 

'E7rt<TToa'uy4"u,=foreg.  with  v.  1. 
-στεναχίζω,  Hes.  Th.  843. 

Έπιστορένννμι,  shorter  έπιστόρ- 
ινμι,  also  έπιστρώννϋμι,  f.  -στρώσω, 
{έπί,  στορένννμι)  to  strsv,  spread  out 
upon  a  thing,  Od.  14,  50,  in  tmesis. 

Έπιστρατύομαι,  rare  form  for  επι- 
στρατεύω, Nonn. 

Έπιστρΰτεία,  ας,  Ion.  -ηίη.  ης,  ή,  a 
march,  expedition  against  one,  Hdt.  9,  3. 

Έπιστράτενσις,  εως,  7;,=:foreg., 
Hdt.  3,  4  :  from 

Επιστρατεύω,  {έπί,  στρατεύω)  to 
march,  makewarupon, τινί,  Eur.  Bacch. 
784 ;  absol.,  Aesch.  Pers.  780,  Soph. 
Aj.  1056.  But  in  prose  usu.  in  mid., 
έπιστρατεύεσθαι  έπ'  ΑΙγυπτον,  Hdt. 
3,  107  ;  but  usu.  c.  dat.,  Eur.,  Thuc, 
etc. 

Έπιστράτηγος,  ου,  ό,  {έπί,  στρατη- 
γός) α  chief  commander,  Bockh  Inscr. 
2,  p.  236. 

'Επιστρα,τηιη,  ης,  η.  Ion.  for  έπι- 
στρατεία,  Hdt. 

Έπιστρΰτοπεδεία,  ας, ή,  an  encamp- 
ing over  against  an  enemy,  marching 
against  hitn,  Polyb.  :  from 

ΈπιστρΓιτοπεόεύω,  {έπί,  στρατο- 
πεδεύω) strictly,  to  encamp  over  against 
an  enemy,  Polyb. :  in  genl.  to  make  war 
upon,  πάλει,  Xen. 

ΡΕπίστρατος,  ov,  a,  Epistratus,  an 
Acarnanian,  commander  of  cavalrv, 
Polyb. 

'Επιστράφής,  ές,^=έπιστρεφής, dnh. 

Έπιστρεπτικός,ή,  όν,  {επιστρέφω) 
that  makes  one  turn  and  look,  striking. 

Έπίστρεπτος,  ov,  (επιστρέφω)  to 
be  turned  towards,  looked  at  and  admired, 
αιών,  Aesch.  Cho.  350  ;  ώραν  έπ.  βρο- 
τοϊς.  Id.  Supp.  997. — II.  that  can  be 
turned  round,  versatile.  Math.  Vett. 

Έπιστρέφεια,  ας,  ή,  the  character  of 
an  έπιστρεφής,  attention,  diligence,  ac- 
curacy, Eccl. :  from 

Έπιστρεφής,  ές,  fixing  one's  eyes  on 
a  thing  :  hence  attentive,  careful,  sharp, 
shrewd,  Xen.  Adv.  -φώς.  Ion.  -φέως, 
earnestly,  sharply,  ειρετο  έπ.,  Hdt.  1, 30, 
έπ.  και  (ιητορικώς  φήσονσι,  Acschin. 
10,30,cf.  sq.  \\ ,έπίστροφος. — II.  turn- 
ed, twisted :  metaph.  crafty,  Dion.  H. 
— 2.  turned,  modulated,  varied,  φωνή, 
Arist.  H.  A. 

'Επιστρέφω,  f.  -ψω,  {έπί,  στρέφω) 
to  turn,  draw,  direct  towards,  only  once 
in  Hom.,  11.3,  370:  έπιστρ.  τόηβοςκα- 
τύ  τίνα,  to  turn  one's  attention  to  one, 
Theogn.  213. — 2.  to  turn  about,  turn, 
νώτον,  Orac.  ap.  Hdt.  7,  141,  κάρα. 
Eur.,  etc. — 3.  to  turn,  convert,  esp.  from 
an  error,  to  correct,  make  to  repent,  Luc. 
- — 1.  to  curve,  twist,  οδύνη  σε  προς  τά 
σπ?.άγχν'  έπιστρέφειν  δοκεί,  Ar.  Plut. 
1131  :  and  so  in  pass,  of  hair,  to  curl, 
Arist.  Probl. — II.  mid.  επιστρέφομαι, 
c.  aor.  2  pass.,  to  turn  one's  self  round, 
Hipp.  :  to  turn  and  look  about,  Eur. 
Ale.  187:  to  go  back  and  forwards,  H. 
Horn.  27,  10,  et  c.  acc,  γαιαν  επι- 
στρέφεται, xvanders  orcr  the  earth,  with 
collat.  signf.  of  observing,  studying  it, 
Hes.  Th.  753,  Theogn.  618 ;  so,  έπ. 
ορέων  κορνφάς,  Anacr.  2,  cf.  έπιστρω- 
φάω. — 2.  to  turn  one's  self  back,  come  to 
one's  self,  Hdt.  1,  88:  also  to  return, 
retract  or  repent,  Dem.  665,  5  ;  δόξα 
τηδ'  επεστράφη.  Soph.  Ant.  1111. — 3. 
to  turn  back  the  head,  look  back,  Hdt.  3, 
156  :  hence  to  pay  attention  to,  regard, 
Lat.  observare,  Tivor,  Theogn.  440, 
Soph.  Phil.  599;  έπ'ί  τινι.  Dem.  133, 
24  ;  c.  acc,  to  attend,  allude  to,  mean, 
Eur.  Andr.  1030. — 4.  to  tvrn  into,  visit, 
Lat.  deverti,  εις  χώραν,  Xen.  Oec.  4, 
13. — III.  intr.  in  act.,  to  turn  about,  turn 
one's  self  in  any  direction,  Hdt.  2,  103, 
5nd  Att.,  and  "freq.  in  N.  T.  both  in 


ΕΠΙΣ 

strict  and  metaph.  signf. :  where  εαυ- 
τόν is  usu.  supplied.— IV.  part.  perf. 
pass,  έ— ear  βαμμένος,  ένη,  ένον,ζ=ε~ί- 
στρεζ>ήζ,  earnest,  pressing,  vehement, 
y.byoL  i-,  Wess.  Hdt.  7,  160;  8,  62, 
cf.  Ε-ιστροόή,  έπιστρεφέως. 

'Έττισ-ρογγνλλω,  {επί,  στρογγν?,- 
/ω)  to  make  round,  ^^ic.,  in  pass. 

Έπιστρήγγνλος,  ov,  {επί,  στρογ- 
yv'/Μς)  rounded,  roundish,  Arist.  H.  A. 

Έττίστροφύό)]!',  adv.,  {έτηστρέφω) 
turning  this  ivay  and  that  tcay,  all  round, 
in  Horn,  with  κτείνειν  and  τνπτειν, 
to  deal  blows  on  every  side,  11.  10, 
453 ;  21,  20,  etc.,  or,  ace.  to  others,= 
έπιστρεφώς,  zealously,  furiously  :  but 
in  phrase,  err.  βαόίζειν,  to  wander 
about,  back  and  forwards,  H.  Horn. 
Merc.  210.  [a] 

Έττισ-ροφενς,  έως,  ό,  strictly  the 
turner,  pivot :  hence  the  first  of  the  ver- 
tebrae of  the  neck. 

Επιστροφή,  ης,  y,  {επιστρέφω)  a 
turning  towards,  wheeling  about,  return 
to  the  attack,  esp.  in  military  evolu- 
tions. Soph.  O.  C.  1045,  cf.  537  ;  also 
of  ships,  a  tacking,  putting  about,  Thuc. 
2,  91  ;  so,  έξ  επιστροφής,  Hipp. — II. 
{επιστρέφομαι)  a  turning  out,  result, 
end.  Polyb. — 2.  attention,  care,  notice, 
θέσβαι  έ-.  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  134 :  μή  τις 
επιστροφή  γενηται,  lest  some  notice 
be  taken,  esp.  by  \vay  of  punishment, 
Thuc.  2,  91. — 3.  amoving  about,  up  and 
down  in  a  place,  usu.  in  plur.,  ι^ωμά- 
τωνεπιστροφαί.  the  occupation  oii\ien\, 
Aesch.  Theb.  648 ;  but  of  duties  of 
hospitality,  Eum.  548  :  οίσιν  ουκ  έπι- 
στροφαί,  men  who  have  no  business 
here,  Eur.  Hel.  440:  hence,  βούνομοι 
ετΐ.,  places  where  the  cattle  wander, 
pastures,  meadows,  Aesch.  Fr.  233. — 
4.  a  straining,  intentness,  vehemence, 
λόγου,  opp.  to  ΰβρότης,  Philostr. 

Έπιστρόφησις,  εως,  ή,  a  turning, 
revolution,  xncissitude,  Onat.  ap.  Stob. 
Eel.  1,  94. 

Έπιστροφία,  ας,  ή,  epith.  of  Aphro- 
dite, Venus  Verticordia,  Paus. 

Έπιστροφίδες,  ων,  αϊ,  curls,  twisted 
hair. 

'Έ,πίστροφος,  ov,  {ε~ιστρέφω)  hav- 
ing dealings,  conversant  xvilh,  C.  gen., 
έπ.  ίιι-ϋρώπων,  Od.  1,  177  :  and  so  v. 
I.  for  επίσκοπος,  Od.  8,  163  :  so,  επ. 
τινός,  concerned  luith  or  in  it,  Aesch. 
Ag.  397.  In  ζ&Ά\.^έπιστρεφής,  esp. 
curved,  Ap.  Rh.  Adv.  -φως,  diligent- 
ly, Ephipp.  Geryon.  2,  10. 

ΥΕπίστροόος,  ov,  a,  Epislrdphus, 
son  of  Iphitus,  leader  of  the  Phocians 
in  the  Trojan  war,  11.  2,  516.— 2.  an 
ally  of  the  Trojans  from  Alybe,  II.  2, 
856. — 3.  son  of  Euenus,  king  of  Lyr- 
nessus,  II.  2,  692. — 4.  an  Epidamnian, 
Hdt.  G,  127. 

Επίστρωμα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which  is 
spread  or  laid  on  a  thing :  from 

Έπιστρώννϋμι,  and  νύω.  f.  -στρώ- 
σω, and  in  Luc.  -στρωνννσω,=:έπι- 
στορέννυμι,  to  spread,  strew  over,  yy 
νιφετόν,  Luc :  to  saddle,  δνον,  Jo- 
seph. 

Έπιστρυφάω,  ώ,  poet,  for  επιστρέ- 
φω. In  Horn,  only  like  mid.  iπιστpέ- 
φομαι,  C.  ace,  to  visit,  frequent  a  place, 
βεοΙέπιστρωφώσιπό'λ?ιας, haunt  them, 
ud.  17,  486,  H.  Merc.  44.  In  mid.  to 
go  in  and  out,  occupy  one's  house,  Aesch. 
Ag.  972:  also  to  come  to,  Eur.  Med. 
666. 

Έπιστνγής,  ες,  {επί,  στνγέω)  abom- 
inated, odious,  Clem.  Al. 

Έπιστνγνάζω,  {έπί.  στυγνάζω)  to 
he  sorrouful,  annoyed _at  a  thing. — II. 
trans,  to  annoy,  vex. 

''Επισ~ν?:ΐον,  ου,  τό,  {επί,  στϋλος) 
the  lintel  which  joins  the  tops  of  pillars, 


ΕΠΙΣ 

the  architrave,  or  the  whole  entablature, 
Plut.  [v] 

'Έπιστνφω,  f.  -ψω,  {έπί,  στύφω)  to 
draw  up.  contract,  as  some  things  do 
the  mouth,  χείλος,  Nic. :  metaph.  to 
be  harsh  or  austere.  [C] 

Έπιστωμύλλομαι,  as  mid.,  {έπί, 
στωμί'/.λω)  ίο  rival  in  fun  and  non- 
sense, Tivi. 

νΈπίστωρ,  ορός,  ό,  Epistor,  a  Trojan 
slain  by  Patroclus,  II.  16,  695. 

Έπισνγκάμπτω,  {έπί,  σνγκάμπτω) 
to  bend  together,  curve  at  or  in  a  place, 
Hipp. 

Έπισυγκροτέω.ώ,  {έπί,  σνγκροτεω) 
to  collect  again,  to  rally  soldiers,  Joseph. 
ΙΈπισυγκρούω,  fut.  •σω,  {έπί,  συγ- 
κρούω) to  strike  together  upon,  to  come 
in  contact  with,  Dio  C. 

^Έπισνγχέω,  f.  -χενσω,  {έπί,  συγ- 
χέω) to  pour  together,  mingle,  bleivd, 
besides,  in  pass.,  Philo. 

'^Έπισνζενγννμι,=σνζεύγννμι,θ3.1. 
Hence 

ΤΕπισυζϋγής,  ες,  yoked  together,  uni- 
ted, Tivi,  Iambi. 

Έπισϋκοφαντέω,  ώ.  (έπί,  σνκοφαν- 
τέω)  to  harass  yet  more  ivith  frivolous 
accusations,  Hyperid.  ap.  Poll.  8,  31. 

Έπισυ/.7έγω,  {έπί,  σν7.?.έγοι)  to 
dra  w  together  besides  or  to  a  place,  LMosc. 

Έπισν?.?.7ΐ-ύ•ις,  εως,  ή,  {έπί,  συλ7.ιιμ- 
βάνω)  α  second  conception,  Lat.  super- 
foetntio.  Medic. 

Επισυμβαίνω,  f.  -βήσομαι,  {έπί, 
συα'^αίνω)  to  happen  besides  or  ajlcr, 
Arist.  Rhet.  Al. 

^Επισνμμΰχία,  ας,  η,  {έπί,  συμμα- 
χία.) an  alliance  against  a  common  ene- 
my. Epist.  Phil.  ap.  Dem.  160,  13. 

Έπισνμμύω,  {έπί,  σνμμνω)  to  close 
up,  shut  upon  a  thing,  Theophr. 

'Ε,πισνμπίπτω,  f.  -πεσοϋμαι,  {έπί, 
συμπίπτω)  to  fall  out,  chance  besides  or 
in  addition  to,  τινί,  Joseph,  [i] 

Έπισυνάγω,  f.  -άξω,  (έπί,  συνάγω) 
to  gather  together  again,  collect  and  bring 
to  a  place,  Polyb.  [a]  :  hence 

Έπισνναγωγή,  ϊ/ς,  ?/,  α  gathering 
together  to  a  place,  ]N .  T. 

Έπισυναθροίζω,  {έπί,  συναθροίζω) 
to  collect  besides. 

'Ύ,πισνναινέω,  ω,  {έπί,  συναινέω) 
to  give  one's  assent,  adJiesion  to,  τινί, 
Joseph. 

Επισυνάπτω,  {έπί,  συνάπτω)  to 
join  on,  subjoin,  τί  Tim,  Polyb. — 2.  = 
σννάπτειν,  μάχην,  Diod. 

^Έπισννάρχομαι,  {έπί,  σννάρχω)  to 
begin  along  with,  Hippod.  ap.  Stob. 

Έπισννδεσις,  εως,  η,  {έπισυνδέω) 
a  joining,  conjunction,  Plut. 

Έπισυνδέω,  f.  -δήσω,  {έπί,  συνδέω) 
to  bind,  tie  up  the  fa.^ter,  τήν  άπορίαν 
μΰλ7.ον  έπ.,  to  increase  the  difficulty, 
Theophr. 

Έπισυνδίδωμι,  f.  -δώσω,  {έπί,  σνν- 
δίδωμι)  to  sprout,  burst  forth  into  one 
place,  Plut. 

Έπισύνειμι,  {έπί,  σύν,  εΙμι)  to  come 
together  again  or  to  a  place,  Dion.  H. 

Έπισύνειμι,  {έπί,  συν,  ειμί)  to  be 
together  at  a  place. 

Έπισυνεργέω,  ω,  {έπί,  συνεργέω) 
to  help  to  effect,  contribute,  προς  τι, 
Eur>-pham.  ap.  Stob.  p.  556,  30. 

Έπισυνέχω,  {έπί,  συνέχω)  γυναίκα, 
to  take  to  one's  self  Ά  wife,  LXX. 

Έπισύνθεσις,  εως,  ή,  {έπισνντί- 
θημι)  α  putting  together  upon  or  besides, 
an  addition. 

ίΈπισυί'θετικός,  ή,  όν,  adapted  to 
putting  together,  uniting.  Gal.  Adv. 
-κώς,  Sext.  Emp. :  from 

'Επισύνθετος,  ov,  {έπισνντίθημι) 
put  together,  compound,  like  σύνθετος, 
Clem.  Al. 

Έπισννθήκτ},  ης,  η,  {έπί,  συνθήκη) 


ΕΠΙΣ 

an  additional  article  to  a  treaty,  USU.  in 
plur.,  like  έπισπονδαί,  Polyb. 

Έπισυνίστημι,  f.  -σνστήσίο.  {έπί, 
σννίστημι)  to  set  together  or  against, 
τινά  Tivi. — II.  mid.  c.  aor.  2  et  pf. 
act.,  to  conspire  and  resist,  Plut. — 2.  to 
come  together,  finite. —  3.  to  grow  to- 
gether, come  to  a  head,  Diosc. 

Έπισυννέω,  and  -νήω,  {έπί,  συννέω) 
to  pile  up,  lay  together,  Dio  C. 

Έπισυνοικίζω,  {έπί,  συνοικίζω)  to 

bring  new  colonists  into  a  place,  Strab. 

^Έπισνντάσσω,  {έπί,  συντάσσω)  to 

put  together  in  order  against,  to  form 

against,  τινί,  Joseph. 

Έπισυντείνω,  {έπί,  συντείνω)  to 
extend,  distend  exceedingly,  Hipp.,  in 
pass. 

Έπισνντίθημι,  f.  -θήσω,  {έπί,  σνν• 
τίθημι)  to  add  besides,  Clem.  Al. 

'Έ,πισνντρέχω,  {έπί,  συντρέχω)  to 
run  together  to  a  place,  N.  T. 

Έπισυνωβέω,  ώ,^σννωθέω,  Epi- 
cur.  ap.  Diog.  L.  10,  104. 

ΈJπισϋρίζω,=  sq.  Ael. 

Έπισϋρίσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  f.  -ξω,  {έπί, 
σνρίζω)  to  hiss,  whistle  at  a  thing,  to 
make  a  signal  by  screaming,  Arist. 
H.  A. 

Έπίσνρμα,  ατός,  τό,  {επισύρω)  any 
thing  trailed  after  one  ;  a  trail,  train  of 
a  svaktf.  Hipp. :  the  furrow  or  track 
made  by  dragging  a  thing,  Xen.  Cyn. 
9,  jy. — II.  drawling,  laziness. 

Έπισνρμός,  ov, ό,  {επισύρω)  a  drag- 
ging, trailing. — II.  laziness,  negligence, 
Polyi). — III.  mockery,  satire. 

Έπισυρρέω,  f.  -βεΰσομαι.{έπί,  cru/i- 
/)έω)  to  flow  together,  Strab. :  hence 

'Επισν/ιβοή,  ης,  ή,  and  έπισύρροια, 
ας,  a  conflux,  Ael. 

Επισύρω,  {έπί,  σύρω)  to  drag  or 
trail  after  one,  in  a  lazy,  listless  way, 
τά  οπίσθια  έπ.,  of  a  sick  horse,  Arist. 
H.  A. :  so  too  in  mid.,  of  young  hares, 
T(i  07. a  (sc.  σώματα)  έπισνρόμενοι, 
Xen.  Cyn.  5,  13 ;  χιτώνα  έπισύρεσ- 
θαι,  Luc.  :  hence — II.  to  do  any  thing 
in  a  slovenly,  careless  way,  hence  to 
slur  over,  evade  intentionally,  Lys.  175, 
1 8 ;  and  so  abso]..  επισύροντες  έρονσι, 
will  speak  confusedly,  that  they  may 
not  be  understood,  £)eni.  Lept.  p.  496, 
23,  ubi  v.  Wolf:  also  intr.,  έπ.  έν 
ταΐς  πράξεσι,  to  be  negligent,  Μ. 
Anton. :  in  this  signf.  esp.  in  part.  pf. 
pass.,  γράμματα  έπισεσνρμένα, sloven- 
ly, hastily  written,  Luc.  :  but  το  έπί- 
σεσ.  τον  λόγου,  α  flowing,  diffuse  style, 
Lat.  fusa  et  tracta  oratio,  Cic.  Adv. 
έπισεσυρμένως,  carelessly,  Epict.   [i"] 

Έπισύστΰσις,  εως,  ή,  {έπισννίστα- 
μαι)  α  gathering,  riotous  meeting,  Ν.  Τ. : 
α  faction,  Joseph. 

Έπισυστέ7.7.ω,  {έπί,  σνστέ77.ω)  to 
draw  together  to  a  head,  Arist.  Rhet. 

Έπισυστρέφω,  {έπί,  συστρέοω)  to 
gather,  collect  to  one  head,  LXX. 

Έπίσυχνος,  ov,  {έπί,  συχνός)  suffi- 
ciently often,  Hipp. 

Έπισφΰγεύς,  έως,  ό,  v.  1.  for  έπί- 
σφαγιενς,  Hipp. 

Έπισφΰγιάζομαι,^έπισόάζω,  susp. 

Έπισφάγιεύς,  έως,  ό,  {έπί,  σφαγή) 
the  hollow  in  the  neck  where  the  butch- 
er's kr,ife  is  put  in,  also  έπισόαγενς, 

Έπισφύζω,  f.  -ξω,  {έπί,  σφάζω)  to 
slaughter,  offer  over  or  besides,  esp.  of 
sacrifices  at  a  tomb,  τινά  τινι,  Eur. 
Η.  F.  995;  αΙμά  τίνος.  Id.  El.  281 : 
to  kill  over  again,  νεκρούς  έπ.  Diog.  L. 

Έπίσφαιρα,  ων,  τά,  [έπί,  σφαίρα) 
the  leather  cases  of  the  weights  used  in 
the  σφαιρομαχία,  to  deaden  the  blows, 
Plut.  In  Poiyh.,  μύχαιραι  μετ'  έπι 
σφαιρών,  swords  tipped  with  buttons, 
like  foils. 

527 


ΕΠΙΣ 

'Έ7ησφακε?.ίζω,  (ίττί,  σόακελίζω) 
to  become  gaiigretio^is,  mortify,  Hipp. : 
hence 

'Άττίσφακέλίσι,ς,  εως,  ή,  gangrene, 
caries.  Hipp. 

VEiTTta^a/.tia,  ας,  ή,  unsteadiness, 
uncertainty,  Polyb.  :  I'lom 

'Ε7Γίσ0ΰλ;/ζ•,  ές,  {έπί,  σφάλλομαί) 
prone  to  fall,  unsteady.  Plat.  Rep.  497 
D,  Dein.,  etc. — Π.  (σφά'λ'/ω)  making 
to  fail,  dangerous,  νόσημα,  Hipj).  Adv. 
•Άώς  ίχ(ΐν,  to  be  in  danger,  i'olyb. 

Έ-ίσφάλλω,  {ίτίί,  σφάλλω)  to  trip 
up,  make  to  fall,  Joseph.  :  to  deceive. 

'Ε,-ίσόάττω,  I'ut.  -fw,  later  Ibrm  of 
Εττίσιρύζοι. 

Έττισφι/κύω,  ώ,  {ίττί,  σφι^κόω)  to 
bind,  wreathe  on  or  to,  Nonn. 

'ΐ.κισφ7]νος,  ov,  [έττί,  σφ/'/ν)  wedge- 
shaped  :  το  έττ.,  a  sucker  or  sprout, 
Clem.  Al. 

Έτϊΐοφίγγω,  (έπί,  σφίγγω)  to  bind, 
tie  tight,  fasten,  Anth. — 11.  έ~.  rr/v 
VTjTTjv,  to  screw  it  tighter,  to  tune  the 
instrument,  Ael. 

ΈπισφοδμνίΌ),  (έττί,  σφοδρύνω)  to 
make  strong  or  rigid,  Plut. 

Έπισφμύγίζω,  f. -ίσω,  Att.  -ΐύ,  (ίπί, 
σφραγίζ(ο)  to  put  a  seal  on,  seal  up. — 

2.  to  confirm,  ratify,  τι  τινι,  Anth. 
But  more  usu.  in  mid.  to  fix  a  name 
or  definition,  τί  TLVL,  Stallb.  Plat. 
Phaed.  75  D :  also  in  pass,  to  be  so 
marked.  Id.  Phil.  26  D.  — 2.  in  mid. 
also  to  have  ratified  and  sanctioned  for 
one,  Polj'b.     Hence 

'Εττισφράγισμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  sealing, 
signing,  [pd] 

'Κπισφράγιστής,  οΰ,  ό,  one  who  seals 
or  sigtis,  Luc. 

Έπισφύρων,  ov,  τό,  in  Horn,  al- 
ways m  plur.,  bands,  clasps  Or  hooks, 
which  fastened  the  two  plates  of  the 
greaves  (κνημίδες)  over  the  ancle,  11. 

3,  331 ;  11,  18,  etc. ;  in  Horn,  always 
of  silver :  ace.  to  others,  a  covering 
for  the  ancle. — 2.  later  the  Lu?ta  ivorn 
on  the  senators'  shoes  at  Home :  also 
a  woman's  garter,  περισκελίς,  Anth., 
where  however  others  take  it  for  the 
leg  above  the  ancle,  cf.  Opp.  Cyn.  4, 
434.  [i]  strictly  neut.  from 

Έηίσφνριος,  ov,  (ίπί,  σφνρόν)  on 
or  above  the  ancle,  esp.  worn  there  ;  ot 
the  senators'  Luna,  Philostr.  [ϋ] 

Έ—ίσφϋρος,  ov,=^iQreg.,  Anth. 

Έποσχεδιάζω,  {ίπί,  σχεδίύζω)  to 
say  or  do  a  thmg  off-hand,  τώ  καιρώ, 
Philostr.,  like  αυτοσχεδιάζω. 

'Έ•~ισχεδυν,  adv.  ?iear  al  hand,  hard 
by,  επισχεδ()ν  ίρχομένοιο,  Η.  Horn. 
Αρ.  3 :  in  Αρ.  Rh.  c.  gen.,  et  c.  dat. 

'Έ,πισχεϋεΙν,  poet.  aor.  form  of 
επέχω,  Aesch.  Theb.  453:  cf.  EUendt 
Lex.  Soph.  V.  είκαθεΐν. 

'Έ^πισχεΙν,  inf.  aor.  2  act.  of  έττε^ω. 

ΈτΓίσ^^ερώ,  adv.  {ίπί,  σχερός)  in  a 
row,  one  after  another,  like  ίφεξης  and 
επιτάξ,  11.  H,  668;  18,  68.  — II.  of 
time,  one  day  after  another,  by  degrees, 
Theocr.  14,  69 ;  c.  gen.  Ap.  Rh. 

'Έπισχεσία,  ας,  ?'/,  (επέχω)  a  thing 
held  out,  a  pretext,  έπισχεσία  μύθου, 
Od.  21,  71 :  also=sq. 

Έπίσχεσις,  εως,  ή,  (επέχω)  a  check- 
ing, stoppage,  hindrance,  Hipp.  :  delay, 
Thuc.  2,  18  :  in  genl.  reluctance,  join- 
ed with  έλεητνς,  Od.  17,  451. 

Έπισχετέον,  verb.  adj.  of  επέχω, 
one  must  refrain.  Plat.  Phaedr.  272  A. 

Έπισχετικός,  ή,  όν,  checking,  re- 
pressing, Ath.  666  A. 

νΈ.πισχηματίζω,  (έπί,  σχηματίζω) 
to  change  into  the  form  of,  to  form,  ες 
Tiva,  Joseph. 

Έπισχίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (ίπί,  σχίζω)  to 
split,  cleave  at  top,  ΰρουραν.  Αρ.  Rh. 

'Έπισχναίνω,  fut.  -ΰνώ,  (έπί,  ίσχ- 
528 


ΕΠΙΤ 

ναίνω)  to  make  thin,  dry,  lean,  Hipp., 
ubi  al  άπ. 

Έπισχί'αντέος,  έα,  έον,  verb.  adj. 
from  foreg. 

Έπισχολ.ύζομαι,  as  mid.,  (έπί, 
σχο?ίάζω)  to  delay.  Soph.  Fr.  296. 

Έπισχϋρίζω,  (έπί,  ισχυρίζομαι)  to 
strengthen,  dub. 

Έπισχύω,  (έπί,  ισχύω)  to  make 
strong,  Xen.  Oec.  11,  13. — II.  intr.  to 
be,  grow  strong,  Thcophr.  :  to  prevail, 
LXX.  :  be  urgent,  N.  T.  [ϋω,  ϋσω] 

"Άπίσχω,  strcngthd.  for  επέχω,  to 
restrain,  hinder,  check,  ϊππονς,  11.  17, 
465  ;  and  so  Thuc.  3,  45,  and  Plat.  ; 
(Od.  20,  266,  and  Hes.  Sc.  446,  350, 
rather  belong  to  έπεσχον  aor.  of 
επέχω.) — 2.  intr.  to  leaveoff, stop,  τινός, 
from  a  thing,  Plat.  Parm.  152  B. 

Έπισωμάτόομαι,  (έπί,  σωματόω) 
as  pass.,  to  grow  together  into  a  body, 
Diosc. 

Έπίσωμος,  ov,  (επί,  σώμα)  em- 
bodied.-— 2.  bulky,  fat. 

Έπισώρενσις,  εως,  η,  a  heaping, 
piling  up :  from 

'Κπισωρεύω,  (ίπί,  σωρεύω)  to  heap, 
pile  up. 

Έπίσωτμον,  ov,  τό,  Ep.  έπίσσ.,  (as 
always  in  Hom.)  the  hoop  round  a 
wheel,  the  tire,  11.  5,  725,  etc. 

Έ•πιταγ7],  ης,  ή,  (επιτάσσω)  an  in- 
junction, like  έπίταξις,  imposition  of 
tribute,  Polyb. 

'Ειπίταγμα,  ατός,  τό,  (επιτάσσω) 
an  injunction,  command.  Plat.  Legg. 
722  £. — 2.  a  condition  of  a  treaty, 
Polyb. — II.  a  reserve  or  subsidiary  force, 
Polyb.     Hence 

'Έ^πιταγματικύς,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to 
an  έπίταγμα,  subsidiary. 

t'ETTiraoaf,  a,  6,  Epitadas,  a  Spar- 
tan leader  in  Sphacteria,  Thuc.  4,  8, 
31,  etc. 

'Έιπίτάδε,  adv.  for  ίπΐ  τάδε,  on  this 
side,  opp.  to  ίπέκεινα. 
νΕπίτάδες,  Dor.  for  επίτηδες. 

Έπιτακτήρ,  τ/ρος,  ό,=:  sq.,  Xen. 
Cyr.  2,  3,  4. 

Έπιτάκτης,  ov,  δ,  (επιτάσσω)  a 
commander. 

Επιτακτικός,  ή,  όν,  (επιτάσσω) 
given  to  command,  imperious.  Plat. 
Polit.  260  B,  sq.     Adv.  -κώς,  Diod. 

'Έπίτακτος.  ov,  (επιτάσσω)  enjoin- 
ed, commanded,  Pind.  P.  4,  421. — II. 
draivn  up  behind :  οι  έπίτακτοι,  the 
reserve  in  an  army,  Thuc.  6,  67. 

Έπιτΰλαιπωρέω,  ω,  (έπί,  ταλαι- 
πωρέω)  to  labour,  suffer  for  a  thing, 
labour  yet  more,  Thuc.  1,  123. 

Έπιτάλάριος,  ov,  (έπί,  τάλαρος) 
ivith  a  basket,  έπ.  Αφροδίτη,  the  Ro- 
man Venus  calathina,  Plut. 

^Έπιταλιενς,   έως,   δ,  an  inhab.  of 
Epitalium,  Xen.  Hell.  3,  2,  25:  from 
\'Έιπιτάλιον,    ov,    τό,  Epitalium,  a 
city  of  Triphylian  Elis  on  the  Al- 
pheus,  Xen.  Hell.  3,  2,  29. 

Έπίτΰμα,  ατός,  τό,  (επιτείνω)  an 
extension,  Plut. 

Έπιτάμνω,  Ion  for  ίπιτέμνω. 

Έπιτΰνύω,=^ επιτείνω,  to  stretch  or 
spread  over,  τινί  Tl,  II.  16,  567,  Od.  1, 
442,  in  tmesis. 

Έπιτάξ,  adv.,  (επιτάσσω)  in  a  row, 
like  έφεξί/ς,  Arat. 

'Έπίταξις,  εως,  ή,  (επιτάσσω)  an 
injunction,  έπ.  τον  φόρου,  the  fixing, 
arrangement  of  the  tribute,  Hdt.  3,  89. 
Έπιτάραζις. εως, i). disturbance :  con- 
fusion. Plat.  Rep.  518  A  :  [ni]  from 

Έπιτΰράσσω.  Att.  -ττω,  fut.  -ξω, 
(έπί,  ταράσσω)  to  disturb,  strictly,  on 
the  surjace  :  in  genl.  to  disquiet,  harass 
yet  more,  Hdt.  2,  139  :  y  κοιλία  έπι 
ταράσσεται,  Hipp. 

'Έ.πιτάΙ)()οθος,  ό,  poet,  for  έπίόόο 


ΕΠΙΤ 

θος,  α  helper,  defender,  τινί,.  Horn. 
(esp.  in  II.)  ;  always  of  the  gods  that 
help  in  fight :  hence  more  definitely, 
ΑαναοΙσι  μάχης  έπιτάύβοθοι,  11.  12, 
180  ;  as  fem.,  11.  5.  808'  828 :  also  c. 
gen.,  Ύεγέης  ίπ-,  Orac.  ap.  Hdt.  1, 
67.  (Formed  from  έπίρβοθος,  as 
άταρτηρύς  from  άτηρός,  though  Lye. 
lias  adopted  τάΙ)βυϋυς  as  the  simple 
form.) 

Έπίτάσις,  εως,  ή,  (επιτείνω)  a 
stretching,  έπ.  και  άνεσις  τών  χορ- 
δών, α  tightening  and  slacking  of  the 
strings,  Plat.  Rep.  349  Ε  :  hence  in- 
creased vehemence,  access  of  illness,  ττυ- 
ρετοϋ,  Hipp.,  opp.  to  άνεσις. — II.  the 
part  of  a  play  wherein  the  plot  thickens, 
opp.  to  πρότασις. 

Επιτάσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  f.  -^ω,  (έπί, 
τάσσω)  to  set  over,  put  in  command, 
Thuc.  5,  72,  in  pass. — 2.  to  enjoin,  or- 
der, put  upon  one  as  a  duty,  τί  τινι, 
Hdt.  1,  155,  etc.,  and  Att.:  τινί.  c. 
inf..  Id.  3,  159,  etc.  Pass,  to  receive 
orders,  Eur.  Syl.  3 :  τα  έπιτασσό- 
μενα,  orders  given,  Hdt.  1,  115  :  also — 
II.  to  place  behind,  in  rear  or  reserve, 
Hdt.  1,  80:  to  place  next,  beside,  in 
mid.,  Thuc.  6,  67  :  τινά  τινι,  Xen. 
An.  6,  5,  9. 

Έπιτάτικός,  ij,  όν,  (επιτείνω) 
stretching:  intensive,  Gramm. 

Επιτάφιος,  ov,  (έπί,  τάφος)  on,  at, 
belonging  to  a  tomb,  άγων,  a  funeral 
game,  Diod.  :  esp.,  έπ.  λόγος,  a  fune- 
ral oration  or  eulogy,  such  as  was  spo- 
ken at  Athens  yearly  over  the  citizens 
who  had  fallen  in  battle  :  we  have  se- 
veral examples,  as  that  in  Thuc.  2,  35 
sq.,  that  in  Plat.  Menex.  p.  236  sq.,  one 
ot  Lysias,  and  one  under  the  name  of 
Demosthenes,  [ΰ] 

Επιταχύνω,  (έπί.  ταχύνω)  to  hast- 
en on,  hurry,  urge  forward,  τινά  της 
όδοϋ,  Thuc.  4,  47.  [j)]    Hence 

Έπιτάχϋσις,  εωΓ,  ή,  a  hurrying  on, 
Diotog.  ap.  Stub,  p'  33J,  19. 

'Έ,πιτέγγω,  (έπί,  τέγγω)  to  pour 
liquid  upon,  moisten,  Philostr.    Hence 

Έπίτεγξις,  εως,  ή,  a  moistening, 
softening,  Hipp. 

'Έ,πιτεθειασμένως,  ady.  part.  perf. 
pass,  from  ίπιθειάζω,  enthusiastically. 

Επιτείνω,  f.  -τενώ,  (ίπί,  τείνω)  to 
stretch  out,  upon  01  over,  τι  ίπί  τι,  Hdt. 
1,  186;  υπέρ  τίνος,  4,  201.  Pass,  in 
tmesis,  II.  17,  736,  Od.  11,  19.— 2.  to 
stretch  as  on  a  frame,  tighten,  Opp.  to 
ανίημι  or  χαλάω,  χορδάς.  Plat.  Lys. 
209  Β  :  hence  to  increase,  heighten, 
ήδονάς.  Plat.  Legg.  645  D :  to  urge, 
excite,  c.  inf ,  Xen.  Hipparch.  1,  13. 
Pass,  to  be  stretched  as  on  the  rack, 
πυρετώ,  Hipp.,  ύπο  νόσου.  Plat. ;  and 
then  in  genl.  to  be  tortured,  Luc. :  to 
be  on  the  stretch,  screiced  up  to  the  utter- 
most, Plat.  Phaed.  98  C.  Mid.  to  strain 
after,  devote  one's  self'  to,  εΙς  τι,  Xen. 
Cyr.  7,  5,  82. — 3.  in  pass,  also,  επι- 
ταβηναι  πλείω  χρόνοι',  to  last,  hold 
out  for  a  longer  time,  of  men,  Id.  Rep. 
Lac.  2,  5. — II.  intr.  to  reach  out,  ex- 
tend, increase,  prevail ,  Hipp.,  and  Arist. 
Pol.  —  2.  to  struggle  towards,  aim  at, 
τινί,  Arist.  Pol. 

^Έπιτείρω,  str-engthd.  for  τείρω, 
Orph. 

Έπιτειχίζω,  (ίπί,  τειχίζω)  to  build 
a  fort,  make  a  strong  hold  against  one, 
esp.  as  the  basis  of  operations  against 
a  city,  and  generally  on  the  enemy's 
country,  Thuc.  1,  142;  7,  47;  έπ. 
τινί,  Xen.  Cyr.  5,  3,  11  ;  c.  ace.  loci, 
to  occupy  with  such  a  fort.  Id.  Hell.  7, 
2,  1  :  metaph.,  'επ.  τυράννους  έν 
χώρα,  to  plant  them  like  such  forts  in 
a  country,  Dem.  99,  2,  cf.  133,  22. 
Hence 


ΕΠ1Τ 

^Κπιτείχϊσις,  εως,  ή,  the  building  a 
fort  on  the  enemy's  land  or  the  frontier, 
the  occupation  of  it,  Thuc.  1,  142,  etc. : 
and 

Έττιτεέχισμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  fort  or 
strung/told  placed  so  as  to  command  an 
enemy's  country,  Xen.  Hell.  5,  1,  2: 
Isr.  ίχειν  τής  χώρας,  to  hold  strong- 
holds which  command  the  country, 
Dem.  41,20;  κατασκευάζειν  την  Εΰ- 
βοέαν  έτΓ.  Τίνί  and  έ~ί  τίνα,  Μ.  106, 
3;  248,  13:  but,  έπ.  τών  νόμων,  α 
bidwark  ο(  them,  Alcid.  ap.  Arist. 
Rhet.  3,  3,  4. 

Έπιτειχισμός,  ου,  δ,=  έτΓΐτείχισις, 
Thuc.  7,  18:  metaph.  έπ.  κατά  της 
κόλεως  ζητείν,  Dem.  254,  20. 

Έπίτεκμαίρομαι,  =  τεκμαίρομαι, 
Arat. 

Έπιτεκνόίο,  ύ,  (έττί,  τεκνόω)  to  be- 
get afterwards,  Joseph. 

'Έ,ηΐτεκταίνω,  (επί,  τεκταίνω)  to 
devise  against,  0pp.,  in  mid. 

'Κπιτέ?.εια,  ας,  ή,  {επιτελής)  per- 
fection, completion. 

Έπιτελειόω,  and  -εόω,  to  offer  an 
έ7τετε?.είωμα  :  in  genl.  =  έπιτελέω : 
hence 

Έπιτελείωμα,  or  rather  -εωμα, 
ατός,  τό,  something  offered  after  or  be- 
sides the  usual  sacrifice  :  and 

Έ-ιτε?.είωσις,  and  -έωσις,  εως,  ή, 
an  after-offering,  esp.  the  festival  on 
the  birth  of  a  child,  Plat.  Legg.  784  D. 
— II.   an  accomplishment,  completion. 

ΈτΓίΓελεόω,  v.  εττιτε7^εώω. 

'Έ.πιτέλεσις,  εως,  ή,  {έπιτελέω) 
completion,  perfection,  Arist.  Probl. 

''Ε,πιτελεστέον,  verb.  adj.  from  επι- 
τεΤιέω,  one  must  accomplish,  Isocr. 
240  B.  ^ 

'Έ,πιτελεστής,  ov,  b,  an  accomplish- 
er :  and 

ΈτΓίτελεστικός,  ή,  όν,  accomplish- 
ing, effectual,  late  :  from 

ΈτΓίτελεω,  ώ,  f.  -έσω,  {επί,  τελέω) 
to  accomplish,  complete,  finish,  τι,  Hdt. 

1,  51,  etc.,  to  fulfil,  effect,  τά  έπιτασ- 
σύμενα.  Id.  1,  115;  it  is  used  esp.  of 
the  fulfihnent  of  an  oracle,  Id.  1,  13, 
etc. ;  also  of  vows  or  promises,  1,  86: 
hence — 2.  in  genl.  to  offer,  celebrate  a 
religious  service,  θυσίαν,  έορτήν,  Hdt. 

2,  63,  122,  cf.  1,  167,  etc.— 3.  to  pay 
in  full,  discharge,  ύποφορήν,  φόμον, 
Hdt.  2,  109 ;  5,  49,  etc.  :  metaph.  in 
mid.,  έπιτελεϊσθαι  τά  τοϋ  γήρως,  to 
have  to  pay,  be  subject  to  the  burdens  of 
old  age,  Xen.  Mem.  4,  8,  8 ;  so  επ. 
θάνατον,  to  pay  the  debt  of  death,  Id. 
Apol.  33. — 4.  to  impose  upon,  όίκας 
Τίνί,  Lat.  poenas  irrogare  alicui,  Plat. 
Legg.  sub  fin. 

'Έπιτελέωμα,  and  -έωσις,  v.  έτΓί- 
τελείωμα,  etc. 

'Επιτελής,  ες,  {επί,  τέλος)  brought 
to  an  end,  accomplished,  ποιειν  τι  επι- 
τελές =  επιτελείν,  to  accomplish, 
Hdt.  3,  141,  etc.  ;  επ.  έγένετό  τι.  Id. 
1,  124.  etc. :  ευχή  έπ..  Plat.  Legg.  931 
Ε.— II.  act.  effective,  M.  Anton.  Adv. 
■λέως,  Aretae. 

νΚπιτελίδας,  a.  Dor.  and  Έττίτελί- 
όης,  ου,  ό,  Epilelidas,  and  Epitelides, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Thuc.  4,  132,  Dion.  H. 

'Έ,πιτέλλω,ί.-τε^.ώ :  aor.  έπέτειλα: 
perf.  έπιτέταλκα,  pass,  έπιτέταλμαι, 
{επί,  τέλλω)  strictly,  to  put  upon ; 
hence  to  lay  upon,  enjoin,  entrust  to, 
command,  έπ.  έφετμύς  and  σννθεσίας 
freq.  in  Horn.,  who  also  freq.  uses  the 
mid.  έπιτέλλομαι  just  like  the  act. 
Construct,  usu.  έπιτέλλειν  or  έπι- 
τέλλεσθαί  τινί  τι,  πολλά  έπιτέλ- 
λειν τινί,  to  admonish  much,  warn 
iolemnly,  Od.  3,  267 ;  μϋθον  έπίτέλ- 
Κειν  τινί,  II.  11,  840  :  esp.  in  tmesis, 
ΰ,λόχω  ό'  έπϊ  μϋθον  έτελλεν,  to  add  a 
34 


ΕΠΙΤ 

speech  of  command  to  her,  Od.  23, 349, 
cf.  II.  1,  25:  freq.  also  c.  dat.  pers. 
only,  to  give  orders  to,  11.  10,  63,  etc.  ; 
and  c.  ace.  rei  only,  to  prescribe,  or- 
dain, νόστος  'Αχαιών,  δν  έπετείλατο 
Παλλάς,  Od.  1,  327;  so,  θάνατον 
έπιτέλλειν,  Pind.  Ν.  10, 145  ;  and  so, 
έτΓ.  τέρματα,  Aesch.  Pr.  100  (where 
others  take  it  intr.  to  ari%e) :  c.  dat. 
pers.  et  inf.,  to  order  him  to  do,  U.  2, 
802,  Od.  21,  240:  c.  ace.  pers.  (sub. 
inf )  πέμπων  μ'  ωό'  έπέτελλε,  II.  24, 
780,  unless  it  be  here  absol.,  as  in 
Od.  17,  9.— II.  έπιτέλλομαι,  intr.  to 
rise,  of  sun  or  stars,  Hes.  Op.  381, 
565  :  esp.  of  the  constellations  which 
mark  the  seasons,  v.  Lob.  Phryn. 
125;  and  so  intr.  in  act.,  Hipp.  553,  8: 
also  metaph.  of  love,  Theogn.  1275. 

'Έπιτέμνω,  Ion.  -τάμνω,  fut.  -τεμώ, 
{επί,  τέμνω)  to  cut  upon  the  surface, 
make  an  incision  into,  gash,  τονς  βρα- 
χίονας, Hdt.  1,74.-11.  to  cut  short: 
metaph.  to  abridge,  epitomise,  Luc.,cf. 
επιτομή  ."  λέγοντα  έπ.,  to  cut  short  his 
speech,  silence,  stop  him,  Polyb.  Pass. 
to  be  cut  off,  perish,  Philo. 

Έπίτεξ,  εκος,  ή,  {'επί,  τεκεϊν,  τίκ- 
τω) at  the  birth,  about  ίο  bring  forth, 
Hdt.  1,  108,  111  ;  in  genl.  fruitfid, 
Hemst.  Thom.  M.  p.  357 ;  esp.  Ion. 
cf.  επίτοκος. 

Έπιτερΰτενομαι,  dep.,  {ίπί,  τερα- 
τεύω)  to  invent  more  wonders,  to  exag- 
gerate. Pans. 

Έπιτέρμιος,  ov,  {έπί,  τέρμα)  on,  at, 
over  the  end  or  limits. 

'Έ,πιτερπής,  ες,  pleasing,  delightful, 
χώρος,  Η.  Horn.  Αρ.  413. — Π.  devoted 
to  pleasure,  Plut.  Adv.  -πώς.  Id.  : 
from 

Έπιτέρπω,  f.  -ψω,  {'επί,  τέρπω)  to 
please,  gratify  by  a  thing :  usu.  in 
pass,  to  rejoice,  delight  in  a  thing,  τινί, 
Od.  14,  228,  H.  Horn.  Ap.  146  ;  also 
έπιτέρπεσθαι  θνμόν,  Η.  Hom.  Αρ. 
204. 

Έπιτερσαίνω,  {έπί,  τερσαίνω)  to 
dry  the  top  of  a.  thing. 

Έπιτετάμένως,  from  επιτείνω,  in- 
tensely, Diosc, 

Έπιτέταρτος,  ov,  {έπί,  τέταρτος) 
containing  one  integer  and  a  fourth,  or 
L•,  cf.  έπίτριτος. 

Έπιτετενγμένως,  adv.  from  perf 
pass,  of  έπιτνγχάνω,  succes.'fally,  hit- 
ting the  mark,  Diog.  L.  :  and 

Έπιτετηδενμένως,  adv.  from  part, 
perf  pass,  of  έπιτηόενω,  studiously, 
Dion.  H. 

Έπιτετμημένως,  adv.  from  part, 
perf  pass,  of  έπιτέμνω,  briefly,  Strab. 

Επιτετραμμένος,  η,  ov,  perf.  part, 
pass,  from  επιτρέπω,  Thuc. 

Έπιτέτραπται,  3  sing.  perf.  pass, 
from  επιτρέπω,  II. 

Έπιτετράφαται,  Ion.  3  plur.  perf. 
pass,  from  επιτρέπω. 

'Επίτευγμα,  ατός,  τό,  (έπιτιιγχάνω) 
α  fortunate,  sjtccessful  event,  Diod. — II. 
{έπιτενχω)  a  work,  dub. 

Έπιτενκτικός,  ή,  όν,  {επιτυγχάνω) 
successful,  convenient,  χώρα,  Polyb. : 
from 

Έπίτευξις,  εως,  ή,  {επιτυγχάνω) 
an  attaining,  hitting  the  m.ark,  Det. 
Plat.  413  C. — II.  =:έντενξις,  a  conver- 
sation,axib.  in  Theophr.  Char.  12. 

Έπιτεύχω,  f.  -ξω,  {έπί,  τενχω)  to 
make,  prepare  upon  or  for,  τί  TlVl, 
Pind.  O.  8,  42,  in  tmesis. 

'Επιτεχνάζομαι,=5(\.,  Opp. 

Έπιτεχνάομαι,  fut.  -ήσομαι,  {έπί, 
τεχνάομαι)  dep.  to  devise,  contrive 
against  another,  or  to  contrive  to  meet 
a  difficulty, /or  a  purpose,  Hdt.  1,  63, 
123,  etc. :  to  contrive  against.  Id.  2, 
119 ;  τινί  τι,  Luc.    Hence 


ΕΠ1Τ 

Έπιτέχνημα,  ατός,  τό,  invention, 
contrivance,  Ael.  H.  A.  12,  16  ;  and 

Έπιτέχνησις,  εως,  ή,  contrivance 
against  another  οτ  for  a  purpose,  Thuc. 
1,  71  :  and 

Έπιτεχνητός,  όν,  made  by  skill, 
artificial,  =  τεχνητός,  Luc. 

Έπιτεχνολογέω,  ώ,  {έπί,  τεχνο- 
λ.0)  έω)  to  add  to  the  rules  of  an  art. 

Έπιτήδειος,α,ον,ϋίΒΟ  ος,  ov,  Ion. 
έπιτήόεος,  {έπιτηόές)  made  on  pur- 
pose for  an  end  or  purpose,  fit.  adapted 
for  it,  convenient,  γη,  χώρα,  Hdt.,  etc. 
Construct,  έπ.  εΙς  τί,  Hdt.  1, 115, etc.; 
προς  τι.  Plat.  Rep.  390  Β  ;  but  freq. 
c.  inf,  χωρίον  έπ.  έvιππεvσuι,fit  to 
ride  in,  Hdt.  6,  102,  cf  3,  134,  etc.  ; 
so  έπ.  νπεξαιρεθήναι,  convenient  to  be 
put  out  of  the  way,  Thuc.  8,  70  ;  έπ. 
ξννεΐναι,  a  pleasant  person  to  live 
with,  Eur.  Andr.  206  ;  έπ.  όστρακισ- 
θήvaι,fit,  deserving  to...,  Andoc.  34, 2: 
also  έπιτηόεΐόν  (έστι)  c.  inf,  Hdt.  4, 
158,  etc. — II.  useful,  serviceable,  neces- 
sary, τά  επιτήδεια,  the  necessaries  of 
life,  provisions,  etc.,  Lat.  commeatus, 
Hdt.  2,  174,  Thuc,  etc.— 2.  of  per- 
sons, serviceable  or  friendly  to,  allied 
with,  τινί,  Hdt.  3,  52,  Thuc.  4,  78, 
etc. ;  έπ.  είναί  τινι,  to  favour  it,  Id. 
8,  54  :  also  as  subst.  c.  gen.,  a  close 
friend,  near  comiexion  or  dependent, 
Lat.  necessarius,  Thuc.  7,  73  ;  ημέτε- 
ρος έπ.,  Lys.  93,  41.  Besides  the 
regul.  Compar.,  Suid.  has  an  irreg. 
•δειέστερος.  Adv.  -είως.  Ion.  -έως, 
suitably,  serviceably,  τινί,  Hdt.  1,  108, 
Thuc,  etc.     Hence 

Έπιτηδειότης,  ητος,  ή,  fitness,  suit- 
ableness, convenience  for  a  purpose, 
προς  τι.  Plat.  Legg.  778  A  :  hence 
έπ,  προς  πόλεμον,  all  material,  etc., 
for  carrying  on  war,  Polyb.  2,  23,  11. 
— II.  relationship,  Lat.  necessitudo. 

Έπιτηδειόω,  ώ,  {επιτήδειος)  to 
make  fit,  accommodate. 

'Επίτηδες,  adv.,  as  much  as  serves 
the  purpose,  enough:  in  Horn,  only, 
έρέτας  επίτηδες  άγείρομεν,  II.  1, 142, 
and  μνηστήρων  σ'  επίτηδες  άριστήες 
λοχόωσιν,  Od.  15,  28.  Post-Hom., 
esp.  Att.,  who  write  it  proparox. ; 
επίτηδες.  Dor.  έπίτάδες,  (cf  ΰ?.ηθές, 
άληβες),  usu.  on  purpose,  advisedly. 
Lat.  consulto,  de  industria,  Hdt.  3,  130, 
etc.,  Ar.  Pac.  142,  etc. :  hence  cun- 
ningly, deceitfully,  Eur.  I.  A.  476  :  of- 
περ  επίτηδες,  fittingly,  as  best  may  be, 
Plut. :  later  also  έξεπίτηδες.  No 
such  adj.  is  found  as  έπιτηδής.  The 
adv.  έπηηδέως  in  Hdt.  is  from  έπι- 
τήδεος  for  -δειος,  q.  v.  (Ace  to  Rie• 
mer  from  άδος,  άδην,  ήδος,  Buttm. 
Lexil.  in  voc.  from  έπΙ  τάδεσι,=  τύδε. 
Passow  conjectures  τήδες  as  a  coUaL 
form  of  τήτες,  σήτες.) 

Έπιτήδευμα,ατος,  τό,  {έπιτηδενω) 
that  which  one  studies  or  labours  at,  a 
pursuit,  business,  or  custotn,  just  like 
Lat.  studium,  inslitutum,  freq  in  Thuc, 
as  1,  138:  τά  καθ'  ήμέραν  έπ.,wayof 
life,  Thuc.  2,  37:  diet,  etc..  Foes.  Oec 
Hipp. :  έπ.  τινός,  practice  of  it.  Plat. 
Legg.  711  B. 

'Επιτήδενσις,  εως,  ή,  {έπιτηόενω) 
devotion,  attention  to  a  pursuit  or  busi- 
7iess,  Thuc.  2,  36  :  cidtivation  of  a  habit 
or  character,  ές  άρετήν,  Thuc.  7,  86, 
αρετής.  Plat.  Legg.  853  Β :  care,  pains, 
premeditation,  Dion.  H. 

Έπιτηδεντέον,  verb.  adj.  from  έπι- 
τηδεύω,  one  must  study,  pursue,  prac- 
tise, Plat.  Legg.  858  D. 

νΕπιτηδεντής,  ov,  6,  {έπιτηόενω) 
one  who  practises  or  pursuer,  Joseph. 

Έπιτηδεντός,  ή,  όν,  {έπιτηόενω) 
studied,  done  with  pains  :  artificial,  Opp. 
to  natural,  like  επίκτητος  :  from 
529 


ΕΠΓΡ 

Έπιτηδενω,  usu.  in  past  tenses  | 
επετήδενον,  έπιτετηδευκα.  etc.,  {ίπι- 
τηδές)  To  pursue,  practise,  devote 
one's  self  to  a  tiling,  make  it  one's  Imsi- 
jiess,  Lat.  studvre  rei,  c.  ace,  H(Jt.  1, 
J35,  etc.,  and  Att. :  also  to  invent, 
προς  ri,  for  a  purpose,  lii.  6,  125 :  c. 
inf.,  to  use,  take  care  to  ilo,  Id.  3,  18, 
etc. :  also  foil,  by  ΰπος....  Id.  3,  102  : 
absol.  to  exert  otie's  self,  Lycurg.  Pass. 
to  be  practised,  προς  τι.  in  a  thing, 
Xen.  Cyr.  1,  6,  40. — II.  in  bad  signf., 
to  effect,  ape,  put  on  what  is  not  natural. 

'Επιττιδής,  v.  επίτηδες. 

Έττιτ/ιϋ//,  ης,  ή,  a  great-grand- 
mother,Lai. abavia,Theo\)omp. {Com.) 
Painpli.  3,  cf.  έττίπαππος. 

Έ~ίτ//κτος,  ov,  melted,  luted  on  or 
to,  esp.  of  inlaid  or  overlaid  work  as 
opp.  to  solid,  like  Lat.  sigilla,  emble- 
mata,  Alex.  Hipp.  2,  cf.  Bockh  Inscr. 
1,  p.  236,  239. — JI.  metaph.  superficial, 
hence  counterfeit,  unreal,  false,  trr. 
ψίλίίν,  Mel.  02 :  also  fleeting,  short- 
lived, cf  Cic.  7,  1,5;  from 

Έ-ίΤ7//ίω,  (έ~ί,  τήκω)  to  melt  upon, 
pour  when  melted  over  a  thing,  έπΐτή- 
κειν  κηρον  ίπί  τι,  Hdt.  7,  239. 

Έπιτηλίς,  ίδος,  //,  with  α  husk  or 
pod,  Nic. 

Έπιτηρεω,  ώ,  -r/σω,  {επί,  τηρέω)  to 
look  out,  ivatch  for,  νύκτα,  Η.  Hoin. 
Cer.  245,  Βορέαν,  Ar.  Ach.  922  ;  έτΓ. 
β?Μ3υς,  to  watch  to  detect  it,  Ar. 
Kan.  1151 :  esp.  έπ.  όταν...,  όποτε..., 
Ar.  Eccl.  033,  Xen.     Hence 

Έπιτήρησις,  εως,  ή,  a  watching,  re- 
garding, looking  out  for,  a  thing  :  and 

'Επιτηρητής,  οϋ,  ό,  a  watcher,  guar- 
dian, late  :  and 

Έπιτηρητικός,η,  όν, disposed, prone 
to  watch  for  an  opportunity^  esp^  to  do 
ill,  Pint. 

Έπιτίθι/μι,  f.  -θήσω,  {επί,  τίθημι) 
to  lay,  put,  place  on  or  by,  in  Horn, 
most  usu.  ot  offerings  laid  on  the  al- 
tar, as  in  tmesis,  έττϊ  μηρία  θέντες 
'Κπόλλωνι,  Od.  21,  207  ;  or  meats  on 
table,  Od.  1,  140,  also  ίο  put  covering 
0(1  the  head,  κεφαλή  έπέθηκε  κα'λνπ- 
τρην,  Od.  5,  232 :  and  so  construct, 
usu.,  £7Γ.  τινί  τι,  like  Lat.  impouere, 
but  also  τινά  τίνος,  as  έπ.  λεχέων 
τινά,  II.  24,  589  ;  and  so  Hdt.  7,  183: 
c.  ace.  only,  έπ.  φάρμακα,  to  apply 
medicine  to  a  wound,  11.4,  190;  later, 
έπ.  τι  έπί  τίνος,  Hdt.  2, 121,  4. — 2.  to 
set  upon,  turn  ioioards,  in  tmesis,  φρέ- 
να Έκτορέοις  Ίεροΐς,  II.  10,  40. — 11. 
to  lay  upon  or  before,  to  put  to,  as  a 
door,  covering  or  lid,  Od.  9,  240,  314  ; 
λίθον,  πετρην,  Od.  13,  370;  23,  194; 
hence  ΐμιέν  ΰνακ?.1ναι  πυκινόν  νέφος 
ηδ'  έπιϋεΐναι,  to  roll  back  the  cloud 
and  put  it  to,  i.  e.  open  and  shut  hea- 
ven's gate,  11.  5,  751,  cf.  Od.  11,  525, 
and  V.  άνακ'/.ίνω  \\.  —  III.  to  put  to, 
besides,  to  add,  τινί  τι,  II.  4,  111,  Od. 
22,  62  ;  hence  pvOu  or  μύθοις  τέ'λος 
έπιθεΐναι,  to  put  an  end  to  them, 
finish,  Lat.^nem  imponere,  II.  19,  107, 
etc. :  also  έπ.  κεφαλαΐον  έπί  τινι,  to 
put  on  a  top  to  it,  put  a  finishing 
stroke  to  it,  Dem.  520,  27. — IV.  to  im- 
pose, inflict,  esp.  a  penalty,  θωήν,  Od. 
2, 192 ;  'ζημίαν,  Hdt.  1 ,  144,  etc. ;  δίκην 
τινί.  Id.  1,  120,  Eur.,  etc.:  and  so 
of  burdens,  grievances  in  gcnl.,  in 
■tmesis,  έπ'  άΆγεα  θήκεν,  II.  2,  39;  έπ. 
φόβον,  Lat.  incuterc,  Xen.  Cyr.  4,  5, 
41. — V.  like  έπιστελλω,  to  give  an 
injunction  OX  message  ;  in  genl.  to  send 
by  mes.^age  or  letter,  έπ.  τι  εις  ΑΊγνπ- 
τον,  Hdt.  3,  42,  cf.  5,  95,  and  άντε- 
πιτίθημι. — VI.  to  give  a  name,  Hdt. 
5,  68;  but  more  freq.  in  mid.,  as 
Arist.  Poet,  to  apply,  use  as  ayi  epithet, 
Gramm.  B.  mid.  επιτίθεμαι,  in 
530 


ΕΠ1Τ 

tnieiiis,  χείρας  ίπ'  άνδροφόνονς  Θέ- 
μενος  στηβεσσι,  laying  one's  hands 
upon...,  11.  18,  317,  and  so  in  All, 
much  like  act. ;  also  absol.,  to  make 
an  attempt  upon,  full  upon,  attack,  in- 
vade, τινί,  Hdt.  1,  20,  102,  etc.— 2.  to 
set  one's  self  to,  apply  one's  self  to,  em- 
ploy otic's  self  on  or  in,  c.  dat.  ναυτι- 
Αίιισι.  Hdt.  1,1;  ttj  πείρα,  τώ  ερ}•ω, 
Tl'iuc,  and  Xen.:  in  Hdt.  1,90,  δι- 
καιοσύνην  έπιϋέμενος  7/σκεε,  the  ace. 
belongs  to  ήσκεε  and  έπιθ.  is  absol. 
attending  to  it,  cf  6.  60. — 3.  like  act., 
to  enjoin,  lay  commands,  τι  Τίνΐ,  Hdt. 
1,111;  also  c.  inf.,  3, 03.  From  Pint, 
downwds.  the  aor.  pass,  is  found  as 
well  as  the  aor.  mid. 

ΈτΓίΤίΚΓω,  f.  -τέξομαι,  {έπί,  τίκτω) 
to  bring  forth  besides  or  afterwards, 
Hipp. 

Έπιτίμαιος,  ov,  ό,  {επιτιμάω  Π. 
2),  fault-finder,  nickname  of  tne  Sici- 
lian historian  Tiinaeus,  Ister  ap. 
Ath.  272  B.  [tI] 

Επιτιμάω,  ώ.  Ion.  -έω,  {έπί,  τιμάω) 
to  lay  a  value  upon,  Lat.  aesti7nare : 
hence — ^1 .  to  value,  honour,  show  honour 
to,  τινά,  Hdt.  6,  39.  —  2.  to  raise  di 
price,  olvov,  Diphil.  ap.  Ath.  228  Β  ; 
pass,  to  rise  in  price,  of  corn,  Dem.  918, 
20;  1208,  2.— II.  to  lay  the  value,  (i.  e.) 
penalty  on  a  person,  ιΗκην,  Hdt.  4, 43, 
cf  έπι.τίμιον. — 2.  to  object  to  one  as 
blamcnble,  τινί  Τ  I,  Plat.  Phaedr.  237 
C,  and  freq.  in  Oratt. :  then  c,  dat, 
only,  to  blame,  reprove,  find  fault  with, 
Isocr.  170  A  ;  absol.,  Thuc.  3,  38. 

νΈιπιτΐμι/δης,  ους,  ό,  Epitmiedes,  a 
philosopher  of  Cyrene,  Diog.  L. 

Έπιτίμημα,  ατός,  τό,  {επιτιμάω) 
a  punishment,  Inscr. — II.  a  blame,  re- 
proof: esp.  a  criticism,  Arist.  Poet,  [τί] 

Έπιτίμησις,  εως,  ή.  {επιτιμάω)  α 
reproving,  criticism,  Thuc.  7,  48. — II. 
α  rising  in  price,  dearness,  σίτου,  App. 
[ri] 

Έπιτιμητέον,  verb.  adj.  from  έπι- 
Τιαάω,  one  must  reprove,  blame,  Polyb. 

ΈπιτΙμητήρ,  ήρος,  o,=  sq.,  Opp. 

ΈπιτΙμητής,  ov,  ό,  {επιτιμάω)  an 
estimator,  valuer,  Lat.  taxator,  M.  An- 
ton ^11.  a  punisher,  chastiser.  Soph. 
Fr.  478;  έπ.  έργων,  an  examiner,  judge 
of  what  has  been  done,  Aesch.  Pr.  77. 
Hence 

Επιτιμητικός,  η,  όν,  of,  belonging 
to  reproof,  "Κόγος  έπ.,  a  rebuke,  Def. 
Plat. :  given  tofinding fault,  Luc.  Adv. 
-κως. 

ΈπιτΙμί/τωρ,  ορός,  ό,  in  Od.  9,  270, 
έπ.  Ίκετάων  τε,  ξείνων  τε,  the  avenger, 
protector  of  all  such,  said  of  Jupiter, 
ξένιος,  V.  Nitzsch. 

Ύ,πιτΙμία,  ας,  ή,  the  condition  of  an 
επίτιμος,  the  enjoyment  of  all  civil 
rights  and  privileges,  opp.  to  ατιμία, 
Aeschin.  39,  42,  Dem.  329,  12,  ubi  v. 
Dissen.  —  II.  ^^έπιτίμησις,  LXX. — 
III.  the  pudenda,  Artemid. 

Έπιτίμιος,  ov,  {έπί,  τιμή)  done  for, 
tending  to  one's  honour. — II.  to  επίτι- 
μων or  τά  έπιτίμια,  as  subst.,  the 
value,  price  or  estimate  of  a  thing : 
hence— 1.  the  honour  due,  honours  paid 
to  a  person,  Όρέστον,  Soph.  El.  915. 
— 2.  the  assessment  of  damages,  penalty, 
έπιτίμια  διδόναι  τινί,  Hdt.  4,  80 : 
opp.  to  έπ.  λαβείν,  Aesch.  Theb. 
1021  ;  έπ.  δνςσεβείας,  the  wages  of 
ungodliness,  Soph.  El.  1382. 

ΈπίτΙμος,  ov,  {έπί,  τιμή)  in  honour: 
esp.  ire  possession  of  one's  τιμαί,  full 
rights  and  privileges  as  a  citizen, 
opp.  to  άτιμος  (q.  v.),  Thuc.  5,  34, 
Xen.  Hell.  2,  2,  11  :  hence  χρήματα 
έπ.,  property  not  confiscated,  though 
the  owner  was  in  exile,  ap.  Dem.  034, 
13.     Adv.  -μως,  honourably,  Clem.  Al. 


ΕΠΓΤ 

Έπιτίτθιος.  ov,  {έπί,  τίτθη)  still  at 
the  breast,  sucking,  'I'heocr.  24,  53. 

ΈπιτίτΟος,  w,— foreg. 

Έ,πιτιτράω,  ώ,  fut,  -τρήσω,  {ίπΐ, 
τιτράω)  to  bore  through,  esp.  from 
above. 

Έπιτιτρώσκω,  fut.  -τρώσω,  {έπι, 
τιτρώσκω)  to  wound  ση  the  surface, 
A  nth, 

Έπιτίω,  fut.  -ίσω,  to  lay  a  penally 
upon,  punish,  c.  acc,  prob.  1.  Batr.  98. 

*Έπιτ/.άω,  obsol.  pies,  from  root 
TAAS2,  irr.  aor.  έπετλην,  inf.  έπιτ?.ή• 
ναι,  to  bear,  endure  ;  also  illtr.  to  be 
firm,  enduring  in  or  under,  Τινί,  II.  23, 
591  in  imperat.  aor. :  also  τύ  τοι 
έπιτλήτω  κραδίη  μύθοισιν  έμοίπιν, 
listen  patiently  to  them,  19,  220. 

Έπιτμήγω,  f.  -ξω,  Ep.  for  έπιτέμ- 
νω,  Ap,  Rh. 

Έπιτμήσσω,  Ep.  and  Ion.  for  έπι- 
τέμνω. 

Επιτόκια,  ας,  ή,  additional,  com- 
pound interest,  Philo :  from 

Επίτοκος,  ov,  {έπί,  τύκος)  at  the 
birth,  near  child  birth,  Antiph.  Incert. 
80,  V.  Lob.  Phryn.  333,  who  says  that 
έπίτεξ  should  be  used  :  in  gen\.  fruit- 
ful, bearing  children,  Hipp.— II,  {έπί, 
τόκος  Η.)  bearing  additional  interest, 
τόκοι  επίτοκοι,  compound  interest, 
Plat,  Legg.  842  D. 

Έπιτο'λή,  Ί/ς,  ή,  {έπιτέλλω  II,)  the 
rising  of  a  star  or  constellation,  Eur. 
Phoen,  1116  ;  esp,  when  it  is  visible, 
i,  e.  happens  after  sunset :  hence  the 
season  of  a  star's  appearance  in  the  hea- 
vens, Άρκτονρον,  Thuc.  2,  78. — 2,  the 
rise  of  a  river,  Inscr. 

Έπιτολμάω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,{έπί,τολμάω} 
to  take  courage,  resolve,  C.  inf.,  σοϊ 
έπιτο/.μάτω  κραδίη  και  βυμης  άκον- 
ειν,  Od.  1,  353,  cf  Theogn.  445,  like 
Lat.  sapere  aude  :  absol.,  έπετό'λμησε, 
he  stood  firm,  Od.  17,  238:  later  also 
c.  dat.  to  inustcr  courage  for  a  thing, 
Tij  διαβάσει,  τω  έργω,  Plut.    Hence 

Έπιτολμητέον,  verb,  adj.,  one  must 
take  courage,  Philo. 

'Επιτομή,  ης.  ή,  (έπιτέμνω)  a  cut- 
ting on  the  surface,  into :  an  incision, 
της  κεφαλής,  Aeschin.  60,  43  :  a  cut- 
ting down  :  esp.  an  abridgemejif,  as  of 
Livy,  Dio  C,  etc.  ;  έν  έπιτομΐβ,  Cic. 
Att.  5,  20,  1  :  hence  Rome  is 'called 
έτΓ.  της  οικουμένης,  Ath.  20  Β. 

'Επίτομος,  ov,  {έπιτέμνω)  cut  off, 
shortened,  Theophr.  :  ή  επίτομος,  sub. 
οδός,  the  short,  direct  way,  hai.  compen- 
dium viae,  Philo,  τά  έπ.  της  χώρας, 
Paus. :  έπ.  ξύλα.  timber  cut  m  short 
lengths  for  the  joiner,  Theophr. 

Έπιτήνιον,  ov,  τό,  {επιτείνω)  an 
instrument  for  stretching  or  straining : 
metaph.,  έπ.  εννοίας,  Plut.  :  esp.  the 
key  by  which  the  strings  of  an  instru- 
ment are  tightened  to  tune  it,  Ath. — IL 
=  τονάριον,  a  pilch-pipe. 

Έπίτονος,  ov,  {επιτείνω)  stretched, 
on  the  stretch,  strained,  Diod. — II.  ό 
έπίτονος,  as  subst.  sub.  ϊμάς.  a  rope, 
cord  or  thong  wilh  which  a  thing  is 
stretched  or  tightened,  esp.  the  halyard 
by  which  the  yard  is  kept  in  its  place 
on  the  mast  or  the  sail  stretched  tight, 
Od.  12,  423.-2.  the  tight  cordage  of  a 
bedstead,  on  which  the  bedding  rests, 
Ar.  Lys.  922. — III.  oi  έπίτονοι,  the 
great  sinews  of  the  shoulder  and  arm. 
Plat.  Tun.  84E,  and  Arist.  H.  A.  [In 
Horn.  I.  c.  err.,  mctri  grat.] 

Έπιτοξάζομαι.  dep.  (fTrt,  τοξάζω) 
to  shoot,  aim  al,  c.  dat.,  II.  3.  79. 

Έπιτοξεύω,  {έπί,  τοξεύω)=ΐονεξ., 
DioC. 

Έπιτοξίς,  ίδος,  ή,  the  nick  in  a  cross 
how,  etc.,  where  the  arrow  lies,  dub.  in 
Vitruv. 


ΕΠΓΓ 

'EsrtroiT^fi,»,  (έπί,  τόπος)  to  be  on  the 
Tpot,  dwell  there,  opp.  to  εκτοπίζω. 

Έτητοτϊολν,  έττιτοπ/,έον,  έιτιτο- 
7ΐ?.€Ϊστον,  also  έ~ι~ο—'/.ηΟος,  adv.  for 
έ~ι  TO  τΐο'λύ,  π?.έον,  πλείστον,  πλή- 
θος, in  general,  for  the  tnost  part,  com- 
monly, mostly,  V,  sub  πολ,νς. 

Έητόσσαις,  Dor.  part.  aor.  1  from 
έπέτοσσε,  q.  v.,  Piad.  P.  10,  52. 

Έπιτράγηματιζυ,  {επί,  τράγημα) 
to  serve  up  as  a  dessert,  Julian. 

Έπιτβύγία,  ας,  ή,  epith.  of  Venus, 
Plut.  Thes.  17,  from  a  she-goat  which 
was  changed  into  a  he-goat  (,ζράγος.) 

Έπιτραγίας,  ου,  ό,  {επί,  τρύγος) 
α  kind  of  fish,  which  is  very  lat,  but 
has  no  roe,  and  so  is  barren,  cf.  έπί- 
τραγος,  Arist.  Η.  Α. :  frona 

^Επιτράγιος,  ία,  ιον,  and  έπίτρα- 
J'Of,  οΐΊ  (επί,  τράγος)  over  luxuriant, 
and  so  barren,  v.  τραγύω :  hence  oi 
έπιτράγωι,  or  έπίτραγοι,  long,  waste- 
ful shoots  of  a  vine,  [ά] 

'Έ^πιτρΰ,γφόέυ,  ώ,  {έπί,  τραγφόέω) 
to  jRake  a  tragic  stiiry  of  Ά  thing,  exag- 
gerate. Theophr.  —  II.  to  produce  an- 
other or  second  tragedy. 

Έπιτρΰπεζίόως.  oi',=sq. 

Επιτραπέζιος,  (επί,  τράπεζα)  at, 
belonging  to  the  table,  Luc. 

ΈττίΓρά^ε^οξ•,  01"  .=foreg.,  Theophr. 

Έπιτρΰπεζνμα, ατός,  το,  {επί,  τρα- 
^εζόω)  α  dish  set  upon  the  table,  served 
up.  Plat.  (Com.)  Menel.  1. 

Έπιτρΰπέονσι,  Ep.  3  pi.  pres.  for 
έπιτρέπονσι,  II.  10,  4"21. 

'Έ.πιτρύπο>,  Ion.  for  επιτρέπω,  Hdt. 
3,  81 ;  7,  52,  etc.,  the  usu.  tbrm  in 
Hdt, ;  also  aor.  1,  έπέτραψε.  Id.  4, 
202 :  and  fut,  mid.  έπιτρύψυνται.  Id. 
3,  155.  [ά] 

νΕπιτραφθείς,  1  aor.  pass.  part, 
from  foreg..  Hdt.  1,  7. 

ΥΕπιτρανματίζω,  {επί,  τραυματίζω) 
to  wound  in  addition,  Eccl. 

'Errt-pi^v/Atof,  ov,  {επί'  τρύχη- 
/.ος)  on  or  belonging  to  the  neck. 

Έπιτρΰχννω,  {επί,  τραχννω)  to 
make  rough  on  the  surface. 

Έπιτρεπτέον,  verb.  adj.  from  επι- 
τρέπω, one  must  commit,  perimt,  Hdt. 
9  58. 

Έπιτρεπτικός,  ή,  όν,  hortatory, 
Aristid. :  from 

Επιτρέπω,  Ion.  -τράπω :  f.  -φω : 
poet.  aor.  2  έπέτρΰπον,  Horn.,  who 
however  has  also  aor.  1  επέτρεψα, 
but  of  the  mid.  only  aor  2  έπετράπό- 
μην,  cf.  επιτραπώ :  Ion.  aor.  1  pass. 
έπετράφθ7/ν,  part,  έπιτραψθείς,  Hdt. 
{έπί,  τρέπω.)  Strictly,  to  turn  over, 
throw  upon,  τι  εις  τι,  Luc.  :  but  most 
usu. — 2.  to  give  over,  commit,  entrust 
to  one's  care  or  charge,  οΙκόν  τινι, 
Od.  2,  226,  cf  επίτροπος  :  esp.,  θεοϊς 
έπ.  τι,  to  commit  it  into  their  hands, 
Od,  19,  502,  etc. :  also  c.  mf,  pro  ace, 
σοι  ίπέτρεΦεν  πονέεβθαι,  he  left  it  to 
you  to  work,  II.  10,  116:  c.  dat.  only, 
to  put  all  things  into  ayiother's  hand,  en- 
trust one's  self  to,  rely  upon  him,  II.  10, 
59 :  so  too  oft.  in  Att.,  as  Ar.  Ran. 
81 1 ;  esp.  έπ.  rivi  (sub.  την  όίκην), 
Thuc.  1,  28,  etc.,  cf  Heind.  Plat. 
Lys.  210  Β  ;  so  too  in  mid.,  Hdt.  1, 
96  ;  5,  95,  etc.  In  pass,  επιτρέπομαι, 
to  be  entrusted,  ώ  έπιτετρύφαται  λαοί 
(3  plur.  perf.  for  επιτετραμμένοι  είσί) 
to  whose  charge  they  are  committed, 
II.  2,  25;  Ώραις  μέγας  οίφανος  επι- 
τέτραπται  (3  sing,  perf)  heaven's 
gate  is  committecf  to  them  (to  open 
and  to  shut),  II.  5,  705  ;  8,  394  :  also 
c,  aec.  rei,  επιτρέπομαι  τι,  I  am  en- 
trusted with  a  thing,  as  την  ύρχην 
επιτραόβέντες,  Hdt.  1,  7 ;  επιτε- 
τραμμένοι την  φν?.ακτ/ν,Ύ\ΐΏ€.  1,  126. 
— II.  to  transfer  to  one's  heir,  leave,  be- 


ΕΠΙΤ 

queath,  παισΐ  κτήματα,  Od.  7,  149. — 
III.  to  give  up,  yield,  νικην  τινί,  II.  21, 
473  :  in  Att.  also  έπ.  τινί,  c.  mf ,  to 
permit,  suffer,  usu.  c.  negat.,  Ar.  PI. 
1078;  and  so  absol.,  Ar.  Nub.  799, 
Thuc.  1,  71,  etc. :  also  seemingly 
intr.,  ovK  επέτρεπε  γήραϊ,  he  did  not 
give  way  to  old  age.  II.  10,  79,  where 
έαντόν  is  usu.  supplied,  cf.  Lat.  con- 
cedere :  έπ.  ταΐς  έπιθνμίαις,  to  give 
way  to  one's  passions.  Plat.  Legg. 
802  Β  ;  ry  όργγ,  Dion.  H.— IV.  me- 
taph.,  c.  ace.  pers.,  to  turn  one  round, 
convert  him,  change  his  views.  B.  mid. 
to  turn,  lean,  incline  towards  a  thing,  C. 
inf  σοι  θνμός  έπετράπετο  εϊρεσΟαι, 
you  had  a  mind  to  ask,  Od.  9,  12. — 2. 
to  entrust  one's  self,  put  one's  self,  Or 
one's  cause  in  a  person's  hands,  Hdt.  1, 
96,  Xen.  An.  1,  9,  8 :  cf.  supr.  I.  sub 
fin. 

ΥΕπιτρέφιις,  ους,  ό,  Epitrephes, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Dem.  1221,  11. 

Έπιτρέώω.  f.  -βρέψω,  {έπί,  τρέφω) 
to  feed  up,  rear  ;  to  support,  maintain, 
Hdt.  8,  142.  Pass,  to  grow  up  after, 
as  posterity,  Lat.  succrcscere,  τινί,  Hdt. 
4,  3 ;  and  absol.,  2,  121,  1 :  in  genl.  to 
grow  up,  1,  123. 

Επιτρέχω,  fut.  1, -θρε^ο,/ιαί ."  rare 
form  of  aor.  1,  έπέθρεξα,  II.  13,  409; 
tut.  2,  έπιόρύμονμαι :  aor.  2,  έπέόρΰ- 
μον,  Horn. ;  pf  έπιόεόράμηκα,  poet. 
έπιόέόρομα,  Od.  {έπί,  τρέχω)  To  run 
to,  at,  upon,  whether  to  attack  or  de- 
fend, freq.  in  Horn.,  but  in  this  signf 
only  in  aor.  2  :  so  too  in  Att.  to  assault, 
attack  one  suddenly,  τινί,  Thuc.  4,  32, 
J  04,  etc. — II.  to  run  over,  graze  as  a 
lance  does  a  shield,  II.  13,  409:  to 
overspread,  be  shed  abroad,  be  diffused, 
λευκή  έπιόέόρομεν  αίγ/.η,  Od.  6,  45, 
κακή  έπιδεόρ.  ΰχλνς,  Od.  20,  357. — 2. 
c.  ace,  to  overrun,  as  an  army  does  a 
country,  έπ.  πεδίον,  χώρην,  Hdt.  1, 
161  ;  8,  32  ;  also  έπ.  καΑάμονς  χείλ^ε- 
σι,  Lat.  labro  percurrere,  Long.  1,  19. 
— 3.  to  run  over,  treat  lightly  of,  Lat. 
oratione  percurrere,  Xen.  Oec.  15,  1, 
Dem.  217,  7. — III.  to  run  upon,  run  over, 
of  chariots  which  seem  to  be  coming 
upon  their  horses,  Ιππυις,  II.  23,  504. 
— IV.  to  run  after,  aim  at,  seek  for,  σντι 
επιδρομών  πάντα  τα  διόόμενα  έδέκε- 
το.  did  not  catch  greedily  at  them, 
Hdt.  3,  135. 

Έπιτρησις,  εως,  ή,  {έπιτιτρύω)  a 
piercing  downwards. 

Έπιτριβή,  7/ς,  ή,  a  rubbing  or  fret- 
ting :  hence,  affliction,  Eccl.  :  from 

Έπιτμίβω,  1.  --φω,  {έπί,  τρίβω)  to 
rub  on  the  surface,  rub  away, grind  down: 
usu.  metaph.  to  wear,  waste  away,  rf/j.- 
ος  καίων  ίπιτρ-.ΥίάΧ..  4,  184  ;  νόσος  μ' 
έπετρ.,  Ar.  IS'ub.  243,  cf  438,  ταντά 
με  έπιτρίβει  πόθφ,  Ar.  Lys.  888. 
Pass,  to  be  utterly  destroyed,  undone, 
Solon  25,  Ar.  Ach.  1022  :  hence,  έπι- 
τριβείης,  be  hung  !  Ar.  Av.  1530. — II. 
in  mid.  to  rub  pamt  on  one's  cheeks,  of 
women,  A.  B. — III.  in  App.  to  excite, 
infiame,  as  by  friction,  έπ.  την  νόσον, 
to  aggravate  or  lengthen  it.  \_τρϊ] 

Έπιτρϊετής,  ές,  two  years  old  and 
upwards,  in  the  third  year  ;  cf.  έπιδιε- 
της. 

Έπιτρΐηραρχέω,  ώ,  {έπί,  τριηραρ- 
χέω)  to  be  trierarch  beyond  the  legal  time, 
Dem.  1214,  16 :  έπιτετριηραρχημέ- 
νων  ΐ/δη  δνοΐν  μηνοΐν,  three  months 
beyond  my  fair  term  of  oflice  having 
elapsed,  and  my  successors  not  hav- 
ing relieved  me,  Id.  1212,  27,  and  cf 
the  whole  speech,  (adv.  Polyclem.) 
Hence 

'Ε,πιτρΐηρύρχημα,  ατός,  τό,  the  bur- 
den of  a  trierarchy  continued  beyond  the 
legal  term,  Dem.  1206,  11,  cf.  foreg. 


ΕΙΠΤ 

Έπίτριμμα,  ατος,  τό,  {έπιτριβω) 
anything  rubbed  or  smeared  on :  me- 
taph.  anything  rubbed,  worn ,  practised, 
e.  g.  έπ.  ερώτων,  of  a  prostitute,  late : 
cf.  περίτριμμα. 

Έπιτριπτος,  ov,  {επιτρίβω)  rubbed, 
worn  away  :  esp.  worn,  practised,  hack- 
neyed, hence  of  a  rogue  in  grain,  έπ- 
κίναδος,  Soph.  Aj.  103  ;  έπ.  τΐ'ωμοκό- 
λακες.  Sannyr.  Ιο  1  ;  and  freq.  in  Ar., 
ούπίτμιπτος,  the  rogue,  unless  it  be 
έπιτριβηναι  άξιος,  curse-worthy,  cf. 
επιτρίβω  II. 

Έ,πιτρίς,  {έπί,  τρίς)  adv.  unto  three 
times,  Diosc. 

Έπίτρΐτος.  ov,  {έπί,  τρίτος)  con- 
taining an  integer  and  one  third,  1  +  J, 
or  ^  :  hence,  m  the  ratio  of  4  to  3,  Lat. 
sesquiterlius,  έπ.  ττνβμήν.  Plat.  Rep. 
546  C :  so  too  of  the  other  ordinal 
numbers,  έπιτέταρτος,  as  5  to  4,  έπί• 
πέμπτος,  as  6  to  5,  έόεκτος,  as  7  to  6, 
and  so  on  :  hence  of  the  intervals  of 
the  tones  in  music.  Plat.  Tim.  36  A. 
— II.  as  subst.  epitrite,  the  name  of  a 
metrical  foot,  so  called  as  being  com- 
pounded of  a  spondee  with  either  an 
iambus  or  a  trochee,  since  the  spon- 
dee contains  4  times,  the  iambus  and 
trochee  3  each  (ace.  to  the  position 
of  the  short  syllable  it  is  called  1st, 

2d,  3d,  or  4th  epitrite,  ^ ,  - , 

—  -  -, -),  Aristid.  ap.  Gaisf 

Hephaest.  p.  192. — III.  in  usury,  έπί- 
τριτον  (sub.  δάνεισμα)  was  a  loan  of 
which  J  is  annually  paid  as  interest,  i.  e. 
33 J  p.  cent.,  Xen.  Vect.  3,  9  ;  hence, 
τόκος  έπίτριτος,  Arist.  Rhet. :  so,  τό- 
κος έπόγδοος,  at  12J^  p.  cent.,  etc., 
Dem.  1212,  3,  cf  oninino  Bockh  P.  E. 
1,  164-186:  v.  also  έ-ί/zopiof  and  ύττό- 
τριτος. 

Έπίτριφις,  εως,  ή,  {επιτρίβω)  α 
rubbing,  wearing  away :  in  LXX.,  of 
waves. 

Έπιτρομέω,  ώ,  to  be  in  fear  of,  τι, 
Q.  Stn.:  Irom 

Έπιτρομος,  ov,  {έπι,  τρέμω)  in  fear, 
alarmed. 

Έπιτροπαϊος,  αία,  aiov,  {επιτρο- 
πή) entrusted  to  one,  hence,  άρχη  έπ., 
delegated  sovereignty,  α  regency,  Hdt. 
4,  147. 

Επιτροπεία,  ας,  ή,  (έπιτροπενω) 
charge,  guardianship.  Plat.  Phaedr. 
239  Ε  ;  also  -πία,  as  in  Legg.  928  C, 
etc. 

Έπιτρόπενσίς,εο)ς,  )7,= foreg.,  Plat. 
Rep.  554  C.     Hence 

Έπιτροπεντικός,  ή,  όν,  fitted  for  the 
office  of  guardian  or  steward,  Xen.  Oec. 
12,  3, 

Έπιτροπενω,  to  be  an  επίτροπος, 
to  be  overseer,  guardian,  governor,  usu. 
c.  gen.,  Hdt.  1,  65  ;  3,  15 ;  7.  62 :  but 
trans,  c.  ace,  την  πατρίδα  έπιτρο- 
πεϋσαι,  Hdt.  3,  36,  Ar.  Eq.  212 :  c. 
ace.  pers..  έπ.  τινά,  to  be  guardian  and 
regeiu  for  him,  Thuc.  1,  132.  Pass. 
to  be  under  guardians,  Plat.  Legg.  928 
C. 

Έπιτροπέω,  u,=foreg.,  dub.,  v. 
Lob.  Phryn.  590 

'Επιτροπή,  ής,  ή,  {επιτρέπω)  a  ref- 
erence of  a  thing  to  another,  τινί  περί 
τίνος,  Hipp.  :  έπ.  δίκης  τινί.  refer- 
ence of  the  question  to  another's  ar- 
bitration, Thuc.  5,  41  :  hence  absol. 
an  arbitration,  Dem.  897,  7. — II.  the 
office  or  power  of  a  guardian,  steward, 
or  governor,  Plat.  Legg.  924  Β  :  επι- 
τροπής δίκη,  an  action  aga  nst  a  guar- 
dian brought  by  his  ward  within  five 
years  alter  coming  of  age,  Lat.  tute- 
lae  judicium,  Att.  Process,  j).  454. — 
III.=Lat.  deditio  infidem,  an  uncondi- 
tional surrender,  Polyb. 

Έπιτροπια,  ας,  ή,=  επιτροπεία, 
531 


ΕΠΙΤ 

hence  ί-ιταοπίας  όικ,η,^^ίπιτρυπης 
όικη,  Fiat.  Legg.  928  C. 

Έ~£Τρο7Γίίίυς',  ή,  ον,  belonging  to  an 
έτι.τμο~ο<;,  his  power  or  oj/ice ;  esp.  ΐτζ. 
νόμος,  the  law  of  guardiauship,  Plat. 
Legg.  927  Ε  :  iioin 

Επίτροπος,  ου,  ό,  {ίπιτμέπω)  one 
to  ιιΊιυιη  llie  charge  or  direction  of  any- 
thing is  entrusted,  ti  governor,  steward, 
c.  gen.,  των  έωντον.  ildt.  1,  108  ;  τώι> 
οικιών,  3,  U3  ;  and  t  π.  Καίσαρος,  Lat. 
procurator  Caesarts.  Plut.  :  and  so — 2. 
csp.  a  guardian,  Hdl.  9,  10,  Thuc, 
etc. — 3.  in  genl.  a  governor,  ruler,  θεός 
ίπ.  ών.  Find.  Ο.  1,  171. 

Έπιτμοφή,  7/ς,  ή,  (ίπιτμέφω)  nour- 
ishintnt,  sustenance,  Joseph. 

'Επιτροχάδην,  adv.  {έπιτμηχάω) 
rwuiingly  :  m  Horn,  only  ni  phrase, 
i~.  uyoptvetv,  to  speak  flueniti/,  or 
(as  others)  briefly,  11.  3,  213,  Od.  18, 
20.  [aj 

Έπιτροχάζΐύ,  {επί,  τροχάζυ)  to  run 
upon  or  after:  to  touch  tightly,  treat 
bnejly,  Dion.  H.     Hence 

Έπιτροχΰλος,  ov,  (έπιτροχάω) run- 
ning, rolling  :  esp.  metaph.  glib,  flow- 
ing. ?^έξις,  Dion.  H. 

Έπιτρυχασμός,  ov,  6,  (έπιτροχάζω) 
a  running  ouer :  esp.  in  Khet.,  a  hurried 
accumutatioii  of  several  points. 

Έπιτροχάω,  ώ,=^έπιτροχύζω.  Αρ. 

Έπίτροχος,  ov,  =  έπιτρόχαλος. 
rounded,  easily  moving,  Hipp.  :  nietapll. 
voluble,  Luc.     Adv.  -χυς,  Ael. 

'Ε,πιτρνζω,  (έτΓί,  τρνζω)  to  iniirmitr, 
buzz  to,  beside  or  over,  τινά,  Euphor. 
76. 

Έπιτρυφάω,  ώ,  <βπί,  τρνψάυ)  to 
luxuriate,  rtvel  in,  τινί,  Fhiio. 

'Έπιτρώγυ,  f.  -τρώξομαι :  aor.  ίπέ- 
τρΰγυν.  [έπί,  τρώγω)  to  eat  to,  as  sauce 
to  or  after,  Luc. 

'Κπιτρωπαω,  ώ,  poet,  for  επιτρέ- 
πω. 

'Επιτυγχάνω,  f.  -τενξομαι :  aor. 
έπέτϋχον,  (έπί,  τυγχάνω)  to  light, 
fall  upon,  meet  with,  usu.  C.  (lat.  pers., 
as  Ar.  i\ub.  195,  533,  Thuc.  8,34: 
also  c.  dat.  rei,  Hdt.  1,  b8 ;  so,  έπ. 
ταϊς  θύραις  άνεωγμέναις,  find  them 
open,  Plat.  Synip.  223  B:  so  too  c. 
gen.,  Ar.  Flut.  245,  Thuc.  3,  3  ;  hut 
c.  gen.  rei,  to  hit,  reach,  attain  to,  Xeii. 
Mem.  4,  2,  28  ;  rarely  c.  ace,  to  meet, 
■find.  Plat.  Rep.  431  C  :  c.  part.,  to  suc- 
ceed in  domg,  Hdt.  8.  101,  103;  also 
C.  dat.  modi,  /.j  be  lucky,  successful  in 
a  Ihnig,  μάχτ),  Aeschm.  737,  l(j :  usu. 
m  pass,  to  turn  out  welt,  ή  πρύξις,  Po- 
lyb. :  absol.  m  part,  aor.,  ό  επιτυχών, 
like  ό  τνχων,  tlie  first  one  meets,  hence 
α  coinnioii,  undistinguished  person,  any 
one,  Hdt.  2,  2,  Ar.  Ran.  1375. — 11.  to 
converse,  talli  with  one,  τινί,  like  έν• 
τυγχάνω.  Flat.  Legg.  758  C :  also, 
έπ.  fil:iAiij),  to  take  it  up  and  read. 

'/ΆηίτνΑίττω,  {έπί,  τυλίττω)  to  turn 
over,  open  a  book.  Diog.  L.  9,  114. 

Έττιτνμιίιύιος,  a,  ov,  (έπί,  τνμι3ος) 
at,  belonging  to  a  tomb,  θρήνοι,  AescI». 
Cho.  342. — IL  έπιτυμριδιοι  in  The- 
ocr.  7,  23,  a  name  given  to  the  crested 
larks  {κορυδαλ'λίδες),  from  the  fable 
that  they  buried  their  parents  in  these 
mound-like  crests,  cf.  Ar.  Av.  475 ; 
ace.  to  others,  in  genl.  with  a  crest  or 
topping. 

Επιτύμβιος,  ov,^foreg.,  θρήνος, 
Aesch.,  χοαί.  Soph. — 2.  'Επιτνμβία, 
ij,  appell.  of  Venus,=L•at.  libitina, 
Plut. 

Έπίτνρον,  ου,  τό,  a  confection  made 
of  olives,  Cato  R.  R.  ss  119. 

'E7ri7i'0/i,o(j,   ώ,  (έπί,  τυφλόω)   to 
blind. — 2.   to  stop   up,   of  the   pores, 
Arist.  Prob. 
532 


ΕΠΙΦ 

'Έπτνφόω,  ώ,=  τυφόω. 

Έπιτνψω,  {.  -θυΦω,  {έπί,  τνφω)  to 
kindle,  injlaine.  Pass,  to  be  inflamed 
by  love,  τινός,  for  one,  Ar.  Lys.  221 : 
to  be  furious,  raging,  rabid,  έπιτεθνμ• 
μένος.  Plat.  Phaedr.  230  A,  ubi  oliin 
έπιτεθνμένος.  [i)J 

Έπιτνχί/ς,  ές,  (επιτυγχάνω)  hitting 
the  mark,  'ffeclive,  κότος,  Aesch.  Supp. 
744 ;  succes.-ijul,  lucky :  c.  giin.,  έπ. 
τών  καιρών  δοξη.  that  always  hits 
the  right  nail  on  the  head,  Isocr.  239 
A.     Adv.  -χώς.  Plat.  Phil.  38  D. 

'Επιτυχία,  ας,  ή,  the  gaining  of 
one's  ends:  success,  Folyb. 

Έπιτωθάζω,  i.  -άπω,  {έπί,  τωβάζω) 
to  mock,  jest.  Plat.  Ax.  3G4  C  ;  to  mock 
at,  jeer,  τινί  and  τινά,  App.     Hence 

Έπιτωβασμος,  ov,  ύ,  mockery,  rnil- 
tery.  Folyb. 

'Κπιφύγιίν,  inf.  aor.  2  of  έπεσθίω, 
to  eat  to  or  after,  esp.  as  a  remedy  or 
antidote,  Trophil.  ap.  Stob.  ]>.  511,  iin. 

Έπιφαιδρννω,  {έπί,  φαιδρννω)  to 
make  bright  :  to  wash,  rub,  clean,  Ap. 
Rh. 

ΈτΓίόβίνω,  f.  -φανώ.  {έπί,  φαίνω) 
to  shew  forth,  display,  like  έπιοεικνυ- 
μι,  Theogn.  35'J. — 2,  also,  like  φαίνω, 
as  il  inlr.,  to  shine  out,  shew  tight  upon, 
τινί,  Ν.  Τ. — Β.  pass,  and  mid.  to  shno 
one's  self,  come  into  tight,  shine  forth, 
appear.  U.  17,  C50  in  tmesis,  Hdt.  2, 
162,  etc.  :  of  sudden  attacks  or  inva- 
sion. έπΙ  TO  lp)ov,  Xen.  Oec.  21,  10; 
τινί,  Thuc.  8,  42  :  to  present  one's  self 
to,  visit,  Hdt.  4,  97  :  7a  επιφαινόμε- 
να, symptoms  which  follow  or  supervene, 
Hipp. 

νΚπίφαλλος,  ov,  ό,  (έπί,φαλλός)  a 
kind  of  ."o'tg  and  dance  to  tlie  music  of 
the  ilute,  Tryph.  ap.  Ath.  018  C. 

Επιφάνεια,  ας,  ή,  the  appearance, 
manifestation,  e.  g.  της  ημέρας,  the 
iLiwn,  Polyb.  :  esp.  of  tlie  appearance 
of  deities  to  aid  a  worshipper,  Dion. 
H. — II.  a  superficns,  surface,  pari  ex- 
posed to  view.  Anst.  II.  Α.,  and  IVlath. 
Vett. :  and  hence — 2.  opp.  to  αλή- 
θεια, appearance,  pretence,  Polyb. — 3. 
outward  show,  fame,  distinction,  esp. 
arising  from  something  unexpected. 
Plat.  Ale.  1,  124  C,  Isae.  64,  34,  [u] 
from 

Έπιφΰνής,ές,  {έπιφαίνομαι) coming 
to  tight,  appearing,  Hdt.  3,  27  :  in  full 
view,  έπ.  πολις,  a  place  commanded 
by  another,  Thuc.  5,  10,  etc.;  τινί. 
Id.  7,  3. — IL  metaph.  famous,  Lat.  tl- 
lustris,  Hdt.  2,  89,  etc. :  of  things,  re- 
markable. Id.  5,  6.  Adv.  -νώς,  Thuc. 
1,  91  :  superl.  -έστατα,  viost  manifest- 
ly. Id.  5,  105. 

Επιφάνια,  ων,  τύ,  sub.  Ιερά,  the 
festival  of  the  Epiphany,  the  manifesta- 
tion of  Christ  to  the  Gentiles,  Eccl. : 
cf.  επιφάνεια  \. 

Έπίφαντος,  ov,  (έπιφαίνομαι)  vi.'ri- 
l/le  :  like  έν  φύει,  in  the  light  of  life, 
alive,  Soph.  Ant.  841  cf.  Valck.  Phoen. 
1349. 

Έπιφαρμύκενω,  (έπί,  φαρμακενιο) 
to  countercharm,  dissolve  a  spell,  dub.  1. 
ap.  Menand.  p.  73. 

Έπιφαρμάττω,  f.  -ξω,  (έπί,  φαρ- 
μάττω)  to  apply  medicine  again  to,  τι. 

Έπίφάσις,  εως,  ή,^^έπιφάνεια,  a 
becoming  visible,  coming  to  light.  The- 
ophr. :  in  genl.  appearance,  esp.  opp. 
to  reality,  Polyb. — II.  an  indication, 
display,  ακριβείας,  Polyb. 

^Έπιφάσκω,  (έπί,  φάσκω)  to  say  in 
addition,  to  give  out,  Philo. 

Έπιφατνίδιος,  ov,  (έπί,  φάτΐ'η)  at 
the  manger,  belonging  to  it,  φορβειά, 
Xen.  Eq.  5,  1. 

'Κπιφύτνιος,  ov,=toreg. 

Έπιφαύσκω,=^έπιφώσκω,  to  shine 


ΕΠίΦ 

out,  of  the  sun  or  moon,  LXX, — IL 
also  in  pass,  form,  lb. 

Έπιφανω,=  ίοτ6ξ.  L,  to  shine  vpcm, 
τινί,  JN.  T. 

Έπιφέρβω,  (έπί,  φέρβω)  to  make  to 
feed  upon  a  thing.  Mid.  to  feed  upon, 
Ti,  dub.  in  Phanocl.  2,  2. 

Επιφέρω,  lut.  έποίσω  :  aor.  1  έπή- 
νεγκα:  aor.  2  έπήνεγκον,  (έπί,  φέρω) 
to  bring,  put  or  lay  upon,  Hoin.  only  iu 
phrase,  σοι  βαρείας  χείρας  έποισει, 
shall  lay  heavy  hands  upon  thee,  Lat. 
graves  manus  tibi  inferet,  11.  1,  89:  0Γ 
merely,  χείρας  έποισει,  Od.  10,  438  ; 
except  in  tmesis,  έπ.  ύλ'λήλοισι  φέρον 
πολνδακρνν  Άρτ/α,  II.  3,  1 32:  ί-ο  in 
prose  έπιφέρειν  τινϊ  πόλεμσν,  Lat. 
bellum  inftrre,  make  war  upon  him, 
Hdt.  5,  81  ;  οπ'λα,  Thuc.  4,  10,  etc.  : 
and  hence  absol.,  to  attack,  assad,  Ar. 
Eq.  837. — 2.  to  lay,  throw  a  charge  upon 
one,  έπ.  α'ιτίαν  τινί,  Hdt.  1,  08,  etc. ; 
■φόγον  τινί,  Thuc.  1,  70  :  so,  έπ.  μω• 
pi'jv,  μανίην  τινί,  to  impute  it  to  him, 
charf^e  it  vpo/i  him.  Lat.  cxprobrnre  al- 
ictii,  Hdt.  1,  131  ;  6,  112.— 3.  to  bring, 
i.  e.  confer  or  impose  upon,  in  good  OT 
bad  sense,  as  έπ.  τιμάν.  Find.  Ο.  I, 
50,  έλενθερίαν,  Thuc.  4,  85 ;  but  also 
δυυλείαν,  etc.,  Id.  3,  56  :  also  to  offer, 
Thuc.  2,  34. — 4.  όιχγάς  έπιφέρειν  τινί, 
to  minister  to,  gratify  his  passions,  C'ra- 
tiii.  Xfi/j.  12, Thuc. 8. 83, ubi  V.  SchoL 
—5.  to  add,  esp.  as  an  epithet,  like  έπΐ• 
τίθημι  Vi.,  in  Gramm.  B.  mid.  to 
bring  ivith  or  upon  one's  self,  bring  as 
dowry,  τι,  Lys.  153,  12,  cf.  Dem.  1014, 
4.  C.  pass,  absol.  to  follow,  come  after, 
Hdt.  2,  96  :  of  events,  to  happen  after. 
Til  έπιφερομενα,  Hdt.  1,209. — 2.  έπι- 
φέιιεσθαί  τινι,  to  rush  upon  or  after, 
attack,  pursue,  Hdt.  8,  OO:  in  genl.  to 
assault.  Thuc.  3,  23  :  to  attack  v^ith 
words,  Hdt.  8,  61  :  θάλαττα  μεγά'λη 
επιφέρεται,  a  great  sea  .\tnkes,  dashes 
against  the  ship,  Xen.  An,  5,  8.  20. — 
3.  C.  inf.  to  rush  on,  be  eager  to  do,  Po^ 
lyb. 

Έπίφημι,  (έπί,  φημί)  to  agree,  assent, 
Einped.  ap.  Plut.  2,  820  F. 

Έπιφημίζω,  (έπί,  φημιζω)  Ιο  utter 
words  of  good  or  evil  omen  to  one  in  an 
undertaking,  cf.  Hdt  3,  124,  in  mid., 
V.  Eust.  aj).  Gaisf.  ad  1.,  cf.  έπιφή- 
μιαμα.  έπιφημισμός,  φήμη. — Π.  δαί- 
μονας or  θεονς  έπιφημιζειν  τινί,  to 
give  the  name  or  authority  of  the  gods  to, 
ascribe  to  them,  Plat.  Legg.  771  D.  cf. 
Wolf.  Dem.  495,  10  :  but  usu.  with 
collat.  signf.  of  doing  it  for  luck's  sake, 
— 111.  to  jnuke  knoivn  by  some  mysterious 
means,  intimate,  Plut. — ΐν.=  έπίφημι•, 
to  promise,  agree,  Eur.  I..  A.  130: 
freq.  confused  with  έπενφημέω.  Lob 
Phryn.  590.     Hence 

Έπιφήμισμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  sign, 
omen  of  good  or  ill  luck,  esp.  a  word  or 
prayer  of  good  or  bad  omen,  Thuc.  7, 
75. 

Έπιφημισμός,  ov,  6,  a  naming  omi- 
nously,  esp.  a  naming  in  honour  of  α 
god,  etc.,  Strab. 

Έπιφβάνω,  f.  -άσω,  (έπί,  φθάνω)  to 
arrive  at,  reach  first,  hence  part.  aor. 
έπιφθύς,  Batr.  217.  [άνω,  άσω  Ep., 
ΰσω  Alt.] 

Έπιφθέγγομαι,  f.  -γξομαι,  (έπί, 
φθέγγομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  utter  with  or 
m  accordance, join  inwhatissaid,  Aesch. 
Cho.  457 :  to  soy  after  or  in  addition. 
Plat.  Phil.  18  D.     Hence 

ΈπίφΟεγμα,  ατός,  τό,  any  thing  ut• 
tered  in  answer  :  a  clamour,  threat. 

Έπιφθίνω,  (έπί,  φθίνω)  to  perish, 
die  in  or  upon,  τινί,  Nic.  ap.  Ath.  C84 
D.  [t  in  Ep.] 

'Έ,πιφθονέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (έπί,  φθο• 
νέω)  to  grudge,  withhold  from  jealousy. 


ΕΠΙΦ 

ηνίτι,  Od.   11,  149.— II.  to  bear  hate 
against,  τινί,  Hdt.  9,  79. 

Έττίφθονος,  ov,  {έττί,  φθόνος)  ex- 
pose<L  liable  to  envy  or  jf.alousy,  Aesch. 
Ag.  921  ;  kiz.  τινί,  looked  on  with  envy 
or  jealousy  by  one,  Eur.  Med.  304, 
etc. ;  so  too  προς  τίνος,  Hdt.  4,  205 : 
TO  έτΓ.,  envy,  το  επ.  λάμβαναν  επΙ 
μεγίστυις,  Thuc.  2,  64. — II.  act.  bear- 
ing a  grudge  against,  jealous  of,  hating, 
τινί,  Aesch.  Ag.  135  ;  hence  working 
mischief.  Id.  Eum.  376.  Adv.  -νως, 
έτ.  διακεΐσθαί  τινι,  εχειν  προς  τίνα, 
Thuc.  ι,  75,  Xen.  Cyr.  3,  3,  10. 
Έπίόβορος,  ον,  {επί,  φθορά)  deadly. 
Έπιφθυσόω,  Dor.  for  έπιφθύζω, 
which  however  is  not  found, =  έ-/- 
πτύω,  to  spit  at,  Theocr.  2,  62  ;  7,  127, 
to  avert  a  spell  of  witchcraft,  Lat. 
despaere,  cf  Tlbull.  1,  2,  54.  The 
only  simple  verb  in  use  is  πτύω. 

'Επίφΐλοπονέω,  ώ,  {έπί,  φιλοπο- 
νέω)  and  in  mid.,  to  labour  willingly 
and  earnestly  at,  τινί,  Xen.  Oec.  5,  5, 
With  v.  1.  φιλοπ. 

Έπίφλεβος,  ov,  {επί,  φλέφ)  with 
veins  on  the  surface,  prominent,  Hipp. 

'Έπιφλεγής,  ές,  {έπιφλέγω)  fiery, 
χρώμα,  Arist.  Physiogn. 

'Ε,πιφ7ι.εγμαίνω,  {επί,  φλεγμαίνω) 
to  be  in  a  state  of  infiam?n(Uion,  Hipp. 

'Έ,πιφ?Jγω,  L  -ξω,  {επί,  φλέγω)  to 
kindle,  set  on  fire,  burn  up,  πϊφ  έπι- 
φ?\.έγει  ϋλην,  νεκρόν,  IL  2,  455  ;  23, 
52  :  metaph.  to  inflame,  excite,  Aesch. 
Pars.  395  :  also  to  light  up,  make  bril- 
liant or  illustrious,  lite  Lat.  illustrare, 
επ.  πάλιν  άοιδαΐς,  Pind.  Ο.  9,  34. — 
II.  inLr.  to  blaze  up,  be  brilliant.  Id.  P, 
11,  89. 

'Έ,πιφ7Μγίζω,  {επί,  φλογίζω)  to  kin- 
dle, inflame  on  the  surface.     Hence 

^Κπίφ?^όγισ/ια,  ατός,  TO,aninflamed 
part,  pustule,  Hipp. 

'Έπιφλογώόης,  ες,  {επιφλεγής,  εί- 
δος) inflamed  looking,  dub.  in  Hipp. 

Έπιφλυκταινόομα/,  as  pass.,  to 
have  pustules  on  One.  Hipp. 

Έπιφλνω,  {επί,  φλύω)  to  sputter  at ; 
metaph.  to  rail  at,  τινί.  Αρ.  Rh.  [ϋ] 

'Έ,πιφοβης,  ov,  {επί,  φόβος)  fright- 
ful, terrible,  Aesch.  Ag.  1152. — II. 
j»Lss.  in  fear,  timid:  hence  adv.  -βως, 
App- 

ΈήίφοίΡϊ/ίί'ζω,  {'επί,  φοινικίζω)  to 
get,  have  a  purple  titige,  Theophr. 

Έπιφοινίσσω,  f.  -^ω,  (επί,  φοινίσ- 
αω)(ο  tiKike red  on  thesurface,  Luc, — II. 
intr.  =  foreg.  :  esp.  to  be  red  οτ  of  a  rud- 
dy complexion,  Arist.  Physiogn. :  and 
so  in  pass.,  lb. 

Έπιφοίτάω,  ώ,  Ion,  -έω,  {επί,  φοι- 
τάω)  to  come  habitually  to,  visit  again 
and  again,  absol.,  το  έπιφοιτέον,  οι 
επιφοιτέοντες,  the  comers,  the  visiters, 
Hdt.  1,  97;  9,  28:  επ.  τινί,  to  have 
dealings  with.  Id.  2,  73  :  of  visions,  to 
haunt  a  person,  \ά.  7,  16;  ες..,  Thuc. 
1,  135  :  of  a  disease,  to  recur,  cling  to 
one,  Hipp. :  ό  επιφοιτέων  κέραμος, 
which  is  regularly  imported,  Hdt.  3,  6. 
t'E7r£(^oi7eia),=  foreg. 
Έττιφοίτησις,  εως,ή,  {έπιφοιτύω) a 
coming  upon  one,  approach .'  esp.  of  a 
god.  inspiration.  Joseph. 
Έπίφονος,  ov,  7nurderous. 
Έπίφορά,  ΰς  ή,  {επιφέρω)  a  bring- 
ing to  or  upon. :  hence — 1.  a  donative, 
addition  made  to  one's  pay,  Thuc.  6,  31  : 
in  genl.  an  additioyi. — II.  (from  pass.) 
a  rush  upon,  sudden  attack,  viole/ice, 
Lat.  impetus,  Polyb. :  hence,  έπ-  όμ- 
βρων,  δακρύων,  a  sudden  burst  of  rain, 
of  tears,  Polyb. :  esp. — 2.  έπ.  βεύμα- 
της,  a  disease,  defluxion  of  humours,  Me- 
dic.—  IV.  in  logic,  an  inference,  the 
conclusion  of  a  syllogism,  consequent, 
liion.  H. 


ΕΠΙΦ 

'Έπιφορβέω,  ώ,  {έπί,  φέρβω)  1  to 
feed,  Η.  Horn.  Merc.  105,  βοτάνης 
έπεφόρβει  βηΰς,  where  however  it 
may  also  be  the  plqpf  from  φέρβω 

'Eπιώopέω,ώ,=έπιφέpω,toputupon, 
χονν,  Hdt.  4,  201,  etc. ;  yf/v,  Ar.  Pac. 
167.     Hence 

Έπιφόρημα,  ατός,  τό,  usu.  in  plur., 
that  which  is  served  up  in  addition  or  af- 
ter ;  dessert,  Hdt.  1, 133,  Archipp.  Her. 

4,  etc. 

Έΰίφορικός,  ή,  όν,  {έπιφορά)  im- 
petuous, esp.  of  style. 

Έπίφορος,  ov,  {επιφέρω)  bearing, 
urging  on,  esp.  of  a  fair  wind,  Thuc. 
2,  77  :  in  genl.  favouring,  helping, 
Aesch.  Gho.  813. — II.  leaning,  prone  to 
a  thing,  Hipp. — 2.  descending .  sloping, 
declivitous,  Plut.  Flam.  8. — III.  preg- 
nant, esp.  frequently  conceiving,  Hipp. 
Adv.  -ρως,  Strab. 

'Επιφορτίζω,  {έπί,  φορτίζω)  to  load 
heavily  besides,  Joseph. 

Έπίφραγμα,  ατός,  τό.  {έπιφρύσσω) 
a  covering,  lid.  Math.  Vett. 

Έπιφράδέως,  {έπιφρύζομάι)  adv., 
advisedly,  carefully,  Ap.  Rh. 

Έπιφραδμοσύνη,  ης,  >j,  v.  1.  Hes. 
Th.  658,  for  ύποφραδμοσυνη,  q.  v. 

Έπιφράζω,  f.  -σω,  (έπί,  φράζω)  to 
say  besides,  Hdt.  1,  179  (for  έπέφραδε, 
V.  sub  φράζω) : — but  more  usu. — B. 
έπιφράζομαι,  dep.  c.  fut.  -σομαι :  aor. 
mid.  έπεφρασάμην,  and  (in  same  signf ) 
aor.  pass,  έπεφρύσθην,  Od.  5,  183.  To 
reflect  upon,  make  up  one's  mind,  resolve, 
c.  inf,  δόρυ  μηροϋ  έξερύσαι,  II.  5, 
665.  so,  οίον  τον  μνθον  έπεφράσβης 
άγορενσαι,  Od.  5,  183. — II.  to  think  on, 
devise,  contrive,  ολεθρόν  τινι,  Od.  15, 
444;  βονλήν,  II.  13,  741;  τέχνην, 
Hes.  Th.  160  ;  and  so  oft.  in  Hdt.— 
III.  to  be  aware  of  .perceive,  τινά,  Od.  8, 
94,  533  ;  to  recognise,  Od.  18,  94  :  foil, 
by  όσον..,  II.  21,  410. — IV.  to  acquaint 
one's  self  with,  take  cognisance  of,  βου- 
λών, II."  2,  282. 

ΓΕπίφραξις,  εως,  ή,  a  blocking  up, 
obstruction,  Plut. :  from 

Έπιφράσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  f.  -ξω,  {επί, 
φράσσω)  to  stop,  block  up,  Theophr. 

Έπίφρικτος,  η,  ov,  rough,  bristling, 
Nic. :  from 

Έπιφρίσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  f.  -ξω,  (έπί, 
φρίσσω)  to  be  rough,  bristling  on  the  sur- 
face, like  Lat.  horrere,  Dion.  P. :  esp. 
of  water,  νέ~οδες  έπιφρίσσονσι  γα- 
λήντ),  they  make  a  ripple  on  the  calm 
sea.  Opp. 

Έπιφρονέω,  ω,  {  έπίφρων  )  to  be 
shrewd,  prudent :  Hom.  has  only  part. 
fern,  έπιφρονέουσα,^έπίφρων, Od.  19, 
385. 

Έπιφροσύνη,  ης,  ή,  (ίπίφρων)  fore- 
thought, thoughtfulness,  διδόναιέπ.,  Od. 

5,  437,  άνελέσθαι  έπ.,  Od.  19, 22.— II. 
observation,  Arat. 

Έπίφρονρος,  ov,  {έπί,  φρουρά) 
watching  by,  guarding,  Tivi,  Eur.  Or. 
1575. 

Έπίφρων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  {έπί,  φρί/ν) 
poet.,  shrewd,  sensible,  thoughtful,  ot 
persons,  Od.  23,  12 :  βουλην  έπίφρων, 
sage  m  council,  Od.  16,  242  ;  but  also, 
βουλή,  μήτις  έπίφρων,  Od.  3,  128  ; 
19,  326,  and  Hes.,  but  never  in  II. 

'Επιφνάδες,  ων,  al,  {έπιώνω)  suck- 
ers, shoots  from  the  sides  of  a  root, 
Theophr. 

Έπιφύλaξ,a.κoς,ό,^=^φύλaξ,awatch- 
man,  Long,  [v] 

'Επιφυλάσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  f.  -^ω, 
{έπί,  φυλάσσω)  to  keep  guard  upon, 
watch,  Plat.  Legg.  866  D. 

Έπιφύλως,  ov,  {έπί,  φυ7.ή)  in  tribes: 
divided  into  or  among  them,  Eur.  Ion 
1577.  [ii] 

Έπιφνλλίζω,  to  glean  the  grapes  in 


ΕΠΙΧ 

a  vineyard:  metaph.  to  search  out  dili- 
gently, LXX.     From 

Έπιφυλλίς,  ίόος,  η,  {έπί,  φύλλον) 
the  STnall  grapes  left  for  gleaners,  LXX. : 
hence  Ar.  Ran.  92,  calls  paltry  poet- 
asters, επιφυλλίδες,  whose  names 
are  not  mentioned,  until  the  list  of 
true  poets  is  exhausted. 

Έπιφυλλόκαρπος,ον,{'Επί,φνλλον, 
καρπός)  bearing  its  fruit  upon  Οι  among 
the  leaves,  Theophr. 

Έπίφϋσις,  εως,ή,{έπιφύω)  agrowth, 
increase:  in  jilants  α  *•ΛοοΛ  Theophr. 
— 2.  in  Medic,  a  portion  of  bone  grow- 
ing on  another,  but  separated  by  a  car- 
tilage. 

Έπιφϋτεύω,  {έπί,  φυτεύω)  to  plant 
over  or  upon  a  thing,  Ar.  Pac.  168. 

Έπιφύω,  f.  -ύσω,  [ν]  {έπί,  φύω)  to 
make  to  produce  on  or  besides,  Theophr. 
— II.  intr.  in  pass.,  c.  perf.  έπιπέφνκα, 
and  aor.  2  act.  έπέφϋν,  to  grow  upon  or 
over,  τινί,  Hdt.  4,  34,  esp.  as  an  ex- 
crescence, Arist.  H.  A  :  hence  to  ad- 
here, cling  closely  to,  c.  dat.  instrum., 
άμφοίν  ταΐν  χεροΐν,  Polyb. :  esp.  of 
dogs,  έπ.  τοις  θηρίοις.  to  stick  close  to 
them,  run  them  hard,  Plut.  : — and  so 
metaph.,  έπ.  τοις  άδικονσι.  Id.,  cf. 
έμφύω  :  to  attach  one's  self  to,  τοις  άγα- 
θοίς,  Plut. 

'Επιφωνέω,  ώ,  {έπί.  φωνέω)  to  call 
to  :  to  say,  speak  of  a  thing,  Fr.  Hom. 
42,  in  mid.  :  to  tell  of,  mention,  τι, 
Soph.  :  to  say  in  addition,  add,  subjoin, 
Plut.     Hence 

'Επιφώνημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  thing  utter- 
ed besides  or  in  addition  :  in  rhet.,  a 
sentence  added  to  finish  with,  a  vwral, 
I'envoy,  Dem.  Phal.     Hence 

Έπιφωνημάτικός,  ή,  ov,of  the  na- 
ture of  an  επιφώνημα.  Adv.  -κώς, 
Dem.  Phal. 

'Επιφωνημάτων,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from 
επιφώνημα,  Epict. 

'Επιφώνησις,  εως,  ή,  {επιφωνέω) 
acclamation,  a  cry,  Plut. :  an  enchant- 
ment. 

Έπιφωράω,  ώ,  f.  -άσω,  {έπί,  φω- 
ράω)  to  discover  in  a  thing,  detect, 
Synes.  [άσω] 

Έπιφώσκω,  like  έπιφανσκω,  to 
grow  towards  daylight,  N.  T. 

Έπιφωτισμός,  ov,  Ό,  {έπί,  φωτίζω) 
an  illumination,  illuminating  light. 

Έπιχαίνω,  {έπί.  χαίνω)  to  gape,  be 
greedy  for,  τινί,  Lat.  inhiare,  Luc. 

Έπιχαιράγΰθος,  ov,  {  επιχαίρω, 
uya^of )  taking  delight  in  what  is  good, 
Strab.  [a] 

Έπίχαίρεκΰκέω,  ώ.  to  enjoy  anoth- 
er's evils,  be  spiteful,  and 

'Επιχαιρεκάκία,  ας,  η,  joy  at  one's 
neighbour's  ilL•,  spitefulness,  Arist.  Eth. 
Ν .  :  from 

Έπιχαιρέκακος,  ov,  {επιχαίρω,  κα- 
κός) rejoicing  in  one's  neighbour's  ills, 
spiteful,  Anaxandr.  Incert.  8,  Alex. 
Diapl.  1. 

Έ7Γί;^;αφεσ</cα«Of,ov,=foreg.,Lob. 
Phryn.  770. 

'Επιχαίρω,  {έπί,  χαίρω)  to  rejoice  in 
or  over  a  person  or  thing,  whether 
kindly  or  spitefully,  but  usu.  the  lat- 
ter, c.  dat.,  Dem.  558,  fin.,  very  rare, 
c.  ace,  as  Soph.  Aj.  136,  σέ  μεν  tv 
πράσσοντ'  επιχαίρω  :  absol.,  Ar.  Pac. 
1015  ;  and,  in  aor.  2  pass,  έπιχαρή- 
vai,  ld.Thesm.314:  cf  Valck.  Phoen. 
1549. 

Έπιχάλαζάω,  ώ,  {έπί,  χα7Μζάω)  to 
hail,  shower  hail  upon,  τινά,  Luc. 

'Επιχά?:ΰρός,  ά.  όν,  {έπί,  χαλαρός) 
somewhat  loose,  Hipp. 

Έπιχΰ?Μω,  ώ,  f.  -άσω,  {έπί,χα?,ύω) 
to  loosen,  relax,  Polyb. — II.  intr.  to 
yield,  soften  in  a  thing,  Aesch.  Pr. 
179.  [ύσω} 

533 


ΕΠΙΧ 

'Emxa7.Kevu,  (ίτνί,  χα?ι.κΐνω)  to 
Jorge,  hammer  a  thing  upon  a  place, 
Aescli.  Fr  2β'ί  .  metaph.  to  hammer 
upon  a  given  xuhject,go  over  \togain  and 
agnin,  Arist.  Rhet.— a.  metaph.  to  forge 
to  one'x  purpose,  of  a  man,  Ar.  Nub. 
422. 

'¥.πίχαλκος,  ov,  {έπί,  χα^.κός)  cov- 
ered with  copper  or  brass,  brazen,  ύσκίς, 
Hilt.  4,  200,  Ar.  Vesp.  18  :  also,  ή, 
in.,  sub.  ασπίς,  Memeke  Ameips. 
Sphend.  3. 

ΥΕ-κίχαλκος,  ov  Dor.  u,  ό,  Epichnl• 
cus,  masc.  pr.  n,  Theocr.  14,  53. 

'Επιχήραγμα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which 
is  stamped  or  i/npressed,  e.  g.  On  a  coin. 
Ιχΰ] :  from 

'Κπιχΰρύσσω,  Att.  -ttu,  f.  -ίω, 
(έτΓί,  χαράσσω)  to  cut  into,  hence, 
φύλλον  έτηκεχαρ-,  a  notched  or  serra- 
ted leaf,  Theopnr. — 2.  to  stamp,  impress 
upon,  τι  Tivi,  of  coins,  Plut. 

ΈτΓίχάρής,  ές,  [επιχαίρω)  rejoiced 
at,  glad  of  a  thing,  LXX.— II.  act. 
gratifying,  agreeable,  Aesch.  Pr.  160. 

νΕπιχάρης,  ους,  ό,  Epichures,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Oratt. 

Έπιχΰριεντίζομαι,  more  rare  in 
act.,  έπιχαριεντίζω,  to  make  sport  oj 
a  thing,  Luc. 

Έπιχύριζομαι,  f.  -ίσομαι,  Att.  -lov- 
μαι,  (trri,  χαρίζομαι)  ilep.  mid.  : — to 
furnish  besides,  make  a  present  of,  τι, 
Xen.  Eq.  6,  12 :  intr.,  έπιχαριττα 
(Dor.  for  έπιχαρίζον)  τω  ξένω,  be  civil 
to  him,  Ar.  Ach.  884. 

Έπίχάρις,  ιτος,  ό,  ή,  neut.  έπίχαρι, 
(επί,  χάρις)  pleasing,  agreeable,  Aesch. 
Theb.  910,  Xen.,  etc.  :  ivinning,  neat, 
σιμός  έπ.  κληθείς.  Plat.  Rep.  474  Ε  : 
giving  pleasure,  Xen.  Cyn.  5,  33: — το 
έπίχαρι,  pleasatitness  of  manner.  Id. 
An.  2,  6,  12. 

Έπιχάριτος,  oj',  (ίπί,  χύρις)= 
foreg.,  ireq.  in  Xen.,  cf.  Bornem. 
Symp.  3,  9  ;  7,  5.  Adv.  -τως,  Dor. 
ace.  to  Elmsl.  -ττως,  Ar.  Ach.  867. 

Έπιχαριττα,  Dor.  nnperat.  tor  έπι- 
χαρίζον, Ar.  Ach.  884.  [ά] 

νΕπιχαρίττως,  Dor.  adv.  for  -ίτως, 
V.  sub  έπιχάριτος. 

Έπίχαρμα,  ατός,  τό,  (επιχαίρω)  an 
object  of  sport  Ol  joy,  esp.  of  malignant 
joy,  Valck.  Phoen.  1549,"  Theocr.  2, 
20. 

νΕττίχαρμος,  ου,  ό,  Epicharmus,  a 
comic  poet  of  Cos,  but  who  passed 
his  life  at  Syracuse,  Xen.  Mem.  2,  1, 
20  ;  Theocr.  Ep. ;  Ath.,  etc. 

Έπίχαρσις,  εως,  ή,  joy,  esp.  malig- 
nant joy  at  a  thing. 

Έπίχαρτος,  ov,  (επιχαίρω)  wherein 
one  feels  joy,  delightsome.  Soph.  Tr. 
1262  ;  Tivi,  to  one,  Aesch.  Ag.  722. — 
2.  esp.  exulted,  or  to  be  exulted  over  in 
calamity,  έχΟροΐς  έπίχαρτα,  matter  of 
triumph  to  my  enemies,  Aesch.  Pr. 
158  :  oi  δικαίως  τι  πάσχοντες  έπίχαρ- 
τοι,  to  see  people  justly  punished  is 
a  satisfaction,  Thuc.  3,  67. 

Έπιχασκάζω,  to  be  open,  gape  at  top. 

Έπιχασμάομαι,  [έπί,  χασμάομαι) 
to  yawn  at  a  thing,  Heliod. 

Έπιχέζω,  [ίπί,  χέζω)  to  ease  one's 
self  again,  Ar.  Lys.  440. 

Έ7Γ£;^ίίλεω,  ώ,  to  fill  to  the  brim  : 
from 

Έπιχειλής,  ές,  (έπί,  χείλος)  on  or 
at  the  lips,  ()ήματα  έπ.,  phrases  at  the 
tip  of  one's  tongue,  common  phrases, 
Lat.  quae  nntant  in  labris:  γλωσσά  έπ., 
a  tongue  which  will  not  be  hej)t  within 
the  lips. — II.  almost  full,  near  the  brim, 
but  not  quite  running  over,  like  έπιστε- 
ώής,  Ar.  Eq.  814:  but— III.  later, 
brimfall,runningover,  like  νπεργειλής. 
— IV'.  with  the  lips  drawn  in,  like  old 
people,  Alciphr.  3,  55. 
534 


ΕΠΙΧ 

Έπιχειμύζω,  f.  -σω,  (έπί,  χειμάζω) 
to  umter.  spend  the  winter  at  a  place  : 
to  stay  the  winter  through  :  'i'luic.  1,  89 
unites  both  signfs. — II.  to  be  stormy 
afterwards.     Hence 

Έπιχείμάσις,  εως,  ή,  a  wintering  at 
a  place. — 11.  a  storm  which  follows  some- 
thing, Plin. 

Έπίχεφα,  ων,  τά,  v.  έπίχειρον. 

Έττίχειρέω,  ω,  f.  -ήσω,  (έπί,  χειρ) 
to  put  one's  hand  to  a  thing,  c.  dat., 
ύείπνω,  σίτω,  Od.  24,380,  395  :  hence 
in  genl.,  to  put  one's  hand  to,  set  to 
work  at,  attempt,  ipyu),  όόώ,  τάφρφ, 
etc..  Hdt.,  Eur.,  etc! ;  much  more 
rarely  c.  ace,  μεγάλα  έργα,  Theogn. 
75,  Plat.  Crito  45  C  :  to  intend,  at- 
tempt to  do,  c.  inf,  Hdt.  3,  38,  65. 
Xen.,  etc.  —  2.  to  make  an  attempt 
on,  and  so  freq.  in  hostile  signf,  to  set 
upon,  attack,  τινί,  Hdt.  1,  26,  etc.  : 
absoL,  to  act  on  the  offen  ve.  Id.  8,  108. 
— II.  to  handle  a  subject  philosophically, 
argue  on  it,  Arist.  Coel.     Hence 

'Επιχείρημα,  ατός,  τό,  an  underta- 
king, attempt,  Thuc.  7,  47,  Xen.,  etc. 
— II.  in  logic,  α  kind  of  argument,  de- 
fined by  Arist.  Top.  8,  11,  12  as= 
συλλογισμός  διαλεκτικός.     Hence 

'Επιχειρηματικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging 
to  an  'επιχείρημα,  argumentative,  Arist. 
Memor.     Adv.  κώς,  Aristid. 

Έπιχείρησις,  εως,  //,  (έπιγειρέω) 
an  attempt  upon,  attack,  Hdt. :  in.  genl. 
an  attempt.  Id.  3,  71. — II.  aniode  of  ar- 
guing, Polyb. 

Έπιχεtpητέov,^veτh.  adj.  from  έπί- 
χειρέω,  one  must  attempt,  try,  attack, 
τινί.  Thuc.  2,  3,  in  plur. 

Έπιχειρητης,  ov,  o,  an  etiterprising 
person,  lliuc.  8,  96,  Plat.  Tim.  69 
D. 

Έπιχειρητικός,  ή,  όν,  (έπιχείρη- 
σις)  of,  belonging  to  formal  argument : 
ή,  -κή,  sub.  τέχνη,  the  art  of  argument- 
ation, Arr.     Adv.-/itjf. 

Έ.πιχεφίζομαι,=  έπιχειρέω,  dub. 

Έπιχείριον,  ου,  τό,  dub.  form  for 
sq.,  in  Hipp. 

Έπίχειρον,  ov,  τό,  (έπί,  χείρ)  strict- 
ly, wages  of  matiual  labor  :  hence  in 
genl.  wages,  pay.  whether  of  reward, 
Ar.  Ve.sp.  586,  Trag.  ap  Clem.  Al.  p. 
586 ;  ftr  more  usu.  of  punishment, 
έπ.  της  νφηγόρον  γλώσσης,  Aesch. 
Pr.  319  :  ξιψέων  έπ.  λαχεϊν,  i.  e.  to  be 
slain.  Soph.  Ant.  820. 

Έπιχειροτονέω,  ω,  (έπί,  χειροτο- 
νέω)  to  confirm,  ratify  a  proposed  de- 
cree, esp.  by  show  of  hands,  Dem.  48, 
17,  etc. — ll.  in  Eccl.  to  ordain  besides 
or  after.  Hence 

'Επιχειροτονία,  ας,?;,  adecreepass- 
ed  by  vote  of  the  people,  esp.  by  show  of 
hands,  ap.  Dem.  706,  7,  etc. 

Έπεχε()ΐ')ονησιάζω,  (έπί.  χερ[)(η•η- 
σίαζω)  to  be  of  a  peninsular  form,  Strab. 
Έπιχεναι,  Ep.  inf  aor.  i  act.  of  επί- 
χέω,ίοτ  έπιχέαι,  Horn. 

Έπιχέω,  f.  -χενσω,  and  Att.  έττιχώ, 
Ar.  Pac.  169  :  aor.  1  έπέχεα  :  Ep.  pres. 
έπιχενω,  aor.  1  έπέχενα,  inf  έπιχεν- 
αι, Horn.,  who  nowhere  has  the  com- 
mon form,  (έπί,  χέω).  To  pour,  throw 
orer  or  upon,  e.  g.  water  to  wash  the 
hands,  έπέχευε  νίΦασθαι,  Od.  1.  136, 
etc.,  in  full,  χερσιν  νδωρ  έπιχεναι,  II. 
24,  303,  ana  so  Att.  ;  also,  οϊνω  έπ. 
νδωρ,  Xen.  Oec.  17,9  :  metaph.,  τοΐσι 
δ'  έό'  νπνον  ίχευε,  II.  5,  618. — Β.  mid. 
to  have  poured,  throum,  spread  for  one, 
or  to  do  it  for  one's  self,  ϋλην,  χνσιν 
ψύλλων.  Od.  5,  257,487.— 2.  <o_^  Art i-e 
pnured  out  for  one,  to  drink,  έπ.  άκρη- 
τόν  τίνος,  to  drink  it  to  any  one's 
health  or  honour,  esp.  of  lovers'  toasts, 
Theocr.  2,  152;  14,  18;  also  simi)ly 
έπιχεΐσθαί  τίνος :  for  which  we  have 


ΕΠΙΧ 

έπίχνσίν  τίνος  λαμβάνειν,  Pint. 
Pass,  ό  έπιχνβεϊς  λόγος,  one  which 
has  been  pound  or  put  into  the  general 
argument.  Plat.  Legg.793  B:  metaph. 
to  come  as  a  torrent,  lo  stream,  i  e.Jlock 
to  a  place,  έπέχνντο,  Ep.  syncop.  3 
plur.  plqpf.  pass,  for  έπεκέχνντο.  11. 
15,  054  ;  άνά  vi/ας,  II.  10,  295  ;  so,  to 
come  like  a  stream  over,  τισί.  ol  an  ar- 
my of  mice,  Hdt.  2,  141  :  hence  also, 
to  spread,  become  common  Or  usual.  Plat. 

Έπιχηρενω,(έπί.  χηρεύω)  lo  remain 
in  widowhood,  Joseph. 

Έπιχβόνιος,  ov,  and  later  a.  ov, 
(έπί,  χθων)  on,  itpmi  the  earth,  earlhlt/, 
Ireq.  m  Hom.,  both  as  epith.  of  mor- 
tals, and  as  subst.,  έ-πιχθόνιοι,  earth- 
ly ones,  i.  e.  rnen,  cf.  χαμαί  :  opp.  to 
επουράνιος  :  so,  έπ.  γένυς  άνθι>ωπωι>, 
Pind.  Fr.  232,  3.     Only  poet. 

Έπιχλενύζω,  (έπί,  χλευάζω)  to 
make  a  mock  of,  τι  or  Tivi,  Plut. 

Έπιχλιaίvω,(έπί,χλιuίvω)townrm, 
esp.  at  the  surface.  Pass,  to  grow 
warm,  Hipp.  [Γ] 

Έπίχλοος,  ov,  (έτύ,  χλόα)  with  a 
green  surface,  Opp. 

Έ•π•χνούω,  ώ,  (έπί,  χνούι^)  to  bt 
downy  or  mossy  on  the  surface,  έθείΐΜΐς, 
Αρ.  Rh.  J      '        f    I' 

Ύιπίχνοος,   contr.    -νοί'ς,   ό,  (έπί, 
χνόος)  a  woolly  covering,  Hipp. 
ΙΈπιχοή,  7/ς,  ?/,=  έπ^ίχωσις.  Strab. 

Έττίχολος,  ov,  (έπί,  χολή)  full  of 
gall  or  bile,  bdious,  Hipp. :  hence  sple- 
netic, ill-tempered,  Pint. — II.  act.  pr»• 
ducing  bile,  τϊοίη  έπιχολωτύτΊ),  VVess. 
Hdt.  4,  58,  where  some  would  lead 
έπιχνλοτάτη  (χυλός). 

Έπιχροδις,  ίύος,  ή,  (έττί,  χορδρ)  the 
mesentery.  Aretae. 

Έπιχορενω,  (έπί.  χορεύω)  to  danct 
to,  in  honour  of  a  thing,  Ar.  Pac.  1317 : 
to  dance,  come  dancing  on,  Xen.  Svmp. 
9,  4  :  and  so  of  things,  Diphil.  ap.  Ath. 
157  A,  230  F.— II.  trans.  f/>  add  a  cho- 
rus or  choral  song,  Pliiloslr. 

Έπιχορι/γέω,  ώ,  (έπί.  χορηγέω)  to 
furnish,  supply  besides  ;  in  genl.  to  fur- 
nish, supply,  Dion.  H.     Hence 

Έπιχορήγημα,  ατός,  •^ό,  an  addi- 
tional supply:  hence — 2.:=έ7:ΐ(Ι>όμημα, 
dessert,  sweetmeat,  Ath. 

Έπιχορηγία.  ας,  ή,  =^  foreg. :  in 
genl.  a  s-iipply,  H.  T. 

Έπιχομτύζω,  f.  -σω,  {εττί.χορτύζω) 
to  feed  besides,  Sosith.  ap.  Herin. 
Opu.sc.  1,  55  ;  unless  here  it  be  from 
άποχορτάζω. 

'Επιχραίνω',  (έπί,  χραίνω)  to  stam, 
colour,  Luc. 

*Έπιχράω,  (έπί,  χράω)  (A)  to  lend 
besides,  hence  aor.  έπέχρησα.  Pint. — 
Π.  as  dep.  mid.,  έττιχράομαι,  f.  -ήσο- 
μαι,  to  make  use  of,  esp.  like  Lat.  uti, 
to  have  dealings,  be  friends  with  one, 
τινί,  Hdt.  3,  99,  cf.  thuc.  1,  41. 

Έπιχρύω,  (Β)  poet.,  to  lay  hands  on, 
attack,  c.  dat.,  of  wild  beasts,  ho.stile 
forces,  etc.,  II.  16,352,  356;  μτ/τέρι  μοι 
μνηστήρες  έπέχραον,  they  did  her  m- 
olence  by  their  unwelcome  wooing, 
Od.  2,  50. — II.  later  also  to  handle, 
touch,  c.  gen. :  seems  only  to  be  used 
in  impf.  [u] 

Έπιχρεμέθω,  poet,  for  sq.,  A  p.  Rh. 

Έπιχρεμετίζω.  (έπί,  χρεμετίζω)  to 
neigh,  whinny  to,  τινί. 

Έπιχρέμπτομαι,{έπί.χρέμπτομαί} 
dep..  to  !ψίι  upon  or  at,  c.  dat.,  Luc. 

Έπιχρησμωδέω,  ώ,  [έπί,  χρησμι,)- 
δέω)  to  prophecy  of  or  upon,  τί  TlVl, 
Philostr. 

Έπιχρίμπτω,  (  έπί,  χρίμπτω  )  to 
make  to  approach,  bring  upon,  τι  έπί  τι, 
Bacchyl.  36. 

Έπίχρίσις,  εως,  η,  (επιχρίω)  an  an• 
oiniing,  smecuring,  Strab. 


ΕΠΙΧ 

^Επίχρισμα,  ατός,  τό,  απ  ungutnt  or 
pltster,  Diosc. :  and 

'ΚττίχριστοΓ,  ov,  smeared  on  :  esp., 
Γα  έττ.,  salves,  ointments,  Plut.  :  from 

Έττιχρία,  {επί,  χρί'^)  to  aytoint,  be- 
emear,  τόξον  «λοίφ^,  Od.  21,  179; 
παρειάς.  Od.  18,  172.  Mid.  to  anoitU 
one's  self,  Od.  18,  179.  [pi] 

Έττι.χροά,  άς,  ή,  Ath.,  and  επίχροια, 
ας.  ή,  Clefn.  ΑΙ.,  a  colounng,  tinge. 

'Έ,πιχρονίζω.  ί-  -ίσω  Att.  -Γώ.  (έττί, 
χρονίζ<β>)  to  last  long,  become  ingrained, 
Arist.  Probl.    Also  in  pass.,  lb. 

Έττιχρόνίος,  ία,  lov,  (εττί,  χρόνος) 
lasting  for  a  time,  long,  Cic.  Att.  6,  9,  3. 

'Έ.πί.χρ()νος,  oi',=  foreg. 

^Έ,τήχρνοος,  ov,  {έπί,  χρνσός)  cover- 
ed, overlaid  with  gold  ;  gilded  :  cf.  κα- 
τύχρνσος,  Hdt.  1,  50,  etc.     Hence 

'Κπιχρϋσόω,  ώ,  to  overlay  with  gold : 
to  gild. 

Έπιχρώζο),  Theophr.,  and  ίπιχρα- 
μητίζω,  Plat.,=  sq. 

'Έπιχρώνννμι,  and-ftrw,  ί.-χρώσω, 
(έτϊί,  χρώνννμι)  to  rub  or  smear  over  ; 
esp.  with  a  colour,  to  stain,  colour,  Luc. 
Hence 

^Επίχρυσι.ς,  εως,  ή,  a  spot,  stain  on 
the  surface,  Theophr. 

Έ-ίχϋμα,  ατός,  τό,  (επιχέω)  that 
which  is  spread  over,  a  suffusion. 

Έττιχύνοι,  late  form  for  έτζιχέω, 
Herm.  ap.  Stob.  Eel.  2,  p.  1092. 

Έπίχνσις,  εως,  η,  (επιχέω)  a  pour- 
ing in  or  upon:  hence  an  overflow, 
flood.  Plat.  Tim.  77  D :  metaph.,  έπ. 
'πο/Λτών,  Plat.  Legg.  740  E. — II.  re- 
dundance, lb.  841  A. — III.  a  filling  of 
cuDs/orntooi/,  the  wine-bearer's  duty, 
Plut. — IV.  a  beaker,  or  wine-pitcher, 
Menand.  p.  175  ;  επ.  χαλκίου,  Ar.  Fr. 
12. 

Έπιχντεόν.  verb.  adj.  from  έ7Γί_^;έω, 
one  must  pour  in  or  over,  Diosc. 

νΕτηχϋτήρ,  ήρος,  δ,  (έπιχ^έω)  a  ves- 
sel for  pouriiig  in,  a  tube,  v.  i.  LXX. 

Έτϊίχντος,  ov,  (έπιχέο))  poured  or 
spread  over :  esp.  ό  έτν.,  (sub.  τϊ?.ακονς) 
a  kind  of  cake,  like  έγχντος,  Nicoph. 
Cheir.2. — 2.  also  a  coin,  or  cast  of  sil- 
ver or  lead,  Hesych. 

νΈ,ηίχωνενω,  (ίττί,  χωνεύω)  to  melt 
on,  to  solder,  Philo. 

Έ~ιχύννϋμι,  and  -vi'U,  f.  -χώσω, 
{ε~ί,  χώνννμι)  to  heap  earth  upon,  fill 
with  a  mound,  δίοδον,  Theophr. 
VEτnχώoμaί,iε^Γί.χώouaι)tobeangry 
at,  Tivi,  Ap.  Rh.  3,  367. 

'Ε,ΐΓίχωρέω,  ω,  {εττί,  χωρεω)  to  yield, 
grant,  give  tip,  τινί  τι.  Soph.  Ant.  219, 
cf.  συγχωρεω.  —  II.  intr.  to  come  to- 
wards, join  one's  side,  Lat.  accedere, 
Thuc.  4,  107,  ττρός  τίνα,  Xen.  Hell. 
2,  4,  34 :  to  advance  (as)  against  the 
/oe.  Id.  An.  1,2,  17.     Hence 

Έπιχώρησις,  εως,  ή,  a  concession, 
permission,  Arr. 

ΈτΓίχωριύζω,  {εττί,  χωριύζω)  to  be 
customary,  be  the  fashion  in  a  place, 
νήσω,  Strab.,  τνερί  'Χθήνας,  Arist. 
Pol.,  τταρά  Tivi,  Polyb.  Also  in  pass, 
impers.,  έττιχωριάζεται,  it  is  the  cus- 
tom or  fashion,  Arist.  Pol. — II.  of  per- 
sons, to  visit  often,  to  be  in  the  habit  of 
coming  to,  Lat.  ventitare,  έτν.  Άβήναζε, 
Heind.  Plat.  Phaed.  57  A. 

Έ~ίχώριος,  It,  ov,  also  ος,  ov,  Ar. 
Nub.  60  i,  and  Plat,  (έττί,  χώρα)  in,  of, 
belonging  to  the  country,  Pind.  P.  4, 
209,  etc.,  of  persons,  ol  εττ..  the  people 
of  the  country,  Hdt.  1,  78,  etc.  :  of 
things,  of.  used  in  the  country,  νττοδή- 
uara,  1,  195,  etc. ;  peculiar  to  a  coun- 
try, νόμοι  έ-.,  1,  35,  etc.  :  το  έττ.,  the 
custom  of  the  country,  and  then  in  genl. 
cuxlom,  Ar.  Nub.  1173,  Plat.,  etc. 
A<\\.  -ίως,  Ar.  Vesp.  859.  Cf  εγχώ- 
ριος. 1 


ΕΠΑΕ 

'Έ,πίχωσις,  εως,  ή,  (ίτζιχώννμι)  α 
heaping  up,  esp.  the  choking  of  a  chan- 
nel, Polyb.  :  metaph.  exaggeration, 
Gramm. 

Έπιτραίρω,  (έ~ί,  τΐ'αίρω)  Ιο  scrape, 
skim  the  surface  of  a  thing,  0pp. 

ΈτΓίΐ/'ΰκάζω,  old  Att.  for  ίπιφεκά- 
ζω,  Ar.  Pac.  1141. 

Έ-ίΐ/'ύ/.ίοΐ',  ον,τό,  a  curb-chain,  [a] 

Έιτι-ίρά?,λω,  (έττί,  ψάλλω)  to  accom- 
pany on  a  stringed  instrument.  Soph. 
Fr.  79. 

Έπιψανδην,  adv.  (έτΐΐ-ψαύω)  lightly, 
skimming  the  surface. 

Έττΐψανσις,  εως,  ή,  a  touching  light- 
ly. Plut.  :  from 

Έπίψανω.{έπί,χΡανω)  to  touch  light- 
ly, reach,  c.  gen.,  Hes.  Sc.  217,  Hdt.  3, 
87,  and  Att.  :  later  also  c.  ace.  :  in 
genl.  to  touch,  handle,  κώττης.  Soph. 
Phil.  1255:  Hom.  has  it  only  once, 
and  that  metaph.,  δςτ"  ολίγον  ~ερ 
έττιψαν^  πραττίδεσσιν,  who  can  feel 
however  little  in  his  heart,  Od.  8,  547, 
like  αισθάνομαι :  hut  έττ.  <Ι>ί7.οτάτων, 
to  reach  out  towards,  seek  for  love.  Pind. 
P.  4,  164 ;  metaph.  to  tovch  lightly  on, 
Lat.  strictini  attingere,  Hdt.  2,  65. 

'Έπιψεκύζω,  and  old  Att.  εττιψακ-, 
{επί,  φεκάζω)  to  drop,  pour  by  drops 
in  or  upon.  Xen.  Symp.  2.  26 :  ό  θΐος 
επι-φακύζει,  he  rains  upon...,  Ar.  Pac. 
1141,  where  it  is  not  really  intr. 

Έπηρέ'λιον,  ov,  τό,  —  έ7τιψά?.ιον, 
Anth. 

Έ-αρενδομαι,{έπί,\1ιενδομαι)άβΐ)., 
to  lie  still  more,  Xen.  Hier.  2,  16. — II. 
to  attribute  falsehood  to,  c.  ace,  Plut. ; 
τι  Tivi,  Luc. 

Έπίψηγμα,  ατός,  τό,  (έπί,  ψήγμα) 
scrapings  or  scum,  Diosc. 

'Έ.π*ιΙιη?Λφάω,  ώ,  {έπί,  ■φηλαφάω) 
to  touch  lightly,  τι.  Plat.  Rep.  360  A : 
c.  gen.,  to  feel  for.  Id.  Prot.  310  C. 

ΈπΐίΡηφίζω,  f.  -ίσω  Att.  -ΐώ,  {έπί, 
ψηφίζω)  ίο  put  a  question  to  the  vote 
in  a  popular  assembly,  put  the  ques- 
tion, the  office  of  the  chief  president 
{έπιστάτ7/ς),  Lat.  sententias  perrogare, 
in  suffragia  mittere.  Thuc,  etc.,  cf 
esp.  Xen.  Mem.  1,  1,  18  :  in  full,  έπ. 
την  γνώμην,  Aeschin.  71,  7  :  also  έπ. 
εις  την  έκκ/.ησίαν,  Thuc.  1.  87;  έπ. 
τινί,  to  put  the  question  for,  at  the  in- 
stance of  any  one,  Hdt.  8,  61  :  but  έπ. 
τινάς,  to  a.ik  them  their  opinion,  Plat. 
Gorg.  474  A.  Mid.  of  the  assembly 
itself,  to  confirm,  decree  by  vote,  C.  inf , 
Xen.  Hell.  1,1,  34.  Pass,  to  be  ap- 
pointed by  vote,  of  a  magistrate,  Arist. 
Pol.     Hence 

'Έπιψηφΐσις,  εως,  ή,  the  proposing ; 
or  (from  mid.)  the  voting  a  measure. 

'Έπιψΐμϋθέω,  ώ,  to  paint  over. 

'Έ.πίψογος,  ov,  {έπί,  ψόγος)  exposed 
to  blame,  blameworthy,  Xen.  Lac.  14, 
7. — II.  act.  blaming,  censorious,  φάτις, 
Aesch.  Ag.  611. 

'Κπιφοόέω,  ώ,  {έπί,  ψοφέω)  to  clat- 
ter, rattle  at  or  with  a  thing.  Call.  Dian. 
247.— II.  act.  to  utter,  ri,  Clem.  Al. 

'Έ,πιφύχω,  {έπί,  ψύχω)  to  cool,  re- 
fresh. Ap.  Rh.  [i] 

Έπιφωμίζω,  {έπί,  ψωμίζω)  to  eat  a 
morsel  more. 

Έπϊωγαί.ών,  ai,  {έπί,  ΐωγή)  places 
where  the  force  of  the  wind  is  broken, 
roadsteads,  Od.  5,  404. 

Έπλάγχθην.  aor.  1  pass,  of  π?Μζω. 
νΕπ?.άβην,  1  aor.  pass,  of  ττελάςω. 
νΕπ?/ίΚτιν,  2  aor.  pass,  from  πλέκω, 
but  V.  Buttm.  Catal.  p.  214. 

'Κπ7.ΰση,  poet.  επ?.ασσα,  aor.  1 
from  ~/.ύσσω. 

νΕπ/.άσθηΐ'.  1  aor.  pass,  of  πελάζω, 
but  V.  Buttm.  Catal.  p.  202.  sq. 

ΈΓΓλί,  3  sing.  aor.  from  πέλω,  Ep. 
sync  op.  for  ίπε?.ε,  II.  12,  11  :  and  in 


EHOI 

like  manner  from  aor.  mid.  έπ?.εο  for 
έπέλεο,  έπέλον,  11.  1,  418;  22.281; 
έπ'λευ  for  έπέλεν,  έπέ/.ον,  II.  9,  54, 
etc.,  έπ/.ετο  for  έπέ/.ίτο  very  freq.  in 
Hom. 

ίΈ-λευσα,   1  aor.  act.  and  έπ'/.εύ' 
σθην,  1  aor.  pass,  from  πλέω. 

Έπλ.ηντο,  3  plur.  aor.  sycop.  pass, 
of  πελύζω,  only  11.  4,  449  ;  8.  63. 
fE~?.vOrjv,  1  aor.  pass,  of  π'/ννω. 
νΕπνννύτιν,  1  aor.  pass,  of  πνέω. 

Έπό•;δοος,  ov,  {έπί,  όγδοος)  con- 
taining 1  +  |,  or  |,  V.  sub.  έπίτριτος. 

Έπογκος,  ov,  {έπί,  όγκος)  swollen : 
esp.  pregnarit,  Iambi. 

Έπογμενω,  {έπί,  όγμεύω)  κνκ/.ον, 
to  draw  a  circular/itrrou;  or  line,  Tryph. 

Έπόγμιος,  ov,  {έπί,  όγμος)  watch- 
ing, presiding  over  the  furrows,  epith. 
of  Ceres,  Anth. 

Έπόδια,  ων,  τά.  Ion.  for  εφόδια, 
Hdt. 

Έποδιαζω,  Ion.  for  εφοδιάζω,  Hdt. 
9,  99. 

Έπόδννος,  ov.=  επώδυνος. 

Έποδύρομαι,  {έπί.  οδύρομαι)  to  join 
in  wailing,  lament  over  a  thing,  Anth. 

Έποδώκει,  f.  1.  in  Aesch.  Pers.  656; 
which  some  strangely  make  3  sing, 
plqpf  from  a  verb  έφοδόω,  as  if  Ion. 
for  έφωδώκει. 

Έπόζω,  fut.  -ζήσω,  {έπί,  όζω)  to  be- 
come stinking,  LXX. 
ΥΕπόθην,  1  aor.  pass,  oi  πίνω. 

Έποί-,ω  or  έποίγνϋμι,  {έπί,  οΙγω) 
to  shut  up  :  but  only  in  II.  12,  340,  and 
here  it  has  always  been  doubted,  v. 
έπώχατο. 

Έποιδαίνω.  {έπί,  οίδαίνω)  to  swell 
up,  Nic.     Hence 

Έποιδΰλέος,  a,  ov,  swollen,  Hipp. 

Έποιδέω,  ώ,=^έποιδαινω,  Hipp. 

Έ7Γ0ί(5ίσ/ιω,  {έπί,  οίδισκω)  to  make 
to  swell.     Pass.^  e7rot(5a<vij,  Hijip. 

Έποικέω,  ώ,  {έπί.  οΐκέω)  f  -ήσω, 
to  go  as  settler  or  colonist  to  a  place  : 
to  settle  in  a  place,  inhabit  it,  c.  acc, 
Eur.  Ion  1583;  έπ.  έν  -y  Άσίη,  Xeu. 
Cyr.  6,  2,  10. — II.  to  occupy  against; 
in  pass.,  ;)  Αεκελεία  τι)  χώρα  εποι- 
κείται, D.  is  occupied  as  the  seat  of  of- 
fensive operations  against  their  country, 
"Thuc.  7,  27  ;  cf  '6,  86,  where  έποι- 
κεϊν  τινι  is  seemingly  intrans.,  like 
έφορμείν  τινι.     Hence 

'Εποικία,  ας,  ή,  a  colony  :  but  the 
classical  lerm  is  αποικία,  with  refe- 
rence to  the  mother-,  rather  than  the 
dau  shter-country . 

Έποικίδιος,  a,  ov,  {έπί.  οίκος)  in 
or  presiding  over  the  house,  domestic. 

Εποικίζω,  fut.  -ίσω  Att.  -ίώ,  (έπί, 
οΊκίζω)  to  settle  in  a  colony,  Tivu  πάλει, 
App.  :  to  colonise,  people  with  a  colony, 
Dio  C,  in  pass. — 2.  =  έπιτειχίζω, 
τινί,  Paus. 

Έποίκιον,  ov,  τό,  {έπί,  οίκης)  an 
out-house, farmstead, etc.,  Bockh  Inscr. 
1.  p.  849. — II.  house-fur ni lure,  dub. 

Έ.ποίκΐσις,  εως,  ι),  (εποικίζω)  a 
colonisi^ig,  settlement  of  a  colony,  App. 

Έποικοδομέω,  ώ,  (έπί,  οίκοδομέω) 
to  build  upon,  raise  by  building,  τείχος, 
Thuc.  7,  4  ;  έπί  τινι,  Xen.  An.  3.  4, 
11. — II.  to  build  again,  rebuild,  Xen. 
Hell.  6,  5,  12.— HI.  to  build  against, 
rni.<:e  a  fortress  on  another's  layid,  Polj'b, 
Hence 

'E7roiKO(5ou7},^f,^,=  sq.,Clem.  Ai.:: 
and 

Έποικοδόμησις,  εως,  ή,  a  hmiding. 
■up:  hence  metaph.  an  accuntiUniion ; 
in  Rhet.,  a  climax,  Arist.  G«a.  An,  1,. 
18,  34. 

Έποικοδομία,  ας,  ^  v.  έττοικονο- 
μίη. 

Έποικονομέω,  φ,  (έπί.  ηΙκονομέ<ύ) 
53Ϊ 


ΕΠΟΛ 

to  provide  in   a  thing,  dub.  in   Arist. 
Oec. 

Έττοικονημία,  ας,  ή,  apportionment, 
Ipyuv  η  παβών,  rhetorical  treatment  ol 
them,  Longin.  11,  6,  unless  έποικο- 
δομία  (q.  v.)  be  read. 

Έηοικος,  ov,  {tni,  οίκος)  settling, 
sojourning  among  foreigners ,  in  a  foreign 
'  land,  Acsch.  Pr.  410.  —  II.  as  subst. 
ό  έποικος,  a  sojourner.  Find.  O.  9,  105 : 
hence  =μέτοιΚος,  a  stranger,  one  who 
has  no  civic  rights.  Soph.  El.  189. — 2. 
a  colonist,  settler  in  a  colony,  Ar.  Av. 
130T,  Thuc.  2,  27,  ubi  v.  Schol.,  cf. 
ύττοίκος.  —  3.  α  neighbour,  one  near. 
Soph.  υ.  C.  506. 

Έ-οικτείρο),  {έπί,οϊκτείρω)  to  pity, 
have  coiiijjnssion  on,  Xenoph.  6,  3  Bgk,, 
TLva,  Soph.  Aj.  121,  etc. 

Ύ^ηοικτίζω.  (επί,  oίκrίζω)={oτeg., 
τινά,  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  1296  :  to  bewail,  la- 
ment, Joseph.     Hence 

'Κποίκτιστος,  ov,  lamentable,  wretch- 
ed. Aesch.  Ag.  1221. 

Έποικτος,  ον,^έπί,  oZ/crof)=foreg., 
Aesch.  Ag.  1614. 

'Έποιμώζω,  1".  -ώξομαι,  {ίπί,  οΐμώ- 
ζο)  to  wail,  lament  over,  πάβει,  Aesch. 
Cho.  547. 

'Έποίνιος,  ov,  (ίπί,  οίνος)  at  the 
witie  ;  bacchanalian,  Nonn. 

'ErroifOf,  oi',=  foreg. 

ΈτΓΟίσΓεοί',  verb.  »dj.  of  επιφίρω, 
one  must  bring  in  or  to,  Polyb. 

ΈτΓΟί'σω,  εις,  ει,  fut.  of  ίπιφέρΐύ, 
L•.  1,89,  Od.  16,438. 

Έ7Γ0ίχΐ'εω,=  sq. ,  Anth. 

^Έ,ποίχομαι,  {επί,  οίχομαι)  dep. 
mid.  :  to  go  toivards,  approach,  c.  ace, 
Od.  1,  324  ;  esp.  to  approach  as  a  beg- 
gar, Od.  17,  346,  351 :  θεονς  τραπέ- 
ζαις  έπ.,  to  draw  near  to  the  gods  with 
sacrificial  feasts,  Piiid.  O.  3,  72. — 2. 
to  approach  with  hostile  purpose,  set  on, 
attack,  c.  ace,  Κνπριν  χα'λκώ,  II.  5, 
330,  cf.  10,  487.  — II.  to  go  over,  go 
through,  visit  one  after  another,  esp.  of 
one  who  hands  round  wine,  Od.  1, 
143;  of  a  general,  c.  ace,  στίχας 
άΐ'όρών  τϊάντας  έπώχετο,  11.  15,  279, 
cf.  Od.  4,  451  :  also  έπ.  πάντη  uva 
στρατόν,  II.  1,  383;  πάντοσε  ίποι- 
χόμενος,  II.  5,  508:  esp.  also  of  Apollo 
and  Diana  risi/i/ig^ persons  with  death, 
οίς  άγανοΊς  βελεεσσιν  έποιχόμινος 
(or  -νη)  κατέπεώνεν,  as  Od.  5,  123, 
cf.  II.  1,  50. — 2.  to  go  over,  get  through 
one's  work,  absol.,  II.  5,  720  :  usu. 
c.  ace,  ipyov  έπ.,  II.  6,  492,  Od.  1, 
358;  όόρπον  έπ.,  to  set  about  preparing 
it,  Od.  13,  34 ;  most  freq.  of  women, 
ίστόν  έπ.,  to  ply  the  loom,  Lat.  per- 
eurrere  telam,  11.  1,  31,  Od.  5,  62,  etc.  : 
later  c.  dat.,  εργοις  έπ.,  Theocr.  25, 
32.  —  3.  to  go  along,  traverse,  Ικρια 
νηών,  Π.  15,  676. 

^Έ,ποιυνίζομαι,  {έπί,  οίωνίζομαί) 
dep.  mid.,  to  forbade,  Gramm.,  cf.  έτΓί- 
φημίζω. 

Έποκέλλω,  {επί,  ΰκέλλω)  =  έττί- 
κελλω,  to  run  a  ship  ashore,  νέα,  Hdt. 
6,  16  ;  7,  182.— 2.  of  the  ship,  to  run 
aground,  be  wrecked,  Thuc.  8,  102. 

νΕπύκιλλος,  ov,  ό,  Epocillus,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Arr.  An.  3,  19,  6.  etc. 

'Έ.πόκ7.άζω,  {έπί,  οκλύζω)  to  cower 
with  bent  knees  at  or  upon,  τινί,  He- 
liod. 

'Κποκριύω,  ώ,  (έπί,  οκριάω)  to  be 
rough  in  or  upon,  τινί,  Nie 

^Έ,ποκρώεις,  εσσα,  εν,  {έπί,  οκριό- 
ΐΐς)  uneven,  projecting.  Anth. 

Έπολ/3ίζω.  ι.  -ίσω,  {έπί,  ό?.βίζο))  to 
call  happy,  τινά,  Nonn. 

Έπόλιος,  ov,  ό,  α  night-bird,  perh. 
=αίγώ?.ιος. 

Έπολισ^Ιαίνω.  or  -θύνω,  f.  -σθήσω, 
(έπί,  6?Λσβαίνίι>)  to  slip  in  or  upon,  C. 
536 


ΕΠΟΝ 

dat.,  esp.  metaph.,  ex.  ύμπ?Μκίαις, 
Anth. 

Έπο?Μνζο,  f.  -ξΐύ,  {έπί,  ύλολν^ω) 
to  holla,  shout  for  joy,  triu7itj>h  at.  ab- 
sol., Aesch.  Ag.  1236,  Ar.  Eq.  616, 
Tivi,  at  or  to  one.  Id.  Theb.  825.  cf. 
έπαλαλάζω,  and  ολολύζω.  —  II.  to 
howl,  shriek  for  woe,  later. 

'ν.πολοφύρομαι,  {έπί,  όλοφύρομαι) 
dep.  to  lament  over,  c.  dat.,  Joseph,  [ϋ] 

Έπομαι,  to  follow,  dep.  mid.  from 
έπω,  q.  v. 

'Επο/^/3ρε'ω,  ώ,  {έπί,  δμβρέω)  to  wet 
with  showers, rain  upon;  in  pass.,  Anth. 
— II.  intr.  to  be  rainy,  wet.    Hence 

Έπόμβρησις,  εως,ή,  a  watering, esp. 
with  rain. 

Έπομβρία,  ας,  ή,  (έπομβρος)  abun- 
dance of  rain,  Hipp. :  in  genl.  abun- 
da7ice  of  wet  or  moisture,  Aesch.  Fr. 
290 ;  wet  weather,  opp.  to  αί'χμός, 
drought,  Ar.  Nub.  1120. 

Έπομβρίζίο,  f.  -ίσω,  {έπί,  οαβρίζω) 
to  shower,  pour  down  as  rain,  Clem.  Al. 

Έπίψβριος,  ox',=  sq.,  Theophr. 

'Έπομβρος,  ov,  {έπι,  δμβρος)  rainy, 
έτος,  Hipp.,  χώρα,  Theophr.:  wet,  γη, 
Theophr. 

'Επομένως,  adv.  part.  pres.  from 
έπομαι,  in  consequence ;  in  accordance 
with,  τινί,  Plat.  Legg.  844  E,  e  conj. 
Stephani. 

Έπόμνϋμι  and  έπομννω,  fut.  έπο- 
μονμαι :  aor.  έπώμοσα,  {έπί,  ύμννμι) 
To  swear  to  or  upon,  v.  1.  Od.  15,  437, 
c.  ace  έπίορκον  έπύμοσεν,  swore  a 
fahc  oath  to  it,  II.  10,  332 ;  and  c. 
dupl.  ace  θεονς  έπίορκον  έπ.,  to  swear 
a  false  oath  by  the  gods,  Theogn. 
1195,  cf.  Hes.  Th.  793:  hence  m 
prose  έπ.  τον  ^λιον,  τονς  θεούς,  to 
sivear  by...,  Hdt.  1,  212  ;  5,  100  ;  έπ. 
την...φι/.ίαν,  Xen.  Cyr.  6,  4,  6,  like 
Lat.  deos  jurare,  cf.  έπιορκέω  '.  but  c. 
ace  rei,  to  swear  to  a  thmg,  Ar.  Lys. 
211. — II.  in  part.,  with  another  verb, 
esp.  έπομόσας  είπε,  he  said  with  an 
oath,  said  upon  oath,  Hdt.  8,  5,  Xen. 
An.  7,  8,  2. 

'Έ,πομόργννμι,  f.  έπομόρξω,  {έπί, 
ομόργννμι)  to  wipe  off  upon  a  thing  : 
hence  to  leave  an  impression  upon  it. 

'Έ,πομφάλιος,  ία,  lov,  {έπί,  δμ<^α- 
λός)  on,  upon  the  navel,  hence  /ίαλε 
σάκος  μέσσον  έπομφύλ.ίον,  in  the  cen- 
tre, on  the  boss  of  the  shield  {ομφα- 
λός, Lat.  umbo),  11.  7,  267  :  σϋκον 
έπομφ.,  a  fig  with  a  navel-like  stalk, 
Anth. — II.  TO  έπομφάλιον,  the  umbi- 
lical region,  esp.  the  uterus,  [a] 

'Έπονειδιζω,  f.  -ίσω  Att.  -Γώ,  {έπί, 
ονειόίζω)  toreproach,abuse,Vs.-Vh.2\2 . 

Έπονείόιστος,  υΐ',  tn  be  reproached, 
disgraceful,  Isocr.  254  D  ;  τινί,  to  one, 
Xen.  Symp.  8.  34.— II.  act.  blaming, 
reproachful,  Eur.  I.T.  689.  Adv.  -τως, 
shamefully,  Plat.  Legg.  633  E. 

Επονομάζω,  {έπί,  ονομάζω)  to  give 
an  additional  name  to,to  surname,Ύh\^C . 
2,  29,  τινά  τι.  Plat.  Crat.  406  A,  τινί 
τι,  Heind.  Theaet.  185  C  :  sometimes 
with  είναι,  pleon.,  Id.  Parmen.  133  D, 
V.  ονομάζω. — 2.  in  genl.  to  call  by  a 
name,  give  an  epithet  to,  Thuc.  1,  13: 
έπ.  TO  όνομα  τίνος,  to  call  upon,  in- 
voke by  name,  Hdt.  4,  35  ;  έπ.  πατρό- 
θεν,  as  a  solemn  appeal,  Thuc.  7,  69. 
— B.  pass,  to  be  named,  τιΐ'ός  or  άπό 
τίνος,  after  one,  Eur.  H.  F.  1329, 
Thuc.  6,  2  :  -p  apxy  νβρις  επονομά- 
ζεται, the  title  of  ύβρις  is  given  it, 
Hemd.  Plat.  Phaedr.  238  A:  έπ. 
έπωννμίαν,  to  receive  a  name,  Id. 
Lpfig.  620  D  :  absol.,  to  be  infamous. 
Soph.  El.  284. 

Έπονομΰσία,  ας,  ή,  a  surname, 
name. 

Έπονομαστέον,   verb.    adj.    from 


ΕΠΟΡ 

επονομάζω,  one  must  call  by  a  name, 
οσονς  θεούς  ουράνιους  έπ.,  Plat. 
Legg.  828  D. 

Έπονόμαστος,  ov,  named.  Adv. 
•τως,  by  name,  dub. 

'Έ,ποξίζω,  fut.  -ίσω  Att.  -ϊώ,  {έπί, 
οζίζω)  to  grow  sour,  turn  acid. 

νΕ,ποξύνω,  {έπί,  δξννω)  to  sharpen, 
Eccl. — 2.  to  accelerate,  πορείαν,  LXX. 

'Έ,ποξνς,  ν,  {έπί,  όξνς)  sharpened : 
sharpish  in  taste,  as  o.xymel,  Hipp. 

Έ,ποπίζομαι,  {έπί,  όπιζομαι)  dep., 
only  used  m  pres.  and  impf.,  to  look 
towards :  hence  to  regard,  reverence, 
fear,  Αώς,  θεών  έποπίζεο  μτ/νιν,  Od. 
5,  146,  Η.  Hom.  Yen.  291. 

Έπόπισθεν,  {έπί,  όπισθεν)  adv.,iie- 
hind,  coming  after,  but  prob.  to  be  read 
divisim,  έπ'  όπ.,  with  Gaisf.,  Dind., 
etc.,  in  Hes.  Fr.  42. 

ΈποτΓΟί,  a  cry  to  mimic  that  of  the 
hoopoe  (έποι/;),  Ar.  Av.  58. 

'Εποποιία,  ας,  ή,  {έποποιός)  a 
writing  of  epic  poetry  :  the  epopee,  epic 
poetry  itself,  Hdt.  2,  116,  cf.  Arist. 
Poet.  24,  sq.    Hence 

'Έποποιϊκός,  ή,  όν,  of,  belonging 
to  epic  poetry,  epic,  μίμησις,  Arist. 
Poet. 

'Έποποιός,  ό,  ή,  {έπος,  ποιέώ)  writ- 
ing epic  poetry :  ό  έττ.,  an  epic  poet, 
Hdt.  2,  120. 

'Έποπτάω,  ω,  {έπί,  (mrad))  to  roast, 
broil  besides  or  after,  Od.  12,  3G3. 

'Εποπτεία,  ας,  η,  inspection.  —  Π. 
the  highest  grade  of  initiation  at  the 
Eleusinian  mysteries,  Plut.,  but  cf.  sq. : 
from 

'Εποπτεύω,  {έπί,  οπτενω)  to  look 
over,  overlook,  watch,  έργα,  Od.  16,  140, 
Hes.  Op.  765  :  in  genl.  to  observe,  take 
charge  of,  πατρώα  κράτη,  Aesch.  Cho. 
1  :  hence  to  look  upo7i  in  wrath,  visit, 
punish,  κότω,  Id.  Eum.  220. — II.  to 
become  an  έπόπη/ς,  be  initiated  into  the 
greater  mysteries,  used  proverb,  of  at- 
taining to  the  highest  earthly  happi- 
ness, Ar.  Ran.  745,  Plat.  Phaedr.  250 
C  :  yet  Synes.  used  the  word  of  the 
lesser  mysteries,  and  Lob.  (Aglaoph. 
p.  127,  sq.)  questions  the  graduation  oi 
mystae  altogether. 

'Έποπττ/ρ,  ϊ/ρος,  o,=sq.,  of  tutelary 
gods,  λίτώΐ',  Aesch.  Th.  640. 

'Επόπτης,  ου,  ό,  {έπόψομαι,  έφο- 
ράω)  strictly,  α  looker  on,  an  eye-wit- 
ness, spectator,  πόνων,  Aesch.  Pr.  299. 
— 2.  an  overseer,  guardian,  esp.  of  a 
god.  Find.  N.  9.  12. — II.  one  initiated 
at  the  greater  mysteries,  Bockh  Inscr.  1, 
p.  107;  but  cf.  εποπτεύω.     Hence 

ΈποτΓΓίκό^,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to  an 

επόπτης  or  εποψις ;  hence  τα  έπ., 

the  most  secret  mysteries  of  any  thing, 

Plat.  Symp.  210  A  ;  cf.  έποπτεί•ω. 

ΥΈπόπτις,  ιδος,  ή,  fern,  of  επόπτης. 

Έποπτος,  ov.  (έπί,  όψομαι)  visible, 
within  sight,  Strab. :  the  poet,  form 
έπίοπτος  is  in  Opp. 

ΥΈποραιδία,  ας,  ή,  Eporacdia,  a  co- 
lony of  the  Romans,  in  the  territory 
of  the  Salassi  in  N.  W.  of  Cisalpine 
Gaul,  now  Ivrea,  Strab. 

'Έποράω,  Ion.  for  έώοράω,  Hdt. 

'Έποργιάζω,  {έπί,  οργιάζω)  to  hola 
orgies,  revel  in  or  among,  c.  dat.,  Anac 
reont. 

ΫΈποργίζομαι,  {έπί,  οργίζομαι)  to  be 
angry  at,  LXX. 

'Έπορέγω,  fut.  -ξω,  {έπί,  όρέγω)  to 
hold  out   to,   offer,  give,  τίνί  τι.  11.  5, 

225,  in  tmesis. — B.  more  usu.  in  mid. 
έπορέγομαι,  fut.  -ξομαι,  to  stretch  one's 
self  out  towards  a  thing,  reach  at  it :  in 
Horn,  once,  II.  5,  335,  έπαρεξάμενος, 
reaching  forward  to  strike,  more  usu. 
εγχει  όρέξ-,  v.  Heyne,  II.  4,  307. — 11. 
to  hold  out,  offer  besides,  Solon  20, 2.— 


ΕΠΟΣ 

III.  metaph.  to  be  desirous  of  more,  rise 
in  one's  demands,  Hdt.  9,  34  :  in  genl. 
to  desire,  τινός,  Plat.  Rep.  437  C,  etc. 
Έπομέω,  loa.  lor  ΐφοράω,  Hdt.  1, 
124. 

Έήορθιύζω,  {επί,  όρθιάζω)  orig.  to 
set  upright,  έπορΟ.  τύ.  ώτα,  to  prick  the 
ears,  Philo :  but  usu.  absoL,  sub. 
(pijvr'/v,  io  lift  up  the  voice,  shout  at,  C. 
dat.,  -yoe  'λαμπύύι,  Aesch.  Ag.  29  ; 
but  ίττορθ.  γόοις,  to  lift  up  the  voice  in 
wailing,  Pers.  1050. 

'Ετορθοβοάω,  ώ,  (έττί,  ορθός,  βοάω) 
to  utter  with  a  loud  shout,  γόους  ττατρί, 
Seidl.  Eur.  El.  143. 

Έπορθρενω,  (έττί,  όρθρεύω)  to  rise 
early:  esp.  to  sing  early  «i  the  morn- 
ing, late. 

'Εττορθρίζω,  and  in  mid.,=foreg., 
late.     Hence 

^Επορθρισμός,  ov,  a,  a  rising  early, 
τελωνικών  κεκραγμών  έττορβρισμοί, 
the  morning  soutids  of  the  Iioisy  ta.^C- 
gatherers,  Plut. 

Έπορθρο,βόας,  ό,^=όρθροβ6ας,  the 
early  singer,  i.  e.  the  COck. 

'Ε~ορί}νύομαι,=έιτορέγομαι,Ύ]\6πι 
Έπορινοι,  {ίπί,  όρίνω)  to  urge,  set 
on,  dub.  in  ISic. 

Έπορκίζω,  Ion.  for  έφορκίζο,  to 
adjure,  Eccl.     Hence 

Έττυρκισμός,  οϋ,  ό.  Ion.  for  έφορ• 
κιομός,  an  adjuration,  Eccl. :  and 

Εαορκιστής,  ov,  a,  one  who  adjures, 
an  exorcist,  Eccl. 

Έτϊορμέο),  Ion.  for  εφορμέω,  Hdt. 
8,  81. 

^Επόρνϋμι  and  -νύω,  fut.  επόρσω : 
aor.  1  επώρσα,  {επί,  δρννμι.)  Ίο  stir 
up,  arouse,  excite,  ος  μοί  έπώρσε  μένος, 
who  called  up  my  might,  11.  20,  93  :  so 
too  in  mid.,  11.  23,  689  in  tmesis, 
Aesch.  Supp.  187. — 2.  to  rouse  and 
send  upon,  to  send  upon  or  at.  Od.  22, 
429  :  to  set  on,  esp.  in  hostile  sense, 
to  set  on  to  fight,  τινά  τινι,  11.  5,  7G5, 
etc. ;  also  c.  inf.,  olov  επόρσειαν 
πολεμίζειν  "Εκτορι,  II.  7,  42:  to  send 
misery  upon  one,  Od.  7,  271 :  so  oi 
έπώρνυε  μόρσιμον  ήμαρ,  U.  15,  613  : 
ή  σφιν  έπώρσ'  ανεμον,  Od.  5,  109,  cf 
Eur.  Cycl.  12.  Pass,  to  rise  against, 
assault,  fly  upon  one,  c.  dat.,  επώρτο 
' Κχύ.τμ,  3  sing.  aor.  syncop.,  11.  21, 
324  :  and  so  plqpf.  act.,  έπορώρειν. 
II.  23,  112.  in  tmesis. 

Έπορούω,  {επί,  όρούω)  to  nish  vio- 
lently at  or  upon,  to  attack,  assault  ; 
always  in  hostile  signl'.,  in  II.  τινί,  or 
absol. :  but  in  Od.  (only  23,  343)  of 
sleep,  to  come  suddenly  on  ;  once  c. 
ace.  rei,  άρμ'  έπορούσας,  II.  17,  481. 
Only  poet. 

Έποροφόυ,  ώ,  {επί,  δροφόω)  to  put  on 
as  a  roof  or  cover. 

Έπορσον,  imperat.  aor.  1  act.  of 
ίπόρννμι,  II.  5,  765. 

νΕπορύττυ,  {επί,  όρί'ττω)  to  dig  up, 
to  tear  open,  τρανμα,  Achill.  Tat. 

Έπορχέομαι,  (επί,  όρχέομαύ  dep., 
to  dance  on  a  thing,  to  dance  about, 
Dem.  313,  26:  to  trample  upon,  τινί, 
Plut.  :  metaph.  to  triumph  over,  Lat. 
insultare,  τινί,  App. 

'EiTOf,  εος,  τό.  (from  root  ΈΠ-,  or 
rather  FEH-,  which  recurs  in  ^^ϊπον). 
— I.  a  word;  hence  Alt.,  κατ'  έπος, 
word  by  word,  accurately,  .\r.  Ran  802  : 
έπος  προς  έπος.  Id.  Psub.  1375,  cf 
Aesch.  Eum.  586 :  in  genl.  that  which 
is  s])oken,  uttered  in  words,  whether 
few  or  many,  a  speech,  tale,  very  freq. 
in  Horn,  (who  does  not  use  the  later 
synonym,  'λόγος  for  this),  just  like 
αϋόΌζ•,  with  which  he  joins  it,  Od.  4, 
597  ;  11,  561.  Hence  also  sometimes 
a  song,  when  the  words  are  more  im- 
pel tant  than  the  music,  minstrelsy, 


ΕΠΟΤ 
lays  accompanied  by  music,  like  those 
of  the  troubadours,  Od.  8,  91  ;  17, 
519.  The  following  are  the  most  pe- 
culiar usages,  esp.  in  Horn. — 1.  α  word 
worth  listening  to,  έπος  τι,  II.  3,  83. — 
2.  a  pledged  word,  promise,  11.  8,  8  ;  τε- 
λείν  έπος,  to  fulhl,  keep  one's  word, 
II.  14,  44. — 3.  a  word  in  season,  word 
of  advice,  counsel,  bidding ;  also  freq. 
in  Alt. — 4.  the  word  of  a  deity,  prophecy, 
an  oracle,  Od.  12,  266  :  later  also  α  saw, 
proverb,  7naxim,  like  απόφθεγμα,  το 
παλαών  έπος,  Hdt.  7,  51  :  hence  freq. 
in  Alt.,  ώς  έπος  ειπείν,  so  to  say,  as 
the  phrase  goes,  where  one  is  not  sure 
that  an  expression  is  allowable,  Wolf 
Lept.  p.  361,  Herm.  Vig.  n.  154: 
speaking  loosely,  vaguely,  opp.  to  όν- 
τως, Piat.  Legg.  656  Ε  :  but  also,  to 
speak  boldly,  speak  out,  without  peri- 
phrasis or  mincing  the  matter,  Trag., 
etc. — 5.  word,  as  opp.  to  deed,  i.  e.  any- 
thing  vain  and  futile,  έπεα  άκράαντα, 
words  of  none  effect,  opp.  to  έτνμα, 
Od.  19,  565 :  hence  έπος  and  έργον 
freq.  opposed,  11.  15,  234,  Od.  2,  272, 
etc. ;  and  in  Att.  just  as  ειπείν  and 
πρύττειν,  are  contrasted.  Moreover 
Hom.  uses  έπος  as  opp.  to  βία,  II.  15, 
106,  and  to  χειρ,  II.  1,  77.-6.  that 
which  words  express,  the  meaiiing,  sub- 
stance, subject  of  a  speech,  etc.,  almost 
like  πράγμα,  a  thing  or  matter,  II.  11, 
652  ;  17,  701,  etc..  cf  Br.  Soph.  O.  T. 
1144,  O.  C.  443:  hence,  ονδεν  προς 
έπος,  nothing  to  the  purpose.  Plat. 
Euthyd.  295  C,  to  no  purpose,  Ar. 
Eccl.  751.  Hom.  freq.  joins  έπος  ει- 
πείν, έρεϊν,  φάσθαι,  αΰόάν,  μνθεΐσ- 
θαι.  φράζεσθαι,  πιφανσκειν- — 11.  from 
Pind.  Ν.  2,  2,  and  Hdt.  downwds., 
Tu  έπη,  epic  poetry  in  heroic  verse,  Opp. 
to  μέ'/.η  or  lyric  poetry,  etc.,  cf.  Miil- 
ler  Literal,  of  Greece,  4,  i^  3 :  then 
transferred  to  elegiac  verse ;  and 
thence  to  other  kinds,  in  genl.  verses, 
poetry,  as  even,  έπεα  πυιέειν,  Hdt.  4, 
14  :  to  lyric  poetry,  Alcm.  4,  Pind.  O. 
3,  14  :  of  tragic  or  comic  iambi.  Ar.  Ran. 
802,  Eq.  39,  cf  Francke  CalUn.  p.  77 
sq.  :  also,  έπος,  a  verse  or  line  of  po- 
etry, epic  or  other,  Hdt.  4,  29,  Ar. 
Ran.  956,  1161 ;  even  a  line  in  writing 
of  any  kind,/ii'pi'a)i'  επών  μήκος,  Isocr. 
201  A,  cf  Schaf  Dion.  Comp.  p.  30  : 
and  in  Luc.  of  a  painter,  οΰό'  εν  επτά 
έπεοι  γί>άφει,  in  seven  strokes  or  lines. 
Έποατράκίζυ,  {επί,  ύστρακίζω)  to 
send  potsherds  skimming  over  the  water, 
to  play  at  ducks  and  drakes.     Hence 

Έποστρΰκισμός,  ού,  ό,  a  game  at 
ducks  and  drakes.  Poll.  9,  119. 

Έποτοτνζω,  {επί,  ότοτύζω)  to  yell 
out,  utter  lamentably,  μέλος,  Eur. 
Phoen.  1033. 

Έποτρννω,  {επί,  οτρύνω)  almost 
wholly  poet.,  to  stir  up,  excite,  urge  on, 
freq.  in  Hom.,  who  oft.  joins  ίποτρν- 
νει  και  άνώγει,  also  έποτρννας  έκέ- 
λενσεν,  etc. :  and  more  rarely  in  hos- 
tile signf,  to  set  on,  excite  against,  C. 
dat.,  έπ.  πό'λεμόν  τινι,  to  stir  up  war 
against  one,  Od.  22,  152 ;  πομπήν, 
αγγελίας  έπ.,  to  urge  on,  hasten,  Od.  8, 
31  ;  24,  355:  usu.  c.  ace,  but  also 
freq.  c.  inf,  έπ.  μαχέσασθαι,  χα'λε- 
παινειν,  etc.,  11.  :  rarely  c.  dat.,  as 
Hes.  Op.  595,  Hdt.  7,  170:  and  c.dat. 
et  inf,  έτάροισιν,  ίππεϋσιν  έπ.,  to 
urge  them  to  do  a  thing,  Od.  10,  531, 
II.  15,  258.  Pass,  to  press  on,  hasten, 
Aesch.  Theb.  098. 

Έπηνόαϊος,  and  έπονδειος,  ov, 
{έπι.  ονδας)  on  earth,  terrestrial. 

Έπον?ιΐς,  ίόος,  ή,  {επί,  ονλον)  α 
gum-boil.  Medic,  cf  παρουλίς. 

'Επον?.ος,  ov,  (επί,  ούλος)  some- 
what curly,  Theophr. 


ΕΠΟΧ 

Έπον?.όω,  ώ,  {επί,  r ΰλόω)  to  scar 
over,  heal  a  wound,  etc.,  Hipp.    Hence 
'Ε~ούλωσ£ζ•,  ευς,  ή,  a  s:arring  over, 
healing.  Medic. ;  and 

Έπου'λωτικός,  ή,  όν,  promoting  the 
healing  of  wounds,  etc..  Medic. 

Έπουραΐος,  αία,  aiov,  {επί,  ουρά) 
in  or  on  the  tail,  Anth. 

Επουράνιος,  a,  ov,  {επί,  ουρανός) 
in  heaven,  heavenly  :  in  Horn,  only  of 
the  gods,  έπ.  θεός,  θεοί,  Od.  17,  484, 
11.  6,  129,  131,  527.•  έπ.  ευσεβών  ■ψυ- 
χαί,  Pind.  Fr.  97,  4. — 2.  in  plur.  as 
subst.,=  6'fOi',  Theocr.  25,  5.    [u] 

Έπονρέω,  ώ,  {έπί,  ονρέω)  to  make 
water  upon;  in  genL  to  make  water, 
Arist.  Part.  An. 

Έπoυpιάζω,^=sq.,  Luc. 
Έπουρίζω,  {έπί,  οϋρίζω)  to  blow  fa- 
vourably upon,  of  a  fair  wind,  ούρος : 
avpa  έπουρίζονσα  την  οθόνιιν,  filling 
the  canvas  ;  so,  άνεμος  έπονρίζων  τα 
ακάτια,  wafting  them  on  their  way, 
Luc. :  but,  πνεύμα  αίματηρόν  έπου- 
ρίζειν  τινί,  (of  the  Erinyes)  to  breathe 
bloodily  on  him,  i.  e.  to  inspire  him 
with  mad  fury,  Aesch.  Eum.  137. — 
II.  metaph.  to  help  onward,  in  genl.  to 
direct  towards  a  point,  ταύττ/  φρόνημα 
έπ-,  Eur.  Andr.  610. — 111.  intr.  to  sail 
with  a  fair  wind,  sail  merrily,  ironical- 
ly, τρέχε  κατά  τους  κόρακας  έπονρί- 
σας,  Ar.  Thesm.  1226,  cf.  έπουροω : 
το  πέλαγος  έπονρίζον,  α  safe,  pros- 
perous sea,  Strab. 

Έπουρος,  ov,  blowing  favourably, 
avpa.  Soph.  Tr.  954  :  sailing  before  the 
wind ;  hence  metaph.,  borne  along,  τινί, 
by  a  thing,  Clem.  Al.     Hence 

Έπονρόω,  ώ,  to  have  a  fair  wind, 
Polyb.     Hence 

'Επονρωσις,  ευς,  ή,  a  dub.  word  in 
Arist.  Rhet.  3,  13,  5,  prob.  α  going• 
straight  on  :  al.  έπέρωσις. 

'Επουσιώδης,  ες,  {έπί,  ουσία,  είδος) 
added  to  the  essence,  and  SO  non-essen- 
tial.    Adv.  -δώς. 

Έποφεί?Μ,  {έπί.  οφείλω)  to  remain 
a  debtor,  continue  in  debt,  Thuc.  8,  5. 

Έποφέλλω,  {έπί,  όψέλλ,ω)  to  in- 
crease still  more. 

Έποφθαλμέω,  ώ,  Plut.,  and  έτΓ- 
oφθa/.μιάζω,^=sq. 

Έποφθα/.μιάω,  ώ,  {έπί,  ύφθα?.μιύω) 
to  cast  longing  glances  at,  leer  at,  τινί, 
Ael.  :  usu.  metaph.,  to  covet,  be  greedy 
after,  χρημασί-  Plut.,  also  προς  τι. 
Id.;  ct.  Dorv.  Char.  p.  86,  Schaf. 
Long.  p.  350. 

'Eπoφθa?.μiζω,=  foτeg. 
Έποφθά'λμιος,  ov,  {έπί,  οφθα'λμός) 
upon,  over  the  eye. 

Έποφλισκάνω,  {έπί,  όφλισκάνω) 
to  owe  still  more,  τί  τινι. 

Έ^ποχετεια,  ας,  ή,  α  bringing  water 
to  a  place  for  irrigation  ;  a  sluice  or 
channel  for  the  purpose,  Strab.  :  from 

Έποχετενω,  {έπί,  όχετεύω)  to  make 
a  channel,  bring  as  \vater  to  a  place, 
Lat.  derivare.  Plat.  Gorg.  493  E. 
Pass,  to  be  so  brought,  Hipp.  Mid.  to 
draw  to  or  upon  one's  self,  Ίαερον,  Plat. 
Phaedr.  251  E. 

Έποχενς,  έως,  6,  {επέχω)  the  drag, 
break  on  a  uheel :  also  έποχλενς,  and 
τροχοπέδη. 

'Εποχενω,  (έπί,  όχενω)  to  spring 
upon :  esp.  of  the  male  animal,  to  cov- 
er, Arist.  Gen.  An. 

Έποχέω.  ώ.  f.  -ήσω,  {έπί,  οχέω)  to 
carry  towards  or  upon.  Pass.  c.  fut. 
mid.  to  ride  or  drive  upon,  Ιπποις  και 
άμμασιν  έποχήσεται,  II.  17,  449,  just 
like  Lat.  vehi :  so  even,  έπ.  νδατι,  to 
float  upon  it,  Philo. 

Έποχ?'/,  ης,  ή,  [επέχω)  a  check,  hin- 
drance, cessation,  κατά  πο7.εμον,  Po- 
lyb.— II.  a  suspension  of  judgment, 
537' 


ΕΠΤΑ 

technical  term  of  the  sceptical  phi- 
losophers, Plut-,  cf.  Cic.  Acad.  Pr.  2, 
18,  V.  έτνέχω  IV.  3. — III.  α  pause,  stop, 
in  the  reckoning  of  lime,  point  where  one 
period  closes  and  another  begins,  an 
epoch. — IV.  υστέρων  έποχαί,  the  places 
of  stars  in  the  heaven,  Plut. 

Έτϊοχθίδιος,  a,  ov,  (έπί,  δχθ//)  on 
or  of  the  mountains,  Anth. 

'Ε-οχΰίζω,  (έπί,  όχθίζυ)  to  groan, 
grieve  for,  rivi,  Opp. 

'ν,ττοχλίίς,  έως,  ό,=  έ~οχενς,  the 
drag,  break  on  a  wheel,  ap.  Alh.  99  C. 

'ίΐΰοχμύζω,  (έ~ί,  οχμύζω)  to  hold 
hard,  Opp. 

Έ~οχον,  ov,  TO,  the  saddlecloth,  hous- 
ing, Xen.  Eq.  12,  9  :  t'rom 

Έ~υχος,  υΐ',  (έττεχω)  sitting,  mount- 
ed upon,  esp.  on  horses,  chariots  ami 
ships,  c.  gen.  vel  dat.,  ναών,  αρμηηιν 
έποχοί,  Aesch.  Pers.  45,  54 :  metaph., 
?.όγος  μανίας  ίττ.,  words  mounted  on. 
borne  on  by  madness,  i.  e.  frantic  words, 
Eur.  Hipp.  214,  cf  νη-ιάης  οχέειν. 
— 2.  absol.  well-seated,  mounted,  Xen. 
Cyr.  1,  4,  4  :  keeping  one's  seal,  {-.  ei- 
vat,  to  keep  one's  seat,  Id.  Eq.  S,  10, 
cf.  Ar.  Lys.  677. — II.  pass,  tu  be  rid- 
den upon,  etc.,  ιτοταμος  νανσΐ  επ., 
navigable  by  ships,  Plut. 

ΥΈ.~οχος,  ov,  0,  Epochus,  son  of  Ly- 
curgus  king  of  Arcadia,  Apollod. 

'ί^ττηχνμόω,  ώ,  {έπί,  όχυρύω)  to  for- 
tify still  more,  Diod. 

ΐΈτνύχω),  V.  έττώχατο. 

ΈτΓοψ,  οττος,  ό,  the  hoopoe,  so  call- 
ed from  its  cry,  as  in  Lat.  npupa, 
Epich.  p.  105 :  cf  Aesch.  Fr.  291  for 
another  fanciful  deriv.,  έποψ  επόπ- 
της τών  αυτού  κακών. 

Έποψάομαί,  {επί,  ότράομαι)  dep. 
mid.,  to  eat  with  or  to  bread,  as  δψον, 
Plut. 

Έποφέ,  adv.  for  έπΙ  όψέ,  until  late, 
till  evening. 

Έπόψτ/μα,  ατός,  τό,  {ίποψάομαι) 
that  which  is  eaten  with  bread  or  7neat, 
Bockh  Inscr.  1,  p.  791. 

Έπόφησις,  εως,  ^,=  foreg.,  Ath. 

'Έ,ττοψία,  ας,  ή,^εποφις. 

Έποφίόιος,  ov,  (έπί,  δψον)  serving 
for  oipof,  us  a  relish  to  bread,  etc., 
Leon.  Tar.  55. 

Έπόψιμος,  ov,  (έπόψομαι)  to  be  seen, 
that  can  be  looked  on.  Soph.  O.  T. 
1312. 

Έπό-ψιος,  ov,  also  a,  ov,  Aral,  {έπί, 
OTpir)  visible,  seen  afar,  conspicuous. 
Soph.  O.  C,  1600,  Ant.  1110:  hence, 
illustrious,  βωμός,  Η.  Horn.  Αρ.  496. 
— II.  act.  overlooking,  watching  all 
things,  epith.  of  gods,  esp.  of  Jupiter, 
Soph.  Phii.  1010.  As  subst.  ό  έπό- 
\1)ΐος.=:έπίσκοπος. 

'Εποφις,  εως,  ή,  (έπί,  δψις)  α  vieiv 
over,  έπ.  τον  Ιρον,  the  view  from,  com- 
manded by  the  temple,  Hdt.  1,  64  ;  so, 
ημετέρα  έπ-,  our  view,  circle  of  vision. 
Plat.  Rep.  499  C  :  in  genl.  the  view  of 
a  thing,  νανμαχίας,  Thuc.  7,  71 :  iv 
έπόφει,  within  view,  Strab. 

'Έ.πό-φομαι,  fut.  of  έ φοράω,  with  no 
pres.  in  use,  Horn. 

Έπράθην  [ά],  aor.  1  pass,  from 
πιπράσκω. 

"ν.ττρΰθον,  aor.  2  of  πέρθω,  Horn. 

Έττρεσε,  Ep.  shortd.  for  έπρτ/σε, 
aor.  from  πρήβω,  only  Hes.  Th.  H5G. 

'Κπρήθ7/ν,  Ion.  aor.  1  pass,  from 
πιπράσκω. 

'Έ,πρηξα,  ας,  ε.  Ion.  aor.  1  from 
πράσσω  for  έπραξα,  II. 

Έπρησα,  ας,  ε,  aor.  1  from  πρήθω, 

ΈΠΤ.ν,  οΐ,  αϊ,  τύ.  indecL,  SEV- 

JEA'.Germ.  SIEBEi\,SanscT.  SAP- 

ΤΛΝ,  Lat.  SEP  Τ  EM,  (the  Semitic 

languages,  Uke  the  Teutonic,  drop 

538 


ΕΠΤΑ 

I  the  /) ;  6  επτά  αριθμός,  the  number 
seven,     [a] 

Έπταβόειος,  ov,  (επτά,  βόειος)  of 
seven  bulls'-hides,  σάκος,  H  7,220,  222, 
etc. :  hence  in  gcnl.  stout,  θνμός,  Ar. 
Ran.  1017. 

Έπτάβοιος,  ov,  (επτά.  βονς)  worth 
seven  oxen. — lI.=  foreg.,  Soph.  Aj.  576. 

Έπτάγλωσσος,  ov,  Att.  -ττος,  [_έπ- 
τύ,  γ'λώσσα)  seren-longiied,  with  seven 
chords,  φόρμιγξ,  Pind.  N.  5,  43. 

Έπτα}  ράμματος,  ov,  (επτά,  γράμ- 
μα) of  seven  letters. 

Έπτάγωνος,  ov,  (επτά,  γώνος)  sev- 
en-cornered :  of  numbers,  raised  to  the 
seventh  power.  Math.  Vett. :  tu  έπτά- 
γωνα.  certain  musical  instruments 

Έπτάύηνλος,  ov,  b,  [επτά,  όονλος) 
a  sevenfold  slat^e,  Hippon.  80. 

Έπτύόρηχμος,  ov,  (επτά,  δραχμή) 
uvrth,  costing  seven  drachms,  Theocr. 
15.  19. 

Έπτύδνμος,  ov,  formed  after  δίδν- 
μος,  seven-fold  ;  seven  at  a  birth,  Strab. 

Έπτάενος,  ol•',=  sq.,  ap.  Hesych. 

Έπταετ//ς,  ές,  (επτά,  έτος)  seven 
years  old.  Plat.  Gorg.  471  C. — II.  pa- 
ro.x.  επταετής,  ες,  of  seven  years :  hence 
neut.  επταετές,  as  adv.,  for  seven  years, 
Od.  3,  305.  etc.     Hence 

Επταετία,  ας,  ή,  the  period  or  age 
of  seven  years.  Plat.  Ax.  366  D. 

Έπτάζωνος,  ov,  (επτά,  ζώνη)  seven- 
zoned,  of  the  planetary  system,  Jac. 
A.  P.  p.  13. 

'Επταήμερος,  ην,  (επτά,  τ/μέρα)  of 
seven  days,  DiO  C.  :  also  lon.  έπτήμ., 
Hipp. 

'Έ,πταΙος,  αία,  αΐον,  \έπτά)  on  the 
seventh  day ;  very  dub.  in  Hipp,  for 
έβόομαϊος. 

Έπτΰκαίδεκα,  ol,  at,  τά,  indecl. 
seventeen,  Hdt.  1,  50,  etc. 

'Έ,πτακαιδεκαέτι/ς,  ov,  ό,=  έπτα- 
καιδεκετής,  Diod. 

Έπτακαιόεκάκις,  adv.  seventeen 
times. 

'Έ,πτακαιδεκύπονς,ό.ή,ηβηί.πονν, 
gen.  ποδός,  (έπτηκαίδεκα.  πηνς)  sev- 
enteen feet  long.  Plat.  Theaet.  147  D. 

Έπτακαιδεκηταϊος,  αία,  αΐον,  on 
the  seventeenth  day.  Hipp  :  from 

'Έπτακαιδέκατος,  η,  ov,  seventeenth, 
Hipp. 

Έπτακαιδεκετί/ς,  ές,  (ίπτακαίδε- 
κα,  έτος)  seventeen  years  old.  Polyb. 

Έπτακαιεικοσαετής,  ές,  (έπτακαι- 
είκοσι,  έτος)  twenty-seven  years  old, 
Dion.  Η. 

Έπτακαιεικοσαπλύσιης,  ov,  twen- 
ty-sevenfold, Plat.  Tim.  35  E. 

'Κπτάκανλος,  ov,  {επτά,  κανλός) 
seven-stemmed. 

Έπτάκις.  adv.  seven  times,  Pind.  O. 
13,  56,  Ar.  Lys.  698:  also  έπτάκι, 
Simon.  74,  2. 

Έπτΰκιςμύριοι,  at,  a,  (έπτάκις, 
μνρίοι)  seventy-thousand,  Hdt.   4,  86. 

[i•] 

Έπτακιςχί?.ιοι,  ai,  a,  (έπτάκις,  χί- 
7.101)  seven-thousand,  Hdt.  2,  43.  [χι] 
Hence 

νΕπτακιςχϊλιοστός,  ή,  όν,  the  seven- 
thousandth,  Eccl. 

Έπτάκλίνος,  ov,  (επτά,  κλίνη) 
with  sei'f «  couches  or  beds,  οικης,  Phryn. 
(Com.)  Incert.  5,  Xen.  Symp.  2,  18  : 
hence  a  measure  of  space,  Anst.  H.  A. 

Επτακόσιοι,  ai,  a,  seven-hundred, 
Hdt.  2,  140,  etc.     Hence 

Έπτακοσιοπλασιάκις,  adv.  seven- 
hundred  times  :  and 

'Έ,πτακοσιοστός,  ή,  όν,  seven-hun- 
dredth, Diog.  L. 

Έπτακότϋλος,  ov,  (επτά,  κοτύλη) 
holding  seven  cotylae,  Ar.  Fr.  399. 

ΈπτάκτΙς,  Ινος.  ό,  ή,  (επτά,  άκτίς) 
with  seven  rays,  v.  Hemst.  Luc.  1, 165. 


ΕΠΤΑ 

'Έπτύκτνπος,  ov,  (επτά,  κτύπος) 
seven-toned,  with  seven  chords,  Pind.  P. 
2,  129. 

Έπτύκωλος,  ov,  (επτά,  κώλον) 
seven-memberrd :  of  seven  verses. 

νΕπτάκον,  2  aor.  act.  of  πτήσσω,  in 
comp. 

νΕπτακωμήτηι,  ών,  οι,  (επτά,  κω• 
μήτης)  the  HeptacomPtae,  Lat.  Septem• 
pagani,  a  name  given  to  the  tribes  in 
Pontus.  Strab. 

Έπτάλογχος,  ov,  (επτά,  λόγχΐ})  of 
seven  lances,  i.  e.  bodies  of  spearinen, 
στόλος.  Soph.  O.  C.  1305. 

Έπτάλοφος,  ov,  (επτά,  λόφος)  sev- 
en-hilled, Cic.  Att.  6,  5,  2. 

'Επτάλνχνος,  ov,  (επτά,  λύχνος) 
with  seven  branches  for  lights. 

νΕπτάμτ/ν,  aor.  mid.  of  πέτομαι,  cf. 
έπτόμην. 

Έπταμηνιαΐος,  αία,  αΐον,  (επτά, 
μί/v)=sq.,  Plut. 

'Επτάμηνος,  ov,  (επτά,  μήν)  seven 
months  old  :  born  in  the  seventh  month, 
τέκνον  έπτ.,  a  seven-months'  child, 
Hdt.  6,  69  :  ή  επτάμηνος,  a  period  of 
seven  months,  Plut. 

Έπταμήτωρ,  ορός,  ή,  (επτά,  μήτηρ) 
mother  of  seven  children,  Joseph. 

Έπτάμϊτος,  ov,  (επτά,  μίτος)  of 
seven  strings  or  chords,  Luc. 

Έπταμόριον,  ov,  τό,  (επτά,  μόριον) 
a  district  of  seven  parts,  Plut. 

Έπτάμνχος,  ov,  (επτά,  μνχός)  with 
seven  recesses,  Call.  Del.  65. 

Έπταξαν,  Dor.  3  plur.  aor.  1  from 
πτήσσω,  for  έπτηξαν. 

Έπταπάλαιστος,  ov,  (επτά,  πα- 
λαιστ?'/)  seven  palms  long,  Sext.  Emp. 

Έπτάπεκτος,  ov,  (ίπτά,  πέκω)  sev- 
en times  shorn,  έπτ.  αϊξ,  name  of  a 
burlesque  poem  sometimes  ascribed 
to  Homer. 

νΕπταπέλεθρος,  ov,  (επτά,  πέλε• 
θρον)  of  the  size  of  seven  plethra,  Άρης, 
Nonn. 

Έπτάπηχνς,  ν,  gen.  εος,  (επτά, 
πήχνς)  seven  cubits  long,  Hdt.  1,  68, 
etc. 

Έπταπλάσιος,  a,  ov,  seven-fold, 
Ep.  Plat.  332  A.     Adv.  -ως,  LXX. 

Έπταπλ.ασίων,  ov,  genitive,  όνος, 
=fbreg. 

Έπτάπλ.ενρος,  ov,  (επτά,  πλενρά) 
seven-sided:  having  seven  ribs,  Arist. 
H.  A. 

Έπτάπλοος,  ov,  contr.  πλονς,  ovv, 
seven-fold. 

Έπταπόδης,  ov,  ό,  (επτά,  πους) 
seven  feet  long,  θρήννς,  II.  15,  729, 
Hes.  Op.  422. 

Έπτάπολις,  6,  ή,  neut.  πολι,  (επ- 
τά, πόλίς)  containing  seven  cities,  the 
Heptapohs,  a  district  of  ./Egypt,  Dion. 

Έπτάπορος,  ov,  (επτά,  πόρος)  with 
seven  tracks  or  paths,  of  the  orbits  of 
planets,  H.  Horn.  7,  7 ;  of  the  Plei- 
ads. Eur.  I.  A.  7. 

ί'Επτάπορος,  ov,  ό,  Heptaporus,  a 
river  of  Mysia,  II.  12,  20. 

Έπτάπονς,  6,  ή,  neut.  πονν,  gen. 
ποδός,  (επτά,  πους)  seven-footed  ;  sev- 
en feet  long,  Ar.  Fr.  564. 

Έπτάπνλης,  ov.  (^έπτά,  πύλη)  seven- 
gated,  freq.  epith.  of  Boeotian ''rhebes, 
cf  Od.  11,  263,  Erf  Soph.  Ant.  101,— 
Thebes  in  ^gypt  being  έκατόμπυ- 
λοι. 

Έπτάπνργος,  ov,  (επτά,  πύργος) 
seven-towered,  of  Boeotian  Theoes, 
Eur.  Phoen.  245,  etc. 

Έπτάιιον,  ff,  e,  aor.  2  from  πταί- 
ρω,  Od.  17,  541. 

Έπτά/^βοος,  ov,  contr.  βονς,  ovv, 
(επτά,  όρος)  with  seven  channels  or  beds, 
of  the  Nile,  Aesch.  Fr.  290,  ubi  Herm. 
έπτάρονς. 


ΕΠΩ 

Έτττύς,  ύδος,  η,  {επτά)  the  number 
seven,  Arist.  Η.  Α. 

Έπτάσημος,  ον,  {επτά,  στ/μα)  of 
seven  marks,  notes,  or,  in  metre,  times. 

'Έπταστάδιος,  ov,  {επτά,  στάδιον) 
seven  stades  long,  το  έπτ.,  a  space  of 
seven  stades,  Strab.  [d] 

Έπτύστερος,  υν,  {ΐπτά,  αστήρ)  of 
seven  stars,  Clem.  Al. 

Έπταστοιχής,  ές,  (_έπτά,  στοίχος) 
of  Ot  in  seven  rows. 

Έπτάστολος,  ov,  {επτά,  στόλος) 
consisting  of  seven  bodies  of  men  :  old 
reading  in  Eur.  Supp.  1221  for  sq. 

'Έ,πτάστομος,  ov,  {επτά,  στόμα) 
seven-muuthed :  πνΧαί  έπτ.,  of  Boeo- 
tian Thebes,  Eur.  Supp.  401 ;  but 
also  έπτ.  πύργωμα,  πόλισμα.  Id.,  and 
Θήβας  τάς  πνλαις  έπταστόμονς. 
Soph.  Fr.  778. 

Έπτατειχής,  ές,  {επτά,  τείχος) 
with  seven  walls,  έπ.  εζοόοι,  the  seven 
outlets  of  the  walls,  Aesch.  Theb.  284. 

"Έ,πτΰτο,  3  sing.  aor.  2  of  πέτομαι, 
ίπταμαι,  Hom. 

ΪΕπτάτοκος,  ov,  {επτά,  τίκτω)  hav- 
ing given  birth  to  seven,  μήτηρ,  Nonn. 

'Έ,πτάτονος,  ov,  {επτά,  rovor)  sev- 
en-toned, Eur.  Ale.  446,  I.  T.  1129. 

'Έ,-τΰφαής,  ές,  {επτά,  φάος)  seven- 
fold shining,  Orph. 

Έπτάφθογγος,  ov,  {επτά,  φθογγή) 
seven-toned,  κιθάρα,  Eur.  Ion  881. 

'Έ,πτά(ρυλ?.ος,  ov,  {επτά,  φνλ^Μν) 
sevfn-leaved,  κράμβη.  Hippon.  21. 

'Έ.πτάφωνος,  ov,  (επτά,  φων//)  sev- 
en voiced  ;  esp.  of  a  colonnade  with  a 
sevenfold  echo  at  Olympia,  Luc,  cf. 
Plin.  N.  H.  36,  15. 

Έπτάχά,  adv.  in  seven  parts,  Od. 
14,  434. 

Έπταχή  or  έπταχή,  adv.=foreg., 
Dio  C.      ' 

Έπτάχορδος,  ov,  {επτά, χορδή)  sev- 
en-stringed. 

'Έπτέτης,  =  επταετής,  seven  years 
old,  Chionid.  Her.  3,  Ar.  Ran.  418 ; 
nom.  pi.  έπτέτεκ;  Plat.  Ale.  1,  121 
Ε :  fern,  έπτέτις,  ιδος,  Ar.  Thesm. 
480. 

Έπτήμερος,  ov.  Ion.  form  for  έπ- 
ταήα.,  q.  v. 

■\'Έ,πτην,  aor.  act.  of  πέτομαι,  from 
*ίπτημι. 

Έπτήρης,  ες,  {έπτά,*άρω)  fitted 
seven  ivays ;  esp.  with  seven  banks  of 
oars,  Polyh. 

'Έ,πτορόγυιος,  ov,  (έπτύ,  οργνιά) 
seven  fathoms  long,  πόδες,  Sapph.  38. 

"Έ,πτυσκλος,  ov,  {επτά,  νσκ/.ος)  of 
a  sandal,  with  seven  straps  to  lace  or 
clasp  over  the  foot,  A.  B.  16,  11. 

'Επτώροφος,  ov,  {επτά,  όροφος)  sev- 
en stories  high,  πύργος,  Diod.,  cf.  Lob. 
Phryn.  709. 

Έπυδρος,  ov,  Ion.  for  έφνδρος,  Hdt. 
4,  198. 

Έπνθοντο,  3  plur.  aor.  2  of  πννθύ- 
νομηι,  II. 

Έ-νλλιον.  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  έπος, 
esp.  a  versicle,  scrap  of  poetry,  Ar.  Ach. 
398. 

*ΈΠΩ,  radical  form  to  which  έπος, 
είπον,  ίνέπω,  and  έννέπω,  are  usu. 
referred,  to  speak,  say,  v.  εΙπον,  and 
also  φημί. 

ΈΠίϊ,  poet,  impf  ίπον  :  fut.  έψω : 
aor.  έσπον,  (not  έσπον,)  inf.  σπείν, 
part.  σπών.  Mid.  ετΓΟ/^αί,ίιηρΓ  είπο- 
μ7)ν,  and  poet,  without  augm.  έπόμην: 
fut.  ίψομαι. :  aor.  indie,  with  aspirate 
έσπόμην,  inf.  σπέσθαι,  imperat.  σπον. 
Ion.  σπέο,  Ep.  σπείο,  11. 10,285.  The 
aspirate  is  retained  by  Hom.  in  all 
the  moods  of  the  aor.  of  the  simple 
verb.  subj.  ίσπωμαι,  'έσπωνται.,  Od. 
12,  349,  opt.  έσποίμην,  Od.  19,  579, 
etc.,  imperat.  έσπέσθω,  II.  12,  350, 


ΕΠΩΑ 

part,  έσπόμενος,  II.  12,  395,  etc.,  inf. 
έσπέσθαι,  11.  5,  423 :  but  not  in  the 
cornpds.,  e.  g.  έπισπέσθαι,  έπισπόμε- 
νος,  insteadoi έφεσπέσθαι,  cf  Spitzn. 
E.xcur.  X.  ad  II. — The  act.  of  the  sim- 
ple verb  belongs  solely  to  the  old  po- 
etry, only  some  compels.,  esp.  διέπω, 
and  TrepieTTWjhaving  established  them- 
selves in  prose  :  Hom.  has  of  this 
act.  only  pres.  indicat.  and  part.,  poet, 
impf  ;  the  fut.  and  aor.  act.  only  in 
the  cornpds.  The  mid.  is  also  very 
freq.  in  prose,  esp.  in  pres.,  impf.,  and 
fut. 

A.  act.  ίπω,  to  be  about  or  with,  c. 
ace .  rei,  τον  δ'  ενρ'  εν  βα?Μμω  περι- 
κα?ίλέα  τενχε'  έποντα,  him  he  found 
handling,  busy  with,  his  aniiour,  II.  6, 
321  : — all  other  places,  as  άμφ'  Όδν- 
σήα  επον,  II.  11,  483,  ^ίτα  Ύυδέος 
νίόν  έπαυσα,  II.  10,  516,  περί  τενχε' 
έπονσιν,  II.  15,  555,  are  better  refer- 
red (by  tmesis)  to  άμφιέπω,  μεθέπω, 
περιέπω. 

Β.  dep.  mid.  ίπομαι,  to  follow,  τινί, 
Hom.  :  very  freq.  c.  collat.  signf.  of 
obeying,  hence  in  Hom.  the  usu.  word 
of  troops  under  a  commander  :  hence 
also  to  sta7id  by,  support,  help  or  avenge, 
Od.  3,  376,  II.  15,  204:  also  to  attend, 
Lat.  prosequi,  of  a  guard  or  escort,  II. 
1,424:  metaph.  in  genl.  to  be  led, 
guided  by  the  ivill  or  judgment  of  another, 
Od.  12.  349.— II.  in  these  signfs.  Hom. 
freq.  joins  άμα,  and  μετά  έπεσθαι, 
also  άμα  τινΙ  έπεσθαι,  sometimes 
doubled,  οϊ  τοι  άμ'  αΰτώ  Ίλιον  εις  άμ' 
εποντυ,  Od.  11,  372,  cf.  15,  541,  to  go 
along  with ;  more  rarely,  επί  τίνος, 
Od.  1,  278  ;  2,  197  ;  μετά  τινι  ε.,  II. 
18,  234,  συν  τινι  ε.,  Od.  7,  304:  but, 
μετά  κτίΆον  έσπετο,  followed  after 
him,  II.  13,492:  Att.  vAso, μετά  τινης 
έπεσθαι,  Hemst.  Ar.  Plut.  824.  The 
signf  of  hostility  is  rare  in  these 
phrases  :  but  we  find  it  II.  17,  753.  oi 
t5'  άμ'  έποντο,  they  pursued. — III.  in 
hostile  signf.  to  pursue,  τινί,  only  II. 
11,  154,165,754;  absoL,  21,  256,  etc., 
but  never  m  Od. :  άμφΐ  δ'  άρ'  αυτόν 
έποντο,  they  pressed  upon  him,  II.  11, 
474. — IV.  toga  step  by  step,  keep  pace 
with,  τινί,  II.  16,  154,  Od.  6,  319  :  me- 
taph. of  a  man's  limbs  or  strength, 
γονναθ'  έπονται,  δνναμις  και  χείρες 
έπονται,  they  dn  his  bidding,  II.  4,  314, 
Od.  20,  237,  cf  II.  8,  140.— V.  in  genl. 
to  come  towards  a  person,  only  in  im- 
perat., έπεο  προτέρω,  come  on  nearer, 
Od.  5,  91,  II.  18,  387,  differing  but  lit- 
tle from  the  literal  come  α/οπο- .' — VI. 
to  cling,  stick  to  a  thing,  so  as  to  follow 
its  motions,  δονρΐ  επόμενος,  II.  12, 
395.  τρνφά'λεια  έσπετο  χειpt,^vent  with 
his  hand,  II.  3,  276  :  so,  έπαλξις  έσ- 
πετο, II.  12,  398  :  more  freq.  metaph. 
to  belong  to,  be  inseparable  from,  άμ' 
έψεταικνδος,  τιμή,  etc. ,l\.  4,415,  etc.: 
to  belong  to  a  class,  be  of  the  same  tia- 
ture  with,  άθανάτοισι,  Herm.  H.  Hom. 
Ven.  200  : — in  genl.  to  follow,  suit, 
agree  tvith,  freq.  in  Pind.,  v.  Bockh 
Expl.  O.  2,  22  ;  13,  45  :  also  in  Plat., 
as  Legg.  632  C,  934  C  ;  τα  τούτοις 
επόμενα,  the  like  to  these.  Id.  Rep. 
406  D,  etc.  :  to  follow  on  a  thing,  be  its 
effect,  Tu  επόμενα  τίνος,  its  conse- 
quences, Plat.  Polit.  271  E. — VII.  to 
follow  up  to,  reach  by  following,  Lat. 
nssequi :  esp.  mente  assequi,  to  follow 
in  vi^.d,  understand,  freq.  in  Plat.,  as, 
err.  τω  λόγω,  Prot.  319  A  ;  and  absol., 
Euthyphr.  12  A.  {"Επ-ομαι,  is  the 
Lat.  seq-uor,  s  taking  the  place  of  the 
aspirate  as  in  ύ?.η,  sylva  ;  and  q  that 
of  7Γ  as  in  πέτορες,  (Aeol.  for  τέσσα- 
ρες) quatuor  ;  cf.  ίππος,  sub  fin.) 

'Έ,πωάδιος,  ov,  {επί,  ωόν)  on,  i.  e. 


ΕΠΩΖ 

outside  the  egg,  hatched,  V.  1.  for  ίττωά- 
διυς.  [α] 

Επωάζω,  ί.  -άσω,  {επί,  ώόν)  to  sit, 
brood  upon  eggs,  Arist.  H.  A. — II.  trans. 
to  hatch  young  birds,  οΰ  όι  ορνίθων,  but 
by  art,  as  in  ^gvpt,  Died.,  cf  Hem• 
sterh.  Thorn.  M.  p.  362.     Hence 

Έπώάσις,  εως,  ή,  and 

Έπωασμός,  οϋ,  δ,  α  sitting  on  eggs, 
brooding ;  both  in  Arist.  H.  A. 

\Έπωαστικός,ή,  όν,  {επωάζω)  adapt- 
ed to  Kilting  upon  eggs,  or  hatching,  in 
compar.  Arist.  H.  A.  6,  2,  12. 

Έπωβελία,  ας,  ή,  {επί,  όβε?~ός)  an 
assessment  of  an  obot  in  the  drachm,  0Γ 
one  sixth  of  the  sum  at  which  the 
damages  were  laid,  to  be  paid  as  com- 
pensation to  the  defendant  by  any 
prosecutor  in  a  firivate  suit,  who  fail- 
ed to  gain  one  fifth  of  the  votes.  Dem. 
834,  25,  cf  Bockh  P.  E.,  2,  87.  sq,, 
Att.  Process,  pp.  641,  729  sqq. — Plat. 
Legg.  921  C,  uses  it  of  a  rate  of  inte- 
rest, g-  of  the  principal,=  TOA:of  έφεκ- 
τος,  16|  p.  cent. :  but  here  also  it  is 
simply  as  a  penalty  on  such  as  do  not 
discharge  their  contract  debts  within 
the  year,  that  he  imposes  this  as 
monthly  interest,=  200  p.  cent.  p.  ann. 

Επωδή,  ης,  ή,  {ίπάδω)  strictly,  a 
song  to  or  over  somewhat  :  hence  an 
enchantment,  charm,  spell,  of  the  Sy- 
ren's song,  etc.,  Xen.  Mem.  2,  6,  10, 
sq.  :  esp.  a  charm  to  lull  pain,  heal  sick- 
ness, etc.,  Trag.  ;  poet,  έπαοιδή.  Od. 
19,  457,  also  Pind.,  and  Aesch. ;  and 
so  in  Hdt.  1,  132  : — επ.  τινός,  a  charm 
for  or  against..,  Aesch.  Eum.  C49. 
Often  confused  vvithtjrcjdof,  v.  Schaf. 
Dion.  Comp.  261. 

Έπώδτ/ς,  ες.  {έπόζω)  rank  smelling, 
fetid, ^όνςώδης,  Hipp. 

'Έ,πωδικός,  ή,  όν,  of,  beloTiging  to  an 
επωδός,  epodic,  Hephaest. 

νΚπωδίνω,  {έπί,  ώδίνω)  to  give  ad- 
ditional pain,  Plut. 

Έπώδιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  επω&ή, 
or  επωδός. 

Έπωδος,  όν,  {επάδω)  siuc\\y, sing- 
ing to  or  over :  hence  using  songs  or 
charms  to  heal  wounds  or  soothe  pair» : 
C.  gen.,  a  charm  for  or  against.  GpyiCi- 
ων  άημάτων,  Aesch.  Ag.  1418:  in 
genl.,  having  magic  power  whether  over 
body  or  soul,  μνθοι,  Plat.  Legg.  903 
B. — 2.  sung  or  said  after  :  μορφής  έττω- 
δόν,  called  after  this  form,  Eur.  Hec. 
1272. — B.  very  freq.  as  subst. — 1.  δ 
επωδός,  also  ή,  an  enchanter,  sorcerer, 
Eur.  Hipp.  1038  ;  γόηςέπ..  Id.  Bacch. 
234  :  hence.  Proverb,  νοσών  νοσονν- 
τι  επωδός  εστί,  a  sick  man  is  a  sick 
man's  charmer,  i.  e.  comforter. — II.  if 
επωδός,  also,  but  very  rarely,  ό,  He 
phaest.  p.  129,  Gaisf,, — 1.  an  after- 
song,  epode,  the  strain  of  a  lyric  ode  af- 
ter the  strophe  and  antistrophe,  Dion. 
H. :  of  such  odes,  called  επωδικά, 
most  of  Pindar's  and  the  Tragic  cho- 
ruses consist,  Dion.  H. — 2.  a  verse  or 
passage  returning  at  intervals,  a  chorus, 
burden,  refrain,  e.  g.  in  Theocr.  1,  2, 
Bion  1,  jViosch.  3  :  metaph.  ό  κοινός 
άπάσης  άδολεσχίας  έπ.,  the  old  tune, 
the  old  story  over  again. — 3.  a  lyric 
poem  in  couplets,  usu.  of  Iamb.  Trim 
and  Dim.,  but  also  of  any  longer  and 
shorter  measure,  except  Elegiac :  in- 
vented by  Archilochus,  used  by  Ho- 
race, Plut. 

Έπωδννία,  ας,  ή,  pain,  anguish : 
from 

Επώδυνος,  ov,  {επί. 6δύνη) painful, 
ήπαρ,  Hipp. ;  τραύματα,  Ar.  Ach, 
1205. 

Έπώζω,  {επί,  ωζω)  to  cry  oh  I  or 
wail  over,  Aesch.  Fr.  149,  Ar.  Av, 
266. 

539 


ΕΠΩΝ 

Έπώζω,  or  έ  πωΐζ(:ύ,=επωύ  ,ω,  Epich. 
ρ.  80,'Cratin.  Neiii.  2. 

ΈττωΟέυ.  ώ.  fut.  -ώσυ,  and  -ωθήσω, 
{έττί,  ώΟέω)  to  push,  shove,  poke  to  or 
into,  ¥\\lt.,toimpcl,].a. — II.  miT.torush 
onwards. 

Έ-ωθίζω,=  ΐθΐβζ.,  Luc. 

'Έιπωίζω,^=ίπωύζω. 
^'Έ,πωκής,  ές,  {επί,  ώκύς)  somewhat 
sour,  only  in  compar.  έπωκέστερος, 

^^^P-  ,    .    ,    , 

Έττωκύνω,  {επί,  ωκννω)  to  hasten, 

τι,  Hipp. 

Έπώλεθρος,  ov,  (επί,  όλεθρος)  de- 
structive. 

Έπωλένιος,  ov,  (έπί,  ώλένη)  upon 
the  arm,  Η.  Horn.  Merc.  433,  510. 

Έπωμάδιος,  ov,  {επί,  ώμος)  on  the 
ehoulders,  πτέρυγες,  Theocr.  29,  29. 

Έπωμΰδόν,  adv.,  on  the  shoulder, 
Ap.  Rh. 

Έπωμίδίον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  ίπω- 
αίς. 

Έπωμίζω,  {ίπί,  ωμίζω)  to  put  on  the 
shoulder.  Mid.  to  put  on  one's  own 
shoulder,  Luc. 

'Έ.πύμίος,  ον,^^έπωμάδιος,  Luc. 

Έπωμίς,  ίδος,  η,  {έπί,  ώμος)  the 
upper  part  of  the  shoulder,  Hipp.,  and 
Xen.  :  in  genl.  the  neck  and  shoulder, 
Eur.  I.  T.  U04  :  hence— 2.  the  upper- 
most, high  part  of  a  ship,  etc.,  Anth. — 
II.  Ά&Οτίθ{ woman's  boddice  with  sleeves, 
Chaerem.  ap.  Ath.  608  B,  opp.  to  έ^ω- 
υίς. 

Έπωμοσία,  ας,  ή,  {έπόμνυμι)  an 
oath:  Άί3θ:=έξωμοσία. 

Έπώμοτος,  ον.  {έπόμνυμι)  on  oath, 
sworn,  έπ.  δρκω.  Soph.  Aj.  1113  ;  έπ. 
"λέγειν.  Id.  Tr.'427.— II.  pa.ss.  epith.  of 
Jupiter,  as  the  witness  of  oaths,  sworn 
by,  like  δρκιος,  lb.  1188. 

Έπώνιον,  ου,  τό,  {έπί,  ώνή)  α  duty 
paid  on  goods  bought  and  sold,  Bockh. 
P.  E.  2,  37:  but  ace.  to  others— II. 
something  given  into  the  bargain  in  a  sale. 

'Επωνυμία,  ας,  ή,  {επώνυμος)  a  sur- 
name, name  given  after  some  person  or 
thing,  Lat.  cognomen,  Hdt.,  etc. ;  έπ. 
ποιείσθαι,  θέσθαι,  to  take  a  surname, 
Hdt.  2,  42  ;  4,  45  ;  έπ.  έχειν  έπί  τίνος, 
to  have  ο  name  after  one,  1,  14,  etc., 
and  sometimes  άπό  τίνος,  7, 121,  etc.: 
— but,  έπ.  σ^είν  χώρας,  to  have  the 
naming  of  it,  i.  e.  have  it  named  after 
one,  Thuc.  1,  9  ;  so,  έπ.  ΰφ'  εαυτών 
παρέχεσθαι.  Id.  1,  3.-2.  in  Aesch. 
Theb.  829,  a  name  prophetically  signifi- 
cant.— II.  in  genl.  a  name,  Hdt.  2,  4, 
etc. 

Επωνύμων,  ου,  ro,=foreg.,  Plut. 

'Επωνύμως,  a,  ov,  poet,  for  sq.. 
Find.  P.  1,58,  etc.;  also  in  Hdt.  2, 
112.  [v] 

'Επώνυμος,  ov,  {έπί,  όνυμα,  όνομα) 
named  after  some  person  or  thing, 
with  some  particular  object:  so  in 
Horn.,  όνομα  επώνυμου,  a  name^iiien 
advisedli),  an  auspicious  or  ominotis 
name,  Od.  7,  54  ;  19,  409,  cf  H.  Horn. 
Ap.  373,  Hes.  Th.  144,  282:  hence  in 
II.  9,  562,  Άλκνόνην  καλέείτκον  επώ- 
νυμου, Alcyone  they  called  her /or  her 
name,  61/  name,  (where  the  reason  fol- 
lows), cf  ώιφώνυμος :  in  genl.  surna- 
med,  called,  Trag. :  c.  gen.,  έπ.  ύρνι- 
χος,  called  after  it,  Pind.  1,  6,  78,  cf 
Hdt.  7,  1 1,  and  so  Trag.  ;  έπί  τίνος, 
Hdt.  4,  184  :  also  c.  dat..  Soph.  Fr. 
408  :  but,  πολλών  ονομάτων  έπ.,  call- 
ed bi/  names  manifold,  Soph.  FV.  078, 
2. — il.  act.  giving  one's  name  to  a  thing 
or  person  :  esp.  at  Athens  the  first 
archon,  άρχων  έπ.,  who  gave  his  name 
to  the  current  year,  Bockh  Inscr.  1, 
p,  437,  etc. ;  ΰμχη  έπ.,  his  rank  or 
office  ;  cf  Thuc.  2.  2  ;  ί'/ρωες  έπ.,  the 
beit»es  alter  whom  the  Attic  ώυ^ίαί 
540 


EPAM 

had  their  names  :  usu.  absol.,  ol  έπ., 
Isocr.  382  D,  and  freq.  in  Oratt.- III. 
70  f  7Γ.,  as  subst.,  a  surname. 

νΕπώνϋμος,  ου,  δ,  Epunymus,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Isae. 

Έπωπάω,  {έπί,  ώπύομαι)^  έφο- 
ράω,  to  look  on,  inspect,  watch,  Lat.  in- 
spicere,  c.  acc,  Aesch.  Cho.  693,  Eum. 
275. 

νΕπωπεύς,  έως,  b,  Epopeus,  son  of 
Neptune  (or  Aloeus,  Pans.)  and  Ca- 
nace.a  king  of  Sicyon,  .\pollod. — 11. 
Mt.  Epopeus,  now  Epomeo.  or  Monte 
Sannicolo,  a  volcanic  mountam  of 
Pilhecusa,  Strab. 

Έπωπή,  ης,  ή,  {  έπωπάω )  a  spot 
which  commands  a  wide  view,  a  look-out 
place,  Aesch.  Supp.  539. 

Έπώπης,  ου,  δ,  a  watcher. 

Έπωπις,  ίδος,  ή,  {έπομαι.)  α  female 
attendant,  companion.  Lye.  1176,  ubi 
V.  Tzeiz.  p.  940  Miill. 

Έπωριύζω,  {έπί,  ώρα)  to  be  concern- 
ed, anxious  about  a  thing. 

Έπώρσε,  3  sing.  aor.  1  of  έττόρνίΐ/ΐί, 
Horn. 

Έπώρτο,  3  sing.  aor.  syncop.  pass. 
from  έπόρνυμι,  II.  21,  324. 

Έπωρυω,  {έπί,  ώμύω)  to  howl  at  a 
thing,  Anth.  :  also  in  mid.,  LXX.  [uj 

Έπωσις,  εως,  ή,  {έπωθέω)  an  im- 
pulse.    Hence 

Έπωστρίς,  ίδος,  ή,  one  who  shoves 
to  help  another  on,  dub. 

Έπωτειλόομαι,  as  pass.,(t7r£,  ώτει- 
λή)  to  be  scarred  over,  Arelae. 

Έπωτίδες,  ίδων,  ai,  {έπί,  ους)  beams 
on  each  side  of  a  ship's  bows  like  ears, 
whence  the  anchors  were  let  down, 
Eur.  1.  T.  1350  :  sometimes  strength- 
ened to  resist  the  charge  of  a  hostile 
ship,  Thuc.  7,  34,  36,  ubi  v.  Arnold. 

'Επωφέ?.εια,  ας,  ή,  help,  advantage, 
Democr.  ap.  Stob.  p.  452,  22. 

Έπωφελέω,  ω,  f  -ήσω,  {έπί,  ώφε- 
λέω)  to  help,  aid,  be  of  use  in  a  thing, 
τινί.  Soph.  O.  C.  441  ;  τινά.  Soph. 
Phil.  605;  absol..  Soph.  O.  C.  511, 
έδεξάμην  δώρον,  δ μήποτ'  έπωφέ'/.ησα 
πόλεως  έξελέσθαι,  where  the  Schol. 
takes  it  Ά3=ώφε?Μν,  but  Herm.  and 
Reisig  wish  to  retain  the  usu.  signf, 
a  gift,  to  gain  which  from  the  state  1 
never  earned  by  service,  i.  e.  never  de- 
served, V.  EUendt.     Hence 

Έπωφέλημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  help,  aid, 
store,  βοράς.  Soph.  Phil.  275. 

'Επωφελής,  ές,  helping,  useful,  late 
word. 

Έπωφελία,  ας,  η,  =  έπωφέλεια, 
Anth. 

Ύιπωφέλίμος,  ον,^=  επωφελής. 

Έπώχατο,  3  plur.  plqpf  pass.  Aeol. 
and  Ion.  from  επέχω.  II.  12,  340,  πα- 
σαι  {πύλ.αι)  γαρ  έπώχατο,  all  were  shut 
to.  There  is  no  doubt  of  the  signf, 
but  a  good  deal  about  the  deriv.  : 
prob.  it  belongs  to  όχεύς,  δχω,  έπό- 
χω,  akin  to  εχω.  επέχω  :  others  wrote 
έπώχατο,  as  if  from  έποίγω,  others 
πάσας  γαρ  έπώχατο,  or  έπώχετο, 
they,  he  ran  to  all  the  gates,  as  if  from 
έποίχομαι.  hut  v.  Heyne  T.  6,  335,  sq.. 
Toll.  Apoll   Lex.  Hom.  p.  753. 

Έπωχμος,  ov,  {έπί,  ώχρυς)  pallid, 
sallote,  Hipp. 

*ΈΡΑ,  ή,  the  Lat.  terra,  earth, 
Germ.  Erde ;  only  found  in  Gramm., 
and  in  sq. 

Έραζε,  adv.,  on,  upon,  to  the  earth, 
esp.  with  πίπτω,  and  γ^ω,  Hom.,  and 
Hes. 

VEpai,  ών,  al,  Erae.  a  town  of  Ion- 
ia. iiearTeos,  Thuc.  8.  19. 

ΈΡΑ'ΜΑΙ,  Ep.  lengthd.  2  pi.  έμά- 
ασβέ.  like  άγάασθε.  II.  16,  508  :  impf 
7//)ά/^7/ΐ',  Sapph.  14,  Pind.,  and  Theocr.: 
fut.  pass,  έρασθήσομαι,  Aesch.  Eum. 


EPAN 

:  852;  aor.  ήράσθην,  Hdt.  1,8,  90:  but 
m  Ep.  and  Pind.  c.  aor.  mid.  ήρΰσά- 
μην,  hence ^οάσατο,  ΐ/ράσσατο,  Horn., 
έμάσσατο.  Hes.,  and  Find. :  perf  ?)pa- 
σμαι,  Parthen.  To  love,  desire,  long 
after,  c.  geii.,  Horn.  :  freq.  transferred 
from  persons  to  things,  πολέμου,  μύ- 
χ7/ς,  11.  9,  64;  16,  208:  later  also  c. 
int.,  οΰκ  έραμαι  πλουτεΐν,  1  wish  not 
to  be  rich,  "^I'heogn.  1151  ;  έπιφαΰειν 
έράται,  (Dor.  conj.  for  έρηται)  Sapph. 
50,  Pind.  P.  4,  164.  The  usu.  prose 
form  is  έράω,  q.  v. 

t'Epara,  ης,  ή,  Erana,  a  city  of  Tri- 
phyliati  Elis,  Strab. 

Έρΰνάρχης,  ου,  δ,  {έρανος,  άρχω) 
the  president  of  an  έρανος,  collector  and 
manager  of  the  contributions  to  it,  Diog. 
L. 

Έρΰνέμπολος,  ov,  {έρανος,  έμπο- 
?ιύω)  one  who  lives  by  contributions. 

Έρΰνίζω,  f.  -ίσω  Att.  -ίώ,  {έρανος) 
to  ask  for  contributions  or  sub.icriptions 
from  one,  τινά,  Dem.  1484,  2;  to  col- 
lect by  way  of  contribution,  τι,  Aeschin. 
00,  4  :  absol..  Plat.  Legg.  915  E.  Mid. 
to  collect  subscriptions,  etc.  for  one's  self, 
live  by  such  7neans. — II.  to  contribute  to- 
wards, give  in  charity,  τινί,  Dem.  999, 
24 ;  and  so  prob.  the  dat.  should  be 
read  in  Antipho  117,33.  Pass,  to  be 
supported  by  charity,  έρανίσθείς  προς 
των  φίλων,  Diog.  L. 

Έρύνικύς,  ή,  όν,  of,  belonging  to  an 
έρανος,  of  the  nature  of  one,  etc.,  έρ. 
δίκη,  an  action  arising  out  of  the  mat- 
ters of  an  έρανος,  Att.  Process,  p.  540, 
sq.  :  but  ακροάσεις  έρ.,  lectures  paid 
for  by  fees,  Ath. 

Εράνων,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  έρανος. 

Έρύνΐσις^  εως,  ή.  Plat.  Legg.  915 
Ε  ;  and  έρανισμος,  οϋ,  ό,  Diog.  L., 
{έρΰνίζω)  the  collection  of  contribu- 
tions. 

Έρανιστέον,  verb.  adj.  from  έρανί- 
ζω,  one  must  scrape  together,  collect  by 
begging,  Clem.  Al. 

Ερανιστής,  οΰ,  ό,  {έρανίζω)  a  part 
ner  m,  contributor  to  an  έρανος,  or  club, 
έστιάν  έρανι.στάς,  to  give  a  club-din- 
ner, Ar.  Fr.  355. 

'Εράνίστρια,  ας,  ή,  fern,  of  ερανι- 
στής, Osann  Syll.  Inscr.  1,  173. 

νΕραννοβόας.  δ,  Erannoboas,  a  riv- 
er of  India,  Arr.  Ind.  4,  3. 

Έραννός,  ή.  όν,  {έράω)  lovely, pleas- 
ant, m  Hom.  only  of  places,  e.  g.  II. 
9,  531,  577,  Od.  7,  18  ;  also,  tpavhv 
ύδωρ,  Simon.  140  :  later  in  genl.= 
έματός,  φιλότης,  Dion.  P. ;  seldom  of 
[)ersons. 

Έρανος,  ov,  b,  a  meal  to  which  each 
contributed  his  share  invictuals  OX  money , 
a  feast  of  contribution,  Od.  1,  220  ;  11, 
4i5  ;  also  συμβο?ιή,  Lat.  cocna  collati 
cia  :  in  Pind.  in  genl.  a  feast,  festival, 
O.  1,  59. — 2.  any  subscription  or  contri- 
bution, Lat.  symbola,  esp.  such  as  .Athe- 
nians were  held  bound  to  pay  for  the 
support  of  the  poor,  Ar.  Ach.  615,  ubi 
v.  Schol.  :  hence  in  genl.  an  accommo- 
dation by  loan,  gift,  etc.,  έμ.  εΐςφέρειν 
τινι.  Plat.  Syinp.  177  C,  Dem.,  etc.  : 
in  genl.  a  kindness,  service,  Isocr.  212 
A  :  a  favour,  esp.  one  which  will  be  re- 
turned, Eur.  Supp.  363,  Thuc.  2,  43, 
cf  Ale.x.  Incert.  47. — II.  a  club  or  soci- 
ety of  sub.icrihers  to  a  common  fund  for 
any  purpose,  social,  commercial,  charita- 
ble, or  esp.  political,  cf.  Dem.  329,  15: 
they  were  often  corporations  possess 
ed  of  real  property,  and  were  some 
times  very  influential  in  the  Greek 
democracies;  on  the  various  i'paj^oi, 
v.  Bockh  P.  E.  1.  328,  Att.  Process, 
p.  540,  sqq.• — 111.  έμάνονς  είςενιγκεϊν, 
to  borrow  money  on  pledges,  opp.  to  έμύ,- 
νους  διενεγκεϊν,  or  διαλνσασΟαι,  to 


EPAT 

redeem  these  pledges,  Tayl.  Lycurg.  8, 
2,^.  150,  8.     (Deriv.  uncertain.) 

ΫΕρασδε,  Dor.  for  εραζε,  Theocr.  7, 
146. 

νΕρασίκλεια,  ας,  η,  Erasiclea,  fern, 
pr.  n.,  Luc. :  from 

νΕρασικΆής,  έους,  b,  {εράω,  κλέος) 

Erasiclts,  masc.  pr.  n.,  Dem.  929,  13. 

Ύφασίμολπος,  ov,    (έράω,  μολττή) 

delighting  in  song  or  of  beautiful  song, 

of  Ihalia,  Pind.  O.  14,22. 

^Ύ,ρασΙνίόης,  ου,  b,  (prop,  son  of 
Erasmus)  Eraslnides,  one  of  the  Athe- 
nian commanders  in  the  battle  at  the 
Argiiiusae  insulae,  Lys.  162, 17 ;  Xen., 
etc. — 2.  a  Corinthian  commander, 
Thuc.  7,  7.  ^ 

ΤΕρασΙνης,  ου,  ό,  Eraslnus,  a  river 
of  Argolis,  joining  the  Phrixus, 
Aesch.  Suppl.  1020,  Hdt.  6,  76.-2.  a 
river  of  Attica,  Slrab. — 3.  another  in 
Arcadia,  Id. 

νΕρασίξενος,  ov,  6,  (εράω,  ξένος) 
Erasixinus,  masc.  pr.  n.,  Ath.  436  D. 
ΈμάσιττΆόκάμος,  ov,  {έράω,   πλό- 
καμος) decked  with  love-locks,  Ibyc.  15. 

νΕράσιπτΐος,  ου,  ό.  {έράω.  Ιππος) 
Eritsipjms,  a  son  of  Hercules,  Apol- 
lod.,  others  in  Anth.,  etc. 

Έράσίπτερος,  ov,  [έράω,  πτερόν) 
of  beautiful  wing,  Nonn. 

Έρΰσις,  εως,  ή,  ( έραμαι )  love, 
Graium. 

νΕρασιστρύτειος,  a,  ov,  of  or  be- 
longing to  Erasistratus,  Ath.  87  B. 
From  sq.  3. 

νΕρησίστρατος,  ov,  ή.  {έράω,  στρα- 
τός) Erasistratus,a.n  Athenian,  father 
of  Phaeax,  Thuc.  5,  4. — 2.  one  of  the 
thirty  tyrants,  Xen.  Hell.  2,  3,  2.-3. 
a  distinguished  physici?n,  born  in 
Ceos,  but  residing  in  Alexandrea, 
l.iic. 

νΕραηιύιών,  ωντος,  6,  Erasiphon, 
ma.sc.  pr.  n.,  Lys. 

Έρΰσιχρήματος,  ov,  {έράω,  χρήμα- 
τα) loinng  money,  covetous,  Xen.  Mem. 
1,  2,  5. 

'Εράσμιος,  a,  ov,  Anacr.  18,  also 
Of,  or,  (έράω)  lovely,  beloved,  πόλεί, 
Aesch.  Ag.  605  ;  also  in  Plat.,  and 
Xpn. 

ΤΕρασος,  ov,  b,  Erasus,  son  of  Tri- 
phylus,  Paus. 

'Epaartiiu,=  έράω,  to  love,  desire, 
γάμων,  Aesch.  Pr.  893. 

Έραστέω,  G),=  foreg.  :  from 
'Εραστής,  ov,  ό,  {έραμαι)  a  lover, 
Eur.,  etc.  ;  ηνός,  of  one,  Id. ;  but  al- 
so of  things,  τνρανιύύος,  Hdt.  3,  53  : 
Tf/r(h  γνώμης,  an  adherent  of,  Soph.  O. 
T.  601  ;  ep.  rov  πονεϊν,  fond  of  work, 
Ar.  Plut.  254;  also  έρ.  περί  τι,  έπί 
TLVL.  Plat.  Symp.  203  C,  Meno  70  β  ; 
used  also  as  fein.  by  Philo  ;  and  cf 
Jac.  A.  P.  p.  85. 

'Ε))αστός,  ή,  όν,=:έρατός,  beloved, 
lovenble,  lovely,  in  prose  the  usu.  form, 
as  Plat.  Symp.  204  C  ;  also  prob.  in 
Simon.  60. 

^Έραστος,  ου,  b,  Erasius,a.  Socratic 
philosopher,  of  Scepsis,  Strab.,  etc. 

Έράστρια,  ας.  ή,  fem.  of  εραστής. 
a  lover,  τινός,  Perictione  ap.  Stob.  p. 
487,  31. 

'Ερατεινός,  ή,  όν,  lovely,  beautiful, 
charming,  in  Horn.  usu.  of  places,  but 
also  of  things,  ήνορέη,  όμη^Λκίη,  <pi- 
λότης,  δαίς,  άμβροσίη,  and  so  oft.  in 
Pind. :  of  persons  only,  Od.  4,  13,  and 
9,  230,  έτάροις  ερατεινός  φανείς,  a 
welcome. glad  sight  to  his  comrades  ; 
also  H.  Horn.  Cer.  423.  Only  Ep. 
and  f'yr 

t'EpaTiSni,  ων,  Dor.  dv,  ol,  the  Era- 
tidae,  a  noble  family  of  Rhodes,  Pind. 
O.  7,  172. 
Έραη'ϊ'ω,^έράω,  c.gen.,  Horn,  al- 


ΕΡΓΑ 

ways  in  phrase,  κρειών  έρατίζων, 
greedy  after  it,  U.  11,  551  ;  17,  660,  H. 
Horn.  Merc.  64,  287.     Only  Ep. 

νΕρατοκλείδης.  ου,  b,  Eratoclides,  a 
Heraclid  of  Corinth,  Thuc.  1,  24. 

Έρΰτοπλόκάμος,  ov,  (έρατός,  πλό- 
καμος)=-έρασίπλόκαμος,  Orph. 

Έράτός,  ή,  όν,  {έράω)  poet,  tor  έρα• 
στ-ός,  beloved,  yearned  after,  δώρ'  'Αφ- 
ροδίτης, II.  3,  64  ;  έρ.  γυναιξί,  Tyr- 
tae.  1,  29. — 2.  lovely, charviing, inHom. 
only  of  places  and  things,  and  so  in 
Theogn.,  Pind.,  and  Att.  Poets  :  of 
persons,  νέοι  άνδρες  έρατοί,  Theogn. 
242.  The  prose  forms  are  έραστός 
and  εράσμιος. 

ΤΕρατος,  ov,  ό,  Eriitus,  a  son  of 
Hercules,  Apollod. — 2.  a  king  of  Ar- 
gos,  Paus. — 3.  a  Pythagorean  philos- 
opher, Iambi. 

νΕρατοσθένης,  ους,  b,  Eratosthenes, 
one  of  the  thirty  tyrants,  Lys.,  Xen. 
Hell.  2,  3.  2. — 2.  a  celebrated  gram- 
marian and  geographer,  who  flourish- 
ed at  Alexandrea  under  Ptolemy  Eu- 
ergetes,  Strab. — Others  in  Lys.,  etc. 

Έρΰτόχροος,  ov,  contr.  -;^;ροι;^,  ovv, 
{έρατύς,  χρόα)  fair  of  face,  Anth. 

ΧΕράτυρα.  ας,  ή,  Eratyra,  a  city  of 
Epirus,  Strab. 

Έράτύς,  νος,  ή.  loveliness,  very  dub. 
conj.  in  Ep.  Ad.  664. 

'Εράτνω,  Dor.  for  έρητύω,  Soph. 
O.  C.  164. 

'Ερατώ,  ονς,  ή,  Erato,  the  Lovely, 
one  of  the  nine  Muses,  Hes.  Th.  78. 
— 2.  also  one  of  the  Oceanides,  Hes. 
Th.  247.  Others  in  Apollod.,  Paus., 
etc. 

ΤΕράτων,  ωνος,  b,  ErSton,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Lys. 

Έρΰτώπις,  ίδος.  η,  {ορατός,  ωφ)  of 
lovely  look,  v.  1.  in  Ep.  Hom.  1.  2,  for 
έριώπις  :  found  also  in  Welcker  Syll. 
Epigr.  55,  9. 

'EPA'i2,  only  found  in  pres.  and 
impf ,  just  like  poet.,  έραμαι,  (q.  v.) 
To  love,  c.  gen.,  usu.  of  the  sexual 
passion,  έράν  γυναικός,  Hdt.  9,  108, 
etc.,  and  so  distinguished  from  0i- 
λέω,  as  Lat.  aino  from  diligo  ;  c.  ace. 
cognato,  έράν  έρωτα,  Valck.  Hipp. 
31  :  also  of  things,  to  long  for,  desire 
passionately,  τυραννίδας.  Archil.  10,  3, 
μάχης,  δώρων,  Aesch.  Theb.  392,  Fr. 
147  ;  cf.  inf.,  θανείν  έρα.  Soph.  Ant. 
220,  and  oft.  in  Eur. :  absol.,  έρών,  a 
lover,  Pind.  O.  1,  128,  and  Xen.  ;  opp. 
to  ή  ερωμένη,  the  beloved  one,  7nistress, 
Hdt.  3,  31.  cf  Ar.  Eq.  737.— B.  of  a 
dep.  έράομαι  in  same  sign!.,  there  is 
only  one  certain  example,  viz.,  The- 
ocr. 2,  149;  for  έράασθε,  II.  16,  208, 
is  Ep.  lengthd.  for  έρασβε.  But  the 
prose  writers  used  the  pass.  aor.  ήρά- 
σθην,  exactly  in  act.  signf ,  as  Hdt.  1, 
8,  96  ;  and  c.  inf.,  έρασθεις  τον  ενκλε- 
ής  γενέσθαι,  Xen.  Ages.  10,  4.  Cf. 
έραμαι. 

*'ΕΡΑΏ,  to  pour  out,  a  form  only 
found  in  compds.  like  ύπεράω,  έξε- 
ράω,  κατερύω,  κατεξεράω,  μετεράω, 
συνεράω. 

νΕρβησσός,  ον,  ή,  Erbessus,  a  city 
of  Sicily,  west  of  Syracuse,  Polyb.  1, 
18,  5  :  hence  Έρβησσενς,  έως,  ό,  an 
inhab.  of  Erbessus,  Id.  1,  18,  11. 

Έργύδει.ς.  ων,  οΊ,^^έργάται,  laboxtr- 
ers,  ace.  to  Plut.  Sol.  23  :  but  v.  Άρ- 
γαδεΐς:  from 

'Εργάζομαι,  dep.  c.  fut.  -άσομαι, 
peri,  ειργασμαι,  Ion.  έργασμαι,  though 
this  pf.  olt.  has  a  pass,  signf ,  v.  sub 
fin.  {*έργω).  To  be  busy,  work,  set  to 
work.  II.  18,  469,  Od.  14,  272  ;  esp.  of 
husbandry-work  :  το χρή μ'  εργάζεται, 
the  matter  works,  i.  e.  goes  on,  Ar. 
Eccl.  148.    More  fieq.— II.  like  δρΰν 


ΕΡΓΑ 

transit.,  to  work,  do,  perform,  έργα  fpV'i 
11.  24,  733,  Od.  20,  72,  etc.  •.  and  so 
έργ.  φίλα,  έναίσιμα,  Od.  17,  321  ;  24, 
210:  c.  dupl.  ace,  to  do  something  to 
another,  τινά  τι,  Hdt.  2,  26,  etc.  ; 
esp.  to  do  one  ill,  do  one  a  shrewd 
turn,  κακά  έργ.  τινά,  like  δράν.  ποι- 
ειν,  Thuc.  1,  137,  Xen.,  etc.— 2.  to 
work,  work  at,  έργ.  χρυσον,  to  work  in 
gold,  Od.  3,  435  ;  έργ-  γην,  to  work  the 
land,  Hdt.  1,  17,  etc. :  to  digest  food, 
Lat.  snbigere,  Arist.  H.  Α.,  cf  Hes. 
Th.  440  :  έργ.  τέχι>ην,  to  practice  an 
art,  Lat.  exercere.  Plat.  Phaed.  tO  E, 
etc. — 3,  to  work  out,  earn  by  working, 
χρήματα,  Hdt.  1,  24,  Ar.,  etc.  ;  βίον 
εκ  τινυς,  Andoc.  18,  42,  cf.  Hes.  Op. 
43,  297  :  to  deal  in,  τι,  Dem.  794,  22  : 
esp.  of  courtesans,  σώματι  έργ..  Lat. 
quaestum  corporis  facere,  Dem.  1351, 
21,  cf.  ένεργάζομαι. — 4.  like  ποιέω,  to 
make,  αγάλματα,  νμνονς,  Pind.  :  to 
build,  άμαξίδας,  οικοδόμημα,  Ar.  Nub. 
880,  Thuc.  2,  76,  etc.— 5,  to  mnke, 
produce,  cause,  πημονάς.  Soph.  Ant. 
326;  ποβον  τινί,  Dein.  1404,  18.— Β. 
the  Ion.  and  Att.  use  the  perl.  pass. 
είργασμαι.  usu.  in  the  act.  signl.  of 
the  aor.  ε'ιργασύμην,  as  Hdt.  3,  155, 
cf.  Valck.  Phoen.  1069,  Lob.  Soph. 
Aj.  21  :  but  it  also  oft.  occurs  as  a 
true  pass.,  e.  g.,  εργαστο  το  τΰχος, 
Hdt.  1,  179;  τά  πμόσθεν  έργασμενα, 
Hdt.  7,  53 :  freq.  in  Trag.,  as  είργασ- 
ται  μητρώον  αίμα.  Eur.  Or.  284,  etc. ; 
έκ  πέτρας  εΐργασμένος.  wrought  out 
of  rock,  Aesch.  Pr.  242 ;  so,  /,ίβοι 
είργασμένοι,  wrought  stones,  Thuc.  1, 
93.  The  fut.  pass,  ηργασθήσομαι,  as 
a  true  pass.,  as  in  Soph.  Tr.  1ϋ18, 
Isocr.  Epist.  6,  is  rare.  Cf  έπιργά- 
ζομαι. 

Έργαθεΐν,  Ep.  έεργαθεϊν,  poet.  aor. 
inf.  of  ειργω,  to  sever,  cut  off,  έέργα- 
θεν  ωμον  άπ'  ανχένος,  χρόα  άπό  πλευ- 
ρών, II.  5,  147;  11,  437. 

ΈργΰλεΙον,  ον,  τό.  Ion.  έργαλήϊον, 
(*έργω)  α  tool,  instrument,  Hdt.  3,  131, 
Thuc.  6,  44. 

ΥΕργαμένης,  ονς,  b,  Ergamenes,  an 
Athenian,  Isae. — 2.  a  king  of  the 
.iElhiopians,  Diod.  S. 

'Εργάνη,  ης.  ή,  a  worker,  also  οργά- 
νη :  esp.  as  epith.  of  Minerva,  the 
goddess  of  diligent  labour,  esp.  of 
woman's  work,  Lat.  opcrosa  Minerva, 
Soph.  Fr.  724.  [ΰ] 

Έργάομαι,^ εργάζομαι,  LXX. 

Έργάσείω,  desiderat.  from  έργάζο• 
μαι,  to  long,  he  about  to  do.  Sojih.  Tr. 
1232,  Phil.  1001. 

'Εργασία,  ας,  ή,  {εργάζομαι)  work, 
toil,  Lat.  labor,  H.  Hom.  Merc.  486, 
Pind.  O.  8,  56 ;  esp.  daily  labor,  busi- 
ness, employment.  Plat.,  etc.  :  έργα- 
σίαν  δός,  take  pains,  c.  inf,  N.  T. — 
II.  a  working,  working  at,  esp.  husband- 
ry, tillage,  έργ.  γης.  χώρας,  Ar.  Ran. 
1034,  Isocr.,  etc.  ;  also,  περϊ  κήπων. 
Plat.  Min.  316  E:  έργ.  μετά'/.7ιων, 
working  of  mines,  Thuc.  4,  105  :  έργ. 
σιδήρου,  χαλκοϋ,  a  icorking  in  iron, 
brass,  Hdt.  1,  68.  Plat.,  etc. :  also  ί^ί- 
gestion  of  food,  Arist.  H.  A. — 3.  work- 
manship, art,  craft,  e.  g.  of  the  lapida- 
ry, Theophr.  ;  ή  έργ.  τών  βαφέων,  the 
guild  or  company  of  dyers,  Inscr.  :  also 
α  work  of  art,  production,  of  the  Her- 
mae,  Thuc.  6,  27,  cf  7,  6. — 4.  gain, 
earnings,  maintenance,  profit,  Xen. 
Mem.  3,  10, 1  ;  έργ.  χρημάτων,  Arist. 
Eth.  N.  :  esp.  a  courtesan's  earnings 
or  way  of  life,  Hdt.  2,  135,  cf.  Valck. 
ad  1,  93. — II.  a  making,  ιματίων,  υπο- 
δημάτων, etc..  Plat.:  metaph.,  έργ. 
ηδονής,  production  of  pleasure,  Id. 
Prot.  353  D. 

'Εργάσιμος,  ov,  {εργάζομαι)  to  be 
541 


ΕΡΓΕ 

Worktd,  that  can  be  worked,  esp.  χωρία 
έργ.,  tillable,  arable  land,  Plat.  Legg. 
958  D.— 2.  ipy.  ήμερα,  a  work-day, 
LX  X . :  also — II.  act.  working  far  a 
livelihood,  csp.  of  courtesans,  later. 

νΚργασίων,  ωνος,  ό,  Ergasion,  prop. 
a  labourer,  name  of  a  countryman  m 
Ar.  Vesp.  1201. 

'Έ.ργαατέον,  verb.  adj.  from  έργύζο• 
uat,  one  must  do,  Trag. — 2.  one  must 
work  the  land,  Xen.  Hipparch.  8,  8. 

Έργασττ/ρ,  7/ρος,  ύ,  α  workman,  esp. 
in  husbandry,  Xen.  Oec.  5,  15 :  more 
usu.  εργάτης. 

Έργαση/ριακοί,  ών,  οι,  handicrafts- 
men, Polyb. 

Έργαστηριάρχης,  ου,  6,  {έργαστή- 
(HOi•,  upxu)  the  master  οτ  foreman  of  a 
shop,  manufactory,  etc. 

Εργαστηρίου,  ov,  τό,  (εργάζομαι) 
a  workshop,  manufactory,  Ar.  Eq.  74 1 : 
esp.  a  brothel,  Dem.  1307,  26  ;  v.  ερ- 
γάζομαι II.  3:  metaph.,  την  ττόλίν 
όντως  that  πολέμου  έργ  ,  Xen.  Hell. 
3,  4,  17. — 2.  of  a  inme  or  quarry,  Dem. 
967,  17. 

Έργαστης,  οΰ,  ό,=εργαστήρ,  Λ.  Β. 

Έργαστικός,  ή,  όν,  (έμγάζομαι) 
toorking  hard  at  a  thmg,  τινυς.  Plat. 
Polit.  281  A :  absol.  diligent,  busy, 
Hipp.,  and  Xen. 

Έργαστΐναί,  ών,αΐ,  at  Athens,  g-iV/s 
who  wove  the  peplos  of  Minerva. 

νΚργατεία,  ας,  ή,=  εργασία,  LXX. : 
from 

Έργΰτενω,  to  work  hard,  labour, 
Dioii,  in  mid. 

Έργάτ)/ς,  ov.  b,  {*ίργω)  one  who 
does  a  thing,  a  doer.  Soph.  Ant.  252  : 
έργ.  πολεμικών,  Xen.  Cyr.  4,  1,  4. — 2. 
a  workman,  esp.  a  hired  workman,  day- 
labourer,  esp.  a  husbandman,  γϊ/ς  έργ., 
Hdt.  4,  109;  freq.  also  absol..  like  αυ- 
τουργός. Soph.  O.  T.  859,  Eur.  etc.  : 
of.  έργάτις. — il.  as  a.dy,  hard-working, 
strenuous,  έργ.  στρατηγός,  Xen.  Cyr. 

I,  6,  18  :  Archil.  40,  has  βούς  εργά- 
της, a  labouring  OX,  cf.  έργάτις. — ill. 
α  sort  of  capstan  or  windlass,  Lat.  erga- 
ta,  V.  Mtruv.  10,  4.     Hence 

Έργάτ/}σιος,  ία,  ov,  also  of,  ov,= 
εργάσιμης. — 11.  producing  an  income, 
Xu/ja,  Plut. :  and 

Εργατικός,  ?'/,  όν,  given  to  labour, 
bti.'iy,  diligent,  active,  Plat.  :  Hdt.  2,  11, 
Uses  it  ol  the  Nile,  with  reference  to 
the  quantity  of  its  alluvial  deposits. 
Adv.  -κώς,  Plut. 

Έργύτινης,  ου,  ό,^έργάτης,  a  la- 
bourer, esp.  a  husbandman,  Theocr. — 

II.  as  adj.  labouring,  industrious,  βυϋς. 
Αρ.  lib. :  c.  gen.  rei,  Aiith. :  joined 
with  subst.  fern.,  Ep.  Ad.  194.  [Ϊ] 

Έργύτίς,  ιόος,  Icm.  from  εργάτης, 
a  workwoman  :  so  a  hireling,  Μοϊσ'  ουκ 
έργάτις,  Pind.  I.  2,  10 :  ύπάντυν, 
Aesch.  Pr.  461. — 2.  epith.  of  Mmerva, 
like  έργάνη. — Π.  as  adj.  laborious,  in- 
dustrious, active,  χειρ.  Soph.  Phil.  97  : 
έργ.  γυνή,  a  courtesan.   Archil.    125. 

ΈργατοκνλΙνδριος,  6,  {εργάτης, 
κνλιν('ίρος)=έργάτης  III.  [ί] 

Έργάτωνες,  Att.  έργύωνες,  lodg- 
ing-rooms of  the  slaves  in  the  rural  dis- 
tricts, Lat.  ergaslula. 

Έργεπείκτης,  ov,  ό,  {έργον,  έπείγυ) 
one  ivho  urges  on  the  work,  a  task-7nas- 
ter,  late. 

Έργεπιστάσία,  ας,  ή,  superintend- 
ance  of  works,  Bockh  Inscr.  2,  p.  516  : 
from 

Έργεπιστάτέω,  ώ,  to  be  superintend- 
ant  (if  the  works,  Bockh  Inscr.  2,  p. 
604 :  from 

Έργεπιστάτης,  ov,  6,  (έργον,  επι- 
στάτης) superintendant  of  public  works, 
Epich.  p.  109.  [a] 
512 


ΕΡΓΟ 

νΈργίας,  ov,  ό,  Ergias,  a  writer  of 
Rhodes,  Ath.  360  D. 

t'Epyivof,  ov,  6,  Erglnns,  son  of 
Clymenus,  king  of  Orchumenus,  H. 
Hom.  Apoll.  297,  and  one  of  the  Ar- 
gonauts, Pind.  O.  4,  31.  Others  in 
Plut.,  etc. 

ΥΕργίσκη,  ης,  ή,  Ergisce,  a  city  of 
Thrace,  Dem.  85,  fin. 

Έργμα,  ατός,  τό,  {*ίργω)  poet.= 
έργον,  a  work,  deed,  business,  H.  Hom. 
27,  20;  32,  19,  Epigr.  ap.  Hdt.  5,  77  ; 
then  in  Pind.,  Theogn.,  and  Att.  po- 
ets.    In  Pind.  always  written  'έργμα. 

"Εργμα,  ατός,  τό,  (εϊργω,  έρκος)  α 
fence,  enclosure,  dub.  in  Soph.  Ant. 
848  for  'έρμα  :  a  fence,  guard,  Hipp. 

'Y.pyvvu  and  -ννμι,  poet,  ίοϊ  ε'ιργω, 
έργω,  to  inclose,  Od.  10,  238. 

Έρ)Ό(5ίω/ίΓεω,  ώ,  to  urge  on  the 
work,  be  a  taskmaster,  LXX.  :  from 

^Εργοόΐώκτης,  ου,  ό,  (έργον,  διώ- 
κω) α  taskmaster,  LXX. 

Έργοδοτέω.  ώ,  to  let  out  or  appor- 
tion work  :  from 

'Εργοδότης,  ου,  ό,  (έργον,  δίδωμι) 
one  who  lets  out  work,  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  2, 
5  :  cf.  εργολάβος. 

Έργοεπιστάτης,  ου,  ό,  v.  έργεπ. 

νΕργοκλής,  έονς,  ό,  Ergocles,  masc. 
pr.  η.,  Dem.,  etc. 

Έργολάβεια,  ας,  ή, =l εργολαβία, 
Alciphr.  [ΰ] ;  from 

Έργολύ,βέω,  ώ,  to  be  an  εργολάβος, 
to  contract  for  the  doing  of  work,  c.  acc, 
έργ.  ανδριάντας,  Lat.  statuas  conduce- 
re  faciendas,  Xen.  Mem.  3, 1,2:  hence 
— 2.  to  do  a  thing /or  lucre,  make  money, 
Dem.  608,  12,  etc. :  also  in  mid.,  Po- 
lyaen. 

'Εργολαβία,  ας,  {],  a  contract  for  the 
doing  of  work,  προς  έργολαβίην  γρά- 
φκιν,  to  write  by  contract,  for  gain, 
isocr.  87  C. 

'Εργολάβος,  ov,  {έργον,  λαμβάνω) 
contracting  for  work,  for  a  job  ;  usu.  as 
subst.,  a  contractor,  Lat.  conductor,  rc- 
demptor.  Plat.  Rep.  373  C,  Plut.,  etc. 
— II.  as  adj.,  for  gain,  gainful,  Polyb. 

["] 

'Εργολήπτης,  ov,  ό,  (έργον,  λάμ- 

,i3(£vw)=foreg.,  later. 

'Epyoi',  ου,  τό,  (*έργω,  έρδω)  a  deed, 
work,  esp.  work  of  duty  or  necessity,  11. 
2,  436  ;  6,  492  :  hence  a  man's  busi- 
ness, employment,  etc.,  τα  σαντής  έργα 
κόμιζε,  mind  your  own  business,  Hom. 
Esp.  in  the  following  relations  : — 1 .  in 
II.  usu.  of  works  or  deeds  of  war,  rro- 
λεμήία  έργα,  or  έργα  alone,  II.  2,  338, 
439  ;  also,  έργον  μάχης,  Π.  6,  522. — 
2.  works  of  industry,  and  that— a.  έργα. 
ανδρών,  ανθρώπων,  men's  doings  in 
genl.,  but  esp.  works  of  husbundry, 
hence  Hesiod's  "Εργα  καΐ  Ήμέραι : 
έργα  ανθρώπων,  or  έργα  alone,  esp. 
πίονα  έργα,  in  Hom.  freq.  the  tillage, 
tilled  land  itself,  πατρώϊα  έργα,  their 
father's  estates,  Od.  2,  22  ;  έργα  Ιθά- 
κης, the  tilled  lands  of  Ithaca,  Od.  14, 
314  :  έργα  βοών,  the  fields  which  the 
oxen  plough,  Od.  10.  98,  cf.  Virg. 
hominumque  boumque  lahores  :  έπι  έργα 
ίέναι,  to  go  to  your  own  homes.  Od. 
2,  127,  252 :  and  hence  naturally, 
in  genl.  property,  iveallh,  possessions, 
Od.  14,  65,  έργα  νέμεσβαι,  11.  2,  751  : 
— hence  εργάτης,  αυτουργός,  a  hus- 
bandman, and  άεργος,  αργός,  orig.  one 
who  tills  not. — b.  έργα  γυναικών,  ivo- 
mcn  s  work,  handiwork,  esp  weaving, 
also  simply  έργα,  usu.  in  Hom.  in 
phrase  άγλαα  έργ'  είδυϊα :  whence 
Minerva,  the  patroness  of  such  works, 
is  called  έργάνη,  έργάτις.- — c.  of  oth- 
er occupations  in  Hom.  only  in  Od.  5, 
67,  θαλάσσια  έργα,  fishing,  as  a  way 
of  life  :  hence  later  in  genl.  maritime 


ΕΡΓΟ 

pursuits,  also  έργα  αλός.  Later  of 
all  kinds  of  works,  as  in  Xen.  έργα 
for  mines,  (as  we  say  iron-worA-s,  etc.) 
Vec.l.  4,  44. — 3.  esp.  a  heavy  labour, 
severe  work,  (cf.  our  to  irk,  irksome)  :  in 
Horn,  έργον  άργαλέον  :  and  so,  μέγα 
έργον,  in  II.,  but  in  Od.  asu.=KuKOv 
έργον,  a  terrible,  audacious  deed,  Lat. 
/acinus ;  and  so  αίσχρυν,  πονηρον  έργ. : 
and  on  tlie  other  hanil,  καλά  έργα, 
noble  deeds. — 4.  a  deed,  action,  έΐΓ/α 
τίνος,  his  doings.  II.  3.  130  ;  5,  876, 
etc.,  έργα  άποδίίκννσθαι,  Hdt.  1,  16, 
etc.:  of  the  gods,  II.  16,  120.— 5.  very 
freq.  in  Hom.  as  opp.  to  έπος,  deed, 
not  word ;  so  too,  έργον  and  μύθος,  II. 
9,  443:  but  in  Att.  usu.  έργον  and  λό- 
γος, as  Soph.  El.  358,  Eur.  Ale.  339, 
in  which  signf.  one  clause  of  the  an- 
tithesis is  oft.  left  out,  Wolf.  Lept.  p. 
270,  sq. — II.  a  thing,  viatter,  just  like 
πράγμα  and  χρήμα,  even  without  ref- 
erence to  action,  where  τι  might  stand 
alone,  e.  g.  II.  1,  294;  13,  366;  esp. 
in  Hom.  in  phrases  μήδεσθαι  έργα, 
πάρος  τάδε  έργα  γενέσθαι,  όπως  έσ- 
ται  τιϊδε  έργα :  so,  άκουε  τονργον, 
Soph.  Tr.  1157. — III.  pass,  that  which 
is  wrought  or  made,  έργα  αθανάτων, 
γυναικών,  11.  6,  89;  19,  22;  metal- 
work  is  called  ερ>Όΐ^  Ηφαίστου,  Od. 
4,  617  ;  έργα  έργάζείτθαι,  Od.  22,  422  : 
later  also,  works   of  mental  labour,   as 

books,  Jac.  A.  P.  p.  715  :  also,  έργα 
γάΐίοιο,  φιλοτήσια  έργα,  II.  5,  429, 
θα.  11,  240  ;  and  so  freq.  in  later  po- 
ets, έργα  'Ερωτος,  έργα  Κνπριδος  or 
'Αφροδίτης,  Η.  Hom.  Ven.  1,  cf.  Jac. 
Anth.  1,  2,  p.  194 :  cf.  also  παλίντι- 
τα. — 2.  the  result  of  work,  έργον  χρη- 
μάτων, intercut  or  profit  on  money, 
is.ae.  88,  24,  Dem.  816,  10.— IV.  the 
following  pecul.  Att.  phrases  arise 
from  signf.  I. — Ι.καλοϊι  κάγαθού  τοϋτ' 
έστίν  έργον,  his  conduct,  way  of  act- 
inn  :  ανδρός  έργα  διαπράττεσθαι,  to 
act  like  a  man,  etc.,  where  έργον  is 
as  freq.  left  out  as  expressed,  cf.  ειμί 
III.  4. — 2.  έργον  εστί,  c.  inf.,  it  is  hard 
work,  troublesome,  Xen.  Cyr.  3,  3,  27  : 
also  σον  έργον  εστί,  c.  inf.,  it  is  your 
business,  fulls  to  your  share,  Aesch. 
Pr.  035,  also  c.  Artie,  ημέτερον  το 
έργον,  Hdt.  5,  1  ;  so  too,  ού  μακρών 
λόγων  ήμιν  τόδε  τονργον,  there  is  no 
use  in  thein,  this  is  no  time  for  them. 
Soph.  El.  1373,  cf.  Aj.  12,  Valck. 
Hipp.  911  ;  ουδέν  έργον  έστάναι, 
there's  no  use  in  Standing  still,  Ar.  Lys. 
424. — 3.  έργα  παρέχειν  τινί,  to  give 
one  trouble. — 4.  έργον  τινύς  γενέσθαι, 
to  be  his  deed  or  sacrifice,  i.  e.  to  be 
slain  by  him.  like  κατεργάζεσθαι,  Lat. 
confici,  Jac.  A.  P.  p.  277,  first  in  Plut. 
— 5.  έργον  ποιείσθαί  τι,  to  make  a 
work  about  it,  attend  diligently  to  it, 
Heind.  Plat.  Phaedr.  232  A,  Xen. 
Hier.  9,  10.— ('Epyov  was  usn.  di- 
gammated,  Ffp)Oi',  Germ.  Wtrk.  our 
u-ork,  Aeol.  Fiipyoi'.  cf.  Bockh  Inscr. 
1,  p.  11  ;  V.  έρδω,  and  cf  Buttm.  Lexil. 
V.  κελαινός  5.  But  it  stands  without 
digamma,  11.  1,  395,  H.  Cer.  140, 144  , 
cf.  our  irk,  irksome,  modem  Germ,  arg, 
with  A.  Sax.  weorcsam.) 

Έργοπόνος.  ov,  (έργον,  πένομαι)  a 
husbandman,  labourer,  Leon.  Al. 

Έργοστόλος,  ov.  (έργον,  στέλλω) 
urging  on  work  ;= έργεπ ιστύτης. 

νΕργοτέλης,  ους.  ό,  Ergoteles,  a  vic- 
tor in  the  Olympic  games  from  Hi- 
niera,  Pind.  0.  12. 

ΥΕργόφΰος,  ον,ύ,  Ergophilus,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Dem.,  etc. 

Έργοφήρος,  ov,  (έργον,  φέρω)  car- 
rying on  work,  busy,  of  bees,  Ael. 

νΕργοχάρης,  ονς,  ό,  Ergochures, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Aeschin. 


ΕΡΔΩ 
ΈΡΓΩ,  fut.  ίμξω.  in  Horn.  usu. 
ίέργω,  old  Ep.  forms  for  the  Att.  elp- 
yut  or  εί'ρ)'ω,  cf  sub  fin. :  Att.  fut. 
ύβξομαί  in  pass,  signf.,  Soph.  O.  T. 
8i)0 :  Hoin.  uses  ίργω  or  έέργο  as 
suits  his  verse,  είργυ  only  in  11.  23, 
72 :  pf.  ίρργμαί•,  3  pi.  ίρχάταί  :  plqpf. 
έέργμην,  3  pi.  έρχατο  or  έίρχατο : 
part.  aor.  ίρχθείς :  also  εϊργνυμι  and 
είργννω,  q.  v. 

To  shut  in,  coop  up,  confine,  usu. 
with  iv,  11.  21,  282,  Od.  10.283 :  also, 
εντός  εέργειν,  to  enclose,  bound,  II.  2, 
845,  etc.  :  ερχατο  σύκεσσι,  he  was 
fenced,  guarded  by  shields,  11.  17,  351 : 
but,  δύμον  εέργειν,  to  close,  shut  it  up, 
Od.  7,  88 :  γέφνραι  έεργμέναι,  like 
έζίνγμέναι,  well-fixed,  compact,  II.  5, 
8'J :  and  so  in  Att.,  as  Eur.  Hel.  288, 
and  freq.  in  Thuc. — II.  to  shut  out, 
keep  or  drive  off,  11.  23,  72,  etc.,  Od.  9, 
221,  άμφίς  εέργειν,  II.  v.  άμφίς  III  : 
so,  έκτος  εέργειν,  Od.  12,  21') ;  τινός, 
/iOrti  a  thing,  11.  17,  571,  Hdt.,  etc.: 
esp.,  έργειν  τίνα  αιτίων.  Hdt.  3,  48  ; 
ιερών,  στΓονόών,  αγοράς,  etc.,  like 
Lat.  interdicere  izni,  etc.  :  also,  ΰργ- 
τινά  τινι,  Aesch.  Theb.  416;  άττό 
Τίνος,  11.  4, 130,  etc. — 2.  also  to  hinder, 
prevent  from  doing,  c.  μη  et  inf.  ή  νΐ}ξ 
έργει  μη  ου  καταννααι,  Hdl.  8,  98  ;  so 
too,  είργει  τόνδε  μη  θανειν  νόμος, 
Eur.  He'racl.  963  :  and  c.  inf  only,  in 
Soph.,  as  nolov  είργετοΰτ'  έξειδέναι, 
Ο.  Τ.  129,  cf  Phil.  1408 ;  also,  είργ. 
ί/ςτε..,  or  ΰςτε  μη..,  c.  inf,  Xen.  Hell. 
7,  2,  13,  An.  3,  3.  16.  Mid.  to  keep 
oyie's  self,  abstain  from,  τινός,  Hdt.  4. 
164.  etc.,  and  Att.— III.  in  genl.  to 
force,  drive  bi/  force,  λαόν  έττ'  αριστε- 
ρά, drive  theni  to  the  left  side,  II.  12, 
219,  so  έτΓί  νήας,  11.  16,  395.  (Akin 
to  Lat.  arceo.  hence  έργμα,  ερκος : 
Buttni..  Catal.  in  voc,  thinks  that 
the  Att.  distinguished  signf  I.  from 
II.  by  the  rough  breathing,  so  that 
είργω  would  be  to  shut  in,  είργω,  to 
shut  nut :  in  Horn.  ¥έβγα>.) 

*ΈΡΓΩ,  Ιο  do,  work,  ohsol.  root,  for 
which  in  pres.  ερδυ  and  εργάζομαι 
are  used:  hence  Ep.  and  Ion.  fut. 
ίρξω,  aor.  ερξα  :  also  the  perf  εοργα. 
plqpf.  έώργειν  of  ερδυ,  q.  v.  Hence 
έργον,  with  its  family,  and  the  Lat. 
crco,  erceo  in  exerceo. 

ΎφγΜης,  ες,  [έργον,  είδος)  irksome, 

toilsome,  Hipp.    Adv.  -δύς.  Id.    Hence 

Έργωδία.  ας,  ή,  irksomeness. 

'Έιρί'ώί'ης,  ov,  ό.  (.έργον,  ωνέομαι) 

α  contractor,  like  έργο}.ά3ος,   B()ckh 

laser.  1,  p.  747.     Hence 

'Epycjvia,  ας,  ή,  —  έργολά;3εια,  Po- 
lyb. 

ΈΡΔΩ,  fut.  έρξω:  perf  έαργα: 
plqpf  έώργειν : — Att.  ερδω,  έρξω. 
To  work,  do,  accomplish,  έρϊον  biTuc 
έβέλεις,  II.  4,  37 :  opp.  to  παθεΐν,  Od. 
8,  400  :  more  freq.  c.  ace,  έυδειν  μέγα 
έργον,  έργα  iSiaia.  Od.  2.  236;  19, 
92;  so,  έρδ.  φί/,α,  έσβλά.  etc..  Horn., 
who  also  has  pf.  and  plqpf  e-sp.  in 
these  phrases  ;  orig.  c.  dat.  pers.  τηί 
τι,  Od.  14,  289  as  also  in  Eur.  Med. 
1292  ;  but  even  in  Horn,  more  usu.  c. 
dupl.  ace,  esp.  in  pf  ;  and  that  of 
doing  one  some  harm,  κακά  έρδ.  τινά. 
II.  3,  351  ;  9,  540.  and  so  Hdt.  1,  137, 
Aesch.  Pers.  230,  etc. ;  and  so  έρδ. 
Tiva  κακώς,  Hdt.  6,  85;  also  absol., 
έρδ.  τινά,  to  do  one  harm.  Soph.  Phil. 
084 — 2.  also  like  Lat.  sacra  fncere, 
'ιερά.  έκατόμβας  έρδειν  βεοΐς,  Ιο  make, 
offer  Ά  sacrifice,  freq.  in  Horn,  (but  not 
in  pf.  and  plqpf),  and  Hdt.  ;  later 
also  without  ιερά  or  βνσίας,  as  faccre, 
operari  in  Lat.,  v.  sub  /5{\ω.  (Cf  1)έζω, 
which  is  merely  a  transposed  form  of 
epJoj,  and  v.  Buttm.  Catal.  in  voc, 


ΕΡΕΘ 

and  Lexil.  v.  κε7.αινός  5.    Akin  also 
to  *έργω.) 

'Έ•ρέα,  ας,  ή,  wool,  cf  έρος,  είρος, 
έριον,  είριον. 

'Έ^ρεβεννός,  ή,  ύν,  {'Έρεβος)  dark, 
gloomy,  freq.  in  11.  (never  in  Od.),  usu. 
as  epith.  of  night;  also  of  clouds: 
only  Ep. 

'Ερέβεσφι,  Έρέβενσφι,  v.  sub  Έρε- 
βος. 

Έρεβϊνθειος,  ov,  of  the  έρέβινθος 
kind,  belonging  to  it,  made  of  it :  and 

'Έ,ρεβινϋιαΙος,  αία.  alov,  of  the  size 
of  the  έρέβινβος,  Diosc.  :  and 

Έρεβίνθΐνος,  η,  ov,=  έρεβίνθειος : 
from 

Έρέβινθος,  ov,  ό,  a  kind  of  pulse, 
chick-pea,  Lat.  cicer,  11.  13,  589  :  έρέ- 
βινθοι,  were  eaten  raw  or  roasted 
(like  chestnuts)  in  the  dessert,  freq. 
in  Ar. — II.  metaph.  pudendum  virile, 
Ar.  Ran.  545, cf  κριθή,  κόκκος.  (Akin 
to  όροβος,  Lat.  ervum,  Germ.  Erbse, 
perh.  from  έρπω.) 

ΈJpεβιvϋώδης,  ες,  {έρέβινθος,  είδος) 

like,  of  the  kind  of  chick-peas,  Tneophr. 

Έρεβοδιφάω,  ώ,  {έρεβος,  διφύω)  to 

seek,  pry  into  the  darkness,  Ar.  Nub. 

192. 

Έρε3όΒεν,  adv.,  from  nether  gloom, 
Eur.  Or.  178:  from 

Έρεβος,  εος,  contr.  ους,  τό.  Horn, 
and  Hes.  have  the  Ion.  gen.  Έρέβενς 
and  Έρέβενσφι,  Έρέβενσφιν,  (to 
which  however  Buttm..  Ausf  Gr. 
^  56,  Anm.  2  n.,  prefers  Ύφέβεσόι, 
cf  Franke.  H.  Horn.  Cer.  350) :  Ere- 
bos,  a  place  of  nether  darkness,  just 
above  the  still  deeper  Hades  (v.  om- 
nino,  II.  8,  36S)  ;  and  which  must  be 
past  in  going  to  Hades  or  reluming 
thence,  Od.  10,  528;  12,  81,  II.  9,  572, 
etc.— II.  in  Hes.  Th.  125,  a  mythical 
being,  son  of  Chaos,  and  father  of 
Aether  and  Day  by  his  sister  Night. 
— Hi.  in  general  nether  gloom,  έρεβος 
ϋώαλον,  of  the  sea.  Soph.  Ant.  5S9. 
(Prol).  from  έρέφω,  to  cover  :  akin  to 
έρεμνός,  prob.  also  to  Hebr.  Erev 
or  Ereh,  our  eue-ning :  cf  jEgypt. 
Amenii  Hades,  from  Encnt  the  West, 
Wilkinson's  ^Egyptians,  ii.,  2,  74  ;  v. 
also  ζόφος,  and  έσπερος  θεός.  Soph. 
O.T.  178.) 

Έρε3όσδε,  adv.  to.  into  Erebos,  Od. 
20.  356. 

ΈρεβοφοΙτις,  ιδος,  ή,  {Έρεβος, 
φοιτάω)  she  that  walks  in  Erebos. 

Έρεβώδης,  ες.  [Έρεβος,  είδος)  dark 
as  Erebos.  Poet.  ap.  Plut.  2,  169  B. 

Έρεβώπις,  ιδος,  ή,  {Έρεβος,  ωφ) 
Erebos-eyed,  i.  e.  gloomy  looking,  Orph. 
Έρεγμα,  ατός,  τό,  [έρείκωί  bruised 
or  pounded  beans,  Theuphr.     Hence 

Έρέγμϊνος,  η,  ov,  made  of  bruised 
beans,  αλενροί'.  Diosc. 
Έρεγμός,  ov,  ό,=^έρεγμα. 
Έρεείνω.  (έρομαι)  like  έρομαι,  to 
ask,  freq.  in  Hom.  c.  ace.  pers  to  ask 
of  one  ;  or  c.  ace.  rei  to  ask  a  thing  ; 
or  c.  dupl.  ace,  έρ.  τινά  7i,0d.  1,220; 
4,  137;  άμφί  τινι,  to  ask  about  one, 
Od.  17,  305.  Mid.  έρεείvnμaι,=  ihe 
act.,  only  in  Od.  24.  262.— II.  to  say. 
speak,  only  H.  Hom.  Merc.  313.  Only 
Ep. 

Ερεθίζω,  Dor.  έρεθίσδω,  fut.  -ίσω, 
{έρέβω)  to  stir,  rouse,  esp.  to  ariger.  in 
11.  always  in  this  signf  ;  hence  to 
rouse  to  fight,  II.  17,  658  :  so  in  Od., 
except  19,  45,  where  it  is  to  rouse  to 
curiosili/,  make  an.vious  or  inquisitive. 
— It.  later  in  genl.  to  excite,  stir  vp, 
kindle,  φέφα/Μς  έρεθιζόμενος.  .Ar.  Ach. 
069;  ττνεϊ^μη  ήρεθισμένον,  of  one  who 
has  run  till  he  is  out  of  breath.  Eur. 
Med.  1119:  hence  χορονς  έρεθίζειν, 
1  to  set  them  a  dancing,  Eur.  Bacch.  148 : 


EPEl 

έρ.  μύγαδιν,  to  bring  out  its  tones,  Τβ- 
lest.  ap.  .Alh.  0.37  A. 

Έρεθίσδω,  Dor.  for  foreg.,  Theocr. 
Hence 

Ερέθισμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  rousing,  stir- 
ring up,  χορών  έρ-,  A r.  Nub.  312:  and 
Ερεθισμός,    ov,    b,    irritation,  esp. 
medic,  Hipp. 

Έρεθιστέον,  verb.  adj.  from  ερεθί- 
ζω, one  must  irritate.  Plat.  Tim.  89  B. 
Έρεθιστής,  οϋ,  ό,  a  quarrelsome  per• 
son,  LXX.    Hence 

Ερεθιστικός,  η,  όν,  irritating.  Adv. 
-κώς. 

ΕΡΕ'ΘΩ,  =  its  more  usu.  deriv. 
ερεθίζω,  to  stir  up,  rouse,  Hom.,  in  II. 
always  to  stir  to  anger,  3,  4)4.  όνει- 
δείοις  έπέεσσι,  1,  519  :  but  in  Od.  of 
cares,  passions,  and  all  sources  of 
disquiet,  4,  813;  19,  517,  cf  Ap.  Rh. 
3.  618,  1103,  Mosch.  3,  85,  where  the 
augm.  aor.  ηρεθον  first  appears.  (Akin 
to  έρις.) 

Έρειγμός,  ov,  ό,  {έρείκω)— έρεγμα. 
ΈΡΕΓΔΩ,  f.  -είσω:  in  the  augm, 
tenses,  Hom.  uses  the  augm.  only  in 
3  plq.  pass,  ήρήρειστο,  while  Hes. 
Sc.  362  has  ήρείσατο.  To  make  one 
thing  lean  against  another,  whether 
as  a  prop  or  in  hostile  signf.,  to  lean, 
press,  force  \t  against,  δόρυ  προς  τεί- 
χος, II.  22,  112  J  θρόνον  -προς  κίονα, 
Od.  8,  66,  473  ;  ασπίδα  έττ  ι  πνργω, 
II.  22,  97  :  Att.  in  this  signf  some- 
times c.  dat.,  sometimes  εΙς  or  ττρόζ•, 
Valck.  Hipp.  1206:  έρ.  πληγήν,  to 
inflict  it  severel•'.  K:ir.  .Andr.  845. — 2. 
to  prop.  stay.  Lat.  sustinere,  ΰσττίς  ΐιρ' 
ΰσπίδ'  έρειδε,  of  close  ranks  of  men 
at  arms,  11.  13,  131  ;  16.  215 ;  so  έττ" 
ύσ-ηίδος  άσττίδ'  έρεισον,  Tyrtae.  2, 
31  ;  έρ.  ονρανόν  ώμοιν,  Aesch.  Pr. 
350 :  metaph.  έρ.  τάν  γνώμαν,  to  con- 
firm, support  it,  Theocr.  21,  61  — 3.  in 
genl.  to  fix  firm,  plant,  άγκνραν  χβονί, 
Pind.  P.  10,  79 ;  τΓ?.ενραϊς  έγχος, 
Soph.  Ant.  1236:  έρ-  όμμα,  hat.  figere 
oculos,  εις  τι,  Eur.  I.  A.  1123;  έρ. 
ίχνος,  Lat.  figere  I'estigia,  to  plant  the 
foot  firm.  Anth. — 4.  to  press  hard  upon, 
as  in  wrestling.  Pind.  O.  9.  48. — 5.  to 
dash,  hurl,  .Ar.Eq.  627.-6.  of  wagers 
or  matches,  to  vmtch,  set  one  jiledge 
against  another,  Theocr.  5,  24,  Lat. 
deponere,  Virgl.  Eel.  3,  31  ;  9,  62. — 7. 
=βινείν,  Ar.  Eccl.  616.— 11.  intr.  to 
lean  against,  set  one's  self  against,  op• 
pose,  11.  16,  108;  ιΊ?./ίή?.τισιν  έρείδον- 
σαι,  jostling,  crow'ding  one  another, 
Od.  22,  450 :  more  freq.  in  Att.  to  set 
upon,  attack,  press  hard  on,  εις  Tii'a, 
At.  Nub.  558  :  so  of  an  illness,  to  set- 
tle upon  a  particular  part.  Medic. — 2. 
in  genl.  to  set  about  a  thing  briskly,  go 
to  umrk,  Ar.  Ran.  914:  esp.  of  eating, 
έρειδε.  fall  to  {to  eat),  Ar.  Pac.  31,  cf. 
25 ;  where,  ace.  to  Schol.  and  Suid., 
it  is  metaph.  from  rowers,  remis  in- 
cumbentes.  B.  pass.,  and  mid.  to  prop 
one's  self,  be  propt  or  lean  on  a  thing, 
c  dat.,  σκήπτρω,  έγχει  έρειδόμενος, 
έρεισύμενος,  freq.  in  Hom. ;  also  έπΙ 
μΐ7.ίτις,  II.  22,  225:  even  c.  gen., 
έρείδετο  χειρι  γαίης.  leant  with  his 
hand  against  the  earth,  II.  5,  309;  11, 
355,  cf  Hdt.  4,  152:  and  absol., 
έρεισήμενης,  having  set  himself  firm, 
taken  η  firm  stand,  like  ευ  διαβάς,  II. 
12.  457,  cf  16,  736;  so  ονδεϊ  έρεί- 
δεσθαι,  II.  7,  145  ;  οϊ'δεϊ  χαϊται  ερη• 
ρέδατο  (3  ρ1.  piqf )  the  hair  rested  on 
the  ground,  11.  23,  284.-2.  to  be  fixed 
firm,  planted,  έγχος  διιι  θώρηκος  ϊ/ρή- 
ρειστο.  had  been  fixed,  II.  3,  358  ;  lat 
έρηρέδηται  (3  pi. 'perf),  11.  23,  .329, 
cf  Od.  7,  86.  C.  strictly  in  mid.  to 
strive  one  with  another,  contend,  II. 
23,  735  ;  and  then  c.  ace,  έρείδεσθαι 
513 


EPEI 

ίτΓΟζ-  rrpbc  ίττος,Ατ.  Nub.  1375.  (Akin 
to  ειψα,  V.  Buttm.  Lexil.,  v.  ίρμα, 
and  cf.  ίρεισαα.) 

Έβίίκ!/,  ης,  η,  heath,  heather,  Lat. 
erica,  Aesch.  Ag.  295  ;  but  a  taller 
and  more  bushy  species  than  our 
coiniaon  heather,  Eupol.  Acg.  1, 
Theocr.  5,  61 :  also  έμικη-     Hence 

Έρεικόεις,  εσΰα,  ei^,  contr.  -κοϋς, 
'Ονσσα,  -ούι•,  heathery :  'Κρεικονσα 
or  -κονσσα,  ή,  one  of  the  Aeolian 
isles  :  c(.  Έρικοΰσσα. 

'Κρεικτός,  ή.  όν,  bruised,  pounded : 
also  έρικτός:  from 

Έρείκω,  fut.  ξω;  2  aor.  ηρικον ;  pf. 
pass,  έρήριγμαΐ,  to  break,  tear,  rend, 
ΐίρεικον  χθόνα,  tore  it  axundcr  with 
the  plough-share,  Hes.  Sc.  287  ;  πεπ- 
?.ov  tp-,  Aesch.  Pers.  1060.  Horn, 
has  only  the  pass.,  έρεικόμε^'ος  ττεικ 
δονρί,  rent,  pierced  by  the  spear,  11. 

13,  441.  Later  esp.  to  bruise,  pound, 
esp.  of  pulse,  Ar.  Fr.  88  :  m  genl.  to 
dash,  ναϋς  προς  αλ'ληλαισι,  Aesch. 
Ag.  055. — II.  intr.  only  in  aor.  2  ypl- 
Kov,  to  shiver,  ηρικε  κόρνς  -κερί  υον- 
ρος  άκωκ?).  11.  17,  295. 

'Έ.ρεικώδ7ΐς.  ες.  (έρείκη,  είδος)  like 
heath. — 2.  abounding  in  it. 

'Έφειξις,  εως,  ή,  {ίρείκω)  α  tearing, 
grinding. 

'Έ.ρειο,  Ερ.  imperaf.  from  ερομαι, 
for  έρεο,  έρου,  11.  11.  611. 

'Epttoi,  oi,  a  dub.  word  in  Theocr. 
15,  50:  we  only  know  that  it  was  a 
term  of  insult  to  the  Egyptians,  v. 
Interpp.  ad  1. 

Έρείομεν,  Ep.  for   ερέωμεν,  1  pi. 
subj   from  έρέυ,  II.  1,  62. 
νΚρειος,  a,  ον,^έρεοϋς,  LXX. 

'KiJUJiiov,  ου,  TO-  (έρείπω)  a  fallen 
ruin:  almost  always  m  plur.,  ερείττια, 
ruins,  δόμων,  Eur.  Bacch.  7:  ναυτικά 
ίρ.,  urecks,  pieces  of  wreck,  Aesch.  Ag. 
660;  and  so  absol.,  pers.  425:  έρ. 
χ'λαριδίων,  rags,  pieces  of  garments, 
Soph.  Fr.  400,  cf.  Eur.  Tro.  1025: 
dead  carcasses.  Soph.  Aj.  308. 

Έρείηΐών,  ώνος,  ύ.  a  place  full  of 
ruins,  collection  of  ruins,  Bockh  Inscr. 
2,  p.  399. 

ΈΡΕΓΠΩ,  f.  ερείφω:  pert.  pass. 
ίρτ/ρι,μμαι :  aor.  1  ήρείφΟην.  Horn, 
does  not  use  the  fut.  or  aor.  1.  To 
throw  or  dash  down,  tear  down,  όχθης, 
επάλξεις,  Η.  12,  258  ;  15,  356,  cf.  Hdt. 
1,  164:  hence  metaph.,  ερείπει  ■γένος 
θεών  τις,  some  god  bears  down  their 
race  to  ruin.  Soph.  Ant.  596.  Pass,  to 
be  torn  down,  fall  in  ruins,  fall,  τείχος 
έρέριπτο  (Ep.  plqpf.  for  ϊιρήριτττο)  II. 

14,  15  :  κτύπος  Δίό/io/lof  ερείπεται, 
the  thunder  comes  crashingdown.  Soph. 
O.  C.  1462  :  Pind.  0.  2,  76,  has  also 

■  a  part.  aor.  pass,  έριπείς,  dat.  έρι- 
πέντι,  fallen,  where  some  needlessly 
read  έριπόντι. — II.  intr.  like  pass,  in 
aor.  2  ηρΐπον,  Ep.  also  ερίπον.  pcrf. 
2  ερηρϊπα,  to  fall  down,  tumble,  very 
freq.  m  Horn.,  esp.  in  11.  of  men,  γννξ 
ίριπείν,  to  fall  on  the  knee  ;  προπύ- 
ροιθε,  έξοπίσω,  kv  κονίτ)  ίριπεϊν, 
etc.:  also  of  trees,  II.  21,  243.  etc. 
Horn. has  not  thepf.  (Akin  Ιο^ίπτω.) 

Έρεισις,  εως,  ή,  {ερείδω)  α  pushing 
on,  Dion.  Η. 

'Έρεισμα,  ατός,  τό,  {έρείδω)  that 
which  is  fixed  or  set,  so  as  to  support  a 
thing,  α  prop,  stay  support,  σκήπτρα 
χειρός  έρησματα,  Eur.  Η.  F.  254 ; 
έρεισμα  θέμενος  άμφί  τινι,^=1:ρεισύ- 
μένος,  lb.  109 :  metaph.  of  persons, 
Qijpuv'  ερεισμ'  Ά Kpuyavrof,  Theron 
pillar  of  Agrigentum,  Pind.  O.  2,  12, 
cf.  Soph.  O.  C.  58,  and  Homer's  'έρμα 
Ίτόληος :  but  also  ερείσματα  πόνων, 
supports,  reliefs  of  care,  Aesch.  Fr. 
371  (but  with  v.  1.  Ίάματα),  cf.  ipua 
544 


ΕΡΕΣ 
Π.   hn.  —  II.  =  'έρμα,   a  sunken   rock, 
Theocr.  21,  12. 

Έρύψιμος,  ov,  thrown  or  fallen 
doivn,  in  ruins,  Eur.  I.  T.  48:  from 

Έρει-φις,  εως,  ή,  {ερείπω)  a  throw- 
ing down,  ruin,  Inscr. 

^Ερει-4ιίτοιχος,  ov,  {έρείπω,  τοίχος) 
overthrowing  walls,  Aesch.  Theb.  884. 
νΕρεμβυί.  ών,  οι,  the  Erembi,  a  peo- 
ple whom  Homer  names  along  with 
the  Sidonians  and  Aethiopians,  Od. 

4,  84 :  ace.  to  Strab.  a  Troglodytic 
nation  of  Arabia. 

ΈρεμναΙος,  a,  ov,=  sq.,  Qu.  Sm. 

Έρεμνός,  ή,  όν,  syncop.  from  έρε- 
βεννός,  black,  γαία,  Od.  24,  106,  Η. 
Horn.  Merc.  427 :  more  freq.  dark, 
gloomy,  dismal,  αίγίς,  ννξ,  λαιλαψ, 
Hom. ;  έρ.  τΐ'ακας  φοινίας  δρόσου,  οί 
bloodshed,  Aesch.  Ag.  1390;  ίρεμνη 
φάτις,  a  dark  (i.  e.  uncertain)  rumour, 
Soph.  Ant.  700.     (Cf.  'Εφεβος-) 

Έριξα,  aor.  1  from  βέζω,  Horn. 

Έρέομαι,  Ep.  and  Ion.  form  of 
είρομαι,  ερομαι,  to  ask,  q.  v.,  Horn. 

Έρεονς,  ύ,  ούν,  (f'pin)  contr.  from 
έρέεος,  V'OoUen,  made  of  wool.  Plat. 
Polit.  281  C,  283  A,  cf.  Lob.  Phryn. 
147  sq. 

Έρέπτημαι,  dep.  used  only  in  pres. 
and  nnpf.,  to  eat,  feed  on,  in  Hom. 
(who  only  uses  part,  pres.)  usu.  of 
granivorous  animals,  ?.ωτόν,  κρϊ  'λεν- 
κόν,  πνρόν  ΐοεπτόμενοι,   II.  2,  776  ; 

5.  196,  Od.  19,  553;  of  men  only  in 
Od.  9,  97.  Ep.  word,  also  in  Simon. 
107,  2,  and  metaph.  in  Ar.  Eq.  1295. 
The  act.  έρέπτω,=τρέώω,  is  a  lig- 
ment  of  the  Granim.  (Kather  akin 
to  έρείπω  than  τρέφω,  and  perh.  to 
αρπάζω,  rupio.  carpo.  to  crop,  feed 
greedily,  cf.  ύνερείπομαι,  άνερέπτω, 
ΰπεοεπτω.  Pott  Etyni.  Forsch.  1 ,  258.) 

ΎJpέπτω,=  έpέφω,  to  crown,  for- 
merly susp.  in  Pind.  P.  4,  427,  but 
now  establii^hed  by  Bockh. 

Έρεριπτη,  3  sing,  plqpf.  pass.  Ep. 
from  έρείπω,  II.  14,  15. 

Έρέσβαι,  inf.  aor.  2  of  the  Ion.  and 
poet.  pres.  είρομαι,  which  in  Att.  is 
only  found  in  this  aor.  ήρόμην,  inf. 
έρέσθαι,  in  signf.  to  ask,  with  ερωτάω 
for  its  pres.  (To  be  carefully  distin- 
guished by  the  accent  from  the  Hom. 
inf.  pres.  ερεσθαι.) 

'Έ,ρεσία,  ας,  ή,  poet,  είρεσία,  q.  v. 
νΈ,ρέσιΟΓ,  a,  ov,  of  Eresus,  Eresian, 
Thuc.  8,  23  :  from 

νΈ,ρεσος,  ov,  ή,  also  wr.  'Έρεσσος, 
Eresus,  now  Eresso,  a  city  of  Lesbos, 
Thuc.  3,  18.  —  II.  0,  masc.  pr.  n., 
founder  of  foreg.,  Steph.  Byz. 

ΈΡΕ'ΣΣΩ,  Att.  έ^ρέττω,  f.  έρεσω: 
aor.  1  ί/ρεσα,  poet,  ηρεσσα  and  έρεσ- 
σα.  to  row,  in  Hom.  always  absol.,  II. 
9,  .361,  Od.  11,  78,  etc.— 11.  trans,  to 
speed  by  rowing,  hence  in  pass.,  νανς 
ήρέσσετο,  Aesch.  Pers.  422:  metaph. 
of  liirds,  πτερύγων  έρετμοίσιν  έρεσ- 
σόμενοι,  Aesch.  Ag.  52,  V^irgil's  re- 
migio  alarum,  cf.  Eur.  I.  T.  289.-2.  in 
genl.  to  put  in  quick  motion,  ply,  urge, 
τον  πόδα,  Eur.  I.  A.  138:  metaph. 
έρ.  άπει'λάς.  Soph.  Aj.  251;  έρ.μητιν, 
Lat.  consilium,  curam  volvert.  Soph. 
Ant.  159;  έρέσσετε  γόων  πίτνλον  (cf. 
πίτνλος),  Aesch.  Tneb.  855  ;  and  so 
ερεσσε,  absol.  prob.  =  Lat.  plange, 
Pers.  1046.  Pass,  of  a  bow,  to  be 
plied,  handled.  Soph.  Phil.  1135.  Cf. 
ελίσσω,  κινέω,  άρύσσω. 

Έρεσχελ.έω,  ω,  to  jest,  talk  lightly, 
opp.  to  σπονδή  λέγειν.  Plat.  Rep. 
545  E.  cf.  Phil.' 53  E,  Legg.  885  C— 
II.  trans,  to  jest  upon,  quiz,  tease,  τινά. 
Id.  Phaedr.  230  Β  :  to  frighten,  scare, 
Luc.  (Akin  to  έρέβω  and  ερίζω.  An- 
other form,  έρισχ7]'Λέω,  is  adopted  by 


Ε  PET 

Rekk.  in  Plat.,  e.\cept  only  Phil.  53 
E,  and  preferred  by  Piers.  Moer.  p. 
159,  Buttm.  Phaedr.  1.  c.)    Hence 

Έρεσχελία,  ας,  η,  sport,  raillery, 
late. 

Έρεσχηλέω,  ώ,  v.  sub.  έρεσχελέω 

Έρεταίνω,  rare  coUat.  iorm  from 
έρέσσω. 

Έρέτης,  ov,  δ,  {έρέσσω)  nsu.  in 
plur..  rowers,  Hoin.,  and  Alt. — II.  oars, 
Leon.  Tar.     Hence 

Έρίτικός,  Tj,  όν,  of,  belonging  to 
rowers  or  rowing,  ή  έρετική,  sub.  τέχνη, 
the  art  of  rowing,  Plat.  Legg.  707  A. 
— II.  TO  έρετικόν,  the  creiv,  Lat.  re- 
migium. 
^Έρετμενς,  έως  Ep.  ήος,  ό,  {έρέτης) 
Eretmeus,  a  Phaeacian  noble,  Od.  8, 
112. 

Έρετμόν,  ov,  τό,  rare  Ep.  form  for 
έρετμύς.  art  oar,  Od.  11,  121.  etc.,  al- 
ways with  adj.  ενήρες:  more  freq.  in 
Od.  in  plur.  έρετμά,  which  some  take 
as  heterog.  pi.  from  sq. 

Έρετμός,  οϋ,  ύ,  (έρέσσω)  the  Lat. 
remus,  an  oar,  the  USU.  form  in  Horn, 
in  sing.,  while  in  plur.  the  neut.  is 
usu.,  V.  foreg. :  of  the  wings  of  birds, 
cf  έρέσσω  II.  Mostly  poet.,  κώπη 
being  the  prose  word.     Hence 

^Έ,ρετμοω,  ω,  to  furnish  with  oars, 
set  to  row,  to  exercise  at  the  oar,  χέρας, 
Eur.  Med.  4.  —  II.  to  lay  on  the  oar, 
χείρας,  Orph. — HI.  to  row,  make  way 
through,  c.  acc,  Nonn. 

\Έρέτρια,  ας,  ή,  poet,  also  Έ,ίρέτ- 
pia,  Eretria,  an  important  city  of 
Euboea.  on  the  western  coast,  oppo- 
site the  mouth  of  the  Asopus,  II.  2, 
537,  Hdt.  1,  61,  etc. —2.  a  city  of 
Thessalian  Phthiotis,  Polyb.  18,  3,  5. 
νΕρετριαΐος,  a,  ov,  =  Έρετρικός  ; 
ή  Έρετριαία.  sub.  χώρα,  the  territory 
of  Eretria,  Thuc.  8,  95. 

νΕρετριακός,  η,  όν,=  'Έρετρικός, 
Strab. 

f'Epετpιεύr,  έως,  ό,  in  gen.  pi.  -έων 
contr.  ώΐ',  Bekk.  Thuc,  an  Eretnan  ; 
01.  Έρετριέες,  Hdt.,  -ιής,  Thuc,  the 
Eretnans. 

Έρετρίκός,  ή,  όν,  Eretrian,  Hdt., 
etc.,  7/  Έρετρική,  sub.  χώρα,  =  ή 
Έρετριαία,  Strab.  :  oi  Έρ..  the  dis- 
ciples of  the  Eretrian  Menedemus, 
Strab.,  V.  Ritter  Hist.  Phil.  2,  141  sq. 

Έρετρίς,  ίδος,  η,  γή,  a  kind  of 
clay,  from  Eretria,  Hipp.,  cf  Diosc.  5, 
171. 

ΈρεΓΓω,  Att.  for  έρέσσω. 

Έρενγμα,  ατός,  τό,  (έρενγομαι) 
like  έρνγμα,  α  vomiting,  etc. 

Έρενγμΰτώδης,  ες.  (έρενγμα,  είδος) 
causing  belches,  Hipp. 

Έρευγ/ιός,  οϋ,  ό,  like  έρνγμός,=^ 
έρευγμα,  Hipp. 

Έρενγμώδης,  ές,  =  έρενγματώδης, 
Hipp. 

ΈΡΕΤΤΟΜΑΙ,  dep.  mid. :  to  spit 
or  spew  out,  to  disgorge,  Lat.  eructarc, 
c,  acc,  έρενγόμενοι  φόνον  αίματος, 
II.  16,  162  :  absol.,  to  belch,  Lat.  ruc- 
iare,  έρεύγετο  οίνοβαρείων,  Od.  9, 374, 
and  so  in  Hipp. — 2.  metaph.,  in  Horn., 
always  of  the  sea  splashing  and  foam- 
ing against  the  land,  έρενγομένης 
αλός,  II.  17,  265,  more  fully  κνμα 
ποτΐ  ξερον  ήπείροιο  δεινον  έρενγό- 
μενον,  Od.  5,  403,  so  έρενγεται  ήπει- 
ρόνδε,  Od.  5,  438  :  in  Pind.  of  Etna, 
έρενγονται  παγαΐ  πνρός,  P.  1.  40: 
later,  poet,  or  rivers,  to  discharge 
theinselves,  Ruhnk.  Ep.  Cr.  p.  150; 
and  even  of  the  sun,  έρενγεται  άκτί- 
νεσσι.  Αρ.  Rh.  :  in  genl.  of  any  vio- 
lent burst,  e.  g.  of  loud  talking,  shout- 
ing, LXX.,  like  Lat.  ructare  and  vo- 
mere,  Hor.  A.  P.  457,  Jac.  A.  P.  p.  50: 
I  cf  also  έρνγγύνω. — U.  in  aor.  2  ijpv- 


EPEX 

γον,  mf.  έρϋγεϊν,  part,  έρυγών,  to  bel- 
low, roar,  esp.  of  oxen,  11.  20, 403  sqq., 
ct'.  έμύγμι/λος :  also  ol  men,  όσον 
βαθύς  7/βυγε  λαιμός,  to  the  lull  depth 
of  his  throat  or  voice,  Theocr.  13,  58 : 
this  signf.  is  only  found  in  aor.,  but 
it  follows  at  once  from  the  orig.  signf. 
The  act.  έρεύγω  occurs  in  no  good 
writer  :  still  less  a  pres.  έρνγω  :  but 
the  Att.  form  for  ίρενγομαι  is  ερυγ- 
γάνω,  kpvyyaLvD.   (Prob.  onomatop.) 

Έ.ρενΟαλέος,  a,  ov,  (ερευθος)  rud- 
dy, Nonn.  [a] 

νΕρενθαλίων,  ωΐ'ος,  ό,  Ereuthalion, 
leader  of  the  Arcadians  against  Pylos, 
11.  7, 149,  cf.  4,  319. 

Έρευθέόάνον,  ου,  τό,  madder,  Lat. 
rubia  tinctoria,  Hdt.  4,  189. 

Έρεί'θί'ω,  ώ,  {ερευθος)  to  be  red, 
Luc.     Hence 

Έρενθήεις,  εσσα,  εν.  Αρ.  Rh.,  and 
ίρενθής,  ές,  Arat.,  red. 

Έρενθιάω,  ώ,  to  be,  .become  red, 
Hipp.  :  in  prose  usu.  έρυθριάω. 

Έρενθος,  εος,  τό,  redness,  bloom, 
blushitig,  Hipp. 

Έρενθόω,  u,=  sq. 

Έρευθω,  fut.  έρεύσω,  (ερυθρός)  to 
make  red,  stain  with  red,  γαϊαν  αϊματι, 
11.  11,394  ;  18,  329.-2.  llitr.  to  become 
red,  to  redden,  Hipp.,  and  SO  in  pass. 
νΕρενθώ,  ους,  ή,  HretUho,  iem.  pr. 
n.,  Anth. 

Έρενκτίκός,  ή,  όν,  (έρενγομαι) pro- 
moting eructation. 

Έρευνα,  ης,  η,  an  inquiry,  search, 
ερ.  εχείν  τινός,^ερευναν.  Soph.  Ο.  Τ. 
50G  :  an  inquisition,  search  by  torture. 
Hence 

Έρευνύο),  ώ,  fut.  -ησυ,  to  seek  out, 
search  into,  Ιχνια,  to  track  an  animal, 
Od.  19,  436 ;  so  μετ'  άνέρος  Ιχνι' 
έρευνάν,  II.  18,  321  :  to  seek  or  look 
for,  search  after,  ηύχεα,  Od.  22,  180: 
to  examine,  Hdt.  5,  92,  4,  and  so  freq. 
in  Att. ;  also  in  mid..  Plat.  Theaet. 
174  A. — 2.  c.  inf ,  to  seek,  attempt, 
try,  Theocr.  7,  45.  (Akin  to  έρέω, 
ερομαι.)    Hence 

Έρεννητέον,  verb,  adj.,  one  must 
search,  Xen.  Symp.  8,  39. 

Έρεννητήρ,  ηρος,  ό,  Nonn.,  and 
ερευνητής,  οϋ,  ό,  Joseph.,  an  inquirer, 
searcher. 

^Ερευνήτρια,  ας,  ή,  fem.  from  foreg. 

Έρευξις,  εως,  ή,  (έρεύγομαι)  a 
vomiting,  belching,  Hipp. 

Έρευξίχο/Μς,ον,  {έρενγομαι,χολ?}) 
vomiting  bile  :  metaph.  ill-tempered. 

Έρενσαι,  inf.  aor.  1  from  έρευθω, 
II.  18,  329. 

ΈΡΕ'ΦΩ,  f.  -Tpu,  to  cover ;  esp.  to 
roof  in  a  building,  as  always  in  Horn., 
Il."24,  450,  Od.  23.  193:  είττοτέ  τοι 
χαρίεντ'  έττΐ  νηον  έρεψα,  if  1  ever 
roofed,  i.  e.  built  from  the  ground  to 
the  roof,  II.  1,  39. — II.  esp.  to  cover, 
wreathe  with  coronals.  Soph.  O.  C.  473, 
cf.  ipk~TU.  Mid.  to  crown  one's  self, 
Eur.  Bacch.  323.  (Hence  όροώος  : 
akin  prob.  to  ερεί3ος.) 

ΤΕρέχθειον,  ov,  τό,  the  Erechtheum, 
or  temple  of  Er.echtheus,  on  the  Acro- 
polis at  Athens,  Plut. 

ΤΕρεχθεΙδαι,  Civ  Dor.  αν,  οί,  the 
Jirechthidae  Or  descendants  of  Erech- 
theus :  esp.  a  general  epithet  of  the 
Athenians,  Pind.  I.  2,  28,  Soph. ,  etc. : 
also  in  sing.  Ar.  Eq.  1015,  1030. 

Έρεχθενς,  έως  Ερ.  ήος,  ό,  Erech- 
theiis,  an  ancient  hero  of  Attica,  first 
in  II.  2,  547  Od.,  7,  81,  same  as  Έριχ- 
βόνιος ;  later  writers  distinguished 
between  this  one  and  the  son  of  Pan- 
dion,  grandson  of  foreg.,  Thuc.  2,  15, 
Apollod.  3,  14,  8.-2.  an  epithet  of 
Neptune,  Lye. :  strictly  the  Render, 
from  έρέχθω. 

35 


EPHM 

\Έρεχθηΐς,  aJof,  ή,  fem.  adj.  from 
foreg.,  Erechthean,  θάλασσα,  a  spring 
on  the  Acropolis  at  Athens,  Apollod. 
3,  14,  1:  as  subst.  —  1.  daughter  of 
Erechtheum,  Ap.  Kh.  1,  212. — 2.  an 
Attic  tribe,  Oratt. :  from 

Έρέχθω,  to  rend,  break,  metaph., 
όάκρυσι  και  στοναχτ/σι  και  ά/.γεσι 
θυμόν  έρέχθων,  breaking  his  very 
heart  wir.h  weeping,  etc.,  Od.  5,  83, 
157  ;  and  so  in  pass.,  ciovvyaiv  ερεχ- 
θομένη,  Η.  Hom.  Αρ.  358  :'  but  in  U. 
23,  317,  a  ship  is  ερεχθομένη  ανέμοι- 
σι,  dashed  hither  and  thither  by  the 
storm,  shattered.  Cf  Spitzn.  Excurs. 
ad  II.  xxxiv.  ^  3.  (Akin  to  έρείκω, 
έρέθω,  άράσσω.) 

Έρέψιμος,  ov,  of.  for,  belonging  to 
a  roof  or  roofing,  δένδρα  ερέφιμα. 
Plat.  Criti.  Ill  C:  from 

Έρε-φις,  εως,  ή,  (έρέφω)  a  roofing, 
Theophr. :  a  roof,  Plut. 

Έρέω,  Ion.  and  Ep.  for  έρώ,  fut.  of 
the  rare  pres.  είρω  (q.  v.),  to  say  :  v. 
also  sub  έρώ. 

Έρέω,  only  Ep.  pres.  for  είρομαι, 
ερομαι  (q.  v.),  to  ask,  seek,  Hom. 

ΫΕρημύζεσκον,  iterat.  imperf.  from 
sq.,  Theocr. 

Έρημάζω,  f  -σω,  {έρημος)  to  be  left 
lonely,  Theocr.  22,  35. 

ΈρημαΙος,  aia,  aiov,  poet  for  έρη- 
μος. Αρ.  Rh. :  c.  gen.,  Anth. 

Έρημάς,  ύόος,  ή,  pecul.  fem.  of 
έρημος,  alone,  lonely. — 2.  C.  gen.,  reft 
of  Anth. 

Έρημη,  ή,  sub.  δίκη,  v.  έρημος  III. 

Έρημία,  ας,  ή,  {έρημος)  α  solitude, 
desert,  wilderness,  Hdt.  3,  98,  Aesch. 
Pr.  2,  etc.  —  II.  solitude,  loneliness, 
Eur.  Bacch.  609  :  hence  of  places,  a 
being  or  being  laid  waste,  Lat.  vastitas, 
Id.  Tro.  26 :  of  persons,  abandoned 
estate,  destitution.  Soph.  O.  C.  957. — 2. 
in  genl.  want  of...,  φί?.ων,  Xen.  Mem. 
2,  2,  14  ;  ανδρών,  Thuc.  6,  102  ;  even 
the  want  of ,  freedom  from  eviio,  κακών, 
Eur.  H.  F.  1157;  in  genl.  absence, 
αρσένων,  Hec.  1017. 

Ερημιάς, ύδος,η,=^έρημύς,ΎΙι&θ(:.τ. 
27,  62. 

Ερημικός,  ή,  όν,  {έρημος)  of,  be- 
longing to  solitude,  living  in  a  desert, 
LXX. 

Ερημίτης,  ου,  6,  a  solitary,  eremite, 
hermit,  Eccl. 

Έρημοκόμης,  ες,  {έρημος,  κόμη)  void 
of  hair,  bald,  Anth. 

Έρημο7.άλος,  ov,  {έρημος,  λαλεω) 
chattering  in  the  desert,   τέττιξ,  Anth. 

Έρημόνομος,  or -νόμος,  ov,  {έρημος, 
νέμομαι)  feeding,  dwelling  in  the  wilder- 
ness :  haunting  the  wilds,  θεαί,  Αρ.  Rh. 

Έρημο-'λάνης,  ov,  o,^sq.,  Orph. 

Έρημο~?Μνος,  ov,  {έρημος,  ττ?.ανά- 
ομαΐ)  wandering  alone  or  in  the  wilder- 
ness, ap.  Dem.  Phal.  [a] 

Έρημο— οιός,  όν,  (  έιη/μος,  ποιέω) 
laying  waste. 

Έρημό~ολις,  ι,  gen.  ιδος,  {έρημος, 
ΤΓΟ?.ις)  reft  of  one's  city,  Eur.  Tro.  599. 

Έρημος,  η,  ov,  Ep.,  but  in  Hdt., 
and  Att.  ος,  ov  ."  and  Att.  usu.  propa- 
ros.  έρηαος :  of  places,  lonely,  lone, 
desert,  desolate,  Od.  3,  270,  II.  10,  520, 
and  freq.  in  Hdt.,  and  Att. :  of  per- 
sons, lone,  solitary,  esp.  also  destitute, 
helpless,  II.  5,  140;  and  so  Aesch.  Ag. 
862,  etc. :  of  birds,  etc.,  solitary,  not 
gregarious,  Plut. — Proverb.,  έρήμας 
τρυγήσεις,  (sc.  άμττέλους,)  you'll  strip 
unwatched  vines,  v.  τρυγάω.  At.  Vesp. 
634 :  also,  έρτηιον  έμβλέττειν,  to  look 
vacantly,  Ar.  Fr.  393. — 2.  c.  gen.,  reft 
of  destitute  of,  πάντων,  Hdt.  2,  32 ; 
abandoned  by,  τών  συμμάχων,  ανδρών, 
Hdt.  7,  160,  etc. ;  and  so  in  Att.,  as 
Soph.  0.  C.  1717,  cf.  0.  T.  57;  στέ- 


EPIB 

γαι  φί?Μν  ερ-,  void  ο/" friends,  Id.  El. 
1405:  and  then  sub.  ανδρών,  ττόλις 
έρ. ,  a  descried  city,  t'p•  οΙκος,  a  house 
without  heirs,  Isae.  66, 29. — ]  l.as  subst., 
ή  έρημος,  a  solitude,  desert,  wilderness, 
sub.  γη,  χώρα,  Hdt.  3,  102  :  elsewh. 
Tu  έρημα,  as  2,  32.— 111.  έρημη,  ή,  sub. 
δίκη,  a  trial  in  which  one  party  does  not 
appear,  and  judgment  goes  against 
him  by  default,  as  contumacious, 
Thuc.  6,  CI  ;  ερήμην  δικην  έ'/.εϊν,  to 
get  judgment  by  default,  Dem.  540, 
21,  όφλείν,  to  let  it  go  by  default,  542, 
4.     Hence 

Έρημοσννη,  ης,  ή,  solitude,  Anth. 

Έρτ/μοφί/.ης,  ου,  ό,  Anth.,  and  έρη- 
μόφΐλ.ος,  ov,  {έρημος,  ού.έω)  loving 
solitude. 

Έρημόω,  ώ,  (έρημος)  to  make  solita- 
ry or  desert,  lay  waste,  destroy,  Thuc. 

I,  23,  in  pass. — 2.  c.  gen.,  to  bereave  of, 
ανδρών  έστίαν,  Pind.  I.  4,  27.  In 
pass.,  to  be  bereft,  deprived  of,  ανδρών, 
Hdt.  1,  164,  etc. — II.  to  leave,  abandon, 
desert,  χώρον,  Pind.  P.  4,  479  :  δχον 
έρ.,  merely  to  step  out  of  it,  Aesch.  Ae. 
1070.  Pass,  to  be  left  alone,  deserted, 
waste,  Hdt.  7,  171.     Hence 

Έρήμωσις,  εως,  ή,  abandonment .  a 
laying  or  being  waste,  Arr.  :   and 

Έρημωτής,  οϋ,  6,  one  who  lays  waste, 
a  ravager,  Anth. 

_  Έρηρέδάται,  Ion.  for  έρηρεισμένοι 
είσί,  3  plur.  perf  pass,  from  έρείδω, 

II.  23,  284,  329,  Od.  7, 86, 95  :  Ap.  Rh. 
has  έρήρεινται. 

Έρήριμμαι,  perf  pass,  from  έρεί• 
■ΰω. 

νΕρήρισται,  3  sing.  perf.  pass,  from 
ερίζω,  Hes. 

ΥΕρητύεσκον,  Ep.  iterat.  imperf  ,Ap. 
Rh.,  and  έρητνσασκε,  aor.  from  έρη- 
τνω,  Hom. 

Έρήτϋθεν,  V.  sq. 

Έρητύω,  i.  -ύσω,  (έρύω,  έρνκω, 
έρωέω)  to  hold  back,  restrain,  έρ.  /.αόν, 
φάλαγγας,  to  make  them  halt,  Hom. : 
in  genl.  to  keep  in  check,  repress,  as- 
suage, Hom.;  θυμόν,  II.  1,  192;  9, 
462, ;  13,  280  :  esp.  freq.  in  Horn.,  έρ. 
έ~έεσσι :  the  mid.  for  act.,  11.  15, 
723.  Ep.  word,  used  also  by  Soph. 
O.  C.  164.  [ϋ  before  σ,  and  metri 
grat.  before  a  long  syll. :  also  in  Aeol. 
aor.  pass,  έρήτϋθεν,  because  this  is 
for  έρητύθησαν,  II.  2,  99,  211  ;  but  ν 
before  a  short  syll.,  e.  g.  έρήτνον,  έρ?/- 
τνεται.'\ 

Έρι,  τό,  indecl.,  shortd.  form  from 
έριον,  wool,  Philet.  18. 

ΈΡΓ-,  insepar.  particle,  like  upi-, 
used  as  a  prefix  to  strengthen  the 
signf  of  a  word,  very,  much.  Mostly 
Ep.  and  Lyr. 

ΤΕρίανθος,  ov,  6,  Erianthus,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  a  Theban,  Plut.  Lys.  15. 

ΫΕριασ—ίδας,  a,  ό,  Eriaspidas,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Anth. 

Έριανγής,  ές,  (έρι,  αυγή)  very  bril- 
liant, Orph. 

Έριανχην,  ενός,  ό,  ή,  (έρι.  αΐχήν) 
with  α  high  arching  neck,  in  II.,  cpith. 
of  high-bred  horses  :  never  in  Od. : 
opp.  to  βνσανχην. 

Έριαχθής,  ές,  (έρι,  άχθος)  heavy 
laden. 

Έριβόας,  ov,  ό,  {έρι, βοή)  loud.thouf- 
ing,  riotous,  of  Bacchus,  Pind.  Fr.  45, 
10. 

νΕρίβοια,  ας,  η,  Eriboea,  wife  of 
Telamon,  and  mother  of  Ajax.  Pind. 
1. 6,  65.  ■  _ 

Έρίβομβος,  ov,  (έρι,  βομβέω)  loud- 
buzzing.  Orph. 

Έριβρεμέτης,  ου,  ό,  (έρι,  βρέμω) 
of  Jupiter,  loud-thundering,  II.  13,  624 : 
in  genl.  loud-roaring. 

Έριβρεμής,  ές,=  έρίβρομος,  Anth. 
545 


EPIZ 

'Έριβρΐθής,  ές,  {έρι,  βρίθος)  very 
hen  ν  ι/,  Ορρ. 

Ύφι^Ιιαμης,  ον,  {έρι,  βρέμ(ύ)  lovd- 
shouUiif;,  roaring,  etc.,  of  13acchus,  H. 
Hoin.  Bacch.  56,  Anacr.  14,  Pind. 

'¥φιβρνχης,  ου  Ep.  εω,  o,=  sq., 
Hes.  Th.  H32.  [v] 

Έρίβρνχος,  ov,  (ερι,  βρνχω)  loud- 
bellowiii<:,n.  Hoin.  Merc.  116. 

Έρί/ίώλα^,  ΰκας,  ό,  η,  and  έρίβω- 
λος,  01',  (ί'ρί,  βώ?Μξ,  βώ'λος)  with  large 
clods,  of'  rich,  loamy  soil,  which  docs 
not  crumble  away  like  sand  under  the 
plough,  hence  fertile,  rich-soiled, — 
both,  esp.  the  first,  very  freq.  in  11. ; 
each,  once  in  Od. 

νΕι>ιβώτ>ις,  ου,  ό,  Erihdtes,  son  of 
Tele  on,  one  of  the  Argonauts,  Ap. 
Rh.  1,71. 

Έρ£)'ύσΓωρ,  ορός,  6,  ή,  {ίμι,  γα- 
σΤ7/ρ)  pot-bellied,  Nic. 

Έριγδουΰέω,  ώ,  to  rattle  loud  ;  from 

Έρίγόονπος,  ον,^έρίδονπος,  (q.  v.) 
loud-sonnding,  crashing,  thundering,  in 
Honi.  u.s>i.  as  epith.  of  Jupiter,  ip. 
πόσις  "Ηρης:  but  in  II.  11,  152,  of 
horses'  hoofs,  έρ.  ττόδίς  ϊττπυν. 

Έριγήθης,  ες,  (έρι,  γηθέω)  very  joy- 
fid,  Orph. 

Έρίγληνος,  οι•,  (έρί,  γλήνη)  with 
large  eyeballs,  full-eyed,  Ορρ. 

'Κι>ΐ)μα,  ατός,  τό,=  ερεγμα. 
t'K/u;  νιος,  ον,  ΰ,  Erigyiiis,  a  Mytile- 
nean,   a    general  of  Alexander    the 
great,  Diod.  S.,  Arr. 

t'Ep<}  ώί^  όνος,  and  ώνος,  b,  the  Eri- 
gon,  a  river  of  Macedonia,  Arr.  An.  1, 
5,  8,  Strab. :  more  correct,  ace.  to 
Thcognost.  'Έ,ρίγυν. 

Ύ.ρώαίνω,  ι.  έριόήσω,  {ερις,  ερίζω) 
to  wrangle,  quarrel,  επέεσσι,  II.  2,  342  : 
to  strive  as  for  a  prize,  εΐνεκα  της  αρε- 
τής, Od.  2,  206  ;  τινί,  with  one,  II.  16, 
765  ;  also,  άττία  τινός,  against  one, 
Od.  1,  79  :  not  used  of  war  in  Horn. ; 
who  has  it  only  inprcs.,  except  in  II. 
23,  792,  τΐοσσίν  ίρίδήσασθαι  ΆχαιοΙς, 
which  is  iiif  aor.  1  mid.  (c.  signf. 
act.)  from  εριδαίνω,  cf  ύλιτήσυ,  from 
ά?.ιταίνω,  έβησύμην,  ίιοτη βαίνω,  etc. 
Hence 

'Fφιδavτεύς,ε(JJς,ό,a^vrangler,  dispu- 
tant, Dcinocrit.  ap.  Clem.  Al.  279,  fm. 

'Εηιδάντ7}ς,  ov,  o,=  forcg.,  Timon 
ap.  Diog.  L.  2,  107. 

Έρίδη?.ος,  ov,  (έρι,  δήλος)  very 
manifest  or  conspicuous. 

Έριδίνής,  ές,  (έρι,  δίνος)  whirling, 
eddying  swiftly,  Tryph. 

Ύφιδιον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  εριον, 
Luc. 

Έριδμαίνω,=:έρεθίζω,  to  provoke  to 
strife,  irritate,  II.  16,  260. 

'Κρίδ/ιάτος,  ov,  ίρις  ερίδμ.,  in 
Aesch.  Ag.  1461,  prob.  by  a  violent 
metaphor,  strongly  built,  (from  ip;,  δέ- 
μω)  i.  e.  strong,  excessive,  cf.  ϋεόδμη- 
τος,  ενδμητος. 

Έρίδουπος.  ον,  (ερι,  όονπος)  sound- 
ing, roaring  loudly :  Horn,  has  this  form 
always  of  things  and  places,  but  the 
Ep.  form  ερίγδονπος,  of  living  beings. 
Only  poet. 

Έρίδωρος,  ov,  (έρι,  δώρον)  rich  in 
gifts,  abundant,  0pp. 

'Ερίζω,  Dor.  έρίσδω :  fut.  ίρίσω, 
Ep.  also  έρίσσω.  Dor.  έρίξω.  To 
strive,  wrangle,  quarrel,  usii.  of  wordy 
contests,  τινί,  Horn.,  also  άντιβίην 
τινί,  II.  1,  277  :  in  Pind.  ΰντία  τινί, 
P.  4,  507  ;  and  ττρόςτινα,  P.  2,  162, 
and  so  in  Hdt.  7,  50, 1,  Theocr.  5,  23. 
2.  to  rival,  contend  with,  τινί,  II.  3,  223  ; 
sometimes  τινί  τι,  as,  kp-  'Αφροδίτη 
κάλλος,  II.  9,389,  cf  Od.  5,  213,  Hcs. 
Sc.  5  ;  also,  TTFpl  Ισης.  μύθων,  τόξων, 
11.  12,  423  ;  15,  284,  Od.  8,  225,  and 
30  in  Hdt.  5, 49  ;  also  (when  no  dat. 
546 


EPIK 

pers.  is  expressed)  τήξω,  ποσί,  δρη- 
στοσνντι  ερίζειν,  II.  5,  172  ;  13,  325, 
Od.  15,'321  :  c.  dat. pers.  et  inf ,  ipi- 
ζετον  άλλήλοιϊν  χερσί  μαχί/σασϋαι, 
Od.  18,  38  :  absoL,  Νέστωρ  οίος  έριζε, 
kept  the  contest  up,  contended,  II.  2,  555 : 
and  so  it  is  taken  in  Od.  8, 371 :  hence, 
to  be  equal,  a  viatch,  cf  Xen.  Cyn.  1, 
12.  Horn,  sometimes  uses  the  mid. 
quite  like  the  act.,  II.  5,  172,  Od.  4, 
80,  cf  lies.  ΊΊι.  534,  ίριζετο  βούλας 
Κρονίωνι.  (From  έρις :  hence  Lat. 
rixn,  rixari.) 

Έρίζωος,  ov,  {έρι,  ζωή)  long-lived, 
Lat.  vivax. 

Έριήκοος,  ov,  {έρι,  ακούω)  keen  of 
ear,  Orph. 

'Έρίηρες,  ol,  v.  sq. 

Έρίηρος,  ov,  {έρι,*άρω)  fitting  ex- 
actly ;  hence — 1.  esp.  as  epith.  oi  εταί- 
ρος, loving,  faithful,  trusty,  Horn.,  but 
in  sing,  only  U.  4,  266  ;  elsewhere  al- 
ways in  metaplast.  plur.  έρίηρες  εταί- 
ροι, ace.  έρίηρας  εταίρους,  ci.  Π.  3,  47, 
378,  Od.  9,  100,  172,  193.— II.  as  epith. 
of  αοιδός,  Od.  1,  346;  8,  02,  471,^  it 
means  rather,  loved,  cf.  *άρω  II,  ύρ- 
μενος,  and  έπίηρα. 

'Έριηχής,  ες,  [έρι,  ήχίω)  loud  sound- 
ing, Ορρ. 

'Έ,ριΟύκη,  ης,  ή,  bee-bread  or  bees- 
wax. Arist.  Η.  Α.,  also  κήρινθος,  and 
σανδηράχη.  [άκηΊ] 

Έρϊθΰκίς,  ίδος,  ή,=ή  ίριθος,  α  fe- 
male day-labourer,  Theocr.  3,  35:  f by 
some  regarded  as  a  fern.  pr.  n.,  Erl- 
thacis. 

Έρίθακος,  ov,  6,  a  solitary  bird, 
which  could  be  taught  to  speak,  Arist. 
H.  A. ;  also  έριθίύς,  έρίθυλος,  and, 
ace.  to  some,  the  same  as  the  φοινι- 
κουρός. 

'Έρϊθακώδης,  ες,  {είδος)  like  έριθύ- 
κη  or  the  έρίθακος  in  a  dub.  1.  Epich. 
p.  31.  [ά] 

Έριθάλής,  ες,  Dor.  for  έριθηλής. 

Έριθαλίς,  ίδος,  ή,  an  unknown  plant. 

Ύφιθαλλής,  ές.—  sq.,  v.  1.  in  Ορρ. 

'Έ.ρίθαλ7Μς,  ov,  (έρι,  θάλλω)  grow- 
ing luxuriantly,  flourishing,  of  plants 
and  trees,  Simon,  ap.  Plut.  Thcs.  17, 
cf  έριθη?ίής. 

'ΈφΙθείη,  ας,  ή,  {έριθενω)  labour  for 
wages. — -11.  canvassing,  intriguing,  Lat. 
ambitus:  in  genl.  party  spirit,  faction, 
Arist.Pol.5,2,6;3,9:fon?ra?i07i.N.T. 

'Έρίθεύς,  έως,  ό,=  έρίθακος,  Arat. 

'Έρίθενω,  more  freq.  as  dep.  mid., 
έρίθεύομαι,  {έριθος)  to  serve,  work  for 
hire. — 11.  in  mid.  of  public  officers  or 
characters,  to  court  popular  applause, 
Lat.  ambire :  ol  έριθενόμενοι,  party 
men,  Lat.  ambitum  exercentes.  Arist. 
Pol.  5,  3,  9:  cf  έριΟεία:  so,  έξεριθεύ- 
εσθαι  τους  νέους,  to  inveigle  them  into 
parly-measures,  Polyb.,  of.  ανερίθευ- 
τος. 

ΈριΟη?.ής,  ές,  {έρι,  βάλλω,  τέΟηλα) 
very  luxuriant,  flourishing,  of  ])Iants, 
etc.,  II.  10,  407  ;  17,  53  :  of  corn-land, 
fertile,  II.  5,  90. 

Ύφίθηλος,  ov,=  foreg..  Or.  Sib. 

"Υ,ρίθος,  ov,  δ,  also  ή,  a  day  labour- 
er, hired  servant  of  any  sort :  in  Horn., 
ol  έρ.  are  mowers  or  reapers,  II.  18,  550, 
560  ;  and  al  έρ.  esp.  spinsters  and  wea- 
vers, ivorkers  inwool:  the  latter  in  Dein. 
1313,  6  ;  hence  of  spiders.  Soph.  Fr. 
269.  (Hence  some  derive  it  from  έριον: 
othersfrom  έρέθω,  ερεθίζω  or  έρεσσω.) 
— II.  τλήμων  γάστρας,  Lat.  crepittis 
ventris,  Η.  Ηοπι.  Mere.  296,  ubi  ν, 
Herm. 

Έρίθνμος,  ov,  (έρι,  θυμός)  passion- 
ate :  or  in  gen!,  high-spirited,  Q.  Sm. 

Έρΐκεΐν,  inf.  aor.  of  έρείκω. 

'Έρίκη,  ης.  ή,^έρείκη.  [t.] 

Έρΐκίς,  ίδος,  ή,   (έρείκω)  bruised, 


ΕΡΙΝ 

pounded  barley,  also^piAcaf  and  έρεικίς, 
usu.  in  plur.     Hence 

ΎφΙκίτας,  ό,  άρτος,  bread,  pounded 
barley,  Seleuc.  ap.  Ath.  114  B. 

Έρικλύγκτης,  ov,  ό,  {έρι,  κ/.ύζω) 
loud  sounding,  Pind.  P.  12,  38. 

'Έ,ρίκ?ιανστυς  and  -κλαντος,  ov, 
{έρι,  κλαίω)  much  weeping,  sorrowful, 
Anth. — 11.  pass,  much  wept,  bewailed. 

Έρίκλϋτος.  ov,  (έρι,  κλντός)  much 
renowned,  Orph. 

Έρϊκόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  contr.  -κονς, 
ονσσα,  ονν,  heathy:  hence 

νΚρικονσσα,  ης,  ί/,  Ericusa,  one  of 
the  Aeolian  islands,  strictly  the  heathy, 
Strab. 

'Υφικτέΰνος,  ov,  { έρι,  κτέανον ) 
wealthy,  Ojip. 

'Έ,ρικτός,  ή,  ύν,-=έρεικτός, pounded, 
bniised. 

'Έρίκτνπος,  ov,  (έρι,  κτνηέω)  loud 
or  deep-.tovnding,  in  Hes.  Th.  456,  930, 
epith.  of  Neptune. 

'ΐ,ρικνδής,  ές,  {έρι,  κνδος)  very  fa- 
mous, glorious,  epith.  of  the  gods  and 
their  descendants,  II.  14,  327,  Od.  11, 
576,  631  :  also  of  things  connected 
with  them,  θέων  έρικυδέα  δώρα,  II.  3, 
65:  20,  265,  έρ.  ήβη,  II.  11,  225,  Hes. 
Th.  988  ;  besides  this  Horn,  only  joins 
it  with  δαίς,  a  splendid  festival,  II.  24, 
802,  Od.  3,"  CO,  etc..  and  even  here  it 
is  strictly  a  sacrificial  feast.  Ep. 
word. 

Έρικνμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  {έρι,  κν• 
μα)  full  of  young,  big  with  young,  έρ. 
φέρματι,  Aesch.  Ag.  119.  [ii] 

'Ερΐκώδης,  ες,  {έρίκη,  είδος)  heathy, 
like  έρεικώδης. 

'Έρίκωλαξ,  ακος,  6,  ή,  (as  parody  on 
έρίβωλαξ)  πόλις,  a  city  of  toad-eaters, 
read  by  Bentley  (Corresp.  1,  p.  222) 
in  Cratin.  Drap.  3. 

Έριλαμπής,  ές,  {έρι,  λάμπω)  bright 
shining. 

Έριμύκης,  ov,  o,=sq.,  ταϊφος.  Call. 
Fr.  452. 

'Έ,ρίμϋκος,  ov,  {έρι,  μνκάομαι,  μέ- 
μνκα)  loud  bellowing,  of  oxen,  Horn., 
and  Hos. 

'Ep/"i(is(j,  fut.  -ύσω  Dor.  -ύξω,  to 
impregnate,  apply  the  wild  fig,  (έρινεός) 
and  so  to  ripen  the  cultivated  fig,  (which 
takes  ])lace  by  insects  from  the  wild 
fig  piercing  it,)  Lat.  caprificare,  The- 
ophr.,  cf  Hdt.  1,  193  :  from 

ΈρΙνύς,  άδος,  ή,  the  wild  fig-tree, 
έρινεός,  Nic. — 11.  the  fruit  of  the  7fild 
fig-tree,  a  wild  fig,  Amer.  ap.  Ath.  76  E. 

^ΈρΙ%>ασμός,  ov,  b,  the  process  of  cap- 
rification,  Theophr. 

'ΈρΙναστός,  ή,  όν,  {έρινάζω)  ripened 
by  caprification,  Theophr. 

ΈρΙνειός,ον,  6,  Ep.  for  έρινεός,  Hes. 

Έρϊνεόν,  ov,  TO,  the  fruit  of  the  wild 
fig-tree,  the  wild  fig :  3.\5θ:=δλννθος  :  v. 
έρι.νός. 

ΈρΙνεός.  ov,  b,  the  wild  fig-tree,  Lat. 
caprificns,  freq.  in  Horn.,  in  Hes.  also 
έρίνειός. — 1I.=  έρινεόν. 

'Έρίνεος,  a,  ov,  (Ipiov)  of  wool,  wool- 
len, Hipp.,  [t] 

νΕρινεός,  οϋ,  ό,  {ή  Strab.  476)  Eri- 
neus,  one  of  the  cities  of  the  Dorian 
Tetrapolis,  Hdt.  8,  43;  Thuc.  1,  107. 
— 2.  a  city  of  Thessaly  near  Larissa, 
Strab. — 3.  λιμήν,  a  liaven  of  Achaia, 
assigned  to  Rhypae,  Thuc.  7,  34. — 4. 
a  place  on  the  banks  of  the  Cephisus 
in  Attica,  not  far  from  Eleusis,  Plat. 
Theaet.  143  B,  (where gen.  'Epn'oj"). 
— 5.  a  spot  near  Troy,  Strab.— 0.  a 
river  of  Sicily,  Thuc.  7,  80. 

'Έρϊνεώδης,  ες,  {έρινεός,  είδος)  like 
the  wild  fig-tree  :  of  a  place,  full  of  these 
trees,  Strab. 

Έρϊνόν,  ov,  τό,=:6λννθος,  a  late 
unripe  fig,  Alex.  Leb.  1. 


EPIO 

'Epivoc,  οϋ,  ό,=  έρι.νεός,  Epich.  p. 
7]  :  έρινεόν.  Soph.  Fr.  190.  As  adj., 
ίρινός,  ή,  όν,  Eur.  Scir.  3. 

ΈρΙνύς,  (for  so  it  is  written,  not 
Έρινννς,  in  the  best  MSS.  and  in  In- 
scriptt.,  V.  Dind.  Steph.  Thes.),  gen. 
νος,  t'l  .•  plur.  'Ερινύες,  Έρίνϋς-  The 
Erimjs,  an  avenging  deity,  like  the 
Roman  Furiae.  in  Horn,  in  sing,  only 
in  II.  9,  571  ;  19,  87,  Od.  15,  234  ; 
elsewh.  in  plur.  :  the  Trag.  also  oft. 
have  them  in  plur.,  but  quite  as  frcq. 
in  sing.,  in  which  case  the  Erinys  is 
often  conscience  impersonated :  but 
the  number  Three  is  first  in  Eur.  Tro. 
457,  and  the  names  Tisijihoyie,  Meg- 
aera,  Alccto,  only  in  late  writers,  as 
Apollod.  1,  1,  4,  etc.  In  the  oldest 
Ep.  they  visit  for  perjury,  II.  19,  259, 
Hes.  Op.  801 ;  homicide,  11.  9,  571  ; 
undutiful  conduct  to  parents.  II.  9, 
454,  Od.  2, 135  (hence  μητρός  'Ερινύ- 
ες, those  who  avenge  a  mother,  Od. 
11,  280,  'Ep.  πατρός,  Aesch.  Theb. 
70,  etc.) ;  ill-treatment  of  suppliants 
or  beggars,  Od.  17,  475  ;  disrespect  to 
elders,  11.  15,  204  ;  and  in  genl.  offen- 
ces of  presumption  :  they  silence  the 
horse  of  Achilles,  when  about  to  re- 
veal too  much.  II.  19,  418  ;  they  lead 
men  to  mistake  evil  for  good,  like 
'At-?/,  II.  19,  87,  Od.  15,  234.  Their 
abode  was  Erebus,  hence  the  epith. 
τΐερο<ροΙτις,  II.  9,  571  ;  19,  87  :  hence 
too  their  vengeance  reached  beyond 
the  grave,  II.  19,  260,  Od.  20,  78.  Ace. 
to  Hes.  Th.  185,  they  sprang  from 
Gaea  and  the  drops  of  Uranus'  blood. 
For  their  worship  at  Athens  and  the 
Athen.  notions  of  them  v.  Miiller 
Aesch.  Eum.  '■)  77  sq.,  and  cf.  Ευμενί- 
δες, Σεμναί. — II.  as  appellat.,  μητρός 
ερινύες,  curses  from  one's  mother,  II. 
21,  412,  and  so  conjoined  with 'Αρά, 
Aesch.  Theb.  70  :  also  blood- gvUtivess, 
Hes.  Th.  472  :  ώρενών  έρινύς,  distrac- 
tion, Soph.  Ant.  C03,  cf  El.  1080.— III. 
epith.  of  Ceres,  when  distraught  by  the 
pursuit  of  Neptune,  Paus.  8,  25,  4, 
sq.  (Deriv.  uncertain :  ace.  to  Pott, 
akin,  to  έρις,  q.  v. ;  ace.  to  Herm.  to 
έλιννω,  Opusc.  6,  2,  200,  sq.)  [ΰ  in 
all  trisyll.  cases,  Pors.  Med.  1254,  ν 
in  quadrisyll.,  which  however  are 
sometimes  to  be  read  as  trisyll.,  Erf. 
Soph.  O.  T.  639.] 

ΈρΙννο),  to  be  angry,  indignant,  ace. 
to  Paus.  8,  25,  6,  an  Arcadian  word, 
from  Έρινύς,  or  the  same  root. 

Έρινΰώδης,  ες,  {Έρινύς,  είδος)  like 
the  'Ερινύες,  Plut. 

"Eptoi^  ov,  TO,  tvool,  Od.  4,  124  : 
elsewh.  Horn,  uses  the  form  είριον, 
as  does  Hdt. :  in  Att.  usu.  εριον  :  also 
in  plur.,  as  έρίων  τά?Μντον,  Ar.  Vesp. 
1147,  etc. :  hence — 2.  any  woollen  icork. 
— 3.  Ipia  τά  ά~ο  ξύ?^ον,  cotton  (Germ. 
Baumwolle,  tree-wool),  Hdt.  3,  47,  cf. 
106,  and  7,  65.  (From  ερος,  ειρος, 
έρεα  :  dim.  only  in  form.) 

Έριόξνλον,  ov,  TO,  {εριον,  ξύΤίον) 
the  cotton-plant. 

ΈριοττΧύτης,  ov,  6,  (εριον,  'k7.vvu) 
a  woollen-cleaner,  fuller,  Diosc.  [i] 

Έριοπω\έω,  C>,  {εριον,  πωλίω)  to 
sell,  deal  in  wool.     Hence 

Έριοτνώλης,  ov,  b,  a  dealer  in  wool- 
lens.    Hence 

ΈριοττίύΧικως,  adv.  like  a  wool-deal- 
er, cheatingly,  Ar.  Ran.  1386  :  and 

Έριοπώλιον,  ov,  τό,  the  wool-mar- 
ket, Joseph. 

Έριύστεπτος,  ov,  {εριον,  στέφω) 
wreathed,  wrapt  with  wool,  κλάδοι, 
Aesch.  Supp.  23,  ubi  al.  ίεροστ. 

Έριούνης,  ό,  v.  sq. 

Έριούνιος,  ov,  ό.  Homer,  epith.  of 
Mercury,  prob.  from  έρι-  and  ονίνημι, 


ΕΡΙΣ 

ονήοω,  the  helper,  luck-bringer,  σωκος, 
έριούνιος  Έρμης,  II.  20,  72  ;  24,  457, 
679  ;  so,  έριούνης  Ερμείας,  II.  20,  34, 
Od.  8,  322  :  also  absol.  Έρωύνιος,  II. 
24.360,440.  In  Ar.  Ran.  1144,  Έρμης 
έριούνιος,  is  opposed  to  δόλιος ;  cf. 
ακύαιιτα. 

Έριονργεΐον,  ov,  τό,  {έριονμγός)  a 
woollen  manufactory. 

Έριουργέω,  ώ,  to  ivork  in,  manxifac- 
ture  ifool,  Xen.  Hell.  5,  4,  7  :  and 

Έριονργία,  ας,  ή,  the  manufacture  of 
woollens :  from 

Έριονργός,  όν,  {εριον,  *έργω)  work- 
ing in  wool,  Dio  C. 

Έριοψορέω,  ώ,  to  bear,  wear  wool ; 
from 

Έριοφόρος,  ov,  (εριον,  φέρω)  bearing 
wool,  δένδρα  έρ.,  cotton-plants,  The- 
ophr.  ^ 

Έριτίεΐν,  inf.  aor.  of  έρείττω. 

Έρί~7\.ενρος,ον,  {έρι,  πλεvpά)with 
sturdy  .■iidrs,  stout,  Pind.  P.  4,  419. 

Ύφίπνη,  ης,  ή,  also  έρίπνα,  a  broken 
cliff,  scaur,  Eur.  El.  210 :  hence  any 
sheer  ascent,  a  wall  or  toiuer,  έπά?^ξε- 
ων  έρίπναι.  Id.  Phoen.  1168.  (From 
έρείττω,  as  rapes  from  nimpo.) 

νΕριπόλιος,  ov,  (έρι,  πο?ιΐής)  very 
gray,  Simon.  Fr.  124,  Schneidw. 

Έριττόω,  ω,=  έρείπω,  late. 

Έριτττοίητος,  ov,  (  έρι,  πτοιέω ) 
scared,  terrified,  Nonn. 

Έριττών,  part.  aor.  of  έρείπω. 

'ΕΡΙΣ,  ιδος,  ή,  ace.  έριν,  and  έριδα, 
εριν,  being  the  strict  Att.,  which 
Hom.  also  has  four  times  in  Od.,  but 
he  usu.  has  έριδα.  Strife,  quarrel, 
esp.  rivalry,  contention.  In  II.  USU.  of 
battle,  coupled  with  πό?ιεμος,  μάχη, 
ΰντή,  νείκ-ος,  as  synon., passim  :  more 
closely  defined  by  an  adj.,  έρις  κρα- 
τερή, θνμοβόρος,  κακή,  or  by  a  gen., 
ερις  τϊτ'ολέμοιο,  11.  14,  389,  etc.  (so 
εις  έριν  μάχης,  Xen.  Cyr.  2,  3,  15) ; 
also,  έριδα  ξυνάγοντες  Άρηος.  II.  5, 
861,  etc.  :  νεΐκος  έριδος,  II.  17,  384. 
Other  freq.  usages  in  II.,  έριδι,  or  έξ 
έριδος  μάχεσβαι,\\.  1,  8,  7,  111,  έριδι 
ξυνιέναι,  II.  20,  66  ;  but,  έριδι  ξυνε- 
λαύνειν  θεούς,  to  set  them  a-fighting  : 
έν  δ'  αντοις  έριδα  (}ή}ννντο,  they  let 
strife  break  forth  among  themselves, 
II.  20,  55.  In  Od.  it  is  usu.  contention, 
rivalry,  in  or  for  a  thinir,  έρις  έρ-^οιο, 
ύέθλων,  Od.  8,210;  18,  366;  also, 
έριςχερσί,  Od.  18,  13,  peculiar  phra- 
ses, έριδα  ττροφέρειν,  and  ττροφέρε- 
σβαι,  Od.  6,  92  ;  8,  210,  έριν  στήσαι 
έν  τισι,  Od.  10,  292  ;  19,  11.  Hesiod 
distinguishes  a  good  and  a  bad  έρις. 
Op.  11  sq.  hater  in  gen\.  quarrel,  dis- 
cord, jealousy,  Trag.:  Aesch.,  Theb. 
429,  calls  lightning  έρις  Αιός :  but 
in  Eum.  975,  έρις  αγαθών  is  zeal  for 
good,  for  the  best. — II.  as  pr.  nom., 
Eris,  in  11.  a  goddess  who  excites  to 
war,  11.  11,  3,  73,  sister  and  compan- 
ion of  Mars,  4,  440,  joined  with  Kv- 
δοιμός,  and  Κήρ,  18,  535  :  ace.  to 
Hes.  Th.  225,  daughter  of  Night. 
Later  in  genl.  the  goddess  of  discord. 
(Perh.  akin  to  Sanscr.  riis/i,=Lat. 
iras-ci  ) 

Έρισά?•,-ιγξ,  ιγγος,  ό,  ή,  {έρι-σάλ- 
■ηΐγξ)  loud  trumpeting,  dub.  name  of  a 
bird. 

Έρίσδεν  or  έρίσδειν,  Dor.  for  έρί• 
ζειν. 

ΥΕρισθένεια,  ας,  ή,  Eristhenla, 
daughter  of  Aristocrates,  Diog.  L. : 
prop.  fem.  from 

'Ερισθενής.  ές,  (έρι,  σθένος)  mighty, 
powerful,  in  Hom.,  and  Hes.,  always 
as  epith.  of  Jupiter. 

Έρισμα,  ατός,  τό,  (ερίζω)  that  which 
is  strivenfor,  cause  of  quarrel,  II.  4,  38. 

Έρισμάρΰγος,  ov,  {έρι,  σμΰραγή) 


ΕΡΙΩ 

loud  crashing  or  thundering,  epith.  of 
Jupiter,  Hes.  Th.  815. 

Έρισμός,  ov,  6,=  έρις,  Timon  ap. 
Diog.  L.  2,  107. 

Έρίστϊορος,  ov,  {epi,  σπείρω)  well 
sotv7i,  ala,  0pp. 

Έριστάφϋλος,  ov,  {έρι,  στΰφν?.ή) 
large-clustered ;  as  epith.  of  wine,  -made 
of  large  grapes,  Od.  9,  HI,  358.— II. 
rich  in  grapes,  of  Lesbos,  Archestr. 
ap.  Ath.  92  E. 

Έριστής,  ov,  6,  {ερίζω)  a  wrangler, 
litigious  person.     Hence 

Εριστικός,  ή,  όν,  given  to  strife,  fond 
of  wrangling  or  arguing,  captious.  Plat. 
Lys.  211  B,  etc.:  ή  -κή,  sub.  τέχνη, 
wrangling,  Id.  Soph.  231  Ε  :  οι  έρ. 
λόγοι,  reasoning  for  argument's  sake 
only,  Arist.  Org.  :  o'l  έρ-,  the  philoso- 
phers of  the  Megarean  school,  who 
were  devoted  to  dialectics,  Diog.  L. 
Adv.  -κώς,  Plat.  Rep.  454  B. 

Έριστός,  ή,  όν,  {ερίζω)  contested : 
doubtful :  έριστα  πλάθειν  τινί,  to 
come  to  strife  with  him,  Soph.  El. 
220. 

Έρισφάραγος,  ov,=  έρισμάραγος, 
loud  sounding  or  roaring,  epilh.  of 
Neptune,  H.  Hom.  Merc.  187.  [ΰ] 

'Ερίσφηλος,  ov,  {έρι,  αφάλλω) 
shaking,  overthrowing  much,  epith.  of 
Hercules,  Stesich.  05. 

Έρισχηλέω,  ώ,=^έρεσχε/.έω,  έρεσ- 
χη/έω. 

Έρίσχηλος.  ον,^λοίδορος,  Par- 
then,  ap.  Ε.  Μ.  374,  50,  Piers.  Moer. 
p.  159. 

ΈρίτΙμος,  ov,  {έρι,  τιμή)  highly 
prized,  precious,  in  11.  used  of  gold, 
and  of  the  Aegis  :  never  of  persons. 
— II.  a  kind  οι  fish,  Arist. 

νΕρίτιμος,  ov,  ό,  Eritlmus,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Pind.  O.  13,  42,  Bockh! 

νΕριφάνης,  ους,  ό,  Eriphunes,  masc. 
pr.  n.,Ath.  019  C. 

Έριφεγγής,  ές,  (έρι,  φέγγος)  very 
brilliant,  late. 

Έρίφειος.  ov,  {έρΐφος)  of,  belongirig 
to  a  kid,  Pherecr.  Pers.  1,  9,  Xen., 
etc. 

ΈρίΦη,  ης,  ή,  a  young  she-goat,  kid. 

[Ϊ] 

Έρίφιον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  έριφος, 
Athenio  ap.  Ath.  661  B.  [t] 

Ύφίφλοιος,  ov,  {έρι,  φλοιός)  with 
thick  bark,  Agathocl.  ap.  Eust. 

Έρΐφοκ?.όπος,  ov,  {έριφος,  κ?^πτω) 
a  stealer  of  kids,  v.  1.  in  0pp. 

Έρΐφος,  ov,  b,  also  ή,  a  young  goat, 
kid,  Hom. :  on  the  fem.  v.  Jac.  A.  P. 
p.  910. — 11.  έριφοι,  o'l,  Lat.  hoedi,  a 
constellation  which  brought  storms, 
Theocr.  7,  53 ;  it  rose  on  Octob.  6 : 
hence  έττ'  έρίφοις,  in  stormy  weather. 
ΤΕριφος,  ov,  ό,  Eriphus,  a  comic 
poet,  Ath.  58  B. 

νΕριφύλη,  ης,  ή,  Eriphyle,  daughter 
of  Talaus,  and  wife  of  Amphiaraus, 
Od.  11,326,  Pind.,  etc.    [v] 

Έρίφν?Μς.  ov,  {έρι,  φνλ?Μν)  with 
many  or  icith  large  leaves. 

νΕριχθόνιος,  ov,  ό,  Erichthoniiis, 
ace.  to  some  a  son  of  the  Earth, 
others  make  him  son  of  Vulcan  and 
Minerva;  an  early  king  of  Attica, 
honoured  with  a  chapel  on  the  Acro- 
polis at  Athens,  Apollod.  3.  14,  6.— 
2.  son  of  Dardanus  and  father  of 
Tros,  11.20,  219. 

Έρίχρϋσος,  ov,  {έρι,  χρνσός)  rich 
in  gold,  wealthy,  Anth. 

ΫΕρι-ψε,  -ί^ιαν,  for  Ι,δ/5ίψε,  -■ψαν, 
Mosch.,  3,  32,  Orph. 

Έβΐώδ//ς,  ες,  {έριον,  είδος)  woolly, 
like  tvool,  .irist.  Η.  Α. 

Έριώδννος,  ov,  {έρι,  οδύνη)  very 
painful. 

'Ερΐύ?.η,  ης,  or  έριω7.ή,  ης,  (Keen. 
547 


ΕΡΜΑ 

Oreg.  p.  570),  ijy  a  whirlwind,  hurri- 
cane;  applied  to  Cleon  by  Ar.  Eq. 
511,  cf.  jiupadpov :  in  Vesp.  1148  he 
puns  upon  it  as  if  derived  Ironi  ipiov 
and  ο/.Χνμι,  uool-consumption ;  but 
the  deriv.  I'roni  ό'λλνμί  is  very  dub. 

Έριώπης,  ov,  δ,  1cm.  ώπις,  ιδος, 
(ερι,  ώψ)  large-eyed,  full-eyed,  in  iem., 
Ep.  Horn.  1,2. 

νΈρίώτϊΐς,  ιδος,  ή,  Eridpis,  wife  of 
Oileus  and  mother  of  the  Locrian 
Ajax,  11.  13,  697.-2.  daughter  of 
Jason  and  Medea,  Paus.  2,  3,  9. 

Έρκύνη,  7/f,  T],  {ίρκος,  εΐργω)  a 
fenre,  inclosure. 

Έρκεϊης,  ov,  Att.  ίρκείος,  ov,  and 
in  Aesch.  Cho.  C53,  a,  ov,  belonging 
to  the  'έρκος  or  front  court ;  hence 
Τ,ενς  Έρκεΐος,  as  the  household  god, 
because  his  statue  stood  in  the  ερκος, 
Od.  22,  335,  Hdt.  C,  68,  and  Att., 
Heind.  Plat.  Euthyd.  302  D.  Ovid 
retains  the  Gr.  woxa.  Jupiter  Herctus ; 
elsewh.  in  Lat.  it  is  penetralis :  έρκ. 
TTvAui,  the  gates  of  the  court,  Aesch. 
1.  c.  ;  έρκ.  στέγη,  the  court  itself, 
Soph.  Aj.  108.  The  form  έρκίος  is 
rejected  by  Herm.  Soph.  Aj.  108, 
Seidl.  Eur.  Tro.  16. 

Έρκίον,  ov,  TO,  a  fence,  inchsure, 
n.  9,  476,  Od.  18,  102 :  later  also  a 
dwelling,  Ap.  Rh. :  from  ερκος,  but  a 
dim.  only  in  form. 

°Ερκως,  ov,  very  dub.  form  for 
έρκεϊος,  q.  v. 

Έρκοθι/ρεντίκός,  η,  όν,  and  έρκοθη- 
ρίκός,  η,  όν,  (έρκος,  θηρεύω,  θήρα) 
belonging  to  netting,  hunting  with  nets. 

"Ερκος,  εος,  τό,  [έργω,  εΐργω)  an 
enclosure,  hedge,  fence,  tvall,  ill  Horn, 
of  fields,  II.  5,  90,  or  more  freq.  of 
court-yards  before  houses:  lience  α 
court-yard,  front  yard,  esp.  in  Od.,  cf. 
έρκείος :  η  wall  for  diftnce,  Od.  15, 
566:  periph.,  ayyccji'  ίμκεαίοτ  άγγη, 
Pind.  Ν.  10,  68 ;  σφραγίόος  έρκει. 
Soph.  Tr.  615  :  and  so  freq.  in  Horn. 
ίρκος  οδόντων,  usu.  in  jihrase  ττοΐόν 
σε  ετϊος  φνγεν  έρκος  οδόντων !  cf. 
Od.  10,  328,  11.  9,  409 ;  which  some 
understand  of  the  lips,  as  fencing  in 
the  teeth,  but  of  course  it  means  the 
ring  or  ivall  uthich  the  teeth  make,  v. 
Heyne  II.  4,  350,  and  cf.  Solon  14,  1. 
— II.  from  the  signf.  of  enclosure, 
confinement,  also  a  net,  snare,  Od.  22, 
469,  and  so  in  Pind.,  and  Trag. :  in 
Hdt.  7,  85  (ubi  v.  Wess.)  of  the  coils 
of  the  Sagartian  lasso  :  έρκος  ίίλμος, 
a  fishing-net,  Pind.  P.  2,  147.— III. 
jnetaph.  any  fence  or  defence,  έρκος 
ΰκόντων,  against  javelins,  to  Keep 
them  ofl",  11.  15,  646 :  a  hero  is  called 
Άχαωΐς  έρκος  ττολέμον,  II.  1,284,  cf. 
4, 299 ;  but  also  έρκος  'Αχαιών,  of  the 
Greeks,  11.  3,  229,  cf.  ττίφγος. 

"Ερκονρος,  ov,  {έρκος,  οίψος)  watch- 
ing an  enclosure,  Mel.  129. 

Έρκτή,  ης.  y.  Ion.  for  ε'ιρκτι),  Hdt. 

Έρκτός,  ή,  ύν,^βεκτύς,  feasible, 
dub. 

Έρκτωρ,  ορός,  ό,  {*εργω)  α  doer, 
κακών,  Antim.  37. 

ΥΈρκϋνα,  ης,  ή,  and  "Ερκυννα.  Her- 
cyna,  novi"  Libadia,  a  Stream  of  Boeo- 
tia  near  Lebedea ;  and  the  nymph 
of  the  same,  Paus.  9,  39.  Plut.— 2. 
daughter  of  Trophonius,  from  whom 
Ceres  derived  the  appell.  "Ερκνννα, 
Lye.  153. 

ΪΈρκννιος,  ov,  a,  δρυμός,  the  Her- 
cynian  forest,  (now  the  Harz)  in  Ger- 
many. Diod.  S.:  Strab.  207;  cf.  Ap. 
Rh.  4,  640.  [i] 

"Ερμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  prop,  support,  to 

steady   a  thing :    esp.   of  the  stays, 

bca7ns  or  stones  by  which  ships  were 

kept  upright,   when  hauled  ashore 

548 


ΕΡΜΑ 

(cf.  φαλάγγια),  II.  1,  486;  2,  154, 
Ilerm.  H.  Horn.  Ap.  507  :  licnce 
mctaph.  έρμα  ιτό7,ηος.  prop,  pillar  of 
the  slate,  of  men,  11.  16,  549,  Od.  23, 
121,  like  κίων,  έρεισμα,  and  Lat.  cola- 
men,  cf.  έρμίς. — 2.  post-Horn.,  any 
resting-place,  foundatitm :  b\it  esp.  a 
sunken  rock,  reef  or  shoal,  on  which  a 
vessel  may  strike,  Hdt.  7, 183,  Thuc.  7, 
25  ;  more  fully,  άσημα  έρματα,  sunk- 
en reefs,  Anacr.  36  (ubi  v.  Bergk), 
άφαντον  έρμ.,  Aesch.  Ag.  1007,  cf. 
Eum.  565:  hence  in  Eur.  Hel.  854, 
a  mound,  cairn,  barrow  on  the  land, 
and  so  Herm.  reads  for  έρνμα  in 
Aesch.  Cho.  154. — 3.  also  post  Hom., 
that  which  keeps  a  ship  steady,  ballast ; 
and  so  Arist.  H.  A.  8, 12,  8  ;  9,  40,  46, 
uses  it  of  things  which  cranes  and 
bees  are  said  to  carry  to  steady  them- 
selves in  their  flight,  cf.  Ar.  Av.  1429: 
from  this  signf  of  ballast  within  a  ship, 
comes  the  metaph.  in  Aesch.  Supp. 
580,  έρμα  δίον  λαβοϋσα,  having  con- 
ceived and  become  pregnant  by  Ju- 
piter.— 11.  there  is  an  obscure  me- 
taph. in  II.  4,  117,  με?Μΐνέων  έρμ' 
όδννά(^ν.  of  a  sharp  arrow,  the  sup- 
port or  foundation  of  pangs,  i.  e.  the 
cause,  author  of  them :  the  whole 
verse  was  rejected  by  Aristarch.,  but 
it  seems  to  have  suggested  the  ])hrase 
τϊόνων  ερείσματα  (though  in  a  con- 
trary signf.,  supports,  comforts  in  woe) 
Aesch.  Fr.  371. — HI.  έρματα,  earrini;s, 
II.  14,  182,  Od.  18,  297:  proh.'of 
strung  pearls,  akin  to  δρμος :  hence 
in  genl.  a  string  of  beads,  necklace, 
band :  in  Ael.  a  chain,  \vhich  pnrh. 
returns  to  the  first  signf.  of  fi.xing, 
securing.  (In  signlf.  I.  and  II.,  usu. 
derived  from  *ΕΡΔΩ,  έρείδω,  cf. 
έρεισμα :  in  signf.  III.,  prob.  from 
*έρω,  είρω.  Lat.  sero,  to  string,  cf. 
Buttm.  Lexil.  in  voce.) 

Έρμΰγέλη,  ης,  ή,  a  herdof  Hermae, 
Anth. 

ΥΕρμαγόρας.  ov,  b,  =  Έρμης  αγο- 
ραίος, a  Hernial  statue  in  the  agora 
at  Athens,  Luc. — 2.  masc.  pr.  n., 
Strab.  ^ 

Έρμύζω,  {έρμα)  to  make  firm,  secure, 
support,  Hipp. — II.  to  fill  with  ballast. 

Έρμΰθήνη,  τις.  ή,  {'Ερμης,  Αθηνά) 
Hermathcna,  Cic.  Att.  1,  4,  etc.  ;  a 
figure  conjecturally  described  in  three 
ways: — 1.  a  terminal  fiirure  as  of 
Hermes  (Mercury),  but  with  the  head 
of  Athena  (Minerva). — 2.  a  like  figure, 
with  a  Janus-like  head  both  of  Mer- 
cury and  Minerva. — 3.  an  hermaphro- 
dite statue  of  the  two  deities,  cf. 
MiiU.  ArchSol.  d.  Kiinst,  ζ.  345.  The 
same  doubt  belongs  to  the  forms 
Έρμηρακ'λής,  Έρμότταν,  Έρμέρως, 
all  works  of  late  art. 

ΙΈρμαία,  ας,  ή,  and  with  άκρα. 
Hermaea,  the  eastern  promontory  of 
the  bay  of  Carthage,  containing  a 
city  of  the  same  name,  Polyb.  1,  36, 
11,"  Strab. 

Έρμαίζω,  {'Ερμης)  to  imitate  Her- 
mes (.Mercury),  cf.  'Ε}.7ηνίζω. 

Έρμάϊκός,  ή,  όν,  {'Ερμης)  of,  be- 
longing to  Hermes  (Mercury) :  Έρμα'ί- 
κοί,  Horace's  viri  Mercuriales,  literary 
characters,  late. 

"Ερμαιον,  ov,  τό,  a  windfall,  a  piece 
of  luck,  rare  discovery,  Mercury  being 
the  reputed  giver  of  such  gifts.  Soph. 
Ant.  397,  cf.  sub  Έρμης  II. — II-  in 
the  palaestra,  the  exercising  ground 
by  the  statue  of  Hermes  (Mercury). 
Strictly  neut.  from  ΈρμαΙος  ;  ace.  to 
some  properisp.,  έρμαΐυν.  Schol.  Ven. 
II.  13,791,  Lob.  Phryn.  371. 

Έρμαιος,  αία,  alov,  Att.  Έρμαιος, 
ov,  {Έρμης)  of,  belonging  to,  coming 


ΕΡΜΗ 

from  Hermes  (Mercury),  6  Έρμ.  7.6 
φης,  the  hill  of  Mercury,  in  Ithaca,  Od. 
16,  471  :  so  το  Έρ/^.  λέπας,  όρος,  a 
promontory  of  Lcmnos,  Aesch.  Ag. 
283,  Soph.  Phil.  1459.— 11.  τα  Έρ- 
μαια,  sub.  Ιερά,  a  festival  in  his  ho- 
nour. —  III.  0,  Argive  name  of  a 
month,  Polyaen.  :  also  among  the 
Cretans,  from  Oct.  24th  to  22d  JNov., 
Ideler  Chronol.  1,  p.  421  sqq. 

ΥΕρμάίσκος,  ov,  ό,  Hermatscus,msiSC. 
pr.  n.,  Ath.  473  D. 

νΕρμαιώνδας,  ov,  ό,  Hermaeondas, 
Theban  masc.  pr.  n.,  Thuc.  3,  5. 

"Ερμάκες,  ων,  αϊ,  {έρμα)  heaps  of 
stone,  such  as  collecte<l  on  the  road 
sides  by  the  custom  of  each  traveller 
throwing  a  stone  as  he  passed  (perh. 
at  the  base  of  a  statue  of  Mercury), 
Nic.  Ther.  150:  in  form  like  λίθαξ. 
νΕρμάνονβις,  ιδος.  ό,  {' Ερμής, Άνον- 
βις)  Hcrmaniibis,  composed  of  Her- 
mes (Mercury)  andAnubis,  cf.  Έρμα- 
θήνη,  Anth. 

Έρμάριον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  Έ;»- 
μής.  Dor.  Έρμύς,  like  Έρμίδιον. 

ΥΕρμαρχος,  ov,  ύ,  Hermarchus,  the 
successor  οί  Epicurus,  Cic,  Diog.  L., 
etc.     Others  in  Ath.,  etc. 

Έρμάς.  άδος,  ή,  a  sand-bank,  dub. 
form.  cf.  έρμα,  έρμακες. 

ΥΕρμΰς,  ύ,  δ.  Dor.  for  Έρμης. — 2. 
Hermas,  masc.  pr.  η.,  Strab.,  esp.  one 
of  the  Apostolical  fathers,  N.T.  Rom. 
16,  14? 

'Έρμασις,  εως,  ή,  {έρμύζω)  a  sup- 
porting,  steadying. 

'Έρμασμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  prop,  sttpport, 
Hipp,,  cf.  έρμα. 

Έρμΰτίζω.^έρμύζω,  to  ballast,  εαυ- 
τούς Tivi,  Plut.  Mid.  ννμφας  ές  οίκ- 
ους έρματίζονται,  they  take  into  their 
houses  as  ballast,  Eur.  Ion  14.    Hence 

Έρμΰτίτης,  ov,  ό,  a  supporter,  stea- 
dier :  πέτρος,  ballast.  Lye.  [t] 

Ερμαφρόδιτος,  ov,  δ,  an  Hermaphro- 
dite, Diod.  :  hence  an  effeminate  per- 
son, catamite,  Anth.  :  so  called  from 
Herinaphroditus,  son  of  Hermes  (Mer- 
cury) and  Aphrodite  (Venus)  Ovid. 
Met.  4,  368,  sq.  Such  mi.xed  figures 
were  favourite  subjects  with  Greek 
sculptors,  from  Polycletus  downwds., 
cf.  Miiller  Archaol.'der  Kunst,  ^  128. 

Έρμάων,  ωνος,  δ,  poet.  esp.  Dor. 
for  'Ερμης,  Hes.  Fr.  9,  1.  [a] 

Έρμέας,  ov.  δ,  poet.  esp.  Ep.  for 
Έρμης,  but  Hom.  has  only  dat.  Έρ- 
μέα,  II.  5,  390;  and  Η.  Merc.  413, 
Ven.  149,  and  gen.  Έρμέω. 

Ερμείας,  ov,  ό,  Ep.  for  Έρμης, 
Hom.  oft.  vises  the  nom.,  the  ace. 
Έρμείαν,  and  the  voc.  Έρμείά  :  the 
gen.  Έρμείω  only  in  II.  15,  214,  but 
oftener  in  form  Έρμείαο  ;  never  the 
dat.  The  form  Έρμείης  is  not  Ep., 
Schaf.  Hes.  Op.  68 :  yet  in  H.  Hom. 
18,  28,  36,  there  is  the  dat.  Έρμείΐ) 
and  ace.  Έρμείην. — II.  also  as  pr.  n.', 
Hcr7mas,  Plat.,  Strab.,  etc. 

Έρμείης,  ό,  v.  foreg. 

Έρμεϊον,  ov,  τό,  a  shrine  of  Hermes 
(Mercury),  Strab. 
νΕρμειος,  a,  ov,  v.  sub  'Ερμος. 

Έρμί/διον,  ov,  τό,  occasionally  v.  1. 
for  Έφαίδιον. 

Ερμηνεία,  ας,  ή,  (ερμηνεύω)  inter- 
pretation, explanation,  Diog.  Apoll.  Fr. 
1,  Plat.  Rep.  524  B. — II.  the  expres- 
sion, symbol  of  a  thing.  Plat.  Theaet. 
209  A :  esp.  of  thoughts,  power  of 
speech,  Xen.  Mem.  4,  3,  12  :  hence  in 
rnet.,  style,  Lat.  elocuiio. 

Έρμήνενμα,  ατός,  τό,  (ερμηνεύω) 
an  interpretation,  explanation,  Eur. 
Phoen.  470.- — 2.  a  sign,  symbol,  monu- 
vient,  1\ηρήδος  γάμων,  Eur.  Andr.  46. 

Έρμηνενς,   έως,   δ,   an  interpreter, 


EPMI 

csp.  of  foreign  tongues,  Ildt.  2,  125, 
Xen.,  etc.  :  in  genl.  an  interpreler,  ex- 
pounder, Find.  O.  2,  153,  and  Trag. 

,  Έρμήνευσις,  εως,  ή,  (ερμηνεύω)  an 
interpretation,  Dio  C 

Ερμηνευτής,  οϋ,  ό,=έρμηνενς,  Plat. 
Polit.  290  C. 

'Ερμηνευτικός,  ή,  όν,  (έρμηνενο)) 
of,  belonging  to,  skilled  in  interpreting : 
ή  ερμηνευτική,  sub.  τέχνη.  Plat. 
Polit.  2G0  D. 

'Ερμηνεύτρια,  ας,  ή,  fem.  of  ερμη- 
νευτής, έρμηνενς- 

Ερμηνεύω,  to  interpret,  esp.  foreign 
tongues,  Xen.  An.  5,  4,  4 :  hence  to 
put  into  words,  give  utterance  to,  Thuc. 
2,  GO,  Plat.,  etc. — 2.  in  genl.  to  ex- 
plain, make  clear.  Soph.  O.  C.  398, 
Eur.  Polyid.  1 ;  έρμ.  δ  tl  λέγει, 
Philyll.  Pol.  3. 

νΈ,ρμήνιος,  ου,  6,  Hermenius,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Plut.  Popl.  16. 

Έρμηρακλής,  έους,  ό,  (Έρμης, 
Ηρακλής)  a  mixed  figure  of  Mercury 
and  Hercules,  v.  Έρμαθήνη,  Cic.  Att. 
1,10. 

'Ερμής,  οϋ,  ό,  besides  the  nom., 
Horn.  oft.  has  the  ace.  Έρμήν,  never 
the  gen.,  once  the  dat.  Έρμ?/,  Od.  14, 
435  :  the  voc.  'Έρμη  only  in  the 
Hymns,  cf.  Έρμέας  and  'Ερμείας. 
Hermes,  the  Lat.  Mercurius,  son  of 
Maia  and  Jupiter,  ace.  to  Hes.  Th. 
938.  Horn,  mentions  no  father,  but 
calls  his  mother  Maias,  Od.  14,  435. 
In  Horn,  as  messenger  of  the  gods, 
II.  24,  334,  Od.  5,  28,  he  is  όίάκτορος, 
q.  V. :  as  giver  of  good  luck,  II.  14, 
491,  Od.  15,  319,  έρωύνίος,  άκάκητα, 
cf.  έρμαων :  with  esp.  reference  to 
increase  of  cattle,  Hes.  Th.  444,  so 
that  he  is  later  a  pastoral  god,  νύμιος: 
as  god  of  all  secret  dealings,  cunning, 
and  stratagem,  Od.  19,  397,  όόλως : 
from  his  golden  rod  with  magical  pro- 
perties, Od.  5,  47,  χρνσόρβα-ίς :  as 
conductor  of  defunct  spirits  (in  Horn, 
only  in  Od.  24,  1,  but  later  very  freq.). 
ψνχοτΓομ-ός.  Later,  tutelary  god  of 
all  skill  and  accomplishment,  e.  g. 
gymnastics,  and  all  arts  and  sciences: 
also  of  traffic,  markets,  roads,  δδιος, 
ένόδιος,  and  of  heralds.  Usu.  repre- 
sented as  a  slightly  made  youth.  An 
older  Pelasgic  figure  of  him  was 
bearded,  without  hands  or  feet,  mem- 
bro  erecto,  Hdt.  2,  51 :  hence,  as 
technical  term,  any  four-cornered 
post  ending  in  a  head  or  bust  was 
called  'Ερμής,  such  as  were  freq.  in 
the  public  places  of  Athens,  Thuc.  6, 
27,  (in  which  signf.  Winckelmann, 
Lessing,  etc.,  derive  the  word  from 
εζμα.)  —  II.  Proverbs:  —  1.  Έρμήν 
ελκειν,  to  make  a  last  effort,  from  the 
parting  cup  at  a  feast  being  drunk 
in  his  honour.  —  2.  κοινός  Ερμής, 
half  shares  in  your  luck  !  Arist.  Rhet. 
2,  24,  2,  cf.  'έρμαων.  — 3.  Έρμης  έττ- 
εΐςή?ιθε,  Hermes  (Mercury)  is  come  in, 
when  conversation  suddenly  ceases, 
Plut. 

ΥΕρμησιύναξ,  ακτος,  ό,  Hermesian- 
ai,  an  elegiac  poet  of  Colophon,  Ath. 
597  A. — Others  in  Pans.,  etc. 

ΥΕρμησί/.αος,  ου,  and  -λεως,  ω,  ό, 
Hcrmesilaus,  masc.  pr.  η..  Ion  ap.  Ath. 
603  F. 

^Έρμίας,  ov,  6,=Έρμείας,  Dion.  H. 

Έρμίόίον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  Ερμής, 

a  little  figure  of  Mercury,  Ar.  Pac.  924: 

also  as  term  of  endearment,  my  dear 

little  Mercury,  lb.  382.  [μί] 

ΥΕραΙνος,  ov,  6,  Herminus,  a  Peri- 
patetic philosopher,  Luc. 

νΕρμιόνεια,  ας,  ή,  — Ερμιόνη  Π., 
Orph. 

ί'Ερμιονενς,    έως,    ό,    Hermioneus, 


ΕΡΜΟ 

masc.  pr.  η.,  Ath. — II.  an  inhabitant 
of  Hermione,  Hdt.  7,  6,  Thuc.  1,  27. 

\Έρμιόνη,  ης,  ή,  ii?r?wone,  daughter 
of  Menelaus  and  Helen,  Od.  4,  14, 
Hes.,  etc. — II.  a  town  in  the  south  of 
Argolis,  opposite  the  island  Hydrea  ; 
its  ruins  are  near  Kastri,  11.  2,  560. 
Hence 

ΧΕρμιονικός,  ή,  όν,  of  Hermione ; 
TO  άκρωτήριον  Έρμ-,  the  promontory 
of  Hermione,  and  ό  Έρμ.  κόλιτος,  the 
gulf  of  Hcrmio7ie,  Strab.,  Plut. 

ΥΕρμιονίς  fem.  of  Έρμιονενς,  of 
Hermione,  Hermionean,  νανς,  Thuc.  1, 
131  ;  7/  Έρμ.  sub.  ■'/ή,  the  territory  of 
Hermione,  Id.  2,  56. 

ίΈρμιτΐττίδας,  a.  ό,  Hermippidas, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Plut.  Pelop.  13. 

ΥΈρμικτΓος,  ov,  b,  Hermippus,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  an  Atarnean,  Hdt.  6,  4. — 2.  an 
Athenian  poet  of  the  old  comedy,  Ar. 
Nub.  557.    Others  in  Ath.,  etc. 

Έρμίς  or  έρμίν,  ινος,  ό,  (έρμα)  a 
prop,  support ;  esp.  a  bed-post,  Od.  8, 
278  ;  23,  198. 

ΥΕρμιών,  όνος,  ή,  =  Ερμιόνη  II., 
Eur.  Η.  F.  615. — II.  Έρμίων,  όνος,  ό, 
Hermion,  son  of  Europs,  founder  of 
Hermione,  Pans.  2,  34,  4. 

νΕραό3ιος,  ου.  ό,  Hermobius,  masc. 
pr.  n.;  Ath.  598  A. 

ΧΕρμογένης,  ους,  ό,  Hermogenes,  an 
Athenian  masc.  pr.  n.,  freq.  in  Plat., 
Xen.,  Dem.,  etc. 

ΈρμογλνφεΙον,  ov,  τό,  a  statuary's 
shop,  Plat.  Symp.  215  A  :  from 

Έρμογ?Λφεύς,  έως,  ό,  (Ερμής, 
γ?.ύς>ω)  α  carver  of  Hermae  :  in  genl.  a 
statuary,  Luc.     Hence 

Έρμογλϋφικός,  ή,  όν,  of,  belonging 
to  a  statuary :  ή  έρμογ'/Μψική,  sub. 
τέχνη,  the  art  of  statuary,  Luc. 

Έρμογλύίρος,  ου,  ό,^έρμογλυφεύς, 
Luc. 

ΧΕρμοδύμας,  αντος,  ό,  Hermodumas, 
masc.  pr.  η.,  Diog.  L. 

ΧΕρμόδοτος,  ου,  ό,  Hermddotus, 
masc.  pr.  η.,  Anth.,  Stob. 

ΥΕρμόδωρος,  ου,  ό,  Hermodorus, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Arr.,  etc.,  esp.  an  Epi- 
curean philosopher,  a  contemporary 
of  Lucian,  Luc. 

νΕρμοκΰίκόξανθος,  ου,  ό,  Hermus, 
Ca'jcus,  and  Xanthus,  a  comic  name 
in  Arist.  Poet. 

\Έρμοκ'λείδης,  ου,  ό,  Hermoclides, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Anth. 

νΕρμοκ?.ής,  έους,  ό,  Hermocles,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  a  poet,  Ath.  697  A. 

Έρμοκοπίόης.  ου,  ό,  {,Έρμής,  κόπ- 
τω) one  who  mutilates  the  Hermae,  Ar. 
Lys.  1094,  cf  Thuc.  6,  27,  53. 

ί'Ερμοκρύτεια,  ας,  ή,  Hermocratia, 
fem.  pr.  n.,  Anth. :  from 

ΤΕρμοκράτης,  ους,  ό,  Hermocrutes, 
son  of  Hermon,  a  leader  of  the  Syra- 
cusans  in  the  Peloponnesian  war, 
Thuc.  4,  58. — 2.  a  pupil  of  Socrates, 
Xen.  Mem.  1,  2, 48.— Others  in  Plut., 
etc. 

νΕρμοκρέων,  οντος,  6,  Hermocreon, 
a  statuary,  Strab. — 2.  a  poet  of  the 
Anthology. 

ΧΕρμόλαος,  ου,  ό,  Hermolaus,  a  Ma- 
cedonian, a  pupil  of  Callisthenes,  Arr. 
An.  4,  13;  Plut. 

Έρμολογέω,  only  found  once  in 
Anth.,  ήρμολόγησε  τάώον,  built  it  of 
stones  (έρματα) :  peril,  better  referred 
to  ύρμολογέω. 

ΧΕρμόλ.νκος.  ου,  ό,  Hermolycus,  masc. 
pr.  η.  an  Athenian,  Hdt.  9, 105. 

ΧΕρμόνδοροι,  ων,  οι,  and  Έρμόν- 
δονροί,  the  Hermunduri,  in  Germany 
on  the  Elbe,  Strab. 

Έρμόπΰν,  ό,  (Ερμής,  ΤΙάν)  a  mix- 
ed figure  of  Mercury  and  Pan,  v.  Έρ- 
μαθήνη. 


EPaI 

ΧΕρμό~ο?.ις,  Έρμου  rro/.if,  Έρμον- 
πολις,  and  Έρμέω  πόλις,  εως,  ή,  Her- 
mopolis,  name  of  several  Aegyptian 
and  Grecian  cities,  Hdt.,  Strab.,  etc. 
Hence 

ΧΕρμοπολίτης,  ου,  ό,  an  inhab.  of 
Htrinopolis,  Strab. :  and 

ΧΕρμο-ο'/.Ιτικός,  ή,  όν,  of  Hermo- 
polis,  Hermopolitic,  Strab. 

ΧΕρμος,  ov,  ύ,  Hermus,  a  son  of 
Oceanus  and  Tethys,  a  river-god, 
Hes.  Th.  343.-2.  son  of  .4egyptus, 
Apollod.  2,  1,  5. — 3.  an  Athenian,  a 
companion  of  Theseus  agauist  the 
Amazons,  Plut.  Thes.  26.  —  II.  the 
Hermus,  a  celebrated  river  of  .\sia 
Minor,  emptying  into  the  gulf  of 
Smyrna  :  it  is  now  the  Sarabat,  11.  20, 
392,  Hdt.  1,  55:  adj.  Έρμειος,  a,  ov, 
of  Hermus,  Hermean,  κόλτΐος,  (Hdt.) 
Vit.  Horn.  :  Έρμου  πεδίον,  near 
Cyme,  Strab. 

ΧΕρμος,  εος,  τό,  Hermos,  a  deme  of 
the  tribe  Acamantis,  v.  1.  Plut.  Phoc. 
22. 

ΧΕρμότΙμος,  ov,  ό,  Hermotumts,  a 
eunuch  of  Xer.xes,  Hdt.  8,  104.— 2 
an  Ionian  philosopher  of  Clazome- 
nae,  Arist. 

ΧΕρμοτνβιες,  ων,  οι,  the  Hcrmotu- 
bies,  part  of  the  Aegyptian  warrior- 
caste,  Hdt.  2,  161;  9,  32:  in  Steph. 
Byz.  ΈρμοτνμβιεΙς. 

ΧΕρμόφαντος,  ου,  ό,  Hermophantus, 
masc.  pr.  η  ,  Hdt.  5,  99,  etc. 

ΧΕρμυ?ιΐοι  and  Έρμυλίς=Σερμν- 
λιοι,  Thuc.  1,  65. 

ΧΕριιων,  ωνος,  ό,  Hermon,  masc.  pr. 
li.,  a  Syracusan,  Thuc.  4,  58,  etc. :  a 
prince  in  the  Thracian  Chersonesus, 
who  gave  his  territory  to  the  Athen- 
ians, on  the  invasion  of  them  by 
Darius  ;  hence  the  proverb  Έρμώ- 
νειος  χάρις,  a  compulsory  present. 

ΧΕρμώναξ,  ακτος,  ό,  Hermonax, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Dem.,  Ath.,  etc. 

ΧΕραώνασσα,  ης,  ή,  Hermonassa,  an 
island  with  a  city  of  same  name  in 
the  Cimmerian  Bosporus,  Dion.  P., 
in  Strab.  Έρμώνακτος  κώμη. 

ΧΈρμωνθις.  εως,  ή,  Hermonthis,  the 
capital  of  the  Hermonthitic  nome  in 
Upper  Aegypt,  Strab. 

ΫΕρμωτον,  ου,  τό,  Hemiotum,  a  city 
of  Tioas,  Arr.  An.  1,  12. 

Έρνεσί-ε-7.ος,  ον,(Ιρνος,  πέπλος) 
clothed,  wrapt  in  foliage,  Orph. 

ΧΕρνικες,  and  Έρνικοι,  ων,  οι,  the 
Hernici,  a  people  of  Italy,  Dion.  H., 
Strab. 

Έρνοκόμος,  ov,  (έρνος,  κομέω) 
tending  young  plants. 

Έρνος,  εος,  τό,  a  young  sprout, 
shoot,  scion;  in  Hom.  always  strictly 
of  tall  young  trees,  esp.  the  olive  and 
palm,  II.  17,  53,  Od.  6,  163:  as  a 
simile,  άνέδραμεν  ερνεϊ  ίσος,  he  shot 
up  like  a  young  plant,  II.  18,  56,  Od. 
14,  175. — 11.  later  nietaph.  offspring, 
a  child,  as  we  say  a  scion,  Pind.  N.  6, 
64,  and  Trag.,  cf  Valck.  Phoen.  88. 
— III.  fruit,  of  an  apple,  Jac.  A.  P.  p. 
860. 

Έρννξ,  νγος,  ό,  =  foreg.,  Herm. 
Arist.  Poet.  21,  17. 

Έρνώδης,  ες,  (έρνος,  είδος)  like  a 
young  sprout. 

ΧΕρξανδρος,  ov,  ό,  Erxandrus,  masc. 
pr.  n..  Hdt.  5,  37. 

Έρξείης  or  έρξίης.  ό,  in  Hdt.  6,  98, 
as  a  translation  of  the  Persian  name 
Darius  (q.  v.) ;  ace.  to  some  from 
*  έργω,  έρδω  (έρδω)  the  worker,  doer  : 
others  from  έργω,  είργω,  Lat.  coercilor. 
Έρξίη  occurs  in  a  verse  ap.  Heph 
aest.  p.  34,  5. 

XEpiiac,  ov,  ό,  Erxias,  masc.  pr.  n. 
Ath.  561  F. 

543 


ΕΡΠΗ 

^'Έρξικλιίδίΐς,  ον,  ύ,  Erxiclides,  an 
Athenian  arclion,  Paus. 

νΕ,ρξίων,  Οίνος,  ό,  Erxion,  masc.  pr. 
η.,  Ath.  408  C. 

Έρ^ω,  int.  of  ίρδίύ,  *ΐργω:  aor. 
Ιρξα,  part,  έρξας,  inf.  tpia',  Honi. 

'Epotif,  ίσσα.  tv,  (^ρος)  poet.,  /οι•ι•- 
ly,  charming,  Ά?.ιη,  Hes.  'l"h.  215•.  in 
the  Homer,  hynnis,  of  jjlaces  and 
things,  Ven.  '2β4,  Merc.  3i. 

VKpoiuthjg,  ov,  0,  an  inhabitant  of 
ilroeadae,  a  denie  of  the  tribe  liippo- 
thoontis,  in  Attica,  Dein.  135H,  27. 

'EPOiVlAl,  f.  έρηαομαι :  aor.  ηρό- 
μην,  inf.  ίρέσθαι,  subj.  ίρωμαι,  opt. 
έροίμην,  iniperat.  ίμου,  Ep.  eptio, 
part,  έρύμη'ος,  as  u  must  be  taken 
in  Thuc.  4,  40  ;  yet  the  lut.  occurs  ai 
Plat.,  and  Xen.  The  pres.  is  dub.  in 
good  Alt.,  and  even  in  lloin.  the  pres. 
is  only  found  in  inf.,  which  again 
"night  be  written  parox.  as  aor. ;  the 
defective  tenses  are  supplied  by  ερω- 
τάω. Jn  Iloin.  and  Ion.  we  have  also 
the  collat.  forms,  pres.  ηρομαι,  lut. 
είρήσομαι,  aor.  είρομην :  besides  it, 
Horn,  and  Ep.  use  in  pres.  the  forms 
έρεω,  έρέομαί,  which  must  not  be 
confused  with  έρέω,  Ιρώ,  the  lut.  of 
είττείν- — I.  to  ask,  inquire,  setk,  Hom. ; 
Ip.  ΰ  ττι  έ  κήύοι,  Οά.  Ο,  402  ;  ίο  learn 
by  inquiry,  τι,  11.  7,  127,  Od.  6,  298: 
to  ask  after  or  for,  τινά,  II.  0,  239  ;  24, 
390 ;  and  so  (but  very  rarely)  in  act. 
pres.,  'ίππους  έρέων,  asking,  seeking 
for  them,  Od.  21,  31. — 11.  to  question, 
τινά,  11.  1,  332,  513,  etc.,  Hdt.  1,  32: 
to  ask  advice  of,  μάντιν,  11.  1,  62,  cf. 
Od.  16,  402:  c.  dupl.  ace,  to  ask  one 
about  a  thing,  τινά  τι,  Od.  3,  243 ; 
more  freq.  tlvu  περί  τίνος,  Od.  1, 
135,  etc. ;  also  τινά  άμφί.  τι  and  άμψί 
τινι,  Od.  11,  570;  19,  95.  Cf.  είρω, 
έτέω,  έρώ. 

Έρος,  6,  the  oldest,  but  merely 
poet,  form  of  έρως,  love,  desire ;  only 
found  in  Ep.  in  nom.  and  ace,  Ιρος 
θεάς,  γυναικός,  11.  14,  315 :  but  in 
Horn.  most.  freq.  in  the  phrases  quoted 
sub  έξιημί  Β  ;  sometimes  also  in 
Trag.,  esp.  Eur.,  cf.  A^alck.  Hipp.  449. 
— II.  as  nom.  pr.  Eros,  the  god  of 
love,  Hes.  Th.  120. 

Έρος,  TO,  wool,  cf.  είρος,  έριον, 
έρεα. 

Έροτή  and  εροτις,  ή,  Aeol.  or 
Cyprian  for  ίορτή  and  εορτις,  a  feast, 
festival,  Seidl.  Eur.  El.  620. 

'Έ^ρπάκανΰα,  ης,  ή,  {ίρπω,  άκανθα) 
creeping  thorn,  a  plant,  Diosc.  [a] 

'Έιρπετύδηκτος,  ov,  {έρπετόν,  όάκ- 
Vu)  bitten  by  a  reptile,  Diosc. 

Έρπετόεις,  εσσα,  εν^  of,  belonging 
to  reptiles,  0pp. ;  from 

'Έιρπετόν,  ov,  ό,  (έρπω)  a  creeping 
thing,  reptile  :  esp.  a  snake :  but  in  Od. 
4,  418,  in  genl.  any  thing  that  moves  on 
the  earth,  (since  έρπω  means  to  walk, 
as  well  as  creep),  cf.  Xen.  Mem.  1,  4, 
11  ;  hence  ερπετά,  opp.  to  πετεινά. 
Hdt.  1,  140,  cf.  Valck.  Aden.  p.  399 
C,  Call.  Jov.  13:  in  Pind.  P.  1,  47, 
the  hundred-headed  monster  Typho- 
eus  is  so  called,  v.  Dissen.  Strictly 
neut.  from 

Έρπετός,  η,  όν,  creeping,  movin/r. 

Έρπετώδης,  ες,  {έρπετός,  είδος) 
like  a  reptile. — 2.  tortuous,  Aretae. 

Έρπηδών,  όνος,  η,=:^ίρπης,  Nic. — 
II.  α  creeping. 

Έρπήλη,  ης,  ή,=^έρπνλη. 

Έρπήν,  ηνος,  ό,^έρπης. 

'Έρπηνώδιις,  ες.  {έρπήν,  είδος)  of 
the  nature  of  ερπης,  Philo. 

"Έ,ρπης,  ητος,  6,  {^ρπω)  herpes,  a 
cutaneous  eruption,  that  runs  on  and 
spreads,  esp.  round  the  body,  Foes. 
Oecon.  Hipp. 
550 


EPPH 

'Έρπηστήρ,  ηρος,  ό,  Orph.,  and  έρ- 
πηστίις,  ov,  ό,  Anlh.,  a  creeper,^ έρ- 
πετόν, a  reptile. 

Έρπηστικός,  ή,  όν,  {έρπω)  made  or 
fit  for  creeping,  crawling. 
ΤΕρπιλλα,  ης,  ή,—  έρπνλη. 

"Ερπις,  ό,  said  to  be  an  .(Egypt, 
word  for  wine,  Hippon.  Fr.  8,  Sapph. 
ap.  Ath.  39  A,  Tzetz.  Lye.  579. 

'EpTrrof,  ?/,  όν,=  έρπετός,  susp. 

'Έρπνδών, όνος, τι,=-έρπηδών :  from 

'Έρπνζω,  {'έρπω)  to  creep,  crawl,  in 
Horn,  always  of  the  very  aged  or  of 
persons  in  deep  distress,  Od.  1,  193; 
13,  220, 11.  23, 225.  Hom.  uses  it  only 
in  pres. :  the  Att.  only  in  aor.  έρπυ- 
σαι,  Ar.  Vesp.  272,  cf  Lob.  Paral.  35. 

Έρπνλη  or  έρπύλλη,  ή,  Lat.  serpn- 
la,  a  creeping  thing,  reptile  :  al.  έρπή- 
λη. έρπι'λ'λα,  cf.  'Nuinen.  ap.  Ath. 
306  C. 

Έρπνλ?2νος,  ίνη,  ivov,  {'έρπνλλος) 
made  of  serpyllum,  στέφανος,  Eubul. 
Steph.  4. 

Χί.ρπυ'λλίς,  ίόος,  η,  Herpyllis,  fern, 
pr.  n.,  Ath.,  589  C. 

'  Ερπύλλίον,  TO,  dim.  of  sq.,  Aretae. 

''Έρπν7\λος,  ov,  ύ,  and  ή,  also  tp- 
πν'λος,  ό,  and  ίρπν'λλον,  ov,  τό,  creep- 
ing thyme,  Lat.  serpyllum,  an  ever- 
green herb  used  for  wreaths,  and  sa- 
cred to  the  Muses,  Cratin.  Malth.  1, 
Ar.  Pac.  168.  On  the  rare  fern,  form, 
V.  Jac.  A.  P.  p.  44. 

Υ'Έ•ρπνς,  νος,  ό,  Herpys,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  a  Theban,  Hdt.  9,  38. 

'Ερπυσμός,  ov,  6,  {έρπνζω)  a  creep- 
ing. 

'Ερπνστύζω,=  έρπύζω :  from 

Έρπνστήρ,  ΐ/ρος,  ό,  Opp.,  and  έρ- 
πνστής,  ην,  ό,=  έρπηστήρ,  α  reptile: 
α  crawling  child,  Anth. 

Έρπυστίκός,  η,  όν,^έρπηστικός, 
Hipp. 

ΈΡΠΩ,  a  compd.  fut.  έφέρψω, 
(q.  V.)  occurs,  otherwise  only  Dor. 
^ρψώ  in  Theocr. :  the  aor.  is  sup- 
plied by  έρπνζω  (q.  v.),  like  έ'λκω, 
ε'ίλκυσα.  To  go  slowly,  hence  to  creep, 
crawl,  Od.  12,  395  :  elsewh.  Hom.  has 
it  only  of  men,  to  creep,  glide,  slink 
about,  Od.  17,  158 ;  in  genl.  to  move 
about,  go,  Od.  18,  131,  II.  17,  447  :  this 
signf  was  esp.  Dor.,  Valck.  Adon.  p. 
400,  but  also  Trag.,  Br.  Eur.  Hipp. 
561,  'έρπειν  προς  φδάς,  Eur.  Cycl. 
423  :  and  c.  ace.  cognato,  'έρπ.  οδούς, 
Soph.Aj.  287;  εpπovτa,moving things, 
like  ερπετά,  Pind.  0.  7,  95. — 2.  mc- 
taph.  like  Lat.  serpere,  to  creep  on, 
spread,  go  on,  Pind.  I.  4,  68,  Soph.  Aj. 
157  ;  έρπέτω  ό  πόλεμος,  Ar.  Lys.  129. 
Poet.  word.  (The  Lat.  serpo,  repo, 
Sanscr.  srip,  whence  sarpa,  =  Lat. 
serpens.) 

ΈΙφάγην,  aor.  2  pass,  from  ()7ΐγννμί. 

Έ/^ιΜδάται,  Ep.  3  plur.  perf  pass. 
oi  βαίνω,  Hom.  [ύ] 

"ΕΙφαος,  ov,  ό,  a  ram  or  wild-boar, 
Tjyc. :  also  written  1()()ας  and  ίββωος. 
(Prob.  from  άββην.  Ion.  εββην,  ίρσην, 
the  male  animal  in  genl.  Pott  com- 
pares Sanscr.  varaha,  Lat.  verres ; 
Sanscr.  arviga,  haruga,  Lat.  aries.) 
νΕΙ>βάπτω,^=ένραπτω,  Dion.  H. 

Έ[φαστωνενμένως,  adv.  part.  perf. 
pass,  from  βφστωνενω,  carelessly,  neg- 
ligently. 

Έβρεντί,  adv.  formed  from  a  part. 
ίίφείς  {*ίβρημι=εΙ>βω),  like  έθε?.ον- 
τί.  prob.  it)  the  sense  o{  utterly,  Alcae. 
ap.  E.  M.  377,  19. 

νΕρβέννσις.  ό,  the  Errhenysis,  a  riv- 
ei  of  India,  Arr.  Ind.  4,  5. 

ΈΙφήθην,  aor.  1  pass,  from  έρέω, 
of  εΙπεΙν. 

Έββηνηβοσκός,  όν,  poet.=  Trpo/5a- 
τοβοσκός,  Soph.  Fr.  589. 


EPTA 

'Έρβίγα,  perf.  2  c.  pres.  signf.,  oi 
βιγέω,  Horn. 

Έρβίνον,  ου,  τό,  (εν,  βίν)  an  en- 
hine,  sternutatory  medicine,  Medic. 

νΕββνηκα,  perf.,  and  έββίηιν,  2  aor. 
pass,  of  ρέω. 

Έ.Ιφνβμισμένως,  adv.  part.  perf. 
pass,  from  ρνβμιζω,  ge7itly,vtodtratdy, 
DioC. 

Έββνθμος,  ox',  in  rhythm,  time  oi 
measure :  also  ενρνθμος. 

ΈΡΡΩ,  fut.  έββήσω  :  aor.  ήβ^ησα  . 
pert,  ήίφηκα,  the  Lat.  erro.  lo  waih- 
der,  roam  purposeless,  Od.  4,  367  : 
strictly  of  slow,  halting  gait,  whence 
11.  18,  421,  Vulcan  is  culled  ερβων, 
limping. — II.  more  freq.,  (esp.  in  Att.) 
to  go  or  co7nc  to  a  place  to  one's  own 
loss  or  harm,  ένθάδε  ίββων,  11.  8,  239  ; 
9,  364  ;  έββων  έκ  ναός,  gone,  fallen 
from  a  snip,  Aesch.  Pers.  963,  cf. 
Eur.  I.  T.  379:  esp.  in  imperat.  ίρβε, 
a  curse,  like  Lat.  ahi  in  malam  rem, 
go  with  a  plague  on  thee,  II.  Θ,  164, 
etc.  :  strenglhd.  t'/i/i"  ούτως,  II.  22, 
498,  also  έββε  ϋάσσον,  Lat.  aufcr  te 
hinc  ocius,  Od.  10,  72 ;  so  έβρέτω,  e/>- 
βετε,  freq.  in  Hom. :  in  Od.  5,  139, 
έββετω,  away  uith  him,  I  will  have 
nothing  to  do  with  him !  so,  ΰσπϊς 
εκείνη  έββέτω.  Archil.  3,  4 ;  also, 
έββε  εις  κόρακας,  Ar.  Pint.  604: — 
hence  in  Att.  of  persons  and  things, 
to  go  to  ruin,  be  lost,  perish,  disappear, 
like  ο'ιχομαί,  δλλνμαι,  φθείρομαι, 
Aesch.  Ag.  419,  etc.  ;  e.  g.  ίββει  τά 
έμά  πράγματα,  Lat.  actuvi  est  de  me  ! 
Xen.  Symp.  1,  15;  έββει  τα  καλά, 
the  luck  is  gone!  Id.  Hell.  1,  1,  23, 
etc.  The  act.  signf  to  destroy,  is  very 
dub.,  as  is  mid.  έββομαι  for  ίββω. 
(Akin  to  βέω,  βαίω  and  Lat.  ruo.) 

'Ε,ββωγα,  perf.  2  of  βτ/γνυμι. 

Έββωμένος.  η,  ov,  part.  perf.  pass. 
of  βώνννμι,  used  as  adj.,  active,  stout : 
adv.  έρβωμένως,  stoutly,  Aesch.  Pr. 
65,  etc.  Att.  irreg.  compar.  έββωμε- 
νέστερος,  also  in  Hdt.  9,  70  :  superl. 
έρβωμενέστατος. 

Έββώοντο,  3  pf.  impf.  έί)βώσαντο, 
3  j)lur.  aor.  from  όώομαι,  Horn. 

'E/i^iitJOf ,  o,=i/)/5aof,  V.  1.  in  Lye.  1316. 

Έββωσο.  imperat.  perf.  pass,  from 
βώνννμι,  fare-well ! 

ΈρσαΙος,  αία,  atov,  {ερση)=έρσήεις. 

"Ερση,  ης,  ή,  Ερ.  έέρση,  and  later 
έρση,  dew,  Hom.  ;  also  in  plur.  drops 
of  dew,  II.  11,  53;  στύ^πναί  έερσαι, 
11.  14,  351,  τεβαλνια  έέρση,  abundant, 
fresh-looking  (not  act.  refreshing)  dew, 
Od.  13,  245.— II.  ίρσαι,  in  Od.  9,  222, 
are  metaph.  new-born  Imnbs,  by  a  freq. 
transfer  of  the  signf  fresh,  ynoist,  to 
young,  tender  :  SO  Aesch.  calls  young 
animals  δρόσοι.  Soph,  τΐιάκαλοι,  cf. 
βρέφος.  In  signf  I.,  Hom.  always  has 
the  Ep.  form  έέρση.  Ep.  word,  the 
Att.  form  being  δρόσος.  (Usu.  deriv. 
from  άρδω,  *έρδω,  Buttin.  Lexil.  v. 
άποέρσαι  III.) 

ΥΕρση,  ης.  τι,  HcrsS,  daughter  of  Ce- 
crops,  ApoUoci. — 2.  wife  of  Danaus,  Id. 

'Ερσήεις,  εσσα,  εν,  Ε  p.  έερσηεις, 
dewy,  dew-besprent,  hence  λωτός,  11. 
14,  348  :  and  so  metai)h.  of  a  corpse, 
II.  24,  419,  757 :  Hom.  has  both  forms. 

Έρσ?;ΐ',  ενός,  6,  Ion.  for  άρσην, 
αββην,  freq.  in  Hdt. 

Έρσ/ζ•,  εως,  ή,  also  ίρσις,  (εΙρω) 
a  binding,  band,  v.  1.  in  Thuc.  1,  6,  for 
ίνερσις,  cf.  έρμα  111. 

Έρσω,  (έρση)  to  bedew,  moisten,  like 
άρδω,  Nic.     Hence 

'ΕρσώΛ;^,  ες.=  έρσήεις. 
νΕρνά'λος,  ov,  ύ,  ErySlus,  a  Trojan 
masc.  pr.  n.,  II.  16,  411.     Heyne  reads 
Έρνλάης  on  account  of  the  unusufj 
quantity  of  the  penult. 


ΕΡΥΘ 

'Epwyycii-ij,  common  prose  and  Att. 
form  ot  έρενγομαί,  Hipp.,  Eur.  Cyc). 
523,  Cratm.  Drap.  2,  etc. 

ΈρΰγεΙν,  inf.  aor.  2  of  έρεύγομαι ; 
hence 

Έρϋγή,  ης,  ή,  a,  vomiting,  belching, 
Aretae. :  in  prose  usu.  έρευγμός. 

Έρυγμα,  ατός,  70,=foreg.,  Hipp. 
Hence 

Έρυγμαίνω,^:^  έρνγγάνω,  έρεύγο- 
μαι. 

Έρυγματώδης,  ες,  (ίρυγμα,  είδος) 
causing  belches  or  vomiting,  Hipp. 

Έρνγμέω,  ύ,^έρυγμαίνω,  έρεύγο- 
μαι, Hipp. 

Έβύγμηλος,  η,ον,  {ερενγομαι  ΠΙ., 
έρυγεϊν)  loud  bellowing,  ταύρος,  II.  18, 
580,  like  έρίμυκος. — II.  productive  of 
belching. 

Έρνγμός,  οϋ,  ό,=  ίρυγτ/. 

Έρνγών,  part.  aor.  2  ot  έρεύγομαι. 

Έρϋϋαίνω,  iut.  -θήσω,  aor.  ipvd/jva 
in  Αρ.  Rh.,  poet  for  ερυθραίνω,  to  red- 
den, make  to  blush,  Ap.  Rh.  In  Hom. 
only  in  pass,  to  become  red,  έρνθαι.νε- 
TO  αϊματι  γαία,  II.  10,  484  ;  21,  21 :  in 
act.  he  uses  έρεύθω. 

ΥΕρύθεια,  ας,  ή,  Erythea,  an  island 
on  the  coast  of  Hispania  famed  in  my- 
thologv  as  the  residence  of  Geryon, 
Hes.  th.  290  ;  Hdt.  4,  8 ;  etc.— II.  a 
daughter  of  Geryon,  from  whom  the 
island  was  named,  Paus.  10,  17.  5. — 
2.  one  of  the  Hespendes,  ApoUod. 

νΕρνθιμς,  ίδος,  ή,  Erytheis,  a  nymph, 
Ap.  Rh.  4,  1427. 

Ερύθημα,  ατός,  τό,  (έρνθαίνω)  red- 
ness on  the  skin,  Thuc.  2,  49  :  a  blush, 
Chaerem.  ap.  Ath.  608  D.— II.=  epy- 
σίπελας,  Hipp,  [v] 

Έρνβιάω,  dub.  1.  for  έρνθριάω. 

Έρυθίβιος,  ύ,  Rhodian  for  έρυσ'ι- 
βιος,  Strab. 

ίΈρί0ίνοί,ωϊ',οί,^Ε'']/ίΛϊίϋ'.  a  mount- 
ain-district, or  town  in  Paphlagotiia, 
II.  2,  855  ;  or  ace.  to  Strab.  two  hills 
afterwards  called  ΈρνθρΙνοι,  p.  545. 

'Έρυθΐνος,  ου,  ό,=  έρνϋρΙνος,  0pp. 

Έρνθμάδιον,  ου,  τό,^έρυθρόδανον. 
νΈ,ρυθραί,  ών,  ui,  Erythrae,  a  city 
of  Boeotia  on  the  Asopus,  at  the  base 
of  Mount  Cithaeron,  II.  2,  499.-2. 
one  of  the  12  Ionian  cities  of  Asia 
Minor ;  its  site  still  bears  the  name 
Ritre.,  Hdt.  1,  142,  Thuc.  8,  24. 

Ύφυθραίνω,  f.  -ύ,νύ,  {έρυθρός)= 
έρνθαίνω,  Theophr.  Pass,  to  become 
red,  esp.  to  blush,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  4,  4. 

Έρνθραΐος,  αία,  alo ν, ^ερυθρός, 
esp.  έρ.  τΐόντος.  θά/.ασσα,  Dion.  P. 
Έρ.  άκρον,  Erythraeiim  prom.,  a 
promontory  on  the  north  coast  of 
Crete. 

t'Epi^paf,  a,  6,  Erythras,  a  son  of 
Hercules,  ApoUod.  Others  in  Strab., 
Paus.,  etc. 

Έρύθρημα,  ατός,  τό,  dub.  1.  for  ερύ- 
θημα. 

Έρνθρίας,  ov,  ό,  one  of  a  ruddy  com.• 
plexion.  opp.  to  ώχρίας,  Arist.  Categ. 

Έρνθρίάσις,  Ion.  -ίησις,  εως,  ή,  rud- 
diness, a  blush,  Hipp. :  from 

Έρνθριάω,  ώ,  ί.  -άσω,  [ερυθράς)  to 
blush,  colour,  [ασω,  Ar.  Nub.  1210.] 

'Έ,ρυθρΐνος,  ου,  ό,  a  red  kind  of  mul- 
let, Arist.  H.  A. 

Έρύθριον,  ου,  τό,  a  red  ointTiieiit, 
Medic. 

νΕρύθριος.  ov,  ό,  Eryihrius,  son  of 
Athamas  and  Themisto,  ApoUod. 

Έρνθροβΰφ-ής,  ες,  (ερυθρός,  βύπτω) 
red-dyed. 

Έρνθράγραμμος,  ov,  {ερυθρός,  γραμ- 
μή) with  red  lines,  Ath. 

Έρυθροδάκτϋλος,  ov,  (ερυθρός,  δύκ- 
τν?ιος)  red  fingered,  Arist.  Rhet. 

'Έ,ρυθρόδΰνον,  ov,  τό,  madder,  Lat. 
riihia.    Hence 


ΕΡΎΚ 

Έρυθροδάνόω,  ώ,  to  dye  with  mad- 
der, dye  red,  LXX. 

'Έ,ρνθροειδής,  ες,  (ερυθρός,  είδος) 
of  a  ruddy  look. 

Έρνθροκύρδίος,  ov,  (έρνθρός,  καρ- 
δία) with  red  heart  or  pith,  Theophr. 

Έρυθρόκομος,  ov,  (ερυθρός,  κόμη) 
red-haired  ;  with  red  down,  Plm. 

Έρυθρομέλας,  aiva,  av,  (ερυθρός, 
μέ?Μς)  red  and  black,  or  blackish  red, 
Ath. 

Έρυθροποίκΐλος,  ov,  (ερυθρός,  ποι- 
κί?.ος)  spotted  with  red,  Epich.  p.  105. 

ΈρυΟρόπους,  6,  ή,  neut.  -ττονν, 
gen.  -τϊοδος,  (ερυθρός,  πους)  redfoot- 
ed :  in  Ar.  Av.  303,  the  name  of  a  bird, 
as  if  the  Redfoot. 

Έρυθροττρόςω—ος,  ov,  (ερυθρός, 
πρόςωτΓον)  of  ruddy  look. 

ΈΡΤΘΡΟ'Σ,  ύ,  όν,  red,  Horn.,  in 
Od.  always  of  the  colour  of  wine,  in 
II.  of  nectar  and  of  copper. — II.  Ερυ- 
θρή Θά7.ασσα,  in  Hdt.  the  Erythraean 
sea,  our  Indian  ocean  :  'Κρνθρα  /βώλος, 
in  Hdt.  2,  111,  a  city  of  ^Egypt,  Ery- 
thrabolus,  prop,  red  soil.  (Sanscr.  rud- 
hira.  Germ,  roth,  our  ruddy,  red :  cf. 
Lat.  rufus,  ruber.) 

νΕρυθρος,  ου,  ό,  Erythrus,  a  son  of 
Rhadainanthus,  Diod.  S. 

Έρυθρύστίκτος,ον,(έρνθρός,στίζω) 
red-spotted. 

Έρυθρότης,  ητος,  ή,  redness,  ruddi- 
ness. 

Έρυθρόχροος,  ov,  contr.  χρονς, 
(έρνθρός,  χρόα)  of  a  ruddy  colour,  Dio 

Έρυθρόχρως.  ωτος,  ό,  ή,  (έρνθρός 
χpώς,  =  ίoτeg.,  Cratin.  Troph.  1. 

Έρυθρώόης,  ες,=^έρυθροειδής.  Ath. 

'Ερύκάκον,  ες,  ε,  ίηί.  poet,  έρϋκά- 
κέείν,  aor.  2  of  έρύκω  for  ήρνκακον, 
C.  Ερ.  redupl.  in  middle,  like  yvina- 
πε,  Hoin.  There  is  no  pres.  έρνκά- 
κω  or  έρνκακέω. 

Έρϋκύνάω,  ώ,  poet,  for  έρύκω,  to 
restrain,  confiiu,  Od.  1,  199. 

Έρϋκΰνέω,  u.=  foi"eg.,  dub. 

'Ερύκάνω,  poet,  for  έρύκω,  to  re- 
strain, Od.  10,  429.  [a] 

νΕρυκινος,  η,  ov,  of  Ery  χ,  Erycinian, 
χώρη,  Hdt.  4,  45 ;  as  subst.,  ή  'Epv- 
κίνη,  Erycina,  goddess  of  Eryx,  appeli. 
of  Venus,  Paus. 

Έρνκτ7}ρες,  ων,  o'l,  a  class  of  freed- 
men  at  Sparta. 

ΈΡΥ'ΚΩ,  i.  -ξω:  aor.  1  τ)ρνξα, 
Aesch.  Theb.  1075,  Ep.  έρνξα,  11.  3, 
113,  Od.  17,  515,  etc.  :  aor.  2  ήρύκΰ- 
Kov,  II.  5,  321  ;  20,  458,  Ep.  ερύκά- 
κον, Hom.  inf ,  έρϋκΰκείν,  Ep.  -κέειν. 
To  keep  in,  hold,  Horn.,  esp.  in  follow- 
ing meanings: — 1.  to  keep  back,  re- 
strain, check,  hinder,  Od.  19,  16  :  to  con- 
trol, curb,  rein  in,  ϊππονς  oft.  in  II.  ; 
laov,  II.  24,  658,cf  15,  297,  etc. ;  also, 
θυμόν  έρυκακέειν,  to  curb  passion,  Od. 
11,  105  ;  but,  έτερος  με  θνμός  έρυκεν, 
another  mind  checked  me,  Od.  9,  302, 
opp.  to  άνήκεν  ;  to  keep  the  enemv  in 
check,  II.  15,  297,  Od.  22,  138 ;  έρ.  Ζή- 
να,  to  restrain  him,  II.  8,  200  :  yij  έρν- 
κε ι,  eaith  confines  (the  dead),  il.  21, 
62,  63:  c.  gen.,  μτ;  με  ερνκε  μάχης, 
keep  me  not/ro7>i  fight,  II.  18,  126  ;  so 
too  c.  inf,  Pind.  N.  4,  54,  and  Trag. : 
absol.  to  prevent,  hinder,  IL  11,  352. — 2. 
to  hold  back,  in  Od.  esp.  of  a  host,  Lat. 
hospitio  detinere,  cf  II.  6,  217  ;  but  also 
of  detention  by  force,  πόντος  πολέας 
έρύκει  άέκυντας,  II.  21,  59,  cf  Od.  1, 
14,  etc.  :  also  in  mid.,  κϋμά  μιν  έρν- 
κεται,  II.  12,  285,  άμφω  δό'λος  και 
δεσμός  έρύξει,  Od.  8,  317  :  also  to  stop 
fugitives,  make  them  stand,  11.  21,  7. 
— 3.  to  ward  off,  λιμόν  tlvi,  hunger 
from  one,  Od.  5,  166  ;  later,  τι  άπό 
τίνος,  Xen.  An.  3,  1,  25. — 4.  to  keep 


ΕΡΥΣ 

apart,  separate,  divide,  δ?ύγος  δ'  ΕΤΙ 
χώρος  έρύκει,  II.  10,  161.  Β.  pass,  ίο 
be  held  back,  detained :  hence  to  stay, 
Od.  4,  373,  466  ;  17,  17  :  to  delay,  loi- 
ter, 11.  23,  443. — 2.  to  be  kept  away,  άπό 
τίνος,  Hdt.  9,  49. — 3.  to  be  guarded, 
safe,  οδε  χώρος  έρύκεται.  Soph.  Phil. 
1153.  Horn,  has  also  the  forms  έρν- 
κάνω  and  έρνκανάω  (like  δεικανάο- 
μαι  from  δείκννμι)  once  each.  (Akm 
to  έρύω.)  [ϋ] 

Έρνμα,  ατός,  τό,  (έρύομαι)  α  fence, 
guard,  like  έρκος,  έρυμα  χρόος,  of  de- 
fensive armour,  11.  4, 137  ;  in  Hes.  Op. 
534,  of  clothes  :  esp.  a  fortification,  bul- 
wark, stronghold,  Hdt.  7,  223,  and 
Trag.  :  in  genl.  a  safeguard  or  defence, 
Aesch.  Eum.  701. 

νΕρνμάνθιος,  a,  ov,  Erymanthian, 
of  Erymanthus,  Soph.  Tr.  1097  :  from 
ΥΕρύμανθος,  ου,  ό,  Erymanthus,  a 
mountain-range  in  Arcadia  on  the 
borders  of  Elis  ;  now  Olonos,  Od.  6, 
103,  etc. — 2.  a  tributary  of  the  Alphe- 
us,  rising  in  Mount  Erymanthus  ;  it  is 
now  the  Dogana,  Callim.  Jov.  18. 

t'Epi^a^•,  αντος,  ό,  Erymas,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  of  two  Trojans,  II.  16,  345,  and 
415. 

Έρνμάτιον,ον,  ro,dim.  ίιοιηέρνμα, 
Luc. 

νΕρνμναί,  ων,  αϊ,  Erymnae,  a  city 
of  Tliessaly  on  the  sea  coast,  Strab. 

νΕρνμνεύς,  έως,  ό,  Erymneus,  a  Pe- 
ripatetic philosopher,  Posid.  ap.  Ath. 
211  E. 

Έρυμνόνωτος,  ov,  (έρνμνός,  νώτος) 
with  fenced  back,  of  a  crab,  Anth. 

Έρνμνός,  ή,  όν,  (έρύομαι)  fenced, 
secured,  safe,  Hes.  Fr.  15:  of  placjs, 
fortified,  abrupt,  steep,  strong,  Thuc.  5, 
65  :  τά  έρνμνύ,  Xen.  An.  5,  7,  31,  etc. 
Hence 

Έρυμνότης,  ητος,  ή,  a  being  forti- 
fied :  strength,  security  of  a  place,  Xen. 
Cyr.  6,  1,  23  :  impassableness,  Polyb. 
3,  47,  9. 

Έρυμνόω,  ώ,  (έρνμνός)  to  fortify, 
make  strong, 

ΫΕρύμνων,  ωνος,  ό,  Erymnon,  an 
Aetolian,  Diod.  S. 

t'Epi'f,  νκος,  ό.  Eryx,  a  son  of  Nep- 
tune, king  of  the  Elymi  in  Sicily, 
ApoUod.  2,  5,  10  ;  or  son  of  Botes  and 
Venus,  Diod.  S.  :  Paus.— II.  a  mount- 
ain of  Sicily,  near  the  promontory 
Drepanum,  having  on  its  summit  a 
famous  temple  of  Venus ;  it  is  now 
St.  Giuliano,  Polyb.  1,  55,  6  :  Strab. : 
also  η.  Theocr.  15,  101,  a  city  near 
this  mountain,  of  the  same  name, 
Thuc.  6,  2,  etc. 

ΥΕρνξίας,  ov,  ό,  Eryxias,  an  Athe- 
nian physician,  Dem. 

ΥΕρυξιδαίδας,  a,  ό,  Eryxidaidas, 
Spartan  pr.  n.,  Thuc.  4,  119. 

ΤΕρνξίμαχος.  ov,  ό,  Eryxinmchus,  an 
Athenian  physician,  Plat.  Phaedr. 
268  Α.— Others  in  Dem.,  etc. 

Έρνξις,  εως,  ή,=  έρενξις,  Hipp. 
νΕρυξις,  ιδος.  ό,  Eryxis,  masc.  pr. 
η.,  Αγ.  Ran.  934. 

\Έρνξώ.  ονς,  ή,  Eryxo,  wife  of  Ar- 
cesilaus  II.  of  Cyrene,  Hdt.  4,  160. 

Έρύομαι,  poet,  είρύομαι,  mid.  from 
έρύω,  q.  v. 

Έρνσάρμας,  ατός,  ό,  v.  sq. 

Έρνσάρμάτος,  ov,  {έρύω,  άρμα) 
chariot-drawing :  Hom.  has  only  the 
metaplast.  plur.  έρυσάραατες,  ace. 
-ματας,  II.  15,  354  ;  16,  370 :  and  so 
Hes.  Sc.  369.  Later  there  occurs 
also  the  sing,  έρνσάρμας,  ατός,  ό. 

Έρνσϊβάω,  ώ,  to  suffer  from  mildew, 
Theophr! :  from 

Έρϋσίβη,  ης,  ή,  mildew,  Lat.  robi- 
go,  esp.  in  corn.  Plat.  Rep  609  A,  etc. 
I  ('fpt'i'por,  from  its  colour. )  [<]  Hence 
551 


ΕΡΥΩ 

'Έρνσίβίη,  ης.  ή.  ν.  sq._ 

ΈρνσίίΗος,  ου,  ό,  and  ίρνσιβίη,  ης, 
■ή,  averliiig  mildew,  epith.  of  Λμοΐΐο  and 
Ceres  at  Rhodes,  etc.,  like  liobigus, 
to  whom  the  Robigalia  were  dedicated 
at  Rome,  [σϊ] 

Έρϋσϊ/3οω,  ώ,  (έρνσίβη)  to  cause 
mildew  :  pass,  ίρνσίβόομαι,  to  be  mil- 
dewed: both  in  Theophr. 

Έρνσΐβώ(^ης,  ες,  (ίρνσίβη,  εΐόος) 
like  mildew,  Arist.  Η.  Α. — Π.  mildewed. 

Έρνσίθριξ,  τοίχος,  ό,  ή.  (έρύω,  θρίξ) 
■ψήκτρα,  a  comb /br  the  hair,  Anth. 

'Ερνσιμοί',  ov,  τό,  a  garden  plant, 
Lat.  irio,  Theophr. :  also  ι')νσίμον.  [ν] 

Έρνσίΐ'ηις,  ιδος, ;/,  [Ιρνημαι,  varc) 
holding  or  preserving  ships,  αγκνρα, 
Anth. 

Ύ.ρΰσίπελας,  ατός,  τό,  a  red  inflam- 
mation of  the  skin,  erysipelas.  (Prom 
ερυθρός  and  πέλας,  πέλος=έλκος,  of. 
άπελος.) 

'ΈρϋσΙ—ελατώδης,  ες,  {ίρυσίττελας, 
είδος)  of  the  nature  of  ερυσίπελας, 
Diosc. 

Έρΰσί77το?Λς,  ό,ή,  {έρύομαι,  7τό?ας) 
protecting  α  state  οτ  city.  e\iiih.  of  Mi- 
nerva, 11.  6,  305,  Η.  Horn.  10,  1  ;  28,  3. 

Έρύσίς,  εως,  ή,  (έρύω)  α  drawing, 
Philo. 

Έρϋσίχαιος,  ον.  carrying  α  shep- 
herd's staff,  Alcm.  II.,  cf.  Arcad.  p.  43. 
Others  write  it  properisp.  Έρυσιχαί- 
ος,  as  a  prop.  n. 

νΕρνσίχη,  ης,  ή,  Erysiche,  a  city  of 
Acarnania,  earlier  name  of  Οίνιύδαι, 
Strab. 

Έρνσίχθίύν,  ό,  ή,  gen.  όνος,  (έρύω, 
χθων)  dragging,  tearing  the  earth,  of  an 
ox  ploughuig,  Strato  ap.  Ath.  382  E. 
Hence 

ΥΈΙρνσίχθων,  όνος,  ΰ,  Erysichthon, 
son  of  Cecrops,  Plat.  Crit.  110  Λ. ; 
ApoUod. — 2.  son  of  Triopas,  Call.  Cer. 
33  ;  or  of  Myrmidon,  Hellan.  ap.  Ath. 
416  B. 

'Epvσμός,oϋ,ό.=έpvμa,asafeguard, 
esp.  agamst  witchcraft,  H.  Hom.  Cer. 
230. 

Έρνστός,  ή,  όν,  {έρύω)  drawn,  ξίφη 
κολεών.  Soph.  Aj.  730. 

Έρντήρ,  ήρος,  ό,  one  that  draws, 
Nic. :  and 

ίΈρυτος,  ου,  ό,  Erytus,  a  son  of 
Mercury,  one  of  the  Argonauts,  Pind. 
P.  4,  31»  :  from 

ΈΡΥΏ,  fut.  έρύσω,  Ep.  έρνσσω, 
but  also  έρύω,  11.  11,  454  :  perf  pass. 
είρνμαί  :  poet  and  Ion.  pres.  είρύω,  ί. 
ΐίρνσω.  md  so  throughout.  To  draw, 
Hom. :  variously  modified  by  accom- 
panying preps.,  e.  g.  Ik  τίνος,  εις, 
■ττρός,  άνύ,  έττί  TL :  πάλιν  έρ.,  to  pull 
back,  II.  5,  830,  cf  ανερνω  :  of  ships, 
νήα  εις  ύ,'λα  and  ηπεφονδε  έρ.,  Ηοιη., 
νευρην  έρ.  έ~ί  τινι,  to  draw  the  bow- 
strmg  at  him,  11.  15,  4G4,  cf  Hdt.  3, 
30  :  but  πλίνθους  είρύειν,  Lat.  ducere 
lateres,  like  έλκειν,  Hdt.  2, 136.  In  II., 
the  phrase  νεκρούς  or  νεκρον  έρ.,  is 
very  freq.,  either  of  the  friends,  to  drag 
them  away,  rescue  them,  or  of  the  en- 
emy, to  drag  them  off  fur  plunder,  ran- 
som, etc.,  cf  βύσιΟΓ  :  to  drag  about, 
misuse,  e.  g.  as  Achilles  the  body  of 
Hector,  II.  24,  16  :  so  of  dogs  and  birds 
of  prey,  II.  11,  454,  etc.  :  hence  to  drag 
away,  carry  off  violently,  Od.  9,  9D  ;  17, 
479  ;  to  tear  off  or  down,  κρόσσας  πύρ- 
γων. 11.  12,  258 :  c.  gen.  partis,  χλαί- 
νης έρνειν  τινά,  to  pull  hiin  by  the 
cloak,  11.  22,  493.— Έρύω  is  in  genl. 
synon.  with  ί'λκω.  Β.  mid.  έρύομαι, 
{.  -σομαι,  but  old  Ep.  fut.  έρύεσθαι,  II. 
9,  218 ;  14,  422 ;  20,  195,  cf  Buttm. 
Catal.  in  voc. :  poet.  pres.  είρύομαι. 
ΙΌ  draw  to  one's  self,  to  one's  own  side  : 
very  freq.  in  Horn.,  much  like  the  act., 
552 


ΕΡΧΘ 

as  ξίφος,  μάχαιραν,  ύορ,  φάηγαΐ'ον 
έρύεσθαι,  δόρυ  έξ  ωτειλής  έρνεσβαι, 
to  draw  one's  sword,  etc.,  II.  4,  5:J0  ; 
21,  200,  etc.:  έρύσαντο  πάντα,  they 
drew  all  their  food  oil',  freq.  in  Hom.  ; 
έρύσασθαι  τόξυν,  to  string  a  bow,  Od. 
21,  125  ;  έρ.  ντ/ας,  to  launch  them  ships, 
II.  14,  79  (but  in  pass,  it  is  usu.  of  the 
ships,  to  be  hauled  ashore,  e.  g.  II.  14, 
75) :  also  of  persons,  to  draw  towards 
one's  self,  Od.  19,  481  ;  c.  gen.  loci, 
μάχης,  χάρμης  έρνσασθαί  τίνα,  out  of 
the  press,  II.  5,  456  ;  17,  161  :  esp.  of 
the  slain,  νέκυν,  νεκρον  έρύεσθαι,  just 
as  in  act.,  II.  14,  422  ;  17,  104  ;  but,  έρ. 
νεκρον  τινι,  to  rescue,  recover  It  from 
him,  II.  5,  298. — II.  from  the  signf  of 
rescuing  from  the  press  of  battle,  in  genl. 
to  rescue,  deliver,  bring  under  one's  own 
vrotection,  II.  5,  344;  11,  363;  etc.: 
nence  joined  with  σαώσαι,  έλεησαι, 
II.  10,  44,  Od.  14,  279  ;  also  of  cap- 
tives, to  redeem,  release,  ransom,  χρυσώ, 
II.  22,  351,  though  others  explain  it 
to  weigh,  Heyne  11.  Tom.  8.  314,  Jac. 
A.  P.  p.  812. — 2.  of  course  the  orig. 
signf  often  vanishes,  and  έρύεσθαι 
means  in  gen.  to  protect,  guard,  II. 
4,  186;  6,  403,  etc.— III.  oi  that  from 
which  one  protects  a  thing,  to  keep  off, 
ivard  off,  ovK  οίωνοΐσιν  έρυσσατο  Κ/}- 
pa  μέλαιναν,  by  no  augury  could  he 
ward  off  black  death,  II.  2,  859 ;  η  δ' 
ουκ  έγχος  έρυτο,  it  kept  not  ojf  the 
spear,  11.  5,  538 :  hence  in  genl.  to 
thwart,  check,  Αώς  νόον,  11.  8,  143  ;  to 
repress,  χόλυν,  II.  24,  5S4,  like  έρύκω  : 
νόστον  έρυσσύμενοι,  having  kept  off  a 
return,  i.  e.  remaining,  Pind.  N.  9,  54, 
II.  4,  138. — IV.  hence  to  keep  guard 
upon,  watch,  θύρας,  Od.  23,  229,  ακοι- 
Tiv,  Od.  3,  268:  to  lay  wait  for,  in  pf 
pass.,  Od.  16,  463,  θεών  δήνεα  έρ.,  to 
search,  spy  them  out,  Od.  23,  82  ;  φρε- 
σίν  έρύσασθαι,  to  keep  carefully,  con- 
ceal, Od.  16,  459 ;  θέμιστας  έρ.,  to 
maintain  them,  II.  1,  U39  :  hence  to 
support,  hold  in  honour,  with  notion  of 
obedience,  βούλας  Κρονίωνος  έρύσ- 
σασθαι,  II.  21,  230,  cf  1,  216.— Έρι;- 
ομαι  in  Hom.  freq.  has  a  syncop.  aor. 
ίρνσο,  II.  22,  507,  ερϋτο  and  ειρντο, 
ίρϋσθαι  and  ειρνσθαι,  not  to  be  con- 
fused with  peri.  i)ass,,  ε'φνμαι,  plqpf 
είρύμι/ν  :  this  is  only  once  in  signf  to 
draw,  Od.  22,  90,  but  very  freq.,  esp. 
in  Od.,  to  guard  or  to  watch.  The 
common  Att.  collat.  form  ()ύομαι,  q. 
v.,  is  always  to  guard,  protect. 

[v  always  in  έρύω,  and  έρύομαι, 
though  some  moderns  make  vm  signf 
to  protect :  but  where  the  syll.  is  long, 
it  is  by  redupl.  of  σ,  έρύσσω,  έρυσσατο, 
etc.  :  but  ν  in  syncop.  aor.,  which  is 
thus  distinguished  from  pf  and  jilqpf : 
in  είρύαται,  and  είρύατο.  is  ν  soine- 
times,  e.  g.  II.  14,  30,  75  ;  15,  654,  Od. 
16,  463,  but  only  metri  grat.  In  βύ- 
ομαι,  usu.  V,  but  not  always.] 

"Ερφος,  εος,  τό,  a  skin,  hide,  Nic.  : 
usu.  στέρφος,  and  τέρφος. 

"Ερχάται,  ερχύτο,  3  ])lur.  perf  and 
plqpf.  pass.  Ion.  of  ί•ίρ}'ω,  έργω,  Horn., 
who  has  also  έέρχ&το. 

Έρχάτάομαι,  to  fence  in,  shut  or 
coop  up,  Hom.  only  in  pass.,  σύες  έρ- 
χατόωντο,  Od.  14,  15, 

Έρχΰτόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  like  a  hedge: 
from 

"Ερχΰτος,  ov,  h,  (Ιργω)  afence,  inclo- 
stire,  liedge,  like  έρκος 

t'EpYf.i'a,  ας,  ?;,  ErchSa.  an  Attic 
deme  of  the  tribe  Aegeis ;  hence 
adv.  Έρχείασι,  at  or  in  Erchea,  Plat. 
Ale.  I..  123  C.  :  Έρχιεύς,  έως,  ό,  an 
inhab.  of  Erchea,  Dom. 

Έρχθείς.  part.  aor.  1  pass,  from  έρ- 
γω, ίΐργω,  II.  21,  282. 


ΕΡΧΟ 

ΈΡΧΟΜΑΙ :  with  (from  root  ΈΛ- 
ΕΎΘ-,  ΈΑΤΘ-)  fut.  έλεύσομαι ;  aor. 
j'/λϋθον,  but  from  Horn,  downwds. 
and  in  Att.  more  usu.  ήλθον,  and  so 
in  all  moods,  Dor.  ηνθον  ;  perf  έλή- 
λϋθα,  in  Hom.  always  Ep.  είλήλίουθα, 
ας,  ε,  whence  1  pi.  ειλήλουθμεν,  11.  9, 
49,  Od.  3.  81,  part,  ε'ιληλουβώς,  and 
once,  II.  15,  81,  έ'ληλονθώς :  of  the 
I)lqpf  he  has  only  3  sing,  είλιηλούθει, 
II.  :  perf.  syncop.  έ?.7}?.νμεν,  έλήλϋτε, 
Achae.  ap.  Hephaest.  p.  18. 

To  come  or  go,  (cf  ηκω,  οΊχομαι) 
very  freq.  from  Horn,  downwds. :  in 
Att.  esp.  in  indie,  present  and  aor, 
whereas  for  the  other  moods,  and  the 
fut.  and  (post-Hom.)  impf  they  use 
f ί/ί<,  as  also  in  compds.,  Elmsl.  He- 
racl.  210,  cf  Lob.  Phryn.  p.  38  ;  έλεύ- 
σομαι, however,  occurs  Aesch.  Pr. 
854,  Soph.  O.  C.  1206,  etc.,  and  the 
impf  ηρχόμην,  is  used  in  compos, 
with  έτΓ-,  προς-,  by  Thuc.  4, 120,  121. 
Special  signls.  nsu.  arise  from  the 
preps,  joined  to  the  verb :  but  oft.  also 
from  the  mere  construction: — 1.  to 
come  to  a  place. — 2.  to  go  away,  both 
freq.  in  Hom.,  esp.  in  imperat. ;  which 
also  is  used  like  our  come  !,  and  αγε, 
merely  as  a  hortatory  exclam. — 3.  to 
come  back,  return,  Od.  2,  30,  more  freq. 
in  full  αντις,  atp,  πάλιν  έλθεΐν. — 11. 
c.  ace.  in  Hom.  usu.  only  of  cognate 
signf,  as,  όδόν,  or  κέλενθον  έλθειν, 
II.  1, 151,  Od.  9,  262  ;  hence  also  poet. 
άγγελίην,  and  έξεσίην  ε'λθεϊν,  as  wc 
say,  to  go  a  message,  etc.,  II.  11,  140, 
24,  235,  Od.  21,  20  :  c.  ace.  loci,  once 
in  Horn.,  έρχεσθαι  κλισίην,  II.  1,  322. 
— 2.  c.  gen.  loci,  πεδίοιο  έ?ιθεΙν, 
through  or  across  the  plain,  II.  2,  801, 
cf  διαπράσσω. — 3.  in  Att.  oft.  c.  dat. 
pers.,  to  come  to,  Pind.  0. 1, 161,  Thuc. 
8,  19,  etc. — III.  c.  part,  fut.,  to  show 
the  object,  έρχομαι,  οίσύμενος  έγχος, 
έρχομαι  όφομένη,  to  fetch,  to  see ;  but 
in  Hdt.  like  an  auxiliary  verb,  έρχο- 
μαι έρέων,  λέξων,  I  am  going  to  tell 
you :  very  rare  so  c.  part,  pres., 
Heind.  Plat.  Phaed.  100  B.— 2.c.  part, 
pres.,  aor.,  or  perf,  in  Hom.  to 
show  the  manner  of  moving',  ήλθε  θε- 
ούσα, came  running,  i.  e.  ran  thither, 
II.  11,715,  etc.;  ήλθε  πεφοβημένος, 
he  fled  thence.  II.  10,  510,  ήλθε  φθά- 
μενος,  II.  23,779.  11. 18, 180  is  remark- 
able, αϊ  κέν  τι  νέκνς  ήσχνμμένος  έλ- 
θτι,  for  αϊ  κέν  τι  αίσχννΟ)],  should 
came  to  be,  become  mangled  or  insulted, 
as  if  for  γίγνεσθαι,  like  iwnias  iorfias 
in  Virg.  G.  1,  29  ;  cf,  for  the  reverse 
usage, γίγνομαι  II.  1  ;  hence  the  Alt. 
freq.  signf  to  end  in  being,  come  to  he, 
turn  out,  Lat.  evadere,  exire,  prodire. — 
3.  the  part.  aor.  έλ.θών,  is  oft.  used 
merely  to  add  fulness  to  the  signf,  II. 
16,  521,  668,  Schiif  Soph.  Aj.  1183. 
—  IV.  of  any  kind  of  motion,  e.  g.  έξ 
ίιλος,  έλθειν,  to  rise  out  of  the  sea, 
Horn. :  hence  sometimes  qualified, 
πόδεσσιν  έρχεσθαι.  to  goon  foot,  Od. 
6,  40  ;  πεζός  ηλνθε.  by  land,  II.  5,  204, 
etc.,  έπϊ  πόντον,  Od.  2,  265,  etc. — 2. 
also  of  things,  to  move  ;  of  events,  to 
come  to  pass,  happen  ;  of  feelings,  to 
arise,  come  upon  one,  etc.,  etc.  ;  which 
need  not  be  particularised. — B.  post- 
Hom.  phrases: — 1.  εις  λόγους  ερχε- 
σθαίτινι,  to  come  to  speech,  converse 
with,  Hdt.  6.  86,  1  ;  in  gerd.  to  have 
dealings  with  him. — ^2.  έ~ί  πΰν  έλθειν, 
to  try  everything,  Xen. — 3.  εις  το  (5ft- 
νυν,  Til  άλιγηνά  έλθειν,  to  come  inta 
danger  or  pain,  Thuc.  :  also,  εις  αριθ- 
μόν έλθειν,  to  be  numbered.  Id.  2,  72. 
— 4.  παρά  μικρόν  έλθειν, c.  inf.  to  come 
within  a  lil/Ic  of,  be  near  a  thing,  Elir. 

Heracl.  296,  el.  Thuc.  3,  49.-5.  with 


EP2E 

διά,  and  gen.,  as  emphat.  periphr.  of 
a  verb,  e.  g.  διά  μάχι,ς  τινι  έρχεσθαι, 
for  μάχεσϋαί  τινι,  οιά  ττολέμου  ίρχε- 
σθΐ',ι,  for  ~ολεμίΐν,  όιύ.  όιλίας  τινι  ερ- 
χεσθαι,  for  όιλείν  τίνα,  διά  πείρας 
ίρχεσθαι,  for  -ειράσθαι,  διά  όόνον, 
όιά  ττνρός  ε-,  to  slav,  burn,  etc.,  Valck. 
Phoen.  482,  Br.  Soph.  O.  T.  773,  like 
Lat.  grassari  rapinis,fcrro,  igne,  ira,  cf. 
διά  :  οι  διά  πάντων  τών  κα7.ών  ε7.η• 
7Λ<θότες,  who  have  gone  through  the 
whole  circle  of  duties,  have  fulfilled 
them  all,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  2,  15  :  cf  εΙμι. 
— 6.  εΙς  χείρας  έ/.θεΐν,  v.  sub  χείρ. — 
7.  ερχεσϋαι  παρά  την  γυναίκα,  τον 
άνδρα,  of  sexual  intercourse,  to  go  in 
ίο  her,  him.  Hdt.  2, 115. — 8.  c.  gen.  to 
go  at,  attack,  like  επέρχομαι,  άκρο3ό- 
λων  επάλξεων  ?.ιθάς  έρχεται,  Aesch. 
Theb.  158.  ^ 

'Έ,ρχοαενός,  οϋ,  ό.  or  η,  Kriiger 
Xen.  An.  2,  5,  37,  Poppo  Proleg. 
Thuc.  cap.  8,  name  of  'Ορχομενός, 
perhaps  to  be  read  in  Hes.  Fr.  15,  cf 
Schol.  Arat.  Phaen.  45,  and  Bockh. 
Inscr.  1,  p.  742. 

"Ecn/zif,  εως,  ή,  (έρπω)  a  creeping. 
Plat.  Crat.  419  D. 

Έρω,  or  έρω,  dat.  from  έρως,  Od. 
18,  211,  cf.  έρως,  γέ?.ως. 

ΈΡΩ",  Ion.  and  Ep.  έρέω,  fut.  of 
ειπείν,  with  perf  ειρηκα,  pass,  είρη- 
μαι,  (as  if  from  *ρέω),  aor.  pass,  έρ- 
ρήθην.  and  έρρέθην.  (though  έ^ρ7]θην 
IS  the  better,  and  is  always  written  by 
Bekk.  in  Plat.),  inf  ρηθήναι,  whereas 
είρήθην,  ε'φέθην,  are  not  Att. :  fut. 
pass,  είρήσομαι.  Hom.  uses  the  fut. 
έρέω,  both  perfs.,  the  part,  ψηθείς,  in 
the  one  phrase  έπΙ  ρηβέντι  δικαίω, 
Od.  18,  414  ;  20,  322  ;  and  the  fut. 
pass.  There  is  no  form  έρω,  but 
Hom.  has  ε'φω,  and  είρομαι,  for  which 
the  Att.  use  όημί- — 1.  /  U'iU  say, 
speak,  c.  acc.  rei,  et  dat.  pers.,  Hom. : 
ουδέ  πύ/.ιν  έρέει.  he  will  say  nothing 
against  it,  Π.  9,  56  :  also  c.  acc.  pers., 
κακώς  έρείν  τίνα,  Eur.  Ale.  705  ;  and 

0.  dupl.  acc,  έρεΙν  τινά  τι,  lb.  954. — 
Π.  I  will  tell,  proclaim,  έπος,  άγγε?.ί- 
-ην,  II.  1,  419,  etc.  ;  in  II.  2,  49,  and 
freq.  in  Od.,  Eos  is  mentioned  as 
Τ,ηνΙ  όόως  έρέονσα,  announcing  it : 
hence  /  will  promise,  Hdt.  6,  23,  cf 
Schaf  ap.  Seidl.  Eur.  El.  33  :  είρητό 
oU  c.  inf,  ίί  had  been  told  him  to  do, 
Hdt.  7,  26,  etc. ;  είρήμενον,  absoL, 
when  it  had  been  agreed,  Thuc.  1,  140. 
— B.  for  the  mid.  έρομαι,  to  ask,  v. 
sub  voc. — C.  έρέω,  occurs  in  Hom. 
sometimes  as  a  pTes.=  έρομαι,  to  ask 
for  or  after,  τι,  U.  21,  30.  (Hence 
come  ε'ιρω,  έρεείνω,  έρομαι,  ερωτάω, 
ερευνάω,  and  perh.  είφίσκω,  ενρεϊν  : 
also,  from  the  perf  pass.,  βήμα,  ρί/σις, 
1>ήτωρ,  etc.) 

Έρω,  for  είρω,  to  knit,  tie,  very  dub. 

Ερωδιός,  ov.  ό,  the  hernshew,  heron 
or  hern,  Lat.  ardea,  II.  10,  274,  men- 
tioned as  lucky  when  seen  flying  on 
the  right  hand  :  also  ()ωδώς,  in  Hip- 
pon.  37. 

Έρωέω,  ώ,  f.  -7/σω,  to  flow,  stream, 
burst  out.  a'lua  ερωήσει  περί  δονρί.  II. 

1,  303.  Od.'l6,  441  :  hence  the  subst. 
έρωή,  of  any  quick  motion,  but  the  verb 
has  this  signf  only  of  sudden  checL•  : 
hence — 2.  to  retreat,  withdraw,  cease,  c. 
gen.,  πο7Αμοιο,  χάρμης,  II.  13,  776  ; 
14,  101,  etc.,  κάματο  10.  Η.  Hom.  Cer. 
302,  and  more  definitely,  ηρώησαν 
οπίσσω.  II.  23,  433  :  but  also  seem- 
ingly absol,,  νέόος  ονποτ'  έρωει,  the 
cloud  never  leaves  it,  {σκοπέλου,  be- 
ing supplied  from  the  context),  Od. 
12,  75  :  to  ceajie,  leave  off.  Wl  VVV  κατά 
λαόν  'Αχαιών,  μηδέ  τ'  έρώει,  (scil. 
τοΰ  Ιέναι   κατά  Ζ.αόν)  II.   2,  179 : 


ΕΡΩΤ 
Theocr.  13,  74,  has  the  acc.  for  the 
gen.,  as  if  it  was  trans,  to  leave,  cf.  24, 
99. — II.  trans,  to  drive  or  force  back, 
only  once  m  Horn.,  έρ.  έσσνμενον  απο 
νηων,  Π.  13,  57  ;  but  found  in  later 
Poets.  Ep.  word.  (Root  βέω,  to  flow : 
akin  to  βώομαι,  but  prob.  not  to  έρύω, 
έρνκω.)    Hence 

'Έ.ρωή,  ης,  ή,  any  quick,  violent  mo- 
tion, in  Hom.  esp.  δονρος  έρωή,  the 
rush  of  a  spear.  II.  11,  357  ;  15,  358  ; 
έρωη  βε/.έων,  II.  4,  542  ;  17,  562  ;  λεί- 
πετο  δονρος  έρωην,  a  spear's  throw  be- 
hind, II.  23,  529,  cf.  21,  251  :  λικμη- 
τηρος  έρωή,  the  force  or  sicing  of  the 
winnower's  (shovel),  II.  13,  590  ;  so, 
ανδρός  έρωή.  II.  3,  62,  cf.  14,  488.-2. 
later,  an  impulse,  inclination,  desire, 
Anth. — II.  a  withdrawal,  retreat,  έρωή 
πολέμου,  restfrom  war,  11.  10,  302  ;  17, 
761  ;  so,  έρ.  μάχης,  Theocr.  22,  192, 
exactly  the  reverse  of  signf  I.;  but 
easily  explained  from  signf  II  of  the 
verb  έρωέω.  Ep.  word,  but  never  in 
Od. 

'Έ.ρωμανέω,  ώ,  to  be  mad  for  love, 
madly  in  love,  0pp.  :  from 

Έρωμΰνής,  ες,  {έοως,  μαίνομαι) 
madly  m  love,  Diod.  Adv.  -νώς. 
Hence 

Έρωμΰνία,  2ς,  ή,  madness  for  love, 
mad  love,  Anth. 

'Ερωμένων,  ov,  τό,  alittle  love,  dar- 
ling, Anth. :  dim.  from 

'Ερωμένος,  ov,  6,  ερωμένη,  ης,  ή, 
part.  pres.  pass,  from  έράω,  a  loved 
one,  love,  Lat.  amasiws,  amasia,  Hdt.  3, 
31. 

'Έρως,  ωτος,  ό.  Wolf  has  restored 
the  heterocl.  dat.  έρω,  or  the  apoc. 
έρω,  for  έρωτι,  in  Oil'.  18,  211  :  later 
poets  have  also  acc.  έρων,  for  έρωτα, 
Jac.  A.  P.  p.  459.  cf  ^έ/.ως.  An  old- 
er, but  only  poet.,  form  έρος,  q.  v. 
{έραμαι  έράω)  Love  :  in  II.  only  in 
phrase,  έρως  φρένας  άμόεκά/.νφε,  love 
wrapt  his  senses,  3,  442  ;  14,  294  ;  in 
Od.  only  once,  18,  212,  έρω  δ'  άρα 
θνμόν  έθέ/.χθη :  in  Hom.  always  of 
the  sexual  passion,  later  in  genl.  desire 
for  a  thing,  τινός,  Aesch.  Eum.  865  ; 
έχω  ερωτά  τίνος,  Hdt.  5,  32 ;  also, 
έρως  έχει  με,  Aesch.  Supp.  521  ;  έρως 
εμπίπτει  μοι,  c.  inf.  Id.  Ag.  341, 
Thuc.  6,  24  :  plur.  έρωτες,  vehement 
desires,  but  esp.  amours,  Lat.  amores, 
Ath.  — 11.  as  prop,  n.,  the  god  of 
love,  Eros,  Amor,  Cupid,  Anacr.  64 ; 
and  in  plur.,  Simon.,  etc.     Hence 

'Έρωτάριον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  έρως, 
a  little  love  or  love-god,  Anth.  [ά] 

Ερωτάω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  Ep.  and  Ion. 
είρ..  to  ask,  τινά  τι,  something  ο/ one, 
Od.  4,  347  ;_9,  364,  Soph.  O.  T.  1122, 
etc.  ;  τινά  άμώί  τίνος,  Eur.  Ion  236, 
περί  τίνος.  Plat.  Theaet.  185  C  :  foil. 
by  a  relat.  word,  είρ.  τίς  ειη,  Od.  15, 
423  ;  έρ.  ει..,  or  ήν..,  to  ask  whether.., 
Hipp.  :  it  is  the  usu.  word  in  Att., 
supplying  the  defective  tenses  of  έρο- 
μαι, q.  V. — II.  in  dialectics,  to  argue,  ' 
elicit  your  conclusion  by  questioning, 
also  σννερωτάω,  Sext.  Emp..  cf  in- 
terrogo,  Cic.  Fat.  28.— III.  in  N.  T.,=  j 
αίτέω,  to  ask,  solicit,  τινά.     Hence 

Ερώτημα,  ατος,  τό,  that   ivhich  is 
asked,  a  question,  Thuc.  3,  54  ;  έρ.  τον 
ξννθήματος,  the  challenge  of  soldiers,  ' 
Id.  7,  44  :  a  question  or  problem  propo-  j 
sed  for  solution,  Plut.     Hence  I 

'Έρωτηματίζω,  to  arrange  and  put  ι 
questions,  sB  as  to  elicit  your  conclusions  ' 
from  your  opponent,  Arist.  Org.  1 

'Ερωτηματικός,  ή,  όν,  interrogaiive,  | 
Gramm.    Adv.  -κώς. 

'Ερωτημάτων,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  ' 
ερώτημα. 

Έρώτησις,  εως,  η,  (ερωτάω)  α  ques- 1 


ΕΣΑΛ. 

tioning,  question.  Plat.,  etc.  ;  παΐΐσθαΐ 
έρ..  Isocr.  171  A  ;  c.  gen.  rei,  abovt  a 
thing.  Plat.  Theaet.  147  C. 

'Epcj7;77£  01^,  verb.  adj.  from  έρωτίίω, 
one  must  ask,  enquire,  Arist.  Or». 

Έρωτιάς,  άόος,  ή,  pecul.  lem.  of 
ερωτικός,  Anth. 

'Έρωτιάο),  ώ,  to  be  lovesick. 
'Έρωτιόενς,  έως,  ό,  a  young  Eros 
Cupid,  formed  from  Έρως,  as  ?.αγι 
δενς,  from  λαγώς :    plur.  ερωτιδείς 
Anacreont. 

Έρωτίδια,  ων,  τά,  sub.  ίερά,  a  feast 
of  Eros,  Ath. 

'Έρωτίζω,^έρωτάω,  Gramm. 

Ερωτικός,  ή,  όν,  (έρως)  of  or  be- 
longing to  love,  οργή,  λύπη,  Thuc.  6, 
57,  59  ;  έρ.  ξνντνχία.  a  love  affair,  lb. 
54  ;  έρ.  λόνος,  a  discourse  on  love. 
Plat.  Phaedr.  227  C  :  given  to  love, 
amorous.  Plat.  Rep.  474  D  :  hence  in 
genX.fotid  of  a.  thing,  έρ.  προς  τι,  Plut., 
περί  τι,  Luc.  Adv.  -κώς,  Thuc.  6, 
54 ;  -κώς  έχειν  τινός,  to  be  very  fond 
of..  Plat.  Symp.  222  C— IL  τα  Ερω- 
τικά, the  feast  of  Eros  or  Love,  Plut. 

Ερώτων,  ov,  τό,=:^έρωτάριον,  Luc. 
Philops.  14. 

ΤΕρώτιος,  ov,  ό,  Erotius,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  Anth. 

'Έ,ρωτίς,  ίδος,  ή,  a  loved  one,  darling, 
Theocr.  4,  59. — U.  as  adj.  έρ.  νήσοι, 
islands  of  love. 

Έρωτόβλητος,  ov,  (έρως,  βά?.?.ω) 
struck  by  love,  smitten. 

Έρωτογρύόος,  ov,  (έρως,  γράφω) 
writing  about  love,  Mel.   [ά] 

Έρωτοδίδάσκΰ/.ος,  ov,  ό,  ή,  (έρως, 
διδάσκα/.ος)  α  teacher  of  the  art  of  love, 
Ath. 

Έρωτό?.ηπτος,  ον,{έρως,  λαμβάνω) 
love-smitten,  Lat.  captus  amore. 

Έρωτοληψία,  ας,  ή,  a  being  love- 
smitten. 

Έρωτομΰνέω,  ώ,^=έρωμανέω,  to  be 
madly  in  love  :  from 

'Ερωτομανής,  ές.^έρωαανής,  mad- 
ly in  love,  Ath.  599  E.    Hence 

Έρωτομανία,  ας,  ή,=  έρωμανία,  ra- 
ving love,  Plut. 

Έρωτοπαίγνων,  ov,  τό,  (έρως,  παί• 
yviov)  a  love-play,  OTnatory  poem. 

Έρωτοπ/.άνος,  ov,  (έρως,  πλανάω) 
beguiling,  soothing  love,  φθόγγος,  Mel. 
— II.  inconsta7tt  in  love,  [uj 

'Έρωτοπ?.οέω,  ώ,  ( έρως,  πλ,έω, 
■π?.όος)  to  sail  on  love's  ocean,  Mel. 

Έρωτοποιέω,  ώ,  (έρως,  ποιέω)  to 
excite  love. 

Έρωτοτόκος,  ov,  (έρως,  τίκτω)  pro- 
ducing love,  Musae. 

Έρωτοτρόφος,  ov,  (έρως,  τρέφω) 
the  nurse,  mother  of  love,  i.  e.  \  enus, 
Orph. 

Έρωτν?.ος,  ov,  ό,  dim.  from  έρως, 
a  darling,  sweetheart,  Theocr.  3,  7. — 
II.  as  adj.,  έρωτύλα  άείδειν.  to  sing 
love-songs,  Bion  3, 10.  Dor.  word,  [f] 
νΚρωχος,  ov,  -η,  Erochus,  a  city  of 
Phocis  in  the  valley  of  the  Cephisus, 
Hdt.  8,  33. 

'Ef,  Ion.  and  old  Att.  form  for  εις, 
q.  v. :  and  so  in  all  the  compds.,  ex- 
cept those  of  Horn.,  and  Hdt.,  which 
are  given  here. 

"Ές,  imperat.  aor.  2  from  ΐημι. 

'Έ.ςαγ-•,ελενς,  έςαγγέ/'λω,  for  εΙς- 
αγγ.,  Hdt. 

'Έςΰγείρω.  v.  είςαγείρω,  in  Hom. 
orily  3  impf  έςαγείρετο,  and  3  aor. 
mid.  έςαγείρατο. 

Έςάγω,  v.  είςάγω,  Π.  6,  252,  and 
Hdt. 

''Έςαιέν,  adv., /or  ever. 

'Έςαθρέω,  έςΰκονω,  v.  sub  εις-. 

Έςακοντίζω,  Ion.  for  είςακοντίζω, 
Hdt.  1,  43. 

Έςΰλτο,  for  έςύ?.ετο,  3  sing.  aor.  2 
553 


ΚΣΘΙ 

S5Ticop.  of  είςιΰ.λομαι,  II.  12,  4CC ;  13, 
679. 

'Έ,σαν,  Ερ.  and  Ion.  for  {/σαν,  from 
εΙμί,  Ilom. 
'Έ.ςάντα,  v.  Ηςάντα,  Horn. 
Έζ-άΰαί,  Ion.  for  ΰςάτταξ,  at  once, 
Hdt. 

'Εσά~ην,  aor.  2  pass,  from  σήπω. 

'Έ,ςαττικνέομαι,  Ion.  for  είσαί^ίκνέ- 
ομαι,  Hdt. 
Έςΰράσσω,  v.  sub  είςαρ.,  Hdt. 

'Efapri,  adv.  for  εις  άρτι,  until  now, 
late,  Lob.  Phryn.  21. 

Έςύχρι,  adv.  for  εις  ίιρχι,  until,  c. 
gen. 
•  'Έ,ςβαίΐ'ω,  ίς3ά?.?Μ,  v.  sub  είςβ. 

'Έ•σ3η,  3  sing.  aor.  2  act.  of  σιίέννν- 
μι,  in  intr.  signf.,  Horn. 

Ές;ίι3ύζω,  έςβολή,  v.  sub  e/f/?. 

Ές<^κομαί,  Ion.  for  ei'foe;^;.,  Hdt. 

^Εςδίδωμι,  ίςδνομαι,  ίςδνω,  v.  sub 
εΙς-. 

νΕσδρας,  ό,  Esdrajs,  Hebrew  masc. 
pr.  n.,  LXX. 

Έςέδράκον,  ες,  ε,  aor.  2  οίείςδίρκο- 
μαί,  Horn. 

Έςεί/ίί,  V.  εϊςειμι,  Hdt. 

Έζ-εΛίύσοίίαί,  fut.  and  if5/l<?£tv, 
inf.  aor.  of  ειςέρχομαι,  Horn. 

Έςεμασσάμην,  an  aor.  1,  of  which 
the  poet.  3  sing  occurs  in  II.  17,  561, 
μά'λα  yap  με  βανών  ίςεμύσσατο  θυ- 
μόν,  where  Ihe  form  seems  to  refer  us 
to  *εΙςμάομαι,  but  the  sense  to  είςμύσ- 
σομαι,  to  touch  :  so  loo  Hipp,  has  ές- 
μύσασθαι,  freq.  in  signf.  to  put  in  the 
hand  and  feel,  as  he  also  uses  εςμάτ- 
τεσθαι,  and  ίςματεΐσθαι,  v.  toes. 
Oecon. 

^Εςένης,  ίςένην,  ίςένας,  v.  ενη. 

Έςέπτατο,  3  sing.  aor.  2  mid.  from 
είςίπταμαί. 

Έςεργνύναί,  Ion.  for  είςείργειν,  to 
shut  in,  enclose,  Hdt.  2,  86, 

Έςέρχομαι,    v.    ειςέρχομαι,  Hom. 

^Εσεσάχατο,  3  pi.  plqpf.  pass,  from 
σάττω. 

Έσενα,  Ep.  ίσσευα,  aor.  1  act. 
from  σενο). 

Έςέχνντο,  3  pi.  aor.  mid.  syncop. 
οι  είςχέω,  they  poured  themselves,  flow- 
ed, streamed  in,  of  a  crowd,  II.  12,  470  ; 
21,  610. 

Έςέχω,  έςηθέω,  v.  sub  εις-,  Hdt. 

Ές//λατο,  3  sing.  aor.  1  mid.  of  ε/f- 
άλ?Μμαί,  II. 

Έςη/Λσίη,  ης,  7ΐ,=  εΙςε?.ενσις. 

"Εσβαι,  inf.  aor.  2  mid.  of  Ιημι. — 2. 
also  perf  pass,  of  ενννμι. 

Έσθέω,  ώ,  (έσθής)  to  clothe.  Pass, 
and  mid.,  to  clothe  one''s  self,  be  clothed, 
dressed :  usu.  in  ρβτί,ησθημαι,  c.  ace, 
έσθήτα  εσθημένος,  Hdt.  6,  112  ;  also 
c.  dat,  [ιύκεσι.  Id.  3,  129,  πεττλοίσί, 
Eur.  Hel.  1539.     Hence 

Έσθημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  garment,  dress, 
Trag.,  usu.  in  plur, 

Έσθην,  3  dual,  plqpf  pass,  of  iv- 
ννμι,  II.  18,  517. 

Έσθής,  7/ror,  ij,  a  garment,  Od., 
USU.  in  collective  signf.,  clothing, 
dress,  clothes,  seldom  of  a  single  gar- 
ment:  in  sing,  also  a  carpet,  rug,  to 
Bleep  on,  Od.  23, 290.  (From  'ένννμι, 
ίσθην,  so  that  strict  analogy  would 
require  έαθής,  of.  Sanscr.  vas,  Lat. 
vestis,  and  ίσθος.) 

Έσθησις,  εως,  η,  (έσθέω)  clothing, 
Soph.  El.  268. 

Έσθησίς,  εως,  ή,  (ίσθω)  eating,  Cte- 
sias,  nisi  leg.  ίσθισις. 

Έσθίω,  strengthd.  form  of  ίδω, 
only  used  in  pres.  and  imperf.  ησθιον, 
other  tenses  being  supplied  by  Ιδω, 
and  the  aor.  being  εφαγον :  to  eat, 
Hom.,  (esp.  in  Od.),  etc. :  ίσθιέμεν 
και  πινέμεν,  together,  Od.  2,  305  ;  21 , 
69 :  usu.  of  men.,  but  metaph.,  πάν- 
554 


ΕΣΚΟ 

τας  ττΐφ  έσθία,  the  fire  devours  all,  II. 

23,  182  ;  of  an  eating  sore,  Aesch.  Fr. 
231  ;  and  so  in  mid..  Foes.  Oecon. 
Hipp.  :  έσθ.  έαντόν,  to  vex  one's  self, 
like  Homer's  ov  θνμύν  κατεδων,  Ar. 
Vesp.  287  ;  also  Ισθ.  την  χε7.ννην,  to 
bite  the  lip,  like  δύκνειν,  lb.  1083. 
Pass,  to  be  eaten,  οίκος  έσθίεται,  the 
house  is  eaten  up,  we  are  eaten  out  of 
house  and  home,  Od.  4,  318 :  cf  ίσθω. 

Έσβ/.οδύτης,  ου,  ό,  fern,  -δότις,  ιδος, 
(ίσβλός,  δίδωμι)  giver  of  good. 

ΈΣΟΑΟ'Σ,  ή,  όν.  Dor.  έσλός,  poet, 
word  just=aya0of,  good,  in  Horn, 
alike  of  chiefs,  and  of  a  swineherd, 
Od.  15,  557  ;  of  horses,  II.  2,  348  : 
έσθ?..  εν  τινι,  good  in  or  at  a  thing,  II. 
15,  283  ;  hence  in  various  relations, 
— 1.  of  persons,  from  the  common  no- 
tion of  goodness  in  early  times,  ^ooii, 
brave,  stout,  Hom.,  esp.  in  II.  ;  opp.  to 
κακός:  also,  rich,  wealthy,  Hes.  Op. 
212  :  and  then,  7ioble,  Welcker  The- 
ogn.  praef.  p.  xxii.  :  also  kind,  good, 
εις  Tiva,  Soph.  El.  24. — 2.  of  mental 
and  moral  goodness,  e.  g.  νόος,  μένος, 
κ?.έος,  etc.,  Hom. — 3.  of  things,  etc., 
φάρμακα :  so  of  τενχεα,  κτήματα, 
κειμή?Λα,  etc.,  Hom. — 4.  good,  fortu- 
nate, lucky,  όρνιθες,  Od.  24,  311,  ϋτταρ, 
19,  547. — 5.  as  subst.,  έσθλύ,  goods, 
Od.  10,  523:  but  more  usu.  έσθλόν, 
good-luck,  II.  24,  530:  έσθλόν,  c.  inf., 
it  is  good,  expedient  to..,  II.  24,  301. 
(Ace.  to  Herm.  the  root  was  έθλός, 
akin  to  the  Germ,  edel,  Bockh.  Not 
Grit.  Pind.  O.  1,99.)    Hence 

ΈσθΆότης,  ητος,  ή,  goodness,  Chry- 
sipp.  ap.  Plut.  2,  441  B. 

Έσθος,  εος,  τό,  a  dress,  garment,  Π. 

24,  94,  Ar.  Av.  940,  rare  form  for  έσ- 
θής. 

Έσθ'  δτε,  for  έστιν  δτε,  Lat.  est 
quum,  there  is  a  time  when..,  i.  e.  noiv 
and  then,  sometimes,  formed  like  ενίο- 
τε, c.  indie,  Xen.  Cyr.  3,  1,  20 ;  έσθ' 
δτε..,  δτε...  Soph.  Aj.  56  sq. 

Έςθρώσκω,  for  είςθ.,  II. 

'Εσθω,  poet,  form  of  έσθίω,  to  eat, 
in  Hom.  usu.  with  ττίνειν  :  of  beasts, 
to  devour,  Od.  13,  409:  metaph.,  έσθ. 
κειμή^Λα,  to  waste,  consume  one's 
means,  Od.  2,  75:  also  in  Att.,  as 
Aesch.  Ag.  1597,  etc.  Poet,  word, 
also  found  in  LXX. 

Έσ/α,  ας,  ή,  in  some  dialects,  esp. 
Italian  Dor.,  for  ονσία  :  also  written 
έσσία,  Heind.  Plat.  Crat.  401  C. 

ΈςΙδεΙν,  for  είςιδεΐν,  Hom. 

Έςϊέμεναι,  fem.  part.  pres.  mid. 
from  είςίημι,  Od.  22,  470. 

Έςίζηται,  for  είςίζηται,  from  είςίζ- 
ομαι,  II.  13.  285. 

Έςίημι,  έςικνέομαι,  έςίπταμαι,  for 
είςίημι,  etc.,  Hdt. 

"Εσις,  εως,  ή,  (ϊεμαι)  an  impulse, 
tendency,  only  in  Plat.  Crat.  411  D, 
420  A :  but  the  compound  έφεσις  is 
found.   * 

Έςκαταβαίνω,  v.  είςκ.,  Od.  24,  222. 

Έςκάτθετη,  for  έιςκατέθετο,  3  sing. 
aor.  2  mid.  from  είςκατατίθημι,  Hes. 
Th.  890. 

Έσκε,  Ep.  and  Ion.  for  ην,  3  sing, 
impf.  from  ειμί,  freq.  in  Hom. 

Έσκεμμένως,  adv.  part,  perf  pass, 
from  σκέπτομαι,  deliberately,  Dem. 
749,  8. 

'Εσκληκα,  intr.  perf.  of  σκέ?.λω. 

Έςκλητος,  ου,  ή.  {εΙςκα?.έω)  α  con- 
voked assembly,  cf  Ικκ'λητος  II. 

ΎJςκ7ιητύς,  νος,ή,=ζ{οΐΒζ, 

'Εσκον,  Ερ.  and  Ion.  for  ην,  impf 
from  είμί,ίη  Hom.  only  II.  7,  153: 
very  freq.  in  3  pers.  έσκε,  never  in  2 
Ισκες. 

Έσκοττημένως,  adv.  part.  perf.  pass. 
from  σκοττέω,^ έσκεμμένως. 


ΕΣΠΕ 

Έσλόζ•,  Dor.  for  έσθλός,  q.  v. 

"Εσμα,  ατός,  τό.=^μίσχος,  a  stalk, 
pedicle,  Arist.  ap.  Eust. 

'Εσμός,  ov,  ό,  also  εσμός,  anything 
let  out,  Lat.  scaliirigo :  esp.  a  swar?n 
of  bees,  Hdt.  5,  114,  Plat.  Legg.  708 
Β  :  hence  any  swarm  or  flock,  ττελειά- 
δων,  Aesch.  Supp.  223 ;  γυναικών, 
Ar.  Lys.  353,  etc. :  also  of  things,  εσ- 
μοί γάλακτος,  streams  of  milk,  Eur. 
Bacch.  710,  ubi  v.  Elmsl.  ;  anil  rather 
strangely,  εσμός  με/.ίσσης  γλυκύς, 
i.  e.  honey.  Epinic.  ap.  Ath.  432  C, 
cf  Soph.  O.  C.  481,  Herm.  Opusc.  2, 
252 :  also,  έσμ.  νόσων,  Aesch.  Supp. 
684,  λύγων.  Plat.  Rep.  450  B.  (Prob. 
from  ϊημι,  and  so  rightly  aspirated, 
cf.  έιφεσαός:  others  from  ίζομαι,  or 
even  έδω,  v.  Schiif  Plut.  6,  p.  414.) 

Έσμοτόκος,  ov,  (εσμός,  τίκτω)  pro- 
ducing sivarms  of  bees,  Anth. 

Έσμοφνλαξ,άκος,  ό,  (εσμός,  φνλ.αξ) 
the  watcher  of  a  swarm  of  bees,  [ϋ] 

Έςόβδΐ/ν,  adv.,  v.  όβδη. 

Έςοικέω,  έςοικίζω,  for  εις-,  Hdt. 

Έςοτττος,  ov,  for  είςοπτος,  Hdt. 

Έςοτϊτρον,  for  ε'ιςοτττρον,  Ν.  Τ. 

Έςοράω,  ΐ.  έςόψομαι,  for  είςορύω, 
ειςόφομαι,  Hom.     . 

Έσονμαι,  Dor.  fut.  from  ειμί,  for 
έσομαι. 

'Εςοχάδες,  ων,  α'ι,  (είςέχω)  internal 
piles,  Hipp.,  cf  έξοχύδες. 

Έστϊέρα,  ας,  ή,  Lat.  vespera,  strict- 
ly fem.  from  έσπερος,  sub.  ίΐ/ρα,  eve- 
ning, Hdt.  1,  142,  Pind.,  etc.:  άττο 
εσπέρας,  after  evening,  at  nightfall, 
Thuc.  3,  112,  etc. ;  εΙς  or  προς  έσπέ- 
pav,  towards  evening.  Plat.,  Xen.,  etc. : 
in  plur.  the  evening  hours,  eventide, 
Dissen.  Pind.  I.  7,  44. — 2.  sub,  χώρα, 
the  west,  Lat.  occidens,  like  Germ. 
Abend,  Eur.  Or.  1260 ;  ή  προς  έσπέ- 
ρην  χώρα  or  τυ  προς  εσπερίας,  the 
west  country,  Hdt.  1,  82;  8,  130:  so 
τα  προς  έσπέραν,ύίΰ  western  regions, 
Thuc.  6,  2  ;  Xen. 

νΕσπέρα,  ας,  ή,  Hespera,  one  of  the 
Hesperides,  Ap.  Rh.  4,  1427.— II.  an 
island  of  the  Amazons  in  lake  Trito- 
nis,  Diod.  S. 

ί'Εσπερία,  ας,  ή,  (έσπερος)  sub.  γή. 
Hespena,  i.  e.  the  ivestern  land,  esp.  of 
Italy  relatively  to  Greece,  Dion.  H. 

ΈστΓίρί'ι^ω,  (έσπερος)  to  eat  the  eve- 
ning meal,  sup,  late. 

'Εσπερινός,  xj,  oi'j^sq.,  Xen.  Lac. 
12,6. 

Έ^σπέριος,  a,  ov,  and  ος,  ov,  Eur. 
H.  F.  395  :  (έσπερος)  of  time,  toward.•^ 
evening,  in  the  evening,  at  eventide. 
Horn.,  esp.  in  Od.,  usu.  with  a  verb. 
έσπ.  κάτειμι,  Od.  15,  505;  έσπ.  ηλ.θε, 
Od.  9,  330  ;  έσπερίηνς  άγέρεσθαι  άν- 
ώγει,  Od.  2,  385. — II.  of  place,  west- 
ern, Lat.  occidentalis,  Od.  8,  29,  Eur.  1. 
c.  :  opp.  to  ήοίος,  έώος :  ή  Έσπ.  άλ.ς, 
θάλασσα,  of  the  Mediterranean,  Dion. 
P. :  7/  Έσπ.  χθών=  Εσπερία,  Αρ. 
Rh.  3,  311 :  τα  έσπέρια,  the  western 
land,  Plut.  :  the  west,  Luc. 

Έσπερίς,  ίδος,  ή,  pecul.  fem.  of 
foreg.,  at  evening. — 2.  western,  Dion.  P. 
— II.  as  subst.  ή  έσπερίς,  the  night- 
scented  gilly-flower,  Theophr. — 2.  eis 
nom.  ])r.  ai  Εσπερίδες,  the  Hesperides. 
daughters  of  Night,  who  dwelt  on  an 
island  of  the  ocean,  on  the  western 
edge  of  the  world,  and  guarded  a  gar- 
den with  golden  apples,  Hes.  Th.  215. 
275,  518  : — later  their  number  wai- 
said  to  be  three,  or  sometimes  seven, 
their  names  were  given,  and  Her- 
cules was  said  to  have  carried  off 
their  apples.—  111.  ai  Εσπερίδες  νή- 
σοι, the  islands  of  the  Hesperides,  acc. 
to  Strab.=  a/  •\\ακάρών  νήσοι,  or= 
ai  Κασσιτερίόες,  acc.  to  Dion.  P. — 2 


ΕΣΣΟ 

earlier  name  of  the  Cyrenaic  city  Be- 
renice, Strab.  in  pi. ;  Steph  Byz.  in 
sing.  Έσ-ερίς. 

'Εσπέβίσμα,  ατός,  τό,  {έσττερίζυ) 
supper,  Ath. 

νΈιστηρίνης,  ον,  δ,  an  inhah.  of  Hes- 
peris  or  Hespcrides.  v.  Έσπερίς  III.  2. 
— 2.  ΈστΓ.  οι,  the  Hcsperltac,  dwelling 
in  a-est  Armenia,  Xen.  An.  7, 8,  25. 

νΈ,σ-ερΙης,  ιδος,  ή,  fern.  adj.=;'Eff- 
περίς,  western,  Diod.  S. 

Έσττερόβεν,  adv.  from  evening,  or 
fro?n  the  west,  Aral.    From 

έσπερος,^  ov,  0,  Lat^  VES- 
PER, evenins,  k~l  εσττερος  ή/.θε,  Od. 
1,  423  ;  but  έττΐ  εσ~ερον  έ'λβείν,  to  be 
near  even,  Od.  4,  786  :  heterog.  plur. 
neut.  εστζερα,  τύ,  the  hours  of  evening, 
eventide,  ποτΐ  i-,  Od.  17,  191. — II.  as 
adj.  of  or  at  evening,  H.  Hoin.  18,  14  : 
esp.,  e.  ύ.στ?}ρ,  the  evening-star,  11.  22, 
318:  also  as  subst.,  without  ύστήρ, 
Hesperus,  Eur.  Ion  1149:  εσπ.  σε?ιύ- 
νας  φάος.  Find.  Ο.  10.  90  :  e.  θεός,  the 
god  of  darkness.  L  e.  Hades  or  death. 
Soph.  O.  T.  178,  cf.  'Ερε3ος.  ζόφος. 
— 2.  western,  ε.  τόττοι,  Aesch.  Pr.  318, 
ΰγκύνες.  Soph.  Aj.  805  :  εσττερος  γη, 
the  west  country,  land  of  the  setting  sun  ; 
also  without  -γη,  Arist.  H.  A.  (By 
some  supposed  to  be  contr.  from  έως- 
φόρος,  as  if  its  first  signf.  were  Luci- 
fer, the  evening  star.) 

ΫΕσττερος,  ου,  b,  Hesperus,  a  brother 
of  Atlas,  Diod.  S.  4,  27.-2.  a  son  of 
Atlas,  Id.  3,  60. 

Έσ-ετε,  Ep.  imperat.  of  ειπείν  for 
είττατε,  2  pi.  aor.,  four  times  in  Horn., 
but  only  in  II.,  and  in  phrase,  έσττετε 
vvv  μοι,  Μο£•σα<. 

'Έστίευσμένως,  adv.  part,  perf  pass, 
from  σ~ενύω,  in  haste,  Dion.  H. 

"Εστοωαί,  later  Ep.  collat.  form  of 
e-ouat,  Dion.  P.  43C,  1140. 

'Έ,σ-όμην,  inf.  σττέσθαι,  aor.  2  of 
εττομαι :  Homer  retains  ε  in  all  the 
moods,  inf  έσττίσθαι,  II.  5,  423  ;  part. 
έσττόμενος,  II. :  imperat.  έσττέσθω,  II. ; 
subj.  εσ-ωνταί,  Od.  12,  349  ;  opt.  έσ- 
ποίμην,  Od.  It  is  a  mistake  to  as- 
sume in  early  Greek  a  pres.  εσπομαι 
for  έπομαι. 

Έσπον.  (not  εσπον)  inf.  σπείν,  aor. 
2  of  επω,  Hom.,  only  in  compds. 

Έσπουδασμένως,  adv.  part.  pcrf. 
pass,  from  σπουδάζω,  seriously,  in  ear- 
nest. Plat.  Sisyph.  390  Β  :  zealously, 
Strab. 

Έσσα,  ας,  ε,  aor.  1  act.  of  ενννμι, 
Hom. ;  εσσαι,  poet,  inf,  Od.  ;  έσσά- 
μενοΓ,  part.  aor.  1  mid..  Hom. 

+Έσσα,  ης,  ή,  Essa,  a  city  of  Syria, 
Joseph. 

ί'ΕσσαίΟί,  ων,  οί,='Έσσηνθί. 

νΚσσεΐταί,  v.  sub  εσσομαι. 

Έσσν'/ν,  f/νος,  ό,  at  Ephesus  a  priest 
of  Diaiw,  like  Lat.  rex  sacrificubis,  sa- 
crorum,  Pausan.  8,  13,  1  :  in  Callim. 
Jov.  06,  α  king :  ace.  to  E.  M.,  orig. 
the  king  (queen)  bee,  as  if  akin  to  εσ- 
μός, and  it  may  be  added  that  μέλισ- 
σα (q.  V.)  was  a  name  of  certain  priest- 
esses, esp.  of  Diana. 

νΈΙσσηνυί.  ων,  oi,  and  Έσσαΐοί,  the 
Esseni,  or  Essaei,  a  Jewish  sect,  Jo- 
seph. 

Έσσί,  Ep.  and  Dor.  2  sing.  pres. 
from  ειμί,  ϊμμί,  for  εΙς  or  εΐ,  strictly 
Dor.,  but  freq.  in  Hom. 

Έσσια,  ή,  v.  kaia. 

"Έ,σσο,  Ep.  imperat.  from  ίνννμι, 
for  εσο  or  είσο. — II.  2  sing,  plqpf 
pass,  from  ενννμι,  II.  3,  57,  Od.  16, 
199. 

Έσσομαι,  Ep.  fut  of  ειμί,  for  ίσο- 
μαι,  Hom.,  who  also  in  II.  uses  ίσσεΐ- 
ται,  3  sing,  from  Dor.  έσσονμαι- 

Έσίτόω,  Ion.  for  ήσσάω,  ήττάω,  to 


ΕΣΤΗ 

overcome,  master,  freq.  in  Hdt.,  but 
mostly  in  pass.,  έσσοΰσΟαι,  aor.  έσ- 
σωθηναι,  to  be  beaten,  υπό  τίνος,  3, 
100  ;  μάχτι,  5,  46,  etc. 

Έσσϋμαι,  perf.  pass,  οίσεύω,  Hom.: 
whence  ίσσυο  and  έσσντο,  2  and  3 
plqpf  ;  but  these  are  also  syncop.  aor., 
Hom. 

Έσσύμενος,  η,  ov,  part.  pass,  of 
σεύω  (ace.  to  signf  and  accent  a  pres., 
but  redupl.  as  if  perf),  driven,  vrged 
on,  hurried,  vehement,  Hom.  :  eager, 
yearning-foT ,  c.  gen.  TTO/.iuov,  όδοϊο, 
11.  24,  404,  Od.  4,  733  :  also  c.  inf, 
πο7,εμίζειν,  ά/.νξαι,  11.  11,  717,  Od.  4, 
416.  [i]  :  hence  adv.  έσσνμένως,  has- 
tily, vehemently,  Hom.  (Though  anal- 
ogy is  in  favour  of  the  parox.  accent 
έσσνμένος,  it  is  without  authority,) 

Έσσΰο,  εσσντο,  2  and  3  sing.  aor. 
syncop.  pass,  from  σενω. 

Έ,σσωθηναι,  Ion.  for  ήσσηθηναι,  v. 
έσσόω. 

"Εσσων,  ov.  Ion.  for  ησσων,  Hdt.  8, 
113.  etc. 

*"Εσταα,  pf.  2  of  Ιστημι  with  in- 
trans.  pres.  signf,  to  stand :  but  only 
in  the  following  syncop.  forms,  dual 
εστάτον,ρίητ.εστΰμεν,εστάτε,έστάσι, 
inf.  έστάναι,  Ep.  έστύμεν,  έστύμεναι, 
part,  έσταώς,  Att.  contr.  έστώς,  ώσα. 
Ion.  έστεώς  and  έστηώς. 

"Εστΰκα,  transit,  perf.  of  ιστημι,  I 
have  placed,  prob.  not  before  Polyb. 

Έστάλάτο,  Ion.  for  εστα'λμένοι 
ήσαν,  3  pi.  plqpf  pass,  of  στέλλω, 
Hes.  Sc.  288.   [αλ] 

Έστάμεν,  έστάμεναι,  Ep.  for  έστά- 
ναι, inf.  perf  syncop.  from  ϊστημι, 
Hom.  [a] 

"Εστύμεν,  1  pi.  perf.  syncop.  of  ϊσ- 
τημι,  Od. 

Έσταν,  Aeol.  and  Ep.  for  έστησαν, 
3  pi.  aor.  2  act.  of  ιστημι,  they  stood, 
Hom.  [a] 

Έστΰότες,  plur.  from  έσταώς,  v. 
εσταα,  Hom. 

"Εστάσαν,  3  pi.  plqpf  syncop.  of 
ιστημι,  they  stood,  Hom. :  carefully 
to  be  distinguished  from  sq. 

Έστάσαν,  3  pi.  aor.  1  trans,  shortd. 
for  έστησαν,  they  set,  placed,  or  had 
placed,  11.  2.  525,  Od.  3,  182  ;  18,  307, 
cf  esp.  II.  12,  55,  56,  cf.  έπρεσε,  έπ- 
ρησε. 

Έστάσι,  3  pi.  perf  s3Ticop.  of  ιστη- 
μι, II. 

Έστατε,  2  plur.,  and  εστΰτον,  2 
and  3  dual  perf.  syncop.  of  Ιστημι,  11. 

Έςτε,  conjunct,,  tilt,  until,  Lat.  do- 
nee, c.  indicat.,  Aesch.  Pr.  457,  etc.  : 
but  in  dependent  clauses  after  an  inf, 
Arr. :  also  c.  subj.,  Soph.  Aj.  1183; 
but  then  more  usu.  εστ'  ύν,  as  Hdt.  7, 
141,  etc.,  cf  Valck.  Hipp.  659  ;  and  in 
orat.  obliqua,  c.  optat.,  Xen.  An.  1,  9, 
11. — 2.  so  long,  so  long  as,  Schaf  Soph. 
Aj.  1183,  with  same  construct,  as  for- 
mer signf — The  Dor.  form  έςτε  is  re- 
stored by  Kiessling  and  Gaisf  in  The- 
ocr.  1,  6;  5,  22,  cf  E.  M.  p.  382.  8: 
but  the  inference  that  it  comes  from 
εως  is  rightly  rejected  by  Valck. — II. 
adv.  even  to,  Lat.  nsque,  έςτε  επί,  c. 
ace,  like  Lat.  usque  ad,  Xen.  An.  4, 
5,  6  ;  and  sometimes  so  without  επί, 
Arr.  (From  ές  ότε,  εις  δτε,  as  εΐςόκε 
from  εις  δ  κε  :  we  never  find  είςτε  : 
nor  have  Hom.  and  Hes.  έςτε.) 

"Εςτε,  V.  foreg. 

^Εστενωμένως,  adv.  part,  perf  pass, 
from  στενόω,  scantily. 

"Εστηκα,  έστήκειν,  perf  and  plqpf 
act.  from  ιστημι,  always  in  intr.  pres. 
and  impf  signf,  1  stand,  stood,  Hom. 

Έστ?;ΐ',  v.  sub  έστησα. 

Έστήξω,  έστήξομαι,  intr.  fut.  οΐέσ- 
τηκα,  J  shall,  will  stand,  Att.  formed 


ΕΣΤΙ 

like  τεθνήξω,  τεθνήξομαι  from  θνή• 
σκω. 

Έστησα,  aor.  1  act.  of  ιστημι, 
trans.  I  placed,  set,  Hom.:  but  εστιών, 
aor.  2  intr.  I  stood,  Hom.  The  aor. 
1  mid.  έστησάμην,  is  also  always 
trans. 

'Εστία,  ας,  η.  Ion.  Ίστίη,  ης,  the 
hearth  of  a  house ;  the  shrme  of  the 
household  gods,  and  hence  a  sanctu- 
ary for  suppliants,  who  were  called 
ϊόέστιοι :  hence  an  oath  by  it  was 
specially  sacred :  in  Hom.  only  in  Od. 
14,  159  ;  17,  156 ;  19,  304,  always  in 
solemn  appeals,  and  in  Ion.  form  ίσ- 
τίη :  Hes.  Op.  732,  uses  έστίη  :  η  κοι- 
νή εστία,  a  public  altar,  Arist.  Pol. : 
hence — 2.  the  house  itself,  a  du-elltng, 
house,  home  (as  we  SAy  fire-side),  Hdt. 
5,  40,  and  freq.  in  Pind.,  and  Trag. ; 
hence  any  home,  as  the  grave,  Soph. 
O.  C.  1728.— 3.  the  members  of  the 
house,  the  household,  family,  Hdt.  1, 
176 :  άφ'  εστίας  άρχεσθαι,  to  begin 
with  the  nearest,  i.  e.  at  the  beginning, 
and  go  through  with  a  thmg.  Ar.  A'esp. 
846  :  but  others  refer  this  to  signf  11. 
— II.  as  nom.  pr.  Hestia,  the  Roman 
Vesta,  ace.  to  Hes.  Th.  454.  daughter 
of  Kronos  (Saturn)  and  Rhea,  guard- 
ian of  the  hearth  and  home,  both  of 
families  and  states,  and  so  always 
first  invoked  at  all  offerings  and  fes- 
tivals, H.  Hom.  23,  29,  in  the  form 
Ίστίη. — 2.  one  of  the  Hesperiries, 
Apollod.  (Prob.  from  ϊζω,  ίζομαι.) 
[ι  in  Od.  in  the  appellat.,  ζ  in  H.  Hom. 
m  nom.  pr. ;  in  Hes.  exactly  the  re- 
verse :  £  always  in  Att.] 

ΥΕστίαια.  ας,  ή,  Ion.  Ίστισίη,  Ep. 
Ίστίαια.  Hestiaea.  a  city  of  Euboea, 
the  later  Oreus,  II.  2,  537 ;  Thuc.  7, 
57 ;  Paus. — 2.  a  city  of  Thessaly  at 
the  foot  of  Mt.  Olympus,  Apollod. 
Hence 

νΕστιαιενς,  έως,  ό,  an  inhah.  of  Hes- 
tiaea, Thuc.  1,  114;  etc. 

Έστίΰμα,  ατός,  τό,  (έστιύω)  an  en- 
tertainment, banquet,  Ύαντύ/.ον  θεοΐ- 
σιν,  Eur.  I.  Τ.  387. 

^'Εστιαϊον,  ov,  τό,  Hestiaeum,  or  tem- 
ple of  Vesta,  Dio  C. 

νΕστιαΙος,  ov,  6,  Hestiaeus,  masc, 
pr.  n.,  Ath. ;  Diog.  L. 

ΥΕστιαιώτις,  ιδος,  ή,  Ion.  Ίστιαιώ- 
Tir.  HestiaeStis,  a  region  in  Thessaly 
between  Olympus  and  Ossa.  ace.  to 
Strab.  so  named  from  the  Euboean 
Hestiaea,  p.  430,  sq. — 2.  the  territory 
of  the  Euboean  Hestiaea,  Hdt.  7, 175 
in  Ion.  form. 

Έστιαρχέω,  ω,  to  be  έστΐαρχος,  Lu<v 
From 

Έστιύρχης,  ου,  ό,  Plut.,  and  έστι, 
ορχος,  ov,  6,  (εστία,  άρχίβ))  the  master 
of  a  house,  or  of  one^s  own  house :  also 
^^έστιοϋχος  II. 

Εστίας,  άδος,  ή.  {'Εστία)  α  ^'estal 
virgin,  at  Rome,  Plut. 

Έστίασις,  εως,  ή,  (εστιάω)  α  feast- 
ing, banqueting,  entertainment,  Thuc.  6, 
46  ;  λόγων  έστ.,  a  '  feast  of  reason,' 
Plat.  Tim.  27  B.— II.  esp.  at  Athens, 
one  of  the  regular  ?.ειτονργίαι,  Bockh 
P.  E.  2,  221,  V.  έστιύτωρ. 

Έστιΰτηριον,  ov,  τό.  a  dining  room, 
banqueting-hall,  Philostr. 

'Εστιατόρια,  ας,  η,  a  feast,  LXX. : 
and 

'Έστιΰτόριον,  ov,  τό,  =  έστιατή- 
piov)  Plut. :  from 

Έστιύτωρ,  ορός,  ό,  ove  who  gives  a 
banquet,  a  host,  Plat.  Tim.  init. — II. 
esp.  at  Athens,  the  citizen  on  whom  the 
liturgy  fell  to  give  a  dinner  to  his  tribe, 
Dem.  463,  15 ;  996,  24 :  v.  έστίασις. 
[α]     From 

Έστι,άω,  ώ,  f.  -άσω  [α],  (,έστίά)  to 
555 


ΕΣΧΑ 

receivr.  on  one's  hearth,  into  one's  home, 
to  entertain  hospitably,  to  feast,  τινά, 
Ar.  Nub.  1'21'i;  tlvu  τίνος,  one  on 
somethin^j.  Plat.  Rep.  571  D;  also 
τινά  Tivi,  lb.  404  D  :  also  c.  ace.  cog- 
nato,  γάμους  έαηάν,  to  give  a  mar- 
riage feast,  Eur.  H.  F.  183;  so,  έστ. 
νικητήρια,  Xen.,  etc.  Pass.  c.  fut. 
mid.  έστιάσομαι  (Plat.  Rep.  345  C) : 
— to  be  a  guest,  be  feasted,  Hdt.  5,  20  : 
C.  ace.  rei,  to  feast  on..,  έστ.  ίνύττνιον, 
to  have  a  visionary  feast,  '  feast  with 
the  Barmecide,'  Ar.  Vesp.  1218;  also 
c.  dat.,  εί•ο>όί(ΐ,  Xen.  Syinp.  2,  3. 

νΕστιόδωρος,  ov,  ό,  Hestiodorus,  son 
of  Aristoclides,  and  a  leader  of  the 
Athenians.  Thue.  2,  70. 

Έστιοττάμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  {εστία, 
πέτϊύμαι)  a  householder. 

^Εττιος,  a,  ov,  belonging  to  the  εσ- 
τία. Heliod. 

Έστιονχέο),  ύ,  to  preside  over  the 
home,  house,  or  state,  πό/.εως,  Pseudo- 
Charond.  ap.  Stob.  p.  290,  12  :  from 

Έστιοϊ'χος,  ov,  (εστία,  έχω)  guard- 
ing, keeping  the  house  or  state,  c.  gen. 
loci,  Eur.  Supp.  1. — 2.  having  an  altar 
or  hearth,  γαία,  πόλις.  Aesch.  Pers. 
511,  Soph.  Ant.  1083.— 3.  on  the  hearth 
or  altar,  έστ.  ψό?.ος.  Aesch.  Fr.  265 
(ace.  to  Musgr.),  ττϋρ,  Plut. — II.  an 
entertainer,  feaster,  host,  Ar.  ap.  Poll. 
6,  11. 

Έστ£Οω,  ώ,  {εστία')  to  found  a  hearth, 
house.  Pass.,  δώμα  έστιοϋται,  the 
house,  family  is  founded,  i.  e.  by  chil- 
dren, Eur.  Ion  1404,  Lat.  dumus  con- 
stituta,  ftindata  est. 

νΈστιχόωντο,  Ep.  3  pi.  impf.  mid. 
from  στιχάω,  II.  4,  432. 

νΕστίωνες,  uv,  oi,  the  Estiones,  a 
race  of  the  V'indelicii.  Strab. 

Έστιώτης,  ov,  ό,  fern,  -ώτις,  ιδος, 
(εστία)  of,  in,  belonging  to  the  house  or 
family.  Soph.  Tr.  954. 

Έστο,  3  sing,  plqpf.  pass,  of  evvv- 
μι,  Hom. 

Έστηχασμένως,  adv.  part.  perf. 
pass,  from  στοχάζομαι. 

Έστραμμένος,  ?/,  ov,  part.  perf. 
pass,  from  στρέφω,  Η.  Hom.  Merc. 
411. 

Έςτρίς,  adv.,  wniiZ  three  times,  thrice, 
Find.  O.  2,  123,  P.  4,  108. 

Έστρωμένος,  η,  ov,  part  perf.  pass, 
from  στηρένννμι,  στρώννυμι,  Η.  Hom. 
Yen.  159. 

Έστρωτο,  3  sing,  plqpf  pass,  from 
στορέννυμι,  στρώννυμι.  II.  10,  155. 

'Εστω,  ους,  ή,  (ειμί)  Dor.  for  ουσία, 
siosiarice,  as  ορρ.  to  form,  μορφή,  Ar- 
chyt.  ap.  Stob.  Eel.  1,  714. 

Έστωρ,  ορός,  ό,  a  peg  or  7iail  at  the 
end  of  the  pole,  on  which  the  ring,  κρί- 
κος, for  fastening:  the  harness  was  fix- 
ed, 11.  24,  272,  cf  Arr.  Anab.  2,  3,  13, 
Plut.  Alex.  18.  (Prob.  from  έζω  or 
from  ΐιιμι :  others  in  Hom.  read  'έκ- 
τωρ  from  έχω. 

Έσύνηκεν,  for  συνήκεν,  aor.  1  c. 
dupl.  augm.  from,  σννϊημι. 

Έςνστερον,  adv.  for  εΙς  ύστερον, 
for  the  future,  hereafter,  Hdt.  5,  41. 

'Εσόα?μένως,  adv.  part,  perf  pass, 
from  σόύλ?.ω,  erringli/,  amiss,  Anth. 
'Ec-(ifpcj.v.£iVoepij,Hom.,andHdt. 
'Efi^/ufftf,  εως,  ή,  a  pressure,  push- 
ing imcards  :  from 

Έςφ/.ύω,  ί.  -άσω  [u].  (εις,  φ?.άω)  to 
drive,  press  inwards,  in  Hipp.,  for  έσ- 
θλάο)  or  ένθΆάω. 

Έςφορέω,  v.  είςφορέω,  Od. 
Έσχήρη,  ας,  ή.  Ion.  εσχάρη :  Ερ. 
gen.  et  dat.  έσχαρόφιν,  άτ'  έσχ.  or 
k~'  έσχ.,  Od.  : — the  hearth,  fire-place, 
like  εστία,  Horn.,  esp.,  in  Od. :  the 
sanctuary  of  suppliants,  hence,  κα• 
ϋέζετο  έη' έσχάρΐ)  ev  Kovirjaiv,  Od,  7, 
556 


ΕΣΧΑ 

153,cf.  1  GO,  169 :  used  both  for  warmth, 
Od.  6.  305,  and  for  religious  rites,  Od. 
14,  420. — 2.  hence,  Ύρώων  ττνρος  έσ- 
χάραι,  the  watchfircs  of  the  camp,  11. 
10,  418,  ubi  alii  aliter. — II.  an  altar  for 
burnt  offerings,  thus  distinguished  from 
the  more  general  term  βωμός,  Aesch. 
Pers.  205,  Soph.,  etc. — III.  a  grate, 
pan  of  coals,  or  gridiron,  Ar.  Ach.  888. 
— IV.  in  medic,  the  scurf,  scab,  eschar 
on  a  wound,  esp.  by  burning,  Hipp., 
and  Plat.  (Com.)  Incert.  2.— V.  pzi- 
dendum  muliebre,  Ar.  Eq.  1286.  [χα] 
Hence 

Έσχαρενς,  έως,  ό,  a  ship's  cook. 
Έσχύρεών,  ώνος,  δ,^έσχύρα  I.  and 
II.,  Theocr.  24,  48. 

Έσχάριον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  έσχύ- 
pa  :  esp.  a  pan  of  coals,  gridiron,  Ar. 
Fr.  435. — 2.  a  stand  for  any  thing,  Po- 
lyb.  [a] 

Έσχάριος,  ov,  (έσχαρα)  of,  on  the 
hearth,  Anth.  [a] 

.  ΈσχΓιρίς,  ίύος,  ή,  (έσχύρα)  a  pan 
of  coals,  or  gridiron,  Ar.  Fr.  435. 

Έσχΰρίτης,  ου,  ό,  άρτος,  bread  baked 
over  the  fire,  Ath. 

Έσχΰρόπεπτος,  ov,  (έσχάρα,  πέττ- 
τω)  cooked  on  the  hearth,  Hipp. 

Έσχαρόφιν,  Ep.  gen.  and  dat.  sing, 
from  έσχάρα,  q.  v.,  Od. 

Έσγίϊροω,  ώ,  (έσχάρα  IV.)  to  cover 
with  an  eschar  or  scab,  έσχαρωμένα 
έΆκη,  Diosc.    Hence 

Έσχάρωσις,  εως,  ν,  the  formation  of 
a  scab,  Arist.  Prob.  [a] 

Έσχΰρωτικάς,  -η,  όν,  forming  an 
eschar,  escharotic.  Medic. 

Έσχΰτάω,  ώ,  (έσχατης)  to  he  at  the 
edge,  in  Hom.  only  in  Ep.  Part,  έσ- 
χατόων,  όωσα,  of  men,  ει  τινά  που 
όηίων  έληι  έσχατόωντα,  straying  about 
the  edge  of  the  camp,  II.  10,  200:  else- 
where of  states,  'Κνθ7]δών,  'ίΛ.ύρσινος 
έαχατόωσα,  lying  on  the  border,  II.  2, 
508,  616  :  not  in  Od. 

Έσχάτεύω,  to  be  the  last,  be  at  the 
end.  τινός,  Theophr. 

'Εσχατιά,  άς,  ή,  (έσχατος)  the 
furthest  part,  the  edge,  border,  esp.  of  a 
place,  Hom.,  and  Hdt.,  etc. ;  as  έσχ. 
νήσου,  Od.  5,  238,  etc. ;  έσχ.  ?Λμένος, 
the  mouth,  Od.  2,  391  :  but  έσχ.  πο- 
λέαην,  i/ifsAiV/s  of  battle  (i.e.  furthest 
parts  of  the  field),  II.  11,  524;  20, 
328  :  also  the  edge  of  a  funeral  pile, 
II.  23,  242. — II.  afar-aicay,  sequestered 
spot,  on  the  edge  of  a  plain,  near  the 
sea,  etc.,  άγροϋ  έσχ.,  Od.  4,  517,  etc., 
cf.  3.  294,  II.  9.  484  :  also  έσχ.  alone, 
Od.  14,  104,  Hdt.  6,  127,  and  freq.  in 
Att.,  as  Soph.  Phil.  144,  Dem.  1040, 
13,  cf.  Bockh  P.  E.  1,  86.— III.  dat. 
έσχατιί),  as  adv.,  finally,  Nic. 

Έσχΰτιάω,  ώ,  rare  poet,  form  for 
έσχατεύω. 

Έσχΰτίζω,  to  be  last,  too  late,  LXX. 
— II.  in  gen\.=  έσχατεύω. 

Έσχΰτιος,  ov,  poet,  for  έσχατος, 
Nic. 

Έσχΰ,τιώτης,ου,δ,ίβπ).  -ώτις,ιδος, 
on  the  frontier,  as  pr.  name  of  a  tribe. 
Bockh  Inscr.  2,  p.  268. 

Έσχΰτόγηρως,  ων,  also,  ace.  to 
some,  -γηρος,  ov,  (έσχατος,  γήρας) 
in  extreme  old  age,  Strab. 

Έσχ&τόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  poet,  for  sq. 
Έσχατος,  τι,  ov,  also  ος,  ov,  Arat. 
625:  the  furthest,  uttermost,  extreme,  in 
Hom.  only  of  place:  έσχατοι  ανδρών, 
of  the  Aethiopia)is,  Od.  1,  23:  hence 
the  farthest  each  way. — I.  the  highest, 
Lat.  summus,  esp.  metaph.  of  rank, 
the  highest,  noblest.  Find.  O.  1,  181. — 
2.  the  lowest,  Lat.  imu.•),  Theoer.  16, 
52  :  and  of  rank,  the  loicest.  meanest, 
Lat.  extremus. — 3.  the  innermost.  Soph. 
Tr.  1053. — II.  esp.  of  actions,  inis- 


ETAI 

fortunes,  sufferings, etc.,  ίΛε  uttermost, 
utmost,  last,  ivorst,  έσχ.  κίνδυνος, 
δδννη.  Plat. :  esp.  as  subst.  to  έσχα- 
Tov,  Tu  έσχατα,  the  utmost,  last,  ές 
to  έσχ.  διακαρτερέειν,  to  hold  out  to 
the  last,  Hdt.  7, 107  ;  ές  το  έσχ.  κα- 
κού ά~ικέσθαι.  Id.  8,  52  ;  έτϊ'  έσχ. 
βαίνειν.  Soph.  Ο.  C.  217:  so  τα  έσχ. 
τταθεΐν,  πονεΐν,  etc..  Plat.,  and  Xen.: 
έξ  έσχατων  ές  έσχ.,  from  worst  to 
worse,  Hdt.  7,  100 ;  έσχατ"  έσχατων 
κακά,  worst  of  possible  evils.  Soph. 
Phil.  65,  cf  Philem.  Incert.  87 
(Meineke  p.  423). — III.  tu  έσχ.,  are 
also  used  in  Arist.  Org,  for  the  terms 
of  a  proposition.  —  IV.  of  time,  the 
last,  Plut. — V^.  adv.  -τως,  to  the  utter- 
most, exceedingly,  Hipp.  :  esp.  to  give 
a  superl.  force  to  an  adj.,  Xen.  An. 

2,  6,  1. — 2.  We  have  also  neut.  έσ• 
χατον  as  adv., /or  the  last  time.  Soph. 
O.  C.  1550:  and  so  το  έσχ..  Plat. 
Gorg.  473  C :  and  a  superl.  adv.  έσ- 
χατώτατα,  most  utterly,  Xen.  Hell.  2, 

3,  49 ;  and  a  comp.  έσχατώτερον, 
more  extreme,  Arist.  Metaph. :  cf  έ/Λΐ 
χιστος.  (Prob.  from  έξ,  liuttm.  Ausf. 
Gr.  ξι  22,  Anm.  3,  n.,  like  εξώτατος  : 
others  from  έχομαι,  έσχομην,  to  be 
hard  by,  at  the  boundary.) 

Έσχΰτόων,  όωσα,  11.  v.  έσχαταω. 

Έσχεθον,  ες,  ε,  poet.  aor.  2  of  έχω, 
for  έσχον,  Hom. 

Έςχέω,  for  είςχέω,  Hdt. 

Έσχηματισμένως,  adv.  part.  perf. 
pass,  from  σχηματίζω,  figuratively, 
Gramm. 

Έσχον,  ες,  ε,  inf  σχεΐν,  aor.  2  of 
έχω :  aor.  mid.  έσχόμην,  Hom. 

Έσω,  adv.  for  είσω,  q.  v.,  Hom.,  and 
Hdt.  Though  ε'ισω  is  the  more  usu. 
in  all  dialects,  yet  εσώτερος,  έσώτα- 
τος,  never  take  the  i,  and  έσωθεν 
only  in  Hipp.,  prob.  on  account  of 
the  correlative  εξώτερος,  etc.   Hence 

Έσωθεν  and  -θε,  adv.  from  within, 
Hdt.  8,  37  :  within,  inside.  Id.  2,  36 : 
c.  gen.  έσ.  δωμάτων,  Aeseh.  Cho.  800: 
cf  έσω. 

Έςωπή,  ης,  ή,  (εις,  ώψ)  appearance, 
look,  poet. 

νΕςώ-ις,  ή,  EsOpis,  a  hill  near 
Loeri  in  Italy,  Strab. 

Έσώτατος,  η,  or,  superl.  from  έσω, 
the  inner,  innermost,  Lat.  iritimus.  Adv. 
έσωτάτω,  Hipp. :  opp.  to  εξώτατος  ■ 
cf.  εσω. 

Εσωτερικός,  ή,  όν,  (εσώτερος)  in- 
ner, intimate,  esoteric,  Luc. :  esp.  of 
those  disciples  of  Pythagoras,  Aris- 
totle, etc.,  who  were  scientifically 
taught,  opp.  to  those  who  had  mere 
popular  views  (εξωτερικοί),  Clem.  Al. 

'Εσωτέρων,  ov,  τό,  also  έσωφόριον, 
an  inner  garment,  Lat.  interula,  Salmas 
Tertull.  Pall.  p.  409 :  from 

Εσώτερος,  a,  ov,  comp.  from  έσω, 
the  inner,  Lat.  interior:  adv.  έσωτέρω, 
Hdt.  8,  66:  opp.  to  εξώτερος:  cf.  εσω. 

Ετάζω,  f.  -σω,  (έτος)  to  examine  the 
truth  of  a  thing,  test  it,  Polus  ap.  Stob. 
p.  105,  47,  cf.  Plat.  Crat.  410  D  :  the 
word  in  gen.  use  was  the  compd, 
εξετάζω. 

Εταίρα,  ας,  if,  fem.  from  εταίρος, 
q.v. 

Εταιρεία,  ας,  ή,  Ion.  -ηιη,  also 
εταιρία,  (εταίρος)  a  companionship, 
association  of  tico  or  more  comrades 
union,  club,  brotherhood,  των  ί/λικιω- 
τέων,  Hdt.  5,  71. — II.  esp.  at  Athens 
a  private  political  club  or  union  for 
party  purposes.  Plat.  Rep.  305  D  :  so 
too  εταιρία,  Thuc.  3,  82,  and  ξννω- 
μοσία.  Id.  8,  54,  ubi  v.  Arnold. — 2.  at 
Carthage  a  public  association  or  union 
for  the  maintenance  of  law  and  liberty, 
Kluge,  Arist.  Pol.  Garth,  p.  3G  sq.— 


ETAI 

ΠΙ.  in  geu\.  friendly  connexion,  friend-  I 
ship.  Soph.  Aj.  633. — IV.  =έταίρΐίσις,  | 
Anduc.  13,  27.    (Bremi  distinguishes  ! 
between   the   two   forms,    giving   to 
εταιρία  the  signification  of  compan- 
ionship from   εταίρος,  to  έταιρΐία  a 
political  signf.  from  έταιρενω,   Ex- 
curs.  I.  ad  isocr.)    Strictly  fern,  from 
'Έ.ταιρεΊος,  εία,  εΐον.  Ion.  -ίιιος,  of, 
belonging  to  companions   or    comrades, 
ΖενΓ  έτ.,  presidingover fellowship, Hdt. 

I.  44. — 11.  of,  belonging  to  an  εταίρα  : 
hence  amorous,  £-.  (pi/.uT/jg,  H.  Hom. 
Merc.  58. 

Έταφενω,  to  be  an  εταίρος,  com- 
rade ;  but  usu. — 2.  to  be  an  εταίρα, 
cvwrtcsan.  —  II.  act.  to  make  one  an 
εταίρος  or  εταίρα :  hence  usu.  in 
pass.  =  signf.  I.  2,  Theopomp.  ap. 
Folyb.  8,  11,  10. 

'Εταφέω,  ώ.  to  be  an  εταίρα,  Aesch- 
in.  2,  42,  etc.,  cf.  ττορνενω. 

Έταιριμη,  ΐ]ς,  ή,  and  έταιρτμος, 
7μη,  rfiov.  Ion.  for  -εία,  -είος,  etc. 

'Εταίρι/σίς,  εως,  ή.  (έταιρέυ)  un- 
chastity,  Aeschin.  2,  43. 

'Εταιρία,  ας,  ή,  ν.  sub  εταιρεία. 

Έταιριδεια,  ων,  τύ,  sub.  ίερύ,  the 
festival  of  Ζευς  έταφείος  at  Magnesia, 
Heges.  ap.  Ath.  572  D. 

'EjTaipiolov,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from 
εταίρα,  Plut. 

Έταχρίζω,  fut.  -iou,  to  be  any  one's 
εταίρος,  comrade,  fellow,  companion, 
brother  in  arms,  c.  dat.  άνδρι  έταιρί- 
σαι,  II.  24,  335  :  also  of  the  Graces, 
H.  Hom.  Ven.  90. — 2.=έταιρέω,  to 
be  a  courtesan,  in  act.,  Luc. ;  and  mid., 
Ath. — II.  trans,  to  make  one  a  comrade 
or  friend:  hence  mid.  έταιρίζεσθαι, 
to  choose  any  one  for  otters  comrade, 
have  fellowship  with  him,  τινά,  II.  13, 
456,  where  the  Ep.  form  έτΰρίσσαιτο 
for  έταιρίσαιτο  is  used,  cf.  jSaumach. 
55. 

Εταιρικός,  ή,  όν,^έταιρείος,  of, 
belonging  to,  like  an  εταίρος,  Ar.  Eth. 
N. ;  of  an  εταίρα,  Philostr. :  το  έΓ.= 
εταιρία,  Thuc.  3,  82:  ϊ-τζος  έταφικι'/, 
a  body  of  horse-guards  of  the  Macedoa. 
kings,  Polyb.,  cf.  πεζέταιροι.  Adv. 
-κώς,  Plut. 

Έταίριος,  ον,=ζέ-αιρεΙος,\.\.,  Luc. 

Έταιρίς,  ίόος,  ή,  =  εταίρα,  Xen, 
Hell.  5,  4,  6,  but  ace.  to  Thom.  M, 
357,  not  Att. 

'Έταιρισμός,  οϋ,  δ,  {έταιρίζω  1.  2), 
harlotry,  Ath.    Hence 

'Έταιριστής,  οϋ,  ό,  a  lewd  man. 

'Έταιρίστρια,  ας,  ή,  a  lewd  woman, 
βίρ.=τρΐ!3άς,  Plat.  Syinp.  19  E. 

Εταίρος,  ου,  6,  Ep.  and  Ion.  έτα- 
ρος,  a.  comrade,  fellow,  mate,  companion, 
φίλος,  εσθ7ώς  έτ.,  έρίηρες  εταίροι, 
Hom.  :  esp.  in  Horn,  a  brother  in  arms 
or  a  shipmate :  a  messmate,  11.  17,  577 ; 
a  fellow-slave,  Od.  14,  407  :  freq.  as  a 
kind  address  to  followers  or  servants, 

II.  1,  179;  3,  259;  9,  658;  10,  151, 
Od.  13,  266  :  and  so  later  as  a  com- 
mon way  of  addressing  people,  ω 
'ταίρε,  my  good  friend,  like  ςένος,  Ar. 
Vesp.  1239,  etc. :  όαιτος  εταίρε,  Η. 
Hom.  Merc.  436  ;  so  πόσιος  και  βρά- 
σιος  εταίροι,  messmates,  Theogn. 
115:  but  also  έτ.  έν  ττρύγματι.  Id. 
IIG  ;  also  έτ.  άνήρ,  Od.  8.  534  :  me- 
taph.  in  Od.  11,  7;  12,  149,  a  fair 
wind  is  called  έσθλός  έτ. :  Socrates 
applied  the  name  to  his  disciples. — 

2.  oi  εταίροι,  the  guards,  a  body  of 
horse  in  the  Maced.  army,  Polyb. — 

3.  as  adj.  associate  in,  τινός,  Plat. 
Rep.  439  D :  hence  in  superl.  έταιρό- 
τατος.  Plat.  Phaed.  89  1),  Gorg.  487 
D. — II.  εταίρα,  ή,  Ion.  έταίρΐ],  Ep. 
έτάρη,    a  female    companion,    helper, 

friend,  II.  4,  441 :   metaph.   flight  is 


ETEO 

called  φό3ον  έταίρη,  II.  9,2;  and  the  1 
lyre,  ύαιτι  έταίρη,  Od.  17.  271,  cf. 
Hor.  Od.  3,  11,  6,  H.  Hom.  Merc.  478. 
(Nowhere  else  in  Horn.,  who  has  the 
form  έτάρη  [ΰ]  only  II.  4,  441.) — 2.  in 
Att.  usu.  opp.  to  a  lauful  ivife,  and  so 
with  various  shades  of  meaning,  from 
a  concubine  (who  might  be  a  wife  in 
all  but  the  legal  qualification  of  citi- 
zenship) down  to  a  courtesan,  harlot, 
strumpet:  prob.  first  in  Hdt.  2,  135, 
and  freq.  in  Ar.,  etc. ;  also  έτ.  γνν?'/, 
Hdt.  2,  134.  In  this  indefiniteness 
of  signf.  it  were  best  to  retain  the 
word  hetaera.  (No  doubt  from  the 
same  root  as  ίτης.)    Hence 

'Έ,ταιρόσυνος,  η,  ov,  friendly,  a 
friend,  Anth. 

Έτΰριζομαι,  Ep.  for  έταιρ.,  II.,  v. 
έταιρίζω  II. 

'ΈιΤΰρος,  6,  Hom.  έτάρη,  ή,  II. , 
Aeol.,  Ep.,  and  Ion.  for  εταίρος, 
εταίρα. 
Έταζ•,  ace.  pi.  of  ετης. 
Έτασις,  εως,  ή,  and  έτασμός,  ό, 
(ετάζω)  both  in  LXX.,  very  rare  forms 
for  έςέτασις,  -ασμύς.  So  έταστός,  ?;, 
όν,  for  έξετ.,  tested. 

Έτάτυμος,  Dor.  for  έτήτνμος.  [α] 

ΥΈ,τέαρχος,  ου,  6,  Elearchus,  an 
ancient  king  of  Crete,  Hdt.  4,  153. — 
2.  a  king  of  the  Ammonians,  Id.  2, 
34. 
'Έ,τετι,  V.  sub  έτεός. 
Έτε'βή-εα,  Ep.  plqpf.  for  έτεθή- 
πειν,  from  perf.  τέθηκα,  Od.  6,  166. 

'Έτειος,  εία,  ειον,  {έτος)  yearly,  an- 
nual, Pind.  I.  4,  114,  Aesch.  Ag.  2 : 
cf.  επέτειος. — II.  of  one  year,  yearling, 
cf.  Valck.  Diatr.  p.  6. 
Έτεκον,  ες,  ε,  aor.  2  of  τίκτω,  Hom. 
Έτε/.ις,  ό,  a  kind  offish,  Arist. 
H.  A. ;  also  έντελις  and  εύτε/ύς. 

νΚτεννα,  ης,  ή,  Etenna,  a  city  of 
Pamphylia  ;  hence  oi  'Έ,τεννεΙς,  the 
iiihab.  of  Etenna,  Polyb.  5,  73,  3. 

νΕτεοβοντάόαι,  ών,  oi,  {έτεός,  Βον- 

τάόαι)  strictly  the  genuine  descendants 

of  Bates,  V.  Βουτάόαι,  Dem.  573,  10. 

Έτεοδμώς,  ώος,  ό,  {έτεός,  δμώς)  α 

good  honest  slave. 

νΕτεόκ/.ειος,  a,  ov,  of  or  belonging 
to  Eteocles  (1),  Χάριτες,  because  he 
introduced  their  worship,  Theocr.  16, 
104:  and 

ΧΕτεοκ}.ήειος,  η,  ov,  poet,  form  of 
foreg.,  ϋίη  '.Έτεοκ?.ηείη,  the  might  of 
Eteocles,  i.  e.  the  mighty  Et.,  II.  4, 
386  :  from 

t'Ereo/vZr/c,  έονς,  ό,  Eteocles,  son  of 
Andreus  or  Cephisus,  king  of  Orcho- 
menus,  Strab.— 2.  son  of  CEdipus, 
brother  of  Polynices,  with  whom 
he  agreed  to  share  the  kingdom  of 
Thebes  year  and  year  alternately ; 
but  his  refusal  at  the  end  of  his  year 
to  resign  the  throne  to  his  brother, 
led  to  the  Theban  war,  in  wMch  the 
two  brothers  perished  by  each  other's 
hand,  Tragg.— Others  in  Paus.,  Plut., 
etc. 

νΕτέοκλος,  ου,  ό,  Eieoclus,  one  of 
the  seven  chieftains  against  Thebes, 
Aesch.  Theb.  458,  Soph.,  etc. 

Έτεόκρητες,  ων,  oi,  {έτεός,  Κρητες) 
true  Crttans  of  the  old  stock,  the  prim- 
itive inhabitants  of  the  island,  as 
distinguished  from  the  Grecian  colo- 
nists who  subsequently  settled  there, 
Od.  19,  176.  Strab. 

Έτεόκρϊθος,  ή,  {έτεός,  κριθή)  good 
bnrley,  Theophr. 

ΫΕτεόνΙκος,  ου,  ό,  Eteonlcus,  masc. 
pr.  η.,  a  Spartan,  Thuc.  8,  23 ;  an 
Athenian,  Lycurg.,  Dem.  238,  5. 

ΈΤΕΟ'Σ,  β.  όν,  true,  real,  genuine, 
Hom.,  but  only  in  neut.  έτεόν,  usu. 
as  adv.   in  truth,  really,  verily,  Lat. 


ETEP 

revcra :  more  rarely,  truly,  Π.  2,  300  : 
έτεόν  και  άτρεκέως,  II.  15,  53 ;  as 
adj.  only  II.  14,  125 ,  and  in  plur. 
πό'/.λ'  έτεά,  II.  20,  255  :  most  freq. 
in  Hom.  (esp.  in  Od.)  in  phrase  tt 
έτεόν  ye,  if  'tis  so  indeed.  Att.  usu, 
in  ironical  questions,  έτεόν  ;  so  .'  in- 
deed ^  Lat.  itane  ?  Ar.  Av.  393,  Ach, 
609,  and  Plat.,  cf  ά7.ιιθής  III.  Seem 
ingly  never  found  as  masc.  or  fem 
adj.  The  Ion.  also  use  the  dat.  fem, 
έτίί/  as  adv.,  in  truth. 

'Ετέρα,  V.  έτερος. 

Έτερα^.κής,  ές,  {έτερος,  αλκή)  giv- 
ing strength  to  one  of  two,  hence  Δα- 
ναοισι  μάχης  ετερα/.κεα  νικην  οου• 
ναι,  to  give  victory  in  fight,  deciding 
itself  for  the  Danaans,  11.  7,  26  :  and 
so  viKJ]  έτ.,  a  decided,  decisive  victory, 
11.  8,  171,  Od.  22,  236,  Άρης,  Aesch. 
Pers.  951 :  so  too  δήμος  έτ.,  a  body 
of  men  which  decides  the  victory,  II.  15, 
738 :  but  others  take  νίκη  έτ.  as  a 
general  epith.  of  victory,  inclining  first 
to  one  side  then  to  the  other ;  and  so 
certainly  έτ.  μάχη  in  Hdt.  9,  103  is 
anceps  pugna ;  as  also  έτεραλκέως 
άγωνίζεσθαι,  ancipiti  Marie  pugnare, 
Hdt.  8,  11,  ubi  v.  Valck.  ;  cf.  έτερόρ- 
βοττος. 

Έτεραχθής,  ές,  {έτερος-,  άχθος) 
loaded,  and  so  leaning  on  one  side. 

Έτερεγκεφΰ'λάω,  {έτερος,  έγκέφα- 
?.ος)  to  suffer  in  one  half  of  the  brain,  cf. 
ημικρανία. — 2.  to  be  crazy,  Ar.  Fr.  611. 

Έτερειόΐίς,  ές,^έτεροειόής,  Nic. 

Έτέρ??,  adv.  v.  έτερος  IV, 

Έτερήμερος,  ov,  {έτερος,  ημέρα) 
on  alternate  days,  day  and  day  about, 
ζώουσ"  έτερήμεροι,  of  the  Dioscuri, 
Od.  11,303. 

Έτερήρης,  ες,  {έτερος,  ύρω)=άμ- 
ψήρης. 

Έτέρτιφι,  Ερ.  dat.  fem.  for  έτερα, 
έτέρΐ},  from  έτερος,  II. 

'Ετεροβάρεια,  ας,  ή,  α  leaning, 
tveighing  down  to  one  side  :  and 

'Ετεροβΰρέω,  ώ,  to  lean  to  one  side: 
from 

'Ετεροβαρής,  ές,  {έτερος,  βάρος) 
weighing  doum  one  side.     Adv.  -ρώς. 

'Ετεροβουλία,ας,ή,{έτερος,βον?ιή) 
change  of  will. 

Έτερογάστριος,  ov,  {έτερος,  γασ- 
τήρ)  by  anotiier  venter,of  another  mother, 
opp.  to  όμο}'ύστριος. 

Έτερογενέω,  ώ,  to  be  of  another 
kind,  heterogeneous,  Arithm.  :  from 

'Ετερογεν7';ς,  ές,  {έτερος,  γένος)  of 
another  kind  or  race,  heterogeneous, 
Arist.:  τά  έτερογενέα,  in  gramm., 
nouns  ivhich  change  their  gender  in  the 
plur.,  e.  g.  ύ  δάκτυλος,  τα  δάκτν/.α 
etc. 

'Ετερόγ?.αυκος,  ov,  {έτερος,  γλαυ- 
κός) ivith  one  eye  grey  and  one  of  an- 
other colour,  Arist.  Gen.  An. 

Έτει^όγλωσσος,ον,  Att.  -ττος. {έτε- 
ρος, γλώσσα)  of  other,  i.  e.  foreign, 
strange  tongue,  Polyb.,  N.  T. :  Opp.  to 
όμόγ/.ωσσος. 

'Ετερόγνάθος,  ov,  {έτερος,  γνάθος) 
ΐ~7ϊος  έτ.,  a  horse  with  one  side  of  its 
mouth  more  manageable  than  the  other, 
and  so  not  safe,  Xen.  Eq.  1,9;  3,  5  ; 
6,9. 

Έτερογνωμοσννη,  ης,  η,  difference 
of  opinion,  Joseph. :  from 

'Ετίρογνώμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος  {έτε- 
ρος, γνώμη)  of  a  different  opinion. 

Έτερόγονος,  ον,=έτερογενής. 

Έτεροδίδασκΰ/.έω,  ώ,  {έτερος,  δι- 
δύσκα/.ος)  to  teach  otherwise  {than  is 
right),  to  teach  errors,  N.  T. 

Έτεροδοξέω,  ώ,  to  be  of  another 
opinion  {than  the  right  one),  v.  Plat. 
Theaet.  190  Ε  :  in  Eccl.  esp,  to  be 
heterodox,  heretical :  and 

557 


ETEP 

Έτερούοξία,  ας,  ή,  another,  esp.  a 
wrong  opinion.  Plat.  Theaet.  193  D : 
in  Eccl.  heterodoxy,  heresy  :  from 

Έτερόόοξοζ,  Of,  {ετεμος,  δόξα)  of 
another  opinion.,  differing  in  opinion, 
opp.  to  ύμόδοξος,  Luc. :  hence — 2.  of 
another  than  the  right  opinion,  heterodox, 
heretical,  opp.  to  ΰρϋύδοζης,  Joseph., 
and  Eccl.    Adv.  -ξ^ς,  Philostr. 

'Έ•-εροεθν>ις,  ές,  (ίτερος,  ίΟνος)  of 
another  tribe,  foreign,  Strab. 

Ετεροειδής,  ές,  (tripof,  είδος)  of 
another  form  or  kind,  Arist.  H.  A. 

Έτερόζη/.ος,  ov,  zealous  for  oyie  side, 
partial :  adv.  -Aa)f,  unfairly,  Hes.  Th. 
544.  —  II.  devoted  to  another  pursuit, 
etc.,  Anth. 

Έτεροζϋγευ,  ώ,  to  be  έτερόζυγος, 
i.  e.  prob.  to  be  yoked  with  an  animal  of 
other  kind,  and  so  be  at  variance  with, 
τινί,  Ν.  Τ.     Hence 

'Έ,τεροζύγησίς,  εως,  ή,  and  έτερο- 
ζΰγία,  ας,  ή,  discord. 

Έτερόζΰγος,  ον,  (ίτερος.  ζνγόν) 
unevenly  yoked;  different,  LXX. — II. 
of  the  balance,  leaning  to  one  side, 
Pseudo-Phocyl.  13. 

Έτερόζνξ,  νγος,  ό,  ^,=foreg. — II. 
without  its  yokefellow,  mctaph.  ττόλις, 
without  a  sister  or  rival  state.  Pint.,  cf. 
μονόζνξ. 

Έτεροθΰ?~ής,  ές,  {ίτερος,  Οά7.λω) 
flourishing  on  one  side:  nietaph.  of 
children  of  the  same  stock  or  parent 
on  one  side,  but  not  on  the  other ; 
opp.  to  αμφιθαλής. 

'Έ,τεροβελής,  ές,  (έτερος,  θέλω)  of 
different  will. 

Έτερόβηκτος,  ov,  (έτερος,  θήγω) 
whetted,  sharp  on  one  side. 

Έτερόθροος,  ov,  {έτερος,  θρόος)  of 
another  language,  Nonn. 

Έτεροϊος,  a,  ov,  (έτερος)  of  other 
nature  or  kind,  Ildt.  1,  99,  etc.  :  poet. 
έτεροίϊος,  Dion.  P.  Adv.  -οίως.  Hence 

'ΕτεροιύΓ/]Γ,  ητος.  ή,  difference  in 
kind.  Plat.  Parm.  1C4  A. 

Έτερυιόω,  ώ,  (έτεροίος)  to  make 
otherwise,  change,  alter,  Plut.  Pass,  to 
become  changed,  alter,  Hdt.  2,  142,  etc. 
Hence 

Έτεροίωσις,  εως,  ή,  a  changing, 
alteration,  Arist.  Mund. :  and 

'Έ,τεροκιίτικός,  ή,  όν,  changing,  al- 
terative, Sext.  Ernp. 

Έτερόκαρπος,  ov,  (έτερος,  καρπός) 
bearing  different  fruits,  of  grafts,  Hipp. 

'Έ^τεροκίνητος,  ov,  (έτερος,  κϊνέω) 
moved  by  another,  incapable  of  self-mo- 
tion, opp.  to  αυτοκίνητος. 

' ΈιΤεροκλΐνέυ,  ώ,  to  lean  to  one  side ; 
from 

'Έ.τεροκλΐνής,  ές,  (έτερος,  κ/ίνο) 
leaning  to  one  side,  uneven,  Hipp.  ; 
χωρίον  έτ.,  sloping  ground,  Xen. 
Cyn.  2,  7.  Adv.  -νώς,  έτ.  έχειν  προς 
ήδονήν,  to  have  a  propensity  to  it, 
Arr. 

Έτερόκ7ΰτος,  ov,  (έτερος,  κλίνω) 
otherwise,  i.  e.  irregidarly  declined,  of 
nouns,  Gramm.    Adv.  -τως. 

Έτεροκλονέω,  ύ,  (έτερος,  κλονέω) 
to  shake  to  one  side,  or  first  to  one  side 
and  then  to  the  other,  Opp. 

'Έτεροκνεφής,  ές,  (έτερος,  κνέφας) 
half-dark,  in  twilight,  opp.  to  άμφί- 
κνεφής,  cf.  έτεροφαής. 

'Ετεροκράνία,  ας,  ή,  (έτερος,  κρα- 
νίον)  α  pain  oil  one  side  of  the  head, 
megrim,  cf.  ημικρανία. 

Έτερόκωφος,  ov,  (έτερος,  κωφός) 
deaf  on  one  side,  dub.  v.  Lob.  Phryn. 
137, 

'Έτερο7.εξία,  ας,  ή,  (έτερος,  λέξις) 
another  expression  for  the  same  thing, 
a  synonymous  phrase. 

'Έ.τερόμα?,'λος.  ov,  (έτερος, μαλλός) 
woolly,  shaggy  on  one  side,  Strab. 
558 


ETEP 

I  Ύ.τερομύ.σχα7\.ος,  ov,  (έτερος,  μασ- 
χάλι])  χιτών  έτ.,  a  frock  tvith  one  hole 
!  for  the  arm,  i.  e.  ?iot  coming  over  both 
j  shotddcrs,  a  servile  garb,  opp.  to  ΰμ- 
'  φιμύσχ.,  cf.  Miiller  Archuol.  d.  Kunst, 
[  '5i337,'3. 
I      Έτερομέρεια,  ας,  ή,  an  inclination 

to  one  side :  Irom 
!       Έτερομερής,   ές,    (έτερος,   μέρος) 
leaning  to  one  side,  unequal,  Crito  ap. 
Stob.  p.  44,  8. 

Έτερομετρία,  ας,  ή,  a  difference  of 
metre,  Hephaest. :   from 

Έτερόμετρος,  ov,  (έτερος,  μέτρον) 
of  different  metre.  Id. 

Έτερομήκης,  ες,  (έτερος,  μήκος) 
with  sides  of  uneven  length,  i.  e.  oblong, 
Arist.  Mechan.  :  not  sjunre,  of  a  num- 
ber, as  6  =  3  X  2,  Plat.  Theaet.  148  A. 
— II.  one  half  Ion ger . 

Έ,τερομήτωρ,  ορός,  6,  ή,  (έτερος, 
μήτηρ)  born  of  another  mother. 

Έτερομόλίος,  ov,  (έτερος,  μο?ίεΐν) 
δίκη,  a  trial  where  only  one  of  the  two 
parties  appears,  also  έτερομωλία,  i], 
cf  αντιμωλία. 

Έτερόμορφος,  ov,  (έτερος,  μορφή) 
of  different  form,  Ael. 

'1'-.τερομω7.ία,  ας,  ή,  v.  έτερομό?Λος. 

Έτεροττάθΐΐα,  ας,  ή,  α  suffering  in 
another  place  ;  in  medic,  counter-irrita- 
tion. Diosc.  :  from 

Έτεροπΰθής,  ές,  (έτερος,  πάθος, 
παΟεϊν)  suffering  in  one  or  anotJier 
part. 

Έτεροπΰχής,  ές,  (έτερος,  πάχος) 
unevenly  thick. 

Έτεροπ?.ΰνής,  ές,  {έτερος,  πλάνη) 
wandering  hither  and  thither,  Nic. 

Έτερο~?Λτής,  ές,  (έτερος,  π?ίάτος) 
of  iineven  breadth,  broader  on  one  side 
than  the  other. 

Έτερόπλοιος,  ov,  v.  1.  in  Dem.  for 
sq. 

'Έ.τερόπ7.οος,  ov,  contr.  -πλους,  ovv, 
(έτερος,  πλέω),  το  έτ-,  with  or  with- 
out άργύρίον,  money  lent  on  bottomry, 
with  the  risk  of  the  outward,  but  not 
thehomewaril,  voyage,  Dem.  12'Jl,  25, 
V.  Bockh  P.  E.  1,  178. 

Έτερόπνοης,  ην,  (έτερος,  πνέω) 
breathing  differently,  αί<7ιθΙ  έτ.,  of  the 
uneven,  double  flutes,  Anacreont.  49, 4. 

ΈτεροτΓοδέω,  ώ,  {έτερόπους)  to  go 
lame  of  one  foot. 

Έτερόπορπος,  ov,  (έτερος,  πόρπη) 
clasped  on  one  side,  i.  e.  with  one^s  dress 
half  fastened.  Call.  Fr.  225. 

Έτερόπονς,  δ,  ή,  neut.  -πουν,  gen. 
•ποδός,  (έτερος,  πους)  with  unevenfeet, 
lame,  Alciphr.  :  cf.  έτερόχη7.ος. 

Έτεροπροςωπέω,  ώ,  to  differ  inper- 
son,  Gramm. :  and 

'E7eporrpof6J7ri/cof,  ή,  όν,  of,  like 
an  έτεροπρϋςωπος.     Adv.  -κύς  :  from 

Έτεροπρόςωπος,  ov,  (έτερος,  πρός- 
ωπον)  in  another  person,  in  the  words  of 
another,  Gramm. 

Έτερόπτο7ας,  t.  gen.  ιδης,  (έτερος, 
πόλ/f)  of  another  city.  Erinna. 

Έτεροββεπέω,  ώ,  to  lean  to  one  side, 
Plut. :  from 

'Έ,τεροββεπής,  έςτ^.  sub  έτερόρβο- 
πος. 

'ΈιτεροΙ)()οπίω,  ώ,=  έτεροΙιΙ^επεω  : 
from 

Έτερόββοπος,  ον,  (έτερος,  βέπω, 
βοπή)  leaning  to  one  side,  inclined  to 
one  side,  Hipp.  :  Aesch.  Supp.  403, 
has  the  form  έτεροββεπής  Ζευς,  in 
act.  signf ,  who  makes  now  one  side  and 
now  another  preponderate. 

Έτερόρβνθμος,  ov.  Dor.  -ρνσμος, 
(έτεροι;  βνθμός)  of  different  rhythm. 

έτερος,  έρα,  ερον,  (on  the 
forms  v.  sub  fin.),  Lat.  ALTER,  the 
other,  one  of  two,  Hom.  :  έτεροι,  the 
ancestors  on  one  side,  Lat.  alterutri,  II. 


ETEP 

20,  210 ;  χειρι  φέρειν  έτέρτι,  in  one  of 
his  hands,  Od.  10, 171  ;  and  later  usu. 
7/  έτερα  χειρ,  or  absol.,  ή  έτερα,  or 
έτερα,  the  other  hand,  i.  e.  the  left,  opp. 
to  the  better  hand  ;  in  Hom.  esp.  in 
Ep.  dat.  έτέρ7)φι,  11.  21,  71,  etc. :  but 
later  usu.  c.  Artie,  as  lldt.  1,  34,  etc. : 
oft.  ή  δ'  έτερα  την  έτέραν  κν7.ιξ  ώθεί- 
τω,  Alcae.  ;  έτεροι  έτερων  άρχουσι, 
the  one  the  other,  Thuc.  2,  64  ;  repeat- 
ed, in  same  clause,  ό  έτερος  έπΙ  τον 
έτερον,  one  upon  the  other,  Xen.,  etc. 
In  double  clauses,  έτερος  is  usu.  re- 
peated :  sometimes  έτερος  δε,  even 
without  έτερος  μεν,  II.  24,  578  :  ή  μεν, 
ή  δε  έτέρη,  II.  22,  151 ;  έτερος  μεν-, 
άλλος  δέ-,  II.  9,  313,  472  ;  and  re- 
versely, άλλος..,  έτερος..,  II.  13,  731  : 
τότε  μεν  έτερα..,  άλ7.οτε  δέ  u/J.a.., 
Plat.  Ale.  1,  116  Ε  :  and  in  late  prose, 
εις  μεν..,  έτερος  δέ.. :  άλ7.ος  έτερος, 
are  joined,  Eur.  Or.  346,  Supp.  573  : 
strengthd.,  έτερος  αυ,  or  αί'τε,  again 
another,  Ar.  Lys.  66,  Pac.  295 ;  later 
often,  έτ.  τοιούτος,  other  such,  first  in 
Hdt.  1,  207  ;  3,  47  ;  but  έτερα  τοσαν- 
τα,  other  so  many,  i.  e.  as  many  more, 
Lat.  alteram  tanttim,  Hdt.  2,  149  ;  cf. 
Heind.  Plat.  Phaed.  58  D,  Prot.  326 
A  :  also,  δεύτερος  έτ.,  τρίτος  έτ.,  yet 
a  second,  etc.,  Dem.  643,  19  ;  644, 
17. — 2.  also  like  Lat.  alter,  strictly=: 
δεύτερος,  second,  II.  12,  93,  Xen.  Cyr. 
2,  3,  22  :  7/  έτερα,  sub.  ήμερα,  the  sec- 
ond  day,  i.  e.  day  after  to-morrow,  lb. 
4,  6,  10.— II.  exactly=aAZof,  Lat.  ali- 
bis, opp.,  not  to  one,  but  to  many,  11.  4, 
306,  Od.  7,  124,  etc.,  and  freq.  in  Att., 
esp.  Ar.,  έτ.  τις,  Pac.  274  ;  as  v.  ver- 
■?a  ά7.7.ος  was  used  ior  έτερος :  hence — • 
III.  other  (than  good),  and  so  euphem. 
for  κακός,  like  Lat.  alius,  sequior,  our 
strange.  Pind.  P.  3,  62,  Aesch.  Ag. 
151,  cf.  Valck.  Diatr.  p.  112:  other, 
different,  Od.  9,  302  :  of  other  kind,  like 
αΑ7.οιος,  sometimes  c.  gen.,  or  η.., 
other  than..,  Hdt.  4,  126,  Thuc.  1,  28, 
as  having  a  compar.  force. — IV.  adv. 
έτέρως,  otherwise,  Οό.  1,  234:  hence 
as  compar.,  c.  gen.  :  but,  ώς  ίτέρως, 
like  ώςαντώς,  in  other  such  way,  i.  e. 
likewise,  Hipp.,  Plat.,  etc. — 2.  also  as 
adv.  in  dat.  fern.,  έτερα,  r?}  έτερα,  θα- 
τέρα,  otherwise,  in  another  way  or  place. 
Soph.  Tr.  272,  Ar.  Eq.  35  :  so,  έτέρ^- 
φι.  Has.  Op.  214. — 3.  also  neut.  το 
έτερον,  τύ  έτερα,  with  various  preps., 
as,  έπι  βάτερα,  one  or  the  other  way, 
έπι  βάτερα  ίΐέν..,  έπι  θύτερα  δέ.-, 
Hipp.,  and  Plat.  :  έκ  τον  επΙ  θύτερα, 
from  the  one  side,  Thuc.  7,  37,  and 
Plat.  ;  opp.  to  εις  τά  ίπΐ  θάτερα,  Id. 
1,  87:  also,  το  έπι  θάτερον,  Hipp. — 
The  Dor.  used  ίίτερος  [α]  for  έτερος, 
whereas  in  Att.  ΰτερος,  [ύ]  was  (by 
crasis)  for  ό  έτερος,  gen.  θατέρον, 
dat.  θατέρω,  etc. :  ήτέρα,  for  ή  έτερα, 
neut.  θάτερον.  Ion.  τοντερον,  Simon. 
Amorg.  113  ;  and  in  Dor.  όιτερος,  θω- 
τέρην,  Epich.  p.  39,  and  Theocr, 
Less  correct  writers  u.sed  also  θάτε- 
ρος,  and  ό  θάτερος,  Monand.  p.  253, 
cf.  Valck.  Hipp.  319,  Piers.  Moer.  p. 
432,  and  even  as  fem.  ή  θητέρα.  (The 
root  o{  έτ-ερος,  is  the  same  as  Sanscr. 
ant-aras,  Goth,  anth-ar,  Germ,  and-er, 
Lat.  alt-cr,  aut,  French  aut-rui,  our 
eith-er,  oth-er.) 

Έτεροσήμαντος,ον,  (έτερος,  σημαί- 
νω )  of  other,  different  signification. 
Adv.  -τως. 

Έτεροσκε7.ής,  ες,  (έτερος,  σκέλος) 
with  uneven  legs. 

'Έτερόσκΐος,  ov,  (^έτερος,  σκιά)  with 
a  shadow  only  falling  one  way  (at  noon), 
of  those  who  live  north  and  south  of 
the  tropics,  Posidon.  ap.  Strab.,  opp. 
to  άμφίσκιος,  and  περίσκιος. 


ETEP 

Έτερόσσϋτος,  ov.  (έτερος,  σεύομαι) 
darting  from  the  other  side,  Nonn. 

Έτεμόστοιχος,  ov,  {έτερος,  στοί- 
χος) belonging  to  the  other  line  or  row. 

'Ετερόστομος,  ov,  {έτερος,  στόμα) 
with  an  edge  only  on  one  side,  of  axes, 
etc. 

Έτεροσχήμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  (έτε- 
ρος, σχήμα)  of  different  shape  oi  form, 
Theophr. 

'Έτερότης,  ητος,  ή,  {'έτερος)  differ- 
ence in  general,  whereas  διαφορά  is 
specific  (iifference,^γέvovς  έτερότης, 
Arist.  Metaph. 

'Έ.τερότρο—ος,  ov,  {έτερος,  τρόπος) 
of  different  sort  or  fashion,  Ar.  Thesm. 
724  :  of  different  habits  or  temper. — II. 
{έτερος,  τρέπω)  turning  another  way  : 
and  so  uncertain,  Anth.     Adv.  -πως. 

'Έτερότροφος,  ov,  {έτερος,  τρέφω) 
differently  nourished  or  brought  up. 

Έτερονας,  ατός,  ό,  ή,  τό,  {έτερος, 
ους)  one-eared. 

'Ετερονσιος,  ον,  {έτερος,  ουσία)  of 
different  essence  or  substance,  opp.  to 
ομοούσιος,  Eccl. 

Έτεροφαής,  ες,  {έτερος,  φύος)  light 
on  one  side,  partly  bright,  opp.  to  ϊιμφί- 
φαής,  cf.  έτεροκνεφής. 

'Ετεροφθαλμία,  ας,  ή,  an  inequality, 
difference  between  one^s  two  eyes:  from 

Έτερόφθαλμος,  ov,  {έτερος,  οφθαλ- 
μός) one-eyed,  Lat.  luscus,  Dem.  744, 
18,  Arist.  Rhet. — II.  with  different  eyes, 
cf.  έτερόγ/.ανκος. 

Έτερόφθογγος,  ov,  {έτερος,  φθογ- 
}ός)  of  different  voice  or  tone. 

'Ετεροφορέομαι,  as  pass.,  {έτερος, 
φορέω)=έτερο()ρο~εω. 

Έτεροφροσννη,  ης,  ή,  difference  of 
thoxight  or  opinion  :  from 

Έτερόφρων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  {έτερος, 
φρήν)  thinking  differently. — 2.  thinking 
strangely,  mad,  Tryph. 

Έτεροφρονρητος,  ov,  {έτερος,  φρον- 
ρέομαι)  watched,  guarded  by  another. 

'Ετεροόϋής,  ες,  {έτερος,  φύομαι)  dif- 
ferently or  elsewhere  bred. — II,  {έτερος, 
φνη)  of  different  nature. 

Έτερόφν?.ος,  ov,  {έτερος.  όϋ?.ον) 
of  another  nation,  tribe  or  breed,  Ael. 

Έτερόφϋτος,  ov,  {έτερος,  φύω)  δέν- 
δρον  έτ-,  a  grafted  tree. 

Έτεροφωνία,  ας.  η,  difference  of  voice 
or  tone,  Plat.  Legg.  812  D. 

Έτερόόωνυς,  ου,  {έτερος,  φωνή)  of 
different  voice  or  tongue  :  hence  foreign, 
Aesch.  Theb.  170. 

'Ετερόχ7ΐλος,  cv,  {έτερος,  χη7.ι)) 
with  unequal  hoofs,  cf.  έτερόπους. 

Έτεροχροέω,  ω,  to  be  έτερόχροος,  of 
a  different  colour,  or  of  different  colours  : 
from 

Έτερήχροια,  ας,  ή,  a  difference  of 
colour,  Xenocr. 

Έτεροχροίότης,  ητος,  ^,=  foreg., 
Diog.  L. 

Έτερόχροος,  ov,  contr.  -χρονς,  ovv, 
{έτερος,  χροιά)  of  different  colour,  The- 
ophr.— 2.  variegated,  Nonn. 

Έτεροχρωμίτέω,  ώ, ^έτεροχροέω : 
from 

Έτεροχρώμΰτος,  ov,  and  -χρωμος, 
ov,=  έτερόχροος. 

Έτερόχρως,  ωτος,  ό,  ή,=  έτερό- 
χροος.— 2.  of  different  body,  Luc 

Έτέρσετο,  3  sing,  aor  2  mid.  of 
τερσαίνω,  II.  11,267,  84S. 

Έτέρωθεν,  (έτερος)  adv.,  from  the 
other  side,  Horn. :  also  -θε.  Hes.  So. 
281.— 3.=άλ/.ο(?ει>,  Plat.  Legg.  702 
C. — Π.  more  rarely,  and  only  poet.,= 
έτέρωθι,  on  the  other  side,  hence  oppo- 
site, Horn. 

Έτέρωβι,  {έτερος)  adv.,  on  the  other 
side ;  elsewhere,  Horn.  ;  as  opp.  to  έν- 
βεν,  0(1.  12,  235  ;  so  too  Hdt.  9,  58, 
•ind  Plat. :  έτ.  τον  ?.όγου,  in  another 


ΕΤΙ 


part  of  my  story,  Hdt.  6,  19 
another  time.  Id.  3,  35. 

Έτερώννμος,  ov,  (έτερος,  όνομα) 
with  different  name,  Clem.  Al.  Adv. 
-μως.  ^ 

Έτέρωσε,  (έτερος)  adv.,  to  one  side : 
to  the  other  side,  Horn.  :  hence  to  another 
place,  elsewhither,  II.  23,  231  :  in  Ap. 
Rh.  with  εις. 

Έτκρώτα,  Aeol.  for  έτέρωθι,  at 
another  time,  Sapph. 

Έτέτα/.το,  3  sing,  plqpf.  pass,  from 
τέλ?.ω,  Hom. 

νΕτέτ/.αμεν,  sync.  1  pi.  plqpf.  for 
έτετ'λήκαμεν,  from  *τ?.ύω. 

ί'Ετετμον,  Ep.  aor.  without  pres.  v. 
sub  τέτμον. 

νΕτέτρηνα,  1  aor.  act.  from  τετραί- 
νω,  Ar. 

Έτετενχατο,  3  pi.  plqpf.  pass.  Ep. 
from  τεί'χω,  II.  11,  808. 

Έτέτνκτο,  3  sing,  plqpf.  pass,  from 
τε.ί'χω.  Hom. 

νΕτέχθην,  non  -Att.  1  aor.  pass,  of 
τίκτω,  Hipp. 

ΥΕτεωνενς,  έως  Ion.  ήος,  ό,  Eleon- 
cMs,  sonof  Boethoiis,  an  attendant  of 
Menelaus,  Od.  4,  22. 

ΥΕτεωνός,  ov,  ό,  Eteonus,  a  city  of 
Boeotia,  on  the  right  bank  of  the  Aso- 
pus,  the  later  Scarphe,  II.  2,  497  ; 
Strab. 

ΈΤΗΣ,  01',  ό,  one  connected  by 
blood  or  friendship  :  a  comrade,  mate, 
fellow,  Horn.,  of  distant  relations,  e.  g. 
members  of  the  same  tribe,  clansmen, 
cf  Nitzsch  Od.  4,  3  :  in  Hom.  only  in 
plur.,  usu.  κασίγνητοί  τε  εται  τε,  also 
έται  και  άνεφιοί,  II.  9,  464,  έται  και 
εταίροι,  II.  7,  295,  γείτονες  ηδέ  εται, 
Od  4,  16. — II.  Att.  freq.  more  defi- 
nitely for  δημότης,  or  πολίτης,  a  towns- 
man,  neighbour,  c{.  Thuc.  5,  79  :  a  pri- 
vate citizen,  opp.  to  those  who  hold  of- 
fice, Aesch.  Supp.  247  ;  opp.  to  the 
whole  δήμος,  Id.  Fr.  302,  cf  Eur.  In- 
cert.  158. — ill.  for  ώ  τάν,  or  ώ'τάν, 
v.  sub  τάν.  (Prob.  from  same  root  as 
έθος,  cf.  εταίρος,  and  7/θεΐος.) 

'Ετησίαι,  ων,  οι,  (έτος)  suh.  άνεμοι, 
(which  is  added  in  Hdt.  6,  140),  peri- 
odical ivinds,  in  Hdt.  esp.  of  the  JEgyp- 
tian  vionsoo7is.  which  blow  from  the 
north  during  the  whole  summer  :  so 
too  of  northerly  winds  in  Greece, 
which  blew  in  the  Aegean  for  40  days 
from  the  rising  of  the  dog-star,  Hdt. 
7,  168,  cf.  Dem.  48,  28  ;  hence  dis- 
tinguished as  βορέαι  ετησίαι,  by 
Arist.  Probl. :  but  also  of  a  south 
wind  in  Arr.  An.  6,  21,  Indie.  21. 

'Ετησίας,  άδος.  pecul.  poet.  fern, 
of  sq.,  epith.  of  αύρα,  Nonn. 

'Ετήσιος,  or,  and  in  Hipp,  a,  ov, 
(έτος)  a  year  long,  for  a  year,  Eur.  Alc. 
33G.— 2.  every  year,  annual,  Hipp  ,  and 
Thuc. 

Έτητνμία,  ας,  η,  truth,  Anth.  : 
from 

Έτί/τυμος,  ov,  true,  genuine,  real, 
Lat.  sinccrus,  άγγελος,  II.  22,  438,  νό- 
στος, Od.  3,  241  ;  έτ.  Αώς  κόρα, 
Aesch.  ('ho.  948 :  esp.  neut.  έτήτν- 
μον,  as  adv.,  like  έτέον,  Od.  4,  157, 
etc^ ;  also  το  έτ.,  Ar.  Pac.  119.  Adv. 
-μως.  Aesch.  Ag.  1296,  etc.  ;  also,  ώζ- 
έτ..  Soph.  El.  1452.  (Poet,  lengthd. 
form  for  έτνμος,  as  άταρτηρός,  for 
άτηρός.) 

'ΕΤΙ,  adv., — I.  of  the  present,  yet, 
as  yet.  .''till,  Lat.  adhuc,  Hom.,  etc  : 
freq  with  \-rti',  as  ετι  και  νϋν,1\.  1, 
455,  and  Hdt. ;  έτι  και  έκ  παρόντων, 
Thuc.  7,  77. — II.  of  the  future,  yet 
longer,  still,  henceforth,  II.  1,  PC,  Od. 
15,  .305,  cf.  Seidl.  Eur.  El.  636  :  but 
this  usu.  c.  negat.  no  more,  no  longer, 
e.  g.  ονδ'  έτί  δήν  ην,  II.  6,  139,  etc., 


ΕΤΟΙ 

Π.  at  I  cf.  οΰκέτί,  μηκέτι,  and  also  έξετι 


III.  in  genl.  yet,  still,  besides,  further, 
moreover,  Lat.  praeterea,  ins^uper.  Soph. 
O.  T.  272,  Soph.  Ant.  218,  etc.,  esp. 
in  prose,  έτι  όέ,  nay  more,  Plat. 
Phaedr.  279  A  ;  so  και  ετι,  or  κάτι, 
Aesch.  Pr.  987  :  πρυς  έτι,  or  πρόςΐτι, 
Dem.  ;  or  in  full  πρόςτοίςδε,  τοντοις 
έτι.  Soph.  Phil.  1339,  Ar.  Nub.  720  : 
hence  also,  έτ'  ά/.?.ος,  yet  another, 
Hes.  Op.  150,  and  Att. ;  and  oft.  to 
strengthen  a  compar_,  έτι  μΰλ?.ον,  vet 
more,  II.  14,  97,  362,  έτι  πλέον,  Hdt. 
7,  6,  as  adhuc  in  late  Lat.,  \.  Passow 
ad  Tac.  Germ.  19 :  in  this  and  other 
cases  it  is  oft.  confounded  in  MSS. 
with  έπί,  vv.  11.  ad  Hdt.  6,  97.  [r, 
yet  Hom.  has  i  in  arsis,  e.  g.  II.  6, 139.] 

'Ετλην,  ης,  η,  aor.  of  the  root  *τλάω, 
Hom. 

Έτμαγεν,  Aeol.  3  plur.  aor.  2  pass, 
of  τέμνω,  for  έτμάγησαν. 
νΕτμήθην,  1  aor.  pass,  of  τέμνω. 
ΫΕτμηξα,  1  aor.  act.  from  τμήγω. 

Έτνηρός,  ά,  όν,  {έτνος)  of  the  na- 
ture of  ΟΙ  fit  for  soup,  έψημα,  Phanias 
ap.  Ath.  406  C. 

Έτνήρϋσις,  εως,  ή,  {έτνος,  άρνω)  α 
soup-ladle,  Ar.  Ach.  245. 

Έτνίτης,  ου,  ό,  άρτος,=  /.εκιθίτης, 
Ath.  [t] 

Έτνοδόνος,  ον,  (έτνος,  δονέω)  stir- 
ring .soup,  τορννη,  Leon.  Tar.  14,  6. 

ΈΤΝΟΣ,  εος,  τό,  α  thick  soup  of 
pulse,  esp.  of  peas  or  bean-t,  soup,  pud- 
ding. Ar.  Ran.  62,  etc. 

'Ετοιμάζω,  f.  -άσω,  (έτοιμος)  to 
make  or  get  ready,  prepare,  Il.'l,  118; 
19,  197,  Hdt,  etc. :  so  also  in  mid., 
II.  10,  571,  Od.  8,  24;  13,  184:  but 
Att.  in  mid.,  έτοιμάζεσθαί  τι,  to  pre- 
pare one's  self  something,  make  one's 
arrangements,  e.  g.  Thuc.  4,  77  ;  c.  inf., 
to  make  one  ready  to  do,  Xen.  Apol.  8. 
νΕτοιμαρίδας,  ov,  6,  Hetoemaridas, 
a  Heraclid  in  Spaita,  Diod.  S. 

Ετοιμασία,  ας,  ή,  =  έτοιαότης, 
Hipp. 

Έτοιμαστής,  οϋ,  δ,  (ετοιμάζω)  one 
who  prepares,  jnakes  ready  for  another, 
a  harbinger,  Clem.  Al. 

Έτοιμόδακρνς,  ν,  gen.  νος,  (έτοιμος, 
δάκρυ)  easily  jnoved  to  tears. 

'Ετοιμοθάνατος,  ov,  {έτοιμος,  θά- 
νατος) ready  for  death,  Strab.   [^a] 

ΥΕτοιμοκ/.ής,  έονς,  ό,  Hetoemocles, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Luc. 

Έτοιμοπειβής,  ές,  {έτοιμος,  πείθο- 
μαι) ready  to  obey. 

'Ετοιμόρροπος,  ov,  (έτοιμος,  βοπή) 
easily  weighed  doivn,  inclined. 

'Ετοιμος,  η,  ov,  but  in  Thuc,  Plat., 
and  later  Att.  ος,  ov,  and  usu.  in  Att. 
proparox.  έτοιμος,  at  hand,  ready,  pre- 
pared, ονείατα,  Hom. :  έτ.  ποαϊσΟαι, 
to  make  ready,  Hdt.  1,  11  ;  έτ.  έχειν 
τι,  to  have  in  readiness.  Id.  1,  119: 
also,  έξ  έτοιμου,  at  once  and  uifhout 
hesitation,  immediately,  offhand,  έί  έτοί- 
μον  λαμβάνειν,  Isocr.  101  C,  and  freq. 
in  Xeu.,  who  has  έξ  έτ.  εστί,  for  έτοι- 
μόν  έστί,  Oec  14,  3  :  also  έν  έτοίμφ 
έχειν,  Polyb.,  etc. :  ετοιμότερα  γέλω 
τος  λίβη.  tears  that  came  more  readily 
than..,  Kesch.  Cho.  448:  tu  έτοιμα, 
Lat.  quae  in  promptu  sunt,  έπ'ι  tu  έτοι- 
μα μά/?.ον  τρέπονται,  Thuc.  1,20; 
but,  TU  'ετ-,  also,  one's  property,  what 
one  has,  hat.  parata,  τοϊς  έτοίμοις  περί 
των  αφανών  κινδννεύειν.  Id.  6,  9. — 2. 
of  persons,  ready,  active,  zealous,  Lat. 
promptus,  τινί.  in  a  thing,  Pind.  O.  4, 
24  ;  εΙς  τι,  for  a  thing,  Hdt.  8,  96  ; 
προς  τι,  Xen.  Mem.  4,  5,  12  ;  also  c 
dat.  pers.  ready  to  assist,  go  with  him, 
etc.,  Hdt.  1,  70,  Pind.  N.  4,  120.— 3. 
of  the  mind,  ready,  quick  or  bold,  Lat. 
ίϊί  omnia  paratus,  Ar.  Nub.  458  :  trui 
559 


ETYM 

μος,  (flui)  to  be  ready,  c.  inf..  Aescli. 
Ag.  791.  Soph.  Aj.  813,  cf.  Valck. 
Phoen.  976. — II.  of  lacts,  occurrences, 
etc..  real,  a<:tuai,  done, past,  ταύτα  έτοι- 
μα τετενχαται,  11.  14,  53 ;  τζάτμος 
έτοιμος,  JJ.  18,  90  ;  true,  actual,  cer- 
tain, η  ό'  up'  έτοιμα  τέτνκτο,  Od.  8, 
384. — 2.  with  ready,  immediate  effect, 
efficient,  μί/τις  έτοιμη,  II.  9,  425. — III. 
adv.  -μως,ΎΙηίο.  1,  80,  Plat.,  etc.: 
but  the  Att.  more  usu.  say  έξ  ετοίμου 
and  έξ  ετοιμότατου,  v.  supr. :  superl. 
ετοιμότατα.  Plat.  Polit.  290  A.  (Prob. 
akin  to  ίτνμος.)    Hence 

Έ,τοίμοτης,  ητος,  η,  a  being  prepa- 
red, readiness,  ττρός  τι,  Dem.  1268,  7  : 
λόγων  έτ.,  power  of  speaking  off 
hand,  Plut. — II.  readiness,  inclination, 
Id. 

Έτοιμοτόμος,  ov,  {έτοιμος,  τέμνω) 
read  1/  for  cutting,  χείρες,  Anth. 

Έτοιμοτρεττής,  ες,  (έτοιμος, τρέπω) 
easily  turned  or  guided. 

'Έ,τοιμοτρεχής,  ες,  {έτοιμος,  τρέχω) 
inclined  to  run,  easily  impelled. 

'Eropov,  ες,  ε,  aor.  2  of  τορέω,  II. 
11,  2,•!ϋ. 

Έ'ΓΟΣ,  εος,  τό,  α  year,  Horn.,  etc. : 
κατά  έτος,  every  year,  Thuc.  4,  53  ; 
so  too,  avu  TTUV  έτος,  δι'  έτονς  πέμπ- 
τον, every  fifth  year,  Ar.  Plut.  584  : 
έτος  εις  έτος,  year  after  year,  Soph. 
Ant.  340  ;  and  other  phrases  which 
may  be  found  in  the  Grammars  un- 
der live  genit.  and  dat.  of  time.• — II. 
also  ill  plur.  indclinitely  for  time,  II. 
11,  691  :  έτονς  ώρα,  the  proper  sea- 
son, Plut.  Mar.  11,  14,  cf.  έιηαντός. 
(To  this  the  Lat.  vetus  is  referred,  cf. 
ένος.) 

'ΕΤΟ'Σ,  adv.  =  έτωσίωζ•,  μάτην, 
tvithout  reason,  for  nothing,  in  vain, 
prob.  only  used  c.  negat.,  ουκ.  έτος, 
Lat.  non  frustra,  non  temere,  non  sine 
ratione,  Plat.  Rep.  414  E,  568  A  :  so  in 
questions,  ουκ  έτος  ύρ'  ώς  έμ'  ηλθεν 
ονδεπώποτε  ;  it  was  not  for  notlting 
then,  was  it?  Ar.  Plut.  404:  so  ονκ 
έτος  up'  ήσβα  δεινή  και  σος)ή  ;  Ar. 
Eccl.  245,  cf.  Plut.  1106.  The  con- 
trary signf.,  truly,  really,  as  akin  to 
έτεόν,  seems  a  mere  mistake  of  cer- 
tain Gramm.,  cf.  C.  Schneider  Plat. 
vol.  1,  p.  321. 

Ύ,τϋς,ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  oi  ειμί,  what 
is,  i.  e.  real  true :  but  only  assumed 
by  Gramm.  as  radic.  form  of  έτεός. 

Έτος,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from  'ίημι, 
srjtt.  throimi,  missile. 

"Έτρΰγον,  aor.  2  of  τρώγω. 

'Ετρΰπον,Άοτ.  2  of  τρέπω,  Horn. 

'ΕτρΓκρον,  έτράό>/ν,  aor.  2  act.  and 
pass,  of  τρέφω,  Horn. 

ΙΈτρέοβι/ν,  Att.  1  aor.  pass,  from 
τρέπω,  Xen. 

VFjTpovoKoi,  uv,  o'l,  Lat.  Etrusci,^= 
ΤνΜηνοί,  Strab. 
VFjTpv.p7iv,  2  aor.  pass,  of  Ορνπτω. 
f'FjTvOriv,  1  aor.  pass,  from  βνω,  [ι•] 
i'FJTvμnvδpoς,  ου,  ύ,  Etymandrus,  a 
river  of  Drangiana,  Arr.  An.  4,  6,  6. 

'F-ϋμηγόρος,  ov,  {έτνμος,άγορενω) 
apenking  truth,  Orph. 

'ΕιΤνμηβρήος,  ov,=foreg.,  Nonn. 

'Ε,τϊΊώδρνς,  ϋος,  ή,  {έτνμος,  δρνς) 
the  genuine,  fine  oak,  i.  e.  the  one  with 
sweet  acorns,  Theophr. 
^Έτνμοκλής,  έονς,  (i,Etipnocles,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  a  Spartan,  Xen.  Hell.  5,  4,  32. 

'Ετνμολογέω,  ω,  {έτνμολόγος)  to 
analyse  a  uord  and  find  its  origin  : 
hence  verb,  adj.,  έτνμολογητέον,  one 
must  do  so,  Clem.  Λ1.     Hence 

'Err/ioZo)  ί'α,  ας,  ή,  the  analysis  of  ι 
a  word  so  as  to  find  its  origin  ;  its  deri- 
vation, etymology,  translated  notatio  by 
Cic.   Top.  10,   by  others,   originatio. 
Hence  : 

560 


EY 

^Ετυμολογικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to 
έτνμο?.ογία,  Varro  L.  L,  :  το  έτ.,  an 
etymological  dictionary.     Adv.  -κώς. 

Έτνμο'λόγος,  ov,  {έτνμος,  λέγω) 
studying  etymology  :  as  subst.  ύ  έτ.,  an 
etymologer,  V'arro  L.  L. 

"Ετνμος,  η,  ov,  Att.  also  ος,  ov, 
{έτεός)  true,  sure,  real :  Hum.  only  has 
the  neut.,  έτνμα,  truths,  the  truth,  opp. 
to  lies,  ψεύδεα  έτνμοισιν  όμοια,  Od. 
19,203,  567,  Hes.  Th.  27  :  so,  ψενσο- 
μαι  fj  έτνμον,  έρέω,  11.  10,  534,  Od.  4, 
140  :  so  too,  έτ".  'λόγος,  a  true  tale, 
Stesich.  44,  and  Pincl.  ;  έτ.  άγγελος, 
φήμη,  Trag.  :  έτνμον,  in  Hom.  is  adv., 
like  έτεόν,  indeed,  of  a  truth,  truly,  ac- 
tually, II.  23,  440,  Od.  23,  26  :  so  too, 
έτνμα;  Anth.  Hence — II.  τΰ  έτνμον, 
as  subst.,  the  true  literal  sense  of  a  word 
according  to  its  derivation  :  the  deriva- 
tion of  it  from  its  root,  Diod.     Hence 

Έτνμότ7/ς,  ητος,  ή,  the  truth  :  the 
true  and  literal  meaning  of  a  word, 
Strab. — ll.=  ετυμολογία. 

ΤΕτύμων,  ωνος,  ύ,  Etymon,  father 
of  Demaratus  in  Elis,  Pans.  5,  5,  1. 

Έτνμώνιος,  ov,  poet,  for  έτνμος. 

Έτωσιοεργός,  όν,  {έτώσιος,  *έργω) 
working  in  vain:  in  Hes.  Op.  409, 
working  sluggishly,  .slothful. 

Έτώσιος,  ov,  {έτος  II)  in  vain,  to  no 
purpose,  fruitless,  Hom.,  esp.  of  a  spear 
hurled  without  effect :  hence  useless, 
unprofitable,  έτώσιον  ίχΟος  άρονρης, 
II.  18,  104.— 11.  later  also  vain,  idle. 
Adv.  -ίως.     Ep.  wonl. 

Ev,  adv.,  strictly  neut.  from  ένς,  in 
Ep.  also  (when  the  ult.  mav  be  long 
by  position)  έν,  II.  3,  235,  Od.  4,  408, 
etc. : — wdl  in  its  kind,  opp.  to  κακώς, 
from  Hom.  dovvnwds.  :  oft.  joined 
with  another  adv.,  εν  και  επισταμέ- 
νως, well  and  workman-like,  11.  10, 
205,  Od.  20,  161,  cf.  εύ  κατά  κόσμον, 
II.  10,  472  ;  καλώς  τε  και  εν,  Hdt.  1, 
59 ;  εύ  κάνδρικώς,  or  κάνδρείως,  Ar. 
Eq.  379,  Thesni.  656 :  more  rarely 
luckily,  happily,  well  off,  Od.  3,  188, 
190  ;  19,  79  :  still  more  rarely  morally 
well,  honourably.  post-Hom.  Usages  : 
— I.  withverbs.  esp.  verbs  of  knowing, 
as  in  Hom.  ευ  οίδα,  εν  είδώς,  εν  γι- 
γνώσκειν,  etc. :  εν  οΙδα,  colloquially 
as  one  word  in  Att.,  v.  Ar.  Pac.  1296, 
εύ  σαφώς  οΙδα,  etc.,  Aesch.  Pers.  784 : 
εύ  έρδειν,^=ενεργετεΐν,  to  benefit,  II. 
5,  050  :  εύ  ειπείν  τίνα,  to  speak  well 
of  him,  Od.  1.  302. — In  prose,  εύ  έχειν, 
ηκειν,  ?ιαχείν,  to  be  well  off,  in  health, 
wealth  or  condition,  Hdt..  etc. :  c. 
gen.,  εύ  ί/κειν  τοϋ  βίου,  Hdt.  1,  30, 
cf.  Kiihner  Gr.  Gr.  §  537  d  :  εύ  γεγο- 
νώς,  well  born,  Hdt.  7,  134.— II.  with 
other  adverbs,  εν  μύ,λα,  Od. :  later, 
iit'iV  εν,  κάρτ'  εν,  Schrif.  Soph.  Ο.  Τ. 
958. — III.  to  strengthen  adjs.,  εν  πάν- 
τες, εΐ'  πάντα,  all  at  once,  toqether,  Od. 
8,  37,  39,  etc. :  cf.  εύγε.—\ν.  as  subst., 
70  εν,  good  luck  :  but  also  the  right, 
the  good  cause,  to  δ'  εννικάτω,  Aesch. 
Ag.  121. — V.  as  the  predicate  of  a 
propos.,  εν  τούτο  (εστί)  this  is  well, 
Aesch.  Cho.  116,  cf.  337  :  so  εύ  ε'ιη, 
may  it  be  well.  Id.  Ag.  216 ;  ευ  σοι 
γένοιτο,  well  be  with  thee,  Eur.  Tel. 
16. — VI.  in  compos,  it  has  all  the 
signfs.  of  the  adv.,  but  usu.  implies 
greatness,  abundance,  prosperity,  or  easi- 
ness :  thus  its  compds.  are  freq.  =: 
the  compds.  οίπο7ύ.  opp.  to  those  of 
κακός,  and  δνς-.  When  a  double  con- 
son,  follows  in  compos.,  it  is  in  Ep. 
usu.  dissyll.,  and  ϋ  always,  e.  g.  έν- 
γναμπτος,  ένδμητος,  ένζνγος,  etc., 
Herm.  Η.  Hom.  Αρ.  36.  Ep.  some- 
times insert  77,  metri  grat.,  e.  g.  ενη- 
γενής,  ενηπε/ής. — Scaliger  truly  re- 
marks that  it  is  always  compounded 


ΕΤΑΓ 

with  a  noun,  never  with  a  verb  :  foi 
in  ένκτίμενος,  ενναιύμενος,  etc.,  the 
participle  has  become  an  adj.,  v.  om- 
nino  Lob.  Phryn.  561,  sq. 

Εύ,  Ion.  and  Ep.  for  ov,  gen.  of  the 
reliective  pron.  of  3d  pers.,  in  Hom. 
only  II.  20,  404:  in  11.   14,  427;  15, 
165  ;  24,  293,  611,  it  is  enclit.,  being 
used  for  αντον. 
j       Eva,  a  cheering,  encouraging  exhorta 
I  tion,  like  ε'ια,  cf.  ενοΐ. 
I     tEia,  ας,  ή,  or  ένας,  o,^Lat.  ovatio, 
>  a  lesser  triumph,  Plut.  Marcell.  22  : 
1  V.  Diet.  Antiqq.  s.  v.  Ovatio. 
I     tEia,  ας,  ή.  Eve,  the  mother  of  the 
human  race,  N.  T. 

Εναγγελέω,  w,=  sq.,  quoted  from 
Plat.  Rep.  432  D,  by  Phrynichus  for 
εύ  άν}ελλω,  v.  Lob.  p.  632. 

Ε^ναγγελίζομαι,  dep.  {ενάγγε^Μς) 
to  bring  good  news,  announce  thejn,Tlvi, 
Ar.  Eq.  643  :  τινί,  Dem.  332,  9 ;  εύ- 
τνχίας  εναγγ.  τινί,  Lycurg.  150,7: 
esp. — 2.  to  bring  the  glad  tidings  of  the 
gospel,  preach  it  to,  τινά  or  τινί,  Ν.  Τ.: 
also  absol.,  lb.  So  m  act.,  sometimes 
in  N.  T. :  hence  pass,  to  have  the  gos- 
pel preached  to  one,  lb.  :  also,  to  be 
preached,  ρήμα  εναγγελισθέν,  lb. 

Εναγγε/Λκός,  ή,  όν,  of,  belonging  to 
good  tidings,  esp. — 2.  to  the  gospel,  evan- 
gelical, Eccl.     Adv.  -κώς. 

Εναγγέλιον,ον,  τό,  {εύύγγελος)  the 
reward  of  good  tidings,  given  to  the 
messenger,  Od.  14,152,  166:  hence, 
ευαγγέλια  θύειν,  to  make  a  thank- 
ofi'ering  for  them,  Ar.  Eq.  656 ;  and 
so,  έβουϋύτει  ώς  εν.,  Xen.  Hell.  4,  3, 
14  :  εν.  στεφανούν,  ίιναόησαί  τίνα,  to 
crown  one  for  good  news  brought, 
Ar.  Eq.  647,  Plut.  765.-11.  good  ti. 
dings,  good  news,  Plut.,  etc. — 2.  esp.  in 
Christian  sense,  the  glad  tidings,  i.  e. 
the  f;ospel  {Saxon  gode-spell),  IN'.  T. 

Εναγγέλιος,  ov,  =  ευαγγελικός, 
Clem.  Al. 

Εναγγε?Λστής,  οϋ,  ό,  {εναγγε?ύζο• 
μαι)  the  bringer  of  good  tidings  : — 1.  an 
evangelist,  preachir  of  the  gospel,  N.  T. 
— 2.  a?i  evangelist,  writer  of  one  of  the 
four  Gospels,  Eccl. 

Ευαγγελίστρια,  ας,  ή,  fem.  of  fo- 
reg.,  Eccl. 

Ευάγγελος,  ov,  {εν,  ΰγγέλλω)  bring- 
ing, announcing  good  neivs,  Aesch.  Ag. 
22,  262,  etc. :  σωτηρίων  πραγμάτων 
ενάγγ.,  lb.  646. 

^Ευάγγελος,  ov,  ό,  Euangelus,  a  com- 
ic poet,  Ath.  644  D. — 2.  a  writer  of  a 
treatise  on  τακτικά,  Plut.  Philop.  4. 
— 3.  a  slave  of  Pericles,  Id.  Pericl. 
16. — Others  in  Luc,  etc. 

Ενάγεια,  ας,  ή,  purity,  sanctity  [ο]  ; 
and 

Έναγέω,  ώ,  to  be  pure,  holy,  Theocr. 
26,  30 :  from 

Εναγής,  ές,  Α.  {εν,  άγος,  άγιος) 
guiltless,  pure,  like  αγνός,  άγιος,  Lat. 
castas,  opp.  to  δνςαγής,  of  persons, 
Lex  Solonis  ap.  Andoc.  13,  8  ;  and  of 
actions.  Soph.  O.  T.  921,  Ant.  521, 
Dem.  122,  16.  Adv.  -γώς,  poet.  •γέ- 
ως,  Η.  Hom.  Cer.  275,  370.— Π.  as 
epith.  of  the  sun,  ενύγέος  ήελίοιο, 
Parmen.  ap.  Clem.  Al.  5,  p.  732  (like 
άγής,  q.  v.),  prob.  bright,  clear :  for  so 
it  must  be  in  Leon.  Tar.  28,  (ινκάναν 
ενάγέα :  but  Theocr.  20,  30,  Call. 
Del.  98,  have  it  in  this  same  signf. 
with  ά  :  Plat,  also  has  it  in  this  signf., 
as  epith.  of  liquids,  opp.  to  σκοτώδης, 
θαλερός,  Legg.  952  A.  Tim.  58  D.— 
HI.  as  epith.  of  things  far  sec7i  or  con- 
spicuous, like  ενοπτος,  πύργος,  Eur. 
Supp.  652,  cf.  Bacch.  062 :  έδρα  εν. 
στρατού,  a  seat  iyi  full  view  of  the 
army,  Aesch.  Pers.  460,  [The  a 
seems  to  have  been  used  long  by  the 


early  poets,  tnough  α  of  the  root  was 
short,  Nake  Choeril.  p.  179 :  indeed 
we  do  not  find  εναγής  before  Theocr. 
26,  30  ;  for  εύαγέως,  m  H.  Horn.,  may 
be  a  trisyll.,  and  the  places  quoted 
from  the  Trag.  prove  nothing  : — nor 
need  we  for  this  reason  read  tvavyr/ς 
in  all  the  places  where  this  quantity 
is  found,  as  Hemsterhuis  proposed, 
and  Dind.  ap.  Steph.  Thes.  seems  in- 
clined to  do.  WTien  a  is  long  it  is  al- 
ways in  an  hexameter  in  ttie  arsis, 
when  short  in  thesis.]  (Signf.  III. 
seems  hardly  referable  to  the  same 
etymol.  as  I.  and  II. ;  but  here  again, 
though  Bekker,  in  Arist.  Mund.  5, 
9,  reads  εύανγέστατος,  with  MSS., 
there  is  no  authority  for  doing  so  in 
Trag.,  V.  Elmsl.  Bacch.  6G0.)  B. 
(prob.  from  εύ  and  αγννμι,  ay?/,  cf 
ττερίαγτ/ς,  -ηγής)  easily  bending,  .flexi- 
ble, lithe,  supple,  of  men,  Hipp.  3G3, 
34 ;  of  the  eyes,  Aretae. :  and  so  perh. 
when  epith.  of  bees,  as  in  A.  P.  9, 
404, 7,  [thoughhere ais  short ;  whence 
others  refer  it  to  άγω,  to  bring.}  Cf. 
εναγητός. 

Έύύγητος,  ον,^=εναγής,  Α.  II., pure, 
clear,  bright,  Ar.  Nub.  276:  others 
take  ή=εναγ7/ς  Β.  [ΰ] 

Ενύγκΰ'λος,  ον,  {εύ,  ΰγ'κύ,λτι)  easy 
to  bear  in  the  arms,  άχθος  ova  εν-, 
Aesch.  Pr.  350. 

Εί'άνκεία,  ας,  ή,  the  having  beauti- 
ful vallies,  ΐΐίνόον  εύαγκ.,  the  sweet 
glades  of  Pindus,  Call.  Cer.  83  :  from 

Έναγκής,  ές,  {εύ,  άγκος)  ivith  sweet 
vallies  or  glades,  Pind.  X.  5,  84. 

Εύαγ?.ις,  ϊθος,  or  i<5of,{but  v.  άγ/Λς) 
6,  ή,  {εν,  άγλις)  κώύεια  εν.,  a  head  ot 
garlic  consisting  of  many  or  fine  cloves 
{άγ/.ΙΘες),  Mc.  A.  432. 

^Ευαγόρας,  ου  Ion.  εω,  ό,  Euagoras, 
a  son  of  Xeleus,  Apollod.  1,  9,  9. — 2. 
a  son  of  Priam,  Id.  3, 12,  5. — 3.  a  king 
of  Salamis  in  Cyprus,  a  contempora- 
ry of  Conon,  Xen.  Hell.  2, 1 ,  29.— Oth- 
ers in  Hdt. ;  Xen.  Hell.  1,  2,  1,  etc. 

Ενΰγόραστος,  ov,  {εν,  αγοράζω) 
easily  bought,  cheap. 

Εί'άγορέω,  Dor.  for  ενηγ'ορεω. 
^Εναγόρη,  ης,  ή,  Euagore,  a  Nereid, 
Hes.  Th.  257. 

Εναγρεσία,  ας,  ή,  good  sport  in  hunt- 
ing, etc.,  Theocr.  31,  1 :  from 

Εναγρέω,  ώ,  {εν,  ΰγρέω)  to  have 
good  sport  in  hunting,  fishing,  etc.,  Anth. 

Εύαγρής,  ές,^^εναγρος,  0pp. 

Εναγρία,  ας,  ή,  good  sport  in  hunt- 
ing, fishing,  etc.,  Anth.: from 

Εϋαγρος,  ov,  {εν,  άγρα)  lucky  in 
hunting,  etc.  :  opp.  to  δνςαγρης. 

Εΐ'άγωγία,  ας,  ή,  a  good  leading  or 
guiding,  good  education,  Aeschin.  48, 
20. — II.  easiness  of  being  led,  docility, 
pliability,  Arist.  Virt.  et  Vit. :  from 

Ενύγωγος,  ov,  or  ox)1;.  εναγωγός, 
όν,  BeKk.  Isocr.  224  A  (ευ,  αγωγή) 
easy  to  lead  or  guide,  tractable,  docile. 
Plat.  Rep.  486  E.— II.  of  a  place,  u-ίίΛ 
good,  easy  access,  convenient,  isocr.  1.  c. : 
hence  in  genl.  agreeable  to  dwell  in, 
Strab.  Adv.  -γ'υς,  easily,  at  one^s  con- 
venience, Cic.  Att.  13,  23,  3.  [u] 

Ενάγων,  ωνος,  δ,  ή,  {ε{•,  άγων)  of, 
belonging  to  prosperous  and  honourable 
contests,  τιμά,  Pind.  X.  10,  71.  [u] 

'ίΕί'άγων,  ωνυς,  ό,  Euagon,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  Ath.  508  F. 

Ενάδε,  Aeol.  and  Ep.  3  sing.  aor. 
2  of  (ίΐ•(5άι•ω  for  άδε,  ίαδε,  it  pleases, 
is  agreeable,  Hom. :  also  in  plur.,  ενα- 
δον,  Ep.  Ad.  250,  2 :  not  used  in  the 
other  persons. 

Εναδίκητος,  αν,  {εύ,  άδίκέω)  easily 
UTonged,  exposed  to  injustice,  Andoc. 
31.  7.  [i] 
^Εΰύόνη,  ης,  ή,  Euadni,  daughter 
36 


ΕΥΑΛ 

of  Neptune  and  Pitane,  and  mother  by 
Apollo  of  lamus,  Pind.  O.  6,  50.— 2. 
daughter  of  the  Strvmon  and  Neaera, 
wife  of  Argus,  Apollod.  2.  1,  2.-3. 
daughter  of  Iphis,  and  wife  of  Capa- 
neus,  Eur.  Suppl.  985. — Others  in 
Anth.,  etc. 

Ενύεια,  ας,  ή,  {ενΰής)  fresh,  healthy 
air,  Ath. 

Είώερία,  ας,  ή,  freshness,  tvholesome- 
nessofair. — 2.  fineness  of  weather,  Plut. 

Ενάερος,  ov,  {εν,  άήρ)  with  fresh, 
good  air,  Strab.  [u] 

Ενάζω,  also  ενιάζω,  {ενα)  to  cry  ενα 
in  honour  of  Bacchus,  Soph.  Ant.  1135, 
Eur.  Bacch.  1035.  Also  in  mid.  ετ''- 
ύζημαι,  c.  ace,  θεόν,  Eur.  Bacch.  68. 

Εί'ύής,  ές,  {εν,  άημι)  uell  ventilated, 
fresh,  airy,  χώρος,  Hes.  Op.  597. — II. 
act.  prosperously,  favourably  blowing, 
Hdt.  2,  117.  opp.  to  δνςαής. — III.  me- 
taph.,  in  genl.  prosperous,  favourable, 
rtii, Soph. Phil. 828.  [<2, Schaf. Gnom. 
p.  239.] 

Εύαϋ?^ος,  ov,  {εν,  άθ?.ος)  successful 
in  contests,  Pind.  I.  6,  3. 
^Εύαθ/.ος,  ov.  ό,  Euathlus,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  an  Athenian  sycophant,  Ar.  Ach. 
710  in  pi.— Others  in  Plat.  Theag. 
129  A,  etc. 

fEvai,  a  cry  of  joy,  cf.  εύύν,  ενα, 
Ar.  Lys.  1294. 

ίΕναιμονίδης,  ov  Ep.  ao,  6,  son  of 
Euaemon  2,  i.  e.  Eurypylus,  II.  5,  76. 

^Εναίμων,  όνος,  ό,  Euaemon,  son  of 
Lycaon  of  Arcadia,  Apollod. — 2.  a 
Thessalian  prince,  II.  2,  736. — 3.  son 
of  Neptune  and  Clito,  Plat.  Criti.  114 
B. — Others  in  Diog.  L. 

^Εναίνετος,  ου.  ό,  Euaenelus,  son  of 
Caranus,  a  Lacedaemonian  of  the  roj'- 
al  race,  Hdt.  7,  173. — 2.  an  Athenian 
archon  01.  Ill,  2,  Diod.  S.  17,  2. 

Εναίνητος,  ov,  {εν,  αίνέω)  much  ex- 
tolled. Pind.  P.  4,  315. 

iEvaloi,  ων,  οι,  the  Euaei,  a  people 
of  Canaan,  LXX. 

Εναίρετος,  ov,  {εν,  αίρέω)  easy  to 
be  taken,  χώρη,  Hdt.  7,  130  :  easy  to  be 
chosen,  selected,  Xen.  Mem.  3,  1,  10: 
cf   ενενρετος. 

Ευαισθησία,  ας,  ή,  vigour  of  the 
senses.  Plat.  Tim.  76  D  :  and 

Είαισθητέω,  ώ,  to  be  ευαίσθητος: 
from 

Εναίσθητος,  ov,  {εν,  αισθάνομαι) 
with  quick,  vigorous  senses,  sensitive, 
Plat.  Legg.  812  C,  etc.  Adv.  corn- 
par,  -τοτέρως  ίχειν  περί  τίνος,  to  have 
keener  perception,  surer  knowledge 
of  it,  Plat.  Rep.  527  D.— II.  of  things, 
easy  to  be  felt  οτ  perceived,  Arist.  Coel. 
^Εναιόνος,  ov,  6,  Euaephnus,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Paus. 

^Εναίχμη.  ης,  ή,  Euaechme,  daughter 
of  Hyllus,  Paus. 

Εναίων,  ωνος,  ό,  ή,  {εν,  αΙών)  hap- 
py in  life,  of  persons,  Eur.  Ion  126  : 
in  genl.  happy,  fortunate,  βίοτος, 
Aesch.  Pers.  711,  ιτότμος,  Eur.  I  A. 
551  :  also,  ει'',  νπνος,  blessed  sleep, 
Soph.  Phil.  829. 

^Εναίων,  ωι•ος,  ό,  Euaeon,  an  Athe- 
nian orator,  Ar.  Eccl.  408. 

^Ενύκαί,  ων,  οι.  the  Euacae.  a  species 
of  Persian  cavalry,  Arr.  An.  7,  6,  3. 

Εΐ'άκεστος,  ov,  {εύ,  άκέομαι)  easy 
to  heal  or  cure,  Hipp,     [ΰ] 

Εί'άκής,  έ{•,  =  foreg.,  rare  form. 
Adv.  -κεως,  Aretae. 

Εί'Λκοε'ω,  ενάκοος,  ov.  Dor.  for  εϋηκ. 

ΕνύκτΙν,  Ινος,  ό,  ή,  {εν,  άκτίς)  with 
beautiful  rays. 

iEva/.αζόνεντος,  ov,  {εν,  ά?Μζονεν- 
ομαι)  in  xfhich  one  can  easily  glory, 
Arist.  Rhet.  2,  15. 

Εί'ά/.άκατος.  ov,  Dor.  for.  ενηλ., 
Theocr. 


ETAN 

t  Εΰάλαξ•,  a.  ό,  Eualas,  masc.  pr.  u., 
a  Spartan,  Thuc.  8,  22. 

Ενα/.όής,  ές,  {εν,  ά/.δαίνω)  well• 
grown,  luxuriant,  Anth. — II.  act.,  fer 
tilising,  Arat.  217.    Adv.  -δέως,  Hipp. 

Ενα'/.θής,  ές,  {εν,  άλθω)  easily  heat- 
ed, Hipp. — II.  act.  healing,  Nic,  where 
Schneid.  ενα/.δές. 

Ενύ'/Λος,  ov.  Dor.  for  ενή7.ίος.  Eur 
[μ\  ^   ^ 

Ενα/.κήΓ,  ές,  {εν,  αλκή)  stout,  Clem. 
ΑΙ. 

^Εϊ'ύ/.κης,  ους,  ό,  Eualces,  an  Athe- 
nian, a  favourite  of  Agesilaus,  Xen. 
Hell.  4,  1,  40.— Others  in  Dem.,  etc. 
1Eva/  κίδας,  a,  ό,  Eualcidas,  masc. 
pr.  n..  Paus.,  Dor.  for 

ίΕνα'λκίδης,  ov,  ό,  Eualcides,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Hdt.  5,  102. 
\Eva7.Koc,  ov,  b,  Eualcus,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  a  Sparfan,  Plut.  Pyrrh.  30. 

Εναλ'/.οίωτος,  ov,  {εν,  άλλοίόω) 
easily  changed. 

Ενα?.ονστερος,  a,  ov,  compar.  of 
ενά/.ωτος,  as  if  from  εν,  ά'/.ονς. 

Ενα/Μης,  ές,  {εν,  άλσος)  with  beau- 
tiful groves,  Strab. 

Εί'ύ/.φϊτος,ον,  {εν,  ά/.όιτον)  of  good 
groats  or  7neal,  Leon.  Tar.  55. 

Ενά/.ωτος,  ov,  {εν,  ά/.ίσκομαι)  easy 
to  be  taken  or  caught,  Xen.  Cyn.  9,  9, 
Plat.  Phaedr.  240  A  :  irreg.  comp. 
ενα?.ονστερος.  [ώ] 

^Εναμερίων.    ωνος,    ό,    Euamerion, 
masc.  pr.  η.,  Paus. 

Ενάμ~ε/.ος,  ov,  (its  ΰμ—ε/.ος) 
abounding  in  vines,  with  fine  vines, 
Strab. 

Evav,evan,a  cry  of  the  Bacchantes, 
like  ενα  and  ενοΐ.  Ace.  to  Hesych. 
an  Indian  name  for  the  ivy,  which 
was  sacred  to  hun.  [ά] 

Ευανάγνωστος,  ov,  {εν,  αναγιγνώ- 
σκω) easy  to  be  read,  j3l3/.iov,  Arist. 
Rhet.  ' 

Ενανάγωγος,  ov,  {εν,  ανάγω)  easy 
to  bring  up  or  expectorate,  Diosc.  [tt] 

Εΰανάδοτος,  ov,  {εν,  άναδιόωμι) 
easy  to  distribute  or  digest,  Diosc. 

Ενανάκλητος,  ov,  {εν,  άνακα?  έω) 
easy  to  call  back,  recall,  of  dogs,  Xen. 
Cyn.  7,  5  :  hence  metaph.,  easy  to  win 
over,  win  back,  Plut.  Adv.  -τως,  Μ. 
Anton. 

Εΰανακόμιστος,  ov,  {εν,  άνακομίζω) 
easy  to  bring  back,  recover,  Plut. 

Ενανά/.η—τος,  ov,  {εν,  άνα?.αμβύ• 
νω)  easily  recovered,  Strab. — II.  act. 
easily  taking  in,  of  good  capacity  for, 
τινός,  Stob. 

Ενΰνά/.ωτος,  ov,  {εν,  άνα7.ίσκω) 
easily  consumed,  Arist.  Plant,  [a/.] 

Ενανάμνηστος,  ov,  {εν,  άναμιμνή- 
σκομαι)  easily  remembering. 

Εί'ανά—νενστος,  ov,  {εν,  αναπνέω) 
easy  to  breathe  in,  ?.έξις  έν.,  one  ivhich 
does  not  put  one  out  of  breath,  Arist. 
Rhet. 

Ενανάσφα7~ος,  ov,  {εν,  άνασόά7.• 
7.ω)  easily,  readily  recovering  from  ill- 
ness, Hipp. 

ΕνανάτρετΓΤος,  ov,  {εν,  ανατρέπω) 
easy  to  be  upset,  overthrown,  Cic.  Att. 
2,  14,  1. 

Ενανάτροφος,  ov,  {εν,  ανάτρεφα) 
well  fed,  nourished. 

Ενανόρέω,  ώ,  {εύανδρος)  to  be  well 
I  off  for  inhabitants,  populous,  Strab.  : 
I  also  in  mid. — II.  to  be  manly,  stout, 

I     ίΕνάνδρη,  ης.  ή.  Euandre,  an  Ama- 
I  zon,  Qu.  Sm.  1,  43. 
I      Ενανδρία,  ας,  ή,  abundance  of  men, 
j  populousness.  esp.  of  good  men  and  true, 
I  Wytt.  ad  Jul.  J).  203 :  hence  at  Ath- 
ens,  ενανδρίας  άγων,   Dinarch.    ap. 
Harp.  ;  ονδέ  ενανδρία  έν  ύ/./τ?  πό/.ει 
1  όμοια,  nowhere  else  such  wealth  of 
5G1 


ΕΥΑΠ 

valuable  men,  Schncid.  Xen.  Mem. 
3,  3,  12,  cf.  δονλεία,  etc. — II.  manli- 
ness, courage,  spirit,  Eur.  El.  367,  An- 
doc.  34,  29  :  from 

Ένανδρος,  ov, {εν,  ΰνήρ)  rich, abound- 
ing in  good  men  and  true,  Tyrt.  9,  Pind., 
etc. — II.  prosperous  to  men,  σνμφοραί, 
Aesch.  Eum.  1031_. 

'\Έ•νανόρος,  ov,  6,  Euander,  son  of 
Mercury  and  an  Arcadian  nymph 
(Carmenta),  led  a  colony  from  Pal• 
lanteum  in  Arcadia  into  Italy  and 
settled  on  the  Palatine  hill,  Strab.  p. 
230,  etc.,  Paus.  8,  43,  2.-2.  a  son  of 
Priam.  ApoUod. — 3.  asonofSarpedon, 
Died.  S. — 4.  an  Athenian  archon  OI. 
99,  3,  Dem.  743, 18.— Others  in  Dam., 
Pint.,  etc. 

Ένύΐ'εμος,  ov.  Dor.  for  ενήνεμος,  q. 
v..  Soph.  Aj.  197.  [a,  but  α  Crinag. 
23.] 

Ένάνετος,  ov,  {εν,  άνΐημί)  easy  to 
dissolve,  Diosc.  [u] 

Εί'ύνθεμος,  Ol••,  {εν,  ανθεμον)  flow- 
ery, blooming,  Pind.  O.  1,  109. 

Έ,ΰανθέω,  ώ,  to  be  flowery  or  bloom- 
ing, Luc. :  from 

Ένανθής,  ες,  {εν,  άνθος)  blooming, 
sprouting,  λάχνη,  Od.  11,  320. — II.  rich 
in  flowers,  flowery,  Theogli  1200,  etc. : 
metaph.,  flowery,  gny,  Pind.  P.  2,  62. 
— 2.  metaph.  also,  blooming, fresh,  good- 
ly, ηλικία,  Pind.  I.  7,  48  ;  "ύλ.ίοζ-  I.  5, 
16  :  also,  εν.  οργή,  agoodly,  noble  tem- 
per, Id.  P.  1,  78. 

^Ένύνθιις,  ονς,  ό,  Euanthes,  son  of 
Bacchus  and  Ariadne  and  father  of 
Maron,  Od.  9.  197,  cf  Schol.  ad  Ap. 
Rh.  3,  996—2.  founder  of  Locri  Epi- 
zephyrii,  Strab. — Others  in  Plut., 
Ath.,  etc. 

ΤΛ'άνίος,  ov,  {εν,  ανία)  taking  trouble 
easily,  opp.  to  δνςάνιος.  [ΰ] 

Ένάνως,  ov.  Dor.  for  ενήνιος.  {(x] 

Ένάνοικτος,  ov,  {ευ,  άνοίγννμι)  easy 
to  be  opened. 

Ένάνορία,  ας,  ή,  Οοτ.ίοτ  ενηνορία, 
Pind. 

ίΕύΰνορίδας,  α.  ό,  Euanoridas,  masc. 
pr.  η.,  Polyb.  5,  94.  0. 

Έναντέο),  ώ,  ί.  -ήσω,  ίο  meet,  receive 
kindly,  he  propitious,  c.  dat.,Call.  Dian. 
268;  from 

Ενύντΐΐς,  ef,=sq.,  opp.  to  δνςάν- 
της.  Αρ.  Rh. 

Έινάντητος,  ov,  {εν,  άντάω)  pleas- 
ant, agreeable  to  meet :  hence  propitious, 
Orph. :     in    genl.    acceptable,    άγρα, 

^Εναντίδας,  a,  ο,  Euantidas,  masc. 
pr.  n..  Paus. 

Εναντίλεκτος,  ov,  {εν,  ΰντΛέγω) 
easy  to  be  spoken  against,  refuted. 

Ενάντνξ,  νγος,  ό,  ή.  {εν,  ίντυξ)  of 
a  chariot,  with  beautiful  ΰντνξ :  me- 
taph. of  a  building,  Anth. 

Ei'uvup,  ορός,  ό,  η.  Dor.  for  ενή- 
vup.  [α] 

Εναξος,  ov,  {εν,  ΰγνυμι)  easily  bro- 
ken. 

Ενα7Γύλ7.ακτος,  ov,  {εν,  απαλλάσ- 
σω) easy  to  get  rid  of,  Arist.  Probl.  :  to 
find  a  purchaser  for,  Ι-ττος,  Xen.  Eq. 
3,  1.     Adv.  --ως•. 

Εναπαντησία,  ας,  ή,  affability, 
Chrysipii.  ap.  Plut.  2,  441  Β :  from 

Εναπάντητος,  ov,  (εν,  άτζαντάω)=^ 
ενάντητος,  Clem.  ΑΙ. 

Εναττύρτιστος,  ov,  {εν,  απαρτίζω) 
■finished,  perfect. 

Ενα-άτητος,  ov,  {ευ,  άττίίτάο))  easi- 
tily  cheated,  Plat.  Phaedr.  263  B. 

Ενα-ήγητος,  ov,  Ion.  for  εναφήγη- 
τος,  Hdt. 

Ενατζόβατος,  ov,  (εν,  αποβαίνω) 
convenient  for  landing,  Thuc.  4,  30. 

Ενα-ό37.η-ος,  ov,  {εν,  άπο3ά7.?.ο) 
easily  lost. 

562 


EYAP 

Εί'απόδεικτος,  ov,  {εν,  ΰττοδείκνν- 
μΐ)  easily  proved  :  probable. 

Εί'απόύεκτος,  ov,  {εν,  αποδέχομαι) 
acceptable.     Adv.  -τυς. 

Εναπόδοτος,  ov,  (ευ,  άποδίδωμι) 
easy  to  be  returned  or  repaid. — II.  easy 
of  digestion,  v.  1.  Diphil.  Siphn.  ap. 
Ath.  356  B. — 2.  easy  of  solution,  ex- 
planation, Strab. 

Εναπόκρΐτος,  ov,  {εν, αποκρίνομαι) 
easy  to  answer.     Adv.  -τος. 

Εναπολόγητος,  ov,  {εν,  άπο?Μγέο- 
μαι)  easy  to  be  excused,  Strab. 

Εΰαπόλντος,  ov,  {εν,  ύπο/.νω)  easy 
to  be  loosed  or  separated,  τινός  or  άπό 
Tivoc,  Hipp. 

ΕναπύρΙ)ντος,  ov,  {εν,  ύττο/ι/ιρω)  ea- 
sily flowing  away,  Hipp. 

Εναπόσβεστος,  ov,  {tv,  ΰποσβέν- 
VVUl)  easy  to  be  extinguished. 

Εϋαπόσειστος,  ov,  {ευ,  αποσείω) 
easy  to  be  shaken  off  or  out.  Adv.  -τως, 
ChVysipp.  ap.  Plut.  2,  1036  _E. 

Εναπόσπαστος,  ov,  {εν,  αποσπάω) 
easy  to  be  torn  away  or  off,  τινός,  Arist. 
H.  A. 

Ε.ϋαποτείχιστος,  ov,  {εν,  άποτει- 
χίζω)  easy  to  be  walled  off  or  blockaded, 
Thuc.  0,  75. 

Εναπόφνκτος,  ov,  {εν,  αποφεύγω) 
easily  escaping,  slippery. 

^Ενάρδη,  ης,  or  Εϋαρδις,  lor,  ή,  Eu- 
arde  or  Euardis,  fem.  pr.  n.,  Ath.  583 
C. 

Ενάρεσκος,  ov,  in  Xen.,  f  1.  for  εν- 
άρεστος.  Lob.  Phryn.  621. 

Ενάρεστέω,  ώ,{ενύρεστος)  to  please, 
be  well  pleasing.  Pass,  to  be  well  pleased, 
content.  Died.,  with  a  thing,  τινί.  Id. 
— II.  intrans.=pass.,  Plut.  Opp.  to 
δνςαηεστέω.     Hence 

Ενΰρέστησις,  εως,  η,  a  being  well 
pthased,  contentment,  Diod.  :  and 

Ευαρεστητέον,  verb.  adj.  one  must 
be  content,  acquiesce,  Philo. 

Εναρεστικός,  ή,  όν,  likely  to  satisfy, 
M.  Anton.  :  from 

Εϋιιρεστος,  ov,  {εν,  αρέσκω)  welt- 
pleasing,  acceptable,  τινί,  Ν.  Τ.  Adv. 
•τως,  coinpar.  -τοτέρως,  Xen.  Mem. 
3,  5,  5. 

Είκφίθμητος,  ov,  {εν,  άριβμέω)  easy 
to  be  counted,  i.  e.few  in  number,  Hipp., 
Plat.,  etc. 

Ευάριθμος,  o^^=foreg.,  Byz. 

Εναρκτος.  ov,  {ευ,  άρχω)  easy  to 
manage,  obedient,  στόμα,  Aesch.  Pers. 
193. 

Ενάρματος,  ov,  {εν,  άρμα)  with  good 
or  beautiful  chariot :  esp.  victorious  in 
the  chariot  race,  Pind.  P.  2,  9. 

Εναρμοστίω,  ώ,  to  be  ευύρμοστος, 
be  well  tempered  OX  arranged,  Hipp. :  and 

Εΰαρμοστία,  ας,  -η,  good  arrange- 
ment, Isocr.  Antid.  'ξ.  203  :  of  men,  ac- 
commodating or  social  disposition,  readi- 
ness,versatility.  Plat.  Rep.  400  D  :  fiom 

Ενάρμοστος,  ov,  {εν,  αρμόζω)  fitting, 
suiting  well,  ivell  accommodated  or  adapt- 
ed. Plat.  Rep.  413  E,  etc. ;  προς  άπαν- 
τα, Isocr. 239  C. — II.  well-tuned, harmo- 
nious, κάλαμοι,  Eur.  El.  702,  and  Plat. 
Adv.  -τως,  Isocr.  223  E. 

^Ενάρνη,  ης,  ή.  Euarne,  a  Nereid, 
Hes.  Th.  259:  from_ 

Εναρνος,  ov,  {ευ.  άρήν)  rich  in  sheep 
or  lambs,  Leon.  Tar. 

Ενάροτος,  ov,  {εν,  άρόω)  well-plough- 
ed, or  easy  to  be  ploughed,  Ap.  Rh.  2, 
810.  [ά] 

Ενάρτϋτος,  ov,  {εν,  άρτνω)  well- 
seasoned,  of  meats,  Ath. 

Εναρχία,  ας,  ή,  {εναρχος)  good  guid- 
ance or  government. 

^Ενάρχιππος,  ov,  b,  {εναρχος.  Ιπ- 
πος) Eunrchippus,  a  Spartan  ephor, 
Xen.  Hell.  1,  2,  1.       ^ 

Εναρχος,  ov,  {ευ,  άρχω)  governing 


EYBA 

well. — 2.  pass,  easy  to  govern. — IL  {ei, 
άρχομαι)  beginning  well,  ?^όγος,  Luc. 
— 2.  making  a  good  beginning,  of  one's 
first  customer  in  the  market,  Anth. 

^Εναρχος,  ov,  ό,  Euarchus,  a  tyrant 
of  Astacus  in  Acarnania,  Thuc.  2,  30. 
— 2.  founder  of  Catana,  Id.  6,  3. — 3.  a 
Spartan  ephor,  Xen.  Hell.  2,  3,  10. 

Ei'fir,  άδος.  ή.  one  who  cries  εύα,  i.  e. 
a  Bacchante.  Nonn. —  II.  as  adj.  6,  7/, 
Bacchic,  Bacchanalian,  κώμος,  Anth. 
tEiaf,  ό,  Euas,  a  hill  ot  Laconia 
near  Sellasia.  Polyb.  2,  65,  8. 

Ενασμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  Bacchanalian 
shout,  Eur.  Bacch.  129. 

Εϋασμός,  ov,  6,  (ενάζω)  the  cry  of 
ενα.  a  shout  of  revelry,  esp.  Bacchic: 
of  the  Eleusinian  mysteries,  lierme- 
sian.  5,  18. — II.  the  ovatio,  lesser  tri- 
umph of  the  Romans.  Dion.  H.,  who 
derives  ovatio  from  it,  as  triwmphus 
from  θρίαμβος. 

ΐΕνύσπλα,  ό,  the  EuaspL•,  a  river 
of  India,  Arr.  An.  4,  24. 

Εΰύστεψα,  ας,  ή,  fem.  from  ενασ- 

τήρ-^  ,    , 

Ενάστερος,  ον,  {εν,  αστήρ)  rich  in 
stars,  starry,  Arat. 

Έναστήρ,  ήρος,  ό,  Anth.,  and  ενασ- 
τής,  ov,  ό,  also  parox.  ενάστης,  {εν- 
άζω) one  ivho  cries  π'ό.  esp.  in  honour 
of  Bacchus  at  his  revels,  a  Bacchanal, 
Orph.  Fem.  ενάστειρα  and  ενάς. 
Hence 

Εναστικός,  ή.  όν.  Bacchanalian. 

Εΐ'άτρως,ον,  Όοτ.ίοτ  εν?'ίτριος.  [ά] 

Εΰαν^^Γ,  ές,  {εν,  ανγή)  ν.  1.  for 
εναγής,  q.  ν.  III.,  lin. 

Εί'ανξής,  ές,  {ευ,  αυξάνομαι)  well, 
quick  growing,  Arist.  Η.  Α. 

Ενανρος,  ον,  {εν,  ανρα)  with  good, 
pure  air. 

Εύανχην,  ενός,  ό,  -ή,  {εν,  ανχήν) 
with  beautiful  neck. 

ίΕύαφαίρετος,  ον,  (εν,  άφαιρέω) 
easy  to  be  taken  away,  Theophr. 

Εύάόεία,  ας,  ή,  {ενάφής)  softness  to 
the  touch,  delicacy,  Ath. 

Εΰαφήγητος,  ov.  Ion.  εναπ.,  (εν, 
άφηγέομαι)  easy  to  (Uscribe,  Hdt.  7, 63. 

Ενάφής,  ές,  (εύ,  άφή,  άπτομαι)  soft, 
yielding  to  the  touch,  delicate,  Theophr. 
— II.  act.  gently  touching.  Adv.  -φώζ. 
Hence 

Εναφία,  ας,  ή,^ενάφεια.  Anth. 

Ενάφιον,  ov,  τό,  {είΰόής)  an  un- 
guent or  drug  which  heals  by  external 
application.  Medic. 

Ενάφορμος,  ov,  (εν,  αφορμή)  con• 
venient,  opportune,  ready,  late. 

Ενάχητος,  ov,  [a]  Dor.  for  εΐήχ., 
fine  or  clear  sounding,  Eur. 

Ενβάστακτος,  ov,  (εν,  βαστάζω) 
easy  to  carry  or  bear,  Hdt.  2,  125. 

^Ενβατίδης,  ov,  6,  Eubatides,  masc, 
pr.  n.,  (in  form  patronym.)  Luc. 

Ενβΰτος.  ov,  {εν,  βαίνω)  accessible, 
Xen.  Hell.  4,  6,  9 :  εύβ.  περάν,  pass- 
able, Aesch.  Pr.  718:  opp.  to  όνς- 
βάτος. 

Εϋβΐος,  ov,  and  ενβίοτος,  ov.  both 
in  Arist.  H.  Α.,  {εν,  βίος)  xrell-living, 
well-managing,  esp.  of  animals  skilful 
to  find  their  food.  —  II.  of  men,  re- 
spectable, Dio  C.  [i] 

iEviior,  ου,  ό,  Eubius,  son  of  Meges 
and  Peri'boea,  Q.  Sm.  6, 611.— Others 
in  Paus.,  etc. 

^Εϋ3ίοτος,  ov,  6,  Eubiotus,  king  of 
the  Machlyes,  Luc. 

Ε,νβ?.απτος,  ov,  {εν,  β?Μπτω)  easily 
hurt,  Arist.  Gen.  An. 

Εί'βλάστεια,  ας,  ή,  v.  1.  for  ενβ?.ασ• 
τία,  Theophr. :  and 

Ενβλαστέω,  ώ.  to  shoot  out,  grow 
luxuriantly,  Theophr. :  from 

Ενβ/ιαστής,  ές,  {εν,  βλαστύνω) 
luxuriantly   growing,    Theophr.  —  U. 


ETBO 

act.  making  to  grow  luxuriantly,  Id. 
Hence 

ΕΰθλασΓί'α,  ας,  η,  abundant  growth, 
Thedphr. 

ΈυΆαστος,  ον,=ενβ7,αστής  I.  and 
II.,  both  in  Theophr. 

Έ,νβλέφίβος,  ov,  (.εν,  β/ίέφαρον) 
with  beautiful  eyelids,  Anth. 

Έ.ύ3?,ητης,  ov,  (εν,  ,3άλ?Μ)  easily 
kit,  exposed  to  blows,  App. 

^Ενίοεικός,  ή,  όν,=Έ1ν3οίκός,  Hdt. 
3,  89.' 

αΐν3οενς,  έως  Ion.  ήος,  ό,  =  Εΰ- 
βοιενς,  Hdt.  8,  19. 

Ενβοτ/βητος,  ον,  (εν,  βοηθέω)  easily 
assisted  or  rescued,  Arist.  Pol. :  easily 
healed,  Hipp. 

El'  3ota,  ας  Ion.  ης,  ή,  Eabnea,  now 
Negropcnt  (i.  e.  Egripo,  Evripo,  Eu- 
ripus),  an  island  lying  along  the  coast 
of  Boeotia  and  Attica,  Horn.,  Hes., 
etc. — 2.  a  city  in  the  west  of  Sicily 
founded  from  Leontini,  destroyed  in 
wars  between  Carthaginians  and  Si- 
cilians, Bahr  ad  Hdt.  7,  15G,  Strab. ; 
others  in  Strab. — II.  a  daughter  of 
Thespius,  ApoUod. — 2.  a  daughter  of 
Laryninus,  Ath.  296  B. — Others  in 
Alh..  etc. 

^Εν3οιενς,  έως,  ο,  an  inhab.  of  Eu- 
boea,Euboean;  οΙΕνβοιεες MX.  -βοιης, 
έων,  the  Euboeans,  Hdt.,  TluiC. 

tEiJ  3οίηΘεν,  adv.  from  Euboea,  Cal- 
lim.  Del.  197. 

ίΥ,νίοΙκός,  ή,  όν,  of  Ειώοεα,  Eu- 
boean,  Hdt.  7,  192 ;  in  Tragg.  Εΰ- 
βοικός:  though  Dind.  reads  -οϊκά  in 
Eur.  Hel.  767. 

^Ένβυΐς  more  correctly  Ένβοιΐς, 
ίδος,  ή,  fem.  adj.  foreg.,  ακτή.  Soph. 
Tr.  237 ;  ΈϋβοΙδα  χώραν,  Id.  74 ; 
Έν3οΐ6ες  μνέαι,  Hdt.  3.  89. 

^Έ,ί'βοίτης,  ου,  ό,  of  Euboea,  Έ,νβ. 
ποταμοί,  Strab.  [i] 

Ει'3οΛεω,  ώ,  to  make  a  good  throw, 
esp.  with  the  dice,  Luc  :  from 

Εΰ  3ολθ(•,  ov.  (εν,  βά/./.ω)  throwing 
bickity.  either  in  the  chase,  0pp.,  or 
with  the  dice.  Adv.  -/,ως,  ενβ.  έχειν, 
to  be  prosperous,  well  off,  Aesch.  Cho. 
696. 

Ένβοσία,  ας,  ή,  (ενβοτος)  good  pas- 
ture, χώρας,  Arist.  Η.  Α. :  in  genl. 
good  nourishment.  Id.  Gen.  An. 

Ένβόστρϋχος,  ov,  (εν,  βόστρυχος) 
with  beautiful  locks,  Anth. 

tEr3oraf,  ου.  ό,  Eubotas,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  Xen.  Hell.  1,  2,  1. 

Ένβοτέομαι,  to  have  good  pasture, 
Strab.  :  from 

Ei  iorof,  ov,  (εν,  βόσκω)  abounding 
in  pasture,  with  good  pasture,  Od.  15, 
406. — II.  wellfed,  thriving,  Theocr.  5, 
24. 

Έ-ΰβότρϋος,  ov,  Anacreont.,  and 
εν3οτρνς,  ν,  gen.  νος.  Soph.  Phil. 
548,  (εί•,  βότρνς)  rich  in  grapes. 

Έί•3ονλενς,  έως.  b,  like  εν  3ου?.ος, 
he  nf  the  good  counsel,  epith.  of  several 
gods.  Diod.,  etc. 

'ίΈΰ3ον?.ενς,  έως,  ό,  Euhxdeus,  son 
of  Trochilus  and  brother  of  Tripto- 
lemus,  Paus.,  or  son  of  Dysaules, 
Orph.  H.  40. 

\Y.v3ov/.ii,  ης,  ή,  Eubftle,  one  of  the 
Danaides,  Apollod. — 2.  daughter  of 
Leus  in  Athens,  Ael.  V.  H. — Others 
in  Anth. 

Έϋ3ον?.ία,  ας,  η,  good  counsel:  pru- 
dence. Aesch.  Pr.  1035,  etc. 

ΙΈ,νβου'λίδης,  ου,  ό,  EubfiUdes,  an 
Athenian  masc.  pr.  n.,  Dem.,  Diod. 
S.,  etc. :  from 

Ένβουλος,  ov,  (εν,  βουΐή)  of  good 
counsel,  full  of  practical  wisdom,  shrewd, 
pnident,  TYieogn.  329,  Hdt.  8, 110,  etc. 
— II.  consulting  for  one's  good.  Adv. 
•λως. 


ΕΤΓΕ 

\Έν3ου?.ος,  ov,  ό,  Eubuhis,  an  Athe- 
nian commander  in  the  Peloponne- 
sian  war,  Thuc.  8,  23,  Xen.— 2.  son 
of  Mnesitheus,  of  Cyprus,  an  Athe- 
nian orator,  Dem.  249,  13. — 3.  an- 
other, a  distinguished  orator  (sent  on 
an  embassy  to  Philip),  Id.  232.  14; 
235,  17,  etc.— Others  in  Dem.  401,  1, 
Diod.  S.,  Ath.  8  β,  cf.  Meineke  1,  p. 
355,  sqq.,  etc. 

Εύβονς,  ovv,  gen.  οος,  (εν,  βονς) 
rich  in  cattle  :  the  ace.  ενβονν  occurs, 
H.  Horn.  Ap.  54,  al.  ενβων. 

Κί'βρεχής,  ες,  (εν,  βρέχω)  well 
steeped  or  soaked,  Nic. 

Έν3ροχος,  ov,  (εν,  βρόχος)  well- 
noosed,  well-knit,  άμμα,  Anth. 

Ενβρωτος,  ov,  (εν,  βιβρώσκω)  good 
to  eat,  τινί,  Ath. 

Εί•3νρίος,  ov,  an  obscure  word,= 
ένοικος,  v.  Meineke  Euph.  92. 

Εί'βωλοστρόφητος,  ov.  (εν,  βω7.ο- 
στροόέω)  easy  to  plough,  Eust.  Hom. 
1431,53. 

Ενβως,  acc.  ων,  (εν,  βοίίς)  v.  εν3ονς. 
^Εν3ώ-ας,  ό,  ν.  1.  for  Ενβότας,  Xen. 
Hell.  1,  2,  1. 

tEi'iJijr//,  ης.  ή,  Eubote,  a  daughter 
of  Thespius,  Apollod. 

Ενγάθής,  ες,  and  ενγύθητος,  ov, 
Dor.  for  εύγηθ.,  q.  v. 

Ενγαιος,  ov,  (εν,  γαΐα)=ενγειος. 

Εν}ά/.αΐίΤος,  ov,  (εν,  ya?.a) yielding 
good  milk,  Alciphr.  lyu] 

Εΰγά/.ηνος,  ov,  (εν,  γα?.ήνη)  very 
calm,  serene.  Lye.     Adv.  -νως. 

Εΐιγΰμία,  ας,  ή,  a  happy  marriage  : 
from 

Ενγΰμος.  ov,  (εν,  γάμος)  happily 
wedded,  Nona. 

Εύ}'ε,  Adv.  for  ευ  γε,  Lat.  euge, 
good  !  well  done  !  well  said  !  exclama- 
tion of  approval.  Plat.,  etc.  :  also 
with  verbs,  right  well,  capitally,  ενγ', 
εύγε  ττοιήσαντες,  Ar.  Pac.  285:  oft. 
ironical,  capital/  Ar.  Av.  1692;  and 
so  εν  γονν,  Eur.  Or.  1602. 

Ενγειος,  ov,  (εν,  γη)  of  or  with  good 
soil,  Theophr. 

Ένγένεια,  ας,  η,  (ενγενής)  nobility 
of  birth,  high  descent,  jierh.  in  this 
signf.,  Aesch.  Pers.  442,  Epich.  p.  87 : 
but  mostly — II.  nobility  of  sold,  high 
spirit  to  match  high  birth,  generosity, 
Eur.,  etc.  —  III.  of  animals,  plants, 
etc.,  goodness  in  their  kind. 

Ενγένειος,  ov,  (εν,  γένειον)  ii-ell- 
bearded,  Plat.  Euthj-phr.  2  Β  :  of  a 
lion,  well-maned,  II.  15,  275  ;  Ep.  ήνγ. 

Ενγενέτης,  o,=  sq.,  Eur.  Andr.  771 

Ενγενής,  ές,  m  Horn,  ενηγενής, 
q.  v.,  and  in  H.  Hom.  Ven.  94,  ήϋγε- 
νης,  (εν,  γένος)  well-born,  of  noble 
race,  high  descent.  Soph.  O.  C.  728  ; 
of  external  appearance,  noble,  ενγ. 
πάρθενον  είδος.  Eur.  Hel.  10 :  also 
a  Tnark  of  nobility,  το  μεν  εστίχβαι 
ενγενές,  Hdt.  5,  6 :  but  it  is  difficult 
to  separate  this  signification  from 
— II.  noble-minded,  generous, high-spirit- 
ed, Trag.,  etc. ;  cf.  γενναίος.^— Ui.  of 
animals,  high-bred, spirited,  esp.  ΐτΐττος, 
Theogn.  184,  Soph.  EL  25.  So  the 
Lat.  nohilis,  generosus. 

^Ενγένης,  ους,  ό,  Eugenes,  a  poet  of 
the  Anthology. 

^Ευγενία,  ας,  η,  Eugenia,  fem.  pr. 
n.,  Anth. 

Ενγενίη,  ης,  ή.  Ion.  for  ένγένεια. 

Ενγενίζω,ΐο  ennoble,  -πόλιν.  Philem. 
p.  423. 

Ευγένιος,  ον,^ενγενής. — Π.  -νων, 
τό.  name  of  a  kind  οί  grape. 

Ενγενίς,  ίδος,  pecul.  fem.  of  ενγε- 
νής.  Joseph. 

Ε,ΰγεούρωτος,  ov,  (εν.  γεφνρόω) 
well-bridged :  easy  to  throw  a  bridge 
over,  τότΓΟς,  Polyb.  [v] 


ΕΤΓΡ 

^Ένγέων,  ό,  Eugeon,  an  historian. 
Dion.  H. 

Εύγεώργητος,    ov,    (εν,   γεωργέω) 
well-ctdtivated  ;  fertile. 
Ενγέωργος,  ov,= foreg. 
Ενγεως,  ων,—ενγειος,  Att. 
Εϋγηθής,  ές,  Eur.  Η.  F.  792,  and 
εΰγήβητος,   ov,    Eur.  I.  T.   212,  (εν, 
γηβέω)  Dor.  ενγαθ.,  joyous,  cheerful. 

\Ενγηρέω,  ώ,  (ενγήρως)  to  pass  a 
happy  old  age,  Stob. 

Ευγηρία,  ας,  ή,  (ενγήρως)  a  happy, 
fortunate  old  age,  Arist.  Rhet. 
ΙΕνγηρος,  ον,^=ενγήρως. 
Εί}  Ίρνς,  υ,  (εν,  }ήρυς)  sweet-sound 
ing.  ύοίδή,  Ar.  Ran.  213. 

Ενγ7/ρως,  ων,  (εν,  'γήρας)  happy  in 
old  age,  a  fortunate  old  man,  Arist. 
Rhet.,  also  ενγηρος,  in  Hipp. 
Εΰγλύγετος,  ov,=  sq.,  Luc. 
Εϋγ7Μγής,  ef,  Nic,  and  ενγλάγος, 
ov.  Lye,  (ευ,  ■ju/i.a)  fall  of,  abound- 
ing in  milk :  there  is  a  nietapl.  dat. 
εύγ/.αγι,  as  if  from  ενγλαξ,  in  Leon. 
Tar.^  [a] 

Εϋγ/.ηνος.  ov,  (εν,  γλήνη)  bright 
eyed,  of  wild  beasts,  Opp. 

Ενγλνπτος,  ov,  (εν,  γλύφω)  well 
carved  or  engraved,  Anth. 

Ενγ/.νφανος,  ov,  Nonn.,  and  εν- 
γ/.νφής,  ές,  Anth.,=foieg. 

Ενγλωσσία,  ας,  ή,  Att.  -ττία,  flu- 
ency of  speech,  Ar.  Eq.  837  :  from 

Εΰγλωσ9ος,  ov,  Att.  ενγ?.ωττος, 
(εν,  γ/.ώσσα)  with  good,  fluent  tongue, 
ready  of  tongue,  Aesch.  Supp.  775. — 
II.  act.  loosi>ig  the  tongue,  making  elo- 
quent, οίνος ;  but,  acc.  to  others, ^ou>- 
ing  with  a  musical  sound,  gurgling, 
Anth.    Hence 

Ενγλωττέω,  ω,  to  be  fluent :  and 
Ενγ7.ωττίζω,  to  make  fluent  or  talk- 
ative, Philostr. 

Ενγλώχΐν,  Ινος,  6,  ή,  (εν,  γλα- 
χίν)  well,  keen-pointed,  Opp. 

Εύγμα,  ατός,  τό,  (εύχομαι)  like 
ενχος,  boasting,  κεί'ά  ενγμ-,  Od.  22, 
249. — Π.  =  εν  χή,  α  prayer,  wish,  Aesch. 
Theb.267,Spanh.  Call.  Lav.  Pall.  139. 
ΕνγναμΤίΤος,  ov,  Ep.  ίνγν.,  (^εν, 
γνάμτττω)  well-bent  or  tiuisted,  κ7.ηΙσΐν 
ένγνάμπτοις,  Od.  18,294. — II.  easy  to 
bend,  flexible,  χα/.ινηί,  Opp. 

Ενγνωμονέω,  ω,  to  be  fair  and  hon- 
est, Plut. :  and 

Ευγνωμοσύνη,  ης,  ή,  the  conduct  or 
character  of  an  ευγνώμων,  candour,  in- 
dulgence, fair>iess,  Aeschin.  78, 8 :  from 
Ευγνώμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  (εν, 
γνώμη)  oj  good,  kind  feelins,  indulgent, 
fair,  charitable,  Xen.  Mem.  2,  8,  6, 
Aeschin.  78,  6  :  friendly,  Anth. — II. 
wise,  prudent :  hence  adv.  -μόνως, 
prudently,  Xen.  Ages.  2,  25. 

Ενγνώριστος,  ov,  (εν,  γνωρίζω) 
easily  recognised. 

Ενγνωστος,  ov,  (εν,  γιγνώσκω)  well- 
known,  easily  recognised.  Soph.  Aj. 
704.     Adv.  -τως. 

^Εύγί'ωστος,  ov,  ό,  Eugnostus,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Arr. 

Ενγομόος,  ov,  Eur.  I.T.  1286,  and 
εύγόμφωτος,  ov,  (εν,  γομφόω)  Opp., 
well-nailed  or  fastened. 

Ενγόνΰτος,  ov,  (εν,  γόνν)  with  good 
knees  OT  joints. 

^Εύγονέω,  ώ,  to  be  fruitful,  Theophr. : 
and 

Ευγονία,  ας,  ή,  fruitfulness.  Plat. 
Rep.  546  A,  Xen.  Lac.  1,  6:  from 

Ενγονος,  ov.  (εν,  γονή)  fruitful, 
productive,  Joseph. 

Ενγραμμία.  ας,  ή,  good,  clear  draw- 
ing. Ath. :  from 

Ενγραμμος,  ov,  (εν,  γραμμή)  well- 
drawn,  accurately  defined  by  lines,  Luc. : 
of  graceful  contour.  Strab. 

Ενγρίφής,  ές,  (εν,  γρύόω  Π.)  well- 
563 


ΕΤΔΕ 

written,  drawn  or  painted,  Anth. — II. 
act.  uriting  or  drawing  well,  11). 

Έ,νγνμος,  or,  (ti),  γυρός)  well-round- 
ed: πάλη,  "pGih..  twisting,  Ani\\.  '• 

Ένγώνιος,  ov,  (fv,y(jvia)  regular,  ' 
Xen.  Oec.  4,  21  :  in  Eur.  Ion    1137, 
Dind.  now  reads  εύγωνία,  ή. 

Έινδαίύαλος,  ov,  {ev,  όαίδαλ.ος) 
beautifully  ivrought,  ναός,  Bacchyl.  21. 

Ένόαιμορέω,  ώ,  t.  -yaoj,  {ΐί'δαίμι.>ν) 
to  be  prosperous,  well  ojf,  happy,  Hdt. 

1,  170,  Soph.  Ant.  5uG,  Eur.,  etc. 
Hence 

Ένδαιμόνημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  piece  of 
good  fortune,  Liic. 

Έύόαιμονία,  ας,  ij,  (ευδαίμων)  pros- 
perity, good  fortune,  H.  Horn.  10,  5, 
Hdt.,  etc.  :  happiness,  Hdt.  1,  5,  32, 
and  freq.  in  Alt.  prose. 

Έ,ϋδαιμονίζίΛ),  (ευδαίμων)  ίο  call, 
account  happy,  τινά,  Eur.  Tro.  268, 
τινά  τίνος.  Soph.  Ο.  C.  144. 

Ένδαιμονικός,  ή,  ύν,  of,  belonging 
to  happiness,  τά  ενδ-,  Arist.  Eth.  N. : 
of  persons,  happy,  Ar.  Eccl.  1134, 
Plat.,  and  Arisl. — 2.  esp.  οι  εύδαιμο- 
νίκοί,  philosophers  trim  make  hapjn- 
ness  the  chief  good,  Diog.  L.  Adv. 
-κώς,  Ar.  Pac.  856. 

Έ,νδαιμόνισμα,  ατός,  τό,  (ενδαιμο- 
νίζω)  that  which  is  thought  to  be  a  hap- 
piness, Ep.  Plat.  354  C. 

Εϋδαιμονίσμός,  οΰ,  ό,  (ενδαιμονί- 
ζω)  α  thinking  happy,  Arist.  Eth.  Ν. 
Άΐ8θ=εΰδαιμονία. 

Εΰδαιμονιστέον,  verb.  adj.  from 
ΐί'δαιμονίζω,  one  must  think  or  call 
happy,  Arist.  Eth.  N.  —  2.  -έος,  έα, 
έον,  to  be  called  happy,  Arr. 

Εϋδαιμοσύνη,  7/ς,  7ΐ,^=εΰδαιμονία, 
Archyt.  ap.  Stob.  p.  13,  30,  etc. 

Ευδαίμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  ivith  a 
good  genius  or  destiny,  hence  fortunate, 
prosperous,  blest,  Lat.  felix,  τίΐ'ός,  in 
respect  of  a  thinir,  Hes.  Op.  824;  εϋδ. 
και  όλβιος,  Theogn.  1007  :  like  όλ- 
βιος, well  off,  ivealthy,  Lat.  heatus, 
Hdl.  1,  196  ;  5,  8,  etc.":  also  of  places, 
as  al  'Κθήναι  μεγά7Μί  τε  καϊ  ενδαί- 
μυνες,  Id.  8, 111  :  freq.  in  Xen.  An. — 

2,  happy,  Trag.,  Plat.,  etc. :  to  εν- 
δαιμυν  =  ευδαιμονία,  Thuc.  2,  43. 
Adv.  -μόνως,  Eur.  Or.  COl,  Ar.  Pint. 
802,  Plat.,  elc.  The  word  is  not  in 
Horn.,  once  only  i»  Hes.  1.  c. 

^ΐ,ΰδαίμων.  όνος,  ό,  Eudaemon,  a 
son  of  Aegyptus,  Apollod.  2,  1,5. 

Ενδάκρντος,  ov,  (ευ,  όακρνω)  tear- 
ful, lamentable,  Aesch.  Cho.  181. — II. 
beautiful  in  tears,  Philostr. 

Ένδάκτϋλος,  ov,  (tv,  δάκτυλος) 
with  beautiful  fingers,  Alciphr. 

^Εϋδαμίδας,  a,  6,  Eudamidns,  a 
Spartan,  brother  of  Phoebidas,  Xen. 
Hell.  5,2,24. — 2.  son  of  Archidamus, 
brother  of  Agis,  Pint. — The  name  of 
two  Spartan  kings  (23d  and  30th  of 
the  Proclidae),  Polyb.  4,  35, 13,  Plut. 
Agis.  3. 

\Έιϋδάμιπ-ος,  ov,  6,  Eudamippus,  a 
friend  of  Theocritus,  Theocr.  2,  77. 

^Εύδάμος,  ov,  b.  Dor.  form  for  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Ενδημος,  Plut.  Eum.  16. 

^Ενδύνεμος,  ου,  ό,  Eudanemus,  a 
hero  honoured  in  Athens,  Arr.  An. 

3,  10,8. 

Εύόύνω,  poet.  Icngthd.  for  ενδω. 
Lye. 

Ενδάττΰνος,  ov,  (ευ,  δατϊάνη)  of 
much  expense,  liberal,  Arist.  Virt.  et 
Vit. — II.  of  easy,  i.e.  moderate  expense, 
Dion.  H.  [ΰ] 

Ενδείε?ιος,  ov,  (εν,  δέέ7Μς,  δήλος) 
very  clear,  distitict,  easily  seen,  exposed 
to  the  eye,  Hom.  (only  in  Od.)  usu.  as 
epilh.  of  Ithaca,  Od.  2,  167;  9,  21, 
•etc. :  also  nf  islands  in  genl.  Od.  13, 
234  :  prob.  from  the  distinctness  wh. 
5C4 


ΕΤΔ1 

they  have,  as  standing  out  of  the  sea, 
esp.  of  Ithaca  with  its  high  dill's  :  so 
Pmd.  O.  1,  178,  calls  tlie  hill  of  Cro- 
nos at  Olympia,  ευδείε'λον,  far-seen: 
but  in  P.  4, 130,  of  the  sea-port  lolcos, 
some  take  it  uimecessarily  as  me- 
taph.,  like  Lat.  conspicnus,  illustris, 
distinguished,  far-famed.  (Acc.  to 
some  Gramm.  from  δει7ιη,  eventide, 
hence  western,  which  suits  Ithaca, 
but  not  all  islands,  and  certainly  not 
lolcos,  which  was  on  the  east  coast : 
Strabo  takes  it,  when  used  of  Asple- 
don,  to  mean  on  the  western,  sheltered 
side  of  a  hill.  The  interpr.  lying 
beautiful  in  the  evening  sun,  is  modern 
and  untenable.  Others  derived  it 
from  ευ  and  εϊλη  with  δ  inserted, 
sunny,  which  is  the  sense  approved  by 
Buttm.  Lexil.  v.  δείλη  7-9,  derived 
however  from  δείλη,  open  to  the  after• 
nooji's  sun,  and  so  it  seems  to  be  in 
Euphor.  54.) 

Ενδεινός,ή,  όν,=^ευδιεινός,  ενδιος, 
dub. 

Εϋδειπνία,  ας,  ή,  α  happy  festival, 
dub.  1.  in  Harmod.  ap.  Ath.  479  D  : 
from 

Ε.υδειπνος,  ov,  (εν,  όεϊττνον)  well 
entertained :  of  the  manes,  honoured 
with  rich  offerings,  Aesch.  Cho.  484. — 

11.  δαίτες,  cosily, luxurious  feasts,  Eur. 
Med.  200. 

Ενδενδρος,  ov,  (εν,  δένδρον)  rich, 
abounding  with  fair  trees,   Pmd.  O.  8, 

12,  etc.,  and  P^ur. 

ίΕνδέρκης,  ους,  ό,  Euderces,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Dem.  688,  11. 

Εΰδέρμΰτος,  (ευ,  δέρμα)  with  good, 
stout  hide. 

Ενδέφητος,  ov,  (ευ,  δεψέω)  well 
tanned,  well  suppled,  Hipp. 

Ενδη7ι.ος,  ov,  (εν,  δήλος)  clear,  open, 
manifest,  Hipp.,  Aesch.  Pers.  1009, 
etc. :  ενδ.  (έστι)  ττοιών,  all  may  see 
him  doing...,  Ar.  Ach.  1 130,  cf.  δή?^ος. 
Adv.  -ως,  Plut. 

ίΕϋδη/Μς,  ου,  ό,  Eudelus,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  Pans. 

ίΕϋδήμειος,  a,  ov,  of  Eudemus,  Eu- 
demean,  Arist. ;  from  sq.  3. 

^Εϋδημος.  ου,  ό,  Eudenius,  an  Athe- 
nian punished  with  death  for  an  of- 
fensive law  proposed  by  him,  Dem. 
743,  17. — 2.  another,  in  favour  with 
the  people.  Id.  1482,  Οϊ— 3.  a  Peripa- 
tetic philosopher  of  Rhodes,  a  \m\)\\ 
(if  Aristotle.  Strab. — Others  in  Diod. 
S.,  Plut.,  etc. 

Ευδία,  ας,  ή,  (εύδΐης)  fair,  clear, 
fine  iveather,  Pind.  1. 7,  52  ;  and  in  phir. 
opp.  to  χειμώνες,  Plat.  Legg.  961  E. 
— 2.  metaph.  tranquillity,  undisturbed 
prosperity,  Pind.  O.  1,  158,  Xen.  An. 
5,  8,  19  ;  cf.  εύδιος. 

Ενδιάβΰτος,  ον,(εύ,  διαβαίνω)  easy 
to  be  passed,  crossed,  forded,  Xen.  Hell. 
4,2,  11. 

Εϋδιύ3?.ητος,  01',  =  sq.,  Chrysipp. 
ap.  Plut.  2,  1040  B. 

Εΰδιύβολος,  ov,  (ευ,  διαβάλλω) 
exposed  to  calumny,  easily  misrepre- 
sented. Plat.  Euthyphr.  3  B.  Adv. 
-ως,  Dem.  1400, 10. 

ΕΛδιάγνωστος,  ov,  (ευ,  διαγιγ- 
νώακω)  easy  to  distinguish. 

Εί'δίάγωγος,  ov,  (εν,  διαγωγή) 
gratifying,  agreeable,  Philo. — II.  pass. 
gratified,   [a] 

Ενδιύζομαι,  acp..=  ενδιύω,  βίος 
ύσαλεύτω  ησυχία  εΰδιαζόμενος.  Plat. 
Αχ.  370  ί) :  rare  in  act.  ενδιάζω. 

Ευδιάθετος,  ov,  (ευ,  διατίθημι) 
well  arranged  or  disposed  :  hence  kind, 
amiable.     Adv.  -τως,  Joseph. 

Ενδιύθρνπτος,  ov,  (εύ,  διαθρύπτω) 
bruised,  crushed  :  contrite,  Eccl. 

Ενδίαιος  or  ενδιαίος,  ου,  6,  an  open• 


ΕΎΔΙ 

ing  in  a  ship^s  timbers,  for  the  water 
to  run  off,  a  sink,  drain,  elsewh.  χεί• 
μαρος.  Hence  Uietaph.  of  a  clyster- 
pipe,  etc. 

Ενδιαίρετος,  ov,  (ev,  διαιρίω)  well 
divided:  easy  to  be  divided,  Arist.  Part. 
An.  ^ 

Ενδιαίτερος,  a,  ov,  irr.  comp.  of 
ενδιος,  q.  v. 

Ενδϊαίτητος,  ov,  (εν,  διαιτύ,ω)  easy 
of  decision,  Strab. 

Ενδίαιτος,  ov,  (εν.  δίαιτα)  living 
moderately,  temperate,  Xen.Apol.9.  [ϊ] 

Εί'διάκλαστος,  ov,  (εν,  διακ'λΜω) 
easily  broken. 

Ενδιακόμιστος,  ov,  (εν,  διακομίζω) 
easy  to  be  conveyed,  transported. 

Ενδίάκοτνος,  ov,  and  ενδιάκοτττος, 
ov,  (εν.  διακόπτω)  easy  to  cut  through, 
both  in  Polyb. 

Ενδιακόσμητος,  ov,  (εν,  διακοσ• 
μέω)  easy  to  be  arranged,  Polyb. 

Ei(5i(i/cpirof,  ov,  (εν,  διακρίνω) 
easy  to  distinguish.     Adv.  -τως. 

Εΰδιάλ?Μκτος,  ov,  (εν,  διαλλύσ- 
σω)  easy  to  be  reconciled,  placable,  Dion. 
H.    Adv.  -τως,  Plut. 

Ενδιάλύτος.  ov,  (εν,  διαλύω)  easif 
to  be  dissolved,  destroyed,  etc,  Arist. — 
11.  easy  to  reconcile,  Polyb.  (^ιλία, 
Arist.  Eth.  N. 

ίΕνδιάναξ,  ακτος,  ό,  (ενδία,  ΰνηξ) 
king,  ruler  of  the  air,  Llic.  V.  H.  1,  15. 

Εΰδιάνός,  ή,  όν,=  ενδιος,  warm: 
and  so  a  cloak  is  called  όύρμακυν 
αΰρών,  Ο.  9,  146,  cf.  Bockh'  ad  P.  5, 
10. 

ΈΑνδιάτΐνευστος,  ov,  (ευ,  διΛττνέω) 
=sq..  Theophr. 

Ενδίάττνοος,  ov,  contr.  -ττνονς,  ow, 
(εν,  διαττνοή)  easy  to  blow  through  or 
to  air.  — 11.  easy  to  evaporate,  Arist. 
Part.  An. 

Ενδιύρθρωτος,  ov,  (εν,  διαρθρόω) 
well-jointed  :  compact,  of  style. 

Ενδιάρπαστος,  ov,  (εν,  διαρτνύζω) 
easily  robbed  0Γ  stolen. 

Ενδιάσε(στος,  ov,  (εν,  διασείω) 
easily  shaken  :  easily  disproved. 

Ενδιάσπαστος,  ov,  (tv,  διασίϊάω) 
easily  torn  asunder,  wrenched  open, 
Polyb. 

Ε  νδιάφθαρτος,  οί',=  sq..  Plat.  Legg. 
845  1). 

Ενδιάφθορος,  ov,  (εν,  διαφθείρω) 
easily  destroyed  or  corrupted,  Arist. 
Pol. 

Έί'διαφορέω,  ώ,  to  be  excellent, 
Geop. 

Εΰδιαφόρητος,  ov,  (εν,  διαφορέω) 
easily  evaporated,  passing  off  at  the 
p)ores. — II.  act.  easily perspiriiig, Medic. 

Ενδιάφυκτος,  ov,  (εν,  διαφεύγω) 
easy  to  be  escaped. 

Εΰδιάχντος,  ov,  (εν,  διαχέω)  easy 
to  be  dissolved,  Plut.;  easy  to  digest, 
Arist.  Probl.   1,  42. 

Εΰδιαχύρητος,  ov,  (έν,  διαχωρέω) 
of  meat,  easy  to  digest  and  pass. 

Ενδίάω,  ώ,  Ep.  part,  ενδιόων,  (εύ- 
δίος)  Ιο  be  cal/n,  warm,  fine,  esp.  of  air, 
sea  and  weather,  κόλπος.  Αρ.  Rh. :  of 
persons,  to  enjoy  such  weather,  etc..  Id. 

Ενδίδακτος,  ov,  (εύ,  διδάσκω)  do- 
cile, Diod.  [i] 

Ενδιεινός,  ή.  όν,  =  ενδιος,  Plat. 
Legg.  919  A :  the  form  ενδεινός  ia 
dub.     Adv.  -νώς,  Hipp. 

Εϋδύξοδος,  ov,  (ευ,  διέξοδος)  with 
an  easy  exit,  easy  to  go  out  of,  Hipp. — ■ 
II.  easily  going  out.  Id. 

Εΰδίετος,  ov,  (εν,  διΐημί)  easily 
washed  away,  disappearing,  Diosc. 

Εΰδιήγητυς,  ov.  (εν,  διτ/γέομαι) 
easy  to  tell,  quoted  from  Isocr. 

Έ,ΰδικία,  ας,  (εν,  δίκη)  righteous 
dealing,  in  plur.  ενδικίας  άνέχειν, 
Od.  19,  111;  and  so  in  Plut. 


ΕΥΔΟ 

^Ενδικος,  ον,  ό,  Eudicus,  a  Spartan, 
Xen.  Hell.  5,  4,  39. — 2.  an  Athenian, 
son  of  Apemantus,  Plat.  Hipp.  niin. 
init. — Others  in  Dem.,  etc. 

Ενόίνητος,  ov,  {εν,  δινέω)  easily 
turning  or  turned,  Anth.   [i] 

Ehdlvoc,  ό^'.=foreg. 

Έιΰδίοδοζ,  ov,  {εν,  δίοδος)  easy  to 
go  through,  open,  loose,  Arist.  Probl. 

ΕϋδίΟίκητος,  ov,  {εν,  διοίκέω)  easy 
to  be  disposed  of. 

Εΰδίοπτος,  ov,  {ευ,  διοράω,  διό- 
■ψομαί)  easy  to  see  through. 

Ενδιόρβωτος,  ov,  {εν,  διo[}θόω)easy 
to  be  remedied,  healed,  Hipp. 

Ενδιόριστος,  ov,  {εν,  διορίζω)  easy 
to  be  defined,  Arist.  Anim. 

Έύδιος,  ov,  {ε-ύ,  Ζευς,  gen.  Αιός) 
calm,  fine,  clear,  of  air,  weather,  sea, 
etc.,  Theocr.  22,  22,  Ap.  Rh.,  etc. : 
warm,  Hipp.  :  of  persons,  cheerful. 
Irr.  comp.  and  superl.  ενδιέστερος, 
-έστατος,  Hipp.  288,  48  :  εΰδιαίτερος, 
Xen.  Hell.  1, 6, 39.  [?,  except  in  Arat. 
Dios.  259.] 
tEDcSiof,  ου,  ό,  Eudius,  a  Spartan 
-  ephor,  Xen.  Hell.  2,  3,  1 :  more  cor- 
rectly Ένδιος. 

Εϋδμητος,  ov,  (εν,  δέμω)  well  built 
or  fashioned,  of  stone  work,  Horn., 
always  in  Ep.  form  εύδμ.,  except  in 
Od.  20,  302. 

Ενδοκέω,  ύ,  f.  -ησω,  and  more  freq. 
as  dep.,  ενδοκέομαι,  {εν,  δοκέω)  to  be 
content,  well  pleased,  to  approve,  ac- 
quiesce in  a  thing,  τινί,  Polyb. :  also 
c.  part,  to  be  glad  of  doing.  Id. :  c.  inf. 
to  consent,  determine  to  do.  Id. — II.  εί'- 
δοκέομαι,  as  pass,  to  be  agreeable,  be 
approved  of.  Id. — III.  impers.  ενδυκεΐ 
τι,  it  seems  good,  Lat.  placet,  Id. 
Hence 

Ενδόκησις,  εως,  ή,  contentment,  sat- 
isfaction, approval,  Diod.  :  and 

Ενδόκ•ητος,  ov,  welcome,  well-pleas- 
ing, acceptable,  Diog.  L. 

Ενδοκία,  ας,  ή,^ενδόκησις,  LXX., 
etc. 

Ενδοκΐμέο),  ώ,  f.  -r/σω,  to  be  ευδόκι- 
μος, to  be  of  good  repute,  be  honoured, 
famous,  popidar,  Theogn.  587,  Hdt., 
and  freq.  in  Att. :  ενδ.  εν  τινι,  to  be 
distinguished  for  a  thing,  Thuc.  2,  37  ; 
so,  έπί  τινι,  Plat.  Hipp.  Maj.29I  A; 
έτϊί  τίνος,  Dem.  1425,  5 :  πάρα  τΰ 
βασι?ιέϊ,  to  have  ίηβαβηαβ  with  him, 
Hdt.  8,  87,  of.  88 ;  9,  20.  Later  also 
in  mid.,  Diod.    Hence 

Ευδοκίμησις,  εως,  ή,  a  being  of  good 
repute,  credit,  reputation.  Plat.  Rep.  358 
A,  363  A,  in  plur.  [Ϊ] 

Ενδοκΐμία,  ας,  ή,  praise,  estimation, 
credit,  Plat.  Phileb.  58  D. 

Ευδόκιμος,  ov,  {εν,  δόκιμος)  in  good 
repute,  admired,  honoured,  glorious,  fa- 
mous, στρατιά,  Aesch.  Pers.  857,  θά- 
νατος, Eur.  Heracl.  621  :  ενδ.  ε'ις  τι, 
προς  η,  Plat.  Apol.  29  D,  Legg.  878 
A. 

Εΰδοκονμένως,  adv.  part.  pres.  mid. 
from  εύδοκέω,  satisfactorily,  c.  dat., 
Polyb. 

Ενδομος,  ov,  {εν,  δέμω)  well-built. 

ίΕνδόξειος,  a,  ov,  of  or  belonging  to 
Eiuloxus  2,  Strab.  p.  103. 

Εΰδοξέω,  ώ,  to  be  εΰδοξος,  to  be  in 
good  repute,  be  thought  well  of,  famous, 
Xen.  Mem.  3,  6,  16,  etc. :  and 

Ενδοξία,  ας,  ή,  good  report,  a  good 
name,  credit,  honour,  glory,  Pind.  P.  5, 
9,  N.  3,  70,  and  freq.  in  Att.— 2.  ap- 
proval, good-will.  Plat.  Menex.  233  D. 
— II.  right  judgment,  opp.,  as  subjec- 
tive, to  the  objective  'επιστήμη  (sci- 
entific knowledge),  Plat.  Meno  99  B. 
Ενδοξος,  ov,  {εν,  δόξα)  of  good  re- 
port, fionoured,  famous,  gloriotis.  Find. 
P.  12,  10,  etc.,  Thuc.  1,  84,  etc. :  νέες 


ΕΥΕΔ 

ενδοξότατοι,  ships  of  best  repute  or 
character,  ^  crack'  ships,  Hdt.  7,  99. — 
II.  of  good  judgment,  judicious.  Adv. 
-ξως.  Plat.  Hipp.  Maj.  287  E. 

f Ενδοξος,  ov,  ό,  Eudoxus,  a  philoso- 
pher of  Cnidus,  a  pupil  of  Archytas, 
a  celebrated  astronomer  and  mathe- 
matician, Strab. :  Diog.  L.,  who  men- 
tions others  of  the  name. — 2.  of  Cyzi- 
cus,  sent  on  a  voyage  around  Africa, 
Strab. 

ΕνδονΑος,  ov,  {εν,  δούλος)  good, 
kind  to  one's  slaves,  Achae.  ap.  Ath. 
207  D,  Pherecr.  Incert.  72. 

Εϋδρΰκής.  ές,  {εν,  δέρκομαι)  sharp- 
sighted,  Soph.  Phil.  847. 

Ενδράνεια  and  ενδρΰνίη,  ας,  ή, 
boddy  strength,  health,  etc.,  LXX.  {εν- 
δρανι'ις  is  only  found  in  Gramm. :  the 
root  is  δραίνω.) 

Ενδρομέω,  ώ,  to  be  ενδρομος,  to  run 
well,  be  swift,  Menand.  ap.  Stob.  Ap- 
pend, t.  4,  p.  13  Gaisf. 

Ενδρομία,  ας,  ?/,  {εύδρομος)  swift- 
ness, Hipp. 

Ένδρομίας,  ov,  ό,  a  good  runner :  of 
a  fish,  Eratosth.  ap.  Plut.  2,  981  D. 

Εύδρομος,  ov,  (εν,  δραμεϊν)  running 
well,  swift,  Orph. 

^Ενδρομος,  ov,  ό,  Eudrdmus,  a  stoic 
philosopher,  Diog.  L. 

Ενδροσος,  ov,  (εν,  δρόσος)  dewy, 
πηγαί,  Eur.  I.  A.  1517,  τόποι,  Ar.  Av. 
245. 

Evδύvάτoς,ov,{εv,δύvaμaι)mighty, 
Orph.  [i] 

Ενδυςώπΐ]τος,  ov,  {εν,  δνςωπέω) 
soon  put  out  of  countenance  :  hence  eas- 
ily worked  upon  by  entreaty,  Plut. 
Adv.  -τως. 

Εΰδω,  impf.  ηνδον  (but  not  in 
Hom.) :  fut.  ενδί/σω,  to  sleep,  lie  doivn 
to  sleep,  freq.  in  Hom.  :  c.  ace.  cognat., 
■γλνκνν  ϋπνον  ενδειν,  Od.  8,  445,  lor 
which  Soph.  O.  T.  65  has  ϋπνω  εΰ- 
δειν  :  παρά  χρνσεφ  'Αφροδίτη  εϋδειν, 
Od.  8,  337,  342 ;  so,  σνν  ΰμί/λικι, 
Theogn.  1059 :  also  of  the  sleep  of 
death,  II.  14,  482,  Soph.  O.  C.  621.— 
II.  metaph.  to  rest,  be  still.  όΦρ'  ενδη- 
σι  μένος  ϋορέαο,  II.  5,  524 :  and  so 
freq.  later  ot  the  hushing  of  storms, 
sorrows,  etc.,  ενδέτω  πόντος,  Simon. 
7,  17  ;  ενδει  κακόν,  Eur.  Supp.  1148  : 
also  to  cease,  ενδει  χάρις,  Pind.  I.  7, 
23  (6,  17) :  φρην  ενοουσα,  a  mind  at 
rest,  or  listless,  in  Soph.  Fr.  563,  cf. 
Valck.  Theocr.  2.  12G,  Schaf.  Soph. 
O.  C.  307,  cf.  βρίζω.  In  prose  καθεύ- 
δω  is  more  usu.,  though  we  find  ενδω 
in  Plat.  Symp.  203  B,  Xen.  Cyn.  5, 
11.  (The  root  is  the  same  as  that  of 
ίαύω,  άωτέω,  viz.  *άω,  ύημι,  ανω,  to 
breathe.) 

^Ενδώρη,  ης,  ή,  Euddre,  dauijhter  of 
Oceanus  and  Tethys,  Hes.  Th.  360. 
—2.  a  Nereid,  Id.  244. 

Ενδύρ7ΐτος,  ov,  (ευ,  δωρέομαι) 
abundantly,  kindly  given,  Opp. 

Εϊ)δωρος,  ov.  {εν,  δώρον)  liberal, 
generous,  Opp. :  in  Hom.  only  as  prop. 
n. :  v.  sq. 

iEvδωpoς,  ov,  ό,  Eudorus,  son  of 
Mercury  and  Polymela,  one  of  the 
leaders  of  the  Myrmidons,  II.  16, 
179.^ 

Ένέανος,  ov,  {εν,  έανόν)  richly- 
robed.  Αημήτηρ,  Mosch.  4,  75. 

Εΰέγρετος,  ov,  {εν,  ίγρομαι,  εγεί- 
ρω) easily  awakened. 

Ενεδρος,  ov,  {ευ,  ^δρα)  firm,  well- 
placed  :  with  a  beautiful  seat,  stately 
throne,  Aesch.  Theb.  96. — II.  pass. 
good,  convenient,  easy  to  sit  upon,  e.  g. 
ίππος.  Xen.  Eq.  1.  12. — III.  in  a  right, 
lucky  place :  e.  g.  ενεδρος  όρνις,  a  bird 
of  augury  appearing  in  a  lucky  quarter, 
Ael.    Adv.  -ρως. 


ΕΓΕΜ 

Εύέθειρος,  ov,  {εν,  ίθειοά\  beautiful- 
haired,  Anacr.  80. 

Εΰειδής,  ές,  (εν,  είδος)  well-shaped 
or  formed,  graceful,  -γυνή,  II.  3,  48,  of 
female  beauty,  v.  Eustath.  ad  1.  ;  and 
so,  Hes.  Theog.  250,  Hdt.  1. 32,  Pind., 
etc. ;  but  also  of  men,  Aesch.  Pers. 
324,  Eur.  Hel.  1540,  Xen.  Hell.  5,  3,  9. 

Ενείκαστος,  ov,  (εν,  εικάζω)  easy  to 
surmise  or  conjecture. 

Εύεικτος,  ov,  {εν,  είκω)  yielding, 
obedient.     Adv.  -τως. 

Ενεύιος,  ov,  (εν,  εϊλη)  sunny,  warm, 
Lat.  npricus,  πνοαί,  Eur.  Phoen.  674. 

Ενειμΰτέω,  ώ,  Ιο  be  well  dressed, 
Arist.  Rhet.  Al. :  from 

Ενείμΰτος,  ov,  {εν,  είμα)  well  dress- 
ed. 

Ενειμονέω,  ώ,^ενειματέω  :  from 

Ενείμων,  ov,gen.  ονος,=ενείματος, 
Aesch.  Pers.  181. 

Ενεψος,  ov,  {εν,  ειρος)  with  or  of 
good  wool,  Hipp.,  and  Soph.  Tr.  675, 
where  Elmsl.  Heracl.  693  reads  ενέ- 
ρου. 

Εΰείςβο7Μς,  ov,  (ευ,  εΙςβύλ?.ω)  easy 
of  entrance,  Strab.  :  exposed  to  invasion. 

Ενέκβΰτος,  ov,  {εν,  εκβαίνω)  easy 
to  get  out  of,  Hipp. 

Εϋέκκρΐτος,  ov,  (ευ,  εκκρίνω)  of 
food,  easy  to  digest  a?id  pass,  Xenocr. 

Ενέκνιπτος,  ov,  {εν,  έκνίπτω)  easy 
to  wa.ih  out,  of  a  colour. 

Ενέκπ'λντος,  ov,  {εν,  έκπλννω)=: 
foreg. — II.  act.  cleansing,  scouring, 
purging,  Hipp. 

Ενεκ-νρωτος,  ov,  (έν,  εκπνρόω) 
easy  to  be  burnt  or  warmed,  Strab.   [ϋ] 

Ευέκρνπτος,  ov,  (εν,  ίκρνπτω)  easy 
to  be  washed,  cleansed. 

Ενεκτέω,  ώ,  to  be  of  a  good  habit  of 
body,  be  in  good  case  or  health,  Cebes, 
and  Plut. :  from 

Ενέκτης,  ου,  ό,  {ευ,  έχω)  of  a  good 
habit  of  body,  healthy,  Polyb.,  opp.  to 
καχέκτης. 

Ενεκτία,  ας, ή,=  ευεξία,  Archyt.  ap. 
Stob.  p.  14,  17. 

Ενεκτικός,  η,  όν,=ενέκτης,  σώμα- 
τα. Plat.  Legg.  684  C. — 2.  conducive 
to  ευεξία,  Arist.  Eth.  N.     Adv.  -κώς. 

Ενεκτος,  ον,=^ενέκτης,  late. 

Ενέκφορος,  ov,  {εν,  εκφέρω)  bring- 
ing forth  timely  births.  Arist.  H.  A. — 
II.  pass,  easy  to  bring  out  or  utter. 

Ενέλαιος,  ην,  (ευ,  έ?Μία)  rich  in 
olive  trees. — 2.  (εν,  έλαιον)  rich  in  oil, 
producing  good  oil. 

Ενέ'λεγκτος,  ov,  {εν,  έ/.έγχω)  easy 
to  be  refuted,  exposed,  detected,  Stallb. 
Plat.  Apol.  33  C. 

iEhέλθωv,  οντος,  6,  Euelthon,  a  king 
of  Salamis  in  Cyprus,  Hdt.  4,  162. 

Ευέλικτος,  ov,  {εν,  ελίσσω)  well 
rolled  or  rounded. 

Εΰε?ικής,  ές,  (εν,  έλκος)  with  sores 
easy  to  heal,  opp.  to  δνςελκής,  Hipp. 

^Εΰε?•.πίδης,  ου,  ό,  Euelpides,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  in  Ar.  Av.,  formed  from 

Ενελπις,  6,  ή,  neut.  ενε'λπι,  gen. 
ιδος,  {ευ,  ε?.πίς)  of  good  hope,  hopeful, 
cheerful,  έπι  δεινοϊς,  Thuc.  1,  70:  c. 
ace.  et  inf.  fut., ευ.  σε  ίσχνσειν.  Aesch. 
Pr.  509;  c.  inf  ,ευ.  σω6'7;σεσ^αι,  Thuc. 
6,  24;  προς  τι.  Plat.  Apol.  41  C  ;  c. 
gen.,  Diod. — 2.  causing  hope,  cheering, 
Dio  C. — 3.  well  hoped  of  the  subject  of 
hope  or  good  expectations,  Polyb. :  neut., 
TO  ενελπι,  good  hope,  Plut.     Hence 

Ενε?.πιστέω,  ω,  to  be  of  good  hope. 

Ενελπιστί,  adv.,  hopefully. 

Ενε7\.πιστία,ας,ίι,  hopefulness, cheer- 
fulness, Polyb. 

Ένέμβΰτος,  ov,  {έμβαίνω)  easy  of 
entrance,  Hipp. 

Ενέμβλητος,  ov,  (εν,  ίμβύλ?.ω) 
easy  to  put  in.  of  setting  bones,  Hipp. 

Ενέμ3ο/.ος,  ov,  {εν,  έμ3άλ?Μ)  ex• 
565 


ΕΤΕΠ 
posed  to  invasion,  Arist.   Pol. — II. = 
foreg.,  Hipp. 

Έϋέμετος,  ov,  or  ενήμετος,  (εν, 
έμέω)  easily  causing  sickness,  v.  1.  in 
Hipp.  ^  ^ 

Ένεμής,  ες,  (εν,  εμέω)  vomiting 
readily,  Hipp.,  Lob.  Phryn.  706. 

Εϋε/Ζ7ΓΤωσίη,  ας,  ή,  a  proneness,  lia- 
bility to  a  thing,  Stob.  Eel.  2,  182. — 
H.  in  medic,  of  illnesses  to  which  peo- 
ple are  commonly  liable,  colds,  etc., 
Diog.  L.  :  from 

Κνέμπτοτος,  ov,  (εν,  ίμττίτττω) 
prnne, subject  /o,Gal.  Adv.-r(jf,Diosc. 

Ενέΐ'ύοτος,  ov,  (εν,  ένόίύωμι)  easily 
yielding,  soft,  Strab. 

Ένέντευκτος,  ov,  (εν,  έντνγχάνω) 
easy  to  accost,  affable. 

ί^νεξάγωγος,  ov,  (ev,  έξύγυ)  easy 
of  export,  Strab.  [«] 

Έ,νεξά/.είητος,  ov,  (εν.  εξαλείφω) 
easy  to  wipe  or  blot  out,  Xen.  Hell.  2, 
3,  53.  [a] 

Ένεξάνάλωτος,  ov,  (εν,  εξαναλίσ- 
Ku)  easy  of  consumption,  of  digestion, 
Hipp,  [νά] 

Κνεξΰττάτητυς,  ov,  (εν,  εξαπατάω) 
easily  deceived.  Plat.  Rep.  409  A,  Xen. 
Hipparch.  7,  15.  [u] 

Ευέξαπτος,  ov,  (εν,  ίξύπτω  II.) 
easily  kindled  or  lighted,  M^  Anton. 

Ευεξέ/.εγκτος,  ov,  strengthd.  for 
ενέλεγκτος,  Plat.  Hipp.  Maj.  293  D. 

Ενεξέ'λικτος,  ov,  (εν,  Ιξε'λίσσω) 
easy  to  roll  cnit,  disentangle. — II.  act. 
skilful  in  unfolding  a  body  of  troops, 
Strab. 

^Ενεξέταστος,  ov,  (εν,  εξετάζω)  easy 
to  investigate,  Arist.  de  An. 

Ευεξία,  ας,  ή,  (ενέκτης)  a  good  hab- 
it of  body,  good  state  of  health,  full 
health,  Hipp. :  in  genl.  good  condition, 
good  stale,  όωντ/ς,  Plut. :  of  a  state  or 
city,  Xen.  Lac.  8,  1. 

Εΰεξί?Μστος,  ov,  (εν,  εξύίάσκομαί) 
placable. 

Ενέξοί^ος,  ov,  (εν,  έξοδος)  easy  to 
get  out  of.  escape  from,  εστίν  ουκ  εν., 
Aesch.  Pers.  688. — II.  act.  easily  es- 
caping, νδωρ,  Arist.  Probl. 

Ενεπάγωγος,  ov,  (εν,  επάγω)  easy 
to  lead  on,  TTpof  Tt,  Polyb.  [u] 

Ενεπαίσβΐ]τος,  ov,  (εν,  έπαισθάνο- 
μαι)  easily  feeling  Οΐ  perceiving  ;  sensi- 
tive, tender,  Hipp. — 11.  pass,  easily  per- 
ceived. 

Ενεπακολονθητος,  ov,  (εν,  έπακο- 
?^ονθέω)  easy  to  follow,  of  a  train  of  ar- 
gument, Arist.  Rhet. 

Εΰεπανόρθωτος,  ov,  (εν,  έπανορ- 
θόω)  easily  corrected,  Hipp. 

Είιέπεια,  ας,  ή,  (ενεπής)  beautiful 
language  or  diction,  eloquence.  Plat. 
Phaedr.  267  C. — Ι1.=  ενφμία,  auspi- 
cious language,  good  wishes,  etc.,  Soph. 
O.  T.  932. 

Ενεπηρεαστος,  ov,  (εν,  επηρεάζω) 
easily  iyijured,  exposed  to  harm  or  dam- 
age, Epict. 

Ενεπής,  ες,  (εν,  έπος)  well-speak- 
ing, eloquent,  melodious,  φωνή  εν.,  Xen. 
Cyil.  13,  16. — 2.  making  eloquent,  in- 
spiring, νδωρ,  of  Helicon,  Anth. — Π. 
})ass.  'λόγος  ενεπής,  well-spoken,  Hdt. 
5,  50,  ubi  al.  ενπετής,  v.  Schweigh. 
Adv.  -πώς,  Dion.  H. 

Εϊ'ε-ί'α,  ας,  ή.  Ion.  and  poet,  for 
εϋέπεια,  Hipp. 

Εΰεπί3ΰτος,  ov,  (εν,  επιβαίνω) 
easily  ascended,  λόφος,  Strab. 

Ενεπί3?ίεπτος,  ov,  (εύ,  ίπιβλεπω) 
easily  seen,  manifest. 

Εύε7τί3ο?.ος,  ov,  (εν,  έπίβο/.ος) 
well-aiming,  hilling  the  mark :  hence 
shrewd.     Adv.  -λως. 

Ενεπιβού/.εντος,  ov,  (ευ,  έπιβου- 
/.ενω)  exposed  to  treachery  or  stratagem, 
Xen.  Cyr.  3,  4,  3. 
566 


EYEP 

Ένεπίγνωστος.  ov,  or  -'^■νωτος,  ov, 
(εν,  έπιγιγνώσκω)  easily  known. 

Ενεπίβετος,  ov,  (εν,  ίπιτίθεμαι) 
easy  to  be  set  upon,  attacked,  τινί,  Thuc. 
6,  34 :  ill  genl.  exposed.  Plat.  Polit. 
306  A.     Adv.  -τως. 

Ενεπίληστος,  ov,  (εν,  έπιλανθύνο- 
μα  ι)  forgetful. 

ΕνεπιΑύγ ιστός,  ον,  (εν,  έπι?.ογίζο- 
uai)  easily  reckoned:  easily  inferred, 
Sext.  Einp. 

Ενεπίμικτος,  ov,  (εν,  ΙπιμΙγννμι) 
well-suited  for  traffic  or  intercourse  ;  ac- 
cessible, Strab.     Adv.  -τως. 

Ενεπίστμεπτος,  ov,  (εν,  επιστρέ- 
φω) easily  turned,  επί  τι,  Λρρ. 

Είιεπίστροφος,  ον,= foreg. 

Ενεπίτακτος,  ον,  (εϋ,  επιτάσσω) 
easily  put  in  order,  docile,  Anth. 

Ενεπιφορία,  ας,  ή,=ενφορία  II.,  an 
inrlinalion,  proneness :  from 

Ευεπίφορος,  ov,  (εν,  επιφέρομαι) 
easily  carried  towards  a  thing  ;  hence 
mctayjh.  inclined,  prone,  εις  or  προς 
τι,  esp.  of  authors  who  are  fond  of 
particular  phrases,  etc.  Adv.  -ρως, 
Strab. 

Ενεπιχείρητος,  ov,  (εν,  επιχειρέω) 
easy  to  be  attacked:  easy  to  be  attempt- 
ed or  achieved,  easy.     Adv.  -τως. 

^Εί'έργαστος,  ov,  (εν,  εργάζομαι) 
easily  formed  or  moulded,  προς  τι, 
Clem.  Al. 

Ευεργεσία,  ας.  ή,  (ενεργέτης)  well- 
doing, good  conduct,  opp.  to  κακοεργία, 
Od.  22,  374,  Theogn.  548,  etc.— II.  α 
doing  good  to  Others,  a  good  deed,  kind- 
ness, ευεργεσίας  άποτίνειν,  Od.  22, 
235,  cf.  Hes.  Th.  503;  so,  έκτίνειν, 
Hdt.  3,  47 ;  καταθέσθαι  ενεργεσίαν 
ες  τίνα,  Thuc.  1,  128  ;  so  too,  εν.  ποι- 
είν,  Hdt.,  προίσθαι,  Xen.,  προςφέ- 
ρειν,  Plat. ;  opp.  to  εν.  αποΆαβεΙν, 
Isocr.  307  D. — 2.  φηφίζεσθαί  τινι  εν- 
εργεσίαν, to  vote  him  the  title  of  ευερ- 
γέτης. Wolf.  Dem.  475,  11. 

^Ενεργεται,  ών,  oi,  Euergelae,  i.  e. 
the  benefactors,  an  appell.  given  by 
Cyrus  to  the  Ariaspae,  Strab.  724. 

Εϋεργετέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  be  an  ευερ- 
γέτης, to  do  luell,  do  good,  Soph.  Phil. 
070  :  esp. — II.  to  do  good,  show  kind- 
ness to  one,  c.  ace.  pers.,  Aesch.  Eum. 
725,  etc. ;  also  c.  dupl.  ace.  pers.  et 
rei.  Plat.  Rep.  345  A  :  hence  in  pass., 
ενεργετεΐσθαί  τι,  to  have  a  kindness 
done  one,  Xen.  Mem.  2,  2,  3 ;  also, 
εΰεργετεΐσβαι  εις  χρήματα.  Plat. 
Symp.  184  Β.    Hence 

Ευεργέτημα,  ατός,  τύ,  a  good  deed, 
esp.  a  kindness,  benefit,  favour,  προς 
Τίνα,  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  2,"  2. 

Ευεργέτης,  ov,  6,  a  well-doer,  esp. 
to  others,  a  benefactor,  Pind.  P.  2,  43  : 
a  title  of  honour  of  such  persons  as 
had  done  the  state  some  service,  βασι?.- 
έης,  Hdt.  8,  85,  ubi  v.  Valck.  and 
Wessel. ;  also  c.  dat..  Id.  0,  30  ;  ενεργ. 
ύναγράφεσθαι.  Lys.  159,  38,  cf.  Plat. 
Gorg.  506  C. — II.  as  adj.  kind,  benefi- 
cent, Pind.  O.  2,  171, 

Εϋεργετητεον,  verb,  adj.,  from  εϋ- 
εργετέω, one  must  do  good,  show  kind- 
ness to,  τινά,  Xen.  Mem.  2,  1,  28. 

Εΰεργεη}τικός,  ή,  όν,  dub.  1.  for  sq. 

Ευεργετικός,  ή,  όν,  (ευεργέτης) 
ready,  disposed  to  do  good,  kind,  charita- 
ble, Arist.  Rhet.     Adv.  -κώς. 

Ενεργέτις,  ιδος,  fern,  of  ευεργέτης, 
Eur.  Ale.  1058, 

Ενεργής,  ες,  (εν,  *ίργ<ύ)  well- 
wrovsht,  well-made,m  Horn.  usu.  epith. 
of  ships  in  Od.,  and  of  chariots  in  11. : 
also  of  garments,  Od.  13,  224  :  of  gold, 
finely,  skilfully  wrought,  Od,  24,  274. 
— II.  well-done  .•  hence  in  plur.,  ενερ- 
γέα.  good  deeds,  benefits,  Od,  4,  695  ; 
22,  319. — III,  act,  well-doing,  beneficial, 


EYZY 

post-Horn. — 2.    working    iyidustriously 
or  skilfully. 

^Ενεργίοης,  ov,  b,  Euergides,  masc. 
pr,  n.,  Ar.  Vesp.  234. 

Ενεργός,  όν,  {εν,  *εργω)  doing  good 
or  well,  upright,  of  women,  Od.  11, 
434,  etc.,  always  in  phrase,  καΐ  η  κ' 
ενεργός  ετ/σιν. — II.  pass,  well-wrought, 
well-tilled,  γη. — 2.  easily  wrought,  easy 
to  work  in,  of  soft  woods,  Theophr. 

ΧΕνεργος,  ov,  a,  Euergus,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  Dem.,  1139,  sq. 

Ευερέθιστος,  ov,  (εί,  ίρεθίζΐύ)  easily 
excited,  irritable. 

Ενερία,  ας,  η,  (ενερος)  finentss  of 
ivool,wooliness,  Viat.  (Com.)  Hyperb.5. 

Εί'έμιος,  ov,  coUat.  form  of  εϊ'ερος, 
rejected  by  the  Gramm.,  Lob.  Phryn. 
146. 

Ενέρκεια,  ας,  τ/,  a  being  well  fenced, 
security.  Plat.  Legg.  778  C. 

Ενερκής,  ες,  (εν,  ερκος)  well  fenced, 
well  protected,  ανλή,  11.  9,  472,  Oil.  21, 
389,  etc. :  shutting  close,  Ovpai,  Oil.  17, 
267  (ubi  al.  ενεργέες) :  later  of  cities 
and  countries,  well  fenced  or  guarded, 
Aesch.  Supp.  955,  χώρα,  Plat.  Legg. 
760  E. — II.  act.  girding  in,  surround- 
ing, of  nets,  Opp.    Adv. -/cwf.  Pint. 

Ένερκία,  ας,  ή,=^ενέρκεια. 

Ενέρκτης,  ου,  6,  poet  for  ευεργέ- 
της, Anth. 

Ενερβίέω,  ώ,  to  be  in  luck :  from 

Ενερμής,  ες,  (εν.  Έρμης)  favoured 
by  Hermes,  (Mercury)  the  god  of  good 
luck,  in  luck,  fortunate.     Hence 

Ενερμία,  ας,  ή,  good  luck,  A  el. 

Ενερνής,  ες,  [εν,  ερνος)  sprouting 
well,  flourishing,  Eur.  I.  T.  1100:  of 
men,  etc.,  well-grown,  Posidon.  ap. 
Strab. 

Εϋερος,  ov,  of  or  with  fine  wool,  Att. 
collat.  form  of  Ion.  εΰειρος,  Ar.  Av. 
121,  etc. 

^Ενεσπερίδες,  ων,  al,—'Ecrπεpίδεζ, 
Hdt._4,  171. 
ίΕνεσπερΐται,  ών,  οί,=Έσπερϊται, 
in  Cyrenaica,  Hdt.  4,  198 ;  Thuc.  7, 
50. 

Ενέσηας,  ov,  (εί,  έστίά)  with  beau- 
tiful home  or  situation,  of  Delos,  Call. 
Del.  325. 

Εύεστώ,  ους,  ή,  well-being,  tranquil- 
ity, prosperity,  Hdt.  1 ,  85,  Aesch.  Theb. 
187,  Ag.  647,  929  :  the  forms  ενετύ 
and  ενετνς  are  very  dub.  (From  εϋ 
and  ειμί,  cf.  έστω.  Dor.  for  ουσία,  άει- 
εστώ,  άπεστώ.) 

Ενετηρία,  ας,  ή,  (εν,  έτος)  goodness 
of  season,  fruitfulness,  abundance  of 
fruits  of  the  earth,  Xen.  Hell.  5,  2,  4, 
Plat.  Symp.  188  A. 

Ενετία,  ας,  ή,= foreg.,  Anth. 
ίΕνετίων,  ωνος,  6,  Huetion,  a  com- 
mander of  the  Athenians,  Thuc.  7, 9. 

Ενετνς  ή,  dub.  for  ενεστώ :  perh. 
ενεστνς,  like  ΰ,πεστνς.  Ion.  for  ΰπεσ- 
τώ. 

Ενείφετος,  ov,  (εν.  είφίσκω)  easy 
to  find,  χώρα  εν.,  a  place  in  which  it 
will  be  easy  to  find  things,  Xen.  Oec. 
8,  17,  ubi  al.  εναίρετος. 

Ένέφοδος,  ov,  (εν,  έφοδος)  easy  to 
come  at,  to  reach,  v.  1.  Thuc.  6,  66. 

Ενέ-φητος,  ov,  (εν,  ίφω)  easily  boil- 
ed: or  easy  of  digestion,  Theophr. 

Ενζί/λία,  ας,  ή,  a  good,  honest  emu- 
lation, zeal,  opp.  to  κακοζηλία,  Plut. : 
from 

Ευζη^Μς,  ov,  (εν,  ζήλος)  emulous  in 
good. — 2.  enviable.     Adv.  -?,ως,  Anth, 

Ενζνγος,  ov,  Ep.  ένζ-,  (εν,  ζυγόν) 
well  or  easily  yoked :  hence  in  Od.  13, 
116:  17,  288,  of  a  ship,  well-joined, 
well-built,  or  ace.  to  others,  like  ενή• 
ρετμος,  well-benched. 

Εΰζνξ,  νγος,  ό,  ή,  (εν,  ζεν-^Ίΐνμι) 
well  paired  or  matched,  Anth. 


ΕΤΗΛ 

Έύζωύ,  ac,  if,  Dor.  for  ευζωία.  Find. 
P.  4,  233. 

Έί'ζωέω,  ώ,  to  be  ενζωος,  to  live  well 
or  happily,  opp.  to  κακοζωέοι,  Μ.  An- 
ton. :  hence 

Κνζυια,  ας,  ή.  happiness,  a  good  state 
of  life,  Aiist.  Eth.  Λ. 

Έ,νζωμον,  ου,  τό,  a  plant,  the  seeds 
of  which  were  used  Uke  our  mustard, 
Brassica  erwuL,  Theophr.  Strictly 
iieut.  from 

Ένζωμος,  ov,  {εν,  ζωμός)  making 
good  broth  Or  soup. 

Έΰζωνος,  ov,  Ep.  ένζωνος,  (εν,  ζώνη) 
teell-girdled,  Hom.  (only  in  11.,  and  H. 
Cer.)  always  as  epilh.  of  women,  who 
are  also  called  βαθνζωνοι,  καλ/ύζω- 
vol,  βαβνκο/.~οι,  from  the  ζώνη  or 
lower  girdle  (v.  sub  voc.) :  cf.  MuUer 
ArchaoL  i  Kunst,  <J  339,  3.— II.  later 
ot  men,  girt  up  for  exercise,  dressed  for 
walking,  active^  Horace's  alte  praecinc- 
tiis,  Hdt.  1,  72, 10-t,  and  Att. :  metaph. 
ujiincumhered,  βίος,  Dio  C.  Adv.  •νως, 
Alciphr. 

Κυζωος,  ov,  {εν,  ζωή)  living  well  or 
long,  Theophr. 

ίΐίζωρος.  ov,  {εν.  ζωρύς)  quite  pitre, 
unmixed,  of  wine,  Eur.  Ale.  757,  and 
Comic,  cf.  Ath.  423  D,  sq. ;  irreg. 
compar.  ενζωρέστερος. 

Έ.νζωσ-ος,  ov,  {εν,  ζώνννμαι)^εϋ- 
ζωνος. 

Ενιιγενης,  ες,  Ερ.  for  ευγενής,  Π. 
11,427;  23,  81.  ^ 

Έ,ΰηγεσία,  ας,  ή,  (εν,  ήγέομαί)  good, 
happy  government,  εξ  ενϊ/γεσίτ/ς,  Od. 
19,  114. 

Ένηγορεω,  ω,  to  speak  icell  of ,  praise, 
Find.  1.  I,  73,  in  pass. :  and 

Ένηγορία,  ας,  ή,  good  uords,  praise, 
Call.  Lav.  Pall.  139  :  from 

Έΰήγορος,  ov,  {εύ,  αγορεύω)  speak- 
ing well  or  auspiciously,  like  εύφημος, 
Eubul.  Odyss.  1,  unless  it  be  there  a 
n.  pr.     Adv.  -ρως. 

^Έΰήγορος,  ov,  6,  Euegdrus,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  an  Athenian.  Dem.  517,  24. 

Ενηόήςές,  {εν,  ηδύς)  very  agreeable, 
opp.  to  άηόης. 

Ενήθεια,  ή.  Ion.  ενήθίη,  goodness  of 
disposition,  guilelessness,  simplicity : 
also  in  bad  sense,  simplicity,  silliness, 
Wess.  Hdt.  3,  140,  cf.  Thuc.  3,  45  : 
from 

Έΰήθης,  ες,  (ευ,  ήθος)  good-hearted, 
kind,  honest,  simple-minded,  guileless, 
Archil.  44,  Plat.  Rep.  349  Β  :  το  ενη- 
θες=ενήθεία,  Thuc.  3,  83 :  in  bad 
sense,  simple,  silly,  Hdt.  1,  60  ;  2,  45, 
Thuc,  etc.  ;  and  as  subst.,  a  simple- 
ton, Xen.  Hell.  2,  3,  16,  cf.  Ruhnk. 
Tim,  p.  132  :  metaph.  of  wounds,  ill- 
nesses, etc,  mild,  easily  healed,  Hipp.  ; 
opp.  to  κακοήθης.  Adv.  -θώ€.  Plat. 
Phaed.  100  D.  SuperL -θέστατα,  Eur. 
Andr.  625. 

Ενΐ)θίη,  ης,  η.  Ion.  for  ενήθεία. 

Ένι/θίζομαί,  as  pass.,  to  be  στ  act 
like  an  ενήθης,  be  foolish,  play  the  fool, 
"ϊτρος  ά'/.λψχ>υς.  Flat.  Rep.  336  C  :  to 
be  merry,  jest,  Philostr. 

Έϋιιθικός,  ή,  όν,  of,  befitting,  belong- 
ing to  the  ενήθης,  kind,  mild,  gentle. 
Plat.  Charm.  175  C  :  silly,  foolish, 
Arist.  Phys.  Ausc.  Adv.  -κώς,  Ar. 
Nub.  1258. 

Ένήκης,  ες,  {εν,  άκή)  well  pointed, 
sharp,  αιχμή,  11.  22,  319. 

Ένηκοέω,  ώ,  to  be  ευήκοος,  be  obedi- 
ent :  hence 

Υ,νηκοία,  ας,  η,  obedience,  Diod. 

Ευήκοος,  ov,  {ευ,  ακοή)  hearing  ivell, 
clear  of  hearing,  Hipp. — II.  hearing  ivil- 
lingly,  listening,  obedient,  Arist.  Eth. 
N.  Adv.  •ως,  εΰηκ.  διάκεΐσθαί  προς 
r/-,  Polyb. 

Ενηλάκατος,  Dor.  εΰΰ7.ακ.,  ov,  {εν. 


ΕΤΗΝ 

ή7.ακά~η)  with  good,  nimble  spindle, 
spinning  beautifully,  epith.  of  women, 
Theocr.  28,  22.— II.  with  beautiful  or 
good  arrows,  epith.  of  Diana,  etc.  [ΰ] 

Ενή'/.άτος,  ov,  {εν,  έ/ιαννω)  easy  to 
ride  or  drive  over,  πεδίον  εν.,  a  plain 
fit  for  cavalry  operations,  Xen.  Cyr.  1, 
4,  16. 

Ενηλιξ,  ΐκος,  ό,  η,  {ευ,  τβικία)  of 
good  growth.OT  figure,  late  . 

Ευήλιος,  ov,  Dor.  είύ'λ.,  {ευ,  η?.ιος) 
well  sunned,  sunny,  Lat.  apricus,  Eur. 
Hipp.  129,  Xen.  Oec  9,  4 ;  ήμεραι, 
Ar.  Ran.  242. — II.  of  persons, /o/id  of 
the  sun,  fond  of  basking,  Philostr.  Adv. 
-ίως,  with  bright  sunny  weather,  Aesch. 
Eum.  906. 

Ενη/.ος,  ov,=foTeg.,  dub.  1.  for  εύ- 
ει/.ος. 

Ενημερέω,  ω,  {ενήμερος)  to  spend 
the  day  cheerfully,  live  happily  from  day 
to  day.  Soph.  El.  653  :  in  genl.  to  be 
happy  and  prosperous,  θτ}3αις  ευημερεί^ 
ruTrpof  σε,  your  relations  with  Thebes 
are  prosperous,  Soph.  O.  C.  616  :  to 
win,  be  successful  in  a  thing,  gain  one^s 
point,  Aeschin.  36, 18  :  also  like  νικάν, 
c  ace.  e.  g.  τμαγφδίαν  ενημερείν,  to 
bring  it  out  successfully,  Ath.     Hence 

Ενημέρημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  prosperous 
event,  success,  Polyb. 

Ευημερία,  ας,  ή,  fineness  of  the  day, 
good  weather,  like  ευδία,  Xen.  Hell.  2, 
4,  2. — II.  good  times,  health  and  happi- 
ness, health  and  wealth,  Eur.  El.  196  ; 
honour  and  glory.  Find.  I.  1,  56  :  from 

Ενήμερος,  ov,  (εν,  ήμερα)  of,  belong- 
ing to  a  good  or  lucky  day,  εν.  φύος,  a 
happy  day.  Soph.  Aj.  709. — 2.  enjoying 
a  lucky  day,  cheerful,  happy,  ιτρόςωτΐον, 
Ar.  Av.  1322,  μοίρα.  Plat.  Tim.  71  D. 
— II.  (εύ,  ήμερος)  tame,  gentle. 

'^Ενήμερος,  ov,  q.  Euhemerus,  an  his- 
torian and  poet  of  Sicily  in  the  time 
of  Ptolemy  Lagus,  Polyb.  34,  5,  9.— 
2.  a  grammarian  of  Cos,  Ath.  658  C. 
— Others  in  Plut.,  etc. 

Ενημής,  ις,^=εί'εμής,  Hipp. 

Εϋτ/μονία,  ας,  ή,  (εν,  ήμων)  skill  in 
throwing  or  hitting. 

Εΰηνεμία,  ας,  ή,  a  fair  wind,  Luc.  : 
from 

Εϋήνεμος,  ov,  (εν,  άνεμος)  with  fair 
u'ind,  serene,  calm,  ττόντον χεϋμα,  Eur. 
Dan.  3. — 2.  sheltered,  peaceful,  βήσσαι, 
Soph.  Aj.  198  ;  λιμι'/ν,  Eur.  Andr.  749. 
^Εϋηνίνη,  ης,  ή,  (fern,  patronym. 
from  Εύηνος)  daughter  of  Euejius,  i.  e. 
Marpessa,  II.  9,  557      [l] 

Ενήνιος,  ov,  (εν,  ηνία)  obedient  to 
the  rein,  άρμα,  Emped.  343  :  in  genl. 
obedient,  docile.  Flat.  Legg.  730  Β  :  of 
a  disease  that  easily  yields  to  medicine, 
Hipp.     Adv.  -ως.  Plat.  Soph  217  C. 

^Ενήνιος,  ov,  6,  Euenius,  a  soothsay- 
er of  Apollonia,  Hdt.  9,  92. 

Ενηνορία,  ας,  ή,  (ενήνωρ)  manli- 
ness, manly  virtue,  Eur.  H.  F.  407  ; 
and  Find.  O,  5,  21,  in  plur. 

^Εΰηνορίδιις,  ου  Ep.  ao,  6,  son  of 
Euenor,  i.  e.  Leiocritus,  Od.  22,  294. 

^Εύηνος,  ov,  b,  Euenus,  son  of  Oce- 
anus  and  Tethys,  god  of  the  Euenus 
in  Aetolia,  Hes.  Th.  345. — 2.  son  of 
Mars  and  Demonice,  king  of  Aetolia, 
father  of  Marpessa,  Apollod.  1,  7,  8, 
cf.  II.  9,  557.  —  3.  son  of  Selapius, 
king  of  Lyrnessus,  II.  2,  693. — 1.  two 
Elegiac  poels  of  Faros,  Plat.  Phaed. 
GO  ;  Phaedr.  267  Α.— II.  the  Euenus, 
now  Fidari,  a  river  of  Aetolia,  the 
earlier  Lycormas,  Soph.  Tr.  559 ; 
Strab.  327,  451. — 2.  also  a  river  of 
Mysia,  Id.  612. 

Ενήνυστος,  ov,  and  ενήνϋτος,  ov, 
(εν ,  άννω)  easy  to  achieve. 

Ενήνωρ,  ορός,  ό,  ή,  {εν,  άι^^ρ)  strict- 
ly majily :  in  Horn,  only  in  Od.  as 


ΕΤΘΑ 

epith.  of  wine  and  of  arms,  4,  622  ; 
13,  19,  where  some  make  it  act.,  giv- 
ing manhood,  inspiriting :  acc.  to  Oth- 
ers good  for  man,  befitting  the  manly. 
— 2.  in  Find,  of  cities,  etc.,  well  man- 
ned, aboundins  in  brave  men,  like  εύαν- 
δρος. Ο.  1,  37  ;  6,  136. 

\Ενήνωρ,  Ορος,  6,  Euenor,  an  autoch 
thon.  Plat.  Cnti.  113  D.— 2.  father  oi 
the  painter  Parrhasius,  Ath.  543  D 
— 3.  a  physician.  Id.  46  D. 

Εΰη-ε'/.ής,  ές,  (η',  ττέλ.ομαι)  well  off, 
well  disposed,  ap.  Hesych.     Hence 

Ενη~ε/-ία,  ας,  ή,  a  being  well  off, 
prosperity.  Call.  Cer.  "136. 

Ενήρΰτος,  ov,  (εύ,  έραμαι)  much 
loved,  lovely.  Find.  O.  5,  21 ;  6,  165 : 
ενέρατος,  is  not  used. 

^Ενηρείδης,  ου,  6,  sonof  Eueres,i.e. 
Tiresias,  Theocr.  24,  70. 

Ενήρετμος,  ov,  (εν,  έρετμός)  well 
fitted  to  the  oar,  σκα/.μός,  Aesch.  Fers. 
376:  well-rowed,  ττλύτα,  Soph.  O.  C. 
716:  νανς,  Eur.  Ion  1160. 

Ενήρης,  ες,  {εύ,  *άρω)  well  fitted  or 
put  together,  Hom.  (only  in  Od.)  al- 
ways epith.  of  έρετμόν,  and  έρετμά, 
well  poised,  easy  to  handle. — II.  (as  if 
from  έρέσσω)^εύήρετμος,  convenient 
for  rowing :  but  prob.  only  Gramm. : 
for  the  other  signf.  suits  in  all  places, 
cf.  εύεργής,  and  εύζυγος. 

^Εί'ήρης,  ους,  ό,  Eueres,  son  of  Her- 
cules and  Parthenope,  Apollod.  2,  7. 
—2.  son  of  Pterelaus,  Id.  2,  4,  5.-3. 
father  of  Tiresias,  Id.  3,  6,  7. 

Εύήροτος,  ov,  (εν,άρόω)  easy  to  till 
or  cultivate. 

Ενήρϋτος,  ov,  {εν,  ΰρύω)  easy  to  draw 
out,  νδωρ,  Η.  Hom.  Cer.  106. 

Εΰήτριος,  ον,(εν,ητριον)  with  good 
OT  fine  thread,  finely  uoveri,  δικτύου  εν• 
ήτρια,  Aesch.  Fr.  42. 

Εϋηόενής,  ές,  (εν,  ύφενος)  wealthy, 
V.  1.  II.  23,  61,  for  ενηγενής,  cf.  {)νηφε- 

Εύηχης,  ες,  (εν,  ήχος)  well-sounding, 
tuneful,  Find.  P.  2,  25. 

Εύήχητος,  ov,  (εύ,  ήχέω)^oτeg., 
Eur.  Ion  884  :  loud.  Id.  Hi  p.  1272. 

Εύηχος,  ον,=^ενήχης,  Ath. 

Ενθύ/.ΰμος,  ov,  (εν,  θάλαμος)  bless- 
ing ivedlock,  Nonn.  [a] 

Ενθά'λασσος,  ov,  (εύ,  θάλ.ασσα) 
prosperously  placed  by  the  sea,  prosper- 
ous by  sea,  Soph.  O.  C.  711.— II.  of 
one  who  is  a  good  sailor,  can  stand  a 
voyage,  Alciphr.  [0a] 

Εΰθάλεια,ας,  ή,  (ενθαλής)  the  bloom, 
flower  of  a  thing,  ευδαιμονίας,  Archyt. 
ap.  Stob.  p.  13,  38.  [ά] 

Εϊ'θΰλέω,  ώ,  to  bloom,  flourish,  Nic. 
ap.  Ath.  683  C  :  metaph.  to  flourish, 
prosper:  from 

Εύθά/.ής,  ές,  (εν,  θάλλ.ω,  θύ?.ος) 
growing  well,  flourishing,  Aesch.  Fr. 
290 ;  and  so  metaph.,  in  Anth.  Cf. 
sq.    ^ 

Ενθαλ.ής,  ές.  Dor.  for  ενθη7.ής,  q. 
V.  :  on  the  quantity  of  this  and  the 
foreg.  V.  Seidl.  Eur.  Tro.  221,  Jac.  A. 
P.  p._  508,  528. 

Εύθα/.πής,  ές.  (εν,  θά^^ττω)  warming 
well,  genial,  Q.  Sm. 

Ευθανασία,  ας,  ή,  an  easy,  happy 
death,  Philo :  and 

Ενθΰνατέω,  ω,  to  die  well  and  happi- 
ly, Polyb. :  from 

Εύθάνάτος,  ov,  (εν,  θάνατος)  dying 
well,  i.  e.  easily  or  happily :  εύθ.  θάνα- 
τος=  ευθανασία,  Menancl.  p.  10.  Adv. 
-τως,  Cratin.  Incert.  106.  [βά] 

Ενθάρσεια,  ας,  ή,  (ευθαρσής)  good 
courage,  Αρρ. 

Ενθαρσέω,  ω,  to  be  of  good  courage, 
Aesch.  Theb.  34,  etc. :  from 

Ευθαρσής,  ές,  {εύ,  θάρσος)  of  good 
courage,  Η.  Hom.  7,  9. — 2.  safe,  opp. 
567 


ΕΥΘΗ 

to  δεινός,  Xen.  Hipparch.  4, 11.    Adv. 
•cur,  Arist.  Elh.  N. 

iEvdapaia,  ας,  7/,=ενθύρσεια,  Plat. 
Defin.  412  A. 

ΕΰΟεύτος,  ov,  (εν,  θεάομαι)  easy  to 
be  seen. 
Ένθΰα,  ή,  y .  ενθύς. 
Ένθένεια,  ας,  y,  Att.  for  the  Ion. 
and  Hellen.  εΰβί/νεια  :  frwn 

ΈϋΟενέω,  ώ,  Alt.  for  the  Ion.  and 
Hellen.  t  uf/z/i'tw,  to  be  liicki/,  jirosper, 
flourish,  Aesch.  Euin.  895,  908,  914  : 
from 

Κνβεν?/ς.  ες.  Att.  for  the  Ion.  and 
Hellen.  εύΟιμ•ής,  of.  Lob.  Phryn.  465, 
sq• 

Ενθενία,  ας,  η,^ενθένεια. 
Ένθερύπεντος,  ov,  {εν,  θεραπεύω) 
easily  healed,  remedied. — 11.  easilt)  won 
by  kindness  or  attention,  Xen.  CvT.  2, 
2,  10.  [ά] 

Ενθέριστος,  ov,  {εν,  θερίζω)  easily 
viown :  το  ενθ.,α  kind  of  balsam,  Diosc. 
Ενθέρμαντος,   ov,   {εν,  θερμαίνω ) 
easily  warmed,  Theophr. 

Εΰθερμος,  ov,  {ευ,  θερμός)  very 
warm.  dub.  in  Hipp. 

EvOtpor,  ov,  {εν,  θέρος)  pleasant  in 
summer,  sunny. 

Εϋθεσία,  ας,  ή,  good  condiiion,  habit 
of  body,  Hipp.  :  from 

Ενθετέω,  ώ,  {ένθετος)  to  be  well  ar- 
ranged, in  giiod  order,  convenient,  The- 
ophr. :  to  be  provided  with,  abound  in, 
Tivi,  Id. — 2.  transit,  to  set  in  order,  ar- 
range well,  Luc.     Hence 

ΕνΟέτησις,  εως,  ή,  good  arrange- 
ment, situation. 

Ενθετίζω,  {ένθετος)  to  set  in  order, 
arrange  orderly,  Hes.  Th.  541. 

^Εϋθετίων,  ωνος,  ό,  Eathetion,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Dem.  1356,  15. 

Ενθετος,  ov,  {εν,  τίθημι.)  well  ar- 
ranged, conveniently  placed,  Hipp  :  easi- 
ly stowed,  σποδός,  Aesch.  Ag•.  441 : 
well  fitted,  convenient  for  wear  or  uie, 
Aesch.  Theb.  642,  Fr.  238.  Adv. 
■Tuc ,  Diod. 

Ενθεώρητος,  ov,  {εν,  θεωρεω)  easily 
seen,  Arist.  H.  A.  :  easy  to  perceive,  Id. 
Rhet. 
Ενθέως,  adv.  from  ενθύς. 
Ενθηγής,  ές,=ενθηκτος. — II.  act., 
sharpening  well,  Anth. 

Ενθηκτος,  ov,  {εν,  θήγω)  well  sharp- 
ened, sharp,  keen,  Lyc. 

Ενθηλέω,  ώ,  {ενθη?.ής)  to  suckle, 
nourish;  in  pass,  to  be  suckled, fatted 
vp,  χοίρος,  Aesch.  Fr.  309.     Hence 

Ενθη?ήμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  well 
suckled,fed  leell  on  milk,  μόσχος,  Leon. 
Tar. :  rare  form  for  sq. 

Ένθηλι'/ς,  fV,  Dor.  -θά?ίής,  ες,  {εν, 
θηλή)  well  suckled  :  in  genl.  well  fed, 
plump ;  meta])h.  thriving,  prosperous, 
Pind.  P.  9.  128,  in  Dor.  form,  Eur. 
Tro.  217,  Ar.  Av.  1062. 

Εί)θη'λος,  ov,  {cV,  θηλ?'/)  with  dis- 
tended udder,  Eur.  I.  A.  580. 

Ενθημονεω,  ύ.  and  in  mid.  ενθημο- 
νέοιιαι,  {ενθί/μων)  to  set  or  keep  in  or- 
der. Plat.  Legg:  758  B. 

Ενθημοσννη,  τ/ς.  ή,  good  order,  good 
management,  Hes.  Op.  469  :  a  habit  of 
good  order,  tidiness,  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  5,  7  : 
from 

Εϋθήμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  {εν,  τίϋη- 
ui)  well  arranged,  compact,  neat,  of  an- 
imals, Arist.  H.  A. — 11.  act.  orderly, 
setting  things  in  order,  δμωαΐ  δωμάτων 
εί•β.,_  Aesch.  Cho.  84. 

Εϋθήνεια,  ας,  ή,  {ενθηνής)  α  flour- 
ishing state,  health,  plenty,  etc.  —  II. 
cheapness,  icealth. 

Ενθηνίω,  ώ,  to  be  well  off,  flourish, 
prosper,  Lat.  florere,  vigere,  of  a  coun- 
try, Hdt.  2,  91,  124;  and  so  in  aor. 
pass,  ενθηνήθιρ,  Id.  1, 66 ;  of  animals, 
568• 


ΕΥΘΤ  ΕΥΘΥ 

Hipp.,  and  Arist.  Pol. ;  of  trees.  The- f      Ένθνγλωσσος,  ov,  Att.  -ττος,  (εν- 

ophr.,  etc.  :  ενθ.  τινί,  to  cώound  in  a  |  θύς,  γλώσσα)  straight  forward  speak- 
thing,    Arist.    Gen.    An.,   like    hat.  \  ing,  honest  of  tongue,  Pirn]  P. 2,  ISl. 
abundarc.     Thom.  .M.  prefers  the  (orm         Ευθύγραμμος,  ov,  {ενθνς,  γραμμή) 
ενθενέω,  q.  v.     (Peril,   best   derived,     rectilinear,  Arist.  Coel. 
like  ΤίΟήνιι,  from  θιβί/ :  otliers  from  i     \Ενθνδημος,   ov,    ύ,  Euthydemus,  a 
σθένος,  as  if  ενσΟενέω :  others  from    leader  of  the  Athenians,  in  the  Pe- 


θέω,  τίθημι.) 

Ενθηνής,  ες,  in  good  case,  flourishing. 
Hence 

Εί'θηνία,  ας,ή,=ενθήνεια,  esp.  rev- 
enue, ivealth,  Arist. 

Ένθι/ξ,  ηγος,  b,  ή,  {εν,  θήγω)~εν- 
θηκτος,  Α.  Β. 

Έ,νθήρϋ,τος,  ον,  {εν,  θηρατός)  easily 
taken,  caught  or  won,  Aesch.  Supp.  86  ; 
ενθ.  νφ'  ηδονών,  Arist.  Eth.  Ν. 

Ενθήρευτος,  ov,  {εν,  θηρεύω)  v.  1. 
for  foreg.,  0pp. 

Εύθηρία,  ας,  η,  a  good  catch  or  prey, 
successful  hunting,  fishing,  etc.,  Ael.: 
from 

Εύθηρος,  ov,  {εν,  θήρα)  lucky  in 
hunting,  etc.,  Eur.  Bacch.  1253:  άγρα, 
κάλαμοι,  Anth. — II.  {εν,  θήρ)  abound- 
ing in  game,  good  for  hunting,  όρος, 
Strab. 
\Ενθηρος,  ov,  a,  Euthlrus,  an  Athe- 
nian, a  friend  of  Socrates,  Xen.  Mem. 
2,  8. 

Ενθής,  Alex,  {οτεί'θνς,  LXX. 
ΕνΟήσανρος,  ov,  {εν,  Θησανρός)κ6ΐ1 
stored  up,  precious,  Anth. 
^Ενθίας,  ov,  ό,  Euthias,  masc.  pr.  n., 
Ath.,  etc. 

Ενθικός,  ή,  όν,  {ενθνς)  straight,  κί- 
νησις,  Sext.  Emp. 

Εί'θικτος,  ov,  {εν,  θίγω) easily  touch- 
ed.— II.  act.  easily  touching,  hitting,  stri- 
king accurately,  Philo  :  hence  .tharp, 
clever,  quick,  of  a  bird,  Arist.  H.  A.  : 
witty,  Polyb.     Adv.  -τως.     Hence 

Ενθιξία,  ας,  ή,  expertness,  cleverness, 
Philo. 
^Εύθιπττος,  ov,  6,  Euthippus,  masc. 
pr.  n..  Pint. 

Ε,νθλαστος,  ov,  {εν,  θλάω)  easily 
broken,  Arist.  Meteor. 

Evθvήσιμoς,or,=εvθάvaτoς,k.csc]\. 
Ag.  1293. 

Ενθοινος,  ov,  {εν,  θοίνη)  eating 
hugely,  epith.  of  Hercules,  Pint. — II. 
ενθ.  γέρας,  a  rich  offering,  cf.  ενδειπ- 
νος,  Aesch.  Cho.  257. 

Ενθορνβητος,  ov,  {εν,  θορνβέω)  easi- 
ly confused,  frightened  by  tumult,  Plut. 

Ενθρανστος,  ov,  {εν,  θραύω)  easily 
broken.  Plut. 

Ενθριγκυς,  ov,  {εν,  θριγκός)  well 
coped  or  corniced,  Eur.  Hel.  70. 

Εύθριξ,  τρΐγος,  ό,  ή,  {εν,  θρίξ)  teith 
beautiful  hair,  in  II.  always  of  horses, 
fine-coated  or  with  flowing  mane,  and  in 
Ep.  form  εντριχας  ϊππονς.  23,  13, 
301,  351. — 11.  made  of  good  stout  hair, 
of  a  fishing  line,  Anth. 

Ενθρονος,  ov,  Ep.  ίνθρ.,  {εν,  θρό- 
νος) fair-seated,  with  a  beautiful  sent  or 
throne,  in  Hom.  always  in  Ep.  form, 
as  epith.  of  'ΐΐώς,  II.  8,  561,  Od.  6, 48, 
etc. 

Ενθροος,  ov,  {εν,  θρόος)  sweetly  or 
loud  sounding,  0pp.,  and  Anth. 

Ενθρνπτος,  ov,  {εν,  βρντττω)  ca.iily 
broken  or  crumbled,  γη,  Strab.  :  in 
genl.  easily  divided,άήp,  Arist.  de  Anim . 
— II.  like  hat.fractus,  dissolutus,  ener- 
vated. 

EMv,  neut.  as  adv.  from  ευθύς,  q.  v. 

Εί'Ονβο?έω,  ώ,  to  throw,  send  right 
forward,  Plut  — II.  intrans.  to  dart,  go 
right  forward,  Id.  ;  and 

EvOvio?Ja,  ας,  ή,  a  straight,  direct 
throir.  aim.  Plut. :  from 

Εί•Ον.->ό?.ος,  ov,  {ευθύς,  βάλλω) 
throiving  straight  at.  hitting:  όνομα  ενθ., 
the  exact  name,  Philo.    Adv.  -λως,  Id. 


loponnesian  war,  Thuc.  5,  19.  —  2. 
of  Chios,  a  Sophist,  who  taught  in 
Athens.  Plat.  Crat.  386  D.— 3.  son  ot 
Cejihalus  of  Syracuse,  brother  of  the 
orator  Lysias,  Id.  Rep.  1.— 4.  ύ  Κα- 
λός, son  of  Diodes,  a  pupil  of  Socra- 
tes, Id.  Conv.  122  B.— 5.  ofPhlya,  sent 
on  an  embassy  to  Pliilip  at  Elatea, 
Dem.  282, 22.  Nameof  several  Athe- 
nian archons,  Diod.  S.,  Ath. — Others 
in  Dem.  567,  20  ;  Strab.,  etc. 

Ενθνδίκαιος.  ov,  prob.  1.  in  Aesch. 
Eum.  312  for  ενθνδικος,  strictly,  se- 
verely just. 

\Ενθνδίκη,  ης,  ή,  Euthydice,  daugh- 
ter of  Miltiades,  Diod.  S.  20,  14  :  in 
Plut.  Ενρνδίκη. 

Ενθνδίκία,  ας,  ή,  an  open,  direct 
trial,  without  evasion  or  quibble,  ενθυδι- 
κίαν  ε'ιςιεναι,  Dem.  908,  7;  ενθνδικίφ 
είςιέναι.  Id.  1103,  11,  or  είςελθείν, 
Isae.  60,  32,  to  bring  the  cause  to  a 
fair  issue,  of  a  defendant  \\\\.o  availed 
himself  of  no  legal  objections  or  hin- 
drances, such  as  τναραγραφαί,  δια• 
μο.ρτνρίαι,  etc.  :  from 

ΕνθύδΙκος,  ov,  {ενθνς,  δίκη)  deci- 
ding, judging  strictly :  in  genl.  just, 
Aesch.  Ag.  701,  cf.  also  ενθνδίκαιος. 
^Ενθνδικος,  ov,  ό,  Euthydicus,  a 
physician,  Dem.  1018, 10. — 2.  a  citizen 
of  Chalcis,  Luc. 

Ενθνδρομέω,  ω,  to  run  straight,  esp. 
of  .ships,  to  sail  in  a  straight  course, 
Philo,  and  N.  T.  :  from 

Εύθνδρόμος,  ov,  {ενθύς,  δραμεΐν, 
δρόμος)  in  a  straight  course,  Strab. 

Ενθνέντερος,  ov,  {ενθύς,  εντερον) 
with  a  straight  intestine,  Arist.  H.  A. 

Ενθνέπεια,  ας,  η,  straightforward 
speaking,  truthfulness :  from 

Ενθνεπής,  ες,  {ενθύς,  έπος,  εΙπεΐν) 
straightforivard,  /tones t  in  speech. 
Ένθνεπία,  ας,  ή,=ενθνέπεια. 
Ενθνεργής,  ες,  {ενθνς,  *ίργω)  accu- 
rately uTonght,  Luc. 

Ενθνθάνατος,  ov,  {ενθύς,  θάνατος) 
suddenly  killing,  mortal,  πληγή,  Plut 
[«] 

Εί'θνθριξ,  τρΐχος,  ό,  η,  {ενθύς,  θρίξ) 
ivith  straight  sleek  hair,  Arist.  Gen.  An. 
Ενθύκανλος.    ov,  {ενθύς,  κανλιύς) 
strniύ;ht-stalked,Ύheo^phτ. 

^Εύθνκ?.ής,  έονς,  ό,  Euthycles,  a 
Spartan  envoy  to  the  king  of  Persia, 
Xen.  Hell.  7,  1,  33.-2.  an  Athenian 
archon  01.  110,  2,  Dem.  206,  16.— 3. 
an  Athenian  for  whom  Demosthenes 
wrote  the  oration  against  Aristocra- 
tes,  Dem.  622,  27.— Others  of  this 
name  in  Thuc.  1,  46 ;  3,  140,  etc. 

t  Ενθνκ.ράτης,  ονς,  ό,  Euthycrdles,  an 
Olynlhian,  who  betrayed  his  native 
city  to  Philip  of  Macedon,  Dem.  99, 
22  ;  426,  2  ;  v.  Thirlvv.  5,  p.  316.— 
Others  in  Isae.,  Arist.,  etc. 

^Ενθνκριτος.  ov,  b,  Euthycritvs,  a 
native  of  Plataea,  Lys.  167,  2. — 2.  an 
Athenian  archon,  Diod.  S. 

Ενθύληπτος,  ov,  {ενθί,ς,  λαμβάνω) 
easy  to  get  at,  to  procure. 

Ενθυ?ιθγία,    ac,    ή,  =  ενθνέπεια 
from 

ΕνΟν?Μγος,  ov,  {ενθνς,  ?ιεγω)—εν 
θνεπής. 

Έί'θνμΰχέω,  ώ,  to  fight  boldly :  from 

ΤΛ'θνμάχης,  ον.ό,  (ενθνς,  μάχομαι) 

fighting  slraightfanrard,  i.  e. unflinching, 

resolute,  Pind.  O.  7,  27.  [ώ]    Hence 

Εί'θνμάχία,  ας,  ή,  an  open.,fairfisht. 


ΕΥΘΥ 

Εϋθνμάχος,  ον,=^εΰθνμύχης,  Si- 
mon. 21.  [ΰ] 

^Έινθνμΰχος.  ου,  ο,  Euthymachus, 
masc.  pr.  η.,  Dem.  10S3,  4. 

^Εύθναένί/ς,  ους,  ό,  Euthymenes,  an 
Aeginetan,  celebrated  by  JPiniiar,  N. 
5,  75. — 2.  an  Athenian  aiclion  01. 
85,  4,  Diod.  S.  —  Others  in  Paus., 
etc. 

Ένθϋμέω,  ώ,  to  be  εύθυμος,  to  be  of 
good  cheer,  enjoy  one^s  self,  Eur.  Cycl. 
530. — II.  trans,  to  make  cheerful,  cheer, 
Aesch.  Fr.  266  :  hence  again  εύθυμε- 
ομαι,  as  pass,  in  signf.  I.,  Xen.  Hell. 
7,  4,  36,  έττί  Ttvi,  Cyr.  4,  1,  19. 
Hence 

Έ,νθυμητέον,  verb,  adj.,  one  must 
make  merry,  be  cheerful.  Xen. 

Ευθυμία,  ας,  ή,  cheerfulness,  joy, 
festivity,  Find.  I.  1,  88  and  Xen. ;  also 
in  plur..  Find.  0.  2,  63. 

Ε,ύθϋμος,  ov,  {εν,  θυμός)  well-mind- 
ed, well-disposed,  kind,  Od.  14,  63. — II. 
USU.  of  good  cheer,  cheerful.  Find.  O.  5, 
51,  and  Xen. — 2.  of  horses,  spirited, 
Xen.  Eq.  11,  12. — 3.  of  things,  agree- 
able, Aesch.  Supp.  959.  Adv.  -μως, 
with  good  cheer,  cheerfully,  Batr.  159, 
Aesch.  Ag.  1592:  Compar.  -ότερον, 
Xen.  Cyr.  2,  2,  27  :  Superl.,  -ότατα, 
lb.  3,  3,  12. 

ίΈνθυμος,  ov,  ό,  Euthymus,  a  cele- 
brated boxer  of  Locri,  in  Italy,  Strab. 
255. 

Ευθϋνα,  or  ευθύνη,  ης,  ή,  v.  sub 
fin.,  {εΰθύυω)  usu.  in  plur.,  α  judicial 
investigation,  inquiry,  esp.  at  Athens, 
a  scrutiny  or  passing  of  accounts,  audit, 
Ar.  Eq.  825,  Plat.,  and  Oratt. :  ενθν- 
vai  της  -πρεσβείας,  etc.,  an  account  of 
one's  embassage,  etc.,  Dem.  367,  2  : 
ενθύνας  ά-αιτεϊν,  to  call  for  one's 
accounts,  call  one  to  account ;  opp.  to 
ενθύνας  διδόναι,  ύττέχείν,  to  give 
them  in.  submit  to  a  scrutiny,  Ar. 
Pac.  1187,  Lys.  183,  21:  ενθύνας 
δφλεΐν,  to  be  bound  to  do  so,  Lys.  118, 
25  ;  but  also,  to  be  found  guilty  of 
malversation,  Aeschin.  55,  17.  Cf. 
Bockh.  P.  E.  1,  254. — If.  correction, 
chastisement.  Plat.  Frot.  326  E. — Εΰ- 
θννη,  has  been  supposed  to  be  only  a 
late  form,  and  ενθυνα  that  of  true 
Att.  Greek,  so  that  the  plur.  should 
be  εύθΰναί :  but  Gottling  ad  Arist. 
Pol.  p.  359  rejects  εύθυνα,  as  contra- 
ry to  analogy,  quoting  Phryn.  23,  and 
Ruhnk.  Tim.  on  άμυνα. 

Ειύθννος.  ov,  ό,  an  investigator,  scru- 
tineer, auditor,  who  examined  and 
passed  the  accounts  of  magistrates, 
etc. :  at  Athens  there  were  ten  :  on 
them  and  the  ?Μγίσταί,  v.  Bockh.  P. 
E.  1,  254,  sqq.— II.  in  genl.  a  correct- 
or, chasliser.  like  ενθνντήρ,  Aesch. 
Pers.  828,  Eum.  273. 

^Έ,ύθϋνος,  ov,  ό,  Euthynus,  father  of 
Hermolycus.  Hdt.  9, 105.— 2.  an  ath- 
lete, Dem.  537,  14,  v.  1.  Εύθυμος.— 
Others  in  Ath.,  Arist.,  etc. 

^Ενθύνονς,  ου,  6,  Eythynous,  an 
Athenian  against  whom  Isocrates 
wrote  an  oration.— Others  in  Flut., 
etc. 

Εΰθυνσις,  εως,  ή,  ( ενθύνω )  a 
straightening,  opp.  to  κύμψίς,  Arist. 
Meteor. 

Ενθνντήρ,  -ηρος,  ό,  and  εύθνντής, 
ov,  ό.  (ενθύνο))  a  director,  giiide,  ruler, 
corrector,  judge,  ν3ρίος  ενθυντι/ρ,  a 
chastiser  of  violence,  Tlieogn.  40. — 2. 
β&ρ.=ενθννος,  signf.  I.,  Flat.  Legg. 
945  A. — II.  as  adj.,  εύβυντηρ  οίαξ,  the 
guiding  rudder,  Aesch.  Supp.  717. 

Ενβυντηρία,  ας,  ή,  the  part  of  a  ship, 
ivherein  the  rudder  was  fixed,  Eur.  I.  T. 
1356  :  strictly  fern,  from 

Εΰθυντήριος,  a,  or,  making  straight: 


ΕΥΘΥ 

hence    directing,    ruling,    σκήπτρον, 
Aesch.  Pe/s.  7154  :  from 

Ενθνντής,  οϋ,  ό,=^εύθυντήρ,  Plat. 
Legg.  945  Β. 

Εύθυντικός,  ή,  όν,^=ενθνντήριος, 
Arist.  Pol. 

Εϋθυντός,  ή,  όν,  drawn  straight, 
Arist.  Meteor.  :  from 

Εύθύνω,  fut.  -ννώ,  (ενθύς)=1^β  Ho- 
meric ίθύνο),  to  lead  or  guide  straight, 
as  a  horse  by  the  bit,  etc.,  Aesch.  Pr. 
287,  etc.  :  εύθ.  ηνίας,  Ar.  Αν.  1738 ; 
to  steer  straight,  δόρυ,  the  bark,  Eur. 
Cycl.  15  ;  ττλάταν,  Hec.  39.-2.  to  di- 
rect, govern.  Soph.  Ant.  178,  Eur.  Hec. 
9. — 3.  to  keep  straight,  preserve,  o'aSov, 
Find.  P.  1.  88  ;  so,  εί•θ.  ovpov,  to  send 
a  straight  fair  wind,  Id.  O.  13,  38. — II. 
to  make  or  put  straight,  as  a  bent  piece 
of  wood.  Plat.  Frot.  325  D.— 2.  me- 
taph.,  εύθ.  όίκας  σκο'λίύς,  to  fnake 
crooked  judgments  straight,  Solon 
15,  36  ;  and  so  εύθ.  δίκας  λαοΐς.  Find. 
P.  4,  273.— III.  esp.  at  Athens,  to  call 
to  account,  scrutinise  the  accounts,  (εν- 
θνναι)  of  a  magistrate.  Plat.  Folit. 
299  A :  hence  in  pass,  to  be  called  to 
account,  and  so  to  be  corrected,  τινός, 
for  a  thing,  Thuc.  1,  95. — 2.  intrans. 
to  serve  as  εύθννος.  Flat.  Legg.  946  C. 

Εύθνονειρία,  ας,  ή,  a  clear,  distinct 
dream,  Arist.  Insomn. :  from 

Εύθυόνειρος,  ov,  (ευθύς,  όνειρος) 
clearly,  distinctly  dreaming,  Arist. 

Εύθυτζ'/.οέο),  ώ,  (εύθνπλοος)  to  sail 
straight,  έττί  τι,  Strab.     Hence 

Εύθνπ'λοια,  ας,  ή,  a  straight  voyage, 
Strab. 

Εύθνπλοκία,  ας,  ή,  (ευθύς,  ττλέκω, 
ΤΓ/.οκή)  straight  weaving,  even7iess  of 
texture.  Plat.  Folit.  283  A. 

Εύθν-?-οης,  ov,  contr.  -7Γ?.ους,  ovv, 
(ενθύς,  ττ'λέω)  sailing  straight. 

Ενϋύ~νοος,  ov,  contr.  -πνονς.  ovv, 
(ευθύς,  ττνέο))  straight  blowing,  Find. 
N.  7,  42. — II.  breathing  freely,  Hipp. 

Έύθυ—ομ~7]ς,  ef,=;sq. 

Ενθύ κόμπος,  ov,  (ενθύς,  ττέμπυ) 
guiding  straight.  Find.  N.  2,  10. 

Εύθυτϊορέω,  ώ,  (εύθνττορης)  to  go 
straight  forward,  ττότμος  ενθντΓορύν, 
unsiverving,  inflexible  fate,  Aesch.  Ag. 
1005  :  c.  ace.  cognato,  εύθ.  όδόν, 
δρόμον,  to  go  a  straight  course,  Find. 
O.  7,  107,  I.  5,  76. 

Εύθνπορία,  ας,  η,  straightness  of 
course,  progress  in  a  straight  line,  Plat. 
Legg.  747  A  :   from 

ΕύθύτΓορος,  ov,  (ενθύς,  πορεύομαι) 
going  straight,  Theophr.  :  metaph. 
straight  forward,  honest,  ήθος,  Plat. 
Legg.  775  D.     Adv.  -ρώς. 

Ενθυββημονέω,  ώ,  to  speak  plainly, 
or  to  speak  off-hand,  Flut. 

Ενθνββημοσύνη,  ης,  ή,  the  character 
or  language  of  the  ενθνρρήμωΐ',  open- 
ness, plainness  of  speech,  Sext.  Emp. : 
from 

Ενθνββ7'/μων,  ov,  (ενθύς•[)ημα)  plain 
of  speech,  honest.  Adv.  -μόνως,  Clem. 
Al.  ^ 

Εύθν()^ιζος,  ov,  (ενθύς,  βίζα)  straight- 
rooted,  Theophr. 

Ενθνββίν,  ινος,  b,  ή,  (ενθύς,  βίς) 
straight-nosed. 

Ενθνρσος,  ov,  (εν,  θνρσος)  with 
beautiful  thyrsus,  Eur.  Bacch.  1158. 

ΕΫ'ΘΥ'Σ,  ενθεϊα,  εί'θί'',=  the  older 
and  Ion.  form  ίθύς  (as  always  in  II., 
Od.,  and  Hdt.),  adj.,  straight,  direct, 
whether  perpendicular  or  horizontal, 
opp.  to  σκολίός  or  καμ-ν/ος.  Flat. : 
ενθ.  πλόος.  Ρΐιμί.  Ο.  6,  177.— 2.  in 
moral  sense,  straight-forward,  open, 
honest,  βητραι,  Tyrt.  8,  δίκη.  Find.  N. 
10,  22.  cf.  ενθύνω  II.  2 ;  ό  ενθι;ς  Λό- 
γυς,  Eur.  Hipp.  492. — 3.  in  adverb, 
usages,  εις  το  ενθυ  βλέπειν,  to  look 


ΕΥΘΥ 
straightforward,  Xen.  Eq.  7,  17:  «ττό 
τον  ενθέος  '/.έγειν,  to  speak  straight 
out,  Valck.  Hipp.  491,  εκ.  τοϋ  ενθέος, 
atonce,  immediately,  hastilyJThwc.  1. 34, 
etc. :  hence  unconditionally,  in  short :  SO 
too,  un'  εί)θείας (sc.ooov ιΥ'\\ι\..¥ά\3.2•. 
also,  την  ευθείαν,  Eur.  Med.  384. — II. 
asadv.  ενΟνςατίά  ενθύ,ο{ρ\ϋ.α,β,  .straight 
to.  ΐΐύ'/ονόε,  ες  ΐΐύ'λον,  Η.  Horn. 
Merc.  342,  355 ;  so  έττΙ  τόπον,  Xen. 
Cyr.  5,  2,  37  :  also  c.  gen.  straight 
towards...,  as  ενθυ  των  κνρηβίων,εύθϋ 
ΥΙελΆήνης.  Ar.  Eq.  254,  Αν.  1421,  cf. 
Ιθύς- — 2.  of  time,  straightway,  forth- 
with, at  once.  Find.,  Trag.,  etc.  ;  τοϋ 
θέρους  ενθνς  αρχομένου,  at  the  very 
beginning  of  summer,  Thuc.  2,  47  : 
hence,  ace.  to  Gramm.,  suddenly, 
hastily,  rashly.  In  these  signfs.  both 
ευθύ  and  ενθύς  are  freq.,  v.  Jac.  A.  P. 
p.  Ixxvi :  yet  in  the  local  signf.  the 
form  ευθύ  was  Att.  the  more  usu., 
Heind.  Plat.  Lys.  203  E,Buttm.  Ausf. 
Gr.  <)  117, 1  ;  and  in  later  Greek,  ευθύ 
prevailed,  Lob.  Phryn.  144.  —  3.  for 
instance,  to  take  the  first  example  that 
occurs,  Ruhnk.  Tim.,  cf.  αύτίκα  II. 
Freq.  pleonast.  with  παραχρήμα, q.^., 
and  the  like,  cf.  Wolf  Lept.  p.  235, 
Schiif.  Mel.  p.  61. — III.  ευθέως,  adv., 
is  used  just  in  the  same  way.  Soph. 
Aj.  31,  etc. ;  cf.  also  παραχρήμα. — 
IV.  ή  ευθεία,  as  subst. — 1.  sub.  γραμ- 
μή, a  straight  line,  Arist.  Mund.,  and 
Polyb. — 2.  sub.  πτώσις,  the  nomina- 
tive case,  Lat.  castts  rectus,  Gramm. 
(Nothing  to  do  with  εν  as  the  collat. 
form  ίθνς  abundantly  shows.) 

Εύθύσάνος,  ov,  (εϋ,  θύσανος)  well- 
fringed,  Leon.  Tar.  [ϋ] 

Ενθντενής,  ές,  (ενθνς,  τείνω)  stretch- 
ed out,  straight,  Ael. 

Ενθύτης,  ητος,  ή,  (ευθύς)  straight- 
ness, a  straight  direction,  Arist.  Meteor. 
— II.  metaph.  honesty,  justice,  LXX. 

Ενθυτομος,  ov,  (ενθνς,  τέμνω)  cut- 
ting straight :  but — II.  proparox.  εύ- 
θύτομος,  ov,  pass.,  cut  straight,  straight, 
Fmd.  P.  5,  120. 

Ενθύτονος,  ov,  (είϋύς,  τείνω)=  ενθν- 
τενής. — II.  τα  εύθ.,  catapults,  to  shoot 
darts  with,  v.  πα7ύντονος. 

Ενθντρητος,  ov,  (ευθύς,  τιτράω) 
bored  right  through. 

Ενθύτριχος,  ov,  (ενθνς,  θρίξ)^ενθύ- 
θριξ,  Arist.  Η.  Α. 

Εύθυ<ρερής,  ές,  (ενθύς,  φέρω)  going, 
running  in  a  straight  line,  Plat.  Legg. 
815  B. 

^Εύθύφημος.    ov,    δ,   Euthyphhnus, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Dem.  1324,  10. 

Ενθυφορέω,  ώ,  (ενθνς,  φέρω)  to  carry 
straight.  Pass  to  go,  be  moved  in  a 
straight  line.     Hence 

Ενθυφορία.  ας,  ή,  motion  in  a  straight 
line,  Arist.  Ph3^s.  Ausc. ;  opp.  to  κνκ- 
?.οφορία. 

Ενθύφρων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  (ενθνς, 
φρί/ν)  right,  straight-minded. — II.  well- 
disposed,  kind,  dub.  in  Aesch.  Eum. 
1034. 
^Ενθύφρων,  όνος,  ό,  Euthyphron,  an 
Athenian,  after  whom  one  of  the  dia- 
logues of  Plato  Λν38  named. 

Εύθυώνυξ,  νχος,  ό.  ή.  (ευθύς,  δννξ) 
with  straight  nails,  clau-s.  talons,  Arist. 
H.  Α..  V.  Lob.  Phryn.  708. 

ΕΛ•θυωρέω,  ώ,  to  go  straight  for- 
ward :  and 

Ενθυωρία,  ας.  ή,  a  straight  course  or 
direction.  Flat.  Rep.  436  Ε  :  from 

Εϋθνωρος,  ov,  also  ύ,  όν,  in  a 
straight  direction :  esp.  in  neut.  εν- 
θύωρον  as  ΐίά\.,=ζ^εύθύς,  Xen.  An.  2, 
2,  16.  (Usu.  deriv.  from  bpu,  but 
never  found  of  time :  perh.  better  from 
ενθν  onlv .) 

sog 


ΕΎΚΑ 

Ένθώρηξ,  ηκος,  6,  ή,  {εν,  θώραξ) 
well-mailed,  Νοηη.,  Anth. 

^Ενια.  ων,  τύ,  Euia,  a  city  of  Mace- 
donia Diod.  S.  19,  11. 

Εύίάςω,  v.  εϋάζω. 

Έιίκαϋός.  η,  όν,  (ενιος)  Bacchic, 
Anth. :  as  fein.  εΰιύς,  uthg,  v. 

Ένίΰτος,  ov,  {εν,  ίύομαι)  easily 
healed,  curable,  Hipp,  [t] 

Ενίόρως,  ωτος,  ό,  ή,  {εν,  ίόρώς) 
easily  perspiring,  Arist.  Probl.:  a  neut. 
εϋιΰρον,  in  Theophr.  Fr.  9. 

Εΰίερος,  ov,  {εύ,  ιερός)  very  holy, 
Lat.  sacrosanctus,  Anth.   [tj 

ΕίΊλάτενω.  to  be  very  propitious, 
merciful,  LXX. :  from 

Ενί?.ΰτος,  ov,  Ιεν,  Ίλάομαι)  very 
propitious,  merciful,  LXX.   [ij 

ΕνΙνος.  ov,  {εν,  Ις)  with  stout  fibres, 
ξν/ον,  'I'heophr. 

Κνιος,  ov,  ύ,  Eaios,  Evius,  epith.  of 
Bacchus,  Soph.,  and  Eur.,  from  the 
cry  εύα,  ενοί ;  hence — II.  ενως,  ov, 
as  adj.  Bacchic,  inspired  by  Bacchus, 
Soph.,  Eur.,  etc. 

tEiiOf,  01',  0,  Eu'his,  of  Chalcis,  a 
pipe- player,  Ath.  538  F. 
tEiiTrrr;/,  ης,  ή,  Euippe,  daughter  of 
Danaus,  Apollod.  2, 1,  5. — 2.  daughter 
of  Leucon,  Pans. :  prop.  fern,  from 

Εύιτνττος,  ov,  (ευ.  Ίππος)  of  per- 
sons, delighting  in  horses,  well-horsed, 
H.  Horn.  Ap.  210,  Find.,  etc.— 2.  of 
places, /amecZ /or  horses,  Find.,  Soph., 
etc. 

\Εύίππος,  ov,  6,  Euippus,  son  of 
Thestius,  Apollod.  1,  7,  10.  — 2.  a 
Trojan,  slain  by  Fatroclus,  11.  16, 
417. — 3.  son  of  Megareus,  Faus. — i. 
an  Athenian  archon,  Diod.  S. 

Ενίστως,  ov.  Ion.  for  ενέστιος. 

Εύιστος,  ov,  {εν,  εΰ^έναι)  πόθος 
εύίστος,  desire  of  knowledge,  acc.  to 
Jacobs;  dub.  in  Ep.  Ad.  1C8. 

Ενίσχως,  ov,  {εν,  Ισχίον)  with  good, 
beautiful  hips,  Anth. 

Έ.ύιχβνς,  V,  gen.  νος,  {εν,  Ιχθύς) 
abounding  in  fish,  Diod. 

Ενίώτης,  ου,  ό,  {ενιος)  Bacchic ; 
fern,  ενιώτις,  ιδος,  Mosch.  ap.  Stob. 
Eel.  1,212. 

\Ενκαόμος,ον,  ό,  Eucadmus,  a  statu- 
ary. Faus. 

Ενκΰής,  ες,  {εν,  καίω)  easily  burnt, 
Diosc. 

Ενκ,αθαίρετος,  ov,  {εν,  καθαφέω) 
easy  to  pull  down,  overthrow,  overcome, 
Thuc.  7,  18. 

Ενκάθεόρος,  ov,  {εν,  καθέδρα)  with 
good  seat  or  bench,z=.εvσε7>.μoς. 

ΕνκύΟεκτος,  ov,  {εν,  κατέχω)  easily 
kept  under,  restrained,  Xen.  Cyr.  7,  5, 
C9. 

Ευκαφέω,  ώ,  {εύκαιρος)  to  have 
good  opportunity,  leisure  or  time,  Polyb. ; 
c.  inf.,  Plut. — II.  ενκ.  εΙς  τι,  to  devote 
o/it's  leisure  to  a  thing,  occupy  one's  self 
with  it,  N.  T. — III.  to  enjoy  good  times, 
be  well  off,  prosper,  Folyb.  ;  τοις  βίοις, 
lb.  Also  ενκαφέομαι,  as  dep.,  in 
this  signf.,  Posidon.  ap.  Ath.  275  A. 
Hence 

Εΰκαίρημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  thing  sea- 
sonably done,  Stob.  Eel.  2,  101. 

Ευκαιρία,  ας,  ή,  good  season,  fining 
time,  an  opportunity,  Isocr.  239  E,  Plat. 
Phaedr.  272  A. — II.  stdtableness,  ap- 
propriateness, Plut.  —  2.  convenience, 
good  situation,  πόλεως,  Folyb. — III. 
wealth,  prosperity,  Folyb. :  from 

Εύκαιρος,  ov,  {εν,  καιρός)  in  season, 
teasonable.  Soph.  O.  C.  32  :  to  ενκαι- 
οον=ενκαιρία.  Dion.  Η, — II.  of  places, 
convenient,  well-situated,  Polyb. — III. 
(tt  leisure.  Adv.  -ρως.  Hipp. :  compar. 
'ότερον.  Plat.  Phaed.  78  A:  auperl. 
-ότατα,  Polyb. 
Ενκα?-ος,  ευκαλία,  Dor.  for  ευκηλ. 
570 


ETKA 

Ενκάμάτος,  ov,  {εν,  κύματος)  of  easy 
labour,  easy,  κάματος,  Eur.  Bacch.  C6: 
tvell-wrought,  Anth.  —  II.  of  persons, 
laborious,  Anth.  [a] 

Ενκάμπεια,  ας,  ή.  flexibility  :  from 
Ενκαμπής,  ές,   {εν,  κάμπτω)  well- 
bent  or  curved,  δρέπανον,  κλτμς,  τόξα, 
Od.  18,  308  ;  21,  6,  Η.  Hom.  27,  12. 
— II.  easy  to  bend,  curve,  turn,  Plut. 

iEvκaμπίδaς,  a,  ύ,  Eucampidas,  an 
Arcadian,  charged  by  Demosthenes 
with  being  gained  over  by  Philip, 
Dem.  32 1,  9 ;  cf.  Folyb.  17,  14,  2. 

Εύκαμπτος,  ov,  {εν,  κάμπτω)  easily 
bent,  flexible,  Hipp.     Hence 

Ευκαμψία,  ας,  ή,  flexibility,  Arist. 
Gen.  An. 

Εϋκάρδιος,  ov,  {εν,  καρδία)  good  of 
heart,  stout-hearted,  brave,  Lat.  egregie 
cordatus,  Soph.  Aj.  364,  and  Eur. :  of 
a  horse,  spirited,  Xen.  Eq.  C,  14. — II. 
strengthening,  good  for  the  καρδία  or 
stomach,  Hipp.  Adv.  -ίως,  Eur.  Hec. 
549. 

Εΰκαρπέω,  ώ,  to  be  εύκαρπος,  to 
abound  in  fruit,  Theophr. 

Ενκαρπία,  ας,  ή,  {εύκαρπος)  fruit- 
fulness,  abundance  of  fruit,  Theophr. 
ίΕνκαρπία,  ας,  ή,  Eucarpia,  a  city 
of  Greater  Fhrygia,  Strab. 

Ενκαρπος,  ov,  {εν,  καρπός)  rich  in 
fruit,  fruitful,  of  women,  H.  Hom.  30, 
5  ;  of  trees,  corn,  land,  etc. — II.  act. 
fruitful,  fertilising,  Theophr. 

Ενκατάγνωστος,  ov,  {εν,  καταγι- 
γνώσκω)  blameworthy. 

Εν κατάγών ιστός,  ov,  {εν,  κατα- 
γωνίζομαι)  easily  conquered,  Polyb. 

Ε,νκατακόμιστος,  ov,  {εν,  κατακο- 
μίζω)  easy  to  be  transported,  νλη,  Strab. 
— II.  easily  led  Or  pro7ie  to  a  thing. 

Ενκατακράτητος,  ov,  {εν,  κατα- 
κρατέω)  easy  ίο  keep  in  subjection  or 
retain,  Folyb.  [κρά] 

Ενκατύλι/πτος,  ov,  {εν,  καταλαμ- 
βάνω) easy  to  take  in,  comprehend. 

Ενκατάλλακτος,  ov,  {εν,  καταλ- 
λάσσω)  easily  appeased,  placable,  Arist. 
Rhet.    Adv.  -τως. 

ΕνκατάλΛτος,  ov,  {εν,  καταλύω) 
easy  to  overthrow,  Xen.  Hell.  3,  5,  15. 

Ενκαταμάθητος,  ov,  {εν,  καταμαν- 
θύνω)  easy  to  understand,  Hipp,  [a] 

Ενκαταμύχητος,  ov,  {εν,  καταμά- 
χομαι)  easily  conquered,  [α] 

Ενκατανόητος,  ov,  {εν,  κατανοέω) 
easily  intelligible. 

Εΰκατάπληκτος,  ov,  {εύ,  κατα- 
πλ?/σσω)  easily  scared. 

Εϋκαταπράύντος,  ov,  {εν,  κατά- 
ηραννω)  placable,  [πρώ] 

Ενκατάπρηστος,  ον,  {εν,  καταπρή- 
θω)  easily  kindled,  set  on  fire. 

Ενκαταπτόΐ]τος,  ov,  {εν,  κατα- 
πτοέω)  easily  frightened. 

Ενκατάπτωτος,  ov,  {εν,  καταπίπ- 
τω) given  to  falling  down. 

Ενκατασήμαντος,  ov,  {εν,  καταση- 
μαίνω)  easily  sealed. 

Εΰκατάσκεπτος,ον,  {εν,κατασκέπ- 
τομαι)  easily  visible. 

Ενκατασκεναστος,  ov,  {εν,  κατα- 
ακενάζω)  easily  constructed. 

Εύκατάσκευος,  ov,  {εν,  κατασκευή) 
=  foreg. 

Ευκατάστατο^•,  ον,  {εν,  καθίστημι) 
well-fixed,  firm. 

Εύκατάστροφος,  ον,  {ευ,  καταστρέ- 
φω) well-turned,  of  a  period,  Dem. 
Phal. 

Ενκατύσχετος,  ov,  {εν,  κατέχω) 
easily  held  fast,  Hipp. 

Εύκατατρόχαστος,  ov,  {εν,  κητα- 
τροχάζω)  easily  overrun,  easily  attacked : 
hence  of  persons,  exposed  to  attack  or 
blame,  Strab. 

Ενκαταφορία,  ας,  -fj,  a  leaning,  in- 
clination, Diog.  L. :  from 


EYKl 

Ενκατύώορος,  ov,  {εν,  καταφέρο- 
μαι) leaning  downwards,  prone  towards 
a  thing,  esp.  of  passions,  etc.,  Lat. 
proclivis.pronus,  προς  τι,  Arist.  Eth.  N. 
Ευκαταφρόνητος,  ov,  {εν,  κατά- 
φρονέω)  easy  to  be  despised,  contempt- 
ible, despicable,  Xen.  Hell.  6,  4,  28. 
Adv.  -τως. 

Ενκατάφενστος,  ov,  {εν,  καταψεν- 
δομαι)  safe  to  tell  lies  about,  Strab. 

Ενκατέακτος,  ov,  {εν,  κατάγνυμι, 
pf  κατέαγα)  easily  broken. 

Ενκατέργαστος,  ov,  {εύ,  κάτεργα• 
ζομαι)  easy  to  be  wrought,  γη,  Tne- 
ophr.  :  easy  of  digestion,  Xen.  Mem.  4, 
3,  6. — 2.  easy  of  accomplishrnent ,  Anst. 
Rhet.  —  3.  easily  subdued,  conquered, 
Xen.  Hell.  6,  1,  12. 

Ενκατηγόρητος,  ov,  {εύ,  κατ7ΐγο• 
ρέω)  easy  to  be  blamed,  open  to  accusa- 
tion, Thuc.  6,  77. 

Εΰκατοίκητος,  ov,  {εύ,  κατοικέω) 
convenient  for  inhabiting. 

Εύκάτοπτος,  ov,  {εν,  κάτοπτος) 
easily  seen,  clear. 

Ενκατόρθωτος,  ov,  {εύ,  κατορθόω) 
easily  effected.     Adv.  -TWf. 

Ev  κάτοχος,  ον,{εύ,  κατέχω';=  κατά• 
σχετος. 

Εύκανστος,  or  -καντος,  ον,  {εν, 
καίω)  easily  burning,  Theophr. 

Ενκέάνος,  ov,=  sq.,  dub.  in  Plut. 

Εύκέαστος,  ov,  {εν,  κεάζω)  easily 
cleft  or  split. 

Ενκέάτος,  ov,  poet,  for  foreg.,  κέδ- 
ρος, Od.  5,  60. 

Εύκέλίΰδος,  ov,  {εύ,  κέλαδος)  sound- 
ing well,  melodious,  Ar.  Nub.  312. 

Εύκεντρος,  ov,  {εν,  κέντρον)  point- 
ed, Anth. 

Εύκέραος,  ov,  and  εΰκέρως,  ων, 
gen.  ωτος,  {εν,  κέρας)  with  beautiful 
horns.  Soph.  Aj.  64. 

Ενκέραστος,  ov,  {εύ,  κεράνννμι) 
well  mixed,  loell  tempered,  of  the  atmos- 
phere, Plut. 

Εύκερδής,  ές,  {εν,  κέρδος)  gainful, 
Ορρ.^ 

Εύκερματέω,  ώ,  {ευ,  κέρμα)  to  be 
moneyed,  rich  in  money. 

Ενκέρως,  ων,  v.  ενκέραος. 

Ενκέφάλος,  ov,  {εν,  κεφαλή)  with  a 
good  head,  Arr. — II.  good  for,  strength• 
ening  the  head,  cf  ενκάρδιος. 

Ενκηλήτεφα,  ας,  ή,  {εύκ7}λος)  she 
that  lulls,  soothes,  παίδων,  Hes.  Op. 
462.  ^ 

Ε,νκηλία,  ας,  ή,  quiet :  from 

Εύκη7Μς,  ov,  and  Ap.  Rh.  η,  ov. 
Dor.  εύκά'λος,  Ael.  lengthd.  form  of 
έκηλος,  quiet,  calm,  gentle,  II.  1,  554: 
free  from  care,  quiet,  like  Lat.  securus, 
εύκ.  ενδειν,  Od.  14,  479,  ξννναίειν. 
Soph.  £1.  241  ;  but  also  careless,  idle, 
Od.  3,  263  :  undisturbed,  xmintermpted, 
πολεμίζειν,  11.  17,  371  :  with  confi- 
dence, bold,  Hes.  Op.  669,  H.  Hom. 
Merc.  480.  From  Theocr.  and  Ap. 
Rh.  downwds.  also  of  things,  as  ννξ 
ενκ.,  still,  silent,  Theocr.  2,  1C6;  un- 
interrupted, unceasing,  πτέρυγες,  Αρ. 
Rh. ;  κώπαι,  0pp.  Adv.  -λως.  (No- 
thing to  do  with  εύ  :  prob.  from  the 
same  root  as  εκών,  of.  εκηλος,  and 
Buttm.  Lexil.  in  v.) 

Εύκ)]λος,  ov,  {εν,  καίω,  κηλός) easily 
burning.  Ion  ap.  Phot. 

Ευκινησία,  ας,  ή,  easiness  of  motion, 
agility:  from 

Ευκίνητος,  ov,  {εν,  κινέω)  easily 
moved,  Lat.  vnohilis,  Hipp.,  and  Plat. 
Tim.  58  E. — II.  easily  stirred  or  roused, 
προς  οργήν,  Arist.  Rhet.    Adv.  -τως. 

Ενκισσος,  ov,  {εν,  κισσός)  ivied, 
Anth. 

Εύκίων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  {εύ,  κίων) 
with  beautiful  pillars,  Eur.  Ion  185.  [i] 


ETKN 

Έύκλαδος,  ov,  {ευ,  κ?Μδος)  with  fine 
twigs. 

Εύκλαστος,  ov,  (εν,  κ?.ύω)  easily 
broken. 

Ένκ?.εης,  ές :  for  the  ace.  ενκλεέα, 
contr.  ενκλεΰ,  poets  have  also  εΰκ'λέΰ, 
as  if  from  ενκ?4ς,  plur.  εύκλέας,  Si- 
mon. 31, 1,  and  Find. ;  Horn,  has  the 
lengthd.  ίύκ.ΆεΙας,  11.  10,  281,  Od.  21, 
331  {ευ,  κλέος.)  Of  good  report,  famous, 
glorioxis,  Horn.,  etc.  Adv.  -εώς,  in 
Horn,  -είώς,  11.  22,  110.     Hence 

Έΰκλεία  and  εΰκλεια,  ας,  ή,  good 
fame,  renown,  in  Horn,  always  in  poet. 
form  ίύκλείη,  11.  8,  285,  Od.  14,  402: 
Ion.  ενκλεΐη.  Dor.  εΰκλεία.  Hence 
tEv/tAeta,  ας,  ή,  Euclla,  an  appell. 
of  Diana  at  Thebes  and  Cormth, 
Pans.,  Pint.  Aristid.  20.— 2.  fem.  pr. 
n.,  Ath. — II.  τά,  the  Euclla,  a  festival 
in  honour  of  Diana  Euclia,  Xen.  Hell. 

4,  4,  2. 

^Έ^ΰαλείδης,  ου,  6,  Enclldes,  Euclid, 
a  Zanclean,  founder  of  Himera,  Thuc. 
6,  5. — 2.  son  of  the  tyrant  Hippo- 
crates of  Gela,  Hdt.  7,  155. — 3.  one 
of  the  thirty  tyrants  in  Athens,  Xen. 
Hell.  2,  3,  2.-4.  Archon,  01.  94,  2, 
B.  C.  403,  the  year  of  the  restoration 
of  the  exiles,  of  a  general  amnesty  by 
which  no  prosecutions  were  to  be  com- 
menced for  acts  previously  commit- 
ted, and  of  the  re-establishment,  with 
slight  modihcations,  of  Solon's  laws, 
Dem.  713,  19,  etc. ;  hence  the  prov. 
Tu  προ  Ενκλείδου  έξετύζειν,  Luc. 
Catap.  5  :  of  Wolf  Lept.  p.  72. — 5.  a 
Phliasian,  a  soothsayer,  Xen.  An.  7, 
8,  1.— 6.  of  Megaia,  a  pupil  of  So- 
crates, and  founder  of  the  Megaric 
sect,  Plat. — 7.  a  celebrated  mathema- 
tician of  Alexandrea,  in  the  time  of 
Ptolemy  Philadelphus. — Others  in 
Pans.,  etc. 

Έϋκ?ιεΐζω,  Ion.  εΰκ?^ηίζω,  {εύκλεια) 
topraise,  laud,  Sapph.  137,  Tyrt.  3,  24. 

ΕνκλείΖ/ς,  ές,  Ep.  for  ενκλετ/ς,  adv. 
έϋκλειώς,  11.22,  110. 

Εΰκλείνος,  ov,  {εν,  κλεινός)  much- 
famed,  Anth. 

Εν/ίλείστος,  ov,  (εύ,-κλείω)  well- 
shut. 

Ενκ?ιήΐς,  also  έϋκλήϊς,  ΐδος,  ή, 
more  rarely  oxyt.  ενκληίς,  Ιδος,  Ion. 
for  foreg.,  well-closed,  close-shutting, 
θνρη,  II.  24,  318.  [ί]  ^ 

Έΰκ?ιημύ.τέω,  ώ,  {ευ,  κλήμα)  to  grow 
luxuriantly,  of  vines. 

Έΰκληρέω,  ύ,  to  be  ενκληρος,  to  be 
fortunate,  have  a  good  lot.  Teles  ap. 
Stob.  p.  577,  35  ;  c.  ace.  cognato, 
κληρον,  Anth.     Hence 

Ενκ?ι?'/ρ7ίμα,  ατός,  τό,  apiece  of  good 
fortune,  Strab. 

Ενκληρία,  ας,  η,  good  fortune,  Dion. 
H. :  from 

Ενκληρος,  ov,  (εν,  κλήρος)  fortu- 
nate, prosperous,  Anth. 

tEi'KPi^f,  έονς,  δ,  Eucles,  an  Athe- 
nian archon,  01.  88,  2,  Arist.,  Diod. 

5.  has  Ευκλείδης,  12,  53:  an  Athe- 
nian commander,  Thuc,  4,  104. — 2.  a 
Syracusan  commander  against  Ni- 
cias,  Id.  6, 103,  Xen. — Others  in  Paus., 
etc. 

\Ευκλος,  ov,  b,  Euclus,  masc.  pr.  n., 
Paus-. 

^Ενκνΰμος,  ov,  δ,  EucnUnius,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Plut. 

Εϋκ7Μστος,  ov,  Ep.  ίνκλ,,  (ευ, 
κλώθω)  well-spun,  Η.  Horn.  Αρ.  203. 

Εύκναμπτος,  ov,  Att.  for  ενγν. 

ΈνκνατΓτος,  ov,  (tv,  κνάπτω)  well- 
fulled  or  cleaned,  of  cloth. 

Εί'κνήμΙς,  ιδος,  δ,  ή,  (εν,  κνημίς) 
well-equipped  with  greaves,  with  well- 
vrought  greaves,  well-greaved.  freq,   in 

Horn.,  in  nom.  and  ace.  plur,  in  Ep. 


ETKO 

form  ενκνήμίδες,  έϋκνί/αϊδας,  in  II., 
always  epith.  of 'A;^;ct(Oi',  in  Od.  some- 
times also  of  εταίροι,  [i  always.] 

Ενκνημος,  ov,  (εύ,  κνήμη)  with  beau- 
tiful legs,  of.  Plin.  N.  H.  34,  8,  21.— II. 
with  fine  sprouts  or  joints,  of  a  plant, 
Nic. 

Εύκνιστος,  ov,  (ευ,  κνίζω)  irritable. 

Εύκοίλιος,  ον,(εύ,  κοιλία)  with  good 
healthy  bowels. — II.  good  for  the  bowels, 
relaxing  them,  Diosc,  cf.  εΰκέφαλος. 

Εϋκοινόμητις,  ό,  ή,  {εν,  κοινός, 
μήτις)  deliberating  well  for  the  public, 
or  taking  common  counsel,  άρχά,  Aesch. 
Supp.  700. 

Εϋκοινωνησία,  ας,  ή,  the  character 
of  the  εί'κοινώνητος :  good  state  of 
social  relations,  M.  Anton.  :  from 

Εϋκοινώνητος,  ov,  (εν,  κοινωνάω) 
easy  to  deal  with,  social,  reasonable  in 
one's  dealings,  Arist.  Eth.  N. 

Ευκολία,  ας,  η,  (εύκολος)  strictly, 
goodness  of  digestion,  contenttdness  with 
one's  food.  Pint.  :  in  genl.  contented- 
ness,  good  lanper.  Id. — II.  also  facility 
in  usitig  the  limbs,  etc.,  activity,  Plat. 
Legg.  942  D. 

Ενκόλ?.ητος,  ov,  (εν,  κολλάω)  easy 
to  glue,  fix  together. 

Ενκολ/ιος,  ov,  (εν,  κόλ?Μ)  gluing 
well,  sticky,  Anth. 

Εΰκο/.ος,  ov,  (εν,  κόλον)  of  good 
digestion,  easily  contented  tvith  one's 
food :  in  genl.  taking  things  easily,  con- 
tented, Lat.  facilis,  a  good,  easy  man, 
said  of  Sophocles,  Ar.  Ran.  82  ;  opp. 
to  δνςκο?Μς.  —  II.  also  nimble,  active 
in  body  ;  of  things,  easy.  Plat.  Legg. 
779  E.    Adv.  -λως,  Isocr.  239  B. 

Ενκο/ιττος,  ov,  (εν,  κόλττος)  with 
beautiful  bosom,  Anth. — 2.  with  beauti- 
ful bays,  of  a  country,  Archestr.  ap. 
Ath.  285  C. 

Ενκόλνμβος,  ov,  (εν,  κολνμβάω) 
swinnning  or  diving  well. 

Ενκόμης,  ov,  b,  (εν,  κόμη)=εϋκο- 
μος.  ^ 

Εΰκομίδής,  ές,  (εν,  κομιόή)  well- 
cared  for,  Hdt.  4,  53. 

Ενκόμιστος,  ov,  (εν,  κομίζω)  = 
foreg. 

Ενκομος,  ov,  Ep.  ί/ύκ.,  (εν,  κόμη) 
fair-haired,  beautiful-haired,  Horn. 

Ενκομόων,  όωσα,  όων,^ foreg.,  Q. 
Sm. :  but  there  was  no  such  verb  as 
ενκομύω,  v.  εν  sub  fin. 

Εύκομπος,  ov,  (εν,  κόμπος)  loud- 
sounding,  π?ί.7]γαϊ  ποδός,  of  dancing, 
Eur.  Tro.  152. 

Εύκοπία,  ας,  η,  easiness  of  work, 
Diod. :  from 

Ενκοπος,  ov,  (εν,  κόπος)  with  easy 
labour,  easy,  Polyb.  Adv.  -πως,  Ar. 
Fr.615.      ,  ^  ^ 

Εί'κοπρώδης,  ες,  (εν,  κόπρος,  είδος) 
hence,  τα  ενκοπρώδεα,  α  healthy  evac- 
uation, Hipp. 

ΕνκόρνΟος,  ov,  (εν,  κόρνο)  well- 
helmed,  with  beautiful  helmet,  Opp. 

Εϋκόρνφος,  ov,  (εν,  κορνφή)  with 
beautiful  top,  Herm.  ap.  Stob.  Eel.  1, 
992  :  inetaph.  of  sentences,  well  wound 
up,  ending  well,  like  ενκατύστροφος. 

Εί'κοσμέω,  ύ,  (ενκοσμος)  to  behave 
orderly,  LXX. 

Εϋκόσμητος,  ov,  (εν,  κοσμέω)  well- 
adorned,  Η.  Horn.  Merc.  384. 

Ενκοσμία,  ας,  η,  (ενκοσμος)  orderly 
behaviour,  Eur,  i5acch.  693,  Xen.,  etc. 

ΈΛικοσμίως,  ο.ά\'.=  ενκόσμως. 

Ενκοσμος,  ov,  {εν,κόσμος)  decorous, 
orderly,  Thuc.  6.  42 :  ovK  εϋκ-  ύνγή, 
=  άκοσμος,  \esch..  Pers.481. — Ιΐ.  well- 
adorned,  graceful,  Eur,  Bacch.  235. 
Adv.  -μως,  in  good  order,  Od.  21,  123, 
cf.  Hes.  Op.  626. 

ίΕνκοσμος,  ov,  b.  Eucosmus,  80n  of 
Lycurgus  of  Sparta,  Paus. 


ETKP 

Ενκονρος,  ov,  prob.  well-shorn,  (eif 
κείρω),  Hegem.  ap.  Ath.  698  E. 

Εΰκράδαντος,  ov,  (εν,  κραδαίνω) 
easily  brandished,  well-poised. 

Ενκράής,  ές,=  εύκρατος,  from  κε- 
ραννυμι,  well-mixed,  tempered,  moder 
ate,  in  Hom.,  and  Hes.  v.  1.  for  άκρα• 
ής  :  later  of  a  gentle  breeze. 

Εύκραιρος,  ov,  also  a,  ov,  (εν,  κραι• 
pa)  UHthfine  horns,  esp.  of  oxen,  jiov- 
σιν  ένκραίρησιν,  Η.  Horn,.  Merc.  209 
Later  of   snips,   with   beautiful  beak, 

ίΕνκραντη,  ης,  ή,  Eucrante,  a  Nereid, 
Hes.  Th.  243,  also  wr.  Ενκρύτη,  of. 
Apollod.  1,  2,  6. 

Εύκράς,  ατός,  b,  ή, =^  εύκρατος,  well- 
mixed,  tempered,  of  spring-water,  Plat. 
Grit.  112  D:  of  climate,  temperate, 
mild,  Theophr. :  moderate,  tolerable, 
βίος,  Eur.  Melan.  25. — 2.  as  subst. 
paroxyt.,  ενκρας,  τό,  wine  mixed  for 
drinking,  Eur.  Antiop.  46. 

Ευκρασία,  ας,  ή,  (εύκρατος)  a  good 
temperature,  ωρών.  Plat.  Tim.  24  C :  α 
good  temperament,  σώματος,  Arist.  Part. 
An. 

Ενκράτιον,τό,  (ενκρατος)=^  ενκρας 

^Εύκρατης,  ονς,  ό,  Eucrutes,  an 
Athenian  demagogue,  Ar.  Eq.  254, 
Oratt.— 2.  father  of  Diodotus,  Thuc. 
3,  41. — 3.  brother  of  the  commander 
Nicias,  Lys.  149,  27. — Others  in  Dem. 
1354,  12  ;  Luc,  etc. 

^Εΰκρατίδης,  ov,  ό,  Eueratides,  a 
king  of  Bactria,  Strab. — Others  in 
Luc,  etc.  In  Dor.  form  -δας,  Eucra- 
tidas,  son  of  Anaxandrides,  Plut. 

iEiiKpaTLOia,  ας,  and  -τιδεία,  ας,  ή, 
Eucratidia,  a  city  of  Bactria,  Strab. 

Εύκρατος,  ov,  {ευ,  κερύνννμι)  well 
teynpered,  temperate,  Eur.  Phaeth.  6 : 
hence  of  liquids,  tempered,  lukewarm. 
Medic  :  of  wine,  mixed  for  drinking, 
whence,  to  εύκρατον,=: ενκρας  II. — 

II.  metaph.  temperate,  mild,  ολιγαρχία, 
Arist.  Pol.    Adv.  -τως. 

^Εύκρατος,  ου,  b,  EucrHtus,  son  of 
Strommichus,  Aeschin.  30,  10. 

Ενκρΰτώς,  adv.  (εν.  κράτος)  firmly, 
fast,  εχειν  τι,  Arist.  Probl.,  as  if  from 
an  adj.  εύκρατης. 

Εύκρεκτος,  ov,  (εν,  κρέκω)  well- 
struck,  well-sounding,  of  stringed  in- 
struments, ώόρμιγξ,  Αρ.  Rh.  :  also  of 
threads  in  weaving,  μίτοι  ενκρεκτοι, 
Anth. 

Ενκρημνος,  ov,  (εν,  κρημνός)  with 
fine  cliffs,  high-peaked,  Opp. 

Ενκρηνος,  ov,  {εύ,  κρήνη)  with  a 
fine  well,  ivell-watered,  Anth. 

Ενκρηπίς,  ΐδος,  ό,  η,  (εν,  κρηπίς) 
well-shod:  in  genl.  well-based,  firm, 
Anth. 

Ενκρητος,  ov.  Ion.  for  εύκρατος. 

Ενκρίθος,  ov,  (εν,  κριθή)  rich  in  bar- 
ley, Theocr.  7,  24. 

Ευκρίνεια,  ας,  ή,  (ευκρινής)  distinct- 
ness, Def  Plat.  414  A. 

Εί'Κρϊνέω.  ώ,  to  keep  distinct  and  in 
order,  Xen.  Hell.  4,  2,  6,  cf  διενκρ. 

Ευκρινής,  ές,  (εν,  κρίνω)  distinct  : 
hence  pure,  clear,  αύραι,  Hes.  Op.  668. 
— II.  clear,  intelligible,  Isae.  79,  12. — 

III.  well-arranged,  in  good  order,  πάντα 
εύκρινέα  ποιέεσθαι,  Hdt.  9,  42. — IV. 
in  good  case,  esp.  after  a  favourable  cri- 
sis, of  bodily  health,  Isocr.  415  E:  in 
Att.  also,  ace.  to  Gramm.,  euphem.  of 
the  dead. — 2.  oi iilnesses,  easily  brought 
to  a  crisis,  Hipp. ;  and  so,  adv.  -νώς. 
Ion.  -νέως,  v.  Foe's^  Oecon.  Hipp. 

Εύκρϊτος,  ov,  (εν,  κρίνω)  easy  to  be 
judged  or  decided,  κρίμα,  Aesch.  Supp. 
397 :  easy  to  be  judged  of,  νόσημα, 
Hipp.  :  easily  discerned,  clear,  plain, 
manifest,  Plat.  Polit.  272  C. 
571 


ETKT 

tEvKpirof,  ου,  ό,  Eucrltus,  of  Cos,  a 
friend  of  Theocritus,  Theocr.  7,  1. — 
Others  in  Luc,  etc. 

Εί>Κί)όκαλος,  ov,  {ευ,  κροκάλη) grav- 
elly or  saiidij,  of  the  shore,  Nonn. 

Et)/i"po"(i/.of,  ov,  (ti.  κρύταλον) 
livelij, rattling,  accompanied  by  castanets, 
Anth. 

Ένκρότητοζ,  ov,  {εν,  κροτέω)  well- 
beaten,  Itammered,  wrought,  of  metal. 
Soph.  Ant.430.Eur.  E1.81<),cf.  Valck. 
Adoil.  p.  358  C — It.  much-applauded, 
popular. 

Εύκρατος,  οι•,  {ευ,  κροτέω)  well- 
sotindiiig.     Adv.  -τως. 

Ένκρυτϊτος.  ov,  {tv,  κρύπτω)  easy 
to  be  hidden.  Hipp.,  and  Aesch.  Ag.  623. 

Ενκρϋφής,  ές,—  (οϊ&ξ..  λή&ί.  li.  Α. 

Ε  ϋκτύζομαι,  trequentat.  of  εύχομαι, 
to  wish,  pray,  long  much,  iroin  ενκτός, 
as  Lat.  dicto,  from  dictus. 

Ευκταίος,  αία,  άΐον,  {εύχομαι)  of, 
belonging  to prayer,votive,φύτις,  \esch. 
Theb.  811,  χάρις.  Id.  Ag.  1387:  tu 
ευκταία,  wishes,  praiiers,  vows,  Aesch. 
Supp.  031.  Soph.  'Γγ.  239.-2.  esp. 
epith.  of  iods,  invoked  in  special  prayer, 
Aesch.  Theb.  721,  etc. :  Tivi.hy  one, 
Eur.  Or.  214. — 3.  in  genl.  wished,  de- 
sired: desirable.  Plat.  Legg.  687  E, 
with  V.  1.  ενκτέον.     Adv.  -ως. 

Εΰκτέΰνος,  ov.  (ευ,κτέανον)  wealthy, 
Aesch.  Pers.  897. 

Εϋκτί/ύονος,  ov,  or  εΰκτήδων,  ov, 
gen.  όνος,  {εί•,  κτηδών)  with  straight 
fibres,  hence  easily  cleft,  splitting,  of 
wood,  Theophr. 

Ενκτημοσννη,  ης,  ή,  wealth  :  from 

Ενκτήμων.  ov.  gen.  όνος,  {ευ,  κτή- 
μα) wealthy.  Find.  Ν.  7,  135. 

■\Ενκτήμων,  όνος,  6,  EuctBmon,  a 
commander  of  the  Athenians  in  the 
Peloponnesian  war,  Thuc.  8,  30  :  ar- 
chon,Xen.  Hell.  1,2,1.-2.  an  Athe- 
nian name,  occurring  frequently  in 
Oratt.— Another  archon,  01.  120,  2. 

Ευκτήριος,  ov,  {εύχομαι)  of,  belong- 
ing to  prayer  :  το  ενκτήριον,  an  orato- 
ry, Eccl. 

Εύκτ7]τος,  ov,  {εν,  κτάομαι)  tvellor 
easily  acquired,  Anth. 

Εύκτικός,  ή,  όν,  [εύκτός)  wishing, 
expressing  a  wish  :  hence  in  Gramm., 
ij  ευκτική,  the  optative  mood.  Adv. 
-κώς. 

'Ενκτίμενος,  ένη,  ενόν,  {ευ,  κτΊ- 
αενος,  κτίζω)  well,  beautifully  built, 
lying  beautifully :  also  well-inhabited, 
populous,  m  Horn.  freq.  epith.  of  cities, 
islands,  etc. ;  in  Od.  even  of  houses, 
threshing-floors,  gardens,  etc.,  cf  II. 
20,  490  ;  21,  77,  Od.  24,  226,  330.  The 
common  form  ενκτίμενος  occurs  lirst 
in  H.  Horn.  Ap.  36.  [ΐ]  Cf.  εΰναιε- 
τάων,  εϋναιύμενος. 

Ενκτιστος,  ov,  poet,  ένκτιστος,  {ευ, 
/CΓ£'Cω)=foreg. 

'Εύκτΐτος,  ov,  Ερ.  and  Ion.  for 
foreg.,  II.  2,  592,  Η.  Ilom.  Αρ.  423. 

Ενκτός,  ί),  όν,  (εύχουαι)  wished, 
hngedfor,  desired,  acceptable,  II.  14,  98. 
— 2.  to  be  wished.     Adv.  -τως. 

Έϋκτΰπέων,  ονσα,  ov,  {εν,  κτνπέω) 
clattering,  Q.  Sm.  (only  found  in  this 
form.) 

Ενκν^έω,  ώ,  (ευ,  κύβος)  to  be  lucfiy, 
successful,  esp.  with  the  dice,  Amphis 
Gynaecom.  3. 

Εύκνκλος,  ov,  {ευ.  κνκ?ος)  wcll- 
turned,xvell-rounded,  in  II.  always  epith. 
οίάσττίς,  in  Od.  of  am'/VTj,  where  some 
refer  it  to  the  wheels,  cf.  6,  58,  70 : 
later,  ενκ.  ΰ.ντίπΐ]ξ,  Eur.  Ion  1391, 
στεφάνη,  Xen.,  etc. — II.  moving  in  a 
circle,  circling,  χορεία,  Ar.  Thesm.  968. 
Adv.  -/ως.  Or'ph. 

Εΰκύκ/ωτης.  ov,  {εύ.    ΛνΛ'λόω'>= 
foreg.,  Eubul.  Κνβ.  I. 
573 


EYAE 

Ένκυλϊκός,  ή,  όν,  {εύ,  κύλιξ)  suit- 
ing the  banquet,  convivial,  λαλιή,  Leon. 
Tar,  85,  8. 

Εύκύ?.ιστος,  ov,  {εύ,  κυλίω,  κνλίν- 
ύω)  easily  rolled  or  turned,  rounded. 
Math.  Vett.     Adv.  -τως.  [ν] 

Ενκνμαντος,  ov,  {εν,  κυμαίνω) 
stormy,  swollen,  [tj] 

Εύκω-ος,  ov,  {εύ,  κώπη)  well-equip- 
ped with  oars,  0pp. 

Εν'λύ:ίεια,  ας.  Ion.  εϋλαβίη,  ης, 
Theogn.  118,  ή,  the  character  and  con- 
duct of  the  ευλαβής,  considerateness, 
discretion,  caution,  Tlieogn.  1.  c,  etc.  ; 
τινός,  against  a  thing,  Hipp. :  ή  ενλ. 
σώζει  πάντα,  Ar.  Αν.  377  :  εύλάβειαν 
ίχειν  μή..,—  εύλαβεΙσθαι  μή...  Plat. 
Prot.  321  Α. — 2.  reverence,  piety,  προς 
or  περί  το  βείον,  Diod.,  and  Plut. :  and 
so  absol.,  N.  T.  [ά] 

Εΰ?Μβέομαι,  dep.  c  fut.  mid,  -ήσο- 
yuat,  and  in  LXX.  pass,  -ηβήσομαι: 
aor.  ηύλαβήθι^ν.  To  behave  like  the 
ευλαβής,  have  a  care,  be  cautious,  cir- 
cumspect, to  beware,  fear, μή  φαν^ς,  etc., 
Soph.  Tr.  1129,  Eur.,  etc.  ;  όπως  μή-. 
Plat.  Phaed.  91  C ;  μή,  c.  inf.,  Eur. 
Or.  1059,  etc. ;  c.  inf.  only.  Soph.  O. 
T.  610,  Plat.,  etc. :  also,  ενλ.  περί  τί- 
νος or  τι .'  hence — 2.  to  beware  of  shim, 
c.  ace,  Aesch.  Fr.  181 ;  εύλ.  τον  κννα, 
'ware  the  dog,  Ar.  Lys.  1215,  etc. :  but 
— 3.  to  watch  for.  await  quietly,  καιρόν, 
Eur.  Or.  699,  cf.  Phoen.  1411 :  from 

Ei''Auii;/f,  tV,  {ευ,λαμβάνω,  λαβείν) 
taking  hold  well  and  surely  :  i.  e.  under- 
taking prudently,  cautious,  careful,  cir- 
cumspect. Plat.  Polit.  311  A:  timid, 
scrupulow!,  Plut.  :  εύλ.  άπό  τίνος, 
keeping  from...  LXX.  :  pious,  reverent, 
N.  T.  Adv.  -βώς.  Plat.  Soph.  240  Β  : 
compar.  -εστέρως,  Eur.  I.  T.  1375 ; 
also  comp.  -έστερον,  Polyb.,  superl. 
-έστατα,  Ael. 

Εΰλαβητέον,  verb.  adj.  from  εύλα- 
βέομαι,  one  must  take  care,  beware,  c. 
inf.,  Plat.  Rep.  008  A  :  one  mu^t  be- 
ware of,  shun,  c.  acc,  lb.  424  C. 

Ευλαβητικός,  ή,  όν,  {εΰλαβέομαι) 
circumspect,  Def.  Plat.  412  A. 

Εΰλάβίη,  ης,  ή,  v.  ευλάβεια. 

Εΰλΰγής,  ες,  {εν,  λαγός)  abounding 
in  hares,  dub.  in  Orph.  Arg.  107. 

Εΰλάζω,  to  plotigh,  v.  εΰλάκα. 

Ενλύίγξ,  ϊγγος,  ό,  ή,  {εύ,  λάϊγξ) 
l)oet.=  εύλιθος. 
■[Ενλαϊος,  ου,  6,  Eulaeus,  a  river  of 
Susiana  in  Asia,  now  prob.  the  Ka- 
rum  or  Kerah,  Strab.,  Arr.  An.  7,  7  ; 
regarded  by  some  as=Xoaa7r?;f,  Hdt. 
1,  188,  cf.  Biihr  ad  loc. 

Ενλάκα,  ή,  in  Orac.  ap.  Thuc.  5, 
16,  άργυρέα  εν?Μκα  ενλΑξειν,  shall 
plough  with  silver  ploughshare.  Neither 
verb  nor  noun  occurs  elsewh. :  they 
are  prob.  old  Lacon.  forms  akin  to 
αύλαξ. — Others,  not  so  well,  from 
?Μχαίνω.  The  sense  is  clearly,  '  that 
there  should  be  a  great  dearth,  corn 
being  (as  we  might  say)  worth  its 
weight  i)i  silver.' 

Εύ?.α?.ος,  ov,  {εν,  λα?^ω)  siveet-spo- 
ken,  Anth. :  also  prattling. 

Εΰλαμπής,  ες,  and  εύλαμπρος,  ov, 
{εν,  ?Αμπω)  bright -shining. 

Εΰ'λύχάνος,  ov,  {εν.  λύχανον)  fruit- 
ful in  herbs,  Anth.   [ul 

Ενλείαντος,  ov,  and  εν7.έαντος,  ov, 
{εν,  λεαίνω)  easily  bruised,  ground 
small,  τροφή,  Arist.  Part.  An. 

Ε.νλείβος,  ov,=SQ;  Eur.  Bacch. 
1084. 

Ένλείμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  {εν,  λει- 
μών)  with  goodly  mradou-s,  Od.  4,  607. 

Εν?,εκτρος,  ov,  {εν.  'λεκτριη')  well- 
bedded :  esp.  of  the  bride,  happy  or 
bringing  happiiicss  in  marriage,  Soph. 
Ant.  795. 


ΕΎΑΟ 

Εύλεξις,  ι,  {εύ,  λέξις)  with  good 
choice  of  words,  λόγος,  Luc,  who  how- 
ever blames  its  use,  cf.  Lob.  Phryn. 
628. 

Εύ?.έπιστος.  ov,  {εν,  λεπίζω)  easily 
peeled  or  shelled,  Diosc. 

Εΰλεχής,  ες,  {εν,  λέχος)=εν7-εκ- 
τρος,  Anth. :  prosperous  ηι  childbed,  lb. 

Ενλή,  7/ς.  η,  α  worm,  maggot,  Horn, 
only  in  II.,  ami  always  of  such  as  are 
bred  in  flesh,  11.  19,  26  ;  24,  414,  Hdt. 
3,  16;  cf.  sub  αίό?Μς  I.,  and  ίκζεω ; 
and  so,  quite  distmct  from  ελμινς. 
(Acc.  to  some  from  ονλή,  as  bred  in 
festering  wounds  ;  others  from  ανλός 
II.,  from  their  shape :  others  from  εί- 
λω,  είλέω.  from  their  motion.) 

Ενληθάργητος,  ov,  {εύ,  'λήθαργος) 
liable  to  lethargy. 

Εύληκτος,  ov,  {εν,  λήγω)  soon  ceas- 
ing, Luc 

Ενλημάτέω,  ω,  {εν,  λήμα)  to  be  of 
good  heart,  spirited,  Aesch.  Fr.  97. 

Ενληνος,  ov,  (εύ,  λήνος)  fleecy. 

Εύληπτος,  ov,  {εν,  λαμβάνω)  easily 
taken  hold  of,  εκπωμα  ενλτ/πτότατυν, 
Xen.  Cyr.  1,  3,  8:  easy  to  be  taken, 
seized,  conquered,  ThuC.  6,  85 :  intelli- 
gible, comprehensible.  Adv.  -τως.  so 
that  one  can  easily  take  hold :  superl. 
-τότατα,  Xen.  ubi  supr. 

Εύ?.ηρα,  ων,  τά,  Ερ.  word=^via, 
reins,  a  bridle,  II.  23,  481,  Q.  Sm.  4, 
508  :  Dor.  ανληρα,  Epich.  p.  107,  and 
as  V.  1.  in  II.  (Deriv.  uncertain  :  no- 
thing to  do  with  λώρον,  for  this  is 
merely  the  Lat.  lorum  borrowed  by 
the  later  Greeks.) 

Εν7.ίβανος,  ov,  {εν,  λίβάνος)  rich 
in  frmikincense,  Orph.   [i] 

Ε.ύλΐΟος,  ov,  {εύ,  λίθος)  stony,  Orph. 
made  of  fair  stones,  Joseph. 

ίΕνλιμένη.  ης,  ή,  Eulimine,  a  Ne- 
reid,_Hes.  Th.  246. 

Ενλίμενος,  ov,  {εν,  λιμ.ήν)  ivilh  good 
harbours.  Itarbouring,  sheltering,  ΰκταί, 
Eur.  Hel.  1463  ;  πόλις.  Plat.  Legg. 
704  Β  :  τά  ενλ-,  places  with  good  har- 
bourage, Arist.  H.  A.  [i] :  hence 

Εν'λΐμενότιις,  ητος,  ή,  goodness  of 
harbourage. 

'\Εύλιμνος,  ov,  {εν,  7ύμνη)  with  good 
lakes,  abounding  in  lakes,  Arist.  H.  A. 

Ενλΐπής,  ες,  {εύ,  λίπος)  very  fat. 
Lye 

Ενλογέω,  ώ,  {εύλογος)  to  speak  well 
of,  praise,  τινά,  Aescn.  Ag.  580,  freq. 
in  Eur.,  and  Ar. ;  όίκαια  ενλ.  τίνα,  to 
praise  him  justly,  Ar.  Ach.  372  :  pass., 
ενλογεΐσθαι  επαίνοις.  Soph.  Ο.  C. 
720.— 2.  in  LXX.,  and  N.  T.,  to  bless. 
Hence 

Ειν7.ογητός,  ή,  όν,  blessed,  Ν.  Τ., 
and  Philo. 

Εϊ'λθ}'ία,  ας,  ή,  {εύλογος)  good 
speaking,  good  words,  Plat.  Rep.  400 
D. — II.  praise,  panegyric.  Find.  N.  4, 
8,  Thuc.  2,  42 :  good  fame,  glory,  Si- 
mon. 29. — 2.  in  N.  T.  blesfing ;  and 
hence  thanksgiving :  also  abnsgiving, 
a  collection  of  alms  for  the  poor  bre- 
thren.— III.  probability,  Cic.  Att.  13, 
22,  4,  cf.  εύλογος. 

Ενλογιστέω,  ώ,  {εύλόγιστος)  to  be- 
have cautiously,  εν  τινι,  Diog.  L.,  προς 
τι,  Plut. :  and 

Ενλογιστία,  ας,  ή,  consideration, 
prudence,  Def.  Plat.  412  E.  :  from 

Εύλόγιστος,  ov,  {εν,  λογίζομαι) 
easily  reckoned,  αριθμοί,  Arist.  Sens. 
— II.  rightly  reckoning  or  thinking,  pru- 
dent, thoughtful,  Arist.  Rhet.  Adv. 
-τως,  Dion.  H. 

Εύ?.ογος,  ov,  {εν,  λόγος)  rea.ionnhle, 
sensible,  νονθέτημα.  Aosch.  Pers.  830. 
— 2.  reasonable,  probable,  π[Μφησις, 
Thuc.  3,  82.  and  so  freq.  in  Plat.,  and 
Cic. :  TO  ενλ;  a  fair  reason,  Thuc.  4, 


ETMA 

87 :  hence,  εκ  τών  ευλόγων,  in  all 
probability,  Polyb.  Adv.  -γως,  Ar. 
Vesp.  77  i. 

Έ1ύ?ίθγοφάνεια,  ας,  η,  an  appearance 
of  probabdity :  from 

Υ!,ΰλθ]θ(^ανής,  ές,  (εύλογος,  φαίνο- 
μαι) seeming  probable,  plausible,  lato. 
.   Ενλογχέω,  ώ,  to  he  lucky  :  from 

Έϋλογχος,  ov,  {εν,  λέλογχα,  λαγ- 
^ύνω)  furtunate,  propitious,  Pint. 

Εύλοέτειρα,  ας,  ή,  (εύ,  λοντρόν) 
ττό'λις,  a  city  with  fine  baths,  Anth. 

Κν'/.οόος,  ov,  {εύ,  λόφος)  with  a  fine 
j)hime  or  crest  of  the  helmet,  well-plumed, 
κννή.  Soph.  Aj.  1286. — II.  taking  the 
yoke  tccll,  tame,  νώτον,  Lyc,  opp.  to 
ύνς7ίθφος.     Adv.  -φο)ς. 

Ενλοχος,  ov,  {εν,  λόχος,  τό)  helping 
in  childbirth,  of  Diana,  Eur.  Hipp. 
166. 

Εν?ιύγιστος,  ov,  {εν,  7ι.ϋγίζω)  easily 
bent,  flexible. 

Ενλνρ>ις,  ov,  6.  Dor.  -paf,=  sq.,  Eur. 
Ale.  570,  Ar.  Thesm.  9G9. 

Ευλϋροζ•,  ov,  {εν,  λύρα)  with  beauti- 
ful lyre,  playing  on  the  lyre  beautifully, 
Eur.  Licymn.  4. 

Εύ?\,ν(7ία,  ας,  η,  easiness,  readiness  in 
loosing:  in  genl.  facility,  Diog.  L.  6, 
70 :  εί'λ-  κοιλίας,  a  healthy  degree  of 
laxness,  Cic.  Fain.   16,  18,  1  :  from 

Ενλντος,  ov,  [εν,  λυω)  easy  to  untie, 
to  loose,  κύνες,  Xen.  Cyn.  6, 12 :  hence, 
iMsed,  relaxed,  Hipp. — "2.  nietaph.  ea- 
sily dissolved  Or  broken,  στέργηθρα, 
Eur.  Hipp.  256.     Adv.  -τως,  Hipp. 

Ενμύ,βεια,  ας,  ή,  easiness,  quickness 
in  leanang  or  comprehending.  Plat.  Rep. 
490  C. — -11.  the  easiness,  intelligible  na- 
ture of  a  thing,  [a]  :  from 

Ενμάβής,  ες,  ν^εύ,  μανθάνω,  μαβεΐν) 
ready  or  quick  at  teaming,  Lat.  docilis. 
Plat.  Rep.  486  C,  τζρός  τι,  Dem.  705, 
Π  ;  c.  ace.  rei,  as  if  for  εν  μαθών. 
Soph.  Tr.  614. — II.  pass,  easy  to  learn 
or  kyiou;  intelligible,  Aesch.  Eum.  442  : 
also,  tcell-known,  φώνημα.  Soph.  Aj. 
1 5 :  opp.  to  δνςμαθής.  Adv.  -θώς, 
Aeschin.  16.  29 :  coinpar.  -έστερον. 
Plat.  Legg.  723  A. 

■\Ενμάθης,  ονς,  ό,  EamQthes,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Xen.  Hell.  2,  3,  2,  etc. 

Εύμαθία,  ας,  and  -ά/,  ?/r,  ή,—ενμύ- 
θεια,  strictly  Ion.  and  poet.,  but  also 
Plat.  Charm.  159  E. 

^Εύμαιος,  ov,  a,  Eumaeus,  the  faith- 
ful swineherd  of  Ulysses,  son  of  Cte- 
sius  king  of  two  cities  of  the  island 
Syria  ;  he  was  carried  oti'and  sold  by 
Phoenicians  to  Laertes  ;  he  proved  of 
service  to  Ulysses  in  effecting  the 
recovery  of  his  palace  and  power  from 
the  hands  of  the  suitors,  Od.  15,  402 
sqq. — 2.  a  commander  of  Alexander 
the  Great,  Ael.  H.  A.  3,  23,  where 
Perizonius  reads  Ενμένης. 

Ενμάλακτος,  ov,  {εν,  μα?.άσσο)) 
easy  to  soften,  work  or  knead,  [a] 

Ενμαλ?.ος,  ov,  {εν,  μαλλός)  of  fine, 
or  finely  wrought  wool,  Pind.  I.  5,  79. 

Ενμάρΰθος,  ov,  (tv,  μάραθον) 
abounding  in  fennel,  Anth.  [/zu] 

Εΰμάραντος,  ov,  {εν,  μαραίνομαι) 
soon  witlicring. 

^Ενμάρας,  a  also  εω,  6,  Eumaras, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Theocr.  5,  10,  73 ;  Anth. 
[upcic]  _ 

Έ,νμύρεια,  ας,  η.  Ion.  ενμϋ,ρέη  or 
-ίη,  ης,  Hdt.,  easiness,  ease,  convenience, 
a  good  means,  fair  opportunity,  τινός, 
for  doing  a  thing.  Soph.  Phil.  284 ;  so 
too,  TLvi,  Eur.  Antiop.  1  :  ενμάρειαν 
μτιχανάσθαι  προς  τας  ώρας,  to  pro- 
vide ease  or  comfort  against  the  sea- 
sons, Plat.  Prot.  321  A ;  so,  ενμ.  ττα- 
ρασκενάζειν  εις  τας  χρείας.  Id.  Legg. 
733  D  :  εί'μαρεία  χρήσΰαι.  to  be  easy, 
be  in  comfort.  Soph.  Tr.  193  ;  but  also 


ΕΓΜΕ 

r^Lat.  alvum  exonerare,  to  ease  one's 
self,  Hdt.  2,  35.  cf  4,  113 :  είψ.  {εστί) 
c.  inf.  'tis  easy,  pleasant,  convenient  to... 
Plat.  Lys.  204  D,  Xea.  Oec.  5, 9.  [ά]-. 
from 

Ενμΰρης,  ές,  easy,  convenient,  with- 
out trouble,  like  εύκολος,  except  that 
it  is  usu.  of  things,  not  persons  (but 
V.  infr.),  iirst  in  Theogn.  843,  who  has 
also  the  adv.  -έως,  463  :  ενμ.  χείρωμα, 
an  easy  victim,  Aesch.  Ag.  1326,  etc. : 
ενμαρές  {εστί)  c.  inf ,  'tis  easy,  Eur. 
Ale.  492  :  so  too  εν  ενμηρεί  {έστι)  Id. 

1.  A.  969. — 2.  rarely  of  persons,  easy, 
gentle,  Hipp.  24,  52,  Soph.  El.  179. 
(Ace.  to  Schol.  Ven.  II.  15,  37,  from 
obsol.  μύρη=χείρ,  cf  ενχερί/ς.)  [ά, 
except  in  Epicli.  p.  22.] 

^Ενμύρης,  ονς,  ό,  Eumares,  an  Athe- 
nian, father  of  Agoratus,  Lys.  135,  38. 

Ενμαρία,  ας,  and  -ίη,  ης,  ή,  Ion.  and 
poet,  for  ευμάρεια. 

Ενμΰρίζω,  {ενμαρής)  to  lighten,  make 
easy. 

Ενμΰρίη,  ης,  ή,  Ion.  for  ευμάρεια, 
Hdt._4,  113. 

Ενμαρίς,  ίδος,  ή,  but  ace.  ενμαρίν, 
in  Aesch.  Pars.  660,  an  Asiatic  shoe  or 
slipper:  hence,  βάρ3αρος  ενμ.,  Eur. 
Or.  1370  ;  κροκό;3απΓος  ενμ.,  (yellow 
being  the  royal  colour  in  Persia), 
Aesch.  1.  c. ;  they  had  thick  soles, 
hence  βαθνιτε7.μος,  Anth.  (Ace.  to 
some  from  ενμαρΖ/ς,  but  prob.  the  word 
is  foreign.)  [d  in  Aesch.  and  Eur.,  α 
in  Anth.] 

Ενμύρότης,  ητος,  ή,  =:  ευμάρεια, 
Callistr. 

Εύμάχος,  ov,  {εν,  μάχομαι)  easy  to 
fuchl  against,  assailable. 
^Ενμαχος,  ov,  ό,  Eumuchus,  a  Co- 
rinthian leader,  son  of  Chrysis,  Thuc. 

2,  23. — 2.  an  historian  of  Naples,  Ath. 
577  A. 

Ευμεγέθης,  ες,  {εν,  μέγεθος)  of  good 
size,  very  large,  Ar.  Plut.  543,  Eubul. 
Ύιτθ.  I. 

Ενμέθοδος,  ov,  {εν,  μέθοδος)  well- 
arranged.     Adv.  -δως. 

^Ενμείδη,  ης,  ή,  Eumule,  a  daughter 
of  Thespius,  Apollod. 

Ενμειδής,  ές,  {εν,  μειδύω)  smiling, 
amiable,  propitious,  τινί.  Αρ.  Rh. 

Ενμείλικτος,  ov,  and  ενμεί?.ΐχος, 
ov,  {εν,  μεΛίσσω)  easily  appeased. 

Ένμέλανος,  ov,  {εύ,  μέ?Μν)  well- 
blackened,  inky,  Anth. 

Ενμέ?ιεια,  ας,  ή,  melody,  good  modu- 
lation, Diod. :  from 

Εύμελής,  ές,  {εν,  μέ?.ας)  melodious, 
musical,  Arist.  Pol.  :  in  genl.  agreeable. 
Plat.  Ax.  371  D.  Adv.  -λώς.  Macho 
ap.  Ath.  577  D. — B.  with  stout  limbs, 
Ael.  ap.  Suid. 

Ενμε?ύη,  ης,  ή,  poet,  for  ενμέλεια, 
ace.  to  Herm.  in  H.  Horn.  Merc.  325, 
for  -μνλίη. 

ΕυμελΙτέω,  ω,  {εν,  μέ?.ί)  to  make 
much  or  good  honey,  Arist.  H.  A. 

Ενμένεια,  ας,  ή,  {ενμενής)  the  char- 
acter or  behaviour  of  the  ενμενής,  kiyid- 
ness,  good  will,  favour,  grace,  παρά 
θεών,  Hdt.  2,  45  ;  cf.  Thuc.  5,  105  : 
kindness,  friendliness,  Soph.  O.  C.  631, 
Eur.  etc. 

^Ενμένεια,  ας,  ή,  Eumenia,  a  city  of 
Greater  Phrygia,  founded  by  Eume- 
nes,  brother  of  Attalus,  Strab. 

Ενμενέτης,  ov,  ό,  poet,  for  ενμενής, 
a  well-wisher,  friend,  Ού..  6,  185,  fem. 
ενμενέτειρα,  Anth. 

Ενμενέω,  ώ,  to  be  ενμενής,  to  be  pro- 
pitious, kind.  Pseudo-Phocyl.  134, 
Anth.,  etc. — II.  c.  ace.  to  be  kind  to, 
deal  kindly  with,  only  Pind.  P.  4.  225  ; 
to  which  Dind.  compares  the  use  of 
άνδύ,νω  and  αρέσκω,  c.  ace. :  from 

Ενμενής,  ές,  {εν,  μένος)  uell-dis- 


ΕΤΜΗ 

posed,  wishing  well,  kind,  favouring, 
gracious,  τινί.  to  one,  of  gods,  H.  Horn 
21,  7  (nowhere  else  in  Horn.),  Pind. 
P.  2,  45  :  of  men,  friendly,  Trag.,  etc.; 
also  acceptable,  Hdt.  7,  237.-2.  of 
things,  favourable,  friendly,  γη  ενμ. 
έναγωνισασθαι,  Thuc.  2,  74 ;  also 
bounteous,  Lat.  benignus,  liberal,  abun- 
dant, of  a  river,  Aesch.  Pers.  487. — 3. 
of  the  air,  mild,  soft,  Theophr. :  so  too 
of  medicines,  Hipp.  Adv.  -νώς,  Aesch. 
Ag.  952,  opp.  to  δνςμενής. 

'\Ενμένης,  ονς,  ό,  Eumenes,  a  brave 
Athenian  at  Salamis,  Hdt.  8,  93.-2. 
a  general  of  Alexander  the  Great, 
who  wrote  an  account  of  that  mo- 
narch's campaigns;  after  Alexander's 
death  governor  of  Cappadocia,  Plut. 
Eum.,  Alex.,  etc.— 3.  name  of  two 
kings  of  Pergamus,  Strab.,  Polyb. .etc. 

Ενμενία,  ας,  ή,  poet,  collat.  form 
oi ενμένεια,  Pind.  P.  12,  8. 

Ευμενίδες,  ίδων,  αϊ,  sub.  θεαί, 
strictly  the  gracious  goddesses,  eu- 
phem.  of  the  Furies,  for  'Ερινύες, 
which  the  Greeks  avoided,  v.  esp. 
Soph.  O.  C.  486,  Eur.  Or.  38,  cf. 
Midler  Eumen.  ξι  87. 

Ενμενίζω,  {ενμενής)  to  make  propi- 
tious, propitiate,  esp.  in  mid.,  for  one's 
self,  to  one,  7/ρωας,  Xen.  Cyr.  3,  3,  22. 

Ενμενικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to  the 
ενμενΐ/Γ^  like  him,  of  his  luUure,  Arist. 
Virt. 

Ενμέριστος,  ov,  {εν,  μερίζω)  easily 
divided,  Theophr. 

Ενμεταβλησία,  ας,  ?'/,  changeable- 
ness :  from 

Ενμετά;3?ιητος,  ov,  {ευ,  μεταβά?.- 
λ.ω)  easily  changed,  Arist.  JRhet. — 2. 
esp.  easy  of  digestion,  Hipp.  Adv.  -τως. 

Εύμετά3ολος,  ov,  =  foreg..  Plat, 
Rep.  503  C. 

Είψετάδοτος,  ov,  {εν,  μεταδίδωμι) 
readily  imparting,  liberal,  N.  T.  —  II. 
pass,  easily  given  or  imparted.  Adv. 
■τως. 

Εύμετάθετος,  ov,  {εν,  μετατίθημι) 
easily  changing,  Plut. 

Εϋμετακίνητος,  ov,  {εύ,μετακίνέώ) 
easily  removed,  Arist.  Metaph. 

Ενμετακόμιστος,  ov,  {εν,  μετακο- 
μίζω) easily  transported. 

Ενμετακύλιστος,  ov,  {εν,  μετακυ• 
λινδέω)  easy  to  roll  over,  Galen. 

Ενμετάπειστος,  ov,  {εν,  μεταπεί- 
θω) easily  persuaded,  Arist.  Eth.  N. 

Ενμεταποίητος,  ov,  {εν,μεταποιέω) 
easily  altered,  Hipp. 

Εί',«ίτά-7ω-οζ•,  ov,  {εν,  μεταπίπ- 
τω)  changeable,  Diod. 

Ενμετάστάτος,  ov,  {εν,  μεθίστα• 
μαι)  easily  removed,  uncertain,  unsteady, 
Plut. 

Ενμετάτρεπτος,  ov,  {εν,  μετατρέ- 
πω) changeable. 

Ενμετάφορος,  ov,  (εν,  μεταφέρω) 
easily  removed. 

Ενμεταχειριστία,  ας,  ή,  a  being 
easily  handled  :  from 

Ενμεταχείριστος,  ov,  {εν,  μετά- 
χειμίζω)  easily  handled  or  managed, 
vianageable,  of  persons,  Isocr.  410  D, 
Plat.  Phaedr.  240  A.  Xen.  An.  2,  6, 
20:  of  things,  Xen.  Hell.  5,  2, 15.-2. 
easy  to  deal  with  or  master,  Thuc.  6, 
85.     Adv.  -τως. 

Ενμετρία,  ας,  ή,  moderation,  Aretae. 
— 2.  goodness  of  metre,  Gramm. :  from 
'\Εύμετρος,  ov,  {εν, μέτρον)  moderate, 
Aesch.  Ag.  1010. — 2.  of  good  inetre. 

Ενμήδης,  ονς,  ό,  Eumedcs,  son  of 
the  Aetolian  Melas,  Apollod.  1,  8,  5. 
— 2.  a  herald  of  the  Trojans,  father 
of  Dolon,  II.  10,  314.— 3.  a  priest  of 
Minerva  in  Aigos,  Call.  Lav.  Pall.  37. 
— 1.  founder  of  Ptolemais  Epitheras, 
Strab. 

573 


ΕΥΜΟ 

Ένμήκης,  ες,  {εν,  μήκος)  of  α  good 
length,  tall,  Plat.  Parm.  127  Β  :  hence 
great,  Eiir.  1.  A.  596. 

^Εναηλίδης,  ου,  ό,  Eumelides,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Dem.  1187,  21. 

ΈύαηλοΓ,  ov,  {tv,  μήλον)  rich  in 
sheep^,  Oil. '15,  406,  H.  Hom.  Ap.  51. 
'\Κυμη?^ος,  ου,  ό,  Eumilns,  son  of 
Admetus,  leader  of  the  Thessalians 
before  Troy,  11. 2, 711.— 2.  of  Corinth, 
one  of  the  Cyclic  poets,  Apollod. — 3. 
an  epigrammatic  poet,  Pans. — 4.  a 
king  of  Patrae,  Id. — Others  in  Ath., 
etc. 

Ευμηρος,  ov,  (εν,  μηρός)  with  beau- 
tiful thighs. 

Ενμήρϋτος,  ov,  (εν,  μηρνω)  easy  to 
spin  or  draw  out,  LllC. 

ήΈνμήτ//ς,  ου,  δ,  Eumetes,  a  son  of 
Lycaon,  Apollod.  3,  8,  1. 

Έναι/Τίς,  ίδος,  ό,  ή,  (εν,  μήτις)  of 
good  counsel,  shrewd,  prudent,  0pp. 

Ενμηχΰνία,  ας,  ή,  skill,  art,  esp.  in 
d^visi7tg  means  for  a  thing,  c.  inl., 
find.  I.  4,  3. — \\.=ενπορία:  from 

Εΰμήχΰνος,  ov,  (εν,  μηχανή)  skilful 
in  devising,  contriving,  inventive,c.  gen., 
Ιόγου,  Plat.  Crat.  408  Β  :  absol.  of 
persons,  ready,  active,  efficient,  Aesch. 
Eum.  381  :  ingenious,  -πόροι,  Ar.  Eq. 
759,  έ-ivoiat,  Plat.  Rep.  600  A.  Adv. 
•νως,  IMut. 

Ενμικτος,  ov,  (ευ,  μίγνυμι)  affable, 
social. 

Ενμίμητος,  ov,  (εύ,  μιμέομαι)  easily 
imitated.  Plat.  Rep.  605  A. 

Ενμίσητος,  ov,  (εύ.  μίσέω)  exposed 
to  hatred,  Xen.  Cyr.  3,  1,9. 

Εύμΐτος,  ov,  (εύ,  μίτος)  with  good, 
i.  e.  either  βηε  or  stout  threads,  Eur. 
I.  T.  817. 

Εύμιτρος,  ov,  (εν,  μίτρα)  with  beau- 
tiful μίτρα  (q.  v.),  Mosch. 

Έύμμελίης,  ό.  Ion.  gen.  έϋμμελίω 
and  έϋμμελιέο).  Dor.  έύμμε?ύα,  (εν, 
μελία),  wielding  a  spear  with  tough 
ashen  shaft,  armed  with  good  ashen 
spear,  in  Hom.  epith.  of  warriors  :  the 
prose  form  εΰμε7ύας  only  occurs  in 
Gramm. 

Ενμνημονεστέρως,  adv.  v.  ενμνή- 
μων. 

Ενμνημόνεντος,  ov,  (εύ,  μνημο- 
νενίύ)  easily  remembered.  —  II.  often 
mentioned,  easy  to  speak  of,  Plat.  Tim. 
18  D. 

Ενμνήμων,  ov,  (εύ,  μνήμη)  obsol. 
as  adj. :  lience  compar.  Adv.  ενμνη- 
μονεστέρως,  ενμν.  εχειν,  to  be  easier 
to  remember,  Xen.  Ages.  11,1. 

Ενμνηστος,  ov,  (εύ,  μψνήσκομηι) 
well-remembering,  mindful.  Soph.  Tr. 
109. — II.  pass.,  often  thought  of,  much 
remembered. 

Ενμοιράτέω,  ώ,=  ενμοιρέω,  on\y  in 
Tim.  Locr.  99  E. 

Εύμοιρέω,  ώ,  to  be  ενμοιρος,  to  be 
lucky,  fortunate,  well  off,  in  a  thing, 
τινός,  Anth. :  and 

Εύμοιρία,  ας,  ή,  good  fortune,  good 
disposition  or  condition,  Philo  :  from 

Εύμοιρος,  ov,  (εν,  μίπρα)  lucky, 
well  off,  fortunate.  Plat.  Symp.  197  ί). 
Adv.  -ρο)ς. 

Ενμολπέο),  ώ,  (ενμολττος)  to  sing 
well,  Η.  Hom.  Merc.  478. 

^Ε!<αό7.-η,  ης,  ή,  i^MmoZpe, a  Nereid, 
Apoliod. 

Ενμο7<.•ηία,  ας,  ή,  (ενμολττος)  sweet 
sons. 

^Ενμο7.7τίδης,  ov,  b,  prop,  son  or  de- 
scerulant  of  Eunwlpus ;  in  pi.  οι  Ενμολ- 
πίόαι,  the  Eumolpidae,  a  noble  family 
in  Athens,  from  which  the  priests  of 
Ceres  in  Eleusis  were  chosen,  Thuc. 
8,  53. — 2.  masc.  pr.  n.,  Eumolpides,  a 
leader  of  the  Plataeans,  Id.  3,  20, 
where  Bekk.  Εϋηομιτίδας. 
571 


ETNA 

Ενμολ•ήος,  ov,  (εύ,  μολπή)  sweetly 
singing,  Anth. :  as  pr.  n.  in  H.  Hom. 
Cer.  154  :  v.  sq. 
^ΕύμολτΓος,  ov,  b,  Eumolpus,  son  of 
Neptune  and  Chione,  a  Thracian, 
celebrated  as  a  singer ;  in  connection 
with  the  Eleusinians  he  attacked 
Erechtheus  king  of  Athens  ;  intro- 
duced into  Eleusis  the  mysteries  of 
Ceres,  Thuc.  2,  15,  Lycurg.,  Strab., 
etc. ;  ace.  to  H.  Hom.  Cer.  154,  he 
was  a  prince  of  the  Eleusinians. 
Authors  distinguish  from  this  one — 
2.  the  son  of  Musaeus,  and — 3.  the 
son  of  Philammon,  the  teacher  of 
Hercules  in  singing,  Theocr.  24,  108. 

Ενμορφία,  ας,  ή,  (ενμορφος)  beauty 
of  form,  symmetry,  Eur.  Ί  ro.  936. 

Ενμόρφιος,  ία,  lov,  =  ενμορφος, 
Welck.  Syll.  85,  2.  ^where  l.\ 

Εΰμορφος,  ov,  (εν,  μορφή)  fair  of 
form,  shapely,  comely,  goodly,  Sappho 
42,  Hdt.  1,  196,  Aesch.,  etc. 

Ενμονσία,  ur,  ή.  a  being  ενμονσος, 
accomplishment  in,feelingfor  beauty  and 
art,  taste ;  skill  in  the  fine  arts  over 
ivhich  the  Muses  presided  :  in  genl.  ac- 
complishment, cultivation  of  the  powers 
of  the  soul,  Eur.  Antioph.  25,  ap.  Plat. 
Gorg.  486  C  :  opp.  to  άμονσία :  from 

Ενμονσος,  ov,  (εν,  Μοϊ'σα)  skilled 
in  the  arts  of  the  Muses,  accomplished, 
esp.  in  poetry,  viusic,  and  dancing ; 
opp.  to  ΰμονσος :  hence  musical,  har- 
monious. μο7..πή,  Eur.  I.  T.  145  ;  εν. 
τιμαί,  Ar.  Thesm.  112.  Adv.  -σως, 
gracefully.  Plut. 

Ενμοχθος,  ov,  (εν,  μοχθύς)  indus- 
trious, laborious,  Anth. 

Ενμνθος,  ov,  (εν,  μύθος)  eloquent, 
Anth. 

Εϋμϋκος,  ov,  (εν,  μνκύομαι)  loud- 
bellowing,  Anth. 

Ενμϋλίη,  ης,  ή,  an  unintelligible 
word  in  H.  Hom.  Merc.  325,  for  which 
Heyne  would  read  α'ιμυλίη,  Herm. 
εύμελίη  or  έμμε7ιίη. 
^Εύμων,  όνος,  δ,  Eumon,  a  son  of 
Lycaon,  Apollod. 

Εννάεις,εσσα,εν,οτ,  ace.  to  Herm., 
εννάων,  ονσα,  ov,  (εύ.  vuoj)  fair-flow- 
ing, liquid,  ουρανός,  Aesch.  Fr.  38,  cf. 
άενύων. 

Εύνύζω,  f.  -άσω,  (εννή)  to  lay.  dis- 
pose as  in  aynbush,  Od.  4,  408  :  later 
esp.  to  lay  in  bed,  put  to  bed,  put  to 
sleep,  Ap.  Rh. :  also  of  animals,  to  lay 
their  young  in  a  form,  Xen.  Cyn.  9,  3 : 
hence  metaph. — 2.  to  put  to  the  sleep 
of  death,  Soph.  0.  T.  961.— 3.  in  genl. 
to  lull,  soothe,  assuage,  ττόθον.  Id.  Tr. 
106.  Pass.  c.  aor.  εννύσθην  (Pind.), 
to  go  to  bed,  lie  asleep,  sleep,  Hom.  but 
only  in  Od.,  as  20,  1  ;  23,  299  ;  and 
so  Hes.,  Soph.,  etc.  :  ένθα  όρνιθες 
εννάζοντο,  roosted,  Od.  5,  65  :  also  of 
sexual  intercourse,  παρ'  άνδρύσιν  εν- 
νύζεσθαι,  Od.  5,  119,  later  with  συν 
or  dat.  alone,  e.  g.  H.  Hom.  Ven.  191. 
— II.  intr.  like  pass..  Soph.  Tr.  1005. 
Mostly  poet.     Cf.  εύνάω.  [ΰσω] 

Ενναιετύων,  ονσα,  ov,  (εν,  ναιε- 
τάω)  well-peopled,  or  well-built,  lying 
well,  like  ένΐίτίμενος,  freq.  in  this 
pass,  signif.  in  Horn.,  ενν.  πόλις, 
δόμοι,  and  μέγαρα.  No  such  verb  as 
ενναιετάω :  cf.  sq. 

Εύναιόμενος,  ένη,  ενόν,  (εν,  ναίώ) 
well-peopled,  etc.,  like  foreg.,  freq.  in 
II.  as  epith.  of  πό7Λς  (»■  πτο7.1εθρον ; 
with  a  prop.  n.  only  in  II.  16,  572,  Od. 
13,  2S5.  We  find  no  such  verb  as 
ενναίω  or  ενναίομαι,  cf.  foreg.,  also 
έϋκτίμενος  and  εύ  sub  fin. 

ΕνναΙος,  αία,  alov,  [εννή)  in  one's 
bed  or  couch,  ενν.  λαγώς,  a  hare  in  its 
form,  Xen.  Cyn.  5,  9,  cf.  Soph.  Fr. 
184:  but  usu.  ενν.  γαμέτης,  πόσις. 


ETNH 

etc.,  wedded,  a  bedfellow,  freq.  in  Eur. : 
λνηη  ενν.,  sickening,  making  one  keep 
one's  bed,  cf.  δεμνιοτήρης,  Aesch.  Ag. 
1449,  Eur.  Hipp.  160:  tvv.  πτέρνγες, 
of  a  bird  brooding  upon  her  nest,  Anth. 
— II.  (εννή  II.)  of,  belonging  to  anchor- 
age or  mooring :  hence  in  genl.  steady» 
ing,  guiding   a  ship,  πηδάλια,    Eur. 

I.  T.  432 :  hence — 2.  as  subst.  ή  εν- 
ναία,^ενν?}  U.,  σ  stene  used  to  moor  a 
ship  by,  an  anchor,  Ap.  Rh.,  who  has 
also  7.ίθος  ενναίης. 

Εννάσιμος,  ov,  (εννάζω)  convenient 
for  sleeping  in,  Xen.  Cyn.  8,  4.   [u] 

Ενναστήρ,  ήρος,  ό.  Lye.  ενναστής, 
ov,  ό,  εννατήρ.  ήρος,  ό,  also  εννήτωρ, 
ορός,  δ.  Dor.  εννύτωρ,  ορός,  δ,  Aescli. 
Supp.  665,  and  Eur.,  fem.  εννήτρια, 
ας,  ή.  Soph.  Tr.  922,  and  εννύτειρα 
or  εύνήτεψα,  ας,  ή,  Aesch.  Pr.  895, 
Pers.  157,  (εννάζω,  εννάω)  a  bed-fel- 
low, whether  laufully  so,  as  a  husband 
or  vife,  or  unlawfidly  as  a  paramour. — 

II.  one  who  sleeps :  hence — 2.  as  adj. 
of  belonging  to  sleep.  Cf.  εννέτης, 
εννηστήρ.  [ά]     Hence 

Ενναστήριον,  ου,  τό,  or  εννάτήριον, 
ov,  τό,  α  sleeping-place,  bed,  bed-cham- 
ber, Aesch.  Pers.  160,  Soph.  Tr.  918  : 
hence — II.  like  εύνή,  for  a  bedfellow, 
Eur.  Or.  590. 

EvvUTup,  ορός,  ό,  v.  ενναστήρ.  [ΰ] 

Εννάω,  ώ,  -ήσω,  (εννή)  like  εννά- 
ζω, to  set,  lay  as  in  ambush,  Od.  4,  440: 
to  lull  to  sleep,  metaph.  to  soothe,  as- 
suage,  γόον,  Od.  4,  758 :  later  esp.  to 
put  to  bed,  put  to  sleep.  Pass.,  like 
εννάζομαι,  to  go  to  bed,  go  to  sleep, 
Besides  the  aor.  act.  εννησε,  Horn, 
has  only  the  aor.  pass.  inf.  εννιφήναι 
εννηθέντε,  εννηθεΐσα,  usu.  of  sexua 
intercourse,  and  freq.  more  fully  φι 
λότητί  and  έι^  φί7ιότητι  εννηθήναι 
II.  3,  441 ;  14,  314,  etc. :  θεά  βροτώ  εύ 
νηθεΐσα,  γννή  θεώ  εύνηβεΐσα,  brought 
come  to  his  bed,  Ίΐ.  2,  821  ;  16,  176. 
Hes.  Th.  380,  like  κοιμηθεΐσα :  also 
of  lulled  storms,  Od.  5,  384. 

Εύνείκη,  ης,  ή,  Eunice,  a  Nereid, 
Hes.  Th.  247,  Theocr.  13,  45,  also 
written  Εύνίκη,  Apollod.  1,  2,  7. 

Εύνέτης,  ov,  δ,  fem.  εννέτις,  ιδος, 
ή,  (εννή)  =  εύναστήρ,  εννάστειρα, 
Eur.  Or.  1393,  etc. 

Εννεως,  ων,  (εν,  νανς,  νεώς)  well 
furnished  with  ships. 

EY'NH',  ης,  η,  Ep.  gen.  sing,  and 
plur.  εννηφι,  Hom.  A  couch,  bed, 
freq.  εΙς  εννήν,  to  bed,  Od. ;  also  in 
genl.  any  sleeping  or  resting-place,  II. 
iO,  408.  464  ;  24,615  :  the  lair  of  wild 
animals,  II.  11,  115,  Od.  4,  338;  of 
cattle,  Od.  14,  14;  a  nest.  Soph.  Ant. 
425  :  post-Hom.  also  one's  last  bed,  the 
grave,  Aesch.  Cho.  319,  etc.,  cf.  II.  2, 
783. — 2.  more  rarely  of  separate  parts 
of  a  bed,  the  bedstead,  Od.  16,  34  :  the 
inatress,  bolster,  etc.,  Od.  23,  179.  —  3. 
esp.  the  marriage-bed,  Od.  4,  333,  etc. : 
hence  in  genl.  of  sexual  union,  wed- 
lock, etc.,  freq.  in  Hom.,  esp.  in  phrase 
φιλότητι  καΐ  εύνή  μιγήναι :  hence 
δσως  άττ'  εννής,  Eur.  Ion  150. — 4. 
hence  a  bedfellow,  husbayid,  wife,  Eur. 
Tro.  831. — II.  in  plur.,  ενναί,  stones 
used  as  anchors  in  the  times  of  Hom. 
and  Hes.,  and  thrown  out  from  the 
prow,  while  the  stern  was  made  fast 
to  land  (cf.  πείσμα,  πρνμνήσιον),  έκ 
δ'  εύνάς  εβα7.ον  κατά  δέ  πρνμνήσί' 
εδησαν,  II.  1.  436,  Od.  15,  498,  cf.  Od. 
9,  137,  et  ibi  Nitzsch ;  vft  δ'  έπ' 
εννάων  δρμίσσομεν,  we  will  ride  at 
anchor  in  deep  water,  II.  14,  77.  Tlie 
same  name  was  often  used  even 
when  they  were  of  iron,  Nitzsch  I.e.: 
he  here  retracts  his  former  hypothesis 
(ad  Od.  2,  414),  that  εύναί  were  not 


ΕΎΝΟ 

altichors,  but  stones  to  which  the 
ship  was  fastened  when  drawn  up. 
There  does  not  seem  to  be  any  colour 
for  taking  έ-Ι  ταϊς  ενναΐς,  Thuc.  6, 
67,  in  the  Homeric  sense.  (Akin  to 
εϋδω.)    Hence 

Έιΰνήθεν,  Adv.  from,  out  of  bed,  Od. 
20,  124. 

Έ.ύΐ'ημα,  ατός,  το,  (εΰνάω)^^εννή, 
marriage,  Eur.  lon  304. 

ίΕϋνηος,  ου,  δ,  Ion.  for  Έύνεως, 
Eanhis,  son  of  Jason  and  Hypsipyle, 
ruler  of  Lemnos,  II.  7,  468 ;  also  wr. 
Έννενς. 

Έϋνηστήρ,  ηρος,  ό,  εννητηρ,  ηρος, 
6,  εΰνήτωρ,  ορός,  ό,  fern,  εννήτρια, 
ας,  ή,  and  εννήτεφα,  ας,  ή,  {εΰνύω) 
:=εΰναστήρ,  etc. 

Εύνήτης,  ου,  ό,^ευναστηρ,  etc., 
Eur.  Med.  159. 

Έϋνητος,  οι>,  Ερ.  έύννητσς,  ον,  (ευ, 
νέω)  well  spun  or  woven,  χι,τών,  πέπ- 
λοι, Horn.,  always  in  Ep.  form. 

Έΰνήτρια,  ας,  ή,  fern,  from  εϋνητήρ, 
Soph.  Trach._  922. 

Έννήφι,  εΰνήφίν,  Ep.  gen.  sing, 
and  plur.  from  ευνή,  in  Horn,  always 
έξ  εννήφι. 

Eirta,  ων,  τά,  beds,  bedding. 
ίΈύΐ'ίκη,  ης.  ή,  Eunice,  v.  Έυνείκη. 
—2.  mother  of  Tmiothy,  N.  T. 

^ΕύνΙαος,  ου,  ό,  Eunlcus,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  Dem.  1312,  13,  etc. 

Έ,υνις,  ό,  ή,  gen.  ιος :  in  plur.  usu. 
εννιδες,  Aesch.  Pers.  289,  but  εύνίες, 
Emped.  411,  reft,  bereaved  of...,  like 
ορφανός,  c.  gen.,  νίύν,  II.  22,  44, 
■ψυχής,  Od.  9,  524. — II.  absol.  widoived, 
orphan,  desolate,  Aesch.  1.  c.,Cho.  247, 
etc.  (Prob.,  as  Damm.,  from  εις,  and 
so  :=μονωθείς.) 

Εΰνις,  ίδος.η,=  εννέτίς,  from  εύνή, 
a  bedfellow,  wife,  etc.,  Soph.  Tr.  563, 
Eur.  Or.  929.  The  accent  εύνίς,  ίδος, 
does  not  seem  so  good,  Sch-if.  Or.  1.  c. 
Έύννητος,  ov,  Ep.  for  εννητος, 
Horn. 

fEvvoa,  ας,  η,  Ειιηδα,  a  female 
slave,  Theocr.  15,  2. 

Εΰΐ'οέω,  ώ,  to  be  εννοος,  to  be  well 
incliiied  or  disposed,  favourable,  τίνί, 
Hdt.  7,  237,  Soph.  Aj.  689  ;  absol. 
Hdt.  9,  79.  Pass,  to  be  kindly  treated, 
Menand.  p.  245.     Hence 

Έύνόημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  thing  well 
thought  of,  opp.  to  ανόημα,  dub.  in 
Stob.  Eel.  2,  p.  192. 

Υ,υνόητος,  ov,  {ευ,  νοέω)  easy  to  be 
understood. 

Εύνοια,  ας,  ή,  poet,  εΰνοίη,  Anth. 
{εΰνοος)  good  will,  favour,  kindness, 
good  feeling,  Trag.,  etc. :  ενν.  χθονός, 
/ore  ο/ father-land,  Aesch.  Theb.  1007; 
κατ'  εννοιαν,  out  of  kindness-  or  good 
will,  Hdt.  6,  108 ;  so  too  εννοίης 
ένεκα,  Xen.  An.  4, 7,  20  ;  νπ'  εννοίης, 
Dem.  20,  22;  εννοίτι,  Hdt.  7,  239, 
εύνοια  τ-))  ay,  for  the  love  of  you,  Plat. 
Gorg.  486  A  :  εννοιαν  εχειν  εις  τίνα, 
ap.  Dem.  243,  19  :  in  plur.  impulses 
or  deeds  of  kindness  or  favour,  Aesch. 
Theb.  450,  Supp.  489  :  hence— II.  a 
gift  or  present  in  token  of  good  will,  esp. 
of  customary  presents  to  the  Athe- 
nian commanders  from  the  subject 
states,  like  our  old  benevolences,  in 
plur.,  Dem.  90.  10,  cf  Thirlw.  Hist. 
Gr.  0,  49.  [Poet,  also  sometimes 
εύνοια,  Herm.  Soph.  Phil.  129,  cf. 
άγνοια,  άνοια.]     Hence 

Ευνοϊκός,  ή,  ov,  of,  belonging  to  the 
εννοος,  of  kind,  benevolent  character, 
Luc. :  in  genl.  =  εννοος,  Amphis 
Atham.  1,  Dem.  1299, 12.  Adv.  -κώς, 
Isocr.,  etc. 

Ε,ϋνόμας,  ov,  ό,  v.  εννώμας. 
Έννομέω,   ύ.   Plat.  Legg.  927  Β, 
more  usu.  as  pass,  εννομέομαι,  c.  fut. 


EYNO 

I  mid.  εύνομήσομαι,  Hdt.  1,  97.  1o 
have  good  laws,  a  good  constitution,  to 
be  orderly,  Hdt.  1,  65,  d'',  Thuc.  1,  18, 
πόλις  εννομείται,  Anst.  Pol. — II.  to 
be,  behave  orderly,  Aeschin.  1,  26. 
Hence 

Εΰνόαημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  legal,  orderly 
action,  Ohrysipp.  ap.  Plut.  2,  1041  A. 

'ΙΈ.ύνομία,  ας,  ή,  Eunomia,  v.  sq.  I.  2. 

Ευνομία,  ας,  ή,  good  order  ox  govern- 
ment, orderly  conduct,  ορρ.  to  ϋβρις, 
Od.  17,  487  :  goodness  of  government, 
laws,  etc.,  H.  Hom.  30,  11  (in  plur.), 
Hdt.  1,  65,  etc. :  ace.  to  Arist.  ευνο- 
μία comprehended  good  laws  irell  obey- 
ed, Pol.  4,  8,  6. — 2.  personified  by 
Hes.  Th.  902,  as  daughter  of  Themis, 
and  so  as  title  of  a  poem  of  Tyrtaeus. 
— 3.  goodness  of  measure  0Γ  modulation, 
in  music.  Longus. — II.  good  pasturage, 
diligence  i?i  foraging,  metaph.  of  bees, 
Philostr.     From 

Εύνομος,  ov,  [tv,  νόμος)  dealing  or- 
derly, uprightly,  μοίρα.  Pind.  N.  9,  70; 
and  so  Aesch.  Fr.  189,  Plat.  Legg. 
815  B.  —  2.  binder  good  laivs,  πόλιη, 
Pind.  I.  5,  28,  and  Plat. :  well  ordered, 
orderly,  έρανος,  Pind.  O.  1,  61. — II. 
(εν,  νομή)  of  places,  good  for  pasture, 
Longus. 

iEύvoμoς,  ov,  6,  Eunomus,  son  of 
Architeles,  Apollod. — 2.  son  of  Pry- 
tanis,  king  of  Sparta  (6th  Proclid) 
and  father  of  Lycurgus  (ace.  to  Hdt. 
8,  131,  father  of  Charilaus),  Paus. 
3,  7,  2,  Plut.  Lye.  2.-3.  an  Athenian 
naval  commander,  Xen.  Hell.  5,  1,5. 
— 4.  a  poet  and  citharoedus  of  Locri 
in  Italy,  Strab.— Others  in  Dem.,  etc. 

Εννοος,  ov,  Att.  contr.  -νους,  ουν, 
pi.  εύνοι,  (εν,  νόος,  νους)  well-minded, 
well-disposed :  kind,  benevolent,  Hdt., 
Trag.,  etc. :  άνήρ  φίλος  και  ευ.,  Hdt. 
5, 24,  but  on  its  difference  from  φί?.ος 
V.  Arist.  Eth.  N.  8,  2,  4 :  comp.  εύ- 
νονστερος.  superl.  εύνονστατος.  also 
uncontr.  εννοέστερος,  in  Hdt.  5,  24, 
cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  143.  Adv.  εύνόως, 
Att.  εννως,  Plut. 

Εύνοστος,  ov,  ή,  a  tutelary  genius 
of  corn-mills.  Lob.  Aglaoph.  p.  973. — 
II.  εννόστον  λιμην,  a  port  of  Alex- 
andria, strictly,  harbour  of  happy  re- 
turn, Strab. 

^Ευνους,  ου,  6,  Eunous,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  Strab. 

Εύνουχίας,  ου,  6,  (είνονχος)  like 
a  eunuch,  impotent,  Hipp. :  m  genl. 
enervated,  womanish.  —  II.  a  kind  of 
gourd  or  melon  ivithout  seeds,  opp.  to 
σπερματίας.  Plat.  (Com.)  Lai.  1. 

Ευνουχίζω,  (ευνούχος)  to  make  a 
eunuch  of,  τινά,  Ν.  Τ. :  metaph.  to 
weaken. 

Εύνονχιον,  ov,  τό,  a  kind  of  lettuce, 
thought  to  be  an  anti-aphralisiac. 
also  άστυτις,  Plin.  H.  N.  19,  8. 

Ευνουχισμός,  οΰ,  ό,  castration. 

Εύνουχιστής,  ov,  b,  (ευνουχίζω)  a 
castrater. 

Εννονχοειδης.  ες, (ευνούχος,  είδος) 
like  an  eunuch,  Hipp. 

Ευνούχος,  ov,  ό,  (εύνή,  εχω)  a  cas- 
trated person,  eunuch  •  employed  in 
Asia,  and  later  in  Greece,  to  take 
charge  of  the  women,  and  in  genl. 
as  chamberlains  (whence  the  name  oi 
την  εύνήν  έχοντες),  Hdt.  8,  105.  In 
the  Asiatic  and  Byzantine  courts, 
they  were  often  of  high  oflicial  rank. 
— II.  metaph.  of  fruits,  ui/hout  seed 
or  kernel,  cf.  εύνονχίας. — III.  as  adj. 
εύνοϋχα  όμματα,  said  to  mean  watch- 
ing sleepless  eyes,  i.  e.  prob.  literally 
watching  and  guarding  the  couch,  εύνήν 
έχοντα.  Soph.  Fr.  880.— IV.  Pythag. 
name  o{  salad,  cf.  άστντος. 

Εύνουχώύης,  ές,=  εΰνουχοειδής. 


ΕΤΟΔ 

Έύντα,  Dor.  for  ιόντα,  όντα,  neut. 
pi.  from  part.  ύν. 

Εύνώμας,  ου,  ό,  (ευ,  νωμάο.'•)=εύ• 
κινητός,  swiftly  or  steadily  m</ving, 
ceaseless,  epith.  of  χρόνος,  Soph.  Aj. 
004,  where  formerly  was  read,  against 
the  metre,  εύνόμα,  from  a  Dor.  εύ- 
νόμας=  έννομος,  carefully  distributed, 
portioned  out. 

Εύνως,  Att.  adv.  from  εννοος,  εύ• 
νους,  q.  v. 

Εύνωτος,  ov,  (εύ,  νώτος)  stout-back• 
ed,  Arist.  Physiogn. 

ίΕύξάνθιος,  ov,  6,  Euxanthius,  son 
of  Minos  and  De.xithea,  Apollod.  3, 
1,  2. 

Εύξαντος,  ov.  (εν,  ξαίνω)  well-card- 
ed, of  wool,  Anth. 

^Εύξενίδης,  ου,  6,  Euxenides,  a  poet 
of  the  old  comedy,  v.  Meineke  1,  p. 
26. — 2.  in  pi.  oi  Εύξενίδαι.  ών,  the 
Euxenidae,  a  distinguished  family  in 
Aegina,  Pind.  N.  7,  103. 

^Εύξένιππος,  ov,  ό,  Euxenippus,  an 
Athenian  archon  01.  118,  4,  Diod.  S. 

^Εύξενος,  ου,  b,  EuxSnus,  a  Lace- 
daemonian, a  governor  in  Asia,  Xen. 
Hell.  4,  2. 

Ενξενος,  ov.  Ion.  ενξεινος,  ov,  kind 
to  strangers,  hospitable,  friendly,  αν- 
δρών εν-,  the  guest-chamber,  Aesch, 
Cho.  712,  λιμτιν,  Eur.  Hipp.  157. 

Εύξεινος,  ov,  ό,  πόντος,  the  Eaxine, 
now  the  Black  sea,  Hdt.,  Eur.,  etc. : 
called  before  the  Greek  settlements 
upon  it,  άξενος,  the  inhospitable,  from 
the  savage  tribes  surrounding  it,  v. 
Ovid.  Trist.  4,  4 :  ro  Ενξ.  πέλαγος, 
Pind.  Ν.  4,  79 :  J7  Ε.  θάλασσα,  Dion. 
P.  Adv.— FiJi",  Ap.  Rh.  1 ,  963. 

Εύξεστος,  ov,  also  η,  ov,  Ep.  εύ- 
ξεστος,  ov,  or  η,  ov,  (εύ,  ξέω)  well- 
planed,  smoothed,  polished,  of  carpen- 
ters' work  :  in  Horn.  esp.  carriages, 
also  of  household  furniture :  cf.  εύ• 
ξοος. — II.  easy  to  plane,  smooth,  polish. 
— III.  well-carved,  of  works  of  art  in 
wood. 

Εύξήραντος,  ov,  (εν,  ξηραίνω)  easily 
drying  or  evaporating.  Anst.  Gen.  An. 

'[Ενξίθεος,  ου,  ό.  Eujcithius,  an  Elean, 
a  dependant  of  Philip,  Dem.  324,  10. 
— 2.  son  of  Thucritus ;  delivered  the 
speech  of  Demosthenes  against  Eu- 
bulides,  Id.  1299  sq.— Others  in  Dem., 
etc. 

'ΪΕυξίππη,  ηη.  ή,Ειιχϊρρε,  fern.  ur.  η., 
Plut. 

Εύξοος,  ov,  Ep.  ενξοος,  ov,  in  gemt. 
also  contr.  έύξου,  II.  10,  373,  ubi  v. 
Spitzn.  (εύ,  ξέω)=ενξεστος,ίη  Hom. 
(only  in  Ep.  form),  esp.  of  chariots, 
bows,  lances,  etc. .  but  in  Od.  5.  237, 
σκέπαρνον  ένξοον,  an  axe  of  polished 
metal ;  though  some  here  make  it 
act.,  polishing. 

Ενξνλής,  ef,=  sq.,  dub.  in  Theophr. 

Ενξνλος,  ov,  (εν,  ξνλον)  of  good 
wood  or  timber,  Theophr. :  abounding 
in  timber,  App. 

Εύξύμβυλος,  εύξννετος,  Att.  for 
ενσ. 

^Εύξύνθετος,  ov,  ό,  EuxynthStus, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Strab. 

Εύξυστος,ον,  (εύ,  ξύω)=ενξεστος. 

Εύογκία,  ας,  ή,  α  being  είογκος, 
moderate  in  size  or  bidk,  Democrit.  ap, 
Stob.  p.  553,  16 :  from 

Εύογκος,  ov,  (εύ,  όγκος)  of  good, 
1.  e.  sufficient  bulk,  massy,  solid,  Arist. 
Meteor. — II.  of  good,  i.  e.  moderate  bulk, 
compact,  small,  easily  handled  or  dealt 
ivith,  Eur.  Syl.  2. — 2.  of  herbs,  light, 
easy  of  digestion,  Ath. — 3.  of  the  voice, 
fine,  delicate,  Plut. 

■fEi'-ofStiV,  έως,  ό,  v.  1.  for  Ένοδίας, 
Xen.  An.  7,  4,  18. 

Ενυόέω,  ώ,  to  be  εύοδος,  to  have  a 
575 


ETOP 

pood,  convenient  co-urxe  or  way,  of  nin-  I 
nin<i  water,  Dcin.  1274,  19  ;  of  roots 
under  ground,  Theophr. :  nietaph.  to 
fare  uT.tl,  prospur,  χα'φε  Kfvooei,  (on  a 
gravestone),  bockli  Inscr.  2,  μ.  50. 

Κύοδι'/ς,  ίς,=εϋοόος,  very  dub. 

Ένοδία,  ας,  ή.  (ενοδος)  α  good  jour- 
ney, prosperous  course,  Aesch.  (Fr.  31) 
ap.  Ar.  Kan.  152rt,  where  εϋ.  απυ  στό- 
ματος χέειν,  must  mean  good  wishes 
for  one's  prosperous  course,  or  in  genl. 
nuccess, 

tEuoJi'a,  ας,  ή,  Euodia,  fern.  pr.  n., 
N.  T. 

Ένοδίάζω,  to  put  in  the  right  way. 
Hence 

Έ.ύοδίασμός,  οϋ,  ό,  a  putting  in  the 
right  icay. 

F,Loδμίa,aς,ή,fragrance,Ύheophr.: 
from 

Ενοδμος,  ov,  {εν,  οδμή)  sweet-smell- 
ing, fragrant.  Find.  Fr.  45,  14. 

ΐ.ύο6ος,  ov,  {εν,  οδός)  easy  to  travel 
through,  of  countries,  Xen.  An.  4,  8, 
10  :  in  genl.  easy,  without  trouble,  sim- 
ple, Epicur.  ap.  Plut.  2,  1127  D  :  pros- 
perous.     Adv.  -ijf.     Hence 

Εί'οίόω,  ώ,  to  put  in  a  right  or  good 
way,  help  on  the  way,  further,  Theophr.: 
usu.  in  ρΆ88.,ζ=εϋοδέο),  to  prosper,  be 
successful,  Hdt.  6,  73. — 2.  intrans.,= 
pass.,  Arist.  Gen.  An. 

Ei'oi,  Bacchanalian  exclamation, 
Lat.  evoe,  like  ενα,  ενύν.  Soph.  Tr. 
219,  etc.  (No  compd.  of  εν  οι,  or  the 
like.) 

Ένοικονόμητος,  ov,  {εν,  οίκονομέω) 
easij  to  arrange:  also  easy  to  digest, 
Diphil.  Siphn.  ap.  Ath.  54  D.  Adv. 
•τως,  Ath. 

Ένοικος,  ov,  {εν,  οίκος)  convenient  to 
inhabit,  comfortable,  Opp. — II.  hospita- 
ble, Dio.  C. — 2.  kind  to  servants,  {οίκέ- 
ταί)  Achae.  ap.  Ath.  267  D. 

Ένοινέω,  ώ,  {ενοινος)  to  abound  in 
wine,  grow  good  wine,  Strab. 

Ενοινία,  ας,  ή,  abundance  of  ivine : 
a  good  vintage. 

Ενοινίστος,  ov,  {ευ,  οίνίζω)  with  or 
of  good  wine,  of  a  libation,  Orph. 

Έ,ύοινος,  ov,  {εν,  οίνος)  abounding 
in  tvine,  producing  good  wine,  Αεΰβος, 
Hermesian.  5,  55. 

Έΰολβος,  ov,  {εν,  ό?βος)  tvealthy, 
prosperous,  Eur.  I.  T.  189. 

Ένόλί-σθος,  ov,  {εν,  ολισθαίνω)  slip- 
pery :  metaph.  unsteady,  hazardous, 
ηλικία,  Phil  ο. 

Ένόλκιμος,  ov,  {εν,  ολκή)  easily 
drawn,  ductile,  sticky,  Hipp. 

Έύομβρία,  ας,  ή,  abundance  of  rain: 
from 

Ένομβρος,  ov,  {εν,  όμβρος)  abound- 
ing in  rain :  in  genl.  ivell-watertd, 
Strab. 

Έί'όμίλος,  ov,  {εν,  όμιλέω)  agreea- 
ble in  conversation,  M.  Anton. 

Έ•ί'ομολόγητος,  ov,  {εν,  όμο7ιθγεω) 
easy  to  be  confest,  indisputable.  Plat. 
Rep.  527  B. 

Ένόμφαλον,τό,  Arcad.  for  ενοσμον, 
of  the  rose,  acc.  to  Tirnach.  ap.  Ath. 
G82  C,  V.  6μ(ρή  III. 

Ένόνειρος,  ov,  {εν,  δνειρος)  having 
pleasant  dreams,  Strab. :  τά  εν.,  pleas- 
ant dreams,  Plut. 

Ένόννξ,  νχος,  ύ,  η,  {εν,  δννξ)  with 
strong  claws. 

Εί'οτλέω,  ώ,  {ένοπλος)  to  be  well- 
armed,  well-equipt,  Philo.     Hence 

ΕϋοτΓλία,  ας,  ?},  a  good  state  of  arms 
and  equipments,  Xen.  Hier.  9,  6. 

Ευοττλοζ-,  ov,  (εν,  οπΑον)  well-arm- 
ed, well-equipt,  Ar.  Ach.  592. — W.pros- 
pcroiis  in  war. 

Έύο-τος,  ov,  {εν,  όρύω,  όψομαι) 
easily  seen,  conspicuous.  Long. 

Ενόράτος,  ov,  {εν,  όράω)  =foreg. 
576 


ETO* 

Ένοργησία,  ας,  η.  gentleness,  mild- 
ness of  temper,  Eur.  Hipp.  1039,  Bacch. 
C4 1 :  from 

Εΐ'όργητος,ον,  {εν,  οργή)  good-tem- 
pered, of  an  even  temper,  moderate,  mild, 
prob.  i.  in  Hiiip.  228,  40,  cf.  Eubul. 
Dion.  1,  Valck.  Hipp.  1038.  Adv. 
-τως,  with  good  temper,  opp.  to  οργι- 
σθείς,  Thuc.  1,  122.— II.  of  strong,  vi- 
olent temper,  passionate,  Plut.,  ubi 
Schiif.  εϋύργιστος. 

Ενοργος,  ov,  {εν,  opv7/)=foreg. 

Ε.νόρεκτος,  ov,  {εν,  ορέγομαι)  appe- 
tising, giving  an  appetite,  Plut. 

Ενόριπτος,  ov,  (εν,  ορίζω)  easily  de- 
fined, Arist.  Meteor. — II.  easily  divided 
into  its  parts,  loose. 

Ενορκίω,  ω,  to  swear  truly,  take  a 
true  oath,  Isocr.  7  A:  to  keep  one's 
oath  when  taken,  Thnc.  5,  30  ;  ένορ- 
κων, regarding  one's  oath,  Xen.  Hell.  1, 
7,26:  and 

Ενορκησία,  ας,  ή,  faithfulness  to 
one's  oath,  good  faith,  cf.  Valck.  Hipp. 
1038  ;  and 

Ενορκία,  ας,  {],={oxeg.,  Pind.  O.  2, 
119  :  irom 

Ενορκος,  ov,  (εν,  όρκος)  keeping 
one's  oath,  keeping  faith,  faithful,  trusty, 
Hes.  Op.  188,  283,  Orac.  ap.  Hdt.  '6, 
86,  3,  Xen.,  etc. :  ενορκύν,  (εστί)  c. 
inf.,  it  is  no  breach  of  oath  to  do.., 
Thuc.  5,  18  :  opp.  to  επίορκος.  Adv. 
-κως,  Aesch.  Cho.  979. 

Ενόρκωμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  faithful  oath, 
Aesch.  Cho.  901. 

Ενόρμητος,  ov,  (εν,  ορμάω)  easily 
moved,  prone  to  a  thing. 

Ενορμος,  ov,  {εν,  όρμος)  with  good 
mooring-pluces,  hence  of  a  harbour,  se- 
cure, II.  21,  23,  Od.  4,  358,  Soph.,  etc. 

Ενορνίθία,  ας,  ή,  a  good  augury. 
Soph.  Fr.  881  :  from 

Ενορνΐς,  Ιθος,  ό,  ή,  {εν,  όρνις)  of 
good  augury,  auspicious,  Dion.  Η. — II. 
abounding  in  birds,  esj).  poultry,  epith. 
of  Tanagra  in  Anth. 

Εύόροφος,  ov,  {εύ,  όροφος)  well-roof- 
ed, Anth. 

Ενόρπηξ,  ηκος,  b,  -ή,  {εν,  δρπηξ) 
with  fine  branches. 

Ενοσμέω,  ώ,  to  smell  well,  be  fragrant, 
Theophr. ;  and 

Ενοσμία,  aς,ΐj,■=εvoδμίa,fragrance, 
perfume.  Soph.  Fr.  340  :  from 

Ενοσμος,  ov,  (εν,  6σμή)=  ενοδμος, 
sweet-smelling,  fragrant,  Achae.  ap. 
Ath._641  E. 

Εΰόσφρ7ΐτος,  ov,  (εί),  οσφραίνομαι) 
sharp-nosed,  keen-scented. 

Ενύφθαλμος,  ov,  (εν,  οφθαλμός) 
with  beautiful  eyes,  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  1,  41. 
— 2.  keen-eyed. — II.  pleasing  to  the  eye, 
Ath. — HI.  specious,  only  seeming  good, 
hence  even,  ενόφθαλμον  άκονσαι,  spe- 
cious to  hear,  Arist.  Pol.  2,  8,  16,  like 
ενττρόςωττος.     Adv.  -μως. 

Εϋοφρνς,  ν,  {εν,  όόρύς)  with  fine 
eyebrows,  Anth. 

Εί'ογ^ω,  {εν,  εχω)  to  treat  well,  take 
good  care  of,  ϊτϊττοι  ενοχονμενοι,  Xen. 
Hipp.  8,  4. — II.  (εί,  οχέω)  to  guide, 
rule  ivell. 

Εί'ογβεω,  ω,  to  be  in  plenty,  Hes. 
Op.  475.  ubi  al.  ενοχέω :  from 

Evoχ(h)ς,  ov,  abundant,  rich,  γη,  Ep. 
Hom.  7,  2';  όαΐτες,  Bacchyl.  Fr.  32, 
βορά,  Eur.  Ion  1169.  (Prob.  from 
όχή,  sustenance.) 

Ενοχος,  ov,  {εν,  εχω)  holding  firmly, 
δεσμός,  σχήμα,  Hipp.  —  II.  pass. 
firmly  holdtn. 

Ενοψεω,  ώ,  to  abound  in  όφον,  esp. 
to  abound  in  fish,  Strab.  ;  and 

Ενοψία,  ας,  ή,  abundance  of  όφον, 
esp.  of  fish,  Alciphr. — II.  {εν,  όψις, 
όφομαι)  good  looks,  Alex.  Gal.  3: 
from 


ΕΥΠΑ 

Eioi/'Of,  Of,  {εν,  όψον)  abounding  in 
όφον,  esp.  in  fish,  ay  ορά,  Anaxandr. 
Od.  1,  10. 

Εντϊάγής,  ές,  {εν,  ττήγννμι)  well  put 

together,  well-built,  stout,  of  the  body, 

Hipp.,  etc. ;  σχαλίδες,  Xen.  Cyn.2,8. 

^Εϋπάγιον,  ov,  τό,  Eupagium,  a  city 

of  Elis,  Diod.  S. 

Ευπάθεια,  ας,  tj,  Ion.  -θίη,  Hdt., 
{ευπαθής)  the  enjoyment  of  good  things, 
comfort,  Xen.  Ages.  9,  3  :  esp.  in  plur. 
enjoyments,  luxury,  hence  in  Hdt.,  iv 
ενπαθί7ΐσι,  (sic  leg.  pro  -είτισι,  cf.  8, 
99)  είναι,  to  enjoy  one's  self,  make  mer- 
ry, 1,22,  etc. ;  so,  ενπαθίας  1:πιτηδεν• 
ειν.  Id.  1,  135. — Π.  sejisitiveness  to  ex- 
ternal impressions,  a  being  easily  affect- 
ed, Plut.   [u] 

Ενπαθέω,  ώ,  to  be  well  off,  enjoy 
one's  self,  make  merry,  πίνείν  και  ενττ., 
Hdt.  2,  133,  174  :  to  indulge  one's  self, 
live  comfortably.  Plat.  Rep.  347  C— II. 
to  be  sensitive,  easily  affected,  Plut. : 
from 

Ei'TTuer/r,  ες,  {εν,  πάθος)  u-ell  off, 
enjoying  good  things,  comfortable,  luxu• 
rious,  βίος.  Crates  Ther.  4. — II.  sensi- 
tive to  external  impressions,  easily  affect- 
ed by  them,  νπό  τίνος,  Arist.  Probl., 
εϊς  TL,  Theophr. 

Ενπάθίη,  ης,  ή.  Ion.  for  ευπάθεια, 

Ενπαιδενσία,  ας,  ή,  α  being  ενπαί- 
δεντος,  goodness  of  training  or  educa- 
tion, Eur.  ap.  Poll.  9,  ICl  :  from 

Ενπαίδεντος,  ov,  {εϊ),  παιδεύω)  well 
brought  up,  well  educated,  learned,  Hipp. 
Adv.  -τως. 

Ενπαιδία,  ας,  ν,  (ενπαις)  α  having 
good  or  fine  children,  happiness  in  one's 
childrin',  Isocr.  229  C. 

]Ενπαηδας,  a,  o,  Eupaeidas,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  an  Epidaurian,  Thuc.  4,  119: 
also  wr.  Ενπαίδας. 

Ενπαις,  παιόος,  ό,  ή,  (εν,  παις)  blest 
with  children,  i.  e.  with  many  or  with 
good,  fine  children,  H.  Hom,  30, 5,  Hdt. 
1,  32",  and  Att. :  but  in  Eur.  I.  T. 
1234,  γόνος  ενπαις,  good  as  a  son,  il- 
lustrious. 

ή•Ενπακτσς,  ov.  Dor.  for  ενπηκτος. 

Ενπάλαιστος,  ov,  (εν,  παλαίω)  easy 
to  strive  with  and  overcome,  Epich.  p.  82. 

Ενπάλαιστρος,  ov,  {εν,  παλαί- 
στρα) skilled  in  the  palaestra  ;  in  genl. 
skilful, dextcrousincontests,  Longin.  [ώ] 

'Ενπύ?ιαμνος,  ov,  dub.  1.  for  sq. 

Ενπάλΰμος,  ov,  {εν,  πύλάμη)  han- 
dy, skilful,  ingenious  ;  esp.  metaph.  of 
intellectual  power,  μέριμνα,  Aesch. 
Ag.  1531,  νμνοι,  Cratin.  ap.  Ar.  Eq. 
530. 

\Ενπά7.αμος,  ov,  b,  EupalSmus,  fath- 
er of  Daedalus,  Apollod. 

Ευπάλί-ής,  ές,  {εν,  πύλ'η)^=ενπάλαι• 
στος,  ΰεθλοι.  Αρ.  Rh. :  in  genl.  easy, 
Ruhnk.  Ep.  Cr.  p.  222.  Adv.  -λώς, 
poet.  -/J■ως,  Ap.  Rh. 

^Εϋπα?.ίνος,  ov,  ό,  Eupalinus,  a 
Megarean,  constructor  of  a  famous 
canal  in  Samos,  Hdt.  3,  60. 

iEvπάλίOV,  ov,  TO,  Eupalium,  a  city 
of  the  Locri  Ozolae,  north  from  Nau- 
pactua,  Thuc.  3,  96,  Strab. :  hence 
Ενπαλιεύς,  έως,  ό,  an  inhab.  of  Eupa- 
lium, Strab. 

Ενπαράγωγος,  ov,  (εν,  παράγω) 
easy  to  lead  or  tttrn  aside.  Hipp. — 2. 
usu.  metaph.  easy  to  lead  by  the  nose, 
Ar.  Eq.  1115;  easy  to  lead  astray.  Plat. 
Tim.  69  D. — II.  act.  seductive,  alluring, 
Philo.  [a] 

Ενπαράδεκτος,  ov,  {εν,  παραδέχο- 
μαι) easily  received,  acceptable,  agreea- 
ble, like  ενπαράδοχος,  Polyb. — II.  re- 
ceiving readily,  τινός,  Philo. 

Ενπαραίτ7]τος,  ov,  (εν,  παραιτέο- 
μαι)  placable,  Plut. 


ΕΥΠΑ 

Έύπαράκ7.ητος,  σν,  (tr,  ταρακα- 
?.έ«)  easily  won,  conciliated,  Ερ.  Plat. 
328  Α. 

Ενπαρακολούθητος,  ον,  {εν,  πάρα- 
ΚΟΛονβέυ)  ensy  to  follow,  to  understand, 
of  a  narrative,  argument,  etc.,  Polyb.  : 
TOEv-.,  assubst.,  Anst.  Etli.  N.— II. 
act.  quick  in  understanding.  Adv.  -τυς, 
Dion.  H. 

Έϋ-αρακήμιστος,  ov,  (εν,  τταρακο- 
μίζο))  eaxy  to  be  moved,  transported ; 
"κό/.ις  εντΐ.  της  νλης,  ivith  convenient 
access  for  the  suppli/  of  wood,  Arist. 
Pol.  7,  5,  4. — II.  easy  to  brin^  over,  to 
convince,  'λογισμός  ττρος  το  σνμφέρον 
ενπ.,  Plut. 

Έντταραλόγιστος,  ον,  (εν,  παραλο• 
γίζομαι)  easily  cheated,  Polyb. 

Ένπαραμνθητος  ,ον  ,{εν ,  τζαραμνθέ- 
ομαι)  easily  appeased,  ενχαΐς,  Plat. 
Legg.  888  C  :  easily  comforted,  admit- 
ting of  easy  consolation,  θάνατος,  Plut. 

Κνττύράος,  ov.  Dor.  for  -ηος,^=εν- 
πύρειος,  Pind.  P.  12,  28.  [ττά] 

Έν-αράπειστος,  ov,  (εν,  παραπεί- 
βω)  easily persuadedor ledaside,(fιί?^Olς, 
Xen.  Ages.  11,  12. 
•   Εν~αρύτΓ?.ους,    ovv,    (εν,     παρα- 
TrAeij)  easy,  safe  to  sail  round,  Strab. 

Έ,ϋτίαρύτρετΐτης,  ov,  {εν,  τταρατρέ- 
ττω)  easy  to  turn  or  persuade. 
■  Ένπαρητνττυτος,  ov,  (εν,  τταρατν- 
ττήω)  easily  receiving  false  impressions, 
αισθητήρια,  Μ.  Anton,  [ν] 

Ένπαράφορος,  ov,  (εν,  τταραφέρω) 
easily  led  astray,  Eccl. — II.  easily  dis- 
tracted. 

Ένπάρει^ρος,  ov,  (εν,  πάρεδρος)  as- 
siduous, diligent  in  a  thing. 

Ένττάρειος,  ov,  {εν,  παρειά)  with 
fair  cheeks.  Dor.  -αος,  q.  v.  [a] 

Ένπαρείςδντος,  ov,  {εν,  παρειςδν- 
ομαι)  liable  to  slip  into  a  wrong  place, 

Έ,ντϊαρτίγορος,  ov,  (εν,  παρηγορέυ) 
easy  to  console,  Adv.  -ρως. 

Έί'ττύρθενος,  ov,  (εν,  παρθένος)  of 
countries,  famed  for  fair  maidens, 
Nonn. — II.  ενπ.  Αίρκη,  Dirce,  happy 
maid  !  Eur.  Bacch.  520,  cf  ενπαις. 

Ένπύροδος.  ov,  (εν,  πάροδος)  easy 
of  access,  Strab. 

Ένπαρόξνντος,  ov,  {εν,  παροξύνω) 
irritable,  νπό  τίνος,  Plut. 

Ένπαρόρμητος,  ov,  {εν,  παρορμάω) 
easily  moved,  excited,  Arist.  Rhet. 

Ένπύροχος,  ov,  (εν,  παρέχω)  read- 
ily offering  one^s  self,  tractable. 

Ενπύρϋφος,  ov,  {εν,  παρνφή)  with 
a  fine  border  or  stripe  round  the  edge, 
περίζωμα,  Plut. :  as  this  was  worn 
by  people  of  rank,  they  were  call- 
ed ενπύρνφοι.  Id.,  cf.  Lat.  praetexta- 
ti,  from  praetexta.  Cf  Άενκοπάρνψος, 
φοινικοπύρνφος,  χρνσοπάρνφος. 

Ένπάτάγος,  ον,  {εν,  πάταγος)  rat- 
tling loudly,  [α] 

Ενπΰτέρεια,  ας,  ή,  {εν  πατήρ) 
daughter  of  α  noble  sire.  Horn,  epith.  of 
Helen  and  Tyro  :  in  genl.  belonging  to 
a  noble  father,  ανλά.  Eur.  Hipp.  68. 

Έ•νπάτητος,  ov,  {εν,  πατέω)  easily 
or  much  trodden,  [u] 

^Ενπατύριον,  ov,  τό,  (in  Ptol.  Εΰ- 
πατορία)  Eupatorium,  a  city  of  the 
Tauric  Chersonese  founded  by  Dio- 
phantus,  a  commander  of  Mithradates 
Eupator,  Strab. — 2.  a  city  of  Pontus, 
later  Magnopolis,  Id. 

Έ,νπατόριον,  ov,  τό,  an  herb,  Diosc, 
ace.  to  Sprengel  agrimonia  eupato- 
rium. 

Ευπατρίδης,  ov,  a,  {εν,  πατήρ)  of  a 
good  or  noble  father,  of  noble  family. 
Soph.  El.  162,"  Eur.  Ale.  920.— II.  at 
Athens  in  the  old  time  the  Ενπατρί- 
όαι,  Lat.  optimates,  nobles,  were  the 
37 


ΕΤΠΕ 

first  class,  the  γεωμόροι,  the  second, 
the  δημιονργοί,  the  third  :  when  the 
democracy  was  established,  they,  liice 
the  patricians  at  Rome,  retained  the 
priestly  offices,  and  care  of  sacred 
things,  cf  Xen.  Symp.  8,  40,  Thirlw. 
Hist,  of  Gr.  2,  p.  10,  sq. 

Ενπατρις,  ιδος,  6,  ή,  {εν,  πατήρ)  of 
noble  descent,  sprung  from  a  noblefather, 
^ηρηϊς,  Eur.  I.  A.  1077. — II.  {εν,  πα- 
τρίς) devoted  to  one's  country.  Soph.  EI. 
1080. 

Ένπάτωρ,  ορός,  6,  ή,  =foreg.  I. 
Aesch.  Pers.969. — II.  Eupiitor,  appell. 
of  the  celebrated  Mithradates,  Strab., 
Luc.  [a] 

Ένπέδΐ?.ος,  ov,  {εν,  πέδι7.ον)  well- 
sandalled  ;  hence  nimble,  light  of  foot, 
Ίρις,  Plut. 

Έΰπέδιος.  ov,  (εν,  πεδίον)  level  or 
with  good  soil,  Q.  Sm. 

Έ,νπεζος,  ov,  (εν,  πέζα)  with  beauti- 
ful feet. 

Ένπείθεια,  ας,  η,  {ενπειθής)  obedi- 
ence, Tim.  Locr.  104  Β. 

Ενπείθέω,  ώ,  to  be  disposed  to  obey, 
to  he  obedient,  Charond.  ap.  Stob.  p. 
290,  10 :  from 

Ένπειθής,  ες,  {εν,  πείθομαι)  ready, 
disposed  to  obey,  obedient,  yielding  to 
persuasion,  τινί,  Aesch.  Eum.  829 ; 
also  c.  gen.,  ενπ.  νόμων.  Plat.  Legg. 
632  Β  ;  προς.  or  ε'ις  τι,  in  regard  to  a 
thing.  Id.  Legg.  718  C,  Phaedr.  271 
D. —  II.  act.  persuasive,  convincing, 
Aesch.,  and  Eur.     Adv.  -θώς. 

^Ένπείθης,  ονς,  ό,  Eupithes,  an  Ith- 
acan  noble,  father  of  the  suitor  Anti- 
nous,  Od.  16,  126,  slain  by  Laertes, 
24.  522  sqq. 

Ένπειστος,  ov,  {εν,  πείθομαι)  of 
persons,  easily  persuaded,  Arist.  Eth. 
N.  :  of  things,  of  which  one  is  easi- 
ly persuaded,  readily  believed,  Herm. 
Soph.  Aj.  151,  ubi  al.  ενπιστα. 
■Ένπεκτος,  ον,^ενποκος. 

Ένπελΰγής.  ες,  (εν,  πέλαγος)  lying 
fairly  by  the  sea,  dub.  in  Orph. 

Ένπελέκητος,  ov,  {εν,  πελεκάω) 
easy  to  work  with  the  hatchet,  of  wood, 
Theophr. 

Ένπελ.ής,  ες,  (εν,  πέλω)  easy,  dub. 

Ένπεμπελος,  ov,  (εν,  πέμπω)  gen- 
tle, mild,  μοίρα,  Aesch.  Eum.  476 ; 
opp.  to  δνςπέμφελ.ος. 

Ένπένθερος.  ov,  {εν,  πενθερός)  with, 
of  a  good  father-in-law,  Theocr.  18, 
49.    ^ 

Ένπεπλος,  ov,  {εν,  πέπλος)  ivilh  a 
beautiful  peplos,  beautifully  attired,  of 
women,  11.  5,  424.  Od.  6,  49,  etc. 

Έ,νπεπτέω.  ω,  to  have  a  good  diges- 
tion, Hipp. :  from 

Ένπεπτος,  ov,  (εν,  πέπτω)  light, 
easy  of  digestion,  Arist.  Eth.  N. — 2. 
well-ripened,  dub.  in  Hipp. — II.  act. 
having  a  good  digestion. 

Ένπεριάγωγος,  ov,  {εν,  περιάγω) 
easily  turned  round,  Luc.  [u] 

Ένπεριαίρετος,  ov,  (er,  περιαιρέω) 
easily  stript  off.  Theophr. 

Κνπερίγραπτος,  oi',=sq. 

Υ.νπερίγρΰφος,  ov,  (εν,  περιγράφω) 
easy  to  sketch  out  or  describe. — 2.  u'ith 
a  good  outline  or  contour,  neat,  pretty, 
πονς,  Luc. 

Ένπερίθρανστος,  ov,  (εν,  περιθ- 
ρανω)  easily  broken,  Plul. 

Έ,νπερικάλ,νπτος,ην,  {εν,  περικαλ- 
ύπτω)  easily  concealed,  Trag.  ap.  Stob. 
p.  563,  28.  [a] 

Έΰπερίκοπτος.  ov,  {εν,  περικόπτω) 
striking  off  all  useless  forms,  ενπ.  τας 
έντενξεις.  affable,  Polyb. 

Έν-ερί?.ηπτος,  ov,  {εν,  περιλΜμβά- 
νω)  easily  embraced  or  comprehended : 
hence  contracted,  trifling,  Polyb. 

Ενπερινόητος,  ov,  {εν,  περινοεω) 


ΕΤΠΙ 

well-thought  about,  well-composed,  στί- 
χος, Bockh,  Inscr.  2,  p.  487. 

Ενπεριόριστος,  ov,  {εν,  περιορίζω) 
well-defined,  clear. 

Ενπερίπΰτος,  ov,  {εί;  περιπατάω) 
walking  well. — II.  that  allows  one  to 
walk  easily,  Luc. 

Ενπερίσπαστος,  ov,  (εν,  περισπάω) 
easy  to  be  pulled  round  or  away,  Xen. 
Cyn.  2,  7. 

Ενπερίστΰτος,  ov,  (εν,  περιΐσταμαι) 
in  Ν.  Τ.,  αμαρτία  εΐιπ.,  sin  which  easily 
besets  us. 

Ενπερίτρεπτος,  ov,  (εν,  περιτρέπω) 
easily  turned  about,  uncertain,  going 
from  one  to  another,  LuC. 

Ενπερίφωρος,  ov,  {ευ.  περίφωρος) 
easily  detected,  observed,  Plut. 

Ενπερίχντος,  ov,  (εν,περιχέω)  easily 
poured  round,  spreading  itself,  Plut. 

Εί'πετάλεια,  af,)7,pecul.fem.  of  sq. 

Ενπέτΰ/.ος,  ov,  {εν,  πέταλον)  witk 
beautiful  leaves,  leafy,  Ar.  Thesm. 
1000. 

Ενπέταστος,  ov,  {εν,  πετάνννμι) 
easy  to  spread,  stretch. 

Ενπέτεια,  ας,  ή,  ease,  δι'  ενπετείας, 
easily,  Eur.  Phoen.  262  :  ενπ.  διδόναι, 
to  give  leave,  be  indulgent,  Plat.  Rep. 
364  C. — 2.  easiness  of  getting  ox  having, 
Lat.  copia,  τροφής,  Xen.  Dec.  5,  5 : 
hence  ενπ.  γνναικών,  Hdt.  5,  20. — 3. 
easiness  of  character,  Hipp.  :  from 

Υ,νπετής,  ες,  (εν,  πίπτω)  easy,  with- 
out trouble,  Lat.  facilis,  Hdt.,  and 
Trag.  :  esp.  c.  inf.,  easy  to  do,  ενπ. 
χειρωθήναι,  Hdt.  3,  120,  145:  in 
abundance:  hence  adverb,  -τώς.  Ion. 
-τέως,  with  numerals, /«//y,  έξακοσί- 
ονς  αμφορέας  ενπετέως  χωρέει,  it 
easily  holds  600  ainphoreis,].  e.  αί  Zens/, 
full  600,  Hdt.  4,  81,  cf  1,  193.  Adv. 
Comp.  ενπετεστέρως.  Id.  3, 143  ;  also 
-έστερον,  Hipp. — ll.  easy,  careless, 
thoughtless. — III.  the  literal  signi.  fall- 
ing well,  appears  in  Rhetor,  writers, 
ενπετές,  of  a  good  rhythm  or  cadence, 
Schaf.  Dion.  Comp.  p.  3)0. 

Ενπετρος,  ov,  {εν,  πέτρα)  of  good, 
hard  stone,  Anth. 

Ενπε-φία,  ας,  ή,  (εύπεπτος)  good 
digestion,  Arist.  Part.  An. 

Ενπηγής,  ές,  (εν,  7r77yvv/zi)=sq., 
once  in  Horn.,  ξείνος  μέγας  ήδ'  εν- 
πηγής, well-built,  stout,  Od.  21,  334: 
μήτραι,  Hipp. 

Ενπηκτος,  ov,  (εν,  πήγννμι)  well 
put  together,  well-built,  strong,  in  Horn, 
epith.  of  houses,  tents,  etc.,  esp.  in 
11.:  cf  ενπαγής,  ενπηγής:  iwell- 
compacted,  έκ  ενπ.  καρώ,  Theocr.  1. 
128|. — II.  of  liquids,  eanly  congealing, 
Arist.  de  Longaev.,  and  Theophr. 

ΕνπτΊ'ληξ,  ηκος,  ό,  ή,  {εν,  πήλ.ηξ) 
with  α  beautiful  helmet,  Anth. 

Ενπηνής,  ές,  dub.  I.  in  Cratin.  In- 
cert.  118;  cf  ενπινής. 

Ενπηνος,  ov,  (εν,  πήνη)  of  fine  tex- 
ture, Eur.  I.T.  312. 

Ενπηξία,  ας,  ή,  {ενπηκτος)  compact- 
ness. 

Ενπηχνς,  ν,  {ευ,  πήχνς)  with  beau- 
tiful arms,  χείρες,  Eur.  Hipp.  200; 
epilh.  of  Minerva,  Rhian.  1,  14. 

Εί'πΐδαξ,  ακος,  ό,  ή,  {εν,  πϊδαξ) 
abounding  in  fountains,  Anth. 

Ενπΐθέω,  ω,^ενπειθέω :  from 

ΕνπΙθής,  ές,=  ενπειθής,  Aesch.  Pr. 
333,  Αξ.  982. 

'\Ενπίλ.ητος,  ον,  {εν,  πιλέω)  easily 
compressed,  Arist.  \ί] 

Ενπίνεια,  ας,  ή,  α  goodly  crust  of 
antiquity,  translated  by  Auct.  ad  He- 
renn.  4,  46,  nitor  obsoletus,  and  used 
of  the  style  of  ancient  writers,  sim- 
plicity  naivete,  Toup.  Longin.  30  :  V. 
sq.  11.  [i] 

Εύπΐνής,  ές,  {εν,  πίνος)  strictly, 
577 


ΕΥΠΝ 

with  goodly  dirt  upon  one,  like  an  ath-  1 
lete  in  the  palaestra,  Cratin.  Incert. 
118. — II.  with  goodly  rust,  as  of  age, 
Strictly  of  old  statues,  and  then  of  the 
style  of  the  old  writers,  simple,  naive, 
chaste,  Cic.  Att.  12,  G.  3  ;  and  so  adv. 
-νώς.  lb.  15.  17.  2.— λ^  Schaf.  Dion. 
Comp.  p.  301,  329,  Ernesti  Clav.  Cic. 
in  V. ;  cf.  foreg.,  and  άρχαιοπινής. 

Έ,ντνιστία,  ας,  ή,  confidence  :  credu- 
lity, Λρ.  Rh. :  from 

Κνττιστος,  ov,  {εν,  πίστις)  easy  to 
be  believed,  trusl-ivorlhy,  trusty,  Xen. 
Cyr.  1,  2,  12. — II.  act.  easily  believing, 
trusty,  credulous,Meiiand.  p.  134,  Arist. 
khet. — III.  in  Xen.  I.e.  ace.  to  others, 
readily  obeying,  and  so  tncsty.  Adv. 
-τως.  Ar.  Thesm.  105. 

Έ,ϋπίων,  ov,  gen.  όνος.  (εύ,  πίων) 
very  fat,  rich,  Leon.  Tar.  [I] 

Ενπ'λϋνής,  ες,  {εν,  πλανάομαι.) 
wandering,  Ορρ. 

Εϋπ-λοσ-of,  ov,  {ευ,  πλάσσω)  easy 
to  mould,  readily  taking  a  form,  Lat. 
dvctilis.  Plat.  kep.  588  D.— II.  well 
moulded,  well  formed,  Aristaen.  :  well 
feigned,  plausible.  Adv.  -τυς. 

Έΰτί^Μ-ής,  ίς,  (ευ,  τζ/.ύτος)  of  good 
breadth,  broad,  λόγχη,  Xen.  Cyn.  10,  3. 

Ενττ?.είης,  a,  ov,  (εν,  ττλείος)  quite 
full,  well  filled,  "πήβη,  Od.  17,  467. 

Έϋπ^^εκής,  ες,  Ep.  έϋττ'λεκ/ις,  ες, 
(εν,  !7A£/cw)=sq.,  θύσανοι,  δίφροι,  II. 
2,  449 ;  23,  436,  in  Ep.  form,  as  also 
Hes.  Sc.  306,  370  ;  of  cords,  0pp. ; 
of  baskets,  Anth. 

Ένττλεκτος,  ov,  Ep.  ένπ?..,  ov,  {ευ, 
πλέκω)  well-plaited,  twisted,  ευπλ. 
σειραί,  11.  23,  115;  ενπλ.  δίφρος,  a 
chariot  with  sides  of  wicker  or  basket- 
work,  II.  23,  335  ;  later  of  nets,  Eur. 
Bacch.  870  ;  of  hair,  Anth. 

Έύττλενρος,  ov,  (ευ,  πλευρά)  with 

food,  stout  sides,  esp.  with  strong  lungs, 
lat.  bona  lalera  habens,  Arist.  H.  A. 

Έ,ϋττ/νηκτος,  ov,  {εύ,  τνλήσσω)  easily 
struck,  esp.  so  as  to  sound,  Plut. 

Ένττ/.ήρωτος,  ov,  {εύ,  ττληρόυ)  easily 
filled:  fall. 

Έ,ύττλοέω,  ώ.  (εϋττλοος)  to  have  a 
good  voyage,  vita  Horn.  18,  v.  Dorv. 
Charit.  p.  599.     Hence 

Έ,ύττλοια,  ας,  ή.  Ion.  and  Ep.  -oi?}, 
or  -οίη,  a  fair  voyage,  II.  9,  362,  Aesch., 
Soph.,  and  in  prose. 

Ένττλόϊμοςι  ov,  sailing  prosperously. 

Έ•νπλοκ.(ίμίς,  Ιδος,  ό,  η,  {εν,  πλό- 
καμος)  =  8^.,  formed  like  ενκνημις, 
Horn,  only  in  Od.  2,  119;  19,  542, 
ενττλοκημίόες  Άχαιαί. 

Ενπλόκάμος,  ov,  {εν.  πλόκαμος) 
with  goodly  locks,  fair-haired,  freq.  in 
Horn,  in  Ep.  form  ίνπ/:.,  as  epith.  of 
goddesses  and  women,  esp.  of  Eos 
and  Diana  ;  later  also  of  boys  and 
men,  e.  g.  Mosch.  1,  12:  also  ενπλ. 
κόμαι,  Eur.  I.  A.  791,  χαίτη,  Mel. 

Έ,νπλοκος,  ov,  {εν,  πλέκω)=:εν- 
πλεκτος.  Ορρ. 

Έ,ϋπλοος,  ov,  contr.  εΰπ7Μνς,  ονν, 
{εν,  π7.έω)  sailing  well,  tij—.  πλόοΓ, 
=ευπ7.οια,  Corinna(?)  ap.  Ath.  283  D. 

Ένπ7Μυτος,  ov,  (εν,  πλοντέω) 
tveallhy. 

'Εν7ζ7ί.ννής,  ές,  (εν,  π7.ύνω)  well- 
washed,  clean,  pure,  φάρος,  Od.  8,  392, 
425,  etc.,  in  Ep.  form  ένπλ. 

Ένπ7ΜΤος,  ov,  {εύ,  π7Μω)  favour- 
able to  sailing,  κνμα,  Anth. 

Έ.νπνενστία,  ας,  ή,  lightness,  free- 
ness  nf  breathing  :  from 

Έ.νπνευστος,  ov,  (εν,  πνέω)=^ενπ- 
νοος. 

Έιύπνοια,  ας,  i],  easiness,  freeness  of 
breathing,  Hipp.  —  II.  a  well  aired  or 
ventilated,  airy  situation,  Arist.  Probl. 
—•III.  fragrance,  Anth. :  from 

Έιιπνοος,  ov,  contr.  -ονς,  -ονν,  {εν, 
578 


ΕΥΠΟ 

πνέω)  breathing  well  or  freely,  Arist; 
Part.  An. :  hence  good  to  blow  or 
breathe  through,  μνκτϊ/ρες,  Xen.  Eq. 
1.  10;  κά/Λμοι,  Longus.  —  2.  trans. 
?naki>ig  one  breathe  freely,  relieving  op- 
pression of  the  breath,  Hipp. — II.  well 
ventilattd,  airy,  Lat.  perflabilis,  τόποι, 
Arist.  Probl.,  cf.  Plat.  Phaedr.  230  C, 
— III.  good  to  breathe,  fresh  and  pure, 
of  the  air,  Strab. — IV.  breathing  vut  a 
sweet  smell,  sweet  smelting,  λείρια, 
Mosch.  2,  32,  f)ooov,  .\nth.  Compar. 
-οώτερος.  but  also  -ονστερος,  both  in 
Hipp.,  cf.  Lob,  Phryn.^  143. 

Ένττοδία,  ας,  η,  {ενπους)  strength, 
goodness  of  font,  Xen.  Eq.  1,  3, 

Εύ-οιέο),  ώ,  {ενποιός)  better  di- 
visiin  εύ  ποιέω. 

Ένποιητέος,  έα,  έον,  better  divisim 
εν  ποιητ. 

Ένττοιητίκός,  ή,  όν,  {εύποιέω)  dis- 
posed to  be  kind,  charitable,  beneficent, 
εΙς  or  περϊ  χρι'ιματα,  Arist.  Rhet. 
τινός,  lb.  :  το  ενπ.,  beneficence,  Chry- 
sipp.  ap.  Plut.  2,  1052  B. 

Ε,νπυίτ/τος,  ov,  in  Od.  3,  434 :  ;;, 
ov,  II.  5,  466  ;  10,  636,  {εν  ποιέω)  ivell 
made  or  wrought,  of  metal,  leather, 
wood,  etc. 

Έ,νποιία,  ας,  ή,  {ενποιός)  beneficence, 
well-dning,  Luc. 

Ένποίκΐ7.ος,ον,{εύ,  ποικίλος)  much 
varied,  variegated,  Anth. 

Έ.νποιός,  όν,  {εν,  ποιέω)=ενποιη- 
τικός. 

Ενποκος,  ον,  {εν,  πόκος)  rich  in 
wool,  fleecy,  νομενματα,  Aesch.  Ag. 
1416. 

Ένπολέμητος,  ov,  {εύ,  πολεμέοι) 
easy  to  be  conquered. 

Εΐ>πό7-εμος,  ov,  (εύ,  πόλεμος)  good 
at  war,  H.  Horn.  7,  4.  Adv.  -μως, 
Dio  C. 

iΈvπό7,εμoς,ov,  6,  Eupolimus, masc. 
pr.  n..  Plat.  Crat.  394  C,  Dem.,  etc. 

Κνπο7ιΐς,  ιδος,  ό,  ή,  (εύ,  πόλις) 
abounding  in  cities. 

iΈvπo7uς,  ιδος,  ό,  Eupolis,  a  poet  of 
the  old  comedy,  Ar.  Nub.  553  :  cf. 
Meineke  1,  p.  104  sqq. 

^Ένπο7.ος,  ov,  ό,  Eupolus,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  Paus. 

iEvπόuπη.ης,ή,Έupompe,a  Nereid. 
Hes.  Th.  261. 

Ένπομπος,  ov,  {εν,  πέμπω)  tcell, 
propitiously  conducting  τνχη,  Aesch. 
Eum.  93,  cf.  Soph.  O.  T.  697. 

Ένπόρίντος,  ov,  {εν.  πορεύομαι) 
easy  to  go  through,  pervious. — II.  act. 
easily  passing. 

Ένπορέω,  ώ,  {εύπορος)  to  have  a 
good  journey  or  voyage,  Thuc.  6,  44  : 
in  genl.  to  prosper,  thrive,  be  well  off, 
εΰπορεϊ  ό  πό7.εμος,  Thuc.  6,  34  :  to 
be  wej^  off,  abound,  be  rich  in  a  thing, 
τινός,  Plat.  Legg.  791  D :  τινί,  Poiyb. : 
in  genl.  to  procure,  become  possessed  of , 
ίππων,  Xen.  Hell.  1,  1,  10.— II.  to 
supply,  furnish,  provide,  τι  τινι,  Deni. 
891,  19,  cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  595  ;  hence 
in  pass.=:signf.  I.,  to  prosper,  abound 
in...,  τινός,  Arist.  Oec. ;  τινί,  Polyb. ; 
absol.,  Luc. — III.  as  philosoph.  term, 
opp.  to  άττορέω,  to  have  one's  doubts 
resolved,  gain  clearer  knowledge,  Arist. 
Metaph.     Hence 

Έ.νπόρημα,  ατός,  τό,  advantage,  help, 
Alcidam. 

Έΰπόρθητος,  ov,  {εύ,  πορθέω)  easily 
destroyed. 

Έ,νπορία.  ας,  ή,  {εύπορος)  a  facility, 
faculty,  easy  means,  c.  inf.,  Emped. 
253 ;  convenience :  hence  means,  re- 
sources, βίου.  Plat.  Prot.  321  E,  τον 
καθ'  ήμέραν,  Thuc.  3,  82  :  so  εύπ. 
Tf/ς  τύχης,  lb.  45. — 2.  abundance,  good 
store,  χρημάτων,  Xen.  Hell.  4,  8,  28 : 
and  absol.  wealth,  Cyr.  3,  3,  7. — II. 


ΕΤΠΡ 

opp.  to  απορία,  the  solution  of  douhta 
or  difficulties,  positive  knowledge,  Xen.• 
Occ.  9,  1,^=7.νσις  των  άπορονμένων, 
Aj-ist.  Metaph.  2,  ] ,  2. 

Έ•νποριστία,  ή,  a  being  easily  pro- 
cured ;  from 

Έιύπόριστος,  ov,  (εν,  πορίζω)  easy 
to  procure,  Epicur.  ap.  Diog.  L.  10, 
144 :  hence  of  common,  family  me- 
dicines, Diosc. 

Έ,νπορος,  ov,  (εν,  πόρος)  easy  to 
pass  or  travel  through,  πέλαγος,  Aesch. 
Supp.  470  ;  οδός,  Plat.  Rep.  328  Ε  ; 
in  Thuc.  ενπ.  δύέναι,  easy  to  tra- 
verse, 4,  78, — II.  in  genl.  easy,  ready, 
θάνατος,  Aesch.  Fr.  ;  αγωγιι,  Xen., 
etc. :  εύπορα,  things  easily  gotten,  Eur. 
Alcm.  12. — 2.  of  persons,  yuW  of  re- 
sources, or  devices,  ingenious,  contriving, 
Eur.  Hipp.  Fr.  3,  c.  inf.  Ar.  Eccl.  236, 
εις  τι,  Vesp.  1112.  —  III.  abounding, 
rich  in  a  thing,  τινί,  Thuc.  2,  64  ;  τι, 
Isocr.  162  Y^,  τινός,  .\rist.Oec.:  absol. 
plentiful,  Hdt.  4,  59  ;  and  of  persons, 
well  off.  ivealthy,  Dem.  1045,  23.  Adv. 
-ρως,  Thuc,  etc. 

ΐ.ύπύρφνρος,  ov,  (εν,  πορφύρα)  of  a 
beautiful  purple. 

Έ,ύποτμέω,  ώ,  to  be  lucky,  fortunate, 
Plut. ;  and 

Έ,νποτμία,  ας,  ή,  good  fortune,  Xan 
thus,  p.  182  :  from 

Έ.ν~οτμος,  ov,  (εν,  πότμος)  happy, 
prosperous,  αιών,  Aesch.  Ag.  254. 

Έύποτος,  ov,  (εν,  πίνω)  easy,  agree- 
able to  drink,  pleasant  to  the  taste,  Aesch. 
Pers.  611. 

Ένττονς.  ό.  ή,  -πονν,  τό,  gen.  -ποδός, 
{εύ,  πυνς)  with  good,  active,  strong 
feet,  Xen.  Cyn.  3,  2. 

Ενπράγέω,  ώ,  (ενπραγτ/ς)  =^  εν- 
πρύσσω,  to  do  well,  be  well  off,  flourish, 
Thuc.  2.  60. 

Ένπράγημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  prosperous 
event,  success,  e.  g.  in  war,  App.  [ττρΰ] 

Ένπράγής,  ές,  {εύ,  πράγος)  doing 
well,  flourishing.     Hence 

Ένπράγία,  ας,  ή,  good  fortune  or 
success,  prosperity,  freq.  in  Thuc, 
Plat.,  etc.,  also  in  Pind.  O.  8,  18,  P. 
7,  17 ;  though  εύπραξία  is  the  more 
usii.  old  form. 

Ενπρακτος,  ov,  {εν,  πρύσσω)  easy 
to  be  done,  Xen.  An.  2,  3,  20. — II.  doing 
well,  prosperous,  Opp.  [a  by  nature.] 

Ένπραξία.  ας,  ή.  Ion.  ενπρηξίη,=: 
ενπραγία,  of  which  it  seems  the  older 
form,  Hdt.,  Trag.,  and  old  com. — II. 
good  conduct.  Xen.  Mem.  3,  9,  14; 
Ari.st.  Eth.  N.  6,  5,  4, 

Άύπραξις,  εως,  ή,  poet,  for  εύπρα- 
ξία, Aesch.  Ag.  255. 

Έύπράσσω,  τ,  ενπρήσσο: 

Εύπρεμνος,  ov,  (εύ,  πρέμνον)  with 
good  or  fine  stem. 

Ευπρέπεια,  ας,  ή,  good  look,  credit- 
able appearance,  ενπρεπείφ  προέχειν, 
Thuc.  6.  31  :  beauty,  comeliness. — II. 
α  colourable  appearance,  speciousness, 
plausibility,  εύπ.  7ώγον,  Thuc.  3,  83. 

Ενπρεπ/'/ς,  ές,  (εύ,  πρέπω)  well- 
looking,  goodly,  comely,  freq.  in  Eur.  ; 
είδος  εύπ.,  Eur.  Hec.  269  :  hence — 
2.  decent,  seemly,  fitting,  becoming, 
Aesch.  Cho.  664,  τινί,  Hdt.  2,  47  ; 
splendid,  Thuc  2,  38,  glorious,  τίΡ^ευ- 
Tr/,  Id.  2,  44. — 3.  specious,  plausible, 
opp.  to  ά7ιτιθί/ς,  Eur.  Tro.  951,  and 
very  freq.  in  Thuc.  ;  τό  ευπρεπές 
λό}Ό^>,=  foreg.  II.,  Thuc.  3,  44.  Corn- 
par,  -έστερος.  Hdt.  1.  c.  Adv.  -πώς, 
Ion.  -πέως,  Hdt.  7,  220,  Aesch.,  etc. : 
compar. -ττέστεροί',  Eur.  Rhes.  841; 
superl.  -πέστατα,  I'huc.  8,  109. 

Eύ~pε7rrof,  ov,  {εύ,  πρέπω)  con- 
spicuous, Aesch.  Supp.  722. 

Ενπρηκτος,  -ιιξίη.  Ion.  for  ενπρακ- 
τος, -αξία,  Hdt. 


ΕΤΠΡ 

'  ΈΙπρήσσω,  hence  ενιτρήσσεακον 
έκαστα,  they  arranged,  ordered  things 
well,  Od,  8,  259.  In  signf.  to  be  well 
off,  it  should  be  written  divisim,  ευ 
ττρ^σσω,  and  so  perh.  in  Horn.  too. 

Έντρ7}στος,  ov,  {εν,  ττρήθω)  εν. 
άντμή,  the  vehement  blast  ol  the  bel- 
lows, 11.  18,  471  :  ace.  to  others, 
kindling  the  fire, 

Ενττρήίύν,  ωνοζ,  ό,  ή,  (εύ,  ττρηών) 
trilh  fair  promontories  or  peaks,  rocky, 
Anth. 

EvrrpitTTta,  etc,  ή,  a  being  easily 
sawn  through :  from 

Έν-ριστος,  ov,  (εν,  πρίω)  easily 
satV7i  through,  split,  Hipp. 

Έ,ν-ροαίρετος,  ov,  (ευ,  ττροαιρεω) 
forming  a  right  choice,  upright  in  heart. 

Εν~ρΟ€Οεκτος,  ov,  {εν,  τ^ροςδέχο- 
μαι)  acceptable,  Plut-,  and  N.  T. 

Έ.ν7νρόςε6ρος,    ov,  =  εί'πάρεδρος, 

Ν.  τ. 

Έ,ΰττροζηγορία,  ας,  η,  affability, 
Isocr.  6  Β  :  from 

Έ^ΰ-ροςήγορος,  ov,  {εν,  ττροςηγο- 
ρέ(β/)  easily,  readily  addressing,  i.  e. 
affable,  courteous,  Eur.  Hipp.  95,  uhi 
V.  Valck. ;  εν^τΓρ.  φρήν.  Id.  Ale.  775 : 
ovK  εύπ-ρ.  άται,  miseries  that  forbid 
my  being  spoken  to.  Id.  H.  F.  1284,  cf. 
Muller  Eum,  ^  50.  Adv.  -ρως,  Dion. 
H.  ■ 

Εί'-ρόςθετος,  ov,  {εν,  'ϊΐροςτίθημι) 
eas  it  μ  procured,  τροόή,  Hipp. 

Έ.υ~ρόςΐτος,  ov.  {εν.  -ττροςιέναι)  ac- 
cessible, Strab.  :  metaph.  affable. 

Εν-ροςόόεντος,  ov,  {εύ,  προςοδενω) 
=sq. 

Έ,νπρόςοδος,  ov,  {εν.  τΓρόςοδος)  of 
persons,  accessible,  affable,  Lat.  qui 
faciles  aditiis  habet,  Thuc.  6,  57. — II. 
of  places,  accessible,  Xen.  Hell.  6.  5, 
24,  Cyr.  6,  1,  23.     Adv.  -δ^ς. 

Έ,ν~ρόςοίσ~ος,  ov.  {εν,  ττροςόέρω) 
easy  to  be  got:  metaph.  attainable,  Eur. 
Med.  279. — II.  from  ρ3.85.=  εν7ΐρόςι- 
τος. 

ν.νπροςόμίλος,  ον,^=ενόμ0.ος. 

Εντΐροςόρμιστος,  ov,  {εν,  ττροςορ- 
αίζω)  convetUent  to  land  on,  run  into, 
Diod. 

Εΰττρόςρητος,  ov,  and 

Έΰ-ρόςόθεγκτος,  ον,-=ενπροζήγο- 
ρος. 

Ε.νττρόςήιορος,  ov,  {εν,  ττροςφέρω) 
easily  uttering,  fluent,  eloquent,  Hdn. — 
Π.  pleasant  to  eat  or  nutritious,  of  food, 
Xenocr. ;  cf.  πρόςόορος. 

Έΰ-τρόςφΰτος,  ov,  {εν,  ττροςφύω) 
easily  growing  to,  joining,  Theophr. 

Έν~ροςο)~έω,  ύ,  to  be  ενττρόςωττος, 
to  make  a  fair  show,  look  well,  N.  T. 
Hence 

Έντΐροςωττία,  ας,  η.  a  good  look, 
fair,  plausible  appearance,  Dion.  H. 

Έν-ροςωττόκοιτος,  η,  ov,  (,ενττρόςω- 
πος,  κοίτη)  hence  τνχτι  ενττροςωπο- 
κοίτα  πεσεΐν,  to  fall  i'metaph.  from 
dice)  in  a  lucky  posture,  with  a  cheerful 
posture  of  fortune.  Aesch.  Cho.  969, 
as  corrected  by  Herm. 

Εύχρόςωποζ•,  ov,  {εν,  πρόςυπον)  of 
good  countenance,  well-looking,  comely. 
At.  Plut.  976,  etc. :  metaph.  fair  in 
outward  shore,  specious,  Hdt.  7,  168, 
Enr.  Phoen.  13.36.— 2.  cheerfid.friend- 
ly-lonking.  Soph.  Aj.  1009.  Adv.  -n-wj- , 
Philostr. 

Έ^ν-ροφάσιστος,  ov,  {εν,  ττροφασί- 
ζομαι)  with  a  good  pretext,  excusable, 
plausible,  αιτία,  Thuc.  6,  105.  Adv. 
τως.  [a] 

Έ.ν~ρόφορος,  ov,  {εϊ,  npo(!>ipu)ready, 
easy  to  bring  out,  produce,  Dion.  H. 

Ενπρνμνής,  ες,  {εν,  ττρνμνα)  εν~ρ. 
χάρις,  Aesch.  Supp.  989,  is  usu.  ex- 
plained, well-grounded,  well-secured  ho- 
nour. 


ETPE 

Έϋττρνμνος,  ov,  (εν,  τρνμνα)  with 
well-built,  hcmdsome  stern  or  poop,  νήες, 
11.  4,  248. 

Ενττρφρος,  ov,  {εϋ,  ιτρώρσ)  with 
well-built,  handsome  prow  or  head, 
ΊτΊΛ-η,  Eur.  I.  A.  765. — II.  metaph. 

ΕνΊϊταιατος,  ov,  (εΰ,  nraltS)  easily 
stumbling,  hence  unsteady,  unsafe, 
Hipp. 

Ένπτερος,  ov,  {εν,  τττερόιή  well- 
winged  or  -feathered,  Soph.  O.  T.  176  : 
metaph.  εντττ.  -/νναΐκες,  high-plumed, 
highflying  ladies  of  quality,  Ar.  Nub. 
800. 

Ένπτέρνγος,  ov,  {εν.  πτέpυξ)ίoτeg., 

Εν-τησία,  ας,  ή,  {εν,  Ι-ταμαι,  rut. 
πτήσομαι)  expertness  in  flying. 

Εν-τοίητος,  ov,  {εν,  τττοιέω)  easily 
scared. 

Εν~~ό/.^μος,  ov,  poet,  for  εΰττόλε- 
μος. 

ΕντΓτορθος,  ov.  {εύ,  τΐ-όρβος)  with 
fine  branches  :  of  horns,  branching, 
'Anth. 

Εν~νγία,  ας,  ή,  fine  shape  in  the 
hinder  parts,  Alex.  Isost.  1,  11. 

Εν~νγος,  ov,  {εν,  πνγή)  well -shaped 
in  the  hinder  parts.  Hermes  ap.  Stob. 
Eel.  1,  992,  cf.  καλ'λί-νγος. 

Εν~ννόάκοτος,  ov,  {εν,  ττύνδαξ) 
well-bottomed,  of  a  cup,  Luc.  [ά] 

Ετ'•τι•ρ}θζ•.  or,  (ει•,  ττνργος)  well- 
towered,  epith.  of  fortified  towns,  II. 
7,  71,  Hcs.  Sc.  270. 

Εν~νρος,  ov,  {εύ,  7rrpo{-)=sq. 

ΕντΓϋροφόρσς,  ov,  (εύ.  ττνροφόρος) 
fertile  in  corn,  dub.  in  Strab. 

Ενττνρωτος,  ov,  {εν,  rrvpou)  easily 
set  fire  to,  Theophr.  [ϋ] 

Εϊητώγων,  ov,  gen.  ωνος,  {εύ,  πώ- 
yojv)  with  a  fine  beard,  bearded,  Leon. 
Tar.  61. 

ΕνττωΆος,  ov,  (ευ,  ττώλος)  strictly, 
with  fine  foals  :  in  genl.  abounding  in 
steeds,  breeding  fine  horses,  Hom.  al- 
ways as  epith.  of  Troy. 

Ειφΰθύμιγξ,  ιγγος,  ό,  ή,  {εν,  ^αθά- 
μίγξ)  dripping,  wet.  [α] 

Εί'ραί,  ών,  at,  the  iron  tips  of  the 
axle,  on  which  the  wheels  run.  Poll. 

Εί'ρακύ?.ων,  ωνος,  ό,  v.  εχ<ροκ7νδων. 

Ένρύμην,  part,  είφάμενος,  for  εύ- 
ρησάμτ/ν,  aor.  1  mid.  of  ενφίσκυ,  first 
in  Alexandr. 

Εϊ'ράζ,  adv.  from  one  side,  sideways, 
I!.  11,  251 ;  15,541.— IT.  είφάξ  πατάξ, 
an  exclamation  in  Ar.  Av.  1258,  strict- 
ly to  frighten  away  birds.  (Ace.  to 
Damm  from  ττ/.ενρύ  for  τΓ?.ενρύξ. 
perh.  rather  from  το  εχ'ρος,  as  we  say, 
broadside  on.) 

Ei• ραφής,  ες.  Ep.  ένρ,  {εϋ,  Ι)άπτω) 
well-stitched,  tight,  δοροί,  Od.  2,  354, 
380,  in  Ε  p.  form  :  in  genl._^rm/t/^erf, 
fastened  together. 

Ενρεής,  ές,  Ep.  έϋρ-,  {εν,  ()εΐιΐ)  fair- 
flowing,  abundantly  flowins.  Horn,  (only 
in  II.)  always  Ep.  gen.  έϊφβεΐος  ττο- 
ταμοϊο.  contr.  for  ένβόεέος.  Π.  6,  508, 
etc. ;  εί'ρεΐος.  Hes.  Fr.  12,  2,  (but  ill 
Strab.  ενρηος) :  cf.  είφείτης,  ενρει- 
τος,  εϊφείων.  ενροος,  εΐφντος. 

Είφεϊν,  inf  aor.  2  act.  ενρον  of 
εϊψίσκω,  Ep.  εχψέμεναι,  Hom. 

Εί'ρείτης,  ov,  ό.  Ep.  tvp-,  {εν,  βέω) 
=  είφε?}ς,  q.  v.,  11.  0.  34,  Od.  14,  257. 

Ενρειτος,  ov,  Ep.  έίφ..  Αρ.  Rh.,  and 
ειφείων,  ούσα,  ov,  Ep.  ίϋρ.,=εΐφεής. 

Εΐ'ρεμα,  ατός,  τό,  {είφίσκω)  worse 
form  of  εύρημα,  q.  v.,  Anth. 

Ενρεσιέττεια,  ας,  ή.  invention  of 
XDords,  fluency,  liite:  and 

Εΐ'ρεσίέττεω,  ώ,  to  be  fluent  or  wordy : 
from 

Ενρεσιε-ής,  ές,  dub.  or  late  form 
for  ενρησιεπής,  q.  v. 


ETPI 

Έίρεσίκακος,  ov,  {είφίσκω,  κακόν) 
inventive  of  evil. 

Ενρεσι7.ο-/έω,  ώ,  {ενρεσιλόγος)  to 
invent  words,  to  multiply  words,  esp. 
without  reason,  Polyb.  ;  and 

Ένρεσι7Μ-/ία,  ας,  ή,  skill  in  finding 
words,  command  of  words,  fluency,  lo- 
quacity, Polyb. — ll.  subtle,  sophistical 
use  of  words,  power  of  playing  with 
them,  Plut.  :  from 

Ενρεσι?.όγος,  ov,  (είφίσκω,  ?.όγος) 
inventive  of  words,  having  a  great  com- 
mand of  words,  Diog.  L.  :  wordy,  chat- 
tering. 

Ενρέσιος,  ov,  b,  (είφίσκω)  epith.  of 
J  apilet.  as  the  god  of  discovery ,  Dion.  H. 

Εΰρεσις,  εως,  η,  better  than  ενρη- 
σις.  Lob.  Phryn.  446  (είφίσκω).  afind- 
ing,  discovery,  Plat.  Rep.  336  E,  Crat. 
436  A  :  of  writings,  invention,  concep- 
tion. Dion.  H. 

Ενρεσίτεχνος.ον,  (είφίσκω,  τέχνη) 
inventor  of  arts,  Orph. 

Είφετέος,  έα,  εον,  verb.  adj.  ot 
ενρίσκω,  to  be  discovered,  found  out, 
Thuc.  3,  45:  not  ενρητέος,  Lob. 
Phryn.  446. 

Είφετής,  ov,  6,  (ενρίσκω)  an  in- 
ventor, discoverer.  Plat.  Lach.  186  E. 
Fem.  ενρέτις,  ιδος.  On  the  diff.  ac- 
cent. V.  Buttm.  Ausf.  Gr.  ^  119,  31. 

Ενρετικός,  ή,  όν,  (είφίσκω)  inven- 
tive, ingenious,  Plat.  Synip.  209  A, 
etc. 

Είφέτις,  ιδος,  fem.  οί ενρετής,  q.  v.. 
Soph.  Fr.  88. 

Είφετός,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  of  ενρίσ- 
κω, discovered  :  discoverable,  to  be  dit• 
covered.  Soph.  Fr.  723,  and  Xen. 

Ενρέτρια,  ας,  ή,=  ενρέτις.  Died. 

Ενρετρον,  ov,  τό,  the  reward  of  dis- 
covery. 

■[Ενρήεις,  εντός,  ό,  Eureis,  a  river 
and  village  of  Scepsia  in  Mysia, 
Strab. 

Ενρηκα,  perf.  of  ενρίσκω. 

Εύρημα,  ατός,  τό,  better  than  εΐφε- 
μα.  Lob.  Phryn.  446,  (ενρίσκω)  that 
which  is  found,  a  prize,  windfall,  like 
ΈρμαΙον,  εϋρ.  ενρηκε,  Hdt.  7,  10,  4  : 
hence  in  genl.  a  gain,  advantage,  Thuc. 
5,  46. — 2.  of  a  child,  a  foundling.  Soph. 
O.  T.  1105. — II.  an  invention,  discovery, 
thing  discovered  not  by  chance  but  by 
thought,  Soph.  Fr.  379,  Eur.,  etc. 

Ενρημοσύνη,  ης,  ή,  fluency,  elo- 
quence :  from 

Ενρήμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  (εν,  ()ημα) 
fluent,  eloquent. 

Εύρην,  ηνος,  6,  η,  and  είφηνος,  ov, 
Ep.  ένρβ-,  {εν,  βήν)  abounding  in  lambs 
or  sheep,  both  in  Ap.  Rh. 

Εί'ρησιεπής,  ές,  (είφίσκω,  εττος)  in- 
ventive of  tivrds,  knowing  in  their  use, 
fluent,  Pind.  O.  9,  120 :  wordy,  sophis- 
tical, Ar.  Nub.  447. 

Ενρησι?.ογέω,  ώ,=ενρε(Τ. 

Ενρησις,  εως,  ή,  worse  form  of  εν 
ρεσις,  q.  v. 

Ενρήσω,  fut.  of  είφίσκω,  first  in  H. 
Hom.  Mere.  302. 

Ενρητος,  ov,  (εν,  ()ηθήναι,  */5εω) 
easy  to  tell,  Ael. 

Είφήτωρ,  ορός,  6,=  ενρετης,  Anth. 

Ενριζος,  ov,  (εν,  ^ίζα)  well,  strong, 
deep  rooted,  Nic. 

Evpiv,  ϊνος,  ό,  ή,  worse  form  for 
ενρις. 

Ενρινος,  ov,  (εν,  βίν)=είφίς.  Opp. 

Ενρινος,  ov,  (εν.  βινός)  of  good 
leather.  Αρ.  Rh.  3,  1299. 

ΕνρΙπΐδΰριστοφΰνίζω,  to  Aristo- 
phanise  Euripides,  i.  e.  lampoon  him 
like  Ar.,  comic  word  in  Cratin.  Incert. 
155. 

■\:Είφηΐίδας,  a,  b,  (Dor.  form  of 
Ενρι•:τί6ης)  Euripidas,  an  Aetolian 
leader,  Polyb.  freq. 

579 


ΕΥ  PI 

^ΕνρΙπίδείΟΓ,  ον,  of  or  belonging  to 
Euripides,  Ath.  600  Β  :  from 

Εί;/)ϊ7Γί(5//Γ,  ου,  ό,  (formed  as  a  pa- 
tron, from  EupiTOf)  Euripides,  sou  of 
Mnesarchus  and  Clito,  one  of  the 
three  great  Athenian  tragic  poets, 
born  in  the  island  of  Salainis,  Ar. 
Ach.  101,  etc.  freq. — Others  of  this 
name  in  Dem.  12i7,  VZ.  Ar.,  etc. — 11. 
nickname  given  to  the  cast  (40)  of  the 
dice,  from  one  Euripides  who  held 
office  with  the  Forty  at  Athens,  Ath. 
217  A,  Poll.  9,  101.  [ττί] 

tEϋpt^τi(5^oι^  ου,  ro,dim.  from  foreg., 
my  dear  Euripides,  as  a  wheedling  ap- 
pell.j  Ar.  Ach.  404. 

Έ,ϋρίτζιστος,  ov,  {ευ,  βιπίζω)  easili/ 
driven  hither  and  thither,  unstable,  Cic. 
Att.  14.  5,  2.  [pi] 

ΚνρΙΤΓος,  ου,  ή,  any  strait  or  part  of 
the  sea,  where  the  ebb  and  flow  of  the  tide 
is  remarkably  violent :  esp.  of  the  strait 
■which  separates  Euboea  from  Boao- 
tia,  the  E'lripus,  now  by  corruption 
strait  of  {Euripus,  Erripo,  E;^ripn)  Ne- 
grnpont,  first  in  H.  Horn.  Ap.  222  ;  the 
ancients  believed  that  this  ebbod  and 
flowed  seven  times  a  day :  hence 
proverb,  of  n;i  wmtable,  wavering,  weak- 
minded  man,  cf.  Aeschin.  GG,  27,  Arist. 
Eth.  N.  9,  C),  3. —II.  in  genl.  a  water- 
course, canal,  ditch,  etc.,  Schiif  Long, 
p.  328.    (From  εύ  and  βί-τω, pLnKu).) 

Έ,νρϊττώδης,  ες.  {¥αύρι—ος,  ήδος) 
like  an  Euripus,  τόττυς,  Arist.  Gen. 
An.  :   living  in  such  a  place.  Id.  H.  A. 

Euptf,  ϊΐΌς,  ή,  ή,  and  later  tvpiv, 
{εύ,  βίς)  with  a  good  nose,  i.  e.  keen- 
scented,  κύων.  Soph.  .Aj.  8:  metaph. 
of  Cassandra,  sharp  at  tracking  out  a 
thing,  .\esch.  Ag.  109;}. 

Ευρίσκω,  (root  ΈΥΡ-  as  in  aor.  2) : 
lut.  tijpi/σω  :  perf.  εύρημα  :  aor.  2  εύ- 
ροι•, iini)eiat.  εύρε,  inf.  ενρίϊΐ' :  aor. 
εί'ιρησα  only  late  :  aor.  mid.  ενρο/αιν, 
for  which  Ale.xandr.  and  later  εύρά- 
ur/v.  Wolf  Dem.  457,  7,  Jac.  A.  P.  p. 
8S0 :  perf.  pass,  ίΰρημαι :  aor.  pass. 
ενρέθην,  al.so  c.  augin.  ηύρέβην,  es[). 
in  old  Alt..  Elmsl.  Heracl.  305,  Med. 
191.  Iloin.  has  only  aor.  act.  and 
mid.,  and  the  fut.  is  found  m  Hoin. 
Merc.  302.-1.  To  hit,  light  upon,  find 
by  chance,  meet  with,  of  persons  and 
things,  freq.  from  Iloin.  downwds..  iu 
Hom.  usu.  of  persons  :  also,  μη  έπί- 
απαστον  κααον  εύμη,  thil  he  find  not, 
fall  not  into  a  self-iiicurred  mischief, 
Od.  24,  402  :  so,  κακοι>  εΰρετο.  brought 
it  on  himself,  Od.  21,  304  :  ώς  έγώ  ευ- 
ρίσκω, as  far  as  I  can  see,  Hdt.  1.  60: 
c.  part.,  εύρ.  τι  6υ.  to  find  that  a  thing 
is,  etc..  Hdt.  1,  50,  cf.  3,  95 :  so  too, 
εύρ.  θεούς  κακούς  (sc.  διτας)  Soph. 
Phil.  452. —  II.  to  find  out,  discover  :  in 
Ho'n.  esp.  τέκμαρ  and  μήχος  εύρείν  : 
so  in  mid.,  ot'oii'  εϋρεο.  think  of  a  name 
to  give  him,  Od.  19,  403  ;  and,  irai- 
ροισιν  βαΐ'άτου  λν~ιν  ενροίμην,  Od. 
9,  421  :  c.  acc.  cognato,  εύρημα  ενρ., 
Hdt.  7,  10,  4  :  c.  inf.,  to  find,  discover 
that  one  ought  to  do,  Hdt.  1,  79,  125. 
— 2.  to  devise,  invent. — III.  to  find,  get 
gain,  win,  όόξαν,  ύρετάν,  Pind.  ;  φί- 
λους. Soph.,  βιον,  Eur.  etc. :  τινί  τι, 
something/ifr  another,  Plat.  Prot.  321 
D.  Mid.  to  find  for  one's  self,  procure, 
obtain,  ri,  Hdt.  9,  6,  20,  etc.,  Pind.  P. 
3,  190. — 2.  esp.  of  merchandise,  etc., 
fo^nri  a  purchaser,  io/e/c/i,  carii  money, 
ττολλοι»  χρυσίον  ενροϋσα,  having  fetch- 
ed a.  large  sum,  Hdt.  1,  190;  hence, 
fo  be  worth,  to  sell  for,  usu.  c.  acc.  pre- 
tii,  Isae.  72,  39  ;  sometimes  c.  gen., 
ΰτζούίδοται  τοϋ  ενρίιντος,  sells  for 
vital  it  will  fetch  (as  if  for  thn  pass. 
ευρεθέντος),  Xen.  Mem.  2,  5,  5,  cf. 
Aeschin.  13,  41,  and  ΰλώαίι>ο. 
580 


ΕΓΡΤ 

Εύροέω.  ώ,  {εύροος)  to  flow  well, 
beautifully,  abundantly,  Theophr. — II. 
meta|)h.  to  no  on  well,  όταν  ό  δαίμων 
ενυοή,  Aesch.  Pers.  601,  and  so  Po- 
lyb.,'ctc.— III.  to  be  fluent,  glib,  Plut. 

Εύροια,  ας,  jj,  a  good  flow,  free  course, 
ύδατος.  Plat.  Legg.  779  C. — U.  fluen- 
cy, ί,Άΐ.  flumen  orntionis,  Plat.  Phaedr. 
238  C. — III.  successful  progress,  Id. 
Legg.  784  Β  :  prosperity,  Polyb. 

Εί'ροίζητος,  ov,  {εύ.  ροιζέω)  sent 
whizzing  along,  of  an  arrow,  Anth. 

Ενροκλνδων,  ωνος.  ό.  a  tempestu- 
ous wind  in  N.  T.  Act.  Apost.  •^^,  14: 
the  name  seems  to  mean  a  storm  from 
the  East,  but  the  readings  vary  re- 
markably, and  the  most  prob.  is  εΰ- 
ρακνλων  (as  in  Lat.  Vulg.  Euro-aqui- 
lo),  i.  e.  a  N.  E.  wind :  it  is  now  call- 
ed Gregalia.  the  most  violent  wind  in 
the  Mediterranean,  usu.  blowing  in 
the  early  spring. 

Εύρον,  ες.  ε,  inf.  ενρεΐν,  aor.  2  act. 
of  ευρίσκω,  Hom. 

Ενρόνοτος,  ό  and  ή,  a  wind  in  the 
quarter  between  Υ,ύρος  and  Ήότος,  S. 
S.  E. ,  Lat.  Phoenix,  acc.  to  Gellius, 

\  iilliirniis. 

Εύροος,  ov,  contr.  ους,  ουν.  {ει•, 
βέω)  flowing  well  or  plentifully,  fair- 
flowing,  II.  7.  329;  21,  130.  in  Ep. 
form  έύρβ). — II.  in  medic,  of  the  body, 
with  tlic  pores  nnd  passages  open,  Hipp. 
— 111.  of  words,  etc.,  flowing,  fluent, 
glib,  στόιια,  Eur.  Hip|).  Fr.  12,  cf. 
Schiif.  Dion.  Comp.  p.  268.— IV.  of 
business,  etc.,  prosperous,  thriving. 
Coni[)ar.  εύροώτερος  or  -ούστερος. 
Lob.  Phryn.  143. 

Εύροπος,  ov,  {ευ.  βέττω)  easily  bend- 
ing coming  together.  Anth.  Adv. -ττωζ•, 
easily.  Anlipho  138,  20,  Bekk. 

Εύρος,  ου,  ό,  and  Εύρος-  άνεμος, 
Hdt.  Ί,  99,  the  South-East  wind,  Lat. 
Earns,  Vullurnus,  Hom.  (.Acc.  to 
some  from  avpa,  others  from  ήώς, 
εως,  the  morning-wind,  as  the  op[).  Ζέ- 
φυρος from  ζόφος,  the  evening-wind.) 

Eupof.  εος,  τό.  {ευρύς)  breadth, 
ividlh,  Od.  11,  312,  opp.  to  μήκος: 
εύρικ;  absol.,  in.  breadth,  opp.  to  νψος, 
Hdt.l,  178. 

Ένβρΰ-ις,  ιδος,  ό,  ή,  {εύ,  ^αττίς) 
with  beautiful  staff. 

Ένρβΰφής,  Ep.  for  εΰραφής,  Od. 

Έϋρβεής,  Ep.  for  εύρ^ής. 

ΈύρβεΙος.  Ep.  gen.  sing,  contr.  for 
έϋρβεέος.  fiom  εΰρε-ής,  11. 

'Εύββείτης,  Ep.  for  εύρείτης,  Hom. 

ΎΛ'ρβείων,  Εμ.  for  ευρειών. 

Έύρρηυ,  and  εύββηνος,  Ep.  for  εϋ- 
ρην  and  εύρηνος. 

Έύββη^^ος,  ov,  {ευ,  βήχυς)  very 
prickly,  Nlc. 

Έύι'φϊΐ',  Ep.  for  εΰριν. 

Έύββοος.  Ep.  for  ενροος,  II. 

Ευρύ,  neut.  from  ευρύς,  also  freq. 
as  adv.  In  compos,  it  very  freq.  is 
prefi.xed  to  words,  adding  the  notion 
ol  wide,  broad,  spacious.  (.Acc.  to 
Buitm.  akin  to  tpi-.)  [υ] 

Εύρϋάγνιος,  via,  υιον,  (ευρύς,  αγ- 
υιά) with  wide,  roomy  streets,  in  Hom. 
epith.  of  great  cities,  in  II.  almost  al- 
ways of  Troy  and  Athens  :  but  of  My- 
cenae in  II.  4.  52 :  χθων  ενρνύγνια, 
^^ενρυόδεια.  Η.  Hom.  Cer.  IG.  Horn, 
has  only  the  fem.  ενρνύγυια.  [ΰ]  Cf. 
ενρνόδεια,    ενρύττορης. 

iEΰpuάδης,  ου,  ό,  Euryiides,  one  of 
the  suitors  of  Penelope.  Od.  22,  267. 

Εύρναίχμας,  gen.  Dor.  a,  6,  {ευρύς, 
α!.χ/ιη)  with  broad,  stout  lance,  warlike, 
στιιατύς.  Pind.  Fr.  160. 

1Ενρν(Λη,  ης,  Dor.  a,  ας,  η,  Eu.ri/- 
I'llr,  one  of  the  Gorgons,  Hes.  Th.  276. 
— 2.  daughter  of  Minos  and  mother  of 
Orion,  Paid.  P.  12,  35. 


ΕΥΡΥ 

Εύρνΰλος.  ov,  and  ενρύίλως,  gen 
ωος,  ό,  ij,  {ενρνς,  ίΧως)  with  wide 
threshing-floor,  of  a  country,  level, 
champaign,  both  in  Nonn. 

'^Εύρυαλος.  ov,  6,  Euryulns,  son  of 
Mecisteus,  leader  of  the  Argives 
under  Diomede,  II.  2,  565 :  also  acc. 
to  Apollod.  an  Argonaut,  and  one  of 
the  Epigoni,  1,9, 10. — 2.  a  Phaeacian, 
celebrated  in  wrestling,  Od.  8.  115. — 
3.  a  son  of  Melas,  Apollod. — Others 
in  Paus.,  etc. 

^Εύρνάναξ.  ακτος,  δ.  Euryanax,  son 
of  Dorieus,  a  commander  oi'  the  Spar- 
tans at  Plataea,  Hdt.  9,  10. 

Εΰρϋάνασσα,  ης,  h,  {ενρνς,  άνάσ- 
σω)  far-ruling.  Call.  Cer.  122.   [ύ] 

^Εύρυάνασσα,  ης,  ή,  Euryanassa, 
mother  of  Pelops,  Apollod. 

Ενρνβΰτενομαι,  dep.  to  deal  like 
Eurybatus,  (v.  Εύρν3ατος  3)  to  cheat. 

^Εϋρυιίάτης,  ου,  ύ,  Euryhales,  a  her- 
ald of  Agamemnon,  11.  1,  320,  sq. — 2. 
a  herald  of  Ulysses,  Od.  2,  184.-3.  v. 
Έριι3ώτΐ]ς. — 4.  a  commander  of  the 
Argives.  Hdt.  6,  92. 

Ενιη>3ΰτος,ον,  {ευρύς,  βαίνω)  wide- 
stepping  :  hence  spacious,  Q.  Sm. 

^Εύρύβατος,  ου,  ό,  EurybulHs,  a  Coi 
cyrean  naval  commaniler,  'I'luic.  1, 
47. — 2.  a  Spartan,  first  Olympic  victor 
in  wrestling,  Ol.  18,  Paus.  5,  8,  7. — 
3.  a  noted  traitor,  whose  name  (with 
that  of  Phrynondas)  became  prover- 
bial, Plal.  Prot.  327  D ;  Aeschin.  73. 
12  :  (some  read  Ενρυ.βάτηΓ) :  cf.  Gaisf. 
Paroein.  B.  141. 

fEi'piiJi'rt,  ας,  η.  Eiirybia,  daughter 
of  Pontns  and  Gaea,  wife  of  the  Titan 
Crius,  Hes.  Th.  239.-2.  a  daughter 
of  Thespins.  Ajiollod. 

^Ενρνβι,άδ7)ς,  ου,  ό,  Enryhiades,  the 
Spartan  admiral  of  the  Grecian  fleet 
at  Arteinisium,  Hdt.  8,  2. 

^Ε,ΰρύοιος,  συ,  ό,  Eurylniv;,  son  ot 
Euryslheus,  Apollotl. — 2.  a  son  of 
Neleus  and  Chloris,  Id. 

Ενρυβίας,  ου,  ό.  Ion.  and  Ep.  -,βίης, 
{εύρνς,  βία)  of  far-extended  power, 
mighty  far  and  wide,  lies.  Th.  931,  H. 
Horn.  Cer.  295,  like  εύρυσθενής.  [t] 

Ενρυ:ίόας,  ου,  δ,  (εύρνς,  βοή)  far, 
i.  e.  loud-shouting. 

^Ενρυβώτας.  a,  δ,  Eurybotas.  a  Cre- 
tan, leader  of  the  archers  in  Alexan- 
der's army,  Arr.  An.  I,  8,  8. 

^Εΰρυγύνεια,  ας,  ή,  EarygHnia, 
daughter  of  Hyperphas.  second  wife 
of  Oedipus,  and  mother  of  Ismene, 
Apollod.  3,  5:  Paus.  9,5,11. 

E(;pt>y(i^r(,)p,  ορός,  b,  ή,  {ενρνς, 
γαϋτήρ)  big-bellied. 

Εύρυγένειος,  ov,  {ευρύς,  γένειον) 
broad-chinyied,  Opp. :  with  broad  beard, 
Nonn. — II.  {ενρνς,  γενεά)  of  many 
a^es,  very  dub.,  Nonn. 

\Εύρυδάμας,  αντος,  b,  EurydSmas, 
son  of  Aegyptus,  Apollod. — 2.  an  Ar- 
gonaut, son  of  Ctiinenus,  Ap.  Rh.  1, 
07. — 3.  a  Trojan  prince,  skilled  in  in- 
terpreting dreams,  11.  5,  149. — 4.  a 
suitor  of  Penelope,  Od.  18,  297.-5. 
a  celebrated  athlete  of  Cyreiie,  Ael. 
V.  H.— Others  in  Dem.  1382,  6,  etc. 

^Εύρνδύμη,  ης,  ή,  Eurydame,  wife 
of  the  Spartan  king  Leotychides,  Hdt. 
6,  71. 

^Εύρνδαμίδας,  a,  b,  Eurydamidns, 
son  of  Agis,  king  of  Sparta,  (27th 
Proclid).  Paus. 

\Εύρνδ<1μος,ου,δ,  Eurydamus,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Paus.,  Dor.  for 

^Εύρύδημος,  ου,  ό,  Eurydemus,  masc. 
pi.  n.,  Hdt.  7,  213. 

^Εύρυδίκεια,  ας,  ;/,=sq.,  Mosch. 
3,  129. 

^Ευρυδίκη,  ης,  η.  Eurydice,  a  Dryad, 
wife  of  Orpheus,  Apollod.  1,  3,  2,  etc. 


EYPT 

— 2.  one  of  the  Danaides,  Id.  2,  1,  5. 
— 3,  daughter  of  Adrastus,  wife  of 
Ilus,  and  mother  of  Laoinedon,  Id.  3, 
12,  3- — L  daughter  of  Lacedaemon, 
wife  of  Acrisius,  Id.,  Paus. — 5.  daugh- 
ter of  Ciymenus,  wife  of  Nestor,  Od. 
3,  452. — 6.  wife  oi  Lycurgus,  mother 
of  Archemorus,  Apollod. — -7.  wife  of 
Creon,  king  of  Thebes,  Soph.  Ant. 
1180. — A  common  name  of  the  fe- 
males of  the  royal  house  of  Macedon, 
Strab.,  Ael.,  etc. 

\Είφύδικος,  ου,  ό,  Eurydxais,  an 
Epicurean  philosopher,  Diog.  L. 

Ei'pi;Jii7/f ,  01',  0,  (ενρΰς,  δίνη)  wide- 
eddying,  Bacchyl.  5.  [<] 

Έ,ΰρνέόης,  ες,  (εΐφύς,  εδος)  spaciotis, 
χθων,  Simon.  139,  like  ενβύοδος. 
^Ενρύη/.ος,  ον,  ό,  Euryelus,  (in  Liv. 
Euryulus)  a  fortress  at  Syracuse,  a 
part  of  Epipolae,  Thuc.  6,  97. 

Έ,νρνθέμεθ?.ος,    ov,    {ενρΰς,    θέμε- 
θ7Μν)  poet.  -Οέμειλος,=ίοτ€ξ.,  Anth. 
^Ενρνθειιις.    ιδος,    ή,    Eurythemis, 
wife  of  Tnestius,  Apollod. 

Είφυθμία,  ας,  ή,  good  rhythm,  time, 
proportion.  Plat.  Rep.  522,  A,  etc. : 
esp.,  είφ.  ττερί  /-έξιν,  Isocr.  87  Ε. — 2. 
of  persons,  orderliness.  Plat.  Rep.  400 
F. — 3.  εί'ρ.  χειρών,  delicacy  of  touch, 
ία  a  surgeon,  etc.,  Hipp.,  of.  Foes. 
Oecou. :  from 

Έ,νρυθμος,  ov,  {ev,  ()νθμός)  Lat.  nu- 
merosus^  coiicinnus,  rhythmical,  in  good 
time  or  proportion,  κρούαατα,  Ar. 
Thesm.  121, πους,  lb.  985,/le/u)C,  Plat. 
Legg.  655  .Λ.— 2.  of  persons,  orderly. 
Id.  Prot.  3-26  B.— 3.  also  well-propor- 
tioned, well-made,  θώραξ,  Xen.  Mem. 
3,  10,  10 :  in  genl.  comely,  graceful : 
ενρ.  βακτηρία, '  the  nice  conduct'  of  a 
cane,  Antiph.  Ant.  I.  Adv.  -μως, 
gracefully,  Eur.  CycL  563. 

Ένρνκάρηί'ος,  ov.  (ενρνς,  KUpijvov) 
broad-headed,  Opp-  [a] 

Έ,ϊφνκερως,  ωτος,  ό,  ή,  {ευρύς,  κέ- 
ρας) with  broad,  spreading  horns.,  of 
deer  and  oxen,  Opp. 

\Έ.νρύκΰ-υς,  υος,  ό,  Eurycupys,  a 
son  of  Hercules,  Apollod. 

Ενρυκλής,  έονς.  ό,  strictly  pr.  η.  of 
a  famous  ventriloquist :  hence  as  ap- 
pellat.  ii  ventriloquist,  ct  Ar.  Vesp. 
1019,  SchoL  Plat.  Sophist.  252  C. 

Ενρνκοίλιος,  ov,  {ευρύς,  κοιΤύα) 
with  wide  paunch,  Hipp. 

ΕυρύκολτίΟς,  ov,  {ενρνς,  κό?^πος) 
tcitk  wide,  spacious  bosom,  χθων,  Pini 
N.  7,  49,  e£  ενρύστερνος. 

^Εύρύκη,  ■ης,  ή,  Earyce,  a  daughter 
of  Thespius,  Apollod. 

ΙΕί'ρΰκλεία,  ας,  ή,  EuryclXa,  daugh- 
ter of  Ops,  nurse  of  Ulysses,  Od.  1, 
429. 

■\Εύρνκ7.είδας,  a,  ό,  Euryclidas,ma.sc. 
pr.  n.,  Polyb. 

■\Ενρυκ?Μδης,  ov,  ό,  Euryclides, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Hdt.  8,  2. 

'\Εΰρνκόων,  ωντος,  ό,  Eurycdon, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Q.  Sm. 

Ενρυκόωσα,  epith.  of  night,  prob. 
from  ευρύ  and  ακούω,  when  one  can 
hear  far  through  the  stillness  :  but  in 
Euphor.  86,  epith.  of  the  sea-goddess 
Ceto,  the  far-sounding,  cf  κοέω. 

■\Εί'ρνκρατίδης.  ου  Ion.  εω,  ό,  Eury- 
eratides,  son  of  Ana.Yandrus,  king  of 
Sparta,  Hdt.  7,  204. 

Ευρνκρείων,  οντος,  ό,  {είφύς,  κρεί- 
ων)  wide-ruling,  in  Horn.  (esp.  in  11.) 
always  as  epith.  of  Agamemnon,  ex- 
cept in  II.  11,  751,  where  it  is  of  Nep- 
tune. 

■\Ενρνκνδη,  ης,  ή,  Eurycyde,  daugh- 
ter of  Endymion,  Pans. 

Εί<ρυ?.είμων,  ov,  gen.  ωνος,  {είφύς, 
^ειμών)  with  broad  meadows  or  plains, 
Pjod,  P.  9,  95. 


ETPY 

'\Ενρυ7ίέων,  οντος,  ό,  Euryleon,  masc.  | 
pr.  n.,  Hdt.  5,  46  :  esp..  a  commander 
of  the  Achaeans,  Polyb.  10,24,  1. 

iEίφv'λεωvίς,  ίδος,  ή,  Euryleonis, 
fem.  pr.  n.,  Paus. 

\Ενρί<7ιθχος,  ov,  ό,  EurylSchus,  a  son 
of  Aegyptus,  Apollod. — 2.  a  compan- 
ion of  Ulysses,  Od.  10,  205.— 3.  a 
commander  of  the  Spartans  at  Nau- 
pactus,  Thuc.  3, 100. — 4.  an  Arcadian 
from  Lusi,  Xen.  An.  4,  2,  21.— 5.  a 
commander  of  Philip  of  Macedon, 
Dem.  126,  1. — Others  in  Arr.  An.  4, 
13.  7  :  Strab.,  etc. 

^Ενρύμαχος.  ου,  6.  Ewrymachus,  one 
of  the  suitors  of  Hippodamia,  Paus. 
6,  21,  3. — 2.  son  of  Polybus,  a  suitor 
of  Penelope,  Od.  1,  399,  etc.— 3.  son 
of  Antenor,  Paus. — 4.  a  Theban, 
son  of  Leontiades,  Hdt.  7,  233  :  Thuc. 
3.  2  :  grandfather  of  the  same,  Hdt.  7, 
205.— Others  in  Xen.  An.  5,  6,  21 ; 
Andoc,  etc. 

\Ενρνμέδη,  ης,  ή,  Eurymede,  wife  of 
Glaucus,  mother  of  Bellerophontes, 
Apollod.  1,  9,  3. 

■{Είψνμέδονσα,  ης,  η,  Enrymedusa, 
a  female  slave  of  Alcinous,  who  at- 
tended Nausicaa,  Od.  7,  8. 

Εί'ρνμέδων,  οντος,  ό,=  εί<ρνκρείων, 
wide-rvUng,  Pind.  Ο.  8,  41 :  only  as  pr. 
n.  in  Horn.,  and  so  in  fern.  Ενρνμέ- 
όουσα. 

iEΐφvμέδωv,  οντος,  ο,  Eurymldon, 
father  of  Periboea,  king  of  the  giants 
in  Epirus,  Od.  7,  53. — 2.  charioteer  of 
Agamemnon.  II.  4,  228.-3.  an  Athe- 
nian commander  at  Corcyra  and  in 
Sicily,  Thuc.  7,  52. — Others  in  Strab., 
Uiog.  L. — II.  a  river  of  Pamphylia, 
now  Caprisou,  famed  for  Cimon's  vic- 
tory over  the  Persians,  Thuc.  1,  100. 

■\Ενρυμεναί,  ων,  at,  Eurymenae,  Ap. 
Rh.  1,  59,  V.  sub  Ενρνμενος. 

Ε,νβνμενής,  ες,  wide,  spacious,  Orph. 

^Εί'ρνμένης,  ους,  6,  Eurymenes,  son 
of  Neleus  and  Chloris,  Apollod. 

Εί'ρύμενος.  η,  ov,  poet,  for  εϊφύς, 
dub.  As  pr.  n.,  o.xyton.,  Εί'ρνμεναί, 
αϊ,  a  town  of  Thessaly,  v.  Ruhnk.  Ep. 
Cr.  p.  196. 

Είφυμέτωττος,  ov,  {ενρνς, μέτωτϊον) 
broad-browed,  of  o.ten,  Honi.,  and  Hes. 
Th.  291. 

\Εί'ρνμίδηΓ,  ov,  6,  son  of  Eurymus, 
i.  e,  Telemus,  Od.  9.  509. 

\Ενρννόμη,  ης.  ή,  Eurynome,  daugh- 
ter of  Oce'anus  and  Tethys,  II.  18,  398: 
ace.  to  Hes.  Th.  908,  mother  of  the 
Graces  :  she  with  Ophion  ruled  over 
Olympus  before  Saturn,  Ap.  Rh.  1, 
503. — 2.  wife  of  Lycurgus,  king  of 
Thrace,  Apollod. — 3.  a  housekeeper 
in  the  palace  of  Ulysses,  Od.  17,  495. 

^Ενρννομος,  ov,  6,  Euryndmus,  son 
of  Aegyptius  of  Ithaca,  a  suitor  of 
Penelope,  Od.  2,  22. 

Εί'ρύνω,  f.  -ννώ,  {είφνς)  to  make 
wide  or  broad,  εί'ρ.  αγώνα,  to  make 
room  for  the  contests,  Od.  8,  260;  τυ 
μέσον  ενρννειΐ'.  to  leave  a  wide  space 
in  the  middle,  Hdt.  4,  52.  [v] 

Ενρύνωτος,  ov,  {εΐφύς,  νώτος)  broad- 
backed,  i.  e.  stout.  Soph.  Aj.  1251. 

Είφνόδεια,  ας,  ή,  {είφύς,  οδός)  with 
broad  ways  or  streets,  in  Horn,  always 
of  the  earth,  that  may  be  traversed,  open 
to  wanderers,  as  είφνπορος  of  the  sea  : 
cf.  εΐφυύγυιος,  είφύττορος. 

Είφυοδίνης,  ές,^=είφυδίνης.  dub. 
Εϋρύοπα,  6,  {ενρνς,  ώ-ψ)  the  far- 
glancing,  far-seeing,  or  perh.  better 
(from  είφύς,  dip)  the  far-sounding,  thun- 
dering, freq.  Homeric  epith.  of  Jupi- 
ter, for  ενρυύ-ης.  esp.  in  nom.  and 
voc.  at  end  of  a  verse,  ενρνοττα  Ζενς, 
Ζεΰ  :  used  of  the  sun  in  Orph.  Lith. 
18,  60.    In  II.  there  is  also  an  ace, 


EYPT 

ενρνοττα  Κρονίδην,  είφνοπα  Ζήνα, 
from  the  synon.  είφνωχΰ,  or  -oip. 
(Voss  H.  Horn.  Cer.  3,  defends  the 
deriv.  from  ώψ  ;  which  ?nust  be  ta- 
ken in  Orph.  I.  c).  [ΰ.  as  in  ϊπ-οτα, 
νεφεληγερέτη,  etc.,  but  in  Hexam.  a 
by  position  or  caesura.] 

Ενρυπεδίλος,  ov,  {ενονς,  πέδι?.ον) 
broad-sandalled  :  in  genl.  broad,  Opp. 

Εΰρύττεδος,  ov,  {ευρύς,  ττέδον)  with 
broad  surface,  spacious,  γαΐα,  Anth. 

Είφύπορος,  ov,  {είφνς,  ττόρος)  with 
broad,  open  ways,  in  Horn,  always 
epith.  of  the  sea,  roomy,  open,  where 
all  may  roam  at  will,  II.  15,  381,  Od. 
4,  432;  12,  2:  cf.  εί'μι;ό(5ε£0£;. 

Είφνηρωκτία,  ας,  ή,  a  being  ενρν- 
Ίτρωκτος,  the  character  of  such  an  one, 
Ar.  .\ch.  843. 

Είφύ-ρωκτος,  ov,  {ενρύς,  πρωκτός) 
wide,  loose-breeched,  strictly  pathicus, 
catatnittis  :  also  a  caught  adulterer,  from 
the  nature  of  their  summary  punish- 
ment {βαφανίδωσις), ireq.m  Aristoph. 
applied  to  the  Athenians  collectively, 
as  Nub.  1084,  sq. 

^Είφνπτό?.εμος,  ov,  6,  Earypfolemus, 
an  Athenian,  son  of  Pisianax,  Xen. 
Hell.  1,  4,  19. 

Ενρνπτος,  ov,  {εν,  (ιύ-τω)  well- 
cleansed,  easily-cleansed. 

\Είφν!τν7ίη,  ης,  ή,  Eurypyle,  daugh- 
ter of  Thespius,  Apollod. — Others  in 
Anth.,  etc. 

Είρν7:ν7.ής,  ες,  {είφύς,  πν7.η)  with 
wide  gates,  wide-gated,  II.  23,  74,  Od. 
11.  571,  of  the  nether  world. 
\Είφύπν?ιθς,  ου,  b,  Eurypylns,  son 
of  Euaemon,  ruler  of  Ormenium  in 
Thessaly,  one  of  the  Greek  chiefs  be- 
fore Troy,  II.  2,  736 :  ace.  to  Pind. 
P.  4,  58,  and  Call.  H.  ApoU.  92,  son 
of  Neptune,  who  passed  from  Thes- 
saly into  Libya,  and  became  king  of 
Cyrene. — 2.  son  of  Neptune  and  Chal- 
ciope,  king  in  Cos,  II.  6,  676. — 3.  son 
of  Hercules  ; — also,asonof  Temenus, 
and  one  of  Thestius  so  called,  all  in 
Apollod. — 4.  son  of  Telephus  and  As- 
tyoche,  king  of  Mysia ;  came  to  the 
aid  of  the  Trojans,  and  was  slain  by 
Neoptoleraus,  Od.  11,  520. 

^Εϋρντΐωντίδαι,  ών,  οι,  the  Eurypon- 
tidae,  one  of  the  royal  houses  of  Spar- 
ta, so  called  from  sq.,  Paus. 

Ί;Εί'ρνπών,  ώντος,  ό,  {=Ενρνφών) 
Eurypon,  son  of  Sous,  grandson  of 
Procles,  from  whom  were  descended 
the  Eurypontidae,  Hdt.  8, 131,  Paus., 
etc. 

Είφνρέεθρος,  ov,  {ευρύς,  {ί'εεθρον) 
broad-flowing,  with  wide  bed  or  channel, 
of  the  Axius,  II.  21,  141,  cf.  sq. 

Είφνρέων,  ούσα,  ov,  {είφύς,  ρέω) 
broad-flouing,  like  foreg..  oft.  in  II., 
mostly  of  the  Axius.  There  is  no 
such  verb  as  ενηνρέω,  cf.  εν,  fin. 

ΕΤ'ΡΥ'Σ,  ενρεία,  είφν  :  gen.  έος, 
είας,  έος :  ace.  sing,  in  Hom.  both  εν- 
ρύν,  and  sometimes  Ep.  είφέΰ,  when 
joined  with  ποντόν  and  κό?.-ον  :  Ion. 
fem.  είφέα,  Hdt.  1,  178,  where  one 
MS.  has  είφέη  :  Dor.  είφεά.  Asius 
Fr.  2,  has  gen.  είφέος  as  fem.  for  ευ- 
ρείας, cf  ηδύς  and  θτ/λνς,  but  v.  Nake 
Choeril.  p.  74.  Wide,  broad,  freq.  in 
Horn.,  esp.  of  heaven,  earth,  and  sea: 
also  in  genl..  είφ.  σχεδίη,  Od.  5,  163, 
ώμοι,  II.  3,  227,  Od.  18,  68,  etc. :  τεί- 
χος, II.  12,  5;  κόθορνοί  είφ.,  wide, 
loose  boots.  Hdt.  6, 125 : — κλέος  εΰρν, 
a  wide-spread  report,  Od.  23,  137  ;  so, 
είφ.  κλάδων,  Simon.  20,  6,  tiφ.  έλττί- 
δες,  Anth.  Conipar.  ευρύτερος,  II.  3, 
194;  23,  427.  Adv.  είφέως :  compar. 
είφντέρως,  Ar.  Lys.  419.  [ϋ] 

Είφνσύκης,  ες.  {ενρνς,  σάκος)  with 
a  broad,  huge  shield,  [a]  hence 
581 


ETPY 

^Ένρυσάκης,  ονς,  ό,  Eurysaces,  son 
of  Telainonian  Ajax  and  Fecmessa, 
Soph.  Aj.  3J0,  rf.  574,  sq. 

Έ.νρνσΰί:νής,  ές,  {ενμνς,  σθένος)  of 
fnr-e.clcndcd  might  or  sv/iy,  mighfi/,  in 
Hoin.  always  epith.  of  Neptune,  II.  7, 
455,  Od.  13,  140. 

^Εί'ρυσθένης,  ους,  ό,  Eurysthenes, 
son  of  Aristodemus,  brother  of  Pro- 
cles,  founder  of  the  family  Eurysthc- 
nidae  (called  also  Agidae),  Hdt.  6, 
.52  :  Strab.,  etc. 

iEipvaOtig,  έως.  ό,  Ettrystheuf,  son 
of  Sthenelus,  and  grandson  of  Per- 
seus, king  of  Mycenae,  who  imposed 
on  Hercules  his  twelve  celebrated  la- 
bours, 11.  15,  639,  Pind.,  etc. 

Ένρνσορος,  ov,  {εΐφνς,  σοοός)  with 
a  wide  bier  or  tomb,  σήμα,  Anth. 

Κϋρνστερνος,  ov,  {ευρύς,  στέρνον) 
broad-breasted,  Theocr.  18,36:  but  in 
genl.  wide,  broad,  yala,  Hes.  Th.  117, 
of.  στερνονχος. 

Εί'ρυστήβης,  ες,  {ευρύς,  στήθος)=ζ 
foreg.,  Arist.  Η.  Α. 

Ένρνστυμία,  ας,  i/.wideiiess  of  mouth, 
broadness,  fulness  of  speech. — 2.  bigness 
of  words.     From 

Έϋρύστομος,    ov,    {ευρύς,    στόμα) 
wide-mouthed ;  with  wide  opening,  Hipp. 
Έ.ί'ρυτενι'/ς,  ές,  {εϋρνς,  τείνω)  wide- 
extended,  Nonn. 

^Εύρυτάν,  ύνος,  ό,  (λεώζ•.  Lye.  799) 
USU.  in  pi.  Είφντΰνες,  οι.  the  Eiiryta- 
nes,  an  Aetoiian  people,  dwelling  north 
from  Naupactus,  Thuc.  3,  94. 

tEi'pv-ftof,  a,  ov,of  or  belonging  to 
Eurytus,  7/  Εΰρντεία  πό?.ις.  Soph.  Fr. 
260,  i.  e.  Oechalia  ;  in  Paus.  ai  Εΰρυ- 
τεαί. 

Εϋρντέρως,  adverb  compar.  from 
ευρύς. 

fRύpύτr],  ης,  η,  Euryte,  daughter  of 
Hippodamus,  wife  of  Porthaon,  Apol- 
lod.^ 

Είφντης,  ητος,  ή,  {ενρνς)  widenesx, 
breadth,  Hipp. — II.  broadness  of  souiid, 
Grainm.  [ΰ] 

■\Ενρυ-107ΐς,  ov,  ό,  son  of  Eurytus, 
i.  e.  Iphilus,  Od.  21,  14. 

Είψντϊμος,  ov,  {ευρύς,  τιμή)  wide, 
far-honoured,  ϊενς,  Pind.  O.  1,  67. 

]Ευρυτΐμος,  ου,  ό,  Earytimus,  a  Co- 
rinthian, lather  of  Archetunus,  Thuc. 
1,  29. 

fEypuTMjv,  ωνος,  6,  Eurytion,  a  cen- 
taur, Od.  21,  285. — 2.  son  of  Mars  and 
Erythia,  herdsman  of  Geryon,  Hes. 
Th.  293. — 3.  son  of  Irus  and  Demo- 
nassa,  one  of  the  chiefs  at  the  Caly- 
donian  hunt,  ApoUod. — Others  in 
Arist.,  etc. 

Ενρϋτος,  ov,  {ευρύς,  ^έω)  well,  full- 
flowing,  Pseud-Eur.  1.  A.  420. 

■fEvpiTOf,  ου,  ό.  Eurytus,  a  giant, 
Apollod. — 2.  son  of  Mercury  and  An- 
tianira,  an  Argonaut,  Id.  ;  also  Έρι>- 
τος,  q.  V. — 3.  son  of  Actor  and  Moli- 
one,  of  Elis,  II.  2.  C21  ;  ace.  to  Eur. 
leader  of  the  Epei  before  Troy,  1.  A. 
282. — 4.  son  of  Melaneus  and  Strato- 
nice,  king  of  Oechalia,  father  of  lole 
and  Iphitus  ;  slain  by  Apollo,  because 
he  challenged  him  to  a  contest  in  ar- 
chery, Od.  8,  224,  sqq. — Others  in 
Jldt.  7,  229  ;  ApoUod.,  etc. 

Εύρύτρητος,  ov,  {ευρύς,  τιτρύω) 
with  wide  holes,  ηθμός,  Diosc. 

Ενρΰτρϋπος,  ov,  {εΰρνς,  τρυ'χάω)= 
foreg.,  Democr.  ap.  Theo[)hr. 

Εΰρυή>άεσση,  ης,  ή,  strictly  the  far- 
shining,  wife  of  Hyperion  and  mother 
of  Helius,  H.  Horn.  31,  2,  4.  [a] 

Είφνφΰρέτρι/ς,  ov,  6,  {ευρύς,  φηρέ- 
τρα)  witU  ivide,  spacious  quiver,  Pind. 
P.  9.  45,  of  Apollo. 

Εΰρυφϋής,  ές.  {ευρύς,  φύω)  growing 
widely,  spreading,  κρί,  Od.  4,  604. 
582 


ΕΤΡί2 

^Εΰρυφών,  ώντος,  ό,  =  Εΰρνπών, 
Arist. 

Ενρυφωνία,  ας,  ή,  —  ενρνστομία, 
fulness,  broadness  of  sound  :  irom 

Ενρνφωνος,  ov,  {ευρύς,  φωνί])= 
είφύστομος. 

Εύρνχΰύής,  ές,  {ευρύς,  χύζω,  χαί- 
νω,  χανύάνω,  εχα^ον)  wide-gaping, 
wide-mouthed,  of  cups,  Luc,  and  Anth. 

νΛ'ρνχαίτης,  ov,  !>,  {εϋρνς,  χαίτη) 
with  wide,  1.  a.  Jluating,  streaming  hair, 
epith.  of  Bacchus,  Pind.  I.  7,  4. 
^Ε.ΐιρυχανής,  ές,=  εΰρυχαδ?ίς,  Opp. 

Ε  i"'pi>,\;opof,  ov,  roomy,  spacious,  freq. 
Homer,  epith.  of  great  cities,  etc. 
(Not  as  if  shortd.  for  είφύχωρος :  but 
from  ευρύς,  χορός,  with  open  spots  for 
the  choral  dances,  cf.  καλλίχορος.) 

Ενρνχωΐ)7)ς,  ές,  Ιείφνς,χωρέω)  wide, 
roomy,  prob.  1.  in  Hipp. :  compar.  -έσ- 
τερος,  Arist.  Η.  Α. 

Ευρυχωρία,  ας,  ή,  free  space,  room, 
kv  είρυχωρίτι  νανμαχέειν,  οί  sea- 
room,  Hut.  8,  60  :  an  open  space,  ττ/ς 
θήκης.  Id.  4, 71. — 2.  metaph. /rec  space, 
room,  opportunity  of  doing  a  thing,  της 
αποδείξεως.  Plat.  Min.  315  D  :  from 

¥>υρνχωρος,  ov,  (είφύς,  χώρος) 
roomy,  spacious,  Arist.  H.  A. :  cf.  εν- 
ρνχορος. 

Ενρνωφ,  or  -οψ,  οπός,  ό,  ή,  ν.  sub 
ενρνοπα. 

^Ενρνωφ,  ωπος,  ό,  Euryops,  a  son 
of  Hercules  and  Terpsicrate,  Apollod. 

Ενρώγης,  {εΰ,/)ώξ)  rich  in,  xvith  many 
grapes,  Anth. 

Εΰρώδϊ^ς,  ες,  poet,  for  ενρύς,  Herm. 
Soph.  Aj.  1191  ;  ace.  to  otliers=sq. 

Εΐρώεις,  ώεσσα,  ώεν,  (ενρώς) 
mouldy :  hence  dank  and  dark,  in 
Horn,  of  the  i^ether  world,  with  a  no- 
tion o{  festering,  decay  aiid  rottenness, 
οικία  εΰρώεντα,  11.  20,  05  ;  εις  Άΐδεω 
δόμον  ενρώεντα,  Od.  10,  512  ;  and  so, 
είρ.  κέλευθα,  Od.  24,  10  ;  so  too  Hes. 
Op.  152,  and  Soph.  Aj.  1167,  τάφος 
ενρώεις.  But  in  Hes.  Theog.  731, 
739,  of  the  Titans'  prison  in  the  cen- 
tre of  the  earth,  prop,  dark  and  drear, 
like  ανήλιος.  Herm.  indeed  (ad 
Soph.  Aj.  1146)  assumes  that  εύρώ- 
εις  is  merely  poet,  lengthd.  for  ευρύς, 
cf.  Apollon.  Lex.  p.  374,  Hesych.  1, 
1528,  and  E.  M.  p.  397,  57  :  but  the 
tone  of  the  passages  in  Hom.  and 
Hes.  implies  a  notion  of  abhorrence, 
and  that  it  was  so  taken  appears  from 
the  later  subst.  εύρώς,  q.  v. :  in  so 
late  a  writer  as  Opp.,  Hal.  5,  3,  the 
usage=it'piif  may  be  allowed  with- 
out implicating  Horn. :  cf.  Heyne  II. 
Tom.  8,  p.  23. 

^Ενρωμος,  ov,  η,  Euromtts,  a  small 
town  oi  Caria.  at  the  foot  of  Mt.  Ori- 
on, Strab. ;  hence  ό  Είφωμενς,  έως, 
an  inhab.  of  Euromus,  Polyb.  17,  2,  3. 

Εΐ'ρών,  ονσα,  όν,  part.  aor.  2  act. 
of  ευρίσκω. 

^Εί'ρώπα,  ας,  ή.  Dor.  for  Είφώπη, 
Pind. 

^Ευρωπαίος,  a,  ov,  of  or  belonging  to 
Europe,  EuropSan,  Strab 

ή-Ενρώπεια,  ας,ή,=  Εϋρώηη,Μ.θ9θ}ι. 
2,  7. 

^Ενρώπειος,  a.  ov.  Ion.  -ρωπηίος,  η, 
ov,  of  Europe,  European,  Hdt.  7,  73  ; 
ό  Εϋρ-,  a  European  ;  fern.  Ενρωπίς, 
ίδος. 

Ευρώπη,  ης,  ή,  Europa,  Europe,  as 
a  geograph.  name,  first  in  H.  Hom. 
Ap.  251.  291 :  in  its  earliest  applica- 
tion limited  to  the  mainland  of 
Greece. — II.  as  fern.  pr.  n.  first  in 
Hes.  Th.  357,  of  a  daughter  of  Oee- 
anus  and  Tethys.— 2.  daughter  of 
Agenor  and  Telephaessa,  Apollod.  3, 
1,  1:  or  of  Phoenix,  Ϊ1.  14,  321  ; 
Mosch.  2,  7 :  carried  off  by  Jupiter 


ΕΤΣΕ 

under  the  form  of  a  bull,  and  became 
by  him  mother  of  Minos  and  Sarpe- 
don,  V.  Hdt.  1,  2,  173;  4,  45.-3. 
daughter  of  Tityus,  mother  of  Eu- 
phenius,  Pind.  P.  4,  31. 

Εΐψωπία,  7/,=^Εί•ρώπη  Ι-,  Soph. 
Fr.  37  :  prop.  fem.  from 

Ενρώπιος,  ία,  ιον,^^ΕιφωπαΙος. 
Ενρωπίς,  ίδος,  ή,  pecul.   fem.   ol 
foreg. 

Εΰρωπός,  ή,  όν,=  εί'ρύς,  Eur.  I.  Τ. 
020,  Opp.  Hal.  3,  40  ;  4,  525,  opp.  to 
poet,  στενωπός  :  ace.  to  others=:ti» 
ρώεις  :  cf.  Eust.  ad  Dion.  P.  270,  and 
Hesych.  1,  1528. 

^Ενρωπός,  ov,  (also  Ενρωπος)  ή, 
Euro]/us.  a  city  of  Macedonia  in  Eiiia- 
thia,  Thuc.  2.  100 ;  Strab.— 2.  a  city 
of  Syria  on  the  Euphrates,  Luc. — 3. 
a  city  of  Media,  cf.  'Ραγαί,  Strab. — 
4.  a  city  of  Caria,  Hdt.  8,  132,  v.  Ew- 
ρωμος. 

Ενρώς,  ώτος,  ό,  mould,  dank  decay, 
Lat.  situs,  sipialnr  :  hence  rust,  rotten- 
ness of  any  kind,  first  in  Theogn.  452, 
Simon.  16,  6. 

Ενρωστέω,  ώ,  to  be  εύρωστος,  opp. 
to  α^1>ωστέω :  and 

Ευρωστία,  ας,  ή,  stmttness,  strength  . 
from 

Εύρωστος,  ov,  {εν,  βώνννμι)  stout, 
strong.  Xen.  Hell.  4,  3,  6  ;  dp.  το  σι*• 
μα.  Id.  C,  1,  6,  σώματι,  Isocr.  Antid. 
^  123.  Adv.  -τως,  Xen.  Ages.  2,  24. 
Ευρώτας,  ov  Dor.  a.  a,  Enrotas,  son 
of  Myles,  grandson  of  Lelex,  father 
of  Sparta,  Paus.  3,  1,  1 :  ace.  to 
Apollod.  son  of  Lelex,  king  of  Lace- 
daemon,  3,  10,  3. — II.  now  Basilipnta- 
mo,  and  (near  its  mouth)  Iri.  the  chiel 
river  of  Laconia,  emptying  into  the 
Sinus  Laconicus  near  Gythiuin, 
Theogn.  783,  Thuc.  2,  139 ;  etc.— 2. 
a  tributary  of  the  Peneus  in  Thessa- 
liotis,  Strab.,  the  Honreric  Ύιταρ?}- 
σιος. — III.  in  Anth.,  pudendum  inulie- 
bre,  with  allusion  to  ενρνς. 

Ευρωτιάω.  ώ,  {εί'ρώς)  to  be,  hicome 
mouldy  or  rotten,  to  decay,  Theopbr.  : 
hence  in  genl.  βίος  ενρωτιΰν,  the 
lile  of  the  great  unwashed,  Ar.  Nub.  44. 
\Ε,νρωτώ,  ονς.  ή,  Euroto,  a  daughter 
of  Danaus,  Apollod. 
\Ενρωιρ,  ωπος,  ό,  Europs,  a  son  o! 
Aegialeus,  Paus. — 2.  son  of  Phorone- 
us.  Id. 

ΈΤ'Σ.  6,  good,  hrtve,  noble,  old  Ep. 
wonl  freq.  in  Hom.  in  nom.,  once  in 
ace,  ένν,  II.  8,  303,  and  in  the  irreg. 
gen. — 1.  gen.  sing,  έήος,  q.  v.,  twice 
in  Od.,  five  times  in  11.,  with  ανδρός, 
φωτός,  παιδός,  and  νΙος. — 2.  gen. 
plur.  neut.  έύων,  [ά]  as  if  from  nom. 
ή  I'd,  good  things,  good  fortune,  II.  24, 
528,  θεοί,  δωτήρες  έύων,  Od.  8,  325, 
cf.  335,  δώτορ  έύων,  and  Hymn.  17» 
12  ;  29,  8.  Elsewhere  the  word  is 
always  masc.  in  Horn. :  but  from  the 
Ion.  form  ήνς,  q.  v.,  he  has  also  the 
neut.  ήν,  whereas  H,  as  well  as  the 
common  εν,  is  always  an  adv. 

Ενσα,  Dor.  part,  from  εΙμί,  for  έοϋ- 
σα.  ονσα. 

Ενσα,  ας,  e,  aor.  1  act.  from  ενω, 
Od.  _ 

Εϋσάνίδωτος,  ov,  {εν,  σανίς)=εν- 
σε?ιμος,  well-planked  or  benched,  of 
ships,  Gramm.  [<] 

Ενσαρκία,  ας,  ή,  fulness  of  flesh, 
portliness,  Arist.  H.  A. :  from 

Ένσαρκος,  ov,  {εν,  σαρξ)  fleshy,  in 
good  case,  Hipp.  :  plump,  of  meat,  Am- 
phis  Έπτά  1. 

Εϋσαρκύω,  ώ,  to  make  ενσαρκος : 
hence 

Ενσύρκωσις,  εως,  ή,  good  condiiion 
of  body,  Hipp.  :=ενσαρκία. 

Eiae.dcta,  ας,  ή,  {ενσεβής)  rever- 


ΕΥΣΘ 
eitce,  reverential  love  and  behaviour,  usu. 
towards  the  gods,  Lat.  ptetas,  piety,  re- 
lision,  Trag.,  etc.  ;  cf.  εΰσεβία:  also, 
like  pietas,  towards  parents,  etc.. 
Plat.  Rep.  615  C. — 2.  credit  or  charac- 
ter for  piety,  εύσέβειαν  οίσει,  you  will 
have  the  honour  of  it,  Schaf.  Soph.  El. 
968  :  cf.  ίρετή,  sub  fin.,  opp.  to  δυς- 
σέ3εια.     Cf.  εύσεβία. 

'\Ενσέ3εια,  ας.  ή,  Eusehia,  a  city  of 
Cappadocia,=Tuava,  Strab. — 2.  near 
Mt.  Argaeus  =Μύς'α«:α,  Id. 

Εΰσε^έω,  ώ,  to  be  ευσεβής,  to  live  or 
act  piously  and  religiously,  Theogn. 
145  ;  also,  ενσ.  tl,  to  be  pious  in  a 
thing,  Soph.  Phil.  1441 ;  ενσ.  είςτινα, 
■to  be  reverent  towards...  Id.  Ant.  731  ; 
περί  Τίνα,  Eur.  Ale.  1148,  and  Plat.: 
so  too,  c.  ace.  pars.,  to  reverence, 
Aesch.  Ag.  338,  etc.,  in  which  case 
some  critics  would  write  ευ  σέβειν, 
divisim,  as  Valck.  and  Pors.  Phoen. 
1310,  but  this  distinction  is  rejected 
by  Herm.  Soph.  Ant.  727,  and  L. 
Dind.  in  Steph.  Thes. :  cf.  άσεβέω. 
Hence 

Έύσέβημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  deed  of  piety, 
Dem.  Phal. 

Ευσεβής,  ές,  {εν.  σέβω)  Lat.  pius, 
piojis,  religious,  reverent,  Theogn.  1137, 
Hdt  2,  141,  etc.  :  dutiful,  esp.  dischar- 
ging sacred  duties,  ΤΓρός,  or  ες  TLva, 
Aesch.  Supp.  339,  Eur.  EL  253  :— c. 
ace.  modi,  ενσ.  χεϊρα,  Aesch.  Cho. 
141 :  ευσεβές  rrapu  θεών,  of  an  act, 
holy  before  the  gods,  lb.  122 :  of 
things,  holy,  pious,  χρηστήοιον,  Eur. 
El.  1272,  etc.: — το  εϋσ.=:ενσίβεια, 
Soph.  Ο.  C.  1125.  Adv.  -/3εωί•,  ^Att. 
-βύς,  Pind.  O.  6,  133 :  ενσεβώς  έχει, 
for  ευσεβές  έστι,  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  1431. 
Opp.  to  δυςσεβής.  —  These  words 
are  not  Ep..  but  freq.  in  Att.,  esp. 
frag 

Εύσεβία,  ας,  ή.  Ion.  for  ευσέβεια, 
Theogn.  1138,  also  in  Att.  Poets, 
Soph.  Ant.  943,  O.  C.  189,  cf.  Schkf. 
Mel.  p.  42. 

ή:Ενσέβιος,  ov,  6,  Eusehius,  a  distin- 
guished church  historian,  flourished 
at  the  beginning  of  the  4th  century. 

Ευσειστος,  ov,  {εύ,  σείω)  easily  sha- 
ken, esp.  by  earthquakes,  Strab. 

Έΰσέ?.ηνος,  ov,  (εν,  σελήνη)  of  the 
bright  moon,  <pέγγoς,Pτolog.  Eur.Rhes. 

Έΰσε/.μος,  ov,  Ep.  ενσσ.,  (εν,  σελ- 
ua)  well-benched,  with  good  banks  of 
oars,  well-rowed,  Hom.  always  in  Ep. 
form,  as  epith.  of  ships. 

Ενσεμνος,  ov,  {.εν,  σεμνός)  right 
reverend. 

Ενσεπτος,  ov,  (εύ.  σεβω)  much  rev- 
erenced, holy.  Soph.  O.  T.  864. 

Ενσήκωτος,  ov,  {εύ,  σηκόω)  of  good, 
full  tveight. — II.  well-puised. 

Ενσημία,  ας,  ^,not  -εία,  a  good  sign 
or  prognostic,  Hipp. ;  cf  διοσημία : 
from 

Εϋσημος,  ov,  (εύ,  σήμα)  of  good 
omen,  prosperous,  favourable.  Soph. 
Ant.  1021. — II.  manifest,  clear  to  be 
seen,  easily  known,  Aesch.  Ag.  818. 
Adv.  -μως,  Arist.  Meteor. 

^Ενσήνη,  ης,  η,  EusSne,  a  city  of 
Pontus,  Arr. 

Ενση-τος,  ov,  (εν,  σήπω)  easily  pu- 
trefifing,  Arist.  Gen.  An.     Hence 

ΕνσψΙ'ία,  ας,  ή,  tendency  to  decay 
or  putrefaction,  Theophr. 

Εύσβένεια,  ας,  ή,  strength,  firmness, 
Theophr. :  and 

Εϋσβενέω,  ύ,  to  be  strong,  healthy, 
Eur.  Cycl.  2:  from 

Εΰσθενής,  ές,  (εν,  σθένος)  stout, 
lively,  Q.  Sm.  :  strong,  firm,  Anth. 
Adv.  -νώς,  Philo. 

■\Εΰσθένης,  ους,  ό,  Eusthlnes,  masc. 
pr,  JJ.,  Theocr. 


ΕΥΣΤ 

Ένσίδηρος,  ov,  (εν,  σίδηρος)  well- 
ironed,  i.  e.  bound  with  iron. 

Ενσίπϋος,  ov,  {ευ,  σΐπνα)  with  full 
bread-basket,  pantry,  Anth.,  opp.  to 
όλη'ησίτννος. 

ΕνσΙτέω,  ώ,  to  have  a  good  appetite, 
Hipp. :  from 

Ενσϊτος,  ov,  (εν,  σίτος)  with  good 
appetite,  Hipp. 

Εύσκαλμος,  ov,  (εν,  σκα7.μος)  with 
good  σκα/.μοί,  dub.  in  Anth. 

Εύσκύνδιξ,  ϊκος,  6,  ή,  {εύ,  σκύνδιξ) 
abounding  in  chervil,  Anth. 

Εύσκαρθμος,  ov,  {εν,  σκαίηω)  swift- 
springing,  bounding,  ϊιτττοι,  11.  13,  31. 

Εϋσκάριστος,  ov,  (εν,  σκαρίζω)=^ 
foreg.,  Gramm.  [ά] 

Ενσκε/.ής,  ές,  (εύ,  σκέλος)  with 
strong  legs.  Plat.  ap.  Poll.  2,  194. 

Ενσκέπαστος,  ov,  (εν,  σκεπάζω) 
well-covered:  hence  super\.,  serving  as 
the  best  covering  or  fence,  Thuc.  5,  71. 

Εύσκε—ής,  ές,  {εν,  σκέπaς)^oreg., 
Theophr. 

Εύσκεπτος,  ov,  (εύ,  σκέπτομαι)  easy 
to  be  considered,  weighed,  examined,  σκέ- 
■φις.  Plat.  Phileb.  65  D. 

Ενσκενέυ,  to  be  well  equipt,  Soph. 
Aj.  823 :  from 

Εύσκενος,  ov,  { εύ,  σκενος )  well 
equipt. 

Ενσκίαστος,  ov,  (εύ,  σκιάζω)  well- 
shaded,  dark,  gloomy.  Soph.  O.  C. 
1707.  [iT 

ΕύσκΙος,  ov,  {εύ,  σκίά)  =  foreg., 
Pind.  P.  il,  33. 

Ενσκόπε'λος,  ov,  (ευ,  σκόπελος) 
rocky. 

Ενσκοπος,  ov,  Ep.  ένσ.,  (εύ,  σκο- 
πέω)  sharp-seeing,  keen-sighted,  watch- 
ful, Horn.,  always  in  Ep.  form,  as 
epith.  of  Mercury,  II.  24, 24,  Od.  1,  38, 
etc.,  and  once  of  Diana,  Od.  11, 198, 
(cf  infr.) — 2.  of  a  place,  far-seeing,  i.  e. 
commanding  a  wide  view,  Xen.  Cyr.  6, 
3,  2,  and  so  prob.  Ar.  Eccl.  2.— II. 
{εύ,  σκοπός)  shooting  well,  of  unerring 
aim,  as  some  explain  Od.  11,  198,  so 
in  Orac.  ap.  Hdt.  5,  61  ;  τόξα  ενσκ-, 
Aesch.  Cho.  694  ;  and  so  later  ενσκο- 
πα  βύ/.λειν,  τοξενειν,  etc.,  cf  εύστο- 
χος.    Adv.  -πως,  Philostr. 

Εΰσκωμμοσύνη.  ης,  ή,  quickness  in 
jesting  or  repartee  :  from 

Εϋσκώμμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  {εύ, 
σκύμμα)  of  ready  wit,  esp.  in  bantering 
or  repartee.     Adv.  -μόνως. 

Εύσμήριγξ,  ιγγος,  6,  ή,  (εύ,  σμή- 
ρίγζ)  thick-haired,  shaggy. 

Ενσμίλεντος,  ον,(εν,  σμΐ7•.ενω)  well- 
chiselled  or  polished.    _ 

Εύσοια,  ας,  ή,  α  being  well  off,  good 
condition,  prosperity,  Soph.  O.  C.  390  : 
from 

Εύσοος,  ov,  contr.  ονς,  ovv.  Dor. 
σως,  ων,  (εν,  σόος)  well-secured,  secure, 
Theocr.  24,  8. 

Ενσπειρής,  ές,  and  ενσπεφος,  ov, 
{εν,  σπείρα)  well-turned,  wreathing, 
winding,  both  in  Anth. 

Evσπλayχvia,  ας,  ή,  good  heart, 
firmness,  Eur.  Rhes.  192. — II.  good- 
ness  of  heart,  compassion  :  from 

Εύσπ?^αγχνος,  ov,  (εν,  σπ/Αγχνον) 
with  healthy  bowels,  Hipp. — II.  metaph. 
good,  stout  of  heart. — 2.  compassionate, 

Ενσπορος,  ov,  (εύ,  σπείρω)  well- 
sown,  γναι,  Ar.  Αν.  230. 

Έΰσσε?ιμος,  ov,  Ep.  for  εύσε7.μος, 
Hom. 

Έύσσωτρος,  ov,  Ep.  for  ενσωτρος, 
Hes._ 

Ευστάθεια,  ας,  ή,  Ion.  -ίη,  steadiriess, 
Plut. :  good  constitution  or  health,  εΰστ. 
σαρκός,  an  Epicurean  phrase  in  Plut. 
[a]  .•  and 

Ενστύθέω,  ώ,  to  be  steady,  firm,  δια- 


ΕΤΣΤ 

νοίαις,  Dion.  Η.  :  to  be  healthy  in  body 
and  mind,  esp.  an  Epicurean  word, 
Plut.  :  to  be  calm,  tranquil,  of  the  sea, 
Luc.  :  from 

Εΰστάθ;;^.  έζ-,Ερ.  έίστ.,  as  always 
in  Hom.,  (εύ,  ϊσταμαι)  well  founded  or 
based,  stedfast,  firm,  Horn.,  (esp.  in 
Od.)  usu.  as  ep"ith.  of  μέγαρον,  also 
o{  θάλαμος,  Od.  23,  178. — 11.  metaph. 
steadfast,  steady,  firm.  Plut. :  of  the 
body,  sound,  healthy,  Epicur.  ap.  Eund. 
— 2.  εν.  νονσοί,  easily  cured,  not  seri 
ous,  Hipp.,  cf  Foes.  Oecon.  Adv. 
■θώς. 

Ενσταθίη,  ης,  ή.  Ion.  and  poet,  for 
ευστάθεια,  q.  v.,  Hipp. 
^Ευστάθιος,  ov,  b,  Eustathius,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Anth. 

Ενστάθμως,  adv.,  accurately  meas- 
ured by  the  σταθμή,  Hipp.  588,  43,  but 
V.  Foes. 

Ενστάλεια,  ας,  ή,  Ion.  -ίη,  light 
equipment,  agility,  Hipp,  in  Ion.  form, 
and  Plut. :  from 

Ενστΰλής,  ές,  (εύ,  στέλλω)  well 
equipt  or  prepared,  στόλος,  Aesch. 
Pers.  795  :  esp.  lightly  equipt,  active, 
of  light  troops,  Thuc.  3,  22 :  in  genl. 
ready  for  action,  nimble ;  hence  neat, 
trim,  small,  Arist.  H.  A. — 2.  decent, 
correct  in  habit  and  manners,  well-beha- 
ved, mannerly.  Plat.  Meno  90  A,  cf. 
Diodor.  (Com.)  Epicl.  1,  17.  Adv. 
-λώς,  signf  1,  Hdn. ;  2,  Luc. 

Εύστάλίη,  ης,  ή,  Ion.  for  ενστάλεια, 
q.  V. 

Ενστάφν7.ος,  ov,  (εν,  σταφυλή)  rich 
in  grapes,   [a] 

Ενστάχνς,  ν,  (εύ,  στάχνς)  rich  in 
ears  of  corn,  Jac.  A.  P.  p.  115. 

Εϋστεγής,  ές,  (εύ,  στέγω)  well-cov- 
ered. 

Εύστειρος,  ov,  and  in  Αρ.  Rh.  a, 
ov,  (ri,  στείρα)  with  good  keel. 

Ενστερνος,  ov,  (εύ,  στέρνον)  wUh 
stout  breast  or  chest. 

Ενστέφανος,  ov,  (εν,  στέφανος)  Ep. 
ένστ.,  (as  always  in  Hom.  and  Hes.) 
epith.  of  Diana;  II.  21,  511  ;  in  Od.  al- 
ways of  Cythereia  ;  in  H.  Hom.  Cer., 
and  Hes.  Op.  298,  of  Ceres :  in  all 
these  places  ace.  to  the  old  interpp. 
not  well-crowned,  garlanded,  (as  in  later 
poets)  but  well-girdled,  with  beautiful 
cincture,  like  εύζωνας.  In  II.  19,  99, 
Hes.  Sc.  80,  Th.  978,  Thebes  is  έϋ- 
ατέφανος,  crowned,  circled  with  walls 
and  towers,  v.  στεφάνη. 

Έ,νστεφής,  ές,  (tv,  στέφoς)=ΐoreg. 

Ενστέφιος,  ov,  rare  poet,  form  for 
εύστέφανος,  Anth. 

Εΰστήρικτος,  ov,  (  εύ,  στηρίζω ) 
firm. 

Ενστϊβής,  ές,  (εύ,  στείβω)  well-trod- 
den, much  frequented,  haunted,  τίνί, 
Anth.  :  opp.  to  άστιβής. 

Εύστικτος,  ov,  (εν,  στίζω)  variega- 
ted, Opp. 

Εύστιπτος,  ον,=ενστι3ής :  hence 
φάρος  ενστ.,  either  closely  woven  or  well- 
fulled.  Ap.  Rh.  2,  30. 

Ενστο?.ος,  ov,  (εύ,  στέ7.λω)^εν- 
στα'λής,  νανς.  Soph.  Phil.  516. 

Ενστομα,  adv.,  ν.  ενστομος   II.  2. 

Ενστομΰχία,  ας,  η,  α  good  tone  of 
stomach. — II.  goodness  for  the  stomach, 
tonic  qualities :  from 

Εύστόμΰχος,  ov,  (εί,  στόμαχος) 
with  a  good,  healthy  stomach, — II.  good 
for  the  stomach,  tonic,  wholesome,  Diosc, 
cf.  εϋκάρδιος.  Adv.  -χως,  Cic.  Att. 
9,  5,  2. 

Ενστομέω,  ω,  to  be  ενστομος,  to  sing 
stveetly,  of  the  nightingale.  Soph.  O.. 
C.  18. — II.  ingenl.=εύ<ρ;7/^έίJ,  Aescb.. 
Cho.  997,  Ar.  Nub.  833. 

Ενστομία,  ας,  ή,  goodness  of  sound, 
euphony,  Plat.  Crat.  404  D  :  sweetness-, 
583 


ΕΥΣΤ 

ttj  speech,  beauty  of  language,  Dion.  H. 
— 11.  pleasantness  to  the  mouth,  goodness 
of  taste,  TUeophr.:  from 

Ένστομος.  ov,  {εν,  στόμα)  with  good 
mouth,  mouth  of  good  size,  of  dogs,  Xen. 
Cyn.  4,  2  :  of  horses,  well-mouthed, 
well-bitted,  opp.  to  άστομος,  Plut. — 2. 
of  good  countenance,  well-looking,  cf. 
Lat.  OS. — H.  speaking  or  singing  well, 
Anth.  ;  fluent,  Ibid. — 2.  speaking  aus- 
picious words,  like  ενφιιμος,  cautiously 
avoiding  words  of  ill  omen,  and  so  keep- 
ing silence  :  esp.  ενστομα,  nniit.  plur. 
as  adv.,  ταϊιτύ  μοι  εΰστομα  έστω,  and 
τνερί  τοντωΐ'  μυι  ενστημα  κείσΟω,  on 
this  lot  me  keep  a  religious  silence, 
Hdt.  2,  171,  ubi  V.  Wessel.,  cf.  Piers. 
Moer.  p.  475  ;  ενστομ'  εχε,  peace,  be 
still !  Soph.  Phil.  201.— 111.  good  to 
the  mouth,  of  good  taste,  Theophr. 

^Κνστόργιος,ον,ό,  Eastorgius, masc. 
pr.  n.,  Anth. 

Εΰστόρθυγξ,νγγος,  δ,  ή,  {εν,  στορ- 
θνγξ)  from  or  with  a  good  stem,  trunk, 
Anth. 

Έ.νστοχέΐύ,  ω,  to  be  εύστοχος,  hit 
the  ?nark,  c.  gen.,  ενστ.  πάσης  περι- 
στάσεως, τών  καιρών,  to  hit  tlieni  ex- 
actly, Polyb. :  absol.  to  be  successful, 
Id.     Hence. 

Υ.νστόχτιμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  lucky  hit, 
Diog.  L.  5,  34. 

Ευστοχία,  ας,  ή,  skill  in.  shooti^ig  at 
a  mark,  good  aim,  τόξων,  Eur.  I.  T. 
1239  ;  χερός  ενστ.,  periphr.  for  α  bow, 
Eur.  Tro.  811. — U.  nietaph.  quickness, 
readiness  in  extempore  reply  or  repartee, 
teit,  ckverness,  Lat.  acumen,  Arist.  Eth. 
N.  :  from 

Εύστοχος,  ov,  {εν,  στόχος)  aiming 
well,  h'tting  the  mark,  τόξοις,  Eur.  H. 
P.  195. — 2.  pass.,  of  the  thing  hurled, 
well-aimed,  Eur.  Hel.  76. — II.  inetaph. 
making  good  shots,  i.  e.  guessing  well, 
hitting  the  right  nail  on  the  head,  Arist. 
Divin. :  seizing  the  opportunity.  DlO  C.  : 
ready  at  answer  or  repartee,  Plut.  ;  in 
genl.  sharp,  clever.  Neut.  plur.  εύ- 
στοχα, as  adv.,  esp.  εύστ.  βύλλειν, 
etc.',  Luc,  and  Anth.  Adv.  -ω^•.  Plat. 
Legg.  792  D. 

Ένστρα,  ας,  η,  (εΰω)  the  place  for 
sirigring  slaughtered  swine,  Ar.  Eq. 
1230. — II.  roasted,  scorched  barley,  from 
which  αλφιτα  were  made.  In  Ar.  I. 
c.  the  form  ενστρα,  is  preferred  ;  cf 
E.  M.  p.  398,  31 :  ενστρα,  properisp., 
is  quite  wrong. 

Έ.ϋστρΰ•3ής,  ές,  {εν,  στρέφω)  easily 
bent  or  turned. 

Έ,νστράφής,  ές,  {εν,  στρέφω)— εν- 
στρεφής. 

Ένστρετττος,  ον,  Ερ.  ένστρ.,  {εν, 
στρέφω)  easily  turned,  twisted,  pliant, 
of  leathern  ropes,  Od.  2,  426;  15,  201. 

Ένστρεφής.  ές,  Ερ.  εύστρ.,  as  al- 
ways in  Horn.,  {εν,  στρέφω)  either 
well-twisted,  and  so  strong ;  or  easily 
twisting. pliable,  flexible,  of  ropes,  withs, 
etc.,  II.  15,  463,  Od.  9,  427  ;  10,  167, 
of  the  bowstring,  Od.  14,  340,  of  a 
liarpstring,  Od.  21,  408. — II.  in  genl. 
supple,  nimble,  ηόόΐς,  Anth. 

Ενστρόφαλιγξ,  ιγγος,  ό,  ή,  { εν, 
στροφιΊλιγξ)  well-wreathed,  curly,  of 
hair,  Anth. 

Ευστροφία,  ας,  ή,  suppleness,  ex- 
periness,  of  body  and  mind.  Plut. 

Εύστροφος,  ov,  Ep.  ένστρ.,  {εν, 
στρέφω)  well  turned  or  twisted,  11.  13, 
599,  716,  curved,  curled:  easily  bent, 
supple :  hence  ready,  nimble,  quick, 
νήες,  Eur.  I.  A.  293.  Adv.  -φως, 
Anth. 
^Εύστροφος,  ov,  6,  Eustruphus.  an 
Argive,  t  nvoy  to  Lacedaemon,  Thuc. 
5.,  40, — 2.  an  Athenian,  Plut. 

Ενστρωτος,  ov,  (  εν,  στρώνννμι  ) 
584 


ΕΥΣΤ 

well  spread  or  covered  ivith  rugs,  etc., 
Lat.  benestratus,  ?.έχος,  Η.  Horn.  Ven. 
158,  Cer.  286. 

Ενστν7^ος,  ov,  {εν,  στν?ιος)  with 
goodly  pillars,  Eur.  I.  T.  128 :  with 
pillars  at  the  best  distances.  On  which 
V.  Vitruv.  3,  2,  1. 

Ενσνγκρνπτος,  ον,{εν,  συγκρύτττω) 
easy  to  be  concealed,  Aretae. 

Εύσνκηφέιντητος,  ov,  {εν,  σνκοφαν- 
τέω)  exposed  to  calumny,  Plut. 

Ενσνλητος,  ov,  {ευ,  συλάω)  easily 
robbed,   [ii] 

Ενσνλληπτος,  ov,  {εν,  σν?Λαμβά- 
νω)  easily  taken  or  caught. — II.  act. 
easily  receiving,  C.  gen.,  Geop. 

Ενσν?Λόγιστος,  ov,  {εν,  σνλ,λογί- 
ζομαί)  adapted  for  argument,  conclusive, 
Arist.  Rhet.  1,  1,  12. — 2.  easy  to  be  in- 
ferred, Polyb.  12,  18,  8. 

Ενσνμβίβ αστός,  ov,  {εν,  σνμβιβά- 
ζω)  easy  to  put  together,  consistent,  suit- 
able,   [t] 

Ενσύμβλητος,  ov,  old  Att.  ενξ.,  {εν, 
σνμβιιλλω)=5^.  I.,  Wess.  Hdt.  7,  57, 
Aesch.  Pr.  775. 

Ενσνμβολος,  ov,  old  Att.  ενξ.,  {εν, 
σνμβο?\,7})  easy  to  be  itiferred  by  putting 
two  things  together,  easy  to  guess,  make 
out  or  understand,  Aesch.  Cho.  170,  cf 
foreg. — II.  easy  to  deal  with,  honest,  up- 
right, Xen.  Mem.  2,  6,  5  ;  ενσ.  ξένοις, 
Aesch.  Supp.  701. — 2.  readily  contrib- 
uting one's  σνμβοΛτ/. — III.  afl^ording  a 
good  omen,  auspicious ,  Plut.    Adv.  -λως. 

Ενσνμπερίφορος,  ov,  {εν,  συμπερι- 
φέρομαι) easy  to  live  with,  accommoda- 
ting, agreeable  in  society,  Diog.  L. 

Ενσνμπερίφντος,  οι>{εν.  σνν,  περι- 
φνομαΐ)  easily  growing  together. 

Εύσνμπλήρωτος,  ov,  {εν,  σνμ7τ?^η- 
ρόω]  easy  to  fill  up,  reach  to,  Epicur.  ap. 
Diog.  L.  10",  133. 

Εύσνμφντος,  ov,  {ευ,  σνμφνομαι) 
easily  growing  together,  Theophr. 

ΕΛ'σννάγωγος,  ov,  {εν,  συναγωγτ}) 
easily  collected  together:  hence  rO/TOf 
τοις  Τϊεμπομένοις  ενσ.,  a  place  conve- 
nient for  a  commercial  mart,  an  em- 
porium, Ari.st.  Pol.  [u] 

Ενσννά?.λακτος,ον,  {εν,  σνναλ7ΛΊσ- 
σομαι)  easy  to  deal  with,  Plut.  Adv. 
-τως,  LXX. 

Ενσννύρμοστος,  ov,  {εν,  συναρμό- 
ζω) easily  fitted  together,  Arist.  Gen. 
An.     Adv.  -τως. 

Ενσννάρτταστος,  ov,  {εν,  συναρπά- 
ζω) easily  carried  off.     Adv.  -τως. 

Ευσυνειδησία,  ας,  η,  a  good  con- 
science, Clem.  Al.  :  from 

Ενσυνείδητος,  ov,  {εν,  σννειδέναί) 
with  a  good  conscience,  M.  Anton. 
Adv.  -τως,  Clem.  Al. 

Εύσνί'εσία,  ας,  ή,  shrewdness,  Criti- 
as  64,  and  Arist.  Eth.  N. :  from 

Εύσννετος,  ov,  old  Att.  ενξ.,  {ευ, 
σννίημί)  quick  of  apprehension,  clever, 
shrewd,  .\rist.  Eth.  N. — II.  easily  un- 
derstood, intelligible,  Eur.  I.  T.  "i092. 
Adv.  -τως :  Compar.  τώτερον,  signf. 
I,  Thuc.  4,  18. 

Ενσννθεσία,  ας,  ή,  good  arrange- 
ment.— II.  good  faith  in  treaties,  etc., 
Philo :    from 

Ενσννθετέω,  ώ,  to  be  of  good  faith, 
observe  it,  Polyb. 

Ενσύνθετος,  ov,  {εν,  σνντίθημι)  ivell 
piit  together,  well  compounded,  Arist. 
Khet. :  well-fitting.     Adv. -rwf. 

Ευσύνοπτος,  ov,  {εν,  σννοπτος) 
easily  taken  in  at  a  glance,  seen  at 
once,  Isocr.  Antid.  ^  183. — II.  metaph. 
easily  seen  or  detected,  manifest,  Arist., 
Rhet.,  etc.     Adv.  -τως. 

Ενσνντακτος,  ov,  {εν,  σνντύσσω) 
well-arranged,  orderly,  τάξις,  Arr. — 2. 
withgood  syntax, clear,  of  style,  Gramm. 
Adv.  -τως. 


EYTO 

Ένσνντριτττος,  ov,  (εν,  στ,ιτρίβω) 
easily  broken,  Polyb. 

Εύσφνκτος,  ov.  {εν,  σφύζω)  with  a 
good  pulse,  Aretae.     Hence 

Ενσφυξία,  ας.  ?/,  goodness,  healthi- 
ness of  pulse,  Aretae. 

Ενσφνρος,  ov,  Ep.  Ινσφ.,  {εν,  σφν- 
ρόν)  with  beautiful  ankles,  Hes.  Sc. 
16,  Th.  254. 

Ενσχετος,  ov,  {εν,  εχω,σχεϊν)  easily 
held,  kept  in  its  place,  Hipp. 

Ενσχ7/μονέω,  ω,  to  he  ευσχήμων,  to 
behave  with  grace  and  dignity,  Plat. 
Legg.  732  C.     Hence 

Ενσχηιώνημα,  ατός,  τό,  an  act  of 
decorum,  Stob.  Eel.  2,  194. 

Εύσχημος,  ον,=  ενσχ7/μων.  Adv. 
-μως,  Lur.  Hec.  569. 

Ενσχτ/μοσύνη,  ης,  ή,  decorous  ap- 
pearance, grace,  elegance  of  figure  and 
bearing.  Plat.  Symp.  196  A  :  from 

Ενσχι'ιμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  {εύ,  σχή- 
μα) wellformed  or  arranged,  of  good,  fig- 
ure, mien,  and  bearing,  graceful.  Plat. 
Rep.  401  C  ;  decent,  becoming,  Ae.^chin. 
70,  39,  λόγοι,  Eur.  Hi()p.  490:  hence 
in  worse  signf. — 2.  with  an  outside 
show  of  goodness,  specious,  Eur.  Med. 
584.  Adv.  -μόνως,  like  a  gentleman, 
Ar.  Vesp.  1210:  Compar.  -έατερον, 
Plat.  Epin.  981  A. 

Ενσχΐδης,  ef,^sq.,  Anth. 

Εύσχιστος,  ov,  {ευ,  σχίζω)  easily 
split.  Theophr. 

Εύσχο?^έω,  ώ,  to  hare  abundani  lei- 
sure, Diod.,  τινός,  Pseudo-Luc. 

Ενσχο?.ία,  ας,  ή,  leisure,  Μ.  Anton. : 
from 

Εύσχο7.ος,  ov,  {ευ,  σχολή)  at  leisure, 
unoccupied,  esp.  by  war,  Polyh. 

Ενσωματέω,  ώ,  to  be  ενσώματος, 
Eur.  Andr.,  765  :  and 

Ενσωμΰτία,  ας,  ή,  strength,  good 
habit  of  body  :  from 

Ενσώματος,  υν,  (εύ,  σώμα)  well  or 
.•sound  in  body,  strong,  stout. 

Εύσωμος,  oi',=fureg.,  dub. 
^Εύσωρος,  ov,  a,  Easorus,  father  of 
Aenete  the  wife  of  Aeneus,  Ap.  Rh. 
1,959. 

Εύσωτρος,  ov,  Ep.  ένσσ.,  {εύ,  σώ- 
τρον)  u'ith  good  fellies  ;  in  genl.  it'iiA 
good  wheels,  running  well,  ιϊπήντ],  Hes. 
Sc.  273,  v.  1.  in  II.  24,  578. 
iEvToia,  ας,  ή,  Eutaea,  a  city  of 
Arcadia  near  Mantinea,  Xen.  Hell. 
6,  5,  12. 

Εύτάκής,  ες,  {εν,  τήκω)  easily  melt- 
ed, or  softened  by  heat,  Luc. 

Εντακτέω,  ώ,  to  be  εύτακτος,  to  be 
orderly,  behave  well,  Thuc.  8,  1  :  esp. 
of  soldiers,  to  obey  discipline,  Xen. 
Mem.  3,  5,  21.     Hence 

Εντάκτημα,  ατός,  τό,  an  act  of  or- 
derly behaviour,  Stob.  Ecl.  2,  192. 

Εύτακτος,  ov,  {εν,  τάσσω)  well- 
arranged,  uell-behaved.  orderly,  πό'λίς, 
Ar.  Av.  829,  πορεία,  Thuc.  7,  77 :  esp. 
of  soldiers,  orderly,  well-disciplined, 
Ar.  Vesp.  424,  Thuc.  2,  89.  Adv. 
■τως,  Aesch.  Pers.  399. 
.  Εντΰμίευτος.  ov. {tv,  ταμιενω)  well- 
husbanded,  cared  for  ;  hence  inoderate, 
convenient,  Hipp. 

Εντιιξία,  ας,  ή,  {εντακτέω)  good 
order,  discipline,  Thuc.  6,  72  :  orderly 
behaviour,  correctness  of  conduct,  freq. 
in  Deft".  Plat. — II.  as  philos.  term,  the 
power  of  doing  all  just  as  it  ought  to  be 
done,  good  practical  judgment,  cf.  CiC. 
Off".  \,  40. 

Εντάπείνωτος,  ov,  {εν,  ταπεινόω) 
easily  humbled. 

Εντάρακτος,  ov,  {εν.  ταράσσω) 
easily  disturbed,  startled,  Plut. 

Εύταρσος,  οι•,  {εύ.  ταρσός)  delicate- 
footed,  of  the  grasshopper's  leg,  Anth•, , 
άστράγα?>.οι,  lb. 


ETTE 

Εύτε,  Ep.  adv.,  also  sometimes  in 
Hdt.,  and  Trag.,  of  time,  like  ore, 
ivheti,  at  the  time  when. — 1.  c.  indie, 
beginning  the  sentence,  without  any 
particle  in  apodosis,  εντε  γαρ  ήέ?ιΐυς 
φαέθων  νπερέσχεθε  γαίης,  σνμφερό- 
μεσθα  μάχ?),  11.  11,  735:  but  usu. 
followed  by  a  particle,  as  by  ένθα,  II. 
6,  392,  τ//μος  δη,  Od.  13,  93,  δη  τότε, 
Od.  22,  182,  KUL  τότε  δή  ()α,  Od.  24, 
149,  τόφρα  δέ,  Od.  20,  73,  δέ  alone, 
Π.  12,  373,  Od.  17,  359.  Sometimes 
the  clause  to  which  εντε  belongs  is 
put  last,  e.  g.  ες  "Ο'λυμπον  ύφικετο 
δια  θεύων,  εντε  τον  ϋπνος  ίμαρπτε, 
Od.  20,  50,  cf.  II.  5,  396,  etc.— 2.  c. 
aor.  indie,  seeing  that,  since.  Soph. 
O.  C.  84. — II.  c.  subj.  et  uv,  εύτ'  αν, 
like  όταν,  so  oft  as,  whensoever ,  in  the 
case  that...,  II.  1,  242.  Od.  1,  192,  etc.: 
so  sometimes  in  Eur.• — 2.  c.  subj. 
sine  uv,  once  in  Horn.,  Od.  7,  202, 
freq.  in  Epigr.,  Jac.  A.  P.  p.  106. — B. 
as  adv.  of  comparison,  for  ηύτε,  as, 
just  as,  as  if,  once  in  Horn.  U.  3,  10, 
c.  indie,  with  ώς  άρα  in  apodosis, 
and  so  Aristarch.  once  read  U.  19, 
386,  but  in  his  second  revision  he 
wrote  αύτε,  as  Wolf  also  has  done : 
so  too  sometimes  in  Lyr.,  and  later 
Ep. ;  but  Buttm.  everywhere  prefers 
ηντε,  cf.  τ/ύτε.  (Either  an  old  dial, 
form  of  δτε,  Buttm.  Lexil.  in  v.  ;  or, 
as  some,  an  Ion.  form  of  ούτε,  from 
δςτε,  cf  Lat.  qaum  from  qtii.) 

Εύτείχεος,  ov,  (εν,τεΐχος)  well-wall- 
ed, well- fortified,  strong,  of  cities, 
Ύροίη,  Ύλίος,  II.:  in  ί1.  16,  57,  the 
ace.  fern,  εντείχεα,  from  the  accent, 
must  be  a  metaplast.  form  from  εΰ- 
τείχεος,  not  from  εντείχής. 

Έ.ύτειχ?'/ς,  ες,  {εύ,τεϊ:χoς)={oreg., 
Pind.  Ο,  6,  1,  etc. 

Είιτείχ7ίτος,  ov,  {εν,  τεΐχoς)--=ίoreg., 
Φρνγίη,  Η.  Horn.  Ven.  112. 

Έ,ντειχος,  ον,^εντείχεος,  dub. 

Έντέκμαρτος,  ov,  (ευ,  τεκμαίρω) 
easily  guessed  or  inferred. 

Υ^ντεκνέω,  ώ,  to  be  happy  in  children, 
Eur.  Meleag.  9  :  and 

Έ,ίιτεκνία,  ας,  ή.  the  blessing  of  chil- 
dren, whether  of  number  or  goodness, 
Eur.  Ion  470,  etc. :  from 

Έ.ντεκ.νος,  ov,  {εν,  τέκνον)  happy 
in  children,  with  a  flourishing  family  : 
also  with  many  children,  fruitful,  of 
women,  Eur.  Hec.  581,  etc.;  also, 
εντ.  βονς,  (but  of  lo),  Aesch.  Supp. 
275  ;  and  of  the  earth,  Eur.  H.  F. 
1405  :  εντ.  χρησμός,  an  oracle  that 
gives  promise  of  fair  children,  Id.  Ion 
423  ;  out,  fir.  ξννωρίς,  a  pair  of  fair 
children.  Id.  Phoen.  1618. 

Εντέλεια,  ας,  ή,  Ion.  εΰτελέ?/,  the 
having  little  to  pay,  cheapness,  προς 
εντε7Λην,  cheaply,  Hdt.  2,  92  ;  so  too, 
εΙς  εντ.,  Antiph.  Άκέστρ.  1.  ;  χην  εις 
εντ.  γεγραμμένος,  a  goose  rudely, 
vilely  pamted,  Ar.  Av.  805,  opp.  to 
εις  κάλλος. — II.  sparingness, frugality, 
simplicity  of  living,  εις  εντ.  σνντέμ- 
νειν  and  σωφρονίζειν,  to  cut  down 
to  an  economical  standard.  Id.  8,  1, 
86  ;  έτίϊ  εντέλεια,  for  economy,  Ar. 
Ran.  405 :  hence  simple  good  taste, 
prob.  opp.  to  βανανσία,  Thuc.  2,  40. 
cf  Midler  Gr.  Lit.  1,  p.  285.-2.  mean- 
nes.•!,  shabbiness,  Plut.  :  from 

Εντελής,  ές,  {εν,  τέλος)  easily  paid 
for,  cheap,  Hdt.  2,  86  :  slight,  easy. 
Plat.  Legg.  649  D. — II.  mean,  paltry, 
worthless,  αηματονργός,  Aesch.  Theb. 
491;s/infe6!/,,5iOf,Plat.Legg.806A,cf 
Arist.  Pol.  2,  11. — III.  sparing,  frugal, 
Xen.  Mem.  1,  3,  5.  Compar.  -έστερος, 
Thuc.  8,  40.     Adv.  -λΰς,  Xen.,  etc. 

iΈ,vτελίδaς.  a,  b,  Eutelidas,  masc. 
nr.  n.,  Plut..  Paus.,  etc. 


ETTP 

Εντε^.ίζω,  to  hold  cheap,  despise, 
Plut.     Hence 

Εντελίσμός,  ov,  6,  meanness,  vul- 
garity of  style,  Longin. 

ΙΕυΓφΤΓ//,  ης,  ή,  Euterpe,  the  muse 
of  music,  Hes.  Th.  77:  from 

Εντερπής,  ές,  {εν,  τέρπω)  delight- 
ful, charming,  Pind.  Ο.  6,  180. 

Εντέχν7]τος,  ov,  {εν,  τεχνάομαι) 
artificially  wrought,  Anth. 

Εντεχνία,  ας,  ή,  skill  in  art,  etc., 
Anth. :  from 

Εντεχνος,  ov,  {εν,  τέχνη)  skilful, 
ingenious,  of  persons,  Hipp. :  of  things, 
Anth. 

Εντηκτος,  ov,  {εν,  τήκομαι)  easily 
melted  or  dissolved,  Arist.  Probl. 

Εντηξία,  ας,  ή,  a  being  easily  melted, 
Arist.  Mirab. 

Εντΐθύσσεντος,  ov,  {εί,τιθασσεύω) 
easily  tamed,  Strab. 

Εντλήμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  {εν,  τ7.η- 
μων)  much-enduring ,  firm,  bold,  Aesch. 
Pers.  28.  ubi  al.  εν  τλήμονι. 

Εντμητος,  ov,  Ep.  έντμ.,  {ευ,  τέμ- 
νω) well-cut,  in  II.,  of  leather-work, 
ιμάντες  10,  567,  etc.,  τελαμών  7,  304, 
etc. — II.   easily  cut. 

Εντοιχος,  ov,  {εν,  τοίχος)  with 
good  ivalls. 

Εντοκέω,  ώ,  ίο  bring  forth  easily, 
prosperously,  Hipp.  :  and 

Εντοκία,  ας,  ή,  propitious,  happy 
child-birth.  Call.  Ep.  .'56.-2.  of  the 
child,. Leon.  Tar.  :  and 

Εντόκιος,  ov,  aiding  in  child-birth  : 
from 

Εντοκος,  ov,  {εν,  τίκτω)  bringing 
forth  easily,  prosperously,  Arist.  H.  A. 
— II.  pass,  happily  born,  dub. 

Εντολμέω,  ώ,  to  be  daring,  άδίκεΐν, 
Dio  C. :  and 

EvToA/iia.  ας,  ή,  courage,  boldness, 
Eur.  Med.  469:  from 

Εντολμος,  ov,  {εν,  τολμάω)  brave, 
spirited,  courageous,  Aesch.  Ag.  1302, 
always  in  good  signf ,  τολμηρός,  being 
used  in  bad  signf.  Adv.  -μως,  Tyrt. 
9,  etc. 

Εντομος,  ov,  {εν,  τέμνω)  =  εύτμη- 
τος.  Arist.  Pol. 

Εντονέω,  ώ,  ίο  be  powerful,  effica- 
cious ;  c.  inf.,  to  have  power,  faculties, 
Hipp. :  to  have  courage,  ειπείν  τι, 
Plut.  :  and 

EvTOvia,  ας,  ή,  strictly  good  ten- 
sion :  hence  force,  Hipp. :  firmness, 
strength,  Diod.  :  and 

ΕΰΓΟί'ί'^ω,  to  give  strength  oi  force  to 
a  thing :  from 

Εντονος,  ov,  {εν,  τείνω)  on  the 
stretch  ;  hence  stiff,  sinewy,  brawny, 
of  bodies  or  limbs  made  muscular  by 
e.xercise,  etc.,  Hipp.  :  in  genl.  strong, 
powerful,  forcible,  vehement,  βέλος, 
Polyb.  Adv.  -νως,  with  main  strength, 
Ar.  Plut.  1095. 

Εντοξία,  ας,  ή,  skill  in  archery, 
Hdn. :  from 

Εντοξος,  ov,  {εν,  τόξον)  with,  be- 
longing to  a  good  bow,  φαρέτρα,  Anth. 
— II.  skilled  in  the  use  of  the  bow. 

Εντόρνεντος,  ov,  {εν,  τορνεύω)^ 
sq.,  Anth. 

Εύτορνος,  ov,  {εν,  τόρνος)  well 
turned,  rounded,  circular,  Eur.  Tro. 
1197. — 2.  easy  to  turn  or  work,  of  wood, 
Theophr. 

Εί'τράπεζεύομαι,  as  pass.,  to  live 
su7nptuously  :  from 

EvτpάπεCoς,  ov,  {εν,  τράπεζα)  with, 
at  a  good  table,  hospitable,  άνδρώνες, 
Aesch.  Ag.  243  :  living  well,  luxurious, 
Eriph.  Slhen.A: sumptuous,  of  meats, 
Pint,  [a] 

Εντρύπελενομαι,  dep.,  {εντράπε- 
λος)  to  be  witty,  lively,  Polyb. 

Εντρύπελία,  ας,  y,  the  behaviour  of 


EYTP 

the  ευτράπελος,  wit,  liveliness,  Lat. 
urhaniias,  Hipp. ;  defined  by  Arist. 
Eth.  N.,  νβρις  πεπαιδευμένη:  but 
ixe(^.= βωμολοχία,  as  Plat.  Rep.  563 
A,  cf.  εντράπελος. 

Εντρΰπε/ιίζω,  =  εντραπε?ιενομαι : 
from 

Εντράπελος,  ov,  {εν,  τρέπω)  easily 
turning,  freely  moving,  changing,  εις 
πολιτείαν,  Ael. :  εντρ.  ■γλώσσα,  a 
well  hung,  glib  tongue ;  hence  λόγος 
εντρ.,  a  dexterous,  ingenious,  ready 
plea,  Ar.  Vesp.  469  :  esp. — 2.  of  per- 
sons, ready  with  an  answer  or  repartee, 
witty,  lively,  Lat.  urbanus.  facetus,  le- 
pidus,  cf  Arist.  Eth.  N.  2,  7,  where 
εντραπε?.ία  is  the  mean  between 
αγροικία  and  βωμο?.οχία :  but  fre- 
quently in  bad  signf.  =  βωμό?Μχος, 
jesting,  ribald,  as  Isocr.  149  D,  cf  Ep. 
Ephes.  5,  4. — 3.  tricky, dishonest,  Pind. 
P.  1,  178;  4,  186.  Adv.  -λως,  readily, 
without  awkwardness,  Thuc.  2,  41. 

Εντράφέω,  ώ,  to  be  well  noiirished, 
thrive,  Theophr. :  from 

Ευτραφής,  ές,  {εν,  τρέφω)  well 
nourished,  thriving,  Eur.  Med.  920, 
Plat.,  etc. — II.  act.  nourishing,  γάλα, 
Aesch.  Cho.  898.  Adv.  -φως.  Ion. 
■φέως,  Hipp. 

Εντράφία,  ας,  7/,  good  nurture,  thriv- 
ing health,  v.  1.  in  Arist.  H.  A. 

Εντρεπής,  ές,  {εν,  τρέπω)  ready  to 
turn  to  a  thing,  in  genl.prepared,  ready, 
like  έτοιμος,  freq.  in  Eur. ;  εντρεπές 
ποιεϊσθαι,  Bacch.  440 ;  εντρ.  παρεί- 
vat,  lb.  844.    Adv.  -ττώζ-,  App.    Hence 

Εντρεπίζω,  lo  make,  gel  ready,  pre- 
pare, ξίφος,  Aesch.  Ag.  1651  ;  τινά 
Tivi,  to  make  friendly,  conciliate,  Xen. 
Hell.  4,  8,  12 -.lor/ store, Tu  τείχη,  Ih. 
2,  2,  4.  Pass,  to  be  prepared,  ready, 
Eur.  I.  A.  1111.  Mid.  to  get  ready, 
prepare  far  one's  self,  or  something  of 
one's  own,  Thuc.  4,  123.     Hence 

Εντρεπιστέον,  verb,  adj.,  one  must 
prepare,  Heliod.  :  and 

Εντρεπισμός,  ov,  6,  preparation. 

Εντρεπιστής,  ov,  ό,  one  who  pre- 
pares, gets  ready. 

Εντρεπτος,  ov,  {εν,  τρέπω)  easily 
turned,  changeable,  Plut. 

Εντρεφής,  ες,  Ep.  έντρ.,  {εν,  τρέ- 
φω) like  ευτραφής,  wellfed,  fat,  Od. 
9,  425  ;  14,  530,  Eur.  Cycl.  380. 

Eΰτoε^l)ίa,aς,η,{εvτpεπτυς)change- 
ablrness,  Clem.  Al. 

iEvτpήσιoι,  ων.  οι,  the  Eutresii,  in- 
habitants of  a  district  of  Arcadia, 
Xen.  Hell.  7,  1,  29,  Paus. 

■\Εντρησις,  ιος,  ή,  Eutresis,  a  \l\]age 
near  Thespiae  in  Boeotia,  II.  2.  502. 

Εντρητος.  ov,  Ep.  έντρ.,  {εϋ,  τιτ- 
ράω)  well-bored  or  pierced,  7.οβοί,  II. 
14,  182. — II.  of  great  bore,  with  wide 
opening,  Hes.  Th.  863:  with  many 
holes  or  openings,  Q.  Sin.  9,  429. 

ΕντρΧαίνης,  ov,  o,  {εν.  τρίαινα) 
with  goodly  trident,  epith.  of  Neptune, 
Pind.  0.1,117. 

Ε.ντρΐ3?/ς.  ές,  {εν,  τρίβω)  well-ruh 
bed,  powdered  fine,  Nic. — ^11.  well-worn, 
easy  lo  trace. 

Εντριπτος,  ov,  {εν,  τρίβω)  well 
rubbed  or  pounded.  Medic. 

Εντρϊχες,  nom.  pi.  from  ενθριξ, 
Xen. 

Εντρΐχος,  ον,~ενϋριξ,  Eur.  Η.  F. 
934. 

Εντρι-ψ,  ΐβος.  h,  ή,=  εντριβής,  Nic, 
but  V.  Lob.  Paral.  γ.  117. 

Εντροπία,  ας,  ή,  {εντροπος)  versa- 
tility, quickness,  cleverness,  Lat.  ver- 
sutia,  Theogn.  218. — II.  esp.  a  good 
direction  or  disposition,  good  natural 
turn.  Democr.  a  p.  Stob.  p.  494,  5. 

Εντροπις.  ιδος,  ύ,  η,  {εν,  τρόπίς) 
with  good  keel. 

585 


ΕΥΤΔ 

Έντροπος,  ον,  {ευ,  τρέπω)  active, 
ready. — II.  {τρότΐος)  well-disposed. — 2. 
of  diseases,  vuld,  Hipp.    Auv.  -πυς. 

Εντροφέυ,  ώ,  to  thrive  well,  flourish, 
Arist.  Grn.  An.  Also  in  micl.,  Tlie- 
ophr. :  and 

Κύτροφία,  ας,  η,  plentiful  nurtvre, 
i.  e. — 1.  nourishment. — 2.  a  heinff  well- 
nourished,  Plat.  Prot.  351  Α.:  from 

Έ•ντροφος,  ov,  {fv,  τρέφω)  nourish- 
ing, healthy,  Theophr. — 11.  pass,  well- 
nourished,  thriving,  Hipp. 

Έύτρόχΰλας,  ov,  Ep.  έϋτρ.  (εν, 
τρέχΐύ)  running,  or  in  genl.  moinng 
well,  speedy. — 11.  εντ.  ύ'λωή,  Hes.  Op. 
597,  801,  V.  I.  11.  20,  496,  ace.  to  some, 
even  for  moving  upon ."  Others,  well- 
rounded. 

Εντροχος,  ov,  Ep.  έύτρ.,  (εν,  τρο- 
χός) well-wheeled,  or,  ace.  to  Others, 
well-rounded,  άρμη,  άμαξα,  like  εύ- 
κνκ/.ος,  Hom.  (esp.  in  11.)  —  II.  in 
genl.  easily  turned  round,  Xen.  Cyn. 

Έντρνγητος,  ov,  {ev,  τρυγάω)  con- 
venient in  the  vintage,  δένδρα,  The- 
ophr.  [fi] 

Εντύκος,  ov,  rare  form  for  sq.,  well- 
built,  Aesch.  Supp.  959  ;  metaph. 
ready,  lb.  974,  994  ;  εις  tl,  Pratin.  ap. 
Ath.  633  A. 

ν.ί)τνκτος,  ov,  {ευ,  τενχω)  well, 
skilfully  made,  Hom.  esp.  as  epith.  of 
κυνέη,  and  Ιμάσβ'λη :  but  also  of 
building,  wood-work,  tents,  &c. — 11. 
well-prepared,  made  ready,  of  meat, 
κρέα  ευτ.  ηοιεϊσθαι,  έγειν,  Hdt.  1, 
119.^ 

Εΰτύττωτος,  ov,  {εν,  τυκόω)  easily 
moulded,  easily  taking  an  impression, 
Pint. 

iKirvxeta,  ας,  ?/,=  ευτυχία,  Soph. 
Fr.  882. 

Κντϋχεω,  ώ,  to  be  εντϋχτ/ς,  to  be 
well  off,  successful,  lucky,  Tivi,  in  a 
thmg,  Epich.  p.  86,  Hdt.  1,  171,  etc.  ; 
but  more  freq.  c.  ace.  rei,  Hdt.  1,  C5; 
3.  43,  etc. ;  also,  εΙς  tl,  Eur.  Or.  542; 
iv  TivL,  Xen.  Hell.  7,  1,  5  :  c.  part,  to 
succeed  in  doing.  Eur.  Or.  1212,  Xen. 
HelL  7,  1,  11,  and  freq.  absol.,  Hdt., 
etc. ;  also,  e.  ace.  cognato,  εντ.  ευτύ- 
χημα, Xen.  An.  6,  3,  6. — 2.  of  things, 
to  turn  Old  well,  prosper,  succeed,  Hdt. 
3,  40  :  so  too  in  pass.,  εντνχ7/ται  τοϊς 
•πο'λεμίοις  ικανά,  they  have  had  suc- 
cess enough,  Thuc.  7,  77  :  εντνχοίης. 
as  ironical  negat.,  good  lack  to  you  !  I 
wish  you  may  get  it !  Valck.  Phoen. 
406,  cf  6νίΐ'?ιμι  II.     Hence 

Έί'τύχίίμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  piece  of  good 
luck,  a  happy  issue, succesSjKui.  Phoen. 
1356,  Xen.,  etc. 

Ευτυχής,  ες,  (εν,  τνχεΐν)  well  off, 
successful,  lucky,  fortunate,  prosperous, 
of  persons  and  events,  Hdt.  1,  32, 
Trag.,  Plat.,  etc. :  opp.  to  όλβιος, 
Hdt.  1.  c.,  to  ευδαίμων,  Eur.  Med. 
1229:    TO  ευτυχές, =  ευτυχία,  Thuc. 

2,  44.      Adv.  -χώς.  Ion.  -χέως,   Hdt. 

3,  39,  Pind.,  Frag.,  etc. :  eompar. 
-έστερον,  Eur.,  etc. :  superl.  -έστατα, 
Hdt.  7,  6. 

'[Έ.ντνχής,  οϋς,  δ,  Eaiyches,  son  of 
Hippocoon,  Apollod. 

Έ,ντνχία,  ας,  ή,  {εντνχής)  success, 
good  luck,  prosperity,  Hdt.  1,  32,  etc. : 
in  plur.  pieces  of  good  luck,  successes, 
Thuc.  2,  44. 

■\Έ,ΰτυχίδας,  a,  6,  Eutychidas,  mase. 
pr.  n.,  Anth.  Dor.  form  of 

^Έ,ντυχίδης,  ου,  ό,  Eutychides,  a 
statuary  of  Sicyon,  a  pupil  of  Lysip- 
pus,  Paus. 

Ενύαλος,  ov.  {εν,  ϋαΤίος)  with,  of 
good  gla.ts,  Anth.  [ΰ] 
■    Υιννδρέω,   ώ,   to  abound   in   water, 
Strab. :  and 
586 


ΕΥΦΗ 

Έννδρία,  ας,  ή,  abundance  of  water, 
Stral). :  from 

ΥΛ'νδρος,  ov,  {ευ,  ύδωρ)  well-water- 
ed, abounding  in  water,  yy,  Hdt.  4,  47, 
ακτή,  Pind.  P.  1, 152  :  also  of  a  river, 
with  beautiful  water,  Eur.  I.  T.  399. 

Έϋνμ%'ος,  ov,  {ευ,  ύμνος)  rich  in 
hymns,  celebrated  in  many  hymns,  H. 
Hom.  Ap.  19,  207. 

Ενϋπέρβάτος,  ην,  {ευ,  υπερβαίνω) 
easily  stept  over :  hence,  of  a  socket, 
out  of  which  the  end  of  the  bone  easily 
slips,  Hipp. 

Εΰϋπέρβλητος,  ov,  {ευ,  υπερβάλ- 
λω) easily  overcome.  Arist.  Eth.  N. 

Έ,νϋπνος,  ov,  {εν,  ύπνος)  sleeping 
well  or  soundly,  Hipp. 

Έυϋπόδ7]τος,  ov,  {ευ,  νποδέω)  of  a 
shoe  or  sandal,  easy  to  be  bound  on  the 
foot.    _ 

Εΰύποιστος,  ov,  {εν,  υποφέρω) 
easily  endured,  tolerable. 

Έΰϋποχώρητος,  ov,  (εν,  ύποχωρέω) 
easily  giving  way,  yielding,  Herm.  ap. 
Stob.  Eel.  1,  1086. 

Έΰύφαντος,  ov,  {ευ,  vώaίvω)^sq. 
[ν]   ^ 

Ευϋφί/ς,  ές,  {εν,  νφή)==:ΐΐ'^1,  beauti- 
fully woven.  Soph.  Tr.  602.  [ν] 

ΫΛ'ϋφής,  ές,  {εν,  ύψος)  very  high. 

Ενφατ/ς,  ές,  {ευ,  φάος)  very  bright, 
Nonn. 

\Ένφάης,  ους,  ΰ,  Euphaes,  son  of 
Antiochus,  king  of  the  Messenians, 
Paus.  4,  5,  8. 

Υ.νφ&μία,  ενφάμος.  Dor.  for  ενφημ. 

'\Έ.Ι>ψΰμίδης,  ov  Dor.  a,  b,    Euphd.- 

mtdas,  Dor.  pr.  n.,  son  of  Aristony- 

mus,  leader  of  the  Corinthians,  Thuc. 

2.  .33. 

■\Ένφΰμος,  ov,  6,  Dor.  for  Εύφημος, 
Pind. 

Ενφανής,  ές,  {εν,  φαίνομαι)=^εν- 
φαί/ς. 

\Ενφάνης,  ονς,  6,  Euphanes,  an 
Aeginetan,  ancestor  of  Timasarchus, 
Pind.  N.  4,  143. 

Ενφαντιίσίωτος,  ov,  {εν,  φαντα- 
σιόω)  one  whose  imagination  can  accu- 
rately realise  or  embody  notions,  Lat. 
qui  sibi  res,  voces,  actus  secundum  vc- 
rimi  optime  fingit,  Quinct.  Instit.  6,  2, 
30. 

^Ενφαντος,  ov,  6,  Euphantus,  a  wri- 
ter whose  Ιστορίαι  is  quoted  in  Ath. 
251  p. 

Ενφάρέτρης,  ov,  6,  Dor.  -ρας,  {εν, 
φαρέτρα)  with  beautiful  quiver,  Soph. 
Tr.  208. 

Έ,ϋφύριιακος,  ov,  {εν,  φάρμακου) 
abounding  in  drugs,  whether  lor  medi- 
cine, Theophr.,  or  for  dyeing. 

Ενφεγγής,  ές,  (εν,  φέγγος)  bright, 
brilliant,  ήμερα,  Aesch.  Pers.  387  :  το 
ενφεγγές,  brightness,  light. 

Ε,νφ?]μέω,  ω,  (εύφημος)  to  use  words 
of  good  omen,  and  so — ^I.  to  avoid  all 
that  are  tinlucky,  as  was  esp.  required 
during  sacred  rites,  Horace's  male 
ominatis  parcere  verbis,  II.  9,  171,  Hdt. 

3,  38.-2.  hence,  as  the  surest  mode 
of  avoiding  them,  to  keep  .silence,  hold 
the  toug'ue,  esp.  to  preserve  an  awful, 
religious  silence,  Lat.  favere  Unguis,  Ar. 
Nub.  263,  etc.,  opp.  to  δνςφημέω : 
most  freq.  in  imperat.  εύφί/μει,  εν- 
φημείτε,  hush !  be  still !  Lat.  bona 
verba  quaeso,  favete  Unguis,  Aesch.  ap. 
Ar.  Ran.  1274,  freq.  in  Ar.,  and  Att. 
dialogue,  as  if  to  avert  an  omen  ;  and 
so,  ενφημείν  χρή,  Ar.  Nub.  263  :  also 
m  mid.,  (ύφτ^μον  έπος  εΰφημουμίτη, 
Aesch.  Supp.  512.  Cf  Jac.  A.  P.  p. 
xxxiv. — II.  to  shout  in  praise  or  honour 
of  any  one,  or  in  triumph,  Aesch.  Ag. 
596,  Eum.  1035,  Ar.  Plut.  758 ;  later 
c.  ace.  to  honour  by  .fhouts,  applause. 
etc.,  Plat.  Epin.  992  D.— III.  to  sound 


ΊευφΑ 

auspicicrusly,  triumphantly,  Ae.ich.  Pers. 
389.  Ag.  28.     Opp.  to  βλαςφψέω. 

^ΕΛ'φήμη,  ης,  ή,  (εύφημος)  Eupheme, 
the  nurse  of  the  Muses,  Paus.  9,  29,  5. 

Ευφημία,  ας,  ή,  {εύφημος)  the  use  of 
words  of  good  omen  :  and  so — I.  ahsti 
yience  from  iyiauspicious  language,  ευ- 
φημία Ισχε=ενφήμει,  Soph.  Tr.  178  : 
hence — 2.  silence,  esp.  solemn  silence 
during  religious  rites  ;  and  so,  the  pro- 
clamation of  silence,  cf  Ar.  Thesm. 
295. — 3.  the  use  of  an  eupheynism,  a 
mild  naine  for  a  bad  thing.  Plat.  Legg. 
736  A,  cf.  ευφημισμός.  —  II.  praise, 
and  in  plur.  songs  of  praise,  lauds, 
Pind.  P.  10,  54:  later  applause.— 2. 
praise,  favour,  Soph.  Fr.  206. 

^Εύώημίδης,  ου  Ion.  εω,  ό,  son  or 
descendant  of  Euphemus,  Hdt.  4,  150. 

Εύφημίζω,  to  receive,  salute  with  ac- 
clamations, Hdn. 

^Εϋφήμιος,  ου,  δ,  Euphemius,  an 
Athenian  orator  ridiculed  by  Aris- 
tophanes, Vesp.  599. 

Ευφημισμός,  οϋ,  δ.  {ενφημίζω)  later 
word  for  ευφημία. — II.  in  Gramm.  esp. 
the  use  of  an  auspicious  word  for  an  in- 
auspicious one,  e.  g.  Εν/ιενίδες  for 
Ερινύες,  εύφρόνη  for  vv!;,  etc. 

Εύφημος,  ov,  {εν,  φήμη)  sounding 
well,  of  good  omen,  in  genl.  auspicious, 
ήμαρ,  Aesch.  Ag.  636,  βοή.  Soph.  El. 
630,  etc. :  then  of  persons — I.  abstain- 
ing from  inauspicious  words,  silent, 
Trag. :  εύφημα  φώνει,  like  ενφήμει, 
Lat./njje  lingua,  Eur.  I.  T.  687  ;  ευΦ- 
πάς  εσΤω  λεώς,  Ar.  Thesm.  39. — II. 
euphem.  for  δνςφημος,  Stanl.  Aesch. 
Ag.  1227,  Heind.  Plat.  Phaedo  60  A. 
— HI.  speaking  well,  praising,  extolling  ; 
TO  εύφ.. praise,  M.  Anton.  Adv.  -ιιως, 
Η.  Hom.  Αρ.  171,  etc. 

^Εύφημος,  ου,  ό,  Euphemus,  son  of 
Neptune  and  Europa,  ancestor  of  Bat- 
tus,  an  Argonaut,  Pind.  P.  4,  39,  79, 
sqq. ;  Ap.  Kh.  1,  179. — 2.  son  of  Troe- 
zen,  leader  of  the  Cieones,  an  allv  of 
the  Trojans,  II.  2,  846.-3.  an  Athe- 
nian envoy  to  Syracuse,  Thuc.  6,  75. 
— Others  in  Andoc,  etc. 
tEi5(i!>7?pof,  OV,  o.  Euphsrus,  in  MSS. 
for  Εύφημος,  father  of  Callicrates, 
Dem.  611,  25. 

ΥΡΛ'φήτης,  ου,  δ,  Euphetes,  prince 
of  Ephyrc  in  Elis  on  the  SelleVs,  II. 
15,  532. 

Ενφθαρτος,  ov,  (εν,  φθείρω)  easily 
destroyed,  Arist.  Coel. — II.  easily  di- 
gested, Dipli.  Siphn.  ap.  Ath.  68  F. 

Ενφθογγέω,  ώ,  to  sound,  sing  well : 
from 

Εύφθογγος,  ov,  {εν,  φθίγγομαι) 
well-sounding,  cheerful,  gay,  κέλαδοι, 
Aesch.  Cho.  341  :  of  good  voice,  sing- 
ing tvcll,  of  birds,  Strab. 

Ενφΐλής,  ές,  (εν,  φιλέω)  beloved, 
Aesch.  Ag.  34. — II.  act.  loving,  fond, 
τινός.  Id.  Eum.  197. 

Ενφίλητος,  ov,  also  η,  ov,  Aesch. 
Theb.    107,   (εν,    φιλέω)   well-beloved. 

^Ε^φί/ιητος,  ov,  o,  Euphih.tus,  ati 
Athenian,  father  of  Charoeades, 
Thuc.  3,  86.— Others  in  Dem.  934, 
28;  1353,  1;  etc. 

ΕνφΙλόπαις,  παιδος,  δ,  rj,  {εν,  φι- 
λέω, παις)  fond  of  children  :  or — Π. 
pass,  beloved  of  children,  λέων,  Aesch. 
Ag.  721. 

Ενφΐ?.οτίμητος,  ov,  (ευ,  φιλοτίμέω) 
of,  proceeding  from  ambition,  δαπάνη- 
ματα.  Arist.  Eth.  N. 

ΕΛιφΙμος,  ov.  (εν,  φιμόω)  well-bitted, 
well-bridled. — II.  astringent,  styptic, 
Nie. 

Ενφλαστος,  ov,  (εν,  ψλάω)  easily 
squeezed  or  crushed. 

Εύφλεκτος,  ov,  {εν,  φλέγω)  easily 


ΕΤΦΡ 
Inndled  or  burning,  Xen.  Cyr.  7,  5, 
22. 

EvipopiSia,  ας,  ή,  (.ενόορ3ος)  good 
feeding,  high  condition,  Soph.  Fr.  727. 

Έ•ίφόρ;3ιυρ,  ov,  τό,  an  African  plant 
with  an  acrid  juice,  Euphorhmm,  Diosc. : 
Spurge  is  our  equivalent  name. 

Ε,ύφορ3ος,  ov,  {tv,  ^έρβω)  well-fed, 
Orph. — 11.  ^ct.  fertile. 

'ΪΕύφορβος,  ov.  6,  Euphorbus,  aTro- 
jan,  son  of  Panthoiis,  slam  by  Mene- 
laus,  11.  16,  806  :  Pythagoras  main- 
tained that,  in  the  Trojan  war,  his 
soul  had  animated  the  body  of  Eu- 
phorbus, Luc.  Gall.  4,  cf.  Hor.  Od.  1, 
28,  10,  sqq. — 2.  an  Eretrian,  son  of 
Alcimachus,  betrayer  of  Eretria,  to 
the  Persians,  Hdt.  6,  101. 

Ενφορέο),  ώ,  (εύφορος)  to  bear  well, 
be  productive,  Hipp. :  hence 

Εΰφόρητος,  ov,  easily  borne,  endura- 
ble, Aesch.  Cho.  353. 

Ενώορία,  ας,  ή,  {εύφορος)  the  power 
of  bearing,  enduring  easily,  Hipp. — II. 
a  bearing  well,  fertility,  Philo. 

\Έ,νφορίδης,  ov,  ό,  Euphorides,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  an  Acharnian,  Ar.  Ach.  612. 

tEu^opiU)•',  ωνος.  6,  Euphorion,  an 
Athenian,  father  of  the  poet  Aeschy- 
lus, Hdt.  2,  156. — 2.  father  of  Lapha- 
nes.  Id.  6, 127. — 3.  a  poet  and  gramma- 
rian of  Chalcis  in  Euboea,  Paus.  2, 
22,  7 :  Ath.  477  E. 

Ενφόρμιγξ,  ιγγος,  6,  τ/,  (ευ,  φόρ- 
μιγζ)  with  beautiful  lyre :  playing  beau- 
tifully on  it,  Anth. — II.  pass,  of  lyrical 
music,  beautifidly  played  or  accompa- 
nied, 0pp. 

Εύφορος,  ov,  {ευ,  φέρω)  patiently, 
firmly  borne,  πόνοι,  Pind.  N.  10,  45. 
— 2.  easily  borne  or  worn,  convenient, 
ό-?Μ,  Xen.  Cyr.  2,  3,  14.— II.  act. 
bearing,  carrying  well,  of  a  breeze,  fair, 
favourable,  Xen.  Hell.  6,  2,  27.-2. 
bearing,  1.  e.  enduring  well :  hence  σώ- 
μα  ενφ-,  active,  nimble,  in  genl.  healthy, 
Xen.  Symp.  2,  16. — 3.  hearing,  i.  e. 
producing  well,  fruitful,  fertile,  Arist. 
H.  A. :  metaph.,  πόλίς  εύρ.  προς  αν- 
δρών ύρετήν,  rich  in  manly  virtue, 
Dion.  H.  Compar.  irreg.  in  Aretae. 
-έστερος.     Adv.  -ρως,  Hipp.,  etc. 

Ένφορτος,   ov,    (ev,   φόρτος)    well- 
freighted   or   ballasted,    ντ/ες,    Anth. : 
hence  moving  well,  active,  μέλη,  0pp. 
ίΈΰφραγόρας,  ου,    b,    Euphragoras, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  .\nth. 

Έ,νφράδεια,  ας,  ή,  correctness  of  lan- 
guage or  style :  from 

Έ,ϋόρΰδής,  ες,  {ευ,  φράζω)  speaking 
well  or  correctly. — 2.  pass,  well-worded : 
Horn,  has  only  the  adv.  in  Od.  19, 
352,  εΰφραδέως  πεπννμίνα  πάντ'  iiyo- 
ρενην,  to  speak  all  things  wisely  in 
good  set  terms,  eloquently  ;  others  take 
it  to  be  shrewdly  (from  φράζομαι),  but 
this  is  contained  in  πεπννμένα. 

Έ,νόρΰδίη.  ης,  ή.  Ion.  and  poet,  for 
ευφράδεια,  Anth. 

Ευφραίνω,  (.  -άνώ  ;  aor.  εϋφρηνα, 
also  εύφρανα,  Xen.  Cyr.  4,  2.  39 :  Ej). 
έϋφρ-,  but  Horn,  also  uses  the  com- 
mon form,  as  11.  5,  6S8,  (ft),  φρήν,  εν- 
φρων).  To  cheer,  delight,  gladden, 
τινά,  η.  7,  297,  Od.  20,  82,  etc.— 
II.  pass.  c.  fut.  mid.,  to  rejoice,  make 
merry,  Od.  2.  311 :  ενφρανθήναι  έπί 
τινι,  Ar.  Ach.  5,  iv  rivi.  Xen.  Hier. 
1,  16  :  c.  part.,  όρωσ'  ευφραίνεται,  is 
rejoiced  at  seeing,  Soph.  Aj.  280. 

ή-Έ,ύφραϊος,  ov,  ό,  Euphraeus,  masc. 
pr.  η  ,  a  disciple  of  Plato,  Plat.  Ep. 
321  C. — 2.  a  banker  at  Athens,  Dem. 
948,16. 

Ενφραντικάς,    ή,    όν,    (ευφραίνω) 
cheering,  delightful  to,  τινός,  Ath. 
Ei'<>payro7roiof,ov,=foreg.,Gramm. 

Ενφραντός}  ή,  όι>,  pleasant. 


ΕΤΦΤ 

\Ένφράνωρ,  ορός,  ό,  Euphranor,  a 
celebrated  painter  and  statuary,  a 
contemporary  of  Praxiteles,  Paus.  1, 
3,  4 ;  Plut.— 2.  a  Pythagorean  phi- 
losopher, Ath.  182  C,  etc. — Others  in 
Diog.  L.,  etc.  [tt] 

Ενφρύσία,  ας,  η, (ευφραίνω)  delight, 
mirth  ;  esp.  good  cheer. 

Ενφραστος,  ov,  (εν,  φράζω)  easy  to 
say  or  speak,  Arist.  Rhet. :  clear,  dis- 
tinct, όπωπι),  Dion.  P. 

^Εΰφρατας,  a,  b,  Euphratas,  masc. 
pr.  n. 

^Ευφράτης,  ov.  Ion.  Ενφρήτης,  εω, 
ό,  the  Euphrates,  a  celebrated  river  of 
western  Asia,  rising  in  Armenia,  and 
emptying  into  the  Persian  gulf,  Hdt. 
1,  180,  etc. 

Ενφρονέων,  Ep.  έύΦ-,  (εν,  φρονέω) 
well-meaning,  and  (at  the  same  time) 
well-judging,  with  kind  and  prudent 
mind,  oft.  in  Hom.,  but  always  in  the 
verse  ό  σφιν  ενφρονέων  άγορήσατο 
και  μετέειπεν.  No  such  verb  as  εΰ- 
φρονέω  occurs,  v.  εν,  sub  fin. 

Ενφρόνη,  ης,  ή,  (εύφρων)  night, 
Hes.  Op.  558,  Pind.,  and  all  poets, 
but  also  not  seldom  in  Hdt.  and 
Hipp.  :  strictly  euphem.  for  ννξ,  the 
kindly,  or  acc.  to  Others  the  balmy,  re- 
freshing one,  as  if  from  ευφραίνω, 
which  is  less  prob. — ΙΙ.^ζεΰφροσΰντ). 
Hence 

Ενφρονίδης,  ov,  b,  son  of  Night, 
Anth. 

^Ευφρόνιος,  ov,  ό,  Euphronius,  a 
rich  citizen  of  Sunium  in  Attica,  Plat. 
Theaet.  144  C— 2.  a  poet,  Strab.— 3.  a 
Greek  grammarian.  Ath.  495  C. — 4.  a 
Peripatetic  philosopher,  Diog.  L.  5, 74. 

Ενφρόνως,  adv.  from  εύφρων. 

Ευφροσύνη,  ης,  ή,  Ep.  έϋφ-,  (εύ- 
φρων) cheerfulness,  mirth,  esp.  of  a 
banquet,  good  cheer,  Od.,  H.  Hom., 
Hes.,  both  in  common  and  Ep.  form  : 
also  in  plur.,  Od.  0,  150,  Aesch.  Pr. 
540,  and  Eur. :  poet,  word,  used  by 
Xen.  Cyr.  8,  1,  32,  in  plur.  [i•] 

'^Ευφροσύνη,  ης,  ή,  Euphrosyne,  one 
of  the  three  Graces,  Hes.  TL  909. 

Ευφρόσυνος,  η.  ov,  poet,  lor  εύ- 
φρο)ν,  cheerful,  Orph  — II.  act.  cheering, 
making  cheerful,  Diosc.  Adv.  -νως, 
Theogn.  764. 

Εύφρονρος,  ov,  (εν,  φρουρά)  watch- 
ful, κομιδή,  0pp. 

^Εύφρώ,  οϋς,  ή,  Euphro,  fern.  pr.  η., 
Anth. 

Εύφρων,  ov,  Ep.  ένφ.,  both  in  Hom., 
(εν,  φρήν)  cheerful,  merry,  II.  15,  99, 
Od.  17,  531,  and  Trag.— 2.  act.  cheer- 
ing, making  glad  or  merry,  comforting, 
οίνος,  II.  3,  246  ;  and  so,  ftoal  εύφρα- 
νες Άργείοις,  Soph.  Aj.  420. — II. 
later,  well-minded,  kind,  kindly,  like 
εύνοος,  opp.  to  κακόφρων,  freq.  in 
Pind.,  and  Aesch. — 2.  prudent.— lU. 
adv.  -όνως,  in  signf  I.  1,  Pind.  P.  10, 
63  ;  in  signf.  I.  2,  Aesch.  Ag.  849  ;  in 
signf  III.  2,  Aesch.  Ag.  351. 

^Εύφρων,  όνος,  ό,  Euphron,  a  citizen 
of  Sicyon,  who  obtained  supreme  au- 
thority in  that  city,  Xen.  Hell.  7,  1, 
44. — 2.  an  Athenian  banker,  Dem. 
948,  17. — 3.  a  poet  of  the  new  come-  | 
dy,  Ath.  7  D. — Others  in  Paus.,  etc. 

Ενόνής,  ές,  {εύ,  φνή)  well-grown, 
πτελέη,  II.  21,  243  ;  so  too,  ενφ.  κλά-  \ 
δος,  ΟΙ  ivy,  Eur.  Alcraen.  2  ;  of  good 
figure,  shapely,  comely,  goodly,  μηροί, 
il.  4,  147  :  also  graceful,  of  the  dance, 
Ar.  Thesm.  908. — ^11.  of  good  natural 
parts,  like  French  d'un  bnn  naturel, 
Arist.  Eth.  N.  3,  5,  17  :  clever,  sharp, 
esp.  witty,  droll,  Isocr.  149,  D  :  well- 
fitted  or  suited,  προς  τι.  Plat.,  Isocr., 
etc. :  also  of  good  moral  disposition, 
Xen.  Mem.  1,  6,  13,  cf.  sq.— 2.  of  an- 


ETXA 

imals,  easily  trained,  docile,  good-tem- 
pered, Xen.  Mem.  4,  1,  3.     Hence 

Εύφνεια,  ar.  ^,=sq.,  Alex.  Incert. 78. 

Ενφνία,  ar,  ή,  goodness  of  shape, 
etc.,  shapeliness,  Hipp. — II.  gijod  natu- 
ral parts  or  ability,  natural  cleverness  : 
ancf  hence  morally,  goodness  of  dispo- 
sition, usu.  in  both  signfs.  at  once, 
Arist.  Eth.  K.  3,  7,  17,  as  in  French 
un  bon  naturel :  of  places,  fertility,  fa- 
vourable situation,  etc.,  Theophr.,  and 
Polyb. 

Εΰφν?.ακτος,  ov,  (εύ,  φν/.άσσω)  well 
or  easily  guarded,  Aesch.  Supp.  998, 
ένεΐιφυλάκτω  είναι,  to  be  on  one's 
guard,  Eur.  H.  F.  201  :  ενφνλακτό 
τερα  αντοΐς  έγίγνετο,  it  was  easier  foi 
them  to  keep  a  look-out,  Thuc.  8,  55. 
— II.  (εν,  φν?.άττομαι)  easy  to  watch, 
guard  one^s  self  against,  Dio  C.  Adv. 
-τως.  [ν] 

Ενφυ?.?Μς,  ov,  (εν,  φνλλον)  well- 
leaved,  leafy,  Pind.  I.  6,  89,  and   Eur. 

Ενφνσητος,  ov,  (εν,  φνσάω)  easily 
blown  up,  e.  g.  into  a  flame,  fv] 

Ενφντος,  ov,  (εν,  φυτόν)  well-plant- 
ed, good  for  planting. 

Ενφωνία,  ας,  η,  goodness  of  voice, 
Xen.  Mem.  3,  3,  13 :  goodness  of 
rhythm,  Dion.  H.  :  in  genl.  goodness 
of  sound,  euphony,  Quinctll.  :  from 

Ενφωνος,  οι•,  (εν,  φωνή)  loud,  clear- 
voiced,  Ar.  Eccl.  713  ;  sweet-voiced, 
musical,  ενφ.  ΤΙιερίόες,  Pind.  I.  1,90; 
χορός  σνμφθογγος  ουκ  ενφ..  of  the 
Furies,  Aesch.  Ag.  1187.     Adv.  -νως. 

Ενφώρΰτος,  ov,  {εύ,  φωρύω)  easily 
detected,  Plut. :  besides  the  regul.  εν- 
φωρατότερος,  there  is  an  irreg.  comp. 
and  superl.  ενφωρότερος,  -ότατος,  as 
if  from  ενφωρος,  Schaf.  ap.  Nake 
Choeril.  p.  274. 

Ενχαίτης,  ov,  6,  (εν.  χαίτη)  with 
beautiful,  flowing  hair.  Call.  Ep.  56: 
with  flowing  mane ;  of  plants,  leafy. 
Anth. 

Ενχαιτίας,  ov,  6,=foTeg. 

Ενχά7.1νος,  ov,  (εν,  χα?ΰ:νός)  well- 
bridled,  [ίί] 

Ενχάλίνωτος,  ov,  (εν,  χαλϊν6ώ)^=. 
foreg. 

Εύχα7.κος,  ov,  (εύ,  χαλκός)  wrought 
of  fine  brass,  or  well-wrought  in  brass, 
il.'7,  12,  Od.  15,  84. 

Ενχά?.κωτος,  ov,  (εν,  χα7.κόω)^=. 
foreg.,  Anth. 

\Ενχαρίδης,  ov,  ό,  Eucharides,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Ar.  V'esp.  680. 

Εύχαρις,  neut.  ενχαρι,  gen.  -ιτος, 
(εύ,  χύρις)  pleasing,  charming,  winning, 
Eur.  Med.  632 :  in  genl.  ctgreeable, 
pleasant,  Lat.  gratiosus,  esp.  in  socie- 
ty :  αστείος  και  ενχ.,  Xen.  Cyr.  2,  2, 
12  :  popular.  Id.  Hell.  4,  8,  22:  το  εν- 
χαρι, popularity,  urbanity.  Id.  Ages.  8, 
1:11,11.  Adv.  superl.  ei;);apiarara, 
Polyb.  Excerpt.  Vat.  p.  402,  nisi  leg. 
-τιϊτατα.     Cf  ευχάριστος. 

Ενχΰριστέω,  ώ,  (ευχάριστος)  to  be 
thankful,  return  thanks,  Bockh  Inscr. 
1,  p.  52.  Pass,  to  be  thanked,  Hipp. 
— II.  to  wish  joy,  congratulate  one,  έΰί 
Tivi.     Hence 

Ενχάριστ7)ριος,  ov,  of,  belonging  to 
thanks  or  gratitude,  θνσία,  Dion.  H. : 
Tu  ευχαριστήρια,  sub.  ιερά,  a  thank- 
offering,  Polyb. 

Ευχαριστία,  ας,  ή,  thanks, gratitude, 
Hipp. — 2.  a  giving  of  thanks  :  hence, 
the  Holy  Eucharist,  Eccl. — II.  grace- 
fulness. 

Ενχαριστικώς,  adv.  thankfully,  with 
thankful  mind,  Philo  :  from 

Ευχάριστος,  ov.  (εν,  χάρις,  χαρίζο- 
μαι) also  ενχάριτος,  ον,^^ενχαρις, 
winning,  agreeable,  Xen.  Oec.  5,  10: 
of  things,  agreeable,  pleasant,  elegant, 
/-oyot,  id.  Cyr.  2,  2,  1  :  τε?,ευτάν  τον 
Μ? 


ΕΥΧΗ 

βίον  ευχαρίστως,  to  die  happily,  Hdt. 
J ,  32. —  il.  favoured,  dr.ar,  popular,  Lat. 
gralioxus. — -III.  loving,  esp.  grateful, 
thankful,  Lat.  gratas,  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  3, 
49.  [ij 

■\Έιΰχάρ ιστός,  ου,  b,  Eucharistus,  an 
Athenian  archon,  Diod.  S. 

Ενχάρΐτος,  ov,  freq.  v.  1.  ίοτ-ιστος. 

Έ,νχιίμερος,  αν,  (,εύ,  χεϊμα)  health}/, 
convenient,  to  winter  in,  Arist.  Pol. — II. 
act.  bearing  the  winter  or  the  cold  well, 
Arist.  H.  A. :  opp.  to  δυςχι ίμερος. 

Έυχειρ,  ειρος,  b,  ή,  {ευ,  χείρ)  with 
good  hands,  i.  e.  handy,  active,  dexter- 
ous, Pind.  O.  9,  1C5  :  ingenious,  clever, 
of  a  sculptor,  Soph.  O.  C.  472  :  hence 
as  name  of  the  iir.st  Greek  artist,  Eu- 
chir,  V.  Plin.  H.  N.  35,  43.     Hence 

Εί',γΡφία,  ας,  ή,  quickness  of  hand, 
dexterity,  cxpertness,  Polyb. 

tEvrfipof,  ov,  0,  Euchirus,  a  statu- 
ary of  Corinth,  Fans.  G,  4,  4  :  v.  at 
end  of  ενχειρ. 

Ενχείρωτος,  ov,  (εν,  χειρόω)  easily 
mastered  or  overcome,  Aesch.  Pers.  452 : 
in  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  6,  30,  and  Theophr., 
is  a  superl.  ενχειρότατος  for  ενχει- 
ρωτότατος,  but  Dind.  would  correct 
it ;  cf.  however  Schaf.  ap.  Nake  Choe- 
ril.  p.  274,  and  ενφώρατος. 

Κνχέρεια,  ας,  ή,  quickness  of  hand, 
dexterity,  readiness,  skill.  Plat.  Rep. 
426  D  ".  in  genl.  activity,  7iimbleness, 
Plat.  Legg.  912  D. — 2.  proncness,  m- 
clination for  a  thing,  c.  gen.,  πονηρίας, 
Plat.  Rep.  391  Ε  ;  πμός  or  περί  tl, 
Plut. — 3.  in  bad  sense,  license,  reck- 
lessness, Aesch.  Eum.  495,  and  Po- 
lyb. Oft.  confused  with  ενχειρία. 
From 

Ευχερής,  ες,  (ev,  χείρ)  handy  at  a 
thing,  doing  it  without  trouble,  dexter- 
ous :  hence  in  bad  sense,  licentious, 
reckless.  Dem.  547,  28. — II.  pass,  easi- 
ly handled,  Hipp. :  easy,  γένος,  Plat. 
Polit.  206  C :  TO  ευχερές,  the  easy, 
careless  use  of  a  thing.  Plat.  Theaet. 
184  B. — 2.  of  persons,  manageable, 
accommodating,  kind,  yielding.  Soph. 
Phil.  519,  Valck.  Phoen.  393  :  opp.  to 
δνΓχερί/ς.  Adv.  -ρώς,  Plat.  Phaed. 
117  C. 

Ενχετάομαι,  poet,  for  εύχομαι,  dep., 
only  m  pres.  and  impf.,  the  latter  in 
Horn,  without  augtn.  To  pray,  be- 
seech. II.  8,  347:  15,  309,  to  a  god, 
θεώ,  Od.  12,  356,  II.  6,  208  :  in  genl. 
to  pay  one's  vows,  do  reverence,  give 
thanks,  to  a  god  or  man,  II.  11,  701, 
Od.  8,  407. — II.  to  boast  one's  self,  pro- 
fe-!s,  c.  inf.,  τίνες  εμμεναι  εΰχετυων- 
ται,  Od.  1,  172,  etc.  :  to  brag,  Lat. 
gloriari,  ενχ.  έπέεσσι,  II.  12,  391,  and 
strengthd.,  νπέρβιον  αΰτως  εϋγετά- 
ασθαι;  II.  17,  19  ;  20,  348  ;  κταμένοι- 
σιν  έπ'  άνόρύσιν  ενχετύασθαι,  to 
glory  over  them,  Od.  22,  412.  Ep. 
word.  The  act.  ενχετύω  occurs  in 
no  good  author. 

Ευχή,  7/ς,  ή,  (εύχομαι)  a  prayer,  en- 
treaty, wish  or  vow,  Hom.  only  in  Od. 
10,  526  (his  usual  words  being  ενχος 
and  ενχωλη),  Hes.  Th.  419:  ενχην 
έηΐτελεσαι,  Lat.  vota  persolvere,  Hdt. 
1,  80,  άποόιδόναι,  Xen.  Mem.  2,  2, 
10 ;  ενχ^  χρησβαι,  Lat.  votis  potiri, 
Plat.  Legg.  088  Β  ;  ευχή  ν  κατύ,  χιλί- 
ων χιμάρων  ποιεΐσθαι,  to  make  a  vow 
of  a  thousand  goats,  Ar.  Eq.  061, — 2. 
a  mere  wish,  an  aspiration,  a  visionary 
thing,  as  opp.  to  the  reality,  hence 
εύχηις  όμοια  λέγειν,  to  build  castles 
in  the  air.  Plat.  Rep.  499  C,  cf.  450 
D,  ubi  V.  Stallb  ;  so,  κατ'  εϋχήν,  as 
one  would  wish,  not  expect,  Arist.  Eth. 
N. ;  so  too,  κατά  την  παίδων  ενχην, 
like  a  boy's  wish.  Plat.  Soph.  249  D. 
—3,  a  prayer  for  evil,  i.  e.  a  curse,  im• 
488 


EYXO 

precation,  Valck.  Phoen.  70. — II.  vain- 
boasting,  proud-speaking. 

Εύχί/μων.  ov,  gen.  όνος,  to  be  tvish- 
edfor,  Hesych. 

^Είιχι'ινωρ,  ορός,  6,  Euchlnor,  son  of 
Coeranus,  of  Megara,  Pans.  1,  42,  5. 
— 2.  son  of  the  Corinthian  seer  Po- 
lyidus,  II.  12,  663.-3.  son  of  Aegyp- 
tus,  Apollod. 

Έ,νχϊλος,  ov,  (εν,  χιλός)  rich  in  fod- 
der.— II.  of  a  horse,  v)ell- thriven,  in 
good  condition,  Xen.  Eq.  1,  12. 

Ένχίμΰρος,  ov,  {tv,  χίμαρος)  rich  in 
goals,  Allth.   [i] 

Ένχ'λοος,  ov,  contr.  ενχλονς,  ουν, 
(εν,  χλοα)  Tnakins;  fresh  and  green, 
epith.  of  Ceres,  Soph.  O.  C.  1600,  cf. 
χλόη. — 11.  verdant,  blooming,  Opp. 

Εύχ?.ωρος,  ov,  (εν.  χλωρός)  fresh 
and  ureen,  dub.  in  Theophr. 

Ενχολόγιον,  ov,  τό,  a  prayer-book, 
Eccl. 

ET'XOMAI,  fut.  ενξομαι :  aor.  ηνξ- 
ύμην,  3  aor.  syncop.  ενκτο,  Ep. 
^ragm.  ap.  Schol.  Soph.  O.  C.  1375: 
plqpf.  ηϋγμην.  Soph.  Tr.  010.  In 
Att.  usu.  with  augm.,  in  Hom.  never. 
De]).  mid.  To  pray,  pay  one's  vows, 
Lat.  precari,  vota  facere,  τιχ'ί,  to  one, 
as  ενχ.  θεω,  very  freq.  in  Hom.,  etc.: 
but  c.  dat.  commodi,  for  one,  II.  7, 
298  ;  also,  εΰχ.  προς  τους  θεούς,  Xen. 
Mem.  1,  3,  2,  Dem.,  etc.;  and  so  c. 
ace.  cognato,  ενχ.  ενχίχς  τοϊς  θεοϊς, 
etc.,  Dem.  381,  10,  etc.  ;  ενχ.  έπος, 
to  utter  it  in  prayer,  Pind.  P.  3,  3  :  in 
Anth.,  also  c.  ace.  pers.,  to  pray,  be- 
seech one.  Hom.  is  fond  of  joining 
μεγύ?ί.'  ενχεσθαι,  πολ'λϊϊ  ενχεσθαι,  to 
pray  aloud  and  earnestly,  make  many 
prayers. — 2.  C.  inf.,  to  pray  to..,  pray 
that..,  wish  to..,  as,  ενχ.  θάνατον  φυ- 
γείν, 11.  2,  401  ;  οίκον  ίδείν,  Pind., 
etc.  ;  also,  ενχ.  τινί  δούναι,  to  pray 
him  to..,  Ar.  Thesm.  351,  etc. — 3.  c. 
ace.  objecti,  to  pray  for.  long  or  wish 
for,  χρυσόν,  Pind.  N.  8,  03,  and  so 
Att.  ;  ενχ.  τινί  τι,  to  pray  for  some- 
thing for  a  person,  as  So|)h.  Phil. 
1019 ;  but  also  to  pray  for  a  thing 
from..,  as,  τοις  θεοΐς  τάγαθά  υπέρ  τί- 
νος, Xen.  Mem.  2,  2,  10,  cf.  Cyr.  2.  3, 
1. — 4.  Sojih.  O.  T.  1512  is  usu.  quoted 
as  a  (singular)  pass,  usage,  tout'  εν- 
χεσθέ  μοι,  receive  this  prayer  frotn  me, 
— but  this  is  needless,  indeed  impos- 
sible, V.  Ellendt. — II.  to  vow,  esp.  in 
prayer,  i.  e.  to  vow  or  promise  to  do.., 
c.  inf.,  εύχομαι  έξελάαν  κννας,  II.  8, 
526  ;  ευχετο  πάντ'  άποδονναι,  11.  18, 
499  :  and  so  in  Att.  ;  ενχ.  κατά  βοάς, 
κατά  χιμάρων,  to  make  a  vow  over  an 
ox,  o\)er  goats,  i.  e.  vow  to  ofl'er  them, 
as  if  they  were  before  the  altar,  and 
the  vow  made  over  them,  Inlerpp. 
Ar.  Eq.  000.  In  this  signf.  ενχεσθαι 
has  both  fut.  and  aor.  inf.,  Herm. 
Opusc.  I,  282. — 2.  c.  ace.  rei,  to  vow 
a  thing,  Lat.  vovere,  Aesch.  Ag.  963, 
Ar.  Av.  1619,  etc.  From  the  signf. 
of  vowing  or  pledging  one's  self  to  do  a 
thing. — II.  in  genl.  to  speak  confident- 
ly, proudly  of  one's  self,  boast,  c.  inf., 
very  freq.  in  Hom.,  esp.  εύχομαι  εί- 
ναι, not  necessarily  of  empty  boast- 
ing, but  usu.  of  something  which  one 
knows  to  be  matter  of  glory,  and 
claims  as  such :  hence  often,  little 
more  than  to  profess,  maintain,  cf.  φησί 
και  εύχεται,  11•  14,  360 ;  also,  ενχ. 
σχέμεν  ώκεάς  ίππους,  11.  8,  254,  and 
80  Att.  :  very  rarely  with  the  inf. 
omitted,  as,  έκ  Κρητύων  γένος  εύχο- 
μαι, (sc.  είναι)  I  6οα.5<  my  descent, 
claim  it..,  Od.  14,  199.•  yet  not  rare  in 
Hom.  to  boast  vainli/,  bras,  and  so 
strengthd.,  αύτως  εΐίχεαι,  li.  11,  388, 
of.  poet,  ΐύχετάυμαι.    (The  common 


ΕΤΧΩ 

notion  is  prob.  that  of  loud  speaking, 
for  the  word  is  clearly  akin  to  ανχέω, 
καυχάομαι :  which  was  thefrst  sense 
is  uncertain.) 

Ένχοποιέομαι,ί.-ήσομαι,άβρ. mid., 
(ενχή,  ποιεω)  to  make  a  prayer. 

Εύχορδος,  ov,  (εν,  χορδή)  tvell- 
strung,  musical,  λύρα,  Pind.  N.  10,  39. 

Εύχορτος,  ov,  {εν,  χόρτος)  of  cattle, 
thriving  on  its  fodder,  Arist.  H.  A. — ■ 
II.    rich  in  fodder,  fertile. 

Ei'^'or,  εος,  τό,  the  thing  prayed  for, 
object  of  prayer,  εύχος  δούναι,  όρέξαι, 
πορείν  τινί,  to  grant  one's  prayer,  II. 
285  ;  22,  130,  Od.  22,  7 ;  ενχος  άρέ- 
σΟαι,  άπαυρΰν,  to  obtain  it,  11.  7,  203 : 
15,  462. — II.  that  of  which  one  is  proud, 
one's  boast,  glory,  etc.,  as  in  11.  21,  473  ; 
but  this,  though  freq.  in  Pind.,  as  O. 

10,  75,  is  not  needed  in  Hom. — III. 
later, — 1.  α  vow,  votive  offering,  Anth. 
— 2.  boastfulness,  vanity. 

Ενχρημύ,τέω,  ω,  to  be  ενχρήματος : 
and 

Εϊΰχρηρατία,  ας,  η,  wealth.  Poll.  6, 
196 :  irom 

Εν^ρήμάτος,  ov,  (ευ,  χpήμa)weallhy. 

Ενχρημονέω,  ώ,  =  ενχρηματέω. 
Plat.  (Com.)  ap.  Poll.  6,  190. 

Ενχρηστέω,  ώ,  to  be  εύχρηστος,  to 
be  jiseful.  serviceable,  τινί,  Polyb.,  εις 
τι,  Diosc.  ;  absol.,  Bockh  Inscr.  2,  p. 
226. — II.  pass.,  ενχρηστεΐσθαι  νπό 
τίνος,  to  receive  assistance  from,  be  ac- 
commodated, served  by  him,  Diod. — 2. 
to  be  in  common  use,  of  words,  Gramm. 
Hence 

Ενχρήστημα,  ατός,  τό,  advantage 
received. 

Ευχρηστία,  ας,  -ή,  accommodation, 
utility,  Polyb.,  προς  τι.  Id.  :  from 

Εύχρηστος,  ov,  (εύ,  χράομαι)  easy 
to  make  use  of  useful,  serviceable,  freq. 
in  Xen.  ;  προς  τι,  Plat.  Legg.  777  B. 
Adv.  -τως,  Polyb. 

Ενχρόαστος,  ον,=  ενχροος,  dub.  1., 
Xen.  Eq.  1,  17,  where  L.  Dind.  would 
read  εύρωστοι. 

Εϋχροέω,  ώ,  to  be  of  a  good,  healthy 
or  handsome  look  or  complexion,  Ar. 
Lys.  80 :  I'rom 

νΛ'χροής,  ές,  rare  poet,  form  for  εΰ• 
χροος,  of  fine  complexion,  beautiful,  δέρ- 
μα έϋχμοές,  Od.  14,  24. 

Εύχμοια,  ας,  ή,  goodness  of  coinplex• 
ion.  healthy  look,  Hipp. :  from 

Ε,ύχροος,  ov,  contr.  ους,  ουν,  (εν, 
χρόα)  of  a  good,  healthy  look  or  com- 
plexion, fresh-looking,  healthy,  Hipp., 
and  Xen.  Compar.  -οώτερος.  Xen. 
Cyr.  8,  1,  41  ;  -ονστερος,  Arist.  Probl., 
cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  143. 

Εύχρνσος,  ov,  (εν,  χρνσός)  rich  in 
gold,  of  the  Pactolus,  Soph.  Phil.  394. 

Εύχρως,  ων,  =  ενχροος,  Ar.  Eq. 
1171,  Thesm.  644,  and  Plat. 

Ενχν7ιία,  ας,  ή, goodness,  healthiness 
of  the  juices. — II.  good  flavour,  Ath. : 
from 

Ένχνλος,  ov,  (εν,  χυλός)  with  good, 
healthy  juices. — ll._;?/;cy,  well-flavoured, 
ace.  to  Valck.  in  Hdt.  4,  58.  Adv. 
-λως,  Hipp. 

Ενχϋμία,  ας,  ή,—ενχνλία  I.,  Hipp.; 
=11.,  Theophr. :  from 

Εύχϋμος,  ον,=^εύχν?ίθς,  Aretae. : 
yet  cf.  χυλός. 

Ενχωλή,  ι'/ς,  ή,  (εύχομαι)^ ενχή, 
ενχος,  α  vow,  11.   1,  65,  93  :  α  prayer, 

11.  9,  499,  Od.  13,  357:  both  times 
joined  with  ofl'erings. — II,  in  genl.  α 
wish,  longing :  also  that  which  is  pray- 
ed, longed  for,  II.  2,  160;  4,  173;  22, 
433 ;  ενχωλάς  ίπιτελεϊν,  Hdt.  2,  63. 
—  II.  also,  that  which  one  boasts  of ;  in 
genl.  boasting,  exultation,  II,  8,  229 : 
esp.  a  shout  of  triumph  or  victory, 
coupled  in  II.  4,  450 ;  8,  64,  with  ot 


ΕΤΩΝ 

μυγή.      Poet,    form,   once    in   Hdt. 
Hence 

ΈΰχωΤιΐμαΐος,  αία,  αΐον.  bound  by, 
under  a  i-ow,  Hdt.  2,  63,  who  explains 
it  by  ενχω?ιυ.ς  έπιτελέοντες  :  Strabo 
gives  it  as  a  translation  of  the  Keltic 
Soidurii  or  devoti  of  Caesar,  B.  (J. — 2. 
votive,  βέηι,  Dio  C. — il.  =εύκταΐος, 
yearned,  longed  for, 

Κΰχώρίστος,  ov,  {ευ,  χωρίζω)  easily 
separated,  Theophr. 

Ένχωρος,  ov,  {εν,  χώρος)  spacious. 
Ένχωστος,  ov,  {εν,  χώνννμι)  easily 
dammed  or  ?nounded  up. 

Ένφάμαθος,  ov,  (εύ,  ψάμαθος)  sandy, 
Anth.  [rpii] 

ΡΛίφγιψίς,  ϊόος,  ό,  η,  {εν,  ■φηφίς) 
with  many  pebbles,  shingly,  Νοπη. 

Έύφνκτος,  ov,  {εν,  φνχω)  easily 
cooled  or  chilled,  Arist.  de  Sens.  5,  16. 
Έ,ΰχρϋχέω,  ω,  to  be  ενψνχος,  be  of 
good  heart,  good  courage,  JN.  T.  —  II. 
ενψύχει,  farewell,  freq.  inscr.  on 
tombs,  like  Lat.  have  pia  anima  !  v. 
Jac.  A.  P.  p.  939. 

Έ.ν•φνχ7]ς,  ες,  {εν,  ψϋχος)  cool,  re- 
freshing, Hdn. 

Έινφϋχία,  ας,  η,  goodness  of  spirit, 
courage,  bravery,  Aesch.  Pers.  326, 
Eur  ,  and  Thuc. :  from 

Έ,νφϋχος,  ov,  {εν,  φνχή)  of  good 
courage,  courageous,  brave,  Lat.  ani- 
mosus,  Aesch.  Pers.  394,  and  Eur. : 
TO  εϋφνχον=ζενιρνχία,  Thuc.  2,  43. 
Adv.  -χως,  Xen.  Hipparch.  8,  21. — II. 
{εν,  ψνχω)  refreshing,  Theophr. 

ET'il,  f.  ενσω  :  aor.  εύσα,  without 
augm. :  Ion.  ενω,  etc.,  but  not  so  in 
Hom.  To  singe,  in  Horn.  usu.  of 
singeing  swine's  bristles  ofT  before 
they  are  cooked,  Od.  2,  300 ;  14,  75, 
426 ;  σνες  ενομενοι  τηνύοντο  ihi 
φλογός,  II.  9,  468  ;  23,  33  :  aLso  of  the 
Cyclops'  eyelids,  etc.,  while  his  eye 
Vias  burnt  out,  Od.  9,  389  :  metaph. 
of  a  shrewish  wife,  εϋει  ύτερ  όαλον 
άνδρα,  Hes.  Op.  703. — II.  to  dry  by 
fire,  in  genl.  to  dry  up.  (Akin  to 
αϋω,  ανω,  and  to  εψω.) 

Ενώόης,  ες,  {εν,  όζω,  pf.  oSoj^a) 
sweet.  Sin elling,  Horn.,  Pind.,  and  Att. : 
opp.  to  δυςώύης.     Hence 

Έ,ί'ωδία,  ας,  ή,  a  sweet  .'smell,  Xen. 
Symp.  2,  3,  Plat.  Tim.  65  A.    Hence 
Έ,νωδιάζω,  to  perfume.     Pass,  to  be 
perfumed,  grow  fragrant,  Strab. 
Eϋu(5ίζ'ω.=foreg.,  Sext.  Emp. 
Ένώδΐν,  ϊνος,  ό,  ή,  {εν,  ύδίν)  happy 
as  a  parent,  Op'p.,  fruitful,  Nonn. — II. 
pass,  happily  born,  Nonn. 

Έ1νώ?.ενος,  ov,  {εν,  ώ7^νη)  fair- 
armed,  Pind.  P.  9,  31 ;  also,  εν.  δεξιά, 
Eur.  Hipp.  605. 

Έ,νώνητος,  ov,  {εν,  ώνέομαι)  easily 
bought,  cheap,  Strab. 

Ένωνία,  ας,  η,  {ενωνος)  cheapness, 
Polyb. 

Εί'ωνίζω,  to  cheapen,  hold  in  no  es- 
teem :  from 

Ένωνος,  ov,  {εν,  ώνος)  of  fair  price, 
cheap,  Epich.  p.  14  :  irreg.  cornp. 
-νέστερυς,  Id. p.  67.  Αά\.-νως,  Buekh 
Inscr.  2,  p.  381. 

^Ενωννμία,  ας,  ή,  Euonymia,  an  Attic 
demus  belonging  to  the  tribe  Erech- 
he'i's  ;  hence  Κνωννμενς,  έως,  ό,  an 
tnhab.  of  Euonymia,  Aeschin. 

Ευώνυμος,  ov,  (εν,  όνομα)  of  good 
name,  honoured,  Hes.  Th.  4()9 :  esp. 
of  good  omen,  sounding  lucky, I^at.  bene 
ominatus,  opp.  to  δνςών.,  Plat.  Polit. 
302  D :  hence  most  freq. — II.  =<'i.pi- 
στερός,  left,  on  the  left  hand,  Hdt.,  and 
Att. ;  ίξ  ευωνύμου  χειρός,  Hdt.  7, 
109 ;  also,  έ^  ενων.  (sub.  χειρός)  Id. 
1.  72:  very  freq.  as  military  term, 
εύώνν/ιον  κέρας,  Hdt.  6,  111,  etc. 
(Eupheiu.,  to  avoid  the  word  left,  as 


ΕΦΑΑ 

bad  omens  came  from  that  quarter, 
of.  δεξιός  ;  cf.  also  ενξεινος,  εύφημος, 
and  αριστερός  itself.) 

iKΰώι>ΰμoς.  ου,  δ,  Euonymus,  son  of 
Uranus  and  Gaea,  or  of  the  Cephisus, 
Steph.  Byz. — II.  ή,  the  smallest  of 
the  Lipari islands, now  Salini?  Strab. 

Έ,νώτίΊΐς,  ov,  ό,  fem.  ωπις,  ιόος,  {εν, 
ώψ)  fair-eyed,  in  genl.  fair  to  look  on, 
beautiful.  The  fem.  ενώπιδα,  κοίψην, 
Od.  6,  113,  142,  Η.  Cer.  334,  Pind., 
etc. 

Έύωττις,  6,  ?7,=foreg.,  but  v.  Erf. 
Soph.  O.T.  190.  ^ 

Ϋ,νωπός,  όν,=  ενώτΓης,  Eur.  Or.  918 ; 
εν.  πνλαι,  friendly  gates,  Id.  Ion  1611, 
cf.  ενώψ. 

EiiJTrof,  ov,  ό,  a  sea-fish,  Opp. 

Έύωρέω,  ώ,  {εύωρος)  to  be  careless, 
negligent.     Hence 

Evojpia,  ας,  ή,  carelessness,  negli- 
gence. —  II.  {εν,  ώρα)  fineness  of  the 
season,  Longus. 

Έ,νωριύζω,=  εϋωρέω,  v.  1.  in  Aesch. 
Pr.  17. 

Ένωρος,  ov,  {εύ,  ώρα)  careless,  un- 
concerned, almost^o/*,<y6jpof,  Euphor. 
102. — II.  {εύ,  ώρα)  εύωρος  γη,  fruitful 
land :  γάμος  εύωρος,  Lat.  maturae 
nuptiae,  dub.  in  Soph.  Fr.  200. 

Ενώροφος.  ov,  {εν,  όροφος)  well- 
roofed,  also  εύόρ. 

Εύωχέω,  ώ,  to  feed  well ;  esp.  to  en- 
tertain hospitably,  feast  one,  always  c. 
acc.  pers.,  Hdt.  1,  126,  Ar.  Vesp.  341, 
Xen..  etc.  Pass.,  c.  fut.  mid.  -ησο- 
fiui  (Ar.  Eccl.  717),  to  be  well  enter- 
tained :  hence  to  fare  sumptuously, 
ενωχηθ7μ•αι,  Hdt.  1,  31  ;  sometimes 
c.  acc.  rei,  κρέα  ενωχυν,  enjoy  your 
meat,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,3,  0,  (which  may 
be  regarded  as  an  acc.  cognat.) — II. 
metaph.  of  '  the  feast  of  reason,'  ενω- 
χεϊν  τίνα  καινών  'λόγων,  to  entertain 
him  with  them,  Theophr.  Pass,  to 
relis/i,  enjoy,  c.  gen.,  ενωχην  τού  λό- 
γου. Plat. "Rep.  352  Β,  v.'lleind.  Lys. 
211  D,  and  cf.  έστιάω.  (Like  ενο- 
χίω  from  εν  and  εχω,  οχη.)     Hence 

Ενωχητήριον.  ov,  τό,  a  banqueting 
house,  cf.  ενηιίητήριον. 

Ενωχητίις,  ov,  ό,  a  reveller,  a  guest, 
like  όαιτα'/.εύς. 

Ευωχία,  ης,  ή.  good  fare,  feasting. 
Ar.  Ach.  1009,  cf.  Ran.  85.-2.  in 
genl.  a  supply  of  provisions  for  an 
army,  Polyb.     Hence 

Ενωχιύζω,=  εϋωχέω. 

Ενώφ.  ώττος,  ό.  ή,  {εν,  ώ'φ)^ενώ• 
πης.  Soph.  Ant.  530:  metaph.,  εΰ. 
ά'/ικά.  friendly,  kindly  aid.  Id.  Ο.  Τ. 
189,  cf.  εύωττος. 

Έφα,  Dor.  for  ίφη,  3  sing.  impf. 
from  φημί. 

Έφύάνθη.  poet,  for  ίφύνθη,  3  sing, 
aor.  1  pass,  from  φαίνω. 

Έώΰβος,  ό,  Dor.  forc9?;;'-?of,Theocr. 

Έφΰγίζω,:^έφαγνίζω,  q.  v. 

^Εφαγιστενω,  {έττί,  ύ-,ιστενω)  to 
observe,  perform  sacred  rites  over  a 
thing.  Soph.  Ant.  247. 

Έφαγνίζω,  {επί,  άγνίζω)  to  dedicate, 
make  an  offering  of,  esp.  over  a  grave,  to 
perform  the  obsequies,  Soph.  Ant.  196. 

Έφυ,γον,  ες,  ε,  aor.  2  act.  of  έσθίω, 
Hom. 

Έφαιρέομαι,  {επί,  α'ιρέομαι)  as 
pass.,  to  be  chosen  in  addition,  esp.  to 
be  chosen  or  appointed  to  succeed  an- 
other, Thuc.  4.  38,  cf.  Bockh  Inscr. 
2,  pp.  21,  93. 

Έφύλιος,'  ov,  {επί,  ΰ,λς)=::=εφαλος. 

Έφύ?.λομαι,  iut.  εφαλονμαι,  {επί, 
(ίλ'λομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  spring  -upon, 
esp.  m  assault  or  attack,  -ivi,  Horn., 
esp.  in  II.,  εις  rtva, Pind.:  also,  with- 
out hostile  signf.,  c.  gen.,  έφ.  'ίππων, 


ΕΦΑΠ 
to  leap  upon,  (i.  e.  into)  the  chariot,  Π, 
7,  15 :  so  absol,,  κνσσε  μιν  ίπιαλ- 
μένος,  he  kissed  him  leaping  upon 
him,  Od.  24,  320.  Ep.  word,  of  which 
Hom.  has  only  3  sing.  aor.  syncop. 
έπαλτο,  11.  13,  643 ;  21, 140,  and  most 
freq.  part.  aor.  sync.  kπιΆμεvor,Vί\ύc\\ 
in  two  places,  without  hostile  signf.; 
is  in  fuller  form  έπιύ?ιμενυς. 

Έφαλμος,  ov,  {επί,  α'λμη)  steept  in 
brine,  salted,  TheOphr. 

Έφάλος,  ov,  {επί,  αλς)  on  or  by  the 
sea,  marine,  maritime,  epith.  of  sea- 
ports, II.  2,  538,  584. 

Έφάλόω,  ώ.  Dor.  for  έφη?.. 

Έφαλ.σις,  εως,  η,  {έφύλ?.ομαι)  α 
springing  on  one,  attack. 

Έφάααν,  Dor.  for  έφύμην,  impf. 
mid.  oi  φημί.  [φΰ] 

Έφαμαρτύνω,  {επί,  αμαρτύνω)  to 
err,  sin  in  a  thing. — 11.  trans,  to  seduce 
to  sin,  LXX. 

Έφύμερος,  Dor.  for  έφήμ-,  Pind. 
[ά] 

'Εφάμιλλος,  ov,  {επί,  αμΜ.α)  a 
match  for,  equal  to,  Tivi,  Xen.  Mem. 
3,  3,  12,  Isocr.  4  C  :  ro  έ^.,  equality, 
eve.nnes.s,  Plut.  —  II.  pass,  thai  is  the 
object  of  rivalry,  to  be  striven  for,  Dem. 
488,  13.  [(!] 

Έφαμμα,  ατος,τό,=εφαπτίς,νο\^\). 

Έφαμμος,  ov,  {έπί,  άμμος)  sandy, 
Theo[)hr. 

Έφΰν,  Aeol.  and  Ep.  for  ίφασαν, 
3  pl.  impf.  from  φημί,  Hom. 

Έφανδάνω,  f.  -αδήσω,  {έπί.  άνδά- 
νω)  to  please,  be  grateful  to,  Τίΐ'ί,  only 
once  in  Horn.,  βον?.ην  η  [ta  θεοίσιν 
έφήνδανε,  II.  7,  45:  but  he  has  the 
poet,  form  επιανδύνω  in  3  ρ  res.  έπι- 
ανδάνει,  11.  7,  407,  and  in  Od.  freq. 
the  3  impf.  έπιτ/νδανε. 

Έφάνη,  3  sing.  aor.  2  pass,  from 
φαίνω,  Hom.  [ΰ] 

'Εφάπαξ,  {έπί,  άπαξ)Ά'\\.,  once  for 
all.  Eupol.  ap.  A.  B.  [ΰ/τ] 

Έφαπ/.όω,  ώ,  to  spread,  stretch  out 
or  over,  Orph.     Hence 

'Εφάπ?.ωμα,  ατός,  τό,  any  thing 
stretched  out  as  a  covering,  a  rug,  cloak, 
etc. 

νΕφαπτέην,  verb.  adj.  one  must  at 
tach  to,  Clem.  Al. :  an(l 

Έφαπτίς,  ίδος.  ή,  also  το  έφαμμα, 
a  soldier's  upper-garment,  Lat.  sagum, 
Polyb. ;  from 

'Εφάπτω,  f.  -φω,  Ion.  έπύπτω,  {έπί, 
άπτω)  to  bind,  fasten  on  or /o.  hence 
έφ.  τούρ-'jOV,  perh.  like  σννάπτειν 
μάχι/ν.  to  begin  tlie  work.  Soph  Tr. 
133:  also  to  fix  upon,  assign  for  one, 
πότμον,  Pind.  O.  9,  91.  Hom.  has 
only  pass,  εφάπτομαι,  to  he  hung  over, 
fixed  as  one's  fate  or  doom,  and  only 
in  3  perf.  and  plqpf.  έφήπται,  έφηπτο, 
like  imminct,  usu.  of  evil ;  c.  dat. 
pers.,  Ύρώεσσι  κηδε'  έφηπται,  11.  2, 
15,  etc..  and  'ΐρώεσαιν  όλεβρον  πεί- 
ρητ'  έφηπται,  11.  7,  402,  Od.  22.  41, 
etc.,  also  άθανάτοισιν  έρις  καΐ  νεΐ- 
κης  έφήπται,  II.  21,  513,  cf.  έπαρτάω, 
έπικρεμάνννμι. — Β.  mid.  to  lay  hold 
of,  grasp,  touch,  τινός,  Theogn.  6;  to 
clai7n,  τινός.  Plat.  Legg.  915  C. — 2. 
to  reach,  attain  to,  Lat.  attingere,  oncc 
in  Hom.,  'επήν  χείρεσσιν  έφάφεαι 
ήπείροιο,  Od.  5,  348:  and  prob.  so 
metaph.  in  part.  perf.  pass.  c.  gen., 
ειδέος  έπαμμένος,  possessed  of  a  cer- 
tain degree  of  beauty,  Hdt.  1,  199, 
ubi  V.  Bahr,  cf.  also  8,  105.— 3.  later, 
like  Lat.  contingere,  to  touch,  border  on, 
Schiif.  Dion.  Comp.  p.  171. — 4.  in 
genl.  to  hold  to,  adopt,  Pind. ;  rarely 
It  dat.,  έπέεσσι,  κε7.εύθοις  ζωής,  Id- 
Ο.  1.  138,  Ν.  8,  78.— II.  in  act.,  tn 
kindle:  hence  to  inflame,  stir  up,  Herill• 
Soph.  Ant.  40.    Hence 

589 


ΕΦΕΔ 

Έ^άΧΓω/5,  ορός.  ό,  also  h,  laying 
hold  of,  seizing,  j^ivaiuVy  Aescn.  Supp. 
728:  one  who  fondles,  caresses,  lb.  312, 
535. 

'Εφαρμογή,  ηζ,  η,  a  fitting,  joining 
together,  agreemeiii,  Plut.  :  from 

Εφαρμόζω,  f.  -σω,  (έκί,  αρμόζω)  to 
fit  OH  or  to,  suit,  Tivi,  of  weapons, 
ττεφι/^η  ει  nl  έ<ραρμήσσειε,  II.  19,  385: 
later  έώ.  έ-ί  τίνα  or  η,  Arist.  Pol., 
and  Eth.  N.  — II.  transit,  to  fit  one 
thing  to  another,  fit  on,  put  on,  κόσμον 
Xpoi,  Hes.  Op.  76  :  to  suit,  accommo- 
date, 6α•χύ.χ'ας  ττροςόΛοις,  Xen.  Ag. 
8,  8:  7.όγων  τνίστιν  itp-,  to  give  fitting 
assurance.  Soph.  Tr.  623.     Hence 

Έόάραησις,  εως,  ή,  =  εφαρμογή, 
Tim.  Locr.  95  C. 

Εφαρμοστέοι',  verb.  adj.  from  εφαρ- 
μόζω, one  must  suit,  adapt,  Tivi  Tl, 
Polyb. 

+Έώάρ//οσ~θ(•,  ov,  ό,  Epharmostvs, 
di';  Ol  ,rnpian  victor  of  Opus  in  Locris, 
Find.  O.  9,  6,  130,  etc. 

^Εφαρμόττω,  Att.  for  εφαρμόζω. 

Έφάρξαντο,  poet,  for  ίφράξαντα. 

ΈφατΡίζ,  ιύος,  ή,  but  ace.  ίφαφιν, 
Aesch.  Supp.  46,  {έόάπτω)  a  touching, 
handling,  a  caress,  Aesch.  I.  C. 

'Εφέ3όομ.ος,  ov,  (έτνί,  ε3δομος)  con- 
taining eight  sevenths,  i.  e.  1  +  j,  v. 
έττίτρίΓος. 

Έόέόρα,ας,ί/,  Ion.  έττεόρη,  a  sitting 
by  or  at  a  tldng :  hence  ο  siege,  block- 
ade, Lat.  ohsessio,  Hdt.  1,  l7,  etc.; 
έηέόρην  ττύίησθαι.  Id.  5,  65. — 11.  a 
sitting  upon,  Lat.  insessio.  Plat.  Polit. 
288  A.     Hence 

Έφεόρύζω,  to  set  upon,  ri  Tivi, 
Sext.  Emp. 

Έώε<5/9ίΐΐ'α,  ων,  τά,  that  which  is 
sat  upon,  the  scat,  hinder  parts,  Arist. 
H.  A. — II.  in  genl.  a  sent,  resting  plan•. 

Έφεόρύω,  ώ,  f.  -7/σω,=έφεόράζω, 
c.  dat.,  Anth. 

'Εφεδρεία,  ας,  ή,  a  sitting,  resting, 
επί  Tivi,  Arist.  H.  Α.,  near  a  place, 
Polyb.  —  II.  α  silting  by,  waiting  for 
one's  turn.  Plat.  Legg.  819  B. — III.  a 
lying  in  wait,  Lat.  insidiae :  a  post, 
guard  of  .soldiers,  garrison,  Lat.  praesi- 
diu7n,  Polyb. :  from 

Έφτόρενω,  {έφεδρος)  to  sit  upon, 
rest  upon,  ύγγος  εφεδρεϋον  κάρα,  Eur. 
El.  55 :  to  sit  or  brood  on  eggs,  Arist. 
H.  A. — II.  to  lie  htj,  lie  in  wait,  Thuc. 
4,  71,  Tivi,  Eur.  Or.  1627  :  in  gen.  to 
watch  for,  τοΐς  ατυχήμησί  τίνος,  Arist. 
Pol.,  τοις  καιροϊς,  Polyb. — III.  to  sit 
by  and  wait  as  έφεδρος,  metaph.  to 
watch  that  another  does  not  transgress, 
Isocr.  186  C. 

Έόεδμήσσω.  poet,  for  ίφεδρύζω, 
Jac.  A.  P.  p.  251,  Bekk.  Coliith.  63. 

Έβίί5ρ£άω,=  8ς.,  Coluth.  15. 

Έφεδρίζω,  Dor.  -ίσσω,  (εφεδοος)  to 
sit,  ride  upon,  esp.  in  a  game,  wlierein 
the  loser  carried  the  winner  on  his 
back,  V.  Meineke  Philein.  p.  305. 
Hence 

Έφεδρισμός.  ov,  ό,  the  game  ex- 
pressed by  the  forcg.  word  :  and 

Έφεδριστήρ,  ηρος,  also  -της,  ov,  6, 
the  ti-inner  in  the  above-named  game. 

Έφεδρος,  ov,  {έ~ί,  ΐδρα)  sitting, 
seatrd  on  or  by,  c.  gen.,  εφ.  λεόντων, 
of  Cybele,  Soph.  Phil.  500;  c.  dat., 
Ιφ.  σκηναϊς,  Eur.  Tro.  139 :  siting• 
fast,  hence,  70  εφεδρον,  a  steady  seat, 
bench,  Hipp. — II.  ivatching,  looking  out 
for,  των  καιρών  or  τοΐς  καιροΐς,  one 
jc/io.seisesopportunities,  Polyb.:  watch- 
ing, lying  in  u-ait  for,  as  an  enemy ; 
in  genl.  an  enemy,  avenger,  Pmd.  N. 
4,  150. — III.  lying  by,  waiting,  esp.  of 
a  third  combatant,  who  sits  by  to 
fight  with  the  conqueror  of  two,  like 
διάδοχος,  Ar.  Ran.  792  in  Martial 
530 


ΕΦΕΑ 

suppositiims ;  also,  by  a  sort  of  anti- 
phrasis  in  Aesch.  Cho.  860,  μόνος  ων 
έφεδρος  δίσσοίς,  i.  e.  with  two  ad- 
versaries, and  no  one  to  take  his 
own  place,  if  beaten,  v.  Peile  I.  c. 
(p.  346) :  hence  in  genl.,  one  who  waits 
to  take  another's  place,  a  successor,  εφ. 
βασιλεύς,  Hdt.  5,  41  :  also  one  who  is 
left,  still  remaining.  Soph.  Aj.  610. 

Έφέζομαι,  f.  -εδονμαι,  {ίπί,  ίζομαι) 
dep.  mid.,  to  sit  upon,  by  or  at,  c.  dat., 
δίφρω,  ίστφ,  γούνασι  πατρός,  Horn., 
only  in  pres..  and  impf. :  also  c.  gen., 
Pind.  N.  4,  109:  absol.  to  sii  by,  sit 
down  near,  Od.  17,  334,  cf.  Aesch. 
Eum.  446:  c.  ace.  perh.  in  Aesch. 
Ag.  664  (cf  εφημαι),  though  vavv 
may  be  better  joined  with  στε?ιονσα ; 
but  so  certainly  in  Eur.  Hel.  1492. 
The  act.  is  only  used  in  aor.  έφεϊσα, 
q.  V. 

Έφέηκα,  ας,  ε,  Ep.  for  έφτ/κα,  aor. 
1  οί  έφίημι,  Hom. 

Έφείην,  ης,  η,  opt.  aor.  2  act.  from 
έφίτ/μι,  Hom. 

'Εφεϊσα,  ας,  ε,  inf.  έφέσσαι,  I  set, 
placed,  put  on,  by,  at.  Mid.  έφεισύμην, 
imperat.  εφεσσαι :  I  set  a  Ihing  down 
for  myself  on...,  τι  τινι,  also  τί  τίνος. 
Of  the  act.  Hom.  has  only  the  poet, 
inf  έόέσσαι  for  έφέσαι,  to  put  ashore, 
Od.  13,  274  :  of  the  mid.  the  poet.  fut. 
έφέσσεσβαι,  II.  9,  455;  part.  aor.  1, 
ίφεσσάμενος  (for  έφεισάμενος)  έμέ 
yovvuoiv  οίσιν,  having  set  me  on  his 
Knees,  Od.  16,  443,  and  imperat.  aor. 
εφεσσαι  με  νηός,  Od.  15,  277.  Od. 
14,  295,  ες  Αιβνην  μ'  έπι  νηος  έέσ- 
σατο  belongs  also  to  this,  for  έφέσ- 
σατό  με  νηός.  The  poet,  augmd. 
form  έέσσατο  for  ε'ίσατο  is  distin- 
guished by  the  loiis  from  έέσσατο, 
aor.  Ep.  of  ενννμι.  (On  the  defective 
tenses  v.  sub  είσα.) 

Έφείω,  ■ης,  y,  Ep.  subj.  aor.  2  act. 
of  έφίημι  for  έφέω,  εφώ,  Hom. 

νΕφεκκαιδέκατος,  ov,  {επί,  έκκαι- 
δέκατος)  rontaiyiing  seventeen  sixteenths, 
i.e.  l+yV»  Plut• 

t'Eijte/frfoi',  verb.  adj.  oi  έπεχω,  one 
must  check,  withhold,  suspend  judgment, 
in  Scept.  phil.,  Sext.  Emp.  p.  143. 

'Εφεκτικός,  ή,  όν,  {επέχω)  able  to 
check,  stop,  τινός,  Diosc.  :  astringent. 
— II.  the  Sceptic  Philosophers  were 
called  εφεκτικοί,  from  their  always 
suspending  their  judgment,  and  refusing 
to  affirm  or  deny  positively,  Gell.  11,5, 
V.  εποχή  4,  and  sq.  Adv.  -κώς,  Stob. 
Eel.  1,  78. 

Έφεκτός,  ή,  όν,  {επέχω)  held  back  : 
to  be  held  back,  withheld :  τα  έφεκτά, 
as  philos.  tenn,  subjects  on  which  to 
suspend  the  judgment,  Sext.  Emp.,  cf. 
foreg. 

'Εφεκτος,  ov,  {έπί,  έκτος)  contain- 
ing seven  sixths,  i.e.  1  -+• ^,  Vitruv.  3, 

I,  12:  τόκος  εφ.,  when,  besides  the 
principal,  ^  icas  paid  as  interest,=  lG^ 
p.  cent.,  Dem.  914,  10;  cf.  έπίτριτος. 

'Εφε?.ίσσω,  {έπί,  ελίσσω)  to  mil  on, 
Anth.     Mid.  to  trail  after  one,  Nic. 

Έόε?.κίς,  ίδος,  ή,  {έπί,  έλ.κος)  the 
scab  of  a  .tore  or  wound,  Aretae. 

'Εφε?.κόομαι,  as  pass.,  {ίπί,  έλκος) 
to  break  out  into  sores,  Hipp. 

Έφε?.κνσμός,  οϋ,  δ,  {έφελκνω)  at- 
traction, Gramm. 

Έόελβίνστής,  οϋ,  δ,  one  who  draws 
on,  attracts. 

'Εφί?Μνστικός,  ή,  όι>,  drawn  along, 
dragged  after,  sufficed,  as,  in  gramm., 
νΰ  έφε?.κνστικόν.  —  II.  act.  drawing 
on,  attractive,  ιΐβνχΰς,  Hippodam.  ap. 
Slob.  p.  249,  52.    Adv.  -κώς,  in  signf. 

II,  Luc. :  from 

Έφελκνω,  fut.  -νσω,  from  which 
usu.  aor.  to  sq.,  -είλκνσα. 


ΕΦΕΠ 

Έφέλκω,  Ion.  ίπ.,  fut.  •ξω :  latct 
έφελκνω,  {έπί,  έλκω).  To  draw,  bring 
mi  or  towards,  Eur.  Ion.  1149  :  to  drag, 
trail  after  one,  έ  π.  τίις  οίφύς,  of  long- 
tailed  sheep,  Hdt.  3,  113  :  to  lead  after 
one,  as  a  horse  by  the  rein,  Id.  5,  12 : 
so.  to  tow  after  one,  Eur.  H,  F,  632, 
cf  Thuc.  4,  27. — 2.  to  draw  or  drink 
off.  The  act.  is  not  in  Hom. :  but  he 
has  —  B.  pass.,  πόδες  έφε?.κόμενοι, 
feet  dragged  or  trailing  along,  II.  23; 
696;  and  so,  ol  έπελκόμενοι,  the 
stragglers  of  an  army,  Hdt.  3,  105  ;  4, 
203  :  also — C.  mid.  to  draw  to  or  after 
one,  drag  along  with  one,  έγχος,  of  a 
wounded  man,  II.  13,  597  :  εφέ/κεται 
ΰνδρα  σίδηρος,  the  steel  attracts  men, 
i.  e.  tempts  them  to  use  it,  Od.  16,  294 ; 
19,  13:  έφέλ.κεσθαι  την  evpav,to  pidl 
to  the  door,  Luc.  ;  Lys.  92,  42,  has 
προςτιθέναι  θ.  και  την  κ7.ε~ιν  έό. — 2. 
also  to  drag  oyie's  self  along,  Plat. 
Legg.  795  B,  and  Polyb.— 3.  to  bring 
on  consequences,  πόλ?.'  έφέλκεται, 
φυγή  κακά,  Eur.  Med.  462,  Xen.,  etc. 
— i.  metaph.  to  claim  to  one's  self,  reach 
after.  Plat.  Gorg.  465  B.— 5.  also  to 
drink  off,  Luc. 

'Εφέ?.κωσις,  εως,  ή,  {έφελκόω)  ul• 
ceration,  Hipp. 

Έφε?.ξις,  εως,  ή,  =  εφελκυσμός, 
Arist.  Inc.  An. 

Έφέμεν,  Ep.  iiiT.  aor.  2  of  έφίημι, 
for  έφεΐναι. 

Έφέννΰμι,=^π\οτβ  freq.  έπιένννμι, 
q.v. 

Έφεί;ής,  adv.,  Ion.  έπεξής,  poet. 
έόεξείης.  in  order,  one  after  annther, 
Hdt.  5, 18,  etc. :  έφ.  τινί,  Plat,  Phil. 
34  D,  τινός,  Tim.  55  A  :  το  εφεξής, 
regular  order,  Arist.  H.  A. — II.  more 
rarely  of  time,  successively,  τρεις  ημέ- 
ρας έπεξής,  Hdt.  2,  77. 

Έφεξις,  εως,  ή,  {επέχω)  α  holding 
back,  reserve. — II.  ζζ^έπισχεσία,  an  ex- 
cuse, pretext,  τον  δ'  έφεξιν  ;  like  τίνος 
χάριν  ;  Ar.  Vesp.  338. 

Έφέπω,ίίηρί.  έφείπον,  Ep.  έφεπον: 
fut.  έφέφω  .•  aor.  έπέσπον,  inf.  έπι- 
σπείν,  part,  έπισπών,  {έπί,  έπω).  Το 
go  after,  follow,  pursue,  τινά,  ί1.  11, 
177,  etc. :  also  absol.,  II.  11,  496,  etc. : 
in  genl.  to  set  upon,  press,  urge,  II.  20, 
357,  491,  to  drive  on,  ίππους,  11.24, 
326 ;  and  c.  dat.  pers.,  Τ1ατρόκ7.φ 
έφεπε  κρατερώννχας  'ίππους,  against 
him,  as  II.  16,732:  έφεπε,  imperat. 
in  same  signf.,  II.  16,  724  :  later 
in  genl.  to  follow,  and  so  to  imitate, 
έφ.  δίκην  Φιλοκτήτον,  Pind.  P.  1,  97. 
— 11.  to  follow  a  pursuit,  busy  one's 
self  about  it,  c.  ace,  ύγρην,  to  follow 
the  chase,  Od.  12,  330  ;  νσμίνης  στό- 
μα, II.  20,  359  :  to  seek  out,  exjAore, 
Lat.  obire,  κορνφάς  ορέων,  of  hunters, 
Od.  9,  121  :  to  haunt,  frequent,  of  gods, 
Pind.  P.  1,  57.— III.  the  most  freq. 
Homer,  phrases  are  πότμον  έπισ~ειν, 
θάνατον  και  πότμον  έπ.,  and  θανέειν 
και  πότμον  έπ.,  to  follow,  seek  out 
one's  fate  or  death,  bring  it  on  one's 
self,  incur  it :  so  κπκον  οίτον,  ο7.έβ• 
piov  or  μόρσιμον  ήμαρ  έπ.,  Od.  3, 134, 
II.  19,294;  21,  100.  — Β.  mid.  έόέπο- 
μαι,  impf.  έφειπόμην  :  fut.  έφέφο/ιαι  : 
aor.  έφεσπόμην,  inf.  έπισπέσθαι  {also 
έφεψάσθω  as  imperat.,  Theocr.  !),  2). 
Tu  follow,  attend,  τινί.  II.  13,  495,  Od. 
16,  426  :  to  obey,  attend  to,  θεον  ύμφή, 
Od.  3,  215;  16,  96,  έπισπόμενοι  μένει, 
σφώ,  giving  the  reins  to  their  passion, 
Od'.  14.  202  ;  17,  431  ;  and  so  in  Att., 
as  Aesch.  Eum.  620 :  also,  absol. 
ό  έπισπόμ.,  opp.  to  ό  πείσας,  Thuc. 
3,  43  :  metaph.  to  follow, understand  an 
argument.  Plat.  Legg.  614  D :  later, 
to  agree  with.  Hom.  has  most  freq. 
the  act.,  more  rarely  the  mid.,  and 


ΕΦΕΣ 

always  in  aor.,  which  with  him  never  ' 
has   the   hostile   signf.  of  the  act. : 
though  it  has  this  in  Hdt.  1,  103  ;  3, 
54,  etc.     In  Att.  the  act.  is  more  rare, 
but  cf.  Aesch.  Pers.  38,  552. 

'Εφερμ?ιρευτικός,  ήιόν,  explanatory, 
Gramm. :  from 

Έόερμηνεύω,  (έπί,  ερμηνεύω)  to 
expla  in  ju  rther. 

'Έφερ-νζω,^δ(\.,  in  aor.  -πύσαι, 
At.  Pi.  675. 

Έφέρ-υ,  {έττί,  ερ~(θ)  to  creep  upon, 
γαίαν,  Anth.,  or  towards,  τινί,  0pp.  : 
but  more  freq. — II.  Dor.  and  poet,  to 
come  upon,  esp.  gradually,  stealthily, 
τινά,  Aesch.  Eum.  314;  έττ'  όσσοσι 
ννζ  έφέρπεί,  Eur.  Ale.  269 :  absol., 
χρόνος  έφέρτΐων,  Pind.  Ο.  6,  164. 

Έφες,  imperat.  aor.  2  from  ίώίημι, 
II. 

'Έιψέσια,  ίων,  τά,  the  festival  of 
Diana  at  Ephesus,  IThuc.  3,  104. — II. 
Έφεσία,  ας,  ή,  appell.  of  Diana  wor- 
shipped at  Ephesus,  Paus.  4,  31,  7. — 
2.  the  Ephesian  territory,  sub.  χώρα. 
Strab. 

Έφέσιμος,  ov,  δίκη,  a  suit,  in  which 
there  laas  the  right  of  έφεσις,  or  ap- 
peal to  another  court,  Dem.  78,  28 : 
from 

t'EOEfftOf,  a,  ov,  of  Ephisus,  Ephe- 
sian, Strab. :  ή  'Κόεσία,  the  Ephesian 
territory  ;  oi  'Κφέσιοι,  the  Ephesians, 
Xen.  An.  5,  3,  4. 

Έφεσις.  εως,  ή,  (,έφίημι)  a  throwing, 
hurling  at  a  thing.  Plat.  Legg.  717  A. 
— 2.  metaph.  as  Alt.  law-term,  an  a;>- 
peal  to  another  court,  (as  we  talk  of 
throwing  a.  cause  info  chancery),  εις 
TLvu,  Dem.  1301,  3,  cf.  Att.  Process, 
p,  770. — II.  (έοίεμαι)  an  aiming  at  a 
thing,  appetite,  desire,  τινός.  Plat. 
Legg.  864  B,  Arist.  Rhet.  2,  4,  31. 

νΈ,φεσος,  ου,  ή,  Ephisus,  a  city  of 
Ionia  in  Asia  Minor  at  the  mouth  of 
the  Cayster,  contaming  a  celebrated 
temple  of  Diana  ;  it  now  bears  the 
name  Ayasaluk,  Hdt.  1,  142  ;  2,  10.— 
II.  6,  son  of  the  Cayster,  from  whom 
Ephesus  received  its  name,  Paus.  7, 
2,  7. 

'Έ,φεσπερενω,  {επί,  εσπέρα)  to  spend 
the  evening  awake. 

'Έ,φέσπερος,  ov,  {ίττί,  έσττέρα)  of, 
about  even-tide  :  hence  —  2.  western, 
Soph.  O.  C.  1059. 

ΈφέστΓομαι,  poet,  for  Ιφέπομαι. 

Έφέσσαι,  poet,  for  έφέσαι,  inf. 
fiom  έφεισα,  Od.  13,  274. 

Έφεσσαι.  imperat.  aor.  1  mid.  from 
έφεισα.  Od.  15,  277. 

Έφέσσομαι,  poet.  fut.  mid.  of  έφει- 
σα. 11.  9,  455. 

Έφέστιος,  ov,  {έπί,  εστία)  on  the 
hearth,  i.  e.  at  home,  by  one's  own  fire- 
side, Od.  3,  234 :  at  home,  settled  in  a 
place,  having  a  house  and  home,  a  house- 
keeper (in  the  legal  sense),  II.  2,  125  ; 
with  verbs  of  motion,  to  the  hearth, 
home,  ηλθεν  έφ-,  Od.  23,  55  :  also  to 
the  home  of  another,  Od.  7,  248,  imply- 
ing that  one  comes  as  a  supplicant, 
ικέτης,  V.  Wess.  Hdt.  1,  35  a  lodger, 
sojourner  in  a  house,  Ap.  Rh.  1,  909. 
— II.  in  genl.  of,  from  the  house  or 
household,  Lat.  dnmesticus.  ά/.α?,αγ7/, 
Soph.  Tr.  206  •.  hence  το  έφβστιον, 
Ion.  έπίστιον,  a  household,  family ,  Hdt. 
5,  72,  73  :  θεοϊ  έφ-,  the  household  gods, 
Lat.  Lares  or  Penates,  to  whom  the 
hearth  was  dedicated ;  also  of  gods 
presiding  over  hospitality,  Soph.  Aj. 
492. 

Έφεστρίδων,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  sq., 
Luc. 

Έφεστρίς,  ίδος,  η,  (έφένννμι)  an 
upper  garment,  wrapper,  cloak,  Xen. 
Svmp.  4,  38. 


ΕΦΗΒ 

'Εφέτης,  ov,  6,  (έφίτ/μι)  a  leader, 
commander,  Aesch.  Pers.  80. — II.  έφέ- 
ται,  ών,  οι,  at  Athens,  α  court  specially 
appointed  to  try  criminal  cases,  ap.  An- 
doc.  10, 43,  cf.  Herm.  Pol.  Ant.  ^  103, 
11. 

Έφετέον,  verb.  adj.  of  έφίημι,  one 
must  allow,  Cic.  Att.  9,  4,  2. 

'Έφετικός,  ή,  όν,  {έφίημι)  desirous  : 
in  gramm.  desiderative,  of  verbs  in 
-σείω,  Lat.  -urio. 

Έφετίνδα,  adv.  παίζειν,  to  play  at 
catch-ball,  also  άρτταστον  and  φαινίν- 
δα :  Cratinus  (Crates  ?)  Incert.  25, 
uses  it  with  a  pun  on  the  εφέσεις,  as 
Ar.  puns  on  οστρακίνδα. 

Έφετμή,  ης,  ή,  {έφίημι)  an  injunc- 
tion, commarid,  esp,  of  the  goas  or 
one's  parents,  IL  1,  495 ;  hence  ad- 
vice, exhortation,  Horn.  (esp.  in  II. ), 
Pind.,  and  Aesch.     Poet.  word. 

'Έ,φετός,  ή,  όν,  {έφίεμαι)  to  be  sought 
for,  desirable,  Arist.  Phys.  Ausc.  Adv. 
-τώς. 

'Έ1φενύζω,=:έ7Γενάζω,  to  shout,  tri- 
umph in  a  thing. 

Έφενρεμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  discovery, 
invention. 

Έφενρεσις,  εως,  ή,  {εφευρίσκω)  a 
discovering,  discovery. 

'Εφευρέτης,  ov.  ο,  an  inventor,  Ana- 
creont.  :  a  contriver,  N.  T. 

Έφενρησις,  εως,  ή,  =  έφενρεσις ; 
from 

'Κφενρίσκω,  fut.  έφενρήσω :  aor. 
έφεϊ'ρον,  {έττί,  ευρίσκω)  to  light  upon, 
meet  with,  find  anywhere,  Horn.  :  in 
genl.  to  discover,  invent,  τέχνην,  Pind. 
P.  12,  13,  and  in  mid.,  lb.  4,  466,  σα- 
φώς έφεϊ'ρες  ωςτε  μη  θανείν,  Eur. 
Ale.  699 :  c.  part,  έφ-  τίνα  ττοιοϋντα, 
to  detect  one  doing,  Od.  24,  145,  Soph. 
El.  1093  ;  and  so  in  pass,  μη  έφεν- 
ρεθ-η  τϊρήσσων,  Hdt.  9,  109  ;  so  too 
έώενρημαι  κακός  (sc.  ών)  Soph.  Ο.  Τ. 
1421. 

ΥΕφεύω,  ΐ.  -ενσω,  {έ~ί,  εϋω)  to  boil 
or  roast  besides,  v.  1.  ISic.  ap.  Ath.  61  A. 

Έφεφΐάομαι,  {έττί.  έψιάομαι)  dep., 
to  muck,  scoff  at,  τινί,  like  Lat.  illu^ 
dere,  Od.  19,  331,  370. 

Έφέφω,  f.  -φήσω,  {έπί,  έψω)  to  cook 
over  again,  Ath. 

'Έ,φεώρων,  Ion.  impf.  from  έφοράω. 

'Έ.φήβαιον,  ov,  τό,  [έπί,  ηβτι)  the 
pudenda,  Lat.  pubes,  Diosc. 

Έφηβαρχέω,  ώ,  to  be  έφήβαρχος, 
Inscr. 

Έφήβαρχος,  ov,  ό,  {έφηβος,  άρχω) 
an  overseer  of  the  youth,  a  magistrate 
in  some  Greek  cities,  Epict. 

'Έ,φηβύω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω.  Ion.  έπηβάω, 
{έπί,  ήβύω)  to  come  to  man's  estate, 
grow  up  to  manhood,  Hdt.  6,  83,  and 
Att. 

Εφηβεία,  ας,  ή,  {έόηβενω)  puberty, 
man's  estate,  Anth.  :  in  legal  sense,  v. 
Diet.  Antiqq.  s.  v.  Ephebus. 

Έφηβεϊον,  ov,  τό,  a  place  for  the 
youth  to  exercise  themselves,  Strab.  : 
lience  as  an  architect,  term,  Vitruv. 
5,  11,  1  :  V.  Diet.  Antiqq.,  p.  482  A. 

Έφήβειος,  εία,  ειον,  {έφηβος)  youth- 
ful, ακμή,  Anth. 

Έόηβεύω,  to  be  an  έφηβος,  to  arrive 
or  be  at  man's  estate,  to  groiv  tip :  also 
to  spend  one's  youth,  Paus. 

'Έ.φη3ία,  ας,  ή.-=έφηβεί.α. 

Έφηόικός,  ή,  όν.  Dor.  έφαβ-,  of, 
belonging  to  an  έφηβος,  Theocr.  23, 
56;  το  έφηβικόν,=  έφηβοι,  Luc:  also 
the  place  in  the  theatre  assigned  to 
the  youths. 

'Eo7/;3of,  ov,  {έπί,  η3η)  arrived  at 
puberty,  come  to  manhood  or  woman- 
hood, {ί'/βη)  i.  e.  at  Athens,  of  boys  17, 
of  girls  13  years  old,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  2,  8, 
cf.  1,5,  1 :  <;f  είςέρχομαι  I.     Hence 


ΕΦΗΜ 

'Έφηβοσύνη,  ης,  ?},  the  age,  position 
of  an  έφηβος,  puberty,  Anth. 
Έφηβότης,  ητος,  a7,=foreg. 

Έφηγέομαι,  {έπί,  ήγέομαι)  dep. 
mid.,  to  lead  against  one,  II.  2,  687,  in 
tmesis. — II.  to  lead  to  a  place,  c.  dat. 
pers. :  esp.  as  Att.  law-term,  to  lead 
the  magistrate  to  a  house  where  a 
criminal  lay  concealed,  whom  the  in- 
former durst  not  seize  himself,  Dem. 
601, 20.     Hence 

Έφήγησις,  εως,  ή,  at  Athens,  an 
action  against  one  who  harboured  a  cri- 
minal, V.  foreg.  II.,  cf.  Att.  Process, 
p.  246,  sq. 

Έφήδομαι,  {έπί,  ηδομαι)  pass.,  to 
exult  in  a  thing,  or  usu,  over  a  person, 
τινί,  Xen.  Hell.  5,  3,  20,  like  επι- 
χαίρω. Valck.  Hipp.  1285. 

'Εφηδννω,  {έπί,  ήδννω)  to  sweeten, 
give  a  relish  to,  τροφήν,  Plut. :  metaph. 
to  sweeten,  season,  διατριβήν  λόγοις, 
Plut,  ^ 

Έφήκω,  {έπί,  ^/ςω)  to  come,  to  have 
arrived,  freq.  in  Soph. — 2.  to  extend, 
reach  to,  Xen.  Lac.  12,  5. 

Έφήλιξ,  ΐκος,  ό,  ή, ^=  έφηβος,  Anth. 

'Έφη?.ις,  ιδος,  also  έφη?.ίς,  ίδος,  ή. 
Ion.  έπηλις,  {έπί,  ή?.ος)  α  cover :  an 
iron  rim  or  ba7id  on  a  box's  cover. — II. 
in  plur.,  spots  οτ  freckles  brought  out  by 
the  sun,  Hipp.,  etc.  (In  this  signf. 
perh.  from  ή?.ιος.) 

Έφη'λος,  ov,  {έπί,  η?ισς)  nailed  on 
or  to. — •ΙΙ.  {έπί,  η?Λθς)  sun-burnt  or 
freckled,  cf.  foreg.  II. 

Έφηλότης,  ητος,  ή,  a  white  speck  on 
the  eye.  Se.xt.  Emp. 

'Έ•φη?.όω,  ώ,  {έπί,  η?.όω)  to  nail  on, 
nail  firmly  :  metaph.,  τώνδ'  έφί/λωταΐ 
γόμφος,  i.  e.  it  is  fixed,  deter niined, 
Aesch.  Supp.  944. 

Έφη'λώδης,  ες,^έφη?.ις  II. 

Έφη?.ωτός,  ή,  όν,  {έφηλόω)  nailed 
on. 

"Έόημαι,  {έπί,  ημαί)  to  sit  ση,  at,  of 
by,  usu.  τινί,  Od.  6,  309;  12,  215; 
but  in  Aesch.  Eum.  409,  also  c.  ace, 
βρέτας  έφήμενος,  sitting  on  or  at  the 
shrine,  cf.  410,  446,  cf  ημαι,  καθί- 
ζω. 

Έφημερεντής,  οΰ.  ό,  α  daily  watcher, 
loaiter  or  minister,  Philo  :  from 

Εφημερεύω,  {έπί,  ημερεύω)  to  de- 
vote the  whole  day  to  a  thing,  Polyb. 

Εφημερία,  ας,  ή,  a  daily  order  ot 
course,  LXX. 

ΈφημερΙνός,  ή,  όν,  =sq.,  Alex. 
Incert.  34. 

Εφημέριος,  ov,  also  a,  ov.  Find.  N. 
6,  10,  {έπί,  ήμερα)  on  the  day,  for  or 
during  the  day,  the  whole  day  through, 
ov  κεν  εφημέριος  γε  βά?.σι  δάκρν, 
Od.  4.  223,  cf  Pind.  1.  c.  ;  εφημερία 
φρονεϊν,  to  take  no  thought  for  the 
morrow,  Od.  21,  85.  Freq.  of  men, 
εφημέριοι,  whose  life  is  but  frr  a  day, 
Aesch.  Pr.  546,  At.  Av.  687 :  hence 
in  genl.  short-lived,  fleeting,  Theogn. 
656,  900. — II.  daily,  every  day,  Plut. 
Cf.  εφήμερος. 

Έφημερίς.  ίδος,  ή,  {έόήμερος)  α 
diary,  journal,  day  book.  Pint.,  cf.  Pro- 
pert.  3,  23,  20  :  esp.  a  military  or  his- 
torical record,  as  Caesar's  Commentarii, 
Plut. — 2.  later,  a  calendar,^=^u(po/M• 
γιον- — II.  ^^έφημερία,  Joseph. 

'Έιφήμερον,  ov,  τό,  an  ephemeron, 
short-lived  insect,  Arist.  H.  A.  —  II.  a 
poisonous  plant,  Nic. :  strictly  neut. 
from 

Εφήμερος,  ov,  {έπί,  ήμέρα)=έώη- 
μέριος  (for  which  it  is  the  usu.  form 
in  prose),  living,  lasting  but  a  day, 
'short-lived,  Pind.  I.  7,  57,  cf  Thuc.  2, 
53  ;  esp.  of  men.  εφήμεροι,  beings  of  a 
day,  Pind.  P.  8,  135,  etc.— II.  t/oiVi/ 
πυρετός,  Hipp. 

591 


ΕΦΙΗ 

'Έφημερονσιοί,  ων,  οΐ,  they  who  live 
only  for  the  present  day. 

Έφημοσννη,  ης,  ?/,  (έφίημι.)^έφε~- 
Ιΐή,  «  command,  injunction,  Hom. 

Έφησθα,  Ep.  and  Aeol.  for  ίφης 
from  φημί,  Hoin.,  and  sometimes  in 
common  use. 

'Εφησυχάζω,  fut.  -άσω,  {ίπί,  ησυ- 
χάζω) to  acquiesce  in  a  thing,  V.  1. 
rolyb. :  to  be  quiet,  Aretae. 

Έ0Λίλεο(•,  ia,  έον,  (t^pu)  cooked. 

'Κφϋέος,  έα,  έον,  {εψω)  to  be  cooked, 
Nic. 

Έφθήμεροζ,  ov,  {έτττά,  τ/μέρα)  of 
seven  days,  lasting  that  time,  άνοχαί, 
Plut. 

Έφθημΐμερής,  {επτά,  ήμιμερής)  con- 
taining seven  lialvcs,  i.  e.  3^,  esp.  in 
metre,  of  three  feet  and  a  half,  lisil.  of 
the  lirst  3  J-  feet  of  a  hexameter,  or 
Iambic  trimeter  :  cf.  ττενθημιμερής. 

Έφθην,  ης,  η,  aor.  2  of  φθάνω, 
Hom. 

Έφθίατο,  Ton.  for  ίφθιντο,  aor. 
syncop.  pass,  of  φθίω,  ώβίνω,  II.  1, 
251. 

'Έ.φθο~ωλεϊον,  ov,  ro,=  sq. 

Έφθοπώ^αον,  ου,  τό,  {έφθός,  πωλέω) 
α  cook-shnp,  place  where  dressed  meat  is 
sold.  Posidipp.  ap.  Ath.  94  C. 

Έφθός,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from  ε-φω, 
boiled,  dressed,  Hdt.  2,  77,  Ecphantid. 
Satyr.  1 :  hence 

'Έ,όθότης,  ητος,  ή,  a  being  boiled. 
— II.  metaph.  a  being  dissolved,  lan- 
guor, Hipj). 

'Εφίύ'λλω,=  έπιά?^.ω,  q.  v. :  hence 

Έφιά?  της,  ov,  ό,  the  night-mare, 
Dat.  incuhn,  strictly  one  mho  leaps  upon, 
Strab.,  also  έπιά'λτης.  q.  v.  Hence 
■^Εφιάλτης,  ov.  Ion.  Έττιάλτης,  εω, 
ό,  Ephialtes,  a  giant,  Apollod.— 2.  one 
of  the  Aloidae,  son  of  Neptune  and 
Iphimedia.  11.  5,  385,  Find.— 3.  a  Tra- 
chinian,  son  of  Eurydemus,  who  be- 
trayed to  the  Persians  the  path  over 
the  mountain  by  which  they  attacked 
the  Greeks  in  rear  at  Thermopylae, 
Hdt.  7,  213. — 4.  son  of  Sophonides,  a 
celebrated  Athenianorator  and  states- 
man, Dem.  1482,  0:  Ael.  V.  H..  etc. 

Έφια/.τία,  ας,  ή,  or  'εφιύλτιον,  ov, 
τό,  (εφιάλτης)  an  herb  supposed  to 
make  oiie  proof  against  night-mare. 

Έφιδμόω,  ω,  [επί,  ίόρόω)  to  per- 
spire at  or  with  a  thing  :  Medic,  to  per- 
spire :  hence 

Έφίδρωσις,  εως,  ή,  a  perspiring, 
perspiration,  Hipp. 

'Έφιζάνω,  [επί,  ίζάνω)  to  sit  on.  at, 
or  by,  δείπνω,  aWovoyniv,  \\.  10,  578; 
20, 11 :  metaph.  νττνος  έπΙ  ιΓΑεφύροις, 
II.  10,  26 :  not  found  in  Od.,  and  in 
II.  only  in  impf  ;  v.  also  εφίζω. 

Έφίζω,  Dor.  ίφίσόω,  ί-  -ζήσω,  {ίπί, 
tζ'(J)=foreg.,  esp.  to  sit  on,  τινί,  Od., 
but  only  in  impf. ;  never  in  11. :  προς 
τι,  Critias2,  11.      . 

Έφίημι,  Ion.  ίπίημι,  fut.  εφήσω: 
aor.  1  έφήκα,  Ion.  and  Ep.  έφέηκα, 
{επί,  ΐημι)  —  1.  Hom.  uses,  of  the 
act.,  part.  pres.  έφιείς ;  fut.  ;  aor.  1 
indie.  ;  aor.  2  imperat.  εφες,  subj. 
έφείω,  ??f,  Ti ;  of  the  mid.,  pres.  part., 
and  fut'.  iie  also  has  a  3  impf  έφίει, 
as  if  from  εφίω,  cf  προίημι.  To  send 
to  one,  ^Ipiv  ΐίριύμω,  Ιί.  24,  117:  to 
set  upon,  slir  up  against,  επί  Τίνα,  Hdt. 
9,  49,  cf  7,  170:  m  this  signf  Hom. 
always  adds  the  inf  to  stir  up.  excite 
to  do,  11.  1,  518,  Od.  14,  464,  etc.— 2. 
of  things,  to  throw,  launch  at  one,  e.  g. 
βέλεά  Tin  very  freq.  in  Hom.,  εγχος, 
μελίην  τινί,  11  20,  346;  21,  170,  χεί- 
ρας τινι,  to  lay  hands  on  him,  Lat. 
injicere  manus,  very  freq.  in  Hom. — 3. 
of  events,  destinies,  etc.,  to  send  upon 
one,  πότμον  τινί,  II.  4,  396,  κήδεα, 
592 


ΕΦΙΠ 

Γ.  1,  445,  ύεθ?Μν,  Od.  19,  576;  ^φ. 
νόστον  τινί,  to  grant  one  a  return, 
Od.  ;  and  so  in  Att.,  esp.  Trag. — II. 
to  let  go.  loosen,  esp.  the  rein,  Lat.  re- 
mittere,  metaph.,  εφ.  τάς  ηνίας  τοΤς 
λόγοις.  Plat.  Prot.  338  A,  Ιο  give  a 
rein  to,  γλώσσαν.  Eur.  Andr.  954  : 
hence  to  give  up,  yield,  ήγεμονίαν  τινι, 
Thuc.  1,  95  ;  πάνθ'  ηδονΐι,  Eur.  Ocn. 
2  :  hence  —  2.  to  permit,  allow,  τινι 
ποΐειν,  Hdt.  1,  90;  3,  113:  and  so 
έφ.  τινί,  Soph.  El.  554. — 3.  seemingly 
int.r.,  sub.  εαυτόν,  to  give  one's  self  up 
to,  οίφία,  a  fair  wind,  Plat.  Prot.  338 
A :  and  so  i/oopy,  etc.,  V'alck.  Diatr. 
p.  233,  cf  δίόωμι. — ill.  to  put  the  male 
to  the  female,  Lat.  admittere,  Hdt.  3, 
85;  4,  30. — IV.  as  law-term,  to  refer 
to  a  higher  judge,  to  appeal,  τινά  ές 
TO  δικασττ/ριον,  Dem.  913,  23,  cf 
1024,  22. — B.  mid.  έφίεμαι,  ί.  εώήοο- 
μαι,  to  enjoin,  command,  τινί  τι,  11.23, 
82,  Od.  13,  7,  etc. ;  ίφ.  τινί  ποιεϊν. 
Soph.  El.  1111,  Ar.  Vesp.  242;  and 
so  c.  ace.  εφίεμαί  χαίρειν  σ'  (i.  e.  σε) 
Soph.  Aj.  112  :  εφ.  ίς...  to  send  orders 
to...,  Thuc.  4,  108  :  to  commit,  intrust 
to  one,  τι  τινι,  Aesch.  Pr.  4,  etc.— II. 
to  aim  at,  long  after,  desire,  c.  gen.. 
Soph.  El.  143,  Xen.,  etc. ;  also  c.  ace. 
Soph.  O.  T.  766,  Xen.  Ages.  11.  14: 
c.  inf  Soph.  PhU.  1315,  Thuc.  6,  6. 
Ιϊη  Ep.,  ϊη  Att. :  yet  ϊ  in  the  Homer, 
forms  ίφιείς,  έφίει.  έφιέμενος,  except 
ΐ  in  έφίει,  Od.  24,  180.] 

νΕφίητι.  Dor.  3  sing.  pres.  for  έφί- 
ησι  from  έφίημι,  Pind.  Isth.  2,  15. 

Έφικνέομαι,  f.  έφίξομαι :  aor.  έφΐ- 
κόμην,  {έπί,  Ικνέομαι)  dep.  mid.  To 
C07ne  upon,  reach  an  end,  in  genl.  to 
reach,  attain  to,  c.  gen.,  άμα  αλΛη7.ων 
έφίκοντο,  11.  13.  613,  so  too  in  Att., 
cf  Valck.  Opusc.  2,  180  ;  and  of 
things,  to  hit,  win,  τινός,  Isocr.  203, 
etc. :  also  metaph.  of  words,  to  hit  or 
touch  the  right  points,  Lat.  rem  acu 
tangere,  Hdt.  7,  9:  cf  Dem.  301,  25, 
and  Polyb. — II.  to  reach,  arrive  at  a 
place,  c.  ace,  v.  1.,  Od.  8,  202  (but 
Wo\{  αφίκεσθε').  έπ.  ες...  τόπον.  Hdt. 
3,9;  έπι  }7/v,'Xen.  Cyr.  1,  1,5.-2. 
strangely  c.  ace,  έπικέσθαι  μάστιγι 
π'ληγάς  τον  'Έ•?.λήσποντον,  to  visit 
the  Η.  with  blows,  Hdt.  7,  35.— 111. 
absol.  to  be  enough,  avail,  suffice,  Plut. 
Hence 

Εφικτός,  Tj,  ov,  easily  reached  or  got 
at,  attainable.  Theojjhr.  ώς  έφικτήν, 
or  καθόσον  έφ.,  κατά  τό  έφ.,  to  the 
best  of  one's  power,  Lat.  pro  virili, 
Arist.  Mund.,  etc. :  ^i'  έόικτω,  within 
reach,  Theophr.,  and  Plut. — 2.  me- 
taph. intelligible.  Polyb. 

Έφί?.ηθεν,  Aeol.  and  Ep.  3  plur. 
aor.  1  pass,  from  φιλέω  from  έφιΤιή- 
θησαν,  11.  2,  668. 

Έφϊμείρω.  strengthened  Ιμείρω,  c. 
ace,  Nic.  ap.  Ath.  683  P.;  c.  gen., 
Nonn. ;  c.  inf,  Musae. 

'Εφίμερος,  ov.  Ion.  έπίμερος,  {έπί. 
Ιμερος)  longed  for,  desired,  Hes.  Sc. 
15  :  hence  delightful,  agreeable,  Archil. 

Έφιππάζομαι,  {έπί,  Ιππάί,ομαι) 
dep..  to  ride  a  tilt  at,  hence  λόγοις  έφ., 
Cratin.  Incert.  131,  cf.  καθιππάζο- 
μαι :  to  ride  upon,  έπί  τίνος,  Luc.  D. 
Marin.  6,  2. 

Έφιππαρχία,  ας,  ή,  a  double  Ίππαρ- 
χία,  consistmg  of  1024  horse,  Arr. 

Έφιππαστί]ρ,  τ/ρος,  ό,=^έπιβητωρ, 
Apollon.  Lex. 

Έφίππειος,  ov,  dub.  1.  for  έφίπ- 
πιης. 

'Έφιππεύω,  {έπί,  ιππεύω)  to  ride 
against  or  towards,  τινί,  Diod. — 2.  to 
ride  upon,  τινί,  Opp. — II.  to  cover  the 
female  of  animals. 


ΕΦΙΣ 

Έφίππιος,  ov,  {έπί.  Ιππος)  of,  be- 
longing to  a  horse  or  to  riding,  Xen. 
Cyr.  8.  3,  6:  έφ.  δρόμος,  a  course  of 
a  certain  length  so  called,  whether 
on  foot  or  on  horseback,  v.  Plat. 
Legg.  833  B:  to  έφ.,  sub.  στρώμα. 
Lat.  ephippia,  a  saddle-cloth,  Xen.  Eq. 
7,5. 

Έ^ίΤΓΤΓΟν,  ov',  TO,  a  car  with  one 
horse,  cf.  τέθριππον,  dub. 

Έφιππος,  ov,  {έπί,  ίππος)  on  horse- 
back, riding,  Phlt. :  άνδριάς  έφ.,  an. 
equestrian. itatue,  Id. — 2.  κ?^νδων  έφιπ- 
πος, a  rushing  wave  of  horses,  Soph. 
El.  733. 

νΕφιππος,  ov,  6,  Ephippus,  a  poet 
of  the  middle  comedy,  Ath.  28  D  ;  v. 
Meineke  1,  p.  351. — 2.  a  writer  o! 
Olynthus,  Ath.  120  E. 

Έφιπποτοξότης,  ov,  ό,=~οζότης 
έφιππης,  a  mounted  archer,  v.  1.,  Diod. 

Έφίπταιιαι,  aor.  ■επτάμ?ιν,  (έπί, 
ιπτα.μαι)  (lep.,  to  fly  upon,  towards  or 
to,  Hom.,  but  only  in  aor.  3  sing.,  ol 
έπέπτατο  δεξιός  όρνις,  11.  13,  821, 
Od.  15,  160,  525  :  the  pres.  only  late, 
as  in  Mosch.  1,  16. 

ΈΛφισδάνω,  Dor.  for  έφιζύνω. 
ΥΈ.φίσδω,  Dor.  for  έφίζω,  Theocr. 
5,  97. 

Έ^φιστάνω,  rare  late  form  for  sq.. 
Diosc. 

Έφίστημι,  Ion.  έπίστημι,ί.  -στήσω, 
{έπί,ϊστημι) — Α.  in  pres., fut. .and  aor. 
1  trans. — 1.  to  set  on,  over,  of  things,  to 
place  upon,  τι  τινι.  Thuc.  2,  75,  τί 
έπί  τίνος.  Plat.  Crit.  116  A,  τι  έπί 
τι,  Dem.  1029,  29:  hence  metaph. 
έφ.  μοίραν  βίω,  I^at.  finem  imponere. 
Plat.  Rep.  498  C:  also  like  Lat. 
prarficere.  to  set  over,  τινά  τι,  Hdt.  5, 
27  ;  έπί  τίνος.  Polyb. — 2.  metaph.  tc 
set  one  person  over  another,  as  a 
watch,  φύλακα  βοΐ,  Aesch.  Supp. 
303 :  πaιδaγωyovς  έπ'  αντηΐς.  Xen. 
Rep.  Lac.  2,  1 ;  έπί  τίνα,  Dem.  b07, 
3  :  to  appoint  to,  τέλει,  Aesch.  Ag. 
1202. — 3.  έφιστάναι  τινΙ  αγώνα,  to 
institute  it  in  honour,  commemvralinn  of 
him,  Hdt.  1,  167  ;  6,  38.-11.  to  set  by 
or  near  to,  Hdt.  1,  59.  etc.  :  έπ.  κνκλφ 
TO  σήμα  (=περι  τό  σ.)  ιππέας,  Hdt. 
4,  72 :  έτΓ.  τινά  τοις  πράγμασι.  Ιο 
bring  one  into  affairs,  let  one  have  a. 
hand  in  them,  Dem.  351,  25. — 2.  to 
stop,  check,  make  halt,  Lat.  inhibere, 
στράτενμα.  Xen.  Cyr.  4,  2. 18 ;  όρμήν, 
Polyb.;  τινά  την  πρόσω,  Arr.  —  3. 
έφίστημι  την  γνώμην,  την  διύνηιαν, 
to  apply  one's  thoughts  to,  attend.  Hipp., 
etc. ;  κατά  τι,  to  a  thing,  Isocr.  203 
Β  ;  so  too  έφ.  τάς  όψεις  έπί  τι,  Polyb. . 
but  more  freq.  absol.,  έφιστάναι,  tp 
attend,  like  προςέχω,ο.  dat.  rei,  Arist 
Mund.  ;  περί  τίνος,  Polyb.  ;  έπι- 
στήσασι  μά?ι?ίθν  λεκτέον,  one  must 
read  wilh  more  care  and  accuracy,  A  rist. 
Pol.  7,  16,  12  (whence  the  word.- 
έπίσταμαι,  επιστήμη,  qq.  v.)  :  alsc• 
έπιστήσαί  τίνα  έπί  τι,  to  call  his  at- 
tention In,  Polyb.,  absol.,  Plut. — B.  ιό 
mid.  and  intr.  tenses,  perf,  plqpf 
aor.  2  act.  (the  transit,  are  not  founc 
in  Hom.)  to  stand  on,  over,  τινί,  II.  6, 
373.  etc.  ;  to  place  one's  self  over,  take 
one's  post  at,  θνρτισιν  έφίστατο,  onct^ 
in  Horn.,  II.  11,  644  ;  έπι  τας  πνλας 
Hdt.  3,  77,  etc. — 2.  to  be  set  over,  Lat 
praees.se,  πνλαις,  Aesch.  Theb.  53S 
χρηβάτων.  Eur.  Andr.  1098,  έπί  τι 
νος.  Plat.  Rep.  460  Β  ;  esp.  ol  έπ 
εστεώτες,  Att.  έφεστώτες,  those  in  au- 
thority, Hdt.  4,  81,  and  Att. :  hencp 
to  be  urgent,  urge  on  a  work,  etc.,  Dem 
70,  16. — II.  to  stand  by  or  near,  come 
near,  Hom.,  άλλήλοισι,  11.  13,  133, 
also  παρά  or  έπί  τινι,  11.  12, 199  ;  23, 
201,  etc. ;  esp,  of  dreams  or  visions, 


ΕΦΟΔ 

to  appear  to,  τινί,  Hdt.  1,  34,  cf.  H.  10, 
496:  absol.,  to  stand  by,  ύ.7^.ή7.οι,σι., 
Od.  22,  203.— 2.  in  hostile  signf.  to 
stand  against,  oppose,  11.  5,  624,  uTJ.ij- 
AOLCl,  11.  15,  703  :  to  come  upon  by 
surprise,  τινί  or  err/  τι,  Isocr. :  me- 
taph.  to  impend,  be  at  hand,  Lat.  instare, 
Κήρες  ί-φεστάσιν  ϋανύτοιο,  II.  12, 
326,  κίνδυνος,  Dein.  287,  5. — 3.  to 
stand,  float  on  the  top,  το  έφιστύμενον 
του  γάλακτος,  i.  e.  cream,  Hdt.  4,  2. 
— 4.  to  halt,  stop,  as  in  a  march,  Xen. 
An.  2,  4,  26,  cf.  A.  II.  2 :  hence  in 
genl.  to  wait,  and  in  Luc,  μικρόν 
έττιοτας  άττοθνήσκει,  he  dies  shortly 
after. — 5.  to  be  posted,  stand  after,  be- 
hind others,  Polyb.  —  6.  to  fix  one's 
mind  on,  give  one's  attention  to,  εττί  τι, 
Isocr.  213  D,  cf.  A.  II.  3.— C.  Polyb. 
uses  the  perf.  έ<ρέστηκα  sometimes 
as  trans. :  and  we  once  have  έψίστα- 
σαι  βάσιν,  Lat.  sislere  gradum.  Soph. 
Tr.  339. 

'Έιψίστορέω,  ώ,  to  inquire,  search  fur- 
ther. 

Έ(ΐ>?.αδον,  aor.  2  from  φλάζω. 

Έφόβηθεν,  Aeol.  and  Ep.  3  plur. 
aor.  pass,  for  'εψο3ήθησαν,  from  ψο• 
βέω. 

Έφόδεια,  ας,  ή,  {έφοδενω)  the  going 
the  rounds,  keeping  guard:  also  the 
guard,  watch,  patrol,  Wessel.  Diod.  20, 
16. 

Έφοδεντέον,  verb,  adj.,  one  must 
set  upon,  attempt,  Sext.  Emp. :  and 

Έφοδευτ7']ς,  ov,  6,  one  who  goes  the 
rounds. — 2.  a  spy  :  from 

Έψοδεύω,  (έπί,  οδεύω)  to  visit,  go 
the  rounds,  to  see  that  watch  is  kept 
right,  etc.,  ττάντ'  έφοδεύεται,  Ar.  Αν. 
1160  ;  in  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  6,  16,  of  an  of- 
ficer who  yearly  visited  all  the  satra- 
pies of  Persia  :  hence  in  genl.  to  su- 
perinteyid,  watch  over,  ά}  ώσί,  Aesch. 
Cho.  728. — 2.  to  visit  as  a  spy,  spy  out, 
yf/v,  LXX. — II.  metaph.  to  examine, 
lift  an  argument,  etc.,  Epict. 

Έώόδια,  τύ,  v.  έφόδιος. 

Εφοδιάζω,  Ion.  έποδιάζω,  f.  -άσω, 
Co  furnish  with  supplies,  equip  for  a 
journey,  Hdt.  9,  99  :  metaph.  to  fur- 
nish u'ith,  train  tip  or  educate  in,  τινά 
Tivt,  Plvit.  Pass,  to  be  supplied  with, 
Ti,  LXX.  Mid.  to  supply  one's  self 
with,  receive,  for  one's  supplies,  Tt  εκ 
Τίνων,  Xen.  Hell.  1,  6,  12. 

Έφόδίος,  ov,  {επί,  όδάς)  of,  belong- 
ing to  a  journey  :  neut.  το  εφ-,  Lat. 
viaticum,  supplies,  money  or  necessaries 
for  travelling,  esp.  supplies  nf  an  army, 
usu.  in  plur.  ru  εφόδια,  Hdt.  4, 203  ; 
6,  70,  and  Att. :  of  an  ambassador's 
travelling  allowance,  Ar.  Ach.  53  :  in 
genl.  maintenance,  support,  Dem.  1204, 
22. — 2.  in  genl.  a  store,  resource,  sup- 
port of  any  kind,  Arist.  Probl. ;  ευσε- 
βής βίος  μέγιστου  'εφ-,  Epich.  p.  98: 
hence=uoo/jM;;,  Dem.  917,  14. 

'Έιόοδος,  ου,  ή,  {έττί,  οδός)  α  way 
towards,  approach,  freq.  in  Thuc,  etc. : 
a  channel,  passage,  Hipp. — 2.  metaph. 
α  way  to,  a  means  of  reaclting.  a  plan, 
attempt,  Theophr.  and  Polyb.  —  3. 
communication,  access  for  traffic  and  in- 
tercourse, εφ.  τϊαρ' ί?.λ?}7ι.ονς,  Thuc.  1, 
6,  Τϊρός  άλλ.,  δ,  35. — II.  an  onset,  at- 
tack, assault,  .\esch.  Eum.  376,  Thuc, 
etc.,  γνώμης  έφοδος  //άλλον  ή  Ισχύος, 
Thuc.  3,  11:  εξ  ίφόδου,  at  the  first 
assault.  Polyb.  :  hence  of  ships,  εις 
όδόν  και  εφοδον,  of  burden  and  of 
war,  Polyb.  3,  25,  4. — 2.  hence  in 
Hipp.,  an  attack,  access  of  fever.  — 
[II.  the  rounds,  visit  of  the  outposts, 
Polyb. 

'Εφοδος,  ov,  6,  one  tuho  goes  the 
rounds,  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  6, 16,  and  Polyb. ; 
cf.  έψοδενω, 

38 


ΕΦΟΡ 

Έφοδος,  ov,  accessible,  Thuc.  6,  66, 
in  superl.  -ώτατος. 

Έφοδόω,  ω.  Ion.  ετϊοδ.  {επί,  οδός) 
to  bring  on  the  way,  escort,  only  in  Ion. 
form  έποδώκει,  for  έφωδώκει,  dub.  in 
Aesch.  Pers.  656. 

Έφοίτη,  Dor.  for  έφοίτα,  3  sing, 
impf.  from  φοιτάω. 

Έφόλκαιον,  ov,  TO,  {ίφέλκω)  a  rud- 
der, Od.  14,  350  :  ace.  to  others,  α 
cock-boat,  like  sq. 

'Έ.φό?Jcιov,  ου,  TO,  (έφέ?.κω)  a  small 
boat  towed  after  a  ship,  Plut. — 2.  in 
genl.  a?i  appendage,  Plut.,  and  Anth. : 
cf.  sq. 

'Έ,φο?.κίς,  ίδος,  >;,^foreg.,  esp.  a  bur- 
densome appendage,  τινί,  Eur.  Andr. 
200,  H.  F.  631,  1424._ 

'Εφο?-κός,  όν,  {έφέ/.κω)  drawing  on 
or  towards,  enticing,  alluring,  like  έτΓα- 
)'cj}of,Thuc.  4,  108. — II.  ει^».  'εν  'λόγφ, 
drawling,  tedious,  Aesch.  Supp.  208  : 
in  genl.  a  laggard,  Ar.  Vesp.  263. 

Έ,φομαρτέω,  ώ,  f.  -?/σω,  {έπί,  όμαο- 
τίω)  to  follow,  press  close  upon,  absoL, 

11.  8,  191,  etc.  ;  c.  dat.,  Ap.  Rh. 
Έφομύ.έω,  ω,  {επί,  όμι'λέω)  to  com- 
pany ivith.  live  with  or  among,  c.  ace, 
dub.  in  Hermes.  5,  52  ;  c.  dat.,  Nonn. 

Έφοπ/ύζω,  {επί,  οπλίζω)  to  equip, 
get  ready,  in  Hom.  either  εφ-  δαίτα, 
δείπνον,  δόρπον,  οταμαξαν,  ήμιόνονς, 
also  νηα  : — to  arm  against,  τινά  τινι, 
Ορρ.  Mid.  to  get  ready  for  war  with, 
λαγωοίς,  lb. 

'FJφopaτικός,  ή,  όν,  looking  to  or  to- 
tvards,  watchful  of,  ερ,γων,  Xen.  Oec. 

12,  19  :  from 

Έφορύω,  ώ.  Ion.  έπορ.,  fut.  έπότΐιο- 
μαι,  Ep.  έπιόφομαι,  cf.  Buttm.  Ausf. 
Gr.  Gr.  2,  p.  258  Lob.,  {επί,  όράω)  to 
oversee,  observe,  c.  ace.  in  Hom.  always 
of  the  gods,  as  of  Jupiter,  ανθρώπους 
ΐφορα,  Od.  13,  214  ;  more  freq.  of  He- 
lius,  πάντ'  έφορά  και  πάντ'  έπακονει, 
II.  3,  277,  Od.  il,  109,  etc.,  and  so 
Trag.,  as  Aesch.  Ag.  1246  :  of  a  gen- 
eral going  his  rounds,  Xen.  Cyr.  5,  3, 
59  :  pass.,  δσυν  εφεώρατο  της  νησον, 
as  much  of  it  as  was  in  vietv,  Thuc.  3, 
104. — II.  to  look  out  for,  pick  out,  choose, 
II.  9, 167,  Od.  2, 294".— As  aor.  we  have 
έπεϊδον,  q.  v. 

Εφορεία,  ας,  ή,  {έφορενω)  super- 
intendence. :  esp. — 2.  the  office  or  digni- 
ty nf  έφορος,  the  ephoralty,  Xen.  Lac. 
8,  3. 

Έφορεΐον,  ov,  TO,  the  court  of  the 
ephori,  Xen.  Ages.  1,  36. 

'Έ,φορενω,^ έφορύω,  c  ace,  Aesch. 
Supp.  678,  Eum.  530  ;  c.  gen.,  Pers. 
7. — II.  to  be  an  ephor,  Thuc.  8,  6,  and 
Xen. 

Ύ.φορεω,  Ion.  and  poet,  for  έφορύω, 
Aesch. 

Έφορικός,  7J,  όν,  of,  belonging  to  the 
ephori,  Xen.  Lac.  15,  6. 

'Έφόριος,  a,  ov,  (επί,  ορός)  on  the 
harder,  confines,  frontier,  αγορά,  ap. 
Dem.  631, "fin. 

'Έφορμαίνω.  {επί,  όρμαίνω)  ίο  rush 
on,  attack,  Aesch.  Pers.  208  :  c.  dat., 

'Εφορμάω, ώ, f.  -ήσω, {'επί,  ορμάω)  to 
stir  up,  rouse  against  one.  πό/.εμον, 
άνεμους  τινί,  II.  3,  165,  Od.  7,  272 : 
'λύκους,  Hdt.  9,  93. — II.  intr.  to  rush 
upon,  attack,  τινί,  Eur.  Hipp.  1275 : 
but  so  more  usu. — B.  in  pass,  and 
mid.  to  he  stirred  up,  roused,  in  Hom. 
oft.  c.  inf.,  θυμός  έφορμΰται  πολεμί- 
ζειν,  μύχεσθαι,  γαμέεσθαι,  ποιήσειν, 
etc. — II.  to  rush  furiously  on,  absol.  II. 
17,  465,  usu.  in  part.  aor.  pass,  έφορ- 
μηθεις,  without  hostile  signf,  to  hur- 
ry, rush  forward,  Od.  11,  206.  In 
mid.  also  sometimes  c.  ace,  to  rush 
upon,  dash  at,  attack,  έφορμάται  έθνος 


ΕΦΤΔ 

ορνίθων,  n.  15,  691,  cf.  20,  461  ;  so, 
έφορμήσασθαι  άέθ/.ους,  Has.  So.  127 : 
later  also  c.  dat. 

'Εφορμάω,  ω.  Ion.  έπορ.,  f.  -τ/σω, 
ίέπί,  όρμέω)  to  lie  at  anchor,  lie  at  or 
over  against  a  place,  esp.  to  watch  or 
blockade  an  enerny,  Hdt.  8,  81 ;  έφ. 
λιμένι,  Thuc.  7,  3,  έπΙ  τω  λιμένι, 
Xen.  Hell.  6,  2,  7 ;  αϊ  έφορμοϋσαι 
νανς,  the  blockading  squadron,  lb.  1, 
6, 36  :  in  genl.  to  lie  by  and  so  to  watch. 
Soph.  O.  C.  812.  Pass,  to  be  blockaded, 
Thuc.  1,  142. — 2.  in  genl.  to  keep  in 
check,  be  a  hindrance  to,  καιροίς  τίνος, 
Dem.  30,  18. 

Έφορμή,  ης,  ή,  {εφορμάω)  an  en- 
trance, approach,  Od.  22,  130. — II.  an 
attempt  upon  a  place,  attack,  Thuc.  6, 
90,  cl.  Goller  ad  6,  49.  Oft.  confused 
with  αφορμή,  Herm.  Soph.  Aj.  28a 

'Εφόρμησις,  εως,  ή,  {έφορμάω}==. 
foreg.  II. — Β.  {έφορμέω)  an  anchorage, 
convenience  for  lying  at  anchor,  Thuc. 
6,  48  :  α  watching  with  ships,  blockade, 
Id.  2,  89,  ubi  v.  Arnold. 

Έφορμητικός,  ή,  όν,  {εφορμάω)  ex- 
citing. 

Έφορμίζω,  {επί,  όρμίζω)  to  bring  a 
ship  to  its  m/jorings  :  (όρμος)  and  so  in 
mid.  to  come  into  harbour,  come  to  an- 
chor, εις  τόπον,  Thuc.  4,  8 :  more 
rarely  c.  aor.  pass.,  Poppo  Thuc.  6, 
49.    Hence 

Έφόρμΐσις,  εως,  ή,  a  bringing  or 
coming  to  anchor. 

Έφορμος,  ov,  {επί,  όρμος)  at  anchor, 
νανς,  Thuc.  3,  76. — II.  with  a  harbour, 
ancliorage,  etc. 

'Εφορμος.  ov,  δ,=  έφόρμησις  II.,  a 
blockade,  Thuc.  4,  27. 

Έφορος,  ov,  ίέφοράω)  overseeing, 
watching. — II.  usu.  as  subst.,  ό  έφορος, 
a  watcher,  gtiardian,  ruler,  στρατιάς, 
γης,  Aesch.  Pers.  25,  Supp.  674. — 2. 
at  Sparta,  o<  έφοροι,  the  Ephori,  over- 
seers, a  body  of  five  magistrates,  who 
controlled  all  the  rest,  even  the  kings, 
Hdt.  1,  65  ;  6,  82,  cf  Arist.  Pol.  2,  6, 
and  Muller  Dor.  3,  7.     Hence 

^Έφορος,  ov,  o,  Ephorus,  a  celebra- 
ted historian  of  Cyme  in  Aeolis,  a  pu- 
pil of  Socrates,  Plut.,  Strab. 

'Εφορος,  ov,  {επί,  δρος)=έφόριος. 

'Εφόσον,  adv.  for  έφ'  όσον,  in  so  far 
as. 

νΕφονδίων,  ωνος,  ό,  Ephftdion,  a 
pancratiast  from  Maenalus  in  Arca- 
dia, a  victor  at  the  Olympic  games, 
Ar.  Vesp.  1191. 

^Έφραίος,  ov,  ό,  Ephraeus,  of  Oreiis, 
a  pupil  of  Plato,  more  correctly  Εύ- 
φραίος,  q.  v. 

Έφυβρίζω,  {έπί,  υβρίζω)  to  insult 
over  one,  add  insult  to  injury,  absoL,  II. 
9,  368;  latere,  dat..  Soph.  Aj.  1385  ; 
c.  ace,  Eur.  Phoen.  1663,  Heracl. 
947  :  έφ.  τι,  ίο  give  vent  to  insulting 
language,  Thuc.  6,  63.— II.  like  έπί- 
χαιρεκακέω,  to  exult  maliciously.  Soph. 
Aj.  954.     Hence 

Έφνβριστής,  ov,  6,  an  insolent  per- 
son. 

Έφνβριστος,  ov, {έφυβρίζω)  wanton, 
iyisolent,  Hdn. 

Έόυγιάζω,  {επί,  ΰγιύζω)  ίο  make 
healthy. 

Έφνγοσαν,  Alexandr.  for  έφυγαν, 
from  φεύγω. 

Έφυγραίνω,  {έπί,  νγραίνω)  to  moist- 
en ;  pass,  of  the  bowels,  to  be  relaxed, 
Hipp. 

Έφυγρος,  ov,  {έπί,  υγρός)  moist, 
Theophr. 

Έφνδύτιος,  a,  ov,  {έπί,  νδωρ)  on  or 
of  the  U'aier,  'ϋύμφη.  Αρ.  Rh.  [ii  metri 

Έφνδρεύω,  {επί,  υδρεύω)  to  water, 
τι,  Theophr. :  from 

393 


ΕΧΕΓ 

Έφνδριύς,  a(5of,  ή,  of  the  water, 
'Νύμφη,  Anth. 

Έφνόμος,  Ion.  ίττνδρος,  ov,  {hri, 
νδω/))  ivet,  inoist,  rainy,  epith.  of  the 
west  wind,  Od.  14,  458,  like  Virgil's 
Orion  aquosris  :  abounding  in  water,  ίττ. 
πίύαξι,  Hdt.  4,  198. 

Έφύδωρ,  6,  ί.  e.  <>  f  ψ'  νδατι  ων,  the 
keeper  of  the  water-clock,  {κλεψύδρα)  in 
the  Athen.  law-courts,  dub. 

Έφΐ'/Μκτέω,  ύ,  {έττί,  νλακτέω)  to 
bark  at.  τινί,  Plut. 

Έ(1>νμνέω,  ώ,  {έπί,νμνέω)(ο  sinf;OT 
chant  one  thing  after  another,  παιάνα 
φυγι],  Aesch.  Pers.  393  ;  and  so  Plat. 
— ll!  to  chant  or  idler  good  or  evil 
Avishes  over,  τί  Tivi,  Euin.  902,  Soph. 
Ant.  1305  :  to  sing  a  dirge  or  mmir}}ful 
strain,  τι,  Aosch.  Cho.  385,  Soph.  O. 
T.  1275. — III.  c.  ace.  pers.,  to  sing  of, 
laud,  Αία,  Soph.  Ant.  658. 

Έφύμνιον,  TO,  {έττί,  ύμνος)  the  bur- 
den, refrain,  of  a  hymn,  Ap.  Kh. 

Έφνττερθε,  -θεν,  adv.,  abirve,  on  the 
top  or  surface,  Od.  9,  383  :  later  .some- 
times c.  gen.,  Simon. — ^11.  over  and 
above,  besides,  [i] 

'Έ,φνττνίδιος,  ov,  {ίττί,  νπνος) sleepy, 
lulling  to  sleep,  dub.  in  Leon.  Tar. 

^Έ.<ρνπνώττω,  {επί,  νπνώττω)  to 
sleep  υροη,  lie  upon  in  sleep. 

'Έ,ψνρα,  ας,  ή.  Ion.  Έφύρη,  Ephyra, 
old  name  of  Corinth,  II.  6,  152.-t2.  a 
Pelassian  city  of  Elis  on  the  Selleis, 
11.  2,  659  ;  15,  531  ;  Strab.  p.  338.-3. 
a  city  of  Thesprotia  in  Epirus,  after- 
wards called  Cichyrus,  famed  for  the 
production  of  poisonous  drugs,  Od.  1, 
259 ;  2,  328,  hut  others  refer  this  to 
the  Eph.  in  Elis,  v.  Strab.  p.  338.  — 
4.  a  city  of  Phthiotis  in  Thessaly,  the 
later  Crannon,  Strab.,  hence  Έψνροι, 
q.  V. — Other  cities  of  this  name  arc 
mentioned  in  Strab. ;  their  sites  are 
involved  in  much  doubt,  v.  Strab. tl. 
c,  Nitzsch  ad  Od.  1.  c.  [v] 

νΕφυραΐοι,  ων,  ot,=sq.,  Pirid.  P. 
10,  85. 

t'E^i'pOi,  ov,  OL,  the  Ephyri,  inhab. 
of  Ephyra  (4),  II.  13,  301  ;  acc.  to 
Stral).  330,  338,  342. 

'Έιφνση,  Dor.  for  έφνσα,  3  sing, 
impf  from  φνσάω.  [ϋ] 

Έφνστει>ίζω,  {επί,  ύστερίζω)  to  he 
later,  come  after  another,  Thuc.  3,  82. 

'Έφνφαίνω,  {i~i,  voaivu)  to  inter- 
weave :  metaph.,  μήτιν,  0pp.,  in 
tmesis. 

Έφϋφή,  ης,  ή,  the  woof.  Plat.  Legg. 
'34  E. 

Έφί'«,  (έ-ττί,  vui)  to  rainuptm. :  pass. 
to  be  ΐίί  the  rain,  exposed  to  li,  ΧίΛ 
Cyn.  9,  5. — 2.  impers.  έφύει,  τινί, 
Theophr.  [ΐ]    ^ 

'Έ,φ'  ώ,  εφ'  ζ>τε,  ).  e.  έπϊ  τούτω 
ωοτε.  on  the  condition  that... 

Έφάριος,   ov,   (επί,   ΰρα)   mature, 
Anth. 
'FjXudov,  ες,  ε,  aor.  2  of  χανδάνω,ΙΙ. 
Έχάρην,  ης,  η,  ίίοτ.οίχαίρω,  Hem. 
[ά] 
Έχεα,  ας,  ε,  aor.  1  act.  of  χέω,  II. 
Έχέβοιον,  ου,  τό,  acc.  to  Ρο1Ι.,= 
μεσά^οιον. 

Εχέγγυος,  ον,  {έχων,  έγγύην)  ffiv- 
ing  securiti/,  pledged  and  able  to  redeem 
one's  pledge,  responsible :  hence  in 
genl.  trust-worthy,  faithful,  secure,  δό- 
μοι, Eur.  Med.  388;  ζημία  έχ.,  to  be 
relied  on,  (for  the  prevention  of  crime) 
Thuc.  3,  46;  λόγος  έχ.,  Eur.  Andr. 
192  :  ποιεϊν  τι  έχ.,  Lat.  ratwn  facer e, 
Id.  Phoen.  759. — II.  that  has  receiv- 
ed a  guarantee,  under  pledge  of  securi- 
ty, ικέτης  εχέγγυος,  Soph.  Ο.  C 
284. 

'Έ,χεγλωττία,  ας,  ή,  {έχω,  γλώσσα) 
a  word  coined  by  Lucian  after  έκε- 
594 


ΕΧΕΣ 

χειρία,  armistice,  as  we  might  say  lin- 
guistice. 

Έχεδερμία,  ας,  ή,  {εχω,  δέρμα)  the 
disease  of  cattle,  when  they  are  hide- 
bound, Lat.  coriago. 

Έχεδημία,  ας,  ή,  acc.  to  Dicaearch-, 
and  PkU.  Thes.  32,  old  name  of  the 
AcadcTuia,  after  a  hero  Echcdemos. 

^Εχέδωρος,  or,  ό.  Ion.  Έχείδωρος, 
the  Echedonis,  now  Gallico,  a  river  of 
Macedonia,  emptying  into  the  Ther- 
maicus  Sinus,  Hdt.  7, 124. 

Έχέθνμος,  ov,  {έχω,  θνμός)  master 
of  one's  passions,  under  self-control,  Od. 
8,  320,  cf.  έχέφων. 

^Έχειαί,  ών,  a'l,  Echeae,  a  city  of 
Laconia,  Strab.  : 

Έχείδιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  εχις, 
a  little  adder. 

Έχεκηλης,  ες,{ίχω,  κήλη)  ruptured. 
^Έχεκλενς,  and  -λής,  ηος.  ό,  Eche- 
cles,  son  of  Actor,  one  of  the  leaders 
of  the  Myrmidons,  U.  16,  189.— 2.  a 
philosopher  of  Ephcsus,  Diog.  L. 
■("Έγε/ίλοζ•,  ov,  ό,  Ech^clus,  son  of 
Agei'ior,  II.  20,  474.-2.  another  Tro- 
jan, slain  by  Patroclus,  11.  16,  692. 

'Έ,χέκο?./ίθς,  ov,  {έχω,  κόλλα)  sticky, 
πηλός,  Plut. 

νΥ,χεκράτης,  ονς,  h.Echecrute.i.  fath- 
er ot  Eetion,  grandfather  of  Cypselus 
in  Corinth,  Hdt.  5,  92. — 2.  a  friend  of 
Socrates,  of  Phlius,  Plat.  Phae<ir.  57 
A. — Others  in  Poiyb.,  Luc,  etc. 

^Έχεκρατίδης,  ov,  ό,  Echecratidcs, 
father  of  Orestes,  king  of  Thessaly, 
Thuc.  1,  111. — 2.  an  Athenian,  father 
ofTimon,Luc. — 3.  a  sojihist,  a  friend 
of  Phocion,  Ael. — Others  in  Anth.,  etc. 

Έχεκτέάνος,  ov,  {έχω,  κτέανον) 
ivith  great  posse.'isivns,  Khian.  1. 

^Έχέλας,  for  -λαός,  a,  Ό,  Echelas, 
son  of  Penthilus,  Paus. 

^Έχέμβροτος,  ov,  6,  Echembroins, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Paus. 

^Έχεμίνης,  6,  Echevienes,  a  writer, 
Ath.  601  F. 

νΚχεμος,  ov,  b,  Echlmus,  son  of 
Aeropus,  grandson  of  Cepheus,  king 
of . Arcadia,  Hdt.  9.  26:  Pind.  0. 10,  80. 
^Έχέμων,  Ep.  Έχέμαων,  ovoc,  ό, 
lic/i««ioit,  son  of  Priam,  II.  5, 160  Wolf ; 
Heyne  Έχί/μων. 

'Έ,χεμνΰέω,  ώ,  to  hold  one's  peace,  be 
silent,  Luc. :  and 

Έχεμνθία,  ας,  ή,  silence,  reserve, 
Plut :  irom 

Έχέμνβος,  ov,  (  έχω,  μνθσς  )  taci- 
turn;  from  the  Homeric  σιγ^  μνθον 
έχειν. 

Έχενηίς,  ίδος,  η,  {έχω,  νανς)  hold- 
ing ships  back,  detaining  them,  έιπλοιαι, 
Aesch.  Ag.  149;  ΰγκνρα,  Anth.— II. 
α  small  sea-fish,  supposed  to  have  the 
power  of  holding  ships  back,  Lat. 
echeneis,  remora,  Arist.  H.  Α.,  cf.  Pun. 
N.  H.  9,  25. 

ίΈγένηος,  ov,  ό,  Echmeus,  one  of 
the  f  haeacian  nobles.  Od.  7,  155. 

'Έ,χεπενκής,  ές,  {έχ(ΰ,  πενκή)  in 
Horn,  epith.  of  a  dart,  βέλος,  II.  1,  51  ; 
4,  129,  acc.  to  Gramm.  hitter,  but  (acc. 
to  Buitm.  Lexil.  in  v.)  sharp,  keen, 
piercing,  cf.  πεύκη,  πενκά'λιμος,  πικ- 
ρός. 

Έχέπικρσς,  w,=foreg.  in  Gramm. 
ΫΕιχέπωλος,  ov,  b,  Echepdlus,  a  Tro- 
jan, son  of  Thalysius,  il.  4,  458. — 2. 
son  of  Anchises  of  Sicyon,  who  gave 
to  Agamemnon  the  mare  Aethe,  to  be 
released  from  accompanying  him  to 
Troy,  II.  23,  296. 

'Εχερβημοσύνη,  ης,  ή,=  έχεμνθία  : 
from 

Έχεί^^ιήμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  {εχω, 
βημ  α  )=  εχέμυθος. 

'Έχέσαρκος,  ον,  {έχω,  σύρξ)  clinging 
close  to  the  body,  χιτών,  Ath. 


EXGO 

'Έχεσκοί',  ες.  ε,  Ion.  impf.  from 
εχω,  lor  είχοί',  Horn. 

Έχέστονος,  w,  {ε•χω,  στάη•ος)  bring- 
ing sorroji's,  Theocr.  25,  213. 
νΕχέστρατος,  ου,  ό,  Echestriitus,  son 
of  Agis,  king  of  Sparta,  (4th  Agid) 
Paus.  3,  2,  2. 

Έχέτης,  ov,  ό,==ό  Ιχων,  a  man  of 
substance. 

^Έχετϊμίδας,  a,  ό,  Echelimidas, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Thuc.  4,  119. 

'^Έχέτλα,  ας,  ή,  Echella,  a  city  of 
Sicily,  Polyb. 

Έχέτλ.η,  ης,  ή,  (έχω)  the  plcntgh- 
tail,  handle,  Lat.  slira,  Hes.  Op.  465. 
—II.  any  handle.     Hence 

Έχετλίμις,  εσσα,  εν,  cf,  betcmging 
to  an  έχέτλη,  Anth. 

Έχέτλων,  ov,  τό,  {εχω}  the  hold  of 
a  ship,  Nic. 

^'Έχετλσς,  ov,  6,  Echcilus,  an  Attic 
hero,  Paus.  I,  15,  3. 

t'E^Yf rof,  ov,  ό.  Ech?tvs,  a  barbarous 
king  of  Epirus,  who  cut  off  the  ear.s 
and  noses  of  strangers  and  cast  thein 
to  lus  dogs.  Oil.  18,  83-θ. 

Έχέτρωσις,  εως,  η,  a  plant,  the 
u4iite  bryony,  Hipp. 

Έχευα,  ας,  ε,  Ep.  aor.  1  of  χέω, 
Horn,  r  mid.  έχενάμην,  I(.  5,  314. 

Έχεφρονέω,  ώ,  to  be  έχεφρων,  Anth. 

Έχεφροσύντ,:  ης,  ή,  prudence,  sense, 
shrewdness,  Anth. 

Έχέφρων,  or,  gen.  όνος,  ( ίχω, 
φρήν)  icith  one's  wits  abmit  one,  cf  good 
judgment,  snsible,  Horn.  esp.  in  Od., 
usu.  as  epith.  of  Penelope,  as  4,  111. 
Adv.  -όνως,  Diod. 

νΕχέφρων,   όνος,   b,   Echephron,   a 
son  of  Nestor,  Od.  3,  413. — 2.  a  son 
of  Priam,  Apollod. 
t'Ejr)«(tW,  ό,  V.  stib  Έχέμΐύν. 

Έχύαίρω,  f.  έχΰΰρώ :  aor.  }  τ/χθΐ' 
pa,  {έχβος)  to  hate,  be  an  enemy  to,  C. 
acc.  pers.  vcl  rei,  Hom.  et  Alt.  :  c. 
acc.  cognato,  έγθοΓ  έχβαίρειν,  to  bear 
hale.  Soph.  Phil.  5i),  El.  1034.  Pass•-. 
έχβαίρεσθαι  έκ  τίνος.  Soph.  Ant.  93. 
Mostly  poet-,  (cf.  έχ&ραίνω)  but  also 
in  Hipp.,  and  late  prose. 

Έχβάνομαι,  ί.-ϋ?'/σομαι,  aspas3.,= 
έχθομαι,  usu.  απεχθάνομαι. 

ΈχΘαρτέος,  a,  ov,  verb,  adj.,  to  be 
hated.  Soph.  Aj.  C79,  ubi  al.  έχθραν- 
τέος,  cf  sob  έχθραίνω: 

'Εχθές. 3.ά\.,^=χ(^ές,  yesterday, So^h. 
Ant.  450 ;  hence 

Έχθεση'ός,  ή,  όν,=^χϋεση'ός,  yes- 
terday's, of  yesterday,  Alifh. 

Έχϋΐμος,  Tf,  ov,  {εχβος)  hated,  Sopfc. 
Fr.  590. 

'Υ^χϋιστος,  η,  ov,  most  hated,  mmt 
hateful,  II. :  later  also  most  hating,  ko3• 
tile:  irreg.  super!,  of  έχ&ρός:  Luc. 
has  also  έχϋίστατος. 

Έχθίων,  ov,  gen.  wof,  more  hated  : 
more  hostile:  adv.  -όνως,  Xen.: — ir- 
reg.  compar.  of  εχθρός. 

Έχ&οδοπέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  become 
an  enemy  to,  quarrel,  wrangle  with, 
τινί,  only  in  II.  1,518;  from 

Έχθηδοπός,  ή,  όν,  also  ος,  σΐ'.  Plat. 
Legg.  810  D,  hateful,  hostile.  Soph. 
Aj.  932,  Ar.  Ach'.  226,  cf.  Ruhnk. 
Tim.  (.\cc.  to  Biittrn.  Lexil.  v.  έχ- 
θοδοπησαι,  from  έχβρίις,  *έ>πτω,  otl'o- 
μηι,  i.  e.  hostile-looking ;  Others  from 
όφ,  or  even  έδαφος,  but  prob.  it  is 
only  a  lengthii.  form  of  εχθρός,  like 
ΰλλοδηπύς,  ημεδαπός,  etc.  :  which 
is  confirmed  by  the  accent.) 

ΈΧΘΟΣ,  εος,  τό,  hate,  hatred,  Od. 
9,  277,  in  plur.,  11.  3,  410  :  έχθ.  τινός, 
hatred  for  one,  Hdt.  9,  15,  and  Thuc. , 
ές  έχθος  ι'ιπικέσθαι  τινί,  to  incur  his 
hatred  or  enmity.  Id.  3,  82  ;  so  ε'ις  έ. 
έ'λθειν  τινι,  Eur.  Phoen.  879:  cf.  έχ• 
θαίμω.    Cf.  also  sq.,  wluch,  in  prose, 


ΕΧ1Δ 

is  more  freq.  (Ace.  to  some,  akm 
to  άχθος,  gravis ;  others,  as  Outtin. 
Lexil.  V.  δχθησαι,  I'm.,  from  έκ,  έξ, 
έκτος,  just  as  the  orig.  signf.  of  Lat. 
iwstis  was  stranger.) 

'Έ,χθρα,  ας,  }j,  haired,  enmity,  Hdt. 
5,81,  Pind.,  and  Att. :  έχθρα  ηνός, 
hatred  for,  enmily  to  one,  Thuc.  3,  10  ; 
Ιζτινα,  Hdt.  1,  5;  ττρός  τίνα,  Thuc. 

2,  63  :  f5i'  Ιχθρας  μο7.εΐν,  άφικέσθαι 
τινί,  Eur.  Fhoen.  479,  Hipp.  1164: 
Ιχθραν  αίβεσϋαι,  tohecome  euemies, 
Dem,  ;  opp.  to  κα~α7ΓΑύ,σσεσθαι  τας 
ίχθρας,  Hdt.  7,  145,  όια/,ύεσθαι, 
Thuc,  4, 19 : — strictly  feni.  from  εχ- 
θρός. 

'Έ,χθραίνω,  f.  -ΰνύ,  {ίχθρός)=έχ- 
βαίρω,  (which  is  the  onlv  form  used 
by  Trag-,  Pors.  Or.  292,  Med.  555),  to 
hate,  τινά,  Xen.  Ages.  11,  5. — 2.  to  be 
at  enmity  icith,  be  hated  by,  τινί. —  II. 
to  make  hostile  or  odious,  τινά,  τινι,  Or. 
Sih.     Hence 

'Ε,χθραντέος,  for  ίχβαρτεος,  q.  v. 

Έ  γβρεΰω.  to  be  at  enmity  with,  τινί, 
LXX. 

^Έ•χθρικός,  J],  όν,  {Ιχθρός)  hostile,  of 
OT  from  an  enemy. 

'Έ,χθροδαϊμων.  ov,  gen.  όνος,  hated 
of  the  gods  :  hence,  =;  κακοδαίμυν, 
miserable,  Soph.  O.  T.  816. 

'Έ•χθρόξενος,  ov,  {έχθρας,  ξένος) 
wifriendly  to  guests,  inhospitable,  τινί, 
Aesch.  Pr.  727. 

Έ^βροίτοιέω,  ύ,  to  make  hostile,  τινά 
ran,  prob.  1.  Stob.  p.  510, 2 :  from 

Έχθροττοιός,  όν,  {εχθρός,  ποιέω) 
causing  emnity,  App. 

Έ,γφόζ•,  ά,  όν,  {εχθος)  hated,  hate- 
ful, of  persons  and  things,  freq.  from 
Hem.  downwds. :  (though  he  has  it 
only  in  this  pass,  signf.)  esp.,  θεοϊσιν 
εχθρός,  Hes.  Th.  766,  etc.— Π.  act. 
hating,  hostile,  at  enmity  with,  τινί, 
Thuc.  8,  45,  Xen.,  etc.— ΠΙ.  freq.  as 
subst-,  ό  έχθρας,  one''s  enemy,  where 
the  act.  and  pass,  senses  oft.,  orusu., 
coiiicide,  Hes.  Op.  340,  Find. :  έχθρ. 
τινός,  Thuc.  4,  47;  ol  έμοί  εχθροί.  Id. 
6,  89,  etc. — Ace.  to  Ammon.,  εχθρός 
is  one  jcho  has  been  φί/.ος,  but  is  alien- 
ated, Lat.  inimicus  ;  ττο/.έ/ιιος,  one  who 
is  at  tear,  Lat.  hostis  ;  ύνςμενί/ς,  one 
who  becomes  a  mortal  foe  to  his  former 
friend. — Besides  έχθρότεηος,  έχθρότα- 
τος,  the  irreg.  comp.  and  super!,  έχ- 
θίων,  έχθιστος,  (qq.  v.)  were  in  com- 
mon use.  Adv.  -ρως :  compar.  έχ- 
βροτέρος,  Dem.  61,  26. 

Έχθρόόρων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  {εχθρός, 
ύρήν)  hostile  in  disposition. 

'Ε,χθρώδης,  ες,  {εχθρός,  είδος)  like 
an  enemy,  hostile.     Adv.  -δώς. 

ΈΧΘΩ,  to  hate,  Trag.,  as  Aesch. 
Fr.  287,  Soph.  Aj.  459.  Horn,  has  it 
only  as  pass.,  έ:(θομαι.  q.  v.,  to  be  ha- 
ted, be  hateful,  τινι,  Od.  4,  502,  756, 
etc. :  usu.  only  in  pres.  and  impf.,  but 
a  part,  pf  pass,  ήχθηαένος  occurs  in 
Lye.  827. 

t'Ei-t(5{0i',  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  ίχις, 
Arist.  H.  A. 

'Έχιδνα,  ης,  η,  an  adder,  viper,  Hdt. 

3,  108,  and  Trag. ;  esp.  metaph.  of  a 
treacherous  wife  or  friend,  Aesch. 
Cho.  249,  Soph.  Ant.  531 :  earlier,  as 
in  Hes.  Th.  297,  301,  only  as  pr.  n.,  v. 
sq. :  V.  έχις. 

νΈιχιδνα,  ης,  -ή,  Echidna,  a  monster, 
having  the  upper  half  of  a  beautiful 
female,  the  lower  parts  of  a  serpent. 
offspring  of  Chrysaor  and  Callirrhoe, 
or  of  Tartarus  and  Gaea,  Hes.  Th. 
297,  301,  Hdt.  4,  8,  sqq. 

'Έ•χιδναΐος,  αία,  αΐον.  {έχιδνα)  of 
or  like  a  viper.  Call.  Fr.  161. 

Έχίδνήεις,  εσσα,  Ev,=  foreg.,  Nic. 

Έχίδνιον,  ov,  to,  dim.  from  έχιδνα. 


ΕΧΙΣ 

Ύ,χιδνοδτικτος,  ον,{έχ.δνα,  δάκν(^) 
bitten  by  a  viper. 

^Έχιδνοειοής,  ες,  {εχιόνα,  είδος) 
viper-shaped,  snake-like. 

Έχιδνοΐίέφά/ιος,  ov,  {έχιδνα,  κεφα- 
2.ή)  snake-headed. 

''Έ,χιδνόϋομος,  ον,  {έχιδνα,  κόμη) 
snaky-haired,  Νοηη. 

''Έ.χιδνοχάρής,  ες,  {έχιδνα,  χαίρω) 
delighting  in,  playing  with  snakes. 

'Εχιδνώδ)]ς,  ης,=  έχιδνοειδης. 

'Έ,χίειον,  ου,  τό,=  έχιον,  Nic. 
νΚχιεύς,  ηος,  ό,  α  young  adder,  viper, 
dim.  from  έχις,  Nic.  Ther.  133. 

^'Έ,χΙνύδες,  uv,  a'l,  the  Echinudes, 
five  or  nine  small  islands  in  the  Ionian 
sea  at  the  mouth  of  the  Achelous, 
Hdt.  2,  10,  Thuc.  2,  102,  Strab., 
ace.  to  whom  Dulichium  also  be- 
longs thereto,  p.  453  :  in  sing.  'E^i- 
νάς,  ύδος,  ή. 

'Έιχίναι,  ύν,  α'ι,  the  islands  in  the 
Ionian  sea,  afterwards  called  'Έιχίνά- 
δες.  q.  v.  II.  2,  625. 

^'Έ,χιναΙος,  a,  ον,^έχιδναιος?  Nic. 
Ther.  230. 

^'Έ,χιναιεύς,  έως,  ό,  an  inhabitant  of 
Echinus,  Polj'b.  9,  42. 

^ΕχΙνέες,  οι,  a  kind  of  mouse  with 
rough  bristling  hair,  in  Libya,  Hdt.  4, 
192,  ubi  al.  έχΐνες. 

ΈχΙιίσκος,  ου,  ό,  dim.  from  έχΐνος. 

Έχϊν077ονς,7Γθδος,ό,{έχΙνος,7Γονς) 
a  kind  of  prickly  plant.  Strictly  urchin- 
footed.  Poet.  ap.  Plut.  2,  44  E. 

'Έ.χΙνος.  υν,  ό,  sometimes  also  (ace. 
to  Dind.  Ar.  Fr.  251)  paroxyt.  έχίνος, 
[Γ],  the  urchin,  hedge-hog,  Ar.  Fac.  1086, 
Ion.  ap.  Ath.  91  Ε  :  also  the  sea-urchin, 
Epich.  p.  26,  Plat.  Euthyd.  298  D.— 
2.  the  crust  or  shell  of  the  sea-urchin,  of- 
ten used  as  a  jar,  cup  for  holding  med- 
icine, Hipp.  682,  25,  etc. :  hence — II. 
like  Lat.  testa,  a  pot,  jug,  pitcher,  Lat. 
echinns,  Horat.  Sat.  1,  6,  117. — 2.  esp. 
the  vase  in  which  the  notes  of  evidence 
v?ere  sealed  up  by  the  διαιτηταί.  in 
cases  of  appeal  from  their  decision, 
Ar.  Vesp.  1430,  Dem.  1160,  24,  cf.  Att. 
Process,  p.  691. — III.  the  husk  of  cer- 
tain seeds,  as  of  the  chestnut,  rough 
like  the  sea-urchin,  Xenocr. — IV.  the 
true  stomach  of  ruminating  animals, 
Arist.  Part.  An.  3,  14,  8,  prob.  also 
from  its  rough  coat,  cf  lb.  4 :  so  too, 
the  gizzard  of  birds,  Ael. — V.  part  of  the 
bit  of  a  bridle,  which  made  it  severe, 
whence  prob.  the  name;  Xen.  Eq.  10, 
6,  calls  them  οξείς. — VI.  in  architec- 
ture, tite  vioulding  along  the  top  of  the 
Doric  and  Ionic  capital,  prob.  from  its 
form,  and  so  now  usu.  called  ovolo, 
V^itruv.  4, 3.  (Perh.  akin  to  ΰκή,  άκαν- 
θα, etc. ;  some  would  derive  signf.  II. 
from  έχω,  but  the  connexion  given 
above  is  more  prob.) 
t'E^irof,  ov,  (5,  Echinus,  now  Echi- 
non,  a  city  and  promontory  of  Phthi- 
otis  in  Thessaly,  Dem.  120.  3  ;  Strab. 
ίΈγιΐ'οΓο,  ούντος,  o,=foreg.,  Ar. 
Lys.  1169.' 

ΈχΙνώδης,  ες,  {έχΊνος,  είδος)  prick- 
ly, like  a  hedgehog,  Arist.  H.  A. :  in 
genl.  rough,  Strab. 

Έχΐόδηκτος,  ov,  {έχις,  δύκνω)  = 
έχιδνόδηκτος. 

Έχΐον.  ov,  τό,  {έχις)  a  plant,  echinm 
rubrum,  Sprengel  Diosc. :  our  eckium 
is  Viper^s  Bugloss. 

^Εγίος.  ov,  ό,  Echius,  a  Greek,  fa- 
ther of  Mecisteus,  II.  8,  333.-2.  ano- 
ther Greek,  slain  by  Folites,  II.  15, 
339.-3.  a  Trojan  slain  by  Fatroclus, 
II.  IG,  416. 

ΈΧΓΣ,  <of,  and  εως,  ό.  the  viper, 
adder.  Plat.  Symp.  217  E:  the  έχιδί'α, 
ace.  to  Nic,  is  the  fem.  of  έχις,  others 
think  έχις  and  έχιδνα  two  distinct 


ΕΧΩ 

species:  Opp. hast^'iffem.  (Sanscr 
ahi :  akin  to  anguis.  anguilla.  έγχελνς: 
perh.  also  to  όφις,  Pott  Et.Forsch.  1, 
144.) 

Έχίτης,  ov,  ό,  α  kind  of  stone,  {ad- 
derstone .'').    [ϊ] 

νΕχίων,  όνος,  ό,  Echlon,  one  of  the 
men  sprung  from  the  dragon's  teeth 
sown  by  Cadmus  ;  he  married  Agaue 
and  had  by  her  Pentheus,  Eur.  Bacch. 
213. — 2.  son  of  Mercury  and  Antia- 
nira,  an  Argonaut,  Find.  P.  4,  318 ; 
Ap.  Rh.  1,  56.    [i] 

'Έ,χμα.  ατός,  τό,  {έχω)  that  which 
holds,  and  so — I.  a  hindrance,  stoppage, 
11.  21,  259.-2.  c.  gen.,  a  bulwark,  de- 
fence against,  έ~7]?,νσίης,  Η.  Horn. 
Merc.  37,  βολάων.  Αρ.  Rh.  4,  201.— 
II.  a  hold-fast,  stay,  έχματα  ττέτρης, 
the  bands  of  the  earth-fast  rock,  11. 
13,  139  :  so,  έχαατα  πύργων,  stays, 
bearers  of  the  towers,  II.  12. 200  :  also, 
έχματα  νηών,  props,  cradles  for  the 
ships,  to  keep  them  upright  on  land, 
II.  14,  410:  so  Ap.  Rh.  I,  1200,  έχμα- 
τα γαίης,  of  the  ball  of  earth  grasped 
by  the  roots  of  a  tree.     Hence 

'Έ.χμάξω,  to  hold,  hinder. — II.  to  hold 
firm:  cf  όχμάζω. 

'Ero.uei'oc,  η,  ov,  adv.  -νως,  v.  erut 
V.  2.  ^ 

Έχονόη,  ης,  ?/,  {έχω,  νονς)=εξις 
νον.  a  pretended  orig.  form  of  τέχνη, 
cf.  Heind.  Plat.  Crat.  414  B. 

Έχύντως,  adv.  part.  pres.  έχω,  only 

in  resolved  forms,  e.  g.  έχόντως  νουν 

for  νοννεχόντως,  q.  v.,    Plat.  Phil. 

64  A. 

νΈχνθην,  1  aor.  pass,  of  ;^;εω. 

t'Ejv/i7;v,sync.  aor.  pass,  of ^εω,  Ep. 

^Έ,χνρός,  ύ,  όν,  {έχω)  firm,  strong, 
secure,  of  place,  Thuc.  4,  8,  etc.,=o;j;ii- 
ρός:  hence  in  genl.,  έν  έχνρω  είναι,  to 
be  i)t  safety.  Id.  7,  77 :  trustworthy,  λο- 
γύς.  Id.  3,  83,  έ7.-ηίς,  7,  41.  Adv.  -ρώο. 
Id.  5,  26. 

'Έχνρότης,  ητος,  ή,  strength,  firm- 
ness, έν  οίκοδομίαις,  v.  1.  Polyb. 

^Έχνρόφρων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  {έχνρός, 
φρην)  strong-minded,  steady. 

^Εχΐφόω,  ώ,  to  make  secure,  fortify, 
like  ύχνρόω,  v.  L  Isocr.  107  B. 
'Έχύρωμα,  ατός,  TO,afortification.  [ϋ] 

ΈΧΩ,  2  sing,  έχεισβα  in  Theogn. 
1316:  impf.  είχον,  Ep.  έχον,  freq.  in 
Hom. :  fut.  έξω,  and  in  Horn,  more 
freq.  σχήσω  (which  is  referred  to 
Ισχω),  rare  2  sing.  σχησΐ}σϋα,  Francke 
H.  Hom.  Cer.  366 :  fut.  mid.  σχήσο- 
μαι,  Ar.  Αν.  1335  :  perf  έσχηκα,  post- 
Horn.  Ep.  perf.  ό,γωκα,  found  however 
hi  conipd.  σννοχωκότε,  11.  2, 218 :  aor. 
έσχον,  never,  even  in  Horn.,  without 
augm.,  inf  σχείν,  part,  σχών,  subj. 
σχώ,  opt.  σχοίην,  imperat.  σχές,  Att. 
sometimes  in  compds.  also  σχέ,  as 
πύρασχε,  Pors.  Hec.  830,  Or.  1330.— 
Pass,  and  mid.  έχομαι-  impf  είχό- 
μην  :  fut.  mid.  έξομαι  and  σχήσομαι: 
aor.  έσχόμην;  only  twice  in  Hom.  in 
Ep.  3  sing,  σχέτο,  II.  7.  248;  21,345, 
inf.  σχέσΟαι,  part,  σχόμενος,  imper. 
σχον.  Post-Horn.  aor.  pass,  έσχέθι/ν  : 
pass,  and  mid.  much  more  rare  in 
Hom.  than  act. — From  the  inf  aor. 
σχεΐν  arise  two  collat.  forms  ϊσχω 
and  σχέθω,  in  special  signfs.,  v.  sub 
voce. 

A.  Act.  Radic.  signf.  to  have,  hold. 
— I.  to  have  in  the  hands,  in  Hom.  very 
freq.  χερσίν  έχειν  : — hence  in  various 
usages, — 1.  to  have,  hold,  possess :  of 
outward  goods,  property,  etc.,  the 
most  common  usage,  Hom. :  later  ύ 
έχων  (sc.  xpimaTa),  a  wealthy  or  power- 
ful man.  Soph.  Aj.  157,  Valck.  Fhoen. 
408  ;  o!  έχοντες:  the  wealthy.  Eur.  Ale. 
57.  Pass,  to  be  possessed  ovi  belong  to, 
595 


ΕΧΩ 

τινί,  Π.  6,  398. — 3.  esp.  to  have  and 
■manage,  look  afirr,  take  charge  of,  as 
masters,  πατβώϊα  ipya,  Od.  2,  22  :  to 
have  to  wife,  with  or  without  γνναΐκα, 
as,  οννεκ'  ίχεις  'E?Ji'/ii',  και  σφιν 
γαμβρός  Δ/of  έσσί,  Oil.  4,  5(39,  cf.  Jl. 
3,  53,  etc.  ;tand  ίχεη'  την  θυγατέρα 
γυναίκα,  to  lake  one's  daughter  to  wife, 
Hdt.  1,  CO:till  gcni.  to  have  in  one's 
house,  to  entertain,  Od.  17,  515 ;  20, 377 ; 
c.  acc.  loci,  to  dwell  in,  inhabit,  υιψα- 
νύν,  '0?.υμ7τον,  γαΐαν,  etc.,  Horn. — 3. 
the  pres.  part,  is  often  joined  with  a 
verb,  ahnost  pleonast.,  but  so  as  to 
make  it  more  vivid,  e.  g.  II.  24,  280, 
αντος  ίχίον  UTiTuAXr,  kept  and  made 
imich  of,  i.  e.  kept  with  special  care, 
cf.  Hdt.  2,  115;  this  is  esp.  freq.  in 
Att.,  in  such  phrases  as  ifie  ίχων,  etc., 
where  it  is  best  translated,  he  went 
with  ..,  Hdt.  3,  128,  cf.  Jac.  Λ.  P.  p. 
334,  ΰΊΰ-.^ίχοντίς  ναΰς,  keeping  to,  on 
board  their  ships,  Eur.  Hec.  35  ifesp. 
in  histor.  prose  of  a  general  uith  his 
troops,  etc.,  as,  ίχων  στρατόν,  Hdt. 
7,  8,  4 :  more  rare  in  poets. — 4.  of 
place,  ^7γ'  αριστερά  (χειρός)  εχειν  τι, 
ίο  keep  it  on  one's  left,  i.  e.  to  keep 
to  the  right  of  it,  Od.  5,  277  ;  3, 171.— 
5.  of  habits,  states,  or  conditions,  bod- 
ily or  mental ;  e.  g.  in  Horn.  esp.  γήρας 
and  'έ/Μεα  εχειν,  to  have  reached  old 
age, /lauercceiueii wounds,  etc.  periphr. 
for  simple  verb,  tobe  old,  wounded,  etc. : 
so  κάλλοζ•,  μάχην  εχειν,  etc.,  Horn. : 
τέ^Μς  έχει,  'tis  done,  II.  18,  378 ;  so, 
νβριν  εχειν,  etc.,  for  which  we  find 
also  ελαύνειν,  άγειν,  to  practise  it  ha- 
bitually, Od.  1,  3G8  ;  so  βνμόν,  νόον, 
■πένθος,  πόνον  εχειν,  etc. :  so  in  Hdt. 
3, 157  ;  C,  136,  έν  στύματι  or  στόμασι, 
δια  στομάτων  εχειν,  to  keep  always  in 
the  mouth,  be  always  talking  of. . ;  εχειν 
Tivu  εν  bpyy  as  we  might  say,  to  hold 
him  in  despite  or  at  feud. — N.  B. :  as 
we  say  to  possess  and  to  be  possessed  of 
a  thing,  the  subject  and  predicate  are 
often  e.xchanged  in  these  phrases ; 
and  we  have  equally  κακόν  έχει  με, 
evil  is  upon  ■me,  and  έχω  κακόν,  I  a?n 
in  evil  plight ;  Hom.  has  thus  οίνος, 
γέ?Μς,  αμιιχανίη,  θάμβος,  κλέος,  αίσα 
ίχει  τινά ;  so  too,  ως  σφεας  ί/σνχίη 
της  ■ηολιορκίης  έσχε,  Hdt.  6,  135:  and 
so  of  external  objects,  αΙΟρη  έχει  κο- 
ρυφήν,  Od.  12,  70  ;  μένος  7/ε'λίοιο  εχεν 
μιν,  Od.  10,  100  ;  ούδας  έχει,  of  a 
corpse,  Od.  23,  40.  In  all  these  cases 
the  notion  is  that  oUiaving  full  posses- 
sion of  a  thini; :  hence  to  overwhelm,  lay 
low.  oppress,  ώδίνουσαν  έχει  βέλοςόξν, 
ΪΙ.  11,  269  ;  and  in  pass,  αλγεσι,  οιμω- 
γή έχεσθαι,  etc.,  like  Lat.  icneri,  Hom. 
— 3.  to  have  mentally,  to  know,  under- 
stand, δμι/σιν  Ιππων,  II.  17,  470  ;  τέχ- 
VT)V,  Hes.  Th.  770  ;  esp.  in  Att.,  έχεις 
τι  ;  like  Lat.  lenes  ?  d'ye  understand  / 
d'ye  take  me  ?  Ar.  Nub.  732  :  to  know  of 
a  thing.  Soph.  O.  T.  311,  Eur.  Or.  778. 
—  II.  to  hold,  keep  : — 1.  to  hold  fast, 
Strictly  tvith  the  hands,  to  hold  up,  Hom. , 
εχειν  τινί  τι,  to  hold  it  for  him,  as  his 
helper,  II.  9, 209 ;  εχειν  Μενέλαον  χει- 
ρός, Krt-lptot'i/v  ποδός,  to  hold  him  by 
the  hand,  the  foot,  11. 4, 1 54 ;  10, 703 :  cf. 
infr.  B.  I :  so  perh.  φυ^Μκας,  σκοπιήν, 
ά?Μοσκοπιην  εχειν,  as  we  say  to  keep 
watch,  keep  guard,  II.  9,  1,  Od.  8,  285, 
302. — 2.  to  keep  with  one,  retain,  πειθό- 
μενον  έχ.  τινά,  to  keep  one  in  obedience, 
Xen.  Cyr.  7,  2,  11 :  to  detain,  in  pass., 
II.  18,  197  ;  to  hold  tight,  grip,  grasp, 
εχειν  τινύ  μέσον,  to  grip  one  by  the 
middle  or  waist,  strictly  of  wrestlers, 
Ar.  Nub.  1047 :  as  so  hi  pass.,  έχομαι 
μέσος,  Ar.  Ach.  57 1 ,  Eq.  388,  Ran,  469 : 
αυτός  εγε.  keep  it  yourself,  a  civil  form 
of  dechning  a  thing  Eur.  Cycl.  270. 
596 


ΕΧΩ 

— 3.  to  hold  up,  κύρη  νφον  Ιχ.,  II.  6, 
509,  cf  Od.  6,  107  :  hence  to' hear  up, 
holdup,  Lat.  portare,  κίονας,  Od.  1,  53, 
cf  έχμα:  in  genl.  like  φέρω,  φορέω, 
Lat.  gestare,  most  froq.  of  arms,  and 
clothes,  to  bear,  wear,  Horn. :  cf  also 
B.  II :  esp.  of  a  woman,  to  be  pregnant, 
Lat.  utero  gestare,  Hdt.  5,  41 ;  in  full 
έν  γαστρι  έχ- — 1•  io  hold  out,  bear  up 
against,  support,  sustain,  esp.  an  attack, 
Lat.  sustinere hoslem,\\su.  c.  af.c.  pers., 
II.  13,  51  ;  20,  27,  once  c.  dat.,  to  re- 
sist, oppose,  II.  16,  740  ;  c.  acc.  et  inf , 
II.  17,  182;  Hom.  uses  the  fut.  σχή- 
σειν,  usu.  in  this  signf  ;  also  fut.  mid. 
σχήσεσθαι,ο.  acc.  like  act.,  II.  12, 126; 

17,  639. — 5.  to  hold,  keep  fast  or  close, 
οχί/ες  είχον  πύλας,  II.  12,  456  ;  θύρην 
έχεμοΐ'Ρος  επιβλής,  II.  21,  453. — 6.  to 
Itold,  keep  in  a  direction,  like  επέχω,  to 
aim,  αϊστόν,  II.  23,  871  :  more  luUy, 
χείρας  άντίον  αλλήλων,  II.  5,  569 : 
esp.  to  guide,  urge  on,  drive,  steer,  'ίπ- 
πους, II.  3,  263,  etc. ;  νι'/ας,  Od.  9, 279 ; 

10,  91,  etc.,  usu.  επί  τινι  or  c.  adv. 
loci,  whither:  and  sometimes  without 
'ίππους  or  νήας,  as  if  intrans.  to  go, 
ΥΙύλονδ'  έχον,  they  held  on  to  Pylos, 
Od.  3,  182 :  hence,  esp.  in  fut.  σχτ/σω 
and  aor.  σχεϊν,  to  land,  Ar.  Ran.  188, 
Thuc.  2,  25,  etc.  Later  also,  δενρο 
vovv  έχε,  attend  to  this,  Eur.  Or.  1181  ; 
so,  έχ.  γνώμην,  Thuc.  3,  25,  όφιν, 
όμμα,  νόημα  επί  τινι  or  εΙς  τι. — 7.  to 
hold  in,  check,  stop,  11.  23,  720 ;  μνθον 
σιγϊι,  Od.  19,  502  ;  δάκρυα,  Od.  10, 
191,  όδύνας  έχ.  to  allay,  assuageihem, 

11.  11,  848,  ci'.  271 ;  έσχε  κύμα,  Od.  5, 
451  :  c.  gen.,  to  stop,  hinder  from  a 
thing,  TOO  μη  καταδύναι,  Xen.  An.  3, 
5,  11. — 8.  to  keep,  ward  off,  τινά  τινος, 

11.  13,  687,  χείρας,  Lat.  abstinere  ma- 
nus,  Od.  22,  70,  cf  B.  IV.— 9.  to  hold 
in  guard,  keep  safe,  save,  II.  24,  730  : 
hence  of  armour,  to  protect,  II.  22, 322. 
— 10.  to  keep  doing  or  making,  cause, 
make,  καναχήν,  βοί/ν  έχ.,  11.  10,  105; 

18,  495. 

III.  to  have  means  οτ power,  to  be  able, 
very  freq.  from  Hom.  downwards, 
c.  inf,  esp.  of  aor.,  as  II.  7,  217 ;  but 
also  of  pres.,  as  Od.  18,  364,  Herm. 
Eur.  Supp.  p.  xii:  so  Lat.  habeo  dicere, 
etc. :  rarely  with  the  inf  omitted,  as 
ουπως  έτι  είχε,  he  could  not,  II.  17,  354 : 
also  Att.  έχοιμ'  uv,  I  could  if  I  would, 
Wytt.  ad  Jul.,  p.  141.-2.  post-IIom. 
ουκ  έχω,  foil,  by  όπ(,)ς,  πώς,  που,  etc., 
/  know  not  how  . .  ,  whither  .  . ,  C.  sub- 
junct.,  οϋχ^  έχω  που  -πέσω.  Soph.  Tr. 
705  ;  by  indie,  fut.  όπως  μολούμεθ' 
ονκ  έχω.  Id.  Ο.  C.  1743  ;  c.  indie. 
πώς  με  χρή  . . ,  Id.  Ο.  C.  1710. 

IV.  Intrans.  to  hold  one's  self,  and  so 
to  be  (as  we  say),  to  keep  so  and  so,  έχον 
ωςτε  τίι7.αντα,  they  kept  balanced,  II. 

12,  433,  more  freq.  iti  Att.  than  Hom. 
— 2.  very  freq.  with  various  advs.  of 
manner,  εν  έχει,  Od.  24,  245,  καλώς 
έχει,  κακώς  έχει,  Att.,  like  Lat.  bene 
habet,  inale  habet,  it  is,  is  going  on  well, 
etc. ;  to  which  phrase  a  gen.  modi  is 
oft.  added,  ευ  έχειν  τινός,  to  be  uell 
off  for  a  thing,  abound  in  it,  καλώς 
έχειν  Τ7/ς  μέθης,  to  be  pretty  well 
drunk,  Hdt.  5,  20:  so  too,  σπόρου 
άνακώς  έχ.,  to  be  busy  with  sowing, 
Id.  8,  109,  cf  ηκω  III.,  and  Valck. 
Hipp.  482 :  so  with  ως,  etc.,  ώς  πο- 
δών εΙχον,  as  fast  as  they  could  go, 
Hdt.  0,  1 16,  cf  8,  107  ;  in  full,  ώς  είχε 
περί  τίνος.  Hdt.  6,  10,  but  this  very 
rare,  cf  Kiihner  Gr.  Gr.  §  537  d,  and 
note:  ϊισφαλέως, ίναγκαίως έχει, etc., 
for  άοφα'λές,  άναγκαΐόν  έστι,  etc., 
Hdt.  1,  86  ;  9,  27:  καλώς  έχει,  No,  I 
thank  you.  Com. :  freq.  Att.  phrases, 
πώς  έχει :  how  is . .  ?  όπως  έχει,  as  it 


ΕΧΩ 

is ;  ούτως  ίχει,  etc.  :  also  ώς  ε'ιχε, 
ώςπερ  είχε,  as  it  ivas,  at  once,  Duk. 
Thuc.  3,  30. — 3.  in  genl.  to  be  the  case, 
be  so  and  so,  ?Μγος  έχει,  the  story  goes, 
prevails.  Bast.  Ep.  Cr.  p.  239,-4.  to 
keep  in  one  place,  keep  one's  ground,  IL 
13,  679:  hence  to  be  firm,  stand  to  a 
point,  έξω,  ώς  ότε  τις  λίθος  ήέ  σίδηρος, 
Ι  will  be  firm  as  a  rock,  Od.  19,  494, 
cf  II.  24,  27  :  and  so  in  genl.  to  stay, 
stand,  remain,  εγχος  εχ'  άτρέμας,  II.  13, 
557  :  Plato  has  Ireq.,  ε^'ε  (5?/,  stay  now, 
also  έχ'  ίίτρέμας,  έχ'ί/ρέμα,  etc.,  also 
simply  έχε,  Heind.  Gorg.  400  A,  Prot. 
319  D. — 5.  to  stand  up,  jtit  out,  κίονες 
i'Tpoc'  έχοντες,  Od.  19,  38,  έγχος 
έσχε  δι'  ωμού,  II.  13,  520. — 6.  to  point 
towards,  be  directed,  tend  towards,  εις  or 
προς  τι,  e.  g.  έχθρα  έχουσα  ές  Αθη- 
ναίους, Hdt.  5,  81,  τό  ές  Άμγείονς 
έχον,  what  concerns  them,  6,  19,  τά  ές 
την  άπόστασιν  έχοντα,  6, 2,  etc. :  also 
of  place,  to  extend,  reach  unto,  έπ'  όσον 
έπο-φις  τοΰ  Ίερον  είχε,  Hdt.  1 ,  04 ; 
έχειν  ίιμφί  τι,  Aesch.  Theb.  102,  or 
less  freq.  περί  τι,  to  be  about,  i.  e.  busy, 
occupied  with  it,  Xcn.  Hell.  7,  4,  28.— 
7.  post-Horn.,  and  most  freq.  in  Att., 
esp.  Trag.,  έχω  is  joined  with  part, 
aor.  of  another  verb,  e.  g.  κρνφαντες 
έχουσι  for  κεκρύφασι,  lies.  Op.  42; 
αποκληΐσας  έχεις  for  άποκέκλεικαΓ, 
Hdt.  1,  37,  ubi  v.  Schw.,  cf  Valck. 
Phoen.  712,  Hdt.  6,  12 ;  έχω  gives  a 
jierf  signf  to  the  aor.,  cf  Herm.  Vig. 
n.  183,  Kiihner  Gr.  Gr.  §  603,  .x  :  rare- 
ly with  the  part,  of  other  tenses,  as 
of  the  perf.  Soph.  O.  T.  701,  Phil. 
600. — This  seems  the  first  step  to- 
wards the  modern  use  of  the  auxiliaiy 
verb  to  have :  cf  ειμί  V.  :  but — 8.  the 
part,  έχων  with  the  pres.,  adds  a  no- 
tion ol  duration  to  that  of  present  ac- 
tion, as  τί  κνπτάζεις  έχων ;  why  do 
you  keep  poking  about  there '!  Ar. 
Nub.  509,  τί  δήτα  διατρίβεις  έχων; 
why  then  keep  wasting  time  ?  Id. 
Eccl.  1151 ;  or  simply  φλυαρείς  έχων , 
ληρείς  έχων,  you  are  always  a  chatter- 
ing, you  keep  trifling.  Plat.  Gorg.,  490 
E,  497  Λ :  others  explain  these  phra- 
ses by  a  supposed  exchange  of  verb 
and  part.,  for  κνπτάζων  έχεις,  ληρών 
έχεις:  but  neither  construct,  nor  sense 
suitthissowell,  cf  Heind.  Plat.  Gorg. 
497  A,  Kiihiier  S^  608,  Anm.  1.— 9.  ple- 
onast. έστΙν  έχον,  Hdt.  1,  80;  έστΙν 
ιϊναγκαίως  έχον,  etc.,  for  έχει,  έχει 
ίΐναγκαίως,  Aesch.  Cho.  237,  Ar.  Pac. 
334. 

Β.  Mid.  to  hold  one's  self  to,  hold  oil 
by,  cling  to,  τινός,  II.  1,  512,  Od.  4,  222 ; 
9,  435,  etc.  :  hence  to  lay  hold  on,  take 
advantage  of,  προφάσιος,  Hdt.  6,  94  ; 
take  possession  of,  έπωννμιέι.η'.  Id.  2, 
17:  of  place,  to  be  close,  touch,  border 
on,  τινός,  Hdt.  4,  109:  hence  ab.sol. 
in  pass,  signf,  έχονται  προς  άλλ//- 
λοισι,  they  hold  together,  Od.  5,  329; 
όντα  σχομένη  (al.  άντασχ.)  standing 
opposite,  Od.  6,  141. — 2.  to  hold  to  or 
by  one,  be  closely  connected  with  him : 
hence  to  depend,  έκ  τίνος,  Od.  2,  197; 
11,  340,  c.  gen.  σέο  έξεται,  II.  9,  102! 
Hence  in  part,  mid.,  ό  έχόμενος,  that 
comes  next  or  nearest,  to  έχ.  έτος, 
Thuc.  0,  3 ;  c.  gen.,  tu  τούτων  έγό- 
/ιενα,  all  that  pertains  to  them  :  in  lldt. 
esp.  freq.  periph.  tu  τών  όνειράτων, 
καρπών,  σιτίων,  οίκετών  ίχόμενα,  in 
i'act=ra  όνείρατα,  etc.,  Hdt.  1,  120, 
190  ;  2,  77,  etc.  Adv.  ίχομένως,  next, 
immediately:  a\so  in  accordance. — II.  to 
bear,  wear,  carry  for  one's  self,  or  ivhat 
is  one's  own,  Od.  1,  334,  etc.,cf  A.  II. 
3. — III.  έχεο  κρατερώς,  man  yourself. 
II.  16,  501  ;  17,  559.— IV.  to  linp  one's 
self  back,  abstain,  refrain  from  a  thing, 


ΕΩΘΑ 

Π.  2,  98 :  and  absol.,  σχέο,  σχκσθε, 
hold!  cease!  II.  21,  379;  22,416:  in 
Horn.,  most  freq.  in  fut.  σχήσομαι. 

ί'Εχωσάμην,  1  aor.  inid.  from  χώ- 
ομαι,  11.  1,  64. 
ΫΕγώσβ?]ρ,  I  aor.  pass,  from  χόω, 
Hdt.'2,  137. 

Έψύ/ιαται,  Ion.  3  plur.  perf.  pass. 
from  -ψύ'/.λω. 

'Έιφα^Λος,  a,  ov,  (eipu)  boiled,  fit  for 
boiling,  Nic. 

"Εψανδρα,  ας,  ή,  [eibu,  άη/ρ)  cook- 
ing up  men,  epith.  of  Medea,  from  her 
renewing  old  Aeson,  Anth. 

Έψάνη,  ης,  ή,  {εψω)=:έιΡτ}τήριον. 
[α] 

Έφάνός,  ή  όν,  boiled,  Hipp. 

'E-ipuu,=:eip(j,  dub. 

Έφενσμίνως,  adv.  part.  perf.  pass, 
from  τρευόομαι,  falsely ,  wrongly,  Plat. 
Legg.  897  A. 

Έ-φέω,  V.  sub  εψω.     Hence 

"Εψημα,  ατός,  τό,  anything  boiled, 
seethed,  Arist.  H.  A.  ;  esp.  wine  boiled 
down,  like  Lat.  sapa  or  defrutum,  Hipp. 

Έύη^μΰτύδης,  ες,  {εψημα,  είδος) 
like  εφημα,  Diosc. 

"Εψι/σίς,  εως,  η,  (έ-ψέω)  α  boiling, 
κρεών,  Hdt.  4,  61  :  in  genl.  cookery. 

Έψητήρ,  ηρος,  ό,  (έψέω)  α  dish,  pan 
for  boiling,  Anth. 

Έψητήριον,  ov,  ro,=foreg. 

Έφητής,  ού,  δ,  one  who  boils  or 
sevthes  :=έ•φητΊ)ρ.    Hence 

Έ-φητίκός,  ή,  όν,  of,  for  boiling. 

Έψητός,  ή,  όν,  {έψέω}  boiled,  sod- 
den, Xen.  An.  2,  3,  14. — II.  έ-φητοί, 
ών,  οι,  little  fishes  which  ivere  boiled,  cf. 
έπανθρακίς. 

Έφία,  ας,  ή.  Ion.  -ίη,  7]ς,  also  ί-φ- 
εια,έψϊά,  and  i-φία,  (■φϊύ,  φειά)  strict- 
ly, agame  played  with  pebbles  :  in  genl. 
a  sport,  game,  Nic.  :  amusement,  pas- 
time. Soph.  Fr.  4.     Hence 

Έφΐάομαι,  dep.,  to  play  with  pebbles : 
in  genl.  to  play,  disport  one's  self,  pass 
the  time  in  mirth  and  talk,  Od.  17,  530 : 
to  entertain  one's  self  with,  C.  dat.,  μολ- 
m)  καΐφύμμιγγι,  Od.  21,  429. — II.  ace. 
to  Schol.  Ap.  Rh.,  3.\Βθ^άκο?.ουθεΐν, 
as  if  from  έπομαι;  but  this  is  very 
dub.    Hence 

Έψίμνϋισμένως,  adv.   part,   perf 
pass,  from  φιμυθίζω,  with  paint,  cos- 
metics. 
ΥΕφογα,  perf.  act.  from  φέγω. 
νΕφνγην,  2  aor.  pass.;  έφύχθην,  1 
aor.  pass,  from  ■ψύχω. 

ΈΫΩ,  fut.  έφησω:  in  Hdt.  1,  48 
we  also  find  a  3  impf  εφεε,  as  if  from 
έφέω.  To  boil,  seethe,  opp.  to  όπτΰν, 
of  meat  and  the  like,  Hdt.  1,  119,  etc.; 
but  also  EiL•.  χύτραν,  (as  we  say)  to 
boil  the  pot,  Plat.  Hipp.  Maj.  290  D  : 
of  metals,  to  smelt,  refine,  hence  ίφό- 
μενος  χρυσός,  Pind.  Ν.  4,  133,  cf. 
ύπεφθος:  mid.  έφήσασθαι  κόμην,  to 
steep  aiid  dye  it. — 2.  uietaph.  γτ/ρας 
ΰνώνυμον  ίφειν,  to  cherish  an  inglori- 
ous age  at  home,  Pind.  O.  1,  133,  ubi 
V.  Dissen  (83)  and  cf.  πέσσυ.  (Akin 
to  eiiu.) 

Έω,  Ion.  subj.  pres.  from  εΙμί,  Π.  1, 
119,  Od.  9.  18,  Att.  contr.  ώ. 

Έώ,  contr.  for  kau,  Att,  also  II.  8, 
428. 

Έώ.  contr.  for  tuot,  opt.  from  luu), 
Att.,  also  Od.  20,  12. 

Έώ,  dat.  from  ίός,  Horn. 

"Εω,  Ion.  subj.  aor.  2  of  ϊημι,  Att. 
contr.  ώ. 

'Έω,  gen. 'and  ace.  sing,  from  'έως, 
the  dawn. 

Έω/α,  perf  2  οι  οίγννμι,  to  open. 
Έφγμαι,  perf  pass.  o(  οίγνυμι. 
Έω'βα,  Ion.  perf.  2  of  ίβω.  in  pres. 
SJgnf,    to  be    wont,    accustomed,    11.  8, 
408,  422,  Hdt.,  etc, :    part,   ίωθώς. 


ΕΩΡΓ 

(strictly  εοθα,  contr.  ώβα,  dupl.  augm. 
έωθα.) 

"Εωθεν,  adv.  (ίως)  from  morn,  at  ear- 
liest dawn,  Ar.  Plut.  1121,  Xen.,  etc. : 
avptov  έ;  to-morrow  early,  Xen.  Cyr. 
4,  2,  6 ;  and  so,  ίωθεν,  alone.  Plat. 
Theaet.  fin.  :  cf  the  Homer.  7/ώθεν. 

ΈωθΙαός,  ?'/,  όν,  {εως)  in  the  morn- 
ing, early,  δ  £.  i/'λιος,  Hdt.  3,  104  ;  έ. 
είδαν.  Soph.  Fr.  445  ;  to  έωθινόν,  as 
adv. ,  early  in  the  morning,  Hdt.  ib.  ;  so 
εξ  έωθινοΰ.=έωθεν,  Ar.  Thesm.  2. — 
2.  eastern,  Dion.  P. 

Έώίoc,  ov,  also  a,  ov,  poet,  for 
έώος,  έυθινός.  Αρ.  Rli. :  also  eastern, 
riioii.  P. 

Έώκει,  3  sing,  plqpf  from  εοικα, 
freq.  in  Hom. 

'Εω/.ίζω,  {έω7ιθς)  to  keep  till  next 
day,  esp.  of  meat,  etc.,  to  keep  till  too 
late.  Gal. 

'Εωλοκράσία,  ας,  ό,  {έωλος,  κρασις) 
α  7nixture  of  all  the  dregs,  heel-taps, 
etc.,  with  which  the  drunken  were 
sometimes  dosed  at  the  end  of  a  revel 
by  their  stronger-headed  companions : 
hence  metaph.,  k.  της  πονηρίας  κατα- 
σκεδάσαι  τινός,  to  empty  the  accumu- 
lated nasiiness  of  his  rascality  on  one, 
Dem.  242,  13,  (de  Coron.  ^  50,  ubi  v. 
Dissen),  cf  Plut.  2,  148  A. 

"Εω?.ος,  ov,  (prob.  from  εως,  η,  and 
so)  a  day  old,  kept  till  the  morrow  :  of 
food,  esp.  fish,  stale,  Antiph.  ΜοΙχ., 
1,  6,  Axionic.  Chalc.  1,  15  :  ή  έωλος 
ήμερα,  the  day  after  a  feast,  esp.  alter 
a  wedding,  when  the  scraps  were  eat- 
en, Axionic.  Chalc.  2:  in  genl.  stale, 
out  of  date,  obsolete,  αδικήματα,  Dem. 
551,  13,  σοφίσματα,  Porph.  : — of  mo- 
ney, lying  by  without  use,  hoarded,  Phi- 
letaer.  Cynag.  2,  10 :  of  men,  like 
κραίπαλος,  on  the  day  after  a  debauch, 
i.  e.  suffering  from  its  effects,  Lat.  hes- 
ternus,  Plut. 

Έώ/.πει,  3  sing,  plqpf  2  from  Ιλττω, 
Horn. 

Έώμεν,  for  έάο/ίεν,  from  έάω,Ηοηι., 
and  Att. 

Έώμεν,  II.  19,  402,  έτΐεί  χ'  έώμεν 
πολέμοιο,  when  we  have  enough  of,  are 
tired  of  the  war,  also  written  έώμεν. 
or  εωμεν  :  a  subjunct.  form,  referred 
by  the  old  Inlerpp.  to  ίημι.  in  signf 
of  άνίημι,  but  bv  Buttin.,  Lexil.  v. 
άδήσαι,  6,  7,  to  ΈΩ,  or  ΈΩ,=:ΆΩ, 
to  be  satiated.  But  the  truth  can  hard- 
ly be  ascertained,  v.  Spitzn.  Excurs. 
xxxi.  ad  II. 

Έώ/χί,  Att.  for  έύοιμι,  opt.  from 
έύω  .•'  also  Od.  16,  85. 

Έών,  Hom.  and  Ion.  part.  pres. 
from  εΙμί,  for  ών  :  ϋών,  pres.  part, 
from  έάω,  but  έων,  Ion.  imperf.  for 
ειων,  from  έάω. 

'Εώνημαι,  έωνήμην,  perf  and  plqp  . 
and  έωνήθην,  aor.  pass,  from  ώνέο- 
μαι. 

Έφνοχόει,  3  sing.  impf.  act.  c.  dupl. 
augni.  from  οίνοχοέω,  II.  4,  3,  Od.  20', 
255. 

"Εωξα,  aor.  1  act.  of  οίγννμι. 

Έώος,  a,  ov,  Aesch.  Pr.  25,  also  ος, 
ov.  liur.  Phoen.  1C9,  poet,  έώίος.  Ion. 
and  in  Hom.  ήοΐος,  q.  v.  (έως)  in  the 
morning,  at  early  dawn,  Trag. — 2.  east- 
ern, Lat.  Eous,  Xen.  Hell.  4,  4,  9. 

Έώρα,  ας,  ή,  collat.  form  of  αιώρα, 
a  being  suspended,  hovering,  oscillation. 
— II.  any  thing  suspended,  a  noose  for 
hanging.  Soph.  O.  T.  1264 :  a  swing, 
Arist.  ap,  Ath.  618  E,  cf  Interpp.  Poll. 
4,  55. 

Έώρΰ,  3  sing,  impf  act.  from  δρύω. 

Έ6;ρ«/ία,  perf  act.  from  δρύω. 

Έώργει,  2  sing,  plqpf  2  act.  of 
*1ργω,  έρδω,  for  έόργει,  Od.  4,  693  ; 
14,  289. 


ΕΩΣΠ 

Έωρέω,  ώ,  collat.  form  of  αίωρέω, 
whence  ίωρήσασα.  as  Wunder  and 
Dind.  in  Soph.  O.  C.  1084,  for  θεωρη- 
σασα,  cf.  Diod.  18,  42,  Hesych.  in  v. 
Hence 

Έώρημα,  ατός,  τό,  collat.  form  of 
αΙώρημα,=έώρα  II.;  esp.  a  machine  on 
the  stage  to  represent  flying. 

Έώρησις,  εως,  ή,  collat.  form  of 
αίώρησις,  dub. 

Έωρίζω,  collat.  form  of  αίωρίζω, 
whence  μετεωρίζω. 

Έώρταζον,  impf  act.  from  εορτάζω. 

Έωρτο,  3  sing,  plqpf  pass,  from 
άείρω,  for  ηορτο. 

έως,  ή,  Att.  form  of  the  Ion.  ήώς, 
q.  V. 

ΈΩΣ,  Ion.  and  Ep.  εΐως.  A.  as 
conjunction, — I.  while,  so  long  as,  hat. 
donee,  in  protasis,  answered  in  apodo- 
sis  by  τέως,  Ep.  τείως,  II.  20,  41.  etc. ; 
by  τόφρα,  II.  18,  15,  Od.  12,  327  :  the 
apod,  is  often  resumed  by  δέ,  11.  1, 
193  :  in  this  sense  usu.  at  the  begin- 
ning of  the  sentence  and  with  Indi- 
cat. — II.=  rewf,  for  a  time,  without 
any  apodosis,  ε'ίως  μεν.,  bpvvov  αΰ- 
Tcip  επειδή..,  II.  12,  142,  cf  Od.  3, 
12G. — III.  till,  until,  in  apodosis, — 1.  c. 
indicat.,  usu.  aor.,  relating  to  a  cer- 
tain event,  II.  11,  342,  Od.  5,  123,  and 
in  Att. :  in  Att.  when  an  impf  with 
uv,  precedes,  the  event  is  conceived 
as  hnpossible,  Plat.  Gorg.  506  B, 
Crat.  396  C,  cf  Ίνα,  όπως.— 2.  c.  sub- 
junct., until  such  lime  as,  relating  to 
an  uncertain  event  in  future  time,  in 
which  case  iv,  is  strictly  joined  with 
it,  as  Aesch.  Ag.  1435,  Dem.  135,  1  ; 
so  too  ειως  κε,  or  κεν,  II.  3,  291  ;  24, 
183  :  though  in  Trag.  the  άν  is  oft. 
omitted,  as  Aesch.  Pr.  810,  cf  Pors. 
Or.  141. — 3.  c.  optat.,  in  same  sense 
in  regard  to  time  past,  ώρσε  βορέην, 
έως  by  ε  Φαιήκεσσι  μιγείη,  Od.  5,  386  : 
and  so  in  Att.,  as  Ar.  Ran.  766,  etc. : 
in  orat.  obliqua  and  the  like  we  also 
have  έως  κεν.  or  αν,  c.  optat.,  as  Od. 
2,  78,  Soph.  Tr.  &'6~.—\\.=ώς,6πως, 
'ίνα,  that,  in  order  that,  Horn,  only  in 
Od.,  as  4,  800;  5,  386,  etc.— B.  as 
adv.,  like  άχρι,  μέχρι,  Lat.  usque, — 1. 
with  advs.  of  time,  έως  δτε,  Lat.  usque 
dum,  till  the  time  when,  c.  indicat., 
Xen.  Cyr.  5,  1,  25;  so  too,  έως  oi, 
freq.  in  N.  T. :  έως  ποτέ ;  Lat.  qua- 
usque  ?  how  long  ?  N.  T, :  also  έως 
δφε,  till  late,  Thuc,  3, 108  ;  έως  άρτι, 
Ν.  Τ, — 2.  with  advs,  of  place,  έως 
ώδε,  'έως  έσω,  or  έξω.  Ν,  Τ. — 3.  c 
gen.,  up  to  a  certain  point,  Lat.  usque 
ad...  Lex  ap.  Aeschin.  3,  18 ;  but  not 
freq.  till  late  Greek. 

[έως,  with  its  natural  quantity,^-, 
only  once  in  Homer,  Od.  2,  78,  in 
signf  III. ;  elsewh.  as  monosyll.,  11. 
17,  727,  Od.  2,  148,  etc,  in  signf  II., 
and  III :  when  it  begins  a  verse,  as 
in  signf,  I,,  έως  δ..,  it  stands  for  a  tro- 
chee, as  if  ειος ;  and  so,  έως  εγώ,  Od. 
4,  90,  cf  τέως:  in  signf  111.  again,  it 
begins  the  filth  foot  with  έως  έπη?.• 
θον,  Od.  7,  280 ;  the  second  with  έως• 
έπή/.θε,  Od.  9,  233,  or  with  έως  inov- 
TO,  'έως  Ίκοιο,  Od.  15,  109;  19,  367: 
fin  these  cases  Thiersch  would  al- 
ways write  είος,  q.  v.,  Gr.  Gr,  ^  168, 
10,  Anm.  :  cf  τέως,  fin.] 

Έωσα,  ας,  ε,  aor.  1  of  ώθέω,  with 
augm.  syll.  for  ώσα. 

Έωσι,  Ion.  for  ώσι,  3  plur.  pres. 
subj.  from  ειμί,  Hom. 

Έώσί,  contr.  for  έάονσι,  3  plur. 
pres.  from  έάω,  Att.,  and  Hom. 

^'Εωσμαι.  perf  and  ίώσθην,  aor. 
pass,  of  ώθέω,  Xen. 

"Εωςπερ,  strengthd.  for  έως,  even 
until,  Thuc.  7,  19,  Xen.,  etc. 
597 


ΖΑΒΔ 

'Έωςφόρος,  ον,  (Ιωζ•,  φέρω)  ό  'Έοις- 
φόρος,  the  Morning-star,  Lat.  Lucifer, 
Ϊ1.  23,  220,  in  Mylh.  son  of  Astraeus 
and  Aurora,  lies.  Th.  381,  cf.  ώωςφό- 
ρος.  [in  Horn,  always  trisyll.  by  Sy- 
nizesis.] 

'Έωντοΰ,  έωντέων,  Ion.  for  έαντον, 
εαυτών. 


Ζ 

ζ,  ζ,  ζί}τα,  τό,  indecl.,  sixth  letter 
ofGr.  alphabet:  as  nnmeral  ζ'=έτΐτά, 
and  έβδομος,  (for  the  obsol.  ;•'  is  re- 
tained in  the  alph.  to  represent  tf) 
but  ,C=7000.  The  old  Grauun.  re- 
garded ς  as  a  rni.xed  sound,  composed 
of  σ,  and  ύ,=  σδ,  and  so  Aeol.  and 
Dor.  "Σδεύς,  μονσίσδω,  ■ψιθνρίσδω, 
etc.,  are  written  for  Ζευς,  μηνσίζω, 
ιΐηθνρίζο),  etc.  ;  while  in  Ion.  (5,  chan- 
ged into  ς,  V.  Δ  III.  It  cannot  be  de- 
termined, whether  σ  or  δ  was  most 
strongly  marked  in  pronouncing,  or 
which  ought  to  be  placed  first. 
Probably  each  dialect,  perhaps  each 
word,  had  its  peculiarities;  but  most 
likely  the  Dor.  with  their  fondness  for 
hissing  sounds  made  σ  the  most  prom- 
inent, while  the  Ion.  dwelt  on  δ, 
somewhat  like  the  Italian  g  before 
e,  I.  Certainly,  like  the  Zita  of  the 
modern  Greeks,  it  had  a  much  softer 
sound  than  our  Z,  which  is  expressed 
in  modern  Greek  by  the  barbarous  -ζ: 
for  the  ancients  boast  of  its  pretty 
sound,  Dion.  Comp.  11,  p.  172  Schaf. 
How  easily  it  passed  into  δ  i?  shown 
by  Ζευς  Αενς,  άρίζηλος  and  άρίόηλος, 
τναίζω  and  παιδνός,  άλατταζω  and 
ά/Μ~αδρός,  zeta,  ceta,  δίαιτα,  cf. 
Buttm.  Lexil.  v.  διάκτορος  3,  note  ; 
ζνγόν  for  δνογόΐ',  ace.  to  Plat.  Cra- 
tyl.  418  C,  D :  the  change  into  σ  is 
seen  in  ζφύνη  σιβύν?],  Ζάκυνθος  Sa- 
giintum :  it  also  melted  into  i,  e.  g. 
Ζόρξ,  δόρξ,  Ιορκος,  cf.  ζτ/'Ζ-ος,  Ital.  ge- 
losia,  French  jalousie,  Ζάν  Janus,  ζν- 
γόν jugum,  V.  Ζευς,  sub  fin.  In  Ar- 
cad.  it  sometimes  stood  for  β,  e.  g. 
ζέλλω,  for  βάΛ?.ω,  ζέρεθρον,  for  βέρε- 
θρον,  βάραθρον,  Pors.  Phoen.  45 : 
lastly  it  was,  like  a  mere  breathing, 
put  before  some  words  beginning  with 
a  vowel,  v.  ζάγκ?Μν,  Ζαγρεύς,  ζα?.αί- 
νω,  ζάω. 

Zeta  being  a  double  conson.  in  all 
dialects,  made  a  short  vowel  at  the 
end  of  the  foregoing  syllable  long  by 
position  ;  yet  in  hexam.  poetry  there 
are  some  few  piace^  where  the  vow- 
el remains  short.  Homer  took  this 
license  only  in  two  prop,  names, 
which  could  not  otherwise  come  into 
the  hexam..  ύστν  Ζε7.είης,  II.  4,  103, 
121,  and  ol  τε  Ζύκννθον,  ύλήεσσΰ 
Ζάκυνθος,  etc.  But  the  negligence 
of  later  versifiers  made  it  notunfre- 
quent,  Harm.  Orph.  p.  761,  Spitzn. 
Vers.  Her.  p.  9D. 

ZA'-  insep.  particle  with  intensive 
signf.,  like  api-,  tpi-,  άγα-,  and  the 
less  freq.  (5a-,  which  is  only  a  dialec- 
tic variation,  and  is  sometimes,  with 
ζα-,  derived  from  διά  :  Horn,  uses  it 
in  ζατ}ς,  ζύΟεος,  ζάκοτης,  ζημενής,  ζη- 
τρεφής,  ζαφ'λεγής,  and  ζαχρηής,  perh. 
also  in  ε7τιζάφε?.ος,  always  in  adjec- 
tives :  ill  Hes.  also  in  deriv.  verb. 
ζαμενέω. 

■\Ζάβατος,  ου,  δ,  Zabatus,  a  tributa- 
ry of  the  Tigris,  Xen.  An.  2,  5,  1  ;  cf. 
Αύκος. 

^Ζαβδίβηλος,  ου,  b,  Zabdiblhts,  a 
commander  of  the  Arabians,  Polyb. 
5,  79,  8. 

593 


ΖΑΛΑ 

Ζύβοτος,  ov,  (ζα-,  βόσκω)  =  ■:το?.ν- 
φορ3ας,  'κο7.ύκτηνος,  ap.  Hesych. 
'\Ζαβου7.ών,  gen.  ύνος.  Joseph.,  δ, 
Zebulon,  son  of  Jacob  and  Leah  ;  met. 
the  tribe  of  Zebulon,  N.  T. 

Ζαβρός,  όν,  ace.  to  some  for  λά- 
βρος, cf.  ζαρύς,  ace.  to  others  for  ζά- 
βηρος,  Hesych.,  and  Suid. 
|Ζα>'Λ•λ(/ίθί,  ων,  ol,   the   Zanclians, 
inhab.  of  Zancte,  Arist.  :  from 

"^Ζύγκ/.η,  ης,  ή.  Zancle,  earlier  name 
of  Messana  in  Sicily,  Hdt.  7,  ICl ; 
Thuc.  6,  4 :  from 

Τ,άγκίη,  ης,  ^,=  sq.,  Nic. 

ΖάγκΆον,  ου,  τό,  a  reaping-hook  or 
sickle,  Lat.  falx,  Thuc.  6,  4 :  acc.  to 
Strab.  ΰγκλίον,  or  ζάγκ'λον,  \8=ζσκο- 
7ιάν,  and  so  akin  to  (Γ/κνΤιος,  but 
Tliuc.  says  it  was  a  Sicilian  word. 
tZu)'«?.of,  ov,  6,  Zanclus,  a  mythic 
king,  Diod.  S. 

Ζαγρεΰς,  έως,  6,  a  name  of  the  first 
Bacchus,  Call.  Fr.  171,  and  oft.  in 
Nonn.  (Acc.  to  some  from  ζωγρέω, 
acc.  to  others  for  άγρενς.) 

^Ζύγρος,  ου,  ό,  Zagrus,  a  mountain 
of  Media  ;  Polyb.  5,  54,  7 :  also  το 
Ζάγριον  όρος,  Strab. 
^Ζαδρά κάρτα,  ων,  τύ,  Zadracnrta, 
capital  of  Hyrcania,  Arr.  An.  3,  23,  6 ; 
but  Ζευδράκ.  3,  25,  1  Kruger. 

Ζαε?ίεξύμην,^διε?.εξάμην,  I  dis- 
coursed with,  tlv'l,  Sapph.  53. 

Ζάής,  ες,  {ζα-,  ΰημι)  strong  blowing, 
stormy,  ύνεμος,ΙΙ.  12,  157,  Od.  5,  368; 
the  irr.  acc.  ζαί/ν,  for  ζαέα,  ζα//,  Od. 
12,313:  cf.  also  ζ'ύω.     Only  poet. 

Ζάθεος,  έα,  εον,  also  ος,  ov,  Eur. 
Tro.  1075,  {ζα-,  θεός)  very  divine,  god- 
like, lordly,  majestic,  Horn,  (but  not  in 
Od.),  Hes.,  and  Pind. ;  of  places,  as 
cities,  hills,  streams,  frequented  by 
the  gods,  V.  esp.  Hes.  Th.  253  :  also 
of  the  winds  as  connected  with  the 
gods  ;  but  never  in  these  poets  of 
persons  ;  just  like  ήγύθεος.  [α] 

Ζάθερτ/ς,  ές,  (ζα-,  θέρος)  very  hot, 
Anth. 

iZaθpavστης,  ου,  ό,  Zathraustes,  a 
lawgiver  among  the  Ariani,  Diod.  S. 

Ζαΐεν,  for  ζαίησαν,  Att.  ζώεν,  3 
plur.  opt.  pres.  act.  of  ζάω  (as  if  from 
ζ/'/μι). 

Ζΰκαλλής,  ές,   {ζα-,  κάλ7Μς)  very 

beautiful. 

■\Ζάκανθα,  ης,  ή,  the  Latin  Sagun- 

turn  in  Spain,  Polyb.  3,  17,  1 :  hence 

fZaKavOaloi,   ων,   ol,  the   inhab.  of 

Sagimtum,  Polyb.  4,  28,  I. 

Ζύκορεύω,  to  be  a  ζάκορος,  Bockh 
Inscr.  1,  p.  913  :  from 

Ζάκορος,  ου,  δ,  and  η,  a  priest  or 
priestess  :  in  genl.  a  servant.  Men  and., 
p.  106.  (Some  take  it  for  νεωκόρος) 
and  ζα-,  for  διά :  Buttm.  Lexil.  v.  διά- 
κτορος, takes  it  to  1)6=διύκονος,  διύ- 
KTopoc,  a  high  minister,  chief  priest. 
[a] 

Ζάκοτος,  ov,  {ζα-,  κότος)  very  angry, 
wrathful,  11.  3,  220.  [a] 

Ζακυνθίδες,  ων,  a'l,  fruits  from  Za- 
r.ynthas. 
^Ζάκυνθος,  ου,  η,  Zacynthus,  now 
Zante,  an  island  of  the  Ionian  sea, 
opposite  Elis,  under  the  dominion  of 
Ulysses.  II.  2,  634,  Od.  1,  216,  etc.  : 
hence  Ζακννθιος,  a.  ov,  Zacynthinn  ; 
01  Ζακύνθιοι,  the  Zncynthians,  Hdt. 
3,  59. — 2.  a  town  of  the  same  name 
on  the  island,  Strab. — 3.=  ΖύκανΒα, 
Steph.  Byz.  [on  quantity  v.  Ζ  fin.] — 
II.  son  of  Dardanus,  founder  of  the 
town  Zacynthus,  Pans. 

νΖακχαΙος,  ου,  ό,  Zacchaeus,  a  Jew, 
chief  collector  of  the  taxes  in  Jericho, 
N.  T. 

Zu7  a'lv  ω, =^μω  ραίνω,  Hesych.,  prob. 
from  ΰΐαίνω. 


ZATH 

Ζ2?.άω,  ώ,  {ζά7.ΐ])   to  storin,  surge, 
Nic.  in  Ep.  part,  ζαλύωσα. 
ίΖά7ίενκος,  ου,  ό,  Zahucus,  a  cele- 
brated lawgiver  of  the  Locri  in  Italy, 
Arist.  Pol.,  Diod.  S.,  etc. 

Ζάλ?/,  ης,  ή,  the  surging  of  the  sea, 
surge,  spray,  Acsch.  Ag.  056  :  also  a 
storm,  hurricane:  meta^h.greal  trouble, 
distress,  Pind.  O.  12,  16.  Only  poet. 
(Akin  is  σύ/.ος,  Lat.  salvm,  used  esp. 
of  the  sea  :  prob.  from  root  i^a-,  v.  also 
ζύ/Μς.)  [u] 

1Ζά7μυξις,  ιδος  Ion.  ως,  ό,  Hdt., 
and  Ζάμο7.ξις,  εως,  ό,  Strab.,  ΖαΙ- 
moxis,  or  Zamohis,  a  celebrated  phil- 
osopher and  lawgiver  among  the  Ge- 
tae,  reverenced  as  a  deity,  Ildt.  4,  94, 
Strab.,  etc. 

Ζΰ7.όεις,  εσσα,  εν,  surging,  stormy, 

Ζά7.ος,  ov,  ΰ,=^ζάλη,  ζάλος  ίλνόεις, 
muddy  foam,  Nic.,  cf.  σά7.ος.  [u\ 

ZdZof,  ζά/.όω,  ζάλωτός,  Dor.  for 
f/}Zof,  etc. 

ΙΖύμα,  ης,  η,  Zama,  a  city  of  By- 
zacium  where  Scipio  defeated  Han- 
nibal, Polyb.  ;  acc.  to  Mannert  to  be 
distinguished  fiom — 2.  a  strong  oily 
of  Numidia,  Strab. 

Ζα/χεχ'έω,  ώ,  f.  -?/σω,  to  put  forth  all 
07ic's  strength,  use  all  one's  inight,  lies. 
Th.  928 :  from 

Ζΰμενης.  ίς,  (ζα-,  μένος)  very  strong, 
mighty,  Hom.,  (only  in  superl.  ζαμε- 
νέστατε,  Η.  Merc.  307)  Pind.,  and 
late  Ep. :  later  in  genl./oT-ce/ui,  violent, 
raging,  0pp.  ζ.  7Μγος,  words  of  vio- 
lence or  enmity.  Soph.  Aj.  137.  Only 
poet.     Hence 

Ζΰμερίτας,  a,  o,  Dor.  word  for  μα- 
καρίτης, [i] 

Ζάν,  Ζανός,  ό.  Dor  for  Ζην,  Ζη- 
νός,  usu.  Ζενς,  q.  v.,  not  freq.  in  nom., 
though  this  occurs  Ar.  Av.  570. 
Hence  Lat.  Jamis. 

Ζΰνώ,  όος,  ή,  fem.  from  Ζάν,  the 
Lat.  Juno :  susp. 

Ζύττεδον,  ου,  ro,=  (5«ir£(5oiiXenoph. 

Ζΰπίμε?.ος,  ov,  (ζα-,  τ:ιμε7ίής)  very 
fat.  [ί]^ 

Ζαπ7.ηθής,  ές,  {ζα-,  πλήθω)  very 
full,  ζ.  γενειάς,  α  thick,  full  beard, 
Aesch.  Pers.  316. 

ΖατΓλοντέω,  ώ,  to  be  very  rich  :  from 

Ζά—7ουτος,  ov,  {ζα-,  πλούτος)  very 
rich,  Hdt.  1,  32. 

Ζάττότης,  ου,  ό,  {ζα-,  πότης)  α  hard 
drinker. 

Ζάττνρος.  ον,  {ζα-,  πνρ)  very  fiery, 
Aesch.  Pr.  1084.     Only  poet,  [a] 
iZapu,  6,  Zara,  masc.  pr.  n.,  N.  T. 
— 2.  τά,  a  city  of  Armenia,  Strab. 

'^ΖαραγγαΙοι,  ων,  Arr.  An.  3,  25,  8, 
or  Ζαραγγοι,  ων,  ol.  Id.  6,  17,  3,  the 
Zarangaei,  or  Zarangi,  a  Persian  peo- 
ple, cf.  Δράγγαι. 

^Ζαρδώκης,  ό,  ZardHces,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  Strab. 

^Ζάρζας,  6,  Zarzas,  masc.  pr.  n., 
Polyb. 

tZupaf,  ακος,  ύ,  Zarax,  a  mountain 
in  Euboea,  Lye. — 2.  ?/,  also  Ζάρηξ, 
ηκοΓ,  ;},  a  city  of  Laconia,  Polyb.  4. 
36,  7. 

Ζαρός,  ov,  ό,  a  bird  of  prey,  prob, 
for  7.αρός. 
ίΖηρίαδρις,  ιος,  and   -δρης,  ου,  δ, 
Zariadris,  or  -dres,  masc.  pr.  n.,  a  Per- 
sian, Strab. 

ίΖαρίασπα,  ων,  τά,  and  -άσπη,  ης, 
ή,  Zariaspa,  a  city  of  Bactria,  Strab., 
etc. 

Ζΰτενω,  ζατρεΐον,  ζαχρενω.  Dor. 
for  ζητενω,  etc. 

Ζατρεφτ/ς,  ες,  {ζα-,  τρέφω)  well-fed, 
fat,  goodly,  ταύροι,  φύκαι,  11.  7,  223, 
Od.  4,  451.     Only  poet. 

^Ζανηκες,  ων,  ol,  the  Zauiccs,  a  peo- 
ple of  Libya,  Hdt.  4, 193. 


ZEIA 

Ζαυκίτβοφος,  ov,  (^σαυκόζ,  τρέφω) 
tenderly  reared,  delicate. 

Ζαψεγγής,  ες,  (ζα-,  φέγγος)  very 
bright. 

Ζαφ?^εγής,  ες,  (,ζα-,  ό7.έγω)  very 
iiery,fidloflife  and  fire,  of  men  at  their 
prime,  ia  II.  21,  465,  opp.  to  άβιννθου- 
CIV  am'iptoi:  of  horses.  H.  Horn.  7,  8. 
Later  hi  the  strict  sigaf.  biinii/ig,  bril- 
liant. 

^Ζαχαρίας,  ov,  6,  Zacharias,  a.  priest, 
father  of  John  the  Baptist,  N.  T., 
Luc  i,  5,  sq.  ;  3,  2. — 2.  another,  of 
whom  nothing  certain  is  known.  Id. 
Matii.  23,  33. 

Ζύχο/.ος,  ov,  {ζα-,  χο'λή)  eery  angry, 
like  ζάκοτος,  Alcae.  5,  ace.  to  Bergk 
Anacr.  p.  22.  [i] 

Ζαχρειτ/ς,  ες,  v.  ζαχρηής. 

Ζάχραος,  ov,  {ζα-,  χρεία)  very 
ne^dy,  c.  gen.,  ζαχρ.  όυον,  one  wlio 
Hxzntf  la  know  the  vsray,  e*fes  eagerly 
after  it,  Theocr.  25.  6. 

Ζαχβτιής,  if,  pressing  ciolently  on. 
storijty,  ragmg,  of  winds,  II.  5,  525  ;  of 
warriors,  eager,  fiery,  ζ.  καβ'  νσμίνας, 
I!.  12,  347 :  ία  Hojn.  always  in  plur. 
(ZVo  doubi  from  xpuu,  έττιχρύω  to 
pres.s  eagerly  on;  some  explain  it  by 
έςα~ίΐ'•αϊος.) 

Ζάχρϋσος.  βν,  (Γα-,  χρυσός)  rich  in 
gold,  Eur.  Ale.  498. 

Ζάφ,  η,—ζά7.η,  a  storm,  Cratin.  Jun. 
Incert.  2,  Euphor.  2. 

ΖΑΏ,  contr.  ζώ,  ζΓις.  Cy.  inf.  {ζάειν) 
contr.  ζΐ]ν,  imperat.  'ζή,  Herm.  Soph. 
Ant.  1154,  and  ζηθί,  opt.  ζώην  :  impf. 
εζων,  εζης,  εζη,  and  also  a  2d  impf. 
εζην,  as  if  from  ζημα,  which  is  prefer- 
red by  some  Atticists  :  the  fut.  ζήσω, 
and  ζήσομαι,  aor.  έζησα,  perf.  εζηκα, 
are  rare,  these  tenses  being  supplied 
in  good  Att.  by  ihoo) :  Honi.  always 
uses  Ion.  ζώω,  and  an  inf.  ζοειν,  oc- 
curs in  Simon.  Amorg.  17. — I.  orig. 
of  animal  life,  to  live,  breathe,  Horn., 
etc. ;  έ?.έγχίστε  ζωόντων,  vilest  of 
living  men,  Od.  10,  72  :  ζών  κατακαν- 
θήναι,  to  be  burnt  alive,  Hdt.  1,  86: 
then  in  genl.  to  live  on  a  thing,  ζήν 
ά-ό  τίνος,  Theogn.  1152,  Hdt.  1,  216, 
etc. ;  έττί  τινι,  Isocr.  211  D,  τινέ, 
Dem.  1390,  11:  c.  ace.  cognato,  ζην 
ζόην,  βίον,  Hdt.  4.  112,  Eur.  Med. 
249  ;  also  ζ.  βίω,  Soph.  El.  650 :  oi 
ζώντες,  they  who  enjoy  life,  the  rich, 
happy,  in  Homer  ρεΐα  ζώοντες. — II. 
metaph.  like  Lat.  vivere,  valere,  vigere, 
to  be  itifull  life  and  strength,  to  be  fresh, 
to  abide,  θύε7.7Μΐ  ζώσι,  Aesch.  Ag. 
819,  cf.  Erf.  Soph.  O.  T.  45 ;  ζώσα 
φΑ.ύξ,  living  fire,  Eur.  Bacch.  8  ;  χρό- 
νω  τώ  ζώντι,  the  present.  Soph.  Tr. 
1169  :  pleon.,  ζήν  καΐ  είναι,  ζών  και 
ΰν,  and  ν.  versa,  Schaf.  Αρρ.  Dem. 
4,  p.  603  ;  so,  ζί/ν  και  βλετζειν,  Aesch. 
Ag.  677.  (Sanscr.  jiv  to  live,  ;"and^' 
changing,  v.  Ζευς,  ήη  :  and  so  perh. 
also  akin  to  viv-ere,  etc..  Pott  Et. 
Forsclb  1,  265 :  cf.  σάος.  σώς.) 

-ζε,  insepar.  enclitic  Particle,  de- 
noting motion  towards  a  place  :  it  is 
found  for  -δε,  only  after  the  syll.  ας, 
and  is  in  fact  nothing  but  σύε,  ζ  being 
written  forcrfi,  e.  g.  Άβηναζε,  θήβαζε, 
θύραζε,  for  'Κϋήναςύε,  θήβαςδε,  θύ- 
ροζδε. 

Ζεά,  ή.=ζειά,  Dion.  Η. 
^ΖεβεδαΙος,  ον,  ό,  Zebedaeus,  Zehe- 
dee,  father  of  the  apostles  John  and 
James,  X.  T. 

Ζεγέριες,  without  mark  of  gender 
in  Hdt.  4,  192,  a  Libyan  vvord=,Joi)- 
voi,  a  kind  of  viice. 

ZEIA',  ας.  ή,  a  sort  of  grain,  esp. 
as  foflder  for  horses,  prob.  a  coarse 
barley  or  rye,  Lat.  far  0Γ  adoreum, 
Horn,  only  in  Od.  4,  41, 604,  and  both 


ZErr 

times  in  plur,,  the  same  as  ο7.νρά, 
Hdt.  2,  36,  also  in  plur.  (Sanscr, 
yava  barley,  cf.  ζύω, fin., ^opf,  Ίορκος.) 
Hence 

Ζείδωρος,  ov,  {ζειά,  δωρέομαι)  zea- 
giving,  fr nil-bearing,  fruitful,  olt.  in 
Horn.,  and  Hes.,bul  always  as  epithet 
of  the  earth,  and  usu.  ζείδωρος  ύρον- 
pa,  fruitful  corn-land;  only  poet. 
(Xo  doubt  it  means  life-giving  by  im- 
plication, but  the  best  old  Gramiii. 
forbid  us  to  write  ζήδωρος,  from  ζάω 
=βιόδωρης. 

Ζειρά,  ΰς,  η,  α  wide  upper  garment, 
girdea  about  the  loins  and  hanging  to 
the  feet,  used  esp.  by  Arabians,  Hdt. 
7,  69,  and  Thracians,  lb.  75  :  distin- 
guished from  the  χ/Μμνς.  as  covering 
the  feet  of  the  rider,  by  Xen.  An.  7, 
4,  4.  Others  write  ζιρύ,  also  σειρά 
or  σιρά,  Alb.  Hesych.  1,  p.  1581, 
Valck.  Adon.  224  B.  It  cannot  be 
understood  of  trowsers,  as  ace.  to  Hdt. 
the  wearer  tlirew  it  round  him.  (The 
word,  as  well  as  the  thing,  was  of 
foreign  origin.) 

Ζειροόόβος,  ov,  (ζειρά,  φέρω)  wear- 
ing a  ζειρά,  Antim.  88. 

Ζείω,  poet,  for  ζέω,  as  -ΰνείω  for 
:Γνέω. 
ίΖέ7.εια,  ας,  η,  Zelea,  a  city  of  Tro- 
as,  at  the  foot  of  Mt.  Ida,  11.  2,  824. 
[For  short  vowel  before  this  word  v. 
Ζ  at  end.]  Hence 
tZ?/,fi77/f.  ov,  b,  an  iiikab.  of  Zclea, 
Dem.  121,  7. 

Ζέ/'/Λύ,  ace.  to  Hesych.,  and  E. 
M.,  for  βά7,Α.ω,  Arcad. 
tZeAuf,  νος,  ό,  Zelys,  a  Gortynian, 
leader  of  the  Cretans,  Polyb.  5,  79, 
10. 

Zf.ua.  ατός,  τό,  (ζέω)  that  which  is 
boiled,  a  decoction,  Diosc. 

Ζέΐ'υϋμι,  -ννω,=  ζέω,  to  seethe,  boil. 

Ζεό~ϋρον,  ου,  τό,  a  kind  of  grain, 
between  ζεά  and  ττνρός,  Diosc. 

Ζέρεθρον,  ov,  τό,  Arcad.  for  βέρε- 
θμον,  βάρηθρον,  Strab. 

Ζέσις,  εως,  η,  {ζέω)  α  seething,  boil- 
Flat.  Tim.  66  Β,  etc. :  μέχρι  ζέσεως, 
up  to  boiling  heat,  Plut. 

Ζέσσεν,  Ep.  for  έζεσεν,  3  sing.  aor. 
1  from  ζέω,  Horn. 

Ζεστο7Μνσία,  ας,  -ή,  (ζεστός,  λοίίω) 
α  ivashing  in  hot  water.  Gal. 

Ζεστός,  ή,  όν,  {ζέω)  boiled.  Diosc. 
— II.  boiling  hot,  hot,  Strab.     Hence 

Ζεστότης,  ητος,  ή,  boiling  heat, 
Paus. 

Ζενγάριον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  ζεύ- 
γος, a  small,  poor  pair  or  team,  esp.  of 
oxen,  Ar.  Av.  585  ;  also,  ζ.  βοεικόν. 
Id.  Fr.  163.  [ΰ] 

Ζεν}ΰτήρ,  ό,=  ζευκτήρ,  dub.  1.  Jo- 
seph. 

Ζενγεΐον,  ov,  τό,=^ζενγος,  dub.  1. 
Joseph. 

ΖεΌγε7.άτης,  ov,  ό,  {ζεύγος,  ί/.αν- 
νω)  the  driver  of  a  yoke  or  team  of  oxen. 
["] 

ΖενγιιΤ,ΰτέω,  ώ,  to  drive  a  yoke  of 
oxen,  Xen.  An.  6,  I,  8  :  from 

Ζευγη7.άτης,  ov,  ό,=^ζενγε7Μτης, 
Soph.  Fr.  545,  and  Xen. 

Ζεν-,ΐ/τις,  ιδος,  ή,  poet,  for  ζενγΐ- 
τις,  Call.  Apoll.  47. 

Ζευγίζω,  i.  -σω,  (ζεύγος)  to  yoke  in 
pairs,  unite. 

Ζενγί--ης,  ov,  ό,  (ζεύγος,  ΐτττΐος) 
one  uho  fights  from  a  two-horsed  chariot, 
Diod. 

Ζεν^ίσιον,  ον,.-τό,  the  rating  or  prop- 
erty of  the  ζενγϊται  at  Athens,  Bockh 
P.  E.  2.  260  :  from 

Ζευγίτης,  ov,  ό,  fern,  ζευγΐτις,  ιδος, 
(ζεύγος)  yoked,  yoked  together,  joined 
in  pairs :  κά7.αμος  ζ-,  a  reed  of  which 
were  made  the  double  flutes,  (ζεύγη), 


ΖΕΥΓ 

I  Theophr.— II.  ζενγϊται,  o'l,  the  third 
of  Solon's  four  classes  of  Athenian 
citizens,  so  called  from  their  being  able 

j  to  keep   a  team   (ζίύγος)   of  oxen,    V. 

!  Bockh  P.  E.  2,  260,  Thirlw.  Hist. 
Gr.  2,  38  :  cf.  foreg.  [ϊ] 

Ζενγ7.ΰ.,  ή.  poet,  for  sq.,  Anth. 

I       Ζενγ7.η.  ι/ς,  ■!/.  the  strap  or  loop  of 

1  the  yoke,  through  which  the  beasts' 

I  heads  were  put,  so  that  the  ζνγόν 
had  two  ζενγ7.αι,  II.  19,  406  :  hence 
in  genl.  the  yoke,  in  sing,  or  plur., 

I  Hdt.  1,  31,  Aesch.  Pr.  463.— 11.  the 

:  thongs  with  which  the  7τηδά7.ια  were 

I  fastened,  Eur.  Hel.  1536,  cf  ζενκτή- 

I  ριος,  fin. 

I      Ζενγ/.ηθεν,  adv.  for  έκ  της  ζενγ- 

I  Λης,  Αρ.  Rh. 

I      Ζενγ7^)ς>ι,  Ep.  gen.  and  dat.  sing. 

j  from  ξενγλη. 

Ζενγλόδεσμον,    ου,    τό,    (ζενγλη, 
δεσαός)^ζνγόδεσμον. 

Ζενγμα,  ατός,  τό,  (ζεν•}'ννμι)  that 
tvhich  is  joined,  fastened  together,  a  band, 
bond,  ζ.  τοϋ  7.ιμένος,  α  boom  or  chain 
across  the  mouth  of  the  harbour, 
Thuc.  7,  70;  α  bridge,  Polyb.— 2. 
metaph.  ανάγκης  ζ.,  the  straits  of  ne- 
cessity, Eur.  I.  A.  443.— II.  in  Gramm., 
a  figure  of  speech,  wherein  two  sub- 
jects are  used  jointly  with  the  same 
predicate,  which  strictly  belongs  only 
to  one,  as  in  11.  1,  533.  where  έβη 
must  be  supplied  with  Ζευς,  cf  σύλ- 
7.η-φις.  Hence 
^Ζεύγμα,  ατός,  τό.  Zeugma,  a  to\vn 
in  Cummagene,  the  chief  crossing 
place  on  the  Euphrates,  now  prob. 
Tschesme,  Strab. 
Ζευγνύμεν,  ζευγννμεν,  v.  sq. 
Ζεύγννμι,  also  -ννω,  Hdt.  1,  205  : 
fut.  ζενξω :  aor.  έζενξα :  perf  pass. 
εζευγμαι :  post-Horn.  aor.  1  pass. 
εζενχΟην  only  in  Trag.,  in  common 
language  aor.  2  εζνγην  [ϋ].  Horn, 
most  freq.  uses  aor.  act.  (but  in  II.  16, 
145  must  be  remarked  the  irreg.  form 
ζευγννμεν,  or,  ace.  to  Buttm.,  ζευγνύ- 
μεν, inf  pres.  act.  for  ζενγννμεναι, 
ζενγννναι,  but  with  v,  which  is  a 
singular  exception  to  the  rule  that  ν 
occurs  only  in  smg.  indie,  pres.,  cf. 
Buttm.  Lexil.  voc.  νώί  9.)  To  join, 
fasten  on,  put  to,  yoke,  ί—~ονς,  τ/μιό• 
νονς,  βόας,  Hom. ;  sometimes  with 
the  addition  νφ'  άρματα,  ύφ'  άμμασιν, 
νττ'  όχεσφιν,  νπ  άμύξησιν  :  in  Hom. 
also  (esp.  in  Od  )  is  'found  mid.  c. 
ace,  ϊτΐτΐονς  ζεΰγνυσθαι,  to  put  to  one's 
horses,  ptit  them  to  for  ont's  self,  Od. 
3,  492,  etc.,  11.  24.  281 ;  so  of  camels, 
Hdt.  3,  102  ;  and  of  riding  horses,  to 
saddle,  bridle,  Ar.  Pac.  128,  135.— II. 
in  genl.  to  join  or  fasten  together,  σανί- 
δες έζενγμέναι.  fastened,  close-shut 
doors,  II.  18.  276  (elsewh.  in  Hom. 
only  m  signf  I.):  hence  esp. — 2.  to 
join  ίϊΐ  wedlock,  marry,  τίς  ταύτην 
εζενξε ;  Eur.  I.  A.  698  ;  but  mid.  of 
the  husband,  to  wed,  ύκοιτιν,  Eur. 
Ale.  994:  pass,  to  be  married.  Soph. 
Tr.  530;  also  γύαοις  ζν^ήναι.  Id.  Ο. 
Τ.  826,  Eur.  I.  A.  907.— 3.  to  join  op- 
posite banks  by  bridges,  ττοταμόν.  ττόν- 
τον  ζενξαι.  Hdt.  1,  206 ;  7,  33,  etc. ; 
but  also,  γέφνραν  ζενξαι.  Id.  1,  205, 
etc. — 1.  to  undfTsird  ships  with  ropes, 
Thuc.  1,  29,  ubi  v.  SchoL,  and  cf 
νπόζωμα :  but  also  to  furnish  them 
with  cross  benches,  which  joined  the 
opposite  sides,  Hes.  Fr.  37,  and  so 
some  take  Thuc.  1.  c.  (The  root  is 
ΖΥΓ-,  which  appears  in  the  aor.  2 
ζυγ-ήναι,  and  the  subst.  ζύγ-ον,  and 
recurs  in  the  cognate  languages,  as 
Sanscr.  yuj  (cf  Ζευς,  fin.),  Lat.  jung- 
ere.  Germ.  joch.  our  yoke,  etc.,  Pott 
Et.Forsch.  1,  237.) 

599 


ΖΕΥΣ 

2.evyvvu,=foTeg.,  Hdt.  1 

Ζευγο-οιΐα,  ας,  I/,  {ζεύγος,  ποιέω) 
the  making  of  a  pair,  esp.  the  making 
of  the  double  flute,  Thcophr. 

Ztfyof.  εος,  τό,  {ζενγννμι)  a  yoke 
of  beasts,  ttco  mules, oxen  or  horses  yoked 
together,  11.  18,  543  :  hence — 2.  the  car- 
riage drawn  by  a  yoke  of  beasts,  a  char- 
iot, plough. etc., tidt.  1,31, 199,  Aesch. 
Fr.  357,  and  Xen. :  any  pair  or  couple, 
Ιρήκωΐ',  Hdt.  3,  76  ;  πεόίον.  lb.  130; 
έμβύόυιν,  Ar.  Eq.  672 :  absol.  a  mar- 
ried couple,  Valck.  Phocn.  331,  like 
Lat.  conjugium  from  jugum :  κατά 
ζεύγος  or  κατά  ζίύ-,ιι,  in  pairs,  Plut.: 
ζεύγη  vvas  used  esp.  for  the  double 
flute,  Lat.  tibiae  pares. — II.  also  of 
7nor-  than  two  things  or  persons  joined 
together,  e.  g.  ζεύγος  τριπύρθενον, 
three  maiden  sisters,  Eur.  Erechth.3: 
cf.  τριζνγέες  Χάριτες,  Anth. 

Ζενγοτροφέω,  ώ,  to  keep  a  yoke  of 
beasts:  from 

Ζενγοτρόφος,  ov,  (ζεύγος,  τρέφω) 
keeping  a  yoke  of  beasts,  Plul. 

Ζενκτειρα.  ας,  ή,  fern,  from  sq. : 
esp.  epith.  of  Venus,  Orph. 

Ζενκτήρ,  ήρας,  ό,  (ζενγννμι)  one 
who  joins,  yokes,  etc. :  hence  the  strap 
of  the  yoke.     Hence 

Ζενκτήριος,  a,  ov,  fit  for.  belonging 
to  joining,  yoking,  etc.,  γέφυρα  γαΐν 
όνοϊν  ζ.,  Aesch.  Pers.  736 :  hence,  το 
ζενκτΊΐρίον,  a  yoke.  Id.  _Ag.  529  :  ή 
ζενκτηρία=ζε.νγλη  II.,  Ν.  Τ. 

Ζενκτός,  ή,  ον,  verb.  adj.  from  ζεν- 
γννμι, joined,  yoked,  fastened  :  joined 
%n  pairs,  hence,  το  ζ-,  a  body  of  soldiers, 
tuo  in  a  line. 

^Ζενξίδάμος,  Ion.  -δήμος,  ov,  a, 
Zeuiidamus,  son  of  Leotychides,  fath- 
er of  the  Spartan  king  Archidamus 
II.,  Hdt.  6,  71.— 2.  son  of  Archida- 
mus, grandson  of  Theopompus,  11th 
f  rociid,  Paus. 
ΥΖενξίόας,  a.  6,  Zeuxidas,  a  Spar- 
tan, Thuc.  5,  19. 

Ζενξίλεως,  ω,  ύ,  (ζενγννμι,  λεύς) 
yoking  Or  subduing  men.  [Ϊ] 
ίΖευξίππη,  ης,  ή,  Zeuxippe,  wife  of 
Pandion,  Apollod.  3,  14,  8.-2.  wife 
of  Sicyon,  Paus. :  prob.  fern,  from 
^Ζενξι~-ος,  ov,  a,  Zeuxippus,  son 
of  Apollo,  king  of  Sicyon,  Paus. — 2. 
a  Spartan  ephor,  Xen.  Hell.  2,  3, 10. 
— 3.  a  painter  of  Heraclea,  Plat.  Prot. 
318  B. — 4.  asceptic  philosopher,  Diog. 
L. 

Ζεύξις,  εως,  ή,  (ζεν-'/'ννμι)  a  joining, 
yoking,  fastening,  as  by  a  bridge,  Hdt. 
7,35. 

ίΖεύξις,  idor,  6,  Zeuxis,  the  celebra- 
ted painter  of  Heraclea,  a  contempo- 
rary of  Socrates.  Plat.  Gorg.  453  C. 
— Others  in  Polyb.,  etc. 
"^Ζενξώ,  οΰς,  ή,  Zetixo,  a  daughter 
of  Oceanus  and  Tethys,  Hes.  Th. 
352. 

ΖΕΤ'Σ,  ό,  voc.  Ζεν,  but  gen.  ΔΓό?, 
dat.  Δί(,  ace.  Δία,  as  if  from  *^ίς : 
but  in  a  more  poet,  form  Zi/vor,  Zr/i'/, 
Ζήνα,  Dor.  Zat'of,  etc.,  as  if  from 
*Ζήν,  Ζύν :  Aeol.  Αενς,  Σόεύς :  the 
ace.  Ζεύν  only  occurs  as  v.  1.  in  an 
epigr.  of  Aeschrion  or  Simon.,  A.  P. 
7, 345,  5,  V.  Jac.  p.  300  :  Hom.  uses  the 
oblique  cases  both  from  *Δί'ζ-  and 
*Ζήν,  but  the  former  most  freq. — 
Zeus,  Jupiter,  king  and  father  of  gods 
and  men,  son  of  Kronus,  (Saturn)  and 
Rhea,  hence  often  called  Κρονίδι/ς, 
Κρανίων,  husband  of  Juno :  Horn, 
makes  him  rule  in  the  lower  air  {u/'/fi) : 
hence  rain  and  storms  come  from 
him,  Zfi'f  vti,  hence  νει  alone,  it 
rains,  cf  sub.  vu.  The  oath  or;  μά 
Z^vfi,  in  Hom.  only  II.  23, 43,  Od.  20, 
339  ;  but  very  freq.  in  Alt.,  oi>  μα  Αία, 
GOO 


ZHAA 

μα  Ala,  νη  Αία,  also  with  the  art.,  oi 
μά  τόν  Α.  For  the  attributes  of  Ju- 
piter V.  Miiller  Archiiol.  d.  Kunst.  ^ 
349,  sq.— II.  by  the  tlatlery  of  court- 
iers Ζενς  became  a  name  of  the  Ro- 
man emperors,  Dion.  P.  210,  0pp. 
Cyn.  1,  3,  cf.  Suet.  Domit.  13,  Mar- 
tial. 5,  8,  etc.  (On  the  root,  v.  θεός  : 
from  the  same  comes  also  Lat.  Ju- 
piter. 1.  e.  Ζενς  πατήρ.  Pott  Et.  Forsch. 

I,  100;  the  oblique  cases  Jovis,  Jovi, 
Jovem,  bcing=Aiof,  Δί(.  Αία,  by  the 
same  change  of  letters  as  in  ζνγόν, 
jugum,  and  dies  dmrniis  giorno  jour.) 

Ζεφνρηΐς,  ίδος,  pecul.  fem.  of  ζεφν- 
ριος,  Posidipp.  ap.  Ath.  318  D. 

Ζεφνρίη,  ης,  ή,  sub.  πνοή,^Ζέφν- 
ρυς,  the  west  wind,  Od.  7,  119.  [Ζεφ• 
long  in  arsis,  cf  όφις,  σκνφος.Ί 

Ζεφϋρικός,  ή,  όν,=^ζεφνριος,  Arist. 
Meteor. 

ίΖεφνριον,  ov,  TO,  Zephyrium,  a 
promontory  on  the  south-east  coast 
of  Bnittium,  near  Locri,  now  Capo  di 
Bruzzano,  Strab. — 2.  a  promontory 
and  small  town  of  Cilicia,  Id. — 3.  an- 
other on  the  west  coast  of  Cyprus, 
Id., also  Ζεφνρία. — 4.  a  promontory  of 
Aegypt,  with  a  temple  of  Arsinoe 
'Αφροδίτη,  Id. — Others  in  Strab.,  etc. 
Hence 

ίΖεφύρίος,  a,  ov,  of  Zephyrium,  Ze- 
phyrian,  Αοκροί,  Pind.  O.  10,  18,  cf 
Έπιζεφνριος :  pecul.  fem.  Ζεφνρηΐς, 
ιδος,  of  Zephyrium,  in  Aegypt,  Ath. 
318  D. 

Ζεφύριας,  ov,  sometimes  also  ία, 
lov,  (Ζέφυρος)  of  or  belonging  to  the 
West  or  west  wind,  ώυν  ζ-,  a  wind-egg, 
Arist.  H.  Α.,  elsewh.  ύνεμιαΐον,  and 
νττηνέμιον  :  cf  ζεφυρίη.  [ϋ] 

Ζεφνρίτης,  ου,  6,  fem.  ζεφνρίτις, 
/(5of,=  foreg.,+αl•'pσί,  Orph. — 2.  Ζε- 
φυρίτις,  goddess  of  Zephyrium  (4), 
appell.  of  Venus,  Call.  Ep.  5,  1. 

Ζέφΐφος,  ου,  ό,  Zephyrus,  the  west 
ivind,  strictly  the  north-west,  and  SO 
like  Boreas  blowing  from  Thrace,  II. 
9,  5  ;  but  also  joined  with  N070f,  II. 
21,  334 :  hence  in  Hom.  for  any  west- 
erly trind,  opp.  to  Εύρος,  Od.  5,  332  ; 
19,  206  :  oft.  represented  as  stormy, 
Od.  5,  295,  and  rainy,  Od.  14,  458  ; 
but  also  as  clearing,  II.  11,  305:  as 
soft  and  gentle,  Od.  4,  567,  and  so 
usu.  in  later  poets.  It  was  the  swift- 
est of  all  winds,  II.  19,  415  ;  and  so — 

II.  as  a  person,  son  of  Astraeus  and 
Aurora,  Hes.  Th.  379,  was  married 
to  the  harpy  Podarge  (swift-font),  11. 
16,  150.  (From  ζόφος,  as  Ei'pof  from 
έος,  cf.  Buttm.  Lexil.  v.  ύήρ  8.) 

ZE'i2,  fut.  ζέσω,  to  boil,  seethe,  bub- 
ble, be  boiling  hot,  of  water,  11.  18,  349, 
Od.  10,  300  :  also,  λέβης  ζει,  the  ket- 
tle boils,  II.  21,  362;  in  genl.  to  boil 
or  bubble  up.  e.  g.  of  springs,  but,  χθων 
έζεε,  the  earth  loas  hot.  Hes.  Th.  695, 
847  :  metaph.  of  boiling  passion,  like 
Lat.  fervere,  Aesch.  Theb.  708,  cf 
Interpp.  ad  Ar.  Ach.  321 :  alsoc.  gen., 
to  boil  tip  with  a  thing,  ύδατος  καΐ  πη- 
λού, Plat.  Phaed.  113  A,  σκω'λήκων, 
Luc,  cf  άναζέω :  also  c.  dat.,  αϊμα- 
Ti,  Aristid. — II.  trans,  to  boil,  heat,  τον 
δε  ?.ύετρα  πνρΐ  ζέον.  Αρ.  Rh.  3,  273. 
(Cf  our  seethe.  Germ,  sieden :  hence 
ζνθας,  ζύμη.) 

Ζή,  imperat.  for  ζηθι,  v.  ζύΐΔ. 

Ζήδωρος,  ov,  v.  sub  ζείδωρος. 

Ζΐ/θί,  imperat.  from  ζύω. 
ί7.7/θος,  ov,  ό,  Zetkus,  son  of  Jupi- 
ter and  Antiope,  brother  of  Amphion, 
Od.  11,  262. 
+Z?}/a,  ων,  τύ,  Zela,  a  city  of  Pon- 
tua  not  far  from  Amasia,  Strab. : 
hence  f/  Ζη'/.Ιτις,  sub.  χώρα,  the  terri- 
tory of  Zela,  Id. 


ZHMI 

ΖηλαΙος,  αία,  αϊον,  (ζήλος)  jealous, 
Anth. 

ΥΖήλαρχος,  ov,  ό,  Zelarchus,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Xen.  An.  5,  7,  44. 
+Z/p.af ,  ό,  Zelas,  father  of  Prasias, 
Strab. 

Ζηλευτίις,  ού,  ό,=  ζηλωττ/ς  :  from 
Z7//'.ft}(j,=  i^/;/lo(j,Democr.ap.Stob. 
App.  p.  14,  7,  Gaisf 
Ζηλεω,  ώ,^^ζηλοτνπέω. 
Ζηλημοϋύνη,  ης,  ή,  poet,  for  ζήλος, 
Q.  Sm. :  from 

Ζηΐήμων.  ov,  gen.  όνος,  (ζηλέω) 
jealous,  Od.  5,  118. 
tZ?/Aif,  J],  Zelis,  a  city  of  Maurita- 
nia, Strab. 

Ζηλοδοτήρ,  ήρος,  6,  {ζήλος,  όίδωμι) 
causing  jealousy,  or  happiness,  Anth. 
cf  ζί/λος. 

Ζηλομύνής,  ές,  (ζήλος,  μαίνομαι) 
mad  with  jealousy,  Anth. 

Z^Aof,  ov,  b,  and  later  εος,  τό,  cf. 
Jacobson  Patr.  Apost.  1,  p.  20,  sq. : 
— eager  rivalry,  zealous  imitation,  emu- 
lation, a  noble  passion,  opp.  to  φθόνος 
(envy).  Plat.  Menex.  242  A,  cf  Arist. 
Rhet.  2,  11  :  but  in  Hes.  Op.  193,= 
φθόνος,  and  so  prob.  in  the  dub.  pas- 
sage, Soph.  O.  T.  1526,  v.  EUendt.— 
2.  in  genl.  any  eager,  vehement  passion, 
esp.  jealousy,  Eur.  Hec.  352 :  ermdous 
desire  for  a  thing,  Soph.  O.  C.  943  . 
zeal,  N.  T. — II.  pass,  the  object  of  em- 
illation  or  desire,  happiness,  blessedness. 
Soph.  Aj.  503. — III.  personified,  Ze- 
hts,  as  son  of  Styx,  Hes.  Th.  384. 
(From  ζέω  for  ζέελος,  cf.  δήλος,  δέε- 
λος.) 

Ζηλοσύνη,  r]r,  η,  poet,  for  foreg., 
Η.  Hom.  Λρ.  100. 

Ζηλοτνπέω,  ω,  to  be  ζηλότνπος,  to 
eimdate,  rival,  be  jealous  of,  USU.  τινά, 
as  Plat.  Symp.  213  D,  but  also  τινί, 
Dem.  Phal. — 2.  to  envy,  hate,  Aeschin. 
84,  15 :  and 

Ζηλοτυπία,  ας,  ή,  rivalry,  jealousy, 
envy,  Aeschin.  65,  10  :  from 

Ζηλότυπος,  ov,  (ζήλαη.  τύπτω)  jeal- 
ous, Ar.  Plut.  1016.  Adv.  -πως,  ζ. 
ίχειν  προς  τίνα.  Diog.  L. 

Ζηλόω,  ώ,  (0//.ος)  to  rival,  vie  with, 
imitate,  Lat.  aemulari,  τινά,  Thuc.  2, 
37,  64 :  but  also  to  envy,  be  jealous  of, 
τινά,  Hes.  Op.  23,  H.  Hom.  Cer.  168, 
223  :  and  in  milder  sense,  to  esteem  or 
pronounce  happy,  admire,  praise,  USU., 
τινά  τίνος,  one  for  a  thing,  Soph,  El. 
1027,  Fr.  516,  cf  Valck.  Amnion,  sub 
v.,  et  Annott.  Ined.  ap.  Thom.  M.  p. 
162  Tittm. ;  more  rarely,  τινά  τι. 
Soph.  Aj.  552  :  in  Eur.  Med.  60,  fi/Λώ 
σε,  I  wonder  at  you,  perh.  I  admire 
your  simpleness,  cf  Valck.  Phoen. 
406,  Thuc.  5,  105.     Hence 

Ζή'λωμα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which  is  em- 
ulated :  hence  m  pi.,  high  fortunes, 
Eur.  I.  T.  379. — II.  an  emulous  effort, 
rivalry,  Lat.  contentio,  Aeschin.  27, 13  : 
and 

Ζίβωσις,  εως,  η,  emulation,  imita- 
tion, Thuc.  1,  132:  eager  desire,  pur- 
suit, Philo. 

Ζηλωτέος,  έα,  έον,  verb.  adj.  from 
ζηλόω,  to  be  emulated,  Diog.  L.  5,  74. 
Ζηλωτί/ς,  ov,  b,  (ζηλόω)  a  rival, 
zealaus  imitator,  τινός.  Plat.  Ptot.  343 
A,  Isocr.  4  Β  :  α  zealot,  Ν.  Τ. :  hence 
Ζη?.ωτικός,  ή,  όν,  of  οχ  belonging  to 
a  ζηλωτής,  emulous.  Philo. 

Ζηλωτός,  ή,  όν,  also  of,  όν,  Eur. 
And.  5,  (.ζη/όω)  tobe  emulated  or  envied, 
worthy  of  imitation.  Plat.  Hipp.  Min. 
368  Β  :  hence — 2.  enviable,  happy, 
blessed,  Aesch.  Pers.  710,  Eur.,  etc. 
Adv.  -τώς. 

^Ζήλωτος,  ov,  6,  Zelotiis,  a  poet  of 
the  Anthology. 
I      Z?7/^£'a,   ας,  ή,  loss,  damage,  Lat 


ΖΗΝΩ 

damnum,  Epich.  p.  91,  opp.  to  κέρδος, 
Arist.  Eth.  N.  5,  4,  5.  sq. :  ζημίαν 
λαβείν,  to  sustain  loss,  Soph.  Fr.  834  ; 
but  ζ.  τνοιείν.  At.  Plut.  1124,  or  Οέ- 
ρειν.  Plat.  hegg.  835  B,  to  cause  one 
a  loss,  do  one  harm. — II.  usu.  a  penal- 
ty, esp.  in  money,  a  fine,  etc.,  ζημίην 
ατΐοτίνειν,  Hdt.  2,  65,  όφεί/.ειν,  3,  52: 
so,  ζ.  όφ?.ισκάνειν,  ίκτϊσαι,  Dem. : 
θάνατον  ζημίαν  έττιτίθέσθαι,  ττροτι- 
θέναί,  Thuc.  2,  24  ;  3,  44 ;  τάττεα; 
Dem.  498,  7,  to  make  death  the  penal- 
ty ;  and  so  in  pass,  signf.  θάνατος  ή 
ζ.  έ-ικέεται,  Hdt.  2,  38,  cf.  65.— III. 
a  word  of  reproach,  but  always  with 
an  adjec,  as,  oavtpu  ζημία,  a  mere 
good-for-nothing,  a  dead  loss,  Ar.  Ach. 
737  ;  so,  καθαρά  ζ,  Alciphr.  3,  21 .  (It 
seems  to  be  connected  with  όαμύω 
through  the  Cretan  δαμία,  Lat.  dam- 
num.)    Hence 

Ζημιόω,  ώ,  to  cause  loss,  do  damage 
to  any  one,  Plat.  Legg.  846  A,  etc. : 
— hence  usu.  to  punish,  Thuc.  3,  42, 
rivu  θανάτφ,  Hdt.  3,  27  ;  esp.  in  mo- 
ney, to  fine,  χι/.ί>]σί  δραχμΐ^σι.  Id.  6, 
21,  and  so  freq.  'in  Att.  ;  but  also,  ζ. 
riva  Ίτεντήκοντα  τάλαντα.  Id.  6, 136  : 
also,  τινά  Tivi,  Hdt.  7,  35.  Pass,  to 
defined,  ζημιοϋσθαί  τι,  Valck.  Hdt.  7, 
39 ;  but  more  usu.  τινί,  as  in  act. : 
fut.  raid,  ζημιώσημαι  always  in  pass, 
signf.,  Hdt.'  1.  c,  though  we  also  find 
ζημιωθί/σομαι,  Xen.  Slem.  3,  9,  12, 
Isae.  81,  24,  Lys.  181,  37. 

Ζιιμιώδης,  ες,  {ζΐ]μία,  είδος)  causing 
loss,  hurtful,  ruinous,  Plat.  Legg.  650 
A,  etc.     Adv.  —δώς. 

Ζημίυμα,  ατός,  τό,  (ζημιόυ)  that 
which  is  lost,  a  penalty,  fine  ;  ζ.  έστω 
άστννόμοις,  let  them  have  the  right 
of  imposing  penalties,  FM.  Legg.  76, 

Ζημίωσις,  εως,  η,  {ζημιόω)  a  pun- 
ishing, fining. 

Ζημιωτης,  ου,  ό,  {ζημιόω)  one  who 
punishes,  an  executioner. 

*Ζήν,  ό,  gen.  Ζηνός,  poet,  for  Ζενς, 
q.  V. 

tZnvac,  d,  b-  Zenas,  masc.  pr.  n., 
N.  T. 

^Ζηνενς  or  Ζήνις,  6,  Zeneus  or  Ze- 
nis.  a  historian  of  Chios,  Ath.  601  F. 
'ΪΖΐ/νις,  ό,  Zenis,  masc.  pr.  n.,  Xen. 
Hell.  3,  1,10. 
"(Ζηνοβία,  ας,  ή,  Zcnobia,  a  celebra- 
ted queen  of  Palmyra  — II.  a  city  on 
the  Euphrates,  built  by  this  queen. 

Ζηνοδοτήρ,  ηρος,  ό,  {Zr'iv,  δίδωμι) 
=  Ζ;/νόόρων,  Anth. 

^Ζηνόδοτος,  ον,  ό,  Zenodotus,  a  eel-  , 
ebrated  grammarian  of  Ephesus,  had 
charge   of  the  Alexandrean  library, 
Luc,  etc. — 2.  a  Stoic  philosopher, 
pupil  of  Diogenes.  Diog.  L. 

'[Ζηνόθεμις,  ιδος,  ό,  ZenothSmis, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Dem.,  etc. 

fZηvo-oσειδώv,  ώνος,  ό,  (Ζευς,  Ζη- 
νός, ΐίοσειδώι)  Jupiter-Neptunus,  Ma- 
cho  ap.  Ath.  337  D. 

\Ζηνος)άνης.  ους,  ό,  Zenophanes,  a 
writer,  Ath.  424  B.— Others  m  Strab., 
etc. 

'\Ζ7ΐνόφαντος,  ov,  b,  Zenophanius, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Luc. 

^Ζηνόόι?.ος,  ην,  ό,  Zenophtlus,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Anth. 

Ζηνόφρων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  {Ζην, 
φρήν)  knowing  the  mind  of  Jupiter, 
epithet  of  Apollo  as  revealing  Jupi- 
ter's will  in  oracles,  Anth. :  so  too 
Ζηνοδοτήρ. 

^Ζήνων,  ωνος,  ό,  Zeno,  the  founder 
of  the  Eleaticsect  of  philosophy,  born 
at  Helea  or  Velia  in  Lucania,  taught 
at  Athens,  Diog.  L. — 2.  founder  of 
the  Stoic  sect,  born  at  Citiuin  in 
Cyprus,  Id. — Many  others    of   this 


ZIZA 

name  in  Diog.  L. — 3.  of  Phlya,  an 
Areopagite,  Dem.  272,  5.     Hence 

^Zηvώvειoς,  a,  ov.  and  Ζιμ-ωνικός, 
ή,  όν,  of  or  belonging  to  Zeno,  Zeno- 
nean,  Ath.  158  A  ;  160  F. 

^Ζήρννθος,  ov,  ή,  Zerynthus,  a  city 
of  Thrace  with  a  cavern  of  Hecate, 
near  Aenos,  Lye.  77,  where  Ζήρινθος 
is  also  used  :  hence  Ζηρννθιος,  a,  ov, 
of  Zerynthus  ;  ή  Ζηρ.,  appell.  of  Ve- 
nus, Id. 

Ζητΰρετησιάδης,  ov,  6,  {ζητέω, 
αρετή)  com.  word  in  Anth.,  a  virtue- 
seeker,  virtut-aucupida  (as  Scaliger 
renders  it). 

Ζητεύω,  poet,  for  sq.,  Hes.  Op.  398, 
H.  Horn.  Ap.  215. 

ΖΗΤΕΏ,  ώ,  f.  -ήΰω,  to  seek,  seek 
out,  in  Hom.  only  Π.  14,  258  :  esp.  to 
search  after,  seek  for,  Aesch.,  etc. :  to 
ask  for,  Diog.  L. — 2.  to  search  out,  iri- 
quire  into,  examine,  C.  acc,  esp.  of  ju- 
dicial enquiry,  Dem.;  and  philosoph- 
ical investigation,  Plat. :  also,  ζ.  ζή- 
τησιν  ττερί  τίνος,  Dinarch.  91,  20. — 
3.  c.  inf.,  to  seek  to..,  εκμαθείν,  Hdt.  3, 
137,  Aesch.  Pr.  776,  μεταλαβείν,  Ar. 
PI.  370  ;  also  c.  inf.  fut.,  ζητείς  ava- 
'ηείσειν,  lb.  573.     Hence 

Ζήτημα,  a~oc,  τό,  that  which  is 
sought :  an  inquiry,  question,  Soph.  0. 
T.  278,  Eur.,  etc. 

Ζητημάτιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  foreg. 
^Ζήτης,  ου.  Dor.  Ζήτας,  a,  ό,  Zetes, 
brother  of  Calais,  winged  sons  of  Bo- 
reas, who  drove  the  Harpies  from  the 
tables  of  Phineus ;  they  were  both 
Argonauts,  Pind.  P.  4,  324  ;  ApoUod. 
3,  15,  1. 

Ζητήσιμος,  ov,  to  be  searched  out,  tu, 
ζ.,  places  to  be  beaten  for  game,  Xen. 
Cyn.  6,  6  :  from 

Ζήτησις,  εως,  ή,  {ζητέω)  a  seeking, 
seeking  for,  searching  after,  τινός,  Hdt. 

I,  94,  etc.  :  a  searching  out,  esp.  a  ju- 
dicial inquiry,  Aeschin.  6,  fin. — 11.  a 
searching,  search,  ττοιείσθαι  ζήτησιρ 
τών  νεών,  to  search  the  ships,  Hdt. 
6,  118. — 2.  a  philosophical  inquiry,  in- 
vestigation, Lat.  quaestio,  Plat.  Apol. 
29  C. 

Ζητητέος,  έα,  έον,  verb.  adj.  from 
ζητέω,  to  be  sought.  Soph.  Aj.  470. — 

II.  ζητητέον,  one  must  seek,  Ar.  Nub. 
Ζητητής,  οϋ,  ό,  {ζητέω)  a  seeker,  in- 
quirer, examiner.  Plat.  Rep.  618  C  : 
esp. — II.  at  Athens,  the  ζητηταί  were 
a  special  commission  to  inquire  into  state- 
offences,  esp.  cases  of  embezzlement, 
like  Lat.  quaesitores.  x\ndoc.  3,  6,  Lys. 
163,  6,  Plat.  (Com.)  Presb.  5,  cf. 
Herm.  Pol.  Ant.  ^.  133,  2. 

Ζητητικός,  ij,  ov,  \ζητέω)  belonging 
to,  fit  or  inclined  for  inquiry  :  inquiring, 
examining.  Plat.  Meno  81  D. 

Ζητητός,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from  ζη- 
τέω, sought,  sought  for,  longed  for,  de- 
sired. Soph.  Ο.'Ό.  389. 

Ζητρεΐον  or  ζήτρειον,  ου,  τό,  a 
place  of  punishment  for  slaves,  Eupol. 
Incert.  46  :  also  written  ζατρείον,  ζή- 
τριον,  ζώτριον,  ζωτεΐον,  ζωντεϊον, 
and  so  most  prob.  to  be  derived  from 
ζωγρείον. 

Ζιβννη,  ης,  ή,^^σιβύνη,  LXX. 

ZiSvviov,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  foreg. 

Ζιγ)ίβερις,  εως,  ή,  an  Arabian 
spice-plant,  the  root  of  which  was 
used  in  medicine,  prob.  ginger,  Diosc. 
(Acc.  to  Pott  Et.  Forsch.  2,  36,  the 
Sanscr.  gringa-vira,  antler- shaped.) 

Zi}iif,  ίδοςΙΙ^ι  2  kind  of  lizard  in 
Arist.  H.  Α.,  ubi  al  ζυ^νίς  or  δυ)•νίς. 
■\Ziyxa,  ων,  τά,  Zincha,  a  place  in 
Numiuia,  Strab. 

Ζιζάνιον,  ου,  τό,  a  weed  that  grows 
in  wheat,  elsewh.  alpa,  Lat.  zizanium, 
lolium,  N.  T. 


ΖΥΓΗ 

Ζίζνφον,  ov,  TO.  a  tree,  the  fruit  of 
which  is  the  jujube,  Lat.  rhamnus 
jvjuba,  Linn.,  Ital.  Giuggiolo,  Franz. 

gigeolier. 

Zipd,  ή,  V.  ζεφύ. 

Ζόη,  ης,  ή.  ίοη.  for  ζωή,  oft.  in  Hdt. 
^U.  (from  ζέω)  the  skin  on  milk,  etc., 
like  -Ίρανς  II. 

Zola,  ας,  ή,  Aeol.  for  ζωή,  Theocr. 
29,  5. 

^Ζοίτειον,  ov,  TO,  and  Ζοιτεία,  ας, 
ή,  Zoeteum,  a  town  of  Arcadia,  Paus. ; 
founded  by 

'\Ζοιτενς,  έως,  ό,  Zoeteus,  son  of 
Tricolonus,  Paus. 

Ζόμβρος,  ό,  V.  τραγέ/ΜΟος  III. 
Ζοός,  ά,  όν,  Dor.  for  ζωός,  Theocr. 
2,5. 

Ζορκάς,  ύδος,  η,^=δορκάς,  Hdt.  4, 
1*^2  :  also  ζόρξ,  ζορκός,  ή. 
^Ζοροβάβελ,  indecl.  and  -βύβηλος, 
ον,  Jos.,  ό,  Zorohabel,  masc.  pr.  η., 
Ν.  Τ. 

1;Ζονμοι,  ων,  οι,  the  Zumi,  a  people 
of  Germany,  Strab. 
'\Ζοϊ•χΐΓ,   ιδος,   ή,    Zuchis,    a   city 
and  lake  of  Africa  near  the  Syrtes, 
Strab. 

Ζόφεος,  έα,  ov,  collat  form  of  sq., 
Nic. 

Ζοφερός,  όν.  {ζόόος)  dusky,  gloomy, 
Hes.  Th.  814,  and  Hipp. 

Ζόφιος,  ov,  collat.  lorm  of  ζοφερός, 
Anth. 

Ζοφοδορ~ίδας,  ov,  ό,  {ζόφος,  δόρ- 
rrov)  supping  in  the  dark,  i.  e.  in  secret, 
or  with  low  company, epith.  of  Pittacus, 
Alcae.  6. 

Ζοόοείδε?.ος,  ov,  {ζόφος,  είδος)  dark- 
like, dusky,  gloomy,  Nic. 

Ζοφοειδής,  ες,  and  ζοφόεις,  εσσα, 
εν,  Nic. ,=  foreg.,  Hipp. 

Ζοφομηνία,  ας,  ή,  {ζόφος,  μήνη)=3 
σκοτομηνία. 

ΖΟ'ΦΟΣ,  ον,  ό,  darkness,  gloom, 
Od.  3,  335,  opp.  to  φάος,  esp.  the 
gloom  of  the  nether  world,  Od.  20,  356 ; 
hence  the  land  of  gloom,  the  nether- 
world itself,  11.  15,  191,  Od.  11,  57, 
and  oft.  in  H.  Hom.  Cer. — II.  in  Hom. 
who  divides  the  world  into  a  light 
and  dark  side,  the  dark  or  night  side, 
the  west,  (as  in  Germ.  Abend,  evening, 
is  used  for  the  west),  Od.  12, 81 ;  opp. 
to  Έώς,  Od.  10,  190;  προς  ζόφον 
opp.  to  77pof  Ήώ  r'  Ήέλίόν  τε,  Od. 
9,  26,  II.  12,  240.  The  form  το  ζόφος 
in  Αρ.  Rh.  (Akin  to  -)νόφος  δνοφος, 
νέφος,  κνέφας,  cf.  Buttm.  Lexil.  v. 
κελααός  9.)    Hence 

Ζοφόω,  ώ,  to  darken.  Pass,  to  be 
dark,  Luc. 

Ζοφώδης,  ες,=ζοφοειδής,  Anth. 
Ζόφωμα,  ατός,  τό,  darkness. 
Ζόφωσις,  εως.  η,  (ζοφοω)  α  darken- 
ing :  darkness,  gloom. 

Ζύω,  rare  poet,  and  Ion.  form  for 
ςάω,  Hdt.  7,46  Gaisf,  Simon. (Amorg.) 
231,  17.  A.  P.  13,21. 

Ζνγάδην,  adv.  {ζυγόν)  jointly,  m 
pairs,   [u] 

Ζνγαινα,  ης,  ή.  zygaena,  a  kind  of 
shark,  Epich.  p.  29.  [v] 
Ζϋ••/άνός,  ή,  όν,=^ζν,ιανός. 
^Ζνγάντης,  ον,   ό,  the  Zygantes,  a 
river  near  Philippi,  App. 

Ζϊτγάστριον,  ου,  τό,  Dim.  from  sq. 

Ζνγαστρον,  ου,  τό,  a  chest  or  box, 

of    board,   stronglu  fastened   together. 

Soph.  Tr.  692.    "(From  ζνγός,  ζεύ- 

yvvui.)  [ϋ] 

Ζνγείς,  pari.  aor.  2  pass,  of  ζεν• 
γννμι. 

Ζύγέω,  ώ,  to  be  or  stand  in  the  yoke : 

usu.  of  soldiers,  to  stand  by  one  an- 

i  other,  tuo  in  line,  Polyb.  ;  as  στιχέω 

i  means  to  stand  behind  in  file. 

I     Ζνγηόόρος,  ov,  poet.'  for  ζυγοφ., 

601 


zrro 

bearing  the  yoke,  yoked,  Aesch.  Fr.  330, 
and  Eur. 

Ζνγΐΰνύς,  ή,  όν,  (ζνγίον)  born  in 
the  sign  of  Libra,  cf.  κρίανόζ. 

Ζ,ϋγικός,  7/,  όν,  {ζυγόν)  of  or  belong- 
ing to  a  balance. 

Ζνγίμος,  ov,  {,ζυγόν)=ζνγίος.  ^v] 

"Lvyiov,  ov,  TO,  ciiiu.  from  ζυγός. 

Ζύγιος,  a,  ov,  {ζυγόν)  belonging  to, 
fit  for  the  yoke,  ζνγιος  'ίτττϊος,  a  draught- 
horse,  Eur.  1.  Λ.  221,  Ar.  Nub.  122, 
esp.  as  opp.  to  the  σειραφόρος. — 11. 
epith.  of  Juno  as  patroness  of  mar- 
riage, Juno  jugalis,  Miisac.  275  :  also 
of  other  divinities. — III.  ύ  ζύγίος,= 
ζυγίτης.  [ν] 

"Ζνγίτης,  ov,  ο,  the  rower  who  sat 
on  the  mid-most  of  the  three  banL•  or 
benches,  cf.  Οαλαμίτης  and  θρανίτης- 

[I] 

Ζυγνίς,  ίδος,  η,  v.  ζίγνίς,  δυγνίς. 
Ζνγύδεσμον,  ου,  τό,  α  yoke-band  (cf 
ζυγός),  11.  21,  270,  cf  μέσαβον. 
Ζϋγόδεσμος,  ου,  o,=  foreg. 
Ζϋγοδέτης,  ου,   ό,  {ζυγόν,  δέω)  = 
foreg. 

Ζϋγοειδής,  ές,  {ζυγόν,  είδος)  like  α 
yoke:  το  ζ-,  os  jugale,  so  called  from 
Its  shape,  Gal. 
tZC}  oi,  ων,  οι,  the  Zugi,  a  people  on 
the  Cimmerian  Bosporus,  Strab.,  etc. 
Ζνγοκρονστης,  ου, 6,  {ζνγός,  κρούω) 
one  who  luies  a  false  balance. 

Ζνγομύχέω,  ώ,  {ζυγόν,  μάχομαι)  to 
struggle  with  one's  yokefellow,  to  be 
restine  or  qjuirrelsome,  to  quarrel,  περί 
Τίνος,  Dem.  996,  16  :  also  to  struggle 
against  an  enemy,  πρυς  τύχην,  Me- 
nand.  p.  234. 

Ζνγομΰχία,  ας,  η,  quarrelling,  strife, 
Aristaen. 

ΖΎΤΟ'Ν,  οϋ,  τό,  Lat-jugtim,  (cf 
ζενγνυμί  fin.)  any  thing  which  joins 
two  bodies,  and  so  —  1.  the  yoke,  or 
cross-bar  tied  by  the  ζυγόδεσμος  to 
the  end  of  the  pole,  and  navmg  ζεϋγ- 
Ζαί  (collars  or  loops)  at  each  end,  by 
which  two  draught  horses,  mules  or 
oxen  were  put  to  the  plough  or  car- 
riage :  in  Hom.  the  horse-yoke  is 
often  defined  as  ζνγον  ΐττπειυν,  11.  5, 
799 ;  23,  392:  ζυγα  έτητιθέναι  ίττποις, 
Hes.  Op.  813  (in  tmesis),  opp.  to  ΰπό 
ζνγόφιν  ?.ύειν  Ιππους,  11.  24,  576 : 
inetaph.,  το  δούλων  ζ.,  the  yoke  of 
slavery,  Hdt.  7,  8,  3,  Aesch.  Ag.  1226; 
νπο  ζνγώ  λόφον  δικαίως  είχον.  Soph. 
Ant.  291 ;  and  so  freq.  :  κατά  ζυγά, 
yoke-wise,  in  pairs,  Theocr.  13,  32. — 
ll.  the  cross-har,  Lat.  lranstillu?n,  join- 
ing the  two  horns  of  the  φόρμιγξ,  and 
along  wliich  the  pegs  and  strings 
were  fastened,  11.9,187. — III.  in  plur., 
the  cross-planks  of  a  ship,  joining  the 
two  opposite  sides,  the  beiiches,  Lat. 
iranstra,  Od.  9,  99;  13,  21,  Hdt.  2,  90; 
oi  έπΙ  ζνγω=ζνγίται,  Aesch.  Ag.  1618. 
. — IV.  the  beam  of  the  balance,  ζ.  τα- 
Τιύντον,  Aesch.  Supp.  822,  in  plur. 
also  the  balance  itself,  Dcm.  784,  10. — 
V.  the  cross-straps  of  sandals,  Av.  Lys. 
417.     Cf  the  post-Hom.  ζυγός. 

Ζνγοπ?Μστης,  ov,  ό,  {ζυγόν,  πλάσ- 
σω) one  U'ho  uses  a  false  balance. 

ΖνγοτΐΟΐεω,  ύ,  to  vmke  yokes,  v. 
Dobree  Ar.  Plut.  513 :  from 

Ζνγοποιός,   όν,    {ζυγόν,   ποιεω)  a 
maker  of  yokes,  Pherocr.  Pers.  1,1. 
iZvγό^ro7uς,  εως,  ή,  ZygopOlis,  a  city 
of  Pontus,  Strab. 

Ζυγός,  οϋ,  6,  {ζενγνυμί)  like  the 
older  ζνγόν,  but  less  freq,,  and  in 
plur.  very  rare  indeed :  H.  Hom.  Cer. 
217,  elsewh.  σ'ελαα. 

Ζΰγοσταθμέω,  ώ,  =  ζνγοστατέω  ■ 
from 

Ζϋγόσταθμος,  ov,  ό,  {ζνγόν,  στάθμη] 
the  balance,  Plut. 
603 


ΖΩΓΡ 

Ζΰγοστάσία,  ας,  η,  α  weighing: 
from 

Ζΰγοστΰτέω,  ώ,  {ζυγοστάτης)  to 
weigh  by  the  balance,  to  weigh. — II.  to 
keep  in  equilibrium,  balance,  Polyb. 
Hence 

Ζϋγοστάτημα,  ατός,  τό,  the  balance. 

Ζϋγοστάτης,  ov,  ό,  {ζυγόν,  ιστημι) 
one  who  weighs :  esp.  —  II.  a  public 
officer,  who  looked  to  the  iveights.  [ώ] 

Ζϋγοτρΰτάνιι,  ης,  η,  the  balance,  [ΰ] 

Ζνγονλκός,  όν,  {ζνγόν,  Ώ.κω)  draw- 
ing the  yoke,  βονς,  Moschion  ap.  Stob. 
Eel.  1,  244. 

Ζνγόφιν,  Ep.  gen.  sing,  from  ζνγόν, 
II.  24,  576.  ^ 

Ζνγοφορεω,  ω,  to  weigh. — II.  to  bear 
the  yoke :  from 

Ζΰγοφόρος,  ov,  {ζυγόν,  ή)έρω):=ζν- 

7νΦ• 

Ζϋγόω,  ώ,  {ζνγόν)  to  yoke,  join  to- 
gether, ζ.  κιθάραν,  to  put  the  cross-bar 
to  the  lyre,  Luc. — II.  to  bring  to  the 
yoke,  subdue,  Aesch.  Fr.  106. 

Ζνγωθρίζω,  {ζνγόν  IV.)  to  ivcigh,  ex- 
amine, Ar.  Nub.  745. — II.  to  bar :  from 

Ζΰγωβρον,  ου,  τό,  {ζυγόω)  the  cross- 
bar or  bolt  of  a  door,  [ϋ] 

Ζύγωμα,  ατός,  ro,=  foreg.,  Polyb. 
— 11.  the  bench  of  a  ship. — 111.  in  mcdic. 
the  OS  jugale,  cf  ζνγοειδ//ς.  [ΰ] 

Ζνγωσις,  εως,  η,  {ζνγόω)  α  yoking. 
— II.  α  balancing,  Callix.  ap.  Ath.  204 
Α.  [ΰ] 

Ζνγωτός,  ή,  όν,  {ζνγόω)  yoked,  har- 
nessed, άρμα  ζ.,  Lat.  biga.  Soph.  El. 
702. 

Ζϋθος,  ov,  δ,  and  ζϋθος,  εος,  τό, 
both  in  StralD.,  a  kind  of  beer,  so  call- 
ed by  the  Aegyptians,  cf  Hdt.  2,  77, 
V.  also  κοϋρμι. 

Ζύμη,  ης,  ή,  leaven,  Arist.  Gen.  An. 
(Prob.  from  ζέω,  because  it  produces 
fermentation.)  [ϋ]    Hence 

Ζϋμίμις,  εσσα.  εν,  leavened. 

Ζνμίζω,  to  belike  leaven,  Diosc. 

Ζϋμίτης,  ov,  ό,  {ζνμη)  άρτος  ζ., 
leavened  bread,  Xen.  An.  7,  3,  21. 

Ζϋμόω,  ώ,  {ζύμη)  to  leaven,  make  to 
ferment .  \-ιΏΧ.  fer mentare  :  pass,  to  fer- 
ment, Hipp.,  cf  Foes.  Oecon. 

Ζϋμώδης,  ες,^^ζνμήεις  :  hence,  ηοί 
mouldy,  sound,  Arist.  Gen.  An. 

Ζύμωμα,  ατός,  τό,  {ζυμύω)  a  fer- 
mented mixture,  hat.  fermentum.  Plat.  : 
Nic.  calls  a  fungus  or  mushroom  ζύ- 
μωμα γης.  [υ\      ^ 

Ζύμωσις,  εως,  η,  {ζυμόω)  α  ferment- 
ing, fermentation.  Plat.  Tim.  66  Β : 
i/ττατος  ζνμωσις,  a  swelling  of  the 
liver,  Hipp,  [v] 

Ζνμωτικός,  ή,  όν,  {ζνμόω)  causing 
to  ferment,  blowing  up,  τινός,  Ath. 

Ζυμωτός,  ή,  όν,  {ζνμόω)  fermented, 
leavened,  LXX. 

Ζωύγρια,  ων,  τύ,  {ζωός,  άγρενω) 
reward  for  life  saved  in  battle,  or  in 
gen.  for  preserving  any  one  alive,  Od. 
8,  402,  Hdt.  3.  36:  in  Hom.  with 
τίνείν  and  όφέλλειν,  like  θρεπτήρια, 
reward  for  nursing  and  rearing  one,  U. 
18,  407  :  also  offerings  to  Aesculapius 
and  other  gods  for  recovery  from  ill- 
ness :  the  sing,  occurs  only  in  Orac. 
ap.  Plut.  Aral.  53 :  cf  ζωγρέω  II. 

Ζωάριον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  ζωον, 
an  animalctde. 

Ζωαρκής,  ες,  {ζωή,  άρκέω)  support- 
ing or  assisting  life,  refreshing,  cheer- 
ing, A  nth. 

Ζώαρχος,  ov,  {ζώον,  άρχω)  ruling, 
guiding  an  animal,  name  of  an  ele- 
phant-driver, Ael.     • 

^Ζωβία,  ας,  η,  Zobia,  fem.  pr.  n., 
Dem.  788,  5. 

7.ωγ7.ύ<ί>ος,  ον,=ζωογλνφος. 

Ζωγρύφεΐον,  ου,  τό,  {ζωγράφος)  α 
painter's  studio. 


ΖΩ1Α 

Ζωγραφέω,  ώ,  {ζωγοάφος)  to  paint, 
esp.  from  life,  Plat.  llep.  598  B,  etc. 
Hence 

Ζωγρύφημα,  ατος,  τό,  a  picture, 
Plat.  Phil.  39  D.  [a] :  and 

Ζωγρΰφιιτός,  ή,  όν,  painted. 

Ζωγράφίη,  ας.  ή,  the  art  of  painting, 
painting.  Plat.  Phaedr.  275  D. 

Ζωγραφικός,  ή,  όν,  skilled  in  paint- 
ing. Plat.  Theaet.  145  A  :  ή  ζ.,  sub. 
τέχνη,  the  art  of  painting,  Diod.  Adv. 
-κώς :  from 

Ζωγράφος,  ov,  [ζώον,  γράφω)  paint- 
ing animals,  painting  from  Uj'e  or  from 
nature :  ο  ζωγ.,  a  painter.  Hdt.  2,  40, 
and  Plat. :  metaph.  one  who  paints  in 
vivid  language,  Aristaen.  [ά] 

Ζωγρεία,  ας,  ή,  {ζωγρέω)=^ζωγρία, 
Polyb. 

ΖωγρεΙον,  ου,  τό,  α  place  to  keep 
animals  in,  a  cage,  den,  aviary,  stew- 
pond,  etc.,  Plut. 

Ζωγρέω,  ώ,  ί.  -ήσω,  {ζωρς,  άγρενω) 
to  take  alive,  take  prisoner  in  war  in- 
stead of  killing,  11.  6,  40;  10,  378, 
Hdt.,  etc.  ;  for  which  ζωον  άνάγειν 
occurs  Od.  14,  272  ;  ονδένα  ζωγρεΐν, 
to  give  no  quarter. — II.  {ζω?/,  άγείρω) 
to  restore  to  life  and  strength,  revive, 
like  ζωπυρέωΛ^-  5,  098. 

Ζωγρία,  ας,  ή.  Ion.  -ίη,  a  taking 
alive,  taking  prisoner,  ζωγρίη  ?.αμβύ- 
νειν,  αίρέειν,  to  take  alive,  Hut.  6, 
28,  37. 

Ζωγρίας,  ov,  ό,  one  taken  alive :  some 
refer  to  this  the  phrase  ζωγρίαν  '/λαμ- 
βάνειν, Ctes.  3,  and  LXX.,  cf  Dind. 
Steph.  Thes.  v.  ζωγρία. 

Ζώγρον,  ov,  τό,  and  ζώγρος,  ov,  δ, 
later  Ibrms  for  ζωγρεΐον. 

Ζωδάριον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  ζώον, 
a  little  animal,  as  an  insect,  Alex.  LyC. 
2,  Arist.  H.  Α.,  v.  ζώδιον. 

Ζωδιακός,  ή,  όν,  {ζώδιον)  of  or  be- 
longing to  animals  :  esp.  ό  ζωδιακός, 
sub.  κύκλος,  the  Zodiac,  also  ή  ζω- 
διακ?'/. 

Ζωδιογ?.νφος,  ov,  {ζώδιον,  γλύφω) 
—ζωογλύφος,  Plut. 

Ζώδιον,  ον,  τό,  dim.  from  ζωον,  α 
little  animal :  a  small  figure,  painted  or 
carved,  Hdt.  1,  70. — II.  in  plur.  esp. 
the  signs  of  the  zodiac,  Arist.  Mund. 

Ζωδιοφόρος,  ov,  {ζώδιον,  φέρω) 
bearing  anijnals  :  κύκλιος  ζ.=  δ  ζωδια- 
κός. 

Ζωδιωτός,  ή,  όν,  {ζώδιον)=ζωωτός. 

Ζω?'/,  ης,  ή.  Ion.  and  poet,  ζόη,  {ζάω) 
α  living,  ϊ.  e.  ?neans  of  life,  goods,  pro- 
perty, like  βίος,  βίοτος,  Od.  14,  90, 
208. — II.  in  Att.,  life,  opp.  to  death, 
Trag. 

Ζωηδόν,  adv.,  {ζώον)  in  the  manner 
of  beasts,  Polyb. 

Ζωηρός,  η,  όν,  {ζωή)  living,  and 
giving  life,  Eccl. 

Ζωηφόρης,  ov,  {ζωή,  φέρω)  life- 
bringing,  Eccl. 

Ζωθάλμιος,  ov,  giving  the  bloom  and 
freshness  of  life,  Pind.  O.  7,  20,  cf. 
βιοθάλ/ίίος,  πο?ινθάλμιος,  φυτύλμιος. 
(Prob.  from  ζωή,  θάλλω :  others  de- 
rive it  from  ΰλίϊω, others  from  θέι'λπω.) 

Ζωθαλπής,  ές,  {ζωή,  θάλπω)  warm- 
ing or  cheering  life,  Nonn. 

ΖωΟαλπίς,  ίδος,  pecul.  fem.  of 
foreg..  Id. 

Ζωϋήκη,  ης,  η,  a  small  rornn  or 
closet,  wherein  to  rest  by  day,  opp.  to 
dormitorium,  the  bed-room,  Plin.  Ep. 
2,  17,  cf  5,  6. 

Ζωίδιος,   a,   ον,=^ζωδιακός,  Arat. 

Ζωικός,  ή,  όν,  {ζώον)  of  or  belong- 
i?ig  to  animals,  τα  ζωικά,  a  history  of 
animals,  Arist.  Part.  An. 
ή'Ζωΐλος,  ov,  ό,  Zo'ilus,  a  Greek  rhe- 
torician and  grammarian  of  Amphi- 


Ζί2ΝΗ 

polis  in  Macedonia,  called  Όμηρο- 
μάστιξ  in  consequence  of  his  severe 
censure  of  Homer,  Plut.,  Ael.,  etc. — 
Others  in  Diog.  L.,  etc. 

"Ζώϊον,  ov,  TO,  poet,  for  ζώον,  like 
ύϊον  for  ώόν,  Simon.  214. 

ΙΖώΪΑ -Of,  ου,  δ,  Zo'ippus,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  Polyb. 

Ζώαα,  ατός,  τό,  {ζώνννμί)  that 
uhich  is  girded,  and  SO  in  Horn,  the 
girded  frock  or  doublet  worn  under  the 
armour,  II.  4,  187,  Od.  14,  4S2.— II. 
later  also=:  ^ώι•;;,  ζωστήρ.  a  girdle, 
belt.  Soph.  El.  452:  thoush  some 
take  it  in  II.  23,  68.3,  for  the  drawers, 
Lat.  subligaculum,  worn  in  wrestling, 
V.  Heyne  Iliad.  T.  8,  p.  491. 

Ζωμάρνστρον,  ου,  τό,  and  ζωμά- 
ρνστβος,  ου,  ή,=ζωμήρνσις. 

Ζώμενμα,  ατός,  τό,  broth,  soup :  put 
by  way  of  joke  for  ΰττοζώματα  νεώς. 
At.  Eq.  279  :  from 

Ζω,/ζεΐ'ω,  {ζωμός)  to  boil  for  broth, 
seethe,  Hipp. 

Ζυμτ'/ρϋσις,  εως,  ή,  {ζωμός,  ΰρύω) 
α  soup -ladle,  Philem.  Jun.  p.  432, 
Meineke. 

Ζωμίδιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  ζωμός, 
a  little  sauce,  Ar.  Nub.  389. 

Ζωμο~οιέω,  ώ,  to  make  broth  or 
sauce :  from 

ΖωμοτΓοώς,  όν,  (ζωμός,  ττοιέω) 
making,  preparing,  spicing  sauce,  Plut. 
Ζωμός,  ό.  Dor.  δωμός,  q.  v.,  broth, 
soup,  esp.  sauce  to  eat  with  meat, 
fish,  etc.,  Ar.  Pac.  716,  etc. — 2.  comic 
name  for  a  fat,  greasy  fdlou;  Anax- 
andr.  Odyss.  2,  5. — II.  metaph.  blood- 
shed, Casaub.  Theophr.  Char.  8,  2,  cf 
ιτέλανος  in  Aesch.  Pers.  BIG.  (Prob. 
from  ζέω.) 

ΖωμοτάρΙχος,  ov,  [ζωμός,  τάριχος) 
fond  of  sauce  rrcade  from  salted  or 
potted  fish,  Alex.  TvvatK.  2.  [ΰ] 

'\Ζωναϊης,  a,  ov,  of  Zone,  Zonean, 
όρη,  Nic.  Th.  461. 

Ζωνάριον ,τό,Αίτα.  from  ζώνη,  Hdn. 
^Ζωναράς,    ου,  ό,   Zonaras,   a  late 
Grecian  historian. 

Ζώνη,  ης,  ή,  [ζώνννμι)  a  belt,  girdle, 
in  Horn,  strictly  the  lower  girdle  worn 
by  v;omcn  just  above  the  hips,  over 
which  the  gown  was  drawn  and  fell 
in  folds,  II.  14,  181,  Od.  5,  231  :  the 
man's  belt  was  usu.  ζωστήρ,  but  Aga- 
memnon's is  called  ζώνη,  11.  11,  234  : 
the  upper  girdle  of  the  women  {στρόόιον 
or  ταινία)  was  worn  under  the 
breasts.  —  Phrases:  ζώνιιν  /.νειν,  to 
loose  the  maiden  girdle,  of  the  bride- 
groom. Od.  II,  245;  ζ.  λνεσθαι,  of 
the  bride  herself,  Anth. ;  ζ.  λνειν  is 
also  used  in  later  authors  of  Diana, 
as  assisting  in  child-birth ;  also  of 
men  on  a  march,  ζ.  λνεσθαι,  to  halt, 
rest  one's  self,  Hdt.  8,  120 :  φέρειν 
vno  ζώνην  and  τρέοειν  εντός  ζώνης, 
to  bear  or  nourish  under  the  girdle, 
i.  e.  in  the  womb,  Aesch.  Cho.  992, 
Eum.  608  ;  also  νττό  ζώνης,  Eur.  Hec, 
762.  —  Proverb,  εις  ζώνην  δεόόσθαι, 
to  be  given /or  girdle-money,  or,  as  we 
should  say.  pin-money,  of  Oriental 
queens  who  had  cities  given  them 
for  their  small  expenses,  Schneid. 
Xen.  An.  1,  4,  9.  Later  the  girdle 
was  used,  as  now  in  the  east,  to 
keep  money  in,  N.  T. :  hence  zonam 
perdere,  to  lose  one's  purse,  Horat.-^ 
II.    the  part   round    which    the    girdle 

iassed.  the  ivaist,  loins,  so,  as  early  as 
1.  2,  479,  .\gamemnon  is  called  'Αρει 
ζώνην  Ικ.ε7.ος. — III.  any  thing  that  one 
girds  on.  a  garment,  cuirass,  armour  in 
genl.,  esp,  that  of  officers,  hence, 
ζώνης  τνχείν,  as  we  say, '  to  get  one's 
epaulettes,'  Anth. — IV.  atiy  thing  that 
goe$  round  like  a  girdle,  and  so — 1.  in 


Z20K 

'  architecture,  the  frieze,  Vitruv. — 2. 
the  zones  of  the  heavenly  sphere,  Lat. 
cingulus,  Strab.  —  3.  in  medic,  wri- 
ters, herpes  zoster,  shingles,  (i.  e.  cin- 
gtdujn),  so  called  from  its  running 
round  the  body,  Plin. 

^Ζώνη,  ης,  ή.  Zone,  a  city  and  pro- 
montory of  Thrace  on  the  Aegean 
sea,  Hdt.  7,  59,  Ap.  Rh.  1,  28. 

Zojviov,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  foreg., 
Plut. 

Ζωνιοπλόκος,  ov,  (ζώνιον,  ττλεκω) 
plaiting,  embroidering  girdles. 

Ζωνίτης,  ου,  ό,  fern.  Ιτις,  ιδος, 
girded,  having  girdles,  a  kiiid  of  cake, 
Diosc. 

Ζώνννμι,  and  -ννω,  f.  ζώσω :  aor. 
έζωσα.  Mid.  ζώνννμαι,  f.  ζώσομαι : 
aor.  έζωσύμην :  perf.  pass,  έζωσμαι. 
To  gird.  esp.  to  gird  or  tuck  up  for 
battle,  Od.  18,  76  (the  only  place 
where  Hom.  has  act.) :  to  gird  round, 
gird,  buckle  or  put  on.  Mid.  to  gird 
one's  self,  gird  up  one's  loins,  ζώσαι, 
gird  thee,  Od.  IS,  30  ;  esp.  to  gird  one's 
self  for  battle,  II.  11,  15;  23,  6S5 ; 
hence  to  arm,  Od.  24,  89 ;  ζώνννσθαι 
ζωστήρι,  βύκεσι,  to  gird  one's  self  with 
a  belt,  with  rags,  II.  10,  78,  Od.  18, 
67  ;  also  c.  ace,  ζώνην,  μίτρην,  χα?.- 
κον  ζώνννσθαι,  to  gird  on  one's  belt, 
sword,  II.  5,  857 ;  14,  181 ;  23,  130  ; 
cf.  ενζωνος.  (Akin  to  ζεύγννμι,  ζν- 
yfjvai,  as  χώνννμι  to  χέω,  χνθηναι, 
Lat.  cingo.) 

Ζωνννσκετο,  lengthd.  3  sing,  impf 
mid.  from  foreg.,  II.  5,  857. 

ΖωνΓνω,=^ζώνννμι. 

Ζωνόγαστρις,  ό,  η,  and  ζωνογάσ- 
τωρ,  ορός,  ό,  ή,  {ζώνη,  γαστήρ)  gird- 
ed round  the  loins. 

Ζωνοειδής,  ες,  {ζώνη,  είδος)  like  α 
belt  or  girdle. 

Ζωντεϊον,  ov,  τό,  v.  ζητρειον. 

Ζωογεν7)ς,  ες,  (ζώον,  *  γένω)  born  of 
an  animal,  animal.  Plat. 

Ζωογ/,νόος,  ov,  {ζώον,  γ?.ύόω)  car- 
ving ani7nals :  ό  ζ.,  a  sculptor,  Mel. 
11.  [ϋ] 

Ζωογονέω,  ώ,  (ζωογόνος)  to  pro- 
duce, propagate,  engender  anijnals,  esp. 
worms,  maggots,  etc.,  Theophr. — II. 
to  preserve  alive,  LXX.     Hence 

Ζωογόνησις,  εως,  ή,  the  propagating 
of  animals,  esp.  worms,  etc.,  Lat.  ver- 
niiculatio.     Hence 

Ζωογονητίϋός,  ή,  όν,  able  to  propa- 
gate, prolific. 

Ζωογονία,  ας,  ή,  =  ζωογόνησις, 
Theophr. 

Ζωογονικός,  η,  όν,^ζωογονητικός, 
Philo.    Adv.  -κώς. 

Ζωογόνος,  ον,  (ζωός,  *γενω)  pro- 
ducing οτ  propagating  animals,  genera- 
tive, Aretae. :  epith.  of  the  number 
seven,  because  children  are  often 
born  in  seven  months. 

Ζωογράφος,  ov,  poet,  for  ζωγ., 
Theocr.  15,  81. 

Ζωοδότεφα,  ας,  ή,  fern,  from  ζωο- 
δοτήρ,  ηρος,  ό,  and  ζωοδότης,  ου,  δ, 
{ζωή,  δίδωμι)  α  giver  of  life,  Eccl. 

Ζωόδωρος,  ov,  (ζωή,  δωρέω)  life- 
giving,  Eccl. 

Ζωοειδής,  ες,  {ζώον,  είδος)  like  an 
aiiimal,  Geop. 

Ζωοθετέω,  €>,  {ζωός,  τίθημι)  to  make 
aline,  bring  to  life,  Archel.  ap.  Antig. 
Car.  23. 

Ζωοθηρία,  ας,  η,  (βήρα)  a  catching 
animals  alive.  Plat.  Soph.  223  B. 

ΖωοΟηρικός,Λ,  όν,  belonging  to  ζωο- 
θηρία, lb.  220  W,  222  A. 

Ζωοθϋσία,  ας,  η,  animal  sacrifice, 
Eccl. :  from 

Ζωοθϋτέω,  {ζώον,  θύω)  to  sacrifice, 

Ζωοκτονία,  ας,  η,  slaughter  of  ani- 
mals:  from 


ΖΩΟΦ 

■[Ζωοκτόνος.  ov,  (ζώον,  κτείνω)  slay- 
ing animals,  Philost. 

ΖωόμορφοΓ,  ov,  {ζώον,  μορφή)  in  the 
form  or  shape  of  an  animal,  Pint. 

Ζώον,  ov,  TO,  {ζωός)  a  living  being, 
animal,  like  Lat.  animal  for  animate, 
Ar.  Vesp.  551,  Plut.  443,  etc.— II.  in 
painting  and  sculpture,  strictly  the 
figure  of  an  animcd  done  from  life,  but 
also  any  figure,  iynage.  inst=  τντΐος, 
Hdt.  2,  148:  hence  ζωγράφος,  ζώα 
γράφειν and  γράφεσθαι  for  ζωγραφεΐν, 
m  Hdt.  with  a  second  ace.  of  the 
thing  painted,  as,  ζώα  γράφασΟαι  την 
ζενξιν  του  Βο^ττόρου,  to  have  the  pas 
sage  of  the  Bosporus  painted  from 
life,  or  in  genl.  painted,  Hdt.  4,  88. 
(brig.  neut.  from  ζωός,  and  by  change 
of  accent  made  into  a  subst.  :  in 
MSS.  oft.  written  ζώον  as  if  contr. 
from  ζώίον,  and  so  Dind.,  Staph. 
Thes.,  would  always  keep  it,  though 
he  does  not  propose  ζωός  in  the  adj. 
form,  or  ζωο-  in  the  deriv.  words.) 

Ζωο~'/.αστέω,  ώ,  to  mould  to  the 
life,  make  into  statues,  analogous  to 
ζωγραφέω,  Lycophr.  844:  from 

Ζωο~7.ύστης,  ov,  ό,  (ζώον,  ■πλάσ- 
σω) one  v;ho  forms  animals :  hence,  the 
Creator,  Philo. 

Ζωοηοιέω,  ώ,  (ζωοττοώς)  to  produce 
animals,  esp.  worms,  grubs,  etc.,  like 
ζωογονέω,  Arist.  H.  A.     Hence 

Ζωοαοίησις,  εως,  ή,  a  making  alive, 
bringing  to  life.     Hence 

Ζωοκοιητικός,  ή,  όν,  able  to  make 
alive:  to  ζ.,  generative  power,  Plut. 

Ζωοτϊοιός,  ov,  (ζώον,  ττοιέω)  making 
alive,  generative,  Eccl. 

Ζωοπώ/.ης,  ov,  ό,  {ζώον,  ϊτω^,έω) 
selling  animals,  esp.  for  sacrifice. 

Ζωό-ω/.ις,  ιδος,  ή,  sub.  αγορά,  the 
beast-market. 

Ζωός,  ζωή,  ζωόν,  {ζύω)  alive,  living, 
Horn.,  etc.,  opp.  to  θανών,  Od.  17, 
115  ;  ζωόν  έ'/.είν  τίνα,  to  take  pri- 
soner, II.  6,  38,  ?Μβεΐν,  Xen.  Hell.  1, 
2,  5,  cf.  ζωγρέω.  A  rarer  form  is  ζώς, 
II.  5,  887 ;  16,  445,  Hdt.  1,  194  (ace. 
to  best  MSS. ;  though  some  write 
ζώς,  wrongly  comparing  σώς,  which 
IS  contr.  from  σόος.) 

Ζωόσοόος,  ov,  {ζωή,  σοφός)  wise  m 
life,  Anth. 

Ζωοστύσιαν,  ου,  τό,  {ζώον,  ϊστημι) 
α  stand  for  beasts,  stall,  stable,  [α] 

Ζωότης,  ητος,  ή,  {ζωός)  ayiimal  na- 
ture, formed  like  θειότης,  and  joined 
with  it,  Plut.  2,  1001  B. 

Ζωοτοκέω,  ώ,  to  be  viviparous,  Arist. 
Pol.  1,8,  10:  and 

Ζωοτοκία,  ας,  ή,  a  being  viviparous, 
Arist.  Gen.  An. :  froni 

Ζωοτόκος,  ov,  (ζώον,  τίκτω)  pro- 
ducing its  young  alive,  viviparous,  opp. 
to  ώοτόκος,  Arist.  H.  A. 

Ζωοτροφεΐον,  ov,  τό,  a  place  for 
keeping  animals :  from 

Ζωοτροψέω,  ώ,  to  be  ζωοτρόφος,  to 
keep  animals,  Philo.     Hence 

Ζωοτροφία,  ας,  η,  a  feeding,  keep- 
ing of  animals.  Plat. :  and 

Ζωοτροφικός,  ή,  όν,  fit  for  keeping 
animals  :  ή  ζ.  sub.  τέχνη,:=ζωοτροφία. 
Plat.  Polit.  263  E,  267  A. 

Ζωοτρόφος,  ov,  (ζώον,  τρέφω)  feed- 
ing, keeping  animals,  Clem.  Al. 

ΖωοτντΓος,  ov,  {ζώον,  τν—όω)  mould- 
ing or  modelling  animals  from  life, 
Nonn.  \v]  ^ 

Ζωοφάγεω,  ΰ,  to  live  on  animal  food, 
Arist.  H.  A.  8,  2,  16  :  and 

ΖοΜφαγία,  ac,  ή,  a  living  on  animal 
food,  .\rist.  H.  A. :  from 

Ζο>οφάγος,  ov,  (ζύον,  φαγείν)  living 
on  animal  food,  carnivorous,  Arist.  Pol 
[a] 
Ζνόφβαλμος,  ov,  {ζώον.  οφθαλμός) 
603 


Ζί2Ρ0 

with  animal  eyes:  το  ζωόφθαλμον,  a 
plant,  elsevvh.  βονφθαλμον,  Diosc. 

Ζωηφθορία,  ας,  ή,  the  act  of  a  ζωο- 
φθόί)θς.  Eccl. 

Zfcwpfopof,  01»,  (sCJOV,  φθείρω)  de- 
stroying ani/itals. — 2.  dtfiling  one's  self 
therewith,  Eccl. 

Ζωοφορέω,  ώ.  to  hear  alive,  to  bear 
a  live  fetus,  Arist.  H.  A. :  of  plants,  to 
bear  fruit,  Geop. 

Ζωοφόρος,  ov,  {ζωή,  ώίρω)  bringing 
life,  life-giving,  Anth. — II.  (ζώον,  φέρω) 
bearing  ani?nals,  and  so — 1.  bearing 
the  figures  of  animals, scidpturtd,  Dioil. : 
hence  zophora,  the  frieze,  Vitiuv. — 2. 
ό  ζωοό.  snh.  κύκ?ι.ος,=ζωδίακός,  Arist. 
Mund. 

Ζωοόντέο),  ώ,  (ζωός,  φυτεύω)  to  put 
forth  live  shoots,  Ath. 

Ζωόφύτον,  ου,  {ζώον,  φύομαι)  a 
living  being,  v.  ζώφυτον.  —  II.  {ζώον, 
φυτόν)  a  zoiiphyte,  i.  e.  an  animal-plant, 
the  lowest  of  the  animal  tribe,  such 
as  polypi,  Arist.  H.  A. 

Ζωόω,ώ,{ζωός)  to  make  alive:  pass. 
ζωονσθαι,  of  plants,  to  be  filled  with 
uorms,  maggots,  etc.,  Theophr.,  cf. 
ζωο^'ονέω,  ζωοποιέω. 

Ζώπισσα,  ης,  ή,  (ζωός,  πίσσα)  the 
pitch  and  wax  scraped  off  old  ships, 
Diosc. 

ΖωτΓονέω,  ώ,  to  represent  alive,  Anth. 
^Ζωττνρα,  ας,  ?/,  Zopyra,  fern.  pr.  n., 
Alex.  ap.  Ath.  441  D. 

Ζωττύρέω,  ώ,  {ζώττνρον)  to  kindle  to 
live  flame,  make  to  blaze  up,  usu.  nne- 
taph.  to  set  on  fire,  stir  up,  kindle,  τάρ- 
βος,  φρένα,  Aesch.  Theb.  289,  Ag. 
]0;M:  ;  to  provoke,  Ar.  Lys.  682. 

Ζωτϊύρημα,  ατός,  τό,=^ζώττνρον  I. 
[ν] 

Ζωτϊύρησις,  εως,  ή,   (ζωττυρεω)  α 
lighting  up,  kindling,   [ί] 
■\Ζωτϊυρτιτέον,  verb.  adj.  from  ζωπυ- 
οέω,  one  must  kindle,  Philo. 

^ΖωπνρΙνος,  ov,  b,  ZopyrXnus,  a 
poet,  Ath.  662  D. 

Ζω~νρίς,  ίδος,  ή,  kindling  up,  re- 
viving, Julian. 

ίΖωττνρίων,  ωνος,  ό,  Zopyrion,xidinie 
of  a  slave,  Theocr.  15,  13. 

Ζώτϊϋρον,  ov,  TO,  {ζωός,  ττΐφ)  a 
spark,  a  piece  of  hot  coal,  a  match  to 
light  up  a  fire  with ;  whence  Plato 
calls  those  who  survived  the  flood, 
ζώπνρα  τοΰ  των  άνθρώττων  γένους, 
Legg.  677  Β. — II.  act.  a  pair  of  bel- 
lows.— III.  a  plant,  also  κ?Λνο~όδι.ον, 
dub.  in  Diosc.  Strictly  neut.  from 
adj.  ζώττνρος. 

Ζώπνρος,  ov,  (ζωάς,  ττϊφ)  kindling, 
lighting  up,  rousing,  Philostr. 

fZUTzvpor.  ov,  ύ,  Znpyrus,  a  cele- 
brated general  of  Darius  Hystaspis, 
Hdt.  3,  153. —  2.  grandson  of  the 
foreg..  Id.  3,  ICO.— 3.  ό  Οράξ,  a  slave 
of  Pericles,  instructor  of  Alcibiades, 
Plat.  Alcib.  1.  122  Α.— 4.  a  physician, 
Plut.  — Others  in  Plut.  Pyrrh.  34, 
Diog.  L.,  etc. 

Ζωτϊύρωσις,  εως,  ή,^^ζωττνρησις. 
^Ζωροάστρης,  ου,  ό,  Zoroaster,  the 
celebrated  Persian  sage  and  law- 
giver, founder  of  the  Persian  reli- 
gion ;  son  of  Oromazes,  Plat.  Ale.  1, 
122  A. 

Ζωροποτέω,  ώ,  to  drink  sheer  wine, 
he  drunken,  Ath. :  from 

Ζωροττότης,  ov,  b,  (ζωρός,  πίνω) 
drinking  sheer  wine,  drinking  hard, 
drunken,  Hedyl.  ap.  Ath.  497  D. 

Ζωρός,  ov,pure,  sheer,  hence  strong, 
hot,  usu.  of  wine  without  water ;  also 
as  neut.,  ζωρόν,  like  το  ύκρατον,  Lat. 
merum,  sheer  wine ;  Horn,  uses  only 
comp.,  ζωρύτεμον  κέραιε,  mix  purer 
wine,  i,  e,  pour  in  less  water,  II.  9, 
203,  where  also  it  must  be  taken  as 
6C4 


ΖΩΩΔ 

neut.  subst.  As  it  was  reckoned  a 
drunken  habit  to  drink  the  strong 
Greek  wine  without  water,  the  post- 
Horn,  jihrase  ζωρύτερσν  ττίνειν  came 
to  mean  not  only,  as  in  Hdt.  6,  84,  to 
drink  purer  winj•  than  coinmon,  but  in 
genl.  to  drink  hard,  be  a  drunkard,  like 
άκρατοποτεϊν.  But  in  Emped.  148, 
ζωρός  has  e.xactly  the  contrary  mean- 
ing, mixed,  as  opp.  to  ακρητος.  (Prob. 
for  ζωιρός  from  ζωός.) 
tZwpof,  ov,  ό,  ZOrus,  founder  of 
Carthage,  ace.  to  App.  Pun. — 2.  Ζω- 
ρός,  ov,  b,  a  Trojan,  Q,.  Sm.  3,  231. 

Ζώς,  neut.  ζών,  gen.  ζω,  rarer  form 
for  ζω<')ς,  q.  v.,  II.  5,  887. 

Ζώσαι,  impcrat.  aor.  1  mid.  of  ζών- 
ννμι,  Od.  18,  30. 

Ζωσιμάς,  ov,  (ζάω)  capable  of  life, 
Lat.  vitalis,  Theophr. 

iZώσιμoς,  ov,  b,  Zosimus,  an  epi- 
grammatic poet  of  Thasus,  Anth. — 2. 
one  of  the  Byzantine  historians. 

Ζώσις,  εως,  }],  {ζώνννμι)  a  girding. 

Ζώσ/ία,  ατός,  τό,  :=  ζώμα,  ace.  to 
Thorn.  Μ.  p.  411,  not  Att. 

Ζωατηρ,  ηρος,  ό,  {ζώνννμι)  a  belt, 
girdle:  freq.  in  II.,  where  it  always 
means  the  warrior's  belt,  which  passed 
round  the  loins  and  secured  the  bot- 
tom of  the  cuirass  {θώραξ) ;  fastened 
with  a  clasp  or  hooks  of  gold.  II.  4, 
132  ;  and  prob.,  to  make  it  stronger, 
covered  with  metal  plates,  hence 
δαιδαλέος  and  τταναίολος,  II.  4,  135, 
etc. :  in  Od.  the  belt  with  which  the 
swine-herd  girds  up  his  frock,  Od.  14, 
72.  Later  also  the  women's  girdle, 
which  Hom.  calls  ζώνη. — \].=ζώνη 
IV.  3,  Plin. — III.  the  stripe  or  band 
xvhich  marks  a  certain  height  in  the  ship, 
which  may  be  illustrated  by  Eur. 
Cycl.  505,  6. — IV.  a  kind  o[  sea- weed. 
— V.  as  adj.,  girded.  Call.  H.  Ap.  85. 
Hence 
ίΖωστ;/ρ,  7}ρος,  b.  Zoster,  a  pro- 
montory of  Attica,  consisting  of  se- 
veral slender  points,  between  Athens 
and  Suniuni,  now  Halikes,  Hdt.  8, 
107,  Xen.  Hell.  5,  1,  9. 

Ζωστί/ρως,  a,  ov,  of,  belonging  to 
the  ζωστ7/ρ. 

Ζωστηροκλέπτης,  ov,  δ,  {ζωστί/ρ, 
κλέπτω)  one  who  steals  belts.  Lye. 

Ζώσ7?;ζ•,  ου,  b,  {ζώνννμι)  one  who 
girds. — 2.  a  girdle. 

Ζωστύς, ;/,  ύν,  {ζώνννμι)  girded. 

Ζώστρον,  ov,  τό,  a  belt,  girdle,  Od. 
6,  38. 

Ζωτεΐον,  ov,  τό,  v.  ζ7}τρεΐον. 

Ζωτικός,  Τ),  όν,  {ζάω)  belonging  to, 
giving  or  preserving  life,  Arist.  Gen. 
An. — II.  ftdl  of  life,  lively,  Lat.  vii'a.i\ 
Plat.  Rep.  610  Ε  :  also"  of  works  of 
art,  true  to  life,  το  ζωτικον  φαίνεσΟαι 
πώς  ίνεργάζτ]  τοις  ανδριάσιν  ;  how 
do  you  give  that  look  of  life  to  your 
statues?  Xen.  Mem.  3,  10,6:  ζωτι- 
κότατα γράφειν,  to  paint  to  the  very 
life,  Plut.  Adv.  -κώς,  hence,  ζωτι- 
κώς  ίχειν,  to  be  fond  of  life,  unwil- 
ling to  die,  Plut. 
+Ζώτοζ•,  01',  ό,  or  Ζώτης,  Zotus, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Paus. 

Ζωνφιον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  ζώον, 
=^ζώδιον,     Ath.  [ΐι] 

Ζωφόρος,  ov,  {φέρω)=ζωοφόρος,  q.  v. 

Ζώφντος,  ov,  {ζωός,  όνω)  giving 
life  to  plants,  fruitful,  fertilising,  Aesch. 
Supp.  857  :  cf.  ζωόφ. 

Ζώω,  Ep.  and  Ion.  for  ζάω,  to  live, 
the  only  form  in  Hapi.,  but  only  in 
pres.  and  impf. :  αγαθόν  βίον  ζώειν, 
Od.  15.  491  :  freq.  joined,  ζώειν  και 
όρΰν  φάος  ηελίοιο.  (It  never  occurs 
as  root  of  ζώνννμι.) 

Ζωώδης,  ες,  (ζώον,  είδος)  like  an 
animal,  animal  Plut.    Hence 


Η 

Ζωωδία,  ας,  ή,  animal  ?!n?i;rc•.  Iambi. 

Ζωωνϋμία,  ας,  ή,  {ζώον,  όνομα)  the 
naming  after  atiiinals,  as  in  the  zodiac. 

Ζιίιωσις,  εως,  i/,  (ζωόω)  a  making 
alitie. — II.  pass,  a  being  alive,  anima- 
tion. 

Ζωωτός,  η,  όν,  (  ω)  worked,  em- 
broidered with  figuT  ,  Ath.,  like  Plau- 
tus'  belluata  tapcu  i,  cf.  στρουθωτύς. 


Η. 

Η,  η,  ητα,  τό,  indecl.,  seventh  let- 
ter of  the  Gr.  alphabet ;  as  numeral 
η'=ζοκτώ  and  όγδοος,  but  ,7/=8000. 
The  oldest  form  of  Eta  (^)  was 
plainly  a  double  ε,  and  prob.  it  was 
pronounced  as  a  lengthd.  ε,  cf.  δη'λος 
ζί/'/.ος,  from  δίελος  ζέε?.ος.  The  old 
alphabet  had  only  one  sign  (t)  for 
the  e  sound,  both  long  and  short,  till 
the  long  vowels  7;  and  ω  were  form- 
ally introduced  from  the  Samian  into 
the  Athen.  alphabet  in  the  archon- 
ship  of  Euclidcs,  B.  C.  403.  But  the 
sign  H,  before  it  represented  the 
double  e,  was  used  for  the  sjiiritus 
asper,  as  ΗΟΣ,  i.e.  δς,  which  usage 
remains  in  the  Lat.  Η :  also  before 
the  introduction  of  the  aspirated 
consonants,  Θ,  χ,  φ,  it  was  placed 
after  the  tenues  κ,  π,  τ,  to  represent 
these,  KH  =  X,  ΠΗ  =  Φ,  ΤΗ  =  Θ. 
When  it  became  a  vowel,  the  sign  Η 
was  cut  in  two,  so  that  I-  represent- 
ed the  spir.  asper,  Η  the  spir.  lenis, 
whence  came  the  present  signs  for 
breathings.  ?/  was  most  in  use  among 
the  Ion. ;  with  Att.  it  often  passed 
into  (i,  as  in  πρησσω  θώρηξ,  Att. 
πράσσω  θώραξ :  though  this  change 
was  much  more  freq.  in  Aeol.  and 
Dor.  In  later  Att.,  ει  and  ηϊ  were 
not  seldom  changed  into  -η,  e.  g. 
κλείθρα  κ7ήθρα,  Νηρτι'ιδες  Ί^ηρηδες, 
Valck.  Phoen.  208. 

Ή,  and  poet.  esp.  Ep.,  lengthd.  ηέ, 
conjunction  with  three  chief  signfs., 
disjunctive,  interrogative,  compara- 
tive. 

I.  7/  nisjuNCTivE,  or,  Lat.  aut, 
Hom. :  it  may  oft.  be  rendered  or 
else,  i.  e.  ire  the  other  or  opposite  case, 
cf.  7/7rcp,  ?/Tot,  7/τε. — 2.  η...,  η...,  re- 
peated at  the  beginning  of  two  clauses, 
to  mark  a  strong  distinction  or  oppo- 
sition, either...,  or...,  Lat.  aut...,  aut..., 
Hom. :  but  oft.  only  to  denote  two 
parallel  cases,  like  πότερον...,  η..., 
the  Lat.  sive...,  sive...,  whether...,  or..., 
mostly  in  Ep.,  as  II.  1,  27,  138,  Od. 
14,  330,  etc.,  but  sometimes  also  in 
Trag.,  Elmsl.  Med.  480  :  so  too  Hom. 
uses  τ/μέν...,  ηδέ...,  q.  v. :  Pind.  joins 
η...,  f/ToL...,  N.  6,  8,  and  later  writers, 
esp.  Trag.,  oft.  have  ήτοι...,  ?/...,  and 
είτε...,  7/....  Seidl.  Eur.  El.  891,  Lob. 
Soph.  Aj.  178. 

II.  7/  interrogative: — 1.  mostly 
in  indirect  questions,  as  είπε  η..., 
say  whether...,  Od.  16,  138,  cf  U.  8, 
111,  for  which  the  Att.  say  f < :  and 
in  double  indirect  questions,  jj...,  7/..., 
ivhcther...,  or...  ?  Lat.  utrum...,  an...  ? 
II.  1,  190,  Od.  6j  142,  etc.,  for  which 
the  Att.  say  ει  or  πότερον...,  ?;..., 
Valck.  Hipp.  276:  -η...,  f/...,  is  also 
used  in  clauses,  which  do  not  strictly 
express  a  question,  but  only  a  doubt, 
II.  5,  072. — 2.  also  with  such  direct 
questions  as  follow  a  general  ques- 
tion and  suggest  tho  answer  thereto, 
like  Lat.  an,  τίπτ'  είληληνθάς ;  if 
ίνα  νβριν  toy  'Αγαμέμνονος ;  why 
hast  thou  come  ?  is  it  that  thou  mav'st 
see...,  11.  1,  203,  cf.  5,  468,  Od.  4,  710. 


Η 

The  jiiterrog.  ?/  is  used  in  just  the 
same  way  :  indeed  Passow  proposes 
always  to  write  η  in  direct,  η  only  in 
indirect  questions. 

III.  7/  COMPARATIVE,  OS,  like  Lat. 
quam,  after  a  compar.  first  in  Horn.  : 
also  after  positive  adjs.  which  have 
a  compar.  notion,  esp.  after  ΰ7.7.ος, 
q.  v.,  uAP.oiOf,  Od.  19,  267,  ενάντιος. 
Hdt.  1,  22  ;  ονδ'  όσον,  Theocr.  9,  21, 
cf.  9,  34,  35,  etc. :  so  too  after  verbs 
which  have  the  same  notion,  esp. 
βού/ομαι  ή....  to  wish  rather  than..., 
T.  3ονλομαι  II.,  and  φθάνω  ;/...,  to 
come  sooner  than...,  II.  23,  445,  Od.  11, 
58  :  but  sometimes  ή  is  used  without 
any  compar.  word,  as  in  Hdt.  9,  26. 
— 2.  ?)  sometimes  joins  two  compar., 
when  they  both  refer  to  the  same 
subject,  πάντες  κ'  άρησαίατ'  ε/,α- 
φρότεροί  ττύδας  είναι,  η  άφνειότεροι, 
Od.  1,  165  ;  ταχύτερα  ή  σοφότερα, 
Hdt.  3,  65  ;  also  in  Att.,  as  Ar.  Ach. 
1078,  cf.  Heind.  Plat.  Theaet.  144  Β  : 
so  too  in  Lat.,  non  libentius,  quam 
veritis,  Cic.  Mil.  c.  29. — 3.  ή  is  some- 
times put  pleon.  c.  genit.  after  a  com- 
par.. Plat.  Legg.  765  A,  cf.  A^alck. 
Adon.  p.  340  C,  Fasi  in  Friedem.  u. 
Seeb.  Misc.  Crit.  2,  4,  p.  697,  sq.— 4. 
very  rarel)^  after  a  superl.,  as,  ττί- 
βοιτό  κεν  νμμι  μάλιστα  η  εμοί,  Αρ. 
Rh.  3,  91,  92:  in  Ar.  Αν.  823,  the 
old  reading  /.ώστον  μεν  η  το  Φ/.έγρας 
πεδίον  has  been  altered  into/ief  ovv 
from  the  Rav.  MS.  The  disjunc- 
tive and  compar.  particles  are  found 
together  in  11.  15,  511,  βέ/.τερον,  η 
άττολέσθαί  'ένα  χρόνον,  ί/έ  βιώναι,  ?/ 
δηθά  στριΰγεσθαι,  'tis  better  either  to 
die  once  for  all  or  live,  than  long  to 
tarry  doubtful. 

[When  η  ov,  ij  ονκ  come  together 
in  a  verse,  the  two  words  coalesce 
into  one  syll.,  always  in  Att.  poets, 
and  usu.  in  Ep.,  e.  g.  II.  5,  349,  Od. 

I,  298,  cf.  μη  fin. :  so  too  ii  αυτός, 
Hes.] 

Ή,  an  exclamation,  to  call  one's 
attention  to  a  thing,  η,  ή,  σιώ-α,  Ar. 
Nub.  105 ;  and  so  should  be  written, 
Ar.  Ran.  271,  που  Ξ.ανθίας ;  η,  Έαν- 
θίας!  Where's  Xanthias?  ho,  Xan- 
thias ! 

Ή,  adv.,  with  two  chief  signfs., 
strengthening  and  questioning. 

I.  TO     STRENGTHEN    Or    CONFIRM, 

an  assertion,  in  truth,  truly,  verily,  of 
a  surety,  etc.,  Hom.,  etc.  Though  it 
is  by  no  means  seldom  put  alone,  yet 
it  usu.  is  strengthd.  by  the  addition 
of  one  or  two  other  particles :  the 
commonest  combinations  being  7/ ύρα, 
η  άρα  δη,  ή  up  and  ή  up  τε.  ή  γάρ 
and  ^  γάρ  ur,  ή  γάρ  τοι,  ή  δη,  ή  δη 
μύν,  ή  δη  πον,η  θήν,  ή  μύΆα,  ή  μάΐ.α 
δη,  η  μην  οχ  ή  μάν.  Ion.  η  μεν,  and 
strengthd.  yet  again  7}  μεν  δη,  also 
η  νύ  τοι,  η  ρα,  η  (ίά  νν,  η  τάχα,  η 
τάχα  και,  η  τε,  all  in  Horn. :  post- 
Horn,  and  esp.  in  Trag.,  ?)  κάρτα. 
Valck.  Hipp.  1028.  It  is  impossible 
to  give  the  nice  distinctions  of  these 
phrases  in  our  language  :  the  strong- 
est is  η  μην.  Ion.  η  μέν,  this  being 
used  to  introduce  the  very  uvrds  of  an 
oath,  by  Hom.  mostly  in  oratio  recta, 
but  also  c.  inf.  in  oratio  obliqua,  as 
συ  δε  σννθεο,  και  μοι  όμοσσον,  η 
μέν  μοι  ττρόφρων  επεσιν  και  χερσϊν 
άρηξειν,  II.  1,  77,  and  so  usu.  in  his- 
torical prose,  as  Hdt.  4,  154;  5,  93, 
etc.,  Xen.  An.  2,  3,  26,  sq. 

II.  in  iNTERROG.  sentences,=Lat. 
an  and  num.  usu.  only  to  be  rendered 
by  the  question,  as  in  Od.  10,  330, 11. 

II,  66G;  15,  132,  504,  506:  some- 
times it  may  be  rendered,  pray  ?  or 


ΗΒΑΩ 

can  it  be  ?  as  Od.  13,  418,  II.  7,  26,  cf. 
7/  II.  2  :  so  η  /όσ,  7/  ρά  νν,  tj  ^ύ  τι,  all 
in  Hom.,  and  freq.  in  Att.  ή  γάρ  :  but 
this  last  phrase  stands  sometimes  for 
a  second  question  by  itself,  7)  γάρ ; 
is  it  not  so  ?  eh  ?  Lat.  nonne  ?  so  7/ 
γαρ  ov  ;  Heind.  Plat.  Phaedr.  266  D, 
Gorg.  468  D.  This  interrog.  signf.  is 
only  in  direct  questions,  and  is  in 
gen.  less  freq.  than  signf  I,  cf  η  II. 
fin.  In  both  7)  always  begins  the 
sentence,  except  in  Att.  poets  now 
and  then,  as  Eur.  Hec.  1013,  cf. 
Herm.  lb.  991. 

Ή,  for  εφη,  3  sing.  impf.  from  ήμί, 
q.  v.,  freq.  in  Hom. 

Ή,  for  ην,  1  sing.  impf.  from  ειμί, 
old  Att.,  contr.  from  Ion.  εα,  but  rare, 
Heind.  Plat.  Prot.  310  E. 

Ή<,  3  sing.  subj.  pres.  act.  from 
ειμί. 

Ή,  fcm.  from  artic.  0,  q.  v. :  in 
Hom.  as  personal  or  demonstr.  pron. 
for  αυτή,  or  αϋτη. 

Ή,  fern,  from  relat.  pron.  δς,  q.  v., 
Hom. 

Ήί,  dat.  sing.  fem.  from  possess, 
pron.  ος^ί],  ov,  his,  in  Hom.  usu.  ιός, 
dat.  fem.  q}. 

Ήί,  dat.'  sing.  fem.  of  relat.  pron. 
ός,  ή,  υ,  Hom.  :  freq.  in  adverb,  signf 
— 1.  Ep.  of  place,  u-hich  way,  v:here, 
ivhither,  in  or  at  what  place,  freq.  in 
Hom. — 2.  Att.  of  the  manner,  how,  as, 
in  which  signf.  also  it  sometimes  oc- 
curs in  Horn.,  as  II.  2,  73,  ή  or  η  θέμις 
εστί,  V.  sub  θέμις:  in  'Fhuc.  also 
wherefore. — 3.  joined  with  superl.  fi 
μάΐΛϋτα  or  7/  δννατον  μά'λιστα,  as 
much,  as  far  as  possible,  y  τάχιστα, 
as  quick  as  possible,  y  βαστά,  η  άρισ- 
τον, etc.,  like  ώς  or  ό  τι  μα/.ιστα, 
oft.  in  Xen.,  cf  Jac.  A.  P.  p.  901. 

Ήα,  for  ην,  Ep.  1  sing,  impf  from 
ε'ιμί  to  be,  Horn.,  esp.  in  Od.,  but 
only  in  3  sing.  ί/εν. 

Ή<α,  Att.  contr.  from  ήϊα,  for  ^ειν, 
Ep.  impf  from  ειμί,  to  go. 

IJaTo,  Ion.  for  7/rro,  3  plur.  impf 
from  ?iuat,  to  sit. 
ί'Ή3ά,  Dor.  for  ηβη,  Pind. 

Ήβαώς.  ά,  όν.  Ion.  ίοτ  βαιός,  little, 
small,  poor:  in  Horn.  usu.  c.  negat. 
ονδέ,  as,  ov  oi  ενι  φρένες,  ονδ'  ήβαιαί, 
no  sense  is  in  him,  no,  not  the  least, 
II.  14.  141,  Od.  21,  288  ;  so  too,  ov  o'l 
ενι  τρίχες,  ονδ'  ηβαιαί,  Od.  18,  355  : 
most  usu.  in  neut.  as  adΛ'.,  ονδ' 
ήβαΐόν,  not  in  the  least,  not  at  all, 
Lat.  ne  tantillum  quidem,  11.  2,  380, 
386,  etc.,  Od.  3,  14  :  without  negat., 
ήβαιον  άπο  σττείονς,  a  little  from  the 
cave,  Od.  9,  462.  (Prob.  strengthd. 
from  βαιός.) 

'ϊίβάσκω,  f.  ήβήσω,  (ηβη)  to  come 
to  ?nnn's  estate,  come  to  one's  strength, 
Lat.  pubesccre,  Xen.  An.  4,  6,  1  :  me- 
taph.,  7/βάσκει  κακόν,  Eur.  Ale.  1085, 
as  Dind.  for  η3α  σοι.     Cf  sq. 

'HJau,  ώ,  fut.  -ήσω,  {.ηβη)  to  be  at 
man's  estate,  to  be  iii  the  prime  of  youth, 
at  one's  full  size  and  powers,  Lat.  pii- 
bescere,  Hom.,  who  best  explains  it 
in  the  often-repeated  line  ε'ιθ'  ώς 
ήβώοιμί,  βίη  δε  μοι  εμπεδος  εΐη  : — 
ΰνηρ  μά7.α  ή3ών,  a  man  in  the  prime 
and  pride  of  life,  II.  12,  382  ;  and  so 
of  plants,  ήμερις  ήβώωσα,  a  young, 
luxuriant  vine,  Od.  5,  69.  Also  of  the 
outward  signs  of  manhood,  to  get  one's 
beard,  etc. :  ή3αν  σθένος,  to  be  j'oung 
and  strong,  Eur.  H.  F.  436.— II.  me- 
taph.  to  be  young,  fresh,  vigoro^ts.  etc., 
ή3α  τοις  γέρονσιν  εν  μαθεϊν,  learn- 
ing is  young  even  for  the  old,  i.  e.  'tis 
never  too  late  to  learn,  Blomf  Aesch. 
Ag.  567,  cf  Supp.  606 ;  ηβ^  δήμος 
εις    δργην   ττεσών,  the  people   rage 


ΗΓΕΛ 

.  like  a  passionate  youth,  Eur.  Or.  696, 
cf.  νεανικός  :  also  to  be  full  of  youth• 

fuljoy,  Theogn.  1229.— As  r/Jaw  de- 
notes the  state,  so  ήβύσκ'.>  the  coming 
to  that  state.  Piers.  Moer.  p.  180,  sq. 

ΉΒΗ,  ης,  ή.  Dor.  ηβα,  Pind.,UJa, 
Theocr.,   man's   estate,  vianhood,  esp. 

at  its  beginnmg,  and  so  the  freshest, 
most  beautiful  and  active  time  of  life, 
youth.  Lat.  pubertas,  II.  24,  348.  Od. 
10,  279  :  the  strength  and  power  of  man, 
the  strength  and  freshness  of  youth,  II 
23,  432,  Od.  8,  181  ;  16,  174  :  later  η3η 
was  the  time  just  before  manhood,  from 
about  14  to  20  years  of  age,  at  Spar- 
ta it^  was  fi.xed  at  1 8,  so  that  oi  δέκα 
άό'  ήβης  were  men  of  28,  oi  τετταρύ- 
κοντά  άό'  η.  men  of  58,  and  so  on, 
Xen.  Hell.  3,  4,  23 ;  6,  4,  17.— 2.  me- 
taph.  of  any  condition,  fresh  and  happy 
like  that  of  youth,  freshness,  joy,  Pind. 
P.  4,  525,  ct.  ηβητήριον  :  also  youth- 
ful passion,  fire,  spirit,  lb.  6,  48. — 3.  α 
body  of  youth,  the  youth,  Lat.  juvenilis, 
Aesch.  Pers.  512. — 4.  the  outward  signs 
of  manhood,  the  beard,  parts  about  the 
groin,  Lat.  pubes,  Ar.  Nub.  976. — II. 
as  femin.  prop,  n..  Ήβη,  Hebe,  daugh- 
ter of  Jupiter  and  Juno,  wife  of  Her- 
cules, Od.  11,  603,  Hes.  Th.  950  :  cup- 
bearer of  the  gods,  II.  4,2:  but,  in 
later  allegorising  legends,  goddess  of 
youth.  (From  same  root  prob.  comes 
αβρός.)    Hence 

Ήβηδόν,  adv.  in  the  manner  of  youth : 
but  usu.— 2.  ττύντες  ήβηδόν,  all  from 
the  youth  upivards,  Hdt.  1.  172  ;  6,  21. 

Ήβητηρ,  7/ρος,  ό.  Anth.,  7/βητής, 
ov,  ό,  Eur.  Heracl.  858,  and  7/βή-ωρ, 
ορός,  ό,  Matro  ap.  Ath.  136  C,  \ήβάω) 
a  youth,  youthful,  Lat.  puber.      Hence 

Ήβητ/jpiov,  ov,  TO,  a  place  where 
young  people  meet,  to  eat,  exercise  and 
amuse  themselves,  Plut. 

'ΙΙβητης,  ov,^  ό,  v.  sub  ήβητηρ. 

Ήβητικός,  η,  όν,  {ή3άω)  of  or  be- 
longing to  youth,  youthful,  Lat.  juveni- 
lis, Xen.  Hell.  5,  3,  20. 

Ήβήτριον,  ov,  τό,=ήβητήριον. 

Ήβί/τωρ,  ορός,  ό,  v.  ήβητηρ. 

Ήβο/.έω,  ώ,=^ά3ο?.έω,  prob.  only 
used  in  compd.  σννηβολέω. 

tΉ;3όf,  ή,  όν.  Dor.  'λβός,=ήβύν, 
ακμάζων,  ripe,  εντί  γάρ  άβαί.  Theocr. 
5,  109,  as  W.  Dind.  reads  instead  of 
άβαι,  Thes.  s.  v.  :  others  render 
young,  lender,  wliile  many  reject  the 
word,  v.  Interpp.  ad  loc. 

Ήβν/?.ιάω,  ώ,  comic  dim.  from 
ήβύυ,  to  be  middling  young,  youngish, 
a  rare  word  in  Ar.  Ran.  516,  Pherecr. 
Metall.  1,  29. 

Ήβώην,  opt.  from.  ήβάω. 

Ήβώμι,  opt.  pres.  from  ήβάω,  Ep. 
ήβώοιμι:  part,  ήβώοντες,  ήβώωσα 
Ep.  lengthd.  form  for  ήβώντες,  ήβώ- 
σα.  Hom. 

Ήγάασθε,  Ep.  lengthd.  for  ήγασθε, 
2  plur.  impf.  from  ύγαμαι.  Od.  5,  122. 
[where  2  syll.  is  long  metri  grat.] 

Ήγαγον,  ες,  ε.  and  -γόμην,  aor.  2 
act.  and  mid.  of  άγω,  c.  redupl.,  Hom. 

'Υίγάθεος,  έη,  εον,  {άγαν,  θείος) 
poet.,  very  divine,  most  holy,  often  in 
Hom.,  but,  as  also  in  Hes.," and  Pind., 
only  of  places  immediately  under  di- 
vine protection,  cf  ζάθεος.'  (Certain- 
ly akin  to  αγαθός,  but  essentially 
different  in  signf)  [«] 

Ή}  «Zeof,  a,  or,  {άγι•νμι)  broken  in 
pieces.  Poet.  ap.  E.  M.  [a] 

Ήγάνον,  TO,  Ion.  for  τηγανον, 
Anacr.  24. 

νΥίγέ7.οχος,  ov,  ό,  Hegelochus,  a 
player  at  Athens,  derided  by  the  com- 
ic poets  for  his  mispronunciation  of 
γαλήν'  ορώ  in  the  Orestes  of  Euripi- 
des v.  279,  Ar.  Ran.  303.— 2.  a  com 
605 


ΗΓΕΜ 

mandor  of  cavalry  under  Alexander 
the  Great,  Arr.  An.— Others  in  Dion. 
H. 

ΫΈΙγέμΰχυς,  ov,  ό,  HegemSchtis,  an 
Athenian  archon,  Dion.  H. 

Ή}εμονεία,  less  usu.  form  of  ηγε• 
uovia,  q.  V. 

ΊΙγεμόνεία,  ας,  f/,  fern,  from  7/}  ε- 
αονεύς,=7/γεμόΐΊΐ,  Orph. 

Ήγεμύνευμη,  ατός,  τά,  (ί/γεμονεύω) 
α  leading:  but  in  Enr.  Phocn.  1194, 
ρϊθ\3.=ζ{β'εμών,  cf.  Schol.  ad  1. 

Ήγεμονενς,  έως  Ep.  τ/ος,  δ,  poet. 
for  7/γεμών,  0pp.  C.  1,  22i. 

'Ηγεμονεύω,  logo  brfore,  τινί,  Od. 
3,  38G ;  8,  4,  etc.  ;  also,  πράσϋε  ip/ε- 
μονενειν,  Od.  22,  400,  and  ίρ/εμονεύ- 
Eiv  ΰδόι>,  Od.  6,  2C1,  etc. :  hence  to 
shoiv  the  way,  guide  on  the  way,  in  lull 
ηγεμονεύειν  τη•1  όδύν,  Od.  24,  225 ; 
so  too,  βόον  νδατι  ί/γεμονεύειν,  to 
show  or  make  a  course  or  channel 
for  the  water,  II.  21,  258,  (the  only 
places  in  Horn,  with  both  dat.  and 
ace.) :  from  the  notion  οί going  before 
and  guiding,  came  signf. — II.  to  lead, 
esp.  an  army,  hence  to  rule,  cmnmand, 
c.  gen.  pers.,  like  ίφχειν  and  other 
such  verbs,  II.  2,  527,  552,  etc. ;  but 
c.  dat.  pers.  only  once  in  Horn.,  II.  2, 
810,  cf.  Kiihner  Gr.  Or.  ()  538  :  also 
absol.  to  he  ruler,  to  hold  command,  jjy. 
iv  πάλει.  Plat.  Rep.  474  C— Signf. 
II,  never  occurs  in  Od.,  and  signf.  I. 
hardly  ever  in  II.     Cf.  ήγέομαί.    ' 

Ήγεμονέω,  ώ,  to  be  7ίγεμών,  have 
authon'iy,  Plat.  Tim.  41  C. 

Ήγεμόΐ'7},  ης,  ?/,  fem.  of  J/γεμών,  a 
mistress,  queen,  epith.  of  Diana,  Call. 
Dian.  227,  and  Pans. 

Ηγεμονία,  ας,  ή,  a  leading  the  way, 
going  first,  Hdt.  2,  93. — II.  supreme 
power,  chief  command,  Hdt.  3,  65, 
Thuc,  etc. ;  τ/γ.  τού  πο?.έμον,  Hdt. 
6, 2 :  esp.  in  the  constitution  of  Greek 
states,  the  supremacy  of  one  state  over 
a  number  of  subordinates,  as  of  Athens 
in  Attica, "Thebes  in  Boeotia,  Herm. 
Pol.  Ant.  §  33  sqq.,  and  for  a  full  dis- 
cussion, cf.  Groen  van  Prinsterer, 
Leid.  1820  :  hence,  'ηγ.  της  'ΈΧ^Μδος, 
the  supremacy  of  Greece,  Thuc. — III. 
a  division  of  the  army  tinder  its  officer, 
a  command,  Plut. — IV.  the  chief  thing, 
principal  part,  ήγ.  τί/ς  τέχνης,  Diphil. 
ap.  Ath.  132  D. 

Ηγεμονικός,  η,  αν,  of  or  belonging 
to  an  7/γεμών,  practised  in  leading  or 
commanding,  chief,  leading,  Lat.  prin- 
ceps,  7/γ.  ίρύσίς,  Philolaus  ap.  Stob. 
Eel.  1,  p.  8  ;  ΐ/γ.  την  ψύσιν,  Plat. 
Phaedr.  252  Ε  ;  ηγ.  τέχνη,  \d  Phileb. 
55  D :  hence  70  ηγεμονικόν,  reason, 
the  leading  principle  of  action,  Heyne 
Epict.  29,  3S.     Adv.  -αώς,  Plut. 

'ΙΙγεμόνως,  a,  ov,  of  or  belonging 
to  an  ήγεμύν,  hence  ό  ήγεμόνιος, 
epith.  of  Mercury,  as  the  guide  of  de- 
parted souls,  Ar.  Plut.  1159  ;  elsewh. 
πομπενς,  ιΐιυχοπομττός. 

Ίίγεμονίς,  ίδος,  ή,  fem.  of  ^γεμών, 
ο  mistress,  queen,  Αρρ. 

'ΐίγεμόσυνος,  η,  ον,  =  ηγεμύνιος  : 
Tti  ήγεμόσυνα,  sub.  ίερα,  thank-offer- 
ings for  safe  conduct,  Xen.  An.  4, 8,  25. 

'ΐίγεμών.  όνος,  h,  one  tcho  goes  or  is 
bifore,  a  guide,  leader,  esp.  a  chief  com- 
7iuinder,  general,  oft.  in  II.  ;  opp.  to 
λαοί,  πληθύς,  II.  2,  305  ;  11,  304:  in 
Od.  always  a  guide  to  show  one  the 
way,  Od.  10,  505  ;  15,  310  ;  later  also 
ήγ.  της  όδοϋ,  Hdt.  8,  31,  and  Xen. : 
— in  gcnl.  one  who  does  a  thing  first, 
and  so  is  an  authority  to  others,  Lat. 
princeps,  dux,  auclor :  ηγεμόνα  γίγνε- 
σθαι TLVL,  like  ί/γείσθαί  τινι.,  to  guide 
one,  show  him  the  way,  Hdt.  1.  c. ; 
ηγεμόνα  εΙναί  τίνος,  to  give  occasion 
606 


ΗΓΕΣ 

to  a  thing,  be  the  cause  thereof,  Xen. 
Cyr.  1,  5,  12;  but  also  ήγ.  -j  ης.  the 
chitf  or  king  of  the  land,  Soph.  O.  T. 
103:  as  fem.  ή  ήγεμών,  Xen.  Cyr.  1, 
2,  7,  and  as  adj.,  ήγ.  ναΰς,  Acsch. 
Supp.  722  ;  also  as  neut.,  ήγε/ιόσι 
μέμεσι,  Plat.  Tim.  91  E.— II.  in  pros- 
ody .=πΐ'/ι/5ά'ίθί;,  Schiif.  Dion.  Comp. 
p.  218. — III.  ai  ηγεμόνες,  in  architec- 
ture, the  coping  tiles  of  (he  roof,  Inscr. 

νΐΐγέμων,  όνος,  ό,  Ilegemon,  father 
of  the  archon  Chaerondas,  Dem.  253, 
11. — 2.  an  Athenian  archon,  Arr. 

Ήγέηιιαι,  f.  -ησο/ιαι,άορ.  mid.,  (αγω) 
to  go  before,  freq.  in  Hon).,  sometimes 
absol.,  opp.  to  έπομαι,  as  in  Od.  1, 
125  ;  sometimes  c.  ciat.  pers.,  ήγεϊσΟαί 
TLvi,  to  go  before  another ;  so  too  ;/}'. 
τίνος,  but  less  freq.  :  also  πρόσβεν 
ήγείσθαι,  II.  24,  96 ;  ήγεΐσθαι  όδόν, 
to  go  before  on  the  way,  Od.  10,  263  ; 
also,  ήγ.  τινϊ  την  όδόν,  Hdt.  9,  15  (cf. 
infr.):  and  so  to  show  the  way,  guide, 
ήγεΙσΟαί  τινι  πό/.ιν,  δόμον,  άστεα,  to 
«uirle  one  to  the  city,  etc.,  Od.  0,  1 14  ; 
7,  22;  15,  82:  whence  came,  as  in 
ηγεμονεύω,  signf — II.  to  lead,  esp.  an 
army  or  fleet,  and  so  to  command,  rule, 
oft.  in  Horn.,  c.  dat.  or  gen.,  ήγ.  νή- 
εσσι,  Ύρώεσσι,  ήγ.  επικούρων,  λαών, 
etc. :  with  dat.  prevails  the  orig.  signf. 
of  goirig  before,  with  gen.  the  derived 
one  of  leading,  commanding  : — not  oft. 
c.  dat.  pers.  et  gen.  rei,  ηγ.  τινι  ορ• 
χ'ηΟμοϋ,  to  lead  the  dance  for  one,  of 
the  singer,  Od.  23,  134,  and  so,  ήγ. 
τινι  σοώίας,  ωδής,  Pind.  P.  4,  442, 
Plat.  Ale.  1,  125  C  :  in  genl.  to  be  the 
first,  ήγ.  εις  φΛότητα,  to  inake  the 
first  step  to  friendship,  lies.  Op.  710: 
absol.,  to  be  a  guide,  leader,  ruler,  chief, 
τινός  and  τινί,  Hdt.  1,  95,  etc.,  cf. 
Kiihner  Gr.  Gr.  §  538  ;  rarely  c.  ace, 
for  in  ή  γλώσσα  πάντα  ηγουμένη. 
Soph.  Phil.  99,  πάντα  is  adverbial, 
but  cf.  έξηγέομαι  I.  2  :  also  absol.,  ο 
ηγούμενος,  a  ruler,  chief  So])h.  Phil. 
386.— III.'post-Hom.  like  Lat.  ducere, 
to  suppose,  believe,  hold,  ήγ.  τι  είναι, 
Hdt.  1 ,  126  ;  2,  40,  and  oft.  with  είναι 
omitted,  ήγ.  τίνα  βασΛέα,  to  hold  or 
regard  as  king,  Hdt.  0,  52,  i/γ.  ταλλα 
πάντα  δεντεβα,  to  hold  everything 
else  secondary,  Soph.  Phil.  1442, etc. ; 
so,  ήγ.  τι  περί  πο?ι?ιον,  Hdt.  2,  115  : 
c.  ace.  only,  ήγ.  θεούς,  to  believe  in 
gods,  Pors.  Hec.  788,  cf.  \'alck. 
Aristob.  p.  4 :  but  in  Att.  prose  the 
perf.  ήγημαι  used  as  pres.  is  more 
freq.  in  this  signf. — 2.  perh.  also  to 
think  right,  deem  fit,  C.  mi.,  ,\rnold 
Thuc.  2,  42. — The  act.  form  ήγέο)  is 
prob.  found  only  in  compds.,  like  πε- 
ριηγέω,  Schaf.  Mel.  p.  11-3,  which  are 
best  derived  from  adj.  περιηγής,  etc. : 
so  that  it  is  dub.  whether  τ/γέω  was 
ever  in  use,  notwithstanding  the  obss. 
of  Toup.  on  Suid.  v.  χαλκευτής. 

Ήγερέϋομαι,  Ep.  form  of  άγείρο- 
μαι,  as  pass.,  to  gather,  come  together, 
Hom.,  though  only  in  3  plur.  pres. 
and  impf.  ήγερέθονται  and  ήγερέ- 
θοντο  :  V.  also  sq.,  and  ήερέβομαι. 

Ήγερέομαι,  Ep.  form  οίΰγήρομαι, 
to  gather,  come  together,  but  only  II.  10, 
127,  in  inf.  pres.  ήγερέεσϋαι. 

Ήγερθεν,  Aeol.  and  Ep.  for  ήγέρ- 
βησαν,  3  pi.  aor.  1  pass,  from  αγείρω, 
Hom. 

\'\1γερία,  ας.  ή,  Egeria,  a  nymph, 
the  spouse  and  instructress  of  Numa, 
Plut.  Num.  4. 

ΊΙγεσία,  ας,  ή,  (,ήγέομαι)=ήγεμο- 
νεία.  ήγησις. 

Ήγεσί/.εως,  δ,=Άγεσίλαος,  q.  ν. 

τΊΙγέστρατος,  ον,  ό,  Hegestrdius,  a 

ship  master  of  Massilia,  Dem.  883. — 

2.  an  Athenian  archon,  Plut.  Sol.  32. 


ΗΓΗΤ 

ΊΙγέτης,  ου,  ό,  (ήγέομαι)  a  lender, 
Orph. 
Ήγέτις,  ιδος,  fem.  οίήγέτης,  Anth. 
Ήγέω.  v.  ήγέομαι,  sub  fin. 
Ήγη/.άζω,  Ep.  coUat.  form  of  ?)γέ- 
ομαι,  to  guide,  lead,  κακός  κακόν  ϊ/γη- 
7.άζει,  Od.  17,  217  ;  but,  κακόν  μύρον 
ήγ.,  to  lead,  pass  a  wretched  life,  Od. 
11,  618;  so  too,  βίοτον  βαρνν  ήγ.. 
Αρ.  Kh. 

"ΙΙγημα,  ατός,  τό,  (.ήγέομαι)  α 
thought,  plan,  LXX. 

νΐΐγήμων,  όνος,  ό,  Hegemon,  an 
Athenian  orator,  who  favoured  Phil- 
ip, Dem.  320,  fin.— 2.  a  poet  of  Tha- 
sus,  belonging  to  the  old  comedy, 
Ath.  406 ;  cf.  Meineke,  1,  p.  214. 

ΥΐΙγησαίης.  ου,  ό,  Hegesaeus,  of  Si- 
nope,  Diog.  L. 

'Ι'Ή.γησανδρίδας,  a,  6,  Hegesandrldas, 
a  Spartan  naval  commander  in  the 
Peloponnesian  war,  Thuc.  8, 91  (Άγη- 
σανδρίδο.ς),  Xen.  Hell.  1,  1,  1 :  prop, 
patronym.  from 

ΥΙΙγήσανδρος,  ov,  6,  Dor.  'Α.γήσαν- 
δρος,  Hegesander,  father  of  Hecataeus,' 
Hdt.  5,  5,  125.-2.  a  Spartan,  father 
of  Epitalidas  and  Hegesandrldas, 
Thuc.  4,  132,-3.  a  Thespian,  a  com- 
mander of  the  Boeotians,  Id.  7,  19. — 
4.  one  of  the  leaders  of  the  10,000 
Greeks,  Xen.  An.  6,  3,  5.— Others  in 
Ath.,  Arr.,  ete. 

iΊlγησι(Ίvaξ,  ακτος,  6,  Hcgesiiinax, 
an  ambassador  of  Antiochus  to  the 
Romans,  Polyb.  18,  33. — 2.  a  poet  and 
historian  of  Alexandrea,  Plut.,  Strab., 
etc.  ^ 

νίίγησίας,  ov,  ό.  Dor.  Άγησίας,  He- 
gesias,  an  Athenian  archon,  Arr.  An. 
7,  28,  1. — 2.  a  philosopher  of  Cyrene, 
contemi)orary  with  Plato  ;  whence 
his  followers  were  called  Ήγησιακοί, 
Diog.  L. — 3.  a  player  of  Alexandrea, 
Ath.  620  D.— Others  in  Luc,  etc. 

ί'Ηγησίδάμος,  ου,  o,=  Dor.  Άγησί- 
δΰμος. 

ΫΗγησικλέης,  contr.  -κλής,  έος,  6, 
=  Dur.  'Αγησικ7.ής,  Hegesicles.  king 
of  Sparta  with  Leon,  Hdt.  1,  65. 

'ΐίγησί'λεως,  ω,  ύ,  =  'λγεσιλαος, 
epith.  of  the  god  of  the  nether-world, 
wlio  gathers  all  people. 

ί'Ηγησίλοχος,  ov,  ό,  Hegesilochus,  a 
Rhodian,  Ath.  444  E. 

ΥΥΙγησίνονς.  ου,  b,  Hcgesinous, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Paus.,etc. 

'ϋγησίπο^.ις,  εως,  ό,  leader  of  the 
state,  Diog.  L. 

ί'ΙΙγησιππίδας,  6,  Ion.  for'A}?;ai7r 
πίδας. 

ίΉγήσιππος,  ov,  ό,  Hegesippus,  a 
Greek  comic  poet,  Ath.  290  B,  Mei- 
neke 1,  p.  475. — 2.  a  celebrated  orator 
of  .Athens,  a  contemporary  of  Demos- 
thenes, Dem.  75,  fin.  ;  129,  18,  etc.— 
3.  a  poet  of  the  Anthology. — Others 
in  Ath.,  etc. 

ί'ΙΙγησιπνλη,     τ/ς,     ή,     Hegesipyle, 

daughter  of  the  Thracian  king  Olo- 

rus,  wife  of  Miltiades,  Hdt.  0,  39.  [v] 

"ϋγησις,  εως,  ή,  (ήγέομαι)  a  leading, 

rule,  like  ηγεσία,  LXX. 

ή'Ή.γησίστρατος,  ov,  ό,  Hegesistrutus, 
Dor.  Άγησίστρατος,  a  tyrant  of  Si- 
genm,  Hdt.  5,  94. — 2.  a  seer  of  Elis, 
of  the  family  of  the  Telliadae,  Id.  9, 
37. — 3.  son  of  Aristagoras  of  Samos 
Id.  9,  90.— Others  in  Arr.,  etc. 

νΐίγησώ,-  ονς,  ή,  Hegeio,  fem.  pr.  n. 
Anth. 

Ήγήτειρα,  ας,  ή,  fem.  from,  ήγη- 
τήρ,  Anth. 

ΊΊγητέον,  verb.  adj.  from  ήγέομαι, 

one  must  lend,  Xen.  Hipparch.  4,  3. — 

2.  one  must  suppose,  Plat.  Rep.  361  A. 

Ήγητήρ,  ήρος,  ό,=ήγήτωρ,  q.  v. 

Ήγητηρία,  ας,  ή,  also  ήγητορία, 


ΗΔΗ 

ας,  ή,  α  mass  of  dried  figs,  borne  in 
procession  at  the  Attic  ΐίλνντήρια,  in 
memory  of  the  discovery  of  this  food, 
which  ivas  considered  the  first  step  in 
civilised  life :  Strictly  fem.  from  an 
adj.  7/γητ7'/ρίος,  ίρ/ητόρως,  παλύθη 
being  usu.  supplied. 

Ήγητης,  ov,  δ,=ήγή~ωρ,  q.  v. 
Ήγ?ιτορία,  ή,  v.  ΐρ/ητηρία. 
ΥΙΙγητορίδης,  ου   Ion.  εω,  ό,  Hege- 
toridcs,  a  citizen  of  Cos,  Hdt.  9,  76 : 
prop,  patron,  from  Ήγ?/τωρ. 
'Ηγήτρια,  ή,^ήγήτειρα. 
Ήγήτωρ,  ορός,  ό,^ήγητήρ,  α  lead- 
er, commander,  chief  oft.  in  Hom.,  who 
usu.   joins   ■ήγ?}τορες   -ί/όέ   αέδοντες, 
chiefs  in  the  field  and  council.    Aesch. 
has  the  form  ήγητής,  ov,  Supp.  239, 
and  Soph,  ήγητήρ,  τ/ρος,  Ο.  C.  1521, 
both  in  signf.  of  guide. 
ίΉγίης,  ov   Ion.  εω,  ό.  Ion.  for'Ayt- 
ας,  brother  of  Tisamenus,  Hdt.  9,  33. 
t'Hytf,  ό,  Ion.  for  ^λγις- 
Ήγμένως,    adv.    part.   perf.   pass. 
from  ϋ,γο,  reasonably. 

'ϊίγνειιμέρως,  adv.  part.  perf.  pass. 
from  άγνενυ,  chastely. 

'HyopoGjiTo,  Ep.  and  Ion.  lengthd. 
for  ήγορώντο,  Hom. 
t'H}Of,  Tj,  Boeot.    for  αίξ,  Bockh 
Inscr.  1,  p.  725. 

'Ή.γονν,  conjunct.,  (Jj,  γε,  ούν)  that 
is  to  say :  usu.  to  introduce  the  ex- 
planation of  words,  e.  g.  κακά  πύ.ντα, 
■ηγονν  την  τε  ΰπεΦίην  και-.,  Hipp., 
and  so  freq.  in  Gramm.  Cf  ήτοι. 
Ήδάνός.  η,  όν,^ιδνς,  dub.  form. 
'Κδέ,  and,  joining  two  words  just 
like  και,  freq.  in  Horn. :  sometimes 
with  re  before  it,  σκηπτρόν  r'  ηδε  θέ- 
μιστες,  Π.  9,  99  ;  "Έ,κτορ  τ'  ηδ'  άΧλοί, 
11.  12."  01 :  τε  and  ήδέ  may  also  have 
a  word  between  them,  us  in  II.  5, 
822 :  if  και  follows  ήδε,  it  takes  the 
signf.  also.  e.  g.  ηδε  και,  and  also,  11. 
1,  334,  Od.  2,  209  ;  ϊ/δέ  κε  και,  and  it 
may  be  too,  Od.  1,  240  ;  ηδ'  αυτέ,  and 
forthwith,  II.  7,  302  ;  ηδ'  ετι  και,  and 
still  also,  II.  2,  118.— II.  if  ήμ'εν,  as 
well,  goes  before,  ήδέ  is  as  also,  like 
και..,  και..,  oft.  in  Hom. :  cf.  ήμέν- 
The  Trag.  use  ήδέ  in  their  lyric  pieces, 
and  (less  freq.)  in  Iamb.,  as  Aesch. 
Cho.  1025,  Eur.  Hec.  323,  H.  F.  30  ; 
and  it  occurs  in  two  places  even  of 
Com.,  Eupol.  Aeg.  1,  Alex.  Leuce  1. 
Cf  Ep.  ϊδέ. 
"ϊίδε,  fem.  from  δδε,  q.  v. 
"Ηιδεα,  Ion.  resolved  of  ήδη,  Att. 
for  sq..  11.  14,  71 :  the  3  pers.  ήδεε  for 
ϊιδη,  7)δειν,  yoei,  II.  2,  409,  Od.  23, 
29,  etc. 
ί'Ηδεΐα,  ας,  ή,  Hedea,  fem.  pr.  n., 
Plut. 

"ϋιδειν,  εις,  ει,  plqpf.  of  οίδα  with 
impf  signf  /  hicw,  usu.  2  pers.  sing. 
■ήδεισθα  :  Αρ.  Rh.  uses  ήδειν  also  as 
3  phir.  for  ήδεσαν. 

"Ή-δεκα,  perf.  of  εδω,  to  eat,  only  in 
Gram.m. 

ναδελφισμένως,  adv.  from  part.  perf. 
pass,  from  ύδελφίζω,  brother-like,  like, 
=  ομοίως,  Hipp. 

'Κδέως,  adv.  from  ήδνς,  q.  v.  sub 
fin. 

'Ή,δη,  adv.,  like  Lat.  jam,  already, 
hy  this  time,  before  this  :  now,  soon,  forth- 
with, straightway,  from  Hom.  down- 
wards very  freq. :  even  in  a  local  re- 
lation, «7ΓΟ  ταύτης  ήδη  Αίγυπτος,  di- 
rectly after  this  is  Aegypt,  Hdt.  3,  5, 
cf.  4,  99,  Eur.  Hipp.  1200:  the  Att. 
are  fond  of  using  it  between  the  arti- 
cle and  noun  to  denote  the  immedi- 
ate presence  of  a  thing,  ή  ήδη  χάρις, 
present  favour,  Dera..  etc. — 11.  oft. 
joined  with  other  particles  of  time, 
ήδη  vi'V,  ήδη  ποτέ,  now   already,   at 


ΗΔΟΝ 

some  time  already,  Hom. :  and  so,  ήδη 
πώποτε,  Eupol.  Pol.  9 :  ήδη  νυν, 
Aesch.  Ag.  1578:  or,  νϋνήδη,  Soph. 
Ant.  801  :  τοτηνίκ  ήδη,  Soph.  Ο.  C. 
440,  ήδη  τότε.  Plat.  Rep.  417  Β  :  even 
then,  then  already,  Lat.  jam  turn,  turn 
deminn.  It  may  be  joined  with  all 
the  tenses  alike,  with  fut.  it  may  be 
rendered  by  now,  with  perf.  some- 
times at  length :  with  superl.  it  is 
used  like  δη,  μέγιστος  ήδη,  Thuc.  C, 
31. 

"Έίιδη,  ήδης,  ήδη,  Att.  for  ήδειν, 
plqpf  οίοίδα  with  impf  signf  I  knew  : 
Hom.  freq.  uses  3  pers.  ήδη,  and  2 
pers.  ήδησθα  once,  Od.  19,'  93,  v.  also 
ήείδειν. 

'Ήδιστος,  η,  ov,  superl.  οι  ηδύς,  Od. 

"ϋδομαι,  dep.  c.  fut.  pass,  ήσβήσο- 
μαι :  aor.  ήσθην,  the  mid.  form  ήσύ- 
μην  only  in  Od.  9,  353.  To  de- 
light, enjoy,  satisfy,  refresh  one's  self, 
only  once  in  Horn.,  ήσατο  ■πίνων,  Od. 
9,  353.  Construction:  with  partic. 
as  Od.  1.  c,  but  also  in  prose,  ήσθη 
ακούσης,  he  was  glad  to  have  heard, 
Hdt.  3,  34 ;  and  m  Trag.,  as  Aesch. 
Pr.  758  ;  so,  ήσθην  πάτερα  ενΑογονν- 
τύ  σε.  Ι  was  glad  to  hear  you  praise 
my  father.  Soph.  Phil.  1314  :  often  c. 
dat..  ήδεσθαί  τινι,  to  delight  in  or  at  a 
thing,  Hdt.  1,  69,  etc  ,  Soph.  Aj.  1085  : 
very  rare  c.  gen.,  πώματος  ήσθη,  he 
enjoyed  the  draught.  Soph.  Phil.  715  ; 
sometimes  also  c.  ace,  Eur.  Dan.  7, 
Ar.  Ran.  756,  748  (ace.  to  Rav.  MS.), 
Pac.  291,  cf  Wessel.  Hdt.  3,  34.  and 
χαίρω  III.  :  Plat,  uses  it  c.  ace.  cog- 
nato,  ήδεσθαι  ήδονήν :  also  ήδεσθαι 
επί  τινι,  Xen.,  προς  τι:  and  c.  inf, 
ήδόμεθ'  είναι,  we  delight  in  being, 
Aesch.  Eum.  312 :  ήδομαι  δτι..,  Ar. 
Nub.  773  .•  ήδομένω  γίγνεταί  μοί  τι, 
I  am  well  pleased  at  the  thing  hap- 
pening, Hdt.  9,  46,  like  άσμένφ,  βου- 
λομένφ. — Act.  ήδω,  to  please,  delight, 
only  occurs  in  later  writers,  first  in 
Ephipp.  Έ,ατΓΟΛ.  1,  5,  Plat.  Ax.  366 
A  ;  τα  ήδοντα,  joys,  pleasures,  for 
which  Plut.  has  ra  ήδόμενα.  (Akin 
to  ηδύς,  ήδος,  γτ/θος,  γηθέω,  γαίω, 
ύνδύνω,  άδεΐν,  αω,  to  satiate.)  Hence 

Ίίδομένως,  adv.  part.  pres.  from 
foreg.,  with  joy,  gladly,  Xen.  Cyr.  8, 
4,  9.        ^ 

Ήδονί/,  ής,  ή,  {ήδος,  ήδομαι,  ύνδύ- 
Vij)  delight,  enjoyment,  pleasure,  esp. 
pleasurable  sensation,  Lat.  voluptas.  first 
in  Hdt. :  a'l  τον  σώματος  or  περϊ  το 
σώμα  ήδοναί,  the  lusts  of  the  fiesh,  sen- 
sual pleasures,  Xen.  Hell.  4,  8,  22  ;  6, 
1,4:  7/(5.  ακοής,  pleasure  from  or  in  it, 
Thuc.  3,  38  ;  ήδον7}  ήσσάσθαι,  χαρί- 
ζεσθαι,  to  give  way  to  pleasure,  Thuc. 
1.  c.  Plat.,  etc. :  freq.  with  diff.  preps, 
in  adv.  signf.,  pleasurably.  esp.  προς 
or  καθ'  ήδονην  λέγειν,  like  προς  χά- 
ρη', to  speak  so  as  to  please  another, 
not  the  truth,  Hdt.  3,  126,  cf.  Valck. 
7,  101,  102,  Aesch.  Pr.  261,  Thuc.  2, 
37,  and  freq.  in  Oratt.  ;  μεθ'  ηδονής, 
Thuc.  4,  19  ;  kv  ήδονη  εστί  τινι,  it  is 
a  pleasure  or  delight  to  another,  Hdt. 
4,  139,  Thuc,  etc. ;  so  too,  ήδονήν 
έχει,  Pherecr.  'Χειρ.  1,  2:  but,  εν 
ήόυνή  εχειν,  to  take  pleasure  in, 
Thuc.  3,  9.  —II.  in  the  early  philos- 
oph.,  ήδοντ)  is  used  of  the  sensible  qual- 
ity of  a  body.  prob.  its  taste  and  smell, 
flavour,  for  it  is  found  joined  \vith 
Xpoiij,  Panzerbieter  Diog.  Apoll.  p. 
04  ;  whereas  Schaubach,  Anaxag.  p. 
86,  would  take  it  in  a  more  general 
signification  ;  but  cf  Arist.  Part.  An. 
2,''17,  6,  Mnesith.  ap.  Ath.  357  F, 
where  Casaub.  needlessly  takes  it= 
ήδος  II.,  or  δξος.    Hence 

"Άδονικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to  ηδονή. 


ΗΔΥΑ 

pleasant,  Chrj'sipp.  Tyan.  ap.  Ath. 
647  D  :  the  Cyrenaic  school  of  Aris- 
tippus  were  called  o'l  ηδονικοί,  the  vo- 
luptuaries, Ath. 588  A. 

'Έίδονοπ'ληξ,  ήγος,  ό,  ή,  {ηδονή, 
π?ι7'/σσομαι)  stricken,  drunken  in  enjoy- 
ment, Timon  ap.  Plut.  2.  446  C. 

'ίίδος,  εος,  τό,  {ήδομαι)  delight,  en- 
joyment, pleasure,  ήδος  δαιτός,  enjoy- 
7nent  of  the  feast,  II.  1,  576,  Od.  18, 
404;  ήμέων  ήδος,  our  delight,  11.  11, 
318;  τί  μοι  τών  ήδος;  what  delight 
have  I  there-/ro7ii  ί  II.  18,  80  ;  so  too, 
έμοι  τί  τόδ'  ήδος;  Od.  24,  95. — In 
this  signf  merely  Ep.  and  only  in 
nom.  sing. — 11.=δϊος,  vinegar,  Casaub. 
Ath.  67  C  ;  prob.  as  serving  to  give 
a  flavour  or  relish,  cf  ήδονη,  ήδυσμα. 
— In  this  signf.  some  Gramm.  write 
ήδος. 

Ή  δ'  δς,  for  εφη  εκείνος,  ν.  ήμί. 

Ήδύβΐος,  ον,  {ηδύς,  βίος)  liviiig  for 
enjoyments. — II.  act.  sweetening  life,  τώ 
ή.,  a  name  of  certain  cakes,  Chrysipp. 
T.  ap.  Ath.  647  C.  [v  in  this  and  all 
compds.  o[  ηδύς  :  it  can  only  be  long 
by  position,] 

'ϊΐδνβόης,  ov,  ό.  Dor.  -όας,  {ηδύς, 
βοή)  sweetly  sounding,  sweet-strained, 
αυλός,  Eur.  Bacch.  127. 

Ήδύγαιος,  ov,  {ηδύς,  γη)  of  sweet, 
good  soil,  Heracl.  a  p.  Ath.  74  B. 

'ϊΐδνγάμος,  ov,  {ήδνς,  γάμος)  sweet- 
ening marriage,  κέρδος,  Anth. 

'Ηδύγελως,  ων,  gen.  ω,  {ηδύς,  γε• 
?Μς)  sweetly  laughing,  Η.  Hom.  18, 
37. 

'Ή.δνγλωσσος,  ov,  {ηδύς,  γ?.ώσσα) 
swect-tongued,  βοά.  Find.  Ο.  13,  142. 

'ϋδνγνώμων,  ον,  gen.  όνος,  {ήδνς, 
γνώμη)  of  pleasant  mind,  ορρ.  to  ί/δν- 
σώματος,  Xen.  Symp.  8,  30. 

'ϋδυέπεια,  ας,  ή,  old  poet.  fem.  of 
sq.,  epith.  of  the  Muses,  Hes.  Th. 
965,  1020.^ 

Ύ{δυεπής,  ες,  {ήδνς,  έπος)  sweet- 
speaking,  11.  ],  248:  sweet-sounding, 
Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  151. 

ΥΙδύβροος,  or,contr.  ήδύθρονς,ονν, 
{ήδνς.  upooc)  sweet-strained,  Μοίσα, 
Eur.  El.  703. 

'ϊίδνκαρπος,  ov,  {ηδύς,  καρπός) 
with  sweet  fruit,  δένδρον,  Theophr. 

Ήδύκοκκος.ον,  {ήδνς,  κόκκος)  with 
sweet  grains  or  seeds,  poia,  Theophr. 

Ήδνκρεως,  ων,  gen.  ω,  {ήδνς,  κρέας) 
of  sweet  flesh,  Arist.  H.  A. 

Ήδύκωμος,  ov,  δ,  {ηδύς,  κώμος)  a 
pleasant  party,  Ath. 
ή-Ήδύλειον,  ov,  TO,  (in  Plut.  Syll. 
16  Ήδύλιον)  Mt.  Hedylius,  a  range 
of  hills  in  Phocis  extending  to  Orcho- 
menus  in  Bocotia ;  and  Hedylium,  a 
town  of  Boeotia  near  Chaeronea,  on 
or  near  Mt.  Hedylius,  Dera.  387,  11. 
νΐΐδύλη,  ης,  ή,  Hedyle,  fem.,  pr.  n., 
Ath.  297  B. 

Ήδν?.ηπτος,  ov,  {ηδύς,  ?Μμβάνω) 
taken  with  pleasure,  Anth. 

'ΐΙδϋ?.ίζω,  {ήδν?.ος)=ήδυ7:ογέω,  Lat. 
adulari,  Menand.  p.  16.    Hence 

Ήδνλίσμός,  οϊ>,  ό,  a  flattering. 

Ή(5ΐ'/Ιθ}  εω,  ώ,  to  speak  sweet  things, 
to  flatter,  τινι.  Phryn.  (Com.)  Έφι- 
άλτ.  1,4:  and 

'HJi'/o)i'a,  ας,  ή,  a  speaking siveetly, 
Ath. :  from 

ΊΙδύ7Μγος,  ov,  {ηδύς,  λέγω)  sweet- 
speaki7ig,  sweet-voiced,  σοφία,  Cratin. 
Χειρ.  1 :  flattering,  fawning,  Eur.  Hec. 
134. 

'HJiZof,  or,  dimin.  adj.  from  ηδύς. 
as  μικκνλος  from  μικκός.  [ϋ] 
\'\{δύ'λος.  ov  ό.  Hedylus,  a  Grecian 
poet  of  Samos,  Anth. — 2.  an  Atheni- 
an, Dem.  1015,  18. 

'ϊΐδϋν.ύρης,  ου,  6,  {ήδνς,  7.ύρα)  sing- 
ing sweetly  to  the  lyre,  Anth.  [y] 
607 


ηδύς 

Ήδυμΰνί/ς,  £c,(.y(hjg,  μαίνομαι)  full 
of  sxuecl  frenzy.  Noun. 

Ί1δυμε7.{ις,  ες,  {'ηδϋς,  μέ?Μς)  swcei- 
strained,  Sapph.  'J(i,  Soph.  Fr.  228. 

'ΐίδυμύΐφΰογγος,  ov,  {ΐμίνς,  μκλί- 
φΟογγος)  <if  honci/-sweet  voice,  Allth. 

'Ηονμίγί/ς,  ές,  (ί/δύς,  μίγνυμι)  sweet- 
ly mixed,  Leon.  Tar. 

Ή(5ΰ//0ί",  ov,  poet,  for  ijdvg,  sweet, 
pleasant,  epilli.  of  slccp,  li.  Hom. 
Merc.  241,  419,  cf.  νι'ιδνμυς  :  irreg. 
coiiip.  ήδνμίστεμος,  superl.  -έστατος, 
Alcin.  102. 

Ήδυντί/ρ,  ηρος,  6.  {Ιμ^ύΐ'ω)  one  who 
sweetens,  seasons :  as  ailj.  seasoning. 
Hence 

'ϋδνντήρίος,  a,  ov,  sweetening,  sooth- 
ing. 

Ήδυντικός,  η,  όν,  {ήδύνω)  fit  for 
sweetening  or  sca.^oning :  i},  -κή,  sub. 
τέχνη,  the  art  of  seasoning.  Plat.  Soph. 
223,  A.  ^     ^ 

'ϊίδυντός,  ή,  όν,  seasoned :  in  genl. 
prepared,  πίσσα,  Hipp.  :  from 

'αδύνο,  Ο/δνς)   to  siveeten,  season, 

five  a  flavour  or  relish,  Epich.  p.  104, 
'lat.,  etc. :  even  of  salt,  Arist.  Meteor. : 
and  metaph.  of  music,  Plat.  Rep.  007 
A. — II.  metaph.  to  delight,  coax,  soothe, 
Diphil.  ap.  Ath.  251  Ε  :  pass,  to  enjoy 
oiu's  self,  Timon  ib.  281  E. 

'ΥΙδνοδμος,  ov.  Dor.  ΰδνοδμος,^= 
ί/δύοσμος,  Simon.  118. 

'ϋδυοινία,  ας,  ?/,  a  sweetening  of 
wine,  Geop. :  from 

'ϊΐδύοινος,  ov,  {ηδύς,  οίνος)  produ- 
cing sweet,  good  wine,  Xen.  An.  6,  4,  6. 
'Υίδυόνεφος,    ov,    {ΐ/δνς,    ονειρος) 
causing  sweet  dreams,  Ισχάδες,  Herm. 
Phorm.  1,  IG. 

'Άδυοσμία,  ας,  η,  a  sweet  smell :  and 
Ήδνοσμον,  ov,  τό,  a  sweet-smelling 
herb,  mint,  Theophr. :  from 

Ήδύοσμος,  ov,  (ηδύς,  οσμή,  δδμή) 
sweet-smelling,  fragrant,  Ar.  Fr.  116. — 
II.  ό  )>/£5.=  foreg.,  Diosc.  [as  trisyll., 
A.  P.  11,  413.] 

'ϋδνόφθαλμος,  ov,  {ηδύς,  οφθαλμός) 
sweet-eyed. 

Ήδυττάθεια,  ας,  ή,  pleasant  living, 
luxury,  Xen.  Cyr.  7,  5,  74.  [u] 

Ήδυπάθέω,  ώ,  (ΐ/δυπαθ/^ς)  to  live 
pleasantly,  enjoy  one's  self  be  luxuri- 
otis,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,5,  1 ;  like  εν  πάσ- 
χειν.    Hence 

'ΐΐδνπάθιιμα,  ατός,  τό,  enjoyment, 
Anth.  [ά] 

ΊΙδνπάθ/ις,  ές,  {ήδνς,  πάθος,  ττύσ- 
p[(j)  living  pleasantly ,  enjoying  one^s  self, 
dainty,  luxurious,  Antiph.  Dodon.  1. 

'"Άδνπνενστος,  ov,  {ήδνς,  πνέω)  = 
ήδνττνοος,  Anth. 

'ΐίδύπνοος,  ov,  contr.  -ονς,  ονν,{ήδύς, 
πνοή)  sweet-breathing,  snft-breathing, 
αύρα,  Eur.  Med.  8 10:  of  musical  sound, 
Pind.  O.  13,  31  :  of  happy  dreams, 
Soph.  El.  480. 

Ήδνπολίς,  «ως  and  εως,  also  εος,  δ, 
νΛ^δύς,  Ίτόλις)  dear  to  the  people.  Soph. 
O.  T.  510. 

Ήδυττηράύρα,  ας,  ή,  {ηδύς,  πορφύ- 
ρα) α  shell-fish  that  produces  fine  purple, 
Ath. 

Ίίδνπότης,ον,  {ηδύς,  πίνω)  fond  of 
drinking,  Anth.    Hence 

'Ηδυπύτις,  ιδος,  ή,  η  cup  that  makes 
drink  taste  pleasant,  E[)i,!icn.  '[l/»,)/;•. 
2. — II.  ati  onion,  so  called  for  the  same 
reason. 

Ήδύποτος,  ov,  {ήδνς,  πίνω)  pleas- 
ant to  drink,  οίνος,  Od.  2,  340,  etc. 

Ήδυπρόςωπος,  ov,  {ηδύς,  πρόςω- 
πον)  of  .vucet  countenance,  Matro  ap 
Ath   l'3G  F. 

ΊΙδύς,  ήδεΙα.  ήδύ,  but  once  in  Hom. 

in  fem.  ήδνς  ΰντμή,  Od.  12,  369 ;  irreg. 

Dor.  ace.  sing.  άδία.  for  ήδύν,  Theocr. 

20,  44,  Mosch.    3,  83  (cf.  Ofp.vg),  Ion. 

608 


ΗΔΩΝ 

fem.  ήδέΰ  and  ήδέη.  Comp.  ήδίων, 
Superl.  ήδιστος,  Od.  13,80;  later,  but 
not  Att.,  also  regul.  ήδντερος,  ήδύτα- 
τος,  as  in  Pseudo-Phocyl.  183,  and 
Anth. — 1.  sucet, pleasant,  first  prob.  of 
taste,  likcOd.  3,  51,  etc.,  usu.  in  Hom. 
as  cpilh.  of  wine  ;  next  of  smell,  Od. 
4,  446,  etc.  ;  and  of  hearing,  ήδεΙα 
ΰοιδί/,  Od.  8,  04  ;  then  of  any  pleasant 
feehng  or  outward  state,  esp.  of  sleep. 
ήδνς  ύπνος,  oft.  in  Horn.,  also  ήδυς 
κοϊτος,  Od.  19,  510,  ήδν  κνώσσειν,  Od. 
4,  809  :  so  too  ήδύ  μοι  εστί  or  γίγνε- 
ταί,  it  is  pleasant  to  me,  pleases  me 
well,  II.  4,  17,  Od.  24,  435 :  τα  ηδέα, 
enjoyments,  pleasures.  Plat.  Gorg.  495 
A,  etc.  ;  but  ήδίω  την  γνώμην  προς 
To  μέΧ}ίθν  ποίείν,  to  open  α  pleasanter 
view  of  the  future,  Plut.  :  metaph. 
of  feelings  and  the  like,  sweet,  pleas- 
ing, happy,  in  II.  esp.  freq.,  ήδΐ)  γε'λΰν, 
to  laugh  sweetly,  i.  e.  softly,  opp.  to 
loud,  boisterous  laughter. — II.  post- 
Horn,  of  7ncii,  pleasant,  kind,  dear,  glad, 
Lat.  suavi.<<.  Soph.  O.  T.  82,  Phil.  530  : 
but  also  like  γ?,νκύς  and  ενί/θης  in 
laxcr  sense,  pleasant,  merrtj,  Lat.  jace- 
tus.  Plat.  Gorg.  491  D.— III.  Adv. 
ήδέως,  gladly,  with  pleasure,  e.  g.  ήδ. 
εϋδείν.  Soph.  Tr.  175,  βίοτον  ύγειν, 
Eur.  Cycl.  453  ;  ήδ.  έχειν  τινός,  to  be 
pleased  with  a  thing,  Hipp.  1089  G  ; 
ήδ.  έχειν  προς  τίνα,  Isocr.  6  Β  ;  τινί, 
Dem.  CO,  fin.,  to  be  kind,  well-disposed 
to  one  :  ήδέως  δραν  τι.  Soph.  Ant.  70, 
ήδέως  μοί  έστι,  it  pleases  me  well, 
Heind.  Plat.  Hipp.  Maj.  300  C  :  in 
Hom.,  ήδύ  is  used  as  adv.,  cf.  supr. 
(Akin  to  ήδυς,  ήδομαι,  άνδύνο.) 

Ήδύσΰρον,  ov,  τό,  a  leguminous  plant, 
Theophr. 

"Υίδυσμα,  ατός,  τό,  {ήδύνω)  that 
ivhich  siveetens,  esp.  in  cookery,  that 
which  gives  a  relisli  or  flavour,  season- 
ing, spice,  sauce,  Ar.  Eq.  678,  Vesp. 
496,  cf.  ήδος  II :  hence  metaph.  of 
music,  Arist.  Poet. :  also  in  plur.  un- 
guents, sweet  oils,  Hipp. 

Ήδνσμάτιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from 
ήδνσμα,  Telecl.  Amphict.  I,  11. 

Ήδνσματοθήκη,  ης,  ή,  a  spice-box. 

'Υίδνσμός,  οϋ,  ϋ,  {ήδύνω)  α  season- 
ing :  also  α  siueet  savour,  LXX. 

Ήδυσώματος,  ov,  (ηδύς,  σώμα)  of 
sweet,  fair  form,  opp.  to  ήδνγνώμων, 
Xen.  Symp.  8,  30. 

Ήδντης,  ητος,  ή,  {ηδύς)  sweetness. 

Ήδνφΰτ/ς,  ες,  {ηδνς,  όύος)  sweetly 
shining,  Anth. 

Ήδνφάρνγξ,  νγγος,  δ,  ?/,  {ηδύς, 
φύμνγξ)  sweet,  pleasant  to  the  throat, 
Philox.  ap.  Ath.  147  B.  [a] 

ΊΙδνφρΰδής,  ές,  (ηδύς,  φράζω)  sweet- 
ly speaking. 
ΥΙίδνφρων,  ov,  {ηδύς,  φρήν)  ofsiveet, 
gentle  mind,  kind,  epith.  of  Apollo, 
Anth. 
νΐϊδνφών,  ωντος,  b,  Hedyphon,  (in 
Plin.  Hedypnus)  a  river  of  Assyria, 
Strab. 

Ήδνφωνία,  ας,  ή,  sweetness  of  voice 
or  sound,  Alciphr. :  from 

'ΐΐδύφωνος,  ov,  {ηδύς,  φωνή)  sweet- 
voiced,  δρτνξ,  Pratinas  ap.  Ath.  392 
F.     Adv.  -νως. 

Ήδνχΰρής,  ές,  {ηδύς,  χαίρω)  sweet- 
ly joyous,  Anth. 

'Υίδύχροος,  ov,  contr.  χρονς,  ovv, 
{yovc,xpoa)of  sweet  complexion,  Anth..: 
TO  ήδ.  a  kmd  οΐ  perfume,  Cic.  Tusc. 

3,  19. 

ΊΙδω,  f.  ήσω,  v.  ήδομαι,  sub  fin. 
I    t'lWui'pr,  ων,  οΊ,=^'Η.δωνοί,  Thuc. 

4,  102,  109. 

^'ϋδωνΐκός.  ή,  όν,  of  or  belonging  to 
the  Etioni,  Edonian,  thuc.  1,  100. 
'    νΐΐδωνίς,  ίδος,  ή,  fem.  adj.^foreg., 


HEPO 

in  genl.  Thracian,  Aesch.  Pers.  495. — 
As  subst.  1.  sub.  γυνή,  an  Edonian 
woman,  Hdt.  5,  1 1 . — 2.  sub.  γή,  the  ter- 
ritory nf  the  Edoni,  Edonis. 

νίΐδωνοί,  ών,  οΊ.  the  Edoni,  a  people 
of  Thrace,  dwelling  on  the  river  Stry- 
mon,  Hdt.  7,  100,  etc.,  also  wr.  ΊΙδώ- 
νες  and  'ΙΙδωνες,  Thuc.  Hence 
νΐΐδωνός,  ή,  όν,  as  adj.  Edonian, 
Thracian,  χείρ,  Eur.  Hec.  1153. 

'He,  poet.,  esp.  Ep.,  for  ή,  or,  oft.  in 
Hom. 

Ήίε,  Ep.  for  ψι,  3  sing.  impf.  from 
εΙμι,  to  go,  contr.  from  Ion.  ήίε,  II.  12, 
371,  Od.  20,  89. 

'Ήιει,  3  sing.  impf.  from  εΙμι,  to  go, 
Hom. 
'ΐίειδε,  3  sing.  impf.  from  αείδω,  Od. 
ΊΙείδειν,  Ep.  lengthd.  form  υίήδειν, 
plqpf  οίοΐδα  with  impf.  signf.,  fknew, 
in  Hom.  only  ήείδης,  II.  22,  280,  and 
3  sing,  ήείδη,  Od.  9,  206,  as  if  from  an 
Att.  form  ήείδη,  cf.  ΐιδη.  Moeris  has 
also  3  sing,  ήήδει. 

Ήέλιος,  ό,  poet,  and  Ion.  for^AiOf, 
very  freq.  m  Hom.  (who  uses  the 
pro.se  form  ήλιος  only  once),  and  in 
Hdt.  4,  40. 

Ήε?ιΐώτης,  ov,  ό,  fem.  -ώτις,  ιδος, 
poet,  for  ήλ-,  of,  belonging  to  the  sun, 
Anth. 

Ήει»,  Ep.  for  ήν,  3  sing.  impf.  from 
ειμί,  to  be,  oft.  in  Hom. 

ΉετΓφ,  poet,  for  ήπερ,  Hom. 

ΊΙέρα,  Ion.  and  Ep.  ace.  of  ΰήρ, 
Hom. 

'ϋερέθομαι,  as  pass.,  to  hang,  float, 
wave  in  air,  of  the  tassels  or  fringe  of 
the  Aegis,  II.  2,  448  ;  of  locusts,  II.  21, 
12  :  metaph.,  όπλοτέρων  φρένες  ήερέ- 
θονται,  young  men's  minds  turn  with 
every  wind,  II.  3,  108  : — never  in  Od. 
This  verb,  only  found  in  3  plur.  pres. 
and  impf.  ήερέθονται,  -θοντο,  is  a 
lengthd.  Ep.  form  of  άείρομαι,  cf. 
ήγερέθομαι.  The  form  ϋερέθομαι  only 
in  Gramm. 

Ήφί,  Ion.  and  Ep.  dat.  of  άήρ, 
Hom. 
ί'Ηερίβοια,  ας,  ή,  poet,  for  'Έρίβοια, 
Eriboea,  the  second  wife  of  A  locus, 
stepmother  of  Otus  and  Ephialtes, 
11.  5,  389. 

ΊΙέριος,  a,  ov,  Ep.  for  αέριος,  from 
ά?'/ρ  :  early,  at  morn,  at  day-break,  ivhen 
all  things  are  yet  u-rapt  in  mist  (άήρ), 
II.  1,  497,  557  ;  3,  7,  Od.  9,  52,  as  Voss 
first  rightly  explained  it  :  Buttm. 
Lexil.  V.  af/p,  ήέρ.,  derives  it  straight 
from  ήρι,  early,  and  connects  this 
with  ήώς : — the  interpr.  airy,  in  or 
through  the  air  is  quite  foreign  to  this 
form. 

Ήεροδίνης,  ες,  {άήρ,  δινέω)  wheel- 
ing in  mid  air,  α'ιετός,  Anth.  [i] 

Ήεροειδής,  ές.  Ion.  and  Ep.  forafp., 
which  will  hardly  be  found,  {ΰήρ, 
είδος)  of  dark  and  cloudy  look  :  in  Hom. 
(esp.  in  Od.)  usu.  epith.  of  the  sea, 
with  the  dark  deep  shadows  of  pass- 
ing clouds  ;  also  dim,  murky,  of  a  cave, 
Od.  12,  80  ;  13,  103  ;  cloud-capped,  of 
hills,  Od.  12,  233  ;  dim,  gray,  of  the 
distance,  II.  5,  770.     Ep.  word. 

Ίίερόεις,  εσσα,  εν.  Ion.  and  Ep.  for 
ιιερ.,  which  will  hardly  be  found, 
cloudy,  dim,  dusky,  vmrky,  in  Horn. 
USU.  epith.  of  Ύάρταρος  and  ζόφος, 
hence  also,  ήερόεντα  κέλενθα,  the 
dim,  dark  road  (i.  e.  death)  Od.  20, 
64. 

Ήερόθεν,  adv.  Ion.  and  Ep.  for  άερ., 
from  air,  Anth. 

Ήερομήκης,  ες,  Ep.  for  ύερομ., 
{uf/p,  μήκος)  high  as  heaven,  Orph. 

'ίΐερόπ?ιαγκτος,  ov.  Ion.  and  Ep. 
for  άερόπλ;  {ϊα'ιρ,  π?ιύζομαι)  tvander- 
ing  in  mid  air,  Orph. 


hght 

νΐΙέρο-ϊΤΟζ,  ov,  ό,  Ion.  for  Άέβοττος. 

Ήφοζ-,  Ion.  and  Ep.  gen.  of  άήρ,  11. 

Ήίρθ(1)ΰής,  ες,  Ep.  for  άερ-,  shining 
in  air. 

Ήεροφοίτης,  ου,  ό,=7/ερόψοιτος,  Ep. 
for  ύεροφ.,  Orph. 

'ΙίεροψοΙτις,  ιδος,  ή,  (ΰήρ,  φοιτάω) 
walking  in  cloud  or  darkness,  coming  un- 
seen. 'Έ,ριννς,  II.  9,  571. — II.=sq.  II., 
Ps.-Phoc.  159. 

Ήερόιροιτος,  ov,  (αήρ,  φοιταο>)=: 
foreff.,  like  afpoo. — 11.  air-wandering, 
of  hirds,  Pseudo-Phocyl.  117. 

'HfpocKJVOf,  ov,  {άήρ,  φωνή)  sound- 
ing through  air,  loud-voiced,  κήρνκες,  II. 
18,  505.     Ep.  form. 

'ΥΙιεσαν,  .3  pi.  impf.  from  εΙμι,  to  go. 

ν^ετίδης,  ov    Ion.  εω,  ό.  son  of  Ee- 

tion,  i.  e.  Cypsehis,  poet,  for  Ήετιωνί- 

άδης,  Orac.  ap.  Hdt.  5,  92  :  from  sq.  4. 

ΫΗετίων,  ωνος.  ό,  Eetion,  king  of  the 
Cilician  citj^  of  Hypoplacian  Thebe  in 
Mysia,  and  father  of  Andromache,  II. 
1,  366  ;  6.  395. — 2.  son  of  Jason,  king 
of  Imbros,  11.21,40.-3.  a  distinguish- 
ed Trojan,  father  of  Podes.  11.17,  575. 
— 4.  son  of  Echecrates,  one  of  the  La- 
pithae,  father  of  the  Corinthian  Cyp- 
selus,  Hdt.  5,  92.— Others  in  Theocr., 
etc. 

νΐίετιώνεια,  ας,  ή,  EeVi'oTjeii,  a  point 
of  land  in  Attica,  enclosing  the  Pirae- 
us on  one  side,  Thuc.  8,  90. 

νΥΙετιώνη,  ης,  ή,  dnut^hter  of  Eetion, 
i.  e.  Andromache,  Q.  Sm.  1,  115. 

'Κήδεί,  poet.  3  sing,  plqpf.  of  οίδα, 
V.  ήείδειΐ'. 

Ήην,  Ep.  for  εην,  ην,  3  sing,  impf 
from  ειμί,  to  be,  Horn. 

Ήήρ,  ή,  also  ό,  a  new  Ion.  nom. 
formed  after  ήέρος.  ήέρι,  ήέρα,  the 
Ep.  and  Ion.  cases  of  άήρ,  q.  v. :  the 
more  freq.  form  in  Hipp.,  but  never 
in  Hdt. 

Ήθάδιος,  ov,  poet,  ίοτήθάς,  0pp.  [a] 

Ήθαΐος,  αία,  alov,  Dor.  for  7/θεϊος, 
Find.  I.  2,  69. 

Ήθάλεος,  a,  ov,  (ήθος)  wonted,  ac- 
customed, 0pp.  [a] 

'ΥΙΘάνιον,  ov,  TO,  Ion.  ήθήνιον,  dim. 
from  ήθαός,  a  small  sieve  or  strainer, 
Hellan.'ap.  Ath.  470  D,  (Fr.  2,  Sturz.) 

["] 

Ήθάς,  άδος,  b,  i).  Ion.  for  εβάς, 
(ήθος  II.)  itserf,  accustomed  to  a  thing, 
acquainted  with  it,  τινός.  Soph.  El.  372. 
— H.  wonted,  accustomed,  Hipp.  :  also 
as  neut.,  εκ  τύν  ήβάδων,  Eur.  Cycl, 
250,  cf.  Ar.  Eccl.  584. 

'ΥΙΘεΙος,  εία,  εΐον,  trusty,  dear,  hon- 
oured,  r/SeiV,  II.  6,  518;  10,  37;  22,  229, 
239.  In  all  these  places  it  is  used  by 
the  younger  brother  to  the  elder,  as 
by  Menelaus  to  Agamemnon,  Paris 
and  Deiphobus  to  Hector,  so  that 
doubtless  it  is  a  term  expressing  at 
once  brotherly  love  and  respect,  my 
lord  and  brother :  so  also  periphr.,^(9ei'7 
κεφαλή,  II.  23,  94.  But  in  Od.  14,^  147, 
the  swine-herd  says  of  Ulysses,  άλλύ 
uiv  ήθείον  καλέω,  I  will  give  him  an 
elder  brother's  title,  call  him  my  dear 
lord.  (Acc.  to  some  from  θείος,  god- 
like, excellent,  as  ήβαίός  from  βαιός, 
or  rather  from  θείος,  uncle :  rather,  as 
others,  from  ήθος,  ήθύς.  knoivn,  trusty.) 

Ί1θε?.ον,  ες,  ε,  impf.  from  'εθέλω, 
Hom.,  but  also  Att.  from  θελα. 

"'Άίθεος,  ό,  ή,  Att.  for  ήΐθεος,  q.  v. 

Ήθέο),  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (ηθω)  to  sift, 
strain  :  pass,  to  be  strained,  Plat.  Crat. 
402  C,  trickle  through,  Tim.  59  E. 
Hence 

Ήθημα,  ατός, τό,  thatwhich  issifted. 

Ήθήνιον,  τό.  Ion.  for  ήθύνιον,  but 
V.  Lob.  Pathol,  p.  186. 

'Ή-θητήρ,  ήρος,  Ό,^ιθητής. 

'ϋθητήριος,  ov,  fit  for  sifting  or 
39 


ΗΘΟΣ 

straining:  hence  τό  ήθητήρίον,=:ήθ- 
μός,  a.  strainer,  sieve,  Strab. 

'ϋθητης,  ov,  f),  one  who  strains,  also 
ήθητήρ. 

Ήβίζω.^=ήθέω. 

Ηθικός,  ή,  όν,  (ήθος  II.)  of  belong- 
ing to  morals,  ethical,  moral,  opp.  to 
intellectual  {διανοητικός)  Arist.  Eth. 
N. — II.  showing  morals  or  moral  char- 
acter, expressive  thereof,  ?ιέξις,  Arist. 
Rhet.  Adv.  -κώς,  hence,  ηθικώς  μει- 
διΰν  or  γελΰν,  to  laugh  expressively^ 
Coray  Plut.  Brut.  51. 

Ήθϊσις,  εως.  ή,  (ήθίζο)  a  sifting  or 
straining  off,  Arist.  Probl. 

Ήθμάριον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  ηθμός. 

Ήθμοειδής,  ές,  {ηθμός,  είδος)  like  a 
sieve  or  strainer  :  to  ήθ.  όστονί',  the 
perforated  bone  at  the  root  of  the  nose, 
through  which  its  secretions  pass. 
Gal. 

Ηθμός.  ov.  6,  (ήθω,  ήθέω)  a  sieve, 
strainer,  Eur.  Eurysth.  1. — 1].=  κημός 
III,  Cratin.  Nom.  13.— 111=  το  ήθμοει- 
δές  όστοΰν,  Gal. — First  prob.  in  Si- 
geian  Inscr.,  where  it  is  written  ηθμός. 

'ΐίθμώδης,  ες,=ήθμοειδης. 

Ήθογρΰφέο),  ώ.  to  paint  or  describe, 
character.  Vita  Thuc. :  from 

Ήθογρύφος,  όν,  (ήθος,  γράφω) 
painting,  expressing  character  :  6  ήθ. 
one  whose  pictures  are  full  of  character, 
Arist.  Poet,  [u] 
^ΉΘοκ?.ής,  έονς,  ό,  Ethocles,  masc. 
pr.  n..  Luc. 

Ήθολογέϋ),  ώ,  to  express  character 
or  something  in  character,  Longin. :  and 

'ΐΙθο?.ογϊα.  ας,  ή,  a  painting  of  char- 
acter, esp.  by  mimic  gestures,  elsewh. 
χαρακτηρισμός,  Senec.  Ep.  95  :  from 

Ήθολόγος,  ov,  (ήθος,  ?.έγυ)  paint- 
ing manners  or  character  by  mimic  ges- 
tures and  actions,  like  άρεταλόγος 
and  3ιο?Μγος,  and  so  esp.  of  dramatic 
and  mimic  poets,  Diod. 

Ήθοποιέω,  ώ,  (ηθοποιός)  to  form 
manners  or  character,  Plut.  :  also  to  ex- 
press them.     Hence 

'Υίθοποιητικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to, 
fit  for  the  forming  of  character.  Adv. 
-κώς. 

'Ηθοποιία,  ας,  ή,  a  forming,  express- 
ing of  manners  or  character,  Strab.  : 
from 

Ήβοποιός,  όν,  (ήθος,  ττοιέω)  form- 
ing, expressing  character,  Plut. 

'Hffof,  εος,  τό,  an  accustomed  seat, 
hence  in  plur.  seats,  haimts.  abodes,  II. 
6,  511,  Od.  14,  411,  but  in  Hom.  only 
of  the  haunts  of  beasts :  of  the  abodes 
of  men  first  in  Hes.  Op.  166,  523,  Hdt. 
1.  15,  cf  Koen.  Greg.  p.  494; — acc.  to 
Heind.  Plat.  Phaedr.  81  E,  never  used 
by  Att.  in  this  sense,  but  v.  Aesch. 
Supp.  64,  Eur.  Hel.  274,  Arist.  Mund. 
6, 16. — II.  usu.  custom,  usage,  Hes.  Op. 
136  :  hence  the  manners  and  habit  of 
man,  his  way  of  speaking,  acting,  or  ex- 
pressing himself,  disposition,  temper, 
moral  nature,  character,  first  in  Hes. 
Op.  67,  78  ;  freq.  ττραος,  φιλόττολις, 
βελτίων τοήθος. also  6ί ontv/ardhear- 
ing,  ώς  ίλαρόν  το  ήθος,  Xen.  Symp. 
8,  3,  and  later  τώ  ήθει  (in  this  sense 
ήθος  is  almost  always  in  sing.).  Lob. 
Phryn.  364:  but  generally  ofjtianners, 
freq.  in  plur.,  Lat.  mores.  Hes.  Th.  66, 
Hdt.  4,  106,  Thuc.  2,  61.  7'θεσι  και 
εθεσι  joined,  Plat.  Legg.  963  D  :  also 
of  animals,  Eur.  Hipp.  1219:  of  things, 
nature,  kind,  τον  πνρετοΰ,θΆ\. — 2.  any 
characteristic  expression,  such  as  is 
shown  in  the  features,  mien,  etc.,  Lat. 
affectns,  differing  from  πάθος,  in  that 
the  latter  denotes  violent,  the  former 
calm  affections  of  the  mind,  Dion.  H., 
cf,  Quintil.  6,  2.  (Prob.  a  lengthd. 
form  of  e^of  .■  by  some  referred  to  e'Cu.) 


ΗΙΩΝ 

Ήθροισμένως,  adv.  part.  perf.  pass, 
from  αθροίζω,  in  a  mass. 

Ήθω,  rare  collat.  form  οίήθεω,  q.v., 
Hipp.  ap.  Gal.  Also  written  ηθω  to 
refer  it  to  the  root  *'έω,  Ιημι,  but  really 
akin  to  αήθω. 

Ήϊα,  τά,  {εΙμι,  impf.  Ion.  ήϊα,  Att. 
ya)  provisions  for  a  journey,  Lat.  viatica, 
in  prose  εφόδια,  Od.  2,  289,  410,  etc. : 
in  genl.  food,  meat,  λύκων  ήϊα,  food 
/orwolves,  II.  13, 103.— II.  chaff, husks, 
elsewh.  ΰχνρα,  only  in  Od.  5,  3C8.  [In 
Hom.  t  usu.  long  in  arsis  ;  short  in 
thesis,  Od.  4,  363  ;  12.  329,  in  phrase 
ήϊα  πάντα :  besides  this,  the  word  is 
found  in  dissyll,  Od.  5,  266.  368;  9, 
212.  where  Wolf  writes^io,  Dind.  ήα: 
so,  the  gen.  ήίων  would  be  better  writ- 
ten ήων,  cf  Pherecr.  Incert.  14,  and 
v.  δήίος.'\ 

Ήϊα,  Ion.  for  ψιν,  impf.  from  εΙμι, 
to  go ;  Hom.  uses  only  1  sing..  Od.  4, 
427,  333 ;  3  sing,  ήίε,  and  3  pi.  ήϊου 
or  ήϊσαν.  [t] 

Ήιεσαν,  3  plur.  impf.  from  εΙμι,  to 
go,  for  which  Hom.  uses  ήϊσαν. 

Ήίθεος,  ό,  Att.  contr.  ήθεος,  the 
youth  come  to  manhood,  but  not  yet 
married,  a  bachelor,  answering  to  the 
feminin.  παρθένος,  cf.  Plat.  Legg.  840 
D,  and  Ruhnk.  Tim. :  hence  παρθέ- 
νος ήίθεός  τε  joined,  II.  18,  593  ;  22. 
127,  cf  Od.  11,  38:  later  also  as  real 
adj.  παις  ήΐθεος,  etc.,  Plut.  The  fem. 
ή  ήΐθεος  or  ήΐθεος  κόρη,=  παρθένος, 
is  rare,  7/  ήϊθέη,  Nic.  (Prob.  another 
form  of  αιζηός,  and  so  from  ζύω,  ζέω  ; 
acc.  to  E.  M.  from  αϊθω ;  Riemer  from 
ήθείος.)  [t  Ep. :  as  trisyll.  τ^θεος  in 
Att.  poets.] 

Ήϊκτο,  3  sing,  plqpf.  of  ίοικα,  Od. 

Ήϊξε,  3  sing.  aor.  1  from  ΰίσσω, 
Hom. 

Ήϊόεις,  εσσα,  εν.  (ήϊών,  όνος,  and 
so  strictly  it  should  be  ήϊονόεις)  ivith 
banks,  high-banked,  sleep-banked,  esp. 
epith.  of  the  mountain-stream  Sca- 
mander,  έπ'  ήϊόεντι  Σκαμάνδρω,  II. 
5,  36  :  πεδίον  ήϊόεν,  in  Q.  Sm.  5,  299, 
is  taken  for  a  meadow  in  which  geese, 
etc. feed;  whence  Buttm.  concludes 
that  the  word  had  the  signf.  grassy, 
which  should  also  be  received  in  li., 
Scamander  ivinding  through  grassy 
meads,  v.  Lexil.  in  voc.  [?] 

Ήϊον,  Ep.  for  ήεσαν.  3  plur.  impf. 
from  είμι,  to  go,  Od.  [i] 
^Ήίόνες,   ων,    αϊ,    (lit.    the    banks) 
Eidnes,  a  town  of  Argolis,  near  the 
promontory  Scyllaeum,  II.  2,  561. 

^Ήϊονενς,  έως  Ion.  ήος,  ή,  E'idneus, 

a   Greek,  11.  7,   11. — 2.   a  Thracian 

prince,  father  of  Rhesus,  II.  10,  435. 

νΐΐϊόνη,  ης,  ή,  Eidne,  a  Nereid,  Hes. 

Th.  255. 

Ήίόνιος,  ον,=ήόνιος.  Ion.  [ΐ] 

Ήϊος,  ου,  ό,  epith.  of  Phoebus,  ήϊε 
Φοίβε,  II.  15,  365  ;  20.  152  ;  (either 
from  the  cry  ή,  ή,  cf  Ιήϊος,  ενϊος,  or 
from  ένς,  ήνς,  Franke  Η.  Hom.  Αρ. 
Del.  120 )  [ϊ] 

Ήϊσαν,  Ep.  for  ήεσαν,  3  plur.  impf. 
from  είμι,  to  go,  oft  in  Hom.  [Γ] 

Ήϊσαν,  Ep.  for  ήδεσαν,  3  plur. 
impf.  of  οΙδα,  only'  in  Ap.  Rh.  in 
comp.  έπήϊσαν.  [ϊ] 

'ΐίίχθη,  3  sing.  aor.  1  pass,  from 
άίσσω,  II.  3,  368 ;  plur.  ήίχθησαν,  II. 
16,  404. 

Ήϊών,  όνος,  ή,  Att.  yuv,  Dor.  άϊών, 
asea-bank,  the  shore,  beach,  coast,  Horn., 
and  Hdt.  8.  96  :  later  also  of  a  river- 
bank,  Ap.  Rh.  2,  659  ;  4,  130.  [Γ] 

Ήΐωι•,  όνος,  ή,  (άΐω)  a  hearing,  re- 
port, the  reading  of  Zenodot.  for  άγγ 
ελίην.  in  Od.  2,  42. 
f  Ηϊών,  όνος,  ή,  Eton,  a  city  of  Mace- 
donia at  the  mouth  of  the  Strymon, 
609 


ΗΚί2 

the  port  of  Amphipolis  ;  on  its  site 
stands  the  mod.  Co?itessa,  Hdt.  7,  25, 
113  :  Thuc.  1,  98. 

Ήκα,  adv.  of  sound,  stilly,  low,  τ/κα 
Ίζρος  ύ'λ'λή'/.ους  άγόμΐνον,  II.  3,  155. 
— li.  of  place  or  motion,  slishtli/,  a  lit- 
tle, vk'  έπ'  ΰρισημά,  a  littU  to  the 
left,  11.  23,  33C  ;  -ί/κα  τταρακλίνας  κε- 
φαλήν, Od.  20,  301  ;  hence  in  genl. 
so/ill/,  gently,  τ/κα  i'/MVViiv,  Od.  18, 
92,  94  :  ΰττωσατο  ηκα  γέροντα,  11.  21, 
508  :  ηκα  μάλα  ψνξασα,  11.  '-Ο,  440  ; 
7/κα  κώνης,  Od.  J  7,  254,  cf.  ΐ/κιστος. 
— HI.  of  sight,  softly,  smoothly,  ηκα 
ατίλβυντες  έλα/ω,  with  oil  soft  shi- 
ning. 11.  18,  59G.— IV.  ol  time,*]/  little 
and  little,  Jac.  A.  P.  p.  110.  (Hence 
the  radic.  signf.  is  not  much,  slightly, 
and  it  must  be  akin  not  only  to  ί/κι- 
στος,  but  also  to  τ/σσων,  ήκιστος,  be- 
ing in  truth  their  positive :  also  to 
άκέων,  άκήν,  ακαλός,  Buttm.  Lexil. 
in  voc.) 

Ή/ία,  aor.  1  οίίημι,  3  sing.  ?7Kf,freq. 
in  Horn. 

'ϋκΰλέοΓ,  a,  01',  and 

*Η«αλοΓ,  ov,  adj.  fiorn  ηκα,  and  in 
same  signf ,  but  only  in  Gramm.  (Its 
likeness  to  εκηλος,  is  accidental.) 

Ήκΰχε,  3  sing.  aor.  2  formed  from 
ακάχω,  q.  v.,  Horn. 

'ΙΙκεατος,  η.  ov,  (for  ύκεστος.  from 
κεστύς)  ungoaded,  of  bullocks  which 
have  never  yet  been  worked,  such  as 
were  used  for  sacrifices,  in  Tacit. 
nuLlo  mortali  opere  contacti,  11.  6,  94, 
275,  309.  ^   '• 

'ίΐκή,  ης,  ή.  Ion.  for  άκή,  άκωκή, 
Archil.  41,  V.  Valck.  Hdt.  4,  196. 

Ήκιστος,  η,  ov,  superl.  adj.  from 
adv.  ήκα,  only  in  II.  23,  531,  ηκιστος 
έλαυνέμεν,  the  gentlest,  i.  e.  slowest,  in 
driving :  where  however  Dind.  (in 
Steph.)  and  others  write  ήκιστος,  as 
superl.  of  ησσων,  the  worst  to  drive  ; 
but  as  ηκιστος,  is  never  found  in 
Horn.,  it  is  belter  to  keep  ήκιστος,  as 
an  okl  form. 

"Ηκιστος,  η,  ov,  superl.  of  compar. 
ησσων,  the  worst,  least,  poorest,  mean- 
est. Adv.  ηκιστα,  least :  ονχ  ί/κιστα, 
not  least,  i.  e.  7nost.  very  jmich  so.  Hdt. 
4,  170,  Soph.,  etc.  :  very  freq.  in  re- 
ply to  a  question,  nay  not  so,  not  at  all. 
Soph.  O.  T.  623,  etc.  ;  so  too  ηκιστά 
τε,  lb.  1386,  and  Plat. :  cf.  Ruhnk. 
Tim.  (The  root  is  ηκα,  but  in  signf. 
and  usage  the  positive  is  κακός,  or 
μικρός.) 

Ήκην,  Ion.  and  Dor.  for  ^ττου,  q.  v. 

Ήκί)ϊ;ίυμένως,  adv.  part.  perf.  pass. 
from  uKpiiiou,  exactly. 

"HKiZ,  impf  ηκον :  fut.  f/i<j,  no 
other  tenses  in  use.  /  arn  come,  am 
here,  am  arrived,  (cf  οίχομαι)  only 
twice  in  Horn.,  11.  5,  478,  Od.  13,  32Γ), 
elsewh.  ικειν,  so  too  PincL,  v.  Bockb 
V.  1.  O.  4,  18:  very  freq.  in  Att.,  of 
whom  the  more  accurate  did  not  use 
the  impf  I  came,  since  this  sense  was 
already  in  the  pres.  In  less  exact  or 
not  Att.  writers  it  is  used  for  έρχομαι, 
to  come,  go,  esp.  to  come  back  ;  so  ηξει^ 
even  in  Ar.  Pac.  265,  Thuc,  etc. ; 
g«f,  iniperat.,  Ar.  Pac.  275.  Con- 
struct, mostly  with  εις.  trri.  παρά,  or 
adv.  of  motion  to  a  place,  e.  g.  όενρο  : 
but,  i/KEiv  έττι  TO  στράτευμα,  Xen.  An. 
7,  6,  2,  is  not,  as  usu.,  to  come  to  the 
army,  but  to  come  for  it,  like  μετά,  c. 
ace. ;  in  poets  also  c.  ace.  only. — II. 
to  concern,  relate  or  belong  to,  like  the 
USU.  ηρος7'/κειν,  τιν'ι.  Soph.  Ο.  C. 
738  ;  TTol  ηκει  /Λγος  ;  what  do  the 
words  relate  to?  Seidl.  Eur.  Tro. 
155;  also,  ήκ.  εις...,  Ar.  Plut.  919, 
παρά...,  Hdt.  7, 157,  προς....  Soph.  O. 
C.  734,  all  c.  ace. :  and  so, — 2.  to  de- 
610 


ΗΛΔΑ 

pend  upon,  η  σωτηρία  έπΙ  την  πρεσβεί- 
αν  ηκε,  salety  depended  upon  the  em- 
bassy. Dem.  350.  14. — 111.  to  come  to, 
reach  a  point,  arrive  at  it,  raise  one's 
.Si//  there/0,  like  άνήκειν,  mostly  with 
εις,  εις  τούτο  το/.μης,  σοφίας,  ηλικίας, 
etc.,  cf  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  953,  Ο.  C.  1030: 
δια  μάχης,  όι'  οργής  ήκειν,  Aesch. 
Supp.  475,  Soph.  Ο.  C.  905,  cf  όιά 
Α. — 2.  esp.  freq.  c.  gen.  and  an  adv., 
esp.  in  Hdt.,  ευ  ήκειν  τινός,  to  be  well 
off  for  a  thing,  have  great  store  or  plen- 
ty of  it,  e.  g.  χρημάτων,  Hdt.  5,  62 ; 
καλώς  ήκ.  βίου,  Eur.  Ale.  291  ;  also, 
ομοίως  ήκ.  τινός,  to  have  an  equal 
share  of  a  thing,  Hdt.  1, 149  ;  so,  πώς 
αγώνος  ήΐ\θμεν  ;  how  have  we  sped  in 
the  contest  ?  Eur.  El.  751 ;  also,  εν 
ήκειν,  sine  gen.,  to  be  well  off.  flour- 
ishing, Hdt.  1,  30:  less  freq.  c.  gen. 
sine  adv.,  e.  g.  ah  δε  όννάμιος  ήκεις 
μεγύ?ιης,  thou  art  in  great  power. 
Hut.  7,  157,  nisi  legend,  μι^γάλως: 
cf  έχω  IV.  2. — IV.  εις  ταντόν  ήκειν, 
to  be  come  to  the  same,  i.  e.  to  agree  to- 
gether, Valck.  Hipp.  273. —  V.  δ  και 
vi'V  ήκει  γενόμενον,  which  commonly 
happens  now  too,  Polyb. — VI.  c.  pari, 
fut.,  ηκω  (Κράσων,  άγγελών,  etc.,  like 
έρχομαι,  1  am  going,  I  intend  to  say, 
Valck.  Phoen.  257,  713,  1082;  but 
ήκω  φέρων,  I  am  bringing.  Cf.  ϊκω, 
ίκάνω. 

νϋλ=))λος,  Euphor.  ap.  Strab.  p. 
364,  v.  Buttin.  Ausf  Gr.  Gr.  1,  p.  213 
ed.  Lob. ;  Lob.  Paral.  70,  116. 

Ίίλαίνω,  Ion.  and  poet,  for  άλαίνω, 
to  wander,  stray  :  metaph.  to  wander  in 
7nind,  be  mad.  Call.  Dian.  251  ;  also  in 
mid.,  Theocr.  7,  23. 

Ήλάκάτα,  ων,  τύ,  the  wool  on  the 
spindle,  the  thread  spun  from  it,  yarn, 
ήλάκατα  στρωφάν,  to  spin  yarn,  Od. 
0,  53,  also  7/Λ.  στροφα'λίζειν,  Od.  18, 
315.     Only  used  in  plur.,  cf  sq.  [λα] 

Ήλάκύτη,  ης,  ή,  a  distaff,  Lat.  co- 
liis.  II.  6,  491,  Od.  1,  357,  etc. :  also  a 
spindle  ;  cf  foreg.  Hom.  has  it  only 
in  first  sense,  but  later  it  was  used, 
like  άτρακτος,  of  many  things  spin- 
dle shaped,  hence — II.  a  shaft,  stalk, 
esp.  the  joint  of  a  reed  or  cane,  Theophr. 
— HI.  an  arrow,  like  άτρακτος,  but 
dub.,  cf  χρνση?.άκατος. — IV.  the  up- 
per part  of  the  mast,  which  was  made 
to  turn  round. — V.  α  windlass,  lodraw 
up  heavy  nets,  etc.,  elsewh.  όνος. 
(Perh.  akin  to  ήλάσκω,  so  that  the 
distaff  got  this  name  from  being  tur/i- 
edround,  which  agrees  vvitli  signf  IV. 
and  V^,  while  the  spindle  s/!«;)e  agrees 
with  signf  II.  and  III.  Ace.  to  others 
from  έλκω.)  [κά]    Hence 

'ϋ?νακατήνες,  ων,  οι,  a  large  sea-fi.th, 
eaten  salt,  and  so  called  from  their 
spindle-like  form,  Mnesim.  ap.  Ath. 
403  B. 

Ήλάκατον,  ov,  τό,  supposed  sing, 
of  ήλάκατα,  q.  v. 

'1\λάμ7]ν,  η/.ατο,  aor.  1  mid.  from 
αλλο//αί. 

Ήλύσα,  ας,  ε,  aor.  1  of  ίλαννω, 
Hom. 

Ήλασκάζω,  v.  sq. 

Ήλάσκω,  Ep.  form  of  ά7.άομαι,  άλαί- 
νω, to  wander,  stray,  roam  about,  ελα- 
φοι  καθ'  νλην,  II.  13,  \04,μνΙαι  κατά 
σταβμ.όν.  II.  2,  470  :  hence  a  lengthd. 
poet,  form  ήλασκάζω^  of  men,  II.  18, 
281,  cf.  H.  Hom.  Ap.  142.  _  But  Od. 
9.  457.  c.  ace,  kμov  μένος  ήλασκάζει, 
he  flees  from,  shuns  my  wrath,  unless 
it  should  be  ή?.υσκάζει.  Ion.  for  άλυ- 
σκάζει,  cf  Herm.  Orph.  Arg.  439. 

Ήλΰ-ο,  3  sing.  impf.  from  άλάομαί, 
Od.  3,302. 

Ήλδανε,  3  sing.  aor.  2  from  άλδαί- 
νω,  Od. 


ΗΛΕΚ 

f  Ηλεία,  ας,  ή,=^'•11λις,  Thuc.  β,  88 ; 
Polyb.  4,  08,  4. 

'Ηλειακός,ή,  ύν,  {Ή?ιΐς)  from  Elis. 
— II.  oi  Ήλειακοί,  the  school  of  Elis, 
the  disciples  of  Phacdo,  Diog.  L.  1, 
17;  2,  105,  126. 

ναλείος,  a  Ep.  and  Ion.  η.  ov, 
(Ήλις)  of  Elis,  Etean,  ΊΙλεί?/  χωρη, 
Hdt.  4,  30:  oi  'ΚλεΙοι,  the  Elians,  11. 
11,  671  sqq. :  cf  Έπειοί. 

ναλε'ιος,  ov,  6,  EUus,  son  of  Nep- 
tune, king  of  the  Epei,  Pans.  5,  1,8. 
Ήλεκτρα,  ή,  v.  ήλικτρον.  init. 

ναλέκτρα,  ας,  ή,  Electra.  daughter 
of  Oceanus  and  Tethys,  wile  of  Thau- 
mas,  mother  of  Iris  and  the  Harpies, 
H.  Hom.  Cer.  418,  Hes.  Th.  349.-2. 
a  daughter  of  Danaus,  Apollod. — 3.  a 
daughter  of  Atlas,  one  of  the  Pleiades, 
mother  of  Dardaims  and  Jasion,  Id. 
3, 12,  1. — 4.  daughter  of  Agamemnon, 
andClytaemnestra,  so  called  from  her 
beauty  ;  her  proper  name  was  \αοδί• 
κη.  She  married  Pylades  ami  bore 
him  Strophius  and  Medon,  Trag. — 5 
sister  of  Cadmus,  after  whom  the 
ΊΙλεκτραι  πνλαι,  (Aesch.  Theb.  423) 
in  Thebes,  were  said  to  be  named, 
Pans.  9,  8.— H.  a  small  town  and  riv- 
er of  Messenia,  Paus.  (i"or  deriv.  ν 
at  end  o(  ήλεκτρον.) 

ναλεκτραι,  ών.  Dor.  Άλεκτραι,  ΰν, 
Pind.,  α/,  πνλαι,  the  Ekctran  gale,  one 
of  the  gates  of  Thebes,  Aesch.  Theb. 
423.  Eur.  Phoen.  1 129,  v.  foreg.  5. 

νΐί?.εκτρίδες,  νήσοι,  v.  sub  'ίΐλεκ- 
τρίς. 

Ήλεκτρΐνος,  ov,  made  of  η7.εκτρον, 
shining  like  it,  Call.  Cer.  29. 

^Ήλεκτρίς,  ίδος,  ή.  (prop,  the  beam 
ing)  Electris,  epith.  of  Luna,  Orph. — 
2.  in  pi.  'ίΐ'λεκτρίδες,  ων,  al,  νήσοι, 
(sing,  in  Ap.  Rh.  4,  580)  the  Electrides, 
the  (i?iiicr-!.«/rtii'/s  of  the  ancients,  said 
to  have  been  situated  al  the  mouth  of 
the  Po  in  the  Adriatic,  purely  mythic 
even  ace.  to  Strab.  p.  215,  etc. 

Ήλεκτροί',  ov,  τό,  and  ήλεκτρος, 
ov,  a,  and  even  ή,  (for  there  is  a  great 
diversity  of  gender ;  in  Hom.  and 
Hes.  nothing  can  be  determined  ;  but 
it  is  neut.  in  Hdt.  3,  115,  masc.  in 
Soph.  Ant.  1038.  fem.  in  Ar.  Eq.  532, 
though  here  some  write  ή'λεκτιχον,  as 
from ή'λέκτρα) — electron,  thrice  in  Od., 
viz.,  4,  73,  where  it  adorns  the  walls 
of  Meneiaus'  palace  along  with  cop- 
per, gold,  silver  and  ivory,  and  15, 
460  ;  18,  296  in  plur.,  where  of  a  gold 
broach  or  necklace  is  said,  μετ'  τ/λέκ- 
τροισιν  έερτο.Άηά  ή7•.έκτροισιν  εερμέ 
νον,  jointed  or  set  ivilh  pieces  of  elec- 
tron :  so  in  Hes.  Sc.  142,  we  have  a 
shield  enriched  with  gypsum,  ivory, 
electron  and  gold:  but  in  Ep.  Hom. 
15,  10,  where  the  rich  bride  stands  on 
electron,  there  is  nothing  joineil  with 
it:  Soph.  Ant.  1038,  speaks  of  rovTrpof 
Σάρδεων  ήλεκτρον...  καΐ  τον  Ίνδικόν 
χρνσον :  Hdt.  3,  115,  merely  says  it 
was  brought  from  the  extreme  west. 
So  far  we  have  nothing  to  tell  us  what 
it  was.  Now  Pliny  (H.  N.  33,  23; 
37,  2,  11)  distinguishes  electron  into — 
1.  amber  (as  it  certainly  is  in  Plat,  and 
all  later  authors),  and — 2.  a  metallic 
substance  compoiindid  of  four  parts  gold 
and  one  silver,  cf  Paus.  5,  12,  6  ;  for 
which  latter  Passovv  and  others 
would  take  it  in  Hom.,  and  Hes.,  ar 
going  that  amber  was  unknown  till 
the  Phoenicians  brought  it  in  at  a  la- 
ter period,  to  which  he  thinks  the 
place  of  Hdt.  may  refer  ;  while  Bultm. 
Mythol.  2,  p.  337,  sqq.,  maintains  the 
orig.  signf.  of  o/HOfr,  arguing  from  tho 
old  legend  of  the  origin  of  amber. 
The  place  of  Soph,  seeins  certainly 


HAIA 

10  refer  to  the  gold-ore  washed  down 
by  the  Pactolus.— II.  in  Ar.  Eq.  532, 
it  is  said  of  the  aged  Cratinus,  έκτηπ- 
τονσύν  τύν  τ/?.έκτρων  και  τοΰ  τόνου 
ονκέτ"  ενόντος,  where  the  Schol.  in- 
terprets it  of /Aeoe6i-/eei,  i?ilatdvith  elec- 
tron, later  Interpp.  of  the  pegs  {κόλ- 
λοπ€ς)  of  his  lyre ;  at  all  events  it 
must  here  mean  something  inlaid  or 
enriched  with  amber  or  electron,  v. 
Buttm.  p.  346.  (The  word  is  usu. 
connected  with  ήλέκτωρ,  the  sun,  to 
which  Horn,  compares  his  electron, 
so  that  it  would  mean  any  thing  bright 
and  beaming,  wh,  notion  runs  through 
the  prop,  names  Ήλεκτρνυν,  and 
^Η'λέκτρα.  and  Ή.?.εκτραι,  one  of  the 
gates  of  Thebes.  Buttm.  1.  c.  p.  354, 
sq.  derives  it  from  έλκω,  from  the  at- 
tracting  power  of  amber,  as  it  were 
tknTpov,  i/Jii/Tpoi',  ήλεκτρου.) 

Ήλεκτμοφΰής,  ές,  ί^τ/λεκτρον,  φάος) 
amber-gleaming,  αύ}(Μ,  Eur.  Hipp.  741. 
i'H'/^KTpvuv,  υΐ'ος  and  όνος,  ό,  also 
■τρυών,  όνος,  Eler.tryon,  son  of  Per- 
seus and  Atidromeda,  king  of  Myce- 
nae, and  father  of  Alcmena,  Hes.  Sc. 
82   Eur,  Ale.  839.     Hence 

'W/xKTpvuvn,  ης,  ή,  daztghler  of 
Eleciryon,  i.  e.  Alcmena,  Hes.  Sc.  16. 

Ήλΐκτρώόι^ς,  ες,  {τ/λεκτρον ,  ειόος) 
amber-like-,  Hipp. 

Ή-λΐκτωρ-,  ορός,  ό,  the  beaming  sun, 
Π.  6,  513  :  also  as  adj.,  ή?^  'Ύττερίων, 
beaming  Hyperion,  11,  19,  398,  of. 
ηλεκτρον,  fin. 

'Υίλεμΰτος-,  η,  ov.  Dor.,  (ήλος,  7)?.ε- 
of)  idlf,  vai/c,  trifling,  Theocr.  15,  4,  e 
coiij.  Stephani.     Adv.  -τως.  Αρ.  Rh. 

'{ΐ/.εός,  ή,  όν,  {ήλος)  antray,  dis- 
traught, crazed,  όρένας  ίι'/.εέ,  Od.  2, 
243. — 11.  act.  distracting,  crazing,  οίνος, 
Od.  14,  464. 

'U'/.ευατο,  Ep.  for  ήλενσατο,  3  sing, 
aor.  I  mid.  of  α/.ενομαι,  II. 

'ΐίλήλαντο,  3  plur.  plqpf.  pass,  of 
ΙλΜύνω,  Hes.  Sc.  143. 

Ήλλ/λα-ο,  3  sing,  plqpf.  pass,  of 
έλίΐι-νω,  11.  5,  400. 

Ήλη/ύμμι^ν,  plqpf.  pass,  from  (1λ«'- 

Ήλβον,  ες•,  ε.  aor.  2  οί  έρχομαι,  from 
Horn,  downwds. 

Ή/βοσαν,  3  plur.  for  ή'/.θον,  Alex- 
andr. 

'Ιΐλιά^ης,  ου,  ό,  child  of  the  Sun, 
Luc.  :+in  pi  o'l  'iDuadai,  children  of 
the  sun,  appell.  of  the  Rhodians, 
Strab.t :  fern.  Ή?Λάς,  ύδος. 

Ή/-ΐάζ(ι),:=ή/.ιόυ,  to  warm  in  the 
still. — II.  mid.  7ΐ?Λάζομαι.  to  sit  in  the 
court  Ηλιαία,  Ar.  Eq.  798,  V^esp.  772, 
with  a  play  on  the  word  :  so  τ/λιάξει. 
Dor.  2  sing.  fut.  mid.,  Ar.  Lys.  380. 

'H/^iaia,  ας,  ή,  at  Athens,  a  public 
place  or  hall,  in  which  the  chief  law- 
court  was  held,  for  the  trial  of  state- 
offences,  Ar.  Eq.  897:  hence  this 
court  itself,  Oratt. :  in  the  same  place 
was  also  held  the  δίαιτα.  Cf  Herm. 
Pol.  Ant.  1^  134,  Att.  Process,  p.  144, 
500,  1000,  1500.  Vomel  de  Heliaea, 
Frankft.  1820.  (From  ά/.ής.  ύλύζομαι, 
uAta.Siebelis  Paus.  1,  28,  8,  A.  B.  p. 
311.) 

Ήλ.ιακός,  ή,  όν,  {ήλ.ιος)  of  or  belong- 
ing to  the  sun,  ήλ.  κνκ/Μς,  the  sun's 
orbit,  Diod.,  cf.  Meinske  Com.  Fr.  2, 
p.  747. 

Ήλιύς,  άδος,  ή,  a  daughter  of  the 
Sun,  usu.  in  plur.  Ήλ.ιύόες,  the  Heli- 
ades,  daughters  of  the  sun,  the  sisters  of 
Phaeihon,  changed  into  poplars,  Par- 
menid.  Fr.  9  ;  +Ap.  Rh.  4,  603.-2.  as 
adj.  :  of  ot  belonging  to  the  sun,  άκτίς, 
Luc;  appell.  of  the  island  Rhodes,  Id. 

Ή/ίύσις,  εως,  ή,  (τ/λιάζω)=ήλίω- 
σις,  exposure  to  the  sun,  Dio    C. — II. 


HAIK 

(from  mid.)  the  right  of  sitting  in  the 
Ηλιαία.  Jusjur.  ap.  Dem.  747,  8. 

Ή/.ιαστήριον,  ου,  τό.  (ή/αάζω)  a 
place  for  taking  the  sun,  Strab. 

Ή/.ΐαστής,  ού.  ό,  {ή?.ιάζομαι)  a  ju- 
ryman in  the  court  ΊΙλιαία,  a  Heliast, 
Ar.  Vesp.  891,  etc. :  hence 

Ήλ.ιαστικός,  ή,  όν,  of  or  belonging 
to  a  Heliast,  γέρων,  Ar.  Vesp.  195, 
όβολός.  Id.  Nub.  863. 

Ή/.ίάω,  ώ,  {ήλιος)  to  be  like  the  sun, 
Philostr. 

Ή/.ί;3ύτος,  ov,  steep,  abrupt,  freq. 
in  Hom.,  both  11.  and  Od.,  but  only  as 
epith.  of  πέτρ?],  U.  15,  273,  619;  16, 
35,  Od.  9, 243,  (where  it  simply  means 
high,  huge,  as  applied  to  the  mass  with 
which  the  Cyclops  closes  his  cave; 
10,  88  ;  13,  196  :  so  in  Hes.  Th.  675, 
786.  Sc.  422,  Theogn.  176.  Find.  O.  6, 

1 10.  Aesch.  Supp.  351 ;  epith.  of  όρος, 
and  άκρη.  in  Ap.  Rh.  ;  of  the  Olym- 
pian throne  of  Jupiter  in  Ar.  Av. 
]<32:  in  H.  Hom.  Ven.  268,  if  the 
passage  is  correct,  even  of  high  trees. 
The  word  is  poet.,  yet  occasionally 
found  in  prose,  ττέτραι  ήλ.,  Xen.  An. 
1,  4,  4  ;  TOTTOi,  Polyb.  ;  πέτρος,  Strab. 
— II.  by  the  usual  reaction  of  signfs., 
like  Lat.  altus,  also  deep,  abysmal,  av- 
τρφ  tv  ήλ^βάτω,  Hes.  Th.  483  ;  Ύάρ- 
ταρος  ήλ.,  Stesich.  ;  ήλ.  ϋττό  κενβ- 
μύσι,  Eur.  Hipp.  732.  (The  readiest 
deriv.  is  from  ήλιος,  and  βαίνυ,  tra- 
versed only  by  the  sun,  and  so  steep, 
lofty :  but,  if  so,  could  it  be  transfer- 
red to  ύντρον,  Ύύρταρος,  κενβμών  ? 
More  prob.  therefore,  with  Buttm. 
Lexil  in  v.,  from  7/λ,όζ•,  ήλεύς,  ύλιτ- 
ειν,  and  βαίνω,  synon.  with  άβατος, 
or  όνςβατος,  hardly  to  be  trodden,  and 
so  impassable,  steep  and  sheer,  whether 
up  or  downwards  :  in  which  case  ήλί- 
βατος  is  a  shortened  form  for  ήλ.ιτό- 
βατος,  cf.  ήλιτόμ•ηνος,  ήλιτοεργός : 
Dciderl.  considers  it  a  simple  deriv. 
from  a?uil>,  which  is  quoted  by  He- 
sych.  as— ττέτρα.  Others  from  ύλ.ύ- 
ομαι.)  [ι] 

Ήλιεΐον,  ov,  τό,  {ήλιος)  α  temple  of 
the  Sun. 

Ήλιενω,=ή?.ιόο>,  dub.  1. 

Ήλ.ΐθα,  adv.  {άλ.ις)  enough,  suffi- 
ciently, in  Hom.  always  ήλιθα  ττολλτ/, 
very  much,  a  great  deal,  Lat.  satis  mut- 
tatn,  11.  11,  677,  Od.  5,  483,  etc.— II. 
of  time,  suddenly,  at  once,  like  αθρόως. 
Αρ.  Rh. — III.  {ήλος,  ήλεός)  in  vain, 
like  μάτην.  Call.  Lav.  Pall.  124,  cf. 
ή/.ίβιος  II. 

'ϋ/ΰθιάζω,  to  speak  or  act  idly,  fool- 
ishly. Ar.  Eq.  1124:  from 

'ΗλίΗιος,  a,  ov.  Dor.  άλ.ίθ.,  (ήλ.ός, 
ήλεός)  idle,  trifling,  vain,  random,  γά- 
λος. Find.  P.  3,  21,  βέλος,  Aesch.  Ag. 
366 :  foolish,  silly,  like  μάταιος,  Hdt. 
1,  60,  Eur.  Cycl.  537,  etc.,  cf  ήλιβα 

111.  Adv.  -ίως.  Plat.  Theaet.  180  D  : 
also  ήλίθιον,  as  adv.  Ar.  Nub.  872. 
[/.t]     Hence 

^ϋλ.ϊβιότης,  ητος,  ή,  folly,  silliness, 
Cratin.  Pyt.  9. 

'ΙΙ/.ΐθιόω,  to  make  foolish,  to  distract, 
craze.  Aesch.  Pr.  1061. 

Ήλ.ΐθιώόης,  ες,  {ηλίθιος,  είδος)  like 
a  fool.  Philostr. 

Ή/.ΐκία,  ας,  ή,  (ήλ.ιξ)  time  of  life, 
age,  Lat.  aetas,  11.  22,  419,  where  old 
age  is  meant ;  cf.  to  άχρειον  τής  ή?^., 
Thuc.  2,  44:  elsewh.  usu.  the  flower 
or  prime  of  life  from  about  18  to  50, 
man's  estate,  manhood,  also  of  women, 
womanhood,  Hdt.,  Hipp.,  etc. :  εν  ή7^ι- 
κία  είναι  to  be  of  age,  c.  inf ,  e.  g. 
στρατεύεσθαι,  for  service,  Hdt.  1, 
209,  cf.  Dem.  42,  9  ;  so  too,  ήλικίαν 
εχειν,  είς  //λ.  ελθείν.  Plat.  Euthyd. 
306  D,  Theaet.  142  Ε  ;  ηλικίας  μετέ- 


ΗΑΐό 

χειν,  Thuc.  7,  60 :  οΊ  kv  ηλικία,  men 
of  serviceable  age,  Thuc.  8,  75  :  ή  κα- 
θεστηκυία ήλ..,  maturity,  Thuc.  2,  36  : 
-^ι^εοζ-  ήλικίην,  Hdt.  3,  134,  ακμαίος 
τήν  ήλ;  Arist.  Pol. ;  προε/.ηλνθώς  τη 
ήλ.,  Xen.  Hell.  6,  1,  4.-2.  youthful 
heat  and  passion,  Hdt.  3,  36  ;  7,  18  : 
hence — II.  as  collective  subst. ,=:ot 
ήλικες,  those  of  the  same  age,  fellows, 
esp.  all  fit  for  service,  Lat.  juventa,  11. 
16, 808  ":  ή?,,  αστών.  Aesch.  Pers.  914, 
cf  Thuc.  3,  67. — III.  ingenl.  age,  time, 
ταϋτα  ήλικίην  uv  ειη  κατά  Αάϊον, 
about  the  age  or  time  of  Laiiis,  Hdt. 
5,  59,  cf.  60,  71  :  and  later  an  age,  Lat. 
saeculum,  Dem.  1392,  13.— IV.  of  the 
body,  stature,  growth,  as  being  a  sign 
of  age,  Hdt.  3,  16,  Dem.  Iu24,  26. 
Hence 

Ήλΐκιάζομαι,  as  pass.,  to  grow  to 
manhood,  Hermes  ap.  Stob.  Eel.  1, 
1098. 

Ήλΐκιώτης,  ου,  ό,  fem.  ώτις,  ιδος, 
an  equal  in  age,  fellow,  friend,  Lat.  ae- 
qualts,  Hdt.  5,  71,  Ar.  Nub.  1000  :  ήλ. 
ιστορία,  contemjiorary  history,  Plut. 

Ήλίκος,  η,  ov,  as  big  as,  as  tall  as, 
Ar.  Ran.  55  :  in  genl.  as  great  as,  how 
great,  strong  or  pouerful.  Lat.  quantus, 
Dem.  07,  1  :  also  how  old,  at  what  age. 
Soph.  O.  T.  15  ;  as  old  as,  Ar.  Ach. 
703 :  esp.  in  expressions  of  wonder, 
usu.  θανμάσιον  ήλ.ίκον.  extraordinari• 
ly  great,  Dem.  348,  24,  as  in  Lat.  mi 
rum  quantum.  Also  used  in  oral,  obli- 
qua.  In  questions  πηλίκος,  answer- 
ed by  -Τη/.ίκος,  or  usu.  τηλικοϋτος. 
[Γ]  .•  from 

Ήλί^,  ϊκος,  b,  ή,  in  the  flower  or 
prime  of  life,  of  age,  of  the  same  age, 
Lat.  aequalis,  Od.  IS,  373:  hence — 2. 
a  fellow,  comrade,  Hdt.  1,  34,  etc.  ; 
ήλικες  ήβης  έμής,  Aesch.  Pers.  681  : 
so  too,  ήλ..  νεανίδες,  Ar.  Tliesm.  1030. 
Proverb,  ήλιξ  ήλ.ικα  τέρ~ει.  Plat., 
and  Arist. — 3.  later  c.  gen.,  like,  resem- 
blir.i•,  VV'ern.  Tryph.  637. 

'ΐΛλΛοβ/.ητος,  01-,=  sq.,  Eur.  Bacch. 
14. 

'ΙΙλ.ιόβολος,  ov,  ( ήλ.ιος,  βάλ.λω  ) 
sun-stricken,  sun-burnt,  scorched,  The- 
ophr. 

ΥαλΛοδώρα,  ας,  ή,  Helioddra,  fem. 
pr.  n.,  Antn. 
Υΐί/.ιόδωρος,  ον,δ,  Helioddrus,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  an  Athenian,  Dem.  927,  23. — 
Others  in  Ath.  45  C,  etc. 

Ή/Λοειδής,  ές,  {ήλαος,  είδος)  like  the 
sun,  bright  and  beaming.  Plat.  Rep.  508 
A.     Adv.  -δώς. 

Ήλ.ιοθερέω,  ώ,  f.  •ήσω,  to  su?i  one's 
self  Gal.  :  from 

ΉλΛοθερής,  ές,  (f/λ.ιος,  θέρω)  warm- 
ed in  the  sun. 

Ήλιοκάής,  ές,  (ήλιος,  κάω,  καίω) 
burnt  in  or  by  the  sun,  sun-burnt,  Luc. 

'ϋλιοκάΐα.  ας,  ή,  a  being  sun-burnt. 

Ήλιοκάμϊνος,  ου,  ό,  {ήλ.ιος,  κύμι- 
νος)  α  room  exposed  to  the  sun  for  xvin- 
ter  time,  Plin.  Ep.  2,  17,  20.  [a] 

Ήλ.ιοκάνθαρος,  ov,  (ή/ιίος,  κύνθα- 
poc)  the  dung-beetle,  called  sun-beetle, 
because  it  was  the  jEgypt.  hierogly- 
phic for  the  sun. 

'ΙΙλ.ιόκανστος,  ov,  (ήλιος,  καίω)^= 
ήλιοκαής,  Theocr.  10,  27. 

'Υίλ.ιόκτϋπος,  ov,  (ήλ.ιος,  κτνπέω) 
sun-stricken,  sun-burnt,  as  should  be 
read  with  Wellauer  in  Aesch.  Supp. 
155,  for  ή  διόκτυτΐον. 

Ήλιομάνής,  ές,  (ήλιος,  μαίνομαι) 
sun-mad,  mad  for  love  of  the  sun,  epith. 
of  the  Cicada,  Ar.  Av.  1096. 

Ίίλιόμορφος,  ov,  (ήλ.ιος,  μορφή) 
sun-shaped.  Poet.  ap.  Ath.  542  E. 

Ήλιόττονς,  ποδός,  ό,=ήλ.ιοτρό-ιον, 
Diosc. 

"Ηλ.ιος,  ov,  ό,  poet,  ήέλιος,  (ίλη) 


ΗΛΙΣ 
theaun:  Horn,  always  in  poet,  form, 
except  Od.  8,  271,  where  it  is  usu.  ta- 
ken as  a  prop.  n.  For  the  sun's  ri- 
sing he  uses,  ai^'ievat,  uvopnvtiv,  and 
ϋ,νανεΐσθηί,  Otl.  10,  192 ;  ot  the  set- 
ting δϋναι.  and  καταόύναι,  mostly  in 
parlic. :  φάος  ijeAcoio,  is  with  him 
sometimes  daylight,  sometimes  the 
light  of  life  :  ττρος  Ήώ  7'  'Ht/.ίόΐ'  re, 
toward  the  nwrntagrtd  and  rising  sun, 
opp.  to  προς  ζόφον,  for  llom.  only 
marked  two  points  of  the  compass, 
E.  and  W.,  andcalleil  tlieni  the  rising 
and  setting,  light  and  darkness,  inorning 
(Vid  evening,  Jl.  12.  23!l,  Od.  9,  26;  and 
eo,  Hdt.  7,  58  opposes  πμος  ijCi  Tt  καΐ 
ή7.ίον  ανατολάς  to  πμος  έστνέμτ/ν,  so 
that  ■ττμος  η/.ιον  still  remained^Trpof 
{]ύ:  these  old  authors  called  the  Λ. 
the  upper,  and  the  S.  the  lower  parts  : 
so  too,  oi  arc"  If/.iov  ΰνατο?.ίωι•,  the 
eastern..,  Hdt. 7.  70  :  later,  ττμίις i/'/uov 
was  the  South. — 2.  day,  like  Lat.  sol. 
Soph.  El.  424:  aday.  Find.  O,  13,  51, 
Eur.  El.  654,  etc. :  but  later  also  a 
year,  ap.  Stob.  p.  501,  32,  of.  Sillig  ad 
CatuU.  δ,  4  ;  8,  3,  8. — 3.  oi  y'/.ioi,  the 
fsun-beanis.  hoi  sunny  days,  like  Lat. 
soles,  Thuc.  7.  87. — 11.  as  prop,  n., 

iDor.  "A/iOf)  Helms,  the  sun-god,  oft. 
η  Hom.,  though  it  isolt.  dub.  wheth- 
er he  means  the  sun  or  the  god: 
Wolf  mostly  prefers  the  prop,  n.,  even 
in  -β()ς  Ήώ  τε  Ή/λίον  τε,  because  of 
the  loudness  the  Greeks  had  for  im- 
personation :  fson  of  Hyperion  and 
Euryphaessa,  Od.  12,  176.  H.  Hom. 
31,  or  Theia,  Hes.  Th.  371  sqq.t  La- 
ter Helms  was  identified  with  Apollo 
or  Phoebus,  but  certainly  not  before 
Aesch. 

ΊΙ'/.ιοσκόπιον,  ov,  τό,  {ηΆιος,  σκο- 
τίέω)  strictly  that  ivhich  looks  to  the 
sun.  hence  —ifMorpu-niov,  Diosc. 

Ήλιοστερι)ς,  ες,  {ψαος,  στερέω) 
depririiig  of  sun,  and  so  sliadmg  from 
the  sun,  epith.  of  the  Thessaiian  hat, 
Soph.  O.  C.  313. 

Ήλιοστϊ37Ίς,  ές,  (ήλιος,  στείβω) 
stin-tTodden,  i.  e.  sun-hurat,  Aesch.  Pr. 
791. 

'Υΐλίοτρόπιον,  ov,  τό,  (ήλιος,  τρο- 
πή) the  heliotrope,  a  plant  whiclifidlows 
the  sun  with  Its  flower  and  leaves, 
herba  Solaris,  solslilialis,  Diosc.  :  also 
ήλώηονς  and  ή/.ιοσκύττιον.  —  II.  a 
sun-dial,  Moschion  ap.  Alh.  207  F. — 
HI.  α  gem,  used  as  a  lens  to  look  at  the 
fure,  PI  in. 

*'\{'λιοτρό-ι.ον,  ov,  TO,  Heliotropium, 
a  place  in  the  vicinity  of  Thebes  in 
Thessaly,  Polyb.  5,  99,  8. 

νΐίλιυΰττο/.ις,  ίως,  ή.  lit.  city  of  the 
stm,  Helwpdtis.  Ά  city  of  lower  Aegypt, 
(the  On  of  the  Bible)  containing  a 
celebrated  temple  of  the  sun ;  in 
LXX.  Ή/Λο-ολις,  now  Aiu  Shems, 
Hdt.  2,  3,  Strab.  p.  805.— 2.  a  city  of 
Coele- Syria,  some  distance  north  of 
Tyre,  now  Baalbeck,  Strab.  p.  753. 
Hence 

νϊΙ/.ιον7Γθ7Λτης.  ov,  6,  an  inhah.  of 
Heliopolis,  oi  'ΊΪΜονπολϊται,  the  Heli- 
opolVans,  6  Ήλ.  νομός,  the  Heliopo- 
litan  nnnte,  Strab. 

'ϊίλιούανής,  ές,  (ήλιος,  φαίρομαι) 
beaming  like  the  sun. — II.  pass,  lighted 
by  the  sun. 

Ίϊλαόφΰτον,  ov,  τό,  a  name  for  the 
yeiv,  Diosc. 

■  Ήλιόω,  C),  (ήλιος)  to  warm  in  the 
sun.  Pass,  to  sun  one's  self,  he  lighted 
and  healed  by  the  sun,  Xen.  Oec.  19, 
18 :  also  to  he  snn-burnt,  to  live  in  the 
sun,  i.  e.  in  the  open  air,  ή/ιωμένος, 
opp.  to  έσκίατραφηκώς,  Flat.  Rep. 
556  D. 
t'H/.£f,  ιδος,  ij,  Dor.  Άλί£•,  EUs,  one 
C12 


ΗΑΤΓ 

of  the  western  provinces  of  the  Pelo- 
ponnesus, 11.  2,  626.  divided  itito  three 
parts,  Elis  proper,  or  ή  Κοίλ,η  Ήλις ; 
ή  ϋισύτις,  and  ή  Ύριφνλία,  Hdt., 
Thuc,  etc. :  also  Ήλεια,  Thuc.  6, 
88.-2.  the  capital  city  of  fori-g.,  on 
the  Peneus,  foruied  into  a  city  in  the 
Persian  war,  Hdt.  C,  70,  Thuc,  etc. 
Ace.  to  Gramni.  the  ace.  Ήλιύα.  Od. 
13,  275  is  used  ol  the  country,  ^Ηλιν 
(Dor.  Άλίν),  Pind.  O.  1,  126  only  of 
the  city:  but  latter  of  the  country, 
Apollod.  1.  9,  7. 

ΊΙλισκος,  ov,  6.  dim.  from  η?ιθς,  a 
little  and,  Ar.  Fr.  296. 

ΊΙΆΐτε,  3  sing.  aor.  2  of  ύλιταίνω, 
11.  9,  375,  Hes.  Sc.  80. 

Ή/  ίτης,  συ,  ύ,  (ηλ^ος)  of  or  like 
nails,  lem.  ϊτις,  ιόος,  λεττίζ•,  iron  that 
scales  off  from  nails,  Diosc.  [iJ 

Ή'/ΐτυεργός,  όν,  (ΰ'λιταίνω,  έργον) 
mis.'tng  the  uork,  fading  in  one's  end 
or  aim,  Anth.,  cf.  sq. 

ΉΛΐΓόμηνος,  ov,  {άλ,ιταίνω,  μην) 
missing  the  right  month,  i.  e.  untimely 
born.  U.  19,  118.  v.  ύλ.ιτήμίρος. 

'ΥΌ.Ϊψάρμακος,  ov.  ή,  a  plant  useful 
to  s/aiinch  blood,  Timag.  ap.  Stob.  p. 
541,  23. 

Ήλίφ,  ΐτΓος,  ό,  said  to  be  α  Dorian 
shoe,  V.  ύνήλιπος,  Schol.  Theocr.  4, 
56. 

Ήλιώόης,  ες,  (ήλιος,  εΙδος)=^ήλι- 
οειόί/ς,  Chaerem.  ap.  Ath.  608  C. 

Ή'/.ίωσις,  εως,-ή.  (ι'/λιόομαι)  a  being 
sunned:   the  sun's  heat. 

ΊΙλιώτης.  ov,  a,  fein.  -ώτις,  ιδος, 
poet,  ήελ;  (ήλιος)  of,  belonging  to  the 
sun.  the  suns  light  or  heat,  Soph.  Tr. 
697  :  αίγλη  ή?..,  Anth.  :  oi  ή?..,  the  in- 
hubitiinls  of  the  sun,  Luc. — ll.  ή  ί/λΐώ- 
τίς,  was  an  Ion.  name  for  the  moon, 
as  if  fein.  of  ήλιος  :  whereas  at  Car- 
rae  the  sun  was  worshipped  as  I/u- 
nus,  or  masc.  of  Luna. 

Ήλκτ/σε,  3  sing.  aor.  1  from  έλκέω, 
Od.  11,  580. 

Ήλοειδής,  ές,  (ήλ.ος,  είδος)  nail- 
shaped. 

1  Ή/Μθύλης.  ους,  ό.  Helothales,  father 
of  Epicharinus  of  Cos,  Diog.  L. 

Ήλο/ίόποζ-,  ύ,  (ήλος,  κόπτω)  α  nail- 
smith. 

ΊΙλοιτΰγής,  ες,  (ήλος,  πήγννμι) 
fixed  with  nails. 

ήλος,  ov,  6,  a  nail:  in  Hom. 
never  u.sed  to  fix  or  fasten,  but  only 
for  ornament,  on  the  sceptre,  11.  1, 
246.  the  sword.  11.  11. 29,  etc.,  so  that 
rather  nail-heads,  studs  are  meant : 
hence — II.  any  thing  like  a  nail,  a  wart, 
knot,  callus  on  the  hands  or  feet :  also 
on  plants,  esp.  the  olive,  Theophr. 

'ίΐ/.ός,  ή,  ov,  distraught,  crazy,  silly, 
φρένας  ή/.έ,  II.  15,  128. — II.  later  also 
idle,  empty,  vain:  cf.  ήλεός.  (Hence 
ή'λεός,  ηλκέματος,  ήλ.ιβα.  ηλίθιος :  the 
root  is  άλ?/,  ΰλ.εός,  άλάομαι.)   Hence 

'Ήλοσννη,  ης,  ή,=^ήλιθιότης,  INic. 

'ΐίλότν-ος,  ον,(ήλος,  τνητυ)  fixed 
or  pierced  by  nails,  Nonn. 

'W/ύω,  ώ.  (ήλος)  to  nail,  Clom.  Al. 

'HATTero.inipf.  from  [λπομαι,ϋοπι. 

Ήλσύμτ/ν.  aor.  1  mid.  oi  ε'ιλυ,  wh. 
has  a  still  stranger  aor.  2  ήλσόμην, 
unless  Simon.  219  be  corrupt,  cf 
Buttm.  Lexil.  v.  είλεϊν  8.  Hom.  has 
only  ε /.σαν  and  ελσαι  of  the  aor.  1  act. 

'Ηλσατο,  lyr.  aor.  1  mid.  οίελαννω, 
Schncidewin  Ibyc.  29. 

ΊΙλνγάζω.  (ήλνξ)  to  overshadow, 
only  found  in  compd.  ίπ7/λ. 

'Ηλ.ϋγαϊος,  aia,  alov,  shadowy,  dark : 
from 

Ί1?.ν)η,  ης,  ή,  shadow,  shade,  dark- 
ness :  metaph.  δίκης  ήλάιγη,  the  dark- 
ness, intricacies  of  a  law-Suit,  Ar.  Ach. 
684 ;  cf.  7βνξ.  [ϋ] 


HMAI 

Ήλΰγίζω,^^ήλνγύζω.    Hence 

Ίίλνγισμός,  ov,  ό,  an  irvershad<no^ 
ing. 

'ϋλνθον,  ες,  ε,  Ep.  aor.  2  of  Ιρχο- 
μαι.  lor  which  ή/.θον  i»  more  usu.  in 
prose  :  this  form  seems  to  be  used 
only  in  indicat. 

Ήλνξ,  ν}ος,  ό,  ή,ι=.ήλϋγη,  only 
found  in  compd.  έτη'/λινξ,  (.formed  by 
a  prefi.x  either  from  /ιν/η  or  from  the 
root  λ.νκη,  lux,  λη'κος,  Kuhnk.  Tim. 
Piers.  Moer.  p.  163.) 

ΊΙλνξα,  ας,  ε,  aor.  1  from  u?.vcku, 
Hom. 

ΊΙλϋϋία,  ή,-=ήλ.νσις. 

'ϋλνσιον,  πεδίον,  τό,  the  Elysian 
fields,  Od.  4,  563:  later  also  without 
πεδίον,  Elysium.  Hom.  |)laces  it  on 
the  west  border  of  the  earth,  near  to 
Ocean ;  favoured  heroes  passed  thi- 
ther without  death,  and  lived  happy 
under  the  rule  of  Rhadamanthys,  Od. 
4,  504  :  Hesiod's  Elysium  is  in  the 
μακαρων  νήσοι.  Op.  169  ;  and  so  Pin- 
dar's, 0.2,  129,  From  these  legends 
arose  the  labled  Atlantis. — II.  later 
χωρία  ήλ.νσια  and  ένηλ.νσια  were 
places  .struck  by  lightning,  ami  so  de- 
voted to  some  god,  Lat.  bidmtuUa, 
Casaub.  Pars.  2,  27. 

'H/DCTiOf.  ία,  lov,  coming :  or  Ely• 
sian,  avpat,  Anth.  [ϋ]  :  from 

'ϊίλνσις,  εως,  ή,=  ίλενσις:  also  ο 
.step,  motion,  Eur.  Hec.  67. — 2.  in 
Aesch.  Ag.  231,  that  tvhich  is  crnning, 
the  event :  but  v.  Dind. 

''Άλνσκάζω,  v.  ήλύσκω,  sub  fin. 

ΊΙ/ίψον,  aor.  2  of  αλφαίνω,  11.  21, 
79. 

Ήλω,  Ion.  syncop.  for  Att.  έάλω, 
3  sing.  aor.  2  of  ύλίσκομαι,  Od.  22, 
230. 

ΊΙλ.ώμην,  impf.  from  άλάομαι,  Od. 
4,  91. 

ναλώνη.  ης,  ή,  Eldne,  a  city  of 
Thessaiian  Phthiotis  near  the  Eu- 
rotas,  11.  2,  739,  afterwards  Λιιμώνη, 
Strab.  p.  410. 

Ήλωτός,  ή,  όν,  (ήλόω)  nailed,  nail- 
shaped. 

Ήμα,  ατός,  τό,  (ίτ/μι)  that  which  is 
sent  or  throivn,  a  deft,  javelin,  ήμασιν 
άριστος,  best  at  darting,  11.  23,  891 ; 
hence  ήμων,  q.  v. 

\"Άμάϋια,  ας,  ή,  Emathia,  a  district 
of  Macedonia  between  the  rivers 
Erigon  and  Axius,  11.  14,  226  ;  in  late 
^oel.=  Macedonia,  Anth.     Hence 

νΥίμαϋις,  ίδος,  ή,  fem.  adj.  Emalhian, 
Macedonian,  Anth. 

νΐΐμαβίων.  ωνος,  6,  Emathion,  son 
of  Tithonus  and  Aurora,  Hes.  Th. 
985. 

ΊΙμίθάεις,  εσσα,  εν,  (άμαθος)  Ion. 
lor  άμ.,  sandy,  in  Horn,  always  epith. 
of  the  Elean  Pylos.  Hv/.oto  ήααθόεν- 
τος,  etc.,  so  that  if  Πν/.ος  be  (em., 
we  decline  it  ήμαθόεις,  -otv.  Strabo 
derives  it  from  a  river  Amaihos,  Elis 
not  being  sandy  :  but  Pylos  was  not 
far  from  the  coast,  and  the  epith. 
refers  to  the  sand-hills  of  the  shore. 

^Huai,  ήσαι.  ήσται,  3  pi.  ήνται, 
inf  ησϋαι,  part,  ήμενος,  imperat.  ήσο, 
ήσϋω,  etc.  ;  impf.  ήμην.  ήσο,  ήστο,  3 
pi.  ήντο  (these  being  in  fact  a  pass, 
perf  and  plqpf  of  ίζομαι) :  Hom.  has 
the  usu.  form  of  3  plur.  only  once,  11. 
3.  153,  elsewh.  the  Ep  εϊΰται,  ειΰτο, 
and  in  11.  sometimes  the  Ion.  εάται, 
'έύτο.  To  be  set,  laid,  placed,  and  so 
to  sit,  lie,  stand,  very  freq.  in  Horn., 
the  compd.  κάΟημαι  being  more  usu. 
in  prose. — 11.  oft.  in  Hom.  with  collat. 
signf.  to  tarry,  linger,  stay,  rest,  as  we 
say  to  sit  stdl:  also  to  he  hid,  Od.  8, 
503,  512.— III.  later  also  of  things, 
as  buildings,  votive  offerings,  etc.,  ίο• 


ΗΜΕΡ 

He,  stand,  Hdt.  Jac.  A.  P.  p.  932  : 
ημεΐ'ος  χώρος,  like  είυ,μενή,  a  low, 
sunken  place,  Theocr.  13,  40.  Con- 
struct. :  usu.  with  i-i,  παρά.  and 
other  preps,  expressing  at  a  place, 
but  sometimes  in  pregnant  constr. 
with  έκ,  cf.  κάθημαι :  rarely  c.  ace, 
ήσθαι  σέΑαα,  to  sit  on  a  bench,  Aesch. 
Ag.  183,  of.  Elmsl.  Bacch.  38,  and 
καθίζω. 

Ήμακτέω,  ώ,  v.  περιημεκτέω. 
ΙΉ/ζαλίων,  ωνος,  ό,  Emalion,  masc. 
pr.  η.,  Qu.  Sm. 

Ή//αρ,  -ημΰτος,  τό.  poet,  for  ήμερα, 
day,  esp.  in  Horn.,  though  sometmies 
he  also  uses  ήμερη.  Pecul.  to  him 
are  the  expressions  αίσιμον,  μόρσι- 
μον,  ολεθριον,  νηλεές  ήμαρ,  the  day 
of  destiny,  of  death;  ελεύθερον,  δον- 
7.10V  ήμαρ,  the  day  of  freedom,  of 
slavery,  i.  e.  freedom,  slavery  itself ; 
so  νόστιμον  ήμαρ,  oft.  in  Od.  v. 
Nitzsch  1,9:  ήμαρ  όρί^ανικόν,  II.  22, 
490:  also  of  the  seasons,  ότωρ/ΐ'όν, 

ί'ειμέριον  ήμαρ,  autumn,  winter  time, 
L  16,  385;  12,  279:  έτ'  ήματι,  day 
by  day,  daily,  Od.  12,  105  ;  but  in  11. 
19,  229,  all  day  long  :  so  too,  κατ" 
ήμαρ  αεί,  Soph.  Ο.  C.  688 ;  άεΐ  κατ' 
ήμαρ,  Eur.  Tro.  392  ;  but  κατ'  ήμαρ, 
to-day.  Soph.  Ο.  C.  1079:  e-if  ήμαρ, 
by  day.  Id.  O.  T.  199 :  παρ'  ήμαρ, 
every  other  daij,  Lat.  alternis  diebus, 
Herm.  Soph-'O.  C.  1454,  Aj.  470: 
also  ήμαρ.  as  adv.,  opp.  to  νύκτωρ,  by 
day.  Hes.  Op.  174. 

Ήμαρτημένως,Άάν.  part.perf.  pass. 
from  άμαρτάνω,  xerongly.  faultily,  ήιι. 
εχειν,  to  be  in  fault.  Plat.  Legg.  670  D. 

Ήμάτιος,  a,  ov,  {ήμαρ)  poet,  for 
ημερήσιος,  by  day,  Od.  2,  lOt;  19, 
149 :  day  by  day,  daily,  11.  9,  72.  [a] 

Ήμβροτον,  ες,  ε,  inf.  ΰυ3ροτεΙν, 
poet.  aor.  2  of  άμαρτύνω,  Horn. 

'Ημεδαπός,  ή,  όν,  (ήμεΙς)  of  our 
land  or  country,  natix-e,  Lat.  nostras. 
At.  Pac.  220,  and  Plat. :  opp.  to  αλ- 
λοδαπός, cf.  νμεδαπός,  {δαπος  is  a 
mere  termin.,  nothing  to  do  with  ίδα- 
όος,  V.  Αρ.  D)'se.  de  Pron.  p.  268  sq., 
and  eC  ποδαπός.) 

Ήμεΐς,  ace.  ήμΰς  or  (in  Od.  16, 
372)  ημάς,  etc.,  cf.  sub  εγώ. 

'ΙΙμεκτέω.  loiL,  to  be  moved  by  feel- 
ing :  only  found  in  compd.  περιη- 
μεκτέω. 

Ήμελ^ημένως,  adv.  part,  pert  pass, 
from  ΰμελ^ω,  carelessly,  ήμ.  ίχείν, 
Xen.  Mem.  3,  11,4. 

'ϊίμελ.λχιν,  ες,  ε.  Att.  for  εμελιλ.ον, 
also  in  Hes.  Th.  478. 

'Ημέν...,  ήδέ...,  (ή)  poet,  for  και..., 
και...,  as  well...,  as  also...,  Lat.  et..., 
et...,  conjunctive  in  Horn.  But  some- 
times disjunctive,  if...,  or  if...  whe- 
ther..., whether...,  Lat.  vel...,  vel...,  or 
five...,  sive...,  like  ή...,  ή...,  in  Hom. : 
ήμέν  is  oft.  omittfid,  v.  ήδέ:  but  is 
rare  with  δε  for  ήδέ  following,  11. 
12,  428  :  more  freq.  ήμέν. ..και...,  II. 
15.  664,  670,  etc. 

Ήΐίϊν,  1  pL  impf.  from  εΙμί,  Horn. 

ΉΜΕΤΑ,  ας,  ή.  Ion.  and  Ep. 
ήμερη,  ης,  day,  only  a  few  times  in 
Horn,  who  usu.  has  poet,  ήμαρ :  in 
poets  also  the  light  of  day.  light  of  life, 
life,  -αλ,αια  ήμ.,ο\ά  age,  Soph.  Aj.  623, 
νέα  ήμ.,  youth,  Eur.  Ion  720. — Con- 
struct, with  preps.,  etc. :  ΰμ'  ήμερα 
or  άμα  τη  ήμερα,  with  dawn  of  day, 
with  day-break,  or  in  full  ΰμ'  ήμέρτ) 
διαόανσκονστ),  Hdt.  3,  86:  ΰ,ι^'  ημέ- 
ρας πίνειν,  to  begin  to  drink  in  open 
day,  like  Lat.  de  die  yotare :  δι  ημέ- 
ρας, the  whole  day  long,  Valck.  Hdt. 
6,  12,  but,  δια  τρίτης  ήμ.,  every  third 
day,  Lat.  tertio  qnoque  die.  Id.  2,  37  ; 
όι'  ήμ.  πολλών,  at  a  distance  of  many 


HMEP 

days,  Thuc.  2,  29 ;  iv  ήμέραις  τριά- 
κοντα, in  30  days ;  also  in  dat.  or 
gen.  without  prep.  : — am  πΰσαν  ήμ., 
every  day,  Hdt.  7,  198;  έξ  ημέρας,  by 
day.  Soph.  El.  780  :  έό'  ήμέραν,  on 
or  for  a  day,  Hdt.  1,  32  ;  but  also  day 
by  day,  Eur.  Cycl.  336  :  καβ'  ήμέραν, 
day  by  day,  Seidl.  Eur.  El.  426  ;  also, 
TO  καθ'  ήμέραν,  Ar.  Eq.  1126,  cf 
όσημέραι :  μεθ'  ήμέραν,  by  day,  Lat. 
interdm,  Hdt.  2,  150  :  όιΐ'έ  τής  ημέρας, 
late  in  the  day,  Xen.  Hell.  2,  1,  23  : 
προς  ήμέραν,  towards  day,  near  day, 
Lys.  92,  fin.,  cf.  ήμαρ:  for  the  gen., 
dat.,  and  ace,  to  denote  time.  v.  the 
grammars. — II.  as  prop.  n.  Hemera, 
the  goddess  of  day,  daughter  of  Ere- 
bus and  Night,  Hes.  TL•  124.    Hence 

Ημερεύω,  to  pass,  spend  the  day,  kv 
τόπφ,  Xen.  Hell  5,  4,  3  :  ήμ.  μακράς 
κελ.εύΟον,  to  rest  the  day  after  a  long 
journey,  Aesch.  Cho.  710. — 2  to  pass 
one's  days,  live.  Soph.  El.  787. 

'Ημερήσιας,  a,  ov,  also  ος,  ov, 
(ημέρα)  for  the  day,  by  day,  Hipp.  : 
of,  or  as  of  the  day,  φύος,  Aesch.  Ag. 
22. — II.  a  day  long,  ήμ.  οδός,  a  day's 
journey,  Hdt.  4,  101,  etc. :  ήμ.  λόγος, 
a  speech  lasting  a  whole  day,  Isocr. 
345  C.  —  III.  in  genl.  belonging  to  a 
day,  TO  ήμ.,  sub.  μίσθωμα,  a  day's 
hire. 

Ήμερία,  ας,  ή,  in  Soph.  Aj.  208, 
ace.  to  80ΐΏβ,=  ήμέρα :  to  others  fern, 
from  ήμέριος,  sub.  ί^ρας :  others  read 
ηρεμίας. 

'Ημερίδης,  ov,  b,  {ήμερος)  tame,  esp. 
of  wine,  mellow,  Lat.  mitis,  Plut.  : 
also  epith.  of  Bacchus,  as  patron  of 
the  cultivated  vine  (ήμερίς).  Id. 

'Ημερίδων,  cv,  τό,  dim.  from  ήμερα. 

Ήμερίΐ'ός,  ή,  όν,=^ήμερήσιος,  esp. 
by  day,  opp.  to  νυκτερινός,  αγ)  ελ.ος 
ήμ.,  a  day-messenger,  Xen.  Cyr.  8, 
6,  18,  cf.  ήμεροδρόμος ;  ήμ.  ώνλακή, 
Plut. 

Ήμέριος,  ov,  also  la,  ίον.=  ήμερή- 
σιος,  ήμ.  άνθρωποι,  men  of  a  day, 
who  live  but  for  a  day.  Soph.  Ant.  789, 
so,  ήμ.  γέννα,  Eur.  Phoen.  130.  Poet, 
word. :  for  in  Xen.  Oec.  21,  3,  ήμερι- 
νός  should  be  read,  Lob.  Phryn.  63. 

Ήμερίς,  ίδος,  ή,  fern,  of  ήμερος, 
tame,  cullti-ated,  opp.  to  άγριος,  wild  : 
hence  ήμερίς,  usu.  for  the  vine,  Od.  5, 
69,  opp.  to  άγριας,  sub.  άμπελος :  but 
also  any  fruit-tree,  Ar.  Ach.  997. 

Ημερόβιος,  ov,  {ήμερα,  βίος)  living 
for  a  day,  like  εφήμερος :  hence  epith. 
of  beggars,  etc.,  living  from  hand  to 
mouth. 

Ήμεροδΰ,νειστής,  ov,  6,  {ήμερα, 
δανείζω)  one  who  lends  money  on  daily 
interest,  Diog.  L. 

Ήμεροδρομέω,  ω,  to  be  an  ήμερο- 
δρόμος, Strab. 

Ήμεροδρόμος,  ov,  (ήμερα,  δραμεΐν) 
running  the  day  through,  e.  g.  ήλ.ιος. — 
II.  as  subst.  one  that  can  run  all  day, 
a  courier,  Hdt.  6,  105,  cf  ήμερινός. 

Ήμερόδρνς.  νος,  ή,  {ήμερος,  δρυς) 
an  oak  with  eatable  acorns,  v.  ήμερίς. 

Ήμεροειδής,  ές,  (ήμερα,  είδος)  of 
the  nature  of  day,  Sext.  Emp. 

Ήμεροθΰλ.ής,  ές.  Dor.  forsq.,  .\nth. 

Ήμεροθη?^ής,  ές,  (ήμερος,  θάλ.λ.ω) 
gently-sprnuting,  Griife  Mel.  1 ,  53. 

Ήμεροθηρικός,  ή,  όν,  (ήμερος,  θήρα) 
belonging  to  the  hunting  of  tame  beasts : 
ή,  -κή,  sub.  τέχνη,  the  art  of  hunting 
them.  Plat.  Soph.  222  C. 

Ήμεροκαλλές,  οΰς,  τό,  Cratin. 
Malth.  1,  and  ήμεροκαλ.λ.ίς,  ίδος,  ή, 
Diosc,  a  kind  oi yellow  lily,  that  bluo?ns 
but  for  a  day. 

'Ημεροκοίτης,  ov,  o.=sq.,  Opp. 

Ήμερόκοιτος,  ov.  (ήμερα,  κοίτη) 
sleeping  by  day,  epith-  of  a  thief,  Hes. 


ΗΜΕΩ 

Op.  603  :  also  of  a  fish,  perh.  iAe  seal, 
v.  foreg. 

Ήμερο/.εγδόν,  adv.,  (ήμερα,  λέγω) 
counting  every  day,  i.  e.  day  by  day, 
every  day.  Aesch.  Pers.  63. — II.  to  the 
day,  exactly,  Arist.  H.  A.  (On  the 
accent  v.  Dind.  Aesch.  1.  c.) 

ΉμερολογεΙον,  ov,  τό,=ήμερολό• 
γιον :  Irom 

Ήμερολογέω,  ώ,  (ήμερα,  λέγω)  to 
count  by  days,  register,  τον  χρόνον, 
Hdt.  1,  47.     Hence 

Ήμερολ.όγιον,  ov,  τό,  a  calendar, 
Plut. 

Ήμεροννκτιον,  ov,  τό,  (ήμερα,  ννξ) 
=ννχθήμερσν. 

Ήμεροποιέω,  ώ,=ήμερόω. 

Ήμερος,  ον,  also  α,  ον,  Hdt.  5,  82, 
tame,  tamed,  reclaimed,  of  animals, 
opp.  to  wild,  savage,  χήν  ήμερος.  Od. 
15,  162 :  Tu  ήμερα,  with  or  without 
ζώα,  tame,  domestic  animals.  Xen.  Cyr. 
1,  3,  6 :  also  of  plants  and  trees,  cul- 
tivated, opp.  to  άγριος,  Hdt.  8,  115; 
and  so  τα  ήμερα  alone.  Plat.  Tim.  77 
B. — II.  metaph.  of  men,  gentle,  kind, 
Lat.  mansuettis,  civitis,  Hdt.  2,  30, 
Pind.  P.  3,  12,  and  Att. :  also  ήμερώ- 
ταται  οδοί,  level,  tcell-made,  peaceful 
roads.  Plat.  Legg.  761  A.  Adv.  -ρως, 
Polyb.  (Pott  refers  it  to  the  Sanscr. 
root  yam  cohibere ;  if  so,  it  is  the 
same  with  Germ,  zahm,  our  tame,  cf. 
Ζευς  fin.) 

Ήμεροσκοττεΐον,  ov,  τό,  a  place  for 
watching  by  day,  Strab. :  from 

Ήμεροσκοπέω,  ώ,  to  keep  day-watch : 
from 

Ήμεροσκόπος,  ov,  6,  (ήμερα,  σκο•' 
πέω)  watching  by  day,  Aesch.  Theb. 
66 :  and  as  subst.  a  day-watcher,  Hdt. 
7,  182,  192,  etc. 

Ήμερότης,  ητος,  ή,  (ήμερος)  tame^ 
ness,  Arist.  Η.  Α. :  geutleness,  kind' 
ness.  Plat.  Rep.  410  D. 

Ήμεροτοκέω,  ώ,  ί.  -ήσω.  (ήμερος, 
τόκος)  to  produce  eatable  fruits,  Philo. 

Ήμεροφΰής,  ές,  (ήμερα,  φάος)  shi- 
ning by  day. 

Ήμεροόάνής,  ές,  (ήμερα,  φαίνομαι) 
i-isible  by  day,  άστρον,  Arist.  Org. 

Ή/ιερόφαντος,  ov,  =:  ήμεροφανής, 
Aesch.  Ag.  82. 

Ήμερόφοιτος,  ov,  (ήμερα,  φοιτύω) 
wandering  by  day. 

Ήμεροόί'λαξ,  ακος,  ό,=:ήμεροσκό- 
πος,  Xen.  Hell.  7,  2,  6.  [ϋ] 

Ήμερόφωνος,  ον,  (ήμερα,  φωνέω) 
epith.  of  the  cock,  herald  of  day,  Si- 
mon. 130  (v.  Dind.  Ath.  374  D),  ubi 
Gaisf  ϊμερ. 

Ήμερόω,  ώ,  fut.  -ώσω,  (ήμερος)  to 
tame,  make  tame,  sincUy  οι  ντύά  beasts. 
Plat.  Rep.  493  Β  :  of  plants  and  trees, 
to  reclaim,  cultivate,  Theophr.  •  γή  ήμε- 
ρονμέν?/,  a  land  cleared  of  robbers, 
wild  beasts,  etc.,  Aesch.  Eum.  14. — 2. 
metaph.  of  men,  to  soothe,  soften.  Plat. 
Rep.  554  D  :  also  to  tame,  subdue,  con- 
quer, Hdt.  7,  5;  and  so  in  mid.,  πάν 
έθνος  ήμερούμενος  βασιλ.έϊ,  Id.  5,  2. 

'Ημέρωμα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which  is 
tamed,  etc. — II.  =sq.,  Theophr. 

Ήμέρωσις,  εως,  ή,  {ήμερόω)  a  tam- 
ing, cultivating,  Theophr. :  of  men, 
civilising,  Plut. 

Ήμερωτ7/ς,  ov,  b,  η  tamer,  civiliser. 

Ήμες,  Dor.  for  είναι,  inf.  oi  ειμί, 
to  be. 

Ήμετέρειος,  εία,  ειον.  Ion.  -ήίος, 
ίη,  ΐον,-=ήμέτερος,  Anacr.  75. 

Ημέτερος,  α,  ον,  (ήμεΐς)  our,  Lat. 
noster.  oft.  in  Hom. :  εΙς  ήμέτερον, 
sub.  δώμα,  Od.  2,  55 :  later  also  for 
έμός,  Jac.  A.  P.  p.  627,  as  indeed 
some  expl.  Od.  2,  262. 

Ήμέων,  Ion.  and  Ep.  for  ημών 
Horn. 

613 


ΗΜΙΔ 

Ήμην,  a  very  rare  Att.  form  for 
jyv,  1  sin»,  iinpt'.  mid.  from  ειμί,  to 
be,  Lob.  Fhryn.  152. 

"H/i^f,  impf.  from  7Jμaι,  Horn. 

'H/u,  the  same  as  φψιί,  with  the 
first  letter  omitted,  to  say,  Lat.  m- 
quam,  common  in  Att.  dialogue  to 
repeat  something  with  emphasis, 
Trai,  -ημί,  τταΐ,  boy,  /  say,  boy  !  Ar. 
Ran.  37 :  it  does  not  occur  in  the 
other  persons  of  pres.  Impf  1  and  3 
pers.,  ijv  6'  έγώ,  said  I,  and  η  lY  of, 
«Old  he,  freq.  in  Att.  in  repeating  a 
conversation  ;  also  with  the  sul)ject 
repeated,//  ό'οςό  Γλαυκών,  Plat.  Rep. 
327  B,  etc.,  of  Hemd.  Plat.  Charm. 
161  C,  Koen  Greg.  p.  144.  Hom.  has 
only  3  impf  ?/,  always  after  a  speech, 
which  is  immediately  followed  by 
something  else,  ?;,  /cat'...,  he  spoke  and 
then...,  11.  1.  21i),  etc. :  also,  //  f>a,  II. 
3,  355 :  only  once  with  its  subject 
expressed,  ή  βα  γννη  ταμίη,  11. 6, 390, 
unless  φή  should  l>e  read  here:  in 
genl.  less  freq.  in  Od. 

ΉΜΓ-,  from  ήμισυ,  freq.  in  com- 
pos., half-,  Lat.  semi—. 

Ήμίαμ3ος,  ου,  ό,  {ήμι-.  Ιαμβος)  α 
half  iambus. 

Ήμιαμφόριον,  ου,  τό,  α  half-άμφο- 
ρενς,  Joseph. 

Ήμιύνόμιον,  ου,  τύ,  dim.  from 

Ήμίανόρος,  ου,  ό,  {τ/μι-,  άι>ήμ)  α  half- 
man,  eunuch,  Hippon.  72. 

Ήμιύνθρωπος,  ό,  Luc,  ί)μιάρωρ, 
ορός,  ό,  [ώ],  ήμιάββην,  ενός,  ό,  Ctes. 
=  foreg. 

Ήμιάρτιον,  ον,  τό,  {ημι-,  άρτος) 
α  half-roll,  Epich.  p.  37. 

Ήμιασσάριον.  ου,  τό,  (τ/μι-,  ΰσσύ- 
ρίον)  α  half-as,  Lai.  semissis,  Polyb. 

Ήμίαστραγύ?Λον,  ον,  τύ,  {r/μι-,  ασ- 
τράγαλος) α  half -ΰστ pay  αλός,  Arist. 
Η.  Α. 

'ΥΙμιαστράγάλον,  ου,  τό,  ν.  1.  for 
foreg. 

Ήμι  Βάρβαρος,  ον,  (τ/μι-,  βάρβαρος) 
half- barbarous,  Strab. 

Ήμιβΰφής.  ές,  {//μι-•  βάπτω)  half- 
dipped,  half -dyed,  Νοπη. 

Ίίμίβΐος,  ον,  0/μι-,  βίος)  half-alive. 

Ήμιβρύχης,  ές,  and  ήμιβρεχής,  ες, 
{ήμι-,  βρέχω)  half-wet,  half-watered, 
γη,  Theophr. 

Ήμίβροτος,  ον,  (ήμι-,  βροτός)  half• 
man,  ϊ-πος  ί/μ.,  a  centaur,  Ορρ. 

Ήμίβροχος,  ον,=^^/μιβρεχής,  The- 
ophr. 

Ήμιβρώς,  ώτος,  6,  7},=sq.,  Epicr. 
Dyspr.  1. 

Ήμί'ίροίτος,  {ήμι-,  βίβρώσκω)  half- 
eaten,  half-devoured,  Xen.  An.  1 ,  9,  20. 

Ήμίγάμος,  ον,  {/μα-,  γαμέω)  half- 
married,  i.  e.  a  concubine,  Philostr. 

Ήμιγένειος,  ον,  {ήμι-,  γενεών)  but 
half-bearded,  Theocr.  6,  3. 

Ήμιγενης,  ές,  {ήμι-,  γένος)  half- 
produced,  imperfect,  Plat.  Tim.  66  D. 

'Υίμιγέρυν,  ovror,  ό,  ή,  {ήαι-,  γέ- 
ρων) half  an  old  man ,  Longus. 

Ήμίγραφος,  ον,  {ήμι-,  γράφω)  half- 
written,  Menand.  p.  289. 

Ημίγυμνος,  ον,  {ήμι-,  γυμνός)  half- 
naked,  Luc. 

{'Ημΐγύναιξ.)  αικος,  6,  η,  {ήμι-, 
γννή)  half-woman,  Simon.  10Θ,  in  ace. 

'Hui'}i)i'Cf,  01',=  foreg. 

'Υϋμιδάής,  ές,  {ήμι-,όαίω)  half -burnt, 
II.  16,  294.— Π.  half -divided,  half-man- 
gled, Nic. 

'Ημιήάϊκτος,  ον,  (ήμι-,  δαίζω)  half- 
slain.  Ομρ.   [ΰ] 

Ήμιόακ~ν?ααΐος,  αία,  ηϊον,  half  α 
finger  Inn  ζ  or  broad.  Sext.  Emp. :  iVom 

Ήμίΐ^ακτΐ'/•  lor,  ου.  τό,  {ήμι-,  ύάκ- 
τνλης)  η  half-finger,  Polyb.  [ϋ] 

Ήμιι^ΰμής,  ές,  (ήμι-,  δαμάω)  half- 
tamed,  dub.  in  Ορρ. 
614 


ΗΜΙ  Κ 

'H/ii<5a7r;/f,  ές,  {ήμι-,  δάπτω)=ήμι• 
δαής  II.,  susp. 

Ήμιδΰρεικόν,  οϋ,  τό,  (ήμι-,  δαρει- 
κός)  α  half-daric,  Xen.  An.  1,  3,  21. 

'ϊlμιδL)Ίς.  ές,  {ήμι-,  ύέω)  wanting 
half,  half-full.  Xen.  An.  1,9,25, 

ΊΙμιόιττλοιόιον,  ου.  το.  and  Att. 
contr.  -oifJioi',  {.ήμι-,  διπλυίς)  a  half- 
shawl  or  kerchief,  Ar.  Eccl.  318. 

'\\μιδην'/.ος,  ον.  {ήμι-,  δούλος)  a 
half -slave,  Eur.  Andr.  942. 

Ήμίειλος,  ον,  {ήμι-,  ε'ί?ιη)  half -ex- 
posed to  the  sun,  Theophr. 

Ήμιεκτίόν,  ον,  r(),=  sq.,  Ar.  Nub. 
638.  015,  Plat.  (Com.)  Pha.  2,  12. 

Ήμί'ϊκτον,  ου,  τό,  α  half-έκτενς, 
Theophr. 

Ήμα'λλην,  ηνος,  ό,  ή.  {ήμι-,  "Έλ- 
λην)  α  half  Greek,  Luc. 

Ήμιεργί/ς,  ές,  {ήμι-,  *έργω)  half- 
made,  half ■  finished,  Luc. 

Ήμίεργος,  θί'.=  foreg.,  Hdt.  4, 124. 

Ήμίέτης,  ες,  {ήμι-,  έτος)  of  half  a 
year :  hence,  τό  ήμίετες,  a  half-year. 

Ήμίίφθος,  ον,  {ήμι-,  έψο>)  half-boil- 
ed or  roasted,  Luc. 

Ήμίζωος,  ον,  {ήμι-,  ζ<^ή)  half-alive. 

Ήμιβαλής,  ές,  {ήμι-,  βάλλω)  half- 
green,  Anth. 

'ϋμιθαλ-χτος,  ον,  {ήμι-,  θά?.7νω) 
half-warmed. 

Ή/ιιβάνής,  ές,  {ήμι-,  θνήσκω)  half- 
dead,  Ορρ.,  cf  ήμώνής. 

Ήμιθέαινα,  ης,  ή,  {ήμι-,  βέαινα)  α 
demi-goddess,  Ορρ. 

'Ημίθεος,  ου,  ό,  α  half-god,  demigod, 

?ΐμιβέων  γένος  ανδρών.  II.  12, 23,  Hes. 

Op.  159  :  later  also  //  i/μίθεoς.=  {oreg. 

ΥΗμιβέων.  ωνος,  ό.  Hemitheon,  masc. 

pr.  η.,  a  Sybarite,  Luc. 

Ίλμίθτ/λνς,  ν,  {ήμι-,  θήλυς)  half-wo- 
man. Anacreont. 

ΉμιΗήρ,  ήρος,  ό,  ή,  {ήμι-,  &ήρ)  half- 
beast,  Philostr. 

Ήμιθνής,  ήτος,  ό,  ή,=ήμιθανής, 
Ar.  Nub.  504,  Thuc.  2,  52. 

'ϊΐμίβνητος,  ον,  {ήμι-,  βνΐ)τός)  half- 
mortal,  epilh.  of  the  Dioscuri,  Lye. 

Ήμίβραυστος,  ον,  {ήμι-,  βρανω) 
half-hrnken.  Eur.  Η.  F.  1096. 

Ήμιθωρύκιον,  ον,  τό,  (ήμι•,  θώραξ) 
the  front  plate  of  the  θώραξ.  Plut.   [α] 

ΙΙμιϊονδαϊος, ον,  ό,{ήμι-.  Ιουδαίος) 
α  half-Jeu;  Joseph. 

Ήμικάόιον,  ου,  τό,  also  written 
ήμικάδδιον,  α  half-κάδος. 

Ήμίκύκος,  ον,  {ήμι-,  κακός)  half- 
evil,  half  a  villain.  Soph.  Fr.  885. 
Adv.  -κως,  Ar.  Thesm.  449. 

Ήμίκανστος,  or  -καντυς,  ον,  {ήμι-, 
καίω)  half-burnt,  Ael.,  etc. 

ΉαίκενοΓ,  ον,  {ήμι-,  κενός)  half- 
empty. 

Ήμίκερκος,  ον,  {ήμι-,  κέρκος)  with 
half  α  tail,  usu.  κόλυυρος. 

Ήμικεφά?Μων.  -άλιον,  and  -αλον, 
ου,  τό,  (ήμι-,  κεφαλή)  the  sinciput. 

Ήμίκλαστος,  ον,  {ήμι-,  κλάω)  half- 
broken,  Plut. 

'ΥΙμικλεις,  είδος,  ό,  ή,  rare  collat. 
form  of  sq. 

Ήμίκλε ιστός,  ον,  {ήμι-,  κλείω)  half- 
shut. 

Ήμικ/.ήριον,  ον,  τό.  {ήμι-,  κ?^/ρος) 
half  the  inheritance,  Isae.  04,  2,  and 
Dem. ;  also  pleon.,  τοϋ  κλήρου  τό  ήμ, 
Isae.  86,  18. 

Ήμίκοτΐος,  ον,  {ήμι-,  κότττω)  half- 
mangled. 

Ήμικόριον,  ον,  τό,  {ήμι-,  κόρος)  α 
half-κόρος. 

Ήμικοτνλη,  ης,  ή,  {ήμι-,  κοτύλη) 
α  half-KOTi^Tf,  Hipp,  [ν]    Hence 

Ίίμικοτύλιαίυς,  α,  ον.  as  inuch  as  a 
hrilf-KoTv/  η,  οίνος,  Diosc. 

Ήμι  κοτυλών,  ου,  τό,=^ήμικοτνλη, 
Ari.st.  Η.  Λ. 

Ήμίκμαιρα,  ας,    ή,    (ήμι-,κραΐρα) 


ΗΜΙΝ 

half  the  head  or  face,    Ar.   Thesm. 
227. 

Ημικρανία,  ας,  ή,  {ήμι-,  κράνιορ) 
α  ραιη  on  one  side  of  the  head  or  face  : 
hence  French  migraine  for  hemicraine. 
Hence 

Ήμικράνικός.  ή,  όν,  of  or  belonging 
to  ημικρανία:  τό  ήμ.=  ίϋτβξ. 

Ήμικρης.  ητος,  ό,  {ήμι•,  Κρής)  α 
half-Cretan,  Lyc. 

ΉμικνΰΟος,  ον,  ό,  {ήμι-,  κναθος) 
α  half-κvutioς,  Aretae.  [υ] 

Ήμικύκ?ιΐος.  ον,  (ήμι-,  κύκλος) 
semicircular :  τό  ήμ.,  α  semicircle,  henco 
in  plur.  the  seats  in  an  amphitheaire, 
Plut.  :  and  so,  τό  ήμ.,  for  any  place 
of  meeting,  any  public  place,  with  seats, 
etc.,  an  orchestra,  Schneid.  Vitruv  5 
1  :  also  a  semicircular  seat,  arm-chair 
Cic.  Senect. 

Ήμικνκλιώδΐ]ς,  ες,  {ημικύκλιος,  εί- 
δος) semicircular,  Strab. 

'Ημίκυκλος,  ον,  ό,  =;  ήμικνκλιον, 
dub. 

Ήμικϋ/ιίνδριον,  ον,  τό,  and  ήμικύ- 
λινόρος,  ον,  ό,  α  half-cylinder,  [ν] 

Ίίμίκν-ρον,  ον,  τό,  {ήμι-,  κνπρος 
III.)  α  measure,  Hippon.  102. 

Ήμικύων,  gen.  -κννός,  6,  (ήμι-, 
κύων)  α  half-dog,  name  of  a  fabulou.'» 
nation,  elsewh.AviOKs'ipa^ot,  Hes.  and 
Ap.  Rh.  ap.  Steph.  Byz.  [i<] 

Ή/ίΐλετΓΟΟ.  αν,  {ήμι-,  λέπω)  half- 
peeled,  half-hatched,  Anacreont. 

Ήμί?.ευκος,  ον,  {ήμι-,  λεΐΜος)  half- 
white,  Luc. 

Ήμιλιτριαίος,  a,  ον,  {ήμι-,  λίτρα) 
weighing  half  a  pound,  Strab. 

ΉμΓλίτριον,  οιυ.  τό,  Epich.  p.  4, 
and  ήμιλίτμον,  ον,  τό,  Plut.,  (ήμι-, 
λίτρα)  α  half  pound. 

'ΙΙμί'λοντος,  ον,  {ήμι-,  λοΰω)  half- 
washed,  Cratin.  Incert  113. 

Ήμιλοχία,  ας,  ή,  {ήμι-,  λόχος)  α 
half-Koxor,  =  διμοιρία  ;  also  ήμιλό- 
χιην,  το.  Ael. 

Ήμύιοχίττις,  ον,  ό,  leader  nf  a  ήμι- 
λοχία, Ael. 

'ϊίμιμΰβής.  ές,{ήμι•, μανΘύνω)  half- 
learned,  Philostr. 

Ήμιμΰνής,  ές.  {ήμι-, μαίνομαι)  half- 
mad,  Aeschin.  24,  25. 

Ήμιυάραντος,  ον,  {ήμι-.  μαραίνο- 
μαι) half-Withered,  Luc.  [α] 

Ήμιμάσ7)τος,  ον,  (ήαι-,  μΰσύομαι} 
half-chewed.  Crates  Incert.  14. 

Ήμιμέδιμνον,  <w,  τό,  {ήμι,  μέδιμ- 
νος)  α  half-μέδιμνος,  Plut. 

Ήμιμεθής,  ές,  {ήμι-,  μίθΐ))  half- 
drunk,  Anth. 

Ήμιμέθνσος,  ον,  {ήμι-,  με&ύω)=^ 
foreg. 

Ήμιμερής,  ές,  {ήμι-,  μέρος)  halved, 
half 

Ήμίμεστος,  ον,  {ήμι-,  μεστός)  half- 
full. 

Ήμίμετρον,  ον,  τό,  (ήμι-,  μέτρον) 
α  half-measure. 

Ήμιμι/νιαϊος,  αία,  αϊον,  {ήμι-,  μί]ν) 
half-inonthly. 

ΉμιμναΙυς.  αία,  αΐον,  {ήμι-,  μνα)  of 
α half-mina:  τό  ήμιμναϊον,  α  hatf-mina, 
Xen.  Mem.  2,  5,  2  :  the  form  τό  ήυί- 
μνεον,  contr.  -μνονν,  is  also  found. 
Lob.  Phryn.  554. 

Ήμιμοφιαϊος,  αία,  αΐον,  {ήμι-, μοί- 
ρα) equal  to  half  a  degree. 

Ήμιμοίριον,  ου,  τό,  Hipp.,  and 
ήμιμόριον,  ου,  τό,  {ήμι-.  μοίρα)  α  half. 

Ήμιμέ/χθηρος,  ον,  {ήμι•.  μοχθηρός) 
half-evil,  half  α  villian.  Plat.  Pol.  352  C. 

'ϋμίνα,  ή,  (ήμισυς)  half  the  έκτινς, 
and  so=  κοτν/ι7),  Epich.  p.  124.  [quan- 
tity undetermined  in  1.  c. :  in  Lat. 
hemina.^ 

Ήμίνηρος,  ov.  contr.  for  ήμινέα- 
ρος,  half -fresh,  and  so  of  fish,  half -salt- 
ed, like  ήμιτάριχος,  Xenocr. 


ΗΜΙΠ 

ΊΙμιξέστιον,  ον,  τό,  and  -ξεστον, 
ου,  τό,  α  half-ξέατης,  Diosc. 

'Ημί^ηρος,  ον,  ι,ήαι-,  ξηρός)  half- 
dry,  Antli. 

'Ημίζύρητος,  ον,  {ήμι-,  ξνρύω)  half- 
shorn,  Diog.  L.  [ί] 

'H/ito/ie/of,  ον,  o,=sq.,  Inscr. 

'ίίμίθ^3ό/.ιον,  ου,  τό,  α  half-63o- 
λός. 

Ήμιο7ία,  ας,  ή,  cf.  sq.  Π. 

Ήμιό'/Λος,  ον,  also  ια,  ων,  Hdt.  5, 
88,  (ήμι-,  ό/.ος)  one  and  a  half,  half  as 
much  again,  Hdt.  1.  c. :  ήμιόλιον  ον 
ΤΓοότερον,  one  half  more  than  before, 
Xen.  An.  1,  3,  21 :  hence— 11.  as 
subst.  ό  ήμιό/.ιος.  one  and  a  half,  the 
ratio  of  ^  to  1,  also  ij  ^ιμιο/Λα,  Plat. 
Theaet.'  154  C  :  so  too  m  musical 
sounds,  ή  7/μιο?.ία  δίάστασις,  Plat. 
Tim.  36  A  :  m  metre,  ό  ήμ.,  a  verse 
consisting  of  one  foot  and  a  half. — 2.  ή 
ήμιο/.ία,  sub.  νανς,  a  light  vessel,  esp. 
a  privateer,  or  pirate,  so  called  from 
having  one  and  a  half  banks  of  oars, 
Theophr.  Char.  25, 1. — 3.  ai  7/uio?uai, 
interest  half  as  much  again  as  the  cap- 
ital. 150  per  cent. 

Ήμιόνεως,  a,  ov,  (ήμίονος)  of,  be- 
longing  to  a  mule  :  in  Hom.  άμαξα  ήμ., 
a  car  drawn  by  mules,  Od.  6,  72,  II.  24, 
189  ;  ζυγον  ήμ.,  II.  24,  208  :  later  esp. 
ήμ.  ζεύγος,  a  pair  of  mules  :  ήμιόνεια, 
ή,  sub.  κό~ρος,=  ήμιονίς. 

Ήμίονηγός,  όν,  {ήμίονος,  άγω) 
mule-drivmg :  α  muleteer,  Strab. 

'Άμιονίϋός,  ή,  όν,^ήμίόνειος,Χβη. 
An.  7,  5,  1. 

Ήμιόνιον,  ον,  τό,  =  ήμίονος  III., 
Diosc. 

Ήμιονίς,  ίδος,  ή,  mule-dung,  like 
ήμιονεία.  Hipp.,  cf.  όνίς. 

Ήμιονίτης.  ου,  ό,  fem.  -ϊτις,  ιδος, 
of,  belonging  to  a  mule :  ΐτΓ~ος  -νΐτις, 
a  mare  in  foal  of  a  mule,  Strab. — II. 
ήμιονΐτις,  ιδος,  ή,  a  kind  οί  fern,  sco- 
lopendrium  kemionilis,  Diosc.     From 

Ήμίονος,  ov,  ή.  as  in  Hom.,  except 
when  the  gender  is  undetermined,  as 
II.  17,  742,  but  later  more  usu.  ό,  (ήμι-, 
όνος)  a  half-ass,  i.  e.  a  mule,  oft.  m 
Horn.,  as  a  beast  of  burthen  and  of 
great  endurance,  hence  τα?.αεργός, 
but  also  ΰλγίστη  όαμάσασθαι,  11.  23, 
654  ;  preferred  to  oxen,  II.  10,  352, 
Od.  8,  124:  ή  Σνρία  ήμίονος,  a  kind 
of  wild  ass,  the  Pers.  jiggetai.  Cf. 
όρεύς,  οίφεύς. — II.  as  Άά].^ήμιόνειος, 
βρέόος  ήμίονον,  a  young  mule,  mule- 
foal,  11.  23,  266.— III.  the  scaly  harts- 
tongue  {scolopendrium,  or  grammitis), 
ceterach,  Theophr. 

Ήμίο-ος,  ov,  [ήμι-,  ο~ή)  with  half 
its  holes,  ήμίο~οι  av7.oi,  small  flutes 
with  only  three  holes,  Anacr.  18,  Aesch. 
Fr.  85. 

Ή/ίί'οτΓΤος,  ov,  {ήμι-,  οιττύω)  half- 
roasted,  Alex.  Pann.  4. 

Ήμιούγκιον,  ov,  τό,  a  kalf-ονγκία 
or  ounce,  semuncia,  Epich.  p.  4. 

Ήμιττΰγής,  ές,  (ήμι-,  -ήγννμι)  half- 
congealed,  half-hardened.  Plat.  Tim.  59 
Ε  :  ώά  ήμΐΰαγή,  half-hardboiled  eggs, 

'Υίμιτζαίδεντος,  ov,  {ημι-,  παιδεύω) 
half-taught,  Synes. 

'Ή-μιτταχής,  ές,  {ήμι-,  πάχος)  dub., 
V.  κνημυτταχής. 

'ΐ[μι~έ?.εκκον.  ον,  τό,(ήμι-,  πέ?.ε- 
κνς)  α  half-axe,  i.  e.  one  edged,  II.  23, 
851  :  opp.  10 ΰμφι.—έ?.εκκον.  («doubled 
metri  grat.) 

Ίϊμίττί—άνος,  ov,  half  ripe. 

Ήμίπεπτος,  ov.  {ήμι-,  πέσσω)  half- 
cooked,  Plut. :  half-ripe,  Gal. 

Ήμιπήχειον,  ov,  τό,  {ήμι-,  πήχυς) 
a  half-cubit,  Sext.  Emp. 

'ΐίμι-ηχΰαίος,  αία.  a'tov,  {ήμι-,  πή- 
χυς) half  a  cubit  long,  Diosc. 


ΗΛΙΙΣ 

'Ήμίπ?ιεθρον,  ov,  τό,  (ήιιι-,  πλέθρον) 
a  half  πλέθρον,  Hdt.  7,  176. 

Ήμίπ'/.εκτος,  ov,  {ήμι-,  π/.έκω)  half- 
plaited,  Philyll.  Incert.  10.^ 

Ήμιπ?.ήξ,  ήγος,  ό,  ή,  {ήμι-,  π/.ήσ- 
σω)  half-stricken,  stricken  on  one  side, 
Αρ.  Rh.     Hence 

Ήμιπληξία,  ας,  ή,  a  stroke  on  one 
side,  a  kmd  of  paralysis,  now  called 
hemiplegia. 

Ήμιπ'λήρης,  ες,  (ήμι-,  π/.ηρέω)  half- 
full,  Aretae. 

'ύμιπλήρωτος,  ov,  {ήμι-,  πληρόω) 
half-filled. 

Ήμιπλίνθιον,  ου,  τό,  (ήμι-,  ■π?.ίν- 
θος)  α  half-plinth,  α  brick,  Lat.  semila- 
terium,  Hdt.  1,  50. 

Ήμίπνικτος,  ov,  {ήμι-,  πνίγω)  half- 
choked. 

Ήμίπνοος,  ov,  contr.  -νους,  ovv, 
(ήμι-,  πνέω)  half-breathing,  half-alive, 
Batr.  255. 

Ήμιπόδιον,  ου,  τό,  {ήμι-,  πους)  α 
half-font,  Theophr. 

'Ημί-ολος,  ον,  ό,  {ήμι-,  πό?-ος)  half 
the  sphere. 

Ήμιπόνηρος,  ον,  {ήμι-,  πονηρός) 
half-evil,  half -villainous,  Arist.  Eth.  ISI. 

Ήμίπονς,  -ποδός,  ό,  (ήμι-,  πους)  α 
half-foot. 

'ΙΙμίπτωτος,  ον,  {ήμι-,  πίπτω)  half- 
fallen. 

Ήμιπνργιον,  ον,  τό,  {ήμι-,  πίφγος) 
α  half-tower,  Philostr. 

Ήμίπνρος,  ον,  (ήμι-,  πυρ)  half-fire, 
half-burning,  Arist.  Mund. 

Ήμίπνββος,  ov,  {ήμι-,  πν})()ός)  half- 
red,  reddish. 

Ή/Ζί  ττνρωτος.  ον,  {ήμι-,  πνρόω)  half- 
burnt,  Anlh.  [ϋ] 

Ήμιρόμ3ιον,  ον,  τό,  ν.  ήμίτομος  Π. 

Ήμφρύγής,  ές,  {ήμι-,  (>ήγννμαι) 
half-crushed  or  smashed,  Aristld. 

Ήμφβόπως,  adv.  {ήμι-,  βοπή)  half- 
turning  the  scale,  and  so  lightly,  gently, 
Hipp. 

'Ημίββνπος,  ov,  {ήμι-,  (ηιπος)  half- 
dirty,  Hipp. 

'Ημισύκιον,  ov,  τό,  {ήμι-,  σάκκος) 
a  half -sack,  [u] 

Ήμισάλεντος,  ov,  {ήμι-,  σολ-ενω) 
half-shaken,  [u] 

Ήμισά-ής,  ές,  {ήμι-,  σήπομαι,  εσά- 
πην)  half-putrid,  Hipp. 

Ημίσεια,  ας,  ή,  α  half,  fem.  of  ήμι- 
συς, q.  V. 

Ήμίσεον,  ον,  ro,=foreg.,  v.  ήμισυς. 

Ήμίσενμα,  ατός,  τό,  α  half:  from 

Ίίμισενω,  (ήμισυς)  to  halve. — II. 
intr.  to  be  halved. 

'Ημίσεως,  gen.  from  ήμισυς. 

Ήμισίκ/.ιον,  ov,  τό,  {ήμι-,  σίκ7.ος) 
a  haίf-σίκ'λnς,  Joseph. 

ΊΪμίσοφος,  ov,  (ήμι-,  σο(1)ός)  half- 
wise,  Luc. 

Ήμίσπαστος,  ov,  {ήμι-,  σπάω)  half 
pulled  down,  Strab. 

Ήμιστάόιαϊος,  αία,  αΐον,  of  half  a 
stadium,  Luc. :  from 

Ήμιστάδιον,  ov.  τό,  (ήμι-,  στύδιον) 
a  half-stadium,  Polyb.  [a] 

Ήμιστΰτήρ,  ήρος,  ό,  a  half-στατήρ. 

Ήμιστίχιον,  ov,  τό,  {Ιίμι-,  στίχος) 
α  half-line,  half-verse,  Dion.  Η. 

Ήμιστρΰτιώτης,  ον,  ό.  (ήμι-,  στρα- 
τιώτ7/ς)  α  half-soldier,  Luc. 

Ήμίστρόγγν^^ος,  ον,  {ήμι-,  στρογ- 
γύ/.ος)  half-round,  Luc. 

"Ήμισυς,  ημίσεια  and  ημίσεα,  ήμι- 

σν,  fem.  Ion.  ήμισέα  and  ήμισέη  :  the 

[  usu.  gen.  masc.  and  neut.  sing,  is  ήμί- 

j  σεως.  more  rarely  ήμίσεος,   Hdt.  2, 

I  126,  hence  later  ήμίσονς,  which  contr. 

gen.  is  sometimes  used  for  fem.  ήμι- 

!  σείας.  Lob.  Phryn.  246  sq. :  on  the 

diff.  forms,  esp.  of  fem.,  v.  Buttm. 

'  Ausf  Gr.  2,  p.  409 :  half,  Lat.  semis. 

i  — Hom.  mostly  uses  nieut.  ήμισυ,  c. 


ΗΜΙΦ 

gen.,  a  half,  ημισν  τιμής,  IL  9,  616  : 
though  in  plur.  he  sometimes  makes 
ήμ.,  agree  with  subst. . as  ήμίσεις  λαοί, 
11.  21,  7,  Od.  3,  155  :  in  Att.  the  subst. 
is  usu.  in  gen.,  yet  gives  its  gender 
and  number  to  the  adj.  ήμισυς,  as  ai 
ήμίσειαι  τών  νεών,  Thuc.  8,  8 ;  οί 
ήμίσεις  τών  άρτων,  Xen..  Cjt.  4,  5, 
4  :  ό  ήμισυς  τοϋ  αριθμόν,  Plat.  Phaed. 
104  A ;  but  also  the  subst.  in  same 
case  as  adj.,  ήμισυς  '/.όγος,  Aesch., 
Eum.  428  ;  ήμισυ  τείχος,  Thuc.  2, 78  : 
and  like  Hom.  as  subst.  το  ήμισυ,  Ar. 
Lys.  116,  Thuc.  4,  83  :  but  also  ή  ημί- 
σεια (sub.  μοίρα)  τον  τιμήματος. 
Plat.  Legg.  956  D ;  εφ'  ημισεία,  up 
to  one  half,  Dem.  430,  8.  (Ace.  to 
Coray  from  μέσος,  as  dimidius  from 
medius.) 

'Β.μισντρΐτον,  ov,  τό,  a  third  half, 
i.  e.  one  and  a  half:  but  better  as  two 
words. 

'Ήμισψαγής,  ές,  (ήμι-,  σφάττω)  half- 
slain. 

Ήμισφαίριον,  ον.  τό,  {ήμι-,  σφαίρα) 
α  hemisphere,  Alex.  Incert.  1,  7. 

Ήμιτάλαντον,  ον,  τό,  (ήμι-.  τά?.αν• 
τον)  α  half-talent,  as  a  weight,  χρυ- 
σού, II.  23,  751  :  oft.  in  Hdt.,  with  or- 
dinal numerals,  as,  τρίτον  ήμιτά7.αν- 
τον,  two  talents  and  a  half,  (cf.  Lat. 
sestertius.  Germ,  anderthalb,  i.  e.  1 J^) ; 
but,  τρία  ήμιτά/.αντα,  three  half-tal- 
ents. 1,  50,  ubi  V.  Schweigh. 

Ήμιτάρϊχος,  ov,  (ήμι-,  τάριχος) 
half-salted,  Archestr.  ap.  Ath.  117  A. 

'ΐΙμιτέ7.εια,  ας,  ή,  (ήμιτε/.ής)  a  re- 
missio7i  of  half  the  tribute,  ήμ.  κακών, 
Luc. 

''Άμιτέ}.ειος,  a,  ov,  dub.  1.  for  ήμι- 
τε/.ης,  Dion.  Η. 

Ήμιτέ7εστος.  ov,  {ήμι-,  τελ.έω)  half- 
finished,  Thuc.  3,  3. 

Ήμιτε7.ής,  ές,  (ήμι-,  τέ7.ος)  half- 
ended,  half-finished :  δόμος ήμ.,Ά house 
but  half  complete,  i.  e.  wanting  its  lord 
and  master,  a  widowed  house,  Π.  2, 
701.    Adv.  -7.ώς,  Longin. 

'Ιίμιτετράγωνος,  ov,  {ή^ι-,  τετρύ 
γωνος)  half -rectangular,  Tim.  Locr. 
98  A. 

Ήμίτμητος,  ov,  {ήμι-,  τέμνω)— 
ήμίτομος. 

Ήμιτόμης,  ον.  ό,  and  ήμιτομίας, 
ον,  ό,  (ήμι-,  τομή)  half  an  euiaich, 

Ήμιτόμιον,  ον,  τό,  α  half,  Diosc. 

'Ήμίτομος,  ον,  (ήμι-,  τέμνω)  half 
cut  through,  cut  in  two,  hence  το  ήμ.,  a 
half,  Hdt.  7,  39 ;  9,  37.— II.  as  subst. 
70  7/u.,  a  kind  of  bandage,  also  called 
ήμιρόμβίον  from  its  half-lozenge 
shape,  Hipp. :  in  genl.  a  hemisphere, 
ωών  ήμ.,  Alex.  Incert.  1,  10. 

Ήμιτονιαίος,  αία,  αϊον,  consisting 
of  half-tones  :  from 

Ήμιτόνιον,  ov,  TO,  (ήμι-,  rovof) 
a  halftone,  Plut. 

'ΐΐμίτρανλ.ος,  ov,  {ήμι-,  τραυλός) 
half-lts]iing. 

Ήμιτρϊβής,  ές,  {ήμι-,  τρίβω)  half 
worn  out. 

Ήμιτρίγωνος,  ov,  (ήμι-,  τρίγωνος) 
half -triangular. 

'ϋμιτριταΐος,  αία,  αϊον,  half  three- 
daily,  πυρετός,  a  half-tertian  fever, 
Hipp. 

Ήμιτύβιον  or  -τνμβιον,  ov,  το,  a 
strong  linen  cloth,  towel,  napkin,  Hipp., 
and  Ar.  Plut.  729.  (Prob.  an  Aegypt. 
word.) 

Ήμιτνμβιον,  ov,  τό,  {ήμι-,  τύμβος) 
a  half,  i.  e.  small  grave. 

'ΐίμιτνμ-άνιστος,  ov,  {ήμι-,  τνμ- 
πανίζω)  half  beaten  to-death.  [ά] 

'Ιίμίνπνος,  ov,  (ήμι-,  ύπνος)  half- 
asleep. 

Ήμιόαής,  ές,  (ήμι-,  όάος)  half-shi- 
ning, half-bright,  Leon.  Tar.  67, 
615 


ΗΜΥΩ 

Ήμιώύλακρος,  ον,  {ήμι.•,  φαλακρός) 
half-bald,  Anth.  [ΰ] 

Ήμίφαΐ'ής,  ές,  {ΐ/μι.-,  φαίνομαι)  half- 
visible,  Strab. 

Ήμιφάρων,  ου,  τ6,  {ήμι-,  φάρος)  η 
half  robe,  Aristaeii. 

Ήμιφύτος,  ον,  half,  fornieil  like  δί- 
φατος. 

Ήμίφανλος,  ον,  (ήμι-,  φαύλος)  half- 
knavish,  Luc. 

Ήμιφλε•}ής,  ές,  and  ήμίφ?.εκτος, 
ον,  {ημι-,  φλέγω)  half-burnt,  Αρρ. 

Ήμιφρακτος,  ον,  {,ήμι-,  φράσσω) 
half-fenced. 

Ήμιφνής.  ές,  {ήμι-,  φνή)  half-grown, 
Menand.  p.  289. 

Ήμίφωνος,  ον,  {ήμι-,  φωνή)  half- 
sounding :  τα  ήμίφωνα,  semivowels, 
e.  g.  ρ,  σ,  Arist.  Poet.,  cf.  φωνήεις. 

Ήμιφωσώνιον,  ον,  τό,  a  kind  of 
garment,  Ar.  Fr.  C16,  v.  φώσσων. 

'Έίμίχλωρος,  ον,  {ήμι-,  χλωρός)  half- 
green. 

Ήμιχοαΐος,  αία,  αΐον,  holding  α 
half-χόος,  Theophr. 

Ήμιχοινίκιον,  ον,  τό,  {ήμι-,χοΐνιξ) 
α  half-χοϊνιξ,  Hipp. 

'ΈίμιχοίνΙκος,  ον,  holding  α  half- 
χοΐνιξ :  τυ  τ/μιχ-,  α  half-χοΐνιξ,  The- 
ophr.    From 

'ϋαιχαΐνιξ,  ΐκος,  6,  (ήμι-,  χοΐνιξ) 
α  half-χοΐνιξ,  Hipp. 

Ήμιχοώδης,  ες,  (ήμι-,  χο?^ή)  half- 
gall,  half-bile,  Hipp. 

Ήμίχοος,  ον,  contr.  -χους,  ονν, 
(■ήμι-,  χόος)  holding  α  half-χόος :  τό 
9]μ.,  α  half-χόος,  Hipp. 

Ήμιχόριον,  ον,  τό.  {ήμι-,  χορός)  α 
half -chorus,  semichonts.  The  form  ήμί- 
χοροΓ  is  not  Greek,  Seidl.  Eur.  Tro. 
153. 

Ήμίχρηστος,  ον,  {ήμι-,  χρηστός) 
halfsood.  .\rist.  Pol. 

'ΥΙμίχρύσος,  ον.  {ήμί-,  χρυσός)  half 
of  gold :  hciice  ό  ήμ.,  a  half-staler, 
Anaxandr.  Anchis.  2. 

Ήμίχωστος,  ον,  {ήμι-,  χώνννμι) 
half  in  ruins. 

Ήμιψϋγής,  ές,  Diosc,  and  ήμίφνκ- 
τος,  ον,  Strab.,  {ήμι-,  ιρΰχω)  half- 
cooled. 

'11μιωβο?ΛαΙος,  αία,  αΐον,  worth 
half  an  ohol,  Ar.  Ran.  554.     From 

Ήμιωβόλιον,  ον,  τό,  also  -βέλιον, 
=sq.,  Xen.  An.  1,  5,  6. 

')\μιώί3ολον.  ου.  τό,  or  -2of,  ον,  6, 
{ήμι-,  όβολός)  a  half-obol,  Theophr 

Ήμιώριον,  τό  {ωρα)  a  half-hour, 
Strab. 

^Ημμαι,  perf  pass,  from  ΰπτω. 

^Έίμος,  Ion.  and  poet,  adv..  Dor. 
αμος,  for  which  the  Att.  used  δτε  : — 
I.  of  past  time,  when,  as,  after,  oft.  in 
Hom.,  always  in  protasis  ;  the  apo- 
dosis  is  strictly  introduced  by  ττ/μος, 
but  also  by  καΐ  τότ'  έπειτα,  και  τότε 
6ή,  όή  τότε,  II.  1,  475;  8,  68,  etc.; 
so  too  by  τότε  alone.  Soph.  Tr.  156  ; 
also  by  άρα  and  βα,  Od.  2,  1  ;  19,  428, 
τημης  άρα,  Od.  4,  400 :  the  apod, 
without  any  particle  is  rare,  as  Od.  3, 
491  :  Ap.  Rh.  has  τήμης  οτε  joined, 
Schaf.  Greg.  p.  367. — II.  with  pres., 
while,  so  long  as,  Soph.  Tr.  531. 

Ήμός,  ή,  όν,  for  ημέτερος,  prob. 
only  assumed  by  Gramm.  as  orig. 
form  of  .\eol.  άμός,  which  Hom.  and 
Pind.  always  use. 

Ήμοσννη,  ης,  η,  {ί/μων)  skill  in 
throwing  or  shooting. 

Ήμϋόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  bowing  down, 
sinking,  Nic. :  from 

ΊΙμνω,  f  -ύσω,  {μύω)  to  sink,  bow 
down,  ήμνσε  κύρη,  his  head  dropped, 
of  a  dying  man,  II.  8,  .303  ;  also, 
ήμνσε  καρήατι,  bowed  with  his  head, 
of  a  horse,  II.  19,  405;  so  of  a  corn- 
field, ήμνει  άσταχύεσσι,  it  bows,  waves 
616 


ΗΝΙΑ 

with  its  ears,  11.  2,  148 :  nietaph.  of 
cities,  to  nod,  toller,  II.  2,  373  ;  4,  290; 
and  so  of  a  house.  Soph.  Fr.  742  : 
honce  later  in  genl.  to  fall,  perish, 
Anth.  Only  poet.  [In  Ilom.  ν  in 
pics.,  ϋ  in  fut.  and  aor.  1  ;  later  re- 
versely, V  in  pres.,  ν  in  fut.  and  aor., 
Jac.  Λ.  P.  p.  512,  Wernicke  Try  ph. 
15,  p.  57.] 

ΊΙμωδία,  ας,  ή.  Ion.  for  αιμωδία, 
also  Att.  ace.  to  Mocris.     Hence 
Ήμωδιάω,  Ion.  for  αίμωδιάω. 

ί'ϋμωδον,  ον,  τό,  υρος.  and  in  pi. 
Ίϊμωδα  όρη  τά,  the  E/nodi  Ulnntis,  a 
range  of  mountains  in  Scythia,  Dion. 
P.  748,  Strab.  089. 

ΊΙμων,  iinpf.  from  άμάω,  II.  18,  551, 
Hes.  Sc.  288. 

Ίίμων,  όνος,  6,  (ϊημι)  a  thrower, 
darter,  slinger,  ήμονες  άνδρες,  II.  23, 
886 :  hence  τ/μα  and  ήμοσννη. 

Ήν,  conjunction  with  subjunct. 
mood,  contr.  from  euv :  if,  in  case 
that ;  ήν  μή,  unless  :  and  in  indirect 
questions,  like  εΙ,  whether,  Hom.,  who 
never  uses  έάν:  he  also  joins  ?/v  που, 
ήν  πως,  if  or  whether  at  all ;  ήν  τοι, 
if  then  ;  ήνπερ  and  ήνπερ  κηί,  if  al- 
ready, even  if: — with  opt.  in  Thuc.  3, 
44,  init  very  dub.,  v.  Herin.  Vig.  n. 
291,  though  examples  are  given  by 
Schaf.  Mel.  p.  87  : — never  vvith  indie. 
Cf.  έάν,  uv. 

'Hv,  as  interject.,  set !  see  there ! 
Lat.  en  !  also  ήν  Ιδον,  Ar.  Pac.  327, 
cf.  -ήνί,  ήνίδε. 

Ήι-,  1  and  3  sing.  impf.  from  εΙμί, 
Hom. 

'IL•,  1  sing.  impf.  from  ήμί  for 
φημί. 

"Hi',  ace.  sing.  fem.  from  pron. 
relat.  of,  Hom. 

Ήν,  ace.  sing.  fem.  from  pron. 
possess,  ός.  ιός,  Hom. 

Ήΐ'απ'ετο,  impf.  from  άναίνομαι, 
II.  18,  450. 

'ϋναγκασμένως,  adv.  part.  perf. 
pass,  from  αναγκάζω,  perforce,  Dion. 
H. 

Ήνεγκα,  like  ήνεικα,  aor.  1  of 
φέρω. 

Ήνεγκον,  ες,  ε,  aor.  2  of  φέρω, 
post- Hom. 

Ήνεικα,  ας,  ε,  aor.  1  of  φέρω,  Od.: 
mid.   ήνείκαντο,  II.  9,  127. 

Ήνεκής,  ές,  {*  ενέκω,  ενεγκείν) 
strictly  bearing  or  leading  to  a  point. 
hence  far-stretching,  continuous,  and 
of  time,  long,  Nic. :  cf  διηνεκής. 
Adv.  -κέως.  like  διηνεκώς,  continuous- 
ly, without  break,  Emped.  381.  (Re- 
lated to  φέρω,  ήνεγκα,  much  as  Lat. 
latus.  wide,  is  to  fero,  latum.) 

Ήνέμιον,  ον,  τό,=^άνεμώνη,  Diosc. 

Ήνεμόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  {Άνεμος)  windy, 
airy,  and  so  high,  in  Hom.  epith.  of 
hills,  etc.,esp.  of  Ilium;  πτνχες  ήνε- 
μύεσσαι,  windy  ravines,  Od.  19,  432  : 
but,  rising  into  air,  φρόνημα  ήνεμόεν, 
airy,  winged  thought,  Soph.  Ant.  354. 

Ήνεμος,  ου,  ό,  =  άνεμος. 

Ήνιμόφοιτος,  ον,  (άνεμος,  φοιτύω) 
walking  on  the  wind,  βροντή,  Νοηπ. 

'νίνεμόφωνος,  ον,  (άνεμος)  sounding 
like  the  wind. 

Ήνετο,  3  impf.  pass,  from  άνω, 
Hdt. 

Ήνέφγα,  Att.  perf.  2  of  άνοίγννμι. 

Ήνθον,  ες,  ε.  Dor.  for  ήλθαν,  aor. 
2  of  έρχομαι. 

Ήνί.  interject. ,^Γΐ^ν,  cf.  ήνίδε.  [ΐ] 

ΊΙνία,  ίων,  τά,  the  reins,  oft.  in 
Hom.,  who  uses  this  neut.  form  only, 
and  always  in  plur.  :  the  sing,  ήνίον 
is  late  ;  strictly  the  bit :  cf.  sq.  (I) 

ΤΙΝΓ.\,  ας,  ή,  the  bitted  bridle  in 
riding,  the  reins  in  driving,  first  in 
Pind.,  V.  foreg. :  usu.  in  plur.,  but 


ΗΝΙΠ 

also  sing.  Soph.  Aj.  847:  the  sing, 
for  one  rein.  Id.  El.  743  :  προς  ήνίας 
μύχεσθαι,  Aesch.  Pr.  1010;  ήνίαν 
χαλάν,  Eur.  Ino21  ;  and  so  inetaph., 
ίφεΐναι  καΐ  χαλύσαι  τάς  ήνίας  τοΙς 
/ό)  οις.  Plat.  Prf)t.  338  A  :  as  a  mili- 
tary term,  έφ'  ήνίαν,  wheeling  to  the 
left,  Polyaen. — 11.  any  leather  thong, 
esp.  a  shoe-string,  Ar.  Eccl.  508. 

Ήνίδε,  interject.,  (ήν,  Ιδε)  see  !  see 
there  !  Others  write  ήνιδε,  as  Greg. 
Cor.  p.  286,  Kiessl.  Theocr.  1,  149. 

[r] 

Ήνίκά,  adv.,  when,  at  ivhich  time, 
at  the  time  when,  mostly  c.  indie,  only 
once  in  Hom.,  Od.  22, 198  :  later  also 
C.  optat.,  whenever,  So]>h.  Phil.  705, 
and  Dem. :  ήνίκ'  άν,  like  ίιταν,  c. 
subj.,  freq.  in  Ar.  Relative  to  τηνίκα. 
interrog.  πηνίκα.  [ϊ] 
Ήνίοι>,  τό,  v.  ηνία,  τά. 
νΐίνιοπενς,  έως  Ερ.  ήος,  ό,  Enio 

feus,  son  of  Thebaeus,  charioteer  ol 
lector,  II.  8,  120. 

Ήνιοποιεΐον,  ον,  τό,  a  saddler's 
shop,  Xen.  Mem.  4,  2,  8 :  and 

Ήνιοποιέω,  ώ,  to  make  bridles  01 
reins :  from 

Ήνιοποώς,  ον.  ό,  (ηνία,  ποιέω)  α 
bridle-maker,  saddler. 

Ήνιοστροφέω,  ώ,  to  guide  by  reins, 
to  drive,  Eur.  Phoen.  172  :  from 

Ήνιοστρόφος,  ον,  (ηνία,  στρέφω} 
turning  or  guiding  hy  reins  :  b  ήν.,  α 
charioteer.  Soph.  El.  731. 

Ήνιοχεία,  ας,  ή,  (ήνιοχενω)  chariot- 
driving.  Plat.  Gorg.  516  Ε,  etc. 

Ήνιοχενς,  έως  Ion.  ήος,  6,  poeL 
for  ηνίοχος.  II. :  from 

Ήνιοχεύω,  to  be  ηνίοχος,  to  hold  the 
reins,  drive,  absol.,  II.  II,  103,  Od.  G, 
319. — II.  with  case,  to  bridle,  govern, 
sway,  c.  gen.,  ήν.  της  ίμής  ■φύ^\;ής, 
Anacr.  4 ;  but  usu.  c.  ace,  πολιν, 
Anth.,  cf.  κρατεΐν  and  sq. 

Ήνιοχέω,  ώ,  prose  form  for  foreg., 
usu.  c.  ace,  as  Hdt.  4,  193  ;  but  c. 
gen.  in  Plat.  Phaedr.  246  B. :  abso). 
Xen.  Mem.  1,  1,  9. 

νΐΐνιόχη,  τ/ς,  ή,  Heniochl,  wife  ot 
king  Creon  in  Thebes,  Hes.  Sc.  83. 

Ήνίόχησις,  εως,  ή,=ήνιοχεία.  Plat. 
Phaedr.  246  Β.  ''  '  "^ 
■ΙΉνιοχία,  ας,  ή,  Strab.  and  Ήνιο- 
χεία, Heniochia,  a  region  of  Asiatic 
Sarmatia  near  the  Euxine,  Strab. : 
also  a  city  of  foreg. 

Ήνιοχίκός,  7/,  όν,  (ηνίοχος)  fit  for 
driving,  Ιππος,  Plat.  Phaedra  253  "C 
skilled  therein,  hence  ή  -κή,  sub.  τέχνη, 
the  art  of  driving,  coachmanship.  Id. 
Ion  538  B. 
νΐΐνίοχοι,  ων,  ol,  the  Henidchi,  inhab. 
of  Heniochia,  said  to  be  descended 
from  the  charioteers  of  Castor  and 
Pollux,  Arist.  Pol.,  Strab.  p.  496. 

Ηνίοχος,  ον,  ό.  (ηνία,  έχω)  holding 
the  reins,  i.  e.  a  driver,  charioteer,  oft. 
in  I!.,  where  ηνίοχος  is  sometimes 
opp.  to  παραιβάτης  {the  w.irrior  by  the 
side  of  his  chariot),  II.  2.3,  132  ;  hence 
the  latter  as  subordinate  was  callecl 
ήν  θεράπων,  II.  5,  580,  etc.,  not  that 
he  was  a  slave,  but  a  free  soldier,  in- 
deed often  a  hero,  as  Meriones  is 
charioteer  to  Idomeneus,  Patroclus 
to  Achilles ;  nay  in  II.  8,  89  Hector 
is  called  ηνίοχος,  cf.  II.  18,  225;  23, 
460  ;  and  so  in  genl.,  one  who  goes  in 
or  fights  from  a  chariot. — II.  a  rider, 
Thcogn.  260. — III.  ηνίοχος  νεώς,  the 
helmsman,  Valck.  Hipp.  1223.  — IV. 
metaph.  one  who  guides,  sways,  governs, 
directs,  χερός  και  ισχύος  itv.,  Pind.  Ν. 
6,111. 
ΥΆνίοχος,  ον,  ό,  Henidchus,  a  comic 
poet,  Ath.  271  A,  etc. 

Ήνίπάπε,  lengthd.  form  of  3  sing. 


ΗΠΑΤ 
aor.  2  trom  ένίπτω,  to  chide,  rebuke, 
Horn,  [i] 

'Ηνίς,  ως,  η.  nom.  pi.  ΐ/νίς,  {.ίνος) 
a  year  old,  yearling,  βονς,  11.  0,  94,  Od. 
3,  382.  [ace.  sing,  ηνίν  in  Od.  I.e.] 

Ή^'0^^  iinpf.  from  ΰνω,  Od.  3,  496. 
ν^Ινυττίδης,  ου,  b,  son  of  Enops,  i.  e. 
Satnius,  11.  14,  444. 

Ήΐ'ορέα,  Ep.  and  Ion.  ηνορέη,  ή, 
(uvj/p)  manhood,  manly  strength  and 
tpirit,  Horn.,  esp.  in  11. 

ΉΐΌ0,  ΟΤΟΓ.  ό,  ή,  in  Horn.  11.  16, 
108 ;  18,  349,  Od.  10,  360,  always  in 
phrase  ηνοπι  χα'Ακώ,  with  glittering 
brass.  ( Aec.  to  some  ancients=  άνοφ, 
too  bright  to  be  looked  at :  Others  from 
ivoTTzpov,  mirror-bright :  or  =ιίνηχος, 
rinsing,  sounding:  cf.  the  kindred 
word  νώρο-φ  :  Suid.,  voce,  ενδιο^, 
ηνοψ,  quotes  it  as  epilh.  of  οίφανος 
and  of  πυρός,  u-heat.) 

ίΉΐ'οψ,  οτϊος,  6,  Enops,  a  Trojan, 
11.  14,  445.-2.  a  Greek,  father  of 
Clytomedes,  II.  23,  634. 

'YlvTo,  3  pi.  impf.  from  ημαι,  U.  3, 
153. 

'"Άνυστρον,  ου,  τό,  (ΰι•ΰω)  the  fourth 
stomach  of  ruminating  animals,  in  wh. 
the  digestion  was  completed,  Ar.  Eq. 
356,  1179. 

'Ηνώγεα,  Ion.  plqpf.  from  ύνωγα, 
q.  v.,  Od. 

Ήνώγει,  3  sing,  plqpf.  from  ύν(ι)γα, 
Horn. 

Ήί^α,  aor.  1  from  αισσω,  άσσο. 

Ή^ε,  3  sing.  aor.  1  οίάγννμι,  Horn. 

'Hfif,  εω^-,  -η,  (ήκω)  a  coming,  ar- 
rival. 

Ήοΐ,  dat.  sing,  from  Ήώς.  Hom. 

ΉοΙος.  a,  ov,  Ion.  ηόιος,  (Ήώ^•)^ 
ηφος,  in  the  morning  :  toward  morning, 
eastern,  Lat.  orientalis,  Od.  8,  29  ;  opp. 
to  έσττέρίος.  —  II.  as  subst.  ή  τ/οίη, 
sub.  ωρα,  the  morning,  ττΰσαν  ήοίην, 
all  the  morning,  Od.  4,  447,  cf  Hesych. 
in  voc. — III.  ai  'Ή-οΙαι,  was  a  poem 
of  Hesiod.  so  called  because  each 
sentence  began  with  η  οϊη... 

Ήίομεν,  1  pi.  impf  from  εΙμι,  to  go, 
Od. 

Ήιόνιος,  a,  ov,  (,ήϊών)  contr.  from 
ήΐόνιος,  on  the  shore,  Anth. 

'ΐίττΰΐ'άΐύ,  ώ,  and  η—ΰνέω,  ΰ,  to  be 
in  want :  a  rare  Dor.  word,  akin  to 
σττύνις,  σττανία,  ήχύνω,  ηχανία, 
άχηνία.     Hence 

'Κτΐάνία,  ας,  η,  want,  Anth.,  cf. 
Jac.  Α.  P.  p.  108. 

Ήτάο^ηί,  V.  sub  ηπήσασθαι. 

ΉΠΑΡ,  άτος,  τό,  the  liver,  Hom.  : 
regarded  as  the  seat  of  the  passions, 
esp.  anger  and  love,  and  so  with  us 
equiv.  to  the  heart,  freq.  in  Trag.,  v. 
Valck.  Hipp.  1070;  esp.  as  a  vital  part, 
ovrdv  Tiva  καθ'  '}rrap,  II.  20,  469  ; 
π?.ήσσειν  νφ'  ήπαρ.  Soph.  Tr.  932, 
προς  ήπαρ,  Eur.  Or.  1063  :  also  νφ' 
■ήπατος  φέρείν,  to  be  pregnant,  (as  the 
Germans  say  unlerm  Htrzen  tragen), 
Eur.  Supp.  919.  — II.  like  ούθαρ, 
fruitful  land,  Agroetas  ap.  Schol.  Ap. 
Rh.  2,  1248. 

''Άπατηρός,  ά,  όν,  and  in  Hipp., 
ηπΰτιαΐος,  αία,  αιον,=^ήτΐάτικός. 

'ϊΐπΰ,τίας,  ου,  ο,=  ήπατικ.ός. 

'Υίπατίζω.  (ήπαρ)  to  be  Itke  the  liver, 
liver-coloured,  Diosc. 

Ήχΰηκόζ•,  ή,  όν,  {ήπαρ)  of,  in,  or 
belonging  to  the  liver  :  esp.  afflicted  in 
the  liver,  ill  of  a  liver-complniiLt,  Diosc. 

'ΐΐπάτίον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  ήπαρ, 
Ar.  Fr.  421. 

Ήπάτίτης,  ου,  6,  fern,  ΐτις,  ιδος,^ζ= 
ί^πατικός  :  φλ^φ  ήπατίτις,  the  vena 
cava  ascende/ns,  Hipp. 

'Υίπΰτοειόής,  ες,  {ήπαρ,  είδος) 
shaped  like  the  liver,  DiosC. 

"ϊΐπΰτος,  ov,  δ,  a  fish,  so  called, 


HIIEI 

perhaps  from  its  colour,  Eubul.  La- 
con.  2. 

'ΙΙπ&τοακοπέυ,  ώ,  to  inspect  the 
liver  for  soothsaying,  LXX. 

Ήπατοσκοπία,  ας,  ή,  an  inspecting 
of  the  liver,  soothsaying, 

Ήπατοσκοπική,  ■ης,  ή,  =  ήπατο- 
σκοπία. 

'ϊίπύτοσ κόπος,  ον,  {■ήπαρ,  σκοπέω) 
inspecting  the  liver,  soothsaying,  Lat. 
extispex,  Artemid. 

'ϋπάτουργός,  όν,  {■ήπαρ,  *  ίργο) 
dividing  the  liver,  for  soothsaying. 
Lye.  839. 

Ήπΰτοφάγέω,  ώ,  fut.  -■ησω,  {ήπαρ, 
φαγείν)  to  eat  the  liver,  Sext.  Emp. 

"Ηπΰφε,  3  sing.  aor.  2  act.  of  άττα- 
φίσκω,  Od.  14,  488. 

Ήπεδάνός,  ή,  όν,  weak,  weakly,  in- 
firm, of  Nestor's  charioteer,  U.  8, 104 : 
unsound,  halting,  as  Vulcan  calls  him- 
self, Od.  8,  311,  cf  Suid.  in  voc. :  in 
Hipp.,  ήπ.  πϊ'ρ,  a  slight,  trifling  fever, 
V.  Foiis.  Oecon.  (The  ancients  derive 
it  from  νή,  πέδον,  whence  the  read- 
ing νηπεδανός  in  Opp.  ;  but  Schnei- 
der better  from  ΐ/πιος.)     Hence 

'ΐΙπεόάνόίΛ),  ώ,  to  weaken,  disable, 
νΐίπείον,  ov.  TO,  Xen.  Hell.  3,  2, 
30;  Έπιον,  Hdt.  4,  148;  ΑΙπιον, 
Polyb.  4,  77,  9 ;  Epium  or  Epiinn,  a 
small  town  of  Elis  Triphylia  be- 
tween Heraea  and  Macistus. 

'Υίπείρογενής,  ες,  {ήπειρος,  *γένω) 
born  or  living  on  the  mainland,  like 
7/πεφώτης,  of  the  Persians,  Aesch. 
Pers.  42. 

Ήπειρόθεν,  adv.  from  the  mainland, 
Arat. 

"Ηπειρος,  ου,  ή,  the  mainland,  main, 
in  Hom.  usu.  of  the  land,  as  opp.  to 
the  sea  ;  ήπειρόνδε,  to  the  main,  Od. 
18,84:  κατ'  ήπειρον,  by  land.  Hdt. 
4,  97,  etc. :  hence  in  Od.  5,  50,  even 
an  island  is  called  ήπειρος  :  but — II. 
in  Od.  14,  97,  100,  it  is  the  mainland 
of  Greece,  as  opp.  to  its  islands,  and 
esp.  to  Ithaca,  which  parts  were  af- 
terwards called  Ήπειρος  as  n.  pr. : 
so  too  Hdt.  1,  171.  Thuc.  1,  5,  etc. : 
Asia  was  esp.  called  ή  ήπειρος,  the 
continent,  Hdt.  I,  90;  4,  91,  Xen. 
Hell.  3,  1,  5,  cf.  ήπειρώτης  II.,  but 
also  Europe,  hence  Soph.  Tr.  100, 
δισσαι  ήπειροι,  the  two  continents, 
Europe  and  Asia,  aec.  to  the  oldest 
division  of  the  world  by  which  Aegypt 
was  made  part  of  Asia,  cf.  Schaf 
Mel.  p.  37,  and  on  Bos  Ell.  v.  χέρσος, 
Voss  Virg.  G.  2, 116.- III.  the  inland 
parts,  as  opp.  to  the  coast  .•  hence 
ήπειρώτις,  q.  v.  (Usu.  deriv.  from 
άπειρος  sc.  ■yfj.)  Hence 
f  Ηπειρος,  ov,  ?/,  Epirus,  a  province 
of  Greece  lying  between  Macedonia, 
Thessaly,  Aearnania,  and  the  Ionian 
sea,  prop,  first  in  Thuc.  3,  114;  for 
Horn,  notion  v.  foreg. 

Ήπειρόω,  ώ,  (ήπειρος)  to  make  into 
7nainland:  pass,  to  become  so,  Thuc.  2, 
102  :  opp.  to  θα?Μττόω. 

Ήπειρώτης,  ου,  ό.  fem.  -ώτις,  ιδος, 
(ήπειρος)  of  the  mainland,  born  or  liv- 
ing thereon  :  esp.  living  in  the  inland 
parts,  as  opp.  to  the  coast,  πό?ιΐς 
ήπειρώτις,  a  city  on  the  main,  opp.  to 
the  island,  Hdt.  1,  151 :  ήπ.  ξνμμαχία, 
alliance  ivith  a  military  power,  opp.  to 
ναυτική  ξ.,  Thuc.  1,  35. — II.  esp.  of 
or  072  the  mainla/id  of  Asia,  Asiatic, 
Eur.  Andr.  159,  cf.  ήπειρος  II. — 2.  ojf 
or  belonging  to  Epirus,  an  Epirote, 
Strab. 

Ηπειρωτικός,  ή,  όν,  of  οτ  belonging 
toanήπεtpώτης,  continental,  Xen.  Hell. 
6,  1,  4. — II.  of  Epirus,  Epirotic,  Strab. 

Ήπειτα,  poet,  for  έπειτα,  once 
found  in  several  places  of  Hom.  and 


ΗΠΙΟ 

Hes..  where  δη  έπειτα  is  now  read 
for  (5'  ήπειτα:  yet  Gaisf.  Hes.  Th. 
562,  Bekk.,Plat.  Legg.  7J9  A,  retain 
ήπειτα. 

'Ηπερ,  poet,  ήέπερ,  (ή)  than  at  all, 
than  even,  after  a  comparative,  Hom., 
and  Hdt. 

Ήιπερ,  in  the  same  way  as,  just  as, 

cf.  9• 

Ήπερόπενμα,  ατυς,  τό,  {ήπερο- 
πενω)  α  cheat,  Critias  7,  3. 

Ήπεροπεύς,  έο>ς  Ion.  ήος,  ό,  = 
ήπεροπεντής,  Od.  11,  364. 

Ήπερόπενσις,  εως,  ή,  α  cheating. 

Ά.περοπεντής,  ον,  ό,  α  cheat,  de- 
ceiver, II.  3.  39  ;  13.  769  :  from 

Ήπεροπενίύ,  to  cheat,  cajole,  deceive, 
mislead,  Hom.,  usu.  c.  ace.  pers.,  as 
n.  5,  349 ;  but  φρένας  ήπεροπεύει 
■}νναίξί.  Od.  15,  421.  (Prob.  from 
έπος,  ειπείν,  ΰπνω,  ήπνω,  to  talk  over, 
not  from  άπατη.)     Hence 

Ήπεροπηίς.  ίδος,  ή,  pecul.  fem.  of 
ήπεροπεύς,  ήπ.  τέχνη,  cheating  arts, 
Poet.  ap.  Strab. 

Ήπήσασθαι,  to  inend,  patch  up,  re- 
pair, Ar.  Fr.  28  :  a  rare  word,  but  also 
\n  Gal.,  and  Aristid. :  the  pres.  would 
be  ήπάομαι,=ήπιύο>.     Hence 

'ΐίπητής,  οϋ,  ό,  a  mender,  cobbler, 
and  in  genl.=:u/ctff7^f,  Batr. :  a  very 
rare  word,  for  which  άκεστής  was 
used,  Lob.  Phryn.  91. 

Ήπήτρια,  ας,  ή,  fem.  of  foreg., = 
ακέστρια. 

Ήπήτριον,  also  -τήριον,  ου,  τό,  a 
needle  for  mending,  patching. 

ΉπΙΰ/.έυ,  ώ,  (ήπία/.ος)  to  have  a 
fever  or  ague,  Ar.  Ach.  1165. 

Ήπΐάλης,  ητος,  b,  the  night-mare, 
Sophron  ap.  Hdn.,  elsewh.  εφιάλτης. 
[ά] 

'ΗτΓί'αλοί,  ov,  6,  with  and  without 
πυρετός,  a  fever  attended  with  violent 
shivering,  a  sort  of  hot  ague,  Theogn. 
174,  Hipp.,  etc. :  άηδόνων  ήπίαλος, 
an.  ague  to  nightingales,  com.  name  of 
a  bad  poet,  Phryn.  (Com.)  Ineert.  I. 
—  II.  =^ήπιάλης,  the  night-mare,  so 
prob.  in  Ar.  Vesp.  1038.  [j]    Hence 

Ήπϊΰ/,ώδης.  ες,  {ήπίαλος,  είδος) 
like  the  ήπία/.ος,  aguish,  Hipp. 

Ήπίύμα,  ατός,  τό,  an  assuagingf 
soothing  application  :  from 

ΉτΓίάω,  ώ.  f.  -άσω  or  -ήσω,  {ήπιος") 
to  soothe,  assuage,   [ασω] 

νΐίπιδανός,  ov,  ή,  Ion.  for  Άπιδα' 
νός,  Hdt. 

'ίΐπΐοδίνητος,  ov,  (ήπιος,  δΐνέω) 
softly-rolling,  βλέφαρα.  Anth. 

Ήπιόδωρος,  ov,  (ήπιος,  δώρον)  that 
gives  soothing  gifts,  southing  by  gifl\ 
fond,  μήτηρ,  II.  6,  251. 

Ήπιοδώτης,  ov,  ό,  (ήπιος,  δίδωμι) 
=  foreg.,  Orph. 

Ήπιόθνμος,  ov,  {ήπιος,  θυμός)  soft 
of  mind,  Anth. 

Ήπώ/.ης,  ov,  6,  ζηά  ήπίο?.ος,  d,=s 
ήπία/.ος,  Α.  Β.  p.  42. 

Ήπίολ.ος,  ου,  b,  a  moth,  Arist.  Η.  A, 
8,27,  2;  ace.  to  others  ήπί/.ιωτής: 
hence  some  derive  the  Lat.  papiho. 

Ήπιόμοιρος,  ov,  {ήπιος,  μοίρα)  of 
kirullyfate.  Poet.  ap.  Ath.  542  E. 

Ήπιόμνθος,  ov,  soft-speaking. 
ΥΤΛπιόνη.  ης.  ή,  (the  soothing)  Epione, 
wife  of  Aesculapius,  goddess  of  the 
healing  art,  Paus.  2.  27,5,  Anth.,  etc. 

'Ήπιος,  ία,  lov,  but  in  Hes.  Th. 
407,  and  usu.  Att.  ος,  ov,  soft,  gentle, 
mild,  kind.  Hom.  ;  τινί,  kind  or  good 
to  one,  II.  8,  40.  Od.  10,  337,  etc.  ; 
ήπια  είδενηι  τινί,  to  have  kind  feeling 
towards  one,  oft.  in  Hom.,  and  mostly 
of  a  father,  prince,  or  judge  ;  hence 
calm,  impartial,  mild:  also  of  things, 
as  Hes.  Op.  785,  ήπιον  ήμαρ.  c.  inf., 
is  a  day  lucky  or  favvurabU  to  do  or 
(U7 


ΗΡΑ 

undertake  a  thing  on,  just  as  he  also 
uses  άρμενον  :  of  heat  and  cold,  7)iiW. 
less  i7iie>ixe,  Plat.  Phaedr.  279  Β  ;  ami 
so  ηττ.  γΐνέσϋαι,  of  a  fever,  Hipp. — 
II.  act.  southing,  assuagini^,  calmnig, 
7/-ia  φάρμακα,  11.  4,  218;  II,  515; 
opp.  to  ισχυρά,  Hdt.  3,  130  ;  so,  τ/πια 
<1η)λλα,  Soph.  Phil.  098.  Adv.  ή-ίως, 
coinp.  7/7Γΐω-έμως,  Dein.  (Piob.  to 
be  referred  to  "ί-ω,  έπος,  ειπείν.) 

Ή-ιόνης,  ητος,  τ/,  gentleness,  7niUl- 
ness,  Hecatae.  Abd.  ap.  Joseph. 

ΉτΓΐόφρον,  όνος,  ό,  i],  (,τ/πιος,  ψρην) 
gentle-minded,  Emped. 

^ϊίττίόχειρ,  ειρος,  6,  ή,  [ήπιος, χείρ) 
with  southing  hand,  Anth. 

'ΙΙπιόχειρος,  oz',=  foreg.,  Orph. 

ΊΙ-ίόω,  ώ,=7/-ίύω.  —  II.  intr.  to 
feel  easier  and  better,  Hipp. 

Ή  του,  or  as  Wolf  ή  πον,=7/,  in 
both  signfs.  or  and  as,  modiiied  by 
που,  or  perhaps,  as  perhaps,  etc.,  11.  6, 
438,  Od.  11,  459. 

Ήτοί',  or  with  Wolf  in  Horn,  η 
που,  of  a  truth,  doubtless,  I  suppose,  I 
ween,  usu.  to  add  a  confirmatory  sup- 
position, U.  3,  43;  16,  830:  after  a 
negat.,  ynuch  less,  Goller  Thuc.  8,  27. 
—  II.  in  a  question  it  increases  its 
force,  IS  It  then/  Od.  13,  234:  or  put 
alone,  is't  not  so  ?  nonne  ?  also  7/πον 
ov ; 

Ήπντα,  ύ,  Ep.  for  ηπντης,  which 
however  is  not  found,  {ήπνυ)  calling, 
crying,  ηπντα  κί/ρνζ,  the  loud-voiced 
herald,  II.  7,  384;  ήπ.  σνριγξ,  the 
shrill  pipe,  Q.  Sm. :  liJie  ίππύτα,  etc. 

ναπϋτάίης.  ov,  Λ,  son  of  Epytus,  i.  e. 
Periplias,  a  Trojan  herald,  II.  17,  324 ; 
cf.  Virg.  JEn.  5,  547  sqq.,  579. 

ΉτΓΐ'ω,  f.  -vau.  Dor.  άπνω,  {έπος, 
είπεϊν)  to  call,  call  on,  call  out  or  forth, 
τινά,  Od.  9,  399  ;  10,  83.— II.  to  call 
aloud,  cry,  sound,  Horn.,  not  of  the 
human  voice,  but  of  the  wind,  to 
howl,  roar,  II.  14,  399,  of  the  lyre,  to 
sound,  Od.  17,  271.  [v  in  pres.,  except 
in  Mosch.  2,  120  :  in  fut.  always  ϋ, 
e.g.  Eur.  Hec.  155,  Supp.  800,] 

'HP,  TO,  poet.  nom.  for  iap,  q.  v., 
spring,  Lat.  ver,  Alcm.  24:  the  gen. 
and  dat.  ηρος,  ηρι,  are  the  only  cases 
used  in  prose.  Piers.  Hdn.  434,  Schaf. 
Mel.  p.  35  :  strictly  the  early  year  or 
day,  and  so  morning,  but  this  only  in 
the  adv.  ηρι,  q.  v. 

t'Hp,  ΊΙρός,  6.  Er,  son  of  Armeni- 
us,  who  pretended  to  be  dead  for  ten 
days,  and  reported  wonderful  things 
he  had  seen  in  the  other  world,  Plat. 
Rep.  614  B. — 2.  one  of  the  ancestors 
of  Christ,  N.  T. 

Ήρά,  3  sing.  impf.  from  ίράω. 

Ήρά,  1  sing.  aor.  1  from  aipu. 

Ήρα,  four  times  in  Horn.,  ηρα  φέ- 
ρειν  τινϊ,  11.  14,  132  ;  ώέρειν  ίπί  τινι 
or  έπιφέρειν  τινί,  Od.  3,  164 ;  16, 
375  ;  18,  56  ;  and  later  ijpa  κομίζειν 
τινί,  Orph.,  to  bring  one  what  is  agree- 
able, pleasing,  welcome,  to  do  one  a  kind 
service,  to  favour,  gratify,  please,  assist, 
relieve  ;  and  SO  mostly  like  the  prose 
χαρίζεσβαι.  Hence  later  writers  took 
ηρα,  as  equiv.  to  χάριν,  and  joined  it 
C.  gen.,  for  the  sake  of.  on  account  of, 
for ;  but  prob.  first  in  Call.  Fr.  41,  v. 
Jac.  A.  P.  p.  876.  (Herodian  makes 
it  ace.  of  a  suhst.  ηρ,  Aristarch.  iieut. 
pi.  of  an  adj.  ηρος.  but  prob.  the  true 
root  is  *άρω  ;  so  that  it  is  akin  to  ίχρ- 
μενος,  7/ρανος,  ίπιήρανος,  and  equiv. 
to  the  fonipd.  έπίηρα  :  all  these  ibrms 
have  the  common  notion  of  fii,  suita- 
ble, agreeable.) 

"H/ia,  ας.  Ion.  'Ήρη.  τις,  η,  Hera,  the 
T.,at.  Juno,  queen  of  the  gods,  daugh- 
ter of  Kronos  (Saturn)  and  Rhea,  sis- 
618 


HPAK 

ter  and  wife  of  Jupiter,  II.  16,  432; 
and  in  lloni.  usu.  represented  at  strife 
with  him.  (Peril,  akin  to  7/ρως,  Lat. 
herns,  hera.)     Hence 

VHpuia,  ας,  ?/,  Hcraea,  a  small  city 
of  Arcadia  on  the  borders  of  Klis  near 
the  Alpheus,  now  Agiani,  Xen.  Hell. 

3,  2,  30  :  ό  'llpaitvc,  ίως,  an  inhob. 
of  Hcraea,  Thuc.  5,  67:  fem.  adj. 
Ήραιϊτις,  ιδος,  of  Heraea,  Paus. 

t'HpaZa,  ωι•,  τά,  δρη,  Junonii  Monies 
in  Sicily,  Diod.  S. 

ΫΗραιεύς,  έως,  ό,  Heraecus,  son  of 
Lycaon,  Apollod. 

fWpalov,  ov,  TO,  v.  sub  'Ήραίος,  a 
temple  of  Juno,  Hdt.,  etc.,  esp.  a  cele- 
brated one  in  Argolis  between  Argos 
and  Mycenae  containing  a  colossal 
statue  of  this  goddess  by  Polycletus, 
Hdt.  1,  31,  etc. — II.  Heraeum,  a  point 
of  land  in  the  Corinthian  territory  op- 
posite Sicyon  with  a  temple  of  Juno, 
Thuc.  3,  95:  Xen.  Hell.  4,  5,  5.— III. 
a  citv  of  Thrace  near  Perinthus,  Hdt. 

4,  90. 

'ΐΐραΐος,  αία,  αΐον,  ("ϊίρα)  of  or  be- 
longing  to  Juno  :  το  Ήραΐον,  [Ιερόν] 
the  temple  of  Juno,  Heraeum,  Hdt.  1, 
70,  etc.  :  Tu  ΉραΙα,  {'ιερά)  festival  of 
Juno,  Ath.  525  E. 

'ΉρακΆίης,  contr.  Ήρακλτ/ς,  ό.  Ton. 
gen.  ΊΙρακλέεος,  contr.  Ήρακ'λέονς, 
in  Horn.  Ήρακλΐ/ος :  Ion.  dat.  ΊΙρα- 
κ7.έεϊ.  contr.  'ΙΙρακλέει,  'ΐΙρακ?.εΊ,  in 
Horn.  Ήρακ? 7ji :  Ion.  acc.'Hpa/c/ffu, 
contr.  Ήρα/ίλέά.  in  Hom.  'ύρακ/ί/η, 
rarely  with  double  contr.  Ήρα/νλ?;, 
Soph.  Tr.  476,  Plat.  Phaed.  89  C,  la- 
ter also  Ήρακλην  :  voc.  Έράκλεες, 
Ήράκ?.εις,  in  later  prose  also  Ήοα- 
κ'λες.  Lob.  Phryn.  640:  Nom.  plur. 
Ήρακλέες,  only  Plat.  Theaet.  169  B. 
With  poet,  and  Ion.  elision  of  one 
vowel,  Ήρα/ίλε'οζ•,  Ήρακλέϊ,  'Upa- 
κ?ιέΰ,  Hdt.  : — Heracles,  Lat.  Hercules, 
son  of  Jupiter  and  Alcmcna,  from 
Hom.  downwds.  the  most  famous  of 
the  Greek  heroes  :  the  vocat.,  esp.  in 
forms  Ήράκλεις,  and  "ϋρακλες,  is 
usu.  an  exclamation  of  surprise,  an- 
ger or  disgust,  like  Lat.  Hercle  and 
Mehercle,  Ar.  Ach.  184,  Nub.  2Θ4.— II. 
the  luckiest  throiv  with  the  dice  was  call- 
ed 'ίίρακλτ/ς,  as  well  as  'Αφροδίτη. 
and  Μίδας,  cf.  αστράγαλος,  [ά,  freq., 
even  in  Att.,  Pors.  Med.  675.]    Hence 

νΐΐράκ/.εια,  ας,  ή,  (sub.  πόλις,  Her- 
cules' city)  Heraclea  :  I.  in  Greece, — 1. 
a  city  of  Thessaly  in  the  territory 
of  Trachis,  (about  six  stadia  from 
Trachis,  and  sixty  from  Thermopy- 
lae) built  by  the  Lacedaemonians  in 
conjunction  with  the  Trachinians, 
hence  called  'Hp.  rj  εν  Ύραχίνι, 
Thuc.  4,  78,  and  ή  Ύραχινία,  Xen. 
Hell.  1,  2,  18. — 2.  Ανγκηστις,  a  city 
of  Macedonia  on  the  confines  of  llly- 
ria,  Strab. — 3.  a  town  of  Elis  (Pisa- 
tis)  on  the  Cytherius,  Strab. — II.  in 
Asia, — 1.  ή  tlovTiK//,  a  celebrated 
city  of  Bithynia  on  the  Pontus  Eux- 
inus,  a  colony  of  the  Megarians,  now 
Erekli,  Xen.  An.  6,  2,  1  ;  Strab.,  etc. 
— 2.  a  town  of  the  Mytileneans  on 
the  Mysian  Acte,  Strab.  p.  607.— 3. 
Latmi,  a  city  of  Ionia  at  the  foot  of 
Mt.  Latmus,  its  ruins  are  near  the 
mod  Oufa  Bafi,  Strab. — 4.  a  city  of 
Caria,  Iil. — 5.  a  city  of  Media,  built 
by  the  Macedonians,  Id.— 6.  a  city  of 
Syria  near  Antioch,  Id. — Others  of 
this  name  in  Strab.,  etc. — 111.  in  Italy, 
a  celebrated  city  of  Lucania  near  the 
Siris,also  called Ήρακλεόπο/Ιί£•,  now 
Cnlicoro,  Strab. 

+'Ηρύ/ίλεία,  o)V,  τά,  festival  of  Her- 
cules, Thuc,  etc.,  V.  sub  ΎΙράκλειος  1. 

νϊΐρακλείδης,ου  Ep.  ao,  Ion.  -ηίδης. 


HPAR 

εω,  6,  son  of  Hercules,  i.  e.  Thessains, 
II.  2,  679.— 2.Tlepolemus,  lb.  653  ;  5, 
628  :  in  genl.  descendant  of  Hercules, 
esp.  in  pi.  oi  ΉρακλεΙδαι,  ών,  the  He- 
racUdae,  descendants  of  Hercules,  who 
overran  the  Peloponnesus  80  years 
after  the  Trojan  war ;  from  these 
were  descended  the  kings  of  Sparta, 
Htlt.,  Thuc,  Xen.,  etc. — 11.  as  pr.  n. 
HernclUle.'i,  of  Mylassa,  a  general  oi 
the  Caiians,  Hdt.  5,  121.— 2.  a  Cy- 
maean,  Id.  1,158;  5.37;  writer  of  a 
work  on  Persian  affairs,  [Περσικά) 
Ath.  48  C,  etc.? — 3.  son  of  Lysima- 
chus,  a  leader  of  the  Syracusans  in 
the  Peloponnesian  war,  Thuc.  6,  73, 
103. — 4.  son  of  Aristogenes,  a  Syra- 
cusan,  Xen.  Hell.  1,  2,  8.-5.  of  Cla- 
zomenae,  a  leader  of  the  Athenians, 
Plat.  Ion  541. — 6.  ό  Α'ινιος,  Arist. 
Pol. — 7.  ό  Ποντικός,  a  philosopher,  a 
pupil  of  Plato  and  Aristotle,  Diog. 
Laert.,  who  mentions  many  others 
of  this  name.- — 8.  a  comic  poet,  Ath. 
532  E,— Many  others  in  Ath.,  etc. 

^'Πράκλειον,  Ion.  -ifiov,  ov,  τό,  the 
Heracleum,  temple  of  Hercules  ;  v.  sub 
Ηράκλειος.  As  prop,  n.,  HeraclHum, 
a  city  of  Sicily,  elsewhere  Ηράκλεια, 
Strab,  p.  266. — 2.  Hercidaneum,  a  city 
of  Campania,  Id.  p.  246. — 3.  a  city  at 
the  outlet  of  the  Maeotis,  Id. — 4.  a 
city  of  Syria,  Id. — 5.  a  city  of  Crete 
near  Cnosus,  Id. — 6.  a  city  of  ^gypt 
near  ('anopus.  Id  p.  788  ;  cf.  Hdt.  2, 
113. — II.  of  promontories, — 1.  prom. 
Herculeum,  in  Bruttium,  the  southern 
point  of  Italy,  now  Capo  di  Spartiven- 
to,  Strab. — 2.  in  Pontus,  near  Ami- 
sus.  Id. 

ΥΗρακλειοξανθίας.  ov,  ό,  {'Ηρακ- 
λής, Έανθίας)  ο.  Hercules-Xanthias, 
comic  appell.  in  Ar.  Ran.  499. 

Ηράκλειος,  a,  ov,  also  ος,  ov.  Soph. 
Tr.  51,  Ep.  Ήρακ'λήειος,  7/,  ov  ;  of  or 
belonging  to  Heracles,  βίΐ]  'Ήρακ?ι7μί7ΐ, 
for  Hercules  himself,  the  powerful  Her- 
cules, Hom.,  cf.  Hor.  Od.  1,3,36  :  'Hp. 
στή7.αι,  the  pillars  of  Hercules,  the  op- 
posite headlands  of  Calpe  in  Europe 
and  Abyla  in  Africa  corresponding  to 
Gibraltar  and  Apes'  Hill  near  Tan- 
gier, Hdt.  4,  8 :  TO  Ήράκ/.ειον,  Ion. 
-ifiov,  sub.  ιερόν,  the  temple  of  Hercides, 
Id.  2,  44,  etc. :  τά  Ηράκλεια,  his  fes- 
tival, Ar.  Ran.  651. — II.  νόσος  Ήρηκ- 
λ.είη,  the  epilepsy,  Hipp. — 111.  Ήράκ- 
λεια  λουτρά,  hot  baths,  Ar.  Nub.  1051. 
— IV.  ?ύθος  Ηράκλεια,  the  magnet, 
Plat.  Tim.  80  C,  v.  Μάγνης  II.— V. 
70  Ήράκλειον,  a  medicinal  plant,  He- 
racleum, Theophr.  tAdv.  -υς,  in  the 
manner  of  Hercules,  Luc. 
Ήράκλεις,  v.  Ήρακλέης. 

ί'Ηρακλείτειης,  a,  ov,  of  HeraclUiis, 
HeracUttan,  Plat.  Rep.  498  A. 

ΎΙρακλειτίζω,  to  be  a  follower  ofHe- 
raclitus  the  philosopher,  Arist.  me- 
taph.  :  formed  like  Φιλιππίζω,  etc. 
Hence 

Ήρακλειτιστής,  οϋ,  6,  afollower  of 
Heraclitus. 

νΠρύκ/.ειτος,  ου,  ό,  Heraclitus,  a 
celebrated  philosopher  of  Ephesus,  of 
the  Ionian  school.  Plat.  Symp.  187  ; 
Arist.,  etc — 2.  a  poet  of  Halicamas- 
sus.  Strab. — 3.  a  juggler  of  Mytilene 
in  the  time  of  Alexander,  Ath.  438  C  ; 
also  a  harper  of  Tarentum,  Id. — Oth- 
ers in  Diog.  L.,  etc. 

ΥΗρακΡιεόδωρος.  ον,ό,  HeracleodOrus, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Arist. 

^Ηρακλέους  λιμην,  6,  Port  of  Her- 
cules, a  port  of  Alysia  in  Acarnania, 
Strab. — 2.  a  port  of  Etruria  near  Cos- 
sae,  now  Porto  d'  Hercole,  Id. — Others 
in  Strab. 

νϋρακλέων,    ωνος,    ό,    Heracleon, 


HPHP 

fdther  of  the  Syrian  prince  Diony- 
sius,  Strab. — 2.  a  grammarian  of  Eph- 
esus,  Ath.  7G  Α.,  etc. 

Ήβακ/.ηειος,  είη,  ειον,  Ep.  lengthd. 
form  for  Hpa/cAeiof,  q.  v. 

VHpnK/.ηΐόης,  o.  Ion.  for  Ήρακλεί- 
6ψ.  Hdt. 

t'Hpu/cP.^i'of,  tri,  ϊον,  Ion.  for  'Hpti- 
κ7.ειος,  Hdt. 

t'Hpa«?L7?if,  ίδης,  ή,  the  Heracleid,  a 
poem  relating  to  Hercules,  Arist. 

'ϊΐρακλης,  ό,  contr.  from  Ήρακλέης, 
q.  V. 

t'HpUK£jv,  ωνος,  6,  Heracon,  a  Mace- 
donian, Arr.  An.  6,  27. 

νΗραμίθρης,  ov,  a,  Heramithres, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Luc. 

'Ιίράνέυ,  ώ,  V.  sub  ηρανος. 
Ήράνθεμον,     ου,    τό,  =  άνθεμις, 
Diosc. 

'Hpavof,  ov,  ό,  a  guardian,  ruler, 
master,  acc.  to  Gramm. :  Hermesian. 
16,  2'3,  cafis  Musaeus  and  Hesiod 
ηρανος  Χαρίτων,  πάσης  ίστορίης, 
friend  of  the  Graces,  master  of  all  wis- 
dom. The  verb  ηρανέω,  only  in 
Gramm.,  who  explain  it  by  βοηθείν, 
χαρίζεσθαι.  (From  ηρα,  not  without 
a  play  on  κοίρανος,  cr.  ε-ιήρανος.) 

Ήρΰρε,  3  sing.  aor.  2  act.  of  άρω, 
Hom. 

t'Hparfu/f,  Heratemis,  a  canal  in  In- 
dia, Arr.  Ind.  39,  1. 

'Υίράτο,  3  sing.  aor.  1  mid.  of  αίρω, 
Hom. 

'Hpuro,  3  sing.  impf.  from  αρύομαι, 
Hom. 

t'Hpeaf,  ov,  6,  Hereas.  masc.  pr.  n., 
a  Megarian.  Plut.  Thes.  20 

Ήρεμα,  and  before  a  vowel  ήρέμΰς, 
adv.  stilly,  gently,  quietly,  calmly,  soft- 
ly. Ar.  Pac.  82 ;  ήρ.  έπιγε/MV,  Plat. 
Phaed.  (52  A  :  a  little,  slightly,  opp.  to 
σφόί^ρα.  Plat.  Theael.  152  A  :  by  de- 
grees, opp.  to  τάχιστα,  Id.  Rep.  017 
A.  The  adj.  ήρεμος,  from  which  it 
is  usu.  derived,  is  found  as  positive 
only  in  Gramm.,  ήμεμαϊος,  being  used 
instead  :  but  the  irr.  conipar.  ήρεμε- 
στερος,  is  used  in  the  above  senses, 
Xen.  Cyr.  7,  5,  63  ;  with  adv.  ήρεμε- 
στερως,  lb.  3,  1,  30.  Cf.  ήρεμί. 
(Perh.  akin  to  άτρέαα,  άτρέμας,  perh. 
also  to  έρημος.)     Hence 

ΊΛρεμάζα,  to  be  still,  silent,  esp.  from 
grrief,  LXX. 

Ήρεμαΐος.  αία,  αΐον,  adj.  of  ήρεμα, 
soft,  still,  gentle,  easy,  slight,  first  in 
Hipp.  Adv.  -ως,  Xen.  Eq.  9,  5. 
Jlence 

Ήρεμαώτης,  ητος,  ή,  rest,  Hipp. 

Ήρεμέστερος,  a,  ov,  irreg.  comp.  of 
ηρεηαίος,  v.  ήρεμα. 

'Μρεμέω,  ώ,  to  be  still,  quiet,  calm. 
Plat.  Gorg.  527  B.     Hence 

Ήρέμησις,  εως,  ή,  a  becoming  still, 
quiet,  calm,  a  calming.  Tim.  Locr. 

Ήρεμί,  [l]  adv.  for  ήρεμα,  now  read 
in  Ar.  Ran.  315,  from  the  Rav.  MS., 
where  a  second  hand  gives  ήρεμεϊ. 

Ηρεμία,  ας,  ή,  {ήρεμα)  stillness, 
calmness,  rest,  Dem.  168,  15. 

Ήρεμίζω,  (ήρεμα)  to  calm,  cause  to 
rest :  hence  pass,  to  be  still,  at  rest, 
Arist.  Org.  :  but  also — II.  intr.=;)pe- 
μεο),  Xen.  Lac.  1,  3. 

'Ηρεμος,  ov,  v.  ήρεμα. 

^Ηρεμότης,  ητος.  ή.^=ήρεμία. 

Ήρεσίς,  ίδος,  ή,  the  priestess  of 
Juno  at  Argos,  E.  M.,  cf.  Miiller  Ar- 
chaol.  d.  Kunst  ^  69. 

Ήιρενν,  Ion.  for  ypovv,  impf  from 
αίρέω,  Hes.  Sc.  302'. 

"Hp;?,  Ion.  for  Ήρα,  Hom. 

Ήρήρει,  3  sing,  plqpf  2  of"  άρω,  II. 
12,  56. 

Ήρήρειστο,  3  sing,  plqpf.  pass.  Ion. 
oi  ίρείόω,  11. 


ΗΡΟΔ 

^Ήρητον,  ov,  TO,  Eretum,  an  ancient 
Sabine  city,  now  Rimane,  Strab. 

ΉΡΙ,  adv.,  early,  at  early  morn, 
Horn.,  who  usu.  joins,  μάλ'  ήρι,  or 
ήρί  μαλα,  II.  9,  360,  Od.  ID,  320  ;  in 
Thuc.  itua  ήρι  τον  θέρους,  early  in 
the  summer.  (It  is  taken  to  be  orig. 
a  dat.  of  ήρ,  lap,  spring  ;  prob.  akin 
to  ήί/ρ  as  twilight,  and  Ήώζ-.) 

Ήρΐ}ένεια.ας,  ή.  (ήρι,*•}'ένω)  early- 
born,  child  of  morn,  in  Horn,  always 
epith.  of  Ήώς:  some  take  it  act., 
mnru-producmg,  mother  of  morn :  also 
without  Ήώς,  as  prop.  n.  Ήριγένεια, 
Od.  22,  197  ;  23,  347. 

Ήριγενής,  ef,^foreg.,  Ήώζ•,  Αρ. 
Rh. 

Ήριγέρων,  οντος,  ό,  early  old.  name 
of  a  groundsel,  from  its  hoary  down, 
Lat.  senecio,  Theophr. 
ΥΗριγόνη,  ης,  ή.  Erigdne.  daughter 
of  Icarius,  beloved  of  Bacchus,  Apol- 
lod. — 2.  daughter  of  Aegisthus,  Pans. 

Ηριδανός,  ov,  6,  Eridnnus .  a  river 
famous  m  the  old  legends,  said  to  flow 
into  Ocean  from  the  N.  W.  of  Europe, 
first  in  Hes.  Th.  338,  cf.  esp.  Hdt.  3, 
115.  Later  authors  took  it  mostly  for 
the  Po,  as  first  in  Eur.  Hipp.  737 ; 
others  also  for  the  Rhone  or  the  Rhine, 
and  some  have  even  tried  to  identify 
it  with  the  Radaune,  near  Danzig,  v. 
Bahr  ad  I.  c. — 2.  a  small  stream  of 
Attica  falling  into  the  Ilissus,  Paus. 

Ήριεργής.  6,  a  grave-digger  ;  and 

Ήριεύς,  έως,  ό,  a  corpse :  (from 
ήρίην,  q.  v.) 

Ήρικΰτταΐος,  ov,  or  Ήρικεττ.,  ό, 
mystic  epifh.  of  a  god,  prob.  of  Bac- 
chus or  Priapus,  Orph.  Hymn.  6,  4,  v. 
Lob.  Aglaoph.  p.  479.  (Usu.  deriv. 
from  ήρι,  κήπος :  others  from  έρι-, 
κά-τω,  V.  Lob.  1.  c.) 

Ήρϊκε,  3  sing.  aor.  2  act.  from  έρεί- 
κω,  11.  17,  295. 

■\Ήριννα,  poet.  Ήρίννη,  ης,  ή,  Erin- 
ηα.  a  Grecian  poetess,  a  contempo- 
rary of  Sappho,  A  nth. 

ΉρΙνός,  ή,  όν,  {ήρ)~έαρινός,  Pind. 
P.  9.  82. 

ΊΙρίον,  ov,  τό.  a  mound,  barrow,  II. 
23,  126  :  rare  in  prose,  though  it  oc- 
curs in  Dem.  1319.  27,  Lycurg.  ap. 
Harp.  V.  ήρία.  (Usu.  deriv.  from 
ερη.) 

Ήρΐπε,  3  sing.  aor.  2  act.  from  ερεί- 
πω.  Hom. 

Ήριπό7.η,  ης,  ή.  {ήρι,  πολέω)  early- 
walking,   and   so  like  ήριγένεια,  the 
morn,  dawn,  Anth. 
iΉpιππiδaς,  a,  ό,  Herippidas.  a  La- 
cedaemonian, Xen.  Hell.  3,  4,  6. 

ΉρΙσε,  3  sing.  aor.  1  act.  from  ερί- 
ζω, Hes.  Th.  928. 

Ήρίσταμεν.  ν.  sub  αριστάω. 
\Ήριφανίς,  ίδος,  ή,  Eriphunis,  a  Ly- 
ric poetess,  Ath.  619  C. 

Ήρμοσμένως,  adv.  part,  perf  pass, 
from  αρμόζω,  filly,  properly,  Diod. 

ΥΐΙρόδικος.  ov,  6,  Herodicus,  of  Se- 
lymbria,  at  first  a  teacher  of  gymnas- 
tics, afterwards  a  physician.  Plat. 
Phaedr.  227  D.— 2.  of  Leontini.  a 
brother  of  Gorgias,  Plat.  Gorg.  448 
B. — 3.  an  Athenian  historian,  Arist. 
— Others  in  Ath.,  etc. 

^Ήροόότειος.  ov,  of  Herodotus,  Hero- 
clotean,  Strab.  :  from 

νϋρόδοτος,  ov,  ό,  Herddotns,  the 
celebrated  historian,  born  at  Halicar- 
nassus  in  Caria,  B.  C.  484,  Hdt.,  etc. 
—2.  a  Theban,  victor  in  the  Isthmian 
games,  Pind  1. 1  — 3.  sonof  Basilides, 
an  Ionian,  Hdt.  8,  132. — 4  a  jihiloso- 
pher  of  Tarsus,  a  follower  of  Timon, 
DioGT.  L. — Others  in  Ath.,  etc. 
Ι'Ηρόί'ωροο,  Of,  ό,  Herodorus,  ό  Ποί'• 
τικός,  a  Greek  grammarian  of  Hera- 


ΗΡΩΙ 

clea  II.  1,  a  contemporary  of  Aristo- 
tle, Arist..  Plut.,  etc. 

νΥΙρομένης,  ονς,  ό,  Heromenes,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  a  Macedonian,  Arr.  An.  1,  25. 

νϋρόττνθος,  ov,  ό,  Heropt/thus,  ofAb- 
dera,  Hipp. — 2.  an  Athenian  archon, 
Dem.  282,  7.— 3.  an  Ephesian,  Arr. 

νΐΐροσκάμανδρος.  ov.  ύ,  Hirosca- 
mandrus,  an  Athenian,  Plat.  Theag. 
129  B. 

\Ήρόστρατος,  ov,  6,  Herostratus,  an 
Ephesian.  who,  to  acquire  a  perpetu- 
al name,  set  fire  to  the  temple  of  Di- 
ana at  Ephesus,  Strab. 

νΐίροφύνης,  ονς,  ό,  Herophanes, 
masc.  pr.  η  ,  Paus. 

ΥϊΙρόφαντος,  ov.  ό.  Herophanlus,  a 
tyrant  of  Parnim  in  the  time  of  Dari- 
us Hystaspis,  Hdt.  4,  138. 

t'Hpoipi'AfiOf,  ov,  of  Herophilus,  Gal., 
Strab. 

ίΉροφί?.η,  ης,  ή,  HeropMle,  name  of 
a  Sibyl,  Paus. 

νΐίρόφι/^ος,  ov.  ό,  Herophihis,  a  cel- 
ebrated physician  of  Chalcedon,  Gal., 
Plut.— 2.  a  Cynic  philosopher,  Luc. 

ΥΥΙοόόντος,  ov,  h,  Herophytus,  a  Sa- 
mian,  Plut.  Cim.  9. 

t'Hp-a,  Htrpa,  a  small  town  of  Cap- 
padocia,  Strab. 
Ήρσα,  aor.  1  from  άρω. 
Ήρνγγιην,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  ήρνγ- 
γος  Plut. 

Ήρνγγίς.  ίδος,  ή,  of  or  belonging  to 
the  ήρνγγος,  Nic. 

Ήρνγγίτης,  ov.  6.  Plut.,  and  ήρνγ- 
γος,  ου,  ή,  Nic.  Th.  ϋΐ5.  mn^o. 

Ήρνγε,  3  sing  aor.  2  from  έρενγω, 
II.,  cf  έρενγομαι  ΙΠ. 
Ήρνκΰκε,  3  sing.  aor.  2  from  έρνκω, 

"•  f^'i  ....  ,    - 

'Ηρώ,  2  sing.  impf.  from  αραομαι, 

Od.  18.  176. 

Ήρω,   poet,  for  ήρωι.  dat.   sing. 

from  ήρως,  II.  7,  453.  Od.  8,  483 

t'Hpo,  ονς.  ή.  Hero,  the  beautiful 
priestess  of  V'enus  at  Sestus,  beloved 
of  Leander,  Mus.,  .\nth. 

ίΉρώδας,  u,  ό,  Herodas,  a  Syracusan, 
Xen.  Hell.  3,  4,  1. 

ίΉρώδης.  ov,  ό,  Herddes,  6  \\ττι• 
κός,  of  Marathon,  an  Athenian  soph- 
ist, Luc. — 2.  Herodfs,  Hrrod,  name  of 
several  kings  of  Judaea,  in  the  time 
of  Christ,  and  the  apostles,  Jos..  N. 
T. — 1.  Hernd  the  Great,  made  king  of 
the  Jews  by  the  Romans  through  the 
influence  of  Antony. — 2.  Herod  Anti- 
pas,  son  of  foreg.,  tetrarch  of  Gali- 
lee and  Petraea. — 3.  Herod  Agrippa, 
grandson  of  Herod  the  Great. — 4. 
Herod  Agrippa,  sumamed  Minor,  son 
of  foreg.,  last  king  of  the  Jews.  Jos., 
in  N.  T.  iinder  the  name  of  Agrippa 
alone.  Act.  25,  and  26. 

Υϋρωδιάνοί,  ων,  oi,  the  partisans  of 
Herod,  N.  T.  Matth.  22.  6,  etc. 

ΥΗρωδιάνός.  ov,  6,  Herodian,  an  his- 
torian; also,  a  grammarian  of  Alexan- 
drea. 

νΥΙρωδιάς,  άδος,  ή,  Herodias,  grand- 
daushter  of  Herod  the  Great.  N.  T. 

\Ήρωδίων,  ΐύνος,  ό,  Herodion,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  N.  T. 

Ήρώειον,  ου,τό,=:ήρ(^ον. 
Ήρωελεγεΐον,  ov,  τό,  sub.  μέτρον 
or  μέλος,   a   distich,  consisting  of  an 
hexameter  and  a  pentameter. 

Ήρωελεγεϊος,  ov,  ό,  sub.  στίχος,=: 
foreg. 

Ήρωίζω,  (ήρως)  to  urite  heroic  verse 
or  an  epic  poem. 

Ηρωικός,  ή.  όν,  (ήρως)  of,  belonging 
to  a  hero,  heroic.  Plat.  Crat  398  Ε : 
ήρ.  μέτηην,  the  heroic  verse,  hexameter, 
Arist  Rhet.,  and  poet.     Adv  -«air. 

Ηρωίνη,  ης,  ή,  contr.  ήρώνη,  fern, 
οί  ήρως,  a  heroine,  Ar.  Nub.  313.  [<] 

ei9 


ΗΡΩΣ 

^Ηρώΐος,  α,  ον,=  ί/ρωϊκός,  τ/ρώος, 
Find.  Ο.  13,  71.  _ 

Ήρωϊς,  ιόος,  ή,=  7'/ρωΐνη.  Find.   Ρ. 

11,  13. — 3.  as  adj.  pecul.  iem  to  //ρω- 
ϊκός.  Αρ.  Rli.  1,  1018. 

'Ηρώισσα,  7/ς,  ή,  cuntr.  ηρωσσα,^= 
ηρωίνη. 
Ήρώμην,  impf.  from  ύρύομαι,  Od. 

12,  337. 

t"Hpi.Ji',  ωνος,ό,  /7croi!.  a  celebrated 
mathematician  ol  Ale.xandrea. 

νϋβώνόας,  a,  6,  Hemndns,  iiiasc.  pr. 
11.,  Plut. ;  esp.  a  writer  of  iambics, 
Ath.  86  β. 

\Ήρώνη,  ης,  η,  contd.  for  ήρυίνη, 
Ar.  Nub.  315. 

'ϋρωογονία,  ας,  ή,  (ΐ/ρως,  γόνος) 
the  descent  of  heroes,  a  poein  of  Hesiod 

'Hpuo?iO}  έω,  ύ,  {ί/ρως,  λέγω)  to  sing, 
tell,  uriie  of  heroes,  Strab.     Hence 

Ή.ρωϋ?Μγία,  ας,  fj,  a  tale  of  heroes, 
Ath. 

Ήρΰον,  OV,  TO,  the  temple  or  chapel 
of  a  fiero.  as  the  Heracleum,  etc., 
where  ίκρόν,  ίύος,  or  δώμα,  is  usu. 
supplied,  Hdt.  5,  47,  etc. — II.  an  hex- 
ameter, sul).  μέτρυν,  Plut.  —  III  tu 
ηρώα,  the  festival  of  a  hero,  sub.  ύρά, 
Fiut. :  strictly  neut.  from 

'Υίρώος,  ώα,  ώον.  or  ήρώος,  ώα, 
ώον.— ηρωικός,  esp  ό  ϊ'/ρ-,  c  aut  sine 
&>}θμύς,  the  heroic  measure,  hexameter, 
Plat.  Rep.  400  Β  :  so  too,  μέτρον  fjp-, 
Dem.  Phal. :  πους  ήρ-,  the  dactyl. 
Flat. :  from 

"Υίρως,  a,  gen.  ηροος.  (for  which 
some  read  ηρως.  0.1.  G,  303,  but  Wolf 
prefers  pronouncing  ηρώος)  in  Faus- 
an.  7/ρω  :  dat.  ηρωι,  poet,  coiitr.  ί/ρω, 
η.  7,  453,  Od.  8,  483,  Ar.  Av.  1485  : 
ace.  sing,  and  plur.  ήρωα,  ήρωας,  Att. 
contr.  ήρω,  ήρως. 

In  floin.  ήρως,  is  a  title  of  honour,^ 
given  not  only  to  u'nrmr-chiefs  and' 
their  followers,  esp.  to  the  Greeks 
before  Troy,  {avfipac,  θεράποντίς, 
όπύονες,  εταίροι  ήρωες :  ήρωες  Δα- 
ναοί, Αχαιοί),  II.  2,  110;  19.  34,  Od. 
1,  101,  etc.  ;  but  also  to  men  who  had 
nothing  to  do  with  war  or  conuiiand, 
as  Od.  8,  483,  to  the  minstrel  Demo- 
docus,  and  Od,  18,  423,  to  the  herald 
MuUus,  cf.  Hdt.  7.  134  ;  nay  in  Od. 
7,  44,  the  unwarlike  Phaeacian  peo- 
ple, are  so  called.  So  that  ήρως,  was 
orig.  applied  to  any  free-man.  oi'  the 
ante-Hellenic  age,  respectable  by  birth, 
or  for  skill  in  any  pursuit,  esp.  in  war  ; 
this  ase  was  called  the  Hemic,  cf  \p. 
Lex.  Hom.  p.  403  Toll.,  Serv.  Virg. 
Aen.  1,  200,  Thirlw.  Hist.  Gr.  1,  123, 
sq.  The  Germ,  herr,  ( Sir)  in  its 
earliest  usage,  e.  g.  in  the  Nibelun- 
genlied,  may  be  compared  with  ηρως, 
and  is  perh.  akin  to  it:  Ήρα,  too, 
and  Lat.  hems,  hera,  seem  to  belong 
to  the  same  root. — II.  as  the  heroic 
age  gained  dignity  by  antiquity,  the 
heroes  were  exalted  above  the  race  of 
common  men.  There  is  a  trace  of  this 
in  Hom.  himself,  for  II.  12,  23,  the  he- 
roes are  called  ημιθέων  γένος  άνόρών: 
it  was  fully  carried  out  in  Hes.  Op. 
170,  where  the  Blessed  Hiroes  are  the 
Fourth  Age  of  men,  who  fell  before 
Thebes  and  Troy  and  then  passed  to 
the  Islands  of  the  Blest.  These  must 
not  be  confounded  with  the  δαίμονες. 
who  stood  one  step  higher,  between 
them  and  the  gods. — III.  but  heroes, 
as  objects  of  worship,  occur  first  in 
Find.,  who  makes  them  a  race  be- 
tween gods  and  men,  demigods,  ήμί- 
βΐοι.  Tilt!  term  was  so  first  used  of 
such  as  were  born  from  a  god  and  a 
mortal,  as  Hercules,  Memnon  :  then 
of  such  as  were  honoured  for  services 
done  to  man  kind,  as  Theseus,  Hence 
620 


ΗΣΣΑ 

— IV.  later,  esp.  in  historical  writers, 
the  heroes  are  inferior  local  deiiies.  pat- 
ron.* of  tribes,  cities,  guilds,  etc.  :  so 
at  Athens  the  ήρωες  επώνυμοι,  were 
the  heroes  after  whom  the  φνλαί 
were  named  :  esp.  the  founders  of  a 
race  or  city  (  αρχηγέται,  κτίσται ) 
were  worshipped  under  this  name: 
they  had  small  temples  or  chapels 
dedicated  to  them  by  the  state,  {ήρωα, 
ήρώεια).  with  offerings  and  festivals, 
but  always  distinct  from  the  national 
gods,  V.  Hdt.  1,  168;  5,  66.  Thuc.  4, 
87  ;  5,  11,  etc. — V.  late  Greek  writers 
used  ήρως,  to  express  Lat.  diviis : 
hence — VI.  in  genl.  for  μακαρίτης, 
the  late,  the  deceased,  Alciphr.  3,  37, 
cf.  Jac.  A.  F.  p.  341. 

νΐΐρώων  πόλις,  ή,  (city  of  heroes) 
HeroiipoUs,  a  City  of  lower  ^iEgypt, 
Strab. 

'Hf.  Dor.  for  ήν,  3  sing.  impf.  from 
εΙμί.  to  be. 

Ήισα,  aor.  1  from  άδω. 

Ήσα,  aor.  1  from  ήδω. 

Ήσαί,  2  sing,  from  ήμαι,  11.2,  255. 
Υϋσαίης,   ov,   6,   lesaias,   Isaiah,    a 
celebrated  prophet  of  Israel,  N.  T. 

ΥΉσαινος.  ov,  6,  Hesaenus,  a  moun- 
tain of  Faeonia,  Arist. 

Ήσαν,  3  pi.  impf  from  εΙμί,  Hom. 

Ίίισαν,  Att.  for  {/δεσαν.  3  pi.  phipf 
c.  impf  signf  from  οίδα,  Eur.  Cycl. 
231. — II.  for  ήεσαν,  ήισαν,  3  plur. 
impf  of  f/ui,  rare  and  only  poet.,  in 
Hom.  only  once  in  compd.  έπήσαν, 
Od.  19,  445. 

"Haaro,  Ep.  3  sing.  aor.  1  from 
ήδομαι,  Od.  9.  353. 

ΥΪΙσαν,  ό,  indecl.  Esau,  elder  son  of 
Isaac,  N.  T. 

"Ησειν,  inf  fut.  of  ϊημι,  Od. 

'Ήσθα,  Aeol.  for  ής.  2  sing,  impf  of 
ειμί,  to  be,  oft.  in  Hom.  :  and  not  un- 
usu.  in  common  language. ' 

Ήσθαι,  inf  from  ι)μαι. 

Ήισθημένως,  adv.  part,  perf  pass, 
of  αισθάνομαι,  with  a  sense  or  feeling, 
τινός. 

"Ησθην,  ης,  η,  aor.  1  of  ήδομαι, 
Hom. 

Ήσιεπής,  ες,  {ϊημι,  έπος)  throwing 
liwrds,  i.  e.  α  babbler, 
f  Ησιόδειος,  ov,  of  Hesiod,  Hcsiodian, 
Plat.  .  from 
ΥΙΙσίοδης,  ov,  6,  Hesiod,  a  celebra- 
ted Grecian  poet,  born  at  Ascra  in 
Boeotia,  though  commonly  said  to  be 
of  Cyme  in  Aeolis,  Find.  I.  6,  98:  v. 
G.ittl.  praef  ad  Hes.  p.  VII,  sq.,  ed.  2. 
ΎΗσιόνη,  ης,  ή,   Hesidne,  daughter 
of    Oceanus.   wife    of    Prometheus, 
Aesch.  P.  560. — 2.  daughter  of  Lao- 
medon,  given  by   Hercules  in  mar- 
riage to  Telamon,  Apollod. 

'Haif,  εως,  ή,  {ήδομαι)  delight. 

Ήσκειν,  for  ήσκεεν,  3.  sing.  impf. 
from  άσκέω,  II.  3,  388. 
ΥΗσκυλΙνος,  ου,  6,  λόφος,  also 
'Η,σκνλινυν,  τό,  ύροζ•,=  Lat.  Esqaili- 
nus  collis,  the  Esquiline  hill  in  Rome, 
Strab. 

Ήισμεν,  Att.  for  ήδειμεν,  1  plur. 
plqpf  ( impf )  of  oliia,  Aesch.  Ag. 
1099,  cf  Piers.  Moer.  p.  174:  like 
Ισμεν,  for  Ιδμεν,  Ιδομεν. 

Ήσο,  2  sing,  imperat.  from  ηααι, 
Hom. 

Ήσσα,  ης,  ή,  Att.  ήττα.  a  defeat, 
discomfitare,  opp.  to  νίκη.  Flat.  Legg. 
638  Β  ;  πολέμου,  in  war.  Id.  Lach. 
196  A  :  c.  gen.  rei,  a  yielding,  giving 
may  to  a  thing,  ηδονών,  επιθυμιών. 
Plat.  Legg.  869  Ε  :  from 

'ϊίσσύομαι,  f.  ήσσηθήσομαι,  some- 
times also  ήττήσομαι,  Lys.  180.  19, 
from  Att.  ήττάυμαι :  Ion.  έσσέομαι, 
contr.   έσσονμαι,  Hdt.,  {ήσσων) :  as 


ΗΣΥΧ 

pass.,  to  be  less,  i.  e.  tveakcr,  than  alio 
ther,  τινός,  hence  to  be  unequal,  infe 
rior  to  him,  to  be  beaten,  worsted,  de- 
feated by  him,  Hdt.,  and  Trag.  :  to  give 
tony,  yield,  submit  to  one,  esp.  to  one's 
passions  and  desires,  rov  δεινοϋ, 
Thuc.  4,  37,  τών  ηδονών,  Xen.  Ages. 
5,  1  ;  absol.  to  be  beaten  or  defeated, 
μύχΐ),  Hdt.  5,  46.  etc.  :  ήσσ.  τώ  θν• 
μώ,  to  be  broken  m  spirit,  Id.  8,  130; 
also  την  γνώμτμ',  Thuc.  6,  72 :  as 
law-term,  like  Lat.  causa  cadere,  to 
lose  one''s  cause,  opp.  to  νικάν.  V^llck. 
Diatr.  p.  261.  Construct.:  stricllv 
and  in  Att.  always,  c.  gen  pers.,  as 
derived  from  conipar.  ήσσων,  Valck. 
Hipp.  458  ;  but  in  Hdt  3,  106,  like  a 
regul.  pass,  ήσσοϋσθαι  νπό  τίνος,  also 
προς  τίνος.  Id.  9,  122. — Β.  the  act. 
ήσσάω,  ήττύω,  to  beat  doivn,  weaken, 
is  rare,  and  never  in  good  Att.,  first 
in  Polyb.,  cf  Valck.  Schol.  Eur. 
Phoen.  1380.     Hence 

"ΙΙσσημα,  ατός,  τό,  Att.  ήττ.,  a  de- 
feat, LXX. 

Ήσσητέος,  a,  ov,  verb.  adj. :  neut. 
plur.  ήσσητέα,  one  must  be  beaten, 
γυναικός,  by  a  woman,  Soph.  Ant. 
678. 

t'Hffffof,  Of),  ή,  Hessus,  a  city  ofLo- 
cris  near  Oeanthe  ;  hence  oi  Ήσσι.οι, 
the  in/tab.  of  Hessus,  the  Hessians,  Thuc. 
3,  101. 

Ήσσων,  ησσον,  gen.  όνος:  Att. 
ήττων  :  Ion.  έσσων,  Hdt.  :  less,  lower, 
ineaner,  esp.  less  in  force,  weaker,  Horn., 
etc.  ;  01  ήσσονες,  the  weaker  party, 
Aesch.  Supp.  203 ;  τον  ήττω  λόγον 
κρείττω  ποιείν,  "to  make  the  worse 
appear  the  better  reason,"  Plat.  Apol. 
18  B,  cf.  Ar.  Nub.  114  :  hence— 2.  c. 
gen.  pers..  weaker  than  another,  inferi- 
or to  him,  like  Lat.  minor,  Hor.  Epist. 
1,  10.  35,  Horn.,  etc.  ;  οϋδενός  ήσσων, 
'•  second  to  none,"  Thuc.  2,  GO  :  εΙς  τι, 
in  a  thing,  Hdt.  3.  102  ;  έσσων  τινός 
θεΐν,  not  so  good  at  running,  lb.  105: 
esp.  giving  ivay,  yielding  to  a  thing, 
έρωτος,  Soph.  Tr.  489 ;  κέρδονς.  Ar. 
Plut.  363  ;  ηδονών.  Plat.  Prot.  353  C  : 
ήττον,  as  adv.  less,  ουδέν  -ήττον,  not 
the  less,  just  as  much,  notwithstanding, 
freq.  in  Att. :  regul.  adv.  ήσσόνως, 
Att.  ήττόνως.  (Used  as  irreg.  corn- 
par,  of  positive  κακός :  but  its  true 
etymol.  positive  is  prob.  ήκα,  superl. 
ήκιστος.) 

Ήσται,  3  sing,  from  ημαι,  Hom. 

'ϋιστε,  Att.  for  ζιδειτε,  2  plur.  plqpf. 
(impf)  o(  οίδα.  ^ 

Ήστην,  for  ήτην,  3  dual  impf.  ot 
ειμί,  to  be,  II.  5,  10,  Hes.  Sc.  50. 

ΉσΓο,  3  sing,  impf  of  ήμαι,  Hom. 

^Ηστον,  for  ^roj^,  2  dual  mipf.  ol 
εΙμί,  to  be. 

Ήστός,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from  7/δο- 
μαι,  delighted. — II.  to  be  delighted, 
cheerful. 

"ύσνχα,  adverbial  neut.  pi.  from 
ήσυχος,  like  ήσυχη. 

Ησυχάζω,  {ήσυχος)  to  be  still,  quiet, 
at  rest,  Trag.  ;  usu.  in  part.,  as,  ήσυ- 
χύζων  προςμένω.  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  620  : 
TO  ήσυχιιζον  της  νυκτός,  the  dead  ot 
night,  Thuc.  7,  83.— II.  trans,  to  still, 
lay  to  rest,  Flat.  Rep.  572  A. 

'ϊίσνχαιος,  aia,  aiov,  poet,  for  ήσν• 
χοΓ,  Soph.,  and  Eur. ;  but  also  in 
prose,  as  Flat.  Polit.  307  A. 

Ήσϋχαίτερος,  a,  ov,  irr.  coinp.  of 
ήσνγος,  ήσυχ^αίος. 

Ήσϋχαστηριον,  ου,  τό,  {ησυχάζω) 
the  retreat  of  an  ήσυχαστής. 

Ήσνχαστής,  οΰ.  ό,  {ησυχάζω)  one 
who  leads  a  still,  retired  life  ;  esp.  Ot 
relisious  contemplation,  a  quietist. 

Ήσΰχάστρια,  ας,  ή,  fern,  of  foreg, 
Υϋσυχεία,  ας,  ή,  or  Ήσί;,^•ία,  Hesy• 


ΗΤΟΙ 

chm,  daughter  of  Thespius,  Apollod. : 
— also,  fern.  pr.  n.,  Plut. 

Ήονχϊ}.  Dor.  άσνχΰ,  adv.  still, 
quietly,  softly,  gently,  Pltid.  P.  11,  84, 
Eur.,  etc.  ;  hence  by  stealth,  secretly, 
Plut ,  V.  Thuc.  8,  69,  and  ήσυχος. 
(Others  write  τ/συχ^.) 

'ϋσϋχία,  ας,  Dor.  άσνχ.,  ή,  stillness, 
rest,  quiet,  ease,  peace,  Od.  18,  22,  H. 
Horn.  Merc.  356  ;  and  in  Pind.  P.  8, 
1,  personifted  :  έν  ήσ.,  opp.  to  ev  πο- 
7.έμφ,  Thuc.  3,  12 :  so  too,  εφ'  ησυ- 
χίας, Ar.  Vesp.  1517 ;  κατ'  ήσυχίην 
ιτολλήν,  qiaite  at  one's  ease,  Hdt.  1, 
9;  7,  208:  esp.,  ήσνχίαν  ΰγειν  or 
Ιχείν,  to  keep  quiet,  be  at  pence  or  at 
rest,  first  in  Hdt.  1,  66;  7,  150,  etc.; 
also,  όι'  ήσνχίης  είναι,  Id.  1.206  ;  for 
which  Dem.  also  όιατρίίειν  or  όιά- 
γειν  ίν  ήσ-,  μένειν  έττι  ήσνχία  : — c 
gen.  objecti,  ησυχία  της  πολίορκίης, 
rest  from  the  siege,  Hdt.  6,  135. — 2. 
rest,  leisure,  Lat.  otmm,  καθ'  ήσνχίαν, 
at  kisure,  Thuc.  3,  43,  etc. ;  opp.  to 
δια  σ-ουδης,  Xen.  Hell.  6,  2,  28.-3. 
stillness,  silence,  Hdt.  :  hence  solitude. 
a  sequestered  place,  Xen.  Mem.  2,  1,  21. 
γύσυχία,  ας,  ή,  as  pr.  η.,  v.  Ήσυ- 
χεία. 

'ϋσίχιμος,  ον,  Dor.  άσνχ.,  poet,  for 
ήσυχης,  ήμερη,  Pind.  Ο.  2,  58. 

Ήσνχιος,  ον,  rarely  ία.  ιον,  poet, 
for  ήσυχος  :  still,  calm,  quiet,  at  rest, 
at  ease,  11.21,  593  :  but  also  in  prose, 
as  Hdt.  1,  107.  Antipho  121,  12, 
Thuc.  1,  120,  etc.  Adv.  -ίως,  Η. 
Horn.  Merc.  438.  [v]     Hence 

ΉσύχίότηΓ,  ητος,ή.=ήσυχία.  Plat. 
Charm.  159  B. 

Ήτϊ',^οΓ,  ον,  still,  calm,  quiet,  at 
rest,  at  ease,  easy.  Hes.  Th.  763  :  at 
peace,  pe,iceful,  Hes.  Op.  119:  silent, 
soft,  gentle,  όμμα,  πηνς,  etc.,  Trag.  ; 
βί  leisure :  lonely  :  εχ'  ήσυχος,  keep 
quiet,  keep  siilU  Hdt.  8,  65.  Eur.  Med. 
558:  TO  ήσ.=ήσυχίχ.  Theusu.AU. 
comp.  and  superl.  were  irreg.  ήσυχηί- 
τερος,  -αίτατοΓ,  as  in  Thuc.  3,  32, 
Plat.  Charm  160  .\  ;  but  -ώτερος  is 
also  found.  Soph.  Ant.  10-^9.  Adv. 
-χως,  also  ήσνχη  and  ήσνχή  or  ήσυ- 
χη, q.  V.  (Prob.  from  ηααι :  ace.  to 
Doderlein  from  ήκα  or  ήσσον) 

Ήισχυμμέυος,  η.  ον,  part.  perf. 
pass,  from  αισχύνω,  II.  18,  180. 

Ήσω,  fut.  of  Ίημι.  II. 

'Hre,  or  also,  connecting,  but  so  as 
to  distinguish,  II.  19,  148.  cf.  Buttm. 
Lexil.  V.  εντε  3. 

Ήτε,  or,  as  Wolf  in  Horn.,  ή  τε, 
sureli/,  doubtless,  v.  sub  y. 

Ήί-ε,  for  ήειτε,  2  pi.  impf.  from 
εΙμι,  to  go. 

Ήτην,  3  dual.  impf.  from  ειμί. 
to  be. 

'Ηιτην,ίοτ  ήείτ?/ν.3  dual. impf.  .4tt 
from  εΙμι,  to  go,  Huind.  Piat.  Euthyd. 
294  D. 

t'H-tUf.  άδος,  -ή,  Ettas,  daughter  of 
iEneas,  Pans.  3.  22.  11. 

Ήτοι,  conjunct.  (//,  τοι)  now,  and 
so.  trull/,  indeed,  used  in  passing  from 
one  clause  to  another,  also  to  begin 
the  apodosis,  ήτοι  μεν,  II.  3,  213  : 
strictly  it  begins  the  sentence,  yet 
Hom  oft.  puts  it  after  one  or  more 
words,  either — 1.  a  pronoun,  11.  2,813, 
Od.  12,  86,  in  which  case  6έ  is  oft.  in- 
serted, 11.  12,  141,  etc. ;  also  f)a,  as 
τόν  [t'  ήτοι,  II.  18,  237  :  or — 2.  a  par- 
ticle, u7Ji  ήτοι,  II.  1,  140,  etc. ;  ενθ' 
ήτοι.  II.  10,  395,  Od.  3,  126,  etc.  ;  όώρ' 
iirni,  II.  23,  52.  Od.  3,  419  ;  ώζ•  ήτοι, 
Od.  5,  24;  more  rarely  «at  νυν  ήτοι 
and  vi'v  δ'  ήτοι,  Od.  4,  151,  II.  19,  23, 
Herm.  H.  Horn.  Ven.  226.— II.  when 
it  has  the  explicative  signf.  of  ήγουν, 
Lat.  scilicet,  some  write  ήτοι,  as  also 


HYTE 

when  it  is  used  in  confirmation  :  in  ' 
this  case  it  is  better,  with  Wolf,  to 
write  ή  τοι  divisim,  II.  6,  56.  Η.  Hom. 
Merc.  368. — 111.=^ :  its  strict  usage 
is  ήτοι..,  ή,  either..,  or,  and  SO  most 
freq.,  as  in  Aesch.  Cho.  497,  Plat. 
Phaed.  68  C  ;  freq.  also  ήτοι.,  ye,.,  ή, 
Hdt.  1,11,  etc. :  ή..,  ήτοι  occurs  once 
in  Pind.  N.  6.  8  :  and  ήτοι..,  ήτοι  for 
;/,.,  7/  in  late  authors  as  Gal.,  cf.  Schaf. 
Greg.  Cor.  p.  643. 

Ήτορ,  TO.  in  Hom.  always  in  nom. 
or  ace. ;  but  dat.  ήτορι  occurs  Simon. 
7,  7. —  The  heart  as  a  part  of  the  body, 
only  in  II.  22,  452,  εν  έμοί  αντή  στή- 
θεσι  πά?.λεται  ήτορ  ίινα  στόμα,  my 
heart  beats  up  to  my  throat :  usu.  the 
heart,  as  the  seat  of  feeling,  for  the  sen- 
sitive part  of  man's  nature,  much  like 
θυμός,  (only  this  is  mostly  used  of  the 
heart  as  the  seat  of  life  and  passion) : 
— also  for  the  thinkipg  powers,  reason, 
in  II.  1,  188,  cf.  15,  252;  elsewh.  al- 
ways for  the  seat  of  feeling,  as  of  joy, 
hope,  sorrow,  fear,  etc.,  esp.  in  phrase 
Άντο  γούνατα  και  ώίλον  ήτορ.  being 
here  taken  for  the  seat  of  hopes  and 
wishes.  II.  19,  307,  Od.  19,  136.  etc. 
That  Hom.  regarded  it  as  something 
tangible  and  corporeal,  appears  from 
the  places,  where  ήτορ  is  placed  έν 
στήθεσι  or  έν  Ορεσί .  in  II.  20,  169,  it 
is  placed  έν  κραόιτ).  which  here  must 
ha^-e  a  wider  signf,  though  in  genl. 
It  is  just=f/-rop.  (From  II.  21,  380, 
ένί  φρεσι  θυμός  ύητο.  it  is  inferred, 
that  ήτορ  has  άημι  for  its  root,  and 
so,  like  animus  and  anima,  strictly  de- 
notes the  breath.) 

ΉτριαΙοΓ.  aia,  alov,  (ήτρον)  of,  be- 
longing to  the  stomach  :  το  ήτριαίην, 
the  stomach,  paunch.  Ar.  Fr.  302  ;  also 
ή  ήτριαία. 

'Υίτρι.ον.  ον,  TO,  the  warp  in  a  web 
of  cloth.  V'alck.  Phoen  1727,  (the 
woof  being  κρόκη) :  hence,  -u  ήτρία, 
a  thin,  fine  cloth,  such  that  one  could 
see  between  the  threads  of  the  warp, 
ήτρια  -έ-λων,  Eur.  Ion  1421  :  hence 
a  siene :  ήτρια  βνίλων,  leaves  made 
iif  fine  strips  of  papyrus  joined  cross- 
wise, Leon.  Al.  25,  cf.  Ruhnk.  Tim. 
■.\kin  to  ύττω,  άττω,  utaau,  not  to 
διάζομαι) 

Ήτρον.  ην,  τό.  {ήτορ)  the  part  of 
the  hndii  below  the  navel,  the  bellij,  Lat. 
abdomen.  Hipp.,  V.  FoiJs.  Oecoil.  :  alsO 
metaph.  o(  a  pnt,  Ar.  Thesni.  509. 

Ήττα.  ήττάηααι,  ήττάω,  ήττημα, 
ήττον,  Att  for  ήσσα.  etc. 

Ήτοι,  lor  έστυ,  3  sing,  imperat. 
from  ,ημί.  Ν.  Τ. ;  dub   in  Plat. 

'Hi',  neiit.  from  ήνς.  In  compds. 
with  εν-  or  έν-,  this  is  oft.  lengthd. 
Ep.  into  ήν- ;  for  all  words  so  com- 
pounded, V.  sub  εν-. 

Ήνς,  neut.  ήν,  Ep.  for  έύς.  good, 
brave  :  Horn,  uses  niasc.  only  in  nom., 
and  ace.  ήνν.  usu.  in  phrase  ήύς  τε 
μέγας  τε  ;  neut.  in  nom.  and  ace,  but 
only  in  phrase  μένος  ήν.  [0] 

Ήΰσε,  3  sing.  aor.  1  from  avu, 
to  shout,  Hom.  esp.  11.  [v\ 

'Hi}re,  Ep.  particle, =  εί•Γί,  as,  like 
as,  freq.  in  Hom.  in  similes  for  ώς 
orf.— 11.  as  real  compar.  particle  for 
ή,  than,  only  once  in  Horn.,  II.  4.  277, 
νές>ος  μελάντερον  ήντε  πίσσα  (>αίνε- 
το,  blacker  than  pitch  ;  as  in  German 
ivie  {as)  is  sometimes  used  for  als 
{than) :  this  usage  is  followed  by  Ap. 
Rh.  1,  269.— That  7/ii-£  cannot  be  put 
for  εντε  is  proved  by  Buttm.  Lexil. 
V.  εντε,  ήντε ;  but  εντε  is  once  found 
for  ήντε,  II.  3,  10,  and  as  v.  I.  II.  19, 
3-<6,  in  both  which  places  Buttm.  de- 
clares for  a  contr.  form  ηντε  [ ], 

which  he  is  also  inclined  to  prefer  in 


HXET 

Od.  16,  216.    (Ace.  to  Buttm.  ijire, 
ήντε,  arose  from  y  εντε,  or  from  ^ 

ότε.) 

Ηφαίστειος,  εία,  ειον,  of  οτ  belong- 
ing to  Hephaistos  ( Vulcan)  :  To  Ήφαι• 
στεΐον  or  Ήόαίστεων  (sub.  Ιερόίή 
the  temple  of  Vulcan.  Hdt.  2,  121  :  τά 
Ηφαίστεια,  (sub.ifpa)  his  festival,  the 
Lat.  Vulcanalia  ;  also  Ήφαίστια. 

\Ήφαΐστηϊάδης,  ον.  ό,  son  or  de- 
scendant of  Vitlcan.  Nonn. 

νΉφαιστία,  ας,  τ),  Hephaesfin.nchy 
in  the  island  Lemnos ;  hence  οι  Ήφαι- 
στιείς,  έωι>,  the  inhab.  of  Hephaestia, 
Hdt.  G,  140.— 2.  a  deme  of  the  Attic 
tribe  Acamantis ;  hence  ό  Ήφαιστί- 
δης,  ον.  an  inhab.  of  Hephaestia,  Isae. 
V.  1.  -τείδης. 

ίΉφαιστίνη,  ης,  ή,  prop.  patr.  from 
'Ηόαιστος.  daughter  of  Vulcan  ;  wife 
of  Aegyptus,  Apollod. 

νϋφαι  στιων,  ωνος,  ό,  Hephaestion, 
a  friend  of  Alexander,  Arr. — 2.  a 
grammarian  of  Alexandrea,  who 
wrote  περί  μέτρων,  Ath..  etc. 
ΥΗφαιστόδοιροΓ,  σι:,  ό.  Hcphaestodo- 
rus.  an  Athenian,  .\ndoc. 

ίΉφαιστστΐο'λις,  ιος,  ό.  HephnestO' 
pdlis,  father  of  the  Samian  ladmon, 
Hdt.  2.  134. 

Ήόαιστόττονος,  ον,  (Ήύαιστος, 
πονέοι)  uTought  by  Vulcan,  δττλα,  Eur. 
I.  A.  1072. 

Ήφαιστος,  oi>.  ό.  Dor.  Άφ-,  Hephai- 
stos. the  Lat.  Vvkanus.  son  of  Jupiter 
and  Juno,  lame  from  birth,  II.  18.  397, 
cf.  άμφιγνή/Ίς  and  ήττεδανός.  god  of 
fire  as  used  in  art.  master  of  ail  the 
arts  which  need  the  aid  of  fire,  and 
so  esp.  of  working  in  metal :  hence 
he  makes  the  thrones  of  the  gods, 
Jupiter's  sceptre,  the  Aegis,  the  arms 
of  Achilles,  etc. ;  all  works  in  inptal 
are  called  his  works,  II.  8,  195,  Od.  4, 
617,  Hes.  Sc.  123.  etc. ;  hence  fire  i» 
in  Hom.  ό'λόξ  Ήφηίστοιο,  and  he 
himself  is  κλντοεργός,  κ/ντητέχνης 
or  χα/κενς.  Π.  15.  309.  For  his  ill- 
starred  marriage  with  Venus, v.  Od. 
8,  207,  sq. 

ΉΦαητότενκτος,  ov,=sq.,  σέ'/.ας, 
Soph.  Phil.  987. 

Ήφαιστοτενχής,  ες,  {Ήφαιστος, 
τενχω)  wrought  by  Vulcan,  δ^ττας, 
Aesch.  Fr.  64.  where  however  Herm. 
Ήοσιστοτυχές,  metri  grat. 

ΥΙΙφαίστον  αγορά.  ή.  Forum  Vul- 
cnni,  Vulcan's  Market,  a  place  in  Cam- 
pania near  Puteoli,  now  Solfiiara, 
Strab. 

Ήόθά,  Dor.  for  ήφθη,  3  sing.  aor. 
1  pa.ss.  from  ΰ~τω. 

Ήιφι,  poet.  esp.  Ep.  for  fi,  II.  22, 
107. 

Ήφίονν.Ι  impf  from  ύώίί?;ί/ί.'  much 
more  rarely  ήοίειν. 

Ήχΰνία,  ας.  ή,=ΰΥ7ΐνία,  poverty, 
want.  dnb.  in  .\nth.,  cf  η-ανίη.  Suid. 
has  ήχάνω,  Lat.  egeo.  (Cf  Lat.  ege 
nus.  ϊιγήν.) 

Ήχεεις,  εσσα,  εν.  poet,  for  ήχήεις, 
Archil.  16,  ace.  to  Meineke  Quaest. 
Seen.  3,  p.  63. 

'ϋχεΐον,  ου,  τό,  {ηχος)  a  kind  of 
loud  kettle-drum  or  gong,  Plut.  ;  like 
τνμττανον.  also  χα/.κεϊον  :  vessels  of 
like  kind  were  let  into  the  walls  of 
the  theatre,  to  strengthen  the  sound, 
Vitruv. ;  also  to  imitate  the  noise  ol 
thunder. — II.  the  metal  sounding-plate 
of  the  lyre. 

Ήχέτης,  ον,  ό,  Ep.  ήχέτα.  {ήτ[^(^) 
clear-sounding,  musical,  shrill,  δοναξ, 
Aesch.  Pr.  575  :  esp.  as  epith.  of  the 
grasshopper,  ήχέτα  τέττιξ,  Hes.  Op. 
580  ;  hence,  ό  ήγέτας,  the  grasshopper, 
Anan.  1,  Ar.  Pac.  1159;  esp.  the 
larger  kind,  Arist.  H.  A.  5.  30. 
621 


ΗΩΣ 

'ΈΙχεΓΙκός,  ή•,  όν,  always  sounding, 
mtlKical. 

Ήχέω,  ύ,  Dor.  ΰχέω  [«],  f.  -ήσω, 
intr.,  Ιο  sotmdy  ring,  peal,  Hes.  Th.  42  ; 
Άοτ.  2  7ΐχεσκε,  Hdt.  4,  200.-11.  also 
not  unireq.  c.  ace.  cogiiato,  άχην 
νμνον,  Aesch.  Theb.  8u8  ;  κυκυτόν, 
Sopli.  Tr.  8(j6,  to  let  sound,  send  forth 
a  hymn  or  wail :  hence  was  I'ortned 
a  mid.  in  intr.  signf.,  Soph.  O.  C. 
1500;   from 

ΉΧΗ',  ;/f, ;;,  a  sound  of  any  sort, 
in  Horn.  esp.  of  the  confu.sed  noise  of 
a  crowd,  the  roar  of  the  sea,  of  trees 
in  a  wind  :  in  Trag.  usu.  like  ιαχή, 
a  cry  of  sorrow,  wail,  v.  Elmsl.  He- 
racl.  752  :  mostly  poet.,  but  also  in 
Plat.  'I'iin.  .'$7  B.     Cf.  τ/χος.     Hence 

Ήχ!/είς,  εσσα,  εν,  sounding,  ringing, 
roaring,  θάλασσα,  II.  1,  157  ;  όώματα, 
high,  echoing  rooms  or  halls,  ud.  4, 
72,  cf.  Wolf  Hes.  Th.  707,  and  ήχέ- 
εις. 

Ήχημα,  ατός,  τό,  α  sound,  sound- 
ing, singing,  Eur.  I.  A.  1045. 

'ϊΐ^ησις,  εως,  τι,  a  sounding  :  .^ound. 

Ήχι/τί/ς,  ov,  ύ,  and  ηχητικός,  ή, 
όν,=^ήχέτης,  ήχετικός,  Gramm. 

Ήγί,  Ε  p.  for  ?Ί,  adv.,  where,  Horn, 
(in  dd..  Wolf  still  writes  ηχι.) 

Ήχικύς,  ή,  όν,  (7/χος}=7/χετικ*)ς, 
Epigr.  in  Welck.  Syll.  230,  4.    ^         i 

Ήχύιτονς.  ύ,  y,  -πουν,  τό,  {ήχος, 
ΊΓούς)  with  sounding  foot,  Lat.  sonipes. 

Ήχος,  ov,  ό,=^ϊιχή,  a  sound,  noise, 
esp.  a  rinaing  in  the  ears,  Hipp. :  ί^χος 
is  more  freq.  in  prose.  | 

Ή,^ώ,  ή,  gen.  ήχόος,  contr.  ήχους,  ' 
:=ήχή,  ήχος,  a  sound,  noise,  esp.  a  re- 
turned sound,  echo,  H.  Horn.  18,  21, 
Hes.  Sc.  279,  etc. — II.  later  as  prop. 
n.  ΊΙχώ,  Echo,  an  Oread,  Bion  1, 
38,  who  was  supposed  to  repeat 
sounds  by  her  voice,  Ov.  Met.  3, 357, 
sq. 

'ΙΙχώόης,  ες,  {ήχώ,  είδος)  sounding, 
esp.  ringing  in  the  ears,  Hipp. 

'HiiWev,  adv.,  (ήώς)  from  morn,  Ί.  e. 
at  dawn,  at  break  of  day,  11.  18,  136, 
Od.  1,  372,  etc.     Att.  ίίωθεν. 

Ήώθι,  adv.,  (ηώς)  at  morn,  in  Horn, 
always  ήώθι  πρό,  before  dawn,  before 
day-break,  11.  11,  50,  Od.  5,  469;  6, 
30. 

Ήώκοιτος,  ov,  {ηώς,  κοίτη)  ΰττνος, 
mnrning-sleep. 

Ήιών,  όνος,  ή,  contr.  from  ήϊών,  q.  v. 
νΐΐωΐ'η,  ης,  ή,    Eone,   daughter   of 
Thespius,  Apollod. 

Ήύοζ•,  ώα,  ϊύον,  at  morn,  at  break  of 
day,  ti.  Horn.' Merc.  17.  Hes.  Sc.  390. 
— Π.  ea.s/frra,  Anth.  :  from 

Ήώζ-,  //,  gen.  ήόος,  contr.  τ/οϋς : 
dat.  ήυϊ  contr.  ήοΐ :  ace.  ήόα  contr. 
ήώ.  Ion.  and  Dor.  sometimes  ήονί', 
τ/ών,  Schiif.  Mel.  p.  94  :  in  Horn,  only 
in  contr.  forms  :  Att.  ευς,  ή,  gen.  εω, 
ace.  εω  or  ίωΐ',  like  'λεώς  :  Dor.  άώς : 
Aeol.  ΰνως  (i.  e.  ύΓως),  not  ανως. 
The  morning-red,  day-break,  dawn,  esp. 
the  morning  as  a  time  of  day,  opp.  to 
μέσον  ήμαρ  and  δεί'Αη,  II.  21,  111,  and 
oft.  in  Horn.  ;  ace,  ήώ,  the  whole  morn- 
ing long,  Od.  2,  434  :  εξ  ήονς  μέχρι 
οιρίης,  Hdt.  7,  167  :  ΰμ'  ήοΐ.  tciih,  ι.  e. 
at,  day-break,  lb.  219.  and  so  in  Att. 
άμ'  εφ  or  αμα  τ^  εφ,  Thuc.  2,  90 ;  4, 
72:  τΓρό  της  έω,  Id.  4.  31. — 2.  since 
the  Greeks  counted  their  days  by 
mornings,  as  reversely  the  old  Ger- 
mans did  by  nights,  7/ώ.  oft.  denoted 
ο  day,  II.  1,  493,  Od.  19,Ί92  ,  also  the 
light  of  day,  esp.  in  phrase,  όσον  τ' 
ίπικιόναται  ηώς,  II.  7,  451  ,  so  esp. 
in  later  authors,  Wern.  Tryph.  210. 
— 3.  sometimes  also  the  East,  Hdt.  2, 
8,  etc.,  cf.  ήλιος. — II.  as  prop.  n.  Ήώς, 
Eos,  Aurora,  the  goddess  of  morn,  who 
6i22 


ΘΑΚΟ 

rises  out  of  ocean  from  the  bed  of 
her  spouse  TUhonus,  very  freq.  in 
Hoin. ;  on  the  phrase  ττρος  Ήώ  τ' 
'Κελ.ιόν  τε,  ν.  sub  ήλιος.  Ace.  to  Η. 
Horn.  31  she  is  daughter  of  Hyperion 
and  Euryphaessa.  but  ace.  to  Hes. 
Th.  372,  of  H.  and  Tlieia.  (Prob. 
from  the  root  *ύω,  αι;ω,  Sanscr.  νά, 
cf.  Lat.  aura,  Aurora:  akin  also  to 
ήρι,  lap,  and  Έ,ύρος,  cf.  Buttm.  Lexil. 
voc.  ΰήμ  8.) 


θ 


Θ,  θ,  θήτα,  τό,  indecl.,  eighth  let- 
ter of  the  Gr.  alphabet:  ;:s  numeral 
0'=  εννέα,  ίννατος,  but  ,6/=  9000. 
Tne  true  pronunciation,  as  kept  by 
the  modern  Greeks,  not  found  exact- 
ly in  any  other  European  language. 
It  comes  nearest  to  the  English  th, 
but  so  that  t  is  followed  by  a  very 
soft  s  sound :  hence  in  the  broader 
Doric,  θ  was  often  changed  into  σ, 
e.  g.  Lacon.  σείος  Άσάνα  σάω  for  θεί- 
ος Άθύνα  θύω :  so  sometimes  Ion., 
e.  g.  βνσσός  for  βυθός.  In  other 
words,  θ  was  changed  Aeol.  and  Dor. 
into  0,  e.  g.  ψήρ  ώλύω  Φλίβω  for  θήρ 
θλύω  θλίβω,  and  so  Lat.  uher  came 
from  ούθαρ,  Koen  Greg.  p.  614.  The 
Aeol.  change  into  ό  is  rarer,  v.  Δ  IV, 
Lastly  θ  sometimes  stood  for  the 
spiritus  asper,  e.  g.  θαμιϊ  for  άμα.  θά- 
λασσα for  άλς. — On  the  ballots,  used 
in  voting  for  life  or  death,  θ  stood 
for  θάνατος,  Casaub.  Pers.  4,  13, 
Martial.  7,  36  ;  and  on  Roman  grave- 
stones θ  was  a  common  cypher,  Orell. 
Jnscript.  Lat.  2555,4471,  sq.  It  seems 
not  to  occur  in  Greek  inscriptions. 

-θα,  insep.  affix  in  adverbial  forms, 
e.  g.  ένθα.  On  the  false  assumption 
that  θα  was  an  old  ending  of  some 
second  persons  of  act.  voice,  v.  sub 
-σθα. 

θΰύσσο),  Ep.  radic.  form  of  θύσσω, 
to  sit,  II.  9,  194  ;  15,  124,  Od.  3,  336, 
only  in  pres.  and  nnpf.     Cf.  θοάζω. 

θάεη,  imperat.  from  θάομαι,  Leon. 
Tar.  37.  [a] 

θάέοιιαι.  Dor.  for  Att.  θεάομαι. 
Ion,  θήέομαι,  Valck.  Hdt.  7,  146. 
Hence 

θάημα,  τό,  Dor.  for  θέαμα,  kio7u- 
κόν  τι  θάημα,  Theoer,  1,  56.  [ΰ,  un- 
less with  Pors.  we  omit  ri.] 

θΰητός,  ή,  όν,  Dor.  for  θηητός,  θε- 
ατός, Pind. 

θαίραιος,  ov,  v.  sq. 

Θαιρός,  ov,  ό,  the  hinge  of  a  door  or 
gate,  II.  12,  459. — II.  in  a  chariot,  θαι- 
ρυί  were  the  beams  in  which  the  sides 
and  bottom  ?neel,  and  on  tvhich  the  axle- 
tree  is  fixed,  hence, =  uf(jv,  Soph.  Fr. 
538  :  θαίραια  ξύλα,  wood  used  for  θαι- 
ρηί. 

iθάίς,  ίδος,  ή,  Thais,  a  celebrated 
courtesan  at  Athens,  from  Alexan- 
drea,  Ath.  576,  etc. — Also  fern.  pr.  n., 
Ath.  174  E. 

θάκεv(,J,=  sq..  Plut. 

θάκέω,  ώ,  (θάκος)  to  sit,  Aesch.  Pr. 
313,  esp.  to  sit  as  a  suppliant.  Soph.  O. 
T.  20 :  c.  ace.  cognato,  έδρας  παγ- 
κρατεϊς  θακεΐν,  to  sit  on  royal  throne, 
Aesch.  Pr.  389.  Also  θωκέω,  and  θο- 
άζω, qq.  V. 

θάκημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  sitting.  Soph. 
O.  C.  1100,  etc.    [a] 

θάκησις,  εως, ή,  a  sitting,  seat.  Soph. 
O.  C.  9,  e  conj.  Seidler.,  cf.  ένθύκη- 
σις.  [α] 

θάκος,  ov,  ό,  a  seat,  Soph.  Ant.  999, 
Ar.  Nub.  993;   α  sitting-place,  abode. 


ΘΑΛΑ 

Aesch.  Pr.  280 ;  and  eo  in  plur.,  Eur, 
H.  F.  1097  :  also  a  priry,  like  έδρα. 
Bckker  Plat.  Rep.  510  E,  Polit.  288, 
A,  writes  θακος,  prob.  by  an  over- 
sight, V.  Bullm.  Lexil.  v.  Οαύσσω  1. 
Cf.  θώκος.  (Akin  to  θύσσω.  ΟαιΊσσω.) 
ΙΟαλαία,  ας,  ή,  Thataea,  fcm.  pr.  η., 
Plut. 

^θαλάμαι,  ών,  αϊ,  Thalamae,  a  for- 
tress of  Elis,  Xen.  Hell.  7,  4,  20.— 2. 
a  city  of  Messenia  near  the  sea,  Po 
lyb.  16,  10,  3. 

ϋάλάμαξ.  ύκος,  ό,^=-θαλαμίτης,  Ar. 
Ran.  1074.  [λΰ] 

θάλάμενμα,  ατός,  τό,  (θαλαμεύω) 
=  θάλ.αμος,  α  dark,  shtit  dwelling-place, 
Κονρήτων,  Eur.  Bacch.  120.  [ά] 

θάλάμεντρια,  ας,  ή,=  ννμφίντρια, 
α  briilesinaid  :  from 

θάλάμενω,  (θάλαμος)  to  lead  into 
the  θάλαμος,  ί.  e.  to  take  to  wife,  He- 
liod.  Pass.  Οηλαμενομαι,  to  be  in  the 
θάλαμος,  of  women,  to  be  shut  up,  kept 
at  home. 

θάλά,μη,  ης,  ή,  a  lurking-place,  den, 
hole.  usu.  of  fish  that  live  in  rocks, 
■πηνλνττοόης,  Od.  5,  432,  cf.  Valck. 
Phoen.  938,  and  θάλαμος  II.— II.  the 
chamber  or  ventricle  of  the  heart,  Arist. 
de  Sornn.  3,  28. — III.  ai  θαλάμαι,  the 
nostrils.    [//] 

Θύλΰμηγός,  όν,  {θάλαμος,  άγω) 
having  a  θάλαμος :  esp.  ό  θ.,  an 
uiiltiyptian  state-barge,  having  a  cabin, 
Lat.  navis  cubiculala,  Strab. 

θάλάμήιος,  ιη,  iov,  {θάλαμος)  of 
or  belonging  to  a  Θά/Μμος,  fit  for  build- 
ing one,  ξνλα,  Hes.  Op.  805  :  strictly 
Ion.  for  θαλάμειος,  which  is  not  in 
use. 

Οάλΰμ,ηπολέω,  ώ,  to  be  a  θαλαμη- 
πόλος. Ojip. :  from 

θαλαμηπόλος,  ov,  {θάλαμος,  πολέ- 
ομαι)  wailing  in  the  θά?ί.αμης,  attending 
on  the  lady  of  the  house,  the  Inily's  maid, 
as  early  asOd.  7,  8  ;  23,  293.-2.  esp. 
a  bridesmaid,  Aesch.  Theb.  359. — 3, 
later,  a  eunuch  of  the  bed-chamber,  Plut. 
Alex.  30. — II.  rarely  ό  θ-,  a  bridegroom, 
Soph.  O.  T.  1209.— HI.  as  adj.,  in 
genl  bridal,  ήώς,  Nonn. 

θύλάμιος,  a,  ov,  {θάλαμος)  belong- 
ing to  the  θάλαμος,  also  θαλαμιαίος. 
As  subst. — 1.  ύ  θαλάμιης.=  θαλαμί- 
της,  Thuc.  4,  32  :  but — II.  ?/  θαλάμια. 
Ion.  θαλαμίη.  sub.  κώπη,  the  oar  of  the 
θαλαμίτης,  Ar.  Ach.  553  :  also,  sub. 
οπή,  the  hole  in  the  ship's  side,  through 
which  this  oar  ivorked,  Hdt.  5,  33 : 
hence  inetaph.  in  Ar.  Pac.  1232.  [a] 

θάλΰμίτης,  ov,  ό.  also  θαλά/ιαξ  arid 
θαλάμιος,  (θάλαμος  III.)  one  of  the 
rowers  on  the  lowest  bench  of  a  trireme, 
who  had  the  shortest  oars  and  the 
least  pay,  Schol.  Ar.  Ran.  1071,  cf. 
ζυγίτης,  θρανίτης.  Others  wrongly 
understand  it  of  the  rowers  in  the  fore 
part  of  the  ship,  [i] 

θάλαμύνδε,  adv.  to  the  θάλ.αμος  or 
bed-chnmher,  Od.  21,  8,  etc. 

θάλάμοποιός,  όν,  (θάλαμος,  ποιέώ) 
preparing  the  bride-chamber,  name  of  a 
play  of  Aesch. 

ΘΛΆΑ'ΜΟΣ,  ου,  b,  an  inner  room 
or  chamber,  surrounded  by  other  build- 
ings :  freq.  in  Horn.,  and  in  a  three- 
fold usage, — 1.  the  iL<omais  apartments, 
inner  part  of  the  house,  II.  3,  174,  Od. 
4,  121,  etc.,  behind  the  πρόδομος,  II. 
9,  469  :  in  genl.  any  inner  living-room, 
the  dwelling-house,  house  itself,  II.  6, 
248,  Od.  2,  5 :  so  too  Pind.  O.  5,  30 ; 
0,  2. — 2.  a  bed-room,  esp.  of  the  lady 
of  the  house,  elsewh.  παστάο  and 
παστός,  11.  3.  423,  Od.  10,  340,'ctc. : 
esp.  the  bride-chamber,  II.  18,  492: 
vvhich  signf.  became  later  almost  uni- 
versal, so  that  θάλαμος  is  used  also 


ΘΑΛΑ 

for  the  bridal-bed.,  the  marriage-bed,  even 
for  marriage  itself:  but  also  the  bed- 
room,  oft-hr,  unmarried  sons,  Od.  1,  425  ; 
19,  48. — 3.  the  store-room,  in  which 
clothes,  arms,  valuables,  also  wine 
and  meat,  were  kept,  usu.  under  the 
care  oi  the  ταμίη,  U.  14,  191,  esp.  Od. 
2,  337.  etc.,  of.  Xen.  Oec.  9,  3  :  in 
this  signf.  freq.  with  epith.  νΦόροφος, 
high-cieled. — -11.  any  covered,  hidden, 
dwelling-place,  a  lurking-place,  den,  hole, 
cf.  βα/.ύμη  :  a  fold,  pen,  ΰρνων  θ.,  Eur. 
Cycl.  57 :  metaph.,  ό  τταγκοέτας  θ., 
of  the  grave.  Soph.  Ant.  804 :  μέγας 
θ-  'Χμφιτμίτης,  of  the  sea,  Id.  O.  T. 
195.^111.  the  lowest,  darkest  part  of  the 
ship,  in  which  the  θαλαμίται  sat,  Ath. 
— IV".  certain  mystic  shrines  OX  chapels, 
sacred  to  Apis,  Plin.  8,  46. 

θίίΛασσα,  ης,  ή,  Att.  θύλαττα,  the 
sea,  Horn.,  etc. :  when  he  uses  it  of 
a  particular  sea,  he  means  the  Medi- 
terranean, for  he  calls  the  outer  sea 
'ίΐκεανός,  and  holds  it  to  be  a  river  : 
Hdt.  calls  the  Mediterranean  i'/oe  ν 
θά?Μσσα,  or  ή  καθ'  ήμαζ,  ή  εσω,  η 
εντός  βά'/.ασσα  (as  the  Latins  called 
it  nostrum  mare)  ;  and  the  ocean  ή 
εξω  or  ή  εκ,τος  Θά7.ασσα,  Larcher 
Hdt.  1,1:  7Γελα}0(•  θαλάσσης.  Αρ. 
Rh.,  V.  sub  πέλαγος :  metaph.  θ.  κα- 
κών, "asfaof  troubles,"  Aesch.  Theb. 
75S  :  κατά  θάλασσαν,  by  sea,  opp.  to 
πεζω,  by  land,  Hdt.  5,  63.  and  Plat. 
— 2.  α  well  of  salt  water,  Hdt.  8,  55  :  in 
genl.  isali  water,  Diosc.  and  so  in  mod- 
ern Greek. — II.  as  feni.  pr.  n.,  Thalas- 
sa.  esp.  as  wife  of  Oceanus,  Luc. 
(Prob.  from  άλς,  sal,  so  that  θ  is  a  sub- 
stitute for  the  spiriius  asper  or  a,  cf. 
ΰμα  θύμα.)  [θΰ]    Hence 

θΰλασσαίος,  αία,  αϊον,=  θα?.ύσ- 
σιος.  Pind.  Ρ.  2,  92. 

Βΰλύσσειος,εία,  ειον  ,=  θαλύσσίθς. 
Or.  Sib. 

Οΰλασσενς,  εωζ",  ό,  α  fisherman : 
from 

θα?.ασσεύω,  (θάλασσα)  to  be  in  or 
on  the  sea,  to  be  at  sea,  νηες  τοσού- 
τον χρόνον  θαλασσενούσαι,  Thuc.  7, 
12. 

&α7.ασσίγονος,ον, {θάλασσα,*  γίνω) 
sea-ixjm,  Νοηη. 

θάλασσίόίος,  ον,=θα?Μσσιος. 

Βΰλασσίζω,  f.  -ί'σω,  {θάλασσα)  to 
taste  nf  sea-water,  Ath. — II.  trans,  to 
make  like  sea-water ,  την  γεϋσιν,  Xenoc. 

θαλάσσιος,  ία,  lov.  also  ος.  ov,  Eur. 
I.  T.  236,  (θάλασσα)  of  in,  on  or  from 
the  Sfo,  belonging  to  it,  Lat.  marinus  : 
in  Hora.  oaly  θαλάσσια  έργα,  sea- 
affairs,  the  sea,  11.  2,  614  ;  fishing,  Od. 
5,  67 ;  ή  θα?.,  θέτις,  the  sen-nymph 
Thetis,  Eur.  And.  17  :  opp.  to  πεζός, 
by  land,  Aesch.  Pers.  558:  of  animals, 
opp.  to  χερσαία,  Hdt.  2,  123  ;  θαλάσ- 
σιον  εκρίπτειν  τινά.  to  throw  one 
into  the  sea.  Soph.  O.  T.  1411.— 2. 
skilled  in  the  sea,  nautical,  Hdt.  7,  144, 
Thuc.  1,  142. 

fθaλaσσiς  ί^ος,  ή,  Thalassis,  fern, 
pr.  n..  Ath.  586  B. 

θαλασσίτης,  ov,  6,  οίνος,  wine  mix- 
ed with  sea-water,  to  give  it  an  old 
taste,  Plin. :  opp.  to  ΰθάλασσος,  Hor- 
ace's maris  expers.  \l\ 

θύλασσο3άφέω.  ώ,  (Θά7.ασσα.  βάπ- 
τω)  to  dye  in  genuine  purple,  Phiio. 

θΰ?Μσσοβίωτος,  ov,  (θάλασσα, 
βΐόω)  living  on  or  by  the  sea,  A  pp. 

θΰ?.ασσογενής,  ές,  (θάλασσα,*  γεν  ω) 
sea-horn,  Archestr.  ap.  Ath.  92  Ε. 

θάλασσοείδής,  ές,  (θά'λασσα.  *ΐΐ'^ος) 
like  the  sea,  sea-green,  Democr.  (Eph.) 
ap.  Ath.  525  D. 

θ&λασσοκοπέω,  ώ,  {θά?\,ασσα,  κόττ- 
τω)  to  strike  the  sea  with  the  oar,  splash 
it  about:  hence  metaph.  to  make  a  great 


ΘΑΛΕ 
ftiss  about  nothing,  Ar.  Eq.  830,  cf.  πλα• 
τνγίζω.  ,       .        , 

Οΰλασαοκρατεω,  ω,  to  be  master  of 
the  sea,  Hdt.  3,  122.  Pass,  to  be  beaten 
at  sea,  Demetr.  (Com.)  Sic.  2 :  and 

θάλασσοκρύτία,  ας,  ή,  mastery  of 
the  sea,  Strab. :  from 

θάλασσοκράτωρ,  ορός,  ό,  ή,  (θά- 
?ιασσα.  κρύτωρ)  master  of  the  sea,  Hdt. 
5,  83.  [κρα] 

θΰλασσομέδονσα,  ης,  ή,  mistress  of 
the  sea.  Dor.  σαλασσομέόοισα,  Ale- 
man  35  ;  fem.  of  sq. 

θά?.ασσομέόων,  οντος.  6,  (θάλασσα, 
μέύων)  lord  of  the  sea,  Nonn. 

τθαλασσό/ζελί,  ιτος,  τό,  (θά?Μσσα, 
μέλι)  sea-water  mixed  with  honey,  (a 
drink)  Diosc. 

θα7.ασσύμοθος,  ov,  (θά?.ασσα,  μύ- 
θος) fighting  with  the  sea,  Nonn. 

θα?Μσσονόμος,  ov,  (Θά7.ασσα,  νέ- 
μομαι) dwelling  in  the  sea,  Emped.  237. 

θά'λασσόπαις,  παιόος,  ό,  ή,  (θάλασ- 
σα, παΙς)  child  of  the  sea,  Lye. 

θάλασσόπλαγκτος,  ov,  (θάλασσα, 
π?.άζομαι)  wandering  o'er  the  sea,  sea- 
tost,  Aesch.  Pr.  407,  Eur.  Hec.  782. 

θ&λασσόπ}ιηκτος,  ov,  (θάλασσα, 
π7.ήσσ^J)sea-strichen,  sea-beaten  ,A.esch.. 
Pers.  307. 

θάλασσόπ?Μος,  ov,  contr. — π?ιθνς, 
ovv,  {θάλασσα,  ττ/ιέω)  sailing  on.  the 
sea. 

θάλασσηπορέΐΛ.  ώ,  to  pass,  traverse 
the  sen.  Call.  Ep.  62  :  from 

θαλασσοπόρος,  ov.  (θάλασσα,  πει- 
ρω,  πορεύομαι)  sea-traversing,  Anth. 

θΰ?  ασσοπόρφΰρος,  ον,=ά'λιπόρφυ- 
ρος,  dyed  in  sea-purple. 

θΰ?Μσ~υνργέω,  ώ,  (θα7.ασσονργός) 
to  he  busy  with  the  sea,  Polyb. 

θΰ7ιασσονργία,  ας,  ή,  business  on  the 
sea,  esp.  fishing,  trade,  etc.,  Hipp.  : 
from 

θά/,ασσονργός,  όν,  (θάλασσα,  *έρ- 
γω)  strictly  working  on  the  sea.  and  so, 
ό  Θ.  a  trader.  fisher?nan,  etc.,  Charon, 
p.  121.  Xen.  Oec.  16,  7. 

θά7Μσσύχροος,  ov,  (θάλασσα, χρόα) 
sea-green. 

θΰλασσόω.  ΰ,  (θάλασσα)  to  make  or 
change  into  sea,  ήπείρονς,  Anst.  Mund. 
— II.  in  pass.,  νανς  θαλαττονται,  she 
leaks,  Polyb. — III.  to  mix  u-ith  sea-wa- 
ter, hence  οίνος  τεθαλασσωμένος,=^ 
Θα7ιασσιτης,  Theophr. — IV'.  to  cleanse 
by  lustrations  of  sea-water. 

θάΛ.ασσώόης,    ες,=  θα7.σσσοειδτις. 

θά/ιάσσοσις,  εως  ή,  (Θα7-ασσόω)  α 
making  into  sea,  an  inundation,   Philo. 

θύλαττα,  -ττενω,  -ττιος.  etc.,  Att. 
for  -ασσα,  -σσεύω,  -σσιοο,  etc. 

θάλεα,  τά,  only  in  11.  22,  504,  θα- 
7Λ(ύν  ίμπ7.ησύμενος  κηρ.  having  filled 
his  heart  with  joys  of  life,  delights  : 
also,  θαλέεσσιν  άνατρέόειν  τινά, 
Auct.  ap.  Suid.  (As  the  ancients 
interpr.  θάλεα  by  τ/όέα,  the  deriv. 
from  Θά7^λω,  and  kindred  to  Θάλεια 
Θα7.ία.  is  pretty  certain.)  [a] 

Θά7.έθω.  poet,  lengthd.  for  Θά7,λω, 
to  bloom,  Od.  23,  191 ;  of  men,  ηίβεοι 
βαλέθοντες.  Od.  6,  63;  also  σνες  θα- 
λέθοντες  άλοιό'η,  srcrUing,  wantoning 
in  fat.  II.  9,  467,'  v.  θά7.'/ο. 

Θάλεια,  ας.  ή,  blooming,  luxuriant, 
rich,  goodly :  used  by  Hom.  always  in 
phrase  όαιτι  θαλείτ)  and  όαϊτα  θά- 
7.ειαν,  a  rich  and  goodly  feast,  II.  7, 
475:  just  like  είλαπίνη  τεθαλνΐα : 
esp.  of  saciifices,  Od.  3,  420;  8,  70; 
so  too.  opr^  Θάλεια,  Anacr.  53:  but 
Pind.  N.  10,  99,  μοΐραθά/.εια,  a  good- 
ly portion. — 'n  all  these  places  Θά7ιεια 
is  plainly  an  adj.  :  but  both  quantity 
and  accent  forbid  its  being  fem.  from 
θά7^ειος.  It  belongs  then  to  the  small 
class  of  independent  fem.  adjectives,  . 


ΘΑΑΑ 

like  πότνια  :  its  masc.  must  have 
been  Θά7.νς.  which  might  be  regarded 
as  an  old  collat.  form  of  Θή7.νς :  this 
was  replaced  by  θαλερός:  later,  we 
have  Θα7.εία  as  a  subst. =  0a/ta,  q.  v. 
[θα- :  in  late  poets  the  penult,  was 
made  short,  Jac.  A.  P.  p.  580.]   Hence 

Θάλεια,  ας,  ή,  Thalia,  strictly  the 
blooming  one,  one  of  the  Nereias,  [1.  18, 
39  ;  in''Hes.  Th.  245  θαλίη,  where 
some  write  Άλίη.  —  2.  one  of  the 
Graces,  Apollod.  1,3,  1:  cf.  θαλίη. — 
3.  one  of  the  Muses.  Hes.  Th.  77 ;  later 
esp.  the  Muse  of  Comedy,  also  pat- 
roness of  feasts. — 4.  fem.  pr.  n.,  Anth. 

θύ7.ειος,  εία,  είθν,=  θαλερός,  poet., 
cf.  Θάλεια,  [θΰ] 

θΰ7ίερόμματος,  ov,  (θαλερός,  όμμα) 
with  blooming,  i.  e.  bright  clear  eyes, 
Orph.,  also  Θα7.ερώπις. 

Θά7ιερός,  ά,  όν,  (Θύ7.λω,  θάλεΐν) 
blooming,  and  so  fresh,  young,  youthful, 
not  used  by  Hom.  in  its  orig.  sense 
of  plants,  but  freq.  of  men,  θα/.εροί 
α'ιζηοί,  θ.  πόσις  or  παρακο'ιτης,  θ.  πα- 
ράκοιτις:  also,  θ.  γάμος,  the  marriage 
of  a  youthful  pair,  Od.  6,  66  ;  20,  74  ; 
also  of  the  limbs,  Θ.  μηρώ,  strong,  ac- 
tive legs,  11.  15,  113.— II.  from  the 
signf.  blooming,  coines  that  of  Ivxnri- 
nnt,  rich,  copious,  large,  in  Horn.  esp. 
Θ.  όάκρν,  the  large,  swelling  tear  ;  SO 
too,  Θ.  γόος,  the  thick  and  frequent  sob, 
Od.  10.  457  ;  Θ.  χαίτη,  thick,  fall. flow- 
ing  hair,  II.  17,  439  :  Θ.  ΰλΜίφή,  rich, 
luxuriant,  fat :  Θ.  Φωνή  (also  freq.  in 
Horn.)  may  be  either  the.  fresh,  strong 
voice,  or  its  full,  deep,  swelling  tones  : 
but,  θα7.ίρώτερον  πνεύμα,  a  more  ge- 
nial wind,  opp.  to  a  storm,  Aesch. 
Theb.  707.— ill.  act.  in  Hes.Th.  138, 
but  prob.  the  line  is  spurious.  [Ou] 

Θΰ7ιερώπις,  ιδος,  η,  (θα/.ερός,  &ψ) 
=ιθα7.ερόμματος,  Anth. 

Θά7.έω,  Dor.  for  θτβέω. 

Θΰ7α/ς,  ό.  Ion.  gen.  θάλεο;.  dat. 
θαλ^,  ace.  Θα7.ην :  but  also  θάλ.η• 
τος,  ητι.  ητα,  and  later  θαλον  :  Tha- 
les,  of  Miletus,  the  celebrated  philo- 
sopher, one  of  the  seven  wise  men  of 
Greece,  Hdt.  etc. — Others  of  this 
name  in  Diog.  L.,  etc. 

\θά7.ηστρις.    ως,    ή,    Thalestris,    a 
queen  of  the  Amazons,  Diod.  S. 
^Θα7ήτας,  ov,  6,    Thaleias,  a  poet 
and   musician   of  Crete,  about  70O 
B.  C  ,  Ath.  768  C. 

Θά7.ία,  ας,  ή.  (f?a/.?.w)strictly  bloom : 
but  usu.  the  bloom  of  life.  i.  e.  joy.  plen- 
ty, good  fortune,  etc.,  11.  9,  143  :  esp.  a 
feast,  festal  meeting,  in  plur.  Od.  11, 
603.  Hes.  Op.  115  ;  έν  θαλίτ/σιν  είναι, 
Hdt.  3,  27  ;  and  in  Trag. 
^θαλίη,  ar,  Ep.  -ίη.  ης,  η,  Thalia, 
one  of  the  Graces,  Hes.  Th.  909 :  v. 
also  θά/εία. 
\θα7 ιύδες,  ων,  α'ι,  Thaliudes,  aplace 
in  .\rcadia.  Paus. 

θαΛίύ^ω,  (Θα7.ία)  to  enjoy  one's  self 
at  a  feast,  make  merry.  Plat. 
\θα7.ίαρχος,  ov,  6,  Thaliarchus,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Lys. 

θάλικτρον,   ov,   τό,  an   unknown 
plant,  Diosc, 
}θά7αος,  ov,  b,   Thalius,  a  Trojan, 
Qu,  Sm. 

Θα7.λία,  ας,  ή,=  κύππαρις,  Diosc. 

θάλλίνος,  η,  ov,  {Θα7.7.ός)  of  twigs 
or  shoots. 

θαλλόζ•,  ov,  b,  (θάλλω)  a  young 
shoot  or  branch,  twig,  Od.  17,  224',  ό 
της  ελαίας  θ.  the  olive-branch  which  was 
ivorn  as  a  u-reoth  at  festit^als.  Plat. 
Legg.  943  C;  hence  simply  θα7.7οϋ 
στέφανος,  Aeschin.  80,  37  ;  also  used 
in  supplication,  hence  Ίκτηρ  θ.  the 
suppliant  branch,  Eur.  Supp.  10  :  Pro- 
verb. θα7.7.ον  προσείειν  τινί,  to  entice, 
623 


ΟΑΛΠ 

as  one  dops  cattle,  by  holding  out  a 
erevn  Imugli,  Plat.  Phacdr.  230  D,  cf. 
Kiihiik.  Tim. — 11.  oi  ΟαλΧοί,  thepnlm- 
leaves,  which  were  plaited  into  bas- 
kets, etc. 

teuA?,of,  Ov,  0.  Thallus,  masc.  pr. 
n..  Pint.  Phoc.  13. 

^Θύ'λλονσα,  ης,  ή,  Thalliisa,  fern.  pr. 
n.,  .\th.  5Θ7  F. 

θαλ'λοόΰγέω,  ω,  (βαλλός,  φαγην) 
to  eat  young  shoots,  esp.  of  the  olive, 
Ath. 

θη'λλοφηρίω,  ώ.  to  carry  young  nlive- 
branches,  Dicaearch.  ap.  Schol.  Ar. 
Vesp.  542 :  i'rom 

θα?.?Μφόρος,  ov,  (Θα7.λός,  φέρο)) 
carri/ing  young  olive-branches,  as  the 
old  tnen  (lid  at  the  Panathenaea,  Ar. 
Vesp.  511,  cf.  Bornem.  Xen.  Symp. 
4,  17. 

θάλλω,  fut.  θΰλώ,  also  θαλλήσο- 
μαι:  aor.  2  ίβαλον,  of  which  Horn, 
has  3  sing,  θάλε,  Η.  Ham.  18,  33: 
perf.  τέθιβα.  Dor.  τέθάλα,  of  which 
Horn,  uses  only  part,  in  pres.  signf. 
τεθηλώς,  fein.  τεθάλυΐα,  and  3  sing, 
plqpf.  τεθr/λει  (Od.  5,  69),  but  Hes. 
has  also  3  sing,  itulic.  τέθηλε.  Op. 
225.  ΪΌ  bloom,  sprout,  shoot  out,  and 
so  to  swell,  abound,  he  rich  in  a  thing, 
c.  dat.  :  strictly  of  trees,  as  ήμευΐς 
σταφν?ιιη/.,  Od.  5,  69.  ίρη>εος  φυλλ- 
οις,  Od'.  12,  103  :  the  part,  is  also 
freq.  nsetl  absol.  as  adj.,  swelling, 
rich,  full,  abundant,  τίΟαλνΙα  ότωρ//, 
ά'λωή,  είλαττίνη ;  so,  1}άχίν  τεθα'/νΐην 
άλοιφ(ι,  11.  9.  208,  ci.  θαλέβω,  θαλε- 
ρός.— 2.  nictaph.  to  bloom,  flourish,  be 
happy  and  fortunate,  Hes.  Op.  234  :  to 
be  ill  bloom,  i.  e.  in  perfection,  to  he  at 
the  hf'L'ht,  in  bad  sense,  νήσος  τέΟζ/λε. 
m/μα  Βάλλον,  Soph.  Phil.  259,  El. 
260,  cf.  άνθέυ. — II.  '"  ninke  to  bloom, 
make  to  grow,  flourish,  prosper,  Pind. 
O.  3,  40  :  but  in  Aesch  Pers.  615,  the 
ace.  βίον,  though  in  all  MSS.,  is  now 
rejected  ;  Dind.  proposes  Ισον.  (The 
root  is  Θ.\Λ-,  which  appears  in  the 
other  tenses,  and  Θαλής :  akin  to 
θηλή,  θηλέω,  θήλυς,  and  to  θάλπω.) 
+θα/λώ,  ονς,  ή,  Thallo,  one  of  the 
Hours,  Paus. 
+θάλλων,  ωνος.  ό,  Thallmi,  name  of 
a  dog  in  Xen.  Cyn.  7,  5. 

ΘΛ'ΛΟΣ,  εος,  τό,  like  θαλλ.ός,  a 
yotmg  shoot  or  branch,  twi^,  esp.  an 
olive-branch  :  Horn,  has  it  only  of  men, 
a  youth,  stripling,  With  the  notion  of 
freshness  and  beauty,  Od.  6,  1.57,  11. 
22,  87 :  hence  poet,  in  genl.  a  scion, 
offspring,  Lat.  stirps,  germen,  Valck. 
Phoen.  88,  cf.  ερνος.  (Root.  ΘΑΑ-, 
V.  at  end  of  ί?άλλω.) 

θύλπημι,  rare  poet,  form  for  θάλ- 
πω, of  which  only  3  sing,  θάλπησι  is 
found.  Bacchyl.  20.  2. 

θαλπίάω,  ώ,  (θά^.ττυ)  to  be  or  be- 
come tvarm,  warm  one^s  self,  εν  θαλ.- 
ΊΓΐόων,  Od.  19,  319. 

^θάλπιοΓ,  ov,  ό,  Thalpius,  leader  of 
the  Epei  before  Troy,  11.  2,  620. 

θαλτΓΐ'όζ",  ή,  όν,  ivarming,  giving 
warmth,  Pind.  O.  1,  8  :  from 

θάλπος,  εος,  τό,  icarmth,  heat.  esp. 
swnmer-heat,  opp.  to  χειμών,  Acsch. 
Ag.  565  ;  also,  Θ.  θεον,  Soph.  Tr.  145 ; 
Tu  θάλττη,  the  smi's  rays,  Lat.  soles, 
Aesch.  Theb.  446. — 2.  metaph.  a  sting, 
smart,  τοξενμάτων,  Soph.  Ant.  1086. 
(Akin  to  θάλλω,  θάλπω,  q.  v.) 

θαλπτ/φιος,  ov.  warming,  cherish- 
ing, protecting,  Anth. :  from 

θά/  ru,  f.  -i/itJ.  to  warm,  make  warm, 
heat,  Od.  21,  179:  hence  in  various 
senses: — 1.  to  warm  at  the  fire,  dry, 
Soph.  Phil.  38. — 2.  to  burn,  scorch, 
inflame,  distract,  θά7.πονσί  μανίαι. 
Aesch.  Pr.  878,  cf  Soph.  Tr.  1082, 
024 


ΘΑΜΕ 

Ant.  417  (where  it  seems  to  be  in- 
trans.):  and  in  ρααβ.,θύ/πεσθαι  ίμέρω 
προς  τίνος,  Aesch.  Pr.  650. — 3.  to  fos- 
ter, cherish,  Theocr.  14,  38  :  and  so  in 
bad  sense,  to  cozen,  cheat,  Ar.  Eq.  210. 
(.4kin  to  θάλ.λω,  θηλή,  θηλ.εω,  θήλυς.) 
Ilcnce 

θιιλπωρή,  ης,  ή,  strictly  α  tvnrming: 
in  Horn,  always  metaph.  a  cheering, 
comfort,  hope,  joy,  II.  6.  412  ;  10,  223, 
Od.  1,  167:  so  too  in  later  poets. 

Βαλπωρός.  ά,  όν,  hot. 

θΰλ.νκρός,  ά,  όν,  warm,  hot,  glowing. 
Anth. 

Οάλυς,  εια,  ν,  v.  θά?.εια. 

θΰλΰίΤία,  ίόιν,  τύ,  sub.  Ιερά.  (θάλ- 
λω) the  firstlings  of  the  harvest,  offering 
of  first-fruits,  made  to  Diana,  II.  9, 
534 ;  but  later,  it  seems,  only  to  Ceres, 
Theocr.  7.  3,  cf.  Spanh.  Call  Cer.  20, 
137:  θηλνσιος  άρτος,  bread  made  from 
the  first-fruits,  Ath.   [ti] 

\θη?.νσιάόης,  ου,  ό,  son  of  Thalysius, 
i.  e.  Echepolus,  II.  4,  458. 

θίίλνσιάς,  άόος,  ή.  pecul.  fern,  of 
sq.,  hence  boor,  journey  to  the  θαλ.ύ- 
σια,  Theocr.  7,  31. 

θΰλύσιος,  ov,  v.  snh  θαλύσια.  [0] 

θαλύω,  θαλύσσω. θαλννω. θαλύζω, 
Θη7-ύπτω,=  θάλπω,  but  only  found  in 
Gramm. 

θύλψίζ• ,  εως,  ή,  (θάλιπω)  α  warming, 
fostering. 

Θαμά,  adv.  (άμη)  toseiher.  in  crowds, 
close,  thick,  II.  15,  470. — ^11.  usu.  of 
time,  often,  oft-times.  Horn.,  esp.  in 
Od.,  and  Pind,  cf  Bockh.  0.7,  11 
(21).  Hence  θαμάκις.  θημεώς,θαμι- 
νός.  θαμίζω,  etc.     \θΰ/ιά] 

ΒαμάκΪΓ,  adv.=  6'auu  II.,  Pind.  Ν. 
10,71.     \μύ] 

iOaμnrιunι,  ων,  οι,  the  Thnmnnaei. 
a  people  of  Persia,  in  the  neisrhbour- 
hood  of  the  Canluchian  mountains, 
Hdt.  3,  93. 

jQaunp,  ή,  indecl.  Thamar,  fern.  pr. 
n.,  N'.  T. 

\θαμάσιος.  ov,  ύ,  Thamasius,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Hdt.  7,  104. 

Θαμ3ηί}'<0.  like  Θημ3έω.  to  be  aston- 
ished at.  H.  Horn.  Veil.  84. — II.  trans. 
H.  Horn.  Merc.  407,  nisi  leg.  θανμαι- 
νεν. 

Θαμβΰλίέος,  a,  ov,  astonished,  Nonn. : 
from 

Βαμβέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {θάμβος)  to  be 
astonied,  astounded,  amazed,  Lat  nhstu- 
peo,  Hom. — 2.  C.  acc,  to  he  astonished 
at  a  thins,  look  on  with  astonishment, 
τινά,  Od.  2,  155  ;  16,  178.  and  so 
Aesch.  Supp.  570. — II.  later  also  act., 
to  surprise,  frighten,  LXX.  :  hence 
pass,  θαμβέομαι,  to  be  astounded.  Pint. 
Hence 

θάμβημα,  ατός.  τό,  a  monster :  and 

θάμβησις.  εως,  ή,  astonishment. 

Βημβήτειρη,  ας,  ή.  the  fearful  one ; 
epith.  of  the  Eumenides.  Orph. 

θαμβητός,  ή,  όν,  ίβαμβεω)  astonish- 
ing. Lye. 

Βάμ3ος.  εος,  τό,  astonishment,  amaze- 
ment, Lat.  sttipor,  Hom.,  who  uses  in 
same  signf.  τάόος.  q.  v.  (From  root 
θάομαι,  akin  to  τέθηπη  and  θηνμα.) 

■^θημβράί^ας,  a.  ύ,  Thamlrndas,  a 
leader  of  the  Sacae,  in  the  army  of 
Cyrus  the  elder,  Xen.  Cyr.  5,  3,  38. 

Οΰμέες,  oi,  at,  dat.  θάμεσι,  acc. 
θΰμέας,  poet.  adj.  only  used  in  pliir., 
^=sq.,  crowded,  close,  thick,  Hom.  The 
sing,  might  be  either  θαμής  or  θα- 
μύς. 

θΰιιειός,ά,  όν.  {θαμά)  crowded,close, 
thick,  like  πυκνός,  Horn.,  though  he 
uses  only  fein.  phir.  nom.  and  acc. : 
it  answers  to  Lat.  frequens,  in  local 
sense.  Com^. θαμειότερος,^'ν:.  Only 
poet. 


ΘΑΝΛ 

Θιιμέως,  adv.  of  θαμέες,  =Θαμά, 
Hipp.  ^ 

θυμίζω,  {θάμα)  to  come  often,  be-in 
the  hnbit  of  coming,  IjHt.  frequent  are.  11. 
18,  386,  Od.  5.  88  :  later  with  preps. 
Θ.  (!ς  τύπον.  Plat.  Hipp.  Maj.  281  Β  ; 
ίπί  τίνα,  Xen.  Cyr.  7,  3,  2. — 2.  to  be 
often  171  a  place,  to  frequent,  σοφίας  1•π' 
άκροισι  θ.  Emped.  :  θ.  τινί,  to  live, 
keep  company  with  another,  Plat.  Kep. 
328  C.  :  so  too  in  mid..  θημίζ>σθηί 
Tivt,  Soph.  Fr.  440:  in  Soph.  O.  C. 
672,  μη'ίφεται  θημίζονσα  μύλιστ' 
αηδών,  mourns  most  often,  or  in  great- 
est numbers,  like  θαμά,  or  Lat  frequens. 
^Βαμιμασάόας.  ό,  Thamimasndas,  ep. 
of  Neptune  among  the  Scythians, 
Hdt.  4,  59. 

Οαμινά,  neut.  plur.  from  θημινός, 
used  as  α^\•..=θαμύ,  Pind.  Ο.  1,85, 
and  Xen.  An.  4,  1,  16. 

Θαμινάκις,  adv. -::^  θαμάκις,  θαμά, 
Hipp. :  from 

ΘΰμΙνός,  ή,  όν,—  θαμειός.  Adv. 
-νώς. 

Οάμνα,  ^,  Lat.  lora,  wine  made  from 
pressed  grapes,  Geop. 

Θαμνάς,  άδος,  h,  (θάμνος)  =^Ι)ίζα. 
tea/ii'i'i'f,  έωΓ  ο,  Thamncus,  masc. 
pr.  η..  Ath.  262  F. 

■\θαμνήρια,  ων,  τά,  Thamneria,  a 
town  of  Media,  near  the  Cadusii, 
Xen.  Hell.  2,  1,  13. 

θαμνίον,  ov.  TO.  and  θαμνίσκος, 
ov,  ό,  Diosc,  dim.  from  θάμνος. 

Θαμνίτης,  ου.  ό.  fern.  -Ιτις,  ιδος, 
{θάανος^  bushy,  shrubby,  Nic. 

θη/ινοειόής.  ες.  (βάμνος,  είδος) 
shrub-like,  shrubby,  Diosc. 

θημνομήκης,  ες,  (θάμνος,  μήκος) 
βάβδος.  α  Ιοιια  stick  cut  from  a  bush, 
Ion  ap.  Ath.  451  D. 

θάμνος,  ov.  ό,  (θημινός)  a  copse, 
thicket,  hii.ih,  II.  22,  191  ;  also  in  plur., 
Od.  6,  127:  a  single  shruh,  a  pollarded 
tree,  Θ.  Άαίης,  a  pollard-olive,  Od.  23, 
190. 

θημνοφάγος.  ov.  (θάμνος,  Φαγεΐν) 
eating  shruhs,Sext.  Emp.   [a] 

θαμνώδης,  ες,^=θαμνοείδής,  Theo- 
phr. 

\θαμονς.  or,  ό,  Thnmus,  an  old  my- 
thic king  of  Egyptian  Thebes,  Plat. 
Phaedr.  274  D. 

θημννός  and  θαμυρός,  =  θαμινός, 
only  in  Gramm. 
ίθαμύραα,  ov,  b,  Thamyras ,^sc[.. 
Plat.  Rep.' 620  A. 
^Θάμυρις,  ιδος  and  ιος,  acc.  iv,  ό, 
Thnmyrts.  an  old  Thracian  bard,  son 
of  Philammon  and  Argiope,  vanquish- 
ed in  a  contest  with  the  Muses,  and 
deprived  by  them  of  his  eye-sight  and 
art,  11.  2,  595,  Eur.  Rhes.  925,  Apol- 
lod. 

θαμύς,  v.  θαμέες. 

θανάσιμος,  ov,  (θανείν,  θάνατος) 
act.  deadly,  death-bringing,  destroying, 
Trag.  :  τά  θ.,  deadly  poisons,  Diosc. — 
2.  of,  belonging  to  death,  θαν-  αίμα  (as 
we  say)  the  /(/e-blood,  Aesch.  Ag. 
1019. — II.  pass,  subject  to  death,  mor- 
tnl.  Plat.  Rep.  610  E:  also  dead.  Soph. 
A).  517,  O.  T.  959.  Adv.  -μως,  0.  τυπ- 
των,  Antipho   127,    32.  [ιή] 

θάνάτάω,  ώ,  desiderat.  from  θηνεΐν, 
to  wish,  desire,  long  to  die,  Plat.  Phaed. 
64  B. 

θΰνατηγός,  όν,  (θάνατος,  άγω) 
death-bringing,  dub.  Timocl.  Diony- 
sus 1. 

θΰνάτηρός,  or  -ριός,  ά,  όν,  and 
θάνάτήσιμος,  ov,  dub.  forms,=  0af«- 
σιμος. 

Θάνΰτηφορία,  ας,  ή,  a  causing  cf 
death,  Anth.  :  from 

θάνάτ7ΐφόρος,  ov,  (θάνατος,  φέρω) 
death-bringing,   deadly,    αίσα,   Aesch. 


ΘΑΠΤ 

Cho.  369  ;  causing  death  by  contagion, 
Soph.  O.  T.  181  :  murderous,  Xen. 
Hell.  2,  3,  32. 

θανΰτιάω,  ώ,  desiderat.  from  θα- 
νεΐν.=  θαΐ'ατάω,  Luc. 

θΰί'&ηκός,  ή,  όν.  (θάνατος)  of,  be- 
longing ίο  death,  θ.  έγκ'/α/μα,  α  capital 
charge,  Diod. 

θΰνΰτόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  (θάνατος) 
causing  death,  deadly,  Soph.  Ant.  1262, 
like  θανάσιμος. 

θΰνΰτοποιός,  όν,  (θάνατος,  ποιέω) 
causing  death. 

θάνατος,  ον,  ό,  (θάνεΐν)  death, 
whether  natural  or  violent  :  oft.  in 
Hoin. ;  θανύτω  θανεϊν,  Od.  11,  412: 
in  Att.  also  death  hy  judgment  of  court, 
execution,  β.  καταγίγνώσκειν  τινός,  to 
pass  sentence  of  death  on  one,  Thuc. 
3,  81 ;  θανάτου  κρίνεσθαι,  to  be  tried 
for  oiie's  life,  Id.  3,  57  ;  ή  έπΙ  θανύτω, 
sub.  ζημία,  execution,  Schweigh.  Hdt. 
1,  109 ;  so,  όήσαί  τίνα  την  έπΙ  θανά- 
του, Id.  3,  119  ;  cf.  ΰγειν  επΙ  θάνατον. 
Id.  3,  14. — Plur.  θάνατοι,  kinds  of 
death,  Od.  12,  311  ;  but  strictly  of  «i'o- 
lent  death,  as  Aesch.  Ag.  1572,  Soph. 
El.  206,  cf.  Seidl.  Eur.  El.  479  :  exe- 
cutions, oft.  in  Dem. — ΐΐ.  as  prop,  n., 
θάνατοΓ,  Death,  the  twin-brother  of 
Sleep,  11.  14,  231  ;  16,  672  :  ace.  to 
Hes.  Th.  759,  son  of  Night.— III.  = 
νεκρός,  a  corp.se,  Anth.,  v.  Burm.  Pro- 
pert.  2,  13,  22. 

θΰνΰτονσια,  ων,  τά,  sub.  ίερά,  a 
feast  of  the  dead,  Luc. 

θΰνΰτόω,  ω,  to  put  to  death,  slay, 
murder,  Hdt.  1,  113:  hence  metaph. 
to  mortify,  N.  T. — II.  to  condemn  to 
death,  Xen.  An.  2,  6,  4,  in  pass. 

θΰνΰτώδης,  ες,  (θάνατος,  εΙδος)  = 
θανάσιμος,  esp.  indicating  death,  Hipp. 

ΘΖνάτωσις,  εως,  ?/,  (θανατόω)  a 
putting  to  dealh,\condcmning  to  death, 
Thuc.  5,  9,+Plut.  [ΰ] 

&ΰνεϊν,  inf.  from  ίθανον,  aor.  2  act. 
οίθνί/σκω,  to  die,  for  which  Horn,  (ex- 
cept in  11.7,52)  uses  the  resolved  form 
θανέειν :  hence  fut.  θανονμαι.  inf. 
θανεΐσθαι,  Horn,  θανέεσθαι.  There 
is  no  pres.  θύνω :  θάνω  is  subj,  aor. 
(Root.  ΘΑΝ-,  V.  θνήσκω,  akin  to 
θείνω,  κτείνω,  like  caedere,  occidere.) 

'\θανννρας,  ov,  6,  Thannyras,  son 
of  Inarus,  a  king  in  Africa,  Hdt.  3, 
15. 

θύομαι,  f.  θήσομαι.  Dor.  θάσομαι : 
inf  θήσασθαι,  dep.  mid.  To  wonder 
at,  admire,  Hom.  has  only  3  pi.  opt. 
aor.  θησαίατο  for  θήσαιντο,  Od.  18, 
191. — II.  later  also  to  look  on,  gaze  on, 
see,  esp.  in  Dor.,  e.  g.  θάσαι,  imp.  aor. 
1,  Epicharm.  ;  θάσθε,  used  by  the 
Megarian  in  Ar.  Ach.  770  ;  but  also 
in  Att.,  as  θΰσα,  Ar.  Pac.  906,  θΰσαι, 
Thesm.  280,  cf.  Koen  Greg.  p.  222. 
Only  poet.  Hence  came  three  length- 
ened forms.  Ion.  and  in  Hom.  θηέο- 
μαι,  the  usu.  Att.  θεάομαι,  and  Dor. 
θάεομαι,  q.  v.  (Akin  in  root  to  θιινμα 
and  θάμβος:  not  to  be  confounded 
with  *0άω,  to  suck.)    [prob.  a  in  pres.] 

θάτα  and  θάπος,  said  to  be  dia- 
lectic forms  of  τάφος,  θάμβος. 

θαπτέον,  verb.  adj.  from  sq.,  one 
must  bury,  Soph.  Aj.  1119. 

θάπτω,  fut.  θάφω  :  perf.  τέτΰφα  : 
aor.  pass,  ετάφην  [ΰ],  more  rarely 
έθάφβην,  Hdt.  2,  81,  etc. ;  3  perf.  pass. 
τεθάφατηι,  Hdt.  6,  103  :  3  piqpf.  pass. 
έτέθατΓΤΟ,  II.  To  pay  the  last  dues  to 
a  corpse ;  and  so  at  first  to  burn  it,  as 
in  Od.  12,  12,  II.  21.  323  ;  hence  also 
πνρΐ  θάητειν,  Jac.  A.  P.  p.  445:  then, 
as  the  ashes  were  usu.  inurned  and 
put  under  ground,  to  bury,  inter,  en- 
tomb, as  Od.  11,  52,  Hes.  Sc.  472  :  Θ. 
ίς  τόπον,  Hdt.  2,  41  ;  θ.  έ;  οικίας,  to 
40- 


ΘΑΡΣ 

carry  out  to  burial  from  a  house,  Isae. 
71,  13.  (The  root  is  ΤΑΦ-,  which 
appears  in  aor.  2,  perf,  τάφος,  etc.) 

\θάυα,  ό,  Thara,  father  of  Abraham, 
N.T. 

■^Θαργηλία,   ας,  -η,    Thargelia,   fem. 
pr.  n.,  Plut.  Per.  24. 

Θαργήλια,  ων,  τά,  a  festival  of 
Apollo  and  Diana,  held  at  Athens  in 
the  month  Thargelion,  Hippon.  ap. 
Ath.  370  A,  Archil.  124.     Hence 

θαργη?.ίών,  ώνος,  ό,  the  eleventh 
month  of  the  Attic  year,  from  the 
middle  of  May  to  the  middle  of  June. 

θαρβά/^έος,  θαβρέω,  θάρρος,  etc., 
Att.  for  θαρσ..  q.  ν 

^θαόβελ είδης,    ov,    6,    Tharrelldes, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Ar.  Av.  17. 

^θάρρηξ,  -ηκος,  ό,  Tharrex,  masc.  pr. 
n,,  Dem.  401,  1. 

θαρσά/άος,  a,  ov.  Ion.  and  old  Att. 
for  new  Att.  θαβρα'λέος.  (θάρσος)  bold, 
of  good  courage,  ready,  daring,  undaunt- 
ed, Hom. :  also  in  bad  sense,  over- 
bold, forward,  saucy,  Od.  17,  449  ;  19, 
91  :  TO  Θ..  confidence,  safety,  Thuc.  2, 
51  :  of  things,  cheering,  bright,  έλ- 
ττίδες,  Aesch.  Pr.  536. — II.  that  which 
may  be  easily  ventured  on,  safe,  opp. 
to  δεινός.  Plat.  Prot.  359  C  :  comp. 
-εώτερος,  II.    Adv.  -έως,  Od.     Hence 

θαρσά?.εότης,  ητος,  ή,  and  new 
Att.  θ αββα?.., boldness,  confidence,  Plut. 

θαρσέω,  new  Att.  θαββέω,  ω,  fut. 
■7/σω,  {θάρσος)  to  be  of  good  courage, 
take  courage,  take  heart :  θύρσει,  take 
courage  !  cheer  up  !  oft.  in  Hom.  :  also 
in  bad  sense,  to  be  over-bold,  confident, 
άνευ  νου,  μάτην  θ.,  Plat.  Meno  88  Β, 
Theaet.  189  D.  Construct.:  in  Hom. 
usu.  absol. ;  once  c.  ace,  θάρσει 
τόνδε  γ'  άεθ?.ον,  take  heart  for  this 
struggle,  Od.  8,  197:  so,  θα^βείν  τι, 
to  venture  a  thing,  Xen.  Hell.  2,  4,  9  ; 
and  in  Plat.,  Θ.  προς  τι,  Prot.  350  Β, 
Rep.  574  Β  :  c.  ace.  cognato,  Θ.  θάρ- 
βος,  Phaed.  95  C  :  also,  θαρσεΐν  τινι. 
to  rely  on  some  one  or  something, 
Hdt.  3,  76 ;  but  also  c.  ace,  Eur. 
Andr.  993,  cf.  Heind.  Plat.  Phaedr. 
239  D:  Θ.  περί  or  υπέρ  τινης,  to  be 
confident  about  a  thing.  Plat.  Rep.  574 
B,  566  Β  :  c.  inf  to  believe  confidently 
that....  Soph.  Ant.  668 ;  but  "also  to 
have  confidence  to  do,  Plut.  :  and  SO 
in  part.,  θαρσέοντες  ερίζετε,  ye  have 
a  good  right  to  vie...,  Hdt.  5,  49. 
Hence 

θαρσήεις,  εσσα,  εν,  =  θαρσα7ιέος, 
Nonn. 

θάρσησις,  εως,  η,  confidence :  c. 
dat.,  reliance  on  a  thing,  ταΐς  νανσί, 
Thuc.  7,49.^ 

θαρσητικός,  r'l,  όν,  new-Att.  θαβ- 
βητ.,  bold,  confident. 

θάρσος,  εος,  τό,  new  Att.  θύββος, 
courage,  good  courage,  boldness,  readi- 
ness, confidence,  Hom.  ;  also  in  bad 
sense,  over-boldness,  daring,  II.  17. 570 ; 
21.  395:  θ.  τιΐ'ός,  courage  asainst.... 
Plat.  Legg.  647  Β  ;  but,  προς  τίνα, 
Xen.  Cyr.  4,  2,  15:  Θ.  λαμβάν^ειν,  to 
take  courage,  N.  T. ;  but,  Θ.  7.αμβά- 
νει  τινά,  Thuc.  2,  92 :  plur.,  τα 
θάρση,  grounds  of  confidence,  Eur.  I.  T. 
1283,  and  so  Plat.— The  metaplast. 
form  θράσος  is,  later  at  least,  usu.  in 
bad  sense.  (Perh.  the  Germ.  Troiz 
is  akin  in  root.) 

θαρσονντως,  adv.  from  gen.  of  part, 
pres.  from  θαρσέω,  new  Att.  θαββοΰν- 
τως,  boldly,  courageously,  Xen.  Symp. 
2,  11. 

θύρσννος,  ov,  new  Att.  θύββννος, 
=  θαρσαλέος,  II.  16,  70;  also  c.  dat. 
relying  on  a  thing,  II.  13,  823. 

θαρσύνω,  new  Att.  θαββύνω,  to  en- 
courage, cheer  up,  make  of  good  courage, 


ΘΑΥΜ 

Horn.,  Hdt.  2,  141,  and  Att.— Π.  intr. 
=  θαρσέω,  to  be  of  good  courage.  Soph. 
El.  916.  [ii] 

θαρσύς,  εΐα,  ν,  very  rare  for  the 
usu.  θρασνς,  formerly  read  in  Thuc. 
7.  77. 

iθάpϋβις,  6,  Tharybis,  of  Lyma,  a 
leader  of  the  Lydians,  Aesch.  Pers. 
5] ,  323. 
■χθάρνξ,  νκος,  ό,  Tharyx,  masc.  pr. 
n..  Pans. 

^Θαρύπας,  ου,  ό,  Tharypas,  a  king 
of  the  Mo'iossi,  Thuc.  2,  80,  in  gen. 
θαρνπον.  where  vulg.  1.  is  θάρυπος 
from  θάρυψ. — 2.  a  favourite  of  the 
commander  Menon,  Xen.  An.  2,  6, 28. 
■Ιθάρνψ,  υπος.  ό,  v.  1.  lor  foreg. 

θάσαι.   Dor.    for  θήσαι,   imperat. 
aor.  mid.  from  θάομαι,  q.  v.,  Theocr. ; 
also  θάσθε  for  θέασθε,  lb. 
■[θασενς,  b.  Dor.  for  θησενς,  Theocr. 

θάσιος,  ία.  iov,from  Thasus,  Tha- 
sian  :  oi  θάσίΟΙ,  the  Thasians,  Hdt. 
6,  44  :  τά  θάσια,  sub.  κάρυα,  al- 
monds ;  and  ή  θασία,  sub.  άλμη, 
pickled  sea-fish,  hence  άνακυκάν  θα- 
σίαν,  to  make  this  pickle,  Ar.  Ach. 
671  :  from 
^θάσος,  ου,  η,  Thasus,  an  island  of 
the  Aegean  on  the  coast  of  Thrace, 
containing  a  city  of  the  same  name, 
now  Tasso,  Hdt.  2,  44 ;  6,  47.— II.  ό, 
Thusu-s,  son  of  Neptune,  or,  ace.  to 
Pherecydes,  of  Cilix,  leader  of  a 
colony  of  Phoenicians,  who  settled 
Thasus  I,  and  hence  its  name,  Hdt. 
6,  47.  [ΰ] 

θάσσον,  Att.  θΰττον,  v.  θάσσων. 

ΘΑ'ΣΣί2,  fut.  θάξω,  Ep.  θαύσσω, 
q.  v.,  to  sit,  rest,  sit  or  lie  idle,  Eur. 
Supp.  391  ;  also  Θ.  επί  or  εν  τινι. 
Id.  Hec.  36,  I.  T.  1253;  more  rarely 
c.  ace,  θάσσειν  θρόνυν.  Soph.  Ο.  Τ. 
161 ;  c.  ace.  cognato,  Θ.  όνστί/νους 
έδραο.  to  sit  in  wretched  posture, 
Eur.'H.  F.  1214.  Cf.  θοάζω,  θακέω, 
θωκέω.  [Prob.  α  by  nature,  cf.  Buttm. 
Lexil.  V.  θαάσσειν.] 

θάσσων,  neut.  -ov,  Att.  θάττων, 
ov.  comp.  from  ταχύς,  quicker,  swifter, 
Hum.  :  θάσσον,  as  adv.,  more  quickly : 
V.  sub  ταχύς,  [ά  by  nature.] 

θάτερον,  V.  έτερος,  sub  fin. 
\θάτης,  ου.  6.  the   Thates,  a  river 
falling  into  the  Palus  Maeotis,  Diod. 
S. 

θάττων,  Att.  for  θάσσων. 

θαύμα,  ατός,  τό.  Ion.  θώϋμα  or 
θώμα,  Hdt.  :  whatever  one  regards  with 
wonder  or  astonistunent,  a  wonder,  mar- 
vel, wondrous  thing,  work  of  wonder, 
Horn.,  and  Hes.  always  in  sing.,  esp. 
in  phrase  θανμα  ίδέσθαι,  a  wonder  to 
bphold,  Od.  9,  190,  etc. ;  so  too, 
θαύμα  ΰκονσαι,  Pind.,  θ.  μαθείν, 
όρΰν,  Eur.  :  θαυμάτων  κρείσσονα, 
πέρα,  things  more  than  wondrous, 
Eur.  Bacch.  667,  Hec.  714:  later, 
TU  θαναατα,  juggler's  tricks,  sleight- 
of-hand.  Plat.  Rep.  514  B,  Ruhnk. 
Tim.  ;  but  also  mountebank-gajyibols, 
tumbling,  Xen.  Symp.  2,  1.  cf.  7,  2, 
Casaub.  Theophr.  Char.  6,  2,  and 
Ath.  22 ;  hence,  σοφιστικής  θ.,  a 
wonder,  trick  of  sophistry.  Plat.  Soph. 
233  A. — II.  wonder,  surprise,  astonish- 
ment, Od.  10,  326 ;  θαύματος  άξιος, 
επάξιος,  worthy  of  wonder,  Eur. : 
εν  θαύματι  είναι,  εχεσθαι,  etc.,  to  be 
astonished,  εν  θ.  ποιείσθαι,  δια  θαύ- 
ματος εγειν  τι,  to  wonder  at  a  thing, 
all  in  Hdt.  (From  root  θάομαι.) 
Hence 

θαυμάζω,  f.  -άσομαι,  poet,  -άσσο- 
μαι,  very  rare  in  act.  form-ύσω,  Xen. 
Hell.  5,  1,  14,  v.  1,  Cyr.  5,  2,  12  :  aor. 
εθανμάσα  :  Ion.  θωύμάζω  or  θωμάζω. 
— I.  absol.  to  wonder,  be  astonied,  Horn. 
625 


ΘΑΥΜ 

— II.  trans,  c.  ace,  to  look  on  with 
wonder  and  amazement,  to  wonder,  mar- 
vel at  a  thing,  Horn. :  later,  like  Lat. 
mirari,  to  regard  trilh  ivondcr  and  reve- 
rence, to  esteem,  honour,  admire,  praise, 
TLva  knl  σοφίφ,  one  for  his  wisdom, 
Xen.  Mem.  1,  4,  2;  though  Hoin. 
gives  one  example  of  this  sense,  Od. 
16,  203,  cf.  Valck.  Hipp.  106  —HI.  c. 
gen.,  to  wonder,  man-el  at...,  Xen. 
Hell.  2,  3,  53,  Isocr.  27  Β  ;  rarely  so 
c.  dat.,  as  Thuc.  4,  8t :  but  this  con- 
struct, is  usu.  joined  with  sq. — IV. 
followed  by  relat.  adj.,  ϋσος,  οίος, 
e.  g.  θανμαζ'  Ά.χι7.ηα,  ύσσος  Ιην  οίος 
τε,  Π.  24,  629  :  also  freq.  with  con- 
junctions ft,  or  δ~ως,  ώς,  ΰτι,  I  mar- 
vel that...,  I  wonder  how...  ;  also,  Θ. 
ειμή-..,  Lat.  minnn  ni...,\x.  Pac.  1292 : 
— fi  is  used  when  the  thing  is  con- 
ceived as  yet  uncertain,  on,  etc., 
when  it  is  a  matter  of  fact :  this 
construct,  is  oft.  joined  with  the 
foreg.,  e.  g.  Θ.  των  δνναστενύντίύν  ei 
ηγούνται,  I  wonder  at  men  in  power 
supposing,  Isocr.  76  B,  cf.  supr. — B. 
pass,  to  be  looked  at  liith  wonder : 
sometimes  c.  part.,  θαυμάζομαι  μη 
τταρών,  men  wonder  that  I  am  not  pre- 
sent, Soph.  O.  T.  289. 

θανμαίνω,  hit.  -ΰνώ,  Ερ.  -ανεω,^ 
θαυμάζω  II.,  Od.  θ,  108,  Find.  Ο.  3, 
57,  esp.  in  Dor.     Cf  Θαμ3αιι•ω. 

iθaυμaκίa,  ας,  Ερ.  η,  ης,  ή,  Thau- 
macia,  a  city  of  Magnesia  in  Thessaly, 
II.  2,  716. 

■\Οαυμΰκοί,  ων,  o'l,  (θανμα)  Thati- 
muci,  a  city  of  Thessaly,  now  Tho- 
moco  or  Thaumakon,  Strab. 

θαύμακτρον,  ov,  ro,  the  money  paid 
to  see  conjurors'  tricks,  Sophron  ap. 
E.  M.,  cf  θανμα  1.  tin.,  but  very  dub. 
(From  θαυμάζω  Dor.  fut.  o{ θαυμάζω.) 

θανμΰλέος,  a,  ov,  ^vondro^ts. 
^Θαύμας,  αντος,  ύ,  (θαϋμα)    Thau- 
mas,  sun  of  Pontus  and  Gaea,  father 
of  Iris  and  the  Harpies,  Hes.  Th.  237, 
265. 

θαυμάσια,  ας,  ή,  wonder. 
\ΒαυμάσΜν,  ov,    τό,  Mt.    Thaxnna- 
sius,  a  mountain  of  Arcadia,  Paus. 

θαυμάσιος,  ία.  ων.  Ion.  θωϋμ.  or 
θωμύσιος  :  icondroits,  wonderful,  mar- 
vellous, II.  Hom.  Merc.  443,  and  Hdt. ; 
c.  inf.,  Θ.  προςιδέσθαι.  Pind.  P.  1,  49; 
oft.  c.  ace,  as,  Θ.  τό  κάλλος,  marvel- 
lous for  beauty,  Xen.  An.  2,  3,  9  ;  Θ. 
όσον,  wonderfully  much,  Plat.  Symp. 
217  A,  cf  Θαυμαστός. — II.  admirable, 
excellent,  ironical  in  Dem.  375,  24  : 
freq.  in  addresses,  ώ  θαυμάσιε,  like 
ώ  μακάριε.  Plat.  Rep.  435  C,  etc. 
Adv.  -ίως.  Ar.  Nub.  1240:  also,  θ.  ώς 
άθλιος,  marvellously  wretched,  Plat. 
Gorg.  471  B.     Hence 

θανμΰσιότης,  ητος,  ή,  disposition  to 
ivondcr,  marvelling,  Hipp. 

θαυμΰσιονργέω,  ώ,  =  θαυματουρ- 
γεω,  restored  by  L.  Dind.,  Xen.  Symp. 
7,2. 

θαυμασμός,  ov,  ό,  {θαυμάζω)  a  mar- 
velling, Dem.  Phal. 

θαυμαστέον,  verb.  adj.  from  θαυ- 
ιιάζω.  one.  must  wonder,  marvel,  Eur. 
Hel.  85. 

θαυμαστής,  ov,  δ,  Ion.  θωϋμ.,  an 
^dmirtr,  Vit.  Hom.  5. 

θαυμαστικός,  i),  ov,  inclined  to  won- 
der or  admire,  Arist.  Eth.  N.  Adv. 
■κώς. 

θαυμαστός,  ή,  όν,  {θαυμάζω)  won- 
drous, iconderful,  marvellous,  strange, 
unwonted,  first  in  H.  Hom.  Cer.  ίΟ, 
Hdt., etc.:  ονόεν  θανμαστύν  ίστι,  'tis 
nothing  wonderfd,  Soph.  Phil.  191 : 
θαυμαστόν .  freq.  as  adv.,  esp.  in  Att., 
Θ.  όσον,  οίον,  Lat.  mirutn  quantum, 
■pude,  Plat.Theaet.  150  D,  etc. :  cf.  θαν- 
^6 


ΘΕΑ 

μάσιης :  also  followed  by  ε'ι...,  Xen.  I 
Symp.  4,  3,  cf.  βαΐ'μάζω  \^ ■ — II.  ad-  \ 
mirable, excellent. VmiX.V.^A'iG.    Adv.  I 
-τως,  Plat.. esp.  with  ώς,  θ.  ώς  σ<ρόδρα, 
Ro]).  331  Α.     Hence. 

θανμαστόω,  ώ,  to  regard  as  a  icon- 
der,  marvel  or  prodigy.  Pass,  to  be  so 
regarded,  Arist.  H.  A. 

θανμάτίζσμαι,  dep.,  to  mantel  much. 

θανματόεις,  εσσα,  εν,-=θανμαστός. 

θαυμάτο-οιέω,  ώ,  {θανμα,  τϊοιίω) 
strictly  to  do  leondrrs,  and  so  usu.  to 
play  jugglers'  tricks,  sleight-of-hand, 
etc.,  Luc. 

θανμάτο-ηοιια,  ας,  ή,  the  trade  of 
a  θαυματοττοιός,  conjuring,  juggling. 
Plat.  Rep.  602  D  :  and 

θαυματοποιίκός,  η,  avi  inggling:  ή 
-κή,  sub.  rfYi;?;,=ioreg.,  Plat.  Soph. 
224  A  :  froi'n 

θανμΰτο—οιός,  όν,  {θανμα,  τΐοίέω) 
wonder-working :  hence  as  subst.  ύ  or 
//  β-,  a  conjurer,  juggler,  Plat.  Rep. 
514  B,  etc. 

θαυμϊίτός,  ή,  όν,  poet,  for  θανμα- 
στύς,  Η.  Hom.  Merc.  80, 440,  Bacch. 
34,  Heinr.  Hes.  Sc.  1C5,  Bockh  Pind. 
0.1,28(43). 

θανμ(ίτονργέω,ώ,=θανματσ7Γθΐίω, 
Xen.  Symp.  7,  2 :  τώ  τεθανματονρ- 
γημενα,  jugglers'  tricks,  Plat.  Tim.  80 
C     Hence 

θανμΰτονργημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  won- 
der-work. 

θανμάτσνργία,  ας,  J7t=  θανματο- 
ττοίία.  Plat.  Legg.  675  A  :  from 

θαυματουργός,  όν,  {θαύμα,  *ίργω) 
^^θαυματοποιός,  Ath. 

θανσίκριον,  ου,  τό,  α  platform  for 
seeing.  (From  Ικριον  and  prob.  θεά- 
ομαι.) 
"ίθαψακηνός,  ov,  δ,  an  inhab.  of 
Thnpsacus,  Xen.  An.  1,  4,  18:  from 
f  θάψηκοΓ,  ov,  ή,  ThnpsScun,  a  city 
on  the  Euphrates,  the  Tiphsach  of 
the  Bible  ;  it  was  the  usual  crossing 
place  of  the  river,  by  Seleucus  Ni- 
cator  called  Amphipolis,  now  'Anezeh 
or  Bedwins,  Xen.  An.  1,  4,  11. 

θαψία,  ας,  η,=:θάψος,  Diosc. 

θά-φΐνος,  η,  ov,  yellow-coloured,  yel- 
low, sallow,  yvvij,  Ar.  Vesp.  1413 : 
from 

θάτΐ'ος,  ου,  ή,  also  θαψία,  a  plant 
or  ivood  used  for  dying  yellow,  brought 
from  the  island  of  Thapsus,  Interpp. 
Theocr.  2,  88. 

ίθάύ'ος,  ov,  ή,  Thapsus,  a  peninsula 
containing  a  small  town  of  the  same 
name  on  eastern  coast  of  Sicily  near 
Syracuse,  now  Magnisi,  Thuc.  6,  4, 
etc. — 2.  a  town  of  Africa  Propria, 
Strab. — 3.  ace.  to  Schol.  ad  Nicand., 
one  of  the  Sporades,  where  the  plant 
θάφος  was  found. 

*  ΘΑ  S2,   Ep.   defective    for    prose 
Θη7.άζω.     Of  act.  we  only  find  inf 
aor.  1  θήσαι,  to  siwkle,  feed,  and  that 
only  in  Hesych.  :  but  of  mid.  Hom. 
has  inf  pres.   θήσθαι,  to  suck,  mdk, 
επηετανόν    γά?Μ    βήσθαι,    milk    to 
milk  the  year  round,  Od.  4,  89  ;  and 
3  sing.  aor.  1  mid.,  θήσατο  μαζόν,  he 
sucked  the  breast,  II.  24,  58,  cf  Call. 
Jov.  48;  part-,  θησύμεΐ'ος.  sucking,  H. 
Hom.  Cer.  236.     But  in  H.  Hom.  Ap. 
123,   ΆτΓΟ/Ιλωΐ'α   θήσατο  μήτηρ,   in 
trans,  signf ,  Apollo  did  his  mother  | 
suckle.     (Akin  to  θιβή,  θα'/ ία,  θάλ-  j 
λω,  τίτθη,  θοίνη,  all  which  words  re-  | 
tain  the  notion  to  feed,  give  to  drink,  ! 
drink.)  I 

*θάω,  Lacon.  σάω,  to  see,  only 
used  in  mid.  θάομαι.  q.  v.  I 

-θε.  a  suffix,  v.  -θεν. 

θεά.  ας.  η,  fern,  from  θεός,  a  god- 
dess, Horn.,  who  also  joins  it  with 
another  subst.,  θεά  μήτηρ,  U.  1,  280,  I 


ΘΕΑΟ 

βεαι  'Νύμφαί  24,  615;  opp.  io  ■\'ννή, 
11.  14,  315:  -α  θεά  are  always  Ceres 
and  Proserpina.— The  Att.  form  θεά, 
θεάς,  etc.  is  used  even  Ep.  and  Ion., 
except  in  a  few  places  of  late  epics: 
dat.  plur.  θε^ς  is  read  in  11.  3,  158, 
but  V.  Heriii.  H.  Hom.  Yen.  191. 
[~-,  but  in  Att.  poets  sometimes  as 
monosyll.,  Eur.  Andr.  978  ;  and  per- 
haps so  in  Horn.,  v.  sub  πότνια  :  cf. 
flfor.] 

θεά,  ας,  ή,  (for  θάα  from  θάομαι : 
hence  θεάομαι)  a  seeing,  looking  at, 
view,  βεης  άξιος,  Hdt.  1,  25;  θέαν 
'/ηβείν,  to  take  or  get  a  view,  Soph. 
Phil.  056 ;  inl  θεαν  έ/.θεΐν,  to  go  to 
see.  Plat.  Lach.  179  E. — 11.  that  which 
is  seen,  a  sight,  Aesch.  Pr.  211,  etc.  : 
later  esp.  of  the  games,  theatre,  etc., 
Lat.  spectaendnm,  Plut.  In  H.  Ilom. 
Cer.  64,  αιδεσσαι  με  θέας  νττερ,  usu. 
taken,  revere  me  by  thy  countenance, 
as  an  adjuration ;  but  prob,  with 
Voss  and  Herm.  νπέρ  θεάς  should  be 
read. 

θεaγγελεvςr  έως,  ό,  (θέα,άτγγελλωί) 
one  who  proclaims  a  festival, 
^θεαγενείδης,  ov,  ό.  fiy  θεω•;ηνίδης, 
Theagenldes,    an    Athenian    archon, 
Diod.  S. 

fθεάγέvης,  nvr.  b.  {9εύ.  *γή'ω') 
Thenglnes,  a  tyrant  of  Megara.  father- 
in-law  of  the  Atbetiian  Cylon,  Thuc. 
1,  126. — 2.  an  Athenian  envoy.  Id.  5, 
19;  also  written  θεογένης.  —  3.  a 
lochagus  in  the  army  of  the  ten 
thousand,  from  Locris,  Xen.  An.  7, 
4,  18,  where  now  θεογ. — Others  in 
Luc,  etc.  :  cf.  θεογένΐ)ς. 
tGE(t)7/f,  ot'f,  0,  Theages,  an  Athe- 
nian, son  of  Demodocns,  a  pupil  of 
Socrates,  Plat.  Apol.  34  A,  etc. 

θεάγωγία,  ας,  ή,  {θιός,  άγω)  an 
evoking  of  gods. 

θεάζω,  fnt.  -άσω,  (θεός)  to  he  a  god, 
to  be  divine. — II.  irans.^  fie ιάζω. 

θεαιδέστατος.  said  (in  Eust.)  to  be 
used  by  Antiphon  for  θεοειδίστατος : 
others  read  θεειδέστατσς. 

θέαινΰ,  ης,  f/,  poet,  for  θεά,  a  god- 
dess, Hom. 

ή:θεαΐος,  ό.=  θειαϊος,  Pind.  Ν.  10, 
45  (24  Bockh.) 

ίθεαίΐ'ετος,  συ,  ό,  Theaenetvs,  son 
of  Tolmides,  a  seer  of  Plataeae,  Thuc. 
3,20. 

Θεαίτητος,  ov,  (θεός,  αΐτέω)  obtain- 
ed from  the  gods.  Luc. :  hence 

fθεatτητoς.  ov,  ό,  Theaelitus,  an 
Athenian,  son  of  Euphronius,  a  pupil 
of  Socrates,  Plat.  Theact.— Others 
in  Diog.  L.,  etc. 

θέαμα,  ατός,  τό,  (θεάομαι)  that 
which  is  seen,  a  sight,  show,  Aesch.  Pr. 
C9,  Soph.  Aj.  992. 

θεάμων,  ovoc,  ό,  ή,  {θεάομαι)  a 
spectator,  Anth.    [a] 

fθεavδpiδaι,  ών,  οι,  the  descend'inta 
of  Theirndrus.  the  Theandridae,  a  family 
in  .Aegiiia,  Pind.  N.  4,  118. 

θεανδρικύς,  ή.  όν,  composed  of  God 
and  man,  Eccl.  :   from 

θέανδρος,  ov,  ό,  {θεός,  άνηρ)  and 
θεάνθρωττος.  ον.δ.  the  God-man.  Ecc). 
IGfui'tJ,  ονς,  ή,  Thermo,  a  Danaid, 
Apollod. — 2.  sister  of  Hecuba,  wife 
of  Antenor,  II.  6,  298,  etc.— 3.  wife  of 
Pythagoras,  Diog.  L. 

θεάομαι,  f.  -άσομαι  [Λ]  Ion.  -^/σσ- 
μαι:  perf.  τεθέάμηι :  dep ..  ι  θέα,  θάο- 
μαι) to  see,  vieu<.  behold,  Hdt.  1,  8,  etc. : 
oi  θεώμεΐΌΐ.  the  spectators  in  a  theatre, 
Ar.  Ran.  2:  foil,  by  a  relat.,  to  look, 
watch,  θεάσονταί  σε  τι  —οιήσεις,  Dem. 
— From  aor.  pass,  θεαθήναι,  the  par- 
tic.  TO  θεαθεν,  in  pass,  signf,  occurs 
as  a  V.  1.  for  δρασθέν.  in  Thuc.  3,  .38. 
Of  an  act.  θεάω  there  are  only  a  few 


ΘΕΑΤ 

examples  m  Lacon.  dialect,  Valck. 
Adon.  p.  279  B.    Cf.  θάομαι,  θηέομαι. 

Βεάρεστος,  ov,  {θίος,  άμέσκω) 
phasing  to  God.     Adv.  -rof,  Eccl. 

'^θίορί^ας,  ου  and  α,  ό,  Thenridas,  a 
Boeolarch,  Paus.    Others  in  Plut, etc. 

Qtaftiov,  TO,  Dor.  for  θεώριοι•-,  wh. 
is  not  used  :  the  place  where  the  θεωροί 
met,  a  building  sacred  to  the  Pythian 
Apollo,  in  Aegina,  Pind.  N.  3,  122, 
and  elsewhere  :  strictly  neuL  from — 
II-  θεύμιος,  ό,  epith.  of  Apollo,  Paus. 

f«i  ,     ^       - 

t9fopt'(JV,    urof,    o,    Thearion,    sn 

Aeginetan,  Pind.  N.  7,  10. — 2.  a  cele- 
brated baker  at  .Athens,  Plat  Gorg. 
518  Β  :  Ar.  Fr.  199. 

fOtupKtic,  ονς.  ό,  TkeoTces,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Poiyb.  2.  55,  9. 

θεΰρός,  ό.  Dor.  for  θεωρός. 

Θεαρχία,  ας,  ή,  (βεός,  άρχω)  the 
supreme  Deity.,  EccL     Hence 

θεαρχικός.  ι/,   όν,  belonging  to  the 
θεαρχία,  Keel.     Adv.  -κώς. 
^θεησίδης,  ov,  ό,  Theastdes,  son  of 
Leoprepes,  a  Spartan,  Hdt.  6,  85. 

θεαστικός.  ή,  όν,  (θεάζω)  inspired. 

θεάτέος,  έα.  έον,  verb.  adj.  from 
θεάομαι,  to  be  seen.  Plat.  Phaed.  66  D. 
— II.  θεατέον,  one  must  see.  Id,  Kep. 
390  D. 

θεάηις,  ov,  a,  (θεάομαι)  one  who 
sees,  a  spectntor,  Eur.  lon  301,  Ar. 
Nub.  575,  etc. ;  Θ.  σοφιστύν,  Thuc. 
3,  38.     Hence 

θεΰτικός,  ή,  όν,  of,  belonging  to  see- 
ing, Θ.  δνναμις,  a  discerning  power, 
Epict 

θεΰτότ,  rj,  όν,  {Θεάομαι)  to  be  seen. 
Soph.  .\j.  915,  Plat.,  etc. 

θεατρείον.  ov,  τό,^θέατρον. 

Ο^εάτρια,  ας,  ή,  fem.  of  θεατής,  v. 
ΰννθεάτρια. 

θεατρίδων,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  θέα- 
rpnv,  Varro. 

θεατρίζυ.  (θέατρον)  to  be  or  play 
on  the  stnge.—ll.  trans,  to  bring  on  the 
stage:  hence  to  make  a  show  of,  hold 
tip  to  shame,  y,.  T. 

θεατρικός,  ή,  όν,  (θεατρον)  of,  be- 
longing to  the  theatre,  theatrical,  Arisl. 
Pol. :  hence  pompous,  showy,  Hipp. 
Adv.  -κύς. 

θεατριστής,  ov,  ό,  (θεατρίζω)  a 
player. 

θεατροειδής,  ες,  (θέατρον,  είδος) 
like  it  ihnaire,  Strab.     Adv.  -δώς. 

θεατροκο^έω,  ω,  to  court  applause  : 
sind 

Θεητροκοττία,  ας,  η,  a  courting  of 
applause,  A  rtemid.  :  from 

θεατροκόττος,  ov,  (θέατρον,  κόττ- 
τω)  courting  applause:  cf.  δημοκό~ος. 

θεατροκρΰτία,  ας,  η,  (θέατρον, 
κρητέυ)  α  theatrical  goi'emment,  abso- 
lute power  exercised  by  the  spectators  in 
a  theatre,  like  our  '  O.  P.'  affair.  Plat. 
Legg.  701  A :  formed  like  όχλο- 
κρατϊα- 

θεατρομΰνέω,  ώ,  (θέατρον,  μαίνο- 
μαι) to  be  mad  after  stage-plays.  Philo. 

θεατρόμορ^ος,  ov,  (θέατρον,  μορ- 
όίΐ)=θεατροειδίις,  theatre-shaped.  Lye. 

θέατρον,  ov.  TO,  Ion.  θίητρ.,  (θεά- 
ομαι) a.  place  for  seeing,  esp.  a  place 
for  dramatic  representation,  a  theatre. 
Hdt.  6,  67,  Plat,  etc. :  also  used  as 
<j  place  of  assembly,  Ath.  213  D.  and 
N.  T.  —  2.  collective  for  οι  θεατοί, 
the  people  in  the  theatre,  the  spectators, 
as  we  say  the  house,  Hdt.  6,  21.— 3. 
for  θέααα,  the  piece  represented,  a  show, 
N.  T.— Cf.  ύμόιθέατρον.  [i  by  na 
ture  in  θέατρον  and  all  its  compds.] 

θεατρο-οιός,  όν,  (θέατρον,  ποιέω) 
making  a  theatre,  Anasandr.  Od.  2,  9. 

θεατροπώΐ.ης.  ov,  ό,  (θέατρον,  πω- 
λέω):=θεατρώνης,  Ar.  Fr.  475. 


ΘΕΙΑ 

θεΰτροτορννη.  ης,  η,ζ=τορννη  θεά- 
τρου, stage-pounder,  epith.  of  Melissa, 
prob.  a  heavy,  clumsy  dancer,  Sch- 
weigli.  Ath.  157  A.  \v'\ 

θεατρώνης,  ου,  ό,  {θέατρον,  ώνέ- 
ομαι)  the  lessee  of  a  theatre,  at  Athens 
a  person  who  received  the  money 
paid  for  seats  (θεωρικόν),  for  which 
he  paid  a  rent  to  the  state  and  kept 
the  theatre  in  repair,  Casaub.  The- 
ophr.  Char.  11,3,  Bockh  P.  E.  1,  294: 
also  θεατροπώ/^ης  and  αρχιτέκτων. 

θεάόιον,  ου,  τό.  and  θέαφος.  ov,  ό, 
late  words  for  θείον,  brimstone. 

θεειδής.  ές,  (θεός,  ε16ος)=θεοειδής. 

Οέειον,  ον,  τό,  poet  for  θείον,  sul- 
phur. Od.  22,  481,  etc. 

θέειος,  είη.  ειον.  Ερ.  for  θείος, 
divine,  ν.  1.  in  Mosch.  2,  50. 

θεείόω,  poet,  for  θειόω,  to  smoke 
with  brimstone,  Od.  22.  482. 

θεεΰμενος,  η,  ov.  Ion.  for  θεώμενος, 
part,  from  θεάομαι,  prob.  f.  1.  ίοΐθηεν- 
μενος,  part.  pres.  from  θηέομαι. 

θέη,  ή.  Ion.  for  θέα. 

θεηγενής,  ές,  poet,  for  θεογενής, 
Orph. 

θεηγορέω,  ώ,  to  speak  of  God,  Eccl.: 
from 

θεηγόρος,  ov,  ( θεός,  αγορεύω  ) 
speaking  of  God,  prophetic,  Orph.  :  like 
θεολόγος. 

θεηδόκος,  ov,  or  -δόχος,  poet,  for 
θεοδόχος,  Nonn. 

θεί/ϊος,  ΐη,  ϊον.  Ion.  for  θέειος,  θεί- 
ος, divine,  Bion  6,  9. 

θεηκοΑ.εών.  ώνος,  ό,  the  dwelling  of 
a  θεηκόλος,  Paus. :  from 

θεηκόλος,  ov,  for  θεοκό?.ος,  a  priest, 
Paus. 

θεηλΰσία,  ας,  ή,  (θεή?.ατος)  a  visi- 
tation of  God.  destiny,  Soph.  Tr.  1237. 

θεη?ΰτέομαι.  as  pass.,  to  complain 
of  God^s  risitations,  Helioil. 

θε'η'/.ΰτος.  ov,  (θίός,  ε7.αννω)  driven 
or  hunted  by  a  gnd.  maddened,  βονς  θ., 
Aesch.  Ag.  1297. — II.  sent,  caused  by  a 
god.  only  of  things  bad  in  themselves 
or  consequences,  φθορά,  έργον,  ττρΰγ- 
μα,  μάντενμα,  Soph.,  cf.  Thorn.  Μ.  p. 
437. 

θέημα,  τό.  Ion.  for  θέαμα- 

θεημάχία,  ας,  r/.and  in  Anth.,  θεη- 
μάχος,  ov,  poet,  for  θεομ. 

θεηυοσννη,  ης,  η,  contemplation. — 
Π.  pass,  α  problem.  Anth. 

θεήβων,  όνος,  ό.  //,  Ion.  for  θεάμων. 

θεη-ο7,έω,  ώ,  and  θεηττόλος,  ον, 
poet,  for  θεο-^. 

θεητί/ς,  οι',  ό.  Ion.  for  θεατής. 

θεητόκος,  ον,^=θεοτόκος,  poet. 

θεητός,  η,  όν.  Ion.  for  θεατός. 

θέητρον,  ον,  τό,  Ion.  for  θέατρον. 

θεήτωρ,  ορός,  ό.  Ion.  and  poet,  for 
θεατής. 

θεία.  ας,  fj,  fem.  from  6  θειος,  one^s 
,  father''s  or  nwther^s  sister,  aunt,  Lat. 
amita  and  matertern.     Hence 

θεϊΰ,  ας,  ή,  Thia,  a  daughter  of 
Earth,  mother  of  Helius  and  Selene, 
Hes.  Th.  135. 

θειάζω,  (θειος)  to  make  divine,  deify, 
Clem.  Al. — II.  it  seems  to  be  intrans. 
in  Thuc.  8,  1.  όπόσοι  αντονς  θειά- 
σαντες  έττήλ-ισαν,  as  many  as  made 
them  hope  by  divinations,  omens,  etc., 
though  it  might  be  taken  trans,  by  fill- 
ing them  with  enlhusias7n. 

\θειαιος,  ov,  ό,  Thineus,  ( Bockh 
θεαΐος)  Theaeus,  son  of  Ulias  of  Ar- 
gos,  victor  in  wrestling,  Pind.  N.  10, 

αθεΐας,  αντος,  ό,  Thias,  a  king  of 
the  Assyrians,  father  of  Smyrna, 
Apollod. 

θειασμός,  ov,  ό.  (θειάζω)  inspiration, 
enthusiasm  :  Nicias  is  said  by  Thuc. 
7,  50,  to  be  άγαν  θειασμώ  ττροςίίείμε• 


ΘΕΙΟ 

I  νος,  much  attached  to  divinations  or  to 
i  superstitioti.•!  observances. 
j      θειαστί,  Άάν.—  θεαστί. 

^θείβαθεν.  θείόαβι,  Boeot.  for  θή- 
I  βαθεν,  θΐΐβαθί,  Ar.  Ach.  862,  868. 
ί      θεΐε-ν,  3  ρ1.  opt.  aor.  2  act.  from  τί- 
θημι,  II.  4,  363. 

θείκε/ιος,  =  θέσκε/.ος,    Ar.    Lys. 
I  1252. 

θεϊκός,  ?/,  όν,=θεΐος,  late  form, 
Clem.  ΑΙ.     Adv.  -κώς. 

θείΛοττεδενω,  to  warm,  dry  in  the 
sun,  Diosc. :  from 

θεΐΛό:Γεδον,  ov,  τό,  (εΐ/ιη,  ττέόον) 
a  sun-shiny  place,  where  things  were  put 
out  to  dry  :  in  Horn,  only  Od.  7,  123, 
where  it  is  a  sunny  floor  or  area  in  the 
vineyard,  on  which  the  grapes  were 
spread  to  dry,  to  make  the  vinum 
passum. 

θεΐμεν,  for  θείημεν,  1  pi.  opt.  aor. 
2  act.  from  τίθημι,  Od. 

θεΐναι,  inf  aor.  2  act.  for  τίθημι: 
also  inf  aor.  1  from  θείνω. 

θεΐνόο,  ή,  or,=  Wfiof,  late  form. 

ΘΕΙ'ΝΩ,  fut.  θετώ:  aor.  1  ίθεινα: 
aor  2  (εθίνον),  prob.  used  only  in  inf. 
βενειν,  part,  θενών.  suhj.  θένω,  and 
imperat.  θένε  Tostrike,  wound,  Horn, 
v^ho  joins  it,  like  τν-τω  and  ττλτ/σ- 
σω,  with  όησγάνω,  ξίφεσι,  άορι,  μά• 
στιγι ,  βηντΓ/Ι/γι,  also  absol.  II.  1, 
588,  Od.  18.  63  :  ^αίοιτο  θεινόμη'ος 
ττβος  ονδεϊ,  dashed  to  earth,  Od.  9, 
459,  Aesch  Pers.  301.  Only  poet. 
(In  the  edd.  of  Pind.,  etc.  is  also  found 
a  pres.  θένω,  but  this  only  arose  from 
writing  the  inf  aor.  with  a  wrong  ac- 
cent, θένειν,  and  part,  θένων,  Bultm. 
Catal.  in  voc,  Blomf  Aesch.  Theb. 
378,  Elrasl.  Heracl.  272.  cf.  Eur. 
Cycl.  7,  etc. :  in  Theocr.  22,  66,  θέ- 
νων, must  be  pres.  :  akin  to  κτείνω 
and  θανεϊν.) 

θειογενής,  ές.  poet,  for  θεογεί'ής. 

^θειοδάμας.  αντος,  ό,  Thiodamas,  a 

king  of  the  Drvopes,  father  of  Hylas, 

Ap.  Rh.   1,  1213.— Others  in  Arist, 

etc. 

θειοδάμος,  ov.  (θειος,  δαμάω)  taming 
the  gods :  hence  pecul.  fem.  ij  θειοδά- 
μη.  [ά] 

θειόδομος,  ον,  (θειος,  δέμω)  built  by 
gods,  At)th. 

θείομεν,  Ερ.  for  θέωμεν,  θώμεν,  Ι 
plur.  subj.  aor.  2  act.  from  τίθημι, 
Horn. 

θείον,  ov.  τό.  brimstone,  Lat.  sulftir : 
Hom.  only  uses  poet,  θέειον  and  once 
θ/μον.  (Orig.  prob.  neut.  from  θείος, 
divine,  because  brimstone  was  suppo 
sed  to  have  a  purifying  and  averting 
power,  II.  10,  22S,  Od.  22,  4S1,  493, 
cf  θειόω  :  ace.  to  others  from  θνω.) 

θείον,  ov,  τό,  neut.  from  θείος,  q.  v. 

θειο~οιέω,  ώ,  to  make  a  god  of.  Or. 
Sib. 

θείος,  θεία,  θείον,  (θεός)  of  the  gods, 
Lat.  divinus.  Horn.  : — 1.  of  divine  race 
or  origin,  θείον  γένος,  II.  Ο,  180  :  sent 
or  caused,  worked  by  a  god.  όμφή,  II.  2, 
41  :  θεία  μοίρα,  θεία  τινι  μοίρα,  by  di- 
vine intervention,  and  so  much  like 
θείως,  Xen.  Cyr.  4.  2,  1  ;  so  θεί^  τύ- 
Xy,  Hdt.  1,  126,  etc.  ;  Θ.  μανία,  νό- 
σος. Soph.,  etc.  :  appointed  of  God, 
βασΰ.ήες,  Od.  4,  691  :  inspired,  αοι- 
δός, often  in  Od.  (though  these  perh. 
better  in  ne.xt  signf.) — 2.  belongmg  or 
sacred  to,  in  honour  of  a  god.  holy,  άγων, 
χορός,  11.  7,  298,  Od.  8,  264 :  under 
divine  protection,  -ίψγος,  II.  21,  526, 
and  so  perh.  θείοι  βασύ.ήες,  κήρνκες, 
αοιδοί,  V.  foreg.  signf —3.  like  Lat 
divinus,  of  anything  more  than  human, 
extraordinary,  wondrous,  esp.  of  any 
thing  excellent  in  its  kind,  hence  not 
only  of  heroes,  as  Hercules,  Ulysses» 
627 


ΘΕΛΓ 

etc.,  (where  it  might  be  sprung  from 
the  gods)  hut  also  ot  things,  es[).  tidop 
ποτόν,  oft.  Ill  Od. ;  and  so  in  lUlt.,  β. 
πράγματα,  rnarvellous  things,  "i,  u6, 
V.  7,  137,  cf.  θεσπέσιος,  ηι>ός :  θΐίος 
άνήρ,  as  a  title  of  distiuciion,  esp.  at 
Sparta,  Plat.  Meiio  90  I),  or  more 
strictly  σίϊος,  Arist.  Eth.  7,  1,  3.— II. 
rent.  TO  Qdov,  as  subst.,  Ihe  divine 
Being  or  Essence,  the  Deity,  first  in 
Hdt.  1,  32;  cf.  (5iof.— 2.  τη  θηα,  di- 
vine thin};s,  the  acts  and  attributes  of  Ihe 
fods,  the  course  of  providence.  Soph. 
*hil.  452,  etc.  :  religious  observances, 
Xen.  Cyr.  8,  8,  2.— III.  adv.  θκΜς,  in 
divine  manner,  by  divine  providence,  like 
θείμ  μοίρα. etc.,  siipr.  1.  1,  Plat.,  etc.  : 
θειοτέρως,  by  special  providence,  Hdt. 
1,  122.  For  compar.  θεώτερος,  v. 
θεός  III. 

θεϊος,  ov,  6,  one's  father's  or  moth- 
er's brother,  uncle,  Lat.  patruus  and 
avunculus,  fein.  θεία:  first  in  Eur.  I. 
T.  930,  Ar.  Nub.  121,  etc.,  and  Xen. 
Before  this  ττατροκασίγνι/τυς,  πα- 
τράδελφος,  πύτρως,  and  μητροκασί- 
γνι/τος,  μητράύε?.ώσς  were  used. — II. 
in  Cic.  Att.  2,  2,  1,  like  pnlruus.  strict, 
harsh,  but  v.  Orell.  (Prob.  akin  to 
7/θεϊος.) 

θειοτέρως,  compar.  adv.  from  θεί- 
ως,  V.  θείος,  fin. 

Θειότης,  ητος,  ή,  (θείος)  dinine  na- 
ture or  origin,  divinity,  Plut. 

θειοφανί/ς,  ες,  (θείος,  φαίι^ω)  shown 
forth,  sent  by  the  gods,  Ale.x;.  Olynth.  1, 
14,  but  with  vv.  11.  θειοφαγές,  and 
θειοτταγές. 

θειόχροος,  ov,  contr.  χρονς,  ovv, 
(θείον,  χρόα)  brimstone-coloured,   Luc. 

θείόω,  ώ,  (θείον)  to  stnoke  ivith  brim- 
stone, fumigate  and  purify  thereby,  cf. 
θεεώω  ami  θίόυ  II.  iMid.,  δώμα  θε- 
είοϋται,  he  fuiiiiguits  ln.s  house,  Od.  23, 
50 :  (both  times  in  Ep.  form  θεειόω) 
hence  in  genl.,  to  purifi/,  halloiv,  Eur. 
Hel.  860,  V.  Herin.  ad.  1.  (882)— II. 
(θείος)  tmnahe  divine,  dedicate  to  a  god, 
like  θηάζω.  Plat.  Legg.  771  B. 

+θείσόο,  ας,  fj,  Th'^on,  the  nymph 
that  reared  Jupiter,  Paus. — II.  a  city 
named  after  her  in  Arcadia,  Id. 
Hence 
ΙθίίσοαΖοζ-,  a,  ov,  of  Thisoa,  Thlso- 
an,  Paus. 

θ«ω,  poet,  for  θέω,  to  run,  Horn. 
+Gftw,  Ep.  for  θέι,ι,  θώ,  subj.  aor.  2 
act.  from  τίθι/μι,  Horn. 

^θειώδης,  ό,  Thlodas,  a  philosopher 
of  Laodicea,  Diog.  L. 

&ειώδης,  ες,  (θείον,  είδος)  brimstone- 
like, Lat.  sulfureus,  Anth. — II.  (θείος) 
divine.  Eccl. 

\θεκτημίνης,  ονς,  6,  Thectamenes, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Plut. 

θελγεσιμνθος,  ov,  (θέλγω,  μϋθος) 
soft-speaking,  Anth. 

Θέλγΐ]Τρον,  ov,  το,  (Θέ7^γω)  a  charm- 
ing, soothing,  appeasing :  a  charm,  VTf- 
νονθ;  Eur.  Or.  211. 

θ.'Λ)-ίΊ',  ϊΐ'ος,  ό,  V.  τε?.χίν. 

θέλγμα,  ατός,  τό,=^θέλγητρον. 

θ  ΚΑΤΩ,  f.  -ξω.  Radic.  signf  to 
stroke,  and  so  soothe,  appease,  esp.  by 
sorcery,  to  chann,  enchant,  etc.,  like 
Lat.  viulcere,  of  any  soft,  overpower- 
ing emotion,  but  mostly  such  as  have 
an  evil  influence  over  the  reason. 
Horn,  uses  it  esp.  of  Mercury,  who 
with  his  magic  wand  άνδρύν  όμματα 
θέλγει,  lays  men  in  a  charmed  sleep, 
Od.  5,  47  ;  24.  3,  II.  24,  313  ;  so  too  of 
Neptune,  Θέ7.ξας  άσσε  where  it  is 
used  rather  of  an  irresistible  force,  11. 
13.  435  ;  also  of  the  sorceress  Circe, 
Od.  10,  291,  etc. ;  of  the  Sirens'  ma- 
gic song,  Od.  12,  40  :  then  in  genl.  of 
any  gentle,  imperceptible  means  of 
628 


ΘΕΛΩ 

doing  a  thing,  to  overpower,  enchain, 
V(')ov,  Θνμόν,  II.  12,255;  15,  322,  cf. 
Od.  17,  521  :  and  in  bad  sense,  to  en- 
trap.cheat,  cozen,  flatter, blindbi/flattiry, 
Od.  16,  298;  14,' 387;  oft.  c.'dat.  mo- 
di, ίπέεσσι,  Od.  3,  204;  μαλακοίσι  και 
αίμνλίοισι  'λόγοισι,  Od.  1,  57;  18, 
282,  ψενδεσσι,  δόλω,  Ι1•_21,  276, 
604.  Also  in  pass.,  tpu  ό'  άρα  Θνμον 
εθελχβεν,  by  love's  witchery  iferci/iey 
entrapped.  Od.  18,  212.  In  later  wri- 
ters the  same  sense  remains  ;  so  'ίμε- 
ρος θέλγει,  Aesch.  Pr.  805 ;  ύπνος, 
Eur.  I.  A.  142;  and  c.  inf.,  έρως  viv 
θέλξειεν  αίχμύσαι  τάόε,  Soph.  Tr. 
355. 

θελεμός,  όν,  only  in  Aesch.  Supp. 
1027,  θέλιμον  πώμα,  of  the  Nile, — a 
very  dub.  word,  interpr.  by  Hesych. 
o'iiiTp()v,  ησνχον. 

θέ'λεος,  ov,  {θέλω)  willing,  volunta- 
ry, Aesch.  Supp.  875. 

Οελ7]μα,  ατός,  τό,  (θέλω)  will,  Ν. 
Τ.     Hence 

Βεληματαίνω,  =  θέλω,  very  late 
word. 

θέ?.ημος,  ov,  and  θελημων,  ov,  gen. 
όνος,  xvilling,  voluntary. 

θέλησις,  εως,  ή,  (θέλω)  a  willing, 
will,  Ν.  Τ. 

Θελ7]τής,  οΰ,  ό,  (θέλω)  one  who  wilts, 
of  a  soothsayer,  LXX. 

θελητός,  ?/,  όν,  (θέλω)  willed,  wished 
for,  LXX. 

Οέλκαρ,  τό,=:θέλγητρον. 
Βελκτήρ,  ηρος,  6,  (θέλγω)  α  soother, 
charmer.  θε?ικτηρ  όδννάων,  Η.   Ποιη. 
15,  4,  cf.  θέλκτωρ.    Hence 

θελκττ/ριον,  ου,  τό,  α  charm,  en- 
chantment, and  so  of  any  thing  which 
has  a  soft  and  silent  influence,  11.  14, 
215;  θελϋΤ7}ρία  βροτών,  sowgs  which 
charm  or  enchain  men's  minds,  Od.  1, 
337 ;  θεών  θελκτήβίον,  a  means  of 
sootliing  or  appeasing  the  gods,  Od.  8, 
509  ;  πόνων  θελκτήρια,  vieans  ofliuht- 
ening  toil,  Aesch.  Cho.  670  :  also  θέλ- 
γητρον,  and  θέλκτρον  :  strictly  neut. 
from 

θελκτ!/ριος,  ov,  (θέλγω)  soothing, 
charming,  enchanting,  c.  gen.,  όμματος, 
Aesch.  Supp.  1004;  absol.,  Eur. 
Hipp.  478. 

θελκτικός,  ή,  oi',=  foreg. 
Θέ?^κτρον,    ov,    τό,=  θε7.κτήριον. 
Soph.  Tr.  585. 

Βελκτύς,  νος,  ij,  a  charming,  en- 
chantrnent,  .Λρ.  Rh. 

θε?ικτώ,  όος  contr.  ονς,  ή,  fern,  of 
θε/ικτ)'/ρ. 

θέλκτωρ,  ορός,  ό,  ■}},—  θελκτηρ, 
θε?ι,κτ?}ριος,  Aesch.  Supp.  1040,  ace. 
to  Bothe's  emend,  for  θεάκτορι. 

θελξίμβροτος,  ov,  (θέλγω,  βροτός) 
charming  men,  φδί],  Orph. 

θελξίνοος,  ov,  contr.  -νους,  -ovv, 
(θέλγω,  νόος)  charming,  enchanting,  lu- 
ring the  heart,  φίλτροί',  Anth. 

θελξίπικρος,  ov,  (θέ?^γω,  πικρός) 
dcliciously  bitter,  κνησμονί],  Anth. 

θελξίψρων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  (θέλγω, 
φρην)=θε?ίξίνοος,  Eur.  Bacch.  402. 

'Ιθελξίων,  όνος,  δ,  Thelxion,  son  of 
king  Apis  of  Argos,  Paus.  2,  6,  7 ; 
but  v.  Apollod.  2,  1,  1. 

■\θέλπονσα,  ης,  ή,  Thelpusa,  a 
nymph,  district,  and  city  of  Arcadia, 
Paus. 

θέλνμνα,  ων,  τά,^=  θέμεθλα,  the 
foundations,  elements,  beginnings  of 
things,  the  semina  rerum  of  Lucret.. 
only  in  Emped.  73,  ace.  to  the  cer- 
tain emend,  of  Peyron  and  Gaisf.  for 
θίλιμνα.  The  sing,  το  θέ7\.νμνον, 
only  in  Gramm..  whence  to  derive 
προθέλνμνος,  and  τετραθέ?.νμνος. 

ΘΕ'Λί2,  fut.  θελήσω,  Alexandr. 
perf.   τεθέληκα.  Lob.    Phryn.    332: 


ΘΕΜΙ 

merely  shortened  form  of  έθέ?ιω,  q. 
v.  at  end. 

θέμα,  ατός,  τό,  (τίθημι)  that  which 
is  placed,  laid  down,  proposed,  esp. — 1. 
money  deposited  as  a  pledge,  a  deposit, 
Plut. — 2.  something  proposed  as  a  prize, 
a  prize,  Inscr. — 3.  a  proposition  or  case 
for  discussion,  the  tlieme  of  an  argu- 
ment, Cicero's  propositum,  Quintil. — 

4.  in  Gramm.,  α  primary  word,  root. — 

5.  a  horoscope. — 6.  very  late,  a  depot  of 
soldiers.     Hence 

θεμΰτίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  to  place,  lay  down, 
propose  :  take  for  a  theme  or  primary 
word,  Sext.  Einp. — 2.  to  draw  a  horo- 
scope. 

θεματικός,  ή,  όν,  (θέμα)  of  or  belong- 
ing to  a  θέμα. — II.  that  in  which  a  prize 
OT  reward  is  proposed,  e.g.  ίιγών  θ-, 
opp.  to  οτεύανίτης  and  φνλλίτης. — 
III.  />ημα  θ.,  a  primary  word,  Gramm. 

θεμΰτισμός,  ov,  ό,  (θεματίζω)  a 
placing,  laying  down,  proposing,  θέσις, 
Lat.  positio  :  esp. — 1.  of  a  case  for  dis- 
cussion.— 2.  of  a  root  or  primary  word, 
Sext.  Emp. 

θέμεθλα,  τιΊ,  (τίθημι,  θέμα)  always, 
it  seems,  in  plur.  the  foundatioivi,  and 
so  the  lowest  part,  the  very  bottom  :  so 
twice  in  Hom.,  όφθαλμοΐο  θ.,  the  very 
bottom,  roots  of  the  eye,  11.  14,  493, 
and  στομέιχοιο  θ-,  II.  17,  47 ;  'ίΐκεα- 
νοΐο  θ.,  Hes.  Th.  816;  Άμμωνος  θ.,  the 
place  where  Amnion  stands,  i.  e.  his 
temple,  Pind.  P.  4,  28  ;  ΐΐαγγαίσυ  θ., 
the  roots  of  Mt.  Pangaeus,  lb.  320. 

θεμείλια,  τύ,=θέμεθλα,Άηά  like  it 
only  in  plur..  θεμείλια  θέσαν,  προβύ- 
λοντο,  they  laid  the  foundations,  11. 12, 
28  ;  23.  255. 

θέμειλον,  ov,  τό,^θεμέλιον,  only 
in  Byzant.  Poets,  Jac.  A.  P.  p.  012. 

θεμελιόθεν,  adv.,  from  the  bottom: 
froin 

θεμέλιον,  ov,  τό,  as  sing,  of  the 
poet,  θεμείλια.  Xen.  Eq.  1,2:  έκ  θε- 
μελίων, fro?n  the  foundations,  Polyb. 

θεμέλιος,  ov,  (θέμα)  belonging  to  the 
foundation,  λίθοι,  Ar.  Av.  1137. — II.  ό 
θ.,  as  subst.,  sub.  λίθος, =θεμέλιον, 
Macho  ap  Ath.  316  A  :  θεμέ'λιοι  έκ. 
λίβων.  Thuc.  1,93. 

θεμε/.ιοϋχος,  ov,  (θεμέλιον,  εχω) 
upholding  the  foundations. 

θεμελιόω,  ώ,  (θεμέ'λιον)  to  lay  the 
foundation,  found.  C.  acc,  N.  T.  :  pass. 

to  be  founded,  Diod.     Hence 

Θεμε7ιίωσις,  εως,  η,  a  founding, 
foundation,  LXX. 

θεμελιωτής,  ov.  ό,  a  founder. 

θέμεν.  Dor.  and  Ep.  for  θεΐναι,  inf. 
aor.  2  act.  o[  τίθημι,  Od. 

θέμεναι.  Ep.  for  θεΐναι,  inf.  aor.  2 
act.  of  τίθημι,  Horn. 

θεμερός,ΟΓ,=σεμνός,  grave,  serious. 
(Perh.  from  τίθημι,  settled,  steadfast.) 

θεμερόφρων.  ov,  gen.  όνος,  (θεμε- 
ρός,  φρήν)  nf  grave  and  serious  mind. 

θεμερύνομαι,^=σεμνννομαι. 

θεμερώπις,  ίδος,  ?/,  (θεμερός,  ωφ) 
of  grave  and  serious  countenance,  honest, 
αΙδώς,  Aesch.  Pr.  134;  also,  β.  Άρ- 
μονίη,  Emped.  12. 

θεμίζω,  (  θέμις  )  to  judge,  punish, 
like  θεμιστενω.  Mid.  θεμισσάμενοι 
οργάς,  prob.  ruling  our  wills,  Pind.  P. 
4,  250. 

θεμίπ?ίεκτος,  ov.  (θέμις,  πλέκω) 
rightly  woven  or  plaited.  Θ.  στέφανος, 
a  riglilly-made  or  well-earned  ClOWn, 
Pind.  N.  9,  125. 

θέμις,  7/,  old  and  Ep.  gen.  θέμιστος, 
and  in  Hom.  the  only  form  ;  acc.  θέ• 
/itF, Aesch.  Ag.  1431. etc.  SotooHom. 
declines  the  prop.  n.  θέμις,  θέμιστος, 
acc.  θέμιστα  ;  but  Att.  θεμιτός,  acc. 
θέμιν :  common  Gr.  θέμιδος.  Ion. 
θέμιος :  voc.  θέαι,  II.  15J  93 :  (prob. 


ΘΕΜΙ 

from  root  ΘΕ-,  τιθημι,  and  so) — I. 
that  which  is  laid  doan  or  established, 
law,  like  θεσμός,  not  as  fixed  by  stat- 
ute, but  as  established  by  old  usage, 
Lat.  jus  or  fas,  as  opp.  to  lez  :  esp. 
freq.  in  Hoin.  in  phrase,  θέμις  εστί, 
lis  meet  and  right,  hiit.  fas  est,  C.  dat. 
pers-  et.  inf.  rei.  e.  g.  ov  μοι  θέμις 
εστί  ξεϊΐ'ον  άτιμησαι,  Od.  14,  5ΰ,  cf. 
II.  U,  386 ;  23,  41 :  also  y  θέμις  εστί, 
as  'tis  right,  as  the  custom  is,  11.  2,  73, 
Has.  Op.  139;  sometimes  c.  gen.,  y 
θέμις  άνθρώ—ων  πέλει,  as  man's  cus- 
tom is,  II.  9,  134,  but  c.  dat.,  ξείνια, 
άτε  ξείνοις  θέμις  εστί,  which  are  due 
to  strangers,  11.  11,  779:  in  the  same 
way  nom.  η  θέμις  εστί,  for  y  θέμις 
εστί,  and  Spitzn.  Exc.  li.  ad  11.  would 
always  so  read  it.  Very  rare  θέμις, 
fitness,  seemliness,  like  το  ττρέτζον,  Β. 
Thiersch  Ar.  Nub.  295.  In  Att.  the 
appellat.  is  used  mostly  in  phrase  θέ- 
μις εστί,  where  it  seems  to  be  used 
as  neut.  or  asindeclin.,  (paai  θέμις  εί- 
ναι, ώστε  μί/  θέμις  είναι.  Soph.  Ο.  C. 
1191,  Plat.  Gorg.  505  C,  though  the 
readings  vary,  and  the  point  is  dispu- 
ted, v.  Ellendt  Lex.  Soph.  The  strict 
Att.  word  for  it  is  νόμος. — II.  plur. 
θέμιστες,  in  Horn. .  setitences  which  have 
the  force  of  law,  Αιός  θέμιστες,  the  will 
of  Jupiter,  as  declared  by  oracle,  Od. 
16,  403,  Find.  P.  4,  96:  also  any  thing 
established  by  fate  or  the  will  of  gods. 
Soph.  Phil.  34'6.— 2.  rights,  esp.  of  the 
judge  or  chief,  and  so  prerogative,  au- 
thority, σκ7/~τρον  7/δέ  θέμιστες,  join- 
ed, II.  2.  206  :  hence  the  dues,  tribute, 
etc.,  as  being  the  right  of  the  king  or 
lord,  7α~αρας  τελέονσι  θέμιστας,  II. 
9,  156,  298. — 3.  existing  laws  or  ordi- 
nances, δικασπό/.οι,  οΊτε  θέμιστας 
■προς  Αιος  είρύαται,  who  maintain  the 
laws,  II.  1,  238,  cf.  Hes.  Th.  235  ;  oi- 
και  και  θέμιστες,  joined,  rights  and 
laws,  Od.  9,  215. — 4.  questions  of  law, 
law-stiits,  in  cases  where  old  usage  is 
disputed,  and  the  king  or  judge  must 
decide,  hence,  κρίνειν  θέμιστας,  II. 
16,  387,  Hes.  Th.  85:  hence  ά\%ο  ju- 
dicial sittings  or  sentences,  οντ'  άγοραί, 
ούτε  θέμιστες,  Od.  9,  112,  as  also  in 
sing.  II.  11,  807. — ΙΠ.  θέμις,  as  prop. 
n.,  Themis,  goddess  of  law  and  order, 
patroness  of  existing  rights,  lastly  jus- 
tice personified.  But  in  Hom,,  who 
mentions  the  goddess  only  thrice,  she 
is  the  officer  of  Jupiter,  to  call  the 
gods  to  assembly,  II.  20,  4  ;  but  also 
to  convene  and  dismiss  assemblies  of 
men,  Od.  2,  68;  and  lastly  II.  15,  87, 
sq.,  to  preside  and  keep  order  at  the 
banquets  of  the  gods  :  in  these  three 
places  the  deriv.  from  τίθημι,  is  very 
plain.  Hes.  Th.  16  names  her  along 
with  the  great  gods  ;  fand  makes 
her  daughter  of  Uranus  and  Gaea,  Id. 
135,  mother  of  the  Hours,  and  Fates, 
901.  904;tv.  plura  ap.  Welcker,  Aes- 
chyl.  Trilogie  p.  40. 

θεμισκόΰος,  ov,  {θέμις,  σκοττέω) 
seeing  to  law  and  order,  keeping  order. 
Find.  N.  7,  69. 

θεμισκρέυν,  οντος,  ό,  {θέμις,  κρέων) 
reigning  by  right,  Pind.  P.  5,  38. 

\θεμίσκνρα,  ac,  //,  Ion.  -ρη,  Themis- 
cyra,  a  city  of  Pontus,  on  the  Ther- 
modon,  in  a  plain  of  the  same  name, 
the  abode  of  the  Amazons,  Hdt.  4, 
86  ;  Aesch.  Pr.  724.     Hence 

^θειιισκύραιος.  a,  ov,  of  Themiscy- 
ra,  Ap,  Rh.  2,  995  :  ή  άκρη  θεμ.,  the 
promontory  of  Them.,  near  that  city, 
Id.  2,  371  ;■  elsewhere  Ίίράκλειον 

θέμιστα,  and  θέμιστο.ς,  Ep.  ace. 
eing.  and  pi.  from  θέμις,  Hom, 

^θεμισταγόρας,  ου,  ό,  Themistago- 
Tos,  masc.  pr.  n,,  Ath. 


ΘΕΝ 

\θεμιστεας,  ov  Dor.  a,  6,  Themiste- 
as,  masc.  pr.  n.,  Plut. 

θεμιστεία,  ας,  ή,  a  giving  of  oracles, 
Strab. 

θεμιστεΐος,  eia,  eiov,  (θεμιστός) 
lawful,  right,  righteous,  Pind.  O.  1,  18. 

θεμιστεντός,  ή,  όν,  ordered  by  law 
or  custom :  from 

θεμιστενω,  (θεμιστός)  to  give  laii; 
declare  law  and  right,  τινί,  Od.  11,569: 
hence  to  order,  rule,  govern,  τινός,  Od. 
9,  114.' — II.  to  give  answers  or  oracles, 
c.  acc,  Θ.  νημερτέα  βονλήν  τινι,  Η. 
Hom.  Αρ.  253 ;  so  in  prose,  Lys.  ap. 
Harp.,  also  θεμιτενω. 

Θιμιστέων,  Ep.  gen.  pi.  from  θέμις, 
Hes.  Th.  235. 

Θεμίστιος,  ov,  patron  of  law  and 
right,  epith.  of  Jupiter,  Plut. 

^Θεμίστιος,  ov,  ό,  Themistius,  an 
Aeginetan,  Pind.  N.  5,  91. 
^θεμιστογένης,  ονς,  ό,  Themisto- 
genes.  a  Syracusan.  who  wrote  an  ac- 
count of  the  expedition  of  Cyrus  the 
younger,  acc.  to  Xen.  Hell.  3,  1,  2. 

^θεμιστοκ/.ής,  έονς  Ion.  έος  and 
ηος.  6.  Themistocles,  son  of  Neocles, 
of  the  demus  Phrearrhi,  the  distin- 
guished statesman  and  commander, 
conqueror  of  the  Persians  at  Sala- 
mis,  Hdt.,  Thuc,  etc.  :  -ό  θεμιστό- 
κ'/.ειον,  the  tomb  of  Themistocles,  Arist. 
H.  A. — 2.  grandson  of  foreg.,  Paus. — 
Others  in  Polyb.,  Plut.,  etc. 
^θεμιστονόη.  ης,  ή,  Themistonoi, 
daughter  of  Ceyx,  wife  of  Cycnus, 
Hes.  Sc.  356. 

θεμιστοπόλος,  ov,  {θέμις,  πολέω) 
ministering  law  and  right,  epith.  of 
kings  and  judges,  H.  Horn.  Cer.  103, 
like  δίκασπόλος. 

θεμιστός,  η,  όν,  {θεμίζυ)  agreeable 
to  law  and  right,  allowed  by  the  law  of 
gods  and  men,  lawful,  right,  Aesch. 
Theb.  694 ;  more  usu.  θεμιτός,  q.  v. 
Hence 

θεαιστοσύνη,  ης,  η,  poet,  for  θέμις, 
Orph. 

θεμιστοϋχρς,  ov,  {θέμις,  έχω)  up- 
holding the  right,  βασι7.ενς.  Αρ.  Rh. 

\θεμιστώ,  ονς,  ή,  Themisto,  one  of 
the  Nereids,  Hes.  Th.  261.— 2.  daugh- 
ter of  the  Lapith  Hypseus,  wife  of 
Athamas,  Apollod.  1,  9,  2. — 3.  acc.  to 
Paus.  the  mother  of  Homer,  10,24,  3. 
iθεμίσωv,  ωΐ'ος,  6,  Themison,  a  The- 
raean,  Hdt.  4,  154. — 2.  a  tyrant  of 
Eretria,  who  took  Oropus  from  the 
Athenians,  Dem.  259. 10. — 3.  minister 
of  Antiochus  Sidetes  in  Cyprus, 
Polyb.,  Ael.  V.  H.— Others  in  Ath., 
etc. 

\θεμισώνιον,  ov,  τά,  Themisonium,  a 
small  town  of  Phrygia.  Strab. 

θεμΐτενω,=^θεμιστενω,  όργια  θεμι- 
τενων,  keeping  lawful  orgies,  Eur. 
Bacch.  79,  e  conj.  Musgr. 

θεμιτός,  η,  όν,  poet,  for  θεαιστός, 
Η.  Hom.  Cer,  207,  and  Pmid. :  but 
also  in  prose,  ov  θεαιτόν  {έστι)  c. 
inf.,  Hdt.  3,  37 ;  5,  72,  Plat.  Apol.  30 
D.     Adv.  -τώς. 

θεμιτώδης,  ες,  {θεμιτός,  είδος) 
oracular,  Orac.  ap.  Euseb. 

θεμόω,  ώ,  to  place,  establish,  i.  e.  to 
make  -necessary,  compel,  force,  c.  inf.. 
νήα  θέμωσε  χέρσον  Ίκέσθαι,  he  forced 
the  ship  to  come  to  land,  Od.  9.  486, 
542.  (Usu.  deriv.  from  θεμός=θεσ- 
μός,  but  this  is  only  in  Hesych.  It 
belongs,  with  θέμις,  to  the  root  ΘΕ-, 
τίθημι.) 

-θεν,  insep.  particle,  affixed  to 
substs.  or  adjs.,  and,  like  the  prep, 
έκ,  denotmg  motion  from  a  place,  opp. 
to  -δε,  e.  g.  ΰλλοθεν,  οίκοθεν,  οίφα- 
νόθεν,  etc.,  from  another  place,  from 
home,  from  heaven :  more  rarely  of 


ΘΕΟΓ 

persons,  as  in  Hom.  Αιόθεν,  θεόθεν, 
from  Jupiter,  from  the  gods.  The 
poets  sometimes  add  έκ  or  άττό,  as 
έξ  οίφανόθα'.  11.  8.  19,  άττό  Ύροίηθεν, 
Od.  9,  38 ;  and  indeed  -θεν  may  best 
be  considered  as  merely  the  old  genit. 
termination,  retained  in  έμέθεν,  σέ- 
θεν,  έθεν.  In  some  words,  as  ένερθε, 
έκτοσθε,  έντοσθε,  δ~ισθε,  ττάροιθε, 
the  poets  might  change  θίν  into  θε: 
but,  except  In  these  Homeric  forms, 
this  license  was  rare  in  later  au- 
thors. 

tOevat.  ων,  αϊ,  Thenae,  a  spot  in 
Crete  between  Ida  and  Cnosus,  Cal- 
lim.  ad  Jov.  42. 

θέΐ'άρ,  upor,  τό,  (θένω,  θείνω)  the 
part  of  the  hand  with  which  one  strikes, 
the  flat  or  hollow  of  the  hand,  11.  5,  339: 
hence  θέναρ  βωμοΰ,  the  hollow  on  the 
plane  of  the  altar,  for  laying  the  offer- 
ings in,  Bockh  Expl.  Pind.  P.  4,  188, 
sq.  ;  U7.0C  Θ.,  the  hollow  or  depths  of  the 
sea,  Pind.  I.  4,  97  (3,  74)  :  also  the 
sole  of  the  foot,  ϋψρ.     Hence 

θενΰρίζω,  to  strike  ivith  the  hand : 
hence  ένθεναρίζω=έγχειριζω. 

θένω,  a  pres.  which  has  been  con- 
sidered doubtful,  v.  sub  θείνω. 

θέο,  Ep.  for  θέσο,  θοϋ,  2  imperat. 
aor.  2  mid.  from  τίθημι,  Od. 

θεοβ'/.άβεια,  ας.  ή,  {θεοβλαβής) 
the  state  or  behaviour  of  a  θεοβ/.αβής, 
madness,  blindness,  Aeschin.  72,  32. 
[a]  •  ^ 

θεοβλΰβέω,  ώ,  to  hurt  the  gods.  i.  e. 
sin  against  them,  Aesch.  Pers.  831. — 
II.  neut.  to  be  θεοβλαβής,  Themist. : 
from 

θεοβλαβής,  ες,  {θεός,  βλάπτω) 
stricken  of  God,  esp.  in  mind,  blinded, 
distraught,  foolish,  Hdt.  1,  127,  v. 
Heyne  II.  9,  116,  Ruhnk.  Vellei,  2, 
57,  3.     Adv.  -βως. 

θεοβον'/.ητος,  ov,  {θεός,  βούλομαι) 
willed  or  appointed  of  God.  Eccl. 

fθεoβpότιov,  ov,  TO,  an  appell.  of 
the  evergreen,  Lat.  sempervivum,  Diosc. 

θεογύμια,   ων,   τά,  {θεός,  γαμάς) 
the  marriage  of  the  gods,  esp.  a  least 
of  Proserpina  in  Sicily. 
ίθεογείτων,  οΐ'ος,  δ,  Theogiton,  a  The- 
ban,  partisan  of  Philip,  Dem.  324, 16. 

θεογενεσία,  ας,  ή,  divine  birth,  re- 
generation, Eccl.  :  from 

θεογενής,  ές,  {θεός,  *γένω)  bom  of 
God :  hence 

^θεογέν/ις,  ονς,  ό,  Theogenes,  one  of 
the  thirty  tyrants,  Xen.  Hell.  2,  3,  3. 
— 2.  a  poor  Athenian  of  rude  man- 
ners, Ar.  Pac.  928,  etc.  —  Others  of 
this  name  in  Dem.  832,  2 ;  1369,  15, 
etc.,  Xen.,  where  formerly  Θεαγένης, 
q.  V.       ^ 

θεογένητος,  ov,=^ θεογενής,  regene- 
rate, Eccl. 

θεογεννής,  ες,  {θεός,  γέννα)  begot- 
ten of  a  god.  Soph.  Ant.  834. 

θεόγλίΐνος,  ov,  {θεός,  γλήνη)  with 
the  eye  of  a  god,  Nonn. 

θεόγλωσσος,  ov,  {θεός,  γ?.ώσσα) 
with  the  tongue  of  a  god,  Anth. 

iθεόγvητoς,  ov,  ό,  Thengnetus,  an 
Aeginetan,  victor  at  the  Olympic 
games,  Pind.  P.  8.  49. 

^θέογνις.  ιος  and  ιδος,  ό,  Theognis, 
an  old  gnomic  poet  of  Megara  in 
Sicily,  who  flourished  about  540 B.C., 
Theog.  23,  Plat.  Legg.  630  Α.— 2.  one 
of  the  thirty  tyrants  at  Athens,  Xen. 
Hell.  2,  3,  3.'— 3.  a  tragic  poet  at 
Athens,  who  received  the  sobriquet 
of'  Snow.'  from  the  freezing  character 
of  his  plays,  often  ridiculed  by  Aris- 
tophanes, Ach.  11,  140,  etc. — ^Others 
in  Ath.,  etc. 

θεογνωσία,  ac,  ή,  the  knowledge  of 
God,  Eccl.  :  from 

629 


ΘΕΟΔ 

θεόγνωστος,  ον,  {θεός,  γιγνώσκω) 
hnown  of  God. 

θεογονία,  ας.  ή,  the  birth,  generation, 
enealogy  ot  the  gods,  the  litle  of  lle- 
sioti's  poem :  from 

θεόγονος.  ov,  (θεός,  *γένω)  born  of 
God,  divine,  Eur.  Or.  31C. 
\Οεόγονος,  ου,  6,  Theogonus,  masc. 
pr.  n..  Pans. 

θεόγραφος,  ov,  {θεός,  γράφω)  writ- 
ten by  God,  Eccl. 

θεοδέγμυν,   ov,  gen.  {θεός,  δέχο- 
μαι) divine,  Archestr.  ap.  Ath.  320  15. 
iθεoύέκτειoς,ov,ofTheodectes,Aήst. 
Rhet. :  from 

ίθεοόέκτι/ς,  ov,  o,  Theodcctes,  a  rhe- 
torician and  tragic  poet  of  Phaselis 
in  Painphylia,  a  pupil  of  Isocrates, 
Arist.  Pol. — "i,.  son  of  Aristarchus, 
Plut. 

θεοδέκτωρ,  ορός,  6,  η,^=θεοδόχος. 
Θεοδί/λητος,  ov,  {θεός,  δη?ιέομαί) 
μιαιφονία  θ.,  mnrder  by  which  the  gods 
are  injured,  Antll. 

■\Οεόδί/μος,  ου,  6,  Theodirrms,  v. 
θούδημος. 

Οεοδίδακτος,  ov,  {θεός,  διδάσκϋ)) 
taught  of  God,  N.  T.  [I] 

θεοδϊνής,  ές,  (θεός,  δινέω)  ivhirled, 
driven  round  by  God.  Nonn. 

θεοδϊφής,  ές,  {θεός,  διφύο))  seeking 
God.  Synes. 
^θεόδμάτος,  a,  ov.  Dor.  for  sq. 
θεόδμητος.  ov,  also  a,  ov,  Piiid.  O. 
6,  100,  Fr.  58,  1,  {θεός,  δέμω)  gnd- 
built,  raised,  jnade  or  Jounded  by  the 
gods,  πύργοι,  II•  8.  519. 

θεοδοξία,  ας,  -ή,  {θεός  δόξα)  the 
glory  of  God,  the  Divinity,  Clem.  Al. 

Θεοδοσία,  ας,  ή,  {Θεοδόσιος)  a  gift 
or  offering  to  the  gods,  Strab. :  hence 

jθεoδoσίa,  ας,  η,  and  θενδοσία,  in 
Dem.  467,  10,  etc.,  Thcodosia,  a  city 
of  the  Tauric  Chersonesus,  prob. 
same  as  Panticapaeum,  Wolf.  Dem. 
467, 10,  Strab.  p.  309. 

Θεοδόσιος,  ov,  {θεός,  δόσις)  given 
by  God. 

^Θεοδόσιος,  ov,  ό,  Theodo.iius,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Strab. 

^θεοδότας,  ov,  b,  Theoddlas,  a  Rho- 
dian,  a  general  of  Antiochus  king  of 
Syria,  Luc 

■\θεοδότη,  ης,  ή,  Theodote,  an  Athe- 
nian courtesan,  who  accompanied 
Alcibiades,  and  performed  the  funeral 
rites  for  him  when  slain,  Xen.  Mem. 
3,  11,  Ath.  574  E, 

θεόδοτος,  ov,  {θεός,  δίδωμι)=θεο- 
δόσιος. 

iθεόδoτoς,  ov,  δ,  Theodotus,  an  Athe- 
nian archon,  Diod.  S. — 2.  a  pupil  of 
Socrates,  Plat.  Apol.  33  E.— Others 
in  Dem.  912,  28,  Lys.,  etc^ 

θεοδόχος,  ov,  {θεός.  δέχομαι)  re 
ceiving  or  conceiving  God,  epith.  of  the 
Virgin,  Eccl. 

θεοδρομέω,  ώ,  to  ivalk  in  God's  ways, 
Eccl. :  from 

θεόδρομος,  ov,  {θεός,  δραμείν)  walk- 
ing in  God's  ways,  Eccl. 

^θεοδώρειος,  ov,  of  Theodoras ;  oi 
θεοδ.,  the  followers  of  Theodoras  (3), 
Ath.  252  C. 

θεοδώρητος,  ov,  {θεός,  δωρέομαί) 
given  by  God,  Clem.  Al. 

■\θευδωρίδας,  ου,  ό,  Theodoridas,  a 
poet  of  Syracuse,  .\th.  229  B,  475  F. 
— 2.  one  of  the  poets  of  the  Antho- 
logy. 

ΙΘεω(5ωρί(• ,  ίδος,  η,  v.  1.  for  θεορίς, 
Dem. 
■^θε'δωρης.  ov,  ύ,  {θεός,  δώρον) 
Tlieoddrus  {Theodore)  an  Athenian 
archon,  01.  85.  3,  Diod.  S. :  father 
of  the  Athenian  general  Procles, 
Thuc.  3,  91.— 2.  son  of  Telecles,  a 
celebrated  artist  of  Samos,  Hdt.  I, 
630 


ΘΕΟΚ 

51  ;  3,  41.  —  3.  a  sophist  and  rheto- 
rician of  Byzantium,  Plat.  Phacdr. 
265. — 4.  a  sophist  of  Cyrenc,  who 
lived  at  Athens,  iii.structor  of  Socrates 
and  Plato,  Plat.  Theaet.  145  A  :  Xen. 
Mem.  4,  2. — 5.  a  celebrated  tragic 
actor  at  Athens,  Dem.  418,  4.-6.  of 
Eretria  in  Euboea,  who  with  Themi- 
son  deprived  the  Athenians  of  Oro- 
pus,  Dem.  259,  10. — Others  in  Dem. 
908,  26,  Ath.,  Diog.  L.,  etc. 

Θεοείδεια,  ας,  ?),  likeness  to  God, 
Iambi. :  from 

θεοειδής,  ές,  {θεός,  είδος)  godlike, 
divine,  in  Horn,  always  of  outward 
form,  divine  of  form,  beaut  tons  as  the 
gods,  usu.  of  young  heroes,  as  Paris 
and  Telemachus,  but  also  of  aged 
men,  as  Priam,  11.  24,  217  :  Hes.  Th. 
350  fust  uses  it  of  females.  Later 
also  in  moral  relations.  Super!. 
Οεαιδέστατος,  q.  v.  Adv.  -δώς.  Αρ. 
Kh.     Cf.  θεονδής. 

θεοείκελος,  ov,  {θεός,  είκελος)  god- 
like, Hom.,  who  uses  it  exactly = 
foreg. 

θεοεπής,  ές,  {θεός,  έπος)— θεσπέ- 
σιος. 

θεοεχθία,  ας,  ?/,  {θεός,  εχθος)  dub. 
1.  for  sq. 

θεοεχθρία,  ας,  η,  α  being  hated  by 
the  gods,  Luc.  :  from 

θεόεχβρος,  ov,  {θεός,  εχθρός)  hated 
by  the  gods. 

θεόθεν,  adv.,  {θεός)  from  the  gods, 
Lat.  divinitiis,  Od.  16,  447. 

θεόθντος,  ov,  {θεός,  θνω)  offered  to 
the  gods :  το  θ.,  a  victim,  Cratin.  In- 
cert.  132. 

θεοίνιον,  ov,  TO,  the  temple  of  the 
wine-god  ;  τα  θεοίνια,  with  and  with- 
out ιερά,  the  feast  of  the  wine-god,  ap. 
Dem.  1371,  24. 

θεηινος,  ov,  o,  {θεός,  οίνος)  the  wine- 
god,  Bacchus,  ΤΙατήρ,  Aesch.  Fr.  339. 
θεοκύπηλος,   ov,  (θεός,  κάπη'λος) 
trafficking  in  sacred  things,  Eccl.   [a] 

θεηκατασκεναστος,  ov,  {θεός,  κα- 
τασκευάζω) made  by  God. 

θεοκήρυξ,  νκος,  ό,  (θεός,  κτ/ρνξ)  α 
divine  herald. 

θεοκίνι/τος,  ον,  {θεός,  κΐνέω)  roused 
by  the  gods. 

■\θεόκλεια,  ας,  ή.  TheocUa,  fem.  pr. 
η..  Lys.  Fr.,  Ath._583  E. 

^θεοκΤίτΊς,  έονς,  ό,  Theocles,  an  Athe- 
nian banker.  Dem.  1249,  10. — Others 
in  Ath.  497  C,  A  nth.,  etc. 

θεύκ7ί7)τος,  ov,  {θεός,  καΤίέω)  called 
of  God :  also — II.  act.  Θ.  μέλαθρον, 
the  house  wherein  God  is  invoked,  both 
in  Nonn. 

iθεoκ?.vμεvoς,  ov,  6,  Theoclymenus, 
son  of  Polyphides,  descended  fiom 
Melampus,  a  seer,  Od.  15,  256. — 2. 
son  of  Proteus,  Eur.  Hel.  9. 

θεοκΤίύτέω,  ώ,  to  call  the  gods  to  aid, 
call  on  the  name  of  the  gods,  to  invoke 
divine  vengeance,  Aesch.  Pers.  500  ;  to 
call  on,  c.  ace.  pers.,  θεμιν,  Elmsl. 
Med.  204  :  in  genl.  to  call  aloud,  de- 
clare, c.  ace.  rei,  ταντα,  Plut. :  and 

θεοκλύτησις,  εως,  ή,  a  calling  on 
the  gods,  invocation,  c.  ace.  rei,  Polyb. : 
from 

θεόκλντος,  ov,  {θεός,  κλνω)  calling 

on  the  gods,  Θ.   ?.ίται,  Aesch.   Theb. 

143. — 11.  pass,  heard  by  God,  Joseph. 

θεόκμητος,  ov,  {θεός,  κάμνω)  made, 

wrought  by  a  god,  Q.  Sm. 

θεοκο'λέω,  ώ,  to  be  a  priest,  Inscr. : 
from 

θεοκόλος,  h,  ή,  a  priest,  priestess,  cf. 
θεηκ.  (from  θεός  and  κολέω,  Lat.  coto, 
which  is  not  in  use.) 

θεήκρηντος,  ov,  (θεός,  κραίνω)  ac- 
complished, wrought  by  theeods,  Aesch. 
Ag.  1488. 


ΘΕΟΜ 

θεοκρΰσία,  ας,  i/.  {θεός,  κμΰσις)  a 
mingling  with  God,  Iambi. 

θεοκρατία,  ας,  i/.  (θεός,  κράτος) 
the  rale  of  God,  Theocracy,  Joseph. 

Οευκρί/πΙς,  ιδος,  founded  by  God, 
Nonn. 

^θεοκρίνης,  ονς,  h,  Theocrines,  a 
celebrated  Athenian  tragic  actor, 
Dem.  329,  26. 

θεοκρίτι/ς,  ov,  6,  (θεός,  κριτής) 
judge  of  gods  or  goddesses,  of  Paris, 
Anth.  [Γ] 

Θεόκριτος,  ov,  {θεός,  Kpivu)  chosen 
of  God. 

ίθεύκριτος,  ov,  ό,  Theocritus,  a  ce- 
lebrated jiastoral  poet  of  Syracuse, 
who  flourished  about  272  B.  C— 2.  a 
rhetorician  of  Chios,  Plut.,  Ath.  21  C. 

θεόκτιστος,  en',  {θεός,  KTii.'u)found- 
ed,  ynade,  created  by  God,  Poet.  ap. 
Arist.  Poet.  21. 

θεόκτϊτος,  oi'r=foreg.,  Anth. 

θεοΐίτονία,  ας,  ij,  a  killing  of  God, 
Eccl. :  from 

θεοκτύνος,  ov,  (θεός,  κτείνω)  hill- 
ing God,  Eccl. 

'\θεοκνδ7)ς,  ονς,  ό,  'JTieoci/des,  father 
of  Dicaeus,  Hdt.  8,  65.  [i] 

θεοκννέω,  ώ,  θεοκννής,=^θεοσκν- 
νέω.  θεοσκιτνί/ς. 

θεολαμπής,  ές,  {θεός,  λάμπω)  di- 
vinely shining,  Eccl. 

θεο?ί7}πτέομαι,  as  pass.,  to  be  in- 
spired, Philo. 

θεοληπτικός,-η,  όν,  belonging  to  ent 
possessed :  7/  Οεολιιπτικη,  sub.  μαν- 
τεία,— θεολιιφία,  Sest.  Emp. :  froni 

θεόλ?ίπτος,  ov,  (θεάς,  λαμβάνω) 
seized  by  God,  posscfsed,  inspired,  su- 
perstitious, Plut.     Hence 

θεολτρίήα,  ας,  i/,  inspiration :  super- 
stition, Plut. 

θεολ.ογεϊσν,  ov,  τό,  a  place  above 
the  stage  where  gods  appeared. 

θεολογέω,  ώ,  to  be  a  θεολόγος,  to 
sjjeuk  of  God  and  of  the  divine  nature, 
to  speak  theologically,  περί  τινυς,  Arist. 
Mund.  :  tu  θεολο^ονμενα,  enquiries 
into  the  divine  nature,  Plut.     Hence 

θεολογία,  ας,  ή,  a  speaking  or  urit- 
ing  on  God  and  the  divine  7iature,  the 
science  of  things  divine,  theology.  Plat. 
Rep.  379  A  :  esp.  the  origin  of  things. 

θεολογικός,  ή,  όν.  belonging  to  a 
θεολόγος :  i]  θεολογική,  with  or  with- 
out επιστί/μη,^^θευ'λογία,  Arist.  Me- 
taph.     From 

θεολόγος,  ov,  {θεός,  λέγω)  speak- 
ing, writing  ew  God  a7id  the  divrne  na- 
ture :  hence,  ό  θ.,  a  divine,  iheolnginn  ; 
in  prolane  writers,  Homer,  Hesiod, 
Orpheus  were  esp.  so  called,  cf.  Cic. 
N.  D.  3.21. 

^θεο7ιντη.  ης,  ή,  Tlieoli/te,  fern.  pr. 
n.,  Ath.  471  A,  etc. 

'^θεόλντος,  ov,  o,  Theolytus,  an 
Acarnanian,  Thuc.  2,  102. — 2.  a  poet 
of  Methymna,  Ath.  29C  A. 

θεολώβητος,  ov,  {θεός,  λι,φύω)  = 
θεοβλαβής. 

'\θεόμανδρος,  ον,  ύ,  Theonumdtr, 
masc.  pr.  η.,  Ath.  507  Α. 

^θεομίιστωρ,  ορός.  ό,  Theomcstor,  a 
tyrant  of  Samos,  Hdt.  8,  85. 

θεομαΐ'έω,  ώ,  to  be  θεΛμαχηης:  from 
θεομάνί/ς,  ές,  (θεός.  μ(ΐίνημηι)  mad- 
dened by  the  gods,  Aesch.  Theb.  653: 
λνσσα  β.,  madness  caused  by  the  gods, 
Eur.  Or.  79. 

θεομΰνία,  ας,  ij,  madness  caused  by 
God,  inspiration,  Philo. 

θεομαΐ'τεία,  ας,  i),  a  spirit  of  pro- 
phecy, Dio  C. 

θεομαντέω,  ώ,  fut.  -ήσω,  to  have  a 
spirit  of  prophecy  ;  from 

θεόμαντις,  εως,  ό,  {θεός,  μύντις) 
one  who  has  a  spirit  of  prophecy.  Plat. 
Apol.  22  C  ;  opp.  to  ϋυμόμαντις. 


ΘΕΟΠ 

θεομαχέω,  ύ,  to  iigltt  against  God 
or  the  gods,  Eur.  Bacch.  -13,  323 : 
and 

θεοίίίί^ία,  ας,  τι,  a  battle  of  the  gods, 
as  certain  books  of  the  IL  were  call- 
ed, esp.  the  19th,  Plat.  Rep.  378  D. 
• — IL  a  fighting  agai)tst  God:  from 

θεβμάχος,  ov,  (θεάς,  μάχομαι) figta- 
ing  sgaiyist  God,  N.  T.  [ij 

θεομηνία,  α,ζ,  ή,  (θεός,  μηνις)  t!u 
tvralk  of  God. 

θεομήστωρ,  ορός,  Ό,  {θεάς,  μήβτωρ) 
like  the  gods  iii  council,  Aesch.  Pers. 
655.  like  Homer's  θεόφιν  μηστωρ 
ά~ά?.αρ~ας. 

θεόμ}/τ<ς,  ά,  ή,  (θεός,μητις)  divine- 
ly wise,  NoiiB. 

θεομ?}Γωρ,  ορός,  η,  (βεός,  μήτηρ) 
the  mother  of  God,  EccL 

θεομίμι^σία,  ας,  ή,  an.  imitatiag  of 
God,  Ecci. :  from 

θεομίμητος^  ov,  EccL  [ϊ],  and  βεό- 
μίμος,  ov,  Diotog.  ap.  Stob.  p.  331, 
20,  (βεός,  μιμίομαι)  ixutaling  God, 
divine. 

θεομΐσής,  ές,  [θεός,  μισέω)  abomi- 
naled  isy  the  gods.  Ar.  Av.  1548,  and 
Plat :  but  θεομίσης,  ες,  act.  haling 
God,  nnlusly. 

Βεομίσητος,  ον,=θεομίσής,  EccL  [ί] 
'ίθεόμη/στος,  ου,  ό,  Theomnestus,  an 
Athenian  against  whom  Lysias  de- 
livered an  oration.  Lys. — 2.  a  statuary 
of  Sardis,  Pans.,  Luc. 

θεόμοίρος,  ov,  (θεός,  μοίρα)  par- 
taking of  the  divine  nature. 

θεομόριος.  ία,  lov.  Dor.  θενμ.,  Αρ. 
Rh.,  collat.  form  of  sq. 

θεόμορος,  ov.  Dor.  θενμ.,  {θεός, 
μόρος)  assigned,  destined  by  the  gods, 
Pind.  0.  3,  18. —IL  blessed  by  the 
gods,  P.  5,  6. 

θεόμορφος,  ov,  {θεός,  μορφή)  of 
form  divine,  Anth. 

θεομϋσ//ς,  ές,  {θεός,  μνσος)  unclean, 
abominable  before  the  gods,  Aesch.  Eum. 
40. 

iQεovόη,  ης,  η,  Theonoe,  daughter 
of  Proteus  and  Psammathe,  earlier 
called  Είδώ,  Eur.  HeL  13  (Horn. 
Έϊδοθέα). 

θεοξένιος,  ov,  ό,  epith.  of  Apollo 
and  Mercury,  Paus. ;  θεοξένια,  τά, 
a  festival  in  their  honour,  Id.  ;  also  a 
festival  of  the  Dioscuri  at  Agrigentum, 
V.  Bockh  Introd.  Pind.  O.  3,  p.  135. 

'^θεόξενος,  ου,  ό,  Thtoxenus,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Pind.  Fr.  2,  Dem.  611,  23, 
etc. 

θεοπαίγμων,  όνος,  {θεός,  τταίζυ) 
sporting  tcith  the  gods,  Nonn. 

θεό— atf,  παιδος,  ό,  ή,  [θεός,  παΐς) 
child  of  tlie  gods,  divine,  Archestr.  ap. 
Ath.  311  A. — IL  having  a  divine  child, 
epith.  of  the  Virgin,  Nonn. 

■\&εο-άρακ.τος,  ov,  {θεός,  παράγω) 
produced  by  God,  Eccl. 

θεοττά-ω/),  ορός,  ό.  [θεός,  πατήρ) 
father  of  a  divine  child,  EccL   [ά] 

θεοπείθεία,  ας,  ή,  obedience  before 
God,  EccL  :  from 

θεοπειθής,  ές,  {θεός,  πείθομαι) 
obedient  before  God,  Nonn. 

θεόττεμπτος.  ov.  (θεός,  πέμπω)  sent 
by  the  gods,  Arist.  Eth.  N. 

θεοπέράτος,  ov,  {βίος,  περάω)  θ- 

"πΤιύ,να,ι,  heaven-sent  wanderings,  e.  g.  of 

lo,  prob.  L  in  Poet.  ap.  Dem.  Phal.  91. 

+θε07Γ»,  τις,  ij,  TheupB,  fein.  pr.  n., 

AeL  V.  H. 

θεο7Γ?.ασΓέω,  ώ,  to  make  into  a  god, 
Heliod. :  from 

θεοπλάστης,  ov,  6,  [θεός-,  π?.άσσω) 
a  maker  of  gods,  or  of  their  images,  Ar. 
Fr.  617. — IL  the  divine  Creator,  Philo. 
Hence 

θεοπ7.αστία,  ας,  η,  a  making  of  gods : 
the  incarnation,  EccL 


©EOF 

θε07Γλαστο(•,  ov,  {Θεός,  πΐ.άσσω) 
made  of  God,  Eccl. 

θεόπληκτος,  ov,  (θεός,  πλτ/σσω) 
stricken  of  God,  like  θεθ:ίλαβ?ίς. 

θεο-'ληξία,  ας,  ή,  =  θευβλάβεια, 
Oenom.  ap.  Euseb. 

Θεόπ/Μκος,  ov,  {θεός,  ιτλέλω)  of 
divine  texture. 

θεόπνευστος,  ov,  {θεός,  πνέω)  in- 
spired of  God,  Pseudo-PhocyL  121. 

θεοποιέω,  ώ,  {θεοποώς)  lo  make 
into  gods,  deify,  Luc.     Ilence 

θεοποιητικός,  ή,  όν,  able  to  make 
gods :  Tj  -HTj,  sub.  τέχνη,  the  art  of 
making  statues  of  gods. 

Θεοποίΐ^Γος,  ov,  {θεός,  ποιέω)  made 
by  the  gods,  Isocr.  152  C. 

Geo— Oiitt,  ας,  η,  a  making  of  gods, 
esp.  of  their  statues  :  from 

θεοποίός,  όν,  {θεός,  ποιέω)  making 
gods :  7/  θ.  τέχνη=^θεοποιητική,  Anth. 
— II.  a  making  into  gods,  deifying. 

Θεοπο'Μω,  ώ,  to  be  a  θεοπό?Μς, 
Plat.  Legg.  909  D  :  from 

θεοπό?ιος,  ό,  ή,  {θεός,  πο?ίέομαι)  α 
priest,  also  θεηπόλος. 

Θεόπομπος.  ον,  [θεός,  πέμπω)= 
θεόπεμπτος,  Pind.  Ρ.  4,  123:  hence 
'\Οεοπομ~ος,  ου,  ό,  Thcopompus,  an 
Athenian  archon,  Diod.  S. — 2.  a  Mi- 
lesian pirate,  sent  by  Lysander  to 
Sparta  to  convey  the  result  of  the 
battle  of  Aegos  Potainos.Xen.  Hell.  2, 
1,  30. — 3.  an  Athenian  in  the  army 
of  the  ten  thousand,  v.  1.  Id.  .'Vn.  2,  1, 
12.  —  4.  the  celebrated  historian  of 
Chios,  Luc.  —  5.  son  of  Nicander, 
king  of  Sparta,  (10th  Proclid)  Paus. 
4,  4,  4. — Others  in  Plut.,  etc. 

θεοπόνί/της,  ov,  (θεός,  πονέω) 
wrought  by  a  god,  Eur.  Tro.  053. 

θεοπρέπεια,  ας.  ή,  divine  magnifi- 
cence or  ?najesty,  Diod. :  from 

θεοπρεπής,  ές,  {θεός,  πρέπω)  be- 
coming a  god,  divine,  Diod.  :  το  θεο• 
πρε~ές=  θεοπρέπεια,  Philo.  Adv. 
-πώς,  Luc. 

θεοπροπέω,  ώ,  {θεοπρόπος)  ίο  pro- 
phesy, but  only  in  part.  masc.  θεοπρο- 
πέων  αγορεύεις,  Π.  1,  109,  Od.  2,  184, 
Pind.  P.  4,  339. 

θεοπροπία,  ας,  ή,  a  prophesying, 
prophecy,  oracle,  Hom.  :  and 

θεοπρόπιον,  ov  τό,  a  prophecy,  ora- 
cle, II.  1,  85;  6.438:  e/c  θεοπρυπίον, 
κατά  το  θ-  according  to  the  oracle,  Hdt. 
1,  7,  68:  from 

θεοπρόπος,  ov,  foretelling  things  by 
a  spirit  of  prophecy,  prophetic,  II.  13,  70, 
Soph.  Tr.  822  ;  hence  as  subst.,  ό  θ., 
a  seer,  prophet,  II.  12,  228,  Od.  1,  416. 
— II.  a  public  messenger  sent  to  inquire 
of  the  oracle,  elsewh.  θεωρός,  II.  13, 
70,  Hdt.  6.  57  ;  7,  140.  etc.  (Ace.  to 
Buttm.,  Lexil.  in  voc,  from  θίός,  πρέ- 
πω, one  who  interprets  a  sign  given 
by  the  gods.) 

θεοπτεία,  ας,  ή,=^θεοπτία  :  from 

θεόπτης,  ov,  ό,  {θεός,  όράω,  δψο- 
μαι)  seeing  God,  Eccl.     Hence 

θίοπτία,  ας,  ή,  α  seeing  of  God,  di- 
vine vision,  Eccl.     Hence 

θεοπηκός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to  a 
θεοπτεία  or  to  a  θεόπτης,  ή  θ.  όννα- 
μις,  the  power  of  visions,  Hermes  ap. 
Stob.  p.  138,  10  :  oi  θ.,  the  priesthood, 
Eccl. 

θεόπτνστος,  ον,{θεός,  πτνω)άεΙΐ8ΐ- 
ed  by  the  gods,  Aesch.  Theb.  604. 

θεόπϋρος,  ov,  {θεός.  πίφ)  kindled 
by  the  gods,  Eur.  El.  732. 

θεόργι/τος,  ov,  {θεός,  6μγή)=θεο• 
μανής. 

θεόββητος,  ov,  {θεός,  ίρεΐν,  ()ηθή- 
ναι\  spoken  of  God,  Nonn. 

θεόρβντος,  ov.  {θεός,  βέω)  flowing, 
shed  from  the  gods,  ΰμβρυς,  0pp. 

θέορτος,  ov,  {θεός,  όρννμαι)  sprung 


ΘΕΟΣ 

from  the  gods,  divine,  celestial,  Pind. 

0.  2,  67. 

ΘΕΟΣ,  oC,  ό,  with  a  softer  pro- 
nunc.  in  Lat.  JDcus,  God,  Hom.  as  well 
in  genL  signf..  θεός  τό  μεν  δώσει  το 
δ'έάσει,  God  will  grant...  Od.  14,  444, 
cf.  IL  13.730,asin  particular,  θεός  τις, 
a  god,  Od.  9,  142  ;  so  πατήρ  θεών.  etc. 
In  philosoph.  language  the  Deity,  Di- 
vine Essence,  like  to  θείον.  Homer 
represents  God  (tfeof  or  βεοί)  as  ruling 
mankind,  and  attributes  to  Him  all  the 
good  and  evil  of  life,  all  sudden,  unex- 
pected events,  so  that  the  notion  invol- 
ved is  not  only  of  Destiny,  but  also  of 
Chance;  things  are  said  to  happen 
not  only  σνν  θεώ,  συν  θεοίς,  ουκ  ΰνεν- 
θε  θεού,  Lat.  ηοη  sine  diis.  by  the  will 
of  God,  Hdt.  ],  86,  etc. :  but  also  υπέρ 
θεόν.  against  his  will.  Later  phrases : 
ήν  θεός  θελί),  Ar.,  θεών  βονλομένων, 
Luc. .  Lat.  diisfaventibus.  Horn,  takes 
the  gods  as  the  measure  or  standard 
of  human  virtue,  wisdom,  beauty, 
etc.,  hence  the  phrases  θεός  ως,  ώςτε 
θεός,  ίσα  θεώ  or  θεοίς,  θεώ  ένα/ύγ- 
κιος,  etc.  As  an  oath,  προς  θεών,  by 
the  gods,  in  God's  name.freq.  in  Trag. 
— IL  as  fem.,  r/  θεός  for  θεά,  θέαινα, 
a  goddess,  oft.  in  Hom.,  who  \ΐΛ5μήτε 
θή'λεια  θεός,  μήτε  τις  άρσην,  II.  8,  7  ; 
also  in  Att.,  esp.  in  phrase  τώ  θεώ, 
the  goddesses,  viz.  Ceres  and  Proser- 
pina, Valck.  Hipp.  53,  cf.  σώς :  so 
too,  Tj  άνθρωπος. — III.  as  adj.  in  corn- 
par,  θΐώτερος,  more  divine:  θνραι  θεώ- 
τεραι,  gates  /nore  used  by  the  gods,  Od. 
13,  111  ;  χορός  θεώτερος.  Call.  ApoU. 
93.  cf  Buttm.  Ausf  Gr.  §  69,  4.— IV. 
in  late  writers,  ό  θ.  translates  Lat. 
diviLs,  as  a  title  of  the  emperors,  ό  θ. 
Καίσαρ,  Strab.  (Like  forms  occur 
in  most  of  the  kindred  languages, 
Sanscr.  deva,  Lat.  deus,  divus,  etc., 
and  is  no  doubt  orig.  the  same  as 
Ζενς,  Σδενς,  Αιός ;  so  that  we  can- 
not admit  the  Greek  deriv.  given  by 
Hdt.  2.  52,  ότι  κόσμω  θέντες  τά  πάν- 
τα —ρήγματα  και  πάσας  νυμάς  είχον, 
cf.  Wess..  or  that  of  Plat  Crat.  397 
C,  from  θέειν,  to  run,  because  the 
first  gods  were  the  sun,  moon,  etc. 
Cf  Pott  Etym.  Forsch.  1,  40,  sq.) 
[In  poets  not  rare  monosyll.  θεοί,  11. 

1,  18,  θεών,  Η.  Cer.  55,  260,  θεούς, 
Theogn.  171  ;  and  esp.  in  Att.  poets, 
Pors.  Or.  393  ;  cf.  θεά.] 

^θεοςόοτίδ7]ς,  ov,  ό.  prop,  son  of  The 
osdotus.  pr.  n.,  Theosdotides,  an  Athe- 
nian, Plat.  ApoL  33  E. 

θεόςδυτος,  ov,  {θεός,  δίδωμι)  poet. 
for  θεόδοτος,  given  by  the  gods,  Hes. 
Op.  318;  but  also  in  Arist.  Eth.  N.  1,9 

θεόςδωρος, ov, poet. [or  θεοόώρητος. 

θεοσέόεια,  ας.  ή,  the  service  or  fear 
of  God,  Xen.  An.  2,  6,  26  ;  and 

θεοσεβέω,  ώ,  to  serve  God:  from 

θεοσεβής,  ές.  {θεός,  σέβομαι)  serv- 
ing or  fearing  God,  religious.  Soph.  O. 
C.  260,  Plat.,  etc.  Adv.  -βώς,  Xen. 
Cyr.  3,  3.  58. 

θεοσεβητέον,  verb.  adj.  from  θεο- 
σεβέω, one  ?nust  serve  God.  Clem.  Al. 

θεόσεπτος,  ov,  {θεός,  σέβoμaι)fear- 
ed  as  a  god,  Ar.  Nub.  292. 

θεοσέπτωρ,  ορός,  ό,^  θεοσεβής, 
Eur.  Hipp.  1364. 

θεοςεχθρία.  ας,  ή,  {θεός,  εχθρός) 
hatred  of  the  gods,  ungodliness,  impiety, 
Ar.  Vesp.  418. 

θεοσημεία,  ας,  ή,  a  sign  from  the 
gods,  miracle,  Eccl. 

θεοςκννέω,  ώ,  to  worship  the  gods: 
from 

θεοςκννής,  ές,  worshipped  as  a  god, 
cf.  προςκννέω. 

θεοσοφία,  ας,  ή,  knowledge  of  things 
divine,  Eccl. :  from 

631 


ΘΕΟΤ 

θεόσοφος,  ον,  {θεός,  σοφός)  wise  in 
the  things  of  God,  Eccl.     Adv.  -φ^)ς. 

θεόστϊορος,  ou.  {θΐός,  σπείρω)  sown 
by  a  god,  divine,  Eur.  Ai.  I. 

θεόςσντος.  ov,  jioet.  for  θεόσντος, 
χείμων,  Aesch.  Pr.  643. 

θεοστεφί/ς,  ές,  {θεός,  στέφω)  crown- 
ed by  God. 

θεοστήρικτος,  ov,  (θεός,  στηρίζω) 
supported  by  God,  Eccl. 

ΘεοστΙϋ/ς.  ες,  {θεός,  στείβω)  trod- 
den by  God,  Eccl. 

θεοστοηγος,  ov,  (θεός,  στέργω)  lov- 
ing God,  Nonn. 

θεοστΰγής,  ές,  (θεός,  στνγέω)  haled 
of  the  gods,  abominable,  Eur.  Γιο.  1213, 
Cycl.  602.-11.  act.  haling  God,  N.  T. 
Hence 

θεοστνγητος,  ov,=  forcg.,  Aesch. 
Cho.  635  ;  and 

Θεοστνγία,  ας,  ή.  hatred  of  God. 
θεοσνλ7ΐς,  ov,  6,  (θεός.  σνλύω)  rob- 
bing God,  sacrilegious,  Ael. ;  usu.  ιερό- 
συλος, [ν]     Hence 

θεοσΰλία,  ας,  i/,  sacrilege,  Ael. 
θεοσνί'ακτος,   ov,  (θεός,   συνάγω) 
gathered  or  united  by  God,  Eccl. 

θεοσύστάτης,  or,  (θεός,  συνίστημι) 
commending  God,  Eccl. 

θεόcrvτor,  ov,  (θεός.  σεύω)  sent  by 
the  gods,  Ae'sch.  Pr.  116,  596,  cf.  θεός- 
σντος. 

θεότανρος,  ov,  ό.  (θεός,  ταύρος)  the 
god-bull,  a  name  for  Jupiter  changed 
into  the  bull,  Mosch.  2,  131. 

θεοτείχης,  ες,  (θεός.  τείχος)  walled 
by  the  gods,  of  Troy,  Anth. 

θεοτελής,  ές,  (θεός,  τέλος)  divinely 
perfect,  Eccl. 

■\Βεοτέ7\,ης.  ους,  ό,  TheotSles,  masc. 
pr.  η.,  an  Athenian,  Dem.  1018,  4. 

θεοτερτϊής,  ές.  (θεός,  τέρττω)  pleas- 
ing the  gods,  Philo.K.  ap.  Ath.   117  A. 
Βεότενκτος,  ov,  (θεός,  τεύχω)  made 
by  God,  Eccl. 
Οεοτενχής,  Ef,=foreg.,  Eccl. 
&εότης,  ητος.  ή,  (θεός)  Godhead,  di- 
vinity, divine  nature,  Luc. 

θεοτίμητος,  ov,  (θεός,  τιμάω)  hon- 
oured of  God,  Aesch.  Ag.  1337. 

θεότ'ιμος,  ov,  (θεός,  τιμή)=ίοτβξ., 
Find.  Hence 
'\θεότΙμης,  ου,  ό,  Theotimus,  a  La- 
cedaemonian, a  friend  of  Theognis, 
Theogn.  877.— Others  in  Dem.  1259, 
1,  etc. 

Οεοτόκος,  ov,  (θεός,  τίκτω)  bearing 
God  :  esp.,  7]  θ;  mother  of  God,  of  the 
Virgin,  Eccl. 

Οεότρεπτος,  ov,  (θεός,  τρέττω)  turn- 
ed, i.  e.  sent  by  the  gods.  Aesch.  Pars. 
905,  though  the  reading  varies,  v. 
Dind. 

θεοτρεφής,  ές,  (θεός,  τρέφω)  feeding 
the  gods,  άμ'ίροσίη,  Anth. 

θεοτϋηία,  ης,  ή,  (θεός,  τύπος)  like- 
ness to  God,  Eccl. 

θεουδεία,  ας,  ή,  the  fear  of  God,  ho- 
liness, Ap.  Rh. ;  from 

θεουόής,  ές,  fearing  God,  godly, 
holy,  Lat.  pivs,  ΐ'όος,  θυμός,  Od.  6, 
121  ;  19.  361,  etc.  ;  also  ι^ασιλενς 
θεουδΐΐς  ύνύσσων,Οά.  19,109:  never 
in  II.  (Usu.  regarded  as  contr.  from 
θεοειδής  ;  but  then  analocy  would  re- 
quire θεώδης,  nor  does  this  signf.  suit 
the  sense:  so  that  Buttm.,  Lcxil.  in 
voc,  is  prob.  right,  in  deriving  it  from 
θεός  and  δέος,  fear,  and  regarding  it 
as  a  poet,  metaplast.  form  of  an  older 
form,  θεοδΐής.  θεοόής.  However  la- 
ter poets,  as  Qu.  Sm.,  use  θεουδί/ς 
just  like  θείος.) 

θεουργία,  ας,  ή,  (θεονργός)  α  divine 
work,  miracle,  Eccl. — 11.  art,  magic, 
sorcery.  Porphyr.     Hence 

θεουργικός,  ή.  όν,  befitting  a  θεονρ- 
γός, priestli/,  Eccl. 
632 


ΘΕΟΦ 

θεουργός,  όν,  (θεός,  *ίργω)  doing 
the  works  of  God  :  ό  θ.,  a  priest.  Iambi. 

Οεοφύνεια,  ας,  ή,  (θεοφανί/ς)  the  ap- 
pearance, manifestation  of  God,  esp.  of 
Christ  in  the  flesh,  Eccl.   [a] 

ϋεοφάΐ'εια,  ων,  τύ,  (θεός,  φαίνο- 
μαι)=^ϋεοφάνια  11.  [ά] 

Θεοφάνης,  ές,  (θεός,  φαίνομαι)  re- 
vealed by  God,  or  as  God.  Auv.  -νώς, 
Eccl.     Hence 

'[Θεοφάνης,  ους,  ό,  Theophunes,  an 
historian  of  Mytilene,  a  friend  of 
Pompey,  Strab.  p.  617.  [a] 

Θεοφάνια,  uv,  τύ,  (θεός,  φαίνομαι) 
sub.  ίφά,  a  festival  at  Delphi,  at  which 
the  images  of  all  the  gods  were  shown  to 
the  people,  Hdt.  1,  51,  ubi  οΥηχίθεοφα- 
νίηι. — 11.  in  Eccl.,  the  festival  of  the 
θεοφαΐ'εία,  the  Nativity. 

θεόφαντος,  ov.  (θεός,  φαίνομαι)  re- 
vealed by  God,  Metrodor.  ap.  Plut.  2, 
1117  B. 

θεόφάτος,  ov,  θεοφ&τίζω,^^θέσφα- 
τος,  θεσφατίζω. 

θεοφεγ}ής,  ές,  (θεός,  φέγγος)  di- 
vinely bright,  Eccl. 

[θεόφημος.ον,  ό,  Theophcmus, ma.sc. 
pr.  η.,  an  Athenian,  Dem.  11G3. 

θεοφητης,  ου,  ό,  (θεός,  φι/μί)  α  mes- 
senger  of  God.  prophet,  Eccl. 

θεόφθεγκτυς,  ov,  (θεός,  φθέγγομαι) 
uttered  by  God. 

θεόφθογγος,  ov,  (θεός,  φθογγή)  = 
foreg. 

θεοφϊλγ^ς.  ές,  (θεός•,  φιλέω)  dear  to 
the  gods,  highly  favoured,  Horace's 
Diis  cnrus,  Hdt.  1 ,  87  ;  χώρα,  Aesch. 
Eum.  869  ;  εορτή.  At.  Ran.  443.  Adv. 
-?^ος,  θ.  ττράττειν.  to  act  as  the  gods 
W'i//,  Plat.  Ale.  1,134  D. 

θεοφίλητος,  η,  ov,  (θεός,  φιλέω) 
loved  by  the  gods,  Phint.  ap.  Stob.  p. 
445,  42. 

θεοφιλία,  ας,  η,  the  love,  favour  of 
God,  Oenom.  ap.  Euseb. :  from 

θεόφϊ?ιος,  ον,=θεοώιλής.  Hence 
[Θεόφιλος,  ov,  6,  Theophxlus,  name 
of  an  individual  to  whom  St.  Luke 
inscribed  his  Gospel,  and  the  Acts  of 
the  Apostles,  N.  T. — 2.  an  Athenian 
archon,  Dem.  908,  1  :  and 

θεοφΏ^της,  ητος,  ή,  a  being  loved 
by  God. 

θεόφιν,  Ep.  gen.  and  djit.,  sing,  and 
plur.  from  θεός,  Hom.,  esp.  in  phrase 
θεόφιν  μήστωρ  ατάλαντος,  where  it 
is  dat.  plur. 

θεόφοβος,  ov,  (θεός,  φoβέoμaι)fear- 
ing  God,  Eccl. 

θεόφοιτος,  ov,  (θεός,  φοιτάω)  driv- 
en by  divine  frenzy,  epith.  of  Cassan- 
dra, Tryphiod. 

θεοφορέω,  ώ,  (θεοώόρος)  to  bear  the 
image  or  impress  of  God. — II.  USU.  in 
pass.,  to  be  borne,  possessed  or  inspired 
by  a  god :  ή  θεοφορουμένη,  name  of 
a  play  of  Menander.     Hence 

θεοοόρησις,  εως,  ή,  inspiration,  Dion. 
Η.  :  anff 

θεοφόρητος,  ov,  inspired,  possessed, 
Aesch.  Ag.  1140. — II.  act.  carrying  a 
god  or  goddess,  Luc.  Adv.  -τως. 

θεοφορία,ας,7},=θεοφόρησις,δίιβΛ3.: 
from 

θεοφόρος,  ov,  (θεός,  φέρω)  bearing, 
carrying  a  god,  πόδες,  .-\esch.  Fr.  210  : 
but — II.  θεόφορος,  ov,  borne,  possessed 
by  a  god,  inspired,  Θ.  όναι.  the  painS 
of  inspiration,  Aesch.  Ag.  1150. 

θεοφράδής,  ές,  (θεός.  φράζω)  speak- 
ing from  God,  prophetic.  Orph. — II. 
pass,  spoken  by  God,  Nonn. 

θευφρΰδία,  ας,  ή,  a  divine  saying, 
Oracle. 

θεοφράδμων,  ov,  gen.  ονος,=ζθεο• 
φραδ/'/ς  I,  Philo. 

[θεόορηστος,  ov,  6,  Thenphrastus, 
an  Athenian  archon  01.  110, 1,  Diod. 


ΘΕΡΑ 

S.  16.  77  and  01.  116,  4,  Id.  19,  73.— 
2.  of  Ercsus  in  Lesbos,  the  celebrated 
philosopher,  i)upil  of  Aristotle,  from 
whom  he  received  the  name  θεόφ.  in- 
stead of  his  own  Ύνρταμος,  Diog.  L., 
etc. 

θεοφροσννη,  ης,  ή,  (θεόφρων)  godli- 
ness. 

θεοφροίφητος.  ov,  (θεός,  φρονρέω) 
guarded  by  God,  Eccl. 

θεόφρων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  (θεός,  φρήν 
godly-minded,  holy,  Lat.pius,  Pind.  Ο 
0,  70. . 

θεοφύλακτος,  ov,  (θεός,  φν?ιάσσω) 
guarded  by  God.  [£i] 

θεόφΰτος,  ov,  (θεός,  φύω)  planted 
by  God. 

[θεοφών,  ώντος,  b,  Theophon,  masc 
pr.  n.,  Isae. 

θεοφωνέω.  ύ,  to  speak  from  God, 
prophesy,  Heliod. 

θεοχάρακτος,  ov,  (θεός,  χαράσσω) 
graven  by  God,  Eccl.  [u] 

θεοχολωσία,  or,  ή,  and  -λωσννη, 
ης,  η,  the  wrath  of  God :  from 

θεοχόλωτος,  oi',  (θεός.  χολόω)  un- 
der God^s  ivrnth,  accursed,  Epict. 

θεόχρηστος,  ov,  (θεός.  χράω)  λό- 
γΐα.  uttered,  delivered  by  God,  Philo : 
cf.  Τίνθόχρηστος.     Hence 

[θεόχρηστος,  ου,  ό,  Theochrestus, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Paus. 

θεόχριστος,  ov,  (θεός,  χρίω)  anoint- 
ed by  God,  Eccl. 

θΐόω,  ώ,  (θεός)  to  make  into  God, 
deify.  Pass.,  to  become  a  God,  γνια 
θεωθείς.  Call.  Dian.  159.—η.=θειόω, 
Araros  Camp.  4. 

[θέραμβος,  ov,  in  Hdt.  a  gen.  θερ 
ύμβω,  ή,  Therambus  (or  Thramhus, 
Stpph.  Byz.)  a  city  of  Pallene,  in  Ma- 
cedonia, Hdt.  7,  123. 

θερόιτταινα,  ης,  ή,  fem.  of  θεράπων, 
a  waiting-maid,  Itatidtnaid,  Hdt.  3,  134, 
Xen.  Cyr.  6,  4,  11.  [a] 

θεράπαινίδιον,  ov,  το,  dim.  from 
sq.,  Plut. 

θερΰπαινίς.  ίδυς,  ί],^^θεράπαινα. 
Plat.  Legg.  808  A. 

θεραπεία,  ας,  i/.  Ion.  θεραπηίη, 
(θεραπεύω)  a  waiting  on,  service,  at- 
tendance ;  and  so,  the  body  of  attend- 
ants, a  king's  suite,  retinue,  Hdt.  1,  199  ; 
hence  invariousrelations, — 1.  θ.θεών, 
service  done  to  the  gods,  divine  worship, 
Plat.  Legg.  716  Ε  ;  also  ή  περί  τους 
θεονς  θ.,  Isocr.  226  A  ;  and  then  absol., 
Plat.  Phaedr.  255  A. — 2.  a  fostering, 
tending,  nurture,  care,  τοϋ  σώματος, 
της  φνχής.  Plat.  Gorg.  464  Β,  Lach. 
185  Ε. — 3.  service  doyie  to  gain  favour, 
a  courting,  paying  court,  Lat.  obsequinm, 
εν  θεραπεία  έχειν,  to  court  one's  fa- 
vour, Thlic.  1,  55. — 4.  service  done  to 
the  sick,  tending,  Thtic.  2,  55  ;  a  reme- 
dy, cure.  Plat.  Prot.  345  A,  etc. :  of  ani- 
mals, α  rearing,  bringing  up,  keeping; 
and  of  plants,  cultivation.  Id.  149  E. 

θεράπενμα,  ατός,  τό,  (θεραπεύω) 
a  service  done  to  another,  and  .so — 1.  at- 
tention, service.  Plat.  Legg.  718  A. — 2. 
divine  worship,  Dei.  Plat.  415  Α.— 3. 
care,  nurture,  esp.  a  cure,  remedy,  Plut. 
[δ] 

θερύπενσία,  ας,  ή,  rarer  form  for 
θεραπεία,  but  ace.  to  Lob.  Phrv'n.  5, 
to  be  written  θεραπουσία,  cf.  εθελού- 
σιος, etc.     Hence 

θερΰπενσιμος,  ov,  curable. 

θεμύπεντέον,  verb.  adj.  from  θερα- 
πεύω, one  7n?ist  serve,  cultivate,  την 
γήν,  Xen.  Mem.  2,  1,  28:  one  must 
cure,  Plat.  Rep.  408  B. 

θεράπεντήρ,  τ/ρος,  ό,—sq.,  Xen. 
Cyr.  7.  5,  65. 

θεραπευτής,  ov,  6,  (θεραπεύω)  one 
who  waits  on  a  great  man,  an  attendanit 
servant,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  3,  7.-2.  o?i«u'Ae 


effPA 

attends  to  any  thing,  c.  gen.,  Plat.  Rep. 
369  D  ;  otte  who  serves  the  gods,  a  xvur- 
shipper.  Id.  Phaedr.  252  C  :  hence  in 
Philu,  and  later  in  Eccl.,  ol  Οεραττευ- 
ταί,  a  name  given  to  certain  ascetics. 
Hence 

θεραττεντίϋός,  ή,  όν,  indined  to 
serve,  attentive,  obedient,  Xen.  Hell.  3, 

1,  28  :  a  courtier,  Plut.  ;  and  c.  gen., 
paying  court  to,  τον  ττ'/.ήΟυνς,  Plut. — 

2.  inclined  to  take  care  of,  tend.  etc.  : 
ή  -κή=Οερα-εία,  Plat.  Polit.  282  A. 
Adv.  -κώς.  Piut. 

θερΰ—εντίς,  ίδος,  ή.=θεραπευτρίς. 

θερΰ~εντός.  όν,  (^θεραπεύω)  that 
may  be  fostered,  reared,  cultivated.  Plat. 
Prot.  325  B.— 2.  curable,  Arist.  H.  A. 

θερΰτίεντρια,  ας,  >),  and 

θεράτΐεντρίς.  ίόος,  ή,  fern,  from 
θεραττεντήρ,  Philo. 

θερΰκεύω,  (θεράττον)  to  wait  on,  at- 
tend, serve:  Hom.  has  it  only  in  Od. 
13,  265,  to  be  an  attendant,  do  service, 
and  in  mid.  H.  Hom.  Ap.  J90,  both 
times  absol.  It  was  then  used  in  va- 
rious relations,  much  like  Lat.  cnlere: 
— 1.  to  do  service  to  a  superior,  and 
prob.  first  to  serve  the  gods,  αθανά- 
τους, θεούς  θεραττεύειν,  Lat.  colere 
deos,  Hes.  Op.  134,  Hdt.  2,  37,  cf.  θερ- 
απεία :  to  serve  a  master,  obey,  etc., 
but  also  without  any  notion  of  sub- 
jection, to  serve,  honour,  attend,  foster, 
cherish,  as  a  son  his  father,  like  Lat. 
colere,  observare.—2.  freq.  in  Att.  prose, 
to  court,  pay  court  to.  and  in  bad  sense, 
to  flatter,  TO  -Η?.7/θος,  Thuc.  1,9:  to 
conciliate,  τινά  χρημάτων  δόσει,  lb. 
137  :  also  of  thmgs.  to  consult.  Lat. 
inservire  commodo,  το  ξνμφέρον,  Thuc. 
3,  56  ;  ήδονην  θ.,  to  indulge  one's  love 
of  pleasure,  Xen.  Cyr.  5,  5,  41  :  τάς 
θύρας  τίνος  θ-,  to  wait  at  a  great  mans 
door,  lb.  8,  1,  6. — 3.  c.  ace.  rei.  to  take 
care  of,  look  to,  provide  for.  θ.  το  παρόν, 
to  look  to.  provide  for  the  present.  Soph. 
Phil.  149  ;  θ.  την  άνοιξιν  των  πυλών, 
Thuc.  4,  C7  :  also  esp.,  θ.  το  σώμα,  to 
take  care  of  one's  person,  to  dress,  ivash, 
etc.,  Lat.  cutem  curare.  Plat.  Gorg. 
513  D :  also  Θ.  ήμέρην,  to  observe  a 
day,  keep  it  holy,  Hdt.  3,  79  ;  Θ.  ιερά, 
Lat.  sacra  procurare,  Thuc.  4,  98.- — 1. 
esp.  to  take  care  o/the  sick,  tend  them, 
Thuc.  2,  47,  51  :  also  to  heal,  cure,  re- 
store, νόσημα.  Isocr.  390  B. — 5.  of  ani- 
mals, 6.  g.  Θ.  ϊππονς.  to  rear,  keep 
horses,  Plat. — 6.  of  land,  to  cultivate, 
till  it,  γην,  Xen.  Oec.  5,  12  ;  δένδρον 
θ.,  to  train,  manage  a  tree,  Hdt.  1,  193, 
and  Theophr.  Construct. :  in  Hom. 
absol.  :  later  usu.  c.  ace,  and  so  first 
in  Hes.  :  also  followed  by  inf ,  to  take 
care  that...,  Lat.  operant  dare  ut.,.,  Θ. 
TO  μη  θορυ3εΐν,Ύ]\•ύθ.  6,  61  ;  θ.  δτι..., 
lb.  29.  (Ace.  to  Doderlein  akin  to 
θέρω,  θύ?ι.πω,  answering  to  hat.  faveo, 
fovea.) 

θερΰπηίη,  τις  ή,  Ion.  for  θεραπεία, 
Hdt. 

θερΰπήϊος,  η,  ov.  Ion.  and  poet,  for 
θεραπευτικός,  θ-  νοΰσων,  Anth. 

θερΰπίς,  ίδος,  τ/,=  θεραπαινίς,  τοΰ 
ηττονος  θ-,  favouring  the  weaker  side, 
Plat.  Menex.  244  E. 

^ΒεραπναΙος,  ov,  of  Therapne  (1); 
also  an  appeli.  of  Apollo,  Ap.  Rh.  2, 
163. 

(Θεράπνη,  ης,  η,  poet,  contr.  from 
θεράπαινα,  a  hand-maid.  H.  Hom.  Ap. 
157. — II.  in  Nic.  a  dwelling,  abode. 

Θεράπνη,  ης,  ή,  Hdt.  6,  Gl  ;  Dor. 
θεράπναι,  ύν,  at,  Pind.  P.  11,  95, 
The.rapna  or  Therapnae,  an  old  Lai'Oii. 
city,  with  a  temple  of  Menelaus  and 
Helen,  and  of  the  Dioscuri,  whence 
they  arc  called  θεραπναϊοι ;  it  is  now 
prob.  Chrysapha. — 2.  a  city  of  the 


ΘΕΡΙ 

Thebans,  in  Boeotia,  Strab. — II.  a 
daughter  of  Lelex,  from  whom  the 
city  (1)  is  said  to  have  derived  its 
name,  Pans.  3,  19,  9. 

θεραπνίς,  ίδος,  ή,  poet,  contr.  from 
θεραπαινίς,  Anth. 

θεραπόντων,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from 
θεράπων,  Diog.  L.  4,  59. 

θερΰποντίς,  ίδος,  η,  of,  belonging  to 
a  ivaiting-maid,  θ.  ψερνή,  Aesch.  Supp. 
979. 

θεράπων,  οντος.  ό,  a  waiting-man, 
attendant,  servant,  Hom.  esp.  in  Od.  : 
in  Hom.  and  old  authors  it  always 
differs  from  δοϋ?Μς,  as  implying  free 
and  honourable  service  ;  Hom.  oft.  in 
signf  of  εταίρος,  οπάων,  a  companion 
inarms,  comrade,  though  usu.  inferior 
in  rank  or  name,  so  Patroclus  is  θερ- 
άπων of  Achilles,  II.  16,  244,  Meriones 
of  Idomeneus,  II.  23,  113,  Eteoneus 
of  Menelaus,  and  yet  called  κρείων, 
Od.  4,  22  :  in  other  places  the  chario- 
teer is  esp.  so  called,  ηνίοχος  θ.,  II.  8, 
119  ;  also  the  κήρυξ,  Od.  18,  424  :  fur- 
ther, it  was  used  esp.  of  the  servants 
of  God ;  so  kings  were  Αώς  θεράπον- 
τες, Od.  11,  255;  warriors  θεράπον- 
τες Άρηος  oft.  in  II. ;  minstrels  and 
poets  Μονσάων  θεράποντες,  Η.  Hom. 
32,  20,  cf  Nake  Choeril.  p.  106 ;  hence 
in  genl.  a  worshipper. — II.  however  in 
Chios,  θεράποντες  was  the  name  for 
their  slaves,  Arnold  Thuc.  8,  40.  (v. 
θεραπεύω  fin.)  [ά] 

θέραιίι,  άπος,  ό,  rare  poet,  form 
for  θεράπων,  prob.  only  used  in  obi. 
cases,  nom.  pi.  θέραπες,  Eur.  Ion  94, 
Supp.  762  ;  ace.  sing,  θέραπα,  .4nth. 
θερεία,  ας,  η.  summer,  v.  θέρειος. 
θερείβοτος,  ov,  {θέρος,  βόσκω)  ser- 
ving for  a  summer-pasture. 

θερειγενής,  ές,  {θέρος,  *γενω)  grow- 
ing in  summer,  ?sic.  :  hence  hot,  Nonn. 
Θερει7^εχής,  ές,  {θέρος,  7.έχος)  πλά- 
τανος θ.,  a  plane-tree  to  sleep  under  in 
summer,  Nic. 

θερεινόμος,  ov,  {θέρος,  νέμω)  feed- 
ing in  summer,  Θ.  πόα,  summer-pasture, 
Dion.  H. 

θέρειος,  a,  ov,  also  ος,  ov,  Ael., 
{θέρος)  of,  belonging  to  summer,  in  sum- 
mer: άϋχμόςθ-,  summer-droaght,  Em- 
ped.  404  :  ήΰέρεια.  Ion.  θερείη,  with 
or  without  ώρα,^θέρος,  summer-time, 
summer,  Hdt.  1,  189  ;  also  in  plur.,  ai 
θέρειαι,  Pind.  I.  2,  61.  Irreg.  superl. 
θερείτατος,  very  hot,  Nic.  In  prose 
θερινός,  is  the  most  usu.  form. 

θρείποτος,  ov,  {θέρος,  πίνω)  water- 
ed in  summer,  yvai,  Lyc. 
θερείτατος,  v.  θέρειος. 
θερείω,  later  poet,  form  of  θέρω, 
Nic. 

θέρετραν,  ου,  τό,  {θέρος)  a  summer- 
abode.  Hipp. 

θερέω,  Ep.  for  θερω,  subj.  aor.  2 
pass,  from  θέρω,  Od.  17,  23. 

θερήγΰνον,  ov,  τό,  contr.  θέρηγνον, 
(θέρος)  the  wicker-body  of  the  harvest- 
cart.     (Nothing  to  do  with  άγω.) 

\θερίδας,  ου,  6,  Ther'tdas,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  Paus. 
^θερίδδεν.  Dor.  inf  for  θερίζειν,  Ar. 
θερίζω,  f.  -ίσω  Att.  -ΐώ  :  shortd. 
θρίζω.  -σω,  aor.  εθρισα.  Aesch.  Ag. 
536,  (θέρος).  To  inow  and  gather  in 
the  harvest,  c.  ace,  σΐτον.  κριθάς,  καρ- 
πόν  θ.,  to  mow.  reap,  cut  it,  Hdt.  4,  42, 
Ar.  Av.  506,  and  Plat.  :  also  in  mid., 
Ar.  Plut.  515. — 2.  metaph.  to  mow 
down,  i.  e.  slay,  Άρη  τον  θερίζοντα 
βροτούς,  Aesch.  Supp.  638. — 3,  to  cut 
the  hair,  θέρος  θερισβ^  ξανθόν.  had 
her  crop  of  vellow  hair  cut  off,  Soph. 
Fr.  587  ;  cf  άποθερίζω. — 4.  metaph. 
also  to  pack  tip,  Ar.  Ach.  947,  in  Dor. 
inf.  θερίδδίι^. — II.  intr.  to  pass  the  sum- 


ΘΕΡΜ 

mer,  Xen.  An.  3,  5,  15.     Cf.  έαρίζω, 
χειμάζω. 

θερίκύς,  ή,  όν,=ζθέρειος. 
θερίνεος,  έα,  εον,=θέρειος,  θ.  τρο- 
παί.  the  summer  solstice,  i.  6.  21  St  of 
June,  Hdt.  2,  19, 

θερινός.  ?},  όν,  more  usu,  prose 
form  for  θέρειοσ,  Plat,,  etc.,  but  also 
in  Pind.  P.  3,  87. 

θέριος.  a,  ον,=θέρειος. 
θέρΐσις,  εως,    ή,  (θερίζω)  α  maw- 
ing. 

Θερισμός.  ου.  ό,=θέρισις,  Eupol. 
Mar.  i{.—-f2.thetime  of  mowing,  har- 
vest, Ν .  Τ. — 3.  the  crop  to  be  mowed, 
LXX.,  met.,  N.  T._ 

θεριστήρ,  ήρας,  ό,  (θερίζω)  a  mow- 
er, reaper,  Lyc.    Hence 

θεριστήριυς,  a,  ov,  belonging  to  mow- 
ing or  reaping:  τό  θεριστήριον,  sub. 
όργανον,  a  reaping-hook,  also  α  plough- 
share, LXX. 

θεριστής,  ου,  ό,=θεριστηρ,  Dem. 
242.  23  :  also  name  of  a  satyr,  play 
of  Euripides. 

θεριστικός,  ή,  όν,-=θεριστήριος  : 
τα  θεριστικά,  α  crop.  Strab. 

θεριστός,  ή,  όν,  {θερίζω)  reaped,  to 
be  reaped  :  τό  θ.,  a  kind  of  balsam, 
Diosc. 

θέριστος,  ου,  ό,  (θερίζω)  harvest  or 
harvest-time,  Spohn  Niceph.  Blemm. 
40,  cf  άμητος. 

θερίστρια.  ας,  ή,  fem.  from  θερισ- 
τήρ, Ar.  Fr.  618. 

θερίστριον,  ov,  τό,  a  light  summer 
garment,  opp.  to  χειμάστριον,  Theocr. 
15,69,  ubiv.Wiistem.:  ace.  toWinck- 
elm.  Gesch.  d.  Kunst  6,  2,  2,  a  light 
kind  of  veil,  cf  also  Muller  Archaol. 
d.  Kunst  'js  394,  1. 

θεριστρον,  ov,  ro,=foreg.,  LXX. 
— II.  a  reaping-hook. 

■\θερίτης,  ov,  a,  Therites,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  Luc. 

θέρμα.  ή,  in  Menand.  p.  37  for  θέρ- 
μη, heat,  fever,  but  v.  Lob.  Phryn.  331. 
•fOfp.ua*  ων  τά,  Θέρμος,  ov  ύ,  and 
θέρμον,  ου,  τό,  Therma  or  Thermits,  a 
large  and  opulent  city  of  Aetolia,  the 
place  of  the  general  assembly  of  the 
nation,  having  warm  springs  in  its 
vicinity,  whence  its  name  (θερμός) 
Polyb,'5,  6,  6,  etc.,  Strab.  p.  463. 
'ϊθέρμαι,  ών,  αϊ,  τών  Ίμεραίων, 
Thermae,  a  city  of  Sicily  near  Hime- 
ra,  with  warm  springs  in  its  vicinity, 
Polyb. 

θερμάζω,  f.  -ύσω,=  θερμαίνυ,^ϊο. 
θερμαίνω,  f.  -ΰνώ,  pert.  pass,  τεθέρ- 
μασμαι,  Hipp.,  (θερμός)  Ιο  tvarm,  heat, 
II.  14,  7:  in  the  dub.  1.,  Aesch.  Cho. 
1004,  πο?.λα  θέρμαινοι  όρενί  (which 
Passow  explains  by  πολλά  πράσσοι 
θερμ-η  ώρενί)  Dind.  now  reads  θέρμ' 
άνοι  (from  άνω,  to  accomplish).  Pass. 
to  become  warm  0Γ  hot,  grotv  hot,  Od.  9, 
376  ;  also  to  be  in  a  fever,  Hipp.  Freq. 
metaph.,  θερμαίνεσθαι  ελπίαι,  to  glow 
with  hope,  Soph.  Aj.  478 ;  χαρά  θερ- 
μαίνεσθαι καρδίαν,  to  have  one's  heart 
warm  with  joy,  Eur.  El.  402  ;  so  κότφ 
θερμαίνεσθαι  σπλάγχνα,  Ar.  Rau. 
844.     Also  θερμάζω. 

iθεpμaϊoς,  ου,  ό,  κό?.πος,  the  Ther- 
ma'icus  Sinus,  or  Gulf  of  Therme.  noW 
Gulf  of  Salonichi,  Hdt"  7,  123.— 2.  as 
adj.  of  Therme,  oi  θερ-,  the  Thermae 
arts. 

θέρμανσις,  εως,  ή,  (θερμαίνω)  a 
warming,  heating,  Hipp. 

θερμαντήρ,  ηρος,  ό,  (θερμαίνω)  a 
warmer,  i.  β.  a  kettle,  pot  for  boiling  wa 
ter,  etc.     Hence 

θερμαντήριος,  a,  ov.  good  for  warm- 
ins,  promoting  warmth,  Hipp. :  to  θερ- 
μάντήοίον,  with  or  without  άγγεΐον. 
Gal. 

033 


ΘΕΡΜ 

Βερμηντικ.ός,ή,όν,=^θι:ρμαν7ηρως, 
C.  gen..  Plat.  Tun.  00  Α. 

θΐΐιμαντύς,  ή,  όν,  [Οΐρμαίνω)  wann- 
ed, heated,  Arist.  Metaph. 

θίρμΰσία,  ας,ή.ιυατιηΐΐι,  Λεαί,Ηίρρ. : 
less  Att.  for  θερμυτης,  Thoin.  Μ.  p. 
4-iI. 

Οίρμασμα,  ατός,  τά,  (θψμαίνω)  α 
warm  application  or  lotion,  Hipp. 

θΐρααστιον,  ου,  τό,^^θερμαστρίς 
II. 

Οερμαστίς,  ίδος,  η,—  θερμαντ/ιρ. 

Θερμάστρα,  ας,  ή,  an  oven,  furnace, 
a.L•oβtpμavσrpά,q.v.,  Call.  Del.  141. 
Adv.  Οερμαστρΐ/βεν.  from  the  furnace. 

θερμαστρίζω,  v.  θερμαστρίς  1.  2. 

θερμαστρίς,  ίδος,  ή,  φερμαίνω)βτε- 
toiifcs,  tongs  used  by  smiths  to  take  hold 
of  hot  metal :  hcnct!  in  gonl.  pincers,  pli- 
ers, βΆ\).=όδοΐ'τύγρα,  Arist.  Meclian. 
— 2.  also  α  violent  sort  of  dance,  a  kind 
of  entrechat  or  caper,  in  which  one 
jumped  up  with  the  legs  closed  tong- 
fashion :  hence  the  verbs  Οερμηστρί- 
ζω.  (Ιερμαυστρίζω,  to  dance  thisdance. 
— II.  a  sort  of  pill  or  nail. — 1\\.=^θερ- 
μαντήρ,  LXX. — Also  βερμαυστρίς, 
q.  V. 

Οερμανστρά,  ΰς,  ή,  θερμαυστρίζω, 
Critias  29,  θερμανσ-ρίς,=θερμαστρά, 
etc.  (Merely  another  form,  not  compd. 
with  αύω  or  φαύω.) 

]Οέρμετε,  θέρμετο,  through  θερμός 
from  Οέρομαι,  v.  sub  θερμοί,  Horn. 

Βέρμη,  ης.  ή,  {.θερμός)  heat,  esp./e- 
vcrish  heat.  Thuc.  2,  49  ;  in  new  Att., 
ij  θερμά.  Menand.  p.  37,  but  v.  Lob. 
Phryn.331. — II.  ai  θέρμαι, hot-springs, 
Lat.  thermae.     Hence 

■f  θέρμη,  ης,  ?),  Thcrme,  a  city  of  Ma- 
cedonia, the  later  Thessalonica,  at  the 
head  of  the  Thermaicus  Sinus  ;  it  is 
now  Salouichi,  Hdt.  7,  124  ;  Thuc.  1, 
61. 

θεομηγορέω,  ώ,  {θερμός,  αγορεύω) 
ίυ  speak  warmly,  hotly,  Orac.  ap.  Luc. 

θερμημερίαι,  ων,  at,  {θεραύς,  ημέ- 
ρα) hot  days,  summer-time,  Hipp. 

Οέρμΐνος,  ?/,  ov,  {Θέρμος)  of  lupines, 
Diosc. 

θέρμων,  ου,  το,  dim.  from  Θέρμος, 
Diosc. 

■Ιθέρμισσα,  ης,  ή,  (θερμός)  Thermis- 
sa,  one  of  the  Lipari  isles,  now  Vol- 
cayio,  Strab. 

θερμοβΰφής,  ες,  (θερμός,  βάπτω) 
dyed  hot,  opp.  to  ψυχροβαφής,  The- 
ophr. 

θερμόβλνστος,  ov,  (θερμός,  βλνω) 
hat-bahbling,  όείθρον,  Anth. 

θερμόβουλος,  ov,  (θερμ('>ς,  βουλή) 
hot-tempered,  rash,  Eur.  Incert.  177. 

θερμοδότης,  ου,  ό,  (θερμός,  δίόωμι) 
one  who  brow^ht  the  hot  water  {calda)  at 
baths  or  sacrifices,  Lat.  caldarius. 

θερμοδότις,  ίδος,  fern,  from  foreg., 
Anth. 

θερμϋεργός,  όν,^=θερμουργός,  cf. 
Dind.  Acsch.  Eum.  500. 

θερμοκοίλιος,  ov,  (θερμός,  κοίλία) 
hot-stomached,  Hipp. 

θερμηκύΰμος,  ου,  ό.  a  leguminous 
jplant,  prob.  of  a  kind  between  Θέρμος 
and  κύαμος.  Diphil.  ap.  Ath.  55  D. 

θερμο7.ουσία.  ης,  ή,  a  bathing  in  hot 
water,  hot  bath,  Theophr.  :  and 

θερμολοντέω,  ώ,  to  use  hot  baths, 
Hipp.':  from 

Θεΐ)μο?Μντης,  ου,  b,  (Θερμός,  7.ούω) 
one  who  uses  hot  baths, 

θερμολουτία,  ας,  ί),—  θερμο/.ουσία, 
Hipp. 

θερμο7.οντρέω,  ύ,  =  θερμολοντέω, 
Arist.  Prob. 

θερμομίγής,  ές,  (θερμός,  μίγνυμι) 
half-hot.  Pint. 

θερμόνους,  ονν,  (θερμός,  νους)  heat- 
ed in  mind,  Aesch.  Ag.  1172. 
634 


ΘΕΡΟ 

Θερμόπ7.α,  ης.  η,  (θερμός,  ύττλή) 
an  inflammatory  disease  in  horses^  hoofs. 

θερμοιτότης,  ov,  6,  (θερμός,  πίνω) 
one  who  drinks  hot  ilrinks,  Ath.   Hence 

Θερμοπόης,  ιδος,  ή,  a  cup  for  mix- 
ing hot  drinks  in,  Ath. 

Οεριιο7τν?.αι,  ών,  al,  (θερμός,  πύλη) 
literally  Hot-Gates,  i.  e.  a  narrow 
gate-like  pass,  in  which  were  hot 
springs  ;  Thermopylae,  name  of  the 
famous  i)ass  of  Mi.  Oeta  from  Thes- 
saly  to  Locris,  the  key  of  Greece, 
Strab. ;  also  called  simply  ΪΙνλαί, 
Hdt.  7,  201.  [ϋ] 

θερμοπώλης,  ov,  ή,  (θερμόν,  πω- 
},εω)  α  seller  of  hot  meat  and  drink. 
Hence 

Θερμοπώλιον,  ου,  τό,  a  cook-shop, 
Plant. 

θίρμός,  η,  όν,  also  poet,  ός,  ov.  Η. 
Hom.  Merc.  1 10,  Hes.  Th.  096.  [θερω) : 
warm,  hot,  boiling,  glowing,  Horn.  ;  of 
hot  baths.  Θ.  λοετρύ,  II.  14,  6  (after- 
wards called  Ηράκλεια  λ-,  v.  also 
signf  III.)  ;  of  tears.  Od.  19,  302  ;  of 
boiling  water,  lb.  388  ;  of  sun-heat, 
Hdt.  3,  104,  etc.— II.  metaph.  hot, 
hasty,  rasli,  headlong,  like  Lat.  calidus, 
e.sp.  in  Att.,  as  Acsch.  Eum.  400,  Ar. 
Plut.  415. — 2.  eager,  active,  fresh,  Luc. 
— 111.  TO  θερμό ν,^θερμότης. heat, hat. 
calor,  Hdt.  1,  142,  and  Plat.— 2.  sub. 
νδωρ,  hot  drink,  Lat.  calda  ;  v.  Bockh 
P.  E.  1,  p.  104  n. — 3.  τά  θερμά,  sub. 
χωρία,  Hdt.  4,  29  ;  but  sub.  λουτρά, 
hut  baths,  also  in  sing,  to  θερμόν, 
Meineke  Philem.  p.  375. 

Θέρμος,  ου,  ό,  the  lupine,  esp.  lupi- 
nus  nlhus :  used  at  Athens  to  coun- 
teract the  effects  of  drink,  Coinici 
ap.  Ath.  55  C. 
ίθέρμυς,  ου,  ό,=  θέρμα. 

Θερμοσποδία,  ας,  ή.  (θερμός,  σπο- 
δός) hoi  ashes,  Diosc.  v.  Lol).  Phryn. 
003. 

θερμότης,  ητος,  ή.  (θερμός)  warmth, 
heat,  Lat.  color.  Plat.  Rep.  335  C, 
etc. — II.  metaph.  heat,  haste,  passion, 
Philostr. 

θερμοτραγέω,  ώ,  (Θέρμος,  τρώγω) 
to  eat  lupines,  Luc. 

θερμουργέω,  ω,  to  do  hot,  hasty  acts  : 
and 

θερμουργία,  ας,  ή,  a  hot,  hasty  act : 
froni 

θερμονργός,  όν,  (θερμός,  *εργω) 
doing  hot,  hasty  acts,  rash,  headlong, 
Xen.  Mem.  I,  3,  9. 

θερμόω,  ώ,=  θέρμω,  whence  pass, 
pf  int.  τεθερμώσθαο,  dub.  1.  Ar.  Lys. 
1079. 

θέρμνδρον,  ου,  τό,  also  τα  θέρμυ- 
δρα,  ων,  (θερμός,  voojp)  α  place  with  hot 
.iprings  :  name  of  a  harliour  of  Rhodes. 

θέρμω,  (Οέρω)  to  warm,  heat,  make 
hot,  νδωρ,  Od.  8,  420.  Pass,  to  grow 
hot,  Od.  8,  437.  II.  18,  318.  Ep.  word, 
oidy  found  in  forms  θίρμετε  and  θέρ- 
μετο. 

θερμώδης,  ες,  (θερμός,  είδος)  luke- 
warm, Arotae. 

^Θερμώδοσση,  ης,  ή,  ThermSdossa, 
an  .ληκιζοη,  Q.  Sni.  1,  40. 

^θερμώδων,  οντος,  ό,  Thermodon,  a 
river  of  Cappadocia,  that  empties  into 
the  Pontus  Euxinus,  now  the  Ther- 
meh  ;  on  its  banks  dwell  the  Ama- 
zons, Acsch.  Pr.  725,  Hdt.  2, 104,  Xen. 
— 2.  a  small  river  of  Boeotia  near 
Tanagra,  Hdt.  9,  43. 

θερμολή,  ης,  ij,  heat,  esp.  feveri.ih 
heat.  Hipp. 
tOt'p//(j/',  ωνος,  ό,  T/ier/non,  a  Spar- 
tan, Thuc.  8.  11. 

Οερόείς,  εασα,  iv,  of,  or  in  summer, 
Nic. :  from 

θέρος,  εος,  τό,  (θερω)  summer,  sum- 
mer-time, Horn. ;  hence  also  summer- 


θβΣΙ 

heat,  as  χειμών,  winter-cold  :  to  θέ- 
ρος, rot)  θέρους,  absoL,  during,  171  the 
summer,  Hdt.  1,  202  ;  2,  24  ;  κατά  θέ- 
ρους άκμήν,  Xen.  Hell.  5,  3,  19,  θέ- 
ρους μεσοΰντος,  about  jnid-suminer, 
Luc. — II.  summer-fruits,  harvest,  a 
crop :  metaph.,  ττάγκ?Μυτον  βέρος, 
Aesch.  Pers.  822,  ci.  Ag.  1C55. 

iθεpσaγόpaς,  ου.  ό,  Thersagoras, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Dem.  000,  fin. 

\θέρσανδρος,  ου,  ό,  Thersander,  son 
of  Polynices  of  Thebes,  Pind.  O.  2, 
76,  Hdt.  4,  147. — 2.  son  of  Si.syphus, 
Pans. — 3.  a  distinguished  citizen  of 
Orchomenus  in  Boeotia,  Hdt.  9,  16. 
— Others  in  Aeschin.,  etc. 

^θερσίλοχος,  ov,  ΰ,  Thersilochus,  an 
ally  of  the  Trojans,  II.  21,  209. 

iθέpσιoς,  ου,  ό,  Thersius,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  Paus. 

'\θέρσίππος,  ov,  ό,  Thersippus,  a 
Macedonian  envoy  to  Darius,  Arr. 
An.  2,  14,  4.-2.  an  Athenian,  Plut. 
Sol.  31. — Others  in  Ath.    etc. 

^θερσίται,  ών,  οι,  the  Thersitae,  a 
people  of  western  Hispania,  Polyb. 
3,  33,  9. 

'\θερσίτειος,  ov,  of  Thcrsilss,  like 
Thersiies,  βλέμμα,  prov.  of  any  thing 
exceedmgly  ugly,  Paroem.  C.  259: 
from 

ίθερσίτης,  cv,  ό,  Thersites,  the  ug- 
liest and  mvjst  abusive  of  the  Greeks 
before  Troy  ;  he  spared  in  his  revi- 
lings  neither  prince  nor  chief,  but 
chiefly  did  hs  direct  his  abuse  against 
Achilles  and  Ulysses,  untd  smitten 
by  Ulysses  with  the  sceptre,  11.  2, 
212,  sq(i.  ;  ace.  to  Apollod.  son  of 
Agrius  ;  he  was  slain  by  Achilles  for 
deriding  his  grief  for  Penthesilea, 
Cyclic.  Fr.  p.  583  Didot.  [i] 

θέρσος,  εος,  τό.^=θέρος,  Hesych. 
ΘΕ'Ρϋ.  fut.  θέρσω,  to  warm,  heat, 
make  hot,  dry,  burn.  But  Hom.  uses 
only  pass,  θέρομαι,  c.  fut.  mid.  θέρσο- 
μαι,  Od.  19,  507,  aor.  2  έθέμην  in  subj. 
θερέω  for  θερώ,  Od.  17,  23:  to  become 
warm,  grow  hot,  warm  07ie's  self.  Od.  19, 
64  ;  πυρός,  at  the  fire,  Od.  17,  23  ;  but 
πνρός  δηίοίο  θέρεσθαι,  to  be  burnt  by 
destroyingfire,  II.  6,331  ;  11,677.-11. 
=  θεραπεύω.  θέρων  έλκος,  dressing  a 
wound,  ha.t.  fovens  ulcus,  Nic.  Also 
θερείω.  Act.  rare  and  only  in  late  wr. 
(Root  ΘΕΡ  hence  θέρος,  θερίζω,  θέρ- 
μω, θερμός,  θερμωλή,  τερσαίνω,  also 
θεράπων,  θεραπεύω,  for  which  θέρω 
is  used,  V.  supr.  As  θ  was  changed, 
Aeol.and  Dor.,into0,  it  isplainthatto 
this  family  belong  h-.xi.ferveo  and  fe- 
bris,  cf  Of/p.fera :  prob.  too  torreo,  with 
our  dry.  Germ,  dorren,  dorre?i,  etc.) 

θές,  imperat.  aor.  2  act.  from  τίθη- 
μι,  Hom. 

θέσις,  εως,  ή,  (τίθημι)  α  setting, 
placing,  arranging :  επέων  θέσις,  set- 
ting of  words  in  verse,  poetry,  Pind. 
O.  3,  14,  cf.  Alcae.  Fr.  100  :  Θ.  vou^v, 
law-giving  :  θ.  ονομάτων,  a  giving  ot 
names,  Plat.  Crat.  390  D :  Θ.  αγώνων, 
institution  of  games,  Diod. — II.  a  de- 
posit of  money,  preparatory  to  a  law- 
suit, Ar.  Nub.  1191,  in  plur.,  cf  πρυ- 
τανεία :  money  paid  iti  advance  on  a 
sale,  a  deposit,  earnest,  Dem.  896,  6. — 
III.  adoption  as  the  child  of  some  one, 
ό  κατά  θέσιν  πατήρ,  Lat.  pater  adop- 
tivus,  cf  θετός,  θέτης  III. :  hence  m 
genl.  adoption,  e.  g.  admis.tion  to  the 
freedom  of  a  state,  Meineke  Enphor. 
p.  5. — IV.  in  philosoph.  language,  a 
position,  conclusion  proved  or  to  be 
proved.  Plat.  Rep.  3.35  A^etc. :  esp.  α 
generator  universal  principle.  Lat.  quaes- 
tio  infinita,  propositum,  Cic.  Top.  21, 
Quintil.  3,  5.— V.  opp.  to  άρσις, — I. 
\i\  dancing,  the  raising  of  the  foot,  hence 


ΘΕΣΜ 

—2.  in  metre,  the  last  half  of  the  foot, 
in  which  the  voice  falls,  opp.  to  the 
firat  half,  in  which  it  rises — 3.  in 
rhetoric,  affirmation. — VI.  in  Gramm. 
θέσΐΐζ,  Lat.  positume,  are  the  stops. 

θεσκε/.ος,  ov,  {θεός,  έίσκω,  Ισκω) 
orig.  godlike,  Lat.  divimis :  but  as  early 
as  l^Ioin.  this  sense  was  confined  to  the 
lull  form  θεοεέκε/ιος,  so  that  θέσκε?Μς 
was  only  used  in  genl.  for  supernatxi- 
rut,  marvellous,  ivondrous,  and  always 
of  things,  as  v.  versa,  βεοείκε?.ος  al- 
ways ol  per-sons  :  θεσκε?Μ  t'pya, deeds 
or  works  of  wonder,  11.  3,  130,  Od.  11, 
CIO  :  as  adv..  εϊκτο  όέ  θέσκε'λον  αντώ. 
he  was  wondrous  like  him,  II.  23, 107. 
O.-ily  Ep.  Cf.  θειος,  θέσπις,  θεσπέ- 
σιος, θέσφατος,  and  Buttm.  Lexil.  in 
voc. 

θέσμιος,  a,  ov,  also  ος,  ov.  Dor. 
τέθμιος,  φεσμός)  according  to  law,  law- 
ful, Aesch.  Ag.  1564  :  hence  ra  θέσ- 
μια,  as  subst.,  laws,  customs,  rites,  Hdt. 
i,  59,  and  Trag. ;  also  in  sing.,  Eur. 
Tro.  2C7. 

θεσμοδοκέω,  ώ,  (θεσμός,  δέχομαι) 
to  receive,  accept  a  law. 

θεσμοδότειρα,  ας,  ή,  Orph.,  fem. 
from 

θεσμοδοτήρ,  ηρος,  ό,  {θεσμός,  δί- 
δυμι)  α  law-giver. 

θεσμοθεσία,  ας,  -η,  {θεσμοθέτης)  α 
law  giving :  writing  law,  Eccl. 

θεσμοθετείον,  ov,  τύ,  {θεσμός,  τί- 
θημι.)  the  hall  in  which  the  θεσμοθέται 
met,  Lat.  basilica  Thesmothetarum,  also 
Οισμοθέτιον,  cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  519. 

όεσμοθετέίο,  ώ,  Ιο  be  a  θεσμοθέ- 
της, Isae.  67,  2  :  later,  to  give  laws  : 
from 

θεσμοθέτης,  ov,  a,  {θεσμός,  τίθημι) 
a  law-giver. — II.  the  θεσμοθέται.  at 
Athens  were  the  six  junior  archons, 
Herm.  Pol.  Ant.  ^  138,  10 :  after  their 
)'ear  expired  they  became  members 
of  the  Areopagus,  Id.  ^  109,  v.  θεσ- 
μός, fin. 

θεσμοθετών,  ov,  τό  ,=  θεσμοθε- 
τείον, Plut. 

θίσ,Μολονέω,  ώ,  to  administer  jus- 
tice, late  worci. 

θεσμοποιέω,  ύ,  {θεσμός,  ποιέω)  to 
make  laws,  Eur.  Phoen.  1645. 

^θεσμόΰολις,  ιος,  ό,  Thesmopolis,  a 
Stoic  philosopher,  Luc. 

Θεσμοπόλος,  ov,  (θεσμός,  πολέω) 
=  θεμιστοπό?ιος,  Anth. 

θεσμός,  ού,  ό.  Dor.  τεθμός :  poet., 
also  from  Soph,  downwds.,  with  het- 
erog.  plur.  tu  θεσμά,  (τίθημι).  That 
which  is  laid  down  and  established,  a 
law,  rule,  ordinance,  Lat.  institutum,  as 
well  in  things  divine  as  human,  hence 
a  rite,  form.  Horn,  only  in  Od.  23,  296, 
7-έκτροιο  ττα/Μίον  θεσμον  ϊκοντο,  i.  e. 
they  fulfilled  all  the  established  rites  of 
wedlock,  like  Lat.  consuescere  cum  ali- 
quo :  besides  this  in  H.  Horn.  7,  16, 
θεσμοί  ε'ψηνης.  the  order  and  regxdarity 
of  peace:  oi  77arpiOi0.,Hdt.3.31 :  also 
freq.  in  Trag. — 2.  at  Athens,  Draco's 
laws  were  esp.  called  θεσμοί,  because 
each  began  v,rith  the  word  θεσμός, 
(whence  the  revisors  of  the  law  were 
θεσμοθέται),  while  Solon's  laws  were 
named  vo/wi,  Andoc,  11,  19,  26, — 3. 
=^θησανρυς,  Bergk  Anacr.  p.  179. — 
II.  an  institution,  as  the  court  of  Are- 
opagus, Aesch.  Eum.  484,  615.  Hence 

θεσμοσύνη.  ης,  ή,  justice,  like  Ji- 
καιοσννη,  Anth. 

θεσμοτόκος,   ov,   {θεσμός,  τίκτω) 

law -producing,  Nonn. 

θεσμοφόρια,  ων,  τά,  {θεσμοφόρος) 
the  The.t7nophoria,  an  aricient  festival 
held  by  the  Athenian  women  in  honor 
of  Ceres  Θεσμοφόρος{α{.  θεσμοφόρος): 
it  lasted  three  days  from  the  llth  of 


ΘΕΣΠ 

Pyanepsion  :  first  in  Hdt.  2,  171  ;  also 
at  Ephesus,  Id.  6,  16:  hence 

θεσμοψοριάζω,  to  keep  tlie  Thesmo- 
phona,  Xen.  Hell.  5,  2,  29 :  αϊ  θεσ- 
μοφοριύζουσαι,  a  well  known  play  of 
Anstoph, 

θεσμοφόριΟν,  ov,  τό,  the  temple  of 
Ceres  θεσμοφόρος,  Ar.  Thesm.  278, 
880:  from 

θεσμοφόρος,  ov,  {θεσμός,  φέρω)  law- 
giving :  esp.  epith.  of  Ceres,  as  having 
introduced  tillage,  and  so  given  the 
first  impulse  to  civil  society,  lawful 
marriage,  etc.,  Hdt.  6,  134:  -a  θεσ- 
μοφόρω,  Ceres  and  Proserpina,  who 
were  worshipped  together  at  the 
Thesmophoria,  Ar.  Thesm.  303. 

θεσμοφν'λαξ,  ακος,  ό,  {θεσμός,  φύ- 
λαξ)  USU.  in  plur.,  θεσμοφνλακες,  like 
νομοφνλακες,  guardians  of  the  law,  a 
magistracy  at  Elis,  Thuc.  5,  47.  [Cj 

θεσμωδέω,  ώ,  {θεσμός,  ΰ)δη)  to  de- 
liver oracular  precepts  :  τα  θεσμφόού- 
μενα,  oracles,    Philo. 

^θέσπεια,  ας,  ή,  Thespia,  daughter 
of  the  Asopus,  from  whom  the  fol- 
lowing town  is  said  to  have  been 
named,  Paus.  9,  26,  6. — II.  a  city  of 
Boeotia=eeff-dOi,  II.  2,  498. 

θεσπέσιος,  ία,  tov,  also  ος,  ov,  Eur. 
Andr.  297,  and  Luc,  (θεός,  ειπείν, 
έσπετε) :  strictly  of  the  voice,  divine- 
ly sounding,  divinely  sweet,  άοιδή,  II.  2, 
600  :  Σειρήνες,  ucf.  12,  158.— II.  that 
can  be  spoken  by  none  but  God,  and 
so  unspeakable,  inrffable,  unutterable : 
hence — 1.  in  most  of  the  Homer,  pas- 
sages it  has  the  genl.  signf.  of  θείος, 
divine,  11.  1,  591,  Od.  13,  303;  dat. 
fem.  θεσπεσίη  (sub.  βον'λγ)  as  adv., 
by  the  will  or  decree  of  God',  II.  2,  367  : 
most  freq.  as  epith.  of  any  thing  greai, 
wondrous,  ?narveUous,  excellent  of  its 
kind,  e.  g.,  Θ.  άωτον,  χαΐ-,κός,  marvel- 
lous fine  wool,  brass,  Od.  9,  434,  II.  2, 
457  ;  Θ.  όδμη,  a  smell  divinely  sweet, 
Od.  9,  211  ;  so  in  Hdt.,  άπόζει  θεσπέ- 
σιυν  ώς  ήδν,  3,  113: — m  regard  to 
man,  it  usu.  has  the  notion  of  mighty, 
prodigious,  esp.  in  Hoin.,  Θ.  ΰλα?.ητός 
and  ομάδος,  θ.  νχή,  ιαχή,  βοή  :  but 
— 2.  also  of  any  thing  sent,  caused,  pro- 
ceeding from  God,  and  so  unspeakable, 
awful,  fearful,  whether  of  natural  phe- 
nomena, as,  νέφος,  ΰχΤώς,  Ριαϊλαψ, 
II.  15,  669,  Od.  7,  42 ;  9,  68  ;  or  inci- 
dents in  man's  life,  as,  φνζα,  φόβος, 
II.  9.  2  ;  17,  118  ;  πλούτος,  II.  2,  670  ; 
and  so  the  Θ.  χάρις,  so  freq.  in  Od., 
may  be  understood.  Adv.  -ίως,  θ. 
έφόβηθεν,  they  trembled  unspeakably, 
II.  15,  637.  Ep.  word,  once  in  Hdt. 
1.  c,  cf.  θέσφατος,  άθέσφατος,  and 
Buttm.  Lexil.  in  voc. 
iθέσπιa,  ας,  ή,  but  usu.  in  pi.  θεσ- 
πιαί,  ων,  αϊ,  Thespiae,  an  ancient  city 
of  Boeotia  at  the  foot  of  Mt.  Helicon, 
celebrated  for  its  brave  and  noble 
conduct  in  the  Persian  war,  and  for  a 
beautiful  statue  of  Cupid  by  Praxite- 
les ;  it  is  now  Eremo  Castro,  v.  1.  II.  2, 
498 ;  Xen.  Hell.  5,  4,  14,  etc.  [Wolf 
has  -πΐα.  for  which  Heyne  and  Spitz. 
•πει,α.]    Hence 

^θεσπιύδης,  ου,  6,  an  inhab.  of  Thes- 
piae,  Anth. ,  fem.  θεσπιύς- 

θεσπιΰοίδός,  ov,  {θέσπις,  άοιδή) 
poet,  for  θεσπιφόός. 

θεσπΐδΰής,  ές.  {θέσπις,  δηίω  Ι.) 
kindled  by  a  god:  in  Horn,  always, 
θεσπιδαές  πνρ,  furious  fire,  such  as 
seems  something  more  than  natural  .• 
Ep.  word.  Cf.  Buttm.  Lexil.  v.  θέσ- 
κελος  4. 

θεσπιέπεια,  {θέσπις,  Ιπος)  oracular, 
prophetic.  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  463 :  as  if  ρθ- 
cul.  fern,  of  a  form  θεσπιεπής,  ές. 
^Οεσηίενς,  έως,  ό,  an  inhab.  of  Thee- 


ΘΕΣΣ 

piae  ;  οι  θεσπιεΐς,  ίων,  the  Thespians, 
Xen.  Hell.  4,  2,  20  ;  5,  4,  45,  etc. 

θεσπίζω,  fut.  -ίσω  Att.  -ίώ.  Ion. 
inf.  fut.  Οεσπιέειν,  Hdt.  8,  135  :  to  de- 
clare by  oracle,  prophesy,  fortell,  divine, 
Ti,  Hdt.  1,  47,  etc.  ;  τινί  τι,  Aesch. 
Ag.  1210:  later  also  to  decree,  order, 
Julian. 
iθεσπικός,  ή,  όν,  of  or  belonging  to 
Thespiae,  Thespian;  ή  θεσπική  ^ή, 
the  Thespian  territory,  Thuc.  4,  76. 

θέσπιος,  ον,=^θεσπέσιος,  Hes.  Fr. 
54,  Orac.  ap.  Ar.  Av,  977,  v.  Buttm. 
Lexil.  V.  θεσκελος, 

^θέσπίος,  ου,  ό,  Thespius,  a  prince 
of  Thespiae,  of  the  family  of  Erech- 
theus,  Paus. 

θέσπις,  ιος,  6,  ή,  and  in  Nonn.  gen. 
ιδος,  etc.,  {θεός,  ειπείν,  έσπετε)  .fill- 
ed with  the  words  of  God,  inspired,  αοι- 
δός, Od.  17,  385,  άοιδή,  Od.  1,  328; 
8,  498,  Eur.  Med.  425,— always  in 
ace.  θέσπιν. — II.  in  genl.  for  θΰος, 
divine,  wondrous,  awful,  θέσπις  άελλα, 
Η.  Hom.  Yen.  209 ;  like  θεσπέσιος, 
q.  V.  Ep.  word  (though  never  in  \\.), 
used  also  by  Eur.  1.  c.  Cf.  Buttm. 
Lexil.  V.  θεσκε'λος.     Hence 

^θέσπις,  ιδος,  δ,  Thespis,  the  first 
Tragic  poet  at  Athens,  a  contempo- 
rary of  Solon,  Ar.  Vesp.  1479. — 2.  a 
celebrated  flute  player  of  Ptolemy 
Lagus,  Luc. 

θέσπισμα,  ατος,  τό,  {θεσπίζω)  that 
which  is  given  as  an  oracle,  an  oracle, 
Hdt.  2,  29,  and  Trag. 

θεσπιστής,  οϋ,  ό,  a  prophet. 

θεσπιωδέω,  ώ,  to  be  a  θεσπιωδός, 

to  prophesy,  sing   in  prophetic   strain 

Aesch.  Ag.  1161,  Ar.  Plut.  9.     Hence 

θεσπιώδημα,  ατος,  τό,^θέσπισμα 

θεσπιωδός,  όν,  {θέσπις,  ίιδή)  sing 

ing  in  prophetic  strain,  prophetic,  of  per 

sons,  Eur. :  i?.^o;5of,Aesch.Ag.  1134 

ό  θεσπιωδός,  a  prophet,  Lat.  rates. 

^Θεσπρωτία,  ας,  ή,  Thesproiia,  a  re 
gion  of  Epirus  along  the  coast,  S  trab.  • 
and 

iθεσπpωτικός,  ή,  όν,  of  or  belonging 
to  Thesprotia,  Strab. :  and 

^θεσπρωτίς,  ίδος,  ή,  pecul,  fem.  to 
θεσπρωτός,  γή,  Thuc,  1,  40  :  from 
ίθεσπρωτοί,  ων,  οι,  the  Thesproti,  o( 
Pelasgic  origin,  the  most  ancient  ol 
the  nations  of  Epirus,  dwelling  along 
the  coast,  in  Hom,  extending  inhuid 
also  to  the  borders  of  Thessaly  and 
the  banks  of  the  Aous,  Od.  14,  315, 
Hdt.  8,  46,  Thuc.  2,  80.     Hence 
'ϊθεσπρωτός.  ή,  όν,  of  the  Thesproti, 
Thesprotian,  Ζενς,  Aesch.  Pr.  831,  ού- 
δας,  Eur.  Phoen.  982. 
^θεσπρωτύς,  οΰ,  ό,  ThesprGtus,  son 
of  Lycaon,  Apollod. 
+θ{σσαλί'α,  ας,  Att.  θεττα?άα,  ar, 
ή,   Thessaly,  a  province  of  northern 
(jieece,  between  Macedonia,  Epuus, 
Aetolia,  Boeotia,   and   the  Aegean, 
Hdt.  7,  128,  Pmd.  P.  10,  2 :  and 

θεσσα?Λζω,  Att.  θεττα?ύζω,  f-  -ίσω, 
to  imitate  the  Thessalians,  esp.  to  speak 
like  them,  Ael. :  and 
iθεσσaλϊκός,  ή,  όν,  Att.  θεττ-,  Thes- 
salian,  Hdt.  7,  128.  Adv.  -κώς,  in 
Thes.^alian  fashion,  Crates  ap.  Ath. 
418  C:  and 

,^θεσσάλιος,  a,  ov,  =  foreg.,  Eur, 
Andr.  1170:  from 

θεσσύ?ιός,  ov,  6,  Att.  θεττα?.ός, 
fem.  θεσσαλις,  a  Thessalian,  Hdt., 
etc. ;  also  as  adj.,  of,  ή,  όν.  Plat,, 
Eur. :  proverb.,  θεσσαλόν  σόφισμα,  a 
Thessalian  trick,  from  the  faitnless 
character  of  the  people,  Eur.  Phoen. 
1407 ;  hence  also,  Θ.  νόμισμα,  i.  e. 
false  money :  fr/  θεσσα?.ίς,  a  Thessa• 
linn  female,  esp.  a  sorceress.  Plat.  Gorg. 
513  A  :  cf.  Ar.  Nub.  749  where  yvvii 


ΘΕΤ1 

^αρμακίς  is  expressed.t-ll.  ή  θεσσα- 
λίς,  a  Kind  of  shoe,  Lysipp.  Hacch.  2. 
^θεσσηλίσκος,  ov,  ύ,  'Thessdliscus. 
niaso.  pr.  n.,  Arr. — θεττ.-  in  Arist. 
Rhet. 

Ιθίσσαλίώηζ•,  ιόος,  ή.  TkessaliOtis, 
a  subdivision  of  Thessalv  adjacent  to 
Mt.  Pindus,  lldt.  1,  57  ;'Slrab. 

Βίσσα^Μτμητος,  ov,  {ΌΐσσαΤίός, 
τέμνω),  Θ.  κμέας,  a  lump  of  meat 
suck  as  i/nii  icoiild  cut  for  η  hungry  Thes- 
salinii,  Philetacr.  Lanipad.  1. 

θίσσασθαί,  liite  ΙκίΤίνιιν,  to  pray 
for,  seek  by  prayer,  desire:  a  defect. 
poet,  aor.,  ol  which  we  find  only  3 
plur.  θέσσαντο.  Find.  N.  5,  18,  and 
part,  βεσσάμΐνος,  Hes.  Fr.  23,  Archil. 
82,  Ap.  Rh.  1,  821,  v.  Schaf  Schol. 
Par.  ad  1.  Hence,  ace.  to  Graintn., 
the  verb.  adj.  θεατός,  whence  the 
Homer.  άττόΟεστος  and  πο'λνβεστος. 
(Perh.  from  τίθημι,  first  in  signf.  of 
Ικετεύω,  to  sit  as  a  suppliant,  and 
then  in  act.  sense,  to  implore,  pray  for  : 
cf  Buttiu.  Lexil.  v.  θαάσσω  7  not.) 

iOtCTr/,  ης,  (or  Οέστις)  ή,  Thtste,  a 
fountain  in  Africa,  Hdt.  4,  159. 

'\Οεστίάδης,  υν,ό,  son  of  Theslius,  i.  e. 
Iphiclus,  Ap.  Rh.  1,  201  :  σΐ  θεστιά- 
Ο(ιΐ,  the  descendants  of  Thestius,  Strab. 
Ιθεστίάζ•,  άδος,  ή,  daughter  of  Thes- 
tius,  i.  6.  Althaea,  Aesch.  Cho.  005  ; 
Leda,  Eur.  I.  A.  49. 

ίθέστΜς,  ου,  ύ,  The^tius,  son  of 
Wars  and  Demonassa,  king  of  Pleu- 
ron  in  Aetolia,  ApoUod.  1,  7,  7  :  ace. 
to  Paus.,  son  of  Agenor,  and  father 
of  Leda,  3,  13,  8,  cf.  9,  27,  6. 

^θέστις,  ή,  v.  1.  for  θέστη  in  Hdt. 
4,  159. 

iΘεστόρείoς,  a,  ov,  of  Thestor,  ό  θκσ. 
μύντις,  the  prophetic  son  of  Thestor, 
i.  e.  Calchas,  Soph.  Aj.  801. 

\θεστορίδης.  ov,  a, son  of  Thestor,  i.  e. 
Calchas,  11.  1,  09:  Alcinaon,  12,  394. 
ίΟέστνΤιΐς,  ιδος,  ή,  Thesiylis,  name 
of  a  female  slave,  Theocr.  2,  09. 

\θέστωρ,  ορης,  ό,  Thestor,  son  of  Id- 
mon,  father  of  Calchas,  an  Argonaut. 
—2.  son  of  Enops,  a  Trojan,  II.  10, 401 . 

Βεσώατη'λόγος,  ov,  {θέσφατος,  λέ- 
γω) prophetic,  Aesch.  Ag.  1442. 

θέσφΰτος,  ov,  {θεός,  φτιμί)  spoken 
by  God,  and  so  decreed,  appointed,  des- 
tined, Lat.  fatalis,  θέσώατόν  εστί,  'tis 
so  appointed,  II.  8,  477  ;  also  c.  dat. 
pers.  et  inf.,  σοΙ  δ'  oh  θ.  έστι  θανέειν, 
'tis  not  appointed  thee  to  die,  Od.  4, 
561  :  as  subst.,  tu  θέσφατα,  the  divine 
decrees,  oracles,  Od.  9,  507  ;  also  in 
sing.,  Eur.  I.  T.  121.— 11.  in  genl.  like 
θεϊος,  sent,  made  by  God,  αήρ,  Od.  7, 
143,  cf.  θεσπέσιος,  θέσπις,  and  Buttm. 
Lexil.  in  voc. 

θετέος,  έα,  έον,  verb.  adj.  from  τί- 
θημι, to  be  laid  down  or  assumed, — Π. 
θε.τέον,  one  must  lay  down.  Plat.  Legg. 
832  E. 

&έτης,  ov,  6,  {τίθημι)  one  who  places, 
lays  down,  Θ.  6νόμα~ος,  one  who  gives 
a  name,  Plat.  Crat.  389  E. — II.  one 
who  makes  a  depoiit  or  pledge,  Isae.  82, 
18,  cf.  θέσις  II.— III.  one  who  adopts  a 
child,  cf.  θέσις  III. 

θετίδειον, ov, TO,  the  tertipleof  Thetis, 
Eur.  Andr.  20 :  also  θετίδων.  Polyb. 

θετικός,  ή,  όν,  (θέτης)  placing,  lay- 
ing down,  positive,  θ-  νόμοι,  Arist.  Pol. : 
hence  in  Gramm.,  to  θ.,  the  positive 
degree  of  comparison. — II.  belonging  to 
a  θέσις  or  general  principle,  Θ.  ζ?}τησις, 
a  general  inquiry,  Strab,,  cf.  θέσις  IV. 
Adv.  -κώς. 

θέτις,  ιδος  and  ιος,  ^,  Thetis,  one 
of  the  Nereids,  wife  of  Peleus,  mother 
of  Achilles  :  oft.  in  Hoin.,  who  uses 
θέτΐ  for  dat.,  but  θέτϊ  for  vocat.,  H. 
'24, 104 :  cf.  Hes.  Th.  344,  1000. 
636 


ΘΕΩ 

θετός,  τ),  όν,  verb.  adj.  from  τίθη- 
μι, placed,  set,  Pseud-Kur.  I.  A.  251. 
— II.  taken  as  one's  child,  adopted,  θε- 
τόν  πηίδα  ποιεισθαι,  Hdt.  Ο,  57. — III. 
as  subst.  TO  θετόν,  part  of  a  woman's 
hearl-dress. 

Θεϋ.  Dor.  and  Ion.  for  θέο,  θον,  im- 
perat.  aor.  2  mid.  from  τίθημι. 

■\Βευ-  Dor.  contraction  for  θεο- ; 
words  thus  commencing  not  put 
down  here  are  to  be  looked  for  under 
θεο-. 

fθεvγεvίς,  ίδος,  ή.  Dor.  for  Θεογενίς, 
Thengenis,  fein.  pr.  n.,  Theocr.  28,  13. 

iΘευδΰς,  u,  ό,  Theudas,  a  man  who 
raised  an  insurrection  among  the 
Jews,  and  was  destroyed  with  his 
followers,  N.  T.,  v.  Interpp.  ad  Act. 
5,  36. 

^θειιδοσία,  ας,  ή,^θεοδσσία,  Dem. 

iΘευδόσίoς,  ov,  ό,=θ?ο(5.,  Anth. 

iQεύθ,  ό,  Theuth.  an  Aegyptian  god, 
corresponding  to  the  Grecian  Hermes, 
the  Roman  Mercury,  inventor  of  the 
letters  of  the  alphabet,  etc.,  Plat. 
Phaedr.  274  C;  Phileb.  18  B;  also 
written  θώθ. 

'\θενμαρίδας,  a,  ό,  Theomaridas, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Theocr.  2,  70,  v.  1.  θευ- 
χαρίλας,  a,  where  Valck.  considers 
Θενχαρί7.α  a  fem.  pr.  n. 

θενμορία,  ας,  ή.  Dor.  for  θεομορία, 
destiny.  Call.  Ep.  32,  4. — II.  as  adj. 
lem.,  appointed  by  God,  Θ.  νοϋσος.  Αρ. 
Rh. :  from 

θείψορος,  ov.  Dor.  for  θεόμορος, 
assigned,  granted  by  God,  divine,  άοι- 
oai.Pmd.  O.  3, 18.— In  genl.  the  Dor. 
were  fond  of  changing  initial  θεο-  into 
θεν-,  esp.  in  proper  names,  as  θεν- 
γνις,  θεύδοτος,  θενδόσιος,  θενπομ- 
πος,  for  θεόγνις,  etc.  ;  Call.  Cer.  58 
ventured  even  θενς  for  θεός:  later 
Ep.  and  Epigramm.  poets  adopted 
these  Dor.  forms.  The  Att.  contract- 
ed iiiit.  θεο-  into  θον-,  as  Θουκυδίδης, 
θουκλης  for  θεοκνδ.,  etc.,  Maitt.  de 
Dial.  p.  16,  217  Sturz,  Bockh  Inscr. 

I,  p.  353,  13. 

iθεύπoμπoς,  ό.  Dor.  for  θεοττ.,  Anth. 

Θεΰς,  ό,  and  ή.  Dor.  for  θεός.  Call. 
V.  sub  θενμορος. 

θεύσομαι,  I  will  run,  fut.  of  θέω,  11. 

θενφορία,  ας,  τ/.  Dor.  for  θεοφορία. 
iθεvχapίλaς,  a,  ό,  v.  θενμαρίδας. 

ΘΕ'Ω,  Ep.  also  θείω,  fut.  θεύσομαι. 
Dor.  θενσοϋμαι,  θεύσω  only  in  Lye. 
119.  To  run,  Horn.;  also  -ποσί,  πό- 
δεσσι  ;  θέειν  πεδίοιο,  to  run  over  the 
plain,  II.  4,  244 ;  22,  23 ;  έπ'  άκρην 
καρπόν,  έπ'  άκρον  ΰλος  θέειν,  II.  20, 
227,  229  :  περί  τρίποδος  θέειν,  to  run 
for  a  tripod,  II.  11.  701  ;  hence  me- 
taph.,  περί  ψυχής  "Έΐίτορος  θέειν,  to 
r\m,  contend  for  Hector's  life,  II.  22, 
101  ;  later  also,  Θ.  τον  περί  της  ψυ- 
χής (sc.  δρόμον)  Valck.  Hdt.  7,  57 ; 
θέειν  κίνδυνον,  Plut.     Cf.  τρέχω. — 

II.  of  other  kinds  of  motion,  as — 1.  of 
birds,  to  fly,  Ar.  Av.205.— 2.  of  things, 
to  run,  fly,  etc.,  most  I'req.  like  Lat. 
currere,  of  ships,  II.  1,  483  ;  later  also 
c.  ace,  θάλασσαν,  πέλαγος,  κνμα  θέ- 
ειν, Jae.  Α.  P.  p.  2Θ2,  642 :  also  of 
the  running  wheel,  II.  18,  601  ;  of  a 
rolling  stone,  II.  13,  141 ;  of  a  quoit, 
θέων  άπό  χειρός,  Od.  8,  193.— 111.  of 
things  which  (as  we  too  say)  run  in 
a  continuous  line,  though  not  actual- 
ly in  motion,  as  φλέψ  i'lvii  νώτα  θέ- 
ονσα  διαμπερές,  II.  13,  547  ;  esp.  of 
anything  circular,  which  seems  to  run. 
round  into  itself,  αντυξ,  η  πνμάτη 
θέεν  άσπίδος,  II.  Ο,  118  ;  so  too,  οδόν- 
τες λευκά  θέοντες,  teeth  running  in  a 
white  line,  Heinr  Hes.  Sc.  146,  cf. 
έ?Μύνω  III.  2. — IV.  as  part,  with  an- 
other verb  it  takes  an  adverb,  signf., 


ΘΕΩΡ 

fjiiirk,  swift,  rpiirhly,  θέων  παρέστη, 
κάλεσαν  θέων,  etc.,  Horn. ;  and,  ήλθε 
θέονσα  (as  we  say)  she  came  running, 
II.  6,  394 ;  ίξε  θέων,  of  a  i)erson  on 
Khip-l)oard,  Od.  3,  288. — On  Homer's 
βή  δε  θέειν.  v.  βαίνω  I.  (Hence 
θούς :  akin  to  σενω,  where  the  j;  or  F 
appears  as  in  ί[}ί.θενσομαι,ο{.  Sanscr. 
d/tav.) 

θεώ,  for  θεύον,  imperat.  from  θεά' 
ομαι. 

■\θέωλος,  ov,  b,  Alcibiades  uses  for 
θέωρος  in  Ar.  Vesp.  45. 

θέωμεν.  Ion.  for  θώμεν,  1  plur.  subj. 
aor.  2  from  τίθημι. 

"ίθεων,  ωνος,  ό,  Theon,  a  painter  of 
Samos,  Ael. 

θεωννμίαι,  ών,  al,  {θεός,  όνομα) 
the  na7nes  or  attributes  of  God,  Eccl. 

θεωρέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {θεωρός)  to  look 
at,  vieu),  behold,  τι,  Hdt.  4,  76,  Aesch. 
Pr.  302  :  esp. — 2.  to  be  a  spectator  at 
the  public  games  andjestivals,  τά  'Ολύμ- 
πια θ.,  Hdt.  1,  59  ;  also,  θ.  ές  τα  Έφέ• 
σια,  Thuc.  3,  104. — 3.  also  of  the 
mind,  like  Lat.  contemplari,  to  con- 
template, TL,  Plat.  Gorg.  523  Ε  :  to 
consider,  Dem.  12,  24,  etc. :  also,  tl 
προς  τι  θ.,  to  compare  one  thing  with 
another,  Dem.  230,  26. — II.  to  be  a  θε- 
ωρός or  state  ambassador  to  the  oracle 
or  at  the  games,  Thuc.  5,  18  ;  ονδαμοΐ, 
πλι/ν  ές  Jiapov  θ.,  Ar.  Vesp.  1188,  cf. 
θεωρός  II.— III.  in  Soph.  O.  C.  1084, 
it  has  usu.  been  taken  trans,  θεωρή- 
σασα  τονμόν  όμμα,  having  made  my 
eyes  behold,  Herm.,  who  refers  to 
Thuc.  8,  10 ;  Dind.,  with  Wunder, 
reads  έωρήσασα,  cf.  έωρέω.     Hence 

θεώρημα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which  is  look- 
ed at,  viewed,  a  sight,  spectacle,  like  θέα- 
μα, Schiif.  A  pp.  Dem.  2,  p.  106— IL 
of  the  mind,  Ihat  which  is  contemplated, 
and  so  a  principle  thereby  arrived  at,  a 
rule.  Lat.  praecepium,  Polyb.,  and 
Cicer. :  also  τ«  θεωρήματα,  the  arts 
and  sciences.  Id. — 2.  in  mathematics, 
a  theorem,  Eucl.    Hence 

θεωρηματικός,  ή,  όν,  of,  belonging 
to  θεωρήματα,  using  them,  and  so  prob. 
dogmatic,  epith.  of  Metrodorus,  the 
disciple  of  Stilpo,  Diog.  L.  2,  113. 

θεωρημάτίον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from 
θεώρημα,  Epict. 

θεώρησις,  εως,  ή,  {θεωρέω)  a  view- 
ing, contemplation.  Plat.  Phil.  48  A. 

Οεωρητήριον,  ov,  τό,  a  seat  in  a  thea- 
tre, etc.,  Plut. 

θεωρητέον,  verb.  adj.  from  θεωρέω, 
oyie  must  contemplate.  Plat.  Legg.  815  B. 

θεωρητικός,  ή,  όν,  of  or  belonging  to 
θεωρία  :  θ.  βίος,  a  contemplative,  as 
opp.  to  a  practical  life,  Arist.  Eth.  N. 
Adv.  -κώς. 

θεωρητιΊς,  ή,  όν,  {θεωρέω)  that  may 
be  seen,  Diod.  14,  60.     Adv.  -τύς. 

θεώρητρα,  ων,  τά,  the  presents  made 
by  the  bridegroom  to  the  bride,  when  she 
first  unveiled  herself. 

θεωρία,  ας,  η,  {θεωρέω)  a  looking 
at,  viewing,  beholding,  θεωρίας  εϊνεκεν 
for  the  purpose  of  seeing  the  >vorld, 
Hdt.  1,30:  esp. — II.  the  being  a  spec- 
tator at  the  public  games  and  festivals. 
Soph.  O.  T.  1491.— 2.  also  freq.  of 
the  mind,  conte/nplation ,  reflection,  spec- 
ulation. Plat.  Legg.  951  C  ;  and  in 
plur.,  Rep.  517  D:  theory,  as  opp.  to 
practice,  and  so  in  genl.  science,  Po- 
lyb.— III.  the  .'iending  of  θεωροί  or  state- 
ambassadnrs  to  the  oracle  or  games, 
cf.  Plat.  Phaod.  58  C  :  iuso  the  θεωροί 
themselves,  as  we  sav  cm  embassy, 
Xen  Mem.  4,  8,  2,  and'ap.  Dem.  256, 
14:  also — 2.  the  office  of  θεωρός,  dis- 
charge of  that  office,  Thuc.  0,  16:  it 
was  one  of  the  lesser  λειτουργίαι, 
Bockh  P.  E.  1,  286  sq.— IV.  pass.=i 


ΘΗΒΑ 

θεώρτιμα,  α  sight,  spectacle,  Aesch.  Pr. 
802,  Achae.  ap.  AtK.  277  B. 

θεωρικός,  ή,  όν,  of  or  belonging  to 
θεοΰρια  (in  both  signfs.)  :  Θ-  σκηνή, 
the  tent  used  by  the  θεωροί,  Heniocn. 
Incert.  1,  8  :  esp. — II.  ra  θεωρικά 
(sub.  χρήματα)  the  jnoney,  which, 
from  the  time  of  Pericles,  was  given 
from  the  treasury  to  the  poor  citizens, 
to  pay  for  their  seats  at  the  theatre,  (at 
2  obols  the  seat),  but  also  for  other 
purposes,  Dem.  31,  13,  etc.,  cf  Bockh 
P.  E.  1,  289,  sqq.,  227,  etc.  :  also  in 
sing.,  TO  Θ.  ap.  i)em.  243.  fin.,  etc. 

θεώριος,  ου,  ο,  also  θεάρίος,  epith. 
of  Apollo,  as  god  of  oracles. 

θεωρίς,  ίδος,  ή,  with  and  without 
ναΰς,  a  sacred  ship,  which  carried  the 
θεωροί  (cf  θεωρός  II)  to  their  destina- 
tion, but  was  also  used  for  other  state- 
purposes,  Hdt.  6,  87,  cf  Piat.  Phaed. 
58  Β  :  the  Delian  θεωρίς,  said  to  have 
begun  with  Theseus,  was  esp.  famous 
at  Athens,  Spanh.  Call.  H.  Del.  314, 
Bockh  P.  E.  1,286,  sq. 

Ιθεωρί'ζ-,  ίδος  ή,  Theoris,  a  priestess 
at  Athens,  styled  ή  Αημνίς  from  her 
wicked  deeds  ;  she  was  guilty  of  the 
most  infamous  crimes,  and  was  put 
todeath  by  Demosthenes  on  the  charge 
of  impiety,  Dem.  793,  26,  Plut.  v.  I 
for  θεοόωρίς. — 2.  a  female  of  whom 
Sophocles  was  enamoured,  Ath.  592 
Α.,  Β.  ^ 

θεωρός,  ου,  ό,=  θεωρητής,  θεατής,  α 
spectator,  Aesch.  Pr.  118:  one  ivho  trav- 
els to  see  men  and  things,  Plat.  Legg. 
951  A,  953  C  :  Θ.  είκάδων,  viewing  or 
present  at  the  festivals,  Eur.  Ion  1076. 
But  usu. — II.  an  ambassador,  sent  by 
the  slate  to  consult  an.  oracle.  Soph. 
O.  U.  413  (cf  θεοπρόπος  II) ;  or  to  pre- 
sent some  offering  or  perform  sn?ne  reli- 
giom  rite  at  the  public  games,  Dion.  H.  ; 
whwe  the  θεωροί  were  crowned  and 
ma Jeificenlly  dressed.  The  Atheni- 
ans sent  θεωροί  to  the  Delphic  oracle. 
to  Delos,  and  to  the  four  great  Hel- 
lenic games,  v.  Valck.  Amm.  p.  92, 
Bockh  P.  E.  1,  286  sq.,  G.  F.  Schu- 
macher de  Vett.  Legatt.  Theoricis, 
Schlesw.  1827. — 2.  a  magistrate  at 
Mantinra,  Thuc.  5,  47.  (The  deriv. 
from  θεός  and  ώρα  is  maintained  by 
Harpocr.,  Hesych.,  Phot.,  Etym.  M. 
among  the  ancients,  by  Miiller  Aegin. 
p.  135,  Welcker  Theogn.  p,  XVII, 
among  the  moderns,  and  agrees  with 
the  analogy  of  θυρωρός,  πυλωρός, 
σκευωρός,  νλωρός.  But  then,  it  has 
been  thought  necessary  to  derive  the 
word  iti  its  first  senxe  from  θεάομαι 
only,  which  can  hardly  be  true.  May 
we  not  rather  suppose  the  name  θεω- 
ροί (θεός,  ωρα)  to  have  been  first  giv- 
en to  the  sacred  deputies,  and  then,  as 
these  were  the  chief  spectators,  applied 
to  spectators  in  general,  and  from  its 
likeness  to  θεαταί  to  have  become 
equiv.  thereto  !  Cf.  the  anecdote  of 
Pythagoras  in  Cic.  Tusc.  5.  3.) 

θέωσις,  εως,  ή,  {θεόω)=ατχοθέωσις 
Eccl. 

Θεώτερος,  a,  ον,  compar.  of  θεός, 
more  divine,  v.  θεός  III. 

θηβάγενής,  ές,  (θήβαί,  *γίνω) 
sprung  from  Thebes,  Theban,  Hes.  Th. 
530  ;  the  form  θ7ΐβαίγενής  is  also 
good.  v.  Lob.  Phryn.  648. 

θήβαζε,  to  or  towards  Thebes :  from 
θ7/3αι,  ων,  αϊ,  poet  also  ή  θήβη, 
■ης.  Dor.  Θήβα,  Thebes,  the  name  of 
several  cities,  of  which  the  most  fa- 
mous are-fl.  the  ^sryptian  Thebes, 
the  capital  of  Upper  iEgypt,  the  The- 
ba'is,  on  the  Nile,  stvled  {-κητόμπν- 
loc,  the  hundred-gated,  II.  9,  381,  Od. 
4,  126  only  in  pL,  Hdt.  2,  15,  etc.     In 


ΘΗΕΟ 

later  wr.  it  is  called  Δίόζ-  -ιζόλις. — 2. 
an  ancient  city  of  Boeotia  on  the  Is- 
menus,  ace.  to  ancient  fable  founded 
by  Cadmus,  but  Horn,  makes  it  to 
have  been  built  by  Zethus  and  Am- 
phion,  Od.  11,  262-5  :  called  επτάπυ- 
λος,  seven-gated,  II.  4,  406  ;  it  is  now 
Thiva  ;  Horn,  uses  both  sing  and  pi., 
sing.  II.  4,  406,  Od.  11,  263,  etc.,  pi. 
U.  5,  804  ;  6,  223,  etc. :  Hes.  also  both 
sing,  and  pi. :  Pind. ;  Tragg.,  etc. — 3. 
usu.  θήβη.  Thehe,  a  city  of  the  Cili- 
ces in  Mysia,  the  capital  of  Eetion 
father  of  Andromache,  situated  at  the 
foot  of  Mt.  Placos,  and  hence  called 
'ΤτΓοττλ,ακίτ?,  II.  1.366;  6,416  in  sing. ; 
pi.  only  22,  479 :  taken  and  destroyed 
by  Achilles,  2,  691 :  it  did  not  rise 
from  its  ruins,  but  the  name  remain- 
ed attached  to  the  surrounding  plains. 
Hdt.  7,  42,  Xen.  An.  7,  8,  7.— Others 
in  Polyb.,  Strab.,  etc.     Hence 

θ7]3αιγενής,  ές,=  θηβαγενής,  Eur. 
Supp.  136. 

θηβαιενς,  έως  Ion.  έος,  6,  epith.  of 
Jupiter,  the  Theban,  Hdt.  ],  182,  etc. 
^θηβαϊκός,  ή,  όν,  Theban  ;  ή  θηβαϊ- 
κή, the  Theban  territory,  Strab. :  ό  θηβ. 
νομός,  the  Theban  name,  in  jEgypt, 
Hdt.  2,  4. 

^θηί^αΐος  ου,  6,  Thebaeus,  masc.  pr. 
n..  a  Trojan,  II.  8,  120. 

■^Θηβαίος,  a,  ov.  of  Thebes,  Theban, 
Od.  10,  492  ;  Hdt.  5,  79  ;  etc. 

θηβαίς.  ιδας,  ή,  prop.  fern.  adj. 
Thehan,  Thuc.  3,  58  ;  sub.  γή,  the 
Thehais,  i.  e.  territory  of  Thebes  in 
^gypt,  Hdt.  2,  28.— il.  the  Thebaid, 
a  poem  on  the  siege  of  Thebes,  which 
formed  one  of  the  Epic  cycle,  Palis. 
[-αΓζ•.] 

Θη3αίτης,  ου.  b,  a  Thehan,  ol  θη- 
βαϊτοι.  the  Thebans,  Strab. 

θηβάνης,  ου,  ό,  a  name  for  the 
Ν  Ε.  wind  (κηι.κίας)  in  Lesbos.tblow- 
ing  from  the  Theban  ^Zii!Vi,tArist.  de 
Vent.  2. 

Θή3αςδε,  poet.  adv.=:0^,5a^e,  II. 
23,  679. 

Θή3η,  ης,ή,-t.  Θή3αι. — II.  a  daugh- 
ter of  the  Asopus,  after  whom  Boeo- 
tian Thebes  was  said  to  be  named, 
Hdt.  5,  80  ;  Paus. 

θήβηθεν.  Aeol.  θείβάθεν.  Θεί3ΰθι. 
Ar.  Ach.  862,  868.  from  Thebes. 

θίρίησιν,  or  better  Θή3ησιν,  poet. 
-σι.  adv.  at  Thebes,  II.  6,  223,  Od.  15, 
247. 

θηγΰλέος,  a,  ov.  (θήγω)  pointed, 
sharp,  Anth. — II.  act.  sharpening,  C. 
gen.  rei,  Anth. 

θηγάνεος,  η,  oi',=foreg.  [ct]  :  from 

θηγάνη,  τ/γ,  ή,  a  whetstone.  Soph. 
Aj.  820  :  metaph.  any  thing  to  whet,  an 
incentive  to  fury,  Aesch.  Eum.  859.  [ά] 

θήγανον,  ου,  τό,=  θηγύνη. 

θηγάνω.=θ7}γο),  Aesch.  Ag.  1535. 

θτ/γη.  ης,  ή,  softer  form  of  θήκη,  as 
Gains  of  Caius,  ap.  Hesych. 

ΘΗΤί2,  f  θήξω,  to  sharpen,  whet, 
Horn,  (only  in  11.).  οδόντας.  11,  416, 
so  Θ.  γένυν,  Eur.  Phoen.  1380  :  and 
so,  Θ.  φάσγανον.  etc.,  Trag. :  also  in 
mid.,  δόρυ  θηζάσθω,  let  him  whet  his 
spear,  II.  2,  382. — II.  metaph.  to  sharp- 
en, provoke,  like  Lat.  acuere.  την  i/'f" 
χήν  εις  τα  τνολεμικά,  Xen.  Cyr.  2,  1, 
11.  /ίόγοι  τεθηγμένοι,  sharp,  biting 
words.  Aesch.  Pr.  311.  (Cf  Sanscr. 
tij  acucrc,  which  points  to  a  connec- 
tion with  θΐ)εΐν.  θιγγάνω,  etc.) 

θηέομαι,  f  -ήσομαι.  Ion.  form  of 
θεάομαι,  θάομαι.  Dor.  θΰέομαι :  to  look 
on,  gate  at,  c.  aut  sine  ace,  Horn. ; 
nsu.  with  collat.  notion  of  wonder, 
and  so  to  gate  at,  admire.  II.  7,  444, 
Od.  2,  13.  etc. ;  joined  with  θαμβεΐν, 
11.  23,  728 :  θηεϋντο,  Ion.  3  pi.  impf 


ΘΗΑΥ 

for  ίθηονντο,  oft.  in  Horn. ;  also  εθηεν 
μεσθα  for  ίθηονμεθα,  Od.  9. 218  ;  and 
θησαίατο,  rare  form  for  θηήσαιντο, 
Od.  18,  191. 

θ7}/}ς,  Ep.  for  θί]ς,  2  sing.  subj.  aor. 
2  act.  from  τίθημί,  II.  16,  96. 

θηητήρ,  ηρος,  ό.  Ion.  for  θεατής, 
{θηέομαι)  one  who  gazes  at,  an  admirer, 
Θ.  τύξο)ν,  Od.  21.397. 

θ/ιητός,  ή,  όν,  Ion.  for  Θεατός, 
gazed  at,  wondrous,  admirable,  Lat. 
speclandus,  Hes.  Th.  31  :  Dor.  θάητός, 
as  freq.  in  Pind. 

θηήτωρ,  ορός,  6,=  θηητήρ,  Nonn. 

θήίον,  τό,  poet,  for  θείον,  brimstone, 
Od.  22,  493. 

θίβος,  Ep.  for  θείος,  diviTie :  cf  θ^ος. 

θηκηίος,  αία,  alov,  like  a  chest  or 
coffin  (θήκη),  hence  οίκημα,  θ.,  a  burial 
vault,  Hdt.  2,  86  :   from 

θήκη,  ης,  ή.  {τίθημι)  a  case  to  put 
any  thi7ig  in,  a  box,  chest,  χρυσού  θ.,  a 
money-chest,  Lat.  iheca.  Hdt.  3,  130, 
ubi  v.  Biihr,  cf  9,  83  :  esp.  a  place  for 
putting  corpses  in,  a  grave,  vault.  Hdt. 
1,  67,  etc.,  cf  Blomf  Aesch.  Ag.  440 
(453).     Hence 

θηκίον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  foreg. 

θηκτός,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from  θήγω, 
sharpeyied,  whetted,  Aesch.  Theb.  944, 
and  Eur. 

θη7Μζω,ί\ιί. -άσω  Όοτ.-ύξω,{θη?,?}) 
to  give  suck,  suckle,  ot  the  mother  or 
nurse,  Lys.  92,  29.  Mid.  to  .luck.  of 
the  child,  Lob.  Phryn.  468  ;  but  also 
in  act.  signf ,  Plat.  Rep.  460  D.  Pass. 
to  be  sucked,  Arist.  H.  A. — II.  the  act. 
is  also  used  like  mid.,  to  suck,  μασδόν 
εθι'/λαξεν,  Theocr.  3, 16  ;  so  too  Arist. 
H.  A.  6,  23,  Plut.,  and  Luc— Used 
both  of  man  and  beast.    Hence 

θτ]λΰ.μινός,  οϋ,  ό,  a  suckling,  ap. 
Hesych. 

θη?Μμών,  όνος,  ή,=  θη?Μστρια,  a 
mirse.  Sophr.  ap.  Ath.  288  A. 

θηλασμός,  ov,  b,  (θηλάζω)  a  suck- 
ing. Plut. 

θηλάστρια,  ας,  ή,  (θηλάζω)  one  who 
suckles,  a  nurse.  Soph   Fr.  85. 

θ7//ε(ί.  Ion.  for  sq.,  Hdt. 

θήλεια,  fern,  from  θηλνς.  Horn. 
In  Arat.  also  neut.  plur.  as  if  from 
θί/λειος :  besides  which  a  poet.  adj. 
θήλεος  seems  to  have  been  in  use. 

θ7]λέω,  ω.  Dor.  θύ,λέω,  (Θη7.ή)  = 
θύλ?^ω,  to  flourish,  abound,  c.  gen.,  λεί- 
μώνες  Ιου  ήδε  σελίνον,  θί/λεον,  the 
meadows  tvere  rich  with  violets  and 
parsley,  Od.  5,  73 :  later  also  c.  dat., 
θαλησε  σελίνοις,  Pind.  Ν.  4,  143,  cf. 
10,  78.  ^ 

θη?ίή,  ης,  ή,  the  part  of  the  breast 
which  gives  suck,  the  lent,  nipple,  Eur. 
Cycl.  56.  and  Plut.  (From  θάλλω, 
εθα?Μν,  τέθιβα,  θήλυς,  Plat.  Crat. 
414  Α.) 

θΐ]7.οειδής,  ες,  {θηλή,  είδος)  nipple- 
shaped. 

θηλνγενής,  ές,  {θήλυς.  *γένω)  of 
female  sex,  womanish,  στόλος,  Aesch. 
Supp.  29  ;  and  so  Eur.,  and  Plat. 
Adv.  νώς. 

θη?.νγ?ιωσσος,  ov,  (θή?.νς,  γ?Μσσα) 
with  woman's  tongue,  Anth. 

θη/^νγονέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  beget  girls, 
Philo  :  and 

θηλνγονία,  ας.  ή,  a  begettins  nf  girls, 
opp.  to  κουρογονία,  Hipp.,  to  άρβενο- 
γονία,  Arist.  Η.  Α. — II.  kin  by  the  mo- 
therms  side.  Hdn.  :  from 

θη?.ν)όνος.  ov,  {θή?.νς,  *γένω)  be- 
gettins girls,  Hipp. 

θ7ΐ?.νδρίας,  ov,  b.  Ion.  -δρίης,  {θή- 
λυς) a  7voma7iish,  effeminate  person, 
Hdt.  7,  153. 

θη?^υδριώδης.  ες.{θηλνδρίας,  είδος) 
of  womanish  kind,  effeminate,  μέλος,  Ar 
Thesm.  131.    Adv.  -δώς. 

637 


ΘΗΛΤ 

θη7.νκΓνομαι,  (if  p.,  to  behave  like  a 
woman,  Clein.  Λ1.  :  Irom 

θ)ΐ?.νκός,  ή,  ύν,  {Βΐι'Ανς)  womanish  : 
esp.  in  Grainin.,  of  the  feminine  gmdir, 
Dion.  H. :  so  Adv.  -κώς,  Arist.  an.  Ath. 
499  D. 

θτι?.νκρΰνεία,  ας,  ή,  the  female  κρα- 
νεία,  Theophr. 

Θηλνκρΰτής,  ες,  {θη?Λ'ς,  κρατέυ) 
swaying  women,  Aescli.  Cho.  COO. 

θτΡ.νκτόνος,  ov,  {βϊμ.νς,  κτείνω) 
slaying  women  :  or  rather  slaying  by 
women'i  hands,  'Κρης  β-,  Aesch.  Fr. 
860. 

&η7.ν7Μ7Μς,  ov,  {θήλυς,  ?Μ?ιέω)=: 
θη7.νγ'λ<,)σσος. 

θηλνμΰνέίο,  ώ,  to  be  mad  after  ivo- 
men ;  from 

θη?.υμΰι>ής,  ές,  (βήλνς,  μαίνομαι) 
mad  after  U'omen,  Mel.  54. — II.  act. 
maddening  women,  Θ-  δτοβοι  κροτάλων, 
Antim.  94. 

θτ/λνμελής.  ες,  (θήλυς,  μέλος)  sing- 
ing in  soft  strain,  αηδών,  Anth. 

Βηλνμίτρης,  ov,  ό,  (θή'Άνς,  μίτρα) 
with  a  icnrnan's  head-dress  or  cinlhes, 
Luc. :  fern,  -μιτρις,  ιδος,  ό,  //,  Id. 

θη7ινμορφης,  ov,  {θήλνς.  μορφή) 
woman-shaped,  Eur.  Bacch.  353. 

Βη7.ύνοος,  vnov,  contr.  -νους,  ovv, 
of  weak,  womanish  mind,  Aesch.  Pr. 
1003. 

Θηλύνω,  f.  -ννώ,  {θή7Λΐς)  to  make 
weak  and  womanish.  Pass.,  to  become 
so,  τα  μορφφ.  Theocr.  20,  14  ;  c.  ace, 
έθιι'λύΐ'θτ/υ  στόμα.  I  became  woman- 
tongned.  Soph.  Aj.  651. 

Βη7.ύπαίς,  παιοος,  ή,  {θή7Μς,  παις) 
having  borne  a  girl.  Lye. 

Βφύ-ους,  ό.  ή,  πουν,  τό,  gen.  ττο- 
δος,  {θή7Λ<ς,  ττονς)  β.  βύσις,  the  tread 
of  female  foot.  Pseud-Eur.  I.  A.  421. 

Θη7.ν~ρε7ϊής,  ές,  {Θή7^υς,  πρεττυ) 
befit  ling  a  wo?nan  :   tnomanish,  Anth. 

θήλυς,  Θή7ίεια,  βή7ίν,  Horn.,  though 
he  also  had  θήλυς  for  fern.,  θήλυς 
ίέρσ//,  θή/.νς  έονσα,  etc.,  so  too  Hes., 
and  Traor.  ;  Ion.  fern,  θή/.εα,  gen. 
θηλέης,  Hdt.,  cf.  Bnttm.  Ausf.  Gr.  * 
C2,  Aain.  3,  not.  :  of  female  sex,  female, 
opp.  to  ΐφ[)ΐιν,  as  θήλεια  θεός,  a  god- 
dess, II.  8,  7  ;  θήλειαυ  ϊπττοί,  mares, 
Horn. ;  σνες  θή/ειαι,  sows,  Od.  14, 
16:  in  genl.  of  or  belonging  to  women, 
άϋτή,  a  wornan's  voice  or  cry,  Od.  G, 
122;  70  θή/.ν,  the  female  sex,  Eur. 
H.  F.  536  ;  also  the  female.  Plat.  Criti. 
HOC:  Tj  θή/ιεια,  a  woman,  Eur.  Andr. 
181 :  also  of  plants,  β.  κάλαμος,  Diosc. 
— II.  also  applied  to  things,  as  parta- 
king of  the  fruitfulncss.  delicacy  or 
other  properties  of  the  female  sex  : 
and  so— -1.  fruitful,  nourishing,  life- 
giving,  Οίβειαι  τοκύδες,  Od.  14,  16: 
θήλυς  εέρση,  Od.  5,  467,  cf  Heinr. 
Hes.  Sc.  395.-2.  tender,  soft,  delicate, 
Eur.  Med.  928;  also  in  laad  sense, 
womanish,  weak.  Soph.  Tr.  1062,  1075. 
— 3.  in  building,  etc..  those  parts  were 
called  female  into  which,  others  fitted, 
like  our  7nalc  ami  female  screw.— 4.  in 
the  Pythag.  language,  the  even  num- 
bers were  female,  the  odd  male.  Plut. — 
Hom.  and  Hes.  seem  to  use  the  coin- 
par.  Οη/.ύτερος,  a,  ov  [ϋ],  just  like  the 
positive,  but  only  in  phrases  βιβύτε- 
pui  βεαί,  or  γυναίκες,  where  Passuw 
thinks  we  may  keep  a  compar.  sense, 
the  gentler,  softer  beings.  (From  Αύλ- 
λω,  τέθηλα,  cf  Plat.  Crat.  414  A.) 

Θη7Μσ-ηρος,  ov,  (Θή7•.υς,  σπείρο)) 
born  (f  woman  ;  but  γέννα  θ.,  a  family 
of  females,  Aesch.  Pr.  855. 

θ?/Λυί77ο/.εω,  ώ,  to  wear  womeii's 
clothes,  Strab. :  from 

β7ΐ7ιύστο?Μς,  ov,  {θήλυς,  στολή) 
did  in  women's  clothes. 

θιρ.ύτερης,  a,  ov,  v.  θήλυς,  sub  fin. 
638 


ΘΗΡΑ 

Οί]7-ντηΓ,  ητος,  ή.  {07}λνς)  woman- 
hood, female  7iature,  Arist.  Gen.  An. ; 
opp.  to  (Ί^βεΐ'ότ?ις. — 2.  wo7nanish  na- 
ture, effeminacy,  Plut. 

Θι/Λυτοκέω,  ώ,  to  bear  girls,  Hipp. ; 
and 

θ7ΐλντοκία,  ας,  ή,  the  bearing  of  a 
girl.  Joseph. :  from 

0)]λυτόκος,  ov,  {Θή7νς  τίκτω)  bear- 
ing girls,  Theocr.  25,  125. — II.  ace.  to 
some,  proparox.  θηλντοκος,  ov,  pass. 
female-horn,  εκγονα,  Arist.    Pol  it.  7, 

10,  C,  where  however  Bekk  -τόκα. 
Οη7.υφΰνής,  ές,  {θή7Λ'ς,  όαίνομαί) 

like  a  woman,  womanish,  Plut. 

Οη7ινφόνος,  ov,  {Θή7ι.υς,  *φένω)  kill- 
i7ig  wo/nen. :  hence  to  Θ.,  the  aco7iite,  so 
called  from  certain  supposed  proper- 
lies,  Theophr. 

θ7/7.νφρων,  ov,  gen.  όνος.  (θήλυς, 
φρήν)  of  woman'' s  mind,  Ar.  Eccl.  110. 

θη7.ύφ(ι)νος,  ov,  {θήλυς,  φωνή)  with 
a  ivnman's  voice,  Ael. 

θη?.ύχειρ,  χειρός,  ύ,  η,  (θήλυς,  χειρ) 
icith  α  woman's  hand. 

Θζ/λϋχίτων,  gen.  ωνος,  ό,  ή.  {θ>~/7ινς, 
χιτ(ον)  with  α  woman's  frock.  Anth.  [t] 

Θη7.ώ,  όος  contr.  ους,  ή.  {Ηι/λή)  η 
7inrse,  prob.  1.  Plut.,  Valck.  Phocn. 
458.  e.xtr. 

θήμα,  TO,  {τίθημί)=θήκη. 
\&ιΐμ.ηκός.  or   ό.  Thrmncns,  an  Attic 
deme  of  llie  tribe  Erechthe'is,  Andoc. ; 
ό  Θημακεύς,  an  inhab.  of  Themacus, 
Id. 

Οημολογέω,  ύ,  (θτ/μών.  λέγω)  Ιο 
collect  ill  a  heap,  dub.  1.  Anth. 

θι/μονία,  ας.  ή,^=θημών. 

βημών,  ώνος,  ό.  (τίθι/μι)  like  Θωμάς, 
α  heap,  Od.  5,  368 ;  also  in  Arist.  Me- 
teor.    Hence 

θιμιωνία,  or  -ιά,  J7,=  foreg. 

θημωνοθετέω,  ώ,  (βημών,  τίθημι) 
to  put  in  a,  heap. 

Β?/ί•,  an  enclitic  particle,  used  chief- 
ly in  Ep.,  rarely  in  Att.  poets,  Dind. 
Aesch.  Pr.  928:  akin  to  δή,  express- 
ing strong  conviction,  surely  now, 
sometimes  used  ironically,  as.  7ιεί\1ιε- 
τέ.  θΐ]ν  νέας,  you  will  leave  the  ships 
then,  II.  13,  620;  ώς  θην  και  συν  έγώ 
λύσω  μένος,  Π.  17,  29,  cf  21,  568.  Od. 
1 G,  91  :  strengthd.,  ή  θ7μ',  in  very  truth, 

11.  1 1,  365  ;  13,  813  :  ov,  ov  θ/μ',  sure- 
li/  not,  II.  2,  276;  8,  418,  Od.  5,  211  : 
strengthd.  ov  θην  δή,  Od.  3.  352.  (It 
does  not  seem  ever  to  be  used  as  = 
δήν,  though  there  may  be  radic.  con- 
nection, V.  Spitzn.  II.  8,  418.) 

Οήζις,  εως,  //,  (θήγω)  a  sharpening, 
uhelting. 

θηυΐο,  Ep.  for  βεώο,  2  sing.  opt. 
pres.  from  θηέομαι,  ll.  24,  418. 

ΘΗ'Ρ.  θηρός',  Ep.  dat.  pi.  θήρεσσι. 
ύ,  a  wihl  beast,  a  beast  nf  prey,  esp.  a 
lion  or  wolf,  Hom.  ;  opp.  to  fi.sh  and 
fowl,  Od.  24,  292,  Hes.  O]).  275  : 
later  joined  with  a  subst.,  θήρ  λέων, 
Eur.  Η.  F.  465  ;  also  with  femin., 
λέαινα  θ.,  Anth. :  then — 2.  any  ?non. 
.iter,  as  the  sphinx,  Aesch.  Theh.  558: 
esp  of  centaurs.  Soph.  Tr.  568,  935, 
etc.,  cf  Φήρ,  which,  like  Lat.  fera, 
arose  from  θήρ  by  the  Aeolo-Dor. 
change  of  θ  into  ο  ;  also  of  satyrs, 
Eur.  Cycl.  624. — II.  a  lame  beast,  any 
beast.  Soph  Aj.  366.  In  prose  the 
form  θηρίον  seems  to  have  been  the 
more  usu.,  though  θήρ  is  found  in 
Hdt..  3.  129,  and  in  Plat.  (Cf  Germ. 
Thicr,  our  deer :  and  with  φήρ,  Geim. 
E-lxr,  our  bfiar,  bear.)     Hence 

θήρη,  ας,  ή.  Ion.  θήρη,  a  hunting  of 
wild  beasts,  the  chase,  11.  5,  49,  Od.  19, 
429  :  ίέναι  έπϊ  την  θήρην,  Hdt.  1,  37  ; 
ζώιειν  ΰπο  τής  ί? ,  Id.  4,22. — 2.  metaph. 
eager  pursuit  of  any  thing,  as  truth, 
pleasure,  money,  Plat. — II.  like  άγρα. 


ΘΗΡΑ 

the  beasts  taken,  the  spoil,  game,  qitarry, 
Od.  9,  158,  Xen.  Cyr.  2,  4,  25,  cf. 
Schiif  Greg.  Cor.  p.  126. 
^θήρα,  ας,  Ion.  θήρη,  ης,  η,  Thera, 
now  Santnriii,  one  of  the  Sporades 
Insulae,  at  first  called  Κα7.7ίστη.  de- 
rived its  name  from  the  Spartan  The- 
ras,  the  leader  of  a  colony  thither, 
Hdt.  4,  147,  Pind.  P.  4,  35.-2.  a  city 
of  Caria,  Arr.  An.  2,  5,  8. 

θηραγρέτης,  ov,  6,  (θήρα,  άγρεύω) 
a  hunter,  Eur.  Bacch.  1020. 

θήραγρος,  ov,  (θήρα.  άγρα)  catching 
wild  beasts  or  game,  Ion.  ap.  Ath.  451 
E. 

θηραϊκόν,  οϋ,  τό,  or  θήραιον.  ov, 
a  dress  worn  in  the  satyric  drama  at 
Athens,  prob.  iiwenled  m  the  island 
Thera  :  from 

^θηραϊκός,  -η,  όν,  of  or  belonging  to 
Thera,  Theraea7i,  Ath.  424  F. 
^θηραίος,  a,  ov.  of  Thera,  Theraean, 
Pind.  P,  4,  17,  Hdt.  4,  150. 

θήραμα,  ατός,  τό,  (θηράω)  that 
u'hich  is  caught,  spoil,  prey,  game,  Eur. 
Bacch.  869. 

'\θηρ(1μένης,  ους,  b,  Theramenes, 
masc.  pr.  n..  a  Spartan,  Thuc.  8,  26. — 
2.  a  distinguished  general  and  states- 
man of  the  Athenians,  one  of  the 
thirty  tyrants  ;  from  his  frequentr 
changes  in  politics  he  received  the 
appell.  κόθορνος,  Thuc.  8,  68  ;  Xen. 
Hell.  1,  1,  12;  Ar.  Ran.  541,  etc. 
■^θήρανδε,  to  Thera.  Pind.  P.  5,  100. 

θημαρχία,  ας,  ή,  the  office  of  θήραρ• 
χος :  from 

θήρσρχος,  ό,  {θήρ,  άρχω)  α  keeper 
of  wild  beasts,  esp.  elephants,  Ael. 
ήθηράς.  άδος,  ή,  fem.  adj^  from  θήρα, 
Theraean,  ai   θηράδεε  νήσοι,    Thera 
and    Therasia,   Ath.   432   C.  :    Dind. 
Steph.  Thes.  s.  v.  θήρα. — II.  θι] 
ου,  ο,  77ίβΓί!.ν,  son  of  Autesion, ; 
tan,  who  led  a  colony  to  Thera,  J 
4.  147. 

'\θηρΰσία,  ας, ή.  Therasia,ox\co{\.\\e 
Sporades  near  Thera,  still  retaining 
its  name,  Slrab. 

θηρύσιμος,  ov,  (θηράω)  to  be  hunted 
down,  caught,  won,  Aesch.  Pr.  858.  [a] 

θηράτέος.  έα.  έον,  verb.  adj.  from 
θηράω,  to  be  caught,  won.  Soph.  Phil. 
116. — II.  θηρατέον,  one  must  catch,  win, 
Xen.  Cyr.  2,  4,  10. 

θηράτήρ,  ήρος,  b,  poet,  for  θήρα• 
τίις,  Philostr. 

θηράτήριος,  a,  ov,  =  θηρατικός, 
Soph.  Fr.  421. 

θηράτής,  οϋ,  b,  (θηράω)  a  hunter, 
hunter  after,  τινός,  Ar.  Nub.  358. 
Hence 

θηράτικός,  ή,  όν,  of,  belonging  to  the 
chase,  fit  for  it:  τά  θηματικά  των  φί- 
7.ων,  the  arts  for  winning  friends,  Xen. 
Mem.  2,  6,  33. 

θηράτός,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from  θη• 
ράω.  III  be  caught,  taken,  wo7i,  Polyb. 

θήρατρον.  ου,  τό,  an  instrument  of 
the  chase,  a  7iet,  trap,  etc.,  Xen.  Mem. 
2,  1,  4. 

θηρύτωρ,  ορός,  ό,=  θηρήτωρ.  [ά] 
f  θ  ηραφόνη, ης, 7/, Theraphone, daugh- 
ter οί  Dexamenus,  Pans. 

θηράω,  ώ,  f  -άσω.  Soph.  Phil.  958, 
though  ace.  to  Moeris,  θηρύσημαι  is 
better  Att.  (θήρ,  θήρα).  To  hunt  wild 
beasts,  to  chase,  pursxie,  catch,  take, 
also  of  men.  Soph.  Ant.  433,  cf.  Phil. 
1005. — 2.  freq.  metaph.  like  Lat.  vena- 
ri,  la  hunt  after  a  thing,  p)/?sne  it  fa^-er- 
ly  or  greedily,  τυραννίδα,  Soph.  O.  T. 
541 ;  so  too,  θηράν  7ίέκτρον,  Eur.  I 
A.  960;  so,  Θ.  τινά  γαμείν.  Id.  Hel. 
63 :  ί/μαρτον  ή  θηρώ  τι.  have  I  miss- 
ed or  hit  the  quarry  ?  Aesch.  Ag.  1 194 : 
also  c.  inf ,  θ7ΐράν  γαμεΙν,  Eur.  Hel. 
63,  cf  Soph.  Aj.  2. 


θ'ΐ^ας, 
,  a  iitar- 
ra,  Bdt. 


ΘΗΡΙ 

Β.  the  micl.  θηρώμαι,  is  xised  just 
like  act.,  esp.  metaph.  to  hunl  after,  seek 
for,  Ά5,έμέτοισι  θηρώμενοι  την  νγιείην, 
Hdt.  2,  77  ;  μαστοίς  ίλεον  θ.,  Eur.  Or. 
568:  but  θημώμαι.,  is  alsofreq.  as  pass., 
to  be  hunted,  pursued,  πμός  άτης, 
Aesch.  Pr.  1072,  ΰττ'  ύνόρών,  Eur. 
Bacch.  732. — Cf.  θηρεύω,  Οηρεω. 

θήμειος,  ov,  also  a,  ov,  Plat.  Phaedr. 
24Θ  D,  (  θήρ  )  of,  belonging  to  wild 
beasts,  hat.  ferinus,  δέρμα  θηρειην  "λέ- 
οντος, Panyas.  8  :  θ-  βία,  periphr.  for 
ό  βτ/ρ,  the  centattr,  Soph.  Tr.  1059  : 
ϋήρεια  κρέα,  game,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  3,  6. 

θ-ηρείτας,  ov.  b,  Lacon.  name  of 
Mars,  Paus.  :  also  θηρίτας. 

θήρενμα,  ατός,  τό,  (θτ/ρενω)^θή- 
ραμα,  spoil,  Eur.  I.  Α.  1162. — II.  hunt- 
ing. Plat.  Legg.  823  Β. 

θηρεύσψος,  ον,=^θηράσ(μσς. 

θήρενσις,  εως.  ή,  [βηρεύω)  α  htcnt- 
ing,  the  chase,  Plat.  Legg.  824  A  :  also 
metaph.  a  hunting  after.  Id.  Theaet. 
166C 

fΘ7!pεvτέov,  verb.  adj.  from  θηρεύω, 
one  must  hunt,  seek  after,  Poly b.  1,35,8. 

θηρευτήρ,  ηρος,  (3,=sq. 

θηρευτής,  υν,  b,  {βηρεύω)  =  θηρατής, 
a  hunter ;  Horn,  (only  in  II.)  always 
in  phrase,  κύνεσσι  και  άνδράσι  θη- 
ρεντ^σιν,  hounds  and  huntsmen,  11. 
12.  41,  cf.  11,  325,  and  Hes.  Sc.  303, 
388  :  also  of  a  fisher,  Hdt.  2,  70  :  θ. 
■ίτέρδιξ,  a  decoy  partridge,  Arist.  H. 
A.  9,  8,  8. —  2.  metaph.  one  who  hunts 
after  outward  show,  rather  than  truth, 
Plat.  Rep.  373  B.     Hence 

θηρευτίκός,  ή,  όν,  (θηρεύω)=θηρα- 
τικός,  esp.  κύνες  θ.,  hounds,  Ar.  Plut. 
157.  and  Xen. :  hence  ή  -κή,  with  and 
witlu[ilt  τέχνη,  the  art  of  hunting,  the 
chnsi,\V\a.\..  Polit.289  A," and  metaph., 
Eutll'd.  290  B. 

GwE^ruf,  ή,  όν,=  θτιρατός,  Arist. 
Pol.lSverb.  adj.  from 

θ^νω.  usu.z^Oiipuu,  first  in  Od. 
19,  465.  Hdt.  4,  1 12,  172  :  Ύιτνυν  βέ- 
?ιος  ϋήρευσεν,  it  hit,  struck  him,  Pind. 
P.  4,  161 :  in  Att.  most  freq.  metaph., 
to  hunt  or  seek  after,  κέρδεα,  Pind.  N. 
11,  G2,  γάμους,  Aesch.  Pr.  858,  and 
freq.  in  Att.  So  loo  in  mid.,  Plat. 
Gorg.  464  D,  Euthyd.  290  C.  Pass. 
to  be  hunted,  Hdt.  3,  102  :  also  to  be 
preyed  upon,  3,  108. 

θηρέω,  Ion.  and  Dor.  for  θηράυ. 

θήρημα,  το.  Ion.  for  θήραμα. 

θηρήτειρα,  ας,  ή,  α  huntress.  Call. 
Del.  230  :  fern,  from 

θηρητήρ,  ηρης,  ό.  Ion.  for  θηρατής  : 
a  hunter,  11..  where  also  άνδρες  Θηρ7)- 
τηρες  are  joined,  II.  12,  170. 

θηρήτωρ,  ορός,  ό,  poet,  and  Ion.  for 
foreg.,  Θ.  ανδρες,ΙΙ.  9,  544. 

θηριακός,  η,  όν,  (θηρίον)  of  wild, 
esp.  venomous  beasts,  hence  τά  θηρια- 
κά,  an  account  of  them,  such  as  Nican- 
der's  poem. — II.  made  from  wild  beasts, 
6.  φάρμακα,  antidotes  against  the  bite 
of  poisonous  animals,  opp.  to  άλεξι.φάρ- 
μακα.  Gal. 

Θηριάλωτος,  ov,  (Θηρίον,  ΰ?ύσκο- 
μαι)  cau.ght  by  wild  beasts,  [u] 

θηρίβορος,  ov.  {θήρ.  βορά)=βηρ6- 
βορος,  eaten  or  torn  by  wild  beasts, 
Pseudo-Phocyl.  136. 

θηρίδίον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  θηρίον, 
θήρ,  in  plur.,  like  Lat.  animalcula, 
Theophr. 

θηρίκλεια,  τά,  sub.  ποτήρια,  also 
Θηρίκλειοι,  or  -κλειαι  at,  sub.  κύλι- 
κες, broad  drinking-cups,  of  black  clay 
or  wood,  called  after  sq.  v.  Bentl. 
Phalar.  ^\U. 

^Θηρίκ7.ής,  έηνς,  6,  Thericles,  a  cel- 
ebrated Corinthian  artisan  in  clay  and 
wood,  Ath.  470  F. — 2.  an  Athenian 
archon,  Diod.  S. 


ΘΗΡΙ 

θηρϊμάχος,  ov,  (  θήρ,  μάχομαι  ) 
fighting  with  wild  beasts,   [ΰ] 

\θηρΐμαχος,  ov,  ό.  Therimuchus,  a 
son  of  Hercules  and  Megara,  Apollod. 

2,  4.-2.  a  Spartan,  Xen.  Hell.  4,  8.  29. 
θηριόβρωτος,  ov,  {θηρίον,  βιβρώ- 

σκω)=θηρόβορος,  Diod. 

θηριόδηγμα,  ατός,  τό,  the  bite  of  a 
wild  beast,  esp.  of  a  serpent,  Diosc,  v. 
Lob.  Phryn.  304  :  from 

θηριόδηκτος,  ov,  {θηρίον,  δάκνω) 
bitten  by  a  wild  beast,  esp.  by  a  serpent, 
Diosc. 

θηριοκτόνος,  ov,  (θηρίον,  κτείνω) 
=  θηροκτόνος. 

θηρίομΰχέω,  ώ,  to  fight  with  wild 
beasts,  Diod. 

θηριομάχης,  ov,  ό,  (θηρίον,  μάχο- 
μαι) one  who  fights  ivith  wild  beasts,  esp. 
in  the  Roman  amphitheatre,  Lat.  be- 
stiarius,  Diod.   [u]     Hence  • 

θηριομαχία,  ας,  ή,  a  fighting  with 
wild  beasts,  Philo. 

θηριομύχος,  ov ,=^θηρψάχος,  Luc. 
[a] 

θηριομΐγής,  ές,  (θηρίον.  μίγννμι) 
half  man  half  beast,  as  Scylla. 

θηριόμομψος,  ov,  {θηρίον,  μορφί'/)  in 
the  form  of  a  beast,  Eccl. 

θηρίον,  ov,  τύ,  in  form  dim.  from 
θήρ,  but  in  usage  equiv.  to  it :  a  u<ild 
animal,  beast,  Od.  10,  171,  180,  where 
a  stag  is  called  μέγα  θηρίον  ;  (never 
in  II.)  ne.xt  in  H.  Hom.  Ven.  4,  Hdt. 

3,  108,  where  it  is  a  beast,  brute,  as 
opp.  to  birds  and  men  ;  hence  pro- 
verb, f/  θηρίον,  ή  θεός,  i.  e.  either  be- 
low or  above  the  nature  of  man, 
Arist.  Eth.  N.— 2.  a  savage  beast,  any 
beast  that  is  htmted,  game ,  Hdt.  1,  119, 
and  Xen. :  later  esp.  an  elephant, 
Polyb. — 3.  any  animal,  even  of  fishes, 
Arist.  H.  A.  :  esp.  a  poisonous  animal, 
reptile,  Diosc. — 11.  also  as  real  dim.  α 
little  animal,  in  plur.,  of  bees,  Theocr. 
19,  6  :  also  wor?ns  in  the  bowels.  Hipp. 
—  III.  as  Medic,  term,  ^  θηρίωμη, 
Hipp. — IV.  as  a  term  of  reproach, 
beast!  like  Lat.  bellua,  or  French  Aeie, 
ώ  δειλότατου  συ  θηρίον,  Ar.  Plut. 
430,  etc.  This  was  the  form  in  prose, 
cf  θήρ  :  the  Trag.  seem  never  to  have 
used  it,  Herm.  Soph.  Phil.  184. 

θηριοττρεττής,  ές,  (θηρίον,  ττρέττω) 
beast-tike,  Eccl. 

θήριος.  a,  ον,^=θήρειος,  dub. 

θηριότης,  ητος,  ή,  (θηρίον,  the  na- 
ture of  a  beast,  savageness,  brutality, 
Arist.  Eth.  N. 

θηριοτροφείον ,  ov,  τό,  a  place  where 
wild  beasts  are  kept,  menagerie,  Varro  : 
from 

θηριοτροφεω,  ώ,  to  keep  wild  hea.'its  : 
to  keep  as  a  wild  beast,  Tivd,  Alciphr.  : 
from 

θηριοτρόφος,  ov,  (θηρίον,  τρέφω) 
feeding,  abounding  in  wild  beasts,  ol  a 
country,  Strab. — II.  proparox.  θηριό- 
τροφος,  ov,  Tpass.,  feeding  on  wild  ani- 
mals, Gal. 

θηριοώόνος,  ov,  (θηρίον,  φονεύω)^ 
θηροφόνος. 

θηριόω,  ώ,  f.  -ώσω,=^(θηρίοι>)  to 
make  wild.  Pass,  θ/ιριόομαι,  to  become 
w'ild,  savage,  brutal.  Plat.  Legg.  935  A. 
— II.  to  be  infested  with  little  animals, 
u-orms.  etc.,  Theophr. — 111.  as  Medic, 
term,  τεθηριωμένον  ελκος^^θ ηρίωμα, 
Diosc. 
■\θηρητπίδης.  ov,  ό,  Thcrippides,  an 
Athenian,  one  of  the  guardians  of  De- 
mosthenes, Dem.  814,  16. 

^θήρις,  ιδος,  ό,  Theris,  a  Cretan, 
son  of  Aristaeus,  Anth. 

θηρίτας,   ov,  ό.=  θ7?ρείτας,  q.  v. 

θηριωδεία,  ας,  ή.=--θηριωδία. 

θηριώδης,  ες,  (θηρίον,  είδος)  full  ο/ 
wild  beasts,  infested  by  them,  Lat.  bella- 


ΘΗΣ 

osus,  of  countries,  Hdt.  2,  32,  etc. ; 
also,  Θ.  θάλασσα.  Id.  6,  44.— II.  beast- 
like,  brutal,  ivild,  savage,  Lat.  bellnintts, 
βίοτος,  Eur.  Supp.  202.  ηδονή.  Plat. 
Rep.  591  C,  etc.:  το  'θ.=  θηριοτης, 
brutality.  Plat. — HI.  as  Medic,  term, 
eating,  malignant,  of  ulcers,  sores,  etc., 
Diosc.  Adv.  -δώς,  θ.  διακεΐσθαι  ττρός 
τίνα,  Isocr.  226  C.     Hence 

θηριωδία,  ας,  η,=  θηριότης,  Arist. 
Eth.  Ν.  7,  1,  2. 

θτ/ριωμα,  ατός.  τό,  α  malignant  sore, 
Cels. ;  in  Hipp.,  θηρίον. 

θηρίωαις.  εως,  ή,  (θηριόω)  α  turning 
into  a  beast,  Luc. 

θηροβολέω,  ώ,  to  strike,  kill  wild 
beasts,  Soph.  Phil.  165:  from 

θηροβόλος,  ov,  (θήρ,  βάλλω)  killing 
wild  beasts,  dub.  1.  for  sq. 

θηρόβορος,  ov,  (θήρ,  βορά)  eaten  by 
wild  beasts,  Pseudo-Phocyl.  136. 

θηρόβοΓος,  ov,  (θήρ,  βόσκω)  where 
ivild  beasts  feed,  έρημος,  Anth. 

θηρόβρωτος,  ov,  (θήρ,  βιβρώσκω) 
=θηρόβοτος,  Strab. 

θηροδϊδασκΰλία,  ας,  ή,  (θήρ,  διδά- 
σκω) α  taming  of  wild  beasts. 

θηροειδής,  ές,  {θήρ,  είδος)  having 
the  forms  of  wild  beasts. 

θηροθήρας,  ov  or  a,  ό,  (θήρ,  θηράω) 
a  hunter.  Lob.  Phryn.  627. 

θηρόθϋμος,  ov,  (θήρ,  θυμός)  with 
brutal  mind,  brutal,  Anth. 

θηροκόμος,  ov,  (θήρ,  κομέω)  keeping 
wild  beasts. 

θηροκράτωρ,  ορός,  ό,  (θήρ,  κρατέω) 
lord  of  beasts,   [ΰ] 

θηροκτόνος,  ov,  (θήρ,  κτείνω)  kill' 
ing  wild  beasts,  κύνες,  Eur.  Hel.  154. 

θηρολέτης,  ov,  b,  {θήρ,  ολλνμι)  a 
slayer  of  beasts,  Anth. 

θηρόλετος,  ov,  (θήρ,  δλ?Λμαι)  slain 
by  beasts. 

θηρομάχία,  ας,  ή,  (θήρ,  μάχη)  α 
fight  with  beasts,  Inscr. 

θηρομΐγής,  ές,  Opp.,  and  -μικτός, 
ov.  Lye,  (θήρ,  μίγννμι)  half-beast. 

ίθηρονίκη,  ης,  ή,  T/icronice,  a  daugh- 
ter of  Dexamenus,  Paus. 

θηρονόμος.ον,  (θήρ.  νέμω)  feeding, 
tending  wild  beasts,  Anth. — II.  propa- 
rox. θηρόνομος,  pass. /erf  on  by  them. 

θηρό—επ?ιθς,  ov,  (θήρ,  πέπλος)  clad 
in  the  skins  of  beasts,  Orph. 

θηροπ?.αστέω,  ώ,  to  make  beasts  • 
from 

θηρόπλαστος,  ov,  (θήρ,  ττλάσσω) 
making  beasts,  changing  into  beasts, 
epith.  of  Circe,  Lye.  673. 

θηροσκόπος,ον,  {θήρ.  σκοπέω)  look- 
ing out  for  wild  beasts,  H.  Hom.  27.  11. 

θηροσύνη,  ης,  ή,  the  chase,  Opp. 

θηροτόκος,  ov,  (θήρ,  τίκτω)  produ- 
cing beasts,  άλση,  Anth. 

θηροτροώέω,  ώ,  =  θηριοτροφεω, 
Aristaen. :  from 

θηροτρόφος,  ov,  (θήρ,  τρέφω)  feed- 
ing ivtld  beasts,  Eur.  Baccn.  556 ;  but 
— II.  proparox.  θηρότροφος,  pass,  fed 
by  beasts,  feeding  on  them,  δράκων, 
Eur.  Phoen.  820.     Cf  θηριοτρ. 

θηρότνπος,  ov,  (θήρ,  τύπος)  in  the 
form  of  a  beast,  Orph. 

θηροφονεύς,  έως,  ό,  (θήρ,  φονεύς) 
slayer  of  beasts,  Opp. 

θηροφόνος,  ov,  also  η,  ov,  Theogn. 
11,  (θήρ,  *φένω)  slaying,  killing  beasts 
or  wild  beasts,  1.  c,  Ar.  Thesm.  320. 

θηρόχ7ί,αινος,  ov,  {θήρ, χλαίνα)  clad 
in  the  skins  of  beasts,  Lyc. 
^θηρώ,  ους,  ή,  Thero,  nurse  of  Mars, 
Paus. 

\θίιρων,  ωνος,  ό,  Theron,  son  of  Ae- 
nesidemus,  king  of  Agrigentum  in 
Sicily,  Hdt.  7.  165,  Pind.  O.  2,  8.-2. 
a  Boeotian  statuary,  Paus. 

θής,  θητός,  ό,  orig.  a  serf,  villain, 
who  is  bound  to  till  a  piece  of  land  for 
639 


ΘΗΣΕ 

his  lord,  Lat.  ascriplus  gkbae,  Od.  4, 
644 :  cf.  τΓκμέστΐΐς.  But  as  early  as 
Hes.  Op.  GOO,  «  freeman,  who  has  in- 
deed no  land  of  his  own,  but  can  hire 
himself  to  any  master,  and  so  a  hired 
labourer.  When  Solon  divided  the 
Athen.  people  into  4  classes,  he  call- 
ed tlie  fourth  and  last  ϋητΐς :  it  took 
in  all  whose  property  in  land  was  un- 
der 150  medinini  (the  lowest  rate  of 
the  ζενγίται) :  like  the  c/ipite  ceitsi  at 
Rome,  they  were  commonly  engaged 
as  hired  labourers  ;  and,  though  free 
citizens,  were  excluded  from  all  pub- 
lic service ;  but  they  were  soon  em- 
ployed as  light-armed  and  seamen, 
and,  in  case  of  need,  as  heavy-armed, 
Bockh  P.  E.  2,  259  sqq.,  Herm.  Pol. 
Ant.  ^  108.— U.  fern.  0>'/σσα,  Att.  θι/τ- 
τα  >/,  a  poor  girl,  who  was  obliged  to 
go  out  for  hire,  opp.  to  ί7τίκ?ι?ιμης,  an 
heiress,  Pint. — 2.  as  αά'}.=  ϋητική, 
θήσσα  τράπεζα,  a  menial's  fare,  Eur. 
Ale.  2.  ( Ace.  to  Buttm.  Lexil.  v. 
θαάσσειν  7  η.,  from  root  ΘΕ-,  ΘΑ-, 
τίθημι,  like  our  settler,  from  to  set,  sit 
down,  cf.  Gerrn.  Sasse,  Insasse,  Land- 
sasse.) 

θι/σαίατο,  Ep.  for  θηϊ/σαιντο,  θ?'/- 
σαιντο,  3  pi.  opt.  aor.  1  from  θεύομαι, 
θηέημαι,  Od.  18,  191. 

θησύμενος,  part.  aor.  1  mid.  of  root 
θύο). 

θί/σατο,  3  sing.  aor.  1  mid.  of  root 
βάω.  11. 

θησαυρίζω,  {θησαυρός)  to  store, 
treasure  up,  χρι'/ματα,  Hdt.  2,  121  ; 
freq.  of  fruits,  to  lay  up  in  store,  pre- 
serve, pickle,  etc.,  ei'  τεβησανρίσμίνος, 
Soph.  Fr.  464,  and  Theophr.    Hence 

θησαύρισμα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which  is 
stored  lip.  a  store,  treasure.  Soph.  Phil. 
37. — Π.  axtore-hoiisrytreasnri/,  Democr. 
ap.  Plut.  2,  500  D. 

.  θησαυρισμός,  ου,  ό,  a  storing  up, 
laying  zip  in  store,  Arist.  Pol. 

θησαυριστής,  οΰ,  ό,  {θησαυρίζω)  one 
who  lays  up  in  store. 

θησαυριστικός,  ή,  όν,  {θησαυρίζω) 
inclined,  wonted  to  lay  up  in  store,  ζώα 
τροοης  θ.,  e.  g.  ants,  Arist.  H.  A. 

θησαυροττοιέω,  ώ,  to  make  stores  : 
from 

θησαυροποώς,  όν,  {θησαυρός,  ποι.- 
έω)  making  stores,  laying  up  in  store. 
Plat.  Rep.  554  A. 

θησαυρός,  οΰ,  ό,  α  store  laid  up, 
treasure.  Hes.  Op.  717. — II.  a  store  or 
treasure-house,  magazine,  etc.,  Hdt.  2, 
150  :  esp.  the  treasury  of  a  temple,  Id. 
1,  14,  etc. — III.  any  receptacle  for  valu- 
ables, a  chest,  casket.  Id.  7, 190.  (From 
ΘΕ-,  τίθημι:  the  ending  is  said  to  be 
from  αί'ροί',  aurum,— but?) 

θησαιφοφϋλΰΐίέω,  ω,  to  be  a  ϋησαυ- 
ροήινλαξ,  Diod. 

θησαυροόϋ7ΜΚΐην,  ου,  τό,  a  .•store- 
house, treasury,  Artemid.  [a]     From 

θησαυροφύ?.αξ,  ύκος,  ό,  {θησαυρός, 
ό{<?.αξ)   α  store-keeper,  treasurer,  Diod. 

θησαυρώοης,  ες,  {θησαυρός,  είδος) 
filled  uith  treasure,  Philostr. 

^θησείί^ης,  ου,  poet,  θησηϊάόης,  αο, 
ό,  son  or  descendant  of  Theseus,  τώ 
θΐ]σείδα,  the  two  sons  of  I'heseus.  i.  e. 
Acamas  and  Demophon,  Eur.  Hec. 
125  ;  esp.  οι  θησ.,  the  Athenians, 
Soph.  O.  C.  106G.  Eur.  Troad.  31. 

Οησεΐον.  ου,  τό,  the  temple  of  The- 
seus, a  sanctuary  («συ/οΐ')  for  nm- 
away  slaves,  Ar.  Eq.  1312,  Fr.  477: 
also  θήσεον,ηοο.  to  Dind.,  in  Pherecr. 
Δοολ.,  11,  but  V.  Meineke. — II.  -ά 
Θησεία,  snli.  ιερά,  the  festival  of  The- 
seus, Ar.  Plut.  027.  Prop.  neut.  from 
'^θήσείος,  a,  ov,  of  or  belonging  to 
Theseus. 

640 


ΘΙΑΣ 

Θησειότριψ,  ϊβος,  ό,  {θησεΐον,  τρί- 
βω) one  who  is  always  in  the  Theseium, 
1.  e.  ο  runaway  slave,  Ar.  Fr.  394,  v. 
θησεΙον. 

θησείω,  desiderat.  from  τίθημι,  I 
wish  to  place,  etc. 

θησεύμεθα.  Dor.  for  θησοίμεθα, 
θησόμεϋα,  fut.  mid.  of  τίθημι. 

θησεύς,  έως  poet,  έος  and  7/05•,  ό, 
Dor.  θασεύς,  Theseus,  son  of  Ae^eus 
and  Aelhra,  the  most  famous  of  the 
ancestral  heroes  of  Athens,  first  men- 
tioned 11.  1,265:  then  in  Hdt.,  Soph., 
etc.     Hence 

+θ;/σ//ίθΓ,  a,  ov,  of  Theseus,  poet, 
for  θήσειος. 

^θησηίς,  ΐδος,  ή,  fern.  adj.  of  or  be- 
longing to  Theseus  ;  in  genl.  Athenian, 
χθυνος  θησΐιδος,  Aesch.  Eum.  102G.t 
— II.  as  subst.  the  Theseid,  a  poeni  on 
Theseus,  Arist.  Poet. 

θήσθαι,  inf  pres.  pass,  from  root 
*θύω,  to  milk,  Od. 

θΐ/σσα,  r;f,  ή,  Att.  θήττα,  fem.  of 
θής,  V.  θί]ς  II. 

θ7]σω,  fut.  of  τίθημι,  Hom. 

θήτα,  τό,  indecl.  v.  θ ;  but  De- 
mocr. used  a  gen.  θ/^τατυς,  like  δέλ- 
τατης,  Α.  Β.  781,24. 

θητεία,  ας.  ή,{θητεύω)  hired  service, 
service.  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  1029,  Isocr.  300  Α. 

θητεύω,  {θής)  to  be  a  θής,  or  hired 
servant,  serve  for  hire,  II.  21,  444,  Od. 
18,357;  τινί,  Od.  11,  489:  also,  Θ. 
επϊ  μισθφ  παρά  τινι,  Hdt.  8,  137. 

θητικός,  ή,  όν,  of  or  belonging  to  a 
θής.  hireling,  menial,  Arist.  Rhet.  :  to 
θητικόν,=  οί  θήτες,  the  class  of  θήτες. 

θήττα,  ή,  Att.  for  θήσσα. 

θητώνιον,  ου,  τό,  {θής,  ώνος)  hire, 
7vages. 

'Ιθήχης,  ό,  Mt.  Theches,  a  mountain 
on  the  borders  of  Pontus  and  Colchis, 
from  which  the  Greeks  under  Xeno- 
phoii  beheld  the  sea  (Euxine) ;  now 
K6p  Tiigh,  Xen.  An.  4,  7,  11. 

-θϊ,  insepar.  affix  of  several  substs., 
adjs.,  and  pronouns,  to  which  it  gives 
an  adv.  signf.,  denotmg  the  place  at 
which,  άγρόθι,  οίκοθι,  άλΡι,οβί,  άμώοτέ- 
ρωθι,  αυτόθι,  etc.,  freq.  as  early  as 
Hom. — II.  sometimes  also  as  genit. 
ending,  like  -θεν,  as  '1?αόθι  πρό,  r/ώθί 
πρό.  II.  8,  561  ;  11,  50,  etc. 

θΐΰσάρχης,  ov,  ό,  {θίασος,  άρχω) 
thu  chief  or  leader  of  a  θίασος,  Luc. 

θΐάσεία.  Ofj  /},  the  act  of  a  θίασος, 
revelling,  Anth. 

θΐΰσεύω.  to  celebrate,  honour  with  a 
θίασος,  and  its  accompaniments,  χηροΪΓ 
Eur.  Bacch.  378,  cf  Ion  552.  Pass". 
θιασεύεται  φυχύν,  he  gets  initialed  into 
the  Bacchic  θίασοι.  Id.  Bacch.  77. 

θιΰσίτης,  ου,  ό,=  θιασάτης,  Inscr. 

[η 

θίασος,  ου,  ο,  α  band  or  company, 
that  marches  through  the  streets,  dancing, 
singing,  etc.,  i«  honour  of  a  god,  Eur. 
Bacch.  C80,  etc.,  cf  omnino  Dem. 
313,  23  :  hence — 2.  in  genl.  any  parly, 
company,  troop,  as  of  soldiers,  Eur. 
Phoen.  796,  Θ.  Κενταύρων,  Id.  I.  A. 
1059. — II.  the  feast  or  banijnet  of  such 
companies,  Plut.  (Prob.  from  θεός, 
θείος,  θειάζω  :  the  word  belongs  esp. 
to  the  Ionic  tribes.)  [ϊ]     Hence 

θΐασόίύ.  ω,  to  make  into  a  θίασος, 
dub.,  V.  Ehnsl.  Eur.  Bacch.  557. 

θϊάσωδης,  ες,  {θίασος,  είδος)  like  a 
θίασος,  festal,  Nonn. 

θιάσων,  ώνος.  ύ,  the  m.eeting-place  of 
a  θίασος,  ap.  Hesych. 

θιασώτης,  ου,  ό,  the  member  of  a  θί- 
ασος, also  c.  gen.,  θιασώται  τον  "Έρω- 
τος, tforshippers,  followers  of  Love, 
Xen.  Symp.  8,  1  ;  ό  ^μος  θ.,  Eur. 
Bacch.  549  :  later  in  genl.  a  follower, 
disciple,  Themist. 


ΘΙΣ 

θΐάσωτικός,  ή,  όν,  of  or  belonging  to 
a  θιασώτης,  Arist.  Oec. 

θιασώτις,  ιδος,  τ/,ί&π\.  from  θιασώ- 
της, Opp. 

θίβΐ],   ης.  ?'/,   a  wicker   basket,  ark, 
LXX  ;  though  θήβη,  is  a  v.  1. 
ίθίβραχος,    ου,    ό,    Thibrachus,    an 
Athenian,  Xen.  Hell.  2,  4,  33. 

θιβρός,  ά,  όν.  Dor.  for  θερμός,  iSic. : 
also  written  θιμβρός,  Euplior.  97  : 
hence  the  Laced,  name  θιβρων,  or 
θίμβρων  ;  v.  sq. 

^θιβρων.  ωνος,  ό,  Thibron,  masc.  pr. 
n,  a  Spartan,  Xen.  An.  7,  6,  1,  etc. — 
2.  a  ruler  of  Cyrene,  Strab. — In  many 
places  θίμβρων  is  read. 

θιγγάνω,  lengthd.  form  of  root 
ΘΙΓ-,  which  appears  in  aor.  ίθιγον ; 
fut.  θιίομαι,  Elmsl.  Heracl.  652.  To 
touch  lightly,  ju.it  touch,  less  strong  than 
άπτεσθαι,  with  which  it  is  joined  in 
Eur.  Bacch.  617:  also  to  reach,  gain, 
first  in  Pind.  Construct. :  usu.  c. 
gen. ;  also  c.  dat.,  Pind.  P.  4,  528;  8, 
33  ;  9,  75  ;  but  Θ.  προς  τι,  to  reach  to 
a  thing,  προς  v^o-fh  Aesch.  Ag.  432. 
Examples  of  the  pres.  forms  θίγειν, 
θίγων,  which  still  remain  in  some  edi- 
tions, must  always  be  corrected  into 
the  aor.  θίγειν,  θΐγών,  Elmsl.  and 
Herm.  Soph.  O.  C.  470,  Elmsl.  Bacch. 
304,  Schaf.  Greg.  C.  p.  990.  {θιγγ-, 
θιγ-,  answer  to  Lat.  tango,  te-tig-i,  our 
touch,  etc.)     Hence 

θίγημα,  70,=  sq.,  as  Valck.  would 
read  in  Aesch.  Pr.  850. 

θίγμα,  τό,  that  which  is  touched,  also 
contagijn. 

θίγω,  V.  θιγγάνω,  sub  fin. 

θιμβρός,  ύ,  όν,  v.  θιβρός. 

θίν,  ύ,  and  y,  v.  θίς. 
iθιvnί,    ών,    αΐ,    Tfnnae,   a   city  of 
eastern  India,  at  the  further  exiuenu- 
ty  of  the  habitable  world,  Stralj^f 

θϊνόω,  ώ,  {θίς)  to  fill,  chokitivith 
sand.  J 

Θίνώδ7/ς.  ες,  {θίς.  είδος)  like  a  sandy 
beach,  sandy,  Strab.  ;  θινώδες  άγκί- 
στρυν,  an  anchor  on  the  sand.  Poet.  ap. 
Plut.  2,  446  A. 

θίξις.  εως,  ή,  {θιγγάνω)  a  touching, 
touch,  Arist.  Gen.  An. 

ΘΓΣ,  gen.  θΐνός,  later  also  θίν, 
(like  ΰκτίς  ΰκτίν,  δε?^φίς  δε?ίφίν,  βίς 
f>iv) : — a  heap,  πο7.νς  όστεόφιν  θίς, 
Od.  12,  45  :  esp.  of  the  sand-heaps  on 
the  beach,  links,  hence  in  genl.  the 
bench,  shore,  and  so  in  all  the  other 
places  of  Horn.,  but  always  in  gen.  or 
dat.,  with  θαλάσσης,  or  αλός  added, 
except  three  times,  viz.  έπΙ  θινί,  πάρα 
ΘΙνα,  Od.  7,  290  ;  9,  46  ;  θίν'  εν  φυκι- 
όεντι,  II.  23,  693  ;  which  last,  togeth- 
er with  the  first  quoted,  are  the  only 
passages  in  Hom.  to  determine  its 
gender.  Hence  the  old  Ep.  form 
seems  to  have  been  θίς,  and  its  gen- 
der masc. :  Callim.  and  late  prose- 
writers,  as  Plut.  and  Pans.,  use  it 
also  as  fem.  From  Hdt.  downwds. 
usu.  in  plur.,  o'l  θΐνες,  sa7id-hcaps, hut 
mostly  with  some  word  added,  as 
τΐιύμμου,  Hdt.  3,  26;  ύμμον,  γής,  Plut. ; 
Aesch.  however  has  θΐνες  νεκρών, 
heaps  of  dead,  Pers.  818  :  of  the  sand- 
sieppcs,  of  Libya,  Ap.  Rh.  In  Att.  esp. 
the  sand-heaps  in  the  sea,  sand-banks, 
and  so  in  genl.  the  bottom,  the  muddy 
deposit  of  the  sea  or  rivers,  ύ  θις  ό  μέ- 
λας, Arist.  Η.  Α.  8,  13  ;  also  in  fem. 
ΘΙς  κε?ιαινά.  Soph.  Ant.  591  :  metaph. 
ως  μου  τον  θϊνα  ταράττεις,  i.  e.  trou- 
ble the  very  bottom  of  my  heart,  Ar. 
Vesp.  696,  v.  Schol.  In  Bockh  Inscr. 
2.  p.  33,  we  find  the  form  θείς ;  and 
in  LXX,  θήν.  (Passow  makes  ΘΕ-, 
τίθημι.  the  root,  and  the  first  signf. 
that  of  α  deposit.    But  it  is  no  doubt 


ΘΝΗΣ 

the  same  as  Germ.  Diinen,  our  downs.) 
[l  always.] 

\θίσόη,  ης,  »/,  11.  2,  502,  θίσβαι,  ων 
αΐ,  Xeti.  Hell.  6,4,  3,  Thisbe  or  This 
bae,  an  ancient  city  of  Boeotia,  near 
Mt-  Helicon,  famed  in  ancient  as  in 
modern  times  for  its  wild  pigeons  ;  it 
is  now  Kakosia,  II.  I.  c. — 11.  a  Boeo- 
tian nymph.  Pans.  9,  32,  3. 

θ/ιύόίας,  ου,  ό.  (β'λάω)  a  eunuch, 
cut  elisi  su?it  testicuii,  Philo. 

QXaoiac,  ου,  o,=  foreg. 

θλάσις,  εως,  h,  (β'λάω)  a  crushing, 
bntisitig,  Arist.  Meteor,  [ΰ  ;  only  long 
in  Paul.  Sil.] 

θλάσμα,  ατός,  τό,  {θλάω)  a  bruise, 
Diosc,  of.  φλάσμα. 

θλασπίόιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from 
θλύσπις,  Diosc. 

θλάσπι,  70,=  sq.,  Gal. 

θλάσπις,  εως  Ion.  ιόος,  η,  (,θ7Μω) 
α  sort  of  large  cress,  the  seed  of  which 
was  bruised  and  used  like  mustard, 
Hipp.,  also  θλάσπι. 

Βλάστης,  ov,  ό,  (θλάω)  a  crusher, 
esp.  a  medical  itistrwnent  =  έμβρυο- 
θλάστης,  Gal. 

θλαστικός,  ή,  όν,  (θλΑω)  good  for 
bruising. 

θλαστός,  ή,  όν,  (θλάω)  crushed, 
braised,  έ'/άα,  Ar.  Fr.  345,  ορρ.  to 
ΰραυστός,  broken,  Arist.  Η.  Α. 

θλάττω,  late  form  of  sq..  Gal. 

ΘΛΑ'ί2,  f.  θλάσω,  to  crush,  bruise, 
pound,  II.  5.  307,  Od.  18,  97,  Hes.  So. 
140,  where  it  is  opp.  to  βήγνυμι : 
part.  perf.  pass,  τεθλασμένος  or  τε• 
θλαγμένος,  Theocr.  22,  45. — φλάω  is 
another  form.  (Akin  to  θραύω,  κλάω, 
and  τι-τράω,  as  also  to  θλίβω,  φλΐ- 
βω.  τρίβω.)  [ά  in  all  tenses:  hence 
in  Ep.  the  aor.  becomes  θλάσσε,  etc. 
metri  grat.] 

θλιβερός,  ά,  όν,  (θλίβω)  squeezed, 
close. 

θλίβίας,  ου,  6,=  θλασίας,  Strab. : 
from 

ΘΑΓΒΩ,  fut.  θλίφω :  perf.  pass. 
τέθλιμμαι :  aor.  pass,  εθλίβην :  to 
press,  press  hard,  rub,  gall,  Ar.  Pac. 
1239 :  so,  ώς  θλίβομαι !  Ran.  5.  Mid. 
θλίψεται  ώμους,  he  will  rub  his  shoul- 
ders, Od.  17,  221.— 2.  metaph.  to  op- 
press, afflict,  distress  :  θλιβόμενος, 
when  Fm  hard  put  to  it,  Ar.  Vesp.  1289. 
— φλίβω  is  another  form.  (Akin  to 
τρίβω,  cf.  also  θλάω.)  [i,  except  in 
aor.  pass.  J     Hence 

θλίμμα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which  is 
pressed  out,  juice. 

θλιμμός,  οϋ,  ό,=^θλΙψις,  LXX. 

θλιπτικός,  ή,  όν,  {θλίβω)  oppres- 
sive.    Adv.  -κώς,  Sext.  Emp. 

θλΐφις,  (not  θλίψις,)  εως.  η,  {θλί- 
βω) α  pressing,  pressure,  Strah. :  but 
— 2.  usu.  metaph.  oppression,  affliction, 
N.  T. 
^θμοϋϊς,  ή,  Thmuis,  a  city  of  lower 
Aegypt  between  the  Tanitic  and 
Mendesian  branches  of  the  Nile,  near 
Temay,  Steph.  Byz. :  hence 

θμονίτης,  ου,  ό,  νομός,  the  Tmuttic 
nome,  Hdt.  2,  166. 

θνησείδιος,  ov,  and  θνησιμαΐος,  a, 
ov,  (θντ/σκω)  Lat.  morticinus,  mortal ; 
Tu  θν.,  carcases,  LXX:  έσθτ'/ματα  εκ 
θνησειδίων,  clothes  from  the  skin  of  a 
beast  that  has  died,  Philostr. 

θνήσκω,  lengthd.  form  from  root 
ΘΑΝ-,  which  appears  in  fut.  and 
aor.,  cf.  μιμνήσκω:  fut.  θΰνονμαι: 
aor.  ίθΰνον  :  perf.  τέθνηκα,  whence 
the  common  syncop.  forms  τέθναμεν, 
τεθυΰτε,  τεθνΰσι:  3  pi.  plqpf.  ίτέθ- 
νΰσαν  :  inf  perf.  τεθνάναι  [ύ],  Horn, 
and  Ep.  τεθνάμεν,  τεθνάμεναι  [α],  in 
Aesch.  also  τεθνάναι,  Ag.  539 ;  and 
Aeol.  τεθνάκην,  Sapph.  2,  15;  opt. 
41 


ΘΟΑΣ 

τεθναίην  :  imper.  τέθνΰθι :  part,  τεθ- 
νεώς.  gen.  ώτος,  fem.  τεθνεώσα,  neut. 
τεθνεώς,  but  in  Hdt.  1,  112  also  (and 
perh.  better)  τεθνεός,  cf  έστός  from 
ϊστημι,  Hom.  and  Ion.  masc.  and 
neut.  τεθνηώς,  ώτος,  in  Hom.  some- 
times in  gen.  τεθνηότος,  etc.,  Od.  24, 
56,  II.  13,  059,  etc. ;  once  too,  Od.  19, 
331,  he  has  the  usu.  dat.  τεθνεώτι  as 
trisyll. ;  but  as  fem.  only  τεθνηκνία, 
Od.  4,  734  :  (this  form  τεθνηώς  is 
adopted  as  Homer's  by  Wolf  after 
Aristarch. :  Buttm.  prefers  the  Boeot. 
τεθνειώς,  Wern.  Try  ph.  p.  193.) 
From  τέθνηκα  arose  in  Att.  the  col- 
lat.  future  forms  τεθνήξω,  τεθνήξομαι, 
the  former  in  old,  the  latter  in  new 
Att.,  Dawes  M.  C.  p.  151,  sq.,  Elmsl. 
Ach.  597.  To  die,  be  dying,  as  well 
of  natural  as  of  violent  death,  hrst  in 
Hom. :  οίκτίστω  θανάτω  θανείν,  Od. 
11.412.  Perf.  /  am  dead,  αλλ'  ηδη 
τέθνηκε,  Od.  4,  834  ;  so  too  aor.  2 ; 
pari,  τεθνηώς,  τεθνηώτες,  the  dead, 
also  7.  νέκυς  or  νεκρός,  11.  18,  173, 
Od.  12,  10  ;  so  too  βανών  : — after 
Hom.  the  pres.  is  sometimes  used  in 
perf.  signf.,  as  Soph.  O.  T.  118  ;  esp. 
in  part.,  Schiif.  Theocr.  Ep.  7,  2, 
Soph.  Phil.  1085:  θνήσκειν  ΰττό  τίνος, 
ίο  fall  by  another's  hand,  be  destroyed 
ftv'him,  Pmd.  O.  2,  36.— II.  metaph. 
of  thmgs,  to  die.  fall,  perish,  Pind.  Fr. 
86.  Soph.  O.  C.  61L 

θνητυγΰμία,  ας,  ή,  (θνητός,  γάμος) 
marriage  with  a  mortal. 

θνητογενής,  ες,  {θνητός,  *γένω) 
born  of  mortals,  of  mortal  race,  Soph. 
Ant.  835,  Eur.  H.  F.  799. 

θνητοειόης,  ες,  {θνητός,  είδος)  of 
mortal  nature.  Plat.  Phaed.  86  A. 

θνητός,  7],  όν,  also  ός,  όν,  Eur.  I. 
A.  9UI,  1396:  Dor.  θνατός,  {θνήσκω) 
liable  to  death,  mortal,  opp.  to  άθάνα- 
Tor.  oft.  in  Hom.  :  oi  θνητοί,  mortals, 
Trag.. ;  also,  θ.  άνδρες,  Hes.  Th.  907. 
— 2.  of  things,  befitting  mortals,  human, 
θνητά  φρονεΐν,  Eur.  Bacch.  394. — II. 
dead,  ει  τις  φθόγγον  είςακονσεται 
θνητών  παρ'  Ahhj,  Eur.  Η.  F.  491, 
ubi  Elmsl.  φθιτών  :  Dind.  proposes  to 
join  φθόγγον  θνητών,  retainmg  the 
usu.  signf. 

θοάζω,  {θοός)  trans.,  to  move  quickly, 
hurry  on,  hasten,  πτέρυγας,  Eur.  Or. 
335,  I.  T.  1142  :  θ-  σίτα,  to  dispatch  it 
quickly.  Id.  H.  F.  382.-2.  mtr.  to  move 
one's  self  quickly,  hurry  along,  rush,  dart, 
like  θύω,  Eur.  Or.  1542,  Bacch.  219, 
etc. :  but — 11.  in  Aesch.  Supp.  595, 
νπ'  ΰρχΰς  οϋ  τίνος  θοάζων  (Ζευς) 
κρατννει,  and  in  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  2,  τίνας 
ποθ'  έδρας  θοάζετε  ;  it  ίδ^θαάσσειν, 
to  sit,  Buttm.  Lexil.  and  Dind.  Steph. 
Thes.  in  voc.  θαάσσειν  :  however  Er- 
Airdt  and  Herm.  interpr.  Soph.  1.  c.  in 
signf.  I.  1,  why  do  ye  hurry  on  this 
sitting,  i.  e.  why  come  ye  here  to  sit  ? 
(Buttm.  assumes  a  twofold  root  for 
βοάζω,  viz.  θοός  for  signf.  I.,  and  ΘΕ-, 
ΘΑ-,  τίθημι  for  signf.  H.)  Cf.  έπιθο- 
άζειν. 

ίθοαί,  ών,  αΐ,  in  Strab.  ΌξεΙαι,  v. 
θοός  II.,  Od.  15,  299. 
\θοαντ  ιάς,ύδος,ή. daughter  of  Thoas, 
(2)  i.  e.  Hypsipyle,  Ap.  Rh.  1,  637. 

\θοάντιον,  ου,  τό,  Thoantium,  a  part 
of  the  coast,  and  a  promontory  of 
Rhodes  near  Camirus,  Strab. 

tOoof,  αντος,  6,  {θοός)  Thoas,  son 
of  Andraemon,  king  of  Calydon  and 
Pleuron,  II.  2,  638,  cf.  Strab.  p.  255. 
— 2.  son  of  Bacchus  and  Ariadne,  king 
of  Lemnos,  fatherof  Hypsipyle,  11. 14, 
230. — 3.  son  of  Icarius.  brother  of  Pe- 
nelope, ApoUod. — 4.  a  Trojan,  II.  16, 
311. — 5.  a  king  in  the  Tauric  Cher- 
1  sonesus,  Eur.  [.  T.  32,  etc.— 6.  a  ty- 


ΘΟΑΟ 

rant  of  Oreus  in  Euboea,  a  partisan 
of  Philip,  Dem.  126,  4.-7.  son  of  Or- 
nytion,  grandson  of  Sisyphus,  Pans. 
2,  4,  3.— Others  in  Arr.,  etc  —II.  ear- 
lier name  of  the  Achelous,  ace.  to 
Strab.  p.  450. 

θόασμα,  ατός,  τό.  (θοάζω)  a  place 
for  dancing,  etc.,  Orph. 

θόη,  ης,  ή.  {θο?})  Thne.  a  Nereid,  Π. 
18,  40. — 2.  daughter  of  Oceanus  and 
Tethys,  Hes.  Th.  354. 

θοίματίδιον,  Att.  contr.  from  to 
Ίματίδιον,  dim  of  sq.  [ίδιον,  Ar.  Plut. 
985. 

θοίμάτιον,  θοΐμάτια.  Att.  contr. 
from  TO  ίμάτιον.  τά  Ιμάτια. 

θοίνα,  η,  ν.  θοίνη.  sub  fin. 

θοινάζω,  rarer  form  for  θοινάα, 
Xen.  Ages.  8,  7.    Hence 

θοίνάμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  meal,  feast, 
Eur.  Or.  814,  Ion  1495. 

θοιναρμόστρια,  ας,  ή,  the  lady-pres- 
ident of  a  feast,  Lacon.  Inscr.  ap. 
Biickh  In.scr.  1.  p.  682  sq. 

θοινάτήρ,ήρος,  ό,  {θοινάω)  one  who 
gives  a  feast,  a  f easier :  χαλεπός  θ.,  lord 
of  a  horrid  feast,  Aesch.  Ag.  J502. 

θοινάτήριος,  ov.  {θοινάω)  of  or  be- 
longing to  a  feast :  TO  θ.=^θοίνη,  Eur. 
Rhes.  515. 

θοινάτικός,  ή,  oi',=  foreg.,  Xen. 
Oec.  9,  7. 

θοινάτωρ,  ορος.ό,=  θοινατήρ,Έ,ΧΛ.- 
Ion  1206,  1217.  [α] 

θοινάω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  feast,  feast  on, 
eat,  c.  ace,  θοινάν  ίχθνς,  Hes.  Sc. 
212;  also  to  feast,  entertain,  φί?ους, 
Eur.  Ion  982,  cf.  θοινίζω.  More  freq. 
in  mid.,  f.  -ήσομαι  or  -άσομαι.  Lob. 
Phryn.  p.  204,  with  aor.  pass,  έθοινή- 
θην,  usu.  absol.  to  feast,  dine,  once  in 
Hom.  αυτούς  προτερω  άγε  θοινηθη- 
ναι.  he  led  them  on  to  feast,  Od.  4, 
36  :  but  c.  ace,  Eur.  Cycl.  547  ;  also 
c.  gen.,  lb.  248  :  from 

θοίνη,  ης,  ή,  a  meal,  feast,  banquet, 
dinner,  Hes.  Sc.  114:  and  in  jMur., 
Aesch.  Pr.  530  :  in  genl. /oorf,  for  man 
and  beast :  in  θοινης,  after  dinner, 
Epich.  p.  98  ;  εις  θ.  κη'λεϊν  τίνα,  Eur. 
Ion  1140  ;  έπι  θοίνην  Ίέναι,  Plat. 
Phaedr.  247  Β.  Later  form  θοίνα. 
Piers.  Moer.  p.  183.  (Akin to  θλίΐ,θή- 
σασθαι,  Τίθή,  τιθήνη,  and  Lat.  coena.) 

θοίνημα,  ατός.  τό,=:θοίναμα,  Posi- 
don.  ap.  Ath.  153  B. 

θοινητός,  ή,  όν,  eatable. 

θοινήτωρ,  ό,=θοινύτωρ,  θοινατήρ, 
Anth. 

θοινίζω,  {θοίνη)  (ο  feast,  entertain, 
Hdt.  1,  129,  with  v.  \.'έθοίνησε. 

^θοίνων,  ωνος.  ό,  Thoenon,  a  Syra 
cusan,  Plut.  Pyrrh.  23. 

θοίΓΟ,  for  θεϊτο,  3  sing.  opt.  aor.  2 
mid.  of  τίθημι. 

θαλερός,  ά,  όν.  {θολός)  muddy,  dirty, 
foul,  thick,  troubled,  opp.  to  καθαρός  or 
λαμπρός,  strictly  of  troubled  water 
Hdt.  4,  53,  Thuc.  2, 102.— II.  metaph 
like  Lat.  turbid-us,  troubled  by  passiwt 
rnadness,  etc.,  θο7^εροι  7.όγοι,  the  trou 
bled  words  of  passion,  Aesch.  Pr.  885 
θαλερός  χειμών,  a  dark,  thick  storm  of 
madness,  Soph.  Aj.  206.  Att.  όλερός. 
Adv.  -ρώς.    Hence 

θολερότης,  ητος.  ή,  muddiness,  Hipp. 

θολερώδης.  ες.  {θαλερός,  είδος) 
dub.  1.  Theophr.  for  θολώόι/ς. 

θολία,  ας,  ij,  (θολός)  ο  round  hat 
with  a  broad  brim  to  keep  the  sun  oft', 
or  perh.  a  parasol.  Theocr.  15,  39. 

θολοειδ7/ς,  ές,  (θόλος,  είδος)  like  a 
θόλος. 

θολόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  (θολός)  poet,  for 
θαλερός,  dub.  in  Opp.  Η.  3,  164. 

θολομι-;ής,  ές,  {θολός,  μίγννμι) 
mixed  teith  mud  CV  dirt,  Onat.  ap. 
Stob.  Eel.  1,  98. 

641 


ΘΟΡΝ 

ΘΟΛΟΣ,  ου,  }],  α  dome  or  domical 
roof,  vatdl :  in  genl.  any  round  budd- 
ing, a  rotunda  :  as  early  as  Od.  22,  442, 
sq.,  where  it  is  a  round  building  on 
pillars,  to  keep  provisions  and  kitclien 
utensils  in — a  vaulted  kitchen,  ace.  to 
Voss. — 2.  at  Athens  esp.  the  round 
chamber,  in  which  the  Prytanes  dined, 
Herin.  Pol.  Ant.  ^  127,  13.— 11.  ύ  θό- 
λος, in  public  baths,  the  vaulted  va- 
pour-hath, Vilruv. — 2.  a  bandage  put 
round  the  head.  Gal. 

ΘΟΛΟΣ,  οϋ,  ό,  mud,  dirt :  esp. — 
II.  the  thick,  dark  juice  nf  the  cuttle-fish 
(sepia),  which  it  emits  to  trouble  the 
water  and  so  hide  itself,  Lat.  loligo, 
Ari.-;t.  H.  A.  Att.  ιΥ/.ός,  and  adj.  όλε- 
ρός  ior  ϋολερύς.     Hence 

θολόω,  ώ,  f.  -ώσω.  to  make  muddy, 
foul,  thick,  strictly  of  water,  Antiph. 
Ά'λιεν.  1,  Τϋθολυμένος  αήρ,  Philyll. 
Incert.  1 :  also  metaph.  like  Lat.  per- 
turbare.  Θο?.ο1  δί  καρόίαν,  it  troubles 
my  heart,  Eur.  Ale.  1067. 

θο'λώδης,  ες,  (θολός,  είδος)  like  mud, 
muddy,  Hipp. 

θό'λωσις,  εως,  ή,  {θολόω)  a  making 
muddy,  troubling,  Arist.  Part.  An. 

θούζ•,  7),  όν,  quick,  nimble,  active, 
esp.  quick  in  act,  ready,  Horn.,  who 
prefers  ταχύς  or  ώκύς  for  qidck  in  mo- 
tion, swift ;  the  two  are  joined  Od.  7, 
34  :  c.  inf.,  θοός  μάχεσθαι,  11.  5.  536. 
Also  of  things,  es[).  as  constant  epith. 
of  ships,  θοαΐ  νήες,  perh.  ships  of  war 
as  opp.  to  merchantmen  ;  Θ.  χειρ,  βέ- 
λος, άρμα,  μύσης :  also  θοη  ννξ,  11. 
10,  394,  Hes.  Th.  481,  night  in  her 
sivift  chariot,  quickly-passing  night,  cf. 
Herm.  Soph.  Trach.  94  ;  but  ace.  to 
Buttm.  Lexil.  in  voc,  awful,  terrible 
night :  θοη  δαίς,  a  hasty  meal,  Od.  8, 
38  ;  applied  by  Pind.  to  μάχαι,  P.  8, 
37 ;  to  ώδίνες,  Fr.  58.  Adv.  -ώς, 
quickly,  in  haste,  Horn.  :  soon,  Od.  15, 
216. — II.  sharp,  pointed,  νήσοι  θοιιί, 
the  Echitiades,  with  their  pointed  cliffs 
(like  the  Needles)  or  sharp  promonto- 
ries. Od.  15,  299 :  hence,  Θ.  γόμφοι, 
οδόντες,  πελέκεις.  Αρ.  Rh.,  οί.θοόω. 
Poet.  word.  (Prob.  from  θέω,  to  run, 
akin  to  σεύομαι.  to  rush,  cf.  ώκνς  and 
όξνς,  and  our  sharp  meaning  both 
pointed  and  quick.) 

θοόω,  ώ,  f.  -ώσω.  (βηός  If.)  to  make 
sharp  or  pointed,  like  οξύνω,  Od.  9, 327. 
It  does  not  seem  to  have  been  used  in 
signf.  to  quicken,  hasten. 

fQopai,  ών,  al,  Thorae,  a  deme  of 
the  Attic  tribe  Antiochis  ;  ό  θορεύς, 
an  inhab.  of  Thorae,  Strab. 

θοραΐος,  αία,  αΐον,  {θορός)=θορι- 
κός :  ό  θοραΐος,  epith.  of  Apollo  as  the 
God  of  growth  and  increase.  Lye. 

Bopclv,  inf.  aor.  2  of  θρώσκω,  q.  v. ; 
θόρε,  Ep.  3  sing.,  II. — A  pres.  θορέω 
does  not  seem  to  have  been  used, 
even  by  later  authors,  Buttm.  Catal. 
voc.  θρώσκω. 

θορ^,  ης,  }),=  θορός.  Hdt.  3.  101. 
^Βορίκιος,  a,  ον,  of  or  belonging  to 
Thoricus,  Thorician,  Dem.  996,  23.— 
2.  πέτρος,  a  rock  in  Colonus,  not  of 
the  deme  Thoricus,  v.  Herm.  ad  Soph. 
O.  C.  1595.    [ϊκ] 

θορϊκόνδε,  adv.  to  Thoricus,  H. 
Hom.  Cer.  126  :  frorn 

■f Θορικός,  ov,  and  Θορικός,  ov.  6,  Tho- 
ricus, one  of  the  12  ancient  cities  of 
Attica ;  later,  a  deme  of  the  tribe 
Acamantis,  on  the  east  coast  near 
Sunivun,  Hdt.  4,  99.  Thuc.  8,  95. 

Θορικός,  ή,  όν.  (θορός)  of  οχ  belong- 
ing to  the  seed  ;  τα  θορίκά,  partes  sem- 
inales.  Arist.  Gen.  An.  ;  •κόροι  θ-,  the 
seminal  passages,  Arist.  H.  A. 

^θόρναξ,  ακος,  6,  Thornax,  a  village 
and  mountain  of  Laconia  near  Sparta, 
642 


ΘΟΤΡ 

containing  a  temple  of  Apollo,  now 
Thornika,  Hdt.  1,  69,  Paus.  2.  36, 1.— 
11.  ή,  fein.  pr.  n.,  Paus.  8,  27,  17. 

θόρνυμαι  Nic,  and  θορνύομαι, 
Hdt.,  dep.,  collat.  form  of  θρώσκω,  to 
leap  esp.  to  pair,  copulate,  Hdt.  3,  109. 

θορόεις.  εσσα,  εν,  (θορός)  in  seed, 
embryo,  βρέφος  θ.,  Orph. 

θορός,  οϋ,  ό,  the  semen  genitale  of  the 
male,  Hdt.  2,  93  :  also  θορη.  (Of  same 
root  as  θόρνυμαι,  θρώσκω.  θορείν.) 

iθόpσoς,  ov,  ό,  the  Thorsus,  a  river 
of  Sardinia,  Paus. 

θορϋβέω.  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (θόρυβος)  to 
make  a  noise  or  uproar,  iisu.  of  a  crowd- 
ed assembly,  Ar.  Vesp.  622  :  hence 
esp.,  like  Lat.  acclamare,  to  shout,  etc., 
in  token  either  of  approbation  or  the  con- 
trary :  hence — I.  to  cheer,  applaud, 
?Μγος  τκθοβυβημένος,  Isocr.  281  C, 
cf.  Arist.  Rhet.  :  to  groan,  murmur  at 
one,  usu.  c.  dat..  Plat.  Apol.  20  E, 
Dcin.  60,  27  ;  also  θ.  προς  τίνα,  Thuc. 
6,  61  :  so  too  in  pass.,  to  make  tainidts, 
Thuc. — II.  trans,  to  confuse  by  noise  or 
tumult,  to  trouble,  disturb  :  hence  pass. 
to  be  troubled,  ύ~ό  Τίνος,  Soph.  Aj.  164  ; 
to  be  in  disorder  or  confusion,  Hdt.  3, 
78;  4,  130:  hence 

θορϋβητικός,  ή,  όν,  inclined  to  make 
a  noise,  uproarious,  turbulent,  Ar.  Eq. 
1380. 

θορνβοττοιέω,  ώ,  to  make  an  uproar, 
Diod. :   from 

Θορν3ο~οιός.  όν,  (θόρυβος,  ττοιέω) 
making  an  uproar,  turbulent,  Plut. 

θόρυβος,  ov,  ό,  a  noise,  usu.  the  con- 
fused noise  of  a  crowded  assembly,  an 
uproar,  tumult,  first  ill  Pind.  O.  10,  88, 
Soph.,  etc. :  esp.  as  token  of  approba- 
tion or  the  contrary,  applause,  cheers, 
Ar.  Eq.  547,  Dem.  519,  19:  groans, 
murmurs.  Plat.  Legg.  876  B.  (Akin  to 
θρόος  and  to  τύρβη,  τυρβάζω,  ταράσ- 
σω. Lat.  turbo.) 

θορυβώδης,  ες,  (θόρυβος,  είδος) 
noisy,  uproarious,  turbulent.  Plat.  Legg. 
67 Γα.     Adv. -ιϊώζ•. 

Θου-,  Att.  for  θεο-,  ν  sub  θεύ/ιορος. 
^θούδημος,  ου,  6,  v.  1.  for  Έ,ΰδημος, 
an  Athenian  archon,  Dion.  H. 

'[θονδιττ'ίτος,  ου,  ό,  Thudippus,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  an  Athenian,  Isae. — 2.  another, 
condemned  to  die  with  Phocion,  Plut. 
Phoc.  35. 

fθoυκ?.ήr,  έους.  ό,  Thucles,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  an  Athenian,  Thuc.  3,  80.— 2.  of 
Chalcis  in  Euboea,  Id.  6,  3. 
^θουκριτίδης.  ου,  ό,  prop,  son  of 
Thucritus,  as  masc.  pr.  n.,  Thucritides, 
Dem.  1304,  27. 

^θούκριτος,  Att.  contd.  for  θεόκρι- 
Toc,  ov,  a,  Thucritus.  an  Athenian, 
father  of  Euxitheus.  Dem.  1311,  18. 
\θηυκνδίδης.  ov,  ό.  Thucydidrs,  son 
of  Melesias,  of  Alopece,  a  commander 
of  the  Athenians  at  the  beginning  of 
the  Peloponnesian  war,  Thnc.  1,117. 
Ar.  Ach.  703.-2.  son  of  Olorus,  the 
celebrated  historian  of  the  Peloponne- 
sian war,  in  which  he  also  was  a  com- 
mander.— 3.  grandson  of  No.  1 ,  a  pupil 
of  Socrates,  Plat.  Lach.  179. — 4.  a 
Thessalian  of  Pharsalus,  Thuc.  8.  90. 
\θούλη.  ης,  ή.  Thuli,  the  northern- 
most land  known  to  the  ancients,  ace. 
to  Ptol.  one  of  the  Shetland  isles,  to 
others  Iceland,  Strab.  p,  104,  114. 

■\θούμαντις,  ιδος,  ό,  Thumanlis, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  an  Athenian,  .\r.  Eq. 
1268. 

^θονμί^Λκός,  οϋ,  δ,  Thumdicu^,  son 
of  Arminius,  Strab. 

^θοννάται,  ών,  ol,  the  ThunStae,  an 
lilyrian  people,  Strab. 

θουραΐος,  αία,  αΐον,  (θοΰρος)  leap- 
ing, raging :  esp.  like  Lat.  salax,  lustful. 

θονράς,  άόος,  ή,  fern,  of  foreg.,  Nic. 


GPAK 

θουράω,  ώ,  to  rush  or  leap  upon,  C. 
ace,  Lye.  85. 

θουρήεις,  εσσα,  εν,=θονραΐος. 

θουρης,  ου,  ύ,  the  male,  Lat.  admts• 
sarius. 
^θούρια,  ας,  ή,  Thuria.  a  city  of  Mes- 
senia,  ace.  to  Paus.  and  Strab.=  the 
Homeric  Anthea  or  Aepea  ;  hence 
^θούριας,  άδος,  ή,  v.  θούριος. 
■^θουριάτης,  ov.  ό,  of  Thuria.  Thu- 
rian,  o'l  Θ.,  the  Thurians,  Thuc.  1,  101  j 
ό  θονρ.  κόλττος,  the   Thurian  gw//= 
Άσιναίος,  Strab.  [ά] 

θουρικός,  ή,  όν,=  θοϋρος. 
'^θούριοι,  ων,  οΐ,  Thurii,  a  city  of 
Liicania  in  Italy  on  the  Tarentinus 
Sinus,  founded  by  a  colony  of  Athe» 
nians  near  the  site  of  the  earlier  Sy- 
baris,  Thuc.  6,  01 ;  7,  35  :  named  after 
a  spring  θονριά  ace.  to  Diod.  S. 

"ίθονρϊνος,  ου,  ό,  of  Thurii,  Thurian, 
οίνος,  Strab. 

θονριόμαντις,  εως,  ό,  (θούριοι, 
μάντις)  α  Thurian  prophet,  and  in 
g-enl.  a  soothsayer,  Ar.  Nub.  332,  perh. 
in  allusion  to  the  μάντεις  who  had 
gone  with  the  recent  colony  to  Thurii. 

θούριος,  a,  ov,  of  Thurii,  Thurian, 
Thuc.  7,  35;  Xen.  Hell.  1,  5,  9:  ό 
θουρ-,  and  ό  θονριεΰς,  έως,  an  inhab. 
of  Thurii,  Arr.  An.  2,  22,  2  :  in  fcm.  ^ 
θονρία  and  -ριύς,  with  or  without  yj), 
the  Thurian  i(Tn?orji,Thilc.6, 61 :  7,35. 

θούριος,  a,  ον,=  θονρος. 

θονρις,  ιδος,  ή,  fem.  of  sq.,  Hom. 

θοΐρος,  ov.  6,  leaping,  rushing,  ra- 
ging, ivipetvmis,  eager,  resistless.  Horn., 
but  only  in  II.,  always  as  epith.  of 
Mars.  Fein,  θονρις,  ιδος,  ή,  oft.  in 
II.,  only  once  in  Od.,  4,  527 ;  mostly 
as  epith.  of  ύ?.κή  :  also  θονρις  άσ-ίς, 
prob.,  the  shield  with  trhich  one  rushes 
to  the  fight.  II.  1 1,  32  ;  20.  162  :  so  too 
θοϋρις  αίνίς  Pind.  (From  θρώσκω, 
θορείν  :  also  akin  to  θνω.) 

fθoυφάvης,  ους,  ό,  Thvphunes,  masc, 
pr.  n.,  an  Athenian,  Ar.  Eq.  1103. 

^θούφραστος,  ov,  b,  Thuphrastus, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Ar.  Vesp.  1302. 

θόωκος,  ov,  ό,  Ep.  lengthd.  from 
θώκος,  a  seat,  Od.  12,  318:  a  sitting, 
assembly,  Od.  2,  26,  cf.  Buttm.  Lexil. 
v.  θαάσσειν  7. 

fθόωv,  ωνης,  ο,  Thoon.  a  giant,  Apol- 
lod. — 2.  son  of  Phaenops,  a  Trojan, 

11.  5,  152—3.  another  Trojan,  II.  11, 
422.-4.  another  Trojan,  II.  12,  140, 
slain  by  Antilochus,  13,  545. — 5.  a 
Phaeaclan,  Od.  8,  113. 

θύωσα,  ης,  ή,  (θοός,)  speed,  haste: 
but  only  found  as  prop.  n.  in  Od., 
Thodsa,  a  nymph,  daughter  of  Phor- 
cys,  mother  of  Polyphemus,  1,  71, 
Emped.  13. 
fθoώτης.  ov,  b,  voc.  θοώτα,  Thootes, 
herald  of  Mnestheus  before  Troy,  II. 

12,  342. 

θρηγμός,  οϋ,  ό,  a  crackling  or  crash- 
ing, Se.xt.  Einp.  (Prob.  from  θραύω, 
ace.  to  others  from  θράσσω.) 

Θράκη,  ης,  ή,  Ep.  and  Ion.  θρ;ηκη, 
but  also  in  Trag. ;  and  so  trisyll. 
θρηίκη  in  Hdt.,t7Virnfi>,  a  province 
of  northern  Greece,  e.xtending  from 
Macedonia  to  the  Euxine  along  the 
Aegean  and  Propontis,  II.  9,  5  ;  Hdt. 
4.99,  etc. — θρ.ή  εν  'Ασία,  liithynian 
Thrace,  a  district  of  .Asia  Minor,  from 
the  Bosporus  Thracius  to  Heraclea, 
Xen.  An.  6,  4,  1. 

Ιθράκηθεν  and  θράκηνδε,  v.  θ/ι^- 
κηθεί•,  etc. 

ίθρηκίδαΐ,  ών,  ol,  tht>  Thracidae,  a 
division  or  family  of  the  Delphians, 
Diod.  S. 

θρακίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (θραξ)  to  imitate 
the  Thracians. 

^θράκιον,  ov,  TO,  the  Thracian  square, 


ΘΡΑΣ 

»  spot  in  B)-2aiitium  near  the  Thra- 
cian  gate,  Xen.  An.  7,  I,  2i;  Hell.  1, 
3,  2a 

θράκιος,  α,  or,  ίθραξ)  Horn,  and  Ion. 
θρηΐκιος,  Trag.  QpriKLO[,iThracian, 
11.  10,  559.  Hdt.  1,  108,  etc.  :  ό  θρηί- 
κιος  Τϊόντοζ,  the  Thraciati  sea,  the  up- 
per part  of  the  Aegean,  11.  23,  195  ;  ro 
Θ/3.  πέλαγος,  the  Therma'icus  Sinus, 
as  far  as  Saniothrace,  Hdt.  7,  176. 

θρακίστί,  adv  ,  in  Thracian  fash- 
ion: i.e  rwrfe/y, coarse/y,  Theocr.  14, 46. 

θρακοφοίτης,  ov,  a,  {Θράκη,  φοι- 
τύω)  one  who  keeps  going  lo  'Thrace, 
like  'AitJo^oi'rnf,  Ar,  Fr.  198. 

Qpiivevu,  (βράνος)  to  stretch  on  the 
fanner's  board,  to  tan :  hence  θρανεν- 
σομαι,  mid.  fut.  c.  signf.  pass.,  to  be 
tanned^  Ar.  Eq.  369.  (Not  to  be  con- 
founded with  βρανόω  and  θραννσσω.) 

θρΰνίας,  ov,  ό,=  θρανίς,  Anih. 

θρύνιόιον,  «ν,  τό,  dim.  from  θρα- 
νίον,  Αγ.  Fr.  352. 

θράνίον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  θρΰνος, 
Αγ.  Ran. 

θμαΐ'ίς,  ίόος,  ο,  the  sword-fish,  also 
ξιφίας,  Xenocr, 

θράνιζί^ς,  ov,  ό,  (βρα,νος)  in  plur., 
the  rowers  on  the  topmost  of  the  three 
benches  in  a  trireme,  who  had  the 
longest  oars,  and  most  work,  and  so 
sometimes  received  extra  pay,  Thuc. 
6,  31,  Schol.  Ar.  Ran.  1101,  Ach.  161. 
Cf.  ζΐνγίτης,  Θαλαμίτ7]ς. — Π.  as  adj., 
of  or  belovguig  to  the  topmost  bench, 
σκα?Μ.ος  θρ.,  the  topmost  bench,  Po- 
lyb, :  l<;m.  θρϋνίης  κώττη,  the  oar  of  a 
θρανίτιις :  v.  supr.  [l]     Hence 

ΟρΰνΙτικός,  ή,  όν,  of  ox  belonging  to 
a  θρανιτης,  Ath. 

θράνϊης,  ιόος,  η,  fern,  from  θρανί- 
της. 

θράν^ς,  ov,  ό,  a  bench,  form,  Ar. 
Plut.  545:  ubi  leg.  ϋρύνον.  pro  θρά- 
νονς :  esp.  the  topmost  of  the  three 
benches  in  a  trireme,  the  seat  of  the 
θρανϊτη  :  also  a  close-stool,  Hipp. — 
II.  οι  βρΰνοι,  the  wooden  frame-work  of 
β  brick  house.  (Akin  to  Ion.  θρηννς  and 
θρόνος  :  from  it,  through  a  dmi.  θρά- 
νιστρο  >  not  in  use,  conies  Lat,  tran- 
stritm,  ■'θράω  is  regarded  as  the  root.) 

θρανό(,),  ώ,  to  break  in  pieces,  only 
found  in  compds.  σννθρανόω,  cf,  θρα- 
ννσσω. 

θράννξ,νκος,=θρηννς,  Corinna  ap. 
A.  B.  1381. 

Qpuvvaou,  to  break  in  pieces,  smash, 
Lye,  (usu.,  like  θρανόω,  referred  to 
root  θραύω  :  it  must  not  be  confound- 
ed with  θρανεύω  from  θράνος.) 

θροί,  ακός,  ό,  a  Thracian :  Hom. 
n.  4,  519  and  Ion.  θρήιξ,  Ικος,  Hdt.  1, 
28  :  al«o  Hom.  and  Trag.  θρ^ξ,  κος. 
Fern,  θράσσα,  q.  v.  [t  but  in  Ap.  Rh. 
I,  24,  632  θρήίκες.] 

θρΰξαί,  θραξον,  cf.  sub  θρύσσω. 
fθpάσLoς,  ov,  ύ,  Thrasius,  a  Trojan 
slain  by  Achilles,  11.  21,  210. 

θρησκίας,  ov,  ό,  the  wind  from 
Ν.Λ\  W.,  Arist.  Mund. :  prob.  be- 
cause it  blew  from  Thrace;  and  SO 
for  θρακίας,  which  form  is  found 
Theophr.  Fr.  6. 

ΘΡΑ'ΣΟΣ,  εος,  τό,  (θρασύς)  me- 
tath.  form  of  θάρσος,  confidence,  cour- 
age, boldness,  II.  14,  416:  but  later 
mostly  in  bad  sense,  over-boldness, 
daring,  rashness,  audaciousness,  impu- 
dence, εις  τούτο  θρύσονς,  Hdt.  7,  9, 
3  ;  θρ.  νπέρκο~ον,  εττ'  εσχατον  θρύ- 
σονς. Soph.,  etc.  (Cf.  Lithuan.  dra- 
sus,  Germ,  dreist,  etc.,  Pott,  Etym. 
Forsch.  1,  p.  270.  [ΰ] 

θράσσα,  ης,  ?/,  Att,  θραττα.  Ion. 
and' Trag.  θράσσα.  Dor.  θρέίσσα,  a 
Thracian  woman,  Ar.  Ach.  273,  etc. 
— 2.  iem.  adj.  Thracian,  Eur.  Ale.  967. 


ΘΡΑΣ 

θρύσσω,  Att.  θράττω,  fut.  -ξω,  Att. 
contr.  from  ταράσσω,  to  trouble,  dis- 
quiet, Pind.  I.  7,  56,  Aesch.  Pr.  628, 
but  most  freq.  in  prose,  v.  Ruhnk. 
Tim.  [a  seemingly,  hence  the  part, 
neut.  pres.  must  be  written  θράττον, 
not  θράττον,  aor.  θρΰξαι  not  θράξαι, 
Buttm.  Catal.  v.  ταράσσω,  v.  τέτρ?/- 
T«  3.]  _ 

iθpaσv3ov?.oς,  ov.  6,  Thrasybfilus, 
a  tyrant  of  Miletus,  a  contemporary 
of  Periander,  Hdt.  1,  20.— 2.  a  tyrant 
of  Syracuse,  brother  and  successor 
of  Hiero,  Polyb. — 3.  son  of  Xenocra- 
tes  of  Agrigentum,  Find.  P.  6. — 4.  an 
Athenian,  son  of  Lycus,  who  deliver- 
ed Athens  from  the  thirty  tyrants, 
Thuc.  8,  75 ;  Xen,  Hell.  1,  1,  12.— 5. 
son  of  foreg.,  Dem.  431,  12. — 6.  an 
Athenian  commander,  Xen.  Hell.  5, 
1,  26. — Others  in  Dem.,  Aesch.,  etc. 

θρασνγ/.ωττία,  ας,  τ/,  boldtiess  of 
tongue :  from 

θρασύγ/ιωττος,  ov,  {θρασύς,  γλώσ- 
σα) bold  of  tongue. 

θράσνγνιος,  ov,  (θρασύς,  γνΐον) 
strong  of  limb,  c.  inf.  θρ.  vtKav,  trust- 
ing lo  his  limbs  for  victory,  Pind. 
8,52. 
^θρασνόαϊος.  ov,  6,  Ion.  θρασνόήϊος, 
Thrasydaeas,  son  of  Aleuas  of  Larissa 
in  Thessaly,  Hdt.  9,  58.-2.  a  Theban, 
a  victor  in  the  Pythian  games,  Pind. 
P.  1 1. 21. — 3.  an  Elean  popular  leader, 

3,  2,  27.     Cf.  θρασνλαος. 
θρΰσύόει/.ος,  ov,  6.  {/,  {θρασύς,  δει- 

?•.ός)  an  impudent  coward,  braggart,  pol- 
troon, Arist.  Eth.  N. — II.  name  of  a 
gem,  Plut. 

θρΰσύθϋμος,  ov,  {θρασνς,  θνμός) 
bold  of  mind. 

θρΰσνκάρδιος,  ov,  {θρασύς,  καρδία) 
bold  of  heart,  bold  hearted,  II.  10,  41  ; 
13.  343. 

'\θρασνκ?^>/ς,  έονς,  ό,  Thrasycles, 
niasc.  pr.  n.,  an  Athenian,  Thuc.  5, 
19. — Others  in  Luc,  etc. 

'\θρασύ7.ΰθΓ,  ov,  ό,  Thrasylaus,  a 
Thessalian,  a  partisan  of  Philip,  Dem. 
324,  8  ;  V.  1.  θρασνδαίος. 

'\θρασν?^ων,  οντος,  ό,  Thrasyle.on, 
masc.  pr.  η.,  Plut. 

^θρασνΆεως,  ω,  ό,  Att.  for  θρασύ- 
?.αης  and  in  Hdt.,  an  Athenian,  Hdt. 
6,  114. 

'\θράσνλλος,  ov,  ό,  or  θράσνλος, 
Thrasy lilts,  a  leader  of  the  Argives, 
Thuc.  5,  54. — 2.  one  of  the  ten  com- 
manders of  the  Athenians  at  the  Ar- 
ginusae  insulae,  Thuc.  8,  73  ;  Xen. 
Hell.  1,  1,  8.— Others  in  Dem.  1241, 
27;  Plut.;  etc. 

'\θρασυ7ίθχος,  ov,  a,  Thrasylochus, 
a  Messenian,  a  partisan  of  Philip, 
Dem.  324,  12.— 2.  an  Athenian  of 
Anagyrus,  brother  of  Midias,  aided 
the  guardians  of  Dem.  against  their 
ward,  Dem.  539,  fin.  ;  841,  3.— Others 
in  Dem.  1210,  17;  etc. 

^θρασναάγειος,  ov,  of  Thrasyma- 
chus,  Dion.  H. ;  261  C.     From 

'^θρασνμΰχος,  ov,  ό,  Thrasymclchus, 
a  sophist  of  Chalcedon,  Plat.  Phaedr. 
θρασνμέμνων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  {θρα- 
σνς, μένος,  μέμονα)  bold  of  spirit,  bold- 
spirited,  epith.  of  Hercules,  II.  5,  639, 
Od.  11,  267. 

θρΰσνμήδης,  ες,  {θρασύς,  μΐ/δος) 
bold  of  thought  or  plan,  daring,  resolute, 
Pind.  P.  4,  254  :  in  Hom.  only  as  pr. 
n. :  V.  sq. 

^θρασϊ'βήδης,  ονς,  b,  Thrasymides, 
a  son  of  Nestor,  II.  9,  81. — 2.  an  Athe- 
nian, son  of  Diophantus,  Dem.  925, 
15. — 3.  a  statuary  of  Paros,  Pans. 

\θρασνμηλίδας,  a,  ό,  Thrasymelidas, 
a  Spartan,  son  of  Cratesicles,  Thuc. 

4,  11. 


ΘΡΑΤ 

ίθρασνμ7)?.ος,  ov,  ό,  "ThrasymUns, 
chaiioteer  of  Sarpedon,  II.  16.  462. 

θρΰσύμητις,  ιδος,  ό,  τι,=  θρασνμή• 
δης,  Anth. 

θρΰσνμ-ήχΰνος,  ov,  {θρασύς,  μηχα- 
νή) bold  in  contriving  or  plamting,  dar- 
ing, Pind.  O.  6,  114. 

θράσνμϋθος.  ov,  {θρασνς,  μνθος) 
bold  of  tongue,  saucy,  Pind.  O.  13,  13. 

θρΰσννω,  f.  -ΐιΐ'ώ,  1  aor.  έθράσννα, 
{θρασνς)  just  like  θαρσννω,  to  make 
bold,  embolden,  encourage,  Aesch.  Ag. 
222  :  πλήθει  την  άμαθίαν  θρ.,  lending 
courage  to  their  ignorance  by  number, 
Thuc.  1,  142  ;  also  θρ.  τι,  to  brag  of 
a  thing,  Polyb.  Pass,  and  mid.  to  be 
bold,  ready,  take  courage,  Aesch.  Ag. 
1188.  etc.;  to  speak  boldly,  Isocr.  43 
C  :  c.  dat.,  θρασύνεσθαί  τινι,  to  rely 
on  one.  Soph.  Phil.  1387. 

θρασνξενία,  ας,  η,  {θρασύς,  ξένος) 
the  boldness,  impudence  of  a  stranger, 
Plat.  Legg.  879  E, 

θρΰσν-όλεμος,  ov,  {θρασύς,  πόλε- 
μος) poet,  θρασνπτόλεμος,  bold  in  war, 
Anih. 

θρΰσύπονος,  ov,  {θρασνς,  πόνος) 
bold  or  ready  at  work,  Pind.  O.  1,  156- 

ΘΡΑ'ΣΥ'Σ.  tla.  v,  bold,  spirited,  of 
good  courage,  in  Horn.  freq.  epith.  of 
horses  :  also  θρ.  πόλεμος,  11.  6,  254, 
Od.  4,  146  ;  and  θρασεϊαι  χείρες  oft. 
in  Hom. ;  so  too  in  Hdt.  Later  most 
usu.  in  bad  sense,  over-bold,  rash,  ven- 
turous, desperate,  Lat.  audax,  Aesch. 
Pr.  178,  cf  Plat.  Lach.  197  B:  and 
it  might  be  so  taken  even  in  Od.  10, 
436. — II.  of  things,  to  be  ventured,  safe, 
θρασύ  μοι  τοδ'  ειπείν,  Pind.  Ν.  7,  74, 
cf.  Soph.  Phil.  106.  Adv.  -έως:  comp, 
θρασύτερον,  more  boldly,  Thuc.  (Cf. 
θράσος.) 

θράσύσπλαγχνος,  ov,  {θρασύς, 
σπ/.ύγχνον)  bold-hearted,  Eur.  Hipp. 
424.     Adv.  -ως,  Aesch.  Pr.  730. 

θρΰσνστομέω,  ώ,  to  be  overbold  of 
tongue,  impudent,  Aesch.  Supp.  203, 
Soph.  Phil.  380  :  and 

θρΰσνστομία,  ας,  ή,  impudence, 
Mel.  34  :  from 

θρΰσύστομος.  ov,  {θρασνς,  στόμα) 
over-bold  of  tongue,  impudent,  Aesch. 
Theb.  612,  Ag.  1399. 

θρΰσύτης,  ητος,  ή,  {θρασνς)  over- 
boldness,  rashness,  audaciousness,  Thuc. 
2,  61,  Plat.,  etc.  [v] 

θρΰσύφρων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  {θρα- 
σνς, φρήν)  bold  of  mind.  Opp. 

θράσνψωνία,  ας,  ή,=^θρασνστομία : 
from 

θρΰσνφωνος,  ov,  ίθρασύς,  φωνή)= 
θρασνστομος. 

θράσνχάρμης,  ον,  ό,  {θρασνς,  χάρ• 
μη)  bold  in  fight,  Qu.  Sm. 

θρασύχειρ,  χειρός,  ό.  η,  {θρασύς, 
χειρ)  bold,  ready  of  hand,  Anth. :  hence 

θρΰσνχειρία,  ας,  ή,  boldness  of 
hand. 

θρΰσώ.  όος  contr.  οϋς,  ή,  boldness, 
a  name  of  Minerva,  Lye. 

^θρύσων,  ωνος,  ό,  {θρασνς)  Thraso, 
an  Athenian  in  whose  house  Aes- 
chines  had  an  interview  with  the  en- 
voy of  Philip,  Dem.  272.  fin.,  Aeschin., 
etc.-r2.  a  statuary,  Strab. — Others  in 
Ath., etc.  Hence — Il.asappell.iiine'w 
comedy,  α  braggart,  Lat.  miles gloriosus. 
^θρασώνδας,  ov,  ό,  Thrasondas,  a 
Theban,  Diod.  S. 

^θρασωνίόας.  ov,  b,  Thrasomdas,  an 
Elean,  who  restored  the  democracy 
in  Elis,  Xen.  Hell.  7,  4,  15.— Others 
in  Plut.,  etc. 

θράττα,  ης,  ή,  a  small- sea-fish,  Arist. 
H.  A.  ;  also  θύττα. 

θράττα,  ης,  ή,  Att.  for  θράσσα. — 
II.  θράττα,  ή,  Thratta,  fern.  pr.  η., 
Dem.  1356,  fin. 

643 


ΘΡΕΠ 

θραττίΑιον',  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  θράτ- 
τα,  Anaxaniir.  Lycurg.  1. 

Θρύττω,  AtL.  for  βράσσω. 

θρανλυς,  ή,  όν,  {θρανω)  broken :  to 
be  broken,  fraiifriblc,  brttlU,  Incert.  ap. 
Suid. :  cf.  τραυλός. 

Θραύμα,  ατός,  τό,  {βρανώ)=θραν- 
σμα,  P;ius. 

αραν~αλος,  ον,  ό,  α  kind  of  shrub, 
perh.  the  privet,  liiustnini,  Tlieophr. 

θραυτΓίζ•,  ίδος,  )/,  a  little  bird,  like 
the  ifolilfinch,  Lat.  carduetis,  Arist.  H. 
Α.,  but  with  V.  11. 

θρανρός,  ύ.  όν,=  θρανλός. 

θρηυαάντυξ,  νγος,  ύ,  ή,  (θραύω, 
ΰνη>ξ)  hreukinfr  wheels,  Ar.  Nub.  1264. 

Θραϋσίς,  εως,  ή,  (βρανω)  η  breaking. 

θρανσμα,  ατός,  τό.  (θραύω)  that 
which  ί.ν  broken,  a  fragment,  piece, 
Aesch.  Pers.  425. 

θραυσμός,  υϋ,  ύ,  a  breaking, 
άθραυστης,  ου,  ό,  Thrnustus,  a  small 
town  of  Tripliylian  Elis,  Xen.  Hell. 
7,  4,  14. 

θρανστός,  η,  όν,  broken  :  to  be  bro- 
ken, brittle.  Tim.  Locr. :  from 

ΘΡΑΥ'12,  tn  break,  break  in  pieces, 
shiver,  licit.  1,  174,  Trag.,  etc.— 11. 
metaph.  like  Lat.  fran'.ζere,=zθpύ-τω, 
to  weaken,  soften,  Ar.  Av.  Ϊβ6.  (Akin 
to  θρυτΓτω,  τρνω,  τεϊρω  :  θραγμός  is 
deriv.  from  an  obsol.  coilat.  form 
θράζω  :  V.  also  θραννσσω) 

*ΘΡΑ12,  to  set :  but  only  found  in 
aor.  mid.  θρησασθαι,  to  set  one's  self, 
sit,  Philet.  Fr.  21.  (Held  to  be  the 
common  root  of  θρΰνος,  θρηννς,  θρό- 
νος.) ^ 

θρησσα,  η.  Dor.  for  θρήίσσα,  Opya- 
σα,  Theocr.  Ep.  18,  1. 

θρεκτικός,  ή,  όν,  (τρέχω)  able  to 
run,  sii'ift. 

θρέμμα,  ατός,  τό,  (τρέφω)  that  which 
is  fed,  bred,  reared  or  tended,  a  nnrsling  : 
mostly  of  tame  animals,  cattle,  esp. 
sheep  and  goats,  Xen.  Ages.  9,  6,  Oec. 
20,  23  ;  but  in  Trag.  also  of  men, 
Aesch.  Tlieb.  182,  Soph.  Phil.  213; 
of  birds,  Plat.  Legg.  789  Β  ;  of  wild 
beasts,  a  lion.  Id.  Charm.  155  D  :  θρ. 
νόρας,  periphr.  for  Mpa,  Soph.  Tr. 
574 :  in  Mel.  of  a  swarm  of  gnats. 
Hence 

θρί-μμάτιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from 
θρέμμα,  [ά] 

θρίμαύτυτροφέω,  ώ,  (θρέμμα,  τρέ- 
φω) to  keep  cattle,  Strab. 

θρέζασκην,  3  plur.  aor.  1  of  τρέχω, 
Ep.  Icngthd.  for  ίθρεξαν. 

θρέξημαι,  fut.  ot  τρέχω. 

ΘρεοκύρΑίος,  ov,  (θρέω,  καρόία) 
old  reading  in  Anacr.  1,  for  which 
Bergk  tirst  read  θι^οκάρόιος,  but  now, 
with  others,  βρησνκ. 

θρέομηι,  v.  sub  θρέω. 

ΘΡΕΌΜΑ1,  dep.,  used  only  in 
pres.  and  impf :  to  .■ipeak,  esp.  in  a 
wailing,  piteous  tone,  to  cry  aloud, 
shriek  out,  αχί],  κακίι,  Aesch.  Theb. 
78,  Ag.  1165,  etc.,  and  Etir.  (Hence 
θρόος,  θρονς,  θροέω,  θρηνης :  and 
some  make  it  akin  to  θραύω,  like 
Germ,  sprechen,  brechen,  cf  φωνην  βη- 
jvvvat) 

θρέκτα,  ων,  τύ,  later  and  softer 
form  of  θρέπτρα,  Qu.  Sm. 

θρέτττειρα,  ας,  ή,  fem.  from  βρεττ- 
τήρ,  Eur.  Tro.  195,  and  Anth. 

Ορετττέον,  verb.  adj.  from  τρέφω, 
one  must  feed.  Plat.  Tim.  19  A  :  but 
— II.  from  pass.,  ύπό  πώΐ'  είργασμέ- 
νων  θρετττέον,  one  must  live  on  what 
has  been  earned,  Xen.  Hipparch.  8.  8. 

Θρεπτήρ,  ηρος,  6,  (τρέφω)  a  feeder, 
rearer,  Mel.  72.     Hence 

θρετττήριος,  ov,  able  to  feed  or  rear, 
feeding,    nourishing,   μαστός,    AeSch. 
Cho.  515:  hence — II.  tu  θρε-ητήρια, 
644 


ΘΡΗΝ 

rewards  for  rearing,  such  as  are  made 
to  nurses  by  the  parents,  H.IIom  Cer. 
1G8,  223.  cf.  θρέπτρα,  but  also  the  re- 
turns made  by  children  for  their  rear- 
ing, lies.  Op.  186.  Att.  τροφεία. — 2. 
=τροφή,  food,  nourishment.  Soph.  O. 
C.  1263. — II.  pass,  reared,  tended,  cher- 
ished, πλόκαμος,  Aesch.  Cho.  6. 

^Ορέπτιις,  ov,  ό,  Threpies,  a  servant 
of  Theopnrdstus,  Diog.  L. 

θρεπτικ()ς,  ή,  όν,  (τρέφω)  able  to 
feed  or  rear,  feeding,  nourishing,  τινός, 
Plat.  Polit.  267  Β  :  ή  -κή,  sub.  όννα- 
μίς,  the  nourishing  principle,  Arist. 
Eth.  2. 

θρεπτός,  η,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from  τρέ- 
φω, fed,  reared,  brought  up :  esp.  as 
subst.  ό  θρεπτός,  η  θρεπτή,  a  slave 
bred  in  the  house,  Lat.  verna,  Meineke 
Pherecr.  Myrni.  12. 

θρέπτρα,  τύ,  like  θρεπττ/ρια,  the 
returns  made  by  children  to  their  parents 
for  their  rearing,  βΐιηΐ  gratitude  and 
duty,  11.  4,  478;  17,  302:  later  also 
TU  θρέπτα,  as  Voss  alter  Zenodot. 
would  read  in  H.  Hom.  Cer.  168. 
The  sing,  θρέπτρον  seems  not  to  be 
in  use.     Cf.  θρεπτήριος. 

θρέπτρια,  ας,  ή,  like  θρέπτειρα, 
fem.  of  θρκπτήρ. 

θρέσκος,  -κενω,  -κεία,  ν.  θρήσκος, 
etc. 

θρεττ&νε^Μ,  α  sound  imitative  of  the 
cithura,  as  tra  lira  of  the  horn,  Ar. 
Pint.  290. 

θρέττε,  τό,  only  in  Ar.  Eq.  17,  ονκ 
IvL  μοί  TO  θρέττε,  ace.  to  Schol.=:  ro 
θα'ρραλέον,  Ορασν,  the  spirit's  not  in 
me:  prob.  a  barbarism. 

θρεΦα,  poet,  for  έθρεψα,  aor.  1 
from  τμ:'φω,  Hom. 

θρεψιππας.  ου,  ό,  =  ίπττοτρόφος, 
Apollod.t  as  pr.  η.,  son  of  Hercules 
and  a  Thespiad. 

θρέψις,  εως,  ή.  (τρέφω)  a  feeding, 
nourishing,  nourishment,  Sext.  Einp. 

θρι/ίκη,  V  θρφκη. 

Θρ7μΐ(ίη.  η,  poet,  for  Θράκη,  II. 

θρτβκιος,  1.7],  ϊον.  poet,  for  θργκιος, 
θράκιος,  11.  and  Hes.  [Γ/ν,  but  Alex- 
andr.  and  later  also  in,  Ruhnk.  Ep. 
Cr.  p.  3U0  ] 

θρήϊξ,  ϊκος,  6,  poet,  for  θρτιξ,  θραξ, 
II.  ;  later  also  θιχηϊξ,  Ικος,  Jac.  A.  P. 
p.  585. 

θρήϊσσα,  ή,  poet,  for  θρ^σσα,  θράσ- 
σα. 

θρϊικη,  ή.  Ion.  for  Θράκη,  11.,  and 
Hes. '  Ilence 

θρ^κηθεν,  aav.from  Thrace,  11.  9,  5. 

θρήκηνδε,  adv.  to  Thrace,  Od.  8, 
361.   ' 

Θρ'^κίος,  ίη,  lov.  Ion.  for  θράκιος. 

θρηνέρως,  ωτος,  ό,  η,  (θρηνέω, 
Ιρως)  α  qnerulons  lover,  cf.  δύςερως. 

θρηνέω,  ω,  (θρήνος)  to  wail,  lament, 
Od.  24,  61.  Construct.:  c.  ace.  cog- 
nato,  (Ίηιόην  θρηνείν,  to  sing  a  dirge 
or  lament,  II.  24,  722 ;  so,  yoov  θρ., 
Aesch.  Fr.  412:  but  also  c.  ace.  ob- 
jecti,  vel  rei,  θρ.  πόνονς,  Aesch.  Pr. 
615;  vel  pers.,  θρ.  τον  φύντα,  Eur. 
Cresphont.  13.     Hence 

θριινημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  lament,  Eur. 
Or.  132,  etc. 

θρηνητέον,  verb  adj.  from  θρηνέω, 
one  must  lament,  Apollon.  ap.  Stob.  p. 
617,  55. 

θρηνητηρ,  ήρος,  6,  (θρηνέω)  a 
mourner,  mailer,  Aesch.  Pers.  937. 

θρηνητής,  ov,  o,=  foreg.,  Id.  Ag. 
1075.     Hence 

θρηνητίκής,  η,  όν,  inclined  to  wailing 
or  mourning,  knst.  Eth.  N.    Adv.  -κώς. 

θρηνητρια,  ας,  r/,fem.  from  θρηνη- 
τηρ. a  v'oman-7nourner,  Lat.  prarfica. 

θρηνήτωρ,  npor,  δ,^=θρ?μ'ητηρ. 
θρήνος,  ov,  ό,  (θρέομαι)  a  wailing, 


ΘΡΙΑ 

lainenting,  Csp.  a  funeral-song,  dirgf, 
lament,  like  the  Gaelic  coronach,  11, 
24,  721,  Hdt.  2,  79,  85,  and  Trag. ;  a 
complaint,  sad  strain,  H,  Hom,  18,  18, 
and  so  usu.  in  prose:  cf,  Franeke 
Callin,  p,  125  sq, 

θρήννξ,—  sq.,  Euphor,  35, 

θρήννς,  νος,  b,  (θρύω,  θράνος)  a 
footstool,  elsewh.  ύποπόόιον,  olt.  in 
Hom. — II.  in  11.  15,  729  θι>.  ίπταπό- 
δης.  the  seven-foot  bench,  is  the  seat 
of  the  helmsman  or  the  rowers. 

θρηνωύέω,  ώ,  to  sing  a  dirge  or  la- 
ment :  hence 

θρηνώόημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  dirge,  la- 
ment. 

θρηνώδης,  ες,  (θρήνος,  είδος)  like  a 
dirge,  mournful.  Plat.  Rep.  411  A. 

θρηνωδία,  ας,  ή,  a  lamenting,  mourn- 
ing. Plat.  :  from 

θρηνωδός,  όν,  (θρήνος,  ωδή)  sing- 
rng  a  dirge,  lamenting :  also  as  subst., 
a  mmirner,  Alciphr. 

θρήιξ,  τ/κός,  ύ.  Ion,  for  θραξ,  11. ; 
fem.  Θρ7/σσα,  jy,  q.  v. 

θρησκεία,  or  -in,  ας,  ή,  (θρησκενώ) 
religious  worship,  service,  observance  or 
usage,  Hdt.  2,  18,  37  :  religion,  N.  T. 

θρήσκευμα,  ατός,  τό,  (βρησκεΰω) 
religious  worship,  Eccl. 

θρησκενσιμος,  ov,  of,  belonging  to 
worship,  Eccl. 

θρτ/σκεντήριον,  συ,  τό,  a  place  of 
worship. 

θρησκεντης,  ov,  6,  a  worshipper, 
Eccl.  :  from 

θρησκενώ,  (θρήσκος)  to  inlrotluce 
and  hold  religious  obsenmnces,  observe 
retigwu-ily,  Hdt.  2,  64. — II.  m  gcnl.  to 
worship,  adore,  θεούς,  Hdn, 

θρησκίη,  or  as  Sch\v,  prefers  -ιμη, 
ης,  Ion.  for  θρησκεία,  Hdt. 

θρήσκος,  οτ>,  religious.  Ν,  Τ.:  also 
in  bad  sense,  fanatic,  imper.ttitiovs. 
(Ace,  to  Phit.  Alex.  2,  from  θρτιξ, 
because  of  their  mysteries :  others 
from  τρέω,  full  of  religious  ferir;  or 
from  θρέω.  muttering  forms  of  prayer, 
cf.  Pers.  5,  184,  and  our  Lollards; 
hence  also  written  θρέσκος,  etc.: 
certainly  akin  to  ΰεραπενω.) 

θρ•ήσσα,  ιις,  ή.  Ion.  for  θρέϊσσα. 

θρίαζω,  (θριαί)  to  be  m  prophetic 
rapture,  Soph.  Fr.  415, — II,  (θρίον)  to 
gather  fig-leaves. 

\θρΐα,  ας,  and  θριώ,  Οϋς,  ff,  Thria, 
an  Attic  deme  of  the  tribe  Oenei's ; 
adv.,  θριασιν,  in  Thria ;  θρίωζε,  to 
Thria  or  the  Thriasinn  plain,  Thuc. 
I,  114, 

θρΙαί.  ων,  a'l,  (he  Thriae,  Parnas- 
sian nymphs,  the  nurses  of  Apollo, 
who  invented  a  kind  of  soothsaying 
by  means  of  pebbles  drawn  from  an 
urn,  llgen  and  Herm,  H,  Hom,  Merc. 
552:  hence — 2.  the  pebbles  or  lots 
themselves,  (Lat.  sortes)  :  and — 3.  the 
divinations  drawn  therefrom,  oracles, 
Callim.  Cf  Lob.  Aglaoph.  2,  814, 
sq.  The  Thriae  are  said  to  have 
been  three,  whence  some  think  to  de- 
rive their  name. 

θριαμβευτής,  ov,  b,  one  who  enjoys 
a  triumph  :  from 

θριαμβεύω,  (θρίαμβος)  to  triumph, 
από  τίνος,  as  in  Lat.  trinmphnre  de 
alitjHo,  over  one.  Pint. — II.  to  lead  in 
triumph,  Plut.,  and  N.  T. — HI.  to  make 
to  triumph,  N.  T. 

θριαμβικός,  η,  όν,  (θρίαμβος)  of, 
belonging  to  a  triumph,  Plut. 

θρΐαμβίς,  ίδος.  pecul.  fem.  of  θρι- 
αμβικός, Auct.  ap.  Suid. 

θριαμβοδϊθνραμβος,  ov,  (θρίαμβος, 
διθύραμβος)  epith.  of  Bacchus.  Pra- 
tin.  ap.  Ath.  617  F,  cf.  sq.,  and  διθύ- 
ραμβος. 

θρίαμβος,  ov,  δ,  a  hymn  to  Bacchus, 


ΘΡΙΝ 

sung  in  festal  processions  to  his  Vion- 
our,  Cratin.  Didasc.  1  :  hence  as  a 
name  for  Bacchus,  v.  foreg.  (Whence 
the  θρ-  or  Opi-  comes  we  know  not : 
the  -αμβος  is  prob.  from  ίύ,πτω,  άπ- 
τω,  as  in  Ίαμβος,  q.  v.)— 11.  used  to 
express  the  Roman  iriumphus,  which 
seems  to  be  akin  to  it,  Plut.  [ij 

\θριάσιος,  a,  oi•,  of  Thria,  Thria- 
sian,  TO  Qpiiatov  πεδίον,  the  Thria- 
sian  plain,  a  fruitful  plain  of  Attica 
between  Thria  and  Eleusis,  Hdt.  8, 
65  ;  9,  7. 

θριγγίον,  -γος,  -γόω,  later  and  soft- 
er forms  for  θριγκίον,  etc. 

θρίγκίον,  ου,  τό,  dmi.  from  sq. 

ΘΡΙΓΚΟ'Σ,  οϋ,  ό,  the  topinast  course 
of  stones  in  a  wall,  which  projected 
over  the  rest  and  kept  off  the  rain, 
the  coping,  eaves,  cornice,  like  γεΐσυν, 
Od.  17,  U67  :  usu.  of  outer  walls,  but 
in  Od.  7,  87,  θριγκος  κυάνοιο,  a  cor- 
nice of  blue  metal,  on  the  inside  of  the 
room. — 2.  metaph.  the  topmost,  finish- 
ing point  of  a  thing,  the  top  or  last 
stone,  Plat.  Rep.  534  E. — II.  later,  the 
wall  itself,  a  fence  oi  any  sort,  Plut. 
Hence 

θριγκόυ,  ώ,  to  surround  with  a  θριγ- 
κός  or  coping,  ahXijv  εθρίγκωσεν  ιι.χέ()- 
όφ,  he  fenced  it  at  top  with  thorn-bush- 
es,  Od.  14,  10. — 11.  to  build  even  to  the 
coping  stone,  and  so  metaph.  to  put  an 
end  to,  make  an  end  of,  άτας  Οριγκοΰν, 
Aesch.  Ag.  1283:  όύμα  κακοϊς  θριγ- 
κονν,  to  bring  the  house  to  the  height 
of  misery,  Eur.  H.  F.  1280. 

θβΐ}Ί£ώδι;ς,  ες,  {θριγκός,  είδος)  like 
a  coping  or  fence. 

Βρίγαωμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  coping,  cor- 
nice, Eur.  1.  T.  74:  a  fence. 

θρίγκασίζ,  εως,  f/,  (θριγκόω)  a 
feTicing  with  a  θριγκός. 

θριγχός,  θρίγχυμα,  late  forms  of 
θριγκός,  etc. 

θρϊδάκψς,  ίδος,  pecul.  fem.  οίθρι- 
όύκινος,  Nic.  Th.  838.  [where  <  is 
short.] 

θριάακίνη,  ί/ς,  ή,  the  garden  lettuce, 
Lat.  lactuca  sativa,  Hipp. :  strictly 
however  the  Att.  form  of  Ion.  and 
Dor.  θρίδαξ.  Lob.  Phryn.  130.— II.  a 
kind  oi  cake,  Ath.  [-v- — ^  as  Amphis 
lal.  1,  ubi  v.  Me'neke  ;  who  considers 
the  passage  of  Eubul.  Άστύτ.  1, 
where  it  is  θρίδΰκίνη,  to  be  corrupt.] 

θρΐδΰκίνίς,  ίδος,  ή,  dim.  from  θρι- 
δακίνη.  Strait.  Incert.  1,  6. 

θρϊδύκίνος,  η,  ov,  (βρίδαξ)  of  let- 
tuce, Luc.  [a] 

θρϊδΰκίσκη,  ης,  ή,  dim.  from  θριδα- 
κχνη,  Alcm.  18. 

θρϊδΰκώδης,  ες,  {θρίδαξ,  είδος)  let- 
tuce-like, Diosc. 

θρίδαξ  οτ  θρίδαξ,  ακος,  ή.  Ion.  and 
Dor.  for  θριδακίνη :  lettuce,  Epich.  p. 
102,Hdt.3.32.  [i  seeminglyin  Epich., 
cf.  A.  P.  9,  412  ;  12,  295.  v.  θριδακηίς, 
θριδακίνη  :  hence  in  Hdt,.  Thom.  M., 
etc.,  written  θρίδαξ:  but  ace.  to 
Draco  p.  76,  10  I,  and  so  Lob.  Phryn. 
130  always  writes  θρίδαξ.] 

Ορίζω,   poet,    syncop.   for  θερίζω, 
Aesch.  Ag.  536. 
^θρίΐ/σιν,  adv.=epiaatv,v.sub0pia, 
Ath.  255  C. 

Θρ1νύκ7ΐ,=:θρ7ναξ,  Gramm. 

θρίνϊίκίη,  ης,  ή,  Ep.  for  sq.,  Od.  11, 
107,  etc. 

θρϊνακρία,  ας,  η,  and  θρίνακρίς, 
ίδος,  ή,  {θρϊναξ)  strictly  the  trident- 
land,  sub.  γη  or  νήσος,  an  old  name 
of  Sicilj"•  from  its  three  promontories, 
Lat.  Trinacria. 

θρϊναξ,  ΰκος,  6,  (τρις,  άκή,  άκρα, 
for  τρίναξ)  α  trident,  three-pronged 
fork,  eep.  to  stir  grain  with,  also 
written  τρίναξ.  ll,  Ar,  Pac,  567,  INic, 


θ  POM 

Th.  114:  but  later  also  t,  Arith.,  cf. 
Draco,  p.  121.] 

ΟΡΙ'Ξ,  ή.  gen.  τρΐχός,άαί.  pi.  θριξί: 
the  hair,  both  of  man  and  beast,  Hom. ; 
the  hair  of  the  head,  but  also  with  κεφα- 
λής added,  Od.  13,  399  :  sheep's  wool, 
11.  3,  273,  Hes  Op.  515:  pig's  bristles, 
11.  19,  254,  Od.  10,  239:  later  also 
feathers,  plumage.  Gal.  ap.  Lob,  Phryn. 
339. — Proverb,  θρίξ  άνα  μέσσον,  only 
a  hair^s  breadth,  Theocr.  14,  9.  Horn, 
and  Hes.  use  it  only  in  plur. :  from 
Aesch.  downvvds.  also  in  sing. 

θρίοβόλος,  ov,  (Qptai  2,  βάΆ'λω) 
throwing  pebbles  into  the  divining-urn  : 
hence  ό  θρ.,  a  soothsayer,  of.  Lob. 
Aglaoph.  2,  814. 

ΘΡΓΟΝ,  ov,  TO,  a  fig-leaf,  Ar.  Vesp. 
436;  also  in  genl.  a  leaf  Nic. — 2. 
metaph.  of  things  like  a  tig-leaf,  as  a 
leaf-like  membrane,  θρίω  εγκεφάλου, 
Ar.  Ran.  134. — II.  a  mixture  of  eggs, 
lard,  honey,  flour,  etc.,  a  kind  of  stuff- 
ing or  forcemeat,  SO  called  because  it 
was  wrapped  in  fig-leaves,  Schol.  Ar. 
Ran.  J  34,  Ach.  1100.  (Prob.  from 
τρις,  τρία,  from  the  three  lobes  of  the 
fig-ieat.)  [I,  Ar.  Eq.  954,  cf.  Ach.  158, 
1102:  but  I,  Theocr.  13,  -10,  Ep. 
Adesp.  222,  2,  nisi  ibi  leg.  θρνον,  Jac. 
A.  P.  p.  622.] 

ΘΡΓ02.  ου,  6,  usu.  in  plur.  oi  θρίοι, 
the  reefs  or  little  ropes  on  the  lower  part 
of  the  sail,  used  to  take  it  up  and 
make  it  smaller,  elsewh.  έκφοροι,  cf. 
Ar.  Eq.  440,  and  τέρθριος.  [ϊ] 

θρίοφόρος,  ov,  (θριαί  2,  φέρω)  car- 
rying the  divining  pebbles,  divining 
therefrom,  cf.  θνρσοφόρος,  Lob.  Ag- 
laoph. 2,  p.  814. 

θρίπηύέστατος,  oy,dub.  forsq.,  Luc. 

θρίπήδεστος,  ov,  (βρίφ.  εδω)  worm- 
eaten,  σφραγίόία  θ.,  Ar.  Thesm.  427, 
were  prob.  at  first  pieces  of  worm-eaten 
wood  used  as  seals,  and  then  seals  cut 
in  imitation  of  them,  Miiller  Archiiol. 
d.  Kunst,  '{>  97,  2. 

θρίπόβρωτος,  ov,  {θρίφ,βιβρώσκωΊ 
=  foreg..  Lye. 

θρΐποφάγος,  ov,  (θρίφ,  φαγεΐΐ')  eat- 
ing wood-worms,  Arist.  H.  A.  [u] 

θρίιτώδΐ]ς,  ες,  (θρίχΐ),  είδος)  worm- 
eaten:  hence  θριπωδέστατον,  The- 
ophr.  Η.  P.  3,  9,  5,  ubi  Stephan.  θρί- 
πηδέστατον. 

θρίσσα,  ης,  ή,  Att.  θρίττα,  α  fish, 
elsewh.  τριχίας,  and  so  from  θρίξ, 
Arist.  Η.  Α. 

θρίσσος,  ου,  ό,=θρίσσα,  Anth. 

θρίφ,  gen.  θρίπός.  ο,  α  worm,  esp. 
α  wood-ivorm.,  Lat.  cnssus,  Theophr.  : 
prob.  also  ή  θρίφ.  Lob.  Phryn.  400. 
(Prob.  from  τρίβω,  cf.  Ιφ.) 

θροέω,  ώ,  (θρόος)  to  cry  aland,  shriek 
forth,  and  in  genl.  to  speck,  declare, 
Trag.,  as  Aesch.  Pr.  608:  also  in 
pass,  form  c.  act.  signf.  θροούμενος 
έπος,  Aesch.  Eum.  486. — ΙΙ.=  σο/3εω, 
to  frighten  :  hence  in  pass,  to  be  fright- 
ened or  tro^ώled,  N.  T. 

θρομβείον,  ov,  τό.  Ion.  θρομβίβον, 
dim  from  θρόμβος,  a  little  lump,  Nic. 

θροαβίον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  θρόμ- 
βος, like  foreg.,  Diosc. 

θρομβοειδής,  ες,  (θρόμβος,  είδος) 
like  a  θρόμβος,  full  of  θρόμβοι,  curdled, 
clotted,  Hipp. 

θρόμβος,  ov,  b,  a  lump,  piece,  Lat. 
grumus,  as  of  asphalt,  Hdt.  1,  179  : 
esp.  of  blood,  a  clot  or  gout,  Aesch. 
Cho.  533,  Eum.  184  ;  of  milk,  a  curd, 
Antiph.  Aphrodis.  1,  8  :  also  of  things 
made  up  of  small  'parts, Ηρόμβοι  υλών, 
like  χόνδροι  ύ?..,  coarse  salt.  (Prob. 
from  τρέφω,  τέτροφα.)     Hence 

θρομβόω,  ώ,  to  make  curdled  or  clot- 
ted. Pass,  θρομβόομαι,,  to  become  so. 
Nic. 


ΘΡΤΑ 

θρομβώδης,  ες,  =  βρομβοειδτ/ς, 
Soph.  Tr.  702. 

θρόμβωσις,  εως,  ή.  {θρομβόω)  α 
making  clotted  or  curdled. — II.  (from 
pass.)  a  becoming  so,  θρ.  γάλακτος, 
curdled  milk,  Diosc. 

θρονίζω,  (θρόνος)  to  scat  upon  a 
throne:  pass,  to  sit  on  one,  LXX. 

θρονίον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  θρόνος. 
iOpoviov.  ov,  TO,  Thrdnium,  the  cap- 
ital city  of  the  Locri  Epicnemidii  near 
the  river  Boagrius.  11.  2,  533,  Thuc 
2,  26.-2.  a  city  of  Thesprotia  in  Epi- 
rus,  Paus.  Hence 
'Ιθρόνιος,  a,  ov,  of  or  belonging  to 
Thronium  (1);  pecul.  fem.  θρονιύς, 
άδος,  ή  θρον.  πόλις,  Eur.  I.  Α.  264. 

θρονίς,  ίδος,  ή,^=-όνιον,  Themist. 

θρονισμός,  οϋ,  ό,  {θρονίζω)  α  seat- 
ing on  a  throne,  enthroning,  Synes. 

θρονιστ7/ς,  οϋ,  ό,  {θρονίζω)  one 
who  erithrones.  Id. 

iθpovLTις,  ιδος,  ή,=^θρονιύς.  Lye. ; 
V.  sub  θρόνιΟΓ. 

θοόνον,  ου,  τό,  only  used  in  plur. 
Tii  θρόνα,  flowers,  etc.  embroidered  on 
cloth,  II.  22,  441.— II.  later  τα  θρόνα 
are  flowers  or  herbs,  used  as  drugs  and 
charms,  Theocr.  2,  59.  And  so  the 
word,  like  φύρμακον,  is  first  a  means 
of  colouring  and  then  of  charming. 

θρονοποιός,  όν,  (θρόνος,  ποιέω) 
making  thrones. 

θρόνος,  ov,  ό,  a  seat,  chair,  esp.  a 
large,  easy  chair,  oft.  in  Hom.  as  the 
seat  both  of  gods  and  men  :  his  θρό- 
νος must  have  been  high,  for  they 
who  sat  on  it  had  a  footstool  {θρϊ/ννς) ; 
it  was  often  adorned  with  gold  and 
silver,  hence  χρνσεος,  ΰργνρόηλος, 
also  spread  with  carpets  or  Heeces, 
{τάπητες,  χλαΐναι,  βτ/γεα,  κώεα.) — II. 
later  α  throne  in  our  sense,  a  chair  of 
state,  θρ.  βασιλήίος,  Hdt.  1,  14;  and 
so  alone,  freq.  in  Xen.  ;  the  chair  of  a 
judge,  teacher,  orator,  etc.  :  hence  oi 
θρόνοι,  the  throne,  i.  e.  the  king's  es- 
tate or  dignity.  Soph.  Ant.  166.  (From 
*θράω.  θρΰνος,  θρήννς.)     Hence 

θρόνωσις,  εως,  ή,=^θρονισμός,  eisj). 
of  the  enthronement  and  installation  of 
the  newly  initiated,  at  the  mysteries  of 
the  Corybantes,  Heind.  Plat.  Euth)d. 
277  D. 

θρόος,  ό,  Att.  contr.  θρονς,  ov, 
(θρέω,  θροέω)  a  noise  as  of  many 
voices,  in  Hom.  only  once  of  the  cries 
of  a  number  of  people,  II.  4,  437 ;  a 
murmuring  of  discontented  people, 
Thuc.  8,  79. — II.  a  report,  Lat.  rumor, 
Xen.  Cyr.  6,  1,  37. 

θρναλλίδιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  θρν- 
αλ'λίς,  Luc. 

θρνα/.λίς,  ίδος,  τι,  α  wick,  Ar.  Nub. 
59,  585. — II.  a  plant  which,  like  our 
rush,  was  used  for  making  wicks,  Nic. 

θρϋγανάω,  or  -νόω,  ώ,  also  τρύγο- 
νάω,  θυραν  θρ.,  to  tap  at  the  door,  only 
in  Ar.  Eccl.  34. 

θρνίνος,  η,  ov,  (θρνον)  rushy.  [Γ] 

θρυλ?.έω.ώ,  or  θρϋ?.έω  [ν],  cf.  θρνλ- 
λος :  to  make  a  great  noise,  talk  con- 
stantly, babble,  Ar.  Eq.  348.— II.  c. 
ace.  rei,  to  be  always  talking  about  a 
thing,  make  it  the  common  talk,  τι.  Plat. 
Phaed.  65  B,  Isocr.  282  Β  :  hence  in 
pass,  to  be  the  common  talk,  to  θρυλού- 
με vov  or  τεθρνλημένον,  a  common  top- 
ic, what  is  in  every  one's  mouth,  Isocr. 
419  C,  Dem.,  etc.  (Akin  to  βρεο/zai, 
θρόος,  θόρυβος.)     Hence 

Θρύ7\.'λ,ημα,  ατός,  τό,  also  θρνλημα 
[ί],  that  which  is  much  talked  about, 
the  common  talk,  LXX. 

θρνλλιγμα,  ατός,  τό,  also  θρνλιγ- 
μα,  (θρνλλίσσω)  thai  wh>eh  is  broken, 
a  fragment,  Lyc.  880.  [ϋ] 

Θρυ7ιλίζω,  Οϊθρϋλίζω,ί.  -ίσω,  (θονλ- 
645 


ΘΡΩΣ 

Τίος)  to  inahe  a  false,  ill  sound  in  play- 
ing  on  the  cithara,  H.  Hoin.  Merc.  488. 
θβνΧλίασω.  f.  -fw,  to  break  in  pieces, 
shiver,  θμνλλίχβη  όέ  μέτωπον,  11.  23, 
396.  (Akin  to  θμαύω,  θρύτττω,  τμνω.) 
θρύλ?Μς,  ό,  or  θρύλος,  ου.  like 
θρόος  and  θόρυβος,  α  noise  as  of  many 
voices,  a  shouting,  tumult,  murmuring, 
Balr.  135.  Ju  the  Edd.  this  family 
of  words  USD.  has  λλ  .•  but  severaL 
graniin.  prefer  single  λ,  e.  g.  E.  M.  p. 
456,  39,  Eust.  11.  1307,  42,  cf.  Scliiif. 
Dion.  Comp.  p.  122,  and  so  Bekker 
always  writes  it,  υ  being  long  by  na- 
ture.) 

Θρνμμα,  ατός,  τό,  Φρύπτω)  that 
tvhich  is  broken  off,  a  piece,  bit,  Ar.  Fr. 
208.     Hence 

θρνμμΰΓΪς,  ίδος,  ή,  a  sort  of  cake, 
Antiph.  Parasit.  5. 

ομνύεις,  εσσα,  εν,  {θρνον)  rushy, 
Nic. 

\θρνόεσσα,  ij,  πόλίς,=  θρνον,  II.  11, 
711. 

θρύον,  ην,  τό,  α  msh,  Lat.  juncus, 
II.  21,  351. — \\.=στρνχνος  μανικός, 
Diosc. 

+θρύοΐ',  ον,  τό,  Thryum,  a  city  of 
Elis  on  the  Alpheus,  in  the  domin- 
ions of  Nestor,  11.  2.  592,  which  some 
consider  same  as  later  'Έπιτύλιον, 
Strab.  p.  3t9 ;  at  this  place  was  a 
ford,  H.  Horn.  Ap.  423 ;  v.  Ugen  ad 
loc.  (H.  Ap.  Pyth.  245  ) 

θρντΓΤΐκός,  ή,  όν,  able  to  break  or 
crush,  breaking,  crushing,  τινός.  Gal. 
— II.  pass,  easily  broken,  hence  me- 
taph.  soft,  delicate,  effeminate,  Xen. 
Cyr.  8,  8,  15.     Adv.  -κώς :  from 

θρΰτΓΓω,  fut.  βρνφυ  :  fut.  mid.  c. 
pass,  signf.  θρνφομηι  :  aor.  pass,  krpij- 
<j>T/v  [ϋ]  To  break  in  pieces,  crush, 
shiver,  in  which  orig.  signf.  it  is  chief- 
ly used  by  Gramm. ;  but  also  Theocr. 
17,  80,  and  pass,  θρντττεσθαι,  to  be 
broken,  Plat.  Parm.  1C5  Β  :  and  so 
freq.  in  compds.  άποΟμύτττω,  διηθμύττ- 
τω,  etc. — II.  much  more  freq.  in  moral 
signf,  like  Lat.  frangere,  to  break, 
crush,  and  so  weaken,  enfeeble,  unman, 
esp.  by  debauchery  and  luxury,  in 
act.,  only  in  Tim.  Locr.  103  B,  and 
late  authors  ;  but  in  pass.,  c.  fut.  mid. 
(Ar.  Eq.  1163),  to  he  enfeebled  and  en- 
ervated, μα?.ακία  βρνπτεσθαι,  Xen. 
Syrnp.  8,  8,  cf.  kuhnk.  Tun. :  absol. 
to  be  weak  and  wanton,  and  SO — III. 
raetaph. — 1.  to  live  a  wanton  life,  riot, 
Luc.  Piscat.  31,  Gymn.  29  :  adv.  perf. 
pass.  Τίβμνμμένως,  wantonly,  effemi- 
nately, Plut. — 2.  to  play  the  woman,  be 
coy  and  prudish,  give  onf:s  self  airs,  bri- 
dle up,  esp.  when  one  is  asked  to  do 
sometliing,  like  Lat.  delicias  facere. 
Plat.  Phaedr.  228  C,  Xen.  Syinp.  8, 
4  ;  or  when  one  declines  an  offer,  in 
order  to  have  a  better  one  made,  Plut., 
cf  Br.  Ar.  Eq.  1163,  Dorv.  Char.  p. 
472 :  sometimes  joined  with  the 
equiv.  ύκκίζεσθαι  or  ύμαΐζεσθαι,  Eu- 
pol.  Incert.  23,  cf.  Ruhuk.  Tim.  p. 
19 :  Ομνπτεσθαι  ττμός  τινα,  to  give 
one's  self  airs  toward  another,  Plut. 
Flamin.  18,  Luc.  Dial.  Meret.  12,  1  : 
hence  in  genl.  to  be  conceited,  grow 
conceited,  Ar.  Eq.  1163,  cf.  Dorvill. 
1.  c. ;  θμνπτεσβαί  τινι.  to  be  proud  of  a 
thing,  Anth. :  to  boast,  brag,  Lat.  glo- 
riari,  Heliod.  (Hence  τμνφή  and 
θμνπτικός :  akin  to  τμνω,  θραύω,  q.  v. 
signf.  II.)     Hence 

θμύφις,  εως,  ή,  a  breaking  in  pieces, 
crushing,  dissolving,  Arist.  Anim. — II. 
metaph.  softness,  iveahness,  debauchery, 
Xen.  Cyr.  8,  8,  16. 

θμνώόης,  ες,  (θρνον,  είδος)  full  of 
rushes,  rushy,  Strab. 

θρώσκω,  lengthd.  from  root  ΘΟΡ-, 
046 


ΘΥΕΙ 

which  appears  in  fut.  and  aor. :  fut. 
θυμούμαι.  Ion.  θομέυμαι :  aor.  εθομον, 
subj.  θόμω  (hence  in  Od.  22,  303 
write  θόμωσιν  for  Wolf's  faulty  θορώ- 
σίν),  inl.  Ooptlv.  To  leap,  spring,  II. 
10,  528,  etc.  of  the  arrow  which  leaps 
from  the  string  ;  also  freq.  in  11.  of 
the  lot  leaping  from  the  helmet ;  also 
ol  beans  tossed  from  the  winnowing 
shovel,  II.  13,  589.-2.  foil,  by  prep., 
θρ.  έπι  τινι,  to  leap  or  spring  upon 
one,  i.  e.  attack,  assault  him,  Horn.  ; 
also,  εν  τινι,  II.  5,  161,  though  perh. 
this  place  belongs  to  ένθρώσκυ :  in 
this  signf.  Horn,  always  uses  aor.,  in 
the  former  he  has  pres.  impf  and  aor. 
The  word  is  rare  in  Od. — II.  transit, 
like  θύμνυμαΐ,  to  mount,  impregnate, 
Aesch.  Eum.  OGO,  Fr.  13:  hence 

θμωσμός,  οϋ,  ό,  a  height  or  hilt,  as 
it  were  springing  frotn  the  plain,  hence 
Θ.  πεδίοιο,  II.  10,  160;  11,  56,  ποτα- 
μοϊο,  Αρ.  Rh.  2,  823. 

θύα,  η,  ν.  Θνία.  [ν] 

θνάζω,  (θύω)  to  burn  incense,  esp.  to 
celebrate  Bacchic  orgies,  henC6  to  be 
mad  :  late  word. 

^Οναμία,  ας,  ή,  Thyamia,  a  fortress 
near  Sicyon,  Xen.  Hell.  7,  2,  1. 

\Οναμις,  ιδος,  ό,  Thyamis,  a  river 
of  Epirus,  separating  Thesprotia  from 
Cestrine,now  the  CV/a/nn.Thuc.  1,40. 
'\θναμος,  ov,  ό,  Mt.  Thyamus,  a 
mountain  of  Acarnania,  branching  off 
from  Pindus,  Thuc.  3,  106. 

θνάνία,  ας,  τι,  wantonness,  debauch- 
ery, Epich.  p.  98  :  Lacon.  word,  also 
συανία.     (Prob.  from  θνύω.) 

θναρος,  ov,  6,=^atpa  II.,  Diosc. 

&νάς,  ύδος,  y,  {θνω)^^θνιύς,  q.  v., 
Ap.  Rh. 

&νασος,  ov,  6,  worse  form  for  θία- 
σος, Elmsl.  Bacch.  670. 

'\QvaTtipa,  ας,  τ/,  Thyatira,  a  city 
of  Lydia  on  the  Lycus,  a  branch  of 
the  Hyllus,  anciently  called  Pelopia, 
now  Akhissar,  Strab.,  Polyb.  :  one 
of  the  seven  churches  of  the  Apo- 
calypse, N.  T. 

Θϋίίω,  ώ,  Lat.  subare,  of  swine  in 
the  rutting  season,  Arist.  H.  A. 

θνβριάς,  άδος,  ή,  =■  θνμβριάς, 
Anth.  :  from 

θνβρις,  ιδος,  ή,^θνμβρις,  q.  v. 

QvyUTijp,  ή,  gen.  θυγατέρας  contr. 
θνγατρός,  dat.  θνγύτέρι,  θνγατρί, 
ace.  θυγατέρα,  but  Ερ.  θνγατμα, 
voc.  θνγάτερ  :  Hom.  has  both  forms, 
the  irisyll.  only  is  used  in  prose:  a 
daughter,  Hom.:  Pind.  calls  his  Odes 
Μοίσαΐ'  θυγατέρες,  Ν.  4,  4. — II.  in 
genl.  a  girl,  maiden,  as  τταϊς  is  both 
son  and  iov,  Br.  Soph.  O.  T.  1102.— 
III.  a  maid-servant,  slave.  Lob.  Phryn. 
239.  Of  same  root  with  Sanscr  du- 
hitri,  Goth,  dauthar,  Oiir  daughter. 
Germ,  tochter.)  \y  strictly,  but  in  Honi. 
and  Ep.  ϋ  metri  grat.  in  all  quadri- 
syll.  cases,  even  when  the  4th  syll.  is 
cut  off,  as  Od.  15,  361.]     Hence 

&νγατρΐδή,  ης,  ή,  a  daughter's  daugh- 
ter, grand-daughter,  Andoc.  17,  2:  and 

θϋγατρΐδοΰς,  ov,  ό,  Ion.  -δέος,  Hdt. 
5,  67,  a  daughter's  son,  (;rnndso7i. 

Θϋγατρίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (θνγάτηρ)  to  call 
daughter. 

Θνγά,τμιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.,  from  θνγά- 
τηρ, a  little  daughter  or  girl,  Macho 
ap.  Ath.  581  C. 

Θνγατρόγΰμος,  ov.  (θνγάτηρ,  γα- 
μέώ)  married  to  one's  daughter,  Nonn. 

(ίνγατρογόνος,  ov,  (βνγάτημ,  *γέ- 
V(j)  begetting  or  bearing  daughters, 
Nonn. 

θΰεί'α,  ας,  η,  a  mortar,  Ar.  Nub. 
676 :  also  θυΐα  and  as  dissyll.  θνία, 
on  which  different  forms  v.  Lob. 
Phryn.   165.     (Prob.   from  θνω,  be- 


ΘΠΑ 

cause  of  the  beating  and  bruising.) 
Hence 

θϋ^ίδιον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  θυεία, 
Ar.  Plut.  710. 

Θύε?ι?Μ,  )/ς,  ή,  a  storm,  of  the  most 
violent  kind,  a  hurricane,  whirlwind, 
hence  in  Hom.,  άρπάξασα  θύελλα: 
he  also  joins  ΰνίμοιο  θνε?<λα,  άνε- 
μων θύελλα,  Ζέφυρου  κηΐ  Νότου  θν- 
ελλ.α :  but  πνρ(>ς  θνελλαι  are  prob. 
thunder-storms.  C)d.  12,  68:  also  in 
Trag.,  metaph.,  άτης  θνελΛηι,  Aesch. 
Ag.  819.  (From  βύω.  as  άελλα  from 
*αω,  ΰημι.)  [ϋ]     Hence 

Οΰέ?ιλείος,  εία,  ειον.=  &ι\.,  Orac. 
ap.  Suid.  voc.  Ιουλιανός. 

θϋελλήεις,  εσσα,  εν,  stormy,  storrr^- 
like,  Nonn. 

Βϋελλοπους,  ό,  ή,  πουν,  τό,  gen. 
ποδός,  (θνε?Λα,  πονς)  storm-footed, 
storm-sivifi ,Νοηη. :  moreuavi.  άε'λλόπ. 

θϋελλοτόκος,  ον,  {θύελλα,  τίκτω) 
producing  storms. 

θνελλοφορέω,  ώ,  (θύελλα,  φέρω)  to 
carry  auiay  in  a  storm :  pass,  to  be  so 
carried  away,  Diod. 

θυελλώδης,    ες,    (θύελλα,     είδος) 
storm-like,  stormy, 
^θυέστειος,  a,  οτ',  of  or  belonging  to 
Thyestes,  Thyestean,  Ar.  Ach.  433. 

θϋέστης,  ov,  ό,  (θνεία)  a  pestle, 
more  usu.  δοϊδνξ,  Dionys.  Tyr.  ap. 
Phot. 
^θνέστης,  συ,  ό,  Ep.  also  Gtirirrfr, 
Thyestes,  son  of  Pelops,  brother  of 
Atreus,  and  father  of  Aegisthus,  11. 
2,  107  ;  Aesch.  Ag.  1242,  etc. 

fθvεστtάδης,  oi>,  6,  son  of  Thyestes, 
i.  e.  Aegisthus,  Od.  4,  518. 

θνεστος,  ου,  ό,  a  drink  extracted 
from  bruised  spices,  like  Lat.  moretum. 

θνήεις,  εσσα,  εν,  (θύος)  smoking  or 
smelling  with  incense,  fragrant,  in  Honi. 
always  epilh.  of  βωμοΓ,  II.  θ.  48.  Od. 
8,  363  :  but  in  Hom.  ll  Merc.  237,  of 
Mercury's  swaddlmg-clothes. 

θύηκόος,  ό,=  θνοσκύος,  Inscr. 

&ϋηλέομαι,  v.  θνλέομαι. 

θνηλη,  ης,  ή,  (θνω)  the  part  of  the 
victim  that  teas  burnt,  II.  9,  220  :  in 
genl.  an  offering,  cake,  incense,  etc.,  θν- 
ηλη  "Αρεως,  ϊ.  e.  the  blood  of  the  slain, 
which  was  an  oflTering  to  Mars,  Soph. 
El.  1423.— II.  the  offering  itself,  and 
divination  therefrom. 

Θνήλημα,  ατός,  τό,  v.  I.  for  θύ?ιη• 
μα,  Theophr. 

θύημα,  ατός,  τό,  (θνω)=θντιλη.  [ν] 

θν?ιπολέω,  ώ,  to  be  a  θνηττόλιος, 
busy  one's  self  with  sacrifices.  Soph.  Fr. 
468. — 2.  trans,  to  make  an  offering,  .sac- 
rifice, Ti  Κρόνω,  Soph.  Fr.  132,  v. 
Ruhnk.  Tim.  p."  193. 

θνηπολία,  ας,  ή,  a  making  of  offer- 
ings, sacrificing,  Ap.  Rh. :  and 

θνηπόλιον,  ov,  τό,  an  altar,  Dor. 
ap.  Ath.  413  Α.:  from 

θνηπύλος,  ov,  also  η,  ov,  Suid., 
(θνος,  πολέω)  one  who  busies  himself 
about  offerings,  a  priest,  Ar.  Pac.  1 124. 

θνητής,  ov,  o,=foreg.,  Nake  Choe- 
ril.  p.  229. 

θνηφύγος,  ov,  (Ονος,  φαγείν)  eating 
or  devouring  offerings,  ψ7Μξ,  Aesch. 
Ag.  597.  [fi] 

Θνία,  ας,  ή,  also  θνία,  and  θύα  [ϋ] 
(from  θνω  to  smell)  :  an  African  tree 
with  sweet-smelling  wood,  used  for  ma- 
king costly  furniture,  Lat.  ciiru.t, The- 
ophr. :  seemingly  just  the  same  as 
Homer's  θύον  :  it  is  disputed  whether 
it  be  a  kind  of  cedar,  or  the  savin,  or 
the  African  arbor  vitae  :  perh.  in  very 
late  authors  the  citron. — \ΐ.=^θνεία,  v. 
sq. 

θνία,  ας,  7;,=  foreg.  I. — IT.=  ^iifta, 
also  βνίη.  v.  Lob.  Phryn.  p.  165.  [--■-, 
for  Elmsl.  Ach.  193,  is  wrong  in  sup- 


ΘΥΜΑ 

posing  ι  to  be  long  :  when  the  penult, 
was  to  be  long,  Ονεία  was  used.] 

θΐ'ίίΐ,  (Ji•,  τύ,  (θνω)  a  Bacchic  feast 
at  Elis,  Paus.  6,  26,  1, 

tOvia,  ας,  η,  Ζ%!/ια,  daughter  of  the 
Cephisus,  Hdt.  7,  178:  in  Paus.  of 
the  Castalius,  10,  6,  4. — II.  a  place 
near  Delphi  named  after  her,  Hdt.  1.  c. 

Qvlau  ών,  αί,^^θυίάόες,  Strab.,  and 
so  Bockh  Soph.  Ant.  1152. 

θνιάς,  ύδος,  η,  more  rarely  θνϊάς 
[ί],  and  θνάς,  Bentl.  Hor.  Od.  2,  19, 
9,  Blomf  Aesch.  Theb.  498,  (θνω)  : 
a  jnad  or  inspired  U'oman,  esp.  a  Bac- 
chante, Aesch.  1.  c. — II.  as  fern.  adj. 
raving,  frantic,  and  in  genl.  passionate, 
mad  for  love,  Lye.  143:  more  rarely 
as  masc,  Jac.  Del.  Epigr.  4,  45. 

θϋιδΐον,  ov.  TO,  dim.  from  θυίς, 
Damocr.  ap.  Gal.  [ιό] 

θύινος,  η,  ov,  made  of  the  wood  of 
the  tree  θυία,  Lat.  cilrinus,  Callix.  ap. 
Ath.  205  B.  [vl] 

θυΐον,  ov,  τό,=:βνον,  dub. 

θνΐς,  tooc,  ή,=  θνεία,  Damocr.  ap. 
Gal.  ^ 

θϋίσκη,  7]ς,  ή,  a  censer,  LXX. 

θνΐη/ς,  ου,  ό,  sub.  λίθος,  an  Aethi- 
opian  stone,  Diosc.   [i] 

θνίω,^θνω,  to  rage,  he  inspired,  H. 
Horn.  Merc.  560,  where  it  is  prob. 
θϋίω.  ["  '^  -] 

θϋ?Μκίζίύ,  f.  -ίσο,  {θύλακος)  to  put 
scraps  in  a  sack :  and  so  to  beg. 

Οϋλάκιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  θύλα- 
κος, Hdt.  3,  105  ;  also  the  seed-vessel 
of  a  plant,  Diosc.  [ά] 

θϋ/ιάκίς,  ίδος,  ή,  dim.  from  θύλα- 
κος, Ael. 

θϋλΰκίσκη,  ης,  ή,  -κίσκιον,  ον,  τό, 
and  -κίσκος,  ον,  ό,  Ar.  Fr.  464,  dim. 
from  θύλακος :  also  a  seed-vessel,  like 
θνλάκιον,  Diosc. 

θϋλάκίτης,  ου,  6,  fem.  θϋλΰκΐτις, 
lδυς.=  sq. 

θϋ?ΜΚοειδ?'/ς,  ες,  (θνλιακος,  είδος) 
like  α  bag  or  sack,  Arist.  Η.  Α. 

θϋλΰκάεις,  εσσα,  Ei',=foreg.,  Nic. 

θύλακος,  ον,  ό,  α  bag,  sack,  pouch, 
nsu.  of  leather,  Hdt.  3,  46.— II.  in 
plur.,  the  loose  trowsers  of  the  Persians 
and  other  Orientals,  Eur.  Cycl.  182, 
Ar.  Vesp.  1087.  [ϋ] 

'^θύλακος,  ov.  ό,  Thylacus,  a  statu- 
ary, brother  of  Aneathus,  Paus.  5, 
23,  5. 

θϋ?Μκοτβώξ,  ώγος,  ό,  f],  {θύλακος, 
rpuycj)  gnawing  sacks. 

θϋλΰκοφορέω,  ώ,  to  carry  a  sack  or 
pouch,  Ar.  Fr.  619  :  from 

θύλακο<Ι)όρος ,  ov,  {θύλακος,  φέρω) 
carrying  a  sack  OX  pouch,  v.  1.  for  foreg., 
lb. 

θϋλακώδης,  ες,  =  θνλακοειδής,  The- 
ophr. 

θΰλαξ,  ακος,  ό,  and  θΰλάς,  άδος, 
η,=ζθνλακος. 

θνλέομαι,  ΐ.  -ήσοιιαι,  dep.  mid.,  to 
offer,  prob.  1.  for  θνηλ.     Hence 

θύλημα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which  is  of- 
fered, usu.  in  plur.  θυλϊιματα,  cakes, 
incense,  etc.,  Ar.  Pac.  1040.  [ΰ  Phe- 
recr.  Αντομ.  1,  5,  ubi  v.  Meineke.] 

θϋλ.ις,  εωζ•,  ή,^^θύλακος. 

θϋμα,  ατός,  τό,  (θύω)  that  which  is 
slain  or  offered,  a  victim,  sacrifice,  offer- 
ing, Trag.,  as  Aesch.  Ag.  1310,  Soph. 
Phil.  8 :  usu.  of  animals,  but  also, 
ιτάγκαρπα  θ.,  offerings  of  all  fruits, 
Soph.  El.  634. 

θϋμάγροίκος,  ov.  {θυμός,  άγροΐκος) 
rude  or  boorish  of  mind. 

θϋμαίνω,  f  -ΰνώ,  (θυμός)  to  he 
wroth,  angry,  Hes.  Sc.  262  ;  τινί,  at 
one,  Ar.  Nub.  1478. 

^θνμαιτάδαΐ,  ών.  οι,  Thymnetidae, 
an  Attic  deme  of  the  tribe  Hippotho- 
o/Jtis,  so  called  after  a  hero  θύμαι- 


ΘΥΜΕ 

τος,  Plut.  Thes.  19  :  less  correctly 
θνμοίτ. :  hence 

■\θνμαι.τίς,  ίδος,  ή,  of  the  deme  Thy- 
maetidae,  Ar.  Vesp.  1138. 

Οϋμαλ,γής,  ές,  {θυμός,  άλ.γέω)  heart- 
grieving,  paiiiful,  freq.  in  Horn. :  opp. 
to  θυμηδίις,  θνμήρης. 

θνμάλίς.  ΐδος,  ή,=  τιθυμα/ιίς,  dub. 

θνμάλω-φ,  ωττος,  δ,  α  piece  of  burn- 
ing wood  or  charcoal,  a  hot  coal,  Ar. 
Ach.  321.  Thesm.  729.  (From  τύφω, 
so  that  it  should  strictly  be  θνμμά- 
λωψ  •■  for  the  termin.,  cf.  μώλω-ψ  and 
αίμά?.<οιρ.  [α] 

θϋμαρέω,  ώ,  to  be  well-pleased,  The- 
ocr.  26,  9  :  from 

θϋμύρης,  ες,  {θυμός,  άρω)  suiting 
the  mind,  i.  e.  well-pleasing,  dear,  de- 
lightful, ά?.οχος,  II.  9,  336,  Od.  23, 
232  ;  σκηπτρον,  Od.  17,  199  :  also  θν- 
μήρης, -ρες.  Od.  10,  362,  in  neut.  as 
adv.  Ace.  to  Schol.  this  form  should 
be  written  θνμήρες.  the  other  θνμα- 
ρές.  and  so  Wolf.  Cf.  Eust.  Od.  23, 
232.  [a] 

iθvμaτίδr/ς,  ov,  Dor.  for  -ητίδης, 
{θύμος),  of  thyme,  mixed  with  thyme, 
Ar.  Ach.  772. 

θυμάτων,  τό,  dim.  from  θϋμα.  [ά] 

θνμβρα,  ας.  η,  a  bitter,  pungent 
herb,  Satureia  Thymbra, savory,  Diosc. 
^θύμβρα,  ας.  ή,  Ep.  and  Ion.  θύμ- 
βρη,  τις,  Thymbra.  a  town  and  plam 
of  the  Troad  on  the  river  Thymbrius, 
from  which  the  camp  of  the  allies  of 
the  Trojans  extended  to  the  sea,  II. 
10,  430. 

θνμβραία,  ή,=  θνμβρα,  Hipp. 
^θνμβραΐος,    a,    ov,    of    Thymbra, 
Thyinbraean,  epith.   of  Apollo,   who 
had   a   temple   at   Thymbra,     Eur. 
Rhes.  224 ;  βωμός.  Id.  508. 

'\θνμ'3ραΙθΓ,  ov,  ό,  Thymbraeus,  a 
Trojan,  II.  Γΐ,  320. 

■\θύμβραρα,  ων,  τύ,  Thymbrara,  a 
city  of  Lydia  on  or  near  the  Pacto- 
ius,  not  far  from  Sardis,  Xen.  Cyr.  6, 
2,  11. 

θυμβρεττίδειτΐνος,  ov,  {θνμβρα,  έττί, 
δεϊττνον)  eating  savory,  i.  e.  living 
meanly  and  poorly,  Ar   Nub.  421. 

^θνμβρία,  ας,  ή.  Thymbria,  a  village 
of  Caria  near  Myus,  Strab. 

θυμαριάς,  άδος,  η,  a  nymph  of  the 
Tiber  {θνμβρις) ."  also  θνβριάς. 

θνμβρίη,  ης,  η,— θνμβρα,  Hipp. 
^θνμβριον,  ου,  τό,  Thymhrmm,  a 
city  of  Phrygia  towards  the  south- 
east, containing  the  fountain  of  Mi- 
das ;  it  is  now  Ishdkti,  Xen.  An.  1, 
2.  13. 

^θύμβριος,  ov,  ό,  the  Thymbrius,  a 
river  of  the  Troad  flowing  by  Thym- 
bra, Strab. 

θνμβρις,  ίδος,  η,  name  of  several 
rivers,  esp.  the  Tiber,  Leon.  Al.  :  also 
θύβρις,  Jac.  A.  P.  p.  903  :t  the  Thym- 
bris,  in  Sicily,  Theocr.  1,  118.— II.  a 
nymph,  mother  of  Pan,  Apollod.  1, 
4,  1. 

θνμβρίτης,  ov,  ό,  οίνος,  wine  fla- 
voured with  savory.  Diosc. 

θύμβρον,  ου,  τό,=  Ούμβρα,  The- 
ophr.  Η.  P.  7,  1,2,  though  Schneider 
doubts  the  neut.  form. 

θνμβροώύγος,  ov,  {θνμβρα,  φαγεϊν) 
eating  savory,  θνμβροφύγον  βλέπειν, 
to  look  as  if  one  had  eaten  savory,  make 
a  savori/  or  (as  we  saj')  a  verjuice  face, 
Ar.  Ach.  254.  [ά] 

θνμβρώδης,  ες,  {θνμβρα,  είδος)  like 
θνμβρα,  Theophr. 

θνμελαία.  ας,  η,  α  shrub,  the  ber- 
ries of  which  {κόκκος  Κνίδειος)  are 
a  strong  purgative,  Diosc. 

θυμέλη,  ης,  ή,  {θύω)  orig.  α  place 
fur  sacrifice,  an  altar,  temple,  Aesch. 
Supp.  667,  Eur.  Supp.  65:  θυμέλαι 


ΘΥΜΟ 

Κυκλώπων,  explained  to  be  the  Cy- 
clopian  masses  of  wall  at  Mycenae. 
Eur.  I.  A.  152.— II.  in  the  Athen.  the- 
atre, an  altar-shaped  platform  with 
steps  up  to  it,  in  the  middle  of  the 
orchestra,  on  which  stood  the  leader 
of  the  chorus  to  direct  its  move- 
ments :  hence  for  the  orchestra  or 
stage  itself,  Pratin.  ap.  Ath.  617  C : 
also  the  theatre  and  its  business.  Lob. 
Phryn.  164.    Hence 

θνμε/ίΐκός,  ή,  όν,  of,  belonging  to  the 
thymele,  scenic,  Plut.  :  oi  θνμελικοί, 
they  who  dance  round  the  thymele,  i.  e. 
the  chorus,  opp.  to  σκηνικοί,  the  regu- 
lar actors,  Lob.  Phryn.  164. 

■\θνμενος,  sync.  part.  aor.  mid.  of 
θύω  Β. 

θϋμέομαι,  f.  1.  for  θνμόοααί,  Valck. 
Diatr.  p.  231. 

θϋμηγερέω,  ώ,  {θνμός,  άγείρω)  to 
collect  one's  mind,  take  heart,  come  to 
one's  self,  only  in  part.  masc.  θυμηγε- 
ρέων,  Od.  7,  283. 

θνμ?/δέω,  ώ,  to  be  glad-hearted,  Si- 
mon. Amorg.  103. 

θϋμηδής,  ές,  {θυμός,  ήδος)  well-pleas- 
ing, dear,  Od.  16,  389.     Hence 

θϋμηδία,  ας,  ή,  gladness  of  heart, 
mirth,  Pint. 

θϋμήρης,  ες.  Ion.  for  θυμύρης,  q.  v. 

θνμητίδης,  ov,  v.  θνματ'.δης. 

θυμίαμα,  ατός,  τό,  ion.  -ίημα,  {θυ- 
μιύω)  that  which  is  burnt  as  incense,  a 
preparation  for  fiimi gating ,  incense,  etc., 
Hdt.  1,  198,  etc.,  cf.  θυμιύω. 

θϋμίάσις,  εως,  ή,  {θυμιύω)  α  fumi- 
gating.— 11.  evaporation,  Arist.  Meteor. 

θϋμιΰτήρ,  νρος,  ό,  α  censer. 

θϋμιύτήριον,  ον,  τό,  Ιοη.  θνμίή,=: 
foreg.,  Hdt.  4.  162. 

θυμιατίζω,  f.  -ίσω,^=θνμιάω,  Geop. 

θνμιύτικός,  ή,  όν,  {θυμιύω)  good 
for  fumigating,  quickly  evaporating,  vo- 
latile. Plat.  Tim.  61  C. 

θνμιάτός,  ή,  όν.  able  to  be  burnt,  vo- 
latile, Arist.  Meteor.  :  verb.  adj.  from 

θϊ<μιύω,  ω,  f.  -ύσω,  {θϋμα,  θνω)  to 
burn  so  as  to  produce  smoke,  Θ.  την 
στνρακα,  Hdt.  3,  107.  Pass,  θυμιύο- 
μαι,  to  evaporate,  Arist.  Meteor. — 2. 
esp.  to  burn  as  incense,  ti.  λ.ήδανον,  λί- 
βανωτόν,  Hdt.  3.  107  ;  6,  97  :  c.  ace. 
cognato,  Θ.  θνμιήματα,  Id.  8,  99  :  then 
mtr.  to  burn  incense,  τινί,  in  honour  of 
any  one,  Ath. — II.  to  smoke,  fumigate, 
as  bees,  Arist.  H.  A.,in  pass,  [ainfut.] 

θνμίδιον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  θνμός, 
Ar.  Vesp.  877  [ΐδ] 

θνμίημα,  ατός,  τό.  Ion.  for  θυμίαμα, 
Hdt. 

θυμίήται.  Ion.  ίοτθυμιαται,2%\τΐζ. 
pres.  pass,  from  θυμιύω,  Hdt. 

θνμιητήριον,  ov,  τό.  Ion.  for  θνμι- 
ατήριον,  Hdt. 

θυμικός,  ή,  όν,  {θυμός)  high-spirited, 
courageous.  Arist.  Η.  Α. — 2. passionate, 
hot-tempered,  Arist.  Rhet.     Adv.  -κώς. 

θύμϊΐ'ος,  η,  ov,  {θύμος)  made  of  or 
with  thyme,   [ϋ] 

θύμων,  ov,  τό,^σμϊλαξ. — Ι1.=θν- 
μος. — III.  a  large  tvart,  Hipp,   [v] 

θνμίτης,  ov,  a,  (θύμος)  prepared  or 
flavoured  with  thyme,  αλες  θνμϊται,  Ar. 
Ach.  1099  ;  οίνος,  Diosc. 

θϋμοβΰρής,  ές.  {θυμός,  βάρος,  βα- 
ρέω)  heavy  in  heart,  Anth. 

θνμοβορέω,  ώ.  Ιο  cut,  gnmo  or  vex 
the  heart,  Hes.  Op.  801  :  from 

θνμοβόρος,  ov,  (θυμός,  βιβρώσκω, 
βορύ)  eating  or  gnawing  the  heart,  II., 
always  as  epith.  οίερις. 

θϋμοδακ>/ς,  ές.  {  θυμός,  δύκνω ) 
biting,  stinging  the  heart,  Od.  8,  185. 

θυμοειδής,  ές,  {θυμός,  είδος)  high- 
spirited,    courageous,    Lat.     animostis. 
Plat.  ;  opp.  to  όρ^/ίλης.  Plat.  Rep.  441 
C  ;  to  βλάξ,  Xen.  £q.  9,  1.— II.  pas- 
647 


ΘΤΜΟ 

sionate,  hot-tempered,  opp.   to  πρηνς, 
Plat   Rep.  375  C  :  also  of  horses,  rest- 
ive, wild,  opp.  to  ενπΐίθής,  Xen.  Mem. 
4,  2,  25.     Jn  Plato's  philosophy,  to 
θνμοΐΐόές,  was  that  part  of  the  soul 
in  which  resided  courage,  spirit,  anger 
and  the  like,  superior  to  rd  επιΟνμη- 
ηκόν,  Stalib.  Rep.  410  B.    Adv.  -ύώς. 
θϋμυεις,  εασα,  εν,  (ϋύμος)  thymy, 
Poet.  ap.  Suid.  \c>c.  μάσσον. 
^Ουμοιτάόαι,  ol,  v.  θί'/ίαίτά(5αί. 
teu/ioirif,  more  correctly  θυμαιτίς, 
q.  V. 

ίθυμοίτης,  ov,  ό,  Thymoetes,  a  Tro- 
jan, one  of  the  elders  of  the  people, 
II.  3,  1 IG. — 2.  son  of  Oryntas,  king  of 
Attica,  Paus. 

+9i'/io\/t;/f,  έονς,  6,  Thymocles,  a  poet 
of  the  Anthology. 

θϊμο'λεαίνα,  ης,  η,  fern,  of  sq., 
Anth. 

θύμολέων,  οντος,  δ,  (θυμός,  λέων) 
lion-hearted,  Ηοιη.,  like  λεοντόθυμος. 
θϋμο?.Ϊ7τής,   ες,   {θυμός,   λείπω)  = 
λειποϋνμος,  Νοηη. 

θϋμόμαντίς,  εως,  ό,  ή,(θυμνς,  μύν- 
τις)  prophesying  from  one's  own  soul 
without  special  inspiration,  and  so  en- 
dowed with  a  spirit  of  prophecy,  Aesch. 
Pers.  224  :  so  too  θυμόσοφος,  and  ψυ- 
χόμαντις,  opp.  to  θεόμανης. 

Θνμομάχέω,  ώ,  {θυμός,  μάχομαι)  to 
fight  hotly  and  obstinately,  to  be  despe- 
rate, Polyb.  :  to  have  a  hot  quarrel,  προς 
Τίνα,  Plut.     Hence 

Θύμομάχία,  ας,  ή,  a  hot,  desperate 
fight,  Polyaen.  2,  1,  19. 

θύμην,  ov,  τό,^θνμος,  thyme,  The- 
ophr.  [ϋ] 

ΘΟμοξύ,λμη,  ης,  ή,  a  drink  made  of 
thyme,  vinegar  and  brine,  {θύμος,  οξος, 
ΰλμη),  Diosc. 

Βϋμοπληθής,  ες,  {θυμός,  πλήθος) 
wrathful,  furious,  Aesch.  Theb.  686. 

θϋμομαιστής,  ov,  b,  {θυμός,  ^αίω) 
life-destroying,  θάνατος,  II.  13,  544 ; 
δήίοι,  II  16,591. 

θυμός,  ού,  ύ,  the  soul,  as  the  princi- 
ple of  life,  feeling  and  thought,  esp. 
as  the  seat  of  strong  feeling  and  pas- 
sion, and  so  prob.  rightly  derived  from 
θνω,  by  Plat.  Crat.  419  E,  άπό  της 
θύσεως  και  ζέσεως  της  χρνχ?)ς.  Very 
freq.  from  Horn,  downwds.  ; — I.  in 
purely  physical  signf,  the  soul,  life, 
breath,  Lat.  anima,  esp.  freq.  in  Horn, 
in  phrases,  θνμυν  ΰπανραν,  άψελέ- 
σθαι,  έξαίνυσθαι,  όλέσαι,  to  take 
away,  destroy  the  life,  so  too  έξελέ- 
σθαι,  Od.  22,  388  ;  λίπεν  όστέα  θυμός, 
τον  λίπε  θυμός,  life  left  his  body  or 
him,  cf.  Od.  10,  163  ;  θνμόν  άποπνεί- 
ειν,  to  expire  ;  but  θνμόν  ίγείρειν,  to 
collect  one's  self:  in  this  signf.  also 
of  animals,  11.  3,  294  ;  12,  150,  etc.— 
II.  the  sozd,  as  shown  by  the  feelings 
and  passions,  the  heart,  Lat.  aniynus, 
and  so— 1.  of  the  feeling  of  desire, 
wish,  etc.,  in  Horn.  esp.  desire  for 
meat  and  drink,  appetite :  Horn,  phra- 
ses, άνώγει,  κελεύει,  κέλεταί  με  θυ- 
μός, ηθε?.ε  θυιιός,  c  inf.,  my  heart  bids 
me,  would  do  so  and  so;  but  also 
ήθελε  θυμφ,  and  ϊετο  θνμώ,  Lat.  fere- 
hatur  animo,  and  in  Hdt.  5,  49,  θυμΰ) 
βού7.εσθαι :  usu.  θυμός  εστί  μοι,  1 
have  α  mind,  I  will :  κατά  θνμόν,  after 
my  heart's  desire,  ού  κατά  θνμόν,  and 
από  θνμοϋ,  against  one's  ivill  or  plea- 
sure .•  hence  in  genl.  the  mind,  temper, 
will,  e.  g.  ενα  θ.  ίχειν,  to  be  of  one 
mind,  also,  ίσον  θ,  εχειν,  Horn.  ;  ύό- 
κησε  (V  ι'φα  σφίσι  θυμός  ως  εμεν,  it 
pleased  them  to  be  of  this  mind,  to  be 
so  minded,  Od.  10,  415. — 2.  of  any  ve- 
hement passion,  esp.  anger,  wrath, 
rage,  and  in  good  sense  spirit,  courage  ; 
differing  from  όρν?/,  as  being  the  act- 
646 


ΘΥΜΟ 

ive  principle  of  anger,  etc.,  whereas 
opyi],  strictly  is  the  passion :  θνμόν 
ΰρίνειν,  to  stir  the  soul,  call  its  pas- 
sions into  play  ;  θέλγε iv  β.  to  calm 
and  soothe  ii :  but,  Θ.  λαμβάνειν,  to 
take  courage,  Od.  10,  401.  Plato  di- 
vided the  lower  part  of  the  soul  into 
θυμός,  and  επιθυμία,  spirit  and  appe- 
tite. Rep.  439  E. — 3.  of  the  softer,  gen. 
tier  feelings,  just  as  we  say  the  heart, 
e.  g.  έκ  θυμού,  or  θνμίΐ)  φιλείν,  to  love 
with  all  one's  heart,  with  one's  whole 
soul,  Hom. ;  cf.  Valck.  'I'heocr.  2.  61  ; 
εμώ  κεχαρισμένε  θνμώ,  my  heart's  be- 
loved, Hom. ;  and  reversely,  άπό  θυ- 
μού είναι,  to  be  alien  from  one's  heart, 

I.  e.  not  beloved,  11.  1*502;  εκ  θυ- 
μού πίπτειν,  to  lose  one's  love,  11.  23, 
595,  cf.  άποθύμιος. — lll.thesoulas  the 
agent  of  thought,  the  mind,  thought,  re- 
solve, έδαίζετο  θνμός,  his  mind  or  pur- 
pose wavered,  Horn. ;  ίτερύς  με  θυμός 
έμυκε,  another  purpose  held  me  back, 
Od.  9,  302 ;  ούκ  ίς  θ.  φέρω,  1  bring 
him  not  into  my  7nhid  or  thoughts. 
Soph.  £1.  1347.  With  any  verbs, 
that  denote  an  operation  of  the  soul, 
Hom.  puts  θυμ<1>,  as  dal.  instrumenti, 
more  rarely  κατά  θυμόν,  and  iv  θυμύ  : 
with  the  same  verbs  he  oft.  uses  θυ- 
μός, as  the  subject  or  object,  ηλπετο 
yap  κατά  θυμον,  ηλπετο  θνμώ,  and 
ηλπετο  θνμός,  all  which  are  exactly 
equiv. ;  so  too,  έμόν  θ.  επειθον,  Od.  9, 
'3.},Άηάέπείθετοθνμός.  Heusesdy/iof, 
as  synonymous  with  φρτ'ίν,  κατά  φρένα 
και  κατά  θ.,  with  μένος,  and  ■ψνχή. 
The  seatof  the  fli)^()f,  IS  with  him  some- 
times the  breast,  sometimes  the  mid- 
ritl,  θυμόςένι  στηθεσσι,  εν  φρεσΐ  θυμός. 
The  plur.  θυμοί,  is  never  in  Hoin., 
but  is  found  in  Att.  Prose,  esp.  for 
bursts  of  passion.  Lob.  Soph.  Aj.  710. 

θύμος,  ου,  ό,  Diosc,  or  θνμον,  ου, 
τό,  [ΐι]  thyme,  Lat.  thymus.  (From 
θύω,  because  of  its  sweet  smell,  or  be- 
cause it  was  first  used  to  bum  on  the 
altar.) — 2.  a  mixture  of  thyme  with  hon- 
ey and  vinegar,  much  eaten  by  the 
poor  of  Attica.  Ar.  Plut.  253;  where 
others  take  it  for  a  kind  of  onion,  else- 
where βολβός. — ll.awarty  excrescence, 
so  called  from  its  likeness  to  a  bunch 
of  thyme-flower.  Gal. ;  also  σύκον. — 
III.  a  glandular  substance  in  the  chest  of 
young  animals,  in  calves  the  sweet- 
bread, Gal. 

iθϋμός,  ού,  b.  Thymus,  name  of  a 
dog,  Xen.  Cyn.  5,  9. 

θϋμοσοφέω,  ώ,  to  be  a  θυμόσοφος. 

Θυμοσοφικός,  ή,  όΐ',  of  or  belonging 
to  a  θυμόσοφος,  clever,  Ar.  Vesp.  1280  : 
from 

θυμόσοφος,  ov,  {θυμός,  σοφός)  wise 
from  one's  own  soul,  1.  e.  of  one's  self, 
naturally  clever,  inventive,  Ar.  Nub.  877. 

θϋμοφθοιιέω,  ω,  to  torment  the  soul, 
break  the  heart.  Soph.  Tr.  142  :  from 

θϋμοφθόρος,  ov,  {θυμός,  φθείρω)  ha- 
rassing the  soul,  heart-crushing,  heart- 
breaking, άχος,  Od.  4,  716 ;  πετία, 
Hes.  Op.  715  ;  of  persons,  troublesome, 
annoying,  Od.  19,  323  :  Θ.  γράμματα, 
letters  or  words  which  ordered  the  bear- 
er to  be  put  to  death,  deadly  characters, 

II.  6,  169  ;  Θ.  φάρμακα,  drugs  that  rob- 
bed one  of  reason,  or  else  merely  poi- 
sonous, deadly  drugs,  Od.  2,  329. 

'\θϋμοχάρης,  ους,  ό,  Thymochures,  a 
leader  of  the  Athenians  in  the  Pelo- 
ponnesian  war,  Thuc.  8,  96 ;  Xen. 
Hell.  1,1,2;  v.  1.  θυμόχαρις. 

Οϋμοω,  ώ,  {θυμός)  to  make  angry, 
provoke,  LXX.  Pass,  to  be  wrath  or 
""gry,  Tii'i  and  εϊς  τίνα,  Hdt.  3,  52  : 
and  ΰυμούσθαί  τινί  τίνος,  to  be  wralh 
with  one  for  a  thing,  Eur.  Or.  751  ; 
also  c.  dat,  rei,,  to  be  angry  at  a  thing, 


ΘΤΝΝ 

Ar.  Ran  1006  :  rd  θνμονμενον,  angrt 
ness,  passion,  Thuc.  7,  68,  v.  Schaf. 
Dion.  Coinp.  p.  205. 

θνμώόης,  ες.  {θνμός,  εΙύος)==θνμσ- 
ειύι'/ς,  in  both  senses,  Arist.  lihet.  and 
Part.  An.     Adv.  -ύώς. 

θνμώύης,  ες,  {θνμος,  είδος)— θνμο- 
ειδής,  like  thyme,  Theophr. 

θυμωμα,  ατός,  τό,  (θυμόω)  wrath, 
passion,  Aesch.  Eum.  860.  [ϋ] 

θύμωσις,  εως,  ή,  (θνμόω)  α  becoming 
angry,  Cic.  Tusc.  4,  9.    [t)J 

θννέω,  ώ,^θννω,  to  rush,  dart  along, 
of  the  dolphin,  Hes.  Sc.  210. 

^θυνιμς,  ιδος,  ή,  fern.  adj.  Tliynian  ; 
ή  Qvv.  νησος,=^  θννιάς.  Αρ.  Rh.  2, 
350  :  ή,  θ.  άκτη,  the  shore  of  Thyniae, 
Id.  2,  548. 

\θννια,  ας,  η,  sub.  γη,  T/iynin,  the 
land  of  the  Thyni,  v.  θννοί. — 2.  νήσος, 
=  θυνιάς,  St.rab. 

^θύνιάς,  άόος,  ή,  fern.  adj.  Thynian, 
of  the  island  Thynias,  Ap.  Rh.  2,485. 
—2.  νήσος,  the  island  Thynias,  an 
island  in  the  Euxine  on  the  coast  ol 
Bithynia,  sacred  to  Apollo,  and  hence 
also  called  ApoUonia,  lb.  073,  sq. — 3. 
sub.  γη,  and  το  θννών  πεδίον,  Xen., 
the  country  along  the  coast  of  the 
Euxine  from  Apollonia  to  Salmydes- 
sus,  where  the  Thyni  dwelt,  Strab. 

\θϋνίς,  ίδος,  ^,=  6wiaf  1,  Αρ.  Rh. 
2,460. 

θυννύζω,  f.  -ύσω,  (θυννος)  to  spear 
a  thumiy-fish,  strike  with  a  harpoon,  Ar. 
Vesp.  1087. 

Θυνναίος,  ata,  aiov,  =  θνννειοζ, 
Ath. 

θύνναξ,  ΰκος,  ό,  dim.  from  θΰνι>ος. 

θυννάς,  άδος,  η,  dim.  from  θνννη, 
Antiph.  ΙΙαιδερ.  1  ;  also  ϋνννίς. 

θνννειος,  α,  ον,  {θvvvυς)of,  belong• 
iyig  to  the  thunny-fish :  τό  Ονννείον^ 
sub.  κρέας,  Clearch.  ap.  Ath.  049  A, 
or  τά  β.,  sub.  κρέα,  Ar.  Eq.  354. 

θυννευτικος,  ή,  όν,  good  for  thunny- 
fishing,  σαγήνη,  Luc.  :  from 

θνννη,  ης,  ή,  the  female  of  the  thun- 
ny-fish, Antiph.  Koi'p.  2. 

θνννίζω,ί.  -ίσω,^=θνννάζω,  cf.  άπο- 
θυννίζω. 

θυννίς,  ίδος,  τι,^^θνννη,  Epich.  ρ. 
30  :  also=(^i)i'i'af. 

θυννοθήμας,  ον,  ό,  {θνννος,  θημύω) 
α  thunny -fisher,  title  of  a  Miine  οί 
Sophron,  Ath.  300  D. 
fθυvvoκέφaλoς,  ov,  {θύννος,  κεφα- 
λή) thunny-headcd,  COinic  appell.  oif  a 
people  in  Luc. 

θύννος,  ov,  ό,  the  thunny-fish,  Lat. 
thunnus,  a  large  fish,  comprising  sev- 
eral species,  much  used  in  the  Med- 
iterranean countries :  first  in  Orac, 
ap.  Hdt.  1,  62,  cf.  Ath.  p.  301-<103. 
Also  ή  βύννος,  though-the  more  usu, 
fern,  is  θύννη.  (From  θυνω,  θύω,  be- 
cause of  its  quick,  darting  motion, 
Opp.  Hal.  1,  181 :  hence  some  Avrite 
θύνοΓ,  and  so  oft.  in  MSS.,  e.  g.  Hdt, 
1.  c.) 

θνννοσκοπεϊον,  ov,  τό,  a  place  to 
watch  thunnies  from,  Strab.  :  from 

θυννοσκοπέω,  ώ,  to  ivalch  thunnies^ 
Ar.  Eq.  313,  v.  θυννοσκόπος :  and 

θνννοακοπία,  ας,  ή,  a  viatching  of 
thunnies  :  and  SO  metaph.  a  sharp  look 
out,  Strab. :  from 

θυννοσκόποι,ον,  {θύννος,  σκοπέω) 
watching  for  thunnies,  Arist.  H.  A. 
This  was  a  regular  business,  esp.  on 
the  Sicilian  coast ;  a  man  was  posted 
on  a  high  place,  from  which  he  could 
see  the  shoals  coming,  and  so  make 
a  sign  to  the  fishermen  to  let  down 
their  nets,  like  the  hooer  in  the  pil- 
chard-fishery. 

θνννώδης,  ες,  {θύννος,  είδος)  like  a 
thunny-fish,  i.  e.  stupid,  Lnc 


ΘΤΡΑ 

fOuvot,  ί3ν,  oU  the  Thyni,  a  branch 
of  the  Thracians,  dwelling  at  nrst 
near  Sahnydessus,  whence  they  pass- 
ed into  Asia,  and  settled  on  the  coast 
of  Bithynia,  Hdt.  1,  28;  7,  75  ;  Xen. 
An.  7,  2,  22. 

θννης,  ό,  V.  θύννος,  sub  fin. 

θυΐ'ω,  (θύω)  to  rush  fast  and  furious, 
dart  along,  δια  ιτρομάχων,  ΐιμ  πεόίον. 
11.  ;  κατά  μέγαρον,  Οά.  ;  esp.  of 
Avarriors  rushing  over  the  field  or 
through  the  fight :  c.  part.,  θϊ/νον 
κρίνοντες,  they  darted  to  and  fro  or- 
dering the  ranks,  11.  2,  446.  Also 
θυνέω.  [ί] 

θϋοόόκος,  ov,  (θνος,  δέχομαι)  re- 
ceiving incense,  full  thereof,  odorous, 
Eur.  Ion  511,  etc. 

θνόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  (θύος)  laden  with 
incense,  odorous,  fragrant,  11.  15,  153 : 
in  Horn.  Cer.  always  epilh.  of  Eleu- 
sis :  of.  θυήεις. 

θύον.  ov,  τό,  {θύω)  a  tree,  the  wood 
of  which  was  burnt  as  a  perfume,  Od. 
5,  CO.  (Prob.  the  same  with  θυία,  v. 
Voss  Virg.  Georg.  2, 126.) — 11.=θύος, 
lisu.  in  plur.  τα  θύα,  cakes,  incense, 
etc.,  V.  1.  Eupol.,  V.  sq.  [v] 

θνος,  εος,  τό,  (θνω)  incense,  Lat. 
thus,  11.  6,  270. — 2.  in  genl.  an  offering, 
sacrificial  cake,  11.  9,  499;  and  the 
whole  sacred  rites,  Od.  15,  261.  In 
Horn,  and  Hes.  always  in  plur. ;  in 
sing.  Aesch.  Ag.  1409. — 3.  in  genl.  a 
cake,  Eupol.  Dem.  22. 

θνοσκίνέω,  ω,  {.θνος,  κινέω)  only 
Aesch.  Ag.  87,  περίπεμπτα  βυοσκιν- 
etv,  (al.  θυοσκεϊν)  to  have  offerings  sent 
round  to  all  the  shrinet. 

θνοσκόος,  ου,  ύ.  the  priest  who  slew 
and  offered  the  victim.  Od.  21,  145,  etc. ; 
expressly  distinguished  from  μάντις 
and  ιερεύς,  H.  24,  221  :  sometimes 
written  βυοςκόης:  also  θυσκόος. 
(From  θνος  and  niu,  καίω,  burning  the 
offerings:  Others  from  κοέω.  Ion.  for 
νοί'ω.) 

θΰοσκόπος,  ov,  6,  {θνος,  σκοπέω) 
the  priest  who  inspected  the  entrails,  Lat. 
aruspex. 

θνοφόρος,  ov,  {θνος,  φέρω)  bringing 
offerings,  sacrificial. 

θϋόω,  ώ,  {θνος)  to  fill  with  sweet 
smells  :  in  Horn,  only  part.  perf.  pass., 
ελαιον  τεθυομένον, fragrant,  perfumed 
oil,  II.  14.  172:  τεθνυμένον  αΑσος, 
Call.  Lav.  Pal.  63. 

ΘΥ'ΡΑ,  ας,  ή,  Ion.  θύηη,  ης.  Germ. 
THUR.Sanscr.  DVA'R,o\irDOOR, 
etc.,  whether  of  a  room  or  house  : 
Hum.  has  it  mostly  in  plur.,  to  mean 
double  or  folding  doors,  but  he  adds  δι- 
κλίόες.  to  express  this,  Od.  17,  267  : 
φαειναί  is  its  freq.  epithet,  which 
may  refer  to  polished  wood  or  to  met- 
al ornaments,  as  gold,  Od.  7,  88  :  θύ- 
ρην  έπιτιθέναι,  to  put  to  the  door, 
opp.  to  άνακ?ύνειν,  Od.  22, 157  ;  also, 
^ρηςτιθέναι,  Hdt.  3,  78  ;  έτΓίσττάσα- 
σθαι,θνραν  κόπτειν,πατύσσειν,  κρηύ- 
ΐΐν,  Lat.  januajn  pulsare,  to  knock, 
rap  at  the  door,  Ar.  Nub.  132,  Ran. 
38,  Plat.  Prot.  310  A  :  km  and  παρά 
ΙΙριύμοιο  θύρτισι,  at  Priam's  door, 
i.  e.  close  before  his  dwelling,  II.  2, 
788;  7,  346:  hence,  έπΙ  ταΐς  θύραις, 
at  the  door,  i.  e.  close  at  hand.  έ~ι  τας 
θύρας  'Έιλλάδος  είναι,  Xen.  An.  6,5, 
23,  cf.  Dem.  140,  17.  From  the 
eastern  custom  of  receiving  peti- 
tions, etc.,  at  the  gate,  αϊ  τοΰ  βασι- 
λέως θύραι,  became  a  phrase,  as  we 
now  say  the  Porte :  hence,  ίέναι  or 
φοιτΰν  έπι  τας  θύρας,  έπΙ  ταϊς  θύραις 
είναι,  etc..  to  go  to  the  Persian  court, 
wait  at  the  king's  door,  Hdt.  3,  119, 
Xen.  An.  1,9,  3,  a'l  ίττΐ  τας  θύρας 
φοιτήσεις,  dangling  after  the  court, 


ΘΥΡΕ 

Xen.  Hell.  1,  6,  7  ;  hence  metaph.  in 
Plat.,  Μ,ονσών  έπι  ποιητικας  θύρας 
ύττικέσθαι,  Phaedr.  245  A  :  later  ap- 
plied to  disciples  waiting  on  lainous 
teachers,  to  lovers,  etc..  v.  θνραν/ι,έω 
II :  Proverb.,  γ7.ώσσΐ)  θύραι  ουκ  επί- 
κεινται, Theogn.  421,  cf.  αθυρόστο- 
μος.— 2.  the  door  of  a  carriage,  Xen. 
Cyr.  6,  4,  9. — 3.  θνρη  καταπακτή,  a 
trap-door,  Hdt.  5,  16. — II.  in  genl.  an 
entrance,  e.  g.  to  a  grotto,  Od.  9,  243  ; 
12,256;  13,  109,  370,  m  plur.— III. 
boards  put  together  like  a  door,  a  raft, 
Hdt.  2,  96 :  hence  θυρεός,  an  oblong 
shield. — IV.  Arist.  calls  the  valves  of 
the  muscle-shell  θύραι.  Cf.  θύραζε, 
θύραθεν,  θύρασι,  θύρ^φι,  Θύρ7/θε.  [ν] 
Hence 

θύραζε,  adv.,  strictly  θνραςδε,  to 
the  door,  and  so  out  of  the  door,  outside 
the  door,  II.  18,  29,  Od.  15,  62  :  but 
usu.  in  genl.  signf.  out,  Lat.  foras, 
Horn.,  e.  g.  έκ  μηρού  δόρυ  ώσε  θύραζε, 
he  thrust  the  spear  out  of  his  thigh, 
U.  5,  694 ;  έκβασις  ά?.ός  θύραζε,  a 
way  of  getting  out  of  the  sea,  Od.  5, 
410.  cf.  11.  21,  237  :  also  in  Att.,  as 
Eur.  Or.  604,  Ar.  Vesp.70,  Ran.  748. 
[C] 

θύραθεν,  Ep.  θνρηθε,  adv.,  from 
without,  and  in  genl.  without,  outside, 
Od.  14,  352  :  o'l  θνραθει•,  foreigners,  the 
enemy.  Aesch.  Theb.  193 ;  ai  Θ.  ειςο- 
δοι.  [ϋ] 

θνραΐος,  αία,  αΐον,  also  ος,  ον,  {θύ- 
ρα) of,  belonging  to  the  door  :  esp.  out- 
side the  door,  without,  absent,  Aesch., 
and  Soph. ;  foreign,  hostile,  Eur. 

^θυραΐον,  ου,  τό,  Thyraeum,  a  city 
of  Arcadia  ;  ό  θνραΐος,  an  inhab.  of 
Thyr.,  Paus. 

fθvράμaχoς,  ov,  {θύρα,  μάχομαι) 
fighting  in  front  of  the  gates,  Pratin.  ap. 
"Ath.  017  D. 

θνράσι,  adv.,  (θύρα)  at  the  door, 
without,  Ar.  Vesp.  891  :  abroad,  Lat. 
foris,  Elmsl.  Soph.  O.  C.  401.  [ϋ] 

θΰραν?ίέω,  ώ,  to  be  a  θύρανλος,  to 
be  out  of  doors,  go  abroad,  live  in  the  open 
air.  Plat.  Legg.  695  A,  etc.,  and  Xen.  : 
esp.  in  war,  to  keep  the  field,  Arist. 
Pol. — II.  to  wait  at  another's  door,  esp. 
of  lovers  waiting  on  their  mistresses, 
Plut.,  V.  Ruhnk.  Tim. 

θϋρανλία,  ας,  ι),  a  living  out  of  doors 
or  in  the  openair,  keeping  the  field,  Luc: 
and 

θνρανλικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to  a 
θνραν?.ος  or  θνραυλία,  Philostr.  : 
from 

θνραυλος,  ov,  {θύρα,  ανλή)  living 
out  of  doors  or  in  the  open  air.  [i] 
^θνρέα,  ας.  Ion.  -ρέίΐ,  ης,  ή,  Thyrea, 
a  city  and  district  of  Argolis  on  the 
borders  of  Laconia  (in  Cynuria),  Hdt. 
1,  82,  Thuc.  4-  56 ;  also  in  pi.  ai  θν- 
ρέαι,  Isocr. 

θνρέασπις,  ιδος,  //,  {θυρεός,  ασπίς) 
α  large  door-shaped  shield,  Leon.  Tar., 
cf  θυρεός  II. 

'{θνρεατικός,  ή,  όν,  of  Thyrea.  Thy- 
rean,  στέφανοι,  garlands  (in  reniein- 
brance  of  the  victory)  of  Thyrea,  at 
Sparta.  y\th  678  Β  ;  also  θυρεάτης, 
b,  fern,  θυρεατις,  ίδος,  ή  γη  Θυρ.,  the 
territory  of  Thyrea,  Thuc.  2.  27. 

θϋρεύφόρος,      ov,  =  θυρεοφόρος, 
Polyb.,  v.  Lob.  Phryn.  057. 

θυρεοειδής, ές,{θυρεός,  είδος)  shield- 
shaped.  Gal. 

θυρεός,  οϋ.  ό,  {θύρα)  α  great  stone, 
put  against  a  door  to  keep  it  shut,  Od. 
9,  240,  313.— II.  later  a  large,  oblong 
shield,  the  Lat.  scutum,  Polyb.,  ci. 
θύρα  III.     (Cf.  targe.) 

'Ιθυρεοόορέω.  ώ,  to  be  a  θνρεοφόρος, 
Polyb.  10,  13,  2:  from 
θϋρεοφόρος,  ov,  (  θυρεός,    φέρω  ) 


ΘΥΡΣ 

bearing  a  θυρεός,  large  oblong  shield, 
Lat.  scatatus,  Plut. 

θϋρεπανοίκτης,  ov,  ό,  {θύρα,  επανοί- 
■γνυαι)  a  door-opener  :  the  philosopher 
Crates  was  so  called,  because  all 
doors  were  open  to  receive  him,  Diog. 
L.  0,  80. 

θύρετρον,  ου,  τό.=  θύρα,  a  door,  in 
good  vvr.  only  in  plur.,  Horn.,  Pind., 
etc.  :  sing,  first  in  late  wr ,  Luc, 
Anth.  [ii] 

θύρη,  ή,  Ep.  and  Ion.  for  θύρα, 
Hom.  and  Hdt. 

θύρι/θε,  adv.,  Ep.  for  θύραθεν,ίΟά. 
14,  352. 

Θύρ7]φι,  Ep.  dat.  from  θύρα,  but 
used  as  adv.,  without,  Od. ;  opp.  to 
ένδοβι,  Od.  22,  220.  [*] 

θυρίδων,  ου,  τό,  Dim.  from  θύρα. 
^θυρίδες,  ων,  αι.   Thyrides,  a  steep 
projecting  point  of  Taygetus  near  Ta- 
enarus,  now  Cape  Grosso,  Strab. 

'^θνριενς,  έως,  ό,  an  inhab.  of  Thyri- 
um,  οι  θυριεΪΓ,  the  Thyrians,  Xen. 
Hell.  6,  2,  37. 

θϋρίυν,  ου,  τό,  also  written  θύριον, 
dim.  from  θύρα,  a  little  door,  wicket, 
Ar.  Thesm.  26. 

^θύριον,  ου,  τό,  Thyrium,  a  city  of 
Acarnania  near  Leucadia,  Polvb.  4, 
25,  4 :  V.  1.  θύρεον.  Id.  4,  6,  2  ;'  θού- 
piov,  17,  10,  10;  and  θύρρειοΐ',Α.τ\\.\ι. 

θΰρίς,  ίδος,  ή,  dim.  from  θύρα,  esp. 
a  window,  Plut. 

θνροειδί]ς,  ές,  {θύρα,  είδος)  like  a 
door  :  τό  β.,  the  opening  in  the  os  pubis, 
Gal. 

θϋροιγός,  όν,  {θύρα,  οίγνυμι)  a  door- 
keeper. 

θνροκοπέω,  ώ,  to  knock  at  the  door, 
esp.  to  rap  at  doors  as  a  drunken  feat, 
break  them  open,  Ar.  Vesp.  1254,  An- 
tiph.  Incert.  71 ;  and 

θΰροκοπία,  ας,  ή,  a  knocking  at  the 
door,  Diphil.  ap.  A.  B.  99,  17  :  and 

θϋροκοπικύς,  ή,  όν,  of  or  belonging 
to  θΰροκοπία :  τό  θ.,  a  kind  of  dance, 
Ath. :  from 

θϋροκόπος,  ov,  {θύρα,  κόπτω)  knock- 
ing at  the  door,  esp.  begging,  Aesch.  Ag, 
1195. 

θΰροκρουστέω  ώ,  {θύρα,  κρονω)= 
θνροκοπέω. 

θνροπηγία,  ας.  ij,  {θύρα,  πήγννμι) 
α  making  of  doors,  Theophr. 

θϋροποιός,  όν,  {θύρα,  ποιέω)  making 
doors. 

θνρόω,  ώ,  (.θύρα)  ίο  furnish  with 
doors,  shut  up  close,  θύραις  Ti  θνρώσαι, 
Ar.  Av.  617. 

θυρσύζω,  Lacon.  θνρσύδδειν,  θνρ- 
σαδδοάν,  {θνρσος)  bearing,  brandishing 
the  thyrsus,  Ar.  Lys.  1313. 

θυρσάριον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  θνρ- 
σος. Plut. 

θνρσαχθής,  ες,  {θνρσος,  άχθος) 
laden  ivith  the  thyrsus,  Horace's  uravi 
thyrso  metuendus,  epith.  of  Bacchus, 
Orph.  H.  44,  5,  ubi  Herm.  θνρσεγχής, 
ές,  {εγχος)  having  the  thyrsus  for  a 
spear. 

^θύρσις,  ιδος,  δ.  Thyrsis,  name  of  a 
herdsman,  Theocr.  1. 

θνρσοειδής.  ές,  {θύρσος,  είδος)  thyr- 
sus-like,  Diosc. 

θνρσοκόμος,  ov,  {θύρσος,  κομέω) 
taking  care  of  the  thyrsus,  a  play  of  Ly- 
sippus. 

θνρσό?.ογχος,  ov,  6. {θύρσος.  λόγχη) 
a  thyr.'^us-lance,  Callix.  ap.  Alh.  200  D. 
— II.  as  adj.  ος,  ov,  θ.  όπΡ.α,  thyrsus- 
like arms,  Strab. 

θνρσομΰνής,  ές,  {θνρσος,  μαίνομαι) 
he  who  maddens  with  the  thyrsus,  epith. 
of  Bacchus.  Eur.  Phoen.  792. 

θvpσoπ7J/ξ,  ήγος,  ό,  i>,  (θνροος,  π/ήσ 
σω)  thyrsus-stricken,  frantic, 
θύρσος,  ου,  ό,  in  late  poets  with 
61'J 


ΘΥΣΙ 

heterog.  plur.  τα  θνρσα,  Jac.  Α.  P.  p. 
24  :  orig.  any  light,  straight  shaft,  esp. 
the  stalk  of  iimbellferous  plants,  like 
νάμθηξ,  and  Lat.  thyrsus  and  ttirio : 
but  usu.  the  thyrsus,  a  wand  wirathcd 
with  ivy  and  vine-leaves,  with  a  pine- 
cone  at  the  top,  carried  by  the  devo- 
tees of  Bacchus,  lirst  in  Eur.  Bacch. 
80.  (Ace.  to  some  from  *riipw,  Lat. 
turgeo,  to  swell,  shoot  up  ;  whence  τνβ- 
Ρις,  τνρσις,  τνρσος,  Lat.  lurris,  tniver: 
Others  better  from  θύω,  as  the  symbol 
of  Bacchic  frenzy.)     Hence 

θνρσοτΐνάκτης,  ov,  ή,  {Ούρσος,  τι- 
νάσσω) the  thyrsus-shaker,  Orph. 

θνρσοώορέω,  ώ,  to  bear  the  thyrsus, 
Diod. :  0.  όιάσονς,  to  assemble  compa- 
nies with  the  thyrsus,  Eur.  Bacch.  556: 
and 

θνρσοφορία,  ας,  ή,  a  bearing  of  the 
thyrsus,  Plut. :  from 

θνρσοφόρος,  ov,  {θνρσος.  (bipu)  thyr- 
sus-bearing, ϋύκχαι,  Eur.  Cycl.  64. 

θΐ'ρσόω.  ώ,  ίβνρσυς)  to  make  into 
thyrsi,  Diod. 

Ονρωμα,  ατός,  τό,  (Ονρόω)  a  room 
with  doors  to  it,  a  rhamber,  Hdt.  2.  109. 
— Ϊ1.=  θνρα,  a  door,  'Ihuc.  3,  68:  in 
plur.  Ονρώματα,  folding-doors  or  door- 
posts, LXX. 

θνρώΐ',  ώνος,  ό,  (θύρα)  strictly  α 
door-ivay,  and  SO  a  hall,  ante-chamber, 
Lat.  atrium,  vestibulun.  Soph.  El.  328, 
O.  T.  1242.     Cf.  πυλών. 

θϋρωρείον,  ov,  τό,  the  porter's  room, 
Vitruv. 

θνρωρέω,  ώ,  to  be  a  Οιφωρός,  Luc. : 
from 

θυρωρός,  ov,  6,  ^,  {θύρα,  ώρα  or 
Olipor)  a  door-keeper,  porter,  Hdt.  and 
Sapph.  38. 

tOi'f.  θνος,  ό,  Thys,  a  king  of  the 
Paphlagoiiians,  Ath.  144  F;  415  D. 

Qvnai,  ύν,  a'l,  (θύω)  like  θνι,ύόες, 
Bacchantes.  Lye.  106. 

Θϋσΰντιδύν,  adv.,  (θύσανος)  fringe- 
like. Ael. 

θϋσάνόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  furnished  ivith 
θύσανοι  .fringed,  tasseled,  tagged,  Horn, 
only  in  II.  as  epith.  of  αίγίς,  and  al- 
ways, metri  grat.,  in  Ep.  form  θυσσά- 
νόεις :  from 

θύσανος,  ov,  b,  a.  tassel,  tag,  usu.  in 
plur.  tassels,  fringe :  in  Hom.  who  lias 
it  only  in  11.  of  the  lassels  of  the  al)  ίς 
and  ζώνη,  II.  2,  448  ;  14,  181,  cf.  Hdt. 
4,  189  :  of  the  tufts  of  the  golden  iieece. 
Pind.  P.  4,  411  :  of  the  long  arms  of 
the  cuttle-fish,  0pp.  (From  θνω  from 
their  constant  motion.)   [C]    Hence 

θΰσάνονρος,  ov,  (θνσύνος,  ονρά) 
with  a  rough,  tagged  tail. 

θνσΰνώδτ/ς,  ες.  (θύσανος,  εΙόος)  = 
θνσανόεις,  tagged,  βίζα,  Theophr. 

θνσανωτός,  y,  όν.  (as  if  from  a  verb 
θνσανόω),=^θμσανόεις,  κιθών,  αΐγέα, 
Hdt.  2,  81  ;  4,  189. 

θύσθλα,  ων.  τά,  (θύω)  the  sacred 
irriplements  of  Bacchic  orgies,  the  thyr- 
sus, etc.,  borne  by  the  τιθήναι  μαι- 
νομένοιο  όίΐωννσοιο,  II.  6,  134. — II. 
later  in  sing,  the  Bacchic  festival  itself, 
Plut.  —  III.  in  genl.  any  sacrifice,  Θ. 
καταίθειν,  Lye. 

θυσία,  ας,  ή,  (Θύω)  an  offering  or 
sacrificing,  the  mode  of  offering,  Hdt.  4, 
60  :  usu.  in  plur.  Θυσίαι,  offerings,  sac- 
rifices, in  gen\.  sacred  rites,  firstin  plur., 
Batr.  176^  and  freq.  in  Hdt.  and  Att. 
for  Homeric  θύεα:  either  θνσία  θεην 
or  Θ.  θεώ  was  used,  Seidl.  Eur.  El. 
1132. — li.  the  victim  or  offering  itself, 
Luc.     Hence 

θνσιύζω,  {.  -άσω,  ίο  sacrifice,  slay  as 
ail  offering,  like  θύω,  Strato,  ap.  Ath. 
382  Ε  :  θεώ  θ.,  to  keep  holy-day  in  ho- 
nour of  a  god,  esp,  Bacchus,  Diod. 
Hence 

650 


ΘΤΩ 

θνσίασμα,  ατός,  τό,=  θνσία  Π,  a 
victim,  LXX. 

θνσίαστήριον.  ov,  τό,  a  place  for  of- 
fering, altar,  LXX. 

Oi;ffia7//pioi',oii,TO,=foreg.,Bockh 
Schol.  Pind.  p.  312. 

θύσΐαοΓ,  ov.  (θύω)  fit  for  sacrifice, 
At.  Ach.  784.  [fi] 

θνσις,  εως,  ή.  (θνω)  a  raging,  storm- 
ing, θ.  ψυχής.  Plat.  Crat.  419  Ε.  [ν] 

θνσκύριην,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  sq. 

θνσκη,  ης,  ή,  a  vessel  for  incense. 
iQvσσaγέτaί,  ών,  ol,  Thyssagetac,  a 
Scythian  people  on  the  Taiiais  and 
the  Palus  Maeotis,  Hdt.  4,  22, 123. 

θνσσΰνόεις,  θνσσΰνος,  Ep.  for  θυ- 
σαν. 

^θνσσός,  ov,  ή,  Thyssvs  a  city  of 
Macedonia,  Hdt.  7,  22,  'I'huc.  4,  109. 

θυστύς,  ύδος,  ή,  (θνω  A)  of.  belong- 
ing to  sacrifice,  adj.  fem.  θνστυ,ς  βοή, 
the  cry  uttered  in  sacrificing,  Aesch. 
Theb.  209  ;  Θ.  Ιιταί,  the  prayers  of- 
fered with  a  sacrifice,  Soph.  Ant.  1019. 
— Ιί.^θυιάς,  frantic,  and  as  subst.  α 
Bacchante,  prob.  1.  Lye. 
'[θντεΐον,  ov,  TO,  (θνω  A)  the  place 
of  sacrifice,  near  Delphi,  Bremi  ad 
Aeschin.  70,  fin. 

θντέον,  verb,  adj  from  θνω  A,  one 
must  sacrifice,  At.  Av.  1237,  and  Plat. 

θντήρ,  f/ρος,  6,  (θύω  A)  a  sacrificer, 
slayer.  Aesch.  Ag.  225,  and  Soph. 
Hence 

θντήριον,  ου,  τ6,=  θϋμα,  Eur.  I.  Τ. 
243. — \[.=θνσιαστήριον,  Lat. ara, the 
name  of  a  constellation,  Arat. 

θντήριος,  a  ον,^=θντικός. 

θύτης,  ov,  6,=  θυτήρ,  Hdn.  [ϋ] 

θϋτικός,  ή,  όν,  (θύω  Α)  of,  belonging 
to  sacrifice  :  ή  -κή,  sub.  τέχνη,  the  art 
of  the  aruspex,  Ath. 

θύφαι,  itif.  aor.  1  act.  of  τύφω. 

θύψις,  εως,  ή,  (τύφω)  α  burning. 

θνφω.  fut.  of  τύφω. 

ΘΤΏ  (Α),  fut.  θνσω  [ν]  :  aor.  ΐθϋ- 
σα  :  perf.  τέθϋκα  [Drac.  ρ.  46,  26  ; 
87,  25]  :  aor.  pass,  ετνθην  [ϋ]. — Ι. 
transit,  to  offer,  sacrifice,  to  slay  or  burn 
a  victim,  ϋργματα  θεοΐς.  to  offer  the 
firstlings  to  the  gods,  Od,  14,  446: 
also,  sine  ace,  θνειν  θεοϊς.  II.  9,  219, 
Hdt.,  etc. ;  and  absol.,  as  Od.  9,  231, 
Hdt.,  etc. ;  rarely  c.  dat.  modi,  as  Θ. 
ϊττττοις,  to  sacrifice  with  horses,  v.  1. 
Hdt.  1,  216  :  later  to  celebrate  with  of- 
ferings or  sacrifices,  c.  ace,  as,  σώ- 
στρα  θ.,  Hdt.  1,  118;  γάμονΓ.  Seidl. 
Eur.  El.  1127;  γενέθλια,  Plat.  Ale. 
1,  121  C  :  also  c.  dupl.  ace,  ευαγγέ- 
λια θ.  εκατόν  ,βονς,  to  sacrifice  a  hun- 
dred oxen  for  the  good  news,  Ar.  Eq. 
650. — II.  mid.  θύομαι,  to  cause  to  be 
offered,  to  have  a  xnctiin  stain  in  order 
to  take  the  auspices,  and  so  to  take 
the  auspices,  έπί  τινι  or  τίΐ'α  against 
any  one,  Hdt.  9,  10;  5,  44  :  rarely  c. 
inf,  θύομαι  ιέναι,  I  consult  the  auspi- 
ces about  going,  i.  e.  to  know  w  hether 
I  may  go  or  not,  Xen.  An.  2,  2,  3. 
(Hence  come  θνος,  θυόω.  θνμα,  also 
θνηλή,  θνσία,  θνμέλη,  θύσθλα ;  and 
also  prob.  θνμιάω,  θυμίαμα  :  cf  also 
sq.  sub  fin.)  [tJ  even  in  pres.  and 
impf ,  except  in  trisyll.  cases  of  part., 
when  ϋ  metri  grat.,  θνηντα.  Od.  15, 
200,  θϋοντες,  Η.  Hom.  Αρ.  491  :  later 
we  have  a  few  other  exceptions,  εθϋε, 
θϋων,  Pind.  Ο.  10,  09  ;  13,  98  ;  θϋειν, 
at  the  end  of  a  line,  Eur.  El.  1141, 
Ar.  Ach.  792  (spoken  by  a  foreigner), 
cf.  Meineke  Menand.  p.  254  ;  θϋεσκε, 
Hippon.] 

ΘΤΏ  (B),  f  θύσω,  like  θύνω  and 
θννέω,  q.  v.  intrans.,  of  any  violent 
motion,  to  rush  on  or  along,  of  a  rush- 
ing wind,  άνεμος  ληίλ.ατι  or  σνν 
λαίλαπι  θνων,  Od.  12,  400,  408 ;  of  I 


ΘΩΝ 

swollen  rivers,  II.  21,  324,  Od.  13,  85 ; 
οίδματι  θνων,  rushing  with  swollen 
stream,  II.  21,  234,  Hes.  Th.  109;  eo 
too  ύάπεόον  α'ίματι  θύεν,  the  ground 
boiled  with  blood,  Od.  11,  420,  etc.: 
hence  in  genl.  to  storm,  rage,  of  a  man 
distraught  with  passion,  II.  1,  342, 
ίγχεϊ  θνεν,  II.  11,  \•βϋ.—θννω  and  He- 
siod's  θυνέω  are  equiv.  There  is  a 
part.  aor.  mid.  θύμενος  (\\^c  σύμενος) 
[ν]  in  Pratin.  ap.  Ath.  617  D. 

(The  Sanscr.  root  is  dhu,  to  agitate. 
Hence  θυμός,  also  θυννος,  θύσανος, 
θύελλα,  θύρσος,  Lat.  fumus  :  also 
θνιάς,  θνστύς,  θνσαι :  akin  to  the 
same  root  are  θοός,  σεΰω,  θνύω,  θο- 
ρείν,  θοϋρος,  θόρννμι,  ίθύς,  Ιθνω,  άθν- 
ρω,  αίθνσσω.  Passow  makes  this 
verb  one  with  the  foreg.,  the  original 
sense  being,  he  thinks,  to  burn  or  fire  ; 
the  former  trans,  to  burn  in  sacrifice, 
the  latter  intr.  to  flare  up,  rush  like 
fire.  But  this  is  more  than  dub.)  [β 
always,  as  in  θύνω.] 

θνώόης,  ες,  (θύος,  εΐόος)  like  in- 
cense, sweet-smelling,  fragrant,  ε'ίματϋ,, 
Od.  5,  204  ;  θάλαμος,  Od.  4,  121  ;  and 
oft.  in  the  Hymns. 

θυώίις.  εσσα,  εν,^^θνόεις,  Hedyl. 
ap.  Ath.  486  C. 

θύωμα,  ατός,  τό,  (θυόω)  that  which 
is  burnt  as  incense,  spice,  Hdt.  2,  86.  [v] 

θνωνεύς,  έως,  and  θυωναϊος,  ov,  6, 
V.  sq. 

θνώνη,  ης,  η,  epith.  of  Semele,  H. 
Hom.  5,  21,  Herm.  Pind.  P.  3,  177, 
V'alck.  Diatr.  p.  154  ;  hence  Bacchus 
himself  is  θϋωνεϋς,^ΆηΛ  θνωναίος, 
0pp.  Cyn.  1,27.|  (Plainly  from  θύω.) 
^θυώχ'ίχος,  ov,  ό,  Thyonichus,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Tneocr.  14,  1. 

Οϋωρίς,  ίόος,  ή,  sub.  τράπεζα,  a 
table  for  offerings,  also  θιωρίς.    Hence 

θϋωρίτης,  ov,  ό,  one  who  serves  a 
θνωρός,  a  monty-clianger,  and  in  genl. 
a  prnver,  examiner,  κάλλ.ηυς.  Lye. 

θϋο)ρός,  ov.  ή,  (θυω)  sub.  τράπεζα, 
a  table  fir  offerings  :  and  in  genl.  a  hos- 
pitable board.  Call.  Dian.  134. — II.  a 
perfumer,  Nic. 

θωή,  ης,  η.  a  penalty,  βωην  ίπιθεΐ- 
vai,  Od.  2,  192;  θωη  'Αχαιών,  a  pen- 
nlii/  fixed,  imposed  by  them,  II.  13, 
669.     (Prob.  from  *θέω,  τίθημι.) 
+θώ(/=ΘΓί.^,  q.  v. 

θωί>/,7/ί•,  ;5i,=foreg.,  cf  ζώον,  Archil. 
93. 

Θωκέω,  (θώκος)  Ion.  for  θακέω,  to 
sit,  Hdt.  2,  173. 
■\θωκνία,  ας,  ή,   Thocnin,  a  city  of 
Arcadia,  Paus.  :  ό  θωκνενς,  an  inhab. 
of  Thocnia,  Id. :  from 

^θώκνος,  ου,  6,  Thocnus,  a  son  of 
Lycaon,  Paus.  8,  3,  2. 

θώκος,  ov,  6.  Ion.  and  Ep.  for  θΰ- 
κος,  a  scat,  chair,  Hom..  and  Hdt.  1, 
181  .—II.  a  sitting,  assembly,  Od.  2,  26  ; 
15,  468,  Hdt.  6,  63:  θώκόνόε,  to  the 
sitting,  Od.  5,  3  :  cf.  Buttm.  Lexil.  v. 
θαάσσειν.  Ep.  lengthd.  θόωκος,  Od. 

θώμα,  θωμάζω,  θωμάσιος.  Ion.  for 
θανμ.,  Hdt. :  cf  also  θωνμα. 

■\θωμάς,  ά.  ό,  Thomas,  (from  Hebrew 
=  Greek  ΑίόνμοΓ)  one  of  the  Apostles 
of  Christ,  N.  Ύ.\ 

θωμεύω,  (Θωμάς)  to  heap  up. 
θώμιγξ,    ιγγος,    ό,   a   cord,   string, 
twine,  Hdt.  1,   199:   esp.  a  bow-string, 
Ae.sch.  Pers.  401,  Eum.   182.    Also 
written  θώμιξ  and  θώμις.     Hence 

θωμίζω,  f.  -ξω,  and  perh.  also  θω- 
μίσσω,  to  bind. — II.  to  irhip  with  small 
cords,  scourge,  Anacr.  19. 

θώμισν,  contr.  from  τοημισν,  Hes. 
Op.  ."iS?. 

θωμός,ον.  ό,=σωpός,nhenp,  Aesch. 

(hke  θη/ίών from  *βέω,  τίθημι,  cf  θωτ}.) 

Ί-θώι•,  ώνος,  ό,  ΤΛοη,  a  distinguished 


ΘΩΡΑ 

Aegyptian  at  the  Canobic  mouth  of 
the  Nile,  who  kindly  received  Mene- 
laus  and  Helen.  Od.  4,  223 ;  in  later 
wr.  a  king  of  JEgypt. 

fOuvig,  ιος,  ό,  Thonis, ={orpg.,  H<U. 
2,  114. — II.  ^,  a  city  of  J2gypt,  on  the 
Canobic  branch  of  the  Sue,  called 
after  foreg.,  Strab. 

iQuvlng,  ιδος,  ή,  λίμνη,  the  Thoni- 
tic  lake,  in  Armenia,  Strab. 

θώος,  ov,  6,  {θωή)  vnder  penalty, 
guilty. 

θω~εία,  ας,  η.  {θωπενω)  aflattering, 
flattery,  Eur.  Or.  670  ;  θίϋ~εΐαι  λό- 
γυι;  Plat.  Legg.  906  Β. 

θώττενμα,  ατός,  τό,  {θωπενω)  α 
flattering  word,  flattery,  Eur.  Supp. 
1103,  Ar.  Vesp.  563. 

θ<J~εvμά-ιov,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from 
θώττενμα,  a  bit  of  flattery,  Ar.  Eq. 
783. 

θωπεντικός•,  ή,  όν,  disposed  to  flat- 
ter, fawning.  Plat.  Legg.  634  A.  Adv. 
-κώς:  from 

θωττενω,  {θώφ)  to  flatter,  fawn  on, 
TLva,  Soph.  O.  C.  1003,  etc.  :  καιρόν 
θ-,  like  καιρώ  θεραττεύειν,  to  be  a  time- 
server,  Pseuiio-Phocyl.  87. — II  to  de- 
ceive by  flattery,  wheedle,  Ar.  Ach.  657. 
θωτΓΐκός,  ή,  όν,  {θώ-φ)=θωπευτι.- 
κός,  Ar.  Lys.  1037. 

θύττ/.α,  Att.  contr.  for  τα  δ-?.α, 
Ar.  Αν.  449. 

θώτΐτω,  f.  -■φω,^θωττενω,  c.  ace, 
Aesch.  Prom.  937,  Fr.  217. 

θώ-ω,^=θω-ενω,  only  in  Gramm. 
θωρακεΐον,  ov,  τό,^θωράκιον  II,  a 
breast-work,  bulwark,  Aesch.  Theb.  32. 
θωρακίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (βώραξ)  to  arm. 
with  a  breast-plate  or  corselet,  θωρακί- 
σας  αντονς  καϊ  ϊτητονς,  Xen.  Cyr.  8, 
8,  22 ;  oi  τεθωρακισμένοι,  cuirassiers, 
Thuc.  2,  100. — II.  in  genl.  to  cover 
with  defensive  armour,  εθωράκισε  πλην 
των  όφθα/.μών,  Xeu.  Cyr.  6,  1,  29. — 
III.  in  genl,  to  arm,  prepare  for  fight, 
Θ.  εαυτούς,  of  wild  boars.  Anst.  H.  A. 
QupaKiov,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  θώραξ, 
and  in  genl.  α  defence,  covering,  guard  : 
esp. — 1.  a  defence  for  those  who  worked 
the  battering-ram,  Lat.  pluteus,  Diod. — 
II.  the  tower  on  the  back  of  elephants,  or 
rather  a  part  of  this,  Polyb. — III.  part 
of  the  cross-trees  of  a  ship,  Lat.  carche- 
sia,  Asclepiad.  ap.  Ath.  475  A.  [<2] 

θωράκισμός,  οϋ.  ό,  {θωρακίζω)  an 
arming  with  breast-plates,  LXX. 

θωρΰκίτης,  ov,  6,  a  soldier  armed 
only  with  a  breast-plate,  Polyb. 

Βοϊρΰκομάχος,  ov,  {θώραξ,  μάχο- 
μαι) armed  with  a  breast-plate,   [μά] 

θωρΰκοπυιός,  όν,  {θώραξ,  ποιέω; 
making  breast-plates,  Xen.  Mem.  3, 
JO,  9. 

■\θωρακο~ώλης,  ov,  6,  {θώραξ,  ττω- 
λέω)  a  seller  of  breast  plates,  a  charac- 
ter in  Ar.  Pac. 

θωμΰκοφόρος,  ov.  Ion.  θωρηκ., {θώ- 
ραξ, φέρω)  wearing  a  breast-plate,  a 
cuirassier,  Hdt.  7,  89,  92. 

θώραξ,  ΰκος,  ό.  Ion.  and  Ep.  -ηξ, 
7)Κθς,  a  breast-plate,  cuirass,  corslet,  oft. 
in  11•,  never  in  Od. :  it  is  usu.  called 
χύ/.κεος,  and  from  the  rich  work  on 
it  —οικί/,ος,  παναίολος,  ττολνόαίόα- 
/.ος,  etc. ;  also  of  linen  in  Hdt.  3,  47, 
etc.  :  (5i—?-oof  Θώρ7}ξ,  a  double-plated 
cuirass.  Or  the  double  cuirass,  i.  e.  con- 
Eisiing  of  breast  and  back  piece  join- 
ed with  clasps  {όχεΐς),  Lat.  hrica,  II. 
4,  133  ;  20,  415:  later  of  armour  in 
genl.,  cf  Θωρακίζω  II. — II.  the  part 
covered  by  the  breast  plate,  the  whole 
fore-part  of  the  body,  from  the  neck  to 
the  middle,  Hipp. :  but — 2.  in  later 
medic,  the  breast  properly  so  called, 
the  chest.  Gal. — III.  the  breasl-work  of 
a  wall,  like  θωράκιον  :  but  also  the 


strong  outer  wall  or  curtain,  Lat.  lorica 
moenium,  Hdt.  1,  181. — IV.  a  bust, 
^θώραξ,  ΰκος  Ion.  -ρηξ,  ηκος,  δ. 
Thorax,  masc.  pr.  η.,  a  Thessalian, 
Pind.  P.  10,  100.— 2.  of  Larissa  in 
Thessaly,  Hdt.  9,  1,  38.-3.  a  Spar- 
tan, Xen.  Hell.  2,  1,  18. 

θωρηκοφόρος,  ov,  Ion.  for  θωρακο- 
φόρος. 

θωρηκτής,  ov,  δ,  {Θωρήσσω)  armed 
with  breast-plate  or  cuirass,  II.  always 
in  plur.  and  usu.,  ttvku  Θ.,  armed  with 
stout  cuirass. 

θώρηξ,  ηκος,  δ.  Ion.  and  Ep.  for 
Θώραξ,  W. 

θώρηξις,  εως,  ή,  the  wearing  of  a 
cuirass. — II.  a  drinking  of  unmixed  wine, 
drunkenness,  Hipp.  :  from 

θωρήσσω,  f.  -ξω,  like  θωρακίζω,  to 
arm  with  a  breast-plate  or  cuirass,  and 
in  genl.  to  arm,  harness,  II.  More  usu. 
in  pass,  θωρήσσομαι,  f.  -ξομαι :  aor. 
εθωρήχθην,  inf.  θωρηχθήναι :  to  arm 
one's  self,  put  one's  harness  on,  oft.  in 
II.,  once  in  Od.,  23,  369  ;  χαλκω  έθω- 
ρήσσοντο :  in  II.  usu.  τενχεσι  θωρη- 
χθήναι :  ες  ττόλεμον,  also  ττόλεμον 
μέτα  for  war,  II.  20,  329 ;  τψος  τονς 
■κολεμίονς,  Ar.  Ach.  1134,  cf.  sq. — II. 
Ion.  and  poet.,  in  act.  also  to  make 
drunk,  Theogn.  840  :  usu.  in  mid.,  to 
drink  unmixed  wine,  to  get  drunk,  like 
μεθνω,  with  or  without  οίνω,  Theogn. 
413,  470,  508,  880,  and  Hipp. ;  and  so 
too  Ar.  Ach.  1135.  This  sense  is 
prob.  metaph.  to  arm,  fortify  one's  self 
against  the  cares  of  life,  cf.  Hor.  in 
praelia  trudit  inermem. 
^θωρνκίων,  ωνος,  δ,  Thorycion.  masc. 
pr.  n.,  an  Athenian,  Ar.  Ran.  363. 

ΘΩ'Σ,  θωός,  δ,  also  ή,  a  beast  of 
prey  of  the  wolf  kind,  perh.  the  jackal 
or  lynx,  δαφοινοί  θώες,  II.  11,  474; 
named  with  leopards  and  wolves,  II. 
13,  103  :  there  was  another  larger 
kind,  which  the  Greeks  usu.  called 
tiger.     (Prob.  akin  to  θωνσσω.) 

ΘΏ,"ΣΣΏ.,=  θωρήσσω  signf.  Π,  in 
pass.  Soph.  Fr.  183:  θώσθαι  and  θω- 
νάσθαι  or  θωράσθαι  are  quoted  from 
Aesch.  Fr.  41,  in  signf.  oi  ενωχεϊσθαι. 

θωνκτήρ,  ήρος,  δ,  {θωνσσω)  α  bark- 
er, roarer,  crier,  Anth. 

θωνμα,  τό,  not  θώνμα,  θωνμύζω, 
θωνμάσιος,  θωνμαστής,  θωνμαστός, 
Ion.  for  θανμ.,  Hdt  ;  cf.  also  θώμα. 

θωνσσω,  ί.  -ξω,  of  a  dog,  to  bark, 
bay,  Hom. :  of  a  gnat,  to  buzz,  Aesch. 
Ag.  893  :  in  genl.  to  cry  aloud,  shcntt 
out,  c.  ace.  cognato,  ?io}  ov,  άγγε?.ίαν, 
Aesch.  Pr.  393,  1041  ;  τάδε  Eur.  Hec. 
115:  Θ.  κνσί,  to  shout  to  dogs,  Eur. 
Hipp.  219.     (Perh.  akin  to  θώς.) 

θωντός,  ή,  όν,  Ep.  for  θαύματος, 
Θαυμαστός,  wondrous,  Hes.  Sc.  165, 
ubi  al.  θανματύ.  [ν] 

ΘΩ'Ϋ,  gen.  θω-ός,  ό,  a  flatterer, 
faumer,  false  friend,  Hdt.  3,  80.— II.  as 
adj.  θώπες  λόγοι,  fair  false  words 
Plat.  Theaet.  175  E,  v.  Ruhnk.  Tim. 


I 


I.  I,  ιώτα,  τό,  indecl.,  ninth  letter 
of  the  Gr.  alphabet :  as  numeral  t'= 
10,  but  ,«=10.000. 

Always  pronounced  as  a  vowel : 
even  when  poet,  it  coalesces  with  a 
following  vowel  like  y,  it  is  not  deem- 
ed a  consonant,  for  it  has  no  influence 
on  the  length  of  the  foreg.  syll.  This 
crasis  occurs  with  ε  in  Od.  4,  126  ;  8, 
560,  etc.,  v.  Spitzn.  Vers.  Her.  p.  187, 
190,  more  freq.  later,  v.  Jac.  A.  P.  p. 
585,  SeicU.  Dochm.  p.  385.    The  i 


ΪΑΙΝ 

subscriptum  Λvas  called  by  the  Gt. 
gramm.  ι  ττροςγεγραμμένον,  adscrrp- 
turn,  and  was  so  written,  e.  g.  τώι,  not 
τώ  :  the  present  mode  came  into  use 
iri  the  13th  century. 

Changes  of  t ; — I.  I  was  easily  ex- 
changed with  ει,  whence  forms  like 
ε'ιλω  and  Ιλλω,  ε'ύ.η  and  17.7] :  I  was 
sometimes  exchanged  Λvith  ε,  e.  g. 
εστία  and  Ίστίη  :  but  more  freq.  it  is 
inserted  to  lengthen  the  syll.,  e.  g. 
είν,  εις,  ξεϊνος,  κεινός,  ττνείω,  νττείρ, 
διαί,  τταραί,  for  έν,  ίς,  ξένος,  κενός, 
πνέω,  νπέρ,  διύ,  τταρύ. — II.  in  form- 
ing words,  ι  and  γ  are  sometimes  in- 
terchanged, Butlm.  Lexil.  v.  ainjvo- 
θεν  30. — III.  some  words  have  ι  pre- 
fixed, as  ανω  ίανω. — IV.  others  take 
λ  before  i,  Ίγδη  λίγδος,  ίκμύω  λικμάω. 

The  quantity  of  t  varies.  It  is  a 
common  termin.  of  adverbs,  but  even 
here  no  law  has  yet  been  obtained, 
Spitzn.  Vers.  Heroic,  p.  47,  Gottl. 
Theodos.  p.  74.  229. 

-i,  iota  demonstrativum,  which  in  the 
language  of  Attic  conversation  is  at- 
tached to  all  cases  of  all  demonstr. 
pronouns,  to  strengthen  their  force, 
and  as  it  were  point  out  the  individ- 
ual, e.  g.  οντοσί,  αντηϊ,  τοντί,  Lat. 
hicce,  έκεινοσί,  όδί,  ταόί,  τοντογί, 
τανταγί.  τοσοντονί,  τοσονόί,  etc.  : 
also  with  demonstr.  advs.,  as  οίτωσί, 
ώδί.  ένθαδί,  δενρί,  ι•ννί.  Of  these 
such  as  end  in  σί  take  the  ν  έόε?.κν- 
στικόν  before  a  vowel,  as  οντοσίν, 
έκεινοσίν.  οντωσίν.  In  all  these,  the 
last  syll.  is  long,  and  has  the  accent, 
whereas  a  long  vowel  or  diphthong 
in  penult,  is  shortened,  e.  g.  αντηί, 

OVTOU. 

Ί,  or  I.  asnom.  of  the  reflex,  pron. 
ov,  sui,  of  which  we  have  nom.  c. 
Soph.  Fr.  418,  dat.  iv  (or  Iv)  αντώ, 
sibi  ipsi,  Hes.  Fr.  66.  cf.  Bockh  Pind. 
P.  4,  36  (62) :  ace.  'iv  or  a•,  Schneid. 
Ibyc.  \..  103,  which  ace.  to  Hesych. 
was  Cyprian.  The  fullest  discussion 
on  the  word  will  be  found  in  Ellendt 
Lex.  Soph.  Compare  the  forms  τίς, 
σφί,  σφίν,  μίΐ',  νίν. 

ΊΑ',  ή.  Ion.  ίή,^ζβοη,  ίωή,  α  voice, 
cry,  Orac.  ap.  Hdt.  1,  85,  Aesch.  Pers, 
936 :  σνρη/γος  Ιά  Eur.  Rhes.  553 : 
also  written  la.  \ϊ] 

'\a,  ίής.  Ιΐ),  lav,  old  Ion.  fern,  of  εις 
for  μία,  one',  freq.  in  11.,  in  Od.  more 
rare.  Besides  the  fem.  only  the  dat. 
neut.  occurs  ;  v.  Ιος.  {la  is  to  μια, 
as  όλαί  to  mola,  and  eo  to  meo.)  [nom. 
and  ace.  ^  "] 

Ίύ,  τύ.  heterog.  plur.  of  Ιός,  an  ar- 
row, II.  20,  68.  [I] 

'la,  τύ.  plur.  from  lov,  a  violet,  H. 
Hom.  Cer.  6.  [i] 

ή:'1ύδμων,  όνος,  δ,  ladmon,  a  Samian, 
who  owned  Aesop  as  a  slave,  but  gave 
him  his  liberty,  Hdt.  2,  134. 
γΐάειρος,  ov,  δ,  lairus,  one  of  the  ru- 
lers of  the  synagogue  at  Capernaum, 
N.  T. 

ΥΙάζνγες,  ων,  ol,  the  lazyges,  one  ot 
the  parent  stems  of  the  Sarmatae  in 
Europe  and  Asia,  Strab.,  Arr.  An. 

'\άζω,  ί.  -άσω,  ('luf)  to  speak,  dress, 
etc.  like  an  Ionian  ;  to  favour  the  Inni• 
ans  :  also  Ίωνίζω.  [ί] 

Ίύι,'ω,  {lov)  to  be  of  a  violet  colour, 
Heliod. 

Ίοί,  exclam.  of  triumph,  Ar.  Lys. 
1292,  Eccl.  1179. 

'laiSoi.  comic  exclamation  for  al- 
βοΐ,  Ar.  Vesp.  1338.   [Γ] 

ΊΑΙ'ΝΩ,  fut.  Ιΰνώ,  aor.  Ιηνα,  aor. 
pass.  Ιύνθην,  to  warm,  heat,  γα/.κόν 
άμφϊ  ττνρί,  Od.  8.  426,  ύδωρ,  Od.  10, 
359. — 2.  to  melt,  soften,  strictly  by  heat, 
κηρός  ίαίνετο,  Od.  12,  175  :  hence 
631 


I  AAA 

metaph.,  θνμον  ίαίνειν,  to  melt  the 
heart,  11.  21,  119. — 3.  more  usu.  in 
Hoin.  {0  warm,  cheer,  refresh,  II.  19, 174, 
H.  floin.  Ccr.  43.5,  zXso  θνμον  iaivtiv 
Tivi,  Od.  15,  379  ;  esp.  in  pass,  iv 
φρεσΐ  θυμός  ϊύΐ'θ//,  θνμός  kvl  στήθασ- 
civ  ίάνθη,  also  θυμόν,  κΓ/ρ.  φηένας 
Ιάνθης  and  φρεσίν  ίύνθης  :  c  «at.  to 
take  delight  in  a  thing,  Od.  19,  537, 
μέτωπον  Ιάνθη,  his  brow  grew  calm, 
11.  15,  103,  cf.  hat.  fovere.  Later,  as 
in  Q.  Sm.,  ίαίνω  is  used  Ά5=:ΐάομαι, 
to  which  it  is  prob.  akin.  Mostly 
Ep.,  but  also  in  Alcm.,  and  Pind. 
[t  except  in  augm.  tenses,  e.  g.  Od. 
16,  165  :  once  however  at  the  begin- 
ning of  a  verse  i  without  augin.,  Od. 
22,  59,  and  so  freq.  later.] 

floioa,  ας,  ή,  laera,  a  Nereid,  II.  18, 
42. 

Ίΰκός,  ή,  όν,  Ciuf)  Ionic,  Ath.  440 
B..  ή  Ίακή,  sub.  ύίάλ,εκτος,  the  Ionic 
dialect,  Jac.  A.  P.  p.  76.  Adv.  -κώς  [ί] 

'\άκχα,  ης,  ή,  Sicyonic  name  οί  a 
perfumed  kind  of  garland,  Philet.  45. 

Ίακχΰγωγός,  όν,  (Ίακχος,  άγω) 
bearing  the  image  of  Bacchus  on  his  ies- 
tivals,  Bockh  Inscr.  1,  p.  470.  [I] 

'Ιακχάζω,=^'1ακχέω,  to  shout  Ίακ• 
Yoc,  also  c.  ace.  cognato,  ίακγ.  auvi/v, 
Bdt.  8,  65.  [i] 

'ίακχαΐος,  οία,  αϊον,  Bacchanalian, 
στέφανος,  Philet.  22.  [ΐ] 

^ΙακχεΙον,  ον,  τό,  the  temple  of  Bac- 
chus, Plut.  Arist.  27.  [r] 

'Ιακχέω,=  1ακ.χάζω :  hence  in  genl. 
to  shoal,  cry  aloud,  v.  sub  ίαχέω.  [ί] 

Ίακχή,  ης,  ή,  ν.  sub  ιαχή. 

Ίακχος,  ου,  ό,  lacchos,  mystic  name 
of  Bacchus,  Valck.  Hdt.  8.' 65.— 2.  the 
Bacchanalian  shout.  In  Eur.  Cycl.  69, 
ΛνΙιβΓβ  the  word  is  found  as  if  an  adj., 
']ακχος  ώόη,  the  latter  word  is  prob.  a 
gloss  tointerpr.  Ίακχος.  (From  ίάχω, 
ίαχέω,  ιαχή,  stricily  the  god  of  noise 
and  revelry.)   \l] 

flojiuS,  indecl.,  (in  Joseph.  Ιάκω- 
βος, ου),  ό,  Jacob,  masc.  pr.  n.,  the 
patriarch,  LXX.,  N.  T. :  in  Rom.  11, 
26,  for  the  Israelites,  the  descendants  of 
Jacoh, — 2.  the  father  of  Joseph  the 
husband  of  Mary,  N.  T.  Matth.  1,  15. 
νΐύκωβος,  ov,  ό,  James,  the  son  of 
Zebedee,  one  of  the  apostles,  N.  T. 
Matth.  4,  21,  etc.— 2.  the  son  of  Al- 
phtus,  an  apostle,  Id.  10,  3,  etc. — 3. 
the  brother  of  Christ,  by  many  com- 
ment, considered  same  as  No.  2,  Gal. 
1,  19. 

Ίάλεμίζω,  f.  -ίσω.  Ion.  ΐηλ.,  {ίύλε- 
μος)  to  bewail.  Call.     Hence 

Ίάλίμίστρια,  ας.  Ion.  ίηλ.,  ij,  a  wail- 
ing woman,  restored  to  Aesch.  Cho. 
424,  by  Heriii.  Opusc.  4,  338,  from 
Hesych. 

'Ιά7ίεμος,  ov,  6,  Ion.  Ιή7^εμος,  a  wail, 
lament,  dirge,  Aesch.  Supp.  116,  Eur. 
Phoen.  1034,  etc.  Proverb.  Ια?.έμον 
ιΡνγβότερος,  of  something  tedious  and 
dull. — II.  as  adj.,  hapless,  melancholy, 
Theocr.  15,  98.  (Prob.  from  the  cry 
Ίή,  ίαϋ.)[ϊα] 

Ίάλλω,  f.  ί'αλώ,  aor.  ΙηΤια,  inf.  Ιφ.αι., 
to  send  forth,  όϊστυ%>  ΐιττο  ΐ'ενρής,  II.  8, 
300:  in  Horn.  usu.  in  phrase  e-' ονεία- 
τα  χείρας  Ιαλλον,  they  put  forth  their 
hands  to  the  dishes ;  and  so,  ίπϊ  σίτω. 
Od.  10,  376  :  but  έτύροις  έττΐ  χείρας 
ια/.7.εν,  laid  hands  upon  them,  Od.  9, 
288,  cf.  έτΓΐάλ/ω  :  also,  περί  χερσί 
δε'ίμον  Ιη?ια,  threw  chains  over,  put 
chains  on  thy  hands,  II.  15,  19  :  more 
frcii.  ('ίεσμηρ  ίή'λαι,  Od. — 2.  rarely  c. 
ace.  object!,  ύτιμίιισίν  Ιύλλειν  τινά, 
ίο  astail  One  with  insults,  Lat.  iguo- 
minia  petere,  Od.  13,  142,  cf.  ίύπτω  2. 
— 3.  Later,  simply  lo  send,  τίνα  εις.., 
Aesch.  Pr.  659,  cf.  Cho.  45  :  /,  νλα- 
653 


IAMB 

κήν,  to  give  tongue,  howl,  A  nth.  ; 
/.  Ιχνος,  to  imprint,  set  down  the  loot, 
Nic.  The  Lat.  miltrre  and  imrnittere 
usu.  answer  to  it. — II.  intr.  sub.  εαυ- 
τόν, to  send,  dismiss  o)ie's  self,  i.  e.  lo 
flee,  run.  fly,  Hes.  Th.  269,  in  genl. 
to  hurry,  like  Lat.  milti  and  ferri,  cf. 
ίάπτω.  Ep  word,  also  in  Aesch.  1.  c. : 
if  used  in  Att ,  it  should  be  written 
ΐίι/Χω  ace.  to  Arcad.,  cf.  έφιάΤί'Κω. 
(Prob.  like  Ι-ημι,  a  causative  formed 
from  ί-έναι  i-re.)  [I  except  in  augm. 
tenses  :  and  these  are  never  found  in 
Horn.] 

t'luA/ZflOf,  ov,  6,  lalmenus,  son  of 
Mars  and  Astyoche,  ruled  in  Boeotian 
Orchomenus,  II.  2,  512;  9,  42;  also 
an  Argonaut,  Apollod. 

Ίαλτός,  η, όν,  verb.  adj.  from  ΐύλλω, 
sent,  dispatched,  Aesch.  Cho.  22.  [ij 

+Ίαλΐ)σίθζ• ,  a,  ov,  oflalysus,  lalysian, 
Dion.  P. :  ij  Ίαλνσία,  the  territory  of 
lal.,  Diod.  S.     [v] 

ΥΙά'λϋσός,  ού,  ό.  Ion.  'Ι7)λνσός,  laly- 
sus,  son  of  Cercaphus  and  Cydippe, 
Pind.  O.  7,  136  ;  founder  of — Π.  a  city 
in  the  island  of  Rhodes,  laliso,  II.  2, 
656;  Thuc.  8,  44,  in  Ion.  form  ;  also 
written  Ί?;λΐ'σσό{•,  Hdt.  1,  144,  and 
so  in  Hom.  I.  c.  by  some  edd.,  because 
the  υ  is  elsewhere  short. 

Ίάμα,  ατός,  τό.  Ion.  ΐημα  (Ιάομαι.) 
a  means  of  healing,  remedy,  medicine, 
Hdt.  3,  130,  and  Plat. 

Ίαμ3είογράφος.  ov,  ό,  {Ιαμβος,  γρά- 
φω) a  writer  of  iambics  :  v.  sub  ίαμμειο- 
φύγος.  [α] 

Ίαμβεϊος,  ov,  (Ιαμβος)  in  iambics, 
TO  ίαμβίΐην,  iambic  verse,  At.  Ran. 
1133,  and  Plat,  [ϊ] 

Ίαμβειοφύγος,  ό,  (Ίαμβος,  φαγεϊν) 
α  glutton  at  iambics,  as  Dem.  (274,  6.) 
called  Aeschines,  who  had  formerly 
been  a  player  :  formerly  read  ίαμβείο- 
γράφος. 

Ίαμβέλεγος,  oii,  ό,  an  asynarlete 
verse,  formed  by  substituting  an  iambic 
petit  hemimer  for  the  former  half  of  a  pen- 
tameter. Hephaest.  p.  91,  Gaisf. 

Ίάμβη,  ης,  ή,  lambe.,  a  slave  of  Ce- 
leus  and  Metaneira  at  Eleusis,  who 
by  her  jests  extorted  a  smile  from 
Ceres  when  distressed  for  the  loss  of 
Proserpina.  H.  Hom.  Cer.  195,  said  to 
have  given  name  to  the  iambic  metre. 

in 

Ίαμβίάζω,  f.  -u(Tt;,=  sq.,  A  nth. 

Ίαμβίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (Ιαμβος)  to  assail 
in  iambics  :  in  genl.  to  lampoon,  τινά, 
Arist.  Poet. 

Ιαμβικός,  ?/,  όν,  iambic,  Dion.  H. 

Ίαμβισ-^/ις,  ov,  ό,  (ίαμβίζω)  one  who 
writes  iambics,  or  lampoons.  Ath. 

ΥΙάμίίλιχος,  ov,  ό,  lamblichus,  a  cel- 
ebrated philosopher  and  writer. 

^'ιαμβογράφος,  ov,  ό,^=ίαμβειογρά- 
φος.  [ΰ] 

Ίαμβοειδής,  ες,  (Ιαμβος,  εΐυος)  like 
an  iambus,  Aristid.  Quintil. 

Ίημβοποιέω,  ύ,  to  write  iambics, 
Arist.  Poet. :  from 

Ίαμβοποίός,  όν,  (Ιαμβος,  ποιέω)  a 
writer  of  iambics,  Arist.  Poet. 

Ίαμβος,  ov,  ό,  an  iambus,  a  metri- 
cal foot  consisting  of  a  short  and  a 
long  syll  ,  --,  Plat.  Rep.  400  B.— II. 
an  iambic  verse,  esp.  the  trimeter  or  sen- 
arius,  first  used  by  the  sarcastic  wri- 
ters Archilochus  and  Hipponax,  Hdt. 
1,  12,  Ar.  Ran.  661,  cf  Horace's  cri- 
minosi  Iambi;  and  then  in  the  Attic 
Drama. — III.  an  iambic  poem,  esp.  a 
lampoon,  Strab. :  but  when  so,  usu.  in 
phir..  Plat.  Legg.  935  Ε  :  hence— 2. 
a  drama,  esp.  a  kind  of  extempore  play 
got  up,  acc.  to  Ath.  622  B,  by  αντο- 
κάβδα?.οι,  who  themselves  had  the 
same  name.    (Referred  by  Riemer 


lAON 

and  Pott  to  Ιάπτω,  to  attack,  assail, 
as  being  the  foot  or  metre  first  used 
by  satiric  writers,  v.  supr.  The  term 
recurs  in  διθνρ-ημβος,  θρί-αμβος, 
words  of  which  the  origin  is  quite  un- 
certain.) cf.  Ίάμβη. 

νΐύμβον?,ος,  ov,  6,  lambftlus,  an  his- 
torian, Luc. 

ΫΙαμβρτ/ς,  ov,  a,  lambres,  an  jEgyp- 
tian  magician,  who  with  lannes  op- 
posed the  authority  of  Moses,  N.  T. 
Ίαμβνκη.  7/r,  ή,  a  musical  instru- 
ment, used  lo  accompany  Ίαμβοι,  Ath.: 
distinct  from  the  παμβνκη.  [ν] 

Ίαμβώόης.  ες,  (Ίαμβος,  εΐόος)  iam- 
bic, satirical,  Philostr. 

Ίΰμεναί,  ών,  αΐ,  wet  low  land,  mead- 
ows, marshes,  late  form  of  είαιιεναί. 
[i] 

ΥΙΰμενός,  ov,  b,  laminus,  a  Trojan, 
II.  12.  139.  [ί] 

ΥΙαμίδαι,  ών,  ol,  the  lamidae,  the  de- 
scendants of  lamus  in  Elis,  a  cele- 
brated family  of  seers,  Pind.  O.  6, 121, 
Hdt.  5,  44:  v.  Ίαμος. 

ΥΙαμίτης,  ov,  ύ,  lamites,  inasc.  pr. 
n.,  Strab. 

ΥΙαμνία,  ας,  ή,  lamnia,  a  small  town 
of  Phoenicia,  Strab. 

Ίαμνοί,  ύν,  οί,=  Ιαμεναί,  Nic.  [t] 

ΥΙαμης,  ου,  ό,  lamus,  son  of  Apollo 
and  Euadne,  a  seer,  Paus.  6,  2,  5,  cf. 
Pind.  O.  6,  50,  sqq.,  82-87. 

Ίάν,  gen.  Ίανος,  ό,  esp.  in  plur. 
Ίάνες.  contr.  for  Ίύων,  Ίάονες,  an 
Ionian,  Aesch.  [i] 

νΐάνασσα,  ης,  ή,  lunassa,  a  Nereid, 
11.  18,  47. 

ΥΙάνειρα,  ας,  ή,  lanlra,  a  Nereid,  II, 
18,  44. — 2.  a  daughter  of  Oceanus,  H. 
Hom.  Cer.  421,  Hes,  Th.  356. 

ΥΙάνθη,  ης,  ή,  lanthe,  a  daughter  of 
Oceanus,  H.  Hom.  Cer.  418,  Hes. 
Th.  349. 

Ίύνθην,  ης,  η,  aor,  1  pass,  from 
ίαίνω,  Hom. 

Ίύ^'θΐνος.  η.  ov.  (Ίον,  άνθος)  violet- 
coloured,  Plin.  :  Hesych.  has  also  a 
subst.  Ίανθον,  τό=Ίον.  [ί«1 

νΐανίσκος.  ov,  ό.  laniscus,  a  king  of 
Sicyon,  Paus.  2,  6,  6. 

νΐαννά,  6,  indecl.,  lanna,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  N.  T.     ^ 

ΥΙάνί'ης,  ov,  6,  lannes.  an  .Egyptian 
magician,  N.  T.,  v.  Ίαμβρης. 

^^\αζύρτης.  ου,  ό.  Injcarles,  a  river  of 
Sogdiana  falling  into  the  sea  of  Aral, 
now  the  iSi>,  Dion.  P.  ;  Strab. :  Hdt, 
confounds  it  with  the  Oxus,  v.  Bwhr 
ad  Hdt.  4,  40 ;  and  later  wr.  with  the 
Tanais. 

ΊΑΌΜΑΙ,  fut.  ίάσομαι  Ion.  and 
Ep.  ίήσομαι.  aor.  Ιασάμην,  Dep.  mid., 
to  heal,  cure,  τινά,  II.  12,  2.  H<it.  etc. ; 
όφθαλμόν,  Od.  9,  525 :  absol.  Od.  9, 
520 :  from  Pind.  downwds.  also,  νό- 
σους ίύσθαι  :  orig.  only  of  wounds 
and  outward  hurts  :  then  metaph., 
i.  δνςγνοιαν,  αμαρτίαν,  Eur.  ;  and 
proverb.,  κακώ  κακόν  ίύσθαι,  to  make 
bad  worse,  Hdt.  3,  53.  cf.  Aesch.  Fr. 
409,  Thuc.  5.  65.  In  aor.  ίάθ/μ•.  also 
as  pass,  to  be  healed,  to  recover  ;  and  SO 
in  pf.  Ίαμαι.  Ν.  Τ.  (Akin  to  Ιαίνω.) 
[Ιά  always  in  Hom. :  Γ  later,  esp.  iu 
Anth.] 

Ίΰοναϋ,  barbarism  forsq.,  Ar,  Acli, 
104. 

Ίύονες,  ων,  οί.  lengthd.  for  "]ωνες, 
the  lonians,  including,  acc.  to  II.  13, 
685,  H.  Ap.  147,  the  inhabitants  of 
Attica  and  Megara,  v.  Heyne  II.  T.  6, 
p.  287.  In  Persian  it  wa8="E/?i?;- 
νες,  Aesch.  Pers.  178,  563.  [lu]  The 
sing.  Ίάων  is  more  rare,  Theocr.  16, 
57. 

f\aovi%,  ίδος,  ί/,  fem.  adj.  Ionian, 
Nic.  ap.  Ath,  683  B. 


ΙΑ  ΣΙ 

'Ϋΐαόνιος,  α,  ον,  Ionian,  poet,  for 
*Ιώνιος.  Aesch.  Supp.  69. 

γΙα~ετίοι•ίόιις.  ον,  ό,  son  of  lapefiis, 
i.  e.  ProuiRtheus,  Hes.  Th."528 ;  Ap. 
Rh.  3.  1087.  (formed  as  from  a  pre- 
vious patron,  'la-trioiv,  instead  of 
Ίατ£7<<5//ζ•,  V.  Buttm.  Ausf.  G.  2, 
^  119,  anm.  29,  ed.  Lob.) 

ΥΙα-ετΙονίς,  ίόης,  ή.  nf  lapetus,  de- 
scended from  lapetus,   Pind.   O.  9.  81. 

ΥΙαττετόζ,  ον,  ό,  lapetus,  a  Titan, 
son  of  Uranns  and  Gaea,  husband  of 
Clvmene.  and  father  of  Prometheus 
and  Epimetheus,  11.  8,  479  :  Hes.  Th. 
507. — Met.  of  an  oWmnn, irrev.  of  one's 
father,  old  lapetus.  Ar.  Nub.  998.-2. 
a  hero,  father  of  Buphagus,  Paus. 

T'lciaofSff.  ων,  01.  the  Lipodes,  a  Cel- 
tic race  in  Illyria,  Strab.     Hence 

ΥΙαττοόικός,  ή,  όν,  of  the  lapodes, 
Strab. 

Ίαττπΰπαιύξ,  a  burlesque  exclama- 
tion of  pain,  Ar.  Thcsin.  945. 

ΊΑ'ΠΤΩ,  f  -ι/'ω,=:<άλλ(ιΐ,  to  send, 
drive,  as  in  Horn,  ττροϊύτττω  :  he  only 
has  the  simple  in  the  phrase  κατά 
χρόα  καλόν  ιύ~-ΐΐν,  sub.  χείρας,  to 
put  forth  (her  hands)  against  her  fair 
Dody,  i.  e.  smile  her  breasts,  etc.,  for 
grief,  like  κόπτεσθαι,  Lat.  plangere, 
Od.  2,  376  ;  4,  749  :  later  esp.  of  mis- 
siles, to  send  forth,  shoot,  β ε/.η,  Aesch. 
Theb.  544,  cf  525 :  in  genl.  to  set  in 
motion,  hence  even,  ίά—τειν  όρχήμα- 
τα.  to  begin,  lendtte  dance,  Soph.  Aj. 
700. — 2.  rarely  c.  ace.  objecti,  λόγοις 
Ιάτττειν  τινά,  to  assail  one  with  words. 
Soph.  Aj.  501,  cf  ίάλλω  II :  hence, 
esp.  in  Alexandr.  poets,  to  handle 
roughly,  wound,  hurt,  injure,  and  so  in 
pass.,  θνμος  Ίάφθη,  Theocr.  2,  82  ; 
ίύπτομαι  αλγεσι  ητορ,  Mosch..  etc. 
(Ace.  to  some  from  άτττω  :  but  like 
ϊύλ?Μ,  ίύπτω  is  prob.  a  causative 
formed  from  a  neiit.  verb  of  motion, 
V.  Pott  Etvm.  Forsch.  1,  p.  195)— II. 
intr.,  like  iu?,?jj,  sub.  έαντόν,  to  rush, 
ktirry,  Aesch.  Supp.  547;  and,  αίνος 
e~'  ΰνδρΐ  Ιάπτων,  aiming  at  him, 
meant  for  him,  Id.  Ag.  1549,  thou  eh 
there  some  read  τις  alvov  ίάπτων.  [Γ] 

ΫΙάπνγες,  ων,  οι.  Ion.  Ίήττνγες,  the 
I'lpijges,  lapugians,  inhab.  of  lapygia 
in  Italy,  Hdt.  7,  170.  Strab.  279.  [υ 
V.  Spitzn.  Pros.  ξ.  59,  2,  a,  note.] 

νΐΰηνγία,  ας,  ή.  Ion.  Ίηπνγία,  lapy- 
gia, a  region  of  Magna  Graecia  in 
Italy,  corresponding  nearly  to  Messa- 
pia,  or  in  genl.  to  Apulia,  Hdt.  3, 138. 
Hence 

+'Ιΰ7η'')'ίΟ(•,  a,  OV,  of  lapygia,  Inpy- 
gian  ;  ΰκρα,  the  Inpygian  promontory, 
at  the  south-eastern  point  of  lap., 
now  Cnjio  di  Lcuca,  Thuc.  6.  29. 

Ίατί'ϊ,  νγος,  ό.  Ion.  'If/nv^.ilipyx, 
son  of  Daedalus,  who  settled  in  south- 
ern Italy,  and  ace.  to  fable  gave  name 
to  the  land,  Strab.  p.  279,  etc. — II.  an 
Iapygian.\—2.  the  north-west,  or  strictly 
westturrth-west  wind,  as  blowing  from 
that  quarter,  Arist.  Mun.  [a] 

ΫΙαρβαΐος,  a,  ov,  of  or  belonging  to 
larbas  ;  νμεναίοι  Ίαρ/3.  a  union  with 
Jarbas.  Anth. 

'ίΊαρι^άνης,  ov,  o,^=:sq.  1,  Strab. 

νΐάρόΰνος,  ov.  δ,  the  lardanus,  a 
small  river  of  Elis,  II.  7.  135.-2.  a 
river  of  Crete.  Od.  3,  292.— II.  a  king 
of  Lydia,  father  of  Omphale,  Hdt. 
1,7. 

Χΐσρέ^,  ό,  indecl.,  lared,  masc.  pr. 
n..  N.T. 

'luf,  άδος.  ή,  adj.  fern.,  Ionic,  Hdt. 
5,  33,  etc. — II.  as  subst. — 1.  an  Ionian 
woman,  sub.  -γννή,  Hdt.  1,92. — 2.  the 
.Ionic  dialect.  Luc.  sub.  γ?.ώσσα  or 
διάλεκτος,  [ΐ] 
Ίάσϊ,  3  pi.  pres.  from  εΙμι,  to  go, 


lATO 

II.  16,  160.  [r«]— II.  Ιασΐ  [la],  for 
είσί  from  ειμί  to  be,  Nic.  Fr.  2, 2 ;  but 
this  is  dub. 

Ίΰσί,  3  pi.  pres.  from  ΐημι  for  Ιέασι. 

ΥΙασίόης,  ov,  ό,  son  of  lasius.  i.  e. 

Amphion,  Od.  11,  283:   or  Dmetor, 

Od.   17,  443  :   in  genl.   descendant  of 

lasius,  Strab.  p.  371. 

Ιάσιμος,  ov,  (Ιάομαι)  to  be  cured, 
curable,  Aesch.  Pr.  475,  and  Plat. : 
appeasable,  Eur.  Or.  399.   [<a] 

Ίασίν?],  ης,  ή,=ίασιώνη. 
ΥΙάσιος,  ον,  ό,  lasius,  king  of  Orcho- 
menus,  father  of  Amphion,  Od.  11, 
282. — 2.  son  of  Lycurgus,  the  Arca- 
dian, father  of  Atalanta,  Callim.  H. 
Dian.  215  :  in  Apollod.  Ίασος,  and 
Ael.  Ιασίων. 

Ίάσις,  Ion.  Ιησις,  εως,  η,  {Ιάομαι) 
healing,  a  cure,  remedy,  Hipp.,  and 
Soph.'El.  876. 
νΐασίωΐ',  ωνος,  b,  lasion,  son  of  Ju- 
piterand  Electra,  a  favourite  of  Ceres, 
Od.  5,  125 ;  Theocr.  3,  50 :  in  Hes. 
Th.  970  'λάσιος  ;  cf  also  Ίάσιος  2. 

Ίΰσΐώνι/,  ης,  ή,  a  plant  of  the  con- 
imlrnlus  kind,  Theophr.,  either  the 
bindweed  itself,  or  sheepsbit,  which  is 
now  called  iasione.  [la] 

Ίασμέλαιον.  ov,  τό,  and  Ίάσμη,  ης, 
ή,  a  Persian  perfume,  perh.  oil  of  jas- 
min. 

ΥΙΰσονίδης,  ov,  ό,  Ep.  and  Ion.  Ίησ., 
son  of  Jason,  i.  e.  Euneus,  11.  7,  468  ; 
21.40. 

νΐασόνιης,  a  ov,  of  or  belonging  to 
Jason,  νήνς,  Theocr.  22,  31  :  hence 
η  Ίασο^'ίη  άκτη,  the  Insoninn  promon- 
tory, in  Pontes,  between  Cotyore  and 
the  Ins,  wh^re  Jason  is  said  to  have 
landed  with  the  Argonauts,  Xen.  An. 
5,  10,  1,  now  Yasun  Burn  η ;  άκρα, 
Strab. — 2.  τ<)  Ίησόνιοί'  όρος.  Mount 
Insniiius,  in  the  north  of  Media,  Strab. 
tΊ(£σof,  nv,  ό.  Iasus,=  lάσιoς  2. — 2. 
son  of  Argos  and  Euadne,  father  of 
Agenor,  .Vpollod. ;  from  him  ".\ρ)ος 
was  called  Ίησον,  Od.  ]^,  246—3. 
son  of  Argus  Panoptes  and  Ismene, 
Apollod.  2,  1,  3.-4.  son  of  Sphelus, 
leader  of  the  Athenians,  II.  15,  332. 
Hence 

νίησος,  ov,  nf  or  belonging  to  lasus 
{2-,  Od.  18,  216.  [i] 

Ι'Ισσοζ•  and  Ίασσός.  ov,  ή.  lasvs,  a 
city  of  Caria,  now  Asse?n  or  Assan, 
Thuc.  8.  28 :  hence  Ίασικός,  ή,  όν, 
of  lasus,  lasinn.  κόλττος.  Gulf  of  lasus, 
now  Assem-Kalessi,  lb. 

Ύασττί^ι,),  f.  -ίαω,  to  be  like  a  jasper, 
Diosc.  •  [i]  from 

ΊασΤΓίΓ,  Ι'^ος,ή,  a  precious  stone,  jas- 
per. Plat"  Phaed.  110  D,  cf  Diosc.  5, 
160.  [Ϊ] 

Ίαστί,  adv.,  (Ιάς)  in  the  Ionic  fash- 
ion. Plat.  Lach.  188  D:  in  the  Ionic 
mode  (of  music).  Id.  Rep.  308  Ε  :  in 
the  Innic  dialect,  Luc.  [la]    Hence 

Ίάστιος,  a,  oi•,  Ionic.  [Γ] 

Ίάσώ,  όος  contr.  οϊς,  i],  [Ιάομαι) 
laso,  the  goddess  of  healin",  and  health, 
daughter  of  Aesculapius,  Ar.  Plut. 

τ  \ασων.  Ion.  '\ησων.  όνος,  ό,  Jasm, 
son  of  Aeson.  leader  of  the  Argonauts, 
II.  7,  469;  21,  41  ;  Pind.  ;  etc.— 2.  a 
king  of  Pherae  in  Thessalv,  Xen. 
Hell.  6,  1.— Others  in  Isocr.,'  Polyb., 
N.  T.,  etc.  [a] 

Ίύτήρ,  Ep.  Ιητήρ,  ήρος,  ό,  poet  for 
ιατρός,  a  chirurgeon,  surgeon  ;  later,  a 
physician,  Horn. ;  i  κακών,  Od.  17, 
384.     [i,  in  Anth.  also  t.]    Hence 

Ίάτήριος.  a,  ov,  healing,  ή  ΙατηρΙα, 
sub.  τέχνη,  the  healing  art,  medicine, 
Aretae.  [id] 

Ίατικός,ή,  oi',=fureg.,  Diosc.  [m] 

Ίΰτο,  3  impf.  from  Ιάομαι,  II.  [/"] 


lAXfi 

Ίύτορία,  ας,  ή,  (ϊάτωρ)  snb;  τ^χνη', 
the  art  of  medicine.  Soph,  Tr.  1002.  [ίά] 

Ίάτός,  η,  όν.  {Ιάομαι)  curable,  Plat. 
Legg.  862  C.  [,-] 

'Ιάτραινα,  ης,  ή,=1ατρίνη.  [Ιΰ] 

'1ΰτρά?.εί~της,  ον,  ό,  {ιατρός,  αλεί- 
φω) α  surgeon  who  practises  by  anoint- 
ing, friction,  and  exercise,  Plin.    Hence 

Ίάτράλειπτική,  -ης,  f/,  8\ib,  τέχνη, 
the  practice  of  an  ϊατραλΐίητης.  Id. 

Ιατρεία,  ας,  η,  {Ιατρενω)  a  healing, 
means  of  healing,  Arist.   Eth.  N.  [iu] 

Ίατρεΐον,  ov,  τό,  {ιατρενω)  a  sur- 
geon's shop,  surgery.  Hipp. — II.  a  medi- 
cal man's  fee,  expense  of  a  cure,  LXX. 

Ίύτρενσις,  εως,  η,=  ιατρεία,  Plat. : 
from 

Ίατρεύω,  {ιατρός)  to  heal,  cure,  τινά. 
Plat.  Legg.  857  D  ;  and  in  pass.,  to  be 
under  medical  care.  Id.  Rep.  357  C,  etc. 
— 2.  intr.  to  practise  medicine,  be  a  sur- 
geon  or  physician,  Diosc.   [id] 

Ίάτρια,  ας,  ή,  fem.  from  Ίατήρ,  a 
female  surgeon  or  physician,  Alex.  In- 
cert.  80. 

Ύατρικός,  η,  όν,  of  ox  belonging  to  an 
ιατρός,  or  to  medicine,  Hipp. :  skilled 
in  medicine.  Plat.  :  ^  -κή,  sub.  τέχνη, 
surgery,  medicine,  Hdt.  2,  84  ;  3,  129, 
etc.     Adv.  -κώς. 

Ίατρίνη,  ης,  ί}.=  ίάτρια,  esp.  a  mid- 
wife, late,  Lob.  Phryn.  651. 

ΐ'Ιατροκλ.ης,  έονς,  ό,  lalrocles,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  an  Athenian,  Oratt. 

Ίατρολ^/έω,  ω,  {ιατρός,  λέγω)  to 
speak  or  treat  nf  medicine,  Diog.  L. 

ΊατρίιμΰΗημΰτικοί,  ων.  oi,  those  who 
practised  medicine  in  conjunction  with 
astrology,  as  was  esp.  the  case  iu 
^?ypt._ 

Ίατρόμαια,  ας,  ή,  a  midwife,  Inscr. 

Ίατρόιιαΐ'τις.  εως,  ό,  {Ιατρός,  μάν- 
τις)  α  physician  and  seer,  of  Ajiollo  and 
Aesculapius,  Aesch.  Supp.  263.  cf. 
Eum.  C2.  Ar.  Plut.  11:  in  genl.= 
Ιατρός,  Id.  Ag.  162.3. 

'λατμον,  ov,  τό,=  ίατρεΐον  II. 

Ιατρός,  ov.  δ.  Ion.  and  Ep.  ίητρός, 
{ίύουαί)α  surgeon.  Horn  ;  ίτ/τρδςάι^ρ, 
II.  11,  514  ;  also//  ιατρός,  Diogen.  ap. 
Ath.  636  A.     [l,  Att.  also  t] 

Ίατροσοφιστής.  ov,  6,  a  professor  of 
medicine,  late  word. 

Ύατροτέχνης.  ov.  δ,  {ιατρός,  τέχνη) 
a  practisrr  of  medicine,  Ar.  Nub.  332. 

Ίαττΰταί,  and  Ίαττάταιάξ,  interj. 
alas,  ah,  woe  is  me  !  Ar.  Nub.  707,  etc. 

Ίάτωρ,  ορός,  δ.  Ion.  Ιήτωρ,  poet, 
for  ιατρός,  [m] 

'lav,  a  shout  in  answer  to  one  call- 
ing, ho!  holla!  Ar.  Ran.  272.— IL 
Uke  Inv,  a  cry  of  grief,  ah  !  \ί] 

Ίανθμός,  ov,  δ,  {ίανω)  a  sleeping- 
place,  esp.  of  wild  beasts,  den,  lair, 
Lye— II.  .^ep.  [i] 

Ίσνοί,  exclamation  of  joy.  Λο  ho! 
Ar.  Ran.  1029.  [r] 

Ίανω,  {ανω)  Ιο  sleep,  Horn. ;  also  in 
genl.  to  lie,  lodge,  pass  the  night,  wheth- 
er sleeping  or  awake,  Horn. ;  άύττνονς 
νύκτας  ίανειν,  II.  9,  325  :  of  wild 
beasts,  Od.  9, 184,  etc. :  hence  in  gen), 
to  be,  dwellin  a  place. — II.  trans.  Ιανειν 
Ίτόδα,  to  rest  the  foot,  Eur.  Phoen. 
1538  ;  τέρψιν  ένννχίαρ  I.,  to  enjoy  the 
night's  sleep,  Herm.  Soph.  Aj.  1183  : 
c.  gen.,  like  τ^ανω,  Lye.  [t] 

Ιαώέτης,  ov.  δ,  {'ιός,  άφίημι)  an 
archer,  Anth.  [/] 

Ίαχαιος.  α,ον.  (Ιαχη) glad-sounding, 
as  Br.  and  Ellendt  read  in  Soph.  O.  T. 
1219. 

Ίΰχέω,  ώ.  (.  -ησω,^Ιύχω,  Η.  Horn. 
Cer.  20,  and  so  in  late  Ep.  and  Trag. 
[In  Trag.,  ίάγέω,  ίύχή,  etc.  freq.  in 
MSS..  as  Soph.  O.  T.  1219 ;  in  such 
cases  some  would  read /αΑγέω,  ίακχη, 
653 


IBYK 

V.  Pors.  Or.  95 1 :  but  Markl.  Eur.  L  A. 
1036,  and  Elinsl.  Soph.  1.  c,  delend 
u  before  ;f,  cf.  χ  sub  I'm. :  nay  Elinsl. 
aftervvrds.  asserted  that  in  Att.  the  a 
was  always  Ions,  v.  ad.  Heracl.  752, 
Med.  147,  et  ibid,  llcrin.,  cf.  also  Jul- 
lendt  Lex.  Soph.  v.  Ιύχω.^ 

Ιαχή,  ης,  ή,  {Ίάχω)  α  cry,  in  II.  the 
shout  both  of  the  victor  and  the  van- 
quished :  a  wnil.  shriek,  Od.  11,  43: 
later  usu.  oi  joyful  shouts,  Eur.  Med. 
147,  Bacch.  14'J:  in  getil.  a  loud  sound, 
ΰμεναίων,  Pind.  P.  3,  29  ;  also,  i.  αύ- 
λώι;  Poet.  ap.  Plut.  2,  1104  E.  [^• 
fbreg] 

Ϋΐάχη,  ης,  ?/,  lache,  a  nymph,  com- 
panion of  Proserpina,  H.  Horn.  Cer. 
419.  [<a]. 

Ίύχημ,α,  ατός,  τό,  (.Ιαχέω)  a  cry, 
shout'.  Eur.  H.  F.  883.  [ΐάχ] 

Ίαχος,  ό,=  ίαχή,  dub.  ap.  Orph. 

Ίαχράς.όν, mdtid, softened:  metaph. 
at  ease,  tranquil:  akin  to  Ιαίΐ'ω,  q.  v.  [Γ] 

Ία^Ί'ία,  part.  perf.  fein.  from  sq. 

Ίάχω,  f.  ίαχήσυ,  perf  Ιαχη,  to  cry, 
shout,  in  Horn.  csp.  of  battle-shouts 
and  wailing:  later  usu.  to  shout  joy- 
fully :  in  late  poets  c.  ace.  cognato, 
I.  φωνήν,  αϋδήν,  to  utter...,  Nonn. — 
IT.  of  things,  to  resound,  as  of  an  echo, 
Od.  9.  395 ;  of  the  waves,  to  roar,  II. 
1,  482 ;  of  a  shield,  tu  ring,  Hes.  Sc. 
232  ;  of  hot  iron  in  water,  to  hi.is,  Od. 
9,  392.  (Prob,  from  la,  akin  to  ίαχέω, 
Ίακχυς,  Ιακχέω,  ίύζω,  ηχη)  \y  •  sub 
Ιαχέ(ύ.\ 

Ίυ,ωλκός,  οϋ,  7},=^1ωλκός,  Ε.  2,  712; 
Find.;  etc. 

'lawp,  όνος,  ό,  ν.  Ίάονες. — 11.  the 
Ιηοη,  a  tributary  of  the  Alpheus  in 
Elis  Pisatis,  Call.Jov.  21.     [ta] 

Ίβανα-ρίς.  ίδος,  ή,  {ίβάνη)  the  rope 
of  a  draw-well. 

Ίβανέω,  ώ,  to  draw  water,  like  αντ- 
λία :  from 

'13άνη,  ης.  ή,  and 

Ίβανος,  ου,  ό,  α  water-bucket  or 
pitcher,  cf.  137/νος.   ['] 

Υ13άνω?ας,  ιος,  ό.  Ibandli.i,  masc. 
pr.  η.,  of  Mylassa  in  Caria.  Hdt.  5,  37. 

Ίβόης.  6,  a  plug  in  a  ship^s  bottom, 
which  can  be  taken  out  to  dram  the 
hold,  Eustath.  525,  34  ;  858.  38. 

Ίβηνος,  ov,  ό,  =  ϊβύνη,  Ιβανος, 
hence  τιβήν,  τί3ηνης. 

Xljhjp,  ηρης,  ό,  the  tbcrus,  now  Rbro, 
a  river  of  Spain,  Polyb.,  Strab.— II. 
an  Iberian,  a  Spaniard,  oi  Ίβτ/ρες,  the 
Iberians,  Spaniards,  Hdt.  7,  165  ; 
Strab. — 2.  the  Iberians,  inhab.  of  Ibe- 
ria ill  Asia,  Strab.     Hence 

γ]3ηρία.  ας,  ή.  Iberia,  Spain  so  call- 
ed from  the  Iberus.  Hdt.  1,  163,  etc., 
more  strictly  iii  Greek  wr.  only  the 
seacoast  from  the  pillars  of  Hercules 
to  the  Pyrenees. — 2.  a  region  in  .\sia 
between  the  Poutus  Euxiiius  and  the 
Caspian,  Strab. :  and 

ΧΙβηρικύς,  ν,  όν,  Iberian,  Spanish, 
Strab. ;  pecul.  fern.  Ίβηριύς,  ύδος, 
Anth. 

'13ηρίς,  ίδος,  η,  a  kind  of  cress, 
Diosc.  (  Prob.  from  its  place  of 
growth.) 

'\βις,  gen.  Ion.  Ιβως,  Att.  Ιβιδος, 
ace.  Ιβιν,  ή,  the  ibis,  an  ^Egyptian  bird, 
feeding  on  worms  and  aquatic  ani- 
mals, to  which  divine  honours  were 
paid.  There  were  two  kinds,  Hdt.  2, 
75, 76. 

Ίβίσκος,  ου,  ό,  Lat.  hibiscus,  a  kind 
of  marsh-mallou:.^=(L?\.6aia,  Diosc. 

'ϊβν^ω,  and  Ιβυκινέω,  ώ,  to  sound  the 
trumpet  :  hence  ίβνκτήρ,  6,  and  ίβυ- 
κ,ινήτης,  a  trumpeter,  only  in  Gramm. 
[Akin  to  βυκάνη,  Lat.  buccina.'\ 

ΥΙβύκειης,  ov,  o//6ycus,  Plat.  Parm. 
137  A.     From 
651 


ΙΔΕΛ 

ΥΙβνκος,  ου,  6.  Ibycus,  a  lyric  poet 
of  Khegiuni,  lived  in  Sainos,  a  con- 
temporary of  Croesus,  Ar.  Th.  161. 

'lv(5;/,  ης,  ή,  a  mortar,  Hipp.  :  also 
λίγόος.     HeiiCC 

Ίγδίζω.  f.  -ί'σω,  to  pound  in  a  inortar. 

'lyoiov,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  ϊγδη. 

"Ιγδίς.  ή.  oldest  Att.  fonu  lor  ιγδη, 
Solon  30,  cf  Lob.  Phryn.  165. 

Ίγδισμα,  ατός,  τό,  [ίγδίζίΑ))  apound- 
ing. — II.  a  dance,  in  which  there  was 
much  stamping. 

γίγγαννοί.  ων,  ol,  the  Ligures  In- 
ganni,  a  people  of  Liguria  in  the 
neighbourhood  of  Genua,  Strab. 

Ί•)/ί(ΐί,  part,  ίγμένος,  perf.  of  ίκνέ- 
ομαί ;  Soph. :  most  usu.  in  compd. 
άφίγμαί. 

Ίγνητες,  ων.  οί,:=ανθιγενεϊς,  Lat. 
indigenae,  Rhodian  word. 

Ίγνν-α,ας,  ή.  Ion.  and  Ep.,and  even 
Att.,  Ιγνύη,  the  hollow  or  hinder  part  of 
the  knee.  Lat.  poples,  II.  13,  212  :  Ιγνυ- 
ών  νφαίρεσις,  in  wrestling,  a  stroke 
behind  the  knee  making  the  joint 
give  way,  cf.  II.  23,  726.  (Formed 
from  γυνυ,  liKe  γνύξ  and  —ρόχνν-  [ϋ. 
but  prob.  only  by  necessity  of  the 
metre,  cf.  sq.] 

Ίγννς,  νος  [ν],  ^,=  foreg.,  Η.  Hom. 
Merc.  152.  Theocr.  has  the  ace.  ty- 
vva.  for  lyvvv. 

Ίδα,  ή,  poet,  and  Ion.  Ίδη,  ης,  Ida, 
a  mountain  in  Phrygia  near  Troy,  II. ; 
Trag.;  etc. — 2.  a  mountain  of  Crete 
on  which  Jupiter  was  reared,  Dion. 
P.  ;  Strab.;  etc.  :  hence,  Τ^εύς  ΊδαΙοΓ, 
Π.  16.  605,  and  Trag.— II.  in  Ion.  Gr. 
Ιδη,  as  appellat.,  any  wqpdy  mountain, 
and  ΐ,0^=νλη,  a  thick  wood,  wood,  copse, 
usu.  in  plur.,  e.  g.  Hdt.  1,  110  ;  4,  175  ; 
7,  111  ;  but  also  in  sing.,  4,  109;  and 
so,  ιδη  ναν~ηγήσίμος.  timber  for  ship- 
building, Hdt.  5,  23.'[i] 

t'ltiaiu,  ας,  ή,  Idnea,  daughter  of 
Dardanus.  wife  of  Phineiis,  Apollod. 
3,  12,  1. — 2.  a  nymph,  mother  of  Teu- 
cer.  Id. 

\ΊδαΙος,  ov,  b,  Idaeus,  a  herald  of  the 
Trojans,  II.  7,  276.-2.  a  son  of  Dares, 
a  Trojan,  II.  5,  11.— 3.  a  charioteer  of 
Priam.  II.  21,  325,  perhaps  same  as 
No.  1. — Others  in  Pans. 

\'ΙδαΙος,  a,  ov,  of  Ida,  Idaean,  II., 
Trag.,  etc. :  v.  sub  Ίδα- 

Υΐδοκος.  ov,  ό.  Idaeus,  a  place  in 
the  Thracian  Chersonese  on  the 
Hellespont,  Thuc.  8,  104. 

Ίδάλφος,  ov,  (ίδυς)  causing  sweat  or 
perspiration,  καύμα,  Hes.  Op.  413. 
[ΐδά] — \\.=  εΊδάλίμος.  [ΐδ] 

ΥΙδάλων,  ου.  τό,  Idalivm,  a  prom- 
ontory and  city  of  Cyprus  with  a 
temple  and  grove  of  Venus,  Theocr. 
15.  106.  [ίδί] 

ΥΙδύνβιιρσος,  ov,  ό,  Idnnthyrsus,  a 
king  of  the  Scythians,  Hdt.  4,  76. 

'Ίδΰνίκός,  ή,  όν,  {ίδεΐν,  ιδέα)  exist- 
ins  only  in  conception,  ideal,  Tim.  Locr. 
97  D.  [r] 

Ίδΰνός,  όν,  {.ΙδεΙν)  fair,  comely, 
Call.  [6] 
■\'\<\ar,  a  Ep.  εω,  b,  Idas,  son  of 
Aphareus  of  Messene,  one  of  the  Cal- 
ydonian  hunters,  Pind.  N.  10,  112 
sqq. — 2.  son  of  Aegyptus,  Apollod. — 
Others  in  Pans.,  etc. 

Ί(5έ,  conjunct..  Ion.  and  Ep.  for 
ήδέ,  and.  Horn.,  only  once  in  Trag., 
Soph.  Ant.  909.  [--,  but  in  Hom. 
always  with  ult.  long  by  position  and 
caesura.] 

Ί(5ε,  or  Ίδε,  imperat.  aor.  from  f  ΐ- 
δον.  Ιο,  behold,  Hom.  [t] 

Ίδε,  3  sing.  aor.  2  είδον,  Ep.  for 
είδε.  he  saw,  Hom.  [ϊ] 

'l(5t'a,  ας.  ή,  Ion.  ιδέη,  Ci^eiv)form, 
outward  semblance,  look,  Pind. — 2.  in 


ΙΔΙΟ 

genl.  the  look,  appearance  of  a  thinj, 
as  opp.  to  its  reality,  Lat.  species,  γνώ• 
μην  έξαττατώσ'  Ιδέαι,  outward  appear- 
ances clieat  the  mind,  Theogn.  128.— 
3.  a  nature,  species,  kind,  sort,  (^ύ'κ'ί.α 
τοίήςδε  Ιδ.,  Hdt.  1.  203,  cf.  0.  119  :  a 
way,  manner,  lb.  100,  θανάτου  ϊδέαι, 
manners  of  death,  Thuc.  3.  81,  cf.  lb. 
83  ;  2,  51  :  ;τασαι^  ίδέαν  πειράσαντες, 
having  tried  every  way,  Thuc.  2,  19  ; 
καινας  ιδέας  ιίςφερειν,  to  bring  in 
new  fashions,  Ar.  Nub.  547. — 4.=  et- 
δος,  a  class,  species,  under  which  indi- 
viduaFs  or  smaller  species  are  ranged ; 
an  idea  or  general  principle  for  such 
classification :  but  in  the  Platonic 
philosophy  the  ίδέαι,  were  not  only 
ύδη,  but  something  more,  viz.  the  per- 
fect archetypes,  models  or  patterns  (Lat. 
formae),  oi  which,  resi>ectively,  all 
created  things  were  the  imperfect 
anti-types  or  representations,  v.  esp. 
Rep.  596  sq.  ;  είδος,  therefore  might 
be  used  for  ιδέα,  but  not  ιδέα  for  εί- 
δος, Stallb.  I.e.  A,  hot  v.  Ritter  Hist, 
of  Philos.  2,  p.  266.  note. —  5.  the 
leading  idea,  Ital.  mol'ivo,  after  which 
a  speech  is  composed,  [t] 

[δείν,  inf.  aor.  2  εΙδον,  Ep.  lengthd. 
ίδέειν,  Hom.,  Dor.  ίδέμεν,  Pind.  [i] 

Ίδεσκον,  ες,  ε.  Ion.  and  Ep.  lengthd. 
for  Ιδον,  εΙδον,  II.  3,  217.  [I] 

Ίδέω,  Ion.  for  ιδώ,  subj.  aor.  2  act. 
εΙδον. — II.  Ep.  subj.  perl,  of  οίδα,  for 
εΐδώ,  to  know,  II.  14,  235,  where  others 
read  είδέω,  as  dissyll.  [ϊ] 
ΥΙδη,  ης,  ν,  Ιϋη.='Ι(5α. — Π.  ν.  Ίδα 
Η. 

Ίδηαι,  2  sing.  subj.  aor.  2  mid.  εί- 
δόμην.  Ep.  for  Ιδτι,  Hom.  [ί] 

'\^1δήεσσα,   ης,  ή,   Ideessa,   a  small 
town  of  Spain,  Strab. 
ΥΙδηβεν.  aAwfrom  Ida.  II.  3,  276. 

^ίδησώ,  for  ίδήσω,  Dor.  fut.  oi εΙδον, 
Theocr.  3.  37.  [ϊ] 

'ίδια,  v.  Ιδιος  V'f. 

Ιδιαζόντως,  adv.,  apart,  privately, 
Sext.  Emp. :  from 

Ίδιύζω,  f.  -άαω,  {Ιδιος)  to  be  apart, 
live  retired,  Hipp.  :  to  be  peculiar,  dif- 
ferent from  others.  Diod. —  II.  to  devote 
one's  leisure  to..  ,  τινί,  A.  B. — III.  mid. 
to  appropriate  to  orie's  self,  procure.   [Γ] 

Ιδιαίτερος,  Ίδιαίτατος,  comp.  and 
superl.  of  Ίδιος,  prob  from  ιδία. 

Ίδιασμός,  οϋ,  ό,  [ιδιάζω)  α  peculiar- 
ity. Iambi. 

Ίδιαστής,  ου,  ό,  {ιδιάζω)  α  recluse, 
Diog.  L. 

Ιδικός,  ή,  όν,  (είδος)  late  form  of 
ειδικός,  q.  v.     Adv.  -κώς. 

Ίδιοβονλενω,  to  follow  one's  own 
counsel,  take  one's  oiC7i  way,  Hdt.  7,  8, 
4:  but.  Lob.  Phryn.  621,  corrects  ί'(!ία 
βονλ.,  Dind.  Steph.  Thes.  ίδιοβον'λέω, 
which  occurs  in  Dio  C. 

ΊδιοβονΆέω,  ώ,  {ϊδιος,  βον?.ή)= 
foreg.,  q.  v. 

Ίδιογενης,ές,  {Ιδιος,  γένος)  peculiar 
in  kind.  opp.  to  κοινογενής.  Plat.  Po- 
ut. 265  E. 

'λδιόγλωσσος,  ov,  {Ιδιος,  γλώσσα) 
cf  distinct,  peculiar  tongue,  Strab. 

Ίδιογνωμονέω,  ώ.  to  hold  one's  own 
opinion,  Dio  C.  :  from 

Ίδιογνώ/ιων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  (Ιδιος, 
γνώμη)  holding  one's  own  opinion,  firm, 
obstinate,  Arist.  Eth.  N. 

Ίδιογυνίη,  ας.  ή,  {Ίδιος,  γονή)  sepa- 
rate generation,  breeding  only  jvith  one's 

own  kind,  of  species  that  will  not  breed 
together,  opp  to  κοινογονία,  Plat.  Po- 
lit.  265  D. 

Ίδιόγραήιος,  ov,  (  ίδιος,  γράφω  ) 
written  with  one's  oiim  hand,  το  ΐδ.  an 
autosTaph,  Gell. 

'\διοθΰνέω,  ώ,  (Ίδιος,  θνησκω,  θα• 
νεϊν)  to  die  in  a  peculiar  way. 


ΙΔΙΟ 

Ίβιοθηρεντικός,  ή,  όν,  {ϊόιος,  θηρ- 
εΐ'ω)  hunling  alone  ΟΧ  for  one's  self:  η 
-κή,  private  hanting,  Plat.  Soph.  222  D. 

'ϊόιοβηρία.  ας.  ή,  (Ιόιος.  βήρα)  pri- 
vate hunting,  Plat.  Soph.  223  Β. 

Ίόίόκη/Γος,  or,  (idiOf,  κτύομαι) 
possessed  as  private  property.  Hipp. 

'WtO/,o>  έο/ζαί,  dsp.,  tospeah,  converse 
in  private  with,  τινί.  Plat.  Theag.  121 
A ;  and 

ΊόιοΛογία,  ας,  ή,  a  private  conversa- 
tion. :  a  special  discussion,  Epicur.  ap. 
Diog.  L. :  Iroin 

Ίύίολόγος,  ov,  (Ιόιος,  λέγω)  mana- 
ging special  affairs,  name  ol  a  magis- 
trate in  Aegypt  under  the  emperor, 
Strab. 

Ίδωμήκης,  ες,  {Ιδως,  μήκος)  of 
their  own  length,  i.  e.  of  the  same  length 
each  way,  of  square  numbers,  Arith- 
met. 

Ιδιόμορφος,  ov,  (iJiOf,  μορφή)  of 
peculiar,  strange  form,  Strab. 

Ίδιον,  ου,  τή,  v.  sub.  Ιόιος. 

Ίδίοϊενία,  ας,  ή,  private  friendship  : 
from 

Ίόιόξενος,  ov,  (Ι^ιος,  ξένος)  a  pri- 
vate friend,  or  a  friend  in  a  private  ca- 
pacity, opp.  to  ηρόξενος,  Diod.,  for 
which  Andoc.  19,  3,  has  ιδία  ξένος. 

Ίδιο-ύθεια,  ας,  ή,  peculiarity  of  feel- 
ing; also  opp.  to  συμπάθεια.  Gal.  [ΰ]: 
and 

'ίδιοπάθέΐι),  ώ,  Ιο  be  peculiarly  affect- 
ed ;  in  genl.=  Lat.  aegre  ferre,  Lob. 
Phryn.  620  :  from 

Ίδιο-ΰβής,  ές,  {Ιόιος,  τϊύθος,  πα- 
θεΐνι  affected  in  a  peculiar  way. 

Ίδιο~οιέω,  ώ,  {Ιδιος,  ποιέυ)  to  make 
a  person's  own.  Mid.  to  appropriate, 
gain  to  one's  self,  like  ίδίόω,  ίόώομαι, 
Diod.     Hence 

Ίόιοττοίημα,  ατός,  τό,  an  act  of  ap- 
propriation ;  and 

Ίδίο-οίησις,  εως,  η,  a  making  one's 
own,  appropriation. 

'ίδιοπράγέω,  ώ,  {Ιδιος,  —ράσσω)  to 
act  independently  and  alone,  Polyb. — 2. 
to  mind  one's  own.  affairs.     Hence 

'loto-jpayia,  ας,  ή,  a  minding  one's 
own  affairs  and  interest,  selfishness. 
Plat.  Legg.  875  B. 

Ίδιοπραγμονέω,  ώ,  =ίδίθ~ραγέω : 
from 

Ίδιο-ράγμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος.  {Ιδιος, 
τζράγμα)  minding  one's  own  business, 
Diog.  L.  ;  opp.  to  ■7το?.υ:τρύγμων. 

'Ιόιο~ρος(ιΐ~έο>,  ώ,ίΐδιος,  ττρόςωπον) 
to  have  a  peculiar  look,  Astrol. 

Ιδιορρυθμία,  ας,  ή,  a  peculiar  way 
of  life :  from 

Ίδιύββνθμος,  ov,  {Ιδιος,  ^υθμός)  liv- 
ing in  one's  own  way.     Adv.  -μως. 

ίδιος,  ia,  lov,  Att.  also  ος,  ov : 
oipn,  one's  own,  private  :  in  Horn,  only 
twice,  -ρηξις,  Od.  3,  82,  χρείω.  Od. 
4,  314,  private  business,  opp.  to  public 
{δήμιος)  ;  so  too  in  Hdt.,  and  Att., 
Avhere  it  is  usu.  opp.  to  δημόσιος  or 
κοινός,  in  same  signf. ;  so  too,  ό  Ιδιος, 
like  ιδιώτης,  opp.  to  a  public  niati 
{■ΐϊυ7.ιτικός).  Wolf  Dem.  485, 14:  also 
τα  ipu  και  τα  Ιδια,  Valck.  Hdt.  6,  9. — 
II.  own,  one's  own,  in  property,  opp.  to 
αλλότριος,  Pind.  N.  6,  55,  Hdt.  7, 
147,  and  Att. ;  το  Ιδιον,  or  τα  Ίδια, 
private  property  or  concerns,  opp.  to 
κοινόν.  -νά,  Thuc.  2,  61,  etc.  ;  ace. 
to  Phryn.,  less  Att.  than  τα  έμαυτον, 
τά  έαντον,  etc.  ;  but  we  oft.  iiud  both 
joined  iti  Att.  prose,  τα  ίδια  τά  έμαυ- 
τον, τονμόν  Ιδιον,  τα  αντον  Ιδια.  τα 
νμέτερα  Ιδια,  τα  Ιδια  σφών  αντών, 
Oratt. ;  and  even, -α  Ιδ.  τα  σφέτερα  αυ- 
τών, Andoc.  28,9;  on  which  v.  Lob. 
Phryn.  441:  Ιδια  πράττειν,  to  mind 
one's  own  affairs,  treat  on  One's  accou  nt, 
Eur.  I.  A.  1363,  of.  VI.  2.— III.  pecu- 


ΙΔΙΩ 

liar,  separate,  distinct  from  all  else,  έθ- 
νος, Hdt.  4,  18  ;  also  foil,  by  ή.  Ίδιον 
ή  αλλοί,  peculiar  and  diflferent  from 
others,  Plat.  Gorg.  481  C  :  hence 
strange,  unaccustomed,  Eur.  Or.  558. — 
W .peculiar,  appropriate,  e.  g.  ονόματα, 
proper,  specific  words,  opp.  to  τά  ~ερι- 
έχοντα.  general  ones,  Arist.  Rhet.  3, 
5,  3. — V.  Ιδιοι  λ.όγοι,  humble  prose,  as 
opp.  to  ποίησις,  perh.  from  signf.  1., 
Plat.  Rep.  366  E,  of  infr.  VI.  3.— VI. 
besides  the  usu.  adv.  ιδίως,  (Plat. 
Legg.  807  B)  we  have  ioia.  Ion.  ioiy, 
oft.  as  adv.,  by  one's  self,  privately, 
opp.  to  δημοσία,  Hdt.  1,  132,  192,  and 
Att.  ;  also  c.  gen..  Ίδια  φρενός,  apart 
from,  Ar.  Ran.  102. — 2.  on  one's  own 
account,  Ar.  Eq.  467. — 3.  in  prose,  opp. 
to  ύτΐο  ποιητών.  Plat.  Rep.  3G6  E,  cf. 
V.  sub  fin. — VII.  the  regul.  comp. 
and  sup.  ίδιώτερος,  Ίδιώτατος,  only 
occur  late  ;  good  writers  use  ιδιαίτε- 
ρος, ίδιαίτατος,  prob.  from  Ιδια,  cf. 
Thom.  M.  466.  [Ιό] 

Ίδιόστο'λος,  ov,  {  Ίδιος,  στέ/.λ.ω ) 
equipt  at  one's  own  expense,  τριήρι/ς, 
Plut. :  but,  i'd.  έπλευσε,  in  his  own 
ship.  Id. 

Ίόιοανγκράσία,  ας,  ή,  {Ίδιος,  σνν, 
Kpttffif)=sq. 

ΊδιοσνγκρΙσία,  ας,  ή,  apeculiar  tem- 
perament or  habit  of  body,  idiosyncrasy, 
Diosc. :  from 

Ίδιοσύ^^κριτος,  ov,  {ίδιος,  συγκρί- 
νω) peculiarlif  composed  or  tempered, 
Hermes  ap.  Stob.  Eel.  1,  938. 

Ίδιοσυστΰτος,  ov,  {Ιδιος,  σννίστα- 
μαι)  of  its  own  independent  substance. 
Adv.  -τως. 

'I(5£0r;;f,  ητος,  ή.  {Ίδΐυς)  a  peculiari- 
ty, Polyb.  :  private  nature,  των  πρά- 
ξεων. Plat.  Polit.  305  D. 

Ιδιοτροπία,  ας,  ή,  a  peculiar  fashion: 
from 

Ιδιότροπος,  ov,  {Ιδιος,  τρόπος)  of  a 
peculiar  fashion,  sort,  kind,  Strab. 
Adv.  -πως. 

Ίδιότροφος,  ov,  {Ίδιος,  τρέφω)  feed- 
ing on  particular  things,  opp.  to  παμφά- 
γος, Arist.  Η   A. 

Ιδιότυπος,  ov,  {Ίδιος,  τύπος)  of  pe- 
culiar form,  Hermes  ap.  Stob.  Eel.  1, 
938. 

Ίδιοφεγγής,  ές,  {ίδιος,  φέγγος)  shi- 
ning by  its  own  light,  of  the  moon,  An- 
tipho    ap.  Stob.  Eel.  1,  p.  556. 

Ιδιοφυής,  ές,  {ιόιος,  φυή)  of  peculiar 
nature,   Dlod. 

Ιδιόχειρος,  ov,  {Ίδιος,  χειρ)  with 
one's  own  hand,  το  ιδ.,  the  original  man- 
uscript.    Adv.  -ρως. 

'\διόω,  ώ,  {Ίδιος)  to  make  a  person's 
own,  appropriate.  Mid.  to  make  one's 
own,  appropriate  to  one's  self.  Plat. 
Rep.  547  B,  Legg.  742  B. 

"Ιδΐσις,  εως,  ή,  a  sweating,  perspi- 
ring, Arist.  Probl.  \ΐδ]  ■  from 

'ϊδίω.  t.  -ίσω,  {ιδος)  to  sweat,  Ar. 
Pac.  85  ;  of  the  cold  sweat  of  terror, 
Od.   20,  204 :    in   prose   usu.  ιδρόω. 

[ ,  except  in  Od.,  where  penult. 

short.] 

Ιδίωμα,  ατός,  τό,  {ίδίόω)  a  property, 
peculiarity  of  character,  etc.,  Polyb.  : 
peculiar  phraseology,  idiom,  Dion.  H. 
Hence 

Ίδιωματιΐίός,  ή,  όν,  peculiar,  charac- 
teristic, Clem.  Al. 

Ίδίωσις,  εως,  ή,  {ίδιου)  a  claiming 
a  thing  as  private  property. — II.  a  sepa- 
ration, distinction  between  things,  opp. 
to  κοινωνία.  Plat.  Rep.  462  B. 

Ιδιωτεία,  ας,  ή.  private  life  or  busi- 
ness, in  Plat.  opp.  to  βασιλεία,  Legg. 
696  .Λ. — Ι1.=ίόίωμα  :  from 

Ίδιωτενω,  to  be  an  ιδιώτης,  live  re- 
tired, i.  e.  without  public  business,  or  with- 
out political  power,  opp.  to  άρχω,  Xen. 


ΙΔΟΜ 
Hier.  8,  5. — IL  to  be  without  any  profes- 
sion, be  a  layman.  Plat.  Pollt.  259  A : 
hence  c.  gen.  rei.  to  be  unpractised,  un- 
skilled in  a  thing,  Plat.  Prot.  327  A ; 
so  too,  ιδ.  περί,  προς  τίνος. — 2.  esp. 
to  be  unskilled  in  gymnastics,  ογρ.  to 
άγωνίζεσθαι :  from 

Ίδιώτιις,  ov,  ό,  (Ίδιος)  a  private  per- 
son, one  in  a  private  station,  not  engaged 
in  public  affairs,  άνήρ  ιδ.,  Hdt.  1,  32, 
59,  etc. ;  opp,  to  βασιλενΓ,  Id.  7,  3  ;  to 
άρχων.  Plat.  Polit.  259  Β  ;  to  πολι- 
τευόμενος. (Dem.)  150.  8 ;  to  στρατ- 
ηγός, a  private  soldier,  Xen.  An.  1,  3, 
ll,  etc.  :  also  an  individual,  as  o;  p.  to 
πόλις,  Thuc.  3,  10,  Plat,  etc.— 2.  as 
adj.,  ιδ.  βίος,  the  life  of  such  people,  a 
private  station,  homely  Λν3\'  of  life, 
Plat.  Rep.  578  C. — 3.  oneof  the  common 
people,  a  plebeian,  Hdn. — II.  one  who 
has  no  professional  knowledge,  whether 
of  politics  or  any  other  subject,  as  we 
say  a  layman,  e.  g.  ιατρός  καΐ  ιδιώτης, 
Thuc.  2,48;  ποιητής  ή  ιδιώτης,  a 
poet  or  a  prose-uriler.  Flat.  Phaedr. 
258  p,  ubi  v.  Heind. ;  Ιδ.  και  μηδέν 
αν'λήσεως  επαΐων,  Id.  Prot.  327  C  ; 
hence,  c.  gen.  rei,  unpractised,  unskill- 
ed in  a  thing,  Lat.  expers,  rudu',  ιατρι- 
κής. Id.  Prot.  345  .\  ;  also,  κατά  τι, 
Xen.  Cyr.  1,5,  11  :  hence  in  genl. — 

2.  an  ignorant,  lU-informed  man,  opp. 
to  πεπαιδίνμένος,  Xen.  Mem.  3,  12, 
1,  and  Luc. — 3.  esp.  one  who  is  unprac- 
tised in  gymnastics,  an  awkiiard.  clumsy 
fellow,  opp.to  ασκητής,  αθλητής,  Luc, 
cf  ιδιωτικός  II.  2. — IV.  Ιδιώται,  one's 
countrymen,  opp.  to  ξένοι,  Ar.  Ran. 
459.     Hence 

Ίδιωτίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  to  put  into  common 
langimge. 

Ιδιωτικός,  ή.  όν,  belonging  to  an 
ιδιώτης,  or  private  man,  opp.  to  what 
is  public  property  {δηαόσακ),  Hdt.  1, 
21  ;  4,  164.— 11.  rude,  clumsy.  Plat  Eu- 
thyd.  282  D.  and  so  adv.  -κώς,  lb.  278 
D  ;  cf.  ιδιώτης  III. — 2.  esp.  neglecting 
gymnastics,  etc.,  hence  ιδιωτικώς  σώ- 
μα έχειν,  to  neglect  them,  Xen.  Mem. 

3,  12,  1,  and  Plat. 

Ίδιώτις,  ιδος,  ή,  fern,  from  ιδιώτης, 
App. 

Ίδιωτισμός,  ov,  ό,  {Ιδιωτίζω)  the 
way  or  fashion  of  a  private  Or  low  per 
son  :  esp.  in  language,  a  homely  phrase, 
Longin. :  α  vulgarism. 

Ίδιωφελής,  ές,  {Ίδιος,  ώφελέω)  pri- 
vately profitable,  opp.  to  κοινωφελής, 
Stob. 

Ίδμεν.  Ion.  and  Dor.  for  ισμεί',  1  pi, 
from  οίδα,  Hom. — II.  Ep.  (or  είδέναι, 
inf.  oi  οίδα,  Hom.,  but  this  is  usu.  Ιδ 
μεναι. 

Ίδμεναι,  Ep.  for  είδέναι,  inf  of  οί- 
δα, Horn. 

Ίδμη,  ης,  r},=sq. 

Ίδμοσννη,  ης,  ή,  knowledge,  skill, 
Hes.  Th.  377,  in  plur. :  from 

Ίδμων,  ov.  gen.  όνος,  (είδέναι.  ίδ- 
μεν) practised,  skilled,  τινός,  in  a  thing, 
Anth.,  and  Nonn. 

ΤΙόμων,  όνος,  ό,  Idmon,  son  of  Apol- 
lo and  Gyrene,  an  argonaut  and  seer, 
Ap.  Rh.  1, 139.-2.  a  son  of  Aegyptus, 
Apollod.— 3.=Ίά(5//ωΐ',  Plut. 

Ίδνόω,  ώ,  f.  -ώσω,  to  crook,  bow. 
Pass,  to  crook  one's  self,  double  one's 
self  up,  e«p.  for  pain,  ίδνώθη,  of  a 
wounded  man,  II.  2,  266,  Od.  8,  375, 
etc. ;  but  he  only  uses  aor.  pass.  3 
sing,  ίδνώθη.  and  part,  ίδνωθείς. 

Ίδοίατο,  Aeol.  and  Ion.  for  Ιδοιντο, 
Hom. 

f  Ιδομενεύς,  έως  Ep.  and  Ion.  ήος,  6, 
Idomeneus.  son  of  Deucalion,  grand- 
son of  Minos,  king  of  Crete,  11.  2,  643, 
etc.— 2.  a  son  of  Priam.  Apollod.— 3. 
a  historian  of  Lampsacus,  Ath.  532  F, 
655 


ΙΔΡΤ 

ΫΙδομενη,  ης,  V,  Idomlne,  two  high 
hills  in  Acarnania  near  Ambracia, 
Thnc.  3,  112. 

MiJoi»,  Ep.  without  augm.  forsMov, 
1  siiiiz.  and  3  pi.  aor.  2,  Horn. 

ΊΛΟΣ,  εος,  τό,  sweat,  perspiration, 
Hipp.  :  hence — 2.  violent  heat,  as  ol 
the  dog-days,  Hes  Sc.  397.  (Sanscr. 
svid,  Anglo-S.  swat,  etc :  akin,  to 
νδος,  ύδωρ.) 

Ί(SoσαI^  Alex,  ίοτάδον,  LXX,  like 
7/λβησαν,  for  ηλβον,  3  plur.  aor.  2. 

Ίδοΐ;  iinperat.  aor  mid.  είδύμην. 
—II.  but  ιδού.  as  adv.,  lo  !  behold  !  see 
there!  esp.— 1.  in  giving  or  otlering  a 
thing,  like  τη,  there  !  take  it .'  Lai.  en 
tibi!  as  Ar.  Pac.  2,  5,  etc.— 2.  well! 
as  you  please!  Ar.  Eq.  121,  157.— 3.  in 
repeating  another's  words  quizzingly, 
as,  !δον  y'  άκρατον,  oh  yes,  wine ! 
wine,  qiioth'a!  wine,  marry  !  Ar.  Eq. 
87.  311,  etc. 

νΐδονβεδα,  ας,  ή,  Idilbeda,  now  Sierra 
d'Oca,  a  mountain  of  Spain.  Strab. 
ΥΙδουμαία.  ας,  ή.  Idt'imaea,  a  region 
in  the  southern  part  of  Palestine  bor- 
dering on  Arabia,  Jos.,  N.  T.  Hence 
νΐδουμαίος,  a.  ov,  of  Idumnea,  Idu- 
maean;  o'l.  Ίδονμ.,  the  Idumaeans, 
Strab. 

Ίδρεία,  ας,  η.  Ion.  Ιδρείη.  (ίδρις) 
knoiilcdee,  practice,  skill,  TToAtpoiO,  m 
war  11.  16,  359. 

Ί<5ρ£α.  ας,  ή.  Ion.  U^pi7i,=  {oreg., 
άλλ'  ίδρί?),  Theocr.  22,  «5,  ubi  al.  v.  1. 
tJpft'?).  oin.  ύ'λλ'. 

ΥΙδριάς,  άδος,  ή,  Idrias,  a  region  of 
Phrygia'  on  the  borders  of  Caria, 
around  the  Maisyas.  Hdt.  5,  1 18  :  also 
a  town  uf  the  same,  .the  eaiier  Χμν 
σηηρις  ;  hence  '\δριενς,  ό,  an  mhab.  of 
Idruis,  Strab.     From 

ΥΙδριενς,  έως,  ό.  Idrieus,  son  of  He- 
catomnus,  king  of  Caria,  Strab.,  Plut., 
etc. 

Ίδρις,  gen.  Ιδριος,  Att.  Ιδρεως,  ό, 
ί],  neut.  Ιδρί,  {οίδα.  είδέί•αι.  Ιδμεν) 
experienced,  knowing,  skilful.  Ιδρις  άντ/ρ, 
Od.  C,  233  •  also  c.  inf ,  Od.  7,  lOH  ;  c. 
gen.  rei,  Hes.  Sc.  351,  and  so  Pind. 
O.  1,  167.  and  Trag.:  ahsol.  in  lies. 
Op.  776,  Ιδρίς,  the  provident  creature, 
=μυρμηξ,  the  ant,  as  in  Op.  522,  άνό- 
στεος,  the  boneless  one,  for  πυ'/.ύ- 
ττονς,  cf.  άνθεμονργός. 

Ίδρος,  ov,  ύ,  poet,  for  ίδρώς,  dat. 
ίδρώ,  11.  17,  385,  cf.  ερος,  έρως.  [I  by 
uatiare.]    Hence 

Ιδρύω,  ώ.ί.  -ώσω,  to  sweat,  perspire, 
Horn.  (esp.  in  11.)  ;  from  toil,  11.  18, 
372:  from  agony,  II.  11,  119;  c.  ace. 
cognato,  ίδρώβ',  ov  Ίδρωσα  μόγω,  II. 
4,  27.  This  verb,  like  its  oppos.  βί- 
γόω,  is  contracted  irreg.  into  ω  and 
cj,  inst.  oi  ov  and  oi,  hence  fern.  part. 
ίδρώσαι,  11.  H,  598  (also  lengthd.  «5- 
ρώονσα,  lb.  119);  3  p\.  ίδρώσι,  0\>t. 
ίδρώη.  Hipp.  :  this  however  is  appar. 
only  Ion.,  for  in  Xen.  Hell.  4,  5,  7,  the 
bestJEdd.  have  ίδρονί'τι,  not  ίδρώντι. 
[i  by  nature.] 

Ίδρυμα,  ατός,  τό,  (Ιδρύω)  a  thing 
set  fast,  founded,  built  by  a  person,  τι- 
νός, Strab. :  esp.  a  temple,  like  ίδος, 
θεών,  Hdt.  8,  144  ;  and  even  a  statue, 
δαιμόνων  ϊδρ.,  Aesch.  Pers.  811,  cf. 
Dion.  H.  Ant.  1,41:  ίδρυμα  πόλεως, 
the  stay,  support  of  the  City,  of  the 
chiefs,  like  Lat.  columen  rei,  Eur. 
Supp.  631. 

Ιδρνμι,  V.  'ιδρύω. 

Ίδρννω,  supposed  pres.  whence 
aor.  pass.  ίδρύνΟην,  of  ιδρύω. 

Ίδρυσις,  εως,  ή,  (ιδρύω)  a  founding, 
foundation,  buildins.  esp.  of  temples, 
etc.,  Plat.  Rt-p.  427  B,  etc. :  a  settle- 
ment, Plut.  [("',  later  v,  Jac.  A.  P.  p. 
242.] 

656 


ΙΔΤΙ 

Ίδρντεον,  verb.  adj.  from  Ιδρύω,  one 
inust  fix,  found  :  esp.  one  must  inaugu- 
rate a  statue.  Ar.  Pac.  923. — II.  pass. 
ηνχ  ίδρυτέον,  one  must  not  sit,  loiter, 
Soph.  Aj.  809. 

Ί(5ρι;ω,  f.  -υσω,  aor.  pass,  ίδρννθην 
or  Ίδρνβην,  v.  sub  tin.  To  sent,  make 
to  sit  down,  II.  2,  191,  Od.  3,  37  ;  ίδρ. 
στρατη'/ν,  to  encamp  an  army,  lidi.  1, 
124,  cf  203.  Pass,  to  be  sealed,  sit  still, 
be  quiet,  II.  3,  78  ;  κατ'  οΙκον  ϊδρυται 
■)VV7],  Eur.  Hipp.  639:  ιδρυμένος,  seat- 
ed, steady,  secure,  Hdt.  6,  86,  1. — II.  to 
place  firm,  fix,  found,  esp.  to  set  up  and 
dedicate \.emyi\'es.  statues,  Valck.  Hipp. 
31,  trophies,  F]ur.  Heracl.  786  ;  hence 
at  Athens,  ίί/ρωες  κατά  πό?Λν  ιδρυμέ- 
νοι, the  heroes  vho  had  statues  erected 
to  them,  Lycurg.  147,  43  :  also  in  mid. 
c.  pi.  pass,  ϊδρνμαι,  to  fmmd,  set  up  for 
one'sself./pov,  Hdt.  1,105,  but  Hdt.  has 
ϊδρυμαι  also  in  pass,  sense,  1,  69. — 111. 
in  genl.  like  Lat.  figcre,  to  fix,  settle,  es- 
lubtish  persons  in  a  place,  εις  τόπον, 
Hipp.,  and  Eur.  Ale.  841  ;  Άρη  έμφύ- 
Αίον  ίδρ.,  to  give  footing  to,  i.  e.  ex- 
cite intestine  war,  Aesch.  Eum.  862. 
Pert.  pass,  ϊδρνμαι,  to  be  fixed,  placed, 
situated,  to  lie,  Lat.  situm  esse,  ol  a  city, 
Hdt.  2,  59  ;  of  nations,  Id.  8,  73  :  also 
of  local  diseases,  το  εν  κεφα'λ^  'ιδρυ- 
θέν κακόν,  like  στηριζόμενον,  Thuc. 
2,  49  :  ίδμνσθαι  εις  τύπον,  to  settle  in 
a  place,  Thuc.  1,  131  ;  hut  alsoc.  ace, 
Ίδρ.  οικον.  Eur.  El.  1130.  From  this 
pres.  signf.  of  ϊδρνμαι  some  assume 
an  act.  'ιδρνμι.  which  is  not  found. 
Mid.  to  found,  erect,  establish  for  one's 
self,  Hdt.  (From  Ιζω,  as  έδρα  from  έζω.) 
[seemingly,  ν  by  nature,  Eur.  Heracl. 
786,  though  Horn,  makes  it  short  in 
thesis,  II.  2,  191,  Od,  20,  257  :  ν  in  fut. 
and  aor.  1  act. :  pf.  ϊδρϋμαι,  Enr. 
Heracl.  19,  Hel.  820,  Theocr.  117.21, 
so  that  the  inf  should  be  written  ((5- 
ρνσβαι.  not  ίδρνσθηι :  aor.  ίδμνΙ)7/ν  in 
Horn,  is  usu.  written  ίδρννβην,  but 
perh.  (as  Dind.  thinks)  only  through 
i.<;norance.  cf  however  Lob.  Phryn. 
37.  Late  poets,  as  Nonn.,  made  ϋ 
even  in  fut.  and  aor.  1  act.,  Jac.  A.  P. 
242.] 

Ίδρώ.  acc.  from  ίδρώς  for  ιδρώτα, 
and  Ίδρώ,  dat.  for  ίδρώτι.  Horn. 

'Ιδρωα  or  ΐδρώα,  τά,  {ίδρώς)  heat- 
spots, pustules,  Lat.  sudamina,  aestates, 
Hipp. 

Ίδρώδης,  ες,  {ίδρώς,  είδος)  apt  to 
perspire,  Hipp. 

Ίδρώς.  ώτος,  ό,  {Ιδος)  sweat,  perspi- 
ration. Hom.,  lesp.  in  11.)  and  Att.,  cf. 
στάζω :  also  the  exsudation  o(  trees, 
glim,  resin.  Ion  ap.  Ath.  451  I) :  in 
genl.  juice,  moisture,  Βρομιαδος  ιδρώ- 
τα πηγής  of  wine,  Antij)h.  Aphrodis. 
1,  12. — 11.  metaph.  any  thing  earned  by 
the  sweat  of  one^s  brow,  Ar.  Eccl.  750. 
Hom.  in  II.  has  an  acc.  ίδρώ  as  well 
as  the  legul.  ιδρώτα,  and  in  II.  17,  385, 
the  dat.  ίδρώ  for  ίδρώτι  as  if  from  ιδ- 
ρός- [ί  by  nature.] 

Ίδρωσις  f ως.  τ/,{ίδρόω) a pcrspirins;. 

Ίδρωτικός.  ή,  όν.  (Ίδρόω)  sudorific, 
Hipp. — -11.  apt  to  perspire.  Gal.  Adv. 
-κώς,  Arist.  Probl.,  in  signf.  II. 

Ίδρώτιον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  ίδρώς. 

Ίδρωτοποιέω,  ώ,  to  make  to  perspire, 
Arist.  Probl. :  and 

Ίδρωτοποιία,  ας,  ή,  a  sweating,  Id. : 
from 

Ιδρωτοποιός,  όν,  {ίδρώς,  ποιέω)  su- 
dorific. Id. 

Υϊδρώω,  Ep.  lengthd.  and  Ion.  form 
for  ίδρόω. 

Ίδνΐα,  ας,  η.  Ep.  part. fern,  from  οΙδα 
for  είδνϊα.  m  Hom.,  and  Hes.  always 
in  phrase  ίδυίιισι  πραπίδεσσιν.  [ί] 

t'liJi'ia,  ας,  η,  Idyia,  a  daughter  of 


ΙΕΡΑ 

Oceanus  and  Tethvs,  Hes.  Th.  352, 
959. 

Ίδυιος,  (ίδνΙα)=^σννίστωρ,  μάρτυς 
in  Alt.,  Eustath.  p.  1 154,  35,  Ar.  Fr.  1. 
'IJw,  subj.  aor.  2  ύδον. 
"ίδωμι,  Ep.  subj.  aor.  2  είδον,  foi 
Ιδω,  11. 

Ίδών,  ίδονσα,  Ιδόν,  part.  aor.  2 
of  είδον,  Hom. 

Ίε,  Ίεν,  Ep.  3  sing.  impf.  of  εΙμι, 
Hom.   [t]^ 

νΐεζα•-ίήΛ,  indecl.  «7,  (and  Ίεζαβέλη, 
7/ζ•,  Jos.)  Jczahel,  fem.  pr.  n.,  wife  of 
Ahab  king  of  Israel,  LXX. 

'Ίει,  3  sing.  impf.  Ion.  and  Att.  of 
Ιημι,  Hom.  [t,  rarely  I,  II.  3,  221 ;  16, 
152.] 

Ίείη,  3  sing.  opt.  pres.  from  είμι, 
Ep.  for  lot,  U.  19,  209,  others  wrongly 
Ίείην.  [ί] 

ϊείς,  ίεισα,  ίεν,  part.  pres.  from 
ιημι.  [t  in  Od.] 

ΊεΙσι,  3  plur.  pres.  from  Ιημι,  II. 

'Λεμαι,  pres.  pasa.  and  mid.  from 
'ιημι- 

Ίεμαι,  /t'//;;!', present  and  impf.  mid. 
of  είμι,  to  hurry,  hasten,  cf.  είμι  init. 

Ίέμεν,  Ep.  inf.  pres.  from  'ιημι  for 
ί'έΐ'αί,  Hes.  Op.  594.  [t] 

Ίέμεναι,  Ep.  inf.  pres.  from  Ίημι  for 
Ιέναι,  II.  22,  206.  [/] 

Ίέμενος,  η,  ov,  part.  pres.  pass,  from 
ιημι,  Hom.  [i] 

Ίεν,  V.  Ιε. 

'Itr,  Aeol.  for  ίεσαν,  3  pi.  impf.  from 
■ίημι.  II.  12,  33.  [Ϊ] 

Ίέναι,  inf.  pres.  from  εΙμι,  Hom. 

Ίέναι,  inf.  pres.  from  'ίημι,  later 
Att.  Ibrin. 

t'ltOii,  (if,  ^,  (νήσος)  Hiera,  one  of 
the  l..ii)ari  islands,  Thuc.  3,  88  ;  also 
Ίερα  νήσος,  Strab.— 2.  one  of  the 
Aegates  insulae,  Polyb.  1,  60,  3. 

Ίεράγγε?.ος,  ov.  (Ιερός  άγγέλλω) 
one  uho  proclaims  a  festival. 

Ίεράγωγάς,  ύν,  (ιερόν,  άγω)  eon- 
ducting,  carrying  offervigs,  etc.  Polyb. 

Ίεράκΐδενς,  έως,  ό,(ίέραξ)  the  young 
of  the  fnlco7i  or  hawk,  an  eyass.  [ϊ] 

Ίεράκίζω,  f  -ίσω.  (ίέραξ)  to  scream 
like  a  hnuk,  Theo[)hr. 

Ίεράκιον,  ov,  τό,  hawkweed,  hiera- 
cium,  Diosc.  [a] 

Ίεράκίσκης,  ov,  ό.  dim.  from  ίέραξ, 
Ar.  Av.  1112. 

'λερΰκίτης,  ov,  6.  a  stone  of  the  colour 
of  a  hawk's  neck,  Plin.  [i] 

ΊερΛκοβύσκος,  ov,  (Ιέραξ,  βόσκω) 
one  ivho  feeds  hawks,  a  falconer,  Ael. 

Ίερακόμματος,  ov,  (Ιέραξ,  όμμα) 
hawk-eyed. 

Ίεράκόμορφος,  ov,  (ίεραξ,  μορώή), 
hnwk-shnpcd.  of  the  Aegypt.  god  Phre 
(the  Sun),  represented  with  a  hawk's 
head,  Miill.  Archaol.  d.  Kunst,  i«  232, 
3,  A. 

Ίερΰκώδης,  ες,  (ίέραξ,  είδος)  hawk- 
like. 

iΊεpu  κώμη.  ης,  ή,  Hieracnme,  a  town 
of  Caria,  Polyb. 

^Ίεράκων  νήσος,  ή,  Hiernconnlsns, 
Huivks'  island,  an  island  on  the  coast 
of  Arabia,  Strab. 

ΥΙεραμένης,  ους,  6,  HieramSnes,  a 
Persian,  Thuc.  8,  58  ;  Xen. 

Ίέραξ,  ύκος,  ό,  Ion.  ίέρηξ.  and 
contr.  'ίρηξ.  ηκος,  as  always  in  Horn., 
and  Hdt.,  the  latter  with  the  spir.  le- 
nis,  Ιρηξ :  a  hawk  or  falcon :  acc.  to 
some  from  ίερός,  because,  like  all 
solitary  birds  (οιωνοί)  it  was  a  bird  of 
augury.  Cf.  κίρκος. — II.  a  kind  of 
fish,  Epich.  p.  37.  [tf] 

ΥΙερύξ,  ύκος,  ύ,  Hierax,  masc.  pr.  n., 
a  Lacedaemonian,  Xen.  Hell.  5,  1,  3. 
— Others  in  Dem.,  etc. 

Ίεράομαι,  Ion.  /p.,  as  pass.,  (Ιερός) 
to  be  a  priest  or  priestess,  θεον  Hdt.  2, 


ΙΕΡΕ 

SS,37;  also  θεώ;  and  absol.,  Thuc. 2, 
2,  cf.  Ruhnk,  tim. 

Ίερΰτο'/.έω,  ώ,  to  be  Ιεραπόλοζ, 
Bockh  Inscr.  1,  p.  590. 
νίεράττο/Λς,  εως,  y,  Hierapolts,  a  city 
of  Phrygia  Major  on  the  Maeander, 
famed  for  its  warm  springs  and  Plu- 
tomum ;  its  ruins  are  now  Bambuk- 
kalessi.  Strab. — 2.  a  city  of  Syria,  the 
earlier  Βαμβνκη,  Id.    Hence 

ΥΙεράπο/ΰΓΐκός,  ή,  όν,  of  or  belong- 
ing to  Hierapolis,  HierapoUtic ,  Strab. 

Ίερα~ό~Αος,  ου,  ό,  {ίερός,  πολίω) 
the  chief  priest  ill  some  Greek  states, 
Bockh  Inscr.  2,  p.  4. 

νίερύττνΓνα,  τις,  ή,  (in  Dio  C.  Ίερά- 
ττυδνα,  τύ.)  Hierapytna,  a  city  of 
Crete,  Strab. :  oi  Ίεραττντνιοο,  the  in- 
hab.  of  Hier.,  Id. 

Ίεραρχέω,  ώ,  to  be  supreme  in  sacred 
things :   from 

Ιεράρχης,  ov,  6,  {ιερός,  άρχω)  a 
steward  or  president  of  sacred  rites, 
Bockh  Inscr.  1,  p.  749.     Hence 

Ιεραρχία,  ας,  η,  the  power  or  post  of 
a  ιεράρχης,  hierarchy :  esp.  the  episco- 
pate or  patriarchate,  Eccl. 

Ιεραρχικός,  ή,  όν,  of  or  belonging  to 
a  Ιεράρχης  or  Ιεραρχία.  Adv.  -κώς, 
Eccl.  .       ^ 

Ιερατεία,  ας,  η,  (ίερατενω)  the 
priest's  office,  priesthood,  Arist.  Pol. 

Ίεράτεΐον,  ου,  τό,  a  sanctuary,  Eccl. 

Ίεράτενμα,  ατός,  τό,  =  ίερατεία, 
LXX.     Hence 

Ίερατενματικός,  ή,  όν,  priestly, 
Schaf.  Plut.  Marcell.  5. 

Ίερΰτεύω,  and  pass.  Ιεράτενομαι, 
to  be  priest  or  priestess,  θεοϋ,  Inscr., 
β^ώ,  Hdn. :  EccL  to  be  bishop. 

Ιερατικός,  η,  όν.  (ίεράομαι)  belong- 
ing to  the  priest's  office,  Arist.  Pol. — II. 
devoted  to  sacred  purposes,  esp.  of  the 
hieratic  writing  of  the  Aegypt.  priests, 
Clem.  ΑΙ.,  v.  ιερογλυφικός.  Adv. 
-κώς. 

Ίεράφορία,  ας,  η,  the  bearing  of  the 
holy  vessels :  from 

'Ιερΰφόρος,  ov,  {ιερός,  φέρω)  bearing 
the  holy  vessels,  Plut. 

Ίέρεα,  ας,  ή.  Dor.  for  Ιέρεια,  Pind. 
P.  4,  9,  where  however  Bockh  reads 
Ίρέα,  Dind.  Ιρία,  cf.  sq. 

ΊέρείΟ,  ας,  ή,  fern,  from  ιερεύς,  a 
priestess,  θεον,  II.  6,  300,  and  in  Att.  ; 
esp.  Trag.,  who  also  use  the  form 
ΐερία.  Soph.  Fr.  401,  Eur.  Or.  261, 
etc.,  cf  Elmsl.  Bacch.  1112. 

Ίερεία,  ας,  ή,  {ίερεύυ)  a  sacrifice  or 
festival,  LXX. 

Ίερεϊον,  ου,  τό.  Ion.  Ιερίβον  or  Ιρή- 
lov,  the  former  always  in  Horn.,  the 
latter  in  Hdt.  :  a  victim,  sacrifice :  in 
genl.  a  slaughtered  animal,  Horn.  :  Od. 
11,  23,  used  of  an  offering  for  the  dead, 
for  which,  ace.  to  SchoL,  τόμιον  or 
εντομον  was  more  correct :  of  cuttle 
slaughtered  for  food,  esp.'  in  plur.,  Hdt. 

2,  69,  cf.  Poppo  Xeiy  Cyr.  1,  4,  17. 
■['Ιερείς,    Att.    Ίε^ς-,    έων,   οι.   the 

Hieres,   a  tribe  oi/ Thessaly,  Thuc. 

3,  92.  / 

Ίερείτης,  ου,  Ό,-=Ιερενς,  a  priest. 
Χίερεμίας,  ov,  b,  Jeremias,  Jeremiah, 
one  of  the  greatest  of  the  prophets  of 
Israel,  LXX. ;  N.  T. 

'Ifpeiif,  kur  Ion.  τ/ος  6,  Ion.  nom. 
Ιρενς  in  Hdy,  which  form  is  also  used 
bv  Horn.  (ί£ιΐός) :  a  priest,  sacrificer,  II. 
i;62;  16,/(J04,  Hdt.,  etc.,  to  whose 
office  the  fJivination  from  the  victim's 
entrails  also  belonged. 

Ίερενωιμ/ς,  ov, fit  for  sacrifice,  Plut. : 
from      /      ^ 

ΊερενΙω,  (Ιερός)  to  offer,  sacrifice, 
βονς,  τηύρους  θεώ,  etc.,  Horn.,  who 
has  the^mid.  oncei  Od.  19, 198.— 2.  in 
genl.  l(f  kill,  slaughter,  esp.  for  a  feast, 
42 


ΙΕΡΟ 

Od.  2,  56 ;  ξείνω,  in  honour  of  a  guest, 
Od.  14,  414,  etc. ;  also,  δεΐιτνον  Ίερεν- 
είν,  Od.  24,  215. — 3.  to  make  sacred, 
consecrate,  devote  to  a  god  or  to  his  ser- 
vice, Paus. — II.  intr.  to  be  a  priest. 
[In  Od.  14,  94,  Ιερενονσι  must  be  pro- 
nounced in  four  syll. -] 

Ιερή,  ης,  ή,=Ίέρεια,  a  priestess, 
Bockh  Inscr.  2,  p.  150 ;  cf.  μελλιέρη, 
παριέρη. 

Ίερήϊον,  ου,  τό,  Ion.  for  Ίερεϊον, 
Horn. 

Ίερητεύω,  Ion.  for  ίερατενω. 

Ίερία,  ας,  ή,  Att.  poet,  form  of 
Ιέρεια,  a  priestess,  q.  v. 

'ίερίζω,  f.  -ί'σω,  to  consecrate  ;  to  pu- 
rify. 

Ίερίς,  ίόος,  ή,=ίέρεια,  a  priestess, 
Plut. 

Ίεριστής,  ov,  6,  {ίερίζω)  a  purifier. 

Ίερΐτις,  ιδος,  ή,  a  suppliant,  Aesch. 
Fr.  83. 

νίεριχώ,  η,  indecl.  and  Ίεριχονς, 
oϋ^'ΓOf,Joseph.,/βΓ^cAo,  a  city  of  Pales- 
tine, northeast  of  Jerusalem,  near  the 
Jordan,  LXX.  ;  N.  T. 

νΐέρνη.  ης,  ή,  lernc,  a  name  of  Ire- 
land, Arist.  Mund.  3,  12.   Hence 

t'lepvtf,  ίόος,  ή,  fern.  adj.  of  lerne. 
— Ίερν.  vήσoς,=ioτeg.,  Orph. 

Ίεροβοτάνη,  ης,  ή,  {ιερός,  βοτάνη) 
literally,  holy-wort,  a  name  of  vervain, 
Lat.  verbena,  because  used  in  sacrifi- 
ces, purifications,  and  as  an  amulet, 
Diosc. ;  also  called  περιστερεών.  [«J 

Ίερογ/.νπτης,  ov,  b,  {'ιερός,  γλύφω) 
an  engraver  of  hieroglyphics.     Hence 

Ίερογ?.νφικός,  ή,  όν,  hieroglyphic : 
Tu  ίερ.,  with  or  without  γράμματα, 
the  mystic  way  of  writing  on  monu- 
ments practised  by  the  Aegyptian 
priests,  Clem.  ΑΙ..  and  Luc:  these 
records  were  copied  on  papyri  in  a 
different  character  (ιερατικά),  Clem. 
Al. :  and  this  again  simplified,  for 
common  purposes,  into  the  δημοτικά 
(Hdt.  2,  36),  which  Clem,  calls  the 
έττιστολογραφική  μέθοδος,  v.  Miiller 
Archaol.  d.  Kunst  (J  216 :  the  ίρα 
γράμματα  of  Hdt.  prob.  comprehend- 
ed both  the  first  two  kinds. 

Ίερογ'λνφος,  ό,^=ίερογλνπτης.    [ν] 

Ίερόγ'λωσσος,  ov,  (Ιερός,  γλώσσα) 
of  holy,  prophetic  tongue,  Epigr. 

Ίερογραμματεύς,  έως,  ό,  a  sacred 
scribe,  a  lower  order  of  the  Aegypt. 
priesthood  ;  their  duties  were  to  keep 
the  sacred  records,  teach  the  forms 
and  rites,  and  take  care  for  their  ob- 
servance, Clem.  Al.,  and  Luc. 

Ίερόγράφα,  ων,  τά,  {γράφω)  repre- 
sentations of  holy  things.     Hence 

Ίερογρΰφέω,  ώ,  to  represent,  depict 
holy  things :  ίερογραφούμενα,  τά,= 
foreg.     Hence 

Ίερογράφία,  ας,  ή,  a  sketching  out, 
representation  of  holy  things. 

Ίερόδακρνς,  ν,  gen.  νος,  (Ιερός, 
δάκρυ)  epith.  of  frankincense,  with 
hallowed  tears  or  gtim. 

'Ιεροδΐδάσκά?.ος,  ό,  (ιερός,  διδάσκω) 
a  teacher  of  holy  things  :  at  Rome,  the 
Pontifex,  Dion.  H. 

Ίεροδόκος,  ov,  (ιερός,  δέχομαι)  re- 
ceiving sacrifices,  Aesch.  Supp.  363. 

Ίερόδονλος,  ov,  ό,  ή,  (Ιερός',  δούλος) 
a  temple-slave :  esp.  of  the  votaries  of 
Venus  at  Corinth,  Strab. 

Ίεροεργός,  poet,  for  ίερονργός. 
Ίεροθετέω,  ώ,  to  institute  sacred  rites : 
from 

Ίεροθέτης,  ov,  ό,  (Ιερά,  τίθημι)  an 
ordainer  of  sacred  riles,  Eccl. 

Ίεροθήκη,  ης,  ή,  (ιερός,  θήκη)  α  de- 
pository for  holy  things,  shrine,  sanc- 
tuary. 

Ίεροθνσιον,  ov,  τό,  a  place  of  sacri- 
fice, Paus. ;  and 


ΙΕΡΟ 

Ίεροθντέω,  ώ,  to  offer  sacrifices :  from 

ΊεροΟντης,  ov,  b,  (ιερός,  θύω)  a  sa- 
crificing priest,  PaUS.   [ϊ] 

Ίερόθΰτος,  ov,  (ιερός,  θνω)  devoted, 
offered  to  a  god,  i.  κατζνός,  smoke /rowi 
the  sacrifices,  Ar.  Av.  1265  ;  /.  θάνατος, 
devotion  to  death  for  one's  country  or 
any  holy  cause,  Pind.  Fr.  225 :  τύ 
ίεοόθυτα, victims,  sacrifices,  Anst.  Opc. 

Ίεροκαντέω,  ώ,  {'ιερός,  καίω)  to  sa- 
crifice as  a  burnt  offering.  Pass,  to  be 
burnt  as  a  sacrifice,  Diod. 

νίεροκηττίς,  ίδος,  ή,  Hierocepis,  a 
place  in  Cyprus,  called  also  Ίεροκη- 
πία,  Strab. 

Ίεροκήρνξ,  νκος,  ό,  (ιερός,  κήρνξ) 
the  herald  or  attendant  at  a  sacrifice, 
(Dem.)  1371,  16. 
ΥΙεροκλέης  contd.  ης,  έονς,  b,Hiero- 
cles,  a  seer  at  Athens,  Ar.  Pac.  1046. 
— Others  in  Strab.,  etc. 

νίερόκλεια.  ας,  ή,  Hieroclla,  fem.  pr. 
n.,  Ath.  567  F. 

νίεροκλείδης,  ov,  b,  Hieroclides, 
masc.  pr.  n..  Anth. 

Ίεροκήμας,  b,  (ιερός,  κομεω)  one 
who  takes  charge  of  a  temple. 

Ίερολογέω,  ώ,  (Ιερολόγος)  to  dis- 
cuss sacred  things,  Luc.  :  esp.  to  give 
the  benediction,  Eccl. 

'1ερο?.ογία.  ας,  ή,  sacred  or  mystical 
language,  Luc. :  a  blessing  or  benedic- 
tion, Eccl. :  from 

Ίερο?.όγος,  ov,  (Ιερός,  λέγω)  one 
who  gives  the  blessing,  Eccl. 

Ίερομανία,  ας,  ή,  religious  frenzy, 
Clem.  Al. 

Ίερομαντία,  ας,  η,  (ιερός,  μύντις) 
=  Ίεροσκο-ία. 

Ίερομηνία,  ας,  ή,  Pind.  Ν.  3,  4,  or 
ίερομήνια.  τά,  Thuc.  5,54,  (ιερός, μην, 
μήνη)  strictly,  the  holy  moon,  or  the 
holy-day  of  the  month  :  hence  in  genl. 
a  festival:  cf  Buttm.  Dem.  Mid.  p.  174. 
ΥΙερομνήμη,  ης,  ή,  Hieromneme, 
daughter  of  the  Simois,  wife  of  As- 
saracus,  ApoUod.  3,  12,  2. 

Ίερομνη/ιονέω,  ώ,  to  be  ίερομνήμων, 
Ar.  Nub.  623,  Bockh  Inscr.  1,  p.  823  : 
from 

Ίερομνήμων,  όνος,  b,  {'ιερός,  μνή- 
μων) mindful  of  sacred  things  :  hence 
esp. — II.  the  sacred  secretary  or  recorder 
sent  by  each  Amphiclyonic  state  to  their 
council  along  with  the  ττνλαγόρας, 
(the  actual  deputy  or  minister)  Dem. 
276,  22,  sq.,  cf.  Herm.  Pol.  Ant.  ij  14. 
— 2.  in  genl.  a  recorder,  notary,  Arist. 
Pol.  6,  8,  7. — II.  esp.  a  magistrate  who 
had  the  charge  of  religious  matters,  min- 
ister of  religion,  as — I.  at  Byzantium, 
ap.  Dem.  255,  20.— 2.  at  Rome,  the 
Pontifex,  Dion.  H. 

γίερομνήμων,  όνος,  b,  Hieromnlmon, 
an  Athenian  archon,  Diod.  S. 

Ίερόμνρτος,  ή,=όξνμνρσίνη,  Diosc. 

Ίερομύστης,  ov,  b,  (ιερός,  μνω)  one 
who  initiates  in  sacred  things. 

Ιερόν,  τό,  v.  sub  'ιερός  I.  4. 

Ιερόν,  ov,  TO,  Hieron,  a  height  in 
Bithynia  near  the  entrance  of  the 
Thracian  Bosporus  into  the  Eusine, 
with  a  temple  of  Jupiter  Urius,  Hdt. 
4,  87:  (v.  sub /epof  II.  2.) 

νίερόν  άκρωτήριον,  ov,  τό.  Sacrum 
Promontorium,  now  Cape  St.  Vincent, 
a  promontory  of  Hispania,  Strab. 

Ίερονίκης,  ov,  b,  (ιερός,  νικάω)  a 
conqueror  in  the  sacred  games,  Luc. 

Ίερονόμος,  ov,  ό,  (ιερός,  νέμω)  = 
Ιεροδιδάσκα'λος,  Dion.  Η. 
νίερόν  όρος,  εος,  τό,  Mons  Sacer, 
(Hieron  oros)  a  mountain  in  Pontus,  on 
the  coast  of  the  Euxine.  not  the  same 
with  θήχης.  Αρ.  Rh.  2,  1015.-2.  a 
mountain  of  Thrace  near  the  Cher- 
sonnese,  with  a  fortress,  Xen.  Hell. 
7,  1,  14. 

C57 


ΙΕΡΟ 

Ίερονονμηνία,  ας,  η,=^νονμηνία. 

'\tjjo~7.aa~a,  τά,  {Ιερός,  πλάσσω) 
z=uooypa^a. 

Ίίροΰλαστία,  ας,  ή,^=ΙερογραφΙα. 

ΊεροτΓοιέω,  ώ,  to  be  a  Ιεροποιός,  to 
offer  sacrifices,  Plat.  Lys.  207  D :  c. 
ace,  ;.  ΐίςιτΖ/ρια,  L)em.  552,  2. — 2.  to 
make  holy,  Clem.  Al. :  and 

Ίεροποιία,  ας,  ή,  the  office  of  Ιερο- 
■κοιύς,  Joseph. :  from 

'IfpoTOiof,  όν,  [Ιερός,  πούω)  look- 
ing after,  7nanaging  sacred  rites:  esp. 
at  Athens,  ten  magistrates,  one  from 
each  tribe,  who  took  care  that  the  vic- 
tims, etc.  icere  without  blemish,  Dem. 
47,  13 ;  552,  6,  etc. :  called  also  μω• 
μοσκόποι. — II.  sacrificing,  Dion.  H. 

Ίεροττομ-ός,  oO,  ύ,  {Ιερός,  πέμπω) 
one  who  sends  or  conveys  the  sacred  tri- 
bute, Philo. 

Ιεροπρεπής,  ες,  (Ιερός,  πρέπω)  be- 
seeming  a  sacred  plare,  person  or  matter, 
holy,  reverend,  Xen.  Symp.  8,  40,  Plat. 
Thoag.  122  D.    Adv.  -πώς,  Strab. 

Ίερόπτι/ς,  ov,  ό,  {Ιερός,  δψομαι) 
one  who  divines  by  sacrifice,  Lat.  ha- 
ruspex,  A.  B. 

Ιερος,  ύ,  όν,  very  rarely  of,  όν, 
Hes.  Op.  595,  803,  Orac.  ap.  Hdt.  8, 
77,  Ιερός  ακτή :  Ion.  and  Ep.  also 
Ιρός,  ή,  όν :  of,  belonging  to  or  con- 
nected tvith  the  godf,  Lat.  sacer,  Hom. 
ιερόν  γένος  αθανάτων,  Hes.  Th.  21, 
Ιερόν  λίχος  of  Jupiter,  57,  Ιερή  όόσις, 
the  gilt  of  God,  93  :  Upor  πόλεμος,  a 
holy  war,  in  punishment  of  sacrilege, 
α  crusade,  Ar.  Av.  556,  Thnc,  etc. — 
2.  holy,  hallowed,  consecrated,  of  earth- 
ly things  devoted  or  dedicated  by  man  to 
a  god  or  to  the  service  of  one,  όύμος, 
βωμός,  II.:  esp.  ιερή  εκατόμβη,  Hom. : 
ί.  βοϊ'ς,  sacred  covvs,  etc.,  freq.  in  Hdt., 
like  άνετοι :  i  γράίΐματα,=  ίερηγ?Λ•- 
φικά,  q.  v.,  Hdt.  2,  36:  sometimes 
Opp.  to  βέβηλος,  as  sacred  to  profane: 
but  this  in  Att.  is  more  commonly 
expressed  by  ίερός  και  όσιος,  v.  sub 
δσιος. — 3.  of  any  object  in  nature, 
which  was  held  sacred  to  a  deity,  as 
I.  ποταμοί,  βήσσαι.  ΰλσος,  Hom.  ;  so 
too,  i.  ημαρ,  κνέφας :  and  so  in  II.  16, 
407,  the  phrase,  ίερος  ιχθύς  should 
be  taken,  as  peculiarly  Nepttme's 
own;  so  Ιερά  κύματα,  explained  how- 
ever as  great  by  Valck.  Hipp.  1206, 
like  θέσκελος,  θεσπέσιος,  anil  infr.  5. 
— i.  of  any  countr>',  island,  slate,  etc. 
under  a  tutelary  god's  protection,  in 
Hom.,  ΊλίΟζ-,  πτολίεβρον,  τείχεα, 
etc.  So  too  in  II.  18,  504,  ιερός  κύκ- 
λος, the  circle  of  the  court  vndcr  the 
vrotection  of  Jupiter,  Ιερη  έλαίη,  the 
sacred  olive  of  Minerva,  Od.  13,  372. 
άλωαί,  άλφιτον,  because  sacred  to 
Ceres,  11.  5,  49'J,  etc. :  Hom.  joins 
it  c.  gen.,  Iftov  Άθηναίης,  'ί^νμφάων, 
Od.  6,  322  ;  13,  104,  which  is  after- 
wards the  usu.  construction,  as  Hdt. 

I.  80;  2,  41,  elc,  cf  Wolf  Lept.  p. 
289. — 5.  of  kings,  heroes,  etc..  from 
a  notion  of  '  the  divinity  that  doth 
hedge  a  king,'  we  have  such  phrases 
as  ιερή  Ις  Ύηλεμάχοιο,  ίερον  μένος 
Ά?.κινόοιο,  Od. ;  unless  we  take 
these,  as,  in  Pind.,  lepol  βασύ.είς, 
kings '  by  the  grace  of  God,'  and  hence, 
kingly,  illustrious  ;  thus,  ίερον  τέλος, 
Ιερης  στρατός,  a  glorious,  mighty  band, 

II.  10,  56,  Od.  24,  81  ;  δίφρος,  a  splen- 
did chariot,  II.  17,  464.— II.  as  subst. 
— 1.  Tu  Ίερύ,  Ion.  ipa,  offerings,  sacri- 
fices,victims,  freq.  in  Hom.,  and  Hdt. : 
esp.  ίερα  βέζειν,  Lat.  sa/:ra  facerc, 
oprrari,l\.  1,  147,  etc.,  έρόειν.  Hes. 
Op.  334,  also  όιδόναι,  Od.  16, 184  :  so 
also  freq.  in  Hdt.,  etc..  θνσαι  ipd, 
Hdt.  1.  59,  ποιείν,  2,  63;  αίθειν, 
Soph.  Phil.  1033 :  rarely  in  sing.,  as 

658 


ΙΕΡΟ 
10,  571 :  post-Horn.,  the  inwards  of  the 
victim,  and  so  the  ajispices,  τύ  L  καλά 
ην,  Xen.,  etc. ;  so  tu  I.  προχωρεί 
χρτιστύ,  Hdt.  5,  44,  cf  ΰλοβος,  καλ- 
λιερέω.  Also  in  genl.  sacred  things 
or  rites,  Lat.  sacra,  Hdt.  1,  172  ;  4,  33. 
— 2.  post-Horn.  TO  ιερόν.  Ion.  Ιρόν, 
is  usu.  a  temple,  holy  place,  sometimes 
=  i'aof,  sometimes  distinguished  from 
it,  when  it  is  ρτο\).=  τέμενος,  Valck. 
Hdt.  6,  19,  Arnold  Thuc.  4,  90.— III. 
special  phrases,  post-Hom. — 1.  Ιερύ. 
νόσος,  prob.  the  epilepsy,  Hdt.  3,  33  ; 
also  called  μεγάλη  and  'Ηράκλεια, 
Foes.  Oecon.  Hipp.  v.  Ιερή.— 2.  ή  I. 
όόός,  the  sacred  road  to  Delphi,  Hdt. 
6,  34,  ubi  V.  Wess.  ;  also  that  from 
Athens  to  Eleusis,  Cratin.  Drap.  15, 
V.  Harpocr.  in  v. ;  and  that  from  Elis 
to  Olympia,  Paus. — 3.  /.  όστέον,  os 
sacrum,  the  last  bone  of  the  spine.— 
4.  proverb.,  τον  ΰφ'  ιεράς  κινείν,  v. 
sub  -γραμμή  III. — IV.  adv.  -ρώς,  holily, 
Plut.  [t  usu.,  Att.  always  :  but  Horn, 
lengthens  it  in  arsis  metri  grat.,  as  in 
the  endings  of  hexameters,  Ιερόν 
ημαρ,  ίεραβέζειν,  ά'λφίτου  Ιερον  ακτή. 
and  so  later  Ep.  Always  ι  in  contr. 
ίμός  :  this  has  been  everywh.  adopted 
in  Trag.  dialogue  by  Dindorf,  to  avoid 
the  use  of  resolved  feet.  In  compds. 
also  i,  unless  metri  grat.,  cf.  ίερόφω- 

vof-]  ^  ,    ,     ,     ■. 

Ίεροσαλπιγκτης,  ov,  o,  {ιερός,  σαλ- 
πιγκτής) the  trumpeter  at  a  sacrifice, 
Inscr. 

Ίεροσκοπέω,  ώ,  to  inspect  the  victims, 
divine,  Polyb. :  and 

Ίεροσκοπία,  ας,  ή,  divination,  Lat. 
haruspicina,  Diod. :  from 

Ίεροσκόπος,   ov,    {'ιερός,    σκοπέω) 
inspecting  victims  :  esp. — II.  a  diviner, 
Lat.  haruspex,  Dion.  H.  2,  22. 
νίεροαόλνμα,  ων,   τά,  -όλυμα,   ης, 
ή,  and  Ιερουσαλήμ,  ή,  indecl.  all  in 
Ν.  Τ.,     Hierosolyma,    Jerusalem,    the 
celebrated  capital  of  Judea,  Strab., 
N.T.,  Joseph.     Hence 
γίεροσολνμίτης,    ov,   6,    and   fem. 
-σολυμΐτις,  ιδος,  of  Jerusalem,  an  in• 
hah.  ofjfrusalem.  N.  T.,  Joseph. :  also 
in  Or.  Sib.  Ίεροσολνμηίς. 
νίεροστάτης,  ov,  ό,  {ιερός,  ισταμαί) 
one  who  has  charge  of,  presides  over  the 
sacrifices,  LXX. 

Ίερόστεπτος,  ov,  {Ιερός,  στέφω) 
wreathed  in  holy  fashion,  as  some  read 
jn  Aesch.  Supp.  23,  for  έριόστ. 

Ίεροστολιστής,  ov,  6,  {στολίζω)^= 
sq.       ^ 

Ίερ6στο?.ος,  ov,  ό,  {ιερός,  στέλλω) 
an  Aegyptian  priest  who  had  charge  of 
the  sacred  vestments,  Plut. 

Ίεροσνλέω,  ώ,  {'ιερόσυλος)  to  rob  a 
temple,  commit  sacrilege,  Ar.  Vesp.  845: 
also  c.  ace,  /.  τά  όπλα,  to  steal  the 
sacred  arms,  Dem.  1318,  27.     Hence 

Ίεροσνλημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  sacrile- 
gious theft,  LXX.  [v]:  and 

Ίεροσύλησις,  εως,  ή,  temple-robbery, 
sacrilege,  Dlod.   [ii] 

Ιεροσυλία,  ας,  ^,  =  foreg.,  Xen. 
Apol.  25,  and  Plat. :  from 

Ιερόσυλος,  ov,  {'ιερός,  σν7.άω)  a 
robber  of  temples,  in  genl.  sacrtlesious 
person,  Lat.  sacrilegus,  Ar.  Plut.  30, 
Plat.,  etc. — II.  of  things,  got  by  sacri- 
lege, παροψίδες,  Eubul.  Amalth.  1,  4. 

Ίεροσννη,  ης,  ή,  v.  ίερωσννη. 

Ίεροτελεστής,  ov,  ό,  {ιερός,  τελέω) 
=^ίερομύστης,  esp.  in  Eccl.,  α  Christ- 
ian priest. 

Ιεροτελεστία,  ας,  ή,  the  solemnisa- 
tion of  sacred  rites. 

Ίερότροχος,  ov,  {Ιερός,  τρέχω)  άρμα, 
a  sacred  car,  Orph. 

Ίερονργέω,  ώ,  {'ιερουργός)  to  per- 
form sacred  rites,  i.  το  εναγγέλιον,  to 


ΙΕΣΣ 

minister  the  gospel,  N.  T.  Also  at 
dep.,  ιερουργίας  ίερονργεΐσθαι,  Pint. 
Hence 

Ίερονργημα,  ατός,  τό,=  sq.,  J  oseph. 

Ιερουργία,  ας,  ή,  Ion.  ίροργια,  sa- 
crifice :  in  genl.  worship,  religious  ser- 
vice, Hdt.  5,  83,  bis  (,in  Ion.  form), 
Plat.  Legg.  774  E. 

Ιερουργός,  όν,  {Ιερός,  *1ργω)  sa- 
crificing, worshipping  :  esp.  a  sacrificing 
priest,  Call.  Fr.  450,  in  Ep.  form  'ιερό- 
εργος. 
Τίερουσαλήμ,  η,  v.  sub  Ιεροσόλυ- 
μα, Ν.  Τ. 

Ίεροώαντέω,  ώ^  to  be  a  Ιεροφάντης, 
Luc. — II.  trans,  to  expound  as  a  hiero- 
phant,  Philo. 

'Ιεροφάντης,  ου,  ό,  Ion.  Ip.,  {Ιερός, 
φαίνω)  teaching  the  rites  and  ceremo- 
nies of  sacrifice  and  worship,  Mke  ίερο- 
μνήμων :  hence  α  sacrificing  priest : 
esp.  the  presiding,  initialing  priest  at 
Eleusis,  Isae.  64, 18;  and  so  of  Ceres 
and  Proserpina  in  Sicily,  Hdt.  7, 153: 
fem.  Ίεροφαντις,  ιδος,  Plut.     Hence 

Ίεροφαντία,  ας,  ή,  the  office  of  hicro- 
phant,  Plut. 

Ίεροφαντικός,  η,  όν,  of  belonging 
to,  becoming  a  ίεροφάντης,  βίβλοι, 
Plut.     Adv.  -κώς,  Luc. 

Ίεροφάντρια,  ας,  ή,  fem.  of  ίερο- 
φάντης, Inscr. 

Ίεροφόρος,  ov,  {ίερός,  φέρω)  v. 
ίεραφ — - 

Ίεροφνλύκιον,  ov,  τό,  a  depository 
of  sacred  vessels,  Dion.  H.  [ά] 

'\εροφν?Μξ,  ΰκος,  ό,  {Ιερός,  φνλαξ) 
α  keeper  of  a  temple,  or  of  the  sacred 
vessels  in  it,  Lat.  aedituus,  Eur.  I.  T. 
1027. — II.  ύ8θ=1εροδιόάσκαλος, ίερο- 
μνστης.  [ν] 

ΥΙεροφών,  ωντος,  h,  Hierophov.,  a 
naval  commander  of  the  Athenians, 
Thuc.  3,  105. 

Ίερόφωνος,  ov,  {ίερός,  φωνή)  of  holy 
voice  or  song,  .Mem.  Fr.  12,  but  perh. 
ίμερόφωνος.  [I  in  1.  c.  metri  grat.] 

'Ιερ()χθων,  gen.  όνος,  ό,  ή,  {'ιερός, 
χθων)  of  hallowed  soil  or  earth,  Anth. 

Ίεροφάλτης,  ov,  6,  {ιερός,  ψάλ'λω) 
a  holy  singer,  psalmist,  Joseph. 

Ίερόφνχος,  ov,  {ίερός,  ψνχή)  of 
holy,  pious  soul,  Joseph. 

'Ιερόω,  ώ,  {ίερός)  to  hallow,  cmrse- 
crate,  dedicate,  devote,  Thuc.  5,  1,  Plat. 
Legg.  771  B.     Hence 

'\έρωμα.  ατός,  τό,  a  thing  conse- 
crated, LXX. 

ΥΙέρων,  ωνος,  ό.  Hiero  I.  son  of  Di- 
nomenes,  king  of  Syracuse,  Hdt.  7, 
156;  Pind.— 2.  Hiero  II.  son  of  Hi- 
erocles,  king  of  Syracuse,  Polyb. — 3. 
one  of  the  thirty  tyrants,  Xen.  Hell. 
2,  3,  1.— Others  in  Ar.  Eccl.  757; 
Xen. ;  etc. 

Ιερώνυμος,  ov,  {'ιερός,  όνομα)  of 
halloived  or  mysterious  name,  Luc. 

ΥΙερύννμος,  ov,  ό,  Hieronymus,  an 
Olympic  victor  of  Andros,  Hdt.  9,33. 
— 2.  an  Elean,  one  of  the  officers  of 
Proxenus,  Xen.  An.  3,  1,  34. — 3.  son 
of  Xenopliantes,  a  tragic  writer,  often 
derided  by  Aristophanes,  Ach.  389, 
Nub.  349. — 4.  a  historian  of  Cardia, 
Ath.  206  C— Others  in  Alh.,  Strab., 
etc. 

Ίερωστί,  adv.  in  holy  sort,  piously, 
Anacr.  Fr.  118. 

Ίερωσννη,  ης,  ή,  Ion.  ίρ.,  the  off.ce, 
rank,  revenue  of  a  ιερεύς,  ipriesthood, 
Hdt.  3,  1 12,  etc.— II.  a  sacrifice. 

Ίερώσυνος,  η,  ov,  prie.itly  i;  esp..  TU 
Ιερ-,  the  priest's  share  of  lh«  shcrificr,  in 
genl.  the  parts  offered,  hallowed,  Ameips. 
Conn.  3.  \ 

νΐεσις,  εως,  ή,  {Ιέναι)  a  goin\g.  Plat. 
Crat.  426C.  ' 

νΐεσσαί,  ό,  indecl.  (and  Ίεσσαΐος, 


ΙΗΜλ 

m,  δ,  Joseph.)  Jesse,  the  father  of 
king  David,  N.  T. 

t'leroi,  ύν,  αϊ,  litcx,  a  fortress  in 
Sicily.  V.  1.  Thuc.  7,  2. 

Ίεν,  an  ironical  exclamation, 
whew.'  Lat,  hui,'  At.  Vesp.  1335. 

ίΊε$8(?άε,  ό,  indecl.  Jephtha,  one  of 
the  judges  of  the  Israelites,  N.  T., 
LXX. 

νΐεχονίας,  ου,  6-,  (in  LXX.  Ίωακίμ 
and  Ιωακείμ)  fechonias,  a  king  of  Is- 
rael. N.  T. 

Ίζάνω,  (ΐζω)  to  make  to  sit,  seat,  II. 
23,  258. — II.  intr.  to  sit,  settle  one^s 
self,  Lat.  sedere,  Horn. — 2.  of  soil,  to 
settle  down,  sink  in,  Lat.  sidere,  Thuc. 
2,  76,  cf.  ϊζω  sub  fin. 

"Ιζημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  settling  doxcn, 
sinking,  e.  g.  of  a  mound,  etc.,  Strab. : 
from 

"I 'ω.  impf  ϊζον,  which  tenses  alone 
are  used  in  flom. :  for  the  aor.  είσα, 
trans.,  v.  sub  v. :  an  aor.  Ιζησα,  intr., 
occurs  in  late  writers,  as  Dio  C. — I. 
trans,  to  make  to  sit,  seat,  place,  μη  με 
ίς  θράνον  ίζΐ,  II.  24,  553  ;  and  so  II, 
2,  53,  ί{βου?.ήν  be  read  ;  Aesch.  Eum. 
18  ;  cf  εΙσα:  but,  more  freq. — II.  intr. 
to  sit,  sit  domn,  Horn. :  ιζεν  εν  μέσσοι- 
σι,  Ιΐΐ  sat  in  the  midst,  II.  20,  15 :  ΐζειν 
ές  Sfjovov,  to  ■■iil  down,  place  one's  self 
on  a  seat,  Lat.  sedere,  Od.  8,  469.  so 
too  ϊζεσθαι  εΙς  rt,  Lat.  sessum  ire  ali- 
<pco,  Valck,  Hdt.  8,  71 ;  5,  25  ;  also 
COT  τίνος,  Od.  17,  339;  but  ίζ.  έ'ΐ 
δεΐ7ϊν«ν,  to  sit  down  to  dinner,  Od.  16, 
365,  Hdt.,  etc. ;  so  ίζ.  έιτι  kuttjjv,  .Α.γ. 
Ran.  199  :  of  soldiers,  to  put  themselves 
in  ambush,  II.  18,  522  ;  to  encamp,  U. 
2,  96  :  also  to  sit  still,  be  quiet,  H.  Horn. 
Merc.  457.  Horn,  has  also  pass,  in 
same  signf.,  II.  3,  162,  and  this  is  far 
most  freq.  in  Hdt.,  [ζεσθαι  εν  τώ 
Ύηνγέτίμ,  or  ές  τό  Ύηύγετον,  4,  145, 
146;  also  έ~ί  τον  όχϋον,  4,  203:  of 
an  army  to  take  up  a  position.  Id. — 2. 
of  things,  to  seitk  (foicn,  svik  in.  Lat. 
sidere.  Plat  Tim.  25  D.  KaW^'w  was 
the  common  form  in  Att.  prose.  (The 
root  is  ΈΔ-,  which  occurs  in  εδ-ος, 
Lat,  sed-eo,  whence  also  εζ-ομαι, 
which  is  alvfays  intr.,  and  Ιδρύω  al- 
ways trans.) 

Ίν,  iof  exclam.  of  joy,  esp.  in 
phrase,  Ιή  ιταιών,  Ar.  Pac.  453  ;  also, 
ΐή  repeated,  lb.  195 ;  cf  Ιήϊος. — δ. 
rarely  of  grief,  Aesch.  Pers.  1003, 
Supp.  115.  [t  strictly,  yet  also  Γ,  Ar. 
Pac.  453,  cf  ίώ.] 

Ί^,  ή.  Ion.  for  ίά,  voice,  sound. 

'hj.  Ion.  for  ia,  i.  e.  μία,  one,  only 
in  late  Ion.  prose. 

Ίηδών,  όνος,  η,  {ίαίνω)  joy,  late 
word,  formed  like  αλγηδών. 

^Ιήϊος,  a,  ov,  also  ος,  ov,  (If;)  wail- 
ing, mournful,  sad,  ίήΐοι  κάματοι, 
Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  174 ;  ΙήΙος  ί3οά,  ΙτΛος 
γόοΓ,  a  wail,  lament,  dirge,  Eur. 
Phoen.  1036,  El.  1210.— II.  epith.  of 
Apollo,  cf  ήϊος:  prob.  the  god  in- 
voked (as  Paean)  with  the  cry  h/,  q.  v., 
Aesch.  Ag.  146,  Soph.  O.T.  154,1096: 
not  from  Uiouai,  the  Healer,  or  (writ- 
ten ίήϊος)  from  Ιημι.,  the  Archer :  but 
cf  Ei'iOf.  [Γη] 

Ίήκοτΐος,  ov,  Ciij,  κό-τττω)  in  Aesch. 
Fr.  125  some  interpret  it  sadly-smiting, 
others  vanquishing  woe:  but  it  should 
prob.  be  read  divisim,  Ιή,  κό-ον,  cf 
Cho.  860,  and  v.  Herm.  Opusc.  5,  p. 
138. 

Ίτ^λα,  inf.  ίηίαι,  aor.  from  Ιά7.7.ω, 
Hom. 

Ίήλεμος.  6,  Ιηλεμίζω,  Ιη^.εμίστρια, 
ή,  Ion.  for  ίαλεμ.,  etc. 
νΐ7ΐ?.νσσός,  and  Ίη7.νσ6ς,  Ep.  and 
Ion.  for  'la?.. 

Ίημα,  τό,=^1αμα,  Ion.,  Hdt. 


IHMI 

Ίημι,  ΐης,  Ιησι,  3  pi.  ίέΰσι,  Ιάσι, 
Ιεΐσι,  only  the  last  in  Hom. :  inf  ίέ- 
vai,  Ep.  ίέμεναι,  Hom.,  and  ίέμεν, 
Hes. ;  part,  ίείς,  subj.  ίύ,  opt.  ίήην, 
imperat.  ΐει.  Impf  ϊην  and  low,  of 
the  first  Horn,  has  only  lev,  Aeol.  for 
Ιεσαν,  3  pi. ;  of  the  other  3  sing,  ΐει 
is  more  freq.  Fut.  :5'7"•  Aor.  1.»/«α, 
Ep.  εηκα,  11.  Aor.  2  plur.  έμεν,  έτε, 
εσαν,  and  c.  augm.  είμεν,  είτε,  είσαν, 
the  sing,  not  used,  supplied  by  aor. 
1. :  inf  tlvai :  part,  εις  :  subj.  ώ  ;  opt. 
εΐην :  imperat.  ες.  (Hom.  has  not 
the  aor.  2  of  the  simple.)  Perf  είκα : 
plqpf  είκειν,  both  post-Hom.  Pass, 
and  mid.  pres.  ίεμαι:  impf  ίέμην : 
aor.  1  pass,  εβην,  more  rare  c.  augm. : 
είθην:  aor.  1  mid.  ήκύμην :  aor.  2 
mid.  ίμην,  c.  augm.  είμην :  perf  εί- 
μαι :  plqpf  εΐμην :  of  the  pass,  and 
mid.  Horn,  has  only  pres.,  impf,  and 
3  pi.  aor.  2  mid.  εντο.  In  conjuga- 
tion, ΐημι  agrees  with  τίθημι :  there 
are  several  peculiarities  in  the  com- 
pounds, V.  ανίημι,  ύφίημι,  καθίημι, 
μεθίημι,  ττροιημι. 

Radic.  signf  :  to  set  a  going,  hence 
the  phrase,  ηκε  φέρεσθαι,  II.  21,  120, 
Od.  12,  442  :  this  passes  into  various 
shades  of  signf  : — 1.  to  send,  send 
away,  let  go,  Hom.  ;  esp.  of  living  be- 
ings ;  a  rare  phrase  is,  έν  τταρηορίτ)- 
σ<  Πήδασον  ΐει,  he  made  him^o  in  the 
traces,  i.  e.  put  him  to,  II.  16,  152: 
also  esp.  of  what  is  sent  by  the  gods, 
ίέναι  Ικμενον  ovpov,  σέλας,  τέρας, 
έερσας,  Hom. — 2.  of  sounds,  to  send 
forth,  utter,  i.  δΰα,  II.  3,  152,  Od.  12, 
192  :  I.  εττεα,  II.  3,  221 :  φωνήν,  Hdt. 

I,  57  :  'Ε/2άδα  γλώσσην.  Id.  9,  16 ; 
κωκντόν.  Soph.  Aj.  851,  etc. :  in  late 
authore  the  ace.  was  omitted,  Wytt. 
Ep.  Cr.  p.  253.-3.  of  bodies  at  rest, 
to  set  them  in  motion,  send,  shoot,  throw, 
hurl,  like  έφιίναι :  λΰαν,  βέλος,  δόρυ, 
etc.,  Hom. :  c.  gen.  pers..  to  throw  at 
one,  τινός,  II.  13,  650,  Soph.  Aj.  154  ; 
also  like  βύ7.7.ειν,  c.  dat.  instrumenti. 
ΐησι  Tj)  ΰξίνΐ),  he  throws  (at  him) 
with  his  axe,  Xen.  An.  1,  5,  12.  In 
these  cases  the  ace.  is  oft.  omitted, 
so  that  Ιημι  alone  is  seemingly  intr., 
to  throw,  shoot,  hurl,  Od.  8,  203  ;  9,  499, 

II.  2,  774  ;  17,  515,  etc. :  also  in  prose, 
Wytt.  Ep.  Cr.  p.  161.— 4.  of  water, 
to  let  flow,  let  burst  or  spout  forth,  Ί. 
βόον,  II.  12,  25:  ϋδωρ,  21,  158:  and 
seemingly  intr.,  ■ττοταμος  έπΐ  γαΐαν 
ΐησιν,  (sub.  ϋδωρ)  the  river  floios  ο\βΐ 
the  land,  Od.  11,  239;  so  too  κρήνη 
ΐησιν,  Od.  7,  130  :  also  of  tears,  to  let 
fall,  i  δάκρυα,  Od.  16,  191,  cf  Od. 
22.  84,  II.  12,  205:  hence  metaph., 
καδ  δε  κύρητος  ήκε  κόμας,  she  let  her 
ha.ir  flow  down  from  her  head,  Od.  6, 
231  :  so  too  εθείρας  ΐει  άαόι  7Μφον, 
II.  19,  383  ;  22.  316:  εκ  δε  ττοδοαν 
άκμονας  ηκα  δύω.  Ι  let  two  anvils 
hang  from  his  two  legs,  II.  15.  19. — 5. 
in  genl.  to  put,  έν  δέ  τε  φύρμακον  -ηκε, 
Od.  10,  317. — Β.  mid.  to  be  in  motion, 
hence  to  feel  an  impulse  towards  a  thing, 
long  for,  yearn  after,  wish,  desire,  oft. 
in  Hom..  either  absol.,  or  c.  inf,  esp. 
ΐεσθαι  θνμώ  and  ΐετο  θνμός :  also  c. 
gen.,  esp.  in  part..  ΙέαενοΓ.  longing  for, 
etc.,  II.  11,  163;  23,  371:  also  of 
place,  to  go  eagerly  towards,  make  for : 
but  in  Ιέμενος  ττοταμοΐο  /5οάων,  Od. 
10,  529,  It  seems  to  mean  turning  to- 
wards, looking  after,  cf  Nitzsch  Od.  1, 
58  :  elsewh.  with  advs.,  η'ικαδε,  ερε- 
βόςδε.  πρόσω  ίέιιενος.  Hom  :  Ιέμε- 
νος  Τροίηνδε,  Od.  19,  187 :  in  Hdt., 
ΐεσθαι  κατά  τι,  ττρός  or  έ~ί  τίνα,  2, 
70  ;  6,  112 ;  9,  78—2.  the  3  ρ1.  aor.  2 
mid.  εντο  is  used  by  Hom.  only  in  the 
freq.  phrase  έπεί  ττόσιος  και  ίδητνος 


ΙΘΑΜ 

έξ  ερον  εντο,  when  they  had  put  away 
the  desire  of  meat  and  drink,  i.  e. 
eaten  and  drunk  enough,  Virgil's ροίί- 
quam  exemta  fames  epulis  :  some  would 
take  in  the  same  signf  II.  19,  402, 
έπεί  χ'  έώμεν  ~ο7.έμοιο,  but  v.  sub 
voc.  έώμεν.  [In  genl.  ιη  in  Hom.  and 
Ep.,  Ιη  in  Att. :  yet  even  in  Hom. 
sometimes  I  metri  grat.,  e.  g.  ίει,  II.  3, 
221,  etc  ,  ΙεΙσαι,  Od.  12,  192,  inf  Ιέ- 
μεν and  Ιέμεναι,  and  throughout  in 
pres.  and  impf  forms  of  mid.  and 
pass.  Cf  Dobr.  Ar.  Plut.  75.  So 
too  in  compds.,  cf  Heyne  II.  T.  7,  p. 
409,  Maltby's  Thesaur.  p.  938,  6.] 
Ίηνα,  aor.  1  act.  from  Ίαίνω.  Hom. 

νΐήννσος.  ov,  η,  leaysus,  a  city  of 
Syria  on  the  borders  of  Arabia,  now 
Kan-Iones,  Hdt.  3,  5. 

ν\7]όνιος,  η,  ου,  Ion.  for  Ίαύνιος,  a, 
ov. 

'Ιηπαιηων,  όνος,  δ,  epith.  of  Apollo, 
from  the  cry  Ιη  παιύν,  Η.  Hom.  Αρ. 
272 :  also  a  hymn  sung  to  hirn,  H. 
Hom.  Ap.  500,  517.  [?]     Hence 

'Ιηπαιωνίζω,  f  -ίσω.  to  cry  ιή  παΐών 
or  παιάν  !  Ar.  Eq.  408. 

νΐήηνγες,  Ίηττνγία,  etc.,  Ion.  for 
Ίύττνγες.  etc. 

Ίήσασθαι,  inf  aor.  Ion.  from  iao• 
μαι,  II. 

Ίρσί.  Ep.  for  Iri,  3  sing.  subj.  pres. 
from  ειμί,  II.  9,  701. 

Ίήσιμος,  ϊησις,  Ion.  for  ιάσιμος,  etc. 

νίησόνιος,  ^Ιήσων,  Ion.  for  Ίασό- 
νιος,  Ιάσων. 

νίησονς,  gen.  Ίησοϋ,  dat.  Ίησον, 
ace.  Ίί/σοϋν,  voc.  Ίζ/σοί,  Jesus,  i.  e. 
the  Saviour.  N.  T. — 2.  Joshua,  the 
successor  of  Moses,  Id. — 3.  a  Jewish 
convert  to  Christianity  surnamed  the 
just.  Id. 

^Ιήτειρα,  ας,  ή.  Ion  fem.  from  sq. 
Ίητήρ,  ήρος,  ό.  Ion.  for  Ίατήρ,  Hom. 
Ίητορίη,   ίτιτρός,   ίήτωρ,   Ion.    for 
Ιατορία,  etc. 

νίητραγόρης,  ov  Ion.  εω,  ό,  latra- 
gdres,  a  Milesian,  Hdt.  5,  37. 

Ίϋάγαής,  e'f.poet.  ίθαιγενής.  {Ιθνς, 
γένος)  of  honest  birth,  i.  e.  born  in  law- 
ful wedlock,  legitimate,  Od.  14,  203,  in 
the  form  ίθαιγε^Ύ/ς,  and  without 
subst.,  opp.  to  νόθος:  of  a  nation, 
genuine,  from  the  ancient  stock,  like  av- 
τόχθων,ο^'ρ.  to  εττη/.νς,ίθ.  Αΐγύτΐτιοι, 
Hdt.  6,  53. — II.  of  some  mouths  of 
the  Nile,  naturally  formed,  original, 
opp.  to  ορυκτά,  Hdt.  2,  17.  On  the 
two  forms  v.  Lob.  PhrjTi.  p.  648.  [t 
in  Od.] 

ν\θα-ιένης,  ονς,  δ,  Ithagenes,  son  of 
Crithon,  Vit.  Hom.  1. — 2.  a  Samian, 
Plut.  Pericl.  26. 

νίθαιμένης,  εος,  ό,  Ithaemines,  a 
Trojan,  II.  16,  586. 

Ιθάκη,  ης.  ή,  Ithaca,  the  home  of 
Ulysses,  an  island  on  the  west  coast 
of  Greece,  Hom.  passim :  on  the  ques- 
tion whether  the  modern  Thiaki  is 
Homer's  Ithaka,  v.  Nitzsch  Praef  ad 
Od.  xviii.,  sq.t — 2.  a  town  of  same 
name  in  middle  of  the  island  at  the 
base  of  Mt.  Neion,  Od.  3,  81.  [-  -  -] 
Hence 

νΐθάκηνδε,  adv.,  to  Ithaca,  Od.  1, 
163:  and 

f  ιθακήσιος, α,ον, of  Ithaca  ;  ό  Ίθακ., 
an  inhab.  of  Ithaca,  an  Ithacan,  Horn. 

νΐθΰκος,  ov,  0,  Ithacus,  an  ancient 
hero,  from  whom  Ithaca  was  said  to 
l)e  named,  Od.  17,  201. — II.  an  inhab- 
itant of  Ithaca,  Ithacan,  Eur.  Cycl.  103. 

νίθαμίτρης.  εω,  ό,  Ithamitres,  a  Per- 
sian naval  commander,  left  by  Xer- 
xes in  Europe  to  conduct  operations 
against  the  Greeks,  Hdt.  8,  130 ;  9, 
102.-2.  another  Persian,  Id.  7,  07, 
with  V.  1.  Ίθαμύτρης. 

G59 


ΙΘΥΠ 

'Ιθέά,  ή.  Ion.  fern,  lor  ίθεΐα,  v.  Ιθύς. 

'I^f  Ζαν,  sub.  όοον,  straightway,  right 
on,  V.  16νς- 

'\Οίως,  adv.  from  ίθνς,  q.  v.  [i] 

"Wl,  iniperat.  Iroin  ΐίμι,  come,  go, 
begone,  Hoin. — 11.  like  ΰγε,  as  adv.  uf 
encouragement,  come !  uell  then !  II. 
4,  362  :  also,  forward  !  march  !  [ίβ] 

'\θμα,  ατός,  τό,  {ε'ψι)  α  sttp,  motion, 
II.  ό,  778,  Η.  Hom.  Λρ.  114,  in  plur. 

Ίβμϊς,  η,  α  runuch,  Jac.  Λ.  Ρ.  ρ. 
175.  (8aid  to  be  Irom  θερίζω.) 

Ίβν,  neut.  from  Wvg,  used  as  adv., 
V.  ίθνς.  sub  fm. 

ΙΟνι^ολυς,  ov,  {ίθνς.  βάλ?.υ)  straight- 
shooting,  straight,  direct. 

ΊΟνγραμμος,  ov,  {ίθύς,  γραμμή)  rec- 
tilinear, Byz.  [Γ] 

'\1ίνόικ7/ς.  ου,  ό,  (ίθνς,  όίκη)  giving  \ 
simple  justic»;  Hes.  Op.  22S,  opp.  to  ] 
σκολίαι  (Ηκίίί.  [ϊθ]  { 

'ϊθνόϊκος,  oi',=:lorcg.  j 

Ίθνόρόμος,  ον.{ίΟνς,  δρημεϊν) -nm-  j 
ning,  going  straight  forwards,  Anth.  [{] 

Ίβνθρις,  -ρΐχος,  ο.  η,  (ίθνς,  θριξ) 
straight-haired,  Udt.  7,  70,  opp.  to  ov- 
λόθριξ,  woolly-haired,  {ΐβ] 

Ίθύκέλινθος,  ov,  (ίθνς,  κίλενθος) 
straight  going.  Nonn.  [ϊ] 

νΐθνκ'λ7/ς,  έους,  ό,  Iihycles,  an  Athe- 
nian archon,  Diod.  S. 

Ίθνκτίων,  V.  ίθνήτίων. 

Ίθνκνφής,  ες,  {ίθνς,  κντττω)  bent, 
curved  right  outwards,  /χίχις,  Hipp. 
[κν  if  from  κνφύς,  prob.  ii  if  from 

Ίθνκνφσς,  ov,=foreg. 

Ίθνλορδος,  ov.  {ίθνς,  λορόός)  curved 
right  inii'ards,  βάχίς,  Hipp,  [ΐθύ] 

ΊΟύμΰχέο),  ώ,  to  fight  fairly,  τινί, 
Byz.  [<] :  and 

Ίϋνμάχία,  ας,  ή,  a  fair,  stand-υρ 
fight,  Hdt.  4,  102,  120.  [f] :  from 

Ίθΐ'μύχος,  ov,  (ίθύς,  μάχομαι) fight- 
ing fairly  and  openly,  tiimon.  33.   [iWi] 

Ίθνμ,'ίος,  ov,  6,  a  Bacchanalian  song 
or  dance. 

Ίθννοος,  ov,  {ίθνς,  νόος)  honest, 
Anth.  [iv] 

Ίθννσις,  εως,  ή,  (ίθννυ)=  ενθνν- 
σις,  α  guiding,  directing,  Hipp,   [ί] 

Ίθνντατα,  adv.,  snperl.  from  ίθνς, 
II.  18,  509. 

Ίθύ^τειρα,  ας.  ij.  fern,  from  sq.  [(] 

Ίθυντήρ,  f/ρος.  ό,  (ίθννιο)  a  suide, 
director,  pilot,  Ap.  Rh.  [i].     Hence 

Ίθνντήριος.  ov,  directing. 

Ίθνντί/ς.  ov,  and  in  Orph.,  ίθνντωρ, 
ορός.  6,=^ ίθυντήρ.  [ί] 

Ίθννω,  Ion.  and  Κρ.  for  εϋθύνω,  ίο 
make  straight,  straighten,  ΙττΙ  στύβμην, 
by  the  rule,  Od.  5,  245,  etc.  Pass. 
to  become  straight  or  even,  τώ  ό'  ίθυν- 
θήτην,  they  came  or  ran  even  with  one 
another  again,  11.  16,  475. — 2.  to  guide 
in  a  straight  line,  shool  straight,  βεΧος, 
όίστόν,  and  in  mid.,  οϊστον  ίθύνετο, 
Od.  22,  8 :  ίβύνειν  ϊ-πονς,  άρμα,  to 
drive  them  straight,  Hoin. ;  but  in 
mid.  also  c.  gen.,  ΰλ/.ή?Μν  ίθννομέ- 
vuv  όονρα,  as  they  set  their  spears 
straight  at  or  against  each  other,  II.  6, 
3,  cf.  ίθνς  as  adv.  Pass,  of  a  boat,  to 
he  guided,  steered,  Hdt.  1,  ]'J4. — 3.  to 
guide,  direct,  rule,  Ζευς  ττάντ^  ιθύνει, 
11.  17,  632;  of  a  judge,  μνβοι<ς  ίθύ- 
νειν,  to  put  straight,  rectify  unjust 
judgments,  Hes.  Op.  265,  cf.  Call. 
Jov.  83 :  also  to  correct,  chastise,  θηνά- 
τω,  Hdt.  2,  177,  cf.  ίθνω.  In  Att.  the 
word  seldom  occurs  without  a  v.  1. 
ενθύν-,  as  Aesch.  Pers.  411,  Eur. 
Hipp.  1227.  [ΐϋ:  only  once?  in  Anlh.] 
Ίθϋτϊορέω,  ώ,  to  go  straight  on,  Hipp. 
"i]  :  from 

Ίθνπόρος,  ov,  (ίθνς,  πείρω,  πορεν- 
ouai)  going  straight  on,  Anth.  [i]  :  but 
660 


1ΘΤΦ 

Ίθυπορος,  ov,  {ίθνς,  πόρος)  u-ith 
straight  openings  or  passage,  Noun,   [i] 

Ίθντντίων,  υνος,  ό,  ή,  only  in  11.  21, 
16'J,  με?.ίηΐ'  ίθν-τίωνη  έιρήκε,  as  epith. 
of  an  ashen  spear-shafl ;  derived  from 
πέτομαι,  straight  flying,  cf.  ίθύς  I., 
and  Jl.  20,  99:  others  from  *πίτω, 
ττΐήτω,  Aristarch.  read  ίθνκτιωνα, 
from    κτείς,    κτηδών,    straight -fibred. 

[Ti] 

'ΙθνΙί>βοπος,  ov,  (ίθύς,  ()οπή)  sinking 
straight  downwards,  Hipp,   [i] 

ΊΟΤ'Σ,  ίθεϊα,  ίθν.  fern,  also  ίθέα, 
Hdt.  2,  17,  though  in  the  fem.  obi. 
cases  he  uses  ίθειης,  -ri.  -i]v :  Ion.  and 
Lp.  form  of  the  Att.  ενθνς,  straight, 
— 1.  of  motion,  straight-aimed,  straight- 
fll/'"g<  Π'χος,  βελυς,  11.  14,  403  ;  20, 
99  :  also  straight  up,  sheer,  steep,  Antll. 
— 2.  in  moral  sign!,  straight,  upright, 
just,  true,  ή  Ιθΰα  (sub.  όί,κη),  11.  23, 
580,  a  fair  decision,  cf.  Hes.  Op.  36, 
222.  Opp.  to  σκο'λιος :  so  δίκτιν  ίθνν- 
τατα  είκειν,  to  give  sentence  the  most 
fairly,  of  a  iudge,  11.  18,  508,  where 
Heyne  is  quite  mistaken.  Usu.  com- 
par.  and  super!,  ίβυηρος,  ίθύτατος, 
Theogn.  1020. — 3.  in  adverbial  usage, 
ace.  fem.  τήν  ίϋεΐαν  (sub.  ύ«5()ΐ'), 
straight  on,  Lat.  recta,  sub.  via,  Hdt. 
7,  193  ;  so,  i/f  τής  ίθι  ίης,  straight-for- 
xvard,  openly.  Id.  2,  161,  so  ίθεί-^  τέχ- 
ντ/.  Id.  9,  57  :  κατ'  ίθν  είναι,  to  be 
right  over  against,  opposite.  Id.  9,  51. — 
II.  ίθνς  as  adv.,  straight  at,  right  at, 
freq.  in  Hom.  usii.  c.  gen.  objecti, 
ίθνς  Ααναών,  Μενελάου,  right  at 
thein  ;  also,  ίθ.  προς  τείχος,  11.  12, 
137  ;  f  ffi  -ινος,  Wess.  Hdt.  5,  64  ; 
ίθνς  φρονείν,  like  ίθνς  μεμαώς.  to  re- 
solve to  go  on,  il. ;  ίΟνς  μαχέσασθαι, 
to  fight  fair,  sturdily,  hand  to  hand,  11. 
17,  168:  also  of  time,  straightway, 
Hdt.  3,  58.-2.  post-Hom.  ίθν  was 
used  in  the  same  way,  as  Ιβν  του  "Ισ- 
rpov,  Hdt.  4,  89,  cf.  6,  95,  etc.— 111. 
ίθεως,  adv.,  is  used  in  Hdt.  just  in  the 
same  way.  2,  121.  2,  etc. ;  ίθέως  ίπΐ 
τον  Έλ^α/ς-οντον,  8,  108.  [-  -] 

Ίθύς,  ύος,  ή,  but  used  by  Horn, 
only  in  ace.  ίθνν.  a  direct  impulse,  pur- 
pose, II.  6,  79  :  in  geul.  a  plan,  vnder- 
taking,  Od.  4,  134:  α  wish,  endenvnnr. 
Od.  16,  304  :  but  in  II.  21,  303,  Od-  8, 
377,  άν'  ίθύν,  =  άν'  ορθόν,  straight  up 
warils.  on  high.   [ ] 

Ίθνσκόλιος,  ov,  (ίθνς,  σκόλιος) 
bent,  curved,  not  to  one  side,  but  straight 
back  and  forwards.  Hipp,  [t] 

Ίθυτένεια,  ας,  ή,  extension  in  length, 
extent,    [Ιϋ]  :  from 

Ίθντενής,  ες,  (ίθνς,  τείνω)  stretched 
out,  extended,  straight,  Anth.  Adv. 
-νώς.  [ί]  ,      .    , 

Ίθντ?ις,  ητος,  ?;,  (ίθύς)  slraightness, 
όδον,  Aretae. 

Ίθυτμής,ήτυς,  ό.  i7!=sq.,  Nonn.  [t] 

Ίθντομος,  or,  (ίθνς,  τέμνω)  cut 
straight,  straight,   [ί] 

Ίθύτοιος,  ον,=^ίθντενής,  Α.  Ρ.  [<] 

Ιθύτρϊχες,  οι,  αΐ,  plur.  from  ίθν- 
ΟριΙ 

Ίθνφαλλικός,  ή,  όν,  Hephaest.,  and 
ίθνφάλλιος,  ov,  dub.  in  Dion.  Η., 
llhyphaltic,  of,  belonging  to  the  ίθνφαλ- 
?.ος :  from 

''ΐθύ(ρα?.λος,  ov,  ό,  — I.  fascinum 
erectum,  Cratin.  Archil.  12:  esp.  the 
phallus  carried  in  the  festivals  of  Bac- 
chus.— II.  the  nde  sung  in  honour  nf  it, 
the  verses  of  which  were  strictly  Tro- 
chaic Dimeter  Braehycatal,  Herm. 
El.  Metr.  p.  94. — 2.  the  dance  accom- 
panying such  ode,  Hyperid.  ap.  Harp. 
— 111.  one  who  danced  in  such  dance, 
Prot.  ap.  Ath.  129  D :  hence  metaph. 
a  lewd,  lustful  fellow,  Deia.  1261,  17, 
etc.  ΙϊΟύ] 


ίΚΑΡ 

Ίθΰφάνεια,  ας,  ή,  (ίθύς,  φαίνομαι) 
α  direct  light,  Heliod.   [<ρα\ 

Ίθνω,  ί.  -ύσω,  (ίθύς)  to  go  straight, 
press  right  on,  Hom.  :  Ιθνσε  μάχτ/  έν- 
θα και  ένθα,  the  tide  of  war  set  this 
way  and  that,  11.  6,  2  ;  c,  gen.  Ιθνσε 
νεός,  drove  right  against  the  ship,  11. 
15,  093;  also  έπΙ  Τεϊχος,  11.  12,  443; 
προς  τι,  Hdt.  4,  122  (ijever  so  in  Od.). 
— 11.  to  be  eager,  to  strive,  strui'gle  U) 
do,  c.  jnf,  Od.  II,  591  ;  22,  408  (nev- 
er so  in  II.)  :  hence  to  demre,  pvrpose, 
intend,  στρατίύεσθαι,  Hdt.  1,  204  ;  7, 

8,  2.  (It  seems  to  be  an  intr,  form  of 
ιθύνω  ;  perh.  also  akin  to  θνω.)  [ϊθύω : 
but  V  in  fut.  and  aor.] 

Ίθνωρία,  ας,  y,  like  ενθνωρία,  a 
straight  line  or  direction.  Hipp. 

νΐΟωμιιϊος,  a,  ov.  oj  Ithome,  llhomae• 
an.  Pans. :  τα  Ίθωμαϊα,  the  festival 
of  Jupiter  at  Ithome,  Id. 

νΐθώμη,  τις,  ή,  Ithome,  a  fortress  in 
Thessaly  (Pelasgiotis)  near  Metro- 
polis, II.  2,  729. — 2.  a  stronghold  of 
Messenia  on  a  mountain  of  the  same 
name,  with  a  temple  of  Jupiter,  lldl^ 

9,  34  ;  etc.     Hence 

ΥΙΘωμήτης,  ov.  Dor.  ΊΟωμάτας,  a, 
0,  of  Ithome,  Ilhomaean  ;  Ζίΐ)ς•  Ίθωμή- 
τας,  Thuc.  1,  103. 

νίβωρία,  ας,  ?},  Iihoria,  a  fortress  of 
Acarnania,  Polyb.  2,  64,  9. 

'liCw,  {ιός)  to  be  rusty,  or  likt  rusi, 
ferrugineous,  Diosc.  [ii] 

Ίκανοδοσία,  ας.  ή,  security,  bail. 
Lat.  satisdatio :  from 

Ίκανοδότης,  ov,  ό,  (ικανός,  δίδωμι) 
one  who  gives  security,  late  word  :  from 

Ίκάνύς,  ή,  όν.  \^1κω,  ίκάνω)  befitting, 
becoming  :  hence  usu. — 1.  of  perscns, 
states,  and  the  hke-,  sufficient,  able, 
strong  or  .tliilful  enough  to  do  a  thing, 
Ικανϊίς  (είναι)  c.  inf.,  Hdt.  3,  45  ;  and 
Att.;  Ik.  τεκμημιώσαι.  sufificient  to 
prove  a  point,  'I'huc.  1,  9:  ίκ.  εΙς  τι^ 
Hdt.  4, 121  ;  επί  or  προς  τι  ΰνήρ.  Plat, 
Rep.  371  Ε,  Prot.  322  Β  :  ίκ.  γνωμί/ν, 
a  man  of  sufficient  prutlence,  Iblt.  3, 
4  :  ίκ.  ίατρικήν,  sufficiently  rcr.%ed  in 
medicine,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  6,15:  absol. 
considerable,  respectable,  wort/iy,  as  We 
say  'a  very  sufficient  man,'  Isocr.  260 
A. — 11.  of  things,  etc..  in  amount,  suf- 
ficient, enough,  τινί.  Εότ.  Phoen.  554., 
etc.,  in  size,  large  enough,  Thuc.  1,2; 
of  ume/iKayov χρόνον, a  longtime,  Ar. 
Pac.  354,  etc.  ;  ui  number,  considera- 
ble, many,  Hipp.,  etc.,  and  so  on  ac- 
cording to  the  content :  το  ίκανόν 
λαμβάνειν,  to  take  secmity  or  bail, 
Lat.  satis  nccipere,  N.  T.,  opp.  to  το  L 
ποιεϊν,  Lat.  satisdnre,  Diog.  L. — III. 
Adv.  -νώς,  sufficiently,  enough,  Hipp., 
etc. :  hence,  ίκ.  ίχειν,  to  be  sufficient, 
Thuc.  1,  91  ;  τίνος  or  πριις  τι.  in  a 
thing.  Plat.  Theaet.  194  D,  Charm. 
158  Β  ;  τινί,  for  one.  Id.  Gorg.  493 
C.  [t]    Hence 

Ικανότης,  ητος,  ή,  sufficiency,  fit- 
ness. Plat.  Lys.  215  A. — 2.  sufficiency, 
supply.  Id.  Legg.  930  C.  [i]  :  and 

'Ικΰνόω,  ύ,  f.  -ώσο),  to  fit,  make  fit, 
qualify,  N.  T.  Pass,  to  be  satisfied, 
τινί,  Dion.  H. ;  absol.,  Teles  ap.  Stob. 
p.  523,  34.   [i] 

Ίκάνω.Ερ.  lengthd.  for  ΐκω,  to  come, 
arrive  at,  reach,  hit,  very  oft.  in  Horn., 
usu.  c.  ace.  pers.  vel  loci,  sometimes 
also,  ίκ.  εις...,  but  more  rarely  i-i  τι, 
II.  2,  17.  In  like  manner  he  uses 
the  mid.  ίκάνομαι^ΙΙ-  10,  118,  Od.  3, 
92,  etc.     Cf  Ϊκω,  ίκνέημαι.  [t(2] 

νίκαρία,  ας,  ή,  Icaria,  an  island  of 
the  Aegean  sea,  earlier  Δηλίχη, 
named  from  Icarus  son  of  Daedalus, 
Apollod..  Strab.,  etc.  cf.  Ίκαρος. — 
2.  an  .4ttic  deme  of  the  tribe  Aegeis ; 
also  Ίκύριος,  Ath.,  Paus. :  hence  ό 


IKET 

Ικαριεύς,   έως,   an  inhab.   of  Icaria, 
Lys. 

Ίκύβίος,  ία,  lov,  Icarian,  πόντος, 
the  Icarian  sea.  name  of  that  part  of 
the  Aegean  sea  which  is  betw.  the 
Cyclades  and  Caria,  where  Icarus 
the  son  of  Daedalus  was  said  to  be 
drowned,  11.  2,  1 15  :  also  ro  Ίκάμιον 
πέλαγος,  Hdt.  6,  95,  Soph.  Aj.  702. 
[Ικα] 

νΐκάριος,  ov,  ό,  Icarius,  son  of  Pe- 
rieres  and  Gorgophone,  father  of  Pe- 
nelope, Od.  1,  276  ;  2,  53  :  in  ApoUod. 
'ίκαρίωΐ',  α>νος,  3,  10,  4. — 2.  an  Athe- 
nian hero,  father  of  Erigone,  Apoilod. 

νίκαριώνη,  ης,  η,  daughter  of  Ica- 
rius, i.  e.  Penelope. 

ΤΥκΰρος,  ov,  0,  Icarus,  the  son  of 
Daedalus,  Strab.,  etc. — 2.  of  Hype- 
resia,  a  victor  at  Oiympia,  Pans. — II. 
ή,^Ίκαρία ;  the  more  usual  form, 
Aesch.  Pers.  890:  Thuc.  3,  29.-2. 
an  island  in  the  Persian  Gulf,  Dion.  P. 
Ίκΐ'λος,  η,  ov,  poet,  form  for  είκε- 
?.ος,  like,  resonbling,  τινί,  Horn.  Adv. 
-λωξ-.  [ί]     Hence 

Ίκε'λόω,  ύ,  to  make  like,  Anth.  [t] 
Ικεσία,  ας,  i],  (Ικέτης)  the  prayer  of 
a  suppliant  for  protection.,  Anth. — II.  as 
fem.  from  ίκέσιος,=  ίκέτίς,  Eur.  [i, 
but  ι  metri  grat.  in  Anth.]     Hence 
'Ικεσιάζοί,=  ίκετεύοι,  late  word. 
Ίκέσως,  a,  ov,  also  ος,  ov.  Soph. 
Phil.   495,   (ικέτης)  of,  belonging   to, 
presiding  over  szippliants,  esp.  as  epith. 
of  Jupiter,  Soph.  Phil.  484,  Eur.  Hec. 
345,  cf.  L•ετ))aιoς. — II.   suppliant,  ?.ό- 
χος,  χείρ,   Aesch.   Supp.  360,   Eur. 
Supp.  39  ■.=  ίκέτης  or  -τίς,  Ίκ.  σε  '/la- 
σομαι.  Soph.  Ant.   1230.  [Ικ,  except 
metri  grat.  in  Anth.] 

νΐκέσιος,  ov,  6,  Hiclsius,  masc.  pr. 
a.,  Andoc-,  etc- 

Λκεταδόκος,  ov,  (ικέτης,  δέχομαι) 
receiving,  protecting  .suppliants,  Aesch. 
Supp.  713. 

Τίκετάονίδτις,  ου,  ό,  son  of  Hicetaon, 
ί  e.  Melanippus,  IL  15,  546. 

νΐκέτας,  a,  ό,  Hkitas,  father  of 
Aristocrates,  king  of  Arcadia,  Paus. 

Vlκετάuv,  όνος,  6,  HiceiHon,  son  of 
Laomedon,  a  Trojan,  II.  3,  147;  20, 
238.-2.  a  ruler  in  Percote,  Strab.— 
3.  father  of  Critolaus,  Paus. 

Ίκετεία,  ας,  ή,  early  form  of  Ικε- 
σία, Thuc,  V.  Poppo,  T.  1,  1,  p.  243. 

Ui 

Ίκέτευμα,  ατός,  το^  a  supplication  : 
ιιέγιστον  ίκ.,  the  most  solemn  mode 
of  supplication,  Thuc.  1,  137.   [ϊ] 

Ίκετευτέος,  a,  ov,  verb.  adj.  from 
Ικ,ετενυ,  to  be  besought  or  entreated, 
Luc, 

'Ικετευτικός,  ή,  όν,  supplicatory. 
Adv.  -ώς :  from 

'Ικετεύω,   (ικέτης)    to  beseech,  sup- 
plicate, τινά,  Od.  11,  530,  (where  ήμΰς 
must  also  be  supplied  before  the  inf ) 
esp.  for  purification  after  homicide, 
freq.  in  Od.,  and  Trag.  :  Ίκ.  τινά,  c. 
inf.,  Hdt.  1,  11,  and  Att. :  also  in  mid., 
Ar.  EccL  915. — 2.  c.  gen.  pers.,  ίκ. 
τινός,  to  beg  of  one  that..,  c.  inf,  Eur. 
I.  A.  1242. — II.  to  come  as  a  suppliant, 
εις  Tiva,  II.  16,  574;  and  so,  Hdt.  5, 
51.  [t],  dab.  in  Eur. 
νίκετηρία,   ας,  η,  v.  Ίκετήριος   Π. 
Ικετίφιος,  and  sync.  Ίκτήριος,  «, 
01',  (ικέτης)  of,  belonging  to,  connected 
with  suppliants,  φωτών  ίκτήρια=  φω- 
τάς Ίκτηρίονς,  Soph.  Ο.  C.  923 ;  Ίκ. 
κλάδοι.  Id.  υ.  Τ._3.     Hence  esp.— II. 
ή  ίκετηρία,  sub.  έλα/α  or  ράβδος,  an 
olivK  branch  which  the  suppliant  held  in 
his  ha)ul  as  a  symbol  of  his  condition 
and    claim,   Ίκ.    λαμβάνειν,   φέρειν, 
Hdt.  5,  51 ;  7,  141  :  ίκ.  τιθέναι,  An- 
doc. 15. 2 ;  50  too  Ίκ.  ττροβύλλεσΟαί, 


ΙΚΝΕ 

Ael. — 2.  hence,  in  genl.  α  supplication, 
entreaty,  V.  1.  in  Isocr.  186  D.  [i] 

Ίκετηρίς,  ίδος,  ή,  pecul.  fem.  of 
ίκετήριος.  [ί] 

Ικέτης,  ου,  ό,  (Γκω)  one  who  corjies 
to  seek  aid  or  protection,  a  suppliant 
or  fugitive,  who  lays  his  ίκετηρία  on 
the  altar  or  hearth  of  a  house,  after 
which  his  person  was  inviolable  :  esp. 
one  who  comes  to  seek  for  purification 
after  homicide,  άνήρ  ικέτης,  11.  24,  158. 
He  vvas  now  under  the  protection  of 
Jupiter,  Od.  9,  270;  and  was  an  ob- 
ject of  awe  and  respect  (αίδοίος),  Od. 
7,  165  ;  enjoymg  the  sacred  privileges 
of  a  ξένος,  Od.  8,  546,  etc. :  ίκ.  θεού, 
etc.,  Hdt.  2,  113,  and  Trag. ;  even  ίκ. 
πατρώων  τάφων,  Thuc.  3,  59  :  προς- 
ίκτωρ  and  -ροςτροτταϊος,  were  equiv., 
but  post-Horn.,  words :  see  on  the 
whole  subject  Miiller  Eumen.  §  51, 
sq. — II.  the  protector  of  the  suppliant, 
Od.  16,  422,  cf.  the  twofold  signf.  of 
προςτροπαίος,  ξένος,  [ΐ] 
νΐκέτης,  ov,  ό,  Hicetes,  masc.  pr.  η., 
Plut. 

Ίκετήσιος,  a,  ov,  (ικέτης)  Ep.  of 
Jupiter,  as  tutelary  god  of  suppliants, 
Od.  13,  213  ;  later  Ίκέσιος.  [t] 

Ίκετικός,  ή,  όν,  — Ίκετήριος.  Adv. 
-κώς,  Philostr.  [I] 

Ίκέτις,  ιδος,  ή,  fem.  from  Ικέτης, 
Hdt.  4,  165,  and  Trag.  [ΐ] 
Ίκετοδόχος,  ov,=  ίκεταδόκος. 
Ίκετώσννος,    η,    ov,  =  ίκετήσιος, 
hence  τα  ίκετώσννα,  sub.  ιερά,  puri- 
fications of  α  homicide.  ^ 

Ίκηαι,  2  sing.  subj.  aor.  2  from 
ίκνέομαι,  Ep.  for  ϊκη,  Horn,  [ί] 

^'Ικησίας,  ου,  b,  Icesia.s,  masc.  pr.  n., 
Polyb. 
νίκκος,  ov,  ό,  Iccus,  of  Tarentum, 
an  athlete  and  sophist,   Plat.  Prot, 
316  D,  etc. 

Ίκμαόώδης,  ες,  (ίκμύς,  είδος)  moist, 
wet. 

Ίκμάζω,=  sq.,  Nic. 
Ίκμαίνω,  (ίκμάς)   to  moisten,  soak, 
supple,  cf.  laivu :   Ap.  Rh.  has  the 
mid.  c.  ace,  δέμας ίκμαίνεσθαι,  to  an- 
oint one^s  body. 

ΊκμαΙος,  ov,  ό,  (ίκμύς)  epith.  of 
Jupiter,  as  god  of  rain,  also  νέτιος, 
like  Lat.  Jupiter  pluvius,  Ap.  Rh. 

Ίκμΰλέος,  a,  ov,  (ίκμάς)  damp,  wet, 
Hipp. 

νίκμύλιος,  ov,  Ό,  Icmalius,  an  artist 
of  Ithaca,  Od.  19,  57. 

ΊΚΜΑ'Σ,  άδυς,  ή,  moisture  of  any 

kind,  e.  g.  of  oily  leather,  II.  17,  392 : 

of  the  body,  Hdt.  3,  125  :  of  the  earth. 

Id.  4, 185,  τ7/ς  φροντίδας,  Xr.  Nub.  233. 

Ίκμασία,  ας,  ή,=:ΐκμάς. 

Ίκμάω,^λικμάω. 

Ίκμενος..  only  in  the  phrase,  Ικμε- 
νος  ονρος,  a  fair  breeze  for  sailing,  U. 
1,479,  Od.  2,  420,  etc.:  prob.  from 
ίκμύς  and  ίκμαίνω,  q.  v.,  smooth,  soft- 
ly gliding,  opp.  to  a  rough,  boisterous 
wind,  but  not  to  be  compared  with 
άνεμοι  ύγρόν  ύέντες  (Od.  5,  478),  cf. 
Nitzsch  Od.  2,  420  :  others  write  'ίκ- 
μενος from  ίκνέομαι,  a  foUowmg,  and 
so  favourable,  wind,  Lat.  ventus  se- 
cundus. 

Ίκμη,  ης,  ή,  (ίκμύς)  a  plant  growing 
in  moist  places,  Theophr. 
Ίκμιος,  ov,  moist,  Nonn. 
Ίκμώδης,  ες,  (ίκμύς,  είδος)  moist, 
wet. 

Ίκνέομαι.  lengthd.  form  from  "ΙΚΩ 
[ί],  which  is  the  common  form  in 
Hom.,  who  only  uses  the  pres.  ίκνέ- 
ομαι twice  (Od.  9,  128  ;  24,  339),  but 
he  oft.  has  the  fut.  ϊξομαι  and  aor. 
ίκ(>μην  [t,  except  when  lengthd.  by 
augm.]  :  perf.  Ιγμαι,  part,  ίγμένος, 
Soph.  Phil.  494.    In  prose  most  usu. 


IKTH 

in  compd.  άφίκνεομαι :  cf  ΐκω.  To 
come,  to  go,  arrive  at,  r-.ach  a  place, 
Hom.  c.  ace.  loci  rei  vel  pers.,  more 
rarely  εΙς  or  επί  τι.  also  εϊς'  τίνα,  tp 
his  house,  Od.  20,  372.  In  prose  sel- 
dom c.  ace.  sine  prep.  Special  uses  : 
— 1.  to  come  as  supppliant  (ικέτης)  to 
one,  to  beseech,  entreat  hi?»,  τινά,  II. 
22,  123,  Soph.  Ο.  C.  275,  Eur.  Oi. 
671 ;  hence,  βίόν  θνέεσσιν  ίκνεΐσθαι. 
to  approach  a  god  with  offerings  and 
prayei,  Theocr.  Ep.  7,  3.  usu.  in 
pres.  and  impf.,  except  II.  1.  c. — 2.  to 
reach,  live  until,  ίκετο  εύθρονον  ήώ, 
Od.  17,  497. — 3.  only  in  pres.  and 
impf,  like  προςήκω,  to  become,  befit, 
ημέας  ίκνέεται,  it  becomes  us,  c.  inf., 
Hdt.  9,  26  ;  τους  μάλιστα  ίκνέεται, 
whom  it  most  concerns,  Id.  2,  36,  but 
also,  ες  τον  ίκνέεται,  to  whom  it  be- 
longs. Id.  6,  57  :  το  Ίκνεύμενον.  that 
which  is  fitting,  proper,  Hdt  6,  84  :  SO, 
ό  Ίκν.  χρόνος,  the  fit,  proper  time.  Id. 
6,  86,  1  ;  TO  Ίκν.  άνά7-ωμα,  the  propor- 
tionate expense,  Thuc.  1,  99  ;  cf  sq. 

Ίκνονμένως,  Ion.  Ίκνεομ.,  Ίκνενμ., 
adv.  part.  pres.  Ίκνέομαι,  fittingly, 
aright,  only  ill  Ion.  prose,  as  Hdt.  6, 
65,  and  Hipp. 

t'lKOi^ioi',  oil,  TO,  Iconium,  a  large 
and  opulent  town  of  Lycaonia  on 
the  borders  of  Phrygia;  ace.  to  Xen. 
in  Phrygia,  An.  1,  2, 19,  Strab. :  it  is 
now  Koniyah. 

νΐκός,  ov,  ή,  Icus,  a  small  island  of 
tho  Aegean  sea  near  Scyrus,  now 
Skiphe,  Strab. 

ΊΚΡΙΑ,  τά,  also  written  ίκρία,  the 
ribs  of  a  ship,  Od.  5,  252,  v.  sub 
έπηγκενίδες. — 2.  usu.  the  hatches,  or 
partial  decks,  at  the  poop  and  prow, 
which  stand  on  the  tops  of  the  ribs, 
Hom.,  who  also  joins  Ικρια  νηώρ,  Ικ- 
pia  vz/of  01  νηος  έπ'  ίκριόφιν :  they 
were  the  sleeping-place  of  the  sai- 
lors, Od.  3,  353 ;  13,  74 :  in  genl. 
planks,  boards,  Hdt.  5,  16. — II.  later 
the  sing.  Ικριον  or  ίκρίυν  also  occurs  : 
— 1.  anything  set  straight  upright,  a 
post  ;  the  stake,  the  cross. — 2.  any  scaf- 
fold or  hustings,  esp.  a  bench  in  a  the- 
atre, Cratin.  Incert.  51  et  ibi  Meineke, 
Ar.  Thesm.  395 :  though  these  were 
soon  replaced  by  stone. — 3.  a  tower, 
Strab. 

Ίκρίδιον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  foreg. 

Ίκριον,  ov,  TO,  V.  LKpia  II. 

Ίκριοπηγός,  όν,  (Ικρια,  πήγννμι) 
a  maker  of  scaffolds  or  benches. 

Ίκριόω,  ώ,  (Ικρια)  to  build  with  scaf- 
folding or  benches,  Dio  C. 

Ίκταρ,  adv  (ίκω)  at  one  bloiv,  at 
once,  close  together,  κεραννοί  Ικταρ 
άμα  βροντή,  Hes.  Th.  691.— II.  of 
place,  close  to,  hard  by,  c.  gen.,  Aesch. 
Ag.  117.  Eum.  998  :  oud'  Ικταρ  βάλ- 
λει, does  not  strike  even  near  the 
mark,  i.  e.  fails  utterly,  Ael. 

Ίκτεράω,  ώ,^=ίκτεριάω. 

Ίκτερίας,  ov,  ό.  Λίθος,  a  yellowish 
kind  of  stone,  Plin. 

Ίκτεριάω,  ώ,  (Ικτερος)  to  be  ill  of 
the  jaundice,  Diosc. 

Ικτερικός,  ή,  όν.  Gal.,  ίκτεριώδης, 
ες,  Hipp.,  ίκτερόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  Nic, 
jaundiced. 

Ί  κτερόομαι,Ά5  γ>Λ53.,  to  be  jaundiced, 
have  the  jaundice,  Hipp. :  from 

Ίκτερος,  ov.  ό,  the  jaundice,  Hipp. 
— II.  a  bird  of  a  yellowish  green  colour, 
by  looking  at  which  a  jaundiced  per- 
son was  cujed  ;  the  bird  died  !  Plin. 
30,  11  :  the  same  was  believed  of  the 
χαραδριός. 

Ίκτερώδης,  ες,:=  ικτερικός,  Hipp. 

Ίκτήρ.   ηρος,   o,=  sq.— II.   the  pro- 
tector of  the  suppliant,  Aesch.  Supp. 
479.— ilL=ri/£-epof  I,  LXX.,  Vat 
661 


ΙΚΩ 

Ίκτης,  ον,  ό,— ικέτης  :  hence  1 

Ίκτήρως,  α,  or,  ν.  ίκετήρίος. 
Ίκτιύκος.  ο,  ον,  {Ίκτίς)  of  α  iveasel, 
of  weasel-skin,  in  Horn,  κτιδεος.  q.  v. 
— 11.  as  subst.,  ίκτίόεα,  ή,  conlr.  ίκτι-  ' 
δη,  sub.  (5ορύ,  weasel-skin.  \ 

ΊΚΤΓΝΟΣ,  (or  ace.  to  others  Ικ- 
τίνος) ου,  ό,  a  kite  or  hen-fHtrrtcr,  Lat. 
titilviis,  Hdt.  2,  22. — II.  a  kind  of  wolf, 
Opp.  In  Ar.  Fr.  525,  Plat.  (Coin.) 
Incert.  C9,  we  have  ace.  sing.  Ικτϊνα 
(not  ικτϊνα),  ace.  lo  Graniin.  a  nie- 
tapl.  foriu  for  Ικτινονοτ -Irov  :  they 
do  not  acknowledge  the  collat.  form 
Ικτιν,  Ινος,  which  is  still  found  in  a 
few  dub.  passages  of  later  authors. 

f  Ικτίνος,  ου,  ό,  Iciinus,  a  celebrated 
architect  in  the  time  of  Pericles, 
Strab.  p.  395;  Plut.  Pericl.  13. 

"Ικτιος,  οΐ',—ίκέσιος,  Aesch.  Supp. 
385,  ace.  to  W.  Dind. 

ΊΚΎΪ'Σ,ΐδος,  ή.  a  kind  of  weasel  οτ 
ferret,  Lat.  mustela.  (Ace.  to  some 
-if,  -l(hr,  in  Ar.  Ach.  880  :  but  Ehnsl. 
corrects,  Ικτΐδας,  ίνΰδριας,  cf.  κτΐ- 
όεος.} 

'I/cro,  3  sing,  plqpf.  of  ίκνέοααι, 
Hes. 

'Ικτορενω,  (ΐκτωρ)  poet,  for  ικε- 
τεύω. Soph.  Fr.  56. 

νΐκτουμον?Μΐ,  ων,  ol,  Ictimulum,  a 
spot  in  the  northwest  of  Gallia  Cisal- 
pma  containing  gold  mmes,  Strab. 

Ίκτωρ,  ορός,  6,  also  in  Aesch. 
Supp.  652,  and  (ace.  to  Herm.)  Lye. 
1161,  η,=  ίκτήρ,  poet,  for  Ικέτης,  ίκέ- 
τις. 

ΊΚΩ,  impf.  ΐκον,  aor.  Ιξον :  root  of 
ίκνέομαι,  used  in  Ep.,  and  Pind. ; 
never  in  Hdt.,  and  very  rarely  in  Att., 
as  Aesch.  ap.  Macrob.  Sat.  5,  19. 
Hom.  has  usu.  Ικω  and  its  deriv. /κά- 
νω, rarely  ίκνέομαι :  the  aor.  Ίκόμην 
in  all  moods,  Horn.,  but  not  in  part. ; 
τ}κω  is  rare  in  Hom.  As  the  signf.  of 
all  the  forms  is  identical,  they  are 
here  classed  together  as  far  as  re- 
gards Hom. 

Radic.   sign!.  :    to  come,  go,  arrive, 
come   to  an  end  or  point,  whether  of 
place  or  time,  freq.  m   Hom.,   who 
mostly  has  it  c.  ace.  loci  pers.  vol  rei, 
with  or  without  prep.,  to  come  to,  ar- 
rive at,  sometimes  also  with  the  adv. 
forms,  οίκαδε,  Πη'λείωνάδε,  etc.,  II.  9, 
393  ;  24,  338  ;  also  with  εΊς-.,  more 
rarely  with  ίπί,  μετά,  προς,  κατά, 
ίπό  τί,  and  still  more  rarely  e.  dat. 
pro  ace,  II.  12,  374,  Od.  21,  209  :  re- 
versely, IK.  ύτϊό,  i'K,  τταρά  τίνος,  to 
come  from  :  also  absol.,  like  νοστείι>, 
to  retjirn,  Od.  11,104.    Special  usages: 
— 1.  of  men,  ίο  come  to  one  as  a  suppli- 
ant {Ικέτης),  to  supplicate,  implore,  just 
like  ικετεύω,  τινά  and  εΙς  τίνα,  11.  14, 
260,  Od.  16,  424  ;  esp.  τα  σα  γονναθ' 
Ικάνω,  τα  σα  yovva  ίκόμεθα  (because 
the  ικέτης  clasped  or  tuuchedihe  knees 
of  him  from  whom  he  sought  protec- 
tion), Od.  3,  92 ;  5,  449,  etc. :  also  to 
come  to  ask  for  help,  II,  18,  400;  but 
also  in  hostile  sense,  ές  χείρας  ίκέ- 
σβαι,  II.  10,  448:   and  in  various  me- 
taphors, as  Ik.  ηβην,  II.  24,  728  ;  η3ης 
μέτρον.ΙΙ  11.225,  Od.   11,  317;  γή- 
ραος  υϊ'δόν,  Od.  15,  240  ;  ο/ ίβραυ  -ΐϊεί- 
ρατα.  II.  6,  143 ;  τέλος  μύθων,  II.  9, 
56. — 2.  ονρανόν  or  ες  οϋρανον  Ικειν, 
Ικάνειν,  logo  up,  reach  to  heaven,  e.  g. 
oi  κνίση,    καπνός,  but  al.so  of  fixed 
objects,  e.  g.  a  towenng  rock,  Od.  12, 
73  :  then  in  genl.  of  any  thmg  that 
spreads  far  and  wide,  esp.  light  and 
eound,  αίγλη,  σέλας,  and  Ιι\}τη,  ύρυ- 
μαγδός,    κλέος,    αγγελίη :    metaph., 
ύβρις  τε  βίη  τε  σιδήρεον  οίφανον  Ικει, 
violence  and  force  are  reaching  even 
to  heaven,  i.  e.  reaching  their  height, 
€62 


ΙΛΑΡ 

Od.  15,  329.— 3.  of  ships,  Od.  9,  128; 

12,  66:  of  treasures,  κ  ΓΑ/ματα  Ικει 
Φίίυγίην,  are  brought  thither,  II.  IH, 
292  ;  6,  Ti  χείρας  Ικοιτο,  whatever 
cajne  to  hand,  Od.  12,  331 ;  φλέφ  ai>- 
χέν'  Ικάνει,  it  reaches  to  the  neck,  11. 

13,  547;  χαλκός  'ίκετο  χρόα,  II.  11, 
352,  etc. — 4.  of  circumstances,  condi- 
tions, χρειω  ικει  με,  necessity  is  upon 
me  ;  also  absol.  sine  ace,  needs  must. 
II.  10,  142;  νπνος,  γήρας,  μόρος  ικά- 
νει με,  come  upon  or  over  me  :  θέσφα- 
τα ικάνει  με,  they  strike  me,  i.  e.  are 

fulfilled  upon  me,  Od.  9,  507  :  esp.  of 
thoughts,  feelings,  etc.  which  come 
upon,  seize,  possess  one,  πένθος,  etc., 
ικάνει  με,  φρένας  και  θυμόν,  με  φρέ- 
νας,  very  freq.  in  Horn.,  more  rare  e. 
dat.  pers.,  as  Od.  20, 228.  Sometimes 
Hom.  adds  a  part.,  ίκίινω  φενγων, 
etc.,  to  come  in  flight,  etc.,  also  c.  adj ., 
υπότροπος,  il.  6,  501,  etc.  [t  usu.  in 
/'«ω,  in  Horn.,  and  so  Aesch.  Fr.  5  ; 
but  i  always  in  ίκάνω,  unless  with 
augm.  :  so  ί  in  ίκνέομαι,  except  by 
augm.  in  aor.  indicat.  ίκόμην,  which 
however  Hom.  freq.  leaves  out :  ace. 
to  Bockh  v.  1.  Pind.  P.  2,  36,  t  might 
be  short  even  in  ϊκω,  cf.  also  Donalds, 
ad  1.] 

'\λύ,  ή.  Dor.  for  Ιλη.  [ί] 
Ι'Ιλα,   ή,  ΙΙα,  a  harbour  of  Persia, 
Arr.  Ind.  38,  2. 

Ίλάδόν,  adv.  (Ιλη)  in  troops,  in  bod- 
ies, Lat.  turmatim,  II.  2,  93,  Hdt.  1, 
172  (where  it  is  είλαδόν) :  in  genl.  in 
abundatue,  in  a  mass,  Hes.  Op.  285,  cf. 
Buttm.  Lexil.  v.  είλείν  21.  [t] 

'\λάειρα,  ας,  ή,  the  moon,  Emped. 
(Prob.  from  ιλαρός.)  [ΐλΰ] 

νίλύεφα,  ας,  ή,  Hilaxra,  a  daughter 
of  Apollo,  Paus. — 2.  a  daughter  of 
Leucippus  and  Philodice,  Apollod.  3, 
10. 

"λλαθι,  V.  Ιλημι. 

Ίλαμαι,  rare  collat.  form  of  ίλάο- 
μαι,  ίλάσκομαι,  Η.  Hom.  20,  5,  cf. 
ϊλημι.  [Ϊλΰ] 

'Ιλάοααι,  Ερ.  for  ίλάσκομαι,  11.  2, 
550,  Αρ.  Rh.  2,  847  [ϊλά-]  :  Att.  ίλέ- 
ομαι,  Aesch.  Supp.  117,  128;  also 
ίλεόομαι. 

ΊΑΑΟΣ,  ον,  Hom.,  and  Pind.,  as 
also  in  lyric  passages  of  Trag. :  but 
Att.  ϊ/^εως,  ων,  as  also  in  Hdt.  6,  91  : 
nom.  pi.  lAitf),  neut.  ί'λεα  (Plat. 
Phaed.  95  A)  .•  soothed,  appeased,  Lat. 
pacalus,  hence  of  gods,  propitious,  gra- 
cious, II.  1,  583  ;  and  so  usu.  in  Att., 
as  Soph.  O.  C.  44,  Plat.  Legg.  712  Β  ; 
of  men,  kind,  kindly,  mild,  gentle,  II.  9, 
6.39,  etc.  ;  also  cheerful,  gay,  like  ιλα- 
ρός (which  is  post-Horn. j,  H.  Hom. 
Cer. 204, Plat.  Symp.  206D.  [«always 
Ep.  and  Att. :  sometimes  even  ΰ,  prob. 
on  the  analogy  of  λεώς  ?ΜΟς,  Μενέλε- 
ως  Μενέλαος.] 

Ίλάρία,  ας,  ή,  {ΐλαρός')=ίλαρότης, 
Luc.  [ϊ] 

Ίλάρια,  ων,  τά,  sub.  ιερά,  α  festival 
of  inirth,  revel,  Lat.  hilaria,  celebratetl 
at  Rome  as  soon  as  the  vernal  Equi- 
nox was  past :  from 

Ιλαρός,  ύ,  όν.  {ϊλαος)  cheerful,  gay, 
joyous,  Lat.  hitaris,  Ar.  Kan.  455.  Xen., 
etc.  Adv.  -ρώς,  Xen.  Apol.  33.  [ϊ] 
Hence 

Ίλάρότης,  ητος,  η,  cheerfulness,  gai- 
ety, Lat.  hilaritas,  Plut.  [Γ] 

Ύλάροτράγφδία,  ας,  η,  (ιλαρός, 
τραγωδία)  α  tragedy  travestied,  invent- 
ed by'  Rhinthon.  [ίλ] 

Ίλΰρόω,  ω.  LXX.,  and  Ιλαρύι>ω, 

(ιλαρός)  to  make  cheerful,  exhilarate,  [t] 

'ΐΑάΐ)χης,   ον,    ό,    {ιλη,   άρχω)    the 

commander  of  a  troop  of  horse,   Lat. 

[  alae    equitum   praefectus,    Polyb.     [<"] 

i  Hence 


ΙΛΗΜ 

Ί?Μρχία,  ας,  ή,  the  office  or  ranJc  of 
Ιλάρχης. 
νίλαρχος,  ον,  b,  Ilarchus,  an  ephoi 
in  Sparta,  Xen.  Hell.  2,  3,  10. 

Ίλάμωδια,  ας.  ή,  the  art  or  song  of  a 
ίλαρωδυς,  Aristoi.  ap.  .\th.  621  C.  [t] 

'[λύρφδύς,  ον,  ό.  {Ιλαρός,  fcj(5/y)  the 
singer  of  joyous  (not  '  comic')  songs, 
described  luUy  by  Aristocl.  ap.  Ath. 

ψ   .^'•    t'T      ,      r 

τΊλας,  a.  ό,  Has,  αλείπτης  of  Age- 
sidamus,  Pind.  O.  10,  21,  i3or.=  'Io- 
λαος. 

ΫΙλάσαρος,  ον,  ό,  Ilasanis,  a  king  of 
Arabia,  Strab. 

νΐλάσθητι,  aor.  imp.  pass.,  v.  ίλάσ- 
κομαι III. 

Ίλάσιμος,  ον,  propitiatory,  Byz. 
[ίλ(ΐ] :  froni 

Ίλάσκομαι,  rarely  Ίλάομαι,  q.  v. : 
fut.  ίλάσομαι  [ΰ],  Ep.  ίλάσσομαι. 
Dor.  Ιλάξομαι:  as  mid.  but  without 
act.,  (ϊλαης).  To  appease,  soothe,  in 
Hom.  always  of  gods,  Ιλ.  θεόν,  Έκά- 
εf3γov,  ίλάσκεσβαι,  to  make  him  pro- 
pitious to  one,  reconcile  erne's  self  to  him, 
win  his  favour;  τανροις,  μολπ^,  by 
sacrifices,  by  song,  II.  ],  472,  cf  2, 
550:  with  part.,  ίλάσκομαι  πέμπων 
τινί  τι,  by  presenting,  Pind.  Ο.  7, 15: 
also  of  men  whom  one  has  injured 
and  wishes  to  conciliate,  esp.  by  pay- 
ing divine  honours  after  death,  Hdt. 
5,  47 :  but  also  simply,  to  conciliate, 
τιναχρήμασι.  Id.  8, 112. — II.  in  N.  T., 
to  expiate,  (ψαρτίην. — III.  in  N.  T. 
also,  we  have  an  aor.  imperat.  pass., 
ίλάσθητι,  be  gracicus  :  in  which  sense 
Hom.  uses  the  act.  forms,  ίλήκω, 
Ιλημι.  qq.  v.  [t  regularly:  yet  ί  II.  1, 
100,  147,  cf  H.  Hom.  Cer.  204.] 
Hence 

Ίλασμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  propitiation  \ί\•. 
and 

Ίλασμός,  ον,  ό,  a  means  ofcepprctsmg, 
Plut.  :  (I  propitiationt,  sacrifice,  5t.T.  [t} 

Ίλασττ/ριος,  a.  ov, propitiatory  ;  esp. 
— 11.  as  subst.  ίλασττ/ριον,  ον,  τό,  an 
ex])iatory  sacrifice,  propitiatien,  N.  'Γ. 
— 2.  sub.  επίθεμα,  the  mercy-sent,  cov- 
ering of  the  ark  in  the  Holy  of  Holies, 
LXX. 

Ίλάω,  Ιλέομαι,  ίλεόομαι,  v.  £?.ά»- 
μαι  and  ίλάσκομαι.  [ϊ] 

Ίλεός,  ό,=  είλ.εάς  L,  and  II.  [ί] 

"Ώ-εος,  ον,  poet.,  and  'ίλεως,  ων,  Att. 
for  Ιλαος.  [ϊ] 

νίλεργέται,  ών,  βί,  Strab.,  and 
Ίλέργητες,  ων,  οι,  Polyb.  the  Ilergetae, 
a  people  of  Spain  near  the  Iberus. 

\'l?i.fpoa,  ης,  ή,  Ilerdn,  now  Lerida, 
a  city  of  Spain  on  the  Sicoris,  Strab. 
νίλενς,   έως,  L•,  poet,  for  Όΐλενς, 
Hes.  Fr.  3. 

Ίλεως,  adv.  from  ϊλε»ς.  [ί] 

Ίλη  or  είλη.  -ης,  ή,  the  latter  in 
Hdt.,  the  former  usu.  in  Att.,  (Ίλλιχ, 
είλω)  η  crowd,  bwid,  troop  of  men,  Hdt. 
1,  73,  202:  esp.  a  party  at  a  feast, 
Pind.  N.  5,  70:  also,  Ιλη  λεόντων, 
Eur.  Ale.  581. — 2.  as  a  military  term, 
a  troop  of  horse,  Lat  turma.  ala,  strictly 
of  64  men  ;  κατ'  Ιλας.^^ιλαδόν,  Xen. 
An.  1,2,  16:  in  genl.  a  troop  of  sol- 
diers, Soph.  Aj.  1407. — 3.  at  Sparta, 
a  certain  division  of  the  youths,  Xen. 
Lac.  2,  11,  cf  Muller  Dor.  4,  5,2. 
(For  deriv.  v.  εΙλω  fin.) 

Ίληόόv,adv.=  iλaδ<'>v,Q.  Sni.  [t] 

"I ^w(^i,  imperat.  from  Ιλ.ημι. 

Ίληκω,  (ϊλαος)  to  be  gracious,  pro- 
pitious, of  a  god,  Od.  21 ,  365,  in  sub- 
junct.  Γλήκησι :  elsewh.  only  in  optat. 
Ιληκοιμι.  [f] 

"I/ir/Aii,=  fureg,,  but  perh.  used  only 
in  imperat.  ϊληθι,  in  prayers,  be  gra- 
cious !  Od.  3,  380  ;  1 C,  1 SL;  liter  Ιλαθι, 
Theocr.  15,  143,  and  Anflk.  {ιλα\ 


lAAT 

νίλιάδας,  a,  ό.  Dor.  for  Όΐλιόά/κ,  1 
ου,   son.   of  OUeus,  Find.    O.    9,    \20 
Bockh  (167);    cf.    Donaldson  iiew 
Crat.  p.  210. 

ΥΓλιάόης,  ov,  6,  a  Trojan,  Eur. 
Andr.  1022.  [ίλ] 

Ϋ1?.ιΰκός,  η,  όν,  Trojan,  πόλεμος, 
Strab. 

Ίλιάς,  άδος,  ή,  pecul.  fem.  of  Ίλί- 
ακός,  Trojan,  Hdt.,  and  Trag. — II.  as 
subst. — 1.  'Ι'/Λας,  sub.  yfj,  the  Trojan 
land,  Troy,  Hdt. — 2.  sub.  yvv^,  a 
Trojan  u-oman,  ai  Ίλιάόΐς,  Eur. 
Andr.  302. — 3.  Ί/.ιύς,  sub.  ποίι/σις, 
the  Iliad,  of  Homer:  Proverb.  Ίλιύς 
κακών,  an  Iliad,  i.  e.  an  endless  string, 
of  woes,  Dem.  387,  12.  [--'^] 

'l?uyYlaoj,  ώ,  to  have  a  dizziness  in 
the  head,  Ar.  Ach.  581,  1218  :  to  lose 
one's  head,  as  when  one  looks  down 
from  a  height,  Plat.  Theaet.  175  D ; 
as  when  drunk,  Id.  Phaed.  79  C.  [ίλ] : 
from 

'I/.iyyQf,  ov,  0,  (Ιλλω,  ε'ιλυ)  a 
spinning  round,  esp.  a  swimming  or 
dizziness  in  the  head,  Lat.  vertigo,  a 
swoon.  Plat.  Rep.  407  C— 2.  a  whirl- 
wind, etc.,  Ap.  Kh.  [i] 

'Ι/αγξ,  ιγγος,η,  a  whirling,  whirlpool, 
Diod. — 2.  agitation,  perplexity  of  mind, 
Luc,  V.  foreg.  [ίλ] 

ΥΙ'Μεια,  (jv,  τά,  the  Ilica,  Trojan 
festival,  Ath.  351  A. 

^'Ι/ιΐΐύς,  έ(ος,  ό,  an  inhab.  of  Ilium; 
ol  'Ώ.ιεις,  the  Trojans,  Strab. 

ΥΙλιόθεν,  a.dv.,  from  Troy,  Hom. 

νίλιόθι,  adv.,  at  Troy,  Hom.  v.  sub. 
'1/.ιος. 

ΥΙ?.ιοκο?•.ώνη,  7/ς,  η,  Iliocoldne,  a  city 
of  Pariana,  Strab. 

\'\/.iov,  ου,  TO,  V.  Ί7.ιος. 

ΥΏ.ιονενς.  έως  Ep.  and  Ion.  ηος,  ό, 
llioneus,  son  of  Phorbas,  a  Trojan,  II. 
14,  489. 

'1?.ιοβραιστης.  ου,  ό,  {Ί/Λος,  ραίω) 
the  destroyer  of  Troy,  Anth. 

ΊλίΟΓ.  OV,  i],  Ilios,  the  city  of  Ilus, 
Ilium.  Trny,  Hom. ;  seldom  in  other 
poets :  'V/.iov,  τό,  only  in  II.  15,  71 : 
common  in  prose ;  hence  the  advs., 
Ίλίόθεν,  from  Troy,  Horn. :  Ίλώθι, 
at  Troy,  always  in  the  phrase,  'l?.io(h 
irpo.  Id. :  also,  κατά  ΊΆώςιι,  II.  21, 
295.  [ίλ] 

yV/.i-a,  ή,  Ilipa,  a  city  of  Spain,  on 
the  Baetis,  Strab. 

+'ΙΖίσσό{•,  οϋ,  ό,  the  Ilissus,  a  river 
of  Attica,  flowing  from   Hymettus, 

Hdt.  7,  189 :    in  Pans.  Είλισσός,  1, 

19,  5.  [i] 

ΊΆλαίνω,    (ίλλόξ•)    to    look    awry, 

squint,  όφθα^^ς  ί'λ/.αίνων,  Hipp. 
Ίλλάς,   άδος,   ή,    (Ιλλω,   ειλω)  α 

rope,  cord,  band,  II.  13,  572,  in  plur. ; 

cf.  Buttm.  Lexil.  v.  είλεΐν  14:  also 

έλλύς. — II.  a  gregarious  kind  οι  thrush, 

Arist.  H.  A. 

Ί/.Άίζω,  f.  -ί'σω,  {ΐλ?.6ς)  to  look  awry, 

look  askance,  leer,  ci.  ίζ/λυττέω. 
Ί/./.ίς,  ίδος,  ή,  fem.  οί  ίλλός- 
ΊΆλός,  ου,  ό,  (ίλ/ω)  squinting,  [?.- 

/.Of  γεγενήσθαι,  to  get  a  sq^uint,  Ar. 

Thesm.  846 :  ace.  to  Moer.,  Att.  for 

στρα3ός,  Lat.  strabo. 
'\'/.7.ος,  ov,  ό,  the  eye  in  Ion.  dialect, 

ace.  to  Poll.  2,54:  no  doubt  iroml/./.u, 

ειλω,  Lat,  volvo,  hence  δενόίΑ/ω. 
W/'Avpin,  ας.  ή,  sub.  γη,  Illyria. 
νΐ'λ.λνρικός,  η,  όν,  of  οι  belonging  to 

Illyria,  Illyrian,  6p}j,  εθντ),  Strab. ;  ττο• 

ταμός.  Αρ.  Rh. :  as  subst.  Ίλ?.νρΐιίόΐ', 

ov,  TO,  Illyricum,  a  country  of  Europe 

lying  along  the  eastern  shore  of  the 

Adriatic  from  Macedonia  to  Noricum, 

Hdt.  0,  7. 
Ι'Ιλ/.ΐρίΟί,  ών,  οί,  the  Illi/rians,  inhab. 

of  Illyria,  U^t.  1,  196;  Ar.  Av.  1521. 

'i'lλλϋμίς,^ιδoς,  ij,  fem,  adj.  Illyrian, 


IMAN 

ala,  Dion.  P.,  also  without  ala,  Illyria  \ 

=  'l?,/iVplKOV. 

ΥΙΆ/.νριός,  οϋ,  ό,  Ulyrius,  son  of 
Cadmus  and  Harmonia,  after  whom 
Illyria  was  said  to  be  named,  Apollod. 
— 11.  an  Illyrian,  Hdt. 

'L\A£2,  V.  sub  ειλω. — II.  esp.  of  the 
eyes,  to  squint,  look  askance ;  though 
this  signf.  is  perh.  only  found  in  the 
compds.  and  derivs.,  ί'/ΛΟς,  -αίνω,  etc. 
Ί'/./.ώόης,  ες,  {Ιλ'/Λς,  είδος)  squint- 
ing, distorted,  όμματα,  Hipp. 

Ίλ/.ωπέο),  ώ,  ί/ύ.ωπίζω,  ί?./.ώπτω, 
=^ΐ/,λίζθ},  to  squint :  to  be  short-sighted. 
(Acc.  to  some  from  Ιλ'λω  and  ωφ,  bet- 
ter simply  from  ίλλός,  Lob.  Phryn. 
607.) 

ΊλΡ,ωσίζ•,  εως,  η,  (ίλλω)  α  distortion, 
esp.  of  the  eye,  Hipp. 

νίλος,  ov,  ό,  Ilus,  son  of  Dardanus 
and  Batea,  ruler  of  Dardania,  11.  11, 
166 ;  Apollod. — 2.  son  of  Tros,  found- 
er of  Ilium,  II.  20,  252,  Find.  N.  7,  44. 
3.  son  of  Mermerus  in  Ephyra,  Od. 
1,259. 
νΐ/.ουργεια,  ας,  ή,  Ilurgla,  a  city  of 
Spain,  Polyh. 

Ί'λυόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  (.ιλύς)  muddy, 
slimy.  Αρ.  Rh.  :  in  genl.  impure,  [i] 

Ίλνός,  o,=  e/Afof  II.,  a  lurking-hole, 
den,  lair.  Call.  Jov.  25 :  also  ί'λεός.  [i] 
ΊΑΤ'Σ,  νος,  τ/,  mud,  slime,  dirt,  II. 
21,  318,  Hdt.  2,  7:  sometunes  for 
πη?.ός  (q.  v.),  dregs,  sediment,  Hipp.  ; 
of  wine,  Arist.  Gen.  An. :  so  opp.  to 
loam,  clay.  (Prob.  from  είλΰω,  ίλλω. 
[-  -,  gen.  νος,  Horn.,  later  ϋ  Leon,  Τ. 
39.] 

'Ό.νσπάομαί,=ε17Μσπάομαί,ΙοαταΐίΙ 
or  wriggle  like  a  worm,  Plat.  Tim.  92  A. 
'Ώ.νσπααις,  εως,  ή,  uriggUng  motion, 
as  of  leeches,  Arist.  H.  A. 

'Ώ.νσπωμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  wriggling 
movement. 

Ί/,ύω,  (ί/Λ>ς)  to  cover  with  slime  or 
dirt. — 1Ι.=είΛυω.  [ϊλϋ'] 

Ί/.νώδης,  ες,^='ύ.υόεις.  Gal.  [ΐλν"\ 
ΥΙμαϊκόν    όρος,    τό,='Ιμαον,   Arr. 
Ind.  6,  4. 

Ίμαΐος,  α,  ον,  (ίμάω)  of,  connected 
icith  dratving  water,  ίμαΐα  μέ/.η,  songs 
of  the  draw-well,  Call.  Fr.  42,  v.  Ilgen 
Praef.  Scol.  n.  5;  so,  ίμόηοστροφον 
μέλη,  songs  of  the  water-drawer,  Ar. 
Ran.  1297.  [i]  ^ 

\'\μαΙος,  ου,  δ,  Itnaeus,  a  Persian, 
Aesch.  Pers.  31, 

Ίμα/Λά,  άς,  ή,  abundance  of  meal:  in 
genl.  plenty. 

'ϊμάλιος,  a,  ov,  plentiful. 
Ίμα?.ίΓ  ιδος,  ή,  a  Syracusan  epith. 
of  Ceres,  Polemo  ap.  Ath.  109  A. — II. 
α  song  sung  at  the  mill.     Dor.  word. 

Ίμαντάριον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  ίμάς, 
naval  term. 

Ίμαντελικτενς,  έως,  ό,  (ίμάς,  ελίσ- 
σω) α  twister  of  ropes  :  metaph.  a  puz- 
zling, knotty  sophist,  Democr.  ap.  Plut. 
2,  614E. 
Ίίχαντίδιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  ίμύς. 
Ίμύντϊνος,  η,  ov,  (ίμύς)  of  leathern 
thongs,  Hdt.  4,  189.  [Χμ] 

Ίμάντίον,  ov,  τό,  dim,  from  ίμύς. 
Ίμαντόδεσμος,  ov,  ό,  (ϊμύς,  δεσμός) 
a  leathern  band. 

Ίμαντοττέδη,  ης,  ij,  (ίμύς,  πέδη)  a 
leathern  band  :  metaph.  the  feeler  of  the 
polypus,  Anth. 

Ίμαντόπονς,  ποδός,  ό,  (ίμάς,  πους) 
like  Lat.  loripes,  crookshanked :  esp. — 
1.  nameofatribeof  Aethiopians,  Plin. 
5,  8. — 2.  α  kind  of  water-bird,  Opp. 
Ixeut.  2. 

Ίμαντόω,  ω,  (ίμάς)  to  bind  with 
thongs. 

Ίμαντώδης,  ες,  {ίμάς,  είδος)  leather- 
like. Plat, 

'Ιμύντωμα,  ατός,  τό,  α  band,  tie. 


ΙΜΑΤ 

Ίμύντωσις,  εως,  ^,  (ίμαντόω)  α  bind- 
ing with  thongs. — II.  ο  piece  of  timber 
used  instead  of  a  bond-stone,  in  building, 
LXX. 

Ίμαοιδός,  ov,  ό,  (ίμαΐος,  άείδω)  one 
who  sings  the  ίμαίος. 
Υΐμαον.ον,  τό,Ά[&ονίΐ.'Ιμαΐον,όρος, 
and  in  Ptol.  Ίμαος,  Mt.  Imaus,  an  ex- 
tensive range  of  mountains  in  Asia, 
branching  off  to  the  east  now  the  Altai, 
and  south-east  now  Mustag,  Strab, 

Ίμύς,  άντος,  others  ΰντος,  ό,  Ep. 
dat.  pi.  ίμύντεσσί  :  a  leathern  strap  or 
thong,  II.  10,  262,  etc.:  in  various 
usages,  as  in  plur,,  the  straps,  hames.t 
of  a  chariot,  Lat.  lora,  II.  8,  544 :  ο 
rein,  II.  23,  324,  etc. :  the  thong  or  lash 
of  a  whip,  II.  23,  363  :  in  plur.  also, 
the  caestus  of  boxers,  being  straps  put 
round  the  hand,  II.  23,  684,  in  later 
times  loaded  with  studs,  etc.,  and 
then  called  μύρμηκες :  the  chin-strap 
of  the  helmet,  11.  3,  371 :  the  magic 
girdle  of  Venus,  Lat.  caestus,  11,  14, 
214,  219 :  in  Od.  a  latchet  or  thong,  by 
which  the  bolt  was  shot  home  into 
the  socket,  and  which  was  then  fas 
tened  to  the  κορώνη,  v.  Nitzsch  Od. 
1,  442,  cf.  4,  802  ;  21,  46  :  post-Horn, 
also  the  rope  of  a  draw-well,  elsewh. 
Ιμονιύ:  a  shoe-latchet,  N.  T.  Pro- 
verb., /.  κννείός  έστι,  he's  as  tough 
as  a  piece  of  dogskin,  Ar.  V'esp.  231. 
(The  root  is  rather  to  be  found  in  the 
Sanscr.  si  (to  bind),  than  in  ϊηαι,  acc. 
to  Pott  Et.  Forsch.  2,  174,  cf.  Old- 
Sax,  simo,  a  bond  :  hence  also  ίμύσ• 
σω,  ΐμύσβλη,  and  with  ί-  omitted, 
μάστιξ.)  [--,  but  I,  II.  8,  544;  10, 
475 ;  23, 363,  Od.  21,  46 :  in  deriv,  and 
compds,  always  t.] 

Ίμύσθ/.η,  ης.  ή,  (ίμάς,  ίμάσσω)  the 

thong   or  lash  of  a  whip,  in  genl.  α 

whip,  Hom.  :  later,  any  thong,  Opp.  \t] 

Ίμάσσω,  fut.  ίμύσω  [α],  (ΐμάς)  to 

flog,  scourge,    ϊ—πονς,    etc.,    Hom, :. 

πληγαΐς  ίμ.  τινά,  II.   15,   17 ;  χειρέ, 

Η.  Horn.  Αρ.  340  :  metaph.,  ίμ.  γαΐαν, 

to  smite  it  with  lightnings,  11.  2,  782.  [ϊ] 

Ίμΰτηγός,  όν,  (ίμάτιον,  είμα,  άγω) 

loaded  with  apparel,  νανς,  Theophr.  [ϊ] 

Ίμΰτιόάριον,  ον,    τό,    dim.   from 

ίμάτιον,  Ar.  Fr.  64.  [ϊμ-δΰ] 

Ίμΰτίόιον,  ον,  τό,  dim.  from  ίμά- 
τιον, Ar.  Plut.  985.  [ϊ-ϊ] 

Ίμάτίζω,  ί.  -ί'σω,  (ίμάτιον)  to  clothe, 

Ν.  Τ.  [m] 

Ίμάτιοβήκη,  ης,  η,  (ίμάτιον,  θήκη) 
α  clothes-chest,  w-ardrobe.  [ίμ] 

Ίμάτιοκάπηλος,   ον,    ό,    (ίμάτιον, 

κάπη'/.ος)  α  clothes-seller,  Luc.  [Ιμ-κα\ 

Ιμάτιο  κλέπτη  ς,    ον,    6,   (ίμάτιον, 

κ/.έπτω)  one  who   steals  clothes,   like 

λωποδύτης.  Diog.  L.  [i] 

Ίμάτιομίσθης,  ov,  ό.  (ίμάτιον,  μισ- 
θός) one  who  lets  out  dresses. 

Ίμάτιομισϋωτής,  ov,  b,  {ίμάτιον, 
μισβόω)=ίθΐΒξ. 

Ίμάτιον,  ov,  τό,  in  form  as  if  dim. 
from  ίμα  (i.  e.  είμα),  a  piece  of  dress  : 
e.sp.  an  outer  garment,  a  cloak,  mantle 
worn  above  the  χιτών.  Homer's  χ?.αΐ- 
va,  Hdt.  2,  47,  Epich.  p.  88  :  it  was, 
in  fact,  a  square  piece  of  cloth  thrown 
over  the  left,  and  brought  round  over 
or  under  the  right  shoulder,  Muller 
Archaol.  d.  Kunst  <i  337;  cf.  also 
χλανίς,  τριβών  :  τά  ιμάτια,  in  genl. 
clothes,  Hdt.  \,  9:  kv  ίματίοις,  ot 
civilians,  in  the  robe  of  peace,  Lat, 
togati.  Plut.  Camd.  10. — II.  in  genl. 
a  cloth,  Hdt.  4.  23.  [ϊμά]  ^ 

Ίματίοπώλης,  ov,  ό,  (ίμάτιον,  πω- 
λ.έω)  a  dealer  in  clothes,  Criti.  54.   [lu] 
Ίμάτιοπώλις,  ιδος,  ή,  fem.  of  foreg,, 
Ιμ.  uyopa,  the  slop-market,   [ίμ] 

Ίματιονργικός,  ή,  όν,  of,  skilled  in 
making  clothes :  ή  -κή,  sub.  τέχνη,  the 
663 


IMEP 

tailor's  art,  Plat.  Polit.  280  A,  ubi  olim  | 
ίματονι^γική :  from 

Ίματιοιφγός,  όν,  {ίμύτιον,  *ΐργω) 
making  clothes :  as  subst.  a  tailor. 

Ίμΰτιοφΰλΰκέω,  ώ,  to  take  care  of 
clotltts,  Luc.  [i/z]  :  and 

'Ιμάτωφν?ΜΚίον,  ov,  τό,  a  clothes- 
chest,  tvardrobe :  from 

Ίμΰτίοφνλαξ,  άκος,  δ,  f),  {Ιμύτιον, 
φνλαξ)  one  who  has  charge  of  the  ward- 
robe. [Ιμ-ϋ] 

Ιματισμός,  οϋ,  b,  {ίματίζω)  clothing , 
apparel,  Polyb. 

'Ιματοιφγικός,  ■ονργός,'ν.  Ιματιονργ. 

Ίμύω,  ώ,  Att.  inf.  Ιμτ/ν.  {ίμάς}  to 

draw  υρ  with  a  strap  or  cord,  esp.  water 

from  a  well,  Ath.  ;  also  to  draw,  suck 

out,  γά?.α,  Arist.  H.  A.  [I] 

i  Ιμιίράσίδης,  ου,  ό,  son  of  Jmbrasus, 
i.  e.  Pirous,  11.  4,  520. 

i'lμβpάσιoς,  a,  ov,  of  οτ  belonging  to 
Jmbrasus,  Ap.  Rh.  2,  866  :  pecul.  fern. 
'Ιμ3ρασίς,  Nic.  Alex.  150:  from 

ΥΙμβρασος,  ov,  ό,  the  Imbrusns,  a 
river  of  the  island  Samos,  earlier 
Parthenius,  Strab. 

ί'Ιμί^ριος,  ov,  a,  Imbrius,  son  of 
Mentor  of  Pedasus  in  Caria,  an  ally 
of  the  Trojans,  II,  13,  171,  197.— 11. 
adj.  of  Imbrus,  Imbrian. 

ΥΙμιάρος,  ου.  6,  Imbrus,  son  of  Ae- 
gyptus  and  Caliandis,  ApoUod. — II. 
ij,  an  island  on  the  coast  of  Thrace, 
\vith  a  city  of  same  name,  celebrated 
for  its  worship  of  the  Cabiri ;  now  Im- 
oro,  II.  13,  33;  21,  43;  Hdt.5,26;  6,41. 
Ιμείρω,  Aeol.  Ιμέρβω,  Sapph.  1,27, 
(Ιμερος)  to  long,  yearn  for  or  after,  de- 
sire, τινός,  Od.  10,  431,  555,  Hes.  Sc. 
31,  Ar.  Nub.  435;  but  c.  ace.  Soph. 
O.  T.  59 ;  c.  inf ,  to  long  or  wish  to  do, 
Solon  5,  7;  also  absol.,  Soph.  El. 
1053.  More  freq.  in  same  signf. 
ίμείρυμαι,  as  dep.  c.  aor.  mid.  (II.  14, 
103),  and  pass,  ιμέρθην  (Hdt.  7,  44)  ; 
c.  gen.,  Od.  1,  41  ;  c.  inf,  Hdt.  1.  c. ; 
esp.  of  sexual  desire,  II.  14,  163,  etc. 
Very  rare  in  Att.  (v.  11.  cc.) ;  though 
Plat.  Crat.  418  C  has  it  in  part.,  just 
like  άσμένοις  γίγνεται  αΰτοΐς.  [i] 
Ίμεν,  1  plur.  pres.  from  εΙμι. 
Ίμεν,  Ep.  inf  from  εΙμι  for  ίέναι, 
freq.  in  Horn.  [(] 

"Ιμεναι,  Ep.  inf.  from  εΙμι  for  ίέναι, 
Hom.  [Γ] 

Ιμέρα,  ή,  old  collat.  form  of  ήμερα, 
ace.  to  Plat.  Crat.  418  C,  D. 

νΐμέρα.  ας,  ή,  Himf.ra,  a  city  of  Si- 
cily on  the  Himeras,  a  colony  of  the 
Zancleans,  Pmd.  O.  12,  2 ;  Hdt.  6, 
24;  7,  165;  Thuc.  6,5. 

ΧΙμεραϊον,  ου,  τό,  Himeraeum,  a  place 
in  Thrace  near  Amphipolis,  Thuc.  7, 9. 

ΥϊμεραϊοΓ.  a,  ov,  of  or  belonging  to 
Himera,  Himeraean,  Polyb. :  pecul. 
fern.  Ίμερίς,  ίδος. 

^'ΙμεραΙος,  ov,  ό,  Himeraeus,  brother 
of  Demetrius  Phalereus,  Ath.  542  E. 
— II.  an  inhab.  of  Himtra,  v.  foreg. 

νΐμέρας,  a,  b,  the  Hbueras,  the  name 
of  two  rivers  of  Sicily  which  rise  in 
Mt.  Nebrodes,  the  one  running  north, 
now  Flume  Grande,  Pind.  P.  1,  153  ; 
Theocr.  5,  124  ;  Polyb.  7,  4,  2  ;  the 
other  south,  now  Fiwne  ISalso. 

t'l/^f'ptor,  Of,  (5,  i/imerzKs,  an  Athenian 
against  whom  one  of  the  orations  of 
Dinarehus  was  directed,  Dion.  H. 

Ίμεροδερκι/ς,  ές,  {'ίμερος,  δέρκυμαι) 
Haoking  siveet  or  longingly,  Anth. 

'Ίμερόεις,  εσσα.  εν,  {'ίμερος)  exciting 
lor,e  or  desire,  lovely,  delightsome,  in 
■Hom.  always  of  things,  έργα  γάμοιο, 

II.  ΐ,  429,  etc. ;  of  the  song  and  the 
dance,  Od.  1, 141  ;  18, 193  :  so  Ιμερόεν 
κιθηρί^ειν,  II.  18,  570:  also,  πΰσίν  δ' 
ίμ.  νπέδυ  γόος,  Od,  10,  398,  of.  sub  v. 
ίμερος,  [i] 
C64 


ΙΝΑ 

'ϊμεροθΰλής,  ές,  {ίμερος,  θάλλω) 
Dor.  for  Ίμεροθι^Αής.  sweetly  growing 
or  blooming,  έαρ,  Anth.  [i] 

Ίμερόνονς,  ουν,  {ίμερος,  νους)  love- 
ly of  soul,  Orph.  [(] 

'ϊμερόομαι,  as  pass.,  of  a  female, 
to  have  sexual  intercourse  with,  τινός, 
Hipp,  [i] 

Ίμερος,  ov,  b,  a  longing,  yearning 
after  a  person  or  thing,  Lat.  desideri- 
um,  τινός,  Houi. :  absol.,  usu.  love, 
desire,  as  11.  3,  44.6 ;  hence,  φιλότης 
και  Ιμερος  joined,  11.  14,  198  :  and  so 
in  Pind.,  and  Trag.,  much  like  έρως, 
though  usu.  a  mere  animal  passion, 
Lat.  cupido,  cf.  Luc.  Dear.  Judic.  15, 
who  distinguishes  ίρως,  'ίμερος,  πό- 
θος :  the  phrase  γόον  Ιμερος,  freq.  in 
Horn.,  the  yearning  after  tears,  i.  e. 
the  yearning  of  the  soul  to  disburden 
itself  in  grief  (see  Genesis  43,  30) ; 
hence  even  c.  gen.  objecti,  πατρός 
νώ'  'ίμερον  ώρσε  γόοιο,  α  yearning  to 
weep /or  his  father,  Od.  4,  113:  in 
Hdt.  usu.,  'ίμερον  έχειν^Ιμείρεσθαι, 
c.  inf.,  5,  106,  etc. ;  cf.  sub  v.  ίνστά- 
ζω.  [ί\  ^ 

Ίμερόφωνος,  ov,  (ίμερος,  φωνή)  of 
lovely  twice  or  song,  αηδών,  Sapph.  36, 
and  60  W.  Dind.  Alcm.  12,  for  Ίερ.  [ί\ 

Ίμέρ^ω,  Aeol.  for  ιμείρω,  Sapph. 

I,  27.  [I] 

Ίμερτός,  ή,  όν,  {'ιμείρω)  longed  for, 
much  desired,  lovely,  epith.  of  a  river, 

II.  2,  751  ;  and  so  of  places,  Solon  5, 
52 ;  16,  1  ;  Ίμ.  λέχος,  Pind.  P.  3,  177  ; 
ίμ.  ή'Αικί.7ΐ,  dear  life,  Simon.  90,  2. 
Only  poet,  [i] 

Ίμερώόης,  ες,  {Ιμερος,  εΙδος)=ζίμε- 
ρόεις,  Callistr. 

νΐμενσιμος,  ov,  ό,  Imeusimus,  son  of 
Icarius  and  Periboea,  ApoUod. 

'1μέω,=ίμΔω,  dub. 

Ίμητήριον,  ου,  τό,  {Ίμάω)  a  rope  to 
draiv  water,  [i } 

Ίμητός,  ή,  όν,  {Ίμύω)  draum  out  as 
from  a  well.  [Γ] 

νΙμίλκων,  ωνος,  ό.  Himilco,  a  Cartha- 
ginian, Polyb.  1,  42,  12. 

ί'Ιμμάράδος,  ου,  b,  Jmmarudus,  son 
of  Euinolpus,  Pans. 

Ίμμεναι.  poet,  for  Ίμεναι,  Ίέναι, 
inf.  from  εΙμι,  II.  20,  ^C5. 

Ίμονιύ,  άς,  ή,  (not  Ίμονία),  κ'ιμύς) 
the  rope  of  a  draw-wdl,  in  genl.  α  rope, 
Alex.  Pann.  3 :  Ίμονιάν,  absol.,  a 
rope's  length,  i.  e.  as  long  as  a  bucket 
taltes-to  go  down  and  come  up  a  well, 
Ar.  Eccl.  351.  [Γ] 

Ίμονιοατρόφος,  ov,  {ίμονιύ,  στρέ- 
φω) drawing  water  at  a  well,  cf.  sub 
ΊμαΙος.  [ί\ 

Ίν,  dat.  of  the  old  pers.  proa.  I,  ϊς, 

Ίν,  Cretic  for  εν,  cf.  Lat.  in,  intus. 

Ίν,  o,=  if,  Lat.  vis,  very  dub. 

'Ivu,  A.  as  conjunction  ; — that,  in 
order  that — I.  like  all  final  conjunc- 
tions— 1.  with  subjunct.  mood  after 
tenses  of  present  time,  as  Od.  2,  307,  II, 
1,  203.  Its  supposed  Ej).  use  with 
the  indie,  in  such  cases,  for  the  sub- 
junct., is  founded  only  on  jiassages 
where  the  long  vowel  of  the  subj. 
mood  has  been  shortened  metri  grat. 
e.  g.  ειδομεν  for  ειδωμεν,  II.  1,  363, 
παύσομεν  for  π-ανσωμεν,  II.  21,  314, 
etc. — 2.  with  optat.  after  tenses  of  past 
time,  II.  5,  2,  etc. :  also  after  a  pres. 
where  the  purpose  or  intention  is  spo- 
ken of  rather  than  the  fact  asserted, 
Seidl.  Eur.  El.  59,  Henn.  Soph.  El. 
57. — 3.  but  with  the  past  tenses  of  the  in- 
dicat.,  to  imply  a  con.sequence  which 
is  now  impossible.  Monk  Hipp.  643, 
V.  Kuhner  Gr.  ()  778.  (The  strict  rules 
of  these  constructions  are  freq.  viola- 
ted by  later  and  lax  writers,  v.  Herm. 


ΙΝΔΑ 

Orph.  p.  812.)— II.  'ίνα  μή,  that  not, 
lest,  Lat.  ut  ne :  in  same  constructions 
as  'ίνα,  Hom. — 2.  ace.  to  Hdn.,  ira  ,«// 
is  put  for  έύν  μή  in  II.  7,  353  :  but  the 
verse  is  prob.  spurious,  v.  Heyne  T. 
5,  p.  369.  However,  the  use  of  'ίνα 
for  εάν  seems  established  by  evi- 
dence of  Gramm. ;  but  perh.  rather 
from  its  adverbial  force,  as  ubi  and  si 
in  Lat.  Hence  'ίνα  is  kept  in  Dinarch. 
even  by  Bekk. — 111.  with  other  par- 
ticles, 'ίνα  δη,  II.  7,  26,  'ίνα  περ,  H.  24, 
382,  and  Att. :  'ίνα  τι ;  sub.  γένηται, 
to  what  end  ?  either  absol.  as  a  ques- 
tion, e.  g.  Ar.  Eccl.  719,  or  with  a 
verb  following,  e.  g.  Ar.  Pac.  409. — 
B.  as  adv. — I.  of  place — 1.  of  rest  in 
a  place,  in  ivhat  place,  where,  oft.  in 
Hom.,  and  Att.  :  also  like  other  advs. 
of  place,  c.  gen.  loci,  'ίνα  γης,  χώρας-, 
etc.,  Lat.  ubi  terrarum,  Valck.  Hdt.  2, 
133,  etc. ;  ονχ  οράς,  'ίν'  ει  κακόν  ;  in 
what  a  depth  of  woe  thou  art.  Soph. 
Aj.  386,  cf.  O.  T.  367,  cf  Jelf  Gr.  Gr. 
'ξί  813. — 2.  of  motion  to  a  place,  to 
what  place,  whilher,  Od.  4,  821  ;  6,  55, 
also  in  Soph.  O.  T.  1311 :  yet  'iva  in 
this  signf,  seems  only  to  be  used  in 
exclamations. — II.  of  time,  when, 
as  some  take  Od.  6,  27,  cf.  Schiif. 
Soph.  O.  C.  621,  Tr.  1157;  but 
Doderl.  Soph.  O.  C.  621  is  right  in 
referring  these  places  to  the  signf  ol 
place,  cf.  Nitzsch  Od.  4,  821.  (From 
the  old  person,  pron.  iori;  as  the 
conj.  'ίνα  answers  to  the  conj.  ό~ως, 
so  the  adv.  'ίνα  to  the  advs.  ΰπον, 
οποί,  οπόταν,  Lat  ubi,  quo,  quando^)  [tj 
Ίναία,  τ/,ι=1ς. 

νΥνύρως,  ω.  ό,  Inarux,  son  of  Psam- 
mitichus,  a  king  of  Aegypt,  Hdt.  3, 
12;  Thuc.  1,  104. 

νίνύχειος,  a,  ov,  of  or  belonging  to 
Inachus,  κόρη,  daughter  oj  Inarhns,  i.  e. 
lo,  Ae.>ch.  Pr.  590,  σπέρμα,  Id.  705. 

X\  ναχίδης,  ov,  ό,  son  of  Inarhus  ;  in 
pi.  οΊ  'lvax.,the  descendants  nf  Inachus, 
i.  e.  the  Argives,  Eur.  I.  A.  1088. 

νίνύχιος,  a,  ov,  of  or  belonging  to 
Inachus,  Inachian,  Callim. 

νίνΰχίς,  ίδος,  ή,  daughter  of  Inachus, 
i.  e.  lo,  Mosch.  2,  44. 

νίναχιύνη,  ης,  y,=^{oreg.,  Callim. 
Dian.  254 

ΙΊνάχος.  ov,  6,  Inachus,  son  of  Occa- 
nus  and  Tethys,  a  river  god,  founder 
of  Argos,  father  of  Phoroneus  and  lo, 
Aesch.  Pr. ;  ApoUod. — II.  a  river  of 
Argolis,  flowing  into  the  Argoiicus 
Sinus,  now  Xeria,  Eur.  El.  1.— 2.  a 
river  of  Acarnania,  falling  into  the 
Ambracian  gulf,  or,  ace.  to  another 
account,  into  the  Achelous,  Strab. 
Ίν('ί.ω,^=ινέω. 

-ίνδα,  adverbial  termin.  of  words 
signifying  a  game  or  sport,  hence 
usu.  joined  to  παίζειν,  Poll.  9,  110, 
A.  Β   p.  1353. 

νίνδύθυρσις,  ιος,  b,  Indathyrsts,  a 
Scythian,  Arr.  Ind.  5,  6. 

Ίν(5(ίλΛο//αί,  dep.,  only  used  in  pres. 
and  impf ,  {είδος,  είδύ'λιμος,  είδύλλο- 
μαι)  to  appear,  esp.  to  appear  like,  ώς- 
τε  μοι  αθάνατος  ινδά'λ'λεται  είςορά- 
ασβαι.  Od.  3,  246:  also  c.  dupl.  dat., 
ίνδύλλετο  σφίσι  ΤΙηλείωιη.  he  seemed 
to  them  like  the  son  of  P.,  II.  17,  213: 
absol.  to  appear,  seem,  II.  23,  460 ;  and 
so,  ως  μοι  ίνδύλλεται  ήτορ,  as  my 
memory  seems,  i.  e.  as  the  matter 
seems  in  my  memory,  Od.  19,  224. 
Ep.  word,  also  used  by  Ar.  V'esp. 
188,  Plat.  Theaet.  189  E.     Hence 

Ίνδαλμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  form,  appear- 
ance, Lat.  species,  Ael.     Hence 

Ίνδα'λματίζομαι,=^ΐνδά?ίλομαι,  Li- 
ban. 
Ίνδαλμός,  οϋ,  δ,^^ίνύαλμα,  name 


ΙΝΩ 

of  a  poem  by  Timon  of  Phlius,  Diog. 
L.  9,  65,  105. 

t'lfJia,  ας,  ή,  India,  Luc.  cf.  Ινδι- 
κός. 

ΥΙνδίκί/ται,  ών,  οι,  the  Indicetae,  a 
people  of  Hispania  Tarraconensis, 
Strab. 

Ίνόίκοπλευστής,  οϋ,  ό,  {'Ινδικός, 
πλέω)  the  Jndian-voyager,  name  of 
Cosmas. 

Ινδικός,  ή,  όν,  Indian,  Soph.  Ant. 
1038  :  ή  Ινδική  χώρη,  Hdt.  3,  98  ; 
without  χώρη,  3,  106  ;  usu.  form: 
India. — II.  τυ  'Ινδικόν,  sub.  φύρμα- 
κον,  a  kind  of  pepper,  Hipp. — 2.  a 
dark-blue  dye,  indigo,  Diosc. 

Ίνδιστί,  in  the  Indian  language, 
Ctes.  ap.  Phot. 

νίνδογενί/ς,  ες,  {'Ινδός,  *γένο))  In- 
dian-born, born  in  India,  Joseph. 

Ίνδο'λετης,  ου,  b,  {'Ινδός,  ύ?ίλνμι) 
the  Indian-killer,  epith.  of  Bacchus, 
Anth. 

νΐνόοττύτρης,  ov,  ό,  Indopatres,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Luc. 

Ινδός,  ov,  ό,  an  Indian,  first  in  Hdt. 
3,  97,  etc. :  o'l  'Ινδοί,  esp.  of  the  drivers 
of  elephants,  Polyb. — II.  asadj.='Ii'- 
δυιός,  Indian,  Anth. — III.  the  Indus,  a 
large  river  of  India,  Hdt.  4,  44. 

Ίνδοψόνος,  ov,  6,  =  Ίνδολέτης, 
Nonn. 

'Ινδζ)ος,  a,  ον,^Ινδικός,  Anth. 

'INE'Si,  also  ίνύο),  to  empty,  Hipp. 
Ion.  word,  connected  with  Lat.  inanis, 
[I?]     Hence 

'ϊνηβμός,  ov,  b,  an  emptying,  purging, 
Hipp. :  and 

"Ινησις,  Etjf,-?/,=  foreg.,  Erotian. 

νίνησσα,  ης,  ή.  Inessa.  a  small  town 

of  Sicily  at  foot  of  Mount  Aetna,  the 

later  Α'ιτνη,  Thuc.  3,  104:  hence 

ΫΙνησσαΐος,  a,  ov,  of  Inessa,  Thuc. 

6,  94. 

Ίνίον,  ov,  TO,  {Ις)  the  sinews  between 
the  occiput  and  the  back  :  in  genl.  the 
back  of  the  head,  nape  of  the  neck,  II.  5, 
73;  14,495.  [iv] 

'Il'if,  ό,  a  son,  child,  Aesch.  Eum. 
323,  and  Eur. :  also  ή  Ινις,  a  daughter, 
Eur.  I.  A.  119.  Only  poet.  (Prob. 
from  if.) 
Vlvva,  ης,  ή,  Inna,  a  fountain  in 
Thrace,  Ath.  45  C. 

"Ιννος,  Ιννος,  ου,  and  ΐννός,  ov,  ό, 
ζ^γίννης,  q.  v. 

'^"Ivvvui,  V.  in  compd.  καθίνννμι. 

'\νοείδής,  ές,   {Ις,   εΙδος)=ίνώδης. 

ΥΙνσο/ιβρες,  ων.  οΊ,  and  Ίνσομβροι, 
»=sq..  Pint.  Marcell.  4,  6. 

^Ίνσονβροι,  ων,  οι,  the  Insiibres,  a 
Gallic  people,  in  Upper  Italy  on  the 
Fo,  Strab. 

ΥΙνταφέρνης,  ονς,  ό,  Intaphernes,  a 
distinguished  Persian,  Hdt.  3,  70. 

ΥΙντεμελιοι,  tdv,  oi,  the  Intemelii,  a 
race  of  the  Ligurians,  Strab. 

iΊvτέpaμvu,  ης,  ή,  Interamna,  jiow 
Teriii,  a  city  of  Umbria,  Strab. 

ΥΙντεράμνιον,  ου,  τό,  Interamnium, 
now  Terano,  a  city  of  Latium,  Strab. 

\'\ντερκατία,  ας,  ή,  Intercatia,  a  city 
of  Spain,  Strab. 

ΥΙντεροκρεα,  ας,  ή,  Interocrea,  a  city 
of  the  Sabines,  Strab. 

ή-'Ινυκΐνος,  η,  ov,  of  Inychiis,  Iny- 
chian,  Plat.  Hipp.  Maj.  283  C  :  from 

νννυκος,ον,  ή,  Inychus,  a  small  town 
in  south  of  Sicily,  now  Calla  Bellota, 
Hdt.  6,  24. 

Ίνώ,  όος  contr.  ονς,  η,  Ino,  daugh- 
ter of  Cailmus,  mother  of  Learchus 
and  Melicertes,  antl  afterwards  wor- 
shipped as  a  sea-soddess  by  the  natne 
of  Leucothea,  Od.  5,  333,  and  Hes. 
Th.  970 :  Proverb.,  Ίνοϋς  άχη,  Zenob. 
(ap.  Paroemiogr.)  4,  38. 


ΙΞΤΟ 

'Ύνώδης,  ες,  {Ις,  είδος)  sinewy,  fibrous, 
Xen.  Cyn.  4,  1,  and  Arist.  [i] 
t'h'iJTrof,  ov,  ό,  Indpiis,  a  fountain 
and  stream  in  the  island  Delos,  H. 
Horn.  Ap.  18;  Callhn.  H.  Dian.  171  : 
styled  Αιγύπτιος  from  its  rising  and 
subsiding  like  the  Nile,  Anth.,  Strab. 

['J 
Ίξ  or  ιξ,  η,  gen.  ικος,  a  worm  or 

grub  that  destroys  the  vine-buds,  prob.  a 

coUat.  form  οίΐφ,  Alcm.  124.  [where 

Welcker  Ικα,  for  t  is  long.] 

'ϊξΰλή,  ης,  ή,  (not  Ίξύ'λη)  a  goat's 
skin,  Hipp. :  esp.  used  as  a  stage  dress 
for  satyric  dramas  ;  others  corruptly 
Ιζάνη,  Poll.  :  cf.  αλωπεκή,  λεοντή, 
etc. :  from 

'Ιξΰλος,  ov,  epith.  of  the  wild  goat 
or  chamois,  Ίξάλον  αίγυς  άγρίον,  11. 
4,  105;  explamed  as  =  7r7;(5;?rt/cof, 
ορμητικός,  bounding,  darting,  spring- 
ing, and  usu.  derived  from  άΐσσω,  as 
if  άΐξα?.ος,  cf.  αΐξ,  αίγός. 

Ίξεντήρ,  ήρος,  o,=  sq. 

Ίξεντήριος,  ov,  belonging  to  fowling  ; 
like  birdlime,  Lat.  viscatus,  as  epith.  of 
Τύχη,  Plut.  2,  281  E. 

ϊξεντί/ς,  ov,  o,  (ίξενω)  a.  fowler, 
bird-catcher,  Ίξεντας  κώρος,  Bion.  2, 1. 
Hence 

Ίξεντικός,  ή,  όν,^=Ιξεντήριος. 

Ίξεντρια,  ας,  ή,  fem.  from  ίξεντήρ, 
as  epith.  of  Ύνχ?],  Plut.  2,  321  F,  cf. 
ίξεντήριος. 

Ίξενω,  {Ιξός)  ίο  catch  birds  by  bird- 
lime :  in  genl.  to  catch. 

Ίξία,  ας,  ή,  Lat.  viscum,=  ιξός, 
Theophr. — II.  the  plant  χαμαιλεων, 
esp.    the  white,  Diosc. — \\l.:=  κιρσός, 

'λζίας,  ov,  o,  a  poisonous  plant,  pern. 
=  iim  II.,  Diosc. 

Ίξίΐ3όρος,  ον,=^Ίξοβόρος. 

Ίξίνη,  ης,  ή,  α  plant  of  the  thistle 
kind,  from  which  niastich  was  made, 
Theophr.  [iv] 

Ίξιόΐΐς,  εσσα,  εν.  made,  prepared 
from  the  plant  ίξία,  Nic. 

ΊξΙόνιος,  a,  ov,  of  or  belonging  to 
Ixion,  11.  14.  317. 

"Ιξις  or  Ιξις.  εως,  ή.  (ΐκω)  a  going, 
line  of  motion,  Hipp.;  esp.  in  phrase 
καβ'  ϊξιν,  in  a  straight  line. 

Ίξιφάγος,  ον,^ίξοφύγος. 

Ίξίων,  όνος,  ό,  Ixion,  a  mythical 
king  of  Thessaly  :  his  name  prob.— 
'ικέτης,  for  he  was  the  first  homicide 
(Find.  P.  2,  59),  and  therefore  the 
first  suppliant,  v.  Welcker  Aesch. 
Trilog.  p.  547,  MuUer  Eum.  vN  53.  [ξΐΛ 

Ίξοβολέω,  ώ,  to  be  an  ίξοβόλος,  to 
catch  birds  with  lime-twigs,  Anth. :  from 

Ίξοβόλος,  ov,  {ίξός,  βάλλω)  setting 
lime-twigs  :  as  subst.  a  fowler. 

Ίξσβόρος,  ov,  {ιξός,  βορά.  βιβρω- 
σκω)  eating  missrltoe-berries  :  hence — 
II.  as  subst.,  the  missel-thrush,  Arist. 
H.  A. 

Ίξοεργός,  ov,  ό,  {ίξός,  *εργω)  one 
who  uses  birdlime,  a  fowler,  Anth. 

"Ιξομαι,  fut.  of  Ικνέομαι,  Horn. 

'Ίξον.  ες,  ε,  Ep.  aor.  of  ϊκω,  Hom. 

ΊΞΟ'Σ,  ov,  b,  Lat.  viscum,  niisseltoe, 
a  parasitic  plant,  also  ίξια. — II.  the 
misseltoe  berry. — III.  the  birdlime  pre- 
pared from  the  last,  Lat.  viscus,  Eur. 
Cycl.  433  :  hence — 2.  metaph.  a  close, 
miserly  fellow,  Ar.  Fr.  020,  v.  Lob. 
Phryti.  399.  (Akin  to  κισσός,  perh. 
from  Ιβχω,  the  grasper,  holder.) 

'{ξοφάγος,  ov,  {ίξός,  φαγεΙΐ')=:ίξο• 
βόρος,  Arist.  ap.  Ath.  05  A.  [u] 

Ίξοφορενς,  έως.  o.=  sq.,  Anth. 

'ίξοώύρος,  ov,  {ίξός.  φέρω)  having 
mis.'^ell',e  growing  on  it,  δρϊις,  Soph.  Fr. 
354  :  limed,  δόναξ,  Opp. 

Ίξνόθεν,  adv.,  from  the  loins,  Arat. : 
from 


lOAA 

Ίξύς,  ύος,  ή,  the  waist  or  small  of 
the  back,  περί  δε  ζώνην  βύ7^ετ'  ίξυΐ 
(poet,  contr.  dat.  for  Ίξνί),  Od.  5,  231  ; 
10,  544,  of.  women's  girdles :  but  in 
Hipp,  the  plur.  ίξνες,  loins,  v.  Foes. 
Oecon.  (Piob.  akin  to  Ίσχνς,  like 
ίσχίον,  cf.  Cic.  latera  et  vires.)  \_ϋ  in 
nom.  and  ace.  sing. ;  ν  in  trisy  1 1 .  cases.] 

Ιξώδης,  ες,  {ίξός,  εΐόος)  like  bird- 
lime, sticky,  clanimy.  Hipp. — 11.  me- 
taph. stingy.  Luc.  cf.  γ?ιθίός. 

Ίοβάκχεια,  ων,  τύ,  a  festival  in  ho- 
nour of  Bacchus,  ap.  (Dem.)  1371,24: 
from 

Ίόβακχος,  ov,  6,  Bacchus  invoked 
with  the  cry  of  ίώ,  Anth. — 2.  a  hymn 
beginning  with  ίώ  Βάκχε,  cf.  Archil, 
ap.  Heph.  p.  94.  [I] 
ΥΙόβας.  a,  b,  and  Ίονβας,  luba,  king 
of  Numidia;  name  also  of  a  son  of 
same,  Plut.  Caes.  55;  Rom.  14;  Strab. 
νΐοβάτης,  ov,  b,  Jubates,  king  of  Ly- 
cia,  Apoliod. 

Ίοβύφής,  ές,  {ϊον,  βάπτω)  violet- 
coloured,  Democr.  ap.  Ath.  525  C : 
dark.  Ath.  [ϊ] 

Υΐόβης,  b.  lobes,  son  of  Hercules  and 
Certhe.  Apoliod. 

Ίοβλέφΰρος,  ov,  {lov,  βλέφαρον) 
dark-eyed,  black-eyed,Tmd.  Fr.  113.  [ί] 

Ίοβο/ίέω,  ώ,  to  shoot  arrows,  dart, 
Ap.  Rh. — II.  to  emit  poison,  Geop.  [i]  : 
from 

Ιοβόλος,  ov,  {ιός,  βάλλω)  shooting, 
darting. — II.  venomous,  Arist.  H.  A.  [i] 

Ίοβόρος,  ov,  {'ιός, βορά, βφρώσκω) 
poison-eating,  [ί] 

Ίοβόστρνχης,  ov,  {loVy  βόστρνχος) 
dark-haired,  Pind.  Ο.  6,  50, 1.  7,  33.  [ϊ] 

Ίόγληνος,  η,  ov,  {lov,  γληνη)  with 
dark  eyeballs  ;  in  genl.  dark-eyed.   \t] 

Ίόδετος,  ov,  {lov,  δεω)  violet-twined, 
στέφανοι,  ΡίικΙ.  Fr.  45.  [ϊ] 

Ίοδνεφής,  ές,  {ιον,  νέφος,  όνόφος) 
violet-dark,  in  genl.  dark,  black,  ε'ιρος, 
Od.  [ί] 

'ϊοδόκη,  ης,  η,  α  quiver,  Αρ.  Rh.  [ί]: 
strictly  fem.  from 

Ίηι^όκος,  ov,  {ιός,  δέχομαι)  holding, 
containing  arrows,  φαρέτρη,  Od.  21,  12. 
— II.  containing  poison,  οδόντες  ίοδ^ 
poison-fangs,  Nic.  [i] 

Ίοειδής,  ές.  {lov,  είδος)  ^noTet- colour- 
ed, dark,  in  Horn,  always  of  the  sea, 
whether  calm,  II.  11,  298,  etc.,  or 
stormy,  Od.  11, 107  ;  κρήνη,  Hes.  Th. 
3 :  in  later  Ep.  also  metaph.,  ίο.  λοί- 
γός,  κεντρον,  Nic.  [t] 

'ϊόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  {ϊυν)  violet-coloured, 
i  dark,  σίδηρος,  II.  23,  850,  (ace.  to 
others  from  ιός,  either  rusty,  liable  to 
rust,  or  good  for  arrows:  but  {  must 
come  from  cov,  not  from  ϊος,  cf.  ίόμω- 
ρος  :  moreover,  Nic.  has  «.  θάλασσα, 
Al.  171.) 
ΥΙόεσσα,  ης,  ή,  loessa,  fem.  pr.  n., 
Luc. 

Ίόξωνος,  ov,  {lov,  ζώνη)  with  purple 
girdle,  ap.  Hesych.   [t] 

Ίοθαλλής  or  -θΰλής,  ές,  {ϊον,  βάλ- 
λω) blooming  with  violets,  Philox.  ap. 
Ath.  409  E.  [i]  ^ 

νΐοκάστη,  ης,  ή,  (in  Hom.  'Επικά• 
στη)  locasta,  daughter  of  Menoeceus, 
sister  of  Creon,  mother  and  wife  of 
Oedipus,  Trag. 

ΥΙόκαστος.  ου,  ό,  locastus,  son  of 
Aeolus,  Callim. 

Ίόκολπος,  ον.=  Ίόζο>νος,  Alcae.  15. 

f'^  .  r 

ΥΙολαεις,  έων,  οι,  the  lolaes,  moun- 
taineers in  Sardniia.  Strab. :  from 

ΥΙολάϊα.  ων,  τά,  ΙυΙαϊα,  a  place  in 
Sardinia,  Paus. 

ΥΙολΰΐδας,  ov,  ό.  prop,  .son  of  Inlai/s  ; 
as  pr.  n.,  lohn'das,  a  general  of  the 
Thebans  at  Mantiiiea,  Ael. 

νΐόλΰος,  ov,  0,  Dor.  Ίό?ας,  PincL, 
C65 


ΙΟΣ 

Att.  'lo?.£Wf,  Eur.  Heracl.  478,  lolaiis, 
son  of  Iphicles  and  Autornetliisa,  the 
companion  of  Hercules,  Hes.  Tli.317; 
Pintl.  N.  :i,  C2. — 2.  a  commander  of 
the  Macedonians,  Thuc.  1,  β'^. — 3.  a 
cupbearer  of  Alexander,  Plut.  Alex. 
74,  77.  In  Arr.  An.  7,  27,  2,  Ίύλλας. 
νΐάλΐ),  ι/ς.  ή.  Idle,  daughter  of  king 
Eurytus  of  Oechalia  in  Euboea,  be- 
loved by  Hercules,  and  afterwards 
wife  of  Hyllus,  Soph.  Trach. 
i'ltj/Jiac  ύ,=  'Ιό'λαος  3. — 2.  brother 
of  Cassander  of  Macedon,  Diod.  S. 

^Ιο'λόχεντρς,  of,  (ιός,  λοχενω)  born 
of  tienom,  [i] 

Ίομεν,  Ep.  for  Ιωμεν,  1  pi.  subj. 
pres.  from  εί//ί,  let  us  go,  Horn,  [t, 
but  sometimes  l  in  arsis  in  Horn.] 

ΊομΙγής,  ές,  {ιός,  μίγννμι')  mixed 
with  poison,  poisoned,  Anth.  .[/"] 

Ίύμωρος,  ov,  in  plur.  ίύμωμοι,  11.  4. 
242  ;  14,  479,  as  epith.  of  the  Argives, 
ace.  to  some  from  ιός,  fighting  with 
arrows,  as  opp.  to  εγχεσιμωρος ;  but 
t,  whereas  i  in  all  conipds.  of  ιός. 
Others  from  Uvut  επΙ  την  μόρον, 
rushing  on  their  fate.  Others  from  la, 
a  voice,  a.nd  μώρος,  μώ/Μς  or  μόρος,  all 
in  signf.  of  }nen  of  big  ivords,  braggarts, 
which  would  suit  II.  14,  47'J  very 
well.  But  the  best  deriv.  is  from  lov 
and  μόρος,  men  of  the  destiny  of  a  vio- 
let, i.  e.  shortlived,  or  still  better,  violet-, 
L  e.  dark-fated,  cf.  ίοειδής  fin. 

'ION,  ov,  TO.  the  violet,  Od.  5,  72 : 
cf.  λενκόϊον.  There  seems  however 
to  be  some  doubt  of  its  identity :  for 
in  Od.  it  is  mentioned  as  a  marsh- 
plant  ;  moreover,  the  ϊον  λενκόν  or 
lencoium,  snow-flake,  is  of  the  narcissus 
kind,  and  the  lov  κρόκευν  prob.  is  the 
narcissus,  v.  Schneid.  Ind.  Theophr., 
Π.  P.  5, 144, 147,  and  cf.  σίον.  (Orig. 
no  doubt  it  was  Fiov,  Lat.  vio-la.) 
[lov,  cf.  ιός  fin.] 

Ίόνη,  τις,  i],  lone,  a  Nereid,  Apollod. 

ΊονΟάς,  αύος,  ή,  shaggy,  hairy,  epith. 
of  the  wild-goat,  Od.  14,  50  [ϊ]  :  from 

Ίονθος,  ov,  b,  the  root  of  a  hair, 
young  shooting  hair. — II.  an  eruption  on 
the  face,  which  often  accompanies  the 
first  growth  of  the  beard,  etc.,  Hipp.  ; 
hence  also  called  ακμαί.  (Prob.  akin 
to  άνθέω.)  [I] 

Ιόνιος,  a,  ov,  (Ίώ)  of  concerning 
Jo  ;  esp.  ό  Ίόν.  κό?ιπος  or  πόντος,  το 
Ίόνιον  πέλαγος,  the  Ionian  sea,  the 
sea  between  Epirus  and  Italy,  at  the 
mouth  of  the  Adriatic  sea,  across 
which  she  was  said  to  have  swum, 
Hdt.  6,  127,  etc.,  cf.  omnino  Aesch. 
Pr.  837,  etc.  [Γ] 

Ίόιτωΐ',  Att.  3  pi.  imper.  of  εΙμι  for 
Ιτωσαν,  Thuc,  Xen. 

t'lOTT?/  and  Ίοτγτ?;,  ης,  ή,  Joppa,  now 
Jaffa,  a  city  of  Judaea  on  the  Medi- 
terranean, Strab. ;  Dion.  P. — II.  lopa, 
daughter  of  Iphicles,  wife  of  Theseus, 
Plut.  Thes.  29. 

Ίοττλόκΰμος,  ov,  (lov,  πλόκαμος) 
with  violet-locks,  dark-haired,  Pind.  P. 

Ίοπλοκος,  ov,  (lov,  πλέκω)  weaving 
violets,  Alcae.  42:  but — II.  proparox. 
Ιόπλοκος,  ov,  pass.,  woven  with  violets. 

t'T  ,       r 

ΥΙόρας,  ου,  ο,  lura,  a  mountain  of 
Gaul,  Strab. 

ΥΙορόάντ/ς,  ov.  ό,  the  Jordan,  the 
chief  river  of  Palestine,  Strab.,  N.  T. : 
Ιορδανός  in  Paus. — Ailj.  Ίορήάνειος, 
and  -όύηος,  a,  ov,  of  the  Jordan. 

"Ιορκος,  ov,  ό.  (δόρξ,  δορκάς)  an  ani- 
mal of  the  deer  kind,  Opp. 

Ίόζ•,  of).  6,  (A)  also  with  heterog. 

plur.  Tu  la,  11.  20,  GH  :  an  arrow,  Hom., 

and  Trag.     (Prob.  from  t'trat,  i-re,  to 

go,  like  Sanscr.  ishu,  from  ish.  Pott 

666 


IOTA 

Etym.  Forsch.  1,  2G9,  cf.  ίότης.)  [ί, 
whereas  ϊ  m  lov  a  violet.] 

Ίός,  oi;  b,  (B)  ritsi,  Theogn.  451, 
esp.  that  of  iron  or  brass,  verdigris, 
Lat.  aerugo.  Plat.  Rep.  ϋϋ9  A.  [i] 

'lof,  ov,  ό,  (C)  poison,  esp.  of  ser- 
pents, Acsch.  Ag.  834,  and  Eur. : 
hence  Pind.  O.  C,  79  calls  honey  ιός 
άμεμφ//ς,  μελισσάν.  [ί] 

'lof,  la,  Ep.  for  εΙς,  μία,  v.  la,  be- 
sides feiii.  only  the  dat.  neut.  Ιώ  for 
ένί  occurs,  ϊ/ματι,  II.  6,  422.  [Γ]' 
flof,  ου,  ή,  los,  now  Nw,  one  of  the 
Sporades,  where  Homer  was  said  to 
be  interred,  Strab. 

'Ιόστεπτος,ον,{Ιον,στέ<Ι)(ύ)=Ά([.  \ΐ] 

Ίοστέφάνος,  ov.  (lov,  στέφανος) 
violet -crow  n.ed.  epith.  of  Venus,  H. 
Hoin.  5, 18,  and  others :  esp.  of  Athens 
and  the  Athenians,  Ar.  Eq.  1323,  Ach. 
637.  [i] 

Ίότης,  τ]Τος,  ή,  will,  resolve,  inclina- 
tion, in  Hom.  almost  always  in  dat., 
as,  βεών  Ιότητι,  by  the  will  or  hest  of 
the  gods,  just  like  εκη-t,  II.  19,  9, 
Od.  7,  214,  etc. ;  more  rarely  of  men, 
μητρός  ιότητι,  at  her  will  or  hest,  II. 
18,  396,  cf.  Od.  11,  384;  18,234,  11.5, 
874  :  in  ace.  only  in  II.  15,  41,  δι'  'εμην 
Ιότητα  for  e//;;  ιότητι.  Hesych.  ex- 
plains it  by  βονλήσει,  αίτια,  opyy, 
χύριτι.  (Prob.  the  same  as  Sanscr. 
ishta.  from  ish  (cupere),  cf.  ιός  (A), 
and  Pott  Etym.  Forsch.  1,  269.) 

Ίοτόκος,  ov,  {ιός  C,  τίκτω)  pro- 
ducing poison,  venomous,  Opp.  [i] 

Ίοτνπής,  ές,  (ίός,  τνπτω)  struck  by 
an  arrow,  or  by  poison,  Anth.  [i] 

'lov,  a  wild  cry  of  woe,  a  howl,  Lat. 
heu  !  Trag.,  usu.  twice  repeated  : 
seldom,  like  ίώ,  a  cry  of  joy,  Ar.  Eq. 
1096  ;  or  of  surprise,  Aesch.  Ag.  25, 
cf.  Heind.  Plat.  Gorg.  499  B.  The 
usu.  accent  ιού,  Dind.  Ar.  Pac.  345  : 
Suid.  says  that  lov  lov  is  of  woe,  lov 
ίου  of  joy.  [i] 

νΐονγοίφθας,  a,  ό,  Jugurlha,  king 
of  Numidia,  Strab. 
νΐουδαία,  ας,  i],  Judaea,  a  region  in 
Syria,  Strab.  In  the  time  of  David 
that  part  of  Palestine  occupied  by 
Judah  and  Benjamin  ;  after  the  divi- 
.sion,  Judah,  Benjamin,  and  part  of 
Dan  and  Simeon  :  afterwards,  the 
southern  part  of  Palestine  :  finally 
after  the  exile,  all  Palestine,  N.  T.~ 
2.  collect. =  iAe  inhab.  of  Judaea,  N.  T. 
Matth.  3,  5.  Hence 
ν\ουδαίί,ω,  to  imitate,  conform  to  the 
manners  of  the  Jews,  N.  T.,  Plut.  Cic.  7. 
νΐονδαίκός,  η,  όν,  of  or  belon'ging  to 
Judaea,  Jewish,  Strab. :  N.  T.  Adv. 
-κώς,  Ίονδ.  ζην,  to  live  after  the  man- 
ner of  the  Jews,  N.  T. 

ΥΙονδαΐος,  a,  ov,  Jewish,  Strab.. 
N.  T. :  as  subst.  ύ  Ιουδαίος,  a  Jew, 
N.  T. :  in  pi.  ol  ΊονδαΙοι,  the  Jews, 
also  the  rulers  of  the  Jews,  the  Sanhe- 
dWm,  N.  T.  Joh.  1,  19,  etc. 

νΐονδαϊσμ()ς,  ov,  ό,  {'ΙουδαΙζω)  the 
being  a  Jew,  Judaism,  the  Jewish  reli- 
gion, etc.,  N.  T. 

ν\ονδαϊστί,  adv.,  in  the  Jewish  lan- 
guage, LXX. 

νΐονδας,  a,  ό,  Judas,  Judah,  son  of 
Jacob,  founder  of  the  tribe  of  Judah, 
N.  T.  :  inetaph.  the  tribe  of  Judah, 
the  kingdom  of  Judah,  Id. — 2.  (Isca- 
riot)  one  of  the  apostles,  the  betrayer 
of  Christ,  Id. — Others  of  this  name 
occur  in  N.  T. 

ΥΙονλία,  ας,  ?),  Julia,  Rom.  fem.  pr. 
n.,  N.  T. 

^'lov?.ia  Ίοζα,  ή,  Julia  Traducta, 
now  Tarifa,  a  city  Hispania  Baetica, 
Stral). 

Ίον?.ίζ(,),  f.  -ifffj,  (Ιον?Μς)  to  become 
downy  or  hairy,  Tryph.  [Ϊ] 


ΙΠΝΟ 

γΐονλιόπολις,  εως,  ή,  Juliopolis,  the 
earlier  Gordium  in  Phrygia,  Strab. 

f  Ιούλιος,  ov,  b,  Julius,  niasc.  pr.  n., 
Ar.  Eq.  407,  esp.  as  Rom. 

Ίουλίς,  ίδος,  ή,  a  kind  of  red  fish, 
Arist.  H.  A.  [r] 

νΐουλίς,  ίδος,  ή,  lulis,  capital  of  the 
island  of  Ceos,  Strab.  :  ό  Ίυνλυ/της, 
an  i>ώab.  of  lulls,  ajiplied  to  Simon- 
ides  who  was  born  there,  Ael.  V.  H. 
Ίονλόπεζος,  ov,  (Ιουλος,  πεζά)  foot- 
ed like  the  centipede,  i.  e.  many-footed, 
many-nared,  of  a  ship,  Lyc,  cf.  Ιονλος 
IV•  [i] 

Ίονλος,  ov,  b,  down,  the  first  growth 
of  the  beard,  USU.  in  plur.,  Ιονλοι  νπο 
κροτάφοισιν,  the  cheek  hair,  whisk- 
ers, opp.  to  γέννς,  Od.  11,  319. — IT.  α 
corn-sheaf,  also  ον7.ος.  whence  Ceres 
is  said  to  have  the  epith.  Ονλώ, 
Ύονλώ :  hence  Ιονλος,  a  song  in  her 
honour,  v.  Spanh.  ad  Call.  H.  Car. 
init.,  Inscr. — III.  the  male  floiver  of  mo- 
noecious plants. — IV.  an  insect,  the  sco- 
lopendra  or  centipede,  distinct  from 
the  όνίσκος,  όνος  πολνπονς.  (From 
ούλος.)  [ϊ] 

+Ίοιιλθ(,•,  ου,  6,  lulus,  an  early  king 
of  Latiuin,  Strab. 

Ίου'λώ,  οϋς,  ή,  {Ιονλος  II.)  epith.  of 
Ceres,  the  goddess  of  sheaves,  v.  foreg. 

Ίονλώδης,  ες,  (Ιονλος  IV.,  είδος) 
scolopendra-like,  Arist.  Part.  An.  [ϊ] 

ΥΙουνίας,  a,  ό,  Junius,  masc.  pr.  n., 
N.  T. 

t'loioTOf,  ov,  b,  Justus,  a  Roman 
cognomen,  N.  T. 

Ίόώ,  exclamation  of  aversion,  bah  ! 
faugh. '[ΐ] 

Ίοφόρος,  ov,  (/of  C,  φέρω) poisoned, 
poisonous,  Opp.   [i] 
ΥΙοφών,   ώντος,  b,   lophon,  son  of 
Sophocles,  .Ar.  Kan.  73. — Others  in 
Dion.  H. ;  etc. 

Ίοχέαφα,  ας,  ή,  (ίός  A,  χαίρω)  she 
who  delights  i)i  arrows,  the  arrow-queen  ; 
or  perh.  (from  χέω,  like  signf.  II.) 
pouring,  showering  arroics,  freq.  epith 
of  Diana  in  Hom.,  II.  5,  53 :  also  as 
subst.,  Ίοχέαιρα.  II.  21,  480,  Od.  11, 
198. — II.  {Ιός  C),  poisonous,  of  ser- 
pents, Nic.  [i  as  in  Ιός :  yet  ϊ  in  Pind. 
P.  2,  16.] 

floi/),  οπός,  b,  lops,  a  Spartan  hero, 
Paus. 

Ίόω.  (ίός  Β),  to  rust,  corner  with  r^tst; 
pass,  to  become  or  be  rusty,  Arist.  Color. 

Ίττνενω,  (ίπνος)  to  dry,  roast  in  the 
oven. 

"Itti't?,  ης,  η,  a  bird  of  the  woodpeck- 
er kind,  also  ϊππα  and  πιπώ. 

Ίπνιυς,  a,  ov,  (ίπνός)  of,  belonging 
to  the  oven. — 11.  of  the  dung  hill.  Call. 
Fr.  216. 

Ίπνίτης,  ov,  b,  (ίπνός)  baked  or 
dressed  in  the  oven,  άρτος,  Hipp. 

ΥΥπνοι,  L)V,  ol,  Ipni,  prop,  ovens,  v. 
ίπνός,  a  rugged  place  at  foot  of  Mt. 
Pelion,  Hdt.  7,  188  ;  in  Strab.  Ίπ- 
νοϋς,  ονντος. 

Ίπνοκάής,  ές,  {ίττνός,  καίω)  baked 
in  the  oven,  Luc. 

Ίπνολέβης,  ΐ)τος,  ό,  a  boiler,  cal- 
dron, Luc. 

'Ιπνο?.εβήτιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from 
foreg. 

"Ιπνον,  ov,  TO,  a  marsh-plant.  Theo- 
phr., ace.  to  Sprengel  Hippuns  vul- 
garis. 

Ίπνοπλύβης,  or  -πλάθος,  ov,  b, 
(Ιπΐ'ός,  πλάσσω)  one  who  bakes  or 
works  in  an  oven  or  furnace,  a  potter, 
etc..  Plat.  Theaet.  147  A,  where  ίπνο- 
πλάστης  is  a  v.  1.  ;  analogy  seems  to 
require  either  -πλάΟος  or  •π?.άσ~ης ; 
cf  κοροπλύθος. 


ΙΠΠΑ 

*1πνοπ7Μστ7ΐς,  ον,  6,  {Ιττνός,  ττλύσ• 
υω)  ν.  foreg. 

ΊτΓΐΌ— oiof ,  όν,  (iVvof,  ττοιέω)  work- 
ing in  an  oven,  a  potter,  maker  of  casts, 
Luc. 

Ίπνόζ,  οϋ,  ό,  an  oven  or  furnace, 
Lat.  fitrnus,  Hdt.  5,  92,  7  :  esp.  for 
heating  water  for  the  bath,  Ar.  Vesp. 
139,  Av.  436. — II.  the  place  of  the  oven, 
i.  e.  the  kitchen,  Lat.  cidina,  Ar.  Vesp. 
837.— III.  a  lantern,  Ar.  Pac.  841,  Plut. 
815,  elsewh.  φανός. — YV .■^=κ.οπρών,  a 
dunghill  οτ  privy,  Ar.  Fr.  132.  (Prob. 
from  Ιπτομαι.) 
ΥΙπνος,  ον,  ό,  Ipnus,  a  place  in  Lo- 
cris ;  hence  οι  ΊπνεΙς,  the  inhab.  of 
Ipnus,  Thuc.  3,  101. 
ΥΙπνονς,  οϋντος,  ό,  v.  'Invot. 

Ίτζοκτόνος,  ον,  {Ixp,  κτείνω)  killing 
the  worms  or  gntbs   in   vines,   Stiab. 

ΊτΓΟζ-,  0,  sometimes  ή,  {ιπτομαι) 
strictly  in  a  mouse-trap,  the  piece  of 
wood  that  falls  and  catches  the  mouse  ; 
in  genl.  α  mouse-trap.  Usu. — II.  any 
burden,  heavy  pressure,  press :  esp.  a 
fuller's  press,  Archil.  1 17  :  and  me- 
taph.  Pind.  O.  4,  11,  calls  Aetna  Ιπος 
άνεμόεσσα,  the  weight  that  holds  Ty• 
phoeus  down.,  cf.  sq.     Hence 

Ίπόο),  ώ,  to  press  down:  pass,  to  be 
pressed  or  weighed  down,  βίζαισιν  At- 
τναίαις  νπο,  of  Typhoeus,  Aesch.  Fr. 
365,  cf.  foreg.  :  metaph.  είςφοραΐς 
ίπονμενος,  Ar.  Eq.  924.  [ϊ] 

"ΙτΓτα,  {/,  V.  Ιπνη. 
ΥΙππαγόρας,  a,  ό,  Hippagoras,  masc. 
pr.  η.,  Ath.  G30  A.      _    ^ 

Ίτϊτταγμέταί,  ών,  οι,  {Ί.πττενς,  ΰγεί- 
ρω)  three  officers  at  Lacedaemon, 
who  chose  300,  the  flower  of  the  έφη- 
βοι, to  serve  as  a  body-guard  for  the 
kings  under  the  name  of  ιππείς  (cf.  ίπ• 
Ίτενς  II.  2),  Xen.  Hell.  3,  3,  9. 

"Ιππαγρος,  ου,  ό,=^'ίππος  άγριος,  a 
wild  horse,  0pp. 

Ίππάγωγός',  oVi  (ίππος,  άγω)  car- 
rying horses  ;  esp.  of  ships  used  as 
cavalry-transports ,  νανς.  πλοία,  Hdt. 
6,  48,  95,  Thuc,  etc. ;  also  ai  Ίππα- 
γωγοί  (sub.  ναϋς),  Ar.  Eq.  599,  Dem. 
46,  5.    ^ 

Ίππάετος,  ον,  ό,  {ϊππος,  αετός)  α 
horse-eagle,  gryphon,  [ά] 

Ίππύζομαι,  fut.  -άσομαι,  Dep.  mid., 
(ίππος)  to  drive  or  guide  a  horse,  to  drive 
a  chariot.  It.  23,  426 ;  later,  to  ride,  Hdt. 
4,  110,  114,  etc.  Pass,  of  a  horse,  to 
be  driven  or  ridden.  Plat.  Ion  540  D  ; 
also  to  be  broke  in  for  riding,  Xen.  Eq. 
3,  1  ;  11,7. 

ΥΙππαΙος,  ου,  6,  Hippaeus,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  Anth. 

Ίππαιχμία,  ας,  ή,  a  cavalry- action  : 
from 

"Ιππαιχμος,  ον,  {ϊππος,  aiχμ'η)fight^ 
ing  on  horseback,  equestrian,  Pind.  N. 
1,  25. 

Ίππάκη,ης,η,  <Λ«  (Scythian)  mare's 
milk-cheese,  Hipp.,  and  Aesch.  Fr.  189. 
—  II.  a  leguminous  plant,  dub.  In 
Gramm.  also  ίππύκης.  [ώ] 

Ίππακοντιστής,ον,ό,  a  horse-lancer, 
Arr. 

ΥΙππακρίτης,  ον,  6,  an  inhab.  of  Hip- 
pacra,  a  town  of  Libya,  Polyb. 

Ίππάλεκτρΰών,  όνος,  ό,  (Ιππος, 
(ίλεκτρυών)  α  horse-cock  (we  say  cock- 
horse), gryphon,  fabulous  animal,  Xesiih. 
ap.  Ar.  Ran.  937. 

Ίππαλέος,  a,  ov,  poet,  for  Ιππικός, 
0pp. 

'Ιππαλίδας,  ov,  6,  poet,  lengthd. 
form  for  ίππεύς.  Theocr.  24,  127, 
like  όραπετίόας  for  δραπέτης,  Schif. 
Mosch.  1,3.  [ΐ] 

ΥΙππάλΐίΐμος,  ov,  6,  Hippalcimus, 
fc->n  of  Boeotus,  Died.  S. 


ΙΠΠΑ 

^Ιππα'λμος,  ov,  ό,  Hippalmus,  father 
of  Peneleus,  ApoUod. 

νίππανα,  ων,  τύ,  Hippana,  a  city 
of  Sicily  near  Panormus,  Polyb. 

Ίππάνθρωπος,  ου,  ό,  (ίππος,  άν- 
θρωπος) α  centaur. 

Ίππάπαί,  formed  after  the  sea- 
man's cry  βυππαπαί  in  Ar.  Eq.  602, 
as  if  the  horses  were  plying  the  oars. 

Ίππάρύων,  ov,  τό,  (Ιππος,  πύ(JJδoς) 
the  camelopard,  giraffe,  Arist.  H.  A. 

ΥΙππαρΐτη,  ης,  ή,  Hippdreie,  daugh- 
ter of  Callias,  wife  of  Alcibiades, 
Plut.  Ale.  8. 

νίππαρΐΐ'ος,  ov,  ό,  Hipparxnus,  father 
of  Dion  of  Syracuse,  Ael.  V.  H. — 2. 
son  of  the  elder  Dionysius  of  Syra- 
cuse, Arist.  Pol.,  etc. 

Ίππάριον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  Ιππος, 
a  little  horse,  pony,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  4, 19. 

["] 

νίππΰρις,  ιος,  δ,  the  Hipparis,  now 
Carina,  a  river  of  Sicily  near  Cama- 
rina,  Pind.  0.  5,  27. 

νίππαρμόδωρος,  ου,  ό,  Hipparmodo- 
rus,  masc.  pr.  n.,  Lys. 

Ίππαρμοστής,  οϋ,  ό,  (ίππος,  αρμο- 
στής) Laced,  for  'ίππαρχος,  a  com- 
mander of  cavalry,  Xen.  Hell.  4,  4,  10. 

Υίππάρχειος,  a,  ov,  of  or  belonging 
to  Hipparchus,  Plat.  Hipparch. 

Ίππαρχέω,  ώ,  to  be  a  'ίππαρχος, 
command  the  cavalry,  c.  gen.,  Hdt.  9, 
20,  69. 

Ίππάρχης,  ov,  6,  (ίππος,  άρχω)  a 
commander  of  cavalry,  Dion.  H.  Hence 
Ίππαρχία,  ας,  η,  the  office,  rank  of 
Ιππαρχος,  Xen.  Ath.  1,3. — II.  a  squad- 
ron of  horse ,  such  as  he  commands,  Polyb. 

Υλππαρχία,  ας,  ή,  Hipparchia,  wife 
of  Crates,  Diog.  L. 

Ίππαρχικός,  ή,  όν,  cf,  fit  for,  be- 
longing to  a  'ίππαρχος  or  the  ίππαρ- 
χία :  ίππ.  εστί,  it  is  part  of  his  duty, 
Xen.  Hipparch.  5,  1. 

"Ιππαρχος,  ov,  ό,  {'ίππος,  άρχω)  and 
ίππάρχης.  ruling  the  horse,  epith.  of 
Neptune,  Pind.  P.  4, 79,  cf  'ίππιος. — 
II.  a  general  of  cavalry,  Hdt.  7,  154  : 
at  Athens  two  were  elected,  Ar.  Av. 
799,  cf  Dem.  47,  11:  Xen.  wrote  a 
treatise  on  his  duties. 

Υ'Ιππαρχος,  ov,  b,  Hipparchus,  son 
of  Pisistratus  of  Athens,  slain  by 
Harmodius  and  Aristogiton,  Hdt.  5, 
55. — 2.  an  Athenian  from  whom  one 
of  Plato's  dialogues  was  named,  Plat. 
— 3.  a  tyrant  of  Eretria,  Dem.  125, 
27;  324,  16.— 4.  an  actor,  Dem.  13.53, 
15. — 5.  a  celebrated  astronomer  of 
Nicaea  in  Bithynia,  Strab.— Others 
in  Plut.,  etc. 

Ίππάς,  άδος,  ή,  strictly  pecul.  fem. 
of  Ιππικός,  ίππας  στο?.ή,  a  riding- 
dress,  Hdt.  1,  80.— II.  as  subst. — 1. 
sub.  τάζις,  the  class  of  knights  (ιππείς), 
hence,  ώς  (or  εις)  ίππάύα  τε/.είν,  to 
belong  to  this  class,  Isae.  67,  23. — 2. 
=?)  'ίππος,  cavalry,  Opp. 

Ιππασία,  ας,  ή,  (ίππύζομαι)  riding, 
horse-exercise,  Ar.  Ach.  1165  :  ίππ. 
ποιεϊσθαι,=ζίππάζεαθαι,  to  takea  ride, 
Xen. — 2.  chariot-driving,  \j\iC. — II.  the 
cavalry. 

\'\ππασίδης,  ov,  6,  son  of  Hippasus, 
i.  6.  Charops,  Π.  11,  420  ;  Socus,  Id. 
11,  427  ;  Hypsenor,  Id.  13,  411 ;  Api- 
saon,  17,  348. 

Ίππύσιμος,  η,  ov,  (ίππύζομαι)  fit, 
convenient  for  riding  or  the  use  of  cav- 
alry, the  character  of  a  country,  Hdt. 
5,  63  ;  opp.  to  άνιππος,  Hdt.  2,  108 : 
metaph.  τοΙς  κόλαξιν  εαυτόν  ΰνεικως 
ίππύσιμον,  giving  himself  to  be  rid- 
den, i.  e.  governed  by  flatterers,  Plut. 
Alex.  23.  [ά] 

ΥΙππασΙνοι,  ων,  ol,  the  HlppasXiii,  a 
people  of  Dalmatia,  App. 


ΙΠΠΕ 

ΥΙππύσιοι,  ων,  οι,  the  Hippam,  a 
people  of  India,  Strab. 

"Ιππασμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  ride. 
Χ'Ιππασος,  ov,  ό,  Hippasus,  father  of 
the  Argonaut  Actor,  Apollod. — 2.  a 
Trojan,  11.  11,  450;  another,  father  of 
Hypsenor,  13,411;  another,  father  of 
Apisaon,  17,  347.— Others  in  Paus., 
etc. 

Ίππαστήρ,  ηρος,  ό,  Anth.,  and 

Ίππαστής,  ov,  ό,  {ίππάζομαι)=^ίπ• 
πεντής. — 11.  as  Άά].,  fit  for  riding,  Xen. 
Eq.  10, 17. 

Ιππαστί,  adv.  like  a  horseman. 

Ίππαστός,  ή,  όν,  {ίππάζομχιί)  that 
can  he  ridden,  Arist.  H.  A. 

'\ππύατριαι  κύμη'/.οι,  al,  dromeda- 
ries, Plut.  Eumen.  15. 

Ίππύφεσις,  εως,  ή,  (ίππος,  άφίημι) 
the  starting-post  in  a  race-course,  Lat. 
carceres,  Polyb.  [ά] 

νίππύφεσις,  εως,  rj,  Hippaphesis, 
fem.  pr.  n.,  Lys.  ap.  Ath.  586  E. 

Ίππεία,  ας,  ή,  (ιππεύω)  the  riding 
or  driving  of  horses,  horsemanship,  esp. 
racing.  Soph.  El.  505;  and  in  plur., 
Eur.  H.  F.  374.— II.  cavalry,  Xen.  An. 
5,  6,  8. — III.  the  breed  and  training  of 
horses,  Strab.,  cf.  πω7χία. 

"Υππειος,  a,  ov,  (Ιππος)  of,  belmig- 
ing  to  a  horse,  ζνγόν,  φύτνη,  οπλή,  etc., 
II. ;  κύπαι,  θα.  4,  40 :  'ίππ.  λόφος, 
the  horse- hair  ciest,  II.  15,  537:  also  in 
Att.  poets,  though  Ιππιος  is  more 
freq. ;  as,  in  prose,  ιππικός. 

Ίππελύτειρα,  ας,  fem.  from  sq., 
Orph.  [ά] 

'\ππε7.ΰτήρ,  ήρος,  ό,  and 

Ίππε?ι,ύτης,  ον,  ό,  (ϊππος,  έλαννω) 
α  driver,  rider  of  horses,  Opp.  [a] 

Ίππέλΰφος,  ov,  6,  (Ιππος,  Ι/.αφος) 
the  horse-deer,  like  the  nilghau? Arist. 
H.  A. 

Ίππεραστής,  ov,  ό,  (ϊππος,  εράω)  a 
lover  of  horses,  Ael. 

"Ιππερος,  ov,  b,  a  horse-fever,  form- 
ed alter  Ικτερος,  νδερος,  etc.,  with  a 
pun  on  ερος  (the  old  form  for  έρως), 
Ar.  Nub.  74. 

"Ιππενμα,  ατός,  τό,  (ιππεύω)  a  ride, 
expedition  on  horseback  or  in  a  chariot, 
Eur.  I.  T.  1428,  and  ap.  Ar.  Thesm. 
1066. 

Ίππενς,  έως  Ion.  ήος,  ό,  (Ιππος)  a 
horseman,  Horn,  (but  only  in  II.)  as 
opp.  to  πεζός,  II.  2,  810,  and  ahvays 
of  a  driver  of  horses,  charioteer,  or  of  the 
hero  who  fights  from  a  car  (II.  12,  66, 
etc.,  cf.  ιππότης) ;  or  of  one  who  drives 
in  a  chariot-race,  II.  23, 2β2  :  of  a  horse- 
man, i.  e.  rider,  first  in  Hdt.  3,  88,  and 
Att. — II.  in  political  sense, — 1.  ace.  to 
Solon's  constitution  at  Athens  the 
ιππείς,  Att.  ίππής,  horsemen  or 
knights,  were  the  2d  class :  they  were 
required  to  possess  300  mediinni,  a 
charger,  and  a  hackney  for  their 
groom  (ίπποκόμος),  and  in  war  form- 
ed the  Athen.  cavalry,  Ar.  Eq.  pas- 
sim, cf  Bockh  P.  E.  2,  262,  Thirl w. 
Hist,  of  Gr.  2,  p.  37.-2.  at  Sparta 
300  chosen  men,  who  formed  the  king's 
body  guard,  but  icerinoi  (or  had  ceased 
to  be)  horsemen,  Hdt.  8,  124,  cf.  1,  67, 
and  Miiller  Dor.  3,  12,  §  5  sq.,  also  cf. 
ίππαγρέται. — III.  a  jiimble  kind  of 
crab,  Arist.  H.  A. — IV.  a  kind  of  comet, 
Plin. 

νίππενς,  έως,  ό,  Hippeus,  son  of 
Hercules,  Apollod. — 2.  a  commander 
of  the  Samians,  Xen.  Hell.  1,  6,  29. 

Ίππεντί/ρ,ήρος,  o,=  sq.,  Anth. 

Ίππεντής,  ov,  ό,  a  rider,  horseman, 
Pind.  P.  9.  217,  and  Eur. :  from 

Ιππεύω,  to  be  a  ίππενς,  he  a  horse- 
man, rider,    to  ride,   Hdt.  1,  136,  etc.. 
also,  ίπ'  όνου,  Luc.     Hdt.  also  uses 
mid.  in  same  signf.,  1,  27,  79.    Me- 
667 


mm 

laph.  of  the  wind,  ζεφνρον  πνοαΐς  Ιπ• 
τΓΐυσαντοΓ.  Lat.  equitare,  Eur.  Phoen. 
212,  cf.  Hor.  Cann.  4,  4,  44.— II.  to  be 
a  horse-soldier  or  trooper,  serve  in  the 
cavalri/,  Xen.  Hell.  3,  1,  4.— III.  of  a 
horse,  as  we  say  '■  the  horse  rules  (i.  e. 
carries  his  rider)  well,"  Xen.  Eq.  1, 
6;  10,  3.  In  same  signf.  also  ia  mid. 
ίππενεσθαί,  Hdt. 
ΥΊπτΓ}],  ης,  ή,  Hippe,  fern.  pr.  n., 
Ath.  583  A. 

Ίππιρ/έτης,  ου,  δ,  {ίππος,  ηγεομαι) 
guider,  driver  of  horses,  epith.  of  Nep- 
tune, Lye. 

Ίππηχός.  όν,  (ίππος,  ύγω)=^1ππα- 
γωγός  Died. 

Ιππηδόν,  adv.  like  a  horse,  Aesch. 
Thel).  328. — II.  as  on  horseback,  like  a 
horseman,  Ar.  Pac.  81. 

Ίππτβάσιοί',  ov,  τό.  the  driving, 
riding  of  horses,  strictly  neut.  from  sq. 

Ίππηλάσιος,  a,  ov,  (ϊππος,  έλαννω) 
like  iππήλaτoς,fitfor  riding  or  driving, 
Ιππ.  οδός,  a  chariot  road,  II.  7,  340. 

Ίππηλύτα,  ό,  Ep.  form  for  ίττπτ/λα- 
της,  freq.  in  Horn,  [αα] 

'Ιπ~7/λΰτέω,  ώ,  to  ride  or  drive,  Ar. 
Av.  1443 :  from 

Ίππ/βάΓης,  ov,  i,  {'ίππος,  ^.λαννω) 
a  driver  of  horses,  one  who  fights  from  a 
chariot,  Horn,  (always  in  Ep.  form  Ιπ- 
πι/λάτα,  and  only  in  nom.),  as  an 
epith.  of  honour,  like  our  knight, 
Germ.  Ritter,  etc.,  cf.  Ιππότης-  [α] 

Ίππή?ιΰτος,  ov,  {'ίππΌς,  έ?ιαννω) fit 

for  horsemanship  or  driving,  νήσος,  Od. 

4,  607  ;  13,  212  ;  in  prose  ίππύσιμος. 

Ίππημολγία,    ας,   ij,   a   milking  of 

mares,  Scymn. :  from 

ΊππημΌλγοί,  ώi^  oi,  {ίππος,  άμέλ- 
γω)  the  mare-milkers,  a  Scythian  or 
Tartar  tribe,  II.  13,  5  :  hence,  as  adj., 
milking  mares,  Hes.  Fr.  17. 

Ίππι,ύζω,  f.  -άσω,  to  behave  like  Hip- 
pias,  ape  Hippias,  Philostr.  :  v.  Ιππί- 
ας 2. 

Ίππίάναξ,  ακτος,  king,  chief  of 
Imrsemen,  Aesch.  Pers.  997. 
Υίππίας,  ov,  Ion.  Ίππί/ις,  εω,  ό, 
Hippias,  son  of  Pisistratus,  driven 
from  Athens  ;  aided  the  Persian  army 
in  its  invasion  of  Greece,  Hdt.  1 ,  CI ;  6, 
J23.— 2.  a  celebrated  sophist  of  Elis, 
who  taught  at  Athens,  a  contemporary 
of  Socrates,  Plat.  Hipp. — Many  others 
of  this  name  in  Lvs.  134,  38 ;  Dem. 
929,  18  ;  1351, 5  ;  Xen.  Hell.  7,  4, 15  ; 
etc. 

ΊππΙατρία,  ας,  ή,  veterinary  surgery, 
farriery :  from 

Ίππίατρος,  ov,  ό,  {'ίππος.  Ιατρός)  a 
veterinary  surgeon,  farrier,   [i] 

Ίππίόιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  ίππος, 
a  pony,  later  than  ίππάριον. — II.  a 
kind  oifish,  Epich.  p.  42. 

Ίππίκός,  ή.  όν.  {'ίππος)  of,  belonging 
to  a  horse,  άγων  Ιππ.,  a  horse  or  char- 
iot race.  Hat.  1,  167,  etc.;  and  freq. 
in  Att.,  cf  'ίππει.ος,  fin. — II.  of.  belong- 
ing to  riding  or  horsemen,  equestrian, 
Xen.  Hell.  5,  3,  20:  skilled  in  riding, 
opp.  to  ύφιππος,  Plat.  Prot.  350  A. — 
2.  ?)  -κή,  sub.  τέχνη,  horseitiariship, 
riding,  Ar.  Nub.  27,  etc. ;  Xen.  wrote 
a  treatise  on  it :  so  too,  tu  ιππικά, 
Plat.  Ale.  1,  124  E,  and  Polyb.— 111. 
TO  ίππικόν,  the  cavalry,  Hdt.  7,  87, 
Xen.,  etc. — 2.  also  a  course  or  space  of 
four  stadia,  Plut.  Sol.  23.— IV.  adv. 
■κώς,like  a  horseman:  superl. -κώτα- 
τα,  with  best  horsemanship,  Xen.  Oec. 
21,7. 

"Ιππιος,  a.  ov.  also  of,  ov  Bockh 
V.  1.  Pind.  0. 1, 101.  {'ίππος)=ΐππειος, 
of,  belonging  to  a  horse,  rider,  riding, 
Piud.  P.  2,  22.  and  Trag. :  esp.  of 
A'f.'ptune,  Aesch.  Theb.  130,  Ar.  Eq. 
668 


ΙΠΠΟ 
551,  etc. ;  of  Minerva,  Pind.  O.  13, 
115.  Soph.  O.  C.  1070.  _ 

Ίππιοχαίτης,  ον,ύ,  {'ίππίος, χαίτη) 
shagsrywith  horse-hatr,  λόφος,  II.  6,  46'J. 

Ίππωχύμ/ιης,  ov,  ό,  {ίππιος,  χάρ- 
μη)  one  who  fights  from  a  chariot,  II.  24, 
257.  Od.  11,  259:  later,  ο  horseman, 
Aesch.  Pers.  29. 

Ίππίσκος,  ου,  b,  dim.  from  ϊτγττογ, 
name  of  a  play  by  Alexis. 
νίππίτας,  a,  ό.  Hippiias,  a  friend  of 
Cleomenes,  Polyb.  5,  37,  8  :  in  Plut. 
Ιππότης. 

Ίππο'ίύμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  {ίππος, 
βαίνω)  going  on  horseback,  equestriaii, 
Aesch.  Pr.  805,  and  Soph. :  κάμηΆος 
ιππ.,  trotting  like  a  horse,  Acsch.  Supp. 
284  :  hence — 2.  metaph., /i^/iarn  'ιππ., 
high-trotting  WOTOS,  bombast,  Ar.  Ran. 
821,  like  Lat.  equestris  oratio.  [a] 

Ίπποβάτης.  ov,  b,  ('ίππος,  βαίνω) 
a  horseman,  Aesch.  Pers.  26. — II.  Ιπ- 
ποβ.  'ίππος,  όνος,  a  stallion  horse  or 
ass,  Strab.,  like  ίπποβήτης.  [d] 

Ίππόβίνος,  ov,  b,  ('ίππος,  βινεω) 
comic  distortion  of  the  pr.  n.  Ίππό- 
νίΚος,=:ίππόπορνος,  Ar.  Ran.  429. 

Ίπποβοσκός,  ύν,  {'ίππος,  βόσκω) 
feeding  horses,  Ael•. 

Ίπποβότης,  ov,  b,  {'ίππος,  βόσκω) 
a  feeder  of  horses,  in  the  Euboean 
Chalcis  of  a  class,=  t7rπίίf,  like  Lat. 
equites,  the  knights,  nobles,  Wess.  Hdt. 
5,  77  ;  6,  100,  cf.  Ίππενς  Π.  ^ 

Ίππόβοτος,  ov,  {ίππος,  βόσκω)  fed 
on  by  horses,  good  for  their  grazing,  rich 
in  cattle,  Hom.  ;  esp.  as  epith.  of  Ar- 
gos,  from  the  rich  meadows  of  Lerna. 

ΊπποβονκάΤ'.ος,  ov,  b,  {'ίππος,  βον- 
κόλος)  a  horse-herd,  hnrsekeeper.  Soph . 
Fr.  891,  yet  cf.  Valck.  Phoen.  28. 

Ίππόβροτος,  ov,  like  Ιππάνθρωπος, 
Lye. 

Ίππόβρωτος,  ov,  {'ίππος,  βιβρώ- 
σκω)  eaten  by  horses. 

Ίππογέρΰνοί,  ων,  oi,  {'ίππος,  γερα- 
νός) crane-cavalry,  Luc. 

Ίππόγλωσσος.  ov,  ('ίππος,  γλώσσα) 
with,  like  a  horse's  tongne. 

Ίππογνώμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  ('ίππος, 
γνώυ.7ΐ)  a  judge  of  a  horse  :  hence  in 
gen!,  knowing,  skilful  in,  τινός,  Aesch. 
Fr.  224,  cf.  προβατογνώμων. — II.  = 
μεγαλογνώμων. 

Ίππόγΰποι,  ων,  οΐ,  {ίππος,  γυψ) 
vulture-cavalry,  Luc. 

Ι'Ιπποδάμας,  αντος,  b,  {'ίππος,  όα- 
μύω)  Hippodurnas,  son  of  the  Ache- 
lous,  Apollod.— 2.  son  of  Priam,  Id.— 
3.  a  Trojan,  in  II.  20,  401.  _ 

Ίπποδάμαστής,  ov.  ο,^=Ίππό6αμος. 

νίπποόύμεια,  ας,  ή,  {Ίππόδαμος) 
Hippodiimia,  daughter  of  Adrastus, 
wife  of  Pirithous,  11.  2,  742.-2. 
daughter  of  Oenomaus  of  Elis,  wife 
of  Pelops,  Pind.  O.  1, 113  ;  Eur.  I.  T. 
825. — 3.  daughter  of  Anchises,  wife 
of  Alcathous,  11.  13,  429.-4.  wife  of 
Amyntor,  II.  9,  448. — 5.  ace.  toSchol. 
ad  11.  1,  184,  prop,  name  of  Βρισηίς. 
— 6.  a  handmaid  of  Penelope,  Od.  18, 
182. — 7.  a  daughter  of  Danaus,  Apol- 
lod. [άμ] 

ΥΙπποδάμειος,  ov,  Xen.  Hell.  2,  4, 
11,  and  Ίπποδύαως,  a,  ov,  Andoc,  of 
or  belonging  to  Hippodamus  (3). 

Υ\πποδάμιαν,  ov,  τό,  Hippodamium. 
a  spot  in  the  grove  of  Jupiter  at 
Olyinpia,  so  named  from  'Ιπποδά- 
μεια (2),  Paus. 

Ίππόδΰμος,  ov,  {ίππος,  δαμάω) 
tamer  of  horses,  Horn.,  epith.  of  he- 
roes, esp.  Nestor,  cf.  Ιππότης  :  of  the 
Trojans  in  general,  II.  4,  352,  etc. ; 
and,  in  Hes.  Fr.  22,  of  the  Gerenians. 
I  Hence 

νίππόδΰμος,  ov,  6,  Hippddiimus,  a 
I  Trojan,  II.  11,  335.-2.  a  magistrate 


ΙΠΠΟ 

at  Sicyon,  Xen.  Hell.  7,  1,  45.-3.  a 
celebrated  architect  of  Miletus,  in 
the  time  of  Pericles,  son  of  Euryphon, 
Arist.  Pol. — 4.  a  philosopher  of  Thu- 
rii.  Stub. — 5.  an  Athenian  Archon, 
Diod.  S. 

Ίπποδάσεια,  as  fern,  without  any 
masc.  -δασνς  in  use,  v.  Lob.  Phryn. 
538  ;  in  Hom.  always  epith  of  κύρνς, 
thick  with  horse-hair,  with  bushy  horse- 
hair crest,  [ΰ] 

Ίππόδεσμα,  ων,  τά,  {ίππος,  δίω) 
horse-bands,  reins,  prob.  only  in  Eur. 
Hipp.  1225. 

Ίπποδετης,  ov,  b,  {'ίππος,  δέω)  a 
rein  to  lead  Or  tie  up  a  horse,  Soph.  Aj. 
241  :  esp.  as  epith.  of  Hercules  at 
Thebes  and  Onchestus,  Paus. 

Ίπποδιώκτης,  ov,  ό,  Dor.  -τας,  {ίπ- 
πος, διώκω)=Ίππηλάτης,  a  driver  or 
rider  of  steeds,  Theocr.  14,  12. 

ΥΙπποδόκη.  ης,  ή,  Hippodoce,  a 
danghter  of  Danaus,  Apollod.  2,  1,  4, 

Ίπποδϋομία,  ας.  ή,  {ιππόδρομος)  a 
horse-race  or  chariot-race,  Pind.  P.  4, 
119  :  ιππ.  ποιείν,  Thuc.  3,  104  :  later 
of  the  sham-fight  (described  by  Vir- 
gil, Aen.  5,  545,  sq.),  Plut 

Ύπηοδρόμιον,  ov.  τό,^=ζ ιππόδρομος, 
the  course:  strictly  neut.  from  -sq. 

Ιπποδρομίας,  ov,  of,  belonging  to  the 
horse-race, μήν,  Bockh  Inscr.  2,  p.  735. 
— II.  epith.  of  Neptune,  like  ίππως, 
Pind.  1.  1,  78:  froni 

Ιππόδρομος,  ov,  b,  {ίππος,  δραμεΐν, 
δρόμος)  a  race-course  for  horses  and 
chariots,  11.  23,  330,  Plat.,  etc.:  on  the 
Olympic  course,  v.  Paus.  6,  20. — II. 
the  race  itself. 

Ιππόδρομος,  ου,  b,  {ίππος,  δρα 
μείν)  a  horse-courser,  light-horseman, 
Hdt.  7,  158,  cf.  Schaf.  Greg.  Cor.  31, 
870. 

ΥΥππόδρομος,  ov,  b,  Hippodromvs,  a 
son  of  Hercules  and  Anthippc,  Apol- 
lod. 2,7,  8. 

ΥΙππύζνγος,  ov,  ό,  Hippozygus,  son 
of  Hercules  and  Hippocrate,  Apollod. 
2,  7,  8. 

Ίπποζώνη,  ης,  ή,  a  brood-mnre,  ap. 
Hesych.  —  II.  the  part  just  behind  a 
horse's  fore-legs,  Hippiatr. 

ηπποθά/ίης,  ονς,  b,  Hippolhules, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  an  Athenian,  Plat.  Lys. 
203  A. 

Ίππόθεν,  adv.  (ίππος)  forth  from 
the  horse,  esp.  the  Trojan  horse,  Od. 
8,  515,  etc. 

Ίππηθι'/λης,  ov,  ό,  {ίππος,  θηλάζω) 
an  ass  which  has  been  suckled  by  a  mare: 
such  were  kept  for  the  stud,  ace.  to 
Arist.  H.  A.  6,  23,  nit. 
ΥΙπποθόη,  ης,  ή, Hippothoe, aT!iereiii, 
Hes.  Th.  251.— Others  in  Apollod. 

Ίππόβοος,  ov,  ('ίππος,  θοάς)  swift- 
riding  :  in  11.  only  as  prop.  n. :  v.  sq. 
ΥΙππόβοος,  ου,  b,  Hippothdvs,  son  ot 
Lethus  of  Larissa  in  Troas,  11.  2.  840  ; 
17,  217. — 2.  a  son  of  Priam,  II.  24, 
251. — Others  in  Apollod.,  etc. 

Ίπποθόρος,  ov,  b,  (ίππος,  θόρννμι) 
covering  mares,  esp.  of  a  he-ass  for 
breeding  mules. — II.  as  adj.  ίπποθό- 
ρος νόμος,  a  tune  played  to  a  mare, 
while  she  was  being  covered,  Plut. 

Ylππ(Jθόωv  ωντος,  b,  Hippo/hdon, 
an  Athenian  hero,  son  of  Neptune 
and  Alope  ;  from  him  the  tribe  'I  ππο- 
θοωντίς  derived  its  name,  Dem.  1398, 

ΥΙπποθοωντίς,  ίδος,  ή,  the  tribe 
Hippothoontis.  in  Attica,  v.  foreg. 

Ίπποβϋτέω,  ω,  {'ίππος,  θύω)  to  ofer 
horses,  τινί,  Strab. 
Υίπποΐητρος,    ov,   b,  =  Ιππίατρος, 
Anth. :  Bockh  Inscr.  2,  p.  49. 

Ίπποιίν,  Ep.  dual  from  'ίππος,  foi 
ΐπποιν,  Hom, 


ΙΠΠΟ 

^Ιηποκάμπη,  ης,  ή,  also  -κάμπος, 
ον,  ό  ,['ίκπος,  κάμπτω)  α  monster,  with 
a  horse's  body  and  fish's  tail,  on  which 
the  sea-gods  rode,  Philostr.  —  Π.  α 
small  sea-animal,  used  ill  medicine, 
Gal.  cf.  κάμπος. 

Ιππόκαμπων,  ον,  τό,  dim.  from 
ίιτποκάμπη,  prob.  1.,  Epich.  ap.  Hdn. 
μον.  λέξ.,  p.  10. — II.  a  kind  of  earring. 
Ιππόκαμπος,  ον,  ό,  v.  Ιππακάμπη. 
Ίπποκάνθΰμος,  ον,  ό.  {ίππος,  κύν- 
θαρος)  α  horse-beetle,  comic  word  in 
Ar.  Pac.  181. 

'Ιπποκέλί:νθος,  ον,  (ίππος,  κέλεν 
θος)  travelling  by  meatis  of  horses,  hence 
a  driver  of  horses,  charioteer,  II.  16, 
126,  584,  8.39,  as  epith.  of  Patroclus, 
opp.  to  πεζός,  like  ίππεύς,  ιππότης, 
Ιππηλάτης :  others  write  ίπποκε'λεν 
ΟΤΐ'ις,  urger  of  horses. 

Ίπποκέντανρος,  ον,  6,  {Ιππος,  κέν- 
τανρος)  α  horse-centaur,  half-horse  half- 
man,  opp.  to  Ιχθνηκεντηυρης,  q.  v., 
Plat.  Phaedr.  229  D,  Xen.  Cyr.  4,  3, 
17  :  later  in  genl.  of  any  fabulous  mon- 
ster :  jj  ίπποκ.  Luc. :  v.  Κέντανρος  Π. 
ΫΙπποκλέας,  ον,  ό,  Hippocleas,  % 
Thessalian,  son  of  Phricias,  Pind.  P. 
10.  8,  sqq.,  8S. 

Ίπποκλείδης,  ον.ό,  {ίππος,  κλείω) 
pudendum  muUehre,  Ar.  Fr.  621. 

νΐπποκ7.εί6ης,  ον,  ο,  Hippocltdes,  an 
Athenian,  son  of  Tisander,  Hdt.  6, 
126,  129. 

νίπποκλεης  contd.  -κ2.ης,  gen.  έονς, 
ό,  Hippocles,  an  Athenian  naval  com- 
mander, Thuc.  8, 13. — Others  in  Ath., 
St  rah.,  etc. 

+'l7rrro/cAof,  ov,  6,  Hippoclus.  a  ty- 
rant of  Lampsacus  to  whom  Hippias 
gave  his  daughter  in  marriage,  Hdt. 
4,  138  ;  ThucT  0,  59. 

Ίπποκομέω,  ώ,  to  keep  or  groom 
horses,  like  ίπποτροφέω,  hence  /.  κάν- 
θαρην,  to  groom  one's  beetle,  Ar.  Pac. 
74  :  from 

Ίπποκήμος,  ov,  {  ίππος,  κομέω  ) 
keeping  or  grooming  horses.  —  II.  as 
subst.  a  groom,  esp.  otie  who  attended 
the  Ιππεύς  in  war,  Hdt.  3,  85,  etc. 

Ίππόκομος,  ov,  {  ίππος,  κόμη ) 
horse-haired,  decked  with  horse-hair,  as 
epith.  of  κόρνςΆηά  τρνώάλεια.  like  ίπ- 
■πόδησνς.  II.  12,  339,  etc  :  never  in  Od. 
Ίπποκορνστής.  οϋ,  ό,  {'ίππος,  κο- 
ρύσσυ)  equipping,  arming  horses,  or  as 
pass,  equipt,  furnished  with  horses, 
which  latter  is  supported  by  the  an- 
alogy o{ χαλκοκορυστής  ;  hence,  άΐ'έ- 
ρες  Ιπποκορνσταί,  11.  2,  1,  etc.  ;  esp. 
as  epith.  of  the  Paeonians,  11.  16, 
287;  21,205: — others  write  Ίπποκό- 
ρνστος,  ov,  {κόρνς)  with  horse-haired 
helmets. 

ΥΙπποκορύστης,  ov,  ό,  Hippocorystes, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Apoilod. 

ΥΥπποκόρωνα,  Hippocorona,  a  place 
in  Adramyltene,  Strab. 

ΥΙπποκορώνι.ον,  ov,  τό,  Hippocoro- 
7iium,  a  place  in  Crete,  Strab. 

νίπποκόων,  ωντος,  ό,  Hippocotin,  a 
Thracian,  an  attendant  of  Rhesus,  II. 
10,  518.— 2.  son  of  Oebalus,  and  Ba- 
tea,  brother  of  Tyndareus,  Hdt.  5,  60  ; 
Apoilod. —II.  ariverof  Sicily,  Theocr. 
10,16. 

\'\πποκράτεία,  uv,  τύ,  the  Hippocra- 
tea,  an  Arcadian  festival,  Dion.  H. 
^Ιπποκράτειος,  ov,  of  or  belonging  to 
Hippocrates,  Gal. — Adv.  -είως,  after  the 
manner  of  Hippocrates. 

ΊππΟκρΰτέω,  ώ,  (Ιππος,  κρατέω)  to 
be  superior  in  horse,  Polyb.  :  pass,  to  be 
inferior  in  horse,  Thuc.  0,  71. 
ϊ'Ιπποκράτης,ονς,ό,  {'ίππος, κράτος) 
Hippocrates,  father  of  Pisistratus  the 
tyrant  of  Athens,  Hdt,  1,  59. — 2.  son 
of  the  Athenian  Megacles,  Id.  6,  131. 


ΙΠΠΟ 

— 3.  a  tyrant  of  Gela  in  Sicily,  Id.  6, 
23  ;  7,  154. — 4.  the  celebrated  physi- 
cian, born  in  Cos,  practised  at  Athens 
during  the  plague?  Plat.  Prot.  311  B. 
— 5.  son  of  Ariphron,  a  commander  of 
the  Athenians,  Thuc.  4,  66. — 6.  a 
commander  of  the  Spartans  in  Ohal- 
cedon,  Thuc.  8,  35  ;  Xen.  Hell.  1,  1, 
23  ;  3,  5 —Others  in  Ar.  Nub.  1001, 
Dem.  1380,  22  ;  etc.  ^ 

Ίπποκράτία,  ας,  ή,  (Ιπποκρατέω) 
superiority  in  horse  :  victory  in  a  skir- 
mish of  horse,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  4,  24. 

ΥΙπποκρατίδης,  ov  Ion.  εω,  ό,  Hip- 
pocratides,  son  of  Leotychldes,  of  the 
royal  line  of  the  Eurypontidae,  Hdt. 
8,  131. 

Ίππόκρημνος,  ov,  {'ίππος,  κρημνός) 
tremendously  steep  or  rough,  ίππ.  ^ή- 
μα,  a  neck-breaking  word,  Ar.  Ran. 
929,  cf.  Ίπποβάμων. 
νίπποκρήνη,  ή,  v.  Ίππονκρήνη. 
ΥΙππόκριτος,  ον,  ό,  Hippocritus, 
masc.  pr.  η.,  Polyb.  30,  7,  10. 

Ίπποκροτέομαι,  dep.,  to  sound  with 
the  trampling  of  horses,  Synes.  :  from 
Ίππόκροτος,  ov,  {'ίππος,  κροτέω) 
trampled  on  by  horses,  sounding  ivith  the 
trampling  of  horses,  οδός,  Pind.  P.  5, 
123,  γνμνύσια,  Eur.  Hipp  229. 

Ίππο?ιάπαθον,  ov,  τό,  {'ίππος,  ?.ά- 
παθον)  horse-sorrel,  a  large  kind,  ru- 
mex  hydrolapathum,  Diosc.  [ΰ] 

Ίππολείχην,  ηνος,  ό,  {'ίππος,  λεί- 
χήν)  α  sort  of  moss  or  lichen,  used  in 
farriery. 

Ίππολεχής,  ες,  {'ίππος,  λε;γο{•)  hav- 
ing given  birth  to  a  horse,  Orac.  ap. 
Paus.  8,  42,  4. 

νΐππό7^εω  άκρη,  i],  promontory  of 
Hippotaus,  in  European  Sarmatia  be- 
tween the  Borysthenes  and  Hypanis, 
now  Stanislaus-cap,  Hdt.  4,  53 :  v. 
Btihr  in  ind. 

Ίππολοφία,  ας,  ή,  a  horse's  mane : 
from 

Ίππό?ίθφος,  ov,  {'ίππος,  λόφος)  with 
a  horse-hair  crest,  κόρνς.  Anth. 

νΐππο?.οχίδας,  and  -δης.  ov,  ό,  Hip- 
polochidas,  masc.  pr.  n.,  Thuc.  4,  78  ; 
Isae.     Prop,  patron,  from 

ΥΙππό'/ιοχος,  ov,  a,  Hippoldchus,  son 
of  Bellerophon,  II.  6,  119;  12,  309  — 
2.  son  of  Antimachus,  a  Trojan,  II. 
11,  122. — 3.  one  of  the  thirty  tyrants, 
Xen    Hell.  2, 3, 2.— Others  in  Polyb. ; 
Ath.  ;  etc. 
νΐππο?ίντειος,  ov,  of  or  belonging  to 
Hippolytus,  Luc. 
ΤΙππολντη,  ης,  η,  Hippolyte,  wife  of 
Acastus  king  of  lolcos,  Pind.  N.  4, 
92;  cf.  5,  49    (in  Apoilod.  Άστνδά- 
μεια). — 2.  daughter  of  Mars,  queen  of 
the  Amazons,  A  p.  Rh.  2,  968  ;  ace.  to 
Eur.  mother  of  Hippolytus. 
^Ιππόλυτος,  ov,  ό.  Hippolytus,  a  gi- 
ant, slain  by  Mercury,  Apoilod. — 2.  a 
sim  of  Aegyptus,  Id. — 3.  son  of  The- 
seus and  Hippolyte  (2),  Eur.  Hipp. 
Ίππομανές,  τό,  v.  ίππομανής  IV. 
Ίππομάνεΐύ,   ώ,   to  be  α-horsing,  as 
mares.  Arist.  H.  A. :  hence  in  genl. 
to  be  lustful,  lb. — II.  metaph.  to  be  mad 
after  horses,  madly  fond  of  them,  Synes.: 
from 

Ίππομΰνής,  ες,  {ίππος,  μαίνομαι) 
mad  after  horses:  esp.  of  mares,  and  so 
in  genl.  lustful,  cf  'ίππος  IV.:  and  so, 
λειμών  Ιππ.,  Soph.  Aj.  143,  is  prob. 
merely  a  luxuriant  meadow,  v.  Lob. 
ad  1. ;  though  others  take  it  as  έφ'  bv 
ol  'ίπποι  μαίνονται  :■ — hence — II.  as 
subst.,  ίππομανές,  έος,  τό,  an  Arca- 
dian plant,  of  which  horses  are  madly 
fond,  or  which  makes  them  /nad,  Theocr. 
2,  48.— 2.  a  small  black  fleshy  substance 
on  the  forehead  of  a  new-born  foal,  sup-  I 
posed  to  be  usu.  eaten  off  by  the  | 


ΙΠΠΟ 

dam,  and  eagerly  sought  to  be  used 
as  a  φίλτρον,  Arist.  H.  A.  8,  24,  9,  cf. 
Virg.  Aen.  4,  516.— 3.  α  humour  let  drop 
by  a  mare  a-horsing,  used  for  like  pur- 
poses, Arist.  lb.  6,  18,  λ'οββ  Virg.  G. 
3, 280.     Hence 

Ίππομανία,  ας,  η,  a  mad  love  for 
horses,  for  racing,  etc.,  Luc. 

Ίπποίΐύραθρον,  ov,  τό,  horse-fennel, 
a  large  kind,  in  Theophr.  ϊππειον  μ., 
V.  'ίππος  VI. 

Ίππομΰχέω,  ύ,  to  fight  on  horseback, 
Thuc.  4,  124:  and 

Ίππομΰχία,  ας,  η,  a  horse-fight, 
skirmish  of  horse,  Thuc.  4,  72  :  from 

Ίππομάχος,  ov,  {'ίππος,  μάχομαι) 
fighting  on  horseback,  a  trooper,  Bocllh 
Inscr.  2,  p.  38  :  Luc.  Macrob.  [«J 

Υίππόμαχος,  ov,  6,  Hippomiichus,  a 
Trojan,  Jl.  12,  189.— 2.  a  seer  of  Leu- 
cadia,  Hdt.  9.  38.-3.  one  of  the  thir- 
ty tyrants  in  Athens,  Xen.  Hell.  2,  3, 
2. — Others  in  Paus. ;  etc. 

νίππομέδονσα.  ης,  ή,  Hippomedusa, 
a  daughter  of  Danaus,  Apoilod. :  fern, 
from 

νίππομεδων,  οντος,  ό,  Hippomedon, 
son  of  Aristomachus,  (ace.  to  Soph, 
of  Talaus)  one  of  the  '  Seven  against 
Thebes,'  Aesch.  Theb.  488  ;  Soph.  O. 
C.  1317.— 2.  son  of  Agesilans,  Polyb. 
νίππομένης,  ονς,  ό,  Htppomenes, 
father  of  Megareus,  king  of  Onches- 
tus,  Apoilod. — 2.  grandson  of  foreg., 
conquered  Atalanta  in  running,  and 
obtained  her-  hand  in  marriage, 
Theocr.  3,  40,  cf  Apoilod.  3,9,2.-3. 
one  of  the  ten-year  aichons,  a  Codrid, 
Nic.  Damasc. 

Ίππόμητις,  ό,  ή,  {'ίππος,  μητις) 
skilled  in  horses  or  in  riding,  Pind. 

Ίππομΐγης,    ες,    {'ίππος,    μιγννμι) 

partly  a  horse,  half-horse  half-man,  Ael. 

Ίππυ/ιολγία,  -μο/^γός,—ϊππημ. 

Ίππόμορφος,  ov.  {  'ίππος,  μορφή  ) 

horse-shaped,  horse-like.  Plat.  Phaedr. 

253  C. 

Ίππομίφμηξ,  ηκος.  ό,  {Ιππος,  μνρ- 
μηξ)  α  horse-ant,  Arist.  Η.  Α.  :  ν.  Luc. 
V.  Η.  1,  12,  16. 

νίππόνϊκος,  ον,  ό,  Hipponicus,  son 
of  Callias.  a  rich  Athenian,  Hdt.  6, 
121. — 2.  grandson  of  foreg.,  son  of 
Callias,  a  commander  of  the  Athe- 
nians at  Taiiagra,  Thuc.  3,  91. — 3. 
a  commander  of  Philip  of  Macedon, 
Dem.  125,  24. 

νίππονόη,ης,'ί),  Hipponoe,  a  Nereid, 
Hes.  Th.  251. 
ΥΙππονοίόας,  a,  ό,   Hipponoidns,  a 
leader  of  the  Lacedaemonians,  Thuc. 
5,71. 

Ίππονομενς,  έως,  b,  {'ίππος,  νέμω) 
η  horse-keeper. 
ΥΙππονόμη,  ης,  ή,  Hippondme,  daugh- 
ter of  Menoeceus,  Apoilod. 

Ίππονόμος,  ov,  {'ίππος,  νέμω)  keep- 
ing horses. 

νϊππόνοος,  ov,  ό,  Hipponous,  a  son 
of  Priam,  Apoilod. — 2.  father  of  Ca 
paneus  and  Periboea,  Id. — 3.  a  Gre 
cian  hero  before  Troy,  II.  11,  303. 

Ίππονώμας,  ov,  ό,  {'ίππος,  νωμάω] 
guiding,    driving    horses,    Eur.     Hipp. 
1399,  Ar.  Nub.   571,  and  so  Pors.  m 
Soph.  Aj.  231,  ubi  Herm.  ίππονώμονς. 
Ιππόομαι,  v.  Ιππόω. 
Ίπποπέδη,  ης,  ή.  {'ίππος,  πέδη)  α 
horse-fetter. — II.  α  kind  of  cj/rne,  Procl. 
Ίπποπήραι.  ων,  αϊ,  {ίππος,  πήρα) 
saddle-bags,  Seneca. 
iΊππόπoδεζ,  ων,   οΐ,  {Ιππος,  πονς] 
the  Hippopodes,  {horse-footed),  a  people 
of  European  Sarmatia,  Dion.  P. 

Ίπποποίητος,  ov,  {'ίππος,  ποιέω) 

made  or  caused  by  a  horse,  κήρ,  Anth. 

Ίπποπόλος,   ov,   {'ίππος,   πο?ιέω) 

busied  with  horses,  a  rider  or  driver  o, 

669 


ΙΠΠΟ 

horsesf  epilh.  of  the  Thracians,  II.  13, ' 
4;  14,227.  j 

ΊττπότΓορνος•,  ov,  ό,  η,  (Ιππος,  πόρ-  ; 
νος)  nt  ejtcessive  prostitute,  Alciphr., 
cf.  ΊτΓττό  ίίΐΜς  and  νττπος  VI. 

'iTTTo.TOru/iof,  ου.ο,  {ί~πος,  ποτά• 
(ιός)  the  river-horse  of  Aegypt,  hippopo' 
tainiis,  Strab. :  in  Hdt.  2,  71,  and 
Arist.  H.  Α.,  Ιππος  ποτάμιος. 

'{πττοπών,ης,  ου,  δ,  [ίππος,  πωλέω) 
α  horseiiealcr. 

ΊΙΙΙΙΟΣ,  ον,  ό.  α  horse,  ή,  α  mare, 
hrst  in  Ηοιη. :  he  uses  both  genders, 
but  most  freq.  fem.  ;  lor,  as  the  an- 
cients did  not  cut  their  horsps,  the 
mare  was  most  vised  :  to  mark  the 
gender  strongly,  he  says  in  full,  θή• 
λεες  i..  11.  5,  26'J,  or  i.  diptiai,  11.  11, 
681,  and  ύρσενες  I,  Od.  13,  81  .—the 
plur.  ϊπποι  in  Horn,  is  the  pair  of 
horses  in  the  chariot,  and  hence  also 
the  chariot  itself,  e.  g.  άφ'  'ίππων,  from, 
the  chariot,  11.  5,  13 ;  so,  καθ'  ίππαν 
ΰλ7ιεαθαι,  ίξ Ιππων  3ήααι,  II. ;  ίππων 
ίπιβησόμενοΓ,  in  intent  to  mount  his 
chariot,  11.  5,  40  : — opp.  to  πεζοί,  Od. 
14,  267.  cf.  9,  49  ;  Ιπποι  re  και  ΰνέ- 
ρες,  II.  2,  551 ;  '/.αός  τε  και  ίπποι,  18, 
153  : — in  all  such  cases  heroes  in 
their  chariots  are  meant,  opp.  to  those 
on  foot  with  their  shields ;  for  horse- 
men or  cavalry  are  never  spoken  of 
by  Horn. :  later,  ίπποι  και  πεζοί, 
horse  and  foot. — II.  r/  ίππος,  the  horse, 
Lat.  equitaiiis,  first  in  Hdt.,  and  very 
freq.  in  Att. ;  always  in  sing.,,,eveii  | 
with  numerals,  e.  g.  χιλίη  ίππος,  as 
we  say  '  a  thousand  hor.se,'  etc.,  Hdi. 
7,  41  :  Ιππος  τρισμνρία,  Aesch.  Pers. 
315:  ή  διακοσία  ίππος.  Thuc.  1,  61. 
— III.  a  sea-fish,  Antim.  Fr.  18:  but, 
ίππος  ποτάμιος,  the  hippopntanms, 
Hdt.  2,  71. — IV.  a  lewd  woman,  Ael.  : 
also  (oT  pudenda  mulicbria  01"  virilia. —  V. 
a  complaint  of  the  eyes,  such  that  they 
are  always  winking,  Hipp.  ap.  Gal. 
■ — VI.  in  compos  ,  it  expressed  any 
thin^g  large  or  coarse,  as  in  our  horse- 
cheslniit,  horselaugh,  v.  Ίππόκρημνος, 
-μάραθρον,  -σέλιΐ'ον,  -rvoia,  -πόρνος, 
cf.  fiov:  (Through  the  dialectic  form 
Ικκος  we  trace  its  identity  with 
Sanscr.  αρυα,  Lat.  eqtius  ;  the  Pers. 
esp  also  is  between  both ;  Pott 
Etym.  Forsch.  2,  256.) 
Υϊππος,  ov,  !>,  Hippus,  a  river  of 
Colchis,  a  tributary  of  the  Phasis, 
Strab. 

Ίπποσέΐϊνην,  ov,  τό.  (ίππος,  σέλι- 
νον)  horse-parsley,  a  large  kind,  The- 
ophr. ;  hence,  γελάν  ίπποσέλινα, 
Pherecr.  Pers.  2. 

ΥΙπποαθένης,  ονς,  ό,  Hipposthines, 
a  Spartan,  the  first  victor  in  the 
wrestling  of  boys,  01.  37,  Pans.— 2. 
an  envoy  of  Hieronymus  of  Syracuse, 
Polyb. 

Ίπποσόας,  ov,  ό.  ( ίππος,  σενω) 
driver  of  horses,  Pinil.  P.  2,  119,  I.  5, 
40. 

Ίπποσόος,  a,  ov,  (ίππος,  σενω)~ 
foveg.,  Pind.  O.  3,  47,  in  fein.  form. 

ΊπποστΛσία,  ας,  ή,  App. ;  and 

Ίτποστύσιον,  ου,  To,=sq.,  Lys.  ap. 
Poll.  9,  50. 

Ίππόστΰσις.  εως,  η,  {ίππος,  Ιστα- 
μαι)  α  stable,  Polyb.  :  hence  metaph., 
Άελίον  κνεφαία  ίππόστασις,  the  dark 
stable  of  the  sun,  i.  e.  the  west,  Eur. 
Ale.  .')94  ;  but  conversely,  Έω  φαεν- 
νάν  ίβ.ίον  θ'  ίππυστύσεις,  of  the  cast, 
Id.  Phaeth.  1. 

νίππόστρατος,  ου,  ό,  Hippostrutus, 
inasc.  pr.  η.,  Apollod. ;  Arr. ;  etc. 

Ιπποσύνη,  ης,  ή.  {ίππος)  the  art  of 

driving   and  using  the  war-chariot,  m 

genl.  driving,  II.  4,  303  ;  also  in  plur., 

11.  16,  776,  Od.  24,  40 :  later,  riding. 

670 


mno 

— \1.=:ΐππος  Π.,  the  horse  of  an  army, 
Orac.  ap.  Hdt.  7,  141  [v] :  hence 

Ίππόσϋνος,  η,  ον,=^ίππικός,  Eur. 
Or.  1389,  though  Pors.  seems  to  m.ike 
Ιπποσύνη  Dor.  gen.  from  a  nom.  ιπ- 
ποσύνης. 

Ίππότΰ,  ό,  Ep.  form  for  Ιππότης, 
oft.  in  II. 

^'Ιπποτάύης,  ov,  δ,  son  OT  descendant 
of  Hippotes,  i.  e.  Aeolus,  Od.  10,  2. 

Ίπποτέκτων,  όνος,  ό,  {ίππος,  τέκ- 
νων) the  maker  of  the  Trojan  horse,  Lyc. 

Ιππότης,  ου,  ό,  {ίππος)  a  driver  or 
rider  of  horses,  a  horseman,  kjtighl,  Hdt. 
7,  55,  etc.,  and  Att. ;  Hom.  always 
uses  Ep.  form  ίππότα  as  epith.  of  he- 
roes, esp.  of  ISestor: — also  as  adj., 
λείος  ιππότης,  the  horse,  horsemen, 
Aesch.  Theb.  80,  Soph.  O.  C.  899. 

νίππότης,  ov.  b,  Hippotes,  father  of 
Aeolus,  Ap.  Rh.  4,  778  :  v.  Ίπποτύ- 
δης. — 2.  son  of  Phylas,  Apollod. 

Ίππότιγρις,  ιόος,  ό.  {ίππος,  τίγρις) 
α  large  kind  of  tiger,  Dio  C. 

Ίππότϊλος,  ov,  ό,  {ίππος,  τιλύω) 
diarrhoea  of  horses. 

Ίππότις,  ιόος,  fem.   of   Ιππότης, 
Tryph. 
ΥΙπποτίων,  ωνος,   ό,    Hippotion,   a 
Phrygian,  II.  13,792:  14,  514. 

Ίπποτοξύτης,  ov,  b,  {ίππος,  τοξό- 
της) a  mounted  bowman.,  horse-archer, 
as  the  Persians,  Hdt.  9,  49 ;  of  the 
Scythians,  Id.  4, 46  ;  the  Getae,  Thuc. 
2,  96  :  seemingly  also  α  kind  of  light- 
horse  among  the  Greeks,  v.  Ar.  Av. 
1179. 

Ίπποτρΰγέλΰφος,  ov,  ό,  {ίππος, 
τράγος,  ί'λαφος)  a  horse-goat-slag,  a 
fabulous  monster,  Ath.  497  F. 

Ίπποτροφεΐον,  ov,  τό,  a  place  for 
breeding  or  keeping  horses,  a  stable, 
Strab. :  from 

Ίπποτροφέω,  ω,  f.  -ήσω,  perf.  Ιπ- 
ποτετρόφηκα,  Lycurg.,  (ΐππος,τρέφω) 
to  breed  or  keep  hor.ses. — II.  to  use  as 
fodder,  Ίππ.  ποαν,  Diosc. 

Ίπποτροφία,  ας,  y,  (ίπποτρόφος)  a 
breeding  or  keeping  of  horses,  esp.  for 
racing,  Simon.  147  ;  ίπποτροφίας  νό- 
μιζε iv,  Pind.  I.  2,  55.  cf  Thuc.  6,  12: 
also  for  the  service  of  the  state,  Heind. 
Plat.  Lys.  205  C. 

Ίππστροφικός,  ή,  όν,  of,  belonging 
to  a  ίπποτρόώος :  hence,  ή  -κή,  sub. 
τέχνη,=^ίπποτροΦία,  Clem.  ΑΙ. 

Ίπποτρόφων,  ov,  τό,  =  Ιπποτρο- 
φεΐον. 

Ίπποτρόφος,  ον,  {ίππος,  τρέφω) 
horse -feedins,  abounding  in  horses,  Hes. 
Op.  505  :  of  persons,  breeding  and  keep- 
ins  race. horses,  Pind.  I.  4,  23,  Dem. 
331,  18. 

Ίπποτνφία,  ας,  η,  {ίππος,  τνφος) 
horse-pride,  i.  e.  excessive  pride  or  con- 
ceit, Luc. 

Ίππονκρήνη,  ης,  ή,  {ίππος,  κρήνη) 
Hippocrene,  the  horse\^  well  on  Hslicon, 
sacred  to  the  Muses,  said  to  have 
sprung  out  where  the  hoof  of  Pega- 
sus struck  the  earth,  Hes.  Th.  6. 

Ίππούραιον,  ov,  τό,=  ίππονρις,  a 
horse-tail.  A  rat. 

Ίππονρεύς.  έως,  ό,=ίππονρος  II. 

I,  Hices.  ap.  Ath.  304  C. 
Tnrroi'ptr,  ιύος,  ή,   {ίππος,  ονρύ) 

as  adj.  fem.,  horse-tailed,  decked  with  a 
hor.ie-tail,  freq.  in  Horn.  (esp.  II.)  as 
epitli.  of  κόρνς,  κννέη  and  τρνφύ?ι,εια, 
but  only  in  noin.  and  ace.  ϊππονριν. — 

II.  as  subst.,  a  horse-tail,  Ael. :  nence 
— 2.  a  water-plant,  mare^s-lail,  equise- 
tum,  Diosc. — .3.  a  complaint  in  the  groin, 
caused  by  constant  riding,  Hipp.,  but 
dub. 

\'\ππονρίς,  ίδος,  η,  Hippfiris,  now 
Hermonisi,  one  of  the  Sporades  near 
Thera,  Ap.  Rh.  4,  1712. 


ΙΠΤΟ 

ΊίΓΤΓουοοί-,  ov,  {Ιππος,  ουρά)  hont• 
tailed. — II.  as  subst.  ό  ίττττ. — 1.  a  sea- 
fish,  hippurus,  Epich.  p.  35. — 2.  Me 
squirrel,  elsewh.  σκίουρος. — 3.  α  kind 
ol  insect  with  a  bushy  tail. 

Ίπποφάές,  εης  or  έως,  τό,  an  un• 
known  plant,  Hipp. 

Ίππόφαιστον,  ov,  τό,  an  unknown 
plant,  Diosc. 

Ίππόφεως,  ω,  ό,  θΆ\.,=  Ιππο(ΐ)αές. 

Ίππόφλομος,  ον,  ό,  α  large  kind  οί 
mullein,  or  -verbascum,  Plin. 

Ίπποφηβύς,  άόος,  ή,  {ίππος,  φο' 
βέω)  fear  of  horses,  name  of  a  fabu- 
lous plant, Plin. 

Ίπποφορι3εύς,  έως,  ό,=  Ιπποφορ3ός. 

Ίπποφορβία,  ας,  ?/,=  Ιπποτροφία, 
Plat.  Polit.  299  D. 

Ίπποφόρβιον,  ον,  τό,  =  ίπποτρο- 
φεΐον, α  stable.  Eur.  El.  623. — II.  α 
troop  of  horses,  Hdt.  4,  110,  Xen.  Hell. 
4,  6,  6. 

Ίπποφορβός,  όν,  {ίππος,  φέρβω)=: 
Ιπποτρόφος,  α  horse-keeper.  Plat.  Polit. 
261  D:  αυλός  Ιππ.,  a  flute  used  by 
Ιπποφορβοί. 

Λ'Ιπποχιίρμης,  ov.  ό,  [ίππος,  χάρμτ/) 
=Ιππιοχάρμης,  Pind. 

Ίππόω,  ώ,  i.  -ώσω,  {ίππος)  to  make 
into  a  horse :  pass,  to  have  the  concep- 
tion or  impression  of  a  horse,  opp.  to 
really  seeing  one,  Pkit.  2,  1120  D. 

νίππν^Λος,  ov,  ό.  Hippy lliis,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  an  Athenian.  Ar.  Vesp.  1301. 

ΥΊππνς.  νος,  b.  Hippy s,  a  historian 
of  Rhegium  ;  in  Ath.  31  B.  Ιππίας, 
νίππώ,  ονς,  ή,  Hippo,  a  daughter 
of  Oceanus,  Hes.  Th.  351. — 2.  an  Am- 
azon, Callim.  Dian.  239. — 3.  daughter 
of  Scedasus,  Paus. 

Ίππώόης,  ες,  {ίππος,  είδος)  horse- 
like,  Xen.  Eq.  1,  11. 

Ίππων,  ώνος,  ό,  a  place  for  horse»; 
and  so — 1.  η  .stable,  Xen.  Eq.  4,  1.•~ 
II.  a  posting-house,  station,  Id.  Cyr.  8 
6,  17. 

νίππων,  ωνος,  ό,  Hippon,  a  philos- 
opher of  Melos,  Anst. — 2.  a  physi- 
cian, Phit. — II.  Hippo,  a  city  of  Afri- 
ca west  of  Utica,  Strab. — 2.'a  city  of 
Numidia,  Ίππων  ό  βασΰ.ικός.  Hippo 
Regius,  near  mod.  Bona,  Id. 

"Ιππωνα.  ή,  the  horse-goddess,  Lat. 
Epona.  Orell.  Inscr.  Lat.  n.  1792-94, 
also  Equeias  ;  cf.  Juv.  8,  157. 

Υλππώναξ,  ακτής,  ό,  Ηιρρόηαχ,  a 
lyric  poet,  of  Ephesus,  a  writer  oi 
iambics,  Ar.  Ran.  661. — Others  in 
Plut.,  etc. 

Ίππωνεία,  ας,  f),  a  buying  of  horses, 
Xen.  Hipparch.  1,  12;  and 

Ίππωνέω,  ω,  to  buy  horses,  Xen. 
Hipparch.  I,  14,  Eq.  11,  13  :  from 

Ίππώνης,  ov,  ό,  {ίππος,  ώνέομαι) 
a  buyer  of  horses.     Hence 

Ίππωνία,  7ΐ,=1ππωνεία. 
νίππωνιύτης,  ov,  ό,  κό7^πος,  Lat. 
Vibonensis   Sinus,  gulf  of  Hipponium, 
now  di  St.  Eufcmia,  a  gulf  of  Brut- 
tium,  Strab.  [u]     From 

ΥΙππώνιον,  ov,  τό,  Hipponium,  af- 
terwards Vibo  Valentin,  now  Monte 
Leone,  a  town  of  Bruttium,  Strab.; 
οί  Ίππωνιΰται,  the  inhab.  of  Hippo- 
nium, Diod.  S. 
ΥΙππώνιος,  a,  ov,  of  or  belonging  to 
Hipponium,  Lyc. — 2.  of  or  belonging  to 
Hippon,  Ath.  654  A. 

"Ιπταααι,  fut.  πτήσομαι :  aor.  ίπ• 
την  aiin  έπτάμην,  ciep.  mid.  c.  aor.  2 
act.,  to  fly,  Att.  I^orm  o(  πέτομαι,  q.  v., 
and  freq.  in  Luc,  and  later  writers, 
V.  Lob.  Phryn.  325. 

Ίπτομαι,  f.  Ιψομαι,  dep.  mid. : — to 
press  hard,  press  down,  afllict,  distress, 
usu.  in  metaph.  signf.,  μέγα  'npao 
?ι,αόν  ^Αχαιών,  heavily  hast  thou  press- 
ed upon  them,  II.  1,  454  ;  16,  237  :  so 


IPO 

too,  τάχα  Ι-φεται  νΙας  Αχαιών,  II.  2, 
193  :  in  genl.  to  hurt,  harm,  like  β7,ύ-- 
Tb>,  Theocr.  30, 19. — Act.  Ιτττω  seems 
not  to  be  used  by  any  good  author. 
(From  the  root  ί'τοί,ΐπ-όω,  hence  ένίπ- 
rw,  ένιπή,  q.  v.) 

Ίπνα,  τ/,^σίπνα,  Lob.  Phryn.  301. 

Ίτνωσις,  εως,  η,  (ίττόω)  a  pressing 
hard  or  tight,  Hipp,  [i] 

Ίρά,  ru,  Ion.  and  Ep.  for  Ιερά, 
Horn,  [t] 

Ίραί,  Ipat  or  Ipat,  ων,  αϊ,  v.  1.,  II. 
18,  531,  for  είραι,  v.  είρη-  [i] 

"Ιραξ,  ΰκος,  ό,  contr.  lor  ίέραξ-  [i\ 

Ίρύομαι,  Ion.  for  Ίεράομαί.  [t] 
f'lpuffa,  ων,  ~(ί,  Irasa,  a  beautiful 
region   of  Africa,  south  of  Cyrene, 
Hdt.  4,  158  :  ace.  to  Pind.  also  a  city 
of  the  same,  9,  185. 

Ίρέα,  ας,  η.  Dor.  for  Ιέρεια,  a  priest- 
ess, Bockh  Pind.  P.  4,  5,  nisi  scri- 
bend.  Ipia  from  ίερία.  [i] 

Ίρέη,  ίρει-η,  ίρηίη,  ή.  Ion.  for  ιέ- 
ρεια :  all  three  m  Hdt. 

"Ιρερος,  ό,  v.  1.  for  είρερος.  [t] 

Ίρεύς,  ήος,  ό,  Ion.  and  Ep.  for  Ιε- 
ρεύς, Horn,  [i] 

Ίρενυ,  Ion.  and  Ep.  for  Ιερεύω,  Od. 
IT,  181,  etc.  [i] 

νΐρή,  ης,  ή,  better  Ίρη,  Ire,  a  city  of 
Messenia,  II.  9,  150 :  ace.  to  Paus. 
the  later  Ά.βία ;  ace.  to  Strab.=  E<pa 

Ίριμη,  r/ς,  ή.  Ion.  for  ιέρεια,  Hdt. 
2,53. 

ΊρήΙον,  ου,  τό,  Ion.  for  ΊερεΙον. 

Ίρην,  ένος,  ό,  Ion.  for  εΐρήν,  Hdt. 
9,85. 

'Ιρηξ,  ηκος,  ό.  Ion.  and  Ep.  for  ίέ- 
ραξ, Hom.,  and  Hes.  [l] 

Ίρία,  ή,  V.  ίρέα. 

Ίβίνεος,  έα,  εον,=  Ιρινος,  Nic. 

ΊρΙνήμικτος,  ον,  (Ιρινος,  μίγνυμι) 
mixed  with  iris-oil,  Philox.  ap.  Ath. 
490  C.  [ip] 

"Ιρϊνος,  η,  ον,  {Ιρις  III.)  made  from 
the  iris,  μνρον,  Alex.  Έ,ίςοικ.  1.  [ί] 

Χ'Ιρις.  ως  and  ιόος,  ό,  the  Ins,  a 
river  of  Pontus  emptying  into  the 
Eusine  near  Amisus,now</)e  Tokaila, 
Xen.  An.  5,  6,  9 :  Ap.  Rh.  2.  965. 

'Ιρις-  ιδος,  ή,  ace.  Ίριν,  voc.  Ίρι : — 
Iris,  the  messenger  of  the  gods  among 
themselves,  II.  8,  398,  or  more  freq. 
from  gods  to  men,  II.  2,  786,  etc. ;  but 
conversely  in  II.  23,  198,  she  is  the 
earner  of  Achilles'  wishes  :  she  is  the 
helper  and  attendant  of  Venus  in  II. 
5,  353,  368  :  her  epithets  all  point  to 
swiftness,  ταχεία,  ΰελλόηος,  ποδή- 
νεμος,  τΐόόας  ωκέα,  χρνσότττερος  •'  in 
Od.  she  is  never  named,  Mercury  be- 
ing there  the  sole  messenger  of  the 
gods  :  Hes.,Th.  780,  calls  her  daugh- 
ter of  Thaumas  and  Electra:  later 
the  attendant  and  messenger  of  Juno. 
(Usu.  deriv.  from  ερώ,  εϊρω,  the  speak- 
er, announcer,  cf.  'Ipof  ."  Herm.  derives 
it  from  εΙρω,  sero,  as  if  Sertia.)    Hence 

'Iptf,  ιόος,  also  ιος  and  εως,  late, ;)  ; 
ace.  ipiv  as  well  as  Ιριόα  :  the  rainbow, 
in  Horn.,  as  in  Old  Test,  a  sign  to 
men  {τέρας  μερόττων  άνθρώ~υν),  II. 
11,  27;  also  impersonated  as  mes- 
senger between  God  and  man,  v. 
foreg. ;  in  II.  1.  c.  serpents  are  Ιρισσιν 
έοικότες,  from  the  play  of  colours  in 
their  skin. — II.  any  bright-coloured  cir- 
cle surrounding  another  body,  as  the 
iris  of  the  eye,  Gal. — III.  the  plant 
iris,  a  hind  of  lily  with  an  aromatic 
root,  from  which  the  Ipivov  μνρον 
was  made,  Theophr. : — in  this  signf 
some  of  the  ancients  wrote  it  oxyt. 
ίρίς,  ioor.  Bust.  391,  33.   [i] 

Ίριώόης,  ες,  (Ιρις,  είδος)  like  the 
rainbow,  Arist.  Meteor,  [ip] 

'Ipo-,  Ion.  and  Ep.  contr.  for  ίερο-. 
[hence  i.] 


ΙΣΑΜ 

Ίροδρόμος,  ον,  ό,  {ipo-,  δραμεΐν)  1 
poet,  for  ίεροδρ.,  running  in  the  sacred 
races,  Anth.  [t] 

Ίρόν,  ον,  τό.  Ion.  for  ίερόν.  [t] 

Ίροργίη,  ης,  ή.  Ion.  for  Ιερουργία, 
Hdt.  5,  83,  ubi  al.  Ιρονργίη.  ^     | 

'Ipof,  ή,  όν.  Ion.  and  lip.  for  ιερός, 
Hom. ;  and  so  in  all  compds.  [i] 

'Ipof,  ov,  ό,  Irus,  a  name  given  by 
the  suitors  to  the  Ithacan  beggar  Ar- 
naeus,  Od.  18,  5  sq. ;  prob.  from  Ίρις, 
the  messenger,  servant :  hence  later  as 
appellat.,  an  Irus,  i.  e.  a  beggar. — 2. 
father  of  Eurytion,  Ap.  Rh.  1,  72.— 
II.  in  Lye.  905,  a  city  of  Thessaly. 

Ίροφάντης,  ό.  Ion.  for  ίεροφ.  [t] 
νίρτϊηνοί,  and  Ίρ-ϊνοί,  ών,  ol,  the 
Hirplni,  a  people  of  Italy,  Strab. 
ί'Ιββα,  ας,  ή,  Irrha,  daughter  of  Ar- 
rhabeus,  Strab. 

Ίρωστί,  adv.,  Ion.  for  ίερωστί,  in 
sacred  fashion,  Anacr.  118. 

Ίρίοσύνη,  ης,  ή,  Ion.  ior  ίερωσύνη, 
priesthood,  Hdt.  4,  161. 

'If  or  ϊς,  old  demonstr.  pron.  he  or 
she,  hence  Lat.  is,  v.  sub  I. 

'12,  ή,  gen.  ίνυς,  ace.  Iva,  nora.  pi. 
Ινες,  dat.  Iveai : — strength, force,  nerve, 
Lat.  vis,  oft.  in  Hom.,  with  strength- 
ening epithets : — very  freq.  in  periphr. 
like  βίη,  etc.,  esp.  ίερη  ϊς  Ύη/ι,εμά- 
χοίο,  the  strong  I^elemachus,  Od.  ;  so, 
κρατερή  Ίς  Όδνσηυς,  11.  23,  720  ;  and 
in  twofold  periphr.  if  βίης  Ήρακ?.η- 
είης,  Hes.  Th.  332 :  so  too,  if  άνέ- 
μοιο  freq.  in  Hom.,  I'f  ποταμοΐο,  II. 
21,  356. — II.  the  seat  of  strength  or 
force,  a  sinew,  inuscle,  esp.  of  the  strong 
sinews  of  the  neck,  and  so  the  neck, 
II.  17,  522,  hence  iviov : — elsewh. 
Hom.  uses  in  this  signf  only  plur. 
Ινες,  II.  23,  191,  Od.  11,219;  he  also 
has  νεΐ'ρα,  II.  16,  316;  and  this  be- 
came the  usu.  phrase. — III.  in  Hipp., 
and  Arisl.  Ινες  are  the  fibrous  vessels 
in  the  muscles,  Lat.  fibrae  ;  also  the 
fibrin  in  blood,  dub. :  in  Theophr. 
also  the  vessels  or  fibres  of  plants. 
(Orig.  it  had  the  digamma,  Fi'f,  as  in 
Lat.  vis,  and  so  prob.  it  is  akin  to 
βίος,  vivere :  also  to  ίνις,  ισχύς.)  [t 
always.] 

+'if.  ή,  Is,  a  town  of  Babylonia,  on 
the  Euphrates,  Hdt.  1,  179:  near  it 
a  river  of  same  name,  a  tributary  of 
the  Euphrates,  famed  for  asphaltum. 
— In  Lye.  also  a  river  of  Italy,  724. 

Ίσα,  Ίσα,  neut.  plur.  of  Ισος,  Ισος, 
q.  v.,  used  as  adv.,  Hom. 

νίσαύκ,  indecl.  and  Ίσακος,  ov,  Jo- 
seph., ό,  Isaac,  masc.  pr.  n.,  son  of 
Abraham,  N.  T. 

Ίσάγγελος.  ov,  {Ισος,  άγγελος)  like 
an  angel,  N.  T. 

νίσαγόρας,  ov,  ό,  Isagoras,  an  Athe- 
nian archon  01.  68,  1  :  son  of  Tisan- 
der,  a  leader  of  the  aristocrats  in 
Athens,  Hdt.  5,  66,  69,  sqq. 

νίσάδας,  a,  6,  Isadas,  a  Spartan, 
Plut.  Ages.  34.       ^ 

Ίσάδελφος,  ov,  {Ισος,  άδε?ίφός)  like 
a  brother,  Eur.  Or.  1015.  [ά] 

Ίσύ^ω,  f  -άσω,  {Ίσος)  to  make  equal, 
II.  12.  435.  Mid.  to  make  or  hold  equal 
to  another,  c.  dat.,  ίσύσκετο  ΑητοΙ, 
II.  24,  607.— II.  iiitr,  to  be  equal.  Plat. 
Legg.  773  A.  [t  in  Hom. ;  ϊ  Att.,  and 
in  later  Ep.,  as  Nic] 

Ίσαϊος,  αία,  αΐον,  poet,  for  Ισος, 
Call.  Jov.  63.  [I] 

t'Jffuiof,  ov,  0,  Isaexis,  a  celebrated 
orator  at  Athens,  teacher  of  Demo- 
sthenes, Plut.,  etc. 

Ίσαίω,  poet,  for  Ισύζω,  Nic.  [t] 
Ίσύκϊς,  adv.  from  Ισος,  the  same 
number  of  times,  as  ynany  times.  Plat. 
Rpp.  516  C,  etc.  [ίσα] 
Λσύμι,  Dor.  for  ισημι,  q.  v. 


ΙΣΗΑ 

'Ισύμι?,?.ος,  ov,  (Ισος,  άμιλλα)  eqtuP 
in  the  race,  Ισύμιλ?Μ  δραμεΐν  τινί, 
Anth.:  in  genl.  e^ua/.  [ά] 

'\σαν,  they  xveni,  3  plur.  impf.  Ep. 
of  εΙμι,  oft.  in  Hom. — II.  thei/  knew, 
3  plur.  plqpf  Ep.  of  οΐόα,  II.  18,  405 
Od.  4,  772.  [t] 

Ίσανδρος,  ov,  {ίσος,  άνήρ)  like  a 
man. 
ΫΙσανδρος,  ου,  6,  Isandrus,  son  of 
Bellerophon,   11.   6,    197,  203. 

Ίσύνεμος.  ov,  {.Ισος,  άνεμος)  twift 
as  the  wind,  Eur.  1.  A.  206.  [a] 
νίσάνθης,  ονς,  6,  Isanthes,  a  Thra- 
cian  king,  Ath.  536  D. 
νίσάνωρ,  ορός,  6,  Isanor,  a  Spartan 
ephor,  Xen.  Hell.  2,  3, 10, 

Ισάξιος,  ov,  (iffof,  άξιος)  of  equal 
worth,  Eccl. 

■fiCTup,  apof,  and  Ίσύρας,  δ,  the  Isar, 
now  Isere,  a  tributary  of  the  Rhone 
in  Gallia  Lugdunensis,  Strab. 

Ίσάργνρος,  ov,  {Ισος,  άργυρος)  like 
silver,  worth  its  weight  in  silver,  Aesch. 
Ag.  959,  Achae.  ap.  Ath.  689  B. 

Ισάριθμος,  ov,  {Ισος,  αριθμός)  equal 

in  number,  τινί.  Plat.  Tim.  41  D.  [u] 

t'lcapof ,  ov,  0,  the  Isarus,  now  Isar, 

a  tributary  of  the  Ister  in  Vindelicia, 

Strab. 

Ίσάρτητος,  ov,  {ίσος,  άρτάω)  in 
equipoise,  Philo. 

νίσαρχίδας,  ov,  ό,  Isarchidas,  a 
leader  of  the  Corinthians,  Thuc.  1, 
29  :  prop,  son  of  Isarchus,  from 
t'lffap^of,  ov,  ό,  Isarchus,  father  of 
foreg.,  Thuc.  1,  29. — Others  in  Diod. 
S.,  Ath.,  etc. 

Ίσασι,  3  plur.  from  οίδα,  Hom.  [ίσα] 

Ίσάσκετο,  [t]  Ep.  for  Ίσάζίτο,  3 
sing,  impf  mid.  from  ίσαζω,  11.  24, 
607. 

Ίσάστερος,  ov,  (Ισος,  αστήρ)  like  a 
star,  bright  as  a  star,  LXX. 
νίσασχάρ,  indecl.,  and  Ίσαχάρης, 
ov,  Joseph.,  6,  Isaschar  or  Isnchar, 
pr.  n.,  one  of  the  sons  of  Jacob ;  met 
the  tribe  of  Isaschar,  N.  T. 

Ίσάτίς,  ιδος,  ή,  a  plant  producing 
a  dark  dye,  woad,  Lat.  isatis  tinctnria, 
Hipp.     Hence 

Ίσατώδης,  ες,  {ίσάτις,  είδος)  like 
woad,  Hipp. 

Ίσαύδης,  ες,  (Ισος,  ανδή)  speaking 
or  sounding  like. 

νίσανρα,  uv,  τά,  Isaura,  a  city  of 
Isauria,  Strab. 

νίσανρία,  ας,  η,  Isauria,  a  region  of 
Asia  Minor  between  Cilicia  and  Ly- 
caonia,  usu.  considered  a  part  of  Pisi- 
dia,  Strab.:  also  η  Ίσανρική,  Id.; 
Ίσανρέων  ττό/.ις,  in  Diod.  β.^Ίσαυ- 
pa  :  οι  Ίσανροι,  the  I-iaurians. 

Ίσανροφόνος,  ov,  {Ίσηνροι,  *όίνω) 
Isaurian-slaying,  Anth.  P.  9,  656,  19. 

Ίσάχώς,  adv.  {Ισος)  in  the  same  num- 
ber of  ivays,  in  as  many  ways  as,  Ισ. 
τινί,  Arist.  Eth.  N.  [t] 

i'lσέaς•  ov,  ό,  Iseas,  a  tyrant  of  Ce- 
rynea,  Polyb. 

Ίσείον,  ov,  τό,  a  temple  of  Isia 
Plut.  [i] 

Ίσεια,  uv,  τά,  a  feast  of  Isis,  Diod. 

Ίσενννω,  (ίσος,  ενός)  to  be  of  the 
same  age,  v.  1.,  Hipp. 

Ίσηγορέω,  ώ,  usu.  in  mid.  -έσμαι, 
(Ίσος,  αγορεύω)  to  speak  like,  esp.  with 
the  same  freedom  as  another,  LXX, 
Hence 

Ισηγορία,  ας.  ή,  equal  freedom  of 
speech,  opinion,  etc..  Hdt.  5,  78  :  hence 
at  Athens  in  genl.,  like  ισονομία,  equal- 
ity, ίσ  και  ελευθερία,  Dem.  555.  16. 

Ίσήλΐκος,  η,  o^•,=  sq.,  Math.  Vett. 

Ίση/.ιξ,  ΐκος,  ό,  η,  (Ισος.  η/.ιξ)  of 
the  same  age  with,  τινί,  Xen.  Synip.  8 
1. — II.  of  the  sarne  stature  or  size. 
671 


ΙΣΘΜ 

Ίση,ιη  ιία,  ας,  ή,  (ίσο? ,  ημέρα)  the 
equinoj.;  ϊσ.  kapLvtj  and  φθινοπωρινή-, 
Arist.  Η.  λ.,μΐτοττωρινή,  Pint.  Hence 
Ίσημί'ρίνός,  ή,  όν,  equinoctial,  πνρος 
Ισ.,  wheat  sown  at  that  time,  The- 
ophr. :  ό  ia.  κύκλος,  the  equinoctial 
line  or  equator,  Pint. 

Ίσημέριος,  ία,  ων,  lasting  an  equal 
time,  Soph.  Fr.  692. 

Ίσήμαρος,  ov,  (ίσος,  ήμερα)— ιση- 
μερινός, Tlieophr. 

Ίσημι,  I  know:  hilt  of  the  prcs., 
we  only  find  Dor.  form  Ισΰμι  in  Pind., 
and  'I'lieocr.,  2  sin;?.  Ισ?ις,  3  sing.  Ισΰ- 
τι,  1  pi.  Ισΰιιεν.  Pind.  Ν.  7,  21,  part. 
Ίσης,  Pind.  P.  3,  52.  For  other  lorins 
which  seem  to  belong  to  this,  v.  Ισ- 
utv,  Ιι^μεν,  Ισασι,  Ισθι,  Ισαν,  v.  sub 
*e((!(j  Β.  [t] 

Ίσήρετμος,  αν,  (iffof,  ίρετμός)  tvith 
as  many  oars  as,  Ισ.  rivi,  Eur.  I.  A. 
242. 

Ίσήρης,  ες,  {Ισος,  άρω)  equally  fit- 
ted: hence  in  genl.=;iaof,  la-  -ψήφοι, 
Eur.  I.  T.  1472. 

Ίσήριθμος,  ov,  poet,  for  ισάριθμος, 
Lye. 

Ίσθι,  know,  imperat.  of  oUa,  Od. , 
freq.  Att.  in  elliptic  form  εϋ  ισΗ'  ύτι, 
be  assured  of  it,  certainly  ;  εν  Ίσθι  also 
is  often  found  as  a  mere  parenthesis. 
— II.  ισθι,  be.  imperat.  of  tli'i.  Eur. 
Or.  1327:  Hdt.  1,  118hascompd.  πά- 
ρισθι. 

Ίσθμια,  ων,  τύ,  ν.  Ίσθμιον  III. 
Hence 

Ίσθμιάζω,ί-  -άσω,  to  attend  the  Isth- 
mian frames. 

'Ισθμιακός,  ή,  όν,  —  Ίσθμικός, 
Strab.:tro  ίσθμιακυν,  a  species  of 
garland  so  called,  Ar.  ap.  Ath.  G77  B, 
Fr.  11  f. 

Ίσθμιύς,  ύόος,  pccul.  fem.  of  foreg., 
Pind.  I.  8,  5  :  hence  αϊ  Ίσθμιάόες— 
τα  -Ισθμια,  Pind.  Ο.  13,  4ΰ:\Ίσθμιύ- 
ύες  στΓονδαί,  Isthmian  traces,  i.  e. 
truces  which  continue  as  long  as  the 
games  were  celebrating,  Thuc.  8,  9  : 
7/  Ίσθμίάς.  an  Isthmind,  i.  e.  a  space 
of  three  years,  the  interval  between 
two  successive  celebrations.  Apollod. 
— II.  Isthmias,  fem.  pr.  n.,  Dem.  1351, 
16. 

Ίσθμιαστής,  ov,  a,  (Ίσθμιάζω)  a 
spectator  at  the  Isthmian  games. 

Ίσθμικός,  ή,  όν,  {'\σθ/ιός)  of,  be- 
longing to  the  Isthmus,  lsthmi.an,  Paus. 
"Ισθμιον,  ov,  TO,  (ισθμός)  any  thing 
belonging  to  the  neck  or  throat,  esp.  a 
necklace,  Od.  18,  300:  also  a  kind  of 
crown  or  wrentk,  cf.  Ar.  Fr.  414  and 
Ισθμιακυν. — 11.  the  yicck  of  a  luine-jar  : 
in  genl.  any  narrow  passage :  also  a 
big-bellied  bottle  with  a  long  narrow  neck. 
Panofka  in  Nieh.  Rhein.  Mus.  2,  3, 
p.  451. — III.  Tu  Ίσθμια.  sub.  ιερά,  the 
Isthmian  games,  holden  on  the  Isth- 
mus of  Corinth,  .\r.  Pac.  879  ;  for  the 
time  of  year  when  they  were  held,  v. 
Arnolil  Thuc.  8,  9.  (Strictly  neut. 
from  ισθμιος.) 

Ίσθμιονίκης,  ov,  6,  [Ίσθμια,νΙκάω) 
a  conqueror  in  the  Isthmian  games. 

ΥΙσθμιόνϊκος,  ov,  o,  Isthmiomcus,  an 
Athenian,  Thuc.  5,  19. 

Ίσθαιος,  a,  ov,  also  ος,  ov,  Eur. 
Τ  road.  1098,  of  or  hflonging  to  the 
Isthmus,  Isthmian,  Pind.  O.  J  3,  4, 
Soph.,  etc. :  cf  Ίσθμιον. 
νίσθμιος,  ov,  ό,  Isthmius,  son  of  Te- 
jTienus,  Paus.  4,  3,  8 :  also  son  of 
Glaucus,  Id. 

Λσθμοειόής,  ές,  {ισθμός,  είδος)  like 
(jji  Isthmus. 

Ίσθαόθεν,  adv.,  frorn  the  Isthmus, 
Anth. 

Ίσθμόθι.  adv.,  on  the  Isthmus,  Anth. 
ΊσθμοΙ,  adv.,  on  the  Isthmus:  also, 
672 


ΙΣΚΩ 

έν  Ί.,  Simon.  67,  4,  cf.  Jac.  A.  P.  p. 
837. 

Ισθμός,  ov,  6,  a  neck,  any  narroxu 
passage  or  entrance,  Plat.  Tim.  69  Ε  : 
hence  metaph.,  βίον  βραχνν  ίσθμόν, 
Soph.  Fr.  146  : — 2.  α  7ieck  of  land  be- 
tween two  seas,  an  isthinits,  e.  g.  ό  t. 
τής  Χερσονήσου,  Hdt.  6,  36  :  esp.  as 
prop.  n.  the  Isthmus  of  Corinth,  as 
fem.  in  Pind.  O.  8,  64,  Hdt.  8,  40,  etc. 
Tlie  dat.  Ίσθμω  is  used  as  adv.,  as 
well  as  Ισθμοί  {\.  e.  Ίσθμώι),  Thuc. 
5,  18,  cf.  Πνθοΐ,  Ό?ινμπίασι.  In 
Dion.  P.  20,  also  a  long  narrow  ridge, 
with  the  sea  only  on  one  side.  (From 
εΙμι.  Ίθμα,  as  όνσμή,  όυϋμή  from  ύνω.) 
Ίσθμώδης,  ες,—  'Ισθμοειόής,  Thuc. 
7,  26. 

Ίσί,  poet,  for  Ιασι,  3  plur.  from 
εΙμι,  to  go,  Theogn.  716,  ace.  to 
Brunck,  but  v.  Buttm.  Ausf.  Gr.  2,  p. 
429. 

Ίσΐΰκός,  ή,  όν,  of  or  belonging  to 
Isis,  and  as  subst.  ό  Ί.,  a  priest  of 
Isis,  Diosc.  [i] 

ΊσκΪΓ,  άδος.  ή,  fem.  of  foreg.,  Jac. 
A.  P.  p.  96.  [id] 
νίσίας,   ov,  ό,  Isias,   an  ephor  in 
Sparta,  Xen.  Hell.  2,  3,  10. 

ΥΙσίδωρης,  ov,  ό,  Isidorus,  b  Xapa- 
κηνός,  a  historian  of  Charax  in  Bab- 
ylonia, Luc. — Others  in  Diog.  L.,  etc. 
'{σϊκιον,  ov,  TO,  or  Ίσικος,  ov,  ό,  a 
dish  of  meat  minced  very  small,  formed 
from  Lat.  insicium,  Jac.  A.  P.  11,212. 
[Ισϊ] 
ΥΙσιόνδα,  ή,  Isionda,  a  city  of  Pisi- 
dia  ;  ol  ΊσιονδεΙς,  the  inhab.  of  Ision- 
da, Polyb. 
γ\σιος,  ov,  ό,  Isius,  appell.  of  Alex- 
ander, an  Aetolian  leader,  Polyb. 

Ίσις,  ή,  gen.  Ίσιδος,  Ion.  Ίσιης, 
dat.  "Ισί,  ace.  Ίσα»,  Isis,  sister  and 
wife  of  Osiris,  an  Aegypt.  goddess, 
answering  to  the  Greek  Derneter 
(Ceres),  ace.  to  Hdt.  2,  59,  156: 
by  later  wr.  the  same  as  lo,  Apollod.  • 
sometimes  wrongly  written  paroxyt. 
Ίσις. 

Ίσκαι,  ών,  αϊ,  fungus  which  grows 
on  trees. 

νίσκαρίώτης,  ov,  6,  Iscariotes,  Ca- 
riothensis,  i.  e.  of  Kerioth,  a  town  of 
Judah,  N.  T. 
Ίσ/Cf,  he  spake,  v.  sub  Ίσκω  111. 
Ίσκ'λος.  ov,  ό.=νσκλυς. 
Ίσκω,  to  make  like,  Tivi  ri,  e.  g.  φω- 
νήν  ΰλόχοις  (for  φωνήν  φωνή  άλό- 
χων),  she  made  her  voice  like  (the 
voice  of)  their  wives,  Od.  4, 279  ;  Ίσκε 
TJjevOEa  τϊο'λλα  'λέγων  ίτύμοισιν  όμοια, 
speaking  many  lies  she  made  them 
like  truths,  i.  e.  seemed  to  speak  truth, 
Od.  19,  203.— n.  to  make  like  in  one's 
own  mind,  i.  e.  to  hold  or  think  like,  έμέ 
σοΙ  Ίσκοντες,  thinking  ine  like,  i.  e. 
taking  me  for,  you,  11.  16,  41  ;  so  too 
σε  τω  Ίσκοντες,  II.  11,  799  :  absol.,  Ίσ- 
κεν  έκαστος  άνι'/ρ.  every  one  raised  a 
likeness  or  image  in  his  mind,  i.  e.  fan- 
cied, supposed.  Od.  22,  31  :  cf.  Ισης, 
and  the  collat.  form  έισκω  from  είσος. 
— III.  Ίσκε,  Ίσκεν,^=ελεγεν,  he  spake, 
said  it,  Ap.  Rh.,  Theocr.,  Lye,  and 
later  poets.  In  Horn,  this  sense  was 
once  given  to  two  of  the  places  quo- 
ted above,  Od.  19,  203:  22,  31;  but 
the  Schol.  and  Eust.  long  ago  de- 
clared against  this,  explaining  the 
former  place  by  εϊκαζεν,  and  holding 
the  latter  to  be  interpolated :  many 
modern  critics  have  adopted  these 
views  ;  so  that  the  later  poets  seem 
to  have  introduced  this  usage  by  a 
misinterpretation  of  the  Homer,  pas- 
sages :  Buttm.  Catal.  in  voc,  Lexil. 
voc.  6,  would  read  Ίσττεν  as  an  old 
impf.  of  ειπείν. 


1Σ0Δ 

Ίσμα,  ατός,  τό,  (ϊζω)  that  which  ts  »et 
or  established,  a  foundation,  seat,  Lye. 

ΥΙσμάνύης,  ov,  ό,  Ismandcs,  the  Ae- 
gyptian  name  of  Memnon,  Strab. 

'ΙΊσμαρικός,  ή,  όν,  of  or  belonging  to 
Ismarus  (II.),  οίνος,  Archil,  ap.  Ath. 
30  F. 

νίσμαρίς,  ίδος,  ή,  pecul.  fem.  to 
foreg.  sub.  λίμνη,  lake  of  Ismarus, 
near  Maronea,  Hdt.  7,  109. 

Υλσμαρος,  ov,  ό,  Ismarus,  son  of  As- 
tacus,  a  Theban,  Apollod. — 2.  =Ίμ- 
μάραδος,  q.  v. — II.  ή,  a  city  of  the 
Cicones  in  Thrace,  Od.  9,  39,  198. 

Ίσμεν,  1  plur.  of  olou,  for  which 
Hon),  always  uses  Ίδμεν. 

^Ισμήνη,  ης,  ή,  Ismene,  daughter  of 
the  Asopus,  wife  of  Argus,  mother  of 
lo,  Apollod.— 2.  daughter  of  Oedipus 
and  Jocasta,  Soph.  Ant. ;  Eur.  Phoen. 

νίσμηνία,  ας,  ή,  Ismenia,  a  Theban 
female,  Ar.  Lys.  697. 

Υλσμιμ'ίας,  ov,  ό,  Ismenias,  a  cele- 
brated flute  player  of  Thisbe  in 
Boeotia,  Plut.  ;'Ael.  V.  H.— 2.  a 
Theban,  at  the  head  of  the  demo- 
cratic party,  Xen.  Hell.  3,  5,  1  ;  5,  2, 
25. — 3.  in  Ar.  name  of  a  slave,  Ach. 
861,  V.  Ίσμηνιχος.—0\.\\ίίΧ8  in  Plut., 
Ael.,  etc. 

νίσμήνιοΓ,  a,  ov,  of  or  belonging  to  the 
Ismenus,  Ismenian,  appell.  of  Apollo 
who  had  a  temple  by  the  river  Isme- 
nus. Hdt.  1,  52  :  5,  59  ;  Ίσμήνιον,  τό, 
a  hill  near  Thebes  with  a  temple  of 
the  Ismenian  Apollo,  Pind.  P.  11,  10. 

νίσμηνίς,  ίόος,  ή,  pecul.  fem.  to 
foreg.,  Paus. 

Υΐσμήνιχος,  ov,  ό.  Ismenichus,  a 
Theban,  Ar.  Ach.  954,  and  now  read 
by  Dind.  in  861  instead  of  Ίσμηνίας, 
Steph.  Thes.  s.  v. 

^Ίσμηνοδώρα,  ar,  ή,  Ismenoddra, 
fem.  pr.  n.,  Luc.  :  prop.  fem.  from 

ΥΙσμηνόδωρυς,  ου,  ύ,  {'Ισμηνός,  δω- 
ρην)  Ismenodorus,  a  Theban,  Luc. 

^Ίσμηνός.  ov,  ό,  Ismenus,  a  son  of 
Apollo,  Paus. — 2.  son  of  Aethra,  Eur. 
Supp.  61. — 3.  son  of  Amphion  and 
Niobe,  Apollod. — 4.  son  of  the  Aso- 
pus, god  of  the  Boeotian  stream  Is- 
menus, Id. — II.  the  Ismenus.  a  small 
stream  flowing  near  Thebes,  Pind. 
N.  9,  53;  11,  46;^Trag. 

Ίσοβΰθής,  ές,  (Ίσος, .βάθος)  of  equal 
depth. 

Ισοβαρής,  ές,  {Ισος,  βάρος)  of  equal 
weight,  Luc. 

Ίσοβΰσΐλεύς,  έως,  ύ,  ή,  {Ισος,  βα- 

σΛενς)  equal  to  a  king,  Plut. 
Ίσόβoίoς,ov,{Ίσoς,βovς)worthanox. 
Ίσύγαιος,  ov,  Att.  ίσόγεως,  The- 

ophr.,  (Ίσος,  γή,  γαία)  like  the  land. 
Ίσογενής,  ές,  {ίσος,  γένος)  equal  in 

kind,  Eccl. 
Ίσόγεως,  ων,  gen.  ω,  v.  ΐσύγαιος. 
Ίσογ?.ώχϊν,  Ινος,  ό,  ή,  {Ίσος,  -γλω- 
χίν)  equiangular,  Νοηη. 

Ίσογονία,  ας,  ή,  {Ίσος,  γόνος)  equal- 
ity of  kind.  Plat. 

Ίσόγρύφος  or  Ισογρύφος,  ov,  (Ίσος. 

γράφω)  writing  like,  c.  dat.,  ισ.  τέτ- 

τιξιν,  whose  writings  are  as  musical,  of 

Plato,  Timon  ap.  Diog.  L.  3,  7. 

Ίσογώνιος,  ov,  (Ίσος,  γωνία)  equi- 
angular, Arist.  Metaph. 

Ίσοδαίμων,  ov,   gen.    όνος,   {ίσος. 

δαίμων)  godlike,  Aesch.  Pers.  633. — 

11.    equal   in  fortune  or  happiness,   ισ. 

βασιλενσι,  Pind.  Ν.  4,  136. 

Ίσοδαίτης,  ov,  ό,  {ίσος,  δαίω)  di- 
viding equally,  giving  to  all  alike,  epith. 

of  Bacchus  and  Pluto,  Plut. 

Ίσύδενδρος,  ov,  (Ίσος,  δένδρον)  like 

a  tree,  Pind.  Fr.  146. 

Ίσοδίαιτος,  ov,  (ίσος,  δίαιτα)  living 

alike,  on  equal  footing,  προς  Tiva,  Thuc. 

1,  6.  [δι] 


1Σ0Κ 

νίσοδίκη,  ης,  ij,  Isodice,  fern.  pr.  η., 
Plut.  Cim.  4. 

Ίσόόομος,  ov,  (ΐσοζ,  δέμω)  built 
alike :  esp.  in  architecture,  built  in 
equal  courses,  opp.  to  ■ψενόισόδομος, 
Plin.,  and  Vitruv. 

'IffoJoiiPkOf ,  ov,  {Ισος,  δοϋ?.ος)  like  a 
slave. 

Ίσοδρομέω,  ώ,  to  run  equallj/  with, 
keep  up  with,  τινί,  Arist.  H.  A. : 
from 

Ίσοδρόμος,  ov,  (Ισος,  τρέχω,  δέδρο- 
μα)  running  equally,  keeping  up  with, 
τινί.  Plat.  Tim.  38  D,  τινός,  Anst. 
Mund. 

Ίσοδϋνάμέω,  ώ,  to  have  equal  force 
οτ power,  προς  τι,  Polyb. :  and 

Ισοδυναμία,  ας,  ή,  equal  force  or 
power,  Tim.  Locr.  95  B. :  from 

^Ισοδννΰμος,  ov,  {Ισος,  δύναμις) 
equal  in  force  Or  power,  τινί.  Adv. 
-μως.  [ν] 

Ίσοελκής,  ές,  {ίσος,  έλκω)  equal  in 
weight,  Nic. 

Ισοεπίπεδος,  {Ισος,  επίπεδος)  equal 
in  plane  surface.  Iambi. 

Ίσοέτηρος,  ο  ν,  {Ισος,  ίτος)  equal  in 
years,  Νυπη. 

Ίσοέτης,  Ef,=  foreg. — II.  το  Ισ.,  an 
annual  plant,  Plin. 

'Ίσοευρής,  ές,  {Ισος,  ενρος)  equal  in 
breadth. 

Ίσοζϋγέω,  ώ,  to  make  equal  in  weight, 
Nic. :  from 

Ίσοζϋγής.  ές,  {Ισος,  ζυγός)  equally 
paired  :  evenly  balanced  :  in  geni.  equa- 
ble, eqiml,  Nonn. 

Ίσόζΰγος,  ov,  and  Ισόζνξ,  gen. 
νγος,  b,  ^,=foreg.  Nonn. 

Ίσόβεος^ον,  {Ισης.  θεός)  equal  to  the 
gods,  godlike,  freq.  in  Hoin.  as  epith.  of 
distinguished  heroes ;  and  in  Trag. 
esp.  of  kings,  Pors.  ap.  Blomf.  Aesch. 
Pers.  81.     Hence 

Ίσοθεόω,  ώ,  to  make  equal  to  the 
gods,  Aesop. 

Ίσόθροος,  ov,  {Ισος,  θρόος)  sounding 
like,  Ήχώ,  Nonn. 

Ίσόθυμος,  ov,  {Ισος,  θυμός)  equal  in 
spirit. 

Ίσοκατάληκτος,  ov,  {Ισος,  κατά- 
?.ήγω)  ending  alike,  Gramm. 

Ίσοκέλειιθος,  ov,  {ίσος,  κέλενθος) 
walking  alike,  keeping  up  with,  Nonn. 

Ίσοκέφΰλος,  ov,  (Ισος,  κεφαλή)  like- 
headed,  dub.  I.,  Ibyc.  27. 

"ίσοκίνδννος,  ov,  equal  in  danger. — 
II.  equal  to  the  danger  or  risk,  a  match 
for  it,  Thuc.  6,  34. 

Ίσοκιννύμωμος,  ov,  {Ισος,  κιννά- 
μίΛβον)  like  cinnamon,  Plin.   [ά] 

Ίσοκ?ίεής,  ές,  {Ισος,  κλέος)  equal  in 
glory,  Eccl. 

Ίσόκληρος,  ov,  {Ισος,  κ?•.ηρος)  equal 
in  lot,  condition  or  property,  Plut. 

Ίσοκλΐνης,  ές,  {Ισος,  κλίνω)  incli- 
ning equally,  evenly  balanced,  Arist. 
Mund. 

Ίσόκοιλος,ον,  {Ίσος,  κοίλος)  equally 
hollow  throughout,  αί'λός,  Plut. 

Ίσοκόρνφος,  ov,  {Ισος,  κορυφή) 
equally  high  or  emiiient,  Dion.  H. 

Ίσοκρΰής,  ές,  {Ισος,  κεράνννμι) 
equally  mixed,  prob.  1.,  Hipp. 

Ίσόκραιρος,  ov,  {Ίσος,  κραίρα)  with 
equal  horns,  Nonn. 

Ίσοκράτεια,  ας,  ή,  equal  might  or 
power  [a]  ;  and 

Ίσοκρ&τέω.  ώ,  to  have  equal  power, 
be  equivalent,  Sext.  Emp. :  from 

Ίσοκρΰτής,  ές,  {Ισος,  κράτος)  of 
equal  might  or  power,  possessing  equal 
rights  with  others,  τινί.  Hdt.  4,  26  : 
in  genl.  equal,  Arist.  Probl.  Adv.  -τώς. 
i  Ισοκράτης,  ους,  ό,  Isocrutes,  a  lead- 
er of  the  Corinthians,  Thuc.  2,  83.— 
2.  the  celebrated  orator  at  Athens, 
pupil  of  Gorgias,  Plut.,  etc. :  adj. 
43 


ΙΣΟΝ 

'Ίσοκράτειος,  ov,  and  Ίσοκρατικός,  η, 
όν,  ofOT  belonging  to  Isocrates.  Dion.  H. 
Ίσοκρΰτία,  ας,  ή,  =  ίσοκράτεια, 
Tirn.  Locr.  95  C— II.  in  Hdt.  5,  92, 
1,^ ισονομία,  equality  of  power  and 
rights,  opp.  to  τνραννίς. 

Ίσόκρίθης,  ov,  {Ίσος,  κριθή)  equal  to 
barley  in  price,  Polyb. 

Ίσόκτϊτος,  ov,  {Ίσος,  κτίζω)  made 
alike. 

Ίσόκνκλος,  ov,  {Χσος,  κύκλος)  equal- 
ly round,  Philox.  ap.  Ath.  147  A,  in 
loco  corrupt©. 

'\σοκω7ύα,  ας,  ή,  equality  of  limbs  or 
parts  :  from 

^Ισόκωλος,  ov,  {Ισος,  κώλον)  of  equal 
limbs  or  parts:  το  Ίσ.,  a  sentence  con- 
sisting f  equal  clauses,  Dem.  Phal. 

Ίσολεξία,  ας,  ή,  {Ίσος,  λέξις)  like- 
ness of  words,  Gramm. 

'Ισο7.εχής,  ές,  {Ίσος,  λέχος)  with  the 
same  bed. 

Ίσολογία,  ας,  ή,  {Ισος,  λόγος)  = 
Ισηγορία,  Polyb. 

νΐσόλοχος,  ου,  ο,  Isoldchus,  father 
of  Pytliodorus,  an  Athenian,  Thuc.  3, 
115:  Plat.  Ale.  1,  119  A. 

Ίσολύμπιος,  ov,  {Ίσος,  Όλνμηος) 
like  the  gods,  Philo. — II.  like  the  Olym- 
pic games,  Inscr. 

Ίσόλνρος,  ov,  {Ίσος,  λύρα)  like  the 
lyre. 

Ίσόμΰ?Μς,  ov,  {Ίσος,  ομαλός)  equally 
level,  nearly  equal,  φά?Μγξ,  Xen.  Ages. 
2,  9,  where  Dind.  Steph.  Thes.  would 
read  Ισόπαλος. 

Ι^Ισόμαντος,  ου,  6,  Tsomantu^,  a  river 
of  Boeotia,  Phit.  Lys.  29. 

^λσόμαχος,  ov,  {Ίσος,  μάχομαι)  equal 
in  the  fight,  Dion.  H. 

'ΪΊσομιίρες,  ων,  οι,  —  "Ινσονβροι, 
Polyb.  7,  17,  4. 

Ισομεγέθης,  ες,  {Ισος.  μέγεθος)  equal 
m  size,  Xen.  Cyn.  5.  29.     Adv.  -θώς. 

Ισομερής,  ές,=^ίσόμοιρος,  Ath. 

Ίσομέτρητος,  ov,  {Ίσος,  μετρέω)  of 
equal  measure  or  size.  Plat.  Phaedr. 
235  D. 

Ισομετρία,  ας,  ή,  equality  of  measure, 
Plut. :  from 

Ισόμετρος,  ov,  {Ισος,  μέτρον)^=ίσο- 
μετρητός,  Ephipp.  Ναναγ.  1.  Adv. 
-τρως. 

Ίσομέτωπος,  ov,  {Ίσος,  μέτωπον) 
with  an  equal  forehead,  or  front,  Xen. 
Hell.  4,  5,  16. 

Ισομήκης,  ες,  {Ίσος,  μήκος)  equal  in 
length  or  height,  Plat.  Rep.  546  C. 

Ίσομήτωρ,  ορός,  b,  ή,  {Ισος,  μήτηρ) 
like  one's  mother,  Theocr.  8,  14. 

Ίσομοφέω,  ώ,  {ισόμοιρος)  to  have 
an  equal  share,  Xen.  Cyr.  2,  2,  17, 
Diog.  L.  8,  26  ;  to  go  shares  in  a  thing 
with  another,  τινός  προς  τίνα,  Thuc. 
6,  16,  cf.  Isocr.  90  A. 

Ίσομοιρής,  ές,^Ισόμοιρος. 

Ισομοιρία,  ας,  ή,  Ion.  -ίη,  α  sharing 
equally,  equal  share  or  communion,  τι- 
νός, Hipp.,  and  Thuc.  7,  75  :  from 

Ίσόμοιρος,  ov,  {Ίσος,  μοίρα)  having 
an  equal  share  of  a  thing,  πάντων, 
Xen.  Cyr.  4,  6,  12,  etc. :  hence  γης 
ίσόμοιρος  αήρ,  earth's  equal  partner 
air,  i.  e.  dividing  space  with  the  earth 
so  that  their  whole  surfaces  are  in 
contact.  Soph.  El.  87,  cf  Hes.  Th. 
126  :  also  in  genl.  equal,  like :  hence 
ώάος  σκότφ  ίσύμοιρος,  light  that's  just 
like  darkness,  a  day  of  perpetual  dark- 
ness, Aesch.  Cho.  319.     Adv.  -ρως. 

Ίσόμορος,  ov,  {Ίσος,  μόρος)  of  like  j 
fortune,  II.  15,  209  :  in  genl.  like,  Antii.  j 

Ίσόνειρος,ον,  (Ίσος,  ϋνειρος) dream- 
like, empty,  Aesch.  Pr.  559. 

Ίσόΐ'εκνς,  νος,  b,  ή,  {Ίσος,  νέκνς) 
dying  by  the  sa?ne  death,  Eur.  Or.  200. 

Ίσονομέομαι,  as  pass,  to  have  equal 
rights,  μετά  τίνος,  Thuc.  6, 38.  Hence 


ΙΣΟΡ 

Ισονομία,  ας,  ή,  an  equal  distribu 
tion,  equilibrium,  Epicur.  ap.  Cic.  N. 
D.  1,  19.— II.  esp.  equality  ofrights.in 
genl.  the  equality  of  a  Greek  demo- 
cracy, Hdt.  3,  80,  142;  ίσ.  ποιεΐν,  to 
establish  democracy.  Id.  5,  37,  cf. 
Thuc.  4,  78,  in  full,  ίσ.  πολιτική.  Id". 
3,  82.  ' 

Ίσονομικός,  ή,  όν,  of,  belonging  to 
ισονομία,  ισ.  ΰνήρ,  a  democrat,  Plat 
Rep.  561  E.     Adv.  -κώς. 

'Ισόνομος,  ov,  {Ίσος,  νέμω)  equally 
distributed. — II.  esp.  having  equal  rights, 
free,  Scol.  Gr.  10,  Ilgen. 

^'Ισόνομος,  ov,  6,  Isonomus,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  an  Athenian,  Andoc.  3,  17. 

Ίσόπαις,  παιδος,  ό,  ή,  {Ίσος,  παις) 
like  α  child,  Aesch.  Ag.  74. 

Ίσοπάλαιστος,  ov,  equal  to  a  πα- 
λαιστή, a  span  long,  Anth.  [a] 

Ίσοπΰλέω,  ω,  to  be  a  match  for :  from 

Ισόπαλης,  ές,  {Ίσος,  πάλη)  equal  in 
the  struggle,  well-matched,  Hdt.  1,  82  : 
5,  49  :  hence  in  genl.  equal,  Parmenid. 
ap.  Plat.  Soph.  244  E.  Thuc.  2,  39 : 
ίσ.  πλήθει  τισί.  Id.  4,  94.    Adv.  -λώ{•. 

Ισόπαλος,  ον,—.ioTeg.,  prob.  1., 
Xen.  Ages.  2,  9,  for  Ισόμαλος. 

Ίσοπάχής,  ές,  {Ίσος,  πάχος)  equal 
in  thickness,  Arist.  Η.  Α. 

Ίσύπεδον,  ov,  τό,  level  ground,  aflat, 
first  in  II.  13,  142:  strictly  neut. 
from 

Ισόπεδος,  ov,  {Ίσος,  πέδον)  of  even 
surface,  level,  flat,  τη  άλλη  γη,  even 
with  it,  Hdt.  4.  201. 

Ίσοπέλεθρος,  ov,  {Ίσος,  πέλεθρον) 
of  the  same  number  of  πλέθρα. 

Ίσοπενϋής,  ές,  {Ισος,  πένθος)  in 
equal  distress. 

Ίσοπεριμέτρητος,  ov,  {Ίσος,  περί• 
/ζετρεω)— sq. 

Ίσοπεμίμετρος,  ov,  {Ίσος,  περίμε- 
τρος) of  equal  perimeter,  late. 

Ίσόπετρος,  ov,  {Ίσος,  πέτρα)  like  a 
rock. 

Ίσόπηχυς,  ν,  {Ίσος,  πήχνς)  of  the 
same  number  of  cubits,  Opp. 

Ίσοπλύτής.  ές,  {Ίσος,  πλάτος)  equal 
in  breadth,  Archimel.  ap.  Ath.  209  C  : 
ΐσ.  τω  τείχει,  Thuc.  3,  21. 

^Ισόπλΰτος,  ον,—  'ισοπλατής,  dub. 
in  Ath. 

Ίσοπλάτων,  ωνος,  6,  {Ίσος,  Πλά- 
των) another  Plato,  Anth.   [ΰ] 

Ισόπλευρος,  ov,  {Ίσος,  πλευρά) 
equilateral.  Plat.  Tim.  54  Ε. 

Ίσοπληθής,  ές,  {Ίσος,  πλήθος)  equal 
in  number  or  quantity,  Hipp.  ;  C.  dat., 
Thuc.  6,37. 

Ισοπολιτεία,  ας,  ή,  equality  of  civic 
rights  ;  esp.  a  treaty  between  two  states 
for  a  mutual  participation  of  such  rights, 
V.  Niebuhr  Rom.  H.  2,  at  n.  101 : 
from 

Ίσοπολίτης,  ov,  ό,  {Ίσος,  πολίτης) 
a  citizen  with  equal  rights  :  esp.  having 
the  same  rights  as  a  Roman  citizen  : 
hence  πόλις  ίσοπολΐτις,  a  city  with  the 
jus  civitatis,  App.   [λί] 

Ίσοπραξία,  ας,  ?/,  a  faring  equally, 
like  condition. 

Ίσοπολΐτις,  ιδος,  ή,  πόλις,  v.  Ισο- 
πο?.ίτης. 

Ίσόπρεσβνς,  ν,  {Ίσος,  πρέσβνς)  like 
an  old  man,  Aesch.  Ag.  78. 

Ίσόπτερος,  ov,  {Ίσος,  πτερόν)  swift 
as  flight. 

'ίσόπτωτος,  ov,  {ίσος,  πτώσις)  with 
like  cases,  Gramm. 

Ίσόπνρον.  ov,  τό,  a  plant,  perh.  a 
kind  of  corydalis,  Sprengel  Diosc.  4. 
121. 
Ίσο^^επής,  ef ,=  Ισόί)^οπος,  Nic. 
Ίσορροπέω,   ώ,   {ίσόβί^ιοπος)   to   be 
equally  balanced,  be   in  equipoise.  Plat. 
Legg.'  733  D,  794  E.    Hence 
Ίσορβόπησις,  εωο,  7/,=  sq. 
673 


ΙΣΟΣ 

ΊσοΙφοπία,  ας,  ή,  equipoise,  equilib- 
rium, Plat.  Phaed.  109  A  :  from 

Ίσύ^φοπος,  ov,  {Ισος,  (ιοτΐή)  equally 
balanced,  Aesch.  Pers.  346 :  ia.  rivi, 
in  equipoise  with  a  thing,  Hipp.  ;  so  too 
iff.  r<vof,Thuc.2,42:  IVeq.  inetaph.,iff. 
άγων,  Eur.  Supp.  70C  ;  μάχη,  Thuc. 

1,  105:  hence  equal  in  weight  size, 
strength,  elc,  τινί,  Hdt.  5,  91  :  in  genl. 
equal,   like   Ισος.     Adv.  -πυς,  Hipp. 

ίσος,  laij.  Ισον,  Att.  usu.  Ισος, 
Ιση,  Ισον,  Ep.  also  ίίσος :  equal  to,  the 
same  as,  in  appearance,  size,  strength 
or  number,  Horn.  ;  also  sometinies  = 
όμοιος,  like,  11.  11,  297.  Construc- 
tion :  usu.  c.  dat. ;  yet  oft.  used 
absol.,  e.  g.  Ισον  ϋυμόν  εχειν.  to  have 
(or  be  of)  like  mind,  11.  13,  701  ;  17, 
720  ;  post-Horn.  c.  gen.  pro  dat.,  but 
this  always  rare,  Thom.  M.  p.  649, 
Valck.  Hipp.  302,  Herm.  Soph.  Ant. 
485,  of.  όμοιος  and  Lat.  similis :  also 
post- Horn,  with  a  conj..  Ίσον  εμοί  for 
Ισον  οςττερ  εγώ,  Soph.  El.  532,  Ίσον 
ώς..-,  or  (ίτε..,  Eur.,  Ισον  ύσονπερ 
vulv,  Ar.  Eccl.  173,  Ίσον  or  Ίσα  και-.., 
Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  1187  :  the  word  is  freq. 
repeated  to  denote  equal  relations, 
Ίσα  τ^ρος  Ίσα,  measure  for  measure, 
Wess.  Hdt.  1,2;  so.  Ίσοι  πρϋς  Ίσοις, 
Soph.  Ant.  142 :  Ίσος  Ίσω,  strictly  of 
wine.  Ίσος  οίνος  Ίσω  νόατι  μεμιγμέ- 
νος :  hence  in  geiil.  of  any  thing 
moderate,  fair,  reasonable.  Interpp. 
ad  Ar.  Ach.  362:  note  further  an  el- 
liptic mode  of  speaking  pecul.  to  the 
Greeks,  where  the  real  object  of  com- 
parison is  omitted  and  the  subject  or 
person  possessing  it  substituted,  as 
01»  μεν  σοι  ττοτε  ίσον  εχω  γέρας  (for 
γέρας  τώ  σύ  γέραί  ίσον),  11.  1,  163  ; 
κόμαι  Χαρίτεσσιν  δμοϊαι  (for  κό- 
μαι  κόμαις  Χαρίτων  όμοΐαι),  II.  17, 
51  :  so  too  in  later  authors,  and  not 
rare  in  prose,  v.  Schuf.  Mel.  57,  134, 
Dion.  Comp.  170. — II.  equally  divided 
or  distributed.  Ίση  μοίρα,  11.  9,  318  ; 
also  Ίση  alone  (sub.  μοίρα),  Od.  9,  42, 
cf  έ'ισος  I.,  and  όμοιος:  το  ίσον  and 
τα  Ίσα,  an  equal  share,  fair  measure,  e. 
g.  των  Ίσων  τνγχάνειν  τινί,  to  ham  an 
equal  share  with  another,  Xen.  Cyr.  2, 

2,  20 ;  εΙς  το  Ίσον  ΰφικέσθαι  τινΙ 
τη  ιππική,  to  be  as  far  advanced  in 
Tiding  as  another,  lb.  1,  4,  5  ;  προςτυ- 

εϊΐ'  των  Ίσων,  to  obtain  fair  tenns, 
oph.  Phil.  552  ;  Ίσος  άνήρ,  an  upright 
man,  lb.  685,  cf.  Erf.  O.  T.  673.-2. 
esp.  at  Athens,  of  the  equal  division 
of  all  civic  rights,  hence  πολιτεία  εν 
τοις  Ίσοις  καϊ  όμοίοις,  an  absolute 
democracy,  Xen.  Hell.  7,  1,  1:  το 
Ισοι,,  equality,  V^alck.  Phoen.  541  ; 
also  ή  Ίση  και  όμοια  (sub.  πο'λιτεία), 
Thuc.  4,  105;  liut  ή  Ίση,  sub.  τιμω- 
ρία, punishment  equal  to  the  offence, 
adequate  punislinient,  Soph.  O.  Ύ. 
810  ;  Ίσαι,  sub.  ψτ/φοι,  voles  equally 
divided,  Ar.  Ran.  685. — 111.  of  place, 
even,  level,  flat,  Lat.  aequus,  εις  το 
Ίσον  καταβαίνειν,  of  an  army,  Lat. 
in  aequum  descendere,  Xen.  An.  4,  6, 
18  ;  but,  iv  Ίσω  προςιέναι,  to  advance 
with  ecpial  step,  lb.  1,  8,  11  ;  εις  το 
Ισον  καϋίστασΰαί  τινι,  to  meet  any 
one  on  fair  ground.  Id.  Cyr.  1,  6,  28  : 
δι'  Ίσου,  at  an  equal  distance. — IV. 
adv.  Ίσως,  v.  sub  voc.  : — but  there 
are  many  other  adverbial  forms,  esp. 
the  neut.  sing,  and  pi.  from  Horn, 
downwds..  ίσον  Κηρί,  even  as  Death, 
II.  3,  454  ;  Ισυν  ίμοι  ι^ασίλενε.  be  king 
like  me,  11.  9.  616;  more  freq.  Ίσα,  II. 
5,  71,  Od.  1,  432,  etc. ;  so  too  in  Att.. 
except  that  with  them  Ίσα  in  genl. 
means  equally,  Ίσως,  perhaps,  v.  sub 
Ισως :  also  Ίσα  καί...,  like  as,  as  if,  Lat. 
teque  ac,  Soph.  O.  T.  1187;  so,  έν 
674 


f 


ΙΣΟΤ 

Ισω  και  εΐ:.,  Thuc.  2,  60  :  κατά  Ισα, 
έπι  Ίσα,  II.  11,  330;  12.  436,  of  an 
undecided  battle,  for  which  Hdt.  1, 
74  says,  έπι  Ίσης  διαφέρειν  τον  πόλε- 
μον :  also  έξ  Ίσον,  Hdt.  7,  135,  Soph., 
etc. ;  so  too  έξ  Ίσης,  Plat.,  έπ'  Ίσον, 
Dcm.  —  V.  Att.  comp.  ίσαίτερος, 
Thuc.  8,  89.  [t  always  in  Horn.,  ϊ 
once  in  Hes.  Op.  750,  though  the 
reading  is  dub.,  and  in  Theogn.  678  ;. 
and  so  always  in  Pind.,  and  usu.  in 
Att.,  but  i  Aesch.  Fr.  200,  unless  this 
be  dub. :  Γ  in  Alex,  poets,  and  later  : 
in  some  Homer,  epithets,  e.  g.  ίσόθεος, 
the  Trag.  sometimes  use  i,  v.  Aesch. 
Pers.  80.  Soph.  Ant.  836,  Pors.  Or.  9.] 
νίσος,  ου,  6,  Isus,  a  Trojan,  son  of 
Priam,  II.  11, 101. — II.  ή,  a  small  town 
of  Boeotia  near  Anthedon,  Strab. 

Ίσοσθένεια,  ας,  ή,  equal  force,  Diog. 
L. :  and 

Ίσοσθενεω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  be  in  equal 
force,  Gal. :  from 

Ίσοσθενής,  ές,  {Ίσος,  σθένος)  equal 
in  force,  τινί,  Democr.,  τινός,  0pp. 
Adv.  -νώς. 

Ίσοσθενία,  ας,  ή,^Ισοσθένεια,  Clem. 
ΑΙ. 

Ισοσκελής,  ές,  (Ίσος,  σκέλος)  with 
equal  legs,  hence,  ίσ.  τρίγωνον,  with 
two  sides  equal,  Plat.  Tim.  54  A  ; 
hence  of  numbers,  that  can  be  divided 
into  two  equal  p(irts,  even,  (e.  g.  6,^ 
3  +  3)  opp.  to  σκαληνός  (e.  g.  7,=  4  + 
3),  Id.  Enthyphr.  12  D.     Hence 

Ίσοσκελία,  ας,  ή,  a  having  two  sides 
equal,  Procl. 

Ίσόσπριος,ον,  {Ίσος,  όσττριον)  bean- 
like :  όνος  ίσ.,  an  insect  that  rolls  itself 
up  like  a  bean,  called  also  Ίουλος, 
Soph.  Fr.  334. 

'Ισοστάόην,  adv.,  {Ίσος,  Ιστημι) 
equally  matched,   [a] 

'Ισοσταθμέω,  ώ,  to  be  equal  in  weight : 
from 

'Ισόσταθμος,  ov,  {Ίσος,  σταθμός) 
equal  in  ueight,  evenly  balanced.  Gal. 

Ίσοστάσίος,  ov,  {Ίσος,  στύσις)^ 
foreg.,  hence  in  genl.  equivalent,  worth 
as  7Huch  as,  τινί,  Hipp,  [a] 

Ίσοστάτέω, ω,— -ίσοσταθμέω, Clem. 
ΑΙ. 

^Ισόστοιχος,  ov,  {ίσος,  στοίχος) 
equal  in  rows,  and  so^  αντίστοιχος : 
also  with  even,  regular  rows. 

Ίσόστροφος,  ov,  {Ίσος,  στρέφω) 
equally  twisted,  even,  χορύή,  Iambi. — 
II.  {Ίσος.  στροφή)  of  equal  strophes. 

Ίσοσνλλΰβέω,  ω,  to  have  the  samf 
number  of  syllables  ;  and 

Ίσοσν?,?.ΰβία,  ας,  ή,  equality  of  syl- 
lables ;  from 

Ίσοσνλλάβος,  ov,  {Ίσος,  συλλαβή) 
having  the  same  number  of  syllables, 
Plut._  Adv.  -βως.^ 

Ίσόσχημος,  ov,  (ίσος,  σχήμα)  formed 
alike. 

Ίσοσώματος,  ov,  {Ισος,  σώμα)  of  a 
like  body. 

']σοταλαντέω,  ώ,  to  be  of  like  weight : 
from 

Ίσοτάλαντος,  ov,  (Ίσος,  τά7Μντον) 
of  like  weight,  equally  balanced. 

Ίσοτάχέω.  ώ,  to  go  equally  swiftly 
with,  τινί,  Phllo. 

Ισοταχής,  ές,  (Ίσος.  τάχος)  equally 
swift,  Polyb.     Adv.  -χώς,  Id. 

Ίσοτέλεια,  ας,  ή,  the  condition  of  an 
Ισοτελής,  equality  in  tax  and  tribute, 
Xen.  Hell.  2,  4,  25,  cf  Ισοτελής  fin. 

Ίσοτέ'λεστος,  ov,  {Ίσος,  τελέω)  in 
Soph.  O.  C.  1220  (e  conj.  Herm.) 
Death  is  called  επίκουρος  Ισ.,  man's 
only  helper=7raiai',  that  comes  at  last 
tn  all  alike  ; — V.  Dind.  who  now  joins 
'AtrSncwith  μοΙρα=θανάτον  μοίρα  in 
Aesch.  Pers.  917.  EUendt  keeps  the 
old  reading  ονδ'  επι  κόρος,  though 
against  the  metre,  v.  Lex.  Soph,  in  voc. 


ΙΣΟΧ 

Ίσοτελής,  ές,  {Ίσος,  τέλος)  paying 
alike,  esp.  bearing  like  burthens :  at 
Athens  the  Ίσοτελεϊς  were  a  favour- 
ed class  of  μέτοικοι,  who  enjoyed 
all  civic  rights  except  those  of  a  po- 
litical nature  ;  they  ranked  after  the 
πρόξενοι,  and  needed  no  προστάτης, 
paid  no  μετοίκων,  and  in  return  tor 
these  privileges,  were  subject  to  the 
same  burthens  as  the  citizens,  Biickh 
P.  E.  2,  310,  sq.  :  however  they  were 
not  put  on  the  list  of  citizens,  nor 
enrolled  as  members  of  a  demos  or 
phyle  ;  on  the  general  relation  of  ίσο- 
τέλεια, V.  Niebuhr  Rom.  Hist.  2,  after 
n.  101. 

Ίσοτενής,  ές,  {Ίσος,  τείνω)  equally 
stretched,  Anth. 

'Ισότης,  ητος,ή,  {Ίσος)  equality  of  all 
kinds,  numerical,  physical,  moral,  etc., 
Plat.  :  fairness,  impartiality,  Polyb. 

Ισοτιμία,  ας,  ή,  {Ισότιμος)  equality 
of  honour  or  privilege,  Luc. 

ί'Ισοτϊμίόης,  ου,  ό,  Isotimidcs,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Andoc.  2,  10. 

Ισότιμος,  ov,  {Ίσος,  τιμή)  held  in 
equal  honour :  having  the  same  privi- 
leges, Plut.     Adv.  -μως. 

Ίσότοιχος,  ov,  {Ίσος,  τοίχος)  with 
equal  walls. 

Ίσότονος,  ov,  {Ίσος,  τείνω)  equally 
strained  or  sirelcked,  Anth. — II.  with 
the  same  accent.     Adv.  -νως. 

Ίσοτρύπεζος,  ov,  {Ίσος,  τράπεζα) 
equal  to  the  table,  i.  e.  large  enough  to 
fill  it,  κάκκαβος,  Antiph.  Paras.  1.  [a] 

Ίσοτρΐβής,  ές,  {Ίσος,  τρίβω)  c.  gen. 
σελμάτων  ίσοτριβής  (e  conj.  Pauw. 
pro  ίστοτρ.)  pressing  the  benches, 
sleeping  on  them  like  others. 

Ίσότύπος,  ov,  {Ισος,  τύπος)  shaped 
alike. 

Ίσοτνραννος,  ov,  {ίσος,  τύραννος) 

like  a  despotism,  tbsotule,  Arist.  Pol.  [ΰ] 

Ίσονργέω,  ώ,  to  dn  like  things ;  from 

'Ισονργός,  όν,  {Ίσος,  *έργω)  doing 
like  things. 

'Ισονψ7'/ς,  ές,  {Ισος,  νφος)  equally 
high,  τινί,  with,  Polyb.  8,  6,4. 

Ίσοφΰνής,  ές,  {Ίσος,  φαίνομαι)  ap- 
pearing like,  Ν  on  η. 

Ισοφαρίζω,  {Ισος,  φέρω,  and  so  for 
ίσοφερίζω)  to  make  one^-  self  equal,  to 
match  one's  self  with,  vie  with,  τινί,  II. 
6,  101  ;  also  c.  ace.  rei,  ίσ.  τινί  έργα, 
to  vie  with  one  in  accomplishments,  II, 
9,  390:  hence  in  genl.  to  be  equal  to, 
τινί,  11.21,  194,  Hes.  Op.  488.— II. 
trans,  to  make  equal,  Nic. ;  cf.  άντιφε- 
ρίζω. 

ΊσιΊφθογγος,  ov,  {Ίσος,  φθόγγος) 
sounding  equally. 

Ίσοφόρος,  ov,  {Ίσος,  φέρω)  bearing 
or  drawing  equal  weights,  equal  in 
strength,  βόες  ίσοφόροι,  Od.  18,  373; 
οίνος  Ισ.,  wine  that  will  bear  mixing, 
strong  wine. 

Ίσοφΰής,  ές,  {Ίσος,  φνή)  of  the  same 
nature  or  substance,  Arist.  H.  A.  Adv. 
-ως. 

'Ισοχει7ής,  ές,  {Ίσος,  χείλος)  level 
with  the  tip,  edge  or  brim,  hence,  τοΐς 
κρατήρσι  κριθαϊ  ίσοχειλεις,  malt  up 
to  the  brim  of  the  vessels,  Xen.  An.  4, 
5,  26. 

'Ισόχει7ος,  ov,=foTeg. 

Ίσόχνοος,  ov,  {Ίσος,  χνόος)  equally 
woolly  with,  τινί,  Anth. 

Ίσόχορδος,  ov,  {Ίσος,  χορδή)  with 
like  or  the  same  strings. 

Ίσοχρονέω,  ώ,  to  be  as  old  as,  τινί, 
Luc. — II.  in  Gramiii.,  to  have  the  same 
number  of  times  ;  and 

Ίσοχρόνιος,  ov,  -  sq.,  Theophr. 
Adv.  -ίως:  from 

^Ισόχρονος,  ov,  (Ίηος,  χρόνος)  equal 
i'na^-eoriime.Theophr. — II.  inGramm., 
consisting  of  the  sami  number  of  times. 


ΙΣΤΑ 

■  ^Ιαόχροος,  ον,  contr.  -χρονς,  ονν, 
{Χ<Τος.  χρόα)  like-cotoured. 

Ίσόχρϋσος,  ον,  (Ισος,  χρυσός)  like 
gold,  worth,  its  uieigiU  in  gold,  Archipp. 
Incert,  8. 

Ίσοφηφία,  ας,  η,  equality  of  votes, 
Dion.  H. — II.  equal  right  to  vote,  equal 
franchise,  Plut. :  from 

ΊσόφηΦΌς,  ov,  {Ισος,  ψήφος)  having 
era  eqiutl  number  of  votes,  about  whom, 
the  votes  are  divided,  Aesch.  Eum.  "41 ; 
also  όίκη  ΐσ.,  lb.  795. — II.  having  an 
equal  vote  with  Others,  equal  in  authori- 
ty, Τ  hue.  3,  79,  Plat.  Legg.  692  A: 
heace  of  whole  states,  equal  in  fran- 
chise, and  in  genl.  free,  independent, 
ιτόλις  ίσ-,  Eur.  Supp.  353. — 111.  ίσό- 
ψηόα,  verba  vel  carmina,  quorum  litterae 
ratione  valorts  nutneraiis  unuin  ejjiciunt 
etuidemque  mimerum. 

ΊσοχΙινχία,  ας,  ή,  equanimity :  from 
Ίσό-ψνχος,  σν,  {Ισος,  ψυχή)  of  equal 
spirit  or  soul:  hence  κράτος  Ισ.,  Aesch. 
Ag.  1470.     Adv.  -χως. 

Ίσόω,  ώ,  f.  -ώσω,  {Ισος)  Ιο  make 
equal,  τινί  η,  hence  in  Soph.  El.  G86, 
ίσ.  τάφέσει  to  τέρματα,  to  have  made 
the  winning-post  even  with  the  start- 
ing-post, i.  e.  to  have  run  the  whole 
course.  .Mid,  όνΐ'χας  χείρας  τε  ίσώ- 
σαντο.  they  made  their  nails  and 
bands  alike,  i.  e.  used  them  in  like 
manner,  Hes.  Sc.  263.  Pass,  to  he, 
become  like  or  equal  to,  Ttvi  έν  ά/.γεσι, 
Od.  7,  212,  though  in  mid.  form  ίσώ- 
σαιντο.  [i  Ep.] 

^'Ισ—αλις,  ιος,  ή.  Hispalis,  a  city 
of  Hispania  Baetica,  now  Seville, 
Strab. 

Ι'Ισττσνία,  ας,  η,  Hispania,  the  mod- 
ern Spain  and  Portugal,  Strab.,  usu. 
Ί,βηρία. 

νΐσ{Ηΐί/?^  indecl. ;  Ίσρά?/λο{•,  ου,  Jo- 
seph., ό.  Israel,  a  name  given  to  the 
patriarch  Jacob,  LXX. — 2.  met.  the 
house,  diesceadants  of  Israel,  the  Israel- 
ites, N.  T.  Hence 
^Ίοραη/χτης,  ov,  ό,  an  Israelite, ±ί.  Τ. : 
in  pi.  oi  'Ισμα7//2~αι,  ώι/,  the  Israelites, 
LXX. 

Ίσσα,  an  exclamation  of  spiteful 
triumph  over  another's  distress,  Plat. 
(Com.)  Lai.  4,  cf.  Mein.  Menand.  p. 
563.     (Prob.  onomatop.,  cf.  σίττα.) 

t'Iff<Ta,  ης,  ή.  Issa,  ancient  name  of 
the  island  Lesbos,  Strab.,  cf.  Lye. 
319. — 2.  an  island  of  the  Adriatic  on 
the  Illyrian  coast  near  Pharia,  now 
Lissa,  Ap.  Rh.  4.  565.     Hence 

νίσσαΐος.  and  Ίσσιος,  ov,  of  ox  be- 
longing to  Issa  (2),  Issian,  Polyb.  ; 
Strab. 

ΥΙσσηδόνες,  ων,  οι,  the  Isseddnes,  a 
people  of  Asia,  north  of  the  Araxes, 
opposite  the  Massagetae,  Hdt.  1, 201 ; 
4,  26 :  from 

ί'ίσσηδών,  όνος,  ή,  Issedon,  a  city 
of  Asiatic  Scythia ;  also,  a  city  of 
Serica,  Ptol. 

νίσσικός,  ή,  όν,  oflssus ;  esp.  ό  Ίσσ. 
κόλττος,  ή  Ίσσικτ/  θύ?-αττα,  and  το 
Ίσσ.  ^7έλaγoς.the gtdfof  Issus,  Strab. : 
now  gulf  of  Iskenderoon.     From 

νίσσός,  ov,  ή,  Issus,  a  city  of  Cilicia 
on  the  sea,  near  the  mouth  of  the  Py- 
ramus,  Strab. ;  Arr.  An.  2,  7,  1  :  also 
in  pi.  oi  Ίσσοί,  ών,  Xen.  An.  1,  2,  24. 

^'Ισσώριον,  ov,  τό,  Issorium,  a  moun- 
tain of  Laconia,  Plut.  Ages.  32  :  from 
it  Diana  was  named  Ίσσωρία.  Paus. 

νίστύνης,  ό,  Histanes.  son  of  Oxyar- 
tes,  V.  1.  Ίτύκης,  Arr.  An.  7.  6,  4. 

Ίστάνω,  a  rare  collat.  form  of  Ιστη- 
μι,  only  used  by  later  writers. 

Ίστύρων,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  Ιστός, 
Menand.  p.  54. 

Ίστάω,  rare  collat.  form  of  Ιστηαι, 
in  3  sing.  Ίστί},  Hdt.  4,  103. 


ΙΣΤΗ 

ΊστΕ,  2  plur.  from  οίδα, 

Ίστέος,  a.  ov,  verb.  adj.  of  οΙδα,  to 
be  known,  Ath.  699  E. — 2.  ίστέον,  one 
must  know  or  see,  Plat.  Symp.  217  C. 

Ίστεών,  ώνος.  ό,=  ίστών. 

Ίστημι  (lengthd.  and  redupl.  from 
root  ΣΤΑ-,  which  appears  in  the 
deriv.  tenses,  etc.,  v.  sub  fin.) :  impf. 
ϊστην.  3  sing.  Ep.  Ιστασκε,  Od.  19, 
574  :  fut.  στήσω :  aor.  1  έστησα  vi-ith 
3  plur.  Ep.  έστΰσαν  for  έστησαν,  like 
ίτϊρεσείοτ  έτζρησε,Ιί-  12,  55,  56,  etc., 
(to  be  carefully  distinguished  from  3 
plur.  piqpf.  εστασαν) :  perf  έστηκα  : 
piqpf.  έστ7/κειν  and  Att.  sometimes 
with  strengthd.  augm.  είστήκειν : 
from  Hom.  downwds.  the  syncop. 
dual  and  plur.  forms  of  perf.  are  very 
freq.,  εστάτον,  εστΰμεν,  εστΰτε.  or  in 
II.  4,  243,  246,  εστητε,  έστΰσι,  subj. 
έστω,  opt.  έσταίην,  imperat.  'έστΰθί, 
inf  έστάναι,  for  which  Hom.  has  Ep. 
forms  έστάμεν  and  έστάμεναι  [ΰ], 
part,  έστώς,  έστώσα.  έστώς,  though 
the  neut.  έστός  is  prob.  the  better 
form,  as  is  silently  acknowledged  by 
Herm.  Soph.  O.  T.  632,  and  Bekk. 
has  adopted  it  in  Plat.,  cf.  Dind.  Ar. 
Eq.  564,  but  έστώς  is  defended  by 
Alb.  Hesych.  1,  p.  503  (v.  also  τεθνε- 
ώς).  gen.  έστώτος.  Ion.  έστεώς,  ύτος, 
of  which  Hom.  does  not  use  nom., 
but  gen.  έστΰότος,  ace.  έστάότα, 
nom.  plur.  έστΰότες,  as  if  from  έστα- 
ώς:  so  also  in  piqpf.  dual  εστατον, 
έστάτην.  plur.  εστΰμεν,  έστΰτε,  έστΰ- 
σαν, V.  Spitzn.  Excurs.  V.  ad  II. :  aor. 

2  ίστην  with  Ep.  collat.  form  στύ- 
σκον,  ες,  ε,  II.  3.  217,  with  3  pi.  έστη- 
σαν, or  more  freq.  in  Hom.  εσταν, 
στάν  [α]  :  of  subj.  στώ  he  has  2  and 

3  sing,  στητές,  στήτι  for  στΐις,  OTy, 
also  1  pi.  στέωμεν  (as  dissyll.)  and 
στείομεν  for  στώμεν  :  lastly  inf  στή- 
μεναι  for  στήναί-  —  Pass,  ϊστΰμαι, 
impf  Ίστάμην  :  fut.  στΰθήσομαι :  aor. 
έστάθην  [ΰ] :  perf.  έστΰμαι  :  piqpf. 
έστάμην :  fut.  mid.  στήσομαι  :  aor.  1 
έστησάμην  :  fut.  3  έστηξω  in  older 
Att.,  and  έστήξημαι  in  later,  Elmsl. 
Ach.  597,  cf.  τεθνήξω,  τεθνήϊομαι 
from  θνήσκω  :  fut.  and  aor.  1  mid.  are 
as  early  as  Hom. ;  fut.  3  is  later :  no 
aor.  2  έστάμην  ever  occurs  :  στενμαι, 
q  v..  is  a  defect.  Ep.  collat.  form:  adj. 
verb,  στΰτός. 

The  tenses  of  Ιστημί  are  divided 
into  trans,  andintrans. — A.  transit,  to 
make  to  stand,  set.  place,  in  pres.,  impf., 
fut.  and  aor.  1  of  act.,  with  aor.  1  of 
mid. — B.  iiitrans.  to  stand,  in  aor.  2, 
perf..  and  piqpf.  of  act.  έστηκα  and 
έστιΊκειν  with  pres.  and  impf  signf , 
lires.  and  impf.  pass.  c.  fut.  mid.,  and 
later  c.  fut.  3,  also  aor.  έστάβην  first 
in  Sapph.  56.  But  the  pres.,  impf., 
and  fut.  mid.  have  both  intr.  signf.  to 
set  one's  self,  and  trans,  to  set. 

A.  transit,  to  make  to  stand,  set, 
Hom.  ;  to  set  men  in  order  or  array, 
II.  2,  525  ;  4,  298,  etc.— II.  to  make  to 
stand  still,  stop,  check,  arrest  in  its 
course,  in  Hom.  esp.  νέας,  ΐτΐττονς, 
ναιόνονς,  ?.αόν  ;  so  too,  μν'λην,  to  stop 
Uie  mill,  Od.  20, 1 1 1 :  sometimes  Hom. 
omits  ace.  νέας,  ϊ-πονς,  etc.,  e.  g. 
Od.  7,  4  ;  19, 188,  where  στήσαι  seem- 
ingly takes  intr.  signf.  of  στήναι,  to 
stand  still,  stop,  whence  even  Damm 
Lex.  p.  2246  wrongly  concluded  that 
aor.  1  was  sometimes  intr. ;  cf  έ?.αύ- 
vcj  I.  2  :  later  in  genl.  to  make  fast,  fix, 
e.  g.,  Ίστάναι  τα  όμματα. — III.  to  set 
up,  set  upright,  εγχος,  II.  15,  126  ;  Ιστ. 
εγχος  Trpof  κίονα,  to  lean  it  vp  against 
the  pillar,  Od.  1,  127  :  to  set  up,  raise, 
in  Hom.  usu.,  ιστ.  Ίστόν,  to  set  up  the 
loom  for  weaving,  but  also  to  raise  the 


ΙΣΤΗ 

]  mast  in  a  ship,  in  the  former  case 

i  usu.  in  aor.  1  mid.,  of  the  mast  in  aor. 

I  1  act.  and  mid.  ;  ορθόν  ους  ίστάναι, 

1  to  prick  up  the  ear,  Soph.  EL  27  :  κρη- 

τηρας  στήσασθαι,  to  set  up  bowls,  as 

1  a  sign  of  feasting.  Od.  2,  431  ;  τινί,  in 

[  honour  of  some  one,  11.  6,  528  :  later, 

esp.  in  aor.  1  mid.,  to  raise  buildings, 

'  statues,  trophies, etc,  ίστ.  άνόμιάντα, 

I  Hdt.  2,  no,  τροτζαϊον,  Soph.Tr.  1102, 

!  μνημείον,  Ar.  Eq.  269,  etc. ;  hence  in 

[  Att.,  ίστύναί  τινά  χα/^κονν,  to  set  up 

I  a  person  in  brass,  raise  a  brazen  sta- 

!  tue  to  him,  Dem.  493,  17  ;  and  so  in 

I  aor.  2,  λίθινος  εστη,  he  had  a  marble 

I  statue  of  him  set  up,  Hdt.  2,  141. — 2. 

I  to  raise,  rouse,  stir  up,  κοί'ίης  ομίχ/.ην, 

II.   13,  336;  κνμα,  21,  313,  νεφέ/.ας, 

Od.  12,  405  ;  metaph.,  ίστ.  φν/.όττιδα, 

to  begin  the  fray,  Od.  11.  3)4,  hke  intr. 

φνΆοηΐς  'έστηκε,  the  fray  begins.  II. 

18,  172:  also  in  aor.  mid.,  στήσασθαι. 

μάχην,  Od.  9,  54,  ιτο/.έμους,  Hdt.  7, 

9,  2 :    so  too,  ίστάναι  βοήν,  Aesch. 

Cho.  885,  κρανγήν,  Eur.  Or.   1529: 

also  of  passions  and  states  of  mind, 

ipiv  στήσαι,  to  rai.\e,  begin  a  quarrel, 

Od.   16,  292 ;  so  too  μήνιν,  έ/.πίόας 

στήσαι,  etc..  Erf.  Ο.  Τ.  692.-3.  to  set 

up,  appoint,  τινά  ίίασι/.έα,  Hdt.  1,  97  : 

and  so  freq.  ίστάναι  χορονς,  πανννχί• 

όας,  to  establi.<!h,  institute  them,  Id.  3, 

48,  so  στήσασθαι  νόμους.  Id.  2,  .35. — 

IV.  to  place  in  the  balance,  weigh,  II.  19, 

247  ;  22.  350 ;    τι  προς  τι,  to  weigh 

one   thing  against  another,  Hdt.  2, 

65. 

B.  in  intrans.  tenses,  to  stand,  be  set 
ox  placed,  freq.  in  Horn.,  e.  g.  of  men 
standing  in  opposite  ranks,  άντίοι  or 
ενάντιοι  εσταν,  II. :  proverb,  of  criti- 
cal circumstances,  έτΐΐ  ξνρον  'ίστα- 
ται  ακμής,  II.  10,  173 :  oft.  merely  a 
stronger  form  of  είναι,  to  be  there,  to 
be.  exist,  as  Od.  7,  89  ;  so  too  έστύτω 
for  έστω,  Soph.  Aj.  1084  :  Att.  also  c. 
adv.,  to  be  in  a  certain  state  or  condi- 
tion, ίνα  ξνμφορΰς  ox  χρείας  έσταμεν, 
in  what  case  or  need  tve  are,  Soph. 
Tr.  1 145,  O.  T.  1442  ;  later  also,  αδί- 
κως, ορθώς,  εν?.α:3ώς  ίστασθαι,  to  he- 
have  wrongly,  etc.,  Polyb. — 2.  to  set 
one's  self  towards,  go  to,  c.  acc.  loci, 
ττέτραν,  Eur.  Supp.  987:  so,  στήναι 
ές.:,  Hdt.  9,  21. — 3.  to  lie,  be  situated, 
κατά  βορέαν,  Thuc.  6,  104. — II.  to 
stand  still,  stop,  halt,  II.  11,  348,  Od. 
6,  21 1  ;  esp.  freq.  in  aor.  1  mid. ;  also 
to  remain  fast,  be  fixed,  δονρα  έν  γαίτι, 
II.  11,  574;  also,  όφθα/.μοι  εστασαν, 
Od.  19,  211  :  in  genl.  to  slop,  cease,  be 
still,  II.  5.  485  ;  c.  part.,  οΰ  στήσεται 
άδικων  (Dem.)  134,  4  :  metaph.  in 
part.,  έστηκώς,  fixed,  firm,  constant, 
Polyb. — III.  to  be  set  up  or  upright, 
stand  up,  rise  up,  Ιστανται  κρημνοί, 
II.  12,  55  ;  όρθαΐ  τρίχες,  11.  24,  359  : 
also,  ίπταται  κονίη,  II.  2,  151.  κνμα, 
21,  240;  of  a  horse,  Ιστασθαι  ορθός, 
to  rear  up.  Hdt.  5,  111. — 2.  in  genl., 
to  arise,  begin,  νείκος,  φνΆοττις  'ίστα- 
ται,\\.  13,  333;  18,  171,  cf  Α.  Ill: 
esp.  in  marking  time,  έαρος  νέον 
ίστάμενοιο,  as  spring  teas  just  begin- 
ning, Od.  19.  519  ;  έβδομος  έστήκει 
μείς,  the  seventh  month  began,  II.  19, 
117;  and,  τον  μεν  φθίνοντος  μηνός, 
τοΐ•  δ'  ίστάμενοιο,  as  one  month  ends 
and  the  next  begins,  Od.  14.  162,  cf. 
Hes.  Op.  778,  where,  as  in  Hom.,  the 
month  is  plainly  divided  into  two 
parts /i7/v  ιστάμενος  and  όθίνων  ;  but 
in  Att.  calendar  it  fell  into  three  de- 
cads,  μην  ιστάμενος,  μεσών  and  ώθί- 
νων,  first  in  Hdt.  6,  57,  106.— 3.  to  be 
appointed,  ντταργος  σταθείς,  Hdt.  7, 
105  ;  στήναι  ές  αρχήν.  Id.  3, 80.  (The 
root  sta-  becomes  trans,  in  the  pres. 
675 


ΙΣΤΟ 

by  redupl.,  like  sisto  in  Lat.  :  cf. 
Sanscr.  tt-shiami  from  sta,  Pott  Et. 
Forsch.  2.  p.  G91.) 

i'lariata,  Ίστιαΰς,  Ίσηαϊηι,  Ίσ- 
Tuitf/rtr,  ami  Ίστίαιώτις,  Ion.  for 
Έσταιια,  etc. 

t'lffrtata,  ας,  ή,  Hisliaea,  an  Attic 
deine  of  the  tribe  AegeVs;  οι  Ίσ- 
τιαίίϊς,  the  inhab.  of  Histiaea,  Strab. 
Henot; 

^'{στΜίόΟεν,  from  Histiaea,  Dcni. 

ΥϊστιαΙύς,  ov,  ό,  Histiaeus,  son  of 
Lysagoras,  tyrant  of  Miletus,  Hdt.  4, 
137  ;  6,  3ii. — 2.  sun  of  Tyiiines,  tyrant 
of  'rerinerns  in  Caria,  Hilt.  5,  37. — 
Otlu^rs  in  Hdt.  8,  85  ;  Luc,  etc. 

Ίατίατωρ,  οράς,  ό,  strictly  Ion.  for 
έστιάτωρ,  itt  Ephesus  llie  chief  offerer, 
Lat.  epulo,  rex  sacrorum.   [u] 

Ίατίη,  ης,  ή.  Ion.  for  ιστία,  q.  v., 
Od. ;  sonielimes  also  written  ίστιη. — 
11.  Ίστίτ).  7/,  Ιυη.  for  'Εστία,  Hes. 

Ίστιητήμιον,  and  in  Hdt.  4,  35,  ίσ- 
τιητημιον,  ov,  τύ,  Ion.  for  ίστιητ. 

'\στιυ<^Ι)θ/ι/ω,  ώ,  (ίστίον,  δραμεΐν) 
to  rit7i  under  fuU  sail,  Hipp. 

Ίστιον,  ov.  7i3,  dim.  from  ιστός  in 
form  only  :  any  ueh,  cloth,  or  sheet,  in 
Hom.  a  sail,  Γί.  1,  481  :  he  usu.  has 
the  plur.  r«  Ιστία,  the  sails  of  a  ship 
with  verbs  ττΐταντ'ύναι,  ύναττετανί'ν- 
ναι,  Ιντίβεσθαι,  άνερυειν.  to  spread 
or  hoist  sail,  also  ελκειν.  Od.  2,  426  ; 
and  στέ/Λειν,  μηρυεσβαι,  καβελεΐΐ', 
to  lower  or  furl  sail:  this  signf  pre- 
vailed also  in  Att.,  άκροισι  ^ρήσβηι 
ίστιοΐΓ,  to  keep  the  sails  reeled,  Ar. 
Ran.  ίουο.  [τΐ]    Hence 

Ίστιοτϊοιεω,  ώ,  to  furnish  with  sails, 
vavi',  Strab. 

Ίστιορ^άφος.  ov,  (Ίστίον,  ρύτΐτω) 
sail-pal  chin  ^,  hence  nietaph.  a  med• 
dling.  tricky,  cheating  fellow,  A  r.  Thesm. 
930.   [ύ] 

Ιστιοφόρος,  ov,  {ίστίον,  φέρω)  car- 
ryina  sails,  νανς,  Anth. 

Ίστοβοενς,  έως  ion.  ηος,  ό,  (ιστός, 
βοενς)  the  plough  tree  or  pole,  Hes.  Op. 
433.  Proverb. ,  Ιστοβοί/ί  γέροντι  νεαν 
-ίτοτί.-ία/.λε  κορώνην.  ho  put  a  new  lip 
on  the  old  plough,  of  an  old  man  mar- 
rying a  young  wife. 

Ίστοβόη,  7/ς,  ^,=foreg.,  dub.  in 
Anth. 

Ίστοδόκη,  ης,  ή,  (Ιστός,  δέχομαι) 
the  mast-huld,  a  piece  of  wood  stand- 
ing up  from  the  stern,  on  which  the 
mast  rested  when  let  down,  11.  1,  434, 
ubi  V.  Schol. 

Ίστοβηκη,  ης,  η,  (ιστός,  τίθημι)  = 
foreg. 

νίστοί,  ών,  οι.  Histi,  a  harbour  in 
the  island  of  Icaria.  Strab. 

Ίστοκερηίη,  ας.  ή,  a  sail-yard,  Orph. 

Ίστοπεδη.  ης,  ή,  a  piece  of  wood  set 
in  the  keel  to  which  the  mast  was  hound, 
or  a  hole  in  the  V.ee\  for  fixing  the  mast 
in,  Od.  12.  51,  162.  _ 

Ίστοπονία,  ας,  η,  weaving,  Clem. 
Al. :  from 

Ίστοπόνος,  ov,  (Ιστός,  TTm'£<j))work- 
ing  at  the  loom,  u-enving,  Anth. 

Ίστόπονς,  ποδός,  ό,  esp.  in  plur., 
ίστότΐοδες,=  κελέοχ>τες.  the  long  beains 
of  the  loom,  between  which  the  web 
was  stretched,  Anth. 

Ίστορέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (ΐστωρ)  to  learn 
or  knoiv  by  inquiry,  and  SO  in  genl.  to 
know,  Aesch.  Eum.  455 :  to  ask,  in- 
quire of,  question,  freq.  in  Hdt.,  who  in 
1,  24,  uses  mid.  ίστορέεσθαι  for  act. : 
c.  ace.  pers.,  to  axk,  inquire  of  a  per- 
son, Hdt.  2,  19  ;  but  also,  Ίστ.  τι.  to 
inquire  about  something,  lb.  2,  113  ; 
hence  ίο  examine,  survey,  Strab. —  II. 
to  give  a  written  account  of  what  one  has 
learnt,  to  relate  as  fact,  opp.  to  π'λύτ- 
τειν,  Plut. — III.  to  vouch,  give  one's 
676 


ΙΣΤΡ 

word  for  the  truth  of  a  thing,  c.  dat. 
Hence 

Ίστόρημα.  ατός,  τό,  that  which  is 
known  by  inquiry,  a  subject  for  inquiry, 
question,  Anacreont. — II.  a  narrative, 
Dion.  H. 

'Ιστθ()ία,  ας.  η,  a  learning  στ  know- 
inn  by  inquiry,  hence  the  knowledge  so 
obtained,  information,  Hdt.  1,1:  an  in- 
quiry, examination,  Hdt.  ;  ίστ.  ττερί  τί- 
νος. Plat.  Phaed.  96  A  ;  whence  also 
Arist.  named  his  treatise  on  animals, 
ίστ.  περί  τα.  ζώα. — II.  α  setting  forth 
of  one's  inquiries  Or  knotvledge,  a  written 
account  of  them,  a  narrative,  history, 
Polyb. ;  strictly,  ace.  to  Verr.  Flac- 
CUS,  an  account  of  things  seen  by  one's 
self,  Lat.  rerum  cognitio  praesentrum. 
Hence 

Ιστορικός,  ή,  όν.  belonging  to  knowl- 
edge or  inquiry.  Plat.  Soph.  267  E. — 
II.  belonging  to  history,  historical,  Plut. : 
ό  ίστ.,  as  subst.,  a  historian,  Plut. 
Adv.  -κώς,  Arist.  Gen.  An. 

Ιστοηιογραφέω,  ώ.  to  xurite  history, 
Dion.  ΙΪ. 

Ιστοριογραφικός,  ή,  όν,=  ιστορι- 
κός II.  :  from 

'Ιστοιιιογμύφος,  ov,  ό,  (ιστορία, 
νράφω)  α  writer  of  history,  historian, 
Polyb.  [u] 

Ίστάριον,  ov,  τό,  (ΐστωρ)  a  fact 
learnt  by  inquiry  :  hence  a  positive  fact , 
authentic  proof,  Hipp. 

Ίστοριυσυγγρΰφενς,  εως,  ό,=:ίστο- 
pio)  ράφος,  Luc. 

Ίστηρίς.  ίδος.  ή,^=ίστορία^^.,  Paus, 
νίστορίς,  ίδος,  ή,  Historis,  daughter 
of  Tiresias,  Paus. 

Ιστός,  ov,  6,  (ϊστη/η)  a  ship'smnst, 
ίστον  στήσαι,  στησασβαι.  έντίθίσβαι, 
to  set  up  the  ma.<t,  Horn. :  in  genl.  a 
rodorpole.  ίστος χή2κεος,  Hdt.  8,  122. 
—  II.  /he  bar  or  beam  of  the  loom, 
which  .itond  upright,  instead  of  lying 
horizontal  as  in  our  looms  ;  and  .so  in 
trcnl.  the  loom.  Horn.,  mostly  in  Od  ; 
hence  ιστόν  στί/σασθαι.  to  set  up  the 
beam,  and  so  begin  η  web,  lies.  Op.  777 ; 
ίστην  ίτΓοίχεσΟαΐ,  to  go  about  the  beam, 
and  so  to  ueav.  II.  1,  3!  :  later,  when 
the  horizontal  loom  was  come  in,  this 
knid  was  called  ιστός  όρΜιος:  the  ver- 
tical loom  is  still  used  in  India  for 
tapestry,  as  also  at  the  Goheuns  man- 
ufactory. Hence — 2.  the  warp  that 
was  fixed  to  the  beam  ;  and  so  the  web, 
o(t.  in  Hom.,  esp.  in  Od..  usu.  in  phrase. 
Ιστόν  νφαίνειν,  so  too  II.  3,  125  : 
Theocr.  also  has  ίστον  καθελεΐν.  to 
take  down  the  tveb  when  finished  ; 
'στός  αρχόμενος,  the  veh  begun  :  in 
Polyb.,  ιστός  ττρός  ίκτομην  ων  the 
whole  web  or  piece  rearly  for  cuttirig 
out.  Hence  στήιιων,  the  warp  :  for 
the  several  parts  v.  sub ///-of.  κιιϊρος. 
κανών,  ΰντίην,  ΰγννθες. — 3.  a  spider's 
web.  Bacchyl.  Fr.  12. — 4.  a  honey-comb, 
Arist.  H.  λ. — III.  the  shin-bone,  leg, 
Opp.     Hence 

Ίστότονος.  ην,  (ιστός,  τείνω)  stretch- 
ed on    the  web-beam,   τζΐ]νίσματα,  Ar. 
Ran.  1315. 
ΊστονργεΙον.  ov.  τό,=  Ιστών :  from 
Ίστονργέο),  ύ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  work  at  the 
loom,  weave.  Soph.  O.  C.  310.    Hence 
Ίστονργία,   ας,    ή,  weaving.   Plat. 
Symp.  197  A;  acid 

Ίστονργικόζ,  ή,  όν,  of,  belonging  to 
weaving:  ή  ίστ.  (sub.  τέχvη)^oτeg. 
Adv.  -κώς:  from 

Ίστονργός,  όν.  (Ιστός,  *ίργω)  work- 
ing at  the  loom :  as  subst.,  6  OT  η  ίστ., 

a  weaver.  Jose[)h. 

νίστρία,  ας,  y,  Istria,  a  country  lying 
on  the  Adriatic,  west  of  Libumia'and 
Illyria,  Strab.  :    oi  Ίστροι  and  "Ισ-  I 
TpiOL,  the  inhab.  of  Istria,  Id.  i 


ΙΣΧΙ 

νίστρ/σς,  a,  ov,  of  or  belonging  to  the 
Ister  ;  ή  Ίστρία  ταΐα,  the  country 
around  the  later,  Pind. 0.3,46.   From 

ΫΙστρος,  ov,  ό,  the  Jster,  Danube,  m 
Germ.  Donau  (the  name  Isttr  applied 
by  the  Romans  only  to  the  eastern 
part  from  the  junction  of  Savus  to  the 
mouth),  one  of  the  largest  rivers  of 
Europe,  falls  into  the  Enxirie,  Hes, 
Th.  339  ;  Hdt.  2,  23,  Find.  O,  3,  >ό.— 
2.  ή,  Istrus,  also  Ίστρία,  a  city  of 
Lower  Moesia  at  the  mouth  ot  the 
Danube,  Hdt.  2,  33;  in  Strab.  also 
Ίστρότϊολις. — II.  son  of  Aegyptus, 
Apollod. — 2.  a  historian  of  Cyrene, 
pupil  of  Callimachus,  Plut. ;  Ath. 

"Ιστω,  3  sing,  imperat.  of  υΐδα, 
Hom.,  esp.  in  protestations  ;  cf,  Ιττω. 

Ιστών,  ώνος,  ό,  (Ιστός)  a  weaver's 
room,  Lat.  textriua,  Varro ;  also  ia- 
τεών. 

νίστώνη,  τις,  ή,  Istone,  a  mountain 
in  the  island  of  Corcyra,  Thuc,  3,  85 ; 
4,  46, 

Ίστωρ,  or  Ιστωρ  as  in  Hes.  Op.  790, 
opof .  ό,  7).  (είδέναι)  kytoieing,  arquaint- 
ed  with,  skilled  in.  c,  gen,,  ωδής,  Η. 
Hom,  32,  2  :  as  subst.,  one  who  knows 
law  and  right,  a  judge.  11.  18,  501  ;  23, 
486;  auitness,  Aristid, — 11.:=ίστορι- 
κός  Π,,  Clem.  ΑΙ. 

'ΥΙσχαγόρας,  a,  ό,  Ischngdras,  a  com- 
mander of  the  Lacedaernonians,Thuc. 
4,  J32;  5.  19. 

Ίσχίιδιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  Ισχύς, 
Ar.  Plut.  798.   [a] 

Ίσχύδοκύρνον,  ov,  τό,  (Ισχύς,  κύ- 
pvov)  a  mixlurt  of  figs  and  almond*, 
Aristid.,   who   also  has  it   in    plur. 

ΊσχΰδοτΐώΑ-ης,  ov,  a,  (ισχύς,  ττω- 
λέω^ι  dealer  in  figs.  Pherecr.  Agath.  3. 

Ίσχάδό~ωλις,  icJof  ,lem.  fromforeg,, 
Ar.  Lys.  564. 

Ίσχηδοφάγος,  ov,  eating  figs. 

Ίσχΰδώνης,  ov,  6.  {ισχύς,  ώνέομαι) 
a  buyer  of  figs.  Pherecr.  Agatb.  4, 

Ίσχαιμος,  ov,  (Ισχω,  αίμα)  quench- 
ing blood:  TO  ίσχ-,  a  styptic,  Luc. 

Ίσχί'.ίνω,  poet,  for  ίσχύνω,  Ισχω,  to 
check,  refrain,  assuage.  Eur.  Or.  292, 
ace.  to  Pors.  softened  for  ίσχνηίνω, 
as  if  to  reduce  a  swelling  by  emollients, 
cf  Aesch.  Pr.  3!^0. 

Ίσχΰλέος,  η,  ov,  poet,  for  ισχνός, 
dry,  dried,  κρόμνον,  Od.  10,  2.'i3. 

Ίσχανύω.  Ep.  lengthd.  collat.  form 
from  Ισχω,  to  hald,  hold  hock,  check, 
hinder.  II.  5,  89.  Od.  15.  346.  Pass. 
to  hold  back,  check  one's  self,  11,  12,  38 : 
hence  to  loiter,  tarry,  11,  19,  234,  Od. 
7,  161. — II.  iiitrans.  to  hold  mi  by,  cling 
til  a  thing,  and  so  to  long  after,  de.s-ire 
caeerl•/,  c.  gen.,  ίσχσνύαν  δοόμον,  όι- 
λιιτητος.  11.  23,  3(i0,  Od.  8,  288  ;  also 
c.  inf.  μνία  Ισχανύα  δακι-'ειν.  11.  17, 
572,  cf  έχομηι  and  αντέχομαι.  (The 
glosses  of  Hesych.  recognise  a  form 
ίχηνύω.) 

Ϋλσχηνδρης.  ov,  ό,  Isehandrus,  a 
player  at  Athens,  Dem.  344,  7. 

'Ισχύνω,  poet.^iffyniau.  to  check, 
hinder,  !1.  14.  387;  17,  747,  Od.  19, 
42  ;  c.  gen.  to  keep  back  from  a  thing, 
Hes.  Oj.  493    [u] 

Ισχύς  άδης,  ή,  (ισχνός)  a  dried 
fig,  Ar.  Eq.  755.-2.  the  plant  spurge, 
so  called  from  the  shape  of  its  root, 
Theophr. — II.  (Ισχω)  that  which  holds, 
an  anchor,  Soph.  Fr.  699. 
'\']σχάΓ,  άδος,  ή,  Ischas,  fem,  pr.  n., 
Ath.  587  E. 

νίσχένοοΓ,  ov,  ό,  Ischenous,  father 
of  Pytheas.  Hdt.  7,  181. 

νΐσχέτο?.ις,  ιδος,  ό,  Jschepolis,  son 
of  Alcathons,  Pans. 

Ίσχιαδίκής,  ή,  civ,  (Ισχίον)  subject 
to  pains  in  the  loins,  ίσχ.  φθίσις.  Hipp. 


ΙΣΧΝ 

— Π.  good  for  such  pains,  φν?-λα, 
Diosc. 

Ίσχιύζω,  (ίσχίον)  to  stretch  the  legs 
far  apart,  stride,  and  in  genl.  to  part. 
Gal.,  in  Pass. 

Ισχιακός,  ή,  όν,^=ίσχιαόικός,  The- 
ophr. 

'ίσχιάς,άόοζ,  ή,  sub.  νόσος,  pain  in 
the  totns,  Hipp. — II.  a  kind  ol  thorn. 
Gal. :  from 

Ίσχίον,  ov,  TO,  strictly  the  κοτν?.η 
or  socket  in  which  the  thigh-joint  {μικρός) 
turns,  the  hip-joint,  11.  5,  305. — 11.  usu. 
the  hips  or  loins,  esp.  the  upper  part, 
11.  11,  339,  Od.  17,  234  ;  also  freq.  in 
plur.,  as  II.  8. 340,  Hdt.  6,  75.  (Prob. 
from  ίσχνς,  Ις ;  akin  to  ίξνς.)  Hence 

Ίσχιορρωγικός,  ή,  όν,  {ίσχίον,  βώξ) 
with  broken  loins,  in  genl.  lame,  limp- 
ing, hence  in  prosody,  στίχος  ίσχ.,  an 
iambic  line  that  has  spondees  against 
rule  in  the  2d,  4th,  or  6th  places,  cf. 
χ(ύ7.ίαρ.3ος. 

Ίσχναίνω,  {ισχνός)  to  mahe  thin, 
shrivelled,  withered,  lean,  dry,  Hdt.  3, 
24;  and  pass,  to  become  so:  metaph., 
σφριγώντα  θνμον  ίσχναίνειν,  to  weak- 
en, reduce,  Aesch.  Pr.  380,  where  ία- 
χαίντ/  is  a  v.  1.,  cf.  Pors.  Or.  292. 

Ίσχνά/,έος,  a,  ov,  later  form  of 
ίσχαλέος. 

Ίσχνανσις,  εως,  ή,  {ίσχναίνω)  α 
making  tliin  ΟΧ  lean. 

Ίσχναντέον,  verb,  adjective  from 
Ισχναίνω,  one  must  reduce,  Arist. 
Probl.  ? 

Ίσχναντικός•  ή,  όν.  (ίσχναίνω)  fit 
for  reducing,  Arist.  Probl. 

Ίσχνάσία.  ας,  ?/,  thinness,  leanness, 
Arist.  Metaph. 

Ίσχνασμός,  οΰ,  ό,  =  Ισχνανσις, 
Hipp. 

Ίσχνοε•:ϊεω,  ώ,  (ισχνός,  έπος)  to  dis- 
pute suhtlely,  Eccl. 

Ίσχνοκΰ/Μμώδης,  ες,  {ισχνός,  κά- 
λαμος, εΐόος)  with  α  dry  reed. 

'Ισχνο?ίέσχης,  ov,  ό,  α  subtle  dis- 
puter. 

'ίσχνολογέω,ύ,=ίσχνοε~εω,Έοοί: 
and 

Ίσχνο?Μγίατ,  ας,  ή,  subtle  dispuia- 
tion:  from 

Ίσχνο'/.όγος,  ov,  {ισχνός,  Τ^έγω)  dis- 
puting stotlely,  Eccl. 

Ίσχνομνθέω,  ώ,  {ισχνός,  μνθος)=- 
Ισχνο?Μγέω.     Hence 

'Ίσχνομϋθία,  ας,  ή,  =  ίσχνο?α)γία, 
Eccl'. 

Ίσχνοπάρίβος,  ον,  {ισχνός,  παρειά) 
with  lean,  withered  cheeks,  γρανς,  Epigr. 
ap.  Chaudl.  Inscr.  [a] 

Ίσχνοποιός,  όν,  {ισχνός,  ποιέω) 
making  lean. 

Ισχνός,  ή,  όν,  thin,  lean,  withered, 
meagre,  haggard,  Ar.  Plut.  561  :  light, 
small,  Hipp.  —  11.  metaph.  of  style, 
thin,  dry,  simple,  plain,  exact,  opp.  to 
ύψη'/Μς  and  υ,εγα/Μττρεπής,  ίσχ.  χα- 
ηακτήρ.  the  Lat.  tenu£  dicendi  genus, 
t)em.  Phal.  :  freq.  in  adv.,  ίσχνώς 
«TTtZf ,  to  speak  plainly,  drily,  Pofyb.  ; 
also  ίσχνώς  ίόεϊν,  Lycurg.  157,  fin. 
(No  doubt  from  Ισχω,  ίσχύνω,  and 
so  strictly  for  ίσχανός,  compressed, 
squeezed  up.  shrivelled :  hence  ίσχναί- 
νω, ίσχναλέος,  ισχύς.) 

Ίΰχνοσκε/.ής,  ες.  {ισχνός,  σκέ?.ος) 

thin-legged,  Diog.  h. 

Ίσχνότης,  ητος,  ή,  {Ισχνός)  thin- 
ness, leanness,  Arist,  Η.  Α.  —  II.  of 
style,  plainness,  exactness,  Lat.  tenuitas, 
Dion.  H.,  cf.  ισχνός  II. 

Ίσχνονργής,  ες,  {ισχνός,  *ίργω  ) 
finely  wrought. 

Ίσχνοφωνία,  ας,  i],  thinness,  weak' 
ness  of  voice. — II,  stuttering,  stammer- 
ing, Hipp.,  cf.  sq.  II:  from 

Ίσχνόφωνος,  ov,  {ισχνός,  φωνή)  thin 


ΙΣΧΥ 

or  weak  voiced,  opp.  to  μεγα7.όφωνος, 
λαμττρόφωνος,Ηιρρ. — II.  checking  one's 
voice,  stuttering,  stammering,  ίσχ.  ότι 
Ισχονται  τον  φωνεϊν,  Arist.  Probl.  : 
first  in  Hdt.  4,  155,  where  however  is 
av.  1.  ίσχοφ-,  V.  Schvveigh.  ad.  1. 

Ίσχνόω,  ώ,  {ισχνός)^  ίσχναίνω, 
Arist.  Probl. 

^'Ισχόλΰος,  ov,  ό,  IscholHus,  a  Spar- 
tan, Xen.  Hell.  6,  5,  24. 
\'\σχόμαχος,    ov,     ό,    Ischomachus, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Andoc. ;  Lys. ;  etc. 

Ίσχομένως,  adv.  part.  pres.  pass, 
from  ισχω,  with  checks  or  hindrances. 
Plat.  Crat.  415  C. 

ΫΙσχόπο/.ις,  εως,  ή,  Ischopolis,  a  city 
of  Pontus,  Strab. 

Ίσχονρέω,  ώ,  {'ισχω,  ovpov)  to  suffer 
from  retention  of  wine.     Hence 

Ίσχονρία,  ας,  ή,  retention  of  urine. 
Gal. 

Ίσχόφωνος,  ov,  {ισχω,  φωνή)  v. 
ίσχνοφ.  IL 

'ίσχϋρΐείω,  desiderat.  from  sq.,  to 
long  to  affirm.  Gal. 

Ισχυρίζομαι,  f.  -ίσομαι  Att.  -lov- 
μαι :  aor.  ίσχϋρΐσάμτβ',  dep.  mid. :  to 
use  one's  whole  force,  contend  stiffly  or 
stoutly,  εις  τίνα,  against  one,  Arist, 
Eth.  N.  :  to  persist,  continue  obstinately 
doing...,  c.  part.,  Thuc.  7,  49  :  esp.  by 
word  of  mouth,  to  affirm,  maintain 
stffiy,  obstinately,  τι,  Thuc.  3,  44; 
also,  ίσχ.  ότι...,  ώζ•...,  Thuc.  4,  23  ;  6, 
55,  Plat.  Theaet.  172  Β  ;  περί  τίνος. 
Plat.  Soph.  249  C. — II.  to  put  firm  trust 
in  a  thing,  hold  fast  by  it,  c.  dat.  τω 
σώματι.  Plat.  Gorg.  489  C. — B.  as 
pass,  to  be  strengthened,  gain  greater 
force,  Xen.  Cyr.  6,  4,  18. 

Ίσχϊφικός,  ή,  όν,  like  an  ισχυρός, 
strong,  stout.  Plat.  Theaet.  169  B,  and 
so  Meineke  reads  in  Alex.  ΊΙροσκεδ. 
I,  for  ίσχνρίσκος. 

Ίσχϋριστέον,  verb.  adj.  from  ίσχν- 
ρίζομαΐ,  one  must  maintain  stoutly. 
Plat.  Rep.  533  A. 

Ίσχύρογνωμοσννη,  ης,  ή,  obstinacy, 
Joseph.  :  Irom 

Ισχυρογνώμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος, 
{ίσχνρός,  γι•ώμη)  stiff  in  mind,  obsti- 
naXe,  Dlog.  L.  2,  24. 

Ίσχϋρόδετος,  ov,  {ισχυρός,  όέω)fast 
bound. 

Ίσχυροθώραξ,  ακος,  ό,  ή,  {ίσχνρός, 
θώραξ)  with  α  strong  breastplate. 

Ίσχνροκύρδιος,  ον,  {ίσχνρός,  καρ- 
δία) stout-hearted. 

Ίσχϊφοπΰθέω,  ύ.=δεινοπαθέω. 

Ίσχϋροποιέω,  ω,  to  make  strong,  con- 
firm, \\ke  ίσχνρόω,  Polyb. :  from 

Ίσχνροποιός,  όν,  {ίσχνρός,  ποιέω) 
confirming. 

Ίσχνροπότης,  ου,  ό,  {Ιρχυρός,  πίνω) 
α  hard  drinker. 

Ίσχνροπράγμων,  ον,  gen.  όνος. 
{ίσχνρός,  πράγμα)  doing  mighty  deeds. 

Ίσχϋρόρριζος,  ον,  {ίσχνρός,  βίζα) 
with  α  strong  root. 

Ισχυρός,  ά,  όν,  { ισχύω )  strong, 
mighty,  powerful,  opp.  to  ΰσθενης,  of 
persons  and  things,  first  in  Alcae.  1, 
and  then  freq.  in  Hdt.,  and  Att. — 2. 
firm,  lasting,  φιΆια,  Plat.  Phaedr.  233 
[C— 3.  hard,  χθων.  Aesch.  Pers.  310  : 
j  and  of  food,  indigestible,  Hipp. — 4.  ob- 
stinate, severe,  great,  σιτοδεια,  φνχος. 
Hdt.  1,  94  ;  4.  29;  νόσημα,  Hipp. :  ')ίης, 
Thuc.  2,  49  -.  κατά  ισχνρόν,  by  vio- 
lence, force,  opp.  to  δό'/.ω,  Hdt.  4,  201; 
9,  2,  —  II.  adv.  -ρώς.  strongly,  very 
much,  exceedingly,  Httt.  4,  108  ;  Ιθνος 
ίσχ.  μέγα,  lb.  183,  διώρνξ  ίσχ.  βα• 
θΰα,  Xen  An.  1,  7,  15 ;  ίσχ.  ήδεσθαι, 
άνιάσθαι,  φοβεϊσθαι.  Ια. :  in  an- 
swers, ισχυρότατα  γε,  ?nost  certain- 
ly, Lat.  maxime  vero,  Id,  Oec.  1,  15. 
Hence 


ITAB 

Ίσχνροσώματος,  ov,  {ίσχνρός,  oQ*• 
μα)  sirong-bodted. 

Ίσχνρότης,  ητος,  ή,  strength,  might, 
Dion.  H. 

Ίσχνρόφρων,  όνος,  ό,  ή.  {ισχυρός, 
φρήν)  strong-minded,   Dio  C. 

Ίσχνρόφωνος,  ον,  {ίσχνρός,  φυνή) 
strong -voiced. 

Ίσχνρόχρως,  ωτος,  ό,  ή,=ίσχνρθ' 
σώματος. 

Ίσχϋρόψϋχος,  ον,  {ισχυρός,  ψυχή) 
strong-souled. 

Ίσχνρόω,  ώ,  f.  -ώσω,  {ισχυρός)  to 
make  strong,  strengthen,  Joseph. 

Ίσχνς,  νος,  ή,  {1ς,  ισχω)  strength, 
force,  might,  esp.  of  body,  Hes.  Th. 
146,  823  :  but  also  in  genl.  might,  pow- 
er, Trag. ;  Plat,  joins  ^ώμη  και  ιαχ., 
Symp.  190  Β  :  κατ'  ισχύν,  perforce, 
opp.  to  δό'/.ω,  Aesch.  Pr.  212;  also, 
■προς  ισχύος  κράτος.  Soph.  Phil.  594  ; 
ύπο  της  ισχνός,  Epicr.  Antil.  2,  10. — 
2.  esp.  α  force  of  soldiers,  Xen.  Cyr. 
1,  4,  19.  [y  in  genit.  etc. ;  in  nom. 
and  ace.  sing,  ν  in  Pind.  N.  11,  41, 
but  always  ϋ  in  Att.,  e.  g.  Aesch. 
Theb.  1074,  Cho.  721,  Soph.  Aj.  118.] 
νίσχνς,  νος,  ό,  Ischys,  son  of  Ela- 
tus,  lover  of  Coronis,  H.  Hom.  Ap. 
210  ;  Pind.  P.  3,  55. 

Ίσχνσις,  εως,  ή,  {ισχύω)  power, 
Philo. 

Ίσχντήριος,  a,  ov,  strengthening, 
φάρμακα,  Hipp. 

'ίσχνω,  f.  -υσω,  {Ισχύς)  to  be  strong, 
mighty,  powerful,  Trag.  :  to  have  one's 
full  powers,  be  in  health,  Xen.  Cyr.  6, 
1,  24  :  μείζον,  π/ίέον  ίσχ.,  Eur.,  etc. : 
ίσχ.  τινί  προς  τίνα,  Thuc.  3,  46  ;  όθεν 
ίσχ..  Id.  1,  143  :  ίσχ.  προς  τίνα,  to 
have  power  or  influence  with  One,  Plut. 
[ii  always,  cf.  Ar.  Vesp.  357.  Av.  488, 
1607;  except  in  Anth.,  sometimes  ϋ 
in  pres.  and  iinpf  ] 

Ίσχω,  a  form  of  ίχω,  only  found  in 
pres.  and  impf  Ισχον,  at  first  with 
limited  signf ,  to  hold,  check,  bridle,  oft. 
in  Hom.  ;  Ισχ.  τινάμή...,  Hdt.  1,  153  ; 
also  intr.  to  stop,  and  of  ships  to  lie  at 
anchor,  Thuc.  2,  91 ;  but  for  intr. 
signf.  the  mid.  is  more  freq.,  to  hold 
one's  self  in,  stop,  Horn.,  esp.  in  ex- 
clam.,  Ισχεο,  hold  !  be  still !  also  to  be 
silent,  Od.  11.  251  ;  c.  gen.,  Ισχεσθαί 
τίνος,  to  desist  from  a  thing,  Od.  18, 
347  ;  but  Ισχετο  εν  τούτω,  impers. 
here  it  stopped,  remained  as  it  was, 
Xen.  An.  6,  3,  9. — II.  later  it  is  some- 
times used  in  genl.  like  εχω,  to  hold 
or  have  in  possession,  Hdt.  3,  39  ;  to 
have  to  wife.  Id.  5,  92,  2:  of  women, 
to  be  pregnant,  Hipp.,  also  to  have  a 
child,  Hdt.  5,  41  :  also  intr.  to  be,  εν, 
ασθενώς  Ίσχειν,  Plat.,  etc. 

Ίσωνια,  ας,  ή,  (Ίσος,  ώντ})  sameness 
of  price  ;  a  fair  price,  Ar.  Pac.  1227. 

Ίσωννμία,  ας,  ή.  sameness  of  name. 

Ίσώνϋμος,  ov,  {Ίσος,  όνομα)  bearing 
the  smne  name,  καλεϊν  τίνα  ίσ.,  Pind. 
Ο.  9.96. 

'Ισως.  adv.  fromiaoc,  in  like  manner, 
equally.  Plat.  Legg.  805  A,  etc.  :  more 
rarely=o//Oi'w<•. — II.  fairly,  equitably. 
Ίσως  και  κα/.ώς,  Dem.  59,  19. — ΠΙ. 
according  Ιο  appearances,  probably,  per- 
haps, Hdt.  6,  124,  and  Trag.  :  in  Att. 
oft.  joined  with  ύν  or  τάχ'άν,  c.  opt., 
e.  g.  Soph.  Aj.  691  ;  and  ace.  to 
MSS.  in  Aesch.  Supp.  727,  Eur.  I. 
T.  1055,  c.  opt.  pro  ύι;.  but  this  is 
dub.,  V.  Ellendt  Lex.  Soph.  v.  Ισως, 
fin. :  Ισως  μεν. ..Ισως  δέ...,  perhaps  so 
or  so,  Xen.  Cyr.  4,  3,  2  :  Ίσως  repeat- 
ed, Ar.  Nub.  1320. — IV.  with  numer- 
als, about,  Ar.  Plut.  1058. 

Ίσωσις,  εως,  ή,  {ίσόω)  a  making 
equal,  comparison. 

ΥΙτα,βελιος,  ov,  ό,  Itabelius,  a  leader 
67T 


ΙΤΙΟ 
of  the  Persians  in  Comania.  Xen.  An. 
7,  8,  15 :  V.  1.  Ίταβέλίσις  and  Ιταμέ- 
λισις. 
■\'{ταί3ίφιον,  ου,  τό.  Itabyrium,  Mt. 
Tabor,  a  mountain  of  Galilee,  Joseph.: 
in  Polyb.  Άταβνριον. 

t'lraAt'a,  ας,  ή,  Italia,  Italy,  Hdt.  1, 
23  ;  Thuc.  G,  2 ;  etc.  [---_;  ir.  in 
arsis  in  Call.  Dian.  58,  and  later 
poets.]    Hence 

Ίταλιάζυ,  f.  -άσω,  to  live  in  Italy. 

Ίτα?Μ^ς,  ov,  o,  poet,  for  ΊΓολίώ- 
TTjCt  Anth. 

t'lruAi/ce,  ης.  ή,  Italica.  a  city  of 
Hispania  Baetica  on  the  Baetis,  now 
prim.  Sevilla  la  Vieja,  Strab. 

ΙΊταλίκ//,  -ης,  ή,  Italica,  tlie  name 
given  by  the  allies  to  Corfinium  their 
capital  in  the  social  war,  Strab. 
From 

νίταλίκός,  η.  όν,  of  ox  belonging  to 
Italy,  Italian,  Flat.  Legg.  659  Β  :  τα 
Ιταλικά,  Italian  affairs,  history,  Polyb. 

Ίταλίς,  ίόος,  pecul.  poet.  fein.  of 
Ιταλός,  Anth. 

^Ιταλίί'ύ-ης,  ov,  ύ,  fem.  Ίταλιώτις, 
ΐδος,  an  Italiote,  one  of  the  Greek  in- 
habitants of  Italy,i  in  genl.  Italian, 
rr/tf,  Thuc.  8,  91 ;  πόλεις,  Strab. ; 
etc.     Hence 

νίταλιωτικός,  τ/,  όν,  Italiotic,  Italian, 
Latin,  Luc.  Hist,  scrib.  15. 
ί'Ιταλόθί-ν,  adv.,  from  Italy,  Or.  Sib. 
ί'Ιτα/Μς,  oil.  ύ,  Italus,  an  early  king 
of  the  Pelasgi.  Sicu  li,  or  Oenotri,  from 
whom  Italy  was  said  to  have  derived 
its  name,  Thuc.  6,  2. — II.  adj.  Italianf; 
subst.  ό  'Ιταλός,  an  Italian,  [t  natu- 
rally, but  long  metri  grat.,  Jac.  A.  P. 
505  ;  as  also  in  Ίταλίς,  Ίτα/ύα.] 

Ίτύλός.  ov,  ό,  Lat.  vitulus,  whence 
Italy  is  said  to  be  called,  [ΐ] 

νΐταμύν7ΐς,  ους,  ύ,  Itnmane.^,  a  Per- 
sian. Thuc.  3,  34,  V.  1.  Ίταμενης. 

Ίτάμενημαι,  dep.  mid.  :— ίο  be  an 
ιταμός,  [β  ,       ,        , 

'Ιτάμία,  ας,  η,—Ιταμότης,  LXX. 
[ί]:  from 

'Ιταμός,  ή,  όν.{εΙμι,  Ίτης)  headlong, 
hast  ι/,  eager,  Ar.  Ran.  1292:  bold,  wi- 
pudent,  readi/  for  any  thing,  lisu.  in  bad 
sense,  like  Lat.  audnx.  Dem.  777,  3  ; 
It.  πμός  τι.  Plut.  Adv.  -μώς,  Alex. 
Kvid  1.  [t]     Hence 

Ίτΰμότης,  ητος,  ή,  headlong  bold- 
ness, Lat.  audacia,  Plat.  Polit.  311  A. 

cn 

νίτανυς,  ου,  η;  Itanus,  a  city  ol 
Crete,  Hdt.  4,  151. 

ΊΤΕΆ,  ας,  ή,  Ion.  ίτέ?)  and  Ιτείη, 
a  willow,  Lat.  salix,  II.  21,  350;  cf. 
ώλεσίκαρπος. — II.  a  wicker  shield,  cov- 
ered with  gypsum,  ox-hide  or  cop- 
per, a  target,  Eur.  Heracl.  376,  etc. 
(Orig.  with  digamma,  FiTta,  which 
appears  in  our  with,  withy.  Lat.  intex, 
etc.  ;  cf  also  οϊσύα  ;  v.  Pott  Ktym. 
Forsch.  1,  120.)  [i]    Hence 

Ίτέίνος,  1},  ov,  of  belonging  to  wil- 
low. It.  ()ύ3δος',  Hdt.  4,  67  ;  made  of 
willow,  wicker,  Ίτ.  σάκεα,  Theocr.  16, 
79.  [it] 

Ίτέον,  veib.  adj.  from  εΙμι,  one  must 
go.  Plat.  Eep.  394  D. 

Ίτεών,  ώνος,  ο,  (ί'τέα)  a  willow- 
ground,  [ί]  . 

'I-?;Aof,  f),  ov,  ace.  to  Hesych.= 
έμμονος,  ουκ  έξίτηλος,  in  Aesch.  Fr. 
34,  but  v.  Herin.  Opusc.  2.  p.  04. 

Ίτιμκ  3  dual  impf.  Ep.  of  ειμί, 
Horn,  [i] 

Ίτης,  ov,  6,  (,εΐαύ  =  ιταμός,  Ar. 
Nub.  445,  and  Plat,  [i] 

Ίτ}]τέον,=  ίτέον,  Ar.  Nub.  131.  [t] 

Ίτητικός,  ή,  όι>,^=  ιταμός,  τΐ/ίος  κίυ- 
δννον,  Arist.  Eth.  Ν.  [ϊ] 

Ίτθέλη,ης,ή,  Ion.  for  όιφθέρα. 
i'lTiov,  ου,  τό,  Partus  Itius,  a  protn- 
678 


ίΥΓΞ 

ontory  and  harbour  of  Belgic  Gaul, 
now  WitsaTid.  Strab. 

Ίτον.  ov,  TO,  a  kind  of  mushroom, 
Theophr. 

Ίτυς,  J/,  όν,  (εΙμι)  passable,  Leon. 
Tar. 

ΫΙτονραίη,  ας.  ή,  Iiuraea,  a  region  of 
eastern  Palestine,  N.T. :  οί'Ιτυνραΐ- 
01,  ων,  the  Ituraeans,  a  Syrian  race, 
famous  robbers,  Strab. 

Ίτρίνεος,  έα,  εον,  likeiTpia,  Anth. : 
from 

Ίτρια  or  ίτρία,  ων,  τά,  a  kind  of 
cake,  made  (ace.  to  Ath.)  of  sesame 
and  honey.  Anacr.  16,  ubi.  v.  Bergk: — 
the  accent  is  dub.,  Elmsl.  Ach.  1092. 
Ίτριοπώ/.ης,  ου,  ό,  {Ιτρια,  ττωλέω) 
α  dealer  in  Ιτρια. 

Ίττω,  Boeot.  for  ιστω,  3  sing,  im- 
perat.  of  οίδα,  esp.  in  phrase  Ιττω 
Ζενς,  Jupiter  be  witness.'  Valck.  Phoen. 
1671,  Heind.  Plat.  Phaed.  62  A  ;  also, 
"ιττω  Ηρακλής,  Ar.  Ach.  860. 

ί'Ιτνκη,  ης,  ^,the  Lat.  l^iica,  a  cele- 
brated city  of  Africa,  northwest  of 
Carthage,  Polyb. ;  Strab. :  adj.  Ίτυ- 
καίος,  a,  ov,  of  Utica,  Polyb. 
ί'Ιτνλος,  ov,  6,  Itylus,  son  of  Ze- 
thus  and  Aedon,  Od.  19.  522,=Ίτΐ'ζ•. 
ί'ίτνμονενς,  έως  Ion.  τ/ος,  ό,  Ilymd- 
neus,  son  of  Hyperochus  of  Elis,  II. 
11,  672.— Others  in  Ap.  Rh.  ;  etc. 

Ίτϋς,  νος,  ή,  the  edge  or  rim  of  a 
round  body,  in  Hom.  (only  in  11.)  al- 
ways the  felly  of  wheels,  II.  4,  486  ; 
5,  724  ; — the  outer  edge  of  the  sbield, 
Hes.  Sc.  314.  Hdt.  7,  89  :  and  so  the 
round  shield  itself,  Eur.  Ion  210,  Tro. 
1 197  :  Ιτνς  βλεφάρων,  the  arch  of  the 
eye-brows  :  also  a  rih,  Galen.  (Ace. 
to  some  from  ιέναι,  that  which  goes 
round ;  but  prob.  connected  with 
Ιτέα.)  [ΐ] 

Ίτνς,  νος,  ό,  Itys,  son  of  Tereiis 
and  Procne,  Aesch.  Ag.  1144  ;  Soph.; 
etc.,  also  in  trisyll.  form  'IrwZof,  q.  v.; 
Od.  19,  522.  [Usu.  --,Blomf.  Aesch. 
Ag.  1113  ;  but  in  dactylic  metres  also 
V,  Soph.  El.  148,  Dind.,  Ar.  Av.  212.] 
Ίτω,  3  sing,  imperat.  from  εΙμι,  let 
him  or  it  go,  Horn.  Att.  used  almost 
^εστω.  let  it  proceed  f  go  on  !  Soph. 
Phil.  120,  Elmsl.  Med.  780.  [i] 
νίτων.  ωνος,  ή,  Iton,  a  city  of  Thes- 
salian  Phlhiotis  near  Larissa,  con- 
taining a  temple  of  Minerva,  II.  2, 
696  :  in  Strab.  also  Ίτωνος,  ov,  ό. 

Ίτωνία,  ας,  ή,  or  -ιάς,  ιάδος,  ί/,  or 
Ίτωνίς,  ίόης,  ή,  Itonian,  α  name  of 
Minerva,  Polyb.  4,  25,  2  ;  Call.  Cer. 
75  ;  Plut.  Pyrrh.  26  :  prop.  fem.  from 
ΫΙτώνιος,  a,  ov,  of  or  belonging  to 
Iton,  Itonian,  Plut.  Ίτωνιαι  πνλαι, 
the  Itonian  gate,  one  of  the  gates  of 
Athens;  Plat.  Axioch.  365  Α.;  v. 
Leake  Topog.  Ath.  371. 
ΥΙτώνη,  t)c,  ή,  Itone.  a  city  of  Lower 
Italy  ;  hence  ό  Ίτωνενς,  έως,  an  inhab. 
of  Itone,  Thuc.  5,  5. 

νίτωνος,  ov,  ό,  Itonus,  son  of  Am- 
phictyon,  Paus. 

Ίυγγοόρομέω,  ύ,=βοηδρομέω,  βο• 
τ/θέω. 

Ίνγη,  r/ς,  ή,^=  Ινγμός,  α  howlirig, 
shrieking,  yelling,  as  of  men  in  pain, 
Orac.  ap.  Hdt.  9,  43,  Soph.  Phil.  752  ; 
the  hissing  of  snakes,  etc..  Nic,  and 
0pp.  (Prob.  from  an  interjection,  v. 
sub  ίνζω.)  [iv  Ep..  ΐϋ  Att.,  Soph.  1.  c] 
Ίνγμός,  οϋ,  ό.  (ίνζω)  a  shouting, 
shout  of  joy,  11.  18,  572  :  also  a  cry  of 
pain,  scream,  shriek,  Aesch.  Cho.  26, 
cf  ίνγή.   [i] 

"Ινγξ.  Ιυγγος,  also  Ινγξ,  ή,  {Ινζω) 
the  wryneck,  Lat.  iynx  torquilla,  SO 
called  from  its  cry  :  the  ancient  wiz- 
ards and  witches  used  to  bind  it  to  a 
wheel  which  they  turned  round,  be- 


ΙΦΓΚ 

lieving  that  they  drew  along  with  it 
and  charmed  men's  souls;  it  was 
esp.  used  to  recover  unlaithful  lov- 
ers: hence — 11.  the  mnnic  wheel  itself, 
ελαειν  Ινγγα  επί  τινι,  to  set  it  going 
against  some  one,  Xen.  Mem.  3,  11, 
17,  ubi  v.  Schneid.:  cf.  Theocr.  2,  17. 
— ill.  metaph.  a  love-charm,  wilchtry, 
.ttrong  desire,  Find.  N.  4,  56,  Ar.  Lys. 
1 1 10.  [i  Ep.  and  Pind. ;  ϊ  Att.  e.  g. 
Ar.  I.  c] 

Ίνζω,  fut.  Ινζω,  to  shmit,  holla,  Π. 
17,  66,  Od.  15,  162,  in  both  places  of 
people  shouting  to  scare  away  a  wild 
animal :  later  fo  cry  out  in  joy.  or  more 
freq.  in  pain,  to  howl,  shriek,  yell.  Pllld. 
P.  4,  422,  Aesch.  Pers.  280,  etc. 
(From  an  interject,  sound,  like  Ιή, 
iov,  Ίώ.  whence  also  subst.  la,  ιή,  the 
voice.)  [{,  Ep..  and  Pind. :  t  Att.,  e.  g. 
Soph.  Tr.  787.] 

ϊνκτήρ,  ήρος,  ό,  and 
Ίνκτής,  ov,  ό,  {ίύζω)  one  who  shouts 
or  cries  :  also  a  singer,  whistler,  piper, 
Theocr.  8,  30,  in  poet,  form  ίνκτά.  [ί\ 
f'lvpnai,  ών,  oi,  the  lyrcae,  a  Scyth- 
ian people  in  Asiatic  Sarmatia,  Hdt. 
4,  22. 

ν\φενς,  έως  Ep.  ήος,  ό,  Iphtus,  a 
Lycian,  II.  16,417.  [t] 
ΫΙώΟίμη.  ης,  ή,  Iplithvne,  a  sister  of 
Penelope,  Od.  4,  797.  [t]  from 

Ίφβϊμος,  η,  ov,  also  ος,  σν : — strong, 
mighty,  olt.  in  Horn.,  usu.  as  epith.  of 
heroes  ;  esp.  of  bodily  strength,  11.  3, 
336  ;  18,  204,  etc. ;  epith.  of  a  strong 
stream,  II.  17,  749 : — also  in  a  genl. 
signf ,  of  women,  goodly,  Ιφθ.  βασί- 
λεια, τταρύκοιτις,  άλσ;ζος,  etc. : — 
Hom.  uses  it  η,  ov,  of  persons  ;  but 
he  says  ΐφθιμοι  Tpv^at,  κεφαλαί. 
(Prob.  directly  from  Ιφι,  so  that  -0t- 
μο€  is  a  mere  termin.) 

ΤΦ1,  Ep.  adv.,  strongly, mightily,  with 
might,  force  or  power ;  oft.  in  Horn., 
but  only  with  four  verbs,  viz.  Ιφι 
ΰνάσσειν,  to  rule  by  might;  ioi  μά- 
χεσβαί,  to  fight  valiantly :  ίφι  δημήνηι, 
to  be  tamed  by  force ;  and  so,  Ιφι  κτά• 
μένος.  II.  3,  375. — Freq.  in  compos,  in 
prop,  names,  e.  g.  'ίφιιη•π.σσα,  Ιφιγέ- 
νεια. (In  Hom.  it  has  the  digamma 
Fifiit,  and  so  prob.  is  an  old  poet.  dat. 
from  ις  :  ace.  to  others  ueut.  from  an 
old  adj.  Ιφις.) 
■\'1φιάδ?]ς.  ov,  δ,  Iphiudes,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  Dem.  679,  18;  etc. 

i'loiavaaaa,  ης,  ή.  {ίφι,  ΰνασσα) 
Iphianassa,^^Trag.  Iphigenia,  Schol. 
II.  9,  145:  distinct  from  her.  Soph. 
El.  157. — 2.  daughter  of  Aetohis,  wife 
of  Endymion,  ApoDod. — 3.  a  Nereid, 
Luc.  [ίφ.] 

Ϋϊφιανειρα,  ας,  η,  {}ψι,  ανί/ρ)  Iphia- 
nlra,  daughter  of  Megapenthes, 
Died.  S. 

Υλφιάς,  άδος,  η,  Iphias,  fem.  pr.  n., 
Ap.  Rh.  1,  3Γ2. 

Ιφιγένεια,  ας,  ri,  {ϊφι,  *γένω)  Iphi- 
genla,  daughter  of  Agamemnon+and 
Clytaenmestra,  ordered  to  be  sacri- 
ficed to  Diana  at  Aulis,  but  preserved 
and  carried  away  by  that  gotldess  to 
be  her  priestess  in  the  Tauric  Cherso- 
nese, Hdt.  4,  104;  Aesch.  Ag.  1526; 
Pind.  P.  11,  35.f  Trag.  for  Homer's 
Ίφιύνασσα,  q.  v.  [ϊφ :  once  -νείΰ, 
Aesch.  Ag.  1526,  cf.  Dind.  Ar.  Fr.  p. 

Ίφϊγέρητος,  ov,  {ίφι,  γενέσθαι.) pro- 
dured  by  might,  ττϊφ,  Orph.  [Ιφ'\ 

νίφιγόνη,  ης.  ή.  Iρhigδne,z:=Ίφιγέ• 
vf/u,  Eur.  El.  1023. 

ΫΙφιόάμας,  αντος,  ό,  {ΐΦι,  δημύω) 
Ιι  hidamns,  son  of  Antenor,  I).  11,  221. 

'\Ίφικλείδ?ίς,  ov,  ό,  son  of  Iphicles, 
i.  e.  lolaus,  Pind.  P.  11,  91 ;  Hes.  Sc 
111. 


ΙΧΘΤ 

Τ1φικ7.έι/ς,  contd.  Ίφικ/.ης,  έονς,  ο, 
Ipkictes,  son  of  Amphitryon,  brother 
of  Hercules,  Hes.  Sc.  54  ;  Find.  P.  9, 
155;  I.  1,  40,  gen.'lipiK/Αος. 

νίφικλήαος,  η,  ov,  of  oi  belonging  to 
fyhtclus{2),  Od.  11,  289. 

i'lΦlκ?.oς,ov,ό,Iphicl^ίs,=:'lόικ}Jης, 
Apoilod.  —  2.  son  of  Phylacus  and 
Cleomene,  of  Phvlace  m  Thessaly, 
an  Argonaut,  II.  2.  705;  13,  098.— 3. 
son  of  Thestius,  an  Argonaut  and  one 
of  the  Calydonian  hunters,  Ap.  Rh. 
1.  201. — 4.  son  of  Cephalus,  Pans. 

f Ιφικράτης,  ους,  ό,  (Ιφι,  κρατέω) 
Iphicrates,  Ά  commander  of  the  Athe- 
nians, Xen.  Hell.  4,  5,  13. 

Ίφικρα-ίδες,  ων,  αϊ,  a  kind  of 
shoes,  called  from  foreg.,  Diod.  15,  44. 

['>] 

^Ίφιμέδεια,  ας,  η,  Iphimedia,  daugh- 
ter of  Tnops,  wife  of  Aloeus,  mother 
by  Neptune  of  Otus  and  Ephialtes, 
Od.  11,304. 

νίφιμέδουσα,  ης,  ή,  (ioi,  μέδουσα) 
Iphimedusa,  a  daughter  of  Dunaus, 
ApoUod. 

^'Ιφίμέδων,  οντος,  b,  (_1φι,  μέδων) 
Iphimedon,  son  of  Eurystheus,  Apol- 
lo<L 

^^Ιφινόη,  ης,  ή,  Iphinde,  fern.  pr.  n., 
Apoilod.  ;  Paus. ;  etc. :  fern,  from 

t'l^iiOOf,  ου,  ό,  (Ιφι,  νόος)  Iphinous, 
son  of  Dexius,  a  Greek,  11.  7,  14. 

Ίφιος,  a,  ov,  (ίφι)  strong,  mighty, 
Ep.  adj.,  oft.  in  Horn.,  but  only  in 
phrase,  Ι&ιαμη/.α,  large,  goodly  sheep. 

tn^if,  ιος,  ό,  ace.  Ίφεα,  Iphis,  a 
Trojan,  II.  16,  417  :  cf.  Buttm.  Ausf. 
Gr.  §  51,  Anin.  1. — 2.  son  of  Alector, 
father  of  Euadne,  Eur.  Supp.  986 : 
father  of  Eteoclus,  Paus.,  Apoilod. — 
Il.gen.  iof  andiJof,  iy.daughterof  En- 
yeus,  slave  of  Patroclus,  II.  9,  667. — 2. 
daughter  of  Thespius,  Apoilod. 
^'λφιτίδης.  ου,  ό,  son  of  Iphilus,  i.  e. 
Archeptolenms,  IL  8,  128. 
'\'\φιτίυν,  υΐ'ος,  ό,  Iphition,  son  of 
Otrynteus  of  Hyde,  an  ally  of  the 
Trojans,  II.  20. 382. 
ΐΊ^ίτοζ•,  01',  ό,  Iphilus,  son  of  Eury- 
tus  of  Oechalia,  brother  of  lole,  an 
Argonaut,  Od.  21,  14;  Soph.  ;  etc. — 
2.  son  of  Naubolus  of  Phocis^  an  Ar- 
gonaut, IL  2,  518. — 3.  son  of  Haemon, 
king  in  Elis  who  again  restored  the 
Olympian  games,  Paus.  5,  4,  5  ;  etc.: 
or  ace.  to  Strab.  founded  them. 

"ΙόϋοΐΊ  ου,  TO,  a  kind  of  pot-herb, 
Ar.  Thesm.  910.  [i] 

^Ιχθνα,  ας,  η,  Ion.  Ιχθνη,  (Ιχθύς) 
the  dried,  rough  skin  of  the  fish  βίνη, 
like  our  shagreen,  Hipp. 

Ίχβϋάζο),  f.  ■ύσω.=ίχθνάω,  Anth. 

Ίχθϋύριον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  ιχθύς, 
a  little  fish,   [a] 

^'Ιχθύας,  ου,  ό,  Ichthyas,  a  Megari- 
an  philosopher,  Ath.  335  A. 

Ίχθΰάω,  ώ,  f.  -άσω,  {Ίχθΰς)  to  fish, 
angle,  Od.  12,  95 ;  Ep.  impf.  ίχθνύα- 
σκον,  Od.  4,  368:  also  in  mid.,  Lye. 

Ίχθυβολεύς,  έως,  ό,=ίχθυβόλος, 
Nic. 

'Ιχθυ3ολέω,  ύ,  to  strike  fish,  har- 
poon them,  Anth. 

'Ιχθυ3όλος,  ov,  (Ιχθύς,  βά7.λω) 
striking  fish,  ίχβ.  μηχανή,  of  the  tri- 
dent, Aesrh.  Theb.  133:  ό  ίχθ.,  a 
harponntr,  Leon.  Tar.     Hence 

"t'l  χβυ-Ιόλος.  ου,  ό,  IchthybOlus,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Ath.  173  A, 

Ίχθυίόρος,  ov,  (Ιχθύς,  βορά,  βι- 
βρώσκω)  fish-eating,  Leon.  Tar. 

']χβύ3οτο€,  ov,  (ιχθύς,  βόσκω)  fed 
on  by  fish,  Opp,  H.  2,  1. 

Ίχθν\όνος,  ov,  (ιχθύς,  *γένω)  pro- 
ducing fi^h. 

Ίχθνδιον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  ιχθύς, 


ΙΧΘΤ 
α  little  fish,  Ar.  Fr.  344,  8.     [Ace.  to 
Dawes  Misc.  p.  214,  ϋ,  but  so  only  in 
Archestr.  ap.  Ath.  311  C,  eisewh.  al- 
ways ϋ,  Meineke  Menand.  p.  160.] 

'Ιχθνδόκος,  ov,  (ιχθύς,  δέχομαι) 
holding  fish,  σπυρίς  Leon.  Tar. 

'Ιχθ>υη,  ης,  ή,  ion.  for  Ίγθύα- 

Ίχθυήματα,  ων,  τά,  (ιχθνα)  fish- 
scales  :  hence  any  small  substances, 
filings,  Hipp. 

Ίχθυηρός,  ά,  όν,  (ιχθύς)  of,  belong- 
ing to  fish,  fishy,  L  e.  foul,  πινακίσκοι 
Ar.  Pint.  813,  Fr.  449. 

Ίχθυια,  ας.  ή,  (ιχθύς)  fishing,  Procl. 

Ίχθυίκός,  ή,  όν,  LXX,  and  ίχθυέ- 
νός.  ή,  όν,  Αβ\.,τ=1χβυηρός. 

Ίχθύκεντρον,  ου,  τό,ίίχθύς,  κέντρον) 
afish-goad,  ι.  e.  α  trident,  harpoon,  Paus. 

Ίχθνμέδων,  οντος,  ό,  king  offish. 

Ίχθννόμος,  ov,  (ιχθύς,  νέμω)  ruling 
fish,  Opp. 

Ίχθυοβολεύς,  ίχθνοβο?.έω,  Ιχθυο- 
βό?-ος,=^ίχθυβ. 

Ίχθυόβρωτος,  ον,  (Ιχθύς,  βιβρώ- 
σκω)fed  on  by  fish,  Plut. 

Ίχθυοειδης,  ές,  (ιχθύς,  είδος)  fish- 
shaped,  fish-like,  Hdt.  7,  61. 

Ίχθυόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  (ιχθύς)  full  of 
fish,  fishy,  Hom.,  esp.  as  epith.  of 
■πόντος,  also  Ίχθυόεντα  κέ?.ευθα,  i.  e. 
the  sea,  Od.  3,  177. — II.  consisting  of 
fish,  3ό/.ος  ίχθ.,  Anth. 

Ίχθνοθήρας,  ου,  ό,  (ιχθύς,  θηρύω)  α 
fisherman. 

Ίχθυοθηρεντής,  ον,  ό,  (ιχθύς,  θη- 
ρεύω)—ioreg. 

νίχθνοθηρητήρ,  ηρος,  ό,=Ιχθνοθή• 
ρας,  Anth.  Ρ.  7,  702. 

Ίχθυοθηρία,  ας,  η,  (ίχθνοθήρας) 
fishing. 

Ίχθυοθηρικός,  ή,  όν,  of,  belonging 
to  fishing:  ij  ίχθ.,  sub.  7e;j;i'7;.=  foreg. 

Ίχθνόθηρον,  ου,  τό,  or  -ρος,  ου,  ό, 
=  κνκ?.ύμινος,  a  plant  used  for  taking 
fish,  Diosc. 

Ίχθνοκέντανρος,  ου,  ό,  η,  (ιχθύς, 
κένταυρος)  α  fish-centaur,  half-man 
and  half-fish. 

Ίχθυόκεντρον,  ov,  τό,^ίχθύκεν- 
τρον. 

'Ιχθυόκο7^Μ,  ης,  ή,  (ιχθύς,  κόλλα) 
α  sluny  kind  of  fish,  Plin. ;  or  the 
slime  from  the  belly  of  that  fish,  Diosc. 

Ίχθυο?.ηΊστήρ,  ήρος,  ό,  (ιχθύς,  7.ΐ)- 
στής)  α,  stealer  of  fish,  Leon.  Tar.  91, 
where  MSS.  ίχθυσιληϊστήρ,  which 
is  defended  by  Lob.  Phryn.  687. 

Ίχθνο/.κός,  οΰ,  ό,  (ιχθύς,  ε?^κω)  an 
angler. 

Ίχθυο?.ογέω,  ώ,  {ιχθύς,  λέγω)  to 
speak,  treat  offish. 

Ίχθνο/.ύμης,  ου,  6,  (Ιχθύς,  λύμη) 
the  plague  of  fish,  comic  epith.  of  a 
fish-eater,  Ar.  Pac.  814,  Horace's 
pernicies  macelli.  [λί] 

Ίχθυόμαντις,  εως,  ό,  {ιχθύς, μάντις) 
one  who  prophecies  by  meayis  offish,  Ath. 

Ίχθνοπώλαινα,  fem.  of  ίχθνοηώ- 
λης,  Pherecr.  Ipn.  1. 

Ίχθυοπω/.εΐον,  ου,  τό,  the  fish-mar- 
ket, Plut. :  from 

'Ιχθυοπώ?^ης,  ov,  δ,  (ιχθύς,  τΓω?.έω) 
a  fishmonger,  Antiph.  MiffOTr.  1,  10. 
Hence 

'Ιχθνθ7Γω?.ία,  ας,  ή,  fishmongering, 
Ath. :  and 

Ίχθνοπώλιον,  ov,  τό,=  ίχθνοπω- 
7,εΐον. 

^\χθυ07:ω7.ις,  ιδος,  fem.  of  ίχθνο- 
τζώ/.ης,  sub.  άγορά,^ίχθνοττω/ιεϊον, 
Plut. 

'Ιχθνό()^>οος,  ον,  contr.  -βους,  ονν, 
(ιχθύς,  βέω)  running  ivith  fish,  full  of 
fish,  ποταμός,  Timocl.  Icar.  1. 

Ίχθυοτροώεΐον,  ου,  τό.  a  stew,  fish- 
pond, Moschio  ap.  Ath.  208  A  :  and 

Ίχθυοτροφικός,  ή,  όν,  fit  for,  de- 
lighting in  keeping  fish :  from 


IXNE 

Ίχθνοτρόφος,  ov,  (Ιχθύς,  τρέφω) 
feeding  or  keeping  fish  :  full  of  fish, 
fishy,  Plut. 

Ίχθυου'λκός,  ov,  ό,=:ίχθνολκός. 

Ίχθνοφΰγέω,  ώ,  ίο  live  on  fish,  Arist. 
H.  A. :  and  \  ^ 

Ίχθνυφάγία,  ας,  ή,  a  living  onfi^h  : 
from 

Ίχθνοφάγος,  ov,  (ίχθνς,  φαγεΐν) 
eating  fish,  oi  Ί.  άνδρες,  the  Ichthyo- 
phagi,  the  Fish-eaters,  a  tribe  of  Africa 
on  the  Sinus  Arabicus  south-east 
of  Syene,  Hdt.  3,  19.— 2.  a  tribe  in 
Gedrosia  on  the  Erythraeum  Alare, 
Strab.  [ά] 

Ίχθνοφορέω,  ώ,  to  produce  fish : 
from 

Ίχθνοφόρος,  ov,  (ιχθύς,  φέρω)  pro- 
ducing fish. 

Ίχθυπάγής,  ές,  (ιχθύς,  ττήγννμι) 
piercing  fish,  άγκιστρον,  Anth. 

Ίχθυς,  νος,  ό,  α  fish,  Hom.,  etc.  ί 
metaph.  of  stupid  fellows,  Plut.  2,  975 
B. — II.  in  Att.  plur.  oi  Ιχθνες,  the. 
fish-market,  Ar.  V'esp.  789,  Antiph. 
ΚΐΌίσί*.  2.  For  ace.  ίχθνν  later  is 
found  ίχθύά:  the  nom.  and  ace.  pL 
ίχθνες,  ίχθνας,  are  contr.  into  ΐχθϋς, 
as  early  as  Od.  [nom.  sing,  ιχθύς, 
with  ϋ  II.  21,  127;  ace.  sing,  ίχθύν 
with  V  only  in  Find. :  short  in  genit. 
and  in  all  compds.] 

νϊχθύς,  ύος,  ό.  Ichthys  (promonto- 
rium),  a  promontory  of  Elis  between 
Pheia  and  ChelonataS,  now  prob. 
Catacolo,  Thuc.  2,  25  ;  Xen.  Hell.  6, 
2,31.-11.  masc.  pr.  n.,  ap.  Ath.  346  E. 

Ίχθυσΰ.ηιστήρ,  ήρος,  6,  v.  ίχθνο- 
?.ηίστήρ. 

Ίχθντόκος,  ον,  (Ιχθύς,  τεκεϊν)  pro- 
diici?ig fish,  iNonn. 

Ίχθνφάγος,  ov,  (ιχθύς,  φαγεϊν)=: 
ίχθνοφάγος,  Anth.  [ΰ] 

Ίχθυφόνος,  ον,  (Ιχθύς,  *φένω)  kill 
ing fish,  Opp. 

'Ιχθυώδης,  ες,  (ιχθύς,  εϊδος)=ίχθυ 
οειόής,  Hdt.  7,  109.  Adv.  -δώς,  Arist. 
Η.  Α. 

■^'Ιχθύων,  όνος,  ό,  Ichthyon,  masc. 
pr.  η.,  Ath.  335  Α. 

Ίχμα,  ατός,  τό,=  1θμα,  Hesych. 
Υίχναι,  ών,  αϊ,  Ichnae,  a  city  of  Ma- 
cedonia in  Bottiaea,  at  the  mouth  of 
the  Ludias,  Hdt.  7.  123.-2.  a  city 
of  Thessalian  Phthiotis,  where  The- 
mis was  especially  revered,  Strab. : 
adj.  ΊχναΙος,  a,  ov,  of  Ichnae,  Ichnae- 
an,  V.  sub  sq. — 3,  a  town  of  Meso- 
potamia, Plut.  Crass.  25. 

Ίχναϊος,  αία,  alov,  (Ίχνος)  tracking, 
following  on  the  track,  epith.  of  The- 
mis and  Nemesis,  H.  Horn.  Ap.  94: 
yet  the  ancients  derived  it  from  Ich- 
nae ill  Thessaly,  where  was  a  temple 
of  Themis,  Jac.  Anth.  2,  2,  p.  79. 

Ίχνάομαι, dep.  ϊϊάά.^ίχνεύω,  Plut. 

Ίχνεια,  ας,  ή,  (ίχνεύω)  a  tracking, 
casting  about  for  the  scent,  of  hounds, 
Xen.  Cyn.  3,  7. 

Ίχνελύτης,  ov,  ό,  =  ίχνη7.άτης, 
Anth.  [α] 

Ίχνεΐ'μα,  ατός,  τό,  α  track. 

Ίχνενμων,  όνος,  ό,  (ίχνεύω)  strictly 
the  tracker,  hence — 1.  an  Aegypt.  ani- 
mal of  the  weasel-kind,  U'hich  hunts  out 
crocodile's  eggs,  Nic. — 2.  α  wasp,  that 
hunts  spiders,  Arist.  H.T^. 

Ίχνενσις,  εως,  y,  (ίχνεύω)  a  track- 
ing, Xen.  Cyn.  3,  4. 

Ίχνεύτειρα,  ας,  ή,  Welcker  Syll.  η, 
32,  9,  fem.  of  ίχνεντήρ. 

Ίχνεντεος,  έα,  έον,  verb.  adj.  from 
ίχνεύω,  to  be  tracked  or  searched  out, 
Philostr. 

Ίχνεντήρ,  ήρος,  o,:=sq.,  Opp. 

Ίχνεντης,  ov,  ό,  a  tracker,  hunter, 
ίχν.  κύων,  a  hound  that  hunts  by  nose : 
Ιχνενταί  was  the  title  of  a  satyric 
679 


ία 

play  of  Soph. — II.  =ίχνενμυν  1,  the 
ichneumon,  Hdt.  2,  67  ;  and 

Ίχΐ'ίντικός,  ή,  όν,  good  at  tracking, 
κνων,  Epict. :  from 

'ϊχνίίύω,  f.  -tvau,  (Ίχνος)  to  track, 
trace,  hunt  after,  seek  out,  Soph.,  etc.  ; 
ΐχν-  θήρας  κνσί,  Eur.  Cycl.  130 ;  cf. 
Plat.  Legg.  654  Ε  :  in  Find.  P.  8.  48, 
Bockh  now  reads  Ιχνέυν  metri  grat., 
but  Hermann's  ot'.^'i't'iJi'is prob.  best. 

'Ijt'fw,  V.  foreg.  _ 

'\χν7ΐλϋ.σία.  ας,  ή,  a  foU owing  on  the 
track,  better  form  of  ίχνη7.ατία,  Lob. 
Phryn.  507 :  and 

Ίχνη/ΛίτΗο,  ώ.  to  follow  on  the  track, 
seek  out,  Philo  :  from 

Ίχιηι/.άηις.  ov,  ύ,  {Ιχνος,  έλαύνω) 
one  uho  follows  on  the  track,  a  tracker, 
seeker,  Plut.  [u]     Hence 

Ίχνηλάτησις,  εως,  ή,  a  following  on 
the  track. 

Ίχνηλΰτία,  ας,  ή,  y.  Ιχνηλασία. 

'{χνων,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  Ιχνος 
only  in  form,  a  track,  trace,  footstep, 
Horn. ;  μετ'  Ιχνίά  τίνος  βαίνειν,  to 
follow  on  one's  track,  Od.  5, 193,  also 
κατ'  Ιχνιύ  τίνος,  Αρ.  Rh. 

Ίχνοβύτ7ίς,  ov,  ό,  (Ιχνος,  βαίνω) 
going  on  the  track,  [ΰ] 

Ιχνογραφία,  ας,  ή,  {Ιχνος,  -γράφω) 
α  tracing  or  sketching  out,  Vitruv. 

Ίχνοττέόη,  ης,  ή,  {Ιχνος,  πέδη)  α 
kind  oi' fetter  or  trap,  Anth. 

'\χνος,  εος.  τύ,α  track,  footstep,  Od. 
17,  317,  Hes.  Op.  678  :  hence  nietaph. 
a  track,  step,  trace,  mark.  Ίχνος  κακών, 
λόγων,  Trag.,  etc.  :  Ίχνη  υποδημά- 
των, shoe-soles,  Hipp.,  hence,  I.  πυ- 
ύος  τιβέναι,  Lat.  vestigium  ponere, 
Eur.  Or.  140,234,  Phoen.  104.  (From 
ϊκω,  ίκνέομαι,  as  Ιθμα  from  εΙμι.) 

']χνοσκυπέω,  ώ,  {Ίχνος,  σκοπέω)  to 
look  at  the  track  or  traces,  Aesch.  Cho. 
228.     Hence 

Ίχνοσκοπία,  ας,  ή,  a  looking  at  the 
tracks,  Plut. 

νίχνονσα,   ης,   ή,   Ichnusa,   earlier 
name  of  Sardinia,  Paus. 

Ίχώρ,  ώρος,  ό,  ichor,  the  etherial 
juice,  not  blood,  that  flows  in  the  veins 
ol  gulls,  11.  5,  340  :  irreg.  Ep.  ace. 
ϊχώ  for  Ιχώρα,  only  II.  ί),  416,  like 
γέλω  for  γέλωτα,  and  Ιδρώ  for  ιδρώ- 
τα.— II.  the  watery  part  of  the  blood  or 
of  milk,  Arist.  H.  A.  ;  lymph,  Lat.  se- 
rum ;  but  also  of  corrupted  or  impure 
juices,  dischi 
[t]    Hence 


juices,  discharge,  matier, Lat. ;jus,  Hipp 


upted 
,Lat. 


Ίχωροειδής,  ές,  (.Ιχώρ,  είδος)  like 
ichor  or  serous  matter,  Hipp,  [i] 

ΊχωΙφοέω,  ώ,  {Ιχώρ,  βέω)  to  run 
with  ichor  or  serous  matter,  Hipp.  [?] 

^Ιχωρώόιις,  ες,=  Ιχωροείόής,  Hipp. 

tfJ 

Ίψ,  ό,  gen.  Ιιτός,  nom.  pi.  Ιπες, 
{ΙτΓΤομαι)  a  wor?n  that  eats  horn  and 
wood,  Od.  21,  395;  also  that  eats  the 
vine-htds,  Theophr. :  also=if.  [i  in 
all  cases.] 

Ίώαο,  2  sing.  aor.  1  from  Ιπτομαι, 
II. 

"Ιψοζ•,  ov,  or  Ιφός,  ov,  6,  the  cork- 
tree, Theophr.  ;   ace.  to  others,  ivy, 
and  so  prob.  akin  to  κισσός. 
ΫΙψος,  ov,  ή,  Ipsjis,  a  city  of  Phry- 
gia,  App. ;  in  Arr.  'Ii/'of,  An.  7,  18,    5. 

'lij,  subj.  from  ειμί,  Horn. 

1ώ,  contr.  for  ίάου,  imper.  of  ido- 
μαι.  Hdt.  3,  53. 

Ίώ,  io  !  Ο .'  an  exclamation,  csp.  of 
icy,  as  in  Lat.  io  triumphe  !  Trag.  ; 
but  in  Att.  drama  also  very  freq.  of 
fear,  sorrow,  etc.,  oh  .'—11.  sometimes 
merely  a  call,  ho!  holla!  [t;  yet 
sometimes  i,  Seidl.  Dochni.  p.  277.] 

Ίώ,  ιών,  usu.  Ιώγα,  Ar.  Ach.  898, 
:and  Ιώνγα,  Boeot.  for  h/ώ,  έγών, 
■Ιγωγε. 

680 


1ΩΝΙ 

Ίώ,  Ίοϋς,  ή.  Ιο,  daughter  of  Ina-  1 
chus,  changed  into  a  heifer,  under 
which  form  she  wandered  to  Aegypt, 
and  was  there  worshipped  as  Isis, 
Hdt.  1,1;  Aesch.  Pr.,etc. — II.  a  name 
of  t lie  moon  at  Argos.  [(] 

ΥΙωύβαμ,  indecl  and  Ιώθαμος,  ov, 
Joseph.,  0,  Jotham,  a  king  ol  Judah, 
N.  T. 

ν\ωάννα,  7}ς,  ή,  Jolianna,  Hebr.  fern, 
pr.  n.,  N.  T. 

ν\ωαννάς,  a,  h,  Johannas,  Hebr. 
masc.  pr.  n.,  N.  T. 

ν\ωύννΐ]ς,  ov,  ό,  Johannes,  John,  sur- 
nained  the  Baptist,  the  forerunner  of 
Christ,  N.  T.  Matth.  3,  1,  etc.— 2.  the 
apostle,  son  of  Zebedee  and  Salome, 
N.  T.— Others  in  N.  T.,  etc. 

i'luS,  ό,  indecl.  Job,  masc.  pr.  n., 
LXX. 

^]ωβάρης,  ov,  ό,  lobares,  a  river  of 
India,  Arr.  Ind.  8,  5. 

Ίωγή,  ης,  ή,  poet,  word  like  σκέ- 
πης, shelter,  ϋορέω  νπ'  ϊωγη,  under 
shelter  from  the  north-wind,'  Od.  14, 
533,  cf.  επιωγαί.  [Ϊ] 

Ιώδης,  ες,  {Ίον,  είδος)  violet-like, 
smelling  like  violets,  Diosc.   [<] 

Ιώδης,  ες,  (ιός,  είδος)  rust-like,  rust- 
coloured,  DlOSC— II.  acrid,  Hipp.  :  poi- 
sonous,  Ath.   [i] 

Ίω//,  ης,  ή,  {ίά,  ίώ)  any  lond  sound, 
as  the  cry  or  shout  of  men,  II.  10, 139  ; 
t/ie  sound  of  the  lyre,  Od.  17,  261  ;  the 
roaring  or  whistling  of  the  wind,  II.  4, 
276  ;  the  sound  of  footsteps,  Hes.  Th. 
682.  Ep.  word,  used  also  by  Soph. 
Phil.  216.     Cf.  sq.  and  ίωχμός. 

ί'Ιωήλ,  indecl.    ύ,  Joel,  a  Hebrew 
prophet,  LXX. 
Ίώκα,  V.  sq. 

Ίωκή,  ης,  η,  the  battle-din,  or  the 
rout,  pursuit,  II.  5,  521  :  Ίωκι'/  is  per- 
sonified along  with  Έρις  and  ' Κλκή, 
11.  5,  740  :  there  is  also  a  metaplast. 
ace.  ίώκα  for  ίωκήν,  as  if  from  ίώξ. 
II.  11,  601.  (Usu.  like  ίωχμός  and 
Ίωξις,  deriv.  from  δίω,  διώκω,  cf.  πα- 
λίωξις,  προίωξις  :  others  from  the  in- 
terject, ίώ.  [t] 

νΐώλκιος.  ov,  b,Iolcius,  an  Athenian, 
Thuc.  5.  19. 

t  '[ω/.κίος,  a,  ov,  oflolcos,  lolcian,  -νη, 
χθων.  Eur.   Med.  7,  551  :    lem.  also 

[ωΆκίς,  Αρ.  Rh.  1,  572:  from 

νΐω'λκός,  ov,  Ep.  Ίαωλκός,  Dor. 
Ία'λκός,  ή,  lolcos,  a  city  of  Thessaly 
in  Magnesia,  on  the  Pagasaeus  Sinus, 
the  gathering-place  of  the  Argonauts, 
Hes.  Th.  997 ;  Pind.  P.  4  ;  Ap.  Rh.  1, 
906,  etc. 

Ίών,  ιώνγα,  v.  ίώ,  ιών. 
Ίων,  ωνος,  ό.  Ion,  the  son  of  Xu- 
thus  or  Apollo  and  Creusa,  from 
whom  sprung  the  Ionian  race,  Eur. 
Ion  ;  Hdt.  7,  94  :  hence  ol  Ίωνες,  the 
lonians,  v.  Ίωνες. — 2.  a  tragic  poet 
of  Chios,  Ar.  Pac.  835. — 3.  a  rhapso- 
dist  of  Ephesus  after  whom  was 
named  the  Ion  of  Plat. — II.  a  river  of 
Epirus,  Strab.  [i] 

βίωναν,  indecl.  ύ,  lonan,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  N.  T. 

νΐωνας,  a,  ό.  Jonas  a  Hebrew  pro- 
phet, LXX.— 2.  father  of  Peter  the 
apostle,  N.  T. 

ν\ωνες,  ων,  oi,  cbntd.  from  Ίάονες, 
the  lonians,  one  of  the  four  main  races 
of  the  Greeks,  from  Ίων  I.  1  ;  in  the 
historic  period  esp.  the  inhab.  of  the 
Ionian  colonies  in  Asia  Minor,  Hdt. 

1,  147 ;  V.  Clinton  H.  F.  1,  p.  53,  sq. 
Ίωνιά,   ας,  ή,   also  ίωνία,  (Ιυν)  a 
violet-bed,  Ar.  Pac.  577.  [t] 

f'lωvia,  ας,  ή,  Ionia,  the  country  of 

the  lonians,  esp.  the  region  on  the 

coast  of  Asia  Minor  between  Caria 

and  Aeohs,  Hdt.  1, 142,  109;  Aesch. 


Κ 

Pers.  771 ;  Thuc.  1,  2,  etc.:  ace.  to 
Strab.  this  name  was  also  applied  lo 
Achaia.  and  lo  Attica  from  the  loni- 
ans dwelling  therein. 

ί'Ιωνίας,  ov,  o,  lonias,  masc.  pr.  n., 
Andoc. 

νΐωνιάς,  άδος,  ή,  fern.  adj.  Ionian, 
ννμφαι,  Ath.  681    1). 

Ίι,ινίζω,  I.  -ίσω.  to  speak  Ionic ;  to  live 
in  the  Ionian  fastiion,  i.  e.  effeminately. 
'Ιωνικός,  ή,  ov,  Ionic.  Ionian, ^Άηά 
SO  effeminate,  Ar.  Pac.  40 ;  Ath.  620 
C  ;  etc.f  Adv.  -κώς,  in  the  Ionic  fash- 
ion, 1.  6.  softly,  effeminately.  At. Thesm. 
163. 

Ίωνίς,  ίδος,  pecul.   fem.  of  foreg., 

Ionian. — 11.  as  subsl. — 1.   (sub.  γννή) 

an  Ionian  woman. — 2.   (sub.  γη)  Ionia, 

Ίωνισκος,  oi>,  ό,  a  sea-fish,  Archestr. 

ap.  Ath.  328  C,  elsewh.  χρνσοφρνς. 

Ίωνιστί,  adv.  (Ίωνίζω)  m  Ionic,  like 
Ίαστί. 

Ίωνοκάμπτης,  ov,  ό,  (Ίωνες,  κάμπ- 
τω) one  w/io  sings  with  soft  Ionic  mod- 
ulations, Plut..  cf.  άσματοκάμπτης. 

'lωvόκvσoς,ov,ύ,adebauchee,Cr■dύn. 
Incert.  68,  cf.  κνσολάκων. 

i'lωvύπoλις,  εως,  ή,  Ion6p6lis,  a  city 
of  Paphlagonia,  Luc. 
"Ιωξις,  εως,  ή,=  ίωκή. 

^Ίωξος,  ov,  ό,  loxus,  son  of  Melan- 
ippus,  grandson  of  Theseus,  Plut. 
Thes.  8. 

1  Ίωράμ,  indcl.,  Ίώραμος,  ov,  Joseph, 
ό,  Jiiravi,  son  of  Josaphat,  N.  T. 

^']ωρείμ,  ό,  lorim,  masc.  pr.  n,  N.  T. 
Ίω/ιός,  ov.  ό,  {ώρα)  a  keeper,  watch- 
man, hence  proverb.,  έντος  or  εκτός 
ίωρον  tivai,  to  be  in  or  out  of  safety. 

^'λωσαφάτ,  indecl. ;  Ίωσάφατος,  ov, 
ό,  Josaphat,  a  king  of  Judah,  LXX. 

ν^ώσηπος,  ό,  v.  Ιωσήφ. 

^Ίωστις,  -ση,  or  -ση,  ό,  Joses  or  Jose, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  N.T. 

^Ίωσηφ,  indecl.,  '{ώσηπος,  ov,  Jo- 
seph., 0,  Joseph,  Hebr.  inasc.  pr.  n., 
son  of  Jacob  and  Rachel,  LXX. : 
met.  the  descendants  of  Joseph,  of  the 
tribe  of  Ephraim,  N.  T. — 2.  name  of 
three  of  the  ancestors  of  Christ,  Id. 
— 3.  husband  of  Mary  mother  of 
Christ,  Id. — 4.  of  Arimathaea.  who 
entombed  the  body  of  our  Saviour, 
Id. — 5.  one  of  the  followers  of  Christ, 
who  is  called  Barsabas  and  Justus,  Id. 

t'lwffiar,  ov,  0,  Josias,  a  king  of  Ju- 
dah, LXX.  ;  N.  T. 

Ιώτα.  V.  sub  ι  :+from  its  size,  met. 
of  any  thing  \e\-y  small,  an  iota,  a  jot, 
N.  T.     Hence 

'ϊωτακίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  to  lay  too  much 
stress  upon  the  i,  e.  g.  to  say  Troiia, 
Maiia,  Spald.  Quinctil.  1,  5,  32. 
Hence 

^Ιωτακισμός,  ov,  b,  the  above  fault 
in  pronunciation. 

ί'Ιωτύπατα,  ων,  τά.  lotapata,  a  city 
of  Syria,  in  Joseph.  Ίωταπάτη,  ή. 

|Ίω~ύ7Γ7/.  ης,  ή,  lotape,  daughter  of 
Artavasdes,  Dio  C. 

Ίωτίζω  and  ίωτογράφέω,  ω,  (ιώτα, 
γράφω)  to  write  with  an  iota. 

Ίωχμός,  oii,  ό.=^ίωκή,  11.  8,  89,  158, 
in  phrase,  άν'  ίωχμόν,  in  chase  ;  Hes. 
Th.  683.  [i] 

'ϊωφ,  ωπης,  h,  an  unknown  fish, 
Dorio  ap.  Ath.  300  F. 


Κ 

κ,  κ,  κάππα.  τό,  indecl.,  tenth  let- 
ter in  Gr.  alphabet:  as  numeral  «'= 
20,  but  /,-=  20,000.— I.  κ  is  near  akin 
to  γ  and  χ,  differing  only  by  a  harder 
pronunciation ;  hence  the  older  AU. 


ΚΑΒΗ 

changed  χνόος  into  κνόος,  γνάπτω 
into  κνά~τω,  ()έγχϋ)  into  βέγκω :  so 
the  Ιυη.  χιτών  into  κιθών,  όέχομαί 
into  όέκομαι,  etc. ;  so  from  )  όνν 
came  our  knee ;  of.  Lob.  Phryn.  173, 
307. — II.  the  change  of  κ  into  β  is 
more  rare,  as  in  τήκω,  Lat.  taheo :  it 
sometimes  also  interchanged  with  π, 
esp.  in  Ion.,  as  κου,  κοτε,  κως,  etc., 
for  7Z0V,  ΤΓΟτε,  -ττως,  etc. :  cf.  also 
ΐπτΓος  sub  tin. — III.  also  akin  to  Teu- 
tonic h,  e.  g.  καρδία,  heart,  nap,  hair, 
καρπός,  han-est,  κήρυξ,  herald,  κα/Μ- 
μη.  Germ.  Halm,  etc.,  v.  Buttm. 
Lexil.  voc.  κονρίδίος  4,  note. — IV.  γ 
before  κ  (as  also  before  γ,  χ,  ξ),  is 
pronounced  like  our  ng.  Cf  κόππα. 
Κα,  Dor.  for  the  Ion.  K£-.=the  Att. 
uv,  as  γα.  Dor.  for  γε,  oft.  in  Theocr. 
fOn  the  ώ  v.  Elmsl.  Ach.  Θυ6.] 

ίΚάανθος.  ov,  6,  Caanthus,  son  of 
Oceanus,  Paus. 

Κάβαισος,  ου,  ό,  (κάβος)  a  glutton- 
ous fellow,  Cratin.  Malth.  7. 

'\Κύ3α/ίες,  ων,  oi,  the  Cabales,  a  Lib- 
yan nation,  Hdt.  4, 171,  V.  1.  Βάκαλεζ•. 
tKo/ia/.t'f,  ίόος,  ή,  Cabalis.  a  small 
district  between  Lycia  and  Painphy- 
lia,  with  a  city  of  the  same  name, 
Strab. :  oi  Κα/ίάλίΟί.  ΆΐιάΚαβη/.έες, 
the  inhab.  of  Cabalis,  Hdt.  5,  90  ;  7,  77. 
Κ(ί'3ύΛλ//ζ•,  ου,  ό,  a  horse,  nag,  like 
Lat.  cabaltus.  Germ.  Gaul,  Pint. 

^Καβα'λ/.ιών,  CabalUon,  a  city  of  the 
Celtae  on  the  Druentias,  Strab. 

ΤΚα3αΛοϊ'σα,  ης,  ή,  Cabalusa,  a  fic- 
titious island,  Luc. 

Κη33αίνων,  poet,  for  καταβ. :  Alcm. 
Fr.  34,  has  even  κά3αίνων. 

Κά33ά/.ε,  poet.,  Ep.  for  κατέβα?.ε 
aor.  2  of  καταβύλλω,  Horn. 

Ιίαββΰ,^Λκός,  ή,  όν,  (καταβάλλω) 
for  καταβαλικός,  good  αϊ  throwing,  a 
good  wrestler,  Plut. :  η  -κή.  sub.  τέχνη, 
the  art  of  throwing  or  wrestling,  Galen. 
Lacori.  word. 

]^.αββάς,  poet,  for  καταβάς  part, 
aor.  2  from  καταβαίνω,  Pind. 
ilia3eipa,  ων.  τά.  Cabira.  a  city  on 
the  Euxine  the  later  Diospolis  or 
Sehaste,  Strab. — II.  KaStipa,  ας,  ή, 
Cabira,  mother  of  the  Cabiri  by  Vul- 
can, Strab. 

Κΰ3ειραΙος,  αία,  alov,  {Κάβειροι) 
Cablric. 

Κΰβειριύζομαι,  f.  -άσομαι,  dep. 
mid.  :  to  hold  the  Cablric  orgies. 

Κάβειριάς,  άόος,  pecul.  fem.  of 
Κα3ειραΐος. 

Κΰβεφικός,  ή,  όν,  (Κάβεφος)  Ca- 
hiric. 

^Καβείριον,  ου,  τό,  the  Cabirium, 
temple  of  the  Cabiri,  Paus.  9,  26,  1. 

Κΰβεφίς,  ίδος,  pecul.  fem.  of  Κα- 
βειρικός. 

Κάβειροι,  ων.  oi,  the  Cabiri,  divin- 
ities worshipped  by  the  Pelasgians 
in  Lemnos  and  Samothrace,  whose 
very  ancient  and  mysterious  service 
spread  over  all  Greece,  and  was 
found  even  in  Aegypt:  they  were 
represented  as  dwarfs  with  large 
grenitais,  and  were  called  sons  of 
Vulcan,  as  bein?  masters  in  the  art 
of  working  metals,  Hdt.  2,  51 ;  3.  37  : 
the  origin  and  progress  of  the  Cabiric 
worship  has  been  closely  examined  of 
late.  esp.  by  Lob.  Aslaoph.  p.  1202  sq., 
\^elcker  Aeschyl.  Trilogie,  etc. 
^Κάβειρος,  uv,  b,  Mt.  Cablms,  in 
Berecyntia  in  Greater  Phrygia,  from 
which  the  Cabhi  were  said  to  be 
named,  Sirab. 

Κάβηξ,  ηκος,  ό,  worse  form  for 
κηυ7)ξ. 

^Κα:3ησόβεν,  adv.  from  Cnbisuj!,  a 
city  on  the  Hellespont,  or  in  Lycia, 
II,  13.  363. 


ΚΑΔΔ 

Κάβος,  ov,  b,  a  corn-measure,  an- 
swering to  the  Greek  χοΐνιξ.  (Prob. 
from  Hebrew  Kab.) 

1;Καβνλη,  ης,  ή,  Kabyle,  a  city  of 
Thrace,  Dem.  100,  22. 

^ΚαβυλλΙνον,  ου,  τό,  Cabillonnm,  a 
city  of  the  Aedui  in  Gallia  Lugdu 
nensis,  now  Chalons  siir  Saone,  Strab. 

Κάγ,  Ep.  for  κατά  before  γ,  καγ 
γόνν  for  κατά  γόνυ.  II.  20,  458  ;  also, 
κάγ  γόνων,  Sapph.  25  :  but  very  rare. 

Καγγαίνω,  καγκαίνω.  v.  κάγκω. 

ΚαγκάΆέος,  a,  ov,  arxi  κανγκανέος, 
a,  ov,  V.  κάγκανος. 

Κάγκαμον,  ov.  τό,  an  Arabian  gum 
used  for  fumigating,  Diosc. 

Καγκανέος,  a,  ov,  v.  sq. 

Κάγκάνος,  ov,  {καίω)  fit  for  burn- 
ins,  dry,  ξν'/.α  κάγκανα,  II.  21,  364, 
Od.  18,  308  ;  κάγκανα  κάλα,  Η.  Horn. 
Merc.  112  :  καγκανέος  and  καγκα'λέ- 
ος  are  later  and  less  certain  forms  : 
««j'Kai'Of  itself  remained  a  rare  poet, 
word,  V.  sq. 

*  Κάγκω,  to  parch,  dry:  this  word 
with  its  coilat.  forms  καγκαίνω  and 
καγγαίνω  seems  to  have  been  coined 
by  Gramm.  as  root  of  κάγκανος  and 
ποΆυκαγκής,  which  may  come  di- 
rectly from  καίω,  as  δανός  and  6α7.ός 
from  δαίω. 

Καγχάζω,  fut.  -άσω  Dor.  •αξύ,  v. 
sub  καχάζω.     Hence 

Καγχΰ'λάω,  ω,  to  laugh  almid,  exult, 
Horn.  :  also  to  laugh  scornfully,  mock, 
II.  10,  565  :  later  c.  dat.,  to  be  glad  at 
a  thing. 

Καγχΰς,  άντος,  ό,  the  laugher,  mer- 
ry and  rew.  a  comic  person  on  the  Do- 
rian stage,  Lat.  cachinno,  Miiller  Dor. 
4,  7.  3,  cf  also  χαρϊνυς. 

Καγχασμός,  ov,  ό,  (καγχάζω)  loud 
laughter.  Clem.  ΑΙ.,  v.  καχασμός. 

Καγχαστής,  ov,  6,  a  loud,  rude 
laugher.      Hence 

Καγχαστικός.  ή,  όν,  disposed  to 
loud,  rude  laughing. 

Καγχλάζω,^=  καγχάζω,  Ath. 

Κάγχρν,  υος,  τό,=^κάγχρυς,  Diosc. 

Καγχρνδίας,  ov.  ό.  Ικάγχρνς)  of 
toasted  barley.  Poll. — 2.  a  kind  of 
wheat,  V.  1.  for  καχρ.  in  Theophr. 

Καγχρύδιον.  ου,  το.  usu.  in  pliir , 
the  chaff  (άχνρα)  or  husks  of  toasted 
barley  (κάγχρνς),  Arist.  Probl.  [r] 

Καγχρϋόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  belonging  to 
κ  άγχους,  like  it :  from 

Κάγχρϋς.  νος,  ή,  roasted  barley, 
from  which  pearl-barley  (ά/.όιτα, 
Lat.  polenta),  and  barley-water  were 
made. — H.  a  husk  upon  the  cafkcns 
(amenta)  of  nut-trees  and  other  mo 
noecious  trees. — III.  the  capside  of 
rosemary  and  like  plants,  Theophr., 
and  Plin. 

Καγχρϋφόρος.  ov.  (κάγχρυς,  φέρω) 
bearing  capsules,  like  rosemary. 

Καγχρυώδης,  ες,  (κάγχρυς,  είδος) 
like  κάγχρυς  Π. 

Κάγώ.  contr.  from  και  εγώ,  first  in 
II.  21,  108;  most.  freq.  in  Att.  [ΰ] 

Κάδ,  Ep.  for  κατά  before  δ.  very 
freq.  in  Horn.,  but  only  before  δε,  καδ 
δέ.  and  only  when  κάδ  is  used  as  an 
adv.  :  but  Hes.  Op.  334,  has  also  κάδ 
δνναμιν :  the  writing  καδδέ,  καδδύ- 
ναμιν,  as  one  word,  is  wrong. 

Κα(5(5άλέο/ίαί,  Dor.  for  καταδηλέο- 
μαι. 

Καδδίζω,  (κάδδος,  κάδος)  to  choose 
or  reject  by  vote,  hence  perf.  pass,  κε- 
καδδίσθαι,  κεκαδδίχθαι,  κεκαδδείσ- 
θαι.     Lacon.  word. 

Kaf5('ioi',oi',ro,=«:uf?<oi'.esp.Laeon. 
ΚάδδΙχος.  ου.  ό,  (κάδδος)  ά  corn- 
measure  holding  four  χοίνικες. 

Κάδδος,  ου,  b,^κάδoς,  α  vessel  for 
collecting  votes  in.     Lacon.  form. 


ΚΑΔΟ 

Καδδρΰθέτην,  Ep.  for  κατεδραθέ' 
την,  3  dual  aor.  2  act.  from  καταδαρ- 
θάνω,  Od.  15,494. 

Καδδΰναμιν,  v.  κάδ  sub  fin. 

Καδδνσαι,  Ep.  for  καταδνσαι.  nom. 
plur.  fem.  part.  aor.  2  act.  from  κατα- 
δύω, II.  19,  25. 

ίΚάδηνα.  ων.  τά,  Cadena,  a  strong 
city  of  Cappadocia,  Strab. 

Κάδιην,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  κάδος, 
LXX.   [a] 

Καδισκιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  sq., 
Nicoch.  Gal.  1. 

Καδίσκος.  ov,  b,  dim.  from  κάδος, 
Cratin.  Pyt.  16 :  esp.  the  balloting-um, 
Ar.  Vesp.  853,  and  Oralt. 

Καδμεία,  ας,  ή,  also  κάδμια,  cad- 
jnia,  calamine,  Diosc. 

Καδμείος,  a.  ov,  Ep.  and  Ion.  Καδ- 
μήϊος,  η,  ov,  Cadmean,  Hes.  Th.  940  : 
oi  Καδμείοι,  the  Cadmeans  or  ancient 
inhabitants  of  Thebes,  Horn.,  and 
Hes.  :  in  genl.  the  Thebans.  Trag. :  ή 
Καδμεία,  the  citadel  of  Thebes,  Xen. 
Hell.  6,  3,  11.  Proverb.  Καδμεία 
νίκη,  a  victory  won  by  one's  own 
destruction,  a  dear-bought  victory 
(from  the  story  of  Polynices  and  Ete- 
ocles),  Valck.  Hdt.  1,'  166. 

Καδμείων,  ωνος,  ό,  a  descendant  of 
Cadmus,  Theban,  II.  4,  385,  in  plur. 
Καδμείωνες. 

^Καδμειώνη,  ης,  ή,  daughter  of  Cad- 
mus, i.  e.,  Semele,  Anth. 

Καδμήϊος,  η,  ov,  Ep.  and  Ion.  for 
Καδμείος. 

Καδμηΐς,  ΐδος,  pecul.  fem.  of  Ked- 
μείος.  Semele,  H.  Horn.  6,  57,  Au- 
tonoe,  Callim. ;  ή  Κ.  γαϊα,  i.  e.  Thebes, 
Hes.  Op.  161. 

Καόμία,  ας,  ή,^=καδμεία. 
^Καδμογενής,  ες,  (Κάδμος,  *γένω) 
sprung,  descended  from  Cadmus,  Soph. 
Tr.  116. 

Κάδμος,  ov,  ό,  Cadmus,  Od.  5,  334  ; 
and  Hes.  Th.  937  ;  son  of  the  Phoe- 
nician king  Agenor,  brother  of  Euro- 
pa,  founder  of  Thebes  in  Boeotia 
about  1550  B.  C. :  he  is  said  to  have 
brought  from  Phoenicia  the  old  Greek 
alphabet  of  sixteen  letters,  hence  call- 
ed Καδμήία  γράμματα  (Hdt.  5,  58,59), 
which  was  afterwards  increased  by 
the  eight  (so  called)  Ionic,  η.  ω,  θ,  φ, 
χ,  ζ,  ξ,  ψ,  cf  Wolf  Proleg.  p.  Lll..  sq. 
— 2.  son  of  Scythes,  a  ruler  in  Cos, 
Hdt.  7,  164.— 3.  a  historian  of  Mile- 
tus, son  of  Pandlpi,  the  elder ;  anoth- 
er, the  younger,  son  of  Archelaus, 
Strab.  :  cf  Suid.  s.  v. — II.  a  mount- 
ain and  river  near  Laodicea  in  Great- 
er Phrygia  ;  the  Mt.  is  now  Babadagh, 
Strab. 

tKu(5o<,  ων,  oi.  Cadi,  a  city  of  Phry- 
gia on  the  borders  of  Lydia,  Strab. 

Κΰ<5οποίόί•,  όν,  (κάδος,  ποιέω)  ma- 
king pails  or  vesseL•. 

Κάδος,  ου.  ό,  or  κύδδος,  a  pail,  jar, 
cask,  vessel  for  water  or  u-ine.  Lat.  ca- 
dus,  Anacr.  16,  Hdt.  3.  20,  Soph.  Fr. 
479  .•  all  in  first  form,  but  the  other 
afterwards  prevailed. — II.  an  urn  ox 
box  for  collecting  the  rotes,  like  καδί(7• 
κος,  Lat.  situla,  Ar.  Av.  1032.  (Ion. 
word  from  ΧΑΩ,  χανδάνω,  εχαδον, 
to  hold,  contain.)  [ti] 
^Κΰδος,  τό.  Dor.  for  κήδος. 
ίΚαδονίδας.  a.  b.  Cadutdns.  brother 
of  the  Scythian  Anacharsis,Diog.  L. 

Καδονλοι  or  Κύδω'λοι,  ων,  oi.  boys 
used  in  the  irorship  of  the  Cabin,  com- 
pared by  Dion.  Hal.  to  the  Rom.  Ca- 
milli. 

^Καδοΐφκοι.  ων.  oi,  the  Cadurci,  a 
Celtic  race  in  .Aquitania,  Strab. 

'[Καδονσιοι,  ων,  oi,  the   Cadusii,  a 
nation  of  Asia,  dwelling  on  the  south- 
west  of  the   Caspian  between  the 
681 


ΚΑΘΑ  ΚΑΘΑ 

Araxes  and  Mardus,  Xen.  Cyr.  5,  2,  1  σε7φην,  Lat.   coelo   deducere  lunam, 

25,  sq.  Ar.  Nub.  750:  in  genl.  to  take  down 

Καδύτας,  ov,  ό,  a  parasitic  plant,    any  thing  suspended :_  hence  in  niid., 

dodrfer,  Lat.  cuscu/a,  Theophr.  "  -"       -^  •■-   ' - 


^Κάύϋτις,  ως,  ή,  Cadylis,  a  city  of 
Palestine,  Hdt.  2,  159;  3,  5,  ace.  to 
most  interpp.  Jerusalem,  it  being  a  cor- 
ruption oi  the  Hebr.  Keduschah,  i.  e. 
sacred  city,  which  is  Its  pres.  Arabic 
name,  El  Kods ;  others  make  it=GaiA 
or  Gaza:  v.  Bahr  Exc.  XL,  vol.  I. 
Καόωλοι,  oi,  V.  Κάύυυ?^οι. 
Κάειρα,  ας,  ή,  fern,  from  Κάρ,  a 
Carian  woman,  II.  4,  142. — IL  adj. 
fern,  for  Καρική,  e.  g.  Kutipa  έσθής, 
Hdt.  5,  e8. 

Κΰεις,  part.  aor.  2  pass,  from  κύυ, 
καίω. 

Κάήμεναι,  Ep.  for  καηναι,  inf.  aor. 
2  pass,  of  κάω,  καίω,  H.  23,  198,  210. 
Καβά,  adv.  used  for  καθ'  a,  accord- 
ing as,  just  as,  as^  Polyb.  :  more  USU. 
καθάττεμ.  also  καθό,  and  καθώς,  q.  v. 
Καθαγιάζω,=  5(ΐ.,  very  dub. 
Καθάγίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {κατά,  άγίζω) 
to  devote,  dedicate,  esp.  by  burnt  sacri- 
fice, Tivi  TL,  Hdt.  1,  86:  hence — II. 
to  burn  as  a  sacrifice,  burn  as  incense, 
Hdt.  1,  183  ;  7,  '167  :  also  to  burn  a 
dead  body,  Plut.  ;  and  so  in  genl.,  to 
bury  the  dead,  f/u  κννες  καθήγισαν, 
whom  dogs  have  buried,  l.  e.  eaten  up, 
Soph.  Ant.  1081,  ubi  libri  καθήγνι- 
aav,  but  Schol.  interprets  it  μετά 
άγους  έκόμισαν,  while  Dind.  ap.  Ste- 
phan.  follows  Wunder,  in  supposing 
vv.  1079-1082  spurious. — IIl.=  /ca6'a- 
γνίζω  I;  dub.     Hence 

Καθύγισμός,  οϋ,  6,  a  devoting,  dedi- 
cation.— II.  a  burning,  esp.  of  a  sacri- 
fice or  dead  body,  hence  in  genl.  fu- 
Tieral  rites,  Luc. 

Καθαγνίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {κατά,  άγνίζω) 
to  make  pure,  cleanse,  hallow,  Eur.  Or. 
40. — II.  to  offer  as  an  expiatory  sacri- 
fi.ce,  καθ.  πέ'λανον  έπϊ  πνρί.  Id.  Ion 
707 :  hence  absol.  to  make  offerings, 
TLVL,  Luc. :  on  Soph.  Ant.  1081,  v. 
καθαγίζω  II. 

tKutfoia,  Cathaea,  a  city  and  terri- 
tory of  India,  Strah. :  hence 

^Καθαϊος.  a,  ov,  of  Cathaea,  Cath- 
aean  ;  oi  Καθαΐοί,  the  Cathaeans,  Arr. 
An.  5,  22,  1 ,  sq. 

Καθαιμακτύς,  όν,  bloods  tainted, 
bloody,  Eur.  Or.  1358 :  from 

Καβαιμάσσω,  f.  «ίω,  {κατά,  αίμάσ- 
σω)  to  make  bloodU  slain  with  blood, 
Aesch.  Euin.  450.^ 

Καθαίμάτύω,  ώ,  =  foreg.,  Eur. 
Phoen.  1161,  Ar.  Thesm.  695. 
•Υίάθαιμος,  ov,  {κατά,  αίμα)  bloody. 
Καθαίρεσίς,  εως,  ij,  {καθαιρέω)  a 
putting  down,  destroying,  killing,  slay- 
iiig^,  Stesich.  ap.  Suid.  :  a  pulling  down, 
razing,  Thuc.  5,  42,  Isocr.  153  B. — 2. 
in  Medic,  a  bringing  down  superfluous 
flesh,  lowering,  Hipp.,  v.  Foes.  Oecon. 
— 3.  a  deposal  from  office. 

Καθαιρετέον,  verb.  adj.  from  κα- 
θαιρέω. one  must  take  down,  reduce,  de- 
stroy, Thuc.  1,  121. — 2.  καθαιρετέος, 
έα,  έον,  to  be  put  down  or  destroyed, 
Thuc.  1,  118. 

Καθαίρέτ?ις,  ov,  ό,  {καθαιρέω)  a 
putter  down,  destroyer,  overthrower,  πο- 
λεμίων, Thuc.  4,  83.     Hence 

Καθαιρετίκός,  ή,  ov,fit  for  putting 
down  :  καθ.  φάρμακα,  lowering  metli- 
cines.  Gal.     Adv.  -κώς. 

Καθαιρέω.  ύ,  Ion.  καταφέω  :  fut. 
-ήσω :  fut.  2  καθελώ :  aor.  2  καθεΐ- 
λον,  iuf  καθελεΐν.  {κατά,  α'ιρέω)  to 
take  down,  ιστία.  Od,  9,  149  ;  δσσε, 
οφθα'λμοιίΓ  καθελεΐν.  Ιο  close  the  eyes 
of  the  dead,  II.  11,  453,  Od.  24,  296, 
for  which  Horn,  says  also  κατ'  ύφ- 
βα?Μθνς  έλέείν :  to  bring  down,  καθ. 
6Θ2 


καθαιρεισθαι  τα  τόξα,  to  take  down 
one's  bow,  Hdt.  3,  78. — 2.  to  take  down 
by  force,  tear  or  pull  down,  overpower, 
slay,  kill,  Od.  2,  100  ;  3,  238,  etc. :  in 
genl.  to  overturn,  destroy,  raze,  Thuc. 

5,  40,  and  Plat. :  also  in  a  milder 
sense,  to  put  down,  lower,  humble,  re- 
duce, καθ.  Κύρον  καϊ  την  Τίέρσεων 
όύναμιν,  Hdt.  1,  71,  cf.  95,  etc. :  esp. 
to  depose,  dethrone,  Id.  1,  124,  etc.  :  to 
cancel,  rescind,  ψήφισμα,  Thuc.  1,  140  : 
as  law  term,  to  condemn,  Musgr.  Soph. 
Ant.  281  ;  ;)  καθαιρούσα  ■φήφος,  a 
verdict  of  guilty,  Lys.  133,  12. — 3.  to 
fetch  down  as  a  reward  or  prize,  κα- 
θαιρείν  ΰγώνα  or  αγώνισμα,  Plut.  ; 
hence  inelaph.,  καταιρεεσθαι  μεγάλα 
πράγματα.  Ιο  achieve,  accomplish  great 
feats,  Hdt.  7,  50,  2,  cf  Lur.  Supp. 
749. — 4.  more  rarely  like  simple,  ai- 
ρεΐν,  to  take  and  carry  off,  seize,  Hdt. 

6,  41,  cf  5,  36. 

Καθαιρώ,  fut.  κάθΰρώ  :  aor.  1  έ/ίά- 
θηρα,  later  -άρα,  inf  -ΰραι.  Lob. 
Phryn.  25  {καθαρός).  To  make  pure 
or  clean,  cleanse,  clean,  purge,  χρόα, 
κρητήρας,  θρόνους,  etc.,  Hom. ;  opp. 
to  έναίρειν,  to  dirty,  soil,  Od.  19,  263  : 
but  also, — 2.  to  cleanse  aiuay,  wash  off 
or  away,  λύματα,  αίμα.  11.  14,  171, 
Od.  6,  93  ;  also  καθ.  γαΐαν,  to  purge 
the  land  of  monsters,  Soph.  Tr.  1061. 
Pass.,  esp.  medic,  to  be  purged  by 
medicine,  Hipp.  :  hence  καθαίρομαι 
γήρας,  I  am  purged  of  old  age,  Aesch. 
Fr.  39. — II.  in  religious  sense,  to 
cleanse,  purify,  θεείω  καθήραι,  to  puri- 
fy by  fumigating  with  sulphur,  11.  10, 
228  ;  καθ.  τινά  φόνου,  to  purify  him 
from  blood,  Hdt.  1,  44  ;  but  in  pass. 
c.  acc,  καθαρθήναι  φονον ,  1,43.  Mid. 
to  have  one's  self  purified.  Plat.  Phaed. 
114  C;  also,  καθηρασθαι  στόμα,  to 
keep  one's  tongue  pure,  Aesch.  Fr.  365  : 
metaph.  in  Theocr.  5,  \\9,—μαστι- 
γόω,  like  our  vulgar  phrase  to  rub  one 
down,  cf  σποόέω. — 2.  c.  ace.  rei,  to 
cleanse  aivay.  alone  for,  expiate,  φόνον, 
Aesch.  Cho.  74. 

Καθάλ?Μααι,  fut.  -α?ίθύμαι,  {κατά, 
άλλομαι)  tlep.  mid. :  to  spring,  leap 
down,  Xen.  Eq.  3,  7 :  metaph.  of  a 
storm,  to  rush  down,  11,  11,  298. 

Καθαλμής,  ές,  {κατά,  άλμη)  salt, 
saltish. 

Κάθΰλος,  ov,  {κατά,  άλς)  very  salt, 
salt,  Diphil.  ap.  Ath.  132  E. 

Καθάμαξεύω,  (κατά,  άμαξεύω)  to 
wear  with  wheels :  hence  strictly  of  a 
road  worn  with  wheels  ;  and  then  like 
Lat.  tritus,  καθημαξενμένος,  η,  ov, 
hackneyed,  stale,  γνναιον  καθ.,  a  com- 
mon prostitute,  Ael. ;  τά  καθ.,  (sub. 
σκώμματα)  stale  jests,  Lat.  convicia  de 
plauslro,  Dion.  H.,  v.  πομπενω. 

Κάθαμμα,  ατός,  τό,  {καθάπτω)  any 
thing  tied,  a  knot.  καθ.  λύειν  λόγου, 
toloose  a  knotty  point,  Eur.  Hipp.  671. 

Καθαμμίζω,  f  -ίσω,  {κατά,  άμμος) 
to  sand  over,  Arist.  H.  A.  9,  37,  5. 

Καθανΰω,  Att.  for  κατανύω,  v.  1.  in 
Soph.  El.  1451. 

Καθάπαν.  adv.  for  καθ'  άπαν,  on  the 
whole,  Lat.  in  universum. 

Καθάπαξ,  {κατά,  άπαξ)  adv.  once 
for  all,  Od.  21,  349 :  in  genl.  altogeth- 
er, Dem.  377,  7  ;  ούόέ  καθάπαξ,  not 
even  once,  Polyb. 

Καθάπερ,  adv. =  καθά  with  enclit. 
περ,  even  as,  just  as,  like  as,  freq.  m 
Hdt.  (in  Ion.  form  κατάπερ),  and^Att. 
Sometimes  still  further  lengthd.  by 
ει  and  άν  ει,  καθαπερεί,  καθαπερα- 
νεί,  like  as  if,  just  as  if,  Plat.  Phileb. 
59  E,  Legg.  684  C. 


ΚΑΘΑ 

Καθαπλόω,  ώ,  (κατά,  άπλόω)  to 
unfold,  let  flow,  Aristaen. 

Καθαπτικός,  ή,  όν,  laying  hold  of, 
attacking,  offensive  ;  from 

Καθαπτος,  ή,  όν,  or  κάθαπτος,  tied 
or  fastened  on  :  καθ.  δοραϊς,  bound 
with,  clad  in  skins,  Eur.  Hjps.  1,  cf. 
Ar.  Ran.  1212:  from 

Καθάπτω,  late  act.  of  καθάπτομαι, 
{κατά,  άπτω)  to  tie,  fasten  or  fit  on, 
put  upon,  Tivi  Ti,  Soph.  Tr.  1051  ;  τι 
επί  τι,  Xen.  Cyn.  0,  9  :  also  in  pass., 
βρόχω  καθημμένος.  Soph.  Ant.  1222. 
— II.  rare  as  καθάπτομαι,  to  lay  hold 
of,  τινός,  Ν.  Τ. 

Β.  καθάπτομαι,  fut.  --φομαι,  dep. 
mid. :  to  lay  hold  of.  in  Hom.  always 
καθάπτεσθαί  τίνα  έπέεσσι.  to  fasten 
upon,  accost,  address  one  with  words, 
mostly  μαλακοίς  or  με ύ.ιχίοις  έπέεσ- 
σι ;  but  also,  καθ.  άντιβιοις  or  χα- 
7.επυΙς  έπέεσσι,  to  assail,  attack  with 
harsh  and  angry  words,  Od.  20,  323, 
Hes.  Op.  330 :  also  simply,  καθάπ- 
τεσθαί Tiva,  to  address,  accost  one,  Od. 
20,  22  ;  ana  so  absol,  11.  16.  421,  Od. 
2,  39. — II.  post-Hom.  usu.  in  the  bad 
signf  c  gen.  pers.,  to  assail,  attack, 
upbraid  one,  Thuc.  6,  16  :  also,  καθ. 
τινός  μάστιγι,  to  attack  him  with  a 
scourge. — 2.  in  Hdt.  6,  68  ;  8,  65,  to  ap- 
peal to  one  as  witness,  Lat.  antestari. — 3. 
to  lay  hold  of  a  thing,  apprehend,  per- 
ceive it,  ψόφου,  Hipp.  Cf  καθάπτω. 
Κάθάρειος,  ov,  =  καθάριος.  Adv. 
-ως,  Eubul.  Τιτθ.  1. 

Κάθάρειότης,  ητος,  ή ,=καθαριότης. 
Κάθάρεντέον,  one  must  keep  clean,  τι- 
νός, from  a  thing,  Luc. ;  verb.  adj.  from 
ΚάΟΰρενω,  {καθαρός)  to  be  clean  or 
pure.  Plat.  Phaed.  58  Β  :  καθ.  τινός, 
to  be  clean  or  free  from  a  thing,  esp. 
from  guilt  in  the  eyes  of  God,  Heind. 
Plat.  1.  c  ;  and  so,  άπό  τίνος,  lb.  67 
A  :  also,  καθ.  τινί,  to  be  clean  m  a 
thing,  Ar.  Ran.  355  ;  εν  τινι,  Plut.  ; 
περί  τι,  Polyb. — II.  in  Gramm.  to  be 
pure,  as  words  which  have  one  vowel 
before  another. 

Κάθάριενω,  to  be  καθάριος,  dub.,  v. 
Valck.  Xen.  Mem.  2,  1,  22,  Stallb. 
Plat.  Phaed.  58  B. 

Καθαρίζω,  fut.  -ίσω  Att.  -ίώ,  later 
form  for  καθαιρώ,  to  cleanse,  N.  T. 

Καθάριος,  ov,  {καθαρός)  cleanly, 
neat,  nice,  Lat.  mundus,  ot  persons, 
Posidon.  ap.  Ath.  550  A  ;  of  things, 
Menand.  p.  175 :  καθ.  βίος,  opp.  to 
πολυτελής,  Ath. :  of  words,  pure. 
Adv.  -ίως,  Amphis  Philet.  1.  [δ] 
Hence 

Κύθαριότης,  ητος,  ή,  cleanliness, 
neatness,  Lat.  munditiae,  Hdt.  2,  37, 
Xen.  Mem.  2,  1,  22 :  purity,  Arist. 
Eth.  N. 

Κάθάρισαός,  ov,  b,  {καθαρίζω)=ζ 
καθαρμός,  Luc. 

Καθαριστήρων,  ov,  τό,  a  place  for 
purifying. 

Κάθαρμα,  ατός,  τό,  {καθαιρώ)  that 
ii'hich  is  thrown  away  in  cleansing,  USU. 
in  plur.  offscourings,  scum,  defilement, 
Aesch.  Cho.  98  :  hence — II.  metaph. 
α  worthless  fellow,  scum  of  the  earth,  out- 
cast, Lat.  purgamentum,  Ar.  Plut.  454, 
Eupol.  Dem.  15. — \\\.=^  καθαρμός. — 
IV.  in  Ar.  Ach.  44,  εντός  καθάρματος, 
within  the  purified  ground,  cf.  Diet. 
Antiqq.  p.  385. 

Καθαρμόζω.  {κατά,  αρμόζω)  to  join 
or  fit  to,  Tivi  Ti,  Eur.  Hipp.  771 ;  τι 
νπό  τινι.  Id.  Bacch.  929. 

Καθαρμός,  ov,  ό,  {καθαιρώ)  a  cleans- 
ing, νίφαι  καθαρμώ.  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  1228. 
— 2.  an  atonement,  expiation,  an  expia- 
tory sacrifice,  καθαρμόν  της  χι-φης 
ποιεΐσθαί  τινα.  to  take  him  in  atone- 
ment for  his  country,  Hdt.  7, 197  ;  μν• 


ΚΑΘΑ 

σος  έ/.αννειν  καθαρμοΐς,  like  άγος 
έλανι•(ίν,  Aesch.  Cho.  968  :  also  ap- 
plied to  the  lowest  step  in  the  Eleu- 
sinian  mysteries. — 3.  καθαρμοί,  songs 
of  purification  by  Empedocles,  Ath. 
620  D. — II.  also  metaph.  like  κάθαρ- 
μα 11.,  Plut. 

Καθαρο?.ογέω,  ώ,  {καθαρός,  7.έγω) 
to  speak  purely. 

Κάβΰροττοίέω,  ώ.  to  purify. 
ΚΑΘΑ'ΡΟ'Σ,  ύ,  όν,  clean,  pure, 
spotUs.'i,  unsniled,  εϊματα,  Horn,  (only 
iu  Od.),  etc. :  opp.  to  βνπαρός,  πινώ- 
όης. — Η.  clear,  open,  free,  esp.  kv  κα- 
θαρφ  (sub.  TOTCOj),  in  a  clear,  open 
space,  in  11.  esp.  of  a  space  clear  from 
dead  bodies ;  έν  καΟαρώ  βήναι,  to 
leave  the  way  clear,  Soph.  O.  C. 
1575  ;  εν  κ.  οίκεΐν.  to  live  in  the  open 
air,  Plat.  Rep.  520  D ;  όια  καθαρού 
(ihiv,  of  a  river  whose  course  is  clear 
and  open,  Hdt.  1,  202 :  εν  καθαρφ 
il'Aiu,  in  the  open  sun,  opp.  to  σκία. 
Plat.  Phaedr.  239  C  :  opp.  to  π'λήρης, 
μεστός. — III.  in  moral  sense,  clean- 
handed, pure,  clean  from  guilt  or  defile- 
ment, κ.  χείρας,  Hdt.  I,  35:  also  c. 
gen.,  clear,  free  from..,  Hdt.  2,  38  ;  esp. 
K.  αδικίας,  κακών,  etc.,  Horace's 
sceleris  purus.  Plat.,  etc. :  καθαριιΐ 
i/μέραι,  Lat.  dies  fasti,  Id.  Legg.  800 
D :  but  in  Horn.,  κ.  θάνατος,  an  hon- 
ourable death,  by  the  sword,  not  the 
halter,  Od,  22,  462  :  opp.  to  μυσαρός. 
— I  v.  pure,  unmixed,  bright,  clear,  esp. 
of  water,  Hdt.  4,  53,  and  Att. ;  φέγ- 
γος, Pind.  P.  9,  159  :  hence  genuine, 
true,  καβαρόν,  a  real,  genuine  saying, 
Ar.  Vesp.  1015 ;  κ.  Ύίμων,  a  very  Ti- 
mon,  Ar.  Av. ;  also  of  language, /jwrp, 
unadulterated.  Dion.  H. — V'.  in  genl. 
without  blemish  in  its  kind,  spotless, 
faultless,  a.  κ.  στρατός,  also  το  καθα- 
ροί' τοϋ  ατρατον,  the  souiid  portion  of 
the  army,  Hdt.  1,  211  ;  4,  135  ;  καθα- 
pal  φτ/φοι,  a  clear,  complete  reckoning, 
1.  e.  without  any  remainder,  Dem.  303, 
22:  K.  δοϋ'λος,  a  slave  perfect  in  his 
part,  expl.  by  ά~ηκρι3ωμένος,  Antiph. 
Άγροίκ.  10. — Β.  Adv.  -ρώς.  άγνώς  και 
καθαρώς,  Η.  Horn.  Αρ.  121,  Hes.  Op. 
335  ;  καθαρώς  γεγονέναι,  to  be  of 
pure  blood,  Hdt.  1,  147. — 2.  with  clean 
hands,  purely,  honestly,  Dem.  127.  5. — 
3.  clearly,  plainly,  λέγειν,  Ar.  Vesp. 
631. — 4.  entirely,  Dio  C.  (With  the 
root  καθ-  of.  Sanscr.  ςudh  (purificari), 
Lat.  cast-US,  Germ,  keusch.  Buttm. 
Lexil.  V.  ϊινηνοθεν  10,  connects  also 
κεύνός.οί.  -φαθαρός,  -φεδνός.)  Hence 
Κάθάρότης,  ητος.  ή,  cleanness,  pu- 
rity, esp.  in  moral  sense,  Plat.  Legg. 
778  C. — II.  clearness,  brightjiess,  opp 
to  mistiness,  Hipp. 

Κάθύρονργικός,  ή,  όν,  made  pure, 
sifted,  Geop. :  from 

Κάθάρονργός,  όν,  {καθαρός,  *έργω) 
making  pure. 

Καθαρ-άζω,  fut.  Att.  -ύσω,  usu. 
•ύζω,  (κατά,  αρπάζω)  to  tear  or  snatch 
down.  Eur.  Andr.  813. 

Κΰθάρσιος,  ov,  (καθαιρώ)  act.  cleans- 
ing, purifying,  esp.  from  guilt  or  de- 
filement, atoning,  expiatory,  Trag.  ;  C. 
gen.,  καθ.  φόνου,  Aesch.  Eum.  578. 
— II.  as  subst., — 1.  το  καθάρσιου,  sub. 
Ιερόν  .an  expiatory  sacrifice,  also  the  vic- 
tim, Εατ. I. Ύ.  1225  :  hence  picrificdtion, 
expiation,  Hdt.  1,  35. — 2.  sub.  φάρμα- 
KOi',  opening  medicine,  a  purge.  Medic. 
Κάοαρσις,  εως,  ή,  {καθαίρω)  a  cleans- 
ing, purification,  mode  of  purification, 
Hdt.  1,  35. — II.  Medic,  a  clearing  off 
of  humours,  purging,  Vl\pp.   [ΰ] 

Καθαρτέον,  verb.  adj.  from  καθαί- 
ρω, "'!'■  must  clean  or  dear. 

Κΰβαρτήρ,  ηρος,  6,  =  καθαρτής, 
Plut.    Hence 


ΚΑΘΕ 

"Καθαρτήριος,  ον,=^καθαρτικός,  ex- 
piatory, Dion.  Η. 

Κίθαρτής,  ov.  ό,  (καθαίρω)  α  cleans- 
er, purifier,  esp.  from  guilt,  defilement, 
etc.,  Hipp.,  and  Soph.  El.  70. 

Καθαρτικός,  ή,  όν,  (καθαίρω)  of, 
fit  for  cleansing  or  purifying  ;  ή  -κη, 
sub.  τέχνη.  Plat.  Soph. "231  Β :  but 
esp.  as  medic,  term, purgative,  Hipp. ; 
but  Ά\&ο=καθάρσιος,  Arist.  Pol. 

Κάθάρνλλος,  ov,  dim.  from  καθα- 
ρός, cleanly,  pure,  unmixed.  Plat. 
(Com.)  Nvf  1.  Adv.  -Άλως,  Cratin. 
Del.  7. 

Καθαρώδης,  ες,  (^καθαρός,  είδος) 
clean,  clear,  όμμα,  Hipp. 

Καθαναίνω,  Att.  for  καταναίνω. 

Καθαυτό,  for  καθ'  αυτό,  of  itself ,  by 
itself,  absolutely. 

Καθαυτόν,  or  better  divisim  καθ' 
αυτόν,  by  one's  self,  alone,  singly. — II. 
of  one's  self,  voluntarily. 

Καθέδρα,  ας,  η,  a  seat,  κ.  τονλ,αγώ, 
a  hare's  seat  or  form,  Xen.  Cyn.  4,  4: 
esp.  a  bench  for  rowers,  a  professor's 
chair  or  pulpit :  also  a  privy. — 2.  the  sit- 
ting part,  posteriors,  Hipp. — II.  a  sit- 
ting, the  state,  posture  of  sitting,  Plut. : 
hence  a  sitting  still,  lounging,  delaying, 
Fv  τη  καθέδρα  έχειν  τινά,  to  keep 
him  idle,  Thuc.  2,  18. 

Καθέζομαι,  fut.  -εδονμαι,  3.]50-εδή- 
σομαι,  Diog.  L.,  dep.  mid.,  of  which 
Buttm.  Calal.,  v.  ϊζω,  doubts  the  use 
of  pres.  in  early  Greek,  but  v.  Od.  10, 
378.  Eur.  Heracl.  33,  Lys.  133,  11  : 
cf.  κάθημαι  :  to  set  one's  self  down,  sit 
down,  Hom.  ;  to  hold  a  sitting  or  meet- 
ing, Od.  1 ,  372 :  to  sit,  sit  still,  with 
collat.  notion  of  rest,  Od.  10, 378  ;  and 
so  to  lounge,  loiter,  linger,  Od.  6,  295  : 
to  sit  as  suppliants,  Eur.  Heracl.  33  : 
to  sit  down  in  a  country,  encamp,  Thuc. 
2,  18,  etc.  Καθέζω  is  never  found, 
the  deficient  transit,  tenses  being  sup- 
plied by  καθίζω,  καθιδρύω,  καθεΐσα. 

Καθέηκα,  Ερ.  and  Ion.  for  καθήκα, 
aor.  1  from  καθίημι,  11. 

Καθείατο,  Ερ.  lor  εκάθηντο,  3  plur. 
impf  from  κάθημαι,  II. 

Καθείμαρμαι,  to  be  ordained  by  fate ; 
esp.  to  one's  misfortune,  Epict. :  part., 
καθειμαρμένος,  η,  ov,  ordained  by  fate, 
Plut. 

Καθειμένως,  adv.  part.  perf.  pass, 
of  καθίημι.  remissly,  languidly. 

Καθειργννμι,  Att.  for  κατείργννμι, 
aor.  1  -είρζα,  to  shut  in  or  up,  enclose, 
confine,  iinprison,  first  in  Hippon.  Fr.  13. 

Καθείργω,  Att.  for  κατείργω,^= 
foreg.     Hence 

Κάθειρξις,  εο)ς,  ή,  Att.  for  κύτειρ- 
ξις,  a  shutting  in,  enclosing,  confining, 
Plut. 

Ka^tif,  for  καθ'  εις,  also  εις  κα- 
θείς, one  by  one,  one  after  another,  N. 
T. :  this  anomalous  phrase  for  εΙς 
καθ'  ενα,  was  prob.  Ibrmed  back- 
wards from  the  neut.  εν  καθέν. 

ΚαθεΙσα,Άοτ.  1  from  a  pres.  καθέζω, 
which  is  not  used,  (κατά,  είσα)  I 
made  to  sit  down,  set  or  put  down,  Tivu 
έ~ι  θρόνου,  11.  18,  389  ;  in  genl.  I  made 
to  sit  still,  lounge,  loiter,  tarry,  11.  5,  36  ; 
σκοηόν  καθεΐσε,  he  set  a  spy,  Od.  4, 
524  ;  ανδριάντα  κ-,  Pind.  P.  5,  55 : 
also  in  mid.,  καθεσσύμην,  Anacr.  Ep. 
10.  (The  deficient  tenses  are  sup- 
plied by  καθιδρύω.) 

Καθέκαστα,  for  καθ'  Ικ-,  as  adv., 
τά  καθ.,  each  particular,  Strab. 

Καθεκύστην,  as  adv.,  used  for  καβ' 
έκάστην  ήμέραν,  day  by  day,  daily, 

Καθικονσιος,ον,=ιέκονσιος,  LXX. 

Καθεκτέον,  verb.  adj.  from  κατέ- 
χω, one  must  keep,  Plut. 

Καθέκτης,  ου,  ό,  (κατέχω)  a  trap- 
door. 


ΚΑΘΕ 

Καθεκτικός,  ή,  όν,  holding,  contain- 
ing, τινός,  Arist.  Η.  Α. :  holding  in,  re- 
tentive.  Medic. :  from 

Καθεκτός,  ή, όν,  (κατέχω)  held  back: 
to  be  held  back  or  checked,  Plut.  Adv. 
-τώς,  Philostr. 

Καθελ.εΐν,  inf.  aor.  2  act.  καθεϊλον, 
of  καθαιρέω. 

Καθελίσσω,  {κατά,  έλισσω)  to  wrap, 
wrap  round,  τινί  τι,  Hdt.  7,  181  ;  also 
in  Ion.  plqpf.  pass,  κατειλίχατο  for 
καθεΐΑ,ιγμένοι  ήσαν,  lb.  76. 

ΚαθεΑκόω,  ώ.  (κατά,  έλκόω)  to  make 
sore,  ulcerate,  Hipp.,  in  pass. 

Καθε?^κνσμός,  ov,  ό,  a  drawing  doum, 
launching,  M,oschio  ap.  Ath.  207  A; 
from 

Καθελκύω,  v.  sub  καθέλκω.  [On 
quantity,  v.  έ'/.κνω.'] 

Καθέλκω,  f.  -ξω,  (κατά,  ε?ίΚω)  to 
draw  down,  esp.  καθ.  τάς  ναϋς,  to  draw 
down  the  ships  to  the  sea,  launch  them, 
Lat.  deducere  naves,  Ar.  Ach.  544 ;  SO 
too  νήας  καθελ.κνσαι,  Hdt.  7,  100, 
Thuc.  2,  93. 

Κάθεμα,  ατός,  τό,  or  κάθημα,  (κα- 
θίημι) something  let  down  or  suspended, 
e.  g.  a  necklace,  collar,  etc.,  Antiph. 
Incert.  78  :  also  καθετήρ. 

Καθέννΐμι,  to  clothe,  v.  καταένννμι. 

Καθεξί/ς,  adv.,  the  more  usu.  εφεξής, 
Plut. :  also  poet.,  καθεξείης,  Opp.,  in 
tmesis. 

Κάθεζίς,  εως,  ή,  (κατέχω)  a  holding, 
keeping  hold  of,  preservation,  της  αρχής, 
Thuc.  3,  47  :  α  holding  in,  τον  πνεύ- 
ματος, Arist.  de  Somn.  2,  17. 

Καθέξω,  fut.  of  κατέχω,  as  early  as 
Hom. 

Κάθεριια,  ατός,  τό,=ίρμα  III. ,  A  nacr. 
19. 

Καθερτϊύζω,  f.  -νσω,  (κατά,  έρπν 
ζω)^5^.,  to  creep  down,  ες...,  Ar.  Kan. 
485. 

Καθέρκω,  (κατά,  ερττώ)  to  creep, 
steal  down.  Soph.  Fr.  110  :  metaph. 
of  the  first  down,  to  steal  over  the 
cheek.  Xen.  Symp.  4,  23,  cf.  Ascle- 
piad.  Ep.  1. 

Καθές,  imperat.  aor.  2  from  κα- 
θίημι. 

^Καθεσθήσομαι,  fut.  pass,  from  κα- 
θέζομαι, non-Att. 

Κάθεσις,  εως,  ή,  (καθίημι)  a  putting 
down  into,  Arist.  Meteor.  :  esp.  a  britig- 
ing  of  plays  upon  the  stage,  SchoU. — 
II.  (καθέζομαι)  sitting  down,  seat, 
dwelling.  ^ 

Καθεστηκότως,  adv.  part.  perf.  act. 
from  καθιστή  μι,  fixedly,  steadily,  calm- 
ly, Arist.  Pol.  8,  5,  22. 

Καθεστηκώς,  via,  ός,  part.  perf. 
from  καθίστημι. 

Καθεστήξω,  fut.  3  from  καθίστημι, 
with  intr.  signf. 

Καθεστώτα,  ων,  τύ,  syncop.  neut. 
plur.  part.  perf.  from  καθίστημι,  q.  v. 

Κάθετη,  ή,  v.  κάθετος. 

Καθετήρ,  ήρας,  ό,  (καθίημι)  any 
thing  let  down  or  put  in,  esp. — 1.  a  plug 
of  lint,  pessary,  to  put  into  a  wound, 
Hipp. — 2.  a  surgical  instrument  for 
emptying  the  bladder.  Gal. — 3.  a  fish- 
ing-line, Artemid. — i.— κάθεμα,  Clem. 
Al.    Hence 

Καθετηρισμός,  ov,  a,  a  putting  in  of 
the  καθετήρ. 

Κάθετης,  ov,  o,=  sq.  I.  2. 

Κάθετος,  ov,  (καθίημι)  let  down, 
put  down  or  in  :  as  subst. — I.  ή  κάθε- 
τος, sub.  γραμμή,  a  perpendicular  line, 
Procl. :  hence  also — 2.  a  mason's /«'ei 
or  plumbline,  λ  itruv. — 3.  perpendicular 
height,  Strab. — -4.  a  fishing-litie,  Opp. 
— 5.  sub.  θνρα,  a  trap-door.—ll.  ό  κά- 
θετος, sub.  αμνός  or  βονς,  an  animal 
let  down  into  the  sea  as  an  offering  to 
Neptune,  Lys.  ap.  Harp,  in  voc, 
6S3 


ΚΑΘΗ 

Καθενδητέον,  one  must  sleep.  Plat. 
Phaedr.  259  D.  :  verb.  adj.  from 

Καθενόίο.  iinpf.  Horn.  καθενδοι>, 
Alt.  καΟηνόον,  and  έκύβενδον :  fut. 
καθενδήσω,  perf.  καβενδι/κα,  late,  lo 
sleep,  slumber,  Od.  6,  1,  Hdt.  2,  95  ;  in 
genl.  to  lie  down  to  sleep,  lie,  csp.  to  lie 
a-b,d.  II,  1,  611,  Od  4,  304,  etc.  ;  kv 
φιλότητι  καθενδειν,  Od.  8,  313  :  κ. 
μετά  τίνος.  Plat.  Synip.  219  ϋ:  me- 
taph.  to  rest,  be  at  rest,  still,  quiet, 
καβ.  _n;ept,  Aesch.  Ag.  1357:  ace.  to 
Schleusn.,  in  N.  T.,  of  the  sleep  of 
death,  like  κοιμαηθαι,  but  all  the  in- 
stances prove  the  reverse,  except 
1  Thess.  5,  10,  where  there  is  a  ver- 
bal reference  to  its  usu.  signf  in  v.  6. 

Καθενμεμα,  ατός,  τό,  (.καθενρίσκω) 
an  inrention,  LXX. 

¥ίαΟενρεσιλογέω,  ώ,  {καθενρίσκω, 
Τίόγος)  to  have  a  fertile  invention,  speak 
fluently,  Polyb.  Exc.  Vat.  p.  397.  _ 

Καθενρίσκω,  f.  -ρήσο,  {κατά,  ευρί- 
σκω) to  find,  discover.  Soph.  Ani,.  395, 
in  pass. 

Κάθεφθος,  Of,  (καθέφω)  boiled  down, 
well-boiled,  Achae.  ap.  Ath.  368  A:  κ. 
χρυσός,  refined  gold. 

ΚαΑειΙ'ί/ς,  ές,=  iΌτeg.,  Nic. 

Κα()έ•ψησις,  εως,  ή,  {καθέψω)  a  L•il- 
mg  dotrn,  Hipp. 

Καβεψιάομαι,  f.  -ήσομαι,  (κατά, 
ϊ-ψιάοιιαι)  dep.  mid.  :  to  mock  at,  Lat. 
illudere,  τινός,  Od.  19,  372. 

ΚαθέίΙιω,  fut.  •■ήιήσω,  (κατά,  ί'ψω) 
to  bod  down,  boil  trell,  boil  away,  digest, 
Ar.  Vesp.  795. — II.  metaph.  to  soften, 
temper,  joined  with  πραννειν,  Xen. 
Eq.  9,  6,  cf.  ττέσσω  IV. 

Κύθ?!,  Att.  for  κάβησαι,  2  sing. 
pres.  from  κύβημαι. 

Υίαθηγεμονικός,  ή,  όν—ί/γεμονικύς: 
from 

Καθηγεμών,  όνος.  b,  ή.=  7/γεμών,  α 
leader,  esp.  a  guide.,  Hdt.  7,  128  ;  καθ. 
6δοϋ,  Polyb. 

Κΐίθηγέομαι,ί.  -ήσομαι, {κατά,  ήγεο- 
uai)  dep.  mid.  to  go  before,  lead,  be 
guide,  Tivl  εις  τόττον,  Hdt.  4,  125; 
also,  καθ.  τινι  όδόν,  9,  104 ;  also  c. 
part.,  Hdt.  7.  8,  1  :  hence  to  go  before 
and  teach  a  thing,  Lat.  praeire  verbis, 
χρηστήριον,  Hdt.  2.  56  ;  also,  καθ. 
Αόγου,  Ιο  begin  the  discourse.  Plat. 
Symp.  199  C  ;  to  be  the  first  to  do,  to 
establish,  ordain,  τι,  Hdt.  2,  49  ;  in 
genl.  lo  show,  point  out  the  way,  Wess. 
Hdt.  7,  183  :  to  be  tOlcher  of  any  one, 
τινός,  Strab. :  construct,  much  like 
that  of  the  simple  verb.     Hence 

Καθηγτ/τειρα,  ας,  ή,  Orph. :  fein. 
from  sq. 

Καθηγητήρ,  τ/ρος,  ό,  and 

Καθηγητής,  ου,  ό,=  καθηγεμών,  α 
leader,  guide,  teacher,  Plut. 

Καθηδύνω,  {κατά,  ήδύνω)  ίο  sweet- 
en much,  Titake  too  sweet,  Ath.  :  in  genl. 
to  sweeten,  please,  [fi] 

ΚαθηδνπάΟεια,  ας,  ή,  a  liucurious 
life  :  from 

Καθιμ^νηΰθέω,  ώ,  (κατά,  ήδυπα- 
θέω)  to  squayider,  lavish  in  luxury  and 
pleastcres,  c.  acc.  Xen.  An.  1,  3,  3. 

^Καβτ/κει,  impers.  v.  sub  κηθήκω  II. 

Καθήκον,  οντος,  τό,  v.  sub  καΟήκω 
II. 

Καθηκόντως,  adv.  part.  pres.  from 
sq.  :  v.  sq.,  fin. 

Καθήκω,  f.  -ξω,  (κατά,  i/κω)  to  come 
or  go  dnini,  go  down  to  fight,  attack. 
Aesch.  Cho.  455. — 2.  to  come  doun  to. 
come  or  reach  to,  εΙς  or  έττί  τι,  ο.  g,  ίπΐ 
θά'λασσαν.  Hdt.  2.  32  :  to  come  to  any 
one,  καθ?/κεν  kc  ημάς  b  \όγος,  the 
turn  of  speaking  came  to  us,  Aeschin. 
31,  27  :  of  time,  ή  χρόνος  κ.,  the  time 
it  come,  Ariel.  H.  A. :  η  εορτή  κ.  ές 
TTjv  ήμέραν,  the  festival  falls  or  Λαρ- 


ΚΑΘΙ 

pens  on  the  day,  Plut. — Π.  to  siiffice, 
be  enough  fur  a  thing,  τινί  ;  hence  to 
be  inecl,  fit.  proper,  6  καθήκων  χρόνος. 
Soph.  0.  Τ.  75  :  at  καθήκονσαι  ήμέ- 
pai.  the  regular,  proper  days,  (Dem.) 
1372,  8  :  also  impers.,  καθι/κει  μοι,  it 
belongs  to  me,  beseerns  or  behoves  me  : 
hence  in  part.,  to  καθήκον,  οντος,  and 
Tu  καθήκοντα,  that  which  is  meet,  fit 
or  proper,  one^s  due,  duty,  Xen.  Cyr.  1, 
2,  5  ;  and  esp.  as  a  technical  term  of 
the  Stoic  philos.,  Cic.  Off.  1.3:  but 
in  Hdt.  1,  97  ;  5,  49,  τα  καθήκοντα^: 
τα  καθεστώτα,  the  present  state  of 
things,  circumstances.  Adv.  part.  pres. 
καθηκόντως,  meetly,  properly,  Polyb. 

Καθη?.ιάζω,  (κατά,  >/'λιύζω)  to  bring 
the  sun  in  upon,  to  illuminate,  Luc. 

Καθιβ.όω,  ώ,  (κατά,  ή'λόω)  to  nail 
on  or  to,  Ti  προς  τι,  Plut.  :  pass,  to  be 
nailed  with,  σανίσι,  Polyb.    Hence 

Καθήλωσις,  εως,  ή,  a  nailing  on  or 
to  :  and 

ΚαθηΤιωτής,  ov,  6,  one  who  nails  on 
or  to  :  and 

Καβηλωτός,  όν,  nailed. 

Κάθημαι,  inf  καθησθαι,  impf.  ίκα- 
θήμην,  (κατά,  ήμαι)  to  sit  still,  sit  en- 
throned, as  if  perf  pass,  of  καθίζομαι, 
to  be  seated,  and  so  to  sit,  sit  down, 
Horn.,  cf  Ruhnk.  Ep.  Cr.  p.  159; 
strictly,  of  judges,  to  take  their  seats 
in  court,  be  seated.  Ar.  Nub.  208,  v. 
Wolf  Dem.  507,25,  cf  Thuc.  5,  85  :  in 
genl.  to  sit  still,  tarry,  abide,  sojourn, 
dwell:  also  with  bad  signf,  to  sit,  lie 
idle,  sit  doing  nothing.  Hdt.  3,  134;  to 
lead  a  sedentarij,  effeminate,  unwarlike 
life,  Valck.  Hdt.  2,  86  :  but  also  of  an 
army,  to  lie  in  a  place,  encamp,  Thuc.  : 
to  lie  in  wait,  lie  in  ambush  :  of  districts 
and  countries,  to  lie,  lie  low.  Lat.  subsi- 
dere.  Eur.  Cresph.  1  .v.  Jac.  A. P.  p.  561 . 
Construct.,  καθήσθαι  εν  τινι,  παρά 
TI.VL,  επί  τινι  or  rn-'of,  Horn.,  and 
Eur.  ;  also  κ.  έκ  δίφροιο,  Od.  21,  420, 
cf  ίκ  1.  3 :  but  also  c.  acc.  cognato, 
καθ.  ^δραν,  Eur.  Heracl.  55.  More 
freq.  in  Att.  than  the  simple  ήμαι. 

Καθημαξευμένως,  adv.  part,  perf 
pass,  from  καθαμαξεύω,  worn  like  a 
road,  hence  in  a  stale,  hackneyed  way, 
v.  καθαμηξεύω. 

Καθημεραν,  adv.  better  divisim, 
καθ'  ήμέραν,  daily. 

Καθημερεία,  ας,  η,  the  passing  of 
the  day,  daily  business,  Polyb. :  from 

Καθημερεύω,  (κατά,  ημερεύω)  to 
pass  the  day. 

Καθημερινός,  ή,  όν,  a  later  form  for 
sq.,  Theophr.,  v.  Lob.  Phryn.  53,  who 
however  confounds  it  v/ith  μεθημερι- 
νός. 

Καθημέριος,  a,  ov,  also  of,  ov,  hap- 
pening every  day  (καθ'  ήμέραν),  daily, 
Κ.  μοίρα,  Soph.  El.  1414. 

Καβημερόβΐος,  ov,  living  only  for 
the  day,  Lat.  qui  in  diem  virit. 

Καθήραι,  inf,  καθήρας,  part.  aor.  1 
from  καθαιρώ,  Horn. 

Καθησυχάζω,  f.  -άσω,  strengthd. 
form  oi  ησυχάζω,  Polyb. 

Καθίγννμι,  v.  καθίννυμι. 

Κάθιδρος,  ον,=ζκηθιδρως,  LXX. 

Καθιδρόω,  ώ,  to  throw  into  a  violent 
sweat. 

Καθίδρνμα,  τό,^ΐδρνμα. 

Καθίδρναις,  εως,  ή,=  ίδρυσις. 

Καθιδρύω,  (κατά,  ιδρύω)  to  set  down, 
make  to  sit  down,  Od.  20,  257  :  to  estab- 
lish, restore,  heal,  Hipp.  ;  but  also  to 
consecrate,  dedicate,  Eur.,  who  uses 
aor.  1  mid.  (I.  T.  1481).  and  pf  pass, 
in  act.  signf  (Cycl.  318) :  καθ.  ftiov, 
to  mnke  one  pass  his  life,  settle  him  in 
a  place.  Id.  Bacch.  1339 ;  hence  in 
pass,  to  sit  down,  settle,  Ar.  Av.  45. 
[On  quantity  v.  ιδρύω.'] 


ΚΑΘΙ 

Καθίδρως,  ωτος,  ό,  ή,  (κατά,  Ιδρώς) 
sweatirig  much,  tired. 

Καθίεμαι,  pass,  from  καθίημι. 

Καθίερεύω,  {κατά,  Ίερευω)  to  sacri- 
fice, slaughter,  Arist.  Eth.  Ν. 

Καθΐερονργέω,  u,=  foreg.,  Diod. 

Καθιερόω,  ώ.  (κατά,  Ιερ('>ω)ΐο  dedi- 
cate, devote,  hollow,  Hdt.  1,  92;  εαυτόν 
υπέρ  τίνος,  Plut. :  v.  Lob.  Phryn.  192. 
Hence 

Καθΐέρωσις,  εως,  ή,  a  dedication, 
Dio  C. 

Καθιερωτέος,  έα,  έον,  verb.  adj. 
from  καθιερόω,  to  be  dedicated,  Plat. 
Legg.  809  Β . 

Καθιζάνω,  (κατά,  ίζάνω)  to  seat 
one's  self,  sit  down,  θώκόνδε,  Od.  5,  3  ; 
also,  ές  θρόνους,  Aesch.  Eum.  29;  έπί 
τι.  Isocr.  13  Β:  cf  καθίζω. 

Καθίζησις,  εως,  ή,  α  sitting :  from 

Καθίζω,  impf  καθίζον  or  κάθιζαν, 
as  Wolf  writes  it,  and  no  doubt  right- 
ly, if  έκάθιζον  (which  is  used  in  Od. 
16,  408)  be  allowed  as  the  orig.  form  ; 
Buttm.  however  is  against  this,  Ausf. 
Gr.  "^86,  Anm.  2,  cf  Lexil.  voc.  άνή- 
νοθεν  12  :  fut.  καθίσω,  Dor.  καθίζω, 
Att.  καθιώ :  aor.  1  έκάθϊσα,  but  also 
κάθισα,  Ar.  Ran.  911,  and  Thuc.  6, 
66:  Ep.  part,  καθίσσας,  Horn.;  cf. 
also  καθεισα  (κατά,  ιζω).  To  set 
down,  make  to  sit  doum,  o(t.  in  Hom. : 
later,  κ.  στρατόν,  to  encamp,  Eur. 
Heracl.  664,  Thuc.  4,  90:  αγοράς  κ., 
to  make  an  assembly  be  seated,  i.  e.  hold, 
open  one,  Od.  2,  69  ;  and  so  later,  κ. 
δικαστηρίου,  to  hold  a  court,  Ar.  Vesp. 
305  ;  but,  K.  τινι  δικαστήν,  to  appoint 
a  judge  to  try  a  person.  Plat.  Legg. 
873  Ε  ;  and  so  in  genl  to  appoint,  con- 
stitute.— 2.  to  place  or  settle  in  a  place, 
τινά  εις  δόμον,  Eur.  Ion  1541. — 3.  to 
put  into  a  state  or  condition,  make,  ren- 
der one  .SO  and  so,  e.  g.  κλαίοντα  τίνα 
Κ-,  to  set  him  doiMi  to  weep,  7nake  him 
weep.  Plat.  Ion  535  Ε  ;  but  also, 
κλαίειν  τινά  κ..  Xen.  Cyr.  2,  2,  14. — 
II.  intr.  to  sit  doum.  be  sealed,  sit,  oft. 
in  Hom. :  esp.  to  sit  at  meals,  Lat.  dis- 
cumbere,  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  4,  2 ;  to  sit  as 
judge.  Plat.  Legg.  659  Β  :  to  sit  doum 
in  a  country,  encatnp,  ές  χωρίον,  Thuc. 
4,  93  ;  also  to  settle,  sink  in.  Plat. 
Phaedr.  254  Β  :  of  ships,  to  run  aground, 
Polyb.  Later  also  in  mid.,  Valck. 
Hdt.  8,  71  :  κ.  έπί  τινι,  Hom.,  έπί  τι, 
Ar.  Ran.  197,  ΐν  τινι,  Hdt.  5,  25,  to 
sit  on  a  thing  ;  but  also  c.  acc,  καθ. 
τίύποδα,  Eur.  El.  980,  βωμόν,  Id.  H. 
F,  48,  as  we  say  to  sit  a  horse. 

B.  the  pass  or  mid.  is  also  freq.  in 
this  intr.  signf,  first  in  II.  19,  50,  in 
tmesis. 

Καθίημι,  fut.  καθήσω  :  aor.  1  καθή- 
κα,  Ep.  καθέηκα  (κατά,  ιημι).  To 
send  down,  let  dotvn,  let  fall,  11.  8,  134, 
in  tmesis  ;  οίΐΌΐ'  "λαυκανίης  καθέηκα, 
I  have  sent  the  wine  down  my  throat, 
II.  24,  642  ;  but,  καθίετε  'ίππους  εν 
δίναις,  sink  them  in  the  stream,  as  an 
offering  to  the  river-god,  11.21,  132: 
so,  K.  άγκυραν,  Hdt.  7,  36;  κ.  κητα- 
πειρητηρίην,  to  let  doum  a  sounding- 
line,  Hdt.  2,  28  ;  and  absol.,  καθιέναι, 
to  reach  by  sounding,  to  sound.  Plat. 
Phacd.  112  Ε  ;  hence  metaph.  to  put 
fonrard  by  way  of  trial,  to  attempt,  καθ. 
πρόφασιν.  Ar.  Vesp.  174;  κ.  πεϊραν, 
to  make  an  attempt,  Ael. :  «.  κόμας, 
to  let  one's  hair  floro  loose,  Eur. ;  but 
K.  πώγωνα,  to  let  one's  beard  grow, 
Dio  C. :  K.  γόνυ  εις  γαιαν.  to  kneel 
down,  Eur.  Hec.  501  :  also  to  lead 
doum  from  the  hill  to  the  plain,  and 
in  pass,  to  march  down,  Aesch.  Thcb. 
79,  with  v.  1,  μ(:θ. :  also  in  iiass.  to 
reach  or  stretch  down  seawards,  όρεα 
προς  τήν  ΰύλατταν  καθ-,  Plat.  Criti. 


ΚΑΘΙ 

11Θ  A  ;  so  too,  καθείτο  τα  τείχη,  were 
carried  down  tu  the  water,  Thuc.  4,  103, 
cf.  5,  52  :  so.  καθεΐναι  σπονόύς,  Eur. 
1.  A.  CO. — HI.  K.  άρματα  εις  (ϊγώι>α, 
um?ji.av,elc.,  ίο  send  down  in  to  the  place 
of  contest,  Lat.  demittere  adcertamtn  (cf. 
descendere  in  camputn,  aretiam),  and  SO 
absol.,  Thuc.  6,  16,  Isocr.  353  D; 
hence  also  seemingly  intr.,  to  come 
down  upon,  attack,  Ar.  Eq.  430  :  mid. 
to  prepare  for  attack,  put  one's  self  iti 
motion  against  any  one,  έ~ί  τίνα,  Hdt. 
7,  138,  cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  398.  [On  quan- 
tity V.  ιημι.] 

Καθικετεύω,  s^trengha .  for  Ικετεύω, 
to  entreat  earnestly,  re  Τίνος.  Eur.  Hel. 
1024  :  but  c.  dat.  pars.,  Hdt.  6,  68 : 
also  in  mid.,  Eur.  Or.  324. 

Καθικααίνω,^κατικμαίνω. 

Καθικνέομαι,  fut.  -ίξομαι,  aor.  -Ικό- 
μην,  {κατά,  ίκνέομαι)  dep.  mid.  :  to 
come  down,  come  tu,  reach  to  :  hence  to 
reach,  touch,  esp.  to  touch  painfully, 
πένθος  καθίκετύ  με,  sorrow  touched 
me  sore,  Od.  1,  342;  μάλα  πώς  με 
καθίκεο  θυμον  evtrry,  thou  hast  touch- 
ed me  nearly,  11.  14,  104,  where  the 
ace.  is  to  be  explained  from  the  motion 
towards,  not  Irom  a  transit,  force  of 
the  word,  cf.  Soph.  O.  T.  809  :  in 
prose  the  gen.  was  more  freq.  καθι- 
κνείσβαί  τίνος  ρά3δφ,  σκντει,  κονόν- 
λφ.  etc.,  like  καΗύτίτομαι,  to  touch, 
strike,  smite  one  with  a  rod,  e^c,  Plut. ; 
also  καθ.  της  επιβολής,  to  reach,  gain 
one'.?  purpose,  Polyb. 

Καβΐλΰρννω,  strengthd.  form  of 
ίλαρίΊ'ω.     [fi] 

Καβιμάω.ώ,  (κατά,  ίμύω)  to  let  down 
by  a  rope,  Ar.  Vesp.  379,  396.  [i] 
Hence 

Καβίαησις,  ewf,  ή,  a  letting  down  by 
a  rope,  Plut. 

Κηθίμονενω.=καθιμύω. 

ΚηΙΙίννύμι.,  mid.  καβινννμαι,  also 
written  κπΑίγννμι,  καθίγννμαι=  κα- 
θίζω, κηβίζομαι,  Hipp.  The  simpl. 
ϊννυμι  oidy  in  Gramm. 

Καθιππύζομαί,  f.  -άσομαι,  {κατά, 
ίππάζομαί)  dep.  mid. :  lran«.  to  ride 
down,  ride  over,  overrun  with  horse,  καθ. 
ττ/νχύρι/ν,  Hdt- 9,  14:  hence  in  genl., 
to  trample  down,  trample  under  foot, 
like  λαξ  πατείν,  Aesch.  Eum.  150, 
731,  779  :  later  c.  gen.,  κ.  φιλοσοφίας. 
Diog.  L. — 11.  to  ride  up  and  down,  nde, 
Macho  ap.  Ath.  581  D,  sensu  ob- 
scoeno. 

Καθίππενσις,  εως,  ή,  a  riding  down 
upon  or  against,  Dion.  H.  :  from 

Καθιππενω,  (κατά,  ί-πενω)^κα- 
θίπτταζημαι,  to  ride  down,  trample  un- 
der font,  Άργείων  στρατόν,  Eur. 
Phoen.  732.  Pass,  οι  ποταμοί  καβιπ- 
πενοΐ'τηι,  the  frozen  rivers  are  ridden 
■upon,  Hdn. 

Καθιπποκρΰτέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  and 

Καθιππυμύχέω,  ω,  f.  -ήσω,  to  con- 
quer with  horse. 

Καθιπποτροφέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (κατά, 
ΐπποτροώέω)  Ιο  spend  or  squander  in 
keeping  horses,  Isae  55,  22. 

Καβίπταμαι,  v.  καταπέτοααι. 

ΚάθΙσις,  εως,  ή,  (καθίζω)  α  sitting, 
lying,  Plut. 

Κάθισμα,  ατός,  τό,  α  seat,  Diosc. 

Καθιστάνω,  later  and  worse  form 
for  sq. 

Καθιστημι  (κατά,  Ιστημι).  —  Α. 
trans,  tenses,  pres.,  impf.,  iut.  κατα- 
στήσω, and  aor.  1 :  also  pres.,  impf., 
fut.,  *knd  aor.  2  mid ;  imperat.  pres. 
καθίστα,  II.  9,  202,  and  καθιστή  for 
καθίστοθι.  To  set,  put  down,  κρητή- 
pa,  11. :  so  ΐΙύλΜνδε  καταστήσαί  τίνα, 
to  bring  one  down  to  Pylos,  Od.  13, 
274,  K.  τινά  ες  ΐ\ύξον,  Hdt.  1.  64  ;  and 
so,  K.  VTJa,  to  bring  a  ship  to  land,  put 


ΚΑΘΟ 

in,  Od.  12,  185  :  and  κ.  όίφρον,  to  stay 
or  stop  it.  Soph.  El.  710. — 2.  to  settle, 
ordain,  appoint,  establish,  confirm,  κ. 
τινά  τύραννον,  Hdt.  5,  92,  1,  cf.  94; 
κ.  νομοθέτας,  δικαστύς,  etc.  Xen. ; 
esp.  of  political  constitutions,  κ-  πο- 
λατείαν,  όλιγαρχίαν,  etc.,  like  Lat. 
ordinare,  constituere  rempnblicam.  Wolf 
Dem.  460,  15:  in  genl.  to  set  in  order, 
arrange,  tu  πράγματα,  Isocr.  :  also  to 
restore,  Eur.  Alc.  362 :  in  this  sense 
freq.  also  in  mid.,  esp.  aor.  1,  Aesch. 
Eum.  706,  Ar.  Vesp.  502  ;  strictly  to 
appoint  for  one's  self,  choose,  e.  g.  a 
leader,  Xen.  An.  3,  1,  39—3.  esp.  to 
bring  into  a  certain  state,  κ.  σώμα,  to 
prepare  the  body  for  medicine,  Hipp. : 
freq.  K.  τινά  εις  τι,  e.  g.  ές  άπόνοιαν, 
Thuc.  1,  82,  δνείόη,  Isocr.  134  C;  to 
bring  to  power  or  dignity.  Plat.  Rep. 
569  A :  also  sometimes  c.  inf. :  in 
genl.  to  make  or  render  so  and  so,  κ. 
εμαντον  -φενί^η.  Soph.  Ant.  657,  κ. 
τι  φανερόν,  Thuc.  2,  42  ;  and  c.  part., 
κλ.αίοντα  καθιστάναι  τινά,  to  bring 
one.  to  tears,  Eur.  Andr.  635. 

B.  in  pass,  and  intr.  tenses,  i.  e. 
aor.  2,  perf.,  and  plqpf.,  of  act. :  intr. 
to  be  placed,  set,  set  one's  self  down,  set- 
tle, ές  τόπον,  Hdt.  3.  131.— 2.  intr.  to 
be  settled,  established,  OT appointed,  Hdt., 
etc. — 3.  in  a  physical  sense,  to  settle, 
deposit  a  sediment,  Hipp. — 4.  also  to 
stand  quiet  or  calm,  e.  g.  of  water, 
πνεύμα  καθεστηκός.  a  calm,  Ar.  Ran. 
10*13  ;  6  θόρυβος  κατέστη.  Hdt.  3,  80  : 
metaph.  of  persons,  to  become  calm  and 
composed,  Soph.  Aj.  306  ;  κσταστάς. 
composedly,  Blonif.  Aesch.  Pers.  300. 
— 5.  to  be  ill  a  certain  state,  εν  κατά- 
στήναι,  to  come  to  a  good  issue,  Hdt. 
7,  132.  etc. — 6.  to  be  usual  or  custom- 
ary ;  and  m  genl.  to  be  or  become,  Hdt. 
1,  94  ;  2,  84,  Soph.  O.  T.  703  :  hence 
καβεστηκώς.  Ion.  κατεστεώς,  existing, 
established,  ordinary,  Hdt.  1.  65;  3, 
89  ;  ήλΛκία  καθεστηκνία.  Cicero's  con- 
stnns  aetas.  middle  age.  Thuc.  2,  36  : 
Γα  καθεστώτα,  the  present  state,  exist- 
ing laws,  customs,  usages,  esp.  the  es- 
tablished construction  of  a  State,  Wolf 
Dem.  402,  3.     Adv.  -κότως.  q.  v. 

ΚαθιστΥ/ριον,  ov,  τό. ' καθίζω)  a  seat. 

Καθιστορέω,  ώ,  strengthd.  for  Ισ- 
τορήύ- 

Καθό,  adv.  in  use  for  καθ'  δ,=  καΑά. 
in  so  far  as,  according  as,  Arist.  Me- 
taph. :  .w  that,  Plat.  Soph.  267  D. 

Καθοόηγέω.  ώ,  f.  -ήσω.  (καθοόηγός) 
to  lend  show  the  way,  Plut. 

Καθοδήγησις,  εως,η .C\em.  ΡΛ.,•&ηά 

Καθοόηγία,  ας,  ή,  Strab.,  a  leading, 
guidance :  from 

Καθοδηγός,  ov,  6,  (κατά,  οδηγός) 
a  leader,  guide,  shower,  Orph. 

Κάθοδος,  ov,  ή,  (κατά.  οδός)  a  go- 
ing down,  descent,  Plut. — Π.  a  coming 
back,  return,  esp.  of  an  exile  (φυγάς) 
to  his  country,  Hdt.  1,  60,  61,  etc., 
freq.  in  Thuc,  and  Xen. 

Καθολ.ικός,  η,  όν,  (κάθο7.ος)  gen- 
eral, universal,  Polyb. :  unchanging,  per- 
petual, νόμοι.  Philo  :  catholic,  Ecci. 
Adv.  -κώς,  Polyb. 

Καθο/<.κενς,  έως.  ό,  (καθέλκω)  one 
that  draws  down. — 2.  a  kind  of  bandage. 
Gal. 

Καθολκή.  ης,  ή,  (καθέλ.κω)  a  draw- 
ing down,  esp.  of  ships  to  sea. 

Καθολκός.  όν,  (καθέλκω)  drawing 
dou'n  :  ό  καθ.-=ΐίαθολκενς.  Gal. :  v. 
Lob.  Phrjn.  316. 

Καθόλου,  as  adv.,  on  the  whole,  in 
general,  generally,  for  καθ'  όλον,  Xen. ; 
ή  κ.  απόδειζις,  a  universal  proof,  opp. 
to  ή  κατά  μέρος,  Arist.  Org.  :  ;;  τών 
κ.  πραγμάτων  σΰνταξις,  universal  his- 
tory, Polyb. 


ΚΑΘΥ 

Καθομΰλύζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (κατά,  βμολί- 
ζω)  to  make  quite  level  or  even;  metaph. 
to  soften,  refine,  civilize,  Plut. 

ΚαθομηρίΜ,  f.  -ίσω.  (κατά,  Όμηρί- 
ζω)  to  describe  after  the  manner  of  Ho' 
mer,  Aristaen. 

ΚαθομΙλέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (κατά,  όμι- 
λέω)  to  engage,  conciliate  by  daily  in- 
tercourse, to  suit  one's  self  to,  court, 
τινά,  Arist.  Pol.  Pass,  to  be  used  in 
daily  intercourse,  to  pass  into  a  proverb, 
Diosc.  Hence  part,  perf  καθωμι/.η• 
μένος,  every  day,  common,  current,  ή 
καθ.  δόξα  περί  τίνος.  Polyb. 

Καθομολ.ογέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (κατά, 
όμολογέω)  to  confess,  allow,  esp.  wrong- 
ly. Plat.  Crito  49  C— II.  to  promise, 
engage,  vow,  Luc. :  to  betroth,  Plut.,  in 
pf  pass.  c.  signf  act. 

Κάθομον,  κάθομα,  late  words  = 
ομοίως. 

Καθοπλίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (κατά,  οπλίζω) 
to  equip,  fit  out,  arm,  Herm.  Soph.  El. 
1074,Aeschin.  75.  33.     Hence 

Καθόπλϊσις,  εως,  ή,  an  arming,  mode 
of  arming,  Polyb. 

Kfi^o-rXiCT^o(:,oi),o,=:foreg,,  Polyb. 

Καθοράτικός.  ή,  όν,  able  to  see  into  : 
hence  keen-sighted :  from 

Καθοράω.  ώ,  fut.  κατόι^ομαι :  aor. 
κατεϊδον,  inf.  κατίόείν :  perf.  καθεώ- 
ρΰκα  (κατά.  όράω).  Το  look  down, 
εκ  τίνος,  II.  7.  21  ;  11,  337,  επί  τίνος, 
Hdt.  7,  44. — II.  transit,  to  look  down 
upon,  in  which  signf  Horn,  uses  only 
mid.,  as,  καβορώμενος  aiav,  11.  13,4; 
hereto  is  referred  also  11.  24,  291, 
Ύροίην  κατά  πάσαν  όράται  (for  κα• 
θοράται) :  not  found  in  Od.  ;  but  Hdt. 
has  also  the  act.,  7,  194,  208.-2.  in 
genl.  to  view,  .■see,  Hdt.  9,  59  :  and  then 
to  perceive,  observe,  Pind.  P.  9,  87; 
κοθηράν  τι  εν  τηη,  to  perceive  or  ob- 
serve something  therein,  Plat.  Legg. 
905  Β  ;  in  Ar.  Eq  803  σον  is  not  gen. 
after  καθοράν,  but  joined  with  α  παν 
ονργείς,  as  if  it  were  την  πανονργίαν 
σον  :  also  κ.  ει....  to  look  and  see  whe- 
ther..., Hdt.  2.  38. 

Καθορίζω,  {.  -ίσω  Att.  -ΐώ.  (κατά, 
ορίζω)  to  bound,  define.     Hence 

Καθοριστικός,  ή,  όν,  bounding,  de- 
fining, determining,  Clem.  Al. 

Καθορμάω,  ώ,  f  -ήσω,=  ορμάω, 
Anth. 

Καβορμίζω,  f.  -ίσω  Att.  -ϊώ,  (κατά, 
ΰρμιζ(ο)  Ιο  bring  a  ship  into  harbour, 
bring  to  anchor :  and  hence  in  pass., 
C.  aor.  mid,  to  come  into  harbour,  put 
in.  ες  τόπον.  Thuc.  3.  32,  etc.— 2.  in 
genl.  to  bring, plunse  in  or  into,  aavTov 
ές  πημονύς,  Aesch.  Pr.  905. 

Καθαρμών,  ov,  τό,=δρμος,  a  neck- 
lace. LXX. 

Καθοσιόω.  ώ,  like  κηθιερενω,  to 
offer,  sacrifice,  Ar.  Plut.  661,  m  pass. ; 
also  in  mid..  Eur.  I.  T.  1320.— 2.  to 
consecrate,  hallow,  Plut.     Hence 

Καθοσίωσις,  εως,  -η,  a  dedication, 
hallowing,  Eccl. 

Καθόσον,  used  adv.  for  καθ'  όσον, 
in  so  far  as,  itia.tmuch  as. 

Καθότι,  used  adv.  for  καθ'  δ  τι, 
how.  in  what  manner,  Thuc.  1 ,  82,  etc. : 
so  far  as,  Polyb. :  but  better  written 
divisim. 

Καθον,  for  καθέσο,  imperat.  aor.  2 
mid.  from  καθίημι. 

Καθυβρίζω,  f  -ίσω,  (κατά,  υβρίζω) 
to  treat  despitefully.  to  inmilt,  affront 
wantonly,  usu.  c.  ace,  as  Soph.  El. 
522,  etc. ;  but  also  c.  gen..  Soph.  O. 
C.  960,  Phil.  1364;  and.  rarely,  c. 
dat..  Soph.  Aj.  153. — 11.  absol.  to  wax 
wanton.  Soph.  O.  C.  1535.     Hence 

Καθνβριστέον,  verb,  adj.,  one  must 
insult  wantonly,  Clem.  Al. 

Καθύγιάσις,  εως,  ή,  a  cure.  [v\ 
685 


ΚΑΘΥ 

Καθνγραίνυ,  {κατά,  iypnlvu)   to 

xnet,   moisten,   wet  through,   Theophr. 

Hence 

KadvYpaanoiiOifofaxvetting  through. 

Kudvypor,  ov,  {κατά,  υγρός)  very 

wet  or  moist,  Theophr. 

Κύθνδρος,  ov,  (κατά,  νδορ)  very 
watery,  full  of  water,  κάβνί^μος  κρατήρ, 
a  cup  of  water,  periphr,  for  water  itself, 
Soph.  O.  C.  158. 

Καθν'λακτέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (κατά, 
ίλακτέω)  to  bark  at,  εΙς  τίνα,  riut. : 
also  τινόζ. 

Καθν/ύζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (κατά,  νλίζω)  to 
strain  or  filter,  Ath. 

fKaOvAKOi,  ων,  ol,  the  Cathylci,  a 
German  people,  Strab. 

Καθνλομΰνέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (κατά, 
ν?,ομανέω)  to  shoot  into  too  luxuriant 
foliage,  run  all  to  wood,  Hipp. 

Καθνμνέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (κατά,  νμ• 
ν(ω)  Ιο  sing  of  much  or  constantly, 
Clennth.  6. 

ΚαΟνττάρχω,  strengthd.  for  υπάρ- 
χω. Plut. 

Καθνπείκω,  strengthd.  for  νπείκω. 
Καθυτεμφαίνω,=  νπεμφαίνω,  to  in- 
dicate slightly. 

ϋαθνπενόίόωμι,  strengthened  for 
ύττενύίόωμι. 

Καϋνπερΰκοντίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  strength- 
ened tor  υπερακοντίζω.  At.  Av.  825. 
Καθυπερέχω,  f.  -ξω,  strengthd.  for 
υπερέχω,  Polyb. 

Καθνπερηφάνενομαι,άβρ., strength- 
ened for  νπερηφανέω. 

Καθνπερθε,  and  before  a  vowel 
καθυπερθεν,  adv.,  (κατά,  νπερθε) 
from,  above,  down  from  above,  II.  3,  337, 
Od.  12,412;  c.  gen.,  Od.  8,279.-2. 
over,  on  the  top  or  upper  side,  above,  oft. 
in  Horn. ;  Φρνγίη  καθνπερθε,  upper 
Phrygia,  II.  21.  515  ;  also  c.  gen.,  κα- 
βύπερθε  Χίου,  above  Chios,  i.  e.  north 
of  it,  Od.  3,  170:  opp.  to  νπένερθε, 
Od.  10.  353  ;  hence,  tu  k.,  the  upper 
country,  i,  e.  further  inland,  Hdt.  2,  5, 
etc. :  also  καθύπερθε  γενέσθαι  τινός, 
to  get  the  upper  hand  of  one,  strictly 
of  a  wrestler  who  falls  atop  of  his 
opponent,  Hdt.  8,  CO,  3  ;  8,  136 :  also, 
K.  ή:..  Id.  8,  75.— 11.  of  time,  before, 
c.  gen.,  Hdt.  5,  28,  of  ύι^ω. 

Καθνπερτερέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,^ύπερ- 
τερέω.     Hence 

Καθυ-ερτέρ7ΐσις,  εως,  ή,=  νπερτέ- 
ρησις. 

Καθνπέρτερος,  α,  ον,  compar.  from 
καθνπερθε,  upper,  higher,  above:  ol 
persons,  having  the  upper  hand,  κ.  πο- 
λεμώ, Hdt.  1,  u5,  C7:  superl.  καθυπέρ- 
τατος.  η,  ov,  highest,  uppermost,  Lat. 
supremus,  Hdt.  4,  199. 

Καθνπηρετέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  strengthd. 
for  νπηρετέω. 

Καθνπισχνέομαι,  strengthened  for 
νπισχνέομαι,  Luc. 

Καθυπνής,  ές,=  κάΟνπνος,  Nic. 
Καβνπνιος,  ov,  (κατά.  ιιπνος)  hap- 
pening in  sleep,  Oenom.  ap.  Euseb. 

Κάθυπνος,  ov,  (κατά,  ύπνος)  fast 
asleep,  sleepy,  apt  to  sleep,  Arist.  Probl. 
Hence 

Καθυπνόω,  ώ,  f.  -ώσω,  to  be  fast  or 
sound  asleep,  fall  asleep,  Hdt.  7,  12,  15  : 
also  in  mid.  Hdt.  7,  14.     Hence 

ΚαΟνπνωσις,  εως,  ή,  a  falling  asleep, 
Arist.  Probl. 

Καθνπο:3ά?ν?.ω,  (κατά,  υποβάλλω) 
to  subject,  subdue. — 2.  =ινποβ. 

Καθυπογμάφω,  f.  -ψω,  strengthd. 
for  νπογράόω. 

Καθνποι'^είκννμι,  -δέχομαι,  -δνμι, 
strengthd.  for  νποδ. 

Καθυποκ?.έπτω,  f.  -ψω,  strengthd. 
for  νποκλ. 

Καθυποκρίνομαι,  (κατά,  νποκρίνω) 
dep.  mid. :    to  deceive  one  by  dramatic 
636 


ΚΑΙ 

arts,  or  by  assuming  a  masJc,  τινά, 
Dem.  449,  16,  cf.  κατανλεω,  κατορ- 
χέομαι.— 11.  καΟνπηκρινεσθαι  thai 
τίνα  or  τι,  to  pretend  to  be  other  than 
one  is,  personate  some  person  or  thing, 
Luc.  [i] 

Καθυποπίπτω,  strengthd.  for  νπο- 
πίπτω.  Long. 

Καθνποπτενω,=νποπτενω,  to  sus- 
pect, Arist.  Rhet.  Al. 

Καθνποσηίνω,  -στΐβίζω,  -στρέφω, 
strengthd.  for  νποσ. 

Καθνποτάσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  (κατά, 
υποτάσσω)  to  make  quite  subject,  Clem. 
Al. 

Καθνποτοπέομαι,  -τρέχω,  strength- 
ened for  ύποτ. 

Καθυπονργέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  strengthd. 
for  ΰπονργέω. 

ΚαθνποφΙθνρίζω,  f.  -ίσω,—ΰποιί'ΐ- 
θνρίζω,  ίο  whisper  to  in  secret. 

Κηθνστερέω,  ώ,  (κατά,  νστερέω)  to 
come  far  behind  another,  τινός,  Hipp.  ; 
hence  to  be  inferior  to  another,  τινός. 
Strab.  :  also  absol.  to  be  behindhand, 
come  too  late.  Polyb. 
Καθνστερίζω,  f.  -iaG),=foreg.,LXX. 
Καβύφεσις,  εως,  ή,  submission :  esp. 
fnl.'ie  submission ,  collusion  with  the  ad- 
versary, Lat  proevaricntio :  from 

Καθνφίι/μι,  tut.  -φήσω,  (κατά.  νφί- 
ημι)  to  .■slacken,  let  loose,  let  go,  hence 
to  give  up,  betray,  Ttv'l  τι,  Dem.  343, 
3 :  in  a  lawsuit,  καθ.  τον  αγώνα,  to 
conduct  the  contest  treacherously,  be  in 
collusion  with  the  adversary,  Lat. 
praevaricari,  Dem.  202,  12;  563,  19: 
also  intr.  to  slacken  one's  exertions 
in  a  thing,  tofall  back  from  it,  c.  gen., 
Luc.  Mid.,  καθνφίεσθαί  τινι,  to  give 
way,  give  in.  yield  to  any  one,  Xen. 
Hell.  2,  4,  23;  καθνφίεσθαί  εν  τινι, 
to  slacken  in  a  thing,  e.  g.  εν  μύχαις. 
Καθνφίστημι,  strengthd.  for  νφί- 
οτημι. 

Καθωρηιζομηι,=  ώραΐ'ομαι. 
Καθωρισμένως,  adv.  part.  pf.  pass, 
from  καθορίζω,  definitely,  Clem.  Al. 

Καθώς.  adv.,=  Ka^u,  Hdt.  9,  82, 
ace.  to  .MSS.;  but  the  word  seems 
later,  and  is  at  least  never  used  by 
good  Alt.  authors.  Lob.  Phryn.  426. 

K.\r.  conjunct.,  and,  also,  Horn. 
Its  great  variety  of  usage  has  been 
very  scantily  explained,  so  that  what 
follows  is  little  more  than  a  first 
sketch. — I.  joining  vvonls  and  sen- 
tences, like  Lat.  et,  while  enclit.  τε 
answers  to  Lat.  que:  by  anacoluth. 
it  joins  a  partic.  and  finite  verb,  II. 
22,  247,  ως  φαμένη,  και  ήγήσατο.  for 
ως  εφη.  και  ηγήσατο,  where  others 
wrongly  suppose  a  pleonasm  of  και, 
Thiersch  Gr.  Gr.  i^  297,  5;  while 
Doderlein  takes  και  for  also  in  all 
these  cases,  Lect.  Horn.  2,  p.  9,  10  : 
anacoluth.  also  in  apodosis,  after  rel- 
ative particles  of  time  in  protasis,  e. 
g.  Hdt.  1,  79:  when  in  prose  two 
words  or  clauses  are  to  be  closely 
combined,  τε  και  and  τε-..καί  are  oft. 
used,  as,  άρκτοι  τε  και  λέοντες,  bears 
and  lions,  both  as  creatures  of  one  kind, 
ravenous  beasts ;  θανμάζονται,  ώς 
σοφοί  τε  και  ευτυχείς  γεγενημένοι. 
they  are  admired  both  as  wise  and 
fortunate,  i.  e.  as  wise,  and  therefore 
as  fortunate :  but  in  Horn,  when 
these  two  conjunctions  come  togeth- 
er, και  belongs  wholly  to  the  word 
following,  being  not  the  copulative 
ami,  but  the  emphatic  al.<o,  II.  4,  160  ; 
21,  202;  and  the  same  holds  of  ήδέ 
και,  and  also,  Od.  1,  210,  and  και  τε, 
II.  1,  521,  etc.,  which  is  simply  Ep., 
also  repeated  και  τε...,  και  τε...,  Od. 
14,  405  ;  in  the  last  case  τε  does  not 
combine,  like  καί  but  merely  adds. 


KAl 

Herm.  on  Elmsl.  Eur.  Med.  p.  3C0: 
also  Att.  in   one  sentence,  kuL.te, 
and. ..also.  Poppo  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  4.  17, 
Herm.  ub.  Bockh's  Behaiidl.  Griech. 
Inschr.     But  the  common  repetition 
Kui.-.Kai,  both. ..and.  as  well. ..as  also, 
partly. ..partly,  Lat.  et...et  or  cum. ..turn, 
is  unknown  to  the  Ep. :  they  use  in- 
stead, τε...τε.  —  II.    also,  not  merely 
joining  words  or  sentences,  but  also 
emphatically  distinguishing  a  single 
word  or  clause,  which  notion  we  ex- 
press sometimes  by  n/so,  sometimes  by 
even,  sometimes  by  the  pron.  self  as, 
11.  5.  685,  επειτά  με  και  λίποι  αιών, 
then  let  life  also  forsake  me,  i.  e.  life 
as  well  as  all  other  goods ;  so  too,  τάχα 
κεν  και  άναίτιον  αϊτιόωτο  he  would 
charge  the  innocent  also,  even  the  in- 
nocent, 11.11,  654,  etc., cf. 4, 101 .  This 
usage  IS  also  very  freq.  in  prose,  esp. 
in  antithesis,  as  ov  μόνον. ..ά?.λα  καί, 
not  only. ..but  also :  the  Att.  however 
even  in  strong  emphasis  omit  κηί  after 
ά'λλά.  Wolf  Dem.  467, 17:  so  Lat.  7wn 
modo  or  non  sohim....sed,  for  scd  etiam, 
V.  on  Tac.    Germ.   10,   15. — 2.    with 
participles  or  adjectives  in  tliis  same 
emphat.   signf,   κηί   often   forms  an 
antithesis  to  the  chief  verb,  and  may 
be  rendered  by  though,  although,  albeit, 
as,  Έκτορα,  και  μεμαώτα,  μάχης  σχή- 
σεσθαι    όΐω,    strictly,    Hector,    even 
raging,  will  I  keep  away,  i.  e.  how 
much  soever  he   rage   or  although  he 
rage,  II.  9.  655 ;  so,  τί  συ  ταντα.  και 
έσθλος  έών,  αγορεύεις ;  how  canst 
thou  say  this  how  brave  .soever  thou 
be,  or  although  thou  be  brave,  II.  16, 
627,  cf.   13,  787,  Od.  2,  343,  Valck. 
Phoen.  277  ;  and  φενγονσι  και  πολ- 
λοί δντες,  they  fiy,  although  they  are 
many:    in   all   these    cases    καίπερ 
might  be  used,  but    this  need   not 
make  us  say  that  καί  is  put  for  καί- 
περ, for  καί  does  not  quit  its  funda- 
mental signf. ;  in  Xen.  An.  1,  6,  \,και 
πρόσθεν   πο?.εμήσας,    καίπερ    could 
not  stand.     In  Att.  it  really  passes 
into  the  signf  of  καίτοι,  when  it  be- 
gins   a    parenthet.    sentence,    Wolf 
Lept.  463,  9. — 3.  in  genl.  as  a  parti- 
cle   increasing    or    diminishing  the 
force  of  words  and  clauses, — a.  in- 
creasing, esp.  with   a  compar..   as, 
θεός  και  άμείνονας  'ίππους  ύωρ//σαι.• 
το,  II.  10,  556  ;    so,  όόμεναι  και  μεί- 
ζον άίθλον,  II.  23.  551,  cf'.   19,  200; 
23,  386 ;  in  which  cases  strictly  (ίλ- 
λος  is  omitted,  so  that  in  full  it  would 
be  ά'λ?.ονς  κηΐ  άμείνονας  ίππους,  άλ- 
λο και  μείζον  άεθλυν.  etc. :  also  with 
a  superl.,  και  μάλιστα,  Lat.  vel  max- 
ijne,  Xen.     This  increasing  use  of  καί 
which  may  usu.  be  rendered  and  in- 
deed, and  that,  etc.,  is  also  very  freq. 
in  prose  ;  it  answers  to  the  Lat.  etis, 
isqne,  idemqiie.  and  is  very  oft.  used  in 
this  way  before  ούτος,  Hdt.  1.  147; 
6,  11  ;  most  freq.  with  neut.  pi.  και 
ταύτα,  and   that,  and  indeed,  and  be- 
sides,  especially.  Wolf  Dem.  466.  20  : 
also  καί  sometimes  combines  a  part 
with  its  whole  in  order  to  give  it  a 
strong  emph.isis,  as,  θεοί  και  Ζευς, 
the  gods  and  above  all  Jupiter,  θεοϊ  και 
Ποσειδών,   Aesch.   Pers.    750,   etc. : 
closely  connected  with   this  is  the 
freq.  Att.  phrase  πολ/.οι  και  άλ/.οι, 
usu.  taken  as  pleonast.  many  others, 
but  which  is  really  the  same  as  άλ- 
λοί  και  πο?Λθί,  others  and  they  many, 
so  that  here  καί  has  a  limiting  or  ex- 
plaining force,  and  is  quite  necessary : 
so  also  in  other  cases  the  thing  as 
limited  or  explained  is  put  first,  βή 
προς  δώμα  Αιός  και  μακρόν  Ό'λνμ- 
πον,  he  went  to  Olympus  and  even 


ΚΑΙ 

to  the  house  of  Jupiter,  Π.  5,  398 ; 
whereas  in  strict  logical  order  it  fol- 
lows, as  τΐρος  μακρόν  όρος  καΐ  Κύν- 
θιον  όχβον,  Η.  Ηοιη.  Αρ.  1 7,  cf  Aesch. 
Ag.  63,  Soph.  Tr.  1277:  the  foil,  forms 
are  very  commoti,  τίνες  και  άλλοι, 
τίνες  καΐ  συχνοί,  τινές  και  πολλοί, 
also  in  sing,  τις  και  άλλος,  Heind. 
Plat.  Phaed.  58  D,  66  A :  for  άλλως 
re  και...,  V.  sub  άλλως. — b.  diminish- 
ing, ίέμενος,  και  καπνον  άποθρώ- 
σκοντα  νοήσαι,  he  longs  to  see  even 
the  smoke  rising,  were  it  but  the 
smoke,  Od.  1,  58  ;  so  too,  οίς  ηδύ  και 
λέγειν,  with  whom  'tis  sweet  even  to 
speak,  only  to  speak,  Ar.  Nub.  528,  a 
rare  usage. — III.  at  the  beginning  of 
a  speech,  /cat  must  refer  to  something 
gone  lietore,  which  it  takes  up  and 
pursues  ;  not  as  Horn.,  with  whom 
the  discourse  is  usu.  taken  up  by  και 
7ΰην,  as  και  λιην  σ'  έτι  νϋν  γε  σαώ- 
αομεν  (for  σαώσομέν  σ'  έτι  viw  γε  και 
λίην  σε  σαώσομέν),  we  will  save  thee, 
and  that  completely,  11.  19,  408;  so 
also  Od.  1.  46  ;  3,  203  :  cf  supr.  II.  3, 
a :  yet  Homer  uses  it  also  esp.  in 
phrase  και  τότε,  καΐ  τότε  δη,  και  τότ' 
έττειτα,  at  the  beginning  of  a  narra- 
tive, where  the  time  is  more  strongly 
marked  than  by  τότε  alone,  11.  1,  92, 
Od.  2,  108,  etc. :  in  genl.  very  freq. 
in  transitions,  as  in  Oratt.,  και  μοι 
λέγε--.,  καί  μοι  άνύγνωθι...,  and  now 
tell  me,  etc. :  but  sometimes  like 
άλ/ά,  it  also  introduces  a  formal  ob- 
jection, Soph.  Aj.  462  :  esp.  in  form 
«at  -ώς,  q.  v. — IV.  in  a  question,  /cat 
imparts  some  indefiniteness,  admit- 
ting a  number  of  possibilities,  which 
we  can  only  express  by  pronuncia- 
tion, as,  η  καί  μοι  νεμεσήσεαι  ;  wilt 
thou  be  angri/  at  me  ?  Od.  1,  389:  it 
also  strengthens  the  question,  Pors. 
Phoen.  1373. — V.  alter  όμοιος.  Ισος, 
ό  αντος,  καί  stands  for  ώς  or  ώςττερ, 
as  γνώμησι  εχρέοντο  όμοιτ^σι  και  σν, 
they  had  the  same  opinion  as  you, 
Val'ck.  Hdt.  7,  50,  2,  where  strictly  it 
should  be,  εκείνοι  και  σν  εχρ.  ouoiyai 
γνώμ?]σι.—-2.  likewise  used  with  ad- 
verbs of  time,  where  however  on  ac- 
count of  the  different  notions,  τε  is 
usually  added,  as,  vvv  τε  και  πύλ.αι, 
νϋν  Τε  και  τότε,  άεί  τε  και  τότε,  for 
ώςττερ  πάλαι,  ωςπερ  τότε,  now  as 
heretofore,  now  as  at  that  time,  Schaf 
Soph.  Ant.  181,  Heind.  Plat.  Soph. 
230  D,  cf.  CatuU.  12,  17:  here  και 
marks  perfect  agreement  between 
the  present  and  past,  so  that  vow  and 
at  that  tune  appear  as  one. — 3.  also 
before  verbs,  where  ότε,  etc.,  might 
stand,  as,  ην  ημαρ  δεύτερον. ..καί  κα- 
τηγιιμην,  it  was  the  second  day...(i?if/ 
I  came  to  land  (i.  e.  when  I  came). 
Soph.  Phil.  355 :  and  with  τε  going 
before,  παρέρχονταί  τε  μέσαι  νύκτες 
και  ψύχεται  το  ύδωρ  (for  υτε).  Hdt. 
4,  181,  cf.  3,  108;  4,  139.— VJ.  in 
Att.,  freq.  alter  τις  and  the  relat. 
pron.,  to  connect  the  thoughts  more 
closely,  where  to  us  καί  easily  ap- 
pears pleonastic  without  being  so, 
Steph.  Dial.  Att.  p,  33,  Wolf  Dem. 
461,2:  V.  Pors. ad  Eur.  Phoen.  1373: 
Schaef.  ad  Dem.  1.  c. — V^II.  when  καί 
joins  an  afhrm.  clause  with  a  negat. 
one,  esp.  in  the  phrase  κον,  also  και 
7/κιστα.  etc.,  it  seems  to  take  the 
signf.  of  an  adversative  particle,  as  if 
it  were  ά/λ'  ov  or  οΰ  δέ,  but  the  op- 
position strictly  lies  in  the  negation, 
(jf  Ti  δράσων  είρπε  κον  θανονμενος. 
Soph.  Tr.  160  :  it  also  carries  on  the 
negat.  to  a  second  member  of  a  sen- 
tence, and  so  stands  for  οντε,  Jac.  A. 
P.  p.  697.— VIII.  in  loose  definitions 


ΚΑΙ 

of  number,  about,  και  έςέβδομήκοντα, 
αυξανόμενος  γίνεται  και  ές  έπτακαί- 
δέκα  πήχεας,  Hdt.  2,  60,  68. — IX.  as 
to  its  position,  καί,  and,  is  sometimes 
poet,  put  after  another  word,  as, 
έγνωκα,  τοίςδε  κυνδέν  άντειπείν  έχω 
for  Kul  τοΐςδε  ουδέν,  Aesch.  Pr.  51 : 
so  Lat.  et. — 2.  καί,  also,  sometimes 
goes  between  a  prep,  and  its  case,  έν 
και  θάλασσα,  Pind.  Ο.  2,  51.— 3.  as 
καί  always  belongs  to  what  foHous,  it 
is  very  seldom  put  at  the  end  of  a 
verse,  but  it  is  so  Soph.  Phil.  312,  Ar. 
Vesp.  1193. — The  coinpds.  and  com- 
binations of  καί,  as  και  γάρ,  καί  ye, 
καΐ  ει,  etc.,  are  placed  m  alphabet, 
order. 

Καιάδας,  ov  Dor.  a,  ό,  a  gulf  in  the 
earth,  or  underground  cavern  at  Sparta, 
into  which  state-criminals  or  their 
corpses  were  thrown,  like  the  Athen. 
βάραθρον,  Thuc.  1,  134:  also  writ- 
ten κεάδας,  καιάτας,  καιέτας,  Buttm. 
Le.xil.  V.  κητώεσσα  4.  (Akin  to  κώς 
and  sq.) 

Katop,  ατός,  τό,  a  gulf  or  chasm  in 
the  earth. — II.  the  hollow  of  a  sling,  in 
which  the  stone  lies,  also  κναρ.  (Cf 
Buttm.  Lexil.  v.  κητώεσσα  v.  foreg.) 

^Καϊάττας,  ov,  ό,  κόλπος.  Sinus 
Ca't'etanus,  gulf  of  Ca'iela,  now  Gaeta, 
in  Italy,  Strab. 

^Καϊάφας,  a,  6,  Caiaphas,  a  Jewish 
high  priest,  mainly  instrumental  in 
effecting  the  dea^h  of  Christ,  N.  T. ; 
Joseph. 

Kat  γάρ,  for  truly,  to  confirm  a 
prop,  which  of  itself  even  is  tolerably 
certain.  11.  3,  188,  Od.  18,  261  ;  which 
notion  is  strengthd.  by  και  γάρ  δτ'ι, 
fur  of  a  surety,  11.  16,  810  :  also  sim- 
ply poet.,  και  γάρ  βα,  Π.  1,  113  ;  and 
in  Att.,  και  γάρ  καί,  και  γάρ  ονν,  και 
γάρ  τοί,  Lat.  etenim  prnfecto. 

Καί...γε,  and  indeed,  Lat.  et...quidem, 
to  introduce  an  emphatic  addition, 
καΐ  'λίην  κείνος  γε  έοικότι  κείται 
όλέθρφ  (for  κείνος  έοικότι  κείται 
όλέβρω,  και  7ύην  γε),  Od.  1,  46;  un- 
less with  Wunder,  .4dvv.  in  Soph. 
Phil.  p.  46,  γε  be  better  referred  to 
κείνος,  and  Aegisthus  thereby  op- 
posed to  Ulysses,  cf.  Od.  11,  181 ;  15, 
155,  II.  1,  553,  and  so  like  καί  fol- 
lowed by  άλλα.  for  indeed,  Od.  9,  357. 
— II.  in  Att.,  also  to  imply  condition 
or  limitation.  Fe  is  always  separated 
from  και  by  one  or  more  wcrds. 

Kat  δέ,  and  yet,  but  also,  11.  14,  364, 
Od.  12,  116,  cf  Jac.  A.  P.  p.  217; 
also,  και  δέ  τε,  II.  20.  28,  and  καΐ  δέ 
νν,  II.  22.  420.  The  Att.  put  one  or 
more  words  between  καί  and  δέ, 
Herm.  Vig.  n.  345;  so  Lat.  ί'Λ..αΐί/<ηι, 
Schaf  Long.  p.  350.  Its  usage  in 
Trag.  is  denied  by  Pors.  Or.  614,  but 
V.  Wellauer  Aesch.  Pr.  975,  Seidl. 
Eur.  El.  1112, 

Και  δέ  καί,  like  foreg.,  and  also. 

Kat  δη,  imdeven.  also  even,  II.  1,  161, 
which  Att.  also  express  by  και  δη  καί 
and  καΐ  δη  ονν,  and  indeed  also,  and 
certainly  also.- — II.  and  indeed,  certain- 
ly, allowing  or  conceding,  11.  15,251 : 
hence  used  by  the  Att.  in  strong  af- 
firmation, esp.  in  answers,  yes  indeed, 
by  all  7neans,  Lat.  et  eerie,  et  vero. — III. 
like  Kttt  ηδη  fortiit^vf,  even  nou;  just 
now,  with  pres.  and  int., Wolf  Lept.  p. 
285,  Herm.  Vig.  n.  301,  Id.  ad  Soph. 
.\j.  49. — IV.  supposing  or  granting  it  to 
be  the  case.  Lat.  t'nc,fac  ita  esse,  Valck. 
Hdt.  7,  184,  Pors.  Med.  1115,  cf. 
Herm.  Vig.  n.  331.— V.  καϊ...δή,  and 
indied,  with  one  or  more  words  be- 
tween, freq.  in  Att. — VI.  και  δη  καί. 
and  therefore,  and  so,  also  at  the  he- 
ginning  of  a  second  clause,  when  the 


ΚΑΙΝ 

first  begins  with  καί,  Lat.  quitm...,  turn 
eiiam,  Hdt.  5,  28,  etc.,  cf.  Wolf  Lept. 
p.  212  ;  and  after  τε,  Plat.  Rep.  618 
A     so  also  freq.  after  ά?ιλος,  Hdt.  1, 

I,  cf  Schaf  Dion.  Comp.  p.  386:  in 
the  same  sense  Hdt.  5, 67,  makes  και 
δη  προς  follow  άλλος. 

Και  ει,  even  if,  although,  supposing 
that,  where  it  is  left  uncertain  wheth- 
er the  thing  assumed  really  exists  or 
not,  with  the  same  moods  as  ει,  II.  4, 
347  ;  13,  316,  etc.  ;  whereas  with  ft 
καί,  the  thing  is  supposed  as  exist- 
ing, cf.  Stallb.  Plat.  Gorg.  509  A. 

Καιετάεις,  εσσα,  εν,  {καΐαρ,  καιά- 
δας) full  of  gulf s  or  caverns,  Λακεδαί- 
μονα καΐίτάεσσαν  was  read  by  Ze- 
nodotus  in  Od.  4, 1,  where  Aristarch. 
gave  κητώεσσαν,  as  we  now  read, 
Buttm.  Lexil. 

^Καιήτη,  ης,  ή,  Ca'ieta,  now  Gaeta, 
a  city  of  Latium  in  Italy,  Strab. 

Κ  tit  κε,  καί  κεν,  Ep.  for  καΐ  ΰν, 
κάν,  Horn. 

Καικίας,  ov,  6,  the  north-east  wind, 
Ar.  Eq.  437. 

'Καικίλιος,  ov,  b,  the  Rom.  Caecili• 
us,  A  nth. 

^Καϊκινός,  ov.  o.  the  Caecinus.  a  riv- 
er of  lower  jtaly  near  Locri.  now  the 
Ancinale?  Thuc.  3,  103,  v.  1.  Καικΐ- 
νος,  and  in  Ael.  V.  H.  [t] 

tKui/cof,  ov,  ό,  the  Caicus,  a  river  of 
Mysia  falling  into  the  sea  opposite 
Lesbos,  Hes.  Th.  343  ;  Hdt.  2,  47.— 
If.  masc.  pr.  n.,  Theocr. 

<Καίκον  πεδίον,  ov,  τό,  the  plain  of 
Caicus,  in  Mysia  along  the  Caicus, 
now  prob.  Knmakli,  Hdt.  7,  28. 

^Καίκονβην,  ov,  τό,  Caecubum,  (Cae- 
cubus  ager)  a  marshy  plain  of  Lati- 
um, famed  ibr  its  wine,  Strab. :  hence 
ό  Κηίκονβος  οίνος. 

Και  μάλ.α,  και  μάλα  γε,  aye  and 
very  much. 

Και  μεν,  with  an  answering  δέ,  and 
in  truth,  11.  9,  632  :  usu.  with  one  or 
more  words  between. — II.  in  Att., 
και  μεν  δ>/,  και  μέν  δη  καί,  moreover 
besides. 

Και  μην,  and  verily,  and  certainly, 
certainly  too,  with  coilat.  notion  of 
confirmation  or  asseveration,  Lat.  et 
vera,  el  sane,  Od.  11,  582,  593,  cf  L. 
Dind.  and  Bornem.  Xen.  Conviv.  4, 
15  :  in  Att.  Dram.,  oft.  to  call  atten- 
tion to  the  approach  of  a  new  person, 
and  see,  but  see,  e.  g.  Eur.  El.  339. — 

II.  introducing  a  proof  of  the  contra- 
ry, but,  but  now,  yet,  however,  Lat.  at- 
qui,  Herm.  Vig.  n.  332. — III.  και  μην 
καί  and  what  is  still  more,  Lat.  qiiin, 
V.  Jell  Gr.  Gr.  ^  728  c. 

tKiiii',  indecl.,  and  Κάϊς,  ως,  Jo- 
seph., ό,  Cain,  first-born  son  of  Adam, 
N.  T. 

fKaivuv,  indecl.,  6,  Cainan,  niasc. 
pr.  n.,  LXX. ;  N.  T. 

^Kaivai,  ών,  al,  Caenae,  a  city  of 
Mesopotamia  on  the  Tigris,  now 
Senn,  Xen.  An.  2,  4,  28. 

^Καινείδης,  ov,  ό,  son  ofCaeneus,  i.  e. 
Coronus,  II.  2,  746  :  and  in  Hdt.  5,  92, 
2,  V.  I.  Καινίδι/ς.     From 

^Καινεύς,  έως  Ep.  and  Ion.  ηος,  6, 
Caeneus.  son  of  Elatus,  king  of  the 
Lapithae,  11. 1,264;  Hes  Sc.  179.-2. 
sonof  Coronus,  an  .Argonaut,  ApoUod. 

iKatv?/  πο'/.ις,  ή,  {new  city)  Caenepo- 
lis,  later  name  of  Ί  aenarum.  Καινή- 
πολις,  Paus.  —  2.  Carthago  Nova, 
Polyb.  2,  13,  1. 

Kaivi^(j,  f.  -ίσω  Att.  -ΐώ,  {καινός) 
to  make  new :  most  examples  must  be 
translated  by  resolving  καινίζω  into 
ποιέω,  έχω  καινόν,  etc.,  as,  καί  τι 
καινίζει  στέγη,  the  house  has  some- 
thing new  or  strange  about  it,  Soph. 
687 


ΚΑΙΝ 

Tr.  8G7  ;  liiit  καιν  ίσον  ζνγόν,  bear  Ihy 
new  yoke,  hnnml  it,  Aesch.  Ag.  1071  ; 
άμφιιίληστρον  (j)  a'  έκαίνισαν,  the  net 
in  whicli  ihei/  iri-aled  you  so  strangely 
(not  perh.  without  a  play  upon  κπίνυ), 
Id.  Cho.  492  :  κ.  (ύχύς,  to  offtr  strange, 
neiv-faiigled  prayers,  Eur.  Tro.  889, 
which  others  take  as^^Kaivow  II,  to 
dedicate,  offer:  πρώτον  ταϋρον  ίκαί- 
viatv,  first  hanscl'd  the  buU(of  Peril- 
lus),  Call.  Fr.  119. 

^Καινίνη,  ης,  ij,  Caenina,  a  city  of 
the  Sabines  ;  oi  Kaivivr/rai,  the  inhab. 
of  Caenina,  Plut. 

Καινισμός,  ov,  ό,  (,καινίζω)  innova- 
tion. 

Καινιστής.  ov,  b,  an  irmovator.^ 

Καινογρΰφής,  ες,  {καινός,  γράώω) 
written  in  a  new  style,  Philic.  ap.  lle- 
phat'st.  p.  53. 

ΚαινοειόΖ/ς,  ες,  (.καινός,  είδος)  in  a 
new  form. 

tKaii'ot,  ΰν,  ol,  the  Caeni,  a  Thra- 
cian  people,  Strab. 

ΚαίνϋΑεκ.τος,  ov,  (καινός,  λέγυ) 
new-fangled. 

Κοινολογία,  (ΐς,  ή,  new,  strange  Ian- 
guasie,  Polyb.  :  i'roin 

Καινολυγος,  ov,  {καινός,   λέγω) 

using  new  phrases. 

Καινοττύϋέίο,  ώ,  as  ξενοτταθίω  and 
δείνο-αβέω,  to  suffer  something  new  or 
unheard  of.  Plut.  :    from 

Καιί'οπύβής,  ες,  (καινός,  πάσχω) 
new-suffered,  never  before  suffered,  hence 
unheard  of,  πήματα  καινοπαΟ//,  Soph. 
Tr.  1277. 

Κα,ινοπηγής,  ες,  (καινός,  πήγννμι) 
newly  fastened  together,  n»w-made, 
Aesch.  Theb.  G12. 

Κηινοτη/μων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  (καινός, 
ττήμα)  newly,  lately  suffering,  neu>  to 
misery,  όμωΐόες,  Aesch.  Theb.  363. 

Καινοποιέω,  ώ,  (καινός,  ποιεω)  to 
make  new,  renew,  Polyb.  :  to  invent 
anew,  give  new  life  to,  κ-  ελπίδας,  id.  : 
pass.  -{■  καινοποιι/ΙΙέν  λέγεις  ;  what 
new  phrases  art  thou  using  ?  Soph. 
Tr.  873.     Hence 

Καινοποιητί'/ς,  ov,  b,  a  renewer,  in- 
ventor, esp.  of  new  enjoyments  or  plea- 
sures, Xcn.  Cyr.  8,  8,  16. 

Καινοποιία,  ας,  ή,  a  renewing :  a 
cmnplete  change,  Polyb.  :  from 

Καινοποιός,  ov,  (καινός,  ποιέω) 
makiug  new,  changing. 

Κηινοπράγέω.  ώ,  (καινός,  πράσσω, 
ίϊρά)ος)  to  do  new  or  strange  things. 
lience 

Καινοπράγημα,  ατός,  τό,αη  innova- 
tion :  and 

Καινοπρΰγία,  ας,  η,  innovation:  a 
desire  for  innovation,  Diod. 

Καινοπρέπεια,  ας,  ή,  a  new  or 
strange  look,  newness,  novelty  :  from 

Καινοπρεπής,  ες,  (καινός,  πρέπω) 
looking  new,  novel. — II.  of  persons, /i'/re 
α  novice,  Plut.  Adv.  -πώς.  in  a  new- 
fangled manner,  Arist.  Metaph.,  in 
comp.  -πεστέρως. 

ΚΑΙΝΟ'Σ.  ή.  'ir,  new,  fresh,  Lat. 
recens,  first  in  Hdt.  !t,  26,  καινύ  καΐ 
παλαιά,  and  then  freq.  in  Trag.,  as, 
K.  πέπλωμα.  Soph.  Tr.  613  ;  έκ  και- 
νής (sub.  ΰρχϊ/ς),  anew,  afresh,  Lat. 
de'novo,  Thnc.  3,  92. — II.  esp.  newly 
invented,  strange,  unusual,  καινοί  (hoi, 
strange  gods.  Plat.  Euthyphr.  3  Β  ;  /t. 
καΐ  άτοπα,  Id.  Rep.  405  D  :  καινά 
πράγαατα,  innovations,  ονδεν  και.νό- 
τερον  είςεφερε  τών  άλλων,  he  intro- 
diced  nothing  of  a  more  novel  nature 
than  others,  Xen.  Mem.  1,  1,  3. 
Hence  to  kuivov  tov  πολέμου,  the  un- 
foreseen turn  which  war  often  takes, 
Thnc.  3,  30.  Adv.  -νώς.  Plat.  Phaedr. 
267  B,  etc.  (Ace.  to  Buttm.,  Lexil. 
V.  άνήνοθεν  10,  akin  to  καθαρός.) 
688 


ΚΑΙΝ 

Καινόσπονδος,  ov,  (καινός,  σπον- 
δ/|)fond  of  novelty  :  το  κ-,  fondness  for 
novelty,  Longin. 

Καινοσχτ/μάτιστος,  ov,  (καινός, 
σχηματίζω)  and 

Καινοαχι/μων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  (και- 
νός, σχί/αα)  newly  or  strangely  formed. 

["J      '    ■  -  , 

Καινότάφος,  ov,  σχήμα  κ.  lor  και- 
νοί' σχήμα  τάφου,  Arith. 

Καινότης,  ητος,  ή.  (καινός)  new- 
ness, freshness,  Philostr.  :  novelty,  λό- 
γου, Thnc.  3,  38. 

Καινοτομέω,  ώ,  (καινοτόμος) slnc.l- 
ly  to  cut  fresh  into,  esp.  in  mining  to 
open  a  new  vein,  Xen.  Vect.  4,  27,  sq. 
— H.  USU.  metaph.  to  begin  something 
new,  institute  anew,  τελετάς  τινι,  Ar. 
V'esp.  870  :  to  change,  make  changes  or 
innovations,  esp.  in  the  state,  Ar.  Eccl. 
584  ;  so,  K.  τι  νέον.  Plat.  Legg.  797 
Β  ;  also,  κ.  περί  τι.  Id.  Euthyphr.  3 
Β  :  also  to  make  changes  in  the  lan- 
guage, Granim.     Hence 

Καινοτόμημα,  ατός,  τό,  something 
begun  new,  an.  innovation. 

Καινοτομία,  ας,  ή,  a  beginning  some- 
thing new :  innovating,  ονομάτων.  Plat. 
Legg.  715  C  ;  πολιτύας,  Polyb. — 11. 
=^καινότης.  Id. 

Καινοτόμος,  ov,  (καινός,  τέμνω) 
beginning  something  new,  innovating, 
but — II.  proparoxyt.,  καινοτόμος,  ov, 
pass.,  new  begun,  to  k-,  freshness,  nov- 
elty, Arist.  Pol.     Adv.  -μως. 

Καινοτροπία,  ας,  ij,  strangeness : 
from 

Καινότροπος,  ov,  (καινός,  τρόπος) 
tiew-fashioned,  strange,  unusual. 

Καιί'ονργέω,  ώ,  (καινονργός)  to 
make  new. — 11.  usu.  to  begin  something 
new,  innovate,  change,  κ.  λογον,  to 
speak  new,  strange  words,  Eur.  1.  A.  2, 
838;  usu.  in  bad  signf.,  Xen.  Hell.  6, 
2.  16.     Hence 

Καινούργημα,  ατός,  τό,  an  innova- 
tion. 

Καινονργής,  ές,—  καινονργός. 

Καινουργ7/σις,  εως.  ή,  and 

Καινούργια,  ας,  ij,  α  making  new, 
changing,  innovation,  Isocr.  125  C. 
Καινονργίζω,^=  καινονργέω.  Hence 

Καινονργισμός.οϋ,ό,=^  καινούργια. 

Καινυυργιστός,  ή,  όν,  made  new, 
renovated. 

Καινονργός,  όν,  (καινός,  *ίργω) 
making  new,  changing:  τύ  Κ.,  α  novelty, 
new  invention.  Luc. 

Κααιοφΰνής,  ές,  (καινός,  φαίνομαι) 
aj  penring  new. 

ΚαινοφΙλος,  ov,  (καινός,  φιλέω) 
fond  of  any  thing  new:  often  changing 
one\-i  friends. 

Καινοφράδής,  ές,  (καινός,  φράζω) 
new-fangled. 

Καινοφωνέω,  ώ,  (καινός,  φωνή)  to 
use  new  words. 

Καινοφωνία,  ας,  ij,  novelty  of  a  word 
or  phrase :  from 

Καινόφωνος,  ov,  (  καινός,  φωνή  ) 
neiv-sounding,   of  WOrds  new-fangled. 

Καινύω,  ώ,  (καινός)  to  make  neiv, 
change,  innovate,  Thuc.  1,  71.  Pass. 
to  become  fond  of  novelty  or  innovatioii, 
καινοϋπβαι  τάς  διανοίας,  to  have  their 
minds  revolutionised,  Thuc.  3,  82. — II. 
to  consecrate,  dedicate,  Hdt.  2,  100. 

Kai  vv  κε,  and  now  perhaps...,  c.  in- 
die, et  ει  μη,  in  apodosis,  and  now  so 
and  so  might  be,  unless...,  II.  3,  373, 
Od.  24.  .50  ;  also  καί  vv  κε  δ?),  11.  17, 
530.  Also  with  ti  for  ει  μ?],  in  apo- 
dosis, Od.  11,  317  ,  and  άλλα,  Od.  11, 
630. — II.  Kui  vv  κεν,  c.  opt.  without 
apodosis.  and  now  perhaps  one  might..., 
Od.  14,  325. 

ΚΑΓΝΎΜΑΙ,  dep.  without  fut.  and 
aor. ;  to  surpass,  excel,  c.  acc.  pars,  et 


KAIP 

inf.  modi,  έκαίνντο  φνλ'  ανθρώπων 
κνβερνήσηι,  he  stirpassed  mankind  in 
steering,  Od.  3,  282  ;  also  c.  dat.  rei, 
τινά  τινι,  Hes.  Sc.  4.  But  much 
more  usu.  in  |ΐΓ  and  plqpf  κέκασμαι, 
έκεκάσμην.  Dor.  κέκαδμαι,  c.  pres.  et 
inipf  signf.,  which  are  usu.  derived 
from  a  root  KA'ZU,  κεκάσθαι  τινά 
Tivi,toexcelone  in  a  thing,  II.  2,  530, 
Od.  19,  395,  etc. :  c.  inf.  pro  dat.,  only 
in  Od.  2,  158. — II.  κέκασμαι  is  not 
seldom  used  c.  dat.  rei  sine  acc. 
pers.,  and  then  answers  to  our  intr. 
to  excel  m  a  thing,  11.  4,  339,  etc.,  Od. 
9,  509,  etc.  :  also  to  be  excellent  among 
others,  Od.  4,  725  ,  αετάδμω^σι,Οα. 
19,  82  ;  πάντας  έπ'  ανθρώπους,  II.  24, 
535  :  hence  later  also  to  be  distinguish- 
ed, adorned  with  a  thing,  τινι.  Hes. 
Th.  929,  Pind.  O.  1,  42.  Sometimes 
with  mere  inf.,  to  be  skilled  or  able  to 
do.  Ap.  Rh.  (Though  so  like  καί- 
νω  in  form,  it  seems  rather  to  belong 
to  a  root  KAZ-,  which  appears  in  the 
pf.  and  plqpf  κέκασμαι,  etc.) 

Kai  vvv.  and  now,  even  now,  Hom., 
usu.  when  he  wishes  to  subjoin  an 
example  to  something  expressed  gen- 
erally, e.  g.  II.  1.  109,  Od.  1,  35;  καΐ 
vvv  ήτοι,  Od.  4,  151. 

^Καίνυς,  νος,  ij,  also  wr.  Καιννς, 
sub.  άκρα,  Caenys,  a  promontory  of 
Biuttiuia  opposite  Messana  in  Sicily, 
Strab. 

ΚΑΓΝΩ,  fut.  κάνω:  aor.  2  εκΰνον, 
inf  κάνεϊν,  pf  κέκονα.  Soph.  Fr.  896; 
collat.  form  from  «ταίνω  or  κτείνω  : 
to  kill,  slay,  poet.,  esp.  in  Trag.,  but 
also  used  by  Xen.  Cyr.  4,  2,  24  ;  and 
the  compd.  κατακαίνω,  not  seldom  in 
prose,  (v.  κτείνω,  sub  lin.) 

ΤΚαίί'ωΐ',  ωνος,  ό,  Caenon,  a  dog's 
name,  Xen.  Cyn.  7,  5. 

Καινωσις,  εως,  ij,  (καινόω)  innova- 
tion, Philo. 

Καίπερ,  although,  albeit,  oft.  in 
Hom. ;  who,  as  other  poets,  usu.  in- 
serts a  word  between  :  esp.  freq.  c. 
part.,  as  και  αΰττι  περ  νοεονστ/,  και 
άχννμενος  περ  εταίρου,  και  κήδεύ 
περ  πεπαθνί?!,  etc.  ;  also  c.  adv.,  καί 
όψέ  περ,  και  μάλα  περ,  like  Lat.  quo 
te  cunque,  etc.  Uiiseparated  in  Horn. 
prob.  only  in  Od.  7,  224 :  in  prose 
never  separated  :  καίπερ,  answered 
by  όμως,  Aesch.  Theb.  712,  also  όμως 
καίπερ,  Lycurg. 
^Καιπίων,  ωνος,  ό,  the  Uom.  Caepio. 

Kai  πώς ;  and  how  !  but  how  ?  l.  e. 
imjiossihle !  freq.  in  Att.  Dram,  as  a 
question  of  astonishment,  v.  Pors. 
Phoen.  1373. 

Kai  1)0,,  Ep.,  to  make  an  easy  tran- 
sition, and  then,  and  so,  11.  1,  360,  569, 
etc. 

^Καίρΰτος,  ου,  ό,  the  Caeratus,  a  riv- 
er of  Crete,  flowing  by  Cnosus,  Call. 
H.  Dian.  44. — 2.  an  early  name  of  the 
city  Cnosus,  Strab. 

^Καψέα,  ας,  ή,  Caere,  a  city  of 
Etruria,  Strab.  :  adj.  Καιρετανός,  ή, 
όν,  of  Caere,  oi  Καιρετανοί,  the  Cae- 
riles,  Id. 

Καιρικός,  ή,  όν,  (καιρός)  of,  belong- 
ing to  time,  temporal. 

Καίριμος,  η,  ον,^=καίριος,  dub. 

Καιριολεκτέω,  ώ.  (καίριος,  λεκτός, 
λέγω)  to  use  a  word  in  season. 

Καίριος,  a,  ov,  Att.  also  οζ-,οϊΊ  Luc, 
(καιρός)  :  strictly  hunpening  at  the 
right  time,  in  season,  seasonable,  fitting, 
?ίέγειν  τά  καίρια,  Trag. :  hence — II. 
of  place,  happening  at  the  right  place, 
hittmg  the  right  spot,  esp.  of  wounds, 
deadly,  fatal,  mortal,  also  of  the  parts 
of  the  body  where  the  wounds  are 
mortal,  vital:  cf.  καιρός,  sub  fin.: 
Hom.  has  it  (only  in  II.)  always  of 


KAIP 

place  and  in  neut.  καίριον,  a  vital  part, 
11.  8.  8-t,  326  ;  ev  καιρίφ  and  κατά  καί- 
ριον, II.  4,  185  ;  II,  439  ;  καφία,  with 
or  without  τϊ?.ηγή,  a  mortal  ivound. 
Hdt.,  and  Trag. :  καιρίφ  Τΐτύφθαι, 
Hdt.  3,  64 ;  ττέπληγμαι  καιρίαν, 
Aesch.  Ag.  1343  ;  καίριας  ■η?ιηγ?}ς  τυ- 
χεΐν,  lb.  1265  ;  so  too,  καίρια  νοσήμα- 
τα, τραύματα,  Hipp. :  and  in  genl.  τα 
καίρια,  casualties,  accidents,Ύh^\c.  4, 10. 
— III.  in  genl.  chief, priiicipal,TheophT. 
Adv.  -ρίως,  seasonably,  Aesch.  Ag. 
1372  ;  mortally,  lb.  1344.  Horn,  never 
uses  the  subst.  καιρός,  nor  the  adj.  in 
its  primary  sense. 

Καιρομΰνέω,  ώ,  {καιρός,  μαίνομαι) 
dub.  in  Bianor,  Ep.  4,  4,  εις  τίχντιν 
δρνιν  έκαιρυμάνεις,  thou  inspiredst  it 
seasonably  for  thy  art,  where  prob. 
should  be  read  έκαιρονόμεις,  thou 
didst  guide  it  seasonably  to  thy  art. 

Koipof ,  ού,  6,  strictly  the  right  meas- 
ure, the  right  proportion  (Lat.  modus), 
of  one  thing  to  another,  measure,  pro- 
portion, fitness,  hence  proverb.,  καίριας 
ύ'  έτϊί  ττάσιν  άριστος.  Hes.  Op.  692, 
Theogn.  401  ;  καιρού  πέρα,  beyond 
measure,  unduly,  Aesch.  Pr.  507  ;  μεί- 
ζων τού  καιρού  γαστήρ,  Xen.  Symp. 
2, 19  ;  νπερ,βάλλων  τον  καιρόν,  Plut., 
etc. — II.  esp.  fit  measure  of  time,  the 
right  point  of  time,  fit,  proper  lime,  the 
season  of  action,  Lat.  opportunitas. 
Find.,  and  Trag. :  more  fully,  κ.  χρό- 
νου. Soph.  El.  1292:  hence  in  genl. 
propriety,  fitness,  and  so  advantage,  pro- 
fit, έττΐ  σώ  καιρώ.  Soph.  Phil.  151  ; 
καιροί  σωμάτων,  the  best  times,  best 
season  or  prime  of  a  man's  body,  Arist. 
Pol.  7,  16,  11  ;  cf  ακμή:  μετά  μέγι- 
στων καιρών,  jnost  critically  ibr  good 
or  ill,  Thuc.  1,  33. — 2.  time  appointed,  a 
fixed,  particular  time,  e.  g.  /£.  χειμώνος, 
the  winter-seoA-ore,  Plat.  Legg.  709  0. 
• — 3.  in  plur.  o'l  καιροί,  Lat.  tempora, 
the  times,  or  circumstances  of  the  times, 
state  of  affairs,  mostly  in  bad  sense, 
Cicero's  gravissima  tempora,  Xen. 
Hell.  6,  5,  33  ;  also  in  sing.,  Xen.  An. 
3,  1,  44 ;  έσχατος  κ.,  e-xtreme  danger, 
Plut. — 4.  special  phrases  :  καιρός,  c. 
inf.,  it  is  time  to  be  about  something, 
Hdt.  8,  144;  freq.  with  preps.,  προς 
καιρόν.  Soph.  Aj.  38,  also  absoL, /tat- 
οόν,  Soph.  Aj.  34,  1316,  at  the  right  or 
Tproper  time,  in  season,  Lat.  opportune  ; 
so,  καιρόν  γαρ  ονόέν'  ηλϋες,  Eur. 
Hel.  479,  cf  Med.  128,  Wolf  Lept.  p. 
308  ;  so  too,  έν  καιρώ,  ες  καιρόν,  κα- 
τά καιρόν,  Hdt.  1,  30:  έν  καιρώ  τινι 
είναι,  or  γίγνεσθαι,  to  assist  any  one 
at  the  right  lime,  hence  in  genl.  to  help, 
be  useful  to  him,  Hdt.  1,  206 ;  so,  ές 
καιρόν  εστί.  μοι,  c.  inf ,  Id.  4,  139  ; 
and  so,  ως  oi  κατά  καιρόν  yv,  id.  1, 
30 ;  but  alio,  εκτός  or  ΰνεν  καιρόν, 
and  Tiapu  καιρόν,  out  of  season,  at  an 
ill  time,  Lat.  atieno  tempore.  Plat.  Po- 
lit.  277  A,  Plut.,  etc.  :  καιρόν  έχειν 
=^καίριον  «ί'αί,  Thuc.  1,  4:2: επίκαι- 
ρου, on  the  spur  of  the  moment,  Lat. 
ex  tempore,  e.  g.  έτΓί  κ.  7Λγειν  :  κατά, 
καιρόν  μεν,  κατά  καιρόν  όέ,  sometitnes 
so, sometimes  SO...,  Plut. — 111.  of  place, 
the  right  point,  rigid  spot,  Thuc.  4,  54, 
90 :  also  a  vital  part  of  the  body,  like 
70  καίριον,  hence,  ές  καιρόν  τυπηναι, 
Eur.  Andr.  1120.  (Perh.  from  same 
root  as  κάρη,  κάρα,  as  we  say  the  head 
and  front,  chief  thing,  cf  καίριος,  Lat. 
capitalis  :  and  so  tempora,  the  temples, 
corresponds  to  Gr.  τα  καίρια,  vital 
parts,  where  wounds  are  mortal.) 

ΚαΙρος,  also  καίρως,  δ,  usu.  in  plur. 
threads,  slips  or  thrums  on  the  beam  of 
the  loom,  by  which  the  threads  of  the 
warp  are  fastened,  Lat.  licia,  TibuU. 
1,  7,  85 :  the  verb,  is  καιρόω ;  the  act 
44 


KAIi2 

of  fastening,  καίρωσις,  ή;  the  thing 
so  fastened,  καίρωμα,  τό  ;  hence  Cal- 
lini.  called  a  female  weaver  καιρωστίς, 
or  κηιρωστρις,  cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  257. 
(καιρός  is  usu.  taken  to  be  a  neut., 
but  v.  Hesych.  2,  p.  110.)     Hence 

Καιροσέων,  a  gen.  plur.  in  the  line, 
Od  7,  107,  καιροσέων  όθονέων  άπο- 
λείβεται  νγρόν  ε'λαιον,  Irom  the  close- 
tcoven,  close-warped  linen  trickles  off 
the  liquid  oil,  i.  e.  the  linen  is  so 
close  that  oil  does  not  ooze  through, 
but  runs  off:  it  is  said  to  be  gen.  plur. 
from  καφόεις  for  καιροεσσών  :  some 
of  the  ancients  seem  to  have  read 
κροσσωτών. 

Καιροσκοπέω,  ώ,  to  watch  for  the 
right  season. 

Καιροσπάθητος,  ov,  {καιρός,  σπα- 
θάω)  woven  on  the  loom-threads,  close- 
woven,  Hermipp.  ap.  Suid.  voc.  αν- 
θέων, 

Καιροτηρέω,  ώ,  {καιρός,  τηρεω)  to 
observe  the  right  time,  κ.  μεταβολάς,  to 
observe  the  seasons  of  change,  Dlod. 

Καιροφϋλΰκέω,  ω,  {καιρός,  φυλακή) 
to  watch  fur  the  right  time,  την  πάλιν, 
Lat.  tempora  urbis  observare,  Dem.  678, 
17  ;  Tijv  χρήσιν,  Arist.  Pol. 

Καψοφνλακτέω,  ώ,  later  form  for 
foreg.,  Lob.  Phryn.  575. 

Καιρόω,  ώ,  (καιρός)  to  fasten  the 
loom-threads,  and  so  to  weave  closely. 
Hence 

Καίρωμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  closely  woven 
web. 

Καίρωσις,  εως,  ή,  a  close  interweav- 
ing of  a  web. 

Καιρωστίς,  ίδος,  ή,  or  καιρωστρίς, 
ίι^ος,  ή,  α  female  weaver.  Call.,  cf  Lob. 
Phryn.  p.  257. 
ΙΚαϊσαρ,  αρος,  ό,  Caesar,  at  first 
prop,  n.,  Julius  and  Augustus  ;  later, 
imperial  title,  the  Caesar. 

\Καισαρανγούστα,  ή,  Caesaraugusta, 
a  city  of  Spain  on  the  Iberus,  now 
Saragossa,  Strab. 
^Καισαρεία,  ας,  ή,  Caesarea,  name 
of  several  cities, — 1.  in  Palestine  on 
the  coast,  north  of  Joppa,  N.  T. — 2. 
Philippi  or  Paneas,  in  Palestine  at 
the  foot  of  Mt.  Panius  near  the 
sources  of  the  Jordan,  now  Belinas, 
Id.— 3.  a  city  of -Mauretania,  Strab. — 
Others  in  Steph.  Byz.  :  and 
^Καισύρειον,  ov,  τό,  and  Καισάριον, 
Caesareum,  or  temple  of  Caesar,  Strab.: 
from 
\Καισάρειος,  ov,  of  or  belonging  to 
Caesar,  Dio.  C. 

Καισύρενω,    (Καίσαρ)   to  play   the 
Caesar  or  emperor,  Dio.  C. 
'\Καισήνα,  ή,  Caesena,  a  city  of  Ci- 
salpine Gaul,  Strab. 

Καιτάεις,  contr.  for  καιετάεις, 
Buttm.  Lexil.  v.  κητώεσσα. 

Και  ταϋτα,  and  that,  and  besides,  es- 
pecially, chiefly,  \.  καί  II.  3,  a  :  but 
και  ταύτα  μεν  δ//  ταϋτα,  concludes  a 
narrative,  so  then  was  it,  Lat.  hcec  hue- 
teaus, 

Kui  τε,  V.  καί  I.  2. 
Καί  τοι,  also  καίτοι,  as  a  single 
word,  and  yet,  yet,  Hom.,  who  also 
puts  one  or  more  words  between  : 
the  same  notion  strengthd.  in  καί  τοί 
γε,  and  καί  τοί  ye  μην,  Herm.  Vig.  η. 
333  ;  so,  καίτοι  περ.  Hdt.  8,  53. — II. 
ahsol.  like  Lat.  quamquam,  referring 
to  something  foregone,  although,  Eur. 
Cyc'.  480,  cf.  ad  Tacit.  Germ.  18. 
Και  τότε,  v.  καί  V.  2. 
ΚΑΓΩ,  Att.  κάω  [ά]  impf.  εκαιον, 
Att.  εκάον :  fut.  καύσω  post-Hom. ; 
aor.  1.  pass,  'εκανθιμ'  post-Hom. :  aor. 
2  έκάην  [a]  Hom.  The  Ep.  have  a 
double  aor.  1  act.  and  mid.  εκηα,  έκη- 
άμην  and  έκεια,  έκειάμην,  of  which 


ΚΑΚΕ 

Horn,  has  a  1  pi.  subj.  κήομεν,  Π.  7, 
377,  390,  and  many  parts  of  both  forms 
with  regu  lar  aor.  inflexions,  v.Spitzn. 
Excurs.  XV  ad  11. ;  Att.  Poets  have 
also  a  shorld.  form  έκεα  part,  κέας 
Soph.  El.  7.57  (where  before  Herm. 
the  Ep.  κείας  stood),  Ar.  Pac.  1133: 
verb.  Adj.  καυτός,  κανστός,  κανστέος. 
Also  the  Ep.  impf.  έκηον  has  already- 
been  changed  by  Wolf,  Od.  9,  553, 
into  εκαιον. — I.  to  bum.  light,  kindle, 
set  on  fire,  πυρ,  πυρά,  Hom. — II.  to 
burn,  burn  up.  μηρά.  μηρία,  όστέα, 
νεκρούς,  δενόρεα.  υλην,  etc.,  Hom.  : 
to  burn,  scorch,  of  the  sun.  Hdt.  3,  104. 
— 111.  metaph.  like  Lat.  urere,  to  burn, 
parch  or  wither  up,  esp.  of  frost,  to 
pinch,  nip.  Valck.  Adon.  p.  224  C,  cf. 
Virg.  G.  1,  93. 

B.  mid.  to  kindle  fires  for  one's  self, 
Hom.  C.  Pass,  to  be  lighted  or  burnt, 
to  take  fire,  be  set  on  fire,  burn,  be  in 
flames  or  on  fire,  Horn.,  etc.  :  metaph. 
to  be  inflamed  with  passion,  Pind.  P.  4, 
389.  Ar.  Lys.  8 :  καίεσβαί  τίνος.  sub. 
IpuTi,  to  burn  with  love  /or  one,  Her- 
mesian.  5,  37,  v.  Ruhnk.  Ep.  Cr.  p. 
291.  (The  Sanscr.  Root  is  ^-ush,  to 
be  dry,  cf.  fut.  καύσ-ω  :  hence  fushka, 
Lat.  siccus.) 

Κύκ,  for  κάτ,  abbrev.  κατά  before 
K.  in  Hom.  usu.  kuk  κεφαλής,  and  kuic 
κεφα?ί7/ν,  also  besides  kuk  κόρυβα,  IL 
1 1 ,  351,  and  κακ  κομνφήν,  11.  8,  83,  cf. 
κάγ  and  κάδ. 

Κάκ,  contr.  by  crasis  from  και  ίκ, 
Hes.  Th.  447,  esp.  m  Att.  [d] 

Κακάβη.  ης,  ή,  κάκαβος,  ου,  ή,  κα- 
καβών, τό,=  κακκ. 

Κάκαγγελεω,  ώ,  {κακάγγε?:θς)  to 
bring  evil  tidings,  Trag.  ap.  Dem.  315, 
23  :  opp.  to  εναγγελέω. 

Κακαγγελια,  ας,  η,  ill  tidings,  evil 
report,  calumny,  v.  1.  for  καταγγ.  in 
Hipp.  :  from 

Κίκύγγελος,  ov,  (κακά  άγγέ7νλων) 
bringing  ill  tidings,  γ/.ώσσα  κακ., 
Aesch.  Ag.  636. 

Κΰκύγγε?ιΤος,  ov,  (κακά  άγγέλ?.ω) 
of,  belonging  to  ill  tidings,  κ.  ΰχη,  the 
sorrow  of  ill  tidings.  Soph.  Ant.  1286. 

Κακάγορος,  Dor.  for  κακήγορος, 
Pind. 

Κάκαλα,  τά,  Aesch.  Fr.  152,  which 
Hesych.  and  Phot,  explain  by  τεί• 

Κακα?.ία,  ας,  η,  a  plant,  perh.  colts- 
foot, Lat.  tussilago,  Diosc. 

Κακανδρία,  ας.  ή,  (κακός,  άνηρ) 
unmanliness,  Soph.  Aj.  1014. 

Κακανίω,  ώ,  in  Plut.  2,  235  F,  κ. 
4η>χάς,  to  sharpen,  excite  them,  where 
prob.  should  be  read  κατακονύν. 

Κΰκανθήεις,  εσσα,  εν,  (κακός,  άν- 
θος) with  -noxious,  poisonous  blossom. 

Κΰκύω,  dub.  for  κακκύω. 
\ΚάκεΙνος,  by  crasis  for  και  ίκεΐνος. 

Κύκελπιστέω,  ώ,  {κακός,  έ'λπίζω) 
to  have  ill  hopes,  fear  something  evil, 
Ei)ict. 

Κΰκέμφΰτος,  ov,  {κακός,  εμφατος) 
ill- sounding ;  hence  esp.  of  words, 
used  in  a  low,  improper,  or  equivocal 
sense,  v.  Quinct.  Instit.  Rhet.  8,  3,  44. 
— II.  of  ill-repute.     Adv.  -τως. 

Κΰκεντρέχεια,  ας,  ή,  cunning,  craft, 
Polyb. :  from 

Κακεντρεχής,  ές,  (κακός,  εντρεχής) 
nimble  in  evil,  cunning,  crafty,  wily, 
Epich.  p.  124.     Adv.  -κώς. 

Κάκεργΰσία,  ας,  ή,  (κακός,  εργά- 
ζομαι) bad  working,  dub  in  Theophr. 
for  κατ. 

Κάκεργέτης,  ου,  6,  (κακός,  *ίργω) 
an  evil-doer  :  hence  fern. 

Κακεργέτις,  ιδος,  ή,  Themist. 

Κΰκιστώ,  ονς,  ή,  (κακός,  εΙμί)  ill- 
being,  opp.  to  ενεστώ. 

669 


KAKK 

Κάκέσχατος,  ov,  {κακός,  ίσχατος) 
extremely  bad. 

Κά\ν/,  7]ς,  }],  (κακός)  badness  of  dis- 
vosilion,  bad  conduct,  baseness.  Eur. 
Hipp.  1335,  Ar.  Av.  541,  and  Plat. : 
esp.  cowardice,  άψυχος  κ.,  Aesch. 
Theb.  192,  and  so  in  Eur.  [ά] 

Κάκηγηρέο),  ώ.{κακ?/γοΐ)θς)  to  speak 
ill  of,  abuse,  slander,  τινά,  Plat.  Legg. 
934  E;  προς  τίνα,  Pseudo-Phocyl. 
213. 

Κάκηγορία,  ας,  ή,  {κακίηορος)  evil 
speaking,  abuse,  slaitdcr,  Pind.  P.  2,  97  : 
K.  τινός,  abuse  of  one,  Plat.  Phaedr. 
243  A  :"esp.  κακηγοριας  όίκη,  an  ac- 
tion for  dcfa7nalion,  Dem.  524,  22,  cf. 
Att.  "Process,  ]).  481,  sqq.     Hence 

Κάκ7ΐγορίου  όίκη,=  foreg.,  ap.  Uem. 
544,  18  :  not  used  in  nom. 

Κάκήγορος,  ov,  {κακά  αγορενο)) 
speaking  evil,  abusive,  slanderous,  Pind. 
O.  1,  85,  and  Plat.  Irreg.  comp.  κα- 
κψ/ορίΰ-ερος,  Pherecr.  Crap.  IG,  Su- 
perl.  -ρίστατος,  Ecphant.  Incert.  4. 
Adv.  -pwf. 

Κύκήβης,  ες,  poet,  for  κακοήθης, 
Hipp. 

Κάκ7]~ε?.έω,  ώ,  (κακός,  πέλομαι) 
to  be  had  or  ill,  be  badly  off,  only  used 
in  part,  κακηπελέων,  vvhicli  Nicand. 
formed  after  the  Horn,  ολιγηπελέων. 
Hence 

Κΰκηττελία,  ας,  ή,  a  being  ill,  Nic. : 
opp.  to  ενηττελία. 

Κάκης,  6,  an  Aegyptian  bread,  dub. 
in  Strab. 

Κώ/νί'α,  ας,  ή,  (κακός)  moral  bad- 
ness, vice,  depravity.  Plat. :  fanltincss, 
tvickcdness,  baseness,  like  the  Homer. 
κακύτης,  Lat.  malitia,  Soph.  0.  T. 
512,  and  freq.  in  Plat.  :  esp. — coward- 
ice, faint-heartedness,l''\\UC.  2,  87,  Plat. 
Crito  45  E. — 11.  hence  ill-repute,  dis- 
grace, dishonour,  Thuc.  3,  58. — III.  a 
bad  case,  misfortune. 

Κάκιζοτεχνος,  ov,  (κακίζω,  τέχνη) 
finding  fault  with  icorks  of  art,  never 
satisfied  with  them,  epith.  of  Calliina- 
chus,  an  artist  known  for  the  painful 
laboriousness  of  his  finishing,  Siebe- 
lis  Pans.  1,  26,  7,  cf.  Plin.  H.  N.  34, 
19;  but  MS S.  have  κητατηξίτεχνος 
or  κατατι/ξότεχνος,  of  which  the  for- 
mer would  seem  genuine,  i.  e.  one  who 
melts,  dilutes  or  enfeebles  art,  cf  Dion. 
H.  T.  6.  p.  1114  Reiske,  H.  Sillig 
Catal.  Arlif  p.  128. 

Κάκίζίύ,  f  -ί'σω,  (κακός)  to  make 
bad,  Ϊ.  e.  to  blame,  reproach,  accuse,  Hdt. 
3,  145  ;  but  pass,  to  make  one^s  self  bad, 
i.  e.  behave  badly,  basely  or  cowardly, 
play  the  coward,  II.  24,  214  ;  and  so 
Eur.  Mod.  1246  has  aor.  pass,  και  μη 
κακισθι)Γ:  Thuc.  however  has  κακί- 
ζεσθαι  τί'χη,  to  be  ivorstcd  by  fortune 
alone,  5,  75. 

Κΰκίότερος,  irr.  compar.  of  κακός 
for  κηκίων,  Strato. 

Ιίάκισμός,  ov,  o,  (κακίζω)  blame,  re- 
proach, Strab. 

Κάκιστος,  η,  ov,  irr.  superl.  of  κα- 
κός, Horn,  [ά] 

Κάκίων,  ov,  gen.  oror,  irr.  compar. 
of  κακός,  Horn.  [I  in  Horn,  and  Ep., 
ί  in  Att.  poets,  ί  or  Ϊ  in  later  poets 
metri  grat.] 

Κακκύβη,  ης,  ή,  a  partridge,  else- 
where πέρδιξ,  so  called  from  its  voice, 
V.  sq.,  Ath. :  the  Sanscr.  knkubha  is 
said  by  Wilson  to  be  the  pheasant ;  but 
also — II.  a  three-legged  pan,  Ar.  Fr.  20, 
etc.,  cf.  κάκκαοης.  [ΰ(ί]    Hence 

Κακκά3ίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  to  cackle,  of  the 
cry  of  partridges  and  some  other  birds, 
Arist.  H.  A. ;  also  κακκύζω,  cf.  κικ- 
καβίζω. 

Κακκύβιον,  ov,  τό.  dim.  from  κακ- 
κύβη,  Eubul.  Ion  1.  [α/i] 
U80 


ΚΑΚΟ 

Κακκΰβίς,  ϊόος,  ή,  collat  form  of 
κακκάβη,  a  hen  partridge,  Alcni.  22.^ 
Κάκκΰβος,  ov,  ύ,  or  η,  like  κακκίι- 
βη  11.  a  kmd  of  pot,  Antiph.  Parasit. 
1,  (ubi  V.  Mein.)  :  not  approved  by  the 
Atticists,  Lob.  Phryn.  427. 

Κακκάζω,  f.  -άσω,  v.  κακκαβίζω. 
KaKKi'iu,  ώ,  cacare,  Ar.  Nub.  1384. 
ΚακκεΙαι,  Ep.  inf.  aor.  lact.  forKrt- 
τακεΐαι,  from  κατακαίω,  Od.  11,  74. 

Κακκείοντες,  Εμ.  part,  for  κατά- 
κείοντες.  from  κατακείω,  Hom. 

Κακιίεφάλής,  worse  form  for  kuk 
κεφα'/.ής,  Ep.  tor  κατά  κεφαλής. 

Κάκκη,  ης,  ή,  htcman ordure.  Αι.  Pac. 
162. 
Κακκηαι,  v.  1.  for  κακκεΐαι,  q.  v. 
Κακκορνθα,     κακκορνφήν,    worse 
form  for  kuk  κορ-.  Ep.  for  κατά  κηρ. 
Κακκρύητω,  Ep.  for  κατακρ.,  Hes. 
Op.  469. 

Κακκννηγέτις,  ιόος,  ή,  for  κατακ., 
read  by  Wellauer  in  Aesch.  Eum. 
231,  where  Herm.  has  corrected  /cu/c- 
κννηγετώ. 

Κακό-  in  compos,  began  very  early 
to  be  used,=  the  simple  adj.,  e.  g.  κα- 
κοίλιος,=  κακη  "Ιλίος,  as  was  the  op- 
posite καλ?Λ-  in  Καλλικο?ιώνη,  etc. 
So  Hom.  uses  Ανςτταρις,  uipor.  The 
usage  was  afterwards  extended,  cf. 
αίνοττατήρ,  κακόννμφος,  etc. 

Κΰκοανάστροφος,  (κακός,  αναστρέ- 
φω) of  bad  conversation  :  opp.  to  ενανύ- 
στροφος.  ^ 

Κΰκοβάκχεντος,  ov,^  κακώς  βακ- 
χενων. 

Κΰκόβΐος,  ov,  (κακός,  βίος)  living 
badly.  Hiring  a  hard  life,  Hdt.  4,  95, 
Xen.  Cyr.  Ί,  5,  67. 

Κακοιίλαστέω,  ώ,  to  bttd,  sprout  bad- 
ly or  with  difficulty,  Theophr.  :  from 

Κΰκοβλαστής,  ές,  (κακός,  βλαστά- 
νω)  budding,  sprouting  badly  or  with 
difficulty,  Theophr. 

ΚακόβλΜστος,  ον,=ίοτβζ. 
Κάκόβ?.ητος,    ov,  (κακός,  βάλλω) 
badly  thrown,  missed. 

Κακοβόρος,  ov,  (κακός,  βορά)  eat- 
ing bad  food,  Ael. 

Κακοβονλ^εύομαι,  as  mid.,  to  be  a 
κακόβουλος,  act  unwisely  or  impru- 
dentiij,  Eur.  Ion  877,  but  v.  Lob. 
Phryn.  624. 

Κΰκοβουλία,  ας,  ?/,  ill-advisedness, 
limviseness,  Joseph. :  from 

Κΰκόβον/ίΟς,  ov,  {κακός,  βονλι'ι)  ill- 
advised,  untvise,  foolish,  Eur.  Bacch. 
399,  Ar.  Eq.  1055.  Adv. -Λωζ•.  Hence 
Κακοβον7ιοσννη,  ης,  ή,  poet,  for  κα- 
κοβονλία.  Or.  Sib. 

Κάκόγαμβρης,  ov,  (κακός,  γαμβρός) 
γόος,  for  her  wretched  brother-in-law, 
Eur.  Rhes.  260. 

Κάκογάμίου  δίκη,  ή,  an  action  for 
forming  an  unlawful  or  improper  mar- 
riage, Plut. 

Κΰκόγάμος,  ov,  (κακός,  γαμέω)  ill- 
married. 

Κάκογείτων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  (κακός, 
γείτων)  a  bad  neighbour :  in  Soph. 
Phil.  692,  usu.  joined  with  στόνος,  of 
til  neighbourhood,  i.  e.  which  are  ill 
companions  to  the  groaner  himself; 
but  Lessing,  Lack.  IV.  2,  takes  it 
separately,  a  neighbour  in  ill,  Welck- 
er,  a  neighbour  of  low  estate,  opp.  to 
άγαβών  παίδός  below,  cf.  Donaldson 
N.  Crat.  p.  402. 

Κάκογένειος,  ov,  (κακός,  γένειον) 
with  a  bad,  thin  beard. 

Κάκηγενής,  ές,  (κακός,  γένος)  ill- 
born,  low-bom,  Dio  C. :  opp.  to  ευγε- 
νής. 

Κάκογλωσσία,  ας,?),  ill-ton gucdncss, 
slanderousncss :  from 

Κάκόγ/,ωσσος,  ov,  (κακός,  γλώσσα) 
ι  ill-tongued,  foul-mouthed,  slanderous. — 


ΚΑΚΟ 

II.  betokening  ill,  lamentable,  βοή,  Eur. 
Hec.  C61. 

Κάκογνωμονέω,  ώ,  to  be  ill-dis- 
posed :  and 

Κάκογνωμοσννη,  ης,  ή,  an  ill-dispo- 
sition, Aesop. :  from 

Κΰκογνώμων .  ov,  gen.  όνος,  (κακός, 
γνώμη)  ill-disposed.  —  II.  ill-advised, 
bio  G. 

Κάκόγονος,  ov,  [κακός,  *γένω)  bom 
to  ill. 

Κάκογύναιος,  ov,  (κακός,  γυνή) 
bringing  ills  to  iLOmen.   \v] 

Κάκοδαιμονάω,  ώ,  (κακοδαίμων)  to 
be  tormented  by  ay>.  evil  genius,  be  like 
oneposscsstd,  Ar.  Plut.  372,  Xen.  Mem. 
2,  1,  5,  cf.  sq.  II,  and  Lob.  Phryn. 
79. 

Κάκοδαιμονέω,  ώ,  (κακοδαίμων)  ίο 
be  unhappy  or  unfortunate,  Xen.  HierO 
2,  4. — IJ.  in  Dem.  93, 24,=  foreg.,  ace. 
to  MSS.,  and  so  Bckk. :  Wolf  and 
Schiif  read  κακοδαιμονύσι. 

Κακοδαιμονία,  ας,  ή,  (κακοδαίμων) 
unhappiness,  nusfortune,  Hdt.  1,  87, 
Xen.  Mem.  1,  6,  3,  etc. — II,  a  being 
possessed  by  a  demon,  raving  madness, 
Ar.  Plut.  501,  Xen.  Mem.  2, 3, 19. 

Κΰκοδαιμονίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  Att.  ϊώ,  to 
deem  unhappy,  Strab.  :  opp.  to  εϋδαί- 
μονίζω. 

ΚάκοδαιμσΐΊκός,  ή,  bv,  bringing 
misfortune,  Diog.  L.  7,  104. 

ΚιΙκοδαιμονιστέον,  verb.  adj.  from 
κακοδαιμονίζίύ,  one  7rMst  deem  unhap- 
py, Philo. 

Κΰκοδαιμονίστης,  ov,  b,  (κακοδαι- 
μονίζω)  one  who  summons  evil  genii,  or 
blasphemously  puts  himself  under  their 
protection,  in  genl.  an  abandoned  char- 
acter, Lys.  ap.  Ath.  551  V :  cf.  ύγαθο- 
δαιμ. 

ίΚακοδαίμόνως,  adv.  v.  sub  κακό 
δαίμων. 

Κάκοδαιμοσννη,  ης,  ή,^κακοδαι 
μονία  Ι,  ap.  Stob. — \1.=ι κακοδαιμο 
via  II,  Ael. :  from 

Κακοδαίμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  (κακός, 
δαίμων)  having  an  evil  genius,  i.  e.  ill- 
starred,  unhappy,  tcrelched,  Eur.  Hipp, 
1362,  and  freq.  in  comics  :  also  in  mo- 
ral sense,  wretched,  like  τ7.ήμο>ν.  Erf. 
Soph.  O.  T.  lies.  Adv.  -μυνως.  Luc. 
— 11.  as  subst.  an  evil  genius,  Ar.  Eq. 
112. 

Κΰκοδύκρντος,ον,  (κακός,  όαιφνω) 
miserably  bewailed. 

Κύκόδερμος,  ov,  (κακός,  δέρμα) 
tvith  a  bad  skin. 

Κάκοδΐδασΐ!ΰ?ιέω,  ύ,  (κακός,  διδά- 
σκαλος) Ιο  instruct  in  evil,  Se.\t.  Emp. 
Κακοδικία,  ας,  ή,  (κακός,  δίκη)  had 
or  unjust  judgment,  Plat.  Legg.  938  B. 
Κάκοδμος,  ov.  (κακός,  οδμή)  Ion, 
for  κύκοσμος,  Hipp.  [«] 

Κάκοδόκιμος,  ov,  disapproved,  dub. 
1.  Epict.  p.  22. 

Κΰ/ϊΟίϊο^έω,  ώ,  to  be  in  had  repute, 
Xen.  :  and 

Κάκοδο^ία,  ας,  ή,  bad  repute,  infamy, 
Xen.  Apol.  31,  Plat.  Rep.  3C1  C— 2. 
a  bod,  perverted  opinion  :  trom 

Κΰκόδοξος,  ov,  (κακός,  δόξα)  in  ill 
repute,  i.  e. — I.  without  farne,  unknoivn, 
Theogn.  195. — II.z/)/a?/iojii,XenAges. 
4,  1. 

Κΰκόδουλιπς.  ου,  ό,  (κακός,  δούλος) 
α  bad  slave,  Cratin.  Thratt.  7. 

Κΰκοδρομία,  ας,  ή,  (κακός,  δρόμος) 
α  bad  passage,  A  nth. 

Κύκύδο)ρος,  ov,  {καιώς,  δώρον)  ivith 
ill  or  unfortimate  gifts. 

Κΰκοειδής,  ές.  (^κακός,  είδος)  ill- 
lonkivg,  ugly,  Dio  C. 

Κάκοειμοιία,  ας,  ή,  bad  clothing: 
from 

Κΰκηείμων,  ov,  gen.  ονυς,  (κακός; 
είμα)  ill  clad,  πτωχοί,  Od.  18,  41. 


ΚΑΚΟ 

Κάκοε?.κής,  ές,  {κακός,  i/.κος)  badli/ 
festering. 

ΚακόεκΓος,  ον,  dub.  for  καχεκτης. 

Κακοίξία.  ας,ή,  {κακός,  εχυ)=κα- 
χεξία,  LXX. 

Κΰκυέ-εια,  ας,  ?/,  {κακός,  εττος) 
faulty  language,  ορρ,  to  ενέττεια-, 
Gratnm. — ίΐ.  ύαά  language,  blaspkemv, 
Eccl.  _  »     .  .       i'       i/, 

Κΰκοεργΰσία,  ας,  η,^κακεργασία. 

Κύκοεργέω,  ύ,^κ&κονργέω,  poet. 

Κΰκοεργης,  ές,=  κακθεργός,  poet. 

Κάκοεργία,  ας,  ή,  poeL  for  κακ- 
ονργία,  ill-doing,  ορρ.  to  ενεργεσίη.  Od. 
22,  374  [where  ι  is  used  long] :  from 

Κακοεργός,  όν,  {κα/<α.  *Epy(j)  doing 
Hi,  an  iU-dne.r,  Pseudo-Phocyi.  125  :  κ. 
γαστήρ.  the  belly  that  treats  the  hun- 
gry til,  i.  e.  tro■iώhsome,  vexatious,  like 
liaiL  fames  improba,  Od.  18,  54,  cf,  κα- 
κούργος. 

Υίάκοζηΐ,ία,  ας,  ή,  a  bad,  unhappy 
imitation,  Polyb.  :  esp.  of  Stlyc,  the  im- 
itation of  bad  authors  οτ  bad  phraseology, 
affectation,  Luc. :  opp,  to  ενζηλία : 
from 

ΚάκόζηΤϋας,  ov,  {κακός,  ζήλος)  imi- 
tating badly  or  unhappily :  esp.  of  style, 
affected,  το  κακ.=^κακοζη'λία,  Dem. 
Phal, :  opp.  to  εύζηλος.  Adv.  -λως. 
Gal. 

Κάκοζοία,  of,^,  poet.forsq.jSapph. 
139. 

^ίϊικοζοΐα,  ας,  ή,  a  poor,  unhappy 
life :  from 

Κάκόζ<Λος,  ov,  {κακός,  ζαή)  living 
unhappily. 

Κακοήθεια,  ας,  ή,  {κακοήθης)  bad- 
ness of  disposition,  maliciousness,  malice. 
Plat.  Rep.  348  D,  Isocr.  Antid.  ^  303  ; 
more  fully,  κακοηθίη  γνώμης,  Democr. 
ap.  Stob.  p.  132,  44. — II.  had  manners 
01  habits,  Xen.  Cyn.  13,  16. 

Κΰκοήθενμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  malicious 
deed,  Plut.  :  from 

Κΰκοηβενομαι,  Dep.,  to  be  ill-dis- 
posed, jnalicious :  from 

Κύκοτ/θης,  ες,  {κακός,  ήθος)  of  ill 
habits,  ill-disposed,  Tnalicious,  wicked. 
At.  Thesm.  422,  Dem.  229,  27  :  το  κα- 
κόηθες, an  ill  habit,  itch  for  doing  a 
thing,  Lat.  scrihendi  κ-,  Juvenal. :  also 
of  sores,  malignant,  Hipp.  v.  Foe's. 
Oecon. :  opp.  to  εΰήθης.  Adv.  -θώς, 
Plut. 

Κάκβηθία,  ας,  τ},  v.  κακοήθεια. 

Κΰκοηθίζομαι,Όβρ.^κακοηθεύμαι, 
Epict. — II.  trans,  to  disparage,  degrade, 
Stob.  Eel.  2,  p.  40. 

Κακοήτωρ,  ορός,  ό,  ή,  evil-hearted. 
Or.  Sib. 

Κάκοιιχής,  ές,  and  κακόηχος,  ov, 
{κακός,  ήχος)  ill-sounding,  dissonant. 

Κάκοθαληής,  ές,  {κακός,  θύ?—ω) 
warming  badly. 

Κΰκοθάνασία,  ας,  ή,  α  bad,  horrible 
death :  from 

Κάκοθύνΰτος,  ov,  {κακός,  θάνατος) 
dying  badly  or  miserably,  Plut. 

Κΰ,κοθέ?^εια,  ας,  ή,^κακοθεΐία. 

ΚάκοΟε?ιής,  ες,  {κακός,  θέλω)  ill- 
xoilled,  ill-disposed,  averse,  Lat.  malevo- 
lus.    Adv.  -λώς.    Hence 

Κάκοθελία,  ας,  i],  ill-will,  malevo- 
lence, dub. 

Κάκόθεος,  ov,  {κακός,  θεός)  having 
bad  gods. — II.  evil  towards  the  gods,  im- 
pious. 

Κάκοθερΰπεία,  ας,  ή,  a  bad  cure, 
Hipp. 

Κάκοθημοσύνη,  ης,  η,  disorder,  dis- 
orderliness,  carelessness.  Hes.  Op.  470. 
Opp.  to  εί'βημοσύνη  :  from 

Κάκοθήμοιν,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  {κακός, 
τίθημι)  ill  set  or  placed,  ill  ordered,  dis- 
orderly, careless. — II.  of  persons,  in  a 
bad  state  :  opp.  to  ενθήμων. 

Κάκοθηνέω,  ώ,  to  be  in  a  bad  state, 


ΚΑΚΟ 

be  weahly,  barren,  poor,  Arist.  H.  Α.,  v. 
εί'θηνέω. 

Κΰκόθροος,  ov,  contr.  -θρονς,  ovv, 
{κακός,  θρόος)  speaking  ill,  2.άγος  κακ., 
slanderous  words.  Soph.  A).  138. 

Κΰκοθνμία,  ας,  ή,  bad  disposition, 
makvolenjce,  malice,  Plut. :  opp.  to  εΰ- 
ϋνμία :  from 

Κάκόβϋμος,  ov,  {κακός,  θυμός)  ill- 
disposed,  malicious  :  opp.  to  ενθνμος. 

Κΰκόθϋτος,  ov,  {κακά  θνω)  offering 
bad  sacrifices,  Theophr. 

Κΰκοιλιος,  ov,  ή,  {κακός,  'Ώ.ιος) 
evil  or  unhappy  Ilium,  K.  OVK  bvoua- 
στή.  Od.  19,  260,  597,  cf  κακό-  [A] 

Κΰκοκαρττία,  ας,  ή,  unfruitfulness, 
Theophr. :  from 

Κΰκόκαρ-ος,  ov,  {κακός,  καρπός) 
unfruitfuL 

Κάκοκέ?ΜΟος,  ov,  {κακός,  κέ?.αδος) 
ill-sounding,  dissonant. 

Κάκοκύρδεια,  ας,  ή,  bad,  base  gain : 
base  love  of  gain,  Theogn.  225  :  from 

Κΰκοκερόής,  ες,  {κακός,  κέρδος) 
making  base  gain. 

Κΰκοκλεής,  ές,  {κακός,  κ?^έος)  ill- 
famed. 

Κακόκνΰμος,  ον,  Dor.  for  sq. 

Κηκόκνημος,  ον,  {κακός,  κνήμη) 
weak-legged,  thin-legged.  Call.  ap.  Α. 
Β.  1188. 

Κάκοκοίμητος,  ον,  (κακός,  κοιμάο- 
μαι)  sleeping  ill. 

Κακοκρΐσία,  ας,  ή,  α  bad  judgment, 
Anth. :  from 

ΥΟίκόκρΙτος,  ov,  {κακός,  κρίνο))= 
δύςκριτος.  Gal. 

Κΰκοκτέριστος,  ον,  (κακός,  κτε• 
ρΐζί^ι)  meatdy  buried,  unburied. 

Κ(ίκό?.εκτρος,  ον,  {κακός,  λέκτρον) 
^κακόγαμος,  Ορρ. 

ΚΰκοΑΐμένιστος,  ov,=sq. 

Κάκολ.ίμενος,  ον,  (κακός,  7•.ιμήν) 
with  α  bad  harbour.  [Γ] 

ΚΰΛ'ολο}  eu,  ώ.  (κακο'/.όγος)  to  speak 
ill,  i.  e.  to  revile,  abuse,  Lat.  maledicere, 
Plut.     Hence 

Κΰκο/ιογία.  ας,  ή,  evil-speaking,  re- 
viling, abuse,  Hdt.  7,  237. 

Κ.ϋ,κο7.ογίκός,  ή,  όν,  disposed  to  evil- 
spenking,  slanderous  :  from 

Κάκο/.όγος,  ov,  {κακός,  ?.έγω)  evil- 
speaking,  slanderous,  abusive,  Pind.  P. 
11,44,  τινός,  Arist.  Eth.  N. 

Κύκομΰθής,  ές,  {κακός,  ηηνθύνω) 
learning  ill,  unlearned,  Anaxandr. 
Achill.  1. 

Κΰκόμαντις,  εως.  ό,  ή,  {κακός,  μάν- 
τις)  α  prophet  of  ill  or  evil,  Aesch. 
Theb.  724. 

Κύκομάχέο,  ώ,  {κακός,  μάχη)  to 
behave  ill  in  light,  to  be  base  or  treach- 
erous in  fight,  Plut. 

Κάκομέ/ετος.  ov,  in  Aesch.  Pers. 
936,  κακ.  Ιά.  as  usu.  explained,  an  ill- 
sounding  voice  or  cry,  i.  e.  a  dirge  : 
but  the  word  cannot  be  formed  anal- 
ogously from  μέλος,  or,  indeed,  from 
anything  else. 

Κάκομετρέω,  ώ,  {κακόμετρος)  to 
give  bad  measure,  Luc.     Hence 

Κΰκομέτρητος,  ov,  ill-measured,  un- 
metrical. 

Κΰκομετρία,  ας,  ή,  a  bad  measure, 
false  metre :  from 

Κάκόμετρος,  ov,  {κακός,  μέτρον)— 
κακομέτρητος,  Plut. — II.  act.  giving 
bad  measure. 

Κΰκημηδής,  ές,  {κακός,  μήδος)  con- 
triving ill,  cunning,  crafty,  deceitful,  H. 
Horn.  Merc.  389. 

Κΰκημήτης,  ov,  6,  Eur.  Or.  1403; 
and  κάκόμητις,  ιος,  δ,  ή,  (κακός,  μή- 
7if)=foreg.     Hence 

Κΰκομητίη,  ης,  ή,  cunning. 

Κΰκομήτωρ,  ορός,  6.  ή,  {κακός,  μή• 
τηρ)  mother  of  ill,  nisi  leg.  κακομή- 
στυρ=κακομήτης. 


ΚΑΚΟ 

Κάκομηχανάομαι,άβρ.,=η(ΐ.,ΡΙηί., 
and  Clem.  ΑΙ. :  but  the  form  is  against 
analogy,  and  in  Plut.  is  a  v.  1.  κακά 
μηχ.,  V.  Lob.  Phryn.  026. 

Κάκομηχάνέω,  ώ.  {κακομήχανος)  to 
practise  bad  or  6ase  arts,  ττερί  τονς  φί- 
λ.ονς,  Polyb. 

Κΰκο,ιιηχύνία,  ας,  ή,  α  practising  of 
base  arts,  ingeiiious  mischief,  Luc 
Adv.  -νως.     From 

Κΰκομήχύνος,  ov,  {κακός,  μηχανή) 
contriving  evil,  mischief -plotting,  in  genl. 
mischievou.s,  malicious,  II.  6,  344,  Od. 
16,  418. 

ΚάκομΙ/ΛΟ,  ας,  ή,  for  καχομ.,  bad 
intercourse  or  society,  dub.  v.  Lob. 
Phryn.  677,  who  would  write  κακό• 
ομιλΛα. 

Κύκομίμητος,  ov,  {κακός,  μιμέομαι) 
imitati/ig  ill.    Adv.  -τως,  Arist.  Poet. 

Κΰκομισθος,  ov,  ill  rewarded. 

Κακομοιριά,  ας,  //,  an  unhappy  fate, 
I  Hence 

Κάκομοίριος,  ov,^sq. 

Κακόμοιρος,  ov,  {κακός,  μοίρα)  of 
evil  lot  or  fate,  unhappy,  Anth. 

Κΰκόμορος,  ov,=foreg. 

Κάκομορόία,  ας,  ή,  an  ill  shape, 
ugliness :  from 

Κάκόμορφος,  ov,  {κακός,  μορφή)  ill- 
shapen,  inisshapen,  ugly,  .-Vnth. 

Κάκομονσία,  ας,  ή,  bad  or  corrupt 
music,  Plut. :  from 

Κΰκόμουσος,  ov,  {κακός,  Μοδίτα) 
vn7nusical. 

Κΰκόμοχθος,  ov,  {κακός,  μόχθος) 
labouring  ill  OT  fruitlessly,  LXX. 

Κΰκονοέυ,  ύ,  to  be  κακόνοος  or  ill- 
disposed,  bear  malice,  Lys.  182,  18 ; 
opp.  to  εννοεί). 

Κάκόνοια,  ας,  ή,  {κακόνοος)  ill  dis- 
position towards  others,  dislike,  ill- 
will,  Lys.  165,  33;  opp.  to  εύνοια 

Κάκονομέομαι,  as  pass.,  to  be  hard• 
ly  governed,  Ocell.  Luc. 

Κύκονομία.  ας,  ή,  a  bad  system  of 
laws  and  government,  a  bad  constitution, 
Xen.  Ath.  1,  8;  opp.  to  ευνομία: 
from 

Κΰκόνομος,  ov,  {κακός,  νόμος)  with 
bad  laws,  ivitli  a  bad  constitution,  ill- 
governed,  Hdt.  1,  65  ;  opp.  to  έννομος. 

Κΰκόνοος,  ov,  contr.  -ι•ονς,  ovv,  Att. 
plur.  κακόνοι.  {κακός,  νόος  νονς)  ill- 
disposed,  disaffectal,  Ar.  Pac.  496,  τη 
ττόλ.ει,  Thuc.  6,  24;  bearing  malice 
against  one,  τινί,  Xen.  An.  2,  5,  16, 
and  27  ;  opp.  to  εννονς  :  superl.  -vov- 
στατος,  Lys.  110,  38,  Dem.  623,  4.— 
Adv.  -νύος,  Att.  -νως,  but  rare,  Lob. 
Phryn.  141. 

Κΰκοννμφεντος,  ov,  {κακός,  ννμ- 
φεvω)=sq. 

Κάκόνιμόος,  ov,  {κακός,  νύμφη)  ill- 
married,  κ.  δνασις,  inauspicious  wed- 
lock, Eur.  Hipp.  758. — II.  as  subst. 
ό  Κ-,  an  ill  or  Jinhappy  bridegroom,  Eur. 
Med.  206,  990,  cf.  siib  κακό-. 

Κακόνυτος,  ov,  {κακός,  νώτον) 
with  afoul  back,  of  fish,  Antiph.  Kovp. 
2,  7. 

Κΰκοξεινία,  ας,  η.  Ion.  for  κακοξε• 
via :  from 

Κάκόξεινος,  ov.  Ion.  for  κακόξενος, 
the  irreg.  Ep.  compar.  κακοξεινώτε- 
ρος,  Od.  20,  376. 

Κΰκοξενία.  ας,  ή,  inhospitality,  Cha 
rond.  ap.  Stob.  289,  40  :  from 

Κύκόξενος,  ov.  Ion.  -ξεινος,  ov, 
{κακός,  ξένος)  having  ill  guests,  unfor- 
tunate in  guests,  Od.  20,  376  :  but  usu. 
— 11.  tmfriendly  to  strangers  or  giiests, 
inhospitable,  κ.  δόμοι,  Eur.  Ale.  558, 
V.  1.  for  έχθρόξενος. 

Κΰκοξννετος,  ov,  {κακός,  ξννετος) 
ill-ivise,  wise  for  evil,  opp.  to  ύξύνετος, 
Thuc.  6,  76.  [ϋ] 

691 


ΚΑΚΟ 

Κΰκοοινία^  ας,  ?/,  {κακός,  οίνος) 
bad  qiiulily  of  ivine,  opp.  to  εί'οιί'ία. 

Κύκο-άθεια,  ας,  ή,  {κακοπαθής) 
siiff'erins;  of  ill,  distress,  Thuc.  7,  77, 
Isocr.  127  C.  [ύ] 

Κύκοπάθέω,  ώ.  Ιο  suffer  ill,  suffer, 
Xen.  Mem.  2,  1,  17:  κ.  τηή,  to  suff/tr 
6i/  or  from  a  thing,  be  distressed  bi/  it, 
Thuc.  4,  29  ;  and  νπο  τίνος,  \>\.  2, 
41  ;  but  also,  κ.  σώματι,  to  suffer  in 
body,  Isocr.  24  A  :  Ironi 

Κάκοπίίθής,  ες,  (κακός,  πάθος,  πά- 
σχ(ο)  suffering  ill,  distressed,  Philo. 
Adv.  -ϋώς,  miserahty,  Arist.  Pol.  Hence 

Κακο-αβητικος,  ή,  όν,  exposed  to 
distress,  unfnrlannte,  Arist.  Eth.  E. 

Κύκόττύθος,  ον,=  κακοπαθ//ς :  also 
laborious,  toilsome,  Posidon.  ap.  Ath. 
233  E. 

Κΰκοπύρθεΐ'ος,  ov,  ή,  (κακός,  παρ- 
θένος) an  evil  or  unlucky  viaiden,  Mel. 
124,  cf.  sub  κακό-. — II.  ό,  ή,  unhecom- 
ing.a  maid. 

^Κακόπαρις,  ό,  v.  1.  in  Thuc.  7,  80 
for  Κακύπαρι.ς,  q.  v. 

Κύκόπατρις,  ιδος,  b,  ή,  {κακός,  πα- 
τήρ) having  a  mean,  low  born  father, 
Theogn.  193,  Alcae.  5,  opp.  to  εϋπα- 

Κΰκοπετης,  ές,  {κακός,  πετομαι) 
flying  badly,  Arist.  Η.  Α. 

Κάκόττηρος,  Of,  {κακός,  π/ιρα)  with 
a  bad  knapsack  or  scrip. 

Κύκοπΐν/ζς.  ές,  {κακός,  πίνος)  most 
foul  and  filthy,  Soph.  Aj.  381,  cf.  Ath. 
565  E. 

Κάκοπ ιστία,  ας,  ή,  faithlessness: 
from 

Κακόπιστος,  ov,  {κακός,  πιστός) 
faithless. 

Κΰκόπ?Μστος.  ov,  {κακός,  πλάσ- 
σω) ill-formed,  ill-conceived  or  contrived. 

Κΰκοπ'λοέω,  ώ  to  sail  badly,  Strab. : 
from 

Κύκόπλοος,  ov,  contr.  -πλους,  ovv, 
{κακός,  π?.έω)  sailing  badly. 

Κύκοπλώω,  Ion.  and  poet,  for  κα- 
κοπλοέω. 

Κύκόπνοος,  ov,  Att.  -πνονς,  ovv, 
(κακός,  πνοή)  breathing  ill  or  with  dif- 
ficulty. 

Κάκοποιέυ,  ώ,  (κακοποιός)  to  do 
ill,  play  the  knjive,  Aesch.  Fr.  102, 
περί  τι,  At.  Pac.  731  :  to  manage  one's 
affairs  ill,  Xen.  Oec.  3,  11. — II.  trans., 
to  make  bad,  spoil,  ivaste,  lay  waste, 
pillage,  την  βασιλέως  χώραν,  Xen. 
Mem.  3,  5,  26.     Hence 

Κηκοπου/σις,  εως.  ή,=  κακοποΰα, 
LXX. 

'Κ.άκο—οη]ΤίΚΟς,  ?/,  όν,  inclined  to  do 
ill  or  spoil. 

Κάκοποιία,  ας,  ή,  a  doing  harm., 
hurt,  damage,  Isocr.  7  C,  257  Ε : 
from 

Κακοποιός,  όν,  (κακά  ποιεω)  doing 
bad,  doing  harm  or  damage,  mischievous, 
hurtful,  όνειδος,  Pind.  N.  8,  56. 

Κάκόπολίτεία,  ar,  ή,  bad  govern- 
ment or  constitution,  Polyb. 

Κύκοποΐ'ητίκός.  ή,  όν,  {κακός,  πο- 
νέω)  unfit  for  toil,  Arist.  Pol. 

Κάκόποτμος.  ov,  {κακός,  πότμος) 
ill-fated,  ill-starred,  Aesch.  Ag.  1136, 
Eur.  Hel.  694. 

Κΰκόπονς.  ό,  ή,  -πουν,  τό.  gen.  -πό- 
δας, (κακός,  πους)  with  had,  weak  feet, 
weak  in  the  Jeet,  ϊππος,  Xen.  Mem.  3, 
3,  4,  Eq.  1,  2. 

Κάκοπρ&γέω,  ώ,  f  -ήσω,  (κακο- 
πραγής)  to  be  ill  off.  fare  badly,  esp.  to 

έιΙΙ    in   an    enterprise,    Thuc.    4,    55. 
ence 

Κύκοπρύγημα,  ατός,  τό,  ill-success. 
— II.  ill-doing,  [προ] 

Κύκοπράγί/ς,  ές,  (κακός,  πράγος) 
unlucky. — II.  doing  ill.     Hence 

Κάκοπράγία,  ας,  ή,  ill-success,  ill- 
692 


ΚΑΚΟ 

luck,  failure,  Thuc.  2,  60,  Arist.  Pol., 
etc  — II.  ill-doing  :  a  misdeed,  Joseph. 

Κακοπραγμηνέω,  ώ,  to  do  ill,  in- 
tend ill,  be  ill-dusposed,  Polyb. 

Κακοπραγμοσννη,  ης,  ή,  evil-doing, 
Dem.  800,  17  :  from 

Κάκοπράγμων.  ov,  gen.  όνος,  (κα- 
κός, πράγμα,  πράσσω)  doing  evil,  wick- 
ed, mischievous,  Xen.  Hell.  5,  2,  36, 
Isocr.     Adv.  -μόνως. 

Κΰκοπρόςωπος,  ov,  (κακός,  πρόςω- 
πον)  ugly-faced,  ugly,  Posidipp.  ap. 
A.  B.  104,"l9. 

Κάκόπτεμος,  ov,  (κακός,  πτερόν) 
with  bad,  ivcak  wings,  AriSt.  H.  A. — II. 
ill-omened,  ill-starred,  Anth. 

ΚακοΙ)[)αφέω,  ώ,  to  contrive  evil ;  and 

Κάκοββάφία,  ας,  ή,  a  contriving  of 
ill,  love  of  mischief ,  mischievousness,  11. 
15,  16,  Od.  2,  236  :  also  ill  contrivance, 
unskilfulnrss,  Od.  12,  26  :  from 

ΚάκηΙ>βάφος,  ov,  (κακός,  ()άπτω) 
contriving  evil,  mischievous,   [a] 

Κάκηρβέκτειρα,  ας,  ή,  Or.  Sib.  ; 
fern,  of 

Κάκοβ^έκτης,  ου,  ό,  (κακός,  βέζω) 
an  evil-doer.  Αρ.  Rh. 

Κάκορ^ημοσννη,  ης,  ή,  evil-speak- 
ing :  bad,  foul  language,  Polyb.  ;  from 

Κΰκορ^ημων,  ov,  (κακός, ()ήμα)  evil- 
spenking,  TO  K.,=foreg.,  Archil,  ap. 
Suid. — II.  telling  of  ill,  ill-omened, 
Aesch.  Ag.  1155. 

Κΰκο/φοθέω,  ώ,  (κακός,  βόθος)= 
κακολογέω,  to  speak  evil:  but  usu.  c. 
ace,  to  speak  evil  of.  abuse,  revile,  Eur. 
Hipp.  340,  Ar.  Ach.  576.     Hence 

ΚάκόΙ)βογχος,  ov,  (κακός,  ^έγχω) 
making  ugly  Aloises,  prob.  1.  Epict.  lor 
κακόρνγχ. 

Κάκο^^)όβησις,  7/,^=  κακολογία. 

Κακηρβυθμυς,  ov,  (κακός,  ^νθμός) 
in  bad  time,  ill  viodulated,  Joseph. 

Κακο^^)νπΰρος,  ov,  very  filthy,   [ϋ] 

ΚΑ'ΚΟ'Σ.  ή,  όν,  bad',  evil — 1.  of 
outward  condition,  bad  in  its  kind,  bad. 
worthless,  useless,  in  Horn.  esp.  κακά 
εϊματα,  bad,  sorry  garments :  ugly, 
hideous,  II.  10,  316,  opp.  to  καλός  ;  of 
persons — 1.  bad  at  one''s  trade,  sorry, 
useless,  but  without  moral  reference, 
e.  g.  K.  νομήες,  Od.  17,  246 ;  κ.  αλή- 
της, a  bad  beafgar,  Od.  17,  578.  cf  Od. 
8,  214  ;  17,  217  :  esp.  however  of  war- 
riors, and  men  in  genl.=  (5ft/.of,  cow- 
ardly, faint-hearted,  feeble,  very  oft.  in 
Horn.,  who  also  joins  it  with  αναλ- 
κις  and  ίινήνωρ. — 2.  bad  by  birth,  low, 
mean,  vile,  Od.  4,  CI,  Lat.  ?nalus  or  vi- 
tiosus,  opp.  to  αγαθός,  in  Hom.  also 
to  έσθλός,  Od.  6,  187  ;  v.  αγαθός  I.— 
3.  in  moral  relation,  had,  evil,  ill-dis- 
posed, esp.  base,  wicked,  mischievous, 
etc.,  Hes.  Op.  238,  and  Trag.— II.  of 
outward  things,  circumstances,  etc. 
taken  in  relation  to  man,  Hom.  ;  κ. 
γίγνεσθαι  περί  τίνα,  to  act  badly  to- 
wards one  :  hence  both  act.  bad,  evil, 
mischievous ;  and  pass,  unhappy,  wretch- 
ed, pitiful,  very  freq.  in  Hom.  with  δαί- 
μων, θάνατος,  νόσος :  χόλος,  έρις  : 
πόλεμος,  έπος,  έργον  :  ήμαρ,  άνεμος, 
etc. :  esp.  of  omens  and  the  like,  un- 
lucky, ill-boding,  Lat.  infaastus,  male 
ominatus,  in  Horn,  with  όρνις,  δναρ, 
σήμα  :  also  of  words,  evil,  abusive,  ' 
foul,  K.  λόγοι.  Soph.  Ant.  259,  Tr. 
461. — B.  TO  κακόν  and  τά  κακά,  as 
subst.  evil,  ill,  mischief,  also  woe,  dis- 
tress, loss,  ruin,  Hom.,  etc. :  also,  bod- 
ili/  ills,  diseases,  wounds. — 2.  also  in  a 
moral  sense,  evil,  vice,  badness,  wick- 
edness, τά  κακά,  cowardice,  Xen.  An. 
3,  1,  25:  esp.,  κακόν  τι  έρδειν  or 
βέζειν  τινά,  to  do  evil  or  ill  to  any 
one,  II.  2,  195  ;  3.  351,  etc. ;  also  τινί, 
Od.  14,  289:  so  in  prose,  κακόν  τι 
ποιεΐν  τίνα,  more  rarely  τινί :  to  suf- 


KAKO 

fer  evil  from  one,  κακόν  πάσχειν  ύπό 
τίνος. — C.  adv.  κακώς,  Hom.,  etc.: — 
Att.  phrases,  κακώς  ποιεΙν  τίνα,  to 
treat  one  ill,  ill-use,  maltreat,  misuse, 
κακώς  ποιεΙν  τι,  to  hurt,  harm,  dam- 
aue  a  thing,  but  κακώς  ποιεΐν  τινά  τι, 
to  do  one  any  evil  or  harm,  κακώς  ποι- 
εΐν, absol.,  to  be  or  fare  ill,  be  in  bad 
case,  more  usu.  κακώς  πρύττειν,  more 
rarely  κακώς  πάσχειν.  The  Att.  are 
fond  of  joinmg  the  adv.  and  adj.,  κα- 
κός κακώς,  κακά  κακώς,  etc.,  Bergl. 
Ar.  Eq.  2,  189,  190,  Enr.  Cycl.  268: 
superl.  κάκιστα,  Ar.  Han.  1456.  D. 
degrees  of  comparison  : — I.  reg.  corn- 
par,  κακώτερος.  Hom. :  superl.  κακώ- 
τατος,  post-Hom. :  never  found  in 
prose.— 2.  irreg.  compar.  κακίων,  ov, 
sup.  κάκιστος,  η,  ov,  Horn.,  and  Att. ; 
ώ  κάκιστε,  thou  most  worthless !  το 
κύκιστόν  τίνος  or  εν  τινι,  the  worst, 
the  refuse  of  a  thing.  Compar.  χερει- 
ότερος  only  in  Strato,  6,  6,  cf  Jac. 
A.  P.  p.  733.  Also  χείρων,  χείριστος 
and  ήσσων.  ήκιστος  are  used  as  com- 
par. and  superl.  of  κακός.  Ε.  in  com- 
pos, i:  sometimes,  like  Lat.  7nale,  ex- 
presses a  fault  in  the  e,xcess  of  a  prop- 
erty, and  so  stands  for  άγαν.  Lat. 
nimis :  usu.  however  it  denotes  sim- 
ply that  a  thin^,  which  could  also  be 
good,  is  bad,  and  so  is  nearly=(k'f-, 
giving  a  coUat.  notion  of  hurtful,  un- 
lucky, as  κακόσινος :  but  oft.  also  it 
denotes  merely  that  a  thing  exists  in 
too  small  measure  or  proportion,  ;'.s 
κακόπιστος. 

Κΰκόσημος,  ov,  (κακός,  σήμα)  ill- 
omened. 

Κάκόσινος,  ov,  (κακός,  σίνομαι) 
very  hurtful,  Hipp. 

Κΰκοσϊτία,  ας,  η,  want  of  appetite : 
from 

ΚάκόσΙτος,  ov,  (κακός,  σΐτος)  eat- 
ing biiilly,  having  no  appetite,  Eubul. 
Ganyrn.  1. — II.  eating  badly,  i.  e.  fas- 
tidious. Plat.  Rep.  475  C. 

Κάκοσκΐλής,  ές,  {κακός,  σκέλος) 
with  bad,  weak  legs,  ίππος,  Xen.  Mem. 
3,  3,  4. 

Κάκοσκηνής,  ές,  (κακός,  σκήνος) 
of  a  had,  mean  body,  Anth. 

Κακοσμία,  ας,  ή,  a  bad  smell,  stink: 
from 

Κάκοσμος,  ov,  (κακός,  οσμή)  ill- 
smelling,  slinking,  Aesch.  Fr.  166, 
Soph.  Fr.  147. 

Κΰκόσπερμος,  ov,  (κακός,  σπέρμα) 
with  bad  seed,  Theophr. 

Κάκόσπλαγχνος,  ov,  (κακός, 
σπ?ίάγ\νην)  faint-hearted,  cowardly, 
Aesch.  Theb.  237. 

Κΰκοσπορία,  ας,  ή,  (κακός,  σπεί- 
ρω) α  bad  sowing  or  crop,  Anth. 

Κΰκοσσόμενος.  f.  1.  II.  1,  105,  for 
κάκ',  i.  e.  κακοις  οσσόμενος.  from  όσ- 
σομαι,  grim  looking,  v.  Lob.  Phryu. 
560. 

Κάκοστάθέω,  ώ,  to  stand  ill,  he  un• 
steadi/  Or  in  tttid  case,  Nic.  :  from 

Κάκοστΰθης,  ές,  (κακός,  ϊσταμαι) 
standing  badly,  unsteady,  opp.  to  εν- 
σταθί/ς. 

Κΰκοστένακτος,  ov,  (κακός,  στε- 
νάζω) sighing  much. 

Κάκοστομάχέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  have 
a  bad,  weak  stomach,  Sext.  Emp.  : 
from 

Κΰκοστόμαχος,  ov,  (κακός,  στόμα- 
χος) with  a  bad,  weak  stomach,  fastid- 
ious, Epict. — II.  act.  vteakening  the 
stomach,  unwholesome,  Ileracl.  ap.  Ath. 
120  C  ;  opp.  to  εύστόμ. 

Κάκοστομέω,  ώ.  to  have  a  bad  mouth : 
c.  ace,  to  speak  evil  of  one,  abuse  him, 
Soph.  El.  597  :  and 

Κάκοστομία,  ας,  ή,  foul-mouthed- 
ness,  abuse :  from 


ΚΑΚΟ 

Κΰκόστομος,  ον,  {κακός,  στόμα) 
tvil-speaking,  J'oul-mortthed. 

Κΰκόστρωτος,  ον,  {κακύς,  στρών- 
ννμαι)  ill  spread  or  strewed,  i.  e.  rugged, 
Aesch.  Ag.  556. 

iKaκoσvμβoυ?^oς,  ov,  {κακός,  σύμ- 
βουλος) advising  badly,  giving  bad 
counsel,  Joseph. 

Κίκοσύνετυς,  ov,  v.  sub  κακοξννε- 
-ος. 

Κΰκοσννθεσία,  ας,  η,  α  bad  compo- 
sitioa :  in  Hesych.  and  other  Gramm. 
as  expl.  of  κακοββαφία :  from 

Κάκοσννθετος,  ov,  {κακός,  σνντί- 
θημι)  ill  put  together,  badly  composed, 
ίττη,  Luc. — II.  ill-joined,  ill-contrived. 
Adv.  -το)ς. 

Κακοσόυξία.  ας,  ή,  {κακός,  σφύζω) 
α  bad  pulse,  Gal. 

Κάκοσχήμο)ν,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  {κακός, 
σχτ/μα)  of  a  bad  mien,  or  air,  unbecom- 
ing, unseemly.  Adv.  -μόνως.  Plat. 
Legg.  728  B. 

Κΰκοσχολεύομαί,  dep.,=:sq. 

Κάκοσχο?.έ(υ,  ώ,  ί.  -ήσω,  to  use  one's 
leisure  ill :  and 

Κύκοσχο?ίία,  ας,  ή,  a  bad  vse  of  one's 
leisure,  idle  sports  or  jesting,  Plut. : 
from 

Κύκόσχο?ίθς,  ov,  {κακός,  σχο?ιή) 
using  one's  leisure  ill,  Epicl. — 2.  inac- 
tive, idle,  Anth. — II.  act.,  κ.  πνοαί, 
winds 'ίΛαί  wear  men  out  in  idleness, 
Aesch.  Ag.  194,  Jac.  A.  P.  p.  73. 
Αάκ.  -?.ως. 

Κάκοτεκνία,  ας,  ή.  ορρ.  to  εντεκ- 
%•ία,  the  having  bad  children. 

Κΰκοτελεντητος,  ov,  {κακός,  τε- 
?.εντάω)  ending  ill. 

Κάκοτέρμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  {κακός, 
τέρμα)  ending  ill  or  with  difficulty. 

Κύκοτεχι^έω,  ώ,  {κακότεχνος)  to  use 
bad,  base  arts,  play  tricks,  act  basely  or 
vieatily  towards  one,  εΙς  τίνα,  Hdt.  6, 
74:  περί  τι,  (Dem.)  1136,  24;  and 
absol..  Id.  942,  26:  esp.  to  bear  false 
testimony. — 2.  to  be  over-much  wrought 
and  refined,  Clem.  Al. — II.  transit,  to 
mislead  by  evil  arts,  Aristaen.  Hence 
^Κακοτέχνημα,  ατός,  τό,  =  κακο- 
τεχνία, Eccl. 

Κακότεχνης,  ές,=^ κακότεχνος. 

Κακοτεχνία,  ας,  η,  {{κακότεχνος) 
bad  art :  esp.  bad  or  base  arts,  evil 
practices,  etc.,  esp.  as  law-term,  for- 
gery, falsification,  false  evidence  and 
the  like.  usu.  in  plur.,  κακοτεχνιών 
ύικάζεσθαι,  Plat.  Legg.  936  b,  cf. 
(Dem.)  1201,  7  ;  also  in  sing. — II.  cor- 
ruption of  art,  over-great  refinement, 
Dem.  Phal. 

Κάκοτεχνίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  =  κακοτεχ- 
νέω)  Alcae.  (Com.)  Ganym.  7. 

Κάκοτεχνίου  δίκη,^ κακοτεχνιών, 
Lys.  ap.  Pol.  8,  37  :  not  used  in  nom. 

Κακότεχνος,  ov,  {κακός,  τέχνη) 
using  bad  arts  or  evd  practices,  artful, 
wily,  δύ?.ος,  II-  15.  14. — II.  without 
art,  awkward.  Adv.  -νως.  Att.  irreg. 
corapar.  -χνέστερος,  as  from  -χνής, 
but  in  superl.  again  -χνότατος. 

Κύκότης,  ητος,  η,  {κακός)  badness, 
unfitness  for  a  thing,  uselessness,  hence 
of  men  and  esp.  warriors,  cowardice, 
IL  2,  368,  Od.  24,  455.— II.  moral  bad- 
ness, vice,  wickedness,  worthLcssness, 
baseness,  11.  3,  366,  Hdt.  2,  124,  etc. 
— IIL  usu.  evil,  xcoe,  distress,  loss,  suf- 
fering, oft.  in  Horn.,  and  in  Hdt.  2, 
128;  esp.  loss  in  battle,  IL  11,  382; 
12,  332,  Hdt.  8,  109. 

Κακοτράχτβος,  ov,  (κακός,  τράχη- 
?tOf )  with  a  bad,  weak  neck. 

Κΰκοτροττεύομαι,  dep.,=sq.,  προς 
Tiva,  Polyb.  ^ 

Κάκοτροπέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω.  (κακότρο- 
πος) to  act  badly,  deal  perversely,  Hipp. 

Κύκοτροπία,  ας,  ή,  bad  habits,  mis- 


ΚΑΚΟ 

j  chievousness,    maliciousness,    in    genl. 
j  wickedness,  Thuc.  3,  83  :  from 
j      Κακότροπος,   ov,  (,κακός,  τρόττος) 
ι  mischievous,  malignant,  Dio  C.     Adv. 
-πως. 

ΚΰκοτροφεΜ),  ώ,  to  nourish  badly. — 
II.  intr.  to  have  bad  food,  live  badly :  so 
also  in  pass.,  hence  part.  aor.  1  act. 
κακοτροφήσας  and  aor.  1  pass,  κακο- 
τροφηθείς,  in  same  sense,  both  in 
Theoi)hr. :  and 

Κΰκοτροφία,  ας;  ή,  bad  food,  The- 
ophr. :  from 

Κάκότροφος,  ov,  {κακός,  τρέφω)  ill- 
fed. 

Κΰκοτνχέω,  ώ,  to  be  unfortunate, 
Thuc.  2,  60 :  from 


Κάκοτνχής,  ες,  (κακός,  τύχη)  un- 
rrtana         "        --    •  -- 

Hence 


fortunate. 


-νχης, 
e,  Eur. 


Med.  1274,  Hipp.  669. 


Κακοτυχία,  ας,  η,  misfortune. 

Κακόϋπνος,  ov,  sleeping  ill. 

Κΰκοϋπονόητος,  ov,  {κακός,  ύπο- 
νοέω)  bad  to  guess. 

Κύκονργέω.  ώ,  f.  -ησω.  (κακούργος) 
to  do  evil  or  mischief.  Plat.,  and  Xen. ; 
περίτινα.  Plat.  Rep.  416  C  ;  but  more 
usu.  c.  ace,  to  do  evil  or  mischief  to 
one,  to  hurt,  harm,  Aesch.  Fr.  243  ; 
esp.  to  ravage  a  country,  κ.  την  Έ.ν- 
βοιαν,  Thuc.  2,  32,  cf.  3,  1  ;  Plat. 
Rep.  416  A  has  έπιχειρείν  τινι  κα- 
κονργεΐν,  but  there  the  dat.  may  fol- 
low επιχ. :  in  disputation,  to  contend 
with  captious  artifices.  Wolf.  Dem.  491, 
16.  Hence 

Κακούργημα,  ατός.  τό,  an  ill  deed, 
misdeed,  esp.  a  knavish  trick,  fraud, 
Plat.  Rpp.  420  E,  etc. 

Κάκοιφγία,  ας,  η,  the  character  and 
conduct  of  a  κακούργος,  ill-doing,  vnck- 
edness,  villany,  ThuC.  1,  37. — II.  hurt- 
fulness,  Diosc. 

Κακονργικός,  η,  όν,  like  a  κακοϊψ- 
γος.  knavish,  Arist.  Rhet.  :  from 

Κακούργος,  ov.  {κακά  *εργω)  doing 
ill,  mischievous,  knavish,  villnnous,  de- 
ceitful :  an  evil-doer,  bad  fellow,  knave. 
K.  κ/ώ-ες,  Hdt.  1,  41 ;  κ.  (iii'/p.  Soph. 
Aj.  1043  :  an  offender,  criminal  in  the 
eye  of  the  law,  Thuc.  1,  134,  cf.  Att. 
Process  p.  76. — II.  doing  harm  to  any 
one,  hurtful,  c.  gen.  κ.  εΙναί  τίνος,  to 
hurt  any  one,  Xen.  Mern.  1,  5,  3. 
Adv.  -γως.  Piut. 

Κΰκονχέω,  ώ,  {κακός,  εχω)  to  treat 
ill,  wrong,  hurt,  injure,  τα'ά.  Teles  ap. 
Stob.  p.  522,  18.  Pass.,  to  be  in  a  bad 
case,  despair,  c.  inf.,  Plut.     Hence 

Κάκυνχία,  ας,  ή,  ill-treatment,  ill- 
conduct,  Plat.  Rep.  015  B:  κ.χθονός, 
maltreatment,  devastation  of  it,  Aesch. 
Theb.  668. — II.  the  bad  state  caused 
thereby,  disease,  faintness :  wretched- 
ness, misfortune,  Polyb. 

Κάκόφατις,  ιδος,  rj,  sounding  ill,  ill- 
omened,  βοά,  .^esch. :  from 

Κΰκόφατος,  ov,  {κακός,  φημί)  ill- 
sounding,  of  an  offensive  or  unseemly 
import,  like  κακέμφατος,  q.  v.  :  το  κ., 
an  ill  sound,  word  of  bad  import,  word 
of  offence,  Quilltil. 

Κακοφημία,  ας,  ή,  bad  fame — II. 
act.  slander,  Ael. :  from 

Κΰκόφημος,  ov,  (κακός,  φήμη)  of 
bad  omen  :  of  tniil  report. — II.  act.  bring- 
ing into  bad  fame,  dej'amatory,  Joseph. 
Adv.  -μας. 

Κύκόφθαρτος,  ov,  {κακός,  φθείρω) 
very  corrupt. 

Κΰκοφθορενς,  έως,  6,  po€t.  for  sq., 
Nic. 

Κΰκοφθόρος,  ov,  {κακός,  φθείρω) 
very  destructive,  deadly,  Nic. 

Κΰκόφ?ιθΐθΓ,  ov,  (κακός,  φ/οίός) 
with  bad,  stinking  rind  or  bark,  Nic. 

Κάκοφρΰδής,  ες,  (κακός,  φράζομαι) 
bad  in  counsel,  thoiighlless,  foolish,  11. 


KAKT 

23,483:  neut.  κακόφραδες.  as  adv., 
foolishly,  Euphor.  Fr.  50.  Only  poet. 
Hence 

Κΰκοφρΰδία,  ας,  ή,  badness  of  de- 
sign or  purpose,  inconsiderateness,  care- 
lessness, H.  Horn.  Cer.  227,  in  plur. 

Κάκοφραδμοσύνη,  ης,  T/,  =  {oteg., 
Demon,  ap.  Stob.  p.  437,  3 :  from 

Κύκοφράδμων,  ov,  gen.  ονος,^κα- 
κοφραδής:  ahso  κα.κοφράσμων,\\\\\(:\\ 
Meineke  would  read  e  Cod.  Harl.  in 
Theocr.  4,  22,  for  κακοχράσμων. 

Κΰκόφραστος,  ον,=  κακοφραδής. 

Κΰκοφρονέω,  ώ,  to  be  κακόφρων,  to 
bear  ill-uill  or  malice,  Aesch.  Ag.  1174. 
— II.  to  be  foolish  :  opp.  to  ενφρονέω. 

Κύκοοροσύνη,  ης,  ή,  the  disposition 
of  a  κακόφρων,  malice,  LXX  ;  folly, 
Opp.  :  from 

Κακόφρων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  (κακός, 
φρήΐ')  evil-minded,  malicious,  wicked, 
Pind.  Fr.  230  :  κ.  μέριμνα,  distracting 
care,  Aesch.  Ag.  100.— II.  imprudent, 
thoughtless,  heedless.  Soph.  Ant.  1104, 
Eur.  Or.  824.     Adv.  -όνως. 

Κάκοώνής,  ές,  (κακός,  φνή)  of  bad 
nature,  of  bad  natural  qualities.  Plat. 
Rep.  410  A. — II.  (κακός,  φύω)  produ- 
cing badly  or  icith  difficulty:  growing 
ill,  Theophr.    Hence 

Κάκοφνΐα,  ας,  ή,  a  had  nature,  bad 
natural  qualities,  Def.  Plat.  416  D. 

Κακοφωνία,  ας,  ή,  a  bad  or  unpleas- 
ant sound,  harshness  of  sound,  Strab.  : 
from 

Κΰκόφωνος.  ov,  {κακός,  φωνή)  with 
a  bad  voice. — II.  with  a  harsh,  unpleas- 
ant tone,  ill-sounding,  Dion.  H. 

Κάκόχαρτος,  ov,  {κακός,  χαίρω)  re- 
joicing in  the  ills  of  others,  malicious, 
Hes.  Op.  28,  194.— II.  at  which  bad 
men  rejoice. 

Κακοχράσμων,  ov,  gen.  oi'or,=eq., 
dub.  in  Theocr.,  v.  κακοφράδμων. 

Κάκοχρημων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  (κακός, 
χρήμα)  in  bad  case,  poor. 

Κάκοχροέω,  ω,  to  be  of  a  bad  colour, 
Diosc. :  and 

Κΰκόχροια,  ας,  ή,  a  bad  cohur,  Gal. : 
from 

Κάκόχροος,  ov,  contr.  -χρονς,  ovv, 
{κακός,  χρόα)  of  a  bad  colour  or  com- 
plexion, e.  g.  sallow,  pale,  etc.,  Hipp. 

Κύκόχν}.ος,  ov,  (κακός,  χν/.ός)  with 
bad  juice  or  flavour,  μί/Άα,  Diphil. 
(Siphn.)  ap.  Ath.  80  E. 

Κάκοχνμία,  ας,  ή,  badness  of  the 
juices,  Gal. :  from 

Κΰκόχνμος,  ov,  (κακός,  χνμός)  with 
bad  juices  or  fiavour. — II.  act.  genei-a- 
ting  bad  juices,  Ath. 

ΚακόιΙ'ογος,  ov,  (κακός,  ■φέγω)  ma- 
lignantly blaming,  Theogn.  287. 

KUKOipvxia,  ας.  rj,faint-heartedness, 
meanness  of  spirit.  Plat.  Legg.  791  C  ; 
opp.  to  εί'ψνχία :  from 

Κΰκόφνχος,  ov,  (κακός,  ιΐ'νχή)  cow- 
ardly, faint-hearted,  mean-spirited  ;  opp. 
to  ενφνχος. 

Κΰκόω,  ώ,  f.  -ώσω.  {κοκογ)  to  treat 
badly,  use  ill,  maltreat,  afflict,  hurt, 
Hom..  always  of  persons  :  later  also 
of  things,  to  harm,  destroy,  corrupt, 
Hdt.  2,  133.  Pass,  to  be  ill-feated, 
distressed,  or  destroyed,  to  suffer,  Od. 
4,  754  ;  also,  κεκακωμένης  αΑμτ),  dis- 
figured by  brine,  Od.  6,  137. 

Κακτύμεναι,  Ep.  for  κατακτύμε- 
vai,  κατακτάναι,  inf.  aor.  2  of  κατα- 
κτείνω,  Hes.  Sc.  453. 

Κύκτανε,  Ep.  for  κατακτάνε,  im- 
perat.  aor.  2  of  κατακτείνω,  II.  6, 164 ; 
but  also  for  κατεκτανε  3  sing.  ind. 
aor.  2. 

Κάκτεινε,  Ep.  3  sing.  impf.  from 
κατακτΐίνο),  for  κατέκτεινε. 

Κάκτος,  ov,  η,  a  prickly  plant,  the 
artichoke  (acc.  to  H.  Stephan.),  The- 
693 


ΚΑΛΑ 

ophr. — II.  KUK-nr,  ου,  ό,  the  edible 
leaven  of  Uiis  plant,  Ath. 

Κΰκύι•(χ>,=  κακόω,  to  make  bail,  cor- 
rupt, spoil,  Thpophr.  Pass,  to  become 
bad,  behave  badly,  act  basely,  Eur.  Ilec. 
251  ;  esp.  of  soldiers,  to  be  viutinoits, 
Xen.  Cyr.  6,  3,  27. — 11.=κακίζ<^,  to 
revile,  reproach,  abuse. 

tKa/ilJTapif,  ecjf,  6,  the  Cacyparis,  a 
river  of  Sicily  near  Syracuse,  now 
Casibili,  Thuc.  7.  80;  V.  1.  Κακύπαρις. 

Καΐ\χάζω,=  καχάζω- 

Κακχίύαι,  Ερ.  for  καταχεναι,  inf. 
aor.  1  Iroin  καταχέυ. 

Κάκώύιις,  ις,  {κακός,  όζω)  ill-smell- 
ing, stinking,  Hipp.    Hence 

KtiKuoia,  ας,  ή,  a  bad  S7ncll,  stink, 
stench. 

Κύκώλεθβος,  ov,  (κακός,  6?.εθρος) 
very  destructive. 

Κακυννμ.έω,  Q,  to  call  by  an  ill 
name :  from 

Κΰκώννμος,  ov,  (κακός,  δΐΌμα)  = 
δνςώνυμος. 

Κύκωσις,  εως,  ή,  (κακόω)  ill-treat- 
ment, abuse  :  a  wasting,  distressing, 
harassing,  Thuc.  7,  4,  82  :  of  wives, 
parents,  heiresses,  etc.,  κηκώσεως 
δίκη,  an  action /or  ill-usage,  Oratt.  ap. 
Harpocr.,  v.  Att.  Process  p.  287  sq. : 
damage,  misfurtmie,  Thuc.  2,  43.   [«] 

Κακωτικύς,  η,  ύν,  (κακόω)  inclined 
to  treat  ill,  hurtful,  noxiotis,  τινός. 

Καλαβίόια,  ων,  τύ,  a  Laconian  fes- 
tival, celebrated  with  peculiar  dances 
in  honour  of  Diana,  Paus. :  from 

KaAaJif  or  Καλλα/ίίς,  ίδος,  ή,  a 
Laconian  dance,  sacred  to  Diana,  but 
at  Athens  a  wanton  dance,  hence 
Καλλαβίόας  βαίνειν,  to  tread  a  meas- 
ure in  this  dance,  Eupol.  Col.  17. 
Hence 

Καλαβόομαι,  f.  -ώσομαι,  to  dance 
this  dance. 

ή-Κα?Μββία,  ας,  ή,  Calabria,  a  dis- 
trict of  southern  Italy  from  Tarentum 
to  the  lapygian  promontory,  Strab. 

Τίαλαβρίζω,  καλαβρισμός,  v.  κο- 
λαβρ. 

ίΚα?ιαβρίς,  ίόος,  ή,  fern.  adj.  Calab- 
rian,  ή  Κ.  γαΐα.=  Καλαβρία,  Dion.  P. 
ίΚαλαβροί,  ών,  οΐ,  the  Cutabri,  inhab. 
of  Calabria,  Strab. 

Καλύβροψ,  ij,  later  form  for  καλαϋ- 
potp. 

ΚάλύβώηΐΓ,  ov,  ό,=^ΰσκαλαβώτης, 
LXX. 

Κά^Μθηώόρος,  ov,  (κάλαθος,  φέρω) 
basket-carrying ;  ol  Καλ.,  name  of  a 
play  of  Eiibul. 

Κΰλύθίον,  ov,  TO,  and  κ(ί?Μθίς, 
ίδος,  //,=:sq. 

Κά?Μθίσκος,  ου.  ό,  dim.  from  «άλα- 
θος,  Ar.  Thesm.  822,  Lys.  535.— II.  a 
kind  of  dance,  Apolloph.  ap.  Ath.  467 
F :  V.  sq. 

ΚαΆαθισμός,  ov,  o,=foreg.  II,  Ath. 
C29  F,  and  perh.  this  should  be  read 
in  467  F. 

Κάλάθοειδής,  ες,  (κύ?Μθος,  είδος) 
basket-formed,  like  a  basket,  Cleomed. 
Adv.  -δως. 

ΚίΏ.ΰθοηΟΐός,  όν,  (κάλαθος,  ποιέω) 
7naking  baskets. 

Κάλαθος-  OV,  ό,  a  basket,  esp.  β 
wicker  hand-basket,  Lat.  calathns,  Ar. 
Av.  1325. — II.  a  cooling-vessel,  cooler, 
iisu.  -ώυκτηρ  :  also  a  kind  of  cup, 
Virg.  Eel.  5,  71. — HI.  a  mould  for  cast- 
ing iron. — IV.  the  solid  part  m  the  cn^i- 
ίίίί  ο/α  co/(;7i!?!,  round  which  the  leaves, 
volutes,  etc.  are  put,  Callix.  ap.  Atii. 
206  B.  (Perh.  akin  to  κ?ΜΟος,  and 
the  same  as  Lat.  corbis,  Pott  Etym. 
Forsch.  2,  275.)[(i] 

\Καλαίδ7ΐς,  ov,  h,   Calaedes,  mase. 
pr.  n.,  ap.  Ath.  342  C,  where  Meineke 
oroposes  Καλλιύδης. 
G94 


ΚΑΛΑ 

^Κά^Μίθις,  ιδος,  ij,  Calaethis,  name 
of  a  female  slave,  Theocr.  5,  15. 

ΥίΰλΜΪνος,  η,  or,  also  κα?.?.άϊνος, 
7nade  or  consisting  of  the  κά'λαϊς. — Π. 
coloured  like  the  κά7.αίς,  shifting  be- 
tween blue  andgrcen,  of  changeful  hue, 
K.  τττίρνγξ,  Mel.  123. 

Ka/.aij;,  ό,  also  κύλλαϊς,  a  precious 
stone  of  a  greenish  blue,  perh.  a  topaz 
or  chrysolite,  Plin.,  v.  Salmas.  in  So- 
lin.  p.  713.    [«] 

tKu/laif,  ιδος,  ό,  Calais,  son  of  Bo- 
reas and  Orithyia,  v.  Τ,ήτης,  Pind.  P. 
4,  324. 

^Καλ.ακτή,  ης,  η,  contd.  from  "Καλή 
ακτή. 

Κΰλάμύγρωστις,  εως.  η,  (κάλαμος, 
άγρωοτις)  reed-grass,  Diosc. 

Κάλάμάδίας,  ov,  ό.  {κάλαμος')  full 
of  reeds  or  rushes. 

ίΚηλ-άμαι,  ών,  αϊ,  Ccdamat,  a  town 
of  Messenia,  Polyb. 

Κΰλΰμαΐοζ•,  αία,  aiov,  (καλάμ:/)  be- 
longing to  the  stalk,  living  among  corn- 
stalks.— II.  ή  καλαμαία,  a  kind  of 
grasshopper,  prob.  the  same  as  the 
μάντις,  Lat.  ryianiis  oratoria,  or  reli- 
giosa,  Theocr.  10,  18. 

Κΰλΰμάομαι,  dep.,  (καλάμη)  to 
gather  stalks  or  ears  of  corn :  in  genl. 
to  glean,  LXX  ;  hence  nielaph.,  καλ. 
την  Άσίαν,  to  glean  what  is  left  from 
Asia,  opp.  to  θερίζειν,  Plut.  2,  182 
A. 

Καλύμύρίον,  ov,  τό,  (κύ?ι.αμος)  a 
reed-case,  pen-case,   [ΰ] 

Κΰλΰμανλης,  ov,  ύ,  (κάλαμος,  αν- 
7Λω)  one  who  plays  upnn  a  pipe  of  reeds, 
Ath.  176  D. 

ΚιΏιΰμανλητης,  ov,  b,  =  foreg., 
Hedyl.  ap.  Ath.  1.  c. 

Κΰλΰμενς,  έως,  b,  an  angler,  Pan- 
crat.  ap.  Ath.  305  C. 

Καλΰμεντής,  ov.  o,  a  reaper,  mower, 
Theocr.  5,  IIL  II.=  foreg.,  Anth. ; 
as  if  from  καλαμενω,  which  however 
is  not  used. 

Κάλαμεών,  ώνος,  b,^  καλαμών. 

ΚΑ'ΛΑ'ΜΗ,  ης,  ή.  α  stalk,  esp.  the 
stalk  of  reed  or  corn,  Lat.  calamus  sti- 
I  pula,  11.  19,  222  ;  κ.  'ττνρών,  wheat- 
straw,  Hdt.  4,  33.  Proverb,  of  a 
greedy  farmer,  επΙ  καλάμι)  άρουν,  to 
till  land /or  sioZA-s  only,  i.  e.'to  e.xhaust 
it  by  continual  crops,  till  at  last  it 
jiroduces  only  stalks,  Lys.  ap.  Suid. 
v.  έπΙ  κα?Μμτ]. — II.  the  stalk  vnth  the 
ears  cut  off,  stubble,  in  genl.  the  residue, 
remnant,  hence  nietaph.  of  an  old 
man,  κα?ιάμην  γέ  σ  οίομαι  είςορό- 
ωντα  γιγνώσκειν,  thou  niay'st  still,  I 
ween,  perceive  the  stubble  (i.  e.  the 
residue)  of  former  strength,  Od.  14, 
214,  cf.  Arist.  Rhet.  3,  10;  so  Orac. 
ap.  Polyaen.  6,  53,  'Ρήσου  καλάμη, 
the  retnains  of  Rhesus,  i.  e.  his  corpse  : 
άτΓο  της  καλάμης  τεκμηίρεσθαι,  to 
judge  from  the  remains,  Luc.  Ale.x.  5. 
— \\l.=^λ^voκaλάμη,Cΐ^\\.  Fr.  (cf.  suh 
κάλαμος.)  [ά]     Hence 

Ιϋα^Μμηδόν,  adv.,  like  a  reed,  shiv- 
ered like  a  broken  reed  ;  hence  a  kind 
of  fracture  was  so  called,  Medic. 

Κη?.(ίμητομία,  ας.  ή,  a  cutting  of 
stalks,  reaping  :  Anth.:  from 

Κά7.ΰμΐ]τόμος,  ov,  (καλάμη,  τέμνω) 
cutting  stalks,  reaping,  Ap.  Rh. 

Κύ/^άμήτρια,  ας,  ή.,  (καλαμάομαι) 
a  gatherer  of  stalks,  gleaner,  Plut. 

Καλάμητρίς,  ίδος,  ^,=fareg, 

Κη/,άμηφάγος,  ov,  {καλάμη,  φα- 
~/εϊν)  devouring  stalks,  i.  e.  jnowing  or 
cutting  them,  δρετϊανον,  Anth.  [ή] 

Κα?.αμηφορέω,  ω,  to  carry  straws. — 
II.  to  bring  a  corn-token  (Lat.  tessera) 
in  order  to  get  corn  upon  it,  Themist., 
V.  κά/ημος  IV  :  from 

Κΰ?.αμηφόρος,  ov,  (κύλα/ιος,  φέρω) 


ΚΑΛΑ 

carrying  reeds  or  canes,  Xen.  Hell.  2, 

I,  2,  ubi  olim  κα7Μμοψ. 
Κΰλΰμίζω,   f.    -ί'σω,   (κάλαμος)   to 

pipe  0)1  a  reed,  Ath. 

Κάλάμίνθη,  ης,  ή,  Ar.  Eccl.  648 ; 
and 

Καλάμίνθος,  ov,  ij,  (καλχ)ς,  μίνθα, 
mentha)  mint,  J\ic. 
_  Κΰλαμινϋώδΐ}ς,    ες,    (ααλύμενβος, 
εϊδος)  like  mint,  full  of  it. 

Κΰλύμίνϋιος,  ov,  ύ,  Minty,  comic 
name  of  a  frog,  Batr.  227. 

Κΰ7ΜμΙνος,  7),  ov,  (κάλαμος•)  τχαά» 
of  retd  or  cane,  ττλοΐα,  Hdt.  3,  98, 
οικία,  5,  101,  οίστοί,  τόξα,  7„  61,  Ca.' 

Κά'λύμιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  Irom  καλύ- 
μη  ami  κάλαμος. 

Καλάμίς,  ϊδος,  ij,  (κάλΜμος)  ο  reed 
fishing-rod,   Lat.   aruiulo  piscataria. — 

II.  fi  stick  used  in  bird-catchi^ig  with 
bird-lime. — III.  a  reed-bed,  Lat.  arundi- 
netum  ;  also  a  bed  jnade  of  reeds. — IV. 
a  case  for  a  writing  reed,  pen-case,  Lat. 
calamarium:  also  a  ivriling-reed,  pen. 
—  V.  a  tooth-pick,  Diosc. — VI.  a  curt. 
ing-iron,  because  it  was  hollow  and 
shaped  like  a  reed :  also  an  iitstru- 
mentfor  dressing  the  hair  of  v/omen,  a 
comb  or  hair-pin — VII.  in  pi.  καλαμί- 
δες, reeds  or  .s7rajo  put  in  layers  to 
strengthen  buildings. — VIII.=j;  κα- 
λ.αμαία. 

|Κάλα/ζί{•,  ιδος,  b,  Calamis,  a  cele- 
brated statuary,  Strab. 

Κύ?ιάμίσκος,  ov,  b,  dim.  from  κα.• 
7Μμη  and  κάλαμος,  Ar.  Ach.  1034. 

Κύλΰμίτης,  ου,  ό,  —  κα7Μμαϊος : 
fern.,  κά7.ύμΐτις,  ίδυς.^^  καλαμαία  : 
also  a  kind  of  locust,  Leon.  Tar.  65. 

'[Κα7Μμίτης,  ov,  b,  an  Attic  hero,= 
"Ηρώς  ιατρός,  Dem.  419,  22,  ace.  to 
Schol.  appell.  of  Aristomachus. 

Κάλύμοβόας,  ov,  ό,(κάλαμος,  βοάω) 
noisy  with  the  reed  or  pen,  nickname 
of  Antipator,  vvho  dared  not  argue 
with  Carneades  except  with  the  pen, 
Plut.  2,  514  D. 

Κΰ7Μμογ7Λφέω,  ω,  to  cut  reeds  or 
pens :  from 

Κάλάμογ7,^νφος,  ov,  (κάλαμος,  y7iV- 
φω)  cutting  reeds  or  pens,  [y] 

Κύλύμογρΰφία,  ας,  ij,  (κά7Μμος, 
γράφω)  a  writing  with  a  reed  or  peti. 

Κά7Λΐμοδντης,  ov,  ό,  (κάλαμος, 
δνο>)  a  kind  of  bird,  perh.  the  reed- 
sp>arrow,  Ael.   [y  ] 

Υίά7Μμοειδής,  ες,  (κάλαμος,  εΐάος) 

like  a  reed. 

Κά7ιάμόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  (κάλαμος)  of 
reed,  κ.  ίαχά,  the  sound  as  of  a  reed, 
Eur.  I.  A.  1038. 

ίΚά/.αμοι,  ων,  οι,  CalQmi,  a  place 
in  the  island  Samos,  Hdt.  9, 96;  Ath. 
572  F. 

Τίΰλΰμοκό-ιον,  ov,  TO,  (κά^Μμος, 
κόπτω)  a  reed-bed  for  cutting. 

Κ  Α'ΛΑ'ΜΟΣ,  ου,  ό,  Lat.  calamus,  a 
reed  or  cane,  of  which  some  kinds 
are  so  large  that  ono  joint  makes  a 
boat,  Hdt.  3,  98,  whence  Virgil's /«- 
vialis  arundo :  on  the  diflerent  kinds 
Y.  Theophr.  H.  PI.  4,  11,  10:  hence, 
ace.  to  its  chief  uses, — 1,  a  reed-arrow, 
for  which  not  the  hollow  reed  but 
that  tilled  with  pith  was  used  :  hence 
this  was  called  κάλαμος  ναστός  and 
μεστοκάλαμος,  also  τοξικός  and  βελί• 
της,  and  from  its  native  country  Κρη- 
τικός, calamus  Gvosskis,  Herat,,  cf. 
κα7.ύμινθΓ. — 2.  a  reed-pipe,  reedflut^, 
Eur.  El. '702  I.  T.  1126:  also  the 
bridge  of  the  lyre,  Soph  Fr.  34.-3.  a 
writing-reed,  which  was  long  used  as 
a  pen  ;  hence  in  genl.  a  pen. — 1.  also 
I  sometimes  a  ftshing-rod,t']at.  (Com.) 
«£  άφ'  Ίερ.  3,  Theocr.  21,  43, — 5.  a 
7neasuring  rod :  hence  a  definite  meas- 
ure,=;63  ~ηχεις. — G.  a  surgeon  s  probe. 


ΚΑΛΕ 

— ΙΙ.=  καλ<ί//77,  the  hollow  stalk  of  grain, 
like  a  reed,  also  its  straw,  used  esp. 
i"or  thatching,  hence  in  genl.  thatch. — 
III.  any  plant  which  is  neither  shrub 
nor  bush,  [ύλη),  nor  tree  {δίινδρον), 
Xen.  An.  1,  5,  1. — IV.  in  the  4th  cen- 
tury A.  D.  a  token,  by  which  corn  was 
obtained,  Lat.  tessera,  cf.  κα?Μμηφο- 
ρέω.  (Cf.  Lat.  culmus.  Germ.  Habn, 
etc.,  and  even  Arab,  kclem,  Pott  Et. 
Forsch.  1,  119.)  [a] 

Κΰ'λαμοστεφής,  ες,  (.κάλαμος,  ατέ- 
YU)  crowned,  covered  with  reed,  Batr. 

Κά/.5μοτνπος,  ov,  (κάλαμος,  τΰ-π- 
τω)  catching  with  reeds,  i.  e.  with  lime- 
twigs,  [v] 

Κΰ?Μμοφθέγγης,  ου,  6,  {κάλαμος, 
όθέγγομαι)  sounding  on  a  reed  or  pipe. 
Κΰ/Μμόφθογγος,     ov,     {κάλαμος, 
φϋέγγομαι)  =  foreg.  —  II.    played    ot 
blown  on  a  reed,  Ar.  Ran.  230. 
Κϊίλΰμοφόρος,  ov,  cf.  καλαμηφ. 
Έ.ΰ7Μμ6φυλλος,  ov,  {κάλαμος,  φύλ- 
?lOv)  reed-leafed,  Theophr. 

Κΰλύμόω,  ώ,  {κάλαμος)  to  bind  a 
fraclured  bone  with  a  splint  of  reed,  Gal. 
— II.  pass,  καλαμοϋσθαι,  to  grow  into 
stalk,  Theophr. 

Κΰ?Μμώδης,  ες,  {κάλαμος,  είδος) 
like  reed,  rtedy,  full  of  reeds,  Arist. 
H.  A. 

Κάλα/ίών,  ΰνος,  ό,  a  reed-bed,  also 
καλαμεών,  Lob.  Phryn.  1C7. 

'Κάλΰμωτή,  ης,  ή,  a  fence  or  edging 
of  reed. 

Κώ?.άνίαί,  ών,  a'l,  the  Roman  Cal- 
cndae,  Dion.  Hal.,  and  Plut. 

Κάλανδρα,  ας,  i),  also  κύλανδρος, 
ov,  0,  a  kind  of  lark,  0pp. 

Καλάνι,  for  καλή,  barbarism  in  Ar. 
Av.  Iti78. 

iKάλavoς,  ov,  6,  Calanus,  a  Brah- 
min, Strab.,  Arr.  An.  7,  2,  4  :  in  Plut. 
Ale-t.  65,  Καλανό?  .-—Another  in  Arr. 
An.  3,  5,  6. 

■[Καλαντίαι,  ο'ί,=^Καλατίαί,  Hdt.  3, 
97. 

Κΰλαπόδων,  τό,  κά?ιάπονς,=  κα- 
λοπ. 

ίΚάλας,  α,  ό,  Calas,  son  of  Harpa- 
lus,  Arr.  An.  1,  14,  4. 

+ΚαΛασάρΐ'α,  Calasarna,  a  spot  in 
Lucania,  Strab. 

Καλάσιοί? ,  ιος,  ή,  a  long  Aegyptian 
garment  edged  at  bottom  with  tassels 
or  fringe,  Hdt.  2,  81  ;  also  a  Persian 
garment  of  like  kind,  Ath. — II.  in  pi. 
Κα?.ασίρΐΐς,  o'l,  a  portion  of  the 
Aegyptian  warrior  caste,  Hdt.  2,  164. 
^Καλατία,  ar,  ή,  Calatia,  a  town  of 
Campania,  Strab. 

fKaAartat,  ύν,  ol,  the  Calatiae,  an 
Indian  race,  Hdt.  3,  38, 
^Καλαύρεί,α,  ας,  ^,=sq..  Αρ.  Rh.  3, 
1243. 

Καλανρία,  ας,  η,  Calauria,  now 
Poro,  an  island  before  Troezene, 
Dem.  1188,  7  ;  hence  ΚαλαυρΙτις 
λιθάργυρος,  a  sort  of  litharge  of  sil- 
ver, prob.  obtained  from  thence, 
Diosc— IL  coUat.  form  of  Καλαφί'α, 
Calabria. 

Κάλανρόπιον,  ov,  ro,<lim.  fromsq., 
Artemid. 

Κάλαί'ροψ,  οτΓος,  -η,  a  shepherd's 
staff  or  crook  often  thrown  so  as  to 
drive  back  the  cattle  to  the  herd.  II. 
23.  845  :  later  also  written  κα?.ά3ροφ. 
■\Κάλ3ίς,  ό,  the  Calbis,  a  river  of  Ly- 
cia,  Strab. 

Ku/JeaKov,  ες,  ε,  iterat.  impf.  from 
καλέω,  11. ;  mid.  κα?ίέσκετο,  II.  15, 
338. 

Κύλεσις,  εος,  ή,  a  class,  Dion.  Hal., 
V.  κ.λΐισί.ς  III.  [«] 

Κάλεσίχορος,  ov,  poet,  καλεσσ., 
(Ιίαλέω,  χορός)  calling  forth  the  dance, 
calling  to  the  dance,  Βρόμιος,  Orph. 


ΚΑΛΗ 

ίΚάλε~οί,  ων,  οι,  the  Caletes,z  peo- 
ple of  Belgic  Gaul,  Strab. 
^  ΚΑ'ΛΕΏ,  ώ  ;  fut.  καλέσω,  mid. 
κα7Λσομαί,  Ep.  and  poet,  καλέσσω, 
καλέσσομαί,  Att.  καλώ  and  mid.  κα• 
?.ονμαι :  aor.  1  εκά?ιεσα,  poet,  καλέσ- 
σα,  mid.  εκαλεσάμην,  poet,  καλεσσά- 
μ7ΐν :  perf.  κεκληκα,  pf.  pass,  κέκλη- 
μαι,  opt.  κεκλ?)μην  :  aor.  pass.  εκ7^ή- 
θην  .•  fut.  pass.  κλ7]θησομαι :  fut.  3 
κεκλήσομαι.  Ion.  and  Horn.  impf. 
κα/.έεσκον. — I.  to  call,  Horn.,  etc.  : 
of  many,  to  call  together,  call,  summon, 
κα?.είν  εις  άγορήν,  etc.,  also  ΰγορ- 
ήνδε,  ϋάλαμόνδε,  θύνατόνδε,  Horn. ; 
and  so  c.  ace.  only,  ΚΊκλήατο,  (for 
-riVTo)  j3ov?.!}v,  they  had  been  summon- 
ed to  the  council,  11.  10,  195  :  c.  inf., 
to  call  on,  summon  to  do  a  thing,  κ.  σνμ- 
μ7]Τίύασθαι,  II.  10,  197.  Hom.  freq. 
has  also  aor.  mid.  καλίσασβαί  tlvl, 
to  call  to  one's  self,  II.  1,  51,  270,  etc. 
— Pass,  to  be  called  by  fate,  be  appoint- 
ed, destined  or  chosen,  only  Od.  6,  244. 
In  various  special  relations  : — 1.  to 
call  to  one's  house  or  to  a  repiast,  to  in- 
vile,  Od.  10,  231 ;  11,  187,  but  never 
in  II. ;  later  often  with  a  word  added, 
έτί  δεΐττνον,  Hdt.  9,  16,  Lat.  vocare 
ad  coenam. — 2.  to  call  on,  invoke,  τονς 
θεούς,  Hdt.  1,  44,  and  Trag. :  as  was 
esp.  done  in  sacrifices,  Schol.  Ar. 
Ran.  479. — 3.  as  law-term,  of  the 
judge,  καλείν  εις  rb  δικαστήριον,  to 
cite,  summon  before  the  court,  Dem. 
406,  27,  etc. ;  hence  also  simply  κα- 
λείν, Id.  407,  5,  Ar.  Vesp.  851,  etc. : 
also  κα7.εΙν  την  δίκην,  to  call  o?i  the 
case  •.  but  of  the  plaintiff,  in  mid.,  κα- 
λεΐσθαί  nva,  to  sue  at  law,  bring  be- 
fore the  court,  Lat.  vocare  in  jus,  Ar. 
Nub.  1221,  Vesp.  1416,  v.  Att.  Pro- 
cess p.  576. — II.  to  call  by  name,  call 
or  address  by  name,  hence  in  genl.  to 
nayjie,  Horn.,  κα7ιεΐν  τίνα  ίπώννμον 
and  έπίκ7,ησίν,  to  call  by  surname,  or 
merely  to  call  by  name,  Hom.,  v.  sub 
έτήκλησις,  επώνυμος:  also  c.  dupl. 
ace,  τινά  ri  κα7ίεΐν,  II.  5,  306  ;  and 
όνομ',  ο,τη  σε  κεΐθι  κά7.εον,  the 
name,  by  which  they  called  thee,  Od. 
8,  550,  cf.  Pind.  O.  6,  94,  and  so  in 
Att. ;  also,  κα?:εΐν  τινά  τινι,  to  call 
one  by  a  name,  Eur.  Hec.  1271 ;  hut, 
K.  τινά  Τίνος  or  τινί,  to  call  one  after 
another,  Pmd.  P.  3,  119,  O.  7,  140: 
Att.  also  in  mid.,  καλεΐσθαι.  to  call  by 
name,  address,  Aesch.  Cho.  201,  Eum. 
508,  cf.  Herm.  Soph.  Phil.  228.  Pass. 
to  be  named,  receive  a  name,  and  in  pf. 
pass.,  to  have  been  named,  bear  a  name, 
hence  to  be  called,  often  in  Hom. ;  Att. 
ό  κα7ιονμενος,  the  so  called,  ύ  κ.  θάνα- 
τος. Plat.  Phaed.  86  D  :  in  poets  the 
pass,  has  freq.  the  signf.  to  be,  be- 
cause one  is  named  according  to  what 
one  is  or  seems  to  be,  II.  4,  01,  Od.  7, 
313,  and  elsewh. :  ση  κεκλημένη  ην, 
she  would  have  been  thy  daughter 
and  so  called,  H.  Hom.  Ap.  324  ;  so 
πατρός  κεκ7.ήσθαι,  Pind.  P.  3,  119, 
Soph.  El.  366.— Ill  of  things,  to  re- 
quire, demand.  (Prob.  akin  to  κλνω, 
q.  V. :  no  doubt  to  κέ7.•ομαι,  old  Lat. 
cal-are,  and  its  frequent,  clamare,  our 
call,  also  to  κλέος,  κλείω,  clams,  and 
prok  to  Germ,  hell,  cf.  Pott  Et. 
Forsch.  1,  214.) 

Κάλη,  κά^.ήτης.  Dor.  and  Att.  for 
κηλ.,  Lob.  Phryn.  639.  [ά] 

|ΚαΛ7/  ακτή,  η,  the  beautiful  shore,  also 
wr.  Καλάκτη,  Calacta,  a  tract  along 
the  Sicilian  coast  east  of  Himera,  with 
a  town  of  same  name,  Hdt.  6,  22 ;  Ath. 
273  F. :  adj.  Καλακτΐνος,  η,  ov,  of 
Calacta,  Diod.  S. 

Κΰλήμεναι,  poet,  for  κα7χΙν,  inf. 
pres.  act.  of  κα?.έω,  II.  10,  125. 


ΚΑΛΑ 

Κάλήμερος,  ov,  {κα7\.6ς,  ήμερα)  with 
fair  or  fortunate  days.Anth.  P.  9,  508. 

Κά/ιημι,  Aeol.  for  κα/.έω,  Sapph.  1, 
16  ;  also  written  κά/^ημμι,  but  not  so 
well. 
ίΚαληνός,  ή,  όν,  of  or  belonging  to 
Calcs,  in  Campania,  Calenian,  Poiyb. 
tKuA?/f,  ηκος,  ό,  corrupt  reading  in 
Thuc.  for  sq. 

tKalz/f,  ητος,  ό,  the  Cales,  a  river  of 
Bithynia,  iallmginto  the  Euxine  east 
of  the  Sangarius,  Arr.:  ace.  Κά/.ηκα 
in  Thuc.  4,  75  for  }ζ.ά?.ητα. — II.  a  ha- 
ven on  this  river,  Arr. 

'\Κα?.ησιος,  ου,  ό,  Calesius,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  11.  6,  18. 

Κά7ίήτης,  ου,  ό.  Dor.  and  Att.  for 
κηλητης. 

ΪΚα7.ητορίδης,  ov,  b,  son  of  Caltlor, 
i.  e.  Aphareus,  II.  13,  541. 

Κά/.ήτωρ,  ορός,  ό  {κα7Λω)  a  crier, 
Lat.  calator,  II.  24,  577.     Hence 

^Υίαλήτωρ,  ορός,  ό.  Caletor,  son  of 
Clytius,  a  relative  of  Priam,  II.  15, 
419. — 2.  a  Greek,  v.  Καλητορίδης. 

Κΰλιά,  ΰς, ij, Ion.  καλιί/, ης, aivooden 
house,  cabin,  cot,  Hes.  Op.  501 :  esp.  α 
barn,  granary.  Id.  299,  305  :  in  genl.  a 
dwelling,  abode;  a  bird's  nest,  Theocr. 
29,  12,  Pseudo-Phocyl.  79  :  also  a 
wooden  eiicioswre  containing  the  image 
of  a  god,  Jac.  A.  P.  p.  808.  [usu.  i; 
yet  in  Theocr.  and  Pseudo-Phocyl.  t.] 
(Prob.  from  κάλον,  notwithstanding 
the  a..) 

iKa?.ιάvδη,  ης,  ή,  Cn/iande,  a  nymph, 
ApoUod. ;  Heyne  reads  Κα?ίΐάδνη. 

Κα7.ιύς,  άδος,  ή,=^κα7Λά,  esp.  α 
chapel,  Plut. 

Καλίδίον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  κα7.ΐά, 
Eupol.  Autol.  5. 

Καλίκωι,  ων,  οι  the  Lat.  calcei, 
Polyb. 

'\Ka7.iKOivoi,  ων,  ol,  the  Calicoeni,  an 
Illyrian  people,  Polyb.  5,  108,  8. 

Κΰλινδέω,  ώ,  to  roll:  usu.  m  Pass. 
κά7ανδέομαι,  c.  fut.  mid.  -ήσομαι, 
also  ά7.ινδέομαι,=^κν7Λνδέομαι,  from 
which  it  differs  only  in  sound  :  to  roll, 
roll  about,  lie  rolling  or  wallowing,  έν 
τησι  στοίησι,  Hdt.  3,  52,  cf.  Thuc.  2, 
52  ;  metaph.  to  be  continually  busy  unth 
a  thing,  pass  one's  time  in  a  thing,  Lat. 
versari  in  aliqua  re,  εν  τινι,  Xen,  Cyr. 
1, 4,  5,  ubi  alii  κυλινδ. ;  περί  τι,  Isocr, 
295  Β  :  also,  κ.  έπΙ  τοϊι  βήματος,  Lat, 
inforoversari.  Id,  98  C  (ubi  Bekk,  κυλ,), 
cf,  Buttm,  Lexil,  v,  κυ7.ινδεΐν.  Hence 

Κΰλινδήθρα,  ας,  ή,=  ά7Λνδί/θρα,  a 
place  for  horses  to  roll  after  exercise,  cf. 
εξαλίω,  Ael. 

Κάλίνδησις,  εως,  η,=  κυ7.ίνδησις, 
esp,  a  throw  of  dice,  Alciphr, 

Κάλϊνός,  ή,  όν,  or  κάλινος,  {κά7Μν) 
wooden,  Lyc, 

Κάλίθ£•.  ov,  or  καλιάς,  οϋ,  ό,  a  ca- 
bin, cot,  Epich,  p,  19 :  also  a  chapel, 
Dion,  H, — 11.=δεσμωτήριον,  κνφων, 
a  prison. 

Καλιστρέω,ώ,  f.-^σω,  Ep.  strengthd. 
for  καλέω,  Call.  Dian.  67,  Cer.  97. 

Καλ7Μ;3ίς,  ίδος,  ή,  v.  Καλαβίς. 

Κύλλαία,  ων,  τά.  α  cock's  ivattles, 
Lat.  palea,  Ar.  Eq.  497  :  also  a  cock's 
comb,  Arist.  H.  A. :  and  the  tail-fea- 
thers, Ael.  Dionys.  (prob.  so  called 
from  their  changeful  hues,  cf.  καλαί- 
νος.) 

iKaλλΰϊκoί,  ών,  ol,  the  Gallaeci,  a 
people  in  N.  W.  of  Hispania,  Strab. 

KaA/uaiVof.  κ-άλ/αίζ•,  ν,  κα7ί,-. 
+ΚάΛλα/σγροζ•,  ov,  ό,  Callaeschnis, 
an  Athenian,  father  of  Critias,  Plat. 
Charm.  153  C— 2.  son  of  Diotimus, 
sent  as  one  of  the  envoys  to  the  The- 
bans  to  induce  them  to  join  the  Athe- 
nians aaainst  Philip,  Dem.  291,  8; 
565,  13!^ — 3.  an  iiidiviihial  against 
695 


ΚΑΛΑ 

whom  Dinarchus  delivered  an  ora- 
tion, Dion.  H. 

Καλ'λαίφης,  Aeol.  for  καταλάπτεις, 
V.  Neiic  Sapph.  15. 

Καλλΰρί'αζ-,  ου,  ό,  α]ύηάοί cod-fish, 
also  Ύαλ'λαμίας,  0pp. 

+Καλλαροζ•.  ου,  ό,  Callanii,  name  of 
a  slave,  Dam.  1280,  20. 

^Κάλλος,  αντος,  o,the  Catlax,  a  river 
of  Euboea,  Strab. — II.  Callas,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Diod.  S. 

\Κη/.'λάτη3ος,  ου.  ή,  Callatefms,  a 
city  of  Lydia  on  the  Cogamus,  Hdt. 
7,  31,  tiovv,  Alla-ScheliT,  ace.  to  Bahr 
Hdt.  3,  p.  822. 

iKcU/MTir,  fi,  Callatis,  a  city  of 
Lower  Moc'sia  on  the  Eu.xine,  Stiab. : 
adj.  Κα'/.Άητιαί'ής,  ?/,  όν,  of  Callatis, 
Caltaimn,  Arr.  An.  G,  23,  9. 

Κύλλεα,  τά,  conlr.  κά7.7.η,—κάλ- 
Τ^αια. 

Καλλείττω,  Ερ.  for  καταλείπω, 
Horn. 

Καλλί-,  the  first  part  of  the  word 
in  many  compds.,  in  which  the  no- 
tion oi  beautiful  is  added  to  the  chief 
or  simple  notion  ;  κα7.ο-  is  much  le-ss 
freq.,  and  later:  cf  vi/u-. — 2.  κη'λ'λι- 
is  sometimes  like  a  mere  adj.  with  its 
subst.,  as  καλλί-αις=καλη  τταίς,  cf 
κακό-. 

■ΙΚαλλιάόης,  ου,  ό,  Calliades,  an 
Athenian  archon  01.  75,  1,  Hilt.  8. 
51  ;Thuc.  1,G1.— Others  in  Plat.  Ale. 
1,  119  A.  (prop  son  of  Calliai•). 

^Κα7'λίάι>αξ,  ακτος,  ύ,  Calliunax,  a 
Rhodiau,  father  of  Eucles,  Pind.  O. 
7,  171. 

ϋία/,λίάνασσα,  ης,  ή,  Callianassa,  a 
Nereid,  11.  18,  46. 

iKa?JuavFipa,  ας,  ή,  CalUanira,  a 
Nereid,  II.  18,  44.  ^ 

ΙΚαλλί'αροζ•,  ου.  ή,  Calliarus,  a  city 
of  Locris,  II.  2,  531. 

ίΚαλ?ύαρχος,  ου,  ό,  CalUarchus,  an 
Athenian  archon  Ol.  119, 4,  Dion.  H. 
KaZZt'nf,  ου,  ό.  an  ape,  elsewh.  πί- 
θηκος:  esp.  at  Athens,  a  tame  ape, 
Dinarch.  ap.  Suid. 

Καλλίάς,  άδος,  ?/.  a  synonym  for 
the  plant  στρνχΐΌς,  Phi/salis  Alkeken- 
gi,  Sprengel  Diosc.  4,  72. 

iKa?SAίaς,  ου.  Ion.  Καλλύ/ζ•,  εω,  ό, 
CaZ/irts,  sonof  thefleraclidTemenus, 
Apollod.  2,  8,  5.  —  2.  Athenian  ar- 
chonsOl.  81,  1,  Diod.  S.  11,  84;  01. 
92,  1,  Id.  13,  34 ;  01.  93,  3,  Id.  13.  80 ; 

01.  100,  4,  Id.  15,  28.-3.  father  of 
Hipponieus,  opponent  of  Pisistralus, 
Hdt.  6,  121. — 1.  son  of  Hipponieus, 
grandson  of  foreg.,  famed  for  his 
ivealth,  Id.  7,  151. — 5.  grandson  οΓ 
foreg.,  brother-in-law  of  Alcibiades, 
fond  of  the  company  of  sophists,  and 
of  dissolute  habits,  Ar.  Ran.  428, 
Plat.  freq. — cf  resjiecting  this  fami- 
ly Bi>ckh  P.  E.  2,  ]).  242,sqq.— 6.  son 
of  Calliades,  an  Athenian  command- 
er, Thuc.  1,  Cl.^7.  of  Aegina,  famed 
for  his  victories  at  the  Pythian  games, 
Pind.  N.  6,  63.-8.  an  Elean  sooth- 
sayer, who  aided  the  Crotoniats 
against  the  Sybarites,  Hdt.  5,  44,  sq. 
— 9.  son  of  Ilypercchides,  Thuc.  6, 
55. — 10.  a  Euboean,  son  of  .Mnesar- 
chus,  tyrant  of  Chalcis,  Aeschin.  65, 
38.— Others  in  Dem.  265,  6  ;  272,  5 ; 
Xen. ;  etc. 

Καλ7Λαστρύγαλος,  ov,  (.κα7,λι-, 
ΰστρύγα7ΜΓ)  with  a  fine  ankle,  Arist. 
H.  A. 
^Κα17,ίβιος,  ov,  ό,  Callihins,  tlie 
Sjjartan  harmost  at  Athens  under  tlie 
thirty  tyrants,  Xen.  Hell.  2,  3,  13.— 

2.  a  leader  of  the  democratic  ))arty  at 
Tegea.  Id.  6,  5,  G. 

'Κ.α7Χΐ;Ώ  (φάρος,  ov,  {Ka7.7u-,  β?.έ- 
ώαρον)  with  beaulifid  eye-lids,  beav'iful 
696 


ΚΑΛΛ 

eyed,  Eur.  lon  189. — II.  ro  κ.,  sub. 
φάριιακον,  a  dye  for  the  eyelids  and 
tyHaxhes,  Plin. 

Κ(ΐ7.7.ιβόης,  ov,  6,  (κα7.7ι-,  βοή) 
beaittifidly sounding, αυλός,  Simon.l  15. 

Καλλίβοτος,  ov,  (καλ?Λ-,  βόσκω) 
ivith  fine  pastures,  Nonn. 

Κα7.7ύβοτρυς,  ν,  gen.  νος,  (καλλι-, 
βότρυς)  beautifullt/  clustering,  νύρ- 
'κισσος,  Soph.  Ο.  C.  682. 

Κα/ίλίβωλος,  or,  (κα7.λί-,  βώ7.ος) 
with  a  fine,  rich  soil,  Eur.  Or.  1382. 

Καλ.λιγάλ^ηνος,  ov,  {καλ7Λ-,  ■γαλή- 
νη) beautiful  and  still,  πρόςωπον,  Eur. 
Tro.  837.  [)a] 

Κα7.7Λγύμος,   ov,  {καλλι-,  γάμος) 
happy  in  marriage,  λιίκτρα,  Anth 
^Κη?ιλίγέίτος,ου,('),  Cnlligiius, masc. 
pr.  n.,  a  Megarian,  Thuc.  8,  6. 

^Καλλιγείτων,  όνος,  ό,  CalligUon,  of 
Byzantium,  Polyb.  4,  52,  4. 

Κο.λλιγένεβλος,  ov,  [καλλι-,  γενέ- 
07jj)  beautifully  formed,  Poet,  de  Vir. 
hab.  104. — II.  act.  having  a  fair  off- 
spring, Corinn.  ap.  SchoL  II.  2,  498. 

Κα77-ΐγένεια,  ας,  ή,  the  bearer  of  a 
fair  offspring,  mother  if  glorious  things, 
the  name  by  which  Ceres  or  the  Earth 
was  invoked  in  the  Thesmophoria, 
Ar.  Thesm.  299  :  ace.  to  others  a 
priestess  of  Ceres,  Apollod.  Fr.  p. 
1057,  Heyn. — II.  also  pecul.  fern,  of 
κα7,7Λγενής. 

Κα7.7.ιγέΐ'εια,  ων,  τά,  the  festival  of 
Ceres,  Alciphr.,  V.  foreg. 

Καλλιγενης,  ές,  (καλλι-,  *γένω)  of 
noble  birth. 

Καλλιγέφϋρος,  ov,  (καλλί-,  γέφυ- 
ρα) ivith  beautiful  bridges,  Eur.  Rhes. 
349. 

Κα?Λίγ7ίθντος,  ον,=καλλίπυγος, 
Nic.  ap.  Clem.  Al. 

Κα?ι7ύγονος,  ov,  (καλλι-,  *γένω)  of 
noble  race. 

Καλ?Λγρΰφέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  write 
elfi^antly,  Diog.  L.  :  also  to  paint  beau- 
tifully, but  V.  Lob.  Phryn.  122  :  and 

Κα7ιλίγρΰφία,  ας.  ή,  beautiful  wri- 
ting or  painting,  Plut.  :  from 

Καλλιγράφος,  ov,  («αλλί-,  γράφω) 
writing  or  painting  beautifully,  esp.  co- 
pying books  beautifully .  [u] 

(Κ.α7.7.ιγνναιξ),  gen.  αικος,  6,  ?/, 
(«αλλί-,  γυνή)  with  beautiful  women  or 
maidens,  abounding  U'itk  such,  as  epith. 
of  Sparta:  Horn,  uses  only  the  ace. 
κα7Λιγύναίκα  ;  Sapph.  135  has  the 
gen.,  and  Pind.  P.  9,  131  the  dat.  :  the 
nom.  seems  never  to  have  been  used. 
Lob.  Phryn.  659  :  the  word  is  poet,  [v] 

Κα7.7ύόενδρος,  ov,  (καλλι-,  tUvopov) 
with  fine  trees,  Polyb. 

iKa?.7ιl(h/μιδης,  ου,  ό,  Callidemides, 
Athenian  archon  01.  105, 1,  Diog.  L. ; 
in  Diod.  S.  Κα/.λιμήδης. — 2.  a  masc. 
pr.  n.,  in  Luc. 

ίΚηΧλίόης,  ov,  ό,  Collides,  an  Athe- 
nian, Andoc.  16,  39:  Καλλιάδης, 
Reiske. 
iKn7.7  ιδίκη,ης,ν,  Callidlce,  α(\Ά\ι<:}ι- 
ter  of  Danaus,  Apollod. — 2.  a  daugh- 
ter of  Celeus  in  Eleusis,  H.Hom.  Cer. 
109. 

Κ.αλ7ίΐδινης,  ov,  ό,  (κα7.7Λ-,  δίνη) 
the  beautifully  eddyini;  or  flowing,  H?/- 
νειός,  Eur.  H.  F.  368.  [(ίί] 

Κα7.7-ίδιφρος,  op,  {καλ7.ι-.  δίφίίος) 
with  beautiful  chariot,  'Αθηναία,  Eur. 
Hee.  407.  ^ 

Καλλιδόναξ,  ακος,  6,  ?/,  with  beau- 
tiful reeds,  Είφώτας,  Eur.  Hel.  493. 

'^Κηλ/.ίδρομον .  ov,  τά,  Mons  Calli- 
drSmns.  a  mountain  near  Theritiopy- 
Ise,  the  highestsuminit  of  Oeta,  Strab. 
p.  428  ;  Pint.  Cat.  Maj.  13  :  also  Καλ- 
λίδοομης. 

Καλ7.ι£θειρα,  ας,  ή,  Nonn. :  pecul. 
fern,  of 


ΚΑΛΑ 

Καλ7ί,ιέΟειρος,  ov,  (καλλι-,  ίθειρα) 
with  beautiful  hair,  Orph. 

Καλλίέλα/of,  ov,  (καλλι-,  ελαιον) 
rich  in  fine  oil:  hence,  ό  Κ-,  the  garden 
olive,  opp.  to  άγριίλ.αιος,  Arist.  Plant. 

Καλλιέπεια,  ας,  ή,  (καλλιεπής) 
beautiful  language. 

Καλ.λ.ιεπέω,  ώ,  f.  -7/σω,  to  speak 
beautifully ,  speak  in  high-flown  phrases, 
K.  ώς  .  .  ,  Thuc.  C,  83,  in  mid. :  κε- 
κα7ΰ.ιεπ7]μένοι  λύγοι,  high-wrought 
speeches.  Plat.  Apol.  17  Β  :  from 

Κα7.λιεπ7'/ς,  ές,  (καλ.λι-,επος)  beau- 
tifully speaking,  elegant,  Ar.  Thesm. 
49,  of  Agatho. 

Κα/Λιεμγέω,  ώ,  to  work  beautifully  : 
from 

Καλ7ύεργος,  ov,  (κα7ιλι-,  *έργω) 
beautifully  wrought,  Plat.  ap.  Philon. 

Καλ7.1ερέω,  ώ,  ί.  -ήσω,  {καλ^Αι-,  Ιε- 
ρόν) to  have  favourable  signs  in  a  sacri- 
fice, to  obtain  good  omens  for  an  under- 
taking, Lat.  litare,  perlitare,  of  the 
person,  Plat.  (Com.)  Χενς  κακ.  4  :  and 
c.  inf ,  ov  γαρ  εκαλ7^έρεε  διαβαίνειν, 
as  he  did  not  obtain  good  omens  for 
crossing,  Hdt.  6.  76,  and  so  in  mid., 
Hdt.  7,  113,  Xen.  An.  5,  4,22:  but 
also — 2.  of  the  ofl'ering,  to  give  good 
omens,  be  favourable,  κα7^λιερήσαι  θνο• 
μένοισι  ο'υκ  έδύνατο  (sc.  τά  Ιερά)  the 
sacrifices  would  woi  give  good  omens, 
were  constantly  unfavourable,  Hdt. 
7,  134,  opp.  to  which  in  9,  36  he  has 
καλά  έγινετο  τά  Ίρά  ;  in  full,  κα'λλιε- 
ρησάντων  τών  Ιερών,  when  the  sac- 
rifices were  all  favourable,  Lat.  litato, 
perlitafo :  also  in  Pass.,  Hdt.  9,  19, 
Xen.  Hell.  3,  1,  17.     Hence 

Ka7Jιΐέpημa,  ατός,  τό,  an  auspi- 
cious sacrifice. 

Καλλιζνγής.  ές,  (κα7.λι-,  ζενγννμι) 
beautifully-yoked,  Eur.  Andr.  278. 

Καλλίζωνος,  ov,  (καλ7.ί-.  (uvii)with 
beautiful  girdles,  epith.  of  women,  11. 
7,  139,  Od.  23,  147. 

Καλ7.ιϋέμεβ?.ος,  ov,  (κα7ι7νΐ-,  θέμε- 

θ7Μν)  with  beautiful  foundations,  dub. 

\Κα7^Λβόη,  ης,  ή,  Callithoe.  a  daugh- 
ter of  Celeus  in  Eleusis,  H.  Horn.  Cer. 
110.. 

Κα7ιλίβριξ,  τρΐχος.  h,  η,  (κα7.7.ι-, 
θριξ)  with  bcautijul  hair,  Hom.  ;  epith. 
of  horses,  11.  5.  323,  Od.  3,  475,  etc. : 
also  of  she(>p,  with  fine  wool,  Od.  9, 336. 

Καλλίθντέω,  ώ,  to  offer  a  beautiful 
sacrifice  ;  to  offer  in  an  auspicious  sacri- 
fice, c.  acc,  κάπρον,  Anlh. :  from 

Καλλίθντος,  ov,  (καλλι-,  θύω)  with 
beautiful  sacrifices,  βωμυς  κ.,  an  altar 
OH  which  beautiful  sacrfices  are  offered. 

Καλλικαρπέω,  ώ,  to  bear  beautiful 
fruit,  Thfiophr. :  and 

Κα7.7ακαρπίη,  ας, ή,  beauty  ox  good- 
ness of  fruits,  Theophr. :  from 

Καλλίκαρπος,  ov,  (καλλι-,  καρπός) 
with  beautiful  fruit,  rich  in  fine  fruit, 
Σικελία,  Aesch.  Pr.  369.  μίλαξ,ΈΙηι. 
Baech.  108. 

Καλ.λικέλΰδος,  ov,  (καλλι-,  κέλα- 
δος)  beautifully  smmding. 

Κα7.?.ικέρα)ς,  ωτος,  b,  η,  (icaPJ,<-, 
κέρας)  with  beautiful  horns.  Gal. 

^ΚηλλικΑης,  έονς.  ο,  Callicles.  an 
Aeginetan,  uncle  of  Tiinesarchus, 
Pind.  N.  4,  130.— 2.  son  of  Epitre- 
I)hes,  of  Thria,  Dem.  1221,  10.-3.  an 
Athenian  of  the  borough  of  Acharnae, 
Plat.  Gorg.  495  D. 

Καλλίκοκκος,  ov,  (καλλι-^  κόκκος) 
withheautifu!kemehorgrains,'r}\eo^hr. 

Κη7?.ικ<ι7ώ>•η,  ι/ς,  η.  Fair-hill,  a 
district  near  Troy,  11. 20, 53, 151  :  from 

Καλ'7ΛΚ(')λωνος,  </v,  (καλλί-,  κολίύ- 
νη)  with  η  fair  hill,  Demetr.  Seeps. 

Κα7ιλικόμης,  ό,  ή.  Dor.  -μας.ζ=ζ>α]. 
Eur.  I.  A.  1080. 

Κα7^.ίκομυς,    ov,    (κα7Λι•,  κόμι^) 


ΚΑΛΛ 

beautiful -haired,  epith.  of  women,  II. 
9,  449,  Od.  15,  58. 

Κα/•/.ίκο~τάβέο),  ώ,=κα?Μς  κοττα- 
βίζω-ι  to  play  well,  win  at  the  cotlabus. 
Soph.  Fr.  482. 

Κα///.ικρεας,  gen.  -κρέως,  τό,  (/ίολ- 
7u-,  κρέας)  beautiful,  savoury  flesh. 

iKaλλtκpάτης,  ους,  ό,  Callicrutes,  a 
Spartan,  lamed  for  his  beauty,  slain 
at  Plataea,  Hdt.  9,  72—2.  a  naval 
commander  ofthe  Corinthians,  Thuc. 
1,  29. — 3.  son  of  Euphemus,  an  Athe- 
nian, Deni.  611,  25. — i.  brother  of 
Callicles,  Id.  1272,  10.— 5.  an  Achae- 
an leader  who  betrayed  the  inte- 
rests of  his  country  to  the  Romans, 
Polyb.— Others  in  Ath. ;  Plut.,  etc. 

^Κα?.?.ικρατίδας,  ου,  ό,  Callicratidas, 
a  Spartan  naval  commander,  Xen. 
Hell.  1,  6,  1. 

Καλλικρήδεμνος,  ov,  (καλλι-  κρή- 
ύεμνον)  with  beautiful  fillets  or  hair- 
bands,  α'/Μχος,  Od.  4,  C23. 

Καλ?ύκρηνος,  ov.  Dor.  -κράνος, 
(καΑ?Λ-,  κρήνη)  with  a  beautiful  sprinj^, 
Find.  Fr.  211. 

'\Κα7ΰΛκρήτΐ],  ης,  ή,  better  Καλλι- 
κρίτη,  CaliicrVe,  a  nymph,  daughter 
of  Cyane,  Plat.  Theag.  125  D. 

'\Κα'λ'/.ίκρίτος,  ov,  b,  CallicrUus,  a 
Boeotian,  Polyb.  23,  2,  8. 

Κα'λ?Λκροννος,  ον,τ=  κα7.7ύκρηνος. 
ίΚαλλικτήρ,  ί/ρος,  ύ,  Callicter,  a  poet 
of  the  Anthology. 

Ka7./UKTiror,  ov,  (καλλί-,  κτίζω) 
beauiifiilly  built,  Nonn. 

Κα/Λί/Μμττέτης,  ου,  ό,  (Ka7Ju-, 
λάμττω)  beautifully  shining,  "H/liOf, 
Anacr.  25. 

Ka7J.i7.eKTeu,  ώ,  (καλλί-,  Ρι,έχω)  to 
speak  elegantly,  Sext.  Emp.  Hence 
Καλ'λί7.εξία,  ας,  ή,  elegant  language. 
Κα/^λίλο^έω,  ώ,  («σλ,λί-,  7^έγω)  to 
say,  express  a  thing  elegantly,  Dion.  H. 
Mid.  to  conceal  a  bad  meanmg  under 
fair  words,  Luc.     Hence 

Κα?.7ιί7Μγία,  ας,?},  elegant  language, 
eloquence,  Dion.  H. 

iKa7.λιμάχtιoς,  6.  η,  of  οτ  belonging 
to  Callimachus  ;  a  follower  or  pupil  of 
Callimnchus,  Ath.  272  B. 
ίΚαλλίμα^οζ•.  ov.  {καλ?Λ-,  μάχομαι) 
fairly,  bravely  fighting  Liban.:  hence 
iKaλλiμaχoς,  ov,  ό,  Callimachus,  an 
Athenian  archon,  Diod.  S. — 2.  an 
Athenian  polemarch,  who  gave  the 
casting  vote  in  favour  of  joining  bat- 
tle at  Marathon,  when  the  generals 
were  equally  divided,  Hdt.  6,  109,  sq. 
— 3.  an  Arcadian,  a  lochagus  in  the 
army  of  the  ten  thousand,  Xen.  An. 
4,  1,  27,  etc. — 4.  a  celebrated  gram- 
marian and  poet  of  Cyrene,  educated 
at  Alexandrea,  where  he  afterwards 
taught,  Strab. — Others  in  Ath  :  etc. 

^ΚαλΛιμέδων,  οντος,  ό,  CallimSdon, 
an  orator  at  Athens,  a  partisan  of 
king  Philip.  Ath.  100  C,  D. 

'\Υία7ίλιμήδης,  ονς,  ό,  v.  'Κ.αλ7αδημί- 
δης. 

Κα7.?ύμηρος,  ov.  {κα?.7.ι-,  μηρός, 
with  beautiful  hips,  or  thighs. 

Καλ7.ίμορφος.  ov,  {καλλι-,  μορφή) 
beautif idly  shapedox formed,  Eur.  Andr. 
1155,"  H.  F.  925. 

^:Via7^J?dμopφoς,  ov,  b,  Callimorphus, 
a  surgeon  and  historian,  Luc. 

Κάλ/ΰμος,  ov,  poet,  for  κα/.ής,  beau- 
tiful, Od. ;  δώρα.  Od.  4,  130,  ονρος, 
Od.  1 1 ,  640,  χρόα,  δ  πα  κάλλιμον,  Od. 
11,  529. 

Κα7^.ίναος,  ov,  (καλλί-,  νάω)  beau- 
tifully flaidns,  Κηφισός,  Eur.  Med. 
835,  cf.  Ale.  589. 

fKa7.?.ίvης.  ov,  ύ,  Callines,  masc. 
pr.  ti.,  Arr.  An.  7,  11,  9. 

Κα'/.λίνΙκος.  ov,  {καλ7ίΐ•,νίκη)  with 
a  glorious  victory,  gloriously  triumphant, 


ΚΑΑΔ 

'  first  in  Archil.  60  ;  c.  gen.   τών  Ιχ- 

'•.  Ορών,  over  one's  enemies,  Eur.  Med. 

765,  cf  Plat.  Ale    2,  151  C:  esp.  as 

I  epith.  of  Apollo,  MuUer  Archaol.  d. 

Kunst,    ί)    361 :    also,    of  Hercules. 

I  Apoilod. ;  later  of  heroes,  as  Seleu- 

cus   Calliniciis,     Polyb. — II.  adorning 

or  ennobling  victory,  κ-  στέφανος,  Eur. 

I  I.  T.  12 ;  ϋμνος,  Find.  N.  4,  26 ;  το 

κα7ιλίνίκον.  the  glory  of  victory,  Pind. 

N.  3,  31 :  cf.  τήνελλα. 

ίΚα/ΛίνΙκος,  ov,  6,  Callinlcus,  father 
of  Pythocritus,  Pans. 

tKaX/iiOf.  ov,  b,  Callinus,  ati  ele- 
giac poet  of  Ephesus,  Strab. — 2.  a 
commander  of  cavalry ,  Arr.  An. 7, 11,6. 

Υ&.α7.7Λξένα,  ας,  ή,  Callixena,  fein. 
pr.  n.,  Ath.  435  A. :  from 

ίΚα7^7.ίξενος,  ov,  b,  Callixenus,  an 
Athenian  demagogue,  who  proposed 
the  decree  by  which  the  death  of  the 
generals  at  Arginusae  was  brought 
about,  Xen.  Hell.  1,  7,  8,  sqq. — 2.  a 
Rhodian,  who  wrote  concerning  Al- 
exandrea, Ath,  196  sq. ;  387  D.,  etc. 

Ka7.7.to/.via,  ας,  ή,  {καλλί-,  οίνος) 
goodness  or  plenty  of  wine. 

Κα7ιλίον,  neut.  from  καλ?Λων, 
compar.  of  καλός,  used  also  as  adv., 
viore  beautiful,  glorious  Or  excellent, 
finer,  Hom. ;  in  Alt.  also  κα?Λιόνως, 
Plat.  Theaet.  169  E. 

iKάλ7.ίov,  ov  TO,  Callium,  a  city  of 
Aetolia,  beneath  Mt.  Cora.x,  Paus. : 
called  Κα7^/ύπο7ας  in  Polyb.  20,  11, 
11  ;  ό  ΚαΛ?-ίεΐ)ζ•,  έως,  an  inhab.  of  Cal- 
lium, οι  ΚαλλιεΙς,  Att.  -λιής,  Thuc. 
3,  96. 

Καλλιόπη,  ης,  ή,  (καλλι-,  δφ)  Cal- 
liope, strictly  the  beautiful  voiced,  the 
first  of  the  nine  Muses,  presided  over 
Epic  poetry  ;  she  was  the  mother  of 
Orpheus  and  Linus,  Hes.  Th.  79,  H. 
Hom.  31,  a:  also  Καλλιόττεια,  Anth. 

Καλλίουλοζ•,  ov,  b,  like  Ιον/.ος,  a 
song  of  praise  to  Ceres. 

Κα7.7ίΐόω,  ώ,  {κα7•.λίων)  to  make 
more  beautiful,  beautify,  LXX. 

Καλλιπαιδία,  ας,  ή,  the  having  beau- 
tiful children :  from 

Κα7.7.ίπαις,  παιδος,  6.  η,  {κα7.λί-, 
παις)  with  beautiful  children,  blessed 
with  fair  children,  Aesch.  Ag.  762  ;  κ. 
στέφανος^στέφανος  κα7\.ών  παίδων, 
Eiir.  Η.  F.  839.— II.  a  beautiful  child, 
Eur.  Or.  964,  cf  sub  κακό-. 

Κα7.7,ιπάρειος,  ov,  later  form  for 
sq.,  Anth.  [a] 

Κα7ί7ίΐτ:ύρηος,  ov,  (καλλ,ι-,  παρειά) 
beautiful-cheeked,  freq.  in  Hom.,  as 
epith.  of  beautiful  women,  [ά] 

Καλ7^πάρβενος .  ov,  {κa7^,λι-,  παρ- 
θένος) with  beautiful  maidens  ox  nymphs , 
Eur.  Hel.  1 ;  δέρη  κ.  thenecksq/'feenji- 
teous  maidens,  Id.  I.  A.  1574. — 2.  later 
καλλ;  ή,  as  subst.,=KaAi7  παρθένος. 
Lob.  Phryn.  p.  600. 

ΚάΛ/ti-e,  Ep.  for  κατέλιπε,  3  sing, 
ind.  aor.  2  from  καταλείπω,  Hom. ; 
inf  κα7Λιπέειν,  Od.  16,  296. 

Κα7.λιπέδ[7,ος,  ov,  («αλ-λί-,  πέδι- 
7lOv)  with  beautiful  sandals  Qx  shoes,  H. 
Hom.  Merc.  57  :  only  poet. 

Καλ7ύπεπ7.ος,  ov,  {κα7Λι•,  πέπλος) 
with  beautiful  robe  or  veil,  in  genl.  beau- 
tifully clad,  epith.  of  women,  Pind.  P. 
3,43. 

Καλλιπέταλον,  ov,  τό,  (καλλι-,  πε- 
ταλον)  the  beautiful-leafed  plant,  name 
of  the  cinque-foil,  Diosc. 

Κα7^7.ιπέτηλος,  ov,  (καλλι-,  πέτη- 
7ίθν)  with  beautiful  leaves  or  petals, 
Anth._ 

Καλλίπηχνς,  ν,  gen.  εως,  (καλλι-, 
πήγνΓ)  ivith  beautiful  elbow,  κ.  βραχί- 
ων,  Eur.  Tro.  1194. 
iKaλλιπίόaι,  οι,  better  Καλ7^ππί- 
δαι,  q.  V. 


ΚΑΛΛ 

Κα7,7Λπ7ώκΰ,μος.  ov,  (κα7.?.ι-,  π7.ό- 
καμος)  tvith  beautiful  lochs,  epith.  οί 
women,  Hom. 

Καλλίπ'λοντος,  ov,  (KaA7u-,  πλού- 
τος) adorntd  with  riches,  πό7.ις,  Pind 
O.  13,  159. 

Καλ/λίπνοος,  ov,  contr.  -πνονς,  ovv, 
(καλ7Λ-,  πνέω)  beautifully  breathing, 
αΰ/ιύς,  Telest.  ap.  Ath.  617  B. 

Καλ7.ίπο7.ις,  εως,  ή.  (κα7.?.ι-  πό7.ις) 
beautiful  city.  Plat.  Rep.  527  C  :  hence 

ίΚα7.7.ί~ολις,  εως,  ή,  Callipotis.  a 
city  on  the  eastern  coast  of  Sicily, 
near  Aetna,  Hdt.  7,  154. — 2.  a  city  on 
the  Thracian  Chersonese,  opposite 
Lampsacus,  Strab. — 3.  in  Aetolia,  v. 
KU7./U0V,  Polyb.     Hence 

ίΚα7ίλιπο7ύτης,  ov,  b,  an  inhab.  of 
Catlipolis  ;  oi  Καλ7ίΐπολΙται,  Hdt.  7, 
154. 

Κάλ7ΐπον,  Ep.  for  κατέλιπον,  aor. 
2  oi  κατα7.είπω,  Hom. 

Κα7'Αίπονος,  ov,  («αλλί-,  πόνος) 
beautifully  wrought,  Anth. 

ΚαΑ.λιπόταμος,  ov,  (κα77,ι-,  ποτα- 
μός) of  beautiful  rivers,  Eur.  Phoen.  645. 

ΙΚαλλί-ττν;,  ης,  ή,  Callippe,  fern.  pr. 
n.,  Isae.  57,  26. 

ίΚαλ7.ιππίδαι,  ων,  οί,  the  Callippi- 
dae,  a  Scythian  people  in  European 
Sarmatia,  around  the  Hypanis,  Hdt. 
4,  17. 

ίΚαλ7.ιππίδης,  ov,  b,  CalUppides,  an 
Athenian  masc.  pr.  n.,  Ar.  Nub.  64. 
—2.  father  ol  Callicles  and  Callicra- 
tes,  Dem.  1272,  18.— 3.  a  celebrated 
tragic  actor,  Plut.— Others  in  Ath. ; 
etc. 

\Κάλλιππος,  ov,  δ,  Callippus,  an 
Athenian,  against  whom  Dem.  deliv- 
ered an  oration. — 2.  of  the  borough 
of  Paeania,  proposed  a  decree  injuri- 
ous to  the  Athenians,  for  which  he 
was  prosecuted,  Dem.  87,  9 ;  cf.  76, 
4  — 3.  brother  of  the  one  who  deliver- 
ed the  oration  against  Olympiodorus, 
Id.  1173,  4. — 4.  a  disciple  of  Plato, 
murdered  Dion  and  made  himselt 
master  for  a  time  of  Syracuse,  Plut. 
Dion  28  sqq. — 5.  an  astronomer  of 
Cyzicus,  Arist.— Others  in  Pans.,  ete. 

Κα7.7Λπρεπής,  ες,  (Ka7J.i-,  πρέπω) 
of  beautiful  appearance. 

Καλ7.ιπρό3ΰτος,  ov,  (κα/.λι-,  πρό- 
βατον)  with  beautiful  sheep. 

Καλ7.ιπρόςωπος.  ov,  (καλ7.ι•,  πρός- 
ωπον)  with  a  beautiful  face,  Philox.  ap. 
Ath.  564  E. 

Κα7.7.ίπρφρος,  ov,  (καλλί-,  πρώρα) 
with  beautiful  prow,  of  ships,  Eur. 
Med.  1335 :  metaph.  of  men,  with  beau- 
tiful face,  beautiful,  Aesch.  Theb.  533, 
Ag.  235. 

Καλλίπνγος,  ov,  (καλλί-,  πυγή)  with 
beautiful  πνγή,  Cercid.  ap.  Ath.  554 
D  :  a  famous  statue  of  Venus,  now  at 
Naples,  was  esp.  so  called,  Miillei 
Archaol.  d.  Kunst  (;  377,  2. 

Κα7Λίπν7ιος,  ov,  (κα7^7.ι•,  πν7.η) 
with  beautifitl  gates,  θήβη,  .4nth. 

Κα7.λί7Γνργος,  ov,  (κα7.7.ι-,  πύργος) 
with  beautiful  tower.<i,UGTV,  Eur.  Bacch. 
1202  :  high-towering,  lofty,  σοφία,  Ar. 
Nub.  1024. 

Κα7<.7απνργωτος,  ov,  (καλλι-,  πυρ- 
ydij)— foreg.,  7rόλίf,  Eur.  Bacch.  19. 

Καλ7ύπω7ιος,  ov,  (καλ7.ι-,  πώλος) 
with  beautiful  steeds,  Pind.  O.  14,  2. 

Κα7.7ιΐρέεθρος,  ov,  (κα7.7.ι-,  βέε• 
θρον)  beautifully  flowing,  κρήνη,  Od, 
10,  107. 

Καλ.λί'ροοζ•,  ov,  (καλλι-,  (>έω)  poet, 
for  «αλλίρ/joof,  q.  v.,Od.  5,  441  :  also 
in  fern.  Καλλιρόη,  as  name  of  one  of 
the  Oceanides,  H.  Hom.  Cer.  419, 
Hes.  Th.  288. 

Καλλίί!)βαβόος,  ov,  with  beautiful 
wand. 

607 


ΚΑΛΑ 

ΚαλλφΙ>ημονέω,  ώ,  to  speak  beauti- 
fully. 

'Κ.α'Α7αΙί[)ημοσννη,  ης,  ή,  beautiful 
speaking,  elegant  language,  Dion.  Π. : 
froiu 

Κα?ιλι^βήμο)ν,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  (καλ- 
?.L-,  ρήμα)  beautifully  speaking,  elegant, 
λεξις,  Dion.  H. 

ίΚαλλιι'φόη,  ης,  ή,  Callirrhoe,  (also 
wr.  Καλλιρόη)  a  daughter  of  Ocea- 
nus  and  Tethys,  wife  of  Clirysaoi•, 
motlier  of  Gcryon  and  Echidna,  Hes. 
Th.  351,  ApoUod.— 2.  daughter  of  the 
Scamander,  wife  of  Tros,  ApoUod.  3, 
12,  2. — 3.  daughter  of  the  Acheloiis, 
wife  of  Alcmaeon,  Id.  3,  7,  5. — II.  a 
spring  at  Athens,  v.  sub  Καλλφβοος. 
Κα'λ'λφί')οος,  ov,  contr.  -βυυς,  ovv, 
(καλλι-,  (ιέω)  beaalifully  flowing,  ύδωρ, 
κρουΐ'ύς,  11.  2,  752  ;  12,  33  :  mctajjh.  of 
the  ilute,  κ.  ηνυαί,  Piud.  0.  6,  143 : 
ή  Κα/./αβρόη,  Callirrhoe.  a  famous 
spring  at  Athens,  later  'Έ^ννΐύκρου- 
νος,  (l)ut  now  again  Καλλφρόη)  Thuc. 
2,  15. 

Καλλισθεν?'ίς,  ές,  (καλλι-,  σθένος) 
adorned  with  strength,  poet. 

'[Κα?.?Λσθή'ης,  ονς,  b,  Callislhlnes, 
an  orator  at  Athens,  sou  of  Eteoni- 
cus,  a  friend  of  Demosthenes,  Dem. 
238,5.-2.  aSphettian,  Id.  541,  C— 3. 
an  Olynthian,  a  relative  and  pupil  of 
Aristotle,  Arr.  An.  4,  10,  1 ;  Plut.— 
Others  in  Piut. ;  etc. 

Κα'/.λιατύδιος,  op,  (καλλι-,  στύ- 
διον)  u'ith  a  fine  race-course,  Eur.  I.  T. 
437.  [ά] 

Καλλιστεϊον,  ov,  τό,  (καλλιστενω) 
the  prize  of  beauty,  Eur. :  also  the  prize 
of  moral  beauty  or  virtue  :  -ix  κ.  a  con- 
test of  beauty :  but  also  in  genl.=  upi- 
στεϊα,  the  meed  of  valour,  Soph.  Aj.  435. 
Καλλίστερνος,  ov,  (καλλι-,  στερ- 
νοί') beautiful-breasted,  Nonn. 

Καλλίστευμα,  ατός,  τό,  the  prime  of 
beauty,  Eur.  Or.  1C39:  the  first-fruits 
of  beauty,  or  the  viost  beautiful,  Id. 
Phoen.  215  :  from 

Υίαλλιστεύϋ),  {κάλλιστος)  to  be  the 
most  beautiful,  be  considered  so,  Hdt.  8, 
124  ;  c.  gen.  to  be  the  most  beautiful 
among  others,  surpass  them  in  beauty, 
Hdt.  G,  Gl  ;  7.  180 :  also  in  mid.,  Eur. 
Hipp.  1009,  ubi  V.  VaLck. 

Καλ?.ιστέφάνος,  ov,  (καλλι-,  στέ- 
ώανος)  beautifully  crowned,  epith.  of 
Ceres,  H.  Horn.  Cer.  252,  296:  of 
cities,  crowned  tvith  beauteous  towers. — 
II.  K.  έλαία,  the  wild  olive-tree  at 
Olympia. /rom  which  the  crowns  of  vic- 
tory were  taken,  Paus. 

■\Κα?ι?ύστη,  ης,  ή,  Calliste,  strictly 
viost  beautiful,  one  of  the  Sporades 
insulae,  later  Thera,  Hdt.  4,  147  ; 
Find.  P.  4,  459.— II.  appel.  of  Diana, 
Paus. 

τΚαλλί'στίοΐ',  ου,  η,  Callistium,  fem. 
pr.  n.,  Ath.  486Λ. 

i\s.άλ'Aιστ(n■lκoς,  ov,  6,  Callistontcus, 
a  TUeban  statuary,  Paus. 

Κάλλίστο^,  η,  ov,  superl.  of  καλός, 
Horn. 

Η\.αλλιστράτη,  ης,  ή,  Callistrate, 
fem.  pr.  n.,  Ath.  220,  F. 

ίΚαλλιστρατίδας,  ov,  6,  Callisirati- 
das,  a  Spartan,  Arr.  An.  3,  24,  7. 

■\Καλ/ίστρατος,  ov,  ύ,  CalUstratus, 
an  Athenian  of  the  tribe  Leontis, 
Xen.  Hell.  2,  4,  27,-2.  son  of  Calli- 
crates,  of  Aphidna,  an  Athenian  ora- 
tor anil  commander  in  conjunction 
■with  Iphicrates,  Id,  6,  2,  39;  Dem. 
301,  18;  etc.— 3.  son  of  Empedus, 
commander  of  a  body  of  Athenian 
cavalry  under  Nicias  in  Sicily,  Paus. 
— 1.  au  Elean,  sent  as  ambassador  to 
Antiochus  the  Great,  Polyb.— Others 
in  Plut. ;  etc. 
69Θ 


KAAA 

Κα?.λιστρούΟιος,  ου,  ό,  ή,  name  of 
a  kind  of^^,  Ath. 

Καλλίστώ,  οΰς,  ή,  a  name  of  Diana, 
like  κα'λλίστη,  Paus. :  also  as  fem. 
pr.  n.,  Calltsto,  a  daughter  of  Lyca- 
on,  mother  of  Areas,  changed  into  a 
she  bear,  Eur.  Hcl.  375,  v.  Miiller 
Proleg.  zu  einer  wiss.  Mythol.  p.  75. 
— Others  in  Ath. ;  etc. 

Κα?.?.ίσφϋρος,  ov,  (καλλι-,  σφνρόν) 
beautiful-ankled,  hence  in  genl.  with 
beautiful  feet,  epith.  of  women,  Horn., 
and  lies. 

}ίηλλιτεκνία,  ας,  η,  the  beauty  of 
children,  Orph. :   from 

Καλλίτεκνης,  ov,  (καλλι-,  τέκνον) 
with  beautiful  children. 

^Καλ?.ιτέλης,  ους,  ό,  Callitlles,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Anth. 

Καλλιτεχνέο,  ώ,  to  work  beautifully : 
from 

Καλλιτέχνης,  ov,  6,  a  beautiful  ar- 
tist, Anacreont. 

Κα?ι,λιτεχνία,  ας,  η,  beauty  of  art  or 
workmanship,  Plut. :  from 

Καλλίτεχνος,  ov,  (καλλι-,  τέχντι) 
making  beautiful  works  of  art,  StralD. 

Καλλιτόκεια,  ας,  ή,  pecul.  poet, 
fem.  of  sq. 

Καλλιτόκος,  ov,  (καλλι-,  τίκτω) 
having  beautiful  children,  like  καλλί- 
τεκνος,  Christod.  Ecphr.  132. 

Καλλίτοξος,  ov,  (καλλι-,  τυξον) 
with  beautiful  bow,  Eur.  Phoen.  1102. 

Υία~Αλιτράπεζος,  ov,  (καλλι-,  τρά- 
πεζα) with  beautiftd,  well-spread  table, 
Callias  ap.  Ath.  524  F.  [a] 

Καλλίτρϊχον,  ov,  τό,==κα?ι,λίφνλ- 
λον,  Diosc. 

Καλ?.ίτρΐχος,  ov,  later  form  for 
καλ?ίίθριξ,  0pp. 

Κύλλιφ'  for  κάλλιπε,  i.  e.  κατέλι- 
πε,  II. 

iKaλλιφύvης,  ονς,  6,  CaUiphanes, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Ath.  4  C. 

Καλλιφεγγι'ις,  ές,  (καλλι-,  φέγγος) 
beautifully  shining,  ήλίον  σέλας,  "Eof, 
Eur.Tro.  8G0,  Hipp.  455. 

Καλλίφθογγος,  ov,  (καλλι-,  φθέγ- 
γομαι)  beautifully  sounding,  κιθάρα, 
φδή,  Eur.  Η.  F.  350,  Ion  169. 

Καλλίφ?.οξ,  φλογός,  ό,  ή,  (καλλι-, 
φλόξ)  beautifully  blazing,  πέ?.ανον, 
Eur.  Ion  706. 

Καλλιφνής,  ές,  (καλλι-,  φνή)  of 
beautiful  growth  or  shape,  Nonn. 

Καλλίφνλλον,  ov,  TO,  jnaiden-hair,  a 
plant,  Hipp. :  also  καλλίτρϊχον  and 
ΰδίαντον :  from 

Ιίαλλίφνλλος,  ov,  (καλλι-,  φνλλον) 
with  beautiful  leaves,  Anacreont. 

Καλλιφντ εντός,  ov,  (καλλι-,  φυ- 
τεύω) beautifully  planted,    [ϋ] 

Καλλιφύτος,  ov,  (καλλι-,  φνω)=^ 
foreg.,  Nonn.  [ν] 

'\Καλλιφών,  ώντος,  δ,  Calliphon,  a 
painter  of  Samos,  Paus. 

Καλλιφίύνέω,  ύ,  ίο  pronounce  ele- 
gantly :  and 

Καλλιφωνία,  ας,  fi,  beauty  of  sound 
or  pronunciation,  Dion.  H.  :  from 

Καλλίφωνος,  ov,  (καλλι-,  φωνή) 
having  a  fine  voice,  νττοκοιταί,  Plat. 
Legg.  817  C. 

Καλλίχειρ,  χειρός,  6,  η,  (καλλι-, 
χειρ)  with  beautiful  ha7ids,  ΰλέναι, 
Chaerem.  ap.  Ath.  608  B. 

Καλλιχέλωνος,  ov,  (καλλι-,  χελύ- 
νη)  with  a  beautiful  tortoise,  δβολός, 
Kupol.  Hel.  4,  cf.  χελώμη  VI.,  and 
Miiller,  Aegin.  p.  95. 

'Κ.ά7.λιχθνς,  νος,  ύ,  (καλλι-.  Ιχθύς) 
the  beauty-fish,  a  8βΆ-ή5]Λ,^ζ:=άνθιώς 
ace.  to  Ath.,  but  distinguished  from 
it  by  0pp. 

Καλλίχοφος,  ov,  (καλλι-,  χοίρος) 
with  fine  pigs,  νς,  Xnst.  Η.  Α. 

Καλ.λίχορος,  ov,  (καλλι-,  χορός) , 


KAAA 

tvith  beautiful  dancing-places,  epith.  of 
large  cities  or  fair  countries,  Od.  11, 
581,  Pind.  P.  12,  45,  Simon.  48,  cf. 
ενρύχορος. — II.  of,  belonging  to  beau- 
tiful dances,  στέφανοι,  ίίοιύαί,  Eur. 
Phoen.  787,  Crcsphont.  15,  7  :  hence, 
ό  Κ.,  and  Κα?•.λίχοροι  τταγαί,  Calli- 
chorus,  a  sacred  spring  near  Eleusis, 
the  fount  of  goodly  dances,  H.  Horn. 
Cer.  273;  Eur.  Ion  1075. 

■\Καλ?ίίχορος,  ov,  ό,  the  Callichoi-us, 
a  river  of  Paphlagonia  near  Heraclea, 
Ap.  Rh.  2,  904.— 2.  v.  foreg.  II. 

Καλλίων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  compar.  of 
καλός,  Horn. 

Καλλιώνϋμος,  ov,  (καλλι-,  όνομα) 
with  a  beautiful  name  :  also  as  subst. 
ό  κ.,  a  kind  offish,  Hipp. 

Καλ?.ονή,  ης,  ή,  (κάλ?ΜΓ)  beauty, 
Hdt.  3,  100 ;  7,  36,  Eur.,  and  Plat. : 
rarer  collat.  form  of  sq. 

Κάλ'λος,  εος  Att.  ονς,  τό,  (καλ,ός) 
beauty.  Horn. ,  both  of  men  and  women : 
post-Hom.,  also  of  animals  and  things  : 
in  Od.  18,  192,  κύλλεϊ  μεν  οι  πρώτα 
ττροςώιτατα  καλά  κύθηρεν  άμβροσί(ύ, 
οί'ω  Κνθέρεια  χρίεται,  Minerva  made 
Penelope's  face  bright  with  ambrosial 
beauty,  such  as  Cythereia  anoints 
herself  withal, — where  the  verb  χρί- 
εται has  led  even  Voss  to  take  κάλ- 
λος for  a  sweet  unguent,  H.  Hom. 
Cer.  277 ;  but  Hom.  regards  beauty 
as  something  substantial  or  external, 
which  the  gods  could  put  on  or  take 
oft"  at  will ;  so  κά?ιλεΐ  τε  στίλβων 
και  εϊμασι,  II.  3,  392,  cf.  Od.  6,  237  ; 
cf.  νπονλος. — Π.  a  beauty,  i.  e.  a  beau- 
tiful thing,  of  a  woman,  Luc,  as  Te- 
rent.,  Eun.  2,  3,  70,  says /on/ia  for/or- 
mosa  puella :  also  in  plur.  κά/Λεα, 
κάλλη,  beauties,  beautiful  things,  as 
garments  and  stuff's,  Aesch.  Ag.  923, 
cf.  Hosych.  in  v. ;  κάλλεα  κηρον, 
beautiful  uorks  of  wax,  i.  e.  honey- 
combs, Mel. ;  and  so,  κάλλη  'ιερών, 
Dem.  35,  15  :  cf.  κάλ?,αια. 

Καλλοσννη,  ης,  ή,  poet,  for  κά?ιλος, 
Eur.  Or.  1388,  Hel.  383. 

ίΚαλλύδων,  ου,  τό,  Callydium,  a 
fortress  of  Phrygia,  Strab. 

Καλλνντήρ,  ηρος,  ύ,  (καλλννω)  one 
that  beautifies,  adorns.     Hence 

Κα?.λνντήριος,  ov,  belonging  to  beau- 
tifying, adorning,  Tu  Κηλλ.,  a  festival 
on  the  19th  Thargelion,  when  the 
statue  of  Minerva  Polias  was  fresh 
adorned,  cf.  Τίλνντηρια. 

Καλ?ινντ7'/ς,  ov,  ό,=  καλλυντήρ. 

Κάλλνντρον,  ov,  τό,  any  impleme-nt 
for  beautifying  or  cleaning,  esp.  a 
broom,  brush,  Plut. — II.  an  ornament. 
—  III.  a  shrub,  elsewh.  κήρινθος, 
Arist.  H.  A. :  from 

Καλλννω,  (καλός)  to  beautify,  adorn, 
dress,  tri?n,  clean,  esp.  to  sweep,  brush, 
Arist.  Probl. :  metaph.  to  gloss,  colo-ur 
over.  Soph.  Ant.  49C.  Mid.  to  adorn 
one^s  self,  to  pride  one's  self  in  a  thing, 
foil,  by  ει...,  Plat.  Apol.  20  C,  cf. 
καλλωπίζω. 

ΙΚύΛλωΐ',  ωνος,  ό,  Callon,  a  statu- 
ary of  Aegina,  Paus.  2,  35, 5. — Others 
in  Id.  5,  25,  4 ;  etc. 

iKaλ/.ωvϊτις,  ιδος,  η,  Callomtis,  a 
region  of  Media,  Polyb. 

Κα/.λωπίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (κάλλος,  ΰφ) 
strictly  to  make  the  face  beautiful : 
hence  to  give  a  fair  appearance  to  a 
thing,  beautify,  Plat.  Crat.  408  B,  cf. 
409  C.  Mid.  to  adorn  one's  self,  make 
one's  self  fine.  Plat.  Symp.  174  A : 
but  USU.  metaph.,  to  pride  one's  self, 
boast,  glory  in  a  thing,  τινί  or  επί  τινι. 
Plat.  Phaedr.  252  A,  Rep.  405  B; 
also,  καλλ.  ώς....  Id.  Crito  52  C  ;  and 
absoL,  to  make  a  display,  show  off.  Id. 
Prot.  333  D,  Xen.  Eq.  10,  5.    Henee 


ΖΑΛΟ 

'Καλλώπισμα.  a~0Q,  τό,  ornament, 
embellishment,  Plat.  Gorg.  492  C :  an 
ornament  nf  speech,  Dion.  H. 

Κα'/./.ωτησμός,  ov,  6,  an  adorning 
rnie's  self,  jnaking  a  display.  Plat. 
Phaed.  64  D  :  <i  showing  off. — II.  also 
^foreg.,  Hipp. 

Καλλωττίστέοζ•,  έα,  έον,  verb.  adj. 
from  καλλωττίζυ,  to  be  adorned,  Clem. 
Al. 

Κα2.?.ο)πιστής,  ov,  6,  {καλλωττίζω) 
one  who  adorns  himself  much,  a  fine- 
dresser,  opp.  to  φιΤιόκαλος,  Isocr.  7  D. 
Hence 

Κα?^Μ7ηστικυς,  ή,  όν,=^καλλνν- 
τηριος,  Epict. 

ΚαλΖωτΓ/σΓρία,  ας,  η,  fem.  of  καλ- 
^.ω-Λίσ-ής.  Plut. 

Κα/.ω')ύμων,  ον,  gen.  όνος  \βα], 
and  καλοβάτης,  ον,  ό,  [βα],  (κάλοι•, 
βαίνω)  going  on  stilts,  Lat.  grallator. 

Κΰ?.όγ7]ρυς,νος,  δ,  ή, with  afinevnice. 

Κά?Μ}τώμων,  ov,gen.  όνος,  {καλός, 
γνώμη)  nnhte-mindcd. 

Καλοδιδάσ κάλος,  ον,  ό,  {καλός,  δί• 
δάσκαλος)  α  teacher  of  virtue,  Ν.  Τ. 

Καλοείμυν,  όνος,  ό,  ή,  {καλός,  είμα) 
'  finely  clad. 

Κα?ιθήθεία,  ας,  η,  α  good  disposition : 
from 

καλοήθης,  ες,  {καλός,  ?;θος)  well- 
disposed  opp.  to  κακο//βης,  Μ.  Anton. 

Κΰ7Μθρίξ,  τβίχος,  ό, //,=  κα^.λίθριξ. 

\ΚαλοΙ  Α,ιμενες,  οι,  the  Fair  Havens, 

a  harbour  on  the  southern  shore  of 

Crete,  west  of  Lebena,  now  Caloli- 

mene,  N.  T. 

Κάλοιώνιστος,  ov,  {κα?Μς,  οίωνί- 
ζομαι)  of  good  omen. 

Καλοκαγαθία,  ας,  ή,  the  character 
and  conduct  of  a  καλοκάγαθος,  up- 
rightness, honourableness,  καλ.  άσκείν, 
Αγ.  Fr.  l._ 

Κά?.οκάγάθίκός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to, 
becoming  a  καλοκάγαθος,  honourable, 
Polyb. :  also=sq.,  Plut.  kav. -κώς, 
Plut. 

Κύ.7.οκάγΰθός,  6v,  i.  e.  κάλος  κά- 
γαθάς,  beautiful  and  good :  a  name 
first  used  of  the  nobles  or  gentlemen, 
Lat.  optimates,  like  the  old  French 
prudhommes.  Germ,  giite  Manner,  etc., 
Welcker  praef  Theogn.  p.  xliii. :  and 
later,  as  in  Arist.  Mag.  M.,  applied  to 
a  perfect  man,  a  man  as  he  should  be, 
ό  τελείως  σπουδαίος.  In  early  Greek, 
as  first  in  Hdt.  1,  30,  it  is  always 
written  riivisim  καλός  και  αγαθός, 
nay  Lob.  Phryn.  603  suspects  the  form 
κα?.οκΰγαθός  altogether,  and  rightly 
remarks,  that,  if  it  is  used,  it  should 
be  written  proparox.  καλοκάγαθος. 

Καλοκαιρία,  ας,  ij,  a  happy  state  of 
affairs. 

Κάλοκοπεω,  ώ,  {καλόν,  κόπτω)  to 
cut  wood. 

Καλολογία,  ας,  ^,=  καλλιλογία, 
dub. 

Καλομτ)χανος,  ov,  {καλός,  μηχύνη) 
contriving  well. 

Κΰ?.όμορφος,  ον,=κα7.λίμορώος. 

Κΰ'λον,  ου,  τό,  wood,  esp.  dry  wood, 
fire-wood,  Or  seasoned  wood  for  joiner's 
work,  H.  Horn.  Merc.  112,  Hes.  Op. 
425;  usu.  in  plur. :  adj.  καλινός.  Cf. 
also  Kr/7.op.  (From  καίω,  κάω,  strict- 
ly the  combustible,  as  if  καίελον,  Like 
δαλός,  from  δαίω.) 

ή'Κηλον  άκμωτήρίον,  τό,   {the  beau- 
tiful promontory)  a  promontory  of  Zeu- 
gitana,  near  Carthage,  Polyb.  3,  22, 5. 
'\Καλονίκη,  ης,  ή,  Calonice,  fem.  pr. 
n.,  Ar.  Lys.  6^  [i] 

tKa/.oi'  στόμα,  τό,  {the  beautiful 
vwuih)  the  southern  mouth  of  the 
Danube,  Ap.  Rh.  4,  306. 

Καλόπαρις,  beautiful  Paris,  quoted 
from  Alcae,,  cf.  sub  κακό•. 


ΚΑΛΟ 

Κάλοπέδΐ?.α,  ων,  τά,  (καλοΐΊ  πέ- 
διλον)  strictly  wooden  shoes,  being 
prob.  α  piece  of  wood  tied  to  a  cow's 
legs  to  keep  her  still  while  milking, 
T'heocr.  25,  103. 

Κύ'λοπόόιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  κα- 
λόπονς,  Gal. 

Κύλοποιέω,  ώ,  to  do  good,  LXX.  : 
from 

Κΰλοποιός,  όν,  {καλός,  ιτοιέω)  do- 
ing good. 

Κάλόπονς,  -ποδός,  6,  {κάλον,  πους) 
α  wooden  foot,  shoemaker's  last.  Plat. 
Symp.  191  A  ;  also  καλάπονς. 

Κά7.όπους,  ό,  ή,  -πουν,  τό,  gen.  -πο- 
δός, {κα/.ός,  πους)  with  beautiful  feet. 

Κά7ίθρ^ημοσννη,  ης,  ή,—  κα?>,λφβη• 
μοαύνη. 

ΚΑΑΟ'Σ,  ή,  όν,  beautiful,  from 
Horn,  downds.  a  very  freq.  v^'ord,  of 
the  outward  form  of  all  visible  things ; 
hence  strictly  beautifid  to  behold,  κά- 
λος δέμας,  bemitiful  of  form,  Horn. ; 
and  so  in  prose,  κ.  τό  εΐόος :  not  rarely 
c.  inf.,  K.  είςοράασθαι,  etc.,  Horn. 
When  Hom.  uses  it  of  men,  he  oft. 
joins  it  with  μέγας,  but  otherwise 
has  it  as  epith.  of  parts  of  the  body, 
clothes,  arms,  places,  etc. :  it  may 
often  also  be  rendered  by /air,  lovely, 
graceful,  delightful,  etc. :  in  Att.  ύ  κα- 
λός very  freq.  subjoined  to  the  name 
of  a  person,  Ά/.κιβιάδης  ό  κ.,  Σαπφώ 
ή  κα?.ή.  Plat. ;  hence  esp.  lovers  used 
to  write  the  name  of  those  they  loved 
on  walls,  trees,  etc.,  ό  δείνα  κα?>,ός, 
ή  δ.  κα7άι,  ν.  Interpp.  ad  Ar.  Ach.  194, 
Vesp.  98,  Creuzer  Plotin.  Pulchr.  p. 
97  :  ή  Κα7ή  or  Κα7Μστη  was  also  a 
name  of  Diana,  cf  ΚαλλίσΓώ ;  τό 
καλ.όν,  like  κά7^.ος,  beauty,  Eur. : 
hence,  τά  kv  άνθρώποις  κα7Α,  world- 
ly beauties  ;  and  esp.  in  Att.,  τα  καλά 
are  the  enjoyments  and  elegancies  of 
life,  V.  Schneid.  Xen.  Cyr.  7,  2,  13  : 
hence  καλά  πάσχειν,  like  εν  πάσχειν, 
to  be  well  off. — 11.  serving  a  good  end  or 
purpose,  fair,  good,  κ.  ?^ιμήν,  Od.  6,263: 
later  also  ironically,  e.  g.  Soph.  O.  C. 
1003 :  freq.  also  Att.,  esp.  in  foil,  phra- 
ses: εν  καλώ,  sub.  τόπφ  or  χρόνφ,  in 
good  time  or'place,  well,  Xen. ;  also  c. 
gen.,  έν  κα7^ώ  τίνος. good  for  or  towards 
something,  5Cen.  Hell.  6,  2,  9  ;  so  too, 
καλόν  εΙς  τι,  Xen.,  προς  τι.  Plat. ; 
also  in  same  signf ,  εΙς  καλόν  and  εις 
Ka7JuaTov,  Soph.  O.  T.  78,  Plat. 
Euthyd.  275  Β  ;  and  later  τό  καλόν 
as  adv.=  ica?„ijf,  Theocr.  3,  3,  Call. 
Ep.  56  :  cf  infr.  IV. — 2.  of  sacrifices, 
good,  auspicious.  Ιερά,  Aesch. ;  hence 
the  phrase  in  sacrifices,  τα  τοϋ  θεον 
καλά,  all  sacred  duties  are  rightly 
performed,  Ar.  Pac.  868. — III.  of  man's 
inward  nature,  morally  beautiful,  right, 
noble,  Hom.,  only  in  neut.  κα/.όν  and 
ov  καλόν  εστί,  it  is  or  is  not  right  and 
proper:  later  of  all  high  qualities, 
hence  τό  κα?.όν,  moral  beauty,  virtue, 
Cicero's  honestum ;  hence  proverb., 
TO  καλόν  φί7.ον,  first  in  Theogn.  17 : 
also  τα  κα7Λ  and  τα  καλά  έργα,  noble 
deeds,  opp.  to  τό  αίσχρόν,  τα  αισχρά : 
but  τά  καλά  τίνος,  one's  advantages. 
Cf  κα?ίθκάγαθός. — Β.  Adv.  κα/^ώς, 
beautifully :  but  usu.  in  moral  signf, 
ivcll,  rightly,  Od.  2,  63  ;  elsewh.  Hom. 
uses  κα7ιόν  and  κα7.ά  as  adv.,  esp.  in 
phrase  καλόν  άείδειν :  very  freq.  Att. 
in  many  phrases^  as, — 1.  κ.  εχειν  or 
πράττειν,  like  εν,  to  be  in  good  case, 
be  well  off,  Trag. ;  also  c.  gen.,  «. 
εχειν  τινός,  to  be  well  off  for  a  thing, 
like  εν  εχειν  τινός,  Hipp.  ;  so,  κα7.ώς 
τίνος  κείσθαι,  Thuc.  1,  30 :  κ.  ^χει, 
it  is  good,  c,  jnf,  Xen,^2.  κα7.ώς=^ 
πάνυ,  right  well,  altogether,  κ.  ενύαί- 

uuv,  Aesch.  Fr.  280 ;  κ.  έξοιδα,  Soph. 


KAAII 

O.  C.  209.— 3.  K.  άκούειν,  to  be  well 
spoken  of,  Lat.  bene  audire,  Plut. — 4. 
K.  ποιείς,  c.  part.,  you  do  well  in..., 
Xen. — 5.  in  answers  to  approve  the 
words  of  the  former  speaker,  well 
said !  Lat.  euge,  Ar.  Ran.  888 :  but 
also  to  decline  an  offer  courteously 
or  ironically,  thayik  you !  like  Lat.  he- 
nigne,  USU.  in  superl.,  κά7α.ιστα,  Ar. 
Ran.  508,  v.  Bentl.  Terent.  Heaut.  3, 
2,  7,  Horat.  Ep.  1,  7,  16,  and  62  :  also, 
πάνυ  καλώς,  αμέ7.ει  κα/.ώς,  v.  Interpp. 
ad  Ar.  Ran.  511,  515:  εύ  και  καΑώζ 
are  oft.  joined  :  freq.also  κα7.η  κα/.ώς, 
Ar.  Ach.  253,  etc.,  Lat.  btlla  btlle. — 
C.  degrees  of  compar. ;  comp.  καλ- 
λίων,  ov,  Horn.,  v^-ho  oft.  joins  it  wit' , 
άμείνων  and  μείζων :  superl.  κά/.λι 
στος,  η,  ov,  Horn.  :  in  Thuc.  4, 118 
a  comp.  κα7.7.ιώτερος,  was  once  read 
but  V.  Lob.  Phryn.  136,  who  will  al 
low  it  only  in  very  late  writers. — D 
for  compds.  v.  sub  Ka7Ju-.  (Ace.  tr 
Duderl.  Lat.  Synon.  3,  p.  97,  akin  to 
καινός,  as  Lat.  recens  to  candidus.) 
[a  in  Ep.  and  old  lamb,  poets,  but  ώ 
in  Hes.  Op.  03,  Th.  585  ;  in  Pind., 
and  Att.  always  ά,  except  a  few  Trag. 
passages,  as  Aesch.  Fr.  308,  v.  Herm. 
Soph.  Phil.  1287 ;  in  Eleg.  Epigr.  and 
Bucol.  poets  a',  as  the  verse  requires, 
but  in  thesis  usu.  a,  Jac.  A.  P.  p.  761. 
Always  α  in  the  few  compds.  of  κα• 
λός.-]^ 

KaAOf,  oil,  ό,  usu.  Att.  κύ/.ως,  υ, 
ό,  q.  V.    [ά] 

Κ.ΰ7.οστρόφος,  ό,  ν.  sub  καλωστρ. 

Καλοσϋμβον/.ος,  ον,  {κα7.ός,  σνμ• 
βον7ι.ος)  giving  good  counsel,  Procl. 

Κα7Μτης,  ητος,  ή,^κά7.λος,  beauty, 
Chrysipp.  ap.  Plut.  2,  441  Β  ;  a  rare 
word,  V.  Lob.  Phryn.  350. 

Καλοτίθί/νος,  ov,  {κα7Λς,  τιβήνη) 
well-reared. 

Κα/ώτροφος,  ov,  {κα7.ός,  τρέφω)  = 
foreg. 

ΚάλοτΰτΓΟ^,  ov,  ό,  (κάλον,  τνπτω) 
the  woodpecker,  ap.  Hesych.    [ϋ] 

Καλοΐ'ΐ^αΐ'τοζ•,  ov,  {κα7.ός,  υφαίνω) 
beautifully  woven. 

Κύλοφόρος,  ov,  (κάλον,  φέρω)  a 
wood-carrier,  one  of  a  soldier's  attend- 
ants, Lat.  calo,  Dosiad.  ap.  Ath.  143  B. 

Κά7.όφρων,  ov,  gen.  οίος,  {καλός, 
φρήν)  =  κα7.ογνώμων. 

Καλόψυχος,  ον,  {κα7ιός,  ι^υχή)  = 
εν-φνχος. 

Καλπάζω,  ί.  -άσω,  {κύ7.πη)  of  a 
horse,  to  trot  or  prob.  gallop. 

'ϊΚάλπας,  ov,  ό.  the  Calpas,  a  river  of 
Bithynia  west  of  the  Sangarius,  Strab.: 
also  Κάλ/Γτ;, hence  Κά/.πης  /ju7/v,the 
port  of  Calpe  near  the  river  C.,  now 
Α'ί>/)6•,  Xen.  An.  5, 10, 13  ;  6,  1,  2. 

Κάλ-ύσοζ•,  jj,  V.  κάρπασος. 

ΚάλτΓ?;,  ης, ν,  a  trot,  amble, oi(aayeT• 
bum)  gallop  :  hence  δρόμος  κά7.π7)ς, 
a  race  in  the  Olympic  games,  where- 
in the  rider  when  near  the  goal  sprang 
otf  horseback  and  ran  alongside,  Paus. 
— II.  =  κά/ίπις,  a  pitcher,  Hdn. 
tKάλ7Γ^7,  ης,  ή,  Calpe,  one  of  the 
Pillars  of  Hercules,  a  mountain  of 
Spain,  with  a  city  of  same  name, 
now  Gibraltar,  Strab. 

Κάλ-ίοΐ',  τό.  dim.  from  sq.,  Pam- 
phil.  ap.  Ath.  475  C, 

Κύ/^πις,  ιδος,  ij.  ace.  κύλ.-ίν,  Od. 
7,  20,  κάλπιδα,  Pind.  O.  6,  68,  a  ves- 
sel for  drawing  iratcr,  a  pitcher,  Od.  1.  C, 
H.  Horn,  Cer.  107 :  a  drinking  cup : 
an  urn  for  drawing  lots,  or  collecting 
votes,  Jac.  A.  P.  p.  309 :  also  ο  citier- 
ary  urn.  Later  form  κά/.πη,  ή. — II.  a 
racing-marc,  ap,  Hesych.,  v.  κάλττ?/. 
(Usu.  taken  quasi  κα7.ύπ7ΐ,  from 
καλύπτω  ;  but  very  dub.) 

Κύλπος,  ό,  =  foreg.,  dub. 
699 


ΚΑΛΪ 

Κάλτιος,  ον,  ό.  α  Roman  shoe,  Sicil. 
form  of  Lat.  calceus.  also  κα'λίκιος  and 
κα/τίκιος :  the  proper  Greek  word  for 
this  shoe  was  ν~όδημα  κηϊ?.ον. 

Κύλύ:ίη,  7/f,  »/,  (κα/Λπτω)  a  hut, 
cabin,  cell,  Lat.  tugurium,  Hdt.  5,  16, 
Thuc.  1.  133,  [ϋ] 

tKa?Lii(3?;,  7/f,  7},  Cnlybe.  a  nymph, 
mother  of  Bucolion,  Apollod. — II.  a 
city  of  Thrace,  Strab. 

Ku?iv3tov,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  foreg., 
Plut. 

Κΰ7.ν3ί~ης,  ov,  6,  (κα?Λβη)  living 
in  a  hut,  Strab. 

Κά?Λ3ο-οιέομαι.  as  mid. :  to  make 
one's  self  hills  or  cabins,  Strab. 

Κύλυ  iof ,  CI,  —  κα?ιν3η,  Hesych. 
iKuAvovac  νήσοι.,  ai,  the  Calydnae 
{islands),  two  small  islands  on  the 
coast  of  Troas,  between  Tenedos 
and  Lectum,  Strab.,  Qu.  Sm.  12, 
453  :  Tenedos  itself  was  earlier  Κά- 
λνδνα. — 2.  a  group  of  islands  near 
Cos,  belonging  to  the  Sporades.  of 
which  the  largest  was  called  Κά- 
?.νόνα,  afterwards  Κάλνμνα,  11.  2, 
677 ;  cf  Strab.  4S9,  etc. ;  some  e.xpl. 
it  as  the  name  of  one  island  ;  the  an- 
cients themselves  were  in  doubt  re- 
specting its  application. 

fKa'Avovioi,  ων,  oi,  the  Calydninns, 
iiihah.  of  the  Calydnae  (2),  Hdt.  7,  99. 
tKaZu(5uv,  ώνος,  h,  Calydnn,  son  ol 
AetoliKs  and  Pronoe,  Apollod. 
^Κα/Λδών,  ώνος,  ή,  Calydnn,  an  an- 
cient city  of  Aetolia  on  the  Evenus, 
famed  for  the  hunt  of  the  boar  in  its 
vicinity,   II.  2,   640;    Thuc.  3,   102: 
also  the  territory  of  Calydon,  II.  13,  208. 
Hence 
ίΚα?.νδώνιος.    a,   ov,   of    Calydon, 
Calydonian,   κάπρος,    Callim.    Dian. 
218:  οι  Καλ.,  the  Calydonians,  Xen. 
Hell.  4,  6,  1. 

'\νία}\.νκαδνος,  ov,  6,  Calycadnus,  a 
river  of  Cilicia  Trachea,  Strab. 

Καλυκάνθεμον,  ov,  τό,  a  kind  of 
honeysuckle,   lonicera  periclymenum,  or 
caprifoinim,  Diosc. 
\KaAvκτ|,ης,ί],Calyce,ίem.γτ.τ\.,λx. 
Lys.  322. — Others  in  .\pollod. ;  etc. 

Ka/vKtov.  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  κά'/.νξ. 

Κύλϋκοστέφάνος,  ov,  {κά'λνξ,  στέ- 
(pavog)  crowned  with  floioer-buds,  Anth. 

Κΰ,λνκώίίης,  ες,  {κά?Λ<ξ,  εΐόος)  like 
a  budding  flower,  Theophr. 

Κάλϋκώτνις.  ιδος,  ή,  (κύ?.νξ,  ώφ) 
like  a  budding  flower  in  face,  i.  e.  gen- 
tle, retiring,  or  blushing,  roseate,  H. 
Horn.  Cer.  8,  420,  Ven.  285._^  ^ 

Κά/^νμμα,  ατός,  τό,  (κα/.ντντω)  a 
covering:  esp. — 1.  a  head-covering  of 
women,  a  hood  or  veil,  hiding  all  the 
face,  except  the  eyes  and  falling  upon 
the  shoulders ;  κ.  κνύνεον,  a  dark 
veil  worn  as  mourning  instead  of  the 
Κβήδεανον,  U.  24,  93,  H.  Horn.  Cer. 
42;  also  worn  esp.  by  brides,  Aesch. 
Ag.  1178,  cf  καλύπτρα. — 2.  a  round 
fishing-net  shaped  like  a  sack,  0pp. 
— 3.  the  eye-lid. — 4.  the  shell  of  fruit. 
— 5.  a  grave,  tomb,  [ά] 

Κΰλνμμύτιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from 
κύλνμιιη,  esp.  a  sort  of  tile,  Ar.  Fr. 
54,  V.  Mtiller,  Archaol.  d.  Kunst,  >S263. 
ίΚύλνμνα,  ij,  Calymna,  one  of  the 
Sporades  insulae  near  Cos,  v.  Κύ- 
λνδναί  2 ;  hence  ό  Κα?ίνμνιι)ς,  an 
inhah.  of  Calymna,  Ath.  474  0  :  cf. 
Strab.  p.  489. 

iKά?.vrδa.  ή,  Calynda,  a  city  of 
Caria,  Strab. :  hence  ό  Κα7\.ννδενς, 
έως,  an  inhab.  of  Calynda,  Hdt.  8,  87  : 
hence  , 

iKa?ίVvδικός.  y,  όνψ  of  or  belonging 
to  Calynda,  Hdt.  1,172. 

Κύλνξ,  νκος,  ή,  (καλύπτω)  strictly 
any  covering,  husk,  shell,  esp.  the  cup 
700 


ΚΑΛΧ 

[  or  calyv  ofafloiver,  a  foiver-bud,  poet, 
usu.  α  rose-bud,  H.  Horn.  Cer.  427  ; 
κά'?.νκος  tv  λ.οχεύι/ασι,  at  the  time 
when  the  ear  is  hlling,  Aesch.  Ag. 
1392,  cf.  Soph.  O.  T.  25:  inrtaph., 
K.  ?)βης,  Ar.  Fr.  74.— II.  in  11.  18,  401, 
κάλΛ>Κες,    are    women's   ornaments,    of 

which  no  more  is  known  than  that 
they  were  of  metal  and  the  work  of 
V'ulcan,  perh.  earrings  shaped  like  a 
flower-cup  or  bud,  also  in  H.  Horn. 
Ven.  87,  1C4.  [u] 

Κύλνξις,  εως.  ;;,= foreg.  in  Hesych. 

Κύλιύπτειρα,  ας,  ή,  like  καλύπτρα, 
a  veil,  Anth. :  sliictly  fern,  from  sq. 

Κΰλυπτήρ,  ήρος,  ό,  (καλύπτω)  a 
covering,  sheath,  Arist.  Probl. :  also  α 
tile,  Dion.  H.     Hence 

Καλνπτηρίζω,  to  cover  with  tiles, 
Inscr. 

Κΰλινπτήριον,  ov,  τό,  a  covering. 

Κΰλνπτός,  ή,  bv,  verb.  adj.  covered, 
Soph.  Fr.  479.  Ar.  Thesm.  890.— II. 
(from  καλύπτω  II.)  wrapped  or  folded 
round  something  else,  Lat.  circumdatus. 
Soph.  Ant.  loll,  where  Br.  wrongly 
takes  it  in  act.  signf.,  covering. 

Καλύπτρα,  ας,  ή,  Ion.  -πτρη,  a 
covering,  esp.  a  woman's  veil,  II.  22, 
406,  Od.  5,  232,  cf.  κάλυμμα  and  κρή- 
δεμνον :  metaph.,  δνοφερί  κ-,  the 
dark  shroud  of  night,  Aesch.  Cho.  811. 
— 2.  any  cover,  ol  a  quiver,  Hdt.  4,  64. 

Καλύπτω,  f.  -ύψω, — I.  to  cover  with 
a  thing,  παρόαλ.έτι  μετάφηενον  ενρν 
κύ?ινψεν,  II.  10,  29  ;  ΐ'νκτι  καλ.ύώας, 
II.  5,  23  ;  and  then  simply  to  cover,  as, 
τέ?ίθς  θανύτοίο,  γαία  έκάλνΦέ  νιν, 
Horn. ;  πέτρον  χειρ  ίκάλνφεν,  his 
hand  grasped  a  stone,  II.  16,  735  ;  τον 
δε  σκότος  άσσε  κύλυφεν,  II.,  etc.  ; 
and  metaph.,  ύχεος  νεφέλη  ίκάλνφέ 
νιν,  cf.  11.  11,  249.  Mid.  to  cover  one's 
self,  οθόνησιν,  II.  3,  141  ;  and  absol., 
Od.  10,  53  :  so  too  in  pass.,  άσπίδι, 
εν  χλ.αίντι  κεκαλυμμένος,  II. — 2.  to 
cover  until  dishonour,  throw  a  cloud  over, 
σν  μη  κάλινπτε  τας  ενδαίμονας  ίργοις 
'Αθήνας άνοσίοις.  Soph.  Ο.  C.  282. — 
3.  to  cover,  conceal.  Soph.  Ant.  1254, 
Eur.  Hipp.  712. — II.  to  put  over  as  a 
covering,  put  over  or  around,  Lat.  cir- 
cumdare,  πρόσθε  δέ  oi  πέπλοιο  πτύγμ' 
έκύ?.νφεν,  II.  5,  316  ;  so,  άσιν  oi  κα- 
λιύφω,  Ι  will  put  mud  ontr  him,  II.  21, 
321  ;  so  too,  σάκος  άμφί  τινι  and  — ρό- 
σβε  τινός  κ.,  II.  17,  132 ;  22,  313. 
(The  root  is  ΚΑΛΥΒ-  or  ΚΑΑΤΠ-, 
which  appears  in  κα7.νβη.  κελ.vcμη, 
-φος.  κοίλος,  and  perh.  γύλιος,  Lat. 
oc-cul-ere,  clam,  clupeus  :  also  to  κλ.έπ- 
τω,  Lat.  clepere :  KPYB-,  κρύπτω 
(q.  V.)  is  merely  a  different  form  of 
the  root,  and  κεύΙ^ω,  is  akin,  ace.  to 
Pott.  Et.  Forsch.  1,  p.  27.) 

Κάλιιψώ,  όος  contr.  ονς,  η.  Calyp- 
so, a  nymph,  daughter  of  Atlas,  ace. 
to  Od.  1,  52.  who  lived  in  the  island 
Ogygia,  and  detained  Ulysses  on  his 
way  back  from  Troy,  freq.  in  Od. : 
ace.  to  Hes.  Th.  359  daughter  of  Oce- 
anus  and  Tethys.  (So  called  perh. 
because  she  hid,  ίκάλ.νφε,  LTlysses.) 

Καλχαίνω,  (κάλχη)  strictly  to  make 
pirrple,  and  80  Nic.  Ther.  641,  has  it 
in  pass.,  to  he  purple:  hence — II.  to 
make  dark  and  troublous  like  a  stormy 
sea  :  and  metaph.  to  turn  over  in  one's 
mind,  like  Lat.  volvere,  voliitare,  to 
search  out,  «•.  ίπος.  Soph.  Ant.  20 : 
absol.  to  he  in  doubt,  trouble  or  alarm, 
αμφί  Tivi,  Eur.  Heracl.  40  ;  also  c. 
inf ,  to  long,  desire.  Lye.  1457,  cf.  πορ- 
φύρω. 

Κάλχας,  αντος,  ό,  Calchas.  son  of 
Thestor,  the  Greek  Seer  at  Troy,  II. 
(.No  doubt  from  same  root  as  foreg., 
i  and  so  strictly  the  Searcher.) 


KAMA 

KA'AXH.  ης.  η,  also  χάλκη,  the 
murex,  purple  limpet,  elsewh.  πυρφνρα, 
Nic. — II,  purple  dye,  Strab. —  111.  a 
kind  of  shell  or  volute  on  the  capital  of 
some  columns,  Borkh  Inscr. — IV.  a 
kind  oi'herb,  ^\s.O(f  purple  colour,  Alcm. 
30.  (Akin  to  Lat.  cochlea,  prob.  also 
to  concha,  Sanscr.  fayikha.) 
'\Καλχηδόνιος=Καλ.κηδόνιος. 
iKa/.χηδώρ,  όνος,  ή,^\αλ.κηδων. 

Κηλ,χίς,  ή,=χα/.κίς,  dub. 

Κΰλώ(5ίθχ',  ον,  τό,  dim.  from  κα- 
λώς, α  small  cord  or  rope,  Ar.  Vesp. 
379. 

Κΰλωττόζ•,  ή,  όν,  (καλιός,  ώφ)  with 
beautiful  face. 

Καλώς,  adv.  from  καλ.ός,  q.  v. 

KA'AS22,o,  gen.  κάλω,  ace.  κάλων, 
Ep.  and  Ion.  κάλος,  ov,  0,  Od.  5,  260, 
and  Hdt. ;  but  Ap.  Rh.  has  also  a  pi. 
κάλιωες :  a  rope,  esp.  α  ship's  rope,  sail- 
rope,  Od.  1.  c,  and  Hdt. ;  κ.  ιστίων, 
Hdt.  2,  36  ;  also  a  cable,  πρνμνήτης 
κ.,  Eur.  Med. 770;  άπο  κάλω  πλεΐν, 
to  have  the  ship  towed,  elsewh.  βν- 
μονλ.κεΐν,  Thuc.  4,  25  :  κάλων  κατεΐ- 
vai.  to  let  down  a  sounding  line,  Hdt. 
2,  28  :  hence  proverb.,  πάντα  κάλων 
έξιάσι,  they  go  all  lengths,  strain  ev- 
ery nerve,  Eur.  Med.  278 ;  so  too, 
πάντα  κ.  εκτείνειν.  Plat.  Prot.  338  A, 
κινεΐν,  Luc,  cf.  Valck.  Diatr.  p.  233, 
Kuster  Ar.  Eq.  766. 

Κάλ^ωστρόφος,  ov,  (κάλως,  στρέφω) 
twisting,  b  K-,  a  rope-maker,  Plut. 

Κύμ,  Ep.  shortd.  form  for  Λατά,  be- 
fore μ,  κάμ  μέν,  Od.  20,  2.  Hes.  Op. 
437,  κάμ  μέσσον,  11.  11,  172. 

Κάμάκϊνος.  ov,  (κάμαξ)  made  from 
a  pole,  or  perhaps /rom  the  reed  κάμαξ 
(v.  κάμαξ  III),  hence  brittle,  δόρν  κ., 
Xen.  Eq.  12,  12. 

Κΰμάκιον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  sq. 

ΚΑ'ΜΑΞ.  άκος,  /;,  also  ό,  any  lo?ig 
piece  of  wood,  a  pole,  stake,  esp.  a  vine- 
prop.  II.  18,  563,  Hes.  Sc.  298:  also— 
11.  the  shaft  of  a  spear,  Aesch.  Ag.  66, 
connected  with  which  prob.  is  the 
signf.  in  Hesych.,  a  reed  or  cane. — III. 
0/  κύμακες,  a  palisade,  Lat.  vallus, 
e\sev/h.  χάραξ,  Joseph.  Ace.  to  E.  M. 
it  was  masc.  only  in  signf.  III.,  but  cf. 
Jac.  A.  P.  p.  155.  (Hence  καμάσσω.) 
[κά] 

Καμάρα,  ας,  τ;,  Lat.  camera,  any 
thing  with  a  vaulted  roof  or  arched  cover- 
ing, a  covered  carriage,  Hdt.  1,  199  ;  a 
covered  boat  or  barge,  Strab.  :  a  tester- 
bed,  etc. :  as  medic,  term,  also  the 
hollow  of  the  ear.  [jUa]     Hence 

Κΰμάρεύω,  to  heap  one  upon  another 
like  a  vault,  dub. 

iKnpapiva,  ας,  η,  Cnmar\na,  a  daugh- 
ter of  Oceanus,  Pind.  O.  5.  9  :  from 
whom  was  said  to  be  derived  the 
name  of — 11.  a  city  on  the  southern 
coast  of  Sicily,  a  colony  of  Syracuse, 
now  Camarona,  Hdt.  7,  154  ;  Pind.  O. 
4,  21 :  near  this  was  a  lake  of  same 
name  emitting  pestilential  vapors, 
forbidden  by  the  oracle  to  be  drained, 
hence  prov.  τιιγ  Κα//,  άκίνητον  iuv, 
Luc.  ;  cf.  Virg.  Aen.  3,  700,  sq. 
Hence 

iKaμapιvaloς.  a,  ov,  of  ox  belonging 
to  Camarina,  Hdt.  7,  156. 

iKanapivov,  ov,  τό,  Camerlnum,  in 
Uinbria,  Strab. 

Κΰμάριον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  καμά- 
ρα, [α] 

Κάμΰροειδής,  ές,  (καμάρα,  είδος) 
like  α  vault,  vaulted. 

Κάμαρας,  ον,  ό,  ν.  κύμμαρος. 

Κΰμάρόω.  ώ,  f.  -ώσω,  (καμάρα)  to 
vault  or  arch  over,  Bockh.  Insor.  1,  μ. 
573.     Hence 

Κΰιιάρωμα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which  is 
vaulted,  a  vault,  arch,  Strab.  [«] 


ΚΑΜΗ 

Έ-ΰμάρωσις,  εως,  η,  (.καμαρόω)  α. 
vaultins,  arching  over,   [ΰ] 

Καμαρωτός, »/,  όι>,  verb.  adj.  from 
καμαρόω.  vaulted,  arched,  Ath. 

Κΰμΰσήνες,  (or  κΰμάσίνες  ?)  ων,  oi, 
a  kind  of  fish  ;  but  used  by  Einped. 
235,  285,  ίοτ  fish  in  genl. 

Κάμάσσω,  to  shake,  brandish,  from 
κάμαξ  IJ,  as  δονέω  from  δόναξ. 
Hesych.  also  hints  at  the  forms 
καμάζω,  and  καμασσνω. 

Κΰμΰτηδόν,  adv.  (κάματος)  labori- 
ously. 

Κύμύτηρός,  ύ,  όν,  toilsome,  trouble- 
some, wearisome,  γήρας,  Η.  Horn.  Ven. 
247. — 11.  pass,  bowed  down  with  toil, 
broken  down,  worn  out,  Hdt.  4,  135,  of 
sick  persons,  whom  he  had  just  before 
called  ΰαθενείς:  from 

Κάματος,  ου,  b,  (κάμνω)  toil,  trouble, 
hardship,  distress,  Hom.,  Find.,  etc. — • 
2.  weariness,  weakness,  freq.  in  Hom. — 
II.  that  which  is  earned  by  toil,  hardly 
or  painfully  earned,  ημέτερος  κύματος, 
our  hard-won  earnings,  Od.  14,  417, 
cf  Hes.  Th.  599.-2.  that  which  is 
made  by  labour,  τόρνου  κ.,  a  thing 
wrought  by  the  lathe,  Aesch.  Fr.  54 : 
like  πόνος,  and  Lat.  labor.  [  κώ  ] 
Hence 

Κΰμΰτόω,  ω,=κύμνω,  κοτϊΐάω- 

Κυματώδης,  ες,  (κάματος,  είδος) 
toilsome,  wearisome,  weariful,  θέρος, 
Hes.  Op.  582 ;  π/.αγαί,  μέριμναι. 
Find.  Ν.  3,  28,  Fr.  239. 

Καμβαίνω,  Ερ.  for  καταβαίνω, 
Bion  4,  9,  where  βαιι3αίνω  is  now 
read  :  this  like  all  the  other  words 
in  which  κατά  before  ,J  is  changed 
into  καμ  is  very  dub. :  it  should  be 
κα33αίνω.  etc. 

iKuu3a7.u.  ων,  τύ,  Cambala,  a  city 
of  Greater  Armenia.  Strab. 

ίΚαμ3αύ/.ης,   ov,   a,    Cambaules,    a 
leader  of  the  Gauls,  Paus. 
fKάμ,3ης,  τ/τος,  ό,  Ael.  V.  Η.,  Κάμ- 

^λης,  ό,  Ath.   Cambes  or  Gambles,  a 
ing  of  the  Lydians. 
^Καμβν/.ος,  ov,  ό,  Cambylus,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Polyb. 

tKa/z  -ίυσηνή,  ης,  ή,  Cambysene,  a 
district  of  Gi eater  Armenia  between 
the  Araxesand  Cyrus,  Strab. 

^Καμβύσης,  ov  Ion.  εω.  ό,  Camby- 
ses.  a  Persian,  father  of  Cyrus  the 
Great,  Hdt.  1,  46. — 2.  son  and  suc- 
cessor of  the  elder  Cyrus  on  the  Per- 
sian throne,  Hdt.  2.  1,  etc.:  respect- 
ing an  earlier  Cambvses,  v.  Bahr 
Hdt.  7,  11. 

Κάμε,  Ep.  for  έκαμε,  3  sing.  aor.  2 
of  κάμνω.  Hom. 
tKu/ζε  by  crasis  for  καϊ  έμέ. 
■\Καμε ιραΐος,  a,  ov,  of  Camirus  ;  ό 
Καμαιρινς.  έως,  an  inhab.  of  Camirus, 
Slrab.  :  from  sq.  Π. 

\Κάμειρος,  ov,  a,  Camirus,  son  of 
Cercaphus,  grandson  of  Helius,  Pmd. 
O.  7,  135 :  by  him  was  said  to  be 
founded — II.  ή.  a  city  in  the  island 
Rhodes,  now  Camiro,  II .  2,  656  ;  Hdt. 
1,144. 

Καμεΐται,  3  sing.  fut.  of  κάμνω,  11. 
2,  389. 

Κάμτ/λεως,  εία,  ειον,  (κάμηλος)  of 
or  belonging  to  a  camel. 

Κΰμη'/.έμττορος,  ov,  ό,  (κάμηλος, 
Ιμττορος)  one  who  travels  or  carries  his 
wares  on  a  camel,  of  merchants,  Strab. 

Κάμη/.ηλάσία,  ας,  ή,  a  driving  of 
camels  or  nding  on  them  :  from 

Κάμη/.η'/.άτης,  ov,  b,  (κάμηλος,  ε7.ά- 
της.  ε'/.αννω)  a  camel-dnver,  camel- 
ridf-r.   [ά] 

Κΰι/ηλίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  to  be  like  a  camel 
Heliod.  _ 

Κάμη'/.ίτης,  ov,  ό,^^^κημηληλΜτης, 
Arist.  H.  A. 


KAMI 

Κΰμη2.οβύτης,  ov.  6,  (κάμηλος, 
βαίνω)  a  camel-rider,  Clem.  Al. 

Κΰμη/.οβοσκός,  όν,  (κάμηλος,  βό- 
σκω) feeding,  keeping  camels,  Strab. 

Κάμηλοκόμος,  ov,  (κάμηλος,  κομέω) 
keeping  camels. 

Κημ7ΐ?.07ζύρόύ/.ις, εως,  η,  (κάμηλος, 
τζάρδαλίς)  α  camelopard,  giraff,  Aga- 
tharch.  ap.  Phot.  455,  4. 

Καμηλοτΐόδίον,  ου,  τό,  (κάμηλος, 
Τϊονς)=^—ράσίθν,  α  kind  οί  horehound, 
Diosc. 

Κάμηλ,ος,  ου,  ό  and  ή,  α  camel,  first 
in  Hdt. ;  but  also  ή  κ.,  like  ή  ϊ-ττος, 
the  camels  in  an  army,  as  one  might 
say  the  camelry,  Hdt.  1,  80,  v.  also — 
II.  κάμι/Λς.  (Found  m  all  the  Se- 
mitic languages,  v.  Gesen.  Lex.  Hebr. 
voc.  Gamal.)  [a] 

Κύμηλοτροόέω,  ώ,  (κύμη?.ος,  τρέ- 
φω) to  feed,  keep  camels,  Diod. 

Κάμη?.ωτη,  ης,  ή,  sub.  δορά,  a  cam- 
el's skin,  or  garment  of  camel's  skin,  like 
μη/.ωτή. 

+ΚαμΙκός,  ov,  ή,  and  Καμικοί,  ων, 
oL  Camicus,  a  city  of  Sicily  near 
Agrigentum,  Hdt.  7,  170;  Strab. 

^Κάμύ.'/.ος,  ov,  b,  the  Lat.  Camillus, 
Polyb. — 2.  son  of  Vulcan  and  Cabira, 
father  of  the  Cabiri,  Strab.  p.  472 ; 
ace.  to  others  one  of  the  Cabiri. 

Κάμίλος,  ov,  ό,  ace.  to  Suid.,  and 
Schol.  Ar.  Vesp.  1030,  a  rope:  but 
prob.  invented  merely  to  explain 
away  the  well-known  passage  in  the 
N.  Ύ.,  for  a  camel  to  go  through  the  eye 
of  a  needle,  etc.,  where  a  rope  might 
seem  to  us  a  more  prob.  image  than 
a  camel :  but  the  Arabs  have  a  pro- 
verb, like  an  elephant  going  through  a 
needle's  eye  ;  and  to  sicalloio  a  camel 
occurs  in  N.  T. ;  so  that  this  is  need- 
less. 

ΚΰμΙναΐος,  a,  ον,^καμα'ΐ,αίος. 

ΚύμΙνεία,  ας, ή,  (καμίνενω)  workper- 
formed  by  means  of  a  furnace,  Theophr. 

ΚΰμΙνίύς,  έως,  ό,  (καμινεύω)  one 
who  works  at  a  furnace,  esp.  a  worker 
in  metal,  a  smith  or  potter,  Diod. 

Κάμϊνεντήρ,ήρος,  ό,=  foi eg. ,  ανλός 
K-,  the  pipe  of  a  smith's  bellows,  Anth. 

ΚΰμΙνεντί/ς,  οϋ,ό.=  καμινενς,  Luc. 

ΚΰμΙνεντρία,  ας, ή,  feni.  of  καμινεν- 

Κΰμϊνεύω,  (κάμινος)  to  melt,  bum, 
bake  in  a  furnace,  Theophr. 

Καμίνια,  ας,  ή,^καμινεία. 

ΚάμΙνΐαΙος,  σία,  αίον,  of,  belonging 
to  a  ftirtiace,  LXX. 

Κύμινων,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  κάμί- 
νος.  [μί] 

Καμίνίτης.  ov,  b.  άρτος,  bread  baked 
in  an  oven,  Diosc.   [ι-ί] 

Κΰμίνόθεν,  adv.,  from  a  furnace, 
Nic. 

Κΰμίνοκανστης,  ov,  b,  (κάμινος, 
καίω)  one  who  heats  a  furnace  or  oven  : 
pecul.  fem.  καμινοκανστρια. 

Κάμίνος,  ov,  ή,  an  oven,  a  furnace  ΟΤ 
kiln,  for  melting  metals,  for  baking, 
burning  earthenware,  etc.,  Ep.  Hom. 
14:  never  a  fire  or  stove  for  heating 
rooms,  for  the  ancients  did  not  know 
the  use  of  these.  (Perh.  from  καίω, 
κάω,  though  ά :  Lat.  caminus,  chim- 
ney.) [ΰ]     Hence 

Κάμϊνώ,  ους,  η,  γρηνς  κ.,  an  old 
furnace-woman,  Od.  18,  27,  acc.  to 
some,  an  old  woman  who  worked  at  a 
furnace,  others,  one  uho  healed  it,  oth- 
ers, in  genl.,  an  old  woman  covered 
with  dirt  and  soot :  prob.  it  was  proverb, 
for  an  impudent,  noisy  fellow. 

ΚΰμΙνώδης,  ες,  (κάμι.νος,  είδος)  like 
an  oven  OT  furnace,  sooty,  Strab. 

ίΚάμισα,  ων,  τύ,  Camisa,  a  fortress 
ot  Pontus,  Strah. :  from  it  the  terri- 
tory was  called  Καμισηνή,  Id. 


KAMN 

Κύμμα,  ατής,  τύ,  (κύτττω)  a  baked 
pie  or  cake  which  was  supped  up  with 
καμματίδες,  Ath.  141  A. 
^Κάμμα,  ή,  Camma,  fem.  pr.  n.,  Plut. 

Κάμμάρος,  ov,  ό,  a  kind  of  crab,  lob- 
ster or  shrimp,  also  written  κάμαρας 
and  κάμμορος,  Epich.  p.  32 ;  Maced. 
κομμάραι  and  κομάραι,  Lat.  cammarus, 
gammarus,ci.  also  κάραβος,  σκάραβος. 

Καμματίδες,  ων,  al,  the  bay  leaves 
in  the  baked  dish   κάμμα,  Ath.  141  A. 

Καμμέν,  wrong  way  of  writing  καμ 
μέν,  £p.  for  kut  μεν,  i.  e.  κατά  μέν, 
hence  κάμ  μεν  άροτρον  άξειαν,  for 
κατάξειαν  μέν  άροτρον,  Hes.  Op.  437, 
v.  κάμ. 

Κύμμες,  Aeol.  and  Dor.  for  και  άμ• 
μες,  i.  e.  και  ήμεΐς. 

^Κάμμης,  ου.  ό,  Cammes,  a  tyrant  of 
Mytilene,  Dem.  1019,  19. 

iKaμμίξaς,  Ep.  for  καταμίξας,  part 
aor.  1  from  καταμίγννμι,  v.  1.  II.  24, 
529,  ubi  Wolf  k'  άμμίξας,  for  άναμί- 
ξας.  from  ΰναμίγννμι. 

Καμμονίη,  ης,  ή,  Ερ.  for  καταμονή, 
staunchness  in  battle,  the  fruits  of  such 
conduct,  II.  22,  257  ;  23,  661. 

Κάμμορος,  ov,  Ep.  for  κατάμορος, 
subject  to  destiny,  i.  e.  ill-fated,  ill-star- 
red, Od.  2.  351  ;  5,  160,  etc.,  always 
of  men  :  never  in  II. — II.  το  κάμμο- 
pov,  a  cooling  medicine,  perh.  hcniluch- 
juice.  κώνειον,  Hipp.:  also=  u/iovtrov, 
Nic. — III.  κάμμορος,  ό,^κάμμαρος. 

Καμμνω.  Ep.  and  poet,  tor  κατα- 
μνω,  m  Att.  only  used  by  Xen.  Cyr. 
8,  3,  28,  (where  Poppo  καταμ.)  and 
Alex.  Incert.  71  ;  v.  Phryn.  339. 

Κάμνω,  lengthd.  from  root  KAM-, 
which  appears  in  the  other  tenses  : 
fut.  κάμοϋμαι,  2  sing.  καμεΙ,  Soph.  Tr. 
1215  :  aor.  έκΰμον,  inf.  καμεϊν,  Ep. 
subj.  redupl.  κεκάμω,  κεκάμι^σι,  κεκά- 
μωσι,  Hom. :  aor.  mid.  έκΰμόμην  : 
perf  κέκμ>/κα,  which  Hom.  mostly 
uses  in  Ep.  part,  κεκμηώς.  κεκμηώτι, 
κεκμηώτα,  but  also  acc.  pi.  κίκμηό' 
τας. — I.  intr.  to  work  one's  self  weary, 
tire  one's  self,  be  weary,  tired  or  worn 
out,  Hom.  ;  ιφ,μνειν  yvla.  χείρας.  Ιό 
be  tired  or  distressed  in  limb,  hand, 
etc.,  Hom.  ;  κ.  τονς  οφθαλμούς,  Hdt. 

2,  ill  :  also  very  freq.  c.  part.,  κάμνει 
πο^Λμίζων,  έ/.αύΐ'ων.  έρεθιζων,  δακρν- 
χέονσα.θέονσα,  one  is  weary  of  tighnitg, 
rowing,  etc.,  Hom. ;  and  in  prose  with 
coUat.  notion  of  annoyance  or  vexa- 
tion, μη  κάμης  ττοιών  or  λέγων,  never 
be  tired  of  doing  or  saying,  i.  e.  do  not 
cease  to  do  or  say.  Plat.  ;  so  also 
poet.,  μη  κάμης  λέγων,  Eur.  I.  A. 
1143. — 2.  to  feel  trouble  or  distress,  οί'Κ 
Ικαμον  ταννων,  I  found  no  trouble  in 
bending  the  bow,  i.  e.  did  it  without 
trouble,  Od.  21.  426.-3.  to  give  over 
fighting  with  another,  be  worsted  or 
beaten,  Find.  P.  1,  151,  156. — 4.  to  be 
sick  or  ill,  sitffer  under  illness,  and  in 
genl.  to  be  nffiicted,  distressed,  harassed, 
c.  gen.,  κάμνειν  νόσου.  Soph.  Phil. 
282 ;  c.  dat.,  κ-  ττροτεμα  ττάθα.  Pmd. 
P.  8.  68.  cf  Hdt.  1,  liS;  c.' acc.  κ. 
νόσον,  Eur.  Heracl.  990 ;  also,  κ.  εν 
τινι.  Id.  Hec.  306. — 5.  οί  καμόντες, 
and  Ep.  κεκμηότες.  or  more  Ireq.  κε- 
κμηώτες.  the  dead,  those  who  have 
done  their  work,  Lat.  defuncti,  Horn., 
in  Att.,  oi  κεκμηκότες,  e.  g.  Aesch. 
Supp.  158,  but  also  in  prose,  as  Thuc. 

3,  59,  Plat.  Legg.  718  A:  acc.  to 
Buttm.  Lexil.,  v.  καμόντες,  it  is  rather 
the  weary  or  ueak,  euphem.  for  θανόν- 
τες, τεθνηκότες.  cf.  άμενηνός  ;  and  so 
oi  κάμνοντες,  the  sick,  Hdt.  1,  197: 
but  in  Eur.  Tro.  96,  κεκμηκότες,  are 
the  spirits  of  the  dead,  Lat.  dii  ma?ies  of 
the  Romans.  The  perf  is  always 
iutr. — II.  transit,  to  work  or  execute  with 

701 


ΚΑΜΠ 

toil  and  fnxible,  to  work  hard  at,  esp.  of 
working  ir<  metal,  Horn. ;  also  κά/ιε 
τενχωρ,  II.  2,  101  ;  8, 195.— 2.  to  tvork 
out,  earn,  win  or  gain  bi/  toil,  in  which 
signf.  Horn,  has  aor.  mid.,  to  earn,  u-in 
for  one's  self,  11.  18,  341  ;  νησον  ίκά- 
μοντο,  they  worked,  tilled  the  islandybr 
themxelves,  Od.  9,  130.— 3.  to  effect  tvith 
labour. 

■[Κάμοί,  by  crasis  for  και  ίμοί. 

^Κημονν,  τό,  Camun,  a  city  of  Sy- 
ria. Polyh.  5,  70,  12.^ 

tKn/ioi5i'Oi,   (jr.  οι,  the   Cami'vii,  a 
Rhaetian  tribe,  Strab. 

Καμ~ά?.έος,  a,  ov,  {καμ•ήή)=καμπ- 

~k-  ,    ^ 

■\Καμττϋ.ΐ'ία,  ας,  η,  Campatua,  a  pro- 
vince of  lower  Italy  on  the  west  coast, 
between  Latium  and  Lucania,  Strab. 
■^Καμ-ΰνικύς,  η,  όν,  of  or  belonging  to 
Campania,  Campanian,  Strab. 
+Ko/z7r(ir£f,  ίοος,  ή,  pecul.  fern,  to 
foreg.,  Dion.  H. 

ίΚαμπάνοί,  Civ,  ol,  the  Campanians, 
Strab. 

Καμπεσίγοννος,  ov,  (κάμπτω,  γόνυ) 
bending  the  knees,  cf.  καμφίττονς, 

Καμπεσίγνιος,  ov,  {κάμπτω,  γνίον) 
bending  the  limbs,  παίγνια  κ.,  puppets, 
Orph. 

ΚΑΜΠΗ',  7JC>  Vi  a  bending,  winding, 
as  of  a  river.  Hdt.  1,  185. — 11.  the  turn- 
ing in  a  race-course,  turning-post,  Lat. 
flexus  curricidi,  Ar.  Pac.  904  :  hence 
met^yh.,  μνθον  ές  καμπ-ην  άγειν,  to 
bring  a  speech  to  its  7niddle  or  turning 
point,  Eur.  El.  059,  cf.  κάμπτω  II, 
καμπτηρ  Π. — III.  in  music,  of  turns, 
tricks,  sudden  changes,  καμπίις  κάμπ- 
τειν,  Ar.  Nub.  9G9,  cf.  κατακάμπειν  : 
also  in  rhetoric,  the  turn  of  a  sentence, 
Deni.  Phal. — IV.  the  bend  of  a  ΙΪ7)ώ, 
joint,  Arist.  H.  A. :  v.  κάμπτω. 

Κάμ-η,  ης,  ή,  paroxyt.,  a  cntrrpillnr, 
so  called  because  it  bends  !i.?f//'up  to 
move,  Hipp.,  cf  foreg. — II.  also  afab- 
ulotis  Indian  monster,  Diod.,  cf.  ιππό- 
καμπος. 

Κύμπιμος,  η,  ov,  (καμπή)  bent,  turn- 
ing, δρόμος,  Eur.  I.  T.  SJ  :  in  Gramm. 
also  κάμπιος  and  κάμπείος. 

'[Καμπόόουνον,  ov,  τό.  Campodfinum, 
a  city  of  Vindelicia,  Strab. 
iKάμπoς,  εος,  τό,  a  sea-monster.  Lye. 

Καμπτήρ,  7/ρος,  ό,  (κάμπτω)  a  bend, 
an  angle,  Xen.  Cyr.  7,  1,  6:  esp. — II. 
the  turning-point  in  a  race-course,  like 
καμπή  IL  Arist.  Rhet.  :  metaph.,  κ- 
βίον,  the  turn  of  life,  Herod,  ap.  Stob. 
p.  591,34  ;  but,  κ.  πνματος,  life's  last 
turnOY course,  Mel.  129  ;  cf.  κάμπτω  II. 

Καμπτικός,  ή,  όν,  readily  bending, 
flexible,  κ.  κίνησις,  a  bending  m.ovement, 
Arist. 

Καμπτός,ή,  6v,  (κάμπτω)  to  be  bent, 
flexible,  Arist.  Meteor. 

Κάμπτρα,  i],  v.  κάμφα. 

Κάμπτω,  lengthened  from  root 
ΚΑΜΠ-,  which  appears  in  καμπ-ή: 
fut.  κάμψω.  To  bend,  crook,  curve,  II. 
4,  480  ;  24,  274:  esp.,  γόνυ  and  γού- 
Ί'ατα  κ-,  to  bend  the  knees  so  as  to  sit 
down  and  rest,  hence  in  genl.  to  rest 
from  toil,  II.  7,  118  ;  19,  72  :  also,  κ. 
γούνατα  χεΐρύς  τε,  he  bent  his  arms 
and  legs,  i.  e.  he  let  them  rest  from 
toil,  Od.  5,  453  ;  so  too,  κ.  κώλα. 
Soph.  Ο.  C.  19,  and  then  κάμπτειν 
alone,  to  sit  down,  rest,  lb.  85  :  γόνυ  κ., 
to  bend  the  knee  in  prayer,  N.  T. 
Pass,  to  bend  one's  self,  turn,  Theophr. 
— II.  to  bend,  turn  0Γ  guide  a  horse, 
etc.,  round  a  post,  etc.  :  then  freq.  ab- 
sol.,  to  turn  round  a  point  or  post,  esp. 
K.  ύκρην,  to  turn,  double  a  headland, 
where  ναϋν  must  be  supplied,  Hdt.  7, 
122;  also  κ.  περί  άκραν,  Ar.  Arh. 
96 ;  also  κ.  κό?.πον,  to  wind  round  the 
702 


KAN 

bay,  Hdt.  7, 58  :  hence  metaph.  (from 
the  double  race-course,  όίαιΑος,  with 
a  turning-post,  καμπτήμ,  at  the  end), 
κάμπτειν  βίον,  to  turn  the  middle  point 
of  life,  i.  e.  to  draw  near  to  its  close, 
So])h.  O.  C.  91  ;  also,  κ.  βίον  τέλος, 
Eur.  Hipp.  87. — III.  in  music,  make  a 
siiddrn  turn  or  change,  v.  καμπή  III. — 
IV.  metaph.  like  Lat. _/?eciere,  inflcctere, 
κάμπτειν  τινά,  to  bend  one,  i.  e.  to 
move  by  intreaties,  change  in  purpose, 
soften,  in  genl.  also  to  bend,  humble, 
Pind.  P. 2, 94  ;  and  so  in  Pass.,  Aesch. 
Pr.  306.     (Akin to  γνάμπτω,  γαμψός.) 

Καμπυλανχην,  ενός,  ό,  ή,  crook- 
necked. 

Καμπνλέω,  Ion.  for  κάμπτω,  dub. 

Καμπύλη,  ης,  ή,  α  crooked  staff,  v. 
καμπύλες  II. 

Καμπνλίζω,  f.  -ίσω,=  sq. 

Καμπύλλω,  Ion.  for  κάμπτω,  to 
bend,  crook,  Hipp.,  in  Pass. 

Καμπυλόγραμμος,  ov,  (καμπύλες, 
γραμμή)  consisting  of  crooked  lines  or 
strokes. 

Καμπϋλοειδής,  ες,  (καμπύλ.ος,  εί- 
δος) appearing  crooked. 

Καμπϋλ.όεις,  εσσα,  εν,  poet,  for 
καμπύλ.ος. 

Καμπϋ?Μπρυμνος,  ov,  (καμπύλος, 
πρύμνα)  with  α  crooked  stern. 

Καμπϋλ.όββίν,  ϊνος,  ό,  ή,  and  -jj^l- 
νος,  ov,  {καμπύλος,  βίς)  crook-nosed. 

Καμπύλ.ος,  η,  ον,  [κάμπτω)  bent, 
crooked,  curved,  esp.  as  epith.  of  a  bow, 
K.  τόξα,  Hom. :  meatph.,  λ:,  μέλος, 
an  ode  of  varied  metre,  Simon.  43 
Schneidewin. — II.  ή  καμπύ?ιη,  sub. 
βακτηρία,  a  crooked  staff,  crook,  Lat. 
lituus.  [ΰ]     Hence 

^Καμπύλος,  ov,  ό,  Campylus,  a  river 
of  Aetolia,  Diod.  S. 

Καμπνλότης,  ητος,  ή,  (καμπύλος) 
crookedness,  curvature,  Arist.  Categ. 

'ΙΚαμπνλοχος,  ov,  (καμπύλος,  οχος) 
with,  of  bent  wheels,  κερκίσι  καμπνλό- 
χοισι  (Lob.  for  -λόχρωσι)=^άρότροις, 
Orph.  ap.  Clem.  Al. 

Κύμψα,  ης,  ή,  also  written  κάψα 
and  κάμπτρα,  a  xvicker  basket ;  in  genl. 
a  case,  casket.  Lat.  capsa.  Not  from 
κάμπτω,  but  from  κάπτω,  to  contain, 
cf.  Lat.  capio,  cava.) 
ή'Κύμ.ψα,  1/ς,  ή,  Campsa,  a  city  of 
Macedonia  on  theThermaicus  Sinus, 
Hdt.  7,  123. 

Καμψάκης,  ου,  δ,  also  καψάκης, 
(Λ•ά7Γ7ω)= foreg.,  κ.  ελαίον,  LXX.  : 
also  a  liquid  measure=^\  sextarii. 

Καμψιόίαυλος,  ov,  (κάμπτω,  δίαυ- 
λος) turning  the  post  and  r^mning  the 
whole  δίαυλος,  in  genl.  running  quickly 
up  and  down,  hence  metaph.  of  a  harp- 
player,  ;(;εφ  Κ;  Telest.  ap.  Ath.  637  A. 

Καμψικίζω,  f.  -ίτω,  to  speak  broken 
language,  usu.  βαρβαρίζω,  ap.  Hesych. 

Καμψίον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  κύμψα. 

Καμψίουρος,  ov,  (κάμπτω,  ουρά) 
bending  the  tail,  esp.  epith.  of  the  squir- 
rel, σκίουρος,  q.  v. 

Καμψίπους,  ό,  η,  -πουν,  τό,  gen. 
-ποδός,  (κάμπτω,  πους)  bending  the 
foot  or  knee,  and  so  throwing  one  to  the 
groiind,  or,  as  others,  rapid,  overtaking, 
K.  'Έ,ρινύς,  Aesch.  Theb.  791. 

Κάμψις,  εως  //,  (κάμπτω)  a  bend- 
ing, winding,  curving.  Plat.  Tim.  74 
A,  Arist.,  etc. 

Καμψόδϋνος,  ov,  (κάμπτω,  οδύνη) 
bent  with  pain. 

Καμψος,  ή,  όν,  (κάμπτω)  crooked, 
bent,  like  γαμψός. 

Κάμων,  ωνος,=  σκαμωνία, poet,  [α] 
tKiwwi',  2  aor.  part,  from  κάμνω. 

Κάν.  (not  καν) — I.  for  και  άν,  Hes. 
Op.  355,  and  freq.  in  Att. — 2.  in  Att. 
/»■«!' is  sometimes  used  before  ft  ellipt., 
SO  that  a  verb  used  in  the  preceding 


ΚΑΝΑ 

clause  must  be  supplied,  as  in  Plat. 
Legg.  046  B,  πώς  σ  ουκ  άκουσόμεθα  ; 
κύν  [^άκονσαιμενΐ,  ει  μηδενός  άλλου 
χάριν,  ΰλλά  τοΰ  Οαυμαστοϋ,  for  καν 
ει  must  not  be  taken  together,  cf. 
Heind.  Plat.  Soph.  247  E.— 11.  for 
και  εάν,  and  if,  Ar.  Ach.  957,  1021  ; 
even  if,  although,  with  the  same  moods 
as  εάν. — 2.  κάν...  καν..,  or  καν  μεν.., 
ijv  δέ..,  whether..,  or..,  Lat.  sive.., 
sive... — III.  for  καΐ  εν,  and  in,  it  should 
be  written  κάν,  without  accent,  [ά] 

Κάν,  i.  e.  κατά  shortd.  before  v, 
Kuv  νόμον,  for  KUT  νόμον,  κατά  νό• 
μον,  Pind.  Ο.  8,  103. 

tKai'd,  7/,  Cana,  a  village  of  Galilee 
near  Capernaum,  N.  T. 

Κΰνύβευμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  model,  v. 
κάναβος  11.  [α] 

ΚανάβΙνος,  η,  ov,  belonging  to  a 
model  or  sketch,  hence  κηρος  κ-,  wax 
for  modelling,  σώμα  κ-,  a  body  so  lean, 
as  to  be  a  mere  skeleton,  [a]     From 

Κάνάβος,  ου,  ό,  the  ivooden  figure 
round  which  artists  moulded  wax,  clay 
or  plaster,  etc.,  a  skeleton-figure,  hence 
— I.  a  model,  sketch,  rough  draught  for 
sculptors  and  painters  to  work  by, 
elsewh.  πρόπλασμα,  cf.  Miiller  Ar 
chiiol.  d.  Kunst,  '^  305,  7.  (Hence, 
they  say,  comes  canvass,  French  can- 
evas.) — II.  an  anatomical  delineation  of 
the  human  frame,  displaying  the 
veins,  etc.,  Arist.  H.  A.  3,  5,  3,  Gen. 
An.  2,  6,  18. — III.  metaph.,  a  lean  per- 
son, as  we  say,  a  skeleton,  Stratt.  Oin. 
3.     (Prob.  from  κάννα.)  [««] 

Κάναθρον,  ov,  τό,  or  κάνναΟρον, 
(κάνη)  the  seat  or  body  of  a  cane  or 
wicker  carriage,  and  SO  a  carriage  of 
this  kind,  Ovid's  plauslrum  in  quo  scir- 
pea  mattn,  Xen.  Ag.  8,  7.  and  Plut. 

iKuvui,  ων,  αϊ,  Canae,  a  city  on  the 
coast  of  Asia  Minor  in  Aeolis,  Strab. 
'\Κανάκη,  ης.  ή,  Canace,  daughter  of 
Aeolus,  Callim.  H.  Cer.  100. 

'\Κανανίτης,  ov,  ό,  (Hebr.)=Z?7Au- 
τής,  appell.  of  Simon,  N.  T. 

ΚΑΝΑ'ΣΣΩ,  f.  -ξω,  to  make  a  sharp, 
gurgling  sound  with  water,  as  in  the 
throat  or  in  pouring  into  a  vessel : 
prob.  only  found  in  compds.  δια-,  έγ-, 
he-  κανάσσω,  and  these  do  not  seem 
to  be  used  in  the  pres. :  hence  κανα- 
χή,  -έω,  -ίζω,  etc. 

^ΚαναστραΙος,  a  Ion.  η,  ov,  of  or  be- 
longing to  Canastrum,  Canastraean, 
Lyc. ;  as  subst.  to  Καν.=  Κύναστρον, 

Κύναστρον,  ov,  τό,  (κύνη)=:κά• 
νέον,  a  wicker  basket,  Lat.  canistnim. 
— II.  an  earthen  7'fsse/,  dish,  elsewh. 
τρύβλ.ιον,  Ep.  Horn.  14,  3  (where 
Wolf  writes  parox.  κανάστρα),  Ni- 
coph.  Incert.  2. 

iKavaOTpov,  ov,  τό,  Canastrum,  a 
promontory  of  the  peninsula  Pallene 
at  the  entrance  of  the  Toronaicus 
Sinus,  now  Paillari  or  Canistro, 
Strab. :  το  Καναστραιον  sub.  άκρω- 
τήριον.  Thuc.  4,  110 : ;;  Καναστραίη 
άκρη,  Hdt.  7,  123. 

Κΰνάχέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  ring,  clash, 
as  metal  does,  Od.  19,  469 ;  also  to 
plash,  like  water,  Cratin.  Pyt.  7. — II. 
trans,  to  make  to  ring  or  sound,  κ.  μέ- 
AOf,  Αρ.  Rh. :  from 

Κΰνΰχή,  ης,  ή,  (κανάσσω)  a  sharp 
sound,  esp.  the  ring  or  clash  of  metal, 
II.  16,  105,  Soph.  Ani.  130;  the  tramp 
of  mules,  Od.  G,  82  ;  κ.  οδόντων,  the 
gnashing  of  teeth.  II.  19,  365,  Hes.  Sc. 
164,  in  plur.  lb.  ICO  ;  καναχαϊ  αυλών, 
the  sound  of  flutes,  Pind.  P.  10,  60,  cf. 
Soph.  Tr.  642.     Hence 

Καν&χι/δά,  adv.  w-ith  a  sharp,  ring- 
ing vois'e,  Hes.  Th.  367,  Pind.  N.  8, 
25.  [(5a] 


ΚΑΝΗ 

Κανΰχ?ιδόν,  adv.=foreg.,  Dion.  P. 

Κάνΰχ//-ονς,  ό,  77,  -πουν,  τό,  gen. 
τΐοόος,  {καναχτ},  ττούς)  with  sounding 
feet,  epith.  of  the  horse,  Lat.  soaipes, 
Hes.  ap.  Plut.  2,  154  A. 

Κάνύχής,  ες,  {κανάσσω)  making  a 
sharp,  ringing  noise :  o(  the  falling  of 
viaXer,  plashing,  κ.  δάκρυ,  Aesch.  Cho. 
152. 

Κΰνΰχίζω,  f.  -ίσω,=  καναγέω,  II.  12, 
36,  Od.  10,  399,  Hes.  Sc.  373. 

Κΰνΰχός,  ή,  όν,^^καναχής,  noisy, 
κ.  βάτραχοι,  Is'ic. 

^)ί.άναχος,  ον,  ό,  CanSchus,  a  statu- 
ary of  Sicyon,  a  pupil  of  Polycletus, 
Paus.  2,  10,  5. 
iKavSaioc-  ου,  ό,^=Κανδάων,  Lye. 
tKavJuii?;,  ης,  ή,  Candace,  an  Aethi- 
opian  queen  ;  it  was  a  name  common 
to  all  the  queens  of  Aethiopia,  N.  T. 
+Κάΐ'(5ασα,  ων,  τύ,  Candasa,  a  city 
of  Caria,  Polyb. 

tKai'tSaiZr/f,  ov  Ion.  εω,  ό,  Candau- 

les,  son  of  Myrsus,  king  of  Lydia. 

Hdt.  1,  7,  sqq.— 2.  another.  Id.  7,  98. 

■\Κ.ανδαονία,    ας,    ή,    Candavia,    a 

mountainous  region  of  lUyria,  Strab. 

Κάνδαυ/Μς  ου,  ό,  also  κάνδϋ?Μς, 
ό,  and  κανδίλη.  ή.  a  kind  of  Lydian 
dish,  of  which  there  were  several 
varieties,  Comici  ap.  Ath.  516  D,  sq. 
iKavδάuv,  όνος,  ό,  appell.  of  Mars, 
Lye. 

Κανδύκη,  ης,  ■ή,^=κάνδνς. 

Κανδύ/^η,  ης,  ή,  and 

Κάΐ'δν?•.ος,  ου,  ό,  ν.  κάνδαυλος. 

Ίίύνδνς,  νος,  ό,  α  Median  doublet  ΟΓ 
upper  garment  with  sleeves,  Xen.  Cyr. 
1,  3,  2,  An.  J,  5,  8,  v.  Miiller  Archaol. 
d.  Kunst  %  246,  5  :  in  Gramm.  also 
κανδύκη  or  rather  καυνάκη. 

Καΐ'δύτα/.ις,  ιδος,  ή,  also  κανδντύ- 
?.η,  κανδυτάνη,  κανδυτάνις,  α  clothes 
press,  Hesych. 

Κάνειον.  ου,  τό.  Ion.  for  sq.,  Od. 
10,  355. — II.  the  lid  of  a  vessel,  Hipp, 
ta]  ^ 

Κανεον,  ου,  το,  more  rarely  κά- 
νειον, q.  v.,  Att.  contr.  κάνουν,  [κάνη) 
strictly  a  basket  of  reed  or  cane :  then 
any  vessel  in  which  any  thing  was  served, 
a  bread-basket,  dish,  Lat.  canistrum, 
Horn.  ;  made  of  bronze.  II.  11,  630,  of 
gold,  Od.  10,  355  ;  also  earthenware  : 
it  was  used  for  carrying  the  sacred 
barley,  oh'/.ai,  at  sacrifices,  Od.  3, 
442.  [ώ]  ^ 

Κάνη,  η,  a  rarer  form  for  κάννα.  [α] 
tKuv;/,  ης,  η,   Cane,  a  promontory 
on  the  southern  coast  of  Aeolis,  op- 
posite Lesbos,  Strab. :  also  to  Κάνης 
όρος,  Hdt.  7,  42.  ^ 

^Κύνηθος,  ου,  ό,  CanSthus,  son  of 
Lycaon  of  Arcadia,  Apollod. — 2.  son 
of  Alias  of  Euboea,  Ap.  Rh.  1,  78: 
after  him  a  mountain  in  Euboea  was 
named,  Strab. :  in  Plut.,  father  of 
Sciron,  Thes.  25.^ 

Κάνης,  ητος,  η,  {κάνη)  a  mat  of 
reeds,  such  as  the  Athen.  women  took 
with  them  when  they  went  out. — Π. 
ζ=κάνεον,  Crates  Her.  5. 

Κανήτιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  κάνης. 

Κάνηφορέω,  ώ,  to  be  κανηφόρος,  to 
carry  the  sacred  basket  in  procession,  Ar. 
Lys.  646,  1194,  v.  κανηόόρος. 

Κύνηφορία,  ας,  ή,  the  office  or  duty 
of  a  κανηφόρος.  Plat.  Hipparch.  229  C. 
From 

Κάνηφόρος,  ov,  (κάνη,  φέρω)  carry- 
ing a  basket. — II.  usu.  ή  κ.,  the  Basket- 
bearer,  at  Athens  a  maiden  who  car- 
ried on  her  head  a  basket  containing 
the  sacred  things  in  processions  at 
the  feasts  of  Ceres,  Bacchus  and  Mi- 
nerva, Ar.  Ach.  242,  260  :  she  was  to 
be  above  10  years  old,  wore  her  hair 
powdered  and  carried  a  string  of  dried 


ΚΑΝΘ 

figs  in  her  hand,  and  had  a  parasol 
held  over  her  :  this  office,  which  was 
highly  honourable,  was  called  κάνη- 
φορία,  and  the  verb  κανηφορείν.  Fe- 
male figures  of  this  kind,  supporting 
a  basket  on  their  head  with  both 
hands,  were  freq.  subjects  for  works 
of  art :  the  most  celebrated  were  the 
Canephoroe  of  Polycletus  and  Sco- 
pas,  cf.  Muller  Archaol.  d.  Kunst 
§  422,  7. 

Κανθάρεως,  6,  name  of  a  kind  of 
rme  from  which  was  made  οίνος  καν- 
θαρίτης,  Theophr.,  where  there  is  a 
V.  1.  κανθάρεος. 

Κανθαρίζω,  f.  -ίσω,=^τανθαρνζω,  to 
tremble,  Gramm. 

Κανθύριον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  κάν- 
θαρος  II.,  α  small  drinking-cup,  Plut. 

Κανθάριος,  ου,  ό,=κανβάρεος,ύί\ι\>. 
ιΚανθάριος,  ή,  άκρα,  the  prom,  of 
Caniharus,  in  Samos,  Strab. 

Κανθάρίς,  ίδος,  ή,  name  of  several 
kinds  of  beetle,  esp. — 1.  the  Spanish 
fly,  Lat.  cantharis,  Hipp. — 2.  a  beetle 
hurtful  to  corn.  Plat.  (Com.)  Έορτ.  2. 
— II.  a  kind  of  fish,  Numen.  ap.  Ath. 
326  F. 

Κανθαρίτης,  ov,  ό,  (οίνος)  wine 
made  from  the  vine  κανθάρεως,  Plin. 

Κύνθάρος,  ov,  δ,  Lat.  cantharus,  a 
kind  of  beetle,  worshipped  in  Aegypt, 
Ar.  Pac.  81,  ubi  v.  Schol. — II.  a  sort 
of  drinking-cup,  also  in  Lat.  cantharus, 
Phryn.  Κωμ.  1,  cf.  ap.  Ath.  473  sq. — 
III.  α  kind  of  JVaxian  boat,  Ar.  Pac. 
143,  cf.  Meineke  Menand.  122,  v.  κά- 
ραβος  III. — IV.  a  sea  fish,  also  in  Lat. 
cantharus,  Arist.  H.  A. — V.  a  mark  or 
knot  on  the  tonsrue  of  the  Aegyptian 
god  Apis,  Hdt.  3,  28.— VI.  a  kind  of 
woman's  ornament,  Antiph.  Boeot.  4  : 
prob.  a  gem,  like  the  scarabaei  so  com- 
mon among  the  ancient  Aegj-ptians, 
Miiller  Archaol.  d.  Kunst  ^  230. 

\Κάνθαρος,  ov,  b,  Cantharus,  an  At- 
tic hero,  from  whom  one  of  the  small- 
er bays  of  the  Piraeus  was  said  to  be 
named,  ύ  Κανθάρον  7αμην,  Ar.  Pac. 
145. — 2.  a  statuary  of  Sicyon,  Paus. 
— Others  in  A'.h.,  etc. 

Κανβαρώ/.εθρος,  6,  (κάνθαρος,  όλε- 
θρος) death-to-beetles,  as  a  mountain- 
ous part  of  Thrace  near  Olynthus 
was  called,  Arist.  Mirab. 

Κανθτβια,  ov,  τά,  {κάνθος)  Lat. 
clitellae,  a  pack-saddle  for  loading 
beasts  of  burden,  also  the  large  panieis 
hanging  at  the  sides  of  a  pack-sad- 
dle, Ar.  Vesp.  169 :  hence  any  large 
baskets,  tubs,  etc.,  for  carrying  grapes 
at  the  vintage,  etc. — II.  the  tvooden 
frame  that  rises  in  a  curve  at  a  s/tip's 
stern,  Hesych. 

Κανθή?,ίος,  ου,  ό,  (κάνθος)  a  large 
sort  of  ass  for  carrying  burdens,  apack- 
ass,  Lat.  cantherius,  Ar.  Lys.  290  ;  also 
as  adj.  with  όνος.  Plat.  Symp.  221  E, 
cf.  Ruhnk.  Xen.  Mem.  1,  2,  37.— II. 
metaph.  an  ass,  blockhead,  Lysipp.  ap. 
Dicaearch. 

Κανθίαι,  ύν,  αί,^=κανθη?αα,  Arte- 
mid. 

Κανθίς,  ίδος,  ή,  a  small  she-ass,  He- 
sych. ;  dim.  from 

Κάνθος,  ov,  ό,  an  ass,  a  pack-ass. 

Κάνθος,  ου,  ύ,  the  corner  of  the  eye, 
the  apple  of  the  eye,  Moschio  ap.  Stob. 
p.  561, 43.— II.  the  felly  of  a  wheel,  Lat. 
ca7tthus,  Persius. 

ίΚάνθος,  ov,  6,  Canthus,  son  of  Can- 
ethus  (2).  an  Argonaut,  Ap.  Rh.  1, 77. 

Κανθνλη,  ης,  ή,  a  swelling,  Aesch. 
Fr.  202. 

Κάνθων,  ωνος.  ό,  (κάνθος)=:κανθή- 
7.L0C,  a  pack-a.is.  Ar.  Vesp.  179  :  hence 
Trygaeus,  in  Ar.  Pac.  82,  calls  Ids 


KANT 

beetle  κάνθων,  with  a  play  on  κάν- 
θαρος. 

Κάνίας,  ov,  6,—κάνεον,  Hesych. 

Κάνίσκιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  κάνε 
ov,  Ar.  Fr.  208,  Crates  ap.  Poll.  10,  90 

KA'NXA,  ης,  ή,  also  κάννη,  strict 
ly  a  reed  or  cane,  Lat.  canna :  usu.  nnj 
thing  made  therefrom,  esp. — 1.  a  reed 
mat,  Lat.  cannea  storea,  Ar.  Vesp.  394 
— 2.  a  reed  fence  round  statues,  shops 
tents  and  the  sides  of  ships,  elsewh 
γέ^φα,  δέ^βεις,  ττεριφράγματα. 
iKavva,  ης,  ή,  and  Κάνναι,  ων,  α'ι, 
Cannae,  a  town  of  Apulia,  where 
Hannibal  defeated  the  Romans,  Po- 
lyb. 3,  107,  2  ;  etc. 

Κανναβίζω,  to  smoke  ivith  hemp : 
pass,  to  take  a  vapour-bath  by  means  of 
κάνναβις,  q.  v.,  ap.  Hesych. 

ΚαννάβΙνος,  η,  ov,  hempen,  made 
of  hemp,  Lat.  cannabinus,  Anth.  [u]  : 
from 

Κάννάβις,  η,  gen.  tof,  Hdt.  4,  74, 
but  ace.  ioa.  Ibid. :  later  also  gen. 
εως,  (κάννα)  hemp,  Lat.  cannabis,  Hdt. 
— II.  any  thing  made  of  it,  tow. — 2.  a 
hempen  garment,  Lat.  stuppa.  (Germ. 
Hanf,  our  hemp,  is  the  same  word, 
and  so  in  the  Slavonic  languages. 
Pott  £t.  Forsch.  1,  p.  110,  Winning's 
Compar.  Philology,  p.  58.) 

Κάνναβος,  ov,  i/,=  ioreg. 

Κάνναθρον,  ov,  τό,^κάναθρον. 

Καννεύσας,  Ep.  for  κατανεύσας, 
V.  1.  Od.  15,  464,  received  into  the 
text  by  Wolf. 

Κάννη,  7],^=  κάννα. 

Καννητοποίός,  όν,  (κάνης,  ποιεώ) 
making  mats  of  reeds,  Hippon.  104. 

Καννόμον,  worse  way  of  writing 
Kuv  νόμον,  i.  e.  κατά  νόμον.  Find. 

iKάvvωvoς,  ου,  ό,  Cannonus,  an 
Athenian  statesman,  Ar.  Eccl.  1089  ; 
Xen.  Hell.  1,7,21. 

Καννωτός.  ή,  όν,  (κάννα)  made  of 
reed,  also  κανωτός. 

Κανονιάς,  ov,  ό,  ύνθρωτϊος  κ.,  one 
as  straight  as  a  κανών,  a  straight,  slight, 
well-made  man,  Lat.  ad  amussiin  f ac- 
tus, Hipp. 

Κανονίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (κανών)  to  make, 
form  by  rule,  to  measure  OX  judge  by  rule, 
to  rule  or  establish,  Arist.  Eth.  N. — II. 
in  Gramm.  to  range  under  a  rule :  hence 
in  pass.,  κανονίζεται,  it  follows  the 
rule. — III.  in  Eccl.,  to  receive  into  the 
canon  of  Scripture. 

Κανονικός,  ή,  όν,  (κανών)  made  by 
nde,  regidar,  esp.  in  Gramm. — II.  in 
music,  K.  τέχνη,  theoretical  nrusic,  in 
which  the  notes  of  the  scale  are  mea- 
sured ace.  to  the  different  άρμονίαι: 
also  prosody. — III.  in  Eccl.,  canonical, 
regular.     Adv.  -κώς. 

Κΰνόνιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  κανών. 

Κΰνονίς,  ιδος,  ή,  ace.  to  Suid.= 
εργα'λεΐον  καλλιγραφικόν,  prob.  a 
ruler,  Anth. 

Κανόνισμα,  ατός,  τό,  poet,  for  κα- 
νών, a  nde. — II.=foreg.,  Anth. 

Κανονισμός,  ov,  ό,  a  building  by 
nde. — II.  part  of  a  building,  perh.  the 
frieze,  Maneth.  1,  299;  4,"l51. 

Κανονιστέον,  verb.  adj.  from  κα- 
νονίζω, one  mtist  regulate  or  rule,  Luc. 

Κανονιστής,  οϋ,  ό,  a  giver  of  ndes. 
tKoiOf,  οϋ,  ό,  Canus,  a  flute  plaj^er, 
Plut. 

Κάνουν,  TO,  Att.  contr.  from  κα- 
νεον. 

Κάννστρον,  ov,  τό,  =  κάνίσκιον, 
dim.  from  κανίας,  Lat.  canistnim. 

Κάνεΐι;  inf.  aor.  2  of  καίνω. 
fKavTO'Spia,    ας,  η,   Cantabria,  the 
country  of  the   Cantahri  in   Hispania 
Tarraconensis,  Strab. :  and 
iKavraSplκός,   ή,   όν,    Cantabrian, 
Strab.:  a.\so  Καντάβριος :  from 
703 


ΚΑΠ 

^Κάνταβΐ)θί,  ων,  οι,  the  Cantabri,  a 
powerful  nation  in  north  of  Hispania, 
Strab. 
■\Καρτύ3αρις,  ιος.  ό,  Cantabaris,  a 
Persian,  Ath.  410  B. 

ήΚύνηον,  ου,  τό,  {ΰκρωτήριον) 
Cauiium  Pronwntorium,  the  eastern 
point  of  Britain  now  North  Foreland, 
Strab. 

fKavvah'OC,  η,  ov,  ofCanu^ium,  Ath. 
97  E.     From 

ίΚαιύσιον,  ου,  τό,  Canusium,  a  city 
ofJuaunia  in  Italy,  Strab. 
Κΰνώ,  fut.  of  καίνω. 
^Κανω3ικός.  ή,  όι;  of  οτ  belonging  to 
Canobus  ;  στόμα,  Hdt.  2,  15, 113,  etc., 
διώμνς.  Strab. 

tKawj.Jif,  loor,  7/,  pecul.  fern,  to 
foreg.,  ακτή,  PliU.  Sol.  26. 

iKaι'ω3ιΓης,  ου,  ό,  and  Κανο},3εύς, 
έως,  ύ,  an  tnhab.  of  Canobus,  Paus.  ; 
former  also  &ά}.=  Κανωβικύς,  Anth. : 
from 

Κύνωβος,  ου,  ό,  also  Κίύωττος,  ου, 
ό,  Canobus,  a  town  m  Lower  Aegypt, 
near  one  of  the  mouths  of  the  Λιΐβ 
(which  received  its  name  fioin  itj, 
notorious  for  its  lu.xury,  Aesch.  Pr. 
846  ;  Hdt.  2,  97  ;  etc. :  hence  Κάνω- 
βίζω.  Ιο  tire  like  a  Canobian,  live  lux- 
uriously, and  Κανωβισμός,  οϋ,  ό,  lux- 
urious living,  Strab. 

Κΰνών,  όνος,  ό,  {κάνη,  κάννα)  any 
straight  rod  or  pole,  esp.  to  keep  a  thing 
upright  or  straight,  to  regulate  and 
order  it :  hence— 1.  in  11.  8,  193  ;  13, 
407,  κανόνες  are  parts  of  the  shield, 
either  the  diaaoaal  rods  round  the  ends 
of  which  ran  the  rim,  or  two  cross  rods 
at  top  and  bottom  to  which  the  hold- 
ing-strap (Γ£Λα//ών)  was  fi-xed.  instead 
of  the  later  όχανον  or  handle.— 2.  a 
rod  or  bar  used  in  weaving,  acc.  to  some 
tne  breast-beam,  acc.  to  others,  the  shut- 
tle or  qvill  for  unrollmg  the  yarn,  11. 
23,  761,  Ar.  Thesm.  822.-3.  any  rod 
xtsedfor  measuring,  a  cnrpenter^s  rule, 
also  a  rule  for  finding  vertical  OX  hori- 
zontal position",  a  plumb-line  or  level,  v. 
Valck.  Hipp.  p.  218  sq.— 4.  the  beam 
or  tongue  of  the  balance,  Anth. — 5.  a 
curtain-rod.  Chares  ap.  Ath.  538  D.— 
6.  κανόνες  were  the  keys  or  stops  of 
the  flute,  A.  P.  9,  365.— II.  metaph. 
like  Lat.  regnla  and  norma,  any  thing 
that  serves  to  fix,  regulate,  determine 
other  things,  a  rule,  Lat.  norma,  Eur. 
Hec.  602,  El.  52  :  so  the  Αορνφομος 
of  Polycletus  was  nailed  κανών,  as  a 
rule  or  model  of  beautiful  proportion, 
V.  Mliller  Archuol.  d.  Kunst  '§.  120,  4  : 
so  too  in  music  the  inonochord  was 
called,  as  the  basis  of  all  the  musical 
intervals :  also  in  Gramm.  and  Rhet., 
κανόνες  were  general  rules  or  princi- 
ples:  and  in  chronology,  κανόνες 
χρονικοί  were  chief  epochs  or  eras, 
which  served  to  determine  all  inter- 
mediate dates,  Dion.  H. — 2.  esp.  in 
Alexandr.  Gramm.,  collections  of  the 
old  Greek  authors  were  called  κανό- 
νες, as  being  models  of  excellence, 
classics,  Ruhnk.  Hist.  Grit.  Orat. 
Graec.  p.  xciv.,  cf.  Quinctil.  Inst. 
Rhet.  10,  1,  54,  59  :  and  so  in  Eccl., 
the  books  received  by  the  Church  as 
the  rule  of  faith  and  practice,  the  ca- 
nonical scriptures. 

Κύνωπον,    ov,  τό,  the  clder-floteer, 
Lat.  sambucus. 

Κύνωπος,  ου,  ό,  v.  Κάνωβος. 
Κΰνωτύς,  ή.  όν,  ν.  καννωτός. 
Κάξ,  conlr.  from  και  έξ. 
^Καούαροι,  ων,  οι,   the   Cabares,    a 
people  in  Gallia  Narbonensis,  Strab. 
ΚάτΓ,  shortd.  Ep.  for  κατά  π.,  καπ 
ττεόίον,  II.  C,  201,  and  before  φ,  καττ 
ούλαρα,  11.  16,  106. 
704 


ΚΑΠΗ 

Κΰπύναξ,  ΰκος,  ΰ,  {καπάνη)  the 
uiooil  (it  tite  sides  of  a  chariot-seat.  [~a] 
^Κα-ανευς,  έως  Ep.  and  Ion.  ϊ/υς, 
ύ.  Cupaneus,  son  of  llipponous,  father 
of  Sthenelus,  one  of  the  Seven  against 
Thebes,  il.  2,  561;  Aesch.,  etc. 

Κάτϊάνη,  7ίς,  ή,  {κάττ?/)  strictly  a 
crib  or  manger :  also  α  Thessalian  char- 
iot, for  απήνη,  Xenarch.  ΣκνΟ.  2  :  and 
the  cross  piece  in  a  chariot-seat.  Poll. — 
II.  a  felt  helmet,  ap.  Hesych..  [ττα] 

tKu7rav;/ia(5//f,  ου,  ό,  son  of  Cupa- 
neus, i.  e.  Sthenelus,  11.  5,  109. 

^Καπανήίος,  ό,  of  Capaneus,  νίός,= 
foreg.,  11  4,  367. 

Κύπύνικός,  ή,  όν,  (καττύνη)  be- 
longing to  a  Thessalian  chariot :  hence 
inetaph.  splendid,  stately,  όείπνα,  Ar. 
Fr.  413. 

iKa~άτωv,  ωνος,  6,  Capaton,  a  Lo- 
crian,  Thuc.  3,  103. 

^Κ,απέδουνον,  ου,  τό,  Capediinum,  a 
city  of  lllyria,  Strab. 

KuTTEtra,  contr.  from  και  έπειτα, 

and  then,  i.  e.  and  secondly,  and  further. 

■\Καηερναονμ,  ή,  and  Καφαρναονμ, 

ή,    Capernaum,  a  flourishing  city  of 

Galilee,  N.  T. 

Καπέτις,  ιύος,ή,=χοΐνιξ,  Polyaen., 
cf.  κατηθη. 

Κύπετος,  ου,  ή,  {σκάπτω,  for  σκύ- 
πετος)  α  dileh,  irench,  II.  15,  350;  a 
vault,  grave,  11.  24,  797  ;  in  genl.  a  hol- 
low, hole,  II.  18,  504,  also  in  Soph.  Aj. 
1403  :  in  Hipp.,  a  hole  to  receive  a 
bolt.  Foes.  Oecon. 
^Καπετωλιον,  Καπετωλίς,  v.  Καπι- 
τωλιον.  etc. 

ΚΑ'ΠΗ,  ης,  ή,  α  crib  for  the  food 
of  cattle,  manger,  11.  8.  434,  Od.  4,40, 
both  times  in  dat.  ])lur.  κάπ^σι :  κύ- 
πι/Οεν,  away  from  the  crib,  Lye.  (v. 
sub  κύπτω.)  [ά] 

Καπηλεία,  ας,  ή,  {καπη?ιεύω)  retail 
trade,  esp.  a  dealing  in  provisions,  tav- 
ern-keeping. Plat.  Legg.  849  D. 

Κάπ7/λιΙον,  ου,  τό,  the  shop  of  a 
κάπι/λος,  esp.  a  tavern,  Lat.  caujiona, 
Ar.  Ecci.  154,  Isocr.  149  D. 

Κΰπηλευτης,  υϋ,  ό,  {καπηλεύω)= 
κύ,-η'λος.     Hence 

ΚΰπυΆεντικός,  ή,  όν,^καπιβικύς. 
Plat.  Legg.  842  ϋ. 

Κάπ7/'λευω,  to  be  a  κάπη2.ος,  or  re- 
tail dealer,  drive  a  petty  trade,  sell  by 
retail,  absol.  Hdt.  1,  155;  2,  35:  c. 
acc,  K.  πράγματα.  Id.  3,  89  :  hence 
metaph.,  κ.  τά  μαϋήματα,  to  sell  learn- 
ing by  retail,  higgle  in  philosophy. 
Plat  Prot.  313  U;  and  so  in  Aesch. 
'I'heb.  545,  κ.  μάχην,  to  make  a  trade 
of  war,  play  petty  tricks  in  war,  En- 
nius'  betlum  cauponari :  also  to  adul- 
terate, as  tavern-keepers  do  wines, 
Ν .  'Γ.  :  to  give  out  as  genuine,  palm  off, 
hke  Lat.  venditare,  Valck.  Hipp.  952. 
Κάπη'?ιΐκός,  η,  όν,  belonging  to  a  κύ- 
πη'λος,  like  one,  and  so  tricky,  knavish  : 
ή  -in),  sub.  τέχνη,=  καπηλεία,  Plat. 
Soph.  223  D.  Adv.  -κώς,  hence  κ. 
εχειν,  to  play  roguish  tricks,  play  the 
knave,  Ar.  Plut.  1003. 

Κΰπηλιον,  ου,  τό,=  καπηλεΐον. 
Κάπι/λις,  ιόος,  ή,  also  -λίς.  ίίίος, 
fern.  οίκάπη?.ος,  Lat.  copja,  Ar.  Thesm. 
347,  Plut.  435.  [κά] 

Κΰπηλοδυτης,  ου,  δ,  {κάπηλος, 
δύω)  α  tavern-lounger. 

Κύπη/ιος,  ου,  ό,  {κάπτω,  κάπη) 
strictly  one  who  sells  provisions :  then 
any  retail  dealer,  petty  tradesman,  huck- 
ster, higgler,  Lat.  caupo,  propola,  Hdt. 
1,  94,  etc. ;  opp.  to  έμπορος,  the 
wholesale-dealer,  importer,  Lat.  mer- 
cator,  Xen.  Cyr.  4,  5,  42  :  esp.  a  tav- 
ern-keeper, publican  :  freq.  in  compds., 
βιβ'λω-,  Ιμάτιο-,  σιτυκύπηλος. — II. 
ι  from  the  popular  character  of  κάπη- 


ΚΑΠΝ 

λοί,  a  cheat,  rogue,  knave  :  hence — 2. 
as  adj.  of,  ov,  cheating,  knavish,  κ. 
τεχνήματα,  Aesch.  Fr.  328.  [ύ] 

Κάπητόν,  ov,  τό,  {κάπη)  fodder,  in 
later  Lat.  cajntum. 

Κάπί,  contr.  Irom  και  ίπί. 

Κάττία,  ων,  τά,  onions,  Lat.  caepa, 
Hesych. 

Καπίθη.  ης,  ή,  {κάπτω)  a  measure 
containing  two  χοίνικες.  esp.  in  Per- 
sia, Xen.  An.  1,  5,  6.  (Perh.  akin  to 
κάπτω,  to  contain,  like  capis  from  ca- 
pio.  cf.  καπίτις. 

^Καπιτώλιον,  ου,  τό,  the  Capitolium, 
Capitol,  in  Rome,  Polyb. ;  also  Κα- 
πετώλιον.  Hence 
^Καπιτώλιος,  a,  ov,  and  Καπετ.,  of 
or  belonging  to  the  Capitol,  Capiloline, 
Polyb. ;  Dion.  H.  :  and 

j-Καπιτωλις,  ίδος,  ή,  pecuL  fern,  to 
foreg.,  in  Anth.  Καπετω'λίς. 

Ka-j.'fi'(j,  poet,  for  καπνίζω,  to  turn 
into  smoke,  burn,  Nic. 

ΚατΓΐ'ε/αίοΐ',  ov,  τό,  an  oily  resin 
flowing  naturally  from  trees.  Gal. 

Κάπνεος  or  -νεως,  ή.  =  κάπνιος, 
Arist.  Gen.  An  ,  and  Theophr. 

Κάπνη,  ή,—καπνοδόχη,  Ar.  Vesp. 
143. 

Καπ^'ηλός,  όν,  smoky,  tasting  or 
smelling  of  smoke,  Nic. 

Καπνίας,  ov,  ό,  {καπνός)  smoky, 
full  of  .3?noke. — II.  κ.  οίνος,  ό,  a  wine 
that  had  a  smoky  taste  from  having 
been  long  hung  up  in  smoke  :  hence 
old  wine,  Lat.  vinum  fmnosum  :  or, 
better  perh.,  wine  made  from  the  vine 
κάπνεος,  Pherecr.  Pers.  1,  0,  etc.,  v, 
Nake  Choeril.  p.  52. 

Καπνιάω,  ώ,  to  smoke,  6.  g.  κ.  σμή- 
νος, to  smoke  a  bee-hive,  Ap.  Rh. 

Καττνί^ω,  f.  -ί'σω  Att.  -ίώ,  {καπ• 
νός)  to  make  smoke  :  and  SO  to  make  0Ϊ 
light  a  fire.  II.  2,  399—11.  to  .-smoke, 
blacken  u-ith  smoke,  Dem.  1257,  15, 
Sopat  ap.  Ath.  100  F:  pass,  καπνί- 
ζομαι, to  be  affected  by  s?noke,  suffer 
from  it,  Arist.  Probl. 

Καπνίον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  καπ- 
νός. 

Καπνικός,  ή,  όν,  smoky. 

Κάπνιος,  ov,  ή,  also  ή  καπνία  ας, 
ο.  aut  sine  άμπελος,  a  kind  of  vine 
with  S7noke-coloured  grapes,  v.  κάπνεος 
and  καπνίας. — II.  ή  κ.,  a  plant,  fu- 
mitory,  hat.  fu?naria,  Diosc. 

Κάπνϊσις,  εως,  ή,  {καπνίζω)  a 
.smoking,  Anth. 

Κάπνισμα,  ατός,  τό,  an  offering  of 
smoke,  i.  e.  incense. 

Καπνιστέον,  verb.  adj.  from  καπ- 
νίζω, one  must  smoke. 

Καπνιστός,  ή,  όν,  {καπνίζω)  smoked, 
Ath.  153  C. — 2.  7nade  fragrant,  Aet. 

Καπνίτης,  ό.=κάπνιος  II,  Diosc. 

Καπνοβότης,  ό,  {καπνός,  βόσκω)οτ 
καπτοπάτης,  (,πάημηι)  one  ivho  lives  on 
smoke,  dub.  in  Strab.  for  -βάτι/ς.  [α] 

Καπνοδόκη.  ης,  η,=^  καπνοδόχη. 
Ion.  and  Att..  Hdt.  4,  103  ;  8,  137,  cf. 
Lob.  Phryn.  307. 

Καπνοδοχεΐαν,  ov,  ro,=  sq. 

Καπνοδόχη,  ης,  η,  {καπνός,  δέχο- 
μαι) strictly  η  smoke-receiver :  a  hole  in 
the  ceiling  or  roof  for  the  smoke  to  pass 
through,  Hdt.  8,  137. 

Καπνοδόχος,  ov, {καπνός,  δέχομαι) 
receiving  smoke. 

Καπνοειδής,  ες.  (καπνός,  είδος)  like 
smoke,  smoke-coloured,  Ael. 

Καπνοπάτης,  ov,  6,  v.  καπνοβότης. 

Καπνοποιός,  όν,  {καπνός,  ποιέω) 
making  S7nnke,  smoky. 

ΚΑΠΝΟ'Σ.  ov,  ό,  smoke,  vapour, 
Hom.  :  metaph.  καπνού  σκιά.  Soph. 
Ant.  1170,  for  things  worth  nothing, 
cf  Ar.  Nnb.  .320,  Plat.  Rep.  581  D. 
(In  the  Lat.  form  vap-or,  κ  is  dropt. 


ΚΑΠΡ 

and  ν  appears  ;  both  of  which  are 
found  in  some  Slavonic  languages, 
Pott  Et.  Forsch.  2,  205.)  ^ 

Κατηοσόράντης,  ου,  δ,  (κατηός, 
οιτφραίνομαι)  one  who  snuffs  up  smoke, 
epith.  of  a  miser,  Alciphr. 

Καπνοφόβος,  ov,  {καπνός,  φέρω) 
causing  smoke. 

Καπνόυ,  ύ,  (καπνής)  to  turn  into 
smoke,  burn  :  pass,  to  be  burnt  to  ashes, 
Find.  P.  5,  111,  Eur.  Tro.  8. 

Κα-νώ(^ης,  ες,  {καττνός,.  εΐόος)  like 
smoke,  smoky,  Theophr. :  in  genl.  dark, 
dusky,  Luc.     Adv.  -δώς. 
ίΚΰπος,  ον,ιό,  Dor.  for  κήπος. 

Κάπας,  ά,  Aeol.  κάπνς,  breath,  οη\γ 
in  Gramm. 

Κάππα,  τό.  v.  sub  Κ. 

Καππάδόκης,  ov,  ό,  a  CappaJocian, 
Hdt.  5.  49  ;  7,  72  ;  usu.  later  Καππά- 
δοξ.  οκος.  ό,  Xen.  ;  etc. 

iKaππaδoκίa,  ας,  ή,  Cappadocia,  a 
country  of  Asia  Minor  between  Pon- 
tus  and  Cilicia,  Strab. 

Ιίαππΰ,δοκίζω,  to  favour  the  Cappa- 
docians,  App. —  II.  to  play  the  Cappado- 
cian,  i.  e.  play  the  coivard  or  knave, 
Anth-,  in  pass. :  and 

iKaππaδoκΐκός,  ή,  όν,  Cappadoeian, 
Dio  C. :  and 

■\Καππαδύκιτσα.  ης,  ή,  fern,  to  Καττ- 
τταδόκης,  Strab.  :  from 

Καππύύοξ,  οκος,  ό.  later  usu.  form 
for  Kaππaδόκης,f  aCappadocian. — II. 
the  Cappadox,  a  tributary  of  the  Halys, 
on  the  borders  of  Cappadocia  and 
Galatia,  Luc.  [πα\ 

Καππύβίον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  sq., 
Poet.  ap.  Plut.  2,  668  A. 

Κύππΰρις,  εως,  ή,  the  caper  plant : 
also  its  fruit,  the  caper.  Lat.  capparis, 
Antiph.  Bomb.  3.  (But  the  Sanscr. 
caphari  is  our  ginger,  Pott  Etym. 
Forsch.  2,  p.  4-23.) 

Κάππεσου,  ες,  ε,  Ep.  for  κατεπ., 
aor.  2  act.  o(  καταπίπτω,  Hom. 

'Καπποόόρος,  ov,  {κάππα,  φέρω)  of 
a  horse,  marked  with  a  κάππα,  cf 
κοππατίας ;  some  read  κοππαφόρος, 
Luc. 

Καππνρίζω,  for  καταπαρίζω,  to 
catch,  take  fire,  only  in  Theocr.  2,  24, 
where  indeed  V^alck.  would  read  καπ- 
^πιJpός  ενσα  instead  of  καππνρίσασα, 
but  without  sufficient  grounds. 

Καππώτας,  a,  6,  v.  λεύς. 

Καπρα,  ΰς,  ή,  contr.  for  καπρέα, 
lewdness,  Hesych.,  cf.  Bach  Philet. 
32. 

Κύπραινα,  ης,  ή,  fern,  of  κάπρος,  a 
wild  sow. — II.  metaph.  a  lewd  woman, 
Phryn.  (Com.)  Μοΰσ.  3. 

Καπράω,  ώ,  {κάπρος)  strictly  of 
sows,  to  tvant  the  boar,  Lat.  suhare  : 
hence  in  genl.  to  be  lewd  or  lecherous, 
Ar.  Plut.  1(124  ;  also  καπριάω,  καπρί- 
ζω,  καπρώζω. 

Καπρεά,  άς,  ή,  or  better  καπριά, 
ας,  ή,  the  ovary  of  a  sow  or  camel, 
Λνΐίϊοΐα  may  be  cut  out  to  prevent 
their  breeding,  Arist.  H.  A. 

■{Καπρέαι,  ύν,  at,  or  Καπρίαί,  Cap- 
reae,  now  Capri,  an  island  on  the  coast 
of  Campania,  Strab. 

Κάπριιος,  a,  ov,  {κάπρος)  belonging 
to  or  like  a  wild  boar,  Lat.  aprimis,  Nonn. 

Kaπpiά,  ή,  v.  καπρεά. 
tKa-pifi,  ας,  ή,  Capria,  a  lake  of 
Pamphylia,  Strab. 

Καπριάω,  ώ,  and  καπρίζω, ^κα- 
πράω, Arist.  Η.  Α. 

Κύπριος,  ου,  ό,  poet,  for  κάπρος,  α 
wild  boar,  II.  11,  414;  12,  42;  also, 
σϋς  κύπριος.  Μ  11,  293;  17,  282.— 
II.  as  auj.  κύπριος,  ον,^  κύπρειος, 
like  α  wild  boar,  καπρίονς  έχειν  τύς 
πρώρας,  Hdt.  3,  59. 

Καπρίσκος,  ου,  ό,  dim.  from  κά- 
45 


ΚΑΠΤ 

προς:  hence=sq.  II,  Crobyl.  ap.  Ath. 
107  F. 

ΚΑ'ΠΡΟΣ,  ov,  b,  the  boar,  esp.  the 
wild  boar,  Horn.,  who  also  has  συς 
κάπρος. — II.  a  sen-fish  that  makes  a 
grunting  noise,  Philem.  p.  384. — III. 
Lat.  membrum  virile  ?  (Cf.  Lat.  caper. 
Germ.  Eber ;  though  the  Lat.  caper  is 
a  goat,  both  perh.  so  called  from  the 
notion  of  καπράω,  which  is  common- 
ly attributed  to  both.) 

^Κάπρος,  ου,  ό,  the  Capr>is,  a  tribu- 
tary of  the  Maeander  in  Greater 
Phrj'gia,  Strab.— 2.  a  river  of  Assy- 
ria, the  lesser  Zab,  Id. — II.  the  har- 
bour of  Stagira  in  the  peninsula 
Chalcidice,  and  a  small  island  in  front 
of  it,  Strab. 

Καπροφάγος,  ov,  {κάπρος,  φαγεΐν) 
eating  boar's  flesh,  epith.  of  Diana, 
Hesych. 

Καπροφόνος,  ov,  {κάπρος,  φονεύω) 
killing  wild  boars,  κνων,  Anth. 

Καπρώζω,=  καπράω,  Scler.  ap.  Ath. 
402  B. 

Καπτήρ,  ηρος,  6,  in  Theophr.,  an 
earthen  tube  :  but  prob.  a  mistake  for 
κα?.νπτήρ. 

Κάπτω,  (lengthd.  from  root  ΚΑΠ-, 
which  appears  in  κάπη,  Lat.  capio) 
fut.  κάφω,  to  eat  quick,  swalloiv  or  gulp 
down,  of  solids,  Ar.  Av.  245  ;  and  of 
liquids,  Xenarch.  Porph.  3  :  for  its 
expressing  still  greater  greediness 
than  φαγεΐν,  cf  Ar.  Pac.  7.  (Cf  also 
Germ,  schnappen,  happen,  our  snap.) 
fKaπύaι,  αί,=  Καφναι,  Strab. 
ή'Καπνανοί,  ών,  oί,=Kaπvηvoί,Po]yb. 
ίΚαπνη,  7}ς,  i],  the  city  Capua  in 
Campania,  Polyb.  2,  17,  1. 

\Καπυ7]νοί,  ων,  o't,  the  inhab.  of  Ca- 
pua, the  Capuans.  Polyb.  9,  5,  6  ;  also 
Καπνήσιοι,  oi.  Id.  7,  1,  1. 

Κΰπίφια,  ων,  τά,  and 

Κΰπνρίδια,  ων,  τά,  a  kind  of  cakes, 
Ath. 

Κΰπνρίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {καπνρός)  to 
breathe  dry,  warm  air  :  in  genl.  to  en- 
joy one's  self,  live  luaniriously,  Strab. 
Hence 

Καπνριστής,  ov,  b,  a  debauchee, 
Strab. 

Κΰπνρός,  ά,  όν,  dried  by  the  air, 
dry,  dried,  κ.  κρέα,  Antiph.  Parasit. 
2  ;  ύ?.ενρον  και  ά7.φιτον  κ.,  Arist. 
Probl. — 2.  act.  drying,  parching,  κ-  νό- 
σος, a  parching,  burning  sickness,  of 
love,  Theocr.  2,  85. — II.  metaph.  of 
sound,  καπνρον  γελάν,  to  laugh  loud, 
Anth.,  etc.  :  so  also  poets  are  de- 
scribed as  having  κ.  στόμα,  a  loud, 
clear-sounding  song,  Theocr.  7,  37 ; 
Mosch.  3,  94  :  κ.  στφίζειν,  to  play 
clearly  on  the  Sj'^rinx,  Luc. ;  ώδαι  κ., 
rude  comic  songs,  opp.  lo  έσπουδα- 
σμέναι  ;  cf  κραμβα'λέος.  (Not  for 
κατάπνρος,  but  from  κάπω,  καπνω, 
from  the  drjing  effects  of  wind, 
like  ανος  from  *αω,  άημι,  but  cf 
Herm.  de  Emend.  Gr.  Gr.  p.  59.) 
Hence 

Κΰπνρό(ι),  a,  to  dry,  parch  :  pass. 
to  become  dry  OT  parched,  Strab. 

Καπνρώδης,  ες,  {καπνρός,  είδος) 
of  a  dry  nature,  dry.  Phot. 

Κάπνς,  Aeol.  for  κάπος. 
^Κάπνς,  νος,  b,  Capys,  son  of  As- 
saracus,  father  of  Anchises,  II.  20, 
239. 

Κάπνω,  f.  -νσώ,  {κάπω)  to  breathe, 
άπο  δε  φνχην  ίκάπυσσεν,  she  gasped 
away  her  soul,  II.  22,  467,  (where 
however  it  is  not  meant  of  expiring, 
but  of  the  death  ruckle  in  the  throat, 
like  Lat.  animam  agebat,  cf  Q.  Sm. 
6,  523) ;  a  rare  poet.  word.  perh.  akin 
to  καπνός,  vapour,  cf  κεκαφηώς,  κά- 
πος. [ν  in  all  tenses.] 


ΚΑΠΑ 

Καπφά7.αρα,  worse  form  for  Kin 
φά'λαρα  for  κατύ  φ.,  only  II.  16,  106 

Κάπων,  ωνος.  ό,  a  capon,  Lat.  capo, 

Κάρ,  for  κατά  before  p,  καρ  ίιόον, 
II.  \2,  33,  κάρ  pa,  II.  20,421. 

ΚΑ 'Ρ,  seemingly  an  old  word= 
θρίξ,  the  hair  of  the  head,  akin  to  κάρα, 
hence  II.  9,  378,  τίω  όέ  μιν  έν  κύρος 
αίστι,  1  value  him  not  at  a  hair's 
worth.  Deriv.  uncertain,  but  prob. 
from  same  root  with  άκαρής,  so  that 
έν  καρυς  αίσΐ)  answers  to  the  Lat. 
nee  hili :  some  ancients  made  it  Dor. 
for  κηρός,  I  esteem  (i.  e.  hate)  him  as' 
death,  like  Ισον  ύπήχβετο  κηρΐ  με- 
λαίνη,  II.  3,  454  ;  others  wrote  έν 
Καρός  αίσΐ),  Ι  hold  him  as  a  Carian, 
i.  e.  lightly :  but  this  refers  to  a  later 
proverb  (cf  sq.),  and  in  both  these 
cases,  it  would  have  ά. — II.  also  for 
κάρα,  κάρη,  head,  in  phrases  έπϊ  κάρ, 
head-\on%,  like  κατώκαρα,  II.  16,  392; 
and  άχ'ά  κάρ  upwards,  Hipp.  But 
these  are  now  usu.  written  έπικάρ, 
ύνακάρ. 

Κάρ,  b,  gen.  Κύρος,  plur.  Κύρες, 
a  Carian,  II.  2,  867  ;  in  later  times  de- 
spised as  mercenaries,  Valck.  Hdt.  5, 
60,  Hemst.  Ar.  Plut.  Arg.  p.  6,  sq. : 
hence  proverb.,  έν  Kapi  or  έν  τώ 
Καρι  κινδννενειν,  to  make  the  risk 
on  a  Carian,  Lat.  experimentum  facerc 
in  corpore  vili,  Musgr.  Eur.  Cycl.  047; 
cf  Schol.  Plat.  Laches  187  Β  ;  so  too 
δεΙ  έν  Καρϊ  την  πείραν  γίγνεσθαι, 
Polyb.  10,  32,  11  ;  hence  in  full,  έν 
τω  ΚαρΙ  και  ονκ  έν  τοις  έαντών  σώ• 
μασι  κινδννενειν,  Aristid.  1,  ρ.  163; 
but  the  same  proverb  meant  also  to 
undertake  a  risk  with  the  help  of 
others,  Ruhnk.  Praef  Hesych.  2.  p. 
7,  Cic.  Flacc.  27.  [ά  only  in  very  late 
writers,  Jac.  A.  P.  p.  441.]  Fern. 
Κάειρα  [α]. 
tKup,  gen.  Κάρός,  b.  Car,  son  of 
Phoroneus,  brother  of  Mysus  and 
Lytius,  from  whom  Caria  was  said  to 
be  named,  Hdt.  1,  171. 

KA'PA",  TO.  Ion.,  and  in  Hom. 
κάρη  [α],  indecl.  :  the  head,  of  men 
and  animals,  oft.  in  Hom.,  only  hi 
nom.  or  ace.  sing. :   the  face.  Soph. 

0.  C.  285,  El.  1310  :  also  in  genl.  the 
head,  top  of  anything,  e.  g.  a  moun- 
tam,  Hes.  Th.'42  ;  of  a  tree.  Soph. 
Fr.  24  ;  the  edge  or  brim  of  a  cup, 
Soph.  O.  C.  473,  Eubul.  Kv.S.  1,6; 
but  rare  in  such  signfs.  :  in  Att.  poets 
it  serves,  like  κεφαλή  and  Lat.  caput, 
as  periphr.  for  a  person,  Ο'ιόίπον, 
Ίοκύστης  κυρα  for  Οίδίπονς,  Ίοκά- 
στη,  etc.  Later  writers  supplied  the 
defect,  cases,  as  if  κύρη  were  of  decl. 

1,  VIZ.,  κάρης,  κάρτ},  κάρην,  Theogn. 
1018,  Mosch.  4,  74,  cf  Valck.  Fr. 
Callim.  p.  130  ;  so  too  we  have  κάρα 
as  dat.  of  κάρα  in  Soph.  O.  C.  564, 
Ant.  1272,  but  that  is  neut.,  not  fem. : 
ace.  κάραν,  Aesop.  94,  Schneid.  cf. 
Mehlhorn  Anacr.  50,  9 :  lastly  in  H. 
Hom.  Cer.  12,  we  find  the  regul.  contr. 
Ep.  nom.  plur.  κάρύ  (for  κύρη  in  II. 
10,  259,  and  κάρα,  in  Soph.  Aiit.  291, 
need  not  be  taken  as  plur.)  The  Ep. 
gen.  and  dat.  κύρητος,  κύρητι  [ΰ],  li. 
15,  75.  Od.  6,  230,  must  be  taken  as 
supplementary  to  κύρη,  and  from 
these  again  came  the  fuller  forms  κα- 
ρήατος,  καρήατι,  plur.  κΰρήατα,  II. ; 
for  there  is  no  need  to  assume  a  nom. 
κύρηαρ,  κύρητος  being  formed  by 
anal,  from  κάρη  as  σώματος  from 
σώμα,  μέλιτος  from  μέλι.  etc.  :  add 
to  these  the  cases  formed  from  *κράς, 
κρύας,  qq.  v.  and  cf  the  lengthd.  form 
κύρηνον.  (Prob.  akin  to  Sanscr. 
fiVas,  cirsha,  cf  κόρση :  also  prob.  to 
κάρ,  hair,  as  also  to  cerebrum.  Germ. 

705 


KAPB 

Gehirn,  as  also  to  κέρας,  eoniu,  horn, 
and  to  κύρνς.) 

Kupudiof,  ov,  TO.  dim.  from  κάρα- 
βος  in  alt  signfs.  [pu] 

Κΰρΰβίς,  ίύος,  ή,=:κάραβος :  esp. 
a  kind  nf  crab.  Gal. 

Κΰρΰβοειδής,  ές,  {κάρα3ος,  είδος) 
likf  a  κάραβυς,  Arist.  Part.  An. 

Κάρΰβοπρόςωτνος,  ov,  {κύραβος, 
ττρόςωπον)  with  the  face  of  a  κάραβος, 
Luc. 

ΚΑΤΑ'ΒΟΣ,  ov,  0,  a  kmd  of  beetle, 
the  stas-beetle,  Lat.  scarah-aeus,  also 
καράμ3ιοςαηύ  κψάμβυξ. — II.  a  prick- 
ly kind  of  crab,  Lat.  carabus,  locusta, 
Epich.  p.  27,  Ar.  Fr.  302,  etc. — III.  a 
kind  of  li'^ht  ship,  still  called  κάραβι, 
cf.  κέρκονρος,  κύνθπρος.  (CI.  our 
crab,  Oerin.  krebs,  Lat.  scarabaeus ; 
also  Grem.  krabbeln,  to  crawl  :  in 
Sanscr.  (nrabha  is  a  locust,  [κά] 

ΚΓιραβώδης,  ες,^καραβοεώής,  like 
a  κύραβος,  Arist.  Η.  Α. 

Κΰρύδοκεοι,  ώ,{κύρα,  δoκεύω)str\ct- 
ly,  to  watch  with  outstretched  head,  watch 
eagerly  or  anxiously,  τί,  Hdt.  7,  163, 
168,  cf  8,  67  ;  also  κ.  εις  τίνα,  to  look 
eagerly  at  one,  Ar.  Eq.  663.    Hence 

Κάράδοκία,  ας,  ;/,  eager  expectation, 
V.  1.  N.  T. 

Καραιβαράω,  ώ,=  καρηβαρεω,  dub. 
Καρακύλ?.ιον,    also    καράκαλλον, 
ov,  TO,  a  hood,  Lat.   caracalla,  cucul- 
lus. 

fKάpaλις,  η,  Caralis,  a  city  of  Sar- 
dinia, now  Cagliari,  Strab.  with  v.  1. 
Κύλαρις. 

^Κύραμβις,  εως  and  ιδος,  ή,  Caram- 
bis,  a  promontory  of  Paphlagonia, 
Strab. ;  Ap.  Rh.  2,  301. 

iKupava,  ων,  τύ,  Carana,  a  city  of 
Galatia,  Strab. 

Κΰράνιστήρ,  ηρος,  6,  {κάρα)  touch- 
ing the  head,  beheading,  κ.  δίκη,  Aesch. 
Euni.  177. 

Κα.ράι>ίστΐ)ς,  ov,  b,  {KUpa)={oreg., 
K.  μόρος,    Eur.    Rhes.  817. 

{Καρανΐτις,  ιδης,  η,  fern.  adj.  from 
Jiapava,  of  or  belonging  to  Carana, 
χώρα,  Strab. 

Κάράνον,  ov,  TO,  Dor.  and  Att.  for 
κάρηνον. 

Κάρανος,  ov,  ό,  η  head,  chieftain,  chief, 
Xen.  Hell.  1,  4,  3.  (Akin  to  «άρα,  as 
κύρηνην  to  κύρη)  [«ΰ]    Hence 

■\Κάρύ,νος.  ov,  6,  Ion.  Κύρτ^νης,  Ca- 
ranns,  a  Heraclitl  of  Argos,  founder 
of  the  Macedonian  kingdom,  Plut. — 
2.  a  Lacedaemonian,  Hdt.  7,  173. — 3. 
one  of  the  commanders  of  Alexander, 
Arr.  An.  3,  28,  2. 

Κΰράνόω,  ύ,  {κάρανος)  like  κεφα- 
λαίου, to  accomplish,  achieve,  Aesch. 
Cho.  528,  705. 

Κάρατομεω,  Ct,  to  cut  off  the  head, 
behead,   Eur.    Rhes.  586 :  hence 

Καράτόμησις,  εως,  ή,  and  κύράτο- 
μία,  ας,  rj,  a  beheading. 

Κΰρύτομος,  ov,  {κάρα,  τέμνω)  be- 
headed, Τοργών,  Eur.  Ale.  1118:  κ. 
ερημιά  νεανίδω,  ι.  e.  tl-^ir  slaughter, 
Id.  Tro.  564.-2.  cut  off  from  the  head, 
K.  χλι&αί,  one's  shorn  locks,  Soph. 
El.  52. — II.  parox.  καρατήμος,  ov,  act., 
beheading,  c.  gen.  K.  'Έ,λλάδος,  Lye. 
[pa] 

Υίαρβάζω,  and 

Κ  αρβαίζω  .= βαρβαρίζω.  He sy ch. 
Έ-αρβάν,    uvor,    ό,   ή.=:κάρβανος, 
καρβάνα  ανδήν,  dub.  in  Aesch.  Supp. 
118. 

Καρ,/?ΰνίζ'ω,= /3αρ,ι3αρίζω ,  Hesych. : 
from 

^άρβΰνος,  ον,=βάρβαρος,  outland- 
ish, foreign,  AescK.  Supp.  129,  Ag. 
1061. 

Κάρβΰσα,  ων,  τύ,  linen  sails,  can- 
vass, Lat.  carbasa,  v.  κάρττασος. 
706 


ΚΑΡΔ 

Κηρϊάτπ'αί,  ων,  αϊ,  also  καρπάτι.- 
VUL,  shoes  of  undressed  leather,  brogues, 
Xen.  An.  4,  5,  14,  and  Lat.  crepidie 
carbatinm  of  CatuU.  :  strictly  fem. 
from 

Καρβάτίνος,  ίνη,  ivov,  made  of  un- 
dressed leather.   [Ϊ] 

Καρβΰτιών,  ώι•ος,  ό,  an  engine  for 
throwing  7nissiles,  Math.  Vett. 

ή-Καρ3ί?ιΐος,  ov,  ό,  the  Lat.  Carvi- 
lius,  Piut. 

iKάpβίva,  ή,  Carhina,  a  small  town 
of  Apulia;  hence  oi  Καρβινΰται,  the 
inhah.  of  Carbina,  Ath.  522  E. 

jKάpβωv,  ωνος,  ό,  the  Lat.   Carbo, 
Strab. 
iKάpδaκες,  ων,  οι,  v.  sub  Κάρδαξ. 

Καρδάμάλη,  ης,  ή,  also  καρδαμύλη 
or  τταρδαμάλη,  a  kind  of  Persian  loaf 
or  cake  made  of  κάρδαμον,  Ath. 

Καρδΰμίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {κάρδαμορ)  to 
be  like  cress,  hence  meta[)h.,  like  κάρ- 
δημυν  βλέπειν,  to  look  sharp  or  sting- 
ing, but  τί  καρδαμίζεις  ;  Why  chatter 
sn  much  about  cresses  (i.  e.  about  no- 
thing) ?  Ar.  Thesm,  617. 

Καρδΰμίνη,  r/,=  sq.,  Diosc. 

Καρδάμίς,  ίδος,  ή.  (κάρδαμον)  a 
cress-tike  herb,  also  ίβ7ΐρίς,  λεπίδίον 
or  σισνμβριον,  Plut. 

Καμδάμογ?ιύφος,  ov,  {γλύφω)  cress- 
scraping.    [£i] 

Κάρδαμον,  ov,  to,  a  kind  of  cress, 
Lat.  nasturtium,  both  the  herb,  and  tlie 
seed,  which  was  bruised  and  eaten 
like  our  mustard,  esp.  by  the  Per- 
sians, Xen.  Cyr.  1,  2,  8  :  used  also  in 
plur. :  metaph.,  κ.  βλέπειν,  to  look 
cress,  i.  e.  to  look  sharp  and  stinging, 
Ar.  Vesp.  455,  cf.  ναπν,  δριμν  βλέ- 
πειν. 

Καρδαμόσπορον,  ov,  τό,  {κάρδα- 
μον, σττείρω)  cress-seed,  Galen. 

\Κηρδάμνλη,  ης,  ή,  Cardamyle,  a 
city  of  Messenia,  under  Agamemnon, 
assigned  to  Laconia  by  Aug\istus, 
now  Scardamoula,  II.  9,  150;  Hdt.  8, 
73  ;  Strab. — 2.  a  town  in  Chios  on 
N.  E.  coast,  (or  a  small  island  near), 
Thuc.  8,  24.  [ΰ] 

Καρδαμνσσω,=  σκαρδαμύσσω. 

Καρδάμωμον,  ου,  τό,  the  spice  car- 
damom, Lat.  cardamomujn,  Theophr. 
[δά] 

Κάρδαξ,  ακος,  ο,  usu.  in  plur.,/or- 
eign  mercenaries  among  the  Persians, 
tArr.  An.2,  8,  6;  cf.  Polyb.  5,  79,  Uf; 
cf.  Κάρ. 

ΚΑΡΔΓΑ,  ας,  ^,  poet,  κράδία,  Ion, 
καρδίτ]  and  in  Horn.  usu.  κράδίη,  καρ- 
δίη  being  found  only  in  the  lino  II.  2, 
452,  though  this  is  twice  repeated. — 

I.  the  heart,  as  the  seat  of  life,  11.  13, 
282,  442 :  hence — II.  metaph.  like 
Lat.  cor  and  our  heart,  as  the  seal  of 
feeling,  passion,  impulse,  etc.,  esp. 
of  anger,  11.  9,  646;  of  courage,  II.  1, 
225  ;  2,  452.  etc. ;  of  joy  and  sorrow, 

II.  1,  395,  Od.  4,  548.  etc. :  also  the 
seat  of  thought,  like  θυμός,  the  mind, 
II.  21,  441  ;  hence  Horn,  often  joins 
κραδίη  και  θνμός,  and  so,  καρδία 
■ψυχή  τε,  Eur.  Ale.  837  :  από  καρ- 
δίας λέγειν,  like  Lat.  ex  animo,  to 
speak /ref/y,  Eur.  I.  A.  475.  Cf  the 
equiv.  ητορ. — III.  the  cardiac  extremity 
of  the  stomach  :  in  genl.  the  stomach, 
Thuc.  2,  49  :  hence — 2.  in  genl.  any 
vessel  or  hollow,  κ.  της  κ'λεφνδρας, 
Arist.  Probl. — IV.  the  heart  in  wood, 
pith,  Theophr. :  also  έγκάρδιον.  (Cf. 
Sanscr.  hrid,  {κραδία)  Lat.  cor,  cord- 
is, Germ,  herz,  our  heart,  etc.  ;  κέαρ, 
κηρ  is  a  shortd.  form.)  [sometimes 
used  as  a  dis.syll.,  Aesch.  Sept.  288, 
Supp.  71,  cf.  Herm.  El.  Doctr.  Metr. 
p.  54.] 

■\Καρδία,  ας,  η.  Ion.  Καρδίη,  Cardia, 


ΚΑΡΔ 

a  city  in  the  Thracian  Chersonese^ 
Hdt.  0,  33;  9,  115. 

Καρδιακός,  ή,  όν,  (καρδία)  belong' 
ing  to  the  heart,  hearty.  —  II.  =  καρ- 
διαλγής,  Diosc.  Adv.  -κώς,  Sext. 
Emp. 

Καρδιαλγέω,  ω,  to  have  the  heart- 
burn or  the  stomach-ache,  Hipp.:  fron^ 
Καρδιαλγής,  ές,   {καρδία,   άλγος) 
having   the  heart-burn  or   the  stomach- 
ache, Gal.     Hence 

Καρδιαλγία,  ας,  ή,  the  heart-burn  or 
the  stomach-ache.     Hence 

Καρδκιλγικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to, 
accompanied  by,  or  causing  a  stomach- 
ache, Hipp.     Adv.  -κώς. 

ή'Καρδιΰνός,  ή,  όν.  Ion.  Καρδιηνός, 
(Knp(5t'a)  of  or  belonging  to  Cardia, 
Cardian,  Xen  ;  Dem. ;  etc. :  //  Kap- 
διανών  η()7\,ΐΓ,=Καρδία,  Dem.  105,  10. 
Καρδιάτις,  ιδος,  ή,  a  Pythagorean 
name  for  the  number  /ini, 

Καρδιάω,  ώ,=^ καρδιαλγέω,  Nic, 
Καρδιοβολέομαι,   as    pass.,   to    be 
stricken  in  heart,  to  be  very  sad,  Hesych. ; 
from 

Καρδιοβόλος,  ov,  (καρδία,  βάλλω) 
striking  the  heart. — 2.  medic,  operating 
upon  the  heart  or  stomach,  e,  g.  βρώμα• 
τα,  Aretae. 

Καρδιογνόιστης,  ov,  ό,  {καρδία, 
γιγνώσκω)  Knower  of  hearts,  Ν.  Τ. 

Καρδιόδηκτος  ov,  {κάρδια,  δύηνω) 
gnawing  or  grieving  the  heart,  κράτος, 
Aesch.  Ag.  1471. 

Καρδιοειό)'/ς,  ές,  (καρδία,  είδος)  like 
the  heart. 

Καρδιοκο?Μΐττης,  ov,  6,  {καρδία, 
κολάτΓΤω)  one  who  pierces  the  heart. 

Καρδιόπληκτος,  ov,  {καρδία,  πλήα- 
σω)  heart-stricken,  panic-struck, 

Καρδιοπονέω,  ω,  to  suffer  at  heart, 
esp.  trom  fear,  Eccl, :  from 

Καρδιόπονος,  ου,  ό,  {καρδία,  ιτό 
νος)  pain  at  heart,  Galen. 

Καρδιονλκέω,  ώ,  {καρδία,  'έλκω)  to 
draw  the  heart  out  of  the  victim  at  a  sa- 
crifice, Luc.     Hence 

Καρδιονλκία,  ας,  ή,  the  act  of  καρ- 
διονλκείν,  Clem.  Al. 

Καρδιυνργέο),  ώ,-=καρδιον?ίΚέω. 
Καρδιοφαγέω,  ώ,  to  eat  the  heart : 
from 

Καρδιοφάγος,  ov,  {καρδία,  φαγείν) 
eating  the  heart. 

Καρδιοφύλαξ,  άκος,  6,  (καρδία,  φύ' 
λαξ)  α  breast-plate,  Polyb.   [ϋ] 

Καρδιόω,  ώ,  to  strike  to  the  heart, 
LXX. 

Καρδιωγμός,  ov,  ό,=^  καρδιαλγία, 
Hipp. 

Καρδίωξις,  εως.  7;,=  foreg  :  from 
Καρδιώσσω,  Att.  ■ττω,^=  καρδιαλ- 
γέω, to  have  the  stomach-ache,  Hipp,  and 
prob.  1.  Ar.  Fr.  329 :  in  Dor.  Greek  = 
βονλιμιάν. 

Καρδοπεΐυν,  ov,  τό,  the  cover  of  a 
kneading-trough, κάρδοΤΓος. — ΙΙ.=  πβυ- 
σικάπη,  a  muzzle,  Ar.  Fr.  280. 

iKupδoπίωv,  ωνος,  ό,  Cardopion, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Ar.  Vesp.  1178. 

Καρδοπογλύφος,  ov,  ( κέφόοπος, 
γλύφω)  hollowing  out  kneading  troughs 
or  other  ivood-utensils,  Crates  ΐείτ. 
3.   Iv] 

Κύρδοπος,  ov,  ή,  a  kneading-troxigh, 
or  in  genl.  any  wooden  trough,  Ep. 
Hom.  15,  6;  equiv.  to  μύκτρα,  At. 
Ran.  1159. 

Κύρδος,  ου,  ή,  the  Lat.  carduus,  a 
thistle,  Alh. 
^Καρδονχιος,  a,  ov,  of  the  Carduchi, 
Carduchian,  Xen. :  from 

Καρδοΐιχοι,  ων,  οι,  the  Carduchi,  a 
race  of  mountaineers  on  the  left  bank 
of  the  Tigris  on  the  borders  of  Arme- 
nia and  Assyria,  the  modern  Kurds, 
Xen.  An.  3,  5,  15. 


κ  API 

IKepiiif,  γος,  ό,  Cardys,  father  of 
Clymenus,  Paus. 

Kupciev,  Of,  TO,  poet,  for  κάρα, 
κύρη,  dub.  in  Nic. 

^Καρεώπζ,  trfof,  η,  Careotis,  name 
of  a  fabulous  fountain,  Luc. 

Κύρη,  TO,  Ion.  and  Horn,  for  κάρα, 
q.  v.,  ike  kfod,  11.  [tt] 

*Κάρηαρ,  a  noin.,  assumed  for  the 
Ep.  forms  καρήατος,  Λαρήατι,  καρψ 
ατα,  but  needlessly,  cf.  κάρα. 

Κΰρηβάρεια,  ας,  ή,  heaviness  in  the 
head,  head-ache,  Hipp. :  also  καρηβα- 
ρία  and  καρηβάρηύις :  from 

Κύρηβαρέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  l<o  be  heavy  in 
tke  head,  kape  a  bad  head-ache  :  hence 
to  hang  the  head,  also,  την  κεφ(ΐ7ιην  κ., 
Arist.  Part.  An. :  Att.  -puu,  Theophr. 
Odor.  46,  cf.  καρηβαριάω  :  from 

Κάρηβάρης,  ες,  {κύρη,  βαρύς)  heavy 
in  the  head,  Syiies.     Hence 

Κύρηβιφησις,  εως,  ή,  and  κάρηβΰ- 
pta,  ας,  ή,=ζ  καρηβάρεια. 

Κΰρη3άριάω,  ώ,=  καρηβαρέίύ,  Αγ. 
Fr.  625,'  where  Lob.  Phryn.  80  reads 
καρτ/βαράν. 

Κάρ7)βάρικός,  ή,  όν,  {καρηβαρή^) 
heavy  in  the  head. — 11.  caKsing  head- 
ache, οΐιης,  Hipp, 

ίί.ύρηβΰρίτης,  ov,  δ,  malcing  ihe  liead 
heavy,  οίΡΌς. 

Κάρηκομόωντες,  οΊ,  {κάρη,  κομάω) 
with  hair  on  the  head,  long-haired,  freq. 
in  Hom.  as  epith.  of  the  Achaians, 
who  let  all  their  hair  grow,  opp.  to 
the  Abanles,  who  wore  theirs  only  at 
the  back  of  the  head,  and  so  were 
called  όΰίθεν  κορόωντες.  (There  is 
no  verb  καρηκβμύω  in  use  to  this 
part- :  so  perh.  it  should  be  written 
di%'isim  κάρη  κομόωντες,  cf.  κομάω.) 

Κΰρηναι,  inf.  aor,  2  pass,  from 
κείρω.) 

^Καμηνΐτις,  ιδβς,  φ,  prob,  =  Καρα- 
νίτις,  Strab. 

Κάρηνύν,  ον,  τό,  in  Hom.  always  in 
plur.  κάρηνα,  {κάρΐ])  the  head,  Horn,, 
who  also  uses  it  periphrast.  ανδρών 
κάρηνα.  ίοτ  άνδρες,  II.  11,500;  and 
so,  νεκύυν  κάρηνα,  Od.  10,  521,  βοών 
κάρηνα,  as  we  say,  so  many  head  of 
cattle,  II.  23,  260.  — 11,  metaph.  a 
monntain-top,  peak,  Hom.,  esp.  in  plur., 
Όυλύμττοίο  κάρηνα :  also  of  a  town, 
the  highest  part,  i.  e.  its  fortress,  or  cit- 
adel,i\.  2,  117 ^  9,  21,  el-sewh.  άκρό- 
πο7Λς.  [ΰ] 

'\'Κ.αρησηνη,  -ης,  η,  (χώρα)  the  territo- 
ry of  Caresus,  Strab. :  from  sq.  2, 

■\Κάρησος,  ov,  ό,  the  Carlsus,  a  branch 
of  the  Aesepus,  in  Mysia,  II.  12,  20. — 
2.  ii,  a  city  on  this  river,  in  ruins  be- 
fore the  time  of  Strabo,  Strab.  p.  602. 

Κάρητος,  κάρητι,  gen.  and  dat.  of 
κάρη,  Horn.,  v.  κάρα. 

ΙΚορβαία,  ας,  η.  Carthata,  a  city  on 
the  west  coast  of  the  island  Ceos, 
Strab. :  ό  Καρθαιενς,  an  i)ihab.  of 
Carthaea,  Polyb, 

\Knpda7.uv,  ωνος,  h,  Carthahn,  a 
Carthaginian  commander,  Polyb. 

■fKapia,  ας,  ή,  Caria,  a  country  in 
the  south-west  of  Asia  Mnior  be- 
tween Lydia  and  Phrygia,  Hdt.  1, 
142;  etc. 

Κάρΐδάριον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  κα- 
ρίς,  Ana.Kandr.  Lycurg.  1,  ubi  v. 
Meineke. 

Κΰρίδιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  καρίς, 
Arist.  Η.  A.  [pi] 

Κάρίδόω,  ώ,  f  -ώσω,  [καρίς)  to  wrig- 
gle, twist  about  like  a  shrimp,  Anaxandr. 
Pandar,  1.  [i  prob.  in  1,  c,  but  uncer- 
tain.] 

Καρίεντο,  barbarism  in  Ar.  Thesm. 
1210,  for  xapifv. 

Καρίσο,  barbarism  in  Ar.  Thesm. 
1195,  for  χαρίσω. 


KAPK 

Κΰρίζω,  f.  -ίσυ,  (Κάρ)  to  act  or 
speak  like  a  Carian,  Strab. 

ΚΰρίΚοερ'•^Ύΐς,  ες,  {Καρικός,* έργα) 
of  Carian  tiork,  Anacr,  91,  ubi  Bergk 
Καριενργέος. 

Κάρικός,  jj,  όν,  Carian,  έθνος,  Hdt. 

I,  171  ;  etc.:  said  by  Hesych.  to  be 
used  for  εντε/.ής,  common,  worthless, 
K.  τράγοι.  Soph.  Fr.  485.— II,  το  Κα- 
ρικόν,  a  kind  of  salve,  Hipp.  —  III. 
Κ,αρικη  μοϋσα,ή,  akind  oifuneralsong, 
a  wail  or  dirge.  Plat.  Legg.  800  Ε  ;  and 
so,  K.  ανλήματα,  Ar.  Ran.  1302,  v. 
Francke  Callin.  p.  124,  and  cf,  sq, 

^άρίνη,  ης,  ή,  a  Carian  woman,  but 
Usu.  a  troitian  hired  to  sing  Carian 
dirges,  like  Lat.  praefica,  Meineke 
Menand.  p.  91,  cf.  foreg.  HI.- II.  Ca- 
rine,  a  town  of  Mysia,  near  Atarneus, 
Hdt.  7.  42,    [<] 

Κάριος,  a,  ον,=  Καρίκός,  Hdt,  1, 
171.  [a] 

Καρίς  (for  gen.  v.  sub  fin.),  ή.  Dor. 
also  κουρίς  or  κωρίς,  a  kind  of  small 
lobster,  prob.  a  shri7np  or  prawn,  Lat, 
squilla,  first  in  Anan,  1,  and  freq.  in 
Comici  ap.  Ath.  [a  always :  ϊ  in 
Anan.  1.  c,  Ar,  Vesp.  1522,  Cratin. 
Incert.  26,  Eupol,  Aeg,  3,  Dem,  21 : 
but  later  I,  gen.  Ιόος,  Araros,  Alexis, 
Eubul.,  etc.  ap.  Ath.  105  sq. :  cf. 
Spitzn.  Vers,  Heroic,  p.  49,  Lob, 
Phryn.  171.] 

Κΰριστί.  adv.,  (Καρίζ-ω)  in  Carian 
fashion  or  language.  Strab. 

Κάρί'ων,  ωνος,  ό,  (dim,  from  Κάρ) 
strictly  a  little  Cariiui  soldier:  then 
usu.  the  name  of  slaves  in  comedy, 
Carion,  e.  g.  in  Ar.  Plut.,  and  Plaut. 
Alil.  Glor. 

'\Κάρκαβος,  ov,  6,  Carcabus,  son  of 
Triopas,  II.  4,88. 

\Καρκαθιόκερτα,  ων,  τά,  Carcathio- 
certa,  the  capital  city  of  Sophene  in 
Greater  Armenia,  Strab. 

Καρκαίρω,  to  ring  or  quake^  of  the 
effect  produced  by  the  trampling  of 
men  and  horses,  like  Lat.  tremere, 
κάρκαιρε  γαία  ττάδεσσι   όρννμένων, 

II.  20,  157. 

Κάρκαρον,  ου,  τό,  α  pri.<:on,  Lat, 
career,  Diod.  ap.  Phot.  38,  33, 

]:Καρκασός,  οΰ,  ό,  v.  1,  for  Κάϊκος, 
Xen.  An.  7,  8,  18. 

ΚαρκΖνάς,  άδος,  ^y,  dim,  from  καρ- 
κίνος, Opp, 

Καρκΐνεντης,  οΰ,  ο,  a  crab-catcher. 

Καρκίνηθρον,  ου,  τό,  a  plant,  poly- 
gonum aviculare,  Diosc. 

Καρκίνων,  ου,  τό.  dim.  from  καρ- 
κίνος, Dorion  ap.  Ath.  300  F. 

^Καρκίνίτης,  ov,  ό,  ο/ (the  race  of) 
Carcinus,  son  of  Carcinns,  with  allu- 
sion to  καρκίνος,  a  crab.  Ar.  Vesp. 
1505,  cf.  1507. — il,  ό  Καρκ.  κόλήος, 
the  Carcinttic gidf,  a  gulf  of  European 
Sarmatia,  Strab. 

^ΚαρκίνΙτις,  ιδος,  η,  {Tvayuc)  the  city 
Carcine  in  the  Tauric  Chersonesus, 
Hdt.  4,  55. 

ΚαρκΖνοβάτης,  ου,  ό,  (καρκίνος, 
βαίνω)  walking  like  a  crab,  Aristonym. 
Ήλ,  1,  where  however  the  metre 
requires  καρκινοβαίτης  or  -βήτης, 
Meineke  Menand,  p.  183.  [ά] 

Καρκινοειδής,  ες.  (καρκίνος,  είδος) 
crab-shaped,  like  a  crab.  Xrist.  Part.  An. 

ΚΑΡΚΓΝΟΣ,  ov.  ό,  with  heterog. 
pi.,  Tu  καρκίνα  in  Phanias  Ep.  3,  5  : 
a  crab,  Lat.  cancer :  hence  proverb,, 
οϋτοΓε  ποιήσεις  του  καρκίνον  ορθά 
βαδίζειν,λτ.  Pac.  1083.-11.  the  Crab 
or  Cancer,  as  a  sign  in  the  zodiac, 
Arat. — III.  an  eating  sore  or  nicer,  a 
cancer,  Hipp.,  v.  Foes.  Oecon. :  else- 
where καρκίνωμα. — \Y .  a  pair  rf  tongs, 
Anth.  P.  6,  92  ;  used  as  an  instrument 
of  torture,  Diod.  20,  71 : — metaph.  in 


KAPN 

Eur.  Cycl.  609.— Λ'.  a  kind  of  shoe, 
Pherecr.  Incert.  75:  also  a  kind  of 
bandage.  Gal.  [Always!:  cf.  E.  M. 
p.  488,  4  :  yet  some  Gramm.  as  e.  g. 
Arcad.  de  Ace.  p.  65,  16,  strangely 
write  καρκίνος.] 

^Καρκίνος,  ov,  ό,  Carcinus.  son  of 
Xeiiotimus,  leader  of  the  Athenians, 
Thuc.  2,  23.-2.  a  tragic  poet  in  the 
time  of  Aristophanes,  Ar.  Pac.  781 ; 
Nub.  1261. — 3.  another  tragic  poet, 
prob,  grandson  of  foreg.,  v.  Meineke 

1,  p.  505  sqq. 

Καρκΐνόχειρες.  ων,  (καρκίνος, χειρ) 
with  crab's-claws  for  hands,  Luc. 

Καρκΐνόω,  ώ,  ί.  -ώσω,  (καρκίνος)  to 
make  like  a  crab  or  lobster,  hence  to 
crook,  K.  τους  δακτν?.ονς,  Antiph, 
Άφρ.  γον.  1,  15,  v.  Meineke  Com.  Fr. 

2,  p.  180  :  pass.  esp.  of  roots,  to  be- 
come tangled,  Theophr. — II.  to  cause 
the  disease  cancer :  pass,  io  suffer  from 
it,  Hipp. 

Καρκΐνώδης,    ες.  =  καρκινοειδής, 
Arist.  Part.  An. — II.  cancerous,  Diosc. 
Καρκίνωμα,   ατός,  τό,  (καρκΐνόω) 
=  καρκίνος  III.,  Hipp,  [ΐ] 

'^Καρμά?Μς,  ό,  the  Carmalas,  a  river 
of  Cataonia,  Strab. 

fKapμάvίa,  ας,  ή,  Carmania,  a  pro- 
vince of  Persia  on  the  Indian  sea, 
Strab. 

^Καρμάνιος,  a,  ov,  Carmanian  ;  ol 
ΚαρμάιΊοι  and  Καρμανοί,  the  Carma• 
nians,  Strab. ;  Dion.  P. 

^ΚαρμανίτΊΐς.  ov,  ό,  fern.  Καρμανίς, 
ίδoς,  =  ίoϊeg.,  Strab.  ;  Dion.  P. 

^Καρμεντις,  ιος,  ή,  Carmenta,  mo- 
ther of  Euander,  Strab. 

^Κάρμηλος,  ov,  b.  Ml.  Carmel  in  Ju- 
daea, Strab, 

\Καρμν?.ησσός,  and  -ησός,  ov,  ή, 
Carmylessus,  a  city  of  Lycia,  Strab, 

\Κάρμων,  ωνος,  ή.  Camion,  a  city  of 
Hispania  Baetica,nowCan7iOiia, Strab. 

■\Kapva,  ων,  τά,  Carna,  a  city  of 
Arabia  Felix,  Strab. 

Kapva3άδιov,ov,τύ,=κάpoς,cumin. 

tKapi'fiffiOJ',  ov,  TO,  Carnasium,  the 
earlier  Oechalia,  Paus. 

■^Καρνεάδης,  ov,  ό,  Carneades,  a  phi- 
losopher of  Cyrene,  founder  of  the 
New  Academy,  Luc. — 2,  an  elegiac 
poet,  Diog,  L, 

Κάρνεια,  τά,  Pind.  P.  5,  106,  also 
Κάρνεα,  τά,  Theocr.  5,  83,  the  Carnca, 
a  festival  held  in  honour  of  Apollo  Κάρ- 
νειος  l5y  the  Dorians  of  Peloponnesus, 
esp.  by  the  Spartans. during  nine  days 
of  the  Att.  month  Metageitnion,  our 
August,  called  by  them  Καρνεϊος 
μί;ν,  Eur.  Ale.  449.  Thuc.  5,  54;  so 
that  it  fell  in  with  the  Olymp.  games, 
Hdt.  7,  206  :  the  conquerors  in  the 
national  games  then  performed  were 
called  ΚαρνεονΙκαι,  MuUer  Dor.  1,  7, 
ξ>  2:  prop.  neut.  from 

^Καρνεϊος,  ov,  ό,  and  Καρνήϊος, 
CarnSan,  an  appell.  of  Apollo  among 
the  Dorians  from  Κύρνος.  Schol.  ad 
Theocr.  5,  83;  Callim.  H.  Ap.  71.— 
II,  Carnius,  a  cjTiic  jjhilosopher  ot 
Megara,  Ath.  156  E. 

iKdpviov,  ov,  TO,  a  temple  of  the  Car- 
nean  Apollo,  Polyb.  5,  19,  4. 

\Καρνίτης.  ov,  6,  of  Came,  a  city  ot 
Phoenicia,  Lye.  [i\ 

\Καρνίων,  ωνος,  ό,  the  Camion,  a 
branch  of  the  Alpheus,  Call.  H.  Jov. 
24. 

iKupvci.  ων,  οι,  the  Carni,  a  people 
of  Cisalpine  Gaul,  Strab. 

Κάρνον,  ov,  TO,  and  κάρννξ,  6,  the 
Gallic  trumpet,  Lat.  cornu,  Diod. 

^Κάρνος,  ov,  6,  Carnxis,  son  of  Jupi- 
ter and  Europa,  favourite  of  Apollo  ; 
or  an  Acarnanian  soothsayer,  slain  by 
Hippotes,  who  to  atone  for  his  death 
707 


ΚΑΡΠ 

instituted  the  Κάμνεια.  Paus.  3,  13, 
3:  V.  Miiller  Dor.  1,3,  ^8. 

K'ipoii'Oi',  01',  TO,  a  sweet  wine  boiled 
down,  Lat.  caroenum  or  caTenum,  also 
KajiVLVov  and  κάρννον. 

Κύροί',  τό,  also  κύρος,  εος,  τό,  cu- 
min, Lat.  carturn,  Ital.  caTo,  Freijch 
carvi,  Diosc.  [a] 

Κάμος,  τό,  deep,  heavy  sleep,  lethar- 
gy, Galen.,  like  καταφορά :  also  diz- 
ziness, Arist.  Probl.    [ύ] 

+Κύροιιρα,  (jv,  τά,  Ciinira,  a  city  on 
the  borders  of  Phrygia  and  Caria, 
Stral). 

Καρόω,  ώ,  f.  -ώσω,  (κύρος)  to  plunge 
into  deep,  hinvy  sleep,  to  slupify,  make 
dizzy,  of  wine.  Aiiaxandr. 'Aypoi/c.  2. 
Pass,  lobe  torpid,  feel  heavy  in  the  head, 
Arist.  H.  A. 

■\Καρ7τάθιος,  a,  ov.  Cnrpalhian,  το 
Καρ.  πέλαγος,  so  called  from  sq., 
Strab. 

KuoTra^of,  01»,  ή,  Carputhvs,  an 
islaml  lietwcen  Crete  and  Rhodes 
(now  Scarpanto),  for  which  Horn.,  II. 
2.  670,  writes  Κρύτζα»ος  metri  grat. : 
the  iisu.  form  first  in  H.  Hoin.  Ap.  43. 

Καμπαία.  ας,  ή,  a  mimic  dunce  of 
the  Thessalians,  in  which  a  peasant 
scuffles  with  a  cattle-stealer,  Xen. 
An.  6,  1,7. 

Καμπύλΐμος,  ov,  (from  άρτάζω,  of. 
Lat.  cnrpo)  tearing,  swift,  Lat.  rnpidus, 
epith.  of  the  feet,  II.  16,  342,  809  ;  but 
Horn,  much  more  freq.  has  the  adv. 
κημ-αλίμως.  ivilh  tearing  speed,  rap- 
idly, II.  1,  359,  etc.^  [πΰ] 

■\Κημπασίη.  ας.  η,  Carpasia,  a  city 
in  the  island  Cyprus,  with  a  port, 
now  Carpas,  Strab. — 2.  as  adj.  in  pi. 
ai  Καμιτασίαι  vi/σηι,  the  Cnrpasiae 
insulne,  a  group  of  small  islands  near 
Carpasia,  Id. 

Καρ-πύσΙνος.  η,  ov,  made  of  κάρπα- 
σος.  Strab.  [πα] 

Κύρπΰσος,  ov,  η,  with  heterog.  pi. 
τά  καμβησα,  Jac.  A.  P.  p.  557  :  a  fine 
flax  grown  in  Spain,  Lat.  carba.ms, 
Dion.  H.  (but  the  name  is  derived 
from  the  Sanscr.  karpasa,  i.  e.  cotton.) 
■ — II.  a  plant  with  a  poisonous  juice, 
Diosc. ;  also  κύλπασος,  cf.  οττοκύρ- 
Ίΐασον. 

Καμπιία,  ας,  ή,  (καρττεύω)  α  mak- 
ing iLseof,use  :  in  genl.  produce,  Buckh 
Inscr.  2,  p.  3C3,  5. 

ΚαρτΐεΙον,  ov,  τό,=  καρπός,  Nic. 

Κάΐ)πενμα,  ατός,  τό,  fruit,  Sosib. 
17,  Heeren  :  from 

Καρπεύω,  (καρπός)  to  m.ake  use  of, 
f"}"!/'  X<^pov,  Hyperid.  ap.  Poll.  7, 
149. 

Μίαρπήσιοι,  ων,  ol.  the  Carpesii,  an 
Iberian  tribe  in  Hispania  Tarraco- 
nensis,  Polyb.  3,  14,  2  :  also  called 
Καρπτ/τανοί,  Id.  10.  7,  5. 

Καμπήσιον,  ov,  τό,  and  καρπι- 
αία, ας,  ή.  an  aromatic  wood,  chiefly 
brought  from  Asia,  Galen. 

fKapπητavia,  ας,  ή.  the  country  of 
the  Carpetani  or  Carp'sii,  Strab. :  from 

\Καρπητανοί,  ών,  ol,^  Καμπήσιοί, 
Polyb. 

Κάμπια,  ας,  η,=  καρπεία,  Polyb. 

Καρπίζω,  1.  -ίσω  (Α),  (καρπός)  to 
pluck  οτ  gather  fruit,  Diosc.  Mid.  to 
enjoy  the  fruits  of,  make  use  of,  like 
καρπονσθαι,  Theopomp.  ap.  Ath.  2t)l 
A  ;  but  also,  καμπίζεσθαί  γτ/ν,  to  ex- 
hau.1t  the  soil,  Theophr. — 11.  to  make 
fruitful,  fertilize,  Eur.  Bacch.  406, 
Hel."  1328. 

Καρπίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (Β),  to  enfranchise 
a  slave  by  touching  him  with  the  καρπίς, 
Lat.  vindicare  in  libertatem. 

Κύμπιμης.  η,  ov,  (καμπός)  bearing 
fruit,  fruitful,   Aesch.   Pr.  455,   and 
Eur. :  esp.  of  trees,  opp.  to  άκαρπος: 
708 


ΚΑΡΠ 

hence  metaph.  of  rich  men,  Ar.  Eq. 
326. 

Καμπίς,  ίδος,  ή,  (καρφίς,  καρφός) 
the  vindicta  or  festuca  of  the  Romans, 
the  rod  with  which  the  praetor  enfran- 
chised a  slave. 

tKupTTif,  ίος,  6,  the  Carpis,  a  river 
flowing  through  the  northern  dis- 
tricts of  the  Umbri  into  the  Ister, 
Hdt.  4,  49  :  V.  Niebuhr,  Rom.  Hist.  1, 
p.  144. 

Καμπισμός,  ov,  6,  (A)  (καρπίζω)  a 
gathering  of  fruit,  reaping  the  fruit, 
hence,  a-,  της  }7/ς,  a  reaping  too  much 
fruit  from,  exhausting  the  Soil,  The- 
ophr. 

Καρπίσμός,  ov,  a,  (B)  the  enfran- 
chisement of  a  slave  by  touching  him 
with  the  καρπίς,  Lat.  emanciuatio, 
Clem.  Al. 

Καρπιστεία,  ας,  ^,=  foreg. :  from 

Καρπιστής,  οϋ,  ό,  (καμπίς)  one  tvho 
emancipates  a  slave,  Lat.  vindex,  for 
καρφιστης.  Epict. 

Καμποβύ?Μΰμον,  ov,  τό,  the  fruit 
nf  the  balsam.  DlOSC. 

Καρποβμίθής,  ες,  (καρπός,  βρίθω) 
haded  with  fruit. 

Καρπόβρωτος,  ov,  (καρπός,  βιβρώ- 
σκω)  iviih  eatable  fruit,  ξνλον,  LXX. 

Καμπο}ένεθλος,  ov,  (καμπός,  γενέ- 
6λη)=  καρπογόνος,  Anth. 

Καμπθ}ονέω,  ώ,  to  bear  fruit,  The- 
ophr. :  and 

Καρπογονία,  ας,  ή,  a  hearing  of 
fruit,  frui if ulness,  Theophr. :  from 

Κσμπογόνος,  ov,  (καρπός,  *γένω) 
bearing  fruit,  Diosc. 

Καρπύόεσμα,  ων,  τύ,  (καρπός  Β, 
όεσμός)  chains  for  the  arms,  armlets, 
Luc.     Hence 

ΚαμποΛεσμιης,  ov,  wearing  armlets. 

Καμποόότειμα,  ας.  ?/,  fem.  as  if 
from  καρποδοτήρ,  giver  of  fruit,  Orph. 

Καμποδοτέω,ώ,ίο givefruit,  Synes. : 
from 

Καρποδότης,  ov,  6,  (καρπός,  δίδω- 
μι)  a  brin'jer  of  fruit. 

Κηρπολογέω,  ώ,  to  gather  fruit,  cf. 
καμώο?.. :  and 

Καμπο?.ογία,  ας,  ή,  a  gathering  of 
fruit :  from 

ΚαρπολόγοΓ,  ov,  (καμπός  λέγω) 
gathering  fruit,  Polyaen. 

Καμπημάνής,  ες,  (καρπός,  μαίνο- 
μαι) running  wildly  to  fruit,  hearing 
luniriantly,  like  νλομαΐ'τ/ς,  cf.  Ellendt 
Lex.  Soph. 

Καρποποιός,  όν,  (καρπός,  ποιέω) 
making  or  bearivgfmit,  epith.  of  Ceres, 
Eur.     Rhes.  964. 

ΚΑΡΠΟ'Σ,  of,  0,  (A),  fruit,  usu. 
of  trees,  but  also  of  the  earth,  though 
the  latter  is  called  in  full  καρπός 
άρονρης  by  Horn,  (who  always  uses 
smg.),  and  κ.  Αήμητμος  by  Hdt.  1, 
193,  etc.  ;  but,  κ.  άμονριις  also  of 
wine,  II.  3,  246:  the  plur.  oi  καρποί, 
usu.  of  the  fruits  of  the  earth,  com,  but, 
ξνλινοί  και.  σιτικοί  κ.,  tree-fruit  and 
corn.  Strab.  In  genl.  any  produce, 
hence — I.  the  fruit  nf  the  body,  chil- 
dren, Ruhnk.  H.  Hom.  Cer.  23.-2. 
of  the  mind,  as  Pind.  O.  7,  15,  calls 
poetry  K.  φρενών. — 3.  in  genl.  the 
fruits,  result,  profit  nf  a  thing,  Hdt. ; 
K.  έπέων,  etc.,  Pind. ;  ε!  καρπός  ίσται 
θεσφύτοις,  if  the  oracles  shall  bear 
fruit,  i.  e.  be  fulfilled,  Aesch.  Theb. 
618  :  ί/βας  κ.,  the  first  beard,  Pind.  O.  6, 
97,  but  n\so  maidenhood,  Ιύ.  P.  9,  193: 
K-  μήλων,  wool,  Opp.  (Perh.  from 
same  root  as  κύρφω,  κάμφος.  and  so 
strictly  that  which  is  dry  and  so  ripe.) 

ΚΑΡΠΟ'Σ,  ov,  6  (B),  the  joint  of 
the  arm  and  hand  (ώλίνη  and  παλάμη), 
the  wrist.  Lat.  carpus,  Hom.  (cf.  κάμ- 
ώω  sub  fin.) 


KAPP 

Καρπασπόρος,  ov,  (καρπός,  απείρω) 
sowing  fruit. 

Καρποτελής,  ές,  (καρπός,  τελέο>) 
bringing  fruit  to  perfection,  ripening  it: 
in  gen\.  fruitful,  Aesch.  Supp,  C89. 

Καμπητόκεια,  ας,  ή,  pecul.  poet, 
fem.  from  καρποτύκος,  Nonn. 

Καρποτοκέω,  ώ,  to  bear  fruit,  The- 
ophr. :  and 

Καρποτοκία,  ας,  ή,  a  hearing  of 
fruit,  Theophr. :  from 

Καρποτύκος,  ov,  (καρπός,  τίκτω) 
bearing  fruit,  Anth. 

Καρποτρόφος,  ov,  (καρπός,  τρέφω) 
rearing  or  ripening  fruit,  Orph.,  and 
Lye:  in  Eur.  Ion  475,  κονρότροφοι 
is  a  prob.  emend. 

Καρποφαγέω,  ύ,  to  live  on  fruit, 
Arist.  FL  A. ;  from 

Καρποφύγος,  ov,  (καρπός,  φάγείν) 
eating,  living  on  fruit,  Arist.  Pol. 

Καρποφθόρυς,  ov,  (καρπός,  φθείρω) 
spoiling  fruit,  Anth. 

Καρποφορεω,  ώ,  (καρποφόρος)  to 
bear  f nut,  Xen,  Vect.  1,  3  :  hence 

Καρποφόρημα,  ατός,  τό,  fruit  borne. 
Long. 

Καρποφορία,  ας,  η,  a  bearing  of 
fruit,  friiitf  ulness,  Philo  :  from 

Καρποφόρος,  ov,  (καρπός,  φέρω) 
hearing  fruit,  fruitful,  first  in  Hdt.  1, 
193;  2,  156,  and  Pind. 

Καρποφνέω,  ώ,  (καμπός,  φύω)  ία 
produce  fruit ,  Theophr. 

Καρποφνλαξ,  ΰκης,  ό,  (καρπός, 
φί'λαξ)  α  ^catcher  of  fruit,  Anth.  [ν] 

Καρπόω,  ώ,  f.  -ώσω,  (καρπός)  to 
make  or  bear  fruit :  metaph.,  νβρις 
έκάρπωσε  στάχιη>  ΰτης.  Aesch.  Pers. 
821,  cf.  Theb.  601,  where  ίκκαρπίζεσ- 
θαι  is  used  in  the  same  way  :  later  to 
bring  or  offer  fruit,  LXX.  More  freq. 
in  mid.  καρπόομαι,  to  get  fruits  from^ 
reap  the  fruits  of,  enjoy  a  thing,  c.  acc. 
rei,  I'lpnvpar,  Hdt.  2,  168,  χθόνα, 
Aesch.  Pr.  851  ;  cf.  Valck.  Hipp.  431, 
1423,  Wolf  Lept.  p.  289;  without 
acc.  exp.  Xen.  Mem.  1,1,8;  metaph., 
καρπονσβαι  βαβείαΐ'  ύλοκα  διύ  φμε- 
νός,  Aesch.  Theb.  593  ;  but,  καρπον- 
σθαι τι,  also  to  use  it  up,  exhaust  it, 
Dem.  419,  19:  also  in  bad  sense, 
καρπονσθαι  /Λ•πας,  Hipp.,  άμαρτίαν, 
Aesch.,  ονείδη,  Plat.,  etc.,  like  ά-π-ο- 
?Μνω.  Pass,  to  come  to  or  ripen  into 
fruit. 

Καμπνκη,  ης,  ή,  an  Indian  plant, 
Clitoph.  ap.  Stob.  p.  541,  35. 

(Κύμπω),  v.  κύρφω. 
^Καρπώ,  οΐις,  ή.  Carpo,  one  of  the 
Hours,  Pans.  9,  35,  2. 

Καρπώδης,  ες,  (καρπός,  είδος)  fruit-  . 
fill,  useful. 

Κύμπωμα,  ατός,  τό,  (καρπόω)  fruit, 
esp.  ripe  fruit,  Aesch.  Supp.  1001: 
produce,  profit.— \l.  an  offering,  LXX., 
cf.  κύρπωσις  11. 

Καρπώσιμος,  ov,  yielding  fruits,  pro- 
fitable, Ath. :  from 

Κύρπωσις,  εως.  ή,  (καρπόω)  use  or 
profit,  Xen.  Cyr.  4,  5,  16.— II.  the  of- 
fering of  fruits  on  the  altar ;  in  gerd. 
offering  01  sacrificing,  LXX.,  cf.  κύμ- 
πωμα Π. 

Καρπωτός,  όν,  (καμπός  Β)  reaching 
to  the  V!rist,  κ.  χιτύν,  a  coat  rtith 
sleeves  doivn  to  the  ivrist,  LXX.,  cf. 
χειμιδωτός. 

■fKup^ai,  ων,  al,  Carrhae,  a  city  of 
Mesopotamia  not  far  from  Edessa, 
now  Harran,  Strab.     Hence 

■\ΚαΙ)[)αΙος.  a,  ov,  and  Καβ^ηνός,  ή, 
όν,  of  Carrhae,  Carrhaean,  Ath.  252  D. 

Καρ[)έζονσα,  Ep.  for  καταββέζονσα, 
II.  5,  424,  V.  καταββέζω. 

Kuf)l)ov,  ov,  TO,  a  car  or  chariot, 
LXX. 

Κύβ^)ων,   ov,   gen.   όνος,  stronger. 


KAPT 

letter,  Epich.  p.  95,  Alcm.  83 ;  Dor. 
compar.  for  Ion.  κρέσσων,  Att.  κρείσ• 
συν,  coming  from  κάρτα,  κρατνς, 
with  superl.  κάρτιστος. 

■\Κάρρω~ος.  ov.  ό.  Carrhdlus,  a  Cy- 
renean,  who  gained  the  prize  in  a 
chariot  race  in  the  Pythian  games, 
Pind.  P.  5,  34. 

ihlapaeic,  suv,  oi,  Carses,  a  place  in 
Mysia,  Polyb. 

ΙΚαρσέολοί,  ων,  οι,  Carseoli,  now 
Carsoli,  a  city  of  Latium,  Strab. 

*  Κάρσιος.α.ον,  crosswise, Grnnm., 
only  used  in  compds.  εγκάρσιος  and 
έττικάρσιος. 

Κάρσις.  εως,  ή,  (κείρω)  α  shearing, 
clipping,  Theophr.  Ι 

ίΚάρσον/.οι,  ων,  οι,  Carsulae,  a  city 
ofUmbria,now  Casigliano,  Strab.  227.  ' 

Κάρτα,  adv.  (κάρτος)  very,  very 
much.  Lat.  valde  .  chiefly  Ion.,  but  not 
rare  in  Trag. :  strengthd.  και  το  κάρ- 
τα, very  much  indeed,  in  Hdt.  ;  the  very 
truth,  really  and  truly,  Hdt.  1,  191  ;  6, 
52 :  freq.  also  καΐ  κάρτα  in  strong 
affirm.,  sure  enough,  really  and  truly, 
6.  g.  Soph.  O.  C.  65,  Eur.  Hipp.  90. 
To  κάρτα  belong  κύρβων  and  κάρτισ- 
τος. 

tKapTO,  Carta,  a  city  of  Hyrcania, 
Strab. 

\)ίαρτάζωνον,  ov,  τό,  an  Indian  ani- 
mal, μονοκέρως,  AeL  N.  A.  16,  20. 

ΚαρτάζωΆηίκαρταίνω,=καρτννω, 
Hesych. 

Καρταί—ονς,  6,  η,  -rrovv,  τό.  gen. 
•7Γθδος.=κραταί~ονς,  q.  v.,  Pind. 

Καρτα?Μμιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from 
κάρτα?.ύς. 

fKapτaλίaς,  ov,  b.  Cart  alias,  a  city 
of  Hispania  near  Saguntum,  Strab. 

Kapra/./.oi•,  ov,  ό,  and 

Κύρτα/χ>ς,  ov,  a,  a  basket  with  a 
pointed  bottom,  LXX. 

Καρτεραίχμης,  •αύχην,=^κρατερ. 

Καρτερέω,  ώ,  ί.  •ήσω,  (καρτερός)  to 
be. steadfaMOT patient.  Soph.  Phil.  1274, 
etc. :  K..  ε'/.τΓίδι  τινός,  Thuc.  2,  44. — 
2.  C.  ace.  to  bear,  endure  manfully,  to 
be  patient  under,  e.  g.  δεινά,  Sopll.  Aj. 
650- — 3.  c.  praep.,  κ.  ■ΰρός  τι,  to  hold  up 
against  a  thing,  e.  g.  ~ρός  ηδονας  και 
7χ-ας,  Plat.  Rep.  556  Β ;  so  too,  έ—ί 
τινι,  Isocr.  125  D:  but,  κ-  εν  τινι,  to 
be  patient  or  temperate  m  a  thing.  Plat. 
Legg.  635  C;  and,  κ.  ά~ό  τίνος,  to 
refrain  there/rom,  Ael. — 4.  c.  part.,  to 
persevere  in.  doing,  e.  g.  κ.  ΰνα?.ίσκων 
φρονίμως,  Plat.  Lach.  192  Ε,  άκονων, 
Aeschin.  88,  19.     Hence 

Καρτέρημα,  ατός,  τό,  an  act  of  pa- 
tience, endurance,  Plat.  Meno  88  C. 

Καρτέρησις,  εως,  ί],  a  bearing  patient- 
ly, steadfastness, patience.  Plat.,  etc. 

Καρτερία,  ας,  ^,=  foreg.,  Plat.,  and 
Xen.     Hence 

Καρτεριάζομαι,  f.  -ύσομαι,  Lacon. 
-άδδομαι,  dep.  mid.,  to  be  iteadfast  or 
patient. 

Καρτερικός,  fj,  ov,  belonging  to  en- 
durance or  patience,  capable  thereof,  en- 
during, steadfast,  patient,  Plat.,  etc.  ; 
K.  ττρός,  Xen.  Mem.  1,2,  1 :  opp.  to 
μαλακός,  Arist.  Eth.  N.,  cf.  Xen.  id., 
1,  2,  2.    Adv.  -κώς,  Arist.  Eth.  N. 

Καρτεροβρόντ-ης,  ov,  ό.  {καρτεράς, 
βροντή)  thundering  mightily,  Pind.  Fr. 
127,  2. 

Καρτερόθνμος,  ov.  (καρτερός,  θυ- 
μός) strong-hearted.  Horn.,  as  epith.  of 
Hercules,  Achilles,  etc. :  alsoof  Έρ/ξ-, 
Hes.  Th.  225 :  in  genl.  strong,  mighty, 
Hes.  Th.  378.  476. 

Καρτερο7ζ?.ιΊξ,  ήγος,  ό,  ή,  (καρτε- 
ράς, ~7.//σσω)  striking  fiercely,  Diod. 

Καρτερός,  ύ,  όν,  {κάρτος)= κρατε- 
ρός, strong  or  staunch,  brave,  bold, 
Horn,,  c.  inf.  II.  13,  483 ;  also  iv  ττο- 


KAPT 

7.έμω,  II.  9,  53 :  in  Hom.  usu.  of  per- 
sons, but  also  K.  έργα,  deeds  of  might 
or  force,  IL  5,  872;  κ.  όρκυς,  II.  19, 
108  :  Κ-  έλκος,  II.  16,  517  :  so  too,  κ. 
μάχη,  Hdt.  1,  76  ;  hence  of  any  thing 
great  or  vast,  e.  g.  κ.  λ.ίθος,  Pind.  Ο. 
1,  92. — 2.  esp.  of  places,  strong,  steep, 
defensible,  freq.  in  Thuc. — 3.  later 
usu.  c.  gen.,  possessed  of  a  thing,  lord 
or  master  of  it,  like  κύριος  τίνος. 
Archil.  85,  Theocr.  15,  94 ;  but  also 
absol.  in  same  sense,  mas'er  of  one's 
self  or  one's  passions  ;  hence  steadfast, 
patient,  προς  τι,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  6,  25; 
also  obstinate.  Plat.  Phaed.  77  A. 
Adv.  -ρώς,  strongly,  etc.,  hence,  κ. 
νττνονσθαι,  to  sleep  sound,  Hdt.  3, 
69  :  κατά  το  καρτερόν  is  also  used  as 
adv.  like  ττροςβίαν,  Hdt.  1,212,  Aesch. 
Pr.  212,  etc.  The  usu.  compar.  and 
superl.  are  κρείσσων  and  κράτιστος, 
qq.  v. :  but  the  regul.  forms  καρτερώ- 
τερος,  -τατος,  occur  now  and  then  in 
Att.,  Aesch.  Theb.  517,  Soph.  Aj.  669, 
Plat.  Phaed.  1.  c. 

Καρτερονντως,  Adv.  part.  pres. 
from  καρτερέω,  strongly,  patiently, 
Plat.  Rep.  399  B. 

Καρτίρόχειρ, χειρός,  ό,  ή,{καρτερός, 
χειρ)  strong-handed,  epith.  of  Mars,  Η. 
Horn.  7,  3. 

Καρτεράω,  ώ.  to  strengthen,  Hermes 
ap.  Stob.  Eel.  1,  p.  1086. 

Καρτερώννξ,  νχος,  ό,  η,  and  καρτε- 
ρώνν^ος,  ον,=κρατερ. 

Καρτιστος,  η,  ον,  Ερ.  for  κράτι- 
στος, q.  v.,  Hom. 

Καρτάς,  ή,  όν,  (κείρω)  chopped, 
sliced,  κ.Κβόμμνον,  Lat.  seclile  porrum, 
Galen. ;  hence  to  καρτόν,  absol.,  in 
Geop. 

Κάρτος,  εος,  τό,  Ερ.  and  Ion.  for 
κράτος,  q.  v.,  strensth,  vigour,  courage, 
Horn.,  and  Hdt.    Hence 

Κηρτννω,  Ερ.  for  κρατννω,  to 
strengthen,  make  strong.  Phanocl.  ap. 
Stob.  p.  399,  53  :  Horn  uses  only  aor. 
mid.  in  phrase,  έκαρτνναντο  φά/Μ.γ- 
}  ac,  they  strengthened  or  reinforced  their 
ratiks,  II.  11.215;  12,415;  so  loo  ;^;ε(- 
ρας  έκαρτνναντο,  they  strengthened  or 
armed  their  hands,  Theocr.  22,  80. 

Kupvu,  ας,  ή,  the  walnut  tree,  the 
fruit  of  which  is  κάρνον.  Soph.  Fr. 
892. 
ίΚαρύαι,  ών,  al,  Caryae,  a  town  of 
Laconia,  near  the  frontiers  of  .Arca- 
dia, containing  a  temple  of  Diana, 
Thuc.  5,  55;  Xen.  Hell.  7,  1,  28: 
hence  Καρνάτης,  ov,  6,  an  inhab.  of 
Caryae,  Paus. 
^Καρνανδα,  ή,  Caryanda,  an  island 
on  the  coast  of  Caria,  with  a  city  of 
same  name,  Strab.  :  6  Καρνανόενς, 
an  inhab.  of  Caryanda.  Hdt.  4,  44. 

Κΰρνάριον,ον,  ro,dim.  from  καρύα. 

Κΰρνάτΐδες,  ων,  αϊ,  (Καρναι)  the 
women  of  Caryae  ;  esp.  the  priestesses 
of  Diana  there,  Meineke  Euphor.  p. 
94. — II.  in  architect..  Caryatides  are 
female  figures  used  as  beanns-shafts, 
Vitruv.  1.  1,  cf  Miiller  Archaol.  d. 
Kunst,  ^  279,  Museum  Crit.  2,  p.  400, 
and  v.  sub  Άτ/.αντες,  Ύελ.ύμωνες.  [ΰ] 
Hence 

Κΰρνάτίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  to  dance  the  Car- 
yatic  dance  at  the  festival  of  Diana  in 
Caryae. 

Κΰρνάτίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (κάρνον)  to  play 
with  nuts. 

Κΰρνδιον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  καρύα 
and  κάρνον,  a  small  nut-tree  or  nut. 

Κάρνηδόν  (κάρνον)  likeanut,  hence 
K-  κάταγμα,  a  fracture  like  a  broken 
nut,  Galen. 

Κΰμΐιηράς,  ά,  όν.  (κάρνον)  of  ot  be- 
longing to  a  nut.  nut-like,  Theophr. 

Καρνϊνον,  τό,  v.  κάροινον. 


ΚΑΡΦ 

I      ΚύρνΙνος,  η,  ον,=καρνηρός,  The- 
1  ophr. 

I  Κύρνίσκος,  ov.  ό,  dim.  from  καρύα 
and  κάρνον. — II.  α  drinking-cup,  LXX. 
I  Καρνιτης.  ov,  o, [κάρνον)  bearing  fruit 
j  like  η  nut,  τιθνμα/./.ος  κ.,  Euphorbia 
I  Myrsinites,  Diosc.  [;] 

Κΰρϋκάζω.^καρνκείω. 

Kΰpvκείa,aς,7/,(κapvκ(vω)acooking 

I  with  the  sauce  καρνκη  :  hence  in  genl. 

rich  cookery,  a  rich  dish,  like  sq.,  Ath. 

Κάρνκενμα,  ατος,τό,  a  rich,  savoury 
dish  [f]  :  from 

Κάρνκεύτης,  ov,  ό,  a  cook  who  makes 
thesauce, καρνκη,  Clem.  Al. 

Κάρνκενω,  to  cook  with  the  sauce  κα- 
ρνκη :  in  genl.  to  dress  with  rich  savoury 
sattce,  k\ex.  Όμοια  1  :  ες  ταντόν  κ.  to 
make  up  into  one  sauce,  Menand.  p. 
179  :  hence  metaph.,  to  dress  up  a  story, 
season  it  well,  Plut. :  from 

Καρνκη,  ης,  ή,  a  sauce  invented  by 
the  Lydians,  composed  of  blood  and  rick 
spices,  Ath.  :  hence  any  rich  savoury 
souce  ordLih  dressed  therewith,  Plut.  [v] 
Hence 

Κΰρνκινος,  η,  ov,  of  the  colour  of  κα- 
ρύκη.  blood-red,  dark-red,  Xen.  Cyr.  8, 
3,  3.  [f ] 

Κάρϋκοειόής,  ες,  (καρνκη,  εΙδος)=ζ 
foreg.,  Hipp. 

Κΰρνκοττοιέω,  gi,  to  make  a  καρνκη 
or  rich  savoury  sauce.  At.  Eq.  343  :  from 

Κάρνκο-οίάς,  όν,  (καρνκη,  ττοιέω) 
making  a  καρνκη,  Achae.  ap.  Ath.  173 

Κάρνξ,  Dor.  for  κήρνξ. 

Κάρνοβΰφής,  ές,  (κάρνον,  βύπτω) 
stained  u-ith  walnut-juice. 

Κύρνοκατάκτης,  ov,  ό,  (κάρνον,  κα- 
τάγΐ'υμι)  α  nutcracker,  Pamphil.  ap. 
Ath.  53  Β  :  hence  the  nut-hatch,  a  bird. 

KA'PTON,  ov,  TO,  any  kind  of  niu, 
distinguished  into  various  kinds,  as, 
K.  βασιλικόν  or  ΐίερσικόν,  the  walnut, 
Diosc,  also  called  simply  κάρνον,  by 
Epich.,  etc.,  v.  Ath.  52  A :  λ.  EvjSot- 
κόν,  the  chestnut,  Theophr.,  cf.  κάστα- 
να :  κ.  ΤΙοντικόν  or  /.ετττόν,  the  fil- 
bert, Diosc. — II.  the  stone,  in  stone- 
fruit  :  the  kernel  in  a  pine-cone,  Diosc. 
— III.  in  mechanics,  a  kind  of  pulley, 
in  which  a  rope  moved  round  a  sheaf 
or  nut.  [/capi-] 

Κΰρνοναντης,  ov,  6,  (κάρνον,  ναύ- 
της) one  who  sails  in  a  nut,  Luc. 

Κΰρνάφνλ.λ.ον,  ov,  TO,  (κάρνον,  φν?.- 
λ.ον)  strictly  nut-leaf,  an  Indian  plant, 
the  clove-tree,  Lat.  caryophyllum. 

Κάρνόχρονς,  ovv,  (κάρνον,  χρόα) 
nut-brown. 

Καρνσσω,  Dor.  ίοχ  κηρίνσσω,  Simon. 
^Καρνστιος,ον.ύ,  Carystius.SLGreek. 
grammarian  of  Pergamus,  Ath.  640  F. 
■\Καρνσ~ίος,  a,  ov,  of  Carystus  (1), 
Carystian,  δειράς,  Eur.  I.  T.  1451  ;  oi 
Καρνστιοι.  the  Carystians, Hdt.  8, 112; 
Ar.  Lys.  1058.— 2.  of  Carystus  (2),  οί- 
νος, Strab.     From 

^Κάρνστος,  ov,  ?),  Carystus,  a  city 
on  the  southern  coast  of  Euboea 
at  foot  of  Mt.  Oche,  now  Carysto  or 
Castel  Rosso,  II.  2.  539  ;  Hdt.  4.  33  ;  6, 
99. — 2.  a  town  of  Laconia,  famed  for 
its  wine.  Alcm.  ap.  Strab.  p.  446. 

Κΰρνώδης,  ες,  (κάρνον,  εΐόος)  like 
a  walnut,  Theophr. 

Κΰρνωτικός,  ή,  όν,=καρνωτός. 

Κΰρϋώτις,  ιδυς,  ή,  a  kind  of  date 
shaped  like  a  walnut,  Lat.  caryotis, 
Diosc. :  also 

Καρνωτυς  φοίνιξ,  ό,  palmula  caryo- 
ta.  Galen. 

Καρφΰ?.έος,  a  ov,  (κάρφω)  dry, 
parched,  thirsty,  Od.  5,  369,  11.  21,  541  : 
of  sound,  καροαλ.εον  άσ~ϊς  ύνσε,  the 
shield  rung  dry,  i.  e.  hollow,  II.  13. 409. 
— II.  act.  drying,  parching,  —vp,  Nic• 
709 


ΚΑΡΧ 

Καρφάμύτων,  ον,  τό,  (κύρφος, 
ίμάω)  an  instrument  for  reaping  or  col- 
lecting the  dry  or  ripe  ears  of  corn,  Lat. 
merga,  Hesych. 

Καρώΐϊον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  «ύρ- 
φη. — 11.  in  plur.=/cap7rof,  Nic.  Al.  1 18. 

Κάρφη,  ης,  ή,^κάρφυς:  hay,  Xen. 
An.  1,  5,  10.  Hence 

Καρφηρός,  ά,  όι;  (κύρφος)  of  dry 
straw,  Eur.  Ion  172  :  also  καρφνρύς. 

Καρφίον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  κύρ- 
φος, Galen. 

Καρφίς,  ίόος,  ί/,=  καρπίς. 

Καρφίτης.  ον,  ό,  (,κύρφος)  built  of 
drii  straws,  θύ?Μμυς  κ.,  a  nest,  Anth. 

'Καρφοειόί/ς,  ές,  {κάρφη,  είδος)  like 
a  κάρφη. 

Καρφολογεω,  ώ,  {κύρφος,  λίγοι)  to 
gather  chips  or  dry  lu'ii;s,  κ.  τύ  δένδρα, 
to  pick  such  off  the  trees,  Theophr.  : 
also  to  pick  bits  of  straw,  wool,  etc.  oif 
a  person's  coat," Id.  Char.  2.     Hence 

Καρφολογία,  ας,  ij,  a  gathering  of 
straws,  dry  twigs,  etc..  Galen. 

Κάρφος,  εος,  τό,  (κάρφω)  any  small 
dry  body,  esp.  a  dry  stalk,  Lat.  palea, 
festuca,  slipula,  and  so  Hdt.  3,  111, 
calls  the  dry  sticks  of  cinnamon  κύρ- 
φεα  (which  word  bears  a  curious 
likeness  to  its  Arabic  name  kerfat, 
kirfah,  cf.  Steph.  Byz.  v.  Άβασ/μ'οί) : 
also  dri/  twigs,  straws,  bits  of  wool,  such 

as  birds  make  their  nests  of,  Ar.  Av. 
C12,  cf.  Aesch.  Fr.  19 ;  in  plur.  iisu. 
like  φηρντός,  husks,  chaff,  rubbish, 
Lat.  quisqutliae. — II.  καρπίς,  i],  q.  v. 
— III.  a  small  piece  of  wood  on  which 
the  watch-word  was  written,  Polyb. 
—\\.=  καρ7:ός,  ripe  fruit,  Nic.  (Prob. 
/capTTOf  and  «:up(/<orboth  come  from  the 
same  root,  for  καρπός  itself  is  strictly 
ripe  fruit  or  grain,  cf  κύρφω.)  Hence 
Καρφόω,  ώ,  and  καρφύνω,=  κύρφω. 
ίΚαρφυλλίδης,  ον,  ό,  Carphyllides,  a 
poet  of  the  Anthology. 

Καρφνρός,  ύ,  ύν,=  καρφηρός,  dub. 
ΚΑ'ΡΦΩ,  fut.  κύηψο),  a  poet.  verb, 
used  by  Horn,  only  in  the  phrase, 
κάρφειν  χρόα  κα?Μΐ',  to  make  the  fair 
skin  ivithered  and  wrinkled,  Od.  13, 
398,  430  ;  so  too,  ηελιος  χρόα  κι'φφει, 
Hes.  Op.  573  :  hence  m  genl.  to  make 
to  wither,  and  in  pass,  to  wither.  Archil. 
27;  so  too  in  Euphor.,  Ap.  Rh.,  and 
Nic.  :  metaph.  in  Hes.  Op.  7,  Ζενςάγ7ί- 
vopa  κύρφει,  Jupiter  blasts  the  proud 
of  heart.  (Prob.  from  same  root  as 
αρπάζω,  ΰρπη.  and  Lat.  carpere,  rapcre, 
radic.  signf.  being  to  draw  up,  like 
Lat.  contrahere  ;  and  so  to  wither,  dry, 
which  appears  distinctly  in  κύρφος, 
and  more  remotely  in  καρπός.  Hence 
too  Passow  would  also  explain  καρ- 
πός, turist  as  connecting  the  seizing  or 
grasping  part  with  the  arm,  Lat.  car- 
pits,  cf.  carpo  :  akin  to  κύρφω  is  μύρπ- 
τω,  and  also  κείρω.  The  iorm  κάρπω 
is  not  in  use.) 

Καρφώδης,  ες,=  καρφοειόης. 
Καρχύλεος,  a,  ον,  (κύρχαρος) 
τουφ,  sharp,  δίψ-τ/  καρχα7.έοι,  rough 
in  the  throat  with'  thirst,  11.  21,  541, 
Virgil's  siti  asprr,  with  v.  1.  καρφαλέ- 
01. — II.  rough,  fierce,  Lat.  asper,  κ.  κν- 
νες.  Αρ.  Rh  ,  λύκοι,  Tryphiod.,  but 
Λvith  V.  1.  καρχύρεος. 

Καρχύρέος,  α,  ον,  ν.  foreg.  sub  fin. 

Καρχαρίας,  ον,  6,  α  kind  of  shark, 

so  called  from  its  sharp  teeth,  Soph- 

ron   ap.   Ath.  306  D,   Plat,   ((^om.) 

Phaon.  1,  13. 

Καρχαρόδονς,  οδόντος,  ό,  ή,  (κόιρ- 
χαρος,  όδηύΓ)  with  sharp  or  jagi^ed 
teeth,  κννες,  II.  10,  3C0 ;  13, 198  ;  άρπη, 
Hes.  Th.  180 :  in  Arist.  Part.  An.  opp. 
to  χανλιόδονς. 

Καρχΰρόδων,  οντος,  ό,  ^,=  foreg., 
Theocr.  24,  85. 
710 


ΚΑΣΙ 

Κύρχάρος,  ον,  strictly  sharp-pointed 
Οϊ  jagged:  esp.  ivith  sharp  oi  jagged 
teeth,  κύνες.  Lye. :  in  gcnl.  raugh, 
sharp,  pointed,  like  τραχύς,  and  Lat. 
asper :  heuce  inelapli.  of  criticism, 
Luc.     (Prob.  akin  to  χαράσσω.) 

Καρχηόονίάζω,  f.  -άσω,  to  side  with 
the  Carthaginians,  Plut.  Marcell.  20, 
ubi  Schaf  και>χηδονίζω  :  and 

ή-Καρχηδονιύκος,  ?/,  ύν,  aiKl  -δονι,- 
κός,  ij,  ύν,  of  ox  belonging  to  Carthage, 
Carthaginian,  Strab. :  Diod.  S.:  and 
■\Καρχηδόνως,  a,  ov,=  foreg.,  η 
Καρχηύονία  γη,  the  Carthaginian  ter- 
ritory, Strab. ;  oi  Καρχτμ%νίοί,  the 
Carthaginians,  Hdt.  3,  19  ;  etc.  :  from 
Καρχηδών,  όνος,  //,  Carthagei  in 
Africa,  opposite  Rome,  and  long  the 
rival  of  that  city,  Hdt.  3,  19  ;  etc.— 2. 
K.  ^  νέα,  Carthago  Kova.  New  Car- 
thage, now  Carthagena,  founded  by 
the  Carthag.  on  southern  coast  of 
Hispania  Tarraconensis,  Strab.t-II. 
a  sort  of  precious  stone,  a  carbuncle. 

Καρχήσιον,  ον,  τά,  a  Jrinking-cup, 
narrower  in  the  middle  than  the  top 
and  bottom,  Sapph.  70,  as  Virg.  uses 
the  plur.  carchesia  :  cf  MuUer  Archaol. 
d.  Kunst  §  299  A. — II.  the  mast-head 
of  a  ship,  through  which  the  halyards 
worked,  usu.  in  plur.  as  Eur.  Hec. 
1261,  cf.  sq. — III.  the  upright  beam  of  a 
crane,  Schneid.  Vitrnv.  10,  5. 

Καρχήσιος,  ον,  ό,  usu.  in  plur.  ol 
καρχήσιοι,  the  halyards  of  a  ship. — 2. 
surgical  bandages,  Galen. 
ίΚύρχοι,  ων,  oi,  the  Carchi.  inhabiting 
Mt.  Zagrus  in  Media,  Polyb. 

Κάρώδης,  ες,  {κύρος,  είδος)  drowsy, 
heavy,  Hipp. 

Κύρωσις,  εως,  ή,  {κηρδω)  heaviness 

inthe head, drowsiness,  Hipp,  [ά]  Hence 

Καρωτίδες,  ων,  al,  the  carotids,  the 

two  great  arteries  of  the  neck,  Arist. 

H.  A. 

Κυρωτικός,  ή,  όν,  (καρόω)  stupify- 
ing,  soporific,  Galen. — II.  καρωτικαΐ 
άρτηρίαι,=^  καρωτίδες. 

Κάρωτόν,  οϋ,  τό,  α  carrot,  Ath. 
Κάς,  contr.  for  και  εις  or  και  Ις, 
β.  g.  Ar.  Ach.  184 :  no  contr.  form 
κίς  occurs. 

Κΰσαλβάζω,  {κασύλβη)  Ιο  behave 
like  a  prostitute :  hence — II.  trans.,  κ. 
τονς  στρατηγούς,  to  abuse  them  in 
strumpet  fashion,  Ar.  Eq.  355. 

Κΰσαλβύς,  ύδος,  i,=  sq.,  Ar.  Eccl. 
1106.  Fr.  402. 

Κασύλ/^τ;/,  ης,  η,  a  conrtesan,  whore, 
strumpet :  kindred  forms  are  κασωρίς, 
κάσσα.     Hence 

Κΐίσάλβιον,  ον,  τό~κασανριον. 
ή-Κάσαμβος,  ον,  ό,  Casambus,  son  of 
Aristocrates  of  Aegina,  Hdt.  6,  73. 

Κύσαμον,  ον,  τό,=^κνκλύμινος. 
Medic. 

Κύσας,  ον,  6,  also  written  κασάς  or 
κασής,  a  horse^s  caparison  or  housing,  a 
carpet  or  skin  to  sit  upon,  Xen.  Cyr.  8, 
3,  C,  prob.  akin  to  κώς.  κώας,  whence 
καττύς,  κάττνμα,  κάσπνμα. 

Κασανρα,  ας,  ή,  and  κασανρύς, 
ύδος,  ή,— κασύλβη.     Hence^ 

Κασανρεΐον,  ον.  τό.  κασανριον,  ον, 
τό.  κασανρίς,  ίδος.  ή.  ν.  sub  κησωρ. 

■\Κασβαναία.  ας, ή,  Casthanaea,  a  city 
of  Magnesia  in  Thessaly,  v.  1.  Καστα- 
ναία,  Hdt.  7,  183,  188. 

Κασία,  ας,  ή.  Ion.  κασίη.  cassia,  a 
spice  of  the  nature  of  cinnamon,  but 
of  inferior  quality,  brought  from  Ara- 
bia ace.  to  Hdt.  2,  86  ;  3.  110.  It  is 
sometimes  written,  as  with  us,  κάσ- 
σια.  cf  κασσίζω  ;  but  the  Lat.  ca.sia, 
and  κασιόττνονς,  q.  v.,  u.'sed  by  poets, 
require  ΰ,  and  therefore  a  single  a. 
^Κασιανά,  also  Κασσ.,  and  Κοσ., 
ών,  τύ,  Casiana,  a  city  of  Syria,  Strab. 


ΚΑΣΣ 

Κΰσιγνήτη,  ης,  ή,  a  sister,  Hom.; 
fern,  from  κασίγνητος. 

Κασιγν ητικός,  ή,  όν,  brotherly  οχ 
sisterly  :  from 

Κάαίγνητυς,  ον,  ό,  {κάσις,  γεννάί)) 
α  brother. — II.  in  genl.  α  blood-relation, 
esp.  α  nephew  or  niece,  II.  15,  545  ;  16, 
456. — 111.  as  adj.,  κασίγνητος.  η,  ον, 
brotherly,  sisterly,  So]ih.  Ant.  809,  and 
so  II.  9,  507  may  be  taken :  nictaph., 
σνκη  άμπέ?..ον  κασιγνητη,  llippon. 
19.  cf  κάσις,  ύόελφός. 

■\ΚασιλΙνον,  ον,  τύ,  CasilVuwt,  a 
city  of  Campania,  Strab. 

iKualvov,  ov,  TO,  Casvium,  a  city  of 
Latium,  Strab. 

iKύσlvoς,  ov,  ό,  Cas'mus,  a  river  of 
Latium,  Strab. 

'\Κύσιον,  ov,  TO,  Casium,  a  town  at 
the  base  of  Mt.  Casius  in  Aegypt, 
Strab. 

jKuaiov  όρος,  τό,  Mt.  Casius,  a 
mountain  in  Lower  Aegypt  on  the 
borders  of  Syria,  now  El  Kas,  Hdt. 

2,  6;  3,  5. — 2.  a  mountain  of  Syria 
near  Antiochia,  Strab. 

Κασιόπνονς,  ovv,  gen.  ov,  {κασία, 
πνέω)  breathing  or  smelling  of  eassia, 
Antijih.  Aphrodis^  1,  14. 

^Κάσιος,  ov,  ύ,  Casius,  masc.  pr.  n., 
Ath.  593  F.— 2.  adj.,  appell.  of  Jupi- 
ter from  Mt.  Casius  (1),  Strab. 

ΚΑ'ΣΙΣ,  ιυς,  ό  or  ij,  a  brother  or 
sister,  esp.  in  Trag.  :  vocat.  κάσι. 
Soph.  O.  C.  1410.— II.  like  κασίγνψ 
τος,  in  genl.  a  blood-relation,  esp.  a  nt- 
pheiv  or  niece :  metaph.,  λιγννς  πνρος 
κ.,  κόνιςπη?ίυν  κ..  Aesch.  Theb.  494, 
Ag.  495. — III.  in  Sparta,  a  boy  of  the 
same  class  in  gymnastic  exercises, 
άγελη  or  βονα.  [ΰ] 

\Κασιώτις,  ιδος,  ή.  fern.  adj.  from 
Κάσίοί',  of  Ca.iius,  ή  Κ.  πέτρα.^=^Κύ- 
σιον  ορός  (Ι),  Dion.  Ρ. 

■^Κασμένη,  ης,  ή,  Hdt.  ρΐ.  Κασμέναι; 
ών,  αΐ,  Thuc.  6,  5,  Casmhiae,  a  city 
of  Sicily,  Hdt.  7,  155. 

•f  Κάσοζ- ,  ov,  ?/,  Casvs.  one  of  the  Cy- 
clades  insulae,  II.  2,  676;  adj.  Κύσιος, 
a,  ov,  of  Casus,  Casian,  Strab. 

■\Κασπύτνρος,  ov,  ή,  a  city  of  India 
on  the  right  bank  of  the  hidus,  Hdt. 

3,  102;  4,  44;  now  ace.  to  Ritter 
Kaschmyr. 

^Κύαπειρης,  ov,  ή,  CnspTrtis  a  city 
of  the  Parthians  on  the  borders  of 
India  :  whence  Reiz  reads  Κύσπειροι 
in  Hdt.  in  place  of  Κάππιοι,  7,  C7. 

^Κασπιακός,  ή,  όν,  Caspian,  Luc. 

^Κασπίας,  ύδος,  ή,  fern.  adj.=foreg., 
Dion.  P. 

ή;Κύσπιοί,  ων,  οι.  the  Caspii,  dwellers 
on  the  coast  of  the  Caspian,  Hdt.  7, 
67;  cf.  sub  Κύσπειρης. 

ΙΚάστΓίΟζ•,  u,  ov,  Cospicm  ;  ή  Κασπία 
βάλασσα,  Hdt.  4,  40 ;  ή  Κασπία^ 
Strab. ;  and  τό  Κύσπιον  πέλαγος.  Id., 
the  Caspian  Sea,  esp.  the  western  purt, 
in  opp.  to  the  Hyrcanlan  Sea,  which 
was  applied  to  the  eastern  part :  at 
Κύσπιαι  πνΤ^αι,  the  Caspian  gates  or 
pass,  a  mountain  pass  between  Media 
and  Hyrcania.  Polyb.  5,  44,  5  ;  Strab. ; 
TO  Κύσπιον  όρος.  Monies  Casp'i,  the 
Caspian  mountains,  a  branch  of  Mt. 
Caucasus  between  Parlhia  and  Me- 
dia, Strab.  [i  whet)  final  syllable  is 
long  in  Ep.,  Ap.  Rh.  3,  859.] 

■^Κησπίς,  ίδος,  ή,  pecul.  fern,  to 
foreg.,  Dion.  P. 

Κάσσα,  ή.=  κασά2βη.  Lye.  131. 

^Κασσανδάνη.ης,ή,  Cassandane.  wife 
of  Cyrus,  mother  of  Cambyses,  Hdt. 
2,  ]  •  3,  2. 

•\Κασσάνδρα.  ας,  ή,  Cnκ.tnrl•dra, 
daughter  of  Priam  and  Hecuba,  re- 
ceived from  Apollo  the  gift  of  prophe- 
cy, U.  13,  366  ;0d.  11,  421,  etc. 


ΚΑΣΣ 

^Κασσύνδρεια,  or  Κασανδ.,  ας,  ή, 
Cassandrea,  a  city  of  Macedonia  in 
the  peninsula  Pallene,  the  earlier  Po- 
tidaea,  so  called  from  its  being  rebuilt 
by  Cassander,  Strab.  ;  hence  ύ  Κασ- 
αανδρΐύς,  an  inhah.  of  Cassandrea,  Ath. 

^Κάσσανδρος,  ου,  ό,  Cassandcr,  an 

ally  of  the  Trojans,  Q.  Sm.  8.81.— 2. 

son  of  Antipater,  king  of  Macedon, 

Polyb. ;  Arr. — Others  in  Polyb.,  etc. 

Κασσία,  ας,  y,  v.  sub  κασία. 

tKaoffif  ~εία,  ας,  ή,  Cassiepea,  daugh- 
ter of  Arabus,  wife  of  Cepheus, 
Apollod. ;  Luc. 

Κασσίζω,  f.  -ί'σω,  (κασσία)  to  look, 
tasfe  or  smell  like  cassia,  Diosc. 

ή'Κασσιύδϋΐρος,  ov,  ό,  Cassinddrus, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Anth. — A  late  writer. 

\Κ.ασσίό~η,  ης,  η,  Cassiope,=^Kaff- 
σίέττϋΐα,  Anth. 

^Κύσσίος,  ov,  δ,  the  Roman  Cassius, 
Plut. 

Κασσΐτερίδες,  ων,  αί,  the  Cassite- 
rides  or  tin- islands,  (v.  soVj  κασσίτε- 
ρος), Hdt.  3,  115,  of.  Strab.  p.  120, 
129,  etc. 

Κασσΐτέρΐνος,  rj,  ov,  Att.  καττ., 
made  of  κασσίτερος  or  tin,  Plut. 

Κασσΐτεροττοιός,  ov,  b ,  [κασσίτερος, 
ποιέω)  =^κασσιτιρονργός,  a  tinman. 

Κασσίτερος,  ό,  Att.  καττίτερος,  tin. 
Freq.in  II.  (though  never  in  Od.).usu. 
as  an  ornament  of  armour,  e.  g.  11.  11, 
25,  etc. ;  or  of  chariots,  as  II.  23,  503  ; 
it  was  usu.  melted  and  cast  upon  the 
liarder  bronze,  hence,  χενμα  κασσι- 
τέροίο.  a  plating  of  tin,  11.  23,  561  ; 
but  was  also  worked  with  the  ham- 
mer, as  in  II.  20,  271,  where  we  have 
a  shield  of  five  layers  (rr-ti^YCf),  which 
the  smith  had  forged  or  beaten  (/}λασε). 
Sometimes  also  greaves  {κνημίδες) 
were  of  tin,  as  II.  21,  592,  and  in  II. 
18,  613,  of  έαΓί}ς  κασσίτερος. c(.  έανός : 
but  as  our  tin  seems  too  weak  for  de- 
fensive armour,  some  have  supposed 
Homer's  κασσίτερος  not  to  be  com- 
mon tin,  Lat.  plainbum  album,  but 
rather  a  compound  of  tin  and  other 
metals,  like  our  pewter,  and  Lat.  stan- 
num  :  however  it  is  better  with  Arist., 
to  take  the  greaves  not  as  actually 
of  tin,  but  tinned,  plated  xiith  tin :  cf. 
χρνσεος.  (The  Sanscr.  name  is  kas- 
tira,  from  kash,  (lucere) ;  and  as  much 
tin  is  found  in  the  islands  on  the 
coast  of  India,  it  is  supposed  that  the 
Phoenicians  first  got  the  name  with 
the  metal  from  thence,  and  after- 
wards gave  the  name  of  κασσιτερίδες 
to  Cornwall  and  the  Scilly  Islands, 
when  they  began  to  bring  tin  from 
them,  Lassen  in  Ritter's  Erdkunde 
5,  p.  439 :  the  Arab,  name  is  kasdir, 
prob.  from  the  same  source.)  \ΐ\ 

Κασσίτερουργός,  ov,  ό,  {κασσίτε- 
ρος, *εργω)  a  tinman. 

ΚασσΙτερόω,  ώ,  f.  -ώσω,  {κασσίτε- 
ρος) to  cover  with  κασσίτερος,  to  tin, 
Diosc. 

Κάσσΰμα,  ατός,  τό,  Att,  κύττ.,  any 
thing  stitched  of  leather,  esp.  the  sole 
stitched  under  a  shoe  or  sandal :  and  in 
genl.  α  leather  sole  or  shoe,  Hipp.,  and 
Ar.,  cf.  Schol.Ach.  300.— II.  metaph. 
a  cunning  trick,  Lat.  sutela  dolorum, 
machinatio,  cf.  sq.  II :  from 

Κασσΰω,  Att.  καττνο,  to  stitch,  sew 
together  like  a  shoemaker.  Plat.  Euthyd. 
294  Β  ;  and  so  in  mid.,  Pherecr.  Incert. 
75. — II.  metaph.  like  ράτΓτείΧ',  tostitch 
up  a  plot,  intrigue,  like  Lat.  dolos  suere, 
Ar.  Eq.  314,  with  esp.  reference  to 
Cleoii  the  tanner.  (Prob.  from  κατά 
and  root  ΣΤ-,  Lat.  suere,  our  seir.) 

ΊΚασσώ-η,  7/f,  η.  Cnssope,  a  city  in 
the  territory  of  the  Molossi,  6  Κησ- 
ουΤίάΙος,  a  Cassopaean-,  Strab.,  who 


ΚΑΣΧ 

places  the  town  in  Thesprotia  and 
calls  it  Κασσώ-η  ϊ.ιμτμ'. 

Κασσωρείον,  ov.  τό,  and  κασσωρίς, 
ίδος,  η,^^κασωρίς,  Lye. 

\Καστύβα?.α,  ων,  τά,  Castabala,  a 
city  of  Cappadocia,  Strab. 

iKaστa'λίa,  ας,  ή,  Castalia,  a  foun- 
tain on  Mt.  Parnassus,  Hdt.  8,  39 ; 
Soph. ;  etc.    Hence 

fKaστa/ύς,  ίδος,  ή,  fern.  adj.  Casta- 
lian,  Νΐ)/ίίί)αί,  of  the  Muses,  Theocr. 
7,  148. 

\Καστα7ιών,  ώνος,  ή,  Castulo,  a 
city  of  Hispania  Baetica,  capital  of 
the  Oretani,  Polyb.  10,  38,  7  ;  Strab. ; 
V.  1.  Κλαστών  and  Κασταών. 

Κάστανα,  ων,τά,  chestnuts,  Mnesith. 
ap.  Ath.  54  Β :  also  called  κύρνα  Κασ- 
ταναϊαοτΚασταναϊκά, Theophr.,  and 
in  Nic.  κύστηνα  κ.,  from  Κάστανα, 
?/,  a  city  of  Pontus,  called  also  Ka- 
σΡαναία:  the  sing,  το  κύστανον,  etc. 
is  rare. 

\Κυ.σταναία,  y,  v.  1.  for  Κασθαναία, 
q.  V.  Hdt.  7,  183. 

Καατΰνεών,  ώνος,  6,  {κάστανα)  a 
chestnut  grove. 

fKaστιύvειpa,  ας,  -ή,  Caslianira, 
mother  by  Priam  of  Gorgythion,  11.  8, 
305. 

^Κύστιν,  Att.  contr.  for  καΐ  εστίν, 
Ar.  Nub.  97. 

\Κάστνίος,  ov,  Castnian:  an  appell. 
of  Veuus  from  Mt.  Castnius  in  Pam- 
phylia,  Lye. 

Κάστύν,  Att.  contr.  for  και  εστόν, 
Ar.  Αν.  326. 

Καστόρειος,  ov,  {Κύστωρ)  of,  be- 
longing to  Castor :  κ.  νόμος,  a  warlike 
air  for  the  flute,  mostly  used  in  Sparta, 
accompanying  the  εμβατήρια,  Bijckh 
Expl.  Pind.  P.  2,  57,  sq.,  Id.  Metr. 
Pmd.  p.  276. 
Καστόρειος,  ov,  {κύστωρ)=καστό- 

Καστορίδες,  αι.  a  famous  Laconian 
breed  of  hounds,  said  to  be  first  reared 
by  Ca.stor:  also  καστόρίαι  /ίΰΐ'εζ•,  Xen. 
Cyn.  3,  1,  and  in  Nic. — II.  a  kind  of 
sea-beast,  sea-calves  or  seals,  LXX. 

Καστορίζω,  f.  -ίσο,  to  be  like  castor, 
Diosc. :  from 

Καστόριον,  ov,  τό,  castor,  Lat.  cas- 
toreuin,  or  (in  phir.)  castnrea,  a  liquid 
found  near  the  hinder  parts  of  the 
beaver,  in  two  bags,  but  not  (as  was 
believed)  in  the  scrotum,  Hipp.,  etc. : 
strictly  neut.  from 

Καστόριος,  a,  ov,  (Κάστωρ)=Κασ- 
τύρειος,  Od. — 2.  cf.  καστορίδες  I. — Π. 
{κάστωρ)  of  or  belonging  to  the  beaver, 
Hipp. 

^Καστορίς,  ίδος,  ij,  fern.  adj.  Casto- 
rean,  Paus. 

\Καστορίων,  ωνος,  ό,  Castorion,  a 
poet  of  Soli,  Ath.  454  F. 

Καστορί'ϋσα,  Ep.  for  καταστορνϋσα, 
part.  fem.  pres.  from  καταστόρννμι, 
Od.  17,  32. 

■\Καστω?.ός,  ov,  ?/,  Castohis,  a  town 
of  Lydia,  Steph.  Byz.,  in  Xen.  Κασ- 
tu7mv  πεδίον.  Hell.  1,  4,  3,  a  gather- 
insr  place  for  the  troops  of  the  satrap 
of  Lydia,  Id.  An.  1,  1,  2. 

Κάστωρ,  ορός,  ό.  Castor,  son  of  Ju- 
piter, or  Tynnareus,  and  Leda, brother 
of  Pollux,  Hom. — 2.  a  leader  of  the 
Gauls,  son-in-law  of  Deiotarus, Strab.; 
the  father  of  Deiotarus  ali^o  bore  this 
name,  Id. — 3.  a  writer  of  Rhodes, 
Plut. 

Κάστωρ,  ορός,  ό,  the  beaver,  Hdt.  4, 
109. 
^Κασνστης,  ov,  δ,  Casijstes,  a  port  of 
the  Ionian  Erythrae,  Strab. 

Κασύτας,  ov,  b,  also  καδύτας,  a 
Syrian  plant. 

Κάαχεθε,  Ep.  for  κατέσχεθε,  κα- 


KATA 

τέσχε,  lengthd.  3  pers.  sing.  aor.  2  oi 
κατέχω,  11.  11,  702. 

Κάσωρενω,  to  whore.  Lye. :  and 
Κάσώρϊον,  ov,  τό,  a  brothel,  stews, 
Ar.  Eq.  1285,  \vith  ν  1.  κασαύριοισι: 
from 

Κΰσωρίς,  ίδος,  ή,  {κάσσα)=κασάλ• 
βη.  Lye.  1385. 

ΚΰσωρΙτις,  ιδος,ή,=κασά?.βη,Ή\ρ- 
ροη.  81. 

ΚΑΤΑ',  prep:  ο.  gen.,  vel.  ace. : 
(never  c.  dat.,  though  some  attribute 
this  usage  to  poets,  as  in  Od.  10,  238  ; 
2,  425  ;  15,  290,  κατά  σνφεοΐσιν  έέρ- 
>ι-Ί>,  κατά  δε  Τϊροτόνοισιν  εδησαν, 
which  is  merely  tmesis  for  σνφεοίς 
κατεέργνν,  ■προτόνοις  κατέδησαν.) 
Radio,  signf.  down  or  doivnwards :  a 
poet  form  καταί  is  mentioned  only 
by  ApoU.  Dysc,  though  it  is  found  in 
some  poet,  compds.  with  βαίνυ,  as 
καταιβάτης.  [--] 

A.  c.  GENiT. — I.  denoting  motion 
from  above,  down  from,  Hom.,  esp.  in 
phrases  jiy  δε  κατ'  Ον/.ύμποιο  καρή- 
νων,  κατ  Ίδαίων  ορίων,  κατά  ττέτρης, 
καθ"  ίππων,  also  δάκρυα  κατά  β/.ε- 
φύρων  βέε :  so  too  κατ'  άκρης,  down 
from  the  top,  i.  e.  from  top  to  bot- 
tmn,  utterly,  II.  13,  772;  others,  as 
Schweigh.  Hdt.  6,  18,  take  it  to 
mea\\,  from  the  citadel  downwards,  i.  e. 
entirely,  but  v.  Od.  5,  313,  cf.  κατά- 
κρας  and  κρήθεν. — II.  denoting  motion 
to  below, — 1.  simply  down  upon,  down 
into,  in  Hom.  esp.  of  the  dying,  /car* 
οφθαλμών  κεχι  τ'  άχλνς,  a  cloud  set- 
tled upon  the  eyes :  so  too  κατ'  όφ- 
θα/.μών  χέεν  αχ'/.νν,  κατ'  οφθαλ- 
μών νυξ  εκάλνίρε,  also  κατά  χθο- 
νός  όμματα  πήξαι,  to  fix  the  eyes 
upon  the  ground:  of  a  dart,  κατά 
-/αίης  ωχετο,  it  went  down  into  the 
ground':  so  of  a  departed  soul,  xpvxy 
κατά  χθονός  ωχετο,  II.  23,  100,  cf. 
Soph.  Ant.  24':  hence,  ό  κατά  γτ/ς, 
one  dead  and  buried,  Xen  Cyr.  4,  6, 
5  :  κατά  χειρός  ύδωρ,  water  (to  pour) 
upon  the  hands,  Ar.  Vesp.  1216; 
hence,  κατά  χ.  διδόναι  (sub.  νδωρ), 
Apollod.  2,  7,  6,  cf.  επίσπένδω.—2. 
later  in  gen.,  towards  a  point,  like  έπί 
and  προς,  c.  gen.,  τοξινεινκατά  τίνος, 
κατά  σκοπού,  etc.,  to  shoot  at  (be- 
cause the  arrow  falls  dowti  upon  its 
mark)  :  also,  παίειν  κατά  τίνος,  to 
strike  at  one,  etc. :  ινχεσθαι  or  όμό- 
σαι  κατά  τίνος,  to  vow  or  swear  j^oa 
a  thing  (because  one  holds  out  the 
hand  over  it),  Thuc.  5,  47  ;  but  also 
to  make  a  vow  towards  something, 
i.  e.  make  a  vow  of  offering  it,  In- 
terpp.  Ar.  Eq.  660.-3.  metaph.  upon, 
in  respect  of,  concerning,  Lat.  de,  σκο- 
πείν  κατά  τίνος.  Plat.  Phaed.  70  D  ; 
έπαινος  κατά  τίνος,  praise  bestowed 
upon  one,  Aeschin.  22,  31 :  but  usu. 
in  bad  sense,  ειπείν  κατά  τίνος,  to 
speak  about  one,  esp.  to  his  prejudice, 
and  so  -ψενδεσθαι.  κατά  τηος,  Xen. 
Apol.  13 :  λόγος  κατά  τίνος,  Lat. 
oratio  in  aliquem,  but  προς  τίνα,  Lat. 
adversus  aliquem,  Woll  Lept.  p.  clii: 
hence  the  corresponding  compds.  κα• 
τηγορεϊν,  καταλέγειν,  etc..  are  used 
c.  gen.  pers. — III.  periphr.  for  an  adv., 
esp.  in  καθ'  b/.ov  and  κατά  παντός,  for 
όλως  and  πάντως,  in  general,  altogether. 
B.  C.  .4.CCUS. — 1.  of  motion  down- 
wards, κατά  Ι>όον,  down  ivith  the 
Stream,  opp.  to  άνά  fioov,  Hdt.  2,  96, 
cf.  κάτω  and  άνω. — 2.  of  motion  or 
extension  07i,  over,  throughout  a  space, 
to  a  point,  on,  in,  among,  at,  about, 
over,  etc.,  very  freq.  indeed  in  Horn., 
e.  g.  Kara  γαΐαν,  κελ.ενθον,  πόντον, 
νλτ/ν,  πτό/.ιν,  οίκυν,  όμι/Μν,  esp. 
στρατόν,  νΐ/ας,  κλισίας,  usu.  in: signf., 
7J:t 


ΚΑΤΑ 

throughout,  all  along,  κατά  την  πόλιν, 
all  through  the  city,  etc. :  so  in  de- 
scribing the  exact  spot  of  a  wound, 
βύ'λ'λείν,  ννσσειν,  οντάν  κατά  στϊ/θος, 
γαστέρα,  etc.,  in,  on  the  breast :  also 
βύ/.?^ί:ιρ  κατ'  ασπίδα,  ζωστΐ/ρα,  etc., 
βέλος  κατά  καίμιον  7/λθεν,  struck 
■upon  a  mortal  part,  U.  11,  439.  Also 
very  freq.  in  Horn.,  κατά  θνμόν,  in 
heart  or  soul,  also  κατά  φρένα  και 
κατά  θνμόν  (cf.  however  signi.  IV.); 
in  prose  κατά  vovv.  Even  in  these 
local  signfs.  the  signf.  dowmvards  is 
more  or  less  traceable. — 3.  in  genl.  of 
place  indefinitely,  of  α  space  in  which 
no  point  is  esp.  marked  out,  oi  κατά 
TLva,  those  who  are  with  or  about  him, 
where  τεταγμένοι  is  usu.  supplied : 
Kara  >7/v  και  κατά  θάλατταν,  by  land 
and  sea :  τα  κατά  τον  ovpavov,  ce- 
lestial pherwmena. — II.  distnbutively, 
of  a  whole  divided  into  parts,  κατά 
φν?.α,  κατά  φρήτρας,  by  tribes  and 
clans,  II.  2,  362 :  κατά  σφέας,  by 
themselves,  separately,  II.  2,  366 ; 
and  so  in  prose,  καθ'  εαυτόν,  καθ' 
αντονς,  Thuc.  1,  138,  cf.  Wessel. 
uiod.  13,  72;  κατ'  άνδρα,  man  by 
man,  singly,  Hdt.  6,  79.-2.  so  of 
parts  of  time,  κατ'  ένιαντόν,  year  by 
3'ear,  κατά  μήνα  καθ'  ί/μέραν,  Herm. 
Vig.  π.  402. — 3.  of  numbers,  κατά 
τρεις,  by  threes,  καθ'  ίνα,  one  at  a 
time,  Hilt.  7, 104,  κατ'  ολίγους,  Wess. 
Hdt.  8,  113  ;  and  so  with  neut.  adj., 
κατά  μικρόν,  ολίγον,  little  by  little, 
gradually,  etc. — III.  of  direction  to- 
wards an  object,  purpose,  esp.  freq. 
in  Horn,  πλείν  κατά  πρήξιν,  on  busi- 
ness, for,  or  after  a  matter,  Od.  3, 
72  ;  9,  253  ;  ιτλάζεσθαι  κατά  ληίδα, 
to  rove  in  search  o/ booty,  Od.  3,  106 ; 
κατά  χρέος  έ?ιθεϊν,  to  come  after,  to 
seek  a  response,  Od.  11,  479,  etc. ; 
like  έ~ί  and  μετά.  c.  ace,  Wess.  Hdt. 
2,  152 ;  8,  30,  etc.— IV.  of  fitness, 
suitableness,  conformity  to  a  thmg 
(as  if  attaining  and  reaching  the  ob- 
ject aimed  at,  and  so  arising  from 
signf  III.),  according,  agreeable,  ansiver- 
ingto,  κατά  θνμόν,  very  freq.  in  Horn.; 
so,  καθ'  ήμέτερον  νόον,  after  our 
liking,  II.  9,  108,  κατά  μοίραν,  as  is 
meet  and  right,  freq.  in  Horn. ;  also 
in  phrases  «a-'  αίσαν  and  κατά  κό- 
σμον,  υρρ.  to  παρά  μοίραν,  παρ'  αΙσαν. 
Also,  τά  κατά  τίνα,  what  belongs  to, 
beseems  one  ;  καΫ  άνθρωπον,  accord- 
ing to  the  standard  of  a  man,  v.  signf. 
IX.:  κατά  φνσιν,  naturally  ;  κατά  τν- 
την,  by  chance  ;  κατά  δνναμιν,  to 
tne  best  of  one's  power  ;  κατά  την 
τέχνην,  skilfully  ;  κατά  τρόπον  λέ- 
γειν, to  speak  to  the  purpose  ;  κατ' 
evvoiav,  of  good  will,  κατά  την  ξνμ• 
μαχίαν,  τά  συγκείμενα,  according  to 
the  terms  agreed  upon,  κατά  θεόν, 
Lat.  non  sine  numine,  Valck.  Hdt.  3, 
153  :  freq.  iti  relation  to,  concerning,  τά 
κατά  πόλεμον,  all  that  belongs  to  war, 
military  n)atters,  τά  κατά  την  πόλιν, 
public  aflTairs,  political  relations :  το 
καθ'  νμάς,  as  far  as  concerns  you, 
Hdt.  7,  158  ;  κατά  τούτο,  according  to 
this  way,  in  this  view,  κατά  ταντά, 
in  the  same  vay,  καθ'  ότι,  so  far  as  : 
hence — V.  of  likeness,  correspond- 
ence of  fashion  or  manner,  κατά  λο• 
ττον  κρομύοιο,  like  the  coat  of  a  leek, 
Od.  19,  233  ;  κατά  Μιθραδάτην.  an- 
swering to  the  description  of  him,  Hdt. 
1,  121  ;  ov  κατά  σέ,  none  of  your  sort, 
Chionid.  Her.  1  ;  κατά  πνιγέα,  very 
like  an  oven,  Ar.  Av,  1001. — VI.  of 
loosely  stated  numbers,  nearly,  about, 
κατά  έξηκόσια  έτεα.  600  years  more 
or  less,  Hdt.  2,  145,  etc.  :  hence  also, 
κατ'  ουδέν,  next  to  nothing,  Hdt.  2, 
712 


ΚΑΤΑ 

101. — VII.  of  periods  of  time,  through- 
out, during,  for,  less  definite  than  επί, 
c.  gen.,  κατά  τον  πόλεμον,  during  or 
in  the  course  of  the  war,  Hdt.  7,  137  ; 
κατά  Άμασιν.  about  tlie  time  of  Ama- 
sis,  Id.  2,  134  ;  also,  κατά  τον  κατά 
ΚροΙσον  χρόνον,  1,  C7  :  οΊ  καθ'  ημάς 
or  έαντους,  our,  their  contempora- 
ries, Xen.  ;  oi  κατά  τον  Πλάτωνα, 
etc.,  cf.  Schaf.  Dion.  Comp.  Verb.  p. 
264. — VIII.  with  an  abstract  subst. 
used  in  periphr.  for  adverbs,  as  καθ' 
ησνχίην,  κατά  τάχος,  etc.,  for  ήσυ- 
χος, ταχέως,  Hdt.  1,  9,  124  ;  7,  178. 
— IX.  the  compar.  is  followed  by  ή 
κατά...,  when  the  qualities  of  things, 
not  themselves,  are  compared,  Lat. 
quam  pro,  e.  g.  μείζον  ή  κατ'  άνθρω- 
πον, greater  than  is  suited  to  man, 
above  human  nature  or  powers,  esp. 
freq.  in  Plat.,  Wess.  Hdt.  8,  38 ;  μεί- 
ζω  η  κατά  δάκρυα,  too  great  to  weep 
for,  Thuc.  7,  75  ;  βαθύτερα  η  κατά 
θρηίκας,  deeper  than  was  common 
among  the  Thracians,  Hdt.  4,  95 ; 
μειζω  if  κατ'  έμέ  και  σέ  έξενρείν,  too 
great  for  me  or  you  to  find  out ;  η 
προς...,  and  ij  ΰς,  c.  inf.,  are  used  in 
the  same  way,  cf.  ώς  Β.  I.  3. 

C.  POSITION :  κατά  may  follow 
both  its  cases,  but  is  then  written 
with  anastr.  κάτα. 

D.  absol.  AS  ADV.  in  all  the  above 
signfs.,  esp.  like  κάτω,  downwards, 
from  above,  down,  freq.  in  Horn.  :  of- 
ten we  cannot  render  it  by  an  adv., 
and  must  then  attach  it  to  the  verb  : 
when  used  as  an  adv.  after  its  verb, 
it  is  written  with  anastr.  κάτα,  e.  g. 
II.  17,  91,  Od.  9,  6. 

E.  κατά  IN  COMPOS. — I.  dowmi'ards, 
down,  as  in  καταβαίνω,  καταβύλλω, 
κατάκειμαι. — II.  doivn  upon,  and  so  in 
genl.  over  against,  in  answer  to,  Lat. 
oh,  as  in  κατάδω,  occino,  καταβληχύ- 
ομαι,  καταβοάω  :  hence — 111.  agairist, 
in  hostile  sense,  like  A.  11.2,  as  in  κα• 
ταγιγνώσκω,  κατακρίνω,  more  rarely 
with  a  subst.,  as  καταδίκη- — IV.  oft. 
only  to  strengthen  the  notion  of  the 
simple  word,  as  in  κατακόπτοι,  κατα- 
φαγεΐν,  κατακτείνω,  etc. ;  also  with 
substs.  and  adjs.,  as  κατάδη^^ς. — V. 
sometimes  to  give  a  trans,  force  to  an 
intr.  verb,  like  our  be-,  as  καταΟρηνέω, 
to  Afwail. 

F.  κατά,  as  a  prep,  was  sometimes 
shortened,  esp.  in  old  Ep.  poetry,  into 
κάγ,  κάκ,  κάμ,  κάν,  κάπ,  κάρ,  κάτ, 
before,  γ,  κ,  μ,  ν,  π  or  ψ.  β,  τ  οτ  θ  re- 
spectively ;  see  these  forms  in  their 
own  places.  In  these  cases  some 
join  the  prep,  with  the  following 
word,  as  καγγόνν,  καδδέ.  κακκίφα• 
λής,  καππεδίυν,  καπφύλαρα,  καίφα, 
καττάδε,  καττόν, etc., cf.  Buttm.  Ausf 
Gr.  ^  117,  Anm.  4,  n.  In  compd. 
verbs,  κατά  sometimes  changes  into 
καβ,  καλ,  καρ,  κατ,  before  β,  λ,  ρ,  θ 
respectively,  as  κάββαλε,  κάτθανε, 
κάλλιπε,  καρβέζονσα  :  before  στ  and 
σχ  the  second  syll.  disappears  in  κα- 
στορννσα,  κάσχεθε.  However  these 
are  all  rare  cases,  mostly  in  Hom. 

Κατά,  Ion.  for  καθ'  ΰ,  Hdt.,  cf. 
Koen  Greg.  p.  400,  Struve  Quaest. 
Herodot.  1,  p.  34. 

Κ^τα,  contr.  from  και  είτα,  and 
then,  and  afterwards,  usu.  to  strength- 
en the  interrog.  sense  of  f  Ζτα. 

Κατά/3ο,  for  κατάβηθι,  imperat. 
aor.  2  from  καταβαίνω,  Ar.  Ran.  35. 

Καταβύδην,  adv.  (καταβαίνω), going 
down  ;  below,  down-stairs,  or  with  the 
feet  down,  opp.  to  άναβάδην,  Ar.  Ach. 
411,ubi  V.  Schol.  [βά] 

Κ,αταβαθμός,  ov,  ό,  a  descending,  de- 
scent: hence  the  Catabathmus,{n.o-vi  Aka^ 


ΚΑΤΑ 

bet-assalnm)n^n\c  of  the  steep  .t/opewhich 
separates  Aegypt  and  Libya,  Aescl). 
Pr.  81 1 ,  in  Att.  form  Καταβασμός:  from 

Καταβαίνω,  fut.  -βήσυμαι :  pf.  -βέ• 
βηκα  :  aor.  κατέβην,  hence  καταβεί- 
ομεν,  Ep.  subj.  for  καταβώμεν,  11.  10, 
97  ;  κατάβά,  Att.  imperat.  for  Λατύ- 
βΊ/θι,  Ar.  Ran.  35 ;  aor.  mid.  κατεβη- 
σάμ}}ν,  of  which  Hom.  uses  κατεβψ 
σατο,  as  well  as  the  Ep.  and  Ion.  κα- 
τεβήσετο,  imperat.  καταβήσεο,  11. 
{κατά,  βαίνω)  To  step  down,  go  or 
C07ne  down,  Lat.  descendere,  opp.  to 
αναβαίνω,  Hom.  Construction  :  in 
full,  K.  εκ  or  άπό  τίνος,  to  go  down 
from...,  and  εΙς  τι,  to  a  place :  but 
also  in  the  former  case  c.  gen.  only, 
as,  K.  δίφρου,  πόλιος,  II.  5,  109 ;  24, 
329 ;  and  in  the  latter,  c.  ace.  only, 
as,  θάλαμον  κατεβήσατο,  Od.  2,  337  : 
also  c.  ace.  in  quite  a  diflf.  sense,  as, 
κλίμακα  κατεβήσατο  (as  we  say),  to 
come  down,  descend  the  ladder,  Od.  1, 
330 ;  again,  κατέβαινε  υπερώια,  she 
came  down  (from)  the  upper-chamber, 
Od.  18,  206;  23,  85;  and  ξεστον 
έφόλκαιον  καταβύς,  Od.  14,  350. — II. 
with  pecul.  reference  to  the  relative 
position  of  two  places, — 1.  to  go  down 
from  the  inland  parts  to  the  sea,  Hdt.  1, 
94,  etc. — 2.  to  go  doum  into  the  arena, 
to  fight,  wrestle,  race,  etc.,  κ.  έπ'  άεθλα, 
Hdt.  5,  22  ;  and  absol.,  like  Lat.  in 
certamen  descendere,  Soph.  Tr.  504, 
Xen.  An.  4,  8,  27  :  cf.  καθίημι. — 3.  of 
an  orator,  to  come  down  from  the  tribune, 
rarely  with  άπό  τον  βήματος  added. 
Wolf  Lept.  p.  500.— 111.  melaph.,— 1. 
καταβαίνειν  εΙς  τι,  to  come  to  a  thing 
ί)ί  the  course  of  speaking,  Hdt.  1,  116  ; 
but  more  usu.  c.  part.,  κατέβαινεν 
αί'τις  παραιτεόμενος,  Hdt.  1,  90,  cf. 
1,  118  ;  9,  94. — 2.  κ.  εις  τι,  to  come  to 
the  same  point,  agree  in  a  thing,  as,  κ. 
εΙς  χρόνους,  to  agree  in  age,  Arist. 
Pol. — 3.lolet  one's  self  doum,  be  lessened, 
fall. — B.  transit,  to  make  logo  doicn,  to 
lower,  Pind.  P.  8,  111. — C  very  rarely 
alsoin  pass,  ϊππος  καταβαίνεται,  the 
horse  is  di.'<mountedfrom,ji.en.  Eq.  1 1 ,7. 

Καταβακχίύω,  {κατά,  βακχενω)  to 
fill  with  Bacchic  frenzy  :  USU.  κατα- 
βακχενομαι,  as  pass,  like  sq.  :  but 
also  as  a  dep. :  only  in  late  writers. 

Καται3α/ι;^:ίόο/ζηί,  as  pass.,  {κατά, 
Βακχιόω)  to  be  full  of  Bacchic  frenzy, 
K.  δρυός  κ/.άδυις,  to  wear  oaken 
wreaths  and  rave  with  Bacchic  rage, 
Eur.  Bacch.  109. 

Καταβάλ?.ω,  fut.  -βάλω :  aor.  κα- 
τέβαλαν, 3  sing,  in  Hom.  κάββα?.ε. 
{κατά,  βά?Λω)  To  throw  down,  cast 
down,  overthrow,  lay  low,  Hom.,  Hdt., 
etc.  ;  metaph.,  κ.  ές  το  μηδέν,  Hdt. 
9,  79  :  to  let  fall,  drop  doivn,  II.  5,  343  ; 
8,  249  :  hence  of  a  fawning  dog,  ova- 
τα  κάββαλεν,  Od.  17,  302  ;  also  τάς 
οφρνς  καταβάλλειν,  Eur.  Cycl.  107  ; 
cf.  οφρύς ;  but,  πράτον  Ιον'λον  άπό 
κροτάφων  καταβάλλειν,  to  have  the 
first  young  hair  falling  from  his  tem- 
ples, Theocr.  15,  85 :  also  simply  to 
lay  or  put  down,  Lat.  dejionere,  11.  9, 
206,  Ar.  Ach.  165. — 2.  to  strike  down, 
esp.  with  darts,  and  so  to  kill,  slay, 
Hdt.  4,  64,  etc. — 3.  to  bring,  carry  down, 
esp.  to  the  sea-coast,  κ.  σιτία,  Hdt.  7, 
25,  where  others  take  it  to  lay  in  stores 
or  depots. — 1.  to  put  down,  pay  down, 
yield  ox  pay,  Hdt.  2,  149  ;  hence  also 
to  ραμ  off,  pay,  discharge,  Lat.  persol- 
vere,  Plat.  Legg.  932  D,  Dem.  727,  4, 
cf.  καταβολή  2. — 5.  to  put  down  into  a 
place  and  leave  there,  τινά  εις  έρκττ/ν, 
Hdt.  4,  146:  hence  also,  κ.  σπέ/ιμα, 
to  put  in  seed,  cf.  καταβλητέον  :  so 
too  Schweigh.,  Hdt.  1,  122,  explains 
K.  φάτιν,  by  spargere  rumorem,  but  it 


ΚΑΤΑ 

is  rather  to  found,  give  rise  to  a  report, 
like  κα-α3ύ7.λομαι,  cf.  Eur.  H.  F. 
1261. — 6.  to  cast  off,  reject,  Lat.  proji- 
cere :  καταβεβ/.ημένοι,  abandoned  fel- 
lows, Lat.  homines  projectae  audactae, 
Isocr.  234  Β  ;  and  so,  τί  ααταβεβΆη- 
μένα  τταιόενματα,  common  education, 
Arist.  Pol. ;  adv.  κατα,3εβ?.ημένος, 
contemptibly,  Isocr.  Antid.  'ξι  326. — Β. 
mid.  to  lay  down  as  a  foundation,  ground, 
found,  begin,  Eur.  Hal.  164,  Plat. 
Legg.  803  A. 

ί.αταβα—~ίζω,  fut.  -ίσω  Att.  -Ιώ, 
(/caru,  βατττιζω)  to  dip  or  plunge  in, 
drown,  Aiciphr.  Pass,  to  be  drowned. 
Hence 

Καταβατττιστής,  ov,  6,  one  who  dips 
or  drowns. 

Καταβάτϊτω,  f.  -ψω,  (κατά,  βάπτω) 
to  dip  down  or  into,  εις  τι,  Luc. :  also 
to  dye,  hence  καταβεβαμμένος,  dyed, 
coloured,  Medic. 

Καταβάρέω,  ύ,  f.  -ησω,  to  weigh 
down,  overload,  Luc.  :  from 

Καταβΰρής,  ες,  (κατά,  βάρος)  very 
heavy,  dub.  and  prob.  always  to  be 
altered  into  κατάβαρυς.  Lob.  Phryn. 
540. 

Καταβύρησις,  εως,  ή,  (καταβάρέω) 
a  weighing  down. 

Καταβάρύνω,  :=  καταβάρέω,  The- 
ophr. 

Κατύβΰρυς,  ν,  v.  sub  καταβαρής. 

Καταβάσάνίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  strengthd. 
for  βασανίζω,  Hipp. 

Καταβύσιον,  ov.  τά,^κατύβασις, 
a  way  that  leads  downwards,  the  en- 
trance to  an  underground  cave,  Suid. 

ΚαταΒάσιος,  ου,  ό,  Ζεύς,—καται- 
βάτης,  dub. 

Κατάβΰσις,  εως,  η,  (καταβαίνω) 
α  going  down,  descending,  ορρ.  to  άνύ- 
βασις. — 2.  α  way  down,  a  descent,  Hdt. 
1,  186 ;  7,  223  :  the  entrance  to  a  cave. 
Id.  2,  122. 

Καταβασκαίνω,  f.  -ΰνώ,  strengthd. 
for  βασκαίνω,  Plut. 

Καταβασμός,ον,  ό,  cf.  καταβαθμός. 

Καταβύτέον,  verb.  adj.  from  κατα- 
βαίνω, one  must  descend,  Plat.  Rep. 
520  C. 

Καταβΰτεύω,  to  tread  or  walk  upon. 

Καταβάτης,  ου,  b,  (καταβαίνω)  a 
chariot-fighter  who  dismounts  and  fights 
on  fool,  Plat.  Criti.  119  B.— Π.=«α- 
ταιβάτης.   [ΰ] 

Καταβατικός,  ή,  όν,  inclined  to  go 
down.     Adv.  -κύς. 

Καταβατός,  ή,  όν,  descending,  steep. 

Κατΰβαύζω,  f  -ξω,  (κατά,  βαύζω) 
to  bark  at,  τινός,  Aiith. 

Καταβανκα?Μω,ώ,(κατά,βανκα?.άω) 
to  sing  or  lull  to  sleep,  Ael.     Hence 

Καταβανκά/^ησις,  εως,  ή,  a  singing 
or  lulling  to  sleep,  Ath. 

Ιί,αταβανκάΆίζω,  f.  -ίσω, =^  κατά- 
βανκα/.άω. — II.  (κατά,  βαύκαλις)  to 
gulp  down,  Sopat.  ap.  Ath.  781  B. 

Υ^αταβδελνσαομαι.  dep.,  strengthd. 
for  βδε/.νσσομαι,  to  detest  utterly. 

Καταβεβαιόομαι,  {κατά,  βεβαιόω) 
dep.,  to  affirm,  Plut.     Hence 

Καταβεβαίωσις,  εως,  ?/,  affirmation, 
Plut. 

Καταβεβλΰκενμένως,  v.  1.  for  κα- 
τεβλ.,  q.  v.,  in  Ar.  Plut.  325. 

Καταβεβ?.ημένως,  v.  καταβάλ?Μ, 
sub  fin. 

Καταβείομεν,  Ep.  for  καταβώμεν,  1 
pi.  subj.  aor.  2  of  καταβαίνω,  Jl.  10, 97. 

Καταβελής,ές,  {κατά.  βέλος)  strick- 
en by  many  arrows,  Dion.  H. 

Καταβι'/ναι,  Ep.  καταβήμεναι,  inf 
aor.  2  of  καταβαίνω,  Horn. 

Καταβήσεο,  2  sing,  imperat.  aor. 
mid.  from  καταβαίνω.  II. 

Καταβήσομαί,{\ι1.ο{  καταβαίνω,ΪΙ. 

Καταβϊάζω,  (κατά,  βιάζω)  to  force, 


ΚΑΤΑ 

Philo :  more  freq.  as  dep.,  καταβιά- 
ζομαι,  pass.,  to  treat  with  violence, 
Plut.  :  and  intr.  to  become  violent, 
Hipp.  p.  303,  46. 

Καταβϊβάζω,  f.  -ύσω,  (κατά,  βιβά- 
ζω)  to  make  to  go  dnwn,  put  Or  bring 
down,  Hdt.  ],  86;  8,  119  :  melaph.  to 
bring  down,  lower,  κ.  τινά  άττό  ανχη- 
μάτων,  Dion.  Η.     Hence 

Καταβίβασμός,  ov,  ό,  α  bringing  or 
letting  down,  towering. 

Καταβϊβαστέος,  έα,  έον,  verb.  adj. 
of  καταβϊβάζω,  to  be  brought  down. 
Plat.  Rep.' 539  E. 

Καταβιβρώσκω,  fut.  -βρώσω :  aor. 
κατέβρων,  {κατά,  βιβρώσκω)  to  eat 
up,  devour,  H.  Horn.  Ap.  127,  Hdt.  3, 
16.  (the  aor.  καταβρώξειε  in  Dion.  P. 
604,  must  be  altered  to  καταβρόξειε, 
q.v.) 

Καταβίνέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  =  βινέω, 
Ar.  Thesm.  1215,  dub. 

}ίαταβΐόω,  ώ,  f.  -ώσομαι :  aor.  κα• 
τεβίων.  Plat.  Prot.  355  A,  also  κατε- 
βίωσα,  Polyb.,  and  Plut.  :  (κατά, 
βιόω)  to  bring  life  to  an  end,  pass  life. 
Hence 

Καταβίωσις,  εως,  -ή,  a  passing  life, 
living,  Diod.  [i] 

Καταβ/Μκενω,  (κατά,  β?ίακενω)  to 
neglect,  treat  carelessly,  τι,  Hipp.  Pass. 
to  be  careless  or  slothful. 

Καταβ/.ύπτω,  f.  -β/.άφω,  (κατά, 
β/.ύτΓτω)  to  hurt,  damage,  H.  Horn. 
Merc.  93. 

Καταβ?Α-ω,  f.  ^βλέψω,  (κατά, 
β/.έτζω)  to  look  down  at,  look  into,  exam- 
ine, Plut. 

ΚατάβΆΐ}μα,  ατός,  τό,  {καταβά7<.- 
Ζω)  any  thing  thrown,  let,  put  down  ; 
esp.  a  curtain,  the  drop-scene  of  a  thea- 
tre.— 2.  a  basement. — II.  that  which  is 
put  upon  or  over,  a  covering.  Galen. 

Καταβ?.7/ς,  ήτος,  ό,  (καταβάλ?^ω) 
=^ε~ιβ'Αής,  α  bolt. 

Καταβλι/τέον,  verb.  adj.  from  κα- 
ταβά/./.ω,  one  must  put  down  or  into, 
στίέμμα.  Plat.  Theaet.  149  E. 

Καταβ/./ίΤίκός,  ?}.  όν,  (καταβά/.?.ω) 
belonging  to.  fit  for  throwing  doivn,  over- 
throwing, Xen.  Eq.  8,  11 ;  c.  gen., 
Dion.  H. 

Καταβληχύομαι,  f.  -ησομαι,  dep. 
mid. :  strengthened  for  β'/.ηχάομαι, 
Theocr.  5,  42. 

'Καταβ7.ώσκω,  fut.  -μο?.ονμαι,  aor. 
κατέμο'/.ον,  poet,  for  κατέρχομαι,  to 
go  down  or  through,  pass  through,  άστν, 
Od.  16,  466. 

Καταβοάω,  ώ,  fut.  -βοήσομαι.  Ion. 
-βώσομαι,  {κατά,  βοάω)  to  cry  down, 
cry  out  or  inveigh  against,  τινός,  Hdt. 
6,  85,  Τ  hue.  1,  67  :  also  to  outcry,  si- 
lence, τινά,  Ar.  Ach.  711,  Eq.  286,  cf 
κατακμάζω. — II.  to  implore  by  crying, 
τινός,  Plut.    Hence 

Καταβοί/,  ης,  ή,  a  cry  or  outcry 
against  anv  One,  c.  gen.  pers.,  Thuc. 
1,  73;  8,  85. 

Καταβόησις,  εως,  ή,  a  crying  out 
against,  Plut. 

Καταβο/χνς,  έως,  δ,  a  founder. — II. 
one  ivho  pays :  from 

Καταβο'λή,  ης,  η,  {καταβάλ?.ω)  a 
throwing  down  :  hence — 1.  a  laying 
down  :  a  foundation,  ground,  beginning, 
hence,  έκ  καταβο?.!/ς.  from  the  found- 
ations, anew,  afresh,  Lat.  dcnvo,  Polyb. 
— 2.  α  paying  down,  esp.  by  instal- 
ments, καταβαλ?.ειν  τάς  κ.,  Dem. 
1353,  22:  hence — 3.  a  periodical  attack 
of  illness,  a  fit,  Lat.  accessio.  Plat. 
Gorg.  519  A'  Dem.  118,  20:  and  so 
in  genl.  any  disease,  e.  g.  a  cataract  in 
the  eye,  Plut.  Timoi.  37.  On  the 
form  κατη3ο?.η,  which  Hipp,  is  said 
to  use  in  this  signf ,  and  Eur.  Temen. 
22  in  signf.  2,  v.  Lob.  Phryn.  699. 


ΚΑΤΑ 

Καταβό?.ος.  ov,  6,  (καταβά?.?.ω)  a 
place  for  putting  any  thing  in  :  hence 
— I.  u  stew-pond,  oyster-bank,  Xenocr. 
— II.  a  naval  station,  roadstead,  G [amm. 

Καταβομβέω,  ω,  to  hum  or  murmur 
loudly. 

^Καταβορβορόω,  ώ,  (κατά,  βορβο- 
ρόω)  to  soil  with  mud.     Hence 

Καταβορβόρωσις,  εως,  ή,  a  soiling 
with  mud,  or  wallowing  in  it,  Plut. 

Καταβόρειος,  ov,  {κατά,  Βυρεας)= 
sq.,  Theophr. 

Κατάβηρβος,  ov,  protected  towards 
the  north,  hence  facing  the  south,  opp. 
to  7Γρόςβο[)ύος,  Plat.  Criti.  118  B,  ubi 
V.  Stallb. 

Καταβόσκω,  fut.  -βοσκήσω,  (κατά, 
βόσκω)  to  feed  flocks  upon  a  place,  c. 
ace.  loci,  Theocr.  15,  126.  Mid.  to 
feed  upon,  of  the  fiock,  Lat.  depasci: 
in  genl.  to  devour,  consume,  of  a  pes- 
tilence. Call.  Dian.  125. 

Καταβόστρνχος,  ov,  (κατά,  βόσ- 
τρυχος) with  long  flowing  locks,  νεα- 
νίας,  Eur.  Phoen.  146.     Hence 

Τ\.αταβοστρνχόω,  ώ,  to  furnish  with 
long  flowing  locks. 

1ί.αταβουκο?.έω,  ώ,  to  lead  astray, 
beguile,  Themist. 

Καταβρΰβενω,  (κατά,  βραβεύω)  to 
give  jztdgmenl  against  one  as  βραβεύς, 
and  so  to  deprive  one  of  the  prize,  prob. 
with  collat.  notion  of  cheating,  hence 
in  pass,  to  have  an  unfair  decision  given 
against  one,  νττό  τίνος,  Dem.  544,  fiu. 

Καταβρΰχν,  adv.  for  κατά  βραχύ, 
little  by  tittle,  gradually.  Also  κατα- 
βραχυς.  Lob.  Phryn.  540. 

Καταβρενθύομαι,  dep.,  only  used 
in  ρ  res.  and  imp f.,  strengthd.  for  βρεν- 
ϋνομαι.  [£>] 

Καταβρέχω,  f.  -βρέξω,  {κατά,  βρέ- 
χω) to  wet  through,  drench,  soak,  .\τ. 
Nub.  267  :  metaph.,  μέ/.ιτι  καταβρέ- 
χειν,  like  εν'λογίαις  1)αίνειν,  Pind.  Ο. 
10,  119;  καύχημα  σΓ^α  κ.,  to  steep 
boasting  in  silence,  i.  e*.  to  be  silent 
instead  of  boasting,  Pind.  I.  5,  65  ;  so, 
ffiyp  βρέχεσθαι  for  to  be  siletit,  id.  Fr. 
269. 

Καταβρίζω,  f.  -βρίξω,  (κατά,  βρίζω) 
to  fall  asleep. 

Καταβρίθω,  f.  -βρίσω,  (κατά,  βρί- 
θω) to  weigh  or  press  down :  metaph. 
to  outweigh,  surpass,  τινά  ό'/.βω,  The- 
ocr. 17,  95.  Perf  καταβέβρϊθα,  to  be 
heavily  laden,  weighed  down  by  a  thing- 
Tivi,  Hes.  Op.  236,  also  intr.  in  pres 
Theocr.  7,  146.  [t] 

Καταβροντάω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (κατά 
βροντάω)  Ιο  thunder  at,  τινά,  Longin 

Καταβρόζειε,  3  sing.  opt.  aor.  1  act 
of  an  obsol.  pres.  καταβρόχω  (akin  to 
βιβρώσκω),  to  gulp  or  swallow  down, 
φάμμακον,  Od.  4,  222,  where  however 
the  Schol.  connects  it  with  καταβρέ- 
χω :  so  also  άναβρόξειε,  Od.  12,240. 
The  corrupt  forms  καταβρώξειε  in 
Dion.  P..  and  -βρώξασαι  in  Ap.  Rh. 
2,  271,  which  some  have  wroni;ly  re- 
ferred to  καταβιβμώσκω,  must  be 
corrected,  cf  Buttm.  Catal.  voc.  βι- 
βρώσκω :  part.  aor.  καταβρόξας  oc- 
curs in  Ap.  Rh.,  and  there  is  a  part, 
aor.  pass,  καταβροχθείς  in  Lye. 

Καταβροχή,  ης,  ή.  (καταβρέχω)  a 
soaking,  softening,  Galen. 

Καταβροχθίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {κατά.  βρο- 
χβίζω)  to  gulp  or  swallow  down,  Hipp., 
and  Ar.  Av.  503,  v.  foreg.    Hence 

Καταβροχθισμός,  ov,  b,  a  gulping 
down,  Clem.  Al. 

(Καταβμόχω),  v.  καταβρόξειε. 

Καταβμνκω,  f.  -ξω,  {κατά,  βμνκω) 
to  bile  in  pi'ces,  eat  up,  Hippon.  26. 

Καταβρνχάομαι.  dep.  c.  fut.  mid. 
■ησομαι,  et  aor.  pass.,  (κατά,  βρυχά- 
ομαι)  to  roar  at,  roar  loudly. 
713 


ΚΑΤΑ 

Καταβρνχω,  f.  -ξ<ο,=ίοτ6ίξ.,  dub.  1. 
in  Anth.  for  καταβρνκω.  [ν] 

Καταβρνω,  (.κατά,  βρνω)  to  be  over- 
grown, κισσύ,  Eubul.  Ki',<i.  1,  ubi 
Mcineke  post  Pors.  κάρα  βρνυνσαν, 
coll.  Soph.  O.  C.  474. 

Κατύβρωμα,  ατός,  τό,(καταβίβρώ- 
CKu)  that  uliich  is  eaten,  food,  LXX. 

^Καταβρώξας  in  A  p.  Rh.wh.  Buttin. 
corrects  -βρόξας,  Catal.  p.  41,  v.  sub 
κα,ταβρόξειε. 

Καταβρώξείε,  v.  sub  καταβρόξειε. 
Κατάβρωσις,  εως,  }},  (καταβιι^ώ- 
Cinj)  an  eating  up,  devouring,  LXX. 

Καταβρώσω,  fut.  of  καταβιβρώ- 
σκω. 

Καταβυθίζω,  f  -ίσω,  {κατά, βυθίζω) 
to  plunge  xinder  water,  make  to  sink, 
Hijip. :  hence 

Καταβϋθίσμός,  ov,  6,  a  making  to 
sink. 

Καταβνρσόω,  ώ.  (κατά,  βνρσόω) 
to  cover  quite  with  hides,  Thuc.  7,  65: 
to  sew  up  in  a  skin.  Plut.  Cleom.  38. 

Κατάγαιος,  ον,^=κατάγείος,  Hdt. 
2,  150,  etc. — II.  on  the  ground,  κ. 
στβονθοί,  birds  that  run  on  the  ground 
instead  of  flying,  ostriches,  Biihr  Hdt. 
4,  175. 

Καταγανήω,  ώ,  strengthd.  for  γα- 
νόω,  Clem.  Al. 

Κατάγάττύω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  strengthd. 
for  αγαπάω,  Epicur.  ap.  Diog.  L.  10, 
94,  116,  cf.  Schiif.  Plut.  5,  p.  28. 

Καταγαρ•}ά?ιίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  strengthd. 
for  γαργαλί^ζω. 

Καταγγελενς,  έως,  ό,  =  κατύγγε- 
λος,  Ν.  Τ. 

Καταγγελία,  ας,  η,  an  announce- 
ment, proclamation,  Plut. — II.  an  ac- 
cusation :  from 

Καταγγέλ7.ω,  f.  -ελώ,  {.κατά,  Ιιγ- 
yiTiku)  to  annoxuice,  proclaim,  declare, 
K-  πόλεμην,  to  declare  war,  Lys.  174, 
28  :  /£.  άγ'ώνα,  Lat.  litem  intendere, 
Luc. :  to  tell,  disclose,  betray,  τινί  τι, 
Xen.  An.  2,  5,  38,  cf.  καταγγε?.τός. 

Κατάγγε?ίθς,  υυ,  ό,  ή,  (κατά.  άγγε- 
?ίος)  α  m.essenger,  proclaimer,  Plut. 
Hence 

ΚαταγγεΤίτικός,  η,  όν,  announcing, 
c.  gen.  rei,  Heliod. 

Κατάγγε?ιΤος,  ov,  {καταγγέ2.λω) 
announced,  betrayed,  κ.  γίγνεσθαι, 
Thuc.  7,  48. 

Καταγγίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {κατά,  άγγος) 
to  put  into  a  vessel,  Diosc. 

Κατάγειος,  ov,  (κατά,  γέα,  γη)  in 
or  under  the  earth,  underground,  ol- 
κησις.  Plat.,  and  Xen.  :  also  κατύ- 
γαιος,  q.  v.,  cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  297. 

Καταγέλα,  η,  {κατά,  γα?Μω)  comic 
name  of  a  supposed  town,  with  a  play 
on  the  Sicil.  Gela.  Γέλα  και  Κατα- 
γέλα, At.  Ach.  606. 

Καταγελαστικώς,  scoffingly. 
Καταγέλαστος,  ov,  to  be  ridiculed, 
ridiculous,  absurd,  Ar.  Nub.  849,  Plat., 
etc. :  K.  τινί,  ridiculous  in  another's 
eyes,  Hdt.  8,  100.  Adv.  -τως.  Plat. 
Legg.  781  C :  superl.  -τύτατα,  Id. 
Soph.  252  Β  :  from 

Καταγελάω,  ώ,  f.  -άσομαι  and  -ύσω, 
(κατά,  γέλαω)  to  laugh  down,  jeer  or 
mock  at,  c.  gen.,  Hdt.  5,  OM,  Ar.  Ach. 
1081,  and  Plat. :  but  in  Hdt.  also  c. 
dat.,  e.  g.  3,  37,  38,  cf.  Schweigh.  ad 
7,  9  :  also  absol.  to  laugh  scornfully, 
mock,  Eur.  I.  A.  372. 

Κατάγε?Μς,  ωτος,  ό,  (κατά,  γέλως) 
mockery,  Aesch.  Ag.  1264  ;  κ.  πλατύς, 
sheer  nuickery,  Ar.  Ach.  1126;  ό  κα- 
τάγελως  της  πράξεως,  the  absurdity 
ofthemalter,  Stallb.  Plat.  Crito45E. 
Καταγεμίζω,  f.  -σω,  {κατά,  γεμίζω) 
ίο  load  heavily,  Dio  C. 

Καταγέμω,   strengthd.    for    γέμω, 
only  used  in  pres.  and  impf.,  to  be 
714 


ΚΑΤΑ 

very  full   of,   overloaded   with,    τινός, 
Polyb. 

Καταγενομαι,  (κατά,  γενώ)  dep., 
to  taste  carefully,  examine,  τινός,  Chi- 
rurgg.  Vett. 

Καταγεωργεω,  ω,  (κατά,  γεωργέω) 
to  bring  into  tillage,  Strab. 

Καταγευτ7'/ς,  ου,  ό,  (κατά,  γέ(ΐ)οηε 
who  puts  under-ground,  a  grave-digger, 
ap.  Hesych. 

\Καταγΐ]ναι,  2  aor.  inf.  pass,  of  κα- 
τάγννμι. 

Καταγήραιος,  ov,  =  κατάγηρως, 
dub. 

Καταγηράσκω,=  5^.,  to  grow  old, 
Od.  19,  360. 

Καταγηράω,  ώ,  fut.  -άσομαι,  {κατά, 
γηράω)  to  grow  old,  Hdt.  2,  146 ;  6, 
72  :  to  grow  old  or  pass  one's  old  age 
among,  τισί,  Od.  9,  510. 

Κατάγηρως,  ων,  gen.  ω,  {κατά,  γή- 
ρας) grown  old  :  very  old. 

Καταγΐγαρτίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {κατά,  γί- 
γαρτον)  to  take  out  the  kernel :  in  Ar. 
Ach.  275,  metaph.  for  stuprare. 

Καταγίγνομαι.  older  and  Att.  form 
for  which  the  later  καταγίνομαι  [l], 
{κατά,  γίγνομαι)  to  stay,  abide,  [v  Tivi 
τόπφ,  ap.  Dem.  521,  fin. :  also  to  busy 
one's  self  in  or  about  a  thing,  εν  τινι, 
Polyb.,  περί  τίνος,  Galen.,  περί  τι, 
Epict. — II.  to  go  or  come,  come  down  to, 
εις  τόπον,  Plut. 

Καταγιγνώσκω,  older  and  Att.  form 
for  which  the  later  καταγίνώσκω, 
{κατά,  γιγνώσκω)  to  remark,  find  out, 
discover,  esp.  to  remark  something 
against  one  or  to  one's  prejudice,  e.  g. 
τοϋ  γέροντος  τους  τρόπους,  Ar.  Eq. 
46  :  hence — 2.  to  give  judgment  against 
a  person  :  in  genl.  to  be  of  opinion, 
judge,  hut  always  with  the  notion  of 
unl'avoiirable  judgment,  «•.  κατά  τίνος, 
Hdt.  6,  97  :  hence — 3.  to  judge  some- 
thing of  a  person,  lay  something  to  his 
charge,  usu.  c.  gen.  pers.  et  ace.  rei, 
as,  K.  τινός  άνανδρίην,  to  lay  a  charge 
of  cowardice  against  him,  accuse  him 
of  it,  Hipp.  293,  30 ;  so,  κ.  τινός  κα- 
κίαν,  άόικίαν,  ψυχρότητα,  etc.,  Plat., 
and  Oratt. ;  but  also  reversely  c.  ace. 
pers.  et  gen.  rei,  κ.  τινά  φόνου,  to  ac- 
cuse him  of  murder,  Lys.  94,  32  ;  more 
rarely,  τινά  τι.  Lob.  Aj.  p.  341,  and 
τινά  ταν,  Lob.  Phryn.  475:  also  c. 
gen.  pers.  et  inf..  κ-  έαντοΰ  ποιείν  τι, 
to  charge  one  with  doing.  Lys.  158,  26, 
K.  έαντοΰ  μη  περιέσεσθαι,  Thuc.  3, 
45  ;  and  so  in  pass.,  καταγνωσθείς 
πρήσσειν,  being  thought  to  be  doing, 
Hdt.  6,  2 :  so  too,  κ.  τινός  ότι  or  ως 
έστι.  Plat.  Meno  70  C,  Crat  410  C  : 
lastly  c.  gen.  pers.  only,  to  accuse  any 
one,  Id.  Demod.  382  E. — 4.  to  give  as 
judgment  or  sentence  against  a  person, 
also  c.  gen.  pers.  et  ace.  rei,  usu.,  κ. 
τινός  θάνατον,  to  pass  sentence  of 
death  on  one,  Lat.  aliciuem  mortis  dam- 
nare,  Thuc.  6,  00  ;  so  κ.  τινός  φνγήν, 
Lys.  143,  19 :  j)ass.,  θάνατος  τίνος 
κατέγνωστο,  Antipho  137,  34:  also 
c.  ace.  rei  only,  κ.  δίκην,  to  adjudge 
or  decide  a  suit,  Aesch.  Eum.  573. 
Cf  κατακρίνω,καταδικάζω. 

Κατΰγίζω,  f.  -ίσω.  Ion.  for  καθα- 
γίζω,  Hdt.  1.  86. 

Καταγϊνέω,  Ion.  for  κατάγω,  to 
bring,  lead,  carry  down,  Od.  10,  104: 
to  bring  back,  Hdt.  6,  75. 

Καταγίνομαι,  -γΐνώσκω,  later 
forms  for  καταγιγ.  [i] 

Καταγ?.ΰιζω.  f.  -ίσω,  strengthd. 
form  of  άγλαΐζω,  Anth. 

Καταγλισχραίνω,  f.  -ΰνώ,  strength- 
ened formof  }'Λίσ,^;ρ««ιω,  Hipp. :  from 
Κατάγλισχρος,    ov.    {κατά,    γλίσ- 
Xpor)  very  glutinous,  Alex.  Trail. 
Καταγλνκαίνω,    f.    -άνώ,    (κατά, 


ΚΑΤΑ 

γλυκαίνω)  to  make  very  sweet,  esp.  to 
make  sweet  sounds,  Chionid.  Ptoch.  1, 
in  aor.  mid. 

Καταγ'/.ϋφ?!,  ης,  ή,  {κατά,  γλύφω) 
an  incision,  hollow,  Hipp. 

Καταγλωσσαλγέω,  ώ,  strengthd 
for  γλωσσαλγέω. 

Καταγλωττίζω,  f.  -ίσω  Att.  -ϊύ, 
{κατά,  γλωττίζω)  to  bill,  kiss  wantonly 
by  joining  mouths  and  tongues  ;  hence, 
μέλος  κατεγλωττισμένον,  a  wanton, 
lascivious  song,  Ar.  Tliesm.  131,  where 
others  take  it  to  be  a  song,  composed 
of  rare  and  far  fetched  words  {γ'λώσσα 
v.),  cf  κατάγλωσσος. — II.  to  use  the 
tongue  or  speak  against  another,  -ψευδή 
κ.  τινός,  Ar.  Ach.  380. — III.  κ.  τινά,  to 
talk  one  down,  talk  him  dumb,  Ar.  Eq. 
352,  where  irreg.  perf.  pass,  κατε- 
γλωττισμένος  is  used,  as  also  in 
Thesm.  1.  c.     Hence 

Καταγλώττισμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  billing 
kiss,  Ar.  Nub.  51,  v.  foreg. — II.  the  use 
of  rare,  far  fetched  words,  v.  γ7ιώασα  V. 
Καταγ'λωττισμός,  υϋ,  o,=  foreg. 
Κατάγλωττος,  ov,  (κατά,  γλώσσα) 
talkative. — II.  ποιήματα  κ.,  poems 
written  in'rare  ΟΤ  far-fetched  language, 
like  Euphorion's,v.  Meineke  Euphor. 
p.  47. 

Κάταγμα,  ατός,  τό  (A),  {κατάγω) 
wool  drawn  or  spun  out,  worsted,  else- 
where μι'ιρνμα,  Lat.  tractum  laneum. 
Plat.  Polit.  282  Ε  :  in  genl.  a  piece  of 
wool.  Soph.  Tr.  695. 

Κάταγμα,  ατός,  τό  (Β),  (κατάγνν- 
μι)  Ion.  κάτηγμα,  α  breakage,  fracture, 
Hipp.,  V.  Foes.  Oecon.     Hence 

'\Καταγματικος,  ή,  όν,  of,  belonging 
to  a  fracture.  Gal. 

Καταγνάπτω,  f.  -ψω,  {κατά,  γνάπ- 
τω)  to  scratch  in  pieces. 

Καταγνάφω,^καταγνάπτω, Yalc^. 
et  Schweigh.  Hdt.  3,  108,  cf.  κατα- 
γράφω, fin. 

Κατάγνϋμι,  later  Att.  καταγννω 
fut.  κατάξω,  also,  κατεάξω  by  way 
of  distinction  from  the  fut.  of  κατά- 
γω :  aor.  κατέαξα,  part,  κατεάξας ; 
and  in  Hes.  Op.  664,  091  here  old  Ep. 
form  καυάξαις  is  2  sing.  opt.  for  κα• 
τΐάξαις  (for  άγνυμι  orig.  had  the  di- 
gamma),cf  εύαδον  sub  ύνδάνω  :  perf. 
κατέΰγα.  Ion.  κατέηγα  in  pass,  signf.: 
aor.  pass,  κατεάγην  [ά]  {κατά,  άγνυ- 
μι). To  break  in  pieces,  shatter,  II.  13, 
257,  Od.  9,  283,  both  times  in  aor. :  to 
break,  weaken,  enervate,  Xen.  Oec.  6, 
5 ;  esp.  in  pf  part,  κατεαγώς,  like 
Lat.  fractus,  Dion.  H. — II.  in  pass, 
and  pf  act.,  to  be  broken,  Hdt.  7,  224  ; 
esp.,  κατεαγέναι  or  καταγήναι  την 
κεφαλήν,  to  have  the  head  broken,  Ar. 
Plut.  545,  Lys.  99,  43,  etc.;  so  too, 
κατεαγέναι  τά  ώτα.  Plat.  Gorg.  515 
Ε,  of  pugilists,  cf  Winckelm.  5,  5, 
^  30,  sq. :  but  also  c.  gen.,  κ-  της  κε- 
φα'λήΓ,  Ar.  Ach.  1160,  Vesp.  1428, 
Eupol.  Incert.  30,  Plat.  Gorg.  469  D, 
where  Elmsl.  Ach.  1.  c.  would  supply 
όστονν,  but  cf.  Jelf  Gr.  Gr.  ^  522,  3. 

Καταγνϋπόω,  ώ,  to  weaken,  cf.  κα• 
ταγρνπόω,  and  v.  γννπετός. 

Κατάγνωσις,  εως,  ή,  (καταγιγνώ- 
σκω) α  thinking  ill  of  a  person  or  thing, 
low  opinion,  κ.  ασθενείας  τινός,  opinion 
oj  one's  weakness,  Thuc.  3,  16 :  blame, 
censure,  Polyb. —  II.  judgment  given 
against  a  person,  condemnation,  Thuc. 
3,  82. 

iKaτaγvωστέov,  verb.  adj.  from  κα- 
ταγιγνώσκω, one  must  decide  against, 
condemn,  Luc. 

Καταγνωστός,όΐ', {καταγιγνώσκω) 
condemned  :  damnable. 

Καταγογγύζω,  f.  -ύσω.  {κατά,  γογ- 
γύζω)  to  murmur  at  or  against  one,  Lat. 
obmurmurare,  τινός,  LXX. 


ΚΑΤΑ 

Καναγοητενω,  (κατά,  γοητεύω)  to  | 
enchant,  bewitch,  in   genl.  to  cheat  or  i 
bliiid  by  trickery,  ~tva,  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  1, 
40,  An.  5,  7,  9. 

Κατάγομος,  ov,  (καταγέμο))  deep 
laden,  heavy  laden,  Polyb. 

Καταγομφόίι),  ώ,  to  nail  fast.  \ 

Κατΰγοράζω,  f.  •ύσω,  (κ,ατά,  αγο- 
ράζω) to  but/  with  borrowed  money,  φορ- 
τία, Dem.  908,  ήη.     Hence 

Ίίατΰγορασμός,  οΰ.  6,  a  buying,  esp. 
with  borrowed  motiey,  Diod. 

Κατΰγόρενσις,  εως,  ή,^κατηγο- 
ρία  :  in  genl.  α  declaration,  Plut.  ;  and 

Καταγορεντίκός,  ή,  όν,  declaratory, 
Diog.  L.  7,  70 :  from 

Κατύγορεύω,  {κατά,  αγορεύω)  to 
denounce,  give  information  of  a  thing, 
τινί  τι,  Αγ.  Pac.  107,  Vesp.  932.-11. 
τ^κατηγηρέω,  to  accuse,  τίνος,  Ael. 

Καταγρα-τέον,  verb.  adj.  from  κα- 
ταγράφω, one  must  describe,  Strab. 

Τίατάγρα-τρς,  ov,  {καταγράφω) 
drawn  or  painted  on,  variegated,  Geop. 

Καταγραφή,  ης,  ή,  (καταγράφω) 
a  drawing,  drawing  out,  delineation, 
Diod. ;  esp.  a  drawing  of  maps,  Ptolem. 
— 2.  a  marking  out,  Lat.  designatio, 
Dion.  H. — 11.  like  ΰ,-ογραώή,  a  writing 
in  full,  a  list,  register,  Plut.  :  esp. — 2. 
a  levy  or  roll  of  soldiers,  Polyb. 

Κατάγράφος,  ov,  =  κατάγραπτος, 
Luc. 

Καταγράφω,  f.  -φω,  {κατά,  γράφω) 
to  draw,  paint,  delineate,  Pausan. :  to 
describe.  Dion.  P. — 2.  to  paint  over, 
Luc. — II.  to  write  down,  Eur.  A!c.  969  : 
to  enter,  register,  enroll,  esp.  as  a  sol- 
dier, Polyb. — 2.  to  assign  by  a  legal 
writing  or  conveyance,  Lat.  mancipare, 
Plut.  :  hence  in  genl.  to  assign,  as- 
cribe, τινί  τι,  Aei. — III.  to  mark  or 
scratch,  .τοις  οννξι,  Ael.  V.  Η.  10,  3, 
et  sic  vulgo  Hdt.  3, 108, ubi  Schweigh. 
ex  uno  cod.  καταγνάφων. 

Καταγρέω,  (κατά,  άγρέω)  to  catch, 
overtake,  Sapph.  40. 

Καταγρϋττόω,  ώ,  to  curl  the  nose. 
Hence  ανστηρον  και  κατεγρν—ωμέ- 
νον,  severe,  scornful,  Plut.  2,  753  C, 
like  YiordiCe's  nasus  adunciis :  Schneid. 
however  reads  κατεγνυ~ωμένον,  cf. 
κατεγνυττωμένως. 

Καταγυιόω,  ώ,  strengthd.  for  γνιόω, 

Καταγνμνάζω,  fut.  -άσω,  {κατά, 
γυμνάζω)  to  exercise  very  much,  accus- 
tom by  exercise,  Luc. — II.  to  squander 
in  gymnastic  exercises  and  the  games, 
ap.  Hesych. 

Καταγυμνόω,  ώ,  {κατά,  γνμνόω)  to 
strip  quite  naked,  Aristaen. 

Καταγύναιος,  ov,  and  καταγυυης, 
ov.  o,=  sq. 

Κατάγννος,  ov,  {κατά,  γυνή)  much 
given  to  women,  Arist.  Mirab.  88,  ubi 
dim  καταγνναικας. 

Κατάγχω,  {.-α^ξω.  {κατά.  ΰγχω)  to 
strangle :  met.  to  extort  money  from, Plut. 

Κατάγω,  f.  -ξω  ■  aor.  κατήγΰγον, 
{κατά,  άγω)  to  lead,  lake  or  carry  down, 
Lat.  deducere,  Horn.,  esp.  into  the  neth- 
er-world, as  Od.  24,  100:  in  genl.  to 
lead,  carry  to  a  place,  II.  6,  53.  Od.  20, 
163,  where  the  prep,  loses  its  force, 
though  in  all  such  cases  a  relation  of 
lusher  and  lower  is  implied :  hence 
esp. — 1.  to  bring  doion  to  the  sea-coast, 
Π.  5,  26  ;  21,  32. — 2.  to  bring  down  from 
the  high  seas  to  land,  vavv,  to  bring  a 
ship  into  port,  Lat.  subducere  navem  in 
poriurn,  Hdt.  8,  4 ;  esp.  for  purposes 
of  exacting  toll  or  plundering,  Dem. 
63,  19  :  in  this  signf.  Horn,  uses  only 
pass,  κατάγεσθαι,  to  come  to  land,  land, 
opp.  to  ΰνύγεσθαι,  of  seamen  as  well 
as  ships.  Od.  3.  10,  178  :  also  νηΐ  κα- 
τάγεσθαι, Od.  10,  140,  Hdt.  4,  43; 


ΚΑΤΑ 

hence  later,  κατάγεσθαι  παρά  τινι, 
to  turn  in  and  lodge  in  a  person's  house, 
Lat  deversari  apud  atiquem,  Eupol. 
Incert.  62,  Dem.  1242,  14;  also,  εις 
οΐκίαν  τινός.  Id.  1190,  25. — 3.  to  draw 
down  or  out,  spin,  Lat.  deducere  filum, 
Plat.  Soph.  226  Β  :  hence  κάταγμα, 
a  woollen  thread. — i.  Κ-  θρίαμ3ον,  like 
Lat.  deducere  triumphum,  Polyb. — 5. 
to  derive  or  trace  from  certain  ancestry, 
Plut. — II.  to  bring  back,  Lat.  reducere, 
esp.  from  banishment,  to  recal,  Hdt. 

I,  60 :  hence  in  genl.  to  restore.  Id.  5, 
92,  1.  [ay]     Hence 

Καταγωγή,  ης,  ή,  a  leading,  taking 
or  carrying  down :  intrans.  α  coming 
down,  in  genl.  arrival.— 2.  a  putting  a 
ship  into  harbour,  landing,  Thuc.  6,  42  : 
also  a  landing  place :  hence  in  genl. 
a  resting  place,  inn,  port,  Lat.  statio, 
like  καταγώγιον,  Hdt.  1,  181  ;  5,  52. 
— II.  a  tracing  down  from  ancestry,  γέ- 
νους κ.,  a  genealogy,  Plut. — III.  α  bring- 
ing back,  esp.  from  banishment,  re- 
storation, Polyb.  :  also  intrans.  return. 
— 2.  ο  drawing  back  or  straining,  esp. 
of  a  bow,  catapult,  etc.,  Math.  Vett. 

Καταγωγεΐον,  ov,  ro,=sq.,  Antiph. 
Aphrodis.  2,  5. 

Καταγώγιον,  ov,  τό,  a  place  to  lodge 
in.  resting-place,  inn,  Thuc.  3,  68,  Plat. 
Phaedr.  259  A. — II.  τα  καταγώγια, 
the  festival  of  the  return,  opp.  to  uva- 
γώγια. 

Κατάγωγίς,  ίδος,  ή,  a  rope  for  put- 
ting down  or  drawing :  esp.  the  string 
of  a  bow,  catapult,  etc.,  Math.  Vett. : 
from 

Κατΰγωγός,  όν,  {κατάγω)  bringing 
down,  metaph.  lowering,  degrading. 
Iambi.— II.  iit  for  ships  to  come  into, 
affording  refuge,  of  a  harbour. 

Κατάγωνίζομαι,  fut.  -Ίσομαι  Att. 
-ΐονμαι,  (κατά,  αγωνίζομαι)  dep.mid. : 
to  struggle  against,  prevail  against,  con- 
quer, τινά,  Polyb.     Hence 

Κατάγώνισις,  εως,  ή,  a  struggling 
against,  conquest. 

Καταγωνισμός,  ov.  o,=foreg. 

Καταδαίννμαι,  f  -δαίσομαι,  (κατά, 
δαίννμαί)  dep.  mid. :  to  devour,  con- 
sume, τινά,  Phryn.  (Trag.)  ap.  Paus. 
10,31,2. 

Καταδαίω,  fut.  -δάσομαι,  {κατά, 
δαίω  Β)  to  divide,  esp.  into  smallpieces, 
tear  and  devour,  κατά  ττάντα  δάοονται, 

II.  22,  354 — Π.  to  assign.  Tab.  Heracl. 
Καταδύκνω,  fut.  -δήξομαι.  {κατά, 

δάκνω)  to  bite  in  pieces,  Batr.  45. 

Καταδακρνχέων,  ούσα,  a  wrong 
way  of  writing  κατά  δάκρυ  χέων, 
followed  by  Heyne  in  II. 

Καταδακρνω,  (κατά,  δακρνω)  to  be- 
wail, τι,  Xen.  Cyr.  5,  4,  31  :  also 
absol.  to  weep  bitterly,  Eur.  Hel.  673. 
■ — -11.  to  make  weep,  move  to  tears,  App. 
[On  the  quantity  v.  δακρύω.'] 

Καταδακτϋ/.ίζω,  ί.  -ίσω,  'κατά.  δακ- 
τυ/ύζω,  like  σκιμα/.ίζω,  to  feel  with  the 
finger:  and  so  sensu  ohsc.^πaιδε- 
ραστέω.     Hence 

Καταδακτν/Λκός,  ή,  όν,  of  or  be- 
longing to  καταδακτυ7.ίζειν,  prone 
thereto. 

Καταδίίμύζω,  f.  -άσω,  {κατά.  δαμά- 
ζω) to  tame,  subdue  utterly,  Thuc.  7, 
81,  in  aor.  mid.  καταόαμάσασθαι. 

Καταδάμναμαι,=ίοιεξ.,  Η.  Horn. 
Merc.  137. 

Καταδάνειος,  ov,  {κατά  δάνειον) 
in  debt,  Diod.  [ά] 

Καταδάττάνάω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {κατά, 
δα~ανάω)  to  spend,  squander,  lavish, 
χρήματα,  Hdt.  5,  34 ;  κ.  εϊς  τι,  to 
spend  upon  a  thing,  Xen.  Cyr.  6,  2, 
30  :  in  genl.  to  waste  aivay,  consume, 
as  hunger,  Sotad.  ap.  Stob.  p.  52S,  21. 

Καταδΰ—άνη,  ?/f,  ή,  expense,  waste. 


ΚΑΤΑ 

Καταδά-τω,  f.  -δάφω,  {κατά.  δάττ- 
τω)  to  tear  in  pieces,  devour,  II.  22,  339, 
Od  3,  259 :  metaph.,  καταδάπτεται 
ητορ,  Od.  16,  92,  like  όαίεται  ήτορ. 

Καταδαρύά-τω,  lengthd.  for  fureg. 

Καταδαρθάνω,  fut.  -δαρθήσομαι  : 
aor.  κατέδαρθον,  poet,  by  metath.  κα- 
τέδράθον,  Hom.,  which,  aor.  in  later 
writers  takes  a  pass,  form  κατεδάρ- 
θην,  hence  κατέδαρθεν  3  pi.  in  Ap. 
Rh.  2,  1227,  καταδαρθέντα,  Ar.  Plut. 
300,  where  however  Pors.  καταδαρ- 
θόντα  :  pf  καταδεδάρθηκα,  Plat. 
{κατά,  δαρθάνω.)  To  sleep  soundly, 
fall  asleep,  Od.  5,  471,  etc  :  of  sexual 
intercourse,  Od.  8,  296 :  καδδραθέ- 
την  for  κατεδραθέτην,  Od.  15,  494, 
καταδβαθώ,  subj.  aor.  pass.  Od.  5, 
471,  Hom.  eisewh.  prefers,  aor.  act. 

Καταδεής,  ές,  {καταδέω,  -δεήσω) 
wanting,  failing  in  something,  lacking 
of,  τινός,  Hdt.  2.  121,  2;  hence  of 
persons,  poor,  needy.  Plat.  Legg.  719 
E,  Dem.  141,  1  :  but  usu.  in  compar., 
καταδεέστερος,  weaker  inferior,  Isocr. 
16  B,  etc.  Adv.  -δεώς,  Isocr.,  comp. 
-εεστερως,  κ.  εχειν  περί  τι,  to  be  very 
ill  off  m  a  thing,  Dem.  1182,  tin. 

Καταδεΐ,  impers.,  there  is  wanting, 
V.  καταδέω. 

Καταδείδω,  f.  -δείσομαι,  (κατά, 
δείδω)  to  fear  very  much,  τι,  Ar.  Pac. 
759,  and  Thuc. — II.  to  put  into  great 
fear,  scare,  only  in  Phalaris. 

Καταδείκννμι  and  -ννω,  f.  -δείξω. 
Ion.  aor.  κατέδεξα.  {κατά,  δείκννμι) 
to  show  clearly,  make  known, p^ώlish,  re, 
Hdt.  1,  163,  also  c.  inf  to  show  how 
to  do,  Hdt.  1,  171,  cf  Ar.  Ran.  1032, 
where  both  constructions  are  joined : 
to  establish,  prove,  c.  part.  Hdt.  7,  215. 

Καταδει/Αάω.  ω,  f.  -άσω  [ώ],  {κατά, 
δειλιάω)  to  show  signs  of  fear  or  cow- 
ardice, Xen.  An.  7,  6,  22 

Καταδειττνέω,  ώ.  f.  -ήσω,  (κατά, 
δειηνέω)  to  dine  off,  eat  υρ,  c.  ace, 
Plut. 

Κατάδειπνον,  ov,  τό,=δεϊπνον. 

Κατάδενδρος,  ov,  (κατά,  δενδυον) 
abounding  in  trees,  woody,  Nyinphod. 
ap.  Ath.  265  D. 

Καταδεομαι,  f.  -δεήσομαι,  {κατά, 
δέομαι)  dep.  pass.  c.  fut.  mid.,  to  want 
or  need  very  much,  hence  to  entreat 
earnestly,  Lat.  deprecari,  c.  gen.  pers.. 
Plat.  Apol.  33  E,  cf.  καταδέω,  -δεήσω. 

Καταδέρκομαι,  {κατά.  δέρκω)  dep. 
pass.,  to  look  or  gaze  down,  H.  Horn. 
Cer.  70 :  trans,  to  look  down  upon, 
watch  from  above,  Od.  11,  IG:  poet,  lor 
καθοράω. 

Κατάδεσις,  εως,  ^,  (καταδέω)  α 
binding  fast.  Plut. — Π.  a  binding  by 
magic  hiots.  Plat.  Legg.  933  A,  cf.  κα- 
τάδεσμος. 

Καταδεσμεύω,  {κατά,  δεσμει>ω)  Ιο 
bind  fast,  bind  up,  as  a  wound,  LXX. 

Καταδεσμέω,  <j,=foreg. 

Κατύδεσμος,  ov,  6,  {κατά,  δεσμός) 
a  tie.  band,  Theopomp.  (Com.)  ΤΙαϊδ. 
2. — Π.  α  magic  tie  or  knot,  a  bewitch- 
ing thereby,  Plat.  Rep.  304  C,  ubi  v. 
Stallb.,  cf.  κατύδεσις,  καταδέω. 

Κατάδετος,  ov,  {καταδέω)  tied, 
bound. 

Καταδενω,{κατά,  δεvω)towet  much, 
Hes.  Op.  554 ;  to  drench,  soak  with  a 
thing,  χιτώνα  οίνου,  II.  9,  490. — II. 
to  let  get  wet,  Hes.  Op.  544. 

Καταδέχομαι,  {κατά,  δέχομαι)  dep. 
mid.  :  to  receive,  take,  esp.  of  food, 
ττόμα,  Hipp.,  τρο&ήν.  Plat.  Tim.  84 
B. — 2.  to  receive  back,  esp.  from  ban- 
ishment, Oratt.,  as  Lys.  104,  22,  An- 
doc.  23,  42, — 3,  to  take  upon  one's  self, 
undertake.  Luc. — 4.  to  altoiv,  stiffir, 

Καταδέω,  (A).f  -όήσω,  {κατά.  δέ(^) 
to  bind  on  or  to,  bind  fast,  l»nd.  Hum,, 
715 


ΚΑΤΑ 

hr  δεσμφ  καταόί/σαι,  Od.  15,  443  : 
esp.  Ιο  put  in  bonds,  imprison,  Hdt.  3, 
143 ;  and  κ.  την  έττΐ  βανάτφ  (sub.  δέ- 
σιν)  Id.  ό,  72  :  hence — 2.  uietaph.  to 
convict  and  condemn  of  a  crime,  c.  inf., 
K.  Tiva  φώρα  tivat,  V^alclv.  Hdt.  2. 
174  ;  and  so  in  4,  68  opp.  to  απολύω. 
— II.  to  lie  down,  shut  up,  close,  stop, 
check,  άνεμων  κέλενβα,  Od.  5,  383  ; 
10,  20  ;  so  too,  εμοι  κατέόησε  κέλεν- 
βα, Od.  7,  272,  ci.  14,  61.— III.  to  be- 
witch by  magic  knots,  Dinarch.  ap. 
Harpocr.,  of.  Wyttenb.  Plut.  2,  378 
F. 

Καταδέω,  (Β),  f.  -δεηβω,  (κατά, 
δέω)  to  want,  lack,  need  :  usu.  for  κα- 
ταδεής  εΙμι,  C.  gen.,  to  be  wanting  or 
lackinK  in  a  thing,  esp.  of  numbers, 
as  ή  όύοζ  καταδέεί  ττεντεκαίόεκα  στα- 
δίων ώς  μη  είναι  πεντακοσίων,  Hdt. 
2,  7,  of.  134  ;  9,  30  :  in  8,  82,  κατέδει 
is  usu.  taken  impers.,  δυο  vijuv  κ-  εις 
τον  αριθμόν,  there  was  a  lack  of  two 
ships,  but  70  ναντικόν  may  easily  be 
supplied  with  Schweigh.  Cf.  κατα- 
δέομαι. 
^Καταδεώς,  adv.  v.  sub  καταδεης. 

ΚαταδηΙόω,  ώ,  contr.  -dj?o(j,  ώ,  to 
ravage,  waste,  Dion.  H. 

Καταδη'λέομαι,  {κατά,  δηλέομαι) 
dep.  mid.  :  to  injure,  violate,  Bockh 
Inscr.  I.  p.  26,  in  Dor.  form  καδδάλε- 
ομαι. 

Κατάδηλος,  ov,  {κατά,  δη7ί.ος)  very 
plain,  quite  evident  or  manifest,  κ.  yiy- 
νεσθαι,  to  become  so,  Hdt.  1,  5;  κα• 
τάδηλον  -ποιείν,  to  make  so,  3,  88. 
Adv.  -λως. 

Καταδημΰγωγέω,  ώ,  fut.  -ήσω,  to 
conquer  in  the  arts  of  a  dcningogue, 
Plut. :  also  simply  as  strengthd.  for 
δημαγωγέω.  Id. 

Καταδημοβορέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (κατά, 
δημοβόρος)  to  consume  publicly,  II.  18, 
301. 

Καταδημοκοηέω,  ώ,  fiit.  -ήσω, 
strengthd.  form  of  δημοκοττέω,  App. 

Καταδηόω,  ώ,  contr.  for  καταδηιόω. 

Καταδηριάομαι,  dep.  strengthd.  for 
δηριάομαί,  U.  16,  96,  ubi  nunc  divi- 
sim  κάτα  δ. 

Καταδιαιρέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {κατά, 
διαιρέω)  to  distribute,  Dion.  Η.  Mid. 
to  distribute  among  themselves,   Polyb. 

Καταδϊαιτύω,  ώ,  {κατά,  διαιτάω  II) 
to  decide  as  διαιτητής  against  one,  give 
arbitration  agaiiuit,  opp.  to  άπηδ-,  κ. 
δίκην  τινύς,  Dem.  542,  6 ;  1013,  21  : 
mid.,  to  be  the  cause  of  an  arbitration 
being  given  against  one,  Lys.  172,  38, 
cf.  Reiske  Dem.  1013,  23,  and  καταδι- 
κάζω. 

Καταδια7^,άσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  fut. 
•ύξω,  {κατά,  όιά,  άλλάσσω)  to  reconcile 
again,  Ar.  Vesp.  1284. 

Καταδιασττλεκόω,  ύ,  strengthd.  for 
σπλεκόω. 

Καταδιαφβείρω,  strengthened  for 
διαφθείρω,  Eu[)ol.  Avitol.  10. 

Καταδιαχέω,  {κατά,  διαχέω)  to  dif- 
fuse completely,  Arist.  Spirit. 

Καταδίδωμι,  f.  -δώσω,  {κατά.  δίδω• 
μι)  to  give  away,  give,  Dion.  H. — II. 
seemingly  intrans.,  sub.  εαυτόν,  of 
rivers,  to  flow  into,  Hdt.  4,  85,  cf.  έκ- 
δίδωμι. 

Καταδάστημι,  strengthd.  for  διΐσ- 
τημι. 

Καταδικάζω,  f.  -άσω,  (κατά,  δικά- 
ζω) to  give  judgment  against  a  person, 
pass  sentence  upon  him,  and  absol..  to 
condemn : — Construction :  c.  gen.  pers. 
et  ace.  rei,  κ.  τίνος  θάνατον,  Hik.  !, 
45  ;  80  too  κ.  τινός  ζηαίαν,  δίκην. 
Lex  ap.  Dem.  733,  5 ;  later  also  in 
pass.,  καταδικασθήναι  θανάτω  ox  θά- 
νατον, to  be  condemned  to  death.  Lob. 
Pliryn-  475.  Cf.  καταγιγνώσκω,  κα• 
71β 


ΚΑΤΑ 

τακρίνω.  In  mid.,  to  have  sentence 
given  against  another,  procure  his  con- 
demnation, τινός,  Lys.  167,  41  ;  so,  κα- 
ταδικάζεσθαι  δίκην  τινύς,  Thuc.  5, 
49,  Dem.  571,  21,  cf.  καταδιαιτάω. 
Pass.,  καταδεδικασμένος,  one  who  has 
judgment  given  against  him,  Isae.  82, 
18.     Hence 

Καταδικαστέον,  verb,  adj.,  one  must 
condemn,  Clem.  Al. 

Καταδικαστείς,  ov,  a,  he  who  gives 
judgment  against  one.  Iambi. 

Καταδίκη,  ης,  ή,  (κατά,  δίκη)  judg- 
ment given  against  one,  condemnation, 
sentence,  Epich.  p.  98  :  esp.  a  fine, 
Thuc.  5,  49,  50,  and  Dem.  [Ϊ]    Hence 

Κατάδικος,  ov,  having  judgment 
given  against  one,  found  guilty,  con- 
demned, c.  gen.,  e.  g.  φυγής,  θάνατον, 
to  banishment,  death,  Diod. 

Καταδιφθερόω,  ώ,  {κατά,  διφθερόω) 
to  cover  over  with  skins,  Plut. 

Καταδιψάω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  make 
thirsty. 

Καταδιώκω,  f.  -ξω,  (κατά,  διώκω) 
to  follow  hard  upon,  pursue  close,  Thuc. 

I,  49,  etc. 

Καταδοκέω,  ώ,  f.  -δόξω,  {κατά,  δο- 
κέω)  to  think  agaitist  one,  i.  e.  suspect 
him,  but  also  in  genl.  to  think,  suppose, 
like  καταφρονέω,  κ.  τινά  ττοιεΐν  or 
είναι,  to  suspect  one  of  doing  or  being 
so  and  so,  Hdt.  3,  27  ;  6,  10  :  and  so 
in  1,  22,  111  ;  3,  69,  etc.,  an  inf.  is 
easily  supplied  from  the  context :  the 
ace.  pers.  becomes  a  dat.  in  9,  99,  ubi 
V.  Schweigh. :  the  pass,  is  also  u.sed 
c.  inf.,  καταδοχθεις  είναι,  Antipho 
116.32. 

Κατάδολεσχέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {κατά, 
άδο'λεσχέω)  to  chatter  at  one,  weary 
one  6^  chattering,  τινός,  Plut. 

Καταδοξάζω,  fut.  -άσω,=: καταδο- 
κέω, Xen.  An.  7,  7,  30. 

Καταδοιι?.εύομαί,  and  -δουλίζομαι, 
dep.,  to  reduce  to  slavery. 

Καταδονλισμός,  ού,  ό,=καταδού- 
λωσις. 

Καταδον?.όω,  ώ,  {κατά,  δονλόω)  to 
enslave,  reduce  to  slavery,  Hdt.  6,  109, 
etc. :  also  as  dep.  c.  fut.  et  aor.  mid., 
et  perf.  pass.,  Hdt.  7,  51.  Xen.,  etc. — 

II.  to  enslave  in  7nind,  break  in  spirit, 
καταδονλώσασθαι  ττ/ν  γνώμην,  Hipp., 
and  Isocr.  270  C.     Hence 

Καταδού?.ωσις,  εως,  ή,  enslavement, 
Thuc.  3,  10. 

Καταδονττέω.  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {κατά, 
δονττέω)  to  fall  with  a  loud  heavy  sound, 
Anth. 

Κατάδοντΐοι,  ων,  οι,  the  Cataracts  of 
the  Nile,  also  the  parts  of  Aethiopia 
in  which  they  are,  Hdt.  2,  17,  called 
by  Cicero  Catadupa  as  neut.  pi.  (Usu. 
derived  from  foreg.  ;  but  it  is  curious 
that  Καττάδονττα  was  also  the  name 
of  an  Indian  town,  Arr.  Ind.  4,  and 
Katadv'ipa  in  Sanscr.  means  a  flood 
of  rain. ) 

Καταδοχή,  ης,  ή,  {καταδέχομαι)  a 
receiving,  allowing,  admitting.  Plat. 
Legg.  867  E. — II.  a  place  for  receiving, 
receptacle.  Gal. 

Καταδράθω,  s\ibj.  aor.  2  of  κατά- 
δαρθάνω,  Od.  5,  47J. 

Καταδρΰμεΐν,  inf.  aor.  2  of  κατα- 
τρέχω. 

Καταδράσσομαι,  fut.  -δράξομαι, 
(κατά,  δράσσομαί)  as  mid.,  to  lay  fast 
hold  of,  c.  gen.,  Dii>sc. 

Καταδρέτω,  f.  -δρέψω,  {κατά,  δρέ- 
ττω)  to  pluck  or  strip  off,  φύλλα,  Hdt. 
8,  115. 

Καταδρομή,  ης,  ή,  (κατατρέχω)  a 
running  at  or  over,  an  inroad,  Thuc.  1, 
142,  etc. — 2.  metai)h.,  an  attack  with 
ivords,  an  invective,  Polyb.,  and   Dion. 

H.,  cf.  Emesti  Lex.  Rhetor.,  and  κα- 


KATA 

ταθέω. — II.  a  hidden  way  or  lurhiixg 
place,  Ael.     Hence 

Κατάδρομος,  ov,  overrun,  wasted  as 
by  an  inroad,  μέλαθρα  Κ.  ττνρί,  Eur. 
Tro.  1300. — II.  as  subst.,  ό  «.,  a  course, 
lists  for  exercising  in,  Sueton. 

Κατάδρνμμα,  ατός,  τό,  (καταδρν-- 
τω)  α  tearing  or  rending,  Eur.  Supp. 
52. 

Κατάδρνμος,  ov,  (κατά,  δρυμός) 
very  ivoody.  Strab.  [i)'] 

Καταδρί'Τΐτω,  f.  -δρύψω,  {κατά, 
δρύ~τω)  to  tear  in  peices,  rend  ;  hence 
in  mid.,  κατά  δ'  ίδρύτττοντο  παρειάς, 
they  tore  their  cheeks,  Hes.  Sc.  243, 
Jac.  A.  P.  p.  62. 

Καταδρνφάσσω,  f.  -άξω,  to  hedge  or 
fence  in,  Lyc. 

Καταδνναστεία,  ας,  ή,  the  exercise 
of  power  against  one,  oppression,  LXX. : 
from 

Καταδυναστεύω,  {κατά,  δυνασ- 
τεύω) to  exercise  power  against  one, 
overpower,  oppress,  τινά,  Xen.  Symp. 
5,  8,  τινός,  Diod. 

Καταδυνω,  —  καταδύω  in  intrans. 
signf.,  H.  Horn.  Merc.  237,  freq.  in 
prose. 

Κατάδνσις,  εως,  ή,  {καταδύω)  ago 
ing  down,  descent,  Luc. :  of  the  stars, 
a  setting. — II.  a  hiding-place,  hole,  Ath. 

Καταδνςωπέω,  ώ,  strengthd.  for 
δνςωπίω,  to  7nake  to  blush,  put  to  the 
blush,  esp.  by  earnest  entreaty,  τινά, 
Luc. 

Καταδύω,  also  -δννω  :  fut.  -δύσω : 
aor.  1  κατέδνσα  ;  aor.  2  κατεδϋν, 
(κατά,  δύω). — I.  intrans.,  in  which 
signf.  the  act.  pres.  καταδύΐ'ω,  or  the 
mid.  καταδύομαι,  with  the  aor.  2, 
perf.,  plqpf.  act.  is  used,  to  go  under, 
sink,  set,  esp.  of  the  sun,  Horn.,  al- 
ways in  aor.  2  act.,  ήέλιος  κατέδυ, 
ές  ήέλιον  καταδύντα,  άμ'  ήελίω  κατη- 
δύντι,  later  also  ήέλιος  καταδνομε- 
νος,  Η.  Horn.  Merc.  197 ;  of  ships, 
Thuc.  7,  34,  etc.,  cf  infr.  II.— 2.  in 
genl.  to  go  under  Or  into.  usu.  with  a 
collat.  notion  of  secrecy,  to  steal  or 
creep  into,  but  also  to  get  deep  into,  get 
into  the  throng  or  thick  of  a  thing.  Lat. 
subire,  in  Horn,  always  c.  ace.  usu. 
δμι?Μν  καταδνναι,  more  rarely  in  aor. 
mid.,  καταδνσασθαι  όμιλον,  II.  iO, 
517,  καταδνσεο  μώ'λον  Άρηος,  11.  18, 
134  ;  so  too  δόμον,  πό?Λν,  μάχην  κα- 
τάδϋναι,  καταδνσαι,  Horn. ;  τεύχεα 
καταδνναι,  to  put  on  armour,  11.  6, 
504,  Od.  12,  228,  and  καταδύσασΟαι, 
II.  7,  103  ;  σπάργαν'  έσω  κατέδννε.  Η. 
Horn.  Merc.  237  ;  and  once,/ca-ar5i'CTO- 
μεθ'  εις  Άΐδαο  δόμους,  ire  will  go  down 
into...,  Od.  10,  174:  so,  καταδύνειν 
ίς  ν/.ην,  Hdt.  9,  37,  κατά  της  γης.  Id. 
4,  132. — 3.  esp.  to  keep  hidden,  lie  hid, 
esp.  in  perf  καταδέδνκα.  Plat.,  and 
Xen. — II.  trans.,  in  which  signf  the 
pres.  καταδύω,  fut.,  and  aor.  1  are 
used,  to  make  to  sink,  Lat.  mergere, 
submergere,  esp.  κ.  vavv,  to  sink  or  ra- 
ther disable  a  ship,  v.  esp.  Hdt.  8,  90, 
Thuc.  1,  50:  metaph.  κ.  τινά  τώ 
άχει,  Xen.  Cyr.  6,  1,  37.  [On  the 
quantity,  v.  δύω :  ν  always  in  Horn.] 

Κατάδω,  fut.  -άσω  usu.  -άσομαι. 
Ion.  κατάείδω,  {κατά,  άδω)  to  sing  to, 
Lat.  occinere,  and  SO, —  1.  to  charm  or 
appease  by  singing,  and  absol.  to  sing 
a  spell  or  incantation  (επωδή)  to  ano- 
ther, Tivi,  Valck.  Hdt.  7, 191,  cf  Eur. 
I.  T.  1337. — 2.  K.  δειπνον,  to  enliven 
a  repast  by  song,  Ael. — II.  to  deafen  by 
singing,  Luc. 

Καταδωροδοκέω,  ώ,  ί.  -ήσω,  (κατά, 
δωροδοκέω)  to  take  presents  or  bribes, 
Ar.  \^esp.  1036,  Lys.  17S,  6  ;  so  too 
as  dep.  mid.,  Ar.  Ran.  361. 

Καταείόω,  Ion.  for  κατφδω. 


ΚΑΤΑ 

■  Καταειμένος,  η,  ον,  part.  perf.  pass. 
of  Λ,αταέννυμι,  καθένννμι,  clothed, 
clad,  covered,  Od. — II.  part.  perf.  pass. 
of  καβίημι,  let  down,  hanging  down. 

Καταείννον,  Ep.  imp.  from  κατα- 
ένννμι,  ]1.  23,  13.5. 

Καταείσατο,  Ep.  for  καθείσατο,  3 
sing.  aor.  1  mid.  from  καθέζω,  IL  11, 
358. 

Καταέννϋμί,  poet,  for  καθένννμι: 
impf.  καταείννον,  II.  23,  135,  as  if 
from  a  pres.  είνϋμι  or  είννω,  which 
occurs  in  the  inf.  έττείνυσβαι  in  Hdt. 
ΊΌ  clothe,  cover,  θριξί  νέκυν  κ..  Π-  1.  c. 
pass.,  δρος  καταειμένον  v?.y,  Od.  13, 
351;  19,431. 

Καταζαίνω,  (κατά,  άζαίνω)  tomake 
quite  dry,  parch  quite  up,  Od.  1 1 ,  587, 
in  Ep.  aor.  καταζήνασκε. 

Καταζάω.  inf.  καταζήν,  (κατά,  ζάω) 
to  live  one's  life  out,  Eur.  Ion  56. 

Καταζενγννμι  and  -ννω,  f.  -ζεύξω, 
{κατά,  ζενγννμι)  to  tie,  yoke  together, 
yoke.  Find.  P.  2,  21 :  in  genl.  to  bind 
fast,  pass,  to  be  so  bound,  be  straiten- 
ed, ύπ•  ανάγκης,  Hdt.  8,  22,  cf.  Plat. 
Legg.  753  Ε  :  to  be  confined,  imprison- 
ed. Soph.  Ant.  917.— II.  intr.  to  fix 
one's  quarters,  opp  to  άναζεύγννμί ; 
and  so  to  rest,  encamp,  Polyb. 

'Καταζεν/οτροφέω,  ώ,  ΐ.  -ήσω,  {κατά, 
ζεν}θτρο.^ευ)  to  squander  money  on 
teams  of  chariot  horses,  Isae.  55,  23. 

Τίατάζευξίς,  εως,  η,  {καταζενγννμι) 
a  yoking  together,  Plul. — 11.  opp.  to 
άνάζενξίς,  a  resting,  encamping.  Id. 

Καταζήνασκε,  poet,  lengthd.  aor. 
from  καταζαίνω,  Od. 

Καταζ}!}ίς,  τ,,—κατύζευξις. 

Καταζωγρΰώέω,  ώ.  f.  -ήσω,  to  por- 
tray. 

Καταζωμεύυ,  to  sup  up. 

Καταζώνννμι  and  -ννω,  f.  -ζώσω, 
(κατά,  ζώνννμί)  to  gird  fast :  pass,  and 
mid.  to  gird  one's  self  or  for  one's  self, 
Eur.  Bacch.  698.    Hence 

Καταζώστης.  ου,  6,  a  girth,  strap. 

Καταθύ/.αττόω,  ώ,  to  throw  into  the 
sea. 

Καταθά7,~ω.  f.  -ψω,  strengthd.  for 
θάλττω,  Diog.  L.  7,  152. 

Καταθαμ3έομαι,  {κατά,  θαμβέυ) 
dep.  pass.,  to  be  astonished  or  astound- 
ed at,  Ti.  Plut. 

ΚαταθάνεΙν,  inf.  aor.  2  act.  of  κα- 
ταθνί/σκω. 

Καταθάπτω,  f.  -ψω,  {κατά,  θάπτω) 
to  bury,  11.  19,  228;  24,  611. 

Καταθαρσέω,  ώ,  new  Att.  -θα/)βέω, 
to  be  bold,  behave  boldly  against  one, 
τινός,  Strab. — II.  to  rely  upon,  trust 
in,  Tivi,  Polyb. 

Καταθαρσύνω,  {κατά,  θαρσύνω)  to 
embolden,  encourage  against,  προς  Tt, 
Plut. :  in  pass.=^foreg.,  Luc. 

Καταθεάομαι,  f.  -άσομαι  [ΰσ],  (κα- 
τά, θεάομαί)  dep.  raid.,  to  look  down: 
to  look  down  upon,  watch  from  above, 
Xen.  An.  6,  5,  30  ;  εΙς  τι,  lb.  1,  8,  14. 
— II.  in  genl  to  contemplate,  Philo. 

Καταθεϊο,  2  sing.  opt.  aor.  2  mid. 
of  κατατίθημι,  Hes. 

Καταθείομαι,  Ep.  for  -θέωμαι,  -θώ- 
μαι,  subj.  aor.  2  mid.  of  κατατίθημι, 
Hom. 

Καταθείομεν,  Ep.  for  -θέωμεν,  -θω- 
μεν,  plur.  subj.  aor.  2  of  κατατίθημι, 
Od. 

'Καταθέ7>.γω,  f.  •ξω,  {κατά,  θέ?.γω) 
to  soften  or  soothe  completely,  esp.  to 
subdue  by  spells  or  enchantmetiis,  Od. 
10,  213.     Hence 

Κατάθε/.ξ'-ζι  εωζ•,  τ],  enchantment, 
Luc. 

Κατάβεμα,  ατός,  τό,  an  accursed 
thing,  like  ανάθεμα,  and 

Καταθεματίζω,  to  curse,  like  αναθε- 
ματίζω, as  the  critical  edd.  of  N.  T. 


ΚΑΤΑ 

read  in  Apocal.  22,  3,  Matth.  26,  74, ' 
for  καταναθεμ. 

Κατάθεος,  ov,  (κατά,  θεός)  godly, 
pious,  Philo. 

Καταθερΰτνενω,  strengthd.  for  θερ- 
απεύω. 

Καταθέρω,  strengthd.  for  θέρω. 

Καταθέσιον,  ov,  τό,  (κατατίθημι) 
a  place  for  depositing :  also^sq.,  very 
late 

Κατάθεσις,  εως,  ij,  {κατατίθημι)  a 
pulling  down  upon :  hence — 1.  a  paying 
down,  discharging. — 2.  a  putting  in  or 
planting,  Diod. — 3.  a  laying  down  or 
affirming,  an  affirmation  :  also  a  depo- 
sition or  confession. 

Καταθέω,  f.  -θεύσομαι.  (κατά,  θέυ) 
to  ruti  down,  ΰπό  /.όψων,  Thuc.  3,  97  : 
of  ships,  to  run  or  put  into  port,  e.  g. 
εις  ΤΙεφαιΰ,  Xen.  Hell.  1,  1,  35. — II. 
to  make  inroads,  εις  πόλεις,  lb.  5,  2, 
43:  but  also  c.  ace,  κ.  χ-ώραν,  over- 
run, plunder  by  inroads,  Thuc.  7,  27 : 
hence— 2.  metaph.  to  attack  in  argu- 
ment, (as  we  say)  to  run  down,  τινά, 
Plat.  Theaet.  171  C  :  cf.  καταδρομή. 

Καταβεωρέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {κατά.  θε• 
ωρέω)  to  view  or  contemplate  from  above. 
Plat.  Gorg.  465  D. 

Καταθήγω,  f.  -ξω,  {κατά,  θήγω)  to 
sharpen,  whet,  Anth. 

Καταθήκη,  ης,  ή,  (κατατίθημι)  that 
which  is  laid  down,  a  deposit,  bke  πα- 
ρακαταθήκη, Isocr.  364  B. 

Καταθη'λννω,  {κατά,  θη/,ύνω)  to 
make  womanish,  Luc. :  in  genl.  to  soft- 
en, Hipp. 

*Καταθήπω,  obsol.  pres.  of  κατα- 
τέθηπα.  q.  v. 

ΚαταΑλάω,  f.  -άσω  [ΰσ],  {κατά, 
θ?.ύω)  to  crush,  break  in  pieces,  Clem. 
Al. 

Καταθλέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {κατά,  άθλέω) 
to  overcome  in  contest,  Plut. — II.  to  ex- 
ercise one's  self  very  much.  Id. 

Καταθ?.ίί3ω,  f.  -ψω,  {κατά,  θλίβω) 
to  press  down,  cr^ish,  oppress,  Plut.  [i] 
Hence 

1ίατάθ7Λψις,  εως,η,  apressing  down, 
oppression. 

Καταθνήσκω,  fut.  -θΰνοϋμαι :  aor. 
κατέΟανον,  Ep.  κάτθΰνον :  pf.  -τέθνη- 
κα,  part,  -τεθνηκώς,  in  Horn,  always 
■τεθνηώς,  ωτος,  inf.  -τεθνάναι.  Ep. 
τεθνάμεν,  II.  {κατά.  θνήσκω).  To  die 
away,  be  dying,  11.  22,  355 :  in  aor.  and 
perf.  to  be  dead,  Horn.,  most  Ireq.  in 
part.  plur.  κατατεθνηώτες,  as  subst., 
the  deid,  but  also  νεκρούς  and  νέκνας 
κατατεθνηώτας :  the  word  is  freq.  in 
Trag.,  but  only  in  syncop.  fut.  κατθα- 
νεϊσβαι,  and  unaugm.  moods  of  aor. 
κατβανεΐν. 

Καταθνητός,  ή,  όν,  mortal,  Hom. : 
the  fem.  only  in  H.  Yen.  39.  50. 

Καταθηινάω,  ώ.  f.  -ήπω.  also  -άσω, 
{κατά.  θοΐνάω)  to  feast  upon,  devour,  c. 
ace,  Aesop,  [ασω] 

Καταθο?.όω,  ώ,  (κατά,  θολόω)  to 
make  very  dark  or  muddy,  defile, 
Anaxag. 

Καταθυρεΐν,  inf.  aor.  2  act.  from 
καταθρώσκω. 

Καταθορνβέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {κατά, 
θορνβέω)  to  cry  down,  stop  a  speaker 
by  noise.  Plat.  Prot.  319  C.  in  pass.  : 
in  genl.  to  disturb  or  annoy  much,  Nu- 
men.  ap.  Euseb.  Praep.  14,  6. 

Καταθρΰσύνω,  another  form  of  κα- 
ταθαρσύνω. 

Κατάθρανστος,  ov,  broken  in  pieces, 
Diosc . :  from 

Καταθραύω.  {κατά,  θραύω)  to  break 
in  pieces,  shatter.  Plat.  Polit.  265  D. 

Καταθρέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (κατά,  άθρέω) 
to  look  down  onfronx  above,  c.  acc,  like 
καθοράω. 

Καταθρηνέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {κατά, 


ΚΑΤΑ 

θρηνέω)  to  bewail,  lament,  mourn,  ΕπΓ, 
El.  1326;  c.  acc.  Diod. 

Κ,αταθροέω,  ώ,  t.  -ήσω,=  καταθορν- 
βέω. 

Καταθρνλλέω  or  better  -θρν'/.έω,  ώ, 
f.  -ήσω,=^ καταθορνβέω. 

Κατάθρνπτος,  οι•,  very  mincing  or 
effeminate,  Eubul.   Sphing.  2  :  from 

Καταθρύπτω,  f.  -ψω,  {κατά,  θρνπ• 
τω)  to  mince  up,  crumble,  break  in  pieces, 
soften,  Nic. 

Καταθρώσκω,  fut.  -θορονμαι :  aor. 
2  κατέθορον,  inf.  -ϋορεΐν,  (κατά,  θρώ- 
σκω)  ίο  leap  down,  II.  4, 79,  in  tmesis : 
c.  acc,  K.  την  αίμασίην,  to  leap  down 
{from)  the  wall,  Hdt.  6,  134,  cf.  κα- 
ταβαίνω ;  but  also,  κ.  άπό  'ίππον.  Id. 
3,  86. 

Καταθνμέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  strengthd. 
for  άθνμέω,  to  be  quite  cast  down,  to 
lose  all  heart,  Xen.  Hell.  3,  2,  7. 

Καταθύμιος,  ov,  also  ίη,  lov,  Hdt. 
5,  39,  (κατά,  θνμός)  in  or  upon  the 
mind,  at  heart,  usu.  with  είναι,  as 
μηδέ  τί  τοι  θάνατος  καταθύμιος  έστω, 
let  not  death  sit  heavy  on  thy  heart, 
11.  10.  38.3,  cf.  17,  201,Od.  22,  392.— 
II.  according  to  one's  mind,  welcome,  ac- 
ceptable, Theogn.  617,  1082,  Hdt.  1.  c. 
Adv.  -ίως.  [ϋ] 

Καταθνμοβορέω,  ώ,  fut.  -ήσω, 
strengthd.  for  θνμοβυρέω,  ζωην  κ., 
Pythag.  ap.  A'it.  Horn. 

Καταθνω,  (κατά,  θνω)  to  sacrifice, 
Hdt.  8,  19  :  in  genl.  to  offer,  dedicate, 
την  όεκάτην,  Xen.  An.  5,  3,  13. — II. 
mid.  καταθύεσθαί  τίνα,  to  overpower, 
compel  to  love  by  magic  sacrifices.  The 
ocr.  2,  3.  [On  quantity  v.  θνω.Ί 

Καταθωράκίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  strengtlid. 
for  θωρακίζω,  to  cover  tvith  a  coat  of 
mail,  arm  at  all  points,  Xen.  Cyr.  6,  2, 
17. 

Karat,  rare  poet,  form  for  κατά, 
ApoU.  Dysc.  Synt.,  p.  309,  28. 

Καταιίασία,  ας,  ij,  poet,  for  κατά• 
βασις,  Q.  Sm. — 11.  in  plur.  καταιβα- 
σίαΐ,  descending  Uahtnings  Or  meteors, 
VV'yitenb.  Plut.  2,  555  A,  cf.  καταιβά- 
της. 

Καταιβάσιος,  ov,  poet,  for  κατά• 
βάσιος,  descending,  darting,  epith.  of 
Apollo. 

ΚαταίΊΰσις,  εως,  ή,  poet,  for  κατά• 
βασις,  Anlh. 

Καταιβάτης,  ov.  ό,  poet,  for  κατά• 
βάτης,  (καταβαίνω)  one  who  comes 
down  or  de.scends.  esp.  epith.  of  Jupi- 
ter as  descending  in  thunder  and  light- 
ning, Jupiter  Elicius  of  the  Romans, 
Ar.  Pac.  42  :  also  of  the  thunder-bolt, 
Aesch.  Pr.  359. — 2.  epith.  of  Mercury, 
who  led  souls  down  to  the  nether 
world,  Schol.  Ar.  Pac.  649.-3.  as 
epith.  of  Άχέρων,  that  to  which  one 
descends,  downunrd,  Eur.  Bacch.  1300, 
cf.  sq.,  and  καταί3ατος.  [ά] 

Καταιβάτις,  ιδος,  ή,  fem.  from  fo- 
reg..  Lye — 2.  with  κέ/.ενθος  or  οιμος, 
a  steep,  downward  path,  Ap.  Rh. — II. 
act.  that  brings  down,  κ-  σελήνης,  that 
brings  down  the  moon  by  spells,  So- 
siphan.  ap.  Schol.  Ap.  Rh.  3,  553. 

Καταιβΰτος,  η,  ov,  poet,  for  κατά• 
βατός,  descended,  by  ivhich  one  de- 
scends, θνραι  καταιβαταΐ  άνθρωποι- 
σι,  gates  by  which  men  descend,  Od. 
13,  110. 

Κατάίγδην,  adv.  (καταΐσσω)  ntsh• 
ing  violently  against,  Tlvl,  Ap.  Rh. 
1,  64. 

Καταιγϊ6ώδης,  ες,  (καταιγίς,  είδος) 
like  a  storm,  tempestuous. 

Καταιγ  ίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  to  rush  down  like 

a  storm,  κ.  βρόαος,  a  rushing,  roaring 

sound,  Aesch.  t'r.  181  :  in  genl.  to  be 

or  become  violent,  of  pain  and  sickness, 

717 


ΚΑΤΑ 

lilpp.    Pass,  to  be  tcmprst-tostf  Aretac, 
cf.  έτταιγί^υ  :  from 

Καταιγίς,  ίόος,  ή,  (κατά,  αίγίς  Π) 
ο  sudden  squall  ΟΓ  gust  of  wind  dt- 
scrnding  ffitm  ubove,  a  hurricane,  Arist. 
Mund.  4. — II.  metaph.  a  storm  of  pas- 
siOn. 

Καταιγισμός,  ov,  ό,  =  foreg. :  so 
Epicur.  called  the  sensual  desires  ap. 
Ath.  510  E. 

Καταιδέομαι,  f.  -έσομαι,  {κατά,  al- 
δέομαι)  dep.  c,  fut.  mid.  et  aor.  pass., 
to  feel  shame  ur  reverence  before  another, 
to  reverence,  c.  acc,  Ildt.  3,  72.  Soph. 
O.  T.  654,  etc. :  also  c.  inf.  to  be 
ashamed  to  do  a  thing,  Eur.  Heracl. 
1027.  Later  writers,  as  Heliod.,  use 
the  act.  καταιδέω,  to  put  to  shame.  ^ 

Καταιθ&λύ(ύ,  ώ,  {κατά,  αίθαλόω) 
ti)  burn  to  ashes,  Aesch.  Fr.  148,  cf 
Ar.  Av.  1242.  1248  :  metaph.,  to  burn, 
inflame,  Schol.  lb.  1261. 

ΚαταίΟύσσω,  f  -^ω,  strcngthd.  for 
αιθνσσω,  with  collat.  notion  of  down- 
teards.  π}ώκαμοι  νύτον  καταίβυσαοί', 
rich  ]ocks  floated  down  his  back,  Find. 
P.  4,  147,  Κάστωρ  καταιθνσσει  εστί- 
αν.  Castor  sheds  his  lustre  upon  the 
house,  lb.  5,  13. 

Καταίθω,  (κατά,  αίθω)  to  burn  quite 
away,  burn  to  ashes,  τι,  Aesch.  Cho. 
606 :  metaph.  to  kindle,  rouse,  Lye. 
249. 

Καταικίζΐΰ,  f.  -iou,  {κατά,  αίκίζω) 
to  wound  severely  :  ill  treat,  ταύχεα  κα- 
τήκίσται,  the  arms  are  disfigured  by 
smoke  and  soot.  Od  16,  290 ;  19,  9  : 
Eur.  also  has  mid.  fut. 

Καταίνεσις,  εως,  τ],  agreement,  esp. 
a  betrothal.  Pint.  :  from 

Καταινίω,  ώ,  f.  -έσω  poet,  -^σω, 
{κατά,  ah'tu)  to  agree  to  a  thing,  ap- 
prove of  it,  opp.  to  ίναίΐ'ομαι,  c.  acc. 
rei,  Hdt.  4,  80  ;  6,  62  ;  also  κ.  (rt)  έ~ί 
TLVL,  to  agree  to  a  thing  on  certain 
conditions.  Id.  3,  53  :  but  more  usu. 
c.  inf ,  to  agree  to  do,  Find.  P.  4.  395, 
Soph.  O.  C.  1633  :  also,  κ.  τίνα  βασι- 
λέα είναι,  to  agree  that  he  should  be 
king,  Hdt.  1,98;  so,  κ  τινά  ταγόν, 
(sub.  είναι)  Anth. — II.  to  grant,  prom- 
ise, Tivi  Ti,  Soph  O.  0.  432,  with  v. 
1. :  esp.  to  promise  in  marriage,  betroth, 
Tivi  TLva,  Eur.  I.  A.  695. 

Κατάϊξ,  or  as  others  κατάϊξ,  ίκος, 
ή,— καταιγίς.  Αρ.  Rh.,  and  Call. 

Καταιυνΰω,  ω,  ΐ.  -ι'ισω,  {κατά,  αιο- 
νάω)  to  pour  upon  or  over,  steep,  fo- 
ment, also  καταιονέϋ),  Luc.     Hence 

Καταώνημα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which 
is  poured  upon,  a  fomentation,  Ael. 

Καταιόνησις,  εως,  ή,  {καταιονύω) 
a  pouring  ΐΐροη  or  over,  fomentation, 
Galen. 

Καταιρέω,  Ion.  for  καθαφέυ,  Hdt. 

Καταίμο),  fut.  -fipij,  {κατά.  α'ιρω)  to 
take  or  put  down,  like  κατάγω  '■  but 
only  used  seemingly  intrans., esp.  sub. 
ναϋν,  to  put  into  port,  put  in,  εις  τόπον, 
Thuc.  8,  39  :  to  gn  down  to  a  place, 
light  upon  it,  of  birds,  Ar.  Av.  1288  ; 
in  gonl.  to  go  or  come  to  a  place,  esp. 
forest  there.  Plat.  Hipp.  Maj.  281  A. 

Καταισθάνομαι,  ί-  καταισβί/σομαι, 
dep.  mid.,  strengthd.  for  αισθάνομαι. 
Soph.  O.  T.  422. 

Καταίσιμος,  ον,—  αίσιμος. 

Καταισιμόο),  ώ,  (κατά,  αίσα)  to  use 
up,  consume  utterly,  Eubul.  Auge  1  ;  κ. 
πώμα,  to  drink  it  off,  Epinic.  ap.  Ath. 
432  C  :  cf  άναισιμόω,  for  the  simple 
αίσιμόω  does  not  occur  in  use. 

Καταισιος,  ον,=αΙσιυς,  righteous, 
Aesch.  Ag.  1598. 

Κατάίσσω,  f.  -ίξω,  {κατά.άίσσω)ίο 
rush  down,  from,  Ap.  Rh. — Π.  trans,  to 
rush  or  dart  through,  (ppz/v  κόσμον  κα- 
ταίσσονσα,  Einped.  299. 
7J8 


ΚΑΤΑ 

Καταΐσχνμμός,  ov,  ό,  a  shaming, 
disgrace,  Clem.  Λ1.  :  and 

Ιζαταισχυντήρ,  7/ρης,  ό,  a  shamer,dis- 
gracer,  δόμων,  Aesch.  Ag.  1363:  from 

Καταισχύνω,  {κατά,  αίσχύνω)  to 
shame,  disgrace,  dishonour,  πατέρων 
γένος,  Od.  24,  508,  δα'ιτα,  Od.  IG,  293, 
cf  Hdt.  7,  53  :  κ.  χρέος,  to  prove  a 
debt  disgraceful,  Pind.  O.  10, 10  :  esp. 
to  dishonour  a  woman,  deflower,  Lys. 
96,  15,  cf  Dem.  1125,  12.— II.  mid.  to 
feci  shame  before  another,  c.  acc, 
Soph.  O.  T.  1424.  Phil.  1382. 

Καταΐσχω,  poet,  for  κατίσχω,  κα- 
τέχω, Od.  9,  122. 

Καταιτιάομαι.  f.  -ύσομαι  [a],  {κα- 
τά, αίτιάομαι)  dep.  mid. :  to  accuse, 
arraign,  blame,  reproach,  c.  acc.  pcrs., 
Hdt.  6,  14,  Dem.  553,  7 ;  c.  acc.  rei, 
to  lay  something  to  onc^s  charge,  impute, 
K.  άμαθίαν,  Thuc  3.  42.  The  part, 
aor.  1  pass,  καταιτιαθείς,  is  used  in 
pass,  signf.,  an  accused  person,  defend- 
ant, Thuc.  6,  60.  Xen.  Hell.  1,  1,  32. 
Hence 

Καταιτίάσις,  εως,  ή,  accusation, 
Plut. 

Καταΐτυξ,  ϋγος,  f],  a  low  helmet  or 
skull-cap  of  neat's  leather,  without 
φάλος  or  λόφος,  II.  10,  258.  (From 
κάτω  and    τεύχω,   as    if   κύτω-τευ- 

KTjj?) 

Καταιχμάζω,  f  -άσω,  {κατά,  αΐχ- 
μάζω)  to  strike  or  cut  doum. 

Καταιωρέομαι,  as  pass,  {κατά,  αΐω- 
ρέω)  to  hang  down,  θύσανοι  κατ'ζίωμ• 
εϋντο,  Hes.  Sc.  225.    • 

Κατακαγχάζω,  f.  -άσω,  {κατά,  καγ- 
χάζω) to  laugh  loud  at,  τινός,  Anth. 

Κατακαημεν,  Dor.  and  Lacon.  for 
κατακαήναι,  inf  aor.  2  pass,  from  κα• 
τακαίω. 

Κατακαιύθω,  poet,  for  κατακαίω, 
dub. 

Κατακαιέμεν.  Ep.  for  κατακαίειν, 
inf  pres.  act.  from  κατακαίω,  v.  1.  11. 
7,  408. 

Κατακαίνω,=  κατακτείνω,  freq.  in 
Xen.,  in  aor.  2  κατέκανον,  v.  L.  Dind. 
Xen.  An.  1,  6,  2. 

Κατακαίριος,  ov, —καίριος,  v.  1.  II. 

I I ,  439. 

Κατακαίω,  Att.  -κάω  [u],  fut.  -καν- 
σω :  Ep.  aor.  1  κατέκηα,  with  inf 
κακκεΐαι,  Od.  11,  74  :  aor.  pass,  κατε- 
καύβην  and  κατεκάην.  both  in  Hdt., 
the  former  is  said  to  be  the  Att.  form  ; 
cf  καίω  {κατά,  καίω) :  to  bum,  bum 
down,  in  Hom.  esp.  of  burning  sacri- 
fices and  dead  bodies,  so  too  in  Hdt. 
etc. :  but,  κατά  πυρ  έκάη,  the  fire  had 
burnt  down  or  out,  11.  9,  212. 

Κατακάλέω,  ω,  f  -έσω,  {κατά.  κα• 
2,έω)  to  call  down,  summon,  invite, 
Thuc.  1,  24. — II.  to  call  upim,  invoke, 
τους  θεούς,  v.  1.  Isocr.  218  C,  in  aor. 
mid. — III.  to  call  back,  recall,  Oenom. 
ap.  Euseb. 

Κατακαλλύνω,  strengthd.  for  κα?.- 
λννω,  to  embellish,  adorn. 

Κατακάλνμμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  covering, 
veil,  LXX.  [a] :  from 

Κατακΰλύπτω,  f  -ι/'ω,  {κατά.  κα- 
λύπτω) to  cover  up,  freq.  in  Horn.,  in 
tmesis,  Hdt.  2,  47  :  pass,  and  mid.  to 
veil  one's  self,  Hdt.  1,  119;  6,  67. 
Hence 

Κατακάλνψις,  εως,  ή,  a  covering  or 
hiding,  Galen,  [a] 

Κατακάμπτω.  f.  -κάμφω,  {κατά, 
κάμπτω)  to  bend  down,  in  genl.  to  bend 
or  turn,  K.  στροφάς.  Ar.  Thesm.  63 : 
to  bend,  stoop.  Plat'  Tim.  71  C— II.  to 
vault  or  arch  over,  Strab.,  in  plur. — 

III.  metaph.  to  bend  by  entreaty, 
Aeschin.  26,  33  :  but  in  Eur.  Tr'o. 
12.52,  K.  ελπίδας,  to  bend  down,  over- 
throw hopes,  acc.  to  Lob.  for  κατέ- 


KATA 

γναφε,  but  Pors.  κατέκναψε,  cf  κνά• 
πτω,  fin. 

Κατάκαμ-φις,  Εως,  ή,  a  bciiding 
down,  bending,  Strab. 

Κατακΰπη?ιεύω,  to  behave  like  a 
κάπηλας. 

Κατακάρδιος,  ov,  {κατά,  καρδία) 
against  or  to  the  heart,  π?ι7ΐγή,  Hdn. 

Κατακάρπιον,  ov,  τό,^^πέρικάρπι 
ov,  Theophr. 

Κατάκαρπος,  ov,  {κατά,  καρπός) 
fruitful.  Adv.  -πως,  abundantly, 
LXX.     Hence 

Κατακαρπόω,  ώ,  to  burn  sacrifices, 
esp.  of  fruits  :  hence 

Κατακάρπωσις,  εως,  η,  the  burning 
of  offerings  :  the  ashes  of  a  burnt  sacri- 
fice, LXX. 

Κατακάρφω,  {κατά,  κάρφω)  to  dry 
quite  up :  pass,  to  wither,  fall  into  t/ie 
sere,  Aesch.  Ag.  80. 

Κατάκασσα,  ή,^^  κάσσα. 

Κατύκανμα,  ατός,  τό,  {κατακαίω) 
that  which  is  burnt,  a  burn,  blister  from 
burning,  Hipp. — II.  a  burning,  LXX. 
Hence 

Κατακανματόω,ώ,  to  set  on  fire,  burn. 

Κατάκανσις,  εως,  ή,  {κατακαίω)  a 
burning,  Galen. 

Κατακαύτης,  ov,  ό,  one  who  burns, 
Plut. 

Κατακανχάομαι,  f.  -ήσομαι,  {κατά, 
κανχάομαι)  dep.  mid. :  to  boast  agaijisi 
one,  exult  over  him,  τινά,  Ν.  Τ. : 
absol.  to  exult,  LXX. 

Κατακεύζω,  f.  -άσω,  and  in  Ael., 
κατακεαίνω,=^  κεάζω. 

ΚατακεΙαι,  Ep.  inf  aor.  1  act.  of 
κατακαίω,  Od.  10,  533;  11,46. 

Κατακειέμεν,  Ep.  for  -καίείν,  II.  7, 
408,  where  however  Wolf  -κηέμεν, 
others  -καιέμεν,  Buttin.  Catal.  voc. 
καίω. 

Κατάκειμαι,  dep.,  c.  fut.  -κείσομαι, 
besides  which  only  pres.  and  impf 
are  used.  To  lie,  lie  doivn,  lie  flat  or 
prostrate,  Hom.  :  to  lie  hid,  Od.  19, 
439  :  to  lie  stored  vp,  be  kept  ready.  Lat. 
reponi,  Hes.  Op.  362,  cf  Ar.  Eccl. 
514:  later  also— 2.  to  lie  sick,  Hdt.  7, 
229,  cf  Ar.  Plut.  742.-3.  to  recline  at 
meals,  Lat.  accumbere,  Plat.  Symp. 
185  D,  etc.^4.  TO  κατακείμενον,  that 
which  lies  below,  i.  e.  on  the  sea-coast. 

Κατακείομεν,  Ep.  for  -καίομεν,  II. 
7,  333,  cf.  κατακειέμεν. 

Κατακείρω,  ί.  -κερώ,  {κατά,  κείρω) 
strictly  to  shear  off,  clip,  Plut.  :  but— 
II.  in  Hom.  only  metaph.  to  cut  down, 
waste,  βίοτον,  οίκον,  μήλα,  Od.  4, 
686  ;  22,  36 ;  23,  356. 

Κατακείω,  desiderat.  of  κατάκειμαι, 
to  wish  to  lie  down,  Hom.  κακκείοντες, 
Ep.  part,  of  κατακ-,  Horn. 
^Κατακεκανμένη,  ης.  ή,  {χώρα),  Ca- 
tacccaumene,  i.  e.  the  burnt  country,  a 
district  of  Mysia.  or  Maeonia,  famed 
for  its  wine,  Strab. :  hence 

ίΚατακεκανμενίτης ,  ov,  ό,  of  Cata- 
cecaumene,  οίνος,  Strab.  [i] 

Κατακεκράκτης,  ov,  ό,{κατακράζω) 
one  who  cries  down,  a  hawler,  Ar.  Eq. 
303,  acc.  to  Herm.  and  Dind. 

Κατακελεναμός.  ov,  ό,  a  calling  to 
one,  encouraging:  from 

Κατακελενω,  {κατά,  κελεύω)  to 
command,  Ar.  Av.  1273  :  to  call  to  one, 
esp.  of  the  κελενστής,  to  give  the  time 
in  rowing,  Ar.  Ran.  208. 

Κατακενόω,  ω,  strengthd.  for  κε- 
νόω,  LXX. 

Κατακεντάνννμι,ΤΆχοτ  foxm  for  sq., 
Luc. 

Κατσ.κεντέω,  ώ.  f.  -ήσω,  {κατά,  κεν- 
τέω)  to  pierce  throui^h,  sting  severely. 
Plat.  Tim.  76  Β  :  later  also  κατακεν- 
τά(ύ,  and  -τάνννμι.     Hence 

Κατακέντημα,  ατός,  τό,  that  tvhich 


ΚΑΤΑ 

is  pierced,  a  puncture,  point.  Plat.  Tim. 
76  B. 

Κ.αΓακεντ(ζα),  f.  •ίσω,  to  slay  with  a 
spear,  A  el. 

Κατακεντβόω,  ώ,  to  furnish  with 
spikes,  Diod. 

Κατακεράνννμι,  f.  -ύσω.  (κατά,  κε- 
ρύνννμι)  to  mix,  temper.  Pint.     Hence 

Κατακέρύσις,  εως.  ή,  a  mixing  up, 
admixture,  Arist.  Gen.  An. 

Κατακεραστικύς.  ή,  όν.  qualified  for 
mixing,  easily  ?nixing,  Galen. 

ΚαΓακεραννοβολέω,  ώ,  (/3άλλω)= 
sq. 

Κατακεραννόω,  ώ,  {κατά,  κεραυ- 
νού) to  strike  down  by  thunder,  Luc. 

Κατακερδαίνω,  f.  -ανώ,  also  -ήσυ, 
(κατά,  κερόαίνω)  to  make  gain  of  a 
thing  wrongly,  Xen.  Oec.  4,  7. 

Κατακερματίζω,  1.  -ίσω  Att.  -ΐώ, 
{κατά,  κερματίζω)  to  make  into  κέρμα- 
τα, esp.  to  change  into  small  coin  :  in 
genl.  to  divide  into  small  parts.  Plat. 
Rep.  395  B. — II.  metaph.  to  fritter 
away,  Plut.  Pass,  to  melt  away,  Hipp. 
Hence 

Κατακερματισμός,  οΰ,  ό,  a  dividing 
into  small  parts. 

Κατακερτομέω,  ώ,  {κατά,  κερτο- 
μέω)  to  scold,  rail  violently,  Hdt.  1,  129. 
— II.  to  mock  at,  τινά,  Id.  2,  135  ;  later 
also  τινός. 

Κατακέώΰλα,  adv.  for  κατύ,  κεφα- 
7.ης,  head  downivards,  upside  down. 

Κατακηέμεν,  Ep.  inf.  pres.  of  κα- 
τακαίω, 11.  7,  408. 

Κατακ7]?.έω,  ώ.  f.  -ήσω,  {κατά,  κη- 
2-εω)  to  enchant,  Plat.  Crat.  403  D  :  in 
genl.  to  charm  or  soothe  down,  Soph. 
Tr.  1003.     Hence 

Κα'τακη7.ητικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to 
or  fit  for  enchanting,  c.  gen.,  Ael. 

Κατακι'ιυμεν,  Ep.  for  κατακήωμεν, 
1  plur.  subj.  aor.  1  of  κατακαίω,  11.  7, 
333. 

Κατακηρόω,  ύ,  {κατά,  κηρόω)  to 
cover  over  with  wax,  Hdt.  1,  140. 

Κατακηρνσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  f.  -νξω, 
{κατά,  κηρύσσω)  to  proclaim  or  com- 
mand by  herald,  Xen.  An.  2,  2,  20 : 
also  to  summon  by  herald. 

ΚατακΙνέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  strengthd. 
for  κ'νέω.     Hence 

Κατακίνησις,εως,η,  strengthd.  for 
κίνησις.  [Λ:ί] 

Κατακψνάω  and  -κίρνημι,  poet,  for 
κατακεράνννμι,  Longin. 

Κατακισσηρίζω,  ί.  -ίσω,  {κατά, 
κισσηρίζω)  to  ηώ  smooth  with  pumice- 
stone,  Ath. 

Κατάκισσος,  ov,  {κατά,  κισσός) 
ivy-u-reathed,  Anacreont. 

Κατακκίζομαι,  ί.  -ίσομαι,  dep.  mid., 
strengthd.  for  ακκίζομαι- 

Κατακ'λάζω,  (.  -ξω,  Dor.  for  κατά- 
κ/?μω,  κατακ?.είω :  to  shut  up  :  in 
aor.  mid.  κατακ?Μξασβαι,  to  shut  up 
the  bride  with  one's  self  in  the  bridal 
chamber,  Theocr.  18,  5  ;  and  prob. 
κατακλύχθης,  should  be  read  in  7, 
84  for  κατεκλάσθης,  thou  wast  shut  up, 
V.  Valck.  ad  1. 

Κατακ'λαίω,  Att.  -κ7.ύω  [α],  fut. 
-κ/.αυσομαι ,  {κατά,  κλαίω)  to  bewail, 
lament,  Eur.  El.  113  ;  and  so  in  mid., 
lb.  156. — II.  c.  gen.  pers.  to  lament  be- 
fore another,  Epict. 

Κατάκλΰσις,  εως,  η,  {κατακ7ύω)  a 
breaking  in  pieces,  a  fracture,  Hipp.  : 
hence  also  in  Medic,  distortion  caused 
by  some  fracture.  Id.— II.  the  breaking 
and  scattering  of  light  or  sound,  opp.  to 
ύνάκ'λασις  (reflexion),    Arist.  Probl. 

ΚατάκΆασμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  breakage. 

Κατάκ/ίΟυσις,  εως,  η,  {κατακλαίω) 
α  bewailing. 

Κατακ?.άω,  ί.  -άσω  [ά],  {κατά, 
κ?Μω)  to  break  down,  break  short,  snap, 


ΚΑΤΑ 

η.  13,  608 ;  20,  227.— II.  metaph.  to 
break,  move,  of  sorrow.  Plat.  Phaed. 
117  D,  ubi  olim  κατέκλαυσε  ;  and  so 
freq.  in  Od.  in  aor.  pass.,  κατεκλάσθη 
μοι  φί?'.ον  ήτορ  ;  also  of  fear,  as  ήμίν 
κατεκλάσθη  φίλον  ητορ  όεισύντων, 
Od.  9,  256,  like  Lat  frangi.— 2.  later 
to  break  in  strength,  weaken,  ot  the  ef- 
fects of  fever,  Hipp.  ;  also,  κ.  πώμα, 
to  make  good  drink  weak,  Eur.  Cycl. 
677. — II.  to  break,  scatter,  of  light,  etc., 
opp.  to  άνακ?Μω,  Plut. 

Κατακ?Μω,  Att.  for  κατακλαίω.  [ά] 

Κατάκ?ί.ειμμα,  ατός,  τό,  {κατα- 
κ7.είω)  that  which  serves  to  enclose,  a 
bond,  band,  Galen. 

Κατακλείς,  είδος,  η.  Ion.  and  Ep. 
-κλ.ηίς  ."  a  thing  for  shutting  or  fasten- 
ing doors,  distmguished  from  the  bolt 
{μοχλός)  and  bolt-pin  {βά7.ανος),  Ar. 
Veep.  154. — II.  the  hole  of  a  buckle. — 
III.  the  cartilage  joining  the  collar-bone 
to  the  breast,  hence  also  the  throat,  cf 
κατακληίς. — IV.  ο  clatise,  Cic.  Att.  2, 
3 ;  9,  18. 

Κατάκλ.εισις,  εως,  ή,  {κατακλείω) 
a  shutting  up  or  closing,  Galen. 

Κατάκλειστος,  ov,  shut  up,  kept 
close  shut  up,  esp.  of  women,  Callim, 
Fr.  118:  from 

Κατακλείω,  Ion.  -κληίω,  f.  -είσω, 
in  Eupol.  a  lut.  -κλιω,  Χρνσ.  Γεν.  19, 
V.  Buttm.  Catal.  p.  149  {κατά,  κλείω) 
to  shut  up.  shut  fast,  close,  Hdt.  1,  191. 
— 2.  to  shut  in,  inclose,  Hdt.  2,  86  :  esp. 
to  shut  up  in  a  fortress,  blockade,  κ.  εις 
τόπον,  to  drive  into  a  place  aiid  shut 
up  there,  Thuc.  1,  109,  cf.  Xen.  Cyr. 
4,  1,  18  :  ΐ'όμω  κ.,  to  confine  or  compel 
by  law,  c.  inf ,  Andoc.  24,  19,  Antiph. 
— II.  metaph.  to  close  a  speech,  con- 
clude, Dion.  H.     Cf  κατακλάζω. 

Κατακ7.7μω, _lon.  for  foreg.,  Hdt. 

Κατακ7.τ/ϊς,  ϊδος,  ή.  Ion.  for  κατα- 
κλείς, in  Call.  Dian.  82  prob.  a  quiver. 

Κατακληροδοτέω,  ώ,  ί.  -ήσω,  {κατά, 
Κ?.ηροδοτέω)  to  distribute  by  lot,  LXX. 

Κατακληρονομέω,  ώ,ί.  -ήσω,  {κατά, 
κ7.ηβονομέω)  to  inherit,  obtain  by  in- 
heritance, LXX. — II.  to  make  one's  heir, 
make  possessor  of  a  thing,  lb. — 111.=: 
foreg.,  to  distribute  by  lot,  lb. 

Κητακληρονχέω,  ώ,  f.  -f/σω,  {κατά, 
κ7^ηρονχέω)  to  receive  as  one's  portion, 
esp.  of  a  conquered  country,  to  divide 
among  themselves,  portion  out,  κ.  γήν, 
Polyb. — II.  to  assign  to  another  as  his 
portion,  give  to  iiiAmi, LXX,  and  N.T., 
Tivi  τ  I,  Diod. 

Κατακληρόω,  ώ,  {κατά,  κ7^ηρόω)  to 
portion  out,  like  foreg  ,  Diod.  Mid.  to 
receive  as  one's  portion,  obtain,  Plut.  : 
also  to  choose  for  one's  self,  choose, 
LXX. 

Κατακλησία,  ας,  //,  and 

Κατάκλησις,  εως,  ή,  {κατακαλέω) 
α  summoning  of  the  non-resident  citizens. 
— II.  a  recalling. 

Κατάκλητος,  ov,  {κατακα7ιέω)  sum- 
moned. 

Κατάκ7ΰμα,  ατός,  τό,  (κατακλίνω) 
a  place  for  lying  down,  a  couch,  Joseph. 

ίΚατακ/.ΐνήναι,  -κλίνεις  2  aor.  inf. 
and  part.  pass,  from  κατακλίνω.  Plat., 
Ar. 

Κατακλΐνής,  ες.  {κατακ/ιίνω)  lying 
down,  stretched  at  length,  Polyb.  :  also 
bed-ridden. — II.  sloping,  steep,  Anth. 

Κατακλίνοβΰτής,  ές.  {κατά,  κ?.ίνη, 
βαίνω)  lying  abed,  bed-ridden,  or  making 
one  lie  abed  ;  epith.  of  the  gout,  Luc. 

Κατακ7.ίνω,  f.  -κ7.ΐνώ,  {κατά,  κλί- 
νω)  to  make  to  lie  down,  lay  down,  έπι 
yairj,  Od.  10,  165  :  to  make  to  lie  or 
sit  upon  a. couch,  esp.  at  table,  Hdt. 
1 ,  1 26  ;  also  to  lay  the  sick  on  couches 
in  the  temples,  esp.  in  that  of  Aescu- 
lapius, that  they  might  sleep  there 


ΚΑΤΑ 

and  so  be  cured,  Ar.  Plut.  411,  Vesp. 
123,  cf  έγκοιμάομαι.  Pass,  to  lie 
down,  esp.  at  table,  Ar.  Eq.  98,  etc.  ; 
also  in  mid.,  Plut.  2,  149  F. — II.  to 
lay  prostrate,  overthrow,  Theogn.  1183. 
■ — HI.  to  make  to  slope :  pass,  to  slope, 
Ap.  Rh.  [[]    Hence 

Κατύκλΐσις,  εως,  ή,  a  lying  down, 
esp.  at  table,  α  sitting  at  meat.  Plat., 
etc. :  hence,  ή  κ.  τοϋ  γάμου,  the  cel- 
ebration or  consummation  υ1  the  mar 
riage,  Wess.  Hdt.  6,  129. 

Κατάκ?.ιτον,  ου,  τό,  a  couch. 
^Κατακ?.ιύ,  rare  fut.  of  κατακ7.ειω 
Eupol. 

Κατακλνδωνίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {κατά, 
κ7.νδωνίζομαι)  to  deluge. 

Κατακ/.νζω,  f.  -νσω  [υ],  {κατά, 
κλυζω)  to  dash  over,  deluge,  flood,  c. 
acc,  Hdt.  2,  13,  Pmd,  O.  9,  76  ;  to  fill 
full  of  water,  to  deluge,  flood  or  fill 
cverfull  with,  τινί  τι,  Cratm.  Pytin.  7, 
— II.  to  wash  down  or  away,  Pind.   O. 

10,  15,  Thuc.  3,  89 :  also  to  wash  out, 
K.  Ιχνη,  Xen.  Cyn.  5,  4.     Hence 

Κατάκ7ινσις,  εως,  ή,  a  deluging; 
esp.  α  purging  of  the  stomach,  Hjpp. 

Κατάκλνσμα,  ατός,  τό,^=κ7.νστήρ, 
a  purge  or  clyster,  Hipp.. 

Κατακ/.νσμός,  ov,  ό,  a  deluge, flood. 
Plat.  Legg.  677  A. — II.  a[so=i κατά- 
κ?.νσις. 

Κατάκ/.νστρον,  ov,  τό,  Lat.  com- 
pluvium,u  place  for  collecting  rain  water. 

Κατακ/.ώβες,  ων,  αϊ,  (κατακλώθώ) 
strictly  women  who  draw  down  thread 
from  the  distaff,  spinners,  a  name  of 
the  goddesses  of  Fate,  Moipai.  Lat. 
Parcae,  only  in  Od.  7,  197,  πείσεται, 
άσσα  οι  Κίσα  Κατακ7.ώϋές  τε  βαρειαί 
γεινομένω  νήσαντο  7.ίνω.  cf  Κ/.ωθώ. 

Κατακ7.ώΗω,  {κατά,  κλώβω)  to  spin 
out,  esp.  of  the  Molpai,  Lye,  cf  foreg. 

Κατακνάω,  also  -ηναίω,  {κατά, 
Κ^'ύω)  tc  scrape  or  grate  down  :  in  genl. 
to  cut  to  bits,  cut  up,  Lat.  concidere, 
like  κατατέμνω,  Ar.  Vesp.  965.  Pass. 
to  itch.     Cf.  sq.,  and  κατακνίζω. 

Kaτaκvήθω,=tΌreg..  Ar.  Eq.  771. 

Κατακνίύενω,  {κατά,  κνίδη)  to  itch 
as  if  from  the  sling  of  nettles,  dub. 

Κατακνίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {κατά,  κνίζω) 
to  chop,  hack  in  pieces  :  metaph.  to  pull 
to  pieces,  carp  at,  Lat.  vcllicare,  Isocr. 
230  C. — II.  to  make  to  itch,  tickle  :  pass. 
to  itch,  be  prurient,  Ar.  Plut.  973. 
Hence 

Κατακνισμός,  οϋ,  ό,=κνισμός. 

Κατακνώσσω,  {κατά,  κνώσσω)  to 
.sleep,  fall  asleep,  Αρ.  Rh. 

Κατακοιιιύω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω.  {κατά, 
κοιμύω)  like  κατακοιμίζω,  tn  put  to 
shep,  send  to  bed,  Hdt.  8,  134,  with 
V.  1.  κατεκοίμισε,  but  cf  Soph.  O.  T. 
1222.  In  Hom.  only  aor.  in  pass.  κα• 
τακοιμηθήναι.  to  go  to  sleep,  fall  asleep, 
steep,  11.  ;  also  of  sexual  intercourse, 

11.  2,  3S5  :  so  too  in  Hdt — II.  ό  sleep 
through,  sleep  out,  κ-  την  φυ7.ακήν,  to 
sleep  out  the  watch,  i.  e.  sleep  all  the 
time  of  one's  watch,  Hdt.  9,  93  (with 
V.  1.  κατακοιμίσαντα) ;  and  so  m  Xen. 
Mem.  2,  1,  30,  κ.  τήν  ήμέραν.    Hence 

Κατακοιμητής,υν,ό,^=κατακοιμισ• 
τής,  dub.  ;  and 

Κατακοιμητικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  ίο 
or  fit  for  lulling  to  sleep. 

Κατακοιμίζω,  (■  -ίσω,  {κατά.  κοί' 
μίζω)—κ.ατακοιμάω  in  both  signfs., 
for  which  it  is  a  constant  v.  1.,  of. 
Plat.  Legg.  790  D,  Xen.  Mem.  2,  1, 
30  :  metaph.  to  lull  suspicion  to  sleep, 
Pint.     Hence 

Κατακοιμιστής,  οΰ,  ό,  one  who  puts 
to  bed,  a  chamberlain.  Died.,  cf.  KOITU• 
νίτης. 

Κατακοινόω,  ύ,  v.  1.  for  sq. 

Κατακοινωνέω,  ώ,  {κατά,  κοινω- 
719 


ΚΑΤΑ 

Vi^ti))  to  makf.  one  a  partaker,  give  one  a 
share,  Derti.  8Θ9,  0  ;  κ.  ru  της  πόλεως, 
to  share  the  public  property  among 
themselves,  Aeschin.  63,  9. 

Κατακοφανέω,  ύ,  f.  -τ/συ,  (κατά, 
ΚΟίρανέω)  to  manage  as  lord  and  master, 
lord  it  over,  govern:  in  Horn,  the  best 
Edd  ciivisirn  «οτά  κ-,  of.  κοφανέω- 

Κατάκοίτος,  ov,  {κατά,  κοίτη)  in 
bed,  hence  at  rest,  quiet,  Ibyc.  1. 

Κατακπλ?Μ(.),  ώ,  f.  -r/σω,  (κατά, 
Κο'Λ/.ύω)  to  glue  or  fasten  upon,  inlay, 
CaUix.  ap.  Ath.  205  B. 

Κατάκο?Λος,  ot>,  (κατά,  κόλλα) 
mired  with  glue. 

Κατακολλνβίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {κατά, 
κόλ7.υβος^=  κατακερματίζω. 

Κατακολονθέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (κατά, 
ΰκη'λουθέω)  to  follow  after,  follow,  c. 
dat..  Polyb. :  to  obey.  Pint.     Hence 

ΚατακηλονΟητέον,  adj.  verb.,  one 
must  follow,  Clem.  A  I. 

Κατακηλονω,  strenglhd.  for  κο- 
λ,οΰω,  LXX. 

Κατακολτνίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (κατά.,  κο?.- 
ΊΤίζω)  to  run  into  a  bay  OV  gulf,  κ.  εις 
ΑΙγίναν,  Thiic.  8,  92.     Hence 

Κατακό'/.πίσις,  εως,  ή,  a  putting  into 
a  bay. 

Ιί.ατακολυμβάω,  ώ,  f.  -ησω,  {κατά, 
κολνμιίάω)  to  dive  down,  Arist.  H.  A. 
Hence 

Κατακολνμβητής,  οϋ,  6,  a  diver, 
Arist.  H.  A. 

Κατακομύω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {κατάκο- 
μος)  to  have  or  cherish  long  hair. — Π. 
Met.,  act.  to  cover,  clothe  with  vegeta- 
tion, την  γτ/ν,  Byz. 

ΚατακομΙώ],  ης,  ή.  a  bringing  down, 
esp.  down  to  the  sea-shore,  hence  ex- 
portation, opp.  to  άι•τί?^ηψι,ς,  importa- 
tion. Thuc.  1,  120:  from 

Κατακομίζω,  f.  -ίσω  Att.  -Γώ,  '(,κατά, 
κομίζω)  Ιο  bring  down.  esp.  /rom  the  in- 
land. Thuc.  6.  88  :  but  also  to  bring  to 
land,  like  κα-ύγω,  Dem.  1291,  10. — 
2.  to  bring  into  a  place  of  refuge,  κ.  γυ- 
ναίκας έκ  των  αγρών,  Dem.  379,  20. 
— IJ.  to  bring  back :  mid.  to  come  back, 
return.  Hdn. 

Κατάκημος,  ov,  (κατά.  κόμη)  with 
long  falling  hair,  Eur.  Bacch.  1180: 
also  if  thick  foliage,  Synes. ;  with  long 
thick  grass,  Byz. 

ίΚατακομπέω,  ώ,  strengtbd.  for  κομ- 
τϊέο),  Euseb. 

ΚατακομΦί:ύομαι,  dep.  (κατά.  κομ- 
^Ρενομαι)  to  speak  elegantly  or  boast- 

Κατΰκονά,  άς,  η,^^διαφθαριι,  de- 
struction, κ.  ά3ίοτσς  βίου,  Eur.  Hipp. 
821,  where  others  (with  Schol.)  read 
κατακονα,  from  κατακονάω,  to  de- 
stroy, ruin,  or,  strictly,  to  rub  off  or 
away,  as  is  done  in  whetting  steel, 
for  the  root  can  be  no  other  than 
άκονύω. 

Κατακονδϋ7ύζω,  f.  -ίσω,  strengthd. 
for  κονδυλίζω,  Aeschin.  81,  22. 

Κατακοντίζω,  f.  -ίσω  Att.  -Ιώ, 
{κατά,  ακοντίζω)  to  strike  down  with 
darts,  Hdt.  9,  17. 

Κατάκοπη,  ης,  ή,  (κατακόπτω)  a 
ciUting  dawn,  Theophr. :  a  catting  in 
pieces. 

Κατάκοπος,  ov,  cut  up.  Hence 
much  tired,  very  weary,  Dion.  H.,  cf 
κόπος :  from 

Κατακόπτω,  f.  -■φω:  pass.  fut.  3 
κατσ.κεκόι}ιομαι  in  Xen.  An.  1,  5,  16 
{κατά,  κόπτω).  To  cut  down,  The- 
ophr.: to  cut  in  pieces,  cut  up,  Hdt.  2, 
42,  etc. :  hence  to  kill,  slay.  Id.  1,  207, 
and  Att. — II.  to  strike  or  coin  money, 
Hdt.  3,  96,  cf  Xen.  Hell.  1,  5, 3.— III. 
mid.  to  beat  one's  self,  mourn,  Lat. 
■plangere :  to  pity,  mourn,  because  in 
doing  so  people  beat  their  breasts. 
720 


ΚΑΤΑ 

Κατακορένννμι,  and  -ννω,  fut.  -κο- 
ρέσω,  (κατά,  κορένννμι)  to  satiate. 
Hence 

Κατακορης,  ες,  satiated,  quite  full : 
hence  of  colour*!,/!///,  dark,  Lat.  satur 
ratus,  Plat.  Tim".  68  C,  Theophr. 
Color.  25. — II.  filled  with  one  thing, 
opp.  to  mixed,  hence  unmixed,  sheer, 
like  άκρατος,  and  metaph.  excessive, 
violent,  βήξ,  ερύθημα,  ί>νσις,  etc.  Hipp., 
V.  Foes.  Oecon. — II.  act.  very  satiating, 
and  so  disi;usting,  excessive,  immod- 
erate, troublesome,  παΙ)ρησία,  Plat. 
Phaedr.  240  E.  Adv.  -ρέως,  Hipp. : 
also  neut.  κατακορές,  as  adv. 

Κατακορμίζω,  t.  -ίσω,  to  cut  wood 
into  logs  or  pieces. 

Κατάκορος,  ον,=  κατακορ'ης,  Plut. 
Adv.  -ρωΓ,  to  satiety,  to  excess,  ap. 
Dem.  289',  16. 

Κατακοσμέω,  ω,  f.  -ησω,  (κατά, 
κησμέω)  to  arrange,  order,  set  in  order, 
δόμον,  Od.  22,  440,  in  mid.  ;  κ.  οίστον 
ίπΐ  vevpy,  to  fit  the  arrow  on  the 
string,  II.'  4,  118  :  hence  in  genl.  to  fit 
out, furnish,  adorii,  τινά  Ttvi,oueu'ith 
a  thing,  .\x.  Vesp.  1473:  κατακοσ- 
μονμενης  εις  τι.  all  ready  for  a  thing, 
Plat.  Polit.  273  Α.— II.  to  calm  or  si- 
lence.    Hence 

Κατακόσμησις,  εως.  η,  an  arranging, 
ordering,  order.  Plat.  Polit.  271  E. 

ίΚατάκοσμος,  ov,  in  order ;  adorned, 
θρόνοι,  A  pp. 

Κατακοττΰβίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  τινός,  to 
play  the  κότταβος  at  a  banquet  in.  hon- 
our of  a  guest,  giving  his  name  at  the 
same  time,  like  our  drinking  of 
healths,  Ar.  Fr.  207.^ 

Κατάκονσις,  εως,  ή,  a  hearing,  Arr. 
[ά]  ;  and 

Κατακονστης,  ov,  6,  a  listener :  from 

Κατάκονο),  f.  -σομαι,  (κατά.  άκονω) 
to  hear  and  obey,  be  subject  to  any  one, 
TLvi,  Hdt.  3.  88,  also  τινός,  Dem.  15, 
29  :  cf  κατί/κοος. — II.  to  listen  or 
hearken  secretly  to  any  one,  and  in 
genl.  to  listen,  hearken  or  give  ear  to 
one,  τινός.  Plat.  Prot.  314  C  ;  in  genl. 
to  hear,  Thuc.  3,  22. 

Κατακράζω,  fut.  -κεκράξομαι,  {κα- 
τά, κράζω)  to  cry  down,  outdo  in  cry- 
ing, τινά,  Ar.  Eq.  287. 

Κατάκρας,  Ion.  κατάκρης,  adv.  for 
/car'  άκρας.  Ion.  κατ'  άκρης,  (as  it  is 
always  now  written  in  Hom.)  from 
above,  from  top  to  bottom,  i.  e.  utterly, 
V.  άκρα  and  κατά  I.  1.  Cf  κατάκρη- 
θεν. 

Κατάκρΰσις,  εως,  ή,=κατακέρα- 
σις.  Plut. 

K(zra/cpU7itj,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {κατά, 
κρατέω)  to  prevail  over,  subdue,  con- 
quer, overpower,  master,  c.  gen.,  Polyb., 
etc. ;  but  also  c.  ace.  Plat.  Legg. 
789  D;  absol.  in  Hdt.  7,  168:  also'io 
win,  possess,  τι. — II.  intr.  to  prevail, 
become  current,  Hdt.  7,  129.     Hence 

Κατακράτησις,  εως,  ή,  a  subduing, 
[ΰ] :  and 

Κατακρατητικός,  ή,  όν,  able  to  ,to6- 
due  or  check,  τινός. 

Κατακρύτος,  adv.  for  /caret  κρά- 
τος, by  fire,  by  storm. 

Κατακρανγάζω,  f.  -ύσω,  =  κατα- 
κράζω. 

Κατακρέμαμαι,  as  pass.,  to  hang 
down,  Hdt.  4,  72,  Cratin.  Plut.  1  :  v. 
sq. 

Κατακρεμάνννμι,  also  -νύω,  fut. 
-κρεμάσω,  (κατά,  κρεμάνννμι)  to  hang 
to  or  upon,  hang  up,  Hdt.  2,  121,  3  :  in 
H.  Hom.  27,  16,  it  is  used  in  a  mid. 
signf,  κατακρεμάσασα  τόξα,  having 
hung  the  bow  on.  herself.  Pass,  to 
hangdoivn,  Theophr. ,c{.  foreg.  Hence 

Κατακρέίΐαστος,  ov,  hung  up,  hang- 
ing, Theopkr. 


ΚΑΤΑ 

Κατακρεονργέω,  ώ,  f.  -ησω,  {κατά, 

κρεονργέω)  to  hew  or  hack  in  pieces, 
strictly  as  a  fmfrher  does  meat,  Hdt. 
7,  181,  cf.  Xanlh.  p.  185. 

Κατάκρηθεν  or  κατακρήθεν,  adv. 
from  top  to  bottom,  from  I  lie  top  or  head, 
Od.  11,  588,  H.  Hom.  Cer.  182,  Hes. 
Th.  574.  Metaph.  from  head  to  foot, 
entirely,  utterly,  'Τρώας  κ.  λάβε  πέν- 
θος, II.  10,  548:  like  κατ'  άκρης,  cf 
άκρα  and  κατά  Ι.  1.  (Usu.  taken  for 
κατ'  άκρηθεν^=κατ'  άκρης  :  but  more 
proh.  for  κατά  κρΐ/θεν,  which  is  found 
in  Hes.  Sc.  7,  with  άπό,  as  an  old  Ep. 
gen.  of  *κράς,  head ;  and  Voss.  H. 
Hom.  Cer.  182,  would  write  it  divi- 
sim.  As  for  the  sense,  the  deriv.  is 
indifferent.) 

Κατακρημί'άμαι,  as  pass.,=  /fara- 
κρέμαμαι,  to  hatig  suspended,  Hipp., 
and  Ar.  Nub.  377. 

Κατακρημάομαι,  as  pass.,=  foreg., 
H.  Hom.  6,  39. 

Κατακρημνίζω,  ΐ.  -ίσω,  (κατά,  κρημ• 
νίζω)  to  throw  doum  a  precipice,  throw 
headlong  down,  Xen.  Hell.  2,  1,  31. 
Pass,  to  be  so  thrown,  Id.  Cyr.  8,  3,  41. 
Hence 

Κατακρημνιστής,  ov,  ό,  one  who 
throws  headlong  down. 

Κατάκρημνος,  ov,  (κατά,  κρημνός) 
steep  and  rugged,  Batr.  151. 

Κατάκρης,  adv.  Ion.  for  κατάκρας. 
q.  v. 

Κατακρίβόω,  ώ,  strengthd. for  ά/c- 
ριβόω. 

Κατάκρϊμα,  ατός,  τό,  condemnation, 
sentence,  Dion.  Η. :  from 

Κατακρίνω,  f.  -κρίνω,  (κατά,  κρί- 
νω) to  give  judgment  against,  condemn, 
sentence,  strictly  like  καταγιγνώσκω, 
τί  τίνος,  as.  κ.  θάνατον  τίνος,  Isocr. 
11  C  ;  but  also  c.  dat.  pers.,  κ.  θάνα- 
τον τινι.  Hdt.  2,  133,  cf  7,  146  ;  and 
c.  inf.  pro  ace.  rei,  Hdt.  6,  85 :  also 
c.  ace.  pers.  Luc.  :  hence  in  pass.  c. 
inf  to  he  condemned  to  be  or  do,  Pind. 
Fr.  110.     Hence 

Κατακρίσιμος,  ov,  condemned ;  oi  κ., 
convicts.  Arr.  [i] 

Κατάκρΐσις,  εως,  ή,  condemnation, 
LXX. 

Κατάκρΐτος,  οι•,  condemned,  sen- 
tenced, Diod. 

Κατακροαίνω,  to  trample  on. 

Κατακροάομαι,  f.  -άσομαι  [ΰ],  dep. 
mid.,  strengthd.  for  άκροάομαι,  to 
listen  to,  τί  τίνος,  Eupoi.  Prosp.  4. 

Κατακροτάλίζω.  f.  -ίσω,  (κατά, 
κροταλίζω)  to  make  a  loud  rattling 
noise.  Call.  Dian.  247. 

Κατακροτέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (κατά. 
κροτέω)  to  strike  hard :  to  applaud 
loudly,  LXX. 

Κατάκροτος,  ov,  (κατά,  κρότος) 
noisy,  Heliod. 

Κατακροννίζω,  f.  -ισω,  (κατά,  κρον- 
νίζω)  to  make  to  trickle  or  drop  down. 
Archestr.  ap.  Ath.  320  Β  :  pass,  to 
drop  or  trickle,  Diog.  L. 

Κατάκρονσις,  εως,  ή,  (κατακρονω) 
a  knocking  dmvn  :  also  a  falling,  tot- 
tering, Arist.  Probl. 

Κατακρονστικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging 
to,  fitted  for  knocking  or  keeping  down, 
hence,  κ.  οίνος,  a  wine  ivhich  coun- 
teracts the  heat  of  another,  Arist. 
Prob.  3,  18  :  from 

Κατακρονω,  (κατά,  κρούω)  to  knock, 
beat  down,  beat  :  esp. — 1.  to  strike  uith 
a  knife  or  lancet,  hence  to  open  a  sore, 
lance,  Hipp.— 2.  to  beat,  tinkle  copper 
pans,  etc.,  in  order  to  entice  bees. 
Plat.  Legg.  843  E. 

Κατακρνπτω,  f.  -ψω.  (κατά,  κρύ- 
πτω) to  hide,  hide  away,  keep  hidden, 
Hom.  ;  Hes.  has  syncop.  part,  κακ- 
κρυπτών.  Op.  469. — II.  intr.  to  hide 


ΚΑΤΑ 

one's  self,  Od.  7,  205  :  metaph.  to  dis- 
semble,  "Od.  4,  247.     Hence 

Κατακβϋφή,   ης,  ή,=κα-άκρνφις : 

metaph.  a  subterfuge.  Soph.  O.  C.  218. 

Κατακρύφω,=κα-ακρύπτω,  Q.  Sm. 

Κατάκρυφις,  εως,  ή,  a  hiding :  me- 
taph. dissirmdation. 

Κατακρώζοι,  f.  -κρώςω,  {κατά, 
κρώζω)  to  croak  at,  Hke  ravens  and 
jackdaws,  c.  ace,  Ar.  Eq.  1020. 

Κατακτάαεν  and  -κτάμεναί,  Ep. 
inf.  aor.  2  act.  of  κατακτείνω,  11. 

iKaruKTaviu,  Ep.  fut.  from  κατα- 
κτείνω. 

Κατακτύομαι,  fut.  -κτήσομαι,  {κα- 
τά, κτάομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  get  for  one's 
self  entirely  or  certainly,  in  genl.  to  get, 
and  in  past  tenses,  to  have,  Soph.  Aj. 
768, 1256,  and  Plat. — II.  metaph.  to  win 
over  to  one's  self,  τινά,  Ael. 

Κατακτάς,  Ep.  part.  aor.  2  act.  of 
κατακτείνυ,  Horn. :  pass,  κατακτά- 
μένος,  Od. 

Κατακτεΰτίζω,  f.  -ίσο,  strengthd. 
for  κτεατίζω  :  mid.  =  κατακτύομαι. 
Αρ.  Rh. 

Κατακτείνω,  fut.  -κτενύ.  Ion.  -κτά- 
νώ,  and  in  Horn,  -κτάνέω :  aor.  κα- 
τέκτεινα  and  κατέκτανον,  poet,  κα- 
τεκταν,  ας,  a,  inf  κατακτάμεν  and 
κατακτάμεναι,  ^3.\t.  κατακτάς:  aor. 
pass,  κατεκτάθι/ν,  poet,  κατεκτύμην, 
part,  κατακτάμενος,  Od. :  κάκτανε, 
Ep.  imperat.  aor.  2  act.  for  κατακτά- 
νε, II.  6,  164:  (Horn,  uses  all  the 
aor.  forms,  as  his  verse  requires.) 
perf  κατέκτονα,  Aesch.  Euin.  587. 
To  kill,  slay,  murder,  freq.  in  Horn., 
and  Trag.,  also  in  Hdt.  2,  75. 

Κατακτενίζω,  1.  -ίαω,  (κατά,  κτεν- 
ίζω)  to  comb  or  dress  carefully,  Duris 
ap.  Ath.  525  E.     Hence 

Κατακτενισμός,  οϋ,  ό,  careful  comb- 
ing. 

Κατάκτενος,  ov,  (κατά,  κτείς)  care- 
fully combed  or  dressed. 

Κατάκτης,  ου,  ό,  {ιίατάγννμι)  a 
breaker. — II.  («artiyu),  a  conductor: 
fern,  κατύκτρια. 

Κατάκτησις,  εως,  ή,  (κατακτάομαι) 
α  getting,  getting  possession  of,  τίνος 
Polyb. 

Κατακτάς,  η,  όν,  (κατάγννμι)  easily 
broken,  frail,  Arist.  Meteor. — II.  (κα- 
τάγω) to  be  sunk,  let  down,  esp.  ot  one 
kind  of  κόττα3ος,  Pherecr.  Ipn.  9,  cf 
Ath.  667  E.    ■        ^ 

Κατάκτρια,  ας,  ή,  fem.  of  κατύκτης 
in  both  signfs. 

Κατακτϋττέω,  ώ,  ί.  -τ/συ,  (κατά,  κτυ- 
ίΤεω)  to  make,  a  loud  noise,  roar,  bluster. 

Κατακν3ενω,  {κατά,  κυ3ενω)  to 
lose  in  dicing,  gamble  away,  Lys.  142, 
16:  in  Pass,  to  be  gambled  away, 
Aeschin.  13,  34. 

Κατακϋβιστάω,  ΰ,  f.  -ήσω,  (κατά, 
κνβιστάω)  to  turn  head  over  heels,  throw 
a  summerset,  Ael. 

Κατακνδρόω,  ώ,  strengthd.  for  κυ- 
δρόω. 

Κατακνκάω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (κατά,  κυ- 
κάω)  to  melt  and  mix,  Hipp. 

Κατακνκ7,όω,  ώ,  to  encompass,  LXX: 
also  m  mid.,  Plut. 

Κατακνλινύέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήαω.  Die  C  ; 
and  κατακϋλίνδω,=  8(ΐ. 

Κατακΰ/Λω,  f.  -ίσω,  (κατά,  κυλίω) 
to  roll  down,  Dion.  H.  :  pass,  to  be  rolled 
or  thrown  down  or  off,  Hdt.  1,  81  ;  5, 
16.  [I] 

Κατακνμάτόω,  u,iocover  withtvaves. 

Κατακνμ3ΰλίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (κατά, 
κνμβα'/,ίζω)  to  delight  or  stun  by  play- 
ing cymbals,  cf.  καταν7ιέω. 

Κατακυτττάζω,  f.  -άσω,  frequentat. 
from  κατακνπτω,  Sophronap.  Schol. 
Ar.  Ach.  263. 

Κατακύτΐτω,  f.  -ψω,  (κατά,  κνπτω) 
46 


ΚΑΤΑ 

to  bend  down,  stoop,  II.  16,  611 ;  17,527  : 
later  esp.  to  bend  down,  so  as  to  look  or 
peep  into  a  thing,  Luc. 

Κατακυριεύω,  strengthd.  for  κυρι- 
εύω, LXX. 

Κατακνρόω,  ώ,  (κατά,  κυρόω)  to 
confirm,  ratify.  Soph.  Ant.  936 :  esp. 
to  confirm  a  purchase  at  an  auction, 
to  knock  down  to  one,  Joseph. :  but  κα- 
τακυρωθείς, c.  ξ^-ί\.,=κατακριθείς, 
co/irfcmnedio  something,  Eur.  Or.  1013. 

Κατακυρτόω,  ώ,  strengthd.  for  κυρ- 
τόω. 

Κατακωκνω,  to  bewail. 

Κατακω?.ύω,  {κατά,  κωλύω)  to  kin- 
der from  doing,  c.  ace.  et  inf,  Simon. 
117;  to  detain,  keep  back,  τινά,  Dam. 
1248,  1  :  also  in  pass.,  c.  gen.  rei,  Id. 
896,  20.     [On  the  quantity  v.  κωλύω.] 

Κατακωμάζω,  ί.  -άσω,  (κατά,  κωμά- 
ζω)  to  burst  riotously  in  upon,  like  είς- 
κωμάζω,  κ.  δώματι,  Eur.  Phoen.  352. 

Κατακωχή,ής,  ή,  (κατέχω,  κατοχή) 
α  keeping  hold  of,  seizing  :  but  usu. — 
II.  pass,  a  being  seized  ov  possessed,  esp. 
bv  divine  inspiration,  as  we  say  pos- 
session. Plat.  Ion  536  C,  Phaedr.  245 
A,  ubi  nunc  Att.  κατοκωχή,  of  ανα- 
κωχή.    Hence 

Κατακώχιμος,  ov,  capable  of  being 
held,  seized  or  possessed,  esp.  by  a  feel- 
ing or  passion,  ί'-ό  τίνος,  Arist.  Pol., 
εκ  τίνος,  Id.  Eth.  N.,  τινί,  Id.  H.  A. : 
hence  susceptible,  inclined,  ττρός  τι.  Id. 
Pol. — II.  held  tn  pledge,  prob.  1.,  Isae. 
Menecl.  ^  35,  Bekk.,  ubi  dim  κατό- 
χιμον. 

Κατάλ.αβρος,  ov,  strengthd.  for  λάβ- 
ρος, Eupol.  Χρυσ.  9. 

Κατα?ιαγνεύω,  to  be  very  lewd. 

Κατα/Μγχάνω,  (κατά,  ?ιαγχάνω) 
to  hold  possession  of,  τι,  Ael. 

Κατΰ?ί,αζονεύομαί,  (κατά,  άλαζο- 
νεύομαι)  dep.  mid,  :  to  boast  or  brag 
largely,  τϊερί  τίνος,  Isocr.  311  Β  :  ττρός 
τίνα,  Dem.  569,  9  ;  κ.  τινός,  to  boast 
against  one,  LXX. 

Καταλΰλέω,  ώ,  (κατά,  λαλέω)  to 
babble  or  blab,  τινί  τι,  Ar.  Ran.  752. — 
II.  to  talk  down,  talk  or  rail  at,  slander, 
τινά,  Polyb.,  τινός,  Diod.,  κατά  τί- 
νος, LXX. :  and 

Κατα/.ά/.ιά,  ΰς,  ή,  evil  report,  slan- 
der, N.  T. :  from 

Κατάλά7.ος,  ov,  slanderous,  N.  T. 

Καταλαμβάνω,  f.  -λ.ή-φομαι  Ion. 
-λάμφομαι,  (κατά,  λαμβάνω)  to  seize 
upon,  take  possession  of,  lay  hold  of, 
Lat.  occuparc,  Hdt.  5,  71,  etc. ;  in  mid. 
to  seize  for  one's  self,  Hdt.  6,  39  ;  esp. 
topre-occupy,  lb.  55. — II.  to  grasp,  seize 
or  catch  holdof,  esp. — 1.  to  hold  down,  in 
OX  back,  keep  doicn  OTunder,  check,  Wess. 
Hdt.  1,  46  :  εαυτόν,  Hdt.  3,  30  :  hence 
also  to  put  an  end  to,  stop,  κ.  διαφοράς, 
Valck.  Hdt.  7,  9,  2,  cf  3,  128.— 2.  to 
bind ;  and  metaph.,  κ.  όρκίοις,  Lat. 
jurcjurando  adstrin sere ,obligare ,  to  hind 
by  oath,  Hdt.  9,  106  ;  so,  κ.  νόμοις  και 
εθεσι,  Arist.  Pol. :  σττονδάς  εύρον  κα- 
τειλημμένος, they  found  the  treaty 
concluded,  Thuc.  5,  21. — 3.  to  find 
guilty,  convict,  condemn,  Antipho  120, 
26,  opp.  to  ά-ο7.ύειν,  Id.  129,  5. — III. 
to  catch,  overtake,  come  up  with,  Hdt.  1, 
63,  etc. :  hence  to  surprise,  detect,  and 
in  genl.  to  find,  κ.  τινά  ζώντα,  Hdt.  3, 
10,  cf  Thuc.  8,  63,  65,  Eur.  Cycl. 
2G0  :  hence — 2.  of  events,  to  come  upon, 
befal,  happen  to  one,  Hdt.  2,66;  3,42, 
etc.:esp.impers.,/ca7aZa/i,Jui'et-ii'a, 
it  happens  to  one,  c.  inf,  τούτον  κατέ- 
λα3ε  κεϊσθαι,  Hdt.  2,  152,  cf  3,  65, 
118,  etc.,  like  the  Att.  συμβαίνει  μοι : 
also  absol.  to  happen,  τα  καταλαβόντα 
=  τά  συμβάντα,  what  had  happened,  the 
circumstances,  Hdt.  9,  49,  cf.  Thuc.  2, 
54;    4,    31. — 3.    καταλαμβάνει    την 


ΚΑΤΑ 

7τό?.ιν,  it  concerns  the  state,  Wyttenb. 
Ep.  Cr.  p.  201.— The  perf  pass,  is 
also  used  in  act.  signf.  in  Diod.  17,  85. 
Hence 

Κατα/Μμπτέος,  έα,  έον,  verb,  adj., 
Ion.  for  καταληπτέος,  to  be  checked  or 
stopped,  Hdt.  3,  127. 

Καταλάμπο),  f.  -λάμφω,  (κατά, 
7.άμ~ω)  to  light,  shine  upon,  τινός 
Plat.  Rep.  508^D  ; also τί,  Plut. :  absol. 
to  shine,  Seidl.  Eur.  El.  581,  which  is 
the  usu.  signf  of  pass,  καταλάαττομαι, 
e.  g.  Eur.  Tro.  1070,  Ion  87.    Hencu 

ΚατάλΜμψις,  εως,  ή,  α  reflection. 
Iambi. 

Κατά7.αψις,  εως,  ή,  Dor.  for  κατά- 
7ιηψις. 

Κατα7.γέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (κατά,  ά7.- 
γέω)  to  suffer  very  much,  feel  sore  pain. 
Soph.  Phil.  368  ;  also  in  Polyb. 

Κατα7.γύνω,  to  grieve  or  pain  very 
much. 

Κατα7,εαίνω,  (κατά,  λεαίνω)  to 
make  quite  smooth,  rub  smooth,  Clem. 
Al. 

Κατάλεγμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  mourning- 
song,  dirge,  Eccl. 

Κατα/.έγω,  f  -λέξω :  aor.  pass,  κα- 
τε7.έχθην,  or  more  usu.  in  Att.  κατε- 
λέγιιν,  Piers.  Moer.  p.  207,  sq.  To 
lay  down,  put  to  bed,  only  in  the  oldest 
poets,  freq.  in  Horn. :  riiostly  in  mid., 
to  lie  down,  go  to  bed,  in  genl.  to  lie, 
sleep,  with  aor.  1  κατε7ιεξάμΐ]ν  :  Hom. 
more  freq.  uses  in  this  signf  κατε- 
λέκτο,  3  sing,  of  syncop.  aor.  κατε- 
7ίέγμην,  part,  κατα/.έγμενος,  Od.,  inf 
κατα/.έχθαι,  Od. — II.  to  pick  out,  choose 
out  of  many,  των  χρησμών,  Hdt.  7, 
6  :  hence — 2.  esp.  to  choose  as  soldiers, 
levy,  enlist,  enrol,  κ.  στρατιώτας,  όπλί- 
τας,  first  in  Ar.  Ach.  1065,  Lys.  394 ; 
c.  inf,  K.  τινά  ίττττοτροφεϊν.  Xen. 
Hell.  3,  4,  15 :  also  in  mid.,  Thuc.  7, 
31 :  cf  κατάλογος. — ΠΙ.  to  tell,  count 
up,  recount,  go  over  at  length  and  in 
order,  freq.  in  Horn.,  always  in  fut.  or 
aor.  1  act.  κατέ7.εξα,  freq.  with  ευ 
and  άτρεκέως  ■  also  κατα/.έξει  τινά, 
will  recount  about  one,  Od.  4,  832  :  to 
go  over  his  pedigree,  like  γενεα/.ογέω, 
Hdt.  6,  53. — 2.  to  count,  reckon  SO  and 
so,  Xen.  An.  2,  6,  27,  Plat.,etc.— This 
is  the  usu.  signf  in  Att. :  cf  λέγω. 

Κατα/.είβω,  ί.  -Φω,  (κατά,  7.είβω)  to 
pour  down,  let  drop,  absol.  to  shed  tears, 
Eur.  Andr.  131,  like  κατατήκω.  Mid. 
and  pass,  to  pour  itself  down,  run  or 
drop  down,  II.  18,  109,  Hes.  Th.  786. 

Κατάλειμμα,  ατός,  τό.  (κατα7.εί—ω) 
a  remnant,  the  remains,  Galen. 

Κατα/.είητέον,  verb.  adj.  from  κα- 
τα7.εί~ω,  one  must  leave  behind,  Clem. 
Al. 

Κατά7χ.ειπτος,  ov,  (κατα7^είφω) 
anointed,  τινί,  with  a  thing,  Ar.  Eq. 
1332.  [a] 

Karct/eiTTOf ,  ov,  left  behind :  from 

Κατα7,εί-ω,ί.  -ψω :  also  Ep.  syncop. 
κα7ά.εί-ω,  ί.  κα7.7^είιΙ'ω,  aor.  κά7.λι- 
πον,  all  in  Hom.  (κατά,  λείττω.)  To 
leave  behind,  and  so — I.  to  leave  as  an 
'  heritage,  esp.  of  persons  dying  or  going 
into  a  far  country,  II.  10,  238  ;  14,  89, 
and  in  Att. :  in  mid.  to  leave  behind  one, 
Hdt.  3,  34. — II.  to  forsake,  abandon, 
esp.  of  fugitives,  Horn.,  7:ο7.7.ους  κα- 
τα7ίείιΙιομεν,  we  shall  leave  many  upon 
the  field, ^  II.  12,226;  also  c.  inf.  κ. 
'έ7.ωρ  καΐ  κύρμα  γενέσθαι,  Od.  3, 271  ; 
hence  to  leave,  give  up  to  another,  τινί 
τι,  II.  2,  160,  Od.  3,  271.— III.  toleave 
remaining,  and  so  to  suffer,  allow,  like 
7ί.εί;τω  and  έάω,  c.  inf,  Xen.  Mem.  3, 
2,  4 ;  mid.,  κατα7.εί—εσθαι  έαντω,  to 
reserve  for  one's  self,  lb.  1,  1,  8. 

Καταλειτουργέω,    ώ,    ί.   -j/σω,    to 
spend  all  one's  substance  in  bearing  the 
721 


ΚΑΤΑ 

ρτώΐίο  burdens  {λείτονργίαι),  Dein. 
956.  20. 

Καταλείψω,  f.  -ψω,  (κατά,  άλήώω) 
to  smear  or  ηώ  on,  τι,  Arist.  Η.  Α. — II. 
to  besmear,  rub  with,  τίνί,  Ael. 

Κατάλειψίς,  εος,  ή,  (καταλείπω) 
α  leaving  behind,  Plat.  Phaedr.  257  Ε. 
— \\.^=καταλείμμα,  LXX. 

Καταΐεκτέον,  verb.  adj.  from  /ca- 
ταλέγΐύ,  one  imist  choose  or  count, 
Eupol.  Ant.  3,  in  plur. — II.  κατα'λεκ- 
τέος,  έα,  έον,  to  be  chosen.  Plat.  Legg. 
9G8C. 

Κατύλεξις,  εως,  ή,  a  choosing,  levy- 
ing, App.         .,      ,      ,   ^     , 

Καταλεπτολογεω,  ω,  ι.  -ησω,  to  re- 
fine away  to  nothing  by  subtle  talk,  κ. 
■πνευμόνων  πο7.υν  πόνον,  Ar.  Ran. 
828. 

Καταλεπτννω,  {κατά,  λεπτννω) 
to  make  very  thin,  Hipp. 

Καταλενκαίνω,  to  make  quite  white, 
whitewash. 

Κατα?.ενκόω,  6i,=foreg. 

Καταλενσιμος,  ov,  worthy  to  be 
stoned,  Lycurg.  ap.  Suid.,  etc. :  from 

Καταλεΰω,  (κατά,  λενω)  to  stone  to 
<?eai/i,Hdt.  1,167,  etc.— II.inHesych., 
to  condemn  to  work  in  mines. 

Καταλέω,  ώ,  i.  -έσω,  {κατά,  άλέω) 
to  grind  down,  grind  to  powder,  κατά 
πνρον  άλεσσαν,  Od.  20,  109,  Hdt.  4, 
172. 

Καταλήγω,  f.  -ξω,  (κατά,  λήγω)  to 
leave  off,  end,  stop,  Aesch.  Ag.  1479  : 
to  leave  off  or  stop  at  a  point,  ποί  κα- 
ταλ.ήξει  μένος  άτης  ;  Id.  Cho.  1075  ; 
also  κ.  εν  .  .  Plut.,  εΙς  or  έπί .  .  Diod., 
περί  .  •  Plut. — II.  transit,  to  make  an 
end  of,  finish,  Diod.  14,  84. 

Καταλήθομαί,  {κατά,ληθομαι)  dep. 
mid.,  to  forget  utterly,  τινός,  II.  22, 
389. 

Καταλη'ίζομαι,  f.  -ΐσομαι,  dep.  mid., 
to  plunder. 

Καταληκτικός,  ή,  όν,  {καταλήγω) 
leaving  off,  stopping :  τυ  κ.  was  α  verse 
that  had  its  last  foot  incomplete,  cf. 
βραχνκατύλ.ηκτος  and  νπερκατά?.ΐ}κ- 
τος.  Adv.  -κώς,  so  as  to  want  some- 
thing more,  niggardly,  M.  Anton. 

Κατύλ?]ξις,  εως,  ?/,  {καταλήγω)  an 
ending,  close.  Long. :  esp.  the  last  syl- 
lable of  a  verse,  Dion.  H. 

Κατα?.ηπτέος,  έα,  έον,  verb.  adj. 
from  κατα?Μμ:3ύνω,  to  be  seized  or  oc- 
cupied, Plut. :  Ion.  κaτa?.aμπτέoς,q.  v. 

Κα-αλ/;7Γ7ίΛ:όζ•,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to, 
filled  for  grasping  or  checking,  able  to 
keep  down,  c.  gen.,  Ar.  Eq.  1380.— 2. 
of  the  mind,  comprehensive,  perceptive, 
K.  φαντασία,  freq.  in  later  philosoph. 
writers,  as  Plut.,  Diog.  L.,  etc.  Adv. 
-κώς,  comprehensively ,  Clem.  Al. — II. 
liable  lo  κατύλ^ηψις,  cataleptic,  Medic. : 
from 

Καταληπτός,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from 
καταλ.αμβάνω.  to  be  grasped  or  seized, 
within  reach.  Thuc.  3,  11. — 2.  to  be 
comprehended  or  understood,  compre- 
hensible, Cic.  Q.  Acad.  1,  11,  41.— II. 
trans,  seizing,  falling  suddenly  upon,  of 
the  nature  of  catalepsy,  Hipp. :  nence, 
πένθος  θεόθεν  κατα'ληπτύν,  gnef  that 
f^lls  on  us  from  the  gods.  Eur.  Hipp. 
1347. 

Καταληρέω,  ώ,  ί.-ήσω,  {κατά,ληρέω) 
ίο  chatter  away,  lose  by  idle  talking,  τι, 
Eubul.  Cere.  I. — II.  to  chatter  at  one, 
overpower  one  with  talk,  τινός,  Julian. 

ΚαταλήτΡιμος,  ov,  to  be  seized  and 
condemned,  opp.  to  άπολύσιμος,  An- 
tiphon  129,  4  :  from 

Κατάλ?/ψΐΓ,  εως,  ή,  (,καταλαμβά- 
νω)  α  grasping,  seizing,  gaining,  win- 
ning, εν  καταλή-\Ι>ει  είναι,  to  be  with- 
in reach,  Thuc.  3,  33  ;  κ.  χωρίων,  a 
taking  possession  of  places  or  coun- 
722 


ΚΑΤΑ 

tries,  Plat.  Gorg.  455  B,  Rep.  526  D. 

— 2.  in  Stoic  philosophy,  comprehen- 
sion, perception,  hal. comprchcnsio,  Cic. 
Fin.  3,  5, — II.  a  seizing,  attacking,  as- 
saulting, Ar.  Nub.  318,  cf.  καταληπ- 
τικός :  esp. — 2.  α  suddni  attack  of 
sickness,  catalepsy,  v.  FOes.  Oecon. 
Hipp. 

Καταλΐβύζω,  f.  -ύσω,=  καταλιθόω. 

Καταλΐθοβολέω,  ώ,  ΐ.  -ήσω,  {κατά, 
λιβοβολέω)  to  throw  stones  at,  stone, 
LXX. 

Κατύλιθος,  ov,  {κατά,  λύθος)  full 
of  stones,  set  with  precious  stones,  LXX. 

Καταλιθόω,  ω,  {κατά,  λιθόω)  to 
stone  to  death,  Pausan. 

Καταλιμπύνω,^^καταλείπω,ΐΙίρ'ρ.; 
Antiph.  Anteia  2. 

Κατα?ΰ7ϊαίνω,  f.  -άνω,  to  make  very 
fat. 

Καταλΐπάρέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {κατά, 
λιπαρέω)  to  entreat  earnestly,  Luc. 

Καταλιχμάομαι,  dep.,  to  lick  up, 
Sext.  Emp. 

Καταλιίχνενω,  to  spend  in  eating. 

Καταλλάγδην,  adv.  {καταλλάσσω) 
reciprocally. 

Καταλλαγή,  ης,  ή,  {καταλ.λάσσω) 
excAa/igc,  esp.  of  money,  Arist.  Oecon. : 
also  the  profits  of  the  money-changer, 
Dem.  1216,"  18,  Diphil.  ap.  Ath.  225 
B. — II.  α  change  from  enmity  to  friend- 
ship, reconciliation,  Aesch.  Theb.  767, 
Dem.  10,  15,  in  plur. ;  also,  κ-  πολέ- 
μου, Ar.  Αν.  1588,  cf  όιαλλ.αγή. 

Καταλλακτήριος,  ία,  ιον,  given  in 
exchange. — II.  reconciling,  Philo. 

Καταλλάκτης,  ov,  6,  {καταλλάσσω) 
amoney-changer . — II.  α  reconciler,  a  me- 
diator, Joseph.     Hence 

Καταλλακτικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to 
or  fitted  for  reconciling :  easily  recon- 
ciled, placable,  Arist.  Rhet. 

Καταλι-λάσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  f.  -άξω, 
{κατά,  άλλάσσω)  to  change,  exchange, 
give  in  exchange,  τι  προς  τι,  one  thing 
for  another,  mostly  in  mid.,  e.  g.  Plat. 
Phaed.  69  A  ;  in  mid.  also  to  change 
money,  Matreas  ap.  Ath.  19  D,  with  a 
play  on  signf  II :  also  to  change  or 
giveaway,  Dinarch.  Ill,  8,  in  mid.: 
K.  τον  β'ίον,  to  leave  life,  Ael. — II.  to 
change  a  person /rom  i-nmity  to  friend- 
ship, reconcile,  Hdt.  5,  29,  95  :  also  in 
mid.,  καταλ^,λύσσεσθαι  την  εχθρην 
τινί,  to  make  up  one's  enmities  \vith 
any  one,  Hdt.  1,  61,  cf  7,  145.  Pass, 
c.  aor.  κατηλλάχθην  or  κατηλλΛγην, 
(the  former  preferred  by  Trag.,  the 
latter  in  prose),  to  become  reconciled, 
προς  TLva  or  τινί,  e.  g.  Eur.  I.  A. 
1157;  so,  θεοίς  καταλΜιττεσθαι  χό- 
λου, Soph.  Aj.  744,  cf  όιαλ7.άσσω. 

ΚατάλλιΡ.ος,  ov,  {κατά,  α/Μ/λων) 
set  over  against  one  another,  coirelative  : 
hence  correspondent,  suitable,  Dion. 
H.  ;  opp.  to  παράλλ.ηλ.ος.  Adv.  -λ.ως, 
also  κατάλληλα,  Polyb.    Hence 

Καταλ?.7]λότης,  ητος,  η,  a  corre- 
spondency, •■i-uitablcncss. 

Κατάλοάω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {κατά,  ΰλ.ο- 
ύω)  to  crush  in  pieces,  make  an  end  of, 
c.  ace,  Xen.  Cyr.  7,  1,  31,  Eubul. 
Κΰγ.  1,  5. 

Καταληγύδην,  adv.  {κατά,  λόγος) 
by  ivay  of  conversation,  in  prose,  δ.  σνγ- 
γρύφειν,  διηγεΐσθαι,  Plat.  Symp.  177 
Β,  Lys.  204  D.  [ο] 

Καταλογενς,  έως,  δ,  (καταλέγω  Ύ) 
one  who  chooses  and  enrols  citizens  for 
public  service,  Lys.  159,  9. 

Κατΰλ.ογέω,  ώ,  v.  sub  κατηλ^ογέω. 

Καταλογή,  ης,  ή,  {καταλέγω  V)  α 
choosing  and  enrolling  in  classes,  Polyb. 

Κατα/.ογία,  ας,  ή,  v.  1.  fur  κατα/Μ- 
χεια. 

Καταλογίζομαι,  fut.  -ίσομαι  Att. 
-ΐονμαι,  (κατά,  'λογίζομαι)  dep.  mid. : 


ΚΑΤΑ 

to  count  up,  reckon,  consider,  Xen.  An. 
5,  6,  16:  K-  Ti  προς  τίνα,  to  reckon, 
impute  it  to  him,  Dem.  78,  7. — II.  to 
count  or  reckon  among,  Lat.  annume- 
rare,  εν  τισι,  Xen.  Mem.  2,  2,  1. — III. 
to  recount  in  order,  App.     Hence 

Καταλογισμός,  ov,  ό,  a  counting  up, 
reckoning,  recounting,  LXX. 

Κατάλογος,  ov,  b,  (καταλ.έγω)  a 
counting  up,  enrollment ;  esp.  the  li.it  of 
persons  appointed  to  bear  soine  public 
burden,  as  to  serve  in  the  urjny,  hence, 
Oi  'εκ  καταλόγου,  those  on  the  list  for 
service,  Thuc.  6,  43;  7,  16;  also,  οι 
ti^  καταλόγφ,  Xen.  Hell.  2,  4,  9  ;  oi 
νπερ  τον  κ-,  the  superannuated,  Lat. 
emeriti,  Dem.  167,  17:  κατα'λόγονς 
ποιεΐσθαι,  to  make  up  the  lists  for 
service,  Lat.  delictum  habere,  Thuc.  6, 
26. 

Κατάλοιάω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,=καταλοά(ύ. 

Κατάλοιπος,  ov,  (κατά.  λοιπός)  left 
remaining,  Plat.  Tim.  39  E,  Arist., 
etc. 

ΚατάλΜκίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {κατά,  άλ.οκί- 
ζω)  to  cut  into  furrows,  Eur.  Supp.  826, 
in  tmesis. 

ΚαταλΜνω,  strengtbd.  for  λούω. 
Mid.  to  spend  in  bathing,  κ.  τον  βίβν, 
Ar.  Nub.  838. 

Καταλοφάδια,  adv.  {κατά,  λόφος) 
=:κατα  λ.όφσν,  on  the  rieck,  Od.  10, 
169.  [τά  and  I  in  Od.  metri  grat.  cf. 
σνβύσιον.'ί 

Καταλ.όχεια,  ας,  ή,=  λιόχος,  LXX. 

Καταλοχίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (κατά,  λ.όχος) 
to  distribute  into  or  assemble  in  λιόχοί; 
in  genl.  to  distribute,  εις  τάξεις,  Diod. 

Καταλιοχισμός,  ov,  6,  distribution 
into  λόχοι,  Luc. :  an  enlisting  :  the  list 
of  λόχοι. 

Κατάλογος,  ov,  6,  =  λ.όχος,  very 
dub.,  v.  Poppo  Thuc.  Th.  1,  1,  p.  244. 

Κατάλισιις,  ες,  (κατά,  ύλισος)  full 
of  woods,  u'oody,  Strab. 

Καταλ.νγίζω,  f,  -ίσω,=^λι>γίζω. 

Κατα?Λκονργίζω,  ί.  -ίσω,  {κατά, 
Αονκονργος)  to  press  the  laws  of  Ly- 
curgus  against  one,  τινός,  Alciphr. 

Κατάλυμα,  ατός,  τό,  (καταλιύω)  an 
inn,  lodging,  Polyb. 

Κατα/.νμαίνομαι,  dep.  mid. :  to  rav- 
age, destroy,  Xen.  Oec.  2,  13. 

Καταλίΰμανσις,  εως,  ή,  a  ravaging. 

Καταλνσιμος,  ov,  to  be  dissolved  or 
done  away,  Soph.  El.  1246.  [ij] 

Κατά/.ϋσις.  εως,  ή,  (καταλύω)  a 
dissolving,  putting  down,  esp.  of  gov- 
ernments, e.  g.  Tvpai'vuv,  Thuc.  I, 
18,  πολιτείας,  Plat.  Legg.  864  D :  κ. 
στρατιάς,  a  disbanding  it,  Xen.  Cyr. 
6,  1,  13  ;  so,  K.  τριήρους,  the  breaking 
up  of  a  ship's  crew,  Dem.  1209,  24  :  κ. 
πολ.έμον,  an  ending  of  war,  pacifica- 
tion, Thuc.  8,  18  :  so,  κ.  βίον,  συμπο- 
σίου, etc.,  an  ending,  finishing  it,  Xen. 
Apol.  30,  Symp.  9,  7. — II.  anunyoking 
one's  horses  or  ending  (rue's  journey, 
resting,  lodging,  Eur.  El.  393  :  also — 
2.  =  κατά?ινμα,  a  resting-place,  inn. 
Plat.  Prot.  315  D,  cf  καταλιΰω  II. 

ΚαταλΛ'σσάω,  ώ,  1.  -ήσω,  iu  rage 
against  one. 

Καταλ.ντέον,  verb.  adj.  from  κατα- 
λύω, one  must  put  down,  Diod. 

Κατα7Λτήριον,  ov,  τό,— κατάλυμα. 

Καταλνττ'ις,  ov,  ό,  a  destroyer  :  but 
— II.  κατα'/ντης,  ου,  ό,  paroxyt.,  α 
lodger,  stranger,  Polyb.  :  from 

Κατα?.ύω  f.  -λ.ύσω,  (κατά,  λύω)  to 
put  down,  make  an  end  of,  destroy,  πο• 
λίων  κύρηνα,  II.  2,  117;  9,  24:  esp. 
to  put  down  a  form  of  government,  κ. 
αρχήν,  βασύ.ηΐην,  Ισοιιρατίας,  Hdt. 
1,  53,  54;  5,  92,  1  ;  and  so  freq.  in 
Att.,  K.  τύραννον,  δήμον,  etc. ;  also, 
K.  τινά  της  αρχής,  to  put  one  out  o/his 


ΚΑΤΑ 

command,  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  5,  24  ;  and  so 
in  pass.,  καταλύεσθαί  της  αρχής,  Hdt. 
1,  104 ;  and  ή  αρχή  καταλύεται,  is 
brought  to  an  end-,  overthrown,  Xen. 
Cyr.  1,  6,  9,  where  fut.  mid.  in  pass, 
signf.  :  also  to  dissolve,  distniss,  dis- 
band, βοιΟ.ήν,  στρατηγούς,  στό^-ον, 
Hdt.  5,  72  ;  6,  43  ;  7,  16,  2  :  a:,  βίοτον, 
or  βίοι>,  to  end  life,  die,  Eur.  Supp. 
1001,  Xen.  Apol.  7.-2.  esp.  I'req.,  λ:. 
τϊόλεμον,  to  end  a  war,  make  peace, 
Thuc.  7,  31 :  hence  in  mid.,  καταλύ- 
εσθαί  TiVl,  to  come  to  terms  with  one, 
make  peace  with  him,  Hdt.  9. 11,  Thuc. 

I,  81,  etc. ;  so  also  in  act.  (sub.  την 
ίχβραρ  or  τον  πόλεμον),  Thuc.  5,  23; 
8,  58,  and  Xen.  :  also  simply  intrans. 
to  make  an  end,  cease,  Dem.  893,  23. — 
Π.  to  unloose,  unyoke,  ϊπτΓονς,  Od.  4, 
28 :  hence  the  common  intrans.  signf, 
to  halt,  rest,  Xen.  An.  1,  8, 1,  to  turn  in 
ίο  lodge  with  one,  παρά  τίνα,  Thuc.  1, 
136,  παρά  τινι,  Dem.  252,  24  :  cf.  κα- 
τά2Λ!σίς,  κατάλυμα. 

Καταλωβάω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσο),  (κατά,  λ,ω- 
βάο))  to  TmUilate. 

'Κ.ατα7Μφάω,  ω,  f.  -ήσω,  {κατά,  λ,ω- 
ψύω)  to  leave  off,  rest  from  a  thing,  c. 
gen.,Od.  9, 460,  in  tmesis. — II.  transit. 
to  make  to  cease,  give  rest  from  a  thing, 
εκ  τίνος.  Αρ.  Rh.,  in  Ep.  impf.  κατε- 
Τίώφεεν. 

Καταμάγεοον,  ov,  τό,  (καταμάσσω) 
a  cloth  for  wiping,  Artemid.  [S] 

Καταμαγενω,  {κατά,  μαγεύω)  to  be- 
witch, Luc. 

Καταμάθησις,  εως,  ή,  {καταμαν- 
6al'(j)  a  learning  thoroughly,  under- 
standing, Plotin.  [a] 

Καταμαθητέον,  verb.  adj.  of  κατά- 
υανβύνο),  one  must  learn  thoroughly, 
observe  closely,  Hipp. 

Καταμΰθητικός,  ή,  όν,  apt  at  learn- 
ing. 

Καταμαίνομαι,  as  pass.,  to  be  mad 
or  do  mad  acts  against,  τινός,  Philo. 
.'Καταμΰκΰρίζω,  f.  -ίσω,=μακαρίζω. 

Καταμάκτης,  ου,  b,  {καταμάσσω) 
one.  who  wipes  off. 

Καταμαλΰκίζω,  f.  -ίσω  Att.  -ΐώ, 
{κατά,  μαλακίζω)  to  make  soft  or  effem- 
inate :  pass.,  to  be  or  become  so,  Xen. 
Oec.  11,  12. 

Καταμάλάσσω,  Att  -ττω,  f.  -ύξω, 
{κατά,  μαλάσσω)  to  soften  much,  Luc. : 
metaph.  to  appease,  Luc. 

Καταμαλβΰκίζω,  f.  -ίσω,=  καταμα- 
λακίζω,  Ep.  Plat.  329  B. 

Καταμαλθάσσω,  f.  -άξω,=καταμα- 
"λάσσω. 

Καταμανθάνω,  fut.  -μΰθήσομαι, 
{κατά,  μανβάνω)  to  learn  or  observe 
well,  Hdt.  7,  146 :  to  perceive.  Id.  4, 
164  :  to  learn,  thoroughly,  understand, 
know.  Plat.,  and  Xen. 

Καταμαντενομαι,  {κατά,  μαντενο- 
μαι)  dep.  mid.  :  to  foretell  against  or 
about  one,  τινός,  Ath.,  τινί,  App. — Π. 
to  divine,  guess,  τά  μέλλοντα,  .Arist. 
Rhet. 

Καταμαξεύω,  f.  -σω,  {κατά,  ύμα- 
ξενω)ΐο  wearvnth  chariot  wheels :  hence, 
κατημαξενμένος,  worn,  trite,  Artemid. 

Καταμΰραίνω,  f  -ΰνώ,  {κατά,  μα- 
ραίνω) to  make  to  wither  up.  Pass,  to 
wither,  waste,  or  die  away,  Hipp. 

Καταμαργάω,  ύ.  Ion.  -μαργέω,  ω, 
f.  -ήσω,  {κατά,  μαργάω)  to  be  quite 
mad,  to  rave,  φθάνω,  Hdt.  8,  125. 

Καταμάρπτω,  f.  -μάρψω,  {κατά, 
μύρπτω)  to  grasp,  catch  hold  of,  τινά, 

II.  6,  304 ;  esp.  to  catch  a  runaway, 
11.  5,  65  ;  16,  598  ;  also  in  Pind. 

Καταμαρτνρίω,  ώ,  ί.  -ήσω,  {κατά, 
μαρτνρέω)  to  bear  vjitness  against  one, 
τινός  and  κατά  τίνος,  Lys.  132,  23, 
Dem.  836,  25:  also  c.  inf,  κ.  τινός 
δώρα  λαβείν,  Dem.  377,  25.     Pass. 


ΚΑΤΑ 

to  have  evidence  given  against  one,  Dem. 
860,  26  :  to  be  convicted,  Aeschin.  13,  3. 

Καταμάσάομαι,  and  -μασσάομαι,  f. 
-ήσομαι,  {κατά,  μασάομαι)  dep.  niid. : 
to  chew  away,  eat  up,  Hipp. 

Καταμάσσω,  f.  -μάξω,  {κατά,  μάσ- 
σω)  to  wipe  off. 

Καταμαστεύω,  strengthd.  for  μα- 
στενω. 

Καταμαστίζω,  to  scourge  again. 

Καταμάτεύομαι,  -ματτεύομαι,  -μάτ- 
τομαι,  dep.  {κατά,  ματέω,  μάσσω)  to 
feel  and  search  oat,  probe. 

Καταμύχομαι,  f.  -μάχονμαι,  {κατά, 
μάχομαι)  aep.  mid.  :  to  subdue  by  fight- 
ing, conquer,  Diod.  [a] 

Καταμύω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {κατά,  άμάω) 
used  by  Horn,  only  once  in  mid.,  to 
pile  up  (strictly  what  has  been  cut), 
heap  up,  κόπρον  κατάμήσατο,  II.  24, 
105,  and  so  in  Joseph. :  but  Soph,  has 
the  act.,  V.  sub  άμάω  2.  [On  the 
quantity  v.  άμάω.'\ 

Καταμβλΰκεύω,  {κατά,  άμβλακείν) 
to  neglect. 

Καταμβλ.ννω,  {κατά,  άμ(Ώ.ννω)  to 
blunt  or  dull.  Soph,  O.  T.  688. 

Καταμβλνόω,  u,=:foreg.,  Diphil. 
ap.  Ath.  133  F. 

Καταμεγάλοφρονέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω, 
{κατά,  μεγα?.οφρονέω)  to  look  down 
upon  and  despise,  c.  gen.,  Clem.  Al.  : 
absol.  to  be  high-minded.  Id. 

Καταμεγαλύνομαι,  as  pass.,  to  ex- 
alt one's  self  against,  τινός,  Eccl. 

Καταμεθύσκω,  f.  -μεθύσω,  [ν]  {κατά. 
μεβύσκω)  to  make  drunk  with  sheer 
u'ine,  Hdt.  1,  106:  pass,  to  get  drunk, 
Polyb. 

Καταμεβνω,  {κατά,  μεθνω)  to  get 
drunk,  c.  gen.  :  to  rave  madly  against, 
Philo. 

Κατΰμείβομαι,  {κατά,  αμείβω)  as 
mid.  :   to  answer. 

Καταμειδιάω,  ώ,  f.  -(ίσω[ασ]  {κατά, 
μειδιάω)  to  laugh  at,  c.  gen.,  Joseph. 

Καταμειλίσσομαι,  Att.  -ττομαι,  f. 
-ξομαι,  {κατά,  μει?ιίσσομαι)άβρ. mid. : 
to  .soften,  appease,  Joseph. 

Καταμελείστί,  {κατά,  μελεΐστί) 
adv.,  limb  by  limb,  limb-meal,  Arat. 
624.  [ra  metri  grat. :  τι] 

Καταμελετύω.  ω,  f.  -ήσω,  {κατά, 
μελετάω)  to  train,  practise,  exercise. 
Plat.  Phil.  55  E,  Legg.  649  C. 

Καταμελ^ω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {κατά,  ΰμε- 
7ίέω)  to  give  no  heed  to,  take  no  care  of, 
c.  gen.,  Xen.  Oec.  4,  7  :  absob.  to  be 
heedless,  Soph.  Aj.  45. 

ΚαταμελΙτόω,  ω,  {κατά,  μελιτόω) 
to  spread  over  with  honei/,  honey  over, 
metaph.  of  the  nightingale's  voice, 
Ar.  Av.  224. 

Καταμέλλω,  f.  •με7^ά]σω,  {κατά, 
μέλλω)  to  hesitate,  be  backward  to  do  a 
thing,  esp.  to  fight,  Lat.  detrectare 
pugnam,  Polyb. 

Κατάμεμπτος.  ov,  blamed  by  all,  ab- 
horred, γήρας.  Soph.  O.  C.  1235:  neut. 
pi.  as  adv.,  blameable,  lb.  1695 :  from 

Καταμέμφομαι,  f.  --φομαι,  {κατά, 
μέμφομαι)  dep.  mid.  c.  aor.  mid.  et 
pass.  :  to  blame,  attack,  accuse,  c.  ace., 
Pind.  N.  11,  40:  and  so  usu.  in  Att. 
prose,  cf.  Thuc.  7,  77  ;  and  c.  gen.  in 
Plut.,  and  later  writers.     Hence 

Κατάμεμψις,  εως,  ή,  a  blaming,  find- 
i"g  fault,  accusing,  C.  gen.,  Thuc.  7, 
75  :  ovK  έχει  τινΙ  κατάμεμψιν,  it 
leaves  him  no  ground  for  finding  fault. 
Id.  2,  41. 

Καταμένω,  {κατά,  μένω)  to  stay  he- 
hind,  stay,  Hdt.  2, 103,  121,  4,  etc. :  to 
remain  fixed,  continue  in  a  State,  tv..., 
Xen.  Cyr.  2,  1,  18.— II.  to  abide,  live. 

Κατΰμέργω,  f.  -ξω,  strengthd.  for 
άμέργω. 

Καταμΐοίζω,  f.  -ί'σω  Att. -?ώ,  {κατά, 


ΚΑΤΑ 

μερίζω)  to  cut  in  pieces  :  distribute, 
τινί  τι,  Xen.  An.  7,  5,  4.    Hence 

Καταμέρΐσις,  εως,  ή,  distribution, 
Epicur.  ap.  Diog.  L.  10, 106. 

Ko7G/ifpia//or,oi),o,=  foreg.,LXX. 

Καταμέρος,  adv.  for  κατά  μέρος, 
in  parts  or  pieces. 

Καταμέστιος,  ov,  poet,  for  μεστός, 
quite  fidl,  Nic. 

Κατάμεστος,  ov,  strengthd.  for  με- 
στός. 

Καταμεστόω,  ώ,  f.  -ώσω,  {κατά,  με- 
στόω)  to  fill  quite  full  of  a  thing,  τινός, 
Pherecr.,  v.  Meineke  Com.  Fr.  2,  p. 
332. 

Καταμετρέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (κατά,  με- 
τρέω)  to  measure  out  to,  τινί  τι,  Hdt. 
3,  91,  Xen.  Oec.  4,  21  :  also  to  meas- 
ure out,  measure,  Plut.,  SO  also  Polyb. 
in  mid.    Hence 

Καταμέτρημα,  ατός,  ro,=sq.,  Epi- 
cur. ap.  Diog.  L.  10,  59  :  and 

Καταμέτρ?ισις,  εως,  ή,  a  measuring 
out,  Polyb. 

Καταμήκης,  ες,  very  long,  v.  1.  Hdt. 
4,72. 

Καταμηκννω,  {κατά,  μηκύνω)  to 
lengthen  out,  Galen. 

Καταμηλόω,  ώ,  to  put  in  the  probe 
to  sound  wounds,  to  probe  :  hence 
metaph.,  κημόν  κ.,  to  put  the  ballot- 
box  like  aprobe  down  another's  throat, 
i.  e.  make  him  disgorge  what  he  has 
stolen,  Ar.  Eq.  1150. 

Καταμήνιος,  ov,  {κατά,  μην)  month- 
ly :  τά  καταμ.,  the  menstruation  of  wo- 
men.  like  έπιμήνια,  Hipp. 

Καταμηνιώδης,  ες,  {καταμήνιος, 
είδος)  like  or  belonging  to  menstruation, 
menstruous,  Arist.  Gen.  An.  2,  8,  14. 

Καταμήνϋσις,  εως,  ή,  an  informa- 
tion, exposition :  from 

Καταμηνύω,  f.  -νσω,  {κατά,  μηνύω) 
to  inform  against :  in  genl.  to  point  out, 
make  known,  C.  acc,  Hdt.  0,  29  ;  7, 
30;  also  c.  gen.  like  καταααρτνρέω, 
Lys.  134,  17,  Xen.  Hell.  3,  3,  2,  cf. 
Valck.  Diatr.  p.  291.  [ϋ"  in  pres.,  ϋ 
in  fut.] 

Καταμηχανάομαι,  dep.  mid.  ;  to 
plan  and  execute,  Plotin. 

Καταμΐαίνω,  i.  -άνω,  {κατά,μιαίνω) 
to  taint,  defile,  ψενδεσι  γένναν,  Pind. 
P.  4,  178.  Pass,  καταμιαίνομαι,  to 
be  dirty,  esp.  to  wear  unwashen,  squalid 
garments  as  a  sign  of  grief,  wear  mourn- 
inc;,  Lat.  squalere,  in  squalore  esse,  Hdt. 

Καταμίγνϋμι,  f.  -μίξω,  {κατά,  μί- 
γννμι)  to  mix,  mix  up,  Ar.  Lys.  580  : 
K.  εις  τι  or  εις  τιχιας,  to  mix  up  with  a 
thing  or  among  others,  Ar.  Nub.  230, 
Dem.  789,  19. 

Καταμϊμέομαι,  f.  -ήσομαι,  {κατά, 
αιμέομαι)  dep.  mid. :  to  parody,  Dion. 

Καταμιμνήσκομαι,  =^μιμνήσκομαι , 
LXX. 

Κατάμιξις,  εως,  ή,  {καταμίγννμί)  α 
mixing,  mixture,  Diosc. 

Καταμίσγω,=κατααίγννμι,'Ά.ΐίονα. 
18,  26,  in  mid. 

Καταμισθοδοτέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {κατά, 
μισθοδοτέω)  to  corrupt  by  giving  high 
pay,  Dion.  H. 

Καταμισβοφορέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {κατά, 
μίσβοφορέω)  to  spend  in  paying  ύικα- 
σταί,  etc.,  Ar.  Eq.  1352,  ubi  v.  Schol, 

Καταμνημονευω,  {κατά,  μνημο- 
νεύω) to  call  to  mind,  Plut. 

Καταμνηστενομαι,  as  mid.,  {κατά, 
μνηστεύω)  to  betroth. 

Καταμολίσκω,^=  καταβλώσκω. 

Καταμολύνω,  to  defile. 

Κατάμομφος,  ov,  {κατά,  μομφή 
faulty,  Aesch.  Ag.  145. 

Καταμόνάς,  adv.  alone,  apart,  bet 
ter  divisim  κατά  μ. 

723 


ΚΑΤΑ 

Καταμονή,  7}ς,  ij,  {καταμένω)  astay- 
liig,  Polyb.  :  ptrsevirance. 

Καταμονί?],  >ις,  ?/,=  foreg.,  only 
found  in  poet,  form  καμμυνίι/,  q.  v. 

Καταμοΐ'ομαχέω,  ώ,  t.  -ήσω,  {κατά, 
μονομαχέω)  to  conquer  in  single  combat, 
τινά,  Plut. 

Κατύμοΐ'ος,  ov,  (καταμένω)  lasting, 
continuing,  Polyb. 

Καταμόσχευσίς,  εως,  !/,  propagation 
by  sucktrs :  Ironi 

Καταμοσχενω,  (κατά,  μοσχεύω)  to 
propagate  by  suckers. 

Καταμονσόυ,  ώ,  to  embellish. 

Κατύμ77ε?Μς,  ov,  {κατά,  άμπελος) 
planted  with  vines,  producing  wine, 
χώρα,  Strab. 

Καταμπέχω,  {κατά,  ΰμπέχω)  to  en- 
compass, cover,  Antiph.  ΆγροΙκ.  i ,  4. 

Καταμ-ίσχω,^ίοιβξ.,  K.  Tivu  χθο- 
vi,  Eur.  Hel.  853. 

Καταμνθολογέω,  ώ,  fut.  -ήσω,  (κα- 
τά, μνθο?.ογέω)  to  amuse  with  fables, 
τινά,  Philostr.,  cf.  κατανλέυ. 

Καταμνκτηρίζο),  f.  -ίσω,  to  mock 
with  upturned  nose. 

Κατΰμννομαί,  {κατά,  αμύνομαι)  as 
mid.,  to  avenge  oiie's  self,  Ael. 

Καταμϋρίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  to  anoint. 

Κατάμϋσις,  εως,  ή,  (καταμύω)  a 
closing  one''s  eyes,  Plut. 

Κατάμυσσίύ,  Alt.  -ττω,  f.  -ξω,  (κατά, 
άμνσσυ)  to  tear,  scratch  :  hence  in 
mid.,  καταμνξατο  χείρα,  she  scratch- 
ed her  hand,  II.  5,  425,  cf.  Hdt.  4,  71. 

Καταμνττωτενω,  (κατά,  μνττω- 
τενω)  to  chop  up,  make  mincemeat  of, 
Ar.  Pac.  247. 

Καταμνω,  f  -vau,  {κατά,  μύω)  to 
shut  or  close  the  eyes,  in  full  κ-  βλέφα- 
ρα, Xen.  Cyn.  5, 11,  and  so  later  freq. 
with  όμματα  Οΐ  οφθαλμούς :  butusu. 
absol.  to  nod,  drop  asleep,  doze,  first  in 
Batr.  192  (in  poet.  aor.  καμμνσαι) ; 
then  in  Hipp.,  and  Ar.  ^  also  to  die, 
Luc.  {v  by  nature  in  all  tenses :  ν 
metri  grat.  in  pros.,  Hedyl.  ap.  Ath. 
345  A ;  and  in  aor.  Batr.  139  :  cf  μΰω.'[ 

Καταμφιένννμι,  f.  -αμφιίσω,  Att. 
-ΐώ,^=άμφίένννμι,  toput  on,putaround, 
TLVL  TL,  Joseph. 

Καταμωκάομαί,  f  -ησομαι,  (κατά, 
μωκάω)  dep.  mid.,  to  mock  at,  c.  gen. 
Arr.,  c.  ace.  Clem.  Al. 

Kaτaμωκεvω,^=ίoreg. 

Καταμώκΐ]σις,  εως,  ή,  (καταμωκάο- 
μαι)  mockery,  Ath. 

Καταμωλννω,  {κατά,  μο)?.ύνω)  to 
cabn  btf  degrees,  alleviate,  Hipp. 

Καταμωλωττίζω,  f.  -ίσο,  to  cover 
with  iveals  or  stripes. 

Καταμυμέομαι,  f.  -ησομαι,  dep. 
mid.  :  to  blame  very  much. 

Καταμωραίνω,  f.  -άνω,  (κατά,  μω- 
ραίνω)  to  waste  throxigh  folly,  Antiph. 
Jncert.  71. 

Καταναγκάζω,  f.  -άσω,  (κατά,  αναγ- 
κάζω) to  force  doum,  esp.  of  dislocated 
limbs,  to  force  them  iiito  their  place, 
Hipp. — II.  to  overpower  by  force,  con- 
strain, confine,  κ.  τινά  ύεσμοΐς,  Eur. 
Bacch.  043  :  in  genl.  to  coerce,  εις 
ξυμμαχίαν,  Thuc.  4,  77.     Hence 

Υίατΰνάγκάσις,  εως,  ή,  a  setting  dis- 
located limbs,  Hipp. 

Κατάνάγκ?!,  ης,  ή,  force:  ερωτικαΐ 
/£..  potions  that  compel  to  love,  Synes. 
— II.  a  plant  from  which  such  was 
made,  Diosc. 

Κατανάθεμα,  ατός,  τό,  (κατά,  ανά- 
θεμα) α  curse,  Ν.  Τ.     Hence 

Κατ  αναθεματίζω,  ί.  -ίσω,  to  curse, 
Ν.  Τ. 

Καταναιδενομαι,  (κατά,  άναιδενο- 
μαι)  dep.  mid.  :  to  behave  impudently 
to  one,  τινός. 

\ΚαταναΙος,  a,  ov,  of  Catana,  Cata- 
nian.  Thuc.  3,  116;  Arist. ;  etc.;  as 
724 


ΚΑΤΑ 

subst.  7}  Καταναία,  sub.  χώρα,  the  ter- 
ritory of  Catana,  fcjtrab. 

Καταναισϊμόω,  ώ,  {κατά,  άναισι- 
μόω)  to  use  quite  tip,  Hipp. 

Καταναισχνντέω,  ώ,  1.  -ήσω,==  κα- 
ταναιύεΰομαι. 

Καταναίω,  (κατά,  ναίω)  to  make  to 
dwell,  settle,  only  used  in  aor.  κατέ- 
τασσα, κ.  ές  πείρατα  >ai7;f,  Hes.  Op. 
1G7  ;  also,  κ.  νπό  χβονός,  id.  Th.  620  ; 
c.  dat.  loci,  lb.  329  :  so  too  in  aor. 
mid.,  κατενασσύμι/ν,  Aesch.  Eum. 
929.  Pass.,  to  take  itp  one's  abode, 
dwell,  also  only  in  aor.  κατενύσθην, 
Eur.  Phoen.  207,  Ar.  Vesp.  662  :  Ap. 
Rh.  2,  520  has  aor.  mid.  in  pass,  signf 

Καταναλείχω,  strengthd.  for  ava- 
λείχω,  LXX. 

Καταναλίσκω,  f  -λώσω,  {κατά,  ανα- 
λίσκω) to  use  up,  spend,  lavish,  εις  τι, 
■upon  a  thing,  Isocr.  5  D,  and  so  Plat. 
Phaed.  72  D,  in  pass.  ;  also,  τινί, 
Diod.     Hence 

ίΚατανά?ίωσις,  εως,  ή,  an  expending, 
consumption,  Plut.  2,  p.  678  F. 

Καταναρκάομαι,  as  pass.,  (κατά, 
ναρκάω)  to  grow  quite  stiff,  Hipp. — II. 
act.  καταναρκάω,  to  be  slothful  towards 
or  press  heavily  upon  another,  τινός 
only  in  N.  T. 

Κατανασκύλλω,  (κατά,  ανά,  σκύλ- 
?L(j)  to  trouble  or  annoy  much,  dub.  1., 
Aesop. 

Κατανάσσω,  f.  -νάξω,  (κατά,  νάσ- 
σω)  to  stamp  or  beat  down  firmly,  την 
γι/ν,  Hdt.  7,36. 

Κατανανμάχέω,  ώ,  fut.  -ήσω,  {κατά, 
νανμαχέω)  to  conquer  in  a  sea-fight, 
beat  at  sea,  c.  acc,  Xen.  Hell.  7,  1,  10. 
Pass,  to  be  so  conquered,  Isocr.  254  C. 

Κατανόρίζομαι,  f.  -ίσομαι,  {κατά, 
ανδρίζω)  dep.  mid.,  to  prevail  against, 
τινός. 

Κατανδρο?ίθγία,  ας,  ή,  i.  e.  συλλο- 
γη  κατ'  άνδρα,  an  enlisting  man  by 
man,  LXX. 

Κατανεάνιενομαι,  dep.  mid.,=vea- 
νιεύομαι. 

Κατανείσσομαι,  worse  form  for 
κατανίσσομαι. 

Κατανεμέσησις,  εως,  ή,=  νεμέση- 
σις,  Clem.  ΑΙ. 

Κατάνεμόω,  ώ,  (κατά,  ύνεμόω)  to 
blow  through. 

Κατανέμω,  f.  -νεμώ,  (κατά,  νέμω) 
to  distribute,  allot,  esp  as  pasture  land, 
K.  χώρ7/ν  riffi,  Hdt.  2,  109:  also,  κ. 
τονς  δήμους  ες  τάς  δέκα  φυλάς,  to  dis- 
tribute them  into  or  among  the  twelve 
tribes,  Id.  5,  69,  cf  Dem.  1.380,  fm. ; 
hence  also  of  a  single  person,  κ.  τινά 
εις  την  τάζιν,  to  assign  or  appoint  him 
to  his  post,  Aeschin.  22,  18.  Mid.  to 
divide  among  themselves,  Thuc.  2,  17  : 
hence  to  take  possession  of,  esp.  with 
cattle,  to  feed  or  graze  land,  Lat.  de- 
pasci,  Isocr.  298  A,  so  also  in  act.,  βοσ- 
κίιμασι  κ.,  Dem.  278,  22,  metaph.  to 
feed  on,  devour,  of  a  sore.  Pint. 

Κατανέομαι,  contr.  -νενμαι,  {κατά, 
νέομαι)  dep. :  to  come,  go  down,  from, 
Nonn. 

Κατάνενρος,  ov,  (κατά,  νεΐ'ρον) 
full  of  nerves  or  sinews,  Hippiatr. 

Κατανεύσιμος,  ov,  to  be  granted ; 
and 

Κατάνευσις,  εως,  ή,  a  nodding  to, 
assent :  from 

Κατανενω,  ί.  -νεύσομαι,  II.  1,  524 
and  Plat :  Ep.  aor.  part,  καννεύσας, 
Od.  15,  463  (κατά,  νενω).  To  nod. 
esp.  to  nod  assent,  agree,  allow,  pro7nise, 
opp.  to  άπονενω,  τινί  τι,  II.  8,  175, 
also  c.  inf  fut.,  II.  10,  393  ;  13.  368  ; 
later  c.  inf  aor.,  Ar.  Thesm.  1020, 
Bion  5,  9 :  in  Hom.  usu.,  νπέσχετο 
και  κατένενσεν,  he  promised  and  con- 
firmed his  promise  by  a  nod,  esp.  of 


ΚΑΤΑ 

Jupiter  ;  so  νπέστην  και  κ-,  11. 4,  267 : 
in  genl.  to  make  a  sign  by  nodding  the 
head,  Od.  15,  464  ;  in  full,  κεφα?:.^  or 
κρατι  κατανεύειν,  Hom.,  χαίταις  κ., 
Pind.  Ν.  1, 18. — 11.  trans.,  κ.  κεφαλήν, 
to  bow  the  head,  only  in  Poll.  \_κατά- 
νεύων  once,  metri  grat.,  viz.  Od.  9, 
490.] 

Κατανεφόω,  ω,  (κατά,  νεφόω)  to 
overcloud,  Plut.  Timol.  27. 

Κατανέω,  Ion.  -νήω,  f-  -νήσω,  (κα- 
τά, νέω)  to  heap  or  pile  up,  Hdt.  6,  97. 

Κα7(ίΐ';/,  7]ς,  ή,—τυροκνηστις,  Si- 
cil.  word  ap.  Plut. 

^Κατάνη,  ?ις,  ή,  Catana,  a  city  of 
Sicily,  on  the  eastern  coast,  at  the 
foot  of  Mt.  Aetna, now  Catania,Thuc. 
6,  3  ;  Xen.  Hell.  2,  3.  5. 

]Κατάνης,  ου,  δ,  Catanes,  king  of 
the  Paraetaeeni,  Arr.  An.  4,  22. 

Κατανήσαι,  inf  aor.  1  from  κοτα- 
νέω. 

Κατανήχομαι,  f.  -ξομαι,  {κατά,  νή• 
χομαι)  dep.  mid.  :  to  swim  down  stream. 

Κατανήω,  Ion.  for  κατανέω. 

Κατανβίζω,  fut.  -ίσω,  strengthd. 
for  ανθίζω,  to  adorn  with  flowers :  in 
genl.  to  viake  bright  coloured,  enrich, 
adorn,  Diod. 

Κατανθράκίζω,  f.  -ίσω,=  sq.  Anth. 

Κατανβράκόω,  ώ,  i.  -κώσομαι  in 
Aesch.  Fr.  265  (κατά,  άνθρακόω)  to 
turn  into  coal,  burn  to  cinders,  1.  c. 
Pass,  to  be  so  burnt.  Soph.  El.  58, 
Eur.  Cycl.  663. 

Κατανίζω,  f.  -ψω,  (κατά,  νίζω)  to 
water,  wet,  τινί  τι,  Hipp. 

Κατανικάω,  ώ,  fut.  -;/σω,  strengthd. 
for  νικάω,  to  conquer  utterly.  Soph. 
Fr.  105. 

Κατάνιμμα,  ατος,  τό,  (κατανίζω) 
water  for  washing  in,  Ath. 

Κατανίπτης,  ov,  0,  one  who  washes, 
esp.  at  Athens  he  who  washed  the  pep- 
los  of  Athena  Polias,  cf.  πλνντήριος. 
From 

ΚατανίτΓτω.  =  κατανίζω  :  also  to 
wash  away,  carry  off  by  a  draught,  Hipp. 

Κατανίσσομαι,  {κατά,  νίσσομαι) 
dep.  :  to  go  or  come  down  from,  c.  gen., 
Ap.  Rh. — II.  to  go  through,  c.  acc, 
Hermesian.  5,  65 :  cf.  κατανείασο- 
μαι. 

Κατανίσταμαι,  as  mid,  with  the 
act.  forms,  aor.  κατανέστ?/ν :  pf  κα• 
τανέστηκα,  (κατά.,  άνά,  ϊσταμαι)  to 
rise  up  agaiyist,  oppose,  c.  gen.,  Polyb. 

Κατανίφω,  (κατά,  νίφω)  to  snow 
upon,  κατένι-φε  χιόνι  την  θρφκην 
(sub.  ό  i^f  Of )  Ar.  Ach.  138:  metaph. 
to  sprinkle  as  ivith  snow,  Luc. — II.  ab- 
sol. to  snow,  usu.  impers.,  κατανίφει, 
it  snows,  Ar.  Kub.  965.  [i] 

Κατανοέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (κατά,  νοέω) 
to  remark,  observe,  perceive,  Hdt.  2,  28  : 
to  -undcrstattd,  learn,  know,  lb.  93, 
Thuc.  1,  138:  esp.,  κατ.  τι  ότι  έστι, 
freq.  in  Plat. ;  also  c.  part.,  Thuc.  2, 
3.— II.  intr.  to  be  in  one's  right  mind,  in 
one's  senses,  like  καταφρονέω,  Hipp., 
V.  Foes.  Oecon.     Hence 

Κατανόημα,  ατος,  τό,  that  which  is 
remarked :  a  remark,  perception.  Plat. 
Epin.  987  D :  a  device,  contrivance, 
Arist.  Pol. :  and 

Κατανόησις,  εως,  η,  a  remarking, 
observing,  learning.  Plat.  Tim.  82  C, 
Criti.  107  D. 

Κατανοητέον,  verb.  adj.  from  κα- 
τανοέω, one  7nust  remark,  observe,  learn. 
Plat.  Polit.  305  C. 

Κατανοητικός,  ή,  όν,  (κατανοέω) 
observant,  intelligent. 

Κατάνομαι,  as  pass.,  (κατά,  άνω) 
hence,  πολλά  κατάνεται,  much  is  be- 
ing used  up  or  wasted,  Od.  2,  58 ;  17, 
537.  The  act  is  supplied  by  κατα- 
νύω. 


ΚΑΤΑ 

Κατανομιστενω,{κατά,νομίστεύω) 
to  turn  into  money,  Joseph. 

ΚατανομοΟετέο),  ώ,  i.  -ήσω,  (κατά, 
νοαοθετέω)  to  lay  down  laws,  make 
iaii's.    Plat.  Legg.  861  B. 

Κατάνομος,  oi\  {κατά,  νόμος)  agree- 
able to  the  law,  lawful,  Inscr. 

Kciravof,  ov,  a,  aflat  dish,  Lat.  ca- 
tinus. 

Κατανοστέω,  ω,  f.  -ήαω,  {κατά,  νοσ- 
T£(j)  to  return  from  banishment,  Folyb. 

Κατανοσφίζομαι,  f.  -ίσομαι  Att. 
-ΐονμαι,  {κατά,  νοσώίζομαί)  as  mid.  : 
to  take  away  for  one's  self,  embezzle, 
Dion.  H. 

Κατανοτιαϊος,  a,  ov,  {κατά,  νότος) 
looking  southward,  Inscr. 

Κατανοτίζω,  f.  -ί'σω  Att.  -ΐώ,  {κατά, 
νοτίζω)  to  bedew,  Eur.  I.  T.  833,  in 
tmesis. 

ΚαΓίΐΐΌΐ'^Ετέω,  ώ,  f.  -ησω,  strength- 
ened for  νουθετεω. 

Kurofra,  adv.  of  κατάντης,  down- 
wards, in  the  famous  line,  πολλά  δ' 
άναντα,  καταντά,  πάραντά  τε,  δό- 
χμιά  r'  η/.θον,  II.  23,  116. 

Κ,αταντάο,  ω,  ί.  -ήσω,  {κατά,  άν- 
τάω)  to  come,  arrive :  in  a  speech  or 
narrative,  to  tend  to  or  end  in  a  certain 
end  or  result,  εις  or  επί  τι,  Polyb. : 
hence  in  genl.  to  come  to  an  end,  or  re- 
sult, happen,  take  place,  Lat.  evadere. 
Id. — II.  to  come  back,  reltirn,  Id. — III. 
trans,  to  make  to  come  back,  throw  back, 
LXX.     Hence 

Κατάντημα,  ατός,  τό,  an  'end,  result, 
goal :  in  genl.  an  event. 

KaTavT7jv,  adv.,  =z  καταντά,  The- 
mist. 

Κατάντης,  ες,  {κατά,  ΰντα)  down- 
ward, steep,  Hipp.,  and  Ar.  Ran.  127. 
— II.  metaph.  like  Lat.  promts,  in- 
clined, Eur.  Rhes.  318,  Trpof  ri.  Plut. 

Κατάντηστιν,  adv.,  {κατά,  άντάω) 
over  against,  opposite,  Od.  20,  387,  ubi 
al.  κατ'  αντηστιν. 

Κατάντια,  ας,  ή,  {κατάντης)  α  slo- 
ping or  hanging  downwards,  Hipp. 

ΚαταντιβοΑέω ,ύ,ί.  -ήσΐό,  strength- 
ened for  άντιβηλέω,  Ar.  Fr.  523. 

Καταντικρύ,{κατά,άντικρν)  straight 
down  from,  c.  gen.,  κ.  τέγεος  πέσε,  Od. 
10, 559  ;  11,  64,  where  ϋ  in  arsis. — II. 
Att.  over  against,  right  opposite,  c.  gen., 
Xen.  Hell.  4,  8,  5. — 2.  absol.  outright, 
downright,  Thuc.  7,  57.  Cf.  Lob. 
Phryn.  444.  [On  quantity  v.  ΰντικρϋ.'] 

Κατάντιας,  a,  ον,=^εναντίος,  over 
against,  opposite,  hence  adv.,  καταν- 
TLOV,  c.  gen.,  Hdt.  6,  103,  118  ;  also 
c.  dat.,  7,  33 :  absol.  in  Soph.  Ant! 
5i2  :  also  κατάντια,  0pp. 

Καταντιπέρας,  {κατά,  άντιπέρας) 
3.dx.,=  καταντικρύ. — II.  c.  gen.,  Xen. 
An.  1,  1,  9. 

Καταντιπνέω,  f.  -πνενσω,=  άντι- 
πνέω. 

Καταντλέω,  ώ,  f.  -ησο),  {κατά,  αν- 
τλέω)  to  pour  upon  or  over,  hence 
metaph.  to  pour  a  flood  of  words  over 
one,  τινός.  Ar.  Vesp.  483  ;  so  too,  κ. 
7.όγον  or  γέ?Μτύ  τίνος.  Plat.  Rep. 
344  D,  536  B.— II.  in  Medic,  to  bathe 
or  steep,  esp,  with  hot  fomentations, 
to  steep,  foment,  κ.  τι  νδατι,  Diosc. 
Hence 

Κατύντλημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  fomenta- 
tion, Diosc. .  and 

Κατάντλησις,  εως,  }/,  a  bathing,  fo- 
mentation. 

Καταντλητέον,  verb.  adj.  from  κα- 
ταντλέω, one  must  bathe  οτ  foment. 

Κάταντ7.ος,  ον,=  ί)7τεραντ7.ος. 

Καταντΰγώδης,  ες,  (κατά,  άντνξ, 
εΐόος)  shaped  like  an  άντνξ,  rounded, 
round. 

Κατανυκτικός,  η,  όν,  {κατανύσσω) 
pricking  at  heart :  and 


ΚΑΤΑ 

Κατύνυξις,  εως,  ή,  α  pricking,  esp. 
at  heart,  Ν.  Τ.  :  from 

Κατανύσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  f.  -ξω,  {κα- 
τά, νύσσω)  to  prick,  Lat.  compungere : 
hence  metaph.  in  pass,  to  be  pricked 
at  heart,  have  compunctious  visitings, 
LXX. 

Καταννστάζω,  f.  -άσω  and  -άξω, 
(κατά,  νυστάζω)  to  nod  and  fall  asleep, 
go  to  sleep,  Alex.  Incert.  22. — II.  trans. 
to  lull  asleep,  Ael. 

Kuτύvvτω,=  sq.,  όδόν,  Xen.  Cyr. 
8,  6,  17. 

Κατάννω,  Att.  -ντω,  f.  -ύσω,  to 
bring  to  an  end,  finish :  esp. — 1.  with 
όδόν  or  some  noun  of  distance,  to  ac- 
complish a  certain  distance,  Hdt.  4, 
86 ;  8,  98 :  hence,  the  ace.  being 
omitted,  seemingly  intr.  to  arrive  at  a 
place,  εις  τόπον,  Wessel.  Hdt.  6,  140, 
cf  Xen.  Hell.  5,  4,  20 :  also  c.  gen., 
φίλης  προξένου  κατήννσαν,  they  have 
come  to,  met  with  a  kind  hostess  (where 
δόμον  may  be  supplied),  Soph.  El. 
1451  ;  but  in  κατανύσαι  φρενών,  Eur. 
Hipp.  365,  the  orig.  construction 
seems  quite  lost  sight  of. — 2.  to  ac- 
complish, perpetrate,  Eur.  El.  1163; 
hence  κ.  αίμα,  to  murder.  Id.  Or.  89. 
Cf  κατάνομαι. 

ΚατανωτιαΙος,  αία,  αΐον,  {κατά, 
νώτος)  on  or  behind  the  back. 

Κατανωτίζομαι,  fut.  -ίσομαι,  dep. 
mid.,  {κατά,  νωτίζω)  to  carry  on  one's 
back,  Luc. — II.  to  put  behind  one's  back, 
reject.     Hence 

Κατανωτιστής,  ov,  b,  one  who  de- 
spises, Dicaearch.  p.  15. 

Καταξαίνω,  { κατά,  ξαίνω)  to  card  or 
comb  well,  κ.  ίρια,  Hipp. :  also,  πέ- 
τρας or  λίθονς  Κ;  to  work  stone  /'or  use. 
Died.  :  hence — 2.  to  tear  in  pieces,  beat 
to  a  mimimy,  crush  and  destroy,  κ.  τινά 
πέτροις,  βολαΐς,  Soph.  Aj.  728,  Eur. 
Phoen.  1145  ;  so  κ.  τινά  εις  φοινικίδα, 
to  stone  him  to  red  rags,  Ar.  Ach.  320. 
—  3.  to  rub,  wear  or  waste  away,  Lat. 
attere're,  Aesch.  Ag.  197  :  so  in  pass., 
κατεξάνθην  πόνοις,  Eur.  Hipp.  274, 
δακρνοις,  Tro.  509.    Hence 

Κατάξανσις,  εως,  -η,  a  tearing  in 
pieces. 

Καταξενόω,  ω,  f.  -ώσω,  {κατά,  ξε- 
νόω)  to  receive  as  a  guest,  entertain, 
Aesch.  Cho.  706. 

Καταξέω,  f.  -έσω,  (κατά,  ξέω)  to  rub 
or  polish  away,  polish,  Plut. — 11.=  κα- 
ταξαίνω 2. 

Καταξηραίνω,  f.  -άνω,  {κατά,  ξη- 
ραίνω) to  dry  up,  Plat.  Tim.  76  A. 

Κατάξηρος,  ov,  {κατά,  ξηρός)  very 
dry.  withered,  Arist.  de  Anim. 

Καταξιοπιστεύομαι,  dep.,  {κατά, 
αξιόπιστος)  to  demand  implicit  belief  to 
the  prejudice  of  one,  c.  gen.,  Polyb.  12, 
17,  1,  cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  567. 

Κατάξιος,  ov,  strengthd.  for  άξιος, 
quite  or  very  worthy  of,  c.  gen..  Soph. 
Phil.  1009.  Adv.  -ίως.  Id.  El.  800: 
also  neut.  plur.  as  adv.  in  Anth. 
Hence 

Καταξιόω,  ώ,  to  deem  worthy,  esteem, 
hmiour,  τινά,  Aesch.  Theb.  667,  in  aor. 
mid. :  c.  gen.  rei,  to  deem  worthy  of  a 
thing,  Polvb.,  also  c.  ace.  pers.  et.  inf. 
Dem.  1383,  11.— II.  to  bid,  like  κε- 
λεύω, πολλά  χαίρειν  ξνμφοραΐς  κατα- 
ξιώ,  Aesch.  Ag.  572. — 2.  to  resolve  or 
determine  a  thing,  Soph.  Phil.  1095. 

Κάταξις,  εως,  ή,  (κατάγνυμι)  Ion. 
κάτηξις,  a  shivering,  Hipp. 

Καταξίωσις,  εως,  ή,  {καταξιόω)  α 
deeming  U'orthy  ;  esteem  or  respect  for 
one,  τινός,  Polyb. 

Καταξνράω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {κατά,  ξνράω) 
Ιο  shave  close,  Ctesias  ap.  Ath.  529  A. 

Κατάξϋσις,  εως,  η,  {καταξύω  a 
straping  off. 


ΚΑΤΑ 

Καταξνσμός,  ov,  ό,  a  scraping,  cut- 
ting, scratching,  carving :  artificial  car- 
ving :  from 

Καταξύω,  f.  -ύσω  [w],  {κατά,  ξύω) 
to  scrape,  Theophr. :  to  scratch  or 
mark,  Luc. — II.  to  polish  or  carve,  like 
καταξέω. 

^Κατάονες,  ων,  o'l,  the  Cataonians, 
Strab. 

^Καταονία,  ας,  ή,  Cataonia,  a  region 
of  southern  Cappadocia.  between 
the  ranges  Antitaurus  and  Amanus, 
Strab. 

Κατάορος,  ov.  Dor.  for  κατφορος. 

Καταπάγϊδεύω,  {κατά,  παγίς)  to 
encompass  with  nets. 

Καταπάγίως,  adv.,  (κατά,  πάγιος) 
firmly,  constantly,  πό7<.ιν  κ.  οίκείν, 
Isocr.  Antid.  ij  167. 

Καταπαιδεραστίω,  ω,  to  spend  in 
παιδεραστία,  Isae.  82,  22,  cf  κατα- 
πορνεύω. 

Καταπαίζω,  f.  -παίξομαι  and  -παι- 
ξονμαι,  {κατά,  παίζω)  to  jest  upon, 
mock  at  one,  c.  gen.,  Ar.  Fr.  212. 

Καταπαιω,  {κατά,  παίω)  to  strike 
hard. 

Καταπακτός,  η,  όν,  {καταπήγννμί) 
only  found  in  the  phrase,  καταπακτή 
θύρα,  a  door  shutting  downwards,  a 
trapdoor,  Hdt.  5,  16,  like  καταπηκτη. 

Καταπα7ιαιόομαι,  {κατά,  πα7.αιόω) 
as  Pass,  to  grow  very  old,  Galen. 

Καταπά7.αίω,  {κατά,  πα7Μίω)  to 
throw  in  wrestling,  Ar.  Ach.  710:  in 
genl.  to  overthrow,  Eur.  I.  A.  1013, 
and  Plat. 

Καταπά7.λω,  {κατά,  πάλ7.ω)  to 
shake  down.  Pass,  to  swing  one's  self, 
i.  e.  vault  or  leap  down,  ουρανού  έκ 
κατέπαλτο,  II.  19,  351,  Ep.  syncop. 
aor.  for  κατεπάλλετο :  for,  if  this  form 
be  given  to  κατεφά7.λομαι,  it  should 
be  written  properisp.  κατεπάλτο,  cf. 
άνέπαλτο. 

Καταπανννχίζω,  {κατά,  πανννχί- 
ζω)  to  pass  the  night,  Alciphron :  also 
as  dep.  καταπανννχίζομαι. 

Καταπΰνονργεύομαι,  {κατά,  πα- 
νονργεύομαι)  as  dep.  mid.,  to  act  vil- 
lanously  tmvards  one,  έπί  τίνα,  LXX. 
— II.  to  outdo  in  villany. 

Κατάπαρσις,  εως,  ή,  {καταπείρω) 
a  piercing,  boring. 

Κατάπασμα,  ατός,  τό,  any  thing  that 
can  be  strewn,  powder :  from 

Καταπάσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  fut.  -άσω, 
to  besprinkle,  bespatter  with  a  thing, 
c.  ace.  pers.  et  gen.  rei,  Ar.  Eq.  99 : 
Ti  κατά  τίνος.  Id.  Nub.  177. — II.  later 
c.  ace.  rei,  to  strew  or  sprinkle  over, 
άλευρα,  Arist.  H.  A.     Hence 

Κατύπαστος,  ov,  besprinkled  with  a 
thing,  e.  g.  στεφάνοις,  Ar.  Eq.  502: 
embroidered,  lb.  968. 

Καταπάτάγέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  strength- 
ened for  παταγέω. 

Καταπάτέω,  ώ,  i.  -ήσω,  {κατά,  πα- 
τέω)  to  tread  or  trample  down,  tread  or 
trample  under  foot,  Hdt.  7,  173,  223; 
K.  ύσι  TO  σπέρμα  κ.,  to  trample  down 
the  seed  (i.  e.  have  it  trampled  down) 
by  swine.  Id.  2,  14. — 2.  metaph.  to 
trample  on,  spurn,  II.  4,  157  (in  tmesis), 
Plat.  Gorg.  484  A,  etc.    Hence 

Καταπάτημα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which 
is  trampled  on :  an  object  of  contempt, 
LXX.  [a] 

Καταπάτησις,  εως,  ή,  {καταπάτέω) 
a  trampling  on,  LXX.  [ώ] 

Κατάπανμα,  ατός,  τό,  {καταπαύω) 
rest  from  a  thing,  c.  gen.  yoov,  II.  17, 
38  :  absol.  rest,  LXX. 

Καταπανσιμος,  ον,^^καταπανστι- 
κός. 

Κατάπανσις,  εως,  ή,  {καταπαύω)  α 
putting  Ιο  rest,  putting  down,  deposing, 
τυράννων,  βασιληίιις,  Hdt.  5,  38  ;  6, 
725 


ΚΑΤΑ 

67.  —  II.     a    resting,    calm,    Theophr. 
Hence 

Καταπανστίκύς,  ή,  όν,  putting  to 
rest,  calming. 

Καταπάνω,  poet,  καττπαύω,  Pintl. 
N.  9,  35,  (κατά,  παύω)  Ιο  put  or  lay  to 
rest,  calm,  assuage,  χόλον  Ο^ών,  Od.  4, 
583,  μηνιθμόν,  Jl.  10,  G2,  πόλεμον,  11. 
7,  36,  εγχος  κατέπαυσέ  σε,  II.  10,  018. 
— 2.  esp.  to  7nake  one  stop  from  a  thing^, 
hinder  or  check  from...,  c.  ace.  pers.  et 
gen.  rei,  τινύ.  άφροσννάων,  άγηνορίης 
άλεγείνής,  11.  22,  457,  Od.  24,  457  : 
and  c.  ace.  only,  to  stop,  hinder,  keep 
in  check,  Od.  2,  108,  II.  15,  105  :  later 
also,  like  καταλύω,  to  put  down,  de- 
pose one  from  power,  κ.  τινά  ύρχής, 
βασΰηίης,  Hdt.  4,  1 ;  6,  64 :  but  also, 
κ.  ΰρχήι•,  τΰμαννον,  etc.,  Id.  1,  80 ;  5, 
38.  Pass,  and  mid.  to  leave  off,  cease, 
rest.  The  act.  is  also  used  in  this  in- 
trans.  signf.,  Eur.  Hec.  918,  and  in 
Diod. 

\Καταπεδύω,  ώ,  f.  -τ/σω,  (κατά,  πε- 
<5(ίω)  to  chain,  bind  down  or  fast, 
Mosch.  2,  4,  in  tmesis,  cf.  II.  19,  94 ; 
V.  πεδάω. 

Καταπείθής,  ες,  obedient,  τινί,  Philo : 
from 

Καταπείβω,  f.  -πείσω,  [κατά,  πείθω) 
to  persuade.  Pass.  c.  fut.  mid.,  to  let 
one's  self  be  persuaded :  hence  to  be- 
lieve, also  to  obey. 

Κατάπείλέω,  ω,  f.  -7/σω,  strengthd. 
for  άπειλέω,  κ.  επη,  to  use  threatening 
words,  Soph.  O.  C.  659. 

Κατάπείρα,  ας,  ή,  {κατά,  πείρα)  an 
experiment. 

Καταπείράζω,  f.  -άσω,  {κατά,  πει- 
ράζω) to  tnake  trial  of,  make  an  attempt 
"ii,  c.  acc,  Lys.  186,  29 ;  c.  gen., 
Polyb. :  to  prove  severely,  harass,  Diod. 
Hence 

Καταπειρασμός,  οϋ,  δ,  an  attempt, 
Iriat,  attack,  Diosc. 

Καταπειρύτηρία,  ας,  ή.  Ion.  -ρητη- 
ρίτ),  a  sounding-line,  Hdt.  2,  5,  cl. 
βολίς. 

Καταπείρω,  f.  -περώ,  (κατά,  πείρω) 
to  pierce,  spit. 

^Καταπελεμίζω,  ί.  -ίξω,  (κατά,  πε- 
λεμίζω)  to  shake  or  swing  violently,  Αρ. 
Rh.  2,  92  in  tmesia. 

Καταπελμΰτύω,  ώ,  {κατά,  πέλμα) 
to  cobble,  patch,  LXX. 

Καταπελτάζω,  f. -άσομαιίη  At.  Ach. 
160  {κατά,  πελτύζω) :  to  overrun  ivi.th 
light-armed  troops  (πελτασταί),  hence 
καταπελτάσονται  Ίίοιωτίαν,  Ar.  1.  c. 

Καταπελτΰφέτης,  ου,  ό,  {καταπέλ- 
της, άφίημι)  one  who  shoots  the  bolt 
from  a  catapult. 

Καταπέλτης,  ου,  6,  (perh.  from 
καταπάλ7.ω)  a  war-engine  for  throwing 
bolts  or  darts,  a  kind  of  huge  cross- 
bow, Lat.  catnpiilta,  first  in  Mnesim. 
Philipp.  1,  9,  Arist.  Eth.  N.— II.  an 
instrument  of  torture,  Diod.,  and  LXX. 
Hence 

Καταπελτικός,  ή,  όν,  of  or  belong- 
ing to  a  catapult,  βέλος,  Strab. — II.  τα 
καταπελτίκύ.  sub.  υργανα,=  οΙ  κατα- 
πέλται. 

Καταπέμπω,  ί.  -φω,  (κατά,  πέμπω) 
to  send  down,  εις  έρεβος,  Hes.  Th.  515  : 
esp.  from  the  inland  to  the  sea-coast, 
Xen.  Hell.  5,  1,  30,  An.  1,  9.  7:  also 
simply, =7Γί,ΜΠ"ω,  Dem.  162, 11. 

Καταπενθέω,  ώ,  f.  -?/σω,  {κατά, 
πενθέω)  to  mourn  for,  bewail,  LXX. 

Κατηπεπαινω,  strengthd.  for  πε- 
παίνω,  Philo. 

]Καταπίπορ6α  perf  act.  from  κατά- 
πέρδω. 

Καταπεπτηυΐα,  Ep,  fem.  part,  perf 
of  καταπτήασω,  q.  v. 

Καταπέπτω,  later  coUat.  form  of 
καταπέσπω. 
7^6 


ΚΑΤΑ 

Καταπεπνκασμένως,  adv.  part.  perf. 
pas.s.  oi  καταπυκάζω,  slyly. 

Κατάπερ,  Ion.  lor  καΐηιπερ,  Hdt. 

Καταπεραιόω,  ώ,  {κατά,  περαιόω) 
to  cross  over  :  to  conclude,  end.    Hence 

Καταπεραίωσις,  εως,  ?/,  a  crossing  : 
an  ending.  East. 

Καταπέρδω,  usu.  in  mid.  -πέρδο- 
μαι :  aor.  κατέπαρδον  :  ρ1.  καταπέ- 
πορδα,  {κατά,  πέρδω)  to  break  wind  at 
one,  esp.  in  sign  of  contempt,  c.  gen., 
Ar.   Vesp.  618,  Plut.  618,  Horace's 

oppcdere  alicui. 

Καταπερίειμι,  strengthd.  for  περί- 
ειμι,  to  be  far  above,  Polyl). 

Καταπερίξνσις,  εως,  jj,  =  περίξυ- 
σίς,  a  scarifying. 

Καταπερονάω,  ώ,  f.  -ησω,  {κατά,  πε- 
ροΐ'άω)  to  buckle  or  clasp  tight,  Polyb. 

Καταπερπεμενομαι,  ==  περπερενο- 
μαι. 

Καταπέσσω,  Att.  -πέττω,  fut.  -πέ- 
ψω,  {κατά,  πέσσω)  to  boil  doivn  or  di- 
gest thoroughly :  metaph.  to  digest, 
keep  imder,  κ.  χόλον,  II.  1,  81  ;  κ.  όλ- 
βον,  i.  e.  to  bear  great  fortune  ineekly, 
Pind.  O.  1,87. 

Kora7rer(ii'vf);/<,also  -ννω,ίηί.  -πε- 
τασω,  {κατά,  πετάνννμί)  to  spread  out 
over,  11.  8,  441 ,  in  tmesis. — 11.  to  spread, 
cover,  or  hang  tvith,  TLvi  Ti,  Ar.  Vesp. 
132,  Plut.  731. 

Καταπετάομαι,=καταπετομαι.]ΛΑί. 
3,  111,  in  Ion.  part,  καταπετεώμινος. 

Καταπέτασμα,  ατός,  τό,  {καταπε- 
τάνννμι)  α  curtain,  veil,  Ν.  Τ. 

Καταπέτομαι,  fut.  -πτησομαι,  aor. 
κατεπτάμην,  {κατά,  πέτομαι,  q.  v.), 
to  fly  down,  Ar.  Vesp.  16,  Av.  791, 
etc. 

Κύταπετροκοπέω,  ώ,  f.  --ησω,  {κα- 
τά, πετροκοπέω)  to  dash  in  pieces 
against  rocks,  Diod. 

Καταπετρόω,  ώ,  {κατά,  πετρόω)  to 
stone  to  death,  Xen.  An.  1,  3,  2. — II.  to 
throw  down  from  a  rock,  Strab. 

Καταπέττω,  Att.  for  καταπέσσω, 
q.  V. 

Καταπέφνων,  part,  of  aor.  κατέ- 
πεφνον  q.  v.,  though  with  accent  as 
ifpres.,  U.  17,  539. 

Καταπεφρονηκότως,  adv.  part.  perf. 
from  καταφρονέω,  contemptuously, 
Dem.  219,  25. 

Καταπεφρονημένως,  adv.  part.  perf. 
pass,  from  καταόροΐ'έω,  despisedly. 

Καταπήγί'ϋμι  and  -νύω,  fut.  -πήξω, 
{κατά,  πτ/γννμι)  to  stick  fast  in  the 
ground,  plant  firmly,  ri  έπΙ  χθονί,  11. 
6,  213,  cf.  7,  441,  Hdt.  4,  72.  Pass.  c. 
pf.  et  plqpf.  2  act.,  to  stand  fast  or  firm 
in,  ίος  εν  yaiy  κατέπηκτο,  II.  11,  378  ; 
στήλη  καταπεπηγνία,  Hdt.  7,  30  :  la- 
ter also  to  become  congealed,  freeze, 
Arist.  H.  A. 

Καταπηδάω,  ώ,  ί.  -7/σω,  {κατά,  πη- 
δάω) to  leap  doum.  from,  ϊππου,  Xen. 
Cyr.  7,  1,38. 

Καταπημαίνω,  {κατά,  πημαα>ω)  to 
Kurt  or  da?nage  inuch. 

Κατατη/ξ.  f/γος,  or  κατύπηξ,  ηγος, 
ό,  V.  Lob.  Paralip.  p.  279,  {καταπή- 
γννμι)  a  post  fixed  in  the  ground,  a  pah, 
Joseph. — II.  a  graft,  Geop. 

Κατάπηρος,  ov,  {κατά,  πηρός)  rmi- 
tilated. 

Καταπϊαίνω,  (κατά,  ττιαίνω)  to 
make  fat,  fatten.  Plat.  Legg.  807   A. 

Καταπιέζω,  f.  -έσω,  {κατά,  πιέζω) 
to  press  or  keep  down.     Hence 

Καταπίεσις,  εως,  τ),  a  pressing  or 
keeping  down,  τοϋ  ■φνχονς,  Theophr. 

Καταπϊθάνεύομαι,  {κατά,  πιΘανεν- 
ο/ιαι.)  dep.,  to  use  persuasive  or  proba- 
ble argtt/nent.9,  Sext.  Emp. 

Καταπικραίνω,  strengthd.  for  πί 
κραίνω. 


ΚΑΤΑ 

Κατάπικρος,  ov,  {κατά,  πικρόζ) 
very  sharp  or  bitter,  LXX. 

Καταπίλέω,  ώ,  fut.  -ήσω,  {κατά, 
πιλέω)  to  wrap  up  in  felt :  in  genl.  ίο 
wrap  close  up,  Alciphr. 

Κάταπιμε'λί/ς,  ές,^=sq.,  Xenocr.  75 

Καταπιμελος,  ov,  {κατά,  πιμελης) 
very  fat,  Galon,  [i] 

Καταπιμπλημι,  fut.  -•πλτισΐΛ,{κατάρ 
πίμπλημι)  to  fill  up,  fill,  Lync.  ap 
Ath.  132  U.  Pass,  to  be  filled  with, 
full  of  a  thing,  c.  gen..  Plat.  Rep 
496  D ;  also  c.  dat,  Antiph.  Paras 
5,4. 

Καταπίμπρημι,  fnt.  -πρησω^,  {κατά 
πίμπρημι)  to  bum  ■up,  bum  ίο  ashes 
Polyb. 

Καταπίνω,  fut.  -ττίομαι,  Ar.  Eq. 
693  :  poet.  aor.  κάππι,ον {κατά,  πίνω). 
To  drink,  gulp  or  swallow  down,  distin- 
guished from  Kuradx/ytiv,  by  Aeschin. 
13,  39  as  the  stronger  word,  first  in 
Hes.  Th.  459,  467,  Hdt.  2,  68  ;  esp.  of 
the  sea,  Theogn.  080. — 2.  metaph.,  κ. 
Ενριπίδην,  to  drink  in  Euripides,  i.  e. 
imbibe  his  spirit,  Ar.  Ach.  484. — 3. 
also  metaph.  to  swallow  up,  jwe  up,  con- 
sume, Ar.  Vesp.  1147:  but  also  t» 
spend  or  waste  in  tippling,  Valck.  Hipp. 
626,  Jac.  A.  P.  62.  [ΐνω,  ϊομαι,  cf. 
ττίνω.] 

Καταπίπλημι,  poet,  for  καταπίμ• 
πλημι. 

Καταπιπράσκω,  {κατά,  πιπρήσκω) 
to  sell,  καταπραΟέν,  Luc.  Chronos.  16. 

Καταπίηρημι,  poet,  for  καταπίμ- 
πρημι. 

Καταπίπτω,  fut.  -πεσονμαι :  aor. 
κατεπεσον,  poet,  κάππεσον,  pf.  -πέ• 
πτωκα  {κατά,  πίπτω).  Το  fall  or 
drop  down,  kv  κονί^σι,  έπϊ  γαίτ),  άλι, 
II.  12,  23  ;  16,  311,  Od.  5,  374,  etc., 
but  in  Hom.  always  in  poet,  aor.,  la- 
ter usu.  K.  εις  τι:  παραΐ  ποσΐ  κάπ- 
πεσε  θυμός,  their  spirit  fell,  Π.  15, 
280,  later  καταπ.  τω  θνμώ,  like  Lat. 
concidere  animo :  καταπ.  εις  τι,  to  fall 
down  into...,  Eur.  Cycl.  671  ;  hence, 
K.  εις  άπιστίαν,  Plat.  Phaed.  88  D. 
[t  by  nature.] 

Καταπισσόω,  Att.  -ττόω,  ώ,  {κατά, 
πισσόω)  to  cover  with  pitch,  pitch  over, 
as  was  done  to  wine-jars  to  keep  out 
the  air,  Cratin.  Pyt.  J 7,  Ar.  Eccl. 
1109. — 2.  to  cover  with  pitch  so  as  to 
pull  out  the  hair,  hence  to  take  η  pull 
at,  annoy,  attack,  Lat.  vellicare,  lb.  829. 
— B.  pass,  to  be  pitched  over  and  then 
burnt.  Plat.  Gorg.  473 :  perh.  like  the 
Latin  tunica  molesta,  cf.  Routh  ad  1. 
(quoted  also  by  Stallbaum.) 

Καταπιστεύω,  ^{κατύ,  πιστεύω)  to 
entrust  to,  τινί  Ti,  late. — 2.  to  confide 
in,  c.  dat.,  Polyb.  2,  3,  3:  absoL, 
Plut.  Lys.  8. 

Καταπιστόω.  ώ,  {κατά,  πιστόω)  to 
warrant.  Mid.  to  brco7nc  seairily,  νπέβ 
τίνος  προς  τίνα,  for  one  to  another, 
Plut.  Cleom.  21.     Hence 

Καταπίστωσις,  εως,  η,  a  giving  of 
security,  a7i  assuraiice,  Plut. 

Καταπιττόω,  ώ,  v.  καταπισσόω. 
Hence 

Καταπίττωμα,  ατός,  τό',  that  which 
is  covered  with  pitch. 

Καταπλαγί]ς,  ές,  {καταπλ,ήσσομαι) 
panic-struck,  scared,  Polyb.     Hence 

Καταπλάγία,  ας,  ή,  panic  fear. 

Κατάπλάσις,  εως,  η,  {καταπλύσ- 
σω)  α  plastering,  Hipp. 

Κατάπλασμα,  ατός,  τό,  that,  which 
is  spread  or  smeared,  a  plaster,  poultice, 
ointment,  Ar,  Fr.  309,  12 :  from 

Καταπλήσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  f.  -άσω 
[(<],  {κατά,  πλάσσω)  to  spread  over, 
plaster.  With,  τινί  τι,  Hdt.  2,  70  ;  mid., 
καταπλύσσεσθαι  την  κεφαλήν,  to 
plaster  one's  own  head,  Id.  2, 85,  cf.  4, 


ΚΑΤΑ 

75  :  esp.  as  medic,  terra,  to  apply  as  a 
plaster  or  poultice,  Diosc.     Hetice 

ΐίατατΐ/ίαστέον,  verb.  adj.  one  must 
planter ;  and 

1ί.ατα~7Μστης,  ου,  ό,  oie  who  plas- 
ters or  aiioints,  Philo. 

Κατα~?-ασΓΟς,  y,  όν,  (καταττ/Μσ- 
cu)  spread  or  plastered  over,  κ.  φάρμα- 
κον,  a  plaster  or  poultice,  Ar.  Plut. 
717,  opp.  to  xptarbv  (p.,  a  salve  or 
ointment,  v.  SchoL  ad  1.,  and  of.  πι- 
ατός. — IL  made  up,  f urged,  fahe,  Me- 
nand.  p.  1 19. 

Ka-ajT/iaffruf,  νος,  ij.  Ion.  for  aa- 
τάπλασμα,  Hdt.  4,  75. 

ΚαΓο-λίΛ'ω,  il  -^ω,  (κατά,  π7^κω) 
to  ealtciiie,  plait,  Hdt  .3,  98  :  hence 
metaph-  to  implicate,  n.  nva  ττβοόο• 
da,  Hdt.  8,  128. — II.  to  twist  complete- 
ly, and  so  in  geaL  to  bring  to  an  end, 
finish,  K.  T'}]v  ζόην,  την  βϊ/σιν.  Id.  4, 
205 ;  8,  83,  cf.  διαπλέκω. 

Καταπλεονεκτέω,  ώ,  to  have  the  ad- 
vantage over,  c.  gen.,  Hipp. 

Κ.ατύτΓ?ι£ος,  ov,  also  a,  ov,  Att. 
-π/ιευζ,  cjv,  gen.  ω,  {κατά,  π?.έος) 
quite  full,  τινός,  of  a  thing,  Plut. ; 
hence  fouled,  stained  with  a  thing, 
Xen.  Cyr.  8,  3,  30. 

Καταπλέω,  f.  -τϊλενσομαι.  Ion. 
-ΤΓ/ίώω,  {κατά,  '!τ7Λω)  to  sail  down, 
hence — 1.  to  sail  from  the  high  sea  to 
shore,  put  into  port,  put  in,  Od.  9,  142, 
Hdt.  1,  2,  etc. — 2.  to  sail  down  streain, 
c.  acc,  K.  τον  Έύφρήτ7μ•,  Hdt.  1, 185  ; 
absol..  Id.  7,  137. — II.  to  sail  back.  Id. 
1,  165  ;  3,  45,  etc. 

Κατάπλεως,  ων,  gen.  ω,  Att.  for 
κατύπλεος,  Xen. 

Ίίαταπλιρ/ής,  ες,  =  καταπ?ιαγτ}ς, 
Clem.  ΑΙ. 

Καταπ?ι,ηγμός,ον,  ό,^κατάπληξις, 
LXX. 

Καταπληκτικός,  ή,  όν,  {καταπ7.ήσ- 
(Τω)  belonging  to  or  fitted  for  striking 
with  amazement,  striking,  wondrous,  εν- 
πρόςωπος  και  κ..  Macho  ap.  Ath. 
578  C  :  terrible,  Polyb.  ;  but  expressly 
opp.  to  φο3ερός,  in  Muson.  ap.  Stob. 
p.  326,  43.'    Adv.  -κώς,  Polyb. 

Κατάπληκτος,  ov,  striking,  won- 
drous, Diod. 

Καταπ/.ηξ,  ηγος,  6,  η,  (καταπλήσ- 
σω) subject  to  sudden  fear,  fearful,  tim- 
id, Lys.  107,  34,  and  Arist.  Eth.  N. 

Κατάπληξις,  εως,  ή,  amazement, 
consternation,  Thuc.  7,  42  ;  κ-  ομμά- 
των, stupor,  Hipp. 

ίΚαταπ7^ηρόω,  ω,  [κατά,  π7^ηρόω)  to 
fill  quite  full,  Eccl. 

Καταπ7.ησσω,  Att.  -ττω,  f.  -ξω, 
(κατά,  π7.ήσσω)  strictly  to  strike  down : 
usu.  metapli.  to  strike  with  ainazement, 
amaze,  astound,  the  act.  first  in  Xen. 
Pass.  καταπ7.7/σσεσθαι,  to  be  panic- 
stricken,  be  amazed,  astounded,  κατε- 
ττ7.ψ/η  <j)i7Mv  ητορ,  11.  3,  31 ;  in  which 
signi.  the  Att.  mostly  used  the  aor. 
κατεπ7ίάγ7]ν  [ΰ] :  κ.  τινί,  at  a  thing, 
Thuc.  1,  81,  but  also  τι,  Isocr.  415  E, 
etc.,  cf.  Eupol.  Ko/MK.  1,  10.  The 
part.  perf.  act.  καταπεπληγώς,  is  also 
used  intrans.  by  late  writers,  as  Dion. 
H.,  and  App. 

Καταπλίσσω,  f.  -ξω,  (κατά,  πλίσ- 
αω)  to  throw  an  antagonist  by  twisting 
one's  legs  in  his.  Pass,  to  be  so  thrown, 
so  too  in  fut.  mid.  καταπΑ,ιγησει,  you'll 
be  thrown,  as  Dind.  corrects  the  dub. 
i.,  Ar.  Fr.  1,  from  Hesych. 

Καταπ7.οκή,  ης,  ή,  (καταπλέκω)  an 
entwining,  connexion,  complication.  Plat. 
Tim.  70  D. — II.  in  music,  the  connexion 
of  notes  descending  in  regular  succession, 
opp.  to  (iva~7.oiitj. 

Κατάπλοος,  ov,  6,  contr.  -πλονς, 
(,καταπ7ιέω)  a  sailing  down  to  land,  a 
putting  ashore,  putting  in,  Thuc.  4,  10. 


ΚΑΤΑ 

— 2.  α  landing-place. — II.  a  sailing  back, 
return,  Xen.  Hell.  1,  4.  11. 

Καταπ/.ουτέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω.  {κατά, 
π7\.οντέω)  to  be  very  rich  in  a  thing,  c. 
acc.  reL 

Καταπ/Μυτίζω,  fut.  -ίσο»  Att.  -ΐώ, 
{κατά,  π7Μυτίζω)  to  make  very  rich, 
enrich.  Hdt.  6,  132. 

Καταπ/.ουτομΰχέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {κα- 
τά, π/Μντος,  μάχομαι)  to  conquer  by 
money.  Diod. 

Κατάπ/.ύμα,  ατός,  τό,=^κατάπ7ι.ν- 
σις :  from 

Καταπ7ίύνω,  {κατά,  π?ιννω)  to  bathe 
with  water,  drench,  Ar.  Fr.  546 :  me- 
taph., TO  πράγμα  καταπέπ7Μται,  the 
affair  is  washed  out,  i.  e.  forgotten, 
Aeschin.  79,  19.     Hence 

Κατάπ/Μσις,  εως,  η,  a  bathing  in 
water,  drenching,  Xen.  Eq.  5,  9. 

Καταπλώω,  poet,  and  Ion.  for  κα- 
ταπλέω, freq.  in  Hdt. 

Καταπνείω,  poet,  for  καταπνέω, 
Η.  Hom.  Cer.  239. 

Καταπνέω,  f.  -πνεύσω,  { κατά, 
πνέω)  to  breathe  upon  or  over,  τινός  τι, 
as,  κ.  ϊμερον  Ι/μών,  to  breathe  desire 
upon  us,  Ar.  Lys.  552  ;  but  c.  dat.,  κ. 
τόπον  εί'ωόία,  to  fill  the  place  with 
fragrance,  Heliod. :  in  Eur.  Med.  839 
c.  dupl.  acc,  K.  αύρας  χώραν,  nisi 
leg.  χώρας. — 2.  to  inspire,  Aesch.  Ag. 
105,  cf.  Eur.  Rhes.  387.— U.  to 
breathe,  blow  upon,  strike,  καταπνεϊ 
νέμεσίς  τινι,  Flat.  (Com.)  Pha.  1, 
14. 

Καταπνίγω,  f.  -πνιξονμαι,  {κατά, 
πνίγω)  to  choke,  smother,  Arist.  H.  A. 
[i]     Hence 

Κατάπνιξις,  εως,  ή,  a  choking  ox 
smothering,  Arist.  Probl. 

Καταπνοί],  ης,  ή,  {καταττνέω)  a 
breathing  or  blowing.  Find.  P.  5,  162. 

Κατάπνοος,  ov,  contr.  -πνονς,  ovv, 
breathed  or  blown  upon. 

Καταπόόα.  also  καταπόδας,  adv. 
for  KUTu  πόδα,  κατά,  πόδας,  quickly, 
straightway,  like  the  French  sur  les 
pas,  Hdt.  5,  98,  but  now  usu.  written 
divisim. 

Καταποικίλλω,  {κατά,  ποικίλλω) 
to  make  variegated,  deck  with  divers  col- 
ours, diversify.  Plat.  Tim.  85  A ;  and 
in  pass..  Id.  Euthyphr.  6  C. 

Καταπολαύω,  {κατά,  άποΤιανω)  to 
enjoy  too  much,  abuse. 

Καταπο/.εμεω,  ώ,  f.  -7/σω,  {κατά, 
πολεμέω)  to  war  down,  i.  e.  overcome, 
subdue,  Lat.  dehellare,  τινά,  Thuc.  2, 
7,  Xen.  Hell.  7,  1,  10,  etc.     Hence 

Καταπο7.έμησις,  εως,  ή,  an  over- 
throwing, subduing. 

Καταπολιορκέω,  ώ,  f.  -?/σω,=  πο- 
?αορκέω. 

ΚαταπολΙτενομαι,  dep.,  {κατά,  πο- 
λιτεύω)  to  subdue  or  reduce  by  policy, 
τινά,  Dem.  442,  21,  and  Plut." 

Καταπο7ιν,  adv.  for  κατά  πο7.ν,  by 
a  great  deal,  very  much. 

Καταπομπενω,  {κατά,  πομπενώ)  to 
scoff  at,  insult,  c.  gen.,  Luc. ,  cf.  πομ- 
πενώ. 

Καταπονέω,  ώ,  ί.  -ήσω,  {κατά,  πο- 
νέω)  Ιο  tire,  iveaken  by  toil  or  suffering, 
in  genl.  to  overpower,  subdue  af'er  a  hard 
struggle,  Menand.  p.  250,  and  Polyb. 
Hence 

Καταπόνησις,  εως,  ή,  a  tiring  out : 
weariness,  tveakness. 

Καταπονάς, ov,  {κατά,  πονέω)  tired, 
wearied,  Plut. 

Καταποντίζω  f.  -ίσω  Att. -ίώ,  {κα- 
τά, ποντίζω)  to  throw  into  the  sea, 
plunge  or  drown  therein,  τινά,  Lys. 
142,  16,  Dem.  677,  6.     Hence 

Καταποντισμός.  ov,  a,  a  drowning 
in  the  sea,  Isocr.  257  E. 

Καταποντιστέον,  verb.  adj.  from 


ΚΑΤΑ 

καταποντίζω,  one  vitist  drown  in  the 
sea.  Clem.  Al. 

Καταποντιστής,  ov,  δ,  {καταπον- 
τίζω) one  who  throws  into  the  sea,  esp. 
of  pirates,  λ^σταΐ  και  κ.,  Isocr.  280 
A,  Dem.,  etc. 

Καταποντόω,  ώ,  =  καταποντίζω, 
Hdt.  1,  165  ;  also,  κ.  ές  την  θάλασ- 
σαν, 3,  30. 

Καταποπέρδομαι,  in  mid.,  like  κα- 
ταπέρδω,  Lat.  oppcdere. 

Καταπορεύομαι,  {κατά,  πορεύομαι) 
dep.  c.  fut.  mid.,  to  go  or  cotne  down: 
usu.  to  come  back,  esp.  from  banish- 
ment, like  κατέρχομαι,  Polyb. 

Καταπορέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {κατά,  άπο- 
ρέω)  to  treat  wrongly  from  awkward- 
ness or  ignorance,  Hipp. 

ΚαταπορΟέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {κατά, 
πορθέω)  to  ravage  utterly. 

Καταπύρνευσις,  εως,  ή,  a  prostitu- 
ting, Plut. :  from 

Καταπορνενω,  {κατά,  πορνεύω)  to 
m.ake  a  courtesan  of,  to  prostitute,  κ.  Tu 
τέκνα,  Hdt.  1,  94.— II.  to  violate,  rav- 
ish, Plut. — III.  to  squander  on  courte- 
sans, Dio  C. — IV.  metaph.  to  pander  to. 

Καταπορνοκοπέω,ώ,  ί.-ήσω,  {κατά, 
πορνοκόπος)  to  squander  upon  courte- 
sans. 

Καταπορσννω,  f.  -ννώ,  strengthd. 
for  πορσννω,  dub.  1.  in  Xen. 

Κατάποσις,  εως,  ή,  {καταπίνω)  a 
gulping  down,  swallowing.  Plat.  Tim. 
80  A,  Arist.,  etc. — 11.  the  swallow,  gul- 
let, Diosc. 

Καταπότης,  ov,  a,  a  glutton. 

Καταπότιον,  ov,TO,=sq.,  Theophr. 

Κατάποτον,  ου,  τό,  that  which  cayi 
be  gulped  down  or  swallowed,  a  draught 
or  pill,  Hipp. :  strictly  neut.  from 

Κατάποτος,  ov,  {καταπίνω)  to  be 
drunk  or  swallowed.     Hence 

Καταπύτρα,  ας.  ή,  the  lower  end  of 
the  gullet,  the  orifice  of  the  stomach, 
Paul.  Aeg. 

Καταπραγμΰτενομαι,  {κατά,  πραγ- 
ματεύομαι) dep.,  to  employ  means 
against,  τινός. 

Καταπρακτικός,  ή,  όν,  {καταπράσ- 
σω)  fitted  for  accomplishing,  c.  gen., 
Muson.  ap".  Stob.  p.  338,  34. 

Καταπρΰνής,  ές.  Dor.  for  καταπρη- 
νής. 

Κατάπραξις,  εως,  ή,  fulfilment, 
Clem.  ΑΙ. ;  from 

Καταπράσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  f.  -άξω, 
{κατά,  πράσσω)  Ιο  accomplish,  achieve, 
Xen.,  Isocr.,  etc.  Mid.  to  achieve  for 
one's  self  Xen.  An.  7,  7,  27.  {πρά  by 
nature.] 

Καταπράύνσις,  εως,  ή,  a  softening 
down,   [πρά^  :   from 

Καταπραύνω,  {κατά,  τϊραννω)  to 
soften  down,  appease,  propitiate,  Plat. 
Euthyd.  288  B,  Isocr.,  etti 

Κατάπρεμνος,  ov,  {κατά,  πρέμνον) 
with  many  stems  or  branches. 

Καταπρεσ:3εύω,  {κατά,  πρεσ3ενω) 
to  undertake  an  embassy  against  an- 
other, c.  gen.,  Strab. 

Καταπρηνής,  ές.  Dor.  -πρανής, 
{κατά,  πρηνής)  with  the  fore  part  down- 
wards, down-turned,  in  Houi.  always 
as  epith.  of  χειρ,  of  the  open  hand 
moved  downwards  or  laid  flat  upon  a 
thing,  II.  15,  114;  16,  792,  Od.  19, 
467.  —  II.  sloping  downwards,  steep. 
Hence 

Καταπρηνίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  to  throw  head- 
long down,  Nic. 

Καταπρηνόω,  ω,  =^  foreg.,  Leon. 
Tar.  74. 

Καταπρηννω,  Ton.  and  Ep.  for  κα- 
ταπραύνω. Αρ.  Kh.  1,  265. 

Καταπρίω,  {κατά,  πρίω)  to  saw 
through,  saw  up,  Hdt.  7,  36  :  in  genl.  to 
cut  or  bite  inpieces,  Theocr.  10,  55.  [t] 
727 


ΚΑΤΑ 

"Κατατζροβά}.}  ω,  [κατά,  ■προβά7.7ιω) 
to  throw  forwards  down,  prostrate,  Ga- 
len. 

Καταπροόίδωμί,  strengthened  for 
τνροδίδωμι,  to  betray,  leave.iti  the  lurch, 
Hdt.  7.  157  :  so  too  in  Ar.  Vesp. 
1044,  and  Thuc. 

Κατα-ροΐημί,  strengthd.  for  trpoi- 
ημι :  usu.  in  mid.,  to  throw  quite  away, 
throw  away,  Polyb.  [On  the  quantity 
V.  ιημι] 

Καταττροΐξομαι,  Att.  -τϊροίξομαι,  a 
soUtary  fut.  (tor  the  pres.  and  aor.  are 
only  found  in  very  late  writers,  as 
Themist.)  (κατά,  τνροΐξ).  Strictly  /ο 
do  for  nothing,  i.  e.  do  scot-free,  u-ith 
impunity,  always  used  with  a  negat., 
and  in  bad  sense : — 1.  absol.,  ov  ku- 
ταττροΐξεσθαι  έφη,  he  said  they  should 
not  get  off  free,  Hdt.  3,  36  :  so  too  in 
common  Att.  dialogue,  ούτοι  κατά- 
-τϊροίξίΐ, you  shan't  get  off,=  ov  προίκα 
π-οίί/σας  εσ?ι- — 2.  also  freq.  c.  part. 
aor.,  ov  λωιΐησάμενος  έμε  καταπροί- 
ξεταΐ,  he  shall  not  escape  for  having 
thus  insulted  me,  Hdt.  3, 156  ;  ov  κα- 
ταττροΐξονται  ΰποστύντες,  5,  105,  cf. 
7,  17,  Ar.  Eq.  435,  Vesp.  1396:  also 
C.  part,  pres.,  ov  κ.  τοντο  δρών,  thou 
shall  not  escape  for  doing  this,  Ar. 
Vesp.  1366,  cf  Thesm.  566.-3.  much 
more  rarely  c.  gen.  pers.,  έμεν  δ'  εκεί- 
νος οι)  καταττροΐξεται.  he  shall  not 
escape  for  this  despite  done  to  me,  Ar- 
chil. 28,  cf  Ar.  Nub.  1210.— The 
word  is  of  Ion.  origin,  and  first  occurs 
in  Archil.,  and  Hdt.  :  the  Att.  only 
used  in  familiar  dialegue,  Valck.  Hdt. 
3,  36,  Lob.  Phryn.  169. 

Κατα~ρο?.εί~ω,  fut  --φω,  {κατά, 
ίτρολείττω)  to  forsake  utterly,  Ap.  Rh. 

Καταπρονομεύω,  (  κατά,  προνο- 
μενο))  to  carry  off  captive  or  as  booty, 
LXX. 

Καταπροτείνημαι,  {κατά,  προτεί- 
νω) dep.,  to  hold  out  as  a  pretence,  τι, 
Galen. 

Καταπροτερέω,  ώ,  ί.  -ήσω,  (κατά, 
προτερέω)  to  be  before,  get  the  better  of 
another,  c.  gen.,  Diod. :  in  pass,  to  be 
beaten,  τινί,  in  a  thing,  Polyb. 

Υίατατίροχέω,  ί.  -χενσω,  {κατά, 
ττροχέω)  to  pour  down,  κ.  δάκρυα  πα- 
ρειών to  pour  tears  dow)i  or  over  one's 
cheeks,  Ap.  Rh. 

Κατάπρωκτος,  oi-',=  κατάπυγος,  Ar. 
Eccl.  364,  cf  Reisig  Conj.  1,  p.  xi. 

Καταπτΰκών,  όντας,  b,  part.  aor.  2 
from  καταπτήσσω,  q.  v. 

Κατάπτερος,  ov.  (κατά,  πτερόν) 
winged,  Aesch.  Pr.  798,  Eur.  Or.  176. 
Hence 

Κατατττερόω,  ώ,  to  furnish  with 
wings. 

Καταπτήσομαι,  fut.  of  καταπέτο- 
μαι. 

Καταπτήσσυ,  fiit.  -πτήξω :  poet. 
aor.  2  κατάπτιμ',  3  dual,  καταπτή- 
την,  11.  8,  136  :  a  poet.  part.  aor.  κα- 
ταπτΰκών also  occurs  in  Aesch. 
Eum.  252  :  pf  κατέπτηκα  and  κατέ- 
■πτηχα.  Ep.  part,  καταπεπτηώς,  v. 
infr.  To  stoop,  crouch  or  cower  down, 
II.  8,  136.  Od.  8,  190 ;  7.ίμω  καταπε- 
πτηνία,  Hes.  Sc.  265,  which  others 
refer  to  καταπίπτω,  but  cf  προς- 
πτήσσω. 

^Καταπτήτην,  3  dual  2  aor.  of  κα- 
ταπτήσσω, 11. 

Καταπτίσσω.  f.  -ίσω,  [ϊ]  (κατά, 
πτίσσω)  to  grind  to  powder,  Plut. 

Καταπτοέω.  ώ,  f  -ήσω,  (  κατά, 
πτοέω)  to  frigh/en,  Geop. 

Κατάπτομαι,  Ion.  for  καθάπτομαι, 
Hdt. 

Κατάπτυστης,     ov,     also    η,     ov 
Anacr.  120,  (καταπτνω)  spat  upon,  to 
be  spat  upon,  hence  abominable,  first  in 
788 


ΚΑΤΑ 

Anacr.  1.  c,  then  in  Aesch.  Eum. 68, 
etc.  :  also  in  prose,  as  Dem.  236,  22, 
etc.     Adv.  -τως. 

Καταπτνχής,  ες,  (κατά,  πτvχή)f^dl 
of  folds,  with  ample  folds,  Theocr.  15, 
34. 

Καταπτνω.  f.  -νσω,  {κατά,  πτύω)  to 
spit  upon  or  at,  esp.  as  a  mark  of  ab- 
horrence or  contempt,  Ar.  Ran.  1179, 
absol. ;  but  usu.  c.  gen.,  as  Dem.  295, 
8.  [ϋω,  νσω} 

Κατάπτωμα,  ατός,  τό,  {καταπίπτω) 
α  ruin,  LXX. 

Κατάπτωσις,  εως,  y,  {καταπίπτω) 
α  falling  down,  a  fall,  LXX. 

Καταπτώσσω,  {κατά,  πτώσσω)  to 
stoop,  crouch  or  cower  down  from  tear, 
like  καταπτήσσω,  11.  4,  224,  340,  etc. 

Κατάπτωτος,  ov,  {καταπίπτω)  fall- 
en down,  ruined. 

Καταπτωχενω,  {κατά,  πτωχεύω)  to 
reduce  to  beggary,  beggar,  Plut.  Pass. 
to  be  or  become  beggared,  τύχαι  κατε- 
πτωχευμέναι,  beggary,  Dion.  Η. 

Καταπϋγέω,  u,=  sq.,  dub. 

Καταπνγίζω,  ί.  -ίσω,  to  beoxact  like 
a  καταπύγων. 

Κατάπϋγος,  ov,  v.  sub  καταπύγων. 
Hence 

Καταπϋγοσννη,τις,τ}, unnatural  lust, 
in  genl.  lewdness,  Cratin.  Drap.  4,  Ar. 
Nub.  1023. 

Κηταπϋγόσννος,  η,  ov,=sq.,  Cra- 
tin. Chir.  4,  but  v.  Meineke. 

Καταπύγων,  όνος,  ύ,  ί/,  neut.  -πν- 
γον,  and  poet,  -γών,  ώνος,  ό,  {κατά, 
πνγή) : — given  to  unnatural  lust,  in 
genl.  lewd,  first  in  Sophron,  then  in 
Ar.  Eq.  639,  Thesm.  200.  The  ob- 
lique cases  with  the  short  vowel  όνος, 
etc.,  are  held  to  be  the  right  forms, 
Lob.  Phryn.  195. — Irreg.  compar.  -γω- 
νέστερος,  Ar.  Lys.  776;  ap.  Ath.  281 
E,  and  in  Sophron  καταπνγότερος, 
as  if  from  κατάπνγος,  cf  επιλησμων. 

Καταπνθω,  ί.  -νσω,  {κατά,  πνβω)  to 
make  rotten,  corrupt,  Η.  Hom.  Αρ.  371. 
Pass,  to  become  rotten,  rot,  11.  23,  328. 

Καταπΰκαζω,  f.  -άσω,  {κατά,  πν- 
κάζω)  to  cover  over,  deck  richly. 

Κατύπνκνος,  ov,  strengthd.  for 
πυκνός,  very  thick,  Theocr.  Ep.  1,  1: 
as  medic,  term,  very  costive,  Hipp. 
Hence 

Καταπνκνόω,  ώ,  to  make  very  thick, 
fill  or  stud  thickly  with  a  thing,  τινί, 
tOlyb. — II.  to  pile  up,  get  together,  e.  g. 
money,  Damox.  ap.  Ath.  102  A. — III. 
to  make  close,  full  or  perfect,  Epicur. 
ap.  Diog.  L.  10,  142.     Heiice 

Καταπνκνωσις,  εως,  ή,  a  making 
full  or  perfect,  Alciphr. 

Καταπνκτεύω,  {κατά,  πνκτενω)  to 
conquer  in  boxing. 

Καταπϋρίζω,  (κατά,  πυρ)  to  light, 
kindle :  Theocr.  2,  24  has  poet.  part, 
aor.  καππνρίσασα,  in  intrans.  signf . 
wherefor  Valck.  would  read  κάππν- 
ρος  εύσα,  v.  sq. 

Κατάπϋρος,  ov,  poet,  κάππνρος, 
{κατά,  πϊφ)  on  fire,  blazing,  v.  foreg. 

Καταπνρπο7^έω,  ώ,  ί.  -r/σω,  {κατά, 
πυρπο'λέω)  to  burn  quite  up,  ivaste  with 
fire,  Ar.  Thesm.  243. 

Κατάπυ^βος,  ov,  {κατά,  πνρβός) 
very  red,  deep  red,  Diosc. 

Καταπϋτίσκω,  to  squirt  away. 

Καταπώγων,  ov,  gen.  ωνος,  {κατά, 
πώγων)  with  a  long  beard,  bearded, 
Diod. 

Kaτaπω?Jω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {κατά,  πω- 
λίω)  to  sell,  Clem.  Al. 

Καταπωμύζω,  {κατά,  πωμάζω)  to 
shtit  close  up.  Math.  Vett. 

Κατάρα,  ας.  ή,  Ion.  -ρη,  a  curse,  κα- 
τάρην  ποιεΐαθαί  Ttvi.  to  lay  a  curse 
upon  one,  Hdt.  1   165  ;  διδόναι  τίνα 


ΚΑΤΑ 

κατάρ<^,  Eur.  El.  1324.  [--^-,  Aesch. 
Theb.  725,  etc.] 

Καταραιρημενος,  Ion.  part.  perf. 
pass,  from  καθαιρέω,  for  καΘ^ρ7}μέ- 
νος,  Hdt. 

Καταράκτης,  ov,  ό,=καταΙ)βάκτης. 

Κατάρακτικός,  ή,  όν,  {καταράσσω) 
striking  against.  Adv.  -κώς,  like  a  cat 
aract. 

Καταράομαι,  f.  -άσομαι.  Ion.  -ήσο- 
μαι,  {κατά,  (ΐράομαι)  dep.  mid.  to  call 
down  -upon  one,  esp.  evil,  κ.  ΰ'λγεά 
τινι,  Od.  19,  330,  c.  ace.  rei  only, 
ΤΓολλα  κατιιράτο,  he  called  down  much 
evil,  uttered  many  curses,  II.  9,  454  ;  so 
too  c.  inf ,  καταρώνται  δ'  απο'/.έσθαι, 
they  pray  that  he  may  perish,  Theogn. 
277  :  but  c.  dat.  pers.  only,  to  curse 
one,  Hdt.  4,  184,  Ar.  Ran.  746  ;  and 
so  in  N.  T.  c.  ace.  pers. — In  LXX.  we 
find  an  aor.  pass.  κατ7ΐρύθην  [ΰ],  in 
pass,  signf ;  and  so  also  part.  aor. 
mid.  κατηράμενος,  accursed,  LXX, 
and  N.  T.  [«p  Horn.,  up  Att.]   Hence 

Καταράσίμος,  ov.  accursed.  [p«] 

Κατά()ασις,  εως,  ή,  a  cursing,  LXX.. 

Καταράσσω,  Att.  -ττω,ί.  -ξω,  {κατά, 
άράσσω)  to  dash  doum,  break  in  pieces, 
Hippon.  23:  to  drive  headlong,  ες  τό- 
πον, Hdt.  9,  69. — II.  intrans.  to  fall 
down,  fall  headlong,  Clearch.  ap.  Ath. 
393  B,  and  Polyb. 

Κατάράτος,  ov,  {καταράομαι)  ac- 
cursed, abominable,  first  in  Soph.  O.  T. 

1345.     [Ep.- •  Att.----,Herm. 

Soph.  1.  c,  Seidl.  Dochm.  p.  71.] 

ΚατάρβϋΆος,  ov,  {κατά,  άρΐ3ν?.η) 
reaching  down  to  the  shoes,  like  ποδή- 
ρης,  χλαίνα  κ..  Soph.  Fr.  559. 

Καταργέω,ώ,ί.-ήσω,  (κατά,άργεω) 
to  leave  unemployed  or  idle,  κ.  χίρας, 
Eur.  Plioen.  753  :  κ.  τους  καιρούς,  to 
miss  the  opportunities,  Polyb.  :  κ. 
την  γην,  to  make  the  ground  barren, 
N.  T. — 11.  to  make  useless,  void,  abol- 
ish, N.  T. :  hence  also  to  set  free,  τινά 
από  τίνος,  Ν.  Τ. 

Καταργίζω,  ί.  -ίσω,  {κατά,  αργός) 
to  make  to  tarry,  ov  καταργίζει  πόδα, 
Aesch.  Theb.  374,  as  Herm.  would 
read  for  the  unmeaning  ονκ  απαρτί- 
ζει πόδα. 

Κάταργμα,  ατος,  τό,  {κατάρχομαι) 
only  used  in  plur.,  τα  κατάργματα, 
that  wherewith  the  sacrifice  u-as  begun 
and  the  victim  hallowed,  prob.  the  ov- 
λοχύται,  Eur.  I.  T.  244 :  cf  κατάρ- 
χομαι I.  2. — II.  the  purifications  made 
by  such  offerings,  Plut.  Thes.  21. 

Κατάρ^νρος,  ov,  {κατά,  άργυρος) 
covered  ivith  silver,  Callix.  ap.  Ath. 
199  D.     Hence 

Καταργϋρόω,  ω.  to  cover  unth  silver, 
silver  over,  Hdt.  1,  98. — II.  to  buy  or 
bribe  with  silver.  Soph.  Ant.  1077. 

Κατάρδεντος,  ov,  wetted,  drenched  : 
from 

Καταρδεύω,  =  κατάρδω,  to  wet, 
drench. 

Κατάρδω,  {κατά,  ΰρδω)  to  wet, 
drench,  water,  κ.  την  γήν,  Antiph. 
Thamyr.  1  :  metaph.=  Lat.  imbttere, 
esp.  to  besprinkle  with  praise,  Ar.  Ach. 
658. 

Καταρέζω,=  καταββέζω. 

Κατΰρέομαι  or  καταρέωμαι.  Ion. 
for  καταράομαι,  Hdt.  2,  39. 

Κατύρης  άνεμος,  b,  a  wind  rushing 
from  above,  Alcae.  et  Sapph.  ap.  Eu- 
stath.  603,  35.  (Prob.  from  καταρβή- 
γννμι :  others  write  κατάρτης  Iroin 
καταίρω.) 

Καταρθρόω,  ώ,  {κατά  άρθρόω)  to 
joint. 

ΚαταρΙγηλός,  η,  όν,  {κατά,  βιγέίύ) 
making  one  shudder,  horrible,  opp.  to 
φίλος,  Od.  14,  226.  [where  we  have 
[/cdru-  in  arsis.]  : 


ΚΑΤΑ 

Κατΰριθμέω,  ω,  f.  -ήσω,  (κατά,  cipc• 
θριέω)  to  count  or  reckon  among,  μίτά 
τίνων,  Eur.  Tro.  872,  εν  τισι,  Plat. 
Polit.  266  A  :  to  count  up,  Plat.  Svmp. 
215  A  ;  and  so  mid.,  Id.  Phil.  27  B, 
etc.     Hence 

Κατύριθμησις,  ευς,  ή,  a  computa- 
tion, ΛΙ.  Anton. :  and 

Καταριθμητέον,  verb,  adj.,  one  must 
count  among  or  up,  Philo. 

Καταρί~-ω,^καταρ()ί~-ω. 

Κατύριστάω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {κατά, 
ΰ,ριστάω)  to  spend  or  squander  in  break- 
fasts :  in  genl.  to  squander  away,  An- 
tipho  ap.   Ath.  423  A. 

Κατάρίστεύω,  strengthd.  for  apt- 
στενω. 

Καταρκέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  strengthd. 
for  άρκέω,  to  be  fully  sufficient,  Hdt.  1, 
32. 

Καταρκτικός,  ή,  όν,  (κατύρχω)  be- 
longing to  or  fitted  for  beginning,  pri- 
mary, Plut. 

Καταρμόζω,  Ion.  for  καθαρ.,  Hdt. 

Καταρνέομαί,  dep.  c.  fut.  mid.  and 
aor.  pass.,  strengthd.  for  άρνεομαι,  to 
deny  stoutly,  foil,  by  μη,  c.  inf ,  Soph. 
Ant.  442. 

Κατΰρόω,  ώ,  fut.  καταρόσω,  (,κατύ, 
άρόω)  to  plough  up,  till,  την  '}~ην,  Ar. 
Αν.  582. — II.  metaph.  to  generate. 

ΚαταΙ)ράγ>'/,  ης,  ή,  (καταίιρήγννμί) 
a  rent :  a  tearing,  ττέττ/.ων,  Lye. 

Καταββάθϋμέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {κατά, 
βαθνμέω)  to  lose,  miss  from  careless- 
ness or  idle7iess,  Xen.  Hell.  6,  2,  39, 
Dem.  765,  13  :  hence  pass.,  τα  κατερ- 
(ιαθνμημένα,  things  thoughtlessly  lost 
or  thrown  away,  Dem.  42,  14. — II.  intr. 
to  be  very  careless  or  idle,  καταρραθν- 
αήσαντες  νστερίζονσι,  they  stay  be- 
hind through  carelessness,  Xen.  Mem. 
3,5,13. 

Καταρραίνω,  {κατά,  βαίνω)  to  be- 
sprinkle, bedrop,  wet,  Diod. 

Καταβρακόω,  ώ.  {κατά,  βακόω)  to 
tatter,  tear  into  shreds  or  tatters :  part, 
pf  pass.,  κατεβρακωμένος,  in  rags  or 
tatters.  Soph.  Tr.  1103. 

Καταρβακτήρ,  ήρος,  ό,  a  render, 
fearer,  destroyer,  Lyc. 

Καταρβάκττις,  ov,  {καταρβήγννμί) 
strictly  as  adj.,  broken,  rushing  down, 
K.  οδός,  broken  or  steep  ground.  Soph. 
O.  C.  1590  ;  K.  ομβρος,  Strab.— II. 
usu.  as  subst.,  ό  κ.,  a  broken  fall  of 
water,  a  u-aterfall,  Lat.  cataracta,  first 
in  Strab.  io μέγας  and  ό  μικρός,  name 
of  two  waterfalls  in  the  IS'ile  on  the 
borders  of  Aethiopiat;  though  Hdt.  7, 
26  has  Καταρβήκτι/ς,  the  Catarrhactes, 
as  the  nanae  of  a  river  in  Phrygia. — 
2.  a  sort  of  trap-door,  Plut.,  called  by 
Livy  porta  cataracta  (cf.  sq.,  and  κατα- 
πακτός) ;  but  in  Dion.  H.,  the  bolt  of 
such  a  door :  in  canals,  a  sluice. — 3. 
a  bird  of  prey,  so  called  from  rushing 
down  upon  its  prey,  Soph.  Fr.  344, 
641. 

Καταββακτός,  ή,  ov,=foteg.,  κ.  θύ- 
oa,  a  trap-door,  Plut. 

Καταρβαντίζω,  i.  -ίσω,=^καταββαί- 
νω,  Joseph. 

Καταβρύτϊτω,  f.  -■φω,{κατά,βά~τω) 
to  stitch  up,  to  cover  over,  τινί,  with  a 
thing,  Hdt.  2,  96  :  metaph.  to  plot,  de- 
vise, compass,  κ.  μόρον  τινί,  Aesch. 
Eum.  26,  cf  βά~τω.     Hence 

Καταββάφή,  ης,  ή,  a  seam,  suture. 
Medic. :  and 

K.aτύβpΰφoς,ov,sewntogether,patch- 
ed,  Luc. 

Καταβραφωδέω,  ώ,  f.  •7/σω,  {κατά. 
βαφωδέοΑ  to  chatter,  prattle,  spout  like 
a  ραψωδός,  talk  loud  and  long. 

Καταβρέζω,  f  -ξω,  {κατά,  βέζω)  to 
make  lie  down,  esp.  to  pat  with  the  hand, 
as  one  does  a  dog  to  make  hira  lie 


ΚΑΤΑ 

down,  hence  in  genl.,  to  stroke,  fondle, 
like  Lat.  mulcere,  in  Horn.  usu.  χειρί 
δε  μιν  κατέρεξε  :  also  καβρέζουσα, 
Ερ.  for  καταββέζονσα,  II.  5,  424. 

Καταββεμβενω,  {κατά,  βεμβεύω) 
to  lead  astray,  LXX. 

Καταββετζής,  ες,  sloped  downwards : 
from 

Καταββέττω,  f.  -Φω,  {κατά,  βέττω)  to 
sink  down,  hang  downwards  or  to  one 
side,  Hipp. — II.  trans,  to  make  to  fall 
down,  push  down,  Soph.  Ant.  1158,  cf. 
έτΓίβρέτϊω. 

Καταρβέω,  f.  -βενσομαι  and  -βνή- 
σομαι ;  pf  -εββνηκα.  To  flow  down, 
II.  4,  149 ;  5,  870,  and  oft.  in  tmesis  : 
c.  dat.,  K.  τινί,  to  run  down  or  drop 
with  a  thing,  e.  g.  φάνω,  Eur.  Tro. 
16 :  metaph.  to  rush  down,  Ar.  Ach. 
26. — 2.  to  fall  or  slip  down,  Ar.  Pac. 
146 ;  esp.  in  part.  aor.  pass,  καταβ- 
βνείς,  fallen,  lb.  71. — 3.  to  fall  away, 
come  to  naught,  ττερι  αντά  κ-,  Dem. 
21,  4. — 4.  κ.  εις  τίνα,  to  come  to,  fall  to 
the  lot  of,  Theocr.  1,  5,  Bion  1,  55. — 
II.  trans,  to  overflow,  wet,  drench  ;  USU. 
in  pass,  to  be  wet  or  dripping  with  a 
thing,  τινί,  Plut.,  and  Luc. 

Καταββήγνϋμί,  f.  -βήξω,  {κατά, 
βηγννμι)  to  break  down,  κ.  γέφυραν. 
Hat.  4,  201 :  so  in  pass.,  κρημνοί  κα- 
ταββηγνύμενοι.  Id.  7,  23  ;but,  καταβ- 
βή^ννσθαι  έ~1  γήν,  to  be  thrown  down 
and  broken.  Id.  3,  111. — 2.  to  tear  in 
pieces,  rend,  hence,  in  mid.  καταββή- 
ξαντο  τονς  κιθώνας,  they  rent  their 
coats,  Id.  8,  99.-3.  in  Soph.  Ant.  675, 
τροττάς  καταββήγννσι  {sc.  ή  αναρχία), 
breaks  up  armies  and  turns  them  to 
flight. — B.  pass.,  esp.  in  aor.  κατεβ- 
βάγην  [ΰ],  to  fall  or  rush  down,  of 
storms,  waterfalls,  etc.  :  and  so  to 
break  or  burst  out,  χειμων  κατεββάγη, 
Hdt.  1,  87  ;  so  of  tears,  Eur.  Ale. 
1068  ;  and  so,  ■τζόλεμος  κ-,  Ar.  Eq. 
644,  cf  Ach.  528. — 2.  as  medic,  term, 
to  have  a  violent  discharge,  suffer  from 
diarrhoea,  Hipp.  ;  also  of  tumors,  to 
break  or  burst.  Id. :  v.  Foes.  Oecon. 
Hence 

Καταββηκτικός,  ή,  όν,  belor^ging  to 
οτ  fitted  for  breaking :  as  medic,  term, 
promoting  discharge,  purgative,  Hipp., 
cf  foreg.  fin. 

Κατάββηξις,  εως,  η,  {καταββήγνν- 
μι)  α  breaking  down  :  a  falling  or  rush- 
ing down,  esp.  as  medic,  term,  κ.  της 
κού.ίης,  a  violent  diarrhoea,  Hipp.,  v. 
καταββήγννμι  fin. 

Κατάββησις,  εως,  η,  {καταββηθή- 
ναι,  κατειτζείν)  an  accusation. 

Καταββήσσω,^καταββήγννμι. 

Καταββητορενω,  to  talk  down,  over- 
come by  rhetoric  or  by  speaking,  τινά, 
Plut. — II.  to  declaim  against,  τινός. 

Καταββϊγέω,  ώ,  ί.  -ήσω,  {κατά,  βι- 
γέω)  to  shudder  at,  c.  inf.  Αρ.  Rh. 

Κατύββιζος,  ov,  {κατά,  βίζα)  having 
roots,  planted,  Theophr.     Hence 

Καταββιζόω,  ώ,  to  make  rooted,  plant 
firmly.  Plat.  Tim.  73  B,  76  C. 

Καταββικνόω,  ώ,  {κατά,  βικνόω)  to 
make  shrivel  up  :  pass,  to  shrivel  or 
wither  up. 

Καταββινάωοτ-έω,  ώ,  {κατύ,βινεω, 
βίνη)  to  file  down,  polish,  refine  :  me- 
taph., κατεββινημένον  τι  λέγειν,  Ar. 
Ran.  901 ;  so  too  of  men,  εϋ  κατεβ- 
βινημένονς,  well-practised,  well-irnid- 
ed,  Aesch.  Supp.  747,  nisi  leg.  -ονμέ- 
νονς,  from  sq. 

Καταββίνόω,  ω,  {κατά,  βινός)  to 
cover  or  furnish  with  a  shield,  ap. 
Hesych.,  V.  foreg. 

Καταββιτττάζω,  f.  •ύσω,  and  καταβ- 
βιτττέω,  ώ.  ί.  -ήσω,^sq. 

Κίΐταββίτττω,  {κατά,  βίτττω)  to  throw 
doim,  overthrow,  Aesch.  Ag.  884. — 2. 


ΚΑΤΑ 

to  despise,  Diod.  3,  15. — 3.  to  depress, 
Luc.  Hist.  Scrib.  7. 

Κατάββις,  -βινος,  δ,  ή,  {κατά,  βίν) 
with  α  hanging  or  curved  nose. 

Καταββοή,  ης,  ή,  also  κατάββοια, 
ας,  (καταββέω)  α  flowing  down,  Aesop. 
— \\.:=καταββόος  II.,  Plut. 

Καταββοιζέω,  ω,  ί.  -ήσω,  to  throw 
hurtling  down,  Nonn. 

Καταββοίζομαι,ί.  -ίσομαι,άβγ.  mid. 
{κατάββοος)  to  have  a  catarrh.  Diosc. 

Καταββοϊκός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to  ca- 
tarrh, Hipp. :  and 

Καταββοϊτικός,  ή,  ov,=foreg. :  from 

Κατάββοος,  ov,  contr.  -βονς,  ovv, 
{καταββέω)  a  flowing  down,  Philostr. 
— II.  as  subst.,  ό  κ.,  a  running  down, 
a  settling  of  morbid  matter  in  some  par- 
ticular part :  esp.  a  running  from  the 
head,  a  catarrh,  rheum,  Hipp.,  cf  Foe's. 
Oecon. :  when  the  running  is  at  the 
nose,  it  was  called  κόρνζα :  when  it 
goes  to  the  throat  and  occasions 
hoarseness,  βράγχος :  when  the  uvu- 
la is  inflamed,  σταόν'/.ή :  when  the 
glands  of  the  throat  swell,  ΰντιάδες. 

Καταββοτζία,  ας,  ή,  inclination  or 
tendency  downwards,  Hipp. :  from 

Κατάββοτζος,  ov,  {καταββέτζω)  in- 
clining doivnwards,  Hipp. :  hence  de• 
creasing,  slackening,  Galen. 

Καταββ)θώάνω,  and  -εω,  ώ,  to  gulp 
or  sicallow  down,  Hipp. 

Καταβροώδης,  ες, {κατάββοος,  είδος") 
like  a  catarrh,  subject  thereto,  Hipp. 

Καταββνήναι,  inf.  aor.  2  pass,  of 
καταββέω. 

Καταββνής,  ες,  {καταββέω)  flowing 
down,  falling  away,  Soph.  Ant.  1010. 

Καταββυβμίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {κατά,  βνθ• 
αίζω)  to  bring  into  a  suitable  form,  bring 
into  rhythm,  hamtmiy,  or  order,  Longin. 

Κατάββνθμος,  ov,  {κατά,  βνβμός) 
very  symmetrical  OX  rhythmical,  Longin. 

Καταββϋτζαίνω,  {κατά,  βντζαίνω)  to 
dirt,  defile.  Isocr.  245  D,  and  Plat. 

Καταββν—όω,  ώ,—ioTeg. 

Κατάβρϋτος,  ov,  {καταββέω)  bathed 
from  above,  overflowed,  watered,  κητζος, 
Eur.  El.  777 ;  also,  κ.  χιόνι.  Id.  Andr. 
215.* — II.  carried  down  by  water :  hence 
formed  by  df positions  from  water,  allu 
vial,  of  the  Delta,  Hdt.  2,  15. 

Καταββωύέω,  ώ,  ί.  -ήσω.  Ion.  for 
κατοββωοέω,  to  fear,  dread,  c.  acc, 
Hdt.  1,  34,  80,  etc. ;  also,  ντζέρ  τίνος, 
7,  178  ;  absol.  8,  75. 

Καταββώξ,  ώγος,  b,  ή,  {καταββή- 
γννμι) jagged,  steep,  like  άπόββωζ,  κ. 
τζέτραι.  Soph.  Phi|.  937. 

Κάταρσις,  εως,  ή,  {καταίρώ)  an  ar- 
rival, landing:  a  landing-place,  Thuc. 
4,  26. 

Καταρτάω,  ώ,  f.  -)7σω,(κατά,  άρτάω) 
to  hang  over  or  upon  :  to  fasten,  or  ad- 
just fitly  :  hence  χρήμα  κατηρτημέ- 
νον,  a  well-adjusted  or  convenient  thing, 
Hdt.  3,  60  ;  so  too.  κατηρτημέΐ'ον  λέ- 
γειν, to  speak  senstbli/,  Hipp.  399,  7, 
cf  p.  984  F  :  but  in  Hdt.  9,  66.  κατηρ- 
τισμένος  now  stands,  and  so  Dmd. 
would  read  with  Stephens  in  the 
other  places :  cf  καταρτίζω  and  κα- 
ταρτνω.    Hence 

Κατάρτι/σις,  εως,  ή,  a  hanging  upon, 
dub. 

Καταρτία,  ας,  ή=:κατάρτιον. 

Καταρτίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {κατά,  άρτίζαΐ) 
to  adjust  or  put  in  order  again,  restore, 
ίς  τωντό,  Hdt.  5,  100  :  to  settle  by  act- 
ing as  mediator,  reform.  Id.  5,  28,  cf. 
καταρτιστήρ  :  to  repair,  refit,  νανς, 
Polyb. :  to  set  a  broken  borie,  Medic. 
— II.  in  genl.  to  prepare,  train,  or  fur- 
nish thoroughly,  ]!i.  T.    Cf.  καταρτάω. 

Κατύρτιον,  ου,  τό,  a  mast,  Clem. 
Al. 

Κατάρτΐσις,  εως,  ή,  {καταρτίζω)  an 
729 


ΚΑΤΑ 
adjusting,  restoring :  a  preparing,  train- 
ing. Pint. 

Καταρτισμός,  ov,  6,=^κατάρτίσις, 
esp.  the  setting  of  a  bone,  Galeu. 

Καταμηστήρ,  ηρος,  ό,  (καταρτίζω) 
one  who  adjusts  :  esp.  a  mediator,  re- 
former, Ildt.  4,  ICl  ;  5_,  28. 

Κατάρτϋσις,  εως,  ■>/,  a  preparivg, 
training,  Plut. :  from 

Καταρτνο,  f.  -ύσω,  {κατά,  άρτνω) 
to  prepare,  dress,  strictly  of  fooil  :  in 
genl.  to  arrange,  adjust,  put  in  order, 
finish,  complete,  Soph.  O.  C.  71 :  freq. 
m  pass.,  to  be  prepared,  arranged,  train- 
ed, furnished,  ready,  καταρτνεται  νόος 
άνόρός,  ϋοΐοη  14,11:  Ίππον  χα?ανι1) 
καταρτυϋείς,  a  horse  broken  in  or  train- 
ed by  the  bit,  Soph.  Ant.  478.— III.  κα- 
τηρτυκώς,  part.  perf.  act.  with  intrans. 
signf.,  brought  to  order,  thoroughly  fur- 
nished, complete,  used  of  horses  which 
have  lost  their  foals-teeth  and  are 
full-grown,  Hesych.,  and  A.  B. :  hence 
inetaph.  of  men,  having  finished  all, 
Aesch.  Eum.  473  :  also  c.  gen.,  κ. 
irovojv,  having  come  to  an  end  of  the 
toils  (of  training),  Eur.  Aeol.  19.  [ϋ] 

Κατάρντος,  ον,=κ.ατύρβυτος,  Eur. 
Tro.  10G7. 

Καταρχαιρεσιάζω,  f.  -άσω,  {κατά, 
άρχαίρεσίύζω)  to  beat  in  an  election, 
esp.  by  unfair  means,  τινά,  Plut. 

Καταρχάς,  adv.  for  κατ'  αρχάς,  in 
the  beginning,  at  the  first,  also  το  κα- 
ταρχάς, Dein. 

Karapx?'/,  yc,  ή,  a  beginning,  Polyb. 
— 11.  in  plur.  firstlings,  first-fruits,  the 
offering  thereof. 

Κατάρχω,  f.  -ξω,  (κατά,  άρχω)  to 
make  beginning  of  a  thing,  c.  gen.,  e.  g. 
τϊ/ς  μάχης,  Aesch.  Pers.  351  ;  ΰδοϋ 
κάταρχε,  lead  the  way.  Soph.  O.  C. 
1019  ;  so  too  in  mid.,  Eur.  Phoen. 
540 :  also  c.  ace,  to  begin  a  thing,  κ. 
τον  ?.όγον.  Plat.  Euthyd.  283  Ε  ;  and 
so  in  mid.,  c.  ace,  Eur.  Or.  900:  c. 
part.,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  4,  4  :  absol.,  Plat. 
Symp.  177  E,  and  in  mid.,  Eur.  H.  F. 
750. — 2.  in  mid.  esp.  κατάρχομαι,  in 
religious  signf.,  to  begin  the  sacrificial 
ceremonies,  'Νέστωρ  χέρνίβά  r'  ο'υλο- 
χντας  τε  κατήρχετο.  Nestor  began 
(the  sacrifice)  with  the  washing  of 
hands  and  sprinkling  the  barley  on 
the  victim's  head,  Od.  3,  445  (no- 
where else  in  Horn.) :  later,  c.  gen., 
K.  τον  ίερείον,  strictly,  to  make  a  be- 
ginning of  the  victim,  i.  e.  consecrate 
him /or  sacrifice  by  cutting  off  the  hair 
of  his  forehead,  Hdt.  2,  45,  Ar.  Av. 
959,  cf.  Eur.  Ale.  74,  El.  800  :  hence 
to  sacrifice,  slay,  lllie  Lat.  immolare, 
Eur.  El.  1222  ;  and  simply  to  strike 
(as  if  to  slay),  Plut.  ;  so  too,  σκυτά- 
%7]v  λαβών  μου  κατήρξατο,  he  took  a 
slick  and  began  the  sacrifice  with  me, 
Luc.  Somn.  3. — 3.  to  lead  the  choral 
dance  in  honour  of  any  one,  hence  to 
celebrate,  honour,  c.  acc.  Eur.  Andr. 
1199:  cf  Valck.  Phoen.  543,  576.— 
II.  to  rule,  govern,  c.  gen.,  Alciphr. ;  c. 
acc,  Diod. 

Κατάσαρκος,  ov,  (κατά,  σαρξ)  very 
fleshy,  plump,  fat.  Alciphr.     Hence 

Κατασαρκόω,  ώ,  to  make  fleshy  or 
fleshly,  bury  in  flesh,  Eccl. 

Κατασαρόω,  ώ,  (κατά,  σαρόω)  to 
sweep  down  or  away,  Euseb. 

Κατασύττω,  f.  -ζω,  (κατά,  σάττω) 
to  press  or  stamp  tight  doivn,  Theophr. 
Κατασβέννϋμί,  also-i'iiu.f. -σ,3ίσω, 
(κατά,  σ-Βένννμι)  to  put  out,  quemh, 
Lat.  extingiiere,  πϋρ,  II.  21,  381  ;  me- 
taph.,  K.  θάλασσαν,  to  dry  up  the  sea, 
Aesch.  Ag.  958 ;  κ.  f3o?'/v,  ipiv,  to  ouash, 
put  down  noise  and  strife.  Soph.  Aj. 
1149,  O.  C.  422,  cf.  Critias  9,  40. 
Pass.  c.  aor.  act.  κατέσβην,  and  pf. 
730 


ΚΑΤΑ 

κατεσβηκα,    to  go  out,  be  quenched, 
Hdt.  4,  5,  Aesch.  Ag.  888.    Hence 

Κατάσβεσις,  εως,  ή,  a  putting  out, 
Dio  C. 

Κατασβολόω,  ω,  (κατά,  ασβολόω) 
to  turn  to  ashes  :  metaph.  to  destroy. 

Κατάσεισις,  εως,  η,  a  shaking  vio- 
lently, concussion,  Hipp.  :  from 

Κατασείω,  f.  -σείσω,  pf.  -σέσεικα, 
Philem.  p.  388  (κατά,  σείω).  To  shake 
down,  throw  down,  Thuc.  2,70:  metaph. 
to  make  one  drunk.  Menand.  p.  4,  ubi  v. 
Meineke,  cf  Casaub.  Athcn.  431  C: 
κατασείειν  Ttvi  (sc.  τηνχείρα),  to  shake 
the  hand  at  any  one,  beckon  to  him  as 
a  sign  for  silence,  Xen.  Cyr.  5,  4,  4 : 
also  K.  τή  χειρί,  to  beckon  with  the 
hand,  Pol'yb. 
^Κατασέσιιπα,  perf.  act.  intr.  from 
κατασ?'/~ω,  Ar.  Plut.  1035. 

Κατασεύομαι,  as  pass., (κατά,  σενω) 
to  rush  down  or  back  into,  C.  acc,  κνμα 
κατέσσυτο  βέεθρα,  11.  21,  382:  absol. 
to  rush  down,  Q.  Sm. 

Κατασήθω,  (κατά,  σήθω)  to  strain 
through  a  sine,  Hipp. 

Κατασημαίνω,  f.  -άνω,  (κατά,  ση- 
μαίνω) to  mark,  sign  and  seal,  Lat.  ob- 
signare.  Plat.  Legg.  756  E.  937  B,  in 
pass.  Mid.  to  seal  up,  so  as  to  preserve, 
Ar.  Fr.  95,  and  Plat.     Hence 

Κατασημαντικός,  ή,  όν,  marking 
distinctly,  Longm. 

Κατασηττω,  {κατά,  σήττω)  to  make 
rotten,  let  rot,  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  2,  22. 
Pass.  c.  pf  act.  κατασέσηπα,  to  grow 
rotten,  rot  away,  II.  19,  27  (in  tmesis), 
Ar.  Plut.  103o,  and  Plat.^ 

Κατασθενέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (κατά, 
άσθενέω)  ίο  weaken,  Anth. 

Κατασθμαίνω,  (κατά,  ασθμαίνω)  to 
pant  or  struggle  against,  ϊτητος  κατα- 
σβμαίνων  χαλινών,  Aesch.  Theb. 
393. 

ΚατασΙγάζω,  f.  -άσω,  (κατά,  σιγά- 
ζω) to  make  silent,  calm,  Arist.  Η.  Α. 
Hence 

Κατασιγαστέος,  έα,  έον,  verb,  adj., 
to  be  silenced,  Clem.  Al. 

ΚατασΙγάω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (κατά,  σι- 
γάω) to  become  silent.  Plat.  Phaed.  107 
A. — II.=foreg. 

Κατασΐδηρόω,  ώ,  (κατά,  σιδηρόω) 
to  plate  or  strengthen  with  iron,  Diod. 

Κατασϊκελίζω,  (κατά.  Σικελός)  τυ- 
ρόν,  to  Sicelise  the  cheese  (in  allusion 
to  the  peculations  of  Laches  in  Sicily), 
Ar.  Vesp.  911. 

Κητασιλλαίνω,  (κατά,  σιλλαίνω) 
to  ?nock  at,  Hipp. 

ΚατάσΙμος,  ον,=^σιμός. 

Kaτaσιvάζω,=  sq.,  v.  sub  σινύζω. 

Κατασίνομαι,  dep. :  to  hurt  much. 

^^  c        ,  ,  - 

ΚατασΙτέομαι,  f.  -ησομαι,  (κατά, 
σιτεω)  dep.  mid.,  to  eat  up,  feed  on,  c. 
acc,  Hdt.  1,216. 

ΚατασϊωΤίάω,  ώ,  f.  -τ/σω,  (κατά, 
σιωΰύω)  to  be  silent  about  a  thing,  ττερί 
τίνος  (cf.  σιωπητέον),  προς  τι,  Dem. 
1035,  7 :  but  also  c.  acc.  rei,  to  keep 
silent,  pass  over,  hence  pass.,  to  be  past 
over,  Isocr.  45  E. — II.  trans.,  to  make 
silent,  silence,  c.  aCc.  pers.,  Xen.  Hell. 
5,4,7;  so  to  in  mid.,  lb.  2,  4,  20,  and 
Polyb.     Hence 

Κατασιωττητέον, verb,  adj., onemust 
be  silent,  ττερί  τίνος,  Isocr.  252  D. 

Κατασκαίρω,  (κατά,  σκαίρω)  to 
bound  up  and  down,  0pp. 

Κατασκάπτω,  (κατά,  σκάπτω)  to 
dig  under,  c.  acc,  Theophr. — II.  esp. 
to  dig  down,  ruin,  destroy  utterly,  οικία, 
άστυ,  Hdt,  β,  72;  7,  156;  so  too  freq. 
in  Att.,  as  Aesch.  Ag.  525,  Soph.  O.  C. 
1121. 

ΚαταπκύρΙφάω,  ώ,  f.  'ήσω,  {κατά, 
σκα(ίίψύομαι)  to  tear,  τινί  η,  Ath. 


ΚΑΤΑ 

Κατασκαφή,  f/ς,  ή,  (κατασκάπτω)  α 
digging  under  or  down  :  a  razing  to  the 
ground,  ruining.  Trag. — II.  in  plur., 
burial,  Aesch.  Theb.  1008:  also  a 
grave.  Soph.  Ant.  920. 

Κατασκά(ί>/'/ς,  ες,  {κaτaσκάπτω)dug 
under  or  down  :  κ.  οϊκησις,  i.  β.  the 
grave.  Soph.  Ant.  891. 

Κατασκεδύνννμι  and  -ννω,  fut. 
•σκεδάσω,  (κατά,  σκεδάνννμι)  to  strew, 
scatter,  pour  upon  or  over,  Lat.  offun- 
dere,  τι  κατά  τίνος,  Ar.  Αν.  536,  also 
τι  τίνος,  which  is  the  usu.  construct., 
as  K.  αμίδας  τινός,  to  empty  pots  upon 
one,  Dem.  1257,  17,  cf  Antiph,  Alipt. 
1 :  freq.  metaph.,  κατασκ.  νβριν  τι• 
νύς,  to  pour  abuse  upon  one,  Plut.,  cf. 
καταντλέω,  and  Piers.  Moer.  p.  216  : 
K.  ήιήμην  τινός,  to  spread  a  report 
against  one.  Plat.  Apol.  18  C,  cf.  Lys, 
lis,  14:  also  in  mid.,  Xen.  An.  7,  3, 
32. — II.  to  disperse,  rout :  also  to  refute. 

Κατασκίλετενω,(κατά,σκελετενώ) 
to  make  quite  dry,  reduce  to  a  skeleton  : 
pass.,  to  become  so,  Isocr.  Antid.  'J  287. 

Κατασκε?.ετέω,  ώ,=  foτeg. 

Κατασκελής,  ες,  dry,  thin,  of  a  wri- 
ter's style,  Dion.  H. :  from 

Κατασκελλω,  {κατά,  σκέλ?Μ)  to 
make  quite  dry,  dry  up,  like  κατασκε- 
7\,ετενω  :  pass,  to  be  or  become  quite  dry, 
to  wither  or  pine  away,  Aesch.  Pr.  480  ; 
so  too  perf  act.  κατέσκ?ίηκα,  intr.  in 
Galen.,  and  Philostr. 

Κατασκεπάζω,  (κατά,  σκεπάζω)  to 
cover  up,  Joseph. 

Κατασκέπτομαι,  a  late  form,=  Ka- 
τασκοπέω,  q.  v. 

Κατασκέπω,=κατασκεπάζω,  Anth. 

Κατασκευάζω,  ί.  -άσω,  (κατά,  σκευ- 
άζω) to  jnepare,  furnish,  adorn  fully 
with  a  thing,  τινί,  Hdt.  2,  44  ;  8,  33  : 
to  equip  again.  Id.  2,  121,  4. — 2.  to  get 
ready,  make,  build,  γέφνραν.  Id.  1,  186 : 
mid.  to  build  oiie'i"  self  a  house,  and  set- 
tle in  it,  opp.  to  ανασκευάζομαι,  Thuc. 
2,  17,  cf  κατασκευή  : — hence  in  vari- 
ous relations,  κ.  δημοκρατίαν,  Xen. 
Hell.  2,  3,  36,  συμπύσιον.  Plat.  Rep. 
363  C  : — in  pass,  to  be  furnished,  pro- 
vided with  a  thing,  οίς  ή  χώρα  κ., 
Thuc.  6,  91  : — also  to  put  a  person  or 
thing  in  a  certain  state,  7nake  it  so  and 
so,  esp.  with  a  notion  of  doing  it  by 
fraud,  K.  διαθίικην  -φενδή,  Dem.  105] , 
12  ;  κ.  τινά  πάροινον,  to  represent  him 
as  drunken.  Id.  1261,  23  :  of  argu- 
ments, to  support  or  prove  by  argu- 
ment, opp.  to  άναωεΐν,  Arist.  Rhet. : 
to  construct,  invent,  e.  g.  κατασκ.  πρό- 
φασιν. — Β.  mid.,  κατασκευάζομαι,  to 
prepare  one's  self,  be  ready  for  doing, 
followed  by  ώς  and  partic.  fut.,  Xen. 
An.  3,  2,  24,  cf  ώς  C.  I.  1. 

Κατασκευάσείω,  desiderat.  of  κα- 
τασκευάζω, to  wish  to  arrange  or  make, 
dub.  I.,  Xen.  Hell.  2,  3,  36  :^  v.  foreg. 

Κατασκεύασμα,  ατός,  τό,  {κατα- 
σκευάζω) that  ivhich  is  prepared  0Γ 
made,  esp.  a  building,  dwelling  or  a  pari 
thereof,  Polyb.  :  in  plur.  engines  of  war. 
Id. :  in  genl.  any  xvork,  i)iod. — II.  a 
contrivance,  device,  invention,  Arist.  Pol. 

Κατασκευασμός,  ov,  o,=foreg.,esp. 
a  contrivance,  Dem.  705,  3. 

Κατασκεναστέον,  verb,  adj.,  one 
must  prepare,  make,  etc.,  Plat.  Legg. 
964  D. 

Κατασκευαστής,  ov,  6,  (κατασκευ- 
άζω) one  ivho  prepares,  makes,  etc. 
Hence 

Κατασκευαστικός,  ?/,  όν,  fitted  for, 
preparing,  making  0Γ  establishing,  c. 
gen.,  Arist.  Virt. :  in  logic,  construct- 
ive, opp.  to  destructive  (άνασκευασ- 
τικός).  Id.  Org.     Adv.  -κώς,  Id. 

Κατασκευαστός,  ?;,  όν,  (κατασκευ- 
άζω) prepared  or  made  by  art,  artificial, 


ΚΑΤΑ 

Dion.  Η. :  set  up  for  the  nonce,  suborned, 
Aiist.  Oecon.     Adv.  -ώς. 

Κατασκευή,  τ/ς,  ή,  any  artificial  pre- 
paration or  equipvnent ,  furniture,  Lat. 
apparatus  :  in  genl.  a/iy  kind  offirni- 
ture  that  is  fixed  or  lasting,  opp.  to 
what  is  moveable  or  temporary  {πα- 
ρασκευή), hence  a  building,  Tliuc.  1, 
10,  ubi  V.  Arnold :  but  also  like  ττα- 
ρασκενή,  for  any  furniture,  as  the  bag- 
gage of  an  army,  Hdt.  9,  82,  cf  Thuc. 
6, 46 :  nietaph.,  a.  τον  πο/.έμον,  Time. 
8,  5. — II.  the  state,  condition,  constitu- 
tion of  a  thing,  βίου,  Eur.  Supp.  214 ; 
"φνχής,  σώματος.  Plat. — ΠΙ.  a  prepar- 
ing, jnahing,  esp.  the  composition  of  a 
book,  Polyb.  :  arrangement,  order,  skill. 
Id. — 2.  in  logic,  constructive  reasoning, 
opp.  to  destructive  {ανασκευή),  Dion. 
H. 

Κατάσκεφίς,  εως,  ή,  (κατασκέτττο- 
fiai)  a  viewing  carefully,  examination, 
Strab. 

Κατασκέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {κατά,  ίσκεω) 
to  practise  very  much :  part.  pf.  pass. 
κατησκημέΐΌς,  regular  or  ascetic,  Plut. 

Κατασκτ/νάω,  ύ,f.-ήσω,=sq.,hence 
aor.  κατεσκήνησα  in  Xen.  An.  3,  4, 32, 
etc. :  also  in  mid.,  Plat.  Rep.  614  E. 

Κατασκ7]νόω,  ώ,  {κατά,  σκηνόω)  to 
pitch  one^s  camp  or  tent,  take  zip  one^s 
quarters,  encamp,  εις  τόπον  or  kv  τό- 
TTGj,  Xen.  Cyr.  4,  5,  39 ;  6,  2,  2 :  in 
genl.  to  rest,  settle,  N.  T.     Hence 

Κατασκήνωμα,  ατός,  τύ,  a  covering, 
veil,  Aesch.  Cho.  999. 

Κατασκ7/νωσίς,  εως,  ή,  a  pitching 
of  tents,  encamping,  taking  up  one's 
quarters,  κα7ίεΙν  τίνα  έπι  κατασκή- 
vuaiv,  Polyb.  :  hence — 2.t  a  place  in 
which  one  takes  up  quarters  ;  of  birds, 
a  nest,  N.  T. 

Κατασκήπτω,  f.  -φω,  {κατά,  σκήπ- 
Tui)  to  throw  one's  self  upon,  rush  down 
οτ  fall  upon,  usu.  like  ΰποσκήπτω,  of 
lightning,  storms,  etc.,  κ.  εις  τόπον, 
Hdt.  8,  65:  also  of  wrrath,  sudden 
sickness,  etc. ;  ?/  μήνις  κατέσκηφε 
τινί  or  εΙς  τίνα,  Hdt.  7,  134,  137  ; 
whether  also  c.  ace,  κ.  τινά,  to  fall 
upon,  attack,  is  dub.,  v.  Elmsl.  Med. 
93. — II.  ?ΛταΙς  κ.,  to  storm  or  impor- 
«Mne  with  prayers.  Soph.  O.  C.  1011, 
like  έπισκήπτω. — III.  absol.  to  break 
out,  go  forth,  App. :  «.  εις  τέλος,  to 
come  to  an  issue,  Dion.  H.     Hence 

Κατάσκηψις,  εως,  η,  a  sudden  at- 
tack, esp.  01  sickness,  Diosc. 

Κατασκΐάζω,  f.  •άσω.{κατά,  σκιάζω) 
to  overshadow,  cover,  κατά  δ'  έσκιασαν 
βελέεσσι  Ύιτηνας,  Hes.  Th.  716; 
hence,  κάνει  κατασκιάζειν  τινά.  to 
bury  one,  Soph.  Ο.  C.  406,  cf.  Eur. 
Ion  1142. 

Κα-ασκΐάω,  poet,  for  κατασκΐάζω, 
Od.  12,  436. 

Κατασκίδναμαι,  poet,  as  pass,  of 
κατασκεδάννυμι,  q.  v. 

Κατύσκΐος,  ov,  {κατά,  σκιά)  shaded, 
shady,  covered  with  something,  τινί, 
Hes.  Op.  511,  Hdt.  2,  138:  later  also 
τινός,  Anth.,  cf.  Schiif.  Mel.  ]).  138. 
—  II.  trans,  overshadowing,  Aesch. 
Theb.  384,  Ar.  Ach.  965.  ^ 

Κατασκφβόω,  ώ,  {κατά,  σκφ()όω) 
to  make  hard  or  dry :  pass,  to  become 
so,  LXX. 

Κατασκιρτάω,  ΰ,  f.  -ήσυ,  (κατά, 
σκιρτάω)  to  leap  down  from,  τον  'Βή- 
ματος, Plut. — 11.  to  pimp  upon,  hence 
to  insult,  Lat.  insultare,  τινός. 

Κατύσκ/.7]ρος,  {κατά,  σκληρός)  very 
hard,  Philo.     Hence 

Κατασκληρύρω, {κατά,  σκληρύνω) 
to  make  very  hard  :  pass,  to  become  so, 
Theophr. 

Κατησκΰπενσις,  εως,  η,  a  viewing, 
exphring:  from 


ΚΑΤΑ 

Karaff/co7reii&),=sq.,  LXX. 

Κατασκοπέω,  ώ,  f  -σκέψομαι :  aor. 
-εσκεψάμην,  {κατά,  σκοπέω)  to  view 
closely,  spy  out,  Eur.  Hel.  1607  :  to  re- 
connoitre, Xen.  Cyr.  7,  1,  39  :  also  in 
mid.,  Id.  Mem.  2,  1,  22. 

Κατασκοπή,  ης,  ή,  a  viewing  closely, 
spying,  πέμπειν  τινά  εις  κατασκοπήν. 
Soph.  Phil.  45,  έπι  κατασκοπή,  Xen. 
Cyr.  6,  2,  9. 

Κατασκόπησις,  εως,  ή,={oγeg. 

Κατασκοπία,  ας,  ή,  pecul.  fem.  of 
κατάσκοπος,  epithet  of  Venus,  Paus. 

2,  32,  3. 

Κατασκοπικός,  ή,  όν,  fitted  for  spy- 
ing, raff  K;  Lat.  navis  speculatoria, 
a  look-out  ship  :  from 

Κατάσκοπος,  ov,  viewing  closely, 
spying,  exploring:  usu.  as  subst.,  a 
scout,  spy,  Hdt.  1,  100,  etc. 

Κατασκορπίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {κατά,  σκορ- 
πίζω) to  scatter  abroad,  Diod. 

Κατασκοτίζω,  ί.  -σω,  {κατά,  σκοτί- 
ζω) to  veil  in  darkness,  Galen. 

Κατασκνθρωπάζω,  f  -άσω,  (κατά, 
σκνθρωπάζω)  ίο  look  stern  and  sour, 
LXX. 

Κατασκνθρωπύω,  ώ,  ί.  -ήσω,=ίore.g. 

Κατασκϋλ.εύω,  {κατά,  σκνλενω)  to 
take  as  booty. 

ΚατασκνλΤιω,  {κατά,  σκΰλλω)  to 
tear  in  pieces,  Clem.  Al. 

Κατασκώπτω,  fut.  -σκώφομαι,  to 
make  jokes  upon,  τινά,  Hdt.  2,  173  ; 
usu.  in  bad  sense,  to  jeer  or  mock,  Id. 

3,  37,  151. 

Κατασμικρίζω,  f  -ίσω,^κατασμι- 
κρννω. 

Κατασμικρο?ίθγέω,  ώ,  {κατά,  σμι- 
κρο?Μ}'έω)  to  speak  disparagingly  of,  to 
accuse  as  niggardly,  την  φύσιν,  De- 
mocr.  ap.  Hipp.  p.  1281,  45. 

Κατασμικρννω,  f.  -ννώ,  {κατά,  σμι- 
κρύνω) to  lessen,  abridge,  Luc.  Pass., 
to  become  less. 

Κατάσμνρνος,  ov,  {κατά,  σμύρνα) 
smelling  of  myrrh,  Diosc. 

Κατασμνχω,  {κατά,  σμνχω)  to  burn 
with  a  slow  fire,  burn  up.  κατά  τε 
σμύξαι  πνρΐ  νηας,  II.  9,  649  (653) ; 
so  metaph.  of  love,  Theocr.  3,  17, 
who  also  has  pass,  to  smoulder  away, 
8,  90.  [ϋ] 

Κατασμώχω,  {κατά,  σμώχω)  to  rub 
in  pieces,  bruise,  Nic. 

Κατασοβαρεύομαι,  {κατά,  σοβα- 
ρεύομαι) dep.  :  to  behave  haughtily 
towards  one,  τινός,  Diog.  L. 

Κοτασοβέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {κατά,  σο- 
βέω)  to  scare  or  drive  down. 

Κατασοφίζομαι,  f.  -ίσομαι,  {κατά, 
σοφίζω)  dep.  mid.  :  to  conquer  by  soph- 
isms or  fallacies,  to  outwit,  c.  ace, 
Luc. :  but  also  as  pass.,  to  be  outwit- 
ted, Plut.     Hence 

Κατασοφισμός,  ov,  ό,  an  outwitting. 

Κατασοφιστεύω,=:κατασοφίζομαι. 

Κατασπάζομαι,  f.  -ύσομαι,  {κατά, 
ασπάζομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  embrace,  esp. 
to  kiss,  c.  ace,  Plut.  Coriol.  9,  Anton. 
85. 

Κατασπΰθάω,  ω,  f.  -ήσω,  {κατά, 
σπαθάω)  to  squander  away. 

Κατασπαράσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  f.  -ξω, 
{κατά,  σπαράσσω)  to  tear  down,  pull  to 
pieces,  Ar.  Eq.  729. 

^Κατασπαργανόω,  ώ,  {κατά,  σπαρ- 
γηνόω)  to  wrap  up  in  swaddling  clothes, 
Philo.  ^ 

Κατάσπασις,  εως,  ή,  (κατασπάω) 
a  pulling  or  drawing  down,  Arist. 
Meteor.  2,  9, 10. 

Κατάσπασμα,  ατός,  το,  ( κατα- 
σπάω)  that  tvhich  is  pulled  down :  in 
Theophr.  H.  P.  4,  11,  5,  it  prob. 
means  an  opening  in  the  mouth-piece 
ofaflute,  opp.tOCTiVMt'CT/f,v.  Schneid. 
— II.  a  part,  Joseph. 


ΚΑΤΑ 

Κατασπασμός,οϋ,ό,^κατάσπασις, 
Plut. — II.  metaph.  depression  of  spir- 
its. Id. 

Κατασπαστικός,  ή,  όν,{κατασπάω) 
fitted  for  drawing  down  01  forth,  c.  gen., 
Diosc. 

Κατασπΰτί1?Μω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  live 
wantonly,  to  revel,  tvanton,  LXX. 

Κατασπάω,  ω,  i.  -άσω,  {κατά,  σπάω) 
to  draw  or  pull  down.  Soph.  Fr.  783  ; 
κατασπάν  τίνα  των  τριχών,  to  drag 
one  down  by  the  hair,  Ar.  Lys.  725 : 
K.  τάς  νήας,  to  haul  ships  down  to  the 
sea,  set  them  afloat,  Hdt.  1,  164;  7, 
193  ;  K.  ση/ιεϊα,  to  pull  them  down  (in 
token  of  defeat),  Thuc.  1,  63.— II.  to 
draw  down  or  forth,  procure,  Hipp. — 
III.  to  quaff  or  swallow  down,  Ar.  Eq. 
718. — IV.  to  shorten  in  pronunciation, 
Lat.  corripere. 

Κατασπεφάω,  ώ,  f.  -άσω,  to  fold  or 
wind  together,  φως  κατεσπειραμένον, 
Diog.  L.  10,  101,  is  said  to  sigcify 
light  produced. 

Κατασπείρω,{κατά,  σπείρω)  to  sow, 
plant  thickly.  Soph.  Aj.  1005  :  metaph. 
to  beget,  Eur.  H.  F.  469. — II.  to  bestrew, 
besprinkle,  Anth. 

Κατάσπεισις,  εως,  ή,  a  pouring  out, 
esp.  of  a  drink-offering,  ο  bathing,  be- 
sprinkling tuith  holy  water,  Plut. — II. 
in  genl.  consecration,  hence  of  the  de- 
votion of  the  Keltic  Soldurii,  Plut, 
Sertor.  14,  cf.  sq.,  lin. :  from 

Κατασπέΐ'δω,  f.  -σπείσω,  {κατά, 
σπένδω)  to  pour  as  a  drink-offering, 
Lat.  libare,  κ.  χοάς,  Eur.  Or.  1187, 
absol.  to  pour  drink-offerings,  Hdt.  2, 
151  :  in  genl.  to  pour  upon  one,  τί 
κατά  τίνος,  Ar.  Eq.  1094. — II.  to  con- 
secrate by  ]}ovring  wine,  etc.  upon  one, 
hence  in  genl.  to  consecrate,  dedicate, 
τινί  τι,  Polyb. — 2.  to  honour  ivith  drink- 
offerings  or  oblations,  Eur.  Or.  1239 ; 
more  rarely  κ.  τινά,  to  inter  one  with 
tears,  Anth. — 2.  κ.  εαυτόν,  to  devote 
one's  self,  like  the  Keltic  Soldurii, 
Strab.  p.  165,  cf  κατάσπεισις. 

Κατασπέρχω,  f.  -ξω,  {κατά,  σπέρ• 
χω)  to  urge,  drive  on,  τινά  τινι,  one 
tvith  a  thing,  Ar.  Ach.  1188,  Thuc.  4, 
126. 

Κατασπενδω,  f.  -σω,  {κατά,  σπεύ- 
δω) to  press,  urge  or  hasten  on,  Aeschin, 
03,  18. — II.  intr.  to  ?nake  haste,  hasten, 
LXX.    Hence 

Κατάσπενσις,  εως,  ή,  haste. 

Κατασπι/.άζω,  f  -άσω,  {κατά,  σπΐ- 
λος)  to  spot,  stain. — II.  to  come  down 
suddenly  upon,  as  a  ship  on  a  sunken 
rock  {σπιλάς).        _ 

Κατασπ7.εκόω,  ώ,=^σπ?.εκόω. 

Κατασποδέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {κατά, 
σποόέω)  to  throw  down,  strike  down, 
Aesch.  Theb.  809,  Ar.  Thesm.  560. 

Κατασπορύ,  άς,  ή,  {κατασπείρω)  a 
solving. 

Κατασπονδάζομαι,  dep.  c.  aor.  et 
perf.  pass.  :  to  be  earnest  or  serious 
about  a  thing  :  and  absol.  to  he  very 
earnest  Or  serious,  Hdt.  2,  173,  κατε- 
σπουδασμένος  άνήρ,  lb.  174. 

Κατασσενομαι,  poet,  for  κατασεύο- 
μαι,  Nonn. 

Κατάσσντος,  ov,  {κατασεύομαι) 
rushing  down,  Nonn. 

Κατύσσω,  later  form  for  κατάγννμι, 
q.  v.,  esp.  freq.  in  Artemid. 

Κατασταγμός,  ov,  6,  a  dropping  or 
running  down  :  from 

Καταστάζω.  f.  -ξω,  {κατά,  στάζω) 
to  let  fall  in  drops  upon,  pour  upon,  κ. 
όάκρνά  τίνος,  Eur.  Hec.  760,  Η.  F. 
934  :  in  genl. ,  to  let  drop  or  fall,  shed, 
Aesch.  Fr.  329 :  also  of  a  garment, 
Soph.  Fr.  342,  cf  χέω.—U.  intr.  to 
drop  doicn,  drip,  trickle,  Eur.  I.  T.  72  : 
c.  dat.  et  ace,  νάσφ  κ.  πόδα,  to  have 
731 


ΚΑΤΑ 

one's  foot  running  with  a  sore,  Soph. 
Phil.  7  ;  κ.  άψρώ,  to  run  down  with 
foam,  Eur.  Supp.  587.-2.  to  drop 
upon,  bedew,  wet,  Soph.  Phil.  823,  Eur. 
Hec.  241. 

Κατασταθμενω,  {κατά,  σταθμεύω) 
to  put  into  a  stable  or  stall,  Strab. 

Καταστάβμτ/σις.  εως,  ή,  {κατά, 
Οτύθμη)  an  examininf;  hy  rule,  Epicur. 

Κατασταθμίζω,  f.  -<σω,  (^κατά,  στα- 
θ/ίίΤω)  to  measure  out  by  weight.  Hence 

Κατασταθμισμός,  ov,  b,  a  weighing 
out,  Diosc. 

Κατασταλάω,  ώ,  :=  καταστάζω  I. 
Nonn. 

Καταστα?.τικός,  ή.  όν,  (καταστέλ- 
λω)  fitted  for  driving  back  or  checking, 
K.  φάρμακα,  Galen. 

Ιίατααταμνίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {κατά,  σταμ- 
νάς) to  draw  off  wine  into  a  smaller  vessel 
(σταμνάς),  to  rack  off  or  bottle  it,  οίνος 
κατεσταμνισμέΐ'ος.ν/ίηο  in  bottle,  The- 
ophr.  ;  ?άγυνοι  κατεσταμνισμένοι, 
bottles  of  wine,  Nicostr.  iiecat.  1. 

Κατάσταξις,  εως,  !/,  {καταστάζω) 
a  dropping  down  or  dripping,  Galen. 

Καταστάσιάζω,ί.  -άσω,  {κατά,  στα- 
σιάζω) to  form  a  counter-party  in  the 
state,  Plut. — II.  c.  ace.,  to  disturb,  an- 
noy or  conquer  by  forming  a  counter- 
party, Dioa.  Pass,  to  be  beaten  by 
party  or  faction,  Xen.  Hell.  1,  6,4,  and 
Dein.     Hence 

Καταστάσιαστικός,  ή,  άν,  factious, 
Heliod. 

Κατύστύσις,  εως,  η,  (καβίστημι) 
trans,  α  placing,  sellling,  appointing, 
ordainiiig,  δαιμόνων  κ.,  Evir.  Phoen. 
1266  :  an  appointment,  institution,  χο- 
ρών, Aesch.  Ag.  23. — 2.  esp.  the  op. 
pointment  of  magistrates,  «.  αρχόν- 
των, δικαστών,  etc..  Plat.  ;  hence  at 
Athens,  the  allowance  made  to  a  citi- 
zen on  his  appointment  to  the  cavalry, 
Eupol.  Phil.  4,  Lys.  146, 10,  of  Bockh 
P.  E.  1,  p.  334. — 3.  a  bringing  of  am- 
bassadors before  the  senate  or  assem- 
bly, an  introduction,  presentation,  audi- 
ence, Hdt.  3,  46;  8,  141.— 4.  a  putting 
doivn,  soothing,  calming,  κ.  οργης, 
Arist.  Rhet. — 5.  in  rhetoric,  a  setting 
forth  one's  cause  so  as  to  dispose  the 
audience  towards  one,  Ernesti  Lex. 
Rhet. — II.  intrans.  a  standing  fixed  or 
firm,  a  being  settled  or  steady.  Soph. 
Aj.  1247  :  a  condition,  constitution,  πό- 
7αος,  Hdt.  5,  92,  2,  άνθρώττον,  8,  83  ; 
esp.  the  constitution  of  a  state.  Id.  2, 
173  :  K.  τών  ώρέων,  the  state  of  the 
seasons,  Hipp. :  in  genl.  the  nature  or 
character  of  a  thing,  Id.,  cf.  Foes. 
Oecon.  Hence  kv  καταστάσει  νυκ- 
τός, in  the  night-time,  Eur.  Rhes. 
111. 

Καταστΰτέον,  verb.  adj.  of  καβί- 
στημι, one  must  appoint,  τινά.  Plat. 
Rep.  414  A.  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  1,  10. 

Καταστάτης,  ov,  ό,  (καβίστημι) 
one  who  settles  or  establishes,  a  restorer. 
Soph.  El.  72.  [a]     Hence 

Καταστατικός,  η,  όν,  fitted  for  set- 
tling, calming,  soothing,  Plut. 

ίζ.αταστεγάζω,  f.  -άσω,  {κατά,  στε- 
γάζω) to  cover  over,  τινί,  u'ith  a  thing, 
Hdt.  4,  71.     Hence 

Καταστέγασμα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which 
is  put  on  to  cover,  a  covering,  Hdt.  2, 
155. 

Κατάστεγνος,  ov,  {κατά,  στεγνός) 
close  covered.     Hence 

Καταστεγνόω,  ώ,  to  cover  close, 
Geop. 

Κατάστεγος,  ov,  {κατά,  στέγη)  cov- 
ered in,  roofed,  ανλαι  κατάστεγοι, 
Hdt.  2,  148,  though  Schweigh.  takes 
ihem  to  be  courts  covered  or  surround- 
ed by  a  peristyle,  v.  Interpp. ;  opp.  to 
•ύπαιθρος.  Plat.  Euthyd.  273  A. 
733 


ΚΑΤΑ 

Καταστείβω,  f.  --φω,  {κατά,  στείβω) 
to  tread  on,  κ.  πέδον.  Soph.  Ο.  C.  467. 

ΚθΓοσΓ«^ω,  f.  -ξω,  (κατά,  στείχω) 
=  κατέρχομαι,  Νοπη. 

Καταστέλλω,  fut.  -στελ.ώ,  (κατά, 
στέ'λλω)  to  ptit  in  order,  arrange :  hence 
to  fit  out,  clothe,  dress,  At.  Thesm.  256. 
— II.  to  put  down,  loivcr,  Dion.  H. — 2. 
to  check,  restrain,  calm,  soothe,  Eur.  I. 
A.  934,  and  frcq.  in  Plut.  and  authors 
of  his  time  :  ύ  κατεστα? μένος,  a  man 
of  calmness  and  moderation,  Epict. 

Καταστενάζω,  f.  -άξω,=^sq. :  pass., 
to  be  full  of  sighing,  Alciphr. 

Καταστένω,  {κατά,  στένω)  to  sigh 
over  or  lament  one,  τινά.  Soph.  O.  C. 
1440,  etc. — II.  to  sigh  for  or  about  one, 
Tivor,  Eur.  Andr.  443  ;  also,  ΰττέρ  rt- 
νος,  Μ.  I.  A.  470. 

Καταστετττέον,  verb.  adj.  from  κα- 
ταστέφω,  one  must  crown,  Clem.  Al. 

Καταστερίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (κατά,  άστε- 
ρ'ιζω)  to  place  among  the  stars.  Dion. 
H. — II.  to  adorn  with  stars.     Hence 

Καταστέρΐσις,  εως,  7/,=  sq.  ;  and 

Καταστερισμός,  ov,  ό.  a  placing 
among  the  stars :  καταστερισμοί,  name 
of  a  treatise  of  Eratosthenes  giving 
the  legends  of  the  different  constella- 
tions. 

Κατάστερος,  ov,  (κατά,  αστήρ)  set 
ii'ith  stars,  starry.     Hence 

Καταστερόω,  ώ,=  καταστερίζω. 

Καταστεφάνόω,  ώ,  {κατά,  στεφα- 
νόω)  to  crown,  Diod. 

Καταστεφής,  ές,  croiened,  covered. 
Soph.  Tr.  178:  esp.  of  the  suppliant 
branch,  wreathed  (with  wool),  Eur. 
Supp.  259  :  from 

Καταστέφω,  f  -ψω,  {κατά,  στέφω) 
to  wreathe,  crown,  c.  acc,  Eur.  Heracl. 
125,  etc. 

Καταστηλίτενω,  (κατά,  στηλιτεύω) 
to  make  one  infainous  by  jmtting  up  his 
name  in  public,  Luc. 

Καταστηλ.ογράφεω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,-=^ 
στηλ.ογραφέω. 

Καταστηλώω,  ώ,  {κατά,  στηλ.όω)  to 
mark  with  στΐ/λαι,  Polyb. 

Κατάστημα,  ατός,  τό,  {καβίστημι) 
α  state,  situation,  condition,  constitution, 
quality,  e.  g.  of  the  body,  the  air, 
Diosc,  V.  Schuf.  Mel.  p.  39,  and  cf 
κατάστασις.     Hence 

Καταστηματικός,  ή,  όν,  settled, 
established  :  steady,  sedate,  Plut. 

Κατάστημος,  ov,  (κατά,  στήμων) 
having  many  warp-threads. 

Καταστηρίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (κατά,  στη- 
ρίζω) transit,  to  support,  prop,  ίπί  τινι, 
Eur.  Thes.  7,  in  pass. — II.  inlr.,  κ.  εις 
τόπον,  to  fall  hito  a  place  aiid  settle 
there,  of  diseases,  Hipp. 

Καταστΐγής,  ές,^ κατάστικτος. 

Καταστίζω,  f.  -ξω,  (κατά,  στίζω) 
to  cover  with  punctures  or  spots.  Pass., 
to  be  marked  or  spotted,  Arist.  H.  A.  : 
metaph.  to  be  spotted  and  stained,  Phi- 
lostr.     Hence 

Κατάστικτος,  ov,  covered  with  punc- 
tures or  spots,  spotted,  .'speckled,  brindled, 
κνών.  Soph.  Fr.  16,  δορά,  Eur.  Bacch. 
697. 

Καταστίλβω,  f  -ψω,  {κατά,  στίλ- 
βω)  to  beam  brightly,  Η.  Hom.  7,  10. 

Καταστοιχεώω,  (j,=:sq.,  hence  τν- 
τΐος  καταστοιχειωμένος,  an  elemen- 
tary plan  or  design,  Epicur.  ap.  Diog. 
L.  10,  35. 

Καταστοιχίζω,  f.  -ίσω.  (κατά,  στοι- 
χίζω) to  i/istnict  in  the  rudiments,  Chry- 
sipp.  ap.  Plut,  2,  1036  A. 

Καταστο/.ή,  ης,  ή,  (καταστέλλω)  a 
putting  in  order,  dressing  :  hence  dress, 
N.  T. — II.  a  letting  or  putting  down,  a 
checking :  hence  steadiness,  quietness, 
Hipp.  :  moderation,  e.  g.  της  Ίτερίβο- 
λής,  in  dress,  Plut. 


ΚΑΤΑ 

Καταστολίζω.  f.  -ίσω.  (κατά,  στο• 
λίζω)  to  clothe,  dress,  Plut. 

Καταστομίζω,  f.  ■ίσω,=  έπιστομί• 
ζω,  Plut.  Aristid.  4,  but  dub.,  cf. 
Sch;if  T.  5,  p.  36. 

Καταστομις,  ίδος,  ή,  (κατά,  στόμα) 
the  mouthpiece  of  a  flute. 

Καταστονάχέω,  ώ,  ί.  -ήσω,  to  sigh 
over,  bewail,  c.  acc,  Anth. 

Καταστονύχίζω,  ί.  -ίσω,^=ίoreg. 

Κα  ταστορίννϋμι  and  -ννω,  fut.  -στο- 
ρέσω,  {κατά,  στορένννμι)  to  .ipread, 
cover  ivith  a  thing,  τπ•«  τινι,  e.  g. 
"FjKTopa  λ.άΐσσι  κατεστόρεσαν,  II.  24, 
798,  cf.  Od.  17,  32.— II.  to  spread, 
strew  on  the  ground  :  to  throw  down, 
overthrow,  lay  low,  Hdt.  8,  53  ;  9,  69 : 
καταστ-  κύματα,  to  smoothe  the  waves, 
like  Lat.  sternere  aequor,  Anth.,  SO  too 
metaph.,  κ.  την  άνωμα/Uav,  Plut., 
τον  βνμόν,  Ael. 

\Καταστορεσθηναι,  aor.  inf.  pass, 
from  foreg.,  Hipp. 

^Καταστόρεσις,  εως,  ή,  a  throwing, 
laying  down,  Geop. 

Καταστόρννμι,  =  καταστορέτννμι, 
κώεα  καστορνϋσα(Ε\).  fem.  part.  pres. 
for  καταστορνϋσα),  spreading  fleeces, 
Od.  17,32. 

Καταστοχάζομαι,ί.  -άσομαι,(κατά, 
στοχάζομαι)  dep.  mid. :  to  aim  at,  c. 
gen. :  to  hit,  guess,  c.  acc,  Polyb.,  and 
Diod.     Hence 

Καταστοχασαός,  ov,  b,  a  guessing, 
conjecture,  Diod.  ;  and 

Καταστοχαστής,  ov,  6,  one  who 
guesses.    Hence 

Καταστοχαστικός,  ή,  όν,  good  at 
guessing,  able  to  guess,  c.  gen.,  Clem. 
Al. 

Καταστραγγίζω,  fut.  -ίσω  οτ-ιώ,  to 
let  drop  down,  LXX. 

Καταστράπτω,  f.  --ψω.  (κατά,  άστ- 
ράπτω)  to  hurl  down  lightning,  fash 
lightning,  κατά  τόπον,  upon  a  place, 
Soph.  Tr.  437 :  absol.,  καταστράπτει, 
it  lightens,  Plut. — II.  trans,  c.  acc,  to 
strike  with  lightning,  dazzle,  Plut. 

Καταστράτεύομαι,  (κατά,  στρα- 
τεύω) dep.  :  to  take  the  field  against 
one,  7nake  tvar  upon,  τινός,  Clem.  Al. 
— II.  to  overrun  a  country  in  war,  c. 
acc,  K-  γην,  etc. 

Καταστράτηγέο),  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {κατά, 
στρατηγέω)  to  overcome  by  generalship 
or  stratagem,  τινά,  Polyb. :  in  genl.  to 
outu'it,  Dion.  H. 

Καταστράτοπεδεία,  ας,  ή.  the  pitch- 
ing a  camp  :  living  in  camps,  Phylarch. 
ap.  Ath.  539  C  :  from 

Καταστρΰτοπεδεύω,  {κατά,  στρα• 
τοπεδενω)  to  put  into  cantonments,  en- 
camp, Tivac,  Xen.  Cyr.  7,  2,  8 :  also 
to  station  a  fleet.  Id.  Hell.  6,  2,  7.  Mid. 
to  take  lip  one's  quarters,  encamp,  Id. 
An.  3,  4,  18,  etc. 

Καταστρεβλυω,  ώ,  (κατά,  στρε- 
βλόω)  to  torture  greatly,  put  to  severest 
tortures,  Plut. 

Καταστρέφω,  f.  -ψω,  (κατά,  στρέ- 
φω) to  turn  lip  and  down,  trample  on, 
H.  Horn.  Ap.  73  ;  esp.  to  turn  the  soil, 
Lat.  aratro  vertere,  Xen.  Oec  17,  10. 
— II.  to  upset,  overturn,  κ.  πάλιν,  Ar. 
Eq.  275  :  mid.  to  subject  to  one's  self,  to 
subdue,  conquer,  Hdt.  1,  6,  64,  71,  etc., 
who  also  uses  aor.  and  perf.  in  pass, 
signf,  e.  g.  1,  68,  130:  so  too  in  pass. 
c.  inf ,  κατέστραμμαι  άκονειν,  I  am 
compelled  to  hear,  Aesch.  Ag.  956. — 
III.  to  turn  back,  bring  hack,  εϊς  τι, 
Ae.schin.  33,  18. — IV.  to  him  ' sud• 
denli)  rnvntl,  and  SO  bring  to  an  end, 
inti,' Dinarch.  94,  23:  κ.  την  βίβλον, 
τονς  λόγους,  Polyb.,  in  full,  κ-  λ.όγων 
τελευτήν,  Aesch.  Pers,  787:  hence 
absol.  seemingly  intran.s..  to  rome  to 
an  end,  end,  close,  and  so  in  mid.,  Eur. 


ΚΑΤΑ 

Hipp.  477 :  esp.  to  end  life,  die,  freq.  in 
Piut. ;  K.  εΙς  τι,  to  end  in  something, 
Pint. — v.  to  turn  or  twist  sirovgly, 
hence  metaph.,  /.έξις  κατεστραμμένη, 
a  close  periodic  style,  opp.  to  a  loose 
running  style  (Λ.  είρομένη),  Arist. 
Rhet. :  so  too,  καταστρέφειν  την  σύν- 
ταξιν,  esp.  of  inversions. 

Καταστρηνιάω,  ώ,  {κατά,  στρηνιάω) 
to  behave  insolently  towards,  τινός,  Ν. 
Τ. 

Καταστροφή,  ης,  ή,  (καταστρέφω) 
α  turning  up  and  down  :  an  overthrowing, 
θεσμίων,  Aesch.  Eum.  490. — 2.  a  sub- 
duing, subjugation,  reduction,  Hdt.  1, 
6,  92,  etc. — II.  α  sudden  turn :  mi  end, 
close,  K.  τοϋ  βίου,  i.  e.  death,  Soph. 
O.  C.  103 ;  also  without  τοϋ  βίου, 
Thuc.  2,  42. — 2.  esp.  in  the  drama  the 
catastrophe  or  turn  of  the  plot,  Polyb. 
— III. in  Aesch.  Supp.442fure~iarpo- 
φή,  a  place  to  which  one  mast  turn,  a 
resting  place. 

Καταστροώικώς,  adv.  from  κατα- 
στρέφω, in  the  manner  of  a  turn  or  con- 
clusion, esp.  in  the  manner  of  a  drama- 
tic catastrophe,  Ath.  453  C. 

Κατάστρωμα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which 
is  spread  upon  or  over :  esp.  in  a  ship, 
the  hatches  or  deck,  Hdt.  8,  118,  119; 
in  Thuc.  1,  14,  καταστρώματα  δια 
τζύσης,  sc.  νεώς  :  from 

Καταστρώννϋμι  and  -ννω,  f.  -στρώ- 
σω,=:καταστορένννμι,  Xen.  Cyr.  3, 
3,  64.     Hence 

Κατάστρωσις,  εως,  η,  a  spreading  or 
strewing  over. 

Καταστνγέω,  ω,  f.  -ήσω,  aor.  κατέ- 
στνγον,  [κατά,  στνγέω)  int-r.  to  be  hor- 
ror-struck at  a  thing.  II.  17,  694:  c. 
ace.  rei,  shudder  at,  abhor,  abominate, 
κατα  δ'  ίστυγον  αντην,  Od.  19,  113. 
— II.  aor.  1  κατέστνξα  or  κατεστύγη- 
σα,  trans.,  to  n\ake  abominable. 

Καταστνγνάζω,  f.  -άσω.  to  be  of  sad 
countenance :  from 

Κατύστυγνος,  ov,  (κατά,  στυγνός) 
of  sad  countenance,  Ath.  585  D.   Hence 

Καταστνγνόω,  ώ,  to  afflict  much. 

Καταστνφελος,  ov,  [κατά,  στνφε- 
/.ός)  very  hard  or  rugged,  ττέτρη,  χώ- 
ρος, Η.  Horn.  Merc.  124,  Hes.  Th. 
806.  (€) 

Κατάστυό7.ος,  ov,=foreg. 

Κατηστνφω,  f.  -ψω,  {κατά,  στύφω) 
to  make  sour  or  bitter :  το  κατεστνμ- 
μένον,  sour7iess,  harshiess,  Piut.  Cat. 
Min.  46.  ιϋ] 

Καταστωμν?ι?>ω,  (κατά, στωμν?.?.ω) 
to  have  a  glib  totigue :  prob.  only  found 
in  part.  pf.  pass.  c.  act.  signf ,  κατε- 
στωμνλμένος,  a  chattering  fellow,  Ar. 
Ran.  1160. 

Κατασνβωτέω,  ώ,  f.  -7/σω,  (κατά, 
σνβωτέω)  to  fatten  like  a  pig,  την  ψυ- 
χην,  Piut. 

Κατασν?.}.ογίζομαι,  f.  -ίσομαι,  {κα- 
τά, συ/./.ογίζομαι)  Dep.  mid.,  to  argue 
by  syllogism  against  one,  Arist.  Org. 

Κατασϋρίττω,  f.  -ξω,  {κατά,  σνρίτ- 
τω)  to  uhistle  or  hiss  at,  τινός. 

Κατασύρω,  {κατά,  σύρω)  to  drag 
down  or  away  :  to  pidl  down  and  carry 
off.  hence  to  ravage  andplunder  a  coun- 
try, Lat.  diripere,  Hdt.  5,  81  ;  6,  33. 
Pass,  to  rush  down,  esp.  of  rivers,  Dion. 

Κατασφΰγή,  ής,  ή,  a  slaughtering  or 
killing :  from 

Κατασφάζω,  f.  -ξω,  also  -σφάττω, 
(κατά,  σφύζω)  to  slaughter,  murder, 
Hdt.  G,  23,  Trag.,  etc.     Hence 

Κατασόακτικός,  ή,  όν,  murderous. 

Κατασφά'λίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {κατά,  άσ- 
Οα7ύζω)  to  make  firm  οτ  sure,  bind  fast, 
LXX. 

Κατασφάττω,=:  κατασφάζω. 

Κατασφενδονύω,  ώ,  f.  -7/σω  {κατά, 


ΚΑΤΑ 

σφενδονάω)  to  overthrow  with  a  sling, 
c.  ace. 

Κατασφηκόω,  ώ,  {κατά,  σφηκόω) 
to  nail  on,  nail  fast,  fasten,  Trj'phiod. 

Κατασφ7]νόω,  ώ,  {κατά,  σφ7]νόω)  to 
wedge  tight,  bind  tight,  Hipp. 

Κατασφίγγω,  f.  -}ξω,  {κατά,  σφίγ- 
γω) to  lace  tight,  Piut. 

Κατασφράγίζω,ί.  -ίσω,  {κατά,  σφρα- 
γίζω) to  seal  up,  mostly  used  in  part, 
pf.  pass.,  κατεσφραγισμένος,  scaled 
ΐφ,  secured,  first  in  Emped.  ap.  Stob. 
Eel.  2,  384,  then  in  Aesch.  Supp.  947. 

Κατασχάζω,  f.  -άσω,  {κατά,  σχάζω) 
to  slit  or  cut  open,  Theophr. :  esp.  with 
a  lancet,  to  lance,  blood,  Galen,  etc. 
Hence 

Κατάσχασις,  εως,  ?),  the  opening  a 
vein,  blooding. 

Κατάσχασμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  slit  or  cut : 
also=sq.,  Diosc. 

Κατασχασμός,  od,  b,  a  slitting  or 
cutting  open,  esp..  with  a  lancet,  hence 
ο  lancing,  blooding,  Galen. 

Κατασχαστέον,  verb.  adj.  from  κα- 
τασχάζω, one  viust  slit  open  or  lance, 
Diosc. 

Κατασχάω,  f.  -άσω, ^κατασχάζω, 
Hipp. 

Κατασχεδιάζω,  f.  -άσω,  {κατά,  σχε- 
διάζω) to  talk  off  hand  against,  τινός, 
Joseph. 

*Κατασχέθω,  assumed  as  pres.,  but 
prob.  all  its  supposed  forms  belong 
to  aor.  2  κατίσχεθον=:κατέσχον  (v. 
*σχέθω)  to  hold  back,  θορικύνοε  κατέ- 
σχεθον,  they  held  on  towards  Ύhoricιιs, 
H.  Horn.  Cer.  12G,  κάσχεθε,  Ep.  for 
κατέσχεθε,  II.  11,  702. 

Κατασχεϊν,  inf.  aor.  2  act.  of  κα- 
τέχω. 

Κατάσχεσις,  εως,  ή,  (κατέχω)  α 
holding  back,  hindering. — II.  a  holding 
fast,  possession,  LXX. 

Κατασχετ?Λάζω,  f.  -άσω,  (κατά, 
σχετλιάζω)  to  be  very  luroth,  Joseph. 

Κατάσχετος,  ov,  (κατέχω)  poet. 
for  κάτοχος,  held  back,  kept  back,  κα- 
τάσχετόν  τι  καλύτζτειν.  Soph.  Ant. 
1253. — II.  held  fast,  possessed,  κ.  δαι- 
μονίω  ττνενματι,  Dion.  Η.,  κ.  εκ  Νυμ- 
φών, Paus. 

Κατασχημάτίζω,  fut.  -ίσω  Att.  -ιώ, 
{κατά,  σχηματίζω)  to  dress  up,  invest 
v:ith  a  certain  form  or  appearance, 
Isocr.  226  A. 

Κατασχημονέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {κατά, 
ασχημονέω)  to  treat  indecently,  Alex, 
ap.  Phot.  513,  2 :  to  act  indecently  to- 
wards, τινός. 

•  Κατασχίζω,  ί.  -ίσω,  (κατά,  σχίζω) 
to  split,  cleave  asunder,  Or  iti  pieces,  Ar. 
Vesp.  239 ;  and  so  in  mid.,  Id.  Ran. 
403  :  but,  κατασχ.  τας  7τν?ίας,  τάς  θύ- 
ρας, to  burst  the  gates  or  doors  open, 
Xen.  An.  7, 1,16,  Dem.  540, 2.  Hence 

Κατάσχΐσις,  εως,  ή,  a  splitting  up, 
Galen. :  and 

Κατάσχισμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  piece  split 
off,  a  splinter :  and 

Κατάσχιστος,  ov,  split  up. 

Κατασχο?.ύζω,  f.  -άσω,  (κατά,  σχο- 
7.άζω)  to  pass  the  lime  in  idleness,  to  loi- 
ter, tarry,  c.  acc,  χρόνου  Τ I  Κ-,  to  tarry 
somewhat  too  long.  Soph.  Phil.  127 : 
but,  κατεσχόλαζε  της  Τναθαινίου/J- 
γων  for  έσχό/.αζε  Άέγων  κατά  της 
Τν.,  Macho  ap.  Ath.  581  D,  acc.  to 
Schweigh. 

Κατασχο7',έομαι,  (κατά,  ΰσχολέω) 
to  be  busy  or  engagtd,  ττερί  τι.  Piut. 

Κατασωρενω,  (κατά,  σωρεύω)  to 
heap  on  or  up. 

Κατασωτενομαι,  dep.,  (κατά,  άσω- 
τεύω)  to  squander  atvny,  Piut. 

Κατασώχω,  {κατά,  σώχω)  to  rub  in 
pieces,  bruise  or  pound,  Hdt.  4,  75. 

Καταταινιόω.   ω,  f.   -ώσω,  (κατά. 


ΚΑΤΑ 

ταινιόω)  to  bind  with  a  ται•,>:α  or  band, 
ap.  Suid. 

Κατατακερδς,  όν,  {κατά,  τακερός) 
sojtened  much,  Galen. 

Κατατακτεον,  verb.  adj.  from  κα- 
τατάσσω, one  must  set,  Artemid. 

Κατατάμνω,  Ion.  and  Dor.  for  κα- 
τατέμνω. 

Κατατάνύω,  f.  -νσω=  κατατείνω, 
Η.  Hom.  Bacch.  34,  in  Ep.  form  κατ- 
τάννσαν.  [δ] 

Κατάταξις,  εως,  ή,  (κατατάσσω)  an 
ordering,  arranging,  Epict.  :  α  digesting, 
Clem.  Al. 

Κατατΰράσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  f.  -άξω, 
(κατά,  ταράσσω)  to  disturb  very  much, 
disorder. 

Καταταρταρόω,  ώ,  (κατά,  τάρτα- 
ρόω)  to  hurl  down  to  Tartarus,  Sext. 
Emp. 

Κατάτασις,  εως,  ή,  (κατατείνω)  a 
straining,  stretching,  esp.  for  the  pur- 
pose of  .ietti7ig  broken  or  dislocated 
bones.  Foes.  Oecon.  Hipp. :  also  for 
the  purpose  of  torturing,  Dion.  H. — 2. 
violent  exertion,  straining,  prob.  1.  Plat. 
Legg.  796  A. — II.  intrans.  doumivard 
tendency,  depression.  Id.  Tim.  58  E. 

Κατατάσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  f.  -^ω,  {κατά, 
τάσσω)  to  draw  up  in  order,  arrange, 
στρατιάν,  Xen.  Cyr.  3,  3, 11 :  to  put  in 
its  proper  place,  classify,  range  under  or 
refer  to  a  class,  εις  τάξη;  Plat.  Legg. 
945  A,  εις  φυ/.ήν,  Lys.  137,  19. — 2.  to 
appoint,  έτζί  τι,  to  do  a  thing,  Dem. 
773,  17 ;  κ.  τινά  εις  τόπον,  to  appoint 
one  to  go  to  a  place,  Polyb.— II.  nud., 
κατατάξασθαί  τινι  ύπερ  τίνος,  to 
make  arrangements  with  one  about  a 
thing,  Dem.  1327,  6. 

Κατατάχέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (κατά,  τά- 
χος) to  outstrip,  overtake,  anticipate,  c. 
acc.  Polyb. ;  also  c.  part.,  Id. :  absol. 
to  be  first,  arrive  first.  Id. 

Κατατέγγω,  f.  -^ω,  (κατά,  τέγγω) 
to  ivet  through,  soak,  soften.  Hipp. 

Κατατεθαρι')ηκότως,  adv.  part.  perf. 
act.  from  καταθαρρέω,  boldly,  confi- 
dently, Polyb. 

Κατατέΰη-α,  perf.  c.  pres.  signf., 
to  be  astonished  at,  admire,  aor.  κατέ- 
τάφον  :  no  other  tenses  occur. 

Κατατεθνεώς,  ώτυς,=  sq. 

Κατατεθνηώς,  ώτος,  Horn.  part. 
perf  of  καταΟνήσκω. 

Κατατείνω,  iut.  -τενώ,  τρ{.•τετΰκα 
(κατά,  τείνω)  to  stretch  or  draw  tight, 
K.  χα7.ινονς,  Hdt.  4,  72,  cf  11.  3,  261 
(where  it  occurs  in  tmesis) :  hence — 

I.  to  stretch  for  the  purpose  of  setting  a 
bone,  Hipp.,  cf.  Foes.  Oecon. :  or  for 
torture,  Dem.  1172,  14,  in  Pass. — 2.  to 
hold  in,  check,  curb.  Pint. — 3.  to  stretch 
on  the  ground,  lay  loiv,  throw  doiin,  κ. 
τινά  εις  γην.  Plat.  Tim.  58  Ε. — 4. 
inetaph.  to  strain,  force,  τί/ν  άλήβειαν, 
Eur.  I.  A.  336;  hence  ?,όγοι  κατατει- 
νόμενοι,  words  of  hot  contention,  Id. 
Hec.  132  :  also  to  strain  or  exert,  κ.  τί/ν 
βώμΐ]ν  όλην,  Polyb.,  cf  infr.  II.  2. — 

II.  seemingly  intrans.  to  strttch  or  strain 
one's  self,  hence — 1.  to  stretch  or  extend 
towards,  Lat.  tendere,  κ.  εκ  τότνον  εΙς 
τάττον,  Hdt.  4,3,  κ.  ττρός  έστνέρην  έπι 
'Αγ•\ίτ7ΐν,  it  stretches  westward  up  to 
Α.,  Id.  7,  113  :  also  to  go  hastily,  go  on, 
like  Lat.  contendere  iter,  Piut. — 2.  to 
strai7i  or  exert  one's  self,  strive  ear7ies(• 
ly,  be  earnest  0Γ  vehement.  Plat. :  κατα- 
τείνας  ερώ,  I  will  speak  uiih  all  pos- 
sible attention.  Id.  Rep.  358  D,  cf  367 
B.  The  pass,  is  used  in  both  theso 
signfs.,  cf  I.  4. 

Κατατειχογρΰφέω,  ώ,  v.  κατατοιχ. 
ίΚατατε/.εντάω,   ώ,  strengthd.   for 
τελευτάω,  Arist.  Part.  An.  3,  9,  5. 

Κατατεμαχίζω,  f.  -ίσω  Att.  -ϊώ,  to  cut 
in  pieces. 

733 


ΚΑΤΑ 

Κατατέμνω,  fut.  -τεμώ,  aor.  κατέ- 
ταμον,  (κατά,  τέμνω)  to  cut  in  pieces, 
cut  up,  divide,  κρέα,  Hdt.  4,  2G  :  κ.  χω- 
ριών ΐς  διώρνχας,  to  exit  it  up  into  ditch- 
es or  canals,  Id.  1,  193,  cf.  2,  8  ;  but 
also  c.  ace.  only  without  if,  ή  πόλις 
κατατέτμηταί  τας  όόονς  Ίβείας,  1, 
180  ;  so  κ.  TIVU  καττνματα,  to  cut  him 
into  strips,  Ar.  Ach.  301,  κατατμηθεί- 
ην  λέπαδνα,  Eq.  7G8  :  to  cut  in  pieces, 
kill,  like  Lat.  occidere.  Plat.  Rep.  488 
Β  :  τα  κατατετμημένα,  places  where 
mines  have  already  been  icorked,  opp.  to 
Tu  άτμητα,  Xen.  Vect.  4,  27,  cf.  καί- 
νοτυμεω. 

^Κατατέρ-ω,  strengthd.  for  τέρπω, 
LXX. 

\Κατατεταγμένως,  adv.  part.  perf. 
pass,  from  κατατάσσω,  in  regular  or- 
der, Diod.  S. 

Κατατετραίνω,  Att.  for  κατατι- 
τράω.  ^       ,      V 

Κατατενχω,  fut.  -ξω,  {κατά,  τενχω) 
to  make,  render,  Q.  Sm. 

Κατατεφρόω,  ω,  {κατά,  τεΦρόω)  to 
cover  quite  with  ashes,  Arist.  Meteor. 

Κατατεχνέω,  ώ,  to  frame  artificially, 
Philo. 

Κατατεχνίκως,  {κατά,  τεχνικός) 
very  artificially,  dub.  1.  Plut. 

Κατατεχνο/.ογέω,  ω,  f.  ->/σω,  to  han- 
dle by  the  rules  of  art. 

Κατάτεχνος,  ov,  {κατά,  τέχνη)  too 
artificial  or  elaborate,  epith.  of  Calli- 
machus  the  sculptor,  Vitruv.  4, 1, 10 ; 
but  cf.  κακίζότεχνος. 

Κατατηκω,  ί.  -ξω,  {κατά,  τήκω) Jo 
melt  or  thaw  au-ay,  Ένρος  κατέτηξεν 
χώνα,  Od.  19,206. χιών  κατατ/'/κεται, 
lb.  205  :  in  genl.  to  dissolve,  sap,  make 
liquid  and  soft,  Hdt.  2,  87:  metaph., 
K.  τέχνην  εις  τι,  to  waste  art  and  skill 
upon  a  thing,  Dion.  H.  Pass.  c.  perf 
act.  κατατέτηκα,  to  melt  or  be  melting 
away,  κατατήκομαι  ητορ,  my  heart  is 
melting  away,  Od.  19,  136 ;  so,  υπ'  ΰλ- 
yoυς  κατατέτηκα,  Ar.  Plut.  1034 ; 
ερωτι  κατατήκεσθαι,  Xen.  Symp.  8, 
3 ;  also,  κατατήκεσθαι  ερωτά  τίνος, 
Theocr.  14,  26. 

Κατατηξίτεχνος,  ov,  v.  κακιζότεχ- 
ρος. 

Κατατίθημι,  f.  -θήσω :  Horn.  freq. 
uses  the  Ep.  aor.  forms  κάτθεμεν, 
κάτβετε,  κάτθεσαν,  κατθέμεν,  κατ- 
θέμεθα,  κατθέσθην,  κατθέμενοι,  for 
κατέΟεμεν,  etc.:  κ αταθ ε ίομεν,  sub] . 
aor.  (οϊ  καταθώμεν,  Od.  καταβείομαι, 
subj.  aor.  mid.  for  καταθώμαι,  Horn. 
{κατά,  τίθημι).  To  place,  put,  or  lay 
down,  foil,  by  various  preps.,  as  έπί, 
κατά,  εκ  τίνος,  εν,  έπί,  παρά,  υπό 
τινι,  ε'ις  and  ύπό  τι,  all  in  Horn.,  oft. 
with  coUat.  notion  of  laying  ht^,  pre- 
serving, cf  Hdt.  5,  92,  7,  though  this 
signf.  is  most  freq.  in  mid. :  κ.  άεθ?Μν, 
to  put  down,  propose  a  prize,  Od.  19, 
572  ;  K-  Tivu  εις  Ίθύκην,  to  put  one  on 
land  at  Ithaca,  Od.  10,230.-11.  to  put 
down  as  payment,  pay,  Hdt.  9,  120, 
and  freq.  in  Att.  com.,  and  prose : 
hence  in  genl.  to  pay,  perform  what 
one  has  promised,  Pind.  N.  7,  112, 
Soph.  O.  C.  227.— III.  κ.  τισ'ι  τι  ες 
μέσον, to  communicate&  thingto others, 
give  them  a  common  share  of  it,  Hdt.  3, 
80  ;  7, 164  ;  so,  κ.  τισί  τι  κοινόν.  Plat. 
Rep.  369  Ε. — YV.tomake,  render,  Pind. 
P.  5,  120. — B.  mid.  to  lay  doivn  from 
one's  self,  put  dotun  or  off,  lay  aside,  esp. 
one's  arms,  Lat.  <ie;)Oiiere,  Horn.:  hence 
in  genl.  to  put  away,  get  rid  of,  Ονμόν, 
Ar.  Av.  401,  πόλεμον,  Thuc.  1,  121 : 
of  the  dead,  to  bury,  Od.  24,  190.-2. 
to  lay  doini  for  one's  self,  to  lay  by  or 
awuy.  έπΙ  ύ'όρπφ,  against  supper,  Od. 
18,  45  :  esp.  of  money,  treasures,  pro- 
vifiions,  etc.,  to  lay  tketn  up  in  store, 
734 


ΚΑΤΑ 

Lat.  reponcre,  Hes.  Op.  599,  Hdt.  1, 
202,  and  freq.  in  Xen. :  metaph.,  κα• 
τατίθεσΟαι  κ?.έος,  to  lay  up  a  store  of 
glory,  Hdt.  7, 220  ;  and  very  freq.,  χά- 
ριτα  or  χάριν  κατατίβεσΟαί  τινι,  to 
lay  up  a  store  o/gratitude,  gain,  thanks 
or  favor,  Valck.  Hdt.  G,  41  ;  hence,  κ. 
χάριν  τινι,  Lat.  collocare  gratiam  apud 
aliquem,  Antipho  136,  27,  Xen.,  etc. ; 
so  έχθραν  καταθέσθαι  προς  τίνα,  Lys. 
192,  35  :  but,  κ.  όργην  ε'ιςτιΐ'α,  to  pour 
forth  one's  fury  upon  some  one,  Xen. 
Cyn.  10,  8. — 3.  to  lay  up  in  memory,  or 
as  a  memorial.  Plat.  Theaet.  209  C  : 
hence,  κ.  εις  μνήμην,  to  record,  regis- 
ter, Id.  Legg.  858  D.— II.  in  genl.  to 
place  or  set  in  a  certain  position,  Soph. 
O.  C.  1216. — III.  to  lay  or  put  aside, 
have  done  with,  Plat.  Prot.  348  A  :  so, 
κατατίθεσθαί  τίνα  έν  άμε?^εία,  to  treat 
one  negligently,  Xen.  Mem.l,  4,  15. — 
The  word  is  freq.  in  Hom.,  and  in 
common  Att.,  but  in  Trag.  very  rare. 
Κατατίλάω,  ώ,  (κατά,  τιλάω)  to 
empty  one's  self  Over,  befuul,  Lat.  con- 
cacare,  c.  gen.,  Ar.  Av.  1054,  Ran. 
1306. 

Κατατιλίω,  fut.  -τιλω,  {κατά,  τίλ- 
λω)  to  pluck  or  pull  to  pieces,  Hipp. — 
II.  to  pluck  quite  out,  LXX. 

Κατατιτράω,  ώ,  i.  -τρι/σω,  Alt. -τε- 
τραίνω,  {κατά.  τιτράω)  to  bore  οι  pierce 
through.  Plat.  Tim.  70  C,  in  pass. 

Κατατιτρώσκω,  f  -τρώσω,  {κατά, 
τιτρώσκω)  to  cover  with  wounds,  wound 
mortally,  Xen.  An.  3,  4,  2G. 

Κατατί'νσκομαι,  dep.,  to  aim  at, 
τινός. 

Κατατοιχογρΰφέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {κατά, 
τοιχογραφέω)  to  write  upon  a  wall,  κ. 
τι  τίνος,  to  write  up  libels  against  a 
person,  Strab. :  the  form  κατατειχο- 
γραφέω  is  dub. 

Κατατοκίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {κατά,  τοκίζω) 
to  beggar  by  usurious  interest.  Pass,  to 
be  tlius  beggared,  Arist.  Pol. 

Κατατοΐμάω,ώ,  ί.-ί/σω,{κατά,  το?^,• 
μάω)  to  behave  boldly  or  audaciously  to- 
wards one,  c.  gen.,  Polyb. :  κ.  του  κα- 
?.ώς  έχοΐ'τος,  to  presume  beyond  pro- 
priety. Id.  40,  6,  9.— II.  strengthd.  for 
το7ψάω,  c.  inf ,  LXX. 

Κατατομή,  ης,  y,  {κατατέμνω)  a 
cutting  into  :  a  cut,  notch,  groove,  chan- 
nel, Theophr. — II.  part  of  a  theatre. — 
\\\.=  καταγραψή,  a  profile,  Hesych.— 
IV.  a  ctitting  in  the  flesh,  concision,  used 
of  the  mere  outward  circumcision  of 
the  Jews,  as  opp.  to  that  of  the  heart, 
N.  T.  Ep.  Philipp.  3,  2. 

Κατάτονος,  ov,  {κατατείνω)  stretch- 
ing down :  depressed,  i.  e.  less  high  than 
broad,  opp.  to  άνάτονος,  Vitruv.  10, 15. 
Κατατυξεύω,  {κατά,  τοξεύω)  to  strike 
down  with  arrows,  shoot  dead,  τινά, 
Hdt.  3,  36 ;  κ.  τινά  τινι,  to  shoot,  kill 
one  ivith,  Ar.  Nub.  944. 

Κατατρΰγεΐν,  inf  aor.  2  act.  oi  κα- 
τατρώγω. 

Κατατράγωδέω,  ώ,  {κατά,  τραγω- 
δέω)  to  describe  tragically,  exaggerate, 
Ach.  Tat. 

Κατατρανματίζω,  Ion.  -τρωματίζω, 
f.  -ίσω  Att.  -ίώ,  {κατά,  τραυματίζω) 
to  cover  with  wounds,  Hdt.  7,  212,  Thuc. 
7,  80  :  also  of  ships,  to  disable  utterly, 
Thuc.  7,  41. 

Κατατρέπω,  f.  -ψω,  {κατά,  τρέπω) 
to  turn  quite  round,  esp.  to  put  to  flight, 
Lat.  convertere  infugam,  also  in  mid. 
Κατατρέχω,  f.  -δρΰμοϋμαι,  aor.  κα- 
τέδράμον,  {κατά,  τρέχω)  to  run  doun, 
Hdt.  7,  192;  also  κ.  κάτω.  Id.  3,  156: 
of  a  ship,  to  run  into  port,  Polyb. — II. 
transit.,  to  run  down  at,  assail,  attack, 
τινά,  Plat.  Legg.  800  C :  more  freq.  τι- 
νός, to  inveigh  against,  A\.h.  220  C  ;  also, 
K.  κατά  τίνος,  Schaf.  Dion.  Comp.  p. 


ΚΑΤΑ 

401. — ΠΙ.   to    overrun,   harass   or  lay 
waste,  χ^ώραν,  Thuc.  2,  94,  etc. 

Κατατρησις,  εως,  ή,  {κατατιτράω) 
a  boring  tlirough :  a  hole,  aperture, 
Epicur.  ap.  Plut.  2,  890  C. 

Κατατρϊάκοντοντίζω,ί. -ίσω, {κατά, 
τριακοντοντης)  comic  word  in  Ar. 
Eq.  1391,  alluding  to  the  σπονδαϊ  τρι- 
ακοντουτίδες,  which  the  poet  had 
personified  upon  the  stage  as  courte- 
sans, with  an  obscene  pun  upon  ακον- 
τίζω, i.  e.  περαίνω. 

ΚατατρΙβή,ης,  ή,  a  rubbing  in,  paint- 
ing, rouging,  Clem.  Al. :  from 

Κατατρίβω,  f.  -ψω,  {κατά,  τρίβω) 
to  rub  down  or  away,  hence — 1.  of 
clothes,  to  wear  out,  Theogn.  55,  and 
Plat.  Phaed.  87  C,  E.— 2.  of  persons, 
to  wear  quite  out,  weary,  tire,  exhaust, 
Lat.  conterere,  τινά,  Thuc.  8,  46,  Xen. 
Mem.  1,  2,  37  :  in  Pase.  to  be  quite  worn 
out,  c.  part.,  Ar.  Pac.  355,  νπό  τίνος, 
Xen.  Hell.  5,  4,  60.— 3.  of  tune,  to 
wear  it  away,  get  rid  of  it,  ήμίραν  κ., 
Lat.  diejn  terere,  Aeschin.  30,  0  ;  so  in 
mid.,  βίον  κ..  Plat.  Rep.  405  B.  Pass, 
esp.  perf,  to  wear  away  one's  life,  live 
07ie's  whole  time,  Ar.  Fr.  4,  Xen.  Mem. 
3,  4,  1.   [i] 

Κατατρίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  strengthd.  for 
τρίζω,  Batr.  88. 

Κατατρίχιος,  ov,  {κατά,  θρίξ)  as 
fine  as  a  hair,  Hesych.  [t] 

Κατάτρι-ψις,  εως,  ή,  {κατατρίβω)  a 
being  worn  out,  languor,  Hipp. 

Κατατροπόομαι,  dep.,  to  put  to 
flight,  like  κατατρέπω,  Aesop. ;  also 
in  Act.,  Id. 

Κατάτροπος,ον,  {κατατρέπω)  steep, 
dub.  in  Hesych. 

Κατατροχάζω,  f.  -άσω,^  κατατρέ- 
χω, Anth. 

Κατατρνγάω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {κατά, 
τρυγάω)  to  reap  or  gather  in. 

Κατατρύξω,  f.  -ύσω,  {κατά,  τρύζω) 
to  chatter  against,  τινός,  Anth. 

Κατατρϋπάω,  ώ,  ϊ.  -ήσω,  {κατά, 
τρυπάω)  to  bore  through. 

Κατατρϋφάω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {κατά, 
τρυφάω)  to  revel  or  luxuriate  in  a  tiling, 
c.  gen. 

Κατατρύχω,  f.  -τρύξω,  {κατά,  τρν- 
χω)  to  rub  down  or  aivay,  wear  out,  weary, 
exharist,  like  κατατρίβω  .λαούς  δώροις 
και  ίδωδ^ι,  II.  17,  225,  so  also  Od.  15, 
309,  Eur.' Med.  1100.  [ϋ] 

Κατατρύω,  {κατά,  τpύω)=ίoΐeg.. 
Nic,  in  aor.  mid. :  in  Xen.  Cyr.  5,  4, 
6,  perf  pass,  κατατετρΰσθαι,  e.  conj. 
Stephani. 

Κατατρώγω,  fut.  -τρώξομαι,  aor.  2 
κατέτράγον,  but  also  aor.  1  κατατρώ- 
ξαντες,  Timon.  Fr.  7  {κατά,  τρώγω) 
to  gnaw  in  pieces,  eat  up,  Gratin. 
Odyss.  5. 

Κατατρωματίζω,  Ion.  for  κατά• 
τραυμ.,  Hdt. 

Κατατυγχάνω,  fut.  -τεύξομαι,  {κα~ 
τά,  τυγχάνω)  to  hit  one's  mark,  reach, 
gain,  τινός,  Demad.  179,  12  :  absol. 
to  be  lucky  or  successful,  Dem.  288,  2. 
Κατατνμβοχοέω,  ώ,  to  heap  a  fune- 
ral mound  over,  bury,  Valck.  Adon.  p. 
324. 

Κατατύπτω,  strengthd.  for  τύπτω: 
mid.  to  beat  one's  self,  beat  one's  breast, 
Poet.  ap.  Hephaest.  p.  59. 

Κατατΐψαννεύω,  {κατά,  τνραννεύω) 
to  he  tyrant  over,  τίνος,  Strab. :  absol, 
to  be  tyrannical,  LXX. 

Κατάτνρος,  ov,  {κατά,  τυρός)  cov- 
ered with  cheese,  Archestr.  ap.  Ath. 
399  E. 

Κατατνφ/ιόω,  ώ,  to  make  quite  blind. 
Κατατωθάζω,  ί.  -άσω,=^τωθάζω,  C. 
gen..  Heliod. 

Καταναίνω,  {κατά,  αΰαίνω)  to  dry 
or  wither  up,  Archil.  42. 


ΚΑΤΑ 

"Κατανγάζω,  f.  -άσω.  (κατά,  αυγά-  | 
ζω)    to  shine  vjion,  to  light,  illume,  C.  ! 
acc,  Heliod. — II.  intr.  and  pass.,  to 
shine  brightly.  Id. — III.  mid.  to  gaze  at, 
see,  Anth.     Hence 

Κατανγασμός,  ov,  b,  a  lighting, 
shining  brightly,  Plut. 

Καταυγάστειρα,  ας,  η.  as  if  fern,  of 
κατανγαστήρ,  the  illuminator,  epith. 
of  the  moon,  Orph. 

Κατανόύω,  ώ,  (κατά,  ανδάω)  f. 
-τ/σω,  poet,  for  κατειτζέΐν,  to  speak 
loud,  declare,  Soph.  Ant.  86.     Hence 

Κ.ατανόησις,  εος,  ή,  loud  speaking 
or  shouting,  Hipp. 

Καταυθάδίάζομαι,  f.  -ύσoμaι,=^sq. 

Κατανϋύδί,ζομαί,  f.  -ίσομαι,  {κατά, 
ανθαδίζομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  be  self-will- 
ed, to  act  or  speak  obstinately  against 
one,  τινός :  but  v.  Lob.  Phrjn.  67. 

Κατανθι,  adv.  on  the  spot,  for  κα- 
1  αυτόθι,  f.  1.  for  κατ'  άνθι,  Od.  10, 
567  ;  21,  55. 

Καταν?.άκίζο),{.  -ίσω,  to  plough  with 
furrows. 

Καταν?,έω,  ώ,  ί.-ήσω,  {κατά,  ανλέω) 
to  play  upon  the  flute  to  one,  τη>ός. 
Plat.  Legg.  790  Ε  :  also  c.  gen.  loci, 
to  play  through  a  place,  make  it  sound 
with  flute-playing,  Ath.  624  B.  Pass. 
καταν/.εΐσθαι,  of  persons,  to  have  the 
flute  played  to  one,  delight  one's  self 
therewith.  Plat.  Rep.  561  C  :  of  places, 
to  resound  tvith  flute-playing,  νησος  Kfl- 
τηνλείτο,  Plut. — II.  c.  acc.  pers.,  to 
overpower  by  flute-playing :  hence  in 
genl.  to  overpower,  silence,  strike  dumb, 
K.  Tivu  φόβω,  Eur.  Η.  F.  871,  of.  Suid. 
in  voc. 

Καταν?ιησις,  εως,  ή,  a  playing  upon 
the  flute,  skill  therein,  Theophr. 

ίαταν7.ίζομαι,  dep.  c.  fut.  mid.,  et 
aor.  pass,  κατηνλίσθην :  aor.  mid. 
later,  as  in  Plut.  {κατά,  ανλίζομαι). 
To  take  up  one's  quarters,  encamp,  set- 
tle, Hippon.  Fr.  37,  Soph.  Phil.  30, 
etc. 

Καταύστηρος,  ov,  (κατά,  αυστηρός) 
very  harsh,  sour,  morose,  Epict. 

Καταυτί;(α,  prob.  should  be  read 
κατ'  αντίκα,  in  Theocr.  3,  21,  v.  Wu- 
stem. 

Καταντόθι,  adv.  on  the  spot,  for  κατ' 
αυτόθι,  II.  21,  201,  v.  Spitzn.  U.  10, 
273. 

Καταυχένιος,  a,  ov,  also  ος,  ov, 
(κατά,  ανχήν)  on  or  over  the  neck,  πλό- 
καμοι,  Anth. 

Κατανχέω,  ώ,  f.  -?;σω,  (κατά,  αν- 
χίω)  to  exult  much,  τινί,  in  a  thing, 
Aesch.  Pers.  352. 

Έ-άτανχμος,  ov,  (κατά,  ανχμός) 
very  dry,  parched,  late. 

Καταύω,  (κατά,  ανω)  to  dry  up  by 
■fire,  waste  away  ;  in  genl.  to  destroy, 
Tuv  Μώσαν,  Alcra.  120. 

Καταόΰγΰς,  ov  and  a,  ό,  also  -φα- 
γάς, άόος,  ό,  ή,  (καταφαγεΐν)  α  de- 
vourer,  glutton,  Aesch.  Fr.  341,  and 
Menand.  p.  151 :  but  v.  Lob.  Phryn. 
433,  sq. 

Καταφαγεΐν,  inf.  aor.  2  act  of  κα- 
τεσθίο),  to  devour,  eat  up,  II.  2,  317  (in 
tmesis),  Epich.  p.  22,  Hdt.  2,  141, 
etc.  :  hence — 2.  to  spend,  consume  in 
eating,  Od.3,315  (in  tmesis),  Aeschin. 
13,  38. — 3.  in  genl.  to  consume,  LXX. 

Καταφαίνομαι,  as  pass.,  (κατά, 
φαίνω  )  to  become  visible,  appear,  H. 
Hom.  Ap.  431 ;  and  c.  inf ,  ως  κατα- 
φαίνεται μοι  είναι,  Hdt.  1,  58,  etc. — 
2.  to  be  clear  or  plain,  Hdt.  3,  69  ;  7, 
51. 

Καταφάνεΐα,  ας,  η,  clearness,  trans- 
parency, Plut. :  manifestness.  Id. :  from 

Καταφανής,  ές,  (καταφαίνομαι) 
clearly  seen,  exposed  to  sight,  εν  κατα- 
φανεί, Xen.  Cyr.  3,  3,  28,  etc.— 2. 


ΚΑΤΑ 

manifest,  clear,  καταφανές  Τΐοιεΐν  or  | 
ποιε'ΐσθαί  τι,  Hdt.  2,  120,  Xen.  Cyr. 
1,  6,    14,  etc. :    so,  κ.  έστι,  γέγονε, 
Plat.  Legg.  812  A,  Theaet.  186  E. 
Adv.  -νώς.  At.  Eq.  943. 

Καταφαντάζω,  f.  -άσω,  to  exhibit, 
represent. 

Κατάφαντος,  ov,  also  oxyt.  -τός, 
όν,  (κατάφημι)  to  be  affirmed. 

Καταφαρμάκεύω,  (κατά,  φαρμα- 
κενω)  to  anoint  loith  drugs  or  charms  : 
hence — 1.  to  charm,  beivitch.  Plat. 
Phaedr.  242  E.— 2.  to  poison,  Plut.— 
3.  to  paint,  Luc. 

Καταφαρμάσσω,  fut.  -ξω,  (  κατά, 
φapuάσσω)={oIeg.,  Hdt.  2,  181,  in 
tmesis. 

Κατάφάσις,  εως,  ή,  'κατάφημι)  af- 
firmation, assent,  Arist.  Interpr.  5. 

Καταφύσκω,— κατάφημι,  Philo. 

Καταφατίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {κατά.,  φατί- 
ζω)  to  protest,  promise,  Plut. 

Καταφατικός,  ή,  ov,  (κατάφημι)  af- 
firmative.    Adv.  -κώς. 

Καταφαυ/.ίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (κατά,  φαν- 
?.ίζω)  to  depreciate,  Plut. 

Καταφέρεια,  ας,  ή,  steepness :  me- 
taph.  proneness. 

Καταφερής,ές,  (καταφέρομαι) going 
down,  sloping,  Lat.  declivis,  of  ground, 
Xen.  Cyn.  10,  9  :  εντε  αν  κ.  ■)ίγνηται 
6  7/λιος,  when  the  sun  is  near  setting, 
Wess.  Hdt.  2,  63.— II.  inclined,  like 
Lat.  proclivis,  promts,  esp.  to  sensual 
pleasures,  ττρός  olvov,  τάφροδίσια, 
Plut. :  cf.  κατάφορος,  κατωφερης. 

Καταφέρω,  f.  κατοίσω,  and  mid. 
κατοίσομαι  (κατά,  φέρω).  To  bear, 
bring  down,  άχος  με  κατοίσεται  "Ai- 
δος  εισω,  grief  will  bring  me  down  to 
the  grave,  II.  22,  425  (the  only  exam- 
ple in  Hom.) — 2.  to  pull  down,  demol- 
ish, overthrow,  Polyb. — 3.  tu  pay  down, 
discharge,  like  κατα3άλ?.ω  and  κατα- 
τίθημι,  Polyb. — 4.  to  carry,  refer  a 
cause,  άτζό  τίνος  έφ'  έτερον,  v.  1. 
Dem.  545,  9. — 5.  to  strike  against,  τι 
τίνος,  Hemst.  Luc.  Tim.  40. — 6.  κα- 
ταφέρειν,  and  in  mid.  καταφέρεσθαί, 
τινός  τι,  to  reproach,  charge  one  ivith 
a  thing. — B.  pass,  to  be  brought  down, 
as  by  a  riΛ•er,  Hdt.  1,  93:  to  move 
downwards,  esp.  with  violence,  to  flow 
down,  of  humours,  Hipp. — 2.  to  tumble 
down,  come  to  ruin,  Plut. — 3.  to  be 
weighed  doum,  νττνω,  Hipp. :  and  so 
absol.  to  be  lethargic,  drop  asleep,  Arist. 
Gen.  An. :  of  the  sun,  to  set,  Theophr. 
— II.  to  be  carried,  driven  to  a  place,  of 
ships,  ^ftjuajvi  έςτόττον,  Thuc.  1, 137, 
etc. — 2.  metaph.  to  be  brought  to  light, 
to  hit  on  as  if  by  accident,  k~i  γνώμην, 
Polyb. 

Καταφεύγω,  f.  -ξομαι,  (κατά,  φεύ- 
γω) to  flee  down  or  to,  for  refuge,  betake 
one's  self,  εις  τόττον,  Hdt.  1,  145;  2, 
113,  etc.  ;  so  εις  τινά.  Id.  4,  23  ;  επί 
τίνα,  Plut. ;  τνρός  τι..  Plat.  Phaedr. 
244  Ε  :  c.  acc,  βωμον  κ.,  Eur.  Ι.  Α. 
911 :  more  rarely  κ.  εν...,  to  take  re- 
fuge in.  Plat.  Soph.  260  C  :  κ.  εις  λό- 
γους, to  have  recourse  to  them.  Plat. 
Phaed.  99E.     Hence 

Καταόενκτέον,  verb,  adj.,  one  must 
betake  one's  self,  έτϊί  τίνα,  Luc. :  and 

Κατάφενξις,  εως,  ή,  a  flight  for  re- 
fuge. K.  τϊοιεΐσθαι  ές  τι,  Thuc.  7,  41 : 
a  place  of  refuge.  Id.  7,  38. 

Κατάφημι,  (κατά,  φημί)  to  say  yes, 
affirm,  agree  with,  των  μεμόομέΐ'υν. 
Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  505  :  opp.  to  άπόφημι, 
Arist.  Metaph. 

Καταφημίζω,ί.  -ξω,  (κατά,  φημίζω) 
to  spread  a  report  abroad,  announce,  κα• 
τεφάμιξέ  μιν  κα?^είσθαι.  Pind.  Ο.  6, 
93  :  καταττεφήμισται,  it  is  rumoured, 
Polyb. — II.  to  call  publicly  or  common- 
ly, τινά  τι,  Valck.  Hdt.  4,  86.-2.  to 


ΚΑΤΑ 

name  after  a  god,  dedicate  to  him, 
Polyb.  5.  10,  8  (ubi  Emesti  et 
Schweigh.  κατεττιφημ.) 

Κατάφημος,  ov,  {κατά,  Φήμη)  infa- 
mous. 

Καταφθάνω,  (κατά,  φθάνω)  to  fall 
upon  unawares,  έτνί  τίνα,  LXX. 

Καταφθΰτούμαι,  (κατά,  φθατέω) 
to  forestall  others  by  seizing  upon,  take 
first  possession  of,  occupy,  γήν,  Aesch. 
Eum.  398,  cf.  Miiller,  φ  42. 

Καταφθείρω,  fut.  -φθερω,  {  κατά. 
Φθείρω)  to  destroy,  bring  to  nothing, 
Aesch.  Pers.  345 :  καταφθαρείς,  in 
sorry  plight,  Epich.  p.  15. 

Καταύθιννθω,=καταόθίω,  Η.  Hom. 
Cer.  354.  [v] 

Καταφθίνω,=5^.  Π.,  Pind.  I.  8, 
102,  Hdt.  2,  123,  and  Att.  poets,  but 
not  in  the  best  Att.  prose,  [i  Ep.,  ϊ 
Att.] 

Καταφθίω,  f.  -ίσω  ;  aor.  -ισα,  and 
late  -ίνησα,  Plut. ;  pf.  act.  κατεφθί- 
νηκα,  ^ΐΆΒΒ.'κατέφθιμαι:  plqpf.  κατεοθί- 
μην,  which  is  also  sync,  aor.,  and  as 
such  is  found  in  Hom.  in  part,  κα- 
ταφθίμενος,  and  inf.  καταφθίσθαι :  v. 
sub  fin.  (κατά,  φθίω) — I.  trans,  to  ruin, 
destroy,  bring  to  nought,  kill,  Od.  5, 
341. — II.  intrans.  and  in  pass,  to  be 
ruined,  waste  or  pine  away,  perish  :  in 
this  signf.  Hom.  has  only  the  sync. 
aor.,  ijia  κατεφθίτο,  the  provisions 
were  consumed,  Od.  4,  363  ;  ώς  κατα- 
φθίσθαι ωφελες,  Ο  that  thou  hadst 
perished,  Od.  2,  183 :  usu.  in  part. 
perished,  dead,  νεκνεσσι  καταφθιμέ- 
νοισιν  άνάσσειν,  Od.  11,  491;  in 
Aesch.  Pers.  377,  φέγγος  κατέόθιτο, 
the  sun's  light  was  gone. — The  pres. 
καταφθίω  is  only  Homer. :  the  fut. 
καταφθίσω,  and  aor.  κατέφθισα,  are 
never  intrans.  [t  in  pres.,  i  in  fut.: 
<  aor.  1  in  Trag.:  I  always  in  pass.] 

Καταφθορά,  άς,  ή,  (καταφθείρω) 
destruction,  ruin,  death,  Eur.  Ion 
1236 :  act.  a  destroying,  annihilation, 
Polyb.  :  metaph.  confusion,  perturba- 
tion, φρενών,  Aesch.  Cho.  211. 

Καταόίημι,  (κατά.  άφίημι)  to  let 
slip  doun,  το  δόρυ  δια  χειρός,  v.  1. 
Plat.  Lach.  183  Ε. 

Καταφϊλέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (κατά,  ώι- 
?.έω)  to  kiss  very  tenderly,  caress,  Xen. 
Cyr.  6,  4,  10 ;  7,  5,  32.    Hence 

Καταφί/.ημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  kiss,  ca- 
ress, Philo. 

Καταφί?.οσοφέω,  ώ,  ί.  -ήσω,  (κατά, 
Φι'/.οσοφέω)  to  reason  against,  τινός, 
Ael. 

Καταφ?.έγω,  ί.  -ξω,  (κατά,  φ?.έγω) 
to  burn  doum,  consume,  ττνρί,  II.  22, 
512,  Hes.  Sc.  18.  Pass,  to  bum,  con- 
sume away.     Hence 

ΚατάΦ/.εκτος.  ov,  burnt,  Heliod. 

Καταφ'λεξίηΟ/.ις,  ό,  ή  (καταφ?.έ- 
γω,  770/(0)  "'^fl/ner  ο/ ciii'es,  of  a  cour- 
tesan, Anth. 

Κατάφ/.εξις,  εως,  ή,  (καταφλέγω) 
a  burning,  Llic. 

Καταφλνΰρέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω.  (κατά, 
φ7χ•αρέω)  to  chatter  one  to  death,  weary 
or  annoy  him  with  chattering,  τινός, 
Strab. 

Καταφο3έω,  ΰ,  (κατά,  φοβέω)  to 
strike  with  fear,  Thuc.  7,  21.  Pass.  c. 
fut.  mid.,  to  be  afraid  of,  τι,  Ar.  Ran. 
1109. 

Κατύφοβος.  ov,  (κατά,  φόβος) fear- 
ful, afraid  of,  τινά  or  Ti,  freq.  in 
iPolyb. ;  κ.  ην  μη—.  Id. 

Καταφοινίσσω,  f.  -ί^ω,  to  make  very 
red. 

Καταφοιτάω,  ώ,  Ion.  -φοιτέω,  f. 
-ήσω,  (κατά,  Φοιτάω)  to  co7ne down,  as 
from  mountains  to  prey,  Hdt.  7,  125. 

Καταόονεί'ω,    (κατά,    φονεύω)    to 
slaughter,  stay,  Hdt.  1,  106.  165,  etc. 
735 


ΚΑΤΑ 

Καταφορά,  ΰς,  ή,  {κατα<^έρΐύ)  α 
bringing  dcwii,  esp.  α  downward  stroke, 
freq.  in  Polyb. ;  έκ  καταφοράς,  Lat. 
cae.iim,  opp.  to  punctim,  as  our  cut  to 
thrust.  Id. — II.  (from  pass.)  a  falling, 
rushing  doivn,  υμβρων,  Plat.  A.x.  370 
C  :  a  sinking,  κ.  ήλιου,  sunset,  Polyb. 
— 2.  p.n  oppression,  lethargic  attack, 
Hipp.,  V.  καταφέρω  Β.  1.  3. 

Καταφορίω,  ώ,  i.  -ί/σω,  {κατά,  φο• 
ρέω)=καταφέρω,  to  carry  down,  esp. 
of  a  river,  to  carry  down  with  the 
stream,  Hilt.  5,  101  ;  and  pass,  to  be  so 
carried  down,  Id.  3,  lOG. 

Καταφορικός,  ή,  όν,  with  a  κατα- 
φορά, violent,  λόγος  κ.,  an  invective, 
Khct.— II.  lethargic.     Adv.  -κώς. 

Κατάφορος,  ov,  (καταφέρο))=ύιο 
usu.  καταφερής,  Plut. — II.  in  violent 
commotion,  tempestuous,  cf.  Lob. 
Phryn.  439. 

Καταφορτίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (κατά,  φορ- 
τίζω) to  load,  charge,  freight,  Joseph. 

Καταφορτίκός,  ή,  όν,  burdensome. 

Κατάφορτος,  ov,  {κατά,  φόρτος)  la- 
den with,  τινός,  Joseph. 

Κατάφραγμα,  ατός,  τό,  {καταφράσ- 
σω)  α  shelter  or  bulwark. 

Καταφρύζομαι,  {κατά,  φράζω)  dep. 
C.  flit.  mid.  et  aor.  pass. : — to  consider, 
think  upon,  iceigh,  Hcs.  Op.  246 ;  to 
remark,  observe,  Hdt.  4,  70. 

Καταφράκτ/ις,  ov,  δ,  {καταφράσσω) 
a  coat  of  mail. 

Κατάφρακτος,  ov,  covered,  shut  up, 
kv  όεσμώ.  Soph.  Ant.  958  (ace.  to 
Dind.,  m  form  κατάφαρκτος) :  hence 
clad  in  full  armour,  mailed,  'ίππος, 
Polyb. :  from 

Καταφράσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  fut.  -ξω, 
{κατά,  φράσσω)  to  cover,  shelter  ;  to 
clothe  in  fidl  armour,  Plut.,  in  pass. 

Καταφρονέω,  ώ,  ί.  -ήσω,  {κατά, 
φρονίω)  strictly  to  think  down  upon, 

1.  6.  look  down  upon,  think  slightly  of, 
disdain,  despise,  τινά,  Hdt.  8,  10, 
Thuc.  6,  34  :  but  usu.  c.  gen.,  Hdt. 
4,  134,  Plat.,  etc. ;  κ.  τον  κινδύνου, 
Plat.  Apol.  28  C  :  to  scorn,  have  noth- 
ing to  do  loith,  Xen.  Cyn.  2,  1,  Plat. 
Rep.  556  D,  etc.  —  II.  to  fix  one's 
thoughts  upo7i,  think  of ;  also  to  aim  at, 
Lat.  nffectare,  c.  ace.  rei,  Schweigh. 
Hdt.  1,  59;  8,  10.— 2.  absol.  to  come 
to  one's  senses,  recover  the/n,  Lat.  resi- 
piscere,  Hipp. — 3.  in  genl.,  to  think, 
suppose,  Hdt.  1,  C6;  but  esp.  to  thiiik 
arrogantly,  to  presume,  Thuc.  3,  83  : 
cf.  καταδοκέω  and  κατανοίω.    Hence 

Καταφρόνιιμα,  ατός,  τό,  contempt 
of  others,  μη  φρόνημα  μόνον,  άλλα 
καταφρ-,  not  only  spirit,  but  a  spirit 
of  disdain,  Thuc.  2,  62  :  and 

Καταφρόνησις,  εως,  ?),=  foreg.,  in 
good  sense,  opp.  to  αύχημα,  Thuc. 

2,  62  :  overweening  self-confidence,  pre- 
sumption,\ά.  1,  122. 

^ΚαταφρονΊΐτέον,'νοχ^.ΐίά].  from  κα- 
ταφρονέω, one  must  despise,  c.  gen., 
Ath.  625  D. 

Καταφρονητΐ/ς,ον,ΰ, {καταφρονέω) 
a  despiser,  Piut. 

Καταφρονητικός,  η,  όν,  {καταφρο- 
νέω) given  to  despise,  contemptuou.'i,  dis- 
dainful, Arist.  £th.  N.  Adv.  -κώς, 
Xen.  Hell.  4,  1,  17. 

Κατύφρονις,  εως,  ^ι,=  καταφρ6νη- 
σις. 

Καταφροντίζω.  f.  -ίσω  Att.  -Ιύ, 
{κατά,  φροντίζω)  to  think,  study  a 
thing  away,  Ar.  Nub.  857.— II.  to  take 
care,  think  of,  Polyb. 

Καταφρναγμα,  ατός,  τό,  haughti- 
ness :  from 

Καταφρνάττομαι,  ΐ.-άξομαι,  (κατά, 

φρνάττομαι)    dep.    mid.,   strictly   to 

snort  a?,  of  a  spirited  horse ;  hence — II. 

metaph.  of  men,  to  behave  insolently, 

736 


ΚΑΤΑ 

be   overweening  towards  one,   M.  An- 
ton. 

Καταφρύγω,  f.  -ξω,  {κατά,  φρνγω) 
to  burn  away,  to  ashes,  Ar.  Nub.  396. 

[*] 

Καταφρνσσω,  Att.  -rru,=  foreg., 
late. 

Καταφυγγάνω,= καταφεύγω,  Hdt. 
6,  16. 

Καταφυγή,  ης,  ή,  {καταφεύγω)  α 
refuge,  place  of  refuge,  Hdt.  7,  46  :  C. 
gen.,  K.  σωτηρίας,  a  safe  retreat,  Eur. 
Or.  724 ;  but  more  usu.  κ.  τινός,  re- 
fuge from  a  thing,  κακών,  lb.  448. 

Καταφύγιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from 
foreg. 

Καταφϋλάδόν,  adv.  {κατά,  φυλή, 
φνλα)  lor  κατά  φυλάς,  in  tribes,  by 
clans,  II.  2,  668. 

Καταφυλάσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  f  -ξω, 
{κατά,  φυλάσσω)  to  watch,  guard  well, 
Ar.  Eccl.  482. 

Καταφνλλοροέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {κατά, 
φυλλοροέω)  to  shed  the  leaves:  hence 
metaj)!!.,  to  decay,  τιμά  κατεφυλ?ιθ- 
ρόησε,  Pind.  Ο.  12,  22. 

Κατάφνλλος,  ov,  {κατά,  φύ?\,λον) 
leafy,  Strattis  Incert.  1,  1. 

Καταφύξιμος,  ov,  (  καταφεύγω  ) 
which  one  can  fly  to  or  take  refuge  in, 
Plut. 

Καταφνσάω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {κατά,  φυ- 
σάω) to  blow  upon,  τινά  τινι,  Arist. 
Η.  Α. 

Καταφύτενσις,  εως,  ?/,  α  planting, 
LXX.  [ϋ]  :  from 

Καταφϋτεύω,  (κατά,  φυτεύω)  to 
plant,  Plut. 

Κατάφυτος,  ην,  {κατά,  φυτόν)  com- 
pletely planted,  full  of  plants  or  trees, 
Polyb.,  Tivi,  Luc. 

Καταφϋτουργέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  im- 
plant in,  infuse  into,  τι  ΤΙΙΊ. 

Καταφωνέω,  ώ,  fut.  -ήσω,  {κατά, 
φωνέω)  to  sound,  resound  through,  fill 
with  one's  voice,  like  κατάδω.     Hence 

Καταφώνησις,  εως,  ή,  a  filling  with 
the  voice. 

Καταφωράω,  ώ,  ί.  -άσω  [ασ],  (κατά, 
φωράω)  to  catch  in  a  theft :  m  genl.,  to 
catch  in  the  act,  detect,  έπιβουλενον- 
τας,  Thuc.  1,  82,  cf.  8,  87  :  in  genl.  to 
discover,  c.  part.,  ψυχήν  κ.  ούσαν, 
Xen.  Cyr.  8,  7,  17. 

Κατάφωρος,  ov,  {κατά,  φώρ)  detect- 
ed, convicted,  Plut. — II.   manifest. 

Καταφωτίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {κατά,  φωτί- 
ζω) to  illuminate,  light  up,  Anth. 

Καταχαίνω,  f.  -χύνοϋμαι,  to  laugh 
loud  at,  τινός. 

Καταχαίρω,  {κατά,  χαίρω)  to  exult 
over  one,  Hdt.  1,  129 ;  7,  239. 

Καταχάλαζάω,  ώ,  f.  -τ/σω,  (κατά, 
χαλαζάω)  to  hail  doimi  on  one,  hence, 
K.  λίθους  τινός,  to  shower  them  down 
on  him  like  hail,  Luc. 

Καταχάλέιω,  ώ,  {.  -άσω,  {κατά,,  χα- 
λάω) to  let  douni,  LXX. 

Καταχά7ίκεύω,  {κατά,  χαλκεύω)  to 
U'ork  brass :  in  genl.  to  work  up  any 
metal,  du'j.  in  Plut. 

Κατάχα?Μος,  ov,  {κατά,  χαλκός) 
overlaid  with  brass  or  copper,  Ιτέα, 
Eur.  Heracl.  367 ;  κ.  πεδίον,  the 
plain ^/eamm^tiii/i  armour.  Id.  Phoen. 
109;  δράκων  κ.,  a  serpent  lapt  in 
mail,  i.  e.  scales,  Eur.  I.  T.  1246. 
Hence 

Καταχαλκόω,  ώ,  to  cover  with  brass, 
brass  over,  Hdt  G,  50 :  κ.  τόπον  θνρίσι, 
to  block  up  wit't  brasen  doors,  Heracl. 
Pont.  ap.  Ath.  521  F. 

Καταχάρίζομα,  f.  -ίσομαι,  {κατά, 
χαρίζομαι)  dep.  mid. :  to  make  one  a 
present  of  a  thing,  Dion.  H. :  but.  usu. 
to  do  or  give  up  a  -iiing  out  of  courtesy, 
Ti,  Lys.  179,  7,  Aeschin,  61,  8:  hence, 
K.  Tu  δίκαια,  to  give  judgment  by  pri- 


ΚΑΤΑ 

vate  interest.  Plat.  Apol.  35  C  ;  so  ;^. 
Tii'i  Ti,  Plut.  :  in  genl.  to  flatter,  curry 
favour.  Plat.  Gorg.  513  D.     Hence 

Καταχΰριστίκύς,  ή,  όν,  munificent. 

Καταχάρΐτόω,  ώ,=χαρίτόω. 

Κατάχαρμα,  ατός,  τό,  {καταχαίρω) 
α  thing  to  exult  over,  a  mockery,  Lat. 
Iudihriu7n,  έχβροΐς,  Theogn.  1103. 

Καταχύσκω,  {κατά,  χάσκω)  to  gape 
for  a  thmg,  Lat.  inhiare,    τινός. 

Καταχασμάω,  ώ,  tut.  -ήσω,  also  in 
mid. ,=: καταχαίνω. — II.  to  split,  burst 
open,  Theophr.     Hence 

Καταχάσμ7]σις,  εως,ή,—  καταχήνη, 
q•  V.         _ 

Καταχέζω,  f.  -έσω,  (κατά,  χέζω)  to 
befoul,  Lat.  concacare,  τινός,  Ar.  Nub. 
173. 

Καταχειρίζομαι,  iut.-ίσομαι,  {κατά, 
χειρίζω)  dep.  mid.,  to  make  away  with, 
slay,  Dio  C. 

Καταχείριος,  ov,  (κατά,  χειρ)  fit- 
ting the  hand,  Ap.  Rh. 

Καταχειροτονέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {κατά, 
χειροτυνέω)  to  vote  by  show  of  hands 
against  one  (as  esp.  in  the  Athen.  εκ- 
κλησία) :  in  genl.  to  vote  against  or  in 
condemnation  of,  τινός,  Dem.  515,  3  ; 
also,  K.  θάνατον  τίνος,  to  pass  a  vote 
of  death  against  him.  Id.  350,  27. 
Hence 

Καταχεφοτονία,  ας,  τ/,  condemna- 
tion esp.  by  show  of  hands,  Uem.  516,  8. 

Καταχενω,  aor.  1  κατέχενα,  Ep. 
for  sq.,  Horn. 

Καταχέω,  fut.  -χεΰσω :  aor.  1  κα- 
τέχια,  Lp.  κατέχευα,  the  only  tense 
used  by  Horn.,  except  (in  Od.  12,  411) 
the  Ep.  aor.  sync.  pass,  κατέχυντο 
{κατά,  χέω).  To  pour  down,  shed  upon 
or  over, pour  in,  esp.  of  liquids,  έ?Μΐόν 
τινι  χαιτών  καταχεϋαι,  II.  23,  282  : 
in  genl.  to  shower  down,  usu.  with  a 
notion  of  abundance,  κ.  χιόνα,  νιφά- 
δας, τριάδας,  Od.  19,  206,  11.  12,  158 ; 
16.  459  :  to  throw  down,  cast  down,  τι 
εϊς  τι,  II.  6,  134,  Od.  12,  411:  to  let 
fall  upon,  spread  over,  κ.  αχίών,  όμί- 
χλην  TLvi,  Od.  7,  42,  II.  3,  10 :  κ.  πέ- 
π'λον  επ'  ούδει,  to  let  the  robe  fall 
leaving  on  the  pavement,  II.  5,  734 : 
K.  χάριν  τινι,  to  shed  grace  or  beauty 
over...,  oft.  m  Od.  ;  so,  κ.  π'λοντόν 
τινι,  II.  2,  670  ;  8,  385  ;  κ.  ελεγχεί-ην 
τινι,  II.  23,  408,  Od.  14,  38  :  but  the 
post-Hom.•  construct,  was  usu.  κ.  τι 
τίνος,  as  in  Hdt.  4,  62,  Ar.  Eq.  1091 ; 
metaph.,  ϊππερον  μου  κατέχεεν  των 
χρημάτων.  Id.  Nub.  74,  etc. ;  also,  κ. 
τι  κατά  τίνος,  Plat.  Rep.  398  Α. — 2. 
to  melt,  χρνσόν  ές  πίθους,  Hdt.  3,  96, 
cf.  infr. — Β.  mid.  to  letfiow  down,  esp. 
χαίτην. — 2.  to  have  melted  down,  χρυ- 
σόν  καταχέασθαι,  Hdt.  1,  50. 

Καταχήνη,  ης,  ή,  (καταχαίνω)  de- 
rision, mockery,  Ar.  Vesp.  575,  Eccl. 
631. 

Καταχηρεύω,  {κατά,  χηρεύω)  τον 
βίυν,  to  live  a  widowed,  bereaved  life, 
Dem.  852,  15. 

Κατάχής,  ές,  Dor.  for  κατηχής, 
loud  sounding. 

Καταχθέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  trouble, 
afflict,  Joseph. :  from 

Καταχθής,  ές,  {κατά,  άχθος)  loaded 
with,  τινός,  Arat. :  in  genl.  heavy, 
Nic. 

Κατάχθομαι,  {κατά,  ΰχθομαι.)  as 
pass.,  to  be  sore  vexed,  dub.  in  Hdt.  2, 
175. 

Καταχθέηηος,  ov,  (κατά,  χθων)  sub- 
terranean, Ζενς  καταχθ.,  i.  e.  Pluto, 
II.  9,  457. — II.  earthly,  terrestrial. 

Καταχλαινόω,  ώ,  {κατά.  χλαινόω) 
to  clothe  with  a  χλαίνα:  in  genl.  tu 
clothe,  dress. 

Καταχλευάζω,  f  -άσω,  {κατά,  χ?.ευ- 
άζω)  to  laugh  at,  mock,  Dion.  H. 


ΚΑΤΑ 

Καταχλΐόάα,  ώ,  Ion.  -δέω,  ί.  -ήσω, 
[κατά,  χλίόάω)  to  be  utterly  effeminate, 
Hipp- ;  C.  gen.  to  display  pomp  or  /«ar- 
tiry  by  way  of  insult  over,  τΐνόζ,  Posi- 
don.  ap.  Ath.  212  C. 

Κατάχ?.ους,  ov,  {κατά,  χλόη)  very 
greeru,  dub.  in  Hipp. 

Κατύχο/.ος,  ov,  {κατά,  χο\η)  very 
bilious,  Hipp. 

Καταχορδεύω,  (κατά,  χορδενω)  to 
chop,  mince  up  as  for  a  sausage,  καταχ. 
την  γαστέρα,  Hdt.  6,  75. 

Καταχορδέο),  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {κατά, 
χορδή)  dub.  1.  for  I'oreg. 

Καταχόρενσις,  εως,  ή,  α  dance  of 
triumph  :  from 

Καταχορενω,  (κατά,  χορεύω)  to 
dance,  leap  over,  or  down,  τινός,  Ael.  : 
to  exult  over  a  thing :  cf.  κατορχέομαι. 

Καταχορ7]γέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {κατά, 
χοριρ/εω)  to  lavish,  squander  as  χορη- 
γός or  in  the  χορ^/γία,  Lys.  155,  33  : 
in  genl.  to  spend  lavishly,  squander,  τι 
εις  τι,  Plut. :  cf.  καταΆειτουργέω. 

Κατάχρα,  v.  καταχράομαι,  sub  fin. 

Καταχραίνυμαι,  nud.  (κατά,  χραί- 
νω)  to  stai7i  or  sprinkle,  γά/.ακτι,  with 
milit,  A.  P.  7,  657. 

Καταχράομαι,  f.  -χρήσομαι,  (κατά, 
χράομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  make  zise  of, 
apply,  Tivi  εις-..,  έττί...,  or  ττρός  τι. 
Plat.  Legg.  700  Β,  Rep.  520  A,  Crat. 
426  Ε  ;  part.  pf.  pass.,  κατακεχρη- 
μένος  εν  σνμττοσίοις,  used  habitually, 
fashionable  there,  Amphis  Dith.  2 : 
but — II.  esp.  to  do  what  one  likes  with 
a  person  or  thing,  exercise  absolute 
power  over,  Aeschin.  17,  19  :  and  so — 
1.  to  use  to  the  uttermost,  use  vp,  con- 
sume,  o{  money ,  c.  acc,  Lys.  153,46: 
to  lay  out,  apply  money  τι  εις  τι,  Dem. 
1186,  3. — 2.  to  inisus' ,  misapply,  abuse, 
Dem.  430,  10;  τινί,  1195,  1  ;  also  c. 
acc,  K.  σχολήν,  Dionys.  (Com.) 
Όμων.  2 ;  cf.  καταχρηστικός.— 2.  of 
persons,  to  make  away  with,  destroy,  kill, 
Hdt.  1,  82,  etc.  In  this  signf.  we  find 
aor.  pass,  καταχρησθήναι,  Hdt.  9, 120 : 
Isocr.  55  D,has  perf  κατακεχρήσθαι,  to 
be  spent,  consumed. — B.  the  act.  κατα- 
χράω  is  prob.  only  in  Hdt.,  and  tiiere 
only  in  3  sing.,  κατάχρα,  καταχρτ/σει, 
κατέχρα,  it  is  enough,  it  suffices,  κ. 
τινί.  c.  inf,  Hdt.  4,  118  ;  κ.  τινΙ  ε'ι..., 
1,  164 :  but  also  with  a  nom.,  άντι 
/ιόφου  ή  Άοφιή  κατέχρα,  the  mane 
sufficed,  served  as  a  crest,  Hdt.  7,  70  : 
ct.  χρή  and  άποχράω. 

'ίΚαταχρεώω,  ώ,  f.  -ώσω,  {κατά, 
άχρειόω)  to  make  useless,  Anlh.  P. 
9, 203,  in  pass. 

Καταχρέμπτομαι,  {κατά,  χρέμητο- 
μαι)  dep.  mid.  to  spit  upon  or  at,  in 
sign  of  contempt,  τινός.  At.  Pac.  815. 

Κατάχρεος,  ov,  Att.  κατάχρεως, 
ov,  (κατά,  χρέος)  of  persons,  involved 
in  debt,  Polyb.  :  of  things,  pledged, 
mortgaged. 

Κατάχρησις,  εως,  ή,  (καταχράομαι) 
full  use  :  but  usu. — 11.  a  misuse,  mis- 
application, esp.  of  a  word,  cf.  κατα- 
χράομαι ll.  2. 

Καταχρηστέον,  verb,  adj.  from  κα- 
ταχράομαι, one  must  use  or  abuse,  Luc 

Καταχρηστικός,  ή,  όν,  {καταχράο- 
μαι) misusing ;  esp.  misapplying  a 
phrase  :  also — II.  pass.,  of  a  phrase, 
misapplied,  used  in  a  wrong  sense.  Adv. 
■κώς,  Gramm. 

ΚατάχρΙσις,  εως,  ή,  {καταχρίω)  a 
rubbitig  in,  anointing. 

Κατάχρισμα,  ατός,  τό,  (καταχρίω) 
that  which  is  rubbed  on,  salve,  ointment, 
Diosc. 

Κατάχριστος,  ov,  rubbed  on :  from 

Καταχρίω,  f.  -ίσω,  {κατά,  χρίω)  to 
rub  on,  like  an  ointment,  Arist.  H.  A. 

[0 

47 


ΚΑΤΑ 

Κατάχρϋσος,  ov,  {κατά,  χρνσός) 
gilded,  overlaid  with  gold-leaf,  Plut.  : 
whereas  έττίχρνσος  is  plated  with  gold, 
and  περίχρυσος  set  ingold. — 2.  nietaph. 
of  persons,  gilded,  Diphii.  ap.  Ath. 
422  B.     Hence 

Καταχρνσόω,  ώ,  to  gild,  Hdt.  2, 
129;  4,  26,  etc. 

Καταχρώζω,  also  -χρώννϋμι  and 
-νύω,  f.  -χρώσω,  (κατά,  χρώζω)  to 
colour,  paint :  also  to  soil,  tarnish,  Eur. 
Hec.  911. 

Καταχνδην,  {κατά,  χύδην)  adv., 
pouring  down,  i.  e.  profusely,  πίνειν, 
Anacr.  90.  [ϋ] 

Κατάχνμα,  ατός,  τό,  (καταχέω) 
that  which  is  poured  on  or  over :  ct.  κα- 
τύχνσμα. 

Κατάχνσις,  εως,  ή,  {καταχέω)  α 
pouring  on  or  over,  watering,  besprin- 
kling, LXX. — II.  a  vase  for  pour- 
ing. 

Κατάχνσμα,  ατός,  τό,  that  tvhich  is 
poured  on  or  over,  sauce,  At.  Av.  5.35, 
1637;  καταχύσματα  were  esp.  nuts, 
figs,  etc.,  Lat.  bellaria,  which  used  to 
be  showered  over  a  bride  (Theopomp. 
(Com.)  Ήδνγ.  3),  or  even  on  a  new 
slave  (Ar.  Plut.  768,  Dem.  1123,  fin.) 
on  entering  the  hou.<;e,  by  way  of 
welcome,  cf.  Schol.  Ar.  1.  c. ;  so 
sparge,  marite,  nuces,  Virg.  Eel.  8,  30. 
Hence 

Καταχνσμάτιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from 
foreg.  ;  esp.  a  sauce  to  be  poured  over  a 
dish,  Pherecr.  Metall.  1,11. 

Κατάχυτ'/.ον,  ου,  τό,  a  watering  pot, 
a  sort  of  portable  shower-bath,  cf  Eupol. 
Χρνσ.  13,  ubi  v.  Meineke. 

Καταχντρίζω,  f.  -ίσω,^έγχντρίζω 
II.,  Ar.  Fr.  626. 

Καταχω?.εύω,  {κατά,  χωλεύω)  to 
lame. — 11.    intr.  to  be  lame,  halt,  limp. 

Κατάχω7Μς,  ov,  {κατά,  χωλός) 
lame,  Alcae.  (Com.)  Gan.  1. 

Καταχωνεύω,  (,κατά,  χωνενω)  to 
melt  down,  Dem.  617,  23. 

Καταχώνννμι,  also  -νύω,  fut.  -χό>• 
σω,  (κατά,  χύνννμι)  to  cover  with  a 
heap  or  mound,  bury,  Hdt.  4,  173,  κ. 
τινά  λίβοις,  Ar.  Ach.  295 ;  metaph., 
λόγοις,  Plat.  Gorg.  512  C,  cf  Theaet. 
177  C. 

Καταχωρέω,  ώ,  i.  -τ/σω,  (κατά.  χω- 
ρέω)  to  yield,  give  vp,  τινί  Τίνος,  Diog. 
L.  5,  71,  τινί  τι,  Plut.,  but  dub. 

Καταχωρίζω,  ί.  -ίσω  Att.  -Ιω,  (κα- 
τά, χωρίζω)  to  set,  place  in,  bring  to  a 
place  or  spot.  freq.  in  Xen.,  as  An.  6, 
5,  10,  Cyr.  2,  2,  8.— II.  metaph.  to 
enter  in  a  register,  LXX. ;  in  genl.  to 
insert,  Dion.  H. 

Κατάχωσις,  εως,  ή,  {καταχώνννμι) 
a  covering  up,  burying. 

Καταψακάζω,  Att.  for  κατα^ρεκ- 
q.  v. 

Καταφά,λλω,  (κατά,-ψά?.?.ω)  toplny 
to  on  the  cithara.  Pass.,  to  be  played 
to,  enjoy  music,  Plut.  :  to  resound  tvith 
music,  Id.  :  cf  καταν'/.έω. 

Καταψάω,  f.  --ψήσω,  {κατά,  ψάω) 
to  stroke  with  the  hand,  to  stroke,  pat, 
like  the  Homer.  κατα/!)ρέζω,  Hdt.  0, 
61,  Ar.  Pac.  75,  Xen.  Apol.  28:  cf. 
also  καταφήχω. — II.  to  strike  level  or 
eve7i,  of  a  measure,  dub.  in  Poll.  4, 
170. 

Καταφεκάζω,  f.  -άσω,  Att.  κατα- 
ψακ-,  {κατά,  -ψεκάζω)  to  drop  down, 
bedew,  Aesch.  Ag.  561. 

ΚαταχΡελλίζω,  f  -ίσω,^=ψελλίζω, 
Philostr. 

Καταφεύδομαι,  f.  -σομαι,  {κατά, 
■φενδομαι)  dep.  mid.  to  feign,  invent, 
Ti,  Dem.  229,  2  :  κ.  τινός,  to  tell  lies 
against  one.  Ar.  Pac.  533  ;  τί  τίνος. 
Plat.  Rep.  391  D  etc.  :  to  say  falsely, 
pretend,  ώς...,  Eur.  Bacch.  334. — II. 


KATE 

'  perf  in  pass,  signf.,  Dion.  H. ;  and 
aor.  1,  Philostr. 

Καταφενδημαρτΐφέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω, 
(κατά,  -ψενδυμαρτνρέω)  to  bear  false 
ivitness  against,  τινός,  Xen.  Apol.  24 : 
[  in  pass.,  Dem.  559, 'l4. 

Κατάψε-νσις,  εως,  ή,  {κατα-φενδο- 
μαι)  α  lie,  false  account,  Strab. 

Κατά-ψενσμα,  ατός,  τό,  {κατα-φεύ- 
j  δομαι)  that  which  is  forged,  esp.  falsely 
told  agai7ist  one,  a  calumny. 

Καταψενσμός,  ov,  ό,=  κατάτρενσις. 

Κατάφενστος,  ov,  (κατα-ψεύόομαι) 
feig7ied. fabulous,  θηρία  κ.,  Hdt.  4, 191, 
acc.  to  Reiz  and  Schiif 

Καταψηφίζομαι, ίνίΐ.-ίσομαι, (κατά, 
ψηφίζομαι)  as  mid.,  to  vote  against  or 
in  co7idem7iation  of,  τινός.  Plat.  Apol. 
41  D  ;  «.  τινός  θάνατον,  to  pass  a  vote 
of  death  against  hun,  Lys.  129,  32. — 
II.  so  in  act.,  Dion.  H.  Hence  as  pass. 
to  be  condem7ied,  Lys.  140,  36 :  also, 
δίκη  κατετΡηφισμένη  τινός,  Thuc.  2, 
53.     Hence 

Καταψήφϊσις,  εως,  ή,  Antipho 
112,  2:  and  καταψήφισμα,  ατός,  τό, 
=  sq.  :  and 

Καταψηφισμός,  ov,  δ,  condemna- 
tion, sente7ice. 

^Καταψηφιστέον,  verb.  adj.  from 
καταψηφίζομαι.  07ie  must  pass  a  vote 
or  decree  against,  c.  gen.,  Xen.  Hell. 
2,  4,  9. 

Καταφήχω,  f.  -φήξω,  {κατά,  φηχω) 
to  scrape,  rub,  grate  down,  Nic.  :  in 
pass,  to  crumble  away.  Soph.  Tr.  698. 
— II.  metaph.  to  stroke  down,  pat,  ϊπ- 
τΓονς,^  Eur.  Hipp.  110,  cf.  καταφάω, 
καταρβέζω. 

ΚαταφΙθνρίζω,  ί.  -ίσω,  {κατά,  -ψι- 
θυρίζω) to  tvhisper  against  one,  back- 
bite him,  τινός  προς  τίνα,  Plut. 

Καταψίλόω,  ώ,  (κατά,  φιλόω)  to 
strip  quite  bare. 

Καταψιοφέω,  ω,  f.  -ήσω,  {κατά, 
φοφέω)  to  ?7iake  a  place  resoimd  or 
echo  with,  τινί,  Clem.  ΑΙ.,  cf  κατα- 
φωνέω. 

Καταψνκτικός,  ή,  όν,  {καταψ'ύχω) 
fit  for  cooling,  refreshing,  Arist.  Resp. 

Κατάφνκτος,  ov,  (καταφύχω)  cooled 
or  chilled. 

Κατάφνξις,  εως,  ή,  a  cooling,  chill, 
Hipp. 

Κατάφνχρος,  ov,  {κατά,  -ψνχρός) 
very  cold,  Diosc. 

Καταψύχω,  f.  -ξω.  {κατά,  φύχω)  to 
cool,  refresh,  chill,  Theophr.  Pass,  to 
be  chilled  or  cold,  Arist.  Rhet. — II.  to 
dry  up,  parch,  Plut.   [ϋ] 

Κατάωρος,  ov,  strengthd.  for  ύωρυς, 
V.  1.  Eur.  Tro.  1090. 

Κατέάγα,  perf  2,  κατεάγην  [«]  aor. 
2  pass.,  and  κατέαξα  aor.  1  act.  of 
κατά}ννμι,  q.  v. 

Κατεάσσω,  late  collat.  form  from 
κατάσσω,  Fab.  Aesop. 

tKarearoi  Ion.  3  pi.  for  κάθην- 
ται. 

Κατεβ/.ΰκενμένως,  adv.  part.  perf. 
pass,  from  καταβλύκεύω,  slothfully, 
tardily,  Ar.  Plut.  325. 

Κατεγγνάω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {κατά,  έγ- 
νΐ'ύω)  to  pledge,  betroth,  τταΐδά  τινι, 
Eur.  Or.  1675.— II.  as  Att.  law-term,  ' 
to  make  responsible,  compel  to  give  secu- 
rity, τινά  ττρός  τω  ττο'/.εμάρχω.  Dem. 
890,  9,  cf.  Plat.  Legg.  871  Ε  :  κ.  τινά 
-προς  είκοσι  τά?.αντα,  to  make  him 
give  security  in  20  talents,  Polyb. 
Pass,  to  give,  find  security  or  bail,  c. 
acc.  cognato,  έγγνην  κ.,  Plat.  Legg. 
872  B. — 2.  in  genl.  to  bind,  subject, 
τινά  τινι,  Thales  ap.  Stob.  p.  421, 
48. — 3.  in  pass,  to  take  upon  one's  self, 
undertake,  τι,  Polyb.     Hence 

Κατεγ-}  ύη,  ης.  ή,  bail,  security  given, 
Dem.  788,  18 :  [ϋ]  and 

737 


KATE 

Κατι;}'γνητίκύ,  ών,  τύ,  the  betroth- 
ing, spousals. 

iKarcyjjpu  aor.  of  καταγηράσκυ, 
Hdt.  f),  72,  V.  Buttm.  Catal.  p.  52. 

Κατεγκά?.έω,  ώ,  f.  -έσω,  to  charge, 
accuse. 

Κατέγκ?.7ΐμα,  ατός,  τό,  (κατεγκα- 
λέω)  an  accusatioti. 

Κίΐτεγκονέω,  ώ,  f.  •ήσω,  to  be  in 
great  haste. 

ίΚατεγλωττισμένος,  part.  pf.  pass. 
from  καταγλωττίζω. 

Κητίγχέω,  f. -rtvnu, {κατά, εγχέω) 
to  pour  into,  v.  1.  Hiit.  3,  96. 

Κατεγχλΐόύο),  ώ,  ί.  -ήσω,  (κατά, 
ίγχλ^^αω)  to  behave  coldly  or  haught- 
ily. Tivi.  Ath. 

Κατίδάφιζω,  fut.  -ίσω  Att.  -ίώ,  to 
dash  to  earth. 

ίΚατέόμαθεν  for  -δράθησαν  3  pi. 
aor.  pass,  of  καταδαρθάι,ω,  Αρ.  Rh. 

Κατέόω,  fut.  κατέόομαι,  II.  22,  89, 
and  Ar.  ;  pf.  κατεόι/όοκη,  Ar.  Pac. 
388  etc.  (cf.  Moer.  p.  221),  also  κα- 
τέδηύα,  II.  Π,  542,  in  tmesis;  jif. 
pass,  κατήύεσμαι.  Plat,  {κατά,  έύω). 
To  eat  up,  devour,  Horn.,  strictly  only 
ofteasts  :  but  metaph.,  οίκον,  βίοτον, 
κτήαιν  κατέόειν,  to  eat  up  house, 
goods,  etc.,  freq.  in  Od. ;  also,  ov 
θνμον  κατέόειν,  to  eat  one's  heart  for 
grief,  11.  6,  202. 

Κατεηγώς,  Ion.  part.  perf.  2  of  κα- 
τύγνυμι.  for  κατεαγώς. 

Κατεθιζω,  ί.  -ίσω,  {κατά,  εθίζω)  to 
make  customary,  τινί  Ti,  Polyb. 

Κατείβω,  poet,  for  κατα7.είβω,  to 
let  flow  down,  shed,  δάκρυ,  Od.  21,  86. 
Mid.  lofloiv  apace,  esp.  of  tears,  Hoin. : 
metaph.,  αιών  κατείί3ετο,  life  was 
ebbing,  passing  away,  Od.  5,  152. — II. 
trans,  to  flood,  overflow,  metaph.,  έρως 
κατείβων  καρόίαν,  Alcin.  Fr.  26 ; 
hence  in  pass.,  to  be  overflowed,  Ap. 
Rh.  3,  290. 

Κατειδέναί,  iaf  from  κάτοίδα,  q.  v. 

KartiJo!',  inf.  κατιδείν,  part,  κατι- 
δών,  aor.  2  with  no  pres.  ui  use,  κα- 
θορύω  being  used  instead,  to  look 
down  upon,  regard,  II.  4,  508  (in  tme- 
sis), Aesch.,  etc.  So  too,  aor.  2  mid. 
κατειδύμην,  inf.  κατιδέσβαι,  τι,  Hdt. 
4,  179,  Soph.,  etc. ;  also,  κατιδέσβαι 
ες  τι,  Hdt.  5,  35.     Cf.  κάτοιδα. 

Κοτείδωλος,  ov,  {κατά,  εΙόω?.ον) 
full  of  idols,  given  to  idolatry,  τίό'λις, 
Ν.  Τ.        ^ 

Κατεικύζω,  f.  -ύσω,  (κατά,  εικάζω) 
strictly,  to  liken  to:  pass,  to  be,  become 
like,  τινί  τι,  to  one  in  a  thing.  Soph. 
O.  C.  338. — II.  usu.  to  guess,  surmise, 
Hdt.  6,  112,  and  Hipp. :  esp.  to  sus- 
pect evil,  Hdt.  9,  109. 

Κατεικ)/ς,  ές,=  έ~ιεικ7/ς. 

Κατείλέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {κατά,  είλέω) 
to  crowd,  press  together,  coop  up,  ές  τυ 
τείχος,  ές  το  άστυ,  Hdt.  1,  80,  176, 
etc.  Pass,  to  he  cooped  up,  Id.  5,  119, 
etc. — II.  to  wind,  wrap  up,  Luc,  etc. 

Κατείλημμαι,  perf.  pass,  of  κατα- 
λαμβάνω. 

Κατείλησις,  εως,  ή,  {κατεΩάω)  α 
crowding,  pressing  together,  compres- 
sion, Epicur.  ap.  Diog.  L.  10,  101. 

Κατειλίσσω,  Ion.  for  καθε'λίσσω, 
Hdt.  2,  86 ;  7,  181  ;  hence  κατεύύ- 
χατο.  Ion.  3  plur.  plqpf.  pass,  for  κα- 
τειλιγμένοι  ί/σαν,  Hdt.  7,  76. 

Κατείλ/.ω,=  κατείλέω. 

Κατει?Λ<σ~άομαι,  {κατά,  εΐ/.νσπά- 
ομαι)  as  pass.,  used  only  in  pres. 
and  impf.,  to  wriggle,  crawl  down,  Ar. 
Lys.  722. 

ΚατεΜω,  {κατά,  είλνω)  to  cover, 
wrap  rou)ii/./ii(Zc,ll,2I,318,in  tmesis; 
cf.  Hdt.  2,  8.  [On  quantity,  v.  είλνω.] 

Κ  ητεί/.ω,^  κατείλέω. 

Κάτειμι,  {κατά,  εΙμι)  logo  down,  de- 
738 


KATE 

scend, comedown,  Horn.:  esp.togodoKm 
to  the  grave,  to  Hades,  11.  ;  to  gndown 
to  the  sea,  Od.  15,505:  but  of  a  ship,  ?o 
sad  down  from  the  high  sea  to  land, 
Od.  16,  472  :  of  a  river,  to  flow  down, 
11.  11,  492  :  of  a  wind,  to  come  sweep- 
ing down,  Thuc.  2,  25 : — hence  me- 
taph., όνείδεα  κατιόντα,  Hdt.  7,  160  ; 
άμα  ταϊς  πολιαις  κατιονσαις,  Ar.  Eq. 
520,  V.  sub  πο/^ιός. — II.  to  come  back, 
return,  0(1.  13,  267:  later  also  of  ex- 
iles, to  return  home,  Hdt.  1,  62  ;  5.  62, 
etc.  :  in  genl.  to  return  home.  Id.  4,  3. 

ΚατεΙναι,  Ion.  inf.  aor.  2  of  καθίημι 
for  καθεΐναι. 

Κατείννμι,  Ion.  for  καθένννμι. 

ΚατεΙπα,  aor.  l,=sq.,  to  tell,  Hdt. 
1,  20,  in  inf. 

Κατείπον,  inf.  κατειπείν,  {κατά, 
είπον)  to  speak  against,  τινός  :  hence, 
to  accuse,  charge,  Eur.  Hel.  888,  Ar. 
Pac.  377,  etc. ;  κ.  τίνος  προς  τίνα. 
Plat.  Theaet.  149  A  —II.  to  speak  out, 
straight-forward,  tell,  τίΐ'ί  Tl,  Ar.  V'esp. 
54  :  to  confess,  τινί  τι,  Eur.  Med.  589. 
— 2.  to  tell,  to  inform  of  τι,  Ar.  Vesp. 
283,  cf.  κατεΙπα. 

Κατειργαθόμην,  an  aor.  mid.  of 
κατείργω,  Aesch.  Euin.  506. 

Κατείργννμι,  Hdt.  5,  69,  and  -ννω, 

Κατείργω,  f.  -ξω,  {κατά,  εΐργω)  to 
drive  in  or  into,  shut  in,  coop  or  block 
up,  ές  τάς  νέας,  Hdt.  5,  63.— Π.  in 
genl.  to  press  hard,  reduce  to  straits, 
Hdt.  6,  102  :  Ion.  κατέργω.     Hence 

')ίάτεΐί)ξις,  εως,  ή,  a  shutting  in, 
blocking  up. 

Κατεφΰω,  Ion.  for  κατερύω,  Hdt. 
8,96. 

Κατειρωνεύομαι,  {κατά,  είρωνεν- 
ομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  use  irotiy  towards, 
banter,  τινός,  Plut. — II.  to  conceal,  dis- 
semble, Tl,  Id. 

Κατειςάγω,  f.  -άξω,  {κατά,  είςάγω) 
to  bring  in,  betray  to  one^s  own  loss,  μω- 
ρίαν,  Anth.  [ΰ] 

\Κατεκ?Μξατο,  Theocr.  18, 5,  v.  sub 
κατακλείω. 

Κατεκλνω,  f.  -λύσω,  {κατά,  εκλύω) 
to  dissolve,  disable,  ruin  utterly,  Polyb. 

Κατεκπλύνω,  strengthd.  for  έκ• 
π?.ννω. 

Κατέκτάθεν,  Aeol.  and  Ep.  for  κα- 
τεκτάθησαν,  3  pi.  aor.  1  pass,  of  κα- 
τακτείνω,  II. 

Κατεκτελέω,  ώ,=^έκτελέω,  Welck- 
er  Syll.  9,  12. 

Κατεκφεύγω,  f.  -ξομαι,  to  fly  away, 
escape. 

Κατέλαιος,  ov,  {κατά,  Dmiov)  oily, 
Archestr.  ap.  Ath.  39p  E. 

Κατε?Μνΐ'ω,  fut.  -λάσω  Att.  -λώ, 
( κατά,  έλαν  νω)  to  drive  into,  drive  down ; 
hence  to  ?nnster.-~2.  sensu  obscoeno, 
=  Lat.  subagitare,  Tivoc  or  τινά,  Ar. 
Pac.  711,  Eccl.  1082.— II.  seemingly 
intr.  to  ride  down,  sub.  άρμα,  ϊηπον : 
and  hence  in  genl.,  to  attack,  like 
Lat.  invehi  in  aliquem. 

Κατελέγχω,  f.  -γξω,  {κατά,  έ7\.έγ- 

ίω,)  to  convict  of  falsehood  :  to  belie,  σέ 
έ  μη  τι  νόον  κατελεγχέτω  είδος, 
lies.  Op.  712,  cf.  Tyrt.  1,  9:  ίο  dis- 
grace, Pind.  P.  8,  50. 

ΚΆτε?.εέω,  ώ,  strengthd.  for  έλεέω, 
to  have  compassion  upon,  τινά  or  Tl, 
Plat.  Rep.  415  C,  Lys.  103,  26. 

Κατέλενσις,  εως,  ή,  a  coming  down, 
descent,  Clem.  Al. :  from 

Κατελεύσομαι,  fut.  of  κατέρχομαι, 
Od.  1,  303. 

Κατελθεΐν,  Ep.  κατελθέμεν,  inf 
aor.  2  of  κατέρχομαι,  Hom. 

Κατε?ύσσω,  Ion.  for  καθελίσσω, 
Hdt. 

Κατε?.κύω,  Ion.  for  καθελκύω. 

Κατελπίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {κατά,  ελπίζω) 


KATE 

to  hope  confidently  or  pregumptuoiisly, 
c.  inf.  fut.,"  Hdt.  8,  136.     Hence 

Κατελπισμύς,  ov,  6,  a  cmifident  hope, 
Polyb. 

Κατεμβλέπω,  f.  -ι/'ω,  strengthd.  for 
έμβλέπω,  Philo. 

Κάτεμεν,  Ion.  1  plnr.  aor.  2  act.  of 
καθίημι,  Od,  9,  72,  where  Wolf  how- 
ever has  the  usu.  form  κάβεμεν. 

Κατεμέω,  ώ,  f.  -ίσω,  {κατά,  έμέω) 
to  spew  or  spit  upon,  τινός,  Ar.  Fr.  207. 

Κατεμμάτέω,  ώ,=  έμματέω,  έμμα- 
τεύω,  Nic. 

Κατεμττάζω,  i.  -άσω,  {κατά,  έμπα 
ζομαί)=  καταλαμβάνω,  Nic. 

Κατεμπεδόω,  ώ,  strengthd.  for  έμ• 
πεδόω. 

Κατεμπίπρημι,  {κατά,  έμπίπρημι) 
to  burn  down,  burn  to  nought,  dub.  1., 
Eur.  H.  F.  1151. 

Κατεμπρί/θω,  f.  -σω,  strengthd.  for 
έμπρήθω. 

Κατεναίρομαι,  {κατά,  έναίρω)  dep,, 
ίο  kUl,  slay,  murder,  κατενήρατο  χαλ- 
Λώ,  Od.  11,  519.  Later  in  act.  κατε- 
ναίρω,ί.  -ΰρώ,  aor.  κατήναρον  occwts 
Soph.  Ant.  871,  Call.  Apol.  100. 

Κ  arei'axTcCydiasap.  Plat. Charm, 
155  D,  Q.  Sm.,  κατέναντι,  LXX., 
and  κατενάντια,  Adv.,=:sq. 

Κατεναντίον,  adv.,  over  again.it.  op- 
posite, before,  τινί,  II.  21,  567,  τινός, 
Hes,  Sc.73,Hdt.  3,  144:  strictly  neut. 
from 

Κετεναντίος,  a,  ov,  {κατά,  ενάντιος) 
over  against,  before. 

Κατενάρίζω.  f.  -ξω,  strengthd.  for 
έναρίζω,  to  kUl,  Soph.  Aj.  26. 

iKaτέvaσθεvioτ  •νάσθησαν,3ρ\.  ΆΟΤ. 
pass,  of  καταναίω,  Ar.  Vesp.  662. 

Κατένασσε,  Ep.  3  sing,  aor.  1  of 
καταναίω,  Hes. 

Κατενδεής,  ές,=ένδεής. 

Κατένεγξις  or  κατένεξις,  εως,  ή, 
{καταφέρω,  κατενεγκεϊν)— καταφορά. 

Κατενεχνράζω,  ι.  -άσω,  to  pledge, 
paum.     Hence 

Κατενεχνρασμός,  οϋ,  6,  a  pledging. 

Κατενηνυθε,  it  was  upon,  lay  upon, 
stuck  vpo7i  or  to,  occurs  only  in  Hes. 
Sc.  269,  κόνις  κατενήνοθεν  ώμονς ; 
and  as  plur.  in  H.  Hom.  Cer.  280,  κό• 
μαι  κατενήνοθεν  ωμονς,  where  the 
sing,  foim  is  well  ex[ilained  by 
Francke.  In  form  it  is  perf.  or  plqpf., 
in  signf.  pres.  or  iinpf.  Cf.  έπενήνο' 
θε  and  παρενήνοθε.  No  simple  err/- 
νοθε  occurs. 

Κατενθ?]ν,  Dor.  for  κατελθεΐν,  inf, 
aor.  2  of  κατέρχομαι,  Theocr.  17,  48. 

Κατενιανσιος,  ov,  6,  {κατά,  ένιαν- 
τός)  strictly  the  man  of  the  year,  title 
of  an  annual  magistrate  at  Gela  in 
Sicily. 

ίΚατεννεϊς,  έων,  οι,  the  Catennes,  a 
people  of  Pisidia,  Strab. 

Κατεντείνομαι,  strengthd.  for  εν- 
τείνομαι. 

Κατεντενκτης,  ov,  b,  {κατεντνγχύ- 
νω)  an  accuser,  LXX. 

ίίατεντρΰφάω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  strengthd. 
for  έντρνφάω. 

Κατεντνγχύνω,  hit. -τεύξομαι,  {κα- 
τά, έντνγχάνω)  to  complain  of  another, 
plead  against,  accuse,  τινός,  Eccl. 

Κατεντύνω,  {κατά,  έντννω)  to  pre 
pare  against. 

Κατενώπα,  adv.,  {κατά,  ένωπη) 
right  before  the  face,  i.  e.  right  over 
against,  right  opposite,  c.  gen.,  II.  15, 
320.  Hom.  uses  also  ένωπη  and  ένω- 
παδίως:  al.  proparox./iar£'v(j7ra;tLol). 
after  Aristarch.  wr.  κατ'  ένώπα,  de- 
riving it  from  an  obsol.  nom.  ένώ-φ, 
Paral.  p.  169. 

Κατενώπιον.  adv.,=foreg.  ;tm  the 
presence  of,  N.  T. 

Κατεξανάστάσις,  εως,  ή,  {κατεξα• 


KATE 

ν.ίβΤαβαΐ)  a  rising  against,  rexislance, 
Lorigin,     Hence 

ΚαΤΐξαναστύτικός,  ή,  όν•,  fit  for  re- 
sisting^ opposed  to,  πνόζ,  Μ.  Anton. 

Κατεξαί'ίσταμαι,  as  pass.  c.  aor.  2 
^οΙ.,καηξανέΰτηΐ'.ΧκαΓά,ίξανίσΤ'ημι} 
to  rise  up  against,  struggle  against,  τι- 
νός, Diod. :  κατεξαναστηναι  τον  μέλ- 
λοντος, to  be  on  one's  guard  against 
what  may  happen,  Polyb, 

Κατεξενωμενος,  ό,  received  as  a  guest, 
part.  perf.  pass,  from  καταξενό<ύ, 
Aesch.  Cho.  706. 

Κατεξερύω,  ώ,  f.  -άσω,  strengthd. 
For  ύξεράί^,  to  void  excrement  against  or 
on,  Epict.  [άσω] 

Κατεςετάζω,  f.  -όσα,  strengthd.  for 
έξετύζα- 

Κατεξενμάρίζω,  f.  -tau,  strengthd. 
for  έξενμαρίζω. 

ΚατεξΌνσίάζ<^,  f.  -«σω,  to  use  power 
or  authority  over,  τινός,  Ν.  Τ.  Hence 

Κατεξονσιαστικός,  ή,  όν,  of,  belong- 
ing to  Mdhoriiy,  βύβόος,  Clem.  AL 

Κατεπαγγελία,  ας,  ή,  a  promise: 
from 

ΚατετταγγέΆλομαι,  (κατά,έιταγγέλ- 
/L«)  as  mid.,  fts  make  a  contract  or  en- 
gagement, Tivi,  with  one,  Dem.  885, 
12,  Tzpoc  Tiva,  c.  partic,  Aeschin.  24, 
37,  Tt,  id.  85,  35. 

Κατειτάγω,  f.  -ύξω,  {κατά,  έπύγω) 
to  bring  down  upon,  bring  one  thing 
qnicklx)  itpan  or  aftt'r  another,  Ar.  Eq. 
25,•  to  bring  upen,  inflict,  τίμωρίαν  TLvi, 
Plut.  [(23 

Κατεπάδ(Λ,  [κατά,  έπάόω)  to  sing, 
chant  to  or  over  one,  τινός. — II.  to  taine, 
subdue  by  song  or  enchanlment.  Plat. 
Gorg.  483  E- 

Κατεπαίρομαι,  as  pass,,  {κατά,  έτ- 
Οί'ρω)  Ιο  be  arrogant  touxirds,  τινός. 

Κατεττύλληλ'ί^ς.  01•,=  ί ττάλληλΌς. 

Κατεπύλμενος,  Ερ.  syricop.  part, 
aor.  2  of  κατεφάλλομαι,  11. 

Κατε  παλτό,  Ερ  syncop.  3  sing, 
aor.  pass,  of  κ.ατα~ύλ'λα,  11. 

Κατ ετ: εγείρω,  {κητά.  έττεγείρω)  to 
stir  up,  excite  against  one. 

Κατεττείγω,  ί.  -ξω,  {κατά,  ίπείγω) 
to  press  down,  oppress,  11.  23,  623,  in 
tmesis  :  to  urge,  impel,  Hdt.  8,  126  :  to 
hasten,  urge  on,  Thuc.  1,  61,  ra  κατε- 
πείγοντα, urgent  necessity,  cf.  Xen, 
Mem,  2,  1,  2.  Mid,  κατετνείγεσθαί 
τίνος,  to  be  anxious,  long  for  it,  Polyb. 
— II.  intr,  to  hasten,  make  haste,  Xen. 
Hell.  4,  2.  18.    Hence 

Κατέιτειξις.  ε(^ς,  ή,  tiolent  exertion, 
ιφωΐ'ής.  Diog.  L.  7,  U3, 

\ΚατετΓερωτάύ),  ύ,  strengthd,  for 
ΐττερωτάω,  Aesop.  22,  De  F. 

Κατεπιβαίνα,  {κατά,  έττιβαίνω) 
to  get  upon,  ascend. 

Κατεπιδείκννμαι,  as  mid.,  (κατά, 
έιτιδείκννμι)  to  show  off  before  ano{h.eT. 

1ίατεπιθλίβ<^,  L  -^ω,  to  press  hard. 

^^  .  ,     . 

ΚατετΓΐθνμιος,  ov,  {κατα,  επιθυμέω) 

desirable,  [ΰ] 

Κατεπίθνμος,  ov,  (κατά,  επιΟυμέω) 
covetous  or  lustful,  LXX. 

Κατεπίκειμαι,  as  pass,,  to  lie,  rest 
upon. 

Κατεπικλύζω,  f.  -νσω,  to  inundate. 

ΚατεττΛαμβάνω,  {κατά,  έ?Τ£λα/ζ- 
βάνω)  to  seize:  in  mid.  to  emhracc, 
LXX. 

Κατεπιορκεο),  ΰ,  f.  -ήσω,  {κατά, 
επιορκέω)  to  effect,  gain  by  perjury, 
■πράγμα,  Dem.  1269,  24,  in  fut. 
mid. 

Κατεπισκήπτω,  f.  -ψω,  {κατά.  εττι- 
ΰκήπτω)  to  commission,  enjoin,  τινί  ΤΙ. 

Κατεπιτήδενμα,  ατός,  τό,  α  far- 
fetched expression,  dub.  in  Longin. : 
from 

Κατεπιτηδεύω,  (κατά,  έπιτηδεύω) 


KATE 

to  finish  a  thing  too  carefully,  make  it 
too  elaborate,  esp.  of  style,  Dion.  H. 

Κατεπιτίθημι,  fut.  -βησω,  to  impose, 
mid.  to  set  upon,  attack. 

Κατεπιφημίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  cf.  καταφη- 
μίζω2.  ^ 

Κατεπιχειρέω,  ώ,  f.  -ησω,  to  lay 
hands  upon,  attack,  τινός. 

Κατεπιχέυ,  f.  -χεύσω,  to  pour  out 
or  scatter  over,  τινί. 

Κατεπιχρώννϋμι,  fut.  -χρώσω,  to 
paint  over. 

1Κατεπ?ίήγην,  2  aor.  pass,  from  κα- 
ταπλήσσω, 11.  3,  31. 

ίΚατέπτηχα  and  -πτηκα,  perf  act. 
from  καταπττ/σσω. 

Κατεράω,  ώ,  f.  -ύσω  [a],  {κατά, 
*έράΐύ)  to  pour  out,  pour  off,  Strab. 

Κατεργάζομαι,  aep.  c.  fut.  mid. 
-άσομαι,  pf  pass,  κατείργασμαι,  {κα- 
τά, εργάζομαι).  To  effect,  accomplish, 
achieve,  Hdt.  5,  24,  78.-2.  like  Lat. 
conficere,  to  make  an  end  of,  destroy,  kill, 
Hdt.  1,  24.  Soph.  Tr.  1094,  and  "Eur. ; 
also,  K.  μόρου.  Soph.  Ant.  57:  hence 
to  overpower,  conquer,  Hdt.  6,  2 ;  8, 
100,  etc. — 3.  in  good  sense,  to  prevail 
over,  persuade,  influence,  Hdt.  7,  6,  cf. 
Xen.  Mem.  2,  3, 16.— II  to  work  down, 
bruise,  grind,  prepare  for  eating,  etc., 
Diod. :  so  of  cnewing,  Lat,  concoquere, 
Arist,  H.  A. :  hence,  κ.  μέλι,  to  make 
honey,  Hdt.  4,  194 :  also  to  manufac- 
ture, work  in,  ελέφαντα  και  σίδηρον, 
Dem.  816,  19. — III.  uf  things,  to  earn, 
gain  by  labour,  to  acquire,  Hdt.  3.  65  : 
absol.  to  go  to  work,  ποσι  kuI  στόματι. 
Id.  5,  111.  The  aor.  1  pass.,  κατερ- 
γασθήναι,  to  be  overcome,  gained,  pre- 
vailed upon,  in  pass,  signf.,  is  in  Hdt. 
9,  108  ;  also  pf  κατέργασμαι,  to  be 
done,  achieved.  Id.  1,  123.  etc.    Hence 

Κατεργασία,  ας,  η,  a  working  down, 
esp.  of  food,  chewing,  or  more  freq. 
digestion,  Arist.  Part.  An. :  in  genl.  α 
stewing,  boiling,  Mnesith.  ap.  Ath,  59 
B. — 2.  a  working,  ploughing,  etc.,  of 
land,  Theophr. 

Κατεργαστέον,  verb.  adj.  from  κα- 
τεργάζομαι, one  must  accomplish,  work, 
etc. 

Κατεργαστικός,  i],  όν,  (κατεργάζο- 
μαι) of,  fit  for  accomplishing. — II.  likely 
to  wear  out,  consume,  Hipp. 

Κατέργαστος,  ov,  (κατεργάζομαι) 
elaborate. 

Κάτεργος,  ov,  (κατά,  *έργω)  worked, 
cultivated,  χώρα,  Theophr. 

Κάτεργο),  Ion.  for  κατείργω,  Hdt. 

Κατερεβιζω,  ί.  -ίσω,  strengthd.  for 
ερεθίζω. 

Κατερείδω,  f.  -σω,  {κατά,  έρείδω) 
to  set,  fix  against. — II.  intr.  to  set  one's 
self  against,  oppose;  hence  to  burst 
forth,  as  a  storm. 

Κατερεικτός,  όν,  or  -ερικτός,  όν, 
bruised,  ground,  of  pulse,  Ar.  Ran. 
505 :  from 

Κατερΐίκω,  (κατά,  ίρείκω)  to  tear, 
rend  garments,  in  token  of  sorrow ; 
usu.  in  mid.  to  rend  one's  garments, 
Sapph.  128,  Hdt.  3,  66,  cf.  καταρ^ή- 
γννμι. — II.  to  bruise,  grind  to  pieces  in 
a  mill,  cf  foreg. — III.  metaph.  κ.  θυ- 
μόν,  to  fritter  it  away,  smooth  it  down, 
Ar.  Vesp.  647. 

Κατερειπόω,  ώ,  late  and  rare  form 
for  sq.,  Diod. 

Κατερείπω,  f.  •ψω,  (κατά,  ίρείπω) 
to  throw,  cast  down,  Orac.  ap.  Hdt.  7, 
140,  in  tmesis :  to  demolish,  lay  waste, 
Eur.  Hec.  477. — II.  intr.  in  aor.  2  κα- 
τήρΐπον  and  pf  2  κατερήρΐπα,  to  fall 
down,  fall  in.  II.  5,  92 ;  14,  55,  Buttm. 
Ausf.  Gr.  ^  113,  Anm.  3  and  4. 

Κατερενγω,  f  -ξω,  (κατά,  έρενγο- 
μαι)  to  -tpit,  belch  at  or  upon,  τινός, 
Vesp.  1151. 


KATE 

Κατερεφής,  ές,  for  κατηρεφης,άυ,Ι), 

Κατερέίρω,  f.  -ijjo),  (κατά,  έρέφω)  to 
cover,  roof,  Plut.  Mid.  to  roof  over  for 
one's  self,  one's  own,  Ar.  Vesp.  1294. 

Κατερέω,  Ion.  for  κατερώ,  serving 
as  fut.  of  the  aor.  κατεϊπον,  to  speak 
against  any  one,  accuse  him,  c.  gen. : 
also  c.  ace.  ;  hence  to  denounce,  im- 
peach before  one,  τινά  προς  τίνα 
Hdt.  3,  71  ;  more  rarely  τινά  τινι.— 
2.  to  say  plainly,  speak  out,  Hdt.  5,  92, 
7 ;  so  too  in  pass.,  κατειρήσεται,  it 
shall  be  declared,  Id.  6,  69.  To  this 
also  belongs  pf.  κατείρηκα. 

^Κατερημόω,  ώ,  f.  -ώσω,  (κατά,  Ιρη- 

μόω)  to  deprive,  strip  entirely,  AesOD. 

23  De  F.  ^ 

^Κατερήρειπτο,  3  sing,  piqpf  pass. 

for  κατηρήριπτο  of  κατερείπω,  Hdn. 

Κατερήριπε,  intr.  3  sing,  perf  2  of 
κατερείπω,  q.  v. 

Κατερητνω,  f  -ύσω,  (κατά,  έρητνω) 
to  keep, .detain,  keep  fast,  II.  9,  465,  Od. 
9,  31  ;  19,  545.  [νω,  ϋσω,  cf  έρητύω.\ 

Κατερίθενομαι,  dep.  (κατά,  έρι- 
θενω)  to  overcome  by  chicanery. 

Κατερικτύς,  όν,  v.  sub  κατέρεικ- 
τοξ. 

Κατέρνης,  ες,  (κατά,  Ιρνος)  with 
luxuriant  branches. 

Κατερυθραίνω,  to  dye  red. 

Κατερνθριάω,  ώ,  ί.  -άσω,  (κατά,  ipv- 
θριάω)  to  blush  deeply,  Heliod. 

Κατερϋκάνω,  poet,  for  κατερνκω, 
11.24.218.   [ά] 

Κατερνκω,  ί.  -ξω,  aor.  κατερνκΰκον, 
to  stop,  hold  back,  Hom.    [ϋ] 

Κατερνω,  f.  -ύσω.  (κατά,  έρνω)  to 
draw  or  haul  down:  in  Od.  always  of 
ships,  to  draw  down  to  the  water,  launch, 
Lat  deducere  naves.  [On  the  quantity, 
V.  έριίω.] 

Κατέρχομαι,  dep.,  fut.  κατελενσο- 
μαι :  aor.  κατήλνθον,  or  usu.  κατήλ- 
θον,  inf  κατελθεϊν,  to  go  down,  Lat. 
descendtrre,  in  Horn.  esp.  to  go  down  to 
the  grave  ;  also  from  high  land  to  the 
coast :  c.  gen.,  also  έξ...  or  κατά...  c. 
gen.,  down  from  a  place,  II.  20,  125  ; 
6,  109,  128:  of  things,  to  fall  dnvn, 
Od.  9,  484,  541 :  of  a  river,  to  flow 
down,  κατέρχεται  ό  Ί^εΐλος  πληθνων, 
Hdt.  2,  19. — II.  to  come  back,  return, 
come  home,  Od.  11,  188:  later  esp.  to 
return  from  exile,  first  in  Hdt.  4,  4  ;  5, 
30,  etc.;  cf  Ar.  Ran.  1165  sq.,  and 
κύτειμι. — ΙΙί.  metaph.  to  come  to, 
touch  on  a  point,  in  speaking. 

Κατερώ,  v.  sub  κατερέω. 

Κάτέρωτα,  Aeol.  crasis  for  καΐ  έτέ- 
ρωθε,  ace.  to  gramm. =κα(  άλ?Μτε, 
at  other  times  loo,  Sappho  1,  5,  cf. 
Schaf.  Dion.vComp.  p.  349. 

Κατεσθίω,  f  κατέδομαι,  aor.  κατέ- 
φαγον,  perf  κατεδήδοκα,  to  eat  up, 
devour,  Horn.,  always  of  animals  of 
prey,  as  II.  2,  314;  21,  24;  later  in 
genl.  to  eat  up,  Hdt.  3,  16,  38,  etc.  y 
ώμόν  κατεσθίειν  τινά,  Xen.  An.  4,  8, 
14:  cf  καταφαγεϊν.-ί2.  to  bite,  to 
ονς,  Philostr. — 3.  met.  in  genl.  to 
consume  squander,  τα  όντα,  Dem.  992, 
25,   την  πατρώαν  ονσίαν,  Ath.  404 

Κατέσθω,  poet,  for  foreg.  |( 

Κατεσκεψάμην,  aor.  of  κατασκο• 
πέω.  q.  v. 

Κατέσκ7.ηκα,  intr.  pf  of  κατασκέλ• 
7.ω,  to  be  dried  or  parched  up. 

Κατεσπενσμένως,  adv.  part.  perf. 
pass,  from  κατασπεύδω,  hastily,  speed- 
ily, Diosc. 

Κατεσπονδασμένως,  adv.  part.  perf. 
pass,  from  κατασπονδάζω,  carefully, 
zealously. 

Κατέσσντο,  Ερ.  3  sing.  aor.  syncop. 
pass,  of  κατασενομαι,  II. 
I      Κατεστάθεν,  Aeol.  and  Ep.  for  κα- 
739 


KATE 

τεστάβησαν,  3  pi.  aor.  1  pass,  from 
καθίστημι,  Hes.  Th.  βΤ•1. 

Κατεστΐώς,  Ion.  part.  perf.  of  «a- 
θίστημι,  for  καθεστώς,  καϋεστηκώς- 

Κατεστραμμενως,  adv.  part,  perf 
pass,  from  καταστρέφω,  reversely. 

Κατεστράφατο,  Ion.  for  κατεστραμ- 
μένοι ήσαν,  3  plur.  plqpf.  pass,  from 
καταστρέφω. 

Κατεσχΰρόω,  ώ,  to  cover  with  a  scab 
or  scar. 

\Κατεσχόμην,  aor.  2  mid.  of  κα- 
τέχω. 

Κύτενγμα,  ατός,  τό,  (κατεύχομαι) 
α  vow,  wish,  Aesch.  Cho.  218  :  esp.  an 
imprecation,  curse.  Id.  Theb.  709,  Eur. 
Hipp.  1170. — II.  a  votive  offermg,&0\)\i. 
O.  T.  920. 

Κατενδαιμονίζω,  f.  -ίσω  Alt.  -Ιώ, 
strengthd.  for  εϋύαιμονίζω,  Joseph. 

Κατενδοκέω,  ώ,  t.  -j/σω,  to  approve 
much  of,  c.  dat. 

Κατενύοκΐμέω,  ώ,  f.  -??σω,_  (κατά, 
εί'δοκιμέημαί)  to  svrpass  in  reputation, 
ηνάς,  Diod. 

Κατενόω,  for  καθενόω,  barbarism 
in  Ar.  Thesm.  1193. 

Κατενιιμερέω,  Co,  f  -ι)σω,  {κατά,  εν- 
7]μερέω)  to  gain  more  praise,  etc.,  than 
another,  c.  gen. :  absol.  to  be  thought 
mo.<:t  of,  ■παρά  τινι,  Aeschin.  40,  7. 

Κατενβίκτέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {κατά, 
εύθικτος)  to  hit  the  mark,  succeed, 
LXX. 

Κατενθν,  adv.  straight  forward,  κ. 
ύρΰν,  Xen.  Symp.  5,  5 ;  also  κατεν- 
θνς. 

Κατενθνντήρ,  ηρος,  o,=  sq.,  Clem. 
ΑΙ. 

Κατενθυντής,  ον,  ό,  (κατευθύνω)  α 
corrector,  amender.     Hence 

Κατενθυντηρία,  ας.  ή,^^στάθμη  ο 
plumb  line,  as  if  fem.  from  κατενθνν- 
Τ7/ρΐος,  directing  straight. 

Κατευθύνω,  {κατά,  ενθύνω)  to  make 
straight,  set  right.  Plat.  Legg.  847  A  : 
Λ•.  τινός,  to  demand  an  account  from 
one,  lb.  945  A. — 2.  intr.  to  go  straight 
for,  aim  straight  at :  nietaph.  to  go 
right. 

Κατευθνς,  a.a\  =ζκατευθύ. 
Κατενβυσμός,  οϋ,  ό,  a  direction,  εΙς 
τι,  Clem.  Ai. 

Κατενκαφέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {κατά, 
εϋκαιρέω)  to  find  a  good  opportunity, 
κατευκαίρησας  απάγει,  Polyb.  12,  4, 
13. 

Κατευκηλέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {κατά,  εν- 
κη'λης)  to  calm,  quiet,  Αρ.  Rh. 

Κατευκτίκός,  ή,  όν,  wishing :  impre- 
cating.    Adv.  -κώς :  from 

ΚάτευκτοΓ,  ον,  (κατεύχομαι)  tvish- 
ed ."  imprecated. 

Κατεν'λογέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  strengthd. 
for  ενλογέω,  to  laud,  praise  much, 
Pint. 

Κατευμΰρίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  strengthened 
lor  ενμηρίζω. 

Κατεχιμεγεθέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {κατά, 
ενμεγέβί/ς)  t>  be  stouter,  more  powerful, 
τινός,  Eccl. 

Κατευνάζω,  fut.  -άσω,  {κατά,  εΰνά- 
ζω)  to  lay  down,  esp.  put  to  bed,  lull  to 
sleep,  of  the  sun  setting.  Soph.  Tr. 
95:  of  death.  Id.  Ant.  833:  in  Eur. 
,Rhes.  614,  to  assign  one  quarters: 
metaph.  to  quiet,  calm,  ττόντον.  Αρ. 
Rh.  Pass,  to  lie  down,  lie  down  to 
sleep,  11.  3,  448 :  to  be  calm  or  quieted, 
Plut.     Hence 

Κατευνασμός,  ον,  ό,  α  putting  to 
bed,  lulling  to  sleep,  Plut. 

Κατενναστήρ,  ήρος,  b,  a  chamber- 
lain. 

Κατενναστήριος,  ov,= κατεννΓ.στι- 
κός. — II.    τύ  κατευνασ 'ήριον,  α  bed- 
chamber. 
Κατενναστής.  οϋ,  ό-  ^2τε  <vCju) 
740 


KATE 

one  who  conducts   to  bed  or  to  repose, 
Plut.  :   a  chamberlain.  Id. 

Κατευναστικός,  ή,  όν,  (κατευνύ^ζω) 
lulling  to  sleep,  κ.  λόγος,  an  epithala- 
mium. 

Κατεννάστρια,  ας,  ή,  pecul.  fem. 
of  κατευναστής. 

Κατευνάω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {κατά,  εννάω) 
to  put  to  sleep,  11.  14,  245,  248 :  in  genl. 
=  κατευνάζω.     Pass,  to  lie  down,  fall 
asleep,  Od.  4,  414,  421.     Hence 
Κατευνήτειρα,  ας,  ή,  fem.  of  sq. 
Κατευνητής,  οϋ,  ό,=: κατενναστής. 
Κατευοδόω,  ώ,  strengthd.  for  εϋο- 
δόω. — 11.  intr.  and  in  ]>&55.=ενοδέω, 
LXX.    Hence 

Κατευόδωσις,  εως,  ή,  good  succees. 
Κατευορκέω,  ω,  f.  -ήσω,  {κατά,  εν- 
ορκέω)  to  swear  truly  and  solemnly  by 
a  god,  etc.,  Arist.  Rhet. 

Κατευπάθέω,  ώ,  iut.  -ήσω,  to  waste 
in  dissipation. 

Κατενπορέω,  ώ,  f.  -τ/σω,  {κατά,  εν- 
ΤΓορέω)  to  have  sufficient  m.eans  against 
one,  Diod. 

Κατενστοχέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  strengthd. 
for  ενστυχεω,  to  hit,  be  successful  in  a 
thing,  τινός,  Diod. 

Κατευτελίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  strengthd  for 
εντελίζω,  Plut. 

Κατευτονέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  strengthd. 
for  εντονέω. 

Κατιντρεπίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {κατά,  εϋ- 
τρεπίζω)  to  get  ready,  set  in  order,  Ar. 
Eccl.  510. 

Κατευτνχέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {κατά, 
εύτνχέω)  to  be  successful,  prosper, 
Arist.  Eth.  Eud. :  in  a  thmg  or 
against  any  one,  τινός. 

Κατενφημέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {κατά,  εν- 
φτ/μέω)  to  applaud,  extol,  τινά,  Plut. 

Κατενφραίΐ'ω,  f.  -ύνώ,  strengthd. 
for  εϋώραίνω,  to  gladden,  delight  much, 
τινά,  Luc. 

Κατενχειρίζω,  ί.  -ίσω,  {κατ,ά,  εν- 
χειρία)=^  ενμαρίζω,  κατενμαρίζω. 

Κατευχή,  ής,  ή,  α  wish, prayer,  vow, 
Aesch.  Cho.  477. 

Κατενχομαι,  f.  -ξαμαι,  {κατά,  εύ- 
χομαι) dep.  mid.,  to  pray  earnestly,  εν 
γενέσθαι  τινί,  Hdt.  1,  132  ;  c.  ace.  et 
inf.,  Aesch.  Eum.  922  :  to  pray  to  one, 
τινί.  Id.  Cho.  88:  absol.  to  make  a 
vow,  pray,  Hdt.  2,  40 ;  4,  70,  etc.— 2. 
to  u'ish,  pray  for  evil  on  one,  τι  τινι, 
Aesch.  Theb.  633,  τινός.  Plat.  Rep. 
393  A,  cf  Valck.  Phoen.  70.-3.  to 
wish,  pray  for  one,  τινί  τι,  Eur.  I.  A. 
1186.— 11. /o6oa4i,c.inf,Theocr.  1,97. 
Κατενωχέομαι,  {κατά,  ενωχέω)  as 
pass.,  to  feast,  enjoy  one's  self  Hdt.  1, 
216  ;  3,  99  :  later  in  act.  to  feast,  en- 
tertain, τινά  τινι,  Clem.  ΑΙ. 

Κατεφάλλομαι,  {κατά,  έφά7Λομαι) 
ίο  spring  down  upon,  rush  upon,  κατε- 
πάλμενος,  part.  aor.  2  syncop.  11.  11, 
94  :  cf  καταπάλλω. 

^Κατεφθίνηκα,  perf.  act.  of  κατα- 
φθίω,  Plut. 

Κά,τεφθος,  ον,  dub.  1.  for  κάβεφθος. 

Κατεφίστημι,  {κατά,  έφίστημι)  to 

set  up  against  one.     Pass.  c.  aor.  2. 

perf-,  et  plqpf  act.,  to  rise  up  against, 

N.  T. 

Κατεχθραίνω,  to  hate  bitterly. 
Κατεχμάζω,  f.  -άσω,  to  hold  fast, 
keep  back. 

Κατέχω,  fut.  καθέξω  and  κατασχή- 
σω,  aor.  κάτεσχον,  (κατά,  εχω) — I. 
transit,  to  hold,  keep  back,  withhold,  II. 
15,  186,  Od.  3,  284,  etc. :  to  check,  re- 
strain, command,  κ.  δάκρυ,  Aesch.  Ag. 
204,  διάνοιαν,  Thuc.  1,  130,  γέ?.ωτα, 
Xen.,  etc. :  κ.  τινά  έπΙ  δυςκλεία,  to 
overpower,  u-eigh  down....  Soph.  Aj. 
142. — ?.  to  hinder,  stop,  Horn.  :  SO  in 
psss.,  ^φ(  κατέχοντα.  II.  17,  368, 
044 :  so,  κ.  μη,  c.  ναί.,  Thuc,  1,  17.— 


ΚΑΤΗ 

II.  to  have  in  possession,  possess,  HotII., 
Hdt.,  etc. :  to  occupy,  dwell  in,  Trag. : 
c.  ace.  loci,  of  tutelary  gods,  Xen. 
Cyr.  2,  1,  1 ;  hence,  «.  στρατόπεδον 
δνςφημίαις.  to  fill  it  with  his  afflicting 
cries.  Soph.  Phil.  10;  so  in  pass., 
κατέχεσθαι  κλανθμώ,  Hdt.  1,  111: 
to  be  possessed,  i.  e.,  inspired.  Plat.  Ion 
533  E,  etc. :  heiice — 2.  to  possess, 
occupy,  so  as  to  cover,  freq.  in  Hom,, 
νυξ  κατέχ'  οίφανόν,  closed  in  upon  it, 
Od.  13,  269:  and  in  pass.,  οίρανός 
νεφέεσσι  κατείχετο,  Od.  9, 145,  cf  11. 
3,419:  also  iij  mid.,  Trpofcj^'a  κατέ- 
σχετο,  Oti.  19,  361 :  esp.  of  covering 
with  earth,  of  a  tomb,  11.  3,  243,  Od. 
11,  301,  etc.:  hence,  πρ'ιν  καί  τίνα 
γαία  καθέξει,  sooner  .shall  earth  cover 
many  a  one,  II.  16,  C29,  Od.  13,  427, 
etc.,  cf  Orac.  ap.  Hdt.  1,  67  :  in  genl. 
to  hide,  keep  concealed. — 3,  to  hnrre  in 
one's  power,  seize,  Hdt.  5,  72,  etc.- — B. 
intrans.  to  hold,  stop,  cease,  e.  g.  of  the 
wind,  Ar.  Pac.  944. — 2.  to  come  from 
the  high  sea  to  shore,  land,  taiich,  where 
vavv  is  usu.  supplied,  ές  τόπον,  Hdt. 
7,  188.  cf.  8,  40:  but.  c.  ace.  loci,  Eur. 
Hel.  1206,  Cycl.  223.-3.  to  turn  out, 
come  to  pass,  happen:  εν  κατασχήσει, 
Soph.  El.  503  ;  τά  κατέχοντα  ττρήγ- 
ματα.  circumstances  that  have  oc' 
cvrred,  Hdt.  6,  40 :  hence  also — i.  to 
hold  on,  last,  persevere  in,  sometimes 
c.  part-,  κατέχει  διάκων,  he  leaves 
not  the  pursuit,  cf.  Schweigh.  Hdt. 
6.  41.— 5.  to  prevail,  so,  ό  7.όγος  κατέ- 
χει, the  report  prevails,  is  rife,  Thuc. 
1,  10  ;  in  genl.  to  prevail,  be  frequent. 
Id.  3,  89  :  in  genl.  to  have  the  itpper 
hand,  Theogn.  262. — C.  mid.  to  kerp 
back  for  ami's  self,  embezzle,  τα  χρίγμα- 
τα,  Hdt.  7,  164  :  simply  to  hind,  όρκί- 
οισι,  Hdt.  1,  29.-2.  lo  hold,  coyitain, 
Polyb.  9,  21,  7. — 3.  to  cover  or  protect 
one's  self,  keep  one's  self  concealed. 

\Κατί-\Ιη)κται,  3    sing.  perf.   pass, 
from  καταψήχω.  Soph. 

Κατέψησις,  κατέϊρω,  dub.  for  κα- 
θ έφ. 

Κητηβολέω,  ώ,  f  -ήσα,  to  have  a 
s^tdden  paroxysm,  Hipp.  ap.  Gal.  ;  to 
swoon,  Nic.  :  from 

Κατηβολή,  ής,  ή,  and  κατηβολίς, 
ίδος,  ή,=καταβολή  3,  an  attack  or 
paroxysm  of  fever,  swoon. 

Κατηγεμών,  κατηγέομαι,  etc..  Ion. 
for  καθηγ.,  Hdt. 

Κατηγορέω,  ύ.  {κατά,  αγορεύω)  to 
speak  against,  esp.  before  judges,  to 
accuse,  τινός,  Hdt.  8,  60,  etc. ;  mor© 
rarely  κατά  τίνος,  Xen.  Hell.  1,  7,  9. 
— 2.  K.  τί  τίνος,  to  lay  a  thing  !o  one's 
charge,  accuse  him  of  it,  Hdt.  2,  113, 
Soph.  O.  T.  514,  etc.,  τινός  περί  τί- 
νος, Thuc.  8,  85  ;  but  also  c.  dupl. 
gen.  pers.  et  rei,  Dem.  515,  ult. :  c. 
ace,  rei  only,  to  bring  an  accusation, 
Eur.  Heracl.  418.  Pass.,  κατηγορεί- 
ται τι  τινός,  a  charge  is  brought  against 
him.  Hdt.  7,  205,  cf  Arnold  Thuc.  1, 
95. — 3.  absol.  to  be  an  accuser,  appear 
as  prosecutor.  Ar.  Vesp.  840,  etc. — 4. 
in  genl.  to  signify,  indicate,  prove,  c. 
ace.  rei,  τι,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,4,  3 :  c.  g.en. 
pers.,  «,,  to  tell  of..,  Aesch.  Ag.  271  ; 
K.  ώς..,  Hdt.  3,  115,  cf  4,  189  ;  ότι... 
Plat.  Phaed.  73  B.— II.  in  logic,  to 
say  positively,  affirm,  predicate  of  a  per 
son  or  thing,  τί  τίνος,  freq.  in  Arist 
Org.    Hence 

Κατηγόρημα,  ατός,  τό,  an  accusa 
lion,  charge:  a  subject  of  accusation, 
Dem.  314,  21. — II.  in  logic,  a  predi 
cale,  property  asserted  of  a  thing,  Arist 
Metaph. :  and 

Κατηγορητέον,  verb.  aoj.,o:;,-  mtisr. 
accuse,  τινός,   Isocr.    27    A. — II.    ont 
I  must  assert,  Plat.  Theaet.  167  A. 


ΚΑΤΗ 

Υίατψ/ορία,  ας,  ή,  an.  accusation, 
charge,  Hdt.  6,  50,  cf.  Thuc.  1,  69  ;  κ. 
Τινός,  a  charge  against  one,  Xeil.  Hell. 
2,  1,  31.  κατά  τινός,  Isocr.  112  A. — 
II.  in  logic,  a  category,  predicament, 
head  of  predicables,  of  which  Arist., 
Top.  1,9,  I,  makes  ten. 

Κατηγορικός,  ή,  όν,  inclined  to  ac- 
cusation :  0  K;  a  common  informer, 
Plut. — II.  categorical,z=  καταφατικός, 
Arist.  Org.     Adv.  -κώς,  Joseph. :  from 

Κατήγορος,  ov,  b,  ή,  (κατηγορέω) 
an  accuser,  Hdt.  3,  71  :talso  aii  expo- 
nent, betrayer,  Aesch.  Theb.  439,  Xea. 
Oec.  20,  15.t-II.  a  traitor.  Lye. 

Κατήκοος,  ov,  {κατακούω)  listening 
to,  /Μγων,  Plat.  Α.κ.  365  Β  :  as  subst. 
a  listener,  spy,  Hdt.  1,  100. — II.  heark- 
ening or  obeying.  Soph.  Ant.  642,  τι- 
νός, Plat.  Rep.  499  Β  :  as  subst.  a 
subject,  τινός  or  τινί,  Hdt.  1,  72,  141. 
— HI.  hearing,  giving  ear  to,  ενχολ^σι, 
Anth. 

Κατήκω,  Ion.  for  καθήκω,  Hdt. 

Κατήλι•ψ,  ϊφος,  ή,  the  upper  story  of 
a  house.  Ar.  Ran.  566  ;  where  others 
take  it  for  a  stair-case  or  ladder  (as  it 
seems  to  be  in  Luc.  Lexiph.  8),  oth- 
ers for  the  roof.  (Though  the  form 
refers  us  to  ήλιιί),  a  shoe,  this  deriv. 
is  hard  to  esplain.) 

Κατη'/.ογέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  make  of 
smutl  account,  flight,  despise,  C.  gen. 
pers.,  Hdt.  l,8i;  c.  ace.  rei,  Id.  1, 
144;  3,  121  :  the  regul.  form  κατα- 
Άο\έ(ι>  does  not  seem  to  occur. 

Κάτιι'Αϋς,  νόος,  6,  η,  {κατέρχομαι, 
•ε?.ενσομαι)  downward.     Hence 

Κατηλϋσία,  ας,  ή.  Αρ.  Rh.,  and  κα- 
τη/Λσις,  εωο,  ή,  α  going  down,  way 
down,  descent,  Anth. — II.  a  return,  Diod. 

Κύτημαι,  Ion.  for  κάβημαι,  Hdt. 

Κατημαρ,  adv.,  day  by  day;  but 
better  divisim  κατ'  ημαρ. 

Κατ7]με'λημένως,  adv.  part,  pert 
pass,  from  καταμε/.έω,  negligently. 

Κατημύω,  f.  -ύσω,  («α~ά,  ημνω)  to 
sink,  droop  or  drop  down,  Ap.  Rh. 
f  On  quantity  v.  ήμυω.^ 

Κατηναγκασμέΐ'ος,  adv.  part.  perf. 
pass,  (rom  καταναγκάζω,  of  necessity , 
Diod. 

Κατήνεμος,  ov,  (κατά,  άνεμος)  to- 
wards the  wirtrf,  exposed  to  the  wind, 
Theophr.,  cf.  κατάβο^ρος. 

Κύτηξις,  εο)ς.  ή.  Ion.  for  κάταξις, 
a  breaking  in  pieces. —  II.  for  ϋάθηξις, 
return,  dub. 

Κατήορος  or  κατ-ηορος,  ov.   Dor. 

-ύββος,  {κατά,  αΐίύρέυ)  hanging  down. 
Αρ.  Rh.:  m  Eur.  Tro.  1090  of  chil- 
dren, ρ  rob.  hanging  on  their  mot/ier^s 
neck,  V.  Herm.  ad  1. 

Κατΐ}πειγμένυς,  adv.  part.  perf. 
pass,  from  κατεπείγω,  hastily,  speedily. 

Κατηττιάω,  ώ,  t.  -άσω,  (.κατά,  ήπι- 
ύω)  to  soothe,  assuage,  allay,  όόύναι 
κατηπιόωντο,  II.  5,  417.  [ασω] 

Κατηρεμίζω,  ί.  -ί'σω.  (κατά,  ηρε- 
μίζω)  ίο  calvi,  appease,  Xen.  An.  7,  1, 
22. 

Κατηρεφής,  ές,  (κατά,  έρέφω)  cov- 
ered over,  vaulted,  overhanging,  σττέος, 
Od.  13.  349,  σηκοί,  II.  18,  589,  σίμβλα, 
Hes.  Th.  594  ;  μέγα  κϋμα  κατηρεφές, 
a  huge  overhanging  wave,  Od.  5,  367, 
like  κΰμα  κνρτόν :  c.  dat.,  oaqyvr/ai 
κατηρεφές,  shaded  by.  embontered  in 
them,  Od.  9,  183,  cf.  Hes.  Th.  778: 
K.  τνόόα  τιθέναι,  to  keep  the  foot  cov- 
ered, of  one  who  sits  or  rests,  opp.  to 
ορθόν  πόδα  τ.,  Aesch.  Eum.  294. — 2. 
later  also  c.  gen.,  Schaf.  Mel.  p.  137  : 
hence  of  a  table  covered  with,  i,  e. 
loaded  with,  full  of,  navToiuv  αγαθών, 
Anacr.  136, 

Κατήρης,  ες.  (κατά,  *  άρω?)  fitted 
out,  furnished  with  a  thing,  χ'/Μνιόί- 


KATI 

οις,  Eur.  Supp.  110,  όσμ^,  Id.  El. 
498 :  of  ships,  furnished  with  oars, 
πλοίον,  Hdt.  8,  21,  but  cf.  Herm. 
Eur.  I.  T.  1362. 

Κατήρΐπε,  3  sing,  aor,  2  of  κατε- 
ρεί-ω,  11.  5,  92. 

Κατ7';φεια,  ας,  ή.  Ion.  and  Horn. 
κατ7ΐφειη,  (κατηφής)  strictly,  a  cast- 
ing the  eyes  dawnwards  :  hence  in  genl. 
dejection,  sorrow,  shame,  II.  3,  51  ; 
joined  with  δνειόος,  II.  16,  498 ;  17, 
556. 

Κατηφέω,  ύ,  f.  -τ/σω,  to  be  downcast : 
to  be  mute  with  sorrow  or  shame,  11. 
22,  293,  Od.  16,  342  :  from 

Κατηφής,  ες,  strictly,  ivith  downcast 
eyes,  hence  m  genl.  downcast,  mute, 
Od.  24,  432.  (Prob.  from  κατά  and 
φίιος,  like  κατωττός,  κατωπιύω.) 
Hence 

Κατηφία,  ας,  ή.  Ion.  κατηφίη,=κα- 
τήφεια.     Hence 

Κατ7]φίάω,  ώ,  f.  -άσω,-=κατηφέο), 
Αρ.  Rh.  [άσω] 

Κατηφών,  όνος,  ό,  one  who  causes 
sorrow  or  shame  :  Priam  calls  his  sons 
κατηφόνες,  dedecora,  II.  24,  253 ; 
though  some  falsely  explain  it  by 
αναίσχυντοι. 

Κατηχέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (κατά,  ήχέω) 
to  sound  around,  resound,  Philostr. — 
II.  to  sound  a  thing  in  orie's  ears,  im- 
press it  upon  one  by  word  of  mouth, 
Luc.  :  in  pass,  to  be  informed  of  a 
thing,  περί  τίνος,  Plut. — 2.  esp.  in 
N.  T.,  and  Eccl.,  to  teach  one  byword 
of  ?nouth,  teach  him  the  elements  of  re- 
ligion, τιΐ'ά,  also  τινά  τι :  whence 
pass,  to  be  instructed  in,  acquainted 
with,  Ti  or  περί  τίνος,  all  in  N.  T. :  oi 
κατηχούμενοι,  in  Eccl.,  new  converts 
under  instruction  before  baptism. 

Κατηχής,  ές,  {κατά.  ήχος)  sound- 
ing, resounding,  νδωρ,  Theocr.  1,  7. 

Κατήχησις,  εως,  ή,  (κατηχέω)  in- 
struction by  word  of  mouth,  education, 
Hipp.  :  esp.  in  Eccl.  the  elementary 
religious  teaching  of  converts  before 
baptism. 

Κατηχητής,  ov,  ό,  (κατηχέω)  an  in- 
structor, teacher,  according  to  the  an- 
cient way  of  teaching,  where  the 
teacher  dictated  and  the  pupil  re- 
peated, a  catechist,  Eccl. 

Κατήχητος,  ov,  instructed. 

Κατηχιζυ,  ί.  -ίσω, ^κατηχέω  Π. 
Hence 

Κατηχιστής,  οϋ,  ό,^κατηχητής. 
Hence 

Κατηχιστικός,  ή,  όν,  behnging  to, 
adapted  for  instruction. 

Κάτθάνε,  Ep.  for  κατέθανε,  3  sing, 
aor.  2  of  καταθνήσκω,  11.,  and  in  Att. 
poets,  Eur.  Cycl.  201. 

Κατθά-ψαι,  Ep.  for  καταθάφαι,  inf. 
aor.  1  act.  οί  καταθάτττω,  11. 

Κατθέμεν,  κάτθεμεν,  κύτθετε,  κάτ- 
θεσαν,  κατθέμεθα,  κατθέσθην,  κατϋέ- 
μενοι,  Ερ.  for  καταθεΐναι,  mf.  aor.  2 
act.,  κατεθεμεν,  1  plur.  aor.  2  act.  of 
κατατίθημι,  etc.,  Horn. 

Kari^eo,  Ep.  for  κατάθον,  imperat. 
aor.  2  mid.  of  κατατίθημι. 

Κατΐάτττω,  f.  -ψω,  (κατά,  Ιύτττω) 
to  harm,  hurt.  Hoin.  in  tmesis,  κατά 
χρόα  καλόν  Ίάπτειν,  v.  sub  ίάπτω. 

Κατίάσι,  3  plur.  pres.  act.  from 
κάτειμι,  εΙμι. 

Κατιάσι.  Ion.  for  καθιάσι,  3  plur. 
pres.  act.  from  καθίημι. 

ΚατΐδεΙν,  inf.  aor.  2  κατεϊδον  οίκα- 
θορύω. 

Κατϊδέσθαι,  inf.  aor.  2  mid.  from 
κατειδόμην  of  καθοράω. 

Κατίζω,  Ion.  for  καθίζω. 

Κατίημι,  Ion.  for  καθίημι,  Hdt. 

Κατϊθννω,  Ion.  and  Ep.  for  κατεν- 
θύνω,  κ.  τον  πλόον,  Hdt.  2,  96. 


ΚΑΤΟ 

Κατιβνς,  adv.  for  κατ"  ίθν,  over 
against,  opposite,  c.  gen.,  Q.  Sm. 

Κατΐκετεύω,  Ion.  for  καθικετενω, 
Hdt. 

Κατικμάζω,  f.  -άσω,=sq.,  Nic. 

Κατικμαίνω,  {κατά,  ίκμαίνω)  to 
moisten,  bedew,  wet.  Lye. 

Κατιλλαίνω,  to  look  askance  at,  cf. 
κατί/ιλώπτω. 

Κατιλλαντής,  οϋ,  ό,  (κατύ.'λαίνω) 
one  who  looks  askance. 

Κατίλ?ίΧύ,=  κατεί?ιω. 

Κατΰ.'λώπτω,  (κατά,  ί?.?.ώτΓτω)  to 
look  askance  at,  leer  upon,  τινί,  Phile- 
mon p.  407,  ubi  V.  Meineke. — 2.  to 
sneer  at,  cf.  έγκατίλλ. 

Κατϊλνω,  f.  -νσω,  (κατά,  ί?.νω)  to 
fill  with  mud  or  dirt,  Xen.  Oec.  17, 
13.  [v] 

Κατίμεν,  Ep.  inf.  pres.  act.  from- 
κάτειμι  for  κατιέναι,  11.  14,  457.  [t] 

Κατϊόω,  ώ,  (κατά,  ίόω)  to  rust,  cov- 
er with  rust.  Pass,  to  beco7ne  rusty,  be 
tarnished,  Diosc. 

Κατιππύζομαι,  κατϊρόω,  κατίστη- 
μι.  Ion.  for  καθ. 

Κάτισθι,  imperat.  of  κάτοιδα.  Soph. 

Κατισχναίνω,  (κατά,  ίσχναίνω)  to 
make  to  pine,  to  emaciate,  waste,  wear 
out,  Aesch.  Pr.  269,  Eum.  138,  writ- 
ten sometimes  κατισχαίνω. 

Κάτισχνος,  ov,  (κατά,  ισχνός)  very 
lean,  emaciated,  Plut.     Hence 

Κατισχνόω,  ώ,=^ κατισχναίνω,  .Γο- 
seph. 

Κατισχύω,  f.  -νσω,  (κατά,  ισχύω) 
to  have  power  over,  overpower,  do  violence 
to.  Τινά,  Diod.,  τινός,  Ν.  Τ.  Pass. 
to  be  worsted,  beaten,  Diod. — 2.  absol., 
to  have  the  tipper  hand,  succeed,  prevail, 
Polyb. :  to  be  prevalent,  Theophr. — li. 
intr.,  to  come  to  one's  full  strength,  grow 
up.  Soph.  O.  C.  346.  [Usu.  v,  but  v. 
sub  ισχύω.] 

Κατισχω,  (κατά,  Ισχω)  collat.  form 
of  κατέχω,  to  hold  back,  holdfast,  Lat. 
detinere,  II.  23,  321,  Hdt.  2,  1 15.  Mid. 
to  keep  by  one,  II.  2,  233. — II.  to  pos- 
sess, occupy,  oi  ποίμνι^σιν  καταίσχε- 
Tui,  Od.  9,  122.— HI.'  to  guide,  steer 
for  a  place,  νήα  ές  ττατρίδα  γαίαν, 
Od.  11,  456,  and  freq.  m  Hdt.— IV. 
intr.,  σέλος  κατίσχει  εξ  ουρανού,  the 
light  comes  down  from  heaven,  Hdt. 
3,  28. 

Κατΐτήριος,  a,  ov,  (κάτειμι)  of,  be- 
longing to  a  dtscent  0Γ  return,  esp.  τώ 
Κ.,  sub.  ιερά. 

Κατιχνη/ιΰτέω,  ώ,  f.  -ί^σω,  to  trace, 
track. 

iKaTOapoi,  ων,  ol,  the  Caioari,  a 
Scythian  tribe,  Hdt.  4,  6. 

Κάτοδος,  ov,  ή.  Ion.  for  κάθοδος, 
Hdt. 

Κατοδννάω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (κατά.  όδν- 
νάω)  to  grieve,  afflict  one  much.  Pass. 
to  be  grievously  afflicted,  both  in  LXX. 

Κατοδνρομαι,  (κατά,  οδύρομαι) 
dep.  mid.,  to  bewail,  deplore  bitterly. 
Plat.  Ax.  367  D.  [ϋ] 

Κατόζω,  fut.  -ζήσω,  (κατά,  δζω)  ίο 
make  to  stink. 

Κατοιάδες,  ων,  αϊ,  (κατά,  δϊς)  αίγες 
κ-,  goats  that  lead  the  sheep  in  the 
Hocks,  Paus.  9,  13,  2. 

Κάτοιδα.  inf  κατειδέναι,  perf.  with 
no  pres.  in  use,  to  know  well,  certainly. 
Soph.  Ant.  1064,  cf.  κατεϊδον. 

Κατοίησις,  εως,  ή,  (κατοίομαι)  self- 
conceit,  Plut. 

Κατοικάς,  άδος,  ή,  pecul.  poet.  fem. 
of  κατοικίδιος. 

Κατοικεσία,  ας,  ή,  =  κατοίκησις, 
LXX. 

Κατοικεσία.  ίων,  τά,  sub.  Ιερά,  the 
anniversary,  festival  of  α  settlement  ΟΓ 
colony :  from 

Κατοικέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (κατά,  οίκέω) 
741 


KATO 

to  dwell  in,  inhabit,  esp.  to  have  settled, 
be  planted  in  a  new  place,  τόπον,  Hdt. 
7,  164,  etc.  Pass,  to  be  dwelt  in,  in- 
habited, opp.  to  κατοικίζομαι,  to  be 
just  founded,  Arist.  Pol.  2,  7,  3  :  to  he 
placed,  situated,  and  so  of  i)ersons, 
much  like  act.,  to  be  settled,  dwell, 
Hdt.  1,  9e.  έν  τόπφ.  Id.  2,  102,  and 
Thuc. — 2.  of  a  state,  to  be  adminisltr- 
ed,  governed,  καλώς.  Soph.  O.  C.  1001, 
etc. — 11.  intrans.=  pass.,  πόλεις  κα- 
τοικονσαι  εν  πέόίφ.  Plat.  Legg.  G77 
C,  082  C.     Hence 

Κατοίκησις,  εως,  ή,  a  dwelling,  hab- 
itation, abode,  Thuc.  2,  15,  etc. 

Κατοικητήρ,  ήρος,  ό,  an  inhabitant. 
Hence 

Κατοικηττιριος,  a,  ov,  fit  for  inhab- 
iting;  TO  κατοικι/τι/ρων  (su\i. χωρίον), 
a  dwelling  place,  abode,  N.  T. 

Κατοικία,  ας.  ή,  a  dwelling,  Polyb. : 
a  farm,  village.  Id. — 2.  a  settlement,  col- 
ony, Strab. :  also  the  foxmdation  of  a 
colony,  Plut. 

Κατοικίδιος,  ov,  also  a,  ov,  {κατά, 
οΙκία)  living  about  a  house  :  in  geui.  do- 
mestic, Hipp. 

Κατοικίζω,  fut.  -ί'σω  Att.  -Γώ,  (κατά 
οΐκίζω)  to  bring,  remove  into  a  dwelling, 
K.  τινά  εις  τόπον,  Hdt.  2,  154;  also 
in  pregnant  constr.,  κ.  τινά  εν  τόπφ, 
to  settle  or  plant  one  in....  Soph.  Ant. 
1069  ;  hence  metaph.,  ελπίδας  εν  τινι 
κ-,  to  plant  them  in  his  mind,  Aesch. 
Pr.  250. — II.  to  bring  home  and  re-estnb- 
lish  there,  restore  to  one^s  country,  cf. 
κατέρχομαι,  Aesch.  Eum.  756. — III. 
c.  ace.  loci,  to  colonise,  people  a  place, 
Hdt.  5,  76,  Aesch.  Pr.  725,  anil  freq. 
in  Alt. — B.pass.  of  persons. /o6epZ«c«i, 
settled,  έν  τόπω,  Hdt.  2.  154  ;  9,  106  ; 
ές  τύπον,  Tliuc.  2,  102,  etc.:— the 
aor.  mid.  is  also  used  in  same.signf., 
Isocr.  389  B,  C. — II.  of  places,  to  have 
colonies  planted  there,  Thuc.  1,  12:  to 
be  inhabited,  founded,  established,  Isocr. 
192  D. 

Κατοικίς.  ίδος,  ή,  pecul.  poet.  fem. 
oi  κατοικίδιος,  Nic. 

Κατοίκΐσις,  εως,  ή,  (κατοικίζω)  a 
peopling,  planting  with  inhabitants,  esp. 
with  colonists,  colonisation,  Thuc.  6,  77, 
and  Plat. 

Κατοικισμός,  oD,  o,^foreg.,  Plat. 
Legg.  683  A. 

Κατοικιστι/ς,  ov,  b,  {κατοικίζω)  the 
founder  of  a  town,  esp.  of  a  colony. 

Κατοικοδομέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {κατά, 
οίκοόομέω)  to  build  upon  or  in  a  place, 
Tt,  Xen.  Rep.  Ath.  3,  4.— II.  to  build 
owny,  i.  e.  to  squander  in  building, 
Schaf.  Appar.  Dem.  4,  607,  Id.  Plut. 
4,  327. — ill.  to  build  up,  block  up  by 
building,  Isae.  73.  34. 

Κατοικονομέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {κατά, 
οίκονομέω,)  to  distribute,  arrange  eco- 
nomically, Plut. 

Κάτοικος,  ov,  (κατά,  οίκος)  dwell- 
ing in,  inhabiting :  as  subst.  an  inhabi- 
tant, Arist.  Oec. : — on  Aesch.  Ag. 
1285,  V.  Dind.  ad.  I. 

Κατοίκοφθορέω,  ώ,  f.  -ησω,  (κατά, 
οίκοφβορέω)  to  spoil  one  of  house  and 
home,  ruin,  την  πόλιν,  Plut. 

Κατοικτείρω,  (κατά,  οίκτείρω)  to 
pity,  have  compassion  on,  τινά.  Soph. 
O.  T.  13. — II.  intr.  to  feel,  show  pity  or 
compassion,  Hdt.  7,  46. 

Κατοικτίζω,  f.  -ί'σω,  (κατά,  οικτίζω) 
=  foreg.,  to  pity,  have  compassion  on,  c. 
ace,  Aesch.  Eum.  121.     Mid.  c.  aor. 

pass.,  to  pity  one's  self  hence  to  wail, 
deplore,  Hdt.  3,  156  :  c.  ace.  rei,  Aesch. 
Pers.  1062.     Hence 

Κατοίκτϊσις.  εως,  ή,  a  pitying,  com- 
passion, Xen.  Cyr.  6,  1,  47. 

Κατοιμώζω,  fut.  -ώξομαι,  {κατά.  οί- 
μύζω)tobewail,lament,ΐlnI.A.ndI.  1159. 
742 


KATO 

Κάτοινος,  ov.  (κατά,  οίνος)  drunken 
with  wine,  Eur.  Ion  553.     Hence 

Κατοινόω.  ώ,  to  make  drunk.  Pass. 
to  be  drunk.  Plat.  Legg.  815  C. 

Κατοίομαι,  {κατά,  οίομαι)  to  be  con- 
ceiled  of  one's  self,  LXX. 

Κατοίσεται,  3  sing.  fut.  of  κατα- 
φέρω, II.  22,  425. 

Κατοίχομαι,  fut.  -χήσομαί,  (κατά, 
οΊχομαι)  Dep.  mid.,  toga  down,  hence 
ol  κατοιχόμενοι,  the  departed,  dead, 
Dein.  1073,  1. 

Κατοιωνίζομαι.  f.  -ίσομαι  Att.  Xov- 
μαι,  {κατά,  οίωνίζομαι)  Dep.  mid.,  to 
have  an  omen,  to  augur. 

Κατοκλάζω,—όκλάζω,  Opp. :  also 
in  mid.,  Strab. 

Κατοκνέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {κατά,  όκνέω) 
to  shrink  from  doing  a  thing,  neglect, 
omit  it,  Aesch.  Pr.  67,  etc. 

Κατοκωχή,  ης,  τ/,=^κατοχή  III.,  κ. 
ΰπό  Μουσών,  possession,  inspiration  by 
the  Muses,  Plat.  Phaedr.  245  A,  cf.  sub 
ανακωχή. 

Κατο'λϊγωρέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {κατά, 
όλιγωρέω)  to  neglect  utterly,  τινός, 
Lys.  115,  30. 

ΚατολισΘαίνω  or  -θάνω,  f.  -σθήσω, 
(κατά,  όλισβαίνω)  to  slide,  slip,  sink 
down  or  into,  Ap.  Rh. 

^Κατόλ2νμι,  (κατά,  ολλ,νμι)  to  de- 
stroy utterly.  Pass.  c.  perf.  act.  intr., 
to  perish  utterly,  in  tmesis,  Aesch. 
Pers.  670. 

Κατο?.ολνζω,  f.  -νξω,  {κατά,  ολο- 
?ι.ύζω)  to  shout  or  shriek  over,  wish  woe 
ίο,  Aesch.  Ag.  1118. 

Κατολοφ{>ρομαι,(κατά,6λοφνρομαι) 
dep.  mid.,  to  bemoan,  bewail,  lament,  c. 
ace,  Eur.  Or.  339.     [ϋ] 

Κατομ,βρέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (κατά,  όμ- 
βρέω)  to  rain  upon :  drench,  Anth. 
Hence 

Κητομβρίη,  ας,  ή,  a  flood. 

Κατομβρίζω,  f.  -ίσω,^κατομβρέω, 

Κάτομβρος,  ov,  (κατά,  όμβρυς)  wet 
with  rain,  drenched,  Theophr. 

Κατόμΐ'ϋμι  anil  -ννω:  also  in  mid. 
κατόμννμαι,  fut.  -ομυνμαι,  aor.  -ώμο- 
ση,  (κατά,  δμννμι).  To  .•nvear  to,  con- 
firm by  oath,  τινί  Tl,  Ar.  Av.  444 :  c. 
mf.,  to  swear  that...,  Dem.  995,  24. — 
2.  K.  των  θεών,  της  κεφαλής,  to  swear 
by,.. :  but  also  c.  ace,  to  call  to  witness 
swear  by,  ri/v  ίμΐμ>  ψυχήν,  Eur.  Or. 
1517, /c.  τώ  θεώ,  Lat.  jurare  deos,  Ar. 
Eccl.  158.— II.  c.  gen.,  to  take  an  oath 
against, accuse  on  onth,V\at.6,G5,  in  mid. 

Κατομφύ'λιυς,  ov,  (κατά,  ομφαλός) 
from  the  navel,  Nic.  [tt] 

Κατηνειδίζω,  fut.  •ίσω,=:^6νειδίζω, 
Dion.  H.     Hence 

Κατονειδιστήρ,  ήρας,  ό,=όνειδι- 
οτήρ.       ,  .  , 

Κατονίνημι,  fut.  -νήσω,  (κατά,  ον- 
ίνημι)  to  be  of  use,  profit.  Mid.  to  have 
the  use  of,  enjoy,  τινός,  Ar.  Eccl.  917. 

Κατονομάζω,  (ut.-άσω,  (κατά,  ονο- 
μάζω) to  name,  Theophr. — II.  to  prom- 
ise, betroth,  devote,  Polyb. 

Κατόνομαι,  {κατά,  ονομαι)  dep.,  to 
blame,  slight,  c.  ace,  Hdt.  2,  136.  172. 

Κατονόμαξις,  εως,  ή.  Dor.  for  sq., 
Archimed. 

Κατονομΰσία,  ας,  ή,  {κατονομάζω) 
a  name,  denomination.  Strab. 

Κάτοξος,  ov,  (κατά,  δξος)  steeped  in 
vinegar,  sour,  harsh,  Posidipp.  ap.  Ath. 
662  A,  cf.  κάθαλος. 

Κατοξννω,  {κατά,  όξννω)  to  make 
very  sharp. — II.  to  make  very  swift, 
hasten,  Arteinon  ap.  Ath.  637  E. 

Κάτοξνς,  εια,  υ,  streiigthd.  for  οξύς, 
very  sharp,  piercing,  of  sound,  Ar. 
Vesp.  471  ;  of  disease,  acute,  Hipp. 

Κατοπύζω,  f.  -ύσω,  {κατά,  οπύζω) 
to  fulloiv,  pursue,  come  upon  suddenly, 
Hes.  Op.  322. 


KATO 

Kar07rii/,adv.=sq.,  first  in  Theogn. 
280,  then  in  Att.,  as  Xen.  Cyr.  1 .  4,21 : 
c.  gon.,  Ar.  Eq.  625,  Plat.  Prot.  316  A. 

Κατόπισθε  and  before  a  vowel  κα- 
τόπισθεν,  adv.  of  place,  behind,  after, 
in  the  rear,  II.  23,  505,  Od.  22,  92 ;  C. 
gen.,  Od.  12,  148. — II.  of  time,  here- 
after, afterwards,  henceforth,  Od.  22, 
40  ;  24,  546.  Cf.  foreg.  (The  root 
of  κατόπιν,  μετόπιν,  άνόπιν,  is  όπις 
or  ΈΠ- in  έπομαι,  to  follow,  hence 
κατ'  ΰπιν,  afterwards  ;  as  secundum, = 
pone,  post,  from  sequi.) 

Κατοπτάω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (κατά,  όπτάω) 
to  roast  very  much,  Archestr.  ap.  Ath. 
320  B. 

Κατόπτενσις,  εως,  ή,  a  spying  out, 
observation  ;  and 

Κατοπτεντήριος,  ov,  belonging  to, 
fit  for  sjiying  or  looking  out,  τόπος, 
Strab. :  from 

Κατοπτεύω,  {κατά,  όπτενω)  to  spy 
out.  e.^y.  Soph.  Phil.  124,  Aj.  829  :  to 
recmmoilre,  Polyb. 

Κατοπτήρ,  ήρος,  ύ,  a  spy,  scent, 
Aesch-  Theb.  36. — II.  a  surgical  in- 
strument, Lat.  speculum.  Hipp.    Hence 

Κατοπττιριος,ον,=κατοπτεντήρίος. 

Κατόπτης,  ov,  ό,^=κατοπτίΐρ  I,  Η. 
Horn.  Merc.  372. 

Κατόπτησις,  εως,  if,  {κατο/πτύω} 
much  baking  or  cooking. 

Κατοπτίλλεταί  μοΐ;=δοκεΙ  μοι, 
from  the  Dor.  όπτίλος,  Koen  Greg, 
p.  248. 

Κύτοπτος,  w,  {κατά,  άψομαι)  to  he 
seen,  visible,  conspicuous,  Thuc.  8, 104: 
C.  gen.  to  he  seen  from,  in  view  of,  πορ- 
θμού  κάνοπτον  πρώνα,  Aesch.  Ag. 
307,  t)bi  V.  Bloinf.,  and  Diiid. — II.  m 
signf.  much  roasted,  from  αατοπτάω, 
dub.  in  Diose 

Κατοπτρίζω-  f.  •ίσω  Att.  -Ιώ,  (κά- 
τοπτρον)  to  show  in  ox  as  in  a  mirror, 
Plut. — B.  mid.  to  look  into  a  mirror,, 
behold  one's  self  in  it,  Ath.  :  but — 2.  in 
2  Cor.  3,  18,  to  give  back,  reflect  light, 
as  by  a  mirror. 

Κατοπτρικός,  ή,  όν,  {κάτοπτρον) 
of  or  concerning  a  mirror,  Plut.,  ή  -κι), 
sub.  τέχνη  or  επιστήμη,  catoptrics,  tht 
science  of  the  reflection  of  hght.  Adv. 
-κώς,  Plut. 

Κάτοπτρις,  ή,^κάτοπτρον,  poet. 

Κατοπτροειδής,  ές,  (κάτοπτρον, 
είδος)  like  a  mirror,  prob.  in  Piul. 

Κάτοπτρον,  ov,  τό,  {^ύτοπττ>ς)  a 
mirror.  Epich.  p.  87 ;  in  classical  times 
of  polished  metal,  cf.  κάτοπτρον  εί- 
δους χαλκός,  Aesch.  Fr.  274  ;  the  Co- 
rinthian were  the  best : — metaph.  of 
false,  plausible  appearances,  όμιλύας 
κ.,  Aesch.  Ag.  839. 

Κατοράω,  Ion.  for  καθορύω.  Hdt. 

Κατοργάνίζω.  f.  -ίσω.  {κατά,  Ojiya• 
vov)  K.  της  ερημιάς,  to  fill  the  solitude 
with  music,  Anth. 

Κατοργάω,  ώ,  strengthd.  for  opvaia. 

Κατοργιάζω,  f-  -άσω,  {κατά,  οργι- 
άζω) to  initiate  in  orgies  or  mysterieSj 
prejjare  for  them,  Plut. 

Κατορθόω,  ώ,  (κατά,  ϋρΟόω)  to  set 
upright,  erect,  δέμας,  Eur.  Hipp.  1445: 
metaph.,  opp.  to  σόάλλω,  to  keep 
straight,  set  right.  Soph.  El.  416:  to 
direct  or  manage  well,  φρένα.  Soph. 
O.  C.  1487  ;  to  accomplish  successfully, 
bring  to  a  succes.sfut  issue.  Plat.  Meno 
99  C  :  in  genl.,  κ.  τι,  to  be  right  in  a 
thing,  Eur.  Hel.  1067.  Pass,  to  sue• 
ceed,  prosper,  Hdt.  1,  120,  Eur.  Hipp. 
680  :  to  be  welt,  accurately  finished, 
Strab.  :  to  be  rightly  fixed,  δράν  κα- 
τώρΗωσαι  φρενί,  thou  hast  well  pur- 
posed to  do,  Aesch.  Cho.  512. — II. 
intr.  to  he  upright,  or  in  good  rase,  to 
go  on  prosperously,  succeed.  ThuC.  6, 

12,  and  freq.  in  Isocr.    Hence 


KATO 

Κα~όρθ<^μα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which  is 
a»n.e  rightly  :  as  philos.  term,  a  right 
action,  Lat.  recte  Jactiiyn,  Cic.  Fin.  3, 
7. — 2.  that  whi^h  is  brought  to  a  sue- 
ces.ifi/l  issrie,  Strab.,  and  freq.  later,  v. 
jLob.  Phryn.  251  :   and 

Κατόρθωσις,  εως,  7/,  a  making,  set- 
ting straight  or  right :  esp. — 1.  success- 
ful accomplishment  of  a  thing,  in  genl. 
sticcess,  Arist.  Rhet. — 2.  a  setting  right, 
correction,  LXX. — 3.  as  philos.  term, 
right  action,  Lat.  recta  affectio,  Cic. 
Fin.  3,  14. 

ΚατορΟωτίκός,  ή,  όν,  fit,  able  for 
affecting  or  acting  rightly,  opp.  to  άμαρ- 
τητικός,  Arist.  Eth.  N. 

^Kaτόpίγες,  ων,  οι,  the  Caturiges,  a 
GaUic  tribe  among  the  Alps,  Strab. 

Κατορούω,  (κατά,  όρονω)  to  rusk 
downwards,  H.  Horn.  Cer.  342. 
Κατοροφόω,  ώ,  to  roof  in. 
ΚατοΙιβωδί<ο,  ώ,  f.  -7/σω,  Ion.  κα- 
ταρβ-,  (κατά,  όβι^ωδέω)  to  fear,  dread, 
c.  ace,  Hdt.  1,  34.— II.  absol.  to  be 
afraid,  in  fear,  Id.  6,  9. 

Κατορνκτός,  ή,  όν,  (κατορνσσω) 
intried,  covered  with  earth. 

Κατόρνξις,  εως,  ή,  a  burying,  cover- 
ing with  earth,  Theophr. 

Κατορνσσο),  Att.  -ττω,  f.  -ξω,  fut. 
pass,  -ρνχήσομαί,  Ar.  Av.  394,  cf.  Lob. 
Phryn.  318  (κατά.  όρύσσω.)  To  bury, 
Hdt'  2,  ^Ι.ζώοντας,  Id.  3.  35  :  in  geril. 
to  bury,  hide  in  the  ground,  Ar.  Plut. 
238,  Plat.  Euthyd.  288  Ε  ;  in  full,  κ. 
κατά  γης,  Hdt.  8,  36  :  metaph.  to  make 
away  ivith.  destroy,  ruin  utterly,  Pherecr. 
(?)  Chir.  I,  19  (V.  Meineke  p.  334.) 
Hence 

Κατορνχή,  ης,  ί/.^κατόρνξις. 
Κατορόνύω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  [κατά,  όρ- 
^ντ))  to  darken. 

Κατορχέομαι,  fut.  -ήσομαι,  (κατά, 
έρχέομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  dance  in  tri- 
umph over  one,  hence  like  Lat.  insul- 
tartj  to  treat  despitefully,  insult,  τινά, 
Hdt.  3,  151.— II.  to  ,^ιώάιιε,  win,  charm 
by  dancing,  Luc.• — III.  intr.  to  dance 
vehemently,  Strab. 

Κατόσσομαι,  (κατά,  δσσομαι)  dep., 
used  only  in  pres.  and  impf.,  to  con- 
template, behold,  Anth. 

Κατότι,  adv.  Ion.  for  καθότι,  καθ' 
β  Ti,  Hdt. 

Κατονδαΐος,  or,  (κατά,  ονδας)  un- 
der the  earth,  H.  Horn.  Merc.  112:  κ. 
γίγας,  of  Briareus,  Call.  Del.  142. 

Κατου/Μς,  άδος.  ή,  νύξ  κ.,  shroud- 
ing night.  Soph.  Fr.  383,  Αρ.  Kh.  4, 
1695.  (From  κατά  and  ε'ιλω,  Γλ?.ο), 
like  ίξ(ΐν7.η,  so  that  it  is  quite  need- 
less to  correct  it  mto  κατειλάς,  or  to 
derive  κατονλύς  from  ούλος,  όλος, 
complete  night.) 

Κατον?ιόω,  ώ.  (κατά,  ονλάω)  to 
make  to  cicatrise.  Diod.  Pass.,  to  cica- 
trise, heal  over,  Anth.     Hence 

Κατον?Μσις,  εως,  ή,  a  cicatrising, 
Diosc. :  and 

Κατονλωτικός,  η,  όν,  healing  over. 
Κατονρΰνόθεν,   adv.,   better  divi- 
sim  κατ  ονρανόθεν. 

Κατονρέω,  ώ,  ΐ.  -ησω,  (κατά,  ονρεω) 
to  make  water  upon,  τινός,  Ar.  Lccl. 
832  :  absol.  to  make  water.  Arist.  H.  A. 
Κατουρίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (κατά,  ονρίζω) 
to  ivaft  with  a  fair  wind  :  but  in  Soph. 
Tr.  827,  intr.  to  come  safe  to  port,  come 
to  a  happy  issue. 

Κατουράω,  ώ,ίκατά,  οϋρόω)  to  sail 
with  a  fair  wind,  Polyb, :  also  in  mid., 
Luc. 

Καταντάω,  ώ,  f.  •ησω,=ουτάω,  Q. 
Sm. 
Κατοφειλω,^^  οφείλω. 
Κατοφρνάομαι,  f.  -ίισομαι,=  ^<\. 
Κατοφρνόομαι.  [κατά,  όφρνόημαι) 
as  dep.,  to  Uft  the  eyebrows  scornful- 


ΚΑΤΩ 

ly,  ?.oyoi  κατωφρνωμένοι,  supercilious 
words,  Luc. — 11.  as  pass,  to  have  eye- 
broivs. 

ΚατΌχενς,  έως,  6,  (κατά,  όχενς)  a 
holder,  esp.  κ.  Τΐυλάων,  a  bolt,  Call. 
ApoU.  6. 

Κατοχενω,  (κατά,  όχενω)  to  have  a 
she-animal  covered,  LXX. 

Κατοχή,  ης,  ij,  (κατέχω)  a  holding 
fast,  detention,  Hdt.  5,  35. — II.  posses- 
sio7i,  let. — 2.  possession  by  a  spirit,  in- 
spiration, Plut. :  hence — 3.  in  medic, 
writers,  stupor  with  stiffness,  catalepsy  : 
cf  κάτοχος. 

ΚατόχΙμος,  ον,=κάτοχος,  possess- 
ed: esp.  frantic,  Luc. 

Κατόχιον,  ov,  TO,  a  means  of  hold- 
ing, a  retention,  Diosc. 

Κατοχμάζω.  f.  -ύσω.  strengthd.  for 
όχμάζω,  to  bind  fast,  Opp. 

Κάτοχος, ov,  (κατέχω)  holding  fast, 
tenacious,  esp.  of  the  memory  :  firm, 
tight. δεσμοί,  Plut. — II.  pass., heldf a. vt, 
overpowered,  overcome,  τινί,  Aesch. 
Pers.  223,  Soph.  Tr.  978  :  subject. 
Άρει  κ.  γένος,  Eur.  Hec.  1090,  esp. 
— 2.  possessed,  inspired,  frantic,  Plut. 
— 3.  medic,  seized  by  catalepsy  ;  and 
as  subst.,  ή  κάτοχος,  catalepsy,  cf  κα- 
τοχή.— Β.  adv.  -χως  in  signf.  I,  Her- 
mipp.  Dem.  8 :  in  signf.  II.  3,  Hipp. 

Κατόψιος,  ov,  (κατά,  όφις)  risible, 
before  the  eyes,  Ap.  Rh. — 11.  in  sight, 
opposite,  τινός,  Eur.  Hipp.  30. 

Κύτοψις,  εως,  η,  (κατά,  όψις)  α 
sight,  view,  Epicur. 

Κατόψομαι,  fUt.  of  καθοράω,  with 
aor.  κατίΐδον,  q.  v. 

Κατοψοφΰγέω,  ω,  f.  -ήσω,  (κατά, 
όψοώαγέω)  to  waste  in  eating,  in  luxu- 
ry, Aeschin.  13,  34,  in  pass.     Hence 

Κατοψοφΰγία,  ας,  ή,  ruinous  glut- 
tony or  luxury. 

Κατρενς,  έως,  ό,  an  Indian  kind  of 
peacock,  Strab. 

^Κατρενς.  έως,  δ,  Catreus,  son  of 
Minos  and  Creta,  Apollod. 

^Κατταβανία,  ης,  ή,  Cattabania,  a 
region  of  Arabia  Feli-x,  Strab.  ;  ό 
Κατταβανενς,  έως,  an  inhab.  of  Catta- 
bania, Id. 

Καττάδε,  Dor.for «aru  τάδε,  Thuc. 
5,  77.  • 

Καττάννσαν ,  Ep.  for  κατετάννσαν 
3  plur.  aor.  1  act.  from  καταταννω, 
Η.  Hom.  6,  34. 

Καττίτερος,  ό,  Att.  for  κασσίτερος, 
tin. 

Κάττϋμα,  ατός,  τό,  Att.  for  KUffcru- 
μα,  Ar.,  etc. 

Καττνς,  νος,  ή,  Att.  for  κασσύς,  a 
piece  of  leather,  [ii] 

Καττνω,  Att.  for  κασσύω.  [ν] 

Κατνττερβε,  κατνπέρτερος,  Ion.  for 
καθνττ.,  Hdt. 

Κατντννόω,  lon.forh-a^i'Tn'oij,  Hdt. 

Κάτω,  adv.  (KaTa)down,  downwards, 
II.  17,  136,  Od.  23.  91  :  in  this  signf 
rare  in  prose,  and  not  till  Dem.,  v. 
Schaf.  Appar.  4,  p.  503. — 11.  beneath, 
below,  underneath,  Hes.  Th.  303,  opp, 
to  άνω,  in  prose  the  usu.  signf  : — οι 
κάτω, — 1.  those  in  the  nether  world,  the 
dead.  Soph.  Aj.  865,  etc.  : — 2.  dwellers 
on  the  coast  or  in  the  plain,  Thuc.  1, 
120,  etc.,  cf  Hdt.  1, 183  :  hence  κιϊτω 
πορεύεσθαι,  to  go  down  to  the  sea : 
άνω  και  κάτω,  or  άνω  κάτω,  topsy- 
turvy, upside  down,  freq.  in  Ar.,  etc. :  of 
rank,  subordinate,  inferior. — 3.  of  time, 
afterwards,  later,  Ael. — III.  c.  gen.  un- 
der, below,  Aesch.  Ag.  871 :  down  from, 
Eur.  Cycl.  448. — ϋοιηρΆτ.  κατωτέρω. 
with  adj.  -ώτερος.  Superl.  κατωτά- 
τω.  with  adj.  -ώτατος,  v.  sub  voce. 

Κατωβλέττων.  οντος,  δ, (κατά,  β?.ε- 
ττω)  also  κατωβ?ιέπον,  οντος,  τό,  and 
κατώβλεψ,  ετϊος,  6,  Lat.  caloblepas,  a 


ΚΑΤΩ 

down-looker,  name  of  an  African  ani- 
mal of  the  buffalo  kind,  v.  Ael.  H.  A. 
7,  5,  Plm.  8,  32,  Alex.  Mynd.  ap.  Ath. 
221  B. 

Κατώγειος,  ov,  Att.  κατώγεως,  ων, 
gen.  ω,=^κατάγειος,  q.  v. 

Κατωδννάω,  ω,  for /carodrvuu,  dub. 

Κατώδϋνος.  ov,  (κατά,  oovvy/)  in 
great  pain  or  affliction,  LXX. 

Κάτωθε,  before  a  vowel  -θεν,  adv, 
(κάτω)  from  below,  up  from  below, 
Aesch.  Pers.  697,  etc. — II.  below,  be- 
neath, Eur.  Ale.  424,  etc.,  cf  Lob, 
Phrj-n.  128. 

Κατωθέω,  i3,fut.  -ώσω,  (κατά,  ώθέω) 
to  push,  fling  down,  II.  16,  410,  in 
tmesis. 

Κάτωκάρα,  (κάτω,  κάρα)  adv., 
head  downwards,  Ar.  Ach.  945  :  heels 
over  head,  Id.  Pac.  153,  but  Dind.  reads 
κάτω  κ.  divisim. 

Κατωμάδιος,  a,  ov,  (κατά,  ωμός) 
from  the  shoulder,  δίσκος  κ.,  a  quoit 
thrown  down  from  the  shoulder,  i.  e. 
from  the  hand  held  upwards  just 
above  the  shoulder  (as  in  our  north- 
ern game  of  'putting  the  stane'),  11. 
23,  431,  cf.  κατωμαδόν. — II.  worn  or 
borne  on  the  shoulder.  Call.  Cer.  45.  [a] 

Κατωμύδίς,  adv.=  sq. 

Κατωμαδόν,  adv.  (κατά,  ώμος)  from 
the  shoulders,  κ.  έ?^αύνειν,  m  II.  15, 
352  ;  23,  500,  to  flog  with  the  arm  drawn 
back  from  iheshoulder,  as  wheel-horses 
are  whipped;  others,  to  flog  on  the 
shoulder,  but  cf.  κατωμάδιος. — Π.  on 
or  hanging  from  the  shoulders,  Ap.  Rh. 

Κατωμίζω.  f.  -ίσω,  (κατά,  ώμίζω)  to 
place  the  shoulder  under  any  one,  raise 
hi'in  up  thereby  :  to  set  (a  limb)  in  this 
manner.     Hence 

Κατωμισμός,  οϋ,  ό,  the  setting  of  a 
limb,  by  raising  it  with  the  shoulder;  and 

Κατωμιστής,  ov,  ό,  Ιττπος  κ.,  a 
kicking  horse  that  throws  its  rider  over 
its  shoulders. 

Κάτωμος,  ov,  (κατά,  ώμος)  low  in 
the  shoulder  OV  fore-quarter. 

Κατωμοσία,  ας,  ή,  (κατόμννμι)  an 
oath  against  one,  accusation  on  oath, 
Hdt.  6.65. 

Κατωμοτικός,  ή,  όν.  belonging  to  an 
affirmative  oath  :  as  v7j  is  an  έττίββημα 
κατωμ-,  opp.  to  μά,  which  is  an  έττίρ- 
^7ΐμα  άπωμοτικόν  or  negative  particle 
of  swearing.     Adv. -κώζ•;  from 

Κατώμοτος,   ov,    (κατόμννμι)  con- 
firming by  an  oath,  affirming,  δρκος  κ., 
Harpocr. 
ακάτων,  ωνος,  δ,  the  Roman  Cato, 
Plut. 

Κατωνάκη,  ης,  fj,  (κάτω,  νάκος)  a 
coarse  frock  tvith  a  border  of  sheepskin, 
(νάκας),  worn  by  slaves  and  country 
labourers,  Ar.  Lys.  1151,  Eccl.  724. 
[va]  ^  ^ 

Κατωνακης,  ov,  o,=foreg, 

Κατωνάκοφό()ος,  ov,  (κατωνάκη, 
φέρω)  wearing  the  κατωνάκη,  name  of 
slaves  at  Sicyon,  Theopomp.  ap.  Ath. 
271  D. 

ΚαΓωπίάω,  ώ,  f.  -ύσω,  to  cast  the 
eyes  doiim :  in  genl.  to  be  downcast, 
sad.  Arist.  H.  Α.,  cf  κατ7}φέω  :  from 

Κατωττός.  or,  (κατά,  ώψ)  with  down- 
cast looks,  cf.  κατ>/ό7}ς. 

Κάτωρ.  ορός,  ό,  m  Η.  Hom.  6,  55, 
δίε  κάτωρ,  an  unknown  or  corrupt 
word  :  no  prob.  explanation  has  been 
given  of  it :  the  Cod.  Mosq.  has  oV 
έκάτωρ. 

Κατωράίζομαι,  Ion.  for  καθωραιζο- 
μαι. 

Κατωρής,  ές,  also  κατωρίς,=  κύτω 
^έπων,  Hesych. — H.  κατωριδε  δύω 
in  an  Inscr.  seems  to  mean  two  bands 
or  ribands  hanging  from  the  crown  of 
a  statue,  Bockh  Inscr.  1,  p.  235, 
743 


KATK 

Κατώρνγος,  ov ,^=  κατώρνχος,  club. 

Κατώμυξ,  νχος,  ό,  ή,  (κατορύσσω) 

dug  in,  sunk,  laid  Or  imbedded  ill   tlie 

earth,  so,  κατωρνχείσσι  "λίβοισι,  Od. 

6,  267;  9,  185,  as  if  from  αατυρυχής. 
— 11.  buried,  concealed  in  the  ground, 
hence  under  ground,  in  pits  or  caves, 
κατώρνχίς  evaiov,  Aesch.  Pr.  452. — 
III.  as  subst.,  ή  κατώρνξ,α  pit,  cavern, 
Soph.  Ant.  774. — 2.  α  diver,  Lat.  mer- 
gits. 

Κατορύομαι,  fut.  -νσομαι,  (κατά, 
ωρνομαι)  dep.  mid.  io  liowl  rmwh, 
Apollod.  [ΰ] 

Κατωρϋχής,  ες,  and  κατώρϋχος,  ov, 
\τΆΐ.,=  κατώρυξ. 

Κατώτατος,  η,  ον,  the  lowest,  Hdt. 

7,  23  ;  adj.  from 

Κατωτάτω,  adv.  superl.  from  κάτω, 
at  the  lowest  part,  tu  k.,  Hdt.  2,  125. 

Κατωτερικός,  ή,  ύν,  carrying  down- 
wards, of  medicines,  purgative,  Hipp. 

Κατώτερος,  a,  ov,  lower,  Hipp.  etc. : 
of  time,  later,  younger,  Call.  Cer.  130  : 
from 

Κατωτέρω,  adv.  compar.  from  κά- 
τω, lower,  further  downwards,  Ar.  Ran. 
70 ;  c.  gen.,  Hdt.  8,  132.     Hence 
•  Κατωτέρωθεν,  from   a    lower  part, 
greater  depth,  Theophr. 

Κατωτίς,  ίδος,  }/,  (κατά,  ους)  a 
cowl  or  hood  which  goes  over  the  ears, 
dub.  1.  for  κατωμίς,  q.  v. 

Κατωφαγας,  οΰ  or  ΰ,  ό,  {κάτω,  φα- 
γεΐν)  with  the  head  always  down  close 
to  the  ground  eating,  gluttonous,  seems 
to  be  the  name  of  a  bird  in  Ar.  Av. 
288  :  καταφαγάς  is  also  found  in  Me- 
nand.  p.  151,  but  the  Gramm.  reject 
it,  V.  Lob.  Phryn.  433. 

Κατωφελής,  ές,  (  κατά,  όφελος ) 
very  useful,  dub.  in  Theophr. 

Κατωφέρεια,  ας,  ή,  a  sloping  situa- 
tion, declivity :  metaph.  propensity, 
dub.  for  καταφ.,  proneness,  inclina- 
tion: from 

Κατωφερής,  ές,  (κάτω,  φέρομαι)= 
κάτω  φερόμενος,  hanging  downwards, 
sunk,  Xen.  Cyn.  5,  30. — II.  metaph. 
prone  to,  esp.  to  evil,  almost  always 
with  V.  1.  καταφερής,  which  is  usu. 
preferred.     Adv.  -ρώς. 

Κατώφορος,  ov,  (κάτω,  φέρομαι) 
moving  down  or  downwards. 

Κατωχάνης,  ου,  b,  the  handle  or 
holder  of  a  borer,  Hesych. 

Κατωχριάω,  ω,  f  -άσω,  in  Anth. 
κατωχρύω,  ώ,  {κατά,  ώχριάω)  to  turn 
very  pale. 

Καναξ,  άκος,  ό,  Ion.  καύηξ,  ηκος, 
Antim.  Fr.  57,  in  Od.  κήξ.  later  also 
κάνης,  Hippon.  Fr.  5,  and  κάβηξ, 
Lat.  ceyx  and  gavia,  a  greedy  kind  of 
sea-gull. 

Κανάξαις,  in  Hes.  0pp.  664,  691, 
Ep.  2  sing.  opt.  aor.  1  act.  of  κατύ- 
γνυμι,  q.  v. 

^Καύαρος,  ου,  ό,  Cauarus,  a  Gallic 
king,  Polyb.  8,  24. 

Κανόιον,  ov,  TO,  Caudium,  a  city 
of  Samnium,  Strab. ;  adj.  Καυδΐνος, 
ov,  of  Caudium,  Caudine,  Polyb. 

\Καυή,τ/ς,ή,  Caue,  a  town  of  Mysia, 
Xen.  Hell.  4,  1,  20. 

Καυθμός,  οΰ,  ό,  {καίω)  a  burning, 
scorching,  esp.  a  disease  in  trees,  pro- 
duced by  keen  winds,  Theophr. 

Καυκαλίας,  ου,  ύ,  a  kind  of  bird, 
Hesych. 

Κανκάλίς,  ίδος,  η,  an  umbelliferous 
kerb,  Theophr. :  in  our  Flora,  Cauca- 
iis  is  Bur-parsley. — \1.=:βανκα?.ις. 

\Κανκασα,  ων,  τά,  Caucasa,  a  har- 
bor in  Chios,  Hdt.  5,  33. 
iKavκάσιoς,  a,  ov,  of  oi  belonging  to 
Caucasus,  Caucasian,  TO  K.  όρος, 
Hdt.  1,  104  ;  TU  K.  όρη,  Strab.=sq. : 
from 

744 


ΚΑΎΜ 

^Καύκασος,  ov,  ό,  Hdt.  1,  203,  and 
usu. ;  also  Κανκασις,  ιος.  Id.  3,  97  ; 
TO  Κανκασον,  Arr.  ;  Mt.  Caucasus,  a 
range  of  mountains  between  the 
Eu.xine  and  Caspian  seas. — 2.  Paro- 
pamisus  was  also  so  called  by  the 
soldiers  of  Alexander,  Arr.  An.  5,  5,  3. 
Κανκίδες,  v.  1.  for  βαυκίδες. 
Κανκίζομαι,  f.  -ίσυμαι,  v.  1.  for 
βαυκίζω. 

tKaO/coi,  ων,  o'i,the  Cauci,  a  German 
tribe,  Strab. 

Κανκος,  ό,^=κανκαλί.ς. 

^Κανκωΐ',  ωνυς,  ό,  Caucon,  son  of 
Lycaon,  Apollod.  3,  8,  1. — 2.  son  of 
Celaenus,  Paus.  4,  1,  5. — II.  a  Cauco- 
nian,  v.  sq. — III.  a  river  of  Elis,  a 
tributary  of  the  Teutheas,  Strab.,  also 
called  Καυκώνη,  Id. 

\Κανκωνες,  ων,  οι,  the  Caucdnes, 
a  people  of  Bithynia,  on  the  borders 
of  Paphlagonia,  11.  10,  429.-2.  an 
early  tribe  of  Elis  at  one  time  pos- 
sessing most  of  the  province,  of  same 
origin  with  foreg.,  Od.  3,  306;  Hdt. 

I,  147.     Hence 

ίΚανκωνία,  ας,  i],  Cauconia,  the  ter- 
ritory of  the  Caxicones,  in  Elis,  Strab. ; 
and 

^Καυκωνιάτης,  ov,  and  -νίτης,  ov, 
6,  a  Cauconian,  Strab.  [άτ  and  Ιτ.^ 

Κανλ)/δόν,  adv.  (καυλί^ς)  like  a 
stalk :  surgical  name  of  a  peculiar 
kind  of  fracture.  Gal.,  cf.  ()αφανψ 
δύν  and  σικυηδόν. 

ΚαιΟύας,  ου,  ό,  made  from  α  stalk, 
Theophr. 

Καν?ύζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (καυλός)  to  form 
stalks  :  pass,  to  have  a  stalk  or  shaft,  of 
a  spear,  Ar.  Fr.  357  :  cf.  άποκαυλίζω. 

Καυλίΐζός,  ή,  όν,  like  a  stalk,  The- 
ophr. 

1;Κανλίνης,  ου,  ό,  a  species  of  κωβ ι- 
ός prob.  from  feeding  on  καυλίον  II., 
Ath.  355  C.  [i] 

Καύλινος.  η,  ov,  made  of  a  stalk  or 
stick,  Luc.  V.  H.  1,  16. 

Καυλίον,  ov,  τύ,  dim.  from  καυλός, 
Diosc. — II.  a  sea-weed,  Arist.  H.  A. 

Καυλίσκος,  ov,  ό,  dim.  from  καυ- 
λός, Diod. 

ΙΚαυλομνκητες,  ων,  ol,  {καυλός, 
μνκ//ς)  the  Stalk-mushrooms,  name  ot 
a  people  formed  by  Luc,  from  their 
using  mMsAroowi-shields,  and  spears 
o{  stalks  of  asparagus,  V.  H.  1,  16. 

Καιιλοπώλ??*:,  ου,  ό,  (καυλός,  πω- 
λέω)  α  green-grocer. 

ΚΑΤΑΟ'Σ,  ον,  δ,  α  stalk,  .<:tem, 
Epich.  p.  102:  a  handle,  shaft ;  in  II. 
always  the  spear-shaft,  as  II.  13,  102, 
608,  etc.,  except  in  II.  16,  338.  the  hilt 
of  a  sword  ;  not  found  in  Od. :  also, 
καυλός  πτεροϋ,  the  quill  part.  Plat. 
Phaedr.  251  B.— II.  a  vegetable  of  the 
cabbage  kind,  in  genl.  any  esculent 
sprout,  Lat.  caulis,  our  cole,  kail,  cauli- 
flower, Alex.  Leb.  2. — III.  =πόσθ?ι, 
Nic.     Hence 

Κανλώδιις,  ες,  (καυλός,  είδος)  like 
a  stalk,  running  to  stem,  Theophr. 

^Καυλωνία,  ας,  ή,  Caulonia,  a  Gre- 
cian colony  on  the  west  coast  of 
Bruttium,  Polyb.  10,  1,  4;  Strab., 
who  also  mentions  a  city  of  this  name 
in  Sicily.     Hence 

^Καυλών ιύτι/ς,  ov,  ό,  an  i^ihab.  of 
Caulonia,  a  Cauloniat,  Polyb.  2,  39,  6  : 
fern.  Κανλωνιάτις,  ιδος,  sub.  γη,  the 
territory  of  Caulonia,  Thuc.  7,  25. 

Κανλωτός,  ή,  όν,  (κανλόω)  stalked, 
with  a  stalk  or  stem,  Eudem.  ap.  Ath. 
371  A. 

Καύμα,  ατός,  τό,  (καίω)  a  burning, 
glow,  esp.  the  burning  heat  of  the  sun, 

II.  5,  865.  Hes.  Ομ.  413  :  sometimes 
in  plur.,  Hdt.  3,  104,  Xen.  Cyn.  5,  9, 
Soph.  O.  C.  350,  etc. :  also  of  frost, 


ΚΑΤΣ 

Luc. — 11.  feverish  heat,  Thuc.  2,  49: 
hence  a  burning  fever,  Hipp. — III.  me- 
taph. of  love,  Anth.     Hence 

Κανμάτηρύς,  ύ,  όν,  hot,  glowing, 
Strab. 

Καυμύτίζω,  fut.  -ίσω,  (κανμα)  to 
scorch,  parch  up,  wither  by  heat,  N. 
T. :  hence  of  a  fever,  Plut.,  in  pass. ; 
cf.  Lat.  aestuare. 

Καυμύτόω,  t>,=  foreg. 

Καυμάτώδΐΐς,  ες,  (κανμα,  εΙδος)^ζ 
καυματηρός,  burning,  scorching,  Arist. 
Meteor. — 2.  feverish,  Hipp. 

Καννάκ7ΐ,  ης,  ή,  also  καννύκης,  ov, 
ό,  a  Persian  fir-garment,  Ar.  V  esp. 
1137.     (Prob.  of  no  Greek  root.)   [a] 

Καννάκ7]ς,  ου,  ϋ,=  foreg. 

Καννιάζω,  i.-άσω,  (καύνος)  to  cast 
lots,  cf.  διακαννιύζω. 

\Καννίκός,  ή,  όν,  of  or  belonging  to 
the  Caunii,  Caunian,  Hdt.  1,  173. 

\Καννιος,  a,  ov,  Caunian;  oi  Kav- 
νιοί,  the  Caunians,  inhab.  of  Καννος, 
Hdt.  1,  176. — II.  Caunian,  of  Caunus, 
K.  έρως,  of  improper,  unlawful  love, 
from  Caunus  beloved  by  his  sister 
Byblis,  who  when  she  did  not  ol>- 
tain  her  desire  hung  herself,  Arist. 
Rhet.  2,  25,  4  ;  cf.  Gaisf.  Paroein.  B. 
569. 

Καννος,  ov,  ό,=  κλήρος,  a  lot,  very 
rare  word,  Cratin.  Pyt.  20,  ubi  v. 
Meineke. 

iKaϋvoς,  ov,  ή,  Camiris,  a  city  of 
Caria,  now  Kaiguei,  Hdt.  1,  176. 

Κανρός,  ύ,  όν,=  κακός.  Soph.  Fr. 
895. 

Καυσύλίς,  ίδος,  ό,  (καίω)  α  blister, 
burn. 

Κανσησις,  εως,  ή,  (καίω)  α  burning, 
scorching,  dub.  in  Theophr. 

Κανσθμός,  ov,  ό,  for  καυΟμός,  dul\ 
Κανσία,    ας,    ή,     broad-bnnimed 
Macedonian  hat,  to  keep  off  the  heat 
of  the  sun  (κανσις),  Menand.  p.  116. 

Καύσιμος,  ov,  (καίω)  fit  for  burning, 
combustible,  Xen.  An.  6,  3, 19;  κ.  ίνλα, 
Lat.  cremia,  Alex.  Incert.  73:  from 

Κανσις,  εως.  ή,  {καίω)  a  burning, 
των  Ιρών,  Hdt.  2,  40  :  burning  heal, 
Plat.Theaet.  150  B. — II.  a  varnishing 
and  polishing  with  hot  wax,  Vilruv.  7, 
9.    Hence 

Καυσύομαι,  as  pass.,  like  καυματί- 
ζομαι,  to  be  on  fire,  intensely  hot,  N.  T. 
— II.  to  be  in  a  state  of  fever. 

Καύσος,  ov,  ό.^κανμα,  a  burning, 
burning  heat,  Diosc.  :  in  this  sigiif. 
also  TO  καύσος. — II.  a  burning  fever, 
Hipp. — III.  a  burnt  soil,  earth  resem- 
bling ashes. — IV.  a  kind  of  serpent  ; 
eisewh.  διψάς,  from  the  heat  and 
thirst  which  its  bite  caused,  Nic. 

Καυστειρός,  ά,  όν,  (καίω,)  burning, 
hot,  raging,  but  only  in  gen.  καυστεί- 
ρης  μάχης,  II.  4,  342  ;  12,  316. 

Κανστίον,  verb.  adj.  from  καίω, 
one  must  burn. 

Κανστηρ,ηρος,ό,=καντήρ.  Hence 

Κανστηριάζω,  f.  -άσω,=^καντηριύ- 
ζω,  Strab. 

Καυστήρων,  ου,  τό,=  καντ7/ριον, 
Luc. 

Καυστηρός,  ά,  όν,  =  κανστειρός, 
Nic. 

Κανστης,  ον,  ύ,  one  that  bums. 

Κανστικός,  ή,  όν.  burning:  corro- 
sive, caustic,  Arist.  Part.  An. — 2.  of 
persons,  suffering  much  from  fever, 
Hipp.     Adv.  -κώς. 

Κανστός,  ή,  όν,  (καίω)  burnt,  com- 
bustible, Arist.  Part.  An. 

Κανστρα.  ας,  ή,  a  place  where  corpses 
are  burnt,  Lat.  ustrina,  bnstum,  Strab. 
ίΚανστρινος,  η,  ov  and  -ιανός,  ή,  όν, 
Caystrian,  Strab.  :   from 

^Κανστριας,  ov.  ό,  II.  2,  461,  Hdt. 
5,  100  i   Κάϋστρος,  ου,  Strab.,  etc. ; 


ΚΑΧΑ 

the  Caystrius  or  Cni/stnis,  a  river  of 
Lydia  flowing  into  the  sea  near  Eph- 
esus.  now  Kutchuck  Mendere  ;  hence 
TO  Κανστρον  πεδίον,  the  plain  of  Ca- 
ystrics,  lying  along  its  banks.  Strab. ; 
ace.  to  Xen.  Cyr.  2,  1,  5,  a  gathering 
place  for  the  Persian  army.  Differ- 
ent from  this  is  the  Κανστρον  πεδίον 
in  Xen.  An.  1,  2,  11,  which  is  prob. 
the  later  Kearpof,  q.  v.     Hence 

tKai'ffrpiOf,  a,  ov,  of  Caystrus,  Ca- 
ystrian,  το  Κ.  πεδίον,  Ar.  Ach.  68. 

^Κανστρόίίως,  ου,  ο,  Caystrobius, 
father  of  Aristeas  of  Proconnesus, 
Hdt.  4, 13. 

tKuiiarpof,  ov,  ό,=  Κανστριος. 

Καύσω,  fut.  of  καίω. 

Κανσώδης,  ες,  (καϋσις,  εΙδος)=^ 
κανματώδης,  in  signf.  1,  Theophr. : 
in  signf  2,  Hipp. 

Καΰσωμα,  ατός,  τό,^=κανμα,  καύ- 
σος, CL  burning  :   burning  heat,  Gal. 

Καύσων,  ωνος,  o,=  foreg.,  Ν.  Τ. — 
II.  a  scorching  wind,  LXX. 

Καντηρ,  ήρος,  δ,  a  burner,  Pind.  P. 
1,  185. — II.  like  καντηριον,  a  brmid• 
ing  iron,  Hipp. 

Καυτηριάζω,  f.  -άσω,  to  sear  with 
red-hot  iron,  cauterise,  Hipp.  :  from 

Καντηριον,  ov,  to,  a  branding  iron, 
Eur.  Phoenix  8 :  metaph.,  Diod. — II. 
α  burnt  mark,  brand:  strictly  neut. 
from 

Καντήρίος,  a,  ον,=  κανστικός. 

Καύτης,  ου,  ό,=κανστης,  καντηρ, 
Anth. 

Καντικός  and  καντός,=  κανστ. 

Κανχάομαι,  iut.-ήσομαί,  dep.mid., 
to  boast,  vaunt  one's  sflf,  Pind.  O.  9, 
58  ;  c.  inf.  aor.,  Hdt.  7,  39.  (Akin  to 
αϋχέω,  εύχομαι,  ενχετήομαι.)  Hence 

Κανχάς,  ύδος,  i/,  a  female  boaster. 

Κανχη,  ης,  ή,=^κανχησις,  a  boast- 
ing, vaunting,  Pind.  N.  9,  15. 

Καύχημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  vaunt,  boast, 
Pind.  I.  5,  65 :  a  subject  of  boasting, 
N.  T.     Hence 

Κανχημΰτίας,  ov,  6,  a  boaster,  brag- 
gart. 

Κανχησις,  εως,  η,  (κανχάομαι)  a 
boasting,  reason  to  boast,  N.  T. 

Κανχητής,  ov,  b,  a  boaster. 
^Κύφιιυρος,  ov,  b,    Caphaurus,  son 
of  Amphithemis   and   Tritonis,  Ap. 
Rh.  4,  1490. 

\Κα(^ήρειος,  a  poet,  η,  ov,  also  of, 
ov,  Eur.  Tro.  90,  of  or  belonging  to 
Caphereus,  Caphtrgan,  άκραΐ,  Eur. 
1.  c,  πέτρη,  Anth. 

\Καφηρενς,  έως,  b,  Caphereus,  the 
southern  promontory  of  Euboea  on 
which  the  Grecian  fleet  was  wrecked 
when  returning  from  Troy,  now 
Capo  d'Oro,  Hdt.  8,  7. 

\Καφηρίς,  ίδος,  η,  pecul.  fern,  to 
Καοήρειος,  πέτραι,  Eur.  Hel.  1129. 

^Κάφησίας,  ov,  a,  CaphSsias,  a  flute 
player,  Ath.  629  A. 

ίΚάφισός,  ov.  Dor.  for  Κηφισός,  and 
so  compds. 

\Κάφισος,  ov,  b,  Caphisus,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  Plut. 

Καφονρά,  ας,  ή,  Arabic  name  of 
camphor. 

iKacavai,  ών.  al,  Caphyne,  a  town  of 
Arcadia,  Polyb.  4,  11,  13:  hence  Ka- 
φυενς,  έως,  6,  and  Καφνάτης,  ov,  an 
inhab.  of  Caphyae,  Strab.  ;  Paus. 

Καφώρη,  ης,  ή,  a  she-fox,  also  σκα- 
φώρη,  Schneid.  Ael.  H.  A.  7,  47. 

Κάχύζω,  (.  -άσω,  like  καγχαλάω, 
to  laugh  loud,  Lat.  cachinnari.  Ar. 
Eccl.  849,  Theocr.  5,  142 :  to  laush 
scor-nfally,  mock.  Soph.  Aj.  199 :  the 
MSS.  give  καγχάζω,  but  v.  sq.  (The 
root  is  proh.  χάω,  χαίνω,  unless  it 
be  rather  formed  by  onomatop.  like 
χ?Μζω,  καχ?.άζω.) 


KE 

Κΰχασμός,  ov,  b,  =  καγγησμοΓ, 
Ar.  Nub.  1073,  ace.  to  Rav.  MS. 

Κΰχεκτέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  be  in  a  bad 
habit  of  body,  be  imwell,  Polyb. — II.  κ. 
ψυχή,  to  be  ill-disposed,  disaffected,  Id. : 
and 

Κάχέκτημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  bad  state  or 
habit :  from 

Κάχέκτης,  ov,  b,  (κακός,  έχω,  ίξω) 
in  a  bad  state  of  health  or  habit  of  body, 
Diosc. :  in  genl.  ill-conditioned,  dis- 
affected, Polyb. 

Κάχεκτος,  oi',=foreg.,  dub. 

Καχε?•.κ7/ς,  ές,  gen.  έος,  (κακός, 
έλκος)  with  bad  ulcers. 

Καχεξία,  ας,  ή,  (καχέκτης)  α  bad 
habit  of  body.  Plat.  Gorg.  450  A :  in 
genl.  a  bad  disposition,  ill  condilimi, 
Diphil.  ap.  Ath.  254  E. 

Κάχεταιρεία,  ας,  ή,  (κακός,  εταί- 
ρος) ill  company,  Theogn.  1171. 

Κύχήμερος,  ov,  (κακός,  ήμερα)  liv- 
ing bad  dat/s,  wretched. 

Καχ?Μζω,  f.  -άσω,  redupl.  from 
χ?.άζω,  to  dash,  plash,  patter,  Pind.  O. 
7,  3:  esp.  of  waves,  rain,  pouring 
wine,  etc.,  Valck.  Hipp.  1210,  where 
it  has  an  ace.  αφρόν ;  cf.  κανάσσω 
and  παφΆάζω :  metaph.  of  exhube- 
rant  eloquence,  Dion.  H.     Hence 

Κύ.χ7.ασμα,  ατός,  τό,  the  plashing, 
dashing  of  waves,  etc. 

Καχ?Μσμός,  οϋ,  o,=foreg. 

Κάχ?.ηξ,  ηκος,  b,  a  pebble  in  the 
beds  ol  rivers,  etc.,  Strab. :  hence  col- 
lectively, gravel,  shingle,  Thuc.  4,  26  : 
κάχ^Λξ  is  sometimes  found.  (Prob. 
akin  to  χάλαξ,  calx,  calculus.) 

Κάχορμΐσία,  ας,  ή,  (κακός,  όρμισις) 
an  unlucky  m.ooring,  detention  in  har- 
bour, Jacobs  Del.  Epigr.  11,  59,  6. 

Καχρϋδίας,  ov,  b,  (κάχρνς)=καγ- 
χρνδίας.  Theophr. 

Καχρνδιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  κύ- 
χρνς,  Arist.  Probl. 

Καχρνόεις.  εσσα,  εν,-^καγχρνόεις, 
like  κάχρνς,  Nic. 

Κάχρνς,  νος,  ή,=κάγχρνς,  parched 
barley,  Cratin.  Incert.  139,  Ατ.  Vesp. 
1306.  Nub.  1358 :  hence  of  various 
seeds,  Theophr. 

Καχρϋφόρος,  ov,  Nic,  and 

Καχρνώδης.  ες,  Theophr.,=  Kay;j;p. 

Κύχνπονόητος,  ov,  (κακός,  νπονο- 
£ij)=sq.,  dub.  in  Plat.  ap.  Poll.  2,  57. 

ΚάχύαΟ-τος,  ov,  (κακός,  ύποπτος) 
suspecting  evil,  alwai/s  suspicious,  Ar. 
Fr.  627,  Plat.  Rep.  409  C,  Anst. 
Rhet.  2,  13,  3. 

Καχυπότοπος,  ov.  =  ioreg.,  Plat. 
Phaedr.  240  E,  Bekker. 

Κάψα,  ή,  a  box,  chest,  case. 

Καψάκης,  ov,  o,=  foreg.,  LXX. 

Κα-φύκιον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  κάψα. 
Καφιδρώτιον,  ov,  τό,  (κάπτω,  Ίδρώς) 
Lat.  sudarium,  a  napkin.  Com.  ap. 
Poll.  7,  71  :  also  an  upper  garment. 

Καψικίδαλος,  ον,=έγκαψίκίδαλος, 
Hesych. 

Κάφις,  εως,  η,  (κύπτω)  α  swallow- 
ing, gulping  down  hastily,  Arist.  Η.  Α. 

Κάω,  [ά]  Att.  for  καίω.  i.  e.  κάΓω, 
to  burn,  q.  v. ;  not  κάω.  Piers.  Moer. 
p.  231. 

Κε,  and  before  a  vowel  κεν,  Ep. 
and  Ion.  for  άν  (q.  v.),  Hom.,  who 
sometimes  uses  metri  grat.  the  prose 
άν,  and  sometimes  joins  uv  κε,  as 
later  Ep.  do  κεν  άν :  oft.  also  joined 
with  conjunctions  αϊ,  ει.  έπεί,  ότε, 
οπότε,  like  άν  : — κε  is  always  enclit. : 
Dor.  κά  :  cf.  γε.  Dor.  γα. — Herm.,  Η. 
Hom.  Merc.  288,  attempts  to  distin- 
guish betw.  uv  and  κε ;  and  their 
different  etymology  is  discussed  by 
Kuhner  Gr.'Gr.  ()  453  :  yet  it  is  dub. 
whether  a  different  deriv.  can  be  as- 
signed to  words  so  exactly  one  in 


ΚΕΓΧ 

signf :  Rost  considers  them  identi- 
cal, as  *1ω  and  κίω. 

Κεάδας,  ό,=  καιάδας,  v.  κεάζω. 

iKεάδης,  ου  Ep.  αο,  son  of  Ceas,  i.  e. 
Troezenus,  11.  2,  847. 

Κεάζω,  f.  -άσω,  (κέω,  κείω)  to  split, 
cleave,  strictly  wood,  Horn. :  also  of 
lightning,  to  shiver,  shatter,  Od.  5, 
132;  7,  250:  κεφα'/.η  έκεάσθη,  his 
head  was  cloven,  11.  16,  412,  etc.:  in 
genl.  to  sever,  separate :  hence,  to 
pound,  rub  to  pieces,  Nic.  Only  poet. 
(Hence  κέαρνον.  σκέπαρνον,  κέασμα, 
κεδάζω,  σκεδάζω:  ace.  to  Buttni.  Lexil. 
V.  ίίκέωv,akin^o χάω. χάσκω.)  [άσω] 

Κεαίνω,  rarer  poet,  lorm  for  foreg. 

Κεάνωθος,  ov,  b,  a  kind  of  thistle, 
Theophr. 

Κέάρ,  άρος,  τό,  Lat.  cor,  the  heart, 
in  Hom.  always  contr.  κηρ.  q.  v. ; 
hence  the  soul,  mind,  etc.,  Horn.,  etc. 

Κέαρνον,  ov,  τό,  (κεάζω)  a  carpen- 
ter^s  axe,  also  σκέπαρνον. 

Κέασμα,  ατός,  τό,  (κεάζω)  α  chip, 
like  κ/Ασμα. 

Κέΰται,  κέΰτο,  3  ρ1.  pres.  and  impf. 
from  κειμαι  for  κείνται,  έκειντο, 
Horn.,  esp.  in  II. :  also  in  later  Ion. 

iKέ|3ης,  ητος.  b,  Cebes,  a  pupil  oi 
Socrates,  of  Thebes,  Plat.  Phaed., 
Xen.  Mem.  1,  2.  48. 

Κέι3?.τ],  ης,  or  κεβ/ιή,  ης,  ή,  an  Alex- 
andr.  or  Maced.  contraction  for  κε- 
φαλή, the  head ;  Alexandr.  also  κε- 
βαλή.  _ 

Κεβλήγονος,  ov,  (κέβ/.η,  γονή) 
having  its  seed  in  its  head  :  of  the  pop- 
py, Nic. 

Κεβλήπνρις,  (κέβλη,  πνρ)  the  red- 
cap, a  bird  in  Ar.  Av.  303. 

ΙΚεβρήν,  ηνος.  ό,  Cebren,  father  of 
Asterope,  Apollod.  —  II.  a  river  of 
Troas,  named  after  foreg.,  also  an 
Aeolian  citv  of  same  name,  Dem. 
671,  9,  Xen.  Hell.  3,  1,  17;  and  so 
elsewh.  instead  of  Κέβρην.     Hence 

^Κείίρήνιος,  a,  ov,  of  Cebren,  Cebre• 
nian,  άνδρες,  Horn.  Ep.  10,  4,  Κεβ. 
πεδιύς,  Strab. ;  -ιος.  ου,  -ιενς,  ιέως, 
and  -of,  ov,  ό,  an  inhab.  of  Cebren,  Id. 
iKεβpηvίς,  ίόος,  ή,  pecul.  fern,  to 
foreg.,  Ί^νμφη. 

^Κεβριόνης,  ov,  b,  Cebriones,  son  ot 
Priam,  charioteer  of  Hector,  II.  8, 
318. 
tKfJpof,  ov,  ό,  Cebrus,  a  Trojan, 
Qu.  Sm.  10,  86. 

^ίεγχραλέτης,  ov,  b,  ( κέγχρος, 
ά/.έω)  grinding,  bruising  millet. 

Κεγχράμιδω07}ς,  ες,  (κεγχραμίς,  εί- 
δος) like  the  κεγχραμίς,  Theophr. 

Κεγχράμίς,  ίόος,  ή,=κέγχρος  IL, 
one  of  the  small  grains  in  a  fig,  Hipp. : 
also  an  olive-kernel. 

^Κεγχρειά,  άς,  ή,  Κεγχρειαί  and 
-χρεαί,  ών,  αι.  Cenchrea  or  Cenchreae, 
the  eastern  port  of  Corinth,  on  the 
Sinus  Saronicus,  still  called  Ktrt- 
chres,  Thuc.  4,  42;  8,  10;  less  cor- 
rectly accented  parox. — 2.  Κεγχρεαί, 
a'l,  a  village  of  Argolis  on  the  bor- 
ders of  Arcadia,  Strab. — 3.  Κέγχρεια, 
V.  1.  for  Κερχνεία,  Aesch.  Pr.  676. 

Κεγχρείοισι.  poet,  lengthd.  dat.  for 
κέγχροις,  A  rat. 

Κεγχρεών,  ώνος,  ό,  (κέγχρος)  a 
place  where  metal  is  granulated,  ap. 
Dem.  974,  16 :  cf  Lob.  Phryn.  167. 

Κεγχριαΐος,  αία,  αΐην,  (κέγχρος) 
nf  the  size  or  shape  of  a  grain  of  millet, 
Luc. 

Κεγχρίας,  ov.  b,  like  a  grain  of  mil- 
let:  esp. — 1.  έρπης,  an  eruption  on  the 
.?A-i»,  Medic. — 2.  =κεγχριδίας. 

^Κεγχρίας,  ov,  ό,  Cenchrias,  son 
of  Neptune,  Paus.,  who  also  has 
-χρειός. 

Κεγχρΐδίας,  ov,  6,=  κεγχρίας  1,  α 
745 


ΚΕΛΡ 
kind  of  seTpeiU,  with  spots  like  κέγ- 
Xpoi,  Diosc. 

ίίΐγχρίνης,  ov,  o,=  foreg.,  Nic.  • 
Κέγ'χμΐνος,  η,  ov,  {κέγχρος)  made 
of  railki,  Diosc. :  hence,  //  κεγχρίνη, 
millet  pottage :  also  κερχίνη. 

^ΚέγχίΗος,  ου,  ό,  the   Cenchrius,   a 
river  near  Ephesiis,  Strab. 

Kt) xpt'f,  ίύος,  7),  a  small  bird,  feed- 
ing on  millet. — 2.  α  small,  speckled 
hawk,  Arist.  H.  Α.,  v.  κέρχνη. — 3.  = 
κεγχρίας  2,  α  kind  of  serpent. 

Κίγχρίτης,  ov,  ό,  fern,  -ϊτις,  ιδος, 
like  ynillet,  full  of  small  grains,  e.  g. 
ισχύς,  A  nth. 

'Κεγχροβό?Μς,  ov,  {κέγχρος,  βάλ- 
λω)  throwing,  scattering  millet,  Luc. 

Κεγχροεκ^ής,  ες,  (κέγχρος,  είδος) 
like  miUet,  Hipp. 

Kf}  Ypof,  ov,  6  and  ή,  millet,  usu. 
in  phir.,  Hes.  Sc.  398,  Hdt.  1,  193; 
3,  UK) :  any  little  grain,  SO  Hdt.  2,  93, 
of  the  spawn  offish  :  of.  κέρχνος. 

Κεγχροφόικι'ς,  ov,  {κέγχρος,  φέρω) 
bearing  millet,  Strab. 

Κε)χρώ6ιις,  ες,=  κεγχροειόής,  like 
millet,  Hipp. 

Κεγχμώματα,  ov,  τύ,  things  of  the 
size  of  mitlet-grains,  in  Eur.  Phoen. 
1386,  prob.  eyelet-hola  in  the  rim  of" 
the  shield,  through  which  a  soldier 
could  view  his  enemy  without  ex- 
posing his  person. 

Κέγχρων,  όνος,  ό,  a  local  wind  on 
the  river  Phasis,  Hipp. 

Κεδάζω  and  κεόάννϋμι,  f•  κεδάσω, 
poet,  for  σκεδάνννμι.  To  scatter, 
disperse,  burst  in  sunder,  Hom.,  who 
however  does  not  use  the  pres. ; 
usu.,  έκέδασσε  (Ι)ύ?.αγγας,  he  broke 
through  the  close  array,  11.  17.  285  ; 
60,  κεδασθείσης  νσμίνης,  when  the 
battle  was  broken  up  into  a  multitude 
of  single  combats,  11.  15,  328;  16, 
300 :  more  rarely  of  things,  to  cleave 
asunder,  break  in  pieces,  χείμαρι^ος 
έκέδασσε  γέφυρας,  II.  5,  88.   [ΰσω] 

Kftia/oj,  later  poet,  form  for  κεδά- 
ζω. Αρ.  Rh. 

Κεδύνννμί,  V.  sub  κεδάζω. 
ΙΚεδασθείς,  aor.  part.  pass,  of  κε- 
SavvvuL. 

Κέοματα,  ων,  τά,  certain  chronic 
pffections  of  the  joints,  Hipp. 

Κεδμΰτώδης,  ες,  {είδος)  like  κέδ- 
ματα,  Hipp.  ap.  Erot. 

Κεδνός.  η,  όν,  (prob.  from  κήδημαι, 
κήδος)  act.  careful,  diligent,  discreet, 
trusty,  oft.  in  Hoin.,  always  of  per- 
sons in  charge  of  something;  neut. 
only  in  phrase,  κέδν'  είδνΐα,  knowing 
her'  duties,  Od.  1,  428,  etc.— Π.  pass. 
cared  for,  valued,  cherished,  dear,  οϊ  οί 
κεδν()τα-οι  και  φίλτατοι  ήσαν,  11.  9, 
586 ;  so  too,  δς  μοι  κτ}διστος,  κεδνό- 
τατός  τε.  Od.  10,  225 :  all  the  other 
Homer,  passages  are  better  taken  in 
the  act.  signf. — 2.  from  Pind.  down- 
wards freq.  poet,  in  pass,  signf,  of 
things,  valued,  prized  :  of  tidings,  ^oy- 
ful :  in  genl.  opp.  to  κακός.  (Ace.  to 
Bultm.  Lexil.  v.  άνήί•οθε  10,  akin  to 
καθαρός,  as  ■φεδνός^  to  χ]ιαθαρός.) 

\Κεδρέαί  and  Κεδραϊαι,  ών,  al, 
Cedreae,  a  City  of  Caria  on  the  Sinus 
Ceraniicus,  Xen.  Hell.  2,  1,  15. 

^Κεδρεΰτις,  ιδος,  ή,  appell.  of  Diana 
in  Orehemenus,  Pans. 

'ίΚεδρείπο^Λς,  ιος.  ή,  CedrepoUs,  a 
city  of  Thrace,  Arist.  H.  A.  9,  36. 

Κεδβέλαιον,  ου,  τό,  {κέδρος,  έλαι- 
or)  oil  of  cedar. — \l.  a  liquid  pitch, 
Plin.,  etc. 

Κεδρε?.άτη,  ή,  {κεδρός,  έ?Ατ?ι)  ce- 
dar-fir, a   large   kind   of  cedar,   Plin. 

Κεδρία,  ας,  ή,  {κέδρος)  resin  or  pitch 
from  the  cedar-tree,  Diosc. 
746 


KEIM 

Υίεδρίνεος,  a,  ov,  poet,  for  sq., 
Nic.   [i] 

Κέδρινος,  η,  ov,  {κέδρος)  made  of 
cedar,  e.  g.  θάλαμος,  11.  24,  192 :  made 
from  cedar,  e.  g.  έλαΐον,  Hipp. 

Κέδρων,  ου,  τό,  oil  of  cedar,  like 
κεδμέλαιον- 

Κεδρίς,  ίδος,  ή,  the  cone  of  the  cedar- 
tree,  Hipp.  :  also  α  juniper-berry,  Ar. 
Thesm.  486. 

Κεδρίτης,  ov,  6.  olvor, wine  flavoured 
with  κέδροι',  Diosc.  [[] 

Κέδρον,  ov,  TO,  the  fruit  of  the  cedar. 
Κέδροττα,  τύ.  Ion.  for  χέδροπα. 
\Κεδρόπολις,  v.  1.  lor  Κεδρείπολις. 
ΚΕΔΡΟΣ,  ov.  ή,  the  cedar-tree,  the 
wood  of  \vhich  was  burnt  for  a  per- 
fume, Od.  5,  60,  cf.  θνον. — II.  a  kind 
of  juniper-tree,    Theopht. —  ΠΙ.     any 
thing  made  of  cedar-ivood  :     a   cedar- 
coffin,  Eur.  Ale.  365  :  a  cedar-box,  for 
a  bee-hive,  Theocr.  7,  81.     Hence 

Κεδμόω,  ώ,  to  anoint,  embalm  vnth 
κεδρία,  Posidon.  ap.  Strab. 

Κέδρωστις,  εως,  i/ ,—  'λενκύμπε?Μς, 
bryony,  Diosc. 

Κεδρωτός,  ή,  όν,  (κεδρόω)  anointed 
with  κεδρία. — Π.  vmde  of  or  inlaid 
with  cedar-wood,  Eur.  Or.  1371. 

Κέεσθαι,  κέεται.  Ion.  for  κεΐσθαι, 
κείται,  from  κείμαι. 

Κειάμενος,  Ep.  part.  aor.  1  mid.  ol 
Kai<j  for  κανσάμενος,  Od. 

Κείαντες,  Ep.  plur.  aor.  1  act.  of 
καίω  for  καύσαντες,  Od. 

Κείάται,  κείύτο,  Ep.  and  Ion.  3 
plur.  fur  κέαται,  κέατο,  i.  e.  κείνται, 
έκειντο,  Horn. 

ΚεΙθεν,  adv.  Ion.  and  Ep.  for  εκεί- 
θεν, thence,  Hom. 

Κΰθι,  adv.  Ion.  and  Ep.  for  έκείθι, 
there,  at  that  place,  Horn. — 2.  =κεϊσε, 
thithir,  Hes.  Fr.  39,  cf.  Jac.  A.  P. 
p.  49. 

ΚΕΓΜΑΙ,  κεΐσαι,  κείται.  Ion.  κέ- 
εται, Hdt. :  3  pi.  κείνται,  for  which 
Hom.  and  Ion.  κείάται  and  κέάται, 
the  latter  only  in  Hom.  and  later 
Ionic,  also  κέονται,  Hom.  :  so  3  pi. 
impf.,  from  έκείμ7/ι•,  έκειντο.  Hom. 
and  ion.  κίίΰτο  and  κέατο,  and  fre- 
quentat.  κέσκετο,  Od.  21,  41,  inf  pros. 
κεΐσθαι.  Ion.  κέεσθαι,  Hipp.,  part. 
κείμενοο:  subj.  κέωμαι,  κέ7ΐ ;  in  3 
sing..  Wolf,  II.  19,  32,  Od.  2,  102, 
writes  κτ/ται,  while  Buttm.  prefers 
retaining  κείται  as  old  subj.  form  ; 
opt.  κεηίμην,  imperat.  κεισο,  κείσβω, 
etc.  That  κεΐαι  also  occurred  in  Ep. 
for  κεΐσαι  is  shown  by  H.  Hom.  Merc. 
254.  Fut.  κείσομαι. — Desiderat.  κείω, 
q  V. — Radic.  signf. :  to  lie,  of  persons 
or  things  :  very  freq.  in  genl.  to  lie  or 
be  in  or  at  a  place  :  but  this  only  when 
continuance  is  implied. —  1.  to  lie  asleep, 
repose,  from  Hom.  downwds.,  very 
freq. — 2.  to  lie  idle  or  at  ease,  be  inactive, 
freq.  in  11. :  also  to  lie  quiet  or  still, 
rest ;  hence,  κακόν  κείμενον,  abated, 
assuaged  evil.  Soph.  O.  C.  510. — 3.  to 
lie  in  weakness,  infirmity,  old  age,  etc., 
to  be  sick  or  wounded,  Horn. — 4.  to  lie 
dead,  be  a  corpse,  like  hal.jacere,  very 
freq.  in  Hom.  :  hence  later  of  things, 
to  be  destroyed,  lie  in  ruins,  etc.,  opp. 
to  ϊσταμαι.  Lye.  252,  and  Anth. — 5. 
but  of  a  corpse,  to  lie  itnbnried,  11.  19, 
32 ;  sometimes  with  άθατττος  and 
άκηδής  added  :  but  also  to  lie  in  the 
grave,  Hdt.  1,  67.• — 6.  to  lie  uncared 
for.  neglected,  II.  5,  685,  Od.  17,  296, 
etc. — 7.  to  lie,  be  plunged  in  ajJlictio7i, 
esp.  of  lasting  sorrows,  Od.  1,  46,  etc. 
— II.  of  places,  to  lie,  he  situated,  freq. 
in  Od. ;  also,  έν  r?;  γ^  κείμενα  έστι 
τύ.  Σονσα  (for  κεΐταί),  Hdt.  5,  49. — 
2.  of  things,  to  be  in  or  at  a  place, 
δίφρος,  θρήννς  κείται,  Od.  17,  331, 


KEIO 

410,  εννή,  Od.  16,  35,  cf.  8,  277,  etc.: 
esp.  to  be  permanently  anywhere, 
κέσκετο  μνήμα,  Od.  21,  41,  where 
the  frequentat.  form  strengthens  this 
signf. — III.  in  genl.  to  be  in  a  po.'iilion, 
be  laid  or  put,  stand :  even  of  a  lyre 
hanging  by  the  wall,  Od.  8,  255,  and 
of  Ulysses  hanging  under  the  ram's 
belly,  Od.  9,  434.— IV.  to  be  laid  up, 
be  in  store,  of  goods,  property,  etc., 
κτήματα,  κειμήλια  κείται  έν  δόμοις, 
freq.  in  Hom. :  κείμενα,  deposits,  i.  e. 
money,  Hdt.  6,  86,  1  :  also  of  things 
dedicated  to  a  god,  ανάθημα,  etc., 
Hdt.  1,  51,  52,  etc.,  cf.  Thuc.  1,  129. 
— V.  to  be  fixed,  settled,  laid  down, 
κείται  άεθλ'ον,  II.  23,  273  :  later  esp. 
κείται  νόμος,  the  law  is  fixed,  laid 
(hum,  Eur.  Hec.  292,  and  freq.  in 
Att. ;  so,  κείται  ζημία,  Thuc.  3,  45, 
θάνατος,  Eur.  Ion  756 ;  and  κείται 
όνομα,  the  name  is  given  once  for  all, 
Valck.  Hdt.  7,  200;  and  so  κεΐσθαι 
without  όνομα.  Plat.  Cratyl.  392  D. 
— VI.  metaph.,  πένθος  ένι  φρεσι  κεί- 
ται, implying  a  continual  weight,  Od. 
24,  423.-2.  freq.  in  Hom.,  ταντα 
θεών  έν  γοννασι  κείται,  i.  e.  are  yet 
in  the  power  of  the  gods,  to  give  or 
not.• — 3.  simply  to  be,  ενστομα  κείσθω, 
Hdt.  2,  171  :  Έλλτ/νων  κείσομαι  έν 
στόμασι,  my  name  will  be  a  house- 
hold word  among  them,  Anth. — 4. 
κεΐσθαι  έν  τινι,  to  rest  entirely,  be  de- 
pendent on  him.  Soph.  O.  C.  248.  Horn, 
usu.  has  with  κείμαι  the  preps,  έν, 
έ~ί,  τταρά,  ~ρός,  νττό  τινι,  also  έττί 
τίνος  :  rarely  κεΐσθαι  τόπον  without 
a  prep..  Soph.  Phil.  145,  being  a  sort 
of  ace.  of  cogn.  signf,  as  if  for  κεΐ- 
σθαι κοίτην;  so,  κεΐσθαι  θέσιν,Ύ\ΐαο. 

I ,  37 :  later  we  have  κεΐσθαι  εις  τι 
in  pregnant  signf,  Eur.  I.  T.  620, 
and  Anth. 

Κειμ7]λιάρχης,  ου,  6,  {κειμ7)λιον, 
άρχω)  a  treasurer  or  storekeeper,  late. 

Κειμηλίύρχίον,  ov,  τό,  a  treasure 
or  storehouse,  late  :  from 

Κειμη?.ίαρχος,  ov,   ό,=  κείμτ}λιάρ• 

χης- 

Κειμήλιον,  ov,  τό,  {κείμαι)  any 
thing  stored  np  as  valuable  property,  a 
treasure  or  precious  thi7ig,  in  Horn.  esp. 
of  precious  or  finely  wrought  metals, 

II.  6,  47  ;  23,  618,  Od.  4,  613 :  opp.  to 
live  chattels  (πρόβασις),  Od.  2.  75, 
cf.  4,  600:  δώροΓ,  δ  σοι  κειμήλιον 
έσται,  a  gift  for  a  valued  mnnorial, 
Od.  1,  312,  etc.  ;  also  in  Hdt.  3,  41, 
in  plur.  It  seems  never  to  have  been 
used  of  real  property.  Strictly  neut. 
from 

Κειμήλιος,  ov,  (κείμαι)  treasured  up, 
preierved  as  something  precious,  Plat. 
Logg.  931  A.     Hence 

Κειμ7]λιόω,  ω,  to  treasure  vp  :  and 

Κειμηλίωσις,  εως,  ή,  a  treasuring 
up. 

Κείνος,  κείνη,  κείνο.  Ion.  and  poet, 
for  εκείνος,  that,  he,  she,  it,  in  Horn, 
the  more  freq.  form  ;  κείντ},  on  that 
road,  where  όδφ  is  supplied,  Od.  13, 
111:  also  in  that  way  or  manner. 
Sometimes  /(fn>of  occurs  also  in  Att. 
poets,  and  even  in  prose,  v.  Soph.  Aj. 
220,  Elmsl.  Med.  88,  Lob.  Phryn.  7, 
etc. — II.  in  Crete  κείνης  was  used  in 
speaking  of  one's  love,  prob.  like 
Shakspeare's  "  inexpres.sive  she." 

Κεινέις,  ή,  όν.  Ion.  and  poet,  for  κε- 
νός, e7npty,  once  in  Hom.  II.  4,  181  : 
alsoinHdt.,v.  Wess.ad7,131.    Hence 

Κεπ'όω,  Ion.  for  κενόω,  to  empty  out, 
Nic. 

Κείνως,  adv.  Ion.  for  έκείνως,  in 
that7vay,  Hdt.  1,  120. 

^Kείoς,  ov,  6,  Ion.  Κήϊος,  an  inhab. 
of  Ceos. 


ΚΕΚΑ 

Κεΐηος,  ον,  ό,  α  hind  of  ape,  also 
κήτΓος. 

Κειρία,  ας,  η,  α  bandage,  roller,  esp. 
to  wrap  infants  in,  a  swaihing-band, 
elsewh.  c~upyavov. — II.  the  cord  or 
girlh  of  a  bedstead,  Lat.  instita,  Ar.  Av. 
816,  cf.  κηρία.  Others  write  καφία, 
as  if  from  ο  καϊρος. 

+Κείρί(ί(5αί,  ώΐ',  ο'ι,  Ciriadae,  an 
Attic  demus  of  the  tribe  Hippothoon- 
tis  ;  lience  ό  Κεφιάδης,  of  Ciriadae, 
Dem.  1358,  22,  24. 

KeZpif,  εωζ•,  ή,  a  ravenous  seafowl, 
Lat.  ciris,  whose  fabulous  hitstory  is 
given  in  a  little  poem  ascribed  to  Vir- 

gil• 

Ksipv/J)c,  ov,  o,  m  Ar.  Av.  299, 
comic  word  for  κηρύλος,  a  king-fisher, 
with  a  play  upon  κείρω. 

ΚΕΓΡί2,  fut.  κερώ,  Aeol.  and  Ep. 
κέρσω  ■  aor.  εκερσα :  perf.  pass,  κέκαρ- 
μαι:  aor.  pass,  έκύρην.  [α]  Horn, 
uses  inf.  fut.  κερέειν,  aor.  act.  εκερσα, 
aor.  mid.  κείρασθαί.  To  shear,  cut 
the  hair  short,  κόμην  κ.  τινά,  11.  23, 
146  :  κείρ.  εν  χροί,  to  shave  close, 
Hdt.  4,  175.  Esp.  in  mid.  to  cut  off 
one's  own  hair,  κόμην,  χαίτας  κείρεσ- 
θοί,  Od.  4,  198,  11.  23,  46 ;  also,  κεί- 
ρεσβαι  κουρην  τών  τριχών,  Hdt.  3,  8, 
of.  —εριτρόχαλα :  in  Pass.,  κεκάρθαι 
τας  κεφα'/.άς,  to  have  their  heads  shorn, 
esp.  as  a  mark  of  grief,  Id,  2,  36,  cf. 
Eur.  Or.  458,  and  κουρά.  Ace.  to 
Phryn.  p.  319,  κείρασθαι  was  usu.  of 
men,  καρήναι  of  sheep,  etc.  (έ-'  όιων 
και  έπι  άτιμου  κονρας.) — 2.  to  cut  or 
hew  off,  όούρ'  ελάτης,  II.  24,  450. — 3. 
to  ravage,  waste  a  country,  esp.  by  cut- 
ting down  all  the  fruit-trees,  etc.,  Hdt. 
4,  127;  6,  75,  99,  etc. :  hence — II.  in 
genl.  to  destroy,  consume,  and  SO — 1.  to 
devour,  Lat.  depasci,  esp.  of  beasts, 
7άμον,  όημυν,  II.  11,  560;  21,  204, 
γϋττε  ήπαρ  εκειρον,  Od.  11,  578,  with 
an  ace.  pers.  added  :  singularly,  κ.  <*)ό- 
νον,^φονεύειν.  Soph.  Aj.  55. — 2.  κ. 
κτήματα,  to  eat  up,  waste  them,  Od.  2, 
312  ;  22,  369,  etc. :  also  without  κτή- 
ματα, Od.  1,  378  ;  2,  143.— 3.  to  cut  off, 
bring  to  nothing,  μάχης  έττΐ  μήδεα  κ., 
like  Lat.  praecidere,  11.  15,  467  ;  16, 
120. — 4.  in  genl.  to  cut  short,  lessen, 
e.  g.  όόζαν  τίνος  κ.  to  detract  from  it, 
Anth.  (Akin  to  ξνρέω,  Germ,  schee- 
ren,  our  shear.) 

Κείς,  contr.  for  και  εις,  Trag.,  cf. 
κάς. 

Κ«σε,  adv..  Ion.  and  Ep.  for  ίκεΐ- 
αε,  thither,  Horn.,  who  has  not  the 
common  form. — ΙΙ.=  έ/ίεί,  there,  Ap. 
Rh.  1,  1224. 

Κεί'ω,  Ep.  desiderat.  from  κεΐμαι,  to 
wish  to  lie  down  or  sleep,  Hom.,  freq. 
in  part.,  /37/  κείων,  he  went  to  bed,  etc. : 
also  of  lying  with  another,  Od.  8, 315  : 
also  κέω,  κέομαι. 

Κείω,  to  cleave,  radic.  form  of  the 
usu.  κεάζω,  only  in  Od.  14,  425. 

Κεί'ω,  poet,  collat.  form  from  Kaiu, 
dub. 

Κεκύδήσομαι,  Ep.  fut.  of  κήδομαι, 
Ε.  8,  353. 

Κεκύδήσω,  Ep.  fat.  of  κτ/δω,  c. 
transit,  signf.,  Od.  21,  153,  170. 

Κέκαδμαι,  Dor.  perf.  of  καίννμαι, 
for  κέκασμαι. 

Κεκύδοντο,  Ep.  3  pi.  aor.  of  χάζο- 
μαι,  11.  15,  574.  [ΰ] 

Κεκάδών,  Ep.  part.  aor.  of  κήδω,  or 
(ace.  to  others)  of  χάζομαι,  II.  11,  334. 

^Κέκα'/.ος,  ov,  ό,  Cecalus,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  a  .VIegarian,  Thuc.  4,  119. 

Κεκάμω,  κεκύμωσι,  Ep.  redupl. 
eubj.  aor.  2  of  κάμνω,  II.  1,  168  ;  7,  5. 

[ώ] 
Κεκαρμένος,  part.  perf.  pass,  from 

neipu. 


KEKP 

Κέκασμαι,  έκεκάσμην.  Dor.  κέκαδ- 
μαι, -δμην,  pf.  and  plqpf.  pass,  without 
any  pres.  κάζω  in  use  :  v.  sub  καίνν- 
μαι, to  which  it  belongs. 

ΚεκΰΓρηώς,  part.  perf.  from  *καφέθ), 
akin  to  κάπτω  and  καπνω,  to  gasp  for 
breath  ;  only  in  phrase,  κεκαφηότα  βν- 
μόν,  gasping  forth  one's  soul,  i.  e. 
gasping  for  breath,  11.  5.  698,  Od.  5, 
468 ;  cf.  καπνω- 

Κεκενθει,  3  sing,  plqpf.  act  from 
κενθω,  Simon  98. 

^Κέκηδα,  2  perf.  act.  intr.  from  κήδω, 
Tyrt.  3,  28. 

Κεκινδϋνενμένως,  adv.  part.  perf. 
pass,  from  κινδυνεύω,  hazardmisly. 

Κεκ/Μ,σμένως,  adv.  part.  perf.  pass, 
from  κ?-άω,  broken  in  pieces. 

^Κεκ/^αται  Ion.  and  κεκλήαται  Ep. 
for  κέκληνται,  3  pi.  perf.  pass,  of  κα- 
λέω,  Hdt.  2,  164,  Αρ.  Rh.  1,  1128. 

Κέκ?.ετο,  Ep.  3  sing.  aor.  of  κέ?.ο- 
μαι,  Hom. 

Κεκλήάτο,  Ion.  and  Ep.  3  plur. 
plqpf.  pass,  of  κα/.έω,  for  εκέκληντο, 
11.  10,  195. 

Κέκλ.ηγα,  part,  κεκληγώς,  perf.  2 
of  κ?Μζω,  Hom..  who  also  uses  a  sec- 
ond part,  κεκλήγοντες,  as  if  from  a 
pres.  κεκ/.ήγω. 

Κέκ/.ημαι,  inf.  κεκλήσθαι,  part. 
κεκ/Λ]μένος,  perf.  pass,  of  κα'λέω, 
Horn. 

Κεκ/.ίάται,  Ion.  and  Ep.  3  plur. 
perf.  pass,  for  κέκ/.ινται,  and  κεκλι- 
μένος, part.  perf.  pass,  of  κλίνω,  Hom. 

Ui 

Κέκλΐτο,  Ep.  3  sing  plqpf.  pass,  of 
κ/Λνο),  Hom. 

Κεκ/.όμενος,  poet.  part.  aor.  of  κέ- 
/,ομαι,  calling  out  to  one,  to  exhort  or 
encourage,  in  II.  c.  dat. ;  but  in  H. 
Hom.  Cer.  21,  c.  ace,  calling  on  one, 
calling  him  for  help  ;  so  too  in  Aesch. 
Supp.  41,  Soph.  O.  T.  159.  (The 
pres.  forms  κέκλομαι,  κέκλω  or  κεκ- 
λέω  are  mere  barbarisms.) 

Κέκ'λνθι. κέκ/.ντε,\να^6ΧΛί.  aor. 2 of 
κλνω,  poet,  for  κ'λνθι,  κλντε,  Hom. 

Κέκμηκα,  perf.  1  act.  of  κάμνω,  II. 
Hence 

Κεκμηκότως,  adv.  part.  perf.  act. 
from  κάμνω,  laboriously. 

Κεκμηώς,  ότος  and  ώτος,  Ep.  part, 
perf.  act.  of  κάμνω,  for  κεκμηκώς, 
^Hom. 

Κεκο/.ασμένως,  adv.  part.  perf.  pass, 
from  κολάζω,  tamely,  orderly,  Ael. 

Κεκονϊμέτος,  part,  perf  pass,  κεκό- 
vlTo,  3  sing,  plqpf.  from  κονιω,  II. 

Κεκοπώς,  part.  perf.  act.  from  κόπ- 
τω, Hom. 

Κεκόρημαι,  indie,  κεκορημένος, 
part.  perf.  pass.Ion.  of  κορένννμι,Ηοτη. 

Κεκορηώς,  ότος,  Ep.  and  Ion.  part, 
perf.  act.  of  κορένννμι,  whence  dual 
κεκορηότε,  Od.  18,  372. 

Κεκορνθμένος,  Ion.  and  Ep.  part, 
perf.  pass,  trom  κορνσσω  for  κεκορνσ- 
μένος,  Hom. 

Κεκοσμημέΐ'ως,  adv.  perf.  pass.  part, 
from  κοσμέω,  moderately,  decently,  Ael. 

Κεκοττιώς,  ότος,  Ep.  part.  perf.  act. 
from  κοτέω,  Hom. 

Κεκράανται,  κεκράαντο.  Ep.  3  sing, 
perf.  and  plqpf  pass,  of  κραίνω,  κρα- 
αίνω,  Od.  [/cpu] 

Κέκρά}α,  perf.  2  of  κράζω.    Hence 

Κέκραγμα,  ατός,  το,  (κράζω)  a 
croaking,  in  genl.  a  crying,  shouting, 
Ar.  Pac.  637. 

Κεκρα•}μός,  ov,  o,=foreg.,  Eur.  I. 
A.  1357,  and  Plut. 

Κέκρύκα  for  κεκέρακα,  perf,  act. 
from  κεράνννμι. 

Κεκράκτης,  ov,  ό,  (κράζω)  a  crier, 
baiiler,  Ar.  £q.  137. 

Κεκράμί-νως,  adv.  part.  perf.  pass. 


KEAA 

of  κεκράνννμι,  temperately,  moderateia, 
Plut. 

Κέκρα^,  ό,~κεκράκτης,9γ.  Dracon. 

Κεκραξιδάμας,  αντος,  ό,  (κράζω, 
κέκραγα,  δαμάω)  coined  by  Ar.  Vesp. 
596,  as  epith.  of  Cleon,  prob.  formed 
after  Άλκιδάμας,  he  who  compters  all 
in  bawling,  the  roaring  boy. 

Κεκρατι/μένως,  adv.  part.  perf. pass, 
from  κρατέω,  firmly,  positively,  Sext. 
Emp. 

Κέκραχθι,  Att.  imperat.  perf.  of 
κράζω,  Arr. 

Κέκρϊγα,  perf.  2  of  κρίζω. 

Κεκρϊμένος,  part.  perf.  pass,  of  κρί- 
νω, Hom.     Hence 

Κεκρίμένως.  adv.  part.  perf.  pass., 
apart,  distinctly. — II.  with  discrimina- 
tion, accurately,  Plut. 

ίΚεκροπία,  ας,  ή,  Cecropia.  the  cita- 
del of  Athens  founded  by  Cecrops, 
Eur.  Supp.  658,  etc.  cf.  Strab.  p.  397  ; 
in  genl.  in  poets=  Athens,  Κεκρο-ίη- 
θεν, from  Athens,  Callim.  H.  Dian.225, 
Ap.  Rh.  1,  95. 

^Κεκροττίδαι,  ών,  οι,  the  descendants 
of  Cecrops,  i.  e.  the  Athenians,  Hdt.  8, 
44 ;  the  sing,  occurs  Ar.  Eq.  1055,  and 
freq.  in  Anth. 

\Κεκρότ:ιος,  a,  ov,  of  or  belonging  to 
Cecrops,  Cecropian  ;  in  genl.  Athenian, 
esp.  ή  Κεκροττία  χθων,  the  land  of  Ce- 
crops, Attica,  Eur.  Hipp.  34 ;  oi  Κεκ. 
=^the  Athenians.  Anth. 

^ΚεκροτΓίς,  ίδος,  ή,  pecul.  fem.  to 
foreg.,  ala,  Anth. 

Kεκpc  τημένως,  adv.  part.  perf.  pass, 
from  κροτέω,  hammered  together. — 11. 
metaph.  elaborately,  of  Style,  Dion.  H. 
^Κέκρσψ,  οπός.  ό,  Cecrops,  an  Ae- 
gyptian  leader  who  settled  in  Attica 
and  founded  the  Acropolis,  Apollod. 
3, 14, 1. — 2.  son  of  Erechtheus,  grand- 
son of  Pandion,  king  of  Attica,  Id.  3, 
15,  5,  etc. 

Κεκρνμμένος,  part.  perf.  pass,  of 
κρύπτω,  Od. ;  hence  κεκρνμμένως, 
adv.,  secretly. 

^Κεκρνφύλεια,  ας.  i),  Cecryphalia,  a 
small  island  in  the  Sarouic  gulf, 
Thuc.  1,  105. 

Κεκρνφαλοπλ.όκος,  ov,  (κεκρνφα- 
λος,  πλέκω)  weaving,  netting  κεκρύφα- 
λοι.  v.  sq.,  Critias  59. 

Κεκρνόά'λος.  ov,  6,  (κρύπτω)  a  vro- 
man's  head-dress  made  of  net,  to  con- 
fine the  hair.  esp.  when  withm  doors, 
Lat.  reticulum,  II.  22,  469,  Ar.  Thesin. 
138,  cf.  Foes.  Oec.  Hipp. :  such  are 
still  worn  in  Italy  and  Spain :  quite 
distinct  from  ΰμπνξ  and  άναδέσμη. 
— II.  the  second  stomach  of  ruminating 
animals,  from  its  netlike  structure, 
called  also  in  French  le  bonnet,  Arist. 
H.  A. — III.  the  pouch  or  belly  of  a  hunt- 
ing-net, Xen.  Cyn.  6,  7. — IV.  part  of 
the  headstall  of  a  bridle,  Xen.  Eq.  6,  8. 
[v  in  .\nth,  but  ϋ  in  Ar.  1.  c,  Antiph. 
Citharist.  1.] 

Κεκρνψαται,  Ion.  and  Ep.  3  plur. 
perf.  pass,  from  κρύπτω,  Hes. 

^Κέκρυφες,  ων,  oi,  the  Cecryphes,  a 
people  named  in  Orph.  Arg.  1060. 

Κεκτησθαι,  inf.  perf.  of  κτύομαι, 
Hes. 

Κεκύθωσι,  Ep.  redupl.  3  plur.  subj. 
aor.  2  from  κενθω,  Od.  6.  303.  [C] 

Κελα(5ίίΐΟΓι  ή<  όν.  (κέ/αδος)  sound- 
ing, noisy.  Ζεφνρος.  11.  23,  208 :  else- 
where in  Homer  always  epith.  of  Di- 
ana, from  the  noise  of  the  chase  :  also 
Κε'/αδεηή  alone  as  n.  pr.,  II,  21,  511  : 
Pind.  has  Dor.  form  κελαδεννος.  oi 
a  loud,  clear  voice,  P.  9,  158,  cf,  3,  200 ; 
also,  K.  ν3ρις,  noisy  msv\\.  Id,  1.  4, 14. 

Κε/ΰδεννός,  ά,  6ν.  cf.  foreg. 

Κελΰόίω,  ώ  f,  -ήσω,  also  -ήσομαι, 
Pind,  Ο.  10,  96.  (κέ'^αδος)  to  sound  α» 
747 


ΚΕΛΑ 

ntshin^  water,  of  the  din  of  a  crowd, 
U.  8,  542  ;  23,  809.— 2.  to  utter  a  cry  or 
sound,  Aesch.  Cho.  CIO :  c.  ace.  cog- 
nate. K.  φΟόγγον,  βούν,  τταιανα,  Eur. 
El.  71G,  Ion  93,  H.  F.  094.-11.  trans. 
to  sing  of.  celebrate  loudly,  ηνά,  Find. 
O.  2,  3,  P.  2.  115,  etc.  :  to  call  to,  in- 
voke, Eur.  1.  T.  1093.  Only  poet. ;  v. 
also  KU.aou.     Hence 

1ί.ελύδημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  loud  noise, 
din,  sound,  Τ,εφί'ρου,  Eur.  Phoen.  213, 
ποταμών,  Ar.  Nub.  283. 

Κε/Λόητής,  ov,  o,  fem.  -ήτις,  ίδος, 
loud  sounding,  esp.  vocal,  γλώσσα, 
Find.  N.  4,  140. 

Κε7Μδόδβομος,  ov,  {κέλαδος,  δρα- 
μεΐι>)  rushing  along  with  a  shout,  amid 
the  noise  of  the  chase,  epith  of  Diana, 
Orph.,  cf.  κε'λαδεινός. 

Κέλαδης,  ov,  δ,  a  noise,  esp.  as  of 
rushing  waters  ;  in  genl.  a  din,  the  noise 
of  battle,  etc.,  II.  9,  547:  the  sound  of 
music,  Eur.  I.  T.  1129,  Cycl.  487. 
Only  poet.  (Cf.  κέλομαι  and  κε?.α- 
ρνζο),  also  κα?ιέο)  and  κέ?Λ(ο.) 

ίΚέλαδος,  ov,  ό,  Celadus,  a  town  of 
Arcadia,  Paus.  8,  38.  9 :  in  Theocr. 
Κελάδων,  17,92;  cf.  Call.  H.  Dian.  107. 

Κελύδω,  orig.  form  of  κελαόέω, 
{κέλαδοί•)  to  sound  loud.  esp.  of  water, 
II.  18,  570;  21,  10:  of  Zephyr,  Od.  2, 
421.  Horn,  uses  only  part.  pros,  κε- 
?ίάδ(ον,  οντος,  and  so  later  Ep.  [a] 

\Κελάδΐα)ν,  υΐ'τος,  ό,  the  Celadon  {the 
roaring),  a  tributary  of  the  Alpheus  in 
Elis,  11.  7,  134.— 2.  v.  sub  Κέλαδος. 

^Κε?.αιναί,  ώι>,  αϊ,  Celaenae.  a  city  of 
Phrygia  on  the  Maeander,  near  mod. 
Deenair,  Hdt.  7,  20  ;  Xen.  An.  1,  2,  7  ; 
on  the  hdl  Κελαίναί,  Strab.,  who  also 
mentions  another  place  of  this  name 
in  Troas,  p.  003. 

Κελαινεγχής,  ες,  (κελαινός,  ίγχος) 
v:ith  black,  i.  β.  dark,  bloody  spear,  Pmd. 
N.  10.  158.^ 

iKελaιvεvς.  έως.  ό,  Celneneus,  son  of 
Electryon  and  Anaxo,  Apollod. 

'Κ.ε7ιαίνεφ7Ίς,  ές,  {κε'λαινός,  νέφος) 
black  with  clvuds,  in  Horn.  usu.  as 
epith.  of  Jupiter,  shrouded  in  dark 
clouds,  cloud-wrapt,  c(.  νεφεληγερέτης ; 
in  Od.  13,  147,  he  is  addressed  simply 
by  the  name  κελαίνεφές :  then  in  genl. 
dark-coloured,  black,  αίμα,  II.  4,  140, 
Od.  11,  30:  πεδίον  κ.,  black,  rich  soil. 
Find.  P.  4,  93 :  cf  ίοδνεφης.  (No  doubt 
syncop.  for  κε?ιαινονεφης,  though 
other  derivs.  have  been  suggested,  v. 
Eust.  II.  122,  12.) 

\Κε/.αίνή,  τ}ς,  ή,  Celaene,  daughter 
of  Proetus,  Aei. 

Κελαίΐ'ίάω,  ώ.Ι^κελαινός)  to  be  black, 
0pp.,  in  Ep.  part  κελαινιάων. 

Κε?.αιν(ΐί3ρωτος,  ov,  {κελαινός,  βι- 
βρώσκυ)  black  and  gnawed,  of  Prome- 
theus' liver,  Aesch.  Pr.  1025. 

Κε?.αινόρι'}Ινος.  ov.  {κελαινός,  f)L- 
νός)  with  a  black  skin  or  hide.  Opp.  :  in 
Soph.  Fr.  27,  we  have  the  metaphast. 
plur,  κελαινόρίνες. 

Κελαίνός,  ή,  ov,  poet,  for  μέλας 
(μέλαινα),  black,  dark,  oft.  in  Horn., 
esp.  as  epith.  of  αίμα,  also  of  ννξ,  κνμη, 
λαΐ?Μ-[Ιι,  χβών,  etc. :  lateresp.  of  things 
on  which  the  sun  does  not  shine,  esp. 
of  the  nether  world,  dark,  murky. 
Aesch.  Pr.  434,  so  too  of  the  Έρί- 
ννες.  Id.  Ag.  403.  (κμέ'λαςΪΒ.  assumed 
as  the  common  radic.  form  of  κελαι- 
νός  and  μέλας,  v.  Buttm.  Lexil.  in 
voc.)     Hence 

ΙΚελαινός,  of,  b,  Celaenus,  son  of 
Neptune  and  Celaeno.  Strab. — 2.  son 
of  Phlyus,  Paus.  4,  1,5. 

Κΐλαινιηης,  ητος,  ή,  blackness. 

Κελαίνοφάής,  ές,  (κε?ι,αίνός,  φάης) 
dark-ghiniiig,  δρφνα  Κ.,  murky  twilight, 
Ar.  Han.  1331. 
748 


KEAE 

Κε7ιαινυφρων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  (κε- 
λαινός,  φρην)  black-hearted,  Aesch. 
Eum.  459. 

Κε?.αίνοχρώς,ώτος,  ό,ή,  {κελαινός, 
χρως)  black-coloured,  Anth. 

\Κε7.αίνώ,  ονς,  ή,  Celaeno,  daughter 
of  Danaus,  Strab. — 2.  daughter  of 
Atlas,  Apollod.  3,  10,  1.— 3.  daughter 
of  Hyamus,  Paus.  10,  0,  3. 

Κελαίνώπης,  ov,  ΰ.  Dor.  -ώπάς,  δ, 
fem.  -ώπις,  ιδος,  Pind.  P.  1,  13,  {κε- 
λαινός,  ώψ)  of  black,  dark  aspect, 
gloomy,  terrible,  βνμός.  Soph.  Aj.  954. 

Κελαινύψ,  ώπος,  ό,  7;=foreg.,  Pind. 
P.  4,  377,  poet. 

Κε'λύρνζα,  ης,  ή,  κ.  κορώνη,  the 
croaking  crow,  Αρ.  Rh.,  of.  λακέρνζα. 
[ύ]  :  from 

Κελΰρύζω,  Dor.  ■σδω=:κελαδέω,  to 
sound  like  running  water,  to  babble, 
murmur,  11.  21,  201,  of  blood  rushing 
from  a  wound,  II.  11,  813,  cf.  Od.  5, 
323.  (Akin  to  κέλαδος,  κελαδέω.) 
Hence 

Κελάρνξις,  εως.  η,  κ.ε7.άρνσμα,  ατός, 
τό,  Ορρ.,  and  κε?.αρνσμός,  ό,  Clem. 
ΑΙ.,  α  rushing  sound,  as  of  water:  in 
genl.  noise,  din.   [a] 

iKε?ιεaί.  ών,  αϊ,  Celeae,  a  town  of 
Phliasia,  Paus.  2,  12,  4. 

iKε/ιέaς,  ov,  6.  Ion.  Κελέης,  Celeas, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  a  Spartan,  Hdt.  5,  40. 

Κελεβειον,  ov,  τό,  Ion.  κε/.εβήϊον, 
dim.  from  sq.,  Antim.  Fr.  13. 

Κελέβη,  ης,  ή,  a  drinking  vessel, 
Anacr.  40,  etc. :  m  genl.  a  vase  or  pail. 
(Usu.  deriv.  from  χέείν  λοίβ?'/ν  :  but 
prob.  from  same  root  as  κνττελλον.) 

Κελεβήϊον,  ov,  τό.  Ion.  for  κελεβ- 
ειον, q.  V. 

^Κε?.ένδερις,  εως,  ή,  Celenderis,  a 
seaport  town  of  Cilicia,  Strab. — 2. 
harbour  of  Troezene,  Paus. 

Κελέοντες,  ων,  οϊ,  {κΰλον,  κηλον) 
the  beams  in  the  vpright  loom  of  the 
ancients,  between  which  the  web  was 
stretched,  also  ίστότΓΟ&ί•,  Theocr.  18, 
34. 

Κελεός,  ov,  ?/,  a  bird,  perh.  the  wood- 
pecker, Arist.  H.  A. 

^Κελεός,  οϋ,  ό,  Celeus,  an  early  hero 
of  Eleusis,  father  of  Triptolemus,  H. 
Hom.  Cer.  140,  Ar.  Ach.  55. 

ΚελενΟειος,  a,  ov.  {κέ/.ενθος)  belong- 
ing to  a  road,  like  ένόδιος,  cf.  Paus.  3, 
12,  4. 

Κελενθείω,  to  travel.     Hence 

Κελενθήτης,  ov,  ό,  a  traveller,  Leon. 
Tar.  CO. 

Κελενθιύω,  ώ,  v.  κε7.εντιύω. 

Κελενβοποιός,  όν,  {κέλενθος,  ποιέω) 
making,  clearing  a  road,  like  όδοποΐός, 
Aesch.  Eum.  13. 

Κελενθοπόρος,  ov,  b,  a  traveller,  like 
οδοιπόρος,  Anth. 

Κέλενθος,  ov,  ή,  with  poet,  heterog. 
plur.  τα  κέλενθα,  a  road,  way,  path, 
track,  either  by  land  or  water,  Hom., 
freq.  in  phrases  νγρά  and  Ιχβνόεντα 
κέλενθα  of  the  sea  ;  also,  άνεμων  κέ- 
λενθα, Od.  5,  383;  10,  20:  κέλενθοι 
ννκτός  τε  και  ηματος,  the  ways  of 
night  and  day,  i.  e.  night  and  day, 
Od.  10,  80. — II.  a  going  or  travelling, 
journey,  voyage,  by  land  or  water, 
Hom.  ;  esp.  a  coming  on,  arrival,  ad- 
vancing, 11.  II,  504. — III,  a  way  of  go- 
ing, walk,  gait  Eur.  Rhes.  212,  cf. 
Id.  Tro.  888. — IV.  metaph.  a  way  or 
walk  of  life,  ^fiji'  κέλενθοι,  II.  3,  400, 
cf.  Aesch.  Cho.  350  :  also  a  way  of  do- 
ing. .  .  ,  Pmd.  I.  4,  1  (3,  19),  cf.  οΐμος. 
Only  poet.  (Ace.  to  soine  from  λίνΐ- 
λω,  κελεύω  :  but  more  naturally  from 
*έλενβω,  as  Buttm.     Hence 

Κελεύθω,  to  travel,  dub.,  v.  κλενθω. 

Κέλενμα,  ατός,  τό.^=  κέλευσμα,  q. 
v.,  Sophron  ap.  Ath.  87  A. 


KEAH 

'Κέ7.ενσις,  εως,  ή,  {κελεύω)  an  or- 
dering, commanding. — ll.^sq.,  Plut. 

Κέλευσμα  or  κέλενμα,  ατός,  τό, 
(κε?.ενω)  an  order,  command,  behest, 
esp.  the  word  of  command  in  war,  Hdt. 

4,  141 ;  7,  10  :  also  esp.  the  call  of  the 
κελενστής,  which  gave  the  time  to 
the  rowers,  Blomf.  Aesch.  Pers.  403  : 
hence  ύφ'  ένος  κελεύσματος,  all  at 
once,  Thuc.  2,  92,  cf.  Sojjhr.  ap.  Ath. 
87  .\  ;  άπό  or  εκ  κε^Αενματος,  at  the 
word  of  command,  Aesch.  Pers.  397, 
Eubul.  Damal.  1.  (On  the  forms  κέ- 
λενμα and  κέ?ίενσμα,ν.  Lob.  Aj.  p. 323). 

Κελενσμός.ον,ό,  an  order,  cornmand, 
Eur.  1.  A.  1130,  etc. 

Κελενσμυσννη,  ης,  ή,  Ion.  for  κελ- 
ενσμός,  κέ'λενσμα.  Hdt.  1,  157. 

ϋίελενστύνωρ,  ορός,  ό.  Celeustanor, 
a  son  of  Hercules,  Apollod.  2,  7,  8. 

Κελενστ7/ς,  ov,  ό,  (κελεύω)  a  com- 
mander, esp.  on  board  ship,  the  man 
who  by  his  voice  or  by  signs  gives  the 
time  to  the  rowers,  Ar.  Ach.  554,  Thuc. 
2,  84,  cf.  Blomf.  Aesch.  Pers.  403. 

Υ.έλενστιάω.ώ,ά\λ\).\.ίοχκε7.εντίάω. 

Κελενστικός,  η,  όν,  belonging  to  a 
κε7.ενστής,  commanding,  hortatory  ;  ή 
-κή,  sub.  τέχνη.  Plat.  Polit.  2C0  D. 

Κελενστός,  η,  όν,  (κε2.ενω)  ordered, 
commanded,  Luc. 

Κελεύστωρ,  ορός,  6,=κελενσ~ής. 

Κελεντιύω,  ώ,  frequentat.  from  κε- 
λεύω, as  πνενστιύω  from  πνέω,  to  be 
continually  urging  on  and  commanding, 
Αίαντε  κελεντιόωντε,  κελεντιόων 
Ταιήοχος,  II.  12,  205;  13,  125.  where 
others  κελευστιόων,  others  κελενθιό- 
ων,  going. 

'\Κε?.εύτωρ,  ορός,  ό,  Celeuior,  son  of 
Agrius,  Apollod.  1,  8,  0. 

Κελεύω,  f.  -σω :  on  pf.  pass,  κεκέ- 
λενσμαι  or  -λενμαι,  v.  Lob.  Aj.  p. 
323,  Ικέλλω).  Strictly  to  urge  or  drive 
on,  Lat.  incitare,  μύστιγι  κελενειν,  II. 
23,  042  :  hence  to  urge,  exhort,  bid,  com- 
mand, order,  very  freq.  from  Horn, 
downvvds. :  usu.  of  persons  in  author- 
ity, but  also  freq.  of  friendly  exhorta- 
tions :  more  rare  of  inferiors,  to  urge, 
intreat,  beseech,  Od.  10,  17,  345,  11.  24, 
599,  Hdt.  1,  1  le  ;  so  κέλομαι,  Od.  11, 
71  :  esp.  to  call  and  so  give  time  to  the 
rowers,  Ath.,  cf.  κελενση'/ς. — Con- 
.struct. — I.  usu.  c.  ace.  pers.  foil,  by 
inf.,  to  order  one  to  do.  as,  κ.  σε  ές 
πληθνν  Ιέναι,  11.  17,  30,  ef.  11,  781, 
etc.  (which  was  afterwards  taken  as 
ace.  c.  inf.,  to  order  that  .  .  ,  as  in  κέλ- 
ομαι, Lat.  jubeo.) — 2.  c.  ace.  pers.  et 
rei,  K.  τινά  τι.  i.  e.  to  order  one  (to  do) 
a  thing,  II.  4,  280 ;  20,  87.-3.  c.  ace. 
pers.  only,  to  urge  on,  command  him, 
Od.  9,  278;  11,  507:  hence  κ.  τινά 
επί  .  .  (as  we  say)  to  order  one  against 
or  to  .  .  ,  Xen.  Hell.  2,  3,  20  and  53. 
— II.  c.  dat.  pers.  foil,  by  inf.,  to  call  to, 
order  one  to  do,  II.  2,  50,  Od.  2,  0,  etc. 
— 2.  c.  dat.  pers.  only,  to  call  to.  com- 
mand him,  II.  2,  151,  etc. — III.  absol., 
esp.  in  Homeric  phrase,  ώς  συ  κελεύ 
εις :  so,  ττολ/Ιά  κελενων.  Hdt.  Ο,  36. 
— IV.  C.  inf.  only,  and  so  in  Att.,  κ.  μη 
ποιεϊν,  to  forbid  todo :  pers.  also  added 
τινύοτ  τινί. —  V'.  in  Dem.  48,  14,  κ.  τι 
παρά  τίνος,  to  require  it  from  him. 

Κε?.έων,  o,obsol.  sing,  oi κελέοντες. 

Κέλης,  ητος,  δ,  (κέλλω)  α  courser, 
race-horse,  Pind.,  but  κέ7ιηςϊππος,  Od. 

5,  371.  (From  the  Aeol.  κέληρ  comes 
Lat.  celer,  celeres  ;  and  Festus  derives 
the  Lat.  ccUus  for  cqucs  from  κέλης, 
Koen.  Greg.  p.  300,  sq.) — II.  a  fast- 
sailing  yacht  with  one  bank  of  oars,  a 
light  vessel,  Lat.  celes,  cetox,  Hdt.  8, 
94.- — III.  pudenda  muliehria,  Eustath. 

Κελήσομαι,  fut.  of  κέλομαι.  Od, 
Κελητίάζω,  f.  -aaw,=sq.,  Heeych. 


ΚΕΛΥ 

Κελητίζω.  f.  -ί'σω,  {κέ?.ης)  to  ride  a 
race-horse  ;  in  genl.  to  ride,  ϊπποίσί 
κελητίζαν,  Π.  15,  679  :  esp.  of  a  race 
where  one  man  rode  two  or  more 
horses,  leaping  from  one  to  the  other. 
■ — II.  sensu  obscoeno,  Ar.  Vesp.  501, 
etc.,  cf.  Ruhnk.  Rut.  Lup.  260. 

Κελ,^ηον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  κέλης, 
Thuc.  4,  120. 

ίΚελί'α,  ας,  ή,  Celia,  a  place  in  Apu- 
lia, Strab. 

\Κε/.καία,  ας,  rj,  an  appell.  of  Diana 
at  Athens,  Arr.  An.  7,  19,  3. 

tKeAAiov,  ov,  TO,  όρος,  Mons  Caeli- 
us,  in  Rome,  Strab. 

ΚΕ'ΛΑΩ,  f.  κέλσω :  aor.  εκελσα, 
transit,  to  urge,  drive  on,  thf  Lat.  cello 
(percello).  and  ■pello  :  Horn,  has  it  only 
in  Od.,  always  in  aor.,  and  in  phrase 
νήα  κέλσαι,  to  run  a  ship  to  land,  τ^κί 
her  in,  Lat.  appellere,  sometimes  with 
έν  ■ψαμύθοισι  added,  Od.  9,  516  ;  12, 
5;  sometimes  absoL,  Od.  10,  511  ;  11, 
20 :  also  in  Att. :  so  too,  κ.  -ηλύταν, 
Aesch.  Ag.  696. — II.  intrans.  to  move, 
go.  esp.  of  ships,  to  land,  put  to  shore 
or  into  harbour,  so,  κε?.σάστίσι  νηυσί, 
Od.  9,  149:  κ.  km,  ττρός  y'/v,  Aesch. 
Eum.  10,  Soph.  Tr.  804  ;  also,  κ. 
yalav,  Aesch.  Supp.  16.  (To  this 
root  belong  also  οκέλλω,  κέ?.ης,  κε- 
λεύω, κεί.ομαι,  perh.  καλέιο,  v.  κέλο- 
μαι  II.) 

ίΚέλ,ϋίζ-,  6,  Celmis,  one  of  the  Dac- 
tyli  Idaei,  Strab. 

Κέλομαι,  f.  κε?.ήσομαι,  aor.  κεκ?Μ- 
μην  and  έκεκ?.άμην,  in  Horn.  esp.  3 
sing.  κέκ?^ετο,  part,  κεκλόμενος,  (κέλ- 
λω).  Poet,  for  κε/ιεύω,  to  set  in  mo- 
tion, urge  on,  exhort,  command,  oft.  in 
Horn.  :  curiously,  Ιαίνετο  κηρός.  έ~εϊ 
κέλετο  μεγά?.η  ίς,  the  wax  melted, 
since  mighty  force  constrained  it,  Od. 
12,  175.  Construct,  like  κελεύω,  c. 
dat.  vel  ace.  pers.,  with  an  inf.  ex- 
pressed or  omitted,  etc. ;  Horn.  usu. 
adds  the  dat.  to  the  aor.  in  signf.  lo 
call,  call  to  or  on. — II.  κέ?.ομαι  some- 
times adds  to  the  signf.  of  κελεύω 
that  of  καλέω ."  hence — 1.  to  call,  call 
to,  "Ηφαίστον,  II.  18,  391,  cf.  έπικέ- 
7.ημαι. — 2.  to  call  by  name,  hence  to 
name,  Pind.  I.  6,  78. 

Κέλσαί,  inf.  aor.  from  κελλω,  Od. 
10.511. 

^Κέλσος,  ov,  6,  Celsus,  a  friend  of 
Lucian,  to  whom  he  dedicated  his 
life  of  Alexander  the  magician,  Luc. 
Alex.  1.  etc. 

^Κέλται,  ών,  ol,  later  for  Κέλτοι, 
Strab. 

ίΚελτίβηρες,  ων,  ol,  (.Κελτοί,  Ίβη• 
ρες)  the  Ccliiberi.  a  Spanish  tribe, 
Strab. ;  η  Κε^ίπβηρία,  the  country  of 
the  Celtib.,  Polyb. 

^Κελτικός,  ή,  όν,  of  or  belonging  to 
the  Celts,  Celtic  ;  ή  Κε/.τική,  the  coun- 
try of  the  Celtae,  Celtica,  Arist.  H.  A. 
8.  28  ;  in  Strab.  a.\so=Gallia,  ή  νπίρ 
των  'Χ7ιτ:εων,  transalpina  ;  ή  εντος 
Άλιτεων,  cisalpina,  Id. 

ΪΚελτίς,  ίόος,ή,ρβοαί.  fem.toforeg., 
χιών,  Anth. 

Κελτιστί,  adv.  in  Celtic,  in  the  Ian- 

fuage  or  after  the  manner  of  the  Celts, 
,uc.  Alex.  51.     From 
Κελτοί,  ύν,  nl,  the  C'ltae,  Celts,  Hdt. 
2,  33  :   later  also  Κέ'λται ;   v.  Strab. 
p.  33,  176. 

\Κελτολίγνες,  ων,  οι,  (Κελτοί,  Αί- 
γυες)  the  Celtn-ligurians,  Strab. 

\'Κελτοσκύβαί,  ών,  οι,  the  Celto-Scy- 
thae.  a  genl.  appell.  of  the  northern 
tribes  of  Asia,  Strab.  p.  507. 

tKfZrpof ,  ov.  b,  appell.  of  the  river 
Ister,  Lye.  189. 

Κελνφανορ,  ov,  τό,  (γλνφω)ζ=κε- 
7.νφη,  Lye,  and  Luc.  \v\ 


ΚΕΝΕ 

'Κ.ε7.νς)ανώδΐ)ς,  ες,  {κελνφανον,  εΐ- 
όος)  like  α  shell  or  husk,  Theophr. 

Κι7.νψη,  ης,  ή,  (γλύφω)  dub.  1.  for 
κέ/.νόος  in  Theophr.  [ν] 

Κε/.ύίρϊνος,  ίνη,  ινον, of  shells,  pods, 
or  husks,  [ί] 

1ίε7.νφιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  sq., 
Arist.  H.  A.  [ϋ] 

Κέ7^ύφος,  εος,  τό,  a  husk,  rind,  pod, 
shell,  Arist.  Gen.  An. :  metaph.  of  old 
dicasts,  άντωμοσιών  κε7.νφη,  mere 
affidavit  husks,  Ar.  Vesp.  5  J5  :  also 
of  testaceous  animals. — II.  an  old  skiff 
boat,  Anth.  P.  9,  212.  (Cf  κα7.νπτω, 
κρύπτω.)     Hence 

Κε7.ϋφώύης,  ες,=  κελνφανώδης. 
^Κέ7ίωνες,  ων,  οι,  Celones,  a  people 
of  Asia,  Diod.  S. 

Κελωρ.  ωρος,  δ,  son,  a  rare  poet, 
word  in  Eur.  Andr.  1033,  and  Lye. 
195,  etc. 

Κεμΰδοσσόος,  ov,  {κεμύς,  σεύω) 
chasing  the  deer,  Nonn. :  from 

Κε^άζ•,  ύδος,  ή,  an  unknown  kind 
of  deer,  11.  10,  301. 

Κέμμα,  ατός,  τό,  (κεΐμαι)  the  lair 
of  a  beast,  dub.  in  Emped.  ap.  Plut. 
2,  917  D. 

Κεμμύς,  άδοΓ,  -η,  poet,  for  κεμύς, 
Q.  Sm. 

ίΚέμμενον,  ov,  τό,  όρος,  the  range 
of  Ml.  Cebenna  in  Gaul,  now  Ceven- 
nes,  Strab. 

Κέμάος,  or  κεμηφος,  ov,  δ,=κέπ- 
φος. 

Κέν,  before  a  vowel  for  κε,  q.  v. 
Horn. 

Κεναγγέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  Ion.  κενεαγ- 
γέω,  q.  v.  :  from 

Κεναγγής,  ες,  {κενός,  άγγος)  emp- 
tying vessels,  hence  breeding  famine, 
hungry,  ΰτΓλοίσ,  Aesch.  Ag.  188. 
Hence 

Κεί'α^^'ία,  ας,  τ/,  eviptiness  of  ves- 
sels; esp.  hunger.  Plat.  (Com.)  Symm. 
10 ;  K-  άγειν,  to  fast,  Ar.  (?)  ap.  Mei- 
nek.  ibia. :  also  Ion.  κενεαγγείη,  q.  v. 

Κενάγηρία.  ας,  ή,  (κενός,  αγορεύω) 
empty  tidk,  prating,  poet,  κενεαγ.,  ap. 
Plat.  Rep.  607  B.  ^ 

"Κενανδρία,  ας,  ή,  lack  of  men,  dis- 
peopled state,  Aesch.  Pers.  730 :  from 

ίίένανδρης,  ov,  (κενός,  άνήρ)  emp- 
ty of  men,  dispeopled,  Aesch.  Pers.  119, 
Soph.  O.  C.  917. 

Κενανχής,  ές,ν.  the  poet,  κενεανχής. 

Κένδνλα,  ων,  τύ,  also  κένδΰλα,  ij, 
and  κενδνλη,  ή,  dub.  1.  for  σχενδν7.α. 

Κενεαγγέω,  ώ,  [κενεός,  αγγος)  to 
have  empty  vessels ;  esp.  in  Hipp.,  to 
have  the  vessels  of  the  body  empty,  to  be 
fastin/i,  to  hunger,  be  exhattsted.  Hence 

Κανεαγγείη,  or  rather  -ίη,  ης,  ή, 
Ion.  for  κεναγγία,  hunger,  exhaustion, 
Hipp. 

Κενεαγγητέον,  verb.  adj.  from  κε- 
νεαγγέω, one  must  leave  the  vessels 
empty,  Aretae. 

Κενεαγγικής,  η,  όν,  having  the  ves- 
sels empty,  esp.  Medic.,  with  those  of 
the  body  empty,  exhausted,  Hipp.  Adv. 
-κώς.  Id. 

Κεΐ'εΰ}'ορία,  ας,  ή,  v.  κεναγορία. 

Κενεανχής,  ες,  {κενός,  ανχή)  vain 
boasting,  braggart,  II.  8,  230. 

Κενείρειος,  ον.=  νεκριμαιος,  dead, 
esp.  of  dead  cattle:  esp.  in  plur.,  tu 
κενέβρεια. — 1.  carrion,  dog's-meat,  Ar. 
Av.  538. — 2.  the  dog's-meat  market, 
Erotian. 

Κενεγκράνως,  ov,  (κενός,  εν,  κρα- 
viov)  braiitless.   [α] 

Κενεμβύτέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (κενός.  Ιμ- 
βάτης)  to  step  into  a  hole,  stumble.  Plut., 
and  Luc. :  m  Medic,  of  the  probe,  to 
reach  a  cavity.     Hence 

Κενεμβύτησις,  εως.ή,  in  Medic,  ίΛβ 
reaching  a  cavity  with  the  probe,  [a] 


ΚΕΝΟ 

Κενεός,  ή,  όν,  Ion,  for  κενός,  q.  v., 
empty.  Hum.,  and  sometimes  in  Att. 
Hence 

Κεί'εότ^^ζ•,  ητος,  ή.=  κενότης,  Hipp. 

ΚενεόΦρων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  (κενεός, 
φρήν)  empty-minded,  Theogn.  233. 

Κενεών,  ώνος,  ό,  {κενός)  the  hollow 
between  the  ribs  and  the  h>p,  the  ftajik, 
elsewh.  λαγόνες  or  7.ατνάρα,  Horn. — 
II.  any  hollow  space,  e.  g.  of  a  cave, 
Nonn. ;  in  genl.  space,  Anth. 

Κενήριον,  ov,  τό,  an  empty  monu- 
ment, cenotaph,  Euphor.  81. 

Κενοβον7.ία,  ας,  ή,  (κενός,  βον7.ή) 
vain  counsel. 

Κενογύμιον,  ov.  τό,  (κενός,  γά- 
μος) an  empty,  unreal  marriase,  coined 
alter  κενοτύφιον  by  Ach.  Tat.  [a] 

Κενοδοντίς,  ίδος,  fern,  of  κενόδονς, 
Anth. 

Κεί'Ο^ο^ε'ω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  be  vain, 
puffed  up :  and 

Κενοδοξία,  ας,  ή,  vanity,  conceit, 
Polyb. :  from 

Κενόδοξος,  ov,  (κενόζ,  δόξα)  vain, 
conceited,  Polyb.     Adv.  -ως. 

Κενόδονς,  οντος,  ό,  ή,  toothless. 

Κενοόρομέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (κενός,  δρό- 
μος) to  run  alone,  be  without  attend- 
ants. 

Κενοκοηέω,  ώ,  ί  -ήσω,  (κενός,  κόπ- 
τω) to  labour  in  vain,  waste  one's  pains, 
Chrysipp.  ap.  Plut.  2,  1037  A. 

Κενόκράνος,  ov,  {κενός,  κρανον) 
empty-headed,  Orac.  Sibyll. 

Κενο7.ογέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  talk  emp- 
tily, Eupol.  Incert.  98  :  and 

Κενο/.ογία,  ας,  ή,  empty,  idle  talk, 
Pint. :  from 

Κενολόγος,  ov,  {κενός,  7.έγω)  talk- 
ing emptily,  prating. 

^Κενομΰνοί.  ών,  οί,  the  CenomUni,  a 
people  of  Gallia  Transpadana,  Polyb. 
2,  24,  7,  who  also  writes  Τονομ. 

Κενοτάθεια,  ης,  ή,  empty,  unreal 
.<!ensation,  Sext.  Emp.    [ά]  :  from 

Κενοπάθέω.  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (κενός,  ττΊ- 
θος)  to  have  empty  unreal  sensations,  to 
which  no  object  corresponds,  Sext. 
Emp.     Hence 

Κενοπάθημα,  ατός,  τό,  an  empty 
unreal  sensation,  Sext.  Emp.   [o] 

Κενοββημοσύνη,  ης,  ή,  (βήμα)=: 
κενο7.η-\ία. 

ΚΕΝΟ'Σ,  ή,  όν  :  poet,  κενεής.  εύ, 
εήν,  (as  always  in  Hom  except  Od.  22, 
249,  where  he  has  κενός,  and  11.3, 376 ; 
4,  181,  where  «είνόζ•)  ;  ]on.  κεινός,  ή, 
όν,  Hdt.,  and  also  in  Pind.  : — empty, 
opp.  to  7τ7.έως,  πλήρης,  Hom. — 2.  emp- 
ty, hence,  empty-handed,  II.  2,  298, 
Od.  15,  214:  κενεας  χείρας  έχοντες, 
Od.  10,  42  :  τό  κενόν,  the  void  of  space, 
Lat.  vacuum,  inane,  Democr.  ap.  Plut. 
— II.  in  genl.  empty,  fruitless,  vain, 
like  μάταιος,  ινγματα,  Od.  22,  249, 
γνώμη,  ε7.πίς,  etc..  Pind.,  and  Att. : 
κενεά,  in  vain,  Pind.  O.  10.  112;  so, 
εις  κενόν,  Diod.  ;  ή  διά  κενής  έπανύ- 
σησις,  empty  flourishing  of  arms, 
Thuc,  4,  126.— III.  exhausted,  νπ' 
άσθματος,  Aesch.  Pers.  484.— IV.  c. 
gen.,  void,  destitute,  bereft,  φρενών. 
Soph.  Ant.  754,  δακρύων.  Eur.  ?Iec. 
230 :  hence  absol.,  bereaved  of  her 
young,  λέαινα.  Soph.  Aj.  986. — Adv. 
κενώς,  Plut. — Compar.  and  superl., 
ace.  to  Gramm.,  κενότερος,  κενότα- 
τος, yet  the  regul.  κενότερος,  κενό- 
τατης also  occur,  cf.  Buttm.  Ausf. 
Gr.  %  65,  Anm.  4,  Heind.  Plat.  Phaedo 
111  b,  etc.,  cf.  στενός. 

Κενοσοφία,  ας,  ή,  vain,  pretended 
wisdom :  from 

Κενόσοφος,  ov,  frivolously  wise,  cf. 
ματαιόσοφος. 

Κενοσπονδέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  pursue 
frivolities,  M.  Anton. :  and 
749 


KENT 

Κενο/ΤΊΤηνόία,  ας,  ι),  pursuit  of  frivo- 
lities, Dion.  Η. :  from 

Κενό^ηονδος,  ov,  (κενός,  σπονδή) 
ecaloas  after  frinolilies  ;  τά  Κ.,  mat- 
ters of  mere  curiosity,  Cic.  Att.  Θ,  1. 
Adv.  -fJcjf ,  Phit. 

ΚΐΐΌτΰφέο),  w,  f.  -ήσω,  (κενός,  τύ- 
φος) to  raise  an  empty  tomb,  i.  e.  monu- 
ment to  any  onc^s  memory  in  a  place 
where  he  was  not  buried,  rii'a,  Eur. 
Hel.  1060,  cf.  1057  :  metaph.,  tou 
βίον,  Plut.    Hence 

ΚεΐΌΓ(ίό£ον,  ου,  τό,  an  empty  tomb., 
cenotaph,  Xen.  An.  (j.  4,  9.  [u] 

Κενότης,  ητος,  ή,  (κενός)  emptiness, 
vanity.  Plat.  Rep.  585  B. 

Kevniijwcrvvri.  ρς,  ή,  emptiness  of 
mind,  Tnnon.  Phli.  3,  2 :  from 

Κενόφρων.  ov,  gen,  όνος,  {κενός, 
ψρτ/ν)  empty-ininded :  vain,  ineffectual, 
βονλενματα,  Aesch.  Pr.  762. 

Κενοφωνέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  speak 
idly;  and 

Κενοφωνία,  ας,  ή,  vain  talk,  babbling, 
N.  T. :  fmm 

Κενόφωνος,  ov,  (κενός,  φΐονή)  emp- 
ty sounding,  prating. 

Kf  iiouj,  u,  (κενός)  to  empty  out,  drain, 
7ΓΟ?^ιν  avo/yuv  κ.,  Aesch.  Supp.  660  : 
to  make  a  place  empty  by  leaving  it,  de- 
sert it,  ι^ωμόν,  Eur.  Andr.  1 138.  Pass., 
to  be  emptied  of...,  c.  gen.,  Hdt.  4,  123  : 
to  be  left  emptif,  deserted,  Thuc.  2,  51, 
cf.  Soph.  O.  T.  29.-2.  to  become  vain, 
of  noiMe  effect,  N.  T. 

Kt^•ιτα<,  Ep.  inf.  aor.  1  act.  of  κεν- 
ri(j.  as  if  from  ''κέντω,  II.  23,  337. — 
II.  alsoimpei-at.  aor.  1  mid.  o{ κεντέω. 

Κέντάσε,  Dor.  3  sing.  aor.  1  from 
κεντέω  for  έκέντησε. 

Κενταύρειον,  ου,  τό,=κεντανριον, 
Diosc. 

Κεντ^φειος,  εία,  ειον.  Centaurian, 
of,  belonging  to,  befitting  Centaurs,  γέ- 
νος, Eur.  1.  A.  706. 

Κεντα\φίδης,  ov,  υ,  of,  OT  descended 
from  Centaurs :  hence  'ίπττος  Κ.,  a 
7^hessalian  horse,  Luc.  adv.  Fndoct.  5. 

Κεντανρικάς,  ή,  όν,  like  Centaurs, 
hence  savage,  gross,  rude,  and  so  adv. 
-κώς.  At.  Ran.  38. 

Κενταύρων,  or  κενταύρειον,  ov, 
TO,  also  η  κεντανρίς,  Theophr.,  and 
ή  κεντανρίΐ],  Hipp.,  the  plant  Centaury. 

Κεντανρίς,  ίδος,  ή.  fem.  οί  Κένταυ- 
ρος. Philostr. ;  also  fem.  adj.  Nonn. 
—2.  V.  foreg. 

Κεντανρίσκος,  ου,  ό,  dim.  from 
Κένταυρος,  a  little  Centaur. 

Κεντανροκτόνος,  ov,  (Κένταυρος, 
κτείνω)  slaying  Centaurs,  Lye. 

Κενταυρομΰχία,  ας, -η,  (Κένταυρος, 
μάχ7ΐ)  α  battle  of  Centaurs,  Plut. 

Κενταυροπληθής,  ές.  (Κένταυρος, 
ττλήβος)  full  of  Centaurs,  Eur.  Ά.  F. 
1273. 

Κένταυρος,  ov,  ό.  a  Centaur :  they 
vere  a  savage  race,  dwelling  between 
Pelion  and  Ossa  in  Thessaly.  extir- 
pated in  a  war  with  their  neighbours 
the  Lapithae,  II  11,  832,  Od.  21,  295, 
sq.,  Hes.  Sc.  184,  cf.  Φζ/ρ.— II.  later, 
from  Pmd.  P.  2,  82,  sq.,  they  were 
believed  to  be  monsters  of  double 
shape,  half-man  and  half-horse  :  hence 
also  Ιττιτοκένταυρος,  cf.  Voss  Myth. 
Br.  2,  p.  265,  sq. :  usu.  said  to  have 
been  sons  of  Ixion  and  Nephele 
(the  Cloud.) — III.also=πσί(5fpασΓr/f, 
from  the  brutal  sensuality  ascribed 
to  the  Centaurs ;  hence  loo — 2.  the 
pudenda,  Theopomp.  (Com.)  Incert. 
14.  (Prob.  from  κεντέω,  ταΐφης, 
cither  from  bull-fights,  τανροκαθα- 
ι/'ί'α,  or  from  their  being  mounted 
herdsmen.) 

Κεντάω,  ώ,  dub.  for  sq. 

Κεντέω,  ώ,  f.  -ύσω,  Ep.  inf.  aor.  1 
750 


KENT 

κένσαι  as  if  from  *κίττω,  11.  23,  337, 
to  prick,  goad,  sting,  esp.  in  order  to 
drive  on,  hence  lo  spur  on,  spur,  II.  1. 
c,  v,  κέντροικ — 2.  in  genl.  to  prick, 
wound,  Pind.  P.  1,  55.  etc  :  to  stab, 
pierce,  Soph.,  and  Eur. — 3.  to  torture, 
torment,  Xen.  An.  3,  1,  29,  Hell.  3,  3. 
11.  (Root  κεντ-,  as  in  κέντ-ρον,  κοντ- 
ός, cf.  *κέντ-ω.)     Hence 

Κέντημα,  ατός,  τύ,  a  sting,  goad  : 
hence  the  point  of  a  weapon,  Polyb. — 
II.  the  sting,  u-ound  inflicted  thereby, 
Aesch.  Fr.  155. 

\Κεντήνιος,  ov,  ό,  the  Roman  Ceyi- 
tenius,  Polyb. 

Κέντιισις,  εως,  ή,  a  pricking,  goad- 
ing, etc. 

Κεντητήρ,  7/ρος,  ό,  one  who  goads 
or  spurs.     Hence 

ΚενΤ7)τήρίος,  ov,  of,  belonging  to, 
fitted  for  piercing,  goading,  etc.  :  To  K., 
like  κέντρον,  a  goad,  piercer,  awl. 

Κεντ7/τικός,?/,όν, prickly. Theophr. 

Κεντητός,  ή,  όν,  (κεντέω)  pricked. 
— II.  embroidered,  Epict. 

Κέντο,  Dor.  for  κέ?ιετο,  cf.  γέντο, 
7/νβον,  Alcm.  117. 

ΙΚίίτόρίΤτα.  ων,  τά,  in  Ptol.  Κεν- 
τηνριπαι,  ai,  Ceninripae,  a  city  of  Si- 
cily near  Aetna,  Thuc.  6,  94  :  hence 

^Κεντόρι,ττες,  ων,  οι,  the  inhah.  of 
Centuripae.  Thuc.  7,  22  ;  in  Diod.  S. 
ΚεντοριτϊΙνοί,  οι,  19,  103. 

Κεντάω,  ω,  rare  collat.  form  from 
κεντέω,  Hdt.  3,  16. 

Κεντρήείς,  εσσα,  εν,  (κέντρον) 
pointed,  sharp,  prickly,  Nic. 

Κεντρηνεκης.  ές,  '{κέντρον,  ηνεκής) 
spurred  OT  goaded  on,  Ιπποί,  II.  5,  752  ; 
8,  396. 

Κεντρίζω,  f.  -ίσω,=  κεντέω,  to  prick, 
goad,  spur,  Xen.  Eq.  11,6:  metaph. 
of  desire.  Id.  Symp.  8,  24. 

Κεντμίν7!ς,  ου,  ό,  (κεί'τέω)  a  prickly 
kind  of  shark,  Arist.  ap.  Ath.^ll.  a 
kind  of  beetle  or  ionsjo.  Theophr.  [t] 

Κέΐ'τριον,  ου  τό,  dim.  from  κέντρον : 
in  eenl.  a  prick,  goad,  .9ting. 

Κεντρώω,  ώ,  (κέντρων)  to  prick, 
spur. 

Κεντρίς,  ίδθ€,  τ),-=  κέντρον. — II.  = 
δίφάς,  Ael. 

Κεντρίσκος,  ov,  ύ,  a  kind  of  fish, 
dub.  in  Theophr.,  perh.  for  κεστρϊνος, 
κεστρινίσκος. 

Κεντρίτης,  ov,  ό,^=κεντρίνης,  Ael. 

^Κεντρίτης,  ov,   ό,   the  Centr'ttes.   a 

river  forming  the  boundary  between 

Armenia  and  the  Carduchi,  now  the 

Buhtan-cha'i,  Xen.  An.  4,  3,  1.  [i] 

Κεντροβΰρής,  ές,  {κέντρον  II,  βά- 
ρος) gravitating  towards  the  centre  : 
nence  τϊι  κεντροβαρικά,  a  treatise  of 
.\rchimedes  on  finding  the  centre  of 
gravity  in  bodies. 

Κεντροδήλητος,  ov,  {κέντρον,  δη- 
λέω)  goaded:  but — 2.  act.  goading, 
stinging,  όδύναι,  Aesch.  Supp.  563. 

Κεντρομΰνής,  ές,  {κέντρον,  μαίνο- 
μαι) madly  spurring.  Jac.  A.  P.  p. 
789. 

Κεντρημνρσίνη,  ης,  ή,  the  prickly 
myrtle,  Theophr. 

Κέντρον,  ov,  TO,  (κεντέω)  a  point, 
prickle,  spike,  stins;,  any  thing  piercing  : 
hence  esp. — 1.  a  horse  or  ox-goad,  Lat. 
stimulus,  II.  23,  387,  430  :  later  a  .γΐίτ  : 
but  usu.  pOsl-Hom..  a  goad  for  driving 
oxen,  in  Hom.  βοντϊλήξ :  proverb., 
ττρυς  κέντρα  ?Μκτίζειν,  v.  sub  λακτί- 
ζω. — 2.  an  instrument  of  torture,  Hdt. 
3,  130.— 3.  a  nail,  rivet,  for  joining 
iron. — 4.  a  thorn. — 5.=  τΓΟσθη,  Sotad. 
ap.  Ath.  621  A. — 6.  metaph.  a  spiir, 
incentive.  Soph.  Phil.  1039 :  also  of 
pointed  language,  that  tells  upon  the 
hearer,  as  of  Pericles,  κέντρον  εγκα- 
τέλειττε    τοις   άκροωμένοις,    Eupol. 


ΚΕΡΑ 

Dem.  6. — Π.  the  point,  round  which  a 
circle  is  described,  centre.  Plat.  Rep. 
430  D. — III.  α  kernel  or  hard  knot  in 
wood  or  stone,  Theophr. 

Κεντρο-άγ^ις,  ές,  (κέντρον,  ιτήγνυ- 
μι)  deeply  pricking  or  goading. 

Κεντροτϋπής,  ές,  (κέντρον.  τύ~τω) 
struck  by  a  goad  or  sjmr,  Anth. 

Κεντροτύπος,  ov,  (κέντρον,  τνπτω) 
act.  hitting,  striking  with  a  goad  or  spur : 
but — II.  proparox.  κεντρότνπος,^μα- 
στιγίας.  [ν] 

Κεντροφόρος,  ov,  (κέντρον,  φέρω) 
with  a  goad  or  sting,  Opp. 

Κεντρόω,ώ.  (κέντρον)  to  make  point- 
ed, arm  with  sharp  points  :  in  pass,  to 
have  a  spur  or  sling.  Plat.  Rep.  552  D. 
— II.  to  put  or  find  in  the  centre,  late. 

Κεντρώδης,  ες,  (κέντρον,  είδος) 
pointed,  prickly. 

Κέντρων,  ωνος,  ό,  one  that  bears  the 
marks  of  the  κέντρον,  and  so  a  spur- 
galled  jade,  or  a  rogue  that  has  been  put 
to  the  torture,  so  in  Ar.  Nub.  450,  cf. 
μαστιγίας,  βάραβρος. — II.  later,  a  col- 
lection of  scraps  stitched  together,  patch- 
work, Diod.  :  esp.  metaph.  a  copy  of 
verses  made  up  of  scraps  from  other  au- 
thors, Lat.  cento  :  hence  όμηροκέντρω- 
νες  and  όμερόκεντρα,  poems  made 
up  of  fragments  from  Horn. :  so  we 
have  them  from  Virgil  by  Proba  Fal- 
conin  and  Ausonius. 

^Κέντρωνες,  ωΐ',  ol,  the  CentrOnes,  a 
Gallic  Alpine  tribe,  Strab. 

Κέντρωσις,  εως,  ή,  (κεντράω)  a 
goading,  spurring  on. — II.  a  central  po- 
sition. 

Κεντρωτής,  ή,  όν,  {κεντρόω)  prick- 
ed, pierced,  Plut. — II.  furnished  ui/h  a 
sting,  Arist.  H.  A.  :  .'spiked,  Strab. 

Κεντνρίων,  ωνος,  ό,  the  Lat.  Cen- 
turio,  N.  T. 

*Κέΐ'Τω,  obsol.  root  of  κεντέω, 
whence  the  Ep.  inf.  κένσαι  for  κεν• 
τήσηι  is  usu.  derived. 

Κέντωρ,  ορός,  ό,  (κεντέω)  a  goadcr, 
driver,  ίπττων,  II.  4,  391  ;  5.  102. 

Κένωμα,  ατός,  τό,  (κενόω)  an  emp- 
ty space,  interval,  Polyb. — II.  a  husk. 
— 111.  medic,  βϊΐ  evacuation,  Plut. 
^Κενώς,  adv.  v.  sub  κενός. 

Κένωσις,  εως.  ή,  [κενόω)  an  empty- 
ing, evacuation,  Plat.  Rep.  595  A. 

Κενωτικός,  ή,  όν,  {κενόω}  of  for 
emptying,  τινός,  Ael. :  esp.  medic, 
evacuating. 

Κέομαι,  Ep.  and  Ion.  collat.  form 
from  κείμαι,  whence  Hdt.  has  3  smg. 
κέεται,  Hom.  3.  pi.  κέονται,  Hipp, 
inf.  κέεσθαι.  The  first  person  is  not 
in  use. 

Κεττφαττελεβώδης.  ες,  (είδος)  Ar 
chestr.  ap.  Athi.  163  D,  ace.  to  Bentl., 
from  κέΐτφος  and  άττέλεβος,:=κεπφώ- 
δης. 

Κεπφόομαι,  as  pass.,  to  be  easily 
cajoled  or  deceived,  like  the  κέττφος, 
L'XX,  Cic.  Att.  13,  40. 

Κέττφος,  ov,  ό,  a  light  sea-bird  of 
the  petrel  hind:  hence — II.  metaph.  a 
feather-brained  simpleton,  a  bonbi/,  nod- 
dy, Ar.  Plut.  912,  etc.  (Ace.  to  Schol. 
Ar.  akin  to  κοϋφος  or  κωφός.)    Hence 

Κε'!Γφώδ?ις,  ες,  {κέττφος,  είδος)  like 
a  κέττόος  :  hence  silly. 

Κερΰβάτης,  ου.  ό,=:κεροβάτης.  [«] 

Κερΰελκής,  ές.  (κέρας,  έλκω)  draw- 
ing with  the  horns,  as  a  steer  in  the 
yoke.  Call.  Dian.  179. 

Κεραία,  ας,  ή,  (κέρας)  a  horn,  Nic. 
— II.  any  thing  like  a  horn,  growing  or 
projectimr  like  one :  esp. — 1.  a  yard-arm, 
cf.  Lat.  cornua  antennarum,  Aesch. 
Eum.  55C,  etc. :  hence  in  genl.  a  pro- 
jecting beam,  e.  g.  of  a  Crane,  etc..  v. 
Thuc.  2,  70. — 2.  the  antennae  of  the 
crab,  etc!,  Arist.  H.  A. — 3.  the  horns 


ΚΕΡΑ 

of  the  moon,  Aral. — i.  a  horn  or  pro- 
montory of  laud,  Anth. — 5.  a  branch, 
branching  stake  of  wood,  Polyb. — 6. 
any  little  projection  or  mark  at  the  top 
of  a  thing,  Flut.  :  esp.  an  accentual 
mark  oi  sign  in  writing,  apex, '  a  tittle,' 
N.  T. :  hence  όιά  —άσης  κεραίας  διη- 
κυν,  of  a  character  showing  itself  in 
every  letter,  Dion.  H. :  also  an  abbre- 
viation in  short-hand  writing,  Plut. — 
7.  the  kg,  point  of  a  pair  of  compasses, 
Sext.  Emp. — 111.  any  thing  made  of 
horn.  e.  ζ.  a  boxv,  Anth. 

Kepui'scj,  f.  -Ισω,  to  destroy  utterly, 
lay  waste,  ravage,  πάλιν,  σταθμούς  άν- 
βρώτζων,  etc.,  Horn.,  and  Hdt. — II.  of 
persons,  to  kill,  slaughter,  Ύρώας,  II. 
2,  861,  cf.  21,  129,  Hdt.  7,  125  :  to  sink 
ships,  Hdt.  β,  86,  91  :  κ.,  τινά  έκ  τό- 
πον, to  make  away  with,  carry  off.  Id. 
1,  159.  (Ace.  to  some  from  κέρας, 
others  irom  κείρω.) 

Κεραίνω,  v.  1.  for  κεραίω,  II.  9,  203. 

Κεραιονχος,  ov,  (κεραία,  έχυ)  hold- 
ing the  sail-yard. 

Κεραιρω,  v.  1.  for  κεραίω,  II.  9,  203. 

Κεραΐς,  Ιδος,  ή.  (κέρας)  α  worm  that 
eats  horn,  once  read  m  Od.  21,  395. 

Κεραίς,  ίδος,  η,  (κέρας)  a  sheep 
when  its  horns  are  grown,  Lyc. 

Κεράίσμός,  οϋ,  ό,  (κεραίζω)  destruc- 
tion, devastation,  Dion.  Η. 

Κεραίστής.  οϋ,  ό,  (κεραιζυ)  α  rav- 
ager,  robber,  Η.  Horn.  Merc.  336. 

Κεραΐτις,  ιόος,  ή,  α  herb,  said  to  be 
fenugreek,  also  βονκερας  and  ττ/λις. 

Κεραίω,  Ep.  for  κεράω,  the  radic. 
form  of  κεράνννμι,  to  mix,  ζωρύτερον 
κέραιε,  mix  the  wine  stronger,  II.  9, 
203 :  prob.  not  found  elsewh. ;  and 
here  some  read  κέραινε  and  κέραιρε. 

Κερη/.κής,  ές,  (κέρας,  ά'/.κη)  stout 
of  horn. 

Κεράμαϊος,  οία,  αιον,  (κέραμος)= 
κεράμειος,  κεράμεος,  dub.  in  Polyb. 

Κεράμι3η/ιθν,  ov,  τό,  a  scare-crow  in 
a  garden  :  ace.  to  Hesych.  strictly  a 
kind  of  beetle  fixed  on  fig-trees  to  drive 
away  gnats ;  cf.  κεράμ3νξ. 

Κεράμβη'/ιος,  ου,  o,=sq. 

Ίίεράμόνξ,  νκος,  ό,  α  kind  of  horned 
beetle,  cerambyx,  which  feeds  on  dead 
wood ;  our  musk-beetle  is  of  this  kind. 
(Prob.  from  κάραβος,  with  allusion  to 
κέρας.) 

Κεράμεία,  ας,  η,  (κεραμενω)  pottery, 
the  potters  art  or  craft.  Plat.  Gorg.  514 
E. — II.  potter's  ware,  earthenware,  Era- 
tosth.  ap.  Ath.  482  B. 

Κερΰμεικός,  ή,  όν,  earthen,  like  κε- 
ράμειος:  ό  κ.,  α  potter,  τροχός  τών 
κεραμεικών,  dub.  1.  in  Xea.  Syrap. 
7,  2,  cf  Lob.  Phryn.  147. 

Κεράμεικός,ού,  ό,  the  Potters'  Quar- 
ter: in  Athens  two  places  were  called 
Ceramicus,  one  within  and  the  other 
without  the  Dipylon  or  Thriasian 
Gates.  Thuc.  6,  57,  v.  Schol.  Ar.  Ran. 
112.5,  Eq.  769,  Av.  395,  Diet.  Antiqq. 
voc.  Άαμτταόηφορία,  fin.  p.  506. — 11. 
κό/.πος,  v.  sub  Κέραμος. 

Κεράμείον,  Ion.  -ήϊον,  ov,  τό,  apot- 
ter's  workshop,  Aeschin.  70.  22. 

Κεράμειος,  a.  ov,  Ion.  ήϊος,  ιη,  lov, 
(κέραμος)  cf  clay,  earthenware,  Ep. 
Hom.  14,  14,  and  Plut. 

^Κεράμειος,  a,  ov,  ό  Κ.  κόλπος,  v. 
sub  Κέραμος. 

^Κεραμείς,  έων,  οι,  Cerumeis.  an 
Attic  demus  of  the  tribe  Acamantis  ; 
hence  ό  έκ  Κεραμέων,  of  the  deme 
Cerameis,  Plat.  Prot.  315  D. 

Κερύιιεος,  ov,  =  κερύμειος,  Plat. 
Lys.  219  E. 

Κεράμεονς.  ovv,  better  form  for  κε- 
ρύμειος.  Lob.  Phryn.  147. 

Κεράμενς,  έως,  ή,  (κέραμος)  η  pot- 
ter, II.    18,   COl,   cf.    Ep.   Hom.    14. 


ΚΕΡΑ 

Proverb.,  ύς  κεραμενς  κεραμεΐ  κοτέει 
from  Hes.  Op.  25,  etc. ;  also,  κερα- 
μέως  πλοντος,  of  any  thing  frail  and 
uncertain. 

Κερΰμεντής,  οϋ,  o,=foreg.,  very 
late. 

Κεραμευτικός,  η,  όν,  of,  belonging 
to  a  potter,  Diod.  :  ή  -κή,  sub.  τέχνη, 
the  potter's  art,  pottery,  Luc. 

Κεραμενω,  (κέραμος)  to  be  a  potter, 
work  in  earthenware ;  κ.  κανθύρονς,  to 
make  earthenware  CUps,  Epigen.  Hero. 
1 :  in  Ar.  Eccl.  253,  πόλιν  ευ  και 
κα?.ώς  κεραμεύει,  (as  we  say)  he  ii>i- 
kers  the  state,  of  the  demagogue 
Cephalus,  whose  father  was  a  potter. 

Κεράμήίος,  η,  ov.  Ion.  and  Ep.  for 
κεράμειος. 

Κεραμηίς,  ίδος,  pecul.  Ep.  fern,  of 
κεράμειος. 

Κεράμΐδόω,  ώ,  (κεραμίς)  to  cover 
with  tiles. — II.  in  War,  to  make  a  roof 
of  shields,  as  if  of  tiles,  to  protect  the 
soldiers  ;  the  Roman  testudo. 

Κεραμικός,  ή,  όν,=^κερύμειος,  yij 
κ.,  potter's  earth,  Hipp. :  ή  -κή,  sub. 
τέχνη,  the  potter's  art,  pottery,  Plat. 
Polit.  288  A. 

^Κεραμικός,  ή,  όν,  ό  Κ.  κόλπος,  ν. 
sub  Κέραμος. 

ΚεράμΙνος,  η,  ον.=κεράμειος,  of 
earthenware  or  clay,  Hdt.  3,  90 ;  4,  70. 

Κερύμιον,  ου,  τό,  an  earthenware 
vessel,  a  pot,  jar,  Lat.  testa,  Hdt.  3,  0, 
Xen.  An.  6,  1,  15:  strictly  dim.  from 
κέραμος,  or  neut.  from  sq. 

Κεραμιος,  ία,  ιον,=κεράμειος,  dub. 
in  Xen.  An.  3,  4,  7. 

Κεράμίς.  Ιδος,  ή,  Att.  ίδος  [t].  (κέ- 
ραμος) a  roof  tile,  Ar.  Vesp.  206,  'I'huc. 
3,  22,  etc. :  also  a  tiled  roof. — II.=  Ke- 
ρύμιον,  an  earthen  vessel  or  utensil, 
Ath. — III.  as  adj.  κ.  yij,  potter's  earth, 
clay.  Plat.  Criti.  HI  D;  also,  7)  κ., 
sub.  γη.  Id.  Legg.  844  B. 

Κεράμίτης,  ου,  ό,  fern,  -ΐτις,  ιδος, 
belonging  to  a  κέραμος,  κεραμίτις  γη, 
potter's  earth,  clay,  Hipp.,  like  κεραμίς, 
for  which  Clem.  Al.  says  παρθενιάς 
γη. 

Κερΰμον,  ου,  το,=^κεραμιον  :  τα  κ-, 
vessels  used  at  table,  of  whatever  ma- 
terial, plate,  dub.  in  Ptolem.  ap.  Ath. 
220  D. 

Κερΰμοποίός,  όν,  (κέραμος,  ποιέω) 
making  earthenware  :  ό  κ.,  a  potter. 

Κερΰμοπω?.ειον,  ov.  τό,  the  pottery 
market,  Dinarch.  ap.  Poll.  7, 161 :  from 

Κερύμοπω/.έω,  ω,  f.  -ήσω,  to  sell 
earthenware,  Alex.  Incert.  60  :  from 

Κεράμοπώ7.ης,  ov,  ό,  (κέραμος,  πω- 
λέω)  a  seller  of  pottery. 

Κέραμος,  ov,  0,  potter's  earth,  pot- 
ter's clay,  Plat.  Tim.  60  D. — II.  any 
thing  made  of  this  earth,  as — 1.  any 
earthen  vessel,  a  pot,  jar  OT  jug,  for  wine, 
etc.,  11.  9,  469,  Hdt.  3,  96 :  also  in 
collective  sense,  earthenware,  pottery, 
Id.  3,  6  ;  5,  88.— III.  a  tile,  and  in  col- 
lective sense,  the  tiles,  Ar.  Nub.  1127, 
Thuc.  2,  4,  etc. :  hence  a  tile-roof,  Ar. 
Fr.  129. — IV.  ο  prison,  dungeon,  said 
to  be  a  Cyprian  usage  :  hence,  χα/.- 
κέω  εν  κερύμω,  II.  5,  387  ;  unless  this 
is  a  later  notion,  instead  of  translating 
it  under  roof  of  brass,  1.  e.  impenetra- 
ble ;  cf.  however  χηραμος-  (Ace.  to 
some  from  κεράνννμι,  others  from 
ΈΡΑ,  terra :  if  signf.  IV.  is  establish- 
ed. It  would  seem  akin  to  γέργνρα, 
κύρκαρον,  career.) 

^Κέραμος,  ov,  ή,  Ceramus,  a  town 
on  the  coast  of  Caria,  Strab. ;  whence 
ύ  κόλπος  Κεραμεικός,  the  sinus  Ce- 
ramicus, was  named,  now  bay  of  Stan- 
co,  Hdt.  1,  174;  also  Κερύαειος  and 
Κεραμικός  κ.,  Xen.  Hell.  1,  4,  8  ;  2, 
1.  15. 


ΚΕΡΑ 

Κερΰμονργός,  όν,  (κέραμος,  *ίργω) 
=  κεραμοποιός. 

Κίράμόω,  ώ,  (κέραιιος)  to  cover, 
roof  with  tiles,  Arist.  Phys.  7,  3,  6. 

^Κεράμων,  ώνος,  ό,  (κέραμος)  a  heap 
of  earthen  vessels,  Ar.  Lys.  200. 

ίΚεράμων,  ωνος,  ό,  Cerumon,  an 
Athenian,  Xen.  Mem.  2,  7,  3. 

^Κεράμων  a-}  ορά,  ή,  Ceramorum  fo- 
rum, the  market-place  of  the  Ceramians, 
a  town  on  the  borders  of  Mysia  and 
Phrygia,  Xen.  An.  1,  2,  10. 

Κεραμωτός, -ή,  όν,  (κεραμόω)  covered 
with  tiles,  tiled,  esp.  to  k.,  Polyb.,  or 
κεραμωτή  στέγη,  Strab.,  a  tiled  roof. 

Κερύννϋμι,Άηά  -ινω,  Alcae.(Com.) 
Ίερ.  2 :  fut.  κεράσω  Att.  κερύ :  aor. 
έκέρΰσα.  aor.  mid.  έκερασάμην  [σΰ], 
hence  Ep.  also  κεράσσω,  έκέρασσα., 
but  syncop.  aor.  mid.  έκράσύμην : 
perf.  act.  κέκρΰκα,  perf.  pass,  κέκρΰ'. 
μαι :  aor.  pass,  έκράβι/ν  [ύ] :  later 
also  κεκέρασμαι  and  έκερίισθην.  Lob. 
Phryn.  582.  Of  these  tenses  Hom. 
uses  only  the  aor.  act.  nd  mid.  (not 
syncop.),  usu.  with  σσ:  also  in  II.  4, 
260,  subj.  pres.  κέρωνται,  as  if  from 
κέραμαι ;  also  the  collat  form  κεραίω, 
II.  9,  203  :  and  more  freq.  κεράω : 
lastly  in  compos,  with  επί  the  inf, 
aor.  1  act.  κρήσαι.  Cf  also  κιρνάω, 
κίρνημι.  To  mix,  mingle,  (difl'.  from 
μίγννμι,  v.  sub  κρΰσις),  from  Hom. 
downwds.  mostly  of  diluting  the 
strong  syrup-like  wine  of  the  Greeks 
(and  Romans),  and  so  preparing  it 
for  the  table,  as  Od.  5,  93  ;  24,  364 ; 
but  more  freq.  in  Horn,  in  mid.,  e.  g. 
oii'ov  εν  κρητήρσι  κέρωνται,  they  mix 
their  wine  in  bowls,  II.  4,  260,  cf.  Od. 
3,  332;  also,  κρητήρα  κερύσασΰαι,  to 
mix  one's  self  a  bowl  (as  we  sav  of 
punch),  Od.  3,  393  ;  18,  423  ;  so  'too, 
κύλιξ  Ίσον  Ισω  κεκραμένη,  a  cup  ττιώ- 
fii  half  and  half,  A r.  Plut.  1132.— 2. 
to  temper  or  cool  by  mixing,  as  hot  wa- 
ter for  the  bath,  Od.  10,  362.-3.  me- 
taph.  to  blend  together,  temper,  regulate, 
Lat.  temperare,  of  climates,  ώραι  μά- 
λιστα κεκραμέναι,  Hdt.  3,  100,  cf. 
Xen.  Cyn.  5,  5  :  of  tempers  of  mind, 
ήθει  γεννικώ,  πραεϊ  κεκραμένος.  Plat, 
Phaedr.  279  A,  Legg.  930  Α.— 11.  in 
genl.  to  mix,  compound,  Lat.  attenipe- 
rare,  εκ  τίνος,  of  a  thing,  Plat.  Rep. 
501  B. — lU.  in  Pind.,  ού  γήρας  κέ• 
κραται  γενεά,  no  old  age  is  mingled 
with  the  race,  i.  e.  it  knows  not  old 
age,  P.  10,  65,  cf  O.  10,  123. 

Κέραξ,  ακος,  ό,=  κέρας,  Hesych. 

Κερύοξόος,  ov,  (κέρας,  ξέω)  polish- 
ing, working  in  horn  ;  esp.  making  it 
into  bows,  etc.,  κ.  τέκτων,  II.  4,  110. 

Κεράός,  ά,  όν,  and  later  of,  όν, 
(κέρας)  horned,  ελαφος,  II.  3,  24,  up- 
νες,  Od.  4,  85. — II.  of  horn,  made  of 
horn.  Call.  Apoll.  63. 

Κεραονχος,  ov,  (κέρας,  έχω)=κε- 
ρονχος,  Anth. 

Κέρας,  τό,  gen.  κέρατος,Έρ-  ραος, 
contr.pωf,  sodat.  κέρατι,  κέραί,  κέρα, 
dual  κέραε,  κέρα,  and  κεράοιν,  κε- 
ρων,  plur.  ηοιη.  κέραα,  κέρα,  gen.  κε- 
ράων,  κερών,  dat.  κέραα  ι,  Ερ.  κερά• 
εσσι.  The  Ion.  decl.  is  κέρας,  κέ• 
ρεος,  κέρεϊ.  [The  regul.  quantity  of 
the  gen.  is  κέρατος,  etc.,  Herm.  Soph. 
Tr.  516;  though  Hom.  has  κεράσι. 
Arat.  174  has  a  lengthd.  form  κεραα- 
τος,  and  Nic.  Th.  291  κεράατα,  prob. 
formed  after  the  Homer,  κράατα  :  the 
other  irreg.  form  κέράα,  in  Orph. 
Lith.  238,  IS  now  corrected  into  κέ 
ράτα.  Hom.  has  the  contr.  dat.  sing. 
κέρα.  nom.  pi.  κέρα,  but  only  before 
a  vowel.] — 1.  the  horn  of  an  animal,  in 
Horn.  usu.  of  oxen. — II.  horn,  as  a 
material  for  working,  Od.  19,  563, 
751 


ΚΕΡΑ 

wherr  we  find  horn  doors,  through 
which  the  true  dreams  came,  cf.  Plat. 
Uharm.  173  A  (and  prob.  there  is  a 
play  between  κέρας,  κραίνειν,  as  be- 
tween έλέφας,  έλεφαίρειν). — 111.  any 
thing  made  of  horn  ;  esp.  a  bow,  II.  11, 
385  :  later  esp.— 1.  of  musical  instru- 
ments, α  horn  for  bloiving,  e.  g.  the 
Phrygian  flute,  Lat.  cormt,  either  from 
its  shape  or  because  it  was  tipped 
with  horn  at  the  end,  to  deepen  its 
tone,  Luc,  cf.  Poll.  4,  74  sq. :  also 
the  bridge  of  a  lyre,  Soph.  Fr.  232. — 2. 
a  drinking-horn,  Xen.  An.  7,  2,  23,  or 
a  metal  goblet  in  the  shape  of  a  horn, 
upyvpifAara  κ.,  Aesch.  Fr.  170,  etc., 
cf.  Ath.  |).  476. — IV.  a  horn,  guard  or 
pipe  at  the  end  of  a  fishing  line,  to 
prevent  the  fish  from  biting  it,  11.  24, 
81,  Od.  12,  253. — V.  a?i  arm  or  branch 
of  a  river,  κέρας  ^Ώ,κεανον,  Hes.  Th. 
789,  Νείλου,  Pind.  Ft.  215,  Μενόή- 
σίον  κέρας,  Thuc.  1,  110;  whence 
perh.  later,  river-gods  were  represent- 
ed with  bull's  horns,  unless  this  in- 
volve the  same  notion  as  that  of  the 
horn  of  plenty,  Αμάλθειας  κέρας. — 
VI.  the  wing  of  an  army  or  fleet.  Hdt. 
6,  8  ;  9,  26,  etc.  :  κητιι  κέρας  ττρος- 
βάλλειν,  to  attack  inflank,  Thuc.  and 
Polyb. :  έπΙ  κέρας  άγει.ν,  to  lead  (men 
or  ships)  towards  the  wing,  i.  e.  in  col- 
umn, not  with  a  broad  front,  Lat. 
agmine  longo,  Interpp.  ad  Hdt.  6,  12  ; 
in  Att.,  έτί  κέρως,  Thuc.  2,  90  ;  6,  32, 
and  Xen.  ;  so  too,  /cord  κέρας,  Xen. 
An.  4, 6, 6.  — VTI.  the  sailyard  ot  a  ship, 
more  usu.  κεραία,  Mel. — VIII.  atiy 
projection  or  elevation,  e.  g.  a  mountain- 
peak,  Xen.  An.  5,  6,  7  ;  like  the  Swiss 
Schreck/iont,  Finsteraar/ior;/,  etc. — 
1Χ.  =  πόσθη,  Archil.  112. — X.  κέρατα 
ποιεϊν  τινι,  to  give  him  horns,  cuckold 
him,  proverb,  in  Artemid. ;  whence 
κεραηας,  κερατάς. — Χ\.=^κερατίν)], 
Sext.  Einp.,  Luc.  (The  Lat.  coma, 
our  horn:  also  found  in  Hebr.  keren : 
akin  to  κάρα,  q.  v.  sub  fin.  On  the 
compds.  oi κέρας,  v.  Lob.  Phryn.  072.) 

Κεριίς,  ύόος,  η,  poet.  fem.  of  κε- 
ραός,  horned. 

Κεράς,  adv.,  {κεράνννμι)  mixed, 
dub.,  V.  Lob.  Paral.  p.  223. 

tKepaf,  ατός,  τέι,  Ceras,  prop,  the 
Horn,  a  promontory  near  Byzantium, 
Polyb.  4,  43,  7. — 2.  in  pi.  ru  Κέρατα, 
the  Horns,  two  mountains  between 
Megaris  and  Attica,  Diod.  S.  13,  C5, 
Pint.  Thesm.  13. 

Κεραςβό'λος,  ov,  (κέρας,  βάλλω) 
striclh ,throivmg,  tossing  with  the  horn ; 
and  pass.,  falling  on  the  horn  :  hence, 
δσττρια  κ.,  pulse  that  does  not  soften  in 
boiling,  from  an  old  belief  that  such 
pulse  had  fallen  on  the  horns  of  the 
oxen  in  sowing,  Thcophr.— II.  me- 
taph.  a  harsh,  inflexible  person.  Plat. 
Legg.  853  D. 

Κερασέα,  and  κεράσια,  ας,  //,=«£- 
ρασός,  the  cherry-tree. 

Κερύσιον,  ου,  ro,  the  fruit  of  the  κέ- 
ρασος, a  cherry,  Diph.  Siphn.  ap.  Ath. 
51  A  :  also  the  tree,  Diosc. 

Κέρασμα,  ατός,  τό,  {κεράνννμι) 
something  mixed,  a  mixture  ;  esp.  a  mix- 
ed drink,  potion,  like  κνκεών.  Hipp. 

Κέρασος,  ov,  a,  later  also  ή,  the 
cherry-tree,  Theophr.  (Buttm.  com- 
pares Lat.  cornus,  which  is  to  cornu, 
as  κέρασος  to  κέρας.) 
^Κερασονντιος,  a,  οι•,  of  Cerusus, 
Cernsian,  Xen.  An.  5,  7,  13  :  from 

\Κερασοΐις,  ονντος,  ή,  Cerasus,  a 
colony  of  the  Sinopians  in  Pontus, 
Xen.  An.  5,  3,  2. 

Κεραστής,  ov,  ό,  -τις,  ή,  Aesch. 
Pr.  674,  {κέρας)  horned. — II.  as  subst. 
ό  κεραστής,  a  horned  serpent,   Nic. : 
752 


ΚΕΡΑ 

also  an  insect  which  destroys  figs,  The- 
ophr. 

Κεραστής,  ov,  ό,  fem.  -τις,  ίόος,  ή, 
[κεράνννμι)  one  that  mixes,  a  mixer, 
Orph. 

Κεράστις,  ή,  fem.  from  κεραστής. 

Κεραστίς,  ιόος,  ή,  fem.  Irorn  κε- 
ραστής. 

Κεραστός.  ή,  όν,  (κεράνννμι)  mix- 
ed, mingled,  Anth. 

Κεραςφορέω,  ώ,  to  have  horns,  Phi- 
lost  r.  :  from 

Κεραςφόρος,  ov,  {κέρας,  φερω)= 
κερατοφορος,  Eur.  Phoen.  248. 

Κερατάρχης,  ου,  ό,  (κέρας,  άρχω) 
the  co?nmnnder  of  a  body  of'SZ  elephants, 
Ael.     Hence 

Κεραταρχία,  ας,  ή,  the  office  of  a  κε- 
ρατάρχης. 

Κερατάς,  d,  ό,  a  cuckold,  v.  κέρας, 
Byzant.  word. 

Κερατανλιις,  ov,  ό,  {κέρας,  ανλέω) 
a  horn-blower. 

Κερατέα,  ας,  ή,  also  κερατεία  and 
-ία,  the  carob  or  locust  tree  (Arab,  kha- 
roob) :  its  fruit  was  κεράτων,  called 
also  St.  John's  bread,  Irom  a  notion 
that  it  "/as  his  fruit  in  the  wilderness. 

Κερατεία,  ας,  )7,=  foreg.,  Plin. 

Κερατηφόρος,  ον,=  κεραςφόρυς. 

Κεράτια,  ας,  ή,=  κερατέα,  Strab. 

Κερατίας,  ov,  6,  one  that  is  horned, 
Diod. — II.  cf.  κέρας  X. 

Κερατίζω,  ί.  -ί'σω,  {κέρας)  to  butt 
with  the  horns,  Philo. 

Κερατίνη,  ης,  ή,  the  fallacy  called 
the  Horns,  Quint.  Inst.  1,  10,  6,  cf. 
Diog.  L.  7,  187,  cf.  κέραςΧΙ. :  strictly 
fein.  from  κεράτινος. 

Κερατίνης,  ov,  o,=  foreg.,  Diog.  L. 
2,  108. 

Κεράτινος,  η,  ov,  {κέρας)  oj  horn, 
made  of  horn,  Xen.  An.  0,  1,4,  Plat. 
(Cora.)  Ζεΰζ•  κακ.  8. 

Κεράτιον,  ov.  τό,  dim.  from  κέρας, 
a  little  horn,  Arist.  H.  A. — II.  the  fruit 
if  the  κερατέα,  q.  v.,  Diosc:  hence— 
HI.  like  Lat.  siUqua,  a  weight,  the 
carat,x=^  of  a  scruple, =z  ^-.^-^-g  of  a 
pound,  Rom. -.=2^  χαλί<οΙ,=  ^  of  an 
obol,  Greek  ;  v.  Bockh,  Metrol.  Un- 
ters.  ^  XI. — IV.  a  plant  called  also 
τήλις,foenum  Graecum,  fenugreek,  Co- 
lumella. 

Κερατίς.  ίδος,  ή,^κερατίνη,  Diog. 
L.  7,  41,  82. 

Κερατιστής,  ov,  ό,  (κερατίζω)  one 
that  butts,  LXX. 

Κερατίτης,  ov,  ό,  -ΐτις,  ιδης,  ή, 
(κέρας)  horned:  hence  of  the  horned 
poppy,  Theophr. 

Κερατογλνφος,  ov,  (κέρας,  γλ.ύφω) 
cutting  or  working  in  horn,   [ii] 

Κερατοειδής,  ές,  {κέρας,  είδος)  like 
horn,  esp.  Medic,  of  the  cornea  in  the 
eye. — II.  sounding  like  a  horn,  Schiif. 
Dion.  Comp.  p.  170. 

Κερατοξόος,  ον,=κεραοξόος,  Nonn. 

Κερατοποιός,  όν,  (κέρας,  ποίεω)  = 
κεραοξόος. 

Κερατόπονς,  ό,  ή,  -πονν,  τό.  gen. 
-ποδός,  {κέρας,  πους)  hornfooted, 
hoofed. 

Κερατονργός,  όν,  {* ε pyui)=^ κερα- 
τοξόος. 

Κερατοφορέω,  ώ,  to  have  horns, 
Arist.  Part.  An. :  from 

Κερατοφόρυς,  ov,  {κέρας,  φέρω) 
having  horns,  horned,  Arist.  H.  A. 

Κερατοώνεω,  ώ,  to  produce  or  groiu 
horns  :  from 

Κερατοφνής,  ές,  {κέρας,  φύω)  pro- 
ducing or  growing  horns,  horned,  Ath. 

Κερατόφωνυς,  ov,  (κέρας,  φωνέω) 
sounding  from  Or  like  a  horn,  Telest. 
ap.  Ath.  637  A. 

Κερατόω,  ώ,  {κέρας)  to  harden  into 
horn,  Ael. 


ΚΕΡΑ 

Κερατώδης,  ες,  —  κερατοειδής.. 
Arist.  Η.  Α. 

Κέρατων,  ώνος,  δ,  βωμός  κ.,  an 
altar  of  horn,  in  the  isle  of  Deloe, 
Plut. 

Κερατωνία,  ας,  ί/,=  κερατέα,  The- 
ophr. 

Κερατώπις,  ιδος,  ή,  {κέρας,  ω-ψ) 
horned-looking,  of  the  moon,  late. 

Κερανλης,  ov,  ό,  =  κερατανλης, 
Luc. 

Κεραννειος,  ov,  (κεραυνός)  of  the 
thunderbolt ;  esp.  wielding  it,  Δενς, 
Anth.  :  v.  κεραννιος. 

Κεραννίας,  ov,  ό,  stricken  by  thunder. 

Κεραννιον.  ov,  τό,  a  kind  of  truflle 
{νδνον),  said  to  grow  alter  a  thim- 
der-storin. — II.  a  marginal  mark,  Diog. 
L.  3,  66. 

Κεραννιος,  a,  ov,  also  ος,  ov,  Aesch. 
Theb.  430,  {κεραννύς)  of  a  thunder- 
bolt, βολή,  φλόξ,  etc.,  Trag. :  hence 
— 2.  stricken  by  the  thunderbolt ,  Soph. 
Ant.  1139,  Eur.  Bacch.  6:  esp., 
Til  Κεραννια,  the  '  thunder-splitten 
])eaks,'  of  several  mountain  riilges, 
iihe  Ceraunian  Mts.  in  Epirus,  V. 
Άκροκεραννια,  Αρ.  Rh.  4,  520.  Strab. 
— 2.  the  northeastern  part  of  Cauca- 
sus near  the  Caspian,  Strab. 

Κεραυνοβλής,  ήτος,  δ,  ή,  Theophr.: 
and 

Κεραννόβλητος,  ov,  {κεραυνός, 
βάλλω)  struck  by  a  thunderbolt  or  light- 
jiing :  hence — II.  metaph.  like  Lat. 
attonitus,  astounded. 

Κερηυνοβολέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  hurl 
the  thunderbolt,  Mel.  :  to  strike  there- 
with, τινά,  Anth.  :  and 

ΚεραννοβοΑία,  ας,  ή,  a  hurling  of 
thundfrbolls  :  a  thunder-storm,  Strab. : 
from 

Κεραυνοβόλος,  ov,  {κεραννός,  βάλ- 
λω) hurling  the  thunderbolt,  ol  Bac- 
chus, Eur.  Bacch.  598  :  but — II.  pro- 
parox.  κεραννόβο?Μς,  ov,  pass,  thun- 
der-stricken, Diod. 

Κεραννοβρόντης,  ου,  δ,  (κεραννός, 
βροντάω)  the  lighterier  and  thunderer, 
Ar.  Pac.  37G  :  \ike  βροντησικέραννος. 

Κεραννομάχης,  ov,  ό,  {κεραυνός, 
μάχομαι)  fighting  with,  wielding  the 
thunderbolt,  Mel.   [ά] 

Κεραννοπ7.ήξ,  ήγος,  b,  ή,  {κεραυ- 
νός, πλήσσω)  thunder  or  lightning- 
struck,  Alcae.  (Com.)  Gan.  1. 

ΚΕΡΑΤΝΟ'Σ,  οϋ,  6,  the  thunder- 
bolt,  thunder  and  lightning,  Lat.  fulmen, 
as  we  oft.  use  thunder,  Horn.  :  but 
thimder  hy  itself  was  βροντή,  Lat.  ton- 
itru,  and  the  flash  of  lightning  άστερο- 
πή,  στεροπή,  Lat.  fulgvr,  cf.  Herm. 
Opusc.  4,  p.  268  :  in  full,  βέλος  κε- 
ραυνού. Soph.  Tr.  1088  ;  in  plur.,  κε- 
ραυνοί, thunderbolts,  Hdt.  8,  37.  From 
Hom.  downwds.  the  weapon  of  Jupi- 
ter, v.  also  Hes.  Th.  690,  854  ;  ace. 
to  a  later  legend  forged  by  the  Cy- 
clopes, first  in  Hes.  Th.  141. 

Κεραννοσκοπειον,  ου,  τό,  (κεραυ- 
νός, σκοπέω)  strictly  α  place  where 
thunder  is  observed. — II.  a  machine  for 
making  thunder  on  the  stage,  Poll.  4. 
127,  etc. 

Κεραυνοσκοπία,  ας,  ή,  {κεραυνός. 
σκοπέω)  the  observation  of  thunder  and 
lightning,  divination  by  them,  Diod. 

Κεραννονχος,  ov,  (κεραννός,  έχω) 
wielding  the  thunderbolt,  Ztlif,  Philo. 

Κεραννοφάής,  ές,  {κεραυνός,  φάος) 
flashing  like  the  thunderbolt,  Eur.  Tro. 
1103. 

Κεραννοφόρος,  ov,  (κεραννός,  φέ- 
ρω) U'ielding  the  thunderbolt,  Plut. 

Κεραννόω,  ώ,  {κεραυνός)  to  strike 
with  a  thunderbolt,  Hdt.  7,  105:  henci: 
metaph.,  =  καταδικάζειν,  Arteiniu. 
Hence 


ΚΕΡΔ 

Κΐραύνυσις.  εως,  ή,  α  striking  with 
α  thunderbalt,  Strab. 

iKepavaiog,  ov,  ό,  Mt.  Cerausius,  a 
mountain  of  Arcadia,  Paus.  8,  41,  3. 
Κεράω,  Ep.  radic.  ΐοηηοίκεράννν- 
μι,  q.  y. 

Κεράω,  ώ,  {κέρας)  to  take  post  oti  the 
wing  OT  flank,  Polyb.  18.  7,  9. 

tKfpauv,  ω^'Of,  ό,  Ceraon,  a  hero, 
honou  red  bv  the  cooks,  in  Sparta,  Ath. 
39  C.  173  F. 

Κεραώφ,  ύπος,  ό,  ή,  {κέρας,  uip) 
horned-looking,  of  the  moon. 

Κερ'-Ιέρωι,  ων,  οι,  corned  by  Ar. 
Ran.  187,  as  name  of  a  tribe,  with  a 
pun  on  Κέρί^ερος. 

Κερ3ερος.  ov,  ό,  Cerberus,  the  dog 
which  guards  the  gate  of  the  nether 
world,  ace.  to  Hes.  Th.311,  the  fifty- 
headed  son  of  Tvphaon  and  Echidna : 
aUuded  to  in  Od.  11,  623,  and  11.  8, 
368,  but  without  name  or  description: 
later  regarded  as  three-headed,  Apol- 
lod.  2,  5,  12. 

\Κερι3ήσίθΐ,  ων,  oi,  the  Cerbesii,  an 
ancient  Phrygian  race  extinct  in 
Strabo's  time,  p.  580  :  hence 

\Κερ3ήσίος,  a,  ov,  of  the  Cerbesii, 
Cerbesian,  μί\ος,  Alcm.  63. 

Κερ/ίολεω,  ώ,  f.  -^σω,  also  σκερβο- 
λέι,)  .=  κερτομέω. 

Κερύαίνω,  fut.  κερδάνύ :  inf.  aor. 
κερδάναι.  Ion.  κερύήναι.  Ep.  Hom. 
14,  6  :  un-Att.  fut.  κερδήσω.  Ion.  also 
κερδήσομαι,  Hdt.  3,  72 ;  and  mf  aor 
κερδήσαί  (κέρδος).  To  gain,  derive 
profit  or  advantage  from,  κακά  κ.,  to 
make  unfair  gaitis,  Hes.  Op.  350 : 
most  freq.  of  all,  /c.  εκ  or  ιϊπό  τίνος, 
Hdt.  4,  152,  Xen.  Mem.  2,  9,  4 :  c. 
part.,  to  gain  by  doing...,  Eur.  Hel. 
1051  ;  so  too  c.  dat.  et  part.,  Μεγύ- 
ροισι  κερδανέομεν  περίεοϋσι.  we  shall 
gain  by  Megara's  preservation,  Hdt. 
8,  60,  3  :  absol.  to  gain  profit  or  ad- 
vantage, Hdt.  8,  5,  Soph.  Fr.  26,  325, 
etc.  :  c.  ace.  cognate,  κέρδος  κερδ.. 
Id.  Ο.  Τ.  889  :  to  traffic,  make  mer- 
chandise. Id.  Ant.  1037.— II.  like  άπο- 
λαύω,  καρπόομαι,  to  gain  a  loss,  j.  e. 
reap  disadvantage  fmm  a  thing,  as, 
διπλά  δάκρυα  κ.,  Virgil's  renovare  do- 
lorem,  Eur.  Hec.  518,  cf.  Arist.  E-tti. 
5,  4. 

Κερδαλεη,  τις,  ή.  contr.  κερδάλη. 
ής ;  the  wily  one,  and  so  like  κερδώ,  a 
fox,  cf  Plat.  Rep.  365  C,  Heusing. 
Cic.  Off.  1,  13,  10.— II.  a  foxs  skin, 
sub.  δορά:  strictly  fern,  from 

'Κερδάλέος,  έα,  έον,  (κέρδος)  of 
persons,  looking  sharp  after  one's  inte- 
rest, crafty,  cunning,  or  in  good  sense, 
shrewd,  Od.  13,  291  ;  so,  κ.  νόημα, 
βον?^ή,  μνβος,  Hom. — 2.  of  things, 
gainful,  profitable,  Hdt.  9, 7,  1,  Ar.  Av. 
594,  etc.  Adv.  -λέως,  to  one^s  advan- 
tage, opp.  to  δικαίως,  Thuc.  3,  56. 
Hence 

Κερδάλεότης,  ητος,  ?/,  craftiness, 
cunning,  shrewdness. 

Κερδάλεόφρων,  ov,  gen.  oi'of ,  (κερ- 
δαλέος,  φρήν)  craffij-minded,  cunning  ; 
οτ  selfish,  11.  1,  149,  etc. 

Κερδαντέον,νβνί).  adj.  from  κερδαί- 
νω,  one  must  make  money,  M.  Anton. 

Κερδαντηρ,  ηρος,  b,  (κερδαίνω)  a 
miser. 

Κερδαντός,  η,  όν,  (κερδαίνω)  that 
ought  to  be  gained :  τά  κερδαντά  κερ- 
δαίνειν,  to  make  fair  gains,  Diog.  L. 
1,  97. 

Κερδάριον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  κέρ- 
δος. 

Κερδέμπορος,  ου,  ό,  (κέρδος,  ίμττο- 
οος)  epith.  of  Mercury,  as  presiding 
over  gain  in  traffic,  Orph. 

Κερδ}ΐτικός,  η,  όν,  greedy  of  gain, 
Lat.  lacrosus. 

48 


EEPK 

Κερδία,  ας,  ή,  (κέρδος)=φιλοκερ• 
δια,  only  in  Gramm. 

^Κερδίμμας,  ό,  Cerdimmas,  masc. 
pr.  η.,  Arr.  An.  2,  13,  7. 

Κέρδιστος,  η,  ov,  super!,  of  κερδί- 
uv  (with  no  positive  in  use),  formed 
from  κέρδος,  the  most  cunning  or  crafty, 
II.  6,  153.  —  II.  the  most  profitable, 
Aesch.  Pr.  385. 

Κερδίων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  compar. 
(with  no  positive  in  use),  formed 
from  κέρδος,  more  profitable,  in  genl. 
better  :  Horn,  has  only  neut.,  in  phrase 
έμοι  δέ  κε  κέρδιον  εΐη,  or  και  κεν  τνο- 
λν  κέρδιον  ήεν. 

ΚΕ'ΡΔΟΣ,  εος,  τό,  gain,  profit,  ad- 
vantage, Hom.,  etc. ;  έν  κέρδει  τι 
ποιείσθαι,  cf.  Hor.,  lucro  apponere, 
Hdt.  6, 13  ;  so,  κέρδος  ήγεΐσθαι,  Eur. 
Med.  454,  νομίζειν,  Thuc.  7,  68  ;  κέρ- 
δη πονηρά,  ill-gotten  gain,  cf  Soph. 
Ant.  326,  Arist.  Eth.  5,  4.— II.  agatn- 
fal,  shrewd  scheme  or  device,  plan, 
Horn.,  usu.  in  plur. :  hence  craft,  cun- 
ning, κέρδεα  εΐόέναι  and  έπίστασθαι, 
to  be  versed  i>i  crafty  schemes,  shrewd 
turns,  Hom. ;  κακά  κέρδεα  βουλεύειν, 
'  to  mean  mischief,'  Od.  23,  217. — III. 
desire  of  gain,  Pind.  P.  3,  95. 

Κερδοσν/^.έκτης,  ov,  b,  (κέρδος, 
σν?.λέγω)  a  scraper  together  of  gain. 

Κερδοσύνη,  ης,  ή,  (κέρδος)  like 
κερόαλεότης,  cunning,  craft,  shrewd- 
ness :  Hom.  uses  only  the  dat.  κερδο- 
σύνη, as  adv.  cunningly,  shrewdly,  [ΰ] 
Κερδοφόρος,  ov,  (κέρδος,  φέρω) 
bringing  gain,  Artemid. 

^Κερδύ?.ιον,  ov,  τό,  Cerdylium,  an 
elevated  spot  near  Amphipolis  in 
Thrace,  Thuc.  5,  6. 

Κερδύφιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  κέρδος. 

Κερδώ,  όος  contr.  ους,  ή,  (κέρδος) 

name  of  a  fox,  Ar.  Eq.  1068,  cf  κερ- 

δαλέη. — Ι1.^γαλ4η,  γαλή,  a  weasel, 

Artemid. 

Κερδών,  ωνος,  ό  name  of  a  slave  in 
Dem.  1252,  27  :  hence  the  Lat.  cerdo, 
a  handicraftsman. 

Κερδώος,  a,  ov,  (κέρδος)  bringing 
or  dispensing  gain,  epith.  of  Apollo, 
Lye,  of  Mercury,  Luc. — II.  (κερδώ) 
of,  like  a  fox. 

Κέρεα,  τά.  Ion.  for  κέραα,  κέρατα, 
from  κέρας.     Hence 

Κερεαλκής,  ές,  poet,  for  κεραλκης, 
stout  in  the  horns,  ταύρος.  Call.  Dian. 
179,  and  Ap.  Rh. 

ίΚερεαταί.  ών,  al,  Cereatae,  a  city 
of  Latium,  Strab. 

Κερέειν,  Ion.  inf.  fut.  of  κείρω,  for 
κερεΐν,  II.  23,  146. 

iKεpησσός,ov,  ό,  Ceressus,  a  fortress 
near  Thespiae  in  Boeotia,  Paus.  9, 
14,  2,  sq. 

ίΚέρΑη,  ης,  η,  Certhe,  daughter  of 
Thespius,  ApoUod.  2,  7,  8. 

Κέρθιος,  ov,  b,  a  little  bird,  a  tree- 
creeper,  Arist.  H.  Α.,  Lat  certhia. 

\Κερκάσωρος,  ov.  πόλις,  ή,  Cercaso- 
ropolis.  a  city  of  Aegypt  on  the  west 
bank  of  the  isile  above  the  Delta  ;  its 
site  now  occupied  by  Eksas  or  Aksas, 
Hdt.  2,  17,  97:  in  Strab.  Κερκέσου- 
pa,  p.  806. 

^Κερκαφίδαι,  ων,  οι,  the  descendants 
of  Cercaphus,  i.  e.  the  Rhodians, 
Anth. :  from 

^Κέρκαφος,  ov,  b,  Cerciiphus,  son  of 
Helius,  progenitor  of  the  Rhodians, 
Strab.,  who  mentions  another,  son  of 
Aeolus. — II.  a  mountain  near  Colo- 
phon, Nic.  Th.  218. 

ίΚερκέστης,  ov,  ό,  Cercestes,  son  of 
Aegyptus,  ApoUod. 

ΙΚερκέται,  ων,  ol,  the  Cercetae,  ajl 
Asiatic  people  in  Sarmatia,  Strab. ; 
also  Κερκεταϊοι,  Hellan.,  and  in  Dion. 
P.  Κερκέτιοί. 


KEPK 

^Κερκετικός,  ή,  όν,  of  the  Cercetae, 
Cercetian,  Orph.  Arg.  1044. 

Κερκέτης,  ου,  ό,=δε?.φίς  II.,  esp. 
used  as  an  anchor. 

ίΚερκηΐς,  ίδος.  ή.  Cerceis,  an  ocean 
nymph,  Hes.  Th.  355. 

^Κερκίδας,  ΰ,  ό,  Cercidas,  an  Area 
dian,  a  partisan  of  Philip  of  Macedon, 
Dein.  324. — 2.  a  poet  and  lawgiver  of 
Megalopolis  in  Arcadia,  Polyb.  2,  44, 
17,  etc. 

Κερκίδων,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from κερκίς. 

Κερκϊδοποιϊκή,  ης,  ή,  sub.  τέχνη, 
the  art  of  the  κερκιδοποιός,  Arist.  Pol. 
1,8,  1. 

ΚερκϊδοτΓοιός,  όν,  (κερκίς,  ποιέω) 
making  shuttles. 

Κερκίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (κερκίς)  to  make 
the  web  close  with  the  κερκίς.  Plat.  Crat. 
387  E. 

^Κερκίνη.  ης,  ή,  Cercine,  a  mountain 
on  the  confines  of  the  Sinti  and  Pae- 
ones,  Thuc.  2,  98. 

ίΚερκινίτις,  ιδος,  ή,  λίμνη,  lake  Cer• 
ciniiis,  in  .Macedonia  on  the  borders 
of  the  Edoni,  Arr.  An.  1,  11,5. 

^Κέρκιννα,  ης,  ή,  Cercinna,  an  island 
with  a  city  of  same  name  at  the  en- 
trance of  the  Syrtis  Minor,  Strab.  ; 
Plut.  Mar.  40 :  in  Polyb.  ή  των  Κερ- 
κινητών  πόλις,  3,  96,  12 :  also  Κέρ- 
κινα. 

^Κερκιννΐτις,  ιδος,  ή,  Cercinnitis,  a 
smaller  island  near  foreg.,  Strab. 

Κερκίς,  ίδος,  ή,  in  the  upright  loom 
of  the  ancients,=  the  later  σπάθη,  a 
staff  or  rod  with  which  the  web  was 
struck  to  make  it  thick  and  close,  II. 
22,  448  ;  made  of  gold  in  Od.  5,  62  : 
later  in  the  horizontal  loom,  the  wea• 
ver's  stay  or  comb  :  but  usu.  the  shuttle 
containing  the  spindle  or  spool,  Lat.  ra- 
dium, pecten  textorius.  Soph.  Ant.  976, 
etc. — 11.  any  taper  rod.  of  wood,  ivory, 
etc  ;  as — 1.  abeam  or  pole  oi  a  plough? 
Orph.  ap.  Clem.  Al.  cf.  καμπύλοχος, 
and  Lob.  Aglaoph.  p.  838. — 2.  a  skew• 
erfor  fastening. — 3.  the  reed,  φάΙΙ.  etc., 
with  which  stringed  instruments 
were  struck,  Lat.  plectrum.  —  4.  in 
genl.  a  peg,  pin,  Lat.  paxillus  :  a  hair- 
pin or  comb,  Ap.  Rh.  3,  46. — 5.  a  mea- 
suring-rod, Lat.  radius  mathematicus, 
Anth. — 6.  the  small  bone  of  the  shin  or 
forearm.  Lat.  radius,  Plut.  Alex.  4a: 
acc.  to  Herophilus,  also  the  shin. — 7. 
the  prickle  of  the  electric  ray. — III.  a 
wedge-shaped  division  of  the  seats  in  the 
theatre,  Lat.  cuneus,  Alex.  Gynaecoc. 
I. — IV  .  a  kind  of  poplar,  the  trembling 
aspen,  from  the  rustling  of  its  leaves, 
Arist.  H.  A.  8,  5,  8.  (Prob.  from  κέρ• 
κω,  κρέκω,  cf  Ar.  Ran.  1349.) 

Κέρκισις,  εως.  ή,  (κερκίζω)  the  sin- 
king of  the  web  with  the  κερκίς :  in  genl.. 
liieawi^,  Arist.  Phys.  7, 2,  4.  Hence. 

Κερκιστική,  ης,  ή,  sub.  τέχνη,  the^ 
art  of  weaving.  Plat.  Polit.  282  B. 

Κερκίων,  ή,  an  unknown  bfrd,  alsO> 
κερκόρωνος,  Ael. 

Κερκολύρα,  ας,  ή,  said  to  be  for 
κρεκο/.ύρα,  quasi  κρέκοινσαλνρα,  in  » 
Alcm.  104.  ψ 

Κερκοπίθηκος,  ου,  ή,  (κέρκος,  πί- 
θηκος) α  long-tailed  ape,  Strab.  [ί] 
Κερκόρωνας,ον,  ό,  ν.  κερκίων. 
ΚΕ'ΡΚΟΣ.  01',  fj,  α  tail,  as  of  a 
dog,  Ar.  Eq.  1031  ;  κ.  λαγώ,  a  hare's 
scut,  lb.  909  :  hence — II.  membrumvi- 
rile,  Lat.  cauda,  Ar.  Thesm.  239. — 2. 
a  little  animal  that  injures  the  vine. 

Κέρκονρος  or  κερκονρος.  ov,  ό,  a, 
light  vessel,  boat.  esp.  of  the  Cvprians, 
Hdt.  7,  97,  cf  Plin.  7,  57.— IL  a  sea- 
fish,  Opp.  (In  signf.  I.  some  Gramm. 
write  κέρκυρος  by  way  of  deriving  it 
from  Κέρκυρα.) 

753 


ΚΕΡΟ 

Ιίερκοφόρος,  ον,  {κέρκος,  φέρω) 
having  α  tail,  tailed,  Arist.  Η.  Α. 

ΙΚέρκϋρα.  ας,  ή,  Corcyra,  daughter 
of  the  Asopus  and  Methone,  Ap.  Rh. 
4,  568. — II.  the  ishilid  Corcyra,  now 
Corfu,  west  of  Greece  in  the  Ionian 
sea,  the  ancient  Scheria,  containing 
a  city  of  same  name,  Hdt.  3,  40,  etc. : 
lience 

^Κερκυραϊκός,  ij,  or,  of  or  belonging 
to  Corcyra,  Tu  Κερκυραϊκά,  affairs  re- 
lating  to  Corcyra,  Thuc.  1,  118  ;  and 
ίΚερκνραΙος,  a,  or,  of  Corcyra,  Cor- 
cyrean,  Hdt.,  etc. ;  in  Alcm.  also  Κε'ρ- 
Λϋρ.  ϊ'ρος,  ό. 

^Κερκνών,  όνος,  6,  Cercyon,  son  of 
Neptune  or  Vulcan,  a  famous  robber 
of  Elis,  slam  by  Theseus,  Plut.  Thes. 
11. — 2.  son  of  Agamedes.  Paus. 

Κέρκω,  rarer  coUat.  form  for  κρέκω. 

Κερκώττειος,  ον,  btfitting  a  κέρκωτΐ), 
i.  e.  crafty,  tricksy. 

Κερκώπη,  ή,  a  kind  of  cicada,  from 
its  long  tail,  Ar.  Fr.  146 

^Κερκώπη,  ης,  ή,  Cercope,  fern,  pr, 
n.,  Ath.  587  E. 

Κερκω-ίζω,  f  -ίσω,  (κέρκωφ  II)  to 
play  the  ape. 

Κέρκίύσίς,  εως,  ή,  an  excrescence  on 
the  clitoris. 

Κέρκίύψ,  ωπος,  ό,  (κέρκος),  in  pi. 
Κέρκωπες,  the  Cercopes  were  fabled 
to  be  a  mischievous  monkey-like  race 
of  men,  whose  conne.xion  with  Her- 
cules furnished  subjects  for  ludicrous 
poetry  and  art :  seemingly  at  first 
placed  near  Thermopylae,  εόραι  Κερ- 
κώπων,  Hdt.  7,  216 :  but  in  the  poem 
Κέρκωττες,  ascribed  to  Hom.,  they 
were  in  Oechalia  ;  ace.  to  others  in 
Lydia,  see  Miill.  Dor.  2,  12.  %  10,  and 
his  references  :  hence — 2.  metaph.  a 
mischitvousf ellow. jackanapes.  Aeschm. 
33,  24. — II.  a  long-tailed  ape  or  monkey, 
cf.  τίτνρος. — Μ\.=κερκύ)πη. 

Κέρκωφ,  ωττως,  ό,  Cercops,  a  poet 
of  Miletus,  Ath.  503  D. 

Κέρμα,  ατός.  τό,  (κείρω)  any  thing 
cut  np  into  small  parts,  a  morsel :  esp. 
of  small  coin,  small  change,  usu.  in  pi., 
Ar.  Plut.  379  ;  in  sing.,  Amphis.  Am- 
pel.  3.     Hence 

Κερματίζΐύ,  f.  -ύ'σω,  (κέρμα)  to  mince 
into  small  pieces,  Achae.  ap.  Ath.  368 
A,  etc.  ;  metaph.,  κ.  την  ΰρετήν.  Plat. 
Meno  79  A.  — II.  to  coin  into  small 
money,  Anth. — 2.  to  change  large  coin 
for  small. 

Κερμάτιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  κέρ- 
μα. Philippid.  ap.  Poll.  9,  88. 

Κερματιστής,  οϋ,  ό,  (κερματίζω)  a 
eaoney-changrr,  Ν.  Τ. 

Κερμοδότης,  ου,  ό,  (κέρμα,  όίδωμί) 
=foreg.,  Νοηη. 

1ίΚε[)ΐ'αΐοι,  ων,  οΊ,  the  Cernaei,  inhab. 
^tfCerne,  Palapph. ;  from 

"^Κέρνη,  ης.  ή,  Cerne,  an  island  on 
the  Avest  coast  of  Africa,  Dion.  P. : 
in  Lye.  vvai^of  Κερνεΰτις,  1084:  its 
existence  cTemed  by  Strah.  p.  47. 

Κέρνον,  ου,  τό,  also  κέρνος.  ου,  ό, 
and   κέρνος,  εος.   τό,  α  large  earthen 

<ish  made  with  wells  or  hollows  in 
le  bottom,  in  which  various  fruits 
were  ofl'ered  in  the  rites  of  the  Cory- 
bantes,  Miiller  Archaol.  d.  Kunst  ^ 
300  :  borne  by  a  priest  or  priestess 
called  κερνοφόρος,  Nic. — II.  τα  κερ- 
νά, also  αϊ  κερναι,  projections  of  the 
vertebrae. 

Κερνοφορέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  carry  the 
κέρνον ;  from 

Κερνοφόρος,  ον,  (κέρνον,  φέρω)  v. 
κέρνον. 

Κεροβάτης,  ου,  ό,  (κέρας,  βαίνω) 

horn-footed  or   hoofed,  epith.  of  Pan, 

Ar.  Ran.  230 :  ace.  to  Reisig.  Comm. 

Crit.  Soph.  O.  C.  709,  he  thai  goes  (or 

754 


KEPT 

is)  horned,    others   he  that  walks  the 
mountain-peaks,  v.  κέρας  VHI.  [u] 

Κεροβόας,  ον,  ό,  (κέρας,  βούω) 
horn-sounding,  of  a  flute  lipped  with 
horn,  Anth. 

Κερόόετος,  ον,  (κέρας,  δέω)  bound 
with,  7}iade  of  horn,  τόξον,  Eur. 
Rhes.  33. 

Kf/Joei(5//f.  ες,  (κέρας,  είδος)  horn- 
like, horn-shaped,  Nic. 

Kfpofif,  όεσσα  contr.  ονσσα,  όεν, 
(κέρας)  horned,  Anacr.  49,  Soph.  Fr. 
1 10  :  κερόεις  όχος,  a  carriage  drawn 
by  horned  cattle^  Call.  Dian.  113. — II. 
horn-like,  of  horn. 

Κεροίαξ,  άκος,  ό,  (κέρας,  οίαξ)  in 
a  ship,  α  rope  belonging  to  the  sail- 
yards,  Luc. 

Κεροτΐλάστης,  ον,  δ,  (κέρας,  πλάσ- 
σω) arranging  the  hair  in  plaits  or 
queues,  a  hair-dresser,  prob.  1,  Archil, 
77,  V.  Schol  11.24,  81. 

Κερόστρωτος,  ον,  (κέρας,  στρώννν- 
μι)  inlaid  ivith  horn,  Vitruv. 

Κεροτνπέο).  ύ,  f.  -ήσω,  {κέρας,  τνν- 
τω)  to  butt  with  the  horn ;  in  genl.  to 
smite  or  dash  about ;  of  ships  in  a 
Storm,  Aesch.  Ag.  655,  in  pass. 

Κερονλκίς,  ίδος,  pecnl.  fem.  of  sq. 

Κερονλκός,  ή,  όν,  (κέρας,  ΐ7ικω) 
drawing  by  the  horns,  ν,  κεραελκτ/ς. — 
II.  drawing  a  boiv  of  horn,  Soph.  Fr. 
738  :  also— 2.  pass,  of  the  bow  itself, 
τόξα  Κ;  Eur.  Or.  268. — III.  κ.  κάλως, 
a  rope  for  haiding  the  sailyard,  ace.  to 
Others  κεροΰχος. 

Κερουτιάω,  ώ,  strictly  of  homed 
animals,  to  toss  the  horns  or  head,  like 
Lat.  cornua  tollere:  metaph  of  per- 
sons, ίο  hold  the  head  high,  give  one's 
self  airs,  Ar.  Eq.  1344. 

Κερονχίς,  ίδος,  pecul.  fem.  of  sq., 
TheocrS,  145. 

Κεροϋχος,  ον,  (κέρας,  έχω)  having 
horns,  horned. — \1.  =  κεραι.ονχης,  sub. 
κά?,ως,  a  rope  fastened  to  the  sailyard, 
δελφινοφήρος  κ.,  Pherecr.  Agr.  6. 

Κεροφόρος,  ον,  (κέρας,  φέρω)=κε- 
ραςφόρος,  horned,  Eur.  Bacch.  691. 

Κερόχρνσος,  ον,  (κέρας,  χρυσός) 
golden-horned.  Or.  Sib. 

Κερόω,  ώ,  (κέρας)  to  bend  like  a 
horn. 

]ΚεΙ)1)ητανοί,  ων,  οι,  the  Cerretani, 
a  Spanish  tribe  at  the  base  of  the 
Pyrenees,  Strab. 

Κέρσας,  Ep.  part.  aor.  1  of  κείρω, 
II.  24,  450. 

Κέρσε,  Ep.  for  έκερσε,  3  sing.  aor. 
1  of  κείρω,  II. 

Κέρσιμος,  ον,  (κείρω)  strictly  that 
may  be  shorn :  To  κέι>σίμον,  is  said  to 
have  been  the  horn  on  a  fishing-line, 
which  Hom.  calls  κέρας  βοάς. 

^Κερσοβλέπτης,  ου,  ό,  Cer.wbleptes, 
a  Thracian  prince,  a  friend  to  the 
Athenians,  Dem.  133,  160,  etc. 

ίΚέρσος,  ον,  ό,  the  Cersus,  a  river 
of  Cilicia  flowing  between  the  Cili- 
cian  and  Syrian  gates,  now  the  Mer- 
kez-su,  Xen.  An.  1,4,  4 ;  with  v.  1. 
Κάρσος. 

ίΚέρσω,  fut.  act.  of  κείρω,  Mosch. 
2,  32. 

Κερτομέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (κέρτομος) 
to  taunt,  mock  or  S7ieer  at,  c.  acc,  Ttva, 
Od.  16,  87  ;  18,  350  :  to  sneer,  scoff, 
Od.  8,  153,  II.  16.  261  :  usu.  κ.  ίπέ- 
εσσι,  also  κερτομέων  ΐιγορενεις,  II.  2, 
256,  cf.  Od.  13,  326:  παραιβόλα  κερ- 
τομέονσι,  Η.  Hom.  Merc.  56.  Hence 
ΚερτόμησίΓ,  εως.  ή,  jeering,  mocke- 
ry. Soph.  Phil.  1236. 

Κερτομία,  ας,  ?/,=  foreg.,  Hom.  al- 
ways in  plur.,  II.  20,  202,  433,  Od. 
20,  203. 

Κερτόμίος,  o^',=  sq.,  Horn.,  only  in 
neut.  pi.,  κερτομίοις  ίπέεσσι  προςαυ- 


ΚΕΣΒ 

δαν,  ττειρηθήναι,  etc.}  also  simptf, 
κερτομίοος  προςανδΰν,  11.  1 ,  539,  Od, 
9,  474,  as  if  τώ  κερτόμια,  were  a 
subst. 

Κέρτομσς,  ον,  (κέαρ,  τέμνω)  strictly 
heart-cutting,  like  δακέθνμος,  hence 
esp.  slinging,  κέρΤομα  βύζει,ν,  Hes. 
Op.  786  (cf.  κερτομίοις  -κροςανδύ,ν) ; 
χοροΊ  Κ;  Hdt.  5,  83,  cf.  τωϋασμός. — 
1 1,  mocking,  delusive,  cheating,  H.  Hom. 
Merc,  338,  κ.  χαρά,  Eur.  Ale.  WZb. 

ίΚερτόνιον,  ον,  τό,  in  MSS.  also 
Κερτώνίοι;  and  Κερτωνός,  Certonium, 
a  city  of  Mysia  on  the  coast,  now 
prob.  Kelles-liman,  Xen.  An.  7,  8,  8, 

^Κερύνεια,  ας.  ή,  and  Κερννία,  Ce- 
rynea,  a  city  on  a  hill  of  same  name 
in  Achaia  near  Helice,  Polyb,  2,  41 ; 
Strab.  etc, ;  hence 

^Κερνί'ειος.Ο^',  ofCerynea,  Cerynean, 
πάγος,  Callim.  Dian.  109. 

^Κερννενς,  έως,  ό,  an  inhab.  of  Ce- 
rynea,  Polyb. 

^Κερννίτης,  ον,  6,  fem.  -Ιτις,  ιδος, 
of  Ccryrtea,  Paus,  ;  Apollod. 

^Κερύνης,  ον,  ό,  Cert/nes,  eon  of  Te- 
menus,  Pans, 

Κερχύ?^ος,  a,  ov,  (κέρχω)  dry, 
rough,  hoarse,  Hipp- :  from 

Κερχάω,  ύ,=  κέρχω,  Hipp. 

Κερχίνη,  ης,  /;,=  κεγχρίνη,  α  millet' 
pudding,  v.  κέγχρινος. 

Κερχνΰλέος,  α,  ον,=κερχαλέος, 

Κερχνασμός,  οϋ,  δ,  =  κέρχνος : 
from 

Κερχνάω  or  κερχνέω,  ώ,~κέρχω. 
^Κέρχνεια,  ας,  ή,   Cerchnca  or  Ce7i~ 
chria,  a  fountain  near  Lerna,  Aesch, 
Pr.  676:  v,  1,  Κέγχρεια. 

Κέρχνη,  ης,  ή.  a  kind  of  haivk,  so 
called  from  its  hoarse  Toice,  said  to 
be  tJie  ke»frel,  Lat.  faho  tinnunculus  : 
also  κερχνηίςΆϊ)Λ  κερχν^ς,  ή,  οτ  κεγ- 
χρηίς,  ή-    ^ 

Κερχνηίς,  ιδος,  ή,  ana  κερχν^ς, 
ηδος.  ή,  collat.  forms  for  foreg,,  Dind, 
Ar.  Av.  304,  589. 

^Κερχνίς,  ίδος,  ή,  quasi  Κεγχρίς,  of 
or  relating  to  the  harbor  Cenchreae,  of 
Corinth,  Call.  Del.  271. 

Κέρχνος,  ov,  ό,  (κέρχω)  dryness, 
roughness  of  the  throat,  hoarseness.  Me- 
dic.— II.  by  metaph.=  Kf}';{;pof. 

Κερχνάω,  ώ,  and  κέρχνω,=;.κέρχ<,/, 
Hipp.     Hence 

Κερχνώδης,  ες,  (κέρχνος,  εϊδος) 
dry,  rough,  hoarse,  Hipp. 

Κέρχνωμα,  ατός,  τό,  in  Hesych. 
prob.  a  v.  1.  for  κέγχρωμα,  q.  v. 

Κερχνωτός,  ή,  όν,  ( κερχνάω ) 
roughened.— -2.  made  hoarse. 

KE'PXy,  transit,  to  dry,  make 
rough  or  hoarse. — II.  intrans.  and  in 
pass.,  to  be  dry,  rough  or  hoarse,  of  the 
voice.  Hence  the  collat.  forms  κερ- 
χάω, κέρχνω,  κερχνάω,  κερχνέω,  κερ• 
χνόω  :  the  Lat.  trnnio,  sindo,  express- 
es the  same  sound.     Hence 

Κερχώδης,  ες,:=κερχαλέος,  rough, 
hoarse. 

Κερώ,  fut.  from  κείρω.  —  II.  fut. 
Att.  of  κεράνννμι. 

Κερωδός,οϊ),  ό,  (κέρας,  ωδή)  α  horn- 
blower,  Lat.  cornictn. 

Κερωνέα.  ας,  ή,  Ion.  for  κερατέα, 
κερατωνία. 

Κέρωνται,  Ερ.  as  3  plnr.  subj.  pres. 
pass,  of  κεράνννια,  as  if  from  κέρα- 
μοι, only  11.  4,  200. 

Κερώννζ.  νχος.  ό  ή,  (κέρας,  όνυξ) 
with  horn  hoofs,  Dion.  P. 

Κέρως.  ων.  contr.  ίοχ  κεραός,  dub. 

ίΚφωσοΓ  or  -ρωσσός,  οϋ,  ή,  Cera- 
sus,  an  island  in  the  Ionian  sea  near 
Melite,  Αρ.  Rh.  4,  673. 

ΚερωτΟπέω,  ώ.=  κεροτυπέω,  dub. 

Κές,  V.  sub  κάς. 
^Κεσβέδιον,   ov,   τό,    Cesbedium,  a 


KET 

temple  of  Jupiter,  near  Selga  in  Pisi- 
dia,  Polyb.  5,  76,  2. 

Κέσκετο,  Ion.  3  sing•,  impf.  for 
ίκειτχ)  from  κέομαι,  i.  e.  κείμαι,  only 
Od.  21,  41. 

Κεσκ'.ον  or  κέηκεον,  ov,  τό,  tow, 
the  tefu.se  of  flax,  Herod,  ap.  Stob.  p. 
253,  27,  Hesych. 

Κεστός,  ή,  όν,  (κεντέω,  κένσαι) 
stitched,  embroidered,  κεστος  ίμύς,  of 
Venus's  charmed  girdle,  II.  14,  214, 
cf.  τΓολνκεστος :  hence — II.  later  as 
subst.  a  girdle,  belt,  Lat.  ccstus,  but 
esp.  the  girdle  of  Venus,  v.  Heyne  11. 
T.  6.  p.  568,  620. 

Κέστρα,  ας,  ή,  (κεντέω,  κένσαι)  α 
tool  or  weapon,  a  pickaxe,  poleaxe  with 
a  broad  head,  Soph.  Fr.  21,  elsewh. 
κροταώίς,  κέστρον. — II.  a  fish  held  in 
esteem  among  the  Greeks,  doubtful 
whether  a  pike  or  a  conger,  £pich.  p. 
36,  Ar.  Nub.  339. 

Κεστραϊος,  ov,  ό,=  κεστρενς,  q.  v. 

Κεστρέα,  ας,  ή,=^κέσ-ρα  II. 

Κεστρενς,  έως,  ό,  α  sea-fish,  SO 
named  from  its  shape,  Lat  mugil  : 
called  also  νησης,  the  faster,  because 
believed  to  be  empty  whenever 
caught,  Comici  ap.  Ath.  307  C,  sq.  : 
whence  κεστρενς  was  a  nickname  of 
a  starveling,  lb.     Hence 

Κεΰτρενω,  to  be  hungry,  starring. 
ίΚεστρύ'ΐ},  ης.  ή,  Cestrine,  a  district 
of  Thesprotian  Epirus,  Thuc.  1,46, 
SO  called  Irom  Κεστρϊνος,  q.  v. 

ΚεστρΙνίσκος,  ου,  ό,  dim.  from  sq., 
Clearch.  ap.  Ath.  332  C. 

Κεστρΐνος,  ό,  =  κεστρεύς,  Anax- 
andr.  Od.  2. 

ίΚεστρΐνος.  ov,  ό.  Cestrinus.  son  of 
Helenus  and  Andromache,  king  of 
Epirus,  Paus.  1.  11,  1. 

Κεστρίτης,  ov,  δ,  οίνος  κ.,  wine 
flaroured  with  κέστρον,  Diosc. 

Κέστρον.  ov,  TO,  an  aromatic  plant, 
Lat.  betonica  ojficinaUs,  Diosc, — II. 
(  κενΤΜ  )  α  painted  iron  inslnuneut, 
esp.  a  stile,  graver,  Lat.  c^strnm,  Plin. 

Κέστρος,  ov,  ό,  (κεντέω)  a  sharp- 
ness, roughness  on  the  tongue. — II.  =; 
κεστροσφενόόντ).  Suid. 

Κέστρος,  εος,  τό,  a  fish,  pcob.=/fe- 
στρενς. 

Κέστρος,  ov.  η,  Cestrvs,  a  town  of 
Pamphylia,  Strab. — IL  ό,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  Qu.  Sm.  8,  293. 

Κεστροσφενόόνη,  ης.  ή,  an  engine 
for  slinging  stones,  invented  in  the 
war  with  Perses,  Polyb.,  and  Liv. 

Κεστρόω.  ω,  {κέστρον  II.)  to  point : 
to  scratch  with  a  graver,  etc.     Hence 

Κέστρωσις,  εως,  ή,  engraving,  etch• 
ing,  Plin. 

Κεστρωτός,  ή,  όν,  (κεστρόω)  point- 
ed :  κ.  ξν?.ον.  a  stake  with  the  point 
hardened  in  the  fire. 

Κευβύνω,  poet,  for  κενθω,  II.  3,  453. 

Κενβμα,  ατός,  τό,=κενΟμών,  The- 
ogn..  243. 

Κενβμός,  οϋ,  o,=:sq.,  II.  13,  28. 

Κενθμών,  ώνος,  ό,  (κενθω)  any  se- 
cret place,  hole,  hiding-place,  cave,  den, 
Od.  13,  367:  esp.  the  lair  of  a  beast, 
TTVKLvol  κευθμώνες.  of  swine,  Od.  10, 
283. — 2.  of  the  nether  world,  Ύαρτά- 
ρου  κ.,  the  vault  of  T.,  Aesch.  Pr.  220, 
νεκρών,  Eur.  Hec.  1. — II.  in  Aesch. 
Euin.  805  =  άδντον,  the  most  holy 
place,  sanctuary. 

Κεϋθος,  εος,  τό,  {κεvθω)=foτeg., 
USU.  κενθεη  γαίης,  the  depths  of  the 
earth,  II.  22,  482,  Od.  24,  204,  Hes., 
Pind..  etc. 

ΚΕΥ'ΘΩ,  fut.  κενσω  :  perf  κέκεν- 
θα :  aor.  2  έκνθον,  Ep.  redupl.  subj. 
/CfKliftj,  Od.  6,  303.  To  cover  quite 
up.  bury,  hide,  conceal.  Horn.  Pass. 
to  lie  hidden,  'Aide  κενθεσθαί,  to  lie  hid 


ΚΕΦΑ 

in  the  nether-world,  i.  e,  to  be  in  the 
grave.  11.  23,  244.— II.  esp.  to  keep  hid- 
den or  secret,  conceal,  Horn.,  who  has 
«.  t'oiJ,  νοήμασι,  βνμώ  or  ένϊ  όρεσίν  : 
οϋκέτι  κενθετε  θνμώ  βρωτνν  ονδέ 
ποτητα,  no  more  can  ye  disguise  your 
eating  and  drinking,  Od.  18,  406. — 
III.  c.  dupl.  ace,  κενθειν  τινά  τι,  to 
keep  a  thing  concealed,  secret  from  one, 
Od.  3,  187. — IV.  the  perf  is  used  as 
pres.,  to  keep  concealed,  secret,  II.  22, 
118  :  the  plqpf  as  impf.  Od.  9,  348.— 
B.  in  trag.  also  sometimes  intrans., 
to  be  concealed,  lie  hidden,  Soph.  O.  T. 
968,  etc.,  esp  m  perf.  Aesch.  Pers. 
649,  Soph.  Ant.  911,  El.  868.  The 
word  is  only  poet.  On  its  difference 
from  κρύπτω,  cf  sub  κρύπτω.  (Akin 
to  κύω,  κνέω.) 

ίΚεφαλαί,  ών,  αΐ,  the  Heads,  head- 
land at  the  entrance  of  the  Greater 
Syrtis,  Strab. 

Κεφαλαία,  ας,  η,  (κεφαλή)  an  in- 
veterate kind  of  headache,  Aretae. 

Κεφά/Μίον,  ov,  TO,  v.  sq. 

Κεφύ?.αιος,  αία,  aiov,  (κεφαλή)  of, 
concerning,  belonging  to  the  head:  usu. 
nietaph.  like  Lat.  capitalis.  principal, 
chief:  to  κεφάλιον  as  subst.,  the  chief 
or  main  point,  sum  of  a  matter,  Plat. 
Legg.  643  C :  and  so  in  various  rela- 
tions, as  in  money  matters,  the  capi- 
tal, principal,  opp.  to  interest  or  in- 
come. Id.  Legg.  742  C,  etc. :  τα  κε- 
φάλαια των  μαθημάτων,  the  heads  of 
the  sciences,  said  of  philosophers, 
Luc. — 2.  a  summary  of  the  chief 
heads,  the  sum  of  the  matter,  Thuc.  4, 
50,  Plat.  Gorg."  453  A,  etc. ;  so,  κ. 
των  είρημένων,  Isocr.  39  D,  cf.  113 
Β  :  hence,  έΐ'  κεώα?.αίω  ειπείν,  to 
speak  summarily,  Xen.  Cyr.  6,  3,  18, 
cf  Thuc.  6,  87  ;  esp.  in  recapitulating 
an  argument,  etc..  summing  up,  Plat. 
Tim.  26  C  :  also  in  rhet.,  a  head,  topic, 
common  place  of  argument,  Dion.  H. 
— 3.  in  genl.  the  crown,  completion  of  a 
thing,  K.  επιτιθέυαι  έπί  τινι.  Lat. 
fastigium  imponere  rei,  Dem.  520,  27  : 
hence  ]υ&1ζ=κεφαλή,  κ.  βαφανίδος, 
Ar.  Nub.  981  ;  γλανκινιδίον,  Amphis 
Philet.  1. — 4.  later,  a  divisitm  of  a 
book,  chapter,  Lat.  caput,  Eccl. — II. 
()ήμα  κεφάλαιον,  Ar.  Ran.  854,  seems 
to  allude  to  κεφα/ίτης  ?ύθος,  perh. 
also  with  the  notion  of  breaking  his 
head.     Hence 

Κεφάλαιόω,  ώ,  to  bring  under  heads, 
svtn  up,  state  briefly  or  summarily, 
Thuc  6,  91,  etc.;  also  in  mid.,  Plat. 
Rep.  576  B.— 11.  in  N.  Ύ.—κεφα}ύ.ζω, 
to  smite  on  the  head,  slay. 

Κεφαλαιώδης,  ες,  (κεφάλαιον,  εί- 
δος) principal,  most  important,  chief 
Luc. :  summary.  Adv.  -δώς,  summa- 
rilii,  briefly,  like  έν  κεφα?Μίω,  Arist. 
Rhet.  3,  14,  8. 

ΚεΦΰ?αίωμα,  ατός,  τό,  {κεφα?Μί- 
όω)  the  whole  sum,  sum  total.  Hdt.  3, 
159. 

Κεφάλαίωσις,  εως,  ή,  (κεφάλαιόω) 
a  summing  up,  comprehensive  consider- 
ation of  various  things.  Gramm. 

Κεόΰλαλγέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  suffer 
from  headache,  Diosc.  :  from 

ΚεφίύΜλγης,  ές,  (κεόαλή,  άλγος) 
suffering  from  headache.  Plot. — Π.  act. 
causing  headaehe,  Xen.  All.  2,  3,  15. 
Hence 

Κεφαλαλγία,  ας,  ή,  headache,  Are- 
tae., Plut. 

Kε<baλaλy^κός,  ή,  όν,^κεφαλαλ- 
■•^-ης,  both  act.  and  pass..  Gal. 

Κεφΰλαλγός,  όν,  =  κεφα?.αλγής, 
dub.  in  Plut. 

Κεφάλαργής,  ές,  and  κεφα7.αργία,ας, 
■η,  later  forms  for  κεόαλα/.^ής,  κεφα- 
λαλγία, Luc,  cf,  Schiif.  Greg.  p.  158. 


ΚΕΦΑ 

Κεφαλή,  ης,  ή,  the  head,  of  man  or 
bea.st,  Hom.,  etc. :  ες  πόδας  εκ  κεφα- 
λής, from  head  to  foot,  II.  :  κατά  κε- 
φαλής, in  Hom.  κάκ  κεφαλής,  down 
from  the  head;  later  also  heels  over  head, 
topsy-turvy:  έπΙ  κεφαλήν ,  head  fore- 
most, hence,  επι  κ.  κατορνσσειν,  to 
hury  head  downwards,  Hdt.  3,  35;  έπί 
κ.  ώθέεσθαι,  to  rush  headlong,  Hdt.  l', 
136,  ubi  V.  Valck. ;  hence  of  utter  ruin! 
Lob.  Phryn.  440,  Stallb.  Plat,  Rep.  553 
B. — 2.  the  head,  as  the  noblest  part, 
periphr.  for  the  whole  person,  Od.  1, 
343,  il.  11,55,  etc. ;  so,  ονδενος  έμ-φν- 
χον  κεφαλής  γεύονται,  Hdt.  2,  39 : 
esp.  in  the  salutation,  φίλη,  ήθείη  κε- 
φαλή, II.  8,  281 ;  23,94  :  also  in  prose, 
like  Lat.  carum  caput :  also  in  bad 
signf ,  ώ  κακαι  κεφαλαί,  Hdt.  3.  29: 
μιαρά  κεφαλή,  Ar.  Ach.  285,  Dem., 
etc. — 3.  also  in  various  phrases  for  the 
life,  κεφάλι)  περιδείδια,  II.  17,  242, 
άπέτισαν  συν  σφήσιν  κεόα/?)σι,  II. 4, 
162,  παρϋέμινοι  κεφάλας,  setting 
their  lives  on  the  cast,  Od.  2,  237,  for 
which  we  have  in  3,  74,  φνχάς:  also 
in  imprecations,  εΙς  κεφαλήν  τρέ- 
ποιτ'  έμοί,  on  my  head  be  it !  Ar. 
Ach.  833;  so,  εις  κ.  alone,  Ar.  Plut. 
526 :  so  too,  Tivi  έπι  κεφα?.ήν  άνα- 
θειναί  τι,  Dem.  323,  tin.,  cf.  ανα/ζάσ- 
σω. — II.  the  upper  end,  extreme  of  a 
thing,  Hipp.,  etc. — 2.  in  plur.  the  head 
or  source  of  a  river,  Hdt.  4,  91. — III. 
K.  περίθετος,  a  wig  or  headdress,  Ar. 
Thesm.  258.— IV.  metaph.  the  chief, 
head  111  a  thing,  κεφα/.ήν  ίχειν,  Arist. 
Eth.  N. — 2.  the  chief  point,  sum,  con- 
clusion,^ κεφά/.αιον.  Plat.  Gorg.  505 
D.  (There  are  dialect,  forms  κέ3?.η 
κεβα'/,ή,  cf.  Sanscr.  kapala,  Lat.  ca- 
put, Goth,  haubith.  Germ,  haupt  and 
kopf  our  hood,  head,  as  in  man-hood, 
God-head.     On  the  root,  v.  sub  κν- 

βη-) 

1Κεφα?.ή,  ής,  ή,  Cephale,  a  deme  of 
the  tribe  Acamantis,  hence  adv.  Κε- 
φαλήσιν,  in  Cephale,  Ar.  Av.  476. 

Κεφάληγερέτης,  ov,  ό,  (κεφα7.ή, 
άγείρω)  head-collector,  comic  epith.  ot 
Pericles,  formed  after  the  Homeric  νε• 
φεληγερέτης,  from  the  peaked  shape 
of  his  skull,  Cratin.  Cliir.  3. 

Κεφάληόόν,  adv.  like  a  head,  dub. 
in  Opp. 
ίΚεφα/.ήσιν,  v.  sub  Κεφαλή. 

Κεφάλήφι,  Ep.  gen;,  and  κεφαλ^φι, 
Ep.  dat.  oi  κεφαλή,  Hom. 

Κεφάλίζω,  f.  -ίσω.  (κεφαλή)  to  strike 
on  the  head.  Lob.  Phryn.  95 :  hence  in 
genl.  to  kill. 

Κεφαλικός,  ή,  όν,  (κεφαλή)  of ,  for 
the  head,  of  medicines,  Diosc.  :  esp. 
threatening,  costitig  the  head  or  life,  cap- 
ital, late.  Adv.  -κώς,  hence  κ.  κολά- 
ζειν.  to  punish  cavitally,  Hdn. 

Κεφά?.ίνη,  ης,  η,  the  head  or  root  of 
the  tongue,  supposed  to  be  tll(  seat  Ot 
taste,  hence  also  called  γξϋσις.  Poll. 
2,  107.  [t] 

Κεφάλΐνος,  ov,  6,  η  sea-fish,^ βλε• 
ψίας,  Dorio  ap.  Ath.  306  P. 

Κεφάλιον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  κεφΟΛ 
λή.  Diosc.  [«]  " 

Κεφάλίς,  ίδος,  ή,  dim.  from  κεφαλήν 
a  little  head.  Lat.  capilulum,  σκορόδον, 
Luc. — II.  the  head,  upper  part  of  any 
thing. — III.  α  head,  chapter,  division, 
βιβ/.ίον,  Ν.  Τ. — IV.  part  of  a  shoe, 
Arist.  Rhet. — V.  =κεροίαξ,  Polyaen. 

Κεφΰλισμός.  ov,  ό,  the  multiplication 
table  of  single  numbers  from  one  to  ten, 
Arist.  Org. ;  as  if  from  κεφάλίζω,  cf. 
σνγκεφα7ίειόω  and  σνγκορνφόω. 

Κεφάλίτης,  ov,  ό,  λίθος,  κ.,  a  chief 
corner  stone.  Lob.  Phryn.  700. 

ίΚεφαλίων,   ωνος,  ό,   Cephalion,  of 
Gergithus,  a  historian,  Strab.  p.  589. 
755 


ΚΕΧΑ 

Κεώΰλΐώ-αΐ,  ών,  οί,  the  principal 
men,  chirjlains. 

Κεφαλ/./'ιν,  ηνος,  6,  a  Cephalloiinn, 
islander  of  Cephatleiiia,  Soph.  Phil. 
791;tHoin.  uses  only  pi.  οί  Κεψαλ- 
?.7}νες.  ων,  the  Cephailemans.  the  sub- 
jects of  Ulysses,  who  inhabited,  be- 
sides the  island  Cephallenia,  Ithaca, 
Zacynthus,  and  a  part  of  Acarnania, 
II.  2,  G31  ;  Oa.  20, 210  ;  etc.,  cf.  tjtrab. 
p.  452 :  hence 

Κεφαλληνία,  ας,  7/,  Cephallenia,  the 
Homeric  Same,  now  Cefalnnia,  an  is- 
land in  the  Ionian  sea,  Hdt.  9,  28. 
Hence 

^Κε(1>αλ7.ηνιάκός,  ή,  όν,  of  Cephalle- 
nia. Cephallenian,  πορθμός,  Strab. 

ΙΥίεφαλληνίς,  ίύος,  //.  pecul.  fern,  to 
foreg.,  Ael.  II.  N.  3,  32. 

Υίε^ΰ^ίοβΰρής,  ές,  (κεφαλή,  βάρος) 
with  heavy  head  or  top,  Theophr. — 11. 
act.  loading  the  head. 

Κεφαλόδεσμων,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from 
sq. 

Κίφά?ίόδεσμος,  ov,  a,  a  band  for  the 
head,  fillet,  Gramm. 

Κεφύλοείύ/ις,  ές,  {κεφαλή,  είδος) 
shaped  like  a  head,  Hipp. 

Κεώύλόβλαστος,  ov,  [κεφαλή.  θ?Μω) 
cruised  in  the  head,  το  κεφηλόθλαστον, 
a  contusion  of  the  head.  Theoplir, 


ίΚεφαλοιδιον.  ov,  τό,  the   fortress    χολόω,  Hoin 


ΚΗΔΕ 

Κεχΰρτ/ώς,  Ep.  part.  pari.  act.  from 
χαίρω,  II.  7,  312. 

Κεχάρισμένος.  η,  ov,  part.  perf.  of 
χαρίζομαι,  agreeable,  winning,  charm- 
tng,  Hoiii.,  whence  in  Att.  the  adv. 
κεχαρίσμένως.  Ar.,  and  Plut. :  superl. 
adv.  -νωτατα,  Xen.  Hipparch.  1,  1. 

Κε χαριτωμένος,  part.  perf.  pass, 
from  χαριτόω,  Ν.  Τ.  Adv.  κεχαρι- 
τωμένως,  agreeably,  welcome. 

Κεχάροίατο,  Ep.  3  phir.  opt.  aor.  2 
mid.  o{  χαίρω,  for  κεχύροιντο,  II.  1, 
256. 

Κεχύροντο.  Ep.  3  plur.  aor.  2  mid. 
of  χαίρω,  Horn. 

Κέχηνα.  perf.  2  o{ χαίνω.     Hence 

Κεχι/ναϊοι,  ων,  οι,  comic  word, 
derived  from  κέχηνα,  χαίνω,  for 
\\.θι/ναϊοι,  Gapeniaus  for  Athenians, 
At.  Eq.  1262,  cf.  χήν. 

Κεχηνότως,  adv.  part.  perf.  οί  χαί- 
vtj.  gaping,  open-mouthed. 

Κεχίβ'ώς,  part.  perf.  of  χαίνω,  II. 
16,  409. 

Κεχλΰόώς,  part  pert.  2  οί  χλάζω. 
Find.  01.  9,  3:  m  Pyth.  4,  318,  be- 
sides there  is  the  anomal.  ace.  plur. 
κεχλόιδοντας.    [α] 

Κ^χ'λί,αγκα,  perf.  from  χλιαίνω. 

ΚεχλΙδώς,  part.  perf.  from  χλίω. 

Κ.•-χολωμένος,  part.  perf.  pass,  from 


Cephaledium  in  Sicily,  Strab. 

Κιφΰλοκρονστι/ς,  ου.  ό,  (κεφαλή, 
κρούω)  piercing,  assaulting  the  head : 
epith.  of  a  kind  of  phalangi am,  elsew. 
κρανοκολύπτης. 

Κεφάλόμακτρον,  ου,  τό,  α  napkin  for 
the  head. 

ΚεφΰλόΙ)βιζος.  ov.  (κεφα?>.ή,  βίζα) 
with  η  head-like,  i.  e.  a  bulbous  or  lumpy 
root. 

Κέφαλος,  ov,  ΰ,  a  large-headed  sea- 
fish,  supposed  to  be  a  kind  of  mullet. 
Eat.  cephidus,  capita,  Arist.  H.  Α.,  cf. 
Ath.  307  B,sq. 

]ΚέΦαλος,  ov.  ό,  Cephulus,  son  of 
Mercury  and  Herse,  ace.  to  lies.  Th. 
986  father  of  Phaethon  by  Eos  (Au- 
rora), and,  ace.  to  ApoUod.,  of  Titho- 
nus. — 2.  son  of  Deioneus,  husband  of 
Procris.after  whom  the  Cephallenians 
were  said  to  be  named.  Call.  Dian. 
2:09,  etc. — 3.  a  Rhetorician  of  Syra- 
cuse, who  came  to  Athens,  in  the 
time  of  Pericles,  father  of  Lysias, 
Plat.  Rep.  327,  sq. — 4.  an  Athenian, 
Ar.  Eccl.  248. 

Κεφάλοτομέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  cut  off 
the  head,  less  Att.  than  καρατ.,  The- 
ophr. ap.  A.  B. :  from 

Κεφαλοτόμος,  ov,  {κεφαλή,  τέμνω) 
cutting  off  the  head,  Strab. 

Κεφΰλοτρνπΰνον ,  ov,  τό,  {κεφαλή, 
τρνττάω)  a  trepan,  Galen,  [v] 

Κεφαλώδης,  ες,=κεφαλοειδής,  like 
a  head,  Theophr. 

ίΚεφαλων,  ωνος,  b,  Cephalon,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Polyb.  8,  14,  5. 

Κεφ&7^ωτός,  ή,  όν,  with  a  head, 
headed,  esp.  of  plants  with  a  clustering 
head,  as  garlic,  etc.,  Diosc. 
^Κεχΰλασμένως,  adv.  part.  perf. 
p|ss.  from  χαλάω,  slackly,  loosely, 
Galen. 

Κέχανδα,  perf.  οίχανδάνω,  whence 
part.  ace.  κεχανδότα,  Od.  4,  96,  3  sing, 
plqpf.  Ep.  κεχάνδει,  11.  24,  192. 
Κεχύρηκα,  perf.  act.  of  γη/ρω. 
Κεχάρτιμαι,  perf.  pass,  of  χαίρω, 
part.  -7/μευο(•,  Η.  Horn.  6,  10. 

Κεχάρησέμεν,  Ep.  inf.  fut.  act.  of 
χαίρω,  II.  15,  98. 

Κεχύρήσεται,  Ep.  3  sing.  fut.  mid. 
οί^^αφω,  Od.  23,  266. 

Κεχάρητο.  κεχάρηντο,  Ep.  3  sing, 
and  plur.  plqpf.  pass,   from  χαίρω, 
Hes.  Sc.  65,  H.  Hom.  Cer.  458, 
756 


Κεχολώσομαι,  fut.  3  mid.  from  χο- 
λόω, f\om. 

Κεχρημένος,  part.  perf.  from  χράο- 
μαι,  Houi. 

Κέχνμαι,  perf.  pass,  of  ;ι;έω,  Hom. 

Κεχνμένως,  adv.  part.  perf.  pass,  of 
χέω,  profusely,  Lat.  effuse,  Alciphr. 

Κέχντο.  κέχνντο,  3  plqpf.  pass. 
Ep.  of  ^j^fij,  Ho:ii. 

Κεχωρίδαται,  Ion.  3  plur.  perf  pass, 
from  χωρίζω,  Hdt. 

Κέω,  Ep.  coUat.  form  of  κείω,  de- 
siderat.  of  κεΐμαι,  only  Od.  7,  :!42, 
υρσο  κέων.  get  lliee  to  bed.  to  sleep. 

Κεω,  collat.  form  from  κείω,  κεύζω, 
tn  cleave,  dub. 

Κέω,  collat.  form  from  καίω,  very 
dub. 

ΐΚέωζ-,  ω,  !/,  Ion.  Κέος,  Hdt.  8,  76, 
Ccos,  one  of  the  Cyclades  insulae, 
opposite  the  promontory  Suniuin, 
Hdt.  1.  c. :  iithab.  ΚεΙος,  Ion.  Κήιος.  ό. 

Κή,  Ion.  for  πή  or  ττοί :  but  «?;  en- 
clit.  for  -ov,  Hdt. 

Ki'/ai,  Ep.  inf  aor.  1  of  καίω.  Od. 
15,  97  ;  but  κι/αι  3  sing.  opt.  aor.  1 
of  καίω.  11.  21,  336. 

Κι/άμενος,  Ep.  part.  aor.  1  mid.  of 
καίο),  11.  9,  234. 

Κήβος,  ov.  ό,  a  long-tailed  kind  of 
monkey,  Arist.  H.  Α.:  the  name  is 
now  given  to  the  American  species, 
Sapajous  :  al.  κήπος,  Plin.  cephus. 

tK?/)  λονηα,  ιις,  ή,  CeglUsa,  mother 
of  Asopus,  Pans.  2,  12,  4. 

Κήγχος  or  κήχος,  said  by  Gramm. 
to  be  an  Ion.  interrog.  particle  added 
to  TTol  or  ?7οϊι,=  πο£'  or  ποί  γής,  cf. 
Ar.  Fr.  527,  Pherecr.  Incert.  33,  where 
however  Meineke  maintains  that  ποϊ 
κήχος ;  is  merely  quo  tandem  ?  (quot- 
ing Moer.  p.  227),  κήχος ;  ι'ιντι  τοϋ 
δη; — V.  11.  cc,  et  cf  Bernhardy  Era- 
tosth.  p.  227,  sq. 

Κήγώ  or  κήγών.  Dor.  for  κάγώ,  i.  e. 
και  εγώ,  Theocr. 

ίΚηδαδάτας,  ό,  ν.  1.  for  Κιγδαγά- 
τας,  q.  v. 

iKijoai,  ών.  al,  C'edae.  an  Attic  deme 
of  the  tribe  Erechthe/s. 

Κ?ιδαίι>ω,  rare  collat.  form  of  κήδω. 

^Κηδαλίων.  ωνος.  ό,  Cedalion.  a  ser- 
vant of  Vulcan,  Luc. ;  title  of  a  sa- 
tyric  drama  of  Sophocles. 

Κηδεία,  ας,  ή,  {κήδος)  care,  esp. 
taken  of  the  dead,  Eur.  Supp.  134 : 


ΚΗΔΟ 

hence /«nera?,  burial,  Ap.  Rh. — TI.  a/' 
finity,  connection  by  marriage. 

Κήδείος,  ov,  {κήδος)  cared  for,  dear, 
beloved,  with  a  notion  of  near  kindred, 
II.  19,294.-11.  of,  belonging  to  a  fu- 
neral or  tomb,  mourning,  sepulchral, 
χοαί,  Aesch.  Cho.  87,  cf  227. 

K7;(5fyi/oi'ii'f,  έως,  ό,=  κη6εμών,  Αρ. 
Rh.  1,  271. 

Κηδεμονία,  ας.  ή,  {κηδεμών)  care, 
solicitude,  Plat.  Rep.  463  D. 

Κτιδεμονικός.  ή,  όι>.  of,  befitting  a 
κηδεμών,  provident,  careful,  watchful, 
Polyb.:  TO /c.,=foreg.,  Id.  Adv. -«wf, 
Id. :  from 

Κηδεμών,  όνος,  δ,  {κηδέω)  one  that 
has  charge  of  a  person  or  thing,  a  pro- 
tector, guardian :  in  II.  always  of  at- 
tending to  the  dead,  23,  163,  674  (not 
found  in  Od.) :  also  of  a  female  in 
Soph.  Ant.  549. —  II.  a  connection  by 
marriage,  cf  κηδεστής:  never  of  blood- 
relations,  Valck.  Phoen.  431. 

Κήδεος,  ον,=^κήδειος,  like  κή7ιεος 
and  κή?ιειος.  only  in  II.  23,  160,  οίσι 
κήδεός  έστι  νέκνς,  to  whom  the  charge 
of  burying  him  belongs:  others  (in  same 
signf.)  make  it  gen.  from  κήδος :  oth- 
ers make  the  adj.  o.xyt.,  κηδεός. 

Κήδεσκον,  κηδέσκετο,  Ion.  lengthd. 
impf.  of  κήδω,  Od. 

Κηδεστής,  ov,  ό,  {κηδέω)  one  that 
takes  charge,  osp.  ol  burying  the  dead. 
— II.  a  connection  by  marriage,  Xcn. 
Mem.  1.  1,  8,  esp.  a  son  in  low,  An- 
tiphon  142,  43,  etc. :  also  ο  bmthn-  in 
law,  a.  a  sister's  hnsliand,  Lys.aOi^rG; 
Isae.  59,  8;  h.  a  wife's  brother,  Eur. 
Hec.  834,  Dem.  8(i7,  12  :  a  father  in 
law.  Id.  954,  7  ;  cf  κηδεμών.  Hence 
Κηδεστια.  ar,  ή,  connexion  hi/  mar- 
riage, affinity,  'Xeu.  Hell.  2,  4,  21. 
Hence 

Κιμ^εστικός,  ή,  όν,  of  belcmging  to 
affinity. 

Κι/δέστρια,  ας,  ή,  fern,  of  κηδεστής, 
as  if  irom  κηόεστήρ,  a  female  connex- 
iim  by  marriage,  Eliseb. 

Κηδέστωρ,  ορός.  ό,=  κηδεμών. 
Κηδενμα,  ατός,  τό,  {κηδενω)=κη 
δυς,  es[).  affinity,  connexion,  alliance  ht/ 
marriage,  Eur.  Med.  76, — 2.  poet,  for 
κηδιστής,  one  who  is  so  connected, 
Soph.  O.  T.  85. 

Κηδευτής.  ov,  ό,=  κηδεστής,  κηδε- 
μών, Arist.  Probl. :  from 

Κηδεύω,  {κήδος)  to  take  charge  nf, 
attend  to,  tend.  Soph.  O.  T.  1323,  O. 
C.  750;   πόλιν.  Soph.  Fr.  606.  Eur. 

I.  T.  1213. — 2.  e.sp.  to  attend  to  a  corpse, 
lake  charge  of  the  burial .  Soph.  El.  1141, 
in  pass. — II.  to  contract  affinity,  ally 
one's  self  in  marriage,  κ.  καθ'  έαντόν, 
Aesch.  Pr.  890 ;  c.  ace,  κ  λέχος.  to 
marry.  Soph.  Tr.  1227:  usu.  c,  dat., 
to  ally  one's  self  with....  Eur.  Hipp. 
634  :  in  pass,  to  be  so  connected,  Id. 
Phoen.  347. — 2.  κ.  τινί  θνγατέρα,  to 
give  her  in  marriage,  Joseph. 

Κηδέω.  ω,  f.  -ήσω.^=κήδω,  to  grieve, 
trouble,  II.  24,  240.— II.  =  κηδεύω  II. 

Κήδιστος,  η,  ov,  superl.  formed 
from  κήδος,  most  leorthy  of  our  care, 
dearest,  most  beloved,  with   φί'λτατος, 

II.  9,  642,  with  κεδνότατοΓ.  Od.  10, 
225.— II.  in  Od.  8,  583,  κήδιστοι  are 
those  nearest  allied  by  marriage. — Corn- 
par,  κηδίων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  post-Hom. 

Κήδομαι.  v.  κήδω. 

Κήδος,  εος,  τό.  (κήδω)  care,  concern, 
c.  gen.,  των  ά?ιλων  ov  κήδος,  Od. 
22,  254:  hence  —  II.  trouble,  sorrow, 
mmirning,  Horn. ;  distinguished  from 
ΰχος,  Od.  4,  108. — 2.  esp.  mourning 
for  one  dead,  II.  4.  270  ;  5,  156.  etc. : 
hence  a  funeral,  burial.  Eur.  Ale.  828; 
ές  TO  K.  Ιέναι,  to  attend  the  funeral, 
Hdt.  6,  58. — 3.  affliction,  trouble,  dis- 


KHKI 

tTPsx,  Horn.,  esp.  in  plur. — III.  an  ob- 
ject of  care,  a  care,  Aesch.  Ag.  699, 
with  a  play  on  the  next  signf. — B. 

connexion    by   marriage,    Lat.   affinitas, 

Hdt.  T,  139,  and  Trag. ;  and  so  some 
explain  II.  13,  404,  but  cf.  II.  15,  245; 
16,  516. 

Κηδησννη,  ης,  ή,  affliction,  trouble, 
Αρ.  Rh. 

Krioojvvog,  ov,  anxious  ;  in  genl.= 
κηδείος,  Eur.  Or.  1017. 

ΚΗ'ΛΩ,  fut.  κηδησω,  to  make  anx- 
ious :  hence  to  trouble,  annoy,  distress, 
vex,  Horn.  most.  freq.  of  outward 
troubles,  always  c.  ace,  χείμών  αη?.α 
κήδΐΐ,  II.  17.  550,  cf.  5,  404,  Od.  9, 
402,  etc.  The  fut.  κεκαδήσω.  which 
Buttm.  refers  to  χύζομα,ί,  might  bet- 
ter be  assigned  to  κήδω,  πο7^.ονς 
τάδε  τόξον  κεκαδήσει  θυμον  καΐ  φν- 
χής,  many  will  this  arrow  trouble  for 
their  life.  i.  e.  will  deprive  them  of  it, 
Od.  21,  153,  170:  cf  the  part.  aor. 
θνμον  και  -φνχης  κεκΰδών,  II.  11,334. 
— Β.  pass.,  c.  fut.  κεκαδήσομαι  (II.  8, 
353),  and  pf.  2  act.  κέκηδα  with  pres. 
signf.,  to  be  troubled,  distressed,  annoy- 
ed: part.,  κηδάμενος,  ένη,  ενόν,  dis- 
tressed, in.  trouble,  Hom. ;  c.  gen.,  to  be 

anxious  or  concerned  for have  a  care 

for,  Horn.,  Hdt.,  etc. ;  ονκέτι  Aava- 
ών  κεκαδησόαεθα,  II.  8,  353  ;  κ.  μη 
άπό'λωνται,  Hdt.  7,  230. 

Κηδωκε,  Dor.  for  καΙ  έδωκε, 
ϋί/ίδων,  ωνοζ,  ό,  Cedon,  an  Athe- 
nian, Diod.  S.  15,  34. 

Κήεν,  Ε  p.  3  sing.  aor.  1  act.  of 
καίω,  II.  21,  349. 

Κηβύριον,  ου,  τό,=  κηθίς,  Ar.  Yesp. 
674 

Κτιϋίδιον,  ου,  τό,  and  in  Hermipp. 
The.  0  κήθίον,  ov,  -ό.^^κηθίς  II. 

Κτ/θίς,  ίδος,  ή,  in  PolL  said  to  be  a 
vessel  into  which  the  ιΐ'ήφοι  were  cast 
in  voting,  cf.  κημός.—ΙΙ.  a  dice-box, 
Ath.,  c£  κήθιον,  elsewh.  φιμάς.  (Ace. 
to  Ath.  from  *χάω,  χαδεΐν,  χανδάνω. 
^Κτίϊος,  η.  ov.  Ion.  for  ΚεΙος,  a,  ov, 
of  Ceos,  ό  Κ.,  an  inhab.  of  Ceos,  Hdt. 
5,  102. 

Κήκ,  Dor.  for  κάκ,  i.  e.  καΙ  έκ. 

Κϊ/κα,  Dor.  for  καΐ  αΐκα. 

Κίίκάζω,  f.  -άσω,^κακίζω,  to  abuse, 
revile,  Lyc.  :  from 

Κηκύς,  άδος,  ή,  said  to  be  an  Ion. 
word  from  κακός,  mischievous,  hurtful, 
Nic. :  metaph.  abusive,  γ/ιώσσα,  Call. 
Fr.  253. 

Κηκασμός,  οϋ,  ό,  (κηκάζω)  abuse, 
insult,  Lyc. 

iKηκείδης,  ov,  6,  Cecides,  an  early 
dithyrambic  poet  of  Hermione,  Ar. 
Nub.  985. 

Κηκ.ί3άλος,  ov,  6,  a  kind  of  shell- 
fish, Epich.  p.  22, 

Κηκίδίον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  κηκίς 
II.,  a  small  gall-nut.  [/Ci] 

Κηκίδοφόρος,  ov,  {κηκίς,  φέρω) 
bearing  gall-nuts :  from 

ΚΗΚΓΣ,  Ιδος,  fj,  any  thing  gushing 
or  bubbling  forth,  esp.  of  fat  or  juices 
drawn  forth  by  fire,  κηκίς  τησσηρης 
φλογός,  Aesch.  Cho.  268  ;  κ.  φόνου, 
bubbling  blood,  lb.  1012;  cf.  Soph. 
Ant.  1008  :  hence  in  genl.  juice,  κηκϊς 
πορφύρας,  Aesch.  Ag.  959.  (cf.  sub 
κίκυς.)—11.  a  gall-nut,  because  pro- 
duced by  the  sap  oozing  from  punc- 
tures made  by  insects,  Dem.  816,  20. 
[t]    Hence 

Κηκίω,  {κηκίς)  to  gush  forth,  bubble 
vp,  θάλασσα  κήκιε  7Γολ?.η  αν  στόμα, 
much  brine  gushed  up  his  mouth.  Od. 
5,  455 ;  also,  κ.  έκ  τίνος.  Soph,  Phil. 
784  ;  and  in  mid,,  αίμύδα  κηκιομέναν 
ίλκέων,  lb.  696 :  c.  ace.  cognato,  to 
bubble  with,  send  forth.  uVTur/v,  Ap. 
Rh.  [I  Ep. ;  but  ί  Att.,  cf.  Soph.  JL  cc] 


KHAO 

K77?.aa'a>,collat.  form  from  «ϊ?λέω,<ο 
soothe,  appease,  assuage. 

Κ7//Μς,  ό,  an  Indian  bird,  mention- 
ed by  Aelian,  thought  by  some  to  be 
a  kind  of  bittern  or  curlew. 

Κηλάς,  ύδος,  ή,  νεφέλη,  a  cloud  that 
denotes  wind,  not  rain,  Theophr. — B. 
κηλας  αΐξ,  ή,  a  she-goat  with  a  star  on 
its  forehead,  ct.  κνηκίς. 

Κήλαστρα,  ας,  ή,  also  κήλαστρος, 
ov,  η.  and  κήλαστρον,  ου,  τό,  an  ever- 
green tree,  Lat.  celastrus,  Theophr. 

Κηλεως,  ov.  Ion.  for  sq.,  q.  v. 

Κ)?λεθΓ,  ov,  (καίω)  burning,  blazing, 
oft.  in  Horn.,  always  in  phrase  nvpi 
κηλέω,  and,  except  in  II.  8.  217,  al- 
waj's  ending  the  verse,  so  that  κηλ,έω 
must  be  pronounced  as  dissyll. :  col- 
lat.  form  κήλείος  only  in  U.  15,  744, 
cf.  κήδεος  and  κήδειος.  Hesych.  also 
κηλιός,  combustible,  dry. 

Κ.ηλέστ7ΐς,  ov,  ό,α  soother,  charmer ; 
hence  a  beguiler :  from 

KHAE'S2,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  charm,  be- 
witch, win  over,  esp.  by  music,  Lat. 
mulcere,  κόρην  νμνοισι,  Eur.  Ale.  359, 
cf.  Plat.  Lys.  206  Β :  to  charm  ser- 
pents, etc..  Plat.  Rep. 358  Β  :  in  genl. 
to  coax,  beguile,  Achae.  ap.  Ath.  641 
D ;  of  bribery,  Theopomp.  (Com.) 
Med.  1 :  to  .reduce,  Aeschin.  27,  13,  in 
pass.     (Perh.  akin  to  'έκη7.ος.) 

Κήλη,  ης,  ή,  Att.  κάλη,  a  tumour : 
also  hernia,  Lat.  ramex. 

Κη?ίηόόνες,  ων,  ai,  {κηλέω)  the 
Charmers,  mystical  songstresses,  like 
the  Sirens,  but  harmless.  Find.  Fr. 
25  ;  in  Philostr.  Ίνγγες. 

'ΚΊ]ληβμός,  ov,  ό,  {κτβέω)  rapture, 
enchantment,  esp.  in  listening  to  sweet 
sounds,  Od.  11.334;  13,2. 

Κήλ?]θρον,  ου,  τό,^κίβ.ημα. 

Κηλήκτας  or  κη/.ίκτας,  a,  ό,  {κη- 
?.e(j)Lacon.=A:77Zi;ff-;?i-,Plut.2,220,F. 

Υίή7^ημα,  UTor,  τό,  α  magic  charm, 
spell,  Ibyc.  2,  Eur.  Tro.  893. 

Κήλησίς,  εως, ή, {κη7.έω)  anenchant- 
ing,  char?ning.  esp.  to  heal,  έχέων  και 
νόσων.  Plat.  Euthyd.  290  A :  delight, 
enjoyment,  delusion,  esp,  by  hearing 
sweet  sounds,  Stoici  ap.  Plut. 

Κη7.ητήρ,  ήρος,  ό,  fem.  -τειρα,= 
κηλητής.     Hence 

Κη/.ητήριος,  a,  ov,  better  ος,  ov, 
charming,  beu'itching  ;  appeasing,  χοαί, 
Eur.  Hec.  535:  το  κ.=^κήλητρον. 

'Κη7.ητης,  ov,  ό,  {κηλέω)  a  charmer. 
Timon  ap.  Diog.  L.  8,  67. 

Κη7ιήτης,  ov,  ό,  Att.  κάλ.,  {κη7.η) 
one  who  is  ruptured,  Strab. 

Κη7,ητικός,  ή,  όν,  {κηλέω)  charming, 
delighting,  Ath. 

Κή7.ητρον,  ov,  τό,  a  charm,  spell, 
Hesych. 

Κη7^ήτωρ,  ορός.  ό,=  κη7.ητής. 

Κ;/λί(5όω,  ώ,  {κ7]7ύς)  to  stain,  soil, 
Arist.  Insomn. :  metaph.  to  disho7iour, 
disgrace.  Eur.  H.  F.  1318.     Hence 

Κη7.ϊδωτός,  ή,  όν,  stained,  soiled. 

Κηλιός,  όν,  V.  sub  κήλεος. 

K)7?.i'f,  ΐδος,  7/,  a  staiii,  spot ;  defile- 
ment, e.  g.  of  blood,  etc.,  Trag. :  me- 
taph. a  blot,  bletnish.  disgrace,  Soph.  O. 
T.  1384 ;  also,  κ.  συμφοράς,  lb.  833. 
(Usu.  deriv.  from  καίω.)  [ί] 

Κήλ^ν,  τό,  Att.  καλοί',  the  wooden 
shaft  of  an  arrow,  like  καυλός,  hence 
an  arrott;  as  we  sav  a  shaft,  usu.  in 
plur.  κτ'/λα,  II.  1.  53",  383  ;  12,  280  :  in 
Hom.  always  of  a  god's  arrows,  e.  g. 
of  Apollo,  i.  e.  pestilence,  or  of  Jupi- 
ter, i.  e.  tempest,  and  so  in  Hes.  Th. 
708,  of  thunder:  metaph..  κί/λα  όόρ- 
μιγγος,  Pind.  P.  1,  21.  (Peih.  akin 
Ιοκαν7.όςΆηά  iii?iOv.tprob.hetterwith 
Passow  from  καίω,  cf.  κή7-  εος,  and 
the  similar  tise  of  brand  in  Eng.  even 
of  metal  weapons.) 


ΚΗΠΕ 

Κη7Μνειον  and  κη/.όνιον,  ov,  τό,= 
κη/.ωνειον,  κηλώνιον. 

Κ7/λοτομία,  ας,  ή,  the  operation  for  a 
hernia :  Irom 

Κ7ΐ7.οτόμος,  ov,  {κή7.η,  τέμνω)  oper- 
ating for  a  hernia.  Medic. 

1K7j7.ovaa,  ης,  ή,  Ceh'tsa,  a  mountain 
of  Sicyon,  Xen.  Hell.  4,  7,  7  :  ct.  Koi- 
λ.ωσσα. 

Κϊ^λόω,  ώ,  {καίω,  κήλεος)  to  burn, 
bum  au-ny,  Hesych. 

Κηλόω,  ω,  collat.  form  of  κηλέω, 
q.  V. 

Κήλ.ων,  ωνος,  ό,  {κήλ.ον)  a  sicipe, 
machine  for  drawing  water  from  a  well, 
Lat.  tolleno,  also  κη7.ώνειον.- — II.  a  he- 
ass  :  and  so  metaph.  a  lecherous  fellow, 
cf.  Archil.  96. 

Κηλώνειον,  Ion.  -ηίον,  ov,  τό,= 
Κ7/7.ων  ι,  Hdt.  1,  193 :  from 

Κ7ΐ7.ωνενω,  to  raise  as  by  a  k7}7mv. 
Math.  Vett. 

Κηλωνήϊον,  ov,  τό.  Ion.  for  κη?.ώ• 
νειον. 

Κηλώνιον,  ov,  τό,  V.  1.  for  κη7.ώ- 
νειον. 

Κηλωστά,  ών,  τά,  stews,  brothels, 
Lyc. :  written  also  κηλωτά. 

Κήμαντόν,  Dor.  for  και  έμαντόν. 

Κημέ,  Dor.  for  καΐ  εμέ. 

Κημός,  ov,  b,  a  muzzle,  put  on  a  led 
horse,  to  prevent  it  biting.  Xen.  Eq 
5,  3. — II.  a  wicker  vessel  like  an  eel- 
basket,  for  fishing,  a  ueel,  Lat.  nassa. 
Soph.  Fr.  438. — 2.  a  funnel-shaped  top 
to  the  voting-urn  (Λ(/(5οζ-)  in  the  .\then. 
law-courts,  strictly  of  wicker-woxV., 
through  which  the  ballots  {ψι'/φοι) 
were  dropt,  also  κτ/θίς,  κί/Οιον,  κηΟά- 
piov,  Ar.  Eq.  1150,  et  ibi  Schol.,  v. 
Scott  on  the  Athen.  Ballot,  pp.  8,  10. 
— III.  a  female  or/iat/tent.  (Perh.  akiu 
to  χάω,  χανδάνω.) 

Κΐιμος,  ου,  ή,  a  plant,  the  λεοντο- 
πόδιον  of  Diosc. 

Κημόω,  ώ,  {κημός)  to  muzzle  a  horse, 
Xen.  Eq.  5,  3.     Hence 

Κήμωσις,  εως,  ή,  a  muzzling. 

Κήν,  Dor.  for  κάν,  i.  e.  καΐ  ίν,  but 
κήν  for  και  ίιν. 

]ΚηναΙον.  ov,  τό,  Cenaeum,  north- 
west promontory  of  Euboea,  opposite 
Thermopylae,  H.  Hom.  λρ.  219  ;  άκ- 
ρον Κ.,  Soph.  Tr.  753 ;  Thuc,  3,  93, 
etc. ;  it  is  now  Lithada. 

ίΚηναΐος,  a,  ov,  of  Cenaeum, Cenaean, 
"Ζ,ενς,  so  called  from  a  temple  of  his 
on  this  promontory.  Soph.  Tr.  238. 

Κηνος,  Aeol.  for  κείνος,  εκείνος, 
Sapph.  2,  1. :  Dor.  τηνος. 

Κήνσος,  ov,  6,  Lat.  census,  a  tax, 
N.  T.  ^ 

ΚΗ'Ξ,  ή,  gen.  κηκός,  a  sea-gidl,  sen- 
mew,  Od.  15,  479,  elsewh.  κήνζ  and 
κανηξ.  whence  some  write  κηνξ  mon- 
osyll.  in  Od. 

Κήομεν,  Ep.  1  plur.  subj.  aor.  1  act. 
of  καίω,  for  κήωμεν,  II.  7.  377,  396. 

Κη~αΙος,  αία,  αϊον,  {κήπος)  of, from 
a  garden,  growing  or  reared  in  one, 
Diosc. — II.  ή  κηπαία,  sub.  θύρα,  agar- 
den-door,  back-door,  Hermipp.  Moer.  2, 
cf.  Dem.  1155,  13.— 2.  also  a  salad- 
herb,  Diosc. 

Κήπε,  Dor.  for  και  είπε. 

Κηπεί,  κήπειτα.  Dor.  for  κάπεί, 
κίπειτα.  i.  e.  και  έπ. 

Κηπεία.  ας,  ή,  {κηπενω)  the  tending 
of  plants  in  a  ga7den,  horticulture, 
Plat.  Legg.  845  D. 

Κήπενμα,  ατός,  τό,  {κηπενω)  that 
tchich  is  reared  in  a  garden,  a  garden- 
herb  OT  flower.  Ar.  Av.  1100,  cf  Herm. 
Opusc.  1,  p.  58. 

Κηπενς,  έως,  ό, {κηπενω)  agardener, 
Philyll.  Pol.  5. 

Κηπενσιμος,  ov.  (.κηπενω)  cultivated 
in  a  garden,  opp.  to  wild,  of  plants. 
757 


ΚΗΡ 

Κηπευτης,  ου,  ό,=  κηπενς. 

Κτ/πΐυτος,  ή,  ΰν,  cultivated,  groum  τη 
α  garden,  Diosc. :  from 

Κηττενω,  (κήττος)  to  cultivate,  rear  in 
a  garden,  Thuoplir.,  in  pass.  :iiietai)h., 
to  tend,  cherish,  Eur.  Hipp.  78,  'Fro. 
1175. 

Κήπί,  Dor.  for  κΰπί,  i.  e.  καΐ  int. 

ϋ,ιίτΐίό^ς,  {jv,  αί,{κή~ος)  ΐ^νμφαι  κ., 
garden- JVymphs. 

Κηττίδων,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  κήπος, 
Plut. 

KriTTiop,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  κήηος, 
Thuc.-<i,C2. — n.also=K/77rof  lI.,Luc. 
Otliers,  not  so  well,  proparox,  κήπων. 
tKiyrrtf,  ιόος,  ύ,  Cepis,  an  Athenian, 
father  of  Adiinantus,  Plat.  Protag. 
315  E. 

\Κ.ηπίων,  ωνος,  6,  Cepion,  a  flute 
player,  a  pupil  of  Terpander,  Plut. 

1K7/~o<,  o)V,  oi,  dpi,  (the  Gardens) 
a  city  on  the  Cmiinerian  Bosporus, 
also,  an  island  in  the  Maeotis,  Strab.  p. 
495:  οίώνυμασμένοι  Κήποι,  Aeschin. 
78,  18. 

Κηποκόμας,  ου,  ό,  (κήπος,  κομέω) 
one  who  has  his  hair  cut  in  the  fashion 
called  κήπος,  comic  word  in  Eustath. 

Κηποκόμος,  ov,  ή,  (κήπος,  κομέω) 
a  gardener. 

Κιιπολόγος,  ov,  (κήπος,  λέγω) 
speaking,  leaching  in  a  garden,  eplth. 
of  the  Epicureans. 

Κηποποίία,  ας,  ή,  (κήπος,  ποιέω) 
the  making  of  a  garden. 

ΚΗ'ΠΟΣ,  ου,  I),  a  garden,  orchard, 
OX  plantation,  Hoin.,  etc.  ;  κ.  πολνόίν- 
όρεος,  Od.  4,  737 :  hence  of  any  rich, 
highly  cultivated  region,  as  Cyrene 
is  called  ' Κφροδίτης  κ-,  Pind.  P.  5, 
31,  Libya  Δίόζ-  κ.,  lb.  9,  91,  etc.  :  also 
oithe  enclosure  for  the  Olympic  games, 
Pind.  O.  3,  43  :  oi  άπο  των  κήπων, 
the  scholars  of  Epicurus,  because  he 
taught  in  a  garden,  Jac.  Λ.  P.  p.  205  : 
ol  Άόώνιόος  κήποι,  lettuce  and  other 
quick  growing  plants  in  pots,  hence 
proverb,  for  anything  pretty,  but  fleet- 
ing and  unreal,  v.  Interprr.  ad  Plat. 
Phaedr.  276  B,  Theocr.  15,  113.— 11. 
a  fashion  of  cropping  the  hair,  v.  μάχαιρα 
I.  2,  and  μοιχός  II. — III. pudenda  mu- 
liebria,  Diog.  L.  2,  116.— IV.  v.  1.  for 
κ-ήβος,  q.  V. 

ΚΫ/ποτύφιον,  ου,  τό,  (κήπος,  τύ- 
φος, θάπτω)  α  tomb  in  a  garden.  Van 
Goens  de  Cepotaohiis  1763,  Uhden 
in  W^olPs  Mus.  1,  3,  p.  351. 

Κηποτύραννος,  ov,  ό,  (κήπος,  τύ- 
ραννος) tyrant  of  the  garden,  epith.  of 
the  Epicurean  philosopher  ApoUodo- 
rus,  Diog.  L.  10,  25. 

Κηπονργία,  ας,  ή,  (κήπος,  *εργω) 
gardening.     Hence 

Κηπονργικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to 
garden-work. 

Κηπονρέω,  ώ,  (.  -ήσω,  (κηπουρός) 
ίο  practise  gardening. 

Κηπουρία,  ας,  ή,  (κηπουρός)  gar- 
dening. 

Κηπουρικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to  gar- 
dening or  to  a  gardener,  νόμιμον,  Plat. 
Minos  317  Β  :  from 

Κηπουρός,  οϋ,  ό,  (κήπος,  ονρος)  α 
keeper  of  α  garden,  όφις,  Euphor.  Ill  : 
in  geni.  a  gardener,  name  of  a  play 
of  Antiph. ;  also  κηπωρός,  Archipp. 
Incert.  2. 

Κηποφνλαξ,  ακος,  ό,  (κήπος,  φύ- 
λαξ)  watch  of  the  garden,  of  Priapus, 
Inscr. 

Κηπωρός,  -ωρέω,  -ωρία,  -ωρικός, 
(ώρα)^κηπονρ. 

ΚΗΡ.  ή,  gen.  Κηρός,  ace.  Κήρα, 
the  goddess  of  death,  also  godde.-!s  of 
fate,  esp.  as  bringing  violent  death, 
often  in  Horn.,  who  sometimes  has 
also  the  pinr.  Κήρες:  her  usu,  epi- 
758 


KHPE 

thets  are  μέλαινα.  Ό'Κοή,  κακή  :  also 
K//P  or  Κήρες  βανύτοιο :  associated 
with  'Eoif  and  Ki'(5o//iof  as  haunting 
baltle-tields,  like  the  northern  Val- 
kyriiir,  clad  in  robes  red  Willi  blood, 
11.  18,  535.  A  man  who  was  to  die  a 
violent  death,  had  a  peculiar  Kyp  as- 
signed to  hiin  from  his  birth,  11.  23, 
79.  Jupiter  puts  those  of  Achilles 
and  Hector  into  ihe  scales,  when  it 
is  to  be  decided  whether  is  to  die  first, 
11.  22,  210:  nay,  Achilles  had  two 
Κήρες,  between  which  he  was  allowed 
to  choose,  II.  9,  411  :  here  it  passes 
into  the  more  genl.  signf.  of  fate,  death, 
and  so  we  have  Κήρες  μνρίαι,  II.  12, 
326,  Κήρες  Ά  γαιών,  Ύρωων,  II.  8,  73. 
1η  Hes.  Th.  217,  220,  they  are  aven- 
ging deities. — 2.  later  more  generally, 
goddess  of  mischief  or  evil,  without  ne- 
cessarily implying  death.— K;/p  may 
be  compared  with  Άτη  and  Ύφινύς, 
but  not  with  Αίσα,Μοιρα,  or  the  Ro- 
man Parcae,  as  these  do  not  bring 
misfortune  only. — 11.  as  appellat.  the 
fate  of  death,  death  itself,  esp.  when 
violent :  in  Horn.  ace.  to  Wolf's  Ed. 
only  once,  II.  1,  228,  to  όέ  τοι  κήρ 
εΐόεται  είναι,  that  seems  to  thee  to  be 
death :  yet  even  in  such  common  pas- 
sages, as  φόνον  και  Κήρα  φερειν,  θά- 
νατον και  Κήρα  φυγείν,  the  appellat. 
signf.  appears,  which  later  became 
more  prominent,  fate,  destiny,  doom, 
esp.  an  evil  fate,  Plat.  Legg.  937  D: 
hence  disease.  Soph.  Phil.  42 :  and 
even  moral  evil,  e.  g.  κήρ  ov  καλή,  an 
unseemly  disgrace.  Soph.  Tr.  454. 

KH"P,  gen.  κήρος,  τό,  contr.  from 
κέαρ,  (which  form  first  occurs  in 
Piiul.  and  Trag.,  for  Hom.  always 
uses  κήρ) : — the  heart,  Lat.  cor,  Hom. ; 
κήρ  kvi  στήθεσσι,  freq.  in  Hom. ;  also 
κήρ  έν  θνμφ,  11.  6,  523,  and  φρεσιν 
ήσιν,  Od.  18,  3Ί4  : — for  λάσιον  κήη 
V.  sub  λάσιος : — he  makes  it  the  seat 
of  the  will,  μετά  σον  και  έμόν  κήρ, 
II.  15,  52;  and  esp.  of  the  passions, 
and  aft'ections,  e.  g.  joy,  II.  22,  504, 
cf.  19,  319,  of  sorrow,  esp.  in  phrase 
άχννμεΐ'ος  κήρ  :  less  freq.  of  the  un- 
derstanding, as  in  phrase,  πολ?Μ  δέ 
οι  κήρ  ωρμαινε,  Od.  7,  82  ;  18.  344  ;  so 
too  when  joined  with  νόος,  II.  15,  52 : 
when  used  of  a  lion,  II.  12,  45,  it  is 
not  so  much  physically  as  metaph. 
The  dat.  κήρι  is  in  Hom.  freq.  used 
as  adv.,  like  Kijpoei,with  all  the  heart, 
heartily,  II.  9,  117;  mostly  however 
strenglhd.,  πέρι  κήρι,  from  or  in  one's 
very  heart,  II.  4,  46,  Od.  5,  36,  etc., 
where  περί  is  an  adv.,  and  must  not 
be  mistaken  for  a  preposition. 

Κηραίνω,  (κήρ)  to  harm,  hurt,  de- 
stroy, Aesch.  Supp.  999. — II.  (κήρ)  in- 
transit,  to  be  alarmed,  disquieted,  anx- 
ious, Eur.  H.  F.  518:  τι,  at  a  thing, 
Id.  Hipp.  223. — 2.  to  pine  awny,  die  for, 
Lat.  deperire,  περί  τίνα,  Phifo. 

Κηράμνντης,  ου,  ο,  (κήρ,  ΰμννω) 
averler  of  evil.  Lye. 

Κηράνθεμον,  ov,  τό,=ζ  κήρινθος, 
Dio.sc. 

Κηρΰφίς,  ίδος,  ή,=^κύραβος,  κάρα- 
βίς,  α  kind  oNncust,  in  Nic. 

Κηρΰχάτης,  ov,  6,  (κηρος,  αχάτης) 
a  waxen  agate,  Plin. :  SO  calleil  from 
its  color,  [χα] 

Κηρέλαιον,  ov,  τό,  (κηρός,  ίλαιον) 
wax  oil,  a  kind  of  salve.  Medic. 

Κηρεμβροχή,  ής,  ή.  (κηρός,  έμβρέ- 
χω)  α  fomentation  with  melted  wax, 
Medic. 

Κηρέσιος,  ov,  (κήρ)  deadly,  perni- 
cious. 

Κηρεσιφόρος,  ov,  (κήρ,  φέρω)  death- 
bringing. 

Κηρεσσιφόρητος,  ov,  (Κήρ,  φορέω) 


ΚΗΡΟ 

brought,  iirged  on  by  the  Κήρες,  Κννες, 
11.  8,  527. 

^Κηρενς,  έως,  ό,  the  Cereus,  a  river 
of  Euboea,  Strab. 

Κηρια,  ας,  ή,  v.  1.  for  κειρία,  q.  v. 

Κηριάζω,  f.  -άσω,  (κιιρίον)  to  look 
like  a  honeycomb,  Arist.  H.  A. 

fK^piAAoi.  ων,  o'l,  Ccrilli,  a  town  of 
BrntuuMi,  Strab. 

Κηρίνη,  ης,  ή.=  κηρίων  II. 

Ki/pivthv,  ov,  τό,  a  Jlower,  dub.  in 
Thoophr. 

Κήρινϋος,  ov,  6,  bee-bread,  also  tpi 
θάκη,  Arist.  H.  A. 

iKi/piveoc,  ov,  ή,  Cerinthus,  a  city  in 
the  northeast  of  Euboea,  11.  2,  538, 
near  Έστιαία. 

ΚήρΙνος,  η,  ov,  (κηρός)  of  wax,  wax- 
en. Plat.  Theaet.  197  1) :  γ>η>ηϊκες  κή- 
ptvai,  painted  women,  because  their 
cosmetics  were  made  up  with  wax, 
Phllostr. — II.  metaph.  pliable  as  wax. 
Plat.  Legg.  033  D,  cf.  Hor.  cereus  in 
vitiumflecti. — 2.  also  wax-coloured,  pat- 
lid. 

Κηριοκλέπτης,  ον,ό,(κηρίον, κλέπ- 
τω) stealer  of  honeycombs,  title  of  The- 
ocritus' lUth  Idyll. 

Κηρίον,  ov,  TO,  (κηρός)  a  cake  of 
bees'  wax  ;  a  honeycomb,  Lat.  famis,  H. 
Horn.  Merc.  559,  Hes.  Th.  597 :  usu. 
in  plur.,  Hdt.  5,  114;  also,  κ.  σφηκΰν, 
Id.  2.  92  :  also  honey,  Hippon.  20  — !I. 
a  cutaneous  disease,  Lat.  faims,  also 
μελικηρίς,  Diosc,  Gal.,  etc.:  the 
ΰχώρ  was  of  the  same  kind  but  less 
virulent. 

Κηριοποιός,  όν,  (κηρίον,  ποιέω) 
making  cakes  of  wax,  Anst.  H.  A. 

Κηριόομαι,  Dep.,  to  hurt,  injure,  v. 
κηρόω,  from  κήρ. 

Κηρίς,  ίδος,  η,=  κφ(ής.  ap.  Ath. 

Κηρίτης,  ov,  ό,  λιύος,  .strictly  wax- 
stone,  precious  stone  in  Plin. 

Κηριτρεφής,  ές,  (κήρ,  τρέφω)  horn 
to  death  or  misery,  mortal,  Hes.  Op. 
416. 

Κηριώόης,  ες,  (κηρίον,  cCc5of)  like 
wax,  wax-coloured,  Theophr. 

Κηρίων,  ωνος,  ό,  (κήρ)  a  ivnv-light, 
waxen-torch ,ΥΊμΧ,. — II.  a  whip.  Hesych. 

Kj;po}  ovta.  ας.  ή,  {κηρσς,  yrnnj)  the 
production,  formation  of  wax  0Γ  honey- 
cells,  Joseph. 

Κηρογράφέω,  ώ,  (κηρογρύφος)  to 
paint  with  wax,  Ath. 

Κηρογρΰφίη,  ας,  η,  painting  with 
wax,  as  was  the  method  in  encaustic 
painting,  Ath.,  cf.  Plin.  35,39,  MiiUer 
Archiiol.  d.  Kunst,  §  320,  4:  from 

Κηρογράφος,  ov,  (κηΐΜς,  γ(Ηίφω) 
painting  in  ii>nx :  but — II.  propaio.x., 
κηρόγρύφος,  ov,  pass.,  painted  in  wax. 

["] 

Κηροδέτης,  ov,  ύ.  Dor.  κηροδετας, 
=  sq.,  Eur.  1.  T.  1125,  Seidl. 

Κηρόδετυς,  ov,  (κηρός,  (5«j)  bound, 
joined  with  wax,  v.  foreg. 

Κηρυδομέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (κηρός.  δο• 
μέω)  to  build  in  or  with  wax,  of  bees, 
Pseudo-Phocyl.  162. 

Κηροειδής,  ές,  (κηρός,  εϊδος)  like 
ιναχ,  waxen.  Plat.  Tim.  61  C :  wax- 
coloured.  Ath. — 2.  metaph.  yielding, 
pliable,  Philo. 

ΚηρόίΙεν,  adv.,  (κήρ)  frcmi  the  heart. 

Κι/ρόβΐ,  adv.,  (κή())ϊη  or  at  the  heart, 
with  all  the  heart,  heartili/,  Hom..  who 
always  joins  κηρόβι  μάλλον,  and  that 
with  the  verbs  φιλ.εΐν,  άπέχθεπθαι, 
χώσασθαι,  χη?^ώσασθαι,€{.  Henn.  Η. 
Horn.  Cer.  362. 

Κηροπάγής,  ές,  (κηρός,  7r7/}Tt'yUt1 
fastened  ivilh  icax,  A  nth. 

Κηρόπισσος,  ην,  ό,  (κηρός,  πίσσα) 
wax-pitch,  an  unguent  of  wax  and  pitch, 
Hipp.,  cf.  πισσήκηρος. 

Κιΐροπλαστ'ω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  form. 


feHPT 

wtauld  of  Ot  as  of  wax,  Hipp.,  κ.  έρωτα, 
to  mould  him  in  was,  Eubul.  Camp.  3. 
— 2.  to  make  wax-cells,  Diod.  :  from 

Κηΐ}0Τΐλύστ7]ς,  ov,  ό,  {κηρός,  τϊλύσ- 
cu)  a  modeller  in  wax  ;  in  genl.  a  mod- 
eller. Plat  Tim.  74  C.     Hence 

]ί.ΐ]ρθ7Τ/.αβτικός.ή,  όν,  of,  belonging 
to  modelling  in  wax. 

Krjpo-'/.aaTog,  ov,  {κηρός,  ■πλάσσω) 
moulded  of  wax,  waxen,  Soph.  Fr.  464: 
joiiLed  with,  wax,  όόναξ,  Aesch.  Fr. 
574. 

Κηρο~οιέω,  ώ,  ΐ.  -ησω,  to  make  wax. 

'ϋ.ηροπώ7.ης,  ου,  ό,  (κ7}ρός,  πωΑ,έω) 
α  wax-chandler. 

Κηρός,  οϋ,  ό,  wax,  Lat.  cera,  Od.  12, 
48,  173,  175. — II.  m  plur.  κηροί,  wax- 
tapers,  Heliod. 

Κηροτέχνης,  ov,  ό,  {κηρός,  τέχνη)  a 
modeller  in  wax,  Anacreont. 

Κηροτρεφής,  ές,=κηριτρεφής,'νβτγ 
dub. 

Κηροτρόφος,  ov  (A),  {κήρ,  τρέφω) 
nourtshtiis,  bringing  death,  deadly,  NlC. 

Κηροτρόφος,  ov  {B),  {κηρός,  τρέφω) 
growing  iviix,  waxy,  Anth. 

Κηρον?.κός,  όν,  {κήρ,  έλκω)  bring- 
ing destruction,  Lyc. 

Κηροφορέω,  ώ,  1.  -ήσω,  {κηρός,  φέρω) 
to  produce  wax. 

Κηροχίτων,  ωνος,  ό,  ή,  {κηρός,  χι- 
τύν)  clad  or  covered  with,  wax,  Anth. 

Κηροχρως,  ωτος,  ο,  η,  {κηρός,  χρως) 
wax-coloured,  Chaerem.  ap.  Ath.  608 
D. 

Κηροχντέω,  ώ,  f.  -ί)σω,  to  melt  wax  : 
to  mould  as  in  ?nelted  wax,  Ar.  Thesill. 
56 :  from 

Κηρύχϋτος,  ov,  (κηρός,  χέω)  mould- 
ed, formed  of  melted  wax.  Castor,  ap. 
Ath.  455  A. 

Κηρόω,  ω  (A),  {κηρός)  to  wax  over. 
Long. — II.  to  form  of  wax. 

Κηρόω,  ώ  (Β),  {κήρ)  to  hurt,  harm, 
also  κηριόομαι.  Grainm. 

Κήρυγμα,  ατός,  τό,  (κηρύσσω)  that 
which  is  cried  by  a  herald  or  crier,  a  pro- 
clamation, public  notice,  κ.  ττοιεΐσθαι, 
Hdt.  3,  52 ;  5,  92,  7,  etc. ;  εκ  κηρνγ- 
Ιΐατος,  by  proclamation.  Id.  6,  78. 

Κηρυγμός,  οϋ,  ό,=  κήρνξις. 

Κηρνκαινα,  ης,  ή,  fern,  from  κήρνξ, 
α  female  herald  or  crier,  Ar.  Eccl.  713. 
[i] 

Κηρύκεια,  ας,  ή.  Ion.  κηρυκηιη, 
(,κηρυκεύω)  the  office  of  a  herald  or  crier. 
— 11.  in  Eccl.  preaching. 

Κ-ηρϋκειοειόής,  ές,  {κηρνκειον,  εί- 
δος) shaped  like  a  herald^•  staff. 

Κηρύκεων,  ov,  τό.  Ion.  -ήΐον,  the 
fee,  pay  of  a  herald. — II.  a  heraUTs 
■wand,  such  as  Mercury  bears  on  old 
works  of  art,  usu.  with  two  serpents 
wound  round  it,  Lat.  caduceus,  Hdt. 
9,  100,  Thuc.  1,  53.— III.  the  stone 
whence  the  herald  made  his  procla- 
mations, V.  λίθος,  [ϋ]  Strictly  neut. 
from 

Κηρύκειος,  εία,  ειον,  {κήρυξ)  of,  be- 
hnging  to  a  herald.  Soph,  f  r.  897.  [i] 

Κηρνκενμα,  ατός,  τό,  {κηρνκενω) 
a  herald' s proclamation,  message,  Aesch. 
Theb.  651.  [v] 

Κηρνκενσίς,εως,ή,=κηρνκεία;  [ΰ] 
and 

Κηρϋκεντικός,  ή.  όν,  belonging  to 
proclamations,  etc. :  from 

Κηρνκενω,  (κήρνξ)  to  be  a  herald  or 
crier,  fulfil  the  office  of  one,  Plat.  Legg. 
941  A  :  lience — il.  trans,  to  proclaim, 
give  notice  of,  τίνί  τι,  Aesch.  Supp. 
221. 

Κηρνκηίη,  -κήϊον,  τό,  Ion.  for  -κεία, 

'KELOV,  Hdt. 

^Κηρϋκίόης,  ov,  ό,  Cerycides,  prop. 

patron.,  as  masc.  pr.  n..  Archil.  39,  1. 

Κηρνκίκός,  ή,  όν,  {κήρνξ)  of,  belong- 


ΚΗΡΩ 

ing  to  heralds  or  criers,  φνλον.  Plat. 
Polit.  260  D. 

Κηρνκϊνος,  η,  ov,=  foreg. 

Kr/pvKiov,  ov,  τό,=  κηρνκειον,  Ar. 
Fr.429. — 'Ζ.τα  κηρ.,  tokens  η  f  suppliants, 
Dmarch.  92,  28.— II.  a  shel'l-fish.ci.  κή- 
ρυξ II. — III.  a  collyriiim  for  the  eyes. 
Iv,  yet  twice  in  Anth.  ϋ,  v.  Jac.  A.  P. 
p.  680.]     Hence 

Κηρνκιοφορος,  ov,  (κηρνκιον,  φέρω) 
bearing  a  herald's  staff. 

Κ7/ρνκώόης,  ες,  {κήρνξ  II,  εΐόος) 
like  the  shell-fish  κήρνξ,  Arist.  Η.  Α. 

Κηρν'λος,  ov,  ό,  Att.  κειρν'λος,  a 
sea-bird,  acc.  to  some  the  male  halcyon, 
Alcm.  12,  Arist.  H.  A.  [v] 

Κτ/ρνξ,  ϋκος,  ό,  {κηρύσσω)  a.  herald, 
pursuivant  or  marshal,  m  genl.  a  pub- 
lic messenger,  partaking  of  ihe  char- 
acter of  a7i  ambassador,  an  honourable 
office  in  early  times,  Lat.  praeco,  ca- 
duceator,  legatus,  Hom. :  they  sum- 
moned the  assembly,  II.  2,  50,  97,  Od. 
2,  6,  etc.  ;  and  kept  order  in  it,  11.  2, 
280 ;  18,  503  :  they  separated  com- 
batants, II.  7,  274,  sq.  :  they  had  esp. 
charge  of  the  arrangements  at  sacri- 
fices and  festivals,  and  even  private 
entertainments,  11.  3,  245  sq.,  Od.  20, 
276.  As  public  officers  they  are  call- 
ed δημιοεργοί,  Od.  19,  135 :  their  in- 
signia were  staves  or  wands,  σκήπ- 
τρα, II.  18,  505,  Od.  2,  37,  etc.  From 
the  heroic  times  their  office  was  sa- 
cred and  their  persons  inviolable,  as 
being  under  the  immediate  protection 
of  Jupiter,  hence  in  II.,  θείοι.  Δα  φί- 
λοι,  Λιός  άγγελοι  ήόέ  και  ανδρών: 
hence  they  were  employed  in  mes- 
sages, etc.,  esp.  between  enemies,  11. 
9.  170;  24,  149,  etc.  Mercury  was 
κήρυξ  of  the  gods,  Hes.  Op.  80,  Th. 
939.  In  later  times  their  functions 
remained  much  the  same ;  but  they 
are  messengers  between  nations  at 
war,  Schol.  Thuc.  1,  29.  The  fem. 
ή  «;?pufin  Pind.N.  8, 1,  Nonn.  4,  11, 
elsewh.  κηρνκαινα. — II.  a  kmd  of  shell- 
fish, with  a  wreathed  shell  which 
"might  be  used  as  a  sort  of  trumpet, 
Arist.  H.  A. — III.  metaph.  of  the  cock, 
Ar.  Eccl.  30. — IV'.  in  Eccl.  a  preacher, 
[v  always :  though  some  Gramm.  call 
ϋ  in  norn.,  and  write  it  κήρυξ,  v. 
Herm.  Soph.  O.  T.  746.] 

iK7jpvξ,  νκος,  ό,  Ceryx,  son  of  Mer- 
cury, Paus.  1,  38,  3,  from  whom  a 
priestly  family  in  Athens  were  called 
Κήρυκες,  cf.  Thuc.  8,  53. 

Κήρνξις,  εως.  ή,  a  proclaiming,  pro- 
clamation, Dio  C  :  α  preaching,  Clem. 
Al. :  from 

Κηρύσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  fut.  -ξω,  (κή- 
ρνξ) to  be,  officiate  as  a  herald,  κηρύσ- 
σων γήρασκε,  11.  17,  325 :  to  call, 
make  proclamation  as  a  herald,  II.  2, 
438,  Od.  2,  8,  also  c.  acc,  λαον  άγο- 
ρήνδε  Κ-,  II.  2,  51,  Od.  2,  7,  -κόλεμόν- 
δε,  11.  2,  443  :  κηρύσσειν  τινά.  to  sum- 
mon one  to  a  place,  Ar.  Ach.  748. — 2. 
freq.  impers.,  κηρύσσει  (sc.  ύ  κήρνξ), 
proclamation  is  made,  it  is  proclai7/ied  by 
voice  of  herald,  Poppo  Xen.  An.  3,  4, 
36. — II.  later  in  genl.  to  proclaim,  an- 
nounce, Trag.  .•  to  extol,  magnify,  Eur. 
Tro.  223.^ — 2.  esp.  to  proclaim,  adver- 
tise for  sale,  Hdt.  6,  121,  in  pass. :  κ. 
ατϊοικίαν,  to  invite  people  to  join  as 
settlers,  Thuc.  1,  27. — 3.  to  call  on,  in- 
voke, Aesch.  Cho.  init. ;  κ.  θεούς, 
Eur.  Hec.  148. — III.  in  Eccl.  topreach, 
teach  publicly.  (Prob.  akin  to  γηρύω, 
γήρνς.) 

Κήρωμα,  ατός,  τό,  (κηρόω)  any 
thing  made  of  wax  or  waxed  over  ;  esp. 
— 1.  a  waxed  tablet  for  writing,  v.  Hdt. 
7,  239. — 2.=^κηρωτόι•,  a  wax-salve,  ce- 
rate,   Hipp. — 3.    an   ■unguent  tised   by 


ΚΗΤΩ 

wrestlers  in  later  times,  Plut.,  cf.  πισ 
σόκηρος :  hence — 4.  the  wreslli7ig 
ground,  Plin.     Hence 

Κηρωματικός,  ή,  όν,  anointed  with 
κήρωμα,  Juvenal. 

Κηρωματιστής,  ov,  ό,  one  who 
anoints  with  κήρωμα,  cf.  ά?.είπτης,  as 
if  from  κηρωματίζω. 

Κηρών,  ώνος,  ό,  (κηρός)  α  bee-hive 
or  honey-comb,  Gramm. 

Κήρωσις,  εως,  ή,  (κηρόω)  the  forma- 
tion or  materials  of  wax,  Arist.  H.  A. 

Κηρωτοειόής,  ες,  {κηρωτόν,  είδος) 
like  a  cerate.  Medic. 

Κηρωτός,  ή,  όν,  {κηρόω)  mixed,  cov- 
ered with  wax:  to  κηρωτόν,  =  κήρωμα 
2  :  and  ή  κηρωτή,  a  cerate  or  salve, 
used  both  medically,  Hipp.,  and  as  a 
cosmetic,  Ar.  Fr.  309. 

Κής,  Dor.  for  και  εις. 

Κήτα,  ή,—κα/.αμίνθη,  Hesych. 

Κήταί,  3  sing.  subj.  from  κεΐμαι, 
for  κέηταί,  II.  19,  32,  Od.  2,  102,  acc. 
to  Wolf;  Buttm.  prefers  κείται,  v. 
κεΐμαι. 

Κητεία,  ας,  η,  the  fishery  of  large 
fish,  esp.  the  thunny,  Ath.  :  the  place 
where  it  is  carried  on,  Strab.  (as  if 
from  κητεύω.) 

\Κήτειοι,  ων,  οι,  εταίροι,  the  Cete- 
ans,  a  Mysian  race  near  Pergamus, 
of  whom  nothing  definite  is  known, 
Od.  11,  521,  v.  Nitzsch  ad  1.  :  acc.  to 
Aristarch.— /ζε^ά/οί :  from 

Κήτειος,  εία,  ειον,  (κήτος)  belong- 
ing to  sea  monsters,  νώτα,  Mosch. 

^Κήτειος,  ov.  ό,  the  Ceieus,  a  river 
of  Mysia,  flowing  into  the  Caicus, 
Strab. 

^Κητεύς,  έως,  δ,  Ceteus,  father  of 
Caliisto,  ApoUod.  3,  8,  2. 

Κήτημα,  ατός,  τό,  salted  thunny,= 
ώμοτύριχον,  Diph.  Siphn.  ap.  Ath. 
121  B. 

Κητ'ια,  ας,  ή,=κητεία. 

ΚητόδορΤίΟς,  ov,  {κήτος,  δόρ^ττον) 
συμφορά,  α  being  food  for  fishes,  bei7ig 
lost  at  sea,  Lyc. 

Κ7]τοθηρεΙον.  ov,  τό,  a  magazine  of 
implements  for  the  fishery  of  large  fish, 
Ael. 

Κήτος,  εος,  τό,  any  sea-monster  or 
huge  fish,  Hom.,  and  Hdt.  4,  53  (ubi 
al.  κτήνεα) :  in  Od.  4,  446,  452,=  (pu- 
κη,  a  seal,  sea-calf:  later  esp.  o( 
whales,  sharks,  thunnies ;  cf  Lat. 
cete. — II.  a  constellation,  Arat.  354, 
Cicero's  pistrix.  (In  compos,  it  seems 
to  have  had  the  signf  of  gulf  depth, 
abyss,  which  acc.  to  Buttm.  Lexil.  v. 
κητώεσσα. etc.,  is  the  orig.  signf., from 
*χάω,  χάσκω,  χαίνω,  χανόάνω,  cf. 
κητώεις  and  κύτος,  μεγακήτης.) 

Κητοτρόφος,  ον,  (κήτος,  τρέφω) 
nourishing  sea-monsters. 

Κητοφάγος,  ον,  (κήτος,  φυγείν)  eat- 
ing sea-mo)isters,  Orac.  ap.  Paus. 

Κητοφόνος,  ov,  {κήτος,  *φένω)  kill- 
ing sea-7nonsters,  Anth. 

Κητόομαι,  as  pass.,  {κήτος)  to  grow 
to  a  sea-monster,  Ael. 

^Κητώ,  ονς,  ■ή,  Ceto,  daughter  of 
Pontus  and  Gaea,  wife  of  Phorcys, 
Hes.  Th.  270,  333,  Apollod.  1,  2,  6, 
who  also  mentions  a  Nereid  of  that 
name. 

Κητώδης,  ες,  {κήτος,  είδος)  offish, 
cetaceous,  Arist.  Η.  Α.  :  also  ■monstrous, 
Diod. 

Κητώεις,  εσσα,  εν,  only  found  as 
Homer,  epith.  of  Lacedaemon,  κοίλη 
Αακεδαίμων  κητώεσσα,  II.  2,  581,  Od. 
4,  1  :  acc  to  some  from  κήτος  in  usu. 
signf.  vast,  spacious :  acc.  to  others 
κήτος  is  here=  Λταϊαρ,  a  gulf  depth, 
abyss,  so  that  κητώεις  is  for  καιετά- 
εις,  denoting  the  sunken  situation  ot 
Lacedaemon  between  the  Mount» 
759 


ΚΗΦΙ 

Taygetus  and  Parthenius,  to  which 

the  epith.  κοίλη  certainly  refers,  so 

ISitzsch  Od.  1.  c. :  but  Huttm.  Lexil. 

in  voce,  explains  it  full  of  hollows, 

taking  it  ol'lhe  region,  not  of  the  city. 

Κζ/τώοί,  ώ«,  ώον,=  κήτείος,  Diosc. 

K7/1),  contr.  by  crasis  from  καΐ  εν. 

Κήνς,  νκος  [ν],  ύ,  ο  greedy  sea-bird, 

cf.  κήξ  and  κανηξ,  and  sq.  2. 

ίΚήνξ,  ϋκος,  ό,  Ceyx,  an  early  king 
of  Trachis,  Ues.  Sc.  354,  476. — 2.  son 
of  Lucifer,  husband  of  Alcyone, 
Apollod.  1,  7,  4t: — on  the  story  of 
Ceyx  and  Alcyone,  v.  Ovid.  Met.  11, 
272,  sq. ;  cf.  foreg. 

Κί/φά,  Dor.  for  και  εφη,  Theocr. 
iKr/φύς,   a,   ό,   Cephas,   (=πεΓρο{•) 
masc.  pr.  n.,  N.  T. 

ίΚι/ύενς,  έως,  ό,  Cepheus,  son  of 
Lycurgus,  king  of  Tegea,  one  of  the 
Calydonian  hunters,  Apollod.  2,  7,  3  ; 
ace.  to  Ap.  Rh.  an  Argonaut,  brother 
of  Lycurgus,  1,  ICG;  cf.  Apollod.  1, 
9,  16. — 2.  son  of  Belus,  husband  of 
Cassiope,  king  of  the  Aethiopians, 
lldt.  7,  61  ;  Ar.  Thesm.  1056. 

tK7/(?7/i'f,  ίόος,  ή,  fem.  adj.  from 
foreg.  (2),  of  Cepheus,  γαία,  1.  e.  Ae• 
thiopia,  Nic.  Al.  100  :  cf.  Lye.  834. 

ΚΗΦΗ'Ν,  7/νος,  ό,  a  drone-bee,  Lat. 
focus ;  hence  freq.  metaph.  α  drone, 
a  lazy  greedy  fellow,  who  will  do  no- 
thing for  his  bread,  Hes.  Op.  302,  Th. 
595,  Plat.  Rep.  552  C  :  in  Plut.  of 
literary  plagiarists.  From  their  hav- 
ing no  stings,  they  were  called  κύ- 
λουροι  or  κόθονμοι,  dock-tails. — II. 
also  metaph.  of  old  birds  with  the  pen- 
feathtrs  gone,  Eur.  Bacch.  1364  (ubi 
V.  ElmsL),  Tro.  191. 

Κηοί/νες,  ων,  ol,  Cephenes,  old 
name  of  the  Persians,  Hdt.  7,  61. 

K?]<piiviov,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  κηφήν, 
a  sviall  drone,  drone-grub,  Arist.  H.  A. 
Κηφηνώδης.  ες,  {κηφήν,  εΐόος)  like 
a  drone,  Plat.  Rep.  554  B. 

Κΐ/φΟύ  or  κ7/φ0η.  Dor.  for  και  ηφθη 
from  ύ-τομαι,  Theocr. 

^Κ7]θίσανόρος,  ου,  ό,  Cephisander, 
an  Atnenian  masc.  pr.  n.,  Isae.  36, 
42.  [i] 

\ΥίηφΊΰΐά,  ας,  ή,  Cephisia,  one  of  the 
old  twelve  Cecropian  cities  of  Attica, 
Strab.  p.  397  :  afterwards  a  deme  of 
the  tribe  Erechtheis  :  hence  adv.  Κη- 
ψισιασιν,   in   Cephisia,    Aeschin.   14, 
26  ;  Kyipiaiuesv.fromCeph.,  Alciphr. 
^Κηφΐσιάύης,    ov,    ό,     Cephisuides, 
masc.pr.n  ,of  Scyrus,  Dem.  1230,21. 
tKr/i>tfftttif,  έως,  6,  an  inhab.  of  Ce- 
phisia, a  Cephisian,  Plat.  Apol.  33  E. 
\Κιιφίσιος,  a,  ov,  of  the   Cephisus, 
Pind.  O.  4,  1. 

^Κηφίσιος,  ov,  ό,  Cephisius,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  an  Athenian,  Lys.  106,  fin. — 
2.  an  accuser  of  Andocides,  Andoc. 
5,28. 

^Κηφισόδημος,  ov,  ύ,  Cephisodemus, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Ar.  Ach.  705. 

^Κηφϊτόύοτος,  ov,  ό,  Cephisoddtus, 
an  Athenian  archon  01.  105,  3,  Diod. 
S.  16,  6. — 2.  an  Athenian  commander, 
Xen.  Hell.  2,  1,  16.-3.  an  Athenian 
orator,  sent  as  ambassador  to  Sparta, 
Xen.  Hell.  6,  3, 2.— Others  in  Dem. ; 
etc. 

\Κ.τιώισόδωρος,  ov,  ό,  Cephisodorus, 
an  Athenian  archon  01.  114,2,  Diod. 
S.  18,  2  ;  another,  Dem.  927,  23.-2.  a 
lochagus  in  the  army  of  the  ten 
thousand,  Xen.  An.  4,  2,  13. — 3.  a 
poet  of  the  old  comedy,  Meineke  1, 
p.  267.— Others  in  Ath. ;  etc. 

^Κτίφισοκλης,   έυνς.  ο,    Cephisodes, 

an  Athenian  against  whom  Dinarchus 

delivered  a  speech,  Dion.  H.  Din.  12. 

— Others  in  Paus.  ;  Ath. ;  etc. 

Κηφισός,  ού,  ό,  the  Cephisus,  a  river 

760 


ΚΙΒΩ 

in  Boeotia,  II.  2,  522 ;  hence  the  pe- 
cul.  fern,  λίμνη  Κηφισίς,  II.  5,  709, 
Η.  Horn.  Αρ.  280.— II.  later,  the  more 
famous  river  of  Athens,  Soph.  O.  C. 
087  ;  etc. :  also  a  river  in  Argolis,  etc. 
— The  writing  Κηφισσυς,  Κ7ΐφισσίς, 
is  not  so  good,  Jac.  A.  P.  p.  8bC. 

ίΚ7ΐφΙσοφών,  ώντος,  ό,  Ccphisophon, 
an  Athenian,  envoy  to  Sparta,  Xen. 
Hell.  2,  4,  36. — 2.  of  Rhamnus,  sent 
as  ambassador  to  Philip,  Dem.  235, 
18. — 3.  another,  of  Anaphlystus,  sent 
on  an  embassy  to  Philip,  Id.  250, 15. 
—Others  in  Dem.  1107,  8,  etc.— 5.  a 
friend  of  Euripides,  chief  actor  in  his 
dramas,  Ar.  Ran.  944. 
Κ7~/χος,  V.  κήγχος. 
Κηωόι/ς,  ες,  smelling  as  of  burning 
incense ;  in  genl.  sweet-scented,  κόλ- 
πος, II.  6,  483.  (Usu.  deriv.  from 
καω,  καίω,  and  όζω,  but  both  the  sy- 
non.  form  κηώεις,  and  the  analogous 
ϋνώόης  make  it  prob.  that  there  was 
an  old  subst.  κήος—θυος,  which  was 
to  καίω,  as  in  hat.  fragro  to  flagro.) 

Κηωεις,  εσσα,  εν,=  κηώ07ΐς,  fra- 
grant, in  Horn,  always  epith.  of  θά- 
λαμος :  v.  foreg. 

ΚϊύΟω,  Att.  lengthd.  for  κίω,  to  go. 
[a] 
tKiovof  and  Κιανίς,  v.  Κίος. 
Κιβδη,  ης,  ή,  v.  sub  κίβόιιλος. 
Κιβδηλεία,  ας,  ή,  adidteralwn, fraud. 
Plat.  Legg.  916  D  ;  and 

Κιβδηλ.ενμα,  ατός,  τό,  an  adultera- 
tion, fraud.  Plat.  Legg.  917  Ε  :  from 
Κίβδιβενω,  (κίβόι/λυς)  to  adulte- 
rate, esp.  gold,  Ar.  Ran.  721,  or  mer- 
chandise. Plat.  Legg.  917  B.— H. 
metaph.,  εν  κιβδ.  τι,  to  trick  it  out  to 
tempt  one,  Eur.  Bacch.  475. 

Κιβδτ)/ιΐα,  ας,  ή,  (κίβδηλος)  strict- 
ly alloy,  dross,  base  tnetal :  metaph. 
fraud,  dishonesty,  Hipp.,  and  Ar.  Av. 
158.     Hence 

Κιβδηλ.ιάω,  ώ,  f.  -ύσω,  strictly  to 
look  like  adulterated  gold :  hence  USU. 
metaph.  to  look  bilious,  have  the  jaun- 
dice, Arist.  Probl. 

Κιβδηλίς,  ίδος,  ή,  v.  sub  κίβδηλος. 
Κιβδΐ]λος,  ov,  adalltrated,  spurious, 
base,  χρνσός  και  ίργνρος,  Theogn. 
119;  and  so  in  genl.  of  money,  or 
goods. — II.  metaph. — 1.  of  men  in 
moral  signf,  base,  false,  Theogn.  117, 
959. — 2.  base-born,  bastard,^^vόθoς. — 
3.  in  genl.  tricksy,  deceitful,  ambiguous. 
Theogn.  123,  esp.  of  oracles,  Hdl.  1, 
66,  75  ;  5,  91  :  to  σαν  κίβδαλον,  i.  e. 
pronounced  with  a  false  sound,  Pind. 
Fr.  47,  ubi  v.  Donalds.  (Ace.  to  most 
Gramm.  from  κίβδος,  κίβδη  or  κιβδη- 
λίς, ή,  dross  or  alloy  of  gold :  hence 
they  derive  κίβδης,=πανονργος,  a 
clipper  of  money,  and  κιβδολοί,  κιβδω- 
λοι  or  Κίβόόνες,=μεταλλε1ς,  miners.) 
ΚΙ'ΒΔΟΣ,  ή,  V.  foreg. 
Κιβισις,  ή,  α  pocket,  pouch,  knap- 
sack, Hes.  Sc.  224.  (Said  to  be  Cy- 
prian for  7Γ7}ρα,  akin  to  κυμβη,  κιβω- 
τός. Germ.  Kiepe,  Kufe,  Koffer,  Kober, 
Lat.  corbis,  cophiniis :  we  find  κίβη- 
σις,  κίβνσις,  κνβισις,  κνβεσις,  κνβη- 
σία  and  κίββα  also  written.)  [«tj 

^Κίβισσος,  ov,  ύ,  Cibissus,  son  of 
Thaies,  Diog.  L.  1,26. 

\Κιβνρα,  ας,  ή,  Cibyra, — 1.  7'/  μεγά- 
λη, a  city  of  greater  Phrygia  on  the 
confines  of  Caria,  Strab.  p.  630. — 2. 
7j  μικρά,  a  city  of  Pamphylia,  Id.  p. 
667.     Hence 

^Κιβνράτης,  ov,  ό,  fem.  -ράτις,  ιδος, 
of  Cibyra,  Cibyraean ;  01  Κΐβ.,  the 
Cihyraeaiis,  ή  Κιβνράτις,  territory  of 
Cibyra,  Strab. 

Κϊβώριορ,  ov,  TO,  the  seed  vessel  of 
the  Aegyptian  κολοκασία,  a  kind  of 
Nymphaea,  containing  the  κναμος  Αί- 


ΚΙΘΑ 

γυπηακός,  Nic. — II.  α  cup,  either 
from  the  material  or  the  shape,  Ath. 
Κίβωτάριον,  ov,  τό,  and,  in  Ar. 
Plut.  711,  κΐβώτιον,  τό,  dim.  from 
κιβωτός. 

Κϊβωτοτϊοώς,  όν,  (κιβωτός,  ποιέω) 
tnaking  bo.tes,  chests,  Plut. 

Κιβωτός,  ov,  ή,  a  woodeii  box,  chest, 
coffer. — II.  appell.  of  Apamea  in  Phry- 
gia, Strab. — 2.  a  harbour  near  Alex- 
andrea,  Id.  [t  Ar.  Eq.  1000,  Vesp. 
1050  :  Ϊ  first  in  Greg.  Naz.] 

^Κιγδαγύτας,  ov,  ό,  Cigdagatas,  a 
Persian,  Aesch.  Pers.  998,  v.  1.  Κη- 
δαδάτας. 

Κίγκα?ιθς,  ov,  ό,  v.  sub  κίγκλος. 
^Κίγκιος,  ου,  ύ,  the  Rom.  Cincius, 
Anth. 

Κιγκλ.ίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {κίγκλος)  to  tvag, 
esp.  the  tad,  as  the  bird  /vi)/(Xot-does  : 
hence  metaph.  to  change  constantly,  ov 
χρή  κιγκλίζειν  αγαθόν  βίον,  TheogrL 
303  ;  ορρ.  to  άτρεαίζω. 

Κιγκ/ιίς,  ίδος,  η,  the  Lat.  cancelli, 
a  lattice,  or  latticed  doors :  esp.  at 
Athens  the  railing  or  bar  enclosing 
the  δικαστήρια  or  βονλ,ΐντ-ήριον,  Ar. 
Eq.  641,  Vesp.  124,  like  δρνφακτος. — 
II.  metaph.,  κιγκλ.ίδες  διαλεκτικαί, 
logical  quibbles,  Dehind  which  one  en- 
sconces one's  self,  Julian.,  cf.  Hemst. 
Poll.  8,  124. 

Κίγκλϊσις,  εως,  η.  {κιγκλίζω)  any 
quick,  frequently  repeated  ^notion,  Hipp. 
Κιγκλ.ισμύς,  ov,  {i,=foreg.,  Hipp. 
Κιγκ/.ος,  ου,  ύ,  a  water-bird,  a  kind 
of  wagtail,  Antol.  Tymp.  8,  Anaxandr. 
Prot.  1,  65,  cf.  Arist.  H.  A.  9,  12.  1. 
Proverb.,  κίγκλ.ου  πτωχότερος,  be- 
cause it  was  supposed  that  the  κίγ- 
κ/.ος  had  no  nest  of  its  own,  Menand. 
p.  76.  Also  κίγκαλος.  Prob.  κίλ- 
/ιονρος  and  σεισοπυγίς  are  the  same 
bird  ;  the  root  being  κίλλω. 

Κιγχάνω  [ά],  Att.  for  κιχάνω  [ύ], 
Herin.  Soph.  Ο.  C.  1450,  Monk  Hipp. 
1442. 

ΙΚιδαλΛα,  ας,  ή,  Cidalia,  a  fountain, 
Pind.  Fr.  136. 

Κίδαλον,  ov,  TO,  an  onio7i. 
fKι.δapίa,  ας.  ή,  Cidaria,  appell.  ol 
Ceres.  Paus.  8,  15,  3. 

Κίδΰρις,  εως,  ή,  a  Persian  head- 
dress, prob.  the  same  as  the  royal  -i- 
άρα  or  κνρβασία,  differing  from  the 
common  τιάρα  in  having  an  upright 
peak,  Philo ;  also  written  κίταρίς, 
Plut. — II.  an  Arcadian  dance,  [κϊ] 
Κϊδάφενω,  {κίδαφος)  to  be  sly,  wily. 
Κϊδάφη,  ης,  ή,  a  fox,  strictly  fem. 
from  κίδΰφος. 

Κιδάφιος,  ov,=sq. 
Κιδάφος.  η.  ov,  sly,  artful,  shrewd, 
Hesych. :  hence,  ή  κιδάφη,  a  fox, 
like  κερδαλέη.  (We  find  κινδάφη, 
κινδάφιος,  κιναφενω  and  σκίνδαφος 
also  written.  Akin  to  κίναδος.)  \ΐ\ 
^Κιδίβ'ας,  a,  6,  Cidenas,  a  Chal 
daean,  Strab. 

Κίδι^αμαι,  as  pass,  of  the  obsol.  act. 
κίδνημι,  poet,  for  σκεδάνννμαι,  to  be 
spread  abroad,  diffused  or  scattered,  to 
extend,  esp.  of  the  dawning  day,  νπειρ 
a/.a,  τζάσαν  έπ'  a'lav  κίδναται  '1\ώς, 
II.  8,  1  ;  23,  227.  {κίόναμαι.  is  to  σκί- 
δναμαι,  as  κεδάζω  to  σκεδάζω.) 
Κίδνη,  7)ς,  ή,  roasted  barley,  Hesych. 
Κιδνός,  7J,  όν,  said  to  be  synonyiiL 
with  άκιδνος,  weak,  faint,  but  only  in 
Hesych. 

^Κιθαιρών,  ώνος,  ό,  Cithaeron,  a 
mountain  of  Boeotia,  on  the  confines 
of  Attica,  sacred  to  the  Muses,  now 
Elatea,  from  the  forests  of  fir  near 
its  summit,  Hdt.  9,  25;  Aesch.  Ag 
298.     Hence 

\Κιθαφώνειος,  ov,  of  Cithaeron,  λί- 
πας  Κ.=  foreg.  Eur.  Bacch.  1045 :  and 


KIKA 

^Κιβαιρώνιος,  ov,=foreg.,  ηχώ,  Ar. 
Thesm.  996. 

tKi(?ai|Owvtf,  ίδος,  ή,  pecul.  fern,  to 
ioreg.,  Hdt.  9,  38. 

ΚΪ'ΘΑ'ΡΑ.  ας,  ή,  the  Lat.  cithara, 
(whence  our  guittir),  a  kind  of  lyre  or 
lute,  much  hke  the  φόρμιγξ  (cf.  κι- 
θαριζω),  Η.  Horn.  Merc.  510,  515 ; 
bL.t  in  11.,  and  Od.  always  κιθαρις: 
also  κιθάρη,  Hdt.  1,  24. — Ι1.=  κίθα- 
ρος,  the  chest,  cavity  of  the  breast,  like 
χέ?-νς- — III.  a  rib.  [θά] 

Κΐθάμάοιόος,  ov.  ό,  poet,  resolved 
form  from  κιθαρωδός,  whence  in  Ar. 
Tesp.  1318,  the  super!,  κιθαραοιόότα- 
τος.^  [ΰ] 

Κίθύρίζω,  f.  -ί'σω,  (κίθαρις)  to  play 
thecUhara,  φόρμιγγι  κιθαρίζειν,  11. 18, 
570,  Hes.  Sc  202  ;  so  too,  /.ύρα  κιθ., 
Η.  Horn.  Merc.  423,  Xen.  Symp.  3, 
1,  cf.  Oec.  2,  13  ;  so  that  the  differ- 
ence of  the  κιθάρα,  λύρα  and  φόρ- 
μιγξ  cannot  be  great,  though  the  in- 
vention of  the  first  was  attributed  to 
Mercury,  of  the  second  to  Apollo. 
Pass,  of  music,  to  be  played  on  the  ci- 
thara. Plut. :  of  persons,  to  be  played  to. 

Κίθάρις,  ιος.  ό,  ace.  κίβαρη•,=^  κι- 
θάρα, Horn.,  who  never  uses  the  lat- 
ter form  :  also  for  mtisic,  harping,  II. 
3,  54  ;  13,  731,  Od.  8.  248,  elsewh.  κι- 
θαριστύς:  cf.  κιθαρίζω.  [ϊ] 

Κΐθάρϊσις,  εως,  ή,  (κιθαρίζω)  play- 
ing on  the  cithara.  Plat.  Prot.  325  E. 

Κΐθάρισμα,  ατός,  τό,  {κιθαρί,,ω) 
that  uhich  is  played  on  the  cithara,  a 
piece  of  music  for  it.  Plat.  Prot.  320  B. 

ΚΖθΰρισμός,  ov,  ό,^=κιθύρισις,  Call. 
Del.  312. 

Κιθαριστέον,  verb.  adj.  from  κιθα- 
ρίζω, one  must  play  on  the  cithara,  Plat. 
Sis.  389  C. 

Κΐθάριστήριος,  ία,  ιον,^κιθαρισ- 
τικός,  V.  ap.  Ath.  634  Ε. 

Κιθαριστής,  ov,  ό,  (κιθαρίζω)  α 
player  on  the  cithara,  Η.  Horn.  24,  3, 
lies.  Th.  95.  Later,  the  κιθαριστής 
merely  played,  while  the  κιθαρωδός 
accompanied  his  own  singing :  but 
Aristoxen.  says  that  they  only  differ- 
ed in  the  instruments  they  used,  the 
κιθαριστής  using  the  /vpa,  the  κιθα- 
ρωδός the  κιθάρα.     Hence 

Κΐθάριστικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to  a 
κιθαριστής,  or  his  art :  ή  -κή.  sub. 
τέχνη,  the  art  or  skill  of  a  κιθαριστί/ς. 
Plat.  Gorg.  501  E.     Adv.  -κώς,  Plut. 

Κιθαρίστρια,  ας,  ή,  name  of  a  play 
of  Anaxandrides :  and 

Κΐθύριστρίς,  ίδος,  ή,  Aath.,  fem.  of 
κιθαριστής,  q.  v. 

Κϊθάριστνς,  νος,  ή,  a  playing  the  ci- 
thara. the  art  of  playing  it,  II.  2,  600. 
Ion.  word. 

Κίθάρος,  ov,  6.=θώραξ  II.,  Hipp. ; 
cf.  χέ/.νς. — II.  a  kind  of  turbot,  sacred 
to  Apollo,  Epich.  p.  34,  Arist.  H.  Α., 
etc.  [Ϊ] 

Κΐθΰρωδέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (κιθαρωδός) 
to  play  and  sing  to  the  cithara,  Plat. 
Gorg.  502  A.     Hence 

Κΐθΰρωδησις,  εως,  ?/,  a  singing  to 
the  cithara,  Dio  C. 

Κΐθάρωδία,  ας.  7j,=(oreg.,  Plat. 
Legg.  700  D.    Hence 

Κίθΰρφδικός,  ή,  όν,  of,  belonging  to 
harp-playing,  Ar.  Ran.  1282  :  ή  -κή, 
sub.  τέχνί/,^κιθαρωδία.  Plat.  Gorg. 
502  A :  from 

Κιθαρωδός,  ov,  6,  (κιθάρα,  αοιδός, 
ΰδάς)  one  whi  plays  and  sings  to  the 
cithara,  a  harper,  Hdt.  1,  23  ;  cf  κι- 
θαριστής. 

Κΐθών,  ώνος,  ό.  Ion.  for  χιτών,  Hdt. 

Κίκΰμα,  ων,  τά,  α  kind  of  vegetable, 
Kic.  [ij 


KIAI 

Κϊκαμία,  ων,  -a,=  foreg. 

Κΐκεϊν,  inf  of  a  rare  poet.  aor.  έκι- 
Kov,  V.  under  κίκω.  Cic. 

ίΚικέρων,  ωνος,  ό,  Greek  fonn  for 
Lat.  Cicero,  Plut. 

Kt/vi,  εως,  τό,  the  castor-berry,  berry 
I  of  the  palma-christi  or  κρότων  (q.  v.), 
Hdt.  2,  94,  where  however  it  is  pa- 
roxyt.  κίκι ;  so  Plat.  Tim.  60  A. 

Κίκιννος,  ov,  b,  curled  hair,  a  ring- 
let of  hair,  Lat.  cincinnus,  Ar.  Vesp. 
1009,  also  written  κίκίνος.  [λϊκ-] 

ΚίκΙνος,  Τι,  ov,  (κΙκι)  made  of  the 
palma-christi  or  its  fruit,  Diosc.   [i/c] 

KiKKaSai',  onomatop.,  a  cry  in  im- 
itation of  the  screech  owl's  note,  too- 
whit,  toowhoo,  Ar.  Av.  261  :  from 

Κικκάβ?!,  ης,  ή,  a  screech-owl,  Schol. 
Ar.,  cf.  κακκάβη.  [α]     Hence 

Κικκαβίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  or  κικκάβάζω, 
to  cry  or  shriek  like  a  screech-owl,  Lat. 
tutubare,  v.  I.  Ar.  Lys.  761. 

Κίκκος,  ov,  ό,  the  fruit- husk,  shell, 
the  Lat.  ciccus  in  the  proverb,  ciccum 
non  interduim. 

Κικ/.ήσκω,  Ion.  for  κα/.έω,  to  call, 
invite,  Hom. :  hence  to  call  on,  invoke, 
implore,  II.  9.  569. — II.  to  accost,  ad- 
dress, II.  23,  221. — III.  to  name,  call  by 
name,  Horn.  :  also,  έκλήδτ/ν,  έπίκλη- 
σιν  κ.,  11.  7,  139  ;  9,  11 :  used  only  in 
pres.  and  impf 

ίΚίκονες,  ων,  οι,  the  Cicones,  Cico- 
nians,  a  Thracian  race  on  the  coast 
of  the  Aegean  west  of  the  Hebrus, 
II.  2.  846  ;  Od.  9,  39. 

Κικράω,  Dor.  for  κεράνννμι,  κιρ- 
νάω,  also  κίκρημί- 

Κικνμίς,  ίδος,  ή.  Call.  Fr.  318:  and 

Κίκνμος,  ου,  ό,  also  κίκνβος,^κικ- 
κά3η,  α  screech-owl,  Lat.  cicuma. 
Hence 

Κικνμώττω,  to  be  purblind  like  an 
owl,  also  άμό/.νώττω- 

ίΚικννηθος,  ov,  ή.  Cicynethus,  an 
island  on  the  Thessalian  coast,  Strab. 
^Κίκνννα,  ή,  Cicynnn,  an  Attic  deme ; 
hence  oi  Κικνννεϊς  Att.  -νής,  the  in- 
hah.  of  the  deme  Cicynna,  .Κϊ.  Nub. 
210.     Hence 

^Κικνννόθεν,  a.dx.  from  Cicynna,  Ar. 
Nub.  134:  and 

iKiKi^vvoi,  in,  at  Cicynna,  Lys.  148, 
34 ;  149.  1. 

ΚΓΚΤΣ,  ή,  strength,  vigour,  old 
and  rare  poet,  word,  ov  yap  oi  ετ'  ην 
'ίς  εμ-εδος,  ονδέ  τι  κίκνς,  Od.  11.  393, 
and  so  Η.  Hom.  Ven.  238:  others 
wrote  in  Od.  κηκίς  or  KrjKir,  and  ex- 
plained it  by  ικμάς,  juice.  [ ] 

*ΚΓΚΩ,  a  verb  only  found  in  the 
rare  poet.  aor.  έκΐκον,  inf  κΐκεϊν,  and 
the  Dor.  aor.  1  εκιξα,  mid.  έκιξάμην, 
to  make  to  go,  bring,  move,  toss,  akin  to 
κίω,  as  transit,  to  it,  and  to  δικεϊν, 
Jac.  A.  P.  p.  829.  Others  make  the 
pres.  κίχω. 

tKiZ/itaj'ov,  ov,  πεδίον,  τό.  the  Cil- 
bianian  plain,  at  the  foot  of  Tmolus 
in  Lydia,  Strab.  p.  629. 
^Κί?ίκες,  ων,  ol,  v.  Κίλιξ.  [ίλ] 
ίΚιλικια.  ας,  ή,  Cilicia,  a  country 
of  Asia  Minor,  bordering  on  Syria  on 
the  east,  and  bounded  by  Pamphylia 
on  the  west,  divided  into  ή  ορεινή, 
Hdt.  2,  34  or  ή  τραχεία,  Strab.  p. 
533,  in  the  west,  and  ή  -εδιάς,  Strab. 
p.  068,  in  the  east. 

ΚύΙκίζω.  f  -ίσω,  also  in  mid.  Ki- 
/.ΐκιζομαι,  {Κί/  ιξ)  to  play  the  Cilician, 
i.  e.  to  be  cruel  and  treacherous  like 
the  Ciiicians. 

Κΐ?.ίκΐΟΐ',  ov,  TO,  a  coarse  cloth,  Lat. 
cilicium,  strictly  of  Cilician  goat's 
hair. 
\Κι7,ίκιος.  a,  ov,  Cilirian,  Aesch. 
Pr.  351  ;  oi  Κύίκιαι  τζν/.αι.  Strab. 
p.  537=  αί   jrr/.ai   τϊις  Κιλικίας  in 


κηΐΒ 

Xen.  An.  1,  4,  4;  proverb.  Ki7.-  όλε- 
θρος from  the  cruel  and  piratical 
character  of  the  Ciiicians,  Paroem. 
Zen.  4,  53. 

Κι'/.Ικισμός,  ov,  b,  (Κιλικίζω)  Ci- 
lician behaviour,  i.  e.  drunken  butchery, 
Theopoinp.  ap.  Phot. 

Κι'/.ιξ,  Ικος,  b,  a  Cilician,  usu.  in 
plur.  Oi  Κί'/ικες,  the  Ciiicians.  l\.^  6, 
397,  said  to  have  derived  their  name 
from  Κί'/.ιξ  brother  of  Cadmus,  Hdt. 
7,  91.— 2.  adj.  Cilician,  φύλακας,  Xen. 
An.  1.  2.  12.  [t] 

Κι'/.ισσα.  ης,  ή,  a  Cilician  woman, 
Aesch.  Cho.  732:  in  Xen.  An.  1,  2, 
12,  the  Cilician  woman  par  excellence, 
i.  e.  the  Cilician  queen. — 2.  as  adj., 
pecul.  fein.  of  Κι/ύκιος,νανς,  Hdt.  8, 
14.  [Γ] 

tKi/./.a,  ης,  ή.  Cilia,  daughter  of 
Laomedon,  ApoUod. — II.  a  citv  ot 
Truas,  sacred  to  Apollo,  II.  1,  38,  Hdt. 
1,  149  :  hence 

tKi/,P.a<Of,  ov,  of  Cilia,  Cillaean, 
epith.  of  Apollo,  from  his  temple  in 
Cilia,  Strab.  p.  612.  Κι'/.'λαϊον,  τό, 
Mt.  Cyllaeus,  in  Troas.  Id. 

Κύ.'/.ακτί;ρ,  ήρος,  ό,  (κί/./.ος,  άγω) 
an  ass-driver.  Poll. 

^Κιλλάνιον,  ov,  πεδίον,  τό,  the  Cil- 
lanian  plain  in  Phrvgia,  Strab. 

tKi?->.af,  ov,  ό,  Cillas,  charioteer  oi 
Pelops,  Paus.  5,  10,  7. 

Κίλ'λης,  ov,  ό,  =  κίλλος,  an  ass, 
Hesych. 

^Κίλ'λης,  ov,  b.  Cities,  a  commander 
of  Ptolemy,  Plut.  Demetr.  6. 

Κι/λίβας,  αντος.  b,  a  trestle  or 
stand  for  any  thing,  esp.  for  a  shield, 
κι/.λί3αντες  ΰσπίδος,  Ar.  Ach.  1 122 : 
also  of  a  table:  and  of  a  warlike  en- 
gine ;  and  esp.  a  painter's  easel,  Muller 
Archaol.  d.  Kunst,  'ξ>  319,  4.  (i'rom 
κί7ΰος,  ass,  and  βαίνω :  όνος  was 
used  in  the  same  way,  and  our  easel 
is  merely  the  Germ,  esel,  though  our 
general  word  is  horse,  and  so  the 
Germans  use  Bock.) 

Κί/λικνριοι,  οί,=  Κν7ι.λύριοι,  cf. 
Ruhnk.  Tim. 

\Κίλλικών,  ώντος.  b,  Citlicon,  a  Mi- 
lesian who  betrayed  his  native  city 
to  the  Prienians,  whence  his  name 
passed  into  a  prov.,  Ar.  Pac.  363. 

Κί'λλιξ,  ικος,  b,  (κν/ι'λός)  an  ox  with 
crooked  horns,  Hesych. 

Κίλλιος,  a,  ov,  nf.  like  an  ass,  esp. 
ass-colored,  late  :  from 

Κίλλος,  ov,  b,  an  ass,  Dor.  word, 
written  also  κίλλης :  κί?.λαι,  dice 
made  of  ass's  bone,  Lat.  tali,  Hesych. 
(Perh.  from  *κί?.λω.) 

Κιλ/.ός.  ή,  όν,=  κίλ?.ιος. 

Κίλλονρος,  ov.  b,  (κίλλω,  οίφά'^  α 
wagtail,  or  some  such  bird,  cf  κίγ- 
κλος  and  σεισοπν,ίς. 

^Κι'/.λοντά,  Cilluta,  an  island  in  the 
Indian  Sea,  Arr.  An.  6,  19;  cf  Plut. 
Alex.  66. 

Κιλλνριοι,  also  Κύ.λίριοι,  oi,  v. 
Κνλλνριοι. 

*Κί/.λω,  old  word  s)-non.  wixh 
κε/.'λω  and  ϊλλω.  whence  Lat.  cello, 
percello,  only  found  in  a  few  compds., 
Valck.  Hdt.  7,  155. 

ίΚίυαρος,  σν,  ό,  Cimarus,  the  north 
w-est  promontory  of  Crete,  Strab. 

Κιμβάζω,  fut.  -άσω  =όκ/άζω.  to 
cower  doiim  :  hence  to  be  slugiish,  Lat. 
desidere,  also  όκιμβάζω  and  σκιμ- 
βάζω. 

Κιμβεία,  ας,  ή,  stinginess,  Arist. 
Virt.  et  Vit.,  cf  κιμβικεία  and  κψβία. 

Κιμβερικόν,  ov,  τό,  sub.  ίμύτιον, 
a  woman's  garment,  Ar.  Lys.  45.  52, 
dub.,  for  Ktuuep-,  is  a  v.  I.,  and  so 
Dind.  would  now  read. 

KtuStpiov,  ov,  τό,—'ν.  1.  for  foreg. 
761 


ΚΙΝΑ 

Κιμβικεία  or  κιμβικία,  ας,  ή,  nig- 
gardness  ;  and 

Κιμβικενομαι,  dep.,  to  be  niggardly  : 
from 

ΚΓΜΒΙΞ,  IKOC,  a,  a  niggard,  miser 
in  Utile  things,  Arist.  Eth.  N.  4,  1,  30: 
metaph.  of  an  author. /and  of  petti/  de- 
tails, μικρολόγος,  Alh.  303  E. 

tKi.i/'ipoi,  uv,  οι,  the  Ctmbri,  a  Ger- 
man tribe  of"  northern  Europe,  Strab. 
ίΚιμινία,  ας,  7.ίμνιι,ή,  the  ^Ciminius 
Lacus'  in  Etruria,  Strab. 

^Κιμμΐρικός,  η,  όν,  of  the  Cimmerii, 
Cimmerian,  ισθμός,  Aesch.  Pr.  730, 
κόλ-ος,  Strab.,  at  the  mouth  of  the 
Pahis  Maeotis  :  from 

Κίμμιμίοι.  uv,  cil,  the  Cimmerians, 
acc.  to  the  legend,  dwelling  by  the 
ocean  in  perpetual  darkness,  Od.  11, 
14  :  by  the  ancients  placed  sometimes 
in  Italy,  sometimes  in  Spain ;  by 
Strab.  regarded  as  Grecian  appell.  of 
the  Kimipoi:  later,  a  people  about 
the  Palus  Maeotis,  Callm.  2,  Hdt.  1, 
15;  1,  12.  (Prob.  the  same  word  as 
Cimbri,  Cymry,  Cumbri.)     Hence 

^Κιμμέριος,  a,  or,  Cimmerian,  τα  Κ. 
Τείχ7/,  the  Cimmerian  fortress=:Kιμμε- 
ptKov  in  Strab.,  a  town  at  the  outlet 
of  the  Maeotis,  Hdt.  4,  12:  τϊ:ι  Κ. 
ΤΙορθμήϊα,  the  Cimmerian  ferry,  ahnr- 
bor  on  the  Bosporus  Ciin.,  lb. :  Βός- 
■πόρος  Κ.,  v.  sub  Βόςπορος. 

ΐΚιμμερίς,  ίόος,  ή,  pecul.  fern,  to 
Κιμμέριος,  Apollod. 
tKt'/i/ifpot,  οί,^Κιμμέριοι,  Lye. 
tKίμψoς,  ov,  ή,  Cimpsus,  a  town  of 
Lydia,  Lye. 

Κΐμω?.ία,  ας,  η,  with  or  without 
■)ή,  Cimolian  earth,  a  kind  of  white 
clay,  like  fuller's  earth,  from  Cimolus 
V.  sq.,  which  contained  natron,  and 
so  seiTed  for  soap  for  the  baths  and 
barbers'  shops  of  Athens,  Ar.  Ran. 
713. 

\Κίμω7.ος.  ov,  ή,  Cimolus,  one  of  the 
Cyclatles,  now  Argentiera  or  Kimoli, 
Strab.  V.  foreg. 

^Κίμων.  ωΐ'ος,  ό,  Cimon,  father  of 
the  celebrated  Miltiades,  Hdt.  6,  39. 
— 2.  son  of  Miltiades,  grandson  of 
foreg..  Id.  7,  107. — 3.  a  celebrated 
painter  of  Cleonae,  Anth.     Hence 

tK</z(Jvetor,  ov,  of  or  belonging  to 
Cimon,  Plut.  Cini.  4, 19. 

Κινάβαρι,  εως  or  εος,  τό,=  κιννά- 
βαρι. 

ΚΙνύβρα,  ας,  ή,  the  rank  smell  of  a 
he-gnat ;  hence  also  of  men,  Lat.  hir- 
zus  alarum,  Luc.  :  hence 

ΚίΐΌ'ίράω,  ώ,  to  stink  as  goats,  Ar. 
Plut.  291. 

Κΰνάβρευμα,  ατός,  τό,=κινάβρα. 

Κΐνΰδεύς,  έως,  ό,  cf.  κίναδος,  sub 
fin. 

Κΐΐ'άδιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  sq. 

Kt'i'a(5of,  εος,  τό,  Sicil.  word,  afnx : 
hence  metaph.  of  a  shifty,  wily  fellow, 
έττίτριπτονκ.,  like,  τταητάλΐίμα,  Soph. 
Aj.  103,  cf.  Ar.  Nub.  448,  Dem.  307, 
23  :  in  genl.  like  Lat.  bellua.  a  monster, 
Democr.  ap.  Stob.  p.  279,  4,  cf  κνώ- 
όαλον,  κιΐ'ώτΐετον.  There  is  a  vocat. 
κίναδε  in  Theocr.  5,  25,  as  if  from  ό 
κιιηδος,  ώ  κίναό',  εν  τάδε  y'  ίσσεται, 
but  here  ώ  κιναδεϊ'  should  be  read. 
[«?-,  V.  κΐνέω,  sub  fin.] 

Η\ίναόος.  ov,  ύ,  Cinadus,  pilot  of 
Menelaus,  Paus. 

iKivaouv,  ωνος,  ό,  Cinadon,  a  Spar- 
tan leader  of  a  coi.spiracy  against 
the  ephors  and  nobles.  Xen.  Hell.  3, 
3,  3. 

ΚϊΐΊΪβισμα,  ατός,  τό,  esp.  rustling 
mfitinn. rustling,  Aesch.  Pr.  124.  (From 
κιναΟίζω,  which  Hesych.  e.xplains  by 
μΐννρίζειν,  i.  e.  κ,Ιννρίζειν ;  he  also 
adds  Kivelv,  q.  v.  sub.  fin.)  [yu\ 
762 


ΚΙΝΔ 

Κΐναιδΐία,  ας,  ή,  unnatural  lust, 
Aeschm.  18,  29  ■  from 

Κίι>αιόενομαι,=^κιναιδιζομαι. 

Κϊναιδία,  ας,  ί/,—κιναιδεία,  Aes- 
chm. 41,  13. 

Κΐναιδίζομαί,  f.  -ίσομαι,  dep.  mid  , 
to  be  a  κίναιδος.     Hence 

Κΐναίδισμα,  ατός,  τό,  unnatural 
leudness. 

Κϊι.'αιόογρύ(Ι)ος,  ov,  {κίναιδος,  γρά- 
φω) luritins  of  obscene  things,  A.  B. 

Κί)^ίίί(5ολο>•εω,  ώ,  f.  -ησω,  to'  talk 
or  write  of  obscene  things,  Strab. :  from 

Κΐναιόολύγος.  ov,  {κίναιδος,  λέγω) 
speaking  or  uriting  of  obscene  things, 
Diog.  L.  :  esp.  uriting  obscene  books, 
Ath. 

Κίναιδος,  ov,  b,  a  sodomite,  cata- 
mite, Lat.  cinardus,  pathicus,  like  κα- 
τατνγων  :  in  genl.  η  lend  fellow,  lech- 
er. Plat.  Gorg.  494  E.— II.  α  sea-fish, 
0pp.  (Commonly  referred  to  κΐνέω 
=βιΐ'έω  :  v.  κινέω,  sub  fin.) 

Κΐναιδώδης,  ες,  {^κίναιδος,  είδος) 
like  a  κίναιδος. 

^Κιναίθιον,  ov,  τό,  Cinaethium,  a 
town  of  Messenia,  Strab. 

Κίνΰμον  and  κΐνύμωμον,  ου,  τό,= 
κινν. 

Κϊνάρα,  ας,  ή,  α  kind  of  artichoke, 
Lat.  cinara,  Diosc.   [νά] 

ΚΐΓΰρηφάγος,  ov,  (κινάρα,  φυγείν) 
eating  artichokef,  Juba  ap.  Ath.  343  F. 

Κινάχνρα,  ας,  ή,  (κινέω,  άχϋρον) 
α  kind  of  bag  ΟΓ  sieve  for  bolting  flour, 
Ar.  Eccl.  730. 

Κινδηλος,  ov,  6,  v.  κννδα7.ος. 

Κίνδαξ,ακος,  ύ,ή,^σκίναξ. 

Κινδαψός,  ύ,^=σκινδαι}>ός,  q.  v. 
tKirrfi'ur,  afJof,  ή,  Cinilyan,  appell. 
of  Diana,  Polyb.  16,  12,  3  ;  from 

^Κινδνη,  ης,  7/,  Cindya,  a  place  in 
Caria,  Strab. :  ό  Κινδυεύς,  έως,  a 
Cindyan,  Hdt.  5,  118. 

Κίνδυν,  ννος,  6,  old  coUat.  form  of 
κίνόννος,  Alcae.,  et  Sapph.  ap.  A.  B., 
cf.  Lob.  Paral.  170. 

"Κινδννενμα.  ατός,  τό,  [κινδννενώ) 
a  risk,  hazard,  bold  enterprise,  Soph. 
O.  C.  .564,  Eur.  I.  T.  1001,  etc.  : 
hence  an  experiment,  [i] 

Κινδννεντέον,  verb.  adj.  from  κιν- 
δυνεύω, one  must  venture,  hazard,  εν 
Tivi,  Eur.  Supp.  572. 

Υίινδννεντι']ς,  ov,  ό,  (.κινδυνεύω)  a 
daring,  venturesome  person,  Thuc.  1, 
70. 

Κινδϋνευτικός,  η,  όν,  daring,  ven- 
iurnvs,  rash,  Arist.  Rhet. :  from 

Κινδυνεύω,  to  be  daring,  venture  into 
or  face  danger,  run  a  risk.  κ.  σώματι, 
■φν'χ)}.  Hdt.  2,  120;  7,  209;  κ.  πάσΐ) 
Trj  'ΕιΧλάδι,  to  run  a  risk  with  all 
Greece,  i.  e.  endanger  all  G.,  Id.  8, 
60,  1  :  K.  προς  τίνα,  Hdt.  4,  11,  and 
Xen.  :  κ.  περί  τίνος,  Hdt.  8,  74  ;  ύ~ερ 
τινυς.  Lys.  198,  6:  c.  inf,  to  run  the 
risk  of..,  Hdt.  6,  9  ;  8,  65,  97,  etc.— 2. 
absol.  to  make  a  venture,  do  a  daring 
thing,  Id.  3,  69,  Thuc.  1,  20  ;  also  to 
be  in  danger,  Arist.  Eth.  N. — 3.  also  c. 
acc.  of  the  danger,  to  dare,  venture, 
hazard,  κ.  κινδννενμα,  Plat.  Rep.  451 
A.  μύχτ/ν,  Aeschin.  50,  40.  κ.  ψενδο- 
μαρτνρίαν,  to  hazard  a  prosecutipn 
for  perjury,  Dem.  1033,  1. — II.  as  the 
running  a  risk  implies  a  probable  chance 
of  success,  κινδννεύω,  c.  inf,  is  used 
to  express  that  which  seems  likely, 
though  uncertain,  as,  κινδυνενονσι  οι 
άνθρωποι  ούτοι  γόητες  είναι,  they  run 
a  risk  of  being  reputed  conjurors,  Hdt. 
4,  105  ;  κινδυνεύσεις  έπιδείξαι  χρη- 
στός είναι,  you  will  have  the  chance  of 
showing  your  worth,  Xen.  Mem.  2, 
3,  17:  also  κινδυνεύει,  as  impers.,  (/ 
may  be,  probably.  Plat.  Phaedr.  262  0, 
etc.    And  hence  freq.  used  to  modify 


KINH 

an  assertion,  merely  out  of  courtesy, 
when  nr  real  doubt  is  implied,  e.  g. 
κινδυνεύει  ΰνημφιλογώτατον  αγαθόν 
είναι,  Xen.  Mem.  4,  2,  34. — III.  in 
pass,  to  be  hazarded,  exposed  to  danger, 
εν  Tivi,  Thuc.  2,  36 ;  μεταβολή  κιν- 
δυνεύεται,  there  is  a  risk  of  change, 
Thuc.  2,  43  :  τα  κινδυνενθέντα=^κιν• 
δννεύματα,  Lys.  195,  34  :  from 

Κίνδυνος,  ου,  δ,  a  danger,  risk,  haz- 
I  ard,  venture,  i.  e.  hazardous  experiment, 
Lat.  periculum,  Ar.  Nub.  955  :  also  in 
the  abstract,  hazard,  risk,  Theogn. 
585,  637  :  and  so  of  any  particular 
kind  of  it,  freq.  in  all  authors  after 
him.  (Horn,  and  lies,  liave  no  words 
of  this  family.)  Hence  the  phrases 
κίνδυνου  άναββίπτειν,  to  run  a  risk, 
metaph.  from  the  dice  (cf  άναί/όίιτ- 
Tu  II),  Hdt.  7,  50,  cf  Elmsl.  Heracl. 
149 ;  also,  κινδύνους  αναλαβέσθαι, 
{'7Γ0(5ϋεσΑα<,  Hdt.  3,69,  αϊρεσθαι,  Eur. 
Heracl.  504,  έγχεφίζεσβαι,  Thuc.  5, 
108,  etc.,  νπομεΐναι,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  2, 
1 ,  etc.  :  ες  κ.  καταστησαί  τίνα,  Thuc. 
5.  99  ;  κινόύνφ  βάλλειν  τινά,  Aesch. 
Theb.  1048  :  κίνδυνος  {εστί),  c  inf, 
or  μη  and  subj.  or  opt.,  there  is  danger 
that  or  lest...,  it  is  to  be  feared  that  or 
lest...  (Perh.  from  κινέω,  orig.  of 
throwing  the  dice.)    Hence 

Κινδννώδης,  ες,  (κίνδυνος,  είδος) 
dangerous,  perilous,  hazardous,  Polyb. 
Adv.  -δώς,  Dion.  H. 

ίΚίνδων,  ωνος,  ό,  Cindon,  masc.  pr, 
n.,  Ath.  345  0. 

Κάτω,  ώ,  f  -ήσω,  (κίω)  strictly  to 
set  a-going,  Od.  24,  5 :  hence  in  genl. 
to  move,  set  in  motion,  stir,  urge  on, 
Horn.,  both  of  persons  and  things. 
Later  variously,• — 1.  to  move,  remove  λ 
thing  from  its  place,  ανδριάντα,  Hdt. 

I,  183  :  ίο  meddle  uith,  esp.  things  sa- 
cred. Tu  ακίνητα,  Id.  6,  134,  cf  Soph. 
O.  C.  1526,  Ant.  1001  ;  so.  κ.  χρ'ημα- 
r«,  Thuc.  1,  143:  hence  to  change, 
innovate,  τα  νόμαια,  Hdt.  3,  80. — 2.  to 
set  a  going,  begin,  κινεΐν  γέ?ιωτα,  φθέ• 
γματα,  etc.,  v.  Soph.  El.  18  :  in  genl. 
to  cause,  be  the  author  or  contriver  of  a 
thing. — 3.  also  to  stir  up,  arouse,  exaS' 
perate  evils,  Soph.  Tr.  974  ;  to  move  to 
anger,  taunt,  abuse,  Id.  Ant.  413  :  to 
provoke,  τινά,  Dem.  537,  fin. ;  etc. — 
4.  ft.  πάν  χρήμα,  to  turn  every  stone, 
try  every  way,  Hdt.  5,  96  :  hence  to 
search,  inquire  into.  Plat.  Theaet.  163 
A. — B.  pass.  c.  fut.  mid.  κινήσομαι, 
and  sometimes  fut.  pass,  κινηθήσο- 
μαι.  Plat.  Rep.  545  D,  aor.  έκινηθην 
(cf.  κίνν/ιαι),  to  be  put  in  motion,  to  go, 

II.  1,  47  :  hence  in  genl.  to  be  moved, 
he  in  motion,  move,  stir,  κινήθη  άγορη, 
Ικίνηθεν  φάλαγγες,  II. ;  of  an  earth- 
quake, έκινηβη  Λήλος.  Hdt.  6,  98. — 
\1.=βινέω,  esp.  in  Ar.,  hence  ot  κι- 
νονμενοΐ:=κίναιδοι,  v.  ad  Ar.  Nub. 
1102.  Cf  κίννμαι,  κιννσσω.  [κϊ-: 
yet  Γ  in  κίναδος,  κίναιδυς,  κινάθισμα, 
κινώπετον,  etc.,  unless  indeed  this 
proves  that  these  words  are  not  de- 
rived from  κινέω.] 

^Κινέας.  Ion.  έης,  ov,  ό,  Cineas,  a 
Thessalian  prince,  of  Conion,  Hdt.  5, 
63.  —  2.  another  Thessalian,  a  trait- 
or, Dem.  324,  8. — 3.  the  friend  of  king 
Pyrrhus,  Plut.  Pyrrh. 

Κίνηβμής,  οϋ  ό,=κίν7}σις,  motion, 
Pind.  P.  4,  370. 

Κίνηθρον,  ov,  τό,=  κίνητρον.  [<] 
Κί.νημα,  ατός,   τό,  a  motion,  move- 
ment  given  to  a  thing,  Arist.  Mund. . 
an   emotion,  impidse,  Plut.  :  esp.  a  po- 
litical movement,  Polyb.   [i] 

iKlvησίaς,  ov,  ό,  Cinesias,  a  dithy- 
rambic  poet  of  Athens,  Ar.  Ran.  153, 
etc. — II.  a  title  of  a  comedy  of  Strat 
tis,  Ath.  551  D. 


KINT 

Κίνησις,  εως,  ή,  (κινεω)  α  moving 
or  being  moved  :  hence  motion,  as  opp. 
to  repose,  Plat.  Soph  250  A,  etc. : 
a  dance,  Alcm.  127. — II.  an  excitement, 
emotion  :  a  movement,  disturbance, 
Thuc.  3,  75 :  of  the  Peloponn.  vrar, 
Id.  1,  1  :  hence  α  change,  revolution, 
ιτο/Λτειών.  Arist.  Pol.  [i] 

Κίνησϊφόρος,  ov,  [κίνησις,  ώέρω) 
causing  motion,  Orph. 

Κίνησίφν/.λος,  ov,  {κίνησις  φν7.- 
ΤίΟΧ')  leaf-moving. 

Κϊνησίχθων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  earth- 
shaking. 

Κινητέος,  a,  ov,  verb.  adj.  from/ci- 
vioj,  to  be  moved  or  excited,  Plat. 
Erast.  134  A. — II.  κινητέον,  one  must 
stir  up,  call  into  play.  Plat  Rep. 
373  A. 

Κΐνΐ]τηρ,  ήρος,  6,  =  κινητής,  Η. 
Horn.  21,  2.    Hence 

Κινητήριος,  a,  ov,= κινητικός,  θν- 
μον,  Aesch.  Supp.  448,  cf.  307. 

Κινητής,  ov,  ό,  {κινέω)  one  that  sets 
a-going,  an  author,  έ~ών,  Ar.  Nub. 
1397. 

Κίνητιάω,  ώ,  f.  -άσω,=:βινητιάω. 
Plat.  (Com.)  Pha.  2,  21. 

Κινητικός,  ή,  όν,  (κινέω)  of,  fit  for 
moving,  putting  in  motion,  Xen.  Oec. 
10,  12,  τινός,  Arist.  H.  A. :  moving, 
stirring  zip,  exciting. — II.  (from  pass.) 
moveable,  Plut.  :  turbulent,  Polyb. 

Κινητός,  ή,  όν,  (  κινέω )  moved, 
moveable,  Plat.  Tim.  58  D. 

Κίνητρον,  ov,  TO,  contr.  for  κινη- 
τήριον,  a  thing  for  stirring,   [j] 

Kivva,  ή,  a  Cilician  kind  of  grass, 
Diosc. 

Κιννάβαρι,  εως  also  εος,  τό,  Alt. 
TiyyuSapl,  cinnabar,  vermilion,  i.  e. 
the  bisulphuret  of  mercury,  being  the 
principal  ore  of  mercury,  Theophr.— 

2.  the  color  vermilion,  Plin. — II.  a  veg- 
etable dye,  dragon's  blood,  Ael.  ;  also 
αίμα  δράκοντας  or  κιννάβαρι  Ινδι- 
κοί', or  simply  Indicum.  [vu]     Hence 

Κιννΰβΰρίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  to  have  the 
color  of  κιννάβαρι,  Diosc. 

Κιννΰβάρινος,  η,  ov,  of  or  like 
vermilion,  vermilion-colored,  Arist.  H.  A. 

Κιΐ'νΰβύριος.  oVj^foreg. 

Κιννύβαρις,  ό,=^κιννύβαρι,  Anax- 
andr.  Zogr.  2. 

Κιννάβενμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  knavish 
trick. 

Κίννάβος.ό,  dub.  1.  for  κάνναβος I. 

Κιννΰμολόγος,  ov,  6,  {κίνναμον, 
Τ^έγω)  the  cinnamon-gatherer,  name  of 
an  Indian  bird,  said  to  build  its  nest 
of  cinnamon-twigs,  Plin.,  called  also 
κιννάμωμος,  cf  Hdt.  3,  111. 

Κίνναμον,  ov,  τό,  later  form  for 
κιννάμωμον,  Plin. 

Κιννΰμωμίζω,  ί.  -ίσω,  to  be  like  κιν- 
νάμωμον, Diosc. 

Κιννΰμώμινος,  η,  ov,  made,  prepa- 
red from  or  with  cinnamon,  Antiph.  An- 
teia  2  :  from 

Κιννάμωμον,  ον.τό, cinnamon,  Hdt. 

3,  111,  who  says  that  the  Greeks 
took  from  the  Phoenicians  this  name 
for  τά  κάρόεα  (ν  κάρφος) ;  it  came  to 
them  through  the  Arabians,  being 
the  laurus  cinnamomum  of  Ceylon : 
there  is  an  inferior  and  very  different 
article,  κασία.  the  bark  of  the  laurus 
ca.tsia,  of  Malabar.  Later  also  writ- 
ten κίννΰμον.  (That  the  word  came 
from  Phoenicia  is  confirmed  by  the 
Hebr.  kinnamdn.)    Hence 

Κιννάμωμος, ον,ό,=^κινναμολόγος, 
Arist.  Η.  Α.     [ά] 

Κιννΰμωμοφόρος,  ov,  (κιννάμωμον, 
φέρω)  bearing  cinnamon,  Strab. 

Κίνν-/μα.  ατός,  τό,  (κινύσσομαι) 
αηι/  thing  moved  about,  a  floating  or  ho- 
vering body,  αίθέριον  κ-,  an  airy^Aait- 


ΚΙΟΣ 

torn,  Aesch.  Pr.  157,  cf.  αιώρημα.  A 
dub.  collat.  form  is  κήννγμα.  [ί] 
I  Κίννμαι,  poet.  esp.  Ep.  pass,  from 
I  an  obsol.  act.  κίννμι ,=  κινέομαι,  to 
j  go,  move,  Horn.,  esp.  in  II.,  usu.  ίς  τζό- 
'  λεμον  κίννντο  φάλαγγες,  they  march- 
\  ed... :  also,  ί/.αιον  κιννμενον,  oil 
;  shaken,  jolted  about,  II.  14,  173.  Hom. 
j  uses  only  pres  and  impf ,  with  aor. 
κινηθήναι  from  κινέομαι.  [κΐ] 

Κϊννρα,  ας,  ή,  an  Asiatic  instrument 
with  ten  strings,  played  with  the  hand, 
LXX;  or  with  a  plectrum,  Joseph. 
(Merely  the  Hebr.  word  kinniir, 
which  was  onomatop. ;  cf  κιννρός. 
Germ,  knarren,  etc.)  {v\ 

^Κινί'ρας,  Ion.  -ρης,  ov  poet,  and 
Ion.  εω  and  ηο,  ό.  Cinyras,  an  ancient 
king  of  Cyprus,  II.  11,  20,  Pmd.,  etc. 
— 2.  a  tyrant  of  Byblus  in  the  tune  of 
Pompey,  Strab. — 3.  a  Cilician,  Anth. 

Kivvpojiai,  dep-,  used  only  in  pres. 
and  impf.,  to  utter  a  plaintive  sound, 
lament,  uail,  Ar.  Eq.  11. — II.  trans,  to 
lament,  bewail,  bemoan,  τινά.  Call. 
Apoll.  20. — III.  c.  ace.  cognato, 
χα?.ινοϊ  κιννρονται  φόνον,  the  bridles 
ring  or  clash  murderously,  Aesch. 
Theb.  123,  cf  β?^πειν  φονον,  Άρη, 
etc.  [ν]  :  from 

Κΐννρός,  ά,  όν,  wailing,  plaintive,  11. 
17.  5,  V.  κιννρα,  μιννρός. 

Κϊνύσσω,  rare  collat.  form  from 
κινέω  :  in  pass,  to  waver,  be  swayed 
back  and  forwards,  Aesch.  Cho.  196. 

iKivvip,  ντίος,  ό,  and  Κίινφος.  ov, 
the  Cinyps,  a  river  of  Africa  between 
the  two  Syrtes,  Hdt.  4,  175  ;  5,  42  — 
2.  the  territory  on  both  banks  of  the 
river  was  also  so  named.  Id.  4,  198. 

Κινώ,  οϊς,  ή,  Dor.  for  κίνησις. 
ίΚϊΐ'ω/.ις,  ή,  Cinotis,  a  small  town 
of  Paphlagonia,  Strab. 

Κϊνώ~ετον,  ov,  TO,  a  venomous,  or 
at  least  deadly  beast,  esp.  a  serpent. 
Call.  Jov.  25,  Nic,  cf  sq.  (Said! 
notwithstanding  the  i,  to  come  from 
κινέω,  as  έρπετόν  from  ερττω  :  akin 
to  κΐ'ώψ  and  κνώόα?Μν,  q.  cf ) 

Κΐνωπηστής,  ov,  b,=  κινώπετον, 
like  έρττηστής  for  έρττετόν,  Nic. 
Ther.  141,  v.  Lob.  Paralip.  449. 

Κιξα?.7.εία  or  -λία,  ας,  ij,  highway 
robbery :  and 

Κιξα7.7.ενω,  to  commit  highway  rob- 
bery, Biickh  Inscr.  2.  p.  629. 

ΚιξάΤιΧης,  ov,  b,  a  highway  robber. 
Ion.  word :  sometimes  written  also 
κιζά7.ης  and  κισσά7.ης  or  κιττύ7ιης. 
(Prob.  deriv.  from  κιχεϊν.) 

Κϊόκρύνον,  ov,  τό,=ζκιονόκρανον, 
Xen  Hell.  4,  4,  5,  ubi  v.  L.  Dind. 

Κίονηδόν,  adv.  (κίων)  like  a  pillar. 

Κίονικός,  ή,  όν,  (κίων)  of,  belonging 
to  a  pillar. — II.  {κίονίς  II)  with  a  dis- 
eased uvula.  Gal. 

Κιόνων,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  κίων,  a 
small  pillar. — If.  the  tittle  central  col- 
umn in  a  snail's  shell,  Diosc. 

Κϊονίς,  ίδος,  ή,  dim.  from  κίων,  a 
small  piUar.—U.  the  uvula,  Lat.  colu- 
mella, uva.  Medic. 

Κιονίσκος,  ov,  ό,  dim.  from  κίων,  a 
small  pillar,  Joseph. 

Κίονοειδης,  ες,  (είδος)  like  a  pillar. 

Κίονόκράνον,  ov,  τό,ίκίων,  κρανί- 
ov)  the  capital  of  a  column,  Strab.,  and 
V.  1.  in  Xen.,  v.  κιόκρανον. 

Κΐονοφο()έω,  ω,  to  bear  pillars  :  from 

Κωνοφόρος,  ov,  (κίων,  φέρω) pillar- 
bearing. 

tKiOf,  ov,  6,  Cius,  a  branch  of  the 
Ister  in  lower  Moesia,  Hdt.  4,  49  ; 
V.  1.  Σκΐος. — II.  a  companion  of  Her- 
cules, Strab. — III.  adj.  v.  sub  sq. 

iKίoς,  ov.  ή,  Cius,  a  city  of  Bithy- 
nia  on  the  Propontis,  Hdt.  5,  122  ; 
later  ΤΙρονσιάς,  Strab. :  adj.  ό  Κιανος 


ΚΙΡΦ 

κό7.—ος,  the  gulf  of  Cius  ;  ol  Kiavol, 
ων.  the  inhab.  of  Cius,  Polyb.  17.  3, 12; 
Ap.  Rh.  1,  1354:  fern.  Κιανίς.  ίδος. 
Αρ.  Rh.  1,  1177;  also  KZof  or  Κεϊος, 
inhab.  of  Cius. — II.  the  Cius,  a  river 
flowing  by  this  city,  Ap.  Rh.  1, 1173. 

Κιρκαία,  ας,  ή,  an  uncertain  plant, 
V.  Sprengel  Diosc.  3,  124:  κιρκαία 
{)ίζα,  used  as  a  charm. 

^KipKulov,  ov,  TO,  (Κίρκη)  Circaeum 
promoniorium,  in  Latium,  with  a  town 
and  port  of  same  name,  Strab. :  oi 
Κιρκαΐϊται.  ων,  the  inhab.  of  Circaeum, 
Polyb.  3,  22,  11—2.  K.  τνεδίον,  the 
Circaean  plain,  in  Colchis  on  the  Pha- 
sis,  Ap.  Rh.  2,  400. 

Κίρκη,  ης,  ή,  an  unknown  bird,  Ael. 

Κίρκη,  ιις,  ή,  Circe,  an  enchantress, 
Od.  10,  136,  sq.,  dwelling  in  the 
ocean-island  Aeaea,  in  later  writers, 
in  Colchis,  daughter  of  Melius  and 
Perse,  or  ace.  to  Hes.  Th.  957,  Per- 
seis  : — strictly  fern,  from  κίρκος. 

Κιρκή/.ΰτος.  ov,  [κίρκος,  έ/.ηννω) 
chased  by  a  hawk,  αηδών,  Aesch. 
Supp.  62. 

Κιρκήσια,  ων,  τά,  sub.  αγωνίσμα- 
τα, ludi  Circenses,  Epict. 

Κίρκΐνος,  ό,  (κίρκος  ΠΙ)  a  circle, 
Lat.  circinus.  also  καρκίνος. 

ΚΓΡΚΟΣ,  ov.  b,  a  kind  of  hawk  or 
falcon,  which  flies  in  wheels  or  circles, 

II.  17,  757  ;  22,  139 :  as  omens  were 
drawn  from  its  flight,  it  was  sacred 
to  Apollo,  Od.  15,  526  :  also  Ιρηξ  κίρ' 
KOff  where  κίρκος  defines  the  particu- 
lar Kind  of  Ίρηξ.  like  /Joff  Taipor, 
etc.),  Od.  13,  87.— 11.  a  kmd  of  iw//.— 

III.  α  cirrle.  ring,  but  usu.  in  form  κρί- 
/COf(q.  v.),  Lat.  circ%tlus,circinus :  hence 
— 2.  the  Rom.  circus,  Polyb.    Hence 

Κιρκόω,  ώ,  Lat.  circino,  to  hoop  in 
or  round,  bind,  secure  with  rings,  Aesch. 
Pr.  74  :  cf  κρικόω. 

Κιρνάω,  ώ  and  -νημι,  collat.,  esp. 
poet.,  forms  from  κεράνννμι,  to  mix, 
esp.  wine  with  water :  Horn,  has 
them  only  in  Od.,  olvov  έκίονα,  7, 
182  ;  10,  356  ;  13,  53  :  also  from  κίρ- 
νημι,  3  sing.  impf.  κίρνη  olvov,  14, 
78  ;  16,  52,  part,  κφνας  olvov,  16,  14. 
\Κιρο(Ίδας,  ov,  b,  Ciroadas,  king  ol 
the  Odrysians,  Anth. 

fKi^pa.  ας.  ή,  Cirrhn,  a  city  of  Pho- 
cis  on  the  Crissaean  gulf,  Pind.  P.  3, 
133:  hence 

^Κίβ^ύβεν,  adv.  from  Cirrha,  Pind. 
P.  8,  26  ;  and 

^Κιβραΐος,  a.  ov,  of  Cirrha,  Cirrhae- 
an  ;  oi  Kip/)iiloi,  the  Cirrhaeans, 
Aeschin.  68,  43;  ή  Κφραία  χώρα, 
the  Cirrhaean  territory,  Dem.  277,  6. 

Κι^βάς,  ύδος,  ή,  pecul.  poet.  fem. 
of  κφρός. 

Κιρβίς,  ίδος,  η,  a  sea-fish,  elsewh. 
κηρίς.  Opp. 

Κφ^οειδής,  ες,  {κφρός,  είδος)  of  α 
yellowish,  wan  look,  Diosc. 

Κιρρός,  ύ,  όν,  tawny,  orange-tawny, 
between  7rv/!i/5of  and  ξανθός,  οίνος, 
Hipp. 

Κίρσιον,  ov,  TO,  a  kind  oi  thistle, 
said  to  heal  the  κιρσός.  Diosc. 

Κιρσοειδής,  ές,  (κιρσός,  είδος)  var- 
icose, of  veins,  Hipp. 

Κιρσοκή7.η,  ης.  ή,  (κιρσός,  κή7.}/) 
an  enlargement  of  the  spermatic  vessels 
Medic. 

Κιρσός,  ov.  h.  enlargement  of  a  blood- 
vessel, varicocele,  Lat.  varix,  esp.  in 
the  hips,  legs  and  the  belly,  Att. 
κρισσός.  Dor.  κριξός:  the  same  as 
Ιζία  3.     Hence 

Κιρσώδης,  er,^=  κιρσοειδής,  Hipp. 
iKlpra.  ή,  Cirta,  a  tuwn  of  Africa, 
Polyb.  37,  3,  10. 

tKipoif,  εως,  ή,  Cirphis,  a  town  ot 
Phocis  on  a  hill  of  same  name  .>trab 
763 


ΚΙΣΣ 

tKipuv,  6;vof .  6,  Ciron,  masc.  pr.  n., 
Isae.  68,  35  sqq. 

ΚΓΣ,  ύ,  gen.  κιός,  ace.  «tv,  aworm 
in  wood,  or  ace.  to  some  in  corn,  the 
weevil.  Let.  cuTcidio,  Sapph.  ap.  Schol. 
Find.  P.  4,  408.  The  Grainm.  make 
κίς  a  wood-worm,  σης,  the  worm  or 
moth  in  wool,  [i  in  nom.  and  ace.  : 
whence  Lob.  Paral.  81,  sq.,  prefers 
the  accent  κϊν,  κίες.] 

^Κίσαμος,  ου,  ή,  Cisamus,  a  seaport 
town  of  Crete,  Strab. 

Κίσιιρις,  εως,  ή,  the  pumice-stone, 
Lat.  pumex-,  At.  Fr.  309,  4,  cf.  Alex. 
Leb.  5,  9 :  also  written  κίσσηρις. 
(Prob.  from  κίς,  as  if  worm-eaten,  po- 
rous.) [i] 

Κίσόΰρος,  ου,  ό,  and  κίσθος,  ου,  ό, 
=/iiffrof,  Theophr. 

iKtaOi/vri,  ης,  ή,  Cisthene,  a  city  of 
Aeolis  in  Asia  Minor,  Strab. — 2.  an 
island  on  the  coast  of  Lycia,  Id. — 3. 
in  Isocr.  72  D,  ace.  to  llarpocr.,  a 
mountain  of  Thrace.  To  the  plains 
near  this  mountain  some  refer  the 
Τοργόνεία  πεδία  Ι^ίσθτ/νηςιη  Kesch. 
Pr.  793,  while  others  place  them  in  Li- 
bya :  cf  Bergk,  Comoed.  Atl.  p.  44. 

ΚΓΣΣΑ",  ή,  Att.  κίττΰ,  a  chatter- 
ing, mimicking  and  greedy  bird,  like 
the  jay,  pica  glandaria,  Plin.,  corvus 
caryocatactcs,  Linn,  (not  to  be  con- 
founded with  the  magpie,  pica  varia), 
Ar.  Av.  302,  etc. — II.  the  longing  of 
pregnant  ivomen,  a  false  appetite,  cra- 
ving for  strange  food.  Medic.     Hence 

Κισσΰβιζω.  f.  -ίσω,  Att.  κιτταβίζω, 
to  scream  like  a  jay. 

^Κισσαία,  ας,  ή,  (κισσός)  appell.  of 
Minerva,  in  Epidaurus,  Paus.  2,  29,  I. 
ίΚισσαίθα,  ας,  η,  Cissaetha,  fem.  pr. 
n.,  Theocr.  1,  15L 

Κισσύλης,  ov,  ό,=  κιξάλ?.τις. 

Κισσάμ7Γε?ιθς,  ου,  7/,=:βς. 

Κισσύνθεμον,  ου,  τό,  α  plant,  more 
usu.  έλξίνη,  Diosc. :  also  a  kind  of 
κυκλάμινον  is  called  both  κισσύνθε- 
μον and  κισσόφυ'Α'/.ον,  from  the  look 
of  the  leaves. 

Κίσσάρος,  ου,  δ. ^=  κισσός,  Hipp. 

Κισσύω,  ώ,  ί.  -ήσω,  Att.  κιττάω, 
(κίσσα  11)  to  long,  crave  for  strange 
food,  etc.,  as  pregnant  women,  Arist. 
H.  A.  :  in  genl.  to  long  for,  yearn  after, 
τινός,  Ar.  Pac.  497  ;  c.  inf ,  Vesp. 
349. 

Κισσενς,  έως,  ό,  {κισσός)  ivy-wreath- 
ed, apiiell.  of  Apollo,  and  of  Bacchus. 
Μίισσεΰς,  έως,  ό,  Cisseus,  son  of 
Aegyptus,  Apollod.  —  2.  a  king  of 
Thrace,  father  of  Hecuba,  Eur.  Hec. 
3 :  cf.  Κισσης. 

Κισσήεις,  εσσα,  εν,  {κισσός)=κίσ- 
σινος,  Nic. 

^Κισπι/ίς,  ίόος,  η,  daughter  of  Cisses, 
i.  e.  Theano,  II.  6,  299.-2.  daughter 
of  Cisseus,  i.  e.  Hecuba,  Anth. 

Κισσηρεφής,  ες,  (κισσός,  ίρέφω) 
ivy-clad. 

KισcΓήpης,  ες,  (κισσός)  ivy-clad, 
δχβαι,  Soph.  Ant.  1132. 

Κισσηρίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  to  polish  with 
pumice-stone :  from 

Κίσσηρις,  εως,  ί],=^κίσηρις,  q.  v., 
Theophr. 

Κισσηροειό?/ς,  ες.  (κίσσ7ΐρις.  είδος) 
like  pumice-stone,  Theo\)hr.  Adv.  -όώς, 
Diog.  Apoll.  ap.  Stub.  Eel.  1,  608. 

Κισσηρώδης,  ef,=rforeg.,  Diod. 

^Κισσί/ς,  οϋ,  ace.  to  Schol.  from 
Κισσέαζ,  ov.  ό,  Cisses,  a  king  of 
Thrace,  lather  of  Theano,  II.  11, 
223. 

Κισσητός,  ή,  όν,=ζκισσωτός,  dub. 

^Κισσία,  ας.  ή.  Cissia,  a  region  of 
Susiana  on  the  river  Choaspes,  Hdt. 
δ,  49,  52,— II.  mother  of  Meinnon, 
AescL•  Cho.  424. 
764 


ΚΙΣΣ 

^Κισσίδας,  ov,  ό,  Cissidas,  a  Syra- 
cusan,  Xen.  Hell.  7,  1,  28. 

Κισσινο3ΰ<ρ7ΐς,  ες,  (κίσσινος,  βύπ- 
τω)  ivy-coloured,  v.  1.  Xen.  Cyr.  θ,  3, 
13. 

Κίσσϊνος,  η,  ov,  (κισσός)  of  ivy, 
freq.  in  Eur.  liaech. 

^Κίσσινος,  η,  ov,  of  Cissia,  Cissian, 
πό'λισμα,  i.  e.  Susa.  Aesch.  Pers.  120. 

Κισσών,  ov,  το,  dim.  from  κισσός, 
synonym,  of  the  asclepias,  Diosc.  2, 

ibo. 

ΙΚίσσιος,  a,  ov,  of  Cissia,  Cissian  ; 
ol  Κίσσιοι,  the  Cissians,  Hdt.  3,  91, 
etc.  :  ai  Κίσσιαι  πν/ιαι,  the  Cissian 
gate,  of  Babylon,  Hdt.  3.  158. 

Κ ισσύβρνος,  ov.  (κισσός,  βρνω)  lux- 
uriant with  ivy,  Orpn. 

Κισσοδέτΰς,  ov.  ό.  Dor.  for  -δετής, 
(κισσός,  δέω)  bmind,  crowned  with  ii^y, 
epith.  of  Bacchus.  Pind.  Fr.  45,  9, 
ubi  al.  -δετός,  al.  -όότας.  The  Bresl. 
MS.  has  κισσοδαής,  ές,  but  cf  κηρο- 
δέττίς. 

Κισσόδετος,  ov,  (κισσός,  δέω)  bound 
with  ivy,  cf.  fbreg. 

Κισσοειόής.  ές,  (κισσός,  είδος)  like 
ivy,  Diosc.     Adv.  -δώς. 

Κισσοκόμης,  ov,  ό,  (κισσός,  κόμη) 
ivij-tressed,  crowned  with  ivy,  AlOVV- 
σος.  Η.  Horn.  25,  I. 

Κισσόττλεκτος,  ov.  (κισσός,  ηλέκω) 
ivy-twinrd  ;  hence  Bacchic,  μέλεα  κ., 
dithyrambs,  Antiph.  Tritag.  1,  conj. 
Meinek. ;  the  MSS.  have  κισσόπληκ- 
τα,  which  is  explained  ivy-  (i.  e.  thyr- 
siis-)  struck,  frenzied. 

ΚΙΣΣΟ'Σ,  ov,  ό,  Att.  κιττός,  ivy, 
Lat.  hedera,  of  three  kinds,  two  climb- 
ing, μέ'/.ας,  Η.  Horn.  6,  40,  and  7.ευ- 
κός  ;  and  one  creeping,  ϋ.ιξ,  The- 
ophr.:  the  fruit  forms  a  cluster,  κό- 
ρνμβος :  it  was  sacred  to  Bacchus, 
hence  ireq.  as  the  crown  of  Bacchan- 
als, and  also  of  poets,  Jac.  A.  P.  p. 
584.     (Akin  to  Ιξός.) 

^Κισσός,  ου,  ό,  Cissus,  masc.  pr.  η., 
Plut.  Alex.  41. — II.  Κισσός,  ov,  ή,  a 
city  of  Macedonia,  by  which  Thessal- 
onica  was  subsequently  augmented, 
Stiab. :  also  a  mountain  near  the  city, 
Nic.  Th.  804. 

Κισσυστέφανος,  ov,  and 

Κισσοστεφτις,  ές,  Anacreont.,  (κισ- 
σός, στέφανος,  στέφω)  ivy-wreathed. 

tK/σσοίσα,  ης,  ή,  or  more  correctly 
-σονσσα,  Cissussa.  a  fountain  in  Boeo- 
tia  near  Thebes,  Plut.  Lys.  28. 

Κισσοφύγος,  ov,  (κισσός,  φυγείν) 

ivy-ealing.  Long. 

Κισσοφορέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  Att.  κιττ., 
to  wear,  be  adorned  with  ivy,  like  the 
Bacchanals,  Plut. :  from 

Κισσοφόρος,  ov,  (κισσός,  φέρω) 
wearing,  adorned  with  ivy,  Bacchic,  Si- 
moti.  72  :  luxuriant  with  ivy,  νάπη, 
Eiir.  Tro.  10G6. 

Κισσόφνλ?.ον,  ου,  τό,=:κισσύμπε- 
λος,  q.  V. 

Κισσοχαίτης,  ου,  ό,  (κισσ(')ς,  χαίτη) 
ivy-tressed,  i.  e.  ivy-crowned,  Pratin. 
ap.  .\th.  617  F,  Ecphant.  Incert.  2. 

Κισοχΰρης,  ές,  (κισσός,  χαίρω)  de- 
Ugliting  in  ivy.  Orpn. 

Κισσηχίτων,  ωνος,  ό,  ί),  (κισσός, 
χιτών)  ivy-clad,  Orph.   [ϊ] 

Κισσόω.  ώ,  Att.  κιττ.,  (κιασός)  to 
wreathe  with  ivy,  Eur.  Baeeh.  205. 

Κισσύβιον,  ov,  τό,  a  rustic  drinking- 
cup  or  ves.'iel,  esp.  of  wood,  Od.  9,  310  ; 
14,  78:  usu.  with  one  handle,  Kiess- 
ling  Theocr.  1,  27. — 2.  a  milk-pail. 
(Strictly  of  ivy  wood,  κισσός,  of  which 
in  Eur.  Cycl.  390,  we  find  a  bowl 
three  cubits  wide,  and  four  deep, — 
the  Greek  κισσός,  esp.  in  poetry, 
growing  larger  than  ours.)  [v] 

Κισσώδί/ς,  ες,  (κισσός,  εΐόυς)  ivy- 


ΚΙΧΛ 

like,  as  κισσοειδί/ς. — II.  (κίσσα  II) 
longing  like  pregnant  women,  Diosc. 

Κισσωτός,  ή,  όν,  (κισσύω)  decked 
or  wreathed  with  ivy,  Anth. 

ΚΙ'ΣΤΗ,  ης.  ή,  a  box,  chest,  Lat. 
cista,  Od.  6,  76,  esp.  freq.  in  Ar.,  v, 
Elmsl.  Ach.  1099.     Hence 

Κιστ}/θόρος,ον,=  κιστοφόρος,γιοβί. 

Κιστις,  ίόος,  ή,  a  little  chest,  Ar. 
Ach.  1137;  iormed  Iroin  κίστη,  this 
termination  being  added  to  j)aro(ly 
άσπί'ζ•  in  the  line  before. 

ΚΓΣΤΟΣ,  ov,  ό,  a  shrub,  Lat.  cis- 
tus,  Diosc.     Hence 

Κιστοφύ^ος,  ov,  (κίστος,  φα^είν) 
cistus-eating. 

Κιστοφόρος.  ov,  (κίστη.  φέρω)  car- 
rying chests. — II.  as  subst.  ό  κιστοφό 
ρος,  a  coin,  the  irnpress  of  which  was  a 
box,  worth  about  three  drachms. 

Κίταρις,  εως,  ή,=  κίδαρις,  q.  v. 
tKtriov,  ov,  TO,   Ciiium,  a  city  and 
port  of  Cyprus,  now  Chtti,  Thuc.  1, 
112:  hence  ό  Κιταύς,  έως,  an  inhab. 
of  Citium,  Diog.  L. 

Κιτρέα  or  κιτρία,  ας,  η,  the  citron 
tree. 

Κιτρΐνοειδής,  ές,  (κίτρινος,  εΐόος) 
of  a  citron  colour. 

Κίτρινος,  η,  ov,  (κίτρον)  of  citron, 
esp.  citron  yellow. 

Κίτριον,  ov,  τό,^=κιτρέα,  the  citron- 
tree. — [l.^  κίτρον,  citron. — III.  the  bark 
of  the  citron  tree. 

Κίτρον,  ov,  TO,  the  fruit  of  the  κιτ- 
ρέα, citron,  also  μη/ον  Μηδικόν,  and 
κιτρόμη}.ον.  Lob.  Phryn.  469. 

\KiTpov,  ov,  TO,  Citrum,  a  city  of 
Macedonia,  later  name  of  Pydna, 
Strab. 

Κιτρόφνλλον,  ov,  TO,  a  citron  leaf. 

Κιτρόφϋτον,  ου,  τό  the  citron-tree. 

Κίττα.  κιτταβίζω,  Att.  for  κισσ. 

Κίττάριον,  ov,  τό.-=  κυττάρων. 

Κιττάω,  κιττός,  ό,  Alt.  for  κισσ. 
^Κίττος.  ον,  ό.  Ciitiis,  an  Athenian 
banker,  Dem.  908,  23. 

ΚίΓώΐ',  ώνος,  ό,  Ion  and  Dor.  esp. 
Sieil.  for  χιτών,  Koen  Grcgor.  p.  341. 

Κιχάνω,  a  pres.  used  in  indicat. 
only,  the  other  moods  following  a 
collat.  form  κίχημι,  Homeric  subj. 
κιχείω,  opt.  κιχείην.  inf.  κιχϊ/ναι,  Ep. 
κιχήμεναι,  part,  κιχείς,  and  mid.  kl- 
χήμενος  :  so  too  impf.  εκίχιμ',  of 
which  Hom.  has  1  pi.  and  2  dual,  έκί- 
χημενΆί^Α  /ci;^^^r;?i',  and  besides,  in  Od. 
24,  284,  2  sing,  έκίχεις,  like  έτίθονν, 
έτιθεις,  but  without  any  pres.  κιχέω  : 
lut.  κιχήσομαι  :  aor.  εκιχον,  sine 
augm.  κίχον,  opt.  κίχοιμι,  part.  Λί- 
γων ;  aor.  mid.  έκιχησύμην :  all  the 
mid  forms  c.  act.  signf.  To  reach, 
hit  or  light  upon,  meet  with,  find,  freq. 
in  Horn.,  e.  g.  ποσι  κιχύνειν,  to  come 
up  to  in  the  race,  II.  G,  228  ;  21.  605 ; 
δονρι  κ.,  to  reach  with  the  spear.  11. 

10,  370:  in  genl.  to  assault  an  enemy, 
as,  K.  άστν,  to  take  it,  II.  21,  128 ;  τέ- 
λος τΐολέμοιο  Κ-,  to  arrive  at  it,  II.  3, 
291 :  sometimes  of  things,  βέλος  κι- 
χήμενον,  that  hits  its  mark,  II.  5,  187  ; 
and  so,  τέλος  θανάτοιο  κιχήμενον, 

11.  11,  451.  In  Hom.  always  c.  ace.; 
later  sometimes  e.  gen.,  cf  τνγγάνω, 
Jac.  A.  P.  p.  189.  The  Att.  form  is 
κιγχύνω,  q.  v.  [κιχάνω,  κιγχΰνω.'Ι 

Κΐχήλη,  ης,  ή,  Dor.  for  κίχλη, 
Epich.  p.  102,  Ar.  Nub.  339. 

*Κίχημι,  V.  sub  κιχάνω. 

Κίχιισις.  εως,  ή,  (κίχάνω)  α  reach- 
ing, attaining, 

Κίχητος.  εος,  τό,  an  incen.^e-vessel, 
Cyprian  word.     (Akin  to  κηβίς.) 

Κίχλη.  ης.  ή,  a  bird  like  our  thrush 
or  fieldfare.  Lat.  turdus,  Od.  22,  468. 
— il.  a  sea-fish,  so  called  from  its  co 
lour,  Epich.  p.  33,  Antim.  Fr.  18. 


ΚΛΑΓ 

'Κίχ^ΐζω,  ί-  -ίσω,  to  titter,  giggle, 
At.  Nub.  983,  Fr.  313,  where  however 
others  make  it — II.  to  eat  κίχλαί,  in 
genl.  to  live  luxuriously. 

Κιχ/ύον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  κίχλη. 

Κιχλίσκω,  rarer  coliat.  form  of  κι- 

Κιχλισμός,  ηϋ,  ό,  {κίχ7.ίζυ)  α  titter- 
ing, giggling. — II.  the  eating  of  κίχ/ML, 
dainty  living,  v.  I.  Ar.  Nub.  1073. 

\Κίχοι„  3  sing.  2  aor.  opt.  of  κιχύνω, 
Tyrt.'  6,  6. 

Κίχορα,  ων,  τά,  Nic. ;  also  κ'.χό- 
ρεια,  and  in  Ar.  Fr.  281,  κιχορία,  suc- 
cory, [κϊ] 

Κίχρημι,  fut.  χρήσω  :  aor.  έχρησα: 
— also,  but  not  Alt.,  κιχρύω,  (χράω) 
to  lend,  τινί  τι,  Hdt.  3,  53.  Mid.  κί- 
χρΰμαι,  fut.  χρήσομαι :  aor.  έχρησα- 
ιιην,  to  have  lent  to  one,  to  borrow,  cf. 
γράω. 

^Κίχυρος,  ov,  ή,  Cichyrus,  a  city  of 
Thesprotia,  later  name  of  Ephyra, 
Strab.  p.  324. 

Κϊχώρη,  ης,  η,  Theophr.,  and  κίχώ- 
piov,  TO,  Diosc,  coUat.  forms  of  κι- 
χορία. 

Κϊχωριώδης,  ες,  {κιχώριον,  είδος) 
like  succory,  of  that  species. 

*ΚΓΩ,  logo,  the  ρ  res.  not  used  in 
indicat.,  but  freq.  in  Horn.,  etc.,  in 
opt.  κίοιμι,  part,  κιών,  κιονσα,  (which 
is  not  aor.,  but  with  same  accent  as 
ίώΐ'),  also  impf.  ίκιον,  sine  augm. 
κίον  :  found  in  no  other  tenses.  Κί'ω 
seems  to  belong  to  *iu,  the  root  of 
εΙμι,  and  from  it  come  κιύθω,  κινεω, 
and  the  Lat.  cio,  cieo.  Togo,  in  Horn, 
usu.  in  strict  signf ,  of  men,  etc. ;  but 
of  ships,  1).  2,  509. — 2.  to  go  away, 
Horn. — Only  poet,  [t] 

ΚΓΩΝ.  όνος,  ύ.  Ion.  and  Att.  ή,  in 
Od.  (not  in  11.)  mostly  fem..  yet  masc. 
in  Od.  8,  66,  473  ;  19,  38  ;  and  so  usu. 
in  Att.,  while  Hdt.  has  it  fem.,  1,  92, 
and  so  Pind.  : — a  pillar,  Lat.  columna, 
in  Hom.  usu.  of  the  pillars  of  the  roof 
in  a  large  hall,  Od.  19,  38  ;  people 
often  sit  against  them,  as  in  Od.  6, 
307  ;  8,  66 ;  a  man  leans  his  spear 
against  one,  hangs  up  his  bow  on 
another,  Od.  1,  127,  H.  Ap.  8 :  later 
used  as  a  fiogging-post,  Aeschin.  9. 
11  :  in  Od.  1,  53,  of  the  pillars  by 
which  Atlas  keeps  heaven  and  earth 
asunder  ;  so  later  of  mount  Atlas, 
Hdt.  4,  184,  cf  Hes.  Th.  779:  κίων, 
later  freq.  metaph.  of  all  hish  moun- 
tains, as  in  Pind.  N.  3,  36,  of  the  Pil- 
lars of  Hercules,  cf.  Ήράκ/.είΟζ•.— II. 
:=σ~ή'/τΐ,  ο,  gravestone,  Lat.  cippus, 
Leon.  Tar. — III.  the  itvula,  Lat.  colu- 
mella, Hipp. — IV.  a  column-like  mete- 
oric appearance,  Plut.  2,  893  B.— V. 
the  division  of  the  nostrils,  cartilage  of 
the  nose,   [i] 

tKt(jl••.  0,  Cion,  a  flute  player,  Ath. 
624  B. 

Κ/.αγγάζω,  coUat.  form  from  κ?.ά- 
ζο),  to  resound,  esp.  to  scream,  cry,  of 
cranes,  Lat.  clangerc. 

Κ'λαγγαίνω,  or  -γάνω,  coUat.  form 
from  κ7.άζ(ύ.  esp.  of  hounds,  to  give 
tonfiue,  Aesch.  Eum.  131,  Xen.  Cyn. 
6,  23  ;  and  of  the  scream  of  birds, 
Soph.  Fr.  782,  where  κ/.αγγάνω  must 
be  read. 

Κ'λαγγέω,=  κ/Μζΐύ,  of  hounds,  to 
give  tongue,  Theocr.  Ep.  6. 

Κ?.αγ}ή,  ης,  ή,  {κ?-ύζω)  a  clang,  in 
Hom.  of  the  twang  of  the  bow  as  the 
arrow  is  discharged,  II.  1.  49;  oi  the 
scream  of  birds,  II.  3,  3,  Od.  11,  605, 
cf  11.2,  100;  of //iegnmiin^of  swine, 
Od.  14,  412  :  later  of  the  barking  or 
baying  of  dogs,  Xen.  Cyn.  4,  5,  etc. ; 
of  musical  sounds,  as  of  instruments, 
Telest.  ap.  Ath.  637  A ;  of  song,  Soph. 


KAAZ 

Tr.  208,  cf.  Aesch.  Ag.  1152.  Cf 
κλύζυ  throughout,  and  also  κ/.αγγώ- 
όης.  (With  κ'λαγγή,  κ/.ύζω,  cf  our 
clang,  clank,  clash,  Lat.  clangere.) 
Hence 

Κ7.αγγηδόν,  adv. ,  with  a  clang,  noise, 
din,  II.  2,. 463. 

Κ'λαγγόν,  adv.=foreg.,  Babr.,  but 
read  by  Jac.  A.  P.  p.  149  κ/.αγκτόν. 

Κ/.αγγώδης,  ες,  {κ/.αγγή,  είδος) 
uttering  a  tone  that  rises  from  flat  to 
sharp,  as  in  vomiting,  Hipp.  208  Β  : 
of  the  voice,  hoarse,  rough,  id.,  cf. 
Foes.  Oecon. 

Κλΰγερός.  ύ,  όν,  (κλάζα,  κλαγεΐν) 
screaming,  of  cranes,  Anth. 

Κ/Μγκτός,  rj,  όν,  {κ7.άζω)=foreg., 
'  Antiph.  Incert.  7. 

Κλά(5α,  metapl.  ace.  sing,  of  κ7.ά- 

δος.  with  metapl.  ace.  pi.  κλάδας,  Nic. 

tK/.a(5aof,  ov.  0,  Cladaus,  a  river  of 

Elis  near  Olympia,  Xen.  Hell.  7,  4, 

29:  in  Paus.  5,  7,  1,  ΚνΛδεος. 

Κ7.άδάρόμμάτος,  ov,  ( κ7.αδαρός, 
όμμα)  with  swimming  languishing  eyes, 
cf  patranti  f rectus  ocello  in  Persius. 

Κλύδΰρόρνγχος,  ου,  ό,  (κ7.αδαρός, 
βνγχος)  clapper-bill,  a  name  of  the 
τρόχύ.ος,  cf.  Λ/.αίάω. 

Κ/.ΰ,δάρος,  ύ,  όν,  (κλύω)  broken, 
easily  broken,  frail,  Leon.  Tar. — II. 
metaph.,  languishing,  Clem.  Al. :  cf. 
κ/.αδαρόμματος. 

ΙϋΊαδας,  metaplast.  ace.  pi.  of  κ7.ά• 
δος. 

Κ7.αδας,  Dor.  ace.  pi.  of  κλείς  for 
κ7.ειδας. 

Κ/ά(5ύσσω,=  5ς. :  hence  at//a  κ/,α- 
δασσόμενον,  blood  violently  driven,  cir- 
culating, Emped.  270. 

Κλύδάω,  ώ,  to  shake. — IL  {κ7.ύδος) 
=  κ7αδενω. 

Κ7.άδεία,  ας,  7;=sq. 

Κλάδενσις,  εως,  ή,  {κ7ιαδεύω)  α  cvt- 
tin>i,  lopping,  pruning,  esp.  of  the  vine, 

["] 

Κ7.αδεντέον,  verb.  adj.  from  κ7^α- 
δενυ,  one  must  prune. 

Κ7.ύόεντήρ,  τ/ρος,  ό,  a  pruner :  and 

Κ7^άδεντήριον,  ov,  τό,  a  pruning- 
knife  or  hook  ;  from 

Κλάί5ίίω,  {κΑ.άδος)  to  lop,  prune, 
esp.  vines. 

Κ7ΰδεών,  ώνος,  ό,=κλάύοζ-,  Orph. 

Κ/ΰί5ί,  metaplast.  dat.  of  κ7.άδος, 
Scol.  ap.  Ar.  Lys.  632. 

'Κ7.αδί,  Dor.  dat.  of  κλεί'ζ-ίοΓ  κ7,ειδί. 

Κ7.ΰδίον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  κλάδος, 
Leon.  Tar. 

Κλΰδίσκος,  ov,  L•,  dim.  from  sq., 
Anacreont. 

K/.uf5of,  ov,  6,  {κ7.άώ)  a  young  slip 
or  shoot  of  a  tree,  such  as  is  broken 
off  for  grafting,  Theophr. :  in  genl.  a 
young  branch,  shoot,  esp.  an  olive 
branch  which  was  wound  round  with 
wool  and  presented  by  suppliants, 
Hdt.  7,  i9,  and  Trag..  cf  νψιγέννη- 
της.  We  also  find  in  poets  a  metapl. 
dat.  sing.  κ7.αδί,  ace.  κλάδα.  dat.  plur. 
κ7.άόεσι.  κ7.αδέεσσι,  ace.  plur.  κλά- 
δας, as  if  from  a  nom.  ΚΑ.\Σ.  [α] 

Κ7Μδυνχος,  ov,  ό,  Dor.  for  κ7.γόοϋ- 
χος. 

Κ?αδόυ,=κ7.αδενω,  Arr.,  v.  Lob. 
Phr>'n.  172. 

Κ/Αδώδης,  ες,  (είδος)  with  ma.ny 
κλάδοι. 

Κ/α(5ών,όνο(•,ό,=κλά(ϊοί•,  Hesych.i 
strictly  a  dim. 

\Κ7.άδων,  ωνος,  ό,  Cladon,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Qu.  Sm.  2,  365. 

^Κ7.αζομεναί,  ών,  αϊ,  ClazomSnae.  a 
city  on  the  Ionian  coast  of  Asia  Mi- 
nor on  the  gulf  of  Smyrna  ;  after- 
wards built  on  a  small  island  whieh 
was  joined  to  the  main  land  by  Alex- 
ander J  its  ruins  are  near   Vonrla, 


ΚΛΑΠ 

Hdt.  1,  142,  Xen.  Hell.  5,  1,  31,  etc.: 
hence 

ίΚ7.αζομένίθς,  a,  ov,  of  Clazomenae, 
Clazome^iian  ;  ol  K.,  the  inhab.  of  Cla- 
zomenae, Hdt.  1,  51. 

ΚΛΑ'ΖΩ,  fut.  κλύγξω  :  aor.  1  εκ- 
λα-/ξα  :  perf  c.  pres.  signf.  κέκ7.αγ-/α 
ana  κέκ7.ηγα  ;  poet.  aor.  2  ίκ/.άγον, 
inf.  κλ.αγεϊν ;  Dor.  aor.  1  έκλαξα. 
Hom.  uses  pres.,  aor.  1,  and  perf  κέ- 
κ7.ηγα,  part.  κεκ7.ηγώς,  ότος,  and  also 
poet,  κεκλ.ήγων,  οντος,  as  if  from  a 
new  pres.  κεκ7.ψ/ο) :  the  aor.  2  εκ- 
λαγε  in  Η.  Hom.  18,  14.  To  clash, 
clang,  make  a  loud  noise  or  din,  in  Hom. 
of  birds,  ίο  scream,  II  10,276;  17,756, 
etc. ;  esp.  of  cranes,  as  in  Hes.  Op. 
447  ;  hence  also  of  dogs,  to  bark  or 
bay,  Od.  14,  30,  cf.  Jac.  A.  P.  p.  563  ; 
of  arrows  in  the  quiver,  to  clash,  rattle, 
II.  1,  46  ;  of  the  wind,  to  rush,  rustle, 
Od.  12,  408  :  of  men,  oft,c.  ace.  cog- 
natO,  to  shout  aloud,  ring  forth,  κ/.• 
Άρη,  Aesch.  Ag.  48,  yoov,  Id.  Pers. 
948,  etc. ;  but  it  is  never  used  of  arti- 
culate speech;  so  too  Ζ.ενς  έκ7.α}ξ£ 
ί3ροντάν.  Pind.  P.  4,  41,  cf  Aesch. 
Theb.  386  :  rarely  of  musical  sounds, 
as  in  H.  Hom.  18,  14.  (The  root 
KAAZ-  is  found  only  in  pres.  and 
impf.,  the  other  tense.s  coming  from 
a  root  ΚΑΑΓ-,  ΚΑΑΓΓ-,  whence  also 
κ7.αγγή  :  cl.  our  clash,  claiig,  and  see 
κ7.αγγή  throughout ) 

Κ7.άζυ,  fut.  κ7.αξώ,  Dor.  for  κ/.ηίω, 
κ7.είω,  to  shut. 

K/.uif,  gen.  κ7.άΐδος,  ή.  Dor  for 
κ7.ιμς,  κλ,είς,  Lat.  clavis. 

Κ?.αΙστρον,  ov,  τό,  Dor.  for  κ?.εΐ 
θρην.  also  κλαίστρον.  Pind. 

ΚΛΑΓί2.  Att.  κ7.άω.  [ΰ,  butnot  β].- 
fut.  κ7.ανσομαι,  and,  esp.  Dor.,\-/at•- 
σονμαι.  used  also  by  Ar.  Pac.  1081, 
metri  grat. :  more  rarely  κ7.αι>/σω  and 
Att.  κ/.αήσω,  Dem.  440.  17;  9S0,  24; 
aor.  εκλανσα:  perf.  κέκ7.ανμαι.  and 
Κίκλανσμαι,  Jac.  A.  P.  p.  285.  Hum. 
uses  esp.  pres.  and  impf..  but  also  Int. 
κ7.ανσομαι  and  aor. — I.  intr.  to  weep, 
lament,  wail,  oft.  in  Hom.  of  any  loiul 
expression  of  pain  or  sorrow,  esp.  for 
the  dead,  also  in  Att.  prose :  αυτόν 
κ7.αίοντα  ύώήσω,  I  shall  send  him 
home  weeping,  i.  e.  tvell  beaten,  II.  2, 
263  :  hence  arose  the  very  freq.  .\tt. 
phrase,  κ7.ανσεται,  he  shall  wetp.  i.  e. 
he  shall  repent  it,  he  shall  suffer  for  it, 
Eur.  Cycl.  554,  Ar.  Vesp.  1327,  etc. ;  so 
too,  κ7.αίΐύν,  at  your  peril,  to  your  sor- 
row, Soph.  O.  T.  401,  1 152,  etc.  •,κλά• 
ειν  σε  'ηοιήσω  and  κλάειν  σε  λ.έγω, 
Lat.  plorare  te  jubeo,  Hdt.  4,  127,  etc., 
opp.  to  χαίρειν  σοι  7.έγω. — II.  transit. 
to  bewail,  lament,  mourn,  esp.  the  dead, 
τινά  not  rare  in  Horn.,  τι,  Ar.  Vesp. 
584— B.  The  mid.  κλαίομαι  is  rare  in 
old  authors,  yet  occurs  in  Aesch. 
Theb.  920,  Ag.  1096.— C.  pass,  to  be 
mourned  or  lamented,  ανδρός  εν  κεκ/.αν- 
μένον,  Aesch.  Cho.  687  :  but  also,  κε• 
κ7.αναένοΓ,  bathed  in  tears,  all  tears, 
lb.  458,  731,  Soph.  O.  T.  1490. 

Κ/ιΟίωμΐλία,  ας,  ή.  {κ7.αίιο.  όμι7.ία) 
fellowship  in  tears,  Anth.  P.  9,  573. 

αλαμβός,  ή,  όν,  mutilated,  late 
word,  prob.  from  k7mu,  to  break. 

K7.aviov  or  κ7.άνιον,  ov,  τό,  a  brace- 
let, Gramm. 

^Κλάνις,  ευς,  ό,  the  Clanis,  the 
earlier  name  of  the  Liris  in  Latium, 
Strab. — 2.  a  river  of  Noricum  falling 
into  the  Ister,  Id. 

Κλάξ,  ύκός.  η,  Dor.  for  κλείς,  a  key 
Theocr.  15,  33. 

KZafwjfut.  of  Dor.  κ7ιάζυίοτ  κ7^ηίω 
κ7.είω,  to  shut. 

Κ7.ά-:ται,  ών,  al,  in  Dio  C.,=:Lat 
clavae, 

765 


ΚλλΤ 

Κλΰττείς,  κλάπηναι,  part,  and  inf. 
aor.  2  pass.  οΓ  κ'λίπτω. 

Κ'λάρίον,  or,  ro,  Dor.  for  κληρίον, 
in  plur.,  binds  for  debt,  Plut. 

Κ'λύρως,  or,  {κ'/.ηρος)  Dor.  for  κΆ))• 
ριος  (which  is  not  found),  disiributiiig 
by  lot,  in  Aesch.  Supp.  3ϋΟ,  epith.  of 
Jupiter,  cf.  Pans.  8,  53.  9. 

tKAuptof,  a,  01',  of  Claras,  Clarian, 
6,  appeii.  of  Apollo  from  Κ?.άρος, 
Callini.  Ap.  70.— 11.  the  Clarius,  a  river 
of  Cyprus,  Plut.  Sol.  26. 

Κλάρος,  κλάρόω,  κλάρονομέω,  Dor. 
for  κ?.ηρ. 

tKZupof,  01»,  rj,  Clams,  a  city  on  the 
Ionian  coast  of  Asia  Minor,  near  Co- 
lophon, now  ΖιΙΙΐ,  famed  for  the  wor- 
ship of  Apollo,  if.  Horn.  Ap.  40  ;  his 
temple  at  this  place,  ro  Κλάρων 
ιερόν,  Plut.  Pomp.  24. 

Κλάρώτα/,  ών,  ol,  {κΆήρος)  serfs  in 
Crete,  nscripti  gltbae,  like  the  Helots 
at  Sparta,  Kuhnk.  Tim. 

Κλάσανχενενομαί ,  as  pass.,  io  go 
with  one's  neck  twisted,  i.  e.  ivith  an  af- 
fected air,  esp.  of  .\lcibiades,  Archipp. 
Incert.  3,  cf.  Miiller  Archaol.  d.  Kunst 
§331,2. 

Κ/.άσΐβώ/.αξ,  ΰκος,  ό,  ή,  {κλύω, 
8ώ/.αζ)  breaking  cloils,  Anth. 

Κ'λάσις,  εως^  ή,  (k?mu)  α  breaking, 
fracture.  Plat.  Tliu.  43  D  :  α  breaking 
off,  esp.,  κλ.  αμτϊέ7.ων,  the  pruning  or 
plucking  the  leaves  of  a  vine,  Theophr. 
• — II.  in  Philo  of  the  modulation  of  the 
voice,  [a] 

Κ/ιύσμα,  ατός,  τό,  (κλύω)  that  which 
is  broken  off,  a  fragment,  vnorsel,  N.  T., 
and  Anth. 

Κλαστάζω,  f.  •άσω,=κΛάω,  esp.  to 
prune  a  vine,  Lat.  pampinare  :  metaph. 
to  bring  down,  humble,  Ar.  Eq.  166. 

Κλαστήρ,  ί'ίρος,  ύ,  a  vine  pruiier. 
Hence 

Κ'λαστήριον,  ov,  τό,  sub.  δρέττανον, 
a  knife  or  bill  for  pruning  vines, 

Κλάστης.  ov,  ό,=^ κλαστήρ. 
^Κλαατιόιην,  ov,  τό,  Clastidium,  a 
city  of  Gallia  Cisalpina,  Polyb.  2,  34, 
5. 

Κλαστός,  ή,  όν,  (κλάω)  broken, 
broken  in  pieces,  Anth. 

^Κ/.αυόία,  ας,  ή,  the  Rom.  Claudia, 
Pint. 

^Κλαυόιανός,  οϋ,  ό,  the  Rom.  Clau- 
dia nns. 

tK/.ui)(5iOf,oi;,  ό,  the  Rom.  Claudius, 
Polyb. 

Κ'λανθμονή,  τ/ς,  ή,  (κλαίω)  v.  I.  for 
κ?Λΐνμοντ/. 

Κλανβμός,  οϋ,  ό,  (κλαίω)  α  weeping, 
wading,  Horn.,  esp.  in  Od.,  Hdt.  3,  l4, 
and  Att. 

Κ'/Μνθμνριάο),  w,=  sq. 

Κλανθμύρί^ω,  f.  -iau,  (κλαίω)  to 
weep,  cri/,  pule,  like  little  children, 
Plut.  More  usu.  in  mid.,  Plat.  Ax. 
366  D.    Hence 

Κλαυθμνρισμής,  ov,  6,  a  weeping, 
piding,  crying  like  a  rJiild,  Plut. 

ΚλανΗμώδης,  ες,  {κλανθμός,  είδος) 
like  weeping  or  sobbing,  broken  as  if  by 
sobbing,  ΰναηνοή,  Hipp. 

Κλιινθμών,  ώνος,  ό,  (κλαίω)  the 
place  of  loeeping,  LXX. 

Κ^Μνμα,  ατός,  τό,  (κ?,αίω)  a  weep- 
ing, wailing,  Aesch.  Pers.  705,  and 
Soph.  :  hence — II.  a  trouble,  misfor- 
tune, Ar.  Pac.  249  :  κλανμαθ'  ντ:ύρξει 
τινί,—κλαύσεται,  Soph.  Ant.  932. 

K/.avpovfj,  ης,  7).=  foreg.,  a  weep- 
ing, wailing.  Plat.  Legg,  792  A,  with 
V.  1.  κλανβμονή. 

Κ/α  μυρίζομαι,  dub.  for  κλι,ανθμν- 
ρίζομαι. 

Κλανσύρα,  crasis  for  κλανσει  άρα, 
Dind.  Ar.  Pac.  532,  cf.  Plut.  876.  [σα] 

K/.aDfff,   Ep.  for  εκλ.ανσε,  3  sing. 
766 


KAEA 

aor.  1  act.  of  κλαίω,  part,  κλαύαας, 
Hom. 

Κ'λανσείω,  desiderat.  from  κλαίω, 
to  wish  to  weep,  Synes. 

Κλαυσίάω,  ω,  (κ?.ανσις)  to  ivish  to 
whine  or  weep:  hence  in  Ar.  Pint. 
1099,  TO  βνριον  ώΟεγγόμενοί'  άλλως 
κ?Μί'σιμ,  the  door  shall  suffer  (like 
κλαύσεται)  for  creaking  without 
cause. 

Κλαναίγε7^ως,ωτος3.η&ω,ό,{κλαίω, 
ytvlwf)  smiles  inixed  with  tears,  κλ. 
είχε  πάντας,  Xen.  Hell.  7,  2,  9,  cf.  II. 
6,  484.  [t] 

Κλανσιθϋρος,  ov,  (κλαίω.  Θύρα) 
wailing  at  the  door,  complaining  of  its 
being  shut,  esp.  epith.  of  a  serenade. 

Κ?.ανσίυ,ΰχος,  ov,  (κλαίω,  μάχη) 
found  with  βονλόμαχος  in  Ar.  Pac. 
1293,  as  parody  on  the  name  of  La- 
machus ;  prob.  that  will  come  to  a  bad 
end  in  battle,  [t] 

Κλαύσιμος,  τ/,  ov,  plaintive :  from 

Κλαϊισις,  εως.ή,(κλαίω)  aweeping. 

Κ'λαύσομαι,  fut.  of  κλαί'ω,  II. 

Κ?.αυσονμαι,  Dor.  fut.  of  κλαίω, 
for  foreg. 

K? αυστήρ,  ηρος,  ό,  a  weeper. 

Κλανστίκός,  ή,  όν,  given  to  mourn- 
ing.    Adv.  -κώς. 

Κλαυστός  or  κλαντός,  η,  όν,  v. 
EUeridt  Le.v.  Soph.  voc.  πάγκλαυτος, 
(κλαίω)  wept,  bewailed :  to  be  bewailed, 
mournfid,  Aesch.,  etc. 

ίΚλαντινύτιοι,  ων,  o't,  the  Clautinn- 
tii,  parent  race  of  the  Vindelicii, 
Strab. 

ΚΛΑ'ί2,  fut.  κλάσω  [ά].  Ep.  κλάσ- 
σω  :  aor.  1  έκλασα  :  part.  aor.  2  κ?Μς, 
as  if  from  •κ'λ>~/μι :  aor.  1  pass,  έκλά- 
σθην :  perf  pass,  κεκλασμαι-  To 
break,  break  off  or  in  pieces,  Horn.  ;  esp. 
of  plants,  to  prune,  Theophr.,  cf.  κλα- 
δεύω. Metaph.  to  weaken,  enervate, 
κεκλασμένη  φων//,  Hipp.,  cf.  κλαδα- 

KPuG),  Att.  for  κλ.αίω,  to  weep,  as 
κάω,  for  καίω.  [ά,  but  not  a.] 

^Κ?.εαγόρας,  ου,  ό,  Cleagdras,  a 
painter  of  Phlius,  Xen.  An.  7,  8,  1.— 
Others  in  Aeschin.,  etc. 

tK/ifiifbyr,  ov  Ion.  εω,  6,  Cleades,  a 
Plataean,  Hdt.  9,  85  ;  v.  I.  Άλεάδης. 

ίΚλεαίνετος,  ου,  δ.  Ckaenems,  an 
Athenian,  father  of  Cleon.  Thuc.  3, 
36  ;  Ar.  Eq.  574.-2.  a  Grecian  officer 
in  the  army  of  the  ten  thousand,  Xen. 
An.  5,  1,  17.— 3.  a  tragic  poet,  Alexis 
ap.  Ath.  55  C. — 4.  a  chorus-master  in 
Aeschin.  14,  9. 
Κλεαίνός,  ή,  όν,=κλεινός,   Hesych. 

ΙΚλεαιτακτίδαι,  ών,  οι,  the  Cleanacti- 
dae,  descendants  of  Cleanax,  a  Lesbian 
family,  Strab. 

^Κλεύναξ,  ακτος,  ό,  Cleanax,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  in  Dem.  1223,  fin. 

ίΚλεανδρίδας,  a,  6,  Cleandridas,  a 
Spartan,  Thuc.  6,  93. 

]Κλέαΐ'δρος,  ου,  ό,  Cleandrus,  Cle- 
ander,  a  tyrant  of  Gela,  Hdt.  7,  154  ; 
Τελωος,  Arist.  Pol.  5,  10,  4 ;  brother 
of  Hippocrates,  whose  son  was  also 
named  Κλέανδρος,  Hdt,  7,  J 55. --2. 
an  Arcadian  soothsayer,  Hdt.  6,  83. 
— 3.  an  Aeginetan,  son  of  Telesar- 
chus,  Pind.  I.  8.-4.  a  Spartan,  gov- 
ernor in  Byzantium,  Xen.  An.  6,  2, 
18,  Hell.  7,  1,  45. — 5.  an  actor,  Dem. 
1304,  8.— Others  in  Paus.,  etc. 

^Κλεάνθης,  ovc,  ό,  Cleanthes,  a  Stoic 
philosopher  of  Assus,  Strab. — 2.  a 
painter  of  Corinth,  Ath.  340  C— Oth- 
ers in  Ath.,  etc. 

\Κλεανβίς,  ίδος,  ή,  Cleanthis,  fem. 
pr.  n.,  Luc.  Conv.  16. 

^Κ?ίεάνωρ,  ορης,  ό.  Clcanor,  a  com- 
mander of  tlie  Greeks  from  the  Arca- 


ΚΛΕΙ 

dian  Orchomenns,  Xen.  An,  3.  1,  47. 
— 2.  an  Athenian,  Ath.  577  C.  [ur] 

\Κλεύρετος,  ov,  ύ,  CleurHus,a  locha- 
gus  in  tlip  army  of  the  ten  thousand, 
Xen.  An.  5,  7,  14. 

tKAf  aoidaf,  a,  b,  Clearidas,  a  Laco• 
nian,  Thuc.  4,  132. 

Μίλεαρίστη,  ης,  ή,  Cleariste,  i'em. 
pr.  n.,  Ί  heocr.  2,  74  :  from 

^Κ7.εάριστος,ον,ό,  Clearislu,s,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Theogn.  511. 

ίΚλέαρχος,  ov,  ό,  Clearchiis,  a  Ijace- 
daemonian,  commanderof  the  Greeks 
in  the  expedition  of  Cyrus  against  his 
brother,  Thuc.  8,  8,  39,  Xcii.  An.   1. 

1,  9,  etc.  ;  his  assassination,  Xen,  \n, 

2,  5,  31-2.— 2.  a  tyrant  of  Heraclea  in 
Pontus,  Dem.  482,  27,  cf.  Diod.  S.  15, 
81  ;  10,  36.-3.  ό  "Σολενς,  a  pupil  of 
Aristotle,  a  voluminous  writer,  Ath. 
freq. — Others  in  Pans.,  etc. 

Κλέβδην,  Dor.  κλέβδαν,  adv., 
(κ'λέπτω)  by  stealth.  Lat.  clam. 

\Κλέεία,  ας,  y,  Clela,  a  nymph,  lies. 
Fr.  60.  2. 

Κ?^εεννός,  -ή,  όν,  poet,  for  κλεινός, 
famous,  Simon.,  and  Pind. 

ΙΚλίτ/,  ης,  )/,  Clee,  fein.  pr.  n., 
Anth. 

Κλεηδών,  όνος,  ή,  Ion.  and  Ep.  for 
K?aJδώv,  q.  v.,  α  report,  saying  :  in  Od. 
a  word  of  omen,  presage,  Od.  18,  1 17  ; 
20, 120,  cf.  Φί/μτ) :  also  κληηδών  in  Od, 
(not  found  in  11.) 

ΚλεΙα,  poet,  contr.  from  κλεεα, 
nom.  and  ace.  plur.  from  κ'λέος,  Hes. 
\Υίλειγενης,  ονς,  ύ,  VlXgSnes,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Ar.  Ran.  709. — 2.  of  Acanthus, 
sent  as  ambassador  to  Sparta,  Xen. 
Hell.  5.  2,  11. 

^Κλίϊδας.  Ion.  Κλιμδες.  ων,  at,  the 
Keys,  two  small  islands  at  the  north- 
east extremity  of  Cyprus,  by  a  pro- 
montory of  the  same  name  now  Sant' 
Andrea,  Hdt.  5,  108  ;  Strab.  p.  682. 

^Κ?.ειδημίδ7/ς,  ου,  ύ,  prop',  son  of  Cli• 
demus.  Ctidemides,  masc.  pr.  n.,  Ar. 
Ran.  791,  ace.  to  Schol.  an  actor  of 
Sophocles'. 

\Κ.λείδημος,  ov,  ό,  Clidemus,  an 
Athenian,  author  of  an  Άτθίς,  Ath. 
235  A,  etc.— Others  in  Arist.,  etc. 

ίΚλείδικος,  ov,  b,  Clldicus,  an  Athe- 
nian, Dem.  1311,  lin. — 2.  son  of  Alsi- 
mides,  an  Archon,  Paus. 

Κλειδίον,  ov,  TO.  dim.  from  κλείς, 
a  little  key,  Ar.  Thesm.  421,  Fr.  120. 
— II.  the  collar  bone,  clavicle. 

Κ?.ειδοποιός,  όν,  (κ?.είς,  ποιέω) 
making  keys. 

Κλειδονχέω,  ώ,  Att.  κλτιδ.,  to  hold 
the  keys,  have  a  charge,  and  hence  κλ, 
θι-.άς,  to  be  her  priestess,  Eur.  I.  T. 
1463. — 2.  in  pass,  to  be  watched,  harass- 
ed, Tivi.  Id.  H.  F.  1288:  from 

Κλειδούχος,  ov,  (κλείς,  εχω)  Att. 
κλτ}δ.,  holding  the  keys,  and  so  having 
charge  or  custody  of,  θαλάμων,  Eur. 
Hipp.  541 :  κλ.  Ήρας,  her  priestess, 
Aesch.  Supp.  291  :  of  a  goddess,  tute- 
lar t/,  gicardian  of  a  place,  Ar.  Thesm. 
1142. 

Κλειδοφύλαξ,  ΰκος,  ό,  ^,=  foreg., 
Luc.  [v] 

Κλειδόω,  ώ,  (κλείς)  to  shut,  lock  vp. 
Hence 

Κλείδωμα,  ατός,  τό,  and  κ?.είδωσις, 
εως,  ή;  α  fastening. 

Κ?ιείζω,  fut.  κλείσω.  Dor.  κλείξω  : 
Ion.  κληίζω,  fut.  κληίσω,  etc. :  Att. 
κλ^ζω,  {.  κ/ι7)σω,  etc.  (κ?.έος,  κλείω). 
Το  tell  of,  celebrate,  Pind.  Ο.  1,  176; 
κλησωμεν  Άρτεμιν,  Eur.  I.  Α.  1522. 
— II.  to  ιηοιίιοη,  tell,  report,  τι,  Hipp.  : 

hence,  in  pass,  to  be  told,  φάτις  έκλτ/- 
ζετο,  Aesch.  Ag.  631  ;  c.  part.,  θανών 
κ/ιΐ/ζεται,  he  is  said  to  be  dead  Eur. 
He'l.  132,  cf.  721,  927.— HI  =καλέω, 


ΚΑΕΙ 
to  call,  Τινά  σωτήρα,  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  49  ; 
cf.  "33,  etc. 

ΚλΕίβμία,  ας,  η,  α  keyhole :  or,  ace.  to 
othors.ingenl.'a  cleft,chink,  Pherecyd. 
ap.  Diog.  L.  1,  \2Z. 

Κ/.ειβρίδιον,  ov,  to,  dim.  from  foreg. 

Y^7.EidQLU6nq,  ες,  {κΆειθρία,  ύδος) 
full  of  chinks. 

K'/.eWpov,  ov,  TO,  Att.  κ7.τιθρον, 
(κλείυ)  a  lock,  bolt  or  bar  for  closing 
i  door,  Trag. — II.  the  entrance  of  the 
windpipe,  Hipp. 

^Κ'/.είναγήρας,  ov,  6,  Clinngoras, 
priest  of  the  AmphitrjOns  at  Delphi, 
Dem.  27S,  18. 

^Κ/.ειναρέτη,  ης,  ή,  Clinarete,  fem. 
pr.  n.,  Ar.  Eccl.  41. 

^Κ/^εινιάόης,  ov,  6,  son  of  Clinias, 
Anth. 

^Κ/.εινίας.  ov,  ό.  Ion.  -ης,  εω,  Cltnias, 
an  Athenian  njasc.  pr.  n.,  father  of 
Alcibiades,  Hdt.  8, 17,  Ar.  Ach.  716.— 
2.  brother  of  Alcibiades,  Plat.  Protag. 
320  Α.— 3.  son  of  Axiochus,  cousin  of 
foreg..  Plat.  Eulhyd.  273  A,— 4.  father 
of  Cleopompus,  Tliuc.  2,  2(5 — 5.  son 
of  Clidicus,  Dem.  1311,  fin.— 6.  of 
Cnosus  in  Crete,  Plat.  Legg.  Hence 

ίΚ/^εινίείος.ον.ό,9θη  ofClmias,  i.  e. 
Alcibiades,  Plat!  Gorg.  482  A. 

tKAetViof,  ov,  6,  Cllruus,  a  Coan, 
Diod.  S. 

^Κ?^ινύδημος,  ov,  δ,  Clinodemus,  an 
actor,  Plut. 

iK'/.εινόμαχος,  ov,  a,  Clvwmachus, 
an  ephorus  m  Sparta,  Xen.  Hell.  2, 3, 
10. — Others  in  Dem.,  etc. 

Κλεινός,  ή,  όν,  (κ'/.είω)  famous,  re- 
nowned, illustrious,  Solon  23,  3,  freq. 
epith.ofcities,esp.  Athens  and  Thebes, 
Valck.  Phoen.  1746  ;  also  of  men, 
Trag.,  who  also  have  it  ironical,  ό 
κλεινός,  as  Soph.  El.  300.  Rare  in 
prose,  as  Plat.  Soph.  243  A. — II.  in 
Ciete=Ta  τταιδικά,  like  the  Att.  κα- 
λιάς, and  Dor.  άΐτης.  Cf  κ/.εαινός, 
κλεεννός. 

ίΚλείνώ.  ονς,  η,  Cllno.  fern.  pr.  η., 
Anth. 

Κ,λειξαι,  Dor.  inf.  aor.  1  act.  of  κλε- 
ίζω. 

ίΚ?.ειοπάτρη,  ης,  ή,=^Κ?.εοπάτρα, 
Αρ.  Rh.  2,  239. 

ΚλεΙος,  τό,  poet,  for  κ/^ος,  hence 
pi.  «λεία,  Hes.  Th.  100. 

fK/  ειτΐττίδΐΐς,  ov,  ό,  Cletppides,  son 
of  Dinius,  an  Athenian  naval  com- 
mander, Thuc.  3,  3 ;  in  Diod.  S. 
ΚλεινιπτΓ.,  12,  55. 

Κλεις,  ή,  gen.  κ7.ειδός,  ace.  κλείδα, 
Att.  K/.elv,  pi.  κ'λεΐδες,  κλείδας,  contr. 
κ/.εϊς:  Ion.  κληίς.  gen.  κληυδος.  ace. 
κληΐόα,  etc.  (Horn,  uses  only  the 
Ion.  form) :  old  Att.  κ'/α^ς,  gen.  k/.tj- 
δός,  in  which  fonn  however  it  is  al- 
ways imparisyll.  (κλείω).  Strictly. 
that  which  serves  for  shutting  and  closing 
np,  hence  a  key,  a  bolt,  a  latch  :  in 
Horn., — 1.  a  key,  by  which  the  bolt 
(.όχεύς)  was  shot  home  or  drawn  back 
from  the  outside ;  it  is  made  of  brass 
with  ivory  handle,  in  Od.  21,  6  :  but 
if  the  door  was  to  be  fastened  on  the 
inside,  there  was  a  thong  {ίμύς]  by 
which  the  bolt  was  secured  to  the 
κηρώιη,  q.  v.  :  εν  δε  κ'ληιδ'  ήκε,  Od. 
21,  47  ;  θίφετρα  κ/.ηίδί  -λήσσειν,  Od. 
21,  50,  cf  47.-2.  a  bar  or  boll,  in  11. 
usii  a  large  bar  of  wood  (εί'/ατινός), 
drawn  across  folding  doors,  and  so 
called  ε-ι3λής,  II.  24,  453,  cf  II.  12, 
456;  14,  168:  but  in  Od.  a  smaller 
bolt,  drawn  or  undrawn  by  a  thong, 
Od.^4,  802,  838  :  hence,  'εττιτήνειν 
κληϊβα  ίμάντι,  Od.  1,  442,  θύρας 
κλιΐϊδι  κ'ληίσσαι,^  Od.  21,  241  :  hence 
—3.  metaph.,  κ/.τις  έ~1  γλώσσ^,  of  si- 
lence, Aesch.  Fr.  293,  cf.  Sopii.  O.  C. 


ΚΑΕΙ 

1052 ;  so,  καθαράν  άνοΐξαι  κ?.γδα 
ώρενών,  Eur.  Med.  661 ;  κλάδας  εχειν 
or  φν/.άττειν,  like  κλ^δονχεϊν,  to 
watch,  preside  over,  γάμον,  Ar. 
Thesm.  976. — II.  the  hook  or  tongue  of 
a  clasp,  Od.  18.  294.— III.  the  collar- 
bone, Lat.  jugulum,  also  σΦαγί/,  later 
?.ύκκος,  freq.  in  11.  (never  in  Od.)  as 
if  from  locking  the  neck  and  breast  to- 
gether, κληΐς  άποέρ-/εί  αυχένα  τε  στή- 
θος τε,  II.  8,  325 ;  in  plur.  y  κλη'ίόες 
άπ'  ώμων  αυχεν'  έχονσιν,  II.  22,  324  ; 
and  so  usu.  in  Att.  κλείδες  or  κλήδες, 
though  Soph.Tr.  1035,  has  it  in  sing. 
— 2.  in  Att.  esp.  of  this  part  of  the 
thunny,  which  was  a  dainty,  Aristo- 
pho  Pir.  1. — IV'.  a  rowing  bench  in  a 
ship,  freq.  in  Od.,  always  in  plur.,  usu. 
έτΓΐ  κληΐσι  or  έττΐ  κληίδεσσι  καθίζειν  ; 
in  II.  only  16,  170. — V.  a  narrow  strait 
or  pass,  such  as  we  call  the  key  of  a 
country,  ΚληΙόες  της  Κντζρον.  Hdt. 
5,  108,  cf  Eur.  Med.  213.  [ϊ  in  κληίς.} 
ΚλεΙς,  contr.  noin.  and  ace.  for 
κ?.είδες,  κλείδας,  from  κλείς. 

^Κλεισθένης,  ονς.  6,  CUsthenes,  a  ty- 
rant of  Sicyon  in  the  time  of  Solon, 
Hdt.  5,  65;  6,  126.-2.  an  Athenian, 
son  of  Megacles  and  Agariste  the 
daughter  of  foreg.,  the  celebrated 
leader  of  the  Alcmaeonidae.  Hdt.  5, 
66 ;  6. 131. — 3.  an  Athenian  often  ridi- 
culed by  Aristophanes,  Ar.  Ach.  118, 
Nub.  355,  etc. — 4.  a  person  against 
whom  Dinarchus  spoke,  Dion.  H. 

Κλεισιάς,  κλείσιον,  v.  sub  κλισιάς, 
κλίσιον. 

^Κ/.εισιδίκη,  ης,  η,  CZisid/ce,  a  daugh- 
ter of  Celeus  in  Eleusis,  H.  Horn.  Cer. 
109. 

\Κ7.εισιθήρα,  ας,  ή,  Clisithera,  a 
daughter  of  Idomeneus,  Lye. 

Κλεΐσις,  εως,  ή,  (/ίλειω)  v.  sub  κ'/.ή- 
σις. 

Κλείσονρα,  ας,  ή,  (κλείω)  custody, 
Lat.  clausura,  late  word. 

\Κ7.είσοφος,  ov,  b,  Clisophus,  of  Se- 
lybria,  a  parasite,  Ath.  248  E. 

Κ/.ειστός,  ή,  όν,  {κ/.είω)  shut,  closed 
up,  Strab. ;  cf.  ιι?.ηϊστός. 

Κ?.εϊστρον,  ov,  τό,  (κ/.είω)  a  bolt, 
bar.  etc.,  Lat.  claustnim,  Luc. 

Κλεισώρεια.  ας,  ή,  (κλειώ,  όρος)  α 
mountain-key,  i.  e.  α  pass  in  a  range  of 
mountains :  aec.  toothers=«Ati'ffoiipa, 
late  word. 

^Κλειτα\όρα,  ας,  η,  Clitagora,  a 
poetess,  aoubtful  of  what  country, 
Ar.  Lys.  1237. 

\Κ7.ειταρέτη,  ης,  ή,  Clitarete,  fem. 
pr.  n.,  Isae.  41,8. 

\Κλείταρχος,  ov,  ό,  Clttarchus,  a  ty- 
rant of  Eretriain  Euboea,  Dem.  125, 
fin.  ;  248,  16  ;  etc. — 2.  son  of  Dmon.  a 
historian  of  Alexander  the  great,  Ath. 
148  D,  586  D. 

^Κ7.ειτέ7.ης,  ονς.  ό,  Clitlles,  a  Co- 
rinthian. Xen.  Hell.  6,  5.  37. 

ΙΚ/.είτη,  ης,  or  -τη.  ης.  η,  Cliti,  one 
of  the  Danaides,  Apollod. — 2.  daugh- 
ter of  Merops,  Ap.  Rh.  1,  970.— 3. 
Dor.  Κλείτα,  a  female  slave,  Theocr. 
18,  2. 

\Κ7.ειτόδικος,  ov,  ό,  ClUodtcus,  an 
Athenian,  Lys. 

^Κ7.ε ίτομύχη,  ης,  ή,  Clitomache,  fem. 
pr.  η.,  Dem.  1083,  13. 

^Κ/^ειτόμαχος,  ov,  ό,  ClUomachus,  a 
Theban,  victor  in  the  Olympic  games, 
Pind.  P.  8,  51. — 2.  an  ambassador  of 
the  .Athenians  to  the  states  of  Pelo- 
ponnesus to  excite  them  against 
Philip,  Dem.  129,  19.— 3.  a  Cartha- 
ginian, a  philosopher  of  the  new  acad- 
emy, Ath.  402  C. — Others  in  Anth., 
etc. 

ΐΚ7.ειτορία,  ας,  η,  Cliidria,  wife  of 
Cimon,  Plut.  Cim.  16,  v.  1.  Κ?.ιτορία. 


ΚΛΕΟ 

Κλειτοριάζω,  f.  -άσω,  and  K?.eiro 
ρίζω,  f.    ίσυ,  to  touch  the  κ7.ειτορίς. 

^Κ7ιειτόριος,  ov,  of  Clitor  {\l\.)  ;  oi 
Κ7.ειτόριοι,  the  inhab.  of  Clitor,  Poiyb. 
2,  55,  9  ;  ή  Κ7.ειτορία,  the  territory  of 
CI,  Id.  4,  10,  6. 

Κ7.ειτορίς,  idcf,  ή,  the  clitoris,  inpu- 
dendis  muliebribus. 

Κ7.ειτός,  ή,  όν,  {κλείώ)  renowned, 
famous,  έττίκονροι,  freq.  in  II.,  βασι- 
7αιΐς,  Od.  6,  54 :  hence  of  things, 
splendid,  excellent,  κ/.ειτή  ίκατόμιίη, 
often  in  II. ;  epith.  of  a  city,  11.  17, 
307.  On  the  accent,  of  its  compds. 
V.  Buttm.  Lexil.  v.  κλειτός  9,  and  cf. 
κ7.ντός. 

Κ7.εΐτος,  τό,  poet. for  κ?.ιτύς,  Alcm. 
tK/.tirof,  ov,  0,  Clitus,  son  of  Ae- 
gyptus,  Apollod. — 2.  a  Trojan,  son  of 
Pisenor,  II.  15,  445. — 3.  son  of  Man- 
lius,  Od.  15,  249. — 4.  the  celebrated 
general  of  Alexander,  surnamed  ό 
μέλας,  Plut.  Alex.  16  ;  Diod.  S.  17. 21. 
— 5.  another  surnamed  ό  7.ενκός,  Ath. 
539  C— Others  in  Arr  ,  etc. 

^Κλειτοφών,  ώντος,  ό.  Clitophon,  an 
Athenian,  Ar.  Ran.  967. — 2.  son  ol 
Aristonymus.  pupil  of  Thrasymachus, 
Plat.  Rep.  340  A. 
^Κλειτώ,  οϋς,  ή,  Clito,  daughter  ot 
Euenor  and  Leucippe,  Plat.  Criti. 
113  D. 

^Κ/.είτων.  ωνος,  ό,  ClUon,  a  statua- 
ry in  Athens,  Xen.  Mem.  3,  10,  0. 

^Κ7.ειτώννμος,  ov,  ό,  Clitmiymus, 
mase.  pr.  n.,  Anth. 

^K7.ειτωp,  ορός,  ό,  Clitor,  son  of  the 
Arcadian  Lycaon,  Apollod. — 2.  son 
of  Azan,  king  of  Arcadia.  Paus.  8,  4, 
4. — 11.  a  river  of  Arcadia,  flowing  into 
the  Erymanthus,  Paus.  8,  21,  1.— IIL 
a  city  of  .Arcadia  on  this  river,  Pind, 
N.  10,  87,  Strab.  p.  388. 

ΚΑΕΓΩ  (A),  f  κλείσω:  perf  pass, 
κέκλεισμαι  and  κέκ/.ειμαι :  aor.  pass. 
έκ7.είσβην.  Ion.  and  Ep.  pres. κλιιίω,  f. 
κ/.ηΐσω,  Ep.  aor.  κ7.ηϊσα.  inf  κ7  ηΐσαι 
(so  that  there  is  no  need  to  read  κ7-ήίσ• 
σα,  κ7.ηίσσαι,  as  some  do  in  Horn.), 
— this  fut.  and  aor.  are  by  Passow 
wrongly  referred  to  a  pres.  κ7.7μζω : 
hence  Att.  κλ-ί^ω,  κ7.τ)σω,  etc.:  Dor.  fut. 
κ7.αξώ.  Theocr.  6,  32.  To  shut,  shut 
tip,  close,  Hom.  only  in  Od. ;  /c/,.  θύ- 
ρας, όχήας,  Od.  21.  387 ;  24,  166,  and 
so  freq.  in  Att.  Pass,  to  be  shut  up, 
Hdt.  2,  121,  2  :  also  to  be  confined,  χέ- 
ρας βρόχο  ic  ι  κεκ7.7ΐμένα,  ΈΙμτ.  Andr. 
503  ;  and  metaph.,  όρκοις  κεκλτ/μεθα. 
Id.  Hel.  977,  cf.  έκκ7.είω. 

Κ7.είω  (Β),  poet,  for  κλέω,  (κλέος) 
to  tell  of,  make  famous,  celebrate,  glori 
fy,  Od.  1,  338,  etc..  Hes.  Op.  1.  Th. 
105.  From  the  form  «λεω  Hom.  uses 
only  pass.  κ7.έομαι,  q.  v. — II.  simply 
=  κα/.έω,  to  call,  name,  Ap.  Rh..  etc. 

Κ/είώ,  ονς,  ή,  Kleio,  Clio,  one  of 
the  Muses. strictly //ieproc/rti7?ii;r,  Hes. 
Th.  77,  Pind.  N.  3,  1 15  :  later  esp.  the 
Muse  of  Epic  Poetry  and  History.— 
2.  fem.  pr.  n.,  Ath.  345  A. 

Κ7.έμμα.  ατής,  τό,  (κ7.έτϊτω)  a  thing 
stolen  :  a  theft,  Eur.  Hec.  618  :  hence 
— 2.  in  genl.  a  trick,  secret  device,  a 
stratagem  in  war,  Thuc.  5,  9.  —  3.  α 
stolen  amour.     Hence 

Κ7.εμμύδιος,α,ον,=  κλθ'!7αίος,κ7.ο• 
τζίμαίος,  stolen,  hat.  furtivus,  v.  1.  Plat. 
Legg.  955  B.  [uj 

Κ7.εμμΰδόν,  adv..  by  stealth,  dub. 

Κ7.εμμΰτικός,  η,  όν,  {κ/.έμμα) 
thievish,  cunning. 

Κ7εμμΰ.τιστ7/ς.  ov,  ό,  as  if  from 
κ7.εμματίζω,  a  thievish  fellow. 

Κ/ίέμμνς,  νος,  ■ή,=χέ?^νς,  a  tor- 
toise. 

iK7.έo3ις,   ιος,   ό,    Cleobis,    so:i  ο 
Cydippe,  an  Argive,  Hdt.  1,  31. 
767 


ΚΛΕΟ 

ΐΚλΐόβοια,  ας,  ή,  Cleoboea,  daugh- 
ter of  Theslios,  ApoUod. 

tKAtoiov>.7/,  ης,  ή,  Cleobftle,  mother 
of  Demosthenes,  Dem.  812,3. 

^Κλεοιίονλίνη.  ης,  ή,  Cleohfillne, 
prop,  daughter  of  Cleobuliis,  of  Lindus, 
a  poetess,  Diog.  L.  1,  89,  Ath.  448 
B. — 2.  title  of  a  comedy  of  Alexis, 
Meineke  1,  p.  390,  and  in  pi.  of  one 
of  Cratinus,  Id.  2,  C7. 

'\Κ'λίΟ!-Ιονλος,ον.ύ,  Cieo6i/i«s,aTro- 
jan,  II.  16,  320. — 2.  of  Lindus,  son  of 
EuaRoras,  one  of  the  seven  wise  men 
of  Greece,  Plat.  Prot.  343  Α.— 3.  one 
of  I  he  Kphori  at  Sparta,  Thuc.  5,  36. 

tK/.O;fi';;r,  Off,  0,  Cleoglnes,  an 
Athenian,  ap.  Andoc.  13.  1. 

^Κλεοδαιος,  ov,  ύ,  Cleodnens,  son  of 
Hylkis,  grandson  of  Hercules,  Hdt. 
6,  52  ;  7,  204 :  in  Ael.  also  KAtaJaf, 
a,  12.  31. 

tK>.e')f5(///of,  ov,  b,  Cleodamns,  masc. 
pr.  n..  Bion  6,  11.     Dor.  for 

tKAtti(S//,uor,  ov,  0,  Cteodemus,  masc. 
pr.  Π.,  Anth. 

^Κλεοόίκη,  ης,  ή,  Clcodice,  fem.  pr. 
n..  Pans. 

^Κλεοδόξη,  ης,  η,  Cleodoxe,  a  daugh- 
ter of  Niobe,  Apollod.  3,  5.  6. 

ΊΚλεοΛώρα,  ας,  ή,  Cieodom,  a  Dana- 
i'd,  Apollod.  2,  1,  5. — 2.  a  nyniph, 
Pans. 

^Κλεοίτας,  a,  b,  Clcoetas,  a  statuary, 
Pans.  1,  24,  3. 

tKAfikptrof,  ου,  ό,  Cleocritiis,  an 
Athenian,  archon  01.  91,  4,  Diod.  S. 
13,  9.-2.  son  of  Huselus,  Dem.  1055, 
26.-3.  a  herald  employed  :it  the  eel 
ebration  of  the  mysteries,  noted  for 
his  corpulency,  Ar.  Ran.  1437,  Av. 
670.  Xen.  Hell.  2,  4,  20. 

\Κλκ')λΰος,  ου,  ό,  Clenlaus,  a  ison  of 
Hercules,  Apollod. — Others  in  Paus., 
Anth.,  etc. 

tKXf  όλαζ•,  ό,  (a  form  of  foreg.)  Cle- 
olas,  inasc.  pr.  n.,  Paus..  etc. 

KAK'OM.M,  pass,  from  obsol.  act. 
κλέω,  to  become  famous;  in  imf)f.  to 
be  so,  Od.  13,  299";  εκ'λεο,  Ep.  sync.  2 
sing,  iinpf.  for  εκλέίο.  11.  24,  202; 
κλεεσθαι  Φυρμι.γγί,  to  be  celebrated  in 
lyric  strains,  Pind.  1.  5.  33. 

^Κ'/.εόμαντις,  εως,  ό,  Cleomantis,  a 
Laconian,  Plut.  Alex.  50. 

^Κλεόμΰχος,  ov,  a,  Cleoinuchus,  a 
tragic  poet  derided  by  Cratin.  ap.  Ath. 
63S  F.— 2.  a  poet  of  Magnesia,  from 
whom  the  μετΐ)ον  Κλεομύχειον  was 
named,  Strab. ;  Hephaest. 

^Κλεόιι3[)θτος,  ov,  ό,  Cleombmtus, 
son  of  Anaxandrides,  brother  of  Leo- 
nidas,  and  father  of  Pausanias,  Hdt. 
4,  81  ,  8,  71  ;  Thuc.  :  etc.— 2.  son  of 
Pausanias  (23d  Agid),  Xen.  Hell.  5, 
4,  14. — 3.  an  academic  philosopher  of 
Ambracia,  Luc.  Philop.  1  :  also,  a  pu- 
pil of  Socrates,  Plat.  Phaed.  59  E. 

\Κ7•,εομέόων,  ηντος.  6,  Cleomednyt.  son 
of  the  famous  Cleon,  Dem.  1010,3. — 2. 
father  of  Cleaenetus.  Plut.  Demetr. 
24. — 3.  a  person  against  v/hom  Di- 
narchus  spoke,  Dion.  H.,  and  Isaeiis 
also. 

]Κ?.εομένης,  ονς,  ό,  Cleomlnes.  Spar- 
tan roval  name,  1.  son  of  Anaxan- 
drides'(17th  Agid),  Hdt.  3,  148;  5, 
41. — 2.  son  of  Cleombrotus,  brother 
of  Agesipolis  (25th  Agid),  Polyb.  4, 
35.  10;  Diod.  S. — 3.  son  of  Cleomenes 
(31st  Agid),  Plut.  Cleom.— -Other 
persons  of  this  name  occur  in  Plut.. 
Symp.  ;  Arr.  An.  3,  5,  4  ;  etc.     Hence 

ΪΚ?.εομενικός,  ή,  όν,  of  Cleomenes, 
■πόλεμος,  Polyb.  2,  56  ;  and 

ϋίλεομενιστί/ς,  ov,  ό,  a  follower  or 
partisan  of  Cleomenes,  Polyb.  2,  53,  2. 

^Κ'/εομήύης,  ους,  ύ,   Cteomedes,  an 
Athenian,  son  of  Lycomedes,  a  com- 
768 


ΚΛΕΟ 

mander  in  the  Peloponnesian  war, 
Thuc.  5,  84 ;  also  one  of  the  thirty 
tyrants,  Xen.  Hell.  2,  3,  3.— Others 
in  Paus.,  etc. 

iK'/.έομμίς,  b,  Cleomjnis,  masc.  pr. , 
n..  Isocr. 

\ΚΆεοι•ίκη,  ης,  ή,  Cleonlce,  fem.  pr. 
n.,  of  Byzantiiun,  Plut.  Ciin.  0. — 2. 
wife  of  Cnopusin  Erythrae,  Ath.  259 
B.[i] 

^ϋλεόνίκος,  ov,  o,  Cleonicus,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Ath.  698  A  ;  etc. 

tKAfoff I'Of,  ov,  6,  Cleoxenus,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Polyb.  10,  45.  6._ 

^Κλεόπας,  ά,  ύ,  or  Κλεόπας,  Cleo- 
pas,  masc.  pr.  n.,  N.  T. 

tK/.f07r«-/ja,  ας,  ή,  poet.  Κλειοπύ- 
rptj,  7/r, Cleopatra,  daughterof  Boreas, 
Apollod. — 2.  daughter  of  Tros  and 
Callirrhoe,  Id. — 3.  one  of  the  Dana- 
ides,  Id. — 4.  daughterof  Idas,  wife  of 
Meleager,  11.  9,  .556.-5.  wife  of  Per- 
diccas  kmg  of  Macedonia,  Plat.  Gorg. 
471  C. — 6.  daiighter  of  Ptolemy  Au- 
letes,  the  celebrated  queen  of  Ae- 
gypt,  Plut.  Anton.,  etc.     Hence 

tK ZfOTrarptr,  iilor,  ή,  Cleopatris,  a 
city  of  Aegypt,  Strab. 

^Κλεόττα-μος.  ov,  6,  Cleopatrus, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Plut.  Arat.  40. 

^ΚΆεοπομπης,  ov,  ό,  Clenpompus, 
father  of  Parnassus,  Paus.  10,  0,  1. 
— 2.  son  of  Clinias,  a  commander  of 
the  Athenians,  Thuc.  2,  26,  58. 

tK/.EOTTO/it/ior,  ov,  6,  CleoploUmus, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Polyb.  20,  8.  3. 

tK/.eopa,  ας,  ή,  Chora,  wife  of  Age- 
silaus,  Plut.  Ages.  19. 

Κ,λέος,  TO.  a  rumour,  report,  Lat. 
fima,  (lit.  in  Horn.  :  σον  κλέος,  news 
of  thee,  Od.  13,  415;  so  c.  gen.,  κλέος 
'Αχαιών,  the  report  of  their  coming, 
II.' 11,  227,  cf  2.  325  ;  13,  304:  a  mere 
report,  opp.  to  certainty,  7/μείς  όέ  κλέος 
οίον  ΰκονομεν,  οΜέ  τι  Ιδμεν,  11.  2, 
4Ν6. — II.  good  report,  fame,  glory,  also 
like  Lat.  fama,  very  freq.  in  Hom. 
usu.  κλέος  εσΙΙλόν,  ενρν.  μέγα,  but 
also  absol.  II.  4,  197;  7,  91,  etc. :  in 
bad  signf  not  until  Pind.  N.  8,  02, 
who  has  δύςφημον  κλέος,  ill  repute; 
so,  αίσχρον  κλ..  Eur.  Hel.  135  :  κλέος 
ειΐ'αί  τιΐΊ,  II.  22,  514:  of  great  fame 
Horn,  says  κλέος•  ovpavov  ϊκει,  κλέος 
ovpavov  ενρνν  Ικάνει,  Od.  8,  74 ;  9, 
20,  etc.  In  plur.  κλεα  ανδρών  ΰεί- 
δειν  and  άκονειν,  almost  like  αίνος, 
to  sing  the  laifs  of  their  achievements, 
11.  9.  189,  524.  Od.  8,  73:  for  which 
Hes.  Th.  100  has  also  κλεΐα.  as  if 
from  κλίίος :  κλέος  άρέσθαι,  to  win 
hommr,  II.  5.  3  ;  κλ.  καταβέσΟαι,  to  lay 
up  store  oi  glory,  Hdt.  7,  220;  κλ. 
έχειν  περί  τίνος,  Thuc.  1,  25. — No 
cases  except  the  nom.  ace.  sing,  and 
plur.  seem  to  occur. 

^Κλεοσθένης,  ονς,  ό,  Cleosthenes, 
an  ephor  in  Sparta,  Xen.  Hell.  2,  3, 
10.— 2.  a  tyrant  of  Sicyon,  Ath.  628 
C. — Others  in  Anth.,  etc. 

'\Κλεόστρατος,  ov,  ό.  Cleostrt'itus,  an 
.\rgive  ambassador,  Xen.  Hell.  1,  3, 
13. — 2.  an  astronomer  of  Tenedos, 
Ath.  278  B. 

^Κ?ίεότΙμος,  ov.  b,  Cleotlmus,  an 
Elean,  a  traitor,  Dem.  324,  II. 

^Κλεοφάνης,  o?;f,  ό,  Cleophunes,  a 
rhetorician  of  Myrlea  in  Bithynia, 
Strab.  p.  506  ;  Plut.  Phoc.  13. 

ίΚ?,εοφίΊντίς,  ιδος,  ή,  Cleuphantis, 
fem.  pr.  n..  Anth. 

1Κ/.εόώαντος,  ov.  6,  Cleophantus,  son 
of  Themistocles.  Plat.  Meno  93  D.— 
2.  a  Theban,  Ath.  22  C. 

]Κλεοφί7.η.  ης,  ή,  Cleophile,  wife  of 
the  .Vrcadian  I>ycurgus,  Apollod. 

ίΚλεοφών,  ώντης,  ό,  Clcophon,  a 
commander  of  the  Athenians,  Xen. 


ΚΛΕΥ 

Hell.  1,  7,  35,  Ar.  Ran.  678.-2.  a 
tragic  poet,  Arist.  Poet.  2. 

Μ\λεοχάρεια,  ας,  η,  Cleocharia,  a 
nymph,  Apollod. 

\Κλεοχάρης,  ονς,  b,  Ckochares,  of 
Chalcis,  Aeschin  44,  2. — 2.  a  rheto- 
rician of  Myrlea,  Diog.  L.  4,  41. 

ΚΑΕ'ΠΟΣ,  εο{•,ΓΟ=κλέ/ί/χα,  Solon 
ap.  Poll.  8,  34.     (Cf.  κλέπτω.) 

Κλεπτέλεγχος,  ov.  {κλέπτης,  ελέγ- 
χω) detecting,  convicting  a  thief,  λίθος 
Diosc.  5,  161. 

Κλεπτέον,  verb.  adj.  from  κλέπτω, 
one  must  conceal,  Soph.  Phil.  57. 

Κλί7ττ//ρ,  7/ροζ•,  ό,  rarer  form  for 

Κ7.έπτ7]ς,  ov,  6,  {κλέπτω)  a  thief, 
II.  3,  1 1  :  in  genl.  anunderhand,  deceit- 
ful dealer.  Soph.  Aj.  1135. 

Κλί  τΓί(57/ζ•,  ov,  ο,  com.  word  form- 
ed like  a  patronym.  from  κλέπτης, 
child  of  a  thief,  Pherect  Incert.  79,  cf. 
κλωπίδης. 

Κλεπτικός,  ή,όν,  (κλέπτω)  thievish, 
belimgtngto  οτ prone  tostealing :  ή κλεπ- 
TiKTj  (sub.  τέχνη)  thieving.  Plat.  Rep. 
334  B.     Adv.  -κώς. 

Κ7ιέπτις,  ιδος,  ή,  fem.  of  κλέπτης,  a 
she-thief,  Alciphr. 

Κλεπτίστατος,  η,  ov,  Att.  super!, 
formed  from  κ?.έπτης,  the  most  arrant 
thief.  Ar.  Plut.  27,  Eupol.  Incert.  114. 

Κ?.επτός,  ή,  όν,  (κλέπτω)  thievish, 
Ar.  Vesp.  933 ;  κ?.επτον  βλέπειν,  to 
liave  a  gallows-look,  lb.  900.  (Others 
write  κλέπτον,  as  if  pres.  part.  neut. 
from  κλέπτω,  v.  MehlhornAnacreont. 
p.  239.) 

Κλεπτοσύνη,  ης,  ή,  thievishness, 
knavery,  uiliness,  Od.  19,  396. 

Κλε-Γρία.  ας,  ή,  fem.  from  κλεπ- 
τήρ.  a  female  thief ,  Sotad.  Έχ/ίλ.  2. 

Κλέπτω,  (v.  sub  fin.) :  fut.  -ψω,  or 
more  usu.  f.  mid.  κλέβομαι. ■  perf. 
κέκλοφα,  perf  pass,  κέκλεμμαι,  Att. 
also  κεκλαμμαι :  aor.  1  pass,  έκλέ- 
φβΐίν  :  aor.  2  pass,  έκλύπην,  inf.  κλ,κ- 
πηναι,  part,  κλαπείς.  [«].  To  steal, 
filch,  c.  ace,  11.,  and  Hes.  (in  whose 
time  it,  like  piracy,  was  not  discred- 
itable, being  ascribed  to  heroes  and 
even  gods,  as  Mercury) ;  κλ.  τι  παρά. 
τίνος,  Hdt.  1,  186:  of  women,  to  car- 
rij  off.  elope  with,  Pind.  P.  4,  445  ;  κλ. 
τονς  μηνύοντας,  to  spirit  away  the  de- 
ponents, Antipho  133,  fin. :  κλέπτειν 
γάμον  δώρυις,  Theocr.  22,  151. — II. 
to  cozen,  cheat,  beguile,  πύρφασις  ίκλε- 
τΐ'ενόον.  II.  14,  217,  Hes.  Th.  613;. 
and  so  Trag. :  absol.,  μη  κλέπτε  νόω,. 
II.  1,  1.32  :  hence  to  mislead,  seduce :  so 
— III.  like  κρύπτω,  to  conceal,  keep  se- 
cret, Pind.  O.  6,  00,  P.  4,  171,  Soph. 
Phil.  57  :  to  disguise,  τοις  ονόμασι  κλ. 
Tu  πράγματα,  Aeschin.  73,  fin. — IV. 
in  genl.  to  do  a  thing  secretly,  artfully 
or  treacherously,  κλ-  κακά.  Soph.  Aj. 
1137;  κλ.  μνύονς,  to  whisper  mali- 
cious rumours,  lb.  189:  so  c.  part., 
κ?.έπτων  ποιεί,  he  does  it  secretly  : 
also,  προβαίνει  το  πρόσω  κλεπτόμε- 
νος,  he  goes  on  blindfold.  Hdt.  7,  49. 
2.  (The  root  is  Κ.\ΕΠ-.  ΚΑΑΠ-, 
\vhich  appear^  in  κλέπος,  aor.  pass. 
κλαπ-ηναι,  Lat.  ch.p-ere :  prob.  akin 
to  κρύπτω,  καλύπτω.  Lob.  Phryn. 
317.) 

Κλέτας,  τό,  prob.=/cλ<'Γυf,  Lye. 
ίΚλεύας,  in  Strab.  p.  582  Κ?,ενης, 
ov,  b,  Cteuas,  son  of  Dorus. 

^Κλενβοτος,  ov,  6,  Dor.=  Kλεό/^o- 
τος.  masc.  pr.  n.,  Anth. 

^Κλεύδύμος.  ov,  b,  Dor.=  KλfΌt5., 
Cleodamns,  father  of  Asopichus,  Pind. 
O.  14,31. 

Κ?ενθω,  for  κελεύβω,  read  by  some 
old  Gramm.,  II.  23,  244. 

^Κ'λεύμβροτος,  ov,  b,  Όθΐ.τ=Κ/.εόμ 
βροτος,  Anth. 


ΚΛΕΩ 

Κ?-εννΙκος,  ου,  ό,  Όοτ.=  Κ/.εόν., 
Clionicus.  Theocr.  1-t,  13. 

Κλ^ψίαμίος.  ου,  ό,  a  kind  of  mttsi- 
ea/!/ii/r«OTe>!f.  Phillisap.Ath.636B.  [t] 

Κ/.ετριγΰμέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  intrigue 
adullerouslfi :  and 

K/itihtyiuiu,  ας,  ή,  illicit  love :  from 

K/.c-ψίγΰμος,  ov,  (κ/.έπτω,  γάμος) 
seeking  stolen  love.  [Ϊ] 

Κ'ΛειΙ'ΐμαως,  a,  ον,^κ?.θ7ημαΙος, 
stolen,  LXX. 

ΚΆε-ψίνοος,  ov,  contr.  -νονς,  ovv, 
(κλέπτω,  νόος)  beguiling  the  mind, 
Nonn.  [t] 

'ΚλεΦίννμ<Ι)θς,  ov,  {κλέτϊτω,  νύμφη) 
=^κ/.ειμίγαμος,  Lye.  [I] 

ΚλεΦίτΓΟτέω,  ώ,  to  drink  unfairly, 
Gramm. :  from 

Κ.λε-φΙτϊότης,  ov,  ό,  (κ?.έ—-ω,  πίνω) 
an  unfair  drinker,  Gramm. 

Κλεύίρβϋτος,  ov,  {κλέπτω,  βέω) 
secretly-flowing,  Hes\'ch. ;  name  of  a 
stream  at  Athens,  which  flowed  some 
distance  under  ground. 

Κ/,ετϋι-όκος.  ov,  (κ/.έπτω,  τεκεϊν) 
bringing  forth  secretly,  Opp.  [t] 

Κλειί/ίόρων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  {ιΟ.έπτω, 
όρήν)  deceiving,  dissembling,  Η.  Horn. 
Merc.  413,  cf.  κ?.εψίνοος. 

Κλεχρίχω/.ος,  ov,  (κ/.έπτω,  χωλός) 
disguising  lameness,  Luc.  [ΐ] 

Κ?.εφνόρα,  ας,  ή,  (κ/.έπτω,  ύδωρ)  α 
water-clock,  made  somewhat  like  our 
sand-glasses,  with  a  narrow  orifice 
through  which  the  water  trickled 
slowly  :  esp.  used  to  time  speeches  in 
law-courts,  Ar.  Av.  1695,  etc. — II. 
Clepsydra,  name  of  an  ebbing  well  at 
Athens,  Schol.  Ar.  Vesp.  858,  Lys. 
91-2 ;  and  another  at  Ithome,  Paus.  4, 
31,  called  also  έμπεδώ,  ή. 

Κλέω,  (κλέος)  v.  sub  κ/.είω,  κλέομαι. 
ίΚλεώ,  ονς,  ή,  poet.=  K/.etcj,  tern, 
pr.  η.,  Anth. 

ίΚλέων,  ωνος,  ό,  Clean,  an  Athen. 
pr.  η. ;  son  of  C  leaenetus,  a  demagogue 
and  commander  in  the•  Peloponnes- 
ian  war.  Thuc.  3,  36;  4,  21;  often 
derided  by  Aristophanes  and  other 
comic  poets. — 2.  son  of  Cleomedon, 
grandson  of  foreg.,  Dem.  1010,  2.-3. 
son  of  Thudippus,  Isae.  74,  34. — 
Others  not  Athen. — 4.  a  tyrant  of 
Sicyon.  Paus.  2,  8,  1. — 5.  a  rhetori- 
cian of  HaUcamassus,  Plut.  Lys.  25. 
— Others  in  Strab.,  etc. 

•  Κλίωναί,  ών,  at,  Cleonae,  a  town  of 
Argolis  near  ISemea  and  Mt.  Tretus, 
now  Courtese,  11.  2,  570 ;  Pind.  O.  10, 
37. — 2.  a  city  near  Mt.  Athos  on  the 
Singiticus  Sinus,  Hdt.  7,  22,  Thuc. 
4,  109. — 3.  a  town  of  Phocis  near  Hy- 
ampolis,  Plut. 

^Κλεωναΐος,  a,  ov,  of  οτ  belonging  to 
Cleonae  (1).  Cleonaean,  uyirv  Κλ.,^ 
ΐίεμεαΐος,  Pind  Ν.  4,  27 ;  oi  Κλεω- 
valoi,  the  inhab.  of  Cleonae,  Thuc.  5, 
67. — II.  a,  Cleonaeus,  masc.  pr.  n., 
Polyb.  16,  9,  1.  _ 

^Κ-λεώνη,  ης,  ή,  Cfeone,  daughter  of 
the  Asopus.  from  whom  Cleonae  was 
said  to  be  named,  Paus.  2,  15,  1. 

ίΚ/.εώνης,  ov,  ό,  Cleones,  son  of  Pe- 
lops,  Paus.  2,  15,  1. 

ίΚ?.εωνίδης,  ου,  ό,  Cleonides,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Plut.  Demetr.  15. 
^Κ'/.εωνίκη,  ης,  τι,=^'Κ.7.εονίκη,λ.η\.)\. 

\Έ.λεωννμίδης,  ου,  ο,  son,  descendant 
of  Cleonymus,  Pind.  I.  4,  6. 

^Κ}.εώννμος,  ov,  b,  Cleonymiis,  a 
Theban.  victor  in  the  Isthmian  games, 
Pind.  I.  3,  2.^.-2.  a  Spartan,  son  of 
Sphodrias,  Xen.  Hell.  5,  4,  25.-3.  a 
Laconian  mentioned  in  Id.  An.  4,  I, 
18. — 4.  an  Athenian  often  derided  by 
.Aristophanes,  Ach.  88,  etc. — Others 
in  Thuc.  4,  132  ;  Plut.,  etc. 
49 


ΚΛΗΡ 

Κλτ? Jef,  Att.  nom.  plur.  from  κλ•^ς 
for  κ'/.εΐόες. 

Ιχλήδην,  adv.  (κα/.έω)  by  name,  II. 
9,  11.  also  ονομακλήδην. 

'Κ.λτ)δονίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (κ/.ηδών)  to 
give  a  sign  or  omen :  hence  in  mid.  to 
accept  a  ihing  as  an  omen,  hX.X.  Hence 

Κ/.γόόνισμα,  ατός,  τύ,  a  sign  or 
omen,  Luc. :  and 

ΚλίΐδοΐΊσμός,  ov,  ό,  the  observing  of 
a  sign  or  omen,  esp.  from  a  voice  or 
sound  :  hence  a  presage. 

Κλι^δανχέω,  -δονχος,  Att.  fox  κλειδ., 

^■^•       , 

Κ?.ηδών,  (not  κ/.ι^δών)  όνος,  ή.  Ion. 
and  Ερ.  κ?^ηδών,  Ερ.  also  κληηδών, 
(κ/.έομαι)  an  omen,  presage  contained 
in  a  word  oi  sound.  Lat.  omen,  like  φή- 
μη, Od.  18.  117  ;  20,  120  (in  Ion.  form 
κλεηδών,  Hdt.  5,  72. — II.  like  κλέος, 
a  rumour,  tidings,  report,  κ/.ηηδων  πα- 
τρός, news  of  my  father,  Od.  4,  317 ; 
absol.,  Hdt.  9, 101,  and  Trag. :  hence 
also  K/..  κα/.ή,  good  report.  Soph. 
O.  C.  258. — 111.  a  calling,  invocation, 
Aesch.  Ag.  228,  Eum.  418. 

Κλφζω,  f.  -σω,=κληΐζω,  κ?<,είζω, 
κ/.είω,  to  make  famous,  to  celebrate,  H. 
Hom.  31,  18. — II.  to  name,  call,  Soph. 
O.  T.  48.         ^  ^ 

Κ/.ηηδών,  όνος,  ή,  Ερ.  for  κ/^ηδών, 
Od.  4,  317. 

Ίίλήβρα,  ar,  η.  Ion.  κλήθρη,  the  alder, 
Lat.  alnus,  Od.  5,  64,  239.  (Perh. 
from  κ/.είω,  to  close,  because  of  its 
thick  foliage,  cf.  Plin.  16,  38.) 

K'/ydpov,  ov,  TO,  Att.  from  the  Ion. 
κλήίθρον,=^κ7.εΙθρον,  q.  v. 

'Κ./.ήβρος,ου,  η,:=κ7.ήθρα,  Theophr. 

Κληϊδες,  ων,  αϊ,  ΙθΏ.=^  Κλείδες. 

Κ?.ηίζω,  {.  -ίσω,  Ιοη.  ίοικ/.εΐζω,  q.  ν. 
Κ/.ηίθρ?/,  ης,  ή,  Ιοη.  for  κ/.ειθρία,  q.  ν. 

Κ'λήίθρον,  ου,  τό,  Ιοη.  for  K/SjUpov, 
κ/.εΐθρον,   Η.  Hom.  Merc.  146.' 

Κ/.ηΐς,  Ιδος,  η,  Ιοη.  for  κλείς,  the 
only  Homer,  form. 

Κ?.ηΐσκω,=κλείζω,  κλ,ηϊζω,  to  call, 
Hipp. 

Κ/.ηϊστός,  η,  όν,  (κ?.7)ω,  κλείω) 
Ιοη.  for  κλειστός,  shut,  that  can  be 
shut  up,  Od.  2,  344. 

Κληϊστός,  ή,  όν,  (κ?.ηίζυ,  κλέος)^ 
κ?.ειτΟΓ. 

Κ/.ηΐω,  ί.  -ίσω,  Ιοη.  for  κλείω  (Α). 

Κλϊ/μα,  ατός.  τό,  (κ/.άω)=κ/.ύδος 
and  κλών,  α  shoot  or  twig  broken  off 
to  be  grafted  on  another  tree,  a  slip, 
cutting,  Xen.  Oec.  19,  8  :  esp.  a  vine- 
twig,  Lat.  palmes,  Ar.  Eccl.  1031  : — 
the  vine-sivitch  of  the  Roman  centu- 
rions, Lat.  vitis,  Plut.    Hence 

Τί.7.ημάτινυς,  η,  ov,  made  of  vine- 
twigs,  Diosc.  [a] 

Κ/.ημάτιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  k?S/- 
μα.  Theophr.  [«] 

Κλημύτίς,  ίδος,  i],  dim.  from  κ/.η- 
μα :  in  plur.  brush-wood,  fagot-wood, 
Ar.  Thesm.  740,  Thuc.  7,  53.— II.  a 
creeping  plant  with  long  lithe  branch- 
es, clematis,  Diosc,  etc. 

Κλημάτίτης,  ου,  ό,  fem.  -ΐτις,  ιδος, 
like  or  with  shoots. — II.  as  suhst.  ή 
κληματΙτις,^=ίοτΒξ.  II.,  Diosc. 

Κλημΰτόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  (κλήμα)  like 
vine-twigs. 

Κλημΰτόομαι,  as  Pass.,  (κλήμα) 
to  shoot  into  long  branches,  luxuriate, 
esp.  of  unpruned  vines.  Soph.  Fr.  239, 
cf.  Theophr.  C.  PI.  2,  10,  3. 

Κ?.ημάτώδης.  ες,  (κλήμα,  είδος)  like 
tendrils  or  vine  shoots,  Diosc. 

^Κλήμης,  εντός,  ό,  the  Rom.  Cle- 
mens,  masc.  pr.  n.,  N.  T. 

^Κληνώ,  ους,  ή,  Cteno,  fem.  pr.  n.,= 
Κ/.εινώ,  Anth. 

Κληρικός,  ή,  όν,  (κ?.ήρος)  of,  belong- 
ing to  an  inheritance. — II.  belonging  to 
the  clergy,  clerical,  Eccl. 


Κ  ΑΗΡ 

Κ/.ηρίον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  κ7.ήρος, 
and  almost  =  to  it. — II.  Dor.  ru  κ7Λ• 
ρία,  bonds,  notes  for  debt,  Plut. 

K7  ηροδοσία,  ας.  ή,  distribution  by 
lot  :  an  inheritance,  Diod.  ;  and 

Κ7.7/ροδοτέωί<^,  f.  -ήσω,  to  give,  dis- 
tribute by  lot,  assign,  LXX. :  from 

Κ7.ηροδότης,  ov,  ό,  (κ7.ήρος,  δίδω- 
μι)  one  who  distributes  by  lot,  or  who 
bequeaths  an  inheritance,  Eccl. 

Κ7.ηρονομέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  be  k7.}}• 
ρονόμος,  to  get,  obtain  by  lot  .•  in  genl. 
to  receive  a  share,  esp.  of  an  inheritance, 
to  inherit,  c.  gen.  rei,  Isae.  47,  11, 
Dera.  444,  13,  etc. ;  also  c.  ace.  rei, 
Lycurg.  159,  4  :  later,  κ7..  τινά,  to  be 
heir  to  one,  Plut.,  and  τινός,  Luc. ; 
Tua  τινός,  Dio  C,  v.  Lob.  Phrjn. 
129. — 2.  in  genl.  to  acquire,  obtain, 
δόξαν,  Polyb. — 11.  to  leave  an  heir  be- 
hind one,  κλ.  νιύν,  LXX.     Hence 

Κ7.ηρονόμημα,  ατός,  τό,  an  inherit- 
ancr,  Luc. 

Κ7.ηρονομία,  ας,  ή,  (κ7.ηρονομέω  2) 
an  inheritance,  Isocr.  393  A  :  in  geul., 
k7..  7.αμ3άνειν  τινός,  to  get  possession 
of  it,  Arist.  Eth.  N.     Hence 

'Κ.7.ηρονομιαΐος,  αία,  alov,  of,  con- 
cerning an  inheritance. 

Κ7.ηρονομικός,  ή,  ov,=^{oTeg. :  he- 
reditary. 

K/  ηρονόμος,  ov,  {κ7.ήρος,  νέμομαι) 
receiving,  having  a  portion  ;  esp.  of  ail 
inheritance :  as  subst..  an  heir,  c.  gen. 
pers.,  Plat.  Legg.  923  Ε ;  c.  gen.  rei, 
Isocr.  386  Β  : — κληρόνομον  καθιστά- 
vai  τινά,  to  make  him  heir,  Dem.  603, 
fin..  ■)μάόειν  τινά,  Anth. 

Κληροπά7.ής,  ές,  ίκ7.ήρος,  πύ7.7ιω) 
distributed  by  shaking  the  lots,  H.  Horn. 
Me.-c.  129. 

Κ7.ήρος,  ov,  6,  Dor.  κλάρος,  a  lot, 
Hom. :  (perh.  from  κ7.άω,  because 
twigs,  potsherds,  or  otlier  κ/.άσματα 
were  used  for  the  purpose.)  In  Horn, 
each  marks  his  own  lot,  and  they  are 
thrown  into  a  helmet  (later  there  was 
a  vase  on  purpose,  κληρωτρίς),  and 
shaken :  the  first  which  cauie  out 
was  the  winning  lot,  II.  7, 175:  hence, 
κλήρους  εμβά7.7.εσθαι,  iv  κννέη  ττύλ- 
7.ειν,  II.  3,  316;  23,  352:  έπϊ  κ7ή- 
ρονς  έ3ά7.οντο,  Od.  14,  209  ;  κλήρω 
■πεπαλάχθαι,  Od.  9,  331 ;  εξίθορε 
κλήρος,  II.  7,  182  ;  κ7.//ρω  λαχείν,  11. 
24,  400,  Hdt.  3,  83  ;  κλήροις  βεοπρο- 
πέων,  divinans  per  sortes,  Pind.  P.  4, 
338,  cf.  Wess.  Hdt.  4,  67,  Tacit. 
Germ.  10.  Later,  dice  were  called 
κλήροι,  because  used  to  decide  any 
thing  doubtful :  hence — 2.  a  casting 
lots,  drawing  lots,  κ7..  τίθεσθαι,  Eur. 

I.  A.  1198. — II.  that  which  is  assigned 
by  lot,  an  allotment,  portion,  esp.  ot 
land  :   an  inheritance,  estate,  property, 

II.  15,  498,  Od.  14,  04,  Hes.  Op.  37, 
343:  and  freq.  in  Att.  orators:  in 
genl.  lands,  oi  κ7..  των  Συρίων,  Hdt. 
1,  76,  cf.  9,  94.— HI.  in  Eccl.  the 
clergy,  as  opp.  to  the  laity,  cf  Num. 
18,  20,  Deut.  18,  2.— IV.  a  inischievous 
insect  in  bee-hives,  also  τζνρανστης, 
Arist.  H.  A.  8,  27,  2,  etc.— Cf. 
μοίρα  VI. 

'Κ.7.ηρονχέω,  ω,  fut.  -?;σω,  to  be  a 
κ7.]]ρονχος,  to  obtain,  possess  by  allot- 
ment, to  have  allotted  to  one,  esp.  of  con- 
quered lands  divided  among  the  con- 
querors, Hdt. 6,100.— II.  /orfitide  lands 
in  this  tvay.  Diod.     Cf.  κ7.ηρονχία. 

Κ7ηρονχημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  portion, 
allotment  of  land,  App. 

Κ7.ηρονχία,  ας,  ή,  the  allotment, 
(i.  e.  apportionment  by  lot)  of  land  in  a 
foreign  country  among  the  citizens  : 
also  the  body  of  citizens  among  whom, 
it  is  divided.  κ7..  εκπέμπείν,  Isocr.  63 
A,  cf.  Thuc.  3,  50.  An  Athenian 
769 


ΚΛΗΤ 

κληρονχία  differed  from  a  colony,  in 
that  tlie  κ'λ7ίμυϋχοι  were  still  citizens 
of  the  mother-country,  with  full  priv- 
ileges, instead  of  forming  an  inde- 
pendent slate.  Indeed  sometimes  (as 
m  the  case  of  Chalcis  and  Lesbos, 
Hdt.  6,  100,  Thuc.  1.  c.)  many  stayed 
at  home,  leaving  their  κ'/ΐ/ροι  to  the 
old  proprietors  as  tenants.  Cf.  Bockh 
P.  E.  2,  1C8-180,  Thirlw.  Hist.  Gr. 
3,  p.  5G.  They  may  be  compared  to 
the  Rom.  coloniae,  which  indeed  is 
translated  by  this  word  in  Plut. 
Hence 

Κ7.ηροΐ'χι.κός,  ή,  όν,  ο/ or  belonging 
to  a  κΆημονχία,  γη,  Ar.  Nub.  203. 

Κ-ληροϋχος,  ov,  {κ?.ΐ/ρος,  εχο)  hold- 
ing, possessed  of  a  κλήρος  or  allotment 
of  land  ;  esp.  of  land  in  a  foreign  coun- 
try portioned  out  among  the  citizens  of 
Athens  ;  as  subst.  a  settler,  (v.  κληρον- 
χία), Hdt.  5,  77,  Thuc.  3,  50,  etc., 
Xat.  agripeta,  Cic.  Nat.  D.  1,  20 : 
hence — 2.  metaph.,  ττολλώΐ'  kruv  κλη- 
ρονχος,  with  old  age  for  her  lot.  Soph. 
A}.  508. 

Κλί/ρύω,  ώ,  (κλήρος)  to  choose  hy 
lot,  τινά,  Hdt.  1,  9-1,  Isocr.  144  A, 
etc.  :  in  genl.  to  choose,  Arist.  Rhet. 
2,  20,  4  :  of  the  lot,  to  fall  on,  ους 
ίκ7.ήρωσεν  τζάλος,  Eur.  Ion  4)6. 
Pass,  to  be  chosen  by  lot,  κληρονσθαί 
τών  αρχόντων,  Lys.  109,  24.  Mid.  to 
cast  lots  for  a  thing,  absol.,  Aesch. 
Theb.  55,  τινός,  Dem.  1318,  10:  c. 
ace,  to  have  allotted  one,  obtain  by  lot, 
Eur.  Tro.  29,  Aeschin.  20,  36:  in 
genl.  to  obtain,  possess,  Hipp.— II.  in 
genl.  to  allot,  assign,  τινί  τι.  Find.  Ο. 
8, 19,  Thuc.  6,  41.  Pass.,  κλιιρονσθαι 
δον?ιΤ/,  to  have  slaver)'/or  one's  lot,  Eur. 
Hec.  102. — III.  in  Eccl.  to  ynnke  a  cler- 
gyman of,  ordain,  τινά.     Hence 

Κ'λήρωσις,  εως,  y,  a  choosing  by  lot, 
τινός.  Plat.  Legg.  950  Ε  :  metaph.  of 
a  dilemma,  choice  of  evils,  Eur. 
Andr.  384. 

Κληρωτ7/ριον,  ου,  τό,  at  Athens  a 
place  in  the  theatre,  where  the  magis- 
trates and  dicasts  (ol  κληρωτοί)  sat, 
Eubul.  01b.  1,  5. — II.  =κληρωτίς,  Ar. 
Eccl.  082,  cf.  Fr.  194.— III.  the  place 
where  elections  by  lot  were  held,  Plut. 

Κληρωτής,  ού,  ό,  (/ίλ;/ρόω)  one  who 
casts  lots. 

Κλημωτί,  adv.  by  lot,  LXX. 
Κ/.ηρωτικός,  ή,  όν,  of,  belonging  to, 
for  casting  lots. 

Κληρωτός,  ή,  όν,  (κληρόω)  appoint- 
ed by  lot,  esp.  of  magistrates,  dicasts, 
etc.,  usu.  opp.  to  αιρετός,  κεχεψοτο- 
νημενος  (elected).  Plat.  Legg.  759  B, 
Isocr.  205  A.     Adv.  -τώς. 

Κ?ιηρωτρίς,  ίόος,  ή,  a  vase  for  cast- 
ing lots  in,  esp.  at  elections. 

K/.;/f,  7^ύύς,  ή,  Att.  for  κ/.είς,  q.  v. 
Κλήσις,  εως,  ή,  {κα?.έω)  a  calling  : 
esp. — 1.  a  calling  into  court,  legal  sum- 
mons, Ar.  Nub.  1189,  cf.  καλέω,  κλη- 
τενω,  κ'λητήρ :  hence  an  indictment, 
Xen.  Hell.  1,  7,  13.— 2.  a  calling,  in- 
vitation to  a  feast,  Xen.  Symp.  1,  7, 
εις  TO  πρυτανεΐον,  Dem.  351,  2. — 3.  a 
name,  appellation.  Plat.  Pollt.  202  D. 
— II.  in  Dion.  H.,  κλήσεις  and  κα?ιέ- 
σεις  are  the  Rom.  classes,  which  word 
he  derives  therefrom ! 

Κλί]σις,  εως,  ή,  {κλτιω,  κλείω)  α 
shutting  up.  closing,  ?.ιμένων,  Thuc. 

2,  94,  cf.  7,  70. 

Κλί/σω,  fut.  from  κλ7/ω  or  κλ-ι/ζω. 

^Κλ'ησώ,  ονς,  ή,  Cleso,  daughter  of 
Cleson,  Paus.  1,  42,  7. 

\Κλήσων,  ωνος,  ό,  Cleson,  son  of 
Lele.x,  Paus.  1.39,  6. 

^Κλήτα,  ή,  Cleta,  fern.  pr.  n.,  Paus. 

3.  18,  6. 

Κλητ'εος,  έα,  ίον,  verb.  adj.  of  κ.α• 
770 


ΚΛΙΜ 

λέω,  to  he  called,  named.  Plat.  Rep. 
341  D. — II.  κλητέον,  one  mwst  call,  lb. 
470  D. 

Κλήτευσις,  εως,  ή,  v.  sq. 
Κ?^ητενω,  (καλέω,  κλητός)  to  cite, 
summon  into  court,  Dem.  277,  14 : 
esp.  to  cite  a  reluctant  witness  under 
penalty  (cf.  our  subpoena),  Dem.  890, 
17,  Att.  Process  p.  672,  also  ίκκλη- 
τεύω. — Π.  to  be  a  witiiess,  give  evidence, 
Ar.  Nub.  1218 ;  τινί.  Id.  Vesp.  1413, 
v.  sq.  II. 

Κλητήρ,  ΐ/ρος,  ό,  (καλέω)  one  who 
calls,  a  sompnour,  summoner,  Ar.  Av. 
147:  in  genl.= /v?;pvf,  Aesch.  Supp. 
022  :  metaph.,  κλ.  'Έφιννος,  Id.  Theb. 
574. — II.  a  witness,  bystander,  called  to 
prove  that  this  legal  summons  has  been 
served  (cf.  Horace's  '  licet  antestari'), 
Ar.  Vesp.  189,  1408  (in  which  places 
it  is  oft.  interpr.  ayi  ass,  and  Passow 
connects  it  with  clitellae !  but  the 
Schol.  rightly  explains  as  a  joke  τταρα 
ποοςδοκίαν),  cf.  Dem.  542,  19,  and 
κλήσις. 

Κλητικός,  η,  όν,  of,  belonging  to 
calling  or  naming:  ή  -κή,  sub.  ιττώσις, 
Lat.  cassis  vocativus,  Gramm. 

^Κλήτις,  ως,  ό,  Cletis,  masc.  pr.  n., 
Polyb.  25,  2,  15. 

Κλητός,  ή,  όν,  (καλέω)  called,  invi- 
ted, hence  welcome,  Od.  17,  380  :  called 
out,  chosen,  II.  9,  105. 

Κλήτωρ,  ορός,  h,  (καλέω)=κ7.ΐ]τήρ. 
Κληω,  contr.  for  κληίω,  κ?.είω  (A). 
Κ'λίβΰνίτης,  ov,  ό,  κλίβανοειόής, 
ες,  κλίβανος,  ύ,  ν.  sub  κριβαν-. 

ΚλΧδόν,  adv.  (κλίνω)  dub.  1.  for 
εγκλαδόν. 

Κλίμα,  ατός,  τό,  (κ7.ίνω)  an  inclin- 
ation, slope,  esp.  of  ground,  Lat.  clivus, 
Polyb. — II.  the  supposed  slope  of  the 
earth  from  the  equator  towards  the 
pole :  hence — 2.  a  region  or  zone  of 
the  earth,  parallel  of  latitude,  clime, 
Vitruv.  1,  1. — 3.  the  weather,  etc.  de- 
pendent 071  this  position,  climate.   [Γ] 

Κλίμάζω,  fut.  -ύσω,  dub.  1.  for  κλι- 
μακίζω. 

Κλίμάκειον,  ον,τό,=κλιμάκιον  II., 
the  round  of  a  ladder. 

Κλΐμΰκ7]δόν,  adv.  (κ7ιΐμαξ)  like  a 
ladder  or  stairs. 

Κ7.ϊμακη(ρόρος,  ov,  poet,  for  κλιμα- 
κοφόρος. 

Κλιμακίδιον,  ov,  τό,^=κλιμάκιον, 
Amips.  Conn.  6. 

ΚλίμΰκΙδόν,  &άν.==κ7.ιμακηδόν. 
Κλίμΰκίζί),  f.  -ίσω,  to  use  the  tvrest- 
ler's  trick  called  κ7.ΐμαξ  (v.  sub  voc. 
III.),  Poll. :  hence — II.  metaph.  to 
per7>ert,  distort,  τονς  νόμους,  Dinarch. 
ap.  Suid. 

Κ7.ιμάκιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  «-λί- 
μαξ,  a  small  stair  or  ladder,  Ar.  Pac. 
69. — 2.  the  round  of  a  ladder,  Hipp.  ; 
also  κλίμάκειον. 

Κλίμάκίς,  ίδος,  ή,  dim.  from  κλΙ- 
μαξ,  a  small  ladder,  stair  or  set  of  steps. 
— 2.  a  wo77ian  who  7nakes  a  step-ladder 
of  herself,  by  letting  persons  step  on 
her  back  to  mount  a  carriage,  Plut. 
2,  50  E,  Ath.  250  D._ 

Κ7ΰμάκίσκος,  ov,  6,  dim.  from  κ7λ- 
μαξ. 

Κ7.ϊμΰκισμός,  ov,  δ,  (κλιμακίζω)  a 
trick  of  boxers  or  wrestlers,  Hesych., 
cf.  κλϊμάξ  III. 

Κ7-Ιμάκόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  {κ7ιίμαξ)  with 
a  staircase  or  ladder,  with  steps,  Nonn., 
and  v.  1.  II.  2,  729. 

Κλϊμα,κοφόρης,  ov,  poet,  also  κλι- 
μακ?/φόρος,  (κ7ΰμαξ,  φέρω)  beari7ig  a 
ladder,  Polyb. — 2.  bearing  a  corpse  on  a 
bier.  v.  κλΐμαξ  VI. 

Κ7αμακτήρ,  ήρος,  ό,  (κλΐμαξ)  the 
step   of  a   staircase,  round  of  a  ladder, 

Hipp.,  and  Eur.  Hel.  1570. — II.  me- 


ΚΛΙΝ 

taph.  a  dangerous  pmise  or  stop  in  a 
man's  life,  a  climacteric,  generally  de- 
termined by  multiples  of  7,  as  35,  49, 
63,  esp.  the  last,  Gell.  3,  10;  15,  7. 
Hence 

Κλίμακτηρικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to 
a  stair  or  ladder,  κ7ι.  ίνίαντός,  climac- 
terical  year. 

Κλίμάκώδης,  ες,  (κλΐμαξ,  είδος) 
like  a  ladder  or  stairs,  tcrrassed,  Strab. 

Κλιμακωτός.?},  όν,  as  from  κλιμα- 
κόω.  made  like  a  ladder  or  stairs,  ter- 
rassed,  Polyb. 

Κλΐμαξ,  άκος,  ή,  (κλίνω)  a  ladder 
or  staircase,  because  of  its  lemiing 
aslant,  Od.  1,  330;  10,  558,  etc.:  a 
scaling-ladder,  Aesch.  Theb.  460,  etc. : 
a  .■ihip's  ladder,  elsewh.  άττοβύβρα, 
Eur.  I.  T.  1382  ;  κλ.  έλικτή,  a  wind- 
ing-stair :  κλ.  στνπττίνη,  a  rope-lad- 
der.—IL  an  instrument  like  a  ladder, 
on  which  persons  to  be  tortured  were 
tied,  Ar.  Ran.  618.— III.  in  Soph.  Tr. 
521,  κ7ύμακες  άμφίπλεκτοι,  is  used  of 
a  certain  wrestler's  tnck,  variously  ex- 
plained, V.  Herm. — IV.  in  rhetoric,  a 
climax,  i.  e.  a  gradual  ascent  from 
weaker  expressions  to  stronger.  Lat. 
gradatio,  as  in  Dem.  288,  9  sq.,  and  ill 
Cicer.  abiit  evasit  ervpit,  cf.  Cic.  de 
Orat.  3,  54. — V.  part  of  a  chariot,  viz. 
blocks  of  wood  pl:iccd  above  the  axle, 
and  narrowing  like  steps,  Arr.,  cf. 
Poll.  1,  253.— VI.  a  bier.     Hence 

Κλΐμαξ,  ακος,  η,  Cli77iax,  the  west- 
ern extremity  of  Taurus  in  Lycia, 
Strab.  p.  66(3. — 2.  a  mountain  in 
Coele-Syria,  extending  to  the  Phoe- 
nician coast  near  Byblus,  Id.  p.  755. 
— 3.  a  mountain  in  Arcadia,  Paus.  8, 
G,  4. 

Κλίμάτίας,  ov,  6,  σεισμός,  a  kind 
of  earthquake,  ■=.  ίπικ7.ίντης,  Amm. 
Marccll. 

Κλίνάριον.  ov,  TO, dim.  from  κλίνη, 
a  small  bed,  Ar.  Fr.  33. 

Κ7Λνειος,  β,  ov,  of  or  belonging  to  a 
bed,  Dem.  816,  19.  ft  J 

K7UV7),  ης,  η,  (κλίνω)  that  on  ivhich 
07ie  lies,  a  Couch,  bed,  oft.  in  Hdt.,  and 
Att. ;  κλίνην  στρωννύναι,  to  make 
up  a  bed,  Hdt.  6,  139:  also  used  as  a 
bier.  Plat.  Legg.  947  B,  D  :  ιερά  κλί- 
νη, the  lectisterniimi  or  putvi7)ar  Oeo- 
rum  of  the  Romans.  The  κλΐναί 
were  often  richlv  adorned  with  gold 
and  silver.  Hdt.'l.  50;  9,  82;  with 
ivory  legs,  Plat.  (Com.)  Incert.  8,  etc. 
Cf.  Diet.  Antiqq.  voc.  lectzis.  [i] 

Κ7ιΙνήρης,  ες,  (κλίνη,  άρω)  bed- 
ridden, in  bed,  Lat.  lecto  affijcus,  Plut. 

Κλίνηφόρος,  ov,  (κλίνη,  φέρω)  car- 
rying a  bed. 

Κλίνθη,  Ep.  and  poet.  3  sing.  aor. 
1  pass,  from  κλίνω,  for  έκλίνθη,  II. 
inf.  κλαΉήναι,  11.  part.  κλιιΌείς. 

Κλίνίδιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  κλίνη. 

Κ7ΰνικός,  ή,  όν,  (κλίνη)  of  or  belong- 
ing to  a  bed :  as  subst.,  ύ  κλινικός,  a 
physician  that  visits  his  patients  in 
their  beds,  Anth. :  ή  κλινική,  Sub. 
τέχνη,  his  art  or  7nethod,  Plin. 

Κ7ύνίς,  ίδος,  ή,  dim.  from  κλίνη,=^ 
κ7.ινίδιον,  Ar.  Thesrn.  2G1. 

Κ7.1νοκοσμέω,  ω,  ί.  -ήσω,  to  arrange 
beds  or  couches :  metaph.  to  be  always 
talking  of  such  things,  Polyb.  12,  24,  3. 

Κ7ΐνοττά7ίη,  ης,  ή,  {κ7ιΐνη,  πάλη)  a 
bed-wrestling,  Sueton.    [ΰ] 

Κ7,Ινοπετής,  ές,  (κ7ανη,  πίπτω) 
bed-ridden,  Xen.  Hell.  5,  4,  58. 

ΚλίΓοπη)  ία,  ας,  ή,  (κλινοπηγός)  α 
making  nf  beds.  Thcophr. 

Κλίνοπί/γιον,  ου,  τό,  α  place  where 
beds  are  made :  from 

Κ7.ϊνηπη•}ός,  ή,  or,  (n7.iv7i,  πήγνν 
μι)  makiiif^  belts.  Inscr. 

Κ7.ΐνοπόόιον,  ου,  τό,  an  umbellife 


ΚΑΙΝ 

rous  plant,  the  tufts  of  which  are  like 
the  knobs  at  the  feet  of  a  bed,  pulegium 
montanuriL•,  Galen,  and  Plin. 

Κ.7.1νοπού.κός,  ?),  όν,  belonging  to  the 
making  of  beds :  η  -kj],  sub.  τέχντ),  the 
art  of  making  beds :  from 

Κ?ΰνοποιός,  όν,  {κΤίίνη,  ποιέω) 
making  beds,  bedsteads,  etc.,  Plat.  Rep. 
59θ  Ε,  etc. 

K/UvOKOVQ,  ποδός,  o.thefootofa  bed. 

Κ?ιίνονργός.  or,  {κλίνΐ],  *€μγω)  = 
κλινοποώς,  Plat.  Rep.  597  A. 

Κ'λϊνοφόρος,  ον,=κλινηψόρος. 

Κλϊνοχάρήζ,  ες,  {κλίνη,  χαίρω) 
fond  of  bed,  Luc. 

K?uvrrip.  ήρος,  ό,  (κλίνω)  a  coitcJi, 
easy  chair,  Od.  18,  190,  Theocr.  2,  86, 
etc. 

K?uv~rwiov,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  k?.iv- 
τήρ,  Ar.  Fr.  342. 

ΚΛΙ'ΝΩ  [i]  :  fut.  κ7Ζνώ  :  aor.  έαλί- 
va,  mid.  εκλίνάμην,  pass,  εκλίνθην 
and  εΐί'λίΟην  [ί],  both  in  Horn.,  j-et 
έκλίνθιμ•  is  β.\ο1η8ίν6  Ep.  and  poet. : 
much  more  rare  in  aor.  2  pass.,  and 
prob.  only  in  compds.  like  κατακλΧ- 
VT/vai,  Αγ.,  and  Plat.,  ξνγκατακ?ΰ- 
νείς,  Ar.  Ach.  981,  (cf.  infr.  IV.) :  pf. 
pas.s.  κέκ/ιΐμαι. — Radic.  signf.,  to  make 
bend  or  boiv,  make  slope  or  slant,  Lat. 
inclinare,  κ?ί~  τά?.ανΓα,  to  make  the 
scales  slant,  i.  e.  incline  or  turn  the 
scale,  11.  19,  223 ;  hence,  also,  κλ. 
Ύρώας,  ^Αχαίονς  κλ.,  to  make  them 
bend,  give  way,  turn  them  to  flight,  II. 
5,  37,  Od.  9,  59 ;  so,  μάχην  κλ.,  Lat. 
inclinare  aciem,  11. 14,510:  so.metaph., 
ήμερα  κλίνει  κάνάγει  τταλιν  άπαντα 
τάνθρώπεια.  Soph.  Aj.  131. — II.  to 
make  one  thing  sta?it  or  slope  against 
another,  lean,  prop  or  rest  it  against, 
re  προς  τι,  II.  23,  171,  510,  ίς  τι,  Eur. 
Or.  227 ;  also  τινί  τι,  σάκε'  ώμοισι 
κλίναντες,  1.  e.  raising  their  shields 
so  that  the  upper  run  rested  on  their 
shoulders,  11.  11,  592. — III.  to  turn 
aside,  κλ.  άρματα  προς  ενώπια,  II.  8, 
435,  cf.  Soph.  Ο.  C.  193:  so,  άσσε 
•πάλιν  κλ.,  to  turn  back  the  eyes,  II.  3, 
427. — IV.  to  make  another  recline  or  sit 
down.  esp.  at  meals,  Hdt.  9, 16,  where 
others  take  it  intrans.,  and  Dind. 
reads  κ'λινηναι  as  aor.  2  pass. — V.  in 
Gramm.  to  inflect  nouns  and  verbs, 
decline  or  conjugate,  cf.  κλίσις  V. 

Β.  pass,  to  be  bent.,  άφ  εκλίθη,  of  a 
spear's  point,  Od.  19,470;  to  bend  aside, 
bow  down,  esp.  so  as  to  shun  a  blow,  II. 
7,  254 :  of  battle,  to  turn,  εκλίνθη  όέ 
μάχη,  Hes.  Th.  711  :  so  too  intr.  in 
act..  Polyb. — II.  to  lean,  rest,  stay  one's 
self  upon  or  against  a  thing,  c.  dat., 
άσπίσι  κεκ7αμέναι,  II.  3,  135,  cf.  22, 
3  ;  κλισιΐφ  κεκλ.,  Od.  17,  29  :  also  in 
jnid.,  κ?Λνάμενος  σταθμώ,  Od.  17, 
340 :  also,  ες  τι,  Hdt.  4,  73.— ΠΙ.  to 
lie  down,  II.  10,  350,  etc.  ;  esp.  at 
jneals,  Lat.  discum.bere,  Hdt.  1,  211  : 
παραΐ  λεχέεσσι  K/uOf/vai,  to  lie  beside 
the  bride,  Od.  18,  213 ;  of  things,  to 
lie,  H.  10,  472,  Od.  11,  194  :  to  lie  hid, 
11.  5,  350. — 2.  of  places,  to  be  sloping, 
71pvri,  άλί  κεκΜμένη,  sloping  toicards 
the  lake,  the  sea,  Od.  4,  008  ;"  13,  235  : 
hence  of  persons,  i.  e.  their  places  of 
abode,  Όρέσβιος  7ΐμνη  κεκ?  ιμένος 
Κηφισίδι,  11.  5,  709  ;  ρ)/γμϊνι  θαλάσ- 
σης κεκ7ίίαται  (Ερ.  for  κέκ7.ινται), 
II.  16,  68,  cf.  15,  740  :  later,  τόποι 
κεκλιμένοι  προς  ίνατη7άς,  εις  τάς 
άρκτους,  etc.,  Polyb. — IV.  to  wonder 
from  the  right  course,  νανς  κεκλιμένη, 
Theogn.  851.• — C.  mid.  to  decline,  κλι- 
ναμένης  μεσημβρίης.  Hdt.  3,  114.,  cf. 
άποκ7ύν(,)  .•  and  so  later  intr.  in  act., 
ΰ  τ/λιος  κλίνει,  ή  ήμερα  κλίνει,  the 
.«iun,  the  day  declines,  Polyb.,  and  N. 
Ύ. — D.  intr.  in  act.,  like  Lat.  vergere. 


ΚΑΙΣ 

V,  supr.  B.  I  fin.,  and  C :  κ7Λνειν  επΙ 
TO  χείρον,  to  fall  atvay,  decline,  decay, 
Xen.  Mem.  3,  5,  13,  and  so  absol., 
Polyb.  (Hence  κ/.ισία,  κ7ιΐ~ύς,  cf. 
Jjat.  clino,  acclitw,  inclino,  clii;v.s, 
etc.) 

ίΚλίνωι^,  ωνος,  ό,  Clinon,  a  Grecian 
commander  in  Carthage,  Diod.  S.  20, 
38. 

Κ72σία,  ας,  ή.  Ion.  κ7ΰ.σίη,  ης,  (κ7ύ- 
νω)  α  place  for  lying  down  or  reclining  : 
hence — I.  a  hut  or  any  slight  building, 
used  as  a  temporary  dwelling-place  : 
in  Horn,  these  κ/.ισίαι  are  of  two 
kinds, — 1,  for  use  in  time  of  peace,  the 
huts,  cots  in  which  herdsmen  passed 
the  night,  sought  shelter  against 
rough  weather,  and  kept  their  stores; 
the  usu.  signf.  in  Od.,  but  in  II.  only 
once,  18,  589.  Since  such  a  hut 
had  several  compartments,  the  plur. 
was  somtimes  used  of  one,  Od.  16, 

I,  (though  even  here  V/olf  has  the 
sing.) — 2.  for  use  in  war,  huts  or  cots, 
such  as  besiegers  lived  in  during  long 
sieges ;  the  usu.  signf  in  II.,  seldom 
in  Od. :  sometimes  also  in  plur.  in- 
stead of  suig.,  II.  15,  478  ;  23.  254  : 
these  war-cabins  corresponded  in 
their  use  to  our  linen  tents,  but  it 
appears  from  II.  24,  448  sq.  that  they 
were  of  wood  ;  hence,  κλ.  εντυκτος, 

II.  10,  5G6,  and  εύπηκτος,  II.  9,  663  : 
hence  also  an  army  on  breaking  up 
did  not  strike  the  κ7.ισίαι  and  take 
them  away,  but  burnt  them  on  the 
spot,  Od.  8,  501  :  the  κλισίαι  all  to- 
gether formed  a  camp.  Post-Hom., 
the  word  σκηνή  came  up  instead, 
and  K7uaia  remained  in  use  only 
with  the  poets. — II.  any  thing  for  ly- 
ing down  or  sitting  upon  :  esp. — 1.  a 
couch,  easy  chair,  Od.  4,  123;  dec- 
orated with  gold  and  ivory,  Od. 
19,  55:  more  usu.  κ7ιΐσμός.—%  a 
couch  for  reclining  on  at  table,  seat  with 
cushions,  Pind.  P.  4,  237  ,  also  α  place 
on  such  couch,  κ?.,  άτιμος,  Plut. — 3.  a 
bed,  nuptial  bed,  Eur.  Ale.  994,  I.  T. 
857. — III.  a  company  of  people  sitting 
at  meals,  N.  T. — IV.  a  reclining  or  ly- 
ing. Plut. 

l\.7.laiar,  άδος,  ή,  {κλίνω)  usu.  in 
plur.  κ7Λσιάδες.  ων,  al,  folding  doors 
or  gates,  Philo,  Plut.,  etc. ;  hence 
metaph.  an  entrance,  way  in,  Hdt.  9, 
9.  But  Dind.  would  always  write 
κλ.εισιάδες  from  κλείω,  cf.  κλίσιον 
fin.  _ 

Κ7ΰσίηθεν,  adv.,  (κλισία)  out  of  or 
from  a  cot  or  hut,  II.  1,  391,  etc.,  cf. 
κλισία  I.  2. 

Κ/.ΐσίηνδε,  adv.,  into  or  to  a  cot  or 
hut,  11.  1,  185,  cf.  κλισία  I.  2. 

Κ7ύσιον,  ου,  τό,  the  yard  and  out- 
buildings round  a  κ?.ΐπία  or  herd.'unau's 
cot  (cf.  κλισία  1. 1),  Od.  24.  208,  where 
however  Dind  would  read  κΑ.ισιών, 
ωνος,  ό.  [κλί] — II  in  Att.  a  mean 
house,  hut,  hovel,  opp.  to  a  regular 
dwelling-house,  Lys.  121,  35  :  a  house 
of  ill  fame,  Dem.  270,  10.  Ικ7ύ-,  ace. 
to  Draco  57,  19,  cf.  .\ntiph.  .\cestr.  2, 
so  that  in  Att.,  Dind.  (ap.  Steph. 
Thesaur.)  would  write  κλεισίον  from 
κ7ιείω,  and  this  is  a  common  v.  1.,  cf. 
κ7ιΐσιάς.] 

Κλίσις,  εως,  ή,  {κ7ύνω)  α  bending, 
inclination,  Plut.  :  decline,  sinking  of 
the  sun,  Dion.  P. — II.  a  lying  down, 
lying,  Eur.  Tro.  113. — III.  a  turning 
aside,  ivheeling  right  or  left,  of  soldiers, 
Polyb. — ΐν.=  Λ-λ///α  U.,  a  region,  clime, 
Dion.  P. — V.  in  Gramm.,  the  inflexion 
of  nouns  and  verbs,  declension  or  con- 
jugation. [κ7.ΐ] 

Κλισμός,  ην,  ό,  {κ7ύνω)  α  couch, 
easy-chair,  like  κλισία  II.  1,  oft.  in 


KAON 

Horn. ;  adorned  with  gold,  Π.  8,  436  • 
sometimes  tapestried,  II.  9.200 ;  some- 
times with  a  footstool  {θρήννς),  Od. 

4,  136. 

^Κλίτερνα,  ης,  ή,  Cliterna,  a  city  of 
the  Aequi,  Strab. 

Κ7ΰτικός,  ή,  όν,  (κλίνω)  belonging 
to  the  gramm.  inflexion  of  a  word,  E. 
M.  p.  295,  14. 

Ιίλϊτός,  ή,  όν,  {κλίνω)  sloping, 
shelving,  dub. 

Κλίτος,  τό,=  κλιτνς,  Lj'c. — II. = 
κλίμα  II.,  a  clime,  Anth. — 2.  in  getd. 
the  lower  part,  further  end  of  a  place, 
LXX.     Late  word.  [I] 

Κ7.ΐτος,  εος,  τό,  {κ7ύνω)=κ7.ιτνς. 
Αρ.  Rh.  1,  599.  ^ 

ΚλίΓΐ'ζ•,  ύος,  ή,  ace.  ρ1.  κ7.ιτνς,  Π. 
16,  390,  (κλίνω)  α  sloping  place,  slope, 
declivity,  hill,  Lat.  clivus,  11.  1.  c,  Od. 

5,  470.  [i  always:  ν  in  ace.  κ/ατύν 
in  Od.  1.  c,  in  arsis ;  but  never  so  in 
Att.,  Schaf.  Mel.  p.  73,  Monk  Eur. 
Hipp.  227.] 

άκλιτων,  ωνος,  ό,  Cliton,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  (Eur.)  Epist.  1. 

^Κλοί7.ιος,  ου,  ό,  the  Rom.  Cloelius, 
Plut. 

Κ7Μΐός,  of),  ό,  with  heterog.  plur. 
Tu  κλ.οιά  besides  the  usu.  oi  κ7.οιοί, 
Att.  κλφός,  (κλείω)  : — a  collar  for  a 
dog,  Eupol.  Κολ.  1,  16:  esp.  a  large 
wooden  collar,  put  on  mischievous 
dogs,  Ar.  Vesp.  897,  Xen.  Heil.  2,  4, 
41 :  hence  also  a  sort  οϊ pillorq,  lb.  3, 
3,  11.  cf.  Eur.  Cycl.  235  :  also'by  way 
of  ornament,  χρνσεος  κ7..,  lb.  184  :  cf. 
κύφων.     Hence 

Κλοίόω,    ώ,    to    put    on    a    collar. 

Κ7.οΐστμον  or  κλίΐιστροι•,  ου,  τό,^= 
κ7ιεΐστρον,  Hesych. :  hence  our  clois- 
ter. 

Κλύίώτης,  ov,  b,  (κλοιόω)  one  who 
has  a  collar  on,  and  80=όεσμώτης,  ap. 
Hesych. :  also  κ7Μΐωτός. 

^Κλονάς  ά,  ό,  Clonas,  a  composer 
of  llute  music,  Plut. 

Κ/.ονέω,  ω,  t.  -ήσω,  (κ7ίόνος)  to 
move  violently,  in  II.  (never  in  Od.) 
usu.  to  drive  an  enemy  in  confusion 
before  one,  11.  22,  188  ;  and  more  ile- 
finitely,  προ  εΟεν  κλονέειν  ώύ/αγ- 
γας.  11.  5,  96  ;  absol.,  il.  11,  496,  526  : 
so  of  cattle  chased  by  a  lion,  11.  15, 
324  ;  iif  clouds  driven  by  the  wind,  II. 
23,213;  and  of  fire  rolled  along  by 
it,  II.  20,  492  :  later  in  genl.  to  con- 
found, agitate,  distract.  Soph.  O.  C. 
1241,  1244.  Pass,  to  flee  in  confusion, 
be  routed.  II.  3,  93  ;  4,  302,  etc.  ;  but 
in  Hes.  Sc.  317,  παρ  δ'  ίχθύες  έκ7.ο- 
νέοντο,  beside  the  fishes  tumbled; 
so  of  bees,  to  swarm,  Ap.  Rh.  Only 
poet.     Hence 

Κ7.όνησις.  εως,  ή,  commotion,  agita- 
tion, like  κ/.όνος,  Hipp. 

^Κ/Μΐ'ίη,  ης,  ή,  Clonia,  a  nymph, 
ApoUod. — 2.  an  Amazon,  Qu.  Sm.  1, 
42. 

tKAoi'i'of,  ου,  6,  Clonius,  son  of 
Alector,  leader  of  the  Boeotians  be- 
fore Troy,  II.  2,  495. — 2.  son  of  Priam, 
Apollod. 

Κ/όΐ'ίΓ,  ιος,  ή,  the  bone  at  the  end  of 
the  spine,  the  os  sacrum,  Antim.  59  :  cf. 
Lat.  clwiis. 

Κ7.ονοκύρδίος,  ov,  (κλονέω,  καρ- 
δία) heart-moving,  Orph.  Hymn.  19,  8. 

ΚΑΟ'ΝΟΣ.  01',  ό,  any  violent  con- 
fused motion,  in  II.  always  the  throng 
and  press  of  battle,  in  II.  (never  in  Od.) 
esp.  of  persons  fleeing  in  confusion, 
the  baffle-rout,  κατά  κ7.όνον,  II.  16, 
331,  713,  729:  κλόνος  έγχειάων,  the 
throng  of  spears,  11.  5,  167;  20.  319 
later  in  genl.  tumult,  throng,  Ar.  Nub. 
387 :  still  later  an  earthquake.  Cf. 
κλονέω. 

771 


ΚΛΤΖ 

Κ?.ονώόης,  ες,  {κλόνος,  είδος)  tu- 
multuous, Galen. 

Κ?.οπαίος,  αία,  αΐον,  {κλώψ)  stolen, 
■πνρ,  Aesch.  Fr.  110,  cf.  Eur.  Ale. 
1035:  also  stolen,  secret.  Plat.  Legg. 
934  C. 

Κλοττεία,  v.  sub  κλωπεία. 

Κλοττεΐον,  ov,  TO,  any  thing  stolen, 
Max.  Tyr. 

Κλοττεύς,  έως,  ό,—  κ?.ώψ,  a  thief, 
stealer.  Soph.  Phil.  77  :  in  genl.  a  se- 
cret doer,  perpetrator,  Id.  Ant.  493. 

Κ/ιΟ-ενω,  V.  sub  κ?.ω~(ύω. 

Κ?.ο-ή,Τ/ς.ή.Ο:λέττοι)  theft,  A.esch. 
Ag.  403,  and  Eur. ;  opp.  to  the  bolder 
ίφτζαγί]  or  robbery.  Plat.  Leg?.  941  B. 
— 2.  of  authors,  ;)/ii^>-iiins?n,  Philostr. 
— II.  a  secret  act  Or  transaction,  fraud, 
Eur.  H.  F.  100,  Aeschin.  35,  25  ;  κΊο- 
mj,  by  stealth  or  fraud,  Soph.  Phil. 
1025  :  ττοδοΐν  κλοτταν  άρέσθαι,  i.  e. 
to  steal  away,  Id.  Aj.  245. 

Κλοττία,  ας,  ή,^κλο-η. 

Κ?Μ7Γΐκός,  V.  sub  κλωπίκής. 

ΚλοττΐμαΙος,  αία,  atov,=:sq.,  Luc. 
Adv.  -ως. 

Κ?ιότημος,  η,  ον,  thievish,  Ps.-Phoc. 
143.— 2.  .Wo/en, Id.l27,Gaisf.  Κά\.-μως. 

Κ7ώτηος,  a.  ον,  (κλώψ)  thievish, 
artful,  μνθοι,  Od.  13,  295. 

Κ?ιθπός,  οϋ,  ό,=  κλοπεύς,  κλώψ,  α 
thief  Η.  Horn.  Merc.  270. 

Κ/Μποφορέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  [ιΛοπή, 
φέρω)  to  steal  from,  rob,  LXX.    Hence 

Κ'λοτΐοφόρημα,  ατός,  -is,  a  theft. 

Κλοτοπενω,  only  in  II.  19,  149,  ov 
γίιρ  χρη  κ?.οτοπενειν,  'tis  not  good 
to  deal  subtly,  to  .ipin  out  time  by  false 
pretences  :  seemingly  a  lengthd.  poet, 
form  of  κ7.ε—τω,  κλωπενω. 

fKlovvia,  ας.  ή,  Clfinia.  ■a  city  of 
Hispania  Tarraconensis,  Dio  C 

'ίΚ.Άοΰσίον,  ov,  τό,  Cliisimn,  a  city 
of  Etruria,  Polyb.  2,  '25,  1 :  ol  Κλου- 
σΐνοί,  the  inhab.  of  Clusimn,  and  ?/ 
'K?Mvaivy,  [<]  the  territory  of  CL, 
Strab. 

^Κλούσιος,  ov,  o.  Clusius,  a  river 
of  Gallia  Transpadana,  Polyb. 

Κλί'βύτι,ς,  ή,  a  plant,  also  έ'λξίνη. 

[C] 

Κ7.ύδα,  metapli.  ace.  of  κ?.ύδων, 
as  if  from  κ7.νς,  Nic. 

Κ?.νδάζομαι,  f.  ■άσομαι,=  κλυδω- 
νίζομαι.    Hence 

Κ?.νδασμός.  ov,  b,  a  surging,  dash- 
ing of  ivaves,  Strab. 

Κλνδύ-τομαι,=  κ7.νδωνίζομαί,  Di- 
og.  L.  5,  66. 

Κ7.νδίθς,  a,  ov,  surging,  dashing, 
Gramm.  [ΰ]    From 

Κ?Λ'(5ωΐ',  ωνος,  b,  (κλύζω)  a  rvave, 
billoiv,  surge,  Od.  12,  421,  and  Att. 
poets. — II.  metaph.,  κλ.  κακών,  aflood 
of  ills,  Aesch.  Pers.  599  ;  so,  κλ-  ξνμ- 
φοράς,  έριδος,  Eur. :  also,  κλ.  έφατ- 
ιτος,  a  flood  of  horsemen.  Soph.  El. 
733  ;  so,  κλ.  πολέμιος,  Eur.  Ion  60 : 
κλ.  και  μανία,  Dem.  442,  18.  Not 
oft.  in  prose.  [C]    Hence 

Κ7ι.νδωνίζομαι.  as  pass.,  to  be  tossed 
by  the  waves,  N.  T. 

K7  ΰδώνιοί',  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  κλύ- 
δων,  a  little  xvave,  rijjple,  Eur.  Hec. 
48:  in  genl.  a  ivavc,  Aesch.  Theb. 
795  :  as  collective  noun,  a  surging  sea, 
Thuc.  2,  84. 

ΚΛΤ'ΖΩ,  fut.  Λ-λΰσω  [ν],  to  wash, 
dash,  da.'ih  against,  esp.  of  the  waves, 
H.  Horn.  Ap.  75.  Pass,  of  the  sea, 
to  be  agitated  xiith  waves,  be  or  herome 
stormy,  dash  high,  ίκ7ιύσθτι  Θά7.ασσα, 
II.  14,  392,  Od.  9,  484,  541,  cf  Hes. 
Sc.  209  ;  and  so  the  act.  is  found  mtr., 
κύματα  κλύζεσκον  kit'  ίμόνος,  the 
waves  dashed  aijainst  the  shore,  II. 
23,  61,  Aesch.  Ag.  1182.— II.  to  wash 
off  or  away.  χο7.ην  κλνζονσΐ  φαρμύ- 
772 


ΚΑΥΤ 

κω.  Soph.  Fr.  733  :^  hcnce_  metaph., 
θάλασσα  κ7.νζει  τ:(η>τα  τάνθρώ-ων 
κακά,  Eur.  1.  Ύ.  1 193.— 2.  Ιο  wash  out, 
το  εκττωμα,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  3,  9,  οίνφ, 
with  wine,  Arist.  Η.  Α. :  esp.  with  a 
clyster,  to  drench,  Anth. — 3.  εις  ώτα 
κλ.,  to  put  ivatcr  into  the  ears  and  so 
cleanse  them,  Eur.  Hipp.  054. — 4.  in 
Thcocr.  1,  27,  κισσνβιον  κεκλνσμέ- 
νον  καρω,  washed  over  or  rubbed  with 
wax.  (i^he  word  is  prob.  onomatop., 
the  root  being  KATZ-,  or  ΚΑΥΔ-, 
as  in  κλνδων :  cf.  Sanscr.  klid,  ma- 
desccre. ) 

Κ7νθι,  2  sing,  imperat.  aor.  of 
κλνω.  Hom, 

^Κλνμένη,  ης,  ή,  Clymene,  aaughter 
of  Oceanus  and  Tethys,  Hes.  Th. 
351,  wife  of  Japetus,  Id.  508.-2.  a 
Nereid,  II.  18,47. — 3.  an  attendant  of 
Helen,  II.  3,  144.-4.  a  daughter  of 
Minyas,  mother  of  Atalanta,  ApoUod. 
3,  9,  2. — 5.  daughter  of  Catreus,  mo- 
ther of  Palamedes,  Id.  3,  1,  2. — G. 
daughter  of  Iphis,  mother  of  Iphiclus, 
Od.  11,326. — 7.mother  ofHomer,acc. 
to  Paus.  10,  24,  3.  ^ 

Κλύμενον,  ov,  τό,  a  plant,  Lat.  cly- 
menon. 

Κ7Λ'μενος,  η,  ov,  (κλνω)=κλντός, 
renowned,  fa7nous,  Antim.  65,  Theocr. 
14,  26  :  mostly  as  prop,  n.,  Κ7.νμενος, 
of  the  god  of  the  nether  world,  Anth. : 
though  Κλι'//Γΐ•οζ•  and  Κ7ινμένη,  qq. 
v.,  occur  even  in  Hom.  and  Hes.  as 
pr.  names,   [ϋ] 

\Κ7.νμενος,  ov,  b,  Clymemis,  king  of 
the  Mmyan  Orchomenus,  Pind.  O.  4, 
31,  Paus.  9,  37,  1 ;  father  of  Eurydice 
the  wife  of  Nestor,  Od.  3,  452.-2. 
son  of  Oeneus  and  Althaea,  Apollod. 

1,  8,  1. — 3.  son  of  PhDroneus,  Paus. 

2,  55,  4.-4.  son  of  Cardys,  Id.  5,  8, 1. 
Κλνσις.  εως,  ή,  {κλύζω)  a  washing 

out,  esp.  by  a  clyster,  a  drench,  Hipp. 

[«] 

Κλύσμα,  ατός,  τό,  (κλνζω)  a  liquid 
used  for  washing  out :  esp.  a  clyster  or 
drench,  Hdt.  2,  77,  87.— II.  a  place 
loashcd  by  the  waves,  the  sea-beach, 
Plut.,  and  Luc.     Hence 

Κλυσμάτων,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from 
κλνσυα  :  a  clyster,  Hipp. 

Κ7ίνσμός,  ov.  b,  {κ7ί.ύζω)  a  washing 
out.  esp.  by  a  clyster. 

Κλνστήρ,  ήρος,  ό,  (κλύζω)  a  clyster, 
Nic.  ;  also  ένεμα. — II.  η  clyster-pipe, 
syringe,  Hdt.  2,  87. 

Κ7.νστ//βΐον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from 
κ7Ί>στήρ. 

ίΚ7ινσώννμος.  ov,  ό.  Clysonymus, 
son  of  Amphidamas,  Apollod.  3,  12, 

8,  cf.  II.  23,  88. 
ίΚλνταιμνήστρα,  ας,  {},  Clytaemucs- 

tra,  datighter  of  Tytidarus  and  Leda, 
wife  of  Agamemnon,  11.  1,  113;  Od. 
11,  439 ;  Trag. — 2.  appell.  of  the  comic 
poet  Nicostratus,  Diog.  L.  4,  IS. 

Κλντε,  2  plur.  imperat.  aor.  act. 
from  κ7νω,  Hom. 

^Κ7.υτία,  ας.  Ion.  η,  ης,  ή,  Clytia, 
daughter  of  Oceanus  and  Tethys, 
Hes.  Th.  352.-3.  mother  of  king 
Chalcon  in  Cos,  Theocr.  7,  5. — 3. 
daughter  of  Pandareus,  Paus.  10, 
30,  2. 

^Κλντιάδης,  ov,  b,  .ton  or  descendant 
of  Clytius,  OL  Κλ..  the  Clytiadae,  a  cel- 
ebrated priestly  family  in  Elis,  Hdt. 

9,  33,  in  sing. :  v.  Biihr  ad  1. — In  Hom. 
Κλντίδης,  II.  11,  302,  Od.  15,  540. 

tKλυrtJ;;ζ',=  foreg.,  i.  e.,  Piraeus, 
Hom. 

^Κλντίης,  ov,  ό,  Clytius,  a  Trojan 
elder  son  of  Laomedon,  father  of  Oa- 
letor,  II.  3,  1 17 ;  20,  238.-2.  son  of 
Alcmaeon,  father  of  Piraeus,  Od.  16 
327. — 3.  son  of  Eurytus  of  Euboea, 


ΚΑΤΩ 

an  Argonaut,  Ap.  llh.  1,  86. — 4.  a 
giant,  Apollod. 

iKλυτίπ7Γη,  ης,  η,  Clytippe,  daugh- 
ter of  Thespius,  Apollod. 

Κλντόβου7ι,ος,  ov,  {κ7.ντός,  βονλή) 
famous  in  counsel,  of  Mercury,  Opp. 

Κλντόδενδρος,   ov,   {κλντός,    δέν- 
δρον)  famous  for  trees,  ΤΙιερίη,  Anth. 
^Κλντοδώρα,     ας,     ή,     Clytodora, 
daughter  of  Laomedon,  Dion.  H. 

Κ7Λτυεργός,  όν,  {κ7.υτός,  *έργω) 
famous  for  work,  and  so  like  κ7,υτο- 
τέχνης,  epith.  of  Vulcan,  Od.  8,  345. 

Κ7ι,ντόκαρ'ΐΓος.  ov,  (κ7.ντός,  καρ- 
ττός)  famous  for  fruit,  glorious  with  fruit, 
κλ.  στέφανος,  JPind.  Ν.  4,  124. 

Κλντόμαντις,  εως,  ό,  (κλντός,  μάν- 
τις)  α  famous  seer,  Pind.  Fr.  GO. 

iKλvτoμήδης,  σνς,  ό,  ClylomSdes, 
son  of  Enops,  11.  23,  634. 

Κλντομήτης,  ov,  ό,=  κλντόμητις, 
poet. 

Κλντόμητις,  t,  gen.  ιος,  (κλντός, 
μη  τις)  famous  for  skill,  epith.  of  Vul- 
can, H.  Hom.  19,  1. 

Κλντόμσχθος,  ov,  (κλντύς,  μόχθος) 
famous  for  toils,  Anth. 

^Κ7ιντύνηος,  ου,  b,  Clyloneus,  son 
of  Alcinous,  Od.  7,  119. — 2.  son  of 
Naubolus,  Ap.  Rh.  1,  134. 

Κλντόπαις,  παιδος,  b,  ή,  (κλντός, 
τταϊς)  with  famous  children,  Anth. 

Κλντόπωλος,  ov,  (κ7.ντός,  ττώλος) 
famous  for  horses  Or  for  horse-man  ship, 
in  II.  always  epith.  of  A'idonens,  5, 
654  ;  1 1 ,  44,5  ;  1 C,  625  :  of  the  country 
Dardania,  Fr.  Hom.  38. 

Κλντός,  ή,  όν,  but  in  Π.  2,  742  Od. 
5,  423  also  of,  ov,  (κ?ιύω) :  strictly 
heard,  audible':  but  USU.  heard  of,  i.  e. 
famous,  renowned,  and  so  noble,  splen- 
did, in  Hom.  freq.  epith.  of  Gods  and 
Heroes  ;  also  of  men  collectively,  no- 
ble, as  opp.  to  lower  animals,  k7.vtu 
φνλ'  ανθρώπων,  II.  14,  361,  κλυτα 
ίθνεα  νεκρών,Οά.  ΙΟ,  526:  oft.  also, 
όνομα  κλντόν,  α  glorious  name,  (but 
in  Od.  9,  364,  ace.  to  ancient  Intei-prr., 
όνομα  κλντόν  is  the  name  by  which 
one  is  called,  one's  own  name)  ;  of 
cities,  κλντόν  Άργος,  11.  24,  437. — 2. 
then  also  of  things,  like  κλειτός,  no- 
ble, splendid,  beauteous,  άλσος,  Od.  6, 
331  ;  δώματα,  II.  2,  854,  etc. ;  7αμήν, 
Od.  10,  87  ;  15,  472,  κλντα  μΐ/λα,  Od. 
9,  308,  (in  these  two  last  instances 
some  take  it  to  be  noisy,  comparing 
κλ.  όρνίΓ^άλεκτρνών,  in  Hesych., 
but  wrongly):  Hom.  uses  it  esp.  ot 
the  works  of  human  skill,  as  of  wea- 
pons and  garments,  κλντα  έργα,  ει- 
ματα,  τεύχεα :  freq.  also  in  Pind., 
and  sometimes  in  Att.  poets,  and  in 
gen.  only  poet.  On  the  accent  of  the 
compounds  v.  Buttm.  Lexil.  voc. 
κλειτός,  addend. — The  only  diff.  ot 
κ7ιειτός  and  κλντός  in  Hom.  seems 
to  be  one  of  quantity,  lb.  sub  voc. 

fK7.ύτoς,  ov,  ό,  Clqtus,  a  Milesian, 
pupil  of  Aristotle,  Ath.  510  C. 

\Κ7ίντοσθένης,  ηνς,  ό,  Clytosthenes, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Anth. 

Κλντοτέρμων,  όνος,  b,  ή,  (κλντός, 
τέρμα)  famous  for  its  end. 

ΚλντοΓέχν7/ς,  ov,  b,  (κλντός,  τέχ- 
νη) famous  for  his  art,  renowned  artist, 
like  κλντοεργός,  in  Hom.  always 
epith  of  Vulcan. 

Κ7Λΐτότοξος,  ov,  (κ7.ντός,  τόξον) 
'  famous  for  the  bow,  renoximcd  archer,  in 
Horn,  always  epith.  of  Apollo. 

Κλντοφεγγής,  ές,  (κλντός,  φέγγος) 
brightly-beaming. 

Κ7ντόφημος,  ον,  (κλντός,  φήμη)  ΐΐ 
lu.itrions  by  fame,  Orph. 

ΚΑΤΩ  :  impf  εκ7ινον  with  aor, 
signf  :  imperat.  sing,  and  plur.  κ7λ'Θι, 
κ7.ντε,  Horn.,  who  has  it  with  Ep. 


ΚΛΩΝ 

redupl.  κέκλνθι,  κέκ'/.ντε.  Το  hear, 
Horn.,  etc.  Construct,  strictly  c.  gen. 
pers.  et  ace.  rei,  like  άκονω,  but  rare- 
ly found  m  full :  c.  gen.  pers.,  II.  15, 
300,  etc.,  in  which  case  a  part,  is 
usu.  added,  ουκ  εκΆνον  ανόήααντος, 
IL  10,  47,  Od.  4,  505  ;  c.  ace.  rei,  Od. 
14,  89,  etc. ;  also  c.  gen.  rei,  Od.  4, 
707;  etc. :  the  imperat.  is  esp.  used  in 
prayers,  give  ear  to  me,  hear  nie,  HAV- 
θί  μεν,  Άργυρότοξε,  κέκλυτέ  μεν, 
ττάντες  τε  ΟεοΙ  ττάσαί  τε  θέαιναι, — 
Avhere  μοί  is  sometimes  found  as  a 
V.  1.,  and  we  find  it — 2.  really  c.  dat., 
to  give  ear  to,  listen  to,  comply  with, 
Hes.  Th.  474,  Theogn.  13,  Wolon  5, 
2. :  but  also  c.  gen.,  to  obey,  Soph.  Aj. 
1352,  O.  C.  740. — 3.  to  hear,  learn  by 
hearing,  εκ  τίνος,  Od.  19,  93  :  in  pres. 
soraetuues  with  pf.  signf.,  to  have 
heard,  know,  Soph.  Tr.  422,  425.-4. 
in  genl.  to  perceive  not  merely  by  the 
hearing,  Od.  6,  165  ;  so,  κ'/Λθι  ίόών 
uioiv  τε,  Hes.  Op.  9,  cf.  αίω,  ίπαΐω- 
— II.  post-Horn,  to  hear  one's  self  called, 
be  called  so  and  so,  κακώς  κλ.,  Soph. 
Tr.  721,  ττρός  τίνος.  Id.  El.  524 ;  δί- 
καίως  κλ.,  Aesch.  Pr.  868  ;  μώρος  κλ., 
Soph.  Tr.  414,  c.  άκονω  111.— Only 
poetic.  (Cf.  Sanscr.  tru,  Lat.  duo, 
aus-cul-to:  hence  κλντός,  q.  v.,  Lat. 
cliens,  etc.,  cf.  Winning  Compar. 
Philology  p.  65,  6. — κλύω  and  «λέω, 
like  κλντός  and  κλειτός,  diifer  only 
in  form :  the  latter  to  spread  a  report, 
the  former  to  hear  it.)  [ϋ  only  in  the 
imperat.  κλνθι  and  /ιλΰτε.] 

Κλωβίον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  k?m- 
βός,  a  S7nall  cage. 

Κλωβός,  ov,  b,  a  cage,  bird  cage, 
Anth. 

ΚΡ>ω>'μόί,  οϋ,  6,  {κλώζω,  κλώσσω) 
the  clucking  of  hens,  Plut. :  hence — 2. 
the  clucking  sound  by  which  we  urge  on 
a  horse,  Xen.  Eq.  9,  10:  as  also  a 
clucking  sound  by  which  Greek  audi- 
ences ex-pressed  disapprobation,  Harpocr. 
ίΚλωόία,  ας,  ή,  Clodia,  Rom.  fem. 
pr.  n.,  Plut. 

tK/.GJ(5iof,  on.  (5,  the  Rom.  name 
Clodius,  Plut. 

Κλώδωνες,  ων,  αϊ,  Maced.  name  of 
female  Bacchanals,  Plut.  Alei.  1 : 
also  Μιμα/ιλόνες. 

ΚΑΟ'ΖΩ,  f.  κλώξω,  ΙΛβ  Lat.  glo- 
cire,  of  the  sound  made  by  jackdaws,  as 
κρώζο)  of  crows,  Clem.  Al. :  cf.  κλωσ- 
άω.— II.  to  make  a  similar  sound  in  to- 
ken of  disapprobation,  Phllo,  cf.  κλωγ- 

/^ός• 

Κ7Μθες,  ων,  at,  =  Κατακ/.ώθες, 
only  in  Gramm. 

ΚΑί2'ΘΩ,  fut.  κλώσω,  to  twist  by 
spinning,  spin,  Atvov,  Hdt.  5,  12  :  also 
of  the  Goddesses  of  fate,  the  Moipui, 
or  Lat.  Parcae,  to  spin  a  man  liis 
thread  of  life  or  of  fate,  κλ.  τινι  τα 
οικεία,  Arist.  Mund.,  cf.  sq.  (Cf.  our 
clue  or  clew.)    Hence 

K?JJθώ,  ους,  ή,  Lat.  Chtho,  strictly 
Spinster,  one  of  the  three  Μοϊραι  or 
Parcae,  who  spins  the  thread  of  life, 
Hes.  Th.  218,  905,  Sc.  258,  cf.  Plat. 
Rep.  617  C. 

Κλωμΰκόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  stony,  rocky, 
IL  2,  729  :  from 

ΚΑΜμαξ,  ακος,  ό,  also  κρώμαξ,  a 
heap  of  stones,  rocky  place,  akin  to  Lat. 
glomus,  globus,  grumus,  our  clump, 
tump,  Buttm.  Le.Tiil.  v.  είλείν  12. 

Κλών,  gen.  κλωνός,  Ό,  {κλύω')^=^ 
■Κ/Μ-δος,  α  young  shoot,   sprout,   twig, 
Lat.  surculus.  Xen.  Cyn.  10,  7. 
Κ'/υώναξ,  άκος,  6,  dim.  from  κ?.ών. 

fKλωvύριov,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  κλών ; 
η  fem.  pr.  n.,  Clonarium,  Luc. 
; ,  Κλωνίζω,ϊ.-ίσω.(.κλών)—ΐίλαδενω, 
to  strip  off  young  shoots. 


ΚΝΑΠ 

Κλωνίον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  κ?<.ών. 

Κλωομάστιξ,  ϊγος,  ό,  //,  one  who  is 
flogged  ivith  a  collar  on. 

Κλφύς,  ό,  Att.  for  κλοιός. 

Κλωττύομαι,  fut.  -ήσομαι,  (κ/.ώφ) 
dep.  mid.,  poet,  for  κλέπτω,  to  steal, 
do  by  stealth :  the  act.  occurs  in  compd. 
όιακλωττύω. 

Κλωττεια,  ας,  ή,^κλοπεία:  from 

Κλωπενω,^κλοττενω,  to  steal,  Xen. 
Rep.  Lac.  2,  7,  ubi  al.  κλοτϊ. 

Κλωτζ7]δίς.  adv.  like  κλοττιμαίως, 
stealthily,  A.  B. 

Κλω-ττίμος,  η,  ov.  Ion.  and  poet,  for 
κλο-αίος. 

Ηνλωπίδαι,  ων,  oL  a  comic  appell. 
of  the  inhab.  of  a  deme  Κ/ωττία  (from 
κλώφ,  a  thief),  instead  of  Κρωττίδαι 
from  Κρωτήα,  the  '  Filchingtonians,^ 
Ar.  Eq.  79. 

Κ/.ωττίκός,  η,  όν,  («λ^ι/»)  thievish, 
stealthy,  Eur.  Rhes.  205,  512:  το 
K/ujTTiKOv  thievishness,  Plat.  Crat.  408 
A,  ubi  Bekk.  κλοτζικός. 

ΚλωτΓοττύτωρ,  ορός,  ό,  ή,  {κλώ•φ, 
ττατήρ)  of  or  frotn  a  thievish  or  unknuum, 
father,  Anth.   [ά] 

Κλώσίς,  εως,  ή,  {κ?.ώθω)  α  spinning. 
— II.  3ίΙ»ο^κλώσμα,  Lye. 

Κ7.ώσκω,=^ κλώθω,  flesych. 

Κ?.ώσμα,  ατός,  τό,  (κλώθω)  that 
which  is  spun,  a  thread,  clew,  Paus. 

Κλωσμάτιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from 
κ'λώσμα,  a  small  thread. 

Κλωσμός,  ov,  ό,=  κλωγμός  Π  :  from 

ΚΑΩ'2ΣΩ,  to  cluck  like  a  hen, 
Suid.,  cf.  κλώζω. 

Κ/ιωστήρ,  f/ρος,  ό,  (Λ:λώθω)=8ς. : 
hence  a  spindle.  Αρ.  Rh. — II.  like 
κλώσμα,  a  thread,  yarn,  line,  λίνου  κλ., 
of  a  hshing-line,  Aesch.  Cho.  507,  cf. 
Ar.  Ran.  1349. 

Κ/ιωστής,  ov,  6,  a  spinner. 

Κλωστός,  i],  ov,  {κλώθω)  spun, 
twisted,  Eur.  Tro.  537. 

Κλώ-φ,  ό,  gen.  κ7Μπός,  (κλέπτω)  a 
thief,  La.t.  fur,  Hdt.  1, 41 ;  2, 150,  Eur., 
etc, :  cf.  κλώτϊίκος,  κλωπεΰω,  κλω- 
πεία. 

Καέ?ίεθοον.  ov,  τό.  ace.  to  a  rarer 
dialect=//e/>,a6poi',  as  is  remarked  by 
the  Gramm.  Pamphilos  ap.  E.  M.,  cf, 
Buttm.  Lexil.  v.  κελαινός  7. 

Κμητός,  η,  όν,  (κάμνω,  κεκμηκα) 
wrought,  ap,  Hesych.,  elsewh.  only  in 
compds.  τΐολνκμητος,  etc. 

^Κναγενς,  έως,  ό,  Cnageus,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Paus.  3,  17,  4,  where  also 
Κναγία  is  appell.  of  Diana. 

Υίνάδά7•.λω,=^κνάω,  κναίω,  κνήθω, 
to  scratch,  ap.  Hesych, :  cf,  -φύω,  like 
■ψαθά7.7ιω. 

Κναίω,=:ΑΐΙ.  κνάω,  q.  ν,,  like  καίω, 
κ/Μίω  for  Att.  κάω,  κλάω  :  mostly 
only  in  compds.  άττοκναίω,  διακναιω. 

^KvaKUoiOl••,  ov,  TO,  Cnacadtum,  a 
mountain  of  Laconia,  Paus.  3,  24,  6. 

ίΚνάκαλος,  ov,  ό,  Mt.  Cnacalus,  in 
Arcadia,  Paus.  8,  22,  3,  from  which 
Diana  was  called  Κνακα7.7ΐσία. 

^Κνακεΰτίς,  ιόος,  ή,  appell.  of  Di- 
ana at  Tegea,  Paus.  8,  53. 

Κνάκίας,  ό,  ανάκός,  ό,  κνάκων,  6, 
Dor,  for  κνηκ. 

^Κνακιών,  ώνος,  ό,  Cnacion,  a  river 
of  Laconia,  joining  the  Eurotas  be- 
low Spaita,  Plut.  Lye.  0. 
Υίνΰμός,  b.  Dor.  for  κνημός. 
Κνάμπτω,  old  Att.  for  γνύμπτω, 
q-  V. 

Κ  νάτΓτω,  like  ξύω  and  ξαίνω,  {κνάω) 
to  scratch  or  scrape :  esp.  to  tease,  card 
or  comb  wool,  to  dress  or  full  cloth, 
etc.  (which  was  done  either  with  a 
prickly  plant,  the  teasel,  or  with  a 
comb,)  cf.  κναφεύω,  άνακνύπτω : 
Jience — II,  metaph.  to  ma^tgle,  tear, 
\  βΐύστίγι,  Cratin.  Incert.  116:  pass., 


ΚΝΕΦ 

ά72  κνατττόμενοί,  of  bodies  mangled 
against  sharp  rocks,  Aesch.  Pers. 
576  ;  so,  έκνατττετ'  αεί,  of  Hector's 
body  trailing  behind  the  chariot. 
Soph,  Aj.  1031. — Ace.  to  the  Gramm., 
κνάητω,  etc,  were  the  forms  used  by 
the  old  Att.  writers,  and  •■,νά-τω,  etc. 
by  the  later :  v.  Brunck  and  Dobree 
ad  Ar.  Plut.  166,  Dmd.  in  Steph. 
Thes.     Hence 

Κνάπτωρ,  ορός,  ό,  poet,  for  κνα- 
φεύς, 

Κνάσω,  κνάσαι.  Dor.  for  κνήσω, 
κνήσαι,  fut.  and  inf.  aor.  from  κνάω. 
tKvavGoi',  ov,  TO,  Cnausum,  a  small 
town  of  Arcadia,  Paus.  8,  27,  3, 

Κνάφα?.7.ον,  ov,  τό,  (κνύπτω)  wool 
scratched  or  torn  off  in  fulling  cloth : 
in  genl.  wool,  flock,  for  stuffing  cush- 
ions or  pillows  with,  Cratin.  Malth, 
3,  ubi  V,  Meineke :  more  freq.  in  form 
κνέφαλ7ιθν,  Ar.  Fr.  84,  Plat,  (Com,) 
Peisand,  4,  Theopomp,  (Com.)  Pan- 
tal.  2  ;  cf.  τνλη  III.  [d] 

Κνΰφεΐον,  Ion.  -ή'ιον,  ου,  τό,  {κνάτ:- 
τω)  α  fuller^  S  shop,  Hdt.  4,  14. 

Κνάφενς,  έως,  ό,  α  fuller,  Lat./uWo, 
i.  e.  a  cloth-carder  or  dresser,  clothes- 
cleaner,  Hdt,  4,  14,  Ar.  Vesp.  1128, 
Xen.,  etc. :  they  used  λίτρον,  κονία, 
yfi  Κιμω/,ία,  etc.  with  the  carding 
comb.  On  the  form  κναφ-,  γναφ•,  ν. 
κνάτττω,  ίϊη.    Hence 

Ιίνάφεντικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to  a 
fuller,  ή  -κ/'/,  sub.  τέ^νη,  a  fuller's  art 
or  trade.  Plat.  Polit,  282  A,  cf.  Soph. 
227  A, 

Κνύφενω,=κνάπτω,  to  full,  card  or 
cleaii  cloth,  Ar.  Plut.  166,  cf.  κνύτττω, 
fin, 

Κνΰφέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,=^  κναφεύω. 

Κνΰφηίον,  ov,  τό,  Ion,  for  κναφείον, 
Hdt, 

Κνάφικός,  ή,  όν,=κναφεντίκός. 

Κνύφος,  ον,  ό,  (κνάω)  the  prickly 
teasel,  Lat.  spinafullonica,  a  plant  used 
by  fullers  to  card  or  clean  cloth : 
hence  also  a  carding-comb,  also  used 
as  an  instrument  of  torture,  επΙ  κνύ- 
ώον  έλκειν  τινά,  Hdt.  1,  92,  ubi  v. 
Wessel.  [ά] 

Κνάψις,  εως,  η,  {κνάπτω)  α  carding 
or  dressing  of  cloth. 

ΚΝΑΏ,  inf.  κνάν,  but  in  the  strict- 
er Att.  κνήν,  like  σμην  and  -φΤ/ν  :  fut. 
κνήσω  :  aor,  1  έκνησα  :  but  of  aor.  2 
έκνην,  as  if  from  κνημι,  we  find  only 
the  3  sing,  kvj'i  in  11.  11,  639.  To 
scrape  or  grate,  Lat,  radere,  αιγειον 
κνή  τνρόν,  II.  1.  c,  and  Hipp.  :  to 
scrape  off.  K7/pov,  Hdt.  7,  238,  cf,  έκ- 
κνάω:  metaph.  lodestroy. — II.  toscratch, 
Lat.  scabere,  Ty  χειρί,  Hipp,  Mid,  to 
scratch  one's  self,  Plut, :  κνύσθαι  την 
■τ:7.ευράν,  to  scratch  one's  side.  Gal, — 
III.  to  tickle,  make  itch.  Plat.  Symp. 
185  E.  Pass,  to  itch.  Id.  Gorg.  494 
C,  Mid.,  κνάσθαι  τα  ώτα,  to  tickle 
one's  ears,  Luc,  (From  the  root  κνάω 
come  κναίω,  κνήθω,  κνίζω,  κνύω, 
κνάπτω,  κναδάλ/.ω,  etc.)  [α] 

Κνεφάζω,  ί.  -ύσω,  (κνέφας)  to  cloud 
over,  Aesch.  Ag.  134. 

Κνεφαϊος,  αία,  alov,  also  ος,  ov, 
Ar.  Ran.  1350  {κνέφας)  -.—dark,  Ύαρ- 
τάρον  βάθη,  Aesch.  Pr.  1029,  cf.  Eur, 
Ale,  593.  —  2,  in  the  dark,  κνεφαϊος 
έ7.θών,  having  come  in  the  dark,  i,  e. 
at  nightfall,  Hippon.  37  ;  but  also  early 
in  the  morning,  κν.  άνεφάνη,  Ar.  Veap. 
124,  V.  Ran.  1.  c,  cf.  κνέφας,  also  σκο- 
ταίος.     Adv.  -ως. 

Κνέφα/Λον,  ου,  τό,  ν,  sub  κνάφα7.- 
7mv. 

Κνέφάς,  άος,  τό,  in  Att.  in  gen, 

κνέφονς,   later  also  κνέφατος,  Att. ; 

dat.    κνεόα,  Ep.  always   κνέφΰι,  in 

Anth.  also  κνέφεϊ,  Crinag.  38,  6:— 

J.73 


ΚΝΗΜ 

darkness,  Horn.,  with  whom  it  always 
denotes  the  dark  or  gloom  that  comes 
on  next  after  sunxet,  evening,  dusk,  κνέ- 
φας  Ιερόν.  Ίερη  ννξ,  II.  J1,  )9},  209, 
and  so  Xen. :  later  also  the  morning 
twilight  or  dnwn.  Lat.  crcpusndum,  di- 
htculnm,  πρίύ  πάνυ  τον  κνέψονς,  Ar. 
£ccl.  2111,  (ΐμα  κνίόα,  at  dawn,  Xen. 
Hell.  7,  1,  15;  cf.  κνίφαϊος.  (From 
νέφος,  akin  to  γνόφος  and  ονόφος,  cf. 
Buttin.  Lexil.  v.  κ(λαΐί•ός  fin.) 

Κνέωρον,  ov,  TO,  and  κνίωρος,  ov, 

0,  (from  κνάω  .'')  η  kind  of  nettle. 
Kvf/,  3  siny;.  aor.  2  as  if  from  κνί/μι, 

or  impf  of  κνάω,  with  irre^.  contr. 
from  κνάε.  only  in  11.  11,  639. 

Κη/θιάω,  ώ,  f.  -ύσω,=^κντιστιύω, 
livtjatiij. 

Kiv/W«of,  ov,  δ,  an  itching,  Nic. 

Ki'i/βω,  fut.  κνήσω,  (κνάω)  to  scratch : 
mid.  to  scratch  one's  self,  Arist.  H.  A. 
— II.  to  tickle :  pass,  to  itch,  N.  T. — 
JII.  metaph.  toprotrokc:  pass,  to  be  pro- 
voked or  irritated,  Arist.  Probl. — κνάω 
is  used  in  the  best  Att.,  Moeris  p.  234. 

Κνηκέλαίσν,ον,  τό,(κν7/κος,  ίλαιον) 
oil  of  carthamus,  Diosc. 

^ίνηκίας,  ov,  6,  Dor.  κνΰκίας,  (κνη• 
Koc)^^KvijK.(jv,  cf  κνηκός  lin. 

Kvf/κινος,  η,  ov,  of  or  from  the  κνήκος. 

Κνηκίς,  ϊδος,  ή,  a  pale  spot,  esp.  in 
the  heavens,  a  pale  dim  cloud  :  a  pale- 
coloured  antelope,  Hesych.  [i] 

Κντικοειδής,  ές,  {κνηκος,  είδος)  like 
κνήκος. 

Κνηκόττϋρος,  ov,  {κνηκός,  ηνρός) 
yellowish  like  wheat,  or  κν}/κό~νΙ)Ρος, 
ov,  yelloivish-red,  Sopat.  ap.  Alh.  649  A. 

ΚΝΗ"ΚΟΣ,  ου,  ■>/,  Lat.  cneciis,  a 
plant  of  the  thistle  kind,  carthamus 
tinctorius,  the  leaves  of  which  were 
used  like  rennet,  to  curdle  the  milk 
in  making  cheese,  Anaxandr.  Prot. 

1,  55,  and  Theophr.    Hence 
ΚΝΗΚΟΣ,   ή,  όν,   Dor.  κνάκός, 

pale  yellow,  ivhitish  ycltoxv,  like  the 
«I'^/coi'-flower,  of  the  colour  of  the 
goat,  Theocr.  7,  16,  and  Anth. :  hence 
the  goat  is  called  κνύκυν,  Theocr.  3, 
5  ;  and  the  wolf /ci'/z/ciaf ,  Babrius. 

Κνηκώδης,  ες,^=κνηκοειδ/'/ς,  The- 
ophr. 

Κνήκων,  (ύνος,  6,  Dor.  κνάκων,  v. 
sub  κνηκός. 

Κΐ'ήμα,  ατός,  τό,  {κνάω)  that  which 
is  rubbed  off,  in  plur.  scrapings,  flings, 
Hipp. 

Κηιμαΐος,  αία,  αΐυν, {κνήμη) belong- 
ing to  the  calf  or  leg,  Hipj). 

Κνί/μαργος.  ov,  {κνήμη,  αργός) 
whiie-lrgged.  Theocr.  25,  127. 

ΚΝΗΜΗ,  ης,  ή,  the  part  of  the  leg 
between  the  knee  and  ankle,  the  leg,  Lat. 
tibia,  cms,  opp.  to  the  thigh,  {μηρός), 
II.  4,  147,  Od.  8,  135;  on  which  the 
greaves  or  boots  were  worn,  cf  κνή- 
μις,  έύκνημις,  and  Hdl.  6,  125  ;  7,  75  : 
in  medic,  writers  it  was  confined  to 
the  larger  bones,  the  smaller  being 
called  ττερόνη,  cf  also  άντικνήμιον. 
—W.  the  spoke  o(  awheel,  c{.  κνημίςΙΙ. 
— 111.  the  pieces  of  wood  on  which  the 
body  of  a  chariot  rests,  cf.  sq. — IV. 
the  leg  of  a  stool. 

Κνηαία,  ας,  ή,^=κvήμηlU,'L•ys.  &p. 
Poll.  10,  157. 

Κνημιαΐος,  αία,  alov,=  κνημαίος, 
Hipp. 

Κνημίδοφόρος,  ov,  {κνημις,  φέρω) 
wearing  greaves  or  leg-armour,  Hdt.  7, 
92. 

Κνημίδωτός,  ή,  όν,  as  from  κνημι- 
δόω.  furnished  with  greaves. 

Κνημίς,  Ιδος,  ή,  {κνήμη)  a  grcave, 
leggin,  reaching  from  knee  to  ankle, 
κνημίδας  μεν  πρώτα  περί  κνήμτισίν 
Ιθηκε,  II.  3,  330:  the  κνημϊδες  con- 
sisted of  two  halves  and  were  lasten- 
774 


ΚΝΙΔ 

ed  with  silver  clasps  or  buckles  (έπι- 
σφί'ρια) :  oft.  in  11.,  where  also  the 
Acliaeans  are  esp.  called  Ινκνήμιδες : 
they  appear  to  have  been  of  tin  or 
tinned  over,  11.  18,  013  ;  21,  592,  also 
of  ορείχαλκος,  Hes.  iSc.  12:i.  In  Od. 
24,  229  however  βόειαι  κνημϊδες  are 
a  kind  υί  boots  which  Laertes  put  on 
for  agricultural  labour,  to  protect  his 
legs.  Polyb.  11,  9, 4  tells  us  that  the 
κνημίδες  were  worn  with  υποδήματα 
and  κρηπίδες.  Cf  Diet.  Anliqq.  voc. 
ocrea. — 11.  the  spoke  of  a  wheel,  Lys. 
ap.  Poll.  7,  115.  [i :  yet  we  also  find 
κνάμΐδες  Alcaeus  1,  4,  cf  κρηπίς.] 

tKi'V/iif,  ιδος,  ή,  Mt.  Cnemis,  a 
mountain  of  Locris,  on  which  lay  the 
city  ai  Κνημΐδε€,  and  from  which  a 
portion  of  the  Locn  were  styled  Έπί- 
κνημίδιοι,  Strab. 

Κνημοπάχής.  ές,  {κνήμη,  πάχος) 
thick  in  the  leg,  Theophr. 

Κνημιίς,  ov.  ό,  a  woody  mmottain- 
pass,  in  Hom.  only  in  plur.,  in  II.  al- 
ways of  the  tvoody  passes  of  Ida,  just 
like  the  Lat.  saltus.  As  πους  and 
πρόπονς  are  used  of  the  lowest  parts 
of  a  mountain,  so  κνημός  (from  κνήμη) 
seems  to  be  used  of  the  parts  just 
above  them. 

^Κ,νήμος,  ov,  6,  Cneynus,  a  Spartan, 
Thuc.  2,  80. 

Κνημώδης,  ες,  {κνήμη,  είδος)  well- 
legged. 

^Κνήμων,  ωνος,  ό,  Cnemon,  masc. 
pr.  η.,  Luc. 

Κνι/σιάω,  ύ,  f.  -άαω,  desidcrat.  of 
κνάω,  to  wish  to  scratch,  to  feel  an  itch- 
ing, Ar.  Eccl.  919,  Plat.  Gorg.  494  Ε  : 
the  form  κνηστιάω  is  rejected  by  Dind. 

Κνήσις,  εως,  ή,  {κναω)  a  scratching, 
scraping,  rubbing  or  scraping  off. — 2.  an 
itching,  tickling. 

Κνησίχρνσος,  ov,  {κνάω,  χρνσος) 
scraping  or  gnawing  gold. 

Κνήσμα,  ατός,  τό,  {κνάω)^κνίσμα, 
Xen.  Symp.  4,  28. — 2.  α  curry-comb. 

Κνησμονή,  ης,  ή.=  κνησμός. 

Κνησμός,  ου,  ό,  {κνάω  2)  α  gentle 
scratching,  tickling  :  also  metaph.  α 
tickling,  titillation,  incentive,  excitement. 
Hence 

Κν?;σμώδης,  ες,  {κνησμός,  είδος) 
affected  with  itching  or  tickling:  exci- 
ting an  itching,  inciting.     Adv.  -δώς. 

Κνηστήρ,  ήρος,  ό,^κνήστίς,  a 
scraping-knife. 

Κνηστήρι,ον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  κνη- 

Κνηστιαω,  ώ,  =  κ%'ησιαω  (q.  v.), 
Clem.  ΑΙ. 

Κνήστις,  εο>ς  and  ιος,  ή,  {κνάω)  α 
hdfe  for  scraping,  e.  g.  cheese,  II.  11, 
GtO  (in  contr.  dat.  κνήστί) :  elsevvh. 
τνρόκνηστίς. — 11.=^  κνησμός,  an  itch- 
ing, tickling,  Opp. 

Κνηστίς,  ίδος,  ή,  in  Plut.  Anton. 
86,  seems  to  be  a  pin  with  which 
Cleopatra's  hair  was  fastened  up, 
made  hollow  {κοίλη)  to  conceal  poi- 
son in,  called  βελόνη  by  Xiphilin. 

Κνηστός,  η,  όν,  {κνάω)  scraped  or 
ra.^ed.  κνηστός άρτος^ΐϋίβ  our  French 
rolls.  Ath.  HID. 

Κνήστρον,  ου,  τό,= κνηστις  I,  a 
knife  for  scraping,  Hipp. — 11.=  κνέω- 
pov,  a  kind  of  nettle,  Id.,  v.  Foes. 
Oecon.  Hipp. 

Κνήφη.  ης,  ή,  {κνάω)  an  itching,  the 
itch.  LXX. 

Κνίύύ,  metaph.  ace.  o{  κνίδη,  as  if 
from  *κνίς,  Opp.  [t] 

Κνίδάω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {ιινίδη)  to  whip 
with  nettles. 

Κνΐδέλαιον,  ov,  τό,  nil  from  the  seed 
I  of  the  κόκκος  Κνίδιος,  Diosc,  cf.  ϋ-ν- 
j  μέ'/αια  and  Κνίδίος  II. 
I      Κνίδη,  ης,  ή,  {κνίζω)  a  nettle,  Lat. 


ΚΝΙΣ 

ztrtica,  Theocr.  7,  110,  and  Anth. — II. 
a  sea-aniuial  of  the  mollusk  kind, 
which,  if  touched,  stings  like  a  nettle, 
Lat.  uriica  marirta,  a  kind  of  sea-ane- 
mone, Arist.  H.  A. ;  also  called  una• 
λήψη  by  Ath. 

Κνίδιος,  ία,  lov,  {Κνίδος)  Cnidiart, 
of  OT  from  Cnidni■,foίl••oς,  Ath.  33  Ε  : 
oi  Κνίδιοί,  the  Cnidtuns,  Hdt.  3,  138: 
ή  Κιηδία,  the  territory  of  Cnidus,  and 
so,  the  peninsula  on  which  Cnidus 
was  situated,  Hdt.  1,  174;  Strab.  p. 
•Iii8.t-ll.  Κνίδιος  κόκκος,  ό,  a  berry  of 
the  shrub  Ονμε/.αια,  used  as  a  purga- 
tive, EubuJ.  Incert.  15.  b.,  cf.  Foes. 
Oecon.  Hipp.  [ΐ\ 

^Κνιδόδεν,  ady.yfrmn  Cnidus,  Luc. 
Lexiph.  7. 
Κνϊδόκοκκος,  6,—Κνίόιος  Π. 

^Κνίόος,  ov,  ή,  Cnidus,  a  city  of  Ca- 
ria  on  a  peninsula  near  the  Triopium 
proniontorium,  H.  Hoin.  Ap.  43,  lldi. 

I,  144  ;  etc. 

Κνιδόσπερμον,  τό-,  {κνίδη,  σπέρμα} 
nettle-seed.  Gal. 

Κνίδωσ/ς,  εως,  ή,  (as  if  from  κνι- 
δόω)  an  itching,  esp.  such  as  is  caused 
by  a  nettle,  Hipp. 

Κνίζα,  ης.  ή.  Ion.  κνίζη,=: κνίδη, 
Anacr.  87 :  from 

Κνίζω  :  fut.  κνίσω  [Γ},  Dor.  κνιξύ. 
To  scrape  or  grate,  like  κνάω,  The- 
ophr., but  rare  in  Att.  in  this  signf. — 

II.  to  make  to  itch  :  hence  metaph.  of 
feelings,  esp.  love,  to  tease,  chafe,  net- 
tle, Hdt.  6,  62,  Eur.  Med.  555,  568 ; 
also,  κόρος  κνίζει,  Pind.  P.  8,  44 ;  of 
grief,  Soph.  O.  T.  786;  in  genl.  of 
anxiety,  Hdt.  7,  10,  5  and  12,  Pind., 
etc.  Pass.,  to  be  so  teased,  chafed  or 
nettled,  Eur.  Andr.  209  ;  τινός,  for  love 
o/ a  person,  Theocr.  5,  122.  (From 
root  κνάω,  cf  κνήθω :  hence  also 
κνίφ,  κνιπός,  σκνιπός.) 

ΚνΙπεία,  ας,  ή,  {κνιπός)  niggardli- 
ness, penury. 

Κνϊπία,  ας,  ^,=foreg. 

ΚνΙπολόγος,  ου,  ό,  {κνίφ,  λέγω)  a 
bird,  a  kincl  of  woodpecker  that  seeks 
κνίπες  or  insects,  Arist.  H.  A. 

ΚνΙπόομαι.  as  pass.,  {κνιπύς)  to  be 
inflamed,  of  the  eyes  :  of  fruits,  to  be 
mildewed,  ap.  Hesych. 

Κνϊπός,  όν,  niggardly, miserly,  Anth. 
(No  doubt  from  κνίζω,  to  scrape,  and 
so  strictly  a  scraping  fellow,  skinflint, 
cf  κνμινοπρίστης.  Synonym,  forms 
coming  from  κνιπός  Άτ€  κνιφός,  σκνι- 
πός, σκνιφός,  also  Τνίφων,  the  usu. 
I)r.  η.  of  old  misers  in  the  new  Att. 
Comedy.    Cf.  ournip,  snip.)    Hence 

ΚνΙπότης,  ητος,  ή,  itching  or  inflam- 
mation of  the  eyes,  Hipp. 

ΚΝΡΣΑ,  ης,  ή,  Ep.  κνίση,  Lat.  ηί- 
dor,  the  steam  and  odour  of  fat  which 
exhales  from  meat  roasting,  esp.  the 
smell  or  savour  of  a  victim,  steram  of  a 
burnt  sacrifice,  which  ascends  up  to 
heaven  as  a  grateful  gift  to  the  gods, 
oft  in  Horn.,  v.  esp.  II.  1,  317  ;  8,  549 ; 
and  cf  Ar.  Av.  193.  1517.— II.  the  fat 
caul  in  which  the  flesh  of  the  victim 
was  wrapped  and  burnt,  the  fat  itself, 
also  δημός,  II.  1,  400,  Od.  18,  45.— 
Kt'lffa,  Ion.  κνίση,  is  the  more  cor- 
rect form  for  the  common  κνίσσα, 
κρίσση,  Draco  p.  31,  4,  Eustath.  1766, 
30;  accordingly  Dind.  and  Spitzn. 
have  restored  κνίσ?;,  κνισήεις,  etc.  in 
Horn.,  cf  Elrnsl.  Ar.  Ach.  1045,  Dind. 
Pac.  1050.     Hence 

Κνϊσάεις,  εσσα,  εν,  Dor.  for  κνισ- 
σήεις.  [ίϊ] 

ΚνΙσύλέος,  α,  ον,  [κνίσα)  filled  with 
the  steam  of  fat  sacrifice,  emitting  the 
like. 

ΚνΙσάντι,  Dor.  dat.  for  κνισύεντι 
from  κνισάεις,  κνισήεις. 


KNTZ 

ΚνΙσάρίον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  κνίσα- 

Κΐ'ίσάω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {κιΊσα)  to  fill 
with  κνίσα,  fill  with  the  steam  or  smell 
sf  burnl  sacrifice,  κν.  βωμυύς,  Eur. 
Ale.  1156;  Ki'.  τας  ayvLUr,  Ar.  Eq. 
1320,  Av.  1233.— IL  iutr.  to  make  the 
steam  of  sacrifice,  κν.  βωμοΐσι,  Orac. 
ap.  ueDV  531,  5;  kp.  παμά  rovf  βω- 
μούς, Luc. 

Κνίσ^ω,  Dor.  for  κνίζω. 

Κνίσ/'/ΐΐς,  εσσα,  εν,  (κνίσα)  full  of 
the  steam  of  burnt  sacjijice,  steamy,  δώ- 
ματα, Od.  10,  10 ;  Dor.  κνισάεις, 
Piiid.  O.  7,  145. 

Κνϊσημός,  ά,  or,=  foreg.,  Achae. 
ap.  Ath.  368  A, 

Κνίσμα,  ατός,  τό,  (κνίζω)  thai  which 
is  scraped  off,  in  plur.  scrapings,  Plat. 
Hipp.  Maj.  304  A. — II.=sq. :  an  itch- 
ing, Autli. 

Ίίνισμός,  ov,  a,  (κνίζω)  an  itching 
of  the  skill,  tickling:  metaph.  of  love 
and  like  feelings,  Soph.  Fr.  482,  Ar. 
Plut.  974. 

Κνισμύδης,  ες,  (κνισμός,  είδος) 
dub.  for  κνησμώόης. 

ΚνΙσοόΐώκτης,  ου,  b,  (κνίσα,διώκω) 
hunting  after  the  smell  of  roast  nveat, 
name  of  a  mouse  in  Batrach.  235. 

Έ.νϊσοκό7.αξ,  άκος,  6,  (κνίσα,  κό- 
Τίαξ)  α  dinner-parasite,  Asius  ap.  Ath. 
125  D. 

Κνϊσολοιχία,  ας,  ή,  fondness  for 
roast  meat,  Sophii.  ap.  Ath.  386  F: 
from 

ΊίνΙσο^οιχός,  όν,  (κνΐσα,  λείχω)  a 
ticker  of  fat  or  roast  meat,  dainty  fellow, 
Antiph.  Bombyl.  2,  Amphis  Gunaec.  2. 

Κνίσας,  τό,  rare  form  for  κνίσα. 

Κνϊσός,  όν,=^κνίσηεις,  fat. — II.  = 
7ιίχνος,  dainty. 

ΚνΙσοτηρητής,  οϋ,  6,  (κνΐσα,  τηρεω) 
ζ=κνίσοδιώκτης. 

ΚνΙσόα,  ώ,^κνίσάω,  Matro  ap. 
Ath.  136  C. — II.  to  burn  and  spoil 
meat,  Luc. 

Κνίσσα,  κνισσάεις,  etc.  v.  sub  κνΐ- 
σα, κνισύεις,  etc.,  with  single  σ. 

Κνι.στος,  ή,  όν,  (κνίζω)  scraped, 
rasped,  Ar.  ap.  Ath.  373  A. 

ϊίνίσώδης,  ες,  (κνΐσα,  είδος)  steam, 
ing  like  roasted  -meat,  fatty.  Gal. 

ΚνΙσωτός,  η,  όν,  (κνισόω)  steaming 
like  a  burnt  sacrifice,  fat  and  steamy, 
Aesch.  Cho.  485. 

Κνίφός,  ή,  ύν,=κνηΓΟς,  σκνιώός. 
Hence 

ΚνΙφότης,ητος,-ή,^κνίττότης,  σκνι- 
φότης. 

KvLip,  6,  also  η,  gen.  κνίπός,  nom. 
pi.  κνΐπες,  (κνίζω) : — a  small  kind  of 
emmet,  which  gnaws  (κνίζει)  figs,  Ar. 
Av.  590. — IL  κνΐπες,  several  kinds  of 
insects,  esp.  such  as  live  in  wood, 
Theophr.,  cf.  κνιπολόγος. — The  feni. 
)7,Aci't'^occurssometimes,Lob.  Phryn. 
400 :  the  gen.  is  only  found  in  Gramm. : 
V.  also  σκνίψ. 

Κνση,  ή.  Ion.  for  χνόη. 

Κνόη,  lie,  ί],  (κνάω)  the  creaking  of 
an  axle :  also  of  shoes,  the  sound  of 
footsteps,  Aesch.  Fr.  221. 

ιΚνοΐθος,  ov,  6,  Cnoethus,  an  Aegi- 
netan,  Hdt.  6,  88. 

Κνόος,  6,  contr.  κνοϋς,  also  χνόος, 
(ΐίνάω)=κνόη  and  χνόος. 

'^Κνονφις,  ιδος,  6,  Cnfiphis,  a  deity 
of  the  Aegyptians,  Strab. 

Κνόω,=^κνύω,  Hesych. 

Kvti,  usu.  ονδε  κνν,  not  a  jot,  not  a 
whit :  hence  κννζω,  κννζάω,  like  ypv- 
ζω  from  γρϋ,  ap.  Hesych. 

Κννζα,  ης,  η,  (κννω,  κνάω)  an  itch- 
ing :  the  itch. 

Κννζά,  ή,  poet,  contr.  for  κόννζα, 
Theocr.  4,  25  ;  7,  68. 

Κννζύημαί,  Soph.  O,  C.  1571,  and 
κνυζέομαι,  Ar.   Yesp,  977,  dep.,  ίο 


ΚΝΩΣ 

whine,  whimper,  strictly  of  a  fawning 
dog,  and  then  of  children,  cf.  Theocr. 
2,  109,  and  κννζηθμος.  The  act.  κνν- 
ζάω,  -έω,  only  m  Gramm.  (Cf.  κνν : 
nothing  to  do  with  κυων.)     Hence      , 

Κνυζηθμός,  οΰ,  ό,  a  whining,  whim-  | 
pering.  strictly  of  dogs,  opp.  to  bark- 
ing or  snarling,  κννες  re  ϊόον  και  ονχ 
νλάοντο,  κννζηΟμίΙι  δ'   έτέρωσε  δίά 
σταθμοΐο  φόβηΰεν,  Od.  16,  163. — II.  [ 
roaring,  bellowing,  of  a  lion,  Ap.  Rh.      t 

Κνύζημα,  τό,=:  κνυζηθμός,  of  in-  | 
fants,  Hdt.  2,  2.  ι 

Κννζόω,  ώ,  only  in  Od.  13,  401,  I 
κννζώσω  όέ  τοι  όσσε,  πύρος  περι- 
κα?.λέ'  ίόντε,  and  13,  433,  κνύζωσεν 
δε  οι  όσσε,  to  disfigure  the  eyes,  ?nake 
them  dim  and  dark.  (Ace.  to  Gramm. 
from  a  root  κννζός,  dim,  dark  :  but  !■ 
this  adj.  seems  to  be  an  invention  of 
theirs :  prob.  better  from  κνυος,  and 
so  strictly  to  jnake  scabby,  Valck.  Adon. 
p.  381.) 

Κννζομαι,  rare  coUat.  form  of  κνν- 
ζάομαί,  Dion.  Η. :  so  too  act.  κνύζω, 
ap.  Suid. 

Κννζω,^κννω,  κνάω. 

Κννμα,  ατός,  τό,  (κννω)  α  scratch- 
ing :  κν.  των  δακτύλων,  of  a  person 
feeling  for  the  door-handle  in  the 
dark,  Ar.  Eccl.  36,  with  v.  I.  κνίσμα. 

Κ,ννος,  τό,  the  itch,  scurvy,  Lat. 
scabies,  Hes.  Fr.  5,  1.  [v]  :  from 

Κννω,  f.  -ύσω,  (κνάω)  to  scratch, 
touch  gently,  κννειν  την  θύραν,  Ar. 
Thesm.  481,  cf.  κννμα.  [ν] 

Κνωδάκιζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (κνώδαξ)  to 
hang  a  body  07i  pi7is  or  pivots,  so  that 
it  turns  as  on  an  a.xis.  Math.  Vett. 

Κνωδύκίον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  κνώ- 
δαξ, Math.  Vett.  [a] 

Κνώδάλον,  ov,  TO,  any  wild,  danger- 
ous animal,  from  a  lion  to  a  serpent  or 
worms,  a  monster,  Od.  17,  317,  Hes. 
Th.  582  ;  of  beasts  opp.  to  man, 
Aesch.  Cho,  601 ;  of  birds  and  beasts. 
Id.  Supp.  1000;  of  men.  Id.  Pr.  462 ; 
of  an  ass,  Pind.  P.  10,  56 ;  of  a  gnat, 
Mel.  93,  2 :  later  esp.  of  reptiles,  as 
in  Nic.  and  Plat.  Ax.  365  C  :  of  men, 
as  a  term  of  reproach,  brutes,  beasts, 
Cratin.  Χεφ.  8,  cf.  Ar.  Lys.  477. — In 
H.  Hom.  Merc.  188,  should  prob.  be 
read  νωχαλόν  with  Herm.  (Perh., 
like  κινώπετον,  immediately  from  κι- 
νεω,  for  κινώδαλον.) 

Κνώδαξ,  ύκος,  ό,  (οδούς)  α  peg,  pin, 
in  plur.  pins  or  pivots  on  which  a  body 
turns  as  on  an  axis,  Sext.  Emp.,  and 
Math.  Vett. 

Κνώδων,  οντος,  ό,  (οδούς)  in  plur. 
κνώδοντες,  tivo  projecting  teeth  on  the 
blade  of  a  hunting  spear,  Xen.  Cyn. 
10,  3  and  16  :  hence  ξίφονς  διπλοί 
κνώδοντες,  prob.  of  a  two-edged 
sword,  Soph.  Ant.  1233 ;  and  so  in 
sing,  a  sword,  lb.  1025. 

^Κΐ'ωπίας,  ov,  b,  Cnopias,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  Polyb.  5,  63,  12. 

Κνωπόμορφος,  ov,  (κνώψ,  μορφή) 
shaped  like  a  beast,  Lyc. 

^Κνωπός,  ov,  ό,  or  Κνύπος,  Cnopus, 
son  of  Codrus,  king  of  Erythrae, 
Strab.  p.  633. — II.  a  river  of  Boeotia, 
Nic.  Th.  889,  whence  Κνωπία,  a 
town  in  the  Theban  territory,  Strab. 
p.  404. 

tKl'OjaiOf ,  a,  ov,  Cnosian,  of  Cnos^ts 
or  Gjiossus  ;  also  in  genl.  Cretan, 
όρχηματα,  Soph.  Aj.  699 ;  ταύρος, 
Eur.  H.  F.  1327  :  ol  Κνώσιοι,  the 
Cnosians,  Plat.  Legg.  629  C. 

^Κνωσίων,  ωνος,  ό,  Cnosion,  a  youth 
beloved  by  Demosthenes,  Aeschin. 
48.  10  ;  Ath.  593  A. 

^Κνωσόβεν,  adv.  from.  Cnosus,  Ap. 
Rh.  4,  434. 

ίΚνωσός,  less  conectly  Κνωσσός, 


ΚΟΓΧ 

ov.  i],  Cnosus,  ancient  capital  of 
Crete,  on  the  Caeratus,  which  was 
also  its  earlier  name  ;  its  ruins  are 
now  on  the  site  called  Long  Candia, 
II.  2,  646  ;  Od.  19,  178. 

Κ]νί2'ΣΣ12,  to  nod,  slumber,  sleep, 
Od.  4,  809,  Pind.  O.  13,  100. 

Κνώφ,  ό  and  ή,  gen.  κνωπός,  short- 
ened for  κινώπετον,  Nic. 

Κοά/.εμος,  ov,  b,  a  stupid  fellow, 
booby,  Ar.  Eq.  198 ;  addressed  as  a 
god  or  demon,  lb.  221  ;  Miltiades 
the  grandfather  of  Cimon  had  this 
nickname,  Plut.  Cim.  4.  (Usu.  deriv. 
from  κοάω,  κοέω,  νοέω,  and  άλιεός, 
ήλεός.)  [ά] 

Κούξ,  comic  word  formed  to  imi- 
tate the  croaking  of  frogs,  βρεκεκέξ 
κούξ  κοάξ,  Ar.  Ran.  209,  etc. 

Κοάω,  V.  κοέω. 

Κοβά/.εία,  ας,  ή,  impudent  knavery. 

Κοβάλ,ενω,  to  play  the  κόβα'λος. 

Κοβύ'/.ία,  ας,  ή,=  κοβαλεία. 

Κοβά/ύκενμα,  ατός,  τό,  α  knavish 
trick,  Ar.  Eq.  332  :  from 

Κοβύ?.ΐκεύω,=ζΚοβαλεύω. 

Κόβίϊλ.ος,  ov,  ό,  a  cunning,  impudent 
rogue,  an  arrant  knave,  joined  by  Ar. 
with  πανοϊφγος,  Eq.  450,  ι/νΜιμόθων, 
Plut.  279 :  Κόβα/.οι  were  also  a  set 
of  mischievous  goblins,  invoked  by 
rogues.  Id.  Eq.  635:  as  adj.  κόβαλ.α, 
knavish  tricks,  rogueries,  lb.  417,  Ran. 
104.  ^ 

Κόβειρος,  δ,=:ΚΟβαλος,  Hesych. 
τΚο3ρήναι,  ών,  a'l,  Cohrenae,  a  place 
in  Media  near  Mount  Zagrus  Polyb. 
5,  44,  7. 

tKo/3<jv,  ωνος,  ό,  Cobon,  a  Delphian, 
Hdt.  6,  66. 

^Κογκολίτανος,  ov,  b,  Concolitamis, 
a  king  of  the  Gaesati,  Polyb,  2,  22,  2. 

Κόγξ,  the  sound  made  by  the  vo- 
ting-pebble as  it  fell  into  the  urn 
(κάδος),  Hesych.  :  on  κόγξ  όμπαξ,  v. 
Lob.  Aglaoph.  775,  sq. 

Κογχάριον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  κό- 
γχη, Diosc. 

^Κογχεία,  ας,  ή,  Conchea,  a  river  of 
Corcyra,  Lyc.  869. 

KO'FXH,  ης,  ή,  a  muscle  or  cockle, 
Lat.  concha,  Ar.  Fr.  49,  Xen.  An.  5,  3, 
8 ;  the  same  as  χημη,  but  more  usu. 
in  Att. :  also  a  muscle-shell.  Proverb., 
κόγχην  διελεΐν,  to  open  a  muscle,  of 
any  easy  task,  Teleclid.  'ΙΙσιοδ.  2. — 
II.  as  a  muscle-shell  was  used  to  hold 
water,  etc.,  hence  a  small  measure, 
esp.  for  liquids,  Pherecr.  Tyrann.  1, 
3,  and  Hipp. :  any  muscle-shaped  ves- 
sel. Id. — III.  any  shell-like  bone  or  cavi- 
ty in  the  body,  as — 1.  the  hollow  of  the 
ear. — 2.  the  socket  of  the  eye. — 3.  the 
knee-pan.  Poll. — IV.  the  case  round  a 
seal  attached  to  diplomas  or  docu- 
ments, Ar.  Vesp.  585 :  hence  άνακογ- 
χνλιάζω,  to  unseal.  Cf.  also  κόγχος. 
(κόγχη,  κόγχος,  κογχύλη,  Sanscr. 
fankha,  Lat.  concha,  cf.  also  κόχ?ιθς, 
cochlea,  κάλχη,  etc.) 

Κογχίον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  κόγχη, 
Antiph.  Ταμ.  1. 

Κογχίτης,  ov,  ό,  λ.ίθος  κ.,  shelly 
marble,  esp.  found  near  .Mee^ara, 
Paus.  1,  44,  6,  cf.  Muller  Archaol. 
d.  Kunst  §  268,  1,  cf.  κογχνλίας, 
-ιάτης. 

Κογχοειδής,  ες,  (κόγχη,  είδος)  of 
the  muscle  kind,  Strab. 

Κογχοθήρας,  ov,  ό,  (κόγχη,  θηράω) 
a  muscle-catcher,  Epich.  )).  22. 

Ρόγχος,  ov,  ό,  also  ή,=: κόγχη  I, 
Aesch.  Fr.  22,  Epich.  p.  22.— II.= 
κόγχη  II.,  Diosc. — III.  =  κό}';^;7?  III.: 
also  the  upper  part  of  the  skull,  Lyc. — 
IV.  the  cottchis  of  the  Romans,  lentils 
boiled  xvilh  the  pods,  a  sort  οί  thick  pea- 
soup,  Tiino  ap.  Ath.  159  F. 
775 


ΚΟΘΩ 

Κογχν?.η,  ης,  ή,=  κόγχη:  esp.  the 
Lat.  muTcx,  Philo.  [v\ 

Κο}χν7ύας,  ου,  ό,  with  and  with- 
out '/.ίϋυς,=  κογχίτ7ΐς,  κογχυ'λιάτης, 
Ar.  Fr.  210. 

Κογχυ/Λύτης,  ov,  6,  r=  κογχίτ7/ς, 
κογχυ'λίας,  Xen.  An.  3,  4,  10. 

Κογχνλίεντ7'/ς,  ov,  ό,  one  who  catch- 
es κογχν?Λα. 

Κογχυλών,  ov,  TO,  (κογχύλη)  a 
muscle  or  cockle :  also  its  shell,  in  genl. 
a  bivtdve-shdl,  Hdt.  2,  12 :  esp. — II. 
the  purple-fish,  Lat.  murex,  Arist.  H. 
A. — 2.  t/te  purple  color  prepared  there- 
from, Diosc. — 3.  wool  dyed  with  purple, 
Gal.  [ϊι] 

Κηγχν?Λώδης,  ες,  (κογχνλιον,  εί- 
δος) like  a  bivalve-shell,  κ.  λίθοι,  fos- 
sil-shells,  Xanth.  p.  102. 

Κογχνλιωτύς,  ή,  ύν,{κογχύλίονΙΙ.) 
dyed  with  purple. 

Κογχώδης,  ες,=-κογχοειδής. 
τΚο(5ϋίνοΐ)  πέτρα,  ή,  the  rock  ofCod- 
dinus,  a  projecting  point  of  Sipylus 
near  Magnesia,  Pans.  3,  22,  4. 

ΚοδοιιεΙοί',  ου,  τό,  a  vessel  for  roast- 
ing btirley  in  :  from 

Κοδομενς,  έως,  ό,  one  who  roasts 
barley. 

Κοδημεντηρ,  ηρος,  ό,=  κοδομενς : 
fern,  κοδημεντρια,  ή  :  from 

Κοδομίύω,  to  roast  barley. 

Κοδομή,  ης,  ή,  α  ινοηιαη  ivho  roasts 
barley. 

Ιίοδράντης,  ov,  ό,  the  Lat.  quad- 
rans,z=l  of  a>i  as,  N.  T. 

'fKόδpύτυς,  ov,  ό,  and  Κουύδρύτος, 
the  Rom.  Quadratus,  Hdn. 

^Κοδρίδης,  ου,  ό,  son  or  descendant 
of  Co'lrus,  Ael.  V.  H.  5,  13  :  from 

^Κόδρος,  ov,  L•,  Codrus,  son  of  Me- 
lanthus,  the  last  king  of  Athens,  Hdt. 
1,  147  ;  5,  65.-2.  the  founder  of  Mi- 
letus, Id.  9.97. 

Κοδνμύ?-ον,  ου,  ro,  ace.  to  some  a 
quince,  acc.  to  others  a  medlar,  Ale- 
man  85. 

ΚΟΕΏ,  Ion.  for  νοίω,  contr.  κοώ, 
to  mark,  perceive,  hear,  very  rare  old 
form  m  Epich.  p.  15;  still  more  rare- 
ly κοάω,  mostly  found  in  compds.,  as 
in  άμνοκών,  είψνκόωσα,  qq.  v.  ;  and 
in  pr.  names,  like  Αηίκόων,  Αημο- 
κόων,  'Ιττττοκόων,  Ααοκόων,  Έίφυ- 
κόωσα.  .\αοκόωσα ;  κοάλεμος,  also 
belongs  hereto. — Proh.  κοέο,  is  the 
toot  of  UKovu,  άκω).  On  the  forma- 
tion of  the  word  cf.  Buttm.  Lexil.  v. 
κελαί]•ός  0. 

Κοβύμός,  Dor.  for  καθαρός,  Tab. 
Heracl. 

ΚόΗεν,  Ion.  for  πόθεν,  Hdt. 

ΚόΗορνος,  ov,  ό,  Lat.  cothurmis,  a 
buskin  or  high  boot,  covering  the  whole 
foot  and  reaching  to  the  middle  of 
the  leg,  laced  in  front,  and  with  very 
thick  soles,  Hdt.  1,  155;  β,  125,  cf. 
έμβύτης  and  ίνδρομίς. — 2.  the  κόθορ- 
νος  was  esp.  worn  by  tragic  actors  in 
heroic  characters,  whether  male  or 
female,  its  high  heels  serving  to 
heighten  the  whole  figure  :  thus  it 
became  the  emblem  of  tragedy  :  v. 
Herat.  Carm.  2,  1,  12;  1  Sat.  5,  64, 
A.  P.  80,  280  ;  as  the  soccus  of  come- 
dy.— 3.  since  the  buskins  might  be 
worn  on  either  feet,  ό  Κόθορνος  was 
a  nicknanie  for  Theramenes,  because 
of  his  changeable  time-serving  poli- 
tics, Xen.  Hell.  2,  3,  31. 

Κοθονρίς,  ίδος,  or  κοθοϋμις,  ιδος, 
ίΐ,=  κο'/.ουρίς,  q.  v. 

Κόθουρος,  ov,  in  Hes.  Op.  302, 
epith.  of  drones  (from  οίφά),  dock- 
tailed,  i.  e.  without  a  sting,  and  so=: 
κόληνρος. 

Κηβώ,  ο{:ς,η,= βλάβη,  ap.  Hesych. 
'^Κυϋωκίδαι,  ών,  αϊ,   Cothocidae,  an 
776 


ΚΟΙΑ 

Attic  deme  belonging  to  the  tribe  Oe- 
neis,  hence 

^Κοθωκίδης,  ov,  ό,  an  inhab.  of  Co- 
thocidae, Dein.  1309,  10;  ό  εκ  Κοθω- 
κιόών,  Ar.  Thesm.  620. 

ΚΟΓ,  onomatop.,  to  express  the 
grunting  of  young  pigs,  Ar.  Ach.  780. 

^Κοιαντίς,  ίδος,  ή,  daughter  of  Coeus, 
i.  e.  Latona,  Orph. 

Κοΐζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (κοί)  to  cry  kol,  to 
grunt  like  a  young  pig,  Ar.  Ach.  746. 

Ko/j/,  Ion.  for  ποία,  dat.  sing,  from 

ποίος.  Ion.  κοίος.  used  as  adv.  how  ί 

in  what  mannir  ?  in  what  respect  !  Hdt. 

tKoi^/if,  ίδος,  J7,  =  Kotavri'f,  Call. 

Del.  150. 

Κοί7]μα,  τό,=^  κύημα. 

Κοίης,  ov,  ό,  a  priest  in  the  myste- 
ries of  Samothrace,  ap.  Hesych., 
who  also  has  κοιάομαι,  as  dep.,  to 
initiate. 

Κοίκινος,  η,  ov,  (κοίξ)  made  of 
palm-leaves,  Strab. 

^Κοικόα.  ας,  ι),  Coecoa,  fem.  pr.  n., 
Ath.  380  E. 

Κοικνλλω,  to  look  gaping  about,  Ar. 
Thesm.  852. 

iKol'Aa,  ων.  τά,  prop,  hollow  places, 
— 1.  TF/ς  Ενι-(οίας,  the  coast  connti-y 
between  the  promontories  Caphareus 
and  Chersonesus,  Hdt.  8,  13,  cf.  0, 
100. — 2.  τής  Χίης  χώρας,  a  valley  in 
Chios,  Id.  6,  26.-3.  Ναυπακτίας, 
another  near  Naupactus,  Polyb.  5, 
103,  4. 

Κοιλαίνω,  tut.  -άνω,  aor.  ίκοίληνα, 
inf.  κοίΑήναι,  Att.  έκοίλΰνα,  inf.  κοι- 
λύναί,  perf.  pass,  κεκοίλασμαι,  (κοί- 
?ιος).  To  make  hollow,  hollow  out, 
Hdt.  2,  73 ;  κοιλαίνείν  χώμα,  i.  e.  to 
dig  a  grave,  Tlieocr.  23,  43.  Pass,  to 
be  or  become  hollow,  Hipp. — II.  to  make 
empty,  make  poor,  like  κενύω.  Lye. 
772.    Hence 

Κοίλαϊος,  uiu,  αΐον,^=κοΐ?Μς,  Gal. 

Κοίλανσις,  εως,  ή,  a  holloiving. 

Κοι?Μς.  άδος,  ή,  as  subst.,  a  holloio 
valley,  Diod. — II.  as  adj.  pecul.  fem. 
of  κοίλος,  hollaiv,  Pseudo-Phoeyl.  161. 

Κοίλασιια  ατός,  τό,  (κοιλαίνω)  a 
hollow,  Math.  Vett. 

Κοιλέμβολον,  ου,  τό,  (κοίλος,  (μ- 
βολον)  α  hollow  wedge,  name  of  an 
order  of  battle,  ap.  Suid.,  cf.  εμβο- 
λος  3. 

Κηί7.η,  ης,  η,  α  hollow,  strictly  fem. 
from  κοίλος,  hence  as  name  of  a  δή- 
μος, in  Attica,  belonging  to  the  tribe 
Hippolhoontis,  Coele,  Hdt.  6,  103. 

tKot'?.?/  Συρία,  ή,  Coele-Syria,  i.  e. 
hollow  Syria,  a  valley  between  Liba- 
nuK  and  Anlilibanus,  Polyb.  1,  3,  1 : 
later  Κοιλοσυρία,  and  inhab.,  Κοίλό- 
σνροι,  Strab. 

Κοιλία,  ας,  η,  (κοίλος)  the  whole 
hollow  of  the  belly,  the  belli/,  Lat.  venter, 
Hdt.  2,"  87,  and  Hipp. :  in  Arist.  Part. 
An.,  ή  κ.  7/  άνω  και  ή  κύτω,  the  stom- 
ach and  the  belly  :  κ-  κενή,=  κενΐών, 
Schw.  Hdt.  2,  40.— 2.  the  contents  of 
the  belly,  the  guls,  boivels,  Hdt.  2.  80, 
92  :  the  tripe  and  puddings,  Ar.  Eq. 
100,  Plut.  1169.— II.  any  hollow,  a 
iientricle,  chamber,  as,  κ.  Ιγκεφύλον, 
καρδίας,  etc.,  Medic.     Hence 

Κοιλιακός,  τ/,  όν,  suffering  in  the 
bouils,  Galen,  etc. 

Kol7  ίδιον,  OD,ro,dim.  from  κοι7Λα. 

Κοι'λιοδαίμων,  όνος.  ίι,  and  τ/,  (κοι- 
λία, δαίμων)  one  who  makes  η  god  of 
his  belly,  a  belly-god,  Ath.,  cf.  σοροδαί- 
μων. 

Κοιλιόδεσμης,  ου,  ό,  α  belly-ba^id. 

Κοιλίόδονλος,οΐ',α8ΐαι-α  to  his  belly. 

Κηί/.ιολϋσία,  ας.  ή.  (κοιλία,  λύω) 
looseness  of  the  bmvels,  περί  κοιλιολν- 
πίαν  γίνεσθηι,  to  take  opening  medi- 
cine, Cic.  Att.  10,  13. 


KOU 

Κοι?αολνΓΐκός,  ή,  όν,  opening  the 
bowels. 

Κοιλιοπώλης,  ov,  ό,  (κοιλία,  πω- 
λέω)  a  tripe  or  black  pudding  seller,  Ar. 
Eq.  200. 

tKoiXtof,  ov,  ό,  the  Rom.  Coelitis, 
Plut. 

Κοιλιούχιυν,  ου,  τό,  (κοιλία,  εχω) 
α  money-chest,  dub. 

Κοιλιοφορέω,  ώ,  ί.  -ήσω,  (κοιλία, 
φέρω)  to  be  pregnant,  Lat.  utemmferre. 

Κοιλιακός,  ov,  ό,  (κηΐ7ιθς)  a  knife 
hollow  or  hollowed  out  in  front  (.')  for 
surgical  uses,  also  έκκοπενς  κοίλος. 

Κοι'/.ισκωτός,  ov.  ό.-=κοιλίηκος. 

Κοί'/.ιώδιις,  ες,  (κοιλία,  είδος)  like 
α  belly,  Arist.  Part.  An. 

Κοιλίωσις,  εως,  ή,  as  if  from  κοι- 
λιόω.  a  hollow,  the  belly. 

Κοιλογάστωρ.  ορός,  ό,  ή.  (κοίλος, 
γαστ/'/ρ)  hollow-bellied  :  hence  hungry, 
of  wolves,  Aesch.  Theb.  1035  :  also 
of  a  shield,  lb.  496. 

Κοιλοκρότΰφος,  ov,  [κοίλος,  κρό- 
ταφος) ivith  hollow  temples,  Aretae. 

Κοί/  ύπεδος,  ov,  (κοίλος,  πέδον)  ly• 
ing  in  a  hollow,  Pind.  P.  5,  50. 

Κοίλος,  η,  ov,  poet,  for  sq.,  Bergk 
Anacr.  p.  93. 

ΚΟΓΛΟΣ,  η,  ov,  hollow,  hollowed, 
Horn.,  who  has  it  mostly  as  epith.  of 
ships,  KolAai  νήες ;  and  so  the  Tro- 
jan horse  is  called  κ.  δόρν,  Od.  8,  507, 
(later,  κοίλη  v«f'f  \vas  the  hollow  or 
hold  of  the  ship,  Hdt.  8,  119,  and 
Xen. ;  and  κοίλη  alone,  Theocr.  22, 
12)  :  olten  with  collat.  notion  of 
roomy  ( as  perh.  when  applied  to 
ships),  K.  σπεος,  λόχος,  Od. :  in  genl. 
of  places,  lying  in  a  hollow  or  vale, 
esp.  κοίλί/  λακεδηίμων,  Od.  4,  1,  κ. 
Θεσσαλία.  Hdt.  7,  129.  κ.  Άργος, 
Soph.  Ο.  C.  378.  cf.  κτ/τώεις:  so,  κ. 
λιμήν,  of  a  harbour  lying  between 
high  clilis,  Od.  10,  92  ;  κ.  οδός,  a  deep 
hollow  way,  II.  13,  419  : — later,  κ.  πο- 
ταμός, a  river  iiearly  empty  ol'  water, 
Thuc.  7,  84,  (Virgil  cavafluminacres- 
cunt)  ;  but,  K.  θάλασσα,  αλς,  the  sea 
full  of  hollows,  i.  e.  ivith  a  henry  ."well 
on,  Polyb.,  and  Ap.  Rh.  -.—to  κοίλον, 
a  hollow  place,  hollow,  εν  κοίλω  λιαε- 
νος,  Thuc.  7,  52,  v.  infr.  Ill  -.-^κοίλος 
χρυσός,  άργυρος,  gold  and  silver  7nade 
into  hollow  vessels,  i.  e.  plate,  Arist. 
Oec,  and  Luc.  : — κοίλη  φλεψ,  the 
vena  cava,  Arist.  H.  Α..  cf  Eur.  Ion 
1011. — II.  also  of  the  voice,  holloiv, 
κόχλον  i?MV  μνκύσατο  κοίλον,  The- 
ocr. 22,  7.5,  though  here  κοίλον  may 
agree  with  κόχλον,  cf.  Wiistemann  ad 
1.,  and  κοιλόστομος. — III.  esp.  to  koI•• 
λον,  the  hollowof  Iheeyes.  Foes.  Oecon. 
Hipp. — 2.  tiie  hollow  of  the  foot,  Hipp.  : 
hence  proverb.,  το  κοίλον  τον  ποδός 
δείξαι  (as  we  say),  to  show  a  clean  jiair 
of  heels,  ap.  Hesych. — 3.  t/ie  liollowof 
the  side,  the  flank,  like  κενεών,  Arist. 
Part.  An. — 'Vhe  irreg.  superl.  κοιλαί- 
τατος  is  quoted  by  Schol.  Ar.  Pac. 
199.  (Germ,  hohl,  w\T hollnw  :  whence 
Lat.  coclum,  though  now  o(t.  written 
caelum:  also  akin  to  κνλλός.) 

Κοιλοσταθμέω.  ώ,  to  make  v/ith 
rmnlted  roof,  LXX.  :  from 

Κοιλόσταθμος,  oi',  (κοίλος,  σταθ- 
μός) with  vaulted  roof,  vanlted,  LXX. 

Kol'/ οστομία,  ας,  η,  hotlmimess  of 
voice,  Quintil. :  from 

Κοιλόστομος,  ov,  (κοίλος,  στόμα) 
hollow-voiced. 

Κοιλοσώματος,  ov,  (κοίλος,  σώμα) 
hollow-bodied,  Antiph.  Aphrodis.  1,  2. 

Κοιλότ>/ς,  ητος,  ή,  (κοίλος)  hollo^o- 
ness :  a  hollnw,  Ari.st.  H.  A. 

Κού.οφβαλμη'ιω,  ώ,  f.  -άσω,  to  heme 
hollow-sunken  eyes,  Galen. 

ΚοίλόφέΌλ,ϋΟΓ,  ov,  {κοΙ?Μς,  όφβαλ» 


KOIN 

μός)  hollow-eyed,  Cratin.  Incert.  107, 
Xen.  Eq.  1,  9. 

Κοιλοφνής.,  ες,  {κοΙ%ος,  φύω)  hollow 
by  nature,  hollow,  0pp. 

Κοΰιόφνλλος,  ov,  [κοίλος,  (pvl?Mv) 
hollow-leaved,  Theophr. 

Κοίλόφωνος,  ov,  {κ.οΐ7•.ος,  φωνή) 
hollow-voiced. 

Κοίλοχείλης,  ες,  (κοΐ?ίθς,  χείλος) 
hollow-brimmed,  Anth. 

ΚοΛόω,  ώ,  {κοϊ?.ος)  Ιο  hollow,  hol- 
low out,  Diosc. 

Κοιλώδης,  ες,  (κοίλος,  είδος)  like 
hollows. 

Κοί7.ωμα,  ατός,  τό,  (κοιλ.όω)  α  hol- 
low, deep  place,  Polyb. 

'Κοίλώννξ,  ϋχος,  ό,ή.  [κοΐλ.ος,  δννξ) 
hollow-hoofed,  ϊτητοι,  Stesich.  84. 

Κοιλ.ώπης,  ον,  η,  fem.  κοίλώπις, 
ιδος,  7/,=  sq.,  Nic.  and  Anth. 

Κοι?ιωτΓΟς,  όν  {κοΏ.ος,  ύφ)  hollow 
to  look  at :  holloxv,  Eur.  I.  T.  263. 

Ί'Κοίλωσσα,  ?/f ,  ?/,  Coelossa,  a  moun- 
tain pass  of  Sicyonia,  Xen.  Hell.  4, 
7,  7,  V.  1.  Κή?.ωσσα  or  Κ)]λονσα. 

Κοιμάω,  ω,  Ion.  κοιμέω,  fut.  -ήσω, 
to  hill  or  hush  to  sleep,  put  to  sleep,  κοί- 
μαν  βλέφαρα,  όσσε,  II.  14,  236;  κοί- 
μησαί  ηνα  νττνω,  Od.  12,  372,  Aesch. 
Theb.  3  :  hence  also  to  put  to  bed,  Od. 
3,  397,  also  of  the  hind,  Od.  4,  336  ; 
17,  127. — 2.  in  genl.  to  lull,  hush  to 
rest,  still,  calm,  άνέμονς,  κύματα,  II. 
12,281,  Od.  12,  169;  φλόγα,  Aesch. 
Ag.  597  :  also  to  soothe,  assuage,  ΰδύ- 
νας,  II.  16,  524;  έλκος  Soph.  Phil. 
650  ;  also  of  passion,  κ.  μένος,  Aesch. 
Eum..  832  ;  ττόβον,  Jac.  A.  P.  p.  101. 
— B.  pass.  c.  fut.  mid.,  aor.  mid.  et. 
pass.,  but  the  latter  always  in  prose. 
To  fall  asleep,  go  to  bed,  lie  abed,  often 
in  Hoin.  (who  uses  aor.  κοιμησασθαι 
as  well  as  κοιμηθήναι)  :  also  of  ani- 
mals, to  lie  down.  Od.  14,  411  :  κοιμη- 
θεΐσά  τινι,  as  in  Horn,  εννηθεΐσά  τινί, 
Hes.  Th.  213  ;  so,  κ.  τταρύ  τινι,  Hdt. 
3,  68,  ξύν  τινι,  Eur.  Andr.  390  :  but, 
κοιμήσατο  χά?:.κεον  ϋηνον,  he  slept 
an  iron  sleep,  i.  e.  the  sleep  of  death, 
II.  11,  241  :  hence— 2.  in  genl.  to  fall 
asleep,  die,  Soph.  El.  509,  and  freq.  in 
late  Gr.  as  N.  T.,  cf.  καθενδω,  κοιμί- 
ζω. (.\kin  to  κείμαι,  κώμα,  Lat.  cum- 
bo,  cubo.) 

Κοιμέω,  Ion.  for  κοιμάω,  Hdt.  2,  95. 
Έ-οίμημα,  ατός,  τό,  {κοιμάω)  sleep  : 
2Χίθ=ζσν/κοίμημα,  whence,  κοιμήμα- 
τα  αντογέννητα,  intercourse  of  the  mo- 
ther withher  own  child.  Soph.  Ant.  864. 
Κοίιχησις,  εως,  ή,  {κοιμάω)  a  sleep- 
ing, lying.  Plat.  Symp.  183  Α.— 11. 
death,  LXX,  etc. 

Κοιμητήριον,  ov,  τό,  a  sleeping- 
room,  Dosid.  ap.  Ath.  143  C. — II.  a 
burial-place,  our  cemetery,  late. 

Κοιμητικως,  adv.  sleepily,  κ.  έχω, 
ap.  Ε.  Μ. 

Κοιμίζω,  f.  •ίσω  Att.  -Γώ,  post- 
Ήονα.^ κοιμάω,  to  put  to  sleep,  κ.  όμ- 
μα, Eur.  Rhes.  825. — 2.  metaph.  to 
lay  to  rest,  put  out  fire,  «.  λ.ύχνον,  Ni- 
coph.  Pand.  7  :  to  quench  pride,  μεγα- 
λτιγοβίαν,  Eur.  Phoen.  185 :  to  ap- 
pease, still,  assuage.  Plat.  Legg.  873 
A. — 3.  esp.  to  put  to  sleep,  i.  e.  to  the 
sleep  of  death.  Soph.  Aj.  832,  and 
Eur.;  also,  κοιμίσασθαί  τίνα  ές  A'i- 
δον,  Eur.  Tro.  589.  That  κοιμίζω 
must  foiTnerly  have  been  read  in 
Horn,  is  evident  from  Eust.  Od.  p. 
1474,  6.     Hence 

Κοιμιυτής,  ov,  ό,  putting  to  sleep, 
Anth.' 

Κοινάν,  ΰνος,  ό.  Dor.  for  κοινών, 
κοινωνός,  Find.  P.  3,  28  (50),  Bockh, 
cf.  ξννύν. 

Κ  οινΰ  ι  •έω,  Dor.  for  κοινωνέω,  Thuc. 
-5^79,  cf.  foreg. 


KOIN 

Κοινάσομαι,  Dor.  for  κοινώσομαι, 
fut.  of  κοινόω,  Pind. 

Κοινάω,  ώ,^=κοιΐ'όω,  ΰδον  ννκτι  κ., 
to  communicate  a  journey  to  night,  i.  e. 
journey  under  cover  of  night,  Pind. 
P.  4,  204. 

Κοινεΐον  and  κοινίον,  ov,  τό,  {κοι- 
νός) a  common  place,  esp.  a  tavern, 
brothel :  late  word. 

Κοινεών,  ώνος,  ό.=  κοινωνός,  very 
dub.,  V.  Herm.  Eur.  H.  F.  310. 

Koivy,  dat.  fem.  from  κοινός,  q.  v. 
B.  2,  used  as  adv. 

Κοινη/.ογέομαι,=  κοινολογέομαι. 

Κοινισμος,  οϋ,  ό,  as  if  from  κοινί- 
ζω,  a  mixing  of  different  dialects,  Quin- 
til. 

Κοινοβιακός,  ή,  όν,  (κοινόβιος)  be- 
longing to  acommonox  monastic  life, \?Λβ. 

ΚοινοβΙάρχης,  ου,  ό,  {κοινόβιος, 
άρχω)  the  head  of  a  convent,  late. 

Κοινόβΐος,  ov,  (,κοινός,  βίος)  living 
in  communion  with  others.  Iambi.  : 
hence,  το  κοινόβιον,  a  life  in  common : 
later,  a  convent,  Lat.  coenobium. 

Κοινοβλιάβης,  ες,  {κοινός,  βλάπτω) 
damaging  in  common,  opp.  to  κοίνωφε- 

"λης-  ,      ,    ,      , 

Κοινοβουλ^εντικος,  η,  ον,  {κοινός, 
βουλεύομαι)  belonging  to  a  deliberation 
in  common,  Hippod.  ap.  Stob.  p.  248, 
39. 

Κοινοβονλ.έω,  ώ,  to  deliberate  in 
common,  Xen.  Rep.  Lac.  13,  1 :  from 

ΚοινοΒούλ.ης,  ου,  ό,  (κοινός,  βονλ/'/) 
α  common-counsellor,  senator :  hence 

Κοινοβονλίία,  ας,  ή,  α  common  coun- 
cil. 

Κοινοβούλιον,  ον,  τό,  =  foreg., 
Polyb.  and  Strab. 

Κυινοβωμία,  ας,  ή,  (κοινός,  βωμός) 
communioyi  of  altar,  Ο!  gods  who  are 
worshipped  at  one  common  altar, 
άνύκτων  τώνδε  κοινοβωμίαν  σέβε- 
σθε,  Aesch.  Supp.  222,  cf.  άγώνιος- 

Κοινογάμια,  ων,  τά,  (κοινός,  γά- 
μος) cmmnunity  of  marriage,  esp.  of 
different  ranks  or  tribes  among  one 
another,  Lat.  connubia,  opp.  to  Ιδιο- 
γάμια,  Ath.  [α] 

Κοινογενής,  ες,  (κοινός,  γένος) 
sprung  from  the  intercourse  of  two  dif- 
ferent species,  opp.  to  ίδιογενής,  Plat, 
■polit.  265  E,cf  sq.^ 

Κυινογονία,  ας,  ή,  (κοινός,  γόνος) 
the  common  procreation  of  two  different 
species,  like  the  horse  and  ass,  opp.  to 
ίδιογονία,  Plat.  Polit.  265  D. 

Κοινοδήμιον,  ov,  τό,  (κοινός,  δή- 
μος) a  common  assembly  of  the  people. 

Κοινοδίκαιον.  ov,  τό,  a  common 
council  or  court,  Polyb.  23,  15,  4  :  from 

Κοινόδικος,  ov,  (κοινός,  δίκη)  en- 
joying a  common  right. 

Κοινοεργός,  όν,  (  κοινός,  *έργω  ) 
working  in  common. 

Κοινοθν^Μκέω,  ω,  (κοινός,  θνλ.α- 
κος)  to  have  a  common  purse,  Ar.  Fr. 
631. 

Κοινολάΐτης,  ov,  6,  (κοινός,  λαός) 
one  of  the  common  people,  late. 

Κοινολ.εκτέω,  ώ,  (κοινός,  λέγω)  to 
speak  the  language  of  common  life, 
Gramm.     Hence 

Κοινολ,έκτως.  adv.,  in  the  language 
of  common  life,  Gramm. 

Κοινό/Λκτρος,  ov,  (κοινός,  λέκτρον) 
having  a  common  bed,  a  bed-fellow,  con- 
sort, Aesch.  Ag.  1441. 

Κοινολεχής,  ές,  (κοινός,  ?^χος)=: 
κοινόλεκτρος  :=μοιχός,  an  adulterer. 
Soph.  El.  97. 

Κοινολογέομαι,  dep.  c.  fut.  mid., 
aor.  mid.  et  pass.,  (κοινός,  λιόγος). 
To  commune  or  take  common  counsel 
with,  τινί,  Hdt.  0,  23,  also,  ~ρός  τίνα, 
Thuc.  7,  86  :  also,  κ.  τζρός  τό  ους  τι- 
νι, Luc— Besides  aor.  mid,  the  aor. 


KOIN 

pass,    κοινολ.ογηθήναι,    is    freq.  in 
Polyb.     Hence 

Κοινολ,ογία,  ας,  ?/,  a  constiUatimi, 
Hipp.,  and  Polyb. 

Κοινο/ιογίζομαι,  f.  -ίσομαι,^^κοι• 
νολ-ογέομαι,  LXX. 

Κοινονοιιμοσύνη,  ης,  η,  (κοινός, 
νοήμων)  community  of  sentiment,  esp. 
among  citizens,  Lat.  communitas,  civ• 
ililas,  M.  Anton. 

Κοινοηάθής,  ές,  (κοινός,  ■πάθος, 
τταθεΐν)  suffering  in  common  with  Oth- 
ers, sociable,  opp.  to  ιδιοπαθής,  Dion. 
H. 

Κοινόπλ.οος,  ov,  contr.  -πλ.ονς,  ovv, 
(κοινός,  πλ,έω)  sailing  in  common,  I'ao^ 
K.  όμι/ύα,  i.  e.  ship-mates,  Soph.  Aj. 
872. 

Κοινοποιέω,  €>,  f.  -ήσω,  (κοινός, 
πυιέω)  to  make  common,  and  so  in 
mid.,  Clem.  Al. 

Κοινόπονς,  b,  f/,  -πονν,  τό,  gen. 
-ποδός,  (κοινός,  πους)  strictly  of  a 
common  foot,  hence  coming  together,  κ. 
παρονσία,  i.  e.  the  arrival  of  persons 
all  together,  Soph.  El.  1104. 

Κοινοπράγέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (κοινός, 
πρύσσω)  to  act  in  common  with  any 
one,  hai^e  dealings  with,  τινί,  Polj'b.  4, 
23,  8.     Hence 

Κοινοπράγία,  ας,  ή.  an  acting  in 
common,  a  conspiracy,  Polyb.  5,  95,  2. 

Κοινός,  ή,  όν,  in  Soph.  Tr.  207, 
also  of,  όν,  common,  shared  in  common, 
first  in  Hes.  Op.  721,  then  freq.  from 
Pind.  and  Hdt.  downwds. :  κ.  τινι, 
common  to  or  ivith  another,  Aesch.  Ag. 
523,  etc. ;  also,  κ.  Tivor,  Pind.  N.  1, 
48,  Aesch  Pr.  1092,  etc.  Proverb., 
κοινά  Tu  των  φίλων,  Eur.  Or.  735,  cf. 
Suid  in  v. ;  κοινός  Έρμης,  v.  Ερμής 
II.  2. — II.  esp.  in  social  and  political 
relations,  common  to  all  the  people,  pub- 
lic, TO  K.  αγαθόν,  the  common  weal, 
Thuc.  5,  37 ;  κοινώ  λόγω,  στόλω, 
Hdt.  1,  141,  170;  etc. :— hence— 2. 
TO  κοινόν,  the  state,  Lat.  respublica, 
TO  K.  των  Σπαρτιητέων,  των  Ιώνων, 
Hdt.  1,  67  ;  5,  109,  etc.  ;  άπο  τον  κοι- 
νού, by  public  authority.  Id.  5,  85  ;  8, 
135  :  but  also,  to  k-,  the  public  treasu- 
ry, Id.  7,  144,  Thuc.  1,  80,  Arist.  Pol. 
2,  9,  36  :  TU  κοινά,  public  affairs,  προς- 
ιέναι  προς  τά  κ.,  Aeschin.  23,  37  :  but 
also  the  public  money,  Ar.  Plut.  569, 
and  Dem.  :  in  Hdt.  3,  156,  tu  κοινά, 
are  the  public  authorities,  magistrates. 
Cf.  infr.  B.  2. — III.  of  disposition, 
lending  a  ready  ear  to  all,  impartial, 
Thuc.  3,  53  :  affable,  Xen.  Cyn.  13, 
9,  cf.  κοινύτης  II. — -2.  κυινότεραι  τν• 
χαι,  more  i?npartial,  i.  e.  equal  chances, 
Thuc.  5,  102. — IV.  connected  by  com- 
mon origin,  kindred,  esp.  of  brothers 
and  sisters.  Soph.  O.  T.  261,  O.  C. 
535,  Ant.  202.— V.  in  Gramm.— 1.  of 
the  quantity  of  certain  sj-llables.  cojn- 
mon,  Schiif.  Dion.  Conip.  p.  174,  cf. 
έπίκοινος. — 2.  of  the  dialect  generally 
u.<!ed,  as  opp.  to  Attic,  Doric,  etc. — 
VI.  in  N.  T.  of  forbidden  meats,  etc., 
common,  profane. — B.  adv.  κοινώς,  in 
common,  jointly,  Eur.  Ion  1462,  Thuc, 
etc. — 2.  also  fem.  dat.  KOivy,  in  com- 
mon, esp.  by  common  consent,  Hdt.  1, 
143  ;  3,  79,  etc. — 3.  so  too.  κατά  κοι- 
νόν, opp.  to  κατ'  Ιδίαν,  Polyb.  (The 
root  is  συν  or  rather  ξύν.  ξϋνός  being 
merely  a  coll  at.  form,  Buttm.  Lexil. 
V.  κελαινός  3.) 

tKoii'Of,  ου.  6,  Coenus,  a  general  oi 
Alexander  the  great,  Arr.  An.  1, 
14.  3. 

Κοινύτης,  ητος.  ή,  (κοινός)  a  shar- 
ing in  common,  commujiiiy,  Plat.  The- 
aet.  208  D :  κ.  φωνής,  a  common 
language,  i.  e.  not  peculiar  or  dia- 
lectic, Isocr.  Antid.  ^  316.  cf.  Xoa 
777 


KOIN 

Rep.   Ath.  2,  8.— II.   affability,  Xen. 
Hell.  1,  1,30,  cf.  κοινός  111. 

Κοινύτοκος,  ov,  (κοινός,  τίκτω, 
τεκείν)  of  or  fro7ii  common  parents, 
Soph.  El.  858. 

Κοινοτροφικός,  ή,  όν,  (κοινός,  τρέ- 
φω) belonging  to  a  common  nurture  :  η 
•KTj,  sub.  τέχνη  or  έττίπτί/μΐ],  common 
nurture  or  education.  Plat.  Polit.  261 
E,  264  B,  etc. 

Κοινοφΰγία,  ας,  ή,  (κοινός,  φαγεΐν) 
an  ealing  of  what  is  common  or  profane, 
Joseph. 

Κοινοφϋ.ης,  ες,  (κοινός,  φιλέω) 
loving  in  common,  κ.  διάνοια,  Aesch. 
Eum.  985,  e  conj.  Scliiitz. 

Κοινόφρων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  (κοινός, 
φρήν)  like-minded,  τινί.  with  another, 
Eur.  I.  T.  1008,  Ion  577. 

Κοινοχρησία,  ας,  ή,  or  -τία,  ας,  ή, 
common  use  or  usefulness. 

Κοινόω,  ώ,  (κοινός)  to  make  com- 
mon, communicate,  impart  a  thing  to 
another,  i.  e. — 1.  for  the  purpose  of 
having  his  advice,  κ.  τινί  τι,  Aesch. 
Cho.  717,  Eur.,  etc. ;  also,  τι  ες  τίνα, 
Enr.  I.  A.  41:  and  κ.  τινί,  alone, 
Aesch.  Supp.  309,  cf.  Arnold  Thuc. 
8,  48. — 2.  for  the  purpose  of  making 
him  a  sharer,  Thuc.  1,  39,  Plat.  Legg. 
889  D;  so  in  mid.,  Pind.  N.  3,  19, 
Isae.  89,  25.-3.  in  N.  T.  to  defile,  pol- 
lute.— B.  mid.  to  lake  counsel,  consult ; 
K.  δ-ως...,  Aesch.  Ag.  1347. — 2.  to  be 
partaker,  τινός,  of  a  thing,  Eur.  Phoen. 
1709 ;  τινί,  with  one,  Id.  Andr.  933  : 
also  c.  ace.  rei,  to  take  part  or  share  in, 
κοινοϋσθαί  τάς  ξνμφορύς,  Eur.  Ion 
608,  cf  858;  so,  κοινοϋσθαί  τον  στό- 
λον.  Time.  8,  8,  τον  λόγον,  Plat. 
Lach.  196  C. — C.  pass,  to  hold  com- 
munion with  another,  τινί,  esp.  of 
sexual  intercourse,  Eur.  Andr.  38, 
217,  cf  Plat.  Legg.  073  D  ;  so,  ■προς 
Tiva,  lb.  930  C  :  also  κοινωθείς  ξαν- 
θώ  χρώματι,  i.  e.  tinged  with  yellow. 
Id.  Tim.  59  B. 
tKoiVrof,  ov,  6,  the  Rom.  Quintus. 
\Koivvpa,  ων,  τύ,  Coenyra,  a  town 
of  the  island  Thasus  facing  Samo- 
thrace,  Hdt.  6,  47. 

Κοίνωμα,  ατός,  τό,  (κοινόω  C)  m- 
tercourse,  esp.  sexual,  Plut.  2,  338  A. 

Κοινωμάτιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from 
κοίνωμα,  that  which  binds,  a  band,  like 
έφηλίς,  Math.  Vett. 

Κοινών,  ώνος,  ό.  Dor.  κοινΰν,  ΰνος, 
δ,  (ν.  Buckh  ν.  1.  Pind.  Ρ.  3,  28),= 
κοινωνός,  which  is  much  more  freq., 
Pind.  1.  c,  Xen.  Cyr.  7,  5,  35 ;  8,  1, 
16,  cf.  ξυνών,  ξυνί/ων. 

Κοινωνέω,  ύ,  f.  -ήαω.  Plat.  Rep. 
540  C,  (κοινωνός)  to  have  a  thing  m 
common,  have  a  share,  τινός,  of  a  thing, 
τινί,  with  another,  Aesch.  Theb.  1033, 
etc.,  V.  esp.  Dem.  789,  2 ;  to  take  part 
in,  K.  πόνων  και  κινδύνων  a?.?i!p.oir, 
Plat.  Legg.  686  A :  freq.  also  with 
one  or  other  of  these  cases  omitted, 
K.  τινός,  to  lake  part  in  a  thing,  Soph. 
Tr.  546,  etc.  ;  κ.  τινί,  to  go  shares  with, 
have  dealings  with  a  man.  Plat.  Legg. 
844  C  :  also  κ.  τινι  περί  τι,  Id.  Crito 
49  D ;  c.  ace.  cognato,  κ.  κοινωνίαν 
τινί,  Id.  Legg.  881  Ε  :  rarely  c.  ace. 
rei,  K.  φόνον  τιχ'ί,  to  commit  murder 
in  Common  with  him,  Eur.  El.  1048. — 
II.  esp.  of  sexual  intercourse,  κ.  γυ- 
ναικί,  Luc.    Hence 

Κοινώνιιμα,  ατός.  τό,  that  which  is 
:ommunicaicd,  esp. ίηψί-,κοινωνήματα, 
communications,  dealings  between  man 
andman,  Plat.  Rep.  333  A.  Legg.  738  A. 

Κοινώνιισις,  εως,  ή,  (κοινωνέω)  a 
community,  παίδων.  Plat.  Polit.  310  Β. 

Κοινωνι/τέον, \cvh.  ad). iiom  κοινω- 
νέω, one  must  impart,  give  a  share  of, 

τινός  Tivi,  Plat.  Rep.  403  B. 
778 


KOI? 

Κοινωνητικός,  ή,  όν,  v.  1.  for  κοι- 
νωνικός. 

Κοινωνία,  ας,  η,  (κοινωνέω)  com- 
munion, community,  intercourse, μαλθα- 
κά κ.,  Pind.  P.  1,  189,  and  so  inTrag. : 
τίς  θαλάσσης  ιίονκόλοις  κ. ;  what 
have  hertlsmen  to  do  with  the  sea? 
Eur.  I.  T.  254 ;  also,  τίς  δαί  κατόπ- 
τρου καϊ  ξίφους  κ. ;  i.  e.  what  have 
women  to  do  with  the  arms  of  men  ? 
Ar.  Thesin.  140:  κ.  προς  τίνα.  Plat. 
Symp.  188  C. — II.  esp.  sexual  inter- 
course, Eur.  Bacch.  1277,  Plat.  Rep. 
466  C.    Hence 

Κοινωνικός,  ?/.  όν,  belonging  to,  fit- 
ted for  or  inclined  to  communion,  com- 
municative, social,  sociable,  Arist.  Rhet. 
and  Pol.  Adv.  -κώς :  hence,  κ.  χρή- 
σθαι  τοις  εντνχτ'/μασι,  to  sufler  oth- 
ers to  partake  in  one's  good  fortune, 
Polyb.  18,  31.  7. 

Κοινωνυποιέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (κοινω- 
νός, ποιέω)=:  κοινωνέω. 

Κοινωνός,  ον.  ό,  also  ή,  (κοινός)  α 
companion,  partner,  τινός,  of  or  in  a 
thing,  Aesch.  Ag.  1037,  etc. ;  τινί,  with 
another,  Xen.  Mem.  2,  6,  24  :  absol.  a 
partner,  fellow,  name  of  a  play  of  Phil- 
emon.— II.  as  ad}.— κοινός,  Eur.  L  T. 
1173. 

Κοινωφέ?.εια,  ας,  ?/,  common  utility, 
Diod.  :  from 

Κυινωφε?.//ς,  ές,  (κοινός,  όφε7.ος) 
of  cuinmon  use  or  utility.  Gal.     llence 

Κοινωφεΐία,  ας,  ή ,=κοινωφέλεια. 

Κοινωφέλιμος.  ον,=  κοινωφελ7/ς. 

Κόϊξ,  ικος,  ί),  in  Theophr.  also  ή, 
the  co'ix,  an  Aegyptian  kind  of  palm, 
Theophr.  ;  from  its  leaves  matting, 
baskets,  etc.  were  plaited  :  hence — 2. 
a  palm-leaf  basket,  Pherecr.  Coriann. 
12,  Antiph.  Bomb.  1.  Another  form, 
not  Att.,  was  κόίς,  Epich.  p.  64. 

Κοιογένεια,  ας,  ή.  datighter  ofCoeus, 
i.  e.  Latona,  Ap.  Rh.  2,  710 :  pecul. 
fern,  of  Κοιογενί/ς,  ύ.  i/,  Pind.  Fr.  58, 7 : 
cf  H.  Horn.  Ap.  62,  Hes.  Th.  404,  sqq. 

Κοίος,  κοίη,  κοίον,  Ion.  for.  ποιος, 
ποία,  ποίον,  oft.  in  Hdt. 

Κοϊος,  ό,  Maced.  for  αριθμός. 
tKoiof,  ov,  ό,  Coeus,  son  of  Uranus 
and  Gaea,  father  of  Latona,  Hes.  Th. 
134.  404. — II.   a  river  of  Messenia, 
Paus.  4,  33,  6. 

Κοιράνειος,  ει'α,  ειον.  Ion.  -»/οζ-, 
(κοίρανος)  belonging  to  a  master  or 
rider,  κ-  κράτος,  sovereign  power,  like 
Kotpavia,  Melinno  ap.  Stob.  p.  87, 

Κοιράνέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (κοίρανος)  to 
be  lord  or  ?naster,  rule,  convmand. — 1. 
of  the  supreme  command  in  war,  II. 
2,  207  ;  4,  250,  etc.— 2.  of  the  rightful 
authority  of  a  king  in  time  of  peace, 
II,  12,  318,  Od.  1,  247.-3.  of  the  un- 
just power  assumed  by  the  suitors  in 
the  house  of  Ulysses,  oft.  in  Od. — 
Hom.  always  used  it  absol.,  as  in  II. 
2,  207,  or  with  κατά  and  ace,  πόλε- 
μον  κάτα,  Ανκίην  κάτα,  Ίθάκην  κύτα, 
μέγαρον  κάτα:  c  gen.,  to  be  lord  of, 
like  κρατέω,  etc.,  Hes.  Th.  331, 
Aesch.  Pers.  214  ;  c.  dat.,  like  άιύσ- 
σω,  Aesch.  Pr.  49 ;  c.  ace,  to  lead, 
arrange,  Pind.  O.  14,  12.  Only  poet. 
Hence 

Κοιραν^ος,  Dor.  for  κοιράνειος. 

Κοφΰνία,  ας,  ή.  Ion.  κοφανίη, 
sovereignty,  sway,  Dion.  P. 

t  Κοΐί)ανίδας,  ov  Dor.  a,  b,  son  of  Coe- 
ranus,  i.  e.  Poly  idus,  Pind.  O.  13,  105. 

Κοιρΰνίδης,  ov,  ό,=κοίρανος.  Soph. 
Ant.  940.  [νϊ] 

Κοιρΰνικός,  ή,  όν,  proper  for  a  sov- 
ereign, 0pp. :  from 

Κηίρανος,  ov,  ό,  a  ruler,  leader, 
commander — 1.  in  war,  II.;  joined 
with  ΐίγεμύν,  II.  2,  487  ;  κοίρανε  λο- 


ΚΟίΤ 

ών.  Γι.  7,  234,  etc. — 2.  in  peace,  a 
lauful  sovereign,  joined  with  βασι- 
λεύς, 11.  2,  204.-3.  in  genl.  a  lord, 
master,  Od.  18,  106:  sometimes  also 
in  Trag.,  but  only  in  poet. :  rare  in 
fem.  7/  κοίρανος,  Ebert  Diss.  Sicul. 
p.  62.  (From  κΐφος,  like  κοινός  from 
ξννός,  akin  to  κάρα,  κάρανος,  as  also 
io  τνραννος.) 

'Κοίρανος,  ov,  ό, Coeranus, a Lycian, 
slain  by  Ulysses  before  Troy,  II.  5, 
677.^2.  companion  of  Meriones,  17, 
611. — 3.  father  of  Poly/dus,  a  seer  of 
Corinth,  Soph.  Fr.  462. — 4.  son  of 
Abas,  Paus.  1,  43,  5. — 5.  a  Milesian, 
Ath.  006  D. — 6.  a  cavalry  officer  of 
Alexander  the  great,  Arr.  An.  3,  12, 
4. — 7.  another,  of  Berrhoea,  Id.  3,  6, 
4.-8.  a  Smyrnaean,  Polyb.  18,  35,2. 
ιΚοιρατάδης,  ov,  ό,  Coeratades,  prop. 
sonof  Coeratas,  masc.  pr.  n.,  Xen.  An.  7, 
1,  33.     In  Hell.  1 ,  3,  13,  -ρατύδας. 

Κύίς,  ύ,  V.  sub  κύιξ. 
^Κοισνρα,  ας,  ή,  Coesyra,  wife  of 
Alcmaeon,  or  of  Pisistratus ;  her 
name  became  a  common  term  for  a 
gay,  luxurious  female,  Ar.  Nub.  801, 
cf  έγκοισνρόω. 

Κοισνρόομαι,  v.  έγκοισνρόω. 

Κοιτάζω,  fut.  -άσω  Dor.  -αξώ,  (κοί• 
τη)  to  put  to  bed.  Mid.,  with  Dor.  aor. 
κοιταξάμην  (Pind.  O,  13,  107),  to  go 
to  bed,  sleep. 

'ΚοΙται,  ων,  ol,  the  Coctae,  a  people 
of  Pontus,  prob.  corrupted  from  Τά- 
οχοι,  L.  Dind.  Xen.  An.  7,  8,  25. 

Κοιταΐος,  αία,  αϊον,  (κοίτη)  lying 
in  bed,  abed,  asleep,  κ.  "γίγνεσθαι  εν 
τ?)  χώρα,  to  pass  the  night  in  the 
country,  Dem.  238,  6 ;  κ.  έρχεται,  he 
comes  at  bed-time,  PoIyD. — II.  as 
subst.,  TO  Ko IT alov,=  κοίτη,  τα  kol- 
ταΐα  έπισπένδειν,  the  lair  of  a  wild 
beast,  Plut. — 2.  to  take  the  last  cup 
before  going  to  bed,  Heliod. 

Κοιτάσια,  ας,  i/,  (κοιτάζομαι)  co- 
habitation, LXX. 

Κοίταστέος,  έα,  έον,  verb.  adj.  from 
κοιτάζω,  to  be  put  to  bed,  Arr. 

ΚοίΤ7/,  ης,  ij,  a  place  to  lie  down  in, 
bed,  couch,  only  once  in  Horn.  Od.  19, 
341  (and  there  with  v.  1.  οίκω),  Hdt., 
etc.  :  esp.  the  marriage-bed,  Acsch. 
Supp.  804,  Eur.  Med.  151,  etc.: 
hence,  κοίτην  έχειν  τινί,  to  be  wed- 
ded to  a  man,  N.  T.— 2.  the  lair  of  a. 
wild  beast,  nest  of  a  bird,  etc.,  Eur. 
Ion  155.— II.  sleep,  esp.  of  the  act  ol 
going  to  bed,  της  κοίτης  ώρη,  bed- 
time, Hdt.  1,  10;  5,  20;  τραπέζ-η  καΐ 
κοίτίΐ  δέκεσθαι,  to  entertain  'at  bed 
and  board,'  Ibid. — 2.  as  ace.  cognat., 
κείσθαι  κοίταν,  Aesch.  Ag.  1494. — 
III.  a  chest,  box,  or  case,  Meineke  Me- 
nand.  p.  50,  cf  κοιτίς.  (From  κείμαι, 
cf  supr.  II.  2;  akin  to  κυιμάω.) 

Κοιτίδων,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  κοιτίς. 

Κοιτίς,  ίδος,  ή,  dim.  from  κοίτη,  α 
small  chest,  box,  or  case,  Luc.  Some 
write  it  κοϊτις. 

Κοϊτος,  ov,  ό,=  κοίτη  :  e.sp.  a  going 
to  bed,  Od.  19,  510:  a  sleeping,  sleep, 
Od.  19,  515,  Hes.  Op.  572,  κοίτον  ττοι- 
εΐσθαι,  to  go  to  bed,  Hdt.  7, 17  ;  so,  ές 
κοΙτον  παρεϊναι,  Id.  1,9  (where  some 
take  \t=  κοιτών  wrongly).    Hence 

Κοιτώ»',  ώνος,  ό,  (κοίτη)  a  sleep- 
Toom,  bed-chamber,  Ar.  Fr.  113,  etc., 
ap.  Lob.  Phryn.  252 ;  though  it  is  re- 
jected by  the  Atticists,  who  prefer 
όωμάτιον,  cf  Schol.  Ar.  Lys.  160. 
Κοιτώνων,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  κοιτών. 

Κοιτωνίσκος,  ου,  ό,  dim.  from  κοι- 
τών, Artemid. 

Κοιτοη'ίτης,  ov,  ό,  a  waiting-man, 
valet,  later  word  from  Galen's  time. 

Κοιτωνοφν?Μξ,  ΰκος,  δ,  (κοιτών, 
φύ?Μξ)  guardian  of  the  bed-chamber,  [ν] 


κοκκ 

ίΚόκινβος,  ον,  ό,  ν.  Κόκννθος.  1 

Κοκκάλια,  ων,  τά,  a  kind  of  land- 
jrnaiiwilh  a  shell,  Arist.  H.  Α.,  where 
usu.  κωκάλια  is  falsely  written. 

iKoKKa/.iiT/,  ης,  ή,  Coccalina,  fem. 
pr.  n.,  Dem.  1357,  1. 

Κόκκΰ'λος,  ov,  0,  (κόκκος)  the  ker- 
nel of  the  στρό3ι'λος.  or  mix  pinea, 
Hipp.,  etc.,  cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  397. 

^Κοκκή'ίος,  ov,  b,  the  Rom.  Cocceius, 
Strab. 

Κοκκίζω,  f.  -ί'σω,  (κόκκος)  to  pick 
out  the  kernel,  Ar.  Fr.  506. 

Κοκκΐνθ:3ΰφής,  ές,  (κόκκινος,  βάτΐ- 
τω)  dyed  scarlet,  Callix.  ap.  Ath.  196  B. 

Κόκκινος,  η,  ov,  (κόκκος)  scarlet, 
Lat.  coccineus,  Plut. 

Κοκκίον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  κόκκος. 

Κοκκοβάψής,  ές.=  κοκκινοβα^ής, 
dyed  scarlet,  Theophr. 

Κοκκοθραύστης,  ov,  ό,  (κόκκος, 
θραύω)  kernel-breaker,  name  of  a  bird, 
ap.  Hesvch. :  from 

ΚΟ'ΚΚΟΣ,  ov,  ό,  a  kernel,  as  of  a 
pomegranate,  H.  Hom.  Cer.  373,  412, 
Hdt.  4,  143  :  cf.  Κνίδιος.—ΙΙ.  a  berry: 
esp.  the  kermes-berry,  used  to  dye 
scarlet,  Lat.  coccus  tinctorius,  The- 
ophr. :  hence,  ή  κόκκος,  the  scarlet 
oak,  on  which  these  berries  grow, 
ako  —ρίνος  and  ΰσγη- — ΠΙ.  the  resin- 
ous cone  of  several  trees,  e.  g.  of  the 
blacii  poplar,  also  μίσχος. — IV.  apill. 
— V,  in  Strat.  the  testicles,  like  κοκ- 
κωτή  and  ίρέβινθος. 

Κόκκϋ,  a  cry  or  call  to  a  person, 
explained  by  ταχύ,  κόκκν,  ττεδωνόε, 
now  quick  to  the  field,  Ar.  Av.  507  ; 
κόκκν,  μεθεΐτε,  now  then,  let  go.  Ran. 
1384 : — strictly  the  cry  of  a  cuckoo. 

Κοκκύαι,  οι,  V.  sub  κοκναι. 

Κοκκνγέα,  ας,  ή,  a  tree  used  for 
dying  reel,  with  its  fruit  sheathed  in 
wool,  perh.  a  species  of  sumach  or  the 
rhus  cotinus  Linn.,  Theophr.     Hence 

Κοκκνγινος,  η,  ov,  purple-red. 
\'KoKKvyiov  όρος,  τό,  Cuckoo-moun- 
tain, appell.  of  Thornax  in  Argolis, 
from  J  upiter's  change  into  the  cuckoo 
there,  Paus.  2,  36,  2;  cf.  Schol. 
Theocr.  15,  68. 

Κοκκνζω,  Dor.  κοκκνσδω  :  f.  -ύσω  : 
pf.  κεκόκκνκα.  Ar.  Eccl.  31,  (κόκκνξ) 
to  cry  cuckoo,  Hes.  Op.  488  ;  but  also 
of  the  cock,  to  crow.  Plat.  (Com.) 
Incert.  20,  Theocr.  7,  124,  cf.  Poll.  5, 
89  :  hence — II.  to  cry  like  a  cuckoo  or 
cock,  give  a  signal  by  such  cry,  Ar. 
Ran.  1380,  Eccl.  31 :  on  Strattis  ap. 
Ath.  30  F,  cf.  Meineke  Com.  Fr.  2, 
p.  768. 

Κο-κνμη7,έα,  ας,  ή,=^κοκκνμη7.ος, 
a  plum-tree,  Araros  Incert.  1,  and 
Theophr. 

KoKKVU7j?.ov,  ov,  TO,  (κόκκνξ,  μή- 
λον) a  plum,  strictly  cuckoo-ar/ple,  Hip- 
pon.  47,  cf.  Ath.  49  D,  sq.    Hence 

Κοκκνμηλος,  ου,  ή,  a  plum-tree. 
Hence 

Κοκκυμη/.ών,  ώνος,  ό,  α  plum-or- 
ehard. 

Κόκκνξ,  ϋγος,  ό,  (κόκκν)  α  cuckoo, 
from  its  cry,  Hes.  Op.  481,  so  Lat. 
euculus  from  cujcu  :  it  was  sacred  to 
Juno  and  sat  on  her  sceptre.  Paus,  2. 
17,  4:  in  Ar.  Ach.  598,  (■χειροτόνη- 
σαν με — κόκκυγες  γε  τρεις,  prob.  a 
joke  τταρα,  ττροςόοκίαν,  though  the 
Scliol,  gives  various  iiiterprr. — II,  a 
eea-tish,  the  piper,  said  to  make  a 
found  like  cuckoo,  Arist.  H.  Α.— III.  = 
δ/Λ'ίθος,  Lat.  gro/t.-sus,  a.  fig  that  ripens 
early,  jSic, — IV.  theoscoccygis,  Galen. 
(Sanscr,  kokila,  Lat.  cuculus,  etc.,  v. 
Pott  Et.  Forsch.  1,  84.)  [v  strictly, 
though  Draco  28,  2  assumes  i.] 

Κοκκνΰδω,  Dor,  for  κοκκνζω,  The- 
ocr. 7,  I2i. 


KOAA 

Κοκκνσμός,  ov,  ό,  (κοκκύζω)  a  cry- 
ing cuckoo  or  crowing :  also  the  sound 
of  a  verj'  high  voice,  Musici  Vett., 
ubi  al.  κοκνισμός. 

Κοκκνστής,  ov,  ό,  (κοκκνζω)  a 
crower,  crier,  Timo  Phli.  ap.  Diog.  L. 
9,6. 

Κόκκων,  ωνος,  6,  a  pomegranate- 
seed,  Solon  30,  8. — II.  ^κόκκος  Κνί- 
όιος,  a  purgative-berry. — III.  α  misletoe- 
berry. 

\Κοκκωνάς,  a,  6,  Coccorws,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Luc.  Alex.  6. 

Κοκκωτή,  ή,^ κόκκος  V. 

Κοκναι  or  κοκκύαι,  ών,  οΐ,  ances- 
tors, rare  word,  prob.  from  κνέω,  Eu- 
phor.  156. 

^Κοκνλϊται,  ών,  οι,  the  Cocylltae, 
inhab  of  Cocylium,  a  town  of  Aeolis, 
Xen.  Hell.  3,  1,  16. 

^Κόκννθος,  ov,  b,  Cocynthum  prom- 
ontorium,  on  the  eastern  coast  of 
Bruttium,  Polyb.  2,  14,  5 :  also  Kd- 
κινθος. 

Κο/.άβέω,  ώ,  f.  -ησο},=^έγκοληβά- 
ζω,  only  in  Suid. 

Κόλΰβος,  ov,  ό,=ζκόλλαβος. 

Κολαβρενομαι,= κολαβρίζω. 

Κο/Μβρίζω,  ί.  -ί'σω,  (κό?.αβρος)  to 
dance  a  sort  of  armed  dance:  in  LXX., 
to  despise,  mock,  deride.  Cf.  Jacobson 
Patres  Apost.  1,  p.  135.    Hence 

Κο/.αβρισμός,  ov,  ό,  a  sort,  of  armed 
dance. 

Κό?Μβρος,  ov,  ό,  a  sort  of  song  to 
which  the  κο/.αβρισμός,  was  danced, 
Ath. — II.  a  young  pig,  ace.  to  Suid. 

Κο/.άζω,  fut.  κο/.άσομαι,  rarely  κο- 
7ύσω  (Xen.  Rep.  Ath.  1,  9) ;  contr.  3 
sing.  KO/.a,  Ar.  Eq.  456,  part.  mid. 
κο/.ώμενος,  Ar.  Vesp.  244,  Buttm. 
Ausf.  Gr.  §  95  Anm.  14,  n.  No  doubt 
akin  to  κολούω  (which  is  only  poet.), 
and  so  strictly  to  curtail,  dock,  prune, 
Tu  δένδρα,  Theophr.  :  but  usu.  like 
Lat.  castigare,  to  keep  within  bounds, 
hold  in  check,  bridle,  check,  Άόγοίς, 
Soph.  Aj.  1160  :  then  to  chastise,  cor- 
rect, punish,  τινά,  Eur.  Bacch.  1323, 
Ar.  Nub.  7,  etc. :  κ.  τινά  τι,  to  punish 
one/or  a  thing,  Soph.  Aj.  1108:  c.  dat. 
modi,  K.  τινά  ττ/^ηγαΐς,  τιμωρίαις. 
Plat.  Legg.  784  D,  Isocr.  13  A.  The 
mid.  is  also  sometimes  used=3act., 
Schneid.  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  2,  7,  Stallb. 
Plat.  Prot.  324  C.  Pass,  to  be  pun- 
ished, etc.,  Xen.,  etc. 

Κο?.αινίς,  ίδος,  ή,  an  obscure  epith. 
of  Diana,  Ar.  Av.  874,  Metag.  Aur.  4. 

Κο'λάκεία,  ας,  ή,  (κολακεύω)  aflat- 
tering,  stooping  to  the  taste  and  tvhims 
of  others,  flattery,  f availing.  Plat.  Gorg. 
466  A,  etc. 

Κο/ΛΪκενμα,  aToc,  τό,  a  piece  of 
flattery,  Xen.  Oec.  13,  12.  [a] 

Κο'/.ΰκεντέος,  έα,  εον,  verb.  adj. 
from  κολακεύω,  to  be  flattered,  Luc. — 
II.  κολακεντέον,  one  must  flatter. 

Κο/ιύκεντής,οϋ,ό,-=κό?Μξ.  Hence 

Κο?.ακευτίκός,  η,  όν,  (κο/.ακενω) 
belonging  to  a  flatterer,  flattering,  fawn- 
ing, Luc.  :  ή  •κή,  sub.  τέχνη,=  κο- 
λ.άκεέα.  Plat.  Gorg.  464  C.  Adv. 
■κώς. 

Κολ.ΰκεύω,  (κό?.αξ)  to  flatter,  fawn 
on,  τινά,  Ar.  Fr.  360,  Plat.,  etc. 
Pass,  to  be  flattered,  be  open  to  flattery, 
Dem.  98, 14,  etc, 

Κολΰκί'α,  ας.  ή,=κολακεία.  Hence 

Κολάκικός.  η,  όν,^^κο'λακεντικοΓ, 
flattering.  Plat.  Gorg.  522  D  :  ή  -«?), 
sub.  τέχνη,=  κολακεία,  Id.  Soph.  222 
Ε,     Adv.  -κως. 

Κολΰκίς,  ίδος,  ή,  fem.  of  κόλαξ,  a 
female  flatterer,  and  S0:=  κ/^μακίς  II., 
"Plut.^ 

Κο/Μκώννμος,  ov,  ό,  (κό/.αξ,  όνο- 
μα) parasite-named,  a  comic  distortion 


KOAE 

of  the  name  Cleonymus,  Ar.  Vesp, 
592. 

ΚΟΆΑΞ,  ΰκος,  ό,  a  flatterer,  fawn- 
er, Arist.  Eth.  2,  7  ;  4,  6;tin  Ar.  Vesp. 
45,  used  by  the  lisping  Alcibiades  for 
KOpaf.t-II.  in  Hellenic  Gr.=the  Att. 
γόης.  Piers.  Moer.  p.  113. 

^Κολάξαις,  ό,  Colaxa'is,  a  Scythian, 
Hdt.  4,  5,  7. 

^Κό7.απις,  6,  the  Colapis,  a  river  of 
Pannonia,  Strab.  p.  207. 

Κο7.απτηρ,  ηρος,  ό,  a  chisel,  Plut., 
and  Luc. :  from 

Κο7.άΰτω,  f.  -φω,  to  hew  or  cut  by 
striking,  esp.  of  a  stone-mason,  to  hew, 
chisel,  Valck.  Hdt.  8,  22 :  of  birds,  to 
peck  with  the  bill,  κ.  ώτα,  AnasO. 
(LjT.)  ap.  Ath.  548  C,  cf.  δρνοκο7.ύ77- 
της.  (Akin  to  ■}'?.ύόω,  -γ/.ύφω,  etc., 
but  prob.  not  to  κότττω.) 

Κό7.ΰσις,  εως,  η,  (κολάζω) apruning, 
δένδρων,  Theophr. :  hence  a  checking, 
punishing,  chastisement ,  correction, pun- 
ishment. Plat.,  and  Arist. 

Κόλασμα,  ατός,  τό,  (κολάζω)  chas- 
tisement,  punishment,  Xen.  Cyr.  3,  1, 
23. 

Κολασμός,  ov,  ό,—  κό7Μσις,  Plut. 
ίΚολασσαί,  αϊ,  v.  Κο7ιοσσαί. 

Κο/.άστεφα,  ας,  ή,  fem.  from  κο• 
7.αστηρ,  Anth. 

Κο7.αστεος,  έα,  εον,  verb.  adj.  from 
κο/.άζω,  to  be  chastised,  punished.  Plat. 
Gorg.  527  B.— II.  κολαστέον,  onemust 
punish,  lb.  492  D. 

Κο7.αστήρ,  ^ρος,  ό,  =  κολαστ7'/ς. 
Hence 

Κολαστηρως,  ov,  (κο7Μστηρ)=κο- 
λαστικός. — Π.  as  subst.,  τό  κολαστή- 
ριον,  etc.,  α  place  of  chastisement,  a 
prison,  Synes. — 2.  an  instrument  of 
correction  or  torture,  Plut. — 3.  in  genl. 
=  κό7Μσμα,  κό7.ασις,  Xen.  Mem.  1, 
4,  1.  ^ 

Κο7.αστης,  ov,  o,  (κο7.άζω)  a  chas- 
tiser,  punisher,  των  νττερκόττων  φρο- 
νημάτων, Aesch.  Pers.  827 ;  and  so 
in  Soph.,  Eur.,  etc. 

Κολαστικός,  ή,  όν,  fitted  for  chasti- 
sing, punishing.  Plat.  Soph.  229  A. 

Κολάστρια,  ας,  ή,  fem.  from  κο?μ• 
στήρ. 

Κολΰφίζω,  f.  -ίσω  Att.  -ΐώ,  (κόλα- 
φος) give  one  α  box  on  the  ear,  buffet, 
cuff,  τινά,  Ν.  Τ.    Hence 

Κο7Αφισμα,  ατός,  τό,  α  L•x  on  the 
ear,  cuff,  [α] 

Κό7.ΰφος,  ov.  ό.  (κο7Λ'ΰτω)  α  box  on 
the  ear,  cuff,  Epich.  p.  1 :  κόλ.αφος 
was  in  strict  Att.  κόνδν7.ος. 

τΚό7.δονοί,  ων.  οι,  the  Cotdui,  a  peo- 
ple dwelliner  m  the  Hercynian  foiest, 
Strab.  p.  290. 

ΚοΛεάι,''ω,  f.  -άσω,  (κολεός)  tosheathe, 
thrust  into  the  sheath  or  scabbard,  ap. 
Hesych.    Hence 

Κολεασμός,  ov,  ό,  a  sheathing,  lb. 

Κο7-έκανος  or  κο7.όκαΐΌς,  ov,  b,  β 
long,  lank,  lean  person,  lb. 

Κο7.εκτρνών  or  κο7.οκτρνύν,  όνος, 
ό,  V.  1.  for  ίππάλεκτρνών  in  Ar.  Ran. 
932. 

Κο7.εόν,  ov,  TO,  Ion.  κοΐ)λεόλ',=«ο• 
λεός,  II.  11,  30. 

Κο7.εό~τερος,  ov,  (κο7.εός.  τττερόν) 
sheath-winged :  insects  of  the  beetle 
kind  were  esp.  called  κολεότττεροι  or 
κολ.εύιττερα,  as  having  soft  wings 
under  a  hard  sheath,  Arist.  H.  A. 

Κο7.εός,  ov,  ό.  Ion.  κονλεός,  a  sheath, 
scabbard  of  a  sword,  Lat.  culeus. 
Homer  uses  both  forms,  but  in  Att.  it 
must  always  be  κο7^εός :  Hom.  also 
has  KOv?Mv,  II.  1,  220;  11,  30,  Od. 
11,  98  :  we  find  a  sheath  of  silver,  II. 
11,  30;  adorned  with  ivory,  Od.  8, 
404. — II.  in  Hipp,  the  sheath  or  cover- 
ing of  the  heart  ;Hn  A  fist,  of  the  sheath 
779 


ΚΟΛΛ 

of  insects'  wings,  II,  A.  4,  T.tiProb. 
akin  to  κοίλος.) 

Κολάρος,  ά,  όν,  (κάλος,  εριον)  short- 
woolled,  οίες,  Arist.  Η.  Α.  8,  10. 

Κολε-ρύω,  ώ,  ί.  -ήσω,  to  trainple  on, 
τινά,  Αγ.  Nub.  552.  (Of  doubtful 
origin.) 

Κολΐίβύζω,=ζέγκολη-3άζω,  only  in 
Hesych. 

Κολίας,  OV,  δ,  a  kind  of  tkuiuiy-fish, 
Ar.  Fr.  3C5,  Arist.  11.  A. 

Κόλιξ,  ϊκος,  ό,  dub.  for  κόλλιξ. 

Ιίολιός,  οϋ,  ΰ,  α  kind  οί wood-pecker, 
Arist.  Η.  Α.,  with  νν.  11.  κολεός,  κε• 
λεός. 

Κόλλα,  Ion.  κάλλη,  ης,  ή,  glue,  Lat. 
gluten,  Hdt.  2,  80. 

Κολλάβίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (κόλαφος)  to 
play  a  game,  in  whicli  one  holds  tlie 
other's  eyes,  while  another  gives  him 
a  box  on  the  ear,  and  bids  him  guess 
which  hand  he  has  been  struck  with. 
Hence 

Κολ?Μ;3ισμός,  οϋ,  ό,  the  above  game. 

Κόλλΰβος,  ου,  ΰ,=^κόλλοψ. — II.  a 
kind  οί  wheaten  cake,  named  from  its 
shape,  Ar.  Ran.  507,  Pac.  119G. 

^Κολ'λατία,  ας,  ή,  Collatia,  a  city  of 
Latium,  Strab. 

^ΚολλατΙνος,  ov,  ό,  the  Rom.  name 
Collatinus,  Plut.  Poplic.  1. 

Κολλάω,  ώ.  (κόλλα)  to  glue,  cement, 
Ti  περί  re,  προς  τι,  Plat.  Tim.  75  D, 
82  D. — 2.  to  join  one  metal  to  another, 
esp.  by  damascene  work,  to  inlay. 
Find.  N.  7,  115:  also,  κ.  σίδηρον,  to 
weld  or  perh.  to  inlay,  damask  it,  Plut. 
— II.  in  genl.  to  join  fast  together,  unite, 
TLvi  Ti,  Emped.  25.  Pass,  to  cling 
close,  Tivi.  also  ττρός  rivi,  Aesch.  Ag. 
15CG. — III.  to  put  together,  build,  Pind. 
O.  5,  29. 

Κολλε-φός,  οϋ,  ό,  (κόλλα,  έψω)  α 
glue-boiler. 

Κολ^.ήεις,  εσσα,  εν,  (κόλλα)  glued 
together,  close-joined,  ξνστά,  II.  15, 389, 
cf.  077  ;  άρματα,  Hes.  Sc.  309.  Only 
poet. 

Κόλλημα,  ατος,  τό,  (κολλάω)  that 
which  is  glued  or  joined  together,  An- 
tiph.  Myl.  1. 

Κό?^ησις,  εως,  ή,  (κολλάω)  a  glu- 
ing, gluing  together,  Theophr. :  κ.  σί- 
δηρου, a  welding  of  iron,  Hdt.  1,  25, 
though  this  seems  to  be  too  simple  a 
process  to  be  described  as  a  late  in- 
vention, and  so  some  take  it  to  be  the 
art  of  inlaying  or  damasking  iron,  cf. 
κολλάω,  and  Bahr  ad  1. — 11.  in  genl. 
a  fixing  tight,  close  fastening,  Hipp. 

Κολλητής,  οϋ,  ό,  (κολλάω)  one  who 
glues  or  fastens.     Hence 

Κολλητιαός,  ?/,  όν,  (κολλάω)  fitted 
for  gluing  or  combining,  Piut. :  κ.  τραυ- 
μάτων, making  wounds  close.  Gal. 

Κολ?ι.ητός,  ή,  όν,  (κολλάω)  glued 
together,  cemented,  closely  joined,  well- 
fastened,  in  Hom.  epith.  of  δίωρος, 
άρματα,  σανίδες,  ξνστόν,  like  ενποί- 
"ητος,  ενττηκτος :  in  Hdt.  1,  25,  ύττο- 
κρητηρίδιον  κολλητόν  is  a  frame  or 
saucer  inlaid  or  damasked  prob.  with 
iron,  cf  κόλλησις. 

Κολλίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  later  form  for 
Λολλάω. 

Κολλίκίος,  a,  ov.  of  the  nature  or 
form  of  a  κόλλιξ.  [λί'] 

Κολλικοφάγος,  ov,  (κόλλιξ,  φα- 
γεΐν)  eating κολλικες,  roll-eatrr,  epith. 
of  the  Boeotians,  Ar.  Ach.  872. 

^Κολλίνα  πύλη,  ή,  the  Porta  Col- 
liua  at  Rome,  Strab.  p.  228. 

Κόλλιξ,  ικος,  6,  a  roll  of  coarsi 
bread,  Hippon.  20,  Ephipp.  Artem.  1. 
[t  in  genit.,  11  c. ;  in  Ar.  Ran,  576, 
which  ie  usu.  quoted  in  support  of 
ΐ,  χόλίκας  is  now  read.] 

Κο/2ομε?ίέω,  ώ,  ί.  -ήσω,  (κόλλα, 
780 


ΚΟΛΟ 

μέ?.ος)  to  patch  I'crses  together,  com. 
word  in  Ar.  Thesm.  54. 

Κολλοπενω,  to  be  a  κόλλοψ,  Plat. 
(Com.)  Incert.  3. 

Κολλο/Γί'ςω,  f.  -ίσω,  (κόλλοψ  Ι•)  to 
tighten  with  screws. 

Κολλοττοδΐώκτης,  ov,  ό,  {κύλ?ί.οφ 
II.  2,  διώκω)  Com.  name  for  a  gross 
debauchee,  ap.  Eust.  1915,  16. 

Κολλυπόω,  ώ,  to  ghie  together,  be- 
cause glue  was  boiled  out  of  κόλλοψ 
(sigiif.  II.),  Achae.  ap.  Hesych. 

Κολλοπώλης,  ου,  ό,  (κόλλα,  πω- 
λέω)  α  dealer  in  glue. 

Κολλονριον,  ov,  τό,  V.  sub  κολλν- 
ριον. 

Κόλλονρος,  ον,  δ,  an  unknown  fish, 
Anth. 

Κόλλοτ/ι,  OTTOf,  ό,  the  peg  or  screw 
of  a  lyre,  by  which  the  strings  are 
tightened,  Od.  21,  407,  cf  Plat.  Rep. 
531  Β  :  mctaph.,«oAXo7ru  οργής  άνεΐ- 
vai,  Ar.  Vesp.  574. — 2.  a  handle,  by 
which  a  wheel  turned. — II.  the  thick 
skin  on  the  upper  part  of  the  neck  of 
oxen,  Lat.  callosum,  Ar.  Fr.  520 ;  and 
of  swine,  Lat.  glandium,  lb.  421  : 
hence — 2.  a  youth  who  has  become  worn 
and  callous  by  premature  excesses,  Lat. 
cinaedus,  Eubul.  Antiop.  3. 

Κολλνβάτεια,  ας,  ή,  a  plant,  Nic, 
ubi  al.  κονλιβ. :  also  κλύβατις  and 
έλξίνη.^  [βύ] 

Κολ/,νβιστής,  οϋ,  δ,  (κόλλυβας)  α 
money-changer,  like  τραπεζίτης,  Lys. 
ap.  Poll.,  and  Ν.  Τ.     Hence 

Κολλϋβιστικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to 
a  money -clianger  or  his  busiiiess. 

Κόλλνβος,  ου,  ύ,  a  small  coin,  Ar. 
Pac.  1200. — 2.  in  plur.  also,  tu  κόλ- 
7\.νβα,  small  round  cakes,  Ar.  Plut.  708, 
cf  Poll.  9,  72. — II.  the  rate  of  exchange 
in  changing  foreign  for  home  money, 
fixed  by  the  changer,  κολλυβιστί/ς, 
Cic.  2  Act.  in  Verr.  3,  78,  Alt.  12,  0. 
— III.  a  small  gold  weight,  Theophr. 
(The  word  is  said  to  be  Phoenician  : 
Riemer  takes  it  to  be  akin  to  κολο- 
βός, comparing  κέομα  from  κείρω.) 

Κολλύρα,  ας,  η,  prob.  much  the 
same  as  κόλλιξ,  Ar.  Pac.  123,  Fr. 
303.  [ii]     Hence 

Κολλνρίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  to  bake  κολλύ- 
pai,  LXX.,  in  mid. 

Κολλύριον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  κολ- 
λνρα,  eye-salve,  Lat.  coUyrium,  in  ear- 
lier writers,  as  Hipp.,  usu.  κολλον- 
ριον :  it  was  made  in  small  cakes  of 
a  certain  form  (κο'λ7Λραί) :  also  in 
genl.  a  salve. — II.  a  fine  clay,  in  which 
a  seal  can  be  impressed,  [ϋ] 

Κυλλϋρίς,  ίδος,  ή,  dim.  from  κολ- 
λύρα, LXX. 

Κολλνρίτης,  ov,  ό,  sub.  ίρτος,= 
κολ/ίύρα,  κόλλιξ. 

Κολλυρίων,  ό,  also  κορυλλίων,  α 
bird  of  prey,  Arist.  Η.  Α. 

Κολλώδης,  ες,  (κόλλα,  είδος)  like 
glue,  vi.^cous.  Plat.  Crat.  427  Β. 

Κολοβή,  ης,  7),=  sq.,  Artemid. 

Κολόβιον,  ov,  τό.  an  under-gnrment, 
with  its  sleeves  curtailed  (v.  κολοβός), 
i.  e.  reaching  only  half  down  to  the 
elbow,  or  entirely  without  sleeves. 

Κο7Μβίων,  ωνος,  ό.=^ κολόβιον. 

Κολοβοανϋεω,  ώ,  ί.  -ήσω,  to  be  κο• 
λοβοανθής,  Theophr. :  from 

Κολοβοανΰής.  ές.  (κο?ιθβός,  άνθος) 
bearing  stunted  fiotvers,  ί.  e.  hapeleona- 
c'ous  flowers,  like  our  pease,  etc., 
Theophr. 

Κολοβοκέρϋ,τος,  ov,  (κολοβός,  κέ- 
oac)  with  stymied  horns,  short-horned. 

Κν,',Λ  ?(3o/Cf/9«of ,  ov,  with  a  docked 
tail,  stump-tailed 

Κολοβομάχη,  ης,  ή.  for  κολοβός  or 
κόλοΓ  μάχη,  the  interraptrd  battle,  as 
the  Gramm.  called  11,  Θ.  [ύ] 


KOAO 

Κολοβόπους,  ό,  ;/,  -πονν,  τό,  gen. 
-ποδός,  with  maimed  feet. 

Κολοβόρι'ΰν  and  -βϊς,  Ινος,  δ,  ή, 
(κολοβός,  βιν,βίς)  slunip-tiosed,  LXX. 

Κολοβός, όν,  (κόλος)  docked,  clipped, 
stunted,  curtal,  Lat.  curtus,  esp.  of  an- 
imals, short-horned,  short-eared,  etc., 
Arist.  H.  A.  :  maimed,  ynutilaled,  Xen. 
Cyr.  1,  4.  11  ;  and  c.  gen.,  κολοβός 
χειρών,  like  Lat.  truncus pedum,  Anth.: 
of  a  cup,  broken,  chijjpid,  Theopomp. 
ap.  Ath.  230  F :  in  genl.  short,  small, 
τείχος,  App. 

Κολοβόστάχνς,  ν,  gen.  νος,  ivith 
stunted  ears. 

Κολοβότης,  -ητος,  ή,  (κολοβός) 
sluntedness,  Plut. :  κ.  πνεύματος, short- 
ness of  breath  in  speaking.  Id.  i)em.  6. 

Κο?Μβοτράχηλος,  ov,  stump-necked. 
[a] 

Κολο/?ονρθζ•,  ov,  (κολοβός,  οίφύ) 
stump-taiUd,  Hesych. 

Κο/ιοβοω,  ώ,  (κολοβός)  to  dock,  cur- 
tail, shorten,  N.  T.  Pass,  to  be  stunted, 
stumpy,  short,  imperfect,  Arist.  H.  A. 
Hence 

Κολόβωμα,  ατος,  τό,  a  viutilation, 
imperfection,  Arist.  Metaph. 

Κολόβωσις,  εως,  ή,  mutilation,  Arist. 
Incess.  Anim. 

Κολοβωτής,  οϋ,  ό,  (κολοβόω)  a  mu- 
tilator :  esp.  one  who  clips  his  words  ia 
speaking. 

ΙΚολύη,  ης,  j],  Coloe,  a  lake  in  Ly- 
dia,  near  Sardis,  Strab.  p.  620;  hence 
Diana  was  called  Κολοιινή. 

Κολοιάρχοζ,  ov,  0,  (κολοώς,  άρχω) 
a  leader  of  jackdaws,  or  the  jackdaiv- 
general,  Ar.  Av.  1212. 

Κο'λοιάω,  ώ,  f.  -άσω,  (κολοιός)  to 
scream  like  a  jackdaw. 

Κολοιός,  ov,  ό,  a  jackdaw,  Lat.  gra- 
culus,  11.  16,  583;  17,  755,  where  in 
both  instances  the  jackdaws  are  men- 
tioned along  with  starlings  (ι^άρες) 
as  noisy  flocking  birds.  Proverbs : 
κυλοιός  ποτΐ  κο?Μΐόν,  '  birds  of  a 
feather  flock  together,'  Arist.  Eth. 
N. ;  κολοιός άλλοτρίυις πτεροΐς άγά?.- 
λεται,  Luc. ;  κολοιών  φωναί,  of  im- 
pudent noisy  talkers,  Polyb.  (Akia 
to  κολωός,  κολφάω,  q.  v.) 

Κολοιτέα,  ας,  ή,  also  κολοιτία, 
κοιλωτέα,  or  κολουτεα,  a  tree  that 
bears  pods,  Theophr. 

Κολοιώδης,  ες,  (κολοιός,  είδος) 
jackdaw-like,  i.  e.  flocking  and  noisy, 

Κολοκάνος,  δ,  v.  κολέκανος. 

Κολοκύσία,  ας,  ή,  Diosc,  or  κολο- 
κάσιον,  ου,  τό,  Nic.  [ΰ],  the  colocasia 
or  Aegyptian  bean,  a  beautiful  plant 
resembling  the  water-lily,  bearing 
large  rose-red  flowers,  found  in  the 
marshy  parts  of  Aegypt :  its  beans, 
roots,  and  even  its  stalks  were  es• 
teemed  a  savoury  food  ;  and  its  large 
leaves  made  into  drinking-cups  (κι- 
βώρια),  Voss.  Virg.  Eel.  4.  20. 

Κολο/£ορ(50Λ:οΛα,  ων,  τύ.  Com.  word 
for  κόλον  and  rop(5ry,  the  bowels,  only 
in  Philodem.  Ep.  20,  2,  Jac.  A.  P.  p. 
054. 

Κολοκτρνων,  δ,  v.  κολεκτρνών. 

Κολόκνμα,  ατος,  τό,  α  large  heavy 
wave  before  it  breaks  (κόλον  κνμα 
ace.  to  gramm.),  osji.  the  heavy  swell 
that  announces  a  storm  at  hand,  Ar. 
Eq.  092,  where  it  is  used  of  the 
swelling  threats  of  Cleon :  others 
make  it  another  form  of  σκώληξ,  cf. 
σκώληξ  HI. 

Κολοκννθη  or  κολοκύντη.  ης,  h, 
Hijjp.,  Ar.,  etc.,  the  latter  being  call- 
ed the  Att.  form.  Lob.  Phryn.  437; 
later  also  κολόκννθα,  Diosc. ; — thti 
round  gourd  or  pumpkin,  Lat.  cucurbi. 

ta,  the  long  one  being  called  auvo. 


ΚΟΛΟ 

Proverb,  of  health  from  its  fresh 
juicy  nature,  κο?ιθκύντας  ΰγιέστερον, 
Epich.  p.  101  ;  as  a  lily  was  of  death, 
ή  κρίνον  7/  κολ.,  Diphil.  ap.  Paroemi- 
ogr. : — oil  /.ημάς  κολοκύνταις,  v.  sub 
Λημάω.     Hence 

Κο'/.οκυνθιάς,  ύόος,  ή,  food  prepared 
from  pumpkins,  Anth. 

Κο/.οκύί'θίνος,  ψη,  wov,  made 
from  pumpkins,  Luc. 

ΚοΆοκυνθίς,  ίδος,  ή,  the  plant  colo- 
cyiiik  and  its  fruit,  Galen. 

Κολόκννθος  and  κο7Μκυντος,  ov,  6, 
=  κο/.όκνΐ'θα,  κο/.οκνντη,  Jac.  A.  P. 
p.  587,  Lob.  Phryn.  437. 

Κολοκύντη,  ης,  ή,  v.  sub  κολοκύν- 
θη. 

Κο?.οκνντιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  κο- 
7.οκνντη,  Phrjn.  (Com.)  Incert.  7. 

ΚόΛοί',  ov,  τό,  food,  meat,  fodder, 
whence  Eust.  derives  ΰκολος  and  κό- 
?.αξ. — 11.=κώ/.ον,  Αγ.  Eq.  455,  Nic. 
Ther.  2C0. 

^Κο?-όντας,  ov,  ό,  Colontas,  an  Ar- 
give,  Paus.  2,  35,  4. 

ΚΟΆΟΣ,  ov,  docked,  dipped,  stunt- 
ed, Lat.  curtus,  κό/ίΟν  όόρν,  a  broken 
spear,  II.  16,  117  :  later  esp.  of  o.xen, 
goats,  etc.,  stump-horned  or  hornless, 
like  κολοβός,  Hdt.  4,  29,  Theocr.  8, 
51,  etc.:  κ.  μύχη=  κολοβομάχη. 
(Hence  κο7.ο3ός,  κολονω,  κολάζω  : 
akin  to  κυλλός.) 

'ίΚολοσσαενς,  έας,  ό,  an  inhab.  of 
Volossae,  a  Colossian,  N.  T.  :  from 

ίΚολοσσαί.  ών,  ai,  Colossae,  a  city 
of  Greater  Phrygia  on  the  Lycus, 
(succeeded  by  a  later  town  Chonae,  at 
a  short  distance  from  its  site,  now 
Khonas)  Hdt.  7,30  ;  Xen.  An.  1,  2,  6  ; 
also  written  less  correctly  Κολασ- 
σαί. 

Κολοσσηνός,  ή,  υν,  of  Colossae, 
Colossian,  Strab.  p.  578 :  Colossian- 
dyed,  epta,  Strab.  (What  this  meant 
is  unknown.) 

Κο/ΜσσίαΙος,  αία,  αΐον,  never  κο- 
?Μσσαϊος,  Lob.  Phryn.  542,  {κο?Μσ- 
σός)  colossal,  Diod.,  etc. 
Κο?Μσσικός,  ή,  oj-',=foreg.,  Diod. 
Κολοσσοβύμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  {κο- 
/Μσσός,  βαίνω)  with  colossal  stride, 
Lye.  [a]  ^ 

Κο/Μσσοτνοιός,  όν,  {κολοσσός,  ττοί- 
έω)  making  colossal  statues. 

Κολοσσός,  ov.  ό,  a  colossus,  gigantic 
statue,  Hdt.  2,  130,  149,  etc. ;  seem- 
ingly also  a  statue  without  reference 
to  size,  Aesch.  Ag.  416  (the  only 
place  it  is  found  in  good  Att.  writers). 
The  most  famous  colossus  was  that 
of  Apollo  at  Rhodes  seventy  cubits 
high,  made  in  the  time  of  Demetrius 
Poliorcetes,  cf.  Diet.  Antiqq.  (The 
origin  unknown.) 

Κολοσσονργία,  ας,  η,  {κολοσσός, 
*εργω)  the  making  of  a  colossus,  Strab. 
Κολοσνρτός,  οϋ,  ό,  noise,  din,  or  a 
noisy  crowd,  of  men  and  dogs,  11.  12, 
147;  13,  472.  cf.  Hes.  Th.  880,  Ar. 
Plut.  536.  Only  poet.  (From  κέΛλω 
ace.  to  Doderl.  Lat.  Synonym.  2,  p. 
94,  4  :  prob.  akin  to  κο/.φός.) 

'^Κο/.οττιαΐος,  ov,  =  Κολοσσιαίος, 
Diod.  S.  11,  72. 

Κολονραΐος,  αία,  αΐον,=^κόλονρος, 
κ.  ττέτρα,  α  steep,  abrupt  rock.  Call. 
Fr.  66. 

Κολονρίς,  ίδος,  ή,  {κό7^ης,  ουρά) 
dock-tailed,  Timocr.  ap.  Plut.  The- 
mist.  21 :  from 

Κόλονρος,  ov,  {κάλος,  οίφα)  dock- 
tailed,  κ.  όρνις,  a  bird  that  has  lost  its 
tail  from  age,  Plut.,  cf.  κόθονρος  and 
κηφην :  in  genl.  docked,  truncated. 
Math.  Vett. — II.  oi  κό?.ονροι,  sub. 
γραμμαί,  the  colures,  two  circles  pass- 
ing through  the  equinoctial  and  sol- 


ΚΟΑΠ 

stitial   points,    intersecting    at    the 
poles,  Procl. 

Κο7.ονροείδώς,  adv.  {κόλονρος,  εΐ- 
όος)  crossitig  like  the  colures,  of  the 
teeth  of  elephants  crossing  each 
other  obliquely. 

Κο?Μύρωσις,  εως,  η,  as  if  from  κο- 
?ιθνρόω,:^κόλονσις. 

Κόλονσις,  εως,  ή,  {ko7mvu)  a  dock- 
ing, clipping,  cutting  short,  Arist.  Pol., 
and  Theophr. 

Κό7.ονσμα,  ατός,  τό,  (κολονω)  that 
which  is  docked,  clipped,  etc. 
Κο7.οντέα,  ?'/,  v.  1.  for  κο7ι.οιτέα. 
Κολοΰω,  fut.  -ούσω,  pass.  perf.  κε- 
κό7,ονμαί  and  κεκό7.ονσμαί,  aor.  εκο- 
7.οί•θην  and  έκολονσθην,  {κό7ος).  To 
dock,  clip,  curtail,  cut  short,  ΰστάγνας, 
Hdt.  5,  92,  6,  cf.  Eur.  Eurysth.  2 ; 
βότρνς,  Theophr. :  but  in  Horn.,  who 
first  uses  it,  always  in  metaph.  signf., 
ετϊος  μεσσηγν  κο7.ούειν,  to  cut  short  a 
word  in  the  middle,  Lat.  praecidere, 
i.  e.  leave  it  unfinished,  opp.  to  τε/.είν, 
II.  20,  370  ;  δώρα  κο/.ονειν,  to  abridge, 
curtail  gifts,  Oct.  11,  340  ;  εο  δ'  αντοϋ 
πάντα  κο/.ονει,  he  perils  or  destroys 
all  his  own  welfare,  Od.  8,211:  also 
like  κο7.άζω,  which  is  akin  to  it  and 
more  freq.  in  prose,  to  check,  restrain, 
put  down.  Γα  ν~ερέχοντα,  Hdt.  7,  10, 
5,  δήμον,  Eur.  Alcm.  4,  Plat.  Prot. 
343  C.  Pass,  to  be  cut  short  or  abridged, 
Aesch.  Pers.  1035;  τινός,  of  Ά  thing, 
Thuc.  7,  66.  {κο7Μ<ω  is  ace.  to  Do- 
derl. the  same  with  κρούω,  as  φν7Ασ- 
σω  with  φράσσω,  καλύπτω  with  κρύπ- 
τω.) 

Κο7.οφών,  ύνος,  ό,  α  summit,  top, 
pinnacle  ;  hence  κο7ιθφώνα  έπιθεϊναι, 
like  βρι-/κόν  έττ..  to  put  the  finishing 
stroke,  Heind.  Euthyd.  301  E,  cf  κο- 
ρνφη  4,  and  κορωνίς  II.  2 :  in  Plut.  a 
sort  of  ball  for  placing  with. 

ίΚολοώώΐ',  ώνος,  y,  Colojihon,  one  of 
the  twelve  Ionian  cities  on  the  coast 
of  Asia  Minor,  Mimn.  9,  3,  Hdt.  1, 
142,  Thuc.  3,  36.     Henco 

ιΚο7Λφωνιακός,  ή,  όν,  of  Colophon, 
τα  ΚοΛ...Λ:ά,  icritings  relating  to  Co- 
lophon, Alh.  569  D. 

Ιίίολοφώνιος,  a,  ov,  Colopho7iian,  of 
or  from  Colophon,  Hdt.  1,  150,  hence 
as  subst.,  ή  Κο7.οφωνία,  .sub.  Ι)7]τίνη, 
Colophonium,  resin,  Galen ;  and  τά 
Κο7.οφώνια,  sub.  υποδήματα,  a  kind 
of  shoes,  Hesych. 

τΚολοζ^ωΡί'ωΐ'  /.ιμήν,  6,  harbour  of  the 
Colophonians,  in  Chalcidice  near  To- 
rone,  Thuc.  5,  2  :  but  v.  Bloomf.  ad 
loc. 

Κολ— i'af,  ov,  ό,  {κό7.πος)  bosoming, 
sivelling  in  folds,  κ.  πέΰ/.ος,  Aesch. 
Pers.  1060. 

Κο7ι,πίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {κό7,πος)  to  form 
into  a  bosom  or  fold. 

Κο7ίπίτ}/ς,  ov,  ό,  dwelling  on  a  κόλ- 
πος or  bay,  Philostr. 

Κο7.ποειδής,  ες,  {κό7^πος,  είδος)  like 
a  κό7.πος  or  bay,  Ael.  Adv.  -δώς, 
Strab. 

ΚΟΆΠΟΣ,  ov,  ό,  the  bosom,  lap, 
in  Horn.  esp.  έ~1  κό7^,πον  εχειν,  /ίόλττω 
όέςασθαι  and  ΰποδέξασθαι,  as  an  ex- 
pression of  maternal  love  :  Ιμάντα 
κό7ιπω  έγκαταθεΐναι,  to  put  a  girdle 
on  the  bosom,  II.  14,  219,  223:  later 
also  the  mother^s  womb. —  II.  a  bosom- 
like fold  of  a  garment,  the  fold  or  swell 
formed  by  a  loose  garment,  esp.  as  it 
fell  over  the  girdle,  oft.  in  plur.,  as 
II.  9,  570  ;  22,  80  :  this  fold  sometimes 
served  for  a  pocket,  as  we  find  it  in 
Od.  15,  469. — III.  any  bosom-like  hol- 
low, as — 1.  θαλάσσης,  ά7Μς  κό7^πον 
νποδνναι,  to  go  under  the  lap  of 
ocean,  i.  e.  the  deep  hollow  between 
the  waves,  or  the  cavernous  depths  of 


KOAX 

the  sea,  II.  18,  140 ;  21,  125  ;  also  in 
plur.,  κό/.πονς  ύ7.ός,  Od.  5,  52. — 2.  a 
boy  or  creek  of  the  sea,  11.  2,  560,  and 
so  more  freq.  later,  Hdt.  4,  99  ;  7,  58, 
198,  etc. — 3.  also  a  deep  retired  vale, 
Jac.  A.  P.  p.  231. — 4.  a  fistulous  ulcer 
which  spreads  under  the  skin,  Galen. 
— It  corresponds  to  the  Lat.  sinus. 
(Modern  Gr.  κό7.φος,  whence  ItaJ. 
golfo,  our  gulf:  prob.  also  akm  to 
Lat.  glob-US,  Pott  Et.  Forsch.  2, 206.) 
Hence 

Κολττόω,  ώ,  to  form  into  a  bosom  or 
sji-ell,  esp.  to  make  a  sail  belly  or  swell, 
Lat.  sinuare,  Luc.  Pass,  to  bosom  or 
sxvell  out,  Arist.  H.  A.  :  to  curve  like  a 
bay,  Polyb. 

Κο7.πώδης,  ες,  {κό?,πος,  είδος)  like 
a  bosom,  embosomed,  embayed,  Eur.  I. 
A.  120,  etc. :  winding,  sinuous,  παρά- 
π7Μνς,  Polyb. — II.  metaph.  of  dis- 
course, loose,  diffuse,  Dion.  H. 

Κ(5λ-ω/ία,  ατός,  τό,  {κολπόω)  a 
folded,  swelling  garment. 

ΚόΑ.πωσις,  εως,  ή,  {  κολπόω  )  the 
forming  into  a  bosom,  swell  or  fold,  κ. 
πτερών,  the  swelling  of  wings  by  the 
wind,  Hdn. 

Κολ-ωτόο,  7],  όν,  {κο7.πόω)  formed 
into   bosoms   or  folds,  folded,  χιτών, 

Κο/ιύβδαινα,  ης,  ή,  a  kind  of  crab, 
Epich.  p.  27. 

Κο7.ΰβριον,  ov,  TO,  another  form  of 
μο?.όβριον,  q.  v. 

Κό7.νθρον,  ov,  TO,  also  κό7.ντρον,  a 
ripe  fig,  Ath. 

Κό/^νθρος,  ov,  δ,  the  testicle,  Arist. 
Probl.  16,  4. 

Κο7Λαβάς,  άδος,  η,=:  κο7Μμβίς, 
dub. — II.  κ.  έλαια,  an  olive  swimming 
in  brine,  Lob.  Phryn.  118. 

Κο7.ύμβατος,  ?/,  v.  1.  for  «ολιίί/ψα- 
τος.^  ,  .        '  ' 

Κο7ινμβάω,  ώ,  f.  -ησω,  to  dive.  Plat. 
Lach.  193  C  ;  κ.  εις  φρέαρ.  Id.  Prot. 
350  A,  cf  sq.  :  to  jump  into  the  sea  and 
swim,  N.  T. 

Κο7.νμβήθρα,  ας,  ή,  a  place  for 
diving,  a  swimming-bath.  Plat.  Rep. 
453  D  ;  κο7.νμβάν  εις  κολνμβϊ/θραν 
μύρον,  Alex.  Incert.  28. 

Κολνμβησις,  εως.  ή,  {κο7.νμβάω)  α 
diving,  swimming,  Arr. 

ΚολνμβΊ]τήρ,  ηρος,  o,=  sq.,  Aesch. 
Supp.  408. 

Κο7.νμβητ7Ίς,  ov,  ό,  {κο7.νμ3άω)  a 
diver,  swinuuer,  Thuc.  4,  26. 

Κο?.νμβητικός,  ή,  όν,  {κο7.νμβάω) 
belonging  to,  fitted  for  diving  :  ή  -κή, 
sub.  τέχνη,  the  art  of  diving.  Plat. 
Soph.  220  A. 

Κο7.νμβίς.  ίδος,  ή,  a  sea-bird,  a  di- 
ver, Ar.  Av.  304,  Arist.  H.  A. 

Κό7Λ>μβος,  ov,  ό,  a  diver,  swimmer, 
=  κο7.νμβίς,  Ar.  Ach.  876. — II.  = 
κολνμβησις,  Paus.  2,  35,  1 ;  Anth.  P. 
9,  82._ 

Κο7ίνμφατος,  η,  or  -βάτος,  a  plant, 
which  indicates  moist  ground,  The- 
ophr. 

Κολί^τέα,  ας,  ή,  cf.  κο7,οιτέα. 

ΚόλιτροΓ,  ov,  τό,  V.  κυλνθρον. 
ιΚο/.νττός,  (also  wr.  Κο7./.νττόςζηά 
Κο7.7.νΓύς)  οϋ,  ό,  Colyttus,  an  Attic 
deme  of  the  tribe  Aegei's.     Hence 

ΤΚολνττενς,  έως,  ό,  an  inhab.  of  Co- 
lyttus, one  of  the  deme  Colyttus,  Xen. 
Hell.  5,  1,  26. 

ιΚο7-χ7]ίς,  ίδος,  ή,=  Κο7.χίς  II.  2, 
Nic.  ΑΙ.  249. 

Κο7.χικόν,  οϋ,  τό,  a  plant  with  a 
poisonous  bulbous  root,  meadow-saf- 
fron, colchicum,  Nic,  and  Diosc. ;  cf, 
έφήμερον  II. 

\Κολχικόΐ,  ή,  όν,  of  the  Colchians, 
Colchiaa,  Hdt.  2,  105. 
^Κο/.χίς,  ίδος,    ή,  pecul.    fem.  to 
791 


KOMA 

foreg.,Cokhir.n,  K.ala,  Ildt.  1,2.-11. 
as  subst.— 1.  7}  Κο'/.χίς,  the  land  of  the 
Colchians,  Colchis,  Hdt.  1,  101,  alsoiy 
Κό'λχον  ala,  Eur.  Med.  2. — 2.  the 
Colchian  female,  Eur.  Med.  132,  i.  e. 
Medea. 

ίΚόλ,γοί,  ων,  ol,  the  Colchians,  a 
people  of  Asia  dwelling  at  the  east  of 
the  Eu.Kine,  around  the  Phasis,  said 
to  derive  their  origin  from  the  Ae- 
gj'ptians,  Hdt.  2,  104  ;  4,  37  ;  Xen. 
An.  4,  8,  8  :  in  allusion  to  this  de- 
scent called  Κελαίνωπες,  in  Find.  P. 
4,377. 

^Κό7.χος,  6.  ή,  as  adj.  Colchian,  στό• 
^Of,  Αρ.  Kh.  4,  485,^  K.  =KoZrif 
II.  2. 

Ko/.j^fof,  ov,  b,  later  and  rare  form 
for  κόχΆος,  Jac.  A.  P.  p.  593,  842. 

Κο/ωάω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσυ,  {κο?.<,)ός)  to 
CTy,  shout,  bawl,  scold,  II.  2,  212 ;  Ion. 
κο/.ωέω,  Antim.  27.  (Not  the  same 
as  κολοίάω,  V.  κο?.(.)ός.) 

iKo?Mvai,  ών,  αϊ,  Colonae,  a  city  of 
Troas,  Xen.  Hell.  3,  1,  13,  in  Thuc. 

1,  131,  called  al  Ύρωϊάδες ;  Strab. 
mentions  another  in  .\sia  Minor  near 
Lampsacus,  p.  589  ;  and  three  others 
in  Thcssaly.  Phocis,  and  Erythraea, 
otherwise  unknown. 

K0AS2'iN'H,  7ΐς,  ή,  a  hill,  mound,  II. 

2,  811;  11,  757:  esp.  a  sepulchral 
mound,  barrow,  Lat.  tunuilus.  Soph. 
El.  894 :  cf.  κολωνός.  (Cf.  Lat.  col- 
lis,  cubnen,  our  cairn,  etc..  Pott  Et. 
Forsch.  1,  227.)  ^ 

Κολωι-'/α,  ας,  η,  (κο?ι.ώνη)  a  grave, 
as  the  Eleans  called  it,  ap.  Hesych. 

iKo?.uvca,  ας,  ή,  the  Lat.  Colonic, 
applied  to  many  towns  in  which  col- 
onies had  been  established  by  the 
Romans,  as  Philippi,  N.  T.  Act.  16, 
12. 

^Κο?.ωνίδες,  ων,  al,  Colonidr.s,  a  city 
of  Messenia,  founded  by  Attic  colo- 
nists. Pans.  4,  34,  8. 

Κολωνοείότ'ις,  ες,  {κη?Μνη,  εΐόος) 
like  a  hill  or  barrow,  Schol.  Ap.  Rh. 

Κο?.(νΐ'ός,  υϋ,  ό,-=κ.ο7.ώνη,  a  hill, 
Η.  Horn.  Cer.  273,  299,  Hes.  Fr.  19. 
1,  Hdt.  4,  181,  etc.  :  κ.  'λίθων,  a  heap 
of  stones.  Id.  4,  92. — II.  Colonus.  a 
deme  of  Attica  lying  on  and  round  a 
hill,  famous  for  a  temple  of  Neptune, 
a  grove  of  the  Furies  and  the  tomli 
of  Oedipus,  and  immortalised  by 
Sophocles,  who  was  a  native  of  it, 
in  his  Oedipus  Coloneus  :  hence  Ko- 
?Μνεύς,  έως,  Κο?.ωνί~ης  and  Κο/.ω- 
νΐάτης,  ό,  one  of  t/te  deme  Colonus. 

Κολωόξ" ,  ov,  6,  a  brawling,  tvransling, 
κολωον  έλαύνειν.  II.  1,  575.  Only 
poet.  (Hence  κο?.ωύω,  akin  to  κο- 
/ίΟΐός,  κο7.οιάω,  and  κυ/.οσνρ-ός  :  the 
common  root  of  all  these  words  is, 
ace.  to  Buttm.  Lexil.  in  voc,  καλέω, 
κέ7.ομαι.) 

tKoAUr7/f,  ov,  i,  Coldtes,  a  statuary 
of  Pares,  Paus.  5,  20,  2.-2.  an  Epi- 
curean philosopher  against  whom 
Plutarch  wrote,  Diog.  L.  10. 

Κύμαιθος,  ov,  'κόμη,  αίθω)  with 
fiery  hair,  Lyc.  934. 

^Κοιιαίθώ.  ονς,  ή,  Comaetho,  daugh- 
ter of  Pterelaus,  Apollod.  2,  4,  3. 

tKo/jilva,  ων,  τύ,  Comuaa,  a  city  in 
the  Cappadocian  district  Cataonia, 
now  Al-Bostan,  Strab.  p.  535. — 2.  τά 
Ποί'Γίκά,  in  Pontus,  near  the  source 
of  the  Iris,  Id.  p.  557. — In  both  were 
temples  of  Comana  the  Syrian  god- 
dess='Et't;u. 

<ΚομΟ,νία,  ac,  ή,  Comania,2i  fortress 
of  Mvsia,  prob.  near  Pergamus,  Xen. 
An.  7,  8,  15. 

iKoμavός,  οΰ,  ό,  Comanus,  a  minis- 
ter of  Ptolemy  Physcon,  Polyb.  28, 
16,  L 

782 


KOiiH 

Κημαρίς,  ίύος,  ή,  a  kind  of  fish, 
Epich.  p.  36. 

Κόμύρον,  ov,  TO,  the  fruit  of  the  tree 
κήμαρυς. 

Κόμΰρος,  ov,  6,  and  ή,  the  straw- 
berry-tree, arbutus,  Ar.  Av.  620,  Am- 
phis  Incert.  0  :  its  fruit  being  κόμαρην 
and  μιμαίκυ?.ον :  the  wild  and  smaller 
kind  with  inferior  fruit  was  άιτ5ράγΐ7/. 
^Κόμαρος,  ov,  ύ,  Comarus,  a  harbour 
of  Epirus  near  Actium,  Strab.  p.  324. 
Κομάροφάγος,  ov,  (.κόμΰρος,  φυ- 
γείν) eating  the  fruit  of  the  arbutus, 
Ar.  Av.  240.  [u] 

^Κομάτας,  (ί)οτ.=ζΚομήτης)  ό,  Co- 
matas,  name  of  a  shepherd,  Theocr. 
5,4. 

Κομάω,  ώ,  fut.  -ήσω,  {κόμη)  to  let 
the  hair  grow  long,  wear  long  hair, 
Ά:1αντες  ότηθεν  κομόωντες,  II.  2, 
542,  έθείρτ/σιν  κομόωντε,  11.  θ,  42; 
13,  24  ;  also.  κ.  την  κεφαλήν,  Hdt.  4, 
168,  cf.  180,  191  :  as  long  hair  was 
considered  an  especial  ornament  (cf. 
Hdt.  1,  82),  κομύν  was  used  as  we 
say  to  plume  one\s  self  i.  e.  to  be  proud, 
haughty,  give  one^s  self  airs,  like  Lat. 
cristarn  tollere,  as,  οντάς  εκόμησε  εττΐ 
τνραννίόι,  he  aimed  at  the  monarchy, 
Hdt.  5,  71,  cf.  Ar.  Vesp.  1317  ;  so,  κ. 
έ~ι  κά/ι?.ει,  to  plume  one's  self  on  one's 
beauty,  Plut.  Caes.  45.— Originally 
the  Greeks  in  genl.  seem  to  have 
worn  their  hair  long,  whence  κα/ιη- 
κομόωντες  Αχαιοί,  in  Hom.  At 
Sparta  it  continue(l  the  custom  for 
all  the  citizens  to  wear  long  hair. 
But  at  Athens  it  was  worn  only  by 
youths  until  the  18th  year  :  they  then 
entered  the  age  of  έόηβοι,  were  en- 
rolled in  the  list  of  citizens,  etc.  (cf. 
(pparpia);  and  to  wear  long  hair 
alter  this  time  was  considered  as  a 
sign  of  pride  and  foppishness,  except 
among  the  Ίττττης,  cf.  Ar.  Eq.  580: 
but,  although  Athen.  adults  wore  the 
hair  short,  they  retained  the  phrase 
μί/  κημάν  or  κείρασθαι  as  a  sign  of 
mourning,  cf  Eur.  Ale.  818,  Plat. 
Phaed.  89  C,  etc. — II.  also  of  horses, 
χρνσένσιν  έθείρτισίν  κομόωντε,  11.  13, 
24. — 111.  metaph.  of  trees,  plants,  etc., 
ούθαρ  ΰρονρης με7"/.εν  ΰφαρ  ταναοίσι 
κομι'/σειν  άσταχύεσσι,  soon  were  the 
fields  to  wave  With  long  ears,  H.  Hom. 
Cer.  454 ;  so.  αίγειρος  φνλλοισι  κο- 
μόωσα.  Αρ.  Rh.,  etc. — 1\'.  άστηρ  κο- 
μόων,=  κομήτης,  Arat. 

^Κομ,-Ιύβος.  ον,  ό,  Combabus,  a  friend 

of  Seleucus  Nicator.  Luc.  D.  Syr.  19. 

Κομβίον,  ου,  τύ,  dim.  from  κύμΐ3ος. 

Κομ3ο7.ύτης,  ov,  ό,  (κόμβος,  λνω) 

α  cut-purse,  [ϋ] 

Κόμβος,  ον,  δ,  α  strip  of  cloth. 
(Hence  έγκομβόομαι,  έγκόμβωμα  and 
έτΓΐκόμβιον,  q.  v.) 

KOME'ii,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  take  care  of, 
attend  to,  tend,  in  11.  always  of  horses, 
so  too  H.  Hom.  Ap.  236 ;  and  of  a 
dog,  κύνα  κυμεΊν.  Hes.  Op.  602 :  but 
in  Od.  always  of  men,  to  attend  to, 
furnish  with  necessaries,  and  of  chil- 
dren, to  attend  to.  rear,  6nii^j/p,  joined 
with  ύ7ί-άλ?.ω,  Od.  11,  250.  Only 
poet.  (Hence  κομίζω,  κομψός,  κο- 
σμέω,  κόσμος,  and  Lat.  comere,  comp- 
tus,  but  no  root  K0'M12  occurs.  It 
seems  akin  to  κόυη,  κομάω.) 
Koufw.  Ion.  for  κοιιάω. 
ΚΟΜΗ,  ης,  ή,  the  hair,  hair  of  the 
head,  Lat.  coma,  Hom. ;  more  rarely 
in  plur.,  like  Od.  6,  231  ;  κόμαι 
Χαρίτεσσιν  όμοϊαι,  for  κόμαις  Χα- 
ρίτων όμοϊαι,  II.  17,  51  ;  τί7.7-ειν  κό- 
μην,  to  tear  the  hair,  II.  22,  406;  κεί- 
ρασθαι κόμην,  to  have  one's  hair  cut, 
0(1.  4,  19S,  usu.  in  sign  of  mourning, 
cf.  κομάω  I.  fin.  ;  so,  κόμην  κείρειν 


KOMI 

Τίνί,  to  cut  off  one's  hair  in  honottr  of 
any  one,  as  an  offering  to  the  dead, 
11.  23,  146,  cf.  151,  152:  κόμην  τρέ- 
φειν,  to  let  the  hair  grow  long,  Hdt. 
1,  82;  so,  K.  ίχειν,  Ar.  Av.  911,  cf. 
κομάω:  of  the  beard,  Epict. — II. 
metaph.  like  coma,  the  foliase,  leaves 
of  trees,  Od.  23,  195,  so  of  grass, 
Theophr.,  etc. — III.  the  luminous  tail 
of  a  cojiiet. 

Κομητάμννίας,  ov,  ό,  {κομάω,  Άμν• 
νιας)  comic  alteration  of  the  ηίτ.'.ό 
Amynias,  as  it  Were,  Pride-a~nynias, 
Ar.'Vesp.  466. 

^Κημητΰς,  ΰ,  ό,  Cometas,  a  poet  of 
the  .Antholog}'. 

^Κομήτης,  ov,  ό,  Comeies,  father  of 
the  Argonaut  Asterius,  Ap.  Rh.  1,  35. 
— Others  in  Paus.  etc. 

Κομήτης,  ov,  0,  {κομάω)  wearing 
long  hair,  long-haired,  Orac.  ap.  Hdt. 
6,  19,  Ar.  Nub.  348  :  ιός  κομήτης,  a 
feathered  arrow.  Soph.  Tr.  567  ;  cov- 
ered with  leaves,  grass  or  flowers, 
θίφσος  κίσσω  κομήτης,  Eur.  Bacch. 
1055. — II.  κομήτης,  with  Or  without 
αστήρ,  a  comet,  Arist.  Meteor. 

^Κομηών,  ωνος,  ό,  Comeon,  a  Rho- 
dian  ruler,  ap.  Ath.  444  D. 

Κομΐδή,  ης,  ή,  (κομίζω)  attendance, 
attention,  care,  Hom.  :  in  11.  like  κο- 
μεω  always  of  attention  to  horses,  II. 
8,  186  ;  23,  41 1,  in  Od.  of  attention  to 
men  ;  also  the  management,  care  of  a 
garden,  Od.  24,  245,  247 :  from  this 
signf.  we  have  the  dat.  κομιδή  used 
as  adv.,  v.  sq.— II.  a  bringing  or  carry- 
ing, conveyance,  supplies,  stock  of  pro- 
visions procured,  Od.  8,  232 :  esp.  a 
procuring  of  supplies,  importation,  Thuc. 
6,  21,  Isocr.  224  B,  etc. :  a  gathering 
in  of  harvest,  καρττών  κ.,  Xen.  Cyr. 
5,  4,  25. — 2.  (from  mid.)  a  carrying 
awny  for  one's  self,  a  rescue,  recovery, 
τινός,  of  a  person  or  thing.  Hdt.  9, 
73. — 3.  (from  pass.)  a  going  or  coming, 
Hdt.  6,  95  ;  esp.  a  return,  means  of 
gittinghack,  Id.  4,  134;  7, 170,  229,  etc. 

Κομΐδή.  dat.  from  κομιδή,  used  as 
adv.,  by  others  written  κομιδή,  ivith 
care,  carefully,  exactly,  just,  ίστί  κ. 
μεσημβρία,  Ar.  Fr.  125  :  hence  like 
τζάνν,  wholly,  entirely,  altogether,  Plat., 
etc.  :  very  much,  absolutely,  quite,  κ. 
άτέχνως.  Plat.  Gorg.  501  A,  μειρα- 
kv7j.iov  ών  Κ-,  Dem.  539,  23:  hence 
in  answers,  κομιδή  μεν  ovv,just  so, 
ave  and  more  than  that,  Ar.  Plut.  833, 
Plat.  Theaet.  155  A. 

Κομίζω :  f.  -ίσω  Att.  -ίώ,  mid. 
-ΐονμαι,  (κομέω).  To  take  care  of, 
provide  for,  supply  with  necessaries,  en- 
tertain, τινά,  oft.  in  Horn.,  though 
rare  in  Att.,  as  Aesch.  Cho.  262,  344  : 
also  in  mid.,  κομίζίσθαί  τίνα,  to  re- 
ceive him  hospitably  at  one's  house,  II. 
8,284,  Od.  14,  310:  but  in  ovtl  κομι- 
ίόμενύς  γε  θάμιζεν  it  is  pass.,  not 
often  was  he  attended  to,  Od.  8,  451. 
— 2.  of  things,  to  take  care  of,  mind, 
attend  to,  do,  esp.,  τα  σ'  αϊ'τής  έργα 
κόμιζε,  mind,  attend  to  thine  own  af- 
fairs, Hom.:  κτήματα  κομίζειν.  to 
manage -propeTty,  Od.  23,  355:  in  mid., 
έργα  Αημήτερος  κομίζεσθαι.  to  attend 
to  the  labour  of  one's  land,  Hes.  Op. 
391  ;  so,  Αιιμήτερος  ιερόν  άκτήν  με- 
τρώ εν  κομίσασΟαι  εν  ύγγεσιν,  Hes. 
Op.  598. — II.  to  take  up  and  carry  away, 
esp.  in  order  to  keep  or  save  it,  νε• 
κρόν  κ.,  to  lift  up  and  carry  away  a 
corpse,  to  save  it  from  the  enemy,  II. 
13,  196  :  hence  also,  νεκρον  κομίζειν, 
to  carry  out,  bury  the  dead,  like  εκφέ- 
ρειν.  Soph.  Aj.  139],  Isae.  71,  13: 
κόμισαί  με,  carry,  convey  me  away, 
carri/  inc  to  a  place  0/ safety,  11.  5,  359  ; 
χ/.αϊναν  έκόμισσε  κήρνξ,  the  herald 


KOMM 

Ufted  up  the  mantle,  that  it  might  not 
be  lost,  II.  2,  183  ;  so  too,  τρνφά'/.είαν 
έκόιιισσαν  εταίροι,  11.  3,  378  :  —  in 
mid.,  Σίντιες  έκομίσαντο  πεσόντα, 
the  Sinlians  raised  him  up  and  took 
care  of  him  among  themselves,  II.  1, 
59-1. — 2.  to  carry  off  or  away,  άκοντα 
κόμισε  χροί,  i.  e.  carried  it  oft"  stick- 
ing in  him,  11.  14,  456,  cf.  463  ;  so  in 
mid.,  εγχος  kv  χροϊ  κομίζεσθαι,  11.  22, 
286  :  hence  esp.  to  carry  off  as  a  prize, 
as  booty,  II.  2,  875;  11,  738;  hence 
later  freq.  in  mid.,  to  get,  gain,  receive, 
Lat.  sibi  acqiiirere,  Orac.  ap.  Hdt.  1, 
67,  Ar.  Vesp.  690,  etc.,  cf.  Valck. 
Hipp.  431. — 3.  in  genl.  to  carry,  con- 
vey, bear,  II.  23,  699,  Od.  13,  68,  Hdt., 
etc. — 1.  to  bring  to.  Soph.  Aj.  530, 
Plat.  Rep.  370  Ε  :  to  gather  in  corn, 
καρττον  κ.,  Hdt.  2,  14  :  to  import,  εις 
τους  °Έ,λ7.ηνας,  Isocr.  227  A,  etc. : 
and  so  in  mid.,  Hdt.  6,  118,  etc. — 5. 
to  take,  conduct,  escort,  lead,  Soph. 
Phil.  841,  Plat.,  etc. ;  κ.  ναϋς,  Thuc. 
2,  85,  etc. :  mid.  to  bring  with  one, 
bring  along,  Plat. — 6.  to  get  back,  res- 
cue, save,  τινά,  Pind. ;  tlvu  έκ  θανά- 
του, Id.  P.  3,  97  :  simplj'  to  bring  back, 
also  ττά/Λν  Κ;  Plat.  Phaed.  107  E. — 
Mid.  to  get  back,  recover,  tuv  τταϊδα, 
Eur.  Bacch.  1225,  τους  νεκρούς, 
Thuc.  6,  103. — 7.  to  receive,  entertain, 
Thuc.  3,  65;  and  so  in  mid.,  κ.  tlvu 
εις  την  οίκίαν,  Andoc.  16,  37. — Β. 
pass,  to  be  carried  Or  brought,  bring 
one's  self,  1.  e.  to  go,  come,  journey, 
travel,  by  land  or  sea,  Hdt.  5,  43, 
Aesch.  Ag.  1035,  etc. :  to  betake  one's 
self,  παρά  τίνα,  Hdt.  1,  73. — 2.  esp. 
to  come  or  go  back,  return,  oft.  in  Hdt., 
Xen.,  etc. :  in  this  signf.  Hdt.  uses 
also  aor.  mid.,  6,  118. 

Κόμιου,  ov,  τό,  (κόμη)  dim.  of  κό- 
μη, Epict. — II.  the  scalp  with  the  hair, 
cf.  Wess.  Hdt.  4,  64  ;  also  προκό- 
μιον. 

Κομιστέος,  έα,  εον,  verb.  adj.  from 
κομίζω,  to  be  taken  care  of,  to  be  gath- 
ered in,  Aesch.  Theb.  600. — II.  κομι- 
στέον,  one  must  bring,  Plat.  Rep. 
413  D. 

Κομιστή, ής,ή,=^κομιόή  I.,  Hesych. 

Κομιστήρ,  ηρος,  o,=sq.,  Eur.  Hec. 
222. 

Κομιστής,  οΰ,  b,  (κομίζω)  one  who 
takes  care  of,  κ.  νεκρών,  one  who  buries 
the  dead,  Eur.  Supp.  25. — II.  α  bringer, 
■conductor.  Id.  Andr.  1268. 

Κομιστικός,  ή,  όν,  (κομίζω)  fit  for 
taking  care  of,  etc.,  κ.  φάρμακα,  revi- 
ving, strengthening  medicines,  Hipp. 
— II.  fit  for  carrying,  κ.  π?ΜΪα,  trans- 
ports," Hyperid.  ap.  Harp. 

Κομιστός,  ή,  όν,  (κομίζω)  taken  care 
of. — ίΐ.  brought,  Joseph. 

Κομίστρια,  ας,  ή,  fern,  from  κομι- 
στήρ, a  waiting-woman. 

Κύμιστρον,  ου,  τό,  (κομίζω)  the  hire 
of  a  carrier  :  in  plur.  pay  for  preserva- 
tion, reward  for  saving,  like  σύστρα, 
■φυγής  κόαιστρα,  Aesch.  Ag.  965,  cf 
Eur.  H.  F.  1387,  y.  κομίζω  II.  6. 

Κόμμα,  ατός,  τό,  (κόπτω)  that  u-hich 
is  struck,  hewn,  cut,  esp. — 1.  the  stamp, 
impression  of  a  coin,  Lat.  nota,  Ar.  Ran. 
726  ;  hence  proverb.,  πονηρού  κόμμα- 
τος, of  bad  stamp,  false  die,  Ar.  Plut. 
862 :  in  genl.  coin,  Id.  Ran.  890.— II. 
α  section  :  the  member  of  a  sentence, 
chiise,  comma,  Cic.  Orat.  62  :  elsewh. 
κώλοι'. — III.  the  refuse  of  corn  in 
thrashing,  chaff,  Dinarch.  ap.  Harp. 

ΙΚομμαγηνή,  ής,  ή,  Commngene,  a 
part  01  Syria,  bordermg  on  Cappado- 
cia,  Strab.  p.  521,  746:  Κομμαγηνοί, 
ών,  al,  the  inhab.  of  Commagene,  Id. 

Κομμάτίας,  ου,  b,  one  tvho  speaks  in 
short  clauses,  Philostr.,  cf.  κόμμα  II. 


KOMH 

Κομματικός,  ή,  όν,  (κόμμα  II.)  con- 
sisting of  single  or  short  clauses.  Adv. 
-κώς. — II.  κομματικά,  sub.  μέ?.η,  cho- 
ral songs  of  the  nature  of  κομμοί  (cf. 
κομμός  II.),  Grarnm. 

Κομμάτων,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  κόμ- 
μα, a  smalt  section,  segment,  piece,  esp. 
of  a  sentence,  Dion.  H. :  a  passage 
quoted  from  a  poem,  Eupol.  Incert.  31. 

Κόμμι,  τό,  gum,  Lat.  gummi  and 
commis,  Hdt.  2,  86,  96,  and  Hipp., 
where  the  word  is  indecl.  τοϋ  κόμμι, 
τω  κόμμι ;  τοϋ  κόμμεως  or  κόμμιδος. 
Lob.  Phryn.  288. 

Κομμίδιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  κόμμι, 
Galen. 

Κομμΐδώδης,  ες,  (κόμμι,  είδος)  like 
gum,  gummy,  Theophr. 

Κομμίζω,  ί.  -ίσω,  to  look  like  gum, 
Diosc. 

Κομμιώδης,  sf ,=:  κομμιδώδης,  Arist. 
H.  A. 

Κόμμοδος,  ov,  b,  the  Roman  Com- 
modus,  Hdn. 

Κομμός,  οϋ,  δ,  (κόπτω)  a  striking: 
esp.  like  Lat.  planctus  (from  plango), 
a  beating  of  the  head  and  breasts  in  la- 
mentation, hence  a  wail,  dirge.  Aesch. 
Cho.  423,  cf  Eur.  Tro.  789,  and  κόπ- 
τω fin. — II.  esp.  in  the  Att.  drama,  α 
song  sung  alternately  by  an  actor  and 
the  chorus,  usu.  a  mournful  dirge,  called 
also  κομματικον  μέλος,  Herm.  .\rist. 
Poet  12,  3,  9,  Elem.  -Metr.  p.  733. 

Κομμός,  οϋ,  ό,  (κοαέω)  care  bestowed 
on  dress,  dress,  decoration. 

Κομμόω,  ώ,  to  dress  up,  decorate, 
Themist.     Hence 

Κομμώ,  οϋς,  ή,=  κομμώτρια. 

Κόμμωμα.  ατός,  τό,  (κομμόω)  artifi- 
cial dress,  decoration,  LuC. 

Κόμμωσις,  εως,  ή,  (κομμόω)  α  dress- 
ing up,  decoration. 

Κομμωτήρ,  ήρος,  ό,  and  κομμωτής, 
οϋ,  ό,  (κομμόω)  one  who  dresses  up,  a 
decorator,  Plut.,  and  Luc.     Hence 

Κομμωτίζω,  fut.  -ίσω,  =  κομμόω, 
Synes.,  in  mid. 

Κομμωτικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to 
dressing  up  or  decorating  :  η  -κή,  sub. 
τέχνη,  the  art  of  dressing  up,  decoration. 
Plat.  Gorg.  463  B,  465  B.    Adv.  -κώς. 

Κομμώτρια,  ας,  ή,  fem.  from  κομ- 
μωτήρ, κομμωΤ7}ς,  a  female  who  dresses 
\ip  or  decorates,  a  tirewoman,  waiting- 
maid,  Ar.  Eccl.  737,  Plat.  Rep.  373  C. 

Κομμώτριον,  ov,  τό,  a  comb  or  some 
instrumerit  for  dressing  women,  Ar.  Fr. 
309,  18. 

Κομοτραφεω,  ω,  f.  -ήσω,  (κόμη,  τρέ- 
φω) to  let  the  hair  grow,  Lat.  comam 
alere,  Strab. 

Κομόωντες,  Ep.  part.  pres.  from 
κομάω  for  κομώντες,  11. 

Κομπάζω,  f.  -άσω,  (κόμπος)^κομ• 
πέω,  to  vaunt,  boast,  brag,  Aesch.  Ag. 
1671,  etc.  :  K.  επί  τινι,  to  speak  big 
against...,  Id.  Theb.  480:  c.  ace,  κ. 
Aoyov,  to  speak  big  words.  Id.  Ag. 
1400,  etc. ;  κ.  τέχνην,  to  boast  one's 
art.  Soph.  El.  1500:  c.  inf.  to  boast 
that...,  Aesch.  Ag.  1130.— The  pass, 
is  also  found  in  same  siarnf.  ?,  Aesch. 
Theb.  500,  Eur.  Ale.  497,  H.  F.  64. 

Κο/ί7Γασ£ΐ'ζ•,  ό,  comic  word,  one  of 
the  borough  Κόμπος,  as  if  a  Bragsman, 
Ar.  Av.  1126. 

\Κομπάσιον,  ov,  τό,  Compasium,  a 
place  in  Arcadia,  Polyb.  23,  1,  1. 

Κόμπασμα,  ατός,  τό,  (κομπάζω)  a 
boast :  usu.  in  plur.  boasts,  braggart 
words,  Aesch.  Pr.  361,  Theb.  794. 

Κομπασμός,  οϋ,  ό,  =  κόμπασμα, 
Plut. 

Κομπαστής,  οϋ.  ό,  (κομπάζω)  α 
boaster,  braggart,  Plut.     Hence 

Κομπαστικός,  ή,  όν,  boastful,  brag- 
gart.    Adv  -κώς. 


ΚΟΜ* 

I  Κομπέω,  ω,  ί.  -ήσω,  (κόμπος")  to 
ring,  clash,  κόμπει  χα/.κός,  II.  12,  151, 
cf.  κόμπος :  hence — II.  usu.  metaph. 
to  utter  high-sounding  words,  speak  big, 
boast,  brag,  vaunt,  Hdt.  5,  41,  and 
Trag. :  also  c.  ace,  κ.  γάμονΓ,  Aesch. 
Pr.  947;  cf  inf,  Eur.  El.' 815,  cf. 
κομπάζω.  Pass,  to  be  boasted  of,  Thuc. 
6,  17.     Hence 

Κομπηρός,  ά,  όν,  boastful. 

Κομπισμός,  ov,  ό,  quavering  or  sha- 
king on  an  instrument ;  with  the  voice, 
it  was  called  ^ελίσμόί•;  both  together, 
τερετισμός. 

Κομπολάκέω,  ΰ,  f.  -ήσω,  (κόμπος, 
?.ακέω)  to  talk  big,  be  an  empty  brag- 
gart, Ar.  Ran.  961.    Hence 

Κομπο?.άκνθης,  ου,  ό,  big-boaster, 
Ar.  Ach.  539,  1182,  with  a  play  on 
Lamachus.  [v] 

ΚομποΙ)ρήμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  (κόμ- 
πος, ί)ήμα)  speaking  boastfully. 

ΚΟ'ΜΠΟΣ,  ου,  ό,  a  noise,  din,  clash, 
esp.  such  as  is  caused  by  the  collision 
of  two  hard  bodies,  as  of  a  boar's  tusks 
when  he  whets  them,  II.  11,  417  ;  12, 
149 :  the  stamping  of  dancers'  feet,  Od. 
8,  380  ;  the  ringing  of  metal,  Eur. 
Rhes.  384 ;  cf.  κομπέω. — II.  usu. 
metaph.  high-sounding  ivords,  big  and 
boastful  speech,  also  λόγον  or  λόγων, 
Thuc.  2,  40 :  hence  a  boasting,  boast, 
empty  vaunt,  Hdt.  7,  103,  Trag.,  etc. : 
rarely  in  good  sense,  as  Pind.  L  ], 
60 ;  5,  30. 

Κομπός.  οΰ,  (5,=  κοαπαστής,  a  boast• 
er,  Eur.  Phoen.  600. 

Κομπος>ΰκελο()1)ήμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος, 
(κόμπος,  φάκελος,  βήμα)  pomp-bundle- 
worded,  derisive  epith.  of  Aeschylus 
in  Ar.  Ran.  839,  because  of  his  long 
compound  words. 

Κομπόω,  ώ,=ζκομπέω,  Die  C,  in 
pass. 

Κ  ομπώδης,  ες,  (κόμπος,  είδος)  boast- 
ful, vain-glorious,  κομπωδεστέρα  πρυς- 
ποίησις,  Thuc.  2,  62 :  τό  κομπώδες, 
boastfuhiess,  Id.  5,  68.     Adv.  -δώς. 

ίΚόμ•ψατος,  ου,  ό,  the  Compsalus,  a 
river  of  Thrace,  flowing  into  the  lake 
Bistonis,  Hdt.  7,  109. 

ΚομχΙ'εία,  ας,  ή,  (κομφεΰω)  ele- 
gance, refinement,  esp.  of  language : 
in  bad  sense,  daintiness,  pretti7iess, 
Plat.  Phaed.  101  C. 

Κόμιρενμα,  ατός,  τό,  (κομφεύω)  a 
piece  of  elegance  or  wit,  dantiness,  pret- 
tiness,  Arist.  INIeteor. 

Κομψενρϊπικώς,  adv.  with  Euripi- 
des-prettinesses  (as  if  it  were  -ενριπι- 
δικώς  (κοαψός,  Έίφιπίδης),  Λvhlch 
was  the  old  reading),  Ar.  Eq.  18. 

Κυμ•φεντός,  ή,  όν,=^κομ-φός,  Philo: 
from 

Κομψεύω,  (κομ-ψός)  to  make  elegant, 
dainty,  etc.,  κόμψενε  την  δόξαν,  refine 
on  your  suspicion,  reason  subtly  on  it, 
like  Lat.  argutari.  Soph.  Ant.  324. 
Alid.  to  speak  elegantly,  refine  overmuch, 
Plat.  Rep.  436  D,  489  C.  Pass,  to  be 
κομψός,  play  the  κομψός,  and  so  to  be 
refined  or  dainty,  Eur.  I.  A.  333  :  of 
ΛVords,  to  be  prettily  said,  Plat.  Phaedr. 
227  C  :  of  things,  to  be  fine,  nice,  Id. 
Phil.  56  B.    Cf.  Ruhnk.  Tim. 

Κομφοεπής,  ες,  (κομψός,  έπος) fine 
spoken,  usu.  in  bad  sense. 

Κομψο/.ογέω,  ώ,  to  speak  fine ;  and 

Κομψο?^ογία,  ας,  ή,  fine  speaking: 
from 

Κομ-φολόγος,  ov,  (κομψός,  λέγω)=ι 
κομψοεπής. 

Κομψοπρεπής,  ές,  (κομψός,  πρέπω) 
of  dainty  form,  dainty  seeming,  Ar. 
Nub.  1030; 

Κομψός,  ή,  όν,  (κομέω)  well-dressed, 
tired,  decked,  Lat.   comptus,  hence,  a 
pretty  fellow,  Lat.    bellus    homo,    Ar 
783 


ΚΟΝΔ 

Vesp.  1317,  Alex.  Polycl.  1 :  hence— 
2.  Ot  words  and  actions,  cUgant,  pret- 
ty, daititi/,  clever,  tvitly,  Al".  Nub.  049, 
ilat.  Gciig.  493  A,  Re^).  370  A  :  esp. 
in  a  sneering  sense,  of  Sophists  ivho 
refine  overmuch,  persons  who  are  stu- 
died and  affected  in  all  they  say  and 
do,  opp.  to  what  is  simple  and  natu- 
ral, σοφίσματα,  Eur.  Aiitiop.  25,  and 
freq.  in  Plat.,  as  Oorg.  521  E,  etc. : — 
TO  κομ-ijwv,  =  κομψότΐ/ς,  Arist.  Pol. 
—3.  ol  things,  pretty,  elegant,  Plat. 
Phaedr.  230  C. — Adv.  κομψώς,  elegant- 
ly, prettily,  daintily,  Ar.  Ach.  1010, 
etc. ;  superl.  -ότατα,  Id.  Lys.  89  :  in 
N.  T.,  κομψότεμον  έχείν,  to  be  better 
in  health.     Hence 

Κομψότης,  ητος,  ■!/,=  κομφεία,  ele- 
gance, refinement,  prettiness,  daintiness, 
esp.  of  language,  Ep.  Plat.  358  C,  and 
Plut. 

KovuiSeo),  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (κόγαβος)  to 
resound,  ring,  esp.  of  metallic  bodies, 
II.  15,  048;  21,  593;  of  the  ground 
under  men's  feet,  Hes.  Th.  840  :  to  re- 
echo, κονάβησαν  νήες,  δώμα,  II.  2, 
334,  Od.  17,  542.    Only  poet.    Hence 

Kovuthioov,  adv.  with  a  noise,  clash, 
din,  A  nth. 

Κονΰβίζω,  f.  -ίσω,^κοναβέω,  χαλ- 
κός σμερδαλέον  κονύβιζε,  H.  13,  498  ; 
21,  255  :  so  χθων...,  II.  2,  406.  Only 
poet. 

Κύνάβος,  ov,  b,  a  resounding,  ring- 
ing, clashing,  κόναβος  ανδρών  r'  όλ- 
λνμένων,  νηύν  θ'  α,/ια  άγΐ'νμενύωρ, 
Oil  10,  122,  cf  Hes.  Th.  709  ;  κ.  χαλ- 
κόδετων σακεων,  Aesch.  Theb.  160. 
Ordy  poet.  (Ace.  to  Buttm.  from 
κόμ-ος,  κόπτω.) 

iKova?Mς,  ίδος,  η,  Conallis,  fern. 
pr.  η.,  Ath.  567. 

Κόνάρος,  ov,  ό,  an  evergreen  tree  of 
the  thorn  kind,  like  the  κι'/λαστρος,  or 
παλίονρος :  also  κόνναρος. 

Κόνδαξ,  ύκος,  ό,  is  said  to  have  been 
the  same  game  which  is  described 
under  κυνδαλισμός. — II.metaph.,/i:ov- 
δακα  παίζειν,  of  sexual  intercourse, 
Anth.,  ubi  al.  κόντακα,  κύνδακα. 

Κοί'δϊτος,  ov,  ό,  οίνος  κ-,  the  Lat. 
vinum  conditum,  Geop. 

Κόνδΰ,  νος,  TO,  a  drinking  vessel, 
Hipparch.  ap.  Ath.  478  A :  said  to  be 
a  Persian  word. 

^Κονδυλεα,  ας,  ή,  Condylea,  a  place 
in  Arcadia,  with  a  temple  of  Diana, 
who  was  hence  called  Κονδνλεύτις, 
Paus.  8,  23,  6. 

Κονδύλη,  ης,  ή,—κορδύλη,  (from 
κόνδυλος  Ζ) 

Κονδυλίζω,  ί.  -ίσω,  (κόνδυλος)  ίο 
strike  with  the  fist,  Hyperid.  ap.  Poll. 
8,  76.     Mid.  to  beat  one's  self,  Diog.  L. 

Κονδύλων,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  κόν- 
δυλος, v.  1.  in  Asionic.  Chalc.  1. 

Κονδϋλισμός,  οΰ,  6,  (κονδυ?ύζω)  a 
striking  with  the  fist,  Artemid. :  in  genl. 
ill-treatmeiit. 

Κονδΰλόομαι,  as  pass.,  {κόνδυλος 
IV.)  to  swell,  swell  up. 

Κόνδυλος,  ου,  ο,  the  knob  formed  hy 
a  bent  joint,  knuckle,  esp.  of  the  hand, 
Arist.  H. A. :  hence  in  plur.//i(/i«iic/iies, 
fist,  Ar.  Eq.  1230,  Vesp.  25 1 ;  and  so  in 
sing.,  lb.  1503  :  δοΰναί  κύνδυλύν  tlvl, 
κόνδνλον  έντρίβειν,  PhiL;  also,  κον- 
δύλφ  καθικέσθαι  τινά,  Id. :  κονδύ?ιθΐς 
"ττατάζαί  was  opp.  to  ίπϊ  κό'ρρης  (a 
slap  in  the  face),  Dem.  537,  Ijii. ;  cf 
κόρση,  and  also  κόλαφος. — II.  in  genl. 
the  knuckle  of  any  joint,  as  of  the  arm, 
Hipp. — III.  any  hard,  bony  knob,  like 
κονδν?Μμα,  Id.  (The  root  ace.  to 
Hesych.,  is  κάνδος,=κεραία,  άστρά- 
γα?Μς,  a  head,  knob.) 

Κονδΰ/ιωδης,  ες,  {κόνδυλος,  είδος) 
like  a  knuckle,  knobby,  Hipp. 
784 


KONI 

Κονδύλωμα,  ατός,  τό,  {κονδΰλόο- 
μαι) a  knob,  callous  lump,  Hipp. 

Κονδύλωσις,  εως,  7/,=foreg.,  Hipp. 
[v] 

Κόνειον,  ov,  τό,=κώνειον,  hemlock, 
also  κόνιον,  Jac.  A.  P.  p.  li. 

Κοί'έω,  ώ,  i.  -ήσω,  (κόνις)  to  raise 
dtust,  esp.  by  swift  running :  hence  in 
genl.  to  hasten,  make  haste,  Jac.  A.  P. 
p.  791 :  more  usu.  in  compd.  ίγκονέω  : 
but  that  διακονέω  is  from  quite  an- 
other root  is  shown  under  διάκονος. 
Κονή,  i/ς,  ή,  {κένω,  κείνω,  καίνω) 
murder,  ap.  Hesych. ;  elsewh.  only  in 
compd.  κατακονιά. 

'ΚονΟυλενς,  έως,  ό,  one  of  the  deme 
Conlhyle  {Κονβνλ?/),  a  deme  belong- 
ing to  the  tribe  Pandionis,  Ar.  Vesp. 
233. 

Kovia,  ας,  ή,  Ion.  and  Ep.  κονίη, 
{κόνις)  dust,  esp.  as  stirred  up  by 
men's  feet,  ποδών  νπένερθε  κονίη 
ϊστατ'  αειρομένη,  II.  2,  150,  νπό  δε 
σφισιν  ώρτο  κονίη,  11,  151  :  in  Hom. 
also  freq.  in  plur.,  κονίαι,  like  Lat. 
arenae,  consisting  of  many  grains,  esp. 
πίπτε IV  εν  κονίησι,  κύππεσεν  and 
ηριπεν  εν  κονίτισι,  to  fall  in  the  dust, 
lall  and  lie  there,  Horn.,  who  in  de- 
scriptions of  battles  oft.  joins  α'ίματι 
και  κονίι/σι :  cf.  άκονιτί. — 2.  dust  or 
sand,  11.' 21,  271. — II.  ashes,  also  in 
plur.  like  Lat.  cincrcs,  Od.  7,  153,  160. 
— III.  a  fine  powder,  sprinkled  over 
wrestlers'  bodies  after  being  oiled,  to 
make  them  more  easily  grasped  by 
the  opponent :  this  powder  was  also 
used  in  the  bath  as  lye,  and  prob.  was 
a  kind  of  potash  or  alkali  powder  that 
seriied  as  soap,  λούειν  άνευ  κονίας, 
Ar.  Lys.  470  (where  there  is  a  play 
on  άκονιτί),  cf.  Ar.  Ran.  713,  Plat. 
Rep.  430  B. — IV.  lime-powder  used  as 
a  plaster  or  stucco,  [l  in  Hom.,  except 
in  arsis  at  the  end  of  a  verse,  v.  11. 
supr.  cc. :  in  Att.  also  usu.  i,  but  in 
an  iambic  passage,  Ar.  Ach.  18,  i.] 

Κονίαμα,  ατός,  τό,  (κονιάω)  stucco, 
Lat.  opus  albarium,  Arist.  Gen.  An.  : 
petti/  repairs,  white-washing,  Dem.  175, 
4.  [i] 

Κονίΰσις,  εως,  r/,  {κονιάω)  a  plas- 
tering. 

Κονΐΰτής,  οϋ,  ό,  a  plasterer,  name 
of  a  play  of  Amphis. 

ΚονΙΰτός,  η,  όν,  plastered,  stuccoed, 
Xen.  An.  4,  2,  22  :  from 

Κυνιάω,  ώ,{κονία)  toplasterwith  lime, 
to  plaster,  stucco,  Lat.  dealbarc,  Dein.  36, 
16  ;  689,  24,  etc. :  τάφοι  κεκονιαμένοι, 
plastered,  whited  sepulchres,  N.  T.  : 
hence — 2.  metaph.,  κ.  το  πρόςωπον, 
to  paint,  disguise  it,  Philostr. 

Κονιβάτία,  ας,  η,  {κόνις,  βαίνω)  α 
walking  in  dust,  Hipp.,  with  VV.  11.  κο- 
νιοβατία,  κοινο3ατία,  σχοινοβατία, 
cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  521. 

Κονίζω,  fut.  -ίσω  Att.  -Γώ,  perf. 
pass,  κεκόνισμαι,  {κόνις)^1\\β  older 
κυνίω,  q.  v. 

Κόνικλος,  ov,  6,  v.  1.  for  κύνικλος. 

Κονίλη,  ης,  ή,  a  plant  of  the  origa- 
num kind,  cun.ile,  Diosc.  [i] 
^Κόνιον,  V.  κόνειον. 
^Κόνιον,  ov,  τό,  Conium,  a  city  of 
Phrygia  ;  hence  ύ  Κονιαΐος,  an  inhab. 
of  Conium,  Hdt.  5,  63. 

Κονιότνους,  {κόνις,  πονς)  and  κο- 
νιορτυπονς,  -ποδός,  ό,  ή,  {κονιορτυς, 
7Γθΰς)=  κονίπονς. 

Κονιορτός,  οϋ,  ό,  {κόνις,  δρνυμι) 
dust  raised  or  stirrcdup,  a  cloud  of  dust, 
Hdt.  8,  65,  Plat.  Rep.  496  D  :  κ.  ύλης 
κεκανμένης,  a  cloud  of  wood-ashes, 
Thuc.  4,  34. — II.  metaph.  a  sordid, 
dirty  fellow,  Anaxandr.  Όδυσσ.  2,  6, 
Arislbphon  Pythag.  1,  8,  Dem.  547, 
fui.    Hence 


KONN 

Κονιορτόω,  ώ,  to  cover  with  dust, 
Theophr. 

Κονιορτώδης,  ες,  {κονιορτός,  είδος) 
like  raised  dust,  dusty,  Arist.  H.  A. 

Κόνιος,  a,  ov,  {κύνις)  dusty,  χέρ- 
σος, Pind.  N.  9,  102;  epith.  of  Ζενς, 
act.,  as  Paus. 

Κονίπους,  -ποδός,  δ,  η,  {κόνιος, 
πους)  dusty-foot :  among  the  Epidau- 
rians  κονίποδες  vvas  a  name  given 
to  the  serfs,  Thiriw.  Hist,  of  Gr.  1, 
p.  417 :  our  old  courts  of  pie-poudre 
are  supposed  to  derive  their  name 
from  a  similar  word. — II.  a  kind  of 
shoe  covering  only  a  small  part  of  the 
foot,  Ar.  Eccl.  848,  cf.  Suid.,  and 
Poll.  7,  86.  [i] 

Κονίππω,— κονιάω. 

ΚΟ'ΝΙΣ,  ιος  Att.  εως,  ij :  dat.  κόιΊ 
for  κόνιϊ,  11.  24,  18,  Od.  11,  191  := 
κονία,  which  is  more  usu.  in  jirose, 
dust,  Horn.,  etc. ;  as  an  emblem  of  a 
countless  multitude,  τόσα,  όσα  -φάμα- 
θύς  τε  κόνις  τε,  II.  9,  385  :  also  the 
dust  of  ashes,  ashes,  Hoin. — II.  the 
powder  with  which  ivrestlcrs  were  sprin- 
Kled  after  being  oiled,  Ath. :  hence 
metaph.  of  toil,  ήμΐν  μία  κόνις,  Luc, 
cf.  άκονιτί. — III.  lye,  Plut.  (The 
Lat.  cinis :  the  root  seems  to  be  καίω, 
κύω.)  [ι,  Aesch.  Pr.  1085,  Supp.  180, 
783,  Bentl.  Phalar.  p.  135.] 

Κύνις,  ϊδος,  ή,  usu.  in  pi.  κόνιδες, 
the  eggs  of  lice,  fleas,  and  bugs,  iiits, 
Lat.  lendes,  Arist.  H.  A. 

ΚονΙσαλέος,  a,  ov,  dusty,  Antina. 
75,  Euphor.  19 :  from 

Κονίσΰλος,  ov,  ύ,  [ί]  not  so  well 
κονίσσ.,  {κόνις)  dust,  a  cloud  of  dust, 
II.  3,  13  ;  5,  503  ;  22, 401.-11.  the  mix- 
ed dust,  oil  and  sweat  on  wrestlers, 
Galen. — III.  a  demon  of  the  class  of 
Priapus,  Schol.  Ar.  Lys.  981,  Plat. 
(Com.)  Pha.  2,  13. 
^Κυνίσκοι,  ων,  ol,  the  Conisci,  a 
Cantabrian  race  in  Hispania,  Strab. 
p.  102. 

Κονιστηριον,  ου,  τό,^κονίστρα. 

Κυνιστίκός,  η,  όν,  όρνιθες  κ.,  birds 
that  like  to  roll  in  the  dust,  Arist.  II.  A. 

Κονίστρα,  ας,  ή,  {κονίζω,  κονίω) 
place  covered  with  dust  or  fine  sand, 
hence  hke  ΰ7^νδ'ηθρα,  a  rolling  place, 
such  as  birds  make  in  the  dust,  Arist. 
H.  A. — 2.  the  arena  in  the  wrestling 
school,  Plut. :  also  the  area  of  a  theatre. 

^Κονίστωρσις,  εως,  ή,  Conistorsis,  a 
city  of  Baetica,  Strab.,  v.  1.  Kovi- 
στωργις. 

Κονίω,  fut.  -ίσω  [ί]  :  perf.  pass,  κε- 
κόνίμαι :  but  later  Att.  fut.  κονιώ,  as 
if  from  κονίζω,  {κόνις).  To  make 
dusty,  fill  with  dust,  ;c.  πεδίον,  of  per- 
sons in  hasty  flight,  11.  14,  145,  cf. 
Aesch.  Pers.  103  ;  so  pass.,  κεκονιμέ- 
νος,  i.  e.  in  the  greatest  haste,  Ar. 
Eccl.  291 ;  and  so  in  mid.,  κόνισαι 
λαβών,  make  haste  and  take,  Ar.  Eccl. 
1177,  cf.  infr.  II. — 2.  to  cover  with  dust, 
bedust,  χαίτας,  II.  21,  407  ;  and  so  in 
puss. ,φεϋγονκεκονιμένοι,αΐΐ  dusty  ned 
they,  lb.  541,  VirgiVs  pulverulenta  fiiga 
dant  tcrga  ;  κεκόνιτο  κάρη,  II.  22,  405  : 
in  geid.  to  sprinkle,  cover  us  with  dust ; 
κισσός  έλιχρνσωκεκονιμένος,Ύ\\&οοΐ. 
1,30.  Pass.  torollinthedust,Yikeh\rds, 
horses,  etc.,  Ath.,  cf  κονίστρα- — II. 
intr.  to  raise  dust,  make  haste,  speed, 
Hom.,b\it  only  in  the  phrase, /iovioirei• 
πεδίοιο,  dusting  or  running  over  the 
plain,  in  II.  always  of  horses,  13,  820  ; 
23, 372,449 ;  of  men  racing,  Od.  8,  122 : 
cf  Aesch.  Theb.  60.  [ϊ  except  in  Att. 
fut  κονιώ.} 

Κόννύρος,  ό,  v.  κόναρος. 

^Κοννάς,  ΰ,  ό,=^Κόννος,  Ar.  Ες. 
534. 

Κοννέω,  contr.  κοννώ,  —  *γνοέ-ω, 


ΚΟΠΗ 

γνγνύσκω,  as    ken  =  know,    Aesch. 
Supp.  1~Ί  ;  also  κονέω,  Hesycli. 
tKei'i-iJar,  0,  (prop,  son  of  Connus) 
Connidas,  teacher  of  Theseus,  Plut. 
Thes.  4. 

Κόννοζ,  ου,  6,  a  kind  of  trinket, 
Polyb.  10,  18,  6  (ubi  al.  κόνος.)—2. 
the  lizard,  Luc. 

Κόί'ΐ'ος,  ου,  ό,  Connus,  as  pr.  n.  the 
music-master  of  Socrates,  Flat.  Eu- 
thyd.  272  C. :  proverb.,  ΚόΐΊ-ου  Φί/φος, 
i.  e.  something  worthless,  nothing,  Ar. 
Vesp.  675. 

iKovovivai.  ύν,  ol,  Convenae,  a  Gal- 
lic race  at  the  base  of  the  Pyrenees, 
Strab.  p.  190. 

^Κοντάδεσδος,  ov,  ό,  Contadesdus,  a 
Thracian  stream  flowing  into  the 
Agrianes,  Hdt.  4,  90. 

Κόνταξ,  άκος,  ό,  v.  κόνδαξ. 

Κοντύριον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  κον- 
τός. 

Κοντοβολέ(ο,  ώ,  {.  -ησω,  (κοντός, 
βά'λλω)  to  strike  with  a  pole,  Strab. 

Κοντοτταίκτης,  ov,  b,  (κοντός,  παί- 
ζοι)  one  who  dances  with  balancing  poles, 
jac.  Anth.  2,  3,  p.  190. 

iKovTOTTopia,  ας,  ή,  (more  correctly 
-πορεία)  Contoporia,  the  road  from 
Cleonae  to  Corinth,  Polyb.  16,  16,  4. 

Κοντός,  ov,  b,  (κεντέω)  a  pole,  Lat. 
contus,  esp.  α  punting-pole,  Od.  9,  487, 
Eur.  Ale.  254,  etc.^ — 2.  the  shaft  of  a 
pike,  Luc. — 3.  :=πόσθη.     Hence 

Κοντο<})όρος,  ov,  (κοντός,  φέρω) 
carrying  a  pole  or  pike,  Luc. 

Κόντωσις,  εωζ•,  7/,  (as  if  from  κον- 
τού) fishing  with  a  pole,  Ael. 

Κοντωτός,  ή,  όν,  (κοντός)  furnished 
with  a  pole,  ττλοίον  κοντωτόν,  a  barge 
or  punt,  Diod.,  and  App. 

Kofi's'a,  »/f,  V,  a  strong-smelling 
plant  of  the  endive  kind,  flteahane,  inn- 
la.  Arist.  H.  Α.,  and  Theophr. ;  in 
Theocr.  4,  25 ;  7,  68,  contr.  κνΰΐ,α : 
there  were  two  sorts,  af)p?iv  and  θ?'/- 
λεια.     Hence 

Κοννζτ'/εις,  εσσα,  εν,  like  fleabane, 
Nic. 

Κονυξίτης,  ov,  ό,  οίνος,  wine  fla- 
vovred  with  fleabane,  Diosc. 

ίΚόνωΐ".  όνος.  ό,  Conon.  an  Athe- 
nian archon  Ol.  79,  3,  Diod.  S.  11, 
74. — 2.  a  general  of  the  Athenians, 
son  of  Timotheus,  Thuc.  7,  31. — 
Other  Athenians  in  Dem.  1168,  12; 
etc. — 3.  an  artist,  from  whom  the  adj. 
Κονώνιος,  of  Conon,  ap.  Ath.  486  C 

Κοόρτις,  (Of,  i/,  the  Roman  cohors, 
Polyb.  11,23,  1;  11,  33,  1. 

Κοττά^ω,  f.  -άσω,  (κόπος)  to  grow 
tired  or  weary :  in  genl.  to  abate,  lull, 
ΰνεμος  εκόπααε,  Hdt.  7,  191  ;  κοπά- 
σαΐ'τος  τοϋ  καύματος,  Schaf.  Long. 
p.  334 :  of  a  sick  man,  to  rest,  Hipp. 

Κόπαιον,  ου,  τό,  (κόπτω)  a  piece, 
Alciphr. 

Κοπανίζω,  ί.-ίσω,  (κόπανον)  to  bray, 
pound,  Galen.    Hence 

Κοπάνιστήριον,  ov,  τό,  a  vessel  for 
braying,  a  mortar. 

Κοπανιστός,  ή,  όν,  (as  if  from  κο- 
πανίζω) pounded,  Galen. 

Κόπανον,  ov,  τό,  (κόπτω)  like  κο- 
πανίατήριον,  aji  instrument  for  braying, 
1  pestle  :  in  Aesch.  Cho.  860,=;κο7Γί>, 
ire  axe. 

Κοπάρίον,  ov,  τό,  a  small  surgical 
knife. 

Κοπής,  ύόος,  η,  (κόπτω)  pruned, 
lopped,  Theophr. 

Κοπετός, 01^,  ό,  (κόπτομαι)=κομμός, 
wailing,  Eupol.  ap.  Bekk.  ad  E.  M.  p. 
?76. 

Κοπενς,  έως,  ό,  (κόπτω)  a  chisel, 
Diod.,  and  Luc. 

Κοπή,  ης,   ή,  (κόπτω)  a  striking, 
stroke,— κόμμα,  Arist.    Mund. — 2.    a 
50 


ΚΟΠΡ 

cutting  in  pieces,  slaughter,  N.  T. :  of. 
σκοπή. 

Κόπηθρον,  ov,  τό,  a  wild  vegetable. 

Κοπία,  ας,  ή,=κόπος,  weariness : 
restfrmn  toil.     Hence 

Κοπιάζω,  f.  -άσω,=  κοπάζω,  κοπι- 
ύω. 

Κοπιΰρός,  ά,  όν,  (κοπιάω)  weary- 
ing, harassing,  Arist.  Probl. 

Κοπιύτ?ις,  ου,  ό,  a  grave-digger. 

Κοπιάω.  ώ,  (κόπος)  to  he  tired,  grow 
iveary,  Ar.  Thesm.  795,  Fr.  302  ;  λ:,  tu 
σκέλη,  Alex.  Merop.  1  :  κ.  υπό  αγα- 
θών, to  be  tveary  of,  sink  under  good 
things,  Ar.  Av.  734. — II.  to  work  hard, 
toil,  N.  T.     Cf.  κοπάζω. 

Κοπίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (κόπις,  ό)  to  talk 
idly,  lie,  ap.  Hesych. 

Κοπίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  to  celebrate  the  κο- 
πίς  (cf.  κοπίς,  ή,  II.),  Ath. 

Κόπις,  εως,  ό,  α  prater,  liar,  wrang- 
ler, Eur.  Hec.  133,  and  Lye.  (Prob. 
from  κόπτί^.  of  δημοκόπος.) 

Κοπίς,  ίδος,  η,  (κόπτω)  α  chopper, 
cleaver,  kitchen-knife,  Ar.  Fr.  184,  etc.  : 
a  broad  curved  knife,  somewhat  like 
our  bill,  used  by  the  Thessalians, 
Eur.  El.  837  ;  and  by  the  eastern  na- 
tions, Xen.  Cyr.  2,  1,  9 ;  6,  2,  10,  cf. 
σάγαρις  : — also,  κ.  μάχαιρα,  Eur. 
Cycl.  241.  Dem.  used  to  call  Pho- 
cion  η  των  έμών  ?.όγων  κόπις,  Plut. 
Phoc.  5.-2.  the  sting  of  a  scorpion, 
Nic. — II.  among  the  Lacedemonians 
a  feast  given  on  certain  festivals  to  stran- 
gers, Cratin.  Plut.  1,  Eupol.  ΈΙλωτ.  1. 

Κοπιώδης,  ες,  (είδος)  dub.  for  κο- 
πώδης. 

ΚότΓΟΓ,  ov,  ό,  (κόπτω)  α  striking, 
beating  :  hence  toil  and  trouble,  .ntffer- 
ing,  (Ίνδροδάϊκτος  κόπος,  Aesch.  ap. 
Ar.  Ran.  1204  ;  the  pain  of  a  disease. 
Soph.  Phil.  880:  toil,  iveariness,  Eur., 
etc. :  esp.  freq.  in  plur.,  like  πόνοι, 
μόχθοι.  Plat.,  etc.     Hence 

Koπόω,ώ,toweary :  pass.=/co7r£Ucj, 
Batr.  190. 

Κόππα,  τό,  a  letter  of  the  ancient 
Greek  alphabet,  which  was  not  re- 
ceived into  the  Samo-Athenian  (Kap- 
pa being  there  used  for  koppa  also) ; 
its  sign  'j'  is  preserved  on  coins  of  Co- 
rinih  and  its  colonies,  esp.  Syracuse 
and  Crotona  :  in  the  alphabet,  koppa 
stood  between  π  and  p,  so  that  it  an- 
swers to  the  Phenician  (Hebrew) 
koph  p,  and  the  Lat.  q,  botn  in  form 
and  signification  :  it  was  always  re- 
tained as  a  numeral=90,  as  τγ=80, 
p^lOO,  cf.  σταν,  σάμπι.     Hence 

Κοππάτϊας,  ov,  b,  ίππος,  a  horse 
branded  with  the  letter  koppa  (  "j^  )  as  a 
mark,  Ar.  Nub.  23,  with  a  play  on 
κόπτω :  it  is  said  to  have  signified 
Corinth,  where  there  was  a  tine  breed 
of  horses,  mythically  carried  back  to 
Pegasus.     Cf.  σαμφόρας. 

ίΚοππΰφόρος,  ov,  (κόππα,  φέρω) 
bearing  the  (mark  of  the)  koppa,  v. 
foreg.,  Luc.  adv.  Indoct.  5. 

Κοπράγωγέω,  ώ,  f.  -ησω,  to  carry 
dung.  Ar.  Lys.  1174:  from 

Κοπρΰγωγός,  όν,  (κόπρος,  ΰγω) 
carrying  dung,  γαστήρ.  Plat.  (Com.) 
Incert.  54  ;  κ.  βιπίς.  Crates  Hero.  6. 

Κοπρΰνόν,  ov,  TO,  (κόπρος)  a  stool, 
excrement,  Hipp. 

tKoπpάτaς,  and  -της,  ov,  ό,  the  Co- 
praias,  a  river  of  Susiana,  flowmg 
into  the  Pasitigris,  Strab.  p.  729, 
Diod.  S.  19,  18. 

Κοπρεαΐος,  ov,  6,  a  quasi  prop,  n., 
formed  iiOm  κόπρος.  Dungy,  Ar.  Eccl. 
317. 

Κόπρειος,  a,  ov,  v.  sub  κόπριος. 

ίΚοπρενς,  έως.  ό,  Copreus,  sonof  Pe- 

lops,  herald  of  Eurystheus,  11. 15,  639. 

Κοπρεύω,—κοπρίζω. 


ΚΟΠΤ 

Κοπρέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  v.  sub  κοπρίζω. 

Κοπριά,  ας,  ή,  α  dung-hill,  Stratt. 
Phil.  2,  and  Strab. 

tKoTTpta,  ας,  ή,  Copria,  a  part  of  the 
northeastern  coast  of  Sicily,  near 
Taiiromenium,  Strab.  p.  268. 

Κοπριάς,  ov,  b,  (.κόπρος)  usu.  in 
plur.  o<  κοπρίαι,  stinking,  dirty  fellows, 
nasty,  low  buffoons,  a  word  first  used 
under  the  Rom.  emperors,  Lat.  co- 
priae,  Dio  C,  and  Sueton. 

Κοπρίζω,  f.  -ίσω  Ep.  -ίσσω  usu. 
Att.  -ϊώ,  to  dung,  manure,  τέμενος  μέγα 
κοπρίσσοντες^  Od.  17,  299,  ubi  olun 
κοπμήσοντες. 

Κοπριϊ/μετος,  ov,  (κόπρων,  έμέω) 
vomiting  excrement,  Hipp. 

Κοπρικός,  ή,  όν,  (κόπρος)  full  of 
dung,  filthy. 

Κόπρινος,  η,  ov,=^ κοπρικός. 

Κόπριος,  a,  ov,  also  κόπρειος,  κο  { 
πρικός  and  κόπρινος  (κόπρος)  full  of 
dung,  filthy  ;  hence,  άνήρ  κόπρειος,α 
stinkard.  Ar.  Eq.  899,  prob.  with  a 
play  on  Κόπρος,  the  name  of  an  Attic 
δήμος,  cf.  Bockh  Inscr.  l,p.  216. — II. 
as  subst.,rOA;07rptov,=  Kd7rpof, Strab., 
and  Plut. 

Κόπρισις,  εως,  ή,  (κοπρίζω)  a  dung 
ing,  manuring,  Theophr. 

Κοπρισμός,  ov,  o,=foreg.,  Theophr. 

Κοπριώδης,  ες,  (κοπριά,  είδος)  v.  1. 
for  κοπρώδης. 

Κοπριών,  ωνος,  ό,  (κόπρος)  α  dung- 
beetle,  Hipp. 

Κοπροβο'λεΙον,  ov,  τό.  (κόπρος, 
ί3ύ?,λω)  α  place  to  which  dung  and  filth 
are  thrown,  a  dunghill. 

Κοπροδοχεϊοΐ',  ov,  τό,  (κόπρος,  δέ- 
χομαι) a  receptacle  for  dung  and  filth. 

Κοπροθέσιον,  ov,  τό,  (κόπρος,  τί• 
θημι)  a  place  where  dung  is  put. 

Κοπμολογέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  collect 
dung  or  manure,  Ar.  ap.  Poll.  7,  134  : 
from 

Κοπρολόγος,  ov,  (κόπρος,  λέγω) 
collecting  dung  or  manure,  a  dung-gath- 
erer, Ar.  Pac.  9  :  hence  a  dirty  fellow, 
Id.  Vesp.  1184,  cf.  κόπριος,  κοπριάς. 

ΚΟΊΪΡΟΣ,  ov,  7/,  duns,  the  excre- 
ment οΐ  men  and  cattle,  Horn.,  etc.: 
esp.  dung  used  for  liushandry,  manure, 
Od.  9,  329  ;  17."  297,  306.— 11.  in  genl. 
fdth,  dirt,  II.  22,  414  ;  24,  164,  640.— 
III.  a  farm-yard,  cattle-stall,  II.  18,  575, 
Od.  10,  411 :  in  which  last  signf.  some 
Gramm.  wrote  it  oxyt.  κοπρός.  Later 
auth.  said  also  b  κόπρος,  Schiif.  Long, 
p.  392,  and  to  κόπρον,  Lob.  Phryn. 
760. 

Κοπροφΰγέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (κόπρος, 
φαγεϊν)  to  eat  dung. 

Κοπροφορέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  carry 
dung :  to  cover  with  dung  or  dirt,  τινά, 
Ar.  Eq.  295  :  from 

Κοπροφόρος,  ov,  (κόπρος,  φέρω)  car- 
rying dung,  κόφινος  κ.,  ο  dung-basket, 
Xen.  Mem.  3,  8,  6. 

Κοπρόω,  ώ,  (κόπρος)^  κοπρίζω, 
to  dung,  manure,  Epict. 

Κοπρώδης,  ες,  (κόπρος,  εΙδος)=κο 
πριώδης,  like  dung,  Hipp.  :  in  genl. 
dirty,  impure,  Plat.  Theaet.  194  E. 

Κοπρών,  ώνος,  ύ,  a  place  for  dung, 
privy,  necessary,  Ar.  Thesm.  485,  Dem. 
785,  13. 

Κοπρώνης,  ov,  6,  (κόπρος,  ώνέο- 
μαι)  a  former  of  dung,  i.  e.  one  who 
coTtlracts  to  remove  dung  from  the  streets. 

Κοπρώνϋμος,  ov,  (κόπρος,  όνομα) 
dung-named,  nickname  of  the  Byzan- 
tine emperor  Constantine  V. 

Κόπρωσις.  εως,  ή,  (κοπρόω)  a  dung- 
ing, manuring,  Theophr. 

Κοπτάριον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  sq. 
Diosc. 

Κοπτή,  ής,  ij,  v.  sub  κοπτός. 

Κόπτη,  ης,  ή,  (κόπτω)  chives,  Ath. 
785 


ΚΟΡΑ 

Κοτττόν,  οΰ,  τό,  (κο~τ6ς)=κοτΓτή. 

Κοπτοττλΰκούς,  οϋντος,  ό,=  κοπτή, 
Ath. 

Κο~τός,ή,όν,(^κ07Ττω)  struck, beaten, 
bruised, pounded,  t'CT^^;tif,  Cratin.  Incert. 
112,  τυρός,  Antipn.  Cycl.  '2,  8.— II. 
esp.  κοητή  σησαμίς.  a  cake  οί pounded 
sesame,  Arteinid. :  hence  κοπτή  alone 
in  same  signt'.,  Sopat.  ap.  Ath.  ϋ19  A. 
— 2.   also  a  bruised  medicine,  Galen. 

^Koπτ6ς,  ού,  τ/,  Coptus,  a  city  of 
Aegypt  near  the  JNile,  Strab,  p. 
781. 

Κ07Γ-ω,  lengthd.  from  root  ΚΟΠ-, 
which  appears  in  the  deriv.  tenses 
and  κόττος :  fiit.  κύφω,  Horn. :  part, 
perf.  κίκοπώς:  aor.  2  pass.  Ικύπην. 
To  strike,  smite,  cut,  from  Horn,  down- 
wards in  various  relations —  1 .  to  strike, 
in  hostile  sense,  esp.  of  pugilists,  Od. 
18,  335  ;  c.  dupl.  ace,  τταμτ/ίον  κ.  τινά, 
11.  23,  600.-2.  to  strike,  hit,  wovnd, 
like  Lat,  fenre,  Od.  8,  S28, 11.  12,  204  : 
metaph.,  ρήμασι  κ.,  to  ivoundw'iih  re- 
proachful words. — 3.  to  knock  down, 
slay,  11.  17,  521,  Od.  14,  425  :  but  only 
of  cattle,  when  not  stabbed  with  a 
knife,  but  knocked  down  with  a  mal- 
let, in  Horn, — 4.  to  cut  off,  chop  off, 
χείρας  και  τζόδας,  κΐφα'λην  ΰττό  όει- 
(Χης,η.  13,203,  Od.  22,477:  later  esp,, 
όίνδρα  Κ-,  to  cut  dmvn,fell  trees,  Xen. 
Hell.  5,  2,  39,  43  ;  also  κ.  ri/v  χώραν, 
like  Ktipetv,  τέμνείν,  to  cut  down  the 
trees  in  it,  to  lay  it  waste,  lb.  3,  2,  26  ; 
4,  6,  5  :  in  genl.  to  break  or  cnt  up, 
Hdt.2,  172:  henccto  damage,  hurt, es\i, 
of  ships  in  pass.,  to  be  disabled,  Thuc. 
8,  13  :  metaph.,  φρενών  κεκομμένος, 
like  νύου  βε;3λαμμένος,  Aesch.  Ag. 
479. — 5.  to  strike  a  horse  to  make  him 
go  faster,  κ.  ϊππονς  τόξφ,  11.  10,  513  : 
BO  Neptune  the  two  Ajaxes,  άμφοτέ- 
ρω  κεκοττως  πλήσεν  μένεος,  II.  13,  ΘΟ. 
— 6.  to  hammer,  forge,  κ.  όίσμονΓ,  II.  18, 
379,  Od.  8,  274,  like  έλαννω  III.  1  : 
also  to  stamp  metal,  i.  e.  coin  money, 
Lat  percutere  nummos,  Hdt.  3,  56  :  so 
too  in  mid.  to  coin  one's  self  money, 
κόητεσβαί  ύργυρον,  Hdt.  J ,  94,  νό- 
μισμα. Id.  4,  166: — hence  κόμμα- — 7. 
to  knock  or  rap  at,  κ.  Tijv  θνραν,  Lat. 
pulsare,  like  άράσσω,  of  one  without 
who  wishes  to  get  in,  Ar.  Plut.  1097, 
Xen.,  etc.,  cf  Lob.  Phryn.  177. — 8.  to 
cut  small,  chop  up,  Hdt.  4,  71  ;  6.  1 13 : 
also  to  beat,  bruise,  pound. — 9.  of  birds, 
to  peck  at,  strike  with  the  beak,  and  so 
to  pierce,  perforate,  Arist.  H.  A.  ;  SO  too 
of  insects,  hence  in  pass.,  of  corn,  to 
be  worm-eaten,  Theophr.  :  to  shake  vio- 
lently, fatigue  by  beating  and  jolting, 
ό  ι~πος  κ.  τον  ΰναβάτην,  the  horse 
wearies  the  rider  by  his  rough  paces, 
Xen.  Eq.  1,  4,  cf  8,7:  ίο  iiVe  the  ears, 
stun,  deafen,  Dem.  1439,  17:  κ.έρωτ/'/- 
μασι,  to  weary  by  questions,  like  Lat. 
obtundere,  Piers.  Moer.  p.  74  :  pass.,  to 
he  weary,  be  ivorn  out,  Dem.  22,  22  : 
hence  κόττος. — Β.  mid.  κόπτομαι,  to 
beat  or  strike  one's  self,  esp.  one's 
breast  or  head  through  grief,  just  like 
Lat.  plangere,  κόπτεαβαι  κεφαλήν,  U. 
22,  33,  μέτωπα,  Hdt.  6,  58  ;  cf.  2,  61  : 
Κόπτεαθαί  τίνα,  to  mourn  for,  bewail 
any  one,  Lat.  plangere  aliquem,  Eur. 
Tro.  623,  Ar.  Lys.  396,  cf  τνπτω  II  : 
hence,  κομμός,  κοπετός.  (With  root 
ΚΟΠ-,  cf.  French  coimer.  Germ,  kap- 
pen,  OUT  chop,  cut,  etc.,  Pott  Et.  FOrsch. 
1,  140.) 

Κοπώδης,  ες,  (κόπος,  είδος)  weary- 
ing, πυρετοί,  f  lipp. :  causing  pain, 
Ale.x.  Pythag.  1. 

Κόπωσις,  εως,  η,  (κοπόω)  weariness, 
faintness,  LXX. 

tKopa,  ας,  ή,   Cora,  a  city  of  the 
Volsci  in  Latium,  Strab.  p.  237. 
786 


ΚΟΡΑ 

tKopnvof,  ov,  0,  Coragus,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  UuhI.  S. 

Κ()ράκενομαι,=κοβύττω,  Hesych. 

Κυρΰκενς,  έως,  ό,  a  kind  of  fish, 
proh.= κορακίνος,  Hesych. 

\Κορακήσιον,  ου,  τό,  Coracesium, 
a  fortress  in  Cilicia,  Strab.  p.  667, 
Plut.  Pomp.  28. 

Κορΰκίας,  ov,  b,  (κόρας)  like  a  ra- 
ven or  crow,  K.  κολοιός,  a  raven-daw, 
Arist.  H.  A. 

Κορΰκίΐ'ίδιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from 
κορακίΐ'ος,  Pherecr.  Epil.  2. 

ΚοράκΙνος,  ίνη,  ivoi>,  (κόραξ)  of  ατ 
like  a  raven,  raven-black,  V'itruv.   [u] 

Κοράκίνος,  ov,  ό,  (κόραξ)  a  young 
raven,  Ai.  Eq.  1053. — II.  a  fish,  Epich., 
etc.,  ap.  Ath.  308,  sq. ;  esp.  found  in 
the  Nile,  Strab.,  and  Pliu. ;  ace.  to 
0pp.,  so  called /rojn  its  black  colour. 

Κοράκιον,  ov,  ro.dim.  from  κύραξ. 
— II.  a  plant,  elsewh.  ίερύκιον,  Arist. 
Mirab.  [«] 

\Κ()ράκιον,  ov,  TO,  Coracium,  a 
mountain  between  Colophon  and  Le- 
bedus,  Strab.  p.  643. 

Ιίοράκοείδής,  ες,  {κόραξ,  είδος)  like 
a  raven,  of  raven  kind,  Arist.  H.  A. : 
so  too  κοβΰκώδης,  ες.  Id.  Gen.  An. 

Κόρακος,  ov,  6,  v.  1.  for  κόραξυς. — 
II.  Spcusipp.  ap.  Ath.  105  B,  ubi  leg. 
κύρα;ί(ις,  q.  v.  II. 

Κορα/.'/.ίζω,  ί.  -ίσω,  to  be  coral  red  : 
from 

Κοράλλίον,  ου.  τό,  Diosc,  Ep.  and 
Ion.  κονράλιον,  Dion.  P.,  Sicil.  κω- 
ρύ/.tov.  coral,  esp.  red  coral. 

Κορα/.λιοπλάστης,  ov,  ό,  [κοράλ- 
λιον,  π?.ύσαω)  one  who  makes  small 
images  of  coral. 

fKopa/J.oi,  ων,  ol,  the  Coralli,  a 
Thracian  tribe  dwelling  near  Mt. 
Haemue,  Strab.  p.  318. 

Μόραϊ,  ΰκης,  ύ,  α  raven  or  crow,  first 
in  TheoHU.  833,  Pind.  O.  2, 157,  Hdt. 
4, 15.  Proverb.,  λευκοί  κόρακες,  like 
'  black  swans,'  Anth.  :  πάντα  τάδ'  έν 
κοράκεσσι  και  έν  φθορφ,  Theogn. 
1.  C. ;  so  too  esp.  in  imprecations,  ίς 
κόρακας,  go  and  be  hanged  I  Ar.  V^esp. 
982 ;  βάλλ'  ίς  κόρακας,  hang  him ! 
hang  it !  lb.  133,  cf.  123,  Vesp.  51  ; 
so  άπόφερ'  ές  κ-,  Pac.  1221  ;  ούκ  'ες 
κ.  ^1)ι')ήσετε,  lb.  500;  ίς,  not  εΙς,  is 
always  used  in  these  phrases ;  cf 
άποφβείρω,  μακάρια.  This  phrase  is 
usu.  compared  to  the  Lat.  abt  in  cru- 
cem  malum  et  pnsce  corvos,  yet  prob. 
refers  not  so  much  to  the  gallows,  as 
to  being  bft  wouried,  the  greatest 
dishonour  among  the  Greeks,  cf  11. 
1,  4,  etc. — II.  atiy  thing  hooked  or  point- 
ed like  a  raven's  beak,  as — 1.  an  engine 
for  grappling  ships,  described  at  length 
by  Polyb.  1,  22. — 2.  a  hooked  handle  of 
a  door,  like  κορώνη,  Anth. — 3.  an  in- 
strument of  torture,  Luc. — 1.  a  cock's 
bill,  Hesych.  (.\kin  no  doubt  to  the 
onoinatop.  words  κράζω,  κρώζω,  our 
croak,  Sanscr.  krw;,  cf.  Lat.  corvus, 
comix,  grac-ulus,  Germ.  kriUie,  our 
croio,  etc. :  the  root  also  involves  the 
notion  of  curved,  cf.  κορώνη,  κορωνίς, 
Lat.  curvus  (corvtis),  cornu,  etc.) 

^Κόραξ,  ακος,  ύ,  Corax,  son  of  Are- 
thusa  in  Ithaca ;  from  him  was  named 
ή  Κόρακος  πέτρα,  the  rock  of  Corax 
still  called  Koraka,  near  the  fountain 
Arethusa  in  southern  part  of  Ithaca, 
Od.  13,  407  ;  by  some  made  a  part  of 
Neritus. — 2.  a  king  of  the  Sicyo- 
nians,  Paus.  2, 5,8. — Others  in  Strab., 
etc. 

^Κοραξοί,  ών,  ol,  the  Coraxi,  a  peo- 
ple of  western  Caucasus,  Strab.  p. 
578  ;  in  Colchis,  Arist.  Meteor.  1, 13. 

Κοραξός,  ή,  όν,  like  a  raven,  raven- 
black,  Plut. 


ΚΟΡΕ 

Κόραξος  or  κοραξός,  ό,  an  unknown 

Κορΰσιδιον,  ov,  ro,=8q.,  Arr.  Epict. 

Κορύσιον,  cw,  TO,  dim.  from  «opv» 
a  little  girl,  maiden,  a  Word  only  used 
in  familiar  discourse,  like  κορίδιον, 
except  in  later  Greek,  as  LXX.,  N. 
T.,  etc..  Lob.  Phryn.  74.  {a,  Plat. 
Epigr.  30.] 

Κορύ,σιωδης,  ες,  (κορύσιον,  είδος) 
ofOT  like  a  little  girl,  girlish,  Plut. 

^Κορασσίαι,  ών,  ai,  C'.rassiae, 
small  islands  of  the  Icarian  sea,  Strab, 

Κοράττω,  to  implore  incessantly, 
Hesych.,  who  also  has  κορακενομαι. 
( Prob.  from  the  ceaseless  croaking  of 
ravens.) 

Κόραννα,  ή,  a  barbarism  for  κόρη, 
Ar.  Av.  1678. 

tKop;j(2v,  indecl.,  Κορβανάς,  ΰ,  δ, 
Hebr,  Corban, — 1,  a  gift  devoted  to 
God,  N.  T.  Marc.  7,  11.— 2.  the  .mcred 
treasury,  in  the  court  of  the  women, 
=  '}αζοφνλάκι<)ν.  Id.  Matth.  27,  10. 

^Κορβιλων,  ωΐ'ος,  ή,  Corlnlo,  a  city 
of  Gallia  Aquitanica,  Strab. 

Κορδακίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  to  dance  the  κόρ- 
δαξ. 

Κορόάκικός,  y,  όν,  belonging  to,  like 
the  dance  κόρδαξ,  hence  of  metrical 
sound,  tripping, running,  ^νβμος,  Arist. 
Rhet.  3,  8,  4,  cf  Cicer.  Brut.  56,  §  188. 

Κορδύκισμα,  ατός,  ro,=sq.  [«J 

Κορδάκισμι'^ς,  ov,  ό,  (κορδακίζω) 
the  dancing  of  the  κόρδαξ,  Dem.  23,  13, 
Nicophon  Incert.  5. 

Κόρδαξ,  άκος,  ό,  the  cordax,  a  dance 
strictly  belonging  to  the  old  comedy, 
κόρδακα  έλκνσαι,  to  dance  it,  Ar. 
Nub.  510 ;  its  motions  were  unseem- 
ly and  indecent,  and  to  dance  it  oflf 
the  stage  was  considered  a  sign  of 
drunkenness  or  total  immorality, 
Dem.  23,  13,  Theophr.  Char.  7(6),  1, 
cf  Interpp.  ad  Ar.  1.  c.,Muller  Eumea. 
923. 

Κορδίνημα,  ατός,  τό,=^σκορδίνημα. 
^Κόρδνβα,  ης,  ή,  Corduba,  now  C'or- 
dova,  a   city   of   Hispania   Baetica, 
Strab.  p.  160. 

Κορδϋβαλλώδες  πέδον,  τό,  Luc. 
Tragop.  223,  is  said  to  be  for  κορδν- 
λοβαλλώδες  ( κορδνλη,  βάλλω )  a 
beaten  floor. 

Κορδΰ7<.η,  ης,  ή,  a  club,  cudgel :  also 
like  tv'Kj],  a  bumji,  swelling,  Lat.  tuber, 
tumour. — II.  a  covering  for  the  head, 
head-dress,  in  Cyprian  :  hence  prob. 
εγκεκορδυλημένος,  wrapt  or  rolled  up, 
Ar.  Nub.  10. — ϊ\\.=  σκορδυ7ιη,  Strab. 

Κορδν?.ος,  ov,  ό,=:^σκορόυλος,  a 
water-lizard,  Arist.  H.  A.  [v] 

iKopi,  ό,  indecl.  (and  Κορής,  ov,  b, 
Joseph.)  Core,  Hebrew  masc.  pr.  n., 
N.  T. 

Κορέει,  Ion.  for  κορεί,  3  sing.  fut. 
Att.  of  κορένννμι  for  κορέσει,  11.  8, 
379;  17,241,  cf  13,  831. 

^Κορέβων,  οντυς,  ό,  Corithon,  son 
of  Lycaon,  ApoUod. 

Κορεία,  ας,  ή,  (κορένννμι)  satiety. 

Κορεία,  ας,  ή,  (κορέω)  α  sweeping, 
brushing,  cleaning,  wiping. 

Κορεία,  ας,  η,  (κόρη,  κορενομαι) 
maidenhood,  Lat.  virginitas,  Anth., 
and  Lye. 

Κόρειος,  εία,  ειον,  (κόρη)  of,  be- 
longing to  a  ma/den :  hence — II.  ra 
Κόρεια,  sub.  Ιερά,  the  festival  of  Cora 
(Proserpina),  Hesych. — 2.  to  K.,  her 
temple,  Inscr. 

Κορένννμι.  lengthd.  from  root 
KOP-,  which  appears  in  κόρος:  fut. 
κορέσω.  Ion.  κορέω,  11. :  aor.  έκόρεσα, 
mid.  έκορεσάμην,  pass,  ίκορέσϋην : 
perf  pass,  κεκόρεσμαι.  Ion.  κεκόρη- 
μαι,  Od. :  part,  perf  act.  with  pass. 
signf,  κεκορηώς,  ότυς,  Od.  18,  372. 


ΚΟΡΗ 

To  sate,  satisfy,  fill  one  with  a  thing, 
c.  dat.  rei,  κορέει  κύνας  ηό'  οιωνούς 
όημώ  καΐ  σάρκεσσι,  II.  13,  831 ;  also 
C.  gen.  rei.  Soph.  Phil,  1156.  Pass, 
and  niid.,  to  be  sated  or  glutted  with  a 
thing,  Aafe  one's  fill  of  Ά  thing,  c.  gen., 
as  o'ivov,  ίόωδής,  σίτον,  όαιτός,  etc., 
Horn.  :  metaph.,  gv/.07Tcooc  κορεσασ- 
θαι,  11.  13,  635  ;  κεκορήμεθ'  άεϋλων, 
Od.  23,  350  ;  more  freq.  c.  part.,  κλαί- 
ονσα  κορέσσατο,  i.  e.  she  had  her  fill 
of  weeping,  Od.  4,  5-11  ;  and  so,  κλαί- 
ων έκορέσθην  and  κορεσσάμεθα  κλαί- 
οντες, Od.  20,  59,  11.  22,  427,  etc. ;  so 
too,  εκορέσσατο  χείρας  τάμνων,  11. 
11,  87  ;  ονπω  κεκορησϋε  εελμενοι,  11. 
18,  287  :  rare  in  pass.  c.  dat.  rei,  ϋβρί 
κεκορημένος,  Hdt.  3,  80,  μoλπy,  Αρ. 
Rh.     Mostly  poet. 

Κορέσκο),  poet,  for  κορένννμι,  Nic, 
cf.  κορίσκω. 

\Κόρεσος,  ov,  ό,  Coresits,  masc.  pr. 
n..  Pans.  7,21,  1. 

Κορεστός,  ή,  όν,  (^κορένννμι)  sated; 
to  be  sated. 

Κόρενμα,  ατός,  τό,=^κορεία,  Eur. 
Ale.  178,  in  plur. :  from 

Κορενομαι,  fut.  κορενθήσομαι,  as 
pass.,  (κόρη),  to  be  a  maid,  grow  up 
to  viaidenhood,  Eur.  Alc.  312. — II.  to 
be  deflowered,  cf.  Buttm.  Schol.  Od. 
11,  289;  but  όιακορενομαι  is  more 
usu. 

ΚΟΡΕΏ,  ώ,  f.  -7jau,  to  sweep,  brush, 
clean,  δώμα,  Od.  20,  149,  την  αν?^ήν, 
Eupol.  Κολ.  9:  κ.  την  Έλλάόα,  to 
sweep  Greece  clean,  empty  her  of  peo- 
ple, Ar.  Pac.  59.  (Hence  κόρος  (C), 
αΐγικορενς,  νεωκόρος,  σηκοκόρος,  but 
there  is  no  root  KOPii  :  cf.  Lat.  colo, 
euro.) 

Κορέω,  Ion.  fut.  of  κορένννμι :  the 
pres.  κορέω  is  very  dub. 

Κόρη,  ης,  ή,  (not  κόρα,  even  in 
Att.) ;  Ion.  κοίφη.  as  always  in  Horn. ; 
in  the  Att.  form  first  in  the  susp.  line, 
H.  Horn.  Cer.  439  ;  Dor.  κώρα,  The- 
ocr.  6,  36  : — fern,  from  κόρος,  κούρος, 
a  maiden,  maid,  girl,  Lat.  puella,  freq. 
in  Horn.,  etc. ;  later  also  of  unmar- 
ried females  in  general,  as  of  the 
Eumenides,  Aesch.  Eum.  68,  the 
Fates,  Plat.  Rep.  617  D,  etc. :  and 
sometimes  of  a  newly-married  wo- 
man, young  wife,  like  Lat.  puella,  as 
of  Briseis,  II.  1,  98,  cf.  Schaf.  Soph. 
Tr,  1221,  and  παρθένος. — 2.  metaph. 
of  newly  launched  ships,  Lye.  24. — 
3.  with  the  gen.  of  a  pr.  name  added, 
a  daughter,  Ννμφαί  κοϋραι  Αιός,  II.  6, 
420,  etc.,  cf.  όυγάτηρ. — II.  α  puppet, 
doll,  Lat.  pupa,  Plat.  Phaedr.  230  B. 
— III.  the  pupil  of  the  eye,  Lat.  pupa, 
pupula,  pupilla,  because  a  little  image 
appears  therein.  Soph.  Fr.  634,  and 
freq.  in  Eur. : — the  change  of  signf. 
in  ^Ι.ήντη  is  exactly  the  converse 
of  this. — IV.  a  long  sleeve  reaching 
over  the  hand,  Xen.  Hell.  2,  1.8,  cf. 
Cyr.  8,3,  10, 13.— V.  iAe  Attic  drachma, 
because  it  bore  a  head  of  Minerva, 
Poll.  9,  74. — VI.  KOpaL  was  the  proper 
Greek  word  for  Υίαρνατίδες,  Midler 
Archiiol.  d.  Kunst  §  279. 

B.  Κόρη,  Ion.  Κοίφη,  ή,  the  name 
under  which  Proserpina  was  wor- 
shipped in  Attica,  the  Daughter,  viz.  of 
Ceres,  hence  τη  Μητρι  και  tj)  Κούρτ), 
Hdt.  8,  65,  Κόρη  Αήμητρος,  Eur.  Ale. 
858,  Supp.  34  ;  but  in  Att.  usu.  Κόρη 
alone,  as  Ar.  Vesp.  1438,  Xen.  Hell. 
6,  3,  6. 

Κόρη,  ης,  ή,  (κορένννμι)  satiety, 
surfeit,  acc.  to  Stallb.  Plat.  Rep.  404 
D,  but  dub. 

Κόρηθρον,  ov,  TO,  (κορέω)  a  besom, 
broom,  Luc,  cf.  also  κόρος  (C). 
Κόρημα,  ατός,  τό,  (κορέω)  sweep- 


ΚΟΡΙ 

ings,  refuse.  Ar.  Fr.  408. — II.  a  broom, 
be.'^om,  Ar.  Pac.  59,  Eupol.  Κολ.  9. 

ίΚορησσία,  ας,  η,  Coressia,  a  city 
on  the  west  coast  of  the  island  Ceos, 
Strab.  p.  486. 

^Κορησσός,  ov,  6,  Mt.  Coressus,  a 
mountain  near  Ephesus,  Hdt.  5, 100. 

Κορθνλη,  ης,  ή,=κόρθνς. 

Κορθνλος,  ov,  ό,  (κόρϋνς)  α  bird 
with  a  crest,  also  βασιλίσκος. 

Κορθννω,=κορϋνω,  Hes.  Th.  853. 

Κόρθνς,  νος,  ή,  like  κόρνς,  α  rising, 
heap :  in  Theocr.  10,  47,  κόρθνος  ά  το- 
μύ,  the  swathe  of  mown  grass  or  corn. 
Κορθνω  or  -ννω,  (κόρϋνς)  to  lift  up, 
raise,  hence  metaph.,  Τ,ευς  κόρβννεν 
έόν  μένος,  he  raised  high  his  wrath, 
Hes.  Th.  853.  Pass,  κνμα  κορθύε- 
ται,  the  wave  waxes  high,  rears  its 
crest,  II.  9,  7.   [ϋω,  ύνω^ 

tKopt'a,  ας,  ή,  Coria,  appell.  of  Mi- 
nerva in  Arcadia,  Paus.  8,  21,  4. — 2. 
of  Diana,  Callim.  Djan.  234. 

Kopiavvov,  ov,  TO,  aJso  κορίΰνον, 
coriander,  the  plant  or  seed,  esp.  in 
plur.,  Anacr.  138,  Ar.  Eq.  676.  [κορί- 
avvov  is  used  as  trisyll.  in  Ar.  1.  c] 

iKopiavvu,  ονς,  ή,  Corianno,  fern, 
pr.  n.,  Ath.  567  C. 

Κορίδιον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  κόρη, 
V.  sub  κοράσιον. 

Κορίζομαι,  f.  -ίσομαι,  [κόρη,  κόρων) 
dep.  mid.,  to  do  like  a  little  girl,  i.  e.  to 
fondle,  caress,  coax,  Ar.  Nub.  68  :  in 
this  signf.  ν—οκορίζομαι  is  more  freq. : 
cf.  also  κονρίζω. 

Κορΐκός,  ή,  όν,  (κόρη)— παρθενι- 
κός. Adv.  -κώς,  like  α  girl,  girlishly, 
Philo. 

Κορινθιάζομαι,  fut.  -άσομαι,  dep. 
mid.,  to  practise  whoredom  because 
Corinth  was  famous  tor  its  courte- 
sans, Ar.  Fr.  133. 

^Κορινθιακός,  ή,  όν,  =  Κορίνθιος, 
κόλττος,  the  gulf  of  Corinth,  now 
gulf  of  Lepanto,  north  of  Achaia,  Xen. 
Hell.  6,  2,  9  :  τα  Κορινθιακά,  imtings 
relating  to  C,  Paus. 

Κορίνθιας,  άδος,  η,  pecul.  fern,  to 
Κορίνθιος. 
\Κορινθικός,  ή,  01;,=  sq.,  Anth. 
Κορίνθιος,  ία,  lov.  Corinthian,  Hdt. 
5,  87;  tSoph.  O.  R.  794  :  oi  Κορίνθιοι, 
the  Corinthians,  Hdt.  5,  92 :  ;/  Κοριν- 
θία sub.  χώρα,  the  territory  of  Corinth, 
Corinthia,  Xen.  Hell.  4,  4,  5 ;  4,  8,  8. 
— Adv.  -ως,  in  Corinthian  fashion,  Jo- 
seph. 

Κορινθιονργής,  ες,  (Κόριΐ'θος,  *έρ- 
γω)  of  Corinthian  workinansldp,  of 
Corinthian  brass,  Strab. 

Κορινθόθι,  adv.  at  Corinth,  II.  13, 
664  :  and 

^Κορινθόνδε,  to  Corinth,  Luc.  Her- 
mot.  28  :  from 

^Κόρινθος,  ov,  ij,  usu.,  also  ό,  Co- 
rinth, the  city  and  country,  situated 
at  the  entrance  of  the  Isthmus  con- 
necting the  Peloponnesus  with  the 
main  land,  the  ancient  Ephyra,  first 
in  II.,  άίρνειος  Κ.,  II.  2,  570  ;  6,  152  ; 
so,  ευδαίμων  Κ.,  Hdt.  3,  52  :  it  had 
harbours  on  both  the  Corinthian  and 
Saronic  gulfs,  and  hence  called  διθά- 
λασσος  (άμφιθάλασσος),  Horace's  bi- 
maris  Corinthi,  N.  T.tProveib.,  Αΐός 
ΚόβίνθοΓ,  of  frequent  repetition,  first 
in  Find.  N.  7, 155,  cf.  Schol.  Ar.  Ran. 
442,  Eccl.  823. 

^Κόρινθος,  ov,  ό,  Corinthus,  son  of 
Jupiter,  claimed  by  the  Corinthians 
as  their  progenitor,  Paus.  2,  1,  1. 

tK'jpti'ra,  ης,  ή,  Corinna,  a  poetess 
of  Tanagra  m  Boeotia. 

Κοριοειδί]ς.  ές,  (κόριην,  είδος)  like 
a  little  girl,  dub.  1.  Epich.  p,  27. — 2. 
like  coriander,  Diosc. 


ΚΟΡΟ 

Κόρων,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  κόρη,  * 
little girl,Theocr.  11, 60  :  Dor.  κώριον, 
TO,  Ar.  Ach.  731. 

Κόρων,  ov,  TO,  like  κορίαννον,  co- 
riander, Dion.,  and  Nic. 

tKopiOf,  ov,  6,  the  Rom.  name  Cu- 
rius,  Polyb. 

ΚΟ'ΡΙΣ,  ως  Att.  εως,  ό,  a  bug, 
plur.  o'l  κόρεις,  A.T.  Kub.  034:  later 
also  ή  κόρις,  gen.  ιδος.  Lob.  Phryn. 
308. — II.  a  kind  of  ά'ί.  John's  wort, 
Diosc. 

Κορίσκη,  ης,  ή,  dim,  from  κόρη. 
Plat.  (Com.)  Lac.  1,  12. 

Κορίσκιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  κόρη. 
^Κηρίσκος,  ov,  ό,  Coriscus,  a  Socra- 
tic  philosopher  of  Scepsis,  Strab. 

Κορίσκω,  dub.  for  κορέσκω,  Hipp. 

Κοριώδης,  ες,  (κόρων,  είδος)  like  a 
girl. 

Κόρκορος,  ov,  6,  also  κόρχορος,  a 
vegetable  growing  wild  in  the  Pelo- 
ponnesus, said  to  be  a  kind  oi  pimper- 
nel, Ar.  Vesp.  239. 

Κορκορν}έω,  ώ,ί.-ήσω,  like  8ορ• 
βορνζω,  to  rumble,  of  the  hollow  noise 
made  by  the  bowels  when  empty,  cf. 
διακορκορνγέω.     Hence 

Κορκορνγή,  ης,  ή,  the  rumbling  of 
the  empty  bowels  :  in  genl.  a}iy  hol- 
low noise,  din,  tumult,  Aesch.  Theb. 
345,  Ar.  Pac.  991,  in  plur.;  and  in 
sing.,  Ar.  Lys.  491. 

Κορκορνγμός,  ov,  o,=  foreg.,  Luc. 
ίΚορκννη,  ης,  η.  Corcyna,  nurse  of 
Ariadne,  Plut.  Thes.  20. 

tKopKi'pa,  {],  later  form  for  Κέρκυ- 
ρα, q.  V. — 2.  ή  μέλαινα,  an  island  of 
the  Adriatic  on  the  lllyrian  coast, 
Strab.  p.  124. 

Κόρμα,  τό,=^κοίφμι,  q.  ν. 

Κορμύζω,  fut.  -ύσω.  (κορμός)  to  cut 
into  logs  υτ pieces,  Dion.  H. 

Κορμηδόν,  adv.  (κορμός)  like  logs, 
Heliod. 

Κορμός,  ov,  b,  (κείρω)  the  trunk  of 
a  tree  (with  the  lioughs  cut  off),  Od. 
23,  196,  Eur.  Hec.  575,  etc. :  a  log, 
Hdt.  7,  36 :  κ.  ναντικοί,  i.  e.  oars, 
Eur.  Hel.  1601.  (The  Aeol.  form 
κορπός  connects  it  with  Lat.  corpus, 
i.  e.  truncus  corporis.) 

\Κόρμος,  ov,  ύ,  Cormvs,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  Timocl.  ap.  Ath.  240  £. 

fKopv7]Aia,  ας,  ή,  the  Rom.  fem.  pr. 
n.,  Cornelia,  Plut. 

tKopi-'r/PiOf,  ov,  ό,  Cornelius,  the 
Rom.  name,  Polyb.,  etc. 

Κορνοπίων,  ωνος,  ό,  epith.  of  Her- 
cules, scarer  of  locusts,  Strab. :  from 

Κόρνω-ψ  or  κόρνο-φ,  οττος,  6,  a  kind 
of  locust,  usu.  ττάρνωψ. 

^Κορογκάνως.  ov,  ό,  the  Rom.  name 
Coruncayiius,  Polyb. 

^Κόροιβος.  ov,  6,  Coroebns,  a  Phry- 
gian, son  of  Mygdon,  Eur.  Rhe's. 
539. — 2.  an  Elean,  a  victor  in  the 
Olympic  games,  from  whose  victory 
the  Olympiads  are  reckoned,  Strab. 
p.  355, — 3.  an  Athenian  archon  01. 
118,  3,  Diod.  S.  20,  73.-4.  an  Argive, 
Paus.  1,  43,  7.-5.  a  Plataean,  Thuc. 
3,22. 

Κόροιφος,  ov,  (κόρη,  οΐφάω)  defiling 
maidens. 

Κοροκόσμων,  ov,  τό,  (κόρη,  κόσ- 
μος) a  girl's  toy  or  ornament,  A.  B. 

Κοβοκότας,  ου  or  α,  ό,=κροκότας, 
DioC. 

iKopovTa,  ων,  τύ,  Coronta,  a  city 
of  Acarnania,  at  the  mouth  of  the 
Acheloiis.  Thuc.  2,  102. 

ίΚοροπασσος,  ov,  Coropassus,  a  vil- 
lage of  Lycaonia,  Strab. 

^Κορόπι/,  ης,  ή,   Corope,  a  city  of 
Thessaly  :  adj.  ΚοροταΓοζ•,  as  appell. 
of  Apollo,  v.  1.  N'lc.  Th.  014. 
I      Κορότζλΰθος,  ov,  Att.  form  for  sq.. 


ΚΟΡΣ 

Isocr.  310  Β,  and  name  of  a  play  by 
Antiphanes. 

Κομυττλαστης,  ov,  ό,  (κόρη,  πλάσ- 
σω) a  modeller  of  Utile  imager,  image- 
maker. 

ΚΟ'ΡΟΣ,  ov,  6,  (cf.  κηρένννμι)  a 
being  or  becoming  satisfied,  one's  fill, 
satiety,  Lat.  salietas,  κ.  φυλόττίόος, 
γόον,  II.  19,  221,  Oil.  1,  103;  πάν- 
των κ.  Ιστί,  one  may  h.a\' e  too  much  οί 
every  thing,  11.  13,  636;  so,  κ.  ί,χειν 
τινός,  to  have  enough  of  a  thing, 
Eur.  Ale.  185,  Phoen.  1751  ;  τη•υς  Ις 
κόρον  έλαννει.ν,  Tyrt.  2,  10;  iivai, 
Fhilox.  ap.  Ath.  1 17  Ε  ;  hence  freq. 
in  bad  sense,  satiety,  surfnt,  freq. 
joined  with  ϋβρις  by  the  poets,  some- 
times as  producing,  sometimes  as 
produced  by  it,  τίκτοι  τοι  κύροςνβριν, 
Theogn.  153,  V;3ptv  κόρον  ματέρα, 
Pind.  Ο.  13,  12,  κόρον  νώ>ιος  νίον, 
Bacis  ap.  Hdt.  8,  77,  cf.  Donaldson 
New  Cratyl.  p.  413  :  hence — li.  inso- 
lence, petulance,  Pind.,  and  Trag. ; 
προς  κόρον,  insolently,  Aesch.  Ag.  382. 

Κόρος,  ου,  ο.  Ion.  κονρος,  as  al- 
ways in  Horn. ;  Dor.  κύρος,  a  boy, 
lad,  yout/i,  oft.  in  Hoin. ;  from  early 
childhood  (nay  even  before  birth,  11. 
C,  59),  up  to  the  military  age  ;  hence 
11.  9,  80;  12,  196,  and  elsewh.,  κού- 
ροι are  the  soldiers,  so  too  κοΐ'ροι 
Αχαιών,  II. ;  still  more  freq.  in  Iloni. 
the  servants  waiting  at  sacrifices  and 
feasts,  like  the  Lat.  pueri :  at  Sparta 
the  ιππείς  were  called  κόροι,  as  the 
Roman  eqnites  were  pueri,  Ruhnk. 
Tim. — 2.  with  genit.  of  prop,  names, 
a  son,  Hom.,  cf  fern.  κόρη. —  II.  a 
shoot,  sprout,  scion  of  a  tree,  like  μόσ- 
χος, Lysipp.  Incert.  3 :  hence  perh.  a 
broom  of  young  twigs,  Hesych.,  (though 
this  may  be  derived  from  κορέυ). 
(Usu.  rel'erred  to  κεφω,  and  so  strict- 
ly one  who  is  just  beginning  to  shave,  or 
one  ivho  cuts  his  hair  on  arriving  at  the 
age  of  youth  ;  but  v.  Donald.  Diet. 
Antiqq.  p.  295.) 

Κόρος,  ου,  ύ,  the  Hebrew  cor,  a 

measure  contauiing,  ace.  to  Joseph. 

Ant.  15,  9,  2,  ten  Attic  mediinni,  N.  T. 

tKopof,  01',  0,  the  Corns,  a  river  of 

Persis,  Dion.  P. :  v.  Kt'ipof• 

iKof)f)ayov,  ov,  to,  Corragum,  a  for- 
tress of  Macedonia,  Aeschin. 

Κό^/)η,  new  Att.  for  κόρση. 
iKopaeia,  ας,  ή,   Cor.iia,  a  city  of 
Boeotia,  on  the  borders  of  Locris, 
Paus.  9,  24,  5 ;  in  Dem.  Κορσιαί. 

Κορσεΐον,  ov,  τό,  also  κόρσεον, 
Nic,  or  κόρσιον,=^ κόρση. 

Κόρση,  ης,  ή,  in  new  Att.  κόΙ)()η, 
Dor.  KOppa,  the  side  of  the  forehead, 
temple,  and  m  plur.  temples,  II.  4,  502  ; 
5,  584:  έπΙ  κόββης  πητύσσειν,  to 
slap  in  the  face,  Dem.  502,  9,  cf  κόν- 
όνλος ;  so  too,  πυξ  ίπι  κάλφας  ηλα- 
σα,  Theocr.  14,  3t;  also,  κατά  KOf)- 
βης  παίειν,  Luc. — II.  the  hair  on  the 
temples,  the  side  hair,  which  first  turns 
grey,  Aesch.  Cho.  282. — III.  poet,  the 
head,  Nic.  (Akin  to  κάρα,  q.  v.  etc. ; 
jirob.  also  to  κρόταφος.) 

Κόρσης,  ov,  ό,  (κείρω)  one  who  cuts 
his  hair,  wears  it  short,  Chrysipp.  ap. 
Ath.  505  A. 

^Κόρσικα,  ης,  ή,  Corsica,  the  Rom. 
name  for  Κνρνος,  Strab.  p.  224:  in 
I'aus.  Κορσική. 

Κορσιον,  ov,  TO,  (κόρση)  the  bul- 
bous root  of  the  Aegyptian  lotus,  The- 
ophr. :  also  κόρσεον,  Diod. ;  and  κορ- 
σίπιον,  Hesych. 

Κορσόω,  ώ,  (κόρση)  to  shear,  shave 
the  head.     Hence 

ΚορσοτενΓ,  έως,  ό,  a  shaver,  barber, 
Char.  L.  ap.  Ath.  520  E. 

Ηί.ορσωτή,  ης,  ή,  Corsoie,  a  desolate 
788 


KOPT 

city  of  Mesopotamia,  Xen.   An.    1, 
5,  4. 

Κορσωτήρ,  ηρος,  6,=-σω-ευς.  Hence 

Κορσωτήριον,  ov,  τό,  a  barber's 
shop,  Char.  L.  ap.  Ath.  520  E. 

^Κύρτωνα,  ης,  ή,  Cortona,  a  city  of 
Etruna,  Plut. 

Κυρνβάντειος,  a,  ov,  (Κορνβας) 
Coryhnntian,  Anth.  P.  :  To  K.,  a  tan- 
pie  of  the  Corybantes,  Strab. 

Κορνβαντιασμός,  ού,  ύ,  the  Cory- 
bantic  frenzy,  Dion.  H.  :   from 

Κορυιίαντιάω,ω,  f.  -ύσω,  to  celebrate 
the  rites  of  the  Corybantes  :  hence  to  be 
or  become  a  Corybas,  be  filled  with  Co- 
ryhantic  frenzy,  Ar.  Vesj).  8,  Plat. 
Symp.  215  E,  Ion  534  A,  etc. 

Κορϋβαντιζω,  f.  -ίσω,  to  purify  or 
consecrate  by  Corybantic  rites,  At.  Vesp. 
119. 

Κορνβαντικός,  ή,  όν,  Corybantic, 
Plut. 

ίΚορνβάντιος,  a,  ov,  to  K.,  v.  sub 
Κορνβάντειος. 

Κορνβαν  Γίς,  ίδος,  ή,  pecul.  fern,  of 
Κορνβας,  Nonn. 

Κορνβαντισμός,  ov,  ό,  (Κορνβαν- 
τίζί,ί)  initiation  among  the  Corybantes. 
— II.  purification  by  their  rites. 

Κορνβαντώύης,  ες,  (Καρύβας,  εί- 
δος) Corybanl-like,  wild,  frantic,  Luc. 

Κορί'βάς,  αντος.  ό,  a  Cnrybant, 
priest  of  Rhea  or  Cybele  in  Phrygta, 
usu.  in  plur.,  o'l  Κορύβαντες,  asso- 
ciated with  the  Κουρήτες  and  Τίλ- 
χϊνες  by  Strabo:  since  their  rites 
were  accompanied  by  wild  music, 
dancing,  etc.,  hence  Κορνβας  was 
taken  to  be  a  frantic,  esp.  a  drunken 
person,  Posidipp.  ap.  Ath.  377  B. 
Fern.  Κορνβαντίς,  ίόος,  η,  Nonn. 
(Ace.  to  some,  like  Κουρήτες  from 
κόρος,  κούρος,  others  from  κόρνς, 
from  which  Eur.  Bacch.  123,  calls 
them  τρικόρυθες.)  For  a  full  ac- 
count, v.  Lob.  Aglaoph.  p.  1135,  sq. 
[?;]     In  mythol.  from 

\Κορνβας,  αντος,  ό,  Corybas,  son  of 
Cybele  and  lasion,  ace.  to  Strab.  p. 
472,  a  Rhodian,  founder  of  Hierap- 
atne  in  Crete.  Ace.  to  Apollod.  1,  3, 
4,  son  of  Apollo  and  the  Muse  Thalia ; 
ace.  to  others  son  of  Saturn  or  Jupi- 
ter and  Calliope,  Eur.  Bacch.  113: 
Strab.  p.  466. 

Κορυόαλλή,  ή,  -αλλίς,  ίόος,  ή,  -αλ- 
λός,  ό  and  ή,=  κόρυδος,  etc. 

ίΚορύδαλλος,  ου,  ό,  Corydallus, 
masc,  pr.  η.,  Hdt.  7,  214.— II.  a  deme 
of  the  tribe  Hippothoontis ;  hence 
Κορυδαλλεύς,  an  inhnb  of  Cor.,  Strab. 

Κόρϋδος,  ου,  ό.  Plat.  (Com.)  Incert. 
31,  ami  κορϋδός  ov,  ή,  Ar.  Av.  472, 
(κόρυς)  the  crested  or  tufted  lark,  Lat. 
rdauda  cristata  :  we  have  also  the 
forms  κορυδάλ7^η.  ή,  Epich.  p.  3,  κο- 
ρυδαΧλίς,  κορνδαλ'λός,  Theocr.  7,  23 ; 
10,  50  ;  not  so  well  written  with  a 
single  λ,  cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  338. 

'ΪΚόρνδος,  ov,  ό,  Corydus,  name  of 
a  parasite  in  the  later  Comedy,  Ath. 
241  C. 

^Κορνδων,  ωνος,  b,  Corydon,  a  shep- 
herd's name,  Theocr.  4,  I. 

Κόρνζα,  ης,  ή,  an  illness  arising  from 
cold  in  the  head  (κόρ()η,  κόμνς),  hence 
a  running  at  the  nose,  dcfluxion,  Lat. 
pituita,  Hipp.,  cf  κατάΙ>^)θος :  and, 
from  its  deadening  effect  on  the  fac- 
ulties, hence — II.  metaph.  drivelling, 
stupidity,  like  Lat.  pituita,  Luc,  cf. 
Casaub.  Pers.  2,  57,  v.  βλέννα,  βλέν- 
νας.   Hence 

Κορνζάω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  have  a  cold  or 
catarrh.  Plat.  Rep.  .343  Α.— II.  metaph. 
to  drivel,  be  dull-ivilted,  Polyb.  38,  4. 

^Κορυζώδης,  ες,  (κόρνζα,  είδος)  suf- 
fering from  κόρνζα,  Hipp. 


KOPT 

Κορνθάϊξ,  Ικος,  (κόρνς,  άΐσσω)  hel• 

met-shaking,    i,  e.    with    waring  phimc, 
πτο'λεμιστής.  11.  20,  38.  [ΰ] 

Κορνύαώλος,  ov,  not  κομνβαίολος, 
Heyne  11.  18,21,  (κόρνς,  αίόλλω)  mo- 
ling the  helmet  quickly,  i,  e.  with  μ,Ιαη 
cing  helm,  freq.  in  11.  as  epith.  of  Hec 
tor,  as  an  active  restless  warrior  ; 
once  only  of  Mars,  22,  1.32. 

iKopvOa'/.ta,  ας,  ή,  an  appell,  of  Dia- 
na,  Ath.  139  B. 

'ίΚορνθεΐς,  έων,  ol,  Corythes,  a  deme 
of  Tegea,  Paus.  8,  45,  1 :  from 

]Κόρνθος,  ov,  0,  Corythus,  an  Arca- 
dian, of  Tegea,  Apollod.  3,  9,  1. 

Κνρνθιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  κόρνς. 
[ν] 

Κόρνθος,  ov,  δ,  (κόρνς)  α  crested 
τροχίλος,  ap.  Hesych.,  cf.  κορνδύς. 

^Κορνλας,  ov,  ό,  Corulas,  a  satrap 
of  Paphlagonia,  Xen.  An.  5,  5,  12. 

Κορνμβάς,  ύδος,  ή,  (κόρυς)  a  string 
running  round  a  net  to  draw  it  up  like  a 
purse,  ap.  Hesych. 

Κορνμβη,  ης,  ή,  cf.  κύρυμβος  IT. 
Κορνμβηθρα,  ας,  ή,  and  in  Nic.  ap. 
Ath.  083  C  -βηλός,  ov,  (5,=sq. 

Κορυμβίας,  ov,  ΰ,  (κόρνμβος)  ivy, 
fioin  its  clustered  flowers  and  fruit, 
Theophr. 

Κορνμβοειδης,  ες,  (κόρνμβος,  εί- 
δος) like  the  peaked  alern  of  a  ship, 
Diosc. 

Κόρνμβος,  ον,ό,  with  hcterog.  plur, 
-a  κόρνμβα,  as  well  as  the  regul, 
form  oi  κόρνμβοι,  (κόρνς,  κορνφη)  : 
— the  uppermost  point,  head,  top,  peak, 
as  of  a  mountain,  Hdt.  7,  218,  Aesch. 
Pers.  659  ; — in  Hom.  only  once,  ύκρα 
κόρνμβα  νηών,  II.  9,  241,  the  high 
curved  poops  of  shi[>s,  much  like  ΰφλα- 
στα,  Lat.  aplustria,  cf.  Hesych.,  and 
Blomf  Aesch.  Pers.  417:  they  were 
usu.  adorned  with  figures,  from  which 
each  ship  took  its  name,  cf.  Kopuvij. 
— \\.^=κρωβν7Λς,  at  least  κορνμβη  is 
so  used,  Asius  2,  0. — III.  the  cluster, 
bunch  of  the  ivy  flower  or  fruit :  ingenl. 
a  cluster,  bunch  of  fruit  or  Jlowers, 
Mosch.  3,  4. 

Κορνμβοφόρος,  ov,  (κόρνμβος,φέρω) 
cluster-bearing,  κισσός.  Long. 

Κορνμβόυ,  ώ,  to  make  into  a  κόρνμ- 
βος. 

Κορνμβώδ7)ς,  ες,  =  κορνμβόειδης, 
Diosc. 

Κορυνάω,  ω,  fut.  -ησω,  (κορννη  II) 
Ιο  put  forth  club-tike  sprouts  or  buds, 
Theophr.  [v,  except  in  later  authors.] 
Κορννη,  ης,  ή,  (κόρνς)  a  club,  esp. 
shod  with  iron  for  fighting,  a  mace, 
K.  σιδηοείη,  II.  7,  141,  143,  ξύλων  κο- 
pvvai.  Hdt.  1,  59:  also  a  shepherd's 
staff,  Theocr.  7, 19.  Cf  Ruhnk.  Tim. 
— il.  in  plants,  a  club-like  bud  or  shoot, 
Theophr. — ΙΙΙ.=  πόσ0;;,  Nic.  [v,  ex- 
cept in  Eur.  Supp.  715,  and  late 
poets,  cf  Heinr.  lies.  Sc.  289.] 

Κορννησις,  εως.  ή,  {κορννάω)  the 
putting  forth  of  clubbed  sprouts  or  buds, 
Theophr. 

Κορννήτης,  ov,  b,  (κορννάω)  a  club- 
bearer,  one  who  fights  with  achib  or/nacp, 
II.  7,  9,  138. 

Κορνν7ΐφόρος,  ov,  (κορννη,  φέρω) 
club-bearing  :  ol  κ.  club-bearers,  the 
body-guard  of  Pisistratiis,  instead  of 
the  usual  δορυφόροι,  Hdt.  1,  59.  Plut. 
Solon  30. — II.  the  peasants  of  Sicyon, 
also  called  κατωνακοφόροί,  Poll.  3, 
83,  cf  Thirlw.  Hist,  of  Gr.  I,  p.  424  : 
Miiller,  Dor.  3,  4,  'Ji  2. 

Κορννθος.  ου,  ό,  appell.  of  Apollo 
Paus.  4,  34,  7,  for  which  Κορνύός. 

Κορννιάω,ώ,^  κορννάω,  hence,  κο- 
ρννιοωντα.  πέτη'/.α,  sprouting  leaves, 
Hes.  Sc.  289,  ubi  al.  κορννώεντα,  al. 
κορωνίόωντα. 


ΚΟΡΤ 

Κορννιόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  (κορννη) 
cluh-Uke,  ν.  foreg.  [ϋ'] 

Κορυνίτης,  ου,  ό,  dub.  1.  for  κορυ- 
νήτης,  q.  ν. 

Κορννώδης,  ες,  (κορννη,  είδος)  = 
κορυνιόεις,  Theophr.  [ϋ] 

Κορυπηάω,  ώ,  ί.  -ύσω,=κορύτττω. 

Κορντττίλος,  ον,  ό,  one  that  butts 
with  the  head,  Theocr.  5,  147,  ubi  al. 
κορυττίλος  [t] ."  from 

Κορνπτω,  f.  -ψω,  like  κνρίσσω. 
(which  is  a  v.  1.  in  1.  c),  to  butt  with 
the  head,  Theocr.  3,  5.  (Akin  to  κο- 
ρύσσω) :  from 

Κόρΰς,  ΰθος,  ή :  ace.  κόρϋθα  and 
κόρϋν,  both  in  Horn. ;  a  helmet,  helm, 
oft.  in  Horn.  (esp.  in  II.)  and  usu.  of 
brass,  γα/ικείη,  χαλκήρης,  and  so  dis- 
tinguished from  the  leathern  κυνεη 
(but  this  does  not  always  hold  good, 
cf.  sub  κυνέη) ;  with  cheek-pieces, 
χαλκοπύρηος ;  usu.  also  with  a  crest 
of  horse-hair,  λόφος,  hence  'ί~πονρις, 
ίπττόκομος,  ίιτποόάσεια,  and  some- 
times adorned  with  φύλοι,  cf  φύ'Αος., 
άμφί({)α?.ος,  τεζρύφα'λος. — IL  the  head, 
Eur.  Bacch.  1185. — Il[.=its  deriva- 
tive κόρνϋος,  κορνόα?.ός,  the  crested 
lark.  (Akinno  doaht  to  κάρα,  κέρας, 
Lat.  cornu,  etc.) 

tKopi'f,  νος,  6,  Corys,  a  river  of 
Arabia,  emptying  into  the  Erythrae- 
um  Mare,  Hdt.  3,  9. 

Κορύσσο),  fut.  κορύξω :  aor.  mid. 
εκορνσσάμην.  in  Hipp,  ίκορνξάμην, 
part,  κορνσσάμενος,  11.  19,  397;  perf. 
pass,  κεκ,όρυΰμαι.  part,  κεκορυθμέρος, 
ok.  in  Horn.  Strictly,  to  helm,  fur- 
nish with  a  helmet,  hence, — 1.  in  genL 
to  fit  out,  equip,  7ΓΟ?ιεμον,  IL  2,  273, 
κ/'όνον  άνόρώΐ',  Hes.  Sc.  148, /ία^)/ν, 
198. — Horn,  mostly  uses  the  pass,  and 
mid.  to  equip,  arm  one's  self,  be  equip- 
ped :  hence  also  to  do  battle,  fight ; 
also,  more  fully,  τενχεσι  or  χαλκώ 
κορύσσεσθαι ;  most  freq.  in  part,  perf, 
χαλιώ  κεκορνθμένος :  in  IL  also  of 
things,  ooL'pe  κεκορνθμένα  χαλαφ, 
headed  with  brass,  IL  3,  18;  11,  43; 
so  without  χα7.κ.ώ,  Π.  16,  802.— 2.  in 
genL  to  furnish,  provide,  βίον,  έργον 
κορνσσειν.  Find.  P.  8,  106;  I.  8,  11.5. 
— IL  to  make  crested,  raise  to  a  liead, 
κνμα  βόοιο,  to  7nake  it  swell,  IL  21, 
306  ;  (aiid  so  πόλεμον,  nAOvov  and 
μάχην  αορνσσειν  might  be  under- 
stood.) Paes.  to  rise  up,  crest  itself, 
come  Co  a  head,  κϋμα  κορύσσεται,  II. 
4,  424,  c£  κορθέο)  κορθύνω. — III.  to 
raise  the  head  threat eningly.  to  butt  with 
the  horns,  Hipp.,  esp.  in  .\tt.  in  form 
κορΰττο).  (Akin  to  κνρίσσω,  κορύπ- 
τω.  cf.  Lat.  corusco.)    Hence 

Κορυστής,  ov,  ό,  a  helmed  man : 
hence  an  armed  warrior,  man-at-arms, 
II. ;  nsu,  ΰνηρ  κορυστής,  II.  4,  457 ; 
8,  256,  cf.  ίπποκορυστης  and  χα/.κο- 
κορυστής. 

Κορυστός,  ή,  όν,  {κοονσσω  II)  raised 
up,  heaped  up,  esp.  of  full  measure, 
Bockh  Inscr.  1,  p.  165,  opp.  to  ■φηκτός. 

Κορυττί?.ος,  υυ,  6,  v.  κορνπτίλος.  [<] 

Κορϋφάγενί/ς,  ες,  {κορυφή,  *γενω) 
head-horn,  sprung  from  the  head,  epith, 
of  Minerva,  Plut.^ 

Κορυφαία,  ας.  ή.  {κορνφή)  the  head- 
stall of  a  bridle,  Xen.  Eq.  3,  2. 

\Κορύφαίνα.  ης,  ή,=::ζϊττπουρος,  Do- 
rion  ap.  Ath.  304  C. 

Κορνφαϊον,  ου,  τό,  the  upper  rim  of 
a  hnnting-net.  Strictly  neut.  from  KO- 
ρυφαΐοο  Xen.  Cyn.  10,  2. 

ΙΚορνφαΙον,  ου,  τό,  Mt.  Coryphaeus, 
a  mountain  of  Syria  near  Seleucia, 
Polyb.  5,  59,  4. 

Κορυφαίος,  αία,  αΐον,  (κορνφφ 
standing  at  the  highest  point  Or  head,  at 
the  top  ;  b  n,,  the  head  man,  leader, 


ΚΟΡΩ 

chief,  Hdt.  3,  82,  159  :  esp.  in  the  Att. 
Drama  the  leader  of  the  chorus,  Dem. 
533,  25,  cf  Ar.  Pfut.  953.— Π.  epith. 
of  Jupiter,  the  Roman  Jupiter  Capi- 
tolinus,  Paus.  2,  4,  5. — In  Plut.,  Luc, 
etc.,  we  have  a  superl.  κορυφαιότα- 
τος.  Lob.  Phryn.  69. 

ίΚορνφαντίς,  ίδος,  ή,  Coryphantis, 
a  city  of  the  Mytilenaeans  on  the 
Aeolian  coast,  Strab.  p.  607. 

Κορνφάς,  άδος,  ή,  the  edge  of  the 
navel.  Hipp.  ap.  Gal.,  dub. 

\Κορυφάσιον,  ov,  τό,  Coryphasium, 
a  promontory  of  Messenia  near  Py- 
los,  Strab.  p.  339,  with  a  fortress  on 
the  same,  now  Navarino,  Thuc.  4,  3  ; 
Xen.  HelL  1,  2,  18,  to  this  the  Pyli- 
ans  moved  after  the  destruction  of 
their  town ;  some  however  make  it 
same  as  Pylos. — Diana  was  styled 
from  a  temple  of  hers  at  this  place 
Κορυφασία,  Anth. 

Κορνφή,  ής,  ή,  (κόρνς)  the  head,  top, 
highest  point :  hence — 1.  the  crown,  top 
of  the  head  of  a  horse,  II.  8,  83  ;  of  a 
man,  H.  Hom.  Ap.  309,  Hdt.  4,  187, 
and  Att. — 2.  in  Hom.  nioetly  the  top 
or  peak  of  a  mountain,  usu.  δρεος  κο- 
ρυφή or  κορυφαί,  or  with  a  pr.  n., 
'Ολύμπου,  ΙΙηλίου,  Ίδης  κ. ;  so  too 
in  Pind.,  Hdt.,  and  Att.  ;  cf  κάρηνον. 
— 3.  the  vertex  of  a  triangle,  Polyb. — 
4.  inetaph.  the  chief  or  highest  point, 
end,  Lat.  summa,  λόγων,  Pind.  O.  7, 
125,  cf  Plat.  Crat.  415  A  ;  the  highest 
excellence,  the  choice.<;t,  best,  ΰέϋλων, 
κτεύνων,  etc. ;  but,  7ίόγων  κ.  in  Pind. 

0.  7,  125  seems  to  be  their  true  sense, 
cf.  κορχιφαι  μύθων,  Emped.  32:  την 
κ.  έτϊΐτιϋέναι,  to  put  the  finishing  touch 
loathing,  Plut.,  cf  «ολοι^ώΐ'.  Hence 

\Κορυφτινδε,  adv.  to  the  summit,  sum- 
mit-ivard,  Orph. 

Κορνφιστήρ,  r/por,  o,=sq. 

Κορνφιστής,  ov,  ό,  a  fillet  or  diadem, 
esp.  as  a  woman's  head-dress ;  also 
the  border  of  the  cap,  cf  κεκρύφαλος. 
— IL  pTob.=:  κορυφαία. 

Κόρνφος,  ου,  ό,  a  small  bird. 

Κορϋφόω,  ώ,  i.  -ώσω,  (κορυφή)  to 
bring  to  a  head,  make  peaked.  Pass., 
κϋμα  κορνφονται,  rises  to  a  crest,  IL 
4,  426 :  metaph.,  το  εσχατον  κορνφον- 
ται βασί7ιεϋσι .  kings  are  on  the  high- 
est pinnacle,  Pind.  O.  1,  182. — II.  to 
sum  up.  bring  under  one  head,  Anth.  : 
to  bring  to  an  end,  finish,  Plut. 

Κορνφώόης.  ες,  (κορυφή,  είδος) 
peaked,  pointed,  Hipp. 

Κορνφωσίς,  εως,  ή,  (κορνφόω)  α 
bringing  to  a  point. — II.  a  summing  up, 
brinsiing  under  one  head,   [ii] 

\Κορφίνίον,  ου,  τό.  Corfinium,  the 
capital  city  of  the  Peligni  in  Italy, 
Strab.  p.  238. 

Κόρχορος,  ου,  ό,^κόρκορος,  Nic. 
^Κορώβίος,  ov,  ό,  Corohius,  a  Cre- 
tan, Hdt.  4.  151. 

ίΚορωναΙος,  a,  ov,  of  Coronia,  oi 
Kopuvaloi,  the  Coroneans,  Hdt.  5.  97. 

Κορωνεκάβη,  ης,  ή,  Comic  word  in 
Anth.,  an  old  woman,  as  old  as  a  crow 
(900  years)  and  Hecuba  ;  cf.  τετρακό- 
ρωνος.  [ά] 

Κοράνεως,  ω,  ή,  (κορώνη)  σνκή  κ-,  a 
fig  of  a  raven-gray  colour.  Ar.  Pac.  628. 

ίΚορώνεια,  ας,  ή,  Coronla,  a  city  of 
Boeotia  near  lake  Copais ;  its  ruins 
are  near  Korunies,  II.  2,  503,  Thuc. 

1,  113.— 2.  a  city  ofPhthiotis  inThes- 
saly,  Strab.  p.  434. 

^Κορυνειακός,  ή,  όν,  of  Coronea  (1), 
Strab. 

^Κορώνειας,  a.  ov,  and  Κορώνιος,= 
ΚορωναΙος,  Strab.  p.  411. 

Κορώνη,  ης,  ή.  (κορωνός)  in  Od.  12, 
418;  14,  308,  etc.,  τανύγλωσσος  κ., 
a  kind  of  sea-fowl,  seoOrow,  cf.  Ovid. 


ΚΟΡΩ 

spaiiosits  gufturamergTis  ;  in  Od.  5,  66, 
called  e.xpressly  κ.  είνάλίαι. — 2.  α 
croiv,  Lat.  comix,  Hes.  Op.  745,  Ar- 
chil. 44,  etc.  :  but  prob  the  jack-daw, 
for  Hes.  calls  it  λακερνζα  κ.,  e.xpress- 
ly distinguishing  it  from  κόραί. — Π. 
any  thing  hooked  or  curved,  like  a 
crow's  bill:  esp. — l.thehandlconadoor, 
by  which  it  was  shut,  Od.  1,  441  ;  7, 
90;  21,  46,  sometimes  of  silver,  some- 
times gilded  :  later  also,  like  κύραζ, 
a  knocker. — 2.  the  tip  of  a  bnu•,  on  which 
the  bow-string  was  hooked,  usu.  of 
m.etal,  χρνσέη,  IL  4,  111,  cf  Od.  21, 
138,  165. — 3.  the  curved  stern  of  a  ship, 
esp.  the  crown,  ornamejital  top  of  it, 
Aral.,  cf.  κορών ίς. — 4.  the  tip  of  the 
plough-beam,  upon  which  the  yoke  is 
hooked  or  tied  ;  cf.  ίστοβοενς  II. — 5. 
the  apophysis  of  a  bone,  to  which  the 
tendon  is  fixed,  Hipp. — 6.  in  genl.  the 
end,  tip,  point  of  a  thing,  Artemid. 
(Cf  κόραξ  fin.) 

ίΚορώνη,  ης,  η,  Corone,  a  city  of 
Messenia  near  Asine,  Strab.  p.  300  : 
at  Κορυΐ'εϊς,  the  inhab.  of  C.  Id.  p. 
411.— II.  fem.  appelL.  Ath.  583  E. 

Κορωνίας,  ov,  ό,  Ion.  -ίης,  'ίππος 
κ.,  a  high-crested,  spirited  Steed,  prob. 
I.  for  κορωνίτης  in  Simon.  220. 

Κορωνίύω,  ώ,  f.  -άσω,  (κορώνη  II) 
to  form  a  κορώνη,  to  bend,  curve,  κορω- 
νιόωντα  πέτη?.α  bent  leaves,  v.  1.  in 
Hes.  Sc.  289,  for  κορννιάωντα :  of  a 
horse,  to  arch  the  neck,  go  proudly, 
Anth.  (Akin  to  κορύσσω,  κορνπτω, 
κορνπτιάω,  κεροντίύω.) 

Κορωνΐδεύς.  έως,  ό,  (κορώνη)  α 
young  crow,  like  άηδονιόεύς,  Ζ.αγι- 
δενς,  etc.,  Cratin.  Pyl.  10. 

Κορωνίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  i.  e.  τη  κορώνη 
άγείρω,  to  gather,  collect  rcilh  Οΐ  for  the 
crow,  said  of  strollers  who  went  about 
with  a  crow  singing  begging  songs 
(είρεσιώναι) ;  these  were  called  κο- 
ρωνισταί  and  we  have  a  specimen  of 
their  κορωνίσματα  in  Ath.  359,  sq. : 
cf  χελίοονίζω,  and  v.  Fauriel.  Chants 
de  la  Grece  Moderne,  1,  p.  cix. 

Κορών ίος,  ov,  (κορωνός)  with  crump- 
led horns. 

Κορωνίς,  ίδος,  ή,  (κορώνας,  κορώ- 
νη) as  adj.,  crooked-beaked,  hence  in 
genl.  crooked,  curved,  bent,  in  Hom.  al- 
ways of  ships,  πηρά  vj/vai  κορωνίσι, 
from  the  outline  of  the  prow  and 
stem,  esp.  the  latter,  cf  κορώνη  II.  3. 
— 2.  of  kine,  with  crumpled  horns, 
Theocr.  25.  151,  like  ελιξ.—ΙΙ.  as 
subst.,  anything  curved,  bent;  esp. — 
1.  a  wreath  or  garland,  Lat.  corona, 
Stesich.  46. — 2.  a  curved  line  or  stroke, 
flourish  with  the  pen  at  the  end  of  a 
book  or  chapter,  scene  of  a  play,  etc.. 
Martial.,  Plut.:  hence  in  genl.  the  ex- 
treme, top  of  a  thing,  Heliod. :  thevnd, 
completion,  ίπιθεΐναι  κορωνίδα,  Luc, 
cf  κορυφή  3,  and  κολοώών. — 3.  in 
Gramm.  the  mark  of  crasis  or  apos- 
trophe (')  was  called  κορωνίς,  as  in 
τοννομα,'  θοΐμάτίον,  όύμός,  etc — 4. 
in  architecture,  the  topmost  member  of 
a  building,  our  cornice. 

^Κορωνίς,  ίδος.  ή,  Cnrnnis,  daughter 
of  Phlegyas,  sister  of  l.xion,  mother 
by  Apollo  of  Aesculapius,  H.  Hom. 
16,2:  (ace  Κορωνίδα,  Paus.  2,  11, 
7,  Κορωνίν,  or  Κόρωνιν,  Hes.  ap. 
Schol.  Pind.  P.  3,  14.) 

Κορώνίσμα,  ατός,  τό,  and  κορωνι- 
στής.  oil,  ί),  v.  sub  κορωνίζω. 

Κορωνο3ό7.ος,  ov,  (κορώνη,  ,θάλλω) 
shooting  crou's  :  τυ  κ.,  a  sling  or  other 
piece  for  crnw-shooling,  etc.,  Anth. 

Κορωνοπόδιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from 
sq. 

Κορ(,)νόποι<ς,   ποδός,    ό,   (κορώνη, 
πους)  crow-foot,  ace.  to  Sprengel  Plan- 
789 


ΚΟΣΜ 

tago  Coronopus  or  Buck's-horn  Plan- 
tain. Theophr. 

Κορωί'όί",  '}>  όν,  curved,  bent,  esp. 
with  crumpUd  horns,  βονς.  Archil.  Fr. 
40,  cf.  κομωιίς  I.  2,  and  ί'λιξ :  but  the 
E.  M.  explains  it  by  γαύμος,  ύψαύ- 
X7]V,  cf.  κορωνιάω  11.  Hence  κορω- 
νίς,  κορών}/,  cf.  κόραξ  fin. 

tKopwJOf,  ov,  a,  Cordmis,  son  of 
Caeneus,  king  of  the  Lapithae  in 
Gyrton.  an  Argonaut,  II.  2,  716,  Ap. 
Rh.  1,  57:  Κορωνύς,  Soph.  Fr.  345. 
iKaaag,  6,  the  Cosas,  a  river  of  La- 
tiuni,  Strai).  p.  237. 

Κοσ/ίίΐ'ενω,  {κόσκινον)  to  sift,  De- 
mocr.  ap.  Sext.  Enij). 

Κοσ«ϊΐ'7/(5οΐ',  adv.,  like,  as  in  a  sieve, 
Luc. 

iKoaKtvia,  ας,  ή,  Coscinia,  a  town 
of  Caria,  Strab. 

Κοσκϊνίζω,  fut.  ■ίσω,=^κοσιανεύω, 
Diosc. 

Κοσκίνιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  κό- 
σκινον, Ath.  [i] 

Κοσκΐνόγϋρος,  !),^τη?.ία. 

Κοσκϊνοείόής,  ές,  {κόσκίνον,  είδος) 
like  α  sieve. 

ΚοσκΙνομαντεία,  ας,  and  -τίκή,  ης, 
7/,  divination  by  the  sieve  :  from 

Κοσκΐνόμανης,  ιος  Alt.  εο>ς,  ό, 
and  ;),  {κόσκινον,  μάντίς)  α  diviner  by 
a  sieve,  Philippid.  ap.  Poll.  7,  188, 
Theocr.  3,  31. 

ΚόσκΙνον,  ov,  TO,  a  sieve,  Ar.  Nub. 
373,  Plat.  Rep.  363  D. 

Κοσκϊνοποιός,  όν,{κόσκινον,  ποιέω) 
making  sieves.  Philyll.  Pol.  5. 

Κοσκΐνο7τώ?.ης,  ov,  b,  {κόσκινον, 
Ίτωλεω)  a  dealer  in  sieves,  Nicoph. 
Cheir.  ]. 

Κοσκυλμύτια,  ων,  τά,  parings,  shreds 
of  leather ;  in  Ar.  Eq.  49,  metaph.  of 
the  scraps  of  flattery  of  the  tanner 
Cleon.  (Lennep  derives  it  from  σκνλ- 
λω  .■  the  Lat.  cusculium,  quisquilium, 
quisquiliae,  secms  to  have  the  same 
origm.) 

'\Κόσκννθος,  ov,  ό,  the  Coscynihus,  a 
river  of  Euboea,  Lye.  1035. 

Κοσμΰγός,  ov,  a,  {κόσμος,  7/γέομαι) 
Ruler  of  the  world,  Creuz.  Plotin.  de 
Pulcbr.  p.  171. 

Κοσμύριον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  κό- 
σμος, a  s/nall  ornament,  Ath. 

Κοσμέω,  ώ,  f.  -7/σω,  {κόσμος)  ίο  or- 
der, arrange,  Hoin.  ;  esp.  (as  always 
in  II.)  to  set  an  army  in  array,  marshal 
it ;  and  so  in  Od.,  of  the  chase,  oiu 
δε  τρίχα  κοσμηθίντες,  Od.  9,  157  : 
κοσμησαι  ιπττονς  τε  και  άνέρας,  II.  2, 
554  :  also  in  mid.,  κοσμησάμενος  πο- 
λιτ/τας,  having  arrayed  his  men,  II.  2, 
806  :  but  όύρττοί'  κοσμείν,  to  arrange, 
prepare  a  repast,  Oct.  7,  13  ;  so,  κ. 
άοιδην,  Η.  Horn.  6,  59,  έργα,  Hes. 
Op.  304. — II.  to  order,  rule,  govern, 
Hdt.  1,59,  Soph.  Aj.  1103;  hence, 
Tu  κοσμούμενα,  commands,  laivs.  Id. 
Ant.  677. — 2.  in  Crete,  to  be  Cosmos, 
rule  as  such  (v.  κόσμος  I\'.),  Arist.  Pol. 
— III.  to  deck,  adorn,  dress,  esp.  of  wo- 
men, H.  Hom.  Ven.  65,  H.  Hom.  5, 
11,  12,  Hes.  Op.  72,  Th.  573;  κ.  πα- 
νοπλίτ).  Id.  4, 180  ;  aud  so  often  mid., 
κοσμέεσθαι  τας  κεφα'Αάς.  to  adoni 
their  heads.  Id.  7,  209  ;  hence — 2.  of 
persons,  to  adorn,  be  an  honour  to.  ■κό- 
Aiv,  Theogn.  941,  cf.  Eur.  Mel.  4, 
Thuc.  2,  42. — IV.  it)  pass.,  to  be  as- 
signed or  ascribed  to,  belong  to,  just  like 
τε/.έειν  εις...  ές  Τίέρσας  έκεκοσμέατο, 
Hdt.  6,  41,  cf.  3,91. 

Υίόσμηθεν.  for  έκοσμήθησαν,  Aeol. 
3  plur.  aor.  1  pass,  from  κοσμέω,  II. 
3,  1. 

Κόσμημα,  ατός,  τό,  {κοσμεω)  an  or- 
nament, decoration,  esp.  in  dress,  Plat. 
Legg.  956  A. 
790 


ΚΟΣΜ 

Κόημησις,  ειος,  ή,  {κοσμέω)  an  or- 
dering, adorning.  Plat.  Gorg.  504  D, 
Criti.  117  B. 

Κοσμήτειρα,  ας,  ή,  fem.  from  sq. : 
esp.  a  female  nui^istrute  at  Ephesus, 
Inscr. 

Κοσμητήρ.  ήρος,  o,=sq.,  Epigr.  ap. 
Aeschin.  80,  22. 

Κοσμητί/ς,  οΰ,  6,  {κοσμέω)  an  order- 
er,  arranger,  esp.  of  an  army,  .Aescliin. 
80,  24. — 2.  an  adorner,  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  8, 
20. — 3.  a  governor :  esp.  at  Athens,  a 
rnagislrale  in  charge  of  the  Gymnasia, 
Inscr.,  and  Teles  ap.  Stob.  p.  535,  21. 
Hence 

Κοσμητικός,  ή,  όν.  skilled  in  deco- 
rating ;  7]  -K7J,  sub.  τέχνη,  the  art  of 
dress  and  ornament.  Plat.  Soph.  277  A. 

Κοσμΐ]ΤΟς,  ή,  όν,  {κοσμέω)  well  ar- 
ranged, regular,  Od.  7,  127. 

Κοσμήτρια,  ας,  ή,  like  κοσμήτειρα, 
fem.  from  κοσμητ/'/ρ. 

Κόσμητρον,  ο»,  τό,  an  instrument 
for  cleaning,  brush,  broom,  etc. 

Κοσμήτωρ,  ορός.  ύ,  poet,  for  κο- 
σμητι'ις,  one  who  marshals  an  army,  a 
commander,  leader  ;  in  Horn,  always 
K.  λαών,  II.  1,  16,  etc.,  Od.  18,  152. 

Κοσμιαϊος,  αία,  aiov,  {κόσμος  V.) 
of  the  size  of  the  universe,  Deraocr.  ap. 
Slob.  Eel.  1,  348. 

Κοσμικός,  ή,  όν.  {κόσμος  V.)  of,  in, 
belonging  to  the  aorld  or  universe,  Arist. 
Phys. — 11.  of  this  world,  earthly,  N.  T. : 
hence  uorldly.  evil,  επιθυμίαι,  lb. — 2. 
secular,  lay,  Eccl. 

Κόσμιον,  ov,  τό.  dim.  from  κόσμος, 
a  small  ornament,  Diod. 

Κόσμιος,  ία,  lov,  also  ος,  ov,  {κό- 
σμος) ivell-ordered,  modi  rate,  δαπάνη. 
Plat.  Rep.  560  D  :  of  persons,  orderly, 
ivell-behaved,  discreet,  Ar.  Plut.  89, 
Plat.,  etc.  ;  κ.  εν  διαίττ}.  Plat.  Rep. 
408  A  :  7nodest,  Xen.  Mem.  3, 11,  14  : 
TO  K;  decorum,  Soph.  El.  872,  Plat. 
Legg.  802  E.  So  too  adv.  -ίως,  regu- 
larly, decently,  Ar.  Plut.  709.  978,  and 
freq.  in  Plat. — II.  in  Plut.,  ό  κόσμιος, 
=^ κοσμικός,  κοσμοπο'λίτης.     Hence 

Κοσμιότης,  7/τος,  y,  the  character  or 
conduct  of  the  κόσμιος,  propriety,  deco- 
rum, orderly  behaviour,  Ar.  Plut.  564. 

Κοσμογένεια,  ας,  ή,  Clem.  ΑΙ.: 
and 

Κοσμογενία,  ας,  ή,  very  dub.,=  sq. 

Κοσμογονία,  ας,  ?/,  {κόσμος  V., 
*γένω)  the  creation,  origin  of  the  world, 
name  of  a  work  of  Parmenides,  Plut. 
2,  756  E. 

Κοσμογρΰφία,  ας,  ij,  a  description 
of  the  world,  Clem.  Al.  :  from 

Κοσμογρύφος,  ov,  {κόσμος  V.,  γρά- 
φω) describing  the  world.   [aJ 

Κοσμοδιοικητικός,  i],  όν,  {κόσμος 
v.,  όιοίκέω) governing  the  world,  Stob. 

Κοσμοκόαης,  ov,  6,  {κοσμέω,  κόμ//) 
dressing  the  hair,  κτείς,  Anth. 

Κοσμοκρύτωρ,  ορός,  ό,  {κόσμος  V., 
κρατέω)  lord  of  the  world.  Orph.  :  in 
Eccl.  of  evil  spi>iis,fromEpist.  Ephes. 
6,  12.  [ά] 

Κοσμο/.έτης,  ov,  ό.  {κόσμος  V.,  όλ- 
λνμΐ)  destroyer  of  the  world. 

Κοσμο?.ογικός,  -η,  όν,  {κόσμος  Υ., 
λόγος)  of  concerning  the  philosophy  of 
the  world,  i.  e.  physics. 

Κοσμομύνής.  ές,  {κιΊσμος  V.,  μαί- 
νομαι) raging  through  the  world.  Or. 
Sib. 

Κοσμοττλαστέω.  ω,  to  form,  create 
the  world,  Phil  Ο  :  from 

Κοσμοπλύατης,  ου,  ό,  (κόσμος  V., 
π?.άσσω)  framer  of  the  world,  Philo. 

Κοσμοπλόκος,  ov.  (κόσμος,  πλέκω) 
holding  together  the  uorld,  Anth. 

Κοσμοποιέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω.  {κοσιιο- 
ποιός)  to  make,  create  the  world,  Piut. 
— 2.   to  7nake  a  system,  theory  of  the 


ΚΟΣΣ 

world,  Arist.  Coel. :  κ.  τονς  αστέ- 
ρας, to  assert  them  to  be  worlds,  Plut. 
Hence 

Κοσμοποιητής,  ov,  ύ.  creator  of  the 
world,  Henu.  ap.  Stub.  Eel.  1,  U76. 

Κοσμοποιία,  ας,  ή,  the  creation, 
LXX. — 2.  α  theory  or  system  of  the 
creation,  Eniped.  ap.  Arist.  Phys. : 
from 

Κοσμοττοιός.  όν,  (κόσμοςΥ .,  τνοι.έω) 
making,  craalim:  the  world,  Parmenid. 
ap.  Plut.  2.  884  E. 

Κοσ^ότΓολίζ-,  ό,  a  magistrate  among 
the  Locrians,  Polyb.  12,  16.  9,  Buckh 
Inscr.  2,  p.  428  ;  cf.  κόσμος. 

Κοσμοττολίτιις,  ov,  ό,  {κόσμος  V., 
πολίτης)  a  citizen  of  the  world,  Diog. 
L.  [0 

Κοσμοπρεπής,  ές,  {κόσμος  V.,  πρέ- 
πω)  suitable  for  the  universe,  Stob. 

Κόσ/ίΟζ-,  ov,  6.  (prob.  from  κομέω) 
order,  κόσμω  καθίζειν,  to  sit  in  order, 
Od.  13,  77  :  esp.  κότα  κόσμον,  in  or- 
der, duly,  in  Hum.  usu.  strengthd.,  ευ 
κατά  κοσμον,  ορρ.  to  ov  κατά  κόσμον, 
μάψ  άταρ  ον  κατά  κόσμον  ;  later  ορρ. 
to  παρά  κόσμον  :  so  in  Hdt.,  oi^V it 
κόσμω,  in  no  sort  of  order,  9.  59  ;  esp., 
φενγειν,  άπιέναι  ονδενΐ  κόσμω,  3,  13  ; 
8,  60.  3,  etc.  ;  so  too,  ονόένα  κόσμον. 
Id.  9,  69  ;  ορρ.  to  συν  κόσμω.  8,  86 : 
hence — 2.  good  order,  good  behaviour, 
decency,  Aesch.  Ag.  521  ;  opp.  to  ύκο- 
σμία.  Soph.  Fr.  726. — 3.  a  set  form  or 
order,  Hdt.  1 ,  99  :  of  states,  order, 
government,  Thuc.  4,  76,  etc.  ;  esp.  of 
the  Spartan  constitution,  Hdt.  1,65, 
cf.  Clearch.  ap.  Ath.  681  C. — 4.  in  genl. 
the  mode  or  fashion  of  a  thing,  Hdt.  3, 
22. — II.  an  ornament,  decoration,  dress, 
esp.  of  women,  Lat.  mundus  mulitbris, 
11.  14,  187,  Hes.  Op.  76;  of  a  horse, 
11.  4.  145  ;  of  men.  first  in  Hdt.  5,  92, 
7,  etc. ;  and  in  plur.,  ornaments,  .Vesch. 
.\g.  1271. — in.  metaph.  an  honour, 
credit,  Pind.  O.  11,  J3,  N.  2,  12 >  κό- 
σμον φέρει  Tivi,  It  does  one  credit, 
Hdt.  8.  60,  142,  cf.  Ar.  Nub.  914.— 
IV.  a  ruler,  regulator,  title  of  the  chief 
magistrate  in  Crete,  Arist.  Pul.,  v. 
Miiller  Dor.  3,  8  ;  cf.  κοσμέω  II.,  κο 
σμητής  3,  and  κοσμήτειρα. —  V.  the 
world  or  universe,  from  its  perfect  ar- 
rangement,  opp.  to  the  indis.esta  moles 
of  chaos;  hence  of  the  different  mem- 
bers of  the  universe,  the  heavenly  bodies, 
earth,  etc.  :  and  later  the  inhabitants 
of  earth,  7nankind,  cf.  Lat.  mundus : 
on  the  history  of  this  Pythagonan 
usage,  v.  Bentl.  Phalar.  p.  351,  Nake 
Opusc.  pp.  16-26. 

Κοσμοσύνόΰλον,ον.  τό.  Dor.  name 
ofthe flower  υάκινθος,  Cmtin.  Malth.  1. 

Κοσμοτρόφος,  ov,  {κόσμος  V.,  τρέ- 
φω) nurturing.,  feeding  the  world. 

Κοσμονργέω,ώ,ί.  -τ/σω,  to  create  the 
world :  and 

Κοσμονργία,  ας,  ή,  the  creation . 
from 

Κοσμονργός,  οΰ,  ό,  {κόσμος  V.,  *ίρ• 
γω)  creator  of  the  world.  Iambi. 

Κοσμοφθόρος,  ov,  {κόσμος  V'.,  φθεί- 
ρω) destroying  the  world,  Anth. 

Κοσμώ,  ονς,  ή,  a  priestess  of  Minerva 
at  Athens. 

Κόσοζ•,  κόση.  κόσον.  Ion.  and  Aeol. 
for  πόσος,  as  κότε.  κω,  κώς.  κον  for 
πότε,  πω.  πώς,  πον,  .so  ύκόσος,  όκό- 
τερος,  δκως,  ύκότε,  κοΐος  for  όπό• 
σος,  όπότερος,  όπως,  οπότε,  ποιος. 
Cf.  πόσος  sub  fin. 

ίΚόσσα.  ης.  ή,  and  Κόσσαι,  ηΐ.  Cos- 
sa,  a  city  of  Etruria.  Strab.  p.  222. 

Κόσσά3ος,  ου,  b.  Ion.  and  old  Att. 
for  κότταίος. 

\ΚοσσαΙος.  a.  ov,  Cossaean,  Strab.  : 
7/  Κοσσαία.  C'o.isaea.a  district  of  Per- 
sis,  extending  to  the  Caucasian  pass- 


ΚΟΤΙ 

es,  Strab.  oi  Κοσσαΐοι,  the  Cossae- 
ans,  Arr.  An.  7,  15,  1  ;  in  the  vicinity 
of  Mt.  Zagrus,  Polyb.  5,  44,  7. 

Κοσσίζομαι,  fut.  -ίσομαι,  (κόσσος) 
dep.  mid.,  to  box  a  persoits  ears,  late. 

iKoσσιvίτης,  ov,  ό,  the  Cossinites,  a 
river  of  Thrace,  Ael.  H.  A.  15,  25. 

iKoσσόavoς,  ov,  b,  the  Cossoanus,  a 
river  of  India,  Arr.  Ind.  4,  3. 

Κόσσος ,  ov,  ό,  a  box  on  the  ear,  cuff, 
Lat.  alapa  :  hence  the  comic  names 
of  Parasites  Κοσσοτράττε^ος  and 
'Έ.τοίμόκοσσος,  Bast.  Ep.  Cr.  p.  181. 
(Prob.  from  κόπτω.) 

^Κόσσονρα,  ας,  ή,  Cossura,  a  small 
island  between  Sicily  and  Africa, 
now  Pantalarea,  Strab.  p.  277  :  in 
Polyb.  Κόσσκροζ-,  3,  96,  13. 

Κοσσνμβη,  ης,  ή,  v.  κοσύμβη. 

Κοσσϋόίζω,  ί.  -ίσο,  to  sing,  whistle 
like  a  blackbird  :  from 

Κόσσνφος,  ov,  6,  Att.  κδττνφος, 
also  κόψίχος,  a  singing  bird  like  our 
blackbird,  Arist.  H.  A. — II.  also  a  sea- 
fish,  so  called  from  its  colour, /zf/u/- 
χρος  Κ-,  Numen.  ap.  Ath.  305  C. — 
III.  a  pendiar  breed  of  poultry  at  Tana- 
gra.  Pans.  9,  22,  4. 

Κοσταί  or  κόσται,ών,  αΊ,=  άκοστη, 
barley,  ap.  Hesych. 

Κόστοζ•,  01',  ό,  costus,  an  aromatic 
root,  Theophr. 

Κοσνμίη  or  κοσσνμβη,  ης,  η,  also 
κόσνμΒος,  ov,  ό,  (κόρνμβος,  κορυφή) 
an  extremity  or  edge:  esp. — 1.  =:Att. 
κρω3ν/ος,  dub. — 2.  a  border  of  a  gar- 
ment, LXX. — 3.  a  brace  for  fastening 
the  έζί^μίς. — 4.  a  shaggy  shepherd's 
coat. 

Κόσνμβος,  ov,  ό,  v.  foreg.     Hence 

Κοσνμβόω,  ώ,  {κοσύμβη  2)  to  put 
fringes  on  a  garment.     Hence 

Κοσνμ3οιτύς,7/,  όν,  tasseled,  fringed, 
LXX. 

Kora/rcj,  collat.  form  for  κοτέω, 
Aesch.  Theb.  485. 

Κότε  and  κοτέ,  Ion.  for  πότε  and 
ποτέ. 

Κοτεη•ός,  ή.  όν,  {κοτέω)^κοτήεις, 
BockhPind.  Ν.  7,  61. 

Κότερον,  κότερα.  Ion.  for  πότερον, 
πότερα,  Hdt. 

Κοτέω,  ώ.  and  in  mid.  κοτέομαι, 
both  used  alike,  v.  infr.,  (κότος).  To 
bear  one  a  grudge,  be  angry  at  him,  oft. 
in  Hom.  c  dat.  pers.,  and  sometimes 
c.  gen  rei,  άπατης  κοτέων...,  angry  at 
the  trick,  II.  4,  168 ;  also,  κοτεσσα- 
μένη  τόγε  θνμφ,  οΰνεκα-.,  II.  14,  191 : 
to  be  envious,  jealous  of  one,  envy  him, 
c.  dat.  pers.,  in  the  proverb,  κεραμενς 
κεραμεί  κοτέει  και  τέκτονι  τεκτων, 
Hes.  Op.  25.  Be.sides  the  pres.  act., 
Hom.  has  imperf.  mid.  κοτέοντο,  II. 
2,  223,  fut.  κοτέσσεται,  II.  5,  747, 
etc. ;  most  freq.,  aor.  κοτέσσατο,  part. 
κοτεσσύμεΐ'ος,  -μένη  ;  also  part.  perf. 
κεκοτηώς,  only  in  phrase  κεκοτηότι 
θνμφ:  an  aor.  act.  only  in  H.  Horn. 
Cer.  255.  part,  κο-εσασα.  Only  poet., 
mostly  Ep. 

Κοτήεις,  εσσα,  εν,  (κοτέω)  angry, 
wrathf id,  jealous,  θεός,  II.  5,  191.  Only 
^V-        ,  ,  , 

tKoriuf<Of ,  ov,  TO,  Cotiaeum,  a  city 
of  Phr}-gia,  on  the  river  Thymbris, 
Strab. :  freq.  written  Κοτυύειον. 

Κοτίζω,  fut.  -ίσω,  collat.  form  of 
κοτέω. 

Κοπί'άζ•,  άΰος,  ή,  (κότινος)  έ?.αία 
/£.,  an  olive-tree  grafted  upon  a  wild  olive. 
— II.  the  fruit  or  berry  of  the  wild  olive- 
tree,  Hipp. 

Κοτϊρηώόρος.  ov,  (κότινος,  φέρω) 
producing  wild  olive-trees,  Mosch.  7,  2. 

Κότ'ύΌΐ',  ov.  TO,=sq. 

Υίότΐνος,  ov,  6.  and  ?},  the  wild  oUve- 
tree,  Lat.  oleaster,  Ar.  A  v.  621 :  from 


KOTT 

it  the  crowns  at  the  Olympic  games 
were  made,  Ar.  Plut.  586,  592  (where 
Pors.  KOTivCi,  as  if  from  an  adj.  κότι- 
νους), cf.  A.  P.  9,  357  :  also  άγριε- 
λαία.     Hence 

Κοτϊνοτράγος,  ov,  (κότινος,  τρώγω, 
τράγεϊν)  eating  the  wild  olive,  Ar.  Av. 
243. 

ίΚοτινονσα,  η,  Cotinusa,  the  earlier 
name  of  Gadira  in  Spain,  Dion.  P. 

Κοτίς,  ίδος,  ή,  dub.  collat.  form 
from  κόττα. 

Κότορνος,  ov,  ό,  v.  1.  in  Hdt.  6, 
125,  as  Ion.  form  for  κόθορνος. 

ΚΟ'ΤΟΣ,  oil,  b,  a  grudge,  rancour, 
ill-uill,  II.  1,  82  ;  but  also,  like  χόλος, 
anger,  wrath,  Horn.,  and  freq.  in 
Aesch.,  but  never  in  Sopn.  or  Eur. : 
in  Hom.  oft.  c.  dat.  pers.,  κότον  τινϊ 
έντίθεσθαι  θνμώ,  Od.  11,  102  :  later 
also  envy,  jealousy.  Only  poet. 
(Akin  to  χώομαι,  χό/.ος :  hence  κο- 
τέω. έγκοτος,  ζάκοτος,  πα?.ίγκοτος.) 
iKoTovavTiOi,  ων,  oi,  the  Cotuantii, 
a  people  of  Rhoetia.  Strab.  p.  206. 

Κόττα,  and  in  Hipp,  κόττη,  ης,  ή, 
also  κόττος,  ov,  ό,  and  κοττίς,  ίόος, 
ή.  Dor.,  the  head,  esp.  the  cerebellum. 
(Akin  to  κόρση,  κόρβη.  Dor.  κόρ^α, 
Syrac.  κοόδά.  Hence  πρόκοττα,  a 
mode  of  wearing  the  hair  short  at  the 
back,  but  long  in  front.  Pull.  2,  29  : 
also  κοτύλη,  κώόεια,  κωόία  :  also  the 
Lat.  surname  of  the  Aurelii,  Cotta. 
Cf  also  κόττος.) 

Κοττά  ίεΐον,  ov,  τό,  the  metal  basin 
for  the  game  of  cottabus  ;  also — 2.  the 
cup  to  throw  from,  v.  Eubul.  Beller.  1. 
— II.  the  prize  of  the  game.  Plat.  (Com.) 
Ζενς  Κακ.  I,  7. 

Κοττάβίζω,  {.  -ίσω  Att.  -ΐώ,  (κότ- 
τα3ος)  to  play  at  the  cottabus.  Ar.  Pac. 
343.  Plat.  (Com.)  Ζενς  κακ.  2,  An- 
tiph.  Άόρ.  Τον.  1. 

Κοττΰβικός,  ή,  όν,  (κότταβος)  of, 
belonging  to,  used  in  the  cottabus,  Her- 
mipp.  Moer.  2. 

KottuSlov,  ov,  to,  (κότταβος)^= 
κοτταβειον  II.,  Callipp.  ap.  Ath.  668 
C,  dub.  [a] 

Κοττάβίς,  ίδος,  pecul.  fern,  of  «or- 
τα3ικός:  esp.  κ.  κνλ.ιξ,^ κοτταβειον 
I.  2,  Ath. 

'ΚοττάβΙσις,  εως,  η,  (κοττα3ίζω)  α 
playing  at  the  cottabus,  Plut.  [τΰ] 

Κοττΰβισμός,  ov,  ό,=  foreg. — 2.  a 
kind  of  shower-bath,  Medic. 

Κόττάβος,  Ion.  and  older  Att.  κόσ- 
σαβος,  (as  should  be  read  in  Aesch. 
Ft.  165,  cf  Eur.  Plisth.  6),  ov,  ό,  the 
cottabus,  a  Sicilian  game  (Anacr.  52, 
Critias  1,  1),  much  in  vogue  at  the 
drinking-parties  of  young  men  at  Ath- 
ens. The  simplest  mode  was  when 
each  threw  the  wine  left  in  his  cup, 
so  as  to  strike  smartly  in  a  metal  ba- 
sin, at  the  same  time  invoking  his 
mistress'  name  ;  if  all  fell  in  the  ba- 
sin, and  the  sound  was  clear,  it  was 
a  sign  he  stood  well  with  her  ;  cf. 
Call.  Fr.  102.  The  wine  thus  thrown 
was  called  /.ύταγες  or  λ.αταγή  (v. 
/,ara^),and  also  like  the  game  itself, 
κότταβος  (Eur.  1.  c,  Ar.  Nub._^1073, 
etc.):  the  basin,  κοτταβειον,  Ζ.ατα- 
γεΐον,  etc..  also  called  κότταβος  by 
Cratin.  Nem.  6,  Critias  1.  c.  The  ac- 
tion of  throwing  (^άποκοτταβίζειν)  is 
prettily  describea  by  Antiph.  'λφρ. 
Τον.  1,  ubi  v.  Mein.  ;  cf  άγκν?.η,  et 
Bacchyl.  ibi  cit. — The  game  soon 
became  more  complicated,  and  was 
played  in  various  ways.  Sometimes 
a  number  of  little  cups  (όξνβαφα) 
were  set  floating,  and  he  who  threw 
his  κότταβος  so  as  to  upset  the  great- 
est number  in  a  given  number  of 
throws,  won  the  prize  {κοτταβειον). 


KOTT 

Cratin.  Nem.  6,  cf  Juven.  3,  102. 
Sometimes  the  wine  was  thrown 
upon  a  scale  (πλάστιγξ)  suspended 
over  a  little  image  (μόνης,  Antiph. 
1.  c,  γέρων,  Eur.  Oen.  9),  placed  in 
water  ;  here  the  κότταβος  was  to  be 
thrown,  so  as  to  make  the  scale  de- 
scend the  head  of  the  image.  For 
fuller  accounts  v.  Ath.  666,  sq.  (cf. 
479),  Suid.  voc.  κοττάβίζω,  Grod- 
deck  Antiq.  Versuche,  I,  p.  163,  sq., 
Beck  Comm.  Soc.  Philol.  Lips.  1,  1, 
p.  100.  (The  deriv.  is  rather  dub.; 
referred  by  Passow  to  κόπτω,  κόσ- 
σος,  while  he  quotes  another  form 
όττάβος,  as  akin  to  ότοβος,  ότοβέω.) 

Κοττάνη,  ης,  φ,  an  instrument  used 
infishing,  Ael. 

Κόττάνον,  ov,  TO,  a  small  kind  of 
fig,  Ath. ;  so  cottanum  in  Martial  and 
Juven. 

Κοττύριον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  KOTT?/. 

Κόττη,  ης,  ή,  v.  sub  κόττα. 
iKoTTiva,  ας,  i],  Cottina,  fem.  pr.  n., 
Ath.  574  C. 

^Κόττιος,  ov,  b,  Cottius,  an  Alpine 
chieftain,  Strab.  p.  178. 

Korrif,  ή, =z κόττη,  κόττα,  Dor. 

Κόττος,  ov,  6,= /corra.— II.  a  river- 
fish,  the  bull's  head,  7nillej's  thumb,  Lat. 
cottus gobio.     (From  κόττη,  κόττις.) 

tKorroc,  or,  ό,  Cottus,  son  of  Ura- 
nus and  Gaea,  one  of  the  Hundred- 
handed,  Hes.  Th.  149. 

^Κοττνόίων,  ωνος,  ό,  Cottyphion, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  formed  from  sq.,  Luc. 
V.  H.  1,  29. 

Κόττνφος,  ov,  6,  Att.  for  κόσσνφος. 

^Κόττνφος,  ov,  ό,  Cottyphus,  of 
Pharsalus,  a  leader  in  the  sacred 
war,  Aeschin.  71,  7  ;  Dem.  277,  23. 

ίΚοτίι/.αιον  όρος,  τό,  Mt.  Cotylaeus, 
a  mountain  of  Euboea.  Aeschin.  66, 8. 

Κοτύ/η,  ης,  ή,  any  thing  hollow, 
esp.  a  hollow  vessel,  small  cup.  11.  22, 
494,  Od.  15,  312:— also  =  κο7ΐ'λων, 
Dion.  H. — 2.  in  Att.  a  liquid  measure, 
(sometimes  also  used  for  solids),  con- 
taining 6  κναϋοι  or  τ  a  ξέστης,  i.  e. 
about  ^  a  pint,  Hipp.,  and  Ar.  Plut. 
436  :  cf.  μέδιμνος. — II.  the  αφ,  socket 
of  a  joint,  esp.  the  socket  of  the  hip- 
bone, ]l.  5,  306,  sq.,  Hipp.  410,  54.— 
III.  the  hollow,  pabn  of  the  hand,  hol- 
low of  the  foot. — IV.  in  Aesch.  Fr.  54, 
χαλκόδετοι  κοτύ7.αι=τνμπανα.  (The 
deriv.  fluctuates  between  κόττα  and 
κοΊ/.ος.)  [ν] 

Κοτνληδονώόης,  ες,  (κοτνλ.ηδών ,  εί- 
δος) like,  of  the  nature  of  a  κοτνλ.ηδών. 
Medic. 

Κοτνλ.ηδών,  όν«ξ,  ή,  any  cup-shaped 
hollow  or  cavity  ;  esp. — 1.  in  plur.  the 
siwkers  on  the  feelers  of  the  polypus,  Od. 
5.  433,  in  Ep.  dat.  κοτν/.7/δονόφιν  : 
hence  the  feelers  or  arms  themselves, 
elsewh.  π/.εκτάναι,  Arist.  H.  A. — II. 
in  plur.  also  certain  vessels  at  the  mouth 
of  the  xiterus  oi  some  animals,  Foes. 
Oecon.  Hipp.— III.  =KO-i)A77  II.,  Ar. 
Vesp.  1495. — IV.  the  hollow  of  a  cup, 
Nic.  :  hence,=:/cori'/'.'ji'. — V.  a  plant, 
prob.  Cotyledon  umbilicus,  our  iSai-ei• 
wort,  Diosc. 

Κοτν/.ήρντος,  ov,  {κοτύλ.η.  άρνω) 
that  can  be  drawn  in  cups,  hence  flow- 
ing copiously,  alua,  11.  23,  34:  ci.  εν- 
ήρντος. 

Κοτνλιαΐος,  αία,  αίον,  holding  α  κο- 
τύ/.η,  Antig.  Car.  ap.  Ath.  420  Α. 

Κοτν/.ίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  to  sell  by  the  κο- 
τύλη, ci.  Ar.  Fr.  555 :  hence  to  sell 
by  retail ;  in  genl.  to  distribute  in  small 
portions. 

Κοτϊ'λίς,  ίδος,  ή,  Hipp.,  -ίσι^ψ,  η^. 
ή,  Pherecr.  Cor.  3,  -ίσκιον,  ov.  τό, 
Ar.  Ach.  459,  and  -ίσκος,  ov,  ό,  dimin- 
utives from  κοτύλη. 

791 


ΚΟΤΡ 

Κοτν/^οειύί/ς,  ές,  (κοτύλη,  £t(5of) 
shaped  like  a  κοτύλη,  Hipp. 

Κ07ϊ'λοζ•.ο)'.ό,=  «ο7ί;λ7/,  Ep.  Horn. 
14,  3,  Pilat.  Ζευς  κακ.  I. 

^Κύτν?.ος.  ου,  ό,  Cotylns,  the  high- 
est point  of  Mt.  Ida  in  Troas,  Strab. 
p.  602.  ^ 

Κοτϋλώδης,  ες,  (tiJof)  like  a  κοτύ- 
λη. Ath. 

Korv?Mv,  ωνος,  ό,  {κοτύλη)  Cotulo, 
nickname  of  a  toper  (of  V'ariuis),  Plut. 
Anton.  18.  [v] 

iKoTvpTa,  ή,  Cotyrta,  a  small  town 
of  Laconia,  near  Taenarus,  Thuc.  4, 
56,  ubi  V.  1.  Κορτνρα. 

tKorir,  νος,  ό,  Cotys,  father  of 
Asias,  Hdt.  4,  45.-2.  a  king  of  Pa- 
phlagonia,  Xen.  Hell.  4,  1,  13. — 3.  a 
king  of  Thrace,  in  alliance  with  the 
Athenians  against  Philip,  Dein.  623, 
etc. — Cf.  Κοτυττώ. 

\Κοτντταρίς,  ίδος,  ή,  Cotyttaris,  fem. 
pr.  η.,  Theocr.  6,  40. 

^Κοτυττώ  or  Κοτντώ,  ους, ή,  Cotyt- 
to,  goddess  of  licentiousness,  espe- 
cially worshipped  in  Corinth.  In 
Strab.  p.  470,  Κότνς,  νος,  ή,  Colys,  a 
goddess  of  the  Edoni,  whose  festival 
KoTVTTia  was  celebrated  also  in  other 
parts  of  Greece. 

iKoTvupa,  u)V,  τά,  Cotydra,  a  city  ih 
the  territory  of  the  Tibareni,  a  colony 
of  Sinope,  Xen.  An.  5,  5, 3  :  in  Strab. 
Κοτύωρον,  p.  548.     Hence 

ίΚοτυωρίται,   ών,  οι,  the  inhab.  of 
Colyora,  Cotyorllae,  Xen.  An.  5,  5,  6. 
Kov,  contr.  by  crasis  for  και  ov, 
first  in  H.  Horn.  Cer.  227. 

Kov  and  κου.  Ion.  for  που  and  πον. 
\Κοναρτος,   ου,   6,    Quartus,   Rom. 
masc.  pr.  n.,  N.  T. 

\Κούϊνδα,  Ciiinda,  a  fortress  of  Ci- 
licia,  Plut.  Kum.  13. 
^Κουΐντα,  η,  the  Rom.  fem.  pr.  n., 
Quinta,  Anth. 

^Κονίρΐνος,  ov,  0,  the  Rom.  name 
Qiiirinus,  Strab.  :  ό  Κονϊρϊΐ'ος  λόφος, 
collis  Quirinalis,  Id.  p.  234. 

Κοί'κέτο,  by  crasis  for  και  οΰκέτί, 
first  in  Theogn. 

KovKl,  εος,  τό,  the  cocoa-palm,  and 
its  fruit,  Plin.     Hence 

Κονκίμηλον,  ου,  τό,  (κοϋκι,  μή?.ον 
11.)  the  cocoa-nut. 

Κονκινος,  7j,  ov,  (κοϋκι)  made  from 
the  cocoa-palm. 

Κονκιοφόρος,  ov,  (κοϋκι,  φέρω) 
bearing  cocoa-nuts,  Theophr. 

Κουκκούμιον,  ου,  τό,  the  Lat.  cucu- 
ma,  Arr. 

^Κονκονλον,  ov,  TO,  Cuculum,  a  city 
of  Latium,  Strab. 

Κονκονφη,  ή,  a  bird,  acc.  to  some 
Ihe  stork,  others  the  hoopoe. 

Κονλεόν,  ov,  τό,^κονλεός,  q.  v., 
Ή.  11,  30. 

Κονλεότττερος,  ov,  Ion.  for  κολεό- 
πτερος. 

Κονλεός,  ov,  ό,  Ion.  for  κολεός,  the 
sheath,  scabbard  of  a  sword,  Hom.,  cf. 
κου?>.εόν. 

^Κονλονπηνή,  ης,  ή.  Culupine,  a 
district  of  Pontus,  Strab. 

tKofy/t,  arise,  a  Hebrew  word  in  N. 
T.  Marc.  5,41. 

^Κούνεος,  ov,  6,  (the  Lat.  cunetis,  a 
wedge)  the  Cuneus  or  Wedge,  the 
southern  part  of  Lusitania,  so  called 
from  its  shape,  Strab.  p.  137. 

Κοννίκλος,  ov,  ό,  V.  1.  for  κννικλος: 
in  Galen  also  κοννίκον/.ος. 

Κουρά,  ΰς,  ή,  (κείρω)  α  shearing, 
cropping  of  the  hair  or  beard,  Soph. 
Tr.  587,  and  Eur. :  κείρεσβαι  κον- 
ρήν,  Hdt.  3,  8 :  esp.  as  a  sign  of 
mourning,  κ.  πενθίαω,  Eur.  Ale.  512, 
cf  Or.  458,  Hel.  1060.-2.  in  genl.  a 
cropping,  e.  g.  of  grass,  Arist.  Part. 
792 


KOTP 

An. — II.  that  vhich  is  shorn,  a  lock  exit 
off,  Aesch.  Cho.  226.  (On  the  con- 
ne.xion  with  ξνρω,  ξνρύν,  v.  Buttm. 
Le.\il.  V.  κελαινός  3.) 

Κονράλ.ιον,  ov,  τό,  poet,  for  κοράλ- 
Aiov,  coral,  Orph. — 11.  dim.  from  κού- 
ρη.  [ΰ] 

^Κονρύ?.ιος,  ov,  ό,  the  Curaliits,  a 
river  of  Thessaly,  which  empties  into 
the  Peneus,  Strab.  p.  411. — 2.  a  river 
of  Boeolia  near  Coronea,  Callim. 
Lav.  Pall.  64:  Dor.KwpciXiof,  Alcae. 
ap.  Strab.  p.  411. 

Κονραφροδίτη,  η,  {κονρη,  ^Αφρο- 
δίτη )  the  virgin  Aphrodite  (  Venus  ), 
Procl. 

Κουρεακός,  ή,  όν.  (κοχφεύς)  barber- 
like, i.  e.  gossiping,  Polyb. 

ΚονρεΙον,  ov,  TO,  (κονρά)  a  barber's 
or  hair-dresser's  shop.  At.  Plut.  338, 
Plat.  (Com.)  Soph.  2;  the  great 
lounging-place  at  Athens  : — εΙς  κ., 
'  to  my  barber's  bill,'  Lys.  905,  6. — II. 
κονρειον,  proparox.,  the  sheep  or  lamb 
offered  and  feasted  on  by  the  phratores 
at  the  feast  κονρεώτις,  v.  Soph.  Fr. 
132,  Isae.  58,  30. 

Κονρείω,=^κουριάω,  dub.  1.  in  Al- 
ciph. 

Κονρενς,  έας,ο,  (κείpω)abarher,  hair- 
cntter,  Lat.  tonsor,  Plat.  Rep.  373  C  : 
his  implements  are  described  by  Pha- 
nias  Epigr.  6. — II.  metaph.  a  gossip- 
ing fellow,  chatterbox,  Dorv.  Charit.  p. 
529  ?  Heind.  Hor.  Sat.  1,  7,  3.— III.  a 
bird,  said  to  chirp  with  a  sound  as  of 
clipping. 

Κουρευτής,  ov,  o,=  foreg. 

Κονρεντικός,  ή,  όν,  of,  belonging  toa 
barber,  Diog.  L. 

Κονρεντρια,  ας,  ή,  fem.  of  κονρενς, 
κονρεντής,  Plut. 

Κουρίΐ'ω,  (κονρενς)=κείρίύ,  to  be  a 
barber,  sltai-er. 

Κονρίώτίς,  ιδος,  ή,  ήμερα  κ.,  also 
εορτή,  the  third  day  of  the  festival 
Άπατονρια,  on  which  the  sons  of 
Athenian  citizens  were  introduced, 
at  three  or  four  years  of  age,  among 
the  φρύτορες,  and  their  names  enter- 
ed in  their  register,  κοινον  γράμμα- 
Tt'iov,  which  was  thenceforth  the 
proof  of  their  citizenship,  cf.  Isae. 
70,  43,  Herm.  Pol.  Ant.  (J  100.  sq., 
and  μειαγυγέω,  μΰον.  (Acc.  to  souie 
from  κόρος,  κονρος,  others  from  κεί- 
ρω, κονρά,  because  the  child's  hair  is 
said  to  have  been  cut  on  that  day.) 

Κονρη,  ης,  ή.  Ion.  for  κόρη.  as  al- 
ways in  Hom. :  in  Od.  18.  279,  it 
stands  for  νύμφη,  a  bride.  But  κον- 
ρη. Ion.  {or  κονρά. 

Κονρήιος,  ίη,  ϊον.  Ion.  for  κόρειος, 
youthful,  Η.  Hom.  Cer.  108. 

ίΚονρής,  ήτος,  ό,  a  Cretan,  Strab., 
Plut.  Sol.  12  ;  v.  Κουρήτες. 

Κονρήσιμος,  ον,^κοίφιμος. 

Κουρήτες,  ων,  ο'ι,  (κόρος,  κοϊφος) 
young  men,  esp.  young  warriors,  κον- 
ρητές  ΐΐαναχαιών,  ^Αχαιών,  II.  19, 
193,248. 

Κουρήτες,  ων,  οΐ.  the  Curetes,  oldest 
inhabitants  of  Pleuron  in  Aetolia,  II. 
9,  529,  549,  etc.— II.  a  Cretan  tribe. 
connected  with  peculiar  religious 
rites,  compared  by  Dion.  H.,  Anliqq. 
2,  71,  with  those  of  the  Roman  Salii; 
V.  Lob.  Aglaoph.  p.  1111. — HI.  a  tribe 
of  Curetes  also  in  Euboea,  Strab. 
Hence 

^Κονρητίκός,  ή.  όν,  of  or  belonging 
to  the  Curetes,  ή  Κ.  γή,  the  land  of  the 
Ciirfies,  around  Pleuron,  Strab. :  also 
called  Κονρήτις,  Apollod.  1,  7,  6. 

Κονρητισμός,  οϋ,  ό.  Greek  name 
in  Dion.  H.  for  the  Salian  rites. 

Κονρίας,  ov,  ό,  (κουρά)  one  who 
wears  his  hair  short,  Luc. 


KOTP 

^Κονριύτιος,ον,ό,  the  Rom.  name 
Curiatius,  Plut. 

Κονριάω,  ώ,  f.  -άσω,  (κονρά)  to 
wear  rough,  untrimmed  hair,  Luc. — 2. 
of  hair,  to  need  clipping,  grow  long.  Id. 

Κονρίδιος,  a,  ov,  (κονρος,  κονρι/) 
wedded,  oft.  in  Horn.,  usn.  as  ciiith. 
of  τϊόσις,  άνήρ,  άλοχος  or  γννή  ;  also 
even  as  subst.,  κονρίδιος  φίλος,  the 
beloved  husband,  Od.  15,  22  :  hence 
esp.  of  a  lavful,  wedded  wife,  as  opp. 
to  a  concubine  (τζαλλακίς),  Hdt.  1, 
135;  5,  18,  and  so  in  11.  19,  298  Bri- 
se'is  says,  Patroclus  had  promised  to 
make  her  Achilles'  κονριδίη  ('ιλο;^;ος, 
whereas  she  was  only  his  concubine; 
and  so  Agamemnon  loved  Chryseis 
(his  concubine)  more  than  his  κ.  άλο- 
χος,  II.  1,  114  ;  so  too,  κ.  λέχος,  the 
bed  of  lawful  marriage,  II.  15,  40  ;  and 
in  Od.  19,  580;  21,  78,  Penelope  calls 
her  husband's  house  κ.  δώμα  : — later, 
nuptial,  bridal,  Anth.,  as  κονρη  occurs 
even  in  Od.  for  νύμφη.  The  word  is 
Ion.  and  poet.  (1~he  inadequate  ex- 
plan,  youthful,  hence  wedded  in  youth, 
is  refuted  by  Buttm.  Lexil.  in  voc. : 
but  the  deriv.  from  κονρος,  κονρη, 
seems  certain  ;  and  the  conncsion  of 
notions  is  prob.  that  between  youth  or 
puberty,  and  marriage.  BuUm.  hints 
at  a  connexion  with  κύριος,  κοίρανος, 
and  Germ,  heurath,  heirath,  cf  uAo- 
χος  δέστΐοινα,  Od.  3,  403  ;  and  Doder- 
lein  Lectt.  Hom.  3,  p.  9  carries  out  a 
similar  notion.) 

Κουρίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (κόρος,  κοΐφος} 
intr.  to  be  young,  in  the  bloom  of  youth, 
Od.  22,  185. — 2.  to  behave  as  a  youth, 
Ap.  Rh. — 3.  to  grow  to  manhood,  Opp. 
— II.  transit,  to  bring  up  from  boyhood, 
άνδρας,  to  bring  them  up  to  manhood, 
Hes.  Th.  347. 

Κονρίζω.  f.  -ίσω,  (κείρω,  κονρά)  to 
prune  constantly,  keep  trimmed,  hence 
in  pass.,  κυττάρισσος  κουριζ,ομίνη, 
Lat.  caedua  cyparissus,  Theophr. 

Κονρικός,  ή,  όν,  (κονρά)  for  shaving, 
μάχαιρα.  Pint. 

Κονριμος,  η,  ov.  also  ος,  ov,  Aga- 
tho  ap.  Ath.  528  D,  (κονρά)  of.  for 
cutting  hair  or  shaving,  πίδηρης.  Eur. 
Or.  960. — II.  pass,  shorn  or  sharen, 
cut,  cTopt,  χαίτη,  Acsch.  Cho.  ΙίΌ, 
κράτα,  Eur.  Tro.  279. — III.  as  subst., 
ή  κονριμος,  a  tragic  mask  for  mourn- 
ers, with  the  hair  cut  close. 

Κονρίξ,  adv.  (κονρά)  by  the  hair, 
κονριξ  έρνειν,  Od.  22,  188,  cf.  κατά 
κάμψης. 

Κονρίον,  ov.  τό,  =  κονρειον  II., 
Isae.  58.  30,  Bekk. 

tKovpiov,  ov,  TO,  Curium,  a  city  on 
the  southern  coast  of  Cyprus,  Strab. : 
hence  Κονριενς,  έως,  ό,  an  inhab.  of 
C,  Hdt.  4,  153:  fem.  adj.  Κονριάς, 
of  Curium,  Strab. 

Κούριος,  ov,  youthful,  read  by  Eu- 
stath.  in  an  interpolated  verse  after 
II.  13,  433  :  also  in  Orac.  ap.  Paus.  9, 
14.  3. 

Κουρίς,  ίδος,  ή,  (κονρά)  a  razor, 
shears. — U.  =  κομμώτρια,  name  of 
plays  of  Alexis  and  Amphis. — III.  = 
καρίς,  Epich.  p.  12. 

Κούρμι,  τό,  hIso  κόρμα,  a  kind  of 
beer,  an  Aegyptian,  Spanish,  and 
British  drink,  Diosc,  and  Plin. :  cf. 
ζύθος. 

Κουροβόρος,  ov,  (κούρος,  βιβρώ• 
σκω)  devouring  children,  κ.  TTti^i'JT.  the 
blood  of  eaten  children  (those  of  Tby- 
estes),  Aesch.  Ag.  1512. 

Κονρογονία,  ας,  ή,  (κονρος,  γονή 
begetting  of  hoys,  opp.  to  θηλνγονίο, 
Hipp. 

Κουροθάλεια,  ας,  ή,  pecul.  fem.  of 
sq. 


ΚΟΥΦ 

•  Κουροθΰλής,  ές,  ace.  to  some  from 
κοίφος  and  θάλΆω,  =  κονροτρόφος  ; 
others  from  κονρύ  and  βάλλω,  thriving 
luxuriantly  by  lopping  or  cutting. 

ΚονροκΓόνος,  ov,  {κούρος,  κτείνο) 
killing  children  or  sons. 

Κοϊφος,  ου,  6,  Ion.  for  κόρος,  a  boy, 
youth,  Horn.,  who  uses  only  this 
form  ;  v.  κόρος  and  κόρ?] :  cf.  κονρό- 
τερος,  and  Kovpidioc  fin. 

Κονροσννη,  ης,  !/,  youth,  youthful 
prime :  hence  mirthfulness,  Theocr. 
24,  57  :  strictly  fern,  from 

Koι'pόσΰ^Όζ■,  η,  or,  {κοΐφος)  youth- 
ful, βρίξ,  A.  P.  6,  156,  with  a  play  on 
κονριμος,  shorn. — II.  τά  κονρόσννα, 
sub.  ιερά,  the  festival  on  the  day  καν- 
ρεώτις,  q.  v. 

Κονρότερος,  a,  ov,  compar.  ίχοχακον- 
ρος  (cf.  βασιλεύς,  -'λεύτερος),  younger, 
more  youthful,  II.  4,  316,  Od.  21,  310, 
Hes.  Op.  445  :  later  also  as  a  positive, 
Ap.  Rh. :  perh.,  mdeed,  it  is  always 
so,  cf  υγρότερος. 

Κονροτοκέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  bear  chil- 
dren, esp.  boys,  Hipp. :  from 

Κονροτόκος,  ov,  {κούρος,  τίκτω) 
bearing  children,  esp.  boys,  Eur.  Supp. 
957. 

Κουροτροφέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  nurse, 
rear  a  child,  esp.  a  boy,  κ.  top  Δία, 
Strab. :  from 

Κονροτρόφος,  ov,  {κούρος,  τρέφω) 
rearing  children,  esp.  boys :  SO  Od.  9, 
27,  Ithaca  is  called  άγαθη  κ.,  good 
nursing-mother,  prob.  from  the  stout 
hardy  race  of  its  sons,  cf  Find.  Fr. 
228  ;  also  γη,  Ar.  Thesm.  299. 

Κονρόφι/.ος,    ov,    {κούρος,   φιλ.έω) 
Un-ing  children  or  boys. 
^Κονρτίος,  ov,  0,  the  Rom.  name 
Curtius,  Plut. 

Κουστωδία,  ας,  ή,  the  Lat.  custodia, 
N.T. 

^Κουφαγόρας,  ου  Ion.  εω,  b,  Cupha- 
goras,  masc.  pr.  n.,  Hdt.  6,  117. 

Κυνφίζω,  f.  -ίσω  Att.  -ΐώ,  {κούφος) 
intr.  to  be  light,  Hes.  Op.  461,  Soph. 
Phil.  735,  Eur.  Hel.  1555.— II.  trans, 
to  lighten :  and  so  to  lift  up,  raise. 
Soph.  Ant.  43  :  κ.  ά/,μα,  to  make  a 
light  leap,  Soph.  Aj.  1287. — 2.  nietaph. 
to  lighten,  assuage,  relieve.  ά?.'',ηόόνας, 
Eur.  Oenom.  5,  έρωτα,  Theocr.  23, 9 ; 
Τινά  Τίνος,  one  of  a  load,  Eur.  Hel. 
40.  Pass,  to  be  relieved,  οδύνης,  Hipp. 
— 2.   to  be  elate,  Polyb.    Hence 

ΚούΜσις,  εως,  ή,  a  lightening,  relief, 
alleviation,  Thuc.  7,  75. 

Κούφισμα,  ατός,  τό,  {κονφίζω)  that 
which  IS  lifted  up. — 2.^κούόι.σις,  relief, 
Eur.  Phoen.  848. 

Κονφίσμός,ον,δ,^^κούφισις,  Plut. 

Κονφιστήρ,  ήρος,  ό,  one  who  lightens 
or  relieves. 

Κονφιστικός,  ή,  όν,  {κονφίζω)  light- 
ening, Arist.  Coel. 

Κονφοδοξία,  ας,  ή,  {κούφος,  δόξα) 
vain  conceit. 

Κονφο/Μγέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  talk 
lightly,  Αρρ. :  and 

Κονφο/ιογία,  ας,  ή,  light,  vain  talk- 
ing, Thuc.  4,  28  :  from 

Κονφο?Μγος,  ov,  {κούφος,  ?ίέγω) 
talking  lightly. 

Κονφόνοια,  ας,  ή,  levity,  fickleness  : 
from 

Κονφόνοος,  ov,  contr.  νους,  ovv, 
( κούφος,  νονς  )  light-minded,  frivo- 
lous :  TO  K.,  =  foreg. :  there  is  also  a 
plur.  κονφόνοες.  Lob.  Phryn.  453. 
Adv.  -νόως,  contr.  -νως. 

Κονφότττερος,  ov,  {κούφος,  τϊτερόν) 
light -uins'd.  avpai,  Orph. 

ΚΟΤΦΟΣ,  7/,  ov.  light,  nimble, 
κούφα  ΤΓοσΙ  τ:ρο,3ι•3άς,  stepping  lightly 
on,  11.  13,  158,  cf.  Hes.  So.  323;  so, 
K.  άλμα,  a  light  leap,  Eur.  El.  439, 


KOXY 

etc. : — elsewh.  Horn,  has  only  the 
compar. :  metaph.  easy,  Aesch.  Theb. 
260  :  so  of  government,  light,  easy, 
Isocr.  199  B. — 2.  empty,  vain,  σκιά. 
Soph.  Aj.  126,  έλπίς,  Thuc.  2,  51, 
λόγοί.  Plat.,  etc. :  frivolous,  idle,  φρ7'/ν. 
Find.  O.  8,  80,  άφροσύναι,  Soph.  O. 
C.  1230 :  K.  ττρύγμα,  a  trifle,  Plat. 
Legg.  935  Α.— 3.  light,  in"  point  of 
weight,  K.  στρατιά,  light  troops, 
Plut. ;  κουφά  σοι  χθων  ίπύνωθε  ττέ- 
σοι,  may  earth  lie  lightly  on  thee, 
Eur.  Ale.  462  ;  κ.  ττνενματα.  light  airs, 
Soph.  Aj.  558. — B.  adv.  -φως,  lightly, 
Aesch.  Pr.  701  :  κονφως  έσκενασμέ- 
voi,  of  soldiers,  Thuc.  4,  33,  ώττ/Λ- 
σμένοι,  Xen.,  etc. — 2.  κουφότερον 
μετεφώνεε,  he  spoke  viore  lightly,  i.  e. 
with  lighter  heart,  Od.  8,  201 :  also 
κούφως  φέρειν,  opp.  to  δεινύς  φέρειν, 
Eur.  Med.  449,  1018 ;  ως  κονφότατα 
φέρειν,  Hdt.  1,  35. 

Κονφοτέρως,  adv.  comp.  from  foreg. 

Κονφότης,  ητος.  ή,  {κούφος)  light- 
ness. Plat.  Tim.  65  Ε,  Legg.  625  D.— 
2.  relief,  μόχθων,  Eur.  Andromed.25. 

Κονφοφορέομαι,  as  pass.,  e.  lut. 
mid.  -7/σομαι,  {κούφος,  φέρομαι)  to  be 
borne  aloft,  rise  by  one's  own  tightness, 
Sext.  Emp. 

Κοφΐνοποιός,  όν,  {κοφινάς,  ττοιέω) 
making  baskets. 

Κόφΐνος,  ov,  ό,  a  basket,  aec.  to 
Gramm.,  less.  Att.  than  άρβιχος,  but 
cf  Ar.  Av.  1310,  Plat.  (Com.)  Έορτ. 
16,  Xen.  Mem.  3,  8,  6. — II.  a  Boeotian 
measure,  conlaini7ig  three  χόες,  Strattis 
Cin.  1.  [i  once  in  Nonn.]    Hence 

Κοφινόω,  ώ.  to  put  a  basket  over  one  : 
in  Boeotia  a  way  of  exposing  insol- 
vent debtors,  Nic.  Dam.  ap.  Stob.  p. 
293,  16. 

Κοφΐνώδης,  ες,  {κόφινος,  είδος)  like 
a  basket. 

Κοχ7.άζω,  κόχλασμα,  f.  1.  for  καχλ. 

Κοχ/.αχώδης.  ες,  {κόχλαξ,  είδος) 
stonj/,  gravelly,  Theophr. 

Κό,\•λ(ίί,  ακος,  ό,=  κάχληξ,  Diosc. 

Κοχλιάριον,  ον,  τό,  α  spoon,  Lat. 
cochleare,  from  κήχ/.ος,  Diosc. :  usu. 
'λιστρίον.  Lob.  Phryn.  321. 

Κοχ/.ίας,  ου,  ό.  {κόχ?-ος)  a  snail 
with  a  spiral  shell,  Lat.  cochlea,  Achae. 
ap.  Ath.  63  B,  Amphis  Dexid.  1.— II. 
any  thing  twisted  spirally ;  hence  a 
screw,  also  έλιξ :  esp.  a  spiral  engine 
for  raising  water,  the  screw  of  Archim- 
edes, Strab.,  cf  Ath.  208  F.— 2.  ο  spi- 
ral stair,  Strab. 

Κοχ7.ίδιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  κόχ- 
λος,  a  small  snail. — II.  a  spiral  stair- 
case. 

Κοχ/αοειδής,  ές,  {κοχλίον  II.,  είδος) 
spiral. 

Κοχλίον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  κόγ7.ος, 
a  small  snail,  Batr.  165. — II.  any  thing 
spiral,  like  κοχλίας  U.  [£  metri  grat. 
in  Batr.] 

Κοχ?ίς,  ίδος,  ^,= foreg. 

\Κοχ?.ίς,  ίδος,  ή,  Cochlis,  fern.  pr. 
n.,  Luc. 

Κοχ'λιώδης,  ες,=^κοχ2ιοειδτίς. 

Κοχλιώρύχον.ον.τό,=  κοχλιάριον. 

ΚΟ'ΧΛΟΣ,  oir.  ό,  later  also  ή,  Jac. 
Α.  P.  p.  842,  α  shell-fish  with  a  spiral 
shell,  sometimes  used  as  a  trumi)et, 
like  Lat.  concha,  Eur.  1.  T.  303, 
Theocr.  22,  75 ;  also  used  sometimes 
of  bivalve  shell-fish,  like  our  cockle: 
also  κό'λχος.     (Akin  to  κύλχη,  κόγ- 

Κοχος,  ov,  ο,  a  copious  stream  :  and 
κόχν,  3.άν.=ζχύδην,  v.  sq. 

Κο,^ϊ'^εω,  ώ,  f  -ήσω,  to  flow,  stream 
forth  copiously,  Pherecr.  Pers.  1,4: 
Hesych.  derives  it  from  an  adv.  κόχν, 
=  χύδην,  copiously  ;  a  subst.  κόχος  is 
quoted    in    Schol.   Theocr.  2,  107. 


ΚΡΑΔ 

(Reduplicated  from  χέω,  χύδην,  c£ 
μορμνρω,  ττοιφνσσω.) 

Κοχνω,  V.  1.  for  foreg.,  Theocr.  2, 
107. 

Κοχώνη,  ης,  ν,  the  part  between  the 
pttdenda  and  the  anus,  Hipp.,  and  Ar. 
Fr.  406 ;  and  so  tu  κοχώνα  in  Ar.  Eq. 
424,  is  dual,  not  a  neut.  pi.  Cf.  Foes. 
Oecon.  Hipp.  (Akin  to  κόκκυξ,  Lat. 
coxa,  coxendix.) 

Κόφΐαος,  ου,  ή,^  κότινος,  dub.  in 
Theophr. 

Κύψΐχος,  ου,  ό,  Att.  for  κόσσυφος, 
a  blackbird,  Ar.  Av.  806. 

ίΚόων,  ωντος,  ό.  Coon,  son  of  An- 
tenor,  II.  19,  53. 

\Κόωνδε,  adv.  to  Cos,  II.  14,  255 : 
from 
tKOGjf,  ή,  Ερ.=  Κώ(•. 
Κρύατος,  κράατι,  κρύατα,  lengthd. 
forms  of  κράτος,  etc.,  from  κάρα,  a 
head :  for  no  nom.  κράας,  τό,  oc- 
curs. 

Κραβάτιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  sq. 
Κράβατος  or  κράββατος,  ου,  ό,  a 
couch,  Maced.  word  in  N.  T.,  Sturz. 
Dial.  Maced  p.  175,=  Att.  σκίμττονς : 
used  however  by  Crito  and  Rhinthon 
ap.  Poll.  10,35.  [Lat.  g^rJia^us,  Lucil., 
and  Martial.] 

Κράβνζος,  ου,  ό,  a  kind  of  shell-fish, 
Epich.  p.  22. 

^Κράγασος,  ου,  ό,  Cragasus,  masc 
pr.  n.,  Paus.  10,  14,  2. 

Κραγγάνομαι,  dep.  mid.,  {κράζω) 
to  cry  aloud,  read  by  Lob.  Phryn.  337, 
in  Hdt.  1,  111,  for  κραυγάνομαι. 
Κράγγη,  7/f,  ή,^=κίσσα. 
Κραγγών,  ώνος,  ή,  a  kind  οί  καρίς, 
Arist.  Η.  Α. 

Κράγίτης,  ον,  δ,  {κράζω)^=κράκτης, 
α  screamer,  chatterer,  κο/Μΐός,  Pind.  Ν. 
3,  143. 

Κραγόν,  adv.  {κράζω)  icith  loud 
cries,  κραγόν  κεκράξεταί,  Ar.  Eq. 
487  ;  ace.  to  others,  part.  neut.  aor.  2 
of  κράζω,  as  adv. 

tKpu>Of,  ov,  6,  Cragtis,  a  city  of 
Lycia  on  a  hill  of  the  same  name, 
Strab.  p.  665. — 2.  a  mountain  of  Cili- 
cia,  Id.  p.  669. 

Κραδαίνω,  like  κραδάω,  to  swing, 
wave,  brandish,  έγχος,  Eur.  H.  F. 
1003,  ?.όφονς,  Ar.  Ach.  965:  to  shake, 
χθόνα,  Aesch.  Pr.  1047 ;  Hom.  has  it 
only  in  part.  pass,  αιχμή  κραδαινομέ- 
νη,  the  spear  quivering  (when  it  sticks 
in  the  ground,  etc.),  II.  13,  504;.  16, 
614. 

Κράδάλος,  ov,  6,  {κράδη  I.)  a  fig- 
tree  branch,  [ά] 

Κράόάλός,  ή,  όν,  {κραδάω,  κραδαί- 
νω) quivering,  cf.  βαδαλΜς. 

Κράδανσις,  εως,  ή,  {κραδάω)  abrnn- 
dishing :  a  quaking,  of  the  earth,  Epi- 
cur.  ap.  Diog.  L.  10,  105.  [a] 
Κραδασμός,  ov,  o,  a  vibration. 
ΚΡΑ'ΔΑ'Ω,  ώ,  like  κραδαίνω,  to 
wave,  brandi.ih,  shake,  έγχος,  όόρν 
κραδάων,  II.  7,  213 ;  13,  583.— II.  of 
trees,  to  sniffer  from  the  κράδος  or 
blight,  Theophr. 

ΪΚραδεύας,  ov.  ό,  Cradeims,  a  king 
in  India,  Arr.  Ind.  8,  2. 

Κραδεύω,=^ κραδάω.  Hesych. 
Κράδη,  ης,  ή,  {κραδάω)  the  quivering 
twig  at  the  end  of  a  branch,  esp.  of  fig- 
trees,  kv  KpaOij  ακρότατη,  Hes.  Op. 
679  :  in  genl.  ο  branch,  esp.  of  a  fig- 
tree,  Hipp.,  and  so  perh.  Eur.  Scir.  3: 
hence  for  a  whole  tree,  esp.  a  fig-tree, 
Ar.   Pac.   627.   ubi  v.   Schol."— II.    a 
blight  or  blast  in  trees,  v.  κρτΊδος. — III. 
a  scenic  contrivance  for  exhibiting  ac- 
tors in  comedy  hovering  in  the  air, 
like  the  μηχανή  in  tragedy.  Poll.  4, 
129.  [it] 
Κρύδηφορία,  ας,  η,  {κράδη,  ψί'ρίί) 
793 


KPAI 

α  bearing  of  fig-tree  branches  at  a  festi- 
val. Pint.,  cf.  θαλ?.οφόρος. 

Κβΰδία,  ας,  ή.  Dor.  for  κραδίη, 
καρδία. 

Κρύδίας,  ου,  ό.  Ion.  κράδίης,  [κρά- 
δη)  τυρός  κρ.,  cheese  curdled  with  fis- 
juice. — 11.  Kp.  νόμος,  an  old  air  on  the 
flute,  acc.  to  Hesych.  played  while 
the  καθαρμοί  or  ώαρμακοί  were  whipt 
with  fig  branches;  cf.  however  Franclie 
Calim.  p.  129. 

Κραδιη,  ης,  ή.  Ion.  and  Ep.  for 
καρδία. 

Κρύδο-ώ?.ης,  ου,  ό,  {κράδη,  πω- 
λέω)  one  who  sells  fig-branches. 

Κράδος,  ov,  ό.  also  ή  κράδη,  a 
blight,  distemper  iyi  fig-trees,  etc.,  which 
withers  ami  blackens  the  boughs, 
Theophr. — II.  =  κρύδη  I.,  a  twig, 
Diosc.  [ά] 

Κράδυφύγος,  ov,  (κράδη,  φάγεϊν) 
eating  the  branches  or  leaves  of  the  fig- 
tree  :  hence  ό  κρ-,  a  rustic 

ΚΡΑ'ΖΩ,  fut.  κεκράξομαι:  aor. 
ίκρΰγον.  Lob.  Phryn.  337:  most  usu. 
in  perf.  c.  pres.  signf.  (for  the  pres.  is 
very  rare),  κέκράγα,  1  pi.  κέκραγμεν, 
iinperat.  κέκραχσι,  part,  κικραγώς, 
inf.  κΐκρΰγέναι.  To  croak,  strictly 
of  the  raven  (cf.  κρώζω),  Theophr. ; 
of  frogs,  Ar.  Ran.  258:  in  genl.  to 
scream,  screech,  cry,  Aesch.  Pr.  742, 
Ar.  Plut.  722,  etc. ;  μέλος  κεκρ., 
Aesch.  Fr.  205 :  κεκραγέναι  ττρός 
τίνα.  Ιο  call  to...,  Ar.  Ran.  982  :  c.  acc. 
rei,  to  call,  clamour  for  a  thing,  Id. 
Vesp.  103.  (The  root,  strictly,  is 
ΚΡΑΓ-,  whence  also  κραυγή,  κραυ- 
γάζω, onomatop.  like  κρώζω,  κλάζω, 
Sanscr.  hruς,  Germ,  krachsen,  etc.) 
[In  late  writers  sometimes  κέκράγα, 
V.  Jac.  A.  P.  p.  71.] 

IKpadia,  ας,  ?/,  appell.  of  Minerva 
from  her  temple  on  the  Crathis  near 
Sybaris,  Hdt.  5,  45,  conject.  for 
Κραστ!/. 

ίΚράθις,  ιδος  and  ιος,  ό,  the  Crathis, 
a  river  of  Achaia,  rising  in  Mt.  Cra- 
this, now  the  Acratha,  Hdt.  1,  145; 
Pans.  7,  25,  II. — 2.  a  river  near  Sy- 
baris in  Italy  named  after  the  Achai- 
an  stream,  now  Crati,  Eur.  Tr.  228 ; 
Theocr.  5,  16;  cf.  Hdt.  5,45. 

^Κραιαινω  Ep.  lengthd.  form  for 
κραίνω,  Horn. 

ΚΡΑΙ'ΝΩ,  fut.  κρΰνώ,  Ep.  inf.  fut. 
mid.  c.  pass,  signf  κράνέεσθαι,  II. : 
aor.  έκρηνα,  iuiperat.  κρήνον,  Od., 
inf  Kpijvai,  Od.,  aor.  pass,  έκρύνθην, 
Pind.  But  Horn,  mostly  uses  the 
Ep.  lengthd.  form  κραιαίνω  for  κραί- 
νω,  impf.  έκραίαινεν,  II.,  aor.  imperat. 
κρήηνον,  II.,  κρηί/νατε,  Od.,  inf.  κρη- 
ήναι,  11.,  3  perf.  pass,  κεκρύανται, 
and  plqpf. /cf/cpuavro,  Od.  [ΰ]  (From 
κάρα,  κάρη.  κάρηνον,  akin  to  κρέων, 
Kpiojaa,  κρείων,  κρείσσων.)  To  ac- 
complish, bring  to  pass,  fulfil,  voj)GUL 
and  κρήναι,  to  conceive  and  accomplish, 
Od.  5,  170 :  εττος  κραίνειν  τινί,  to 
fulfil  one's  word  or  wish,  Od.  20,  1 15  : 
έφετμάς,  Pind.  O.  3,  19;  ίτνμα  κραί- 
νειν, of  dreams,  to  accomplish,  i.  e. 
bring  to  pass  what  is  dreamt,  Od.  19, 
5G7  :  so  too  freq.  in  Trag.,  esp.  of 
fate,  as  Aesch.  Pr.  512,  Eur.  El. 
1248.  Pass,  to  be  accomplished,  brought 
to  pass,  etc.,  ού  μοι,  δοκεει  τ/)δέ  γ' 
ό(5ώ  κράνέεσθαι,  methinks  that  noth- 
ing will  be  accomplished  by  this  jour- 
ney, II.  9,  626;  so  too  in  Trag. :  κέ- 
κρανταΐ  ψήφος,  the  vote  hath  been  de- 
termined, Aesch.  Supp.  943,  cf.  Eum. 
347  ;  κρανθΰσα  ψήφος,  the  prevailing 
vole,  Eur.  Hec.  219,  etc. :  in  Horn, 
also  of  a  silver  cup,  χρυσώ  έ~ι  χείλεη 
κεκρύανται,  the  edges  are  finished  off 
with  gold,  Od.  4,  132,  616;  15,  116. 
794 


KPAM 

The  words  in  H.  Horn  Merc.  427, 
κραίνων  αθανάτους  τεβεονςκαίγαιαν 
έρεμνήν,  wf^yeiOvro (where  κραινων 
is  usu.  e.xplained  by  τιμών,  Άηά  Herm. 
would  read  κ'/.ίίων)  prob.  \nc-A\\  finish- 
ing the  {tale  of)  the  gods  and  earth, 
how  they  were  made. — II.  intr.  to  be 
chief,  prince,  have  the  power  of  deciding 
and  acting,  to  reign,  Od.  8,  391  :  and 
post-Horn.  C.  gen.,  to  reign  over, govern, 
τον  στρατοί',  της  χώρας,  Soph.  Aj. 
1050,  Ο.  C.  296 ;  m  later  Ep.  also 
c.  dat. :  c.  acc.  cognato,  κρ.  σκήπ- 
τρα, to  sway  the  stafl"  of  rule.  Soph. 
O.  C.  449. — III.  intr.  also  to  come  to 
an  end.  result  in  a  thing,  like  τελεν- 
τάω,  Hipp.,  and  Aesch.  Cho.  1075. 
Mostly  poet.  (The  root=  Sanscr.  kri 
facere,  Lat.  cre-are,  etc.) 

Κραίττάλάω,  ώ,  to  be  drunken,  to 
suffer  from  κραιπάλη  (q.  v.),  Plat. 
Symp.  176  D,  and  Comici  ap.  Ath. 
34  C,  sq. :  from 

Κραιπάλη,  ης,  r/,  a  drunken  fit,  de- 
bauch ;  esp.  in  its  consequences,  the 
tiext  day's  sickjiess  and  headache,  Lat. 
crapula,  Hipp. ;  έκ  κραιπάλης,  after 
such  a  lit,  Ar.  Ach.  277.  (Prob.  from 
the  root  of  carpo,  rapio,  αρπάζω,  for 
άρπά'λη  or  (^απάλη,  a  seizure,  attack 
of  sickness,  etc.)  [π-α] 

Κραιπάλίζω,  f.  -ίσω,-=κραιπα?Μω. 

Κραιπΰλόβοσκος,  ov,  {κραιπά?.7}, 
βόσκω)  δίψα  κρ.  thirst  which  draws  on 
drunkenness,  Sopat.  ap.  Ath.  784  B. 

Κραιπΰλόκωμος,  ov,  (κραιπάλη, 
κώμος)  rambling  about  in  drunken  rev- 
elry, Ar.  Ran.  217. 

Κραι,πάλώδης,  ες,  {κραιπάλη,  είδος) 
given  to  drunkenness,  Plut. 

Κραιπνός,  ή,  όν,  (from  root  ύρπ-άζω, 
Lat.  carpo,  rapio)  snatchiyig  away,  tear- 
ing, sweeping,  rushing,  like  Lat.  rapi- 
dus  (from  rapio),  Βορέης,  θυελλαι, 
Od.  5,  385  ;  G,  171 :  hence— II.  swift, 
rapid,  II.  16,  071,  681  :  most  freq.  in 
Horn,  as  epith.  of  the  feet. — III.  me- 
taph.,  hasty,  hot,  κραιπνότερος  νόος 
(viz.  of  a  youth),  II.  23,  590.  As  adv., 
besides  κραιπνώς,  Hoin.  uses  the  neut. 
pi.  κραιπνά,  κραιπνώς  θεομεν,  προς- 
εβήσατο, — κραιπνά  διώκειν,  προβι- 
βάς.     Only  poet. 

Κραιπνόσϋτος,  ov,  {κραιπνός,  σεν- 
ομαι)  swift -rushing,  Aesch.  Pr.  279. 

Κραιπνοσύνη,  ης,  ή,  swiftness. 

Κραιπνοφόρος,  ov,  [κραιπνός,  φέρω) 
swift-bearing,  ανραι,  Aesch.  Pr.  132. 

Κραϊρα,  ας,  ή,  (κέρας,  κεραία)  the 
top,  head;  only  in  Gramm.,  but  cf 
ευκραιρος,  etc. 

Κρακτικός,  ή,  όν,  (κράζω)  clamor- 
ous, Luc. 

Κράκτρια,  ας,  ή,  pecul.  fem.  of /ce- 
κράκτης. 

Κράμα,  ατός,  τό,  (κερύνννμι)  that 
which  is  mixed,  a  mixture,  Tim.  Locr. 
95  Ε  :  esp. — 2.  mixed,  tempered  wine, 
Plut. — 3.  a  mixed  metal,  like  bronze, 
Strab.,  elsewh.  κρατέρωμα:  a  mixture 
cf  warmth  and  cold,  temperature. 

Κραμβάλέος,α,  ov,  (κpάμβoς)dried, 
parched,  roasted,  or  the  like,  Ath.  376 
C,  cf  κρύμβος.     Hence 

Κραμβάλιάζω,  f.  -άσω,  to  laugh  loud. 

Κραμβά?Λαστνς,  νος,  ή,  loud  laugh- 
ter. 

Κραμβάλ.ίζω,  f.  -ίσω,=  κραμβάλι- 
άζω. 

Κραμβεΐον,  ov,  τό,^=κραμβίον  Π., 
Hipp. 

ΚΡΑ'ΜΒΗ,  ης,  ή,  cabbage,  cole, 
Lat.  crambe,   Hippon.  21.     Hence 

Κραμβήεις,  εσσα,  εν,  like  a  cabbage, 
Nic. 

Κραμβίδιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from 
κράμβη,  Antiph.  Άγροικ.  10. 

Κραμβίον,  ου,  τό,  dim,  from  κράμ- 


ΚΡΑΝ 

βη,  α  decoction  of  cabbage  or  (acc.  to 
others)  of  hemlock. 

Κραμβίς.  ίδος,  ή,  (κράμβη)  a  cab- 
bage caterpillar,  Ael. 

ΚΡΑ'ΜΒΟΣ,  η,  ov,  dry,  parched, 
shrivelled. — 2.  metaph.  clear,  ringing 
shrill,  loud,  κρ.  γέ?ίως,  ap.  Hesych., 
who  explains  it  by  καπνρος  (q.  v.'ll.) ; 
so  too,  κραμβότατον  στόμα,  like  κα- 
πνρον  στόμα,  Ar.  Eq.  539. — 11.  as 
subst.  κράμβος,  ό,  a  blight  in  fruit, 
esp.  in  grapes,  when  they  shrivel  before 
they  are  ripe,  Theophr.  (.\kin  to 
Κραΐ'ρος,  καπνρός.) 

^Κράμβονσα,  ης,  ή,  Crambusa,  a  city 
of  Lycia,  Strab.  p.  606. — 2.  an  island 
of  Cilicia  near  Coiycus,  Id.  p.  070. 

Κραμβοφύγος,  ov,  (κρύμκη,  φυγείν) 
Cabbage-eater,  nante  of  a  frog  in  Batr. 
221. 

iKpavaa,  άς,  ή,  and  Κρανααί,  ών, 
αϊ,  epith.  of  Athens,  v.  sub  κραναός. 
^Κρανάη,  ης,  ή,  Cranae,  daughter 
of  king  Cranaiis,  Apollod.  3,  14,  5. — 
II.  an  island  to  which  Paris  first 
brought  Helen,  II.  3,  445;  cither  acc. 
to  Eur.  Hel.  1674  and  Strab.  p.  399 
the  island  named  after  her  on  the 
coast  of  Attica,  Helena,  or  acc.  to 
Paus.  3,  22,  1,  in  the  Laconian  gulf, 
near  Gythion,  perhaps  Cythera. 

Κράνάήπεδος,  ov,  (κραναός,  πέδον) 
with  hard,  rocky  soil,  H.  Horn.  Ap.  72. 
^Κραναίδαΐ,  ών,  ol,  the  descendants 
of  Cranaus,  i.  e.  the  Athenians. 

Κρανάϊνος,  η,  ov,  =  κρανέίν.,  dub. 
in  Hipp.,  Lob.  Phryn.  262. 

\Kpavaloi,  ων,  oi,  the  inhab.  of  Atti• 
ca,  Bacchyl.  v.  sub  κραναός. 

ίΚραναίχμη,  ης,  ή,  Cranaechme, 
daughter  of  Cranaus,  Apollod.  3, 
14.  5. 

ΚΡΑ'ΝΑΌ'Σ,  ή,  όν,  hard,  rugged, 
rocky,  of  the  face  of  a  country,  in 
Hom.  always  of  Ithaca  (for  in  II.  3, 
445  it  is  no  adj.,  but  pr.  n.  of  an  island, 
V.  Κρ'ανάη),  II.  3,  201,  and  freq.  in 
Od.  ;  in  Pind.  usu.  of  Athens  (O.  7, 
151,  etc.),  which  Ar.  calls  simply  al 
Κρανααί  (Αν.  123),  and  /)  Κραναά 
(Lys.  481):  hence  ol  Kpavaoi,  the 
people  of  Attica,  Hdt.  8,  44,  ubi  v. 
Valck.,  and  cf  Clinton  F.  H.  1,  57, 
sq. :  also,  κρ.  άκαλήφαι,  sharp  nettles, 
Ar.  Fr.  473.     Only  poet. 

ίΚραναός,  οϋ,  ο,  Cranaus,  an  an- 
cient king  of  Attica,  successor  of 
Cecrops,  Aesch.  Eum.  1011. — 2. 
Athen.  masc.  pr.  n.,  Isae. 

\Κρανάσπης,  ov,  ό,  Cranaspes,  a 
Persian,  Hdt.  3,  126,  v.  1.  Κρανάπης. 

Κρανέα,  ή,  v.  sub.  κράνεια. 

Κράνέεσθαι,  Ep.  inf  fut.  mid.,  c. 
signf  pass.,  from  κραίνω,  II. 

Κράνειΰ,  ας,  ή.  Ion.  κρανείη,  ης, 
(κραΐ'Ον)  the  cornel-tree,  Lat.  cornus, 
ταννφ7.θίθς,  11.  16,  707;  its  fruit  used 
to  feed  swine,  Od.  10,  242 :  its  tough 
and  springy  wood  was  used  for  spear- 
shafts  and  bows,  cf  κρανείνος,  and 
in  Anth.  κράνεια  it.self  is  a  spear. 
Also  κρανέα  or  -ία,  ή,  Hipp.,  and 
Theophr.  [/cpu] 

Κρανέϊνος,  η,  ov,  (κράνον)  made  of 
cornel  ivood.  άκόντιον,  Η.  Hom.  Mere. 
460,  τόία,  Hdt.  7,  92,  παλτόν,  Xei)., 
cf.  Virgil's  spicula  cornea. 

Κράνειος,  a,  ov,  (Kpavov)={oreg., 
Ael.   [a] 

Κράνη  or  κράνα,  ή.  Dor.  for  κρήνη. 

Κρανία,  ας,  ^,=  /cp(iVCia,Hipp. 
Κράνινος,  η,  ον,—  κρανέϊνος,?Λ\ί9, 

t"]     ,  ,  ... 

^Κράνιοι.  ων,  οι.  Cravii,  a  city  in 

the  island  Cephallenia,  Thuc.  5,  35; 

also  oi  Κράνιοι,  the  inhab.  of  Cranii, 

Id, 


ΚΡΑΣ 

Κρΰνιό7.ειος.  ον,  (κρανίον,  ?.εΐος) 
bald-crowned,  bald-headed,  Α.  Β. 

Κρΰιέον,  ον,  τό,  the  skull,  used  of  a 
horse  in  11.  8,  84  ;  of  men,  Pind.  1.  4, 
92,  Plat.,  etc.  (Akin  to  κάρα,  κάρη- 
νον.) 

fKpaviov,  ον,  τό,  Cranium,  a  cj'press 
grove  at  Corinth  with  a  symiiasium, 
Xen.  Hell.  4,  4,4:  also  Kpafsiou, 
Plut.  Alex.  14. 
iKpavvov,  and  Κρανών,  ώνος,  ή, 
Crannon,  a  city  of  Thessalian  Pelas- 
giotis,  Strab.  p.  441,  who  regards  it 
as  the  ancient  Ephyra.     Hence 

^Κραννώνιος,  a,  ov,  of  Crannon,  oi 
Τίραννώνιοί.  the  Craniionians,  Hdt.  6, 
127,  Thuc.  2,  22. 

Κρΰνοκο/,ά—rov,  ov,  τό,  (κρανίον, 
KO/MTTTu)  a  poisonous  phalangium, 
Diosc. 

Κράνοκρονστης,  ov,  6,  (κρούω)^ 
toreg. 

KPA'XOX,  ov,  τό,=  κρανεία,  Lat. 
cornus.  Theophr.  (Prob.  akin  to  Κρα- 
ναός, from  its  hard  wood.)  [a] 

ΚραΐΌΤΓΟίέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήαυ,  to  make  hel- 
mets :  in  Ar.  Ran.  1018  used  of  one 
who  talks  big  and  warlike  :  from 

Kpai-O~0£Of,  ov,  (κράνος,  ττούω) 
making  helmets :  as  subst.,  6  κρ.,  a  hel- 
met maker,  Ar.  Pac.  1255. 

Κράνος,  εος,  τό,  a  helmet,  Hdt.  1, 
171 ;  4,  130,  etc.,  and  oft.  in  Xen. — 
II.  in  genl.  a  cover,  covering.  (AklD  to 
κάρα,  κρανίον.) 

Κράΐ'ος,  ov,  7],  later  form  for  κρί- 
νον, κράνεια,  Geop.  [ύ] 

Κρανονργία,  ας,  η,  α  making  of  hel- 
mets :  from 

Κρανονργός,  όν,  {κράνος,  *έργω) 
making  helmets. 

Κράντειρα,  ας,  η,  fern,  from  sq., 
Anih. 

Κραντήρ,  ήρος,  ό,  (κραίνω)  one  that 
accomplishes. — 11.  κραντήρες,  Lat.  gen- 
uini,  the  wisdom-teeth,  which  come 
last  and  complete  the  set,  Arist.  H.  A. : 
in  genl.  teeth,  Xic.    Hence 

Κρίντης.  ov,  0,=^ κραντήρ  I.,  Lye. 
\Κραντώ,  οϋς,  ή,  Cranio,  a  Nereid, 
Hes.  Th.  243. 

Κράντωρ,  ορός,  ό,  α  ruler,  sovereign, 
Eur.  Andr.  508. 

iKpdvTup,  ορης,  ό,  Crantor,  of  Soli, 
a  pupil  of  Xenocrates,  Diog.  L.  4,24. 
ΙΚράπαθος,  ov,  ή,  Ep.  metath.  for 
Κάρ-αθος,  [I.  2,  676. 

Κρά:τΰτά/.ός  or  κραττάτα^ιος,  ov,  ό, 
a  w  orthless  kind  of  fish. — 11.  name  of 
a  play  of  Pherecrates,  in  which  he 
says  that  the  κραπάταλος  is  used  as 
money  in  ^.a.aes,— δραχμή,  Meineke 
Com.  Fragm.  1,  p.  84,  sq. — ΙΙ1=/ίω- 
ρός,  Hesych. 

Κράρα.  ή,=^κραϋρα,  dub. 

ΚΡΑ'Σ,  ό,  of  this  poet,  collat.  forfli 
of  κάρα,  the  nam.  το  κράς  occurs  only 
in  Gramm. ,  v.  Cramer.  Anecd.  3,  385 ; 
also  gen.  της  κρατάς  in  Eur.  El.  140 : 
Hom.  has  gen.  κράτος,  dat.  κρύτί, 
ace.  κράτα.  Od.  8,  92  ;  gen.  plur.  κρα- 
τών, Od.  22,  309,  dat.  κράσίν  and 
κράτεσφι,  11.  10,  152,  156  ;  and  we 
have  ace.  κρατάς,  Eur.  Phoen.  1149, 
H.  F.  526: — but  Soph,  has  τό  κράτα 
as  nom.  and  ace.  neut.,  Phil.  1001, 
1457,  O.  T.  263.  In  Hom.  also  we 
have  a  lengthd.  gen.  and  dat.,  κρύ- 
ατος,  κράατι,  pi.  nom.  κράατα  [all, 
---],  but  no  nom.  κράας  is  found. 
The  head:  also  metaph.,  ahead,  top, 
peak,  and  κράτος  Οΰλύμττοιο,  II.  20, 
5,  and  έπΙ  κοατός  Αίμένος,  at  the  up- 
per part  of  it,  Od.  9,  140  ;  13,  102  : 
plur.  for  sing.,  νπο  κράτεσφι,  under 
his  head,  II.  10,  156.     Poet. 

Κράς.  τό,  Dor.  for  κρής,  contr.  from 
κρέας,  flesh,  meat. 


KPAT 

Κραςβό?.ος,  ov,  syncop.  from  κερας- 
βό/.ος,  q.  V. 

Κράσις,  εως,  ή,  {κεράνννμι)  α  mix- 
ing of  two  things,  so  that  they  are 
quite  blended  and  form  a  compound, 
as  wine  and  water ;  whereas  μίξις  is 
a  mere  mixing  so  that  they  can  be 
separated  again,  as  of  tw-o  sorts  of 
grain ;  (or,  we  might  say,  κράσις  is 
chemical,  μϊζΐς  mechanical  mixture)  : 
hence  of  α  mixed  cup  of  wine,  Aesch. 
Fr.  49  ;  the  compounding  of  drugs,  etc.. 
Id.  Pr.  482  ;  the  temperature  of  the  air, 
climate,  Lat.  temperies,  Eur.  Phueth. 
5,  cf.  Plat.  Phaed.  Ill  Β  :  in  genl. 
close  union,  composition.  Plat.  Phaed. 
59  A,  Rep.  441  E,  etc. — 2.  in  Gramm., 
crasis,  when  the  vowels  of  two  sylla- 
bles melt  into  one,  e.  g.  τονλαιον,  τον- 
νομα  for  τό  i7Miov,  τό  όνομα,  άνήρ  for 
ό  άνήρ. 

Κραστΐεόίτης,  ον,  ό,  the  last,  hind- 
most in  a  chorus,  opp.  to  κορυφαίος, 
Plut.  :  [i]  from 

Κράσ~εδον,  ov,  τό,  the  edge,  border, 
margiti,  hem  of  a  thing,  esp.  of  cloth, 
ίκροισι  λαίφονς  κρασπέδοις,  with 
every  stitch  of  sail  set,  Eur.  Med. 
524 :  metaph.  the  edge  of  a  country. 
Soph.  Fr.  536 ;  the  skirts  of  an  army, 
Eur.  Supp.  661,  etc.  (Ace.  to  Pas- 
sow,  from  κροσσός,  κρόσσαι  :  but 
Doderl.,  better,  refers  it  to  κρηπίς, 
κρη~ίδιον.)     Hence 

Κρασπεδόο),  ώ,  to  surround  with  a 
border  or  hem,  Eur.  Ion  1423,  in  pass. 
^Κράσσος,  ov,  o,  the  Rom.  Crassus, 
Plut. 

Κρύσσων,  ov,  as  if  from  κράτος, 
Dor.  for  κρέσσυν,  κρείσσων. 

Κραστήριον,  ov,  τό,  a  rack,  manger: 
and 

Κραστίζω,  f.  -ίσω,=γραστίζο) :  from 

ΚράσΓίζ-,  εως,  ή,—  ^,ράστις,  q.  v., 
grass,  green  fodder,  esp.  lor  horses, 
Ar.  Fr.  632  :  others  Λvrite  κράστις 
properisp. 

iKράστις,  ό,  and  Κραστίη,  ή,  in 
Hdt.  4,  45,  for  which  Wess.  reads 
Κράθις  and  Κραθίη,  qq.  v. 

Κράτα,  τό,  the  head :  v.  sub  κράς. 

Κράτά3όλος,  όν,  (κράς,  βάλ?.ο)} 
striking  the  head,  v.  I.  for  κραταφό- 
λος. 

^Κραταίας,  ό,  Crataeas,  masc.  pr.  η., 
Anst.  Pol.  5,8,  11. 

Κράταφόλος,  ov,  ace.  to  some  poet, 
for  κραταβόλος  ;  but  rather  (from 
κραταιός,  (3άλλω,  cf  κραταιγναλος, 
κραταί/.εως,  κραταί-ονς)  hurled  with 
violence,  Eur.  Bacch.  1096. 

Κραταιγός,  ov,  or  κράταιγος,  ov,  ό, 
a  kind  of  flowering  thorn,  of  which  our 
hawthorn  is  a  species,  Theophr. 
-  Κράταιγύά'λος,  ov,  (κραταιός,  γνα- 
?.ov)  having  strong  yva?.a,  stroiigly 
arched,  in  genl.  strong,  stout,  θώρηκες, 
11.  19,  361. 

Κραταιγών,  όνος,  δ, =  κραταιγός. 

Κράταιΐς,  ή,  (κράτος)  only  in  Od. 
11,  597,  of  the  stone  of  Sisyphus, 
when  he  had  rolled  it  up  the  hill,  ror* 
άποστρέφασκε  κραταιίς  αντις,  then 
did  mighty  weight  or  resistless  force 
turn  it  back  again  :  a  very  doubtful 
word  ;  for  Aristarch.  and  others  took 
it  as  adv.=  /cparaiiDf  (making  άττο- 
στρέφασκε  intrans.),  it  rolled  violently 
back  ;  others  make  il  a  pr.  n.,  v.  signf. 
II ;  and  some  write  κρατηί'  1ς  for  κρα- 
ταιά, but  V.  Lob.  Paraiip.  198. — II. 
Κρύταιΐς,  as  pr.  n.  Cratae'is,  the 
mighty  one,  name  of  the  mother  of 
the  sea-monster  Scylla,  Od.  12,  124. 

Κράταί'λεως,  ων,  gen.  ω,  {κραταιός, 

?.ενς,  7άς)  of  hard  stones,  rocky,  χθων, 

Aesch.  Ag.  666,  ττέδον,  Eur.'El.  534. 

^Κραταιμένης,  ονς,  ό,  Crataemgnes, 


KPAT 

a  Chalcidian  who  founded  Zancle, 
Thuc.  6,  4. 

Κραταιόγονος,  ο,=κραταιγός,  Plin. 

Κραταιός,  ά,  όν,  (/iparof)  poet,  for 
the  USU.  κρατερός,  miglity,  strong, 
Hom.,  in  11.  usu.  epith.  of  Μοίρα, 
stern,  resistless  fate :  sometimes  also 
in  Pind.,  and  Trag.  Adv.  •ώς,  Philo. 
Hence 
Κρΰταιότης,  ητος.  ^,=/fparof, Philo. 

Κραταιόω,  ώ,  later  and  worse  form 
for  κρατννω,  Ν.  Τ. 

Κράταίτϊεδος,  ον  .{κραταιός ,  πέδον) 
u'ith  solid,  hard  ground  or  soil,  οίδας, 
Od.  23,  46. 

^Κραταίπίλος,ό,  ή.  ό  ίσχνρόν  ττίλιον 
έχων,  strong,  coarse-haired,  Aesch.  Fr. 
423. 

Κράταίπονς,  ό,  ή,  -πονν,  τό,  gen. 
-ποαος,  (κραταιός,  πους)  stout-footed, 
ήμίονοι,  Ερ.  Horn.  15,9;  also  καρ- 
ταίττονς,  Pind.  Ο.  13,  114. 

Κράταίρινος,  ον,  (κραταιός,  βινός) 
with  stout  shell  or  skin,  χε^.ώνη,  Orac. 
ap.  Hdt.  1,  47. 

Κραταίωμα,  ατός,  τό,  (κραταιόω) 
that  which  is  firm  or  fast  :  firmness, 
strength,  LXX. 

Κράταίωσις,  εω£•,  ^,=foreg.,  LXX. 

Κρατάνιον,  ov,  τό,  a  kind  of  cup, 
Polemo  ap.  Ath.  480  A. 

^Κρατέας,  ov,  6,  Crateas,  a  physi 
cian,  Anth. — 2.  -τεάς,  b,  a  Macedo- 
nian in  Arr.  Ind.  18,  6 ;  v.  I.  in  Plut. 
Κρατενας. 

Κρΰτεραίχμης,  ov,  ό,  (κρατερός, 
αιχμή)  mighty  with  the  spear,  warlike, 
also  καρτ.,  Pind.  I.  6,  55. 

Κράτερανχιμι,  ενός,  ό,  ή,  {κρατε- 
ρός, ανχήν)  strong-necked,  also  καρτ., 
Hipp. 

^Κρατέρεια.  ων,  τά,  Craierea, asmall 
island  near  Smyrna,  Thuc.  8,  101. 

Κρατερός,  ά,  όν,  (κράτος,  κρατέω) 
poet,  καρτερός,  strong,  stout,  mighty, 
valiant,  in  Horn.  usu.  of  bodily  strength ; 
but  in  11.  21,  566,  prob.  with  collat. 
notion  of  hard-hearted,  harsh,  also 
epith.  of  war,  battle,  and  weapons : 
so,  χώρος  κρ..  hard,  solid  ground,  Η 
Hom.  Merc.  354 :  also  of  divers  pas- 
sions, strong,  vehement,  mighty,  Ζ.νσσα, 
ερις,  ττένΰος,  άλγεα,  etc.,  Hom. ;  and 
very  freq.,  κρ.  ανάγκη,  hard,  stem  ne- 
cessity, Hom. :  κρ.  έργα,  violent  deeds, 
II.  1,  25;  Kp.  μνθος,  a  harsh,  rous.h 
speech,  lb.  326,  etc.  Cf.  καρτερός, 
κραταιός,  κρατνς. — Adv.  -ρώς,  strong- 
ly, esp.,  κρ.  άγορενειν  and  άττοειττεΐν, 
to  speak  out  sternly,  roughly,  II.  ;  κρ. 
έστάμεναι,  to  stand /as?  or  firm,  11.; 
κρ.  κατα3ύλ/.ειν,  to  dash  violently  to 
the  earth,  Od. 

ίΚράτερος,  ov,  and  -ρός,  ov,  ό,  Cra- 
terus.  one  of  the  generals  of  Alexan- 
der the  Great,  Arr.  An.  7,  12,  3. 

Κράτερόφρων,  ov.  gen.  όνος,  (κρα- 
τερός, φρήν)  stout-hearted,  dauntless, 
in  Hom.  epith.  of  Hercules,  the  Dio- 
scuri, etc.;  of  the  lion,  II.  10,  184: 
sometimes  with  collat.  notion  of  stub- 
born, hard  hearted. 

Κράτερόχειρ.  χειρός,  ό,  ή,  {κρατε- 
ρός, χείρ)  stoiU  of  hand,  Anth. 

Κράτερόω,  ώ,=^κρατννω,  dub. 

Κρατερώόονς,  οντος,  ό,  ή.  (κρατε- 
ρός, όδονς)  strong-toothed,  dub. 

Κράτέρωμα,  ατος,  τό,  α  mixture  of 
copper  and  tin,  a  kind  of  bronze,  also 
κράμα. 

Κράτερώννξ,  νχος,  ό,  ή,  (κρατερός, 
όννξ)  strong-hoofed,  solid-hoofed,  ϊτητοι, 
ήμίονοι,  Hom.  :  strong-clawed,  ?,νκοι, 
λέοντες,  Od.  10,  218. 

Κράτεσόι,  Ερ.  dat.  of  Kpaf,  Π.  10, 
156.  [«] 

Κρΰτενταί.  ών,  οι,  the  forked  stand 
or  frame  on  which  a  spit  turns,  II.  9, 214. 
795 


ΚΡΑΤ 

Κρΰτεντήρια,  ο>ν,  ru,=  foreg.  Ι 

Κρατέω,  ώ,  f.  -//σω,  {κράτος)  to  be 
strong,  might)/,  powerful :  hence — I.  lo 
rule,  hold  sway,  absol.  OtI.  13,  275, 
etc. ;  οι  κρατούντες,  the  rulers,  Trag. ; 
and  so,  τύ  κρατονν,  Eur.  Andr.  133. 
— 2.  in  poets,  C.  dat.,  to  rule  among.., 
νεκνεσσι,  Od.  11,  485,  άνδράσι  καΐ 
θεοίσι,  Od.  IG,  2C5  ;  also  κρ-  Φβία,  to 
rule  in  Phthia.  Piiid.  N.  4,  81  ;'  iv 
χθονί,  Eur.  El.  4:  cf.  άιάσσω. — 3.  c. 
gen.,  to  be  lord  of.  ruler  over,  Άργείων, 
πάντων  κρατέειν,  11.  1,  79,  288,  and 
so  freq.  later,  esp.,  κρ.  έαντον,  κρ. 
τών  ?'/ύονών.  Plat.  etc.  :  hence  to  con- 
quer, s^ώdue,  Acsch.  Theb.  750,  etc. : 
κρατείν  τον  μη  ττείθεσθαι  τοις  νόμοις, 
ίο  be  above  obedience..,  Xen.  Lac  4,  6 : 
hence  again — 4.  absol.  to  conquer,  pre- 
vail, get  the  upper  hand,  ΤΓολ/uj  εκρά• 
τησαν,  Hdt.  5,  77,  etc. :  κρ-  γνώμ^, 
Ια.  9,  42  :  to  be  in  the  right,  b  μϊ/  ττει- 
θόμενος  κρατεί,  Plat.  Phaedr.  272  Β  ; 
to  be  the  best,  Crilias  1,  7:  so  of  re- 
ports, etc.,  to  prevail,  become  current, 
φάτις  κρ.,  Aesch.  Supp.  293,  Soph. 
Aj.  978 ;  νόμιμα  κρ.,  Thuc.  6,  5. — 11. 
to  become  7naster  of,  get  2>os.':e.-<sin7i  of, 
της  αρχής,  τών  νεκρών,  Hdt.  1,  92  ; 
4,  111  :  hence  to  lay  hold  of,  τί/ς 
χειρός.  Ν,  Τ. ;  also  τίνα  της  χειρός, 
one  bj-  the  hand,  lb. — III.  c.  ace.  pers. 
to  prevail  a^ain.st,  master,  subdue.  Aesch. 
Supp.  761,  Eur.  Ale.  490,  Ar.  Nub. 
1346 :  so,  κρ.  μάχΐ]  τινά,  Thuc.  6,  2  : 
also  to  surpass,  outdo,  exceed,  Pind.  P. 
4,  436,  Xen.  Heir.  1 1,  15.— IV.  c.  ace. 
rei,  to  hold  fast,  seize,  win  and  keep, 
esp.  by  force,  θρόνους.  Soph.  O.  C. 
1381,  cf.  Valck.  Phoen.  594:  to  hold 
in  the  hand,  hold,  σκήπτρον,  Plut.  : 
but — 2.  c.  ace.  cognato,  to  win,  gain, 
αγώνα,  Dem.  520,  tin.,  though  the 
dat.  modi  is  more  freq.,  cf.  supr.  III. 
— V.  to  order,  command,  Aesch.  Ag. 
10  :  pass,  to  obey,  tlv'i,  Ar.  Av.  755.— 
VI.  in  EccL,  the  Christians  were  call- 
ed oi  κρατούντες,  Wytt.  Ep.  Cr.  p. 
252 ;  prob.  froui  2  Thess.  2,  ]  5,  etc. 
Hence 

Κράτημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  support,  stay, 
Medic,  [ά] 

Κράτη  ρ,  ήρος,  ό.  Ion.  and  Horn. 
κρτιτίφ  {κεράνννμι]  a  mixingnessel, 
esp.  α  large  bowl,  in  xvhich  (ace.  to  the 
custom  of  the  ancients)  the  wine  for  a 
tneal  ivas  mixed  with  water,  and  from 
which  the  cups  were  filletl,  oft.  in 
Hoin. :  hence  κρητήρα  κερύσασθαι, 
Od.  7,  179  ;  13,  50,  etc.  ;  elsewh.  οί- 
νοι' or  oh'ov  καΐ  ύδωρ  κρητήρι  or  έν 
κρητήρι  μίσγειν,  κεράσαι,  etc.,  (as 
we  say)  to  mix  a  bowl  (of  punch), 
Horn.  ;  also,  κρητηρας  πίνειν  (as  we 
say)  to  drink  a  bottle  of  wine,  II.  8,  232  : 
κρητήρα  έ'/.εύβερον  στήσασθαι,  give 
a  bowl  of  wme  to  be  drunk  in  honour 
of  the  deliverance,  II.  C,  528,  cf  Od. 
2,  431  ;  on  the  phrase  κρητήρα  ίπι- 
στέφασθαι  -ζοτοΐο,  v.  sub  έ-ιστέφω. 
— The  κρατήρ  stood  upon  a  tripod  in 
the  great  hall,  on  the  left  of  the  en- 
trance, Od.  22,  341.  etc.  :  usu.  of  sil- 
ver, sometimes  with  a  brim  of  gold, 
Od.  4,  615  ;  sometimes  all  gilt,  II.  23, 
219  : — V.  plura  in  Diet.  Antiqq, — II. 
any  cup-shaped  hollow,  a  basin  in  a 
rock.  Soph,  O,  C.  1593  :  esp,  the  mouth 
of  a  volcano,  crater,  Arist,  Mund. 

^Κράτήρ.ήρος,  6,  Sinus  Crater,  a  gulf 
of  Campania  between  prom.  IVlise- 
num  and  Minervae,  Strab.  p.  243. 
Κρύτηρία,  ac,  //,=  foreg,  ^ 
Κράτηρίζο),  ι.  -ίσω,^κρατί/ρ)  to  drink 
out  of  the  κρατήρ,  i.  e.  to  drink  imrriod- 
f.raiely,  as  we  might  say,  to  drink  from 
the  bottle  instead  of  the  glass.  Sophron. 
ep,  Ath.  504  B,  Dem.  313, 16, 
796 


KPAT 

Κρατηρίδιον,  ov,  τό,  Joseph.,  and 
κρατήρων,  ου,  τό,  Hipp.,  dim.  from 
κρατήρ. 

\Κρατης,  ητος,  6,  Crates,  an  Athen- 
ian, a  poet  of  the  old  comedy,  Mei- 
neke  1,  p.  58  ;  2,  p.  233.-2.  a  The- 
ban,  a  cynic,  a  pupil  of  Diogenes  of 
Sinope,  Diog.  L.  4,  85. — 3.  a  gram- 
marian of  Mallos  in  Cilicia,  Strab. 
Others  in  Plut.,  etc. 

ίΚρατησικ'λεια,  ας,  ή,  Cratesiclla, 
Spartan  fem.  pr.  n.,  Plut.  Cleom.  38. 

\ΚρατησικΑής,  έονς,  ό,  Cralesicles, 
Spartan  masc.  pr.  n.,  Thuc.  4,  II. 

Κράτησίμΰχος,  ov,  {κρατέω,  μάχ?/) 

victorious  in  the  fight,  Pind.  P.  9,   149. 

Κρΰτησίηονς,  ο,  ή  -ττονν,  τό,  gen. 

-ΤίΟύος,  {κρατέυ,  τϊονς)  victorious  in  the 

foot-race,  Pind.  P.  10,  25.   [ϊ] 

\Κρατησητπίόας,α,  ύ,  Cralesippidas, 
a  Spartan  naval  commander,  Xen. 
Hell.  1,  1,  32. 

Κράτήσιππος,  ov,  {κρατίω.  ϊππος) 
victorious  in  the  race,  άρμα,  Pind.  ίί. 
9,8. 

Κράτησις.  εως,  f/,  (κρατίω)  poxver, 
dominion,  Joseph. — II.  possession,  [a] 

^Κρατήτείος,  ov,  of  Crates  (3),  Strab. 
Κράτητικός,  ή,  όν,  (κράτησις)  of, 
fit  for,  inclined  to  holding  or  attaining, 
τινός,  Def  Plat.  414  A. 

Κράτί,  dat.  sing,  of  κράς,  q.  v. 

ίΚρατίόας,  a,  ό,  Cratidas,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  Theocr.  5,90. 

\Κρατί(νς,  εοις,  ό,  Cratieus,  father 
of  Anaxibia,  Apollod. 

\ΚρατΙνος,  ov,  ό,  Cratinus,  a  poet 
of  the  old  comedy,  Meineke  1,  p.  34  ; 
2,  p.  15 — 2.  ό  νεώτερος,  a  poet  of 
the  middle  comedy.  Id.  1,  p.  411. — 3. 
an  Athenian  commander  in  Euboea, 
Dem.  558,  6. — 4.  a  statuary  of  Spar- 
ta, Paus.  6,  9,  4. — Others  in  Pans. ; 
Ath. ;  etc. 

^Κράτΐη-ος,  ov,  6,  Cratippus,  a  his- 
torian, who  continued  the  history  of 
Thucydides,  Dion.  H. — 2.  a  peripa- 
tetic philosopher  of  Mytilene.  Ael. 
V.  H.  7,  21.— 3.  another  of  Tralles, 
Strab.  p.  649. 

]Κρατιαθένης,  ονς,  ό,  CratisthSnes, 
masc.  pr.  η.,  Ath.  19  Ε. 

Kpάτιστεύω,{κpάτιστoς)tobe  might- 
iest, best,  most  excellent,  κατ'  όμμα. 
Soph.  Tr.  101  :  to  gain  the  upper  hand, 
surpass,  TivL  in  a  thing,  Xen.  Mem. 
1,  4, 14  :  c.  gen.  pers.  πάντων,  Andoc. 
25,  37,  τών  ή'/.ικιθ)τών  κρ..  to  be  first 
o^them,  Isocr.  193  C;  Tivor  περί  τι, 
Xen.  Cyr.  1,5,  1. 

Κρΰτιστίνδην,  adv.  by  choosing  the 
best. 

^Κρατίστο2ος,  ου,  ό,  Cratistolus, 
masc.  pr.  n..  Plat. 

Κράτιστης,  η,  ov,  Ep.  κάρτ.  as  al- 
ways in  Horn.,  an  isolated  superl. 
from  κρατνς,  (κράτος)  the  strongest, 
7nightiest,  II.  ;  καρτίπτη  μάχη,  the 
fiercest  tight,  II.  6,  185. — 2.  in  gonl. 
best,  most  excellent,  Pind.,  and  Att.  ;  c. 
inf.,  best  at  doing,  Thuc.  2,  81,  and 
Plat.  :  so  of  things,  φν)έειν  κάρτι- 
στον,  to  flee  were  best.  Od.  12,  120» 
and  so  freq.  in  Att. '.  άττο  τον  κρατί- 
στου,  in  good  earnest,  seriously,  Polyb. 
The  compar.  in  use  is  κρείσσων,  q.  v. 

Κράτοβρως,  ώτος,  ο,  η,  (κρας,  βι- 
βρώσκω)  α,  devourer  of  heads  οι  brains, 
Lye, 

Κράτογενής,  ες,  {κράς,  *γένο)  head- 
born,  epitn.  of  Minerva,  late. 

ΚΡΑ'ΤΟΣ,  poet,  κάρτος,  εος,  τό 
(both  in  Hom.),  strength,  might,  in 
Horn.  esp.  of  bodily  strength,  as  opp. 
to  όό/ίος,  II.  7,  142 ;  also  of  things, 
as  of  iron,  strength,  Od.  9,  393  :  hence 
later,  πό/.ιν  έ?.εϊν  κατά  κράτος,  to 


ΚΡΑΤ 

take  it  by  open  force,  by  storm,  ThuC 
8,  100,  etc. ;  so  too  άνά  κράτος,  Xen. 
An.  1,  8,  1,  cf.  ιΊνά  C.  IV:  but  also 
κατά  κράτος  simply,  with  all  one's 
might,  with  might  and  mam,  πολεμειν, 
Plat.,  φενγειν,  Xen.  etc.  :  in  plur. 
κράτη,  like  νβρεις,  deeds  of  violence. 
Soph.  Ant.  485. — II.  in  genl.  might, 
power,  τον  yup  κράτος  ίστ'ιν  ίν  οίκω, 
Od.  1,  359  ;  cf.  II.  12,  214  :  hence 
post-Horn.,  nde,  sway,  authority,  sove- 
reignty, Hdt.  1, 129,  etc.  ;  c.  gen.  pow- 
er over,  κρ.  εχειν  τών  ΙΙερσών,  Id.  3, 
69  ;  so  κρ.  θαλάσσης,  Thuc.  1,  143  — 
III.  mastery,  victory,  freq.  in  Horn.,  as 
11.  6,  387,  Od.  21,  280;  .so,  κρ.  πολέ- 
μου και  νίκη,  Dem.  381,  12.  (Prob. 
akin  to  Germ,  hart,  our  hard.)  [a] 

Κράτος,  gen.  sing,  from  κράς,  q.  v., 
Hom. 

^Κρατύλος,  ov,  ό,  Cratylus,  a  pupil 
of  Heraclitus,  teacher  of  Plato,  who 
has  named  one  of  his  dialogues  after 
him. 

Κρΰτνντήρ,  ήρος,  ό,  {κρατννω)  one 
who  prevails.     Hence 

Κράτνί'τήριος,  a,  ov,  strengthening, 
making  firin,  Hipp. 

Κράτνντικός,ή,  oj',:=foreg.,  Diosc: 
from 

Κρίίτννω,  Ep.  καρτννω,  (κρατνς) 
to  strengthen,  confirm,  κρ.  ίαντόν,  Hdt. 

I,  98,  100,  Thiic,  etc.  :  Hom.  has 
only  mid.  καρτύνομαι  in  same  signf., 

II.  11,215;  12,415;  so  too  Thuc.  4, 
52,  114  : — Pass,  to  become  strong,  be 
confirmed  and  strengthened,  Hdt.  1,  13, 
and  Hipp.^ — 2.  to  harden,  opp.  to  απα- 
λύνω τους  πόδας,  Xen.  Lac,  2,  3. — 
11.=: κρατίω,  to  rule,  govern,  c.  gen., 
Soph.  O.  T.  14,  Eur.  Bacch.  660  : 
more  rare  c.  ace,  Aesch.  Pers.  930, 
Supp.  699  ;  absol..  Id.  Pr.  404.— 2.  to 
become  master,  get  possession  of,  τινός, 
Soph.  Phil.  1161  :  to  conquer,  lb.  1059. 

Κράτνς,  ό,  {κράτος)  like  κρατερός, 
strong,  mighty,  in  Hom.  always  as 
epilh.  of  Mercury,  and  only  in  nom., 
the  mighty  one,  as  11.  16,  181,  Od.  5, 
49.  [v] 

Κράτνσμός,  ον,ό,{κρατύνω)  strength, 
firmness,  Hipp. 

^Κράτων,  uvoc,  6,  Craton,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  Plut.  ^ 

Κραυγάζω,  fut.  -άσω,  {κρανγή)ζ= 
κράζω,  to  cry,  screech,  Lob.  Phrvn. 
337. 

Κρσυγύνομαι,  dep.,=foreg.,  v.  sub 
κραγγύνομαι. 

Κρανγάσιδης,  ov,  ό,  as  if  a  pat- 
rony m.  Irom  κρανγασος,  croaker,  name 
of  a  frog  in  Batr.  246. 

Κρανγασμύς,  οΰ,  ό,  (κραυγάζω)  a 
crying,  screaming,  clamour,  Diphil.  ap. 
A.  B.  101. 

Κρανγάσος,  ου,  b,  a  crier.  Lob. 
Phryn.  338,  436. 

Κρανγαστής,  ov,  6,  a  crier:  hence 

Κρανγαστικός,  ή,  όν,  crying,  vocifer- 
ous.    Adv.  -κώς. 

Κραυγύστρια,  ας,  ή,  fem.  of  κραν- 
γαστής. 

Κραυγή,  ής,  ή,  (akin  to  κράζω)  α 
crying,  screaming,  shouting,  Lat.  clam- 
or, Eur.  Or.  1529,  and  freq.  in  Att. 

Κραυγίας,  ov,  ό,  ίππος  κρ.,  a  horse 
that  takes  fright  at  a  cry. 

^Κρανγις.  ιδος,  b,  Craugis,  of  Mega- 
lopolis, father  of  Philopoemen,  Paus. 
8,  49. 

Κραυγός,  ov,  a,  or  κραυγών,  ώνος, 
δ,  a  woodpecker. 

^Κρανξίδας,  b,  Crauxidas,  masc.  pr, 
11.,  Paus.  5,  8,  8. 

Kpai'pa,  ac,  /},  a  disease  in  cattle, 
swine,  etc.  ;  from  κρανρος.    Hence 

Κι>ανράω,  ώ,  to  be  ill  of  the  κρανρα, 
Arist.  H.  A. 


KPEI 

ΚρανρΟζ,  α,  or,  hard,  dry,  brittle. 
Plat.  Tim.  60  C  ;  opp.  to  μαλακός, 
Aiist.  Part.  An.  2,  9,  13  ;  but  to  θερ- 
μός, Eubul.  Amalth.  1. — II.  ό  κρ.,  as 
sabst.,=Kpavpa,  Arist.  H.  A.   Hence 

Κραυρότης,  ητος,  ή,  hardness,  dry- 
ness, briltleness,  Theophr.  :  opp.  to 
■γ/ασχρότης. 

Κρανρόω.  ώ.  (κρανρος)  to  make  hard, 
dry,  harsh,  Philo. 

*K/9a<j,=>pa(j,ioeai,onlyinGramm., 
as  root  of  κράσης  and  κρέας,  Heyne 
II.  T.  8,  p.  117. 

Κρεύγρα,  ας.  ή,  {κρέας,  ΰγρέω)  α 
flesh-hook,  to  take  meat  out  of  the 
pot:  in  genl.  a  hook,  to  seize,  drag 
by,  Lat.  harpago,  Ar.  Eq.  772,  Vesp. 
1155. 

Κρεάγρεντος,  ov,  {κρέας,  άγρενω) 
tearing  off  the  flesh.  Lye. 

Κρεαγρίς,  ιδης,  ή,=ζ κρεύγρα,  dim. 
only  in  form,  Anth. 

Κρεύδιον,  ov,  τό.  dim.  from  κρέας, 
am.rsel,  slice  of  flesh.  At.  Plut.  227, 
Xen.  Cyr.  1,  4,  13.  [a] 

Κρεά,όοτέο,  ώ,  {κρέας,  δίόωμι)  col- 
lat.  form  of  κρεωδοτεω. 

Κρεάνομέω,  ώ.  f.  -ήσω.  to  distribute 
flesh,  esp.  to  divide  the  flesh  of  a  vic- 
tim among  the  guests,  Isae.  78,  17: 
in  genl.  to  divide,  cut  piece-meal,  Diod. 
Mid.  to  divide  among  themselves,  The- 
ocr.  26,  24,  ubi  al.  divisim  κρέα  νομ.  ; 
and 

Κρεάνόμία,  ας•,  ή,  a  distribution  of 
the  flesh  of  a  victim  among  the  g-uests, 
Lat.  visceratio,  Luc. :  from 

Κρεΰνόμος,  ov,  {κρέας,  νέμού)  dis- 
tributing the  flesh  of  victims  :  as  subst., 
ό  κρ-,  in  genl.  a  carver,  Eur.  Cycl.  245. 

ΚΡΕ'ΑΣ,  ro,  Att.  κρέως.  Dor.  κηής 
(q.  v.):  in  plur.  oft.  τύ  κρέατα,  out 
in  Horn,  more  freq.  nom.  and  ace. 
plur.  κρέΰ.  Att.  gen.  κρεών  also  in 
Od.  15,  93,  but  more  freq.  in  Hom. 
κρειών  ;  dat.  κρέασι,  11.,  κρέεσσι, 
Orac.  ap.  Hdt.  1,  47  :  in  sing.  Horn, 
has  only  ace.  κρέας  .—flesh,  a  piece  of 
meat,  Od.  8,  477  :  in  plur.  usu.  dressed 
meat,  and  in  genl.  7neat,  oft.  in  Hom., 
etc. ;  κρέα  έφθύ,  Hdt.  3,  23  ;  κρ.  ορνί- 
θεια.  Ar.  Nub.  339,  etc. — 2.  a  carcase, 
hence  α  body,  person.  Soph.  Fr.  650 
(from  a  satyric  piece) :  and  so  in  ad- 
dresses, like  κεφαλή,  etc.,  ώ  όεξιώ- 
τατον  κρέας.  Ar.  Eq.  421,  cf  955. 
Proverb.,  rov  ~ερΙ  κρεών  τρέχεις,  as 
we  say,  '  to  save  one's  bacon ;'  and 
so  prob.  should  be  explained  Ar.  Ran 
191,  τον  περί  κρεών  νενανμάχηκε, 
but  V.  Schol.  (Sanscr.  kravya ;  the 
Lat.  caro  by  transpos.,  as  in  cerno, 
κρίνω.)  [On  κρέα,  v.  Elmsl.  Ach. 
1049.] 

Κρεγμός,  ov,  ό,  {κρεκω)  a  striking 
so  as  to  make  a  sound :  esp. — 2.  the 
sound  of  stringed  instruments,  Epich. 
p.  62. 

Κρεηδόκος,  ον,=^κρειοδόκος. 

Κρετιφάγέείν,  -φάγία,  -φύγός.  Ion. 
for  κρεωφ. 

Κρειοόόκος,  ov,  {κρέας,  δέχομαι) 
containing  flesh,  Anth. 
ΙΚρεί'οίσα,  ή,  Όοτ.=  Κρέονσα,  Pind. 

ΚρεΙον,  οι\  τό,  {κρέας)  α  meat-tray, 
dresser,  11.  9,  206  ;  not.  as  others  take 
it,  a  flesh-pot. — II.  in  Euphor.  133,= 
κρέας. 

ΤΚρεΓον,  όρος,  τό,  =  Κρεόπωλον, 
Callim.  Lavacr.  Pall.  41. 

\Κρειοντιάδης,  ov,  ό,  Ερ.=  Κρεον- 
τιάδης,  II.  19,  240. 
^Κμειοντιύς.  άδος,  ^,=  sq.,  Anth. 
^Κρειοντίς,  ίδος,  ή,  poet,  for  Κρεον- 
Ti'c,  daughter  of  Creon,  i.  e.  Megara, 
Pind.  I.  4,  108. 

tKpetof,  01',  ό,  Crius,  son  of  Uranus 
and  Gaea,  Hcs.  Th.  134,  375. 


KPEM 

Κρειοφάγος,  ov,  {κρέας,  φάγείν) 
cariiivorous,  Nic. 

Κρεΐσκος,  ov,  ό,  dim.  from  κρέας, 
a  small  piece  of  meat,  Alex.  Poner.  4. 

Κρεισσότεκνος,  ov,  {κρεισσων,  τέκ- 
νον)  dearer  than  children,  very  dub. 
word  in  Aesch.  Theb.  784. 

Κρείσσων.  ov,  gen.  όνος,  as  always 
in  Ep.  and  old  Att. :  later  Att.  κρείτ- 
των,  ov :  later  Ion.  κρέσσων,  ov : 
Dor.  κάβ^ων,  ov  : — stronger,  mightier  : 
braver,  better,  esp,  in  battle,  Hom.; 
sometimes  c.  inf,  II.  21,  486:  oi 
κρείσσονες,  one's  betters,  Eur.  Or. 
710,  cf  Thuc.  1,  8  ;  so,  ra  κρείσσω, 
Eur.  Ion  973,  το  κρ..  Plat.  Soph.  216 
Β ;  τά  ντζάρχοντα  ήμϊν  κρείσσονα 
καταπροδονναι,  to  throw  away  our 
advantages,  Thuc.  4,  10  :  κρ.  λογός, 
cf.  ησσων : — κρ.  έστι,  c.  part.,  as  κρ. 
γαρ  ήσθα  μηκέτ'  ων  η  ζών  τυόλ,ός, 
thou  wert  better  not  alive,  than  living 
blind.  Soph.  O.  T.  1368,  cf.  Lob.  Aj. 
622  (635). — II.  too  great  for,  surpass- 
ing, beyond,  νψος  κρ.  έκ~ηδήματος, 
Aesch.  Ag.  1376  :  of  evil  deeds, 
κρείσσον"  αγχόνης,  too  bad  for  hang- 
ing, Soph.  O.  T.  1374;  κρ-  θαύμα- 
τος, κρ.  η  7.έξαι  λόγω,  Eur. ;  κρ. 
δικαίου,  above  being  ruled  by  it, 
Thuc.  3,  84,  cf.  83.— III.  having  power 
over,  master  of,  esp.  of  desires  and 
passions,  κρ.  γαστρός,  Xen.  Cyr.  4, 
2,  25 ;  κρ.  χρημάτων,  Thuc.  2,  60. 
In  genl.  opp.  to  ήσσων. — Adv.  κρεισ- 
σόνως,  Att.  κρειττόνως. — IV.  in  Att. 
Prose  freq.  in  moral  signf,  better, 
more  excellent,  e.  g.  ό  κρείσσων  λόγος, 
Ar.  Nub.  113,•  etc.  {κρείσσων  is  usu. 
called  irreg.  compar.  of  αγαθός :  but 
κρατνς  from  κράτος,  must  be  reck- 
oned as  the  root,  as  if  the  compar. 
were  κραίσσων,  the  superl.  κράτιστος 
being  regul. :  akin  also  to  κρείων, 
κρείονσα.) 

Κρειττόομαι,  as  pass,  of  the  vine, 
to  he  diseased,  have  excrescences,  The- 
ophr.    Hence 

Kpείττωσις,εως,ή,adiseaseof  the  vine, 
when  excrescences  grow  on  it,  Theophr. 

Κρείων,  οντάς,  ό,  fern,  κρείονσα,  ή, 
a  ruler,  lord,  master,  Horn.,  usu.  of 
kings  and  chiefs  ;  but  also  of  the 
gods,  as  Jupiter  and  Neptune,  cf  εί'- 
ρνκρείων.  But  in  Od.  4.  22,  Eteon- 
eus,  a  servant  of  Menelaus  is  called 
κρείων,  either  as  being  chief  of  the 
domestics,  or  in  genl.  signf  of  ηρως, 
a  noble,  honourable  man :  the  tern. 
κρείονσα,  in  Hom.  only  once,  II.  22, 
48,  κρείονσα  γυναικών,  of  a  concu- 
bine of  Priam,  where  also  it  is  a  gen- 
eral titleof  honour.  (The  root  prob.  is 
κράς.  κραίνω,  κρείσσων  :  of  the  same 
signf  as  the  pr.  names  Κρέων,  Κρέ- 
ουσα, cf  κρέων.  No  verb  κρέω  or 
κρείω  occurs.) 
ίΚρείων,  οντος,  ό,=Κρέωΐ',  II.  9,  84. 

Κρείώΐ',  Ep.  gen.  plur.  from  κρέας 
for  κρεών,  oft.  in  Horn. 

Κρεκύδια,  ων,  τύ,,  {κρέκω)  a  kind 
of  tapestry,  Ar.  Vesp.  1215. 

Κρεκτός,  rj,  ov,  {κρέκω)  struck  so  as 
to  sound,  esp.  of  stringed  instruments ; 
in  genl.  played,  sung,  Aesch.  Cho.  822. 

ΚΡΕ'ΚΩ,  to  strike,  beat,  esp.  strings 
or  threads  : — 1.  to  strike,  beat  the  web 
with  the  κερκίς,  in  genl.  to  weave, 
ίστόν,  Sapph.  32,  ττέττ/.ον,  Eur.  El. 
512. — 2.  to  strike,  touch  a  stringed  in- 
strument with  the  plectrum,  Dion. 
H. :  in  genl.  toplay  on  any  instrument, 
αν/ιόν,  Ar.  Av.  682  :  hence,  βοην  κρ., 
lb.  772,  νμνον,  Telest.  ap.  Ath.  626 
A  :  more  rarelv  c.  dat.  κρέκειν  δόνα- 
κι,  Anyte  Epigr.  8,  cf.  Tibull.  1,  1,  4. 
(Hence  κρέξ,  κρεγμός,  κεριύς.) 

Κρεμάϋρα,  ας,  ή,   {κρεμάνννμι)  α 


ΚΡΕΜ 

net  or  basket  to  hang  things  up  in : 
hence  in  Ar.  Nub.  218,  a  basket  in 
which  Socrates  appears  suspended, 
in  caricature  of  the  Tragic  machines 
for  exhibiting  deities,  etc.,  in  the  air  : 
also  κρεμάστρα. 

Κρέμύμαι,  shortd.  pass.pres.of  sq., 
q.  v. 

Κρεμάνννμι,  rarely -νίω  .•  fut.  κρε- 
μάσω [ύ],  Att.  κρεμώ,  φς,  a,  Ep. 
lengthd.  κρεμόω,  II.  7,  83  :  aor.  1  έκ 
ρέμύσα.  Pass.  pres.  κρεμάνννμαι : 
aor.  έκρεμάσθην :  fut.  κρεμασθήσο• 
μαι : — to  this  must  be  joined  the 
shortd.  pass,  form  κρέμύμαι,  subi. 
κρέμωμαι,  opt.  κρεμαίμην  and  κρεμοί- 
μην  :  aor.  έκρεμύσάμτμ> :  fut.  κρεμή- 
σομαι.  Cf.  also  κρημνάω,  κρημνα- 
μαι.  The  radic  form  KPEMA'i2,  is 
not  found  in  early  Greek. — 1.  to  hung, 
hang  vp,  let  hang  down,  ϊιτΐό  or  εκ  τί- 
νος, σειρην  ίξ  ουρανού,  11.  8,  19  ;  ά— ό 
κάλω,  Ar.  Ran.  121  :  κρ.  τϊρός  ναόν, 
to  hang  up  as  an  offering  on  the  tem- 
ple-wall, II.  7,  83 :  κρ.  τινά  τίνος,  to 
hang  one  up  by  a  thing,  Ar.  Plut.  312: 
κρεμάσαι  την  άσττιδα,  i.  e.  to  have 
done  with  war,  Ar.  Ach.  58 :  so  in 
mid.,  ττηδάλιον  κρεμάσασθαι,  to  hang 
up  one's  rudtler,  i.  e.  give  up  the  sea, 
Hes.  Op.  627.— II.  metaph.  to  keep  in 
suspense,  Lat.  suspensurn  tencre,  cf.  αϊ- 
ωρέω  2. — Β.  pass,  to  be  hung  up,  sus- 
pended, Xen.  Eq.  10,  9 :  so  more  usu. 
in  form  κμέμαμαι,  as.  έκρέμω  (2  sing, 
aor.),  thou  hangedsl,  hoveredst,  II.  15, 
18,  21 ;  and  so  Hdt.  1,  34.  66,  etc.— 
2.  to  be  hung,  of  persons,  Aristophon 
Pythag.  3,  10.— 3.  metaph.  to  be  in 
suspense,  Arist.  Rhet.  3,  14.  6,  cf  Ar. 
Nub.  229.     Hence 

Κρέμασις,  εως,  ή,  a  hanging,  hang- 
ing up. 

Κρέμασμα,  ατός,  ro,=  sq. 

Κρεμασμής,  ov,  ό,  a  hanging,  sus- 
pension, Hipp. 

^Κρεμαστή,  -ης,  ή,  {κρεμαστός)  Cre- 
maste,  an  appell.  of  Larissa  in  Phthi- 
otis  from  its  steepness. — 2.  a  place 
near  Abydos  on  the  coast  of  Asia 
-Minor,  Xen.  Hell.  4,  8,  37. 

Κρεμαστήρ.  νρυς,  ό,  [κρεμάνννμι) 
a  suspender  :  οι  κρεμαστηρες,  the  7nus- 
cles  by  which  the  testicles  are  suspended, 
Celsus.     Hence 

Κρεμαστήριος,  ov,= κρεμαστός. 

Κρεμαστής,  ov,  0,=  κρεμαστήρ. 

Κρεμαστός,  ή,  όν.  (  κρεμάνννμι  ) 
hung  up.  hung,  hanging.  Soph.  Ο.  Τ, 
1263,  and  Eur:  also  κρ.  ανχένος, 
hung  by  the  neck.  Id.  Ant.  1221  :  c. 
gen.,  hung  from  or  on  a  thing,  τάρα- 
σταδος,  Eur.  Andr.  1122. 

Κρεμάστρα,  ας,  ή,  =  κρεμάθρα, 
Arist.  Rhet.  3,  11,  5.— II.  the  stalk 
by  which  a  flower  hangs,  Theophr. 

Κρεμάω,  v.  sub  κρεμάνννμι. 

Κρεμ,βΰλΐάζω,  f.  -άσω.  {κρέμ,3α?.ον) 
to  rattle,  beat  time  ivith  castanets,  shells 
or  the  like,  Hermipp.  The.  5,  cf.  Ar. 
Ran.  1305 :  hence 

Κρεμ3άλΐαστνς,  νος,  ή,  a  rattling 
as  with  castanets,  to  give  the  time  in 
dancing,  H.  Hom.  Ap.  162,  ubi  olim 
-αστής,  ov,  δ. 

Κρεμβΰλίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  v.  1.  for  κρεμ- 
βαλιάζω,  Hermipp.  The.  5. 

Κρέμβάλα,  ων,  τά,  rattling  instru 
ments  to  beat  time  with  in  dancing,  like 
our  castanets,  Ath.  036  C,  cf.  κρότα- 
λοί'.  (The  root  prob.  occurs  in  Lat. 
crep-are.) 

Κρεμνάω,  ώ,  collat.  form  of  κρημ- 
νάω, very  dub. 

Κρεμόω,  Ep.  for  κρεμώ,  κρεμάσω, 
fut.  of  κρεμάνννμι,  1\.  7,  83. 

Κρέμνς,  voc,  ή,  for  χρέμνς,  a  flsh, 
Arist.  an.  Ath.  305  D. 

797 


ΚΡΕΣ 

Κρεμώ,  Att.  fut.  of  κρεμάνννμι. 
^Κρεμώνη,ης,ϊ/,  and  Κρειιών,  ώνος, 
CremSna,  a  city  of  Uallia  Cisalpina, 
Strab.  p.  216,  247. 

Κρέξ,  ή,  gen  κρεκός,  Lat.  crex, 
{κρέκ<>))  a  bird  with  a  sharp  votched  bill 
(Ar.  Av.  113S),  and  long  legs  (Arist. 
Part.  An.  4,  12,  .34);  to  which,  in 
size,  Hdt.  compares  the  ibis.,  2,  70  : 
which  description  does  not  quite  suit 
the  crex  ralltis,  Linn.,  our  rait,  thougli 
its  cry  is  well  expressed  by  the  name 
(which  like  κρέκω  is  onornatop.)  It 
was  thought  '  a  word  of  fear'  to  the 
newly  married,  Euphor.  4. 
iKpέξoζ.  ov,  (5,  Crexiis,  a  poet,  Plut. 

Κρεόβοτος,  ov,  {κυέας,  βόσκω)  fed 
on  flesh,  prob.  1.,  Aesch.  Supp.  287, 
for  κρεόβροτος. 

Κρεόόειρα,  ας,  η,  (κρέας,  δείρω,  δέ- 
ρώ)  α flrtyiiig-kiiife. 

KpfO(5o\;o£-,ov,=/cpfto(5oKOf,Heyne 
11.  9,  206.' 

Κρεοκύκκΰβος,  ου,  ό.  (κρέας,  κακ- 
κάβη  II.)  α  mess  of  hashed  meat,  etc., 
Ath.  384  P. 

Kpf  ο/ϊοτΓί'ω,  ώ,  Att.  for  κρεωκοττέω, 
Pors.  Hec.  praef.  p.  viii.,  Blomf.  Aesch. 
Pers.  409. 

Κρεονομία,  ας,  ή,=κρεωνομία. 
iKpεovτιύιhjς,  ov.  ό,  son  of  Creon, 
i.e.  Lycomedes,  in  Kp.  form  Κρειουτ-, 

11.  19,240. — 2.  descendant  of  Creon,  son 
of  Hercules  and  Megara  daughter  of 
Creon,  Apollod.  2,  4,  11. 

t  Κρεοντιδας,  a,  ο,  Dor.= foreg.  ,Pind . 
N.  6,  09. 

Κρεοπώ?ης,  ου,  ό,  a  seller  of  flesh, 
butcher,  Macho  ap.  Ath.  580  C,  of. 
A.  P.  11,212. 

iKpe6~(o/MV,  ov,  TO,  Ml.  Creopolns, 
in  Argous  near  Argos.  Strab.  p.  389, 
called  in  Callim.  ΚρεΙον.  q.  v. 

Κρεοσαπέντων,  f.  1.  Plut.  2.  995  C, 
where  κατασαπ.  is  conjectured. 

Κρεοσκενασία,  ας,  ?/.  a  dressing  of 
meat,  dub.  in  Ath.  550  D. 

Κρεοστύβμ!/,  ης,  ή,  (κρέας,  στάθμη) 
α  butcher^s  scales  or  stilyard,  Ar.  Fr. 
633. 

Κρεονργεα,  ώ,  fut.  -ησω,  to  cut  up 
meat  like  a  butcher  (κρεονργός),  to 
butcher,  liUC.  —  II.  intrans.  to  be  a 
butcher.     Hence 

Κρεονργηδόν,  adv.,  like  a  butcher : 
κρ.  Όΐασπάν,  to  tear  all  in  pieces,  Hdt. 
3,  13. 

Κρεονργία,  ας,  ή.  a  cutting  vp  like 
a  butcher  (κρεονργός),  butchering,  κρ. 
ΊΙέ'λοπος,  Luc. 

Κριονργικός,  ή,  όν,  of.  belonging  to 
a  butcher  or  his  trade  :  from 

Kpsoiipyof,  ov,  ( κρέας,  *εργω ) 
working,  i.  e.  cutting  up  meat :  6  κρ-, 
as  subst.,  a  butcher  or  α  carver :  κρεονρ- 
γον  i/μαρ,  a  day  of  .slaughter  and  feast- 
ing, .Aesch.  Ag.  1502. 

^Κρέουσα,  ης,  ή,  Creusa,  daughter 
of  Erechtheus,  wife  of  Xuthus,  Eur. 
ion  11. — 2.  daughter  of  Priam  and 
Hecuba,  wife  of  Aeneas,  Apollod.  3, 

12,  3. — 3.  daughter  of  Creon  king  of 
Corinth,  married  to  Jason,  Schol. 
Eur.  Med.  19:  called  also  ΤΆανκη, 
q.  V.  3. — 4.  a  nymph,  mother  of  Hy- 
pseus,  Pind.  P.  9,  30. — 5.  in  Strab.= 
Kpfi'ffif. 

Κρεοφαγέο),  ώ,  to  eat  flesh,  Diod.,  in 
mid. ;  and 

Κρεοφαγία,  ας,  ή,  an  eating  of  flesh, 
Hi[ip. :  from 

Κρ^οφύγος,  ov,  (κρέας,  ώΰγεΐν) 
eating  flesh,  carnivorous,  Hdt.  4,  186. 

Κρέσσων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  later  Ion. 
for  κρείσσων,  also  usu.  form  in 
Pind. 

^Κρεσφόντης,  ov,  6.  Cresphontes,  son 
of  Aristomachus,  the  Heraclid,  who 
79Θ 


ΚΡΗΓ 

obtained  the  sway  of  Messenia,  Plat. 
Legg.  083  B. 

^Κρενγας,  a,  ό,  Creugas,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  Paus.  8,  40,  3. 

Κρενλ?.ιον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  κρέας, 
a  small  piece  of  meat. 

\Κρενσις,  ιος  and  ιδος,  ή,  Creusis,  a 
city  on  the  eastern  coast  of  Boeotia, 
harbour  of  Tliespiae,  now  prob.  Lira- 
dostro,  Xcn.  Hell.  5,4,  10:  also  wr. 
Κρέονσα  and  Κρεονσία,  Strab. 

Κρεωβορέω,  ώ,  {.  -ήσω,  to  eat  flesh  : 
and 

Κρεωβορία,  ας,  ή,  the  eating  of  flesh : 
from 

Κρεωβόβος,  ov,  (κρέας,  βιβρώσκω) 
eating  flesh,  animal  food. 

Κρεωδαισία,  ας,  ή,  a  distribution  of 
flesh,  Plut.:  from 

Κρεωδαίτης,  ov,  6,  (κρέας,  δαίω  Π.) 
a  distributer  of  flesh,  esp.  a  carver  at  a 
public  meal,  Plut. 

Κρευδιΰτις,  ιδος,  ή,  fern,  of  foreg., 
cf.  Poll.  6,  34. 

Κρεώδης,  ες,  {κρέας,  είδος)  of  or 
like  flesh,  fleshi/,  Arist.  H.  A. 

Κρεωδοσία,  ας,  ή,  a  distribution  of 
meat,  e.sp.  at  a  sacrifice,  Lat  viscera- 
tio,  Plut. :  and 

Κρείύδοτέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσο,  to  give  meat, 
Eccl. :  from 

Κρεωδότης,  ov,  6,  (κρέας,  δίδομι) 
a  giver,  distributer  of  meat. 

Κρεωδόχος,  ov,  {κρέας,  δέχομαι)^: 
κρειοδόκος. 

Κρεωθήκη,  ης,  ή,  α  place  for  keeping 
meat,  a  larder. 

Κρεωκάκκάβος,  ov,  ό,^κρεοκάκκα- 
βος.  . 

Κρεωκοπέω,  ώ,  ϊ.  -ησω,  to  cut  up 
flesh :  from 

Κρεωκόπος,  ov,  (κρέας,  κύτττω)  cut- 
ting up  flesh. 

Κρέυν,  οντος,=  1]ιβ  Homeric  κρεί- 
ων  (q.  v.),  Pind.  P.  8,  143,  N.  3,  17; 
7,  66,  Aesch.  Supp.  574. 

Κρεών,  gen.  plur.  from  κρέας,  Od. 
15,  98. 

tKoewr,  οντος,  ό,  Creon,  a  king  of 
Corinth,  father-in-law  of  Jason,  Eur. 
Med.  19. — 2.  son  of  Menoeceus,  bro- 
ther of  Jocasta,  king  of  Thebes,  Od. 
11,269;  Trag.  — 3.  father  of  Lyco- 
medes, II.  9,  84.  —  4.  son  of  Hercules 
and  a  daughterof  Thespius,  Apollod. 
— 5.  father  of  Scopas,  ruler  of  Thes- 
salian  Cranon,  Plat.  Protag.  339  B. 
^Κρεώνδαί,  ών,  oi,  Boeot.  for  Κρε- 
οντίδαι,  descendants  of  Creon  who 
ruled  in  Thessaly,  Theocr.  10,  39. 

^ΚρεώΐΊον,ον,  TO,  Creonium,  a  place 
m  Dassaretis,  Polyb.  5,  1(I8,  8. 

Κρεωνομέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσΐύ,  {κρέας,  νέ- 
μω) to  distribute  flesh.     Hence 

Κρεωνομία,  ας,  ή,  a  distribution  of 
flesh,  V.  citata  sub  κρεοκοπέω. 

ΚρεωπωλεΙυν,  ov,  τό,  =  κρεωττώ- 
λιηρ  :  from 

Κρεωτϊω'/.έω,  ώ,  f.  -ησω,  to  sell,  deal 
in  butcher-meat :  Irom 

Κρεωτχώλης,  ov,  ό,^^κρεοπ.,  q.  v. 
hence 

Κρεω~ωλ(κός.ή.  όν,  of  οτ  belonging 
to  a  butcher,  τρύττεζα,  Plut. 

Κρεωττώλίον,  ov,  τό,  the  flesh-mar- 
ket, shambles,  Diod. 

Κρεωστάθμη,  ης.  ή,  v.  κρεοστ. 

Κρεωφΰγέω,  ώ,  -φαγία,  Plut.,  -φά- 
yor,  Arist.  Part.  λη.,=  κρεοφαγ. 

ίΚρεώφϊ'λος,  ov,  ό,  Creophylus,  an 
old  poet  of  Chics,  ace.  to  Plat.  Rep. 
COO  C,  a  friend  of  Homer;  cf  Plut. 
Lye.  4.  Ace.  to  Strab.  p.  638,  of  Sa- 
mos,  teacher  of  Homer. 

Κρψι  νος.  ov,  good,  useful  or  agreea- 
ble, ov  πώττοτέ  μοί  τό  κρί/γνον  είττας, 
II.  1,  100.— II.  true,  real,  Theocr.  20 
19.     (An  old  and  poet,  word,  used 


KPHM 

now  and  tlien  in  proso.  as  Hipp.  121 
G,  Plat.  Ale.  1,  HI  E:  soniclinics 
wrongly  written  κρήγιης.  Cf  Buttm. 
Lexil.  in  v.     Origin  uncertain.) 

Κρήδεμ.νον,  ov,  τό,  (  κρύς,  δέω 
δέμα)  a  sort  of  head-dress,  in  Horn. 
esp.  ol  women  of  rank,  and  usu.  mar- 
ried: it  hung  down  on  both  .sides,  so 
that  at  pleasure  it  might  be  drawn 
quite  over  the  face  (somewhat  like  a 
mantilla  ?),  ΰντα  ττηρειύων  σχομίνη 
λιτζαρά  κρηδίμνα,  Od.  1,  334,  cf.  II. 
14,  184:  in  Od.  6,  100.  however,  the 
waiting-women  of  Nausicaa  wore  the 
κρήδεμνον :  in  Od.  5,  346,  the  sea- 
goddess  Ino  gives  her  κ/ιι/δηινον  to 
Ulysses  to  swim  with.  In  P.nr.  also 
worn  by  young  maidens. — II.  metnph. 
usu.  in  plur.,  the  battlements  which 
top  and  crmvn  a  city's  walls,  Ύμοίης 
Ιερά  κρήδεμνα,  II.  16,  100,  Od.  13, 
388,  cf  Η.  Hom.  Cer.  151  ;  also  in 
sing.,  Θήβης  κρήδεμνον,  Hes.  Sc.  105. 
— III.  the  lid  of  a  vessel,  as  a  wine-jar, 
Od.  3,  392. 

Κρηηναί,  inf  aor.  1  act.  from  κραι- 
αίνω,  II.  9,  101. 

Κρήηνον.  imperat.  aor.  1  act.  from 
κραιαίνω  II.  1,  41. 

^Κρηνείδας,  a.  Dor.  for  -θείδης,  ου, 
ό,  son  nf  Cretheus,  i.  e.  Neleus,  Pind. 
P.  4,  272:  Aeson,  Ap.  Rh.  3,  357. 

^Κρηβείς,  'ιδος,  ή,  daughter  of  Cre- 
theus, i.  e.  Hippolyte,  Pind.  N.  5,  49. 

Κρηθεν,  adv.,  {κρύς)  from  the  head 
dowmvards,  from  above,  iltto  κρήθεν, 
lies.  Sc.  7,  cf  κατακρήθιν. 

\Κρηβενς,  έως,  6,  Cretheus,  son  of 
Aeolus,  founder  of  lolcos,  father  of 
Aeson  and  Pheres,  Od.  11,  237, 
Apollod. 

Κρήθμον,  ην,  τό,  also  κρίθμον,  sam• 
pire.  a  herb,  Hipp.,  etc. 

ίΚρηβίς,  ίδος,  ή,  Crethis,  fern.  pr.  n., 
Anth. 

^Κβήβων,  ωνος,  ό,  Crethon,  son  of 
Diodes  in  Pherae,  II.  5,  542. 

^Κρήμνα,  ης,  ή,  Cremna,  a  mountain 
fortress  of  Pisidia,  Strab. 

Κρημνύω,  ώ.  Ion.  -νέω,  f.  -ησω,  also 
κρ7}μι•ιιμι,=^κρεμιίνννμι,  to  let  down 
from  a  height,  cast  down,  κρημνας  (ΐ)κ• 
vpar,  Pind.  P.  4,  43.  Pass.,  κρήμνα- 
μαΐ,  to  hang,  be  suspended,  Eur.  El. 
1217  :  to  float  in  air,  ι•εφέ?ιαι.,  Aesch. 
Theb.  229. 

Κρημνηγορέω,  ω,  ί.  -ησω,  (κρημνός, 
αγορενω)  Ιο  speak  rugged  words :  cf. 
κρημνοποιός,  κρημνοκημπέω- 

Κρήμνημι,  ν.  κρημνύω. 

Κ()ημνιζω,  f  -ίσω,  (κρημνός)^κρη- 
μνύω. — II.  usu.  to  hurl  down  headlong, 
Plut.     Hence 

Κ()7/μΐ'ϊσις,  εως,  η,  a  hurling  down 
headlong. 

Κρημνοβατέω,  ω,  f.  -ησω,  to  haunt, 
frequent  precipices,  Strab.:  from 

Κρημνοβύτης,  ov,  o, (κρημνός,  βαί- 
νω) one  wlio  climbs  steep  places  :  hence 
— 2.  a  mountebank,  rope-dancer.   [«] 

Κρημνόβεν,  adv.,  (κρημνός)  doum. 
from  a  height,  Orph. 

^Κρημνοί,  ών,  ol,  (κρημνός)  the  pre- 
cipices, Crcmni,  a  city  of  the  Scythi- 
ans at  the  entrance  of  the  Tanais  into 
the  Maeotis,  Hdt.  4,  20. 

Κρημνοκομπέω,  ώ,  f  -ήσω,=  κρημτ 
νηγορέω. 

Κρημνοποιός,  όν.  (κρημνός,  ποιέω) 
speaking  precipices,  i.  e.  using  big,  rug- 
ged ifords,  of  Aeschylus,  Ar.  Nub. 
1367. 

Κρημνός,  ov,  ό,  (κρεμάνννμι)  an 
overhansing  steep,  crag,  cliff,  precipice 
(cf.  Virgil's  scopuHs  pendentibus),  Hdt. 
4,  103,  and  Att. :  in  Hom.  (only  II.) 
freq.  of  the  steep  bank  oi  a  river,  edge 
of  a  trench,  etc.,  12,  54 ;  21,  175,  234, 


ΚΡΗΠ 

etc.  :  hence — 2.  in  plur.,  the  edges  of 
Β  wound,  Hipp.  418,  44. 

Κρημνώδης,  ες,  (κρημνός,  ίΐδος) 
precipitous,  sleep,  Thuc.  7,  84. 

Κρημνώρεια,  ας,  ή,  (κρημνός,  όρος) 
α  steep  mountain  ridge:  iormed  like 
ακρώρεία. 

Kpi/vai,  inf.  aor.  1  act.  from  κραί- 
vu.  Hoin. 

iKpf/vai,  ών,  ai,  (κρήνη)  the  Foun- 
tains, a  place  near  Argos  in  Acarna- 
nia,  Thuc.  3,  150. 

iKprjvalai  7τν?.αι,  αϊ,  the  Crenean 
gale,  the  gate  of  the  fountain,  in  Thebes, 
so  called  from  the  fountain  Dirce, 
Eur.  Phoen.  1 1 23  :  also  ai  Κρηνίόες 
ΐτν/.αι,  Apollod.  3,  6,  6. 

Κρηναιος,  αία,  alov,  (κρήνη)  of, 
from  a  spring  or  fountain,  κρ.  νδωρ, 
spring  water,  Hdt.  4,  181,  andTrag. : 
ίϋνμόαι  κρηναΐαι,  Od.  17,  240,  Aesch. 
Fr.  159. — II.  as  subst.,  ή  κρηναία,  Ep. 
for  sq.,  dub.  in  Ap.  Rh. :  from 

Κρήνη,  ης,  ή,  Dor.  κράνα,=κρον- 
νός  (q.  v.),  a  well,  spring,  Lat.  fans, 
Horn.,  Hdt.  4,  120.  and  Att. :  also  in 
plur.,  like  πηγαί,  for  uattr.  Soph.  O. 
C,  68G,  Ant. 844. — II.  in  genl.  a  source, 
fountain-head.  (From  same  root  as 
κρουνός ;  perh.  κάρα,  κάρηνον,  Lat.  ca- 
put aquae,  oxpexh.  ίΐϋϊη()έυ.)     Hence 

Κρήνηθεν,  adv.,  from  a  well  or 
spring,  Anth. 

Κρήνηνόε,  adv.,  to  a  well  or  spring, 
Od.  20,  154. 

Κρηνιύς,  άδος,  ή,  pecul.  fern,  of 
Κρηναϊος,  of,  belonging  to  a  well  or 
spring :  Κρΰνιύδες,  ( Dor. )  spring- 
Nymphs,  Theocr.  1,  22;  so  too  Κρα- 
νίδες,  Mosch.  3,  29. 

\Κρηι•ίδες,  ων,  αϊ,  Crenides,  a  city  of 
Thrace,  the  later  Philippi,  Strab.  p. 
331.— 2.  a  city  of  Bithjnia,  Arr.— II. 
V.  sub  Κρηναΐαι  ττύλαι. 

Κρηνίς.  Ιόος,  ή.  dim.  from  κρήνη, 
Pind.  Fr.  136,  Eur.  Hipp.  208.  [i, 
Draco  p.  23,  14.] 

Κρηνίς,  ίδος,  ή,=κρηνιύς.  [ΐ] 

Κρηνίτης,  ον,  ό,  fern.  -Ιης.  ιδος, 
belonging  to,  esp.  growing  near  a  spring, 
βοτύνη,  Hipp. 

Κρτιυον,  imperat.  aor.  1  act.  from 
κρηινω,  Od.  20,  115. 

Κρηνονχος,  ov.  (κρήνη,  εχο))  ruling 
over  springs,  epith.  of  jNeptuoe. 

ΚρηνοόύΆαξ,  ύκος,  ό  and^,  (κρήνη, 
φν/.ύααω )  a  guardian  of  ti-ells  or 
springs,  at  Athens  a  public  oflice.  [y] 

Κρηττϊδοποιός,  όν,  (κρηπίς,  ττοιέυ) 
making  boots. 

Κρη7:ϊδθ7τώ?ης,  ov,  6,  (κρηττίς,  ττω- 
λέω)  α  seller  of  boots. 

Κρ^ηπίδόω,  ώ,  f.  -ώσω,  (κρηήίς)  to 
furnish  uith  boots.  Pass,  to  be  hooted, 
Plut. — II.  metaph.  to  furnish  with  a 
foundaJion,  found.  Dio  C.     Heiice 

Κρηττίδωμα.  ατός.  τό,  a  foundation, 
groiind-irork.  Diod.   [i] 

ΚΡΙΙΠΓΣ.  ιδος.  ή,  a  kind  of /Man's 
boot  {reaching  high  up,  ace.  to  Lex. 
Rhet.  p.  273,  18),  Xen.  Eq.  12,  10 ; 
distinguished  from  mere  ύ-οδήματα, 
or  shoes.  Alh.  539  C,  621  Β  :  in  The- 
ocr. 15,  6,  κρη~ίδες,  soldiers'  boots,  i.  e. 
soldiers  themselves.  —  II.  in  genl.  a 
groundwork,  foundation,  basement  of  a 
building,  esp.  of  a  temple  or  altar, 
Hdt.  1,  93,  Soph.  Tr.  993,  Eur.  Ion 
38  :  hence  metaph.,  βύ/./.εσβαι  κρη- 
■πίδα  σοόών  έ— fcjr.Pind.  P.  4,  245,  cf. 
7,3  ;  7/  εγκράτεια  αρετής  κρηττίς,  Xen. 
Mem.  1,  5,  4;  also,  οί'ίίίπω  κρηττίς 
κακών  νττεστι,  we  have  not  yet  got 
to  the  base  or  bottom  of  misery,  Aesch. 
Pers.  S15. — 2.  also  the  walled  edge  of 
a  river,  a  quay  Cvvhich  resembles  the 
basement  of  an  altar,  etc.).  Lat.  cre- 
pido,  Hdt.  1,  185  ;  2,  170 ;  in  genl.  an 


KPIB 

edge.  [I  in  gen.,  κρηττιδος,  etc.,  as  in 
Lat.  crepido  :  yet  we  have  κρηπίδα 
[ί]  in  Pind.  Fr.  196,  as  in  Lat.  crepida  : 
cf.  κνημίς.^ 

Κρής,  ό,  gen.  Κρητός.  usu.  in  plur. 
Κρήτες,  gen.  Κρητών,  a  Cretan,  Horn. ; 
fern.  Κρήσσα:  adj.  Κρήσιος.  ία,  lov. 
Soph.,  and  Eur.  ;  or  more  usu.  Κρη- 
τικός, ή,  όν,  Cretan. 

Κρής,  Dor.  for  κρέας,  Ar.  Ach.  795, 
and  TheOcr. 

Κρήσαι,  inf.  aor.  1  act.  of  κεράννν- 
μι,  for  κεράσαι,  Hom. 

Κρηΰέρα,  ας,  ή,  a  flour-sieve,  bolting- 
sieve,  Ar.  Eccl.  991,  cf.  Galen.  Lex. 
Hippocr. 

Κρησέριον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  foreg. 

Κρησερίτης,  ov,  ό,  άρτος  κρ.,  bread 
made  of  sifted  flour,  Dlphil.  ap.  Ath. 
Ill  E. 

^Κρήσκης,  ηντος,  ό,  the  Lat.  Cres- 
cens,  masc.  pr.  n.,  N.  T. 
'ΙΚρήσσα,  v.  sub  Κρής. 
^Κρηστών,  ώνος,  ή,  Creston,  an  old 
Pelasgian  city  of  Thrace,  Hdt.  1,  57 ; 
cf.  Thuc.  4,  109:  oi  Κρηστυνιή- 
ταΐ,  the  Crestonians,  Hdt.  1,  57,  oi 
Κρηστωνιαΐοι,  7,  124:  also  as  adj. 
Κρηστωνιαϊος,  η,  ov,  Crestonian  ;  ή 
Κ.,  sc.  γ-ή,  the  territory  of  C,  Id.  7, 
127  ;  also  called  Κρηστωνία.  and  ly- 
ing between  the  Strymon  and  Axius, 
Thuc.  2,  99. 

ίΚρηστωνικός,  ή,  όν,=ΚρηστΐύνιαΙ- 
ος,  V.  sub  foreg.,  Hdt.  8,  116. 

Κρηςφνγετον,  ov,  τό,  (φεύγω)  a 
place  of  refuge,  retreat,  resort.  Hdt.  5, 
124  ;  9,  15,  96  ace.  to  old  Gramm., 
orig.  a  refuge  from  the  Cretan  (Κρής) 
Minos,    [v] 

Κρητΰγενής,  ές,  (Κρήτη,  *γένω) 
born  in  Crete,  epith.  of  Jupiter. 

ίΚρηταιεύς,   6,   ροβί.=  Κρής,   Cal- 
lim.  Dian.265.     Adj.  Cretan.  Ap.  Rh. 
iKpj/ταΐος,  a,  ov,  Cretan,  Callim. 

Κρήτη,  ης,  ή.  the  island  Creta,  Crete, 
now  Candia,  Horn.,  who  in  Od.  14, 
199  ;  16,  62,  uses  also  the  plur.  Κρή- 
ται. — II.  daughter  of  Asterion,  wife 
of  the  elder  Minos,  Apollod.  3,  1,  2. — 
2.  daughter  of  Deucalion,  Id.  3,  3,  1. 

Κρήτηθεν,  adv.  from  Crete,  Hom. 

Κρήτηνδε,  adv.  to  Crete,  Hom. 
ίΚρητ7ΐνία,  ας,  ή,  Cretenia,  a  place 
in  Rhodes,  named  after  the   Cretan 
Althamenes,  Apollod.  3,  2,  4. 

Κρητήρ,  ήρος,  ό.  Ion.,  and  Ep.  for 
κρατήρ,  the  only  form  in  Horn. 

Κρητίζω,  {■  -ίσω,  (Κρής)  to  act,  be- 
have like  a  Cretan,  i.  e.  to  lie,  Plut.,  cf. 
Call.  Jov.  8,  N.  T.  Ep.  Tit.  1,  12. 

Κρητικής,  ή,  όν,  Cretan,  of  the  island 
of  Crete,  Ar.,  etc. :  τό  Κρ.  πέ/.α^ος, 
the  Cretan  sea,  a  part  of  the  Aegean 
north  of  Crete.  Thuc.  4,  53.  Adv. 
-κώς.  in  Cretanfashion,  Ar.  Eccl.  1165. 
— II.  TO  κρ.,  sub.  ίμάτιην,  a  garment 
of  Cretan  fashion,  Ar.  Thesin.  730:  ή 
κρ.,  sub.  βοτύνη,  a  name  of  the  plant 
dittany,  Diosc. — III.  ό  Κρητικός,  a 
metrical  foot,  e.  g.  Αντιφών,  called 
also  (from  its  quantity)  άμς)ίμακρος. 

ίΚρητίνης,  εω,  ό,  Crelines,  father  of 
Anaxilaus  tyrant  of  Rhegium  in  Italy, 
Hdt.  7,  165. 

Κρητισμός,  ον.ό.  (Κρητίζω)  Cretan 
behaviour,  i.  e.  lying,  Plut. 

Κρηοΰγεϊν,  contr.  for  κρεηφαγεϊν. 

Κρΐ,τό,  Ep.  shorter  form  lor  κριθή, 
barley,  oft.  in  Hom.,  but  only  as  nom. 
and  ace. 

ΚρΙΰνός,  ή,  όν,  (κριός)  born  under 
the  sign  of  the  ram ;  like  σκυρπιανός, 
τανριανός,  etc. 

'ΪΚρίησος,  ov,  δ.  Criasvs,  son  of  Ar- 
gus, king  of  Argos,  Apollod.  2,  1,  2 

Κρϊβύνη,  ης,  ή,  (κρίβανος)  a  kind 
of  cake,  Alcm.  ap.  Ath.  646  A. 


ΚΡΙΘ 

Κρίβάνίτης,  ov,  ό,  baked  under  a 
pot  (κρίβανος),  Epich.  p.  37,  Ar.  Ach. 
87  :  esp.  sub.  άρτος,  a  loaf  so  baked, 
lb.  1123. 

Κριβανοειδής,  ες,  Att.  for  κ/.ιβ., 
shaped  like  a  κρίβανος,  Diosc. 

Κρίβΰνον,  ov,  ro,=  sq.,  Pherecr. 
Incert.  80.  [i] 

ΚΡΙΈΑ'ΝΟΣ,  ov,  ό,  Att.  for  κλίβ- 
ανος,hob.  Phryn.  119.  a  covered  earthen 
vessel,  a  pot  or  pan,  wider  at  top  than 
at  bottom,  wherein  bread  was  baked 
by  putting  hot  embers  round  it,  which 
produced  a  more  equable  heat  than  in 
the  regular  oven  (ϊ-νύς),  Hdt.  2,  92 
(in  form  κ'λιβ.),  Ar.  Vesp.  1 1 53  :  hence 
— II.  (I  hollow,  cavern  in  a  rock,  Ael.  [i] 
Hence 

Κρίβΰνωτός,  ή,  όν,  baked  in  a  κρί- 
βανος :  hence,  ό  κριβαΐ'ωτός,  sub.  άρ- 
τος, Alcin.  Fr.  18,  Ar.  Plut.  705,  ubi 
al.  κριβανίτης. 

Κρϊ}7;,  ης,  ή,  (κρίζω)  α  creaking; 
and  50ζ=τρΓ/μός,  α  shrieking,  νεκρών, 
Hippon.  Fr.  39. 

Κριγμός,  ον,  o.=foreg. 

Κρίόδω,  Boeot.  for  κρίζω,^γε/.ύο, 
Strattis  Phoen.  3,  7. 

Κρϊδόν,  adv.,  (κρίνω)  with  choice  or 
judgment,  perh.  only  {.  1.  for  εκκρίδόν 
in  Tryph.  224. 

ΚΡΙΖΩ,  perf.  κέκρίγα:  aor.  ίκρΐ- 
γον,  to  creak,  Lat.  stridere,  κρίκε  (or 
κρίγε)  ζνγόν,  II.  16,  470  (which  how- 
ever Lob.  Paralip.  408,  connects  with 
κρέκω) :  to  screech,  squeak,  etc.,  like 
τρίζω,  cf.  κριγή,  κρίόδω.  (Onomatop. 
like  τρίζω  :  akin  to  κράζω  and  κρώζωβ 

Κρϊηδόν,  adv.  (κριός)  like  a  ram,  Ar. 
Lys.  309. 

Κρϊθαία,  ας,  ή,  (κριθή)  η  prepara- 
tion of  barley,  pottage :  Ep.  Hom.  15,  7. 

Κρϊθά/.ενρον,  ου,  τό,  barley-meal, 
Synes. 

Κρΐθάμΐνος,  η,  ον,^=κρίθινος,  form 
ed  like  ττνρύμινος.  [α] 

Κρίθάνίας,  ον,  ό,  like  barley :  κρ. 
τζνρός,  a  kind  of  wheat  like  barley, 
Theophr. 

Κρϊθάριον,ον,  TO,  dim.  from  κριθή 
a  small  barley-corn. 

Κρίθάω,  ώ.  f.  -ήσω,  to  be  nrer-fed 
with  barley,  to  wax  wanton,  κριθών  ττώ• 
λος,  Aesch.  Ag.  1641,  cf.  άκοοτάω, 
and  V.  Lob.  Phryn.  80. 

Κριθείς,  εϊσα,  εν,  part.  aor.  1  pasa 
from  κρίνω. 

Κρίθεν,  Aeol.  for  εκρίθησαν,  3  plur 
aor.  1  pass,  from  κρίνω,  [t] 

^Κριθείς,  έως,  ύ,  Critheus,  masc.  pr 
n.,  Plut. 

Κριθή,  ης,  ή,  usu.  in  plur.  a'l  κρ, 
θαί,  barley.  Hom.,  Only  in  plur. :  oZ 
νος  έκ  κηιθέων.  a  kind  of  beer,  Hdt 
2.77.  Kpifiai  7τεΦρνγαένη'=κάγονς 
Thuc.  6,  22,  cf  Moeris  p.  213.— II.  c 
small  sore,  pnstvle.  on  the  eyelid,  a  stye 
Hipp. — III.  a  barley-corn,  the  smallesi 
ueifiht,  a  grain,  Theophr. — IV.  z=  ττό- 
σθη.  Ar.  Pac.  965,  cf  κόκκος.  (Ace. 
to  Buttm.  akin  to  κρύος,  όκρνόεις, 
like  hordeum  to  horreo,  horridus,  from 
the  beard  in  barley.) 

Κρϊθίύσις,  εως,  ή,  a  disease  of  horses, 
indigestion,  caused  by  feeding  them 
with  barley  (as  always  among  the  an- 
cients) when  too  hot,  etc.,  Lat.  hor- 
deafio,  Xen.  Eq.  4,  2  :  from 

ΚρίθΙάω,  ώ,  ί.  -ύσω,  (κριθή)  of  a 
horse,  to  eat  his  barley  too  greedily,  esp. 
when  heated,  and  so  to  suffer  frmn  κρι- 
θίασις. — II.  metaph.  to  grow  wanton, 
Cleanth.  ap.  Stob. :  cf.  Buttm.  Lexil. 
V.  άκοστήσας. 

Κρϊθίδιον,  ov,  τό.  dim.  from  κριθή, 
a  lilt'e  tarlcy-cnrn,  Hipp. 

Κρϊθίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  to  feed  with  barley, 
Babrius  76,  2. 

799 


KPIM 

Κρίθινος,  η,  or,  made  of,  from  bar- 
let/,  Ιΐϊρμιοί).  Fr.  '^0  :  prepared  from  bar- 
/try,  tip.  ιηΐ'ος,  beer,  Ath.  417  A.  [pt] 

Κρϊθίον,  ov.  7(5,  dim.  from  κριβή. 

Κβίβμορ,  ου,  τό,=κρτ/βμον,  l)iosc. 

Κρίθο^όγυς,  ov,  (κρί&ή,  'λέγο)  ςαΐΗ- 
erin•;  barley  :  hence  among  the  Opun- 
tii,  a  magistrate  who  kept  the  barley  for 
sacrifices,  Plut. 

Κμίθομαντεία,  ας,  ij,  divination  by 
barley  :   iVom 

ΚρϊΟόμαντις,  εως,  ό,  ή,  {κριθή ,  μάν- 
τις)  α  diviner  by  barley,  Clem.  ΑΙ. 

Κρϊθοπώ7.7ΐς,  ου,  δ,  {κριθή,  πωλέω) 
α  dealer  in  barley. 

Κρίθοτρύγος,  ov,  {κριΟΥ/,  τρώγω, 
τρΰ.')ε1ν)  eating  barley,  Ar.  Αν.  231. 

Κρίθοφΰγία,  ας,  ?/,  the  eating  of  bar- 
ley, barley-diet,  a  punishment  in  the 
Roman  army,  Polyb.  C,  38,  4:  from 

ΚρΙθοφάγος,  ov,  {κριθή,  φυγείν) 
living  on  barley. 

ΚρίΟοφάρης,  ov,  {κριθί/,  φέρω)  bear- 
ing, fertile  in  barley,  Tlieojihr. 

Κρίθοφνλΰκία,  (ις,  ή,  the  office  of 
Κρίβοφν'/.αΐ,  inspection  of  barley. 

Κρίθοφύλαξ,  ΰκος,  6,  {κριθή,  φν- 
λάσσω)  at  Athens  a  superintendent  of 
the  exportation  of  barley,  hke  σίτοφν- 
λαξ.  Wolf  Lept.  p.  25i.  [ΰ] 

Κρίθώόης,  ες,  {κριθή,  είδος)  like 
barley  :  made  of  it,  Nonn. 

^Κριθώτη,  ης,  ?/,  Crithote,  a  city  of 
the  Thracian  Chersonesiis.  the  later 
Κα/ΰύπο'λις,  Dem.  072,20;  etc.— 2. 
a  promontory  of  Acarnania  near  Aly- 
zia,  Strab. 

Κρίκε,  for  εκρΐκε,  3  sing.  aor.  2 
of  κρίζω,  II.  16,  470 :  where  others 
κρίγε. 

ΚρΙκη'/Μ,σία,  ας.  ή,  {κρίκος,  ίλαν- 
νω)  the  trundling  of  hoops,  a  child's 
game,  Winckelm.  Monum.  Ined.  4,  p. 
257. 

Κρΐκίον.  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  κρίκος, 
also  κρικέλλιον,  κρικί?Λιον  and  κρι- 
κνλλιον. 

Κρικοειδής,  ές.  {κρίκος,  ειδος)  ring- 
shaped,  annular,  Plut. 

ΚΡΓΚΟΣ,  υν,  ό.=  κίρκος,  α  ring, 
circle;  in  II.  2t,  272,  on  a  horse's 
breast-band,  to  fasten  it  to  the  peg  at 
the  fore-end  of  the  carnage-pole 
(εστωρ) :  also  at  the  corner  of  sails, 
lldt.  2,  36.     Hence 

ΚρΙκόω,  ώ,  to  make  into  a  ring. — II. 
to  inclose,  secure  U'ith  or  in  a  ring  :  κε- 
κρίκωνται  το  χείλος χαλκώ,  they  have 
a  ring  passed  through  the  lip,  Strabo, 
but  dub. 

Κρίκω,  said  to  he= κρίζω,  Heyne 
II.  1 G,  470. 

Κρΐκωτός,  ή,  όν,  (,κρικόω)  ringed, 
made  of  rings,  Caryst.  ap.  Ath.  548  F  : 
κρ.  σφαίρα,  an  armillary  sphere,  Math. 
Vett. 

Κρίμα,  ατός,  τό,  {κρίνω)  a  decision, 
decree, judgment,  Polyb. :  condemnation, 
sentence,  N.  T. — 2.  a  matter  for  judg- 
ment, question,  for  consideration,  Aesch. 
Supp.  397 ;hence an acc\isation,charge, 
Lat.  crimen,  [ΐ  by  analogy,  yet  in 
Aesch.  1.  c.  we  have  κρίμα,  and  so, 
ace.  to  Herm.,  in  Pind.  P.  4,  451.] 

^ΚρίμΙσα  (also  wr.  Κρίμισσα),  ή, 
Crimisa,  a  promontory  of  Bruttium 
with  a  fortress  erected  by  Philoctetcs, 
Strab. 

\ΚριμΙσός,  ov,b,  the  Crimisus,  ariver 
of  Sicily,  Ael.  V.  H.  2,  33. 

Κριμνΰτίας,  ov,  d,  dub.  in  Archestr. 
ap.  Ath.  112  B:  and 

Κριμνίτης,  ov,  ό,  άρτος  κρ.,  bread 
made  of  κρίμνον,  coarse  bread,  Ath. 

Κρίμνον,  ov,  TO,  ace.  to  Damm 
κρίμνον, bnrley,  sprit,  and  wheat  coarsely 
ground,  Hipp. — II.  κρτμνα  χειρών, 
b-sad-cruniL•,  etc..  for  cleaning  the 

soo 


KPIN 

hands  at  meals,  like  ΰπομαγδαΤίΐά, 
Lye.     (Perh.  akin  to  κρί,  κριβή.) 

Κριμνώδης,  ις,  {κρίμνον,  είδος)  like 
coarse  meal,  κατανιφει  κριμνώδη,  it 
snows  thick  as  meal,  Ar.  Nub.  965. 

^Κριναγόρας,  ov,  ό,  Crinagoras,  an 
epigranimaticpoetof  My  tilene,  Strab. 

P-  61"•  ^ 

Κρϊνάνθεμον,  ου,  τό,  {κρίνον,  άν- 
θος) a  synonym,  for  the  hemerocallis, 
Diosc. 

Κρίνινος,  7],  ov,  {κρίνον)  made  of 
lilies.  Polyb.  [κρΐ] 

^Κρίνιπτίος,  ου,  6,  Crinippus,  father 
of  Terillus  tyrant  in  Himera,  Hdt.  7, 
165. — 2.  a  Syracusan  commander, 
Xen.  Hell.  6,  2,  30. 

Kpil'OV,  ov,  TO,  a  lily  of  any  kind, 
whereas  λείριον  is  the  white  lily,  cf 
Theophr.  H.  P.  6,  6.  3 :  in  plu'r.  we 
have  the  heterocl.  form  κρίνεα,  Hdt. 

2,  92,  dat.  κρίνεσι,  Cratm.  Malth.  1, 
.^r.  Nub.  911,  etc. :  but  no  nom.  sing., 
TO  κρίνος  occurs,  [t] 

ΚΡΓΝί2,  [ί]  fut.  κρίνω:  aor.  έκρι- 
να :  perf.  κεκρΐκα,  perf.  pass,  κέκρί- 
μαι :  aor.  mid.  εκρίνύμην,  aor.  pass. 
έκρίΟην  [t],  and  in  Hom.  (only  poet.) 
part,  κρινβείς,  11.  13,  129,  Od.  8,  48. 
(Hence  metath.  Lat.  cerno.)  To  sep- 
arate part,  put  asunder,  II.  2,  302  ;  5, 
501,  etc. :  hence  also  to  order,  arrange, 
II.  2,  446. — 2.  to  inquire,  search  into,  in- 
vestigate. Soph.  Aj.  5SG,  etc. — II.  to 
distinguish  between  good  and  bad,  i.  e. 
to  pick  out,  oft.  in  Horn. ;  also  in  mid., 
to  pick  out  for  one^s  self,  choose,  κρίνα- 
σθαι  άριστους,  II.  9,  521,  etc. : — in 
Hom.  κεκριμένος  and  κρινθείς  are  al- 
ways chosen,  picked  out ;  except  in  II. 
14,  19,  οίφος  κεκριμένος,  a  decided  or 
strong  breeze,  cf.  infr.  :  hence — 2.  in 
genl.  to  choose,  prefer,  ύφθονον  όλβον, 
Aesch.  Ag.  471,  cf.  Ar.  Eccl.  1155.— 

3.  to  decide  a  contest,  e.  g.  for  a  prize. 
Soph.  Aj.  443,  Ar.  Ran.  873  ;  also,  κρ. 
Tar  θεάς,  to  decide  their  contest,  i.  e. 
juilge  them,  Eur.  I.  A.  72:  esp. — 4.  to 
decide  disputes,  νείκεα  κρ-,  Od.  12, 
440  ;  νείκος  πολέμου  κρ.,  Od.  18, 264  : 
c.  ace.  cognato,  σκόλιας  θέμιστας  κρ., 
to  judge  croi)ked  judgments,  i.  e.  to 
judge  unjustly,  11.  16,  387.  Pass,  and 
mid.  κρίνομαι,  to  be  at  variance,  con- 
tend,fight,  in  Horn,  usu.,  mid.,  κρίνα- 
σθαι  Άρηϊ,  II.  2,  385,  etc. :  so,  οπότε 
μνηστήρσι  και  ΐ/μΐν  μένος  κρίνηται 
" λριρς,  when  the  struggle  comes  to 
be  fought  out,  Od.  16,  269,  cf.  Hes. 
Th.  882  ;  κρίνεσθαί  τινί  τίνος,  to  dis- 
pute with  one  for  a  thing,  Eur.  Med. 
609  ;  in  genl.  to  dispute,  quarrel,  Hdt. 
3,  120,  Ar.  Nub.  60.-5.  to  judge  of, 
estimate.  Soph.  O.  T.  34,  Eur.,  Thuc, 
etc. ;  so  in  pass..  Ισον  παρ'  έμοί  κέ- 
κριται,  Hdt.  7,  16,  1  :  hence  to  ex- 
pound, interpret  in  a  particular  way, 
TavTri  έκριναν  τΰ  ίννπνιον,  Hdt.  1, 
120,  cf.  Aesch.  Pr.  485,  etc.  :  and  so 
in  mid.,  έκρίνατ'  ονείρους,  II.  5,  150. 
— 0.  C.  inf  to  judge,  pro7iounce  that  a 
thing  is,  Hdt.  1,  30,  214.— III.  to  bring 
to  trial,  accuse,  like  κατηγορείν,  Ly- 
curg.  147,  43,  cf.  Dem.  230,  7.  Pass. 
to  be  brought  to  trial,  be  accused,  tried, 
Kf).  κρίσιν  θανάτου,  Dem.  535,  10 ; 
also  (sub.  κρίσιν),  θανάτου,  Thuc.  3, 
57  ;c.  gen.  criminis,  Lycurg.  164,  6; 
περί  Tivor,  Isocr.,  and  Dem. ;  ό  κεκρι- 
μένος, Lat.  reus,  Aeschin.  49,  30 : 
hence — IV.  to  pass  sentence  upon,  to 
conde?nn,  like  κατακρίνω,  Erf.  Soph. 
Tr.  727.  Pass,  to  be  judged,  condemn- 
ed, N.  T.  (Sanscr.  kri,  to  separate, 
Lat.  cerno,  crimen.) 

^Κρινώ,  οϋς,  ή,  Crino,  wife  of  Da- 
naus,  ApoUod. — 2.  daughter  of  Ante- 
nor,  P-i'.is.  10,  27,  4 


ΚΡΙΣ 

Κρίνων,  ώνος,  o,=  sq. 

ΚρΙνωνιά,  ύς,  ή,  a  bed  of  lilies,  cf. 
Ιωνιά  and  1)οδωνιύ,  Theophr, 

Κριξός,  ov,  ό,  Dor.  for  κρισσυς, 
κιρσός. 

ΚρΙοβόλος,  ov,  {κριός, βάλΛω)  ram- 
slaying,  κρ.  τε/.ετή,  a  sacrifice  in  hon- 
our of  Atys,  Anth.,  cf.  τανροβόλυς. 

ΚρΙοδόκη,  7]ς,  //,=^sq. 

ΚρΙοδόχη,  7/f,  ή,  {κριός,  δέχομαι) 
the  frame  'fa  battering  ram. 

ΚρΙοειδής,  ές,  {κριός,  ΰδος)  like  a 
ram. 

Κρίοκέφΰλος,  ov,  {κριός,  κεφαλή) 
ram-headed. 

Κρίοκοπέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {κριός,  κόπ- 
τω) to  baiter  with  a  battering  ram,  Polyb. 

ΚρΙομΰχέω,  ώ,  fut.  -ήσω,  {κριός, 
μάχη)  to  fight  like  a  ram. — II.  to  fight 
with  a  battering  ram.     Hence 

Κρϊομΰχία,  ας,  ή,  a  battle  of  rams, 
dub. 

Κρίόμορφος,  ov,  {κριός,  μορφι))  ram- 
formed. 

Κρϊόμνξος,  ov,  {κριός,  μύξα)  tike  a 
drivelling  ram,  sheepish,  Cercidas  ap. 
Galen. 

Κρϊοπρόςωπος,  ov,  (κριός,  πρόςω• 
πον)  with  the  face  or  fore-part  of  a  ram, 
Luc. 

Κρίόπρωρος,  ov,  {κριός,  πρώρα)=. 
foreg. 

ΚρΙός,  ov,  ό,  a  ram,  Od.  9,  401,  Hdt. 
etc. :  proverbial  of  an  ungrateful  son, 
Eupol.  Dem.  10. — 2.  a  battering  ram. 
Lat.  aries,  because  it  butted  like  a 
ram,  Xen.  Cyr.  7,  4,  1. — 11.  a  h\ige 
sea-7nonsicr,  Ael.,  and  Plin. — III.  a 
kind  of  muscle. — IV.  a  kind  of  sweet 
vetch,  Diosc. — V.  the  volute  on  the 
Ionic  capital,  like  η  ram's  horn.  (Prob. 
from  κέρας,  κεραέις,  horned) 

tKpiof,  ου,ό,=  Κρείος,  Apollod. — 2. 
an  Aeginetan.  son  of  Polycntus,  Hdt. 
0,  50;  8,  92. — 3.  a  r\iler  in  Euboea, 
Pans.  10,  0,  6. — Others  in  Pans.,  etc. 

Κρίόστάσις,  εως,  ή,  {κριός,  ϊστημι) 
the  stand  for  a  battering  rain. 

^Κριοϋ  μέτωπον,  τό,  {Ram's  head) 
Criu-metopon,  a  promontory  on  the 
south-west  coast  of  Crete,  Strab. — 2. 
a  promontory  of  the  Tauric  Cherso- 
nesus,  now  Ajadag,  Id. 

ΚρΙοφάγος,  ov,  {κριός,  φυγείν)  de- 
vouring rains. 

ΚρΙοφόρος,  ov,  {κριός,  φέρω)  carry- 
ing battering  rams,  Diod. 

Κρισα,  ης.  ή,  Crisa,  a  city  in  Phocis, 
not  far  from  Delphi,  later  harbour  of 
Delphi,  now  Cri.tso,  II.  2,  520.  and  H. 
Ap. :  others,  not  so  well,  Κρισσα. 
Hence 

ίΚρισαΐος,  ov.  of  Crisa,  Crisaean, 
Hdt.  8,  32:  ό  Κ.  κόλπος,  the  gulf  of 
Crisa,  a  part  of  the  gulf  of  Corinth, 
now  gulf  of  ίίαΐοηα,  Strab.  p.  336  ; 
also  in  wider  signf.  the  whole  Corin- 
thian gulf  called  τό  ΚρισαΙον  πέλα- 
γος. Id. 

ΙΚρισίη,  ης,  η.  Crista,  daughter  ot 
Oceanus  and  Tethys,  Hes.  Th.  359. 

Κρίημος,  ov,  {κρίσις)  deciding,  de- 
cisive, esp.  κρ.  7/μέρα,  the  crisis  of  a 
ilisease,  Hipp.  :  to  κρ-,α  critical  point, 
Id.:  in  genl.=  /cp<r/«of.  Αάν.-μως.  [I] 

ΚΡΓΣΙΣ,  εως,  ή,  {κρίνω)  a  separa- 
ting, putting  asunder :  hence  a  choosing. 
— 2.  a  deciding,  determining,  judging, 
judgment,  Aesch.  Ag.  1288 :  a  judg- 
ment, sentence,  Hdt.  8,  69,  Pind.  O.  3, 
37,  Plat.,  etc. :  κρ.  τινός,  judgment  on 
or  rejecting  a  thing.  Plat.  Rep.  620 
Β  ;  κρίσιν  ποιείσβαι  περί  τίνος,  Isocr. 
48  D  :  Kara  κρίσιν,  with  juilgment, 
advisedly,  Polyb. — II.  judgment,  a  trial, 
Thuc.  1,  34,  131  :  also  an  accusation, 
dub. — 2.  a  dispute,  quarrel.  Hdt.  5,  5  ; 
7,  26. — III.  the  event,  issui  of  a  thing, 


ΚΡΟΒ 

κρίσιν  ίχειν,  to  be  decided,  of  a  war, 
Thuc.  1,  23. — 2.  of  a  disease,  the  crisis, 
turning  point,  Hipp. :  also  a  fresh  ac- 
cess, of  fever,  etc.,  v.  Foes.  Oecon. 
[κρϊ] 

tKptffof,  ov,  0,  Crisus,  son  of  Pho- 
cus,  Paus.  2,  29,  4. 

tKpta~ivof,  ov,  0,  Crispiniis,  Rom. 
niasc.  pr.  n.,  Antli. 

τΚρίσττος,  ov,  ό,  Crispus,  Rom.  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Anth.,  N.  T. 

Κρισσός,  ov,  δ,  Att.  for  κιρσός- 
Τίρίσσώδης,  ες,  Att.  for  κιρσώόι^ς. 

'^Κρίσων,  ωνος,  ό,  Crison,  ol  Himera, 
an  Olympic  victor,  Plat.  Prot.  335  E. 

ίΚρίΥαλλα,  ων,  τά,  or  Κρίτα?Λοι, 
ων,  οι,  Cntalla  or  Critalli,  a  city  of 
Cappadocia  on  the  river  Halys,  Hdt. 
7,26. 

^Κριτάσιρος,  ov,  6,  Critasirus,  a 
chief  of  the  Boii,  Strab. 

Κρίτέην,  verb.  adj.  of  κρίνω,  one 
miLst  decide  Οΐ  judge,  Hipp.,  and  Plat. 
Gorg.  523  D. 

Κρΐτ/'/ρων,  ov,  τό,  (κριτής)  a  means 
for  judging  or  trying,  a  criterion,  test, 
of  the  organs  of  sense,  Pint. :  esp.  a 
fcLculty  of  judging,  Plat.  Theaet.  178 
B. — 2.  a  court  of  judgment,  tribunal. 
Plat.  Legg.  767  B. 

Κριτής,  ov,  6,  (κρίνο))  a  decider, 
judge,  umpire,  Hdt.  3,  IGO,  and  Att. : 
on  the  distinction  between  κριτής  and 
δικαστής,  v.  sub  δικαστής  :  at  Athens 
esp.  of  the  judges  in  the  poetic  con- 
tests, Ar.  Nub.  1115,  etc. — 2.  κρ.  kvv- 
ττνίων,  an  interpreter  of  dreams,  Aesch. 
Pers.  226,  cf.  κρίνω  II.  5. 

^Κριτίας,  ου,  ό,  Criiias,  son  of  Dro- 
pides,  a  contemporary  of  Solon.  Plat. 
Tim.  25  A. — 2.  son  of  Callaeschrus, 
grand-uncle  of  Plato,  one  of  the  thirty 
tyrants,  Xen.  Hell.  2,  4,  19  ;  Plat. 
Cnti. — Others  in  Paus. ;  Ael. ;  etc. 

Κριτικός,  ή,  όν,  (κριτής)  of,  belong- 
ing to,  fit  for  trying,  examining,  judging, 
critical,  ή  -κή,  sc.  τέχνη  ;  so,  7/  κρ.  όν• 
ναμις,  Luc. — 2.  as  subst.,  a  critic,  esp. 
in  language,  Lat.  criticus.  Plat.  Ax. 
366  E,  and  freq.  in  Granim.  Adv. 
-κώς. 

Κρΐτίς,  ίδος,  fem.  of  κριτής,  a  fe- 
male judge,  late  word. 

tKptro;ioii/lof,  ov,  b,  CritobUlus,  son 
of  Crito,  a  pupil  of  Socrates,  Plat. 
Phaed.— 2.  a  Toronean,  Hdt.  8,  127, 
another.  2,  181. — Others  in  Arr. ;  etc. 

^Κριτόδιιμος,  ου,  ό,  Critodemus,  a 
physician  of  Cos,  Arr.  An.  6,  II,  1. — 2. 
an  Athenian,  of  Alopece,  Lys.  151, 
23. — Others  in  Paus.  ;  etc. 

1:Κριτο?Λιδας,  a,  ό,  Critolaidas,  a 
Spartan,  Plut.  Sol.  10  :  prop,  patron. 
from 

^Κριτόλαος,  ov,  ύ,  Critolaus,  a  peri- 
patetic philosopher  of  Phaselis  in 
Lydia,  Ael.  V.  H.  3,  17.— 2.  a  leader 
of  the  Achaians,  Paus.  2,  1,  2. — Oth- 
ers in  Paus. ;  etc. 

Κρΐτός,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  of  κρίνω, 
separated,  esp.  picked  out,  chosen,  II.  7, 
434,  Od.  8,  258  :  hence  chosen,  choice, 
i.  e.  excellent,  Pind.  P.  4,  89,  etc. 

^Κρίτυ/ί,λα,  ης,  ή,  Critylla,  Athen. 
fem.  pr.  n.,  Ar.  Lys.  323. 

\}\.ρίτων,  ωνος,  b,  Crito,  an  Athe- 
nian, the  friend  of  Socrates,  Plat. 
Crit. ;  Xen.  Mem.,  freq. — Others  in 
Aeschin. ;  etc. 

tKpiWfiif,  εως,  b,  an  inhab.  of  Crida, 
a  deme  of  the  tribe  Antiochis,  Dem. 
1042,  6. 

Κροαίνω,  poet.=z κρούω,  esp.  of  a 
horse,  to  stamp,  strike  with  the  hoof, 
θέει  ττεδίοιο  κροαίνων,  II.  6,  507. 

'\Κρό:3νζοι,   ων,    οΐ,  the    Crobuzi,   a 
Thracian  tribe,  Hdt.  4,  49,  ace.  to 
Strab.  in  lower  Moesia,  p.  318. 
51 


KPOK 

^Κροΐσμος,  ov,  ό,  Croesmus,  a  Tro- 
jan, 11.  15,  523. 

^Κροίσος,  ου,  δ,  Croesus,  son  of  Al- 
yattes,  king  of  Lydia,  Hdt.  1,  86,  etc. 

Κρόκα,  metaplast.  ace.  sing,  of  κρό- 
κη, q.  V. 

Κΐ}θκάλη,  ης,  ή, = κρόκη  II. :  hence 
in  plur.  the  sea-shore,  beach,  Eur.  I.  A. 
211,  Euphor.  Ep.  1.   [ώ] 

iKpoKa/ίη,  7/f,  ή,  Crocale,  fem.  pr. 
n.,  Luc. 

Κροκα7ιός,  ή,  όν,  pebbly,  gravelly, 
dub.,  V.  Jac.  A.  P.  p.  288. 

Κρόκεος,  ov,  (κρόκος)  saffron-colour- 
ed, Pind.  P.  4,  412:  ace.  to  others, 
(from  κρόκη)  woven. 

Κρόκες,  αϊ,  metaplast.  nom.  plur. 
o[  κρόκη,  q.  V. 

Κρόκη,  ης,  ή,  with  a  heterog.  ace. 
κρόκα  (Hes.  Op.  536),  nom.  pi.  κρόκες 
(Anth.),  as  if  from  a  nom.  *κρόξ(κρέ- 
κω) : — the  loose  thread  of  the  woof, 
which  is  passed  by  the  shuttle  (κερκίς), 
hence  the  woof  or  weft.  Lat.  subtcmen, 
Hdt.  2,  35 ;  opp.  to  στήμων,  the  icarp, 
Hes.  1.  c,  Plat.  Polit.  283  A,  Crat. 
388  Β  :  in  genl.  a  thread.  Hipp.  :  in 
plur.  wool,  Soph.  O.  C.  474  :  κρόκης 
χόλιξ,  cloth  with  curly  knap,  (like  our 
duffel  ?),  Ar.  Vesp.  1144. — \\.a  rounded 
or  rolled  stone,  pebble  on  the  sea-shore, 
Arist.  Mechan. :  hence  in  plur.  the  sea- 
shore. Lye. 

Κροκή'ίος,  ιη,  ϊον,  poet,  for  κρόκεσς, 
saffron-coloured,  άνθος,  Η.  Horn.  Cer. 
178. 

Κροκίας,  ov,  δ,  (κρόκος)  λίθος  κρ., 
saffron-coloured  stone,  Plut.,  and  Plm. 

Κροκιδίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  and  -δισμός,  οϋ, 
δ,^κροκνδ;  susp. 

Κροκίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (κρόκος)  to  be  like 
saffron,  Diosc. 

Κροκίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (κρόκη)  to  weave, 
dub. 

Κρόκινος,  7],  ov,  (κρόκος)  from  or 
of  saffron,  μνρον,  Diosc,  άνθος,  The- 
ophr. 

tKpo/i'iov  πεδίον,  τό,  Crocius  cam- 
pus, a  plain  in  Thessalian  Phthiotis, 
on  the  river  Amphrysus,  Strab. 

Κρόκιος,  a,  ov,  (κρόκος)  saffron-col- 
oured. 

Κροκίς,  ίδος,  ή,  better  κροκνς,  q.  v. 

Κροκισμός,  ov,  ό,  (κροκίζω)  a  weav- 
ing, web. 

Κροκόβαπτος,  ov,  (κρόκος,  βύπτω) 
saffron-dyed,  saffron-coloured,  Aesch. 
Pers.  66. 

Κροκοβαφής,  ef,=foreg. :  but  κρ. 
σταγών,  in  Aesch.  Ag.  1121,  is  the 
ruddy  life-blood  :  for  though  the  cro- 
cus-dye (saifron)  is  yellow,  its  iiower 
is  purple  (puniceus,  Ovid.,  rubens, 
Virg.) :  others  refer  it  by  a  strong 
image  to  the  paleness  of  dying  men, 
V.  Blomf  ad  1.    Hence 

Κροκοβύφία,  ας,  ή,  a  dyeing  with 
saffron,  Philostr. 

Κροκοδειλέα,  or  -λεία,  ας,  ή,  the 
dung  of  the  κροκόδεί?Μς  χερσαίος, 
used  as  an  eye-salve,  Plin.  28,  8,  cf. 
Hor.  Epod.  12,  11. 

Κροκοδείλιας,  άδος,  η,^κροκοδεί- 
λιον. 

Κροκοδείλινος,  η,  ον,  of  α  crocodile : 
κροκοδείλινος  λόγος  or  κροκοδει7.ίνη, 
ή,=  κροκόδεΐλος  II.,  Clem.  Αϊ. 

Κροκοδείλων,  ον,  τό,  a  plant,  so 
named  from  the  rough  skin  of  its  stalk, 
Diosc. 

Κροκοδειλίτης,  ου,  δ,=κροκόδει- 
?ιθς,  signf.  II. 

Κ.ροκόδει?.ος,  ου,  ό,  α  lizard,  strictly 
an  Ion.  word,  Hdt.  2,  69 ;  κρ.  χερσαί- 
ος, Id.  4, 192. — 2.  esp.  used  of  the  croc- 
odile, alligator  of  the  Nile  :  in  full,  ό 
κρ-  ό  ποτάμιος,  called  by  the  natives 
χύμψα,  Hdt.  2,  68 :  found  also  in  the 


KPOK 

Indus,  Id.  4, 44 :  it  grows  to  the  length 
of  seventeen  cubits,  Arist.  H.  A.  5, 
33,  5. — II.  name  of  a  fallacy  of  the  Soph- 
ists, V.  Luc.  Vit.  Auct.  22 ;  also  κοο- 
κοδειλίτ?ις,  κροκοδείλ.ινος  λόγος,  and 
κροκοδεΰ.ίνη,  like  κερατίνη,  Menag. 
Diog.  L.  2,  108,  Spald.  Qumtil.  1, 
10,5. 

^Κροκοδείλων  πόλις,  η,  (city  of  croc- 
odilcsjCrocodilopolis,  in  middle  A  egypt, 
in  the  neighbourhood  of  the  labyrinth 
on  lake  Moeris,  Hdt.  2,  148. — 2.  a  city 
of  this  name  in  Judea  mentioned  by 
Strab.  p.  758  ;  who  also  says  that  'Αρ- 
σινόη was  earlier  so  called,  p.  811. 

Κροκοειδής,  ες,  (κρόκος,  είδος)  like 
saffron ,  saffron-coloured. 

Κροκοείμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  (κρόκος, 
είμα)  saffron-clad. 

Κροκόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  (κρόκος)  saffron- 
coloured,  Eur.  Phoen.  1491.  —  II.  ό 
κροκόεις,  as  subst.  (sub.  χιτών,  or 
πέπλος),=  κροκωτός  II.,  a  dress-robe 
of  saffron,  κρ.  ένέδνσεν,  Ar.  Thesm. 
1044. 

Κροκόμαγμα,  ατός,  τό,  (κρόκος, 
μάσσω)  the  residuum  from  which  the 
saffron-oil  has  been  expressed,  Dlosc. 

Κροκονητική,  ης,  ή,  sub.  τέχνη, 
(κρόκη,  νεω,  νήθω)  the  art  of  spinning 
the  loose  thread,  of  the  woof,  opp.  to 
στημονητική.  Plat.  Polit.  282  E. 

ΚροκόπεπλΜς,  ov,  (κρόκος,  πέπλος) 
saffron-veiled,  ws.w.Q'^xX.'Ti.  of  Aurora, 
II.  8,  1,  etc.,  cf  Hes.  Th.  273,  358. 

ΚΡΟ'ΚΟΣ,  ου,  ό,  the  crocus,  II.  14, 
348,  Soph.  O.  C.  685 :  hence  saffron 
(which  IS  made  from  its  stamens), 
V.  βαφή :  also  ή  κρ-,  Strab. — Π.  κρ. 
ώοϋ,  the  yellow,  i.  e.  yolk  of  an  egg, 
Medic. 

Κροκόττας,  ov,  b,  also  κροκούτας, 
an  Indian  wild  beast,  Lat.  crocotta, 
crocuta,  prob.  the  hyena,  Bahr  Ctes. 
p.  343. 

Κροκόω,  ώ,( κρόκος)  to  sprinkle,  dye 
with  saffron,  Epigr.  ap.  Ath.  39  C. — 
B.  (κρόκη)  to  wrap  with  κρόκαι. 

Κροκνδίζω,  {.  -ίσω,  (κροκνς)  to  pick 
loose  Jlocks  off  a  garment,  ci.  κροκύς  ; 
in  genl.  to  pick  off,  κρ.  κοίταγμα, 
Philyll.  Incert.  4 :  esp.  in  Medic,  of 
persons  in  delirium,  to  twitch  the  blan- 
kets, etc.    Hence 

Κροκνδισμός,  ov,  ό,  a  picking  off, 
twitching  at  the  flocks  of  wool,  etc.,  01 
delirious  people.  Medic. 

Κροκνλεγμός,  ov,  b,  {κροκνς,  7jyu) 
=foreg. — II.  nietaph.  a  dealing  in  tri- 
fles, trifling. 

ιΚροκύ/ιεια,  ων,  τά,  Croculea,  a  town 
or  district  of  Ithaca,  II.  2,  633,  placed 
however  by  Strab.  p.  452  in  Acar- 
iiania. 

iKpoKV?uov,  ov,  TO,  Crocylium,  a 
city  of  Aetolia,  Thuc.  3,  96. 

^Κροκνλος,  ου,  ό,  Crocylus,  name  ot 
a  shepherd,  Theocr.  5,  11.  [v] 

Κροκνς,  νδος,  ή,  (κρόκη)  the  flock, 
nap,  on  the  loose-spun  woollen  woof, 
or  in  genl.  on  woollen  cloth,  Hdt.  3, 
8  :  hence  in  genl.  a  piece  or  knot  of 
wool,  etc.,  Lat.  lacinia,  κροκνδας  άφε- 
λ^είν,  Theophr.  Char.  2 :  also  κροκίς, 
Jac.  A.  P.  p.  596.  [ΐ] 

Κοκρύφαντος,  ov,  ό,  (κρόκη,  υφαίνω}• 
woven:  as  subst.=/c£/cpiJ^a/Oi:.  [ΐ*] 

Κροκώδης,  ες,  Α.  (κρόκος,  είδος) 
like  κρόκος  or  saffron,  saffron-coloured,^ 
Diosc.  —  Β.  (κρόκη,  είδος)  like  the 
κρόκη,  thread  of  the  woof.  Plat. 
Polit.  309  B. 

ίΚρόκων,  ωνος,  b,  Crocon,  father  of 
Meganira,  Apollod.  3,9, 1. — 2.anEre- 
trian,  Paus.  0,  14,  4. 

Κροκωτίδιον,   ov,   τό,   dim.    from^ 
κροκωτός,  Ar.  Lys.  47. 
Κροκώτινος,  η,  ον,—  κοοκωτός. 
801 


ΚΡΟΝ 

Κρηκώτιον,  ον,  τό,  dim.  from  κρο- 
κωτός. 

Κροκωτόν,  ον,  τό,  ν.  sq. 

Κροκωτός,  ή,  ον,  {κροκύω)  saffron- 
dyed  or  coloured,  Pino.  Ν.  1,  58. — II. 
as  subst.  ό  κροκωτός,  (sub.  χιτύν  or 
'ττέπλος)  a  saffron-coloured  robe  for 
state  occasio7ts,  osp.  for  the  festivals  of 
Bacchus,  Cratin.  Dionys.  1,  Ar.  Han. 
46,  etc.,  cf  Ruhnk.  Veil.  Pat.  2, 
82,4. 

Κροκωτοφορέο.  ύ,  f.  -ήσο,  to  wear 
the  κροκωτός,  Ar.  Lys.  219  :  from 

Κροκοτοίρύρος,  ον,  (κροκωτύς,  φέ- 
ρω) tvearirig  the  κροαωτός.  Pint. 

Κρυ/ψνσγήτειον,  ον,  τό,  onion-leek, 
perh.  our  chires,  Theophr. 

Κρύμμνοί',  ην,  τό,  v.  sub  κρόμνον. 

Κρομμνοξϋρεγμία,  ας,  η,  α  belch  of 
onions  and  crudities,  Ar.  Pac.  52'J, 
where  Dind.  prefers  κρομμνοξερνγ- 
uia. 

Κρομμνοττώλτις,  ον,  ΰ,^κρομνοτϊώ• 
λης. 

\Κρομμνου  άκρα,  ή.  Cape  Crom- 
myum,  the  northern  point  of  Cyprus, 
now  Cnrmachiti,  Strab.  p.  G82. 

ίΚρομμνων,  ωνος,  ό,  Crommyon,  a 
city  of  Megaris  on  the  borders  of 
Corinthia,  later  reckoned  in  Corin- 
thia,  now  prob.  Canetta,  Thuc.  4,  42. 
Hence 

ίΚρομμνώνιος,  a,  ov,  of  Crommyon, 
σνς.  Pint.  Thes.  9  ;  r/  Κρημμνωνία, 
the  territory  of  Crommyon,  Strab. 

Κρυμμνώόης,  ες,  [κρόμμνοχ',  ύύος) 
miion-like,  Diosc. 

Κρομνόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  {κρόμνον) 
abounding  in  onio7is :  poet,  contr.  fem. 
Κρομνονσσα,  the  onion  island. 

ΚΡΟ'ΜΓ'ΟΝ,  ov,  TO,  an  onion,  II. 
11,  630,  Od.  19,  233  :  later  nsu.  κρόμ- 
μνον,  Hdt.  2,  125 ;  4,  17,  and  freq.  in 
Ar. :  cf  σκόροόον. 

Κρομνοπώλης,  ov,  6,  (κρόμνον, 
vru/.iu)  a  dealer  in  onions. 

Κρομνών,  ώνος,  ό,  an  onion-bed. 

Kpovia,  ων,  τά,  v.  Κρόνιος. 

Κρανιάς,  άδος,  ί/,  Cronian,  Satiim- 
ian  :  Κρ.  ήμέραι,  the  Saturnalia,  Plut. 
Cic.  18. 

Κρονίόης,  ου,  ό,  patronym.  from 
Κρόνος,  son  of  Cronus  {Saturn),  i.  e. 
Jupiter,  oft.  in  Horn.,  who  joins  Ζενς 
Κρηνίόης  ;  Lacon.  Κρονίδαρ  :  cf 
Kpoviuv,  Κρόνος. 

Κρονικός,  ή,  όν,=  Κρόνιος:  in  con- 
temptuous sense  old  fashioned,  gone 
by,  out  of  date,  Ar.  Plut.  581,  Plat. 
Lys.  205  C,  cf  also  αρχαϊκός  and 
αρχαίος  2. 

tKpoviOf,  ου,  τό,  temple  of  Cronus 
(Saturn)  in  Gades,  Strab.  p.  169. — II. 
όρος,  Ml.  Cronius  {hill  of  Saturn),  a 
mountain  of  Elis  near  Olympia,  with 
a  temple  of  Κρόνος,  Paus.  5,  21,  2  ; 
in  Pind.  Κρόνως  'λόφος,  Ο.  5,  40, 
πάγος,  10,  59. 

Κρύνιος,  α,  ον,  (Κρόινος)  Cronian, 
Saturnian,  pertaining  to  Cronus  or  Sa- 
turn, sacred  to  him  ;  to  Κρόνίος,  soti  of 
Satitrn,  i.  e.  Jupiter,  Pind.  O.  2,  22, 
Neptune,  Id.  6,  49  ;  6  Kpoi'tof  Ωκεα- 
νός, Oceanus  Saturnus,  the  Frozen 
Ocean,  Dion.  P.  ;  but  ή  Κρονίη  ΪΊλς, 
the  Adriatic,  Αρ.  Rh.  4,  509t:  τά  Κρό- 
νιο, ων,  sub.  ιερά,  festival  of  Saliirn 
celebrated  at  Athens  on  the  twellth 
of  the  month  Hecatombaeon,  which 
was  once  called  μην  Κρόνιος :  after- 
wards Κρόνια  were  the  Roman  Sa- 
turnalia: hence — II.  in  \11.-=Κρονικύς, 
ΚροΓί'ωΐ'  όζίΐν  (as  we  might  say)  to 
smell  of  the  dark  ages.  Ar.  Nub.  398. 

tK/)(l7'/o^-,  ov.  ό,  Cronius,  a  suitor  Of 
Hippodamia,  Paus.  0,  21,  11. 

ΚίχΊνιττ-ος,  ov,  ό.  (Κρόνος,  ΐπτ^ος) 
an  old  fool,  old  dotard,  Ar.  Nub.  1070. 
802 


KPOT 

Κρωύων,  ωνος.  ό,  patronym.  from 
Κρόνος,  son  of  Cronus  (Saturn),  i.  C. 
Jupiter,  oft.  in  Hom.,  also  Zt I'f  Kpovi- 
ων  :  the  gen.  Κρηνιονος  occurs  only 
11. 14, 247,  Od.  1 1,  (i20.  [i  in  nom.  Κρα- 
νίων and  the  rarer  gen.  Κρονίονος : 
in  other  cases  ΐ;  and  so  Tyrt.  5,  1, 
uses  even  the  nom  ] 

Κρονόληρος,  ov,  ό,  (Κρόνος,  ληρέω) 
an  old  twaddler,  driveller,  Plut. 

Κρόί'ΟΓ,  ov,  ό,  Cronus,  Lat.  Satur- 
nus. son  of  Uranus  and  Gaea,  lies. 
Th.  137  :  luisband  of  Rhea,  father  of 
Jupiter,  before  whom  he  reigned  in 
heaven  until  his  sons  banished  him 
to  Tartarus,  11.  8,  479  ;  14,  203  :  his 
time  was  the  golden  age,  Hes.  Op. 
111.  Later  the  name  was  interpret- 
ed as=;t;povof. — II.  from  the  associa- 
tion of  nis  name  with  primitive,  by- 
gone days,  Kpoi'Of  was  a  nickname  at 
Athens  for  a  superannuated  old  dotard, 
old  fool.  freq.  in  Ar.,  e.  g.  Nub.  929, 
Vesp.  1480,  Plat.  Euthyd.  287  Ρ  ;  cf 
Κρονικός,  Κρόνιππος,  also  v.  Ίάττε- 
τυς. 

Κρονότεκνυς,  ov,  ό,  father  of  Cro- 
nus, Orph. 

Κρόσσαι,  ων,  al,  battlements  on 
walls,  behind  which  stood  the  war- 
riors who  defended  them,  elsewh. 
έ-ύ'λξεις,  II,  12,  258,  444  (certainly 
not  scaling-ladders)  :  prob.  κρόσσαι 
may  apply  to  a  wall  which  runs  np 
the  edge  of  a  hill,  so  that  the  battle- 
ments rise  successively  one  above  an- 
other, like  steps  :  for  in  ildt.  2,  125, 
the  word  is  applied  to  the  courses  or 
steps  in  which  the  pyrandds  ro.«<e 
from  bottom  to  top,  and  he  himself 
explains  it  by  βωμίδες,  αναβαθμοί, 
cf  also  πρόκροσσος.  In  Hdt.  some 
prefer  the  Ion.  form  κρώσσαι.  (Ace. 
to  most  Gramm.,  like  κροσσοί,  from 
K0f)f)7j,  κόρση.) 

\Κροσσαίη,  ης,  ή,  Crossaea,  a  Mace- 
donian district  in  the  west  of  Chal- 
cidice,  on  the  Thermarcus  sinus, 
Hdt.  7,  123. 

Κροσσοί,  orv,  oi,=  θύσανοι,  a  tassel, 
fringe.     Hence 

Κροσσόω,  €>,  to  edge  with  tassels, 
fringe.    Hence 

Κροσσωτός,  -η,  6v,  tasselled,  fringed. 
Lye.  1102. 

Κρόσφος,  ov,  ό,=γρόσφυς. 

Κροταίνω,  poet.  coUat.  form  for 
κροτέω,  Opp. 

Κροτά?.ια,  ων,  τά,  (κρόταλον)  ear- 
rings with  several  pendants  of  pearl, 
whichrattled  against  each  other,  Plin. 

Κροταλίζω,  f  -ίσω,  (κρόταλον) 
strictly  to  use  κρόταλα  or  castanet.t, 
Hdt.  2,  60 :  in  genl.  to  make  to  rattle, 
'ίπτίΟΐ  οχεα  κρατάλαζον,  II.  11,  160, 
cf  κροτέω,  in  11.  15,  453. — II.  later, 
like  κροτέω,  to  applaud,  Ath.  395  A, 
503  F,  etc.    Hence 

Κροτύλισμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  rattling 
sound,  applause,  [a] 

Κροτάλισμός,  ov,  6,  {κροταλίζω)^ 
foreg. 

Κρόταλον,  ov,  TO,  (κρότος,  κροτέω) 
a  rattle,  whether  of  split  reed,  pot- 
tery, or  metal,  a  sort  of  castanet.  H. 
Hom.  13,  3,  Hdt.  2.  60,  Eur.  Gycl. 
205,  etc. — II.  metaph.n  raftliiigfelbu•, 
a  thorough  rattle,  Ar.  Nub.  200.  448  : 
also  as  adj.,  οίδ'  άνδρα  kjmtoVmv, 
Eur.  Cycl.  104,  cf  κώδων  I.  2. 

^Κρότα7'.ος,  ov,  ό,  Crotahis,  one  of 
the  suitors  of  Hippodamia,  Paus.  6, 
21,  10. 

tKporaroi,  ών,  ol,  the  Crotani,  a 
portion  of  the  Pitanatae,  Paus.  3, 
14.  2. 

Κροτάφίς,  ίδος,  ?/.  (κροτέω)  apoint- 
1  ed  hammer,  also  κεστρα. 


KPOT 

Κροτιίφίτης,  ov,  ό,  μνς,  the  temporal 
muscle.  Medic.  :  from 

Κρότΰφοί;  ov,  (),  (κροτέω)  the  tem- 
ple of  the  head,  11,  4,  502  ;  20,  397  : 
usu.  in  j)lur.  the  temjiUs,  Lat.  tempora, 
freq.  in  Horn. — 2.  n\etaph.  the  brow  of 
a  mountam,  Aesch.  Pr.  721  :  the  head, 
knob  of  a  hammer. — 3.  σχήμα  κατά 
κρόταφον.  a  llgure  in  profile,  ορ,ρ.  to 
κατά  πλάτος. 

Κροτέω,  ώ,  f  -ησοί,  (κρότος,  κρούω) 
to  make  to  rattle,  of  horses,  όχεα  κρο- 
τέοντες,  rattling  them  along,  II.  15, 
453,  H.  Hom.  .\p.  234,  cf  κροταλίζω, 
II.  11,  ICO. — II.  to  knock,  strike,  sjnile, 
λέβητας,  Hdt.  6,  58,  -γήν  θύρσω,  Eur. 
Bacch.  188:  esp. — 2.  to  strike  in  sign 
of  applause,  to  strike  together,  κροτεϊν 
τάς  χείρας,  τω  χείρε,  to  clap  the 
hands,  Hdt.  2,  60,'Xtn.  Cyr.  8,  4,  12: 
hence  alisol.  to  clap,  to  applaud,  Xcn. 
Synrp.  9,  4  ;  and  c.  ace,  κρ.  τινά, 
Diog.  L.  Pass,  to  be  applauded,  to 
succeed,  Arist.  Poet. — 3.  of  a  smith, 
to  hammer  or  iveld  together,  like  σι>γ- 
κροτέω  :  in  genl.  to  work  tcith  the  ham- 
mer, forge,  hence  pass,  to  be  so 
wrovght,  κεκρότηται  χρνσέα  κρηπίς, 
Pind.  Fr.  206  ;  and  metaph.,  έξ  απα- 
τάς κεκροταμενος,  (as  we  might  say) 
one  mass  of  forgery,  Theocr.  15,  49  ; 
ενβυς  το  πράγμα  κροτείσθω,  '  strike 
while  the  iron  is  hot.' — P.  intr.  in 
act.  lo  rattle,  make  a  clatter,  τοις  όστρύ- 
κοις,  Ar.  Ran.  1306:  to  chatter,  prale, 
Lat.  crepare.  Plat.  Ax.  369  D:  in  genl. 
to  sound.    Hence 

Κρότημα,  ατός,  τό,=:^ κρότος.  —  IL 
metaph.  of  η^η,=κρόταλον  II.,  nick- 
name of  Ulysses  in  Soph.  Fr.  784, 
and    Eur.    Rhes.  499. 

Κρότησις,  εως,  ή,  (κροτέω)  a  strik- 
ing, smiting,  esp.  κρ.  χειρών,  as  a  siga 
of  grief  Plat.  As.  365  A. 

Κροτησμός,  ov,  ό,  =  κρότος,  ασ- 
πίς πνκνον  κροτησμοϊ)  τνγχάνονσα, 
Aesch.  Theb.  561. 

Κροτητός,  η,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from 
κροτέω,  stricken,  smitten,  sminding  ivitfi 
blows,  κάρα,  Aesch.  Cho.  428 :  hence 
2.  κρ.  άρματα,  chanots  rattled,  whirled 
along.  Soph.  El.  714  ;  cf  δχεα  κρο- 
τέοντες,  II.  15,  453.  —  3.  played  on 
stringed  instruments  with  the  plec- 
trum, etc.,  μέλ-η,  Soph.  Fr.  227. — IL 
applauded. 

Κροτοθόρνβος,  ov,  ό,  (κρότος,  θό- 
ρνβοΓ)  loud  applause,  Epicur.ap.  Diog. 
L.  10,  5. 

Κρότος,  ov,  ό,  (κρούω)  any  striking 
or  sound  produced  by  striking  :  κρ.  πο- 
δών, the  beat  of  the  feet  in  dancing, 
Eur.  Heracl.  783,  Tro.  546  ;  κρ.  χει- 
ρών, a  clapping  of  liands,  Ar.  Ran.  " 
157,  and  so  absoL,  Plat.  Lach.  184  .\, 
Dem.  519  D :  in  genl.  a  loud  rattling 
or  noise. 

Κρυτών,  ώνος,  ό,  also  parox.  κρό- 
των, ωνος,  a  dog-louse,  tick,  Lat.  rici- 
nus.  Arist.  H.  Α.,  in  Od.  κννοραιστής. 
— II.  the pahna-Christi,  or  thorn  bearing 
the  castor-berry  (from  the  likeness  of 
this  to  a  tick),  whence  is  produced 
croton  and  castor  oil,  Hipp.,  cf.  κΐκι, 
σι?λικνπρισν. 

^Κρότων,  ωνος,  η,  Croton,  Crotona, 
a  city  of  Brnttium  on  the  river  Aesa- 
rns,  a  colony  of  the  Achaei,  now 
Cotrone,  Hdt.  3,  131,  Strab.  p.  260. 

Κροτώνη,  ης,  η,^=ιγόγγρος  IL,  an 
excrescence,  knot  on  trees,  esp.  07i  the 
olive,  Theo[)hr. 

^Κρυτωνιύτης  Ion.  -ιήτης,  ov,  a,  and 
fem.  -ιάτις,  Ion.  -ιτ/τις,  ιδος,  of  Cro- 
tona. Croloiiint.  Hdt.,  CtC. 

Κροτωνοειδής.  ες,  (κροτών,  είδος) 
like  the  κΐ)θτών,  Hipp. 

iKpoτω7τίύδης,  ov,  (5)  son  or  descend- 


ΚΡΟΤ 

ant  of  Crotopus,  i.  e.  Linus,  Callim. 
Fr.  315. 

ίΚρότω— Of,  ου,  6,  Crotopus,  son  of 
Agenor,  king  of  Argos,  Paus.  1,  43,  7. 

Κροϋίία,  ατός-,  τό,  {κρούω)  a  beat, 
stroke.  Ar.  Ecci.  257,  sensu  obscoeno. 
— 2.  esp.  a  sound  produced  by  striking, 
e.  g.  bi/  playing  on  stringed  instruments 
with  ihe  plectrum,  a  iwte,  Hipp.,  and 
Ar.  Thesm.  120;  κρούματα  σαπρύ, 
Theopomp.  (Com.)  Siren.  2:  an.  air, 
piece  of  masic  played  on.  the  lyre,  etc.. 
Plat.  5Iin.  317  D  :  in  genl.  of  any 
piece  of  instrumental  music,  even  for 
wind  instruments,  Pint.    Hence 

Κρονμαηκός,  ή,  όν,  of,  belonging  to 
striking  or  playing  an  instrumitnt :  κρ. 
μοναική,  instrumental  mwsic:  όιά?ι,εκ- 
τος  κρ.,  expression  in  playing,  Pint  : 
λέξΐς  κρ.,  a  sound,  note  of  instrumental 
mnsic^  i.  e.  an  inurtiodaJe  sound  with- 
out sense,  Polvb.  3,  36,  3,  of.  N.  T. 
I  Ep.  Cor.  14,  9. 

Κρονμάτιον,  ov,  τό,  dim,  from 
κρονμα. 

ΚρονματοτΓοιός,  ov,  6,  {κρονμα, 
ΤΓΟιέω)  a  nuisician.  Macho  ap.  Ath. 
337  C. 

Κρονναΐος,  αία,  αΐον.  {κρουνός) 
from  or  of  a  spring,  κρ.  νδωρ,  spring- 
water,  Arist  Meteor. 

Kpovi'F-iov.  ov,  TO.  a  kind  of  drink- 
ing-vessel,  Epigen.  Mnem.  1. 

Κροννηόόν.  adv.  (κίΜννός)  like  a 
spring,  gushing  out,  Philo. 

Kpovvia,  ας,  ή.=κροννεΐον. 

Κρονί'ίζυ,  f.  -ίσοι,  {κρουνός)  to  run 
like  a  spring,  of  the  drinking-vessel 
called  1>ντόν  (q.  v.),  Epinic.  ap.  Ath. 
497  A. 

Κροννίσκος,  ov,  6,  dim.  from  κρου- 
νός ΠΙ.,  a  small  cock  or  tap. 

Κροννισμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  gush  or 
stream  of  any  thing,  Anth. 

Κρουνισμάτιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from 
foreg. 

'Κ.μοννίτης,  ov,  ό,  fem.  -ΐτις,  ιδος, 
=κροΐ'ναΐος,  Orph. 

iKpovroi,  ών,  ol,  {the  springs)  Cruni, 
a  fountain  district  near  the  river 
Chaicis.  in  Elis,  Od.  15, 295,  H.  Horn. 
Ap.423,  cf.  Strab.  p.  313.— 2.  in  Paus., 
a  fountain  of  Arcadia,  8,  .35,  8. — II.  a 
city  of  Moesia  on  the  Pontiis,  the 
later  Dionysopolis,  Strab.  p.  319. 

ΚΡΟΤΝΟ'Σ,  oi•,  6,  a  spring,  well- 
head, whence  the  -η^αί  issue,  II.  22, 
208,  V.  πψ,'ή,  and  so  II.  4,  454  (where 
it  seems  needless  to  interpret  it  of  the 
basin  Ov  bed  of  a  torrent)  :  in  plur.  also 
streams,  κροννοι  κρηναίον  ττοτοϋ. 
Soph.  Tr.  14;  and  so  Kpotwot  Ήφαί- 
στον,  of  streams  of  lava  from  Aetna, 
Find.  P.  1,  48:  a  torrent  of  words,  Ar. 
Ran.  1005. — 2.  a  tvater  course,  Strab. 
(Prob.  akin  to  κρί/νη,  q.  v.)     Hence 

Κροννοχντρολήραιος,  ov,  ό,  {κρου- 
νός, χύτρα,  ληρος)  comic  word  in 
Ar.  Eq.  89,  a  pourer  forth  of  weak, 
tvashy  twaddle,  with  coUat.  notion  of 
α  water-drinker. 

Κρούνωμα.  ατός,  τό,  as  if  from 
κρονΐ'όω,^=κροννός,  Emped.  28. 

Kfwv-u/.a,  ων,  τά.  Soph  Fr.  43, 
and  Kpov~uva,=sq. 

Κρούττεζαι,  ai,  in  Lat,  scrupeda  and 
sculponea,  high  wooden  shoes,  worn 
mostly  in  Boeotia :  used  for  treading 
the  olives  :  and  worn  on  the  stase  by 
the  fluteplayej-s,  to  beat  the  (ime,  cf. 
Meineke  Com.  Fragm.  1,  p.  330. — 1I.= 
κρόταλον.  AlsoKpovrra/.a,  κρούπανα, 
and  κρούπετα,  τύ.  { Prob.  from «ρούω. ) 
Κρονττέζιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from 
κροντϊεζα. 

Κρονττεζοοόρος,  ov,  {κρούπεζαι, 
φέρω)  wearing  wooden  shoes,  of  the 
Boeotians,  Cratin.  Incert.  153. 


KPYB 

Κμονττεζόομαι,  as  pass,  to  have 
wooden  shoes  on~ 

Κρούττετα,  τύ,=κρονπεζαι,  q.  v. 

Κρονσιδημέω.  ύ,  f  -;/σω,  {κρούω, 
δ/ίμος)  in  .\r.  Eq.  859,  a  parody  on 
κρονσιμίτρέω,  tO  play  upon  the  people, 
delude  them. 

Κρονσιθϋρος,  ov,  {κρούω,  θύρα) 
knocking  at  the  door, το  κρ.  (sub.  μέλος), 
a  serenade^  Trypho  ap.  Ath.  618  C 

Κρονσίλνριις,  ου,  ό,  {κρούω,  'λύρα) 
striking  the  lyre,  Orph.  [ν] 

Κρονσψετρέω,  ώ,  f.  •?/σω,  {κρούω 
II.,  μέτρον)  to  cheat  in  measuring  corn, 
by  striking  off  that  which  lies  at 
the  top ;  so,  σταβμόν  ui/  κρονειν, 
Pseudo-Phocyl.  13^  and  τταρακρον- 
ομαι.     Hence 

Κρονσιμέτρης,  ov,  ό,  a  fcdse  mea- 
surer ;  in  genl.  a  cheat. 

Κρονσις,  εως,  7j,  {κρούω)  a  striking, 
smiting;  esp. — 1.  a  tapping,  ringing  of 
earthen  vessels,  to  see  whether  they 
are  sound  :  and  hence,  in  genl.  a  try- 
ing, examining. — 2.  a  striking,  pluying 
on  a  stringed  instrument,  then  in  genl. 
inslrumental  music,  Polyb. ;  vrapu  την 
κρονσιν  /.έγειν,  of  the  recitative, 
άδειν,  of  the  air,  to  the  accompaniment 
of  instrumental  music,  Plut.  2,  1141  A  ; 
κρονσις  v~b  την  ζ^δήν,  a  full  instru- 
mental accompaniment.  Ibid. — 3.  of  a 
rhetorician,  the  power  of  striking,  as- 
tounding, and  so  captivating  his  hearers, 
prob.  playing  into  the  signf  of  hoax- 
ing, cheating  them  (cf.  κρονσιμετρέω), 
Ar.  Nub.  318. 

Κρούσμα,  κρονσματικ6ς=κρονβΐ- 

Κρουστέον,  verb.  adj.  from  κρούω, 
one  must  knock  at.  βνραν,  Ar.  Eccl.  989. 

Κρουστικός,  ή,  ov,  fit  for  striking, 
as  of  sounds  striking  the  ears,  όργα- 
να, Arist.  Probl. — II.  metaph.  of  a 
rhetorician  or  sophist,  striking,  aston- 
ishutg,  3naki?ig  a  forcible  i?npression  o)i 
his  hearers,  Ar.  Eq.  1379  :  to  κρ.,  stri- 
king eloquence,  Luc. 

ΚΡΟΤΏ,  (akin  to  κρότος,  κροτέω). 
To  knock,  strike,  smite  one  thing  with 
another,  τινί  τι.  Soph.  Fr.  938,  Eur., 
etc. :  also  to  strike  one  against  an- 
other, strike  together,  κρ.  χείρας,  to 
clap  the  hands,  Eur.  Supp.  720,  so 
όπλα,  Thuc.  3,  22 :  κρ.  τό  έδαφος 
-οδί,  Plut.  Caes.  33.  and  so  κρ.  πό- 
δα, i.  e.  κρ.  γην  ττοδί,  in  dancing, 
Eur.  El.  180 :  c.  prep,  to  strike  or  dash 
against,  κρ.  τι  προς  τι,  Xen.  An.  4,  5, 
18  :  esp.  ττρόζ-  τι  κέραμον  κρονειν,  to 
strike  an  earthen  vessel,  to  try  whe- 
ther it  rings  sound  or  not :  hence — 2. 
Met.,  in  genl.  to  examine,  try,  prove. 
Plat.  Hipp.  Maj.  301  B.— 3.  to  strike 
a  stringed  instrument  with  a  plectrum, 
Anth. :  and  so  in  genl.  to  play  any 
instrument,  e.  g.  αν'λόν  κρούειν,  Jac. 
A.  P.  p.  664. — 1.  κρονειν  την  θνραν, 
to  knock  at  the  door  on  the  otitside,  Ar. 
Eccl.  317,  Plat.  Prot.  310  B,  etc., 
but  κόπτειν  is  said  to  be  better. 
Lob.  Phryn.  177,  cf.  also  πατάσσω. 
— II.  κρ.  σταθμόν  =  κρονσιμετρεϊν, 
Pseudo-Phoc.  13,  cf.  Soph.  Fr.  927  : 
hence  in  genl.  to  cheat. — III.  later, 
sensu  obscoeno,  like  κινέα  :  and  so 
κρονειν  πέπ/.ον,  like  Lat.  tunicam 
tundere  olr  pertandire,  Eur.  Cvcl.  328. 
— B.  mid.  κρονεσβαι  πρύμναν,  like 
άνακρονεσβαι  (v.  ΰνακρυνω),  Thuc. 
1,51;  3,78. 

^Κηονσίς,  ίδος,  h.  Crusis,  a  district 
of  Macedonia  on  the  Thermaicus 
sinus,  Thuc.  2,  79. 

\Κρονστομερία,  ας.  η,  Crustumerium, 
a  city  of   the    Sabines,   Dioru   H. : 
hence  Κρονστομερινος,  ό,  a?i  inhab.  ! 
ofCr.,  Id. 

Κρνβύζω,= κρύπτω.  [ 


ΚΡΤΠ 

Κρΰ  9(5ά,  adv.  (Α:ρι'•--ω)=  sq..  c.  gen. 
without  the  knowledge  of,  κρόίδα  Atof, 
Lat.  clam.  Jove,  II.  18J  168,  cf  Aesch. 
Cho.  177. 

Κρύ  ίδην.  Dor.  -δαν,  adv.  {κρύπτω) 
secretly,  Od.  1 1, 455 ;  16, 153.  Plat.,  etc. ; 
also  like  foreg.,  c.  gen.,  Pind.  P.  3, 25. 

Κρν^η?.ος,  op,  hidden.  Hesych.  [v] 

Κρνβήτης.  ov,  ό.  one  who  is  hidden 
in  the  earth,  i.  e.  dead. 

Κρύβω,  radic.  form  of  κρύπτω,  but 
found  only  in  late  writers,  cf.  Lob. 
Phr\-n.  317. 

Κρνερός,  ά,  όν,  {κρύος)  icy,  chill, 
chilling,  in  Hom.  usu.  epith.  of  γόος, 
also  of  φόβος,  II.  13.  48;  of  Hades, 
Hes.  Op.  152;  τάφος,  Anth. : — but  in 
the  strict  sense,  Ar.  Av.  951,  955. 
Adv.  -ρώς. 

Κρνμά/.έος.  a,  ov,  {κρνμός)  icy, 
chilly,  Heraclid.  Pont. 

Κρϋμοπύγής.  ες,  {κρνμός,  πήγιημι) 
stiff  and  stark  with  cold,  Orph. — II.  act. 
stiffening,  freezing. 

Κρνμός,  ov,  b,  (Kpvoc)  chilliness, 
cold,  frost,  Hdt.  4,  8,  28.'  Soph.,  etc. 
— II.  a  chill  in  the  body,  feverish  cold. 

Κρϋμοχΰρτ/ς,  ες,  {κρνμός,  χαίρω) 
delighting  in  cold  οτ  frost,  Orph. 

Κρνμώδης,  ες,  {κρνμός,  είδος)  icy- 
cold,  Hipp. :  frozen,  icy,  Anth. 

Κρϋόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  =  κρνερός,  icy- 
cold,  chilling,  φόβος,  11.  9,  2,  ίωκ?'/,  11. 
5,740:  from 

ΚΡΤΌΣ,  τό,  icy  cold,  chilliness, 
frost,  Hes.  Op.  492. — II.  metaph.  an 
inward  chill,  shudder,  Aesch.  Eum. 
161.  (Hence  κρνόεις,  κρνερός,  κρν- 
σταίνω.  κρύσταλλος  and  κρνμός  [ί]: 
the  same  root  appears  in  Lat.  Tuor, 
griimus,  our  gore,  with  a  notion  of  the 
curdling,  congealing  eflects  of  cold.)  [v] 

Κρνπτάδιος,  a,  ov,  and  in  Aesch. 
Cho.  946,  Of,  ov,  {κρύπτω)  secret,  hid- 
den, clandestine,  φι'λότης,  11.  6,  101  : 
as  adv.  κρνπτάδια,  II.  1 ,  542 ;  later 
also  κρνπταδίγ.   [α] 

Κρνπτάζω,  f.  -άσω,  collat.  form 
from  κρύπτω. 

Κρνπτασκε,  Ep.  lengthd.  3  sing, 
impf  from  κρύπτω,  11.  8,  272. 

Κρνπτεία,  ας,  η,  ί,κρνπτενω)  α  se- 
cret cojnmission :  at  Sparta  a  duty  or 
discipline  of  the  jOung  men,  who  for 
a  certain  time  prowled  about,  watch- 
ing the  country,  and  enduring  all 
sorts  of  hardships :  intended  to  sea- 
son them  against  fatigue,  and  (unless 
they  are  much  belied)  to  reduce  the 
number  of  the  Helots  by  assassiua- 
tion  :  V.  however  Plat.  Legg.  633  B, 
and  Miiller  Dor.  3,  3,  ij>  4.  j 

Κρνπτέον,  verb.  adj.  of  κρύπτω, 
one  must  conceal,  Soph.  Ant.  273. 

Κρνπτεύω,  to  conceal,  hide,  Eur. 
Bacch.  888. — II.  intrans.  to  hide  one's 
self,  lie  concealed.  Xen.  C}'r.  4,  5.  5. — 
III.  in  pass,  κρνπτενομαι,  to  have 
snares  laid  for  one,  Eur.  Hel.  541. 

Κρύπτη,  ης,  or  κρυπτή,  ης,  ή.  (orig. 
fem.  from  κρνπτός)  a  covered  place, 
vault,  crypt,  Juven.  5,  106,  and  Ath. 

Κρνπτήριος,  a,  ov,  convenient  for 
concealing,  Orac.  ap.  Paus. :  to  κρυπ- 
TTjpiov,  a  lurking-place,  or  a  dungeon. 

Κρνπτία,  ας,  ή,^κρνπτεία. 

Κρυπτικός,  ή,  όν,  (κρύπτω)  fit  for, 
good  at  hiding  or  concealing.  Adv. 
-Κως,  underhand,  cunningly,  Arist.  Org. 

Κρνπτός,  i),  όν,  verb.  adj.  of  κρύπ- 
τω, hidden,  private,  κ/.ηις.  II.  14,  168  ; 
hidden,  concealed,  secret,  Hdt.  3,  146, 
and  freq.  in  Att.,  as  κρ.  λόγος,  Aesch. 
Cho.  773  ;  κρ.  ΐ/βη,  of  one  reared  up 
in  secret,  Soph.  El.  159:  to  κρ.  της 
πολιτείας.  Thuc.  5.  68.     Adv.  -τως. 

ΚΡΥ'ΠΤΩ,    lengthd.    from    root 
ΚΡΤΠ-,  KPTB-:  fut.  κρντ^ω :  Ep. 
803 


KPYi- 

impf.  κρνπτασκε,  II.  8,  272 :  perf. 
pass,  κέκρυμμαι,  Od. :  aor.  1  pass. 
έκρύφθιμ',  11. :  aor.  2  pass.  εκρν;ίην 
[ί],  also  a  part.  aor.  pass.  κρν<Ρΐίς, 
Herin.  Soph.  Aj.  1 124.  To  hide,  con- 
ceal, cloak,  oft.  with  collat.  notion  of 
protection,  Honi.  :  to  hide  beneath  the 
earth,  lies.  Op.  137,  139;  in  full  γι}, 
χθονί,  τύοω  κρ.,  Hdt.  1,  21G,  Soph. 
Ο.  C.  1540,'  Ant.  196.— II.  metaph.  to 
conceal,  keep  secret  or  in  silence,  like 
σιγάω,  σιωπάω,  OJ.  4,  350  ;  11,  443  ; 
τι  τίνα,  something  from  one,  μη  με 
Koviprjg  τούτο,  Aesch.  Pr.  025,  cf. 
Eur.  kec.  570,  Lys.  210,  21,  etc.— III. 
like  άμανρόω,  to  darkcri,  make  obscure. 
— B.  intr.  to  be  concealed.  Soph.  El. 
826,  cf.  κενθω  V. — Καλύπτω  is  sim- 
ply to  cover  over,  κενθω,  to  cover  up  so 
that  no  trace  of  it  can  be  seen,  κρύπ- 
τω, to  keep  covered,  esp.  for  purposes 
of  conceahnent.  (On  the  root  v.  κα- 
λύπτω fin.) 

Κρνσταίνω,  {κρύος)  ίο  congeal, 
freeze  with  cold,  Lat,  glacio.  Pass,  to 
be  congealed,  freeze,  Nic. 

Κρνσταλλίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (κρύσταλ- 
λος) to  shine  like  crystal,  N.  T. 

Κρυστύ?^.ίνος,  η,  ov,  {κρύσταλ- 
λος) of  crystal,  crystalline,  Anth. 

Κρυσταλλοειδής,  ές,  {κρύσταλλος, 
εΐόος)  like  ice,  Strab. :  like  crystal, 
Medic.    Adv.  -δώς,  Plut. 

Κρυσταλλύπηκτος,  ov,  {κρύσταλ- 
λος, πήγνναι)  congealed  to  ice,  frozen, 
Eur.     Rhes.  441. 

Κρνσταλλοπήξ,  ηγος.  ό,  ή,  {κρύσ- 
ταλλος, πήγνυμί)  =  I'oreg.,  Aesch. 
Pers.  501. 

Κρύσταλ?.ος,  ου,  6,  {κρύος,  κρνσ- 
ταίνω) clear  ice,  ice,  Lat.  glacies,  11.  22, 
152,  Od.  14,  447,  Hdt.  4,  28,  and  Att.: 
hence — 2.  in  0pp.  α\90=^νάρκη,  ex- 
treme chill,  numbness,  lurpnr. — 11.  ο  and 
37,  crystal,  rock-crystal,  Lat.  crystallum, 
Dion.  P.,  and  Anth. 

Κρνσταλλυφάνής,  ές,  {κρύσταλ- 
λος, φαίνομαι)  of  the  look  or  transpa- 
rency of  crystal,  Strab. 

Κρυσταλλόομαι,  as  pass.,  to  be  fro- 
zen, Philo. 

Κρυσταλλώδης,  ες,= κρυσταλλοει- 
δής, Dio  C. 

Κρυφά,  adv.,  (κρύπτω)^ κρύβδα, 
c.  gen.  Thuc.  1.  101. 

Κρυφά,  adv..  Dor.  for  κρυφή,  Bockh 
V.  1.  Pmd.  O.  1,  116;  3,  22. 

Κρνφάδίς,  αάν.^κρυφα,  Α.  Β. 

Κρϋφαιος,  αία,  αίον,  and  in  Luc. 
ος,  ον.=  κρύφΜς,  Trag.,  as  Aesch. 
Oho.  81,  Soph.  Aj.  899.  Adv.  -ως, 
Aesch.  Pers.  370. 

Κρνφανδόν,  adv.=sq.,  formed  like 
αναφανδόν. 

Κρυφή,  adv.  {κρύπτω)  like  κρύφα, 
secretly,  in  secret,  Soph.  Ant.  85,  and 
Xen. :  Dor.  κρυφά,  q.  v. 

Κρϋφηδόν,  adv.=foreg.,  opp.  to 
ύμφαδόν,  Od.  14,  330 ;  19,  299. 

ΚρνφίμαΙος,  αία,  alov,  and  κρύφι- 
μος,  ov,=sq. 

Κρύφιος,  a,  ov,  also  ος,  ην,  Eur. 
I.  T.  1321,  etc.,  secret,  hidden,  clandes- 
tine, lies.  Op.  791,  Soph.,  etc.  Adv. 
-ως.  [δ]     Hence 

Κρνφώτης,  ητος,  η,  secresy,  obscu- 
rity. 

Κρΰφόνονς,  ουν,^=κρνιΙ'ίνους. 

Κρυφός,  ov,  b,^ κρνφώτης,  Pind. 
Ο.  2,  177. — II.  ο  lurking-place,  LXX. 
— \1\.=  κρν'φις. 

Κρύφω,  impf.  ίκρϋφε,  late  collat. 
form  from  κρύβω,  κρύπτω,  Q.  Sin., 
cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  318.  [C] 

Kpvipiyovor,  ov,  {κρύπτω,  γόνο;) 
secretly  burn,  Orph. 

Κρυφίδρομος,  ov,  {κρύπτω,  δρό- 
μος) running  secretly,  dub.  in  Orph.  ; 


ΚΡΩΣ 

ubi  al.  κρυψίδομος,  dwelling  in  secret 
places. 

Κρυφιμέτωπος,  ov,  {κρύπτω,  μέ- 
τωπο ν)  hiding  the  forehead,  Luc. 

Κρυψίνοος,  ov,  contr.  -νους,  ovv, 
(κρύπτω,  νοος)  hiding  one's  thoughts, 
cunning,  crafty,  reserved,  Xen.  Cyr.  1, 
0,  19;'8,  2,  1.     Adv.  -νως. 

Κρύψις,  εως,  ή,  {κρύπτω)  α  hiding, 
concealment,  κρύπτεσθαι  κρύψιν,  Eur. 
Bacch.  953  :  the  art  or  ?neans  of  con- 
cealing :  esp.  of  arguing  so  as  to  keep 
one's  drift  concealed  from  the  opponent, 
Arist.  Khet. 

Κρνψίχολος,  ov,  concealing,  dis- 
se>nhling  one's  aiiger. 

Κρύφοργις,  εως,  ύ,  with  hidden  tes- 
ticles, Meaic. 

Κρνώδης,  ες,  {κούος,  είδος)  icy, 
chill,  Plut. 

Κρϋωτήριον,  ov,  τό,^=-φνκτήρ,  cf. 
Ruhnk.  Tim.  sub  hac  v. 

^Κρωβίαλος,  ov,  ή,  Crobialus,  a  city 
of  Paphlagonia  near  Cromna,  Ap.  Rh. 
2,  944. 

\Κρωβύλη,  ης,  ή,  Crobyle,  a  town  of 
Thrace,  Dem.  159,  10. 

Κρωβύλος  or  κρώβυλος,  ov,  0,  like 
κόρυμβος,  a  roil  of  hair,  knotted  on  the 
crown  of  the  head,  in  the  time  of 
Thucyd.  (1,6)  worn  at  Athens  by  el- 
derly persons :  a  similar  coitfure  of 
young  girls  was  called  κόρνμβος, 
Winckelm.  Gesch.  der  Kunst,  5,  1, 
14,  Vorliiufige  Abhandl.  4,  66,  with 
the  notes. — ^11.  of  hair  on  a  helmet, 
Xen.  An.  5,  4,  13.  [ϋ] 

^Κρώβνλος,  or  -βνλος,  ov,  ό,  Croby- 
lus,  nickname  of  Hegesippus,  brother 
of  the  orator  Hegesander,  in  Aeschin. 
9,  35  ;  10,  31. — 2.  a  poet  of  the  new 
comedy,  Meineke  1,  p.  490. — 3.  a  Co- 
rinthian, Plut.  Ale.x.  22. 

Κρωβϋλώδης,  ες,  {κρωβύλος,  είδος) 
like  the  κρωβύλος. 

Κρωγμός,  ov,  ό,  {κρώζω)  the  croak- 
ing or  cawing  of  a  crow,  Lat.  crocitatio  : 
also  of  a  chough,  Anth. 

ΚΡΩ'ΖΩ,  f.  κρώξω,  to  cry  like  a 
crow,  caw,  Lat.  crocitare,  Hes.  Op.  745, 
Ar.  Av.  2  ;  the  raven's  note  being  ex- 
pressed by  κράζειν. — II.  of  men,  to 
croak  out,  τι,  Ar.  Plut.  369,  Lys.  506. 
(Onomatop.,  like  κράζω,  κλάζω,  κλώ- 
ζω :  cf.  κόραξ  fin.) 

tKpUKeXa,  ων,  τά,  Crocela,  an  island 
in  the  Indian  sea,  Arr.  Ind.  21,  7. 

Κρωμάκίσκος.  ov,  b,  dub.  word  in 
Antiph.  Philetaer.  1. 

Κρωμάκόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  (κρώμαξ) 
stony,  rugged. 

Κρωμάκωτός,  ι),  ov,:=foreg. 

Κρώμαξ,  άκος,  ό,  α  heap  of  rocks  or 
stories,  ibr  κλώμαξ.  [v.  Draco  p.  18,24.] 
\Κρώμνα,  ης,  ή,  Cromna,  a  fortress 
of  Paphlagonia,  II.  2,  855,  belonging 
to  Amastris  ;  or,  ace.  to  Steph.  Byz. 
later  the  same  with  the  latter  ;  the 
site  is  still  Cromena. 

ΐΚρώμνοι,  ων,  οι.  Cromni,  a  strong 
town  of  Arcadia,  Xen.  Hell.  7,  4,  21 ; 
in  Pans,  called  Κρώμοι,  8,  3,  4. 

^Κρώμος,  ov,  ό,  Cromu.",  son  of  Nep- 
tune, Paus.  2, 1, 3. — 2.  son  of  Lycaon, 
Id.  8,  3,  4. 

^Κρωπεία,  Κρωπία,  or  -ιύ,  Κρω- 
πιάς,  and  Κρώπαι,  Crop'ia,  an  Attic 
deme  of  the  tribe  Leontis,  διϊί  Κρω- 
πείας,  Thuc.  2,  19. 

Κρώπιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  sq., 
Pherecyd.  ap.  Poll.  10,  128. 

Κρώπος,  ov,  b,  a  scythe  or  bill-hook. 

Κρώσσαι,  αϊ.  Ion.  for  κρόασαι,  v.  1. 
in  Hdt.  2,  125. 

Κρωσσίον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  sq., 
Anth. 

ΚΡΩΣΣΟ'Σ,  ov,  ό,  a  water-pall, 
pitcher,  jar,  Aesch.  Fr.  91,  Soph.  0.  C. 


KTEI 

478,  and  Eur. — 2.  a  cinerary  urn 
Mosch.  4,  34.  (Akin  to  our  cruse, 
crock,  crockery.  Germ.  Krag.) 

^Κρώφι,  τό,  Crophi,  a  mountain  in 
Upper  Aegypt  between  Elephantine 
and  Syene,  Hdt.  2,  28. 

Κτά,  for  έκτα,  Ep.  3  sing.  aor.  2 
act.  of  κτείνω. 

Κταίνω,  Dor.  for  κτείνω  in  Alcae. 
111. 

Κτάμεν,—sq.  [ά] 

Κτύμεναι,  Ep.  inf.  aor.  2  act.  of 
κτείνω,  Hoin.  [d] 

Κτάμενος,  Ep.  part.  aor.  2  mid.  c. 
pass,  signf.,  oi  κτείνω,  Hom.  [ύ] 

Κτάνε,  for  εκτανε,  3  sing.  aor.  2 
act.  from  κτείνω,  Hom.  [a] 

Κτάνθεν,  Aeol.  and  Ep.  for  έκτάν- 
θησαν,  3plur.  aor.  1  pass,  ui  κτείνω. 

KTA'OMAI,  Ion.  κτέομαι,  dep. 
mid. :  fut.  κτήσομαι :  aor.  ίκτι/σά- 
μην :  perf.  κέκτημαι,  Hes.  Oj).  435, 
Ion.  εκτημαι,  II.  9,  402  (cf.  Schw. 
Le.x.  Hdt.),  so  too  Aesch.  Pr.  795, 
and  sometimes  in  Plat. ;  opt.  κεκτώ- 
μι/ν.  To  procure  for  one's  self,  get, 
gain,  Lat.  acquirere,  τι,  Horn. :  κτή- 
σασθαι  βίον  ύπύ  τινυς,  to  get  one's 
lividg  from  a  thing,  Hdt.  8,  ίϋΟ  :  also 
to  bring  evil  iipon  one's  self,  incur  it, 
οργήν  θεάς.  Soph.  Aj.  777,  ξνμφοράς, 
Eur.  Or.  543  :  όυςσέβειαν  κτ.,  to  get  a 
name  for  impiety.  Soph.  Ant.  924 ; 
cf.  βαθνμία. — 2.  to  procure  or  get  for 
anotlier,  κτάσθαί  τινί  τι.  Od.  20,  265, 
Aesch.  Pers.  755,  Xen.  Oec.  15,  1. — 
II.  perf.  to  have  acquired  or  got,  i.  e.  to 
possess,  have,  hold,  έκτήσθαι,  II.  9,  402, 
Hdt.  1,  155,  etc.;  and  Att.:  so  too 
in  aor.,  κτήσασθαι.  Id.  1,  153  :  κε- 
κτήσθαι  is,  however,  distinguished 
from  έχειν  by  Plat.  Theaet.  199  A  : 
ό  κεκτημένος,  an  owner,  vnaster  (esp. 
of  slaves),  used  quite  like  a  subst.,  δ 
έμον  Κ;  Soph.  Phil.  778 ;  ή  έμή  κε- 
κτημένη, my  mistress,  Ar.  Eccl.  1126. 

B.  κτάομαι  as  pass,  to  be  gotten,  a 
έκτήθη,  Thuc.  1,  123  ;  2,  36  :  ίο  be  ob- 
tained as  property,  as  a  slave,  δονλό- 
συνος  κτηθείσα,  Eur.  Hec.  449 : — 
but  so  mostly  in  late  authors,  Schaf. 
Schol.  Par.  Ap.  Rh.  1,  095. 

Κτέάνον,  ου,  τό,  {κτιΊομαι)=κτή' 
μα,  but  USU.  in  plur.  possessions,  pro- 
perty, Hes.  Op.  313,  Pind.  O.  3,  75, 
etc.,  and  Trag.  :  esp.  of  jiroperty  in 
cattle,  cf.  κτήνος. 

Κτέάρ,  άτος,  ro,=foreg.,  oft.  in 
Hom.,  but  only  in  dat.  pi.  κτεάτεσσι, 
11.23,  829,  Od.  14,  115,  and  Pind.; 
only  once  in  Trag.,  viz.  Eur.  Philoct. 
4 :  the  sing,  only  in  late  poets,  Lob. 
Paral.  176. 

Κτεάτειρα,  ας,  ή,  fem.  from  sq., 
μεγέιλων  κόσμων  κτεάτειρα,  thou  that 
hast  put  us  in  possession  of..,  Aesch. 
Ag.  356.  [a] 

Κτεάτηρ,  ηρος,  ό,  {κτέαρ)  one  that 
gets  :  a  possessor,  master,  [ΰ] 

Κτεάτίζω.  f.  -ίσω,  {κτέαρ)  to  get, 
gain,  win,  II.  16,  57,  Od.  2,  102.    Hence 

Κτεάτιστός,  ή,  όν,  gotten,  won,  άρ- 
γυρος, Anth. 

iKτέaτoς,'  ov,  ό,  Cteatus,  son  ot 
Actor  and  Molione,  father  of  Am- 
phimachus,  II.  2,  855  ;  11,  708. 

Κτείνω,  lengthd.  from  root  KTEN-, 
KTAN-:  f.  κτενώ,  Ion.  /crdi^u.  but  in 
Hom.  always  κτενέω.  έεις,  έει,  etc., 
part,  κτανέοντα  only  in  II.  18,  309  : 
aor.  1  εκτεινα,  Hom. :  aor.  2  έκτά- 
vov,  Hom. :  perf.  έκτονα.  pass,  έκτά- 
μαι,  post  Hom. ;  still  later,  the  non- 
Att.  perf.  ίκτάκα,  and  έκτόνηκα. 
The  following  are  purely  poet.,  chief- 
ly Ep.,  and  freq.  in  Horn.,  3  sing,  and 
plur.  aor.  syncop.  έκτΰ  find  ίκταν, 
inf.  κτάμεν,  κτάμεναι  [α],  for  κτάναι, 


ΚΤΕΡ 

part,  κτάς,  also  in  Att. :  subj.  κτέω 
for  κτώ,  hence  κτέωμεν,  Od.  22,  216  : 
and  the  aor.  mid.  c.  pass,  signf.  έκτύ- 
U7JV,  inf.  κτάσθαι,  II.  15,  558,  part. 
κτύμενος,  as  if  from  ΚΤΑΏ  :  Horn, 
has  also  3  plur.  ίκταθεν,Α.^ο\.  for  εκτ- 
ύθησαν,  as  if  from  έκτάθην.  11.  11, 
691,  Od.  4,  537  ;  but  never  the  form 
ίκτύνθην,  of  which  part,  κτανθείς 
occurs  in  Anth.  :  κτείνωμι,  Ep.  subj. 
pres.  Od.  19,  490. — Cf.  also  κτίνννμι. 
To  kill,  slay,  usu.  of  men,  from  Horn, 
downwds. ;  more  rarely  of  slaying  an 
animal,  as  in  II.  15,  587,  Od.  12,  379 ; 
19,  543  :  also  of  the  mere  intention, 
to  wish  to  kilt,  Od.  9,  408,  Schaf.  Soph. 
O.  C.  993,  Aj.  1126.  (Akin  to  καίνω, 
καίννμαι :  Sanscr.  kshi,  to  destroy.) 

ΚΤΕΙ'Σ,  ό,  gen.  κτενός,  a  comb, 
Anth. :  from  the  disposition  of  the 
teeth  of  a  comb  are  derived  the  fol- 
lowing signfs. — 1.  the  comb  or  reed  in 
a  horizontal  loom,  through  which  the 
threads  of  the  warp  pass,  Lat.  pecten 
and  radius. — 2.  a  rake,  harrow,  Anth. 
— 3  the  fingers,  wh.  branch  off  from  the 
hand,  Aesch.  Ag.  1594. — 4.  pudenda 
muliebria,  Lat.  pecten.  Call.  Fr.  308. — 
5.  κτένες,  the  four  cutting-teeth  or  in- 
cisors.— 6.  a  cockle,  scallop,  Archipp. 
Ίχθ.  5,  Anaxandr.  Prot.  1,  61 ;  cf. 
κτηδύν.     Hence 

Krci'i'UJ,  f.  -ί'σω,  to  comb  :  in  mid., 
κτενίζεσθαι  κόμας,  to  comb  one^s  hair, 
Hdt.  7,  208,  πλοκάμους,  Asius  2,  1  : 
to  curry  horses,  τρήκτραισιν,  Eur. 
Hipp.  1174. 

Kreviof,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  κτείς,  a 
small  comb,  Luc. — 2.  ru  κτ.,  the  notches 
to  receive  the  strings  of  the  lyre. 

Κτενισμός,  ov,  δ,  {κτενίζοι)  a  comb- 
ing, Eur.  El.  529. 

Τίτενιστής,  ov,  ό,  a  hair-dresser. 

Κ~ενοειδής,  ες,  {κτείς,  είδος)  like  a 
comb. — 2.  like  a  cockle,  etc. 

Κτενοττώλης,  ov,  ό,  {κτείς,  πωλέω) 
a  dealer  in  combs. 

'\Κτενονς,  ονντος,  δ,  Ctenus,  a  port 
in  the  Thracian  Chersonese,  Strab. 
p.  308. 

Κτενώδης,  ες,=^κτενοείδ'ής2,  Xan- 
thus  p.  162. 

Κτενωτός,ή,ήν,  combed:  of  clothes, 
fulled,  Bockh  Inscr.  1,  p.  248. 

Κτέομαι,  Ion.  for  κτάομαι,  Hdt.  8, 
112. 

Κτέρας,  ατός,  τό,=^κτέαρ,  κτέανον, 
κτηαα,  α  possession,  II.  10,  216 ;  24, 
235! 

Κτέρεα,  τά,  (no  nom.  κτέρος,  τό, 
in  use,)  strictly=  κτεανα,  κτήματα, 
possessions,  property :  but  appropriated 
to  things  bestowed  on  the  dead  at  burial, 
favourite  pieces  of  property  placed  on 
the  pile  and  burnt  with  him  :  in  Hom.  in 
genl.  funeral  honours,  obsequies,  usu. 
κτέρεα  κτερεΐζειν,  like  Lat.  parenta- 
lia  parentare,  Od.  1,  291  ;  2,  222,  IL  24, 
38,  etc. ;  also,  κτερέων  /.αχείν,  Od,  5, 
311 ;  later  dat.  pL  κτερέεσσι,  Αρ.  Rh., 
and  Mosch. 

Κτερεΐζω,  f.  -ίξω,  lengthd.  for  κτε- 
ρί'ζω, — 1.  c.  ace.  pers.  κτερεΐζειν  τινά, 
to  bury  him  with  due  honours,  II.  23, 
646 ;  24,  657. — 2.  c.  acc.  rei,  κτέρεα 
KT-,  cf.  foreg. ;  cf.  also  sq, 

Κ-φίΤω,  fut.  κτεριύ,  aor.  έκτέρΐ- 
σα,  (κτέρεα).  Oήg.^κτεaτίζω,  but 
appropriated  to  the  burial  of  the 
dead- — 1.  c.  ace.  pers.,  κτερίζειν  τινά, 
to  bury  the  dead  with  due  honours,  II. 
11,  455;  18,  334;  22,  336,  in  all  three 
places  in  f\it. — 2.  c.  acc.  rei,  to  offer 
due  honours  to  the  dead,  κτέρεα  κτε- 
ρίααιεν  and  κτερίαειεν,  Lat.  justa 
facere,  exequias  facere,  II.  24,  38,  Od. 
3,  285 :  cf.  forcg.,  and  v.  κτέρεα. 

Κτερίσματα,  ων,  τά,  {κτερίζω)— 


ΚΤΗΣ 

κτέρία,  and  like  it  only  used  in  plur., 
Soph.  O.  C.  1410,  and  Eur.  Tro.  1249. 

Κτεριστϊις,  ov,  ό,  an  undertaker, 
Lat.  libitinarius. 

*Κτέρος,  τό,  V.  sub  κτέρεα• 

Κτέω,  Ep.  subj.  aor.  2  act.  of  κτεί- 
νω,  for  κτώ,  hence  κτέωμεν,  Od.  22, 
216. 

Κτηδών,  όνος,  η,  (κτείς)  α  comb. — 
Π.  α  trident. — III.  κτηδόνες  τον  ξν?Μν, 
the  fibres  of  wood,  from  their  running 
in  parallel  lines,  like  the  teeth  of  a 
comb,  Math.  Λ'^ett.,cf.  ενκτήδων :  also 
of  the  fibres  of  the  body,  Hipp. — IV.  a 
laye?,  stratum  of  slate,  etc.,  Diosc. 

Κτ7/μα,  ατός,  τό,  {κτάομαι)  any 
thing  gotten,  a  possession,  Od.  15,  19  : 
elsewh.  in  Hom.  always  in  plur.,  κτή- 
ματα, like  κτέανα,  possessions,  etc. : 
his  κτήματα  (esp.  in  II.)  ar«  mostly 
κειμη  la.  treasures,  jewels ,  etc.,  stored 
up  at  home,  δόμοις  kv  κτήαατα  κεί- 
ται, II.  9,  382,  Od.  4,  127  :  but  in  Od. 
freq.  all  kinds  of  property,  and  SO  USU. 
in  Att. :  esp.  of  a  slave,  κτήμα  τίνος, 
Eur.  Med.  49,  cf.  Xen.  Oec.  1,  5, 
Vect.  4,  42  :  sometimes,  κτήματα  και 
χρήματα,  i.  e.  property  in  kind,  and 
money.  Plat.  Legg.  728  E,  cf.  Lob. 
Paral.  58  ;  sometimes  opp.  to  άγμος, 
personal  (as  opp.  to  real)  property, 
Isae.  55,  24. — II.  in  genl.  a  thing,  like 
χρήαα.  Soph.  0.  T.  549.    Hence 

Κτηματικός,  ή.  όν,  possessed  of 
wealth,  opjdent,  Polyb.,  and  Plut. 

Κτημάτων,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  κτή- 
μα, Alciphr. 

Κτηματίτης,  ov,  ό,^ κτηματικός, 
Lycurg.  ap.  Suid. 

Κτηνηδόν,  adv.  (κτήνος)  after  the 
manner  of  cattle,  like  beasts,  Hdt.  4,  180. 

Κτηνίατρος,  ov,  δ,  {κτήνος.  Ιατρός) 
a  cattle-doctor. 

Κτηνοβάτης,  ov,  δ,  {κτήνος,  βαί- 
νω II.  3)  one  who  is  guilty  of  unnatural 
practices  with  animals,   [a] 

Κτηνόομαι,  as  pass.,  {κτήνος)  to 
become  brtitish. 

Κτηνοπρεπής,  ες,  {κτήνος,  πρέπω) 
brutish. 

Κτήνος,  εος,  τό,  {κτάυμαι)=  κτήμα, 
but,  like  it  and  κτέανα,  almost  al- 
ways in  plur.,  properly  in  general, 
Aesch.  Ag.  129  ;  but  τα  κτήνεα,  contr. 
κτήνη.  usu.  property  in  herds  or  flocks, 
hence  cattle,  H.  Hom.  30,  10,  Hdt.  1, 
50  ;  2,  41,  and  Att.  :  rarely  in  sing,  a 
single  beast,  as  an  ox  or  sheep,  Hdt.  1, 
132. 

Κτηνοστάσιον,  ov,  τό,  {κτήνος, 
ίατημι)  a  cattle-stall,  [α] 

Κττινοτροφεϊον,  ov,  τό,  =  foreg. : 
from 

Κτηνοτροφέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  feed 
cattle,  Philo ;  and 

Κτηνοτροόία,  ας.  ή,  a  feeding,  keep- 
ing of  cattle,  Dion.  H. ;  from 

Κτηνοτρήόος,  ov,  {κτήνος,  τρέφω) 
feeding  or  keeping  cattle,  Diod. 

Κτηνώδης,  ες,  {κτήνος,  είδος)  bru- 
tish, LXX.    Adv.  -δως,  lb. :  hence 

Κτηνωδία,  ας,  ή,  brutishness. 

Κτησείδιον,  ov,  τό,^^κτησίδιον. 
^Κτησίας,  ov,  δ,  Ctesias,  a  celebrated 
historian  of  Cnidus,  physician  of  Ar- 
taserxes  Mnemon,  Xen.  An.  1,  8,  26. 
— 2.  an  Athenian  masc.  pr.  n.,  Dem. 
1258,  24  ;  Ar.  Ach.  839. 

Κτησίβιος,  ov,  {κτάομαι,  βίος)  pos- 
sessing property,  [i] 

ίΚτησίβιος.  ov,  ό,  Ctesihius,  an  Athe- 
nian, son  of  Diodorus,  Dem.  1310, 17. 
— 2.  a  celebrated  mathematician  of 
Alexandrea,  Ath.  174  E. 

Κτησίδιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  κτή- 
σίς,  a  small  property, 

ίΚτηηικλής,  έονς,  ό,  Ctesicles,  an 
Athenian  masc.  pr.  n.,  Dem.  572,  26 ; 


KTIZ 

Xen.  Hell.  6,  2,  10;  etc.— 2.  a  his- 
torian, Ath.  272  B. — 3.  a  statuary, 
Id.  606  A. 

^Κτήσιον,  ov,  τό,  Ctesium,  a  port  in 
the  island  Scyrus,  Plut.  Cim.  8. 

Κτήσιος,  ία,  lov,  also  ος,  ov,  {κτή- 
σις)  belongitig  to  property,  χρήματα  κτ., 
property,  Aesch.  Ag.  1009  ;  so,  κτ. 
βοτόν,  a  sheep  of  one^s  own  herd. 
Soph.  Tr.  690. — II.  belonging  to  one's 
ouni  house,  domestic,  Lat.  penetralis  : 
hence  κτήσιοι  θεοί,  household  gods, 
like  Lat.  Penates,  so  Ζενς  κτήσιος, =^ 
έρκείος,  Aesch.  Supp.  445,  cf.  Ag. 
1038,  Ath.  473  Β  :  but,  Κντζρις  κτη- 
σία  as  protectress  of  courtesans,  Leon. 
Tar.  5. 

^Κτήσιος,  ου,  δ,  Ctesius,  son  of  Or- 
menus,  father  of  Eumaeus,  Od,  15, 
414. 

Κτήσιππος,  ov,  {κτάομαι.  Ιππος) 
possessing  horses  ;  as  n.  pr.  in  Od.:  v.  sq. 
^Κτ7)σι~πος,  ov,  δ,  Ctesippus,  son 
of  Polytherses,  a  suitor  of  Penelope, 
Od.  20,  288.-2.  son  of  Hercules  and 
Astydamia,  Pans.  2,  19,  1. — 3.  an 
Athenian,  a  pupil  of  Socrates,  Plat. 
Phaed.  59  B. — 4.  son  of  Glauconides, 
Dem.  1352,  26.-5.  son  of  Chabrias, 
defended  by  Demosthenes,  Id.  451. — 
6.  sou  of  Crito,  a  pupil  of  Socrates, 
Diog.  L.  2,  121. 

Κτήσις,  εως,  ή,  {κτάομαι)  an  ac- 
quiring, getting,  possession,  κτήσίν  τί- 
νος ποιείσθαι,  εχειν,  Thuc.  1,8;  4, 
105:  but — II.  usu.  as  collective, =  λ•-^- 
ματα,  possessions,  property,  II.  5,  158, 
Od.  14,  62:  also  m  plur.,  Hdt.  4,  114. 
^Κτησις,  ό,=  Κτησίας,  Isae.  47,  17. 
ίΚτησιφών,  ώντος,  ό,  Ctesiphon,  an 
Athenian,  son  of  Leosthenes,  prose- 
cuted by  Aeschines  for  having  pro- 
posed that  Dem.  be  honoured  with  a 
golden  crown,  Aeschin.,  Dem. — 2.  a 
poet,  Ath.  697  C— II.  ή,  a  city  of 
Assyria  on  the  right  bank  of  the  Ti- 
gris, Strab.  p.  743. 

\Κτήσων,  ωνος,  δ,  Cteson,  an  Athe- 
nian, Dem.  1361,  21. 

Κτητέον,  verb.  adj.  of  κτάομαι,  one 
must  get.  Plat.  Rep.  373  A. 

Κτητικός,  ή,  όν,  {κτάομαι)  acquisi- 
tive, skilled  in  getting,  των  ονκ  όντων, 
Isocr.  293  C :  absol.  industrious, 
Strab. :  ή  -κή  (sub.  τέχνη),  the  art  of 
getting  property.  Plat.  Soph.  219  C, 
Arist.  Pol. — II.  in  Gramm.  possessive. 
Adv.  -κώς. 

Κτητός,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  of  κτάο- 
μαι, that  may  be  gotten  or  gained  as 
property,  II.  9,  407,  Eur.  Hipp.  1295, 
etc. — II.  acquired,  gained,  possessed, 
Plat.  Legg.  841  Ε  :  hence  κτητή,  a 
female  slave,  opp.  to  γαμέτη,  Hes.  Op. 
404. 

Κτήτωρ,  ορός,  ό,  (κτάομαι)  a  pos- 
sessor, owner,  Dlod. 

Κτίόεος,  έα,  εον,  {κτίς)=Ικτίδεος, 
of  a  weasel  or  marten,  esp.  of  its  skin, 
κτιδέη  κννέη,  II,  10,  335,  458.  [Γ] 

ΚΤΓΖΩ,  f.  -ίσω,  to  people  a  coun- 
try, build  hov.ses  and  cities  in  it,  κτίσ- 
σε  δε  Ααρδανίην,  II.  20,  216  ;  so,  κτ. 
χώρην,  νήσον,  Hdt.  1,  149 ;  3,  49.-2. 
of  a  city,  to  found,  plant,  build  it,  Od. 
11,  263,  Hdt.  1,  1(57,  168,  etc.  Pass., 
to  be  founded,  etc..  Id.  ;  μί)τε  άστεα 
μήτε  τείχεα  έκτισμένα,  no  fixed  cities 
or  walls.  Id.  4,  46. — 3.  κτ.  έορτήν,  to 
found,  establish  it,  Pind.  O.  6,  116; 
KT.  ήρων,  to  establish  his  worship, 
Hdt.  1,  167. — II.  to  produce,  bring  into 
being,  κτ.  γόνφ  τινά,  Aesch.  Supp. 
171. — 2.  in  genl.  to  make  so  and  so, 
KT.  φρένα  ένθεον,  κτ.  τίνα  ελεύθερον, 
etc.,  Trag. — III.  to  do,  perpetrate  a 
deed,  Soph.  Tr.  898.  (Akin  prob.  to 
κτί/ίος.) 

605 


ΚΤΥΠ 

Κτίλεΰω,  Ιο  make  tame,  tame.  Find. 
Fr.  ZilfZ,  in  pass. :  Irom 

Κ-ί/.ης,  ov,  gentle,  tame,  like  ijfte- 
ρος,  τίϋασός,  Hes.  Fr.  Go,  Emped. 
229  ;  κηλα  ώά,  said  to  be  hatched  eggs, 
Ν ic. :  isptbg  κτίλος  Άφροόίτας,  \ e- 
nus"s  cherished  priest,  Piiul.  P.  2, 
31. — II.  as  siib.st..  κτιλος,  h.  a  ram,  II. 
3. 190 ;  13,  492.    (Peril,  akin  to  κτίζω.) 

Κτΐλόω,  ώ,  to  tame,  make  tractable, 
to  will  the  affections  of....  έκ~ι?.ώσαρτο 
Tug  'λοιττας  τώρ  Αμαζόνων,  Hdt.  4, 
H3 

Κτιμένη,  ης,  η,  Ctimene,  sister  of 
Ulysses,  Od.  15.  3(32.-11.  a  city  of 
the  Dolopians  in  Thessaly,  Ap.  Rh. 

i,ca 

Ιϋτίμενος,  rf,  ov,  Ep.  part,  of  κτίζω, 
as  if  from  an  indie.  *κτίω,  built,  fowul- 
ed :  Homer  has  only  the  compd.  ii>- 
κτίμεΐ'ος.  [ϊ] 

\\ί.τίμΐνος,  ου.  b,  Ctimenus,  masc. 
pr.  a,  Paus.  9,  31,  6. 

Κτίννϋμι  or  κτίνϋμι  [l\,  also  -ννύω, 
collat.  Ibrms  from  κτείνω. 

Κτίς,  7).=  1κτίς,  a  weasel,  marten; 
hence  κτιόεος. 

Κτίσις,  εως,  ή.  {κτίζω)  α  founding, 
settling,  foundation,  ΐιποίκιύν,  Isocr. 
272  Ε,  πόλεων,  Polyb. — '2.  in  genl.  a 
making,  creating  ;  esp.  the  creation  of 
the  universe,  N.  T. — II.  hence,  that 
which  was  created,  the  universe,  creation, 
N.  T. — 2.  a  created  thing,  creature,  lb. 

Κτίσμα,  ατός.  το,  (.κτίί,ω)  a  place 
founded  or  colonised,  τινός,  by  a  per- 
son, Strab.— II.  =foreg.  II.  2,  N.  T. 

Κτισματολατρεία,  ας,  ή,  creature 
worship,  Eccl. :  and 

Κτισματο'λατρέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  wor- 
ship created  things,  Eccl. :  Irom 

Κτίσματολύτρης,  ov,  h,  {κτίσμα, 
λατρεύω')  a  worshipper  of  created  things, 
Eccl. 

Κτίστη p,  ηρος.  o,=sq. 

Κτίστης,  ov,  b,  (κτίζω)  a  founder, 
settler,  eslablisher,  Lat.  conditor,  Luc. 

Κτιστός,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  oi  κτίζω, 
founded ;  created,  Eccl. 

Κτίστύς,  νος,  //,  Ion.  for  κτίσις,  in 
Hdt.  9,  97,  ubi  al.  κτίσις. 

Κτίστωρ,  ορός,  6,— κτίστης,  Eur. 
Ion  74. 

Κτίτης.  ου,  ό,=κτίστης :  in  genl. 
an  inhabitant,  Eur.  Or.  1637.  [t] 

Κτΰττέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω  :  aor.  2  εκτν- 
πον,  {κτύπος).  To  crash,  as  trees 
falling,  II.  23, 119  ;  of  rocks  falling, 
Soph.  Tr.  787  ;  of  a  rushing  torrent, 
II.  13,  140  ;  but  most  frcq.  ol  a  crash 
of  thunder,  Τ,ένς  εκτυπε,  II.  8,  75, 
Od.  21,  413.  etc. ;  so,  εκτυπεν  αίθήρ, 
Sopli.  Ο.  C.  1456  :  in  genl.  to  ring,  re- 
sound, of  horses  galloping,  Hes.  Sc. 
61,  where  χθόνα  should  be  joined 
with  νύσσοντες,  not  with  ίκτυπον : 
of  the  sea,  Plat.  Rep.  396  Β  :  in  genl. 
to  make  a  noise. — 2.  c.  ace.  cognato, 
<ρόβον  κτνπείν,  like  κ'λάζειν  Άρη, 
etc.,  Ιο  strike  terror  by  ?ioise,  Eur. 
Rhes.  308. — B.  pass,  in  same  signf , 
to  ring,  resound,  Ar.  Plut.  758,  Thosin. 
995.     Hence 

Κτύ-ημα,  ατός,  τό,=. κτύπος:  κτ. 
χειρός,  Eur.  Andr.  1212,  v.  κτύπος 
lui.  [ν] 

Κτϋπία,  ας,  τ],=κτνπημα.  Hcsych. 

Κτϋπία,  ων,  τά,  α  bell  in  the  bridal 
chamber,  Hesych. 

Κτύπος,  ου,  ό,  {τνπτω)  any  loud 
noise,  as  α  crash  of  thunder,  κτ.  Θέων, 

11.  20,  60  ;  of  the  trampling  of  feet,  U. 

12,  338.  cf.  Od.  21,  237;  the  clash  of 
arms,  Aesch.  etc. :  χεψων  στέρνων 
κτ.,  of  the  noise  made  by  mourners, 

.   Aesch.  Cho.  23,  Eur.  Supp.  87.  \v\ 
806 


KTAM 

'Κτώ,  for  οκτώ,  an  afTected,  min- 
cingwayof speaking,  Ainphis  Plan.  1. 

Κνάθειον,  ου,  τό,  like  κνύϋιον, 
dim.  Irom  κναθος,  Nic. 

ΚϋΛθίζω.  f.  -ίσω,  (κναθος)  to  drink, 
tipple,  DiphU.  ap.  Stob.  p.  558,  54. — II. 
K.  ταΐς  νανσιν  έκ  θα'λάττης,  to  draiv  ιυα- 
ler  from  the  sea  Λvith  the  tihips  (as  ivilh 
cynthi  from  a  bowl),  of  the  engines  of 
Arcliimedes  lifting  the  Roman  ships 
out  of  the  water,  Polyb.  8,  8,  6. 

Kviidiov,  ov,  TO,  dun.  from  κναθος, 
a  small  cup,  v.  1.,  Pherecr.  Ler.  0. 

Κνάθίς,  ίόος,  τ/,  Sophron  ap.  Ath. 
480  H,  and  -ίσκος,  oa>,  o,=  foreg. 

Κν(Ίθος,  our,  b,  a  cup,  for  drawing 
wine  out  of  the  κρητήρ  or  bowl, 
Anacr.  62,  5,  Comici  ap.  Ath.  424  A. 
— II.  an  Alttic  measure  hohliiig  two 
κόγχαι  or  four  μύστρα.  about  γτ;  of  a 
pint. — III.  a  cupping-glass,  brass  cups 
having  been  orig.  so  useil,  Ar.  Pac. 
542 :  hence  proverb.,  κνύθονς  αΐτ?'/- 
σει.ς  τάχα,  you'll  need  cupping  short- 
ly (from  being  so  soundly  beaten), 
Ar.  Lys.  444,  cf.  Pac.  5•12.— IV.  the 
hollow  nf  the  hand.  (From  κναρ,  κνω, 
κυεω,  κύτος,  v.  κνβ?] :  the  radic.  signf. 
being  a  hollow.) 

ίΚναθος,  ov,  b,  Cynthus,  son  of 
Oeneus,  a  cup-bearer,  Paus.  2,  13,  8. 

Κνΰθότης,  ητος,  η,  a  word  coined 
by  Plato  from  κναθος,  to  express  the 
abstract  nature  of  a  cup,  cuphood,  Diog. 
L.  6,  53. 

Κΰΰθώδης,  ες,  {κύαθος,  είδος)  like 
a  cup,  Ath. 

Κναίνω,^κνέω,  Hesych. 

Κνύ/ιειος,  λίβος.  b,  (κναμος)  a  pre- 
cious stone  like  a  bean,  Plin. 

Κναμευτός,  ή,  όν,  (κυαμενω)  chosen 
hi/  benns,  i.  e.  by  lot,  Xen.  Mem.  1,  2, 
9,  and  Plut. 

Κύάμεύω,  {κναμος)  to  choose  by 
beans  or  lot,  (never  to  choose  by  ballot). 
Pass.,  to  be  so  elected,  as  the  βουλή  at 
Athens,  freq.  in  Inscrr.,  v.  Bockh.  1, 
p.  121,  fJtc. 

Κνΰμιαΐος,  αία,  alov,  {κύαμος)  of 
the  size  of  a  bean,  Luc. 

Κϋάμίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  to  he  ripe  for  mar- 
riage, of  a  girl,  Ar.  Fr.  500  :  v.  κύα- 
μος V. 

Κνάμΐνος,  ίνη,  ivov,  {κναμος)  made 
of  beans,  ετρος,  Henioch.  Troch.  1. 

Κϋάμιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  κύαμος, 
a  s^nall  bean,  late. 

Κϋάμιστός,  i),  όν,=κυαμεντός,  dub. 
in  Plut. 

^Κναμίτης,  ου,  b,  Cyamites,  an  Attic 
hero,  Paus.  1,  37,  4. 

Κϋαμόβολος,  ov,  (κναμσς,  βάλλω) 
chosen  by  beans,  i.  e.  by  lot,  K.  δικα- 
στής. Soph.  Fr.  271. 

ΚΥΑΜΟΣ,  01'.  b,  a  bean,  κύαμοι 
μελανόγροες,  II.  13,  589 :  also  of  the 
plant,  Theophr. — II.  the  lot  by  which 
public  officers  were  elected  at  Athens, 
esp.  όκνάμω  λαχών,  an  officer  chosen 
by  lot, =ικ?.ηρωτύς,  Hdt.  0,  109,  Ar. 
Av.  1022,  cf.  Thuc.  8,  6C  :  on  the  Py- 
thagorean abomination  f(.>r  beans,  v. 
Plut.  2,  12  E.— III.  from  the  shape,  a 
testicle,  Emjjed.  ap.  Gell.  4,  11.— IV'. 
a  small  measure  of  the  size  of  a  bean. — 
V.  the  sivelling  of  the  breasts  of  girls  as 
they  grow  to  maturity :  cf.  κναμίζώ. 

^Κναμόσωρος,  ov,  b.  Cyarnosorus,  a 
river  of  Sicily  in  eastern  part,  Polyb. 
1,9,  4. 

Κϋάμοτρώξ,  ώγος,  ό,  (κνημος.  τρώ- 
γω) bean-eater,  Ar.  Eq.  41,  alluding  to 
the  political  use  of  beans  at  Athens, 
V.  κύαμος  II. 

Κνΰμοφάγία,  ας,  η,  {κναμος,  φα- 
}f?i')  fating  of  beans,  a  bean-diet,  Luc. 

Κνΰμών,  ωΐ'ος,  b,  (κναμος)  a  bean- 
field,  bed  of  beans,  Theophr. 


KTAN 

Κναναιγίς,  ίδος,  ή.  (κνύνεος,  αίγίς) 
with  dark,  terrible  Aei^is,  epith.  of  Mi- 
nerva. Find.  O.  13,  100. 

Κνΰνύμ,πνξ,  νκος,  b,  η,  {κνανος, 
ΰμπνξ)  with  dark-blue  or  dark  ΰμπυξ, 
Οήβη,  Pind.  Fr.  5.  3,  Δήλοα  Theocr. 

17.  67. 

Κνΰναχτ^'έτις,  ιδος,  pecul.  fern,  of 
sq.,  Orph. 

Κνανανγής,  ες,  {κνανος,  ai"j^)darL•• 
gleaming,  οφρύες,  Eur.  .\lc.  202 ;  of 
dithyrambs,  Ar.  Av.  1389. 

Κνΰναύ?ιαξ,  άκος,  b,  ή,  dark-furrouf- 
ed,  of  a  dark  soil,  ap.  Heliod. 

Κνύνεαι,  αϊ,  sc.  νήσοι  or  πέτμαι, 
the  dark  Rocks,  Cyane.ae  insulae,  iwo 
small  islands  at  the  entrance  of  the 
Eusine,  Hdt,  4,  85,  and  Strab. ;  also 
K.  Σνΐίπ?.ηγύδες,  Eur.  Mtxl.  2,  etc., 
cf.  Σνμπ?.ηγάδες  and  ΙΙλαγκταί.  [ΰ] 

Κνάνειος,  εία,  ειον,  poet,  for  κνά- 
νεος.  [δ] 

Κϋανέμβολσς,  ον,^=ηνανόπρ<ύρος, 
Eur.  ΕΙ.  436,  etc. 

Κνάνεας,  έα,  εοΐ',  (κνανος)  strictly 
dark-blue,  glossy-bhie,  of  the  swallow 
in  Simon.  118  ;  of  ihe  halcyon,  Arist. 
H.  A.  9, 14, 1 ;  of  the  deep  sea,  Simon. 
9,  3,  Eur.  I.  T.  7,  cf.  κνανοειδί/ς: 
hence  in  genl.  dark,  in  Horn.  esp.  of 
clouds,  II.  5,  345,  etc. ;  of  the  eye- 
brows of  .lupiter,  II.  17, 209 ;  the  hair 
of  Ulysses,  Od.  16,  176;  of  the  co- 
lour of  Africans,  Hes.  Op.  525  :  κνα- 
νέη  κάπετος,  a  deep  dark  trench,  II. 

18,  564,  cf.  Pind.  O.  6,  69 :  κνάνεαί 
ό(Ί?Μγγες,  dark  masses,  as  any  crowd- 
ed throng  looks  from  a  distance,  II. 
4,  282  ;  so,  κυάνεον  Ύρώων  νέφος,  U. 
16,  66  :  Κήρες  κυάνεαι,  Hes.  Sc.  249. 
[ν,  only  ν  metri  grat.,  in  Ep.] 

Κνΰνέω,  ώ,  fnt.  -ήσω,  to  look  dark- 
blue,  look  dark,  formed  like  με'λανέω, 
Dion.  P.  [κϋ-,  metri  grat.] 

^Κυανή,  ί/ς,  ή,  Cyane,  a  Sicilian 
nymph,  playmate  of  Proserpina, 
changed  into  the  fountain  Κνιχνή 
near  Syracuse,  Ael.  V.  H.  2,  33. — 2. 
daughter  of  Liparus,  wife  of  Aeolus, 
Plat.  Theag.  125  B. 

Κϋάν/'^Γω,  f.  -ίσω,=κνανέω,  Diosc. 
ΪΚνάνιππος,  ov,  b,  C.yamjqnts,  son 
of  Aegialeus,  Paus.  2,  18,  4. — 2.  son 
of  Adrastus,  Apollod. 

Κνανίτης,  ov,  b,  fern.  -Ιτι,ς,  ιδος, 
{κύανος)  dark-blue,  like  κνανος,  Hipp. 

Κϋανοβεν&ής,  ες,  {κύανος,  βένθος) 
with  dark-blue  depths,  strictly  of  the 
sea,  then  ludicrously  of  a  cup,  Ar. 
Fr.  209. 

Κΰάροβλίφΰρος,  ov,  (κνανος,  βλέ- 
φαρον  I.)  dark-eyed,  Anth. 

Κϋάνοειδής,  ες,  {κνανος,  είδος) 
dark-blue,  deep-blue,  of  deep  water, 
Eur.  Hel.  179,  cf.  Arist.  Gen.  An.  5, 
1,  23. 

Κϋΰνόθριξ,  τρι;];ος,  ό,  φ,  (κνανος, 
θρίζ)  dark-haired,  Orph. 

Κνΰνοκενθής,  ες,  {κενϋος)=^ιαχη^ο• 
βενβής.  [κν-,  metri  grat.] 

Κνΰνοκρήδεμνος,  ov,  with  dark-Mtie 
κρήδεμνσν,  Q.  Sm. 

Κυάνόπεζα,  τ/ς,  ή,  (κύανος,  πέζα, 
πους)  with  feet  of  κνανος,  τράπεζα,  II. 
11,629.  [κΟ-,  metri  grat.] 

Κνΰνόπεπλος,  ov,  (κνανος,  πέπλος) 
dark-veiled,  epith.  of  Ceres  moornJng 
for  her  daughter,  H.  Horn.  Cer.  320, 
361 ,  etc.  [κϋ-,  metri  grat.] 

Κΰανοπ'λόκάμος,  ov,  dark-tressed, 
dark-haired,  Q.  Sm. 

\ΚνανοπΐΜίμα,  poet,  for  sq.,  Si- 
monid.  216. 

Κνανοπρώρειος,  op,=  sq.,  Od.  3, 
299. 

Κνάνόπρφρος,  ov,  {κνανος,  πρφρα} 
with  dark-blue  prow,  dark-prou-ed,  of 
ships,  Od.  9,  482.  [κν-,  metri  grat.] 


KTBE 

ΚϋΰνότΓ-ερος,  ov,  {κυανός,  πτερόν) 
strictly  with  blue-black  feathers,  like 
the  raven :  ill  genl.  dark-mnged,  τέτ- 
τιξ,  Hes.  Sc.  393. 

ΚΤΆΧΟΣ,  ov,  0,  cyanas,  a  dark- 
blue  substance,  used  in  the  Heroic  age 
to  adorn  \vork3  in  metal,  esp.  weap- 
ons and  (irmour;  so  on  Agamemnon's 
breastplate  there  were  δέκα  οΐμοι  μέ- 
7.avoc  κνάνοω,  and  a  boss  of  the  same 
in  the  centre,  II.  11,  24,  35;  and  in 
Hercules'  shield  {τΓτνχες  κυάνον), 
Hes.  Sc.  143  :  and  in  Od.  7,  87,  the 
βριγκος  κνάνοω  is  a  cornice  or  frieze 
of  this  substance.  Its  colour  was  no 
doubt  a  dark-blue,  c£  κυάνεος,  κυανο- 
χβίτης,  etc.  :  ichat  it  was  is  very 
doubtful  ;  some  think  it  was  blue 
steel,  but  in  the  Homeric  times,  they 
had  Utile  skill  in  working  iron,  of.  σί- 
δηρος, xa?jcoc :  perh.  it  was  blue  car- 
bonate of  copper,  or  (it  may  be)  lapis 
lazuli,  as  it  is  in  Theophr.  de  Lapid. ; 
he  distinguishes  two  kinds,  dark  and 
light  {άρρην  and  βή'λνς),  '$\31  ;  com- 
pares it  to  the  darker  bltie  sapphire, 
^37  ;  says  it  was  mixed  with  ;(;ρί;σό- 
κο'/.'λα,  §40  ;  and  that  there  was  an 
artificial  kind  made  m  Aegypt,  ^55. 
— II.  the  blue  corn-flower,  in  this  signf. 
usu.  ή  κυανός,  MeL  1,  40. — III.  a  rock- 
bird,  so  called  from  its  colour,  Arist. 
H.  A.  9,  21. — IV.  a  blue  dye  or  lacquer, 
Paus.  5,  11, 12. — B.  as  ίΐόϊ.=κυάνεος, 
dub.  in  Nic.  [y  ;  but  in  compds.  freq. 
i,  metri  grat.,  as  κϋάνδχαίτι/ς.] 

Κϋΰνοστό/.ος,  op,  {κυανός,  aTo)Jj) 
dark-robed,  Bion  1,  4. 

Κνάνόφρνς,  V,  gen.  υος,  {κύανος, 
δζιρύς)  dark-browed,  Theocr.  3,  18 ; 
17,  53. 

Κνΰνοχαίτ7]ς,ον.ό, {κύανος,  χαίτη) 
dark-haired,  in  Horn.  usu.  epith.  of 
Keptune.  who  in  II.  20,  144,  Od.  9, 
536,  is  called  simply  Κυανοχαίτης: 
only  in  II.  20,  224,  of  a  horse,  dark- 
maned:  in  H.  Horn.  Cer.34S,  of  Hades; 
of.  με7ιαγχαίτας.    [κϋ-,  nietri  grat.] 

Κϋάνόχρους,  ov,  Eur.  Hel.  1502, 
•χρως,  ωτος,  ό,  ;/,  Eur.  Phoen.  308, 
•ύηά-χρωτος,  ov,  OrpL•,  {κυανός, χρόα, 
χρως)  dark-looking. 

Κϋΰνύττης,  ov,  ό,  {κνανος,  ώφ) 
dark-eyed,  Ορρ.  :  pecul.  fem.  -ώττις, 
l(hς,  epith.  of  Amphitrite,  Od.  12,  60, 
of.  Hes.  Sc.  35G. 

Κΰύνωτϊός,  όν,  {κυανός,  ΰψ)  dark- 
looking,  Trag.  ap.  Stob.  p.  403,  3. 

Κί'άνωσις,  εως,  ή,  as  if  from  κνα- 
νόο),  a  dark-blue  colour,  Plut. 

Χ&Λίαξάρης,  ονς  Ion.  εω,  ό,  Cyaxa- 
res,  son  of  Phraortes,  king  of  Media, 
father  of  Astyages,  Hdt.  1,46:  ace. 
to  Xen.  Cyr.,  son  and  successor  of 
Astyages. 

Κνίβ,  ατός,  ό,  (κνω)  a  hole,  e.  g,  the 
«!/€  of  a  needle,  etc.,  Hipp.  (Akin  to 
καίαρ.)  [ϋ] 

Κνβύζω,  {κυβή,  κύπτω,  κυπτάζω) 
to  set  a  thing  on  its  head,  turn  upside 
down,  Gramm, 

Κνβας,  ου,  ό,  a  coffin,  v.  κν3ή. 

KvJSa,  ή,^=κνμ3η,  Hesych. 

Κν3(Ίΰ,  adv.  (kv~tu)  with  the  head 
fur  wards, stooping,  over  hanging,  XlchiL 
20,  sensu  obecoeno. 

Κνβεθρον,  ου,  τό,  =  κνφέ?.η  ΠΙ., 
Hesyeh. 

Κυβεία,  ας.  η,  {κνβενω)  dice-playing, 
dicing,  Plat.  Phaedr.  274  Ι).  Xen.,  etc. 

Κυβείας,  ov,  Ό,  a  kind  of  ■πιβ.αμύς, 
Ορρ. :  also  κύβιον. 

Κΰ,.3{  ίο:',  ov,  τό,  (κυβενω)  α  gaming- 
house, Aeechin.  8,  22. 

ΪΚύβε?.α,  ωί>,  τά,  Cyhela,  a  moun- 
tain of  Phrygia,  near  Celaenae,  Apol- 
lod.  3,  5,  1,  whence  Cybele  was  said 
to  be  named,  Strab,  p.  567. 


KTBH 

Κυβέλη,  ης,  ή,  Cybf.le,  a  Phrygian 
goddess,  first  worshipped  at  Pessi- 
nus  ;  later,  not  only  throughout  Asia 
Minor,  but  Greece,  where  her  rites 
coalesced  with  the  worship  of  Rbea 
(first  in  Eur.  Bacch.  79,  Ar.  Av.  877) ; 
and  (from  A.  U.  C.  547)  also  at  Rome, 
under  the  name  of  the  Idaean  Mother: 
her  priests,  from  Attis  downwards, 
made  themselves  eunuchs:  they  were 
called  Γάλλοι  from  the  Phrygian 
river  Galliis,  as  ΚυβέΆί/  from  Κνβε- 
λα,  V.  foreg.  The  name  is  also  writ- 
ten Κνβήβη.  Hdt.  5,  102  ;  and  Bentl. 
Lucan.  1,  600,  will  allow  these  two 
forms  only,  viz.,  Κνβέ/.ίΐ,  Cybtle, 
when  the  penult,  was  required  short; 
Κνβήβι/,  Cybe.be,  when  long;  reject- 
ing Κνβή/^η,  and  Cijbele  or  Cy'^dle, 
cf.  Virg.  Aen.  10,  220,  Propert.  3,  15, 
35,  Drakenb.  Sil.  17,  8. 

Κυβερνάω,  ύ,  fut.  -ήσω,  Lat.  guber- 
nare.  to  steer,  vF/a,  Od.  3,  283  :  also,  κ- 
άρματα. Plat.  Theag.  123  C;  absol. 
Xen.  Mem.  1,  1,  9:  metaph.  to  guide, 
govern.  Pind.  P.  5,  164,  Plat.,  etc.; 
but  the  orig.  is  seldom  lost  sight 
of,  cr.  esp.  Ar.  Eq.  544.     Hence 

Κΰβερνησια,  ων,  τά,  a  festival  at 
Athens  in  juemory  of  the  steersman  of 
Theseus,  Plut. 

Κϋβέρνησις,  εως,  η.  Dor.  -ΰσις, 
{κυβερνάω)  a  steering,  pilotage.  Plat. 
Rep.  488  Β  :  in  genl.  a  guiding,  direct- 
ing, government,  -κο'κίων,  Pind.  P.  10, 
112. 

Κνβερνητειρα,  ας,  ή,  fem.  from 
κυβερνητήρ,  Anth. 

Κνβερνητέον,  verb.  adj.  from  κυ- 
βερνάω, line  must  direct.  Plat.  Sisyph. 
389  D. 

Κυβερνητήρ,  ί/ρος,  ό,  rarer  form  for 
κνβερνήτης,  Od.  8, 557:  tasadj.,  Noun. 
25,  189. 

Κϋβερνητί/ριος.  ία,  ίον,=κυβερντι- 
τικός,  Orac.  ap.  Plut.  Sol.  14. 

Κυβερνήτης,  ου,  b,  {κυβερνάω)  a 
steersman,  pilot,  Li3.t.  gubernator,  II.  19, 
43,  Od.  9,  78,  Hdt.  2,  164,  etc.:  in 
genl.  a  guide,  governor,  Eur.  Supp. 
880.     Hence 

Κυβερνητικός,  η,  όν,  {κυβερνάω) 
of,  belonging  to,  good  at  steering,  guiding 
or  governing.  Plat.  Rep.  488  D,  Ε  :  ;/ 
-κή  (sub.  τέχνη)  the  pilofs  art.  Id. 
Gorg.  511  D,  etc. 

\Κυβερνισκος,  ου,  6,  Cybemiscus,  a 
Lycian,  admiral  of  the  Persian  fleet, 
Hdt.  7,  98. 

Κνβερνισμός,  οϋ,  ό,^κνβέρνησις. 

Κνβετρον,  ου,  τό,=κύβεθρον,  He- 
sych. 

Κνβεντήρ,  ηρος,  ό,  =  κνβευτης. 
Hence 

Κΰ3ευτηριος,ία,ιον,=κυβεντικός: 
esp.  in  neut..  τό  κυβευτήριυν,  α  gam- 
bling-house, Plut. 

Κϋβευτής,  οϋ,  ά,  (κυβενω)  α  dice- 
player,  gamhler.  Soph.  Fr.  686  :  οι  Κ-, 
name  of  a  play  by  Antiphanes.  Hence 

Κΰβευτικός,  ή,  όν,  of,  belonging  to, 
skilled  in  dice-playing,  Plat.  Rep.  374 
C.     Adv.  -κώς. 

Κΰ3ει''ω.  {κύβος)  to  play  at  dice, 
Cratin.  Pyt.  13,  Ar.  Eccl.  672 :  hence 
to  run  a  risk  or  hazard,  περί  τίνος, 
Xen.  Hell.  6,  3,  16;  περί  τινι.  Plat. 
Prot.  314  A. — II.  trans,  to  set  upon  a 
throw,  hazard  a  thing,  A.  P.  12,  47 ; 
so  'Χρην  κ.,  to  hazard,  venture onw^r, 
Eur,     Rhes.  446  ;  cf  κινδυνεύω. 

KT'BH',  f/r,  i],  the  head:  only  found 
in  Gramm.,  as  E.  M.,  to  sei-ve  as  root 
for  κνβητιύω,  κνβιστάω,  κύβηβος, 
κύμβαχος  :  akin  also  to  κεφαλή. 
Germ.  Kopf,  Koppe,  Kuppe,  etc. :  and 
perh.  to  κύ-τω,  though  here  the  ν  is 
long  by  nature. 


ΚΥΒΟ 

Κνβήβη,  ης,  ί},=  Κυβέ?.η,  q.  v. 

Κύ3η3ος,  ov,  (κυβή)  stooping,  bow 
ing  with  the  head. — II.  Κύβηβος,  ό,  a 
minister  of  Cybele  :  in  genl.  one  ecstatic 
or  frantic,  Simon,  ap.  Phot.,  Cratin. 
θραΓ-.  9. 

Κϋβήλη,  ης,  ή,^Κυβέ7.η,  q.  v.,  dub. 

Κνβη7.ίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  to  strike  with  an 
axe :  from 

Κύβη'λις,  ιος  or  ιδος,  ή,  an  axe, 
cleaver,  Anaxipp.  ap.  Ath.  109  C. — II. 
=  τυρόκνηστις.  Cratin.  Incert.  62  ; 
cf.  άγερσικνβ7ΐ?ιΐς.  [ϋ] 

Κνβη/.ιστής,  ου,  ό,  α  minister  of  Cy- 
bele, such  as  vFent  about  begging  for 
the  goddess,  cf  μητραγνρτης. — 11.  in 
genl.  a  vagabond,  Gramm. 

Κυβήνη,  ης,  7'ι,=γ?.αύξ,  Hesych. 

Κνβησις,  ami  κνβίσις,  η,  v.  1.  for 
κίβισις. 

Κυβίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {κύβος)  to  ?nake  into 
a  cube,  Plut.  Pass,  to  be  raised  to  the 
ηώρ,  of  numbers.  Math.  Vett. 

Κυβικός,  ή,  όν,  {κύβος)  cubic,  Plat. 
Tim.  55  D. — %.  of  numbers,  raised  to 
the  cube,  Arist.  Probl.  Adv.  -κως,  Plut. 

KύβLOV,  ov,  TO,  the  flesh  of  the  —η- 
7ιαμνς,  salted  in  square  pieces,  κύβοι. — 
11.  the  '7τη7,αμνς  itself  when  at  a  partic- 
ular age,  Hices.  et  Posidipp.  ap.  Ath. 
U8B,  also  κυβείας,  [f] 

Κνβίοσύκτης,  ου,  ό,  {κύβιον,  σάτ- 
τω)=ταρίχέμπορος,  α  dealer  in  salt 
fish,  nickname  of  the  thirteenth  Pto- 
lemy, Strab. 

'ίΚύ3ισθος,  ov,  b,  Cybisthus,  nephew 
of  Thales,  Plut.  Sol'  7. 

Κϋβιστάω,  ω,  f.  -ήσω,  {κνβή,  κν- 
■πτω)  to  throw  one''s  self  or  pitch  head- 
most, tumble  headlong,  εξ ι~~ων,  II.  16, 
745,  749  :  to  plunge  headlong  into  wa- 
ter, dive,  KUTu  καλά  ()έεθρα,  II.  21, 
354 : — later  of  professional  tumblers, 
employed  to  enliven  banquets,  etc., 
to  tumble,  turn  heels  over  head,  Plat. 
Symp.  p.  190  A  ;  the  most  approved 
method  was  to  throw  a  summerset 
over  swords  fixed  upright,  κ-  εις  ξίφη, 
εις  μαχαίρας,  Xen.  Symp.  2, 11,  Plat. 
Euthyd.  294  Ε.    Hence 

Κϋβίστημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  summerset, 
Luc. ;  also=sq. 

Κνβίστησις,  εως,  ή,  {κϋβιστάω)  the 
throiving  a  summerset,  playing  mounte- 
bank's tricks,  Luc.  Gymn.  16. 

Κϋβιστητήρ,  ηρος,  ό,  {κϋβιστάω) 
one  who  throws  hi?nself  on  his  head, 
throws  a  summerset,  a  mountebank, 
tumbler,  II.  18,  605,  Od.  4,  18,  cf.  κϋ- 
βιστάω :  esp.  a  diver,  II.  16,  750. — 2. 
a  sea-fish,  Opp. — Π.  later  as  adj.,  tum- 
bling', Wern.  Tryph.  192. 

Κνβιστίνδα,  τταίζειν,  (κνβιστάω) 
to  play  at  throwing  summersets. 

ίΚύβιστρα,  ων,  τά,  Cybistra,  a  city 
of  Cataonia  near  Tyana,  Strab.  p.  535. 

Κνβιτίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  to  shove,  push  with 
the  elbow,  Epich.  p.  108. 

ΚύβΙτον,  ov,  TO,  more  usu.  ώλέ- 
κρανον,  the  elbow,  Lat.  cubitus,  Epich. 
p.  108,  Hipp,  [ϋ] 

Κϋβοειδης,  ef,  (κύβος,  είδος)  like  a 
cube,  ctibical,  Strab. 

ΚΥ'ΒΟΣ,  ου,  ό,  Lat.  cubus,  a  solid 
square,  a  cube.  Plat.,  etc.  :  esp. — Π. 
a  cubical  die,  marked  on  all  six  sides, 
for  the  game  of  dice,  thus  differing 
from  the  αστράγαλος,  which  was 
marked  only  on  four  sides  (the  other 
two  being  rounded),  usu.  in  plur., 
Hdt.  1,  94,  Soph.  Fr.  380,  etc. ;  the 
Greeks  threw  with  three  dice,  cf  infi-. 
— 2.  proverb.,  άει  yap  ευ  πίπτονσιν 
οι  Αώς  κνβοι,  i.  e.  God's  work  is  no 
mere  chance,  Soph.  Fr.  763  :  κρίνειν 
τι  iv  κύβοις,  to  decide  it  by  the  dice, 
by  chance,  Aesch.  Theb.  414 ;  later 
in  sing.,  so  βίτϊτειν  or  άναύύίπτειν 
807 


ΚΤΔΙ 

Kv3or,  to  cast  the  die,  i.  e.  to  risk, 
hazard,  Anth.,  and  Pint.,  cf.  Valck. 
Phoen.  1235 :  εσχατον  κύβον  άώίέ- 
ναι,  to  try  one's  luck  for  the  last 
time  Pint.  Coriol.  3.-2.  also  of  the 
single  pips  on  the  dice,  βέβ'λι/κ'  Άχί?.- 
λενς  δύο  κνβω  και  τέσσαρα,  he  has 
thrown  two  aces  and  a  four,  Eiir. 
Tel.  3  ;  τρις  εξ  βαλείν,  three  sixes, 
Aesch.  Ag.  33,  ubi  v.  Blotnf. — II.  any 
cube,  cubic  nuviber,  i.  e.  a  number  mul- 
tiplied twice  into  itself,  as  27  is  the 
cube  of  3,  Plat.  Rep.  528  B.— III.  a 
veriebre,  like  αστράγαλος,  Arr.  ap. 
Poll.  2,  180. 

KvSulov,  ov,  τό,—κύβιτον.  Poll. 

Κνγχράμος,  ου,  6,  a  bird  that  mi- 
grates with  qtiails,  prob.  α  kind  of  orto- 
lan, Arist.  H.  Α.;  also  written  «ey- 
χραμος,  κέγχραμις,  κέχραμος,  κέκρα- 
νος,  κιγκρύμας,  κνγχρανος. 

Κί'δαζίΛ),  also  -άσσω,  Att.  -άττω, 
{κϋόος)  to  revile,  abuse,  τινά,  FJpich. 
p.  3  ;  so  too  as  dep.  mid.,  Epich.  p. 
115.  But  in  pass,  to  be  mocked,  insult- 
ed by  one,  Aesch.  Fr.  86,  Soph.  Aj. 
722.  Only  poet,  (κνδος,  like  Lat. 
fama  and  όνειδος,  denotes  good  and 
evil  report,  but  of  the  verbs,  this  is 
used  always  in  bad,  κνδαίνω  ahnost 
always  in  good  sense.) 

ίΚυδαθηναιεύς,  έως,  6,  a  Cydathe- 
ηίαη,  an  inhabitant  of  Cydathenaeum,  (a 
derne  of  the  tribe  Pandionis,  the  name 
of  which  deme  as  of  many  others  not 
in  use  but  formed  by  the  Gramm. 
backward  from  the  gentile  name) 
Dem.  1397,  4  ;  comic  appell.  in  Ar., 
κνων  Κυδ.,  of  Cleon,  Vesp.  895. 

Κϋδαίνω,  f.  -άνώ,  {κϋδος)  to  honor, 
do  honor  to,  exalt,  ennoble,  glorify, 
praise,  etc.,  τινά,  Horn.,  esp.  in  II., 
synon.  with  τιμάν,  II.  15,  612  ;  opp. 
to  κακώσαι,  Od.  16,  212:  of  the  ex- 
ternal figure  of  a  man,  Αίνείαν  ακέ- 
οντό  τε  κύδαινύν  τε,  they  healed  and 
glorified  him,  by  restoring  strength 
and"beauty,  II.  5,  448.— II.  to  delight, 
gladden  by  marks  of  honour,  κύδαινε 
θυμον  ανακτάς,  Od.  14,  438. — III. 
seldom  in  bad  sense  (cf.  foreg.,  fin.), 
to  flatter,  fawn  τφοη,  Hes.  Op.  38. 
Only  poet. — Cf.  κυδάνω,  κνδιάω,  κυ• 
δοόω. 

Κνδά?ιΐμος,  ον,  (κνδος)  glorious,  re- 
nowned, famous,  noble,  freq.  Homer, 
epith.  of  heroes  and  of  whole  nations, 
as  in  II.  6,  184,  204:  also,  κνδύλιμον 
κηρ,  noble,  honourable  heart,  II.  10,  10: 
18,  33  :  Od.  21,  247  :  of  the  heart  of 
the  lion,  II.  12,  45.  Ep.  word.  Cf 
κύδιμος,   κύδιστος,    κνδρύς,   κνδνός. 

["] 

Κνδαλος,  ν.  κνδαρος. 
^Κνδαντίδαι,  ών,  οΐ,  Cydantidae,  a 
deme  of  the  tribe  Aegeis. 

'Κ.ϋδήνίύ,^=κνδαίνω,  to  honour,  hold 
in  honour,  τινά,  II.  14,  73. — II.  intr.:= 
κνδιύΐύ,  to  vaunt  aloud,  boast,  μέγ'  εκύ- 
δανον,  οϋνεκα-..,  II.  20,  42.  [<ϊ] 

Κνδαρος,  ον,  ό,  also  κνδαλος,  α 
kind  of  small  ship,  Antiph.  Incert.  89. 

ΚϋΛίσσω,  Att.  κϋδάττω,  v.  κνδύζω. 

Κνδάυ,^^κυδιάω  and  κνδαίνω, av\h. 

Κνδέστερος,  a,  ov,  irreg.  compar. 
of  κνδάλιμος  in  Polyb.  3,  90,  7,  jnore 
glorious,  more  honoured,  as  if  from  κυ- 
δής,  cf.  έρικνδής. 

Κνδηεις,  εσσα,  εν,  {κνδος)  glorious, 
noble,  δώρα,  Anth. 

Κϋδίύνειρα,  ας,  ή,  {κϋδος,  άνήρ) 
like  άντιάνειρα,  βωτιάνειρα,  etc.,  as 
if  from  a  masc.  in  -άνωρ,  glorifying  or 
ennobling  men,  bringing  them  glory  or 
renown,  in  II.,  usu.  epith.  of  μάχη  : 
once  of  the  άγορή,  II.  1,  490. — II. 
pass,  glorified  by  men,  famous  for  men, 
Σπάοτη,  Damaget.  Ep.  3.  Ep.  word. 
808 


ΚΤΔΡ 

— The   -pu  shows  that  there  is  no 
masc.  in  ος.  [αν] 

\Κνδίας,  ov,  ό,  Cydias,  masc.  pr.  n., 
Arist.  Ilhet.  2,  0  ;  etc. 

Κϋδίάω,  ώ,  {κνδος)  to  vaimt,  pride 
one^s  self  Lat.  gloriari :  hence  to  go 
proudly  along,  exult,  in  II.  always  in 
Ep.  part,  κνδιόων,  11.  21,  519,  Η. 
Horn.  Cer.  170 ;  of  a  horse,  II.  0, 
509  ;  15,  200  ;  κνδώων  ότι...,  II.  2, 
579  :  to  be  proud  of  a  thing,  tlvi,  Hes. 
Sc.  27.     Ep.  word. 

\Κνδιιιάχη,  ης,  ή,  Cydimache,  fem. 
pr.  n.,  Luc. 

^Κνδίμαχος,  ov,  6,  Cydimachus,  Ath- 
enian masc.  pr.  n.,  Dinarch.  100,  7. 
— 2.  a  tyrant  of  Caria,  Luc. 

Κΰδΐμος.  ον,^κνδάλιμης,  not  in  II., 
or  Od.,  but  ten  tunes  in  II.  Horn. 
Merc,  as  epith.  of  Mercury.  \v] 

ίΚνδίππη,  ης,  ή,  Cydippe,  wife  of 
Acontius,  Callim.  Fr.  101. — 2.  wife 
of  Anaxilaus,  Hdt.  7,  165. — Others  in 
Strab.  ;  etc. 

Κνδιστος,  η,  ov,  superl.  of  κνδρός 
(formed  from  κϋδος,  as  αϊσχιστος, 
from  αίσχος),  most  glorious,  most  hon- 
oured, noblest,  in  Hom.  usu.  epith.  of 
Jupiter  and  Agamemnon,  as  the  first 
of  gods  and  men  respectively  :  also 
of  Minerva,  II.  4,  515  :  in  genl.  the 
greatest,  κνδιστ  ΰχέων,  Aesch.  Supp. 
14.  In  Att.  also  a  compar.  κνδίων, 
ov,  gen.  όνος,  τι  κνδιόν  μοι  ζην ; 
what  boots  it  me  to  live  ?  Eur.  Ale. 
960,  cf  Andr.  639.— In  E.  M.  we  find 
also  κνδότερος  and  κϋδότατος.  [ϋ] 

Κϋδίων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  v.  foreg. 

Κνδνός,  ή,  όν,=:κνδρός,  q.  v.,  epith. 
of  Dice,  Hes.  Op.  255,  cf  Ruhnk.  Ep. 
Cr.  p.  83. 

ίΚνδνος,  ov,  6,  the  Cydnus,  a  river 
of  Cilicia,  flowing  through  Tarsus, 
now  the  Tersoos,  Xen.  An.  1,  2,  24. 

Κνδοιδοπάω,  ώ,  f  -τ'/σω,  {κνδοιμός) 
to  make  a  hubbub,  Ar.  Pac.  1152,  Nub. 
616. 

Κΰδοιμέω,  ω,  fut.  -ήσω,  {κνδοιμός) 
to  make  an  uproar,  spread  confusion  and 
alarm,  II.  11,  324.— II.  trans,  to  throw 
into  confusion  a7id  alarm,  τινά,  II.  15, 
130  :  in  genl.  to  war  against  one. 

Κνδοιμυς,  οϋ,  ό,  uproar,  confusion, 
II.  18,  218  :  also  Κνδοιμός,  personi- 
fied, as  companion  of  'Ϋ,ννώ  and 
'Epif,  II.  5,  593  ;  18,  535  :  in  Theocr. 
όρνίχων  κνδοιμοί,  cock-fights,  22,  72. 

Κνδοιμοτόκος,  ov,  {κνδοιμός,  τε- 
κεϊν)  parent  of  confusion,  Greg.  Naz. 

ΚΥ'ΔΟΣ,  εος,  τό,  glory,  fame,  re- 
nown, praise,  esp.  in  war,  oft.  in  Hom. 
(esp.  in  II.),  joined  with  τιμή,  II.  10, 
84  ;  17,  251  :  he  usu.  says,  κνδος  άρέ- 
σθαι,  to  win  glory  :  of  Jupiter,  κνδεϊ 
γαίων,  11.  1 ,  405,  etc. :  of  a  single 
person,  as  Ulysses, //έ^α  κνδος  'Αχαι- 
ών, the  glory,  pride  ot  the  Achaians, 
like  Lat.  decus,  Od.  12.  184  ;  and  of 
Nestor,  II.  14,  42. — 2.  glory  and  success 
together,  cf  Nitzsch  Od.  3,  57  ;  in 
Trag.  only  used  by  Aesch. — II.  in  bad 
signf.,  evil  report,  disgrace,  shame,  only 
in  Gramm.,  but  cf  όνειδος,  and  Lat. 
fama,  v.  κνδάζω  :  ace.  to  E.  M.,  in 
this  signf  it  was  ό  κνδος.    Only  poet. 

Κνδότερος,  κνδότατος,ν.  κύδιστος. 

ίΚνδραι,  ών,  αϊ,  CyJrae,  a  city  of 
Chaonia  in  Epirus,  Strab. 

ίΚνδραρα,  ων,  τά,  Cydrara,  a  city 
of  Phrygia  on  the  confines  of  Lydia, 
Hdt.  7,  30. 

ίΚυδρΐβ.ος,  ov,  6,  Cydrelus,  a  son  of 
Codrus,  founder  of  Myus,  Strab.  p. 
633. 

Κνδρός,  ά,  όν,  {κνδος)^=  κνδύ7Λμος, 
glorious,  illustrious,  noble,  in  Hom.  al- 
ways in  fem.,  as  epith.  of  goddesses: 
also  of  women,  Od.  15, 26  :  the  masc. 


ΚΤΘΕ 

first  in  H.  Hom.  Merc.  4C1 :  ot  a 
horse,  proud,  stalely,  Xen.  Eq.  10,  10  ; 
κνδρότερον  ττίνειν,  to  drink  more  lust- 
ily, Ion  ap.  Ath.  403  C.  Poet,  word, 
of  which  κνδνός  is  a  v.  1.,  though 
this  form  is  very  dnb. 

Κνδρόω,  ώ,  to  honour,  glorify.  Pass. 
κνδροϋμαι,^  κνδιάω,  to  pride  one's 
self,  bear  one's  self  proudly,  strut,  show 
off,  A  el.,  etc. 

^Κνδων,  ωνος,  h,  Cydon,  son  of 
Apollo  and  Acacallis  ;  from  him  ace. 
to  Steph.  Byz.  Cydonia  in  Crete  \vas 
named  :  in  Pans.  8,  33,  4,  son  of  Mer- 
cuiy  and  Acacallis. — 2.  a  Byzantian, 
Xen.  Hell.  1,  3,  18.— II.  adj.  Cydonmn. 

Κϋδωνέα,  ας,  ή,  and  Κνδωνία,  ας, 
ή,  α  quince-tree. 

^Κνδωνες,  ων,  οι,  the  Cydonians,  an 
early  race  in  tlie  northwest  of  Crete, 
called  by  Strab.  p.  475  indigenous, 
Od.  3,  292;  19,  176. 

Κνδωνία,  ας,  ή,  also  Kvouv,\Cydo• 
nia,  a  city  in  the  northwest  of  Crete  ; 
its  ruins  are  on  the  site  Jerami,  Hdt. 
3,  44.      Hence 

^Κυδωνιάς,  άδος,  ή,  Cydonian,  epith. 
of  Diana,  Orph. 

Κϋδωνιάτης,  ov,  6,  an  inhabitant  of 
Cydonia,  Polyb.  4,  55,  4. 

Κνδωνιάω,  ώ,  {Κνδώνιος)  to  swell 
like  a  quince,  Lat.  sororiare,  μαζός  Κυ- 
δωνιά, Leon.  Tar.  41,  cf  sq.,  and  μή- 
λον Β. 

Κνδωνικός,  ή,  ov,=:sq.,  άνήρ,  The- 
ocr. 7,  12,  ubi  al  Κνδώνιος. 

Κνδώνιος,  ία,  ιον,  {Κνδων)  Cydo- 
nian: μήλον  Κ.,  α  quince,  ci.  μήλον 
Β. — II.  inetaph.  swelling  like  a  quince, 
hence  round  and  plump,  of  a  girl's 
breasts,  Ar.  Ach.  1 199,  cf  foreg. 

Κϋδωνίς,  ίδος,  ή,  fem.  to  foreg. 

Κϋδωνίτης,  ου,  ό,  οίνος  Κυδ., 
qxiitice-wine. 

Κνέω,  ώ,  {.  -ήσω,  older  form  for 
κνω,  aor.  ίκνησα.  To  bear  in  the 
womb,  to  have  conceived,  to  be  big  or 
pregnant  with  a  child,  Lat.  gestare,  C. 
ace,  έκνει  φί?ιθν  vii'jv  l\.  19,  117  ;  βρέ- 
φος ήμίονον  κνέονσα,  II.  23,  266  ;  so 
too.  Plat.  Symp.  203  C,  206  D :— Pass., 
TO  κνονμενον,  that  which  is  in  the  womb, 
the  foetus.  Plat.  Legg.  789  Λ,  Arist., 
etc.  : — Mid.  to  bring  forth,  έκνήσατο, 
Opp.  Cyn.  3,  22.-2.  absol.  to  be  big 
or  pregnant,  to  conceive,  like  κνίσκο- 
μαι,  Hdt.  5,  41  ;  κ.  εξ  ανδρός.  Id.  6, 
68.     Cf  κνω,  fin. 

\Κνζικηνικός,  ή,  ov.=  sq.,  Ar.  Pac. 
1176. 

Κυζϊκηνός,  ή,  όν,  oforfrom  Cyzicus, 
Cyzicenian,  Hdt. :  ό  Κνζικηνός,  a 
gold  coin,  cf.  sub.  στατήρ. 

ίΚνζικος,  ov,  ύ,  Cyzicus,  son  of  Ae- 
nus  and  Aenete,  king  of  the  Dolioiies, 
after  whom  the  island  ( sq. )  was 
named,  A  p.  Rh.  1,949. 

^Κνζικος,  ov,  ή,  Cyzicus,  an  island 
in  the  Propontis,  on  the  coast  of  My- 
sia,  connected  by  two  bridges  with 
the  main  land,  and  on  this  account 
often  considered  as  a  peninsula, 
Strab.  p.  575. — 2.  on  it  was  a  celebra- 
ted city  of  same  name  with  a  good 
harbour,  earlier  called  Άρκτόννησος, 
Hdt.  4,  14. 

Κύημα,  ητος,  τό,  (κνέ-ω)  that  whicJt 
is  conceived  an  embryo,  foetus,  Plat. 
Rep.  401  C,  and  Arist. ;  also  κνμα. 
[ϋ]    , 

Κνησις,  εως,ή,  (κνέω)  conception  or 
gestation,  pregnancy.  Plat.  Polit.  274 
A,  Mene.x.  238  A.  [v] 

Κνητήριος,  a,  ov,  aiding  the  delive~ 
ry,  Hipp.  ^      ^    ^ 

Kvi/τικός,  ή,  όν,  {κνέω)  belonging  to 
conception,  aiding  it,  Clem.  Al. 

Κνθε,  Ep.  3  sing.  aor.  2  from  κει5- 


ΚΥΚΕ 

θω,  Od.  3,  16  [ν],  subj.  κεκύθωσι,  c. 
Ερ.  redupl.,  Od.  6,  303.  There  is  no 
pres.  κύθω. 

Κνθείρα,  ας,  η,  later  form  for  Κυ- 
θέρεια,  0pp.,  v.  Jac.  A.  P.  p.  606.  [ϋ] 

Κνθέρεια,  ας,  η,  Cytherea,  surname 
of  Venus,  Od.  8,  288  ;  18,  193,  from 
the  city  Κύθηρα,  in  Crete,  or  the  isl- 
and Κύθηρα  (q.  v.),  Κνττρογενης  Κν- 
θέρεια joined,  Η.  Horn.  9,  1 ;  Κνθέ- 
θί-ια  Άφροόίτη,  Musae.  37. 

^Κυθέρη,  ης,  ^,=foreg.,  Luc.  Conv. 
41. 

Κύθηρα,  ων,  τά,  Cythera,  an  island 
on  the  south  of  Laconia,  now  Cerigo, 
II.  15,  432,  and  Hes.  Th.  192  :  v.  sub 
Κνθέρεια.ί-2.  the  chief  city  of  the 
island.  Thuc.  4,  54  ;  Strab.  p.  363.-3. 
a  city  of  Cyprus,  Schol.  Hes.  Th.  192. 
ίΚύθηράδε,  adv.  to  Cytherus,  irreg. 
for  Κυθηρόνδε,  as  if  from  Κύθηρα, 
Dem.  1041,  12. 

Κϋθήρη,  ης,  ή,  =  Κνθέρεια,  Plat. 
Epigr.  29  Bgk. 

^Κνθήριος,  a,  ov,  Cytherian,  of  Cy- 
thera, II.  10,  268  ;  Hdt.  ;  etc. :  η  Kv- 
θηρία,  sc.  γή,=  Κνθηρα,  Xen.  Hell. 
4,  8,  7:  Kd077P£7?,  Hdt.  1,  82. 

iKvθήpιoς,  ov,  h,  the  Cytherius,  a 
river  of  Elis  Pisatis,  Strab. ;  in  Paus. 
Κύθηρος. 

Κνθηροδίκης,  ov,  6,  {Κύθηρα,  δίκη) 
a  Spartan  7nagistrate  sent  annually  to 
govern  the  island  of  Cythera,  Κνθ.  αρ- 
χή, Thuc.  4,  53. 

Κνθηρόθεν,  adv.  (Κύθηρα)  from  Cy- 
thera, II.  15,438. 

ίΚύθηρος,  ov,  b,  OT-pov,  ov,  τό,  Cy- 
therus, one  of  the  twelve  ancient  cit- 
ies of  Attica  ;  subsequently  a  deme 
of  the  tribe  Pandionis,  Strab.  p.  397. 
^Κύθιιιος,  a,  ov,  of  Cythmis,  Cythni- 
an  ;  ol  Κνθνιοι,  Hdt.  7,  91  ;  from 

^ίζ,νθνος,  ov,  {],  Cythnus,  one  of  the 
Cyclades,now  TAermm,  Strab.  p.  485. 

Κνθος,  τό,=  κενθος. 

Κύθρα,  -θρίνος,  -θρόγανλος,  -θρος, 
Ion.  for  χύτρ-. 

^ΚύΊζα,  τά,  Cy'iza,  a  place  in  India, 
Arr.  Ind.  27,  6. 

Κνίσκω,  [κύο),  κνέω)  to  make  ■preg- 
nant, impregnate,  of  the  male,  Galen. 
Pass,  κνΐσκομαι,  of  the  female, =  Λ:ιίω, 
to  conceive,  become  pregnant  or  with 
young,  Hdt.  2,  93  ;  4,  30 :  also  of 
plants,  Theophr. — 2.  also  intrans.,= 
pass.,  Philostr. 

Κΰ/ίΰΐ'άω,  ώ,ροβί.  strengthd  collat. 
form  from  sq.,  Ar.  Thesm.  852. 

ΚΤ'ΚΑΏ,  ώ,  ί.  -ήσω,  to  stir  tip  and 
mix,  mix  up,  II.  5,  903 ;  tlvl,  with  a 
thing.  II.  11,  638,  τυροί'  οίνω,  Od.  10, 
235,  cf  Ar.  Vesp.  1515.— II!  like  τα- 
ράσσω, Lat.  miscere  and  turbare,  to  stir 
up,  and  so,  κ.  τον  βόρβορον,  to  stir  up 
the  mud,  Ar.  Eq.  866  :  hence  to  throw 
into  confusion  0Γ  disorder,  confound, 
Aesch.  Pr.  994  ;  κ-  την  βον?α/ν,  Ar. 
Eq.  363  :  in  this  signf  Horn,  only  has 
the  pass.,  to  be  confounded,  panic-strick- 
en, etc.,  τώ  δε  κνκηθήτην,  II.  11, 129  ; 
so,  κνκήθησαν  δε  oi  Ιπποι,  II.  20, 
489 ;  of  the  tumult  of  waves,  κνμα 
κνκώμενον,  II.  21,  235,  Od.  12,  238, 
etc. :  later  of  mental  disquiet,  κήδεσι 
κυκώμενος,  Archil.  14.     Hence 

Κνκεία,  ας,  ή,  a  mixing  up,  confu- 
sion. 

Κνκειώ,  Ep.  ace.  for  κνκεώνα,  from 
sq.,  II. 

Κνκεών,  ώνος,  b,  ace.  κνκεώνα,  and 
shortd.  κνκεώ,  .is  always  in  Od.,  and 
H.  Horn.  Cer.,  but  in  II.  always  Ep. 
ace.  κυκείώ  (κνκάω)  :  a  mixture,  esp. 
a  mixed  drink,  refreshing  draught,  po- 
tion, made  of  barley-meal,  grated 
cheese  and  Pramnian  wine,  11.  11, 
624,  641 ;  to  which  Circe  adds  honey, 


KYKA 

Od.  10, 234,316,  and  when  it  is  ready, 
puts  in  magical  drugs  :  its  consisten- 
cy was  that  of  a  thick  soup,  as  may 
be  inferred  from  its  being  called  σίτος 
in  Od..  and  ποτόν  in  II.  :  in  H.  Hom. 
Cer.  208,  the  κνκεών,  given  to  Ceres 
is  of  ύλφιτα,  water,  and  γ2^/χων. 
Later,  various  ingredients  were  used, 
esp.  for  medical  use,  and  various 
names  were  given  to  the  κνκεών,  v. 
Foes.  Oecon.  Hipp.  The  Lat.  name 
was  cinnus,  Arnob. 

ίΚύκη,  ης,  ή,  Cyce,  fem.  pr.  n.,  An- 
acr.  19,  13.  ^  ^ 

Κνκήθρα,  ας,  ή,  {κνκάω)=^ταραχή, 
a  mixture,  medley. 

Κνκηθρον,  ov,  τό,  (κνκάω)  a  ladle 
for  stirring :  hence  metaph.  a  turbu- 
lent felloio,  agitator,  Ar.  Pac.  654.  [ΐ] 

ΚιίΛ);μα,  ατός,  τό,^τάραχος,  κν- 
κήθρα. [ν} 

ΪΚνκήσιον,  ον,  τό,  Cycesium,  a  city 
of  Elis  Pisatis,  Strab.  p.  356. 

Κνκησις,  εως,  ή,  (κνκάω)  a  stirring 
up,  viixing  in  confusion,  Plat.  Tim.  68 

Κνκησίτεφρος,  ov,  {κνκαω,  τέφρα) 
mixed  up  with  ashes,  κονία,  Ar.  Ran. 
710. 

Κϋκητής,  ov,  6,  {κνκάω)  a  stirrer, 
agitator. 
ίΚνκλάδες,  ων,  αϊ,  {κνκΐάς)  with 
and  without  νήσοι,  the  Cy claries,  isl- 
ands in  the  Aegean  sea,  which  lie  in 
a  circle  round  Delos,  Hdt.  5,  30. 

Κνκλάζω,  i.  -άσω,  {κύκλος)  to  go 
round  about,  surround. 

Κνκ?.αίνω,  {κνκΤιος)  to  make  round. 

ΚνκΆύμϊνος,  ov,  ή,  Theocr.  5,  123, 
Theophr.,  κνκλάμίνον,  τό,  also  κν- 
κΑαμίς,  ή,  Orph..  cyclamen,  sow-bread, 
a  tuberous-rooted  plant,  with  a  frag- 
rant flower  used  for  garlands. 

Κνκλάς,  άδος,  ή,  (κύκλος)  round, 
circular,  lying  arcnind,  κ.  νηϋαίας  πό- 
λεις, Eur.  Ion  1583 :  hence,  a'l  Kv- 
κλάδες,  q.  v.,  Isocr.  68  D,  cf.  Strab.  p. 
485:  also  κνκλύς,  ?/,  (sub.  εσθής)  a 
woman's  garment  with  a  border  all 
round  it,  Propert.  4,  7,  36. — II.  of  time, 
coming  in  a  circle,  revolving,  ώρα,  Eur. 
Ale.  449. 

^Κνκλενς,  έως,  6,  Cycleus,  father  of 
the  poet  Arion,  Anth. 

Κνκλενω,  (κύκλος)  to  make  a  circle, 
goround,  traverse,  Strab. — 11.  tocircum- 
vent,  to  surround.     App. 

Κνκλέω,  ω,  f.  -ήσω,  to  move  round 
and  round,  ivheel  along,  in  Hom.  only 
once,  κνκλήσομεν  ενθάδε  νεκρονς 
βουσϊ  και  ήμιόνοισι,  II.  7,  3,32,  and 
ν.  Pors.  Or.  624  :  usu. — 2.  to  move 
round  or  in  a  circle,  bring  round,  βάσιν, 
πόδα  κ.,  to  walk  round  and  round,  for 
the  purpose  of  watching,  etc.,  Soph. 
Aj.  19,  Eur.  Or.  624 ;  so,  κ.  πρόςω- 
πον,  όμμα,  to  look  round,  look  about, 
Eur.  Phoen.  364,  Ar.  Thesm.  958.-- 
B.  pass,  to  surround,  encircle,  τινά, 
Hdt.  8,  16,  Soph.  Aj.  353.-2.  to  go 
round  and  round,  to  revolve,  Id.  Fr.  713, 
την  αντήν  φοράν  κ..  Plat.  Rep.  617 
Α. — 3.  metaph.  of  sayings.etc,  to  be 
current,  pass  from  mouth  to  month, 
Plut.— C.  also  intr.  in  act.,=  pass.— 
2.  to  revolve,  come  round  and  round, 
νύκτες,  ήμέραι  τε  κνκ?Μνσι,  Soph. 
El.  1365,  Tr.  130.     Cf  κνκλόω. 

Κνκληδόν,  (κύκλος)  adv.,  in  a  cir- 
cle, Posidon.  ap.  Ath.  212  F. 

Κνκλησις,  εως,  ή,  (κνκλέω)  a  round, 
circuit,  revolution. 

\Κνκλιάδας,  ov,  b,  Cycliadas,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Polyb.  17,  1.  2. 

Κνκλιάς,  άδος,  ύ,  ή.  (κύκλος)  circu- 
lar, round,  τνροϊ  κνκ7αύ6ες,  cf.  Jac. 
Α.  P.  p.  201. 

Κνκλίκός,  ή,  Cv,  (κύκλος)  circular, 


ΚΥΚΛ 

in  a  circle,  κίνησις,  Plut.  Adv.  -κώς. 
— II.  those  Epic  poets  were  called 
κνκλικοί,  whose  writings  collective- 
ly formed  a  cycle  or  series  of  mythic 
and  heroic  story  down  to  the  death 
of  Ulysses,  v.  Welcker,  Epischer  Cy- 
clus  (Bonn,  1835) ;  Muller  Gr.  Lite- 
rat.  1,  ch.  6;  Diintzer  Fragm.  d.  Ep. 
Poesie  (Koln  1840) :  the  chief  ancient 
authority  is  Prochis'  Chrestomatheia. 
Adv.  -κώς,  Arist.  Coel. 

Κνκ?.ιοδΙδάσκά?ιθς,  ov,  a,  (κύκλι- 
ος II.,  διδάσκω)  a  teacher  of  the  cyclic 
chorus,  i.  e.  a  dithyrambic  poet,  v.  sq., 
Ar.  Av.  1403. 

Κύκλιος, lia,  tov,  also  ος,  ov,  (κύκ- 
λος) round,  circular,  ασπίς,  Archestr. 
ap.  Ath.  320  Β  :— the  neut.  το  κύκ- 
'λιον,  as  s\\\>st.=^ κύκλος,  Eur.  I.  A. 
1056. — II.  κύκλιοι  χοροί,  o'l,  circular, 
cyclic  choruses,  strictly  of  any  which 
danced  (and  sang)  in  a  ring  round  an 
altar  in  honour  of  the  god :  but  usu. 
appropriated  to  those  of  Bacchus,  di- 
thyrambic choruses,  opp.  to  tlie  drama- 
tic, which  was  arranged  in  a  square 
(τετράγωνος),  freq.  in  Ar.,  as  Nub. 
333,  Ran.  366:  hence  κ.  μέλη,  dithy- 
rambs, Ar.  Av.  918. 

Κνκλίσκος,  ov,  ό.  Dim.  from  κύ- 
κλος, Diosc. 

Κνκλοβορέω,  ω,  to  roar  like  the  tor- 
rent Cycloborus,  Ar.  Ach.  381  :  from 

Κνκλοβόρος,  ov,  0,  a  mountain-tor- 
rent in  Attica,  Ar.  Eq.  137.  (Prob. 
from  κύκλος,  βιβρώσκω,  devouring  all 
round.) 

Κνκλογράφέω,  ω,  f.  -ήσω,  to  write 
about  and  about  a  thing,  to  use  peri- 
phrasis, Dion.  H. :  from 

Κνκλογράφος,  ov,  (κνκ?.ος,  γράφω) 
writing  on  a  certain  circle  ot  subjects, 
esp.  of  a  cyclic  poet.,  v.  κνκλικός  II. 
[«] 

Κνκλοδίωκτος,  ov,  (κύκλος,  διώκω) 
driven  round  in  a  circle,  Anth.   [t] 

Κνκλοειόής,  ες,  (κύκλος,  είδος)  cir- 
cular, Plut.     Adv.  -δώς. 

Κνκ?ιόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  poet,  for  κν- 
κλικός, circular,  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  161. 

Κνκλοέλικτος,  ον,  (κύκλος,  ελίσ- 
σω) revolving  in  a  circle,  Orph. 

Κνκλόθεν,  adv.  (κύκλος)  from  the 
circumference, from  all  sides,  all  around, 
Lys.  110,41,  Lob.  Phryn.  9. 

Κνκλομόλιβδος,  ov,  b,  a  round  lead- 
pencil,  Anth. 

KvK?M  παιδία,  ας,ή,=  έγκνκλοπαι- 
δία,  dub. 

Κνκ?.οποιέω,  ώ.  f.  -?;σω,  (κύκλος, 
ποίέω)  to  make  into  or  like  a  circle. 
Mid.  to  form  into,  stand  in  a  circle,  dub. 
in  Xen.  Cyr.  7,  1,  40. 

Κνκλοπορεία,  ας,  ή,  a  going  round, 
circuitous  way,  Strab.  :  from 

Κνκλοπορέω,  ω,  fut.  -ήσω,  (κνκ?.ος, 
πόρος)  to  go  by  a  circuitous  way,  Strab. 

ΚΥ'ΚΑΟΣ,  ov,  0,  also  with  hete- 
rog.  plur.  tu  κύκλα,  II.  (cf  infr.  II. 
1)  : — a  ring,  circle,  round,  δόλιος  κύ- 
κλος, of  the  circle  which  hunters  draw 
round  their  game,  Od.  4.  792  :  esp. 
the  rim  of  a  round  shield,  11.  11,  33, 
etc. :  κύκλω,  in  a  circle  or  ring,  round 
about,  κύκλω  άκύντη,  Od.  8,  278 ; 
usu.  with  verbs  compd.  of  περί,  as, 
περιστήναι,  περιϊέναι.  etc.,  Hdt.  1, 
180,  Aesch.  Fr.  395,  Plat.,  etc.  ;  so 
κύκλω  περί  τι,  round  about  it,  Hdt.  1, 
43  ;  but  we  also  have  κύκλω,  c.  ace, 
as  if  for  περί,  κύκλω  σήμα.  Id.  4,  72  ; 
also  c.  gen.,  κ.  τον  στρατοπέδον, 
Xen.  Cyr.  4,  5,  5 :  so  too,  tv  κύκλω, 
around,  on  or  from  all  sides,  Soph.  Aj. 
723,  etc. — II.  any  circular  body.  esp. 
— 1.  a  wheel.  11.^23,  340,  in  which 
signf  the  hetcrog.  plur.  κύκλα,  is 
mostly  used,  U.  δ,  722;  18,  375.-2.  a 
609 


ΚΤΚΛ 

place  of  assembly,  the  αγορά,  called 
Ιερος  κ-,  in  II.  18,  504  ;  so,  αγοράς  κ., 
Eur.  Or.  919,  Thuc.  3,  74:  also  a,i 
amphithealre,  Dio  C  — 3.  like  Lat.  co- 
rona, a  crowd  of  people  standing  round, 
a  ring  or  circle  of  people,  Eiir.  Andr. 
1089  :  a  place  in  the  αγορά  where  do- 
mestic utensils  were  sold,  Alex.  Calas. 
1,  cf.  lieiitley's  Correspondence,  p. 
223,  sq. — 4.  the  vault  of  the  sky,  κ.  ου- 
ρανού, Hdt.  1,  131,  and  so  κ.  alone, 
Soph.  Phil.  815,  Ar.  Av.  1715:  so, 
ννκτύς  κ.,  Soph.  Aj.  072  :  the  7noon's 
disk,  with  or  without  σε7ιήνης,  Hdt. 
6,  100:  also  the  sun's  disk,  Trag. — 5. 
the  circle  or  wall  round  a  city,  esp. 
round  Athens,  Hdt.  1,  98,  Thuc.  2, 
13,  etc. — 0.  a  round  dish,  plate  :  a  round 
shield,  Trag. — 7.  in  pi.  the  halls  of  the 
eye,  Soph.  O.  T.  1270. — 8.  κύκλοι 
ττροςώττου,  the  cheeks,  Hipp. — 111.  atiy 
circular  motion,  viovcment  in  a  circle,  or- 
bit of  the  heavenly  bodies,  revolution 
of  the  seasons,  Eur.  Or.  1045,  Hel. 
112:  hence  too,  κ.  τών  άνθρωτη/ίων 
ττρηγμάτων,  Hdt.  1,  207.-2.  in  Log- 
ic, the  fallacy  of  arguing  in  a  circle. 
— 3.  in  Rhet.  a  rounded  period,  Dion. 
H. — IV.  the  Epic  Cycle,  cf.  κυκλικός 
Π. — V.  a  sphere,  globe,  in  Plat.  Legg. 
898  A,  where  it  is  feni.,  if  the  reading 
be  right.  (Κύκλος  seems  to  be  re- 
dupl.  from  κνλλός.  Root  ΚΎΑ-,  in 
κυλ-ίνδω.  Pott.  Et.  Forsch.  1,  205.) 

Κνκ?.όσΐ,  adv.  (κύκ?Μς)  in  or  into  a 
circle,  around,  11.  4,  212  ;   17,  392. 

Κυκλοσοβέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {κύκλος, 
CoStu)  to  drive  round  in  a  circle,  whirl 
round,  πόδα,  Ar.  Vesp.  1523,  e  conj. 
Dind. 

Κνκλοτερής,  ες,  {κύκλος,  τείρω) 
turned  round,  rounded,  circular,  Od.  17, 
209,  Hes.  Th.  145,  Sc.  208  ;  also  in 
Hdt.,  and  Alt. ;  κ.  μέγα  τόξον  ετείν- 
εν.  he  bent  it  into  a  circle,  11.  4,  124. 
Adv.  -ρώς,  Pint.     Cf.  κνκλόω. 

Κυκ?ίθφορέομαι,  {κύκλος,  φορεω) 
as  pass.,  to  move  in  a  circle,  Arist. 
Mund. :  hence 

Κνκ?ίθφορητικός,  ή,  όν,  moving  in 
a  circle,  circular,  κίν7]σις,  Plut.  Adv. 
-κώς :  and 

Κΐ'κλοφυρτιτος,  ov,  moved  in  a  circle. 

Κυκλοφορία,  ας,  ή,  a  circular  motion, 
revolution,  Anst.  Phys.  8,  9,  1. 

Κυκλοφορικός,  ή,  όν,=^κυκ7Μφορ7]• 
τικός.     Adv.  -κώς,  Plut. 

Κυκ7ιθφόρος,  ov,  {κνκ/ος,  φέρω) 
moving  in  a  circle. 

Κυκλόω,  ώ,  (κύκλος)  to  encircle, 
surround.  Eur.  I.  A,  775,  and  Polyb  : 
but — 2.  in  earlier  writers  this  sense 
of  Act.  occurs  only  in  tnid.,  κυκλώσα- 
σθαί  τινας,  to  surround  them,  Hdt.  3, 
157  ;  9,  18  ;  and  so  Thuc,  Xen.,  etc. : 
yet  we  have  the  pass.,  to  be  surround- 
ed, Thuc.  7,  81  ;  and  that  joined  with 
the  mid.,  ει  οι  κνκ?.ούμενοι  κυκλω- 
θε'ιεν,  Xen.  Cyr.  6,  3,  20.— Π.  to  lead 
in  a  circle,  drive  round  and  round,  whirl 
round,  Eur.  Cycl.  402 :  pass,  δίναις 
κνκλονμενον  κέαρ,  Aesch.  Ag.  997. — 
HI.  to  form  into  a  circle,  κ.  τόξα,  Mel. 
79,  cf  κνκλ.οτερής :  pass,  to  form  a 
circle,  be  bent  round,  Eur.  Bacch.  1066  ; 
also  of  a  fleet  wheeling  into  a  crescent 
shape,  Hdt.  8,  76.     Cf.  κνκ7,έω. 

Κνκ'λώδΐ]ς,  ες,  {κύκλος,  είδος)— κν• 
κ7.οειδιΊς,  circular. 

Κύκλωθεν,  adv.  later  form  for  κυ- 
κλόθεν.  Lob.  Phryn,  9. 

Κύκλωμα,  ατός,  τό,  (κύκλου)  that 
which  is  rounded  into  a  circle,  as — 1.  a 
wheel,  Eur.  Phoen.  1185. — 2.  βυσσό• 
Tovov  κ.,α  drum.  Id.  Bacch.  124. 

'^Κύκλων,  uvoc,  h,  Cyclon,  an  Ar- 
give,  V.  1.  Xen.  Hell.  3,  5,  1 ;  cf.  Κύ- 
7mv. 

610 


KTKN 

tKii/c/tjTeta,  ας,  ή,  the  Cyclopia,  or 
Cyclopey,  appcU.  of  9th  book  of  the 
Odyssey,  Philostr. :  from 

Κυκλώπειος,  εία,  eiov,  also  ος,  ov, 
also  Κυκλώττιος,  ία,  lov,  (Κύκλωφ) 
Cyclopian,  of,  belonging  to,  befitting  the 
Cyclopes,  esp.  of  the  architecture  so 
called  (also  called  Τίελασγικός),  in 
which  signf.  it  is  oft.  applied  to  My- 
cenae, as  Eur.  El.  1158,  H.  F. 
15,  1.  A.  205,  cf  Muller  Archaol.  d. 
Kunst  'i  45. — II.  proverb.,  κ.  βίος,  a 
wild  savage  life,  Strab.,  cf.  sq. 

Κυκλω-ικός,  ί),  op,=foieg.  Ακίν. 
-κώς,  Κ.  ζτ/ν,  to  live  a  savage  lawless 
Ufe,  Arist.  Eth.  N.,  cf.  Od.  9, 106,  sq., 
and  foreg. 

KvK?MKiov,  ου,  τό,  (κύκλος,  ώψ) 
the  white  round  the  ball  of  the  eye,  Arist. 
H.  A. — IL  Κυκ?.ώτηον,  τό,  as  dim. 
from  Κΰ/νλωιί),  Eur.  Cycl.  200. 

Κυκ'λώπιος,  ία,  lov,  also  ος,  ov,= 
Κυκλώπειος ;\  ή  Κνκλωττία  γύ,  of 
the  territory  of  Argos  and  Mycenae, 
Eur.  Or.  905t:  pecul.  fein.  Κυκλω- 
ττίς,  ίδος,  Id.  L  Τ.  845. 

Κύκλωσις,  εως,  ή,  {κνκλόω)  α  sur- 
rounding, ericlosing,  esp.  in  a  battle, 
Xen.  :  πριν  καΐ  ττ/ν  πλέονα  κύκ'λω- 
σιν  αφών  προςμίξαι,  before  the 
larger  body  that  were  endeavouring 
to  surround  them  came  up,  Thuc.  4, 
128. 

Κυκλωτός,  ή,  όν,  (κνκλόω)  round- 
ed, round,  Aesch.  Theb.  540. 

Κύκλωψ,  ωπος,  ό,  (κύκλος,  ώψ)  α 
Cyclops,  strictly  the  round-eyed  (cf. 
infr.  II.), —  Κύκλωπες  δ'  όνομ'  ήσαν 
επώνυμ.ον,  οΰνεκ'  άρα  σφέων  κνκλο- 
τερης  οφθαλμός  εεις  ένέκειτο  μετώ- 
πω,  Hes.  Th.  144.  The  Cyclopes  are 
first  mentioned  in  Od.  as  a  savage 
race  of  one-eyed  giants,  dwelling  on 
the  coast  of  Sicily,  Od.  9,  106,  sq., 
399,  sq. ;  prob.  the  rude  Aborigines, 
from  whom  the  later  Leontini  were 
said  to  have  sprung.  The  sing,  in 
Od.  is  always  used  of  Polyphemus, 
son  of  Thoosa,  1,  09,  71  ;  in  Hes.  Th. 
140,  we  find  only  three  Cyclopes, 
Brontes,  Steropes  and  Arges,  sons  of 
Uranus  and  Gaea,  who  forged  the 
thunderbolts  lor  Jupiter:  afterwds. 
the  caverns  of  Aetna  were  called 
their  smithy  ;  and  all  smiths  were 
reckoned  as  their  descendants.  Cf. 
Κυκλώπειος,  -ικός. —  II.  κύκ?ιωφ, 
ωπος,  ο,  ή,  as  adj.  round-eyed,  in  genl. 
round,  σελήνη,  Parmenid.  ap.  Clem. 
Al.  p.  732 ;  and  in  Emped.  284  we 
have  the  irreg.  form  κύκλοπα. 

Κύκνειος,  εία,  ειον,  also  ος,  ov, 
LX  Χ. .  (κύκνος)  of,  belonging  to  a  swan : 
TO  K.  (sub.  άσμα  or  μέλος),  a  .'swan's 
dying  song,  Polyb.t-ll.  of  or  belonging 
to  Cycnus,  μάχη,  Find.  O.  10,  20. 

Κυκνίας,  αετός,  ό,  a  kind  of  eagle, 
white  as  a  swan.  Pans. 

Κνκνίτης,  ου,  ό,  fern,  -ΐτις,  ιδος, 
=κνκνειος,  βοή.  Soph.  Fr.  457. 

Κνκνόϋρεπτος,  ov,  {κύκνος,  τρέφω) 
nurtured,  reared  by  swans. 

Κυκνοκάνθάρος,  ου,  ό,  α  kind  of 
ship,  between  the  κύκνος  and  the  κάν- 
Οαρος,  or  having  a  swan  a?id  beetle  for 
its  sign,  Nicostr.  Diab.  1,  cf.  κύκνος 
ΠΙ. 

Κνκνόμορφος,  ov,  (κύκνος,  μορφή) 
swan-shaped,  or  perh.  white  as  a  swan, 
Aesch.  Pr.  795. 

ΚΤ'ΚΝΟΣ,  ου,  ό,  a  swan,  Lat.  eye- 
mis,  II.  2,  400;  15,  092.— Π.  metaph. 
from  the  legends  of  the  swan's  (dy- 
ing) song  (cf.  Hes.  8c.  316.  Aesch. 
Ag.  1444,  and  esp.  Plat.  Phaed,  85  B), 
a  poet,  Leon.  Tar.  80,  cf.  Hor.  Od.  2, 
20. — III.  a  kind  of  ship,  from  the  figure 
head,  or  perhaps  from  the  curve  of 


KTAI 

the  prow,  like  a  swan's  neck,  Nicostr. 
Diab.  1. 

ίΚύκνος,  ov,  ό,  Cycnus,  son  of  Mars 
and  Pelopia,  slain  by  Hercules,  Hes. 
Sc.  57. — 2.  son  of  Mars  and  Pyiene, 
Apollod. — 3.  son  of  Neptune  and  Ca- 
lycc,  king  of  Tenedos,  Pind.  O.  2, 147. 

Κύκνοφις,  εως,  ό,  ή,  (κύκνος,  οψις) 
like  α  swan,  Anth. 

Κύλα,  ων,  τά,  the  parts  under  the 
eyes,  Hesych. :  also  κυλάδες,  u'l,  Eu- 
stath. :  or,  ace.  to  Poll.  2,  00,  tlit  low- 
er eye-lids,  έπικυλίδες,  being  the  up- 
per,ci.  κυλίδες.  '(Hence  Λ:ιι>ιϋί(5ΐ(ίω  ; 
cf.  Lat.  cilium.)  [v  as  in  Lat.  cilium, 
V.  κυ'λοιδιύω  ;  so  that  it  was  merely 
the  resemblance  of  signf.  that  led 
some  to  write  it  κοίλα.^ 

\Κν7Μβαρις,  ιδος,  ή,  ν.  1.  for  Κυλά- 
ραβις  or  Κυλλ-,  q.  ν. 

iKυλάβρaς,  ου,  ό,  Cylabras,  a  hero 

honoured  in  Phasclis,  ap.  Ath.  297  F. 

ιΚν7Μράβ7ΐς,  ου,  ό,  Cylarabes,  son 

of  Sthenelus,  king  of  Argos,  Paus.  2, 

18,  5 :  hence 

^Κυλάραβις,  ιδος,  ή,  or  Κνλλ-,  Cy- 
larabis,  a  gymnasium  in  Argos,  so 
named  from  foreg.,  Plut.  Cleom.  26  ; 
Paus.  2,  22,  8. 

Κνλίδες,  αί.=  έπικνλ.,  Poll.; — is 
it  not  rathcr=  τά  κυλά  Ί 

Κνλΐκεϊον,  ov,  τό,  (κύ7.ιξ)  α  side- 
board, bcaufet,  stand  for  drinking-ves- 
sels,  Ar.  Fr.  1.59. — II.  a  carousal,  Cra- 
tin.  Jun.  Cheir.  1. 

Κΰ/ύκειος,  ov,  {κύ7.ιξ)  of,  belonging 
to  a  cup,  or  drinking  party. 

Κνλϊκηγορέω,  ώ,  to  talk  over  one's 
cups,  Pratin.  ap.  Ath.  461  E,  cf.  480 
Β  :  from 

Κύλΐκ7!γόρος,  ov.  (κύλιξ,  αγορεύω) 
one  who  talks  over  his  cups. 

Κνλΐκήρϋτος,  ov,  (κύ7.ιξ,  άρΰω) 
drawn  in  cups,  i.  e.  abundant. 

Κυλίκων,  ov,  τό,  Thcophr.,  kv7X 
κίς,  ίδος.  ή,  Ath.,  and  κν/.ίκν?/,  ή, 
dim.  from  κύλιξ,  a  small  cup. 

Κνλϊκοφόρος,  ov,  {κύ7\,ιξ,  φέρω)  car- 
rying cups,  Heliod. 

ίΚνλικρΰνες,ων,οΙ,  the  Cylicranes,  a 
people  from  Lydia,  who  settled  near 
Mt.  Oeta,  Ath.  401  Ε  :  froin  Κύλιξ. 

Κϋ7Λκώδ7]ς,  ες,  (κύ7αξ,  είδος)  like 
a  cup. 

Κνλινδέι.',  ώ,  lengthd.  and  usu. 
Att.  pres.  for  κνλίνδω,  q.  v.,  first  in 
Ar.  Av.  502. 

Κνλινδι'/Ορα,  ας,  ή,  =  άλινδήθρα, 
q.  v.,  and  έξα7ύω. 

Κυλίνδ7ΐσις,  εως.  ή,  (κυλινδέω)  α 
rolling,  wallowing,  εν  τινι,  Plut. —  Π. 
metaph.  exercise,  practise,  skill,  εν  λό• 
γοις.  Plat.  Soph.  268  A  :  cf.  Lat.  Dtj- 
sari. 

Κυλινδρικός,  ή,  όν,  (κύλινδρος) 
cylindrical,  Math.  Vett.  Adv.  -κώς, 
Plut. 

Κν7.ινδροειδής,  ες,  (κύλινδρος,  εί- 
δος) like  a  cylinder,  cylindrical,  Plut. 
Adv.  -δώς. 

Κύλινδρος,  ov,  b,  (κνλίνδω)  a  roller, 
cylinder,  Ap.  Kb.  :  a  roll  of  a  book, vol- 
ume, Diog.  L.     Hence 

Κνλ.ινδρύω,  ώ.  Ιο  roll,  level  with  a 
roller,  Theojihr. 

Κϋλινδρώδτις,  ες,=κνλινδροειδτ/ς. 
Theophr. 

Κϋλινδρωτός,  -η,  όν,  (κνλινδρόω) 
levelled  with  a  roller,  Nic.  ap.  Ath.  369 
B. 

Κνλίνδω,  fut.  κυ7.ίσω  [l\  :  aor.  ίκν- 
λίσα,  inf.  κνλϊσαι,  aor.  pass,  έκνλί- 
σθην  :  older  form  of  the  later  κνλιν- 
δέω,  (V.  sub  fin.)  To  roll,  roll  on  or 
along,  κύμα  κυλίνδει  οστέα.  Od.  1, 
102,  cf.  14,  315;  Βορέ!/ς  μέγα  κνμα 
κνλίνδων,  Od.  5,  296  (and  so  in  pass., 
κνμα  κν7ύνδεταί  τινι,  II.  U,  307); 


ΚΤΛΛ 

metaph.,  πήμα  ΊίυΆίνδείν  τινί,  ίο  roll 
a  calamity  upon  one,  11.  17,  688,  (and 
so  in  pass.,  νώΐ!)  τόόε  πήμα  κν'λίνδε- 
ται,  11.  11,  347,  cf.  Od.  2,  163;  8,  8J). 
— Β.  pass.  κνΑίνδομαι,  to  be  rolled, 
roll  along,  roll,  oft.  in  Hom.  (cf.  supr.) ; 
as,  κυ?Λΐ•όετο  λάας  άναίόής,  Od.  11, 
698,  cf.  11.  13,  142;  14,  411  ;  κν?.ίν- 
όεσθαι  κατά  κόπρον,  ίο  roll  or  wallow 
in  the  dirt  (in  sign  of  grief),  II.  22, 
414;  so  κνλίνδεσθαί  alone,  Od.  4, 
541 ;  10,  499  :  later  also  to  he  tost  from 
man  to  7nan,  i.  e.  be  much  talked  of,  like 
Lat.  jactari,  Ar.  Vesp.  492 :  also  of 
persons,  to  wander  about,  like  καλιν- 
δέομαι,  Plat.  Theaet.  172  C  (but  with 
V.  1.  Λαλ.).  Hom.  has  only  the  form 
κν?ύνόω,  and  of  it  the  pres.  and  impf. 
(except  in  IL  17,  99,  where  he  has 
aor.  κυ'λίσθη) :  so  too  always  in  Pind., 
and  Trag. ;  κνλινδέω  first  in  Ar.  Av. 
502  (though  he  also  has  the  older 
form),  and  so  usu.  in  Att.  prose. 
Later  also  we  find  a  pres.  κν7.ίω,  κυ- 
Τύομαι,  as  in  Arist.  Pol.  6,  4,  13,  cf. 
Buttm.  Lexil.  (Akin  to  καλινδε.ω, 
αλίνδέω  ;  and  so  prob.  from  root  είλ- 
έω,  εΐ'λνω,  volvo  :  cf.  κύκλος.) 

Κύλίξ,  Ικος,  ή,  α  cup,  drinking-cup, 
Phocyl.  7,  Sapph.  5,  Plat.,  etc. :  επΙ 
kvXlkl  λέγειν,— κυλίκψ/ορείν,  Plat. 
Synip.214A,cf.  εττικνλίκεως.  (Prob. 
from  same  root  as  κν'λίνδω,  κύλιν- 
δρος, from  their  round  shape  :  for  the 
ii  is  against  any  connection  with  κύω 
or  κοϋ.ος.)  [ν] 

'^Κύλ.ιξ,  ικος,  ό,  Cylix,  a  Lydian,  a 
companion  of  Hercules,  Ath.  461  F. 

'Κ.νλίσις•  εως,  ή,  (κνλίνδω)  a  roll- 
ing, esp.  of  athletes  in  the  dust  after 
anointing,  Arist.  Metaph.,  cf.  κνλισ- 
τικός. 

Κύλ.ίσκη,  ης,  ή,  ^vorse  form  for  κν- 
λίχνη,  Br.  Ar.  Ach.  457. 

Κνλίσκίον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  κυ- 
λίσκη,  dub. 

'Κύλισμα,  ατός,  τό,  {κυ7ύνδω)  α 
roll:  aho=KV?iiaT[ja,  Ν.  Τ. 

Κϋ/.ιστικός,  ή,  όν,  {κνλίνδω)  be- 
longing ίο,  practised  in  rolling :  as 
subst.,  ό  κνλιστικός,  a  wrestler,  who 
struggled  on  while  rolling  in  the  dust, 
Schol.  Pind.  I.  4,  81. 

Κυλιστός,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  of  κν- 
λίνδω, rolled,  or  fit  for  rolling  :  twined 
in  a  circle :  epith.  of  a  kind  of  garland, 
Comici  ap.  Ath.  678. 

Κνλίστρα,  {],^=καλινδηθρα. 

Κν'Μχνη,  τις,  ή,  {κύ'λιξ)  α  small  cup, 
Alcae.  31 :  also  a  dish  for  food,  Ar. 
Fr.  423. 

Κν?.ίχνιον,  ου,  τό,  a  little  cup  or 
box,  Ar.  Eq.  906. 

Κνλιχνίς,  ίδος,  ή,—  ioreg.,  Hipp., 
and  Achae.  ap.  Ath.  480  F. 

Κϋ/Λω,  later  coUat.  form  for  κν- 
λίνδω, q.  V.  [i,  Jac.  A.  P.  p.  139.] 

Κυ'λλαίνω,  =  κνλλόω.  Soph.  Fr. 
619. 

'ίΚνλλάνα,  ας,  ή,  and  ΚνλλΛνιος, 
Dor.  for  Κν7.λήνη,  etc. 

Κνλ7αστις,  ιος,  ό,  Ion.  κν7Χηστις, 
Aegyptianbread  madefrom  δ/~νρα,  Hdt. 
2,  77. 

Κυλ?.ή,  ης,  ή,—κν7αξ,  α  cup,  Mim- 
nerm.  9,  6  (Bach). — Π.  any  hollow: 
the  palm  of  the  hand,  Ar.  Eq.  1083,  of. 
κιιλλΑς. 

ίΚνλλήν,  ηνος,  ό,  Cyllen,  son  of 
Elatus,  Paus.  8,  4,  4. 

Κνλ'λήνη,  7ΐς,  η,  Cyllene,]ih.e  lofti- 
est mountain  of  the  Peloponnesus,  in 
Arcadia  on  the  borders  of  Achaia,  sa-' 
cred  to  Mercury  who  was  born  on  it, 
and  whose  temple  crowned  the  sum- 
mit, now  Zyria.  11.  2,  603  ;  H,  Horn. 
Merc.  2, — IJ.  the  haven  of  the  Eleans, 
between   Ara.xu.?   and   Chelonatas, 


KTMA 

Thuc.  1,  30;  Xen.  Hell.  3,  2,  27.-2.  ] 
a  small  town  on  the  Aeolian  coast  of 
Asia  Minor  near  Cyme,  Xen.  Cyr.  7, 
1 ,  45. — III.  a  nymph,  wile  of  Pelargus, 
Pherecyd.  ap.  Dion.  Hal,  1,  13. 
Hence 

^Κνλ7ι.ήνιος,  a,  ov,  of  Cyllene,  Cyl- 
lenian,  11.  15,  518 ;  ή  Kv/Jjjvia  δει- 
ράς, the  Cylleniati  range  or  mount, 
Soph.  Aj.  695,  as  Κνλ/.ήνιος  πάγος, 
Callun.  Del.  272  :  esp.  ό  Κυ7.7άινιος, 
epith.  of  Mercury,  11.  24, 1  ;  H.  Horn. 
Merc.  304. 

^Κνλ7άινιος,  ov,  ό,  Cyllenius,  a  poet 
of  the  Anthology. 

'ίΚνλ7ιΐΐνίς,  ίδος,  ή,  pecul.  fem.  to 
Κνλ7.ήνιος,  Orph. 

ΚνΆλ-οίπους,  ό,  ή,  -πουν,  τό,  gen. 
-Τίθδος,^=κν}.λό~ονς,  ivic. 

Κυ'λλοπόδης,  ου,  o,=sq. 

Κυ7.λοι:οδίων,  όνος,  δ,  {κυλ7,6ς, 
πους)  crookfooted,  hailing,  epith.  of 
Vulcan,  II.  18,  371,  etc.,  voc.  Κυλ- 
λοπόδίον,  11.21,331.  [t] 

ΚνλΛόπονς,  ό,  ή,  -πουν,  τό.  gen. 
-ποδός,  (κυ7νλός,  πους)  crook-footed, 
Aristod.  ap.  Ath.  338  Α. 

Κνλλός,  ή,  όν,  crooked,  esp.  bent  hi- 
wards :  freq.  of  arms  and  legs  crip- 
pled by  di.sease,  and  so  maimed,  halt, 
like  χω7.ός,  Hipp.,  etc.,  v.  Foes. 
Oecon. — II.  but  in  Ar.  Eq.  1083,  κυλ- 
λ?)  χείρ  is  (not  without  a  pun)  α 
crooked  hand,  i.  e.  with  the  fingers 
crooked  up  like  a  beggar's,  to  catch  an 
alms,  cf.  Schol.  ad.  1.  {κν7.7νός,  some- 
times written  κυ/ιός,  is  prob.  akin  to 
κουλός,  from  the  root  κύω.)    Hence 

Κΐ'Λ/Ιόω,  ώ,  to  bend,  curve :  esp.  to 
crook,  cripple,  Hipp. 

Κν7.λνριοι,  οι,  also  Κιλλύριοι  or 
Ki7Jdpioi,  a  class  of  slaves  at  Syra- 
cuse, Hdt.  7,  155;  another  form  is 
Κι7.λικύριοι,  q.  v. 

Κύλλωμα,  ατός,  τό,  {κνλλόω)  a 
crooked  or  crippled  part.  Medic. 

Κύ7ι}Μσις,  εως,  ή,  (/ίΐ'λλόω)  a  crook- 
ing, laming,  crippling,  Hipp. 

Κν7Μΐδιάω.  ω,  {κν7.η,  οίδύω)  to 
have  a  sivetting  below  the  eye,  from 
blows,  Ar.  Lys.  472 ;  or  from  sleepless 
nights,  as  unhappy  lovers,  Theocr. 

1,  38  ;  sf.  Ruhnk.  Tim.  [v.  kv/m  fin.] 
Κύλον,  ου,  τό,  v.  κύλα. 

Κυλός,  ή,  όν,  ν.  κυ7.λός. 

tKi'/<ji',  ωνος,  ό,  Cylon,  a  distin- 
guished Athenian,  victor  at  the  Olym- 
pic games,  01.  35,  attempted  to  make 
himself  master  of  Athens,  but  was 
slain,  Hdt.  5,  71 ;  Thuc.  1,  126.— 2. 
ah  Argive,  v.  Κύκ7.ων,  Paus.  3,  9,  8. 
— Others  in  Paus. ;  etc.    Hence 

^Κυ7.ώνειος,  ov,  of  Cylon,  (1),  άγος. 
Pint.  Sol.  12. 

Κύμα,  ατός,  τό,  {κύω)  any  thing 
swoln  (like  a  pregnant  female) :  hence 
— I.  the  swell  of  the  sea,  a  wave,  billow, 
of  rivers  as  well  as  the  sea,  the  dash- 
ing of  waves,  breakers,  Hom.,  etc.,  but 
not  freq.  in  prose  :  of  the  sea  Hom. 
usu.  says  μέγα  κύμα  or  κύματα  μα- 
κρά :  collectively,  ώς  τό  κ-  ίστρωτο, 
when  the  leaves  abated,  Hdt.  7,  193 : 
in  Trag.  freq.  metaph.  of  the  waves 
of  adversity,  etc. :  κ-  ύτης,  κακών, 
συμφοράς,  etc. :  κ-  μάχης,  Tyrt.  3, 
22  :  also  of  a  flood  of  men,  Aesch. 
Theb.  64.  Proverb,,  προς  κνμα  λακ- 
τίζειν,  Eur.  I.  Τ.  1396  ;  iiutjjv  με  κνμ' 
όπως  παρήγορων,  Aesch.  Pr.  1001. — 

2.  a  waved  moulding,  cyma  {recta  oxre- 
versa),  Αέσβιον  κ-,  Aesch,  Fr.  70,  cf. 
κνμάτιον  III. — III.  like  κύημα,  the 
foetus  in  the  womb,  embryo,  Aesch, 
Eum,  659  ;  also  of  the  earth.  Id.  Cho. 
128:  cf.  Jac.  A.  P.  p.  169.— 2.  the 
young  sprout  of  a  cabbage,  Lat.  cyma. 

ϋίνμαίϋα,  ας,  ή,  Cymaetha,  name 


KYMB 

of  a  cow,  also  wr.  Κιναίθα,  Theocr. 
4,46. 

Κυμαίνω,  f.  -άνω,  {κνμα)  to  swell, 
rise  in  w-aves,  πόντος  κνμαίνων,  the 
billmcy  sea,  II.  14,  229,  Od.  4,  425  :  of 
a  pot,  to  boil.  Poet.  ap.  Suid. — 2.  of 
any  waving  motion,  κ.  r?/  πορεία,  of 
caterpillars,  Arist.  H.  A. :  so  of  a  line 
of  soldiers,  Plut. — HI.  metaph.  ot 
restless  passion,  to  boil  up,  swell,  κυ- 
μαίνοντ'  έπη,  Aesch.  Theb.  443 ;  ηβας 
άνθος  κυμαίνει,  ViwA.  P.  4,282.— IV. 
transit,  to  set  in  violent  commotion, 
make  restless.  Pass,  κνμαίνεσθαι  τινι, 
to  be  agitated  with  it,  πάθω,  Pmd.  Fr. 
88,  3. 
ίΚϋμαΐος,  a,  ov,  of  or  belonging  to 
Cyme,  Cymean,  6  K.  κόλπος,  the 
Cymeangulf — 1.  on  the  coast  of  Asia 
Minor  by  Cyme  in  Aeolis,  and — 2.  the 
Lat.  Sinus  Cumanus,  by  Cumae  in 
Campania,  Strab.  :  y  Κνμαία,  the 
Cymean  territory,  of  Cyme  in  Aeoiis, 
Id.  p.  626, 

Κνμάκτϋπος,  ον,=κυματόκτνπος, 
nisi  legend,  κυμόκτνπος,  Lob,  Phrya 
608. 

Κύμανσις,  εως,  ή,  {κυμαίνω)  a  wa- 
ving, undulation,  Arist.  Incess.  An.9, 9. 

Κνμάς,  άδος,  ή,  {κύω,  κνμα  III.)  α 
pregnant  woman. 

Κϋμάτηρός,  ά,  όν,  {κvμa)=sq. 

Κϋμάτίας,  ου,  ό.  Ion.  -ίης,  full  of 
waves,  surging,  billowy,  ποταμός,  Hdt. 
2,  111,  πόρος,  Aesch.  Supp.  545:  in 
genl.  stormy. — 2.  act.  causing  waves, 
stormy,  άνεμος,  Hdt.  8,  118. 

Κυματίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {κνμα)  to  stir, 
agitate,  as  a  wave  :  pass,  to  be  agitated 
by  the  waves,  Arist.  H.  A. 

Κυμάτων,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  κϋμα, 
a  small  wave. — 2.:=κνμα  I.  2,  Bockh 
Inscr.  1,  p.  284. 

Κνμάτοάγής,  ες,  {κϋμα,  άγννμι) 
dashing,  breaking  like  waves,  stormy, 
άται.  Soph.  O.  C.  1243. 

Κνμάτοβό7ιθς,  ov,  {κνμα,  /3άλΛω) 
throwing  up  waves. 

Κνμάτόδρομος,  ov,  {κνμα,  δραμείν, 
τρέχω)  running  over  the  waves. 

Κνμάτοείδ/ις,  ές,  {κνμα,  είδος)  like 
waves :  in  genl.  stormy,  άνεμος,  Arist, 
Probl. 

Κϋμάτόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  poet,  for  κν• 
ματιάς,  Anth. 

Κνμάτόκτΰπος,  ov,  {κύμα,  κτυπέω) 
resounding  with  waves. 

Κϋμάτο7^/γη,  ης,  ή,  {κνμα,  λ,ηγω) 
Wave-stiller,  a  Nereid,  Hes.  Th.  253. 

Κνμάτο-7.ήξ.  ήγος,  ό,  η,  {κνμα, 
πλήσσω)  wave-beaten,  ακτή.  Soph.  Ο. 
C.  1241  :  tossed  to  and  fro  by  the  waves, 
of  a  fish,  Hipp, 

Κνμάτοτρόφος,  ov,  {κνμα,  τρέφω) 
nourishing  waves,  epith.  of  the  sea. 

Κνμάτοφθόρος,  ov,  {κνμα,  φθείρω) 
plundering  by  sea,  ά/^ΐαίετος,  dub.  m 
Eur.  Polyid.  1. 

Κίι/<άΓΟω,  ώ,  =  κυματίζω,  Pluf. : 
pass,  to  swell,  of  the  sea,  ή  θάλασσα 
κνματωθεΐσα,  Thuc.  3,  89. 

Κνμάτωγή,  ης,  ή,  (κνμα,  άγννμι)  α 
place  where  the  waves  break,  beach,  Hdt, 
4,  19C;  9,  100. 

Κυματώδης,  ες.=^κνματοειδής. 

Κνμάτωσις,  εως,  ή,  {κνματόω)  α 
surging :  the  beach  where  the  waves 
break,  Strab.  p.  53. 

Κνμί3ΰλίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {κνμ3α7,ον)  ίο 
play  the  cymbals,  Luc.  :  hence 

Κνμ:3ά7.ισμός,  οϋ,  ό,  a  playing  on 
the  cymbals,  Alciphr. ;  and 

Κυμβΰ7αστ!'/ς,  ov,  a,  a  player  upon 
the  cymbals,  Dio  C. 

Κνμβ&λίστρια,  ας,  ή,  pecul,  fem. 
of  foreg, 

Κύμβά7.ον,  ov,  ro,  {κύμβος)  a  cym- 
bal, Lat.  cymbalum,  musical  instrument 
811 


ΚΤΜΟ 

like  a  hollow  hasin,  two  of  which  were 
struck  together,  Pind.  Fr.  48,  cf.  τνμ• 
■κανον. 

Κνμβΰχος,  ov,  (κνβτΊ,  κνμβη,  κν~- 
τω,    κυβιστάω)    head-foremost,    Lat. 

ironus.  Εκττεσε  δίφμον  κ.  έν  KoviyoL, 
1.  5,  58G. — II.  ό  κ.,  as  subst.  the  croii-n 
or  top  of  a  helmet,  in  which  the  plume 
is  placed,  κόρνΰος  ί~ποδασείης  κ. 
ακρότατος,  II.  15,  53G. 

Κνμ3εϊον,  ον,  τό,=  κνμβίον,  Diog. 
L.  3,  42. 

Κνμβη,  ης,  ή,  α  hollow,  the  bottom 
of  a  vessel ;  esp. — 1.  a  drinking-vessel, 
cup,  bowl,  cf.  κί'ββα,  κνπε/.λον,  κν• 
ύος,  etc. — II.  α  boat,  Lat.  cymba.  Soph. 
Pr.  129. — III.  a  knapsack,  wallet,  like 
κίββα. — IV.  a  kind  of  bird,  perh.  α 
inm6/cT-pigeon  (cf.  κύμβαχος),  Em- 
ped.  226. 

Κνμβίον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  foreg., 
esp.  a  small  cup,  Lat.  cymbium,  Comici 
ap.  Ath.  481,  sq.,  Dem.  565,  fin. 

Κνμβος,  ov,  ό,=  κνμβη,  any  hollow : 
esp.  a  holloiv  vessel,  cup,  basin,  Nic. 
Ther.  526 :  Nic.  also  has  a  heterocl. 
dat.  κνμβεϊ  or  κύμβεσι;  as  if  from 
κνμβος,  εος,  τό,  ΑΙ.  129. 

^Κνμη,  ης,  ή.  Dor.  Κύμα,  Cyme,  the 
greatest  of  the  Aeolian  cities  on  the 
coast  of  Asia  Minor,  Hes.  Op.  634, 
Strab.  p.  550,  etc. — 2.  the  city  Cumae 
in  Campania,  Strab.  p.  213,  called  ή 
Χαλκιδική  from  Chalcis,  Thuc.  6,  4. 

ίΚνμινάνθη.  ης,  ή,  Cyminanthe,  fern, 
pr.  n.,  Ath.  173  A. 

Κύμινδις,  b,  (and  ace.  to  some  ή, 
but  dub.)  Ion.  name  of  the  bird  χαλ- 
κίς,  which  Plin.  calls  nocturnus  ac- 
cipiter,  Ike  night-hawTt,  night-jar,  which 
χαλκίδα  κίκλήσκονσι  θεοί,  άνδρες  δε 
κνμινδιν,  11  14,291.  [ϊ•] 

ΚνμΙνεύω,  {κύμινον)  to  strew  with 
cummin,  Luc. 

Κϋμίνινος,  ίνη,  ivov,  of  cummin, 
[μι] 

ΚνμΙΐ'οδόκος,  ov,  δ,  {κνμινον,  δέ- 
χομαι) a  box  for  cwnmin,  to  be  placed 
on  the  table  like  a  salt-cellar,  Ni- 
cochar.  Gal.  1. 

ΚνμΙνοθήκη,  ης,  ή,  {κνμινον,  τίβη- 
μι)={0Ieg.,  Apollodor.  ap.  Foil.  10,93. 

ΚνμΙνοκίμβιξ,  ικος,  ό,  —  κνμινο- 
ττρίστης. 

ΚνμΙνον,  ον,  τό,  cummin,  Lat.  cu- 
minum,  Theophr.,  etc. 

ΚνμΙνοπρίατης,  ov,  δ,  (κνμινον, 
irpiu)  a  cummin-splitter,  i.  e.  a  skinflint, 
niggard,  Arist.  Eth.  N. :  as  adj.,  κ.  6 
τρόπος  Ιστί  σον,  Alex.  Φιλοκαλ.  1, 
cf.  sq.,  and  Theocr.  10,  55. 

ΚνμΙΐΌττριστοκαρδΰμογλύφος,  ov, 
(foreg.>and  καρδαμογ'λύίρος)  a  cum- 
min-splitting-cress-scraper, strengthd. 
for  foreg.,  Ar.  Vesp.  1357.  [ϋ] 

ΚνμΙνότρΙβος,  ov,  {κνμινον, τρίβω) 
rubbed  with  cummin  to  flavour  it,  κ.  άλς, 
Lat.  sal  cyminatus,  Archestr.  ap.  Ath. 
320  B. 

Κνμϊνώδης,  ες,  {κνμινον,  είδος)  like 
cummin,  Theophr. 

Κνμοδέγμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  {κνμα, 
δέχομαι)  receiving,  vieMng  the  waves, 
uKTij,  Eur.  Hipp.  1173. 

Κνμοδόκν,  ης-  ή.  Cymodoce,  Wave- 
receiver,  a  Nereid,  II.  18,  39. 

Κνμοθάλής,  ες,  {κνμα,  θάλλω,  θα• 
?.εΐν)  abounding  with  waves,  epith.  of 
Neptune,  Orph. 

Κυμοθόη,  ης,  ή,  {κνμα,  Οοός)  Cy- 
motho'e.  Wave-swift,  a  Nereid,  II.  18, 
41,  Hes. 

Κνμυκτνηος,  ov,  =  κνματόκτνπος, 
Simmias. 

Κι'μο-ό?.εια,  ας,  ή,  (κνμα,  πολέώ) 
Cymopol'ia,  Wave-walker,  a  daughter 
of  Neptune,  Hes.  Th.  819. 
S13 


KTNA 

Κνμοτόμος,  ov,  {κνμα,  τέμνω,  τα- 
μεΐν)  cleaving  the  waves  :  δ  κνμοτόμος, 
a  triangular  breakwater,  pier. 

Κνμώ,  ονς,  ή,  Cymo.  strictly  Wavy, 
a  Nereid,  Hes.  Th.  255. 

tKi'i'a,  ης,  ή,  Cyna,  daughter  of 
Fhilip  of  Macedon,  wife  of  Amyntas, 
Arr.  An.  1,  5,  4:  also  wr.  Kvvva,  v. 
Ath.  155  A. 

Κννΰγέσιον,  ov,  τό.  Dor.  for  κννη- 
γέσιον. 

Κννάγός,  όν.  Dor.  for  κνί'ηγός, 
dog-leadiiig :  hence  a  hunter,  hunts- 
man;  the  Dor.  form  being  always 
used  in  Att.  poets,  like  "λοχαγός,  etc., 
Pors.  Or.  26,  Lob.  Phryn.'429  :  κννα- 
γέ  παρσέι•ε,  of  Diana,  Aujiiress-maid, 
Ar.  Lys.  1272 :  fern,  κννηγίς,  ίδος.  a 
huntress,  name  of  a  comedy  by  Phile- 
taerus. 

Κυνάγχη,  ης,  η,  (κύων,  ύγχω) 
strictly  α  dog-throttling:  hence  Cy- 
nanche,  a  bad  kind  of  sore  throat ;  also 
κνναγχος  and  σννύγχη :  cf  ΰύγχη. 
— 2.  a  dog's  collar,  for  κλοιός  κννον- 
χος,  Rhian.  Epigr.  8,  ubi  al.  κννακτής. 
Hence 

Κυνάγχης,  ου,  6,  a  dog -throt tier, 
epith.  01  Mercury,  Hippon.  18. 

Κνναγχικός,  ή,  όν,  suffering  from 
cynanche. 

Κνναγχος,  ov,  6,=κννάγχη. 

Κννάγωγός,  ov,  δ,  {κνων,  άγω)  a 
leader  of  dogs,  hunstman,  like  κνναγός, 
Xen.  Cyn.  9,  2. 

^Κνναίγειρος,  ov,  6,  Cynaegirus,  an 
Athenian,  son  of  Euphorion,  brother 
of  the  poet  Aeschylus,  Hdt.  6,  114  ; 
also  Κννεγειρος,  Anth. 

ιΚύναιθα,  ης,  η,  Cynaetha,  name  of 
a  shepherdess,  Theocr.  5,  102. — II.  a 
city  of  Arcadia  on  the  Erymanthus, 
Strab.  p.  388.     Hence 

^Κνναιθεΐς,  έων,  Ath.  626  Ε,  and 
ΚνναιθαιεΙς,  έων,  Polyb.  4, 16, 11,  ol, 
the  inhab.  of  Cynaetha,  Cynaetheans,. 

^Κΰναιθος,  ου,  ό,  Cynaethus,  son  of 
Lycaon  of  Arcadia,  Apollod. — 2.  a 
rhapsodist  of  Chios,  Schol.  Pind. 
N.  2,  1. — 3.  another,  Luc. 

Κϋνάκανθα  and  -θη,  ης,  ή,  also  κϋ• 
νύκανθος,  ον,  ό,  dog-thorn,  perh.  our 
dog-rose,  κννόςβατος,  Arist.  Η.  Α. 

Κννακτης,  ον,  ό,  {κύων,  άγω)  α  dog- 
leash,  ν.  κννάγχη  II. 

Κΰναλώπηξ,  εκος,  ή,  (κύων,  αλώ- 
ττηξ)  α  fox-dog,  mongrel  betiveen  dog 
arid  fox,  like  the  Lacon.  αλωττεκίδες, 
Ar.  Lys.  957. — II.  nickname  of  Cleon, 
Ar.  Eq.  1067,  etc. :  applied  by  Lucian 
to  the  Cynics. 

^Κυνάμολγοι,  ων,  οι,  the  Dog-milkers, 
an  Aethiopian  tribe,  Strab.  p.  771. 

Κννάμυια,  ας,  ή,  {κύων,  μυϊα)  dog- 
fly,  i.  e.  shameless-fly,  abusive  e[)ithet 
of  impudent  women,  I!.  21,  394,  421  : 
others  write  κννόμνια,  which  is  used 
in  prose.  Lob.  Phryn.  689.  [ι^α] 
^Κννάνη,  ης,  η,=:ζΚύνα,  Arr. 

Κννάνθρωττος,  ό  and  ή,  {κνων,  άν- 
θρωπος) α  dog-man,  cf.  λ^νκάνθρωπος. 

Κννύρα,  ας,  ή,  and  κνναρος  άκαν- 
θα, ή,  eiiheT=  κννόςβατος,  οτζ=κινά- 
ρα.  Soph.  Fr.  318,  643,  v.  ap.  Ath. 
70  A. 

^Κννύρητος,  ov,  δ,  CynarBtus,  son 
of  Codrus,  founder  of  Myus,  ace.  to 
Pans.  7,  2,  10. 

Κννύριον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  κνων, 
a  little  dog.  Plat.  Euthyd.  298  D,  Xen., 
etc. ;  also  κννίδιον,  cf.  Lob.  Phryn. 
180.  [a] 

Κννύς,  άδος,  pecul.  poet.  fern,  of 
κύνεος,  of  a  dog,  Lat.  caninus,  ήμέραι 
κννύδες,  the  dog-days,  Plut.,  V.  κνων 
V. — II.  usu.  as  subst. — 1.  sub.  θρίξ, 
dog's  hair,  of  a  bad  fleece,  Theocr.  ]5, 
19. — 2.=  κννύρα. — 3.=  ΰπομαγδαλία, 


ΚΤΝΗ 

q.  v.,  Polemo  ap.  Ath.  409  D. — 1.= 
κύων  IX.,  Gramm. 

Κνναστροί',  ov,  τό,  and  -στρος,  ov, 
δ,  {κνων,  άΰτρον)  the  dog-star,  late. 

Κννάω,  ω,  f.  -ήσω,  {κνων)  to  be  at 
heat,  of  bitches. — Ι1.=κυνίζω,  to  play 
the  Cynic,  Luc. 

Κννδάλη,  ης,  η,=κννδα?.ος,Ή.θΒγοΥι. 

Κννδάλισμός,  ον,  δ,  (κννδα?.ος)  α 
boy's  game,  somewhat  like  onr  peg-top, 
Poll.  9,  120. 

Κυνδΰ/ιοτταίκτης,  ov,  6,  {κννδαλος, 
παίζω)  a  player  at  κυνδαλισμός. 

Κννδΰ/.ος,  ov,  δ,  a  peg,  wooden  pin. 
tKvi'taf ,  ov  Ion.  f  ω,  δ,  Cyneas,  Hdt. 
6,  101  ;  prob.  1.  Κινεας. 

Κννέη,  ης,  Att.  contr.  κννη,  ης, 
(orig.  fern,  from  κύνεος,  sub.  δορά)  a 
dog's  skin ;  but  as  this  was  used  for 
making  soldiers' caps,  κυνό?  is  always 
in  Hom.  and  Hes.  a  leather  cap  or  bon- 
net, not  necessarily  of  dog's  skin,  for 
we  find  κ.  ταυρείη,  κτιδέη,  11.  10, 
258, 335  ;  nay  even  κννέη  πάγχα?.κος, 
Od.  18,  378,  though  strictly  the  κννέη 
was  opp.  to  the  regular  helmet,  cf. 
II.  10,  258,  where  it  is  called  καταΐ- 
τνξ,  and  described  as  άώαλος  τε  και 
ά7^?Μφος :  later  however  it  was  taken 
for  a  helmet  in  genl.,  cf.  Hdt.  2,  151, 
with  7,  77,  and  Soph.  Aj.  1287 :  but 
in  Hom.,  when  it  is  called  χαλκ7)ρης, 
χαλκοπύριιος,  ενχαλκος,  χονσείη,  it 
is  of  leather,  only  guarded  or  deco- 
rated with  metal.  It  was  howevei 
always  a  soldier's  cap,  except  in  Od. 
24,  231,  where  κννέη  αίγείη,  is  a  peas- 
ant's cap,  called  by  Hes.  Op.  548,  πί- 
λος ίσκητός :  it  answered  in  genl.  to 
the  Lat.  galea,  galerus :  later  freq.  ο 
bonnet,  broad-brimmed  Thcssalian  hat 
(πετασοζ•),  Soph.  O.  C.  314.— The  κν- 
νέη "λιδος,  worn  by  Minerva  in  II.  5, 
845,  made  her  invisible,  like  the  Tarn- 
kappc  of  the  Nibelungen  Lied,  cf. 
Heinr.  Hes.  Sc.  227. 

Κύνειος,  a,  ov,  also  ος,  ov,  (κνων) 
of,  belonging  to  a  dog,  Ιμύς,  Ar.  Vesp. 
231  ;  K.  θάνατος,  a  dog's  death,  lb. 
898. 

Κύνεος,  έα,  εον,  (κί;ων)=  foreg. : 
hence  metaph.  shameless,  unabashed, 
II.  9,  373. 

ΚΥ'ΝΕΏ,  ώ,  fut.  κννήσομαι  (Eur. 
Cycl.  172)  or  κύσω,  Ep.  κνσσω  :  aor. 
έκνσα,  Ep.  κύσα  or  κυσσα.  To  kiss, 
oft.  in  Hom.  (esp.  in  Od. ;  though  he 
only  uses  impf.  and  aor.),  Trag.,  etc. : 
K.  άλλιήλ.ονς,  of  doves,  to  hill,  Arist. 
H.  A. — 2.  sometimes,=  πpofKDVfu, 
Eur.  1.  c,  A.  P.  6,  283.  [ϋ] 

Kiiv^,  ης,  ή,  Att.  contr.  for  κννέη, 
q-  V.  _  ^ 

Κννηγεσία,  ας,  η,  (κυνηγετης)  later 
form  for  sq.  in  signf  II.,  Plut. 

Κϋνηγέσιον,  ov,  τό,  a  hunting-estab- 
lishment, hu>its7nen  and  hounds,  a  pack 
of  hounds,  Hdt.  1,  36,  Xen.  Cyn.  10, 
4  :  also  a  pack  of  wolves  hunting  togeth- 
er, opp.  to  μονοπείραι,  Arist.  H.  A. — 
II.  α  hunt,  chase,  freq.  in  Xen. ;  κ.  περί 
τίνα,  a  hunt  after  him,  metaph.  in 
Plat.  Prot.  init. — III.  ahunting-ground, 
Xen.  Cyn.  6,  4,  26 ;  7,  10.— IV.  that 
which  is  taken  in  hunting,  the  game, 
Xen.  Cyn.  6,  12. 

Kiii7;yfrfij,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  hunt,  Ar. 
Eq.  1382,  Xen.,  etc. :  in  genl.  to  chase, 
pursue.  Soph.  Aj.  5  ;  to  persecute,  har- 
ass, Aesch.  Pr.  573:  from 

Κννηγέτης,  ov,  ό.  Dor.  κννάγ., 
{κνων,  ήγέοααι)  a  hunter,  huntsman, 
Od.  9,  120,  i'ind.  N.  6,  26,  and  Att. : 
fern,  κννηγέης,  ιδος,  a  huntress,  Anth. 
Hence 

Κυνηγετικός,  η,  όν,  hunting,  of.  be. 
longing  to,  inclined  to  the  chase.  Plat. 
Euthyphr.  13  A :  ^  -κή  (sub.  τέχνη). 


KTNI 

Ibid.  :  0  κυνηγετικός  (λόγος),  name  of 
Xenophon's  work  on  hunting ;  so,  τα 
-κύ,  of  Oppian's  poem. 

Κννιρ/έτίς,  ιδος,  ή,  fem.  of  κυνη- 
γέτης,  q.  v. 

Κΐν?//έω,  ώ,  f.  -ησω,  (κυνηγός)  to 
hunt,  chase,  later  form  of  κυνηγετίω, 
Arist.  H.  Α.,  v.  Lob.  Phryn.  432. 

livvrjyia,  ας,  ή,  a  hunt,  chase,  hunt- 
ing. Soph.  Aj.  37,  in  Dor.  form  κυνάγ. 

Κϋνήγιον,  ου,  τό,  later  form  for 
κννηγέσίον,  Polyb. 

Κύνψ/ίς  and  κυνηγός,  όν,  v.  sub 
κνναγός. 

]s.vv7]Sov,  adv.,  {κύων)  like  a  dog, 
greedily,  Soph.  Fr.  C4G,  Ar.  Nub.  491. 

Κϋνη?Μσια,  ας,  ή,  a  hunting  with 
dogs.  Call.  Dian.  217  :  from 

Κϋνηλΰτέω,  ώ,  {κύων,  ίλαύνώ)  to 
follow  the  hounds,  Euphor.  63. 

Κννήποδες,  οι,  (κύων,  ~ούς)  prob. 
the  fetlocks  of  a  horse,  Xen.  Eq.  1,  4, 
15,"cf  κύων  VIII. 

^Κννης,  ητος,  6,  Cynes,  an  Acarna- 

iiian,  son  of  Theolytus,  Thuc.  2, 102. 

\Κυνησιοι.,  ων,  oi,=  sq.,  Hdt.  2,  33. 

'\Κύνητες,  ων,  οΊ,  the  Cyneles,  ace.  to 

Hdt.  a  people  of  Hispania  on  the  Anas, 

4,  Ί9• 

Κϋνητίνδΰ,  adv.,  {κυνέω)  παίδια  κ-, 
a  game  of  kissing.  Crates  IlaiJ.  2. 

t  Κυνθιάς,  ύδος,  ή,  pecul.  fem.  to  sq., 
Callim.  Apoll.  61. 

'^Κύνθιος,  a,  ov,  of  or  belonging  to  Cyn- 
thus  ;  oft.  in  poets  for  Delian ;  ή  Τζυν- 
βία  πέτρα  or  Κύνθιος όχθος^^Υίύνθος, 
Η.  Horn.  Apoll.  17,  etc. ;  /;  Κ.  σκοπή, 
Lvc.  574  :  ό  Κύνβίος.  appell.  of  Apol- 
lo", Call.  Del.  10 :  from 

Κννθος,ον,δ,  C^?!//ii<s,  a  mountain  in 
Delos,  birth-place  of  Apollo  and  Diana, 
now  Monte  Cintio,  H.  Horn.  Ap.  26. 

Vivvia,  η,=  κυνοκράμβη,  Diosc. 
^Kvvia,  ας,  y,  sc.  λίμνι;,  Cynia,  a 
lake  of  Aetolia  flowing  into  the  sea 
near  Oeniadae,  Strab.  p.  459. 

Κννίας,  ου,  6,  {κύων)  like  κννίη, 
a  dogskin  cap. 

Κϋνίδιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  κύων, 
a  Utile  dog,  Ar.  Ach.  542.  [νΐ] 

Κΰνίζω,  {.  -ίσω,  to  play  the  dog. — II. 
esp.  metaph.  to  live,  behave  like  a  Cy- 
nic, profess  their  sect,  Diog.  L. 

Κύνικλος,  ου,  δ,  a  rabbit,  Lat.  cimi- 
ctdus,  Polyb. :  also  written  κόνικλος 
or  κούνικλος.  \ϋ  ί] 

'Κυνικός,  η,  όν,  {κύων)  dog-like,  Lat. 
caninus,  Plut. :  κ.  σπασμός,  a  spas- 
modic distortion  of  the  mouth,  so 
called  from  a  dog's  grin. — II.  cynical, 
ό  Κυνικός,  a  Cynic,  as  the  follower 
of  the  philosopher  Antisthenes  was 
called;  but  whether  from  the  gymna- 
sium {Κυνόσαργες)  where  he  taught 
or  from  their  coarse,  filthy  mode  of 
life,  is  doubtful,  Diog.  L.  6,  13 :  how- 
ever the  term  was  soon  rzp/i/i'ed  to  them 
in  the  latter  sense,  cf  κύων  II.  fin. 
^Κυνίσκα,  ή,  Cynisca,  daughter  of 
the  Spartan  king  Archidamus,  the 
first  female  who  was  victorious  at  the 
Olympic  games.  Pans.  3,  8,  1  ;  6,  1, 
6;  cf  Plut.  Agesil.  20.— 2.  sister  of 
Agesilaus,  Xen.  Agesil.  9,  6.-3.  a  Si- 
cilian female,  Theocr.  14,  8. 

Κϋνίσκη,  ης,  ή,  a  bitch-pnppy,  Ar. 
Ran.  1300 ;  and 

Κννίσκης,  ov,  ή,  a  young  dog :  as  a 
name  of  Zeuxidamus  in  Hdt.  0,  71 : 
—  metaph.  a  little  Cynic,  Luc. — II.  a 
dog-fish. 

^Κννίσκος,  ov,  6,  Cyniscus,  a  Spar- 
tan, Xen.  An.  7,  1,  13:  ace.  to  Hdt. 
6,  71 ,  also  appell.  of  the  Spartan  king 
Zeuxidamus. — 2.  a  Mantinean,  a  vic- 
tor at  Olympia,  Paus.  6,  4,  11. 

Κυνισμός,  οΰ,  ό.  {κυνίζω  II.)  Cynical 
philosophy  or  conduct,  Diog.  L. 


KYNO 

Κννιστί,  adv.,  {κύων)  like  a  dog, 
Posidon.  ap.  Ath.  152  F. 

^Κύννα.  ης,  ή,  Cynna,  fem.  pr.  n., 
Ar.  Eq.  765. 

^Κυννάνη,  ης,  ή,^=Κυνάνη,  Ath. 
560  F. 

Κϋνοβάμων,  ov,  gen.  ovof  ,=  sq.  [a] 

Κννοβύτης,  ου,  ό,  {κύων,  βαίνω) 
ίππος,  a  horse  xvilh  a  fault  in  the  fet- 
locks, Hippiatr.,  cf  κνων  VIII.  [ti] 

Κϋνοβλιώ-φ,  ωπος,  ό,  η,  {κνων,  βλέ- 
πω) with  α  dog's  look. 

Κΰνόβρωτος,  ov,  {κύων,  βιβρώσκω) 
devoured  by  dogs,  Diog.  L. 

Κϋνογαμία,  ας,  ή,  or  κυνογάμια, 
ων,  τύ,  {κνων,  γάμος)  α  dog-wedding  : 
said  by  the  Cynic  Crates  of  his  own, 
Jac.  A.  P.  p.  319. 

Κννόγ7.ωσσος,  ov,  {κνων,  γλωσσά) 
dog-tongued,  Epich.  p.  27. — II.  το  κνν., 
hound's  tongue,  a  plant,  Cyn.  officinale, 
Diosc. 

Κϋνογνώμων,  ov,  (κνων,  γνώμη) 
doggishly  disposed,  impudent. 

Κυνοδέσμη,  ης,  ?/,  and  κϋνοδέσμιον, 
ov,  τό,  {κύων  VII.,  δεσμός)  the  Comoe- 
di  fibula  of  Juvenal. 

Κϋνόδεσμος,  ου,  ό,  {κύων,  δεσμός) 
α  dog-leash.  Long. 

Κννόδηκτος,  ov,  (κύων,  δάκνω)  bit- 
ten by  a  dog,  Arist.  Η.  Α. 

Κΰνόΰους,  δοντος,  ό,  {κύων,  οδούς) 
the  canine  tooth,  between  the  grinders 
and  incisors  in  each  jaw,  Hipp. :  in 
Epich.  p.  9,  κννόδων. 

Κννοδρομέω,  ώ,  t.  -ήσω,  {κνων,  δρα- 
μείν)  to  run,  i.  e.  chase  icith  dogs,  Xen. 
Cyn.  6,  17,  sq. :  metaph.  to  hunt  after, 
τινά.  Id.  Symp.  4,  63.     Hence 

Κννοδρομία,  ας,  ή,  a  chasing  with 
dogs,  Hipp. 

Κυνόδων,  οντος,  ό,  v.  sub  κννόδονς. 

Κννοειδής,  ές,  {κύων,  είδος)  like  α 
dog,  Lat.  caninus,  Arist.  Η.  Λ. 

Κννόζο?.ον,  ov,  τό,  (κνων,  όζω)  α 
plant,  so  called  from  its  smell,  Plin., 
chamaelio  nigcr,  ace.  to  Sprengel. 

Κννοθαρσής,  ές,  {κύων,  θα'ρ[>έω) 
i?npud.ent  as  a  dog,  Theocr.  15,  53. 

Κννοθρΰσής,  ές,  =  foreg.,  Aesch. 
Supp.  758. 

Κννοκάρδΰμον,  ου,  τό,  a  kind  of 
nasturtium,  Diosc. 

Κννόκανμα,  ατός,  τό,  the  heat  of  the 
dog-days,  Lob.  Phryn.  304. 

Κννοκεφάλιαιον,  οτ  -φάλιον,  ov,  τό, 
ace.  to  some,  the  anemone,  [ά] 

Κννοκέφΰλ.ος,  ov,  {κύων,  κεφαλή) 
dog-headed,  esp.  as  name  of  a  people, 
ol  K;  tlie  Cynocephali,  on  coast  of 
Aethiopia,  Hdt.  4,  191,  Strab.  p.  774. 
— 2.  the  dog-headed  ape.  Plat.  Theaet. 
161  C,  cf  Ar.  Eq.  416.  [where  a;  it 
should  prob.  be  written  κυνοκεφάλλφ, 
V.  Dind.,  cf  τετρακέφαλος,  τρικέφα- 
λος.] 

Κννοκλίόπος,  ov,  {κύων,  κλέπτω) 
dog-stealing,  Ar.  Ran.  605. 

Κϋνοκομέω,  ω,  ί.  -ησω,  to  keep  dogs. 

Κννοκοπέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (κύων,  κόπ- 
τω) to  beat  like  a  dog,  Ar.  Eq.  289. 

Κνν-οκρύμβη,  ης,  ή,  {κύων,  κρύμβη) 
dog-cabbage,  Diosc. 

Κννοκτονία,  ας,  ή,  α  killing  of  dogs  : 
from 

Κννοκτόνος,  ov,  {κνων,  κτείνω) 
killing  dogs  ;  τό  Κ-,  the  aconite,  Diosc. 

Κννολέσχης,  ov,  ό,  {κνων,  λέσχη) 
an  obscene  talker,  dub.,  v.  Lob.  Phryn. 
184. 

Κννολιογέω,  ώ,  f  -ήσω,  (κνων,  λέγω) 
to  talk,  treat  of  the  dogstar,  Ath. 

ΚϊψόλΛκος,  ov,  b,  a  dog-wolf,  name 
of  the  hyena,  Ctesias. 

Κννόλνσσος,  ov,  {κύων,  λ.νσσα) 
mad  from  the  bite  of  a  mad  dog,  Medic. 

Κννόμάλ.ον,  ου,  τό,  Dor.  for  κυνό- 
μηλον,  Hesych. 


KYNO 

Κϋνομΰ,χέω,  ω.  {.  -ήσω,  {κύων,  μά- 
χομαι) to  fight  with  dogs. 

Κννόμηλον,  ov,  τό,=κοκκύμηλον. 

Κϋνόμορον,  ου,  τό,  the  fruit  of  the 
κννόςβατος,  dub. 

Κννόμορφος,  ov,  (κνων,  μορφή)  dog- 
shaped. 

Κϋνόμυια,  ας,  ή,  more  usu.  prose 
form  for  κυνύμυια,  q.  ν. 

Κννόπλ^ηκτος,  ov,  (κύων,  πλήσσω) 
wounded  by  a  dog,  Diosc. 

Κννόπρηστις,  ιδος,  ή,  {κύων,  πρή- 
θω)  a  venomous  insect,  rvhose  sting 
makes  dog.•!  swell  up  and  die,  cf  βού 
πρηστις. 

Κννοπρόςωπος,  ov,  {κνων,  πρόςω- 
πον)  dog-faced,  Luc. 

Κΰνοραιστής,  οΰ,  δ,  {κύων,  βαίω)  α 
dog-flea,  tick,  Lat.  ricinus,  Od.  17,  3C0, 
also  κρότων. 

Κννόροδον,  ov,  τό,  (κνων,  ρόδον) 
the  dog-rose,  not  quite  the  same  with 
κννόςβατος,  Theophr. 

Κννοβί)αιστής,οϋ,ύ,=κννοραιστής. 

Κννόρβοδον,  ου,  τό,^κυνόροδον, 
Hipp.  ^ 

τΚυνόρτας,  ov,  δ,  Dor.  -ορτης,  Cy- 
nortes,  a  king  of  Sparta,  ApoUod. 

*Κννόρτιον,  ov,  TO,  Cynortium,  a 
mountain  of  Argolis  near  Epidamnus 
with  a  temple  of  Apollo,  Paus.  2, 27, 7. 
ίΚννος,  ov,  δ,  Cynus,  father  of  La- 
rymna,  Paus.  9,  23,  7. — II.  ;),  a  city  of 
Locris  on  apromontory  of  same  name, 
port  of  Opus,  opposite  Aedepsus,  II. 
2,  531  ;  Strab.  p.  425. 

Κννόσαργες,  εος,  τό,  {κύων,  up• 
γός)  Cy7wsarges,a.  gymnasium  outside 
the  city  of  Athens,  on  a  hill  of  same 
name,  sacred  to  Hercules,  for  the  use 
of  those  who  were  not  of  pure  Athe- 
nian blood,  Hdt.  5,  63;  6,  116;  cf. 
Dem.  691,  18,  and  v.  Κννικός  II. 

Κννόςβΰ,τον,  ov,  τό,  the  fruit  of  the 
κυνόςβατος. 

Κννόςβάτος,  ου,  η,  {κύων,  βάτος) 
α  dog-thorn,  kind  of  wild-rose,  Lat.  ru- 
bus  caninus,  Theophr.,  cf  κυνόροδον. 
^Κυνός  κεφα?Μί,  αϊ,  Cynoscephalae 
(dog's/icrtdi•),  small  eminences  at  a  spot 
near  Scotussa  in  Thessaly,  Strab.  p. 
441,  famed  for  the  victory  of  the  Ro- 
mans over  Philip  II.  of  Macedonia. — 
2.  a  hill  in  Boeotia  between  Thebes 
and  Thespiae,  Xen.  Hell.  5,  4,  15. 

Κννόςονρα,  ας.  ή,  {κύων,  οίφά)  α 
dog's  tail:  esp. the  Cynosure,niLmeo{ihe 
constellation  Ursa  Minor,  Eratosth. 
t— II.  Cynosura,  a  promontory  of  At- 
tica near  Marathon. — 2.  another  op- 
posite Salamis,  on  an  island  near  the 
coast,  Bahr  Hdt.  8,  76. 

Κννόσονρα  ώά,  τά,  addled  eggs, 
also  ovpiva,  ζεφύρια,  νπηνέμια,  Arist. 
Η.  Α.  6,  2  :  cf  ούριος  III. 

Κννοςονρίς,  ίδος,  ή,  name  of  a  breed 
of  Spartan  hounds,  from  the  Laced, 
tribe  so  called. — II.  =κννόςουρα. 

Κϋνοσπύρακτος,  ov,  {κύων,  σπα 
ράσσω)  torn  by  dogs,  Soph.  Ant.  1193. 

Κννοσπάς,  άδος,  ό,  ή,  (κνων,  σπάω) 
= foreg. 

τΚιιΐ'όζ•  πόλις,  ή,  Cynospolis,  {dog's 
city),  a  town  of  the  Aegyptian  Delta, 
Strab.  p.  802. 

tKwOC  σήμα,  τό,  Cynossema,  {dog's 
tomb)  the  eastern  point  of  the  Thra- 
cian  Chersonese  opposite  Ilium, 
where  Hecuba,  changed  into  a  dog, 
was  buried,  now  occupied  by  the 
Turkish  fortress  of  the  Dardanelles 
called  Kdidil-bahar,  Eur.  Hec.  1273, 
Thuc.  8,  104,  105  :  in  Died.  S.  also 
TO  Έκύβ7ΐς  μνημειον. — 2.  a  promon- 
tory of  Caria,  end  of  Mt.  Phoenix, 
now  cape  Aloupo  or  Volpe,  Strab. 
p.  656. — 3.  a  town  on  coast  of  Mar- 
marica.  Id.  p.  799. 

813 


ΚΥΠΑ 

Κϊνοσσόος,  ον,  {κύων,  σεύ(ο)  cheer- 
ing on  the  hounds,  Atll.  1(30  Ij. 

Κϋι•οσώΰγ?/ς,  ές,  {κύων,  σ(ράττω) 
worshipped  with  sacrifices  of  dogs,  Lye. 
ΚννοΓροίίακός,  ή,  όν,  {κύον,  τρέφω) 
of,  belonging  to  the  feeding  or  keeping 
of  dogs :  ή  -Kif,  sub.  τίχνη.  Clem.  Al. 
Τίννού'λκος,  ov,  {κύων-  Ώ.κω)  lead- 
ing dogs,  accotnpanied  bi/  them. 

iKvi'ovAKoc  ov,  0,  Cynulcus,  inasc. 
pr.  n.,  Ath.  317  E. 

Ιίννουρα,  ων,  τά,  sea-cliffs,  dub.  in 
Lye. 

tKworpi'a,  ας,  ή,  Cijnuria.a  district 
on  borders  of  Argolis  and  Laconia, 
Hdt  1,  81,  Thuc.  4,  50.     Hence 

'(Κννούριος,  a,  ov,  of  Cynuria,  Cy- 
nurian  ;  οι  Kvvovpioi,  or  -pf if,  inhab. 
of  Cyn.,  Paus.  3,  2,  2  :  ace.  to'  Hdt.  8, 
73,  the  Kvvovpioi  were  the  aborigi- 
nes of  Argolis,  of  Ionic  stem. 

tKiii'oiipof,  ov,  b,  Cynurus,  son  of 
Perseus,  Paus. 

Κννοϋχος,  ου,  Ό,  (κνων,  εχω)  α  dog- 
holder,  dog-leash,  Anth. — II.  α  dog-skin 
sack,  used  in  hunting,   Xen.    Cyn. 

2,  9. 

Κννοφαγέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (κνων,  φα- 
γεϊν)  to  eat  dog^s  flesh,  Sext.  Einp. 

Κννοφθα7.μίζομαι.  dep.,  {κνων,  οφ- 
θαλμός) to  he  dog-cycd,  look  impudent. 

Κννοόόντις  έορτι),  ή,  {κνων,  *φέ• 
νω,  φονεύω)  a  festival,  in  which  dogs 
were  killed,  Ath.  09  E. 

Κ.ννόφρων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  {κύων, 
ppljv)  dog-like,  i.  e.  shameless  of  soul, 
Aesch.  Cho.  G22. 

Κνντερος,  a.  or-compar.  adj.  formed 
from  κύων,  strictly  more  of  a  dog,  more 
dog-like,  i.  e.  ?nore  shameless,  II.  8,  483  : 
in  gcnl.  bolder,  more  audacious,  more 
dreadful,  Od,  7,  21G  ;  11,  427  ;  20,  18  : 
superl.  κύντατος,  η,  ov,  II.  10,  503,  Η. 
Ilom.  Cer.  307  :  in  II.  and  Od.  we  find 
only  the  neut.     Cf.  κύων  II. 

Yivvvλayμός,  οϋ,  ο,  {κύων,  ΰ7,αγ- 
αός)  the  howling  of  dogs.  Slesich.  OC. 

Κυνώ,  ονς,  ή,  (translation  of  the 
Median  name  Στζακώ)  prop,  a  she- 
dog,  as  pr.  n.,  Cyno,  wife  of  the  herds- 
man of  Astyagcs,  reared  the  elder 
Cyrus,  Hdt.  1,  110. 

Κννώ<)7/ς,  ες,=^κυνοειδ//ς,  dog-like, 
Arist.  Gen.  An. 

^Κννών  πο?ίΐς,  η,  (prop,  dogs'"  city) 
Cynopolis,  ?)  μεγά7<.η,  d  city  of  Aegypt 
in  which  the  dog-headed  Anubis  was 
worshipped,  Strab.  p.  812  :  its  territo- 
ry KvvoTro7.i~iKor  νομός.  Id. 

Κννώ7ϊ7]ς,  ου,  ό,  {κύων.  ώψ)  the  dog- 
eyed,  i.  e.  shameless  one,  II.  1,  159,  cf. 
κύων  II. :  like  κννος  υαματ'  έχων  in 
II.  1,  225.     Hence 

Κννώπις,  ιδος.  ή,  fem.  from  foreg., 
the  dog-eyed.  i.  e.  shameless  woman,  II. 

3,  180,  Od.  4.  115  ;  8.  319  :  hence  also 
terrible-eyed,  horrid,  Eur.  Or.  260,  El. 
1252. 

Κννωφ,  ωπος,  ό,  a  kind  of  grass, 
Theophr. 

Κνογάστωρ,  ορης,  ό,  ή,  {κύω,  γα- 
οτί/ρ)  with  capacious  belly. 

Κύος,  εος,  τό,  {κύω)=ίκύημα.  [ϋ] 

ΚνοΓοκία,  ας,  ή,  {κύος,  τίκτω) 
childbirth. 

Κνοτροφία,  ας,  ή.  {κνος.  τρέφω)  the 
nourishment  of  the  foetus,  Hipp. 

Κνοφορέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  be  with 
young,  pregnant,  Hipp.  :  and 

Κυοφορία,  ας,  ΐ],  pregnancy,  Clem. 
Al. :  from 

Κϋοφόρος,  ov,  {κύος,  φέρω)  preg- 
nant. 

Κύπαιρος,  Dor.  for  κύττειρος,  Alc- 
inan  29. 

Κντταφίσκος,  ov.  6,  Dor.  for  κνπειρ-, 
dim.  from  foreg.,  Alcm.  34. 
^Kvπaρισσr/εις,εvτoς,y,Cyρarisseϊs, 
814 


ΚΥΠΡ 

a  city  of  Nestor  in  Triphylian  Ells, 
II.  2,  593,  ace.  to  Strab.  in  Macistia 
or  in  Messenia,  p.  3 18. — 2.  δ,  a  river 
of  Messenia  near  foreg..  Id.  p.  319. 

^Κντταρισσία,ας,  ή,  Cyparissia,  later 
name  of  foreg.  city  in  Triph.  Elis, 
Strab.  p.  348. — 2.  a  city  on  a  prom,  of 
same  name  on  the  west  coast  of  Mes- 
senia, Id.  p.  319,  359 ;  in  Paus.  8,  8, 
1,  al  Κνπαρισσιαί. — 3.  a  city  of  La- 
conia on  a  peninsula  near  Asopus, 
Id.  p.  303. 

Κνπύρίσσϊνος,  η,  ov,  Att.  -ίττΐνος, 
{κνττάρισσος)  made  of  cypress  wood, 
Od.  17.  310,  Pind.,  etc. 

Κϋττΰρισσάροφος,  ov,  {κνπάρισσος, 
όροφος)  cieled  with  cypress-wood,  θάλ- 
αμοι, xMnesim.  Hijipl  1,  1. 

Κνπάρισσος,  ov,  ή,  Att.  -ιττος,  cy- 
press, Lat.  cupressus  semperi^irens,  κ. 
ευώδης,  Od.  5.  64;  ελαφρά.  Pind.  Fr. 
126  ;  })αδινά,  Theocr.  Ep.  11,  45.  [dp] 
^Κνπάρισσος,  ου,  ή,  Cypnrissns,  a 
small  city  near  Delphi.  11.2,  519  ;  ace. 
to  Paus.  10,  36, 1,  the  later  Anticyra. 

Κνττΰρισσών,  ώνος,  ό,  a  cypress 
grove,  Strab. 

Ki'Traf,  άδος,  ^,=  sq..  Lye. 

Κύπασσις,  ιδος,  ό  and  ή,  {κνπη)  a 
short  man's  frock,  like  χιτών,  called 
also  κύττατης  in  Alcae.  1,  cf.  Midler 
Archaol.  d.  Kunst,  ^  337,  3  :  also  at- 
tributed to  women.  Ar.  Fr.  438,  Leon. 
Tar.  2  ;  and  to  the  Persians,  Hccatae. 
ap.  Harp,  [uv] 

Κνπασσισκος,  ov,  b,  dim.  from 
foreg.,  Hippon.  10. 

Κνττειρίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  to  be  like  κύττει- 
poc,  Diosc. 

Κνπειρίς,  ίδος,  ή,  a  kind  of  κνττει- 
ρος,  Nie. 

Κύττειρον,  ov,  τό,  a  sweet-smelling 
marsh-plant,  perh.  salingal,  used  to 
feed  horses,  II.  21,  351,  Od.  4,  603: 
cf.  sq.  [Kv'i 

Κύττειρος,  ov,  ό,  a  marsh-plant, 
prob.=foreg.,  H.  Hom.  Merc.  107 ; 
cf.  also  κύττερος.  [ϋ] 

Κϋπελ7ύς,  ίδος,  ?/,  {κύ-η)=ΐίν~ελ- 
λον. 

Κνκε7ι7.ομάχος.  ον.  {κύττελλον,  μά- 
χομαι) fighting  over  cups,  or  at  which 
they  fight  with  cups,  είληττίνη,  Anth. 

Κνιτελ7^ον,  ov,  τό,  a  big-bellied 
drinking  vessel,  a  beaker,  goblet,  cup, 
oft.  in  Ηοπι.,=  δέ-ας  and  σκύόος : 
made  of  metal,  hence  in  Hom.  usu. 
χμνσεια  κν-ε7/λα  ;  cf.  άμφικύ-πε7.λος. 
(Strictly  dim.  from  κνττη,  cf.  κνμ3//, 
KViSSa.  κΰφος^σκνφης.)  [ν] 

Κϋττε/./.οφόρος,  ov,  {κν~ε7ιλον,  φέ- 
ρω) carryhig  cups. 

Κν-ε7.7.οχάρων,  ov,  («υττελλον, 
χαίρω)  delighting  in  cups,  Eustath. 

Κν-εροΓ,  0,  prob.  Ion.  ior  κνπειρος, 
Hdt.  4,  71,  who  describes  it  as  an 
aromatic  plant,  used  by  the  Scyth- 
ians for  embalming. 

Κύ~η,  ri,z=yv~ii,  a  hole,  hollow: 
also  a  kind  of  ship  ;  v.  κυβή. 

Κν-όω,  rare  collat.  form  from  κν~- 
τω,  Lye.  1412 :  άνακυτΐόω  is  more 
usu. 

tKi'Tpra,  ar.  ή,  Cypra,  appell.  of 
Juno  among  the  Tyrrhenians,  Strab. 
p.  241,  whence  was  named  το  της 
Κν—ρας  Ιερόν,  Id. 

^Κνπρία,^Κν-ρίς,  Pind.;  also= 
Κύπρος,  Strab. 

Κί'-ρίύι^ω,  f.  -ύσω.=κν~ρίζω. 
'ΚνπριηκΟΓ,  //,  όν,  of  or  belonging  to 
Cyprus.  Diod.  S.  14,  HO. 

Κνπρίδιος,  ία,  ιον,{Κνπρίς)  bdong- 
ing  to  Cypris,  i.  e.  lovely,  tender,  Anth. 
[ιό] 

Κνπρίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {κνπρις  III.)  to 
bloom,  esp.  of  the  olive  and  vine 
LXX.,  cf.  κνπρισμός. 


KTPA 

Κνπρΐνον,  ov,  TO,  sub.  ε?.αιον  or 
μύρον,  oil  or  unguent  made  from  the 
flower  of  the  tree  κνπρος,  Diosc. 

Κνπρϊνος,  ov,  b,  a  kind  of  carp, 
Arist.  H.  A. 

Κύπριος,  ία,  ων,  of  Cyprus.  Cypri- 
an, Aesch.  Pers.  891,  Hdt.  3, 19,  etc.: 
λίθος  Κ.,  a  kind  of  precious  stone, 
Achae.  ap.  Ath.  689  Β  ;  prob.  thesma- 
ragdiis,  Throphr.  Lap.  25,  35,  Plin. 
H.  N.  37,  17:— -a  Κύπρια,  sc.  t'-:;, 
an  Epic  poem  introductory  to  tlv  11., 
beginning  with  the  wedding  of  i-'eleus 
and  Thetis,  Arist.  Poet. 

Kii-pif,  ΐδος,  ή,  Cypris,  a  name  of 
Venus,  from  the  island  wjiere  she 
was  first  and  most  worshipped,  11., 
where  both  Κνπριν  and  ΚνΊφιδα  oc- 
cur in  ace.,  II.  5,  330,  458  ;  later  gen. 
Κύπριος,  Jac.  A.  P.  p.  li. :  joinefl  with 
ΆφροδίΓη,  Η.  Hom.  Ven.  2. — 2.  me- 
taph.  of  a  beautiful  girl,  a  Venus,  dab. 
in  Opp. — II.  as  appellat., /ovf,=  tY)(jr, 
Eur.  Bacch.773,  Κνπριν  νφαρπύζίΐν, 
Ar.  Eccl.  722.— III.  the  bloom  of  ihl; 
olive  and  vine :  in  genl.  a  blossom,  [ΰ 
by  nature  ;  in  Ep.  usu.  ϋ  by  position.] 

Κνπρισμός,  ov,  b,  {κνπρίζω)  bloom, 
esp.  of  the  olive  and  vine,  LXX. 

Κνπρογενέα,  ας,  ή,  Ep.  for  sq., 
used  as  a  choriambus,  Hes.  Th.  199. 

Κνπρογένεια,  ας,  ή,  the  Cyprus- 
bom,  epith.  of  Venus,  Pind.  P.  4^384 : 
pecul.  fem.  from  sq. 

Κνπρογενί/ς,  ές,  {Κύπρος,  *γένω) 
Cyprus-born,  epith.  of  Venus,  Η.  Horn. 
9,  Solon  2,  1. 

ίΚνπρόθϊμις,  ιδος,  ό,  Cyprothemis, 
made  tyrant  of  Sainos  by  Tigranes, 
viceroy  of  the  Persian  king,  Dem. 
193,  4. 

Κνπρόθεν,  adv., /row  Cyprus,  Anth. 

Κύρονδε,   adv.,  to    Cyprus,   II.   11, 

Κνπρος,  ου,  ή,  Cyprus,  a  Greek 
island  on  the  S.  coast  of  Asia  ]\Iinor, 
Hom.  (esp.  in  Od.),  etc. : — the  Ro- 
mans got  the  best  copper  from  it,  Lat. 
cypritan  (Plin.  34,  2),  Germ.  Knpfer, 
etc. — II.  a  tree  growing  in  Cyprus,  Lat. 
Cyprus  (the  flower  of  which  yielded 
the  ί7.αιον  κνπρΐνον).  Hebr.  gopher 
(Gen.  6,  14),  now  Lawsnnia  alba, 
Sprengel  Diosc.  1,  124. — III.  a  mea- 
sure of  corn,  holding  two  modii,  Aleae. 
96,  cf.  ήμίκυπρον. 

Κυπτάζω,  f.  -άσω,  frequent,  from 
κύπτω  :  to  keep  stooping  :  hence  to  gc 
poking  about,  potter  about  a  thing, 
Sophron  ap.  Schol.  Ar.  Lys.  17,  Ar. 
Nub.  509,  περί  τι.  Id.  Pac.  731,  cf. 
Plat.  Kep.  469  D. 

Κνπτός,  ή,  όν,  {κύπτω)  bent  for- 
wards, stooping,  crooked,  v.  1.  in  Aesch. 
Cho.  773. 

Κύπτω,  lengthd.  from  root  ΚΤ'Φ- : 
fut.  κύφω  :  pf.  κέκϋφα.  To  bend  for- 
ward, stoop,  II.  4,  468,  Od.  11,  i385, 
etc.,  oft.  with  εις  την  γήν  added,  Hdt. 
3,  14,  Ar.  Fr.  349;  so,  κ.  κάτω,  Ar. 
V'esp.  279  ;  to  boiv  down  under  a  bur- 
den, Dem.  332,  12:  to  hang  down  the 
head  from  shame,  Ar.  Eq.  1354  ;  of 
several  persons,=  ai;7/<:ii7rrw,  Epier. 
ap.  Ath.  59  Ε  ;  κέρεα  κεκνφότα  ές  το 
έμπροσθεν,  of  oxen,  Hilt.  4,  183  :  freq. 
in  part,  with  another  verb, ^εεζί^/ίΰψαζ•, 
to  put  down  the  head  and  run,  Ar.  Ran. 
1091  ;  κύφας  έσθίει,  to  eat  stooping, 
i  e.  greedily,  Ar.  Pac.  33. — II.  transit. 
to  bend  a  thing  forwards,  tilt,  later. 
(Cf  KVi3// :  hence  κύβδα,  κνφός,  the 
collat.  form  κνπόω,  and  frequent.,  κν- 
βάζω  and  κυπτάζω  :  akin  to  cubo,  cum- 
bo,  incumbo.) 

tKfipn,  ων,  τά,  Cyra,  a  city  of  Sog- 
diana  on  the  laxartes,  so  named  from 
its  builder  the  elder  Cyrus,  Strab.  p. 


ΚΤΡΕ 

517 ;  in  Αιτ.  Κνρον  τϊό?.ις  or  Κνρό- 
■αο/.ίς. 
\Κυράνα,  ή.  Όοτ.=  Κνρτ/νη,  Find. 
^ΚνρακΓίκί/,  Tjg,  ή,  or  Κυρικτική, 
comui.  Κηρυκτική,  Cyractice,  an  is- 
land in  the  Adnalic  near  lilyria, 
Strab. 

tKvpawif ,  ίος,  ή,  Cyraunis,  a  small 
island  of  Africa,  inhabited  by  the 
giants,  Hdt.  4,  195. 

Κυρβαίη  μάζα,  ή,  dub.  1.  in  Ep. 
Hem.  15,  6,  al.  κνρκαίη  from  κυρκα- 
νύω,  or  γυραίη  Iroin  yvpig,  or  τυρ- 
βαίη  from  τνρβη,  etc.  :  a  kind  of 
paste  or  porridge. 

Κύρβας,  αντος,  ό,  rare  shortened 
form  from  Kopi)/iaf,tCallim.  Jov. 
46. 

Τίνρβασία,  αζ,  ή,  a  Persian  bonnet 
or  hat,  with  a  peaked  crown,  prob. 
much  like  the  τιάρα  (q.  v.),  Hdt.  7, 
C4.  The  king  alone  wore  it  upright, 
V.  Ar.  Av.  487  (where  he  compares  a 
cock's  comb  to  it),  et  Schol.  ad  1., 
and  see  the  Pompeian  mosaic  of  the 
battle  of  Issus  in  the  Museo  Borbo- 
nico  at  Naples. 

Κνρβΰσις,  εως,  7/.=  foreg. 

Κνρβεις,  εων,  αϊ,  Ar.  Nub.  448,  etc., 
oi,  Cratin.  Incert.  139  :  at  Athens  tri- 
angular-pyramidical  tablets,  at  first 
prob.  of  stone,  but.  usu.  of  painted 
wood,  turning  round  on  a  pivot,  hav- 
ing the  few  earliest  laws  written  on 
the  three  sides,  Cratin.  1.  c,  Lys. 
184,  38,  cf  Ar.  Av.  1354 :  ace.  to  some 
these  contained  the  religious,  άξονες 
the  civil  laiv :  others  make  the  κνρ- 
βεις  three-sided,  the  άξονες  four- 
sided,  without  difference  of  contents; 
Schol.  Ap.  Rh.  4,  280,  Ruhnk.  Tim. 
Later,  of  all  pillars  or  tablets  with  in- 
scriptions ;  also  of  the  pillars  of  Her- 
cules, Jac.  A.  P.  p.  48.  The  sing. 
κνρβις\Β  used  metaph.  of  the  Spartan 
scytale  in  Achae.  ap.  Ath.  451  D  :  also 
in  Ar.  Nub.  418,  of  a  pettifogging  law- 
yer, Lat.  leguleius,  as  if  a  walking 
statute-book,  (κύρβεις  comes  from 
root  κόρυς,  κόρνμβος,  κορυφή.) 

Κϋρεία,  ας,  ή,  (as  if  from  κνρενω) 
dominion,  power,  rule,  LXX.,  v.  κϋρος. 
tKi'peiOf,  a,  ov,  of  or  belonging  to 
Cyrus;  rh  Κνρειον  στρατόπεδον,  Xen. 
An.  1,  10,  1;  ro  K.  στράτευμα,  re- 
ferring to  the  Greeks  who  accompa- 
nied the  younger  Cyrus,  Id.  Hell.  3, 
2,  18. 

Κϋρε'ω,  ώ,  and  ΚΤ'Ρί2  (v.  sub  voc.) : 
impf.  εκνρουν  [υ]  and  έκϋρον,  hence 
3  sing,  κϋρε,  11.  23,  821,  Η.  Horn. 
Cer.  189:  fut.  κϋρ7/σω  and  κνρσω : 
aor.  εκύρησα  [ΰ],  inf.  κνρήσαί,  £p. 
Horn.  6,  6,  part,  κνρήσας,  Hes.  Op. 
753 ;  also  εκνρσα,  part,  κνρσας,  II.  3, 
23,  Hes.  Sc.  42G,  inf  κνρσαι,  Hes. 
Op.  689  (not  so  well  κνρσαι,  cf  κύρ• 
μα  fin.):  pres.  mid.  κνρομαι  [ί>],  quite 
=κυρέω,  II.  24,  530.  The  pres.  act. 
κύρω,  q.  v.,  is  much  more  rare. — I. 
trans,  to  hit,  light  upon,  reach,  attain : 
— 1.  C.  dat.,  to  light  upon  accidentally, 
meet  with  a  person  or  tiling, /a//  in 
with,  άλλοτε  μεν  τε  κακώ  ύγε  κύρε- 
ται,  άλλοτε  δ'  έσβλω,  11.  24,  530  ;  so, 
•πήματι  κύρσαι,  Hes.  Op.  689  ;  and  in 
Hes.  Sc  426,  /^.έων  σώματι  κνρσας. 
— 2.  c.  errt  et  dat.,  επ'  αϋχένι  κϋρε 
δονρος  άκωκ?},  he  tried  to  reach,  hit.  get 
at  his  neck  vvith  it,  II.  23,  821,  where 
it  is  used  of  the  intention,  aim  :  but, 
λέων  επι  σώματι  κνρσας,  II.  3,  23,  is 
just  like  σώματι  κύρσας  quoted  above ; 
so  too,  Ίεροΐσιν  επ  αιϋομένοισι  κνρή- 
σας,  Hes.  Op.  753 :  and  so  with  έν, 
Soph.  Aj.  314. — 3.  c.  gen.,  to  reach  to, 
as  far  as  a  thing,  μέλαθρον  κϋρε  κύρη, 
Η.  Horn.  Cer.  189  :  hence  to  arrive  at, 


KYPI 

become  possessed  of,  αιδοίων  βροτών, 
Ep.  Hom.  6,  6,  σωττιρίας,  Aesch. 
Pers.  797. — 4.  C.  ace.  to  reach,  obtain, 
Aesch.  Cho.  714;  to  find  by  chance, 
Eur.  Hec.  698. — II.  intrans.  to  happm, 
come  to  pass,  turn  out,  Trag.,  as  κα/.ώς, 
ευ  κνρει,  Aesch.  Theb.  23,  Soph.  El. 
799. — 2.  abcpl.  to  be  right,  hit  the  exact 
truth,  with  part.,  τόδ'  uv  λέγων  κνρή- 
σαις,  Aesch.  Supp.  589,  cf  Soph.  El. 
663. — 3.  as  auxil.  verb,  like  τυγχάνω, 
c.  partic,  to  turn  out  to  be  so  and  so, 
prove  so,  Trag.,  as,  σεσωσμένος  κνρεΐ, 
Aesch.  Pers.  503 ;  κνρεΐ  ων,  Eur. 
Ale.  954  (cf  τνγχύνω  fin.) :  reversely, 
7}v  κνρών.  Soph.  Phil.  371,  cf.  544: 
also  absol. ,  just=  etrai,  έκτος  αιτίας 
κνρείς  (sc.  ων),  Aesch.  Pr.  330  ;  ττοϋ 
γτ/ς  κνρεΐ  (sc.  ων) ;  Soph.  Aj.  984,  cf 
Eur.  Phoen.  J067.— In  signf  II.  the 
word  is  strictly  only  poet.,  τνγχάνω 
being  the  word  used  in  prose  :  but  it 
is  used  in  signf  3  by  Hipp.  831  H, 
and  in  later  prose.  [Soph.  O.  C.  1159 
has  έκϋρον ;  elsewh.  in  Att.  only  κΰ- 
ρέω  seems  to  be  used ;  cf.  however 
Herm.  Soph.  Aj.  307.] 

ίΚνρη,  ης,  ή,  Cyre,  a  fountain  in 
Africa  sacred  to  Apollo,  where  af- 
terwards Cyrene  was  built.  Call. 
Apoll.  87;  in  Hdt.  4,  158  it  is  called 
κρήνη  Ά.7:όλλ.ωνος,  cf.  Pind.  P.  4, 
524. 

Κί'ρηβάζω,  f.  -ά'σω,  to  butt  with  the 
horns,  like  goats  or  rams,  Cratin.  In- 
cert. 69  ;  in  genl.  to  strike,  το  σκέλιος 
κ-,  Ar.  Eq.  273,  where  it  is  metaph. 
Cf  κνρίσσω.    Hence 

Κνρηβΰσία,  ας,  ή,  η  hutting,  as  of 
horned  annuals  :  in  genl.  a  fighting. 

Κνρι/βύτης,  ου,  ύ,  a  fighter,  quarrel- 
ler.  [ά] 

Κνρήβια,  ων,  τά,  chaff,  husks,  bran, 
Cratm.  Incert.  27,  Ar.  Eq.  254. 

Κνρηβιοπώλης,  ου,  ό,  {κυρήβια, 
ττωλέω)  α  seller  of  bran,  etc. 

Κνρηβος,  ου,  ό,=  κνρηβάτης. 

Κνρημα,  ατός,  το,  {κνρέω)=κύρμα, 
that  which  one  lights  upon,  a  windfall. 

I  Κυρηναία,  ας,  η,  the  territory  of 
Cyrene,  Cyrenaica,  a  region  of  Africa 
on  the  coast  extending  from  Marina- 
rica  to  the  greater  Syrtis,  Arist.  H.  A. 
5,  30,  4  :  in  Hdt.  4,  199,  ή  Κυρηναίη 

Κνρηναϊκός,  ή,  όν,  Cyrenaic :  esp. 
οΊ  Κνρ'ηναϊκυι,  the  disciples  of  Aris- 
tippus  of  Cyrene,  Strab.,  v.  Diog.  L. 
2,85. 

Κνρηναϊος,  a,  ov,  of  Cyrene,  Hdt. 
4,  199  ;  Oi  Κνρηναΐοι,  the  Cyreneans, 
Id.  3,  13  :  from  ^ 

Κνρήνη,  ης,  ή,  Cyrene,  mother  of 
Aristaeus  by  Apollo,  Pind.  P.  9,  32, 
from  whom  the  Greek  colony  in  Af- 
rica received  its  name. — 2.  a  nymph, 
mother  of  the  Thracian  Diomede, 
Apollod.  2,  5,  8. — 3.  a  courtesan  in 
Athens,  Ar.  Thesm.  98. — 11.  the  chief 
city  of  Cyrenaica  in  Africa  founded 
by  a  Greek  colony  under  Battus  of 
Thera,  Hdt.  4,  164,  Find.  P.  4,  2. 
[Usu.  ϋ.  but  ϋ  in  Hes.  Fr.  35,  2,  Call. 
Apoll.  72,  93,  CatuU.  7.  4.] 

Κυρία,  ας,  h,  the  mistress,  v.  κύριος 
II.  fin. 

Κυριάκος,  ή,  όν,  {κύριος)  of,  be- 
longing to,  concerning  a  lord  Or  mas- 
ter ;  esp.  belonging  to  the  LORD 
(CHRIST):  hence  ή  κνριακή,  sub. 
f/μέρα,  the  Lord's  day.  dies  dominica, 
N.  T.  :  TO  κνριακόν,  the  Lord's  house, 
EccL,  whence  our  kyrke,  church. 

Κϋρίενσις,  εως,  ή,  (κυριεύω)  pos- 
session, as  of  property. 

Κυριεύω,  (κύριος)  to  be  lord,  master 
of  a  thing,  τινός.  Xen.  Mem.  2,  0,  22 : 


KTPI 

to  have  legal  jurisdiction,  μέχρι  τινός, 
Lex  ap.  Aeschin.  5,  36 :  to  gain  pos- 
session of,  seize,  τινός,  Polyb. 

Κνρίζω,  f.  -ίσω,^ κνρίσσω. 

Κνριλ/.ιον,  ov,  τύ,  a  narrow-necked 
bottle  or  jug,  also  βομβνλιίος. 

Κνρίνιος,  ov,  ό,  the  Rom.  name 
Quirinus,  Strab.  p.  5C9 ;  and  Κνρΐνος, 
Plut.Rom.28;  in  Anth.  KTO/i-'Ofwithr. 

Κύριξις,  εως,  ή,  (κυρίσσω)  abutting, 
fighting  with  horns,  Ael.   [ϊ•] 

Κνριοκτονέω,  ώ,  in  Eccl.  to  kill  the 
LORD:  and 

Κϋριοκτονία,  ας,  τ),  in  Eccl.  the 
killing  of  the  LORD :  from 

Κϋριοκτόνος,  ov,  (κύριος,  κτείνω) 
in  Eccl.  killing  the  LORD. 

Κϋριολεκτέω,  ώ,  ί.  -ήσω,  (κύριος, 
λέγω)  to  speak  literally,  i.  e.  without 
metaphor,  opp.  to  τροπο/ιογέω  :  also 
to  use  a  word  as  a  proper  name,  Gramm. 
— II.  Eccl,  to  call  by  the  tith  of  LORD. 
Hence 

Κυριολεκτικώς  or  -λ,εκτώς,  adv., 
speaking  literally  :  and 

Κυριολεξία,  ας,  ή,  the  use  of  literal 
expression,  as  opp.  io figurative. 

Κϋριο/.ογέω,  =  -λεκτέω  :  κνριολο- 
γία,  η,  =  -λ.εξία,  Longin. 

Κϋριο/.ογικός,  ή,  όν,  speaking  or 
describing  literally :  in  Clem.  Al.  of 
that  khid  of  hieroglyphics  which 
consists  of  simple  pictures  of  the 
things  meant,  opp.  to  συμβο/Λκός, 
Strom,  p.  C57. 

Κύριος,  ία,  lov,  also  ος,  ov,  Eur. 
Heracl.  143,  (κϋρος).  —  1.  of  men, 
ruling,  governing,  having  power  or  au- 
thority over  a  person  or  thing,  lord  or 
master  of,  c.  gen.,  Pind.  P.  2,  106, 
Trag.,  etc. :  κύριος  εστί  τίνος,  he  has 
power  over  a  thing,  i.  e.  it  is  in  his 
power,  Lat.  penes  eum  est,  Thuc.  4, 
20,  etc. ;  as,  κ.  ην  τοϋ  μη  μεθνσβήναι, 
Arist.  Eth.  Ν.  3,  5.  8  :  κύριος  ε'ιμι, 
C.  inf.,  /  have  the  right,  am  entitled  to 
do...,  Aesch.  Ag.  104 ;  cf  δίκαιος  C. 
— II.  of  things,  etc.,  decisive,  positive, 
valid,  on  which  all  depends,  δίκαΐ,  Eur. 
Heracl.  1.  c.  :  critical,  e.  g.  κ.  μην,  the 
month  of  a  woman's  delivery,  Pind. 
O.  6,  52. — 2.  authorised,  ratified,  νόμοι, 
δόγματα,  etc.,  Dem.  700,  8,  etc. ;  κν- 
piov  ποιεΐσθαι,  ratum  facere.  Id.  998, 
fin. :  K.  έστω,  ratum  sit.  Id. — 3.  of 
times, _^a7eiZ,  appointed,  ή  κίρίη  //μέρη, 
or  των  ήμερέων,  the  fixed,  fore-urdained 
day,  Hdt.  5,  50;  6. 129  ;  so,  το  κνριον, 
the  appointed  time,  Aesch.  Ag.  766: 
esp.  at  Athens,  κνρία  εκκλησία,  an 
ordinary  fixed  assembly,  opp.  to  σύγ- 
κ'λι/τος  εκκλησία  (one  specially  sum- 
moned), Ar.  Ach.  19  ;  so  ή  κνρία,  sub. 
έκκ'λησία  or  ήμερα,  the  regular  day 
for  it. — 111.  principal,  chief,  Plat.  Symp. 
218  D,elc. — 2.  esp.  of  language,  yjroyj- 
er,  strict,  literal,  Lat.  proprius,  opp.  to 
figurative,  Arist.  Rhet. : — later  κ.  όνο- 
μα, a  proper  name,  Hdn.  Adv.  κυρίως, 
v.  sub  voc. — B.  as  subst.,  ό  κύριος,  a 
lord,  master,  τινός,  epith.  ol  gods, 
Pind.  P.  2,  106,  Aesch.  Ag.  878":  an 
owner,  possessor,  lord,  master,  Trag.  : 
esp.  ό  κ.  των  δωμάτων,  etc.,  or  ό  κ. 
alone,  the  head  of  a  family,  master  of 
a  house,  cf  κούρος,  κουριδιος ;  he 
was  κύριος  of  wife  and  children,  δε- 
σιτότης  of  slaves,  cf  Schol.  Ar.  Eq. 
965  :  hence  also  a  g-uardian,  Isae.  59, 
26,  Dem.,  etc. : — later,  it  was  a  title 
of  address,  like  French  sire,  our  sir. 
Germ.  Herr.  So,  as  fern.,  κυρία,  ή, 
mistress,  esp.  mistress  Or  lady  of  the 
house,  Lat.  domina,  Plut.  —  2.  in 
LXX.,  ό  Κΐ'ρίΟΓ,  =  Hebr.  Jehovah: 
and  in  N.  T.  "esp.  of  CHRIST. 
(.\kin  to  κνρέω,  κοίρανος,  τύραννος.) 
[f]    Hence 

815 


ΚΥΡΟ 

Κϋρώτης,  ητοξ,  ή,  power,  rule,  do- 
minion, Ν.  Τ. 

tKiiptf,  εωζ,  η,  Strab.  ρ.  228,  and 
Κύρεις,  αϊ,  Dion.  Η.  2,  48,  Cares,  a 
town  of  the  Sabines. 

Κνρίσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  fut.  -ίξω,  (κό- 
ρνς)  to  butt,  fisht  with  the  horns,  like 
rams,  Plat.  Gor".  510  A:  nietaph.  of 
floating  corpses  knocking  against  the 
shore,  κ.  ίσχνράν  χθόνα,  Aesch.  Pers. 
310. 

\Κνρίτης,  ov,  6,  an  inhab.  of  Cures, 
Strab.  p.  230  ;  οι  Κνρΐταί,  the  Quirites, 
i.  e.  Romans,  Id.  p.  228. 

Κϋρίωνϋ/ζέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  call  by 
a  proper  name :  and 

Κνρίωννμία,  ας,  η,  a  proper  name : 
from 

Υίνρίώνΰμος,  ov,  (κύριος,  όνομα) 
having  a  proper  na?ne.     Adv.  -μος. 

Κυρίως,  adv.  from  κύριος,  like  a 
lord  or  master,  authoritatively,  κ-  εχειν, 
to  be  fixed,  hold  good,  Aesch.  Ag. 
178. — 2.  rightfully,  fitly,  by  law,  κ. 
αΐτεΐσϋαι,  Soph.  Phil.  03,  ύοϋναι, 
Dem.  954,  20. — 3.  in  genl.  correctly, 
exactly.  Plat.  Parm.  130  C  :  accurately, 
literally,  Polyb. 

Κνρκαίη,  j/ς,  ή,  v.  κνρβαίη. 
KvpKUruoj,  ώ,  rare  for  κνκανύω, 
Hipp.,  and  Ar.  Thesm.  429. 

Κύρμα,  ατός,  τό,  not  so  well  κϋρμα, 
Lob.  Paral.  414,  (κνρω,  κνρέω,  κνρ- 
σαί)  that  vihich  one  meets  ivith,  lights 
upon,  finds,  i.  e.  a  booty,  prey,  spoil, 
C.  dat.,  άνδρύσι  δνςμενέεσσίν  ελωρ 
και  κύρμα,  II.  5,  488 ;  κύρμα  κνσί, 
οίωνοΐς,  ϋήρεσσι,  Ίχβνσι,  Hom. — 2. 
hence  in  Ar.  Αν.  430,  of  α  swindler, 
sharper. 

^Κνρμασα,  ων,  τά,  Cyrmasa,  a  small 
town  of  Pisidia,  Polyb.  22,  19,  1. 

ίΚύρνιος,  a,  ov,  of  Cyruus,  of  Cor- 
sica, Corsican,  Hdt.,  etc. :   from 

tKipiOf,  ov,  i],  Cyrnus,  the  Greek 
name  of  the  island  Corsica  in  the 
Tyrrhenian  sea,  Hdt.  1,  105,  Strab. 
p.  223. — 2.  a  town  of  Euboea,  in  the 
vicinity  of  Carystus,  Hdt.  9,  105. 

ίΚνρνος,  ov,  a,  Cyrnus,  son  of  Her- 
cules, from  whom  the  island  (foreg.) 
received  its  name,  Hdt.  1, 107. 

tKvρόπoλις,  ?/,  =  KCpa,  Arr.  An. 
4,2. 

Κνρος,  εος,  τό,  (akin  to  κύρη, 
κόββη,  κόρνς)  supreme  power,  author- 
ity, influence,  Aesch.  Supp.  391  ;  also, 
των  ττραγμάτων  το  κ.,  Hdt.  Ο,  109. — 
II.  validili/,  security,  certainty,  ίχείν 
κνρος,  Soph.O.  C.  1780,  cf.  El.  919; 
and  so  freti.  in  Plat. 

tKipof,  01%  ύ,  Cyrus,  b  ττα7.αιός  or 
'πρότερος,  the  elder,  son  of  Cambyses, 
founder  of  the  Persian  empire,  Hdt., 
Thuc,  etc. — 2.  b  νεώτερος,  the 
younger,  son  of  Darius  and  Parysatis, 
famed  for  the  expedition  he  under- 
took against  his  brother  Artaxerxes, 
Xen.  An. — II.  the  Cyrus,  a  river  of 
Albania  and  Iberia  on  the  borders  of 
Armenia,  emptying  into  the  Caspian, 
Strab.  p.  500. — 2.  another  in  Persis, 
Id.  p.  729. 

tKi'poy  ΐτεδίον,  τό,  plain  of  Cy- 
rus, in  Lydia  near  Sardis,  Strab.  p. 
626. 

Κνρόω,  ω,  {κνρος)  to  make  valid, 
sure,  firm,  Lat.  ratum  faccre,  φάτιν, 
Aesch.  Pers.  227  :  to  settle,  finish,  ac- 
complish, perform,  Hdt.  6,  8(5,  2,  etc. : 
to  confirm,  ratify,  Thuc.  8,  09  :  to  de- 
cide, Aesch.  Eum.  639.  Pass.,  εκε- 
κνρωτο  σνμβάλλειν,  it  has  been  deci- 
ded to  fight,  Hdt.  0, 110,  cf.  130  •.  also 
to  be  ratified,  Id.  8,  50.  Plat,  has  the 
mid.,  αϊ  λόγφ  το  πάν  κνρονμεναι 
τέχναι,  arts  that  accomplish  their  ob- 
ject by  speech  alone,  Gorg.  451  B. 
816 


ΚΤΡΩ 

\Κνβ^ηστης,   ov,    6,   an   inhab.   of 
Cyrrhus,  Polyb.  5,  50,  7. 
ίΚνβ^ηστική,  ης,    ή,   Cyrrhestice,  a 
district  of  Syria  along  the  Amanus, 
Strab.  p.  751. 

^Κίφρος,  ου,  δ,  Cyrrhus,  a  city  of 
Macedonia,  Thuc.  2,  100.— 2.  a  city 
of  Syria  in  ΚνβΑηστικί/,  with  a  tem- 
ple of  Minerva,  Strab.      ' 

Κίφσαι,  inf.,  and  κύρσας,  part.  aor. 
of  κνρέω. 

Κυρσάνιος,  ov,  b,  Lacon.  for  νεα- 
νίας,  a  youth,  young  man,  Ar.  Lys. 
983, 1248.  (Perh.  from  κόρος,  κούρος, 
as  νεανίας  from  νέος.) 

^Κνρσίλος,  ου,  ύ,  Cyrsilus,  an  Athe- 
nian stoned  to  death  for  advising 
submission  to  the  Persians,  Dem. 
290,  9. — 2.  a  companion  and  historian 
of  Alexander  the  great,  Strab.  p.  530. 

Κΰρσω,  fut.  of  κνρω,  κνοεω. 

Κνρτανχιιν,  ενός.  ύ,  y,  (κυρτός, 
ανχήν)  u'ith  α  crooked  neck,  Pacuvius' 
incurvicervicus. 

Κνρτεία,  ας,  η,  fishing  with  the 
κύρτη,  Ael. 

Κνρτεύς,  έως,  b,  one  that  fishes  with 
the  κνρτη. 

Κνρτεντί/ς,  ov,  (5,=foreg.,  Anth. 

Κυρτή,  ης,  ή,  like  κνρτος,  ό,  a  fish- 
ing basket,  weel,  Lat.  nassa,  Hdt.  1, 
191. 

Κυρτία,  ας,  ή.  (κνρτος)  wicker-work, 
a  wicker  shield,  Diod. 

Κνρτιύω,  ώ,  (κυρτός)  to  he  crooked 
or  bent. 

Κνρτίόιον,  ου,  τό,  and  κνρτίς,  ίδος, 
ή,  dim.  from  κνρτος,  Diosc. 

^Κύρτιοι,  ων,  οί,  the  Cyrtii,  a  moun- 
tain tribe  of  Media,  Polyb.  5,  52,  5. 

Κνρτοειδης,  ες,  (κυρτός,  είδος) 
curved,  crooked-looking. 

Κύρτος,  ου,  ΰ,^κνρτη,  Sapph.  139, 
Plat.  Soph.  220  C  ;  etc. 

ΚΥΡΤΟ'Σ,  7/,  ov,  curved,  bent, 
arched,  κύμα,  κύματα,  II.  4,  426 ;  13, 
799  ;  ωμω  κνρτώ,  round  shoulders,  i.  e. 
humped,  II.  2,  218  ;  «:.  τροχός,  Eur. 
Bacch.  1066: — esp.  in  Mathem.,  con- 
vex, opp.  to  κοίλος  (concave),  Arist. 
Eth.  N.  (Akin  to  Lat.  curvus,  our 
curb,  etc.)     Hence 

Κνρτότης,  ητος,  ή,  a  bending,  arch- 
ing, Arist.  Meteor. :  of  the  shoulders, 
Plut.  :  in  Mathem.,  convexity,  opp.  to 
κοίλότης,  Arist.  Meteor. 

Κνρτόω,  ώ,  (κυρτός,)  to  curve,  bend, 
arch,  κυρτών  νώτα  ταύρος,  of  a  bull 
going  to  run,  Eur.  Hel.  1558  :  pass., 
κύμα  κνρτωθέν,  a  high  swelling  wave 
(before  it  breaks),  Od.  11, 244.   Hence 

Κύρτωμα,  ατός,  τό,  curvature,  con- 
vexity :  a  hump,  tumour,  Hipp. :  as 
military  term,  a  half-moon,  Polyb. 

Κυρτών,  ώνος,  ό,  a  hunch-back. 
Crates  ap.  Diog.  L.  6,  92. 

^Κύρτωνες,  ων,  οί,  Cyrtoncs,  a 
small  town  of  Boeotia  on  lake  Co- 
pais,  Paus.  9,  24,  4. 

^Κνρτώνιον,  ov,  TO,  Cyrtonium,  a 
town  of  Etruria,  Polyb.  3,  82.  9. 

^Κνρωνίδ7]ς,  ov,  ό,  Cyronides,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Isae. 

Κνρτωσις,  εως,  ή,  (κυρτόω)  a  crook- 
ing, curving ;  esp.  a  making  Or  being 
hump-backed  :  3.\so=  κύρτωμα- 

ΚΤ'ΡΩ,  fut.  κνρσω,  radic.  form  of 
κυρέω,  in  pres.  act.  very  rare  and  only 
poet..  Aesch.  Eum.  395,  Herm.  Soph. 
Aj.  307,  Valck.  Hippol.  744:  impf. 
έκϊφην.  Soph.  O.  C.  1159;  κνρε,  II. 
23,  821.  In  milk,  as  dep.  κύρεται,  II. 
21,  530.  [ϋ] 

Κύρωσις,  εως,  ή,  (κυρόω)  α  ratifica- 
tion, Thuc.  6,  103 :  hence  execution, 
accomplishment,  Plat.  Gorg.  450  Β  :  in 
genl.  =  κύρος.  Said  to  be  strictly 
Sicilian,  κύρος  being  genuine  Att.  [v] 


KTTT 

Κΐφωτηρ,  ηρος,  ό,  one  who  has  the 
κύρος,  a  sovereign. 

Κυρωτικός,  η,  ύν,  confirining,  estab- 
lishing. 

Κύσθος,  ov,  b,  any  hollow  :  esp.  pu- 
denda muliebria,  Ar.  Ran.  430,  etc. : 
also  the  anus.  (From  κύω,  κνσός, 
q.v.) 

Κνσοδόχη,  ης,  ί],  a  sort  of  stocks, 
Alciphr.,  cf.  κνφων  2. 

Κνσολύκων,  ωνος,  b,z=  παιδερα- 
στής, from  the  Spartans  being  ac- 
cused of  the  practice. 

Κυσολαμπίς,  ίδος,  ή,=  ηνγολαμπίς. 

Κυσολέσχης,  ου,  ό,  (κνσυς,  λέσχη) 
α)ΐ  obscene  talker. 

Κνσοχήνη,  ης,  η,=  κνσοδόχη. 

Κυσός,ού,  ύ,=  κνσθος,  Hesych. 
(From  κύω :  root  of  κύσΰος,  κύστη, 
κύστις,  κύτος,  κυσσός,  κύσσαρος.) 

Κνσσα,  ας,  ε,  Ερ.  aor.  1  οί  κυνέω, 
so  κύσσαι,  Ερ.  inf.  aor.  1,  for  εκύσα, 
κνσαι,Οά. 

Κυσσύμένη,  less  correct  form  of 
κνσαμένι/,  Ερ.  fern.  part.  aor.  1  mid. 
from  κύω,  Hes. 

Κνσσαρος,  ov,  ό,=  κύσθος,  κύσος, 
the  aims,  Hipp. ;  cf.  κύτταρος. 

Κνσσός,  ού,  ό,=  κνσός,  κύσΟος. 

Κύστη,  ή,  (κύσθος)=κνστις. 

Κύστιγξ,  ιγγος,  ή,  dim.  from  κν- 
στις,  Hipp. 

Κύστιον,  ου,  τό,  (κύστη)  α  plant 
which  bears  its  fruit  in  a  bladder,  perh 
Lat.  vesicalis,  a  kind  of  στρνχνος. 

Κνστις,  εως  and  ιος,  ή,  like  κύ- 
στη, the  bladder,  II.  5,  67 ;  13,  052  :  in 
genl.  a  bag.  pouch,  Ar.  Fr.  425.  (From 
κύω,  to  hold.) 

tKii-flia,  or  ΚύΤ;  ας,  ή,  Cytaea,  a 
town  of  Colchis  on  the  Phasis,  where 
Medea  was  born,  Steph.  Byz. :  hence 
Κυταιεύς,  έως,  ό,  a  Cytaean,  appell. 
of  Aeetes,  Ap.  Rh.  2,  403,  or  Κνταΐος, 
2,  1094 :  fem.  Κνταϊκη,  ης,  of  Medea, 
Lye.  174 :  Κντηϊάς,  Euphor. ;  Kn- 
ταιίς,  ίδος,  γαία,  of  Colchis,  Αρ.  Rh. 
4,  511 ;  or  Κντηΐς,  Orph. 

Κύταρος,  ό,  v.  κύτταρος. 
iKvTiviov,   ov,    TO,    Cytinium,    the 
largest  city  of  the  Dorian  Tetrapolis, 
at  the  base  of  Parnassus,  Thuc.  1, 
107. 

Κύτινος,  ov,  b,  the  calyx  of  the 
pomegranate,  Theophr.  [i] 

Κΰτΐνώδης,  ες,  (κύτινος,  είδος)  like 
a  κντινος,  Theophr. 

Κϋτίς,  ίδος,  ή,  α  small  chest,  trunk, 
box.     (From  κύτος,  κύω.) 

Κντΐσηνόμος,  ov,  (κντισος, νέμομαι) 
eatiyig  cytisus,  Nic. 

Κύτΐσος,  ου,  ό,  cytisus,  a  shrubby 
kind  of  clover,  Medicago  Arborea, 
Hipp.,  and  Cratin.  Malth.  1.  [i] 

^Κντίσσωρος,  ov,  b,  Cytissoms,  son 
of  Phrixus,  and  Chalciope,  Hdt.  7, 
197  ;  Ephorus  ap.  Strab.  p.  544,  calls 
him  Κύτωρος,  as  founder  of  the  city 
Cytorus. 

Κντογύστωρ,  ορός,  ό,  ή,  (κύτος, 
γαστήρ)^κνυγάστωρ,  Leon.  Tar.  14. 

Κύτος,  εος,  τό,  (from  κύω,  to  hold, 
contain)  a  hollow,  κ.  κύκλου,  of  a 
shield,  Aesch.  Thcb.  495 :  of  a  ship, 
the  hold,  Polyb.  :  hence  any  vessel,  a 
vase,  jar,  pot,  urn,  Aesch.  Ag.  322,  816, 
etc. — 2.  a  vessel,  cavity  of  the  body,  like 
άγγείον,  κ.  κεφαλής.  Plat.  Tim.  45  A  ; 
esp.  the  trunk,  Arist.  H.  A. — 3.  hence 
an  outer  covering,  of  the  skin  of  the  hip- 
popotamus, Diod. ;  the  skin,  Lat.  cutis, 
hyc.     (Hence  ίγκντί,  σκύτος.)  [κν] 

Κύτρα,  κύτρος.  Ion.  for  χντρ. 

Κυττάρων,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  κντ• 
ταρος,  Arist.  Gen.  An.  4,  4,  6. 

Κύττάρον,  ου,  ro,=sq.  3,  Ar.  Thesm. 
516. 

Κνττάρος,  ov,  ό,  (κύτος)  any  hollow, 


ΚΤΫΕ 

tnvity,  Β.  g.  κ.  οίφανον,  the  vault  of 
heaven,  Lat.  cavum  coeli,  Ar.  Pac.  199 ; 
esp, — 1.  tke  cell  of  a  honeycomb,  Ar. 
Vesp.  1111. — 2.  the  cup  of  an  acorn, 
and  in  genl.  the  cup  or  pericarpium  in 
plants,  Theophr. :  hence — 3.  a  pine- 
cone,  cf.  κντταρον. 

Κϊ'τώόης,  ες,  {κύτος,  είδος)  hollow, 
capacious. 

ίΚύτωρος,  ου,  ό.  Cytorus,  ν.  Κντίσ- 
σωμος. — II.  ή,  a  city  of  Paphlagonia 
near  Amastris,  possessing  a  harbour, 
L.  2,  853. 

Κ.ν<1)ύγωγέω,  ώ,  to  carry  the  neck 
curved  downwards,  of  a  horse  :  from 

Kϋιpϋ.yuyός,  οϋ,  6,  {κνόός,  άγω) 
ΐ~τος,  a  horse  that  goes  with  the  neck 
arched  and  head  low,  Xen.  Eq.  7,  10. 

Κϋ<!)ύ'λέος,  a,  ov,  poet,  for  κνφός, 
Anth. 

^Κύφαντα,  ων,  τά,  Cyphanla,  a  port 
of  Laconia  near  Prasiae,  Polyb.  4, 
36,  5. 

Κν<Ι>ε?.?.ον,  ov,  TO,  (akin  to  κνττε?.• 
λον,  κνψέ?.η)  only  in  plur.,  and  in 
Alexandr.  poets, — 1.  the  hollows  of  the 
ears,  Lye.  1402. — 2.  clouds  of  empty 
mist,  Call.  Fr.  300;  whence  in  Lye. 
1426,  K.  ιών,  clouds  of  arrows,  [κϋ] 

Κνφι,  εος  and  εως.  ~ό,  an  Aegyptian 
medicine,  compounded  of  several  stim- 
ulating drugs,  Diosc. 

Κνφοειόής,  ες,  (είδος)  of  the  nature 
or  quality  of  κϋοΐ. 

Κνφόνω-ος,  ov,  (κϋφος,  νώτος) 
crook-backed,  Antiph.  Philoth.  1,  18. 

Κϋφός,  ή,  όν.  (κύπτω,  κέκνφα)  bent, 
bowed  forwards,  stooping,  γήραϊ  κνφος 
ίην  και  μιφία  ηδη,  Od.  2,  16  ;  so  κ- 
άνήο.  κ.  ττρεσοντης,  Ar.  Ach.  703, 
Plu't.  266.     Hence 

Κνόος,  εος,  τό,  α  crookedness,  esp. 
a  hump,  hunch,  Hipp. — 11.  a  hollow 
vessel,  very  dub. 

\Κνφος.  ου,  ή,  Cyphus,  a  city  of 
Thessaly  in  Perrhaebia,  II.  2,  748 ; 
ace.  to  Strab.  p.  441  on  a  mountain 
of  same  name. 

Κνς)ότης,  ητος,  ή,  (κνφός)  a  being 
hent  or  hump-backed.  Hipp. 

Κ  ϊ'όόω,  ώ.  (κνόός)  to  bend,  crook  for- 
wards. Pass,  to  have  a  humped  back, 
Hipp.     Hence 

Κύοωμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  hump  on  the 
back,  etc.,  Hipp,  [i] 

Κνόων,  ωνος,  ό.  (κνφός)  a  crooked 
piece  of  wood,  esp.  the  bent  yoke  of  the 
plough,  Theogn.  1201. — II.  a  sort  of 
pillory  in  which  slaves  or  criminals  were 
fastened  by  the  neck,  Cratin.  Nem.  8, 
Ar.  Plut.  476  ;  hence — 2.  one  who  has 
had  his  neck  in  the  pillory,  a  knave,  Lat. 
furcifer.  Archil.  101.  [f]     Hence 

Κνφωνισμός,  ύ,  (as  if  from  κυφω- 
νίζω)  punishment  by  the  κνφων. 

Κνφωσις,  εως,  ή,  (κνφόω)  α  bowing, 
curving,  esp.  of  the  spine,  a  being  hump- 
backed, Hipp,   [ii] 

Κνχραμος,  and  κνχρανυς,  ό,  v.  1. 
for  κνγχραμος. 

iKvxptia,  ας,  η,  Cychrla,  appell.  of 
Salamis  from  the  old  king  Κνχρενς, 
Strab.  p.  393,  prop.  fern,  from 

^Κνχρεϊης,  α,  ov,  o/or  belonging  to  Cy- 
chretis,  ui  Κυχρεϊαί  άκταί,  the  shores  of 
Salamis,  Aesch.  Pr.  551  :  v.  foreg. 

iKvχpείδης  όφις,  the  dragon  of  Cy- 
chreus.  Hes.  ap.  Strab.  p.  393. 

ίΚνχρενς,  έως,  6,  Cychreus,  son  of 
Neptune  and  Salamis,  an  ancient 
King  of  the  island  Salamis,  Apollod. 
3,  12,  7,  Plut.  Thes.  10;  etc. 

tK riic/a,  ων,  τά,  Cypsela,  a  forti- 
fied place  in  Arcadia,  on  the  borders 
of  Laconia,  Thuc.  5,  33. — 2.  a  city 
of  Thrace  on  the  Hebrus,  Strab.  p. 
322. 

Κνψέ?.η,  ή,  (κύπη,  γύττη)  any  hoi- 
52 


ΚΤΩΝ 

low  vessel :  a  chest,  box  (whence  Cyp-  ' 
selus  was  called),  Hdt.  5,92,  4;  92,  I 
5,  cf  Pausan.  5,  17,  5. — II.  a  bee-hive,  ' 
Plut. ;  cf.  κντταρος  1.  Cf.  Lat.  cap-  j 
sa,  capsilla,  capsula.  I 

^Κνφε/.ίδης,  ov,  ό,  son  of  Cypselus,  \ 
Hdt.,  esp.  Κ.υψε/ί'(5αί,  ol,  the  descend-  \ 
ants  of  Cypselus,  a  celebrated  family 
in  Co'rinth,  Plat.  Phaed.  233  B. 

Κΐ'ψίλ/,ί^ω,  corrupt  word  in  The- 
ogn. 894. 

Κιιψέλίον,  ov,  TO,  and  κν^ε?ύς, 
ίδος,  ή,  dims.  Irom  κνψέλη,  both  in 
Arist.  H.  A. 

Κνφελόβνστος,  ov,  (κνφέλη,  βνω) 
stopped  up  with  wax  and  filth,  ώτα, 
Luc. 

Κύφε7ίθς,  ov,  6,  a  bird,  the  sand- 
marten,  Anst.  H.  A. 

ίΚύφελος,  ov,  ό,  Cypselus,  son  of 
Aegyptus,  king  of  Arcadia,  Paus.  8, 
5,  6.-2.  son  of  Eetion,  tyrant  of  Co- 
rinth, father  of  Periander,  Hdt.  5, 
92  :  he  derived  his  name  from  α  box 
(κν'Ρέλη)  in  which  his  mother  Lahda 
concealed  him  when  a  child  from  the 
Bacchiadae,  Paus.  5,  17,  5. — 3.  father 
ofMiltiades  of  Athens,  Hdt.  6,34; 
in  Ael.  called  Κνψε///.ος,  V.  Η.  12,45. 

KT'S2.  strictly  to  hold,  contain :  esp. 
like  κνέω,  of  females,  to  be  big  with 
young,  be  pregnant,  τι,  with  young  (cf. 
κνέω).  Pass,  to  be  borne  in  the  womb, 
of  the  foetus,  Arist.  Probl. — 2.  absol. 
to  be  big  with  young,  be  pregnant,  con- 
ceive, Orac.  ap.  Hdt.  5, 92,  2,  Theogn. 
39,  Xen.,  etc. ;  metaph.  to  be  in  labour 
of  a  thought,  Xen.  Cyr.  5,4,35.  Cf. 
κνέω  throughout. — B.  in  aor.  act. 
έκνσα,  transit.,  of  the  male,  to  im- 
pregnate, metaph.  όμβρος  εκνσε  γαΐαν, 
Aesch.  Fr.  38  :  hence  again  in  aor. 
mid.  έκνσάμην,^=ί}Λβ  act.,  to  conceive, 
ov  τέκε  κνσαμένη  (as  in  Hom.  v-o- 
κνσσαμένη),  Hes.  Th.  125,  cf.  405. 
This  aor.  was  written  κνσσαμένη, 
even  by  Wolf;  but  Herm.  and  Dtnd. 
have  struck  out  one  σ,  the  ν  being 
long.  (The  forms  κνέω  and  κνω 
seem  to  be  used  quite  indiiferently, 
as  may  be  seen  by  reference  to  the 
words,  cf.  Lob.  Paral.  556.  Dind.  ap. 
Steph.  Thes.  :  the  distinction  of 
Herm.,  Opusc.  2,  p.  335,  that  κνω  is 
trans,  to  impregnate,  κνέω,  intr.  to  con 
ceive,  seems  to  apply  only  to  the  aor- 
ists  έκνσα,  εκνησα.  Hence  κνμα, 
κύημα,  κνησις.) 

ΚΤΏΝ,  ό  and  ή,  both  in  Horn., 
the  masc.  more  freq. :  gen.  κυνός : 
dat.  Kvvi  .•  ace.  κΰνα  :  voc.  κνον.  la- 
ter also  κύων.  Bast  App.  Ep.  Cr.  p. 
15.  Plur.  nom.  κύνες  :  gen.  κυνων  : 
dat.  κνσί,  Ep.  κύνεσσι,  II. :  ace.  κύ- 
νας.  A  dog  or  bitch,  Horn.,  etc. ;  κν- 
νες  τραττεζήες,  house-dogs,  that  fed 
while  their  master  was  at  table,  II. 
22,  69,  etc.  :  also  of  shepherds'  dogs, 
Horn. ;  but  he  has  it  most  usu.  of 
hounds,  in  full  κύνες  θηρενταί  or  θη- 
ρεντήρες,  II.  11,  325,  etc.;  some  of 
which  oft.  followed  his  men  of  rank, 
as  Tclemachus  goes  with  two  to  the 
council,  Od.  2,  11,  cf.  17.  62:  they 
devoured  the  dead  when  left  unbu- 
ried,  which  was  deemed  a  great  ca- 
lamity, cf  II.  1,  4;  24,  409,  etc.  :  la- 
ter, when  o{  hounds,  usu.  in  fem.,  as 
in  Xen.  Cyn. ;  the  Laconian  breed 
was  famous,  Soph.  Aj.  8 ;  and  later 
the  Molossian.  Proverb.,  κύων  επΙ 
φάτνης,  '  a  dog  in  a  manger,'  and 
many  others  : — νη  or  μίί  τον  κύνα, 
was  the  favorite  oath  of  Socrates, 
Plat.  Apol.  21  E,  Gorg.  482  Β  ;  but 
also  viithout  special  reference  to  him 
in  Ar.  Vesp.  83. — II.  a  dog,  bitch,  as  a 
word  of  reproach,  freq.  in  Hom.,  esp. 


ΚΩΔ1 

applied  to  w>  men,  to  denote  shame- 
lessness  Or  audacity,  but  less  coarse 
than  among  us  ;  for  Helen  calls  her- 
self so,  II.  6,  344,  356  ;  Ins  Minerva, 
11.8,  423;  and  Juno  Diana,  II.  21, 
481,  cf  Od.  18,  338  ;  19,91,  etc. :— of 
men  it  rather  implies  rashness,  reck- 
lessness, fury,  II.  8,  298,  527,  Od.  17, 
248 ;  but  also  impudence,  as  in  κννώ- 
πης,  κύντερος,  qq.  v. — The  bad  cha- 
racter of  the  dog  is  general  in  eastern 
countries,  where  they  are  oft.  the 
only  scavengers  ;  but  the  story  of 
old  Argus  shows  that  Hom.  well 
knew  the  dog's  virtues,  Od.  17,  291, 
sq. — Xt  Athens  a  nickname  of  the 
Cynics,  Diog.  L.  6,  19  and  60.— III. 
the  Trag.  oft.  apply  the  term  to  the 
servatits,  agents  or  watchers  of  the 
gods,  as  the  eagle  is  Αιός  τττηνός  κύ- 
ων, Aesch.  Pr.  1022,  cf  Ag.  136  :  the 
grifBns  also  are  Ζηνός  κννες.  Id.  Pr. 
803  ;  and  so  Alexis  ludicrously  calls 
sparks  'Ηφαίστου  κννες,  Miles.  1, 16  ; 
also  of  a  faithful  wife,  Aesch.  Ag. 
607,  cf.  Ar.  Eq.  1023.— IV.  a  sea-dog, 
Od.  12,  90. — 2.  a  sea-fish,  perh.  the 
sword-fish,  Cratin.  Plut.  3  ;  for  it  is 
called  ξιφίας  κ.,  by  Anaxipp.  ap.  Ael. 
N.  A.  13,  4.-3.  also=/iiria.— λ',  the 
dog-star,  in  full  the  dog  of  Orion,  II. 
22,  29,  placed  among  the  stars  along 
with  its  master;  also  σείριος. —  VI. 
the  worst  throw  at  dice,  Lat.  damnosi 
canes,  canicula. — VII.  the  frenum prae- 
putii. — VIII.  the  fetlock  joint  of  a  horse, 
also  κννήποδες,  cf.  κννοβάτης. — 
IX.  a  kind  of  nail  or  stud,  also  κννύς. 
— (Sanscr.  (van,  in  obi.  cases  ftin-,  cf. 
κύων,  κννός,  canis,  chien.  and  by  an- 
other change  from  κύων,  hund,  hound. 
In  Zend  ςναη  became  ςρα  (σ~άκα, 
Hdt.  1,  110),  Russian  sa6ai.)  [ΰ] 

Κω,  for  πω,  oft.  in  Hdt. 

Κώαζ•,  τό,  in  Hom.  both  in  sing, 
and  irreg.  plur.  τα  κώεα,  dat.  κώεσι, 
later  contr.  κως  (q.  v.),  a  soft,  woolly 
fleece,  in  Hom.  (who  has  it  freq.  in 
Od.,  in  II.  only  9,  601)  used  to  cover 
chairs,  stools  and  beds ;  prob.  in  Hom. 
always  a  sheep's  fleece,  and  skin,  Od. 
20.  3,  142,  which,  in  Od.  1,  443,  is 
called  οίος  άωτον.  Later  esp.  of  the 
golden  fleece,  Λvllich  Jason  fetched 
from  Colchis,  Hdt.  7,   193,  Theocr. 

13,  16.  Cf  κώδιον.  (Prob.  from 
κεΊμαι,  κοιμάω,  cf.  κύος,  ό:  but  Hem- 
sterh.  from  όίς,  Att.  οίς,  Aeol.  ως  and 
digamm.  κώς.) 

^Κωβία7.ον,  ον.τό,  Cobialum,  a  town 
of  Paphlagonia,  ace.  to  Strab.  p.  545, 
V.  1.  for  λίγιαλός,  II.  2,  855. 

Κωβίδίον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  sq., 
Anaxandr.  Lye.  1,  Sotad.  'Έγκλει.  1, 
22.  [/ii] 

Ίϋω3ιός,  ov,  ό,  a  kind  of  fish,  gobio, 
to  which  the  gudgeon  and  tench  be- 
long, Epich.  p.  35,  Simoo.  201,  etc. 

Κωβίτης,  ov,  ό,  fem.  -ΐτις,  ιόος, 
like  a  κωβιός,  Arist.  H.  A. 

Κωβιώόης,  ες,  (κωβιός,  είδος)  of 
the  nature  of,  like  a  κωβιός,  Plut. 

ίΚώβος,  ov,  ό,  Cobus,  mase.  pr.  n., 
Strab. 

^Κωγαίωνον,  ov,  τό,  Cogaeonum,  a 
sacrea  mountain  among  the  Getae, 
in  southeastern  Dacia.  on  a  river  of 
same  name,  Strab.  p.  298. 

ίΚώδαλος,  ov,  ό,  Codalus,  a  flute- 
player,  Hippon.  77. 

Υίωδάριον,  τό,  dim.  from  κώδιον, 
Ar.  Ran.  1203.  [ά] 

Κώ(5εία,  ας,  ή,  (κόττα)  the  head,  II. 

14,  499  :  esp.  of  plants,  as  the  poppy, 
garlic,  Nic. 

ΚώΓ^;;,  ης,  η,  Α.  Β.  ;  κωδία,  ή,  Αγ. 
Fr.  166=foreg.,  a  poppy-head. 
Κώδιξ,  ή,—  κώδεια. 

817 


ΚΩΘΩ 

Κώδιο,  barbarism  for  sq.,  in  Ar. 
Thesin.  1180. 

Κώδιον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  of  κώας,  a 
sheepskin,  a  fleece,  used  esp.  to  sleep 
upon  or  under,  Ar.  Ran.  14T8,  etc. 

Κωόιοφόρος,  ov,  {κώδιοι>,  φέρω) 
clad  in  sheepskin,  Strab. 

Κωιίυα,  ας,  η,  also  κώόνον,  ov,  τ6, 
=  κώόΐΐα.  Lob.  Phryn.  302. 

ΚΩ'ΔίίΝ,  ωνος,  ό,  and  Att.  ή,  a 
bell:  small  ones  were  oft.  attached 
10  a  war-horse's  head-gear,  Aesch. 
Theb.  386,  399  :  in  fortitied  towns  an 
officer  went  round  at  night  with  a 
bell  to  challenge  the  sentries,  and 
see  that  they  were  awake,  hence  τον 
κώδωνος  παρ^νιχθέντος,  as  the  bell 
went  round.  Thuc.  4,  135,  cl.  Schol. 
Ar.  Av.  843,  Lys.  48C,  and  κωόωνο- 
φορέω. — 2.  esp.  an  alarm  bell,  or  crier's 
bell,  hence,  δίαττράσσεσθαί  τι  ώς  κώ- 
δωνα έξα-^'άμενος,  '  to  be  one's  own 
trumpeter,'  Dem.  797, 12  :  hence  also 
a  noisy  fellow,  Ar.  Pac.  1078  ;  cf.  κρό- 
ταλον. — 11.  the  loner  end,  wide  part  of 
a  trumpet :  hence  the  trumpet  itself. 
Soph.  Aj.  17. — Ι11.=κώδίΐα.     Hence 

K(J(5(ji'<'Cw,  f  -ίσω,  to  try,  prove  by 
ringmf:,  of  earthenware,  metal,  etc.: 
of  money,  Ar.  Ran.  723,  cf  79,  An- 
axandr.  Here.  1. — II.  to  prove  by  the 
sound  nf  a  hell,  cf.  κώδων  1. 

Κωδωνόκροτος,  ov,  {κώδων,  κρο- 
τεω)  tinkling,  ringing,  jingling,  as  with 
bells,  σάκος,  Soph.  Ft.  738,  of.  Aesch. 
Theb.  38U ;  κ.  κόμποι,  Eur.  Rhes. 
3&1. 

Κωδωνοφΰ?Μρδ'7τωλος,  ov,  {κώδων, 
φύ'/Μρα,  πώ'λος )  «'('Λ  bells  on  his 
horse's  trappings,  ivithjingling  harness, 
coined  by  Ar.  Ran.  903,  as  a  parody 
on  Aeschylus,  v.  κώδων  init. 

ls.ωδωvoψopέω,  ω,  f.  -7/σω,  to  carry 
bells  :  esp.  to  carry  the  bell  round,  to 
visit  the  sentinels,  Ar.  Av.  842  (cf.  «ώ- 
όων):  so  in  pass.,  άπαντα  κωδωνοφο- 
ρεΐται,  everywhere  the  watch  is  set 
and  the  bell  goes  round,  lb.  1160. — 
II.  Strab.,  of  a  king,  to  be  attended  by 
men  with  bells  :  from 

Κωδωνοφόρος,  ov,  {κώδων,  φέρω) 
carrying  a  bell. 

Κώια,  κώεσι,  Ep.  nom.  ace.  and 
dat.  plur.  of  κώας,  Horn. 

^Κώης,  ov  Ion.  εω,  ό,  Co'es,  son  of 
Erxandrus,  tyrant  in  Mytilene  in  the 
time  of  Darius  Hystaspis,  Hdt.  4, 
97. 

Κωθάριον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  κώ- 
θος,  Anaxandr.  Lye.  1. 

Κώθος,  ου,  ό,  Sicil.  name  of  the  κω- 
βιός,  Numen.  ap.  Ath.  309  C. 

Κώβων,  ωνος,  ό,  α  Laconian  earthen 
drinking-vessel,  used  esp.  by  soldiers, 
Ar.  Eq.  000,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,2,  8;  and 
by  the  Athen.  seamen,  perh.  as  stand- 
ing on  a  broad  bottom  (like  the  sessi- 
lis  obba  of  Pers.  5,  148),  Ar.  Pac. 
1094 :  in  genl.  α  cup,  goblet,  Coniici 
ap.  Ath.  483  B,  sq.,  et  ibi  Casaub. 
— II.  a  drinkinsi-bout,  carousal.  Macho 
ap.  Ath.  583  B. — ΙΙΙ.^κώΟος,  v.  ap. 
Ath.  309  C.  (Prob.  akm  to  κόττα, 
κνβή.  κνπη.) 

■\Κώθων,•  ωνος,  ό,  Cothon,  a  small 
island  near  Carthage,  with  a  harbour 
for  war-vessels,  Strab.  p.  832.— II. 
masc.  pr.  n.,  son  of  Calligiton,  a  By- 
zantian,  Polyb.  4,  52,  4. 

Κωθωνίζω,  f  -ίσω,  {κώθων)  to  tope, 
tipple  :  pass,  to  be  drunken,  Eubul.  In- 
cert.  5. 

Κωθωνίη,  ης,  ή,=  κώθων  II.,  a  tip- 
pling. Ion.,  Aretae. 

Κωθώνιον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  κώ- 
θων. 

Κωθωνισμός,  ov,  6,  {κωθωνίζω)  tip- 
pling, Arist  Probl.  1,  39,  2, 
818 


ΚβΛΙ 

Κωθωνιστνριον,  ov,  τό,  a  banquet- 
ting  house,  Diod. 

Κωθωνόχει'λος,  ov, {κώθων, χείλος) 
with  the  tip  or  rim  of  a  κώθων,  κν'λιξ, 
Eub\d.  Κυβ.  1,  ubi  v.  Meiiieke. 

fKon?.7i,  7}ζ,  ή,  I'oet.  for  κοίλη,  of 
the  Clip  uf  the  sun,  Mimn.  12,  6  Bgk. 
(Gaisf  κοίλη.  8,  6.) 

Κώίος,  ΐα,  ϊον,  contr.  Κωος,  q.  v. 
^Κώκαλος,  ου,  6,  Cocalus,  a  king  of 
Camicus  in  Sicily,  Diod.   S.  4,  77  j 
etc. 

Κώκΐμα,  ατός,  TO,  {κωκνω)  a  shriek, 
wait,  usu.  in  plur.,  Trag. 

Κωκϋτός,ον.ό,  {κωκνω) a  shrieking, 
wailing,  II.  22,  409,  447,  and  Trag.  : 
hence — II.  'Κωκντός.  ύ,  Cocytus,  one 
of  the  rivers  of  hell,  Od.  10,  514.— 2. 
a  river  of  Thesprotia,  emptying  into 
the  Acheron,  from  its  gloomy  scene- 
ry converted  into  foreg.,  Paus.  1,  17, 
5 :  from 

ΚίΙΚΎΏ,  f.  -ύσω,  to  shriek,  cry, 
«'(1)7  ;  Horn.,  who  usu.  adds  an  adv., 
K.  λίγα,  όξν,  μά'λα,  μέγα;  also  in 
Trag.  ;  but  in  prose  not  till  late. 
(Prob.  onomatop. :  cf  Sanscr.,  yo/ca, 
grief,  futsh  to  be  sad.)  [v  in  Hom.  be- 
fore a  vowel,  e.  g.  in  pres.,  and  impf. : 
alwaysj)  before  a  conson. :  sometimes 
later,  ν  before  a  vowel,  e.  g.  Bion  1, 
23  ;  Spitzn.  Vers.  Her.  p.  250.] 

Κωλαγρετέω,  ύ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  be  a  κω• 
λαγρέτης,  Ruhnk.  Tim. 

Κωλαγρέτης,  or  -ακρέτης,  ov,  b, 
the  collector  of  the  pieces  at  a  sacrifice, 
name  of  an  ancient  magistracy  at 
Athens,  originally  entrusted  with  the 
general  charge  of  the  finances,  which 
was  transferred  to  the  Apodectae  by 
Clisthenes  :  from  his  time  they  only 
had  charge  of  the  public  table  in  the 
Prytaneum,  until  Pericles  assigned 
to  them  the  payment  of  the  dicasts 
{κωλακρέτον  γάλα,  Ar.  Vesp.  724,  cf. 
093):  v.  Biickh  P.  E.  1,  232;  2.  84, 
Ruhnk.  Tim.  (Said  to  be  derived 
from  their  having  the  hides  and  feet 
of  the  ^"ictims  as  a  perquisite,  εκ  τον 
άγείρειν  τιις  κωλας.) 

^ΚωλαΙος,  ον,  ό,  Colaeus,  a  pilot  of 
Samos,  Hdt.  4,  152.— II.  Κωλαιός,  ό, 
τόπος,  in  Megalopolis,  Polyb.  2,  55,  5. 

Κω'λάριον,  ov,  ro.dim.  from  κώ?ίθν. 

Κωλεά,  ΐ),  also  κωλέα,  κωλιά  or 
κωλία,  V.  the  contr.  κωλη. 

Κωλεός,  ov,  o,=foreg.,  Epich.  p. 
48,  56. 

Κωλή,  ης,  fj,  contr.  from  κωλεά  or 
κωλέα,  {κώλον)  the  thigh-bone  with  the 
f.esh  on  it,  hind-quarter,  esp.  of  a 
swine,  the  ham,  Ar.  Fr.  5,  Plat. 
(Com.)  Gryp.  3,  Xen.  Cyn.  5,  30: 
synon.  forms  are  κωλεός,  κωλία,  κω- 
λήν :  and  κώληψ  is  akin. — II.  mem- 
bruin  virile,  Ar.  JNub.  1018. 

Κωλ7/ν.ήνος,  ό,=κωλή,  Eur.  Scir.  4. 

Κωλήπιον,  ov,  τό,  and  κω?.7}φιον, 
TO.  dim.  from  sq. 

Κώληφ,  ηπος,  ή,  {κώλον,  κωλή)  the 
hollow  or  bend  of  the  knees,  II.  23,  726, 
also  ίγννα. 

Κωλιά,  ύς,  η,  also  written  κωλία,=: 
κωλή. 

Κω?αάς,  άδος,  ή,  ηίών,  Hdt.  8,  96 ; 
άκρα,  Paus.  1,1,  5,  also  sub.  άκρα, 
Culias,  a  promontory  of  Attica,  near 
Phalerus,  now  the  same  or  Trispyrgi: 
with  a  temple  of  Venus  there  ;  she 
was  invoked  by  courtesans  by  the 
name  of  Colias,  v.  Ar.  Nub.  52,  Lys. 
2. — 2.  ati  annual  festival  of  Ceres,  held 
there. — 3.  potter's  clay  of  high  repute, 
dug  at  the  same  place,  Plut. 

Κωλΐκενομαι,  as  pass.,  to  suffer 
from  colic :  from 

Κωλϊκός,  η,  όν,  {κώλον  II.)  suffering 
in  the  colon,  having  the  colic,  Diosc. : 


ΚΩΛΤ 

η  κ.  διάθεσις,  the  colic,  from  its  "being 
seated  in  the  colon  and  parts  adjacent ; 
K.  φάρμακα,  remedies /or  ίί,  Medic. 

ίΚωλίς,  ή,   νήσος,   aia,  an    Indian 
island,  Dion.  P.  v.  1.  Κωλιάς. 

Κωλοβαβρίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  to  go  on  stilts  ; 
and 

Κωλοβαθριστής,  ov,  ύ,  one  that  goes 
on  stilts :  from 

Κωλόβαθρον,ον, TO,  {κώλον,  βαίνω) 
α  stilt ;  like  καλόβαθρυν. 

Κωλοειδής,  ές,  {κώλον,  είδος)  in 
limbs  or  members.     Adv.  -όώς. 

Κώλον,  ov,  τό,  a  limb,  member  of  a 
body,  esp.  of  the  legs  or  feet,  Aesch. 
Pr.  323,  Soph.  O.  C.  19,  etc. ;  χείρες 
και  κώλα,  Eur.  Phoen.  1185. — II.  in 
genl.  a  member  of  any  thing,  as — 1.  a 
member  of  a  building,  as  the  side  or 
front,  of  a  square  or  triangular  build- 
ing, Buttm.  Soph.  Phil.  42 ;  Hdt.  2, 
126,  134  ;  4,  62,  cf  μονόκω/Μς.—2. 
one  limb  or  half  of  the  course  {δίαυλος) 
in  racing,  Aesch.  Ag.  314. — 3.  one  of 
the  thongs  of  a  sling,  Polyb.  27,  9,  5. 
— 4.  a  member  or  clause  of  a  sejitence, 
Lat.  membrum.  Arist.  Rhet. — III.  the 
colon,  part  of  the  ^reat  intestines,  ex- 
tending from  the  coecum  to  the  rec- 
turn  :  but  in  this  signf  more  correctly 
written  κόλον.  (Ace.  to  Doderl.  Lat. 
Synon.  4,  p.  152,  from  the  root  κέλ- 
λω,  akin  to  σκέλος  and  κολοσσός:  but 
in  signf  III.,  it  seems  akin  to  κοιλία.) 

Κωλοτομέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {κώλον, 
τέμνω)  to  cut  off,  mutilate  li»ώs  :  in 
genl.  to  mutilate,  mow  down.  Poet.  ap. 
Plut.  2,  377  E. 

Κώλυμα,  ατός,  τό,  {κω?.ύ(.})  a  hin- 
derance,  Lat.  impedimentum,  Eur.  Ion 
802,  Thuc.  5,  30  :  c.  inf.,  a  hmderance 
to  doing  a  thing,  κ.  προςΟεϊναι  την 
πνλην,  Thuc.  4,  67  ;  so  too,  κ.  μή,  c. 
inl.  ;  Id.  1,  10. — II.  a  defence  against 
a  thing,  σβεστήρια  κωλ.,  precautions 
against  fire,  Thuc.  7,  53. 

Κωλυμάτων,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  Ki.y 
λνμα. — 2.  as  military  term,=;^;e/(jva- 
piov. 

Κω?.νμη,  ης,  ή,=κώλνμα,  Thuc.  1, 
92  ;  4,  63.  [ν] 

Κωλνσΰνέμας,  ου,  ό,  or  κωΛίσάνε- 
μος,  ον,  {κω/.νω,  άνεμος)  checking  the 
winds,  epith.  of  Empedocles,  (who 
played  the  part  of  the  Lapland  witch- 
es), Diog.  L.  8,  60. 

Κωλνσίδειπνος,  ov,  {κωλύω,  δει- 
πνον)  interrupting  the  banquet,  Plut. 
2,  720  A,  prob.  from  some  poet. 

Κωλνσίδρομος,  η.  ov,  {κω/.νω,  δρό- 
αος)  checking  the  course,  Luc.  Tragod. 
198. 

Κω?ινσιεργέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {κω/.νω, 
έργον)  to  prevent  one.  from  rfoiH^a  thing, 
Polyb.  :  also  κωλνσιονργέω,  Philo, 
Lob.  Phryn.  007.     Hence 

Κωλυσιεργία,  ας,  ή,  a  hinderanceto 
work. 

Κωλνσιονργέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  v.  κω?Μ- 
σιεργέω. 

Κώλνσις,  εως,  ή,  {κωλύω)  α  hinder- 
ing, hinderance,  Plat.  Soph.  220  G. 

Κωλντέον.  verb.  adj.  from  κωλύω, 
one  must  hinder,  Xen.  Hier.  8,  9. 

Κωλντήρ,  ήρος,  ό,  {κω'λνω)=  κωλυ- 
τής.  Iambi.     Hence 

Κω/.ντήριος,  ία,  ιον,  hindering,  pre- 
ventive, Dion.  Η. 

Κω?ιϋτής,  ον,  ό,  α  hinderer,  τινός, 
Thuc.  3,  23,  and  Plat. 

Κωλντικ('}ς.  ή,  όν,  {κω7.νω)  like 
Κ>ΔλνΤ7)ριος,  hindering,  preventive,  τι- 
νός, of  a  thing,  Arist.  Rhet.,  Xen. 
Mem.  4,  5,  7. 

Κωλντός,  ή,  όν,  verb,  adj.,  hinder- 
ed, to  be  hindered,  Epict.  :  from 

Κωλύω,  f  -ύσω,  {κόλυς)  strictly= 
κολονω,  to  cut  short  :   hence,  to  let, 


ΚΩΜΑ 

hinder,  check-,  stop-,  prevent, forbid.  Con- 
struct,— 1.  c.  inf.,  to  hinder  one  from 
uoixig,  forbid  to  do,  Hdt.  2,  20.  Pind. 
P.  4,  57,  and  freq.  in  Att.  from  Soph, 
dovvnwds, ;  so  too  κ.  τινά  το  δράν, 
Soph.  Phil.  124l',  v.  Heind.  Plat. 
Soph.  242  A  ;  so  also,  κ.  μή,  c.  inf , 
Eur.  Phoen.  1268,  Thuc,  etc.— 2.  c. 
gen.  rei,  κ.  τινά  τίνος,  to  let  or  hinder 
one  from  a  thing,  Xen.  Hell.  3,  2,  21 ; 
also,  K.  TLva  άπό  τίνος.  Id.  Cyr.  3,  3, 
51. — 3.  c.  ace.  rei,  to  hinder,  prevent, 
Eur.  I.  A.  1390,  etc.— 4.  absol.,  esp. 
in  part.,  ό  κωλιίσων,  one  to  hinder, 
Soph.  Ant.  261  :  το  κωλϋον,  a  hinder- 
αηοε,=κώ?Μμα,  Xen.  An.  4,  5,  20. — 
4.  esp.  in  3  pers.,  ονδέν  κω?Λει,  there 
is  nothing  to  hinder,  Hdt.  7,  149, 
Plat.,  etc.  ;  τί  κωλύει ;  what  hin- 
ders ?  Plut. — B.  pass,  to  be  hitidered, 
of  persons  and  things,  Thuc,  etc. ; 
c.  inf.,  gen.,  etc.,  as  in  act. — C.  Thuc. 
also,  1,  144,  has  κωλύει,  intr.,=A:cj- 
λνεται,  Dionys.  de  Thucyd.  Idiom. 
c  7.  {v ;  but  ϋ  sometimes  before  a 
vowel,  as  in  pres.  and  impf.,  v.  Pind. 
P.  4,  57,  Ar.  Eccl.  862.] 

Κυ'λώτης,  ov,  6,  (κώ?^ον)=ΰσκαλα- 
βώτης,  Babrius  Fr.  7  Lewis. 

Κωλωτοειόής,  ές,  and  -ώδης,  ες, 
{κωλώττις,  είδος)  like  a  κω?ΜΤης,  va- 
riegated, spotted,  Hipp. 

Κώ/ία,  ατός,  τό,  {κεΐμαι,  κοιμάω)  α 
deep,  sowui  sleep,  Lat.  sopor,  esp.  in 
Ep.,  μαλακόν  κώμα,  II.  14,  359,  Od. 
18,  201 :  κακόν  κώμα,  Hes.  Th.  798  ; 
also  in  Sapph.  4;  νπνον  κ.,  Theocr. 
Ep,  3,  6. — 2.  later  a  lethargy,  Hipp. : 
also  a  trance  without  sleep.  Id. ;  cf. 
Foes.  Oecon.,  and  v.  κάβος. 

Κωμά^ω,  fut,  -άσω  Dor.  -αξώ  (κώ- 
μος). To  indulge  in  jovial  festivity, 
revel,  go  revelling  about  with  dancing 
and  singing,  make  merry,  υπ'  αΰλοΰ 
κ..  Hes,  Sc  281  :  //er'  ανλητηρος  κ., 
Theogn.  1061,  cf  Soph.  Fr.  703  :  esp. 
freq.  in  Pind. — 2,  in  Pind.  usu.  to  cele- 
brate a  κώμος  in  honour  of  the  victor 
at  the  games,  to  join  in  these  festivities 
(cf.  κώμος),  Pind.  O.  9,  6,  etc.  ;  also 
c.  ace.  cognato,  έορτάν  κ..  Id,  Ν.  11, 
36,  cf  Eur,  H.  F.  180:  c.  dat.  pers., 
to  approach  with  a  κώμος,  hold  it  for 
him,  in  his  honour,  Pind.  I.  7,  27  ;  and 
so  in  mid..  Id.  P.  9, 157  :  c.  ace.  pers,, 
to  honour  or  celebrate  him  in  or  with  the 
κώμος.  Id,  N.  2,  38  ;  10,  64  ;  and  so  in 
mid..  Id.  I.  4,  124;  cf  χορεύω. — 3.  in 
genl.  to  visit,  break  in  upon  in  the  man- 
ner of  revellers,  έττΐ  γυναίκας,  Isae.  39, 
24  ;  esp.  of  lovers  visiting  their  mis- 
tresses, and  perh.  in  a  softer  sense, 
to  serenade  them,  Alcae.  40 ;  it.  ττοτΐ 
'Κμαρνλλίδα,  Theocr.  3,  1 :  then  in 
genl.,  to  burst  in,  κ.  εις  τόπον,  Anth. ; 
of  evil,  ύτη  ές  πάλιν  έκώμασεν,  Wer- 
nicke Tryph.  314. 

Κωμαίνω,  f.  -ΰνώ,  (κώμα)  to  nod,  be 
drou'sy,  Hipp, 

Κώμακον,  ov,  τό,  a  spicy  plant, 
perh.  the  nutmeg,  Theophr. 

Κώμαξ,  ακος,  ό,{κωμάζω)α  debauchee. 

Κωμύρχης,  ov,  ό,  {κώμη,  άρχω)  the 
head  of  a  village,  village  magistrate  or 
bailiff,  Xen.  An.  4,  5,  JO. 

Μίωμαρχίδης,  ov,  ό,  Comarchides, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Ar.  Pac.  1142. 

Κώμαρχος,  o,=  foreg. 

Κωμάσοω,  Dor,  for  κωμάζω. 

Κωαάσία,  ας,  ή,  {κωμάζω)  α  festive 
procession  of  the  images  of  the  gods  in 
Aegypt,  Ciem,  Al. 

Κωμαστής,  ov,  b,  (κωμάζω)  a  revel- 
ler, one  who  takes  part  in  a  κώμος  (v. 
sub  κωμάζω,  κώμος).  Plat.  Symp.  212 
C  :  name  of  plays  by  Epicharmus 
and  many  others. — 2.  epith.  of  Bac- 
chus, the  jolly  god,  Ar.  Nub.  606. 


Ki2M0 

Κωμαστικός,  τ/,  όν,  of,  belonging  to 
a  κωμαστής,  κωμάζειν,  or  κώμος,  ωό?}, 
Ael.     Adv,  -κώς. 

Κωμάστωρ,  ορός,  ό,  poet,  for  κωμα- 
στής. 

Κωματώδης,  ες,  (^κώμα,  είδος)  in  α 
deep  sleep,  Hipp. 

ίΚωμίϊρεια,  ας,  ή,  Combrea,  a  city 
of  Macedonia  in  thedistrict  Crossaea, 
Hdt.  7,  123.  ^ 

Κώμη,  ης,  7/,:=Lat.  uicus,  anunwall• 
ed  village,  or  country-town,  opp.  to  a 
fortified  city ;  strictly  a  Dor.  word 
=  the  Att.  δήμος  (Arist.  Poet.  3,  6), 
first  used  in  Hes.  Sc.  18,  Hdt.  5,  98  : 
κατά  κώμας  οίκεΐσθαι,  οίκισβί/ναι,  to 
live  or  be  built  in  villages  (not  in 
walled  towns),  Thuc.  1,  5,  10,  cf 
Xen.  Hell.  5,  2,  5,  sq.— II.  of  a  city, 
like  Lat.  incus,  a  quarter,  ward,  inhab- 
ited by  a  certain  number  of  citizens. 
(Prob.  from  κεΐμαι,  κοιμάω:  cf  Li- 
thuan.  kie?nas,  a  village,  haimynas,  a 
neighbour,  Pott  Et.  Forsch,  1,  204.) 
Hence 

Κωμηδόν,  adv.,  in  villages,  Lat.  vi- 
catiin. 

Κωμητης,  ov,  δ,  [κώμη)  a  villager, 
countryman,  opp.  to  a  townsman.  Plat. 
Legg.  763  A,  Xen.  An,  4,  5,  24.— II. 
in  a  city,  one  of  the  same  quarter,  ex- 
actly Lat.  vicinus,  Ar.  Nub.  905  :  more 
loosely,  Φεραίος  χθονός  κωμηται, 
Eur.  Alc.476. 

Κωμητικός,  ή,  όν,  belongi7ig  to  a  κω- 
μήτης,  suitable  for  him. 

Κωμητις,  ιδος,  fern,  from  κωμήτης, 
Ar.  Lys,  5,  Fr.  265. 

Κωμήτωρ,  ωρος,  ό,  poet,  for  κωμή- 
της. 

\Κωμίας,ον,  ό,  Comias,  Athen,  masc. 
pr.  n,  Ar.  Vesp.  230. — 2,  an  Athenian 
archon  01,  55,  1,  Plut,  Sol,  32, 

Κωμίδιον,  ov,  τό,  dim,  from  κώμη. 

Κωμϊκενομαι,  dep.,  to  speak  like  a 
comic  poet,  Luc. :  from 

Κωμικός,  ή,  όν,  {κώμος)  of,  belong- 
ing to  comedy,  Lat.  comicus,  Luc. ;  in 
good  Att.,  κωμωδικός  was  more  usu. 
— 2.  ό  κωμικός,  a  comedian,  comic  ac- 
tor {k\ex.  Isosi.  1,  \2)θΐ poet  (Polyb., 
and  Plut).    Adv.  -κώς,  Philo. 

Κώμιον,  ου,  τό,  dim,  from  κώμη, 
Strab, 

^Κωμισηνή,  -ης,  ή,  Comisene,  a  dis- 
trict of  Parthia  on  the  confines  of 
Hyrcania,  Strab,  p.  514 ;  also,  a  dis- 
trict of  Armenia,  usu.  Καμισηνή,  v. 
sub.  Κάμισα. 

Κώμο,  for  κώμος,  barbarism  in  Ar. 
Thesm.  1176. 

Κωμογραμμάτεύς,  έως,  ό,  the  clerk, 
agent  of  a  κώμη,  Joseph. 

Κωμοδρομέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {κώμος, 
δραμεϊν)=  κωμάζω. 

]Κώμον,  ον,  τό,  Comum,  a  town  of 
Italy  at  south  end  of  Lacus  Larius, 
now  Como,  Strab.  p.  192. 

Κωμόπο?.ις,  εως,  ή,  {κώμη,  πόλις) 
α  village-town,  i.  e.  ο  straggling,  unfor- 
tified town,  Strab. 

Κώμος,  ov,  ό,  a  jovial  festivity,  with 
music  and  dancing,  a  revel,  carousal, 
merry-making,  Lat.  comessatio,  ές  δαϊ- 
τα  θάλειαν  και  χορόν  ϊμερόεντα  και 
ές  φιλοκνδέα  κώμον,  Η.  Hom.  Merc. 
481,  and  so  Theogn.  827,  934,  Hdt.  1, 
21,  Pind.,  Eur  ,etc.:  these  entertain- 
ments usu.  ended  in  the  party  para- 
ding the  streets  crowned,  and  with 
torches  (Ar.  Plut.  1040),  singing, 
dancing,  and  playing  all  kinds  of 
frolics  (cf  κωμάζω):  in  time,  public 
κώμοι  were  set  on  foot  in  honour  of 
several  gods,  esp.  Bacchus,  and  also 
in  honour  of  the  victors  at  the  games  ; 
these  were  festal  processions,  of  a  more 
regular  and  orderly  kind,  partaking 


ΚΩΜΩ 

of  the  nature  of  a  chorus ;  most  of  Pin- 
dar's extant  odes  were  written  to  be 
sung  at  κώμοι  of  this  last  kind,  cf.  O, 
4,  15  ;  P.  5,  28.— II.  the  band  of  revel- 
lers, the  jovial  troop  who  paraded  the 
streets  as  above  described,  Eur. 
Bacch.  1168,  etc.:  hence  metaph,  κ. 
Έρινύων,  Aesch,  Ag,  1189;  of  an 
army,  Eur.  Phoen.  791,  Supp.  390, 
etc. — HI.  the  ode  sung  at  one  of  these 
festive  processions,  Pind.  P.  8,  29, 
99,  etc.     (Usu.  deriv.  from  κώμη.) 

Κωμόω,  ώ,  {κώμα)  to  lull,  hush  to 
sleep.  Prob.  only  used  in  pass.,  κω• 
μοϋσθαι,  to  fall  into  a  deep  or  sickly 
sleep,  whence  κεκωμωμένος  in  Hipp, 
ap.  Gal. 

Κωμύδριον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  κώμη. 

Κώμνς,  ϋθος,  ή,  a  bundle,  sheaf,  of 
hay,  etc.,  Lat.  manipulus,  Cratin.  In- 
cert.  i5~.  —  U.=  κορνδαλός. — IIL  ό 
κώμνς,  a  marshy  place  where  reeds 
grow  very  thick  and  with  tangled 
roots,  Theophr.  H.  P.  4,  11,  1. 

Κωμφδέω,  ώ,  ϊ.  -ήσω,  (κωμωδός)  to 
represent  in  a  comedy,  Ar.  Acil.  655 : 
hence  to  ridicule,  take  off,  Ar.  Plut. 
557,  Plat.  Rep.  452  D ;  and  in  pass,  to 
be  so  satirised,  etc.,  Ar.  Vesp.  1020. 
Hence 

Κωμώδημα,  ατός.  τό,  a  comic  saying, 
gibe.  Plat.  Legg.  810  D. 

Κωμωδία,  ας,  ή,  a  comedy,  Ατ.  Ach. 
378,  Niib.  522  :  hence  in  genl.  a  mirth- 
ful spectacle,  βίον  τραγωδία  καϊ  κ.. 
Plat.  Phil.  50  Β.  (Two' derivs.  are 
suggested :  one  from  κώμος,  ωδή,  ace. 
to  its  character,  esp.  as  there  was  a 
lyric  comedy,  cf.  Muller  Dor.  4,  7,  φ 
1  :  the  other  from  κώμη,  as  if  the  vil- 
lage song,  Bentley's  Phalaris  p.  337 
sq. ;  Arist.  Poet.  5  mentions  the  latter 
as  connected  with  the  Dorian  claim 
to  the  invention  of  comedy,  because 
κώμη  was  their  word  =  the  Att,  δή- 
μος.) On  the  three  periods  of  Attic 
comedy,  v,  esp,  Meineke  Hist,  Com- 
icorum. 

Κωμωδιακός,  ή,  ov,=sq.,  dub. 

Κωμωδικός,  ή,  όν.  of,  belonging  lo 
comedy,  comic,  freq.  in  Ar. 

Κωμωδιογράφος,  ov,  ό,  (κωμωδία, 
γράφω)  a  comic  writer,  Polyb.  [a] 

Κωμωδιοποιός,  ov,  ό,  (κωμωδία, 
ποιέω)=ζκωμφδοποιός. 

Κωμωδόγελως,  ωτος,  ύ,^ κωμωδός, 
Anth. 

Κωμωδογράφος,  ον,  ό,=  κωμωδιο- 
γράφος, Α  nth.  [α] 

Κωμωδοδΐδασκΰλία,  ας,  ή,  the  teach- 
ing and  rehearsing  a  comedy  with  the 
actors  :  in  genl.  the  comic  poet's  art, 
Ar.  Eq.  516  ;  from 

ΚωμωδοδΙόάσκάλος,  ov,  ό,  {κωμιρ- 
δός,  διδάσκαλος)  a  comic  poet,  because 
he  had  the  charge  of  teaching  and 
training  the  actors,  chorus,  etc.,  Ar. 
Eq.  507,  V.  διδάσκω  II. 

Κωμωδολοιχέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (κωμω- 
δός, λείχω)  to  play  the  parasite  and  buf- 
foon, περί  Tiva,  Ar.  vesp.  1318. 

Κωμωδοτίοιητής,  ov,  ό,= κωμωδό• 
ποιος,  Ar.  Pac,  734, 

Κωμωδοποιία,  ας,  ή,  a  making  of 
comedies,  Plut. :  from 

Κωμφδοποιός,  ov,  6,  (κωμωδία, 
ποιέω)  a  maker  of  comedies,  comic  poet, 
freq.  in  Plat.,  as  Apol.  18  D,  Rep. 
606  C. 

Κωμωδός,  ov,  6,  {κώμος  or  κώμη, 
άείδω)  α  comedian,  i.  e. — 1.  a  comic 
actor,  Lys.  162,  2,  etc. — 2.  a  comic  poet. 
Plat.  Rep.  395  B,  Legg.  935  D.  Adv. 
-δώς,  Ael. 

Κωμωδοτραγωδία,  ας,  ή,  a  serio- 
comedy,  name  oi  a  play  of  Anaxandri- 
des,  v.  Meineke  Histor.  Com.  p. 
247. 

8i9 


ΚΩΟΣ 

iKuvupar,  a,  b.  Conaras,  name  of  a 
herdsman,  Theocr.  5,  103. 

Kui'dpioii,  ου,  τύ,  dim.  from  κώνος, 
a  small  cone. — II.  the  pineal  gland  m 
the  brain,  from  its  shape. 

Κωνύω,  ώ,  f.  -τ/σω,  (κώνος  II.  3)  to 
drive  round  or  spin  a  top:  in  genl.  to 
carry  round,  Ar.  Fr.  439. — II.  (κώνος 
II.  1)  to  pitch,  cover  with  pitch,  ci.  ιτε• 
ρικωνέω. 

Κωνειάζομαί,  prob.  as  pass.,  (κώ• 
νειον)  to  he  dosed  with  hemlock,  Me- 
nand.  p.  102. 

ΚώΓίίΟΐΊ  ου,  τό,  hemlock,  Lat.  ciai- 
ta,  Hipp.,  and  Thiiophr. — \\.  hemlock- 
juice,  a  poison  by  which  criminals 
were  put  lodeat.h  at  Athens,  Ar.  Kan. 
124,  Flat.,  etc. 

Κώΐ'/;,  ης.  ή,— κώνος  II.  3,  prob.  1. 
Emped.  24,  v.  Sturz  ad  1. 

Κώνησις,εως,  ?/,  (κωνύίο  U.)  a  pitch- 
ing, daubing  ivith  pilch. 

KwviVif,  ov,  b,  {κώνος  II.  1)  οίνος, 
pitched  wine,  Galen. 

Κωνίί,'ω,  f  -ίσω.  (κώνος  II.  1)  to 
pitch,  cover  with  pitch,  dub. 

Κωνικός,  ή,  όν,  (κώνος)  cone-shaped, 
corneal,  Plui.     Adv.  -κώς. 

Kuviov.  ov,  TO,  or  κώνων,  Jac.  A. 
P.  p.  52,  dim.  from  κώνος,  a  small 
cone,  Posidon.  ap.  Ath.  b49  D :  κωνία 
ααστών,  Anth. 

Κων/f,  ίύος,  η,  (κώνος)  a  conical 
water-vessel. 

Κώνίσις,  εως,  ή,  (κωνίζω)=κώνη- 
σις. 

Κωνίτης,  ον,  o,fem.  -Ιτίς,  ιόος,  (κώ- 
νος 11.  1)  extracted  from  pine-cones, 
Tzinrta,  Rhian. 

ίΚωνλ'ίΐρίϊί'α,  ας,  i),  Concordia,  a 
small  town  of  the  Veneti  in  Gallia 
Transpadana,  Strab.  p.  214. 

Κωνοεώής,  ές,  (κώνος,  εΐόος)  coni- 
cal. Diog.  L.     Adv.  -ίϊώ/;,  Plut. 

Κώνος,  ov,  a,  a  cone,  Lat.  conus, 
meta,  Arist.  Probl.  :  hence — 11.  apine- 
cone,  also  στμόβύος,  Vit.  Horn..  The- 
ophr.,  etc. :  hence  κωνύω,  κωνίζω, 
etc. — 2.  the  cone,  peak  of  a  helmet, 
Leon.  Tar. — 3.^=3έμβΐξ,  a  spmning- 
top,  from  its  shape.  (The  Sanscr. 
root  is,  fo.  to  bring  to  a  point ;  cf  Lat. 
cuneus,  cacumen ;  Pott  El.  Forsch.  1, 
231.) 

Κωνοτομέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (κώνος, 
τέμνω)  to  make  a  conic  section.  Mathein. 

Κωνοφόμος,  OV.  (κώνος,  φέρω)  bear- 
ing cones,  as  pines,  etc.,  Theophr. : 
also  of  the  thyrsus,  Anth. 

^Κωνσεντία,  ας,  η,  Consentia,  a 
town  of  the  Bruttii  in  lower  Italy, 
Strab.  p.  256. 

^Kωvστavτlvoς ,  ov,  b,  the  Roman 
name  Constantinus,  Anth. 

^Κωνσταντίνου  πόλις,  }/,  Constanti- 
nople, Steph.  Byz. 

^Κωνώττα.  anil  -ώπη,  ης,  ή,  Conope, 
a  town  of  Aetolia,  incorporated  into 
the  city  Ar.':inoe,  there  erected  by 
Arsinoe  queen  of  Ptolemy  Philadel- 
phus,  Strab.  p.  460;  Polyb.  5,  C,  6. 

Κωνωπεΐον,  ov,  τό,  (κώνωψ)  an 
Aesyplian  bed  or  couch  with  mosquito- 
curtains,  LXX. 

Κωνωτζεών,  ώνος,  o,=  foreg.,  Anth. 

Κωνώιτίον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  κώ- 
νωφ. 

ίΚωνώπιον,  ov,  ή,  Conopium,  name 
of  a  maiden,  Anth. 

ΚωνωτΓοειόής,  ές,  (κώνωψ,  είδος) 
like  a  gnat,  Theophr. 

Κωνωποθήρας,  ov,  a,  (θηράω)  a 
gnat-catcher,  fly-catcher. 

Κωνωπώύης,  ες,^κωνωποειδής. 

Κώνωψ,  ωτνος,  b,  a  gnat,  Lat.  culex, 
Hdt.  2,  95,  Aesch.  Ag.  892,  etc. :  a 
larger  kind  was  called  έμπίς. 

Κώος,  ου,  b,  usu.  in  plur.  ol  κώοι, 
820 


Κ  ΩΡΑ 

caves,  detis  (akin  to  κώς,  κώας,  or  to 
κείμαι,  κοιμάω,),  oidy  in  Gramm. 

Κώος,  φα,  ωον,  of,  from  the  island 
Κώς,  Cnan,  Hdt.  7.  61,  etc. — II.  ό 
Κώος,  usu.  written  K(Jof,  sub.  βόλος, 
the  highest  throw  with  the  αστράγαλοι, 
counting  six,  with  the  conrec  side  up- 
permost, opp.  to  Χ/οζ-,  with  the  con- 
cave side  uppeniiost,  counting  one: 
hence  tlio  proverbs,  Κωος  ττρός  Χΐον, 
and  Χίος  πηραστάς  Κωον  ουκ  kg.  λέ- 
γειν, Straltis  Lemn.  3  ;  and  so  [irob. 
Ar.  Ran.  970,  oh  Κώος  άλλα  Χίος. — 
II.  Arist.  Η.  Α.  has  χίος  and  κί^ος  of 
the  άστρύγαλ.οι  of  the  ankle. 

^Κώττηι,  ών,  αι.  Copne,  an  old  city 
on  the  north  side  of  lake  Copais  in 
Boeotia,  II.  2,  502.     Hence 

\Κω~αιενς,  έως,  ό,  an  inhab.  of  Co- 
pae,  Thuc.  4,  93. 

Κώπαιον,  ov,  τό,  (κώττη)  the  upper 
end  of  an  oar. 

\Κωτταϊος,  a,  ov.  of  or  belonging  to 
Copae,  Copaean,  έγχέλεις,  Archestr. 
ap.  Ath.  298  F. 

^Κωπαΐς,  ίόος,  η,  pecul.  fern,  to 
foreg.,  Ar.  Ach.  880 ;  also  contd.  Κω- 
πάόίς,  ai,  sc.  εγχέλ.εις,  Ar.  Pac. 
1005  :  esp.  ή  Κωπαις  λ.ίμνη.  lake  Co- 
pais in  Boeotia,  the  largest  lake  of 
Greece,  famed  for  its  eels,  now  To- 
polias,  Strab.  p.  406. 

Κωπαιώόης,  ες,  (κώπαιον,  είδος) 
oar-shaped. 

Κωπι  νς,  έως,  ό,  α  piece  of  wood  fit  for 
making  into  an  oar,  a  spar  fir  an  oar, 
Valck.  Hdt.  5,  23,  Br.  Ar.  Ach.  552. 

tKwTrfiif.  έως,  ό,  Copeus,  father  of 
Glaucus,  Ath.  290  B. 

Κωττεύω,  («ώτ?/)  to  propel  with  oars  ; 
also  to  furnish,  fit  out  with  oars,  βΰριν, 
Anth. — II.  κεκώπευται  στρατός,  it 
has  the  sword  drawn  (cf  κώπΐ]  2),  ap. 
Hesych. 

Κωπέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,^κωηενω. 

Κωπεών,  ώνος,  ό.=  κωπενς. 

Κώπη,  ης,  ή,  (from  ΚΑΠ-,  κάτττω, 
capio,  like  /.αβή  from  λαμβάνω)  any 
handle:  esp. —  I.  the  handle  of  an  oar, 
Od.  9,  489;  10,  129  (never  in  II.): 
hence  the  oar  itself,  freq.  in  Att.  ;  έφ' 
ένδεκα  κώτταις  πέμπειν,  a  proverb  of 
dub.  origin,  meaning  '  to  escort  with 
all  the  honours,'  Ar.  Eq.  546,  cf.  Suid. 
voc.  έφ'  ένδεκα :  ci.  εμβάλλω,  ίλαν- 
νω  I.  2,  αναφέρω  II. — 2.  of  a  sword, 
the  hilt,  Lat.  7nanubrium,  cnpulus,  11.  1, 
219,  Od.  8,  403;  11,  531,  in  Hom.  al- 
ways of  silver. — 3.  of  a  key,  of  ivory 
in  Od.  21.  7.-4.  ofa'iorch.  Eur.  Cycl. 
481. — 5.  of  a  hand-mill,  and  so  the  mill 
itself,  Diod. — 6.  of  a  whip.     Hence 

Κωπήεις,  εσσα,  εν,  with  a  hilt  or 
handle,  ξίφος,  II.  15,  713,  etc. 

Κωττηλάσία,  ας,  ή,  a  rowing  ;  and 

Κωπηλΰτέω.  ώ,  1.  -τ/σω.  to  row, 
Polyb.  :  metaph.  of  any  .similar  motion 
hack  and  forwards,  Eur.  Cycl.  461 : 
from 

Κωιτηλάτης,  ov,  b,  (κώττη,  Dmvvu) 
a  rower,  Polyb.   [ά] 

Κωπήρης,  ες.  (κώπη,  *ΰρω  ?)  fur- 
vixhed  with  oars,  Aesch.  Pers.  410. — 
II.  holding  the  oar,  χειρ,  Eur.  Tro.  161. 

Κωπ7/τ?'/ρ,  ηρος,  b,  (κώπη)  usu.  in 
plur.  κωπ/^τήρες,  the  row-locks  of  a 
ship. 

^Κωπιαί,  ών,  a'l,  Copiae,  later  name 
of  the  Italian  Thurii.  Strab.  p.  264. 

Κωπίον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  κώπη,  a 
small  oar.  At.  Ran.  269. 

Κωπωτήρ,  ηρος,  ό,=  κωπητ7/ρ. 

Κώρα,  ή,  ν.  κώρος. 

Κωράλαον,  ον,  τό,  ν.   κοράλλιον, 
also  κωρύλλιον,  coral. 
^Κωράλιος,  ου,  ό,  ν.  Κονράλιης. 
^Κί.φαλι.ς,  ίος,  ή,  Coralis,  a  lake  in 
Lycaonia,  Strab.  p.  568. 


ΚΩΤΙ 

Κωραλλίΐνς,  έως,  ό,  a  coral-fisher. 

Κώριον,  ov,  τό.  Dot.  for  κούρισν, 
κόριον,  Ar,  Ach,  731. 

Κωρίς,  ίδος,  ή,  Sicil.  for  καρίς. 

Κώρος,  ov,  ό,  and  κώρα,  ας,  ή.  Dor. 
for  κούρος,  κονρη,  i.  e.  κόρος,  κόρη. 

ΚωρνκαΙος,  ον,  ό,  and  Κωρνκϊώ- 
της,  ον,  ύ,  mi  inhabitant  of  Corycus ; 
acc.  to  Ephorus,  they  were  infamous 
as  spies  on  all  ships  that  landed 
there ;  hence  a  spy,  listener,  traitor, 
cf  Slepli.  Byz.  v.  Κώρνκος. 

\Κωρνκία,  ας,  ή,  Corycia,  a  nymph, 
daughter  of  the  river-god  Plistus, 
Pans.  10,  6,  5. 

Κωρνκίδιον,  and  κωρύκιον,  ov,  τό, 
dim.  Irom  κώρΐ'κος.  [ϋ] 

^Κωρνκιος,  a,  ov,  of  or  belonging  to 
Corycus,  Corycian,  ai  Κωρνκιαι  Ννμ- 
φαι.  Αρ.  Rh.  2,  711  :  ό  Κ.  κρόκος,  Id. 
3,  855  ; — esp.  το  Κωρύκιον  ύντρον, 
the  Corycian  cave  or  grot,  in  Mt.  Par- 
nassus above  Delphi,  Hdt.  8,  36  ;  sa- 
cred to  Pan  and  the  Corycian  nymphs, 
Strab.  p.  417. — 2.  a  cave  or  deep  rock- 
encircled  valley  in  Cilicia,  famed  for 
its  saffron,  the  fabled  abode  of  the 
giant  Typhoeus,  Strab.  p.  627,  071  ; 
cf  Pind.  P.  1,  31-3 ;  Aesch.  Pr.  351 
sqq. 

Κωρνκίς,  ίδος,  ή,  dim.  from  κώρν- 
κος, Epich.  p.  61,  Ar.  Fr.  368. — II.  α 
bladder-like  excrescence  produced  on  the 
leaves  of  elms  ayid  maple-trees  by  the 
puncture  of  an  insect,  Theophr. 

Κωρνκιώτης,  ov,  ό,  v.  Κωρνκαΐος. 

Κωρϊ'κομΰχία.  ας,  ή,  (κώρνκος, 
μάχομαι)  ν   sq.,  signf  Η. 

Κώρνκος,  ον,  ό,  like  θύλακος,  α 
leathern  sack  or  icallet  for  provisions, 
Od.  5,  267  ;  9,  213  :  acc.  to  Hesych., 
also  a  leathern  quiver,  like  γωρυτός. — 
II.  in  the  gymnasium,  a  large  leathern 
sack  hung  up,  filled  tvitk  fig-grains  (κεγ- 
χραμίδες),  flour  or  sand,  for  the  athletes 
to  swing  to  and  fro  by  blows,  not  alto- 
gether unlike  the  quintain.  Poet,  ap. 
Arist.  Rhet.  3,  11,  13:  the  game  it- 
self was  called  κωρνκομαχία,  ή. — HI. 
a  kind  of  muscle,  Macedon. 

Κώρνκυς,  ov,  ό,  Corycus.  a  promon- 
tory and  town  of  Cilicia,  now  Kor- 
ghoz.  H.  Hom.  Ap.  39,  with  a  famous 
cavern,  v.  Κωρνκιος  2  •  cf.  Κωρνκαΐος: 
another  Κωρύκιον  άντρον  was  not 
far  from  Delphi,  Hdt.  8,  36.t-2.  a  city 
of  Lycia,  Strab.  p.  667  [in  Dion.  P. 
805  Κωρνκος\  —  3.  northwest  pro- 
montory of  Crete,  Strab.  p.  363.-4. 
a  mountain  on  the  Ionian  coast  ot 
Lydia,  to  which  some  refer  Κωρί;- 
καίος,  and  Η.  Horn.  Αρ.  39,  and  Thuc. 
8,  14. 

Κωρνκώδης,  ες,  (κώρνκος,  είδος) 
like  a  sack  Or  bag,  Theophr. 

Κώς,  ή,  gen.  Κώ,  dat.  Kg),  acc.  Κώ 
and  Κώΐ',  the  island  Cos,  in  the  .Aegean 
sea,  opposite  Caria.  with  a  city  of  same 
name  ;  in  Hom.  always  in  Ep.  form 
Κόως,  except  in  II.  2,  677,  where  we 
find  the  common  acc.  KcJi'.t-Adv. 
Κόωνδε,  to  Cos,  II.  14,  255. 

Κώς,  τό,  contr.  for  κώας,  Nicoch. 
Lemn.  3. — II.  at  Corinth,  a  public 
prison,  cf  καιάδας,  καϊαρ. 

Κώς,  Ion.  for  πώς  :  but  enclit.  κώς. 
Ion.  for  πώς,  oft.  in  Hdt. 

tKuffu/i,  c),  indecl.  Kosam,  inasc.  pr 
n.,  N.  T. 

Κώτάλ.ις,  η,  =  λ.άκτις,  a  pestle 
(Perh.  from  κόπτω.) 

^Κώτεις,  εων,αί,  Co/p.t,  the  western 
promontory  of  Mauretania,  Strab.  ρ 
825. 

ΚωτΏ.άς,  άδος.  ή,  pecul.  poet.  fcm. 
of  κωτίλης.  the  twitlerer,  Boeot.  name 
for  the  swallow,  Strattis  Phoen.  3,  cf. 
Anacr.  99. 


ΚΩΦΟ 

Κωτϋ^,α,  ας,  ή,  {κωτί7.ος)  chatter- 
ing, tattling,  esp.,  flattery. 

iKuTi/.iai,  ών,  αϊ,  Cotiliae,  a  city 
of  the  Sabines,  Strab.  p.  228. 

fKcjTiXiop,  ov,  TO,  Mt.  Cotilius  in 
Arcadia,  Paus.  8,  41,  7. 

ΚΩΤΓΛΛΩ,  to  prattle,  chatter,  chat, 
l-at.  garrire,  usu.  with  collat.  notion 
of  coaxing,  wheedling,  αίμνΆα  κωτίλ- 
?.εη•,  Hes.  Op.  372:  so,  μα?.θακα  κ-, 
Theogn.  850. — II.  transit,  c.  ace. 
pers.  to  chatter  to,  talk  over,  beguile  with 
fair  words,  εν  κώτί?.?.ε  τυν  έχθρόν, 
Theogn.  363 ;  so,  μτ/  «ώηλλέ  με, 
tease  me  not  by  prating.  Soph.  Ant. 
756.  (Cf.  Sanscr.  kath,  Lat.  dicere, 
Engl,  quote,  quoth,  chat,  chatter,  Gothic 
quitha.  Pott  £t.  Forsch.  1,  241.) 

ίΚώτίλον,  ov,  TO,  Cotilum,  the  ter- 
ritory around  or  a  place  near  Mt. 
Cotilius,  Paus.  8,  41,  10. 

Κωτίλος,  ίλη,  ίλον,  («ωτίλλω)  chat- 
tering, prattling,  Theogn.  295 :  of  a 
swallow,  twittering,  Anacr.  99,  cf.  kcj- 
τι/.άς:  coaxing,  wheedling,  kxith.  :  me- 
taph.,  όμμα  κ.,  like  Lat.  oculi  arguti, 
loquaces,  obtundens.  [I] 

^Κωφαϊος,  ov,  ό,  Cophaeus,  an  Indi- 
an, Arr.  An.  4,  28,  6. 

Κωφύω,  ώ,  f.  -άσω,  (κωφός)  to  make 
dumb,  to  silence,  0pp.  Pass,  to  become 
or  grow  dumb,  Clearch.  ap.  Ath.  516 
B. — II.  to  deafen.  Pass,  to  become  so. 
— III.  in  genl.  to  dull,  blunt,  injure :  cf. 
Pors.  Or.  1279. 

Κωφεύω,  {κωφός)  to  be  dumb  or  si- 
lent, LXX. :  also  to  be  deaf,  or  in  genl. 
iisensible. 

Κωφέω,  ώ,  =  κωφάα»  IIL,  to  mutilate, 
^rob.  L,  Soph.  Fr.  223. 

^Κωφήν,  ήνος,  ό,  Cophen,  a  tributary 
of  the  Indus  in  India,  Strab.  697,  Arr. 
— II.  an  Indian  masc.  pr.  il,  Arr.  An. 
2,  15,  1. 

Κώφησις,  εως,  ή,  {κωφέω)  a  dulling, 
blunting  :  in  genl.  a  mutilation. 

Κωφίας,  ov,  ό,  the  deaf  adder,  Ael. 

Κωφός,  ή,  όν,{κ07ττω,€ί  Lat.  tusus) 
radie.  signf.  blunt,  obtuse,  κωφόν  /3ε- 
λος,  the  blunt,  dull  shaft,  II.  11,  390, 
opp.  to  οξυ  βέλος. — II.  metapli. — 1. 
blunted  or  lamed  in  the  tongue,  i.  e. 
dumb.  Lat.  mutus,  κωάον  κνμα,  a  noise- 
less v/ave  or  swell,  II.  14,  16 :  so  too, 
κωφός ?.ιμήν,  still,  peaceful,  Xen.  Hell. 
2,  4,  31 ;  κωφή  γαία,  the  dumb,  sense- 
less earth  (cf  bruta  tellus),  of  a  corpse, 
11.  24,  54  :  of  men,  dumb,  mute,  speech- 
less, Hdt.  1,  34,  for  which  (in  1,  85) 
he  has  άφωνος  :  of  solid  earth,  which 
sounds  dull  when  struck,  opp.  to  the 
ringing  of  a  hollow  body,  Hdt.  4,  200 : 
also  having  ceased  to  sound,  forgotten, 
κωφά  εττη.  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  290,  unless 
we  take  this  for  unmeaning,  senseless, 
as  it  were  inarticulate. — This  is  the 
earlier  signf,  Valck.  Amraon,  p.  133. 
— 2.  later,  esp.  Att.,  dull  of  hearing, 
deaf,  Lat.  surdws,  first  in  H.  Horn. 
Merc.  92,  Hdt.  1,  38  (cf  34),  Aesch. 
Theb.  184,  etc. :  c.  gen.,  κωφή  ΰκοης 
αίσθησι,ς,  Antiph.  Sapph.  1,5;  Έλ- 
?Μδος  φωνΰς  κωφός,  deaf  of  one's 
Greek  ear,  i.  e.  ignorant  of  Greek, 
Fragm,  Pythag. — 3.  dull  of  mind,  stu- 
pid, hat.  fatuus,  Pind.  P.  9, 151,  Soph. 
Aj.  911,  iPlat.,  etc. :  so,  κωφή  ύιήγη- 
σις.  an  unmeaning  account,  Polyb.  cf. 
I.  fin.,  and  τνφλός. — 4.  metaph.  idle, 
empty,  good  for  nothing,  in  which  signf. 
κωφός  plays  into  κονφος. 

ίΚωφος  Άιμήν,  ό,  the  harbour  Cophus, 
of  Torone,  on  the  Toronaicus  sinus 
in  Pallcne,  Strab.  p.  330. 

Κωφότης,  ητος,  η,  (κωφός)  deafness, 
dumbness,  Dem.  411,  26:  in  genl.  ob- 
Iwseness,  torpor,  Arist.  H.  A. — IL  stu- 
pidity. 


ΑΑΑΣ 

Κωώόω,  ώ,  (κωφός)=κωφάω,  LXX., 
etc.  :  hence 

Κώφωσις,  εως,  ή,  dumbness. — II. 
deafness,  Hipp. — HI.  dulltiess,  whether 
of  the  senses  or  mind. 

Κω^-ετο,  by  crasis  for  καϊ  ώχετο, 
impf.  from  οίχομαι. 

Κωχεύω,  (όκωχενω,  οκωχη,  οχενω, 
οχέω,  εχω)  to  lift,  raise  up  ;  the  sim- 
ple only  in  Soph.  Fr.  303 :  of  the 
compds.  the  most  common  is  άνακω- 
χενω,  q.  v. 

Κώ•φ,  6,  gen.  κωτΓΟς,=  σκώψ,  a  kind 
of  owl,  perh.  a  screech-owl,  Eust. 

Κωψον,  contr.  for  και  όύον,  Ar. 
Vesp.  302. 


Λ 

A,  λ,  7Μμ3δα,  also  7.ύβδα,  τό, 
indecl.,  eleventh  letter  of  the  Gr. 
alphabet:  as  a  numeral  λ'=30,  but 
,λ=30,000.  From  λάμ.3δα,  as  the 
strongest  of  the  Unguals,  were  formed 
many  verbs  with  the  notion  of  licking, 
lapping,  esp.  λάτττω,  Lat.  lambo,  also 
λείχω,  lingo. — An  over  partiality  for 
the  use  of  λ  was  e.xpressed  \ίγ7.αμ3δα- 
κίζω,7\.αβδακίζω,  7ιαμ3δακίσμός,  7lu3- 
όακισμός:  these  words  were  also 
used  to  express  a  faulty  pronunciation 
of  this  letter,  as  when  the  tongue  is 
pressed  against  the  palate,  and  produ- 
ces the  U  of  the  Spanish,  e.  g.  llamare, 
almost  like  lyamare.  The  Lacedae- 
monians bore  A  upon  their  shields, 
as  the  Sicyonians  Σ,  the  Messenians 
M,  Eupol.  Incert.  37,  Theopomp. 
(Com.)  Incert.  16. 

Changes  of  /,,  esp.  in  the  dialects : 
— I.  Dor.  into  v,  as  ήνθον  φίντατος 
for  η7.θον  φί/.τατος,  Schaf.  Greg.  197, 
354 :  Att.  prefers  λ,  e.  g.  7ύτβον 
π'λεύμων  for  νίτρον  ιτνεναων,  Lob. 
Phryn.  305,  cf  Ινγη  and  ννξ.—U. 
esp.  in  Ion.,  λ  beginning  a  word  is 
dropt,  as  ε13ω  for  7.εί3ω,  Γ/δη  for 
7^γδος,  Greg.  446  ;  so  αίψηρός  άλαλ?'/ 
άφύσσω  ΰχνί]  for  7Λΐ•φηρός  etc. — III. 
Ep.  poets  double  λ  metri  grat..  esp. 
after  augment,  as  ί/Λαβε,  έ7.7ατά- 
νενε,  and  in  compds.,  where  the  lat- 
ter member  begins  with  λ,  as  in 
τρίλ/Λστος,  ΰτϊοΐΛήξεις,  etc.  —  IV. 
Att.  sometimes  into  p,  as  κρίβανος 
for  κλίβανος.  Lob.  Phryn.  179,  652  : 
so  γ7.ώσσαργος  for  γ7ιώσσαλγος,  vav- 
κραρος  for  ναύκ7.ηρος,  ΚΟΡΩ  for 
ΚΟΛΩ,  whence  Lat.  euro,  colo. — V. 
Aeol.  sometimes  changed  δ  into  λ, 
as  Lat.  lacryma  was  formed  from  δά- 
κρνον,  and  /Λσιος  seems  to  have 
been  orig.  the  same  as  δασύς :  so 
Lat.  odor  for  olor,  cf  oleo,  ulfacio,  etc. 
— VI.  in  some  words  γ  and  λ  are  inter- 
changed, e.  g.  γήϊον  and  7.ιιϊοι•,  μόγις 
and  μό7Λς. — VIL  ν  before  7,  regularly 
becomes  Λ.  as  in  σν7.7ιαμβάι•ω,  vra- 
7ύ7.7.ογος,  ε7.7•.είπω,  etc. 

AA'-.  insep,  prefix  with  intensive 
force  (like  /.ai-  and  7.i-,  δα-  and  ζα-), 
though  found  in  very  few  words,  e.  g. 
in  7Μμαχης,  very  warlilce,  7.ακα~α~ν- 
■}ων,  7ακατάρατος. 

ΑΑΆΣ,  ό,  gen.  λΰος,  dat.  λάϊ,  ace. 
λΰαν.  gen.  plur.  }.άων,  dat.  7.άεσι, 
Ep.  /.ύεσσι,  all  which  forms  occur  in 
Horn.,  e.xcept  λύεσί ;  in  Att.  also 
contr.  ό  7.άς,  ace.  τόν  7,ili\  but  ace. 
7.άα,  Call.  Fr.  104 :  a  gen.  7.ύον, 
Soph.  O.  C.  196,  as  if  7.ύας  was  of 
first  decl. :  Nic.  also  has  ή  λάας  like 
7J  7ύθος. — I.  usu.  a  stone,  piece  of  rock, 
Horn.,  who  usu.  has  it,  esp.  in  II.,  of 
Stones  thrown  by  warriors. — IL   a 


AABP 

rock,  crag,  Od.  13,  163.  (Cf  luiyi, 
Lat.  lapis,  and  /Λία,  7.ενς,  v.  also 
λαός  sub  fin.) 

tAufif,  i],  V.  Aaf. 

^Χάβανα,  ων,  τά,  Labana,  a  mineral 
spring  in  Latium  near  Eretum,  Strab. 
p.  238. 

\Αύ3αξ,  ό,  Labax,  masc.  pr.  n., 
Paus!  6,  3,  4. 

Αύβύρ-'/ί'ρος,  ov,  (λαβείν,  άργυρος) 
taking  money,  doing  something  for  mo- 
ney, Timon  ap.  Ath.  406  E. 

\Αά3ας,  a,  6,  Labas,  a  Sicilian, 
Theocr.  14,  24. 

Αύ3δα,  τό,  indecl.  =;  λά^ί?ία,  Ar. 
Eccl.  920. 

^Αύβδα,  ης,  ή,  Lahda,  daughter  of 
Amphion,  wife  of  Eetion,  mother  of 
Cypselus,  Hdt.  5,  92. 

Ααβδακίζω,  -ίσω,  and  7.αβδακισμός, 
ov,  ό,=  7ιαμβδ.,  ν.  sub  7.,  init. 

^Ααβδάκειος,  a,  ov,  of  Labdacus, 
Soph.  O.  T.  267. 

\Αα3δακίδης,  ον,ό,  son  of  Labdacus ; 
οι  Ααβδακίδαι,  the  descendants  of  Lab- 
dacus. Pind.  I.  3,  26,  Soph. 

'Αάβδακος,  ov,  a,  Labdacus.  an  an- 
cient king  of  Thebes,  son  of  Polydo- 
rus.  Soph.  O.  T.  224. 

^Αύβδαλον,  ov,  τό,  Labdalum,  a  for- 
tress on  the  highest  point  of  Epipolae 
at  Syracuse,  Thuc.  6,  97. 
Ααβδοείδής,  ες,=  7.αμβδ..  Poll. 
Αάβδωμα,   ατός,    τό,   (as   if  from 
λαβδόω)  a  figure  like  that  of  A. 

Αΰβεϊν,  inf  aor.  of  λ.αμβύνω,  Ep. 
and  Ion.  λαβέειν,  Hdt. ;  also  7.ΰβέν, 
Dor.  for  7.αβεΙν :  but  λ.άβεν,  poet,  for 
Ώ.αβεν,  Horn. 

Αύ3εσκον.  Ep.  and  Ion.  for  έ7ιαβον, 
aor.  2  act.  of  /Μμβάνω,  Hes.,  Hdt. 

^Ααβέων,  ωνος,  ό,  the  Rom.  name 
Labeo,  Plut. 

Αάβή,  ης,  ή,  (λα,3εϊΐ')  the  part  in. 
tended  for  grasping,  a  handle,  haft, 
sword-hilt,  .\lcae.  67,  and  Att. :  7ιαβην 
δοϋναί,  ένδοϋναι,  pugil.  term,  to  give 
one  a  grip,  a  hold.hence  metaph., to  give 
one  a  handU,  something  to  lay  hold  of, 
Lat.  ansam  praebere,  Ar.  Eq.  841,  847  ; 
so,  λ.  παρεχειν.  Plat.  Rep.  544  B.— Π. 
the  act  of  grasping,  a  taking,  accept- 
ance, λ.  άργνρον,  Aesch.  Supp.  935. 
— 2.  an  attack,  as  of  sickness,  like  7^ή- 
φις,  Hipp. :  also  a  reproof,  censure,  Ael. 

Ααβην,  Dor.  for  λ.αβεΐν. 

\Αά3ης,  ητος,  ΰ,  (λαμ3άνω)  κνων, 
the  dog  Lahes,  comic  distortion  of  the 
name  of  Laches  from  his  having  re- 
ceived bribes  of  the  Sicilians,  Ar. 
Vesp.  836. 

Αάβτισι.  Ep.  for  λά,%,  3  subj.  aor. 
of  7.αμβάνω,  Od. 

Αύβιδιον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  λ.αβίς, 
Diosc.  [i] 

^Ααβιήνος,  ov,  6,  the  Roman  name 
Lahienus,  Strab.  p.  600. 

^Ααβικόν,  ov,  TO,  Labici  or  Lavici.  a 
city  of  Latium  in  Italy,  Strab.  p.  230. 

^Ααβίκάνός,  ή,  όν.  of  Labici,  Labi- 
can,  Strab. ;  ό  Α.,  Dion.  Η. 

^Ααβινία,  ας,  ή,  the  Rom.  fern, 
name  Lavinia,  Plut.  Rom.  2. 

ίΑαβίνιον,  ov,  TO,  Lavinium,  a  city 
of  Latium  in  Italy  ;  ό  Ααβινιάτης,  an 
inhab.  of  L.,  Dion.  H. 

Αύβιον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  λ.αβή, 
Strab.  [i] 

Afiiiff,  ίδος,  η,  a  holder,  and  so — 1. 
a  pair  of  pincers,  a  forceps,  Hipp. — 2.  a 
buckle,  clasp,  Polyb. 

^Αύβος,  ov,  ό,  Labus,  a  mountain, 
Polyb.  10.  29,  3. 

^Αα3ότας,  ό,  the  Labotas,  a  river  of 
Syria,  Strab.  p.  751. 

Αάβρα.  ή.  worse  form  of  λαύρα. 

Ααβρά^ορέω,  ώ,  f.  -ησω,—  7.αβρο• 
στομέω :  from 

β21 


ΛΑΒΡ 

Λ.αβρΰγ6ρης,  ον,  ό,  Att.  -ρας,  {λά- 
βρος, αγορεύω)  α  bold,  rash  talker, 
braggart,  11.  23,  479. 

Ααβρύζω,^ζλα,βρενομαι,  Lye. 

Ααβμάκίον,  ον,  τό,  iliin.  iVoin  λά- 
βραξ,  Aniiph.  Philotis  1,  2.   [pii] 

Ααβράκτης,  ον,  h,  =  λα3ραγύρ7]ς, 
Pratin.  ap.  Ath.  624  F. 

^Αύβρανόα,  ων,  τά,  Labranda,  a 
town  of  Caria,  in  the  vicinity  of 
which  was  a  temple  of  Jupiter,  who 
was  hence  caileil  Αα3ρανόηνός,  (or 
^aβpavδEvς,  Ael.  H.  A.  12,  30),  Hdt. 
5,  il9,  Strab.  p.  659. 

Αάβραξ,  ΰκος,  ό,  (λάβρος)  the  sea- 
wolf,  a  ravenous  sea-lish,  Epich.  p. 
31,  Comici  ap.  Ath.  p.  311. 

Ααβρεία,  ας,  ή,  —  λαβροστομία : 
from 

AaSpevouai,  (λάβρος)  dep.  mitl.,  to 
talk  botdli/,  rashly,  lo  brag,  11.  23,  474, 
μύθοις  λαβρενεσΟαι,  lb.  478:  just 
like  λαβρύζω,  λαβροστυμέω,  λάβρα- 
γοβέω. 

Ααβρηγορεω,  ώ,=  λαβραγορέω. 

Ααβροπύόης,  ου,  ο,  {λάβρος,  πους) 
strong  or  swift-footed,  rushing,  χείμαβ- 
βος,  Anth.,  like  λαβρόσσντος. 

ΑαβροτΓθτέ(ύ,  ώ,  to  drink  hard, 
Anth. :  from 

Ααβροπότης,  ον,  ό,  (λάβρος,  ιτίνω) 
α  hard  drinker. 

Αάβρος,  ον,  (prob.  from  ΛΑΒ-, 
λαμβάνω,  like  κραιττνός,  rapidus, 
from  ύρττάζω,  rapio),  furious,  boister- 
ous, blustering,  "Ζέφυρος,  κύμα,  ποτα- 
μός, II.  οίφος,  Od.  ;  and  so  of  heavy 
rains,  δτε  λαβρότατον  χίει  νόωρ 
Ζενς,  11.  16,  385;  σέ?Μς,  καπνός,  λί- 
θος, Pind.,  πυρ,  Eur. :  —  hence  it 
seems  to  have  been  orig.  used  only 
of  inanimate  nature,  but  —  2.  later 
freq.  of  man,  hasty,  boisterous,  hot, 
rash,  esp.  in  talking,  Theogn.  634, 
Pind.  O.  2,  156  ;  λ.  στρατός,  a  boister- 
ous, unruly  crowd,  Pind.  P.  2,  160  ; 
then,  gluttonous,  greedy,  λάβρως  (hap- 
ταμάν,  Aesch.  Pr.  1022,— in  all  which 
senses  the  notion  of  ungoi^emable,  led 
by  blind  natural  impulse  still  prevails, 
of.  all  the  derivs.  from  λαβραγορέω 
to  7.αβρόω. — 3.  of  animals,  etc.,  vio- 
lent, fierce,  salvage  :  but  also  furiously 
swift,  fast  and  furious,  Ίπποι  λάβρως 
φέρουσιν  άνδρα,  Theogn.  982,  a  signf. 
not  foreign  to  the  Homer,  passages, 
which  perh.  lies  in  the  orig.  sense, 
of.  λαβροπόδης,  λαβρόσσντος.  The 
word  is  strictly  poetic,  except  in  Ion. 
and  very  late  prose.  Adv.  -βρως, 
Theogn.,  1.  c,  Aesch.,  etc.  [λΰ-, 
Eur.  Orest.  697,  Η.  F.  361.]     Hence 

Ααβροσία,  ας,  η,^=λαβροσύνη. 

Ααβρόσσΰτος,  ον,  ν.  λαβρόσυτος. 

Ααβροστομέω,  ύ,  to  talk  boldly, 
rashly,  Aesch.  Pr.  327  :  and 

Ααβροστομία,  ας,  ή,  bold,  rash  talk- 
ing:  from 

Ααβρόστομος,  ον,  (λάβρος,  .στόμα) 
talking  boldly  and  rashly. 

Ααβροσννη,  ης,  ή,  (λάβρος)  bois- 
terousness,  violence,  greediness,  Leon. 
Tar. ;  also  in  plur.,  Try  ph. 

Ααβρόσντος.  ον,  (λάβρος,  σείω) 
rushing  furiously,  Aesch.  Pr.  601. 

Ααβρότης,  ΐ]Τος,  η,—λαβροσννη. 

Ααβροφαγέω,  ώ,  (λάβρος,  φαγεϊν) 
to  eat  greedily. 

Ααββόω,  ώ,  (λάβρος)  =  λαβροφα- 
γέω,  Lye. 

Αάβμνς,  J7,=  πελεκνς.  Lydian  word, 
Plut.'  2,  302  Α. 

Ααβρύσσω,=  λαβρενομαι. 

Ααβρώΐ'ίος.  ον,  ό,  a  large  wide  cup 
with  handles,  and  SO  prob.  from  λαβή, 
Comici  ap.  Ath.  484  C,  sq.  :  the  forms 
7j  λαβρωνία  and  το  λαβράινιον  also 
occur,  Memeke  Menand.  p.  14. 
822 


ΛΑΓΓ 

Αάβνζος,  ον,  ή,  an  unknown  spicc- 
plant. 

^Ααβννητος,  ον,  h,  Labynetus,  a 
king  of  Babylonia,  Hdt.  1,  74,  prob. 
same  as  Ncbuchadnuzar. — 2.  a  king 
of  Assyria,  Id.  1,  188. 

Αάβύρίνθειος,  ον,^=λαβνρινθώύης : 
from 

Αάβύρινθος,  ον,  ό,  a  labyrinth,  a 
large  building  formed  of  numerous 
halls,  with  passages  winding  and 
crossing  each  other,  first  in  Hdt.  2, 
148,  of  the  one  constructed  by  Psam- 
metichus  on  lake  Moeris  in  Middle 
Aegypt,  containing  3000  rooms  :  the 
most  famous  was  that  of  Crete  near 
Cnosus,  built  by  Daedalus,  Callim. 
Del.  311 :  hence— 2.  metaph.  of  an 
obscure  poem,  such  as  that  of  Lyco- 
phron,  Anth. ;  of  an  eccentric  man, 
Luc,  etc. — II.  any  wreathed  or  coiled 
up  body,  εΐνάλιος  λαβ.,  the  twisted 
sea-snail,  Anth. :  εκ  σχοίνων  λαβ.,  a 
bow-net  of  rushes,  Theocr.  21,  11,  cf. 
Creuz.  Melet.  1,  p.  85.  (Akin  to 
λαιφα.)  [i>] 

Αΰβνρη'θώδης,  ες,  ( λαβύρινθος, 
είδος)  like  a  labyrinth, full  of  labyrinths, 
Arist.  H.  A. ;  λ.  έρώτησις,  Luc. 

Αάβω,  subj.  aor.  oi  λαμβάνω,  [α] 

Αάβών,  ονσα,  όν,  part.  aor.  of  λαμ- 
βάνω. 

ίΑαβώτας,  a,  ό.  Ion.  Αεωβώτης, 
Labotas,  a  Spartan  governor,  Xen. 
Hell.  1,  2, 18.-2.  son  of  Echestratus, 
Paus.  3,  2,  3. 

Αύγάνίζω,  (λ.άγανον)  to  make  like 
cake,  i.  e.  to  incrust,  cover  slightly, 
Hipp.  308,  14,  nisi  legend,  λαγαρίζω, 
vel  λαγγάζω,  v.  Foes.  Oec. 

Αΰγάνιον,  ον,  τό,  dim.  from  λάγα- 
νον,  Chrysipp.  ap.  Ath.  648  A. 

Aayuvov,  ov,  τό,  a  kind  of  thi7i 
broad  cake,  of  meal  and  oil,  like  Ιτριον, 
Matro  ap.  Ath.  656  F. —  II.  one  slice  of 
a  thicker  cake,  Lat.  tracta.  [d] 

tAayapia,  ας,  ή,  Lngaria,  a  town  of 
Lucania,  a  colony  of  the  Phocians, 
Strab.  p.  263. 

Ααγΰρίζω,  (?Μγαρής)  to  make  slack, 
hollow  or  sunken.  Mid.  to  become  so, 
esp.  to  become  hollow  in  the  flanks  from 
eating  little,  Ar.  Vesp.  674  (where 
the  Rav.  MS.  λαγαρνζομαι,  but  v. 
Meineke  Fragm.  Com.  2,  p.  313) ;  the 
Schol.  interprets  it  to  eat  cake,  as  if  it 
were  λαγανίζομαι. 

fA.aγapιruvός,  όν,  of  Lagaria,  οίνος, 
Strab. 

Ααγΰροειδής,  ες,  (είδος)  like  a  λα- 
γαρός.     Adv.  -δώς. 

Αΰγάρόκνκλος,  ον,  (λαγαρός,  κύ- 
κλος) somewhat  conver. 

Αάγΰρός,  ύ,  όν,  slack,  hollow,  sunk- 
en, of  an  animal's  flanks,  Xen.  Cyn. 
4,  1  :  of  a  road,  lb.  6,  5. — II.  pliant,  λ. 
σκελοΐν,  Ar.  Eccl.  1167;  ανχήν,ΙΑ. 
Eq.  1,  8. — III.  στίχος  λαγαρός,  a  halt- 
ing verse,  with  a  short  syllable  for  a 
long  one  in  the  middle,  like  11.  2,  731, 
cf  Aesch.  Fr.  308,  Draco  p.  7,  15. 
(?.αγαρός  is  akin  to  λαπαρός,  as  λα- 
γών to  λ.απάρα  (=κενεων):  whether 
λαγαρόν  was  used  for  λάγανον  is 
dub.)    Hence 

Αΰγΰρότης,  ητος,  7),  slacktiess,  hoi- 
lowness. 

Αάγάρόω,  ώ,  (?αγηρός)  =  λαγα- 
ρίζω. Pass,  ποταμός  λαγαρονμενος, 
a  stream  in  the  act  of  thawing,  Antli. 

Αΰγΰρνζομαι,  v.  sub  λαγηρί.ζομαι. 

Ααγγάζω,  to  loiter,  to  slacken,  give 
up,  like  ενδίδωμι,  Lat.  langueo,  An- 
tiph.  Άντερ.  1  ;  cf.  λαγανίζω.  (Kin- 
dred forms  are  7.αγγάω,  λαγγανίζω, 
?.αγγανόομαί,  λαγγέω,  7Μγγαί>έω, 
λαγγενω  :  Aesch,  also  had  ?ογγύζω, 
SO  that  it  is  plainly  akin  to  Lat.  lon- 


ΛΑΓΟ 

gtis,  our  long,  Germ,  long,  langsam : 
hence  λαγγών,  λαγγώδης.) 

Ααγγανίζω,  to  blow  softly ;  and  so 
=  foreg..  Foes.  Oecon.  Hipp. 

χ\άγγαρος,  ov,  u,  Laugurus,  a  king 
of  the  Agrianes,  Arr.  An.  1,  5,  2. 

Ααγγώδης,  ες,  (είδος)  loitering. 

Ααγγών,  ώνος,  ό,  α  loiterer. 

Αάγδην,  adv.  (λάζω,λαι<τίζω)=7.άξ, 
Soph.  Fr.  606. 

Αόίγειος,  ον,  also  α,  ον,  (λαγός, 
?Μγώς)  of  οτ  from  α  hare,  [ά] 

Ααγέτης,  ον,  ό,  (λαός,  ίιγέω)  Dor. 
λΰγέτας,  α,  ό.  leader  of  the  people, 
Pind.  Ο.  1,  144,  etc. 

Aa>7/l'0f ,  ov,  i),  a  flagon,  Lat.  lage- 
na,  lagoena,  Plut.,  and  Anth.  ;  also 
λάγννος.  [<i] 

Ααγηνοφόρια,  ων,  τά,  (?.ύγ?/νος, 
φέρω)  the  flagon-bearing,  a  festival  at 
Alexandrea,  Plut. 

^Ααγιάδας,  a.  ό,  Dor.  for  Ααγιύδτ/ς, 
son  of  Lagus,  i.  e.  Ptolemy,  Theocr. 
17,  14,  Meineke  for  Ααγίδας. 

Αα')ϊδενς,  έως,  ό,  (?Μγώς)  α  leveret, 
like  λνκιδενς  from  λ.νκος,  etc.,  Plut 
— II.  α  rahbd,  Strab. 

Ααγίδιον,  ov,  τό.  like  λ^αγίον,  aim. 
from  λ.αγώς,  Μ.  Anton,  [if] 

\Αάγινα,  ων,  τά,  Lagina,  a  city  of 
Caria,  with  a  temple  of  Hecate, 
Strab.  p.  600. 

ΑάγΙνος,  -η,  ov,  =  λ/ιγειος,  of  or 
fro7n  a  hare,  yet'i'a.  Aesch.  [u] 

Αΰγίον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  λαγώς.  a 
leveret :  also  written  'λάγιον,  Xen. 
Cyn.  5,  13. 

^Αάγιος,  ov,  ό,  Logins,  niasc.  pr.  n., 
Polyb.  40,  5. 

ίΑαγίσκιον,  ov,  ή,  Lagiscinm,  fern, 
pr.  n.,  Anaxandr.  ap.  Ath.  570  D. 

Ααγκία,  ας,  ή,  Gr.  form  of  Lat 
lanceu,  Diod. 

\Α.αγκόσαργοι,  ων,  ol,  a  German 
tribe,  corrupted  from  Lfingobardi, 
Strab.  p.  290. 

^Ααγκεία,  ας,  ή,  Lancea,  a  fountain 
of  Laconia,  Paus.  3,  21,  2. 

Ααγί'εία,  ας,  ή,  coition,  vevery, 
Hipp.,  and  Arist.  H.  Α.:  last,  Xen. 
Mem.  1,  0,  8. — II.  ΛΜ»ια?ί  seed,  Arist. 
ib. :  and 

Αάγνενμα,  ατός,  τό,  coition,  Hipp. : 
from 

Ααγνενω,  (λάγνος)  to  have  sexual 
intercourse,  nsil.  of  the  man,  Lat.  se- 
men emitiere,  Hipp.:  in  pass,  of  the 
woman.  Id.  1149  C. 

Αίίγνης,  ov,  ό,  =  λάγνος,  Lob. 
Phryn.  184. 

Ααγνϊκός.  η,  ov,=  sq. 

ΛΑΤΝΟΣ,  ov,  lewd,  lustful,  Critias 
35,  Arist.  H.  A. :  usu.  of  the  man, 
μόιχλος,  of  the  woman,  Lob.  Phryn. 
184.  Irreg.  compar.  λαγνίστερος, 
superl.  -ίστατος,  Arist.  H.  A.  0,  22,  2. 

Αϊιγοδαίτης,  ov,  ό,  (λαγός,  δαίω) 
hare-devoarer,  Aesch.  Ag.  123. 

Αάγοθήρας,  ov,  6,  {λαγός,  θηρύω) 
a  hare-hunter,  Leon.  Tar.  17. 

Αύγοθηράω,  or  better  -ρέω,  ώ,  to 
hunt  hares.  At.  Lys.  789. 

Αάγοκτονέω,  ώ,  to  kill  hares,  Anth. : 
from 

Αάγοκτόνος,  ov,  (λαγός,  κτείνώ) 
killing  hares. 

ΑΰγοκνμΙνον,  ov,  τό,  a  kind  of 
cummin,  fii] 

.'VATO'S,  ov,  6.  collat.  form  of 
λαγώς,  q.  v.,  Valck.  Hdt.  3.  108  .i 
said  to  bo  Ion.,  but  also  in  Epich.  p. 
33,  Soph.  Fr.  113,  cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  186. 
ίΑάγος,  ov,  ό,  Ligus,  a  Macedonian, 
father  of  Ptolemy  king  of  Aegypt, 
Arr.,  etc. 

Αΰγοσφαγία,  ας,  τ/,  (?Μγός,  σφαγή) 
α  killing  of  hares,  Anth.,  with  v.  I. 
λ.αγωσφ. 


ΑΑΓΧ 

Α-άγοτροφεΐον,  ου,  τό,  (λαγός,  τρε- 
^ω)  α  place  to  keep  hares,  Lat.  iepora- 
rium. 

tAa)'OJ?ffa,  ης.  ή-,  Lagusa,  an  island 
near  Crete,  Strab. 

Α.αγύνιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  λύγυ- 
νος,  Diphil.  ap.  Ath.  499  E.  [i] 

Αάγϋνίς,  ίόος,  ή,  dim.  from  λάγυ- 
νος. 

Aayi'viuv,  ωνος,  ό,  nick-name  of  a 
parasite,  HardbouU,  Ath.  584  F: 
from 

Κάγυνος,  ov,  a,  later  also  ή,  Anth-, 
=λάγηνος,  Coniici  ap.  Ath.  499  B, 
sq.  (Prob.  akin  to  λαγών.)  [Usu.  v, 
later  also  v,  Jac.  A.  P.  p.  lxxix. 
705.] 

Αύγϋνοφόρια,  τά,  =  7\,αγηνοφόρια, 
Eratosth.  ap.  Ath.  276  B. 

Aay^uvu,  lengthd.  from  root  A  AX-  : 
fut.  ληξομαι.  Ion.  λύξομαι,  Hdt.  7, 
144  (whence  λύξις) :  aor.  ελάχον, 
Horn,  έλλαχον  (whence  λάχος,  λά- 
χεσις) :  pf.  είληχα,  poet,  and  Ion. 
λέλογχα,  Od. — Horn,  uses  the  impf. 
and  aor.  most  freq. — I.  to  obtain  by  lot, 
fate,  or  the  will  of  the  gods  :  and  as 
this  directs  all  things,  in  genl.  to  ob- 
tain, get  possession  of,  c.  acc,  freq, 
from  Horn,  downwards ;  also  c.  inf., 
II.  15,  190,  etc. :  more  definitely, 
κλήρφ  λαχείν,  II.  23,  862,  πάλω  λα- 
βείν, Hdt.  4,  94 :  κληρφ  λαχεΙν,  c. 
inf ,  II.  24.  400  ;  ττύλον  λαχεΙν,  Aesch. 
Theb.  376,  or  absol.  λαχεΙν,  to  have 
a  post  assigned  one  by  lot,  lb.  423. — 
2.  to  have  assigned  to  one  as  one's  own 
portion,  to  have  for  one's  share,  esp.  of 
the  gods,  Kf/p  λάχε  γεινόμενον,  had 
him  given  over  to  her,  placed  in  her 
power,  II.  23,  79  ;  ελαχον  πολιην  ύλα 
ναιέμεν,  I  had  the  sea  assigned  me 
for  a  dwelling,  II.  15,  190  (where  the 
inf  depends  on  ελαχον  as  well  as  the 
acc,  cf.  Pind.  O.  1,  84):  hence  to 
protect,  guard,  be  the  tutelary  deity  of  a 
place,  e.  g.  of  Pan,  χάντα  ?ώώον  λέ- 
λογχε,  Η.  Horn.  18,  6,  v.  Valck.  Hdt. 
7,  53  :  in  this  signf  usu.  in  perf  with 
reference  to  the  allotment  of  the 
world  among  the  younger  gods,  when 
Saturn  was  dethroned,  so  that  λε- 
λογχα  has  both  a  pres.  and  a  perf. 
signf. :  so  also  of  men,  to  obtain  for 
one's  share,  esp.  in  an  even  distribu- 
tion, Hdt.  7,  144.— 3.  later  freq.  to 
obtain  by  inheritance,  succeed  to,  Xen. 
Symp.  4,  35,  cf  κληρόομαί- — 4.  in 
prose,  to  -ebtain  an  office  by  lot,  opp.  to 
χειροτονηθήναι,  to  be  elected,  άρχί/ν 
A..,  Ar.  Av.  1111 :  also  c.  inf,  to  have 
the  lot  or  luck  to  be...,  e.  g.  c.  inf  ύ 
λαχών  πολεμαρχέειν,  he  who  had  the 
lot  to  be  polemarch,  Hdt.  6,  109;  oi 
λαχόντες  βουλεύείν,  they  loho  had  the 
lot  to  be  members  of  the  council, 
Dem.  1346,  2 ;  also,  oi  λ.  ί3ονλενταί 
(sub.  είναι),  and  so  λαγΰχ'  ί3ασιλεύς, 
επιμελητής,  etc.,  much  like  Lat.  de• 
signatus,  Oratt. :  and  so  absol.  οι  λα- 
χόντες, those  on  whom  the  lot  fell, 
Plat.  Legg.  765  C  ;  cf  κύημος  II.— 5. 
as  Att.  law-term,  λαγχάνειν  όίκην 
Tivi.  to  sue  one  at  law,  Lat.  intendere 
litem  alicui,  to  obtain  leave  to  bring  a 
suit,  prob.  because  the  archon  deci- 
ded the  order  of  hearing  by  lot,  freq. 
in  Oratt.,  cf  Att.  Process  p.  596 ; 
hence,  λαγχάνειν  τον  κλήρου  (sc. 
δίκην  or  ληξιν),  to  sue  for  one's  in- 
heritance, Dem.  1173,  3,  in  full,  Isae. 
68,  44  :  but  also  λ.  τινός,  to  undertake 
an  action  for  another,  in  his  behalf, 
Andoc.  16,  7,  21. — II.  to  receive,  be- 
come possessed  of  a  thing,  c.  gen., 
Horn.,  onlv  in  II.  24,  76,  and  Od.  5, 
311,  so  Theogn.  914,  Pind.  I.  8  (7), 
J37,  Fr.  45,  6;  but  rare  in  Att.,  as 


ΛΑΓΩ 

Soph.  O.  C.  450.— III.  to  put  one  in 
possession  of  a  thing,  only  in  II.,  in 
redupl.  subj.  aor.  λελάχητε,  λελύχω- 
σι,  as  Λ.  τινά  πυρός,  to  grant  one  the 
privilege  of  funeral  rites,  II.  7,  80,  etc. : 
cf.  λανθάνω  III. — IV.  intr.  to  fall  to 
one's  lot  or  share,  ες  εκύστην  εννέα 
λύγχανον  αίγες,  nine  goats  were  al- 
lotted to  each,  Od.  9,  160  :  to  be  as- 
signed by  lot,  Od.  9,  334,  cf.  U.  10,  430; 
23,  354. 

Αάγωβολεΐον,  ου,  τό,  {λαγώς,  βάλ- 
λω)  α  place  for  catching  hares. 

Αάγωβολία,  ας,  ή.  (  ?Μγωβό?Μς  ) 
hare-shooting.  Call.  Dian.  2. 

Αάγωβόλον,  ου,  τό,  α  staff  or  stick 
for  flinging  at  hares,  also  used  as  a 
shepherd's  staff  or  crook,  Lat.  pedum, 
Theocr.  4,  49;  7,  128;  cf  MiiUer  Ar- 
chaol.  d.  Kuast  ^  387,  2 :  strictly 
neut.  from 

Αΰγθ)βό?.ος,  ov,  {λαγώς,  βάλ?ίω) 
hitting,  killing  hares. 

Αύγωδάριον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  λα- 
γώς. [up]  _ 

Αάγωόιας,  ov,  o,  (λαγως)  a  bird 
tvith  rough  feet  like  the  hare's,  a  sort  of 
bustard,  Alex.  Myud.  ap.  Ath.  390  F, 
also  ώτος. 

Αάγώδιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  λα- 
γώς,  Ar.  Ach.  520. 

Αΰγώειος,  εία,  ειον,  (λαγώς)  of  or 
belonging  to  a  hare,  Opp. 

Αυγών,  όνος,  ή,  also  ό,  (*λάω,  to 
hold)  any  empty  space,  a  cave,  cleft, 
gulf,  Plut.— II.  like  κενεών  and  the 
Homeric  λαπάρα.  the  hollow  part  be- 
low the  ribs,  the  flank,  Hipp.  543,  45, 
Ar.  Vesp.  1193  :  but  usu.  in  plur.  ?.a- 
γόνες,  the  flayiks,  loins,  Lat.  dia,  Eur. 
1.  T.  298,  "Ar.  Ran.  662:  also  of  ani- 
mals, Eur.  El.  826,  Xen.  Cyn.  5,  10. 
— III.  like  κενεών  and  γαστήρ.  the 
hollow  of  a  goblet,  etc.,  Eubul. 
Camp.  2. 

Αύγωοβάλος,  ον,=:λαγωβόλος,  γύ- 
ρος, Leon.  Tar. 

ΑΑΤΩΟ'Σ,  οϋ,  ό,  Ερ.  for  λαγώς, 
λα-νός,  α  hare,  the  only  form  in  Hom., 
ana  freq.  in  later  prose  from  Arist. 
downwds..  Lob.  Phryn.  186. — II.  α 
sea-fish,  Hippon.  106  '. 

Αύγώος,  ώα,  ώυν,  contr.  for  λ,αγώ- 
ειος,  κρέα,  Ar.  Ach.  1110;  hence,  τα 
λαγώα,  sub.  κρέατα,  hare's  flesh,  roast 
hare,  and  in  genl.  dainties,  freq.  in 
Ar.,  as,  ζην  ίν  πασι  λαγώοις,  Ar. 
Vesp.  709. 

Αΰγωοφόνος,  ov,  poet,  for  λαγωφό- 
νος,  Opp. 

Ααγώπονς,  ποδός,  ό,  ή,  {2αγώς, 
πους)  roughfooted,  like  a  hare. — II.  a 
bird,  perh.  the  ptarmigan,  Plin.  10,68, 
cf  λαγώς  II. — III.  a  downy  plant, 
hare's-foot  trefoil,  Trifolium  arvense, 
Diosc. 

Αάγώπϋρος,  ov,  6,  (λαγώς,  πυρός) 
hare's  ivheat,  a  plant,  Hipp. 

Αάγώς,  ό,  gen.  λαγώ,  acc.  λαγών 
and  λαγώ,  Lob.  Phryn.  186:  Ep. 
nom.  λάγωός,  οϋ :  in  Hdt.  and  also 
Att.  λαγός,  q.  v.  :  acc.  to  Arcad.,  the 
Att.  wrote  it  λαγώς. — I.  a  hare,  Hdt., 
Aesch.,  etc. :  proverb,  of  cowards, 
Posidipp.  ap.  Ath.  376  F  ;  and  so,  λα- 
γώ βίον  ζην,  to  lead  a  hare's  life, 
Dem.  314,  24. — II.  a  bird,  with  rough 
feathered  feet,  mentioned  with  the 
swallow,  Artemid.,  cf  λαγωδίας  and 
λαγώπονς. — III.  a  kind  offish,  Epich. 
p.  33,  Ameips.  Spend.  2,  in  form  λα- 
γός.    Hence 

Αΰγωσφάγία,  ας,  ή,  v.  sub.  λαγο- 
σφαγία. 

Αΰγωτροφειον,  ov,  τό,=^λαγοτρο- 
φείον. 

Ααγωτραφεο),  ώ,  (τρέφω)  to  feed  or 
keep  hares. 


AAZil 

Αάγωφάγία,  Οζ,  ή,  (φαγείν)  a  feed- 
ing on  hares. 

Αΰγωφθαλμία,  ας,  ή,  a  disease  in 
which  the  upper  eye-lid  does  not  cover 
the  eye :  from 

Αάγώφθαλμος,  ov,  {λαγώς,  οφθαλ- 
μός) having  prominent  eyes  like  the  hare, 
unable  to  close  the  eye,  Cels.,  v.  Foes. 
Oecon.  Hipp. 

Αύγωφόνος,  ov,  {λαγώς,  φονεύω) 
killing  hares,  epith.  of  the  black  eagle, 
Arist.  H.  A. 

Αύγώχει?.ος,  ov,  {λαγώς,  χείλος) 
having  a  hare-lip.  Gal. 

Αάδανον,  ου,  τό,  ladanum,  a  kind 
of  resin  or  gum,  also  λήδανον  (q.  v.)  ; 
and  this,  acc.  to  Hdt.  3,  112,  was  the 
Greek  name  for  the  Arabian  λάδανον. 
[ά] 

tAudflf,  α,  ό,  Ladas,  masc.  pr.  n., 
Paus. 

^Αάδη,  ης,  ή.  Lade,  a  small  island 
on  the  coast  of  Ionia  near  Miletus, 
now  joined  to  the  mainland,  Hdt.  6,  7. 

tAaJi/CT?,  ης,  ή.  Dor.  for  Ααοδίκη, 
Laodice,  daughter  of  Battus,  wife  oi 
Amasis,  Hdt.  2,  181. 

iAaouKtia,  τά,^=Ααοδόκίον,  Polyb. 
2,51. 

Αύδοκος,  ov,  b,  Ladocus,  son  of 
Echemus,  Paus.  8,  44,  1. 

ΤΧάδων,  ωνος.  ό,  Ladon,  the  dragon 
thai  guarded  the  apples  of  the  Hes- 
perides,  Ap.  Rh.  4,  1396  :  cf  Schol. 
ad  1. — II.  a  river  of  Arcadia,  tributa- 
ry of  the  Alpheus,  Hes.  Th.  344.-2. 
a  small  stream  of  Elis  joining  the 
Peneus,  Paus.  6,22,  3. — 3.  the  earlier 
name  of  the  Ismenus  in  Boeotia,  Id.  9, 
10,  5.  [ά] 

ίΑάέρκιις,  ονς,  ό,  Laerces,  father  of 
Alcimedon,  a  Myrmidon  chief,  II.  16, 
197.-2.  a Pyliangoldsmith,  Od.  3, 425. 

^Ααέρτης,  ου  Ep.  ao,  b,  Laertes, 
only  son  of  Arcesius,  father  of  Ulys- 
ses, king  of  Ithaca,  the  government 
of  which  he  gave  his  son  and  then 
lived  in  retirement,  Od.  16,  118,  etc. 
Hence 

\Ααερτιάδης,  ov  Ep.  ao,  b,  son  oj 
Laertes,  i.  e.  Ulysses,  II.  3,  200,  etc. 

^Ααέρηος,  ου,  ό,  Eur.  Hec.  402, 
contd.  Αύρτιος,  Soph.  Phil.  401,  = 
Ααέρτης. 

^Αύζαρος,  ov,  b,  Lazarus,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  N.  T. 

Ααζίνης,  ov,  ό,  a  bird,  elsewh.  χα- 
ρύδριος. — II.  a  fish,  elsewh.  μαζίνας 
and  μάζινος. 

\Ααζοί,  ών,  oi,  the  Lazi,  a  people  ot 
Colchis,  Arr.,  Luc. 

Αύζομαι,  dep.,  poet,  and  Ion.  for 
λαμβάνω,  to  take,  seize,  grasp,  έγχος, 
μάστιγα,  ηνία,  II. ;  λ.  τίνα,  άγκάς,Ιο 
take  one  in  lier  arms,  II.  5,  371 ;  but, 
όδάξ  ?Μζοίατο  (for  ?ίάζοιντο)  γαίαν, 
may  they  bite  the  dust,  II.  2,  418  ;  me- 
taph.,  μνθον  πάλιν  λάζεσθαι,  to  take 
back,  retract  one's  words,  II.  4,  357, 
Od.  13,254.  Besides  λαςοίαΓο  quoted 
above,  Hom.  only  uses  3  impf  λάζε• 
TO :  Dor.  imperat.  λάσδεο,  Theocr.  8, 
84 :  the  fut.  λάξοααι,  Hdt.  7,  144,  to 
receive,  does  not  Delong  to  this  verb, 
but  to  ?αγχάνω,  q.  v.  The  collat. 
form  λάζνμαι,  is  synon.,  'ελάζντο  Έρ- 
μήν  έπΙ  βονσίν,  he  caught  Mercury  at 
the  cattle,  i.  e.  stealing  them,  H. 
Hom.  Merc.  ^16;  οδύνη  με  λάζνται, 
pain  seizes  me : — sometimes  also  in 
Att.,  Eur.  Bacch.  503,  Med.  956,  H. 
F.  943,  Ar.  Lvs.  209,  and  άντελάζντο, 
Eur.  Med.  Γ213,  ubi  v.  Pors.  The 
act.  forms  7.άζω  and  λαζύω  occur  in 
no  good  writer.  (From  AAB-,  λαμ- 
βάνω, cf  νιζω  νίπτω,  δίζ7]μι  διφάω.) 

Αάζνμαι,  collat.  form  of  foreg.,  q.  ν 

Αάζω,=λακτίζω:    hence    metaph. 
823 


ΛΑΘΡ 

also  =  υβρίζω,  but  prob.  only  in 
Gramin.  As  act.  of  λύζομαι  it 
seems   barbarous. 

Αάθα,  ας,  ή,  Dor.  for  λήθη. 

Αύϋάνεμος,  ov,  {λήθη,  άνεμος)  Dor. 
for  Άηθάν.,  escaping  wind,  calm,  still, 
ώρα,  Simon.  18.  [ΰν] 

Αύθαργος,  ov,  6,   a  bit  of  leather, 

Nic.  [λα] 

Αΰθίμεν,  Ep.  for  λαθΰν,  inf.  aor. 
of  λανβανω. 

Ααθήβης,  ov,  6,  {λιιΟέσθαι,  ηβη) 
having  forgotten  youth,  old. 
■    Αΰθητικός,  ή,  όν,  {λαθεΐν)  of  οτ  be- 
longing to  hiding:  likely  to  escape  notice, 
Arist.^ihet.  1,  12,5. 

ΑΰθΙκιιόής,  ές,  [λαθεΐΐ',  Kf/δος)  ban- 
ishing care,  epith.  of  the  mother's 
breast,  II.  22, 83  :  οίνος,  Alcae.  f'r.  31. 

Ααθίνοστος,  ov,  forgetful  of  return. 

ΑαΟΙπτ'/μων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  {λαθεΙν, 
■πήμα)  banishing  sorrow,  like  λ.αθι,κη- 
6ής,  prob.  1.  Orph. 

Ααθίττοινος,  ov,  {λήθη,  ποινή)  for- 
getful of  vengeance. 

Ααθίττονος,  ov,  {λήθη,  πόνος)  for- 
getful of  sorrow,  grief,  distress,  Soph. 
Aj.  711  ;  βίοτος  όδνναν  λ.,  a  life  for- 
gettingA.e.  free  from  ])ΐή\\,\ά.  Tr.  1021. 

Αύθίφθογγος,  ov,  {λαθεΐν,  φθογγή) 
robbing  of  voice,  striking  dumb,  epith. 
of  death,  Hes.  Sc.  131. 

ΑάΟίώροσύνη,  ης,  ή,  forgetfulness, 
heedlessness.  Αρ.  Rh.,  in  ])lUT. 

Ααθίφρων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  {λαθεΐν, 
φρν^')  f'"'§^(f"'^'  heedless. 

λάθος,  εος,  τό,  Dor.  for  ?α/θος— λή- 
θη, Theocr. 

Αάθοσύνη,  ης,  ή,=  ληθοσννη,  for- 
getfulness :  from 

Αάθόσννος,  η,  ον,^λ.ηθύσννος,  for- 
getting :  causing  forgetfulness. 

Αάθρα,  and  λάθρα,  v.  sub  λάθρη. 
Hence 

Ααθραΐος,  αία,  αίον,  also  ος,  ov, 
secret,  hidden,  concealed,  πημονή,  etc., 
Soph.,  and  Eur.:  άτη  λ.,  a  plague 
that  creeps  on  unseen,  Aesch.  Ag.  1230  ; 
λ.  άσκεΐν  κακά,  to  practice  secret 
frauds.  Soph.  Tr.  381 ;  λ-  θάνατος, 
Andoc.  31,2;  Κνπρις,  Eubul.  Nann. 
1,  8.  Adv.  -ως,  Aesch.,  etc.  :  superl. 
λαθραιότατα,  Antipho  114,  26. 
Hence 

Ααθραώτης,  ητος,  ή,  secresy,  con- 
cealment. 

Αάθρη,  adv.,  Ep.  and  Ion.  for  λά- 
θρα. (ΑΑθ-,  λανθάνω),  secretly,  by 
stealth,  Horn.,  esp.  of  secret  love  :  c. 
gen.,  λάθμη  τινός,  unknown  to  one, 
without  one's  knowledge,  II.,  Hdt.,  and 
Att.  :  treacherously,  ?^ύθρη  κτείναντές 
με,Οά.  17,  80:  imperceptibly,  gradual- 
ly, 11.  19,  165  :  in  Horn.  Cer.  241  we 
have  a  form  λάθρα,  and  in  Att.  λά- 
θρα. Soph.  O.  T.  386,  787,  and  Eur. : 
of  these  λύθρΰ  would  seem  to  be 
neat.  pi.  from  ?ιαθρός,  and  λάθρα,  dat. 
fern,  sing.,  whence  many  edd.,  as 
Dind.  in  Trag.,  Bekker  in  Plat.,  now 
write  it  /Αθρα :  and  on  the  same 
principle  we  should  write  λ,άθρτ/,  in 
Horn.,  V.  Ellendt  Lex.  Soph. 

Αάθρηδόν,  Anth.,  and  λαθρηδά, 
αάν.=λάθρη. 

ίΑαβρία,  ας.  ή,  Lathria,  daughter  of 
Thersander,  Paus.  3,  16,  6. 

Αηθρίδιος,  ία,  ιου,  poet,  for  λΛΟριος. 
Adv.  -ως,  Anth.  [I]        , 

ΑαΟρϊμαΐος,  aia,  aiov,=  sq. 

Αάθβίος,  ov,  (λάθρα)  =λαθραΐος, 
stealthy,  stolen,  Menand.  p.  193,  Call., 
and  Anth.     Adv.  -ως. 

Ααθμοβύλος,  ov,  {λάθρα,  βάλλω) 
hitting  secretly,  δόναξ,  Anth. 

Ααθρυγαμία,  ας,  ή,  {λάθρα,  γάμος) 
α  secret  marriage,  Eccl. 

Ααθροδάκνης,  ον,ό,  {λάθρα,δάκνω) 
824 


ΛΑΙΑ 

biting  secretly  or  maliciously,  κορενς, 
Anth.  :  also  λαθμοδήκτης,  ου,  ό. 

Ααθρύννμφος,  ή.  {λάθρα,  νύμφη) 
secretly  married,  Lyc. 

Ααθρόπους.  ό,  ή.  -πουν,  τό,  gen. 
-ποδός,  stenlthy-paced,  Anth. 

Ααθροφαγέω,  ώ.  to  eat  secretly,  Me- 
tagcn.  Phil.  4  :  from 

Ααθροφάγος,  ov,  {λάθρα,  φυγείν) 
eating  secretly. 

ΑαΟροφονευτής,  οϋ,  ό,  {λάθρα,  φο- 
νεύω) α  secret  murderer,  Eccl. 

Ααβυρίς,  ίδος,  ή,  a  plant,  lathyris, 
Diosc. 

Αάθϋρος.  ου,  ό,  a  kind  of  ptdse, 
vetchling,  Anaxandr.  Prot.  1,  43,  and 
Theoi)hr.  [a] 

Αάθω,  1  subj.,  and  λαθών,  part., 
aor.  of  λανθάνω,  [ΰ] 

Aai-,  insep.  prertx,  with  intens. 
sigiif.  like  λα-  and  λί-,  but  like  them 
found  only  in  a  few  compds.,  as  λαί- 
μαργος,  ace.  to  old  Granmi.,  λαίσκα- 
προς,  λαίσπαις,  λαισποδίας,  λανψη- 
ρύς. 

Ααιά,  ΰς,  ή,  usu.  in  plur.  λαιαί, 
stones,  used  as  weights  to  keep  the 
threads  of  the  warp  straight  in  the 
upright  loom,  Arist.  Gen.  An.  1,  4,  6  ; 
5,  7,  18: — also  written  λεία,  λέα, 
which  would  make  the  word  belong 
to  λείος,  smooth,  whereas,  λαία 
clearly  points  to  λάας. 

iAatntoi,  ων,  ol,  the  Laeaei,  a  peo- 
ple of  Macedonia  on  the  Strymon, 
Thuc.  2,  96. 

tAaiai'(5pi'f,  ίδος,  ή,  (prop.  fem.  pa- 
tron.) Lacandris,  wife  of  the  Spartan 
Anaxander,  Paus.  3,  14,  4. 
tAai'af,  ov,  ό,  Laeas,  son  of  Hyraeus, 
Paus.  3, 15,  8. — 2.  Ααίας,  ό,  JLa'ias,  a 
king  in  Elis,  Paus.  5,  4,  5. 

^ΑαιβΙνος,  ου,  ό,  the  Rom.  Laemnus, 
Plut. 

Αάΐβολέω,  ω,  {λάας,  βάλλω)  to 
throw  stones  at,  pelt.     Hence 

Αάίβολία,  ας,  ή,  a  pelting  with 
stones. 

Αάϊγξ,  ϊγγος,  ή.  Dim.  from  λ.άας,  a 
small  stone,  pebble,  Od.  5,  433,  though 
Ap.  Rh.  calls  it  βαρεία.  (Hence  Lat. 
lapis. ) 

Ααίδως,  ον,=  λαιός. 

Ααΐόος,  τό,=  λ.ήδος,  a  light  thin  gar- 
ment. 

Ααιδρός,  ά,  όν,  bold,  forward,  impu- 
dent, Nic. 

^Αάίειος,  a,  ov,  of  or  relating  to  La'ius, 
Soph.  O.  T.  451. 

Ααίθαργος,  ov,  of  a  dog  that  bites 
secretly ;  also  λάθαργος.  Soph.  Fr.  902, 
Ar.  Eq.  1068. 

Ααικύζω,  to  wench,  Ar.  Eq.  167, 
Thesm.  57.  (Perh.  from  ληκώ,  if 
not  like  λαικάτη,  from  λ,αός,  hat.  pxi- 
dicitiam  publicare.) 

Ααΐϋάς,  άδος,  ή,  a  harlot,  Aristaen. 

Ααικαστήρ,  ήρας,  o,=:sq. 

Ααικαστής,  ov,  ό,  {  λαιαάζω  )  a 
ivencher,  Ar.  Ach.  79. 

Ααικάστρια,  ας,  ή.  fem.  from  λαι- 
καστήρ.  a  harlot,  Ar.  Ach.  529. 

Ααικάτη.  ης,  ή,  {λαός)  a  Doric 
word  for  Att.  εκκλησία,  Inscr. 

Λαικάω,  ώ,=:λαίκύζω,  Hesych. 

Λαϊκός,  ή,  όν,  {λαός]  of  from,  be- 
longing to  the  people:  in  Eccl.  a  laic, 
layman,  o[)p.  to  a  priest.     Hence 

Αάΐκόω,  ώ,  to  m.ake  common,  dese- 
crate, Eccl. 

Ααιλαπέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  and  λαιλα- 
πίζω,  {λαΐ?.αφ)  to  agitate  by  storms. 

Ααιλ^απώδης,  ες,  {λαΐλ.αψ,  είδος) 
stormy,  λ.  ϋδωρ,  rain-water,  Hipp. 

Ααΐ?ιαψ,  απος,  ή,  α  hurricane  with 
clouds  and  thick  darkness,  hence  in 
Hom.  usu.  κελ.αινή,  έρεμνή  λ. :  ace. 
to  Arist.  Mund.  a  whirlwind  sweeping 


AAIO 

upwards  (as  some  explain  II.  11,  306, 
'Δεφνρος  βαϋείτ)  λαιλαττι  τύπτων), 
esp.  a  storm  at  sen,  hurricane,  λαίλαπα 
τείνει  Z.ri'f.  II.  16,  365  :  Hom.  some- 
times joins  άνεμος  συν  λ..  Βορέης  ληί• 
λαπι,  Ζί  φνροςλαίλαπι  or  συν  λ.  Ονων. 

^Ααίλιος,  ον,  υ,  the  Roman  Laelius, 
Plut. 

Ααΐμα,  ατός,  τό.  in  Ar.  Αν.  1563, 
seemingly  as  a  play  upon  the  words 
λήμύ,  αίμα,  and  λαιμός. 

Ααιμάζω,=  /.αιμάσσω. 

Ααιμαργέω,  ώ,  to  be  greedy  or  glut- 
tonous ;  and 

Ααιμαργία,  ας,  ή,  gluttony.  Plat. 
Rep.  619  15,  Legg.  Θ88  A  :  from 

Λαίμαργος,  ov,  greedy,  glullotwus, 
Theophr. :  hence — II.  talkative,  like 
■γλώσσαργος,  -γλώσσαλγος.  (Ace.  to 
Gramm.  from  λαι-  and  μάργος,  but 
perh.  more  correctly  from  /Μίμυς  and 
αργός,  and  so  strictly  active  with  the 
throat.) 

Ααιμάσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  {λαιμός)  to 
swallow  greedily,  devour  :  intr.  to  be 
greedy  or  hungry,  Ar.  Eccl.  1178. 

Ααιμάω,  u,=foreg. 

Λαιμητόμος,  ov,  and  λΜίμήτομος, 
ov,  for  λαιμοτ-,  Anth. 

Aaiaia,  ας,  ή,  {?•.αιμός)  gluttony, 
very  dub. 

Ααιμίζω,  {λαιμός)  to  cut  the  throat, 
slaughter,  Ttva,  Lyc. 

Ααιμυδακής,  ές,  {λαιμός,  όάκνω) 
throat-biting,  Anth. 

Ααιμοπεδη.  ης,  ή,  {λχιιμός,  πέδη)  α 
dog-collar,  Leon.  Tar. — 11.  a  springe 
for  catching  b.rds,  Anth. 

Ααιμύρϋτος,  ov,  {λαιμός,  ρί-ω)  gush- 
ing from  the  throat,  σφαγή,  Eur.  Hel. 
355  :  also  λαιμο()[)υτος. 

Λαιμός,  οϋ,  ό,  tlie  throat,  gullet, 
Horn.,  always  of  men  ;  later  of  ani- 
mals, Eur.  Supp.  1201.  Ar.  Av.  1560: 
also  in  plur.,  Eur.  Ion  1065,  Phocn. 
1092.  (Akin  to  'λάμος:  thought  to 
be  AAB-,  λαμβάνω.) 

Aat^of,  oi',=Xnt/ii'pof  III.,  Meincke 
Menand.  p.  41,  455. 

Ααιμότμητος,  ov ,=^λαιμητόμητος, 
κάρα,  Eur.  Phoen.  455  :  λ.  άχεα,  cut- 
throat woes,  Ar.  Thesm.  1054. 

Λαιμητομέω,  ώ,  {λαιμός,  τέμνω)  to 
cut  the  throat,  λ.  τινά,  to  slay,  Plut. 
Hence 

Ααιμοτύμητος,  ov,  with  the  throat 
cut,  rejected  by  Pors.  Hec.  207,  de- 
fendetl  by  Lob.  Phryn.  588. 

Λαιμητόμος,  ov,  {λαιμός  τέμνω) 
throat-cutting,  Eur.  El.  459,  I.  T.  444. 
— II.  proparox.  'λαιμητόμος,  ov,  with 
the  throat  cut.  severed  by  the  throat,  Id. 
Ion  1055,  I.  A.  776. 

Λαιμώσσω,  Att.  ■ττω,=^?Μΐμίϊσσω 
Hippoii. 

Ααΐνα,  ή,=χλαΐνα,  Lat.  laena,  like 
λιίαρός  for  χ?^αρός,  Strab. 

Λάΐνεος,  έα,  εον,=λάϊνος,  II.  22, 
154,  Eur.,  etc.  [I] 

ίΛαί'ΐίλλα,  ης,  ή,  Laenilla,  fem.  pr. 
n.,  Aei.  V.  H.  7,  15. 

Λάϊνος,  η,  ov,  {/ιάας)  of  stone,  stony, 
like  λίθινος.  Hom.  :  λύϊνον  ίσσο  χι- 
τώνα, thou  hadst  had  a  coal  of  stone, 
i.  e.  thou  hadst  been  stoned,  11.  3,  57  ; 
others,  and  perh.  better,  take  it  sim- 
ply, thou  hadst  been  buried  in  tomb 
of  stone,  cf.  λ.  τάφος,  Soph.  Ο.  C. 
1596,  λ.  μνήμα,  Eur.  El.  328. 

Λάίνος,  γη,  cultivated  land,  Hesych. : 
from 

Aalov,  ov,  TO,  Dor.  for  λήϊον,  q.  v. 
— II.  ^δρέπανον,  a  sickle. 

Λάιος,  ου,  ό,  a  bird  of  the  thrush 
kind,  Arist.  H.  A. 

Ααιής,  ά,  όν,  left,  λαιΰς  χειρός,  on 
the  left,  Aesch.  Pr.  714  :  left-handed, 
awkwaid,  Lat.  laevus,  cf.  σκαίό^. 


ΛΑΚΑ 

tAdiOf,  ον,  ό,  Lahts,  son  of  Labda- 
cus,  father  of  Oedipus,  king  of 
Thebes,  Soph. ;  etc.  [a] 

ίΑαιονς,  or  better  Ααίνονς,  ό,  Lai- 
nus,  a  ship  owner  of  Chios,  Strab.  p. 
645. 

Ααωτομέω,  ώ,  (λαΐον,  τέμνω)  to 
vlough  land,  Theocr.  10,  3. 

tAuif,  ίδος,  ή,  Lais,  name  of  two 
celebrated  courtesans  of  Corinth,  the 
elder,  born  at  Hybbara  in  Cilicia  ;  the 
younger  at  Corinth,  Ar.  Plut.  179 ; 
Ael.  V.  H.  10.  2  ;  etc. 

Ααίσαιοφόρος,  ov,  {φέρο)  bearing  a 
Τι,αισι'μον. 

Ααισήϊον,  ου,  τό,  a  kind  of  shield, 
always  distinct  from  ίσπίς,  and  prob. 
lighter,  hence  πτερόεντα.  11.  5,  453  ; 
12,  426  :  ace.  to  Hdt.  7,  91,  they  were 
covered  with  raw  hides,  and  used  by 
the  Cilicians  instead  of  the  commor. 
άσ-ίδες:  cf  Muller  Archaol.d.  Kunst 
^  342,  6.  (This  account  favours  the 
deriv.  from  λάσιος  :  but  is  more  prob. 
from  λαώς,  the  left-hand  armour.) 

Ααίσκαττμος,  ov,  {λαι-,  κύττρος) 
very  lewd  or  lustful. 

Ααίσπαις,  6,  (?.αι-.παΐς)=βον-αις. 

Ααιστοδιας,  ov,  ό,  (λαί-,  σ~οδέω) 
one  who  is  very  lewd  or  lustful :  as 
prop.  n.  in  Ar.  Av.  1569,  with  a  play 
on  7.αώς,  -ττούς,  Laespodias,  an  Ath- 
enian general,  Thuc.  6,  105. 

^Ααιστρϋγόνιος,  a,  ov,  of  the  Laes- 
trygones,  Laestrygonian,  Od.  23,  318  ; 
from 

ίΑαίστρϋγών,  όνος,  ό,  a  Laestrygo- 
nian, usu.  in  pi.  oi  Ααιστρνγόνες,  the 
Laesirygoiiians,  an  ancient  giant  race, 
Od.  10,  119,  by  some  placed  in  Sicily, 
Thuc.  6,  2  ;  others  again  assign  them 
to  the  western  coast  of  Italy  below 
Formiae. 

Ααΐτμα,  TO,the  deep  sea,  the  profound, 
Horn.  esp.  Od.,  usu.  λ.  θα/.άσσης,  or 
/.αΐτμα  alone  ;  also,  ύ/.ος  μέγα  λ.,  11. 
19,  267.  (Prob.  akin  to  λαιαός,  λά- 
μος,  with  τ  inserted,  hence=/3ai?of, 
Βένθος.) 

Αάϊτος,  ov,  contr.  ?ιαΐτος.  Ion.  λ?/- 
ΪΓος,  also  7ίέϊτος  and  λι)τος,  (?.αός) 
of  or  belonging  ίο  the  people,  public,  v. 
λήϊτον.  [α] 

Ααΐ(Ι)άζω,=^/.άπτω,  λαρυσσω,  Nic. 

Ααίφ!),  ης,  ή,  rare  collat.  form  of 
sq..  Call.  Fr.  245. 

ΑαΙφος,  {τό)  a  shabby,  tattered  gar- 
ment, Od.  13,  399  ;  20,  206 :  hence  in 
genl.  a  robe,  garment :  and  like  φάρος, 
cloth,  esp.  sail-cloth,  a  sail,  Trag. 
(Akin  to  Άώ-ος,  λώττη.) 

ΑαιιΡηρόδραμυς,  ov,  ( λαιφηρός, 
δραμείν)  swift-running,  Eur.  I.  A. 
207. 

Ααιφηρός,  ά,  όν,  light,  Hom.,  esp. 
in  phrase  ?.ai\}'?jpu  γούνατα  :  of  per- 
sons, light-footed,  suift ,  II.  21,  264  ;  so 
of  darts,  lb.  278:  also  in  Find.,  and 
Eur.  Adv.  -ρύς.  (No  doubt  from 
7ml-  and  Tpaipcj :  aitpa  from  αίφη- 
ρός,  cf  Λ,  init.) 

Αάκύζω,^ληκέίύ,  ?.άσκω,  to  shout, 
howl,  Aesch.  Theb.  186,  Suppl.  872. 

Αάκύϋη,  ης,  ή.  a  kind  of  tree,  prob. 
a  kind  oi  elm,  Theophr.  [κΰ] 

Αύκαινα,  ης,  ή,  fem.  of  Αάκων, 
Lat.  Lacaena,  Laconian,  χώρα,  Hdt. 
7, 235.  and  Eur. :  also  Αύκαινα  alone, 
Xen.  Hel.  7,  1,  29.-2.  more  usu. 
with  or  without  ■}'υνή  or  κόρα,  a  La- 
conian ii'oman.  Theogn.  96,  etc. — 3. 
sub.  κνλίξ,  Laconian  cup,  Ar.  Fr.  3, 
cf.  Lob.  Phryn  ^341.  [Αά] 

Αάκάνη.  ης,  η,  Dor.  for  7.εκάνη. 

Αακάρη  and  λακάρτη,  ης,  7;,=λα- 
κάθη. 

Αάκατατΐύγων,  ον,:τ=κατα—ύγων, 
with  intens.  prefix  λα-,  Ar.  Ach.  664, 


AAKK 

ubiolim  ?Μκοκαταπνγο}ν,  contra  me- 
trum  [ί•] 

Αύκάτύράτος,  ov,  =  κατάρατος, 
with  intens.  prefix  λα-,  [τά] 

Αάκαφθυν,  ov,  τό,  an  aromatic  bark, 
an  ingredient  of  the  Aegypt.  κνφι, 
Paul.  Aeg. :  perh.  same  as  νάρκαφθον. 

Αύκε,  3  aor.  2  Ep.  of  λύσκω,  11.  [ά] 

Αακεδαιμονιύζω,  :=Αακωνίζω,  Ar. 
Fr.  08  :  and 

'^Αακεδαιμόνιος,  ov,  ό,  Lncedaemo- 
mus,  an  Athenian,  son  of  Cimon, 
Thuc.  1,  45.— Others  in  Dem.  1301, 
16,  etc. — II.  adj.  ος,  a,  ov,  Lacedaemo- 
nian ;  oi  xS.aK.,  Xen.  Hell.  6,  4,  14 : 
Αακεδαιμονία,  Lacedaemonia,  only  in 
late  wr. :  from 

Αάκεδαίμων,  όνος,  ή,  Lacedaemon, 
the  capital  of  Laconia,  also  Laconia 
itself,  Horn.,  and  Hdt. — II.  ό,  Lace- 
daemon, son  of  Jupiter  and  the  nymph 
Taygete,  Paus.  3,  1,  2  ;  from  him  the 
city  was  fabled  to  be  named,  Apollod. 
3,  10,  3. 

Αακεδών,ή,  (λακέω)  a  voice,  .taying, 
doctrine,  Timon  ap.  Sext.  Emp.  p.  721. 

Αάκεΐν,  inf  aor.  2  of  ?,ύσκω. 

ί^ίακέρεια,  ας,  ή,  Lacerea,  a  city  of 
Thessaly  in  Magnesia,  on  the  lake 
Boebeis,  Find.  P.  3,  59. 

Αάκερο?Μγία,  ή,  talkativeness:  from 

Αΰκερός,  ύ,  όν,  {/.ακείν)  noisy,  talka- 
tive.— II.  torn,  tattered,  ragged,  Lat. 
lacer.  —  III.  in  genl.  useless,  bad. 
Hence 

Αΰκέρνζα,  ης,  ή,  one  that  screams  or 
cries,  Λ.  Κορώνη,  a  cawing  crow,  Hes. 
Op.  745  ;  λ.  κνων,  a  yelping,  barking 
dog.  Inc.  ap.  Plat.  Rep.  607  Β  :— also 
by  metaph.  κελάρυζα.  The  masc. 
λακέρνζος,  is  not  found  till  later,  Jac. 
A.  P.  530.     Hence 

Αάκερνζο),  to  make  a  noise,  also  in 
mid.  (Bymetath.  /ctP.apii^w,  akinto 
κέ7.αδος.  κε7.αδέω.) 

\Αακεστάδης,  ov,  ό,  Lacesiades,  son 
of  Hippolytus,  Paus.  2,  6,  7. 

Αάκέω,  Dor.  for  Λ?;κέω,  Theocr., 
cf.  λάσκω. 

^Αακητήρ,  ήρος,  ό,  T-iaceter,  a  prom- 
ontory of  the  island  Cos,  Strab.  p. 
657. 

i Αακίάδαί,  ώΐ',  οι,  LaciUdae,  an  At- 
tic deme  of  the  tribe  Aeneis  ;  hence 
ό  Αακίάδης,  a  citizen  of  Laciadae, 
Dem. 

^Αακίδης,  ov,  b,  Lacides,  son  of  Me- 
don,  Paus.  2,  19,  2. 

ΑακΙδόυ,  ώ,  {7Μκίς)=λακίζω,  Diod. 

Αακίζω,  (7.ακίς)  to  tear,  rend,  Lyc. 
— \ϊ.=:θοπενυ,  Hesych. 

^Αακίνιον,  ον,τό,  Lacinium,  a  prom- 
ontory of  Bruttium,  with  a  celebrated 
temple  of  Juno  (Lacinia),  Theocr.  4, 
33. 

^Αακηηάς,  άδος,  η.  fem.  adj.  Lacini- 
an,  epith.  of  Juno,  Dion.  P.  [«-] 

\Αάκιος,  ov,  b,  Lacius,  masc.  pr.  n., 
Ath.  297  F. 

Αακίς,  ίδος,  ή,  a  rent,  rending,  Al- 
cae.  2.  Aesch.,  etc. :  oft.  in  plur.,  7.a- 
κίδες  έσθημάτων,  νφασμάτων.  Aesch. 
Cho.  28,  Pers.  835;  but  λακίδες  -ε- 
π7.ων,  rags,  tatters,  Ar.  Ach.  423,  cf 
λάσκω.  (Akin  to  ()άκος,  v.  Miill.  Dor. 
2,  2,  ()  7,  n.) 

Αάκισμα,  ατός,  τό,  (,λακί'ω)  that 
which  is  torn,  in  plur.  tatters,  Eur.  Tro. 
497.  [u] 

Αάκιστός,  ή,  όν,  (λακίζω)  torn, 
rent,  split,  Antiph.  Paed.  1  :  μόρος  λ., 
death  by  rending,  Luc. 

ΑακκαΙος,  αία.  utov.  {7ΛκκQς)from 
the  cistern,  νδωρ  λ.,  Anaxil.  Aul.  1. 

Αακκόπεδον,  ov,  τό,  the  scrotum. 

Αακκόπ7.οντος,  ov,  ό,  ( λάκκος, 
π7.οϋτος)  pit-wealth,  comic  nickname 
of  CalUas,  who  was  said  to  have 


ΛΑΚΤ 

found  a  treasure  that  had  been  thrown 
into  a  well  during  the  Persian  war, 
Plut.  Aristid.  5. 

Αακκοπυιός,  όν,  (7ιάκκος,  ποιέω) 
making  wells  or  cisterns. 

Αακκοττρωκτία,  ας,  ή,  lewdness,  Eu- 
pol.  Incert.  2,  4  :  from 

Αακκόττρωκτος,  ov,  {λάκκος,  ττρωκ- 
τός)  loose-breeched,  like  εί•ρν~ρωκτος, 
and  so  a  leud  person,  esp.  an  adulterer, 
Ar.  Nub.  1330,  cf  ι^αφανιδόω. 

Αακκόττϋγος,  ov,  {/λάκκος,  7:νγή)^=. 
foreg.,  V.  λακ-. 

ΑΑ'ΚΚΟΣ,  ov,  6,  also  7ΜΚος,  any 
hollow,  a  hole,  pit,  Hdt.  4,  195  :  esp.  a 
cistern,  tank,  Ar.  Eccl.  154,  Alex.  Pann. 
3,  9  :  also  like  βόθρος  and  σιρύς,  a  pAt 
for  wine,  oil,  grain,  etc.,  a  cellar,  Xen. 
An.  4,  2,22:  in  Hdt.  7,  119,  a  pond  on 
which  water-fowl  were  kept,  Lat.  vi- 
varium. (The  Lat.  LAC  US,  lacu- 
na.) 

Αακκοσχέας,  ov,  ό,  (λάκκος,  όσχέα) 
with  a  hanging  scrotwn,  Luc.  Lexiph. 
12. 

Αακκώδης,  ες,  (7ιάκκος,  είδος)  like 
or  fit  for  pits,  Geop. 

'(Αάκμων,  αίνος,  ό,  Hdt.  9,  92,  and 
Αάκμος,  ov,  b,  Strab.  p.  271,  Lacmon 
or  Lacmus,  the  northern  part  of  Pin 
dus,  between  Thessaly  and  Macedo- 
nia. 

Αακόπϋγος,ον,=7Μκκό-υγος,Α\ή]Ά. 

Αύκος,  ό,:=7.ύκκος. 

Αάκος,  ό,  (λΰκεϊν)  noise,  esp.  by 
tearing. 

ΑΑΚΟΣ,  τό,—  λακίς,  q.  v.  [ώ] 

Αακτΐάτέω,  ώ,  for  λάξ  πατέω,  to 
trample  on,  Pherecr.  Petal.  6:  hence 

Αακτζάτητος,  ov,  trampled  on,  trod- 
den down.  Soph.  Ant.  1275,  ubi  Br. 
7.αξ-!τάτητον,  cf  Lob.  Phryn.  414,  and 
7ιεω-άτητος.  [~ΰ] 

^Αΰκράτης,  ους,  ό,  Lacratcs,  a  Spar- 
tan, victor  at  the  Olympic  games, 
Xen.  Hell.  2,  4,  33.-2.  a  leader  of 
the  Aetolians,  Paus.  10,  20,  4.-3.  a 
son  of  Pyrrhus,  Id.  6,  19,  8. 

^Αακρατίδας,  a,  b,  Lacratidas,  a 
Spartan  ephor,  Plut.  Lys.  30:  Dor. 
form  of  sq. 

^Αύκρατίδης,  ov,  b,  (prop,  patron, 
from  Αακράτης)  Lacratides,  an  early 
Athenian  archon,  .\r.  Ach.  220.— 2.  a 
presiding  priest  at  Eleusis,  Isae.  04, 
18. 

^ϊΰκρίνης,  ό,  Lacrines,  a  Spartan 
amljassador,  Hdt.  1,  152. 

^Αάκριτος,  ov,  ό,  Lacritus,  a  sophist 
of  Phaselis  in  Asia,  a  pupil  of  Isocra- 
tes,  against  whom  one  of  the  orations 
of  Dem.  is  directed. 

Αακτίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  pf  7.ε7.άκτικα,  Ar. 
Nub.  136,  (7.άξ)  to  kick  with  the  heel 
or  foot,  staijip  or  trample  on,  oft.  C.  acc. 
λ.  ττοσι  -julav,  Od.  18,  99,  φλόξ  αιθέ- 
ρα λακτίζηισα  κα-νώ.  flames  lashiyig 
heaven  with  smokej  Pind.  1.  4,  113; 
κραδία  φόβω  φρένα  7.ακτίζει,  my  heart 
knocks  against  my  breast  for  fear, 
Aesch.  Pr.  881  ;  7.ακτ.  τον  -πεσόντα, 
to  trample  on  the  fallen.  Id.  Ag.  885  ; 
so  λ.  βωμόν  εις  άφάνεκιν,  to  trample 
on  the  altar  so  as  vitterly  to  destroy 
it,  lb.  383,  cf.  __Eur.  Rhes.  411 :  hence 
in  pass.,  νπόΙιητον  7.ακτισθείς,  Xen. 
An.  3,  2,  18.-2.  absol.  to  kick,  λ.  προς 
κέντρα,  to  kick  against  the  pricks, 
Pind.  P.  2,  174,  Aesch.  Ag.  1624,  cf. 
Pr.  323,  etc.  ;  so,  τνρος  κϊμα  7..,  Eui. 
I.  T.  1396: — also  to  struggle  coni-ul- 
sively.  quiver,  throb,  Od.  22,  88  ;  and  so 
of  a  child  in  the  womb,  Ar.  Thesm. 
509.     Hence 

Αακτικός,  ή,  όν,  of  or  belonging  to 
kicking ;  ή  λακτική,  sub.  τέχνη,  kick' 
ing  in  wrestling,  as  opp.  to' ττνκτική, 
Oenom. 

825 


ΛΑΛΕ 

Μκτις,  ίος,  ή.  (/^άξ,  λακτίζω)  α 
pestle.  Call.  Fr.  178,  and  Nic. 

Λάκτισμα,  ατός,  τό,  {λακτίζω)  α 
kick,  whether  given  or  received:  a 
kkkiii;;  over,  trampling  on,  δείΐτνον, 
Aesch.  Ag.  1601. 

Αακτισμός,  ov,  b,  {λακτίζω)  a  kick- 
ing. 

Αακτιστής,  ov.  ό,  (λακτίζω)  one  who 
kicks  or  tramvles,  ίπποι  λ.,  kicking 
horses,  Xen.  Mem.  3,  3,  4 ;  λ.  ληνον, 
a  treader  of  grapes,  Anth.     Hence 

Λακτιστικός,  ή,  όν,  addicted  to  kick- 
ing or  stamping. 

ίΑΰκνι^ης•,  ου,  6,  Lacydes.  an  Aca- 
demic of  Cyrene,  Anth. ;  Diog.  L.  4, 
8.  [r] 

AuKUV,  ωνος,  b,  a  Laconian  or  La- 
cedaemonian,  and  as  adj.  Laconian. 
Find.,  etc. :  cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  341  : 
pecul.  fern.  Αάκαινα,  q.  v. — II.  pr.  n., 
Lacon,  a  Plataean,  Thuc.  3,  53. — 2. 
name  of  a  slave  in  Theocr.  5,  5.  [Aa] 
Hence 

Αάκωνίζω,  to  imitate  Lacedaemonian 
manners,  dress,  etc.,  Plat.  Prot.  342  Β 
sq.,  Xen.    Hell.  4,  8,   18 :   hence  to 
speak  laconically,  Plut. — II.  to  he  in  the 
Lacedaemonian    ι   .erest,    to    Lacenize,  < 
Xen.  Hell.  4,  4,  2,  Isocr.,  etc.— 111.=  j 
■παιδεραστέο),  with  which  the  Laced,  ι 
were  reproached,  Ar.  Fr.  3:32,  Eupol.  | 
Incert.  2  ;  v.  also  κνσολύκον.   Hence 

Αΰκωνικός,  i),    ov,   Laconian ;    oi  . 
Αακ.=Αάκωνες,  Ar.  Nub.  180:  esp.  i 
— I.  7/   Αακωνικί],  sub.    γη,   Laconia,  \ 
Thuc,  etc.— 2.  sub.  κρηπίς,  a  kind  of  | 
man's  shoe,    Ar.  Vesp.    1158. —  II.   το 
Αακωνικον  κλειδίον,  a  kmd  of  key, 
Ar.  Thesm.  423,  v.  Sahnas.  Solin.  p. 
650  sq. — III.  TO  Αακ.,  Laconian  steel, 
famous  for  its  temper. 

Αάκωνίς,  ίδος,  pecul.  fern,  of  foreg., 
USU.  sub.  γυνή,  a  Laconian  tvom.an : 
also  sub.  γτ),  the  Laconian  land,  in  full 
Αακωνις  γαία,  Η.  Hom.  Αρ.  410. 

Αάκωνισμός,  ov,  6,  (Αακωνίζω)  the 
imitation  of  Lacedaemonian  manners, 
dress,  etc.,  esp.  of  their  pointed  way 
of  talking,  Cic.  Fam.  11,  25,  2.— II.  α 
being  in  the  Lacedaemonian  interest.  La- 
conism,  a  grave  crime  at  Athens,  Xen. 
Hell.  4,  4,  15. 

Αΰκωνιστής,  ov,  6,  (Αακωνίζω)  one 
who  imitates  or  takes  part  with  the  La- 
cedaemonians, Xen.  Hell.  1,  1,  32. 

Αάκωνομανέω,  ω,  (Αάκων,  μαίνο- 
μαι) Ό  be  mad  after  the  Lacedaemonians, 
to  have  a  Laconomania,  Ar.  Av.  1281. 

Αάλΰγέω,  ώ.  f.  -ήσω,  to.prattle,  bab- 
ble, PinJ.  O.  9,  60  :  of  birds  and  grass- 
hoppers, to  chirrup,  chirp,  Theocr.  5, 
48  ;  7,  139  ;  cf.  λαλέω :  from 

Λαλαχτ/,  ης,  ή,  {?Μλαξ)  prattle,  bab- 
bling, 0pp. 

Ααλι'ιγημα,  ατός,  ro,=  foreg.,  Anth. 

Αΰλα)'7/Γ7/Γ.  ου,  ο,  a  prattler,  babbler. 

Αΰλάζω,^λαλαγΕω,  to  babble,  mur- 
mur, of  water,  Anacr.  90. 

Λ.\'ΑΑΞ,  άγος,  ύ.  a  prattler,  babbler, 
croaker :  esp.  of  the  green  frog,  else- 
where κέρβερος.  Hesych.,  cf.  βύβαξ. 
Cf.  λαλέω.     [λα] 

ΑΑΆΕΏ,  ώ,  f.  -7/σω,  to  talk,  chat- 
ter, babble,  Soph.  Fr.  667.  Ar.,  etc. ; 
ίπου  καΐ  μη  λάλει,  Ar.  Eccl.  1059, 
cf.  Vesp.  1135 :  λ.  τινι,  to  talk  to  one, 
Αηλών  ^1'  όδοίς  σεαντώ,  Ar.  Eq.  348  : 
■ — opp.  to  λέγειν,  as,  λαλεΐν  άριστος 
άδνΐ'ατώτατος  ?^γειν,  Eujiol.  Dein. 
8  :  and  so  in  genl.  to  talk,  say,  Soph. 
Phil.  1 10.  Strictly  to  make  a  babbling, 
prattling  sound,  as  monkeys  and  dogs, 
Λαλοϊίσί  μέν  ούτοι,  ώράζονσι  δε  ού, 
they  utter  sounds  inueed,  but  speak 
not,  Plut.  2,  909  A :  hence  also  of 
birds,  locusts,  to  tivitter,  chirp,  Mosch. 
Θ26 


ΛΑΜΒ 

3,  113,  Theocr.  5,  34:  of  musical 
sounds,  iv  ανλώ  λαλεΙν,  Theocr.  20, 
29  ;  also  c.  ace.  cognato,  μάγαδιν  λα- 
λεΐν, to  sound  the  magadis,  Anaxandr. 
'Οπλομ.  1.  (To  λαλέω  belong  λά?-σς, 
λ.αλιύ.  λΑλ-η.  7.ίιλαξ,  λα7.αγ),  λάλα- 
γέω, also  ΰλαλή, άλαλη;?/,  α7ιαλάζω  : 
cf.  Lat.  lidlare.  Germ,  lallen,  our  lull, 
lullaby :  the  wliole  seem  to  be  onom- 
atop.)    Hence 

Αύλΐ],  ης,  ή,=λα?Μΐ,  prob.  1.  Luc. 
Hence 

Αάληβρος,  ov,  {?Μλέω)  talkative. 
Lye.  [a] 

Αάλημα,  ατός,  τή,  (λαλ^ω)  talk, 
prattle,  Eur.  Andr.  937,  Eubul.  Titan. 

1.  Mosch.  1,8.-11. =  Za/'i7?r7;f,  a  prater, 
chatter-box.  Soph.  Ant.  320.  [a] 

Αύλησις,  εως,  τ/,=^λαλιά. 

Αάλητέος,  u,  ov,  verb.  adj.  from 
λαλέω,  to  be  talked  of. — 2.  vocal,  Anth. 

Αυλητής,  ov,  b,  a  talker,  prater. 
Hence 

Αάλητικός,  η,  όν,  (λαλέω)  given  to 
babbling,  Ar.  Eq.  1381. 

Αΰλητός,  ή.  όν,  (λαλέω)  endued 
with  speech. — II.  talked  of,  LXX. 

Αάλητρίς,  ίδος,  η,  fern,  of  λαλητής, 
Anth. 

Αΰλίά,  ας,  η,  (λ.αλέω)  talking,  bab- 
bling, gossip,  λΜλιάν  άσκήσαι,  επιτη- 
δεΰσαι,  Ar.  Nub.  931,  Ran.  1069: 
talkativeness,  Theophr.  Char.  8  (7). — 

2.  common  talk,  report,  Polyb. — 3.  in 
good  sense,  α  discussion.  Id. — II.  afoim 
of  speech,  dialect,  N.  T. 

Αάλιος,  ία,  lov,  poet,  for  λά7.ος, 
Mel.  94. 

Αάλλ.αι,  ων,  ai,  pebbles,  from  their 
prattling  in  the  stream,  Theocr.  22,  39. 

Αα7.οβαρνπαραμε7.ορυΟμοβάτ7]ς,  ό, 
a  harsh,  heavy,  discordant  talker,  comic 
word  in  Pratin.  ap.  Ath.  017  E. 

Αΰλόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  poet,  for  sq. 

Αύλυς,  ov,  (λαλέω)  talkative,  bab- 
bling, Epich.  p.  80,  Eur.  Supp.  462, 
Ar.,  etc.:  7m7.oi  πτέρυγες,  Mel.:  to 
λ.,=  7ιαλιά,  Plut. — Irr.  compar.  7.αλί• 
στερος,  Ar.  Ran.  91,  superl.  λαλίστα- 
τος, Eur.  Cycl.  315.  [λΰ] 

ιΑύλος.  ov,  b,  Lalus,  masc.  pr.  n,, 
Q.  Sm.  11,  90. 

Adua.  TO,  Dor.  for  λ?)μα,  dub.,  v. 
Jac.  A.  P.  p.  134. 

Ααμαχίππιον,  ov,  τό,  burlesque 
word,  little  jockey  Lamachus,  in  Ar. 
Ach.  1206:  from 

ίΑάμαχος,  ov,  ό,  Lamachus,  an  Athe- 
nian, son  of  Xenophanes,  a  comman- 
der in  the  Peloponnesian  war,  Thuc. 
0,  8,  etc. ;  Aristoph.  is  fond  of  pun- 
ning on  his  name,  v.  foreg. — 2.  of 
Myrina,  writer  of  an  eulogium  on 
Alexander,  Plut.  Dem.  9.    From 

Αάμάχος,  ov,  very  warlike,  a  well- 
known  Athen.  name,  v.  foreg.  (Usu. 
from  7.U-,  μάχη  .-—yet  the  deriv.  from 
λαός,  μάχη,  like  λαγέτης.  champion 
of  the  people,  deserves  attention.) 

Αάμβα,  ή,  a  large  .'!ea-fish,  usu.  λα- 
μία. — 1\.=  7Μμος,  a  chasm. 

Ααμβάνω,  lengthd.  from  root  AAB-.• 
fut.  λήΦομαι,  Ion.  7-άμ-φομαι,  as  in 
Hdt.,  Dor.  7.αύ)θϊψαι  and  λαψενμαι : 
perf  ε'ιληφα.  Ion.  λε7Μ3ηκα  also  in 
Hdt. :  perf.  pa.ss.  ε'ιλημμηι.  rarely  λέ- 
λημμαι,  as  Aesch.  Ag.  876,  Eur.  Ion 
1113,  Cycl.  433;  Ion.  λέλαμμαι :  aor. 
έ7.ΰβον,  Ep.  ελλαβον,  imperat.  λάβε, 
part,  λαβών,  ονσα,  όν,  inf  7.αβειν, 
Ep.  and.  Ion.  7Μ3εσκον,  Hes.,  and 
Hdt. :  aor.  mid.  έλάβέιμην :  aor.  pass. 
ί7.ήφθην,  Ion.  έ7.ύμφβην,  Hdt. — Of 
these  tenses  Hom.  uses  only  aor.  act., 
and  twice  in  Od.  aor.  mid.,  viz.  έ7.λά- 
βετο,  5.  325,  λεληβέσθαι,  4,  388.— 
The  orig.  signf.  of  the  word  is  two- 
fold ;  one  to  take,  the  other  to  receive. 


ΛΑΜΒ 

A.  to  take,  take  hold  of,  grasp,  seize, 
oft.  with  χειρί  or  χερσί,  e.  g.  χειρί 
χείρας  λαβείν,  11.21,286 ;  and  nietapb. 
φρενι,  νόω  λαβείν,  to  apprehend,  Hdt. 
3,  41 ;  9;  10 :  when  this  action  refers 
only  to  apart,  this  part  is  put  in  genit., 
while  the  whole  remams  m  ace,  e.  g. 
τΐ/ν  πτέρι>γος  7.άβεν,  caught  her  by 
the  wing,  11.  2,  316:  hence,  the  ace. 
of  the  whole  being  left  out,  λαμβάνω 
takes  genit.  of  part  only,  as  γουνών, 
ποδών,  Hom.  ;  άγκας7.αβέτ7]ν  ΰ77.η- 
?.ων,  they  took  hold  of  one  another 
with  their  arms,  11.  23,  711,  and  so  in 
mid.,  Hdt.  4,  64;  9,  76:  but  mid. 
more  usu.  means  to  seize  and  keep 
hold  of,  also  c.  gen.,  σχεδίης,  Od.  5, 
325,  which  usage  is  freq.  Att.  in  signf. 
to  get  hold  of,  make  one's  own,  Heind. 
Plat.  Protag.  347  Ε  :  metaph.,  λαβε- 
σθαι  τών  ορών,  to  take  to  the  hills, 
gain  them,  Thuc.  3,  24  :  cf.  άπτομαι: 
— Ααμβάνω  was  soon  transferred  n-om 
bodily  seizure  to — 1.  passions,  impuls- 
es, etc.,  as  μένος,  φυβος,  άλγος  έλ• 
λαβε  θνμόν — τρόμος,  κάματος,  λάβε 
γνία,  Horn.,  et  c.  dupl.  ace,  Ruhnk. 
Ep.  Crit.  p.  212 :  later  esp.  of  sick- 
nesses, ό  πυρετός  λ.  Hipp. — 2.  pos- 
sessimi,  inspiration  by  a  god,  Hdt.  4, 
79,  also  esp.  in  pass.,  λαμβύνεσθαι 
θεώ :  so,  όταν  άτη  λάβτι  άνδρα,  II.  24, 
480. — II.  to  catch,  come  upon,  overtake, 
as  an  enemy,  II.  5,  159;  so  in  inid., 
Od.  4,  388 :  also  of  things,  to  take 
away,  carry  off,  Od.  9,  41  :  hence — 2. 
Att.  to  meet  with,  find,  Herin.  Soph. 
O.  T.  1342,  though  usu.  in  bad  sense, 
to  catch,  find  out,  detect,  as  early  as 
Hdt.  2,  89  ;  έπ'  αυτοφώρω  λ.,  Ar.  Plut. 
455  :  oft.  c.  part.,  λ.  τινά  ιΐ'ενδόμενον, 
Stallb.  Plat.  Gorg.  473  B,  Rep.  389 
D. — 3.  in  mid.  c.  gen.,  χαλεπώς  λαμ- 
βύνεσθαι τίνος,  to  lay  rough  hands  on 
one,  dealhariWy  ivith  him,  Hdt.  2,  121, 
4. — III.  to  take  in,  receive  hospitably, 
entertain,  like  δέχομαι,  Od.  7,  255; 
more  fully,  ές  κλισίην  λ.,  II.  11,  842  : 
but  this  is  rare. — IV.  to  gain,  win,  κλέ- 
ος 7Μβεΐν,  Od.  1,  298  :  hence  later,  to 
get  by  purchase,  buy. — Y.  in  Hdt.  7, 
42,  την  Ίδην  λαβών  ές  άριστερην 
χέρα.  taking  or  keeping  Ida  to  your 
leit  (like  έχων  four  lines  above) :  so 
/,.  κατά  νώτου,  to  take  in  rear,  i.  e.  be 
behind.  Id.  1,75;  cf.  άπείργω. — VL 
λαμβάνειν  τινά  πίστι  και  δρκίοισι,  to 
bind  one  by  pledge  and  oath,  Hdt.  3, 
74  :  so  also  κητα7.αβεΊν  in  9,  106. — 
Vll.  metaph.  like  όέχομαι,  to  take  a 
thing,  ill,  well,  etc.,  sometimes  in  mid. 
c.  gen.,  also  προς  ορ^ην  λ.,  Lat.  acci- 
pere  in  malam  partem,  or  more  USU. 
προς  οργής,  etc..  also  c.  dat.  opyjy  and 
έν  όργι).  Lob.  Phryn.  10. — 2,  to'  take, 
i.  e.  understand  a  thing  so  and  so,  e.  g•. 
a  passage  of  an  author.  Lat.  accipere, 
Hdt.  7,  142,  cf.  Stallb.  Plat.  Rep.  402 
A  :  hence  in  genl.  to  take  a  thing  as 
tnie,  to  hold  or  believe  it. 

B.  to  have  given  one,  receive,  get,  τέρ- 
ψιν, etc.,  freq.  in  Hdt.,  and  Att. :  in 
raid,  to  get  to  wife,  Hdt.  9,  108.— 2.  of 
a  woman,  to  coiiceive,  more  fully  iv 
γαστρι  λ.,  cf.  έχ^ω  II.  4.-3.  δίκην  λα- 
βείν, to  receive,  ι.  e.  suffer  punishment, 
as  we  say  to  catch  it,  Lat.  dare  pocnas, 
Hdt.  1,  115,  also  την  άξίαν  λ.,  to  get 
his  deserts,  7,  39 :  but  also  to  inflict 
punishment,  Lat.  sumere  poenas,  Isocr., 
etc.,  v.  Elmsl.  Heracl.  852:  for  δοϋναι 
και  λ.  δίκας  v.  sub  δίκη. — II.  the  part. 
7.αβών  is  often,  esp.  in  Att.,  seemingly 
pleon.,  but  in  fact  it  adds  to  the  dra- 
matic effect  of  a  description,  as  7.a- 
βών  κνσε  χείρα,  took  and  kissed,  Od. 
24,  398,  cf.  II.  21,  36,  Valck.  Phoen. 
481,  and  V.  εχω  IV.  lin.    (To  the 


ΛΑΜΠ 

same  root  belong  λάζνμαι,  λάζομαι, 
and  also  *?Μνω,  άττο-λαύω.) 

Λάμβόα,  τό,  indecl. :  hence  ?ιαμβ• 
όΰκίζω,  2αμβδΰκισμός,  ν.  sub  λ. 

Ααμούοειόής,  ίς,  {λάμβόα,  ΐΐδος) 
formed  like  a  A,  βαφή  Λ.  the  suture  in 
the  skull,  between  the  occiput  and 
sinciput ;  also  /.αβδοειδής. 

'\\άμίδων,  οντάς,  6,  Lamedon,  son 
of  Coronus,  king  of  Sicyon,  Paus.  2, 
5,  8. 

^Α.άμεχ,  indecl.  (and  Αάμεχος,  ov, 
Joseph.),  0,  Lamech,  Hebr.  masc.  pr. 
n.,  N.  T. 

ίΑαμ>ιτικός  κό?ί7Τος,  ό,  Lametinus 
sinus,  a  gulf  at  the  mouth  of  the  La- 
metes,  near  Crotona  in  Italy,  Arist. 
Pol.  7,  9,  2. 

Αύμίΰ,  ας,  ή,  or  better  Αύμια, 
Spitzn.  Vers.  H.  p.  30,  Meineke  Me- 
nand.  p.  145,  θύμος)  a  fobulous  mon- 
ster said  to  foed  on  man's  flesh,  a  bug- 
bear to  children,  Ar.  Vesp.  1177,elc.:t 
inMyth.  adaughterof  Beius,  changed 
by  Juno  into  the  foreg.  monster,  be- 
cause she  was  beloved  by  Jupiter.t- 
II.  a  fish  of  -prey,  prob.  a  kind  of  shark, 
also  /Μμνα  and  ?.ύμβα,  of  the  order 
σελάχη.  Arist.  H.  A.  5,  5,  3. 

Ααμια,  ας,  ή,  Lamia,  fern.  pr.  n.,  v. 
sub  foreg.  I. — 2.  daughterof  Neptune, 
Paus.  10,  12,  1. — 3.  a  celebrated  flute 
player  and  courtesan  at  Athens,  fa- 
vourite of  Demetrius  Poliorcetes.Ath. 
615  A. — II.  of  cities  ;  a  city  of  Thes- 
saly,  on  the  Acheloiis,  near  its  en- 
trance into  the  Maliacus  sinus,  Strab. 
p.  433. 

Αάμια,  τά,  {?Μμος)  eulfs,  chasms. 

^Ααμιακός.  ή,  όν,  of  Lamia  (in  Thes- 
saly)  Lamian,  ττόΆ,εμος,  Diod.  S. 

^Ααμίας,  ου,  ό.  Lamias,  masc.  pr.  n., 
formed  with  allusion  to  Αύμια,  Ar. 
Eccl.  77. 

iAάμις,  ό,  Lamis.  a  Megarian,  lead- 
er of  a  colony  to  Sicily,  Thuc.  6,  4. 

^Ααμίσκος,  ου,  ό,  Lamiscus,  a  Pyth- 
agorean philosopher  of  Samos,  Diog. 
L.  3,  22. 

Αάμνα,  η.  Ion.  λάμνη,=^λαμία  II, 
Opp. 

tAu/Uvof,  etc.,OoT.{or  Ατ/μνος,  Pind. 

Ααμότττης,  w,  6,  {λήμη,  οψομαι) 
blear-eyed. 

Αύμος,  ov,  6,  an  abyss,  gulf,  cavern, 
hence  Lat.  lama,  i.  e.  vorago.  (Akin 
to  λαιμός,  λαμυρός.)     [λα] 

tAu.uof,  ου,  ό,  Lamus,  son  of  Nep- 
tune, kmg  of  the  Laestrygonians,  Od. 
10,  81. — II.  a  city  of  Cilicia  on  a  riv- 
er of  same  name,  Stiab.  p.  671. — III. 
a  river  of  Boeolia,  Paus.  9,  31,  7. 

ΑαμτΓΰδαρχία.  ας,  ?),  {/.αμττύς,  up- 
yu)  the  superintendence  of  the  λαμπα- 
δηδρομία., a  branch  of  the  Gymnasiar- 
chia,  Arist.  Pol.  5,  8,  20. 

Ααμττάδενο,  to  make  into  a  λαμκύς, 
Diod. — II.  mid. =  λαμτταδί ζω,  Ael. 

Ααμπάδηδρομία.  ας,  ή,  (λαμπάς, 
δραμείν,  δρόμος)  the  torch-race,  an 
Athenian  ceremony  at  the  festivals  of 
the  fire-gods  Prometheus,  Vulcan  and 
Minerva,  in  which  the  runners  car- 
ried lighted  torches  sheltered  by 
shields,  from  the  joint  altar  of  these 
gods  in  the  outer  Ceramicus  to  the 
Acropolis,  Schol.  Ar.  Ran.  131 ;  after 
the  Persian  war  Pan  received  a  like 
honour,  Hdt.  6,  105;  and  still  later 
Diana,  when  horses  were  first  used. 
Plat.  Rep.  328  A  : — the  race  was  oft. 
called  simply  ?.αμπύς,  q.  v.  Cf.  Diet. 
Antiqq. 

Ααμττάόηφορέίι),  ώ,  to  bear  a  torch: 
to  run  the  torch-race  ;  and 

Ααμττάδηφορία,  ας,  ή.  a  carrying  of 
torches,  and  8θ=λαμκαδηδρομία,  Hdt. 
8,  98 :  from 


ΛΑΜΠ 

Ααμττάδηφόρος,  ov,  {λαμπάς,  φέρω) 
torch-bearing :  ό  ?..,  a  torch-bearer, 
Aesch.  Ag.  312. 

Ααμπάδίας,  ου,  ό,  {λαμπύς)  a  torch- 
bearer. — Π.  ο  kind  of  comet. — III.  the 
star  Aldebaran,  Ptolem. 

Ααμπάδίζω,  to  run  the  torch-race. 

Ααμπαδικός,ή,  όν,  {?.αμπΰς)  belong- 
ing toiorches :  esp.  δρόμος  λ.,  the  torch- 
race. 

Ααμπαδιοδρομέω,  ώ,=λαμπαδίζω. 

Ααμΰάδίον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  λαμ- 
πάς, a  small  torch.  Plat.  Rep.  328  A. 
— II.  a  bandage  for  wounds,  Ar.  Ach. 
1177. — 2.  a  band  for  the  hair,  used  by 
the  Theban  women,  Dicaearch.  p.  16 
Huds.  [πΰ] 

Ααμ-ύδιστής,  ov,  ό,  {λαμπαδίζω)=: 
λαμπαδίας,  a  torch-bearer. — U.  λ.  άγων 
=  λαμπαδηφορία. 

Ααμπάδοδρομία,  ας,  ή,ζ=λαμπαδη- 
δρομία,  also  λαμπαδοδρόμια,  τά. 

Ααμπΰδοδρομικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging 
to  the  torch-race,  λ.  άγών,=  ?ιαμπαδη- 
φορ'ια. 

Ααμπΰόόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  {λαμπάς) 
torch-bearing,  Orph. 

Ααμπαδονχεω,  ω,  to  hold  or  carry  a 
torch :  and 

Ααμπΰδονχία,  ας,  ή,  torch-carrying. 
Lye. :  from 

Ααμπύδονχος,  ov,  {λαμπάς,  Ιχω) 
torch-carrying,  bright-beaming,  ήμερα, 
Eur.  I.  A.  1506:  λ.  άγων— λαμπαδη- 
φορία, q.  V. 

Ααμπαδοφορέω,  ώ,=^λαμπαδηφο- 
ρέω,  Aristid.     Hence  ,y 

Ααμ-ΰδοώορία,  ας,^,=^?Μμπαδη- 
φορία,  Plut.' 

Ααμπάζω^  poet,  for  λάμπω,  late 
word. 

Ααμπύς,  ύδος,  ή,  {?.άμπω)  α  torch, 
Hdt.,  Trag.,  etc.:  later  perh.  also  a 
light,  lantern,  lamp :  metaph.  of  the 
sun,  Soph.  Ant.  879,  and  Eur. ;  of 
lightning,  Eur.  Bacch.  244.-2.  the 
torch-race,  like  λαιιπαδηδρομία,  Hdt. 
6,  105,  Schneid.  Xen.  Vect.  4,  52; 
esp.  ιερά  λαμπάς,  Ar.  Ran.  1525, 
Thesm.  102;  ^.αμπύδα  δραμείν,  to 
run  the  race,  Ar.  Vesp.  1203  ;  Ι.αμπύ- 
δι  νικάν,  to  win  it,  Andoc.  34,  29,  cf 
γυμνασιαρχέω :  metaph.  of  life,  λ. 
ζωής,  Anth.,  cf  Plat.  Rep.  init.,  Lu- 
cret.  2,  78. — 3.=  λαμπηδών. — i.amili- 
tary  engine. — II.  as  adj.,  pecul.  poet, 
fem  of  ?.αμπρός,  bright,  gleaming  with 
torches,  λ.  ακτή,  Soph.  Ο.  C.  1049. 

\Αύμπεια,  ας,  ή,  Lampea,  a  moun- 
tain of  Arcadia  on  confines  of  Elis, 
a  part  of  Erymanthus,  Ap.  Rh.  1, 127  ; 
Strab.  p.  341. 

Αύμπεσκε,  Ion.  impf.  from  λάμπω. 

Ααμπετάω,  ω,  poet,  for  7Λμπω,  to 
shine,  Horn.,  but  only  in  Ep.  part,  λαμ- 
πετόων,  and  in  the  phrase  όσσε  δε  οι 
πνρϊ  λαμπετόωντι  ίΐκτην,  II.  1,  104, 
Od.  4,  662,  so  too  Hes.  Sc.  390  :  Hes. 
has  also  άστρα  λαμπετόωντα,  Th. 
1 10,  but  he  too  uses  no  other  part  of 
the  verb. 

^Ααμπέτεια,  ας,  ή,  the  Italian  city 
Lampetia  in  Bruttium,  Polyb. 

Ααμπέτης,  ου,  ό,  the  lustrous  one  : 
fem.  λαμπετις,  ιδος,  Luc. 

^Ααμπετίδης,  ov,  ό,  son  of  Lampus, 
i.  e.  Dolops,  II.  15,  526. 

ίΑαμπετίη,  ης.  ή,  {'λάμπω)  Lampe- 
tia, daughterof  Helius  and  the  nymph 
Neaera,  prop,  the  shining  one,  Od.  12, 
132 ;  etc. 

Αύμπη.  ης,  ή,  the  scttm,  impurity 
which  gathers  on  wine,  vinegar,  etc. 
left  to  stand,  Diosc.  5,  87,  Plut.  2, 
1073  A  :— in  Aosch.  Eum.  387,  Dind. 
now  writes  /.άπα  ;  ν  λύπη. — Π.  very 
dub.  in  signf  οί  light,  though  main- 
tained by  Lob.  Paral.  340. 


ΛΑΜΠ 

^Αύμπη,  ης,  ή,  Lampe,  a  town  (A 
Crete  :  hence  ΑαμπαΙος,  of  Lampe,  a 
Lampaean,  Polyb. 

Ααμπηδών,  όνος,  ή,  {λάμπω)  a  shi- 
ning, lustre,  οφθαλμών,  Diod. 

Ααμπήνη,  ης,  ή,  a  covered  chariot. 
Soph.  Fr.  392.  (Prob.  from  απήνη, 
with  λ  prefixed,  cf.  A.  II.)    Hence 

Ααμπηνικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to  or 
like  a  λαμπήνη,  LXX. 

Ααμπηρος,  ά,  όν,  {λάμπη)  covered 
with  scum,  slimy,  Galen. 

^Ααμπιδώ,  ους,  ή,  Lampido,  wife  of 
king  Archidamus  II  of  Sparta,  Plat. 
Ale.  1,  124  C. 

\Αάμπις,  ιδος,  ό,  Lampis,  a  wealthy 
ship-owner,  Dem.  690,  fin. — 2.  a  La- 
cedaemonian, first  victor  in  the  pen- 
tathlon 01.  18,  Paus.  5,  8,  7.— Others 
in  Paus.,  etc. 

^Ααμπιτώ,  ους,  ή,  Lampito,  Spartan 
fem.  pr.  n.,  Hdt.  6,  71. — 2.  a  courte- 
san of  Samos,  Ath.  593  E. 

^Αάμπιχος,  ov,  ό,  Lampichus,  a  ty- 
rant of  Gela  in  Sicily,  Luc. 

Αάμπος,  ov,  ό,  {λάμπω)  \Lampus, 
son  of  Laomedon  king  of  Troy,  Jl.  15, 
527. — 2.  son  of  Aegyptus,  Apollod. — 
Others  in  Paus.,  etc.t-II.  one  of  the 
horses  of  Eos,  Bright,  Od.  23,  246 : 
the  other  was  Φαέθων. — 2.t  one  of 
Hector's  horses,  II.  8,  185. 

Ααμπονρίς,  ίδος,  -ή.  {λάμπω,  οί'ρά) 
α  fox,  Aesch.  Fr.  386. — II.  the  glow- 
worm,  also    λαμπυρίς,   πνγολαμπίς, 

Αάμπουρος,  ov,  {λάμπω,  ουρά)  with 
a  bright  tail ;  in  Theocr.  8,  65,  as  a 
dog's  name,  F'.retail. 

Ααμπρανγής,  ες,  {λαμπρός,  ανγη) 
lustrous  ;  pecul.  fem.  λ.'αμπρανγέτις. 

Ααμπρειμονέω,  ώ,  to  wear  while  or 
splendid  garments :  and 

Ααμπρειμονία,  ας,  ή,  a  iceanng  white 
or  splendid  garments  :  from 

Ααμπρείμων,  όνος,  ό,  ή,  {?Μμπρός, 
είμα)  clothed  in  splendid  robes,  flipp. 

^Ααμπριάδας,  a,  6,  Lampriadas, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Theocr.  4,  21. 

\Ααμπρίας,  ov,  o,  Lamprias,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  brother  of  Plutarch,  Plut. 
Symp. — Others  in  Luc,  etc. 

Ααμπρόβιος,  ov,  living  spleyididly. 

Ααμπροείμων,  όνος,  ό,  ή,=^λαμπρεί• 
μων. 

Ααμπρόζωνος,  ον,  {λαμπρός,  ζώνη) 
with  α  bright  zone. 

\ Ααμπροκλής,  έονς,  ό,  Lamprncles, 
the  eldest  son  of  Socrates,  Xen.  Mem. 
2,  2. — 2.  a  musician  and  dithyrambic 
poet,  Ath.  491  C. 

Ααμπρολογέω,  ώ,  {λ.αμπρός,  λέγω) 
to  speak  brilliantly  or  of  brilliant  things, 
i Ααμπρόμαχος,    ov,   ό,    Lamproma- 
chus,  of  Opus,  a  victor  in  the  Isth- 
mian games,  Pind.  O.  9,  125. 

Ααμπρόπους,  ό,  ή,  -πόνν,  τό,  gen. 
-ποδός,  bright  or  beautiful  footed. 

Ααμπρός,  ά,  όν,  {λάμπω)  bright, 
brilliant,  radiant,  in  Horn.  (esp.  in  II.) 
usu.  of  the  heavenly  bodies  or  metals, 
also  of  colors,  and  freq.  in  all  writers : 
λ.  ύδωρ.  clear,  limpid  water,  Aesch. 
Eum.  695  ;  so,  λ.  αίθήρ,  Eur.  Med. 
829 :  λαμπρόν  εκλάμπειν.  Id.  Dan.  3, 5. 
— 2.  of  the  \'0\ce,clear,  sonorous,  di.itinct, 
like  Lat.  clams,  Plat.  Phil.  51  D ;  so, 
λαμπρά  κηρνσσειν.  Eur.  Heracl.  864 : 
cf  σομφός. — 3.  λ.  άνε/ιος,  a  fresh,  keen 
wind,  Hdt.  2,  96,  cf  Aesch."  Ag.  1180, 
and  Bergl.  Ar.  Eq.  430,  760.— II.  me- 
taph. evident,  clear,  manifest^  μαρτύρια, 
Aesch.  Eum.  797,  cf  Soph,  Tr.  1174  : 
ϊχνη.  Xen.  Cyn.  5,  5.-2.  of  men, 
well-known,  illustrious  by  deeds,  sta- 
tion, etc.,  h'  '.Κβήνησι.έν  πολέμοισι, 
Hdt.  6,  125;  7,  154:  hence  magnifi- 
cent, viunificent,  like  Lat.  splendidus^ 
827 


,ΛΑΜΠ 

clams,  Dem.  5G4,  1 1 :  then  in  genl. 
splendid,  κατασκευή,  Xen.  Symp.  1, 
4 ;  etc.  Adv.  -πρώς,  Aesch.,  etc. 
Hence 

^\.ύμπρος,  ov,  6,  Lampnis,  a  teach- 
er of' music  at  Athens  in  the  time  of 
Socrates,  Plat.  Menex.  230  A  :  in  Ath. 
20  F.  said  also  to  be  the  nistructor  of 
Sophocles. — 2.  a  grammarian,  Arist. 
Mag.  Mor.  2,  7.  ^ 

λαμπρότης,  ητος,  ή,  {?Μμπρός)  bril- 
liancy, splendour,  Xen.  An.  1,  2,  18. — 

2.  clearness,  distinctness,  φωνίμ;,  Plut. 
— II.  metaph.  distinction,  splendour, 
Hdt.  2,  101  :  alsom  [>\\.\v.,dislinctiuiis, 
Thuc.  4,  62 :  ίν  τίνος  λαμπρότητι,  in 
distinction  for  a  tiling.  Id.  6,  Gl.— 2. 
munificence,  liberality,  Dem.  5G5,  22. — 

3.  ^ra/ideiir  o/"  language,  Plut. :  λ.  ψυ- 
χί/ς,  magnanimity,  Polyb.  Adv.  -ρώς, 
Aesch.,  etc. 

Ααμπρότοξος,  ov,  {λαμπρός,  τόξον) 
with  radiant  bow. 

Ααμωροφαής.  ες,  {λαμπρός,  φύος) 
bright-beaminf(,  Orph. 

Ααμπρόφθαλμος,  ov,  bright-eyed. 

Ααμττροφορέί^),  ώ,  to  wear  bright 
robes  ■  and 

Ααμ-ροφορία.  ας,  ή,  a  wearing  of 
bright  robes  :  from 

Ααμπροφόρος,  ov,  {λαμπρός,  φέρω) 
wearing  bright  robes. 

Λαμπροφυνέω,  ώ,  to  have  a  clear, 
Oud  voice  ;  and 

Ααμπροφωνία,  ας,  η,  clearness  or 
loudness  of  voice,  Hdt.  C,  60:  from 

Α,αμπρόφωνος,  ov,  {7\,αμπρός,  φωνί]) 
clear,  loud  of  voice,  Hipp. 

Ααμπρόϊ)ϋχος,ον,  {λαμπρός,•φυχή) 
high-minded. 

Ααμπρνντής,  ov,  ό,  {λαμπρύνω) 
making  bright,  brilliant,  famous,  clear, 
— II.  (from  mid.)  bearing  one's  self 
proudly,  'ίππος  λ.,  Diog.  L.    Hence 

Ααμπρνντίκός,  ή,  ύν ,  fit  for  making 
bright  and  clean,  Diosc. 

Ααμπρννω,  {λαμπρός)  to  make  bright 
or  brilliant,  Xen.  Eq.  10,  1.— B.  mid. 
to  make  one's  self  splendid,  pride  one's 
self  on  a  thing,  τινί,  Eur.  El.  906;  to 
distinguish  Oije's  self  in .  .  τινί,  Thuc. 
6,  16,  εν  TLVL,  Ar.  Eq.  556. — C.  pass. 
to  be  made  bright,  to  shine,  Xen.  Lac. 
11,  3:  λαμπρννεσθαί  όμμασιν,  to  be- 
come clear-sighted,  Aesch.  Eum.  104, 
κόρας,  Soph.  Fr.  034. — 2.  to  be  or  be- 
come clear,  evident,  notorious,  ψό)Όζ• 
λαμπρύνεται,  Eur.  El.  1039.    Hence 

Αύμπρνσμα,  ατός,  τό,  that  whereby 
a  thing  is  made  bright,  an  ornament, 
dress. — II.  a  bright  body. 

Ααμπτήρ,  ήρος,  ό,  {λάμπω)  a  light, 
Aescti.  Ag.  22  :  orig.  a  sta7id  or  grate 
for  pine  and  other  wood  used  for  light- 
ing rooms,  Od.  18,  307  sq.,  343  ;  after- 
wards a  torch,  lamp,  v.  Lob.  Soph.  Aj. 
285,  Blomf.  Aesch.  Ag.  21,  and  cf. 
λαμπάς. 

Ααμπτηροκλέπτης,  ov,  ό,  {λαμπ- 
τήρ,  κλέπτω)  α  torch-stealer.  Lye. 

Ααμπτηρονχία,  ας,  ή,  {λαμπτηρ, 
Ιχω)  α  holding  of  torches,  7,.ημπτηρον- 
χιαι,  the  beacon-ivatches,  Aesch.  Ag. 
890,  cf  φρυκτωρία. 

Ααμπτηροφόρος,  ov,  {λαμπτηρ,  φέ- 
ρω) carrying  lights,  torches  or  lanterns. 

ίλαμπτραί,  ών,  aL  Lnmjitrae,  an 
Attic  deme  of  the  tribe  Erechlheis; 
hence  Ααμπτρεύς,  έως,  ό,  an  inhab. 
of  Lampirae,  Dem.  1236,  15 ;  better 
than  Ααμπρεύς. 

A(£/UaTpi'f, pecul.  fern,  οίλαμπέτης. 
Ααμπνρίζω,    to  shine    like   a   glow- 
worm, Theophr. :  from 

Αημπϋρίς.  ίδος,  ή,{λύμπω)=-λαμπ- 
ονρίς  II.,  Arist.  Part.  An. 

ίΑαμπνρίς,  ίδος,  ή,  Lampuris,  fem. 
or.  η.  Ath.  583  Ε. 
β2β 


ΑΑΝΘ 

ΑΑ'ΜΠΩ,  f  -ψω,  and  -φομαι :  pf. 
λέλαμπα-  Το  give  light,  shine,  beam, 
be  bright,  brdliant,  radian/,  Horn.  (esp. 
in  II.),  of  lire,  metal,  the  eyes.— 2.  of 
sound,  to  be  clear,  ring  loud  and  clear, 
Soph.  O.  T.  186,  473,  cf.  λαμπρός  2.— 
3.  metaph.  to  shine  forth,  to  be  famous 
or  conspicuous,  λάμπεί  κλέος,  άρεττ/, 
Pind.  Ο.  1,  3ϋ,  I.  1,  30  ;  so  δίκη  λά- 
μπει, Aesch.  Ag.  774. — II.  transit,  to 
make  to  shine,  light  up,  Eur.  Hel.  1131: 
hence — 2.  in  pass,  like  the  inlr.  act., 
to  shine,  etc.,  Horn.,  lies.,  Eur.,  etc.  : 
in  pass.  Hom.  always  uses  the  part. 
— The  word  is  mostly  poet.,  though 
Xen.  has  the  pass,  twice. 

Ααμπώδης,  ες,  {λάμπη,  εΙδος)^= 
λαμπηρός. 

ίΑύμπων,  ωνος,  ό,  Lampon,  son  of 
Laomedon,  Apollod.  3,  12,  3,  in  Hom. 
Αάμπος. — 2.  an  Aeginetan,  father  of 
the  Olympian  victor  Pytheas,  Hdt.  9, 
77  ;  son  of  Cleonicus,  Pind.  I.  6,  23  ; 
V.  Donalds.  Introd.  to  N.  5. — 3.  an 
Athenian,  Hdt.  9,  21  ;  a  priest  and 
seer,  Thuc.  5,  19  ;  often  ridiculed 
by  the  Comic  poets,  Ath.  344  E. — 
Others  in  Hdt. ;  etc. 

^Ααμπωνία,  ας,  η,  Lamponia,  a  city 
of  Troas  near  Antandros,  Strab.  p. 
010. 

^Αάμπωνιον,  ου,  TO,  =  foreg.,  Hdt. 
5,  20. 

^Ααμπώνίος,ον,ό,  Lamponius,  masc. 
pr.  n,,  Plut.  Lys.  et  Sulla  4. 

^Ααμίψθιος,  ov,  ό,  Lamynthius,  an 
erotic,  lyric  ^j^oet  of  Miletus,  Ath. 
597  A. 

Αΰμνρία,  ar,  η,  [λαμνρός  III)  bold- 
ness, audacity,  impudence,  Wyttenb. 
Plut.  06  C. 
Ααμνρίς,  ή.^λωγύνιον. 
Αΰμϋρός,  ά,  όν,  also  proparox.  λά- 
μνρος,  [λάμος,  ?Μΐμός,  λάβρος)  full 
of  abysses,  yawning,  profound,  Lat.  vo- 
raginosus,  e.  g.  θάλασσα.  ν?ιη :  hence 
— If.  gluttonous,  greedy,  Epicr.  Dyspr. 
1,  so  οδόντες,  Theocr.  25,  234. — III. 
metaph.  bold,  wanton,  impudent,  7muv- 
pov  λέγειν,  Xen.  Syinp.  8,  24,  and  so 
olt.  in  Plut. :  esp.  of  women,  coquet- 
tish, όμμα,  Mel.  70:  later  quite  in  a 
good  sense,  piquant,  arch,  like  έπίχα- 
ρις.  Lob.  Phryn.  291,  7C0,  cf  Horace's 
grata  protervitas.  Adv.  -ρώς,  compar. 
-ύτερον,  Xen.  Symp.  8,  24. 

Ααμφθΐ/ναι,  Ion.  inf.  aor.  pass,  of 
λαμβάνω,  Hdt. 

ίΑάμώιλος,  ov,  6,  Lamphilus,  a  Spar- 
tan, Thuc.  5,  19,  with  v.  1.  Αάφιλος. 
^Ααμψακηνός,  η,  όν,  of  Lampsacus, 
Lampsacene  ;  ό  Α.,  an  inhab.  of  Lamp- 
sacus, Strab.  p.  589  sqq.  ;  ή  Ααμφα- 
Κΐ/νη,  the  territory  of  L-,  Id.  :  from 

\Αάμψακος,  ov,  ή,  Lampsacus,  a  city 
of  Mysia  on  the  Hellespont,  the  ear- 
lier Pityusa,  a  cokmy  of  the  Milesi- 
ans ;  its  ruins  near  modern  Lamsaki, 
Hdt.  5,  117,  etc.  _ 

Ααμφύνη,  ης,  η,:=λάφανη. 
Αάμψις,    i),  (λά/ζττω)  α  shining  or 
beaming,  splendour. 

Αάμφομαι,  Ion.  fut.  of  λαμβάνω, 
for  ληώομαι,  Hdt. 

\.\.άνασσα,  ης,  ή,  Lanassa,  daughter 
of  Agathocles  of  Syracuse,  Plut. 
Pyrrh.  9. 

ΑανΟύνόντωζ,  adv.  part.  pres.  from 
?Μνθύνω,  secretly,  by  stealth. 

Λανθάνω,  lengthd.  from  root  A  ΑΘ- : 
fut.  λήπω.  Dor.  λάσύ :  aor.  έλάθον, 
inf.  λαβείν  (for  aor.  1  ελησα,  ίλησά- 
μτίν  is  only  found  in  the  Hom.  έπέ- 
λησε,  and  in  late  Ep.,  Lob.  Phryn. 
719):  perf.  λϊλ?;ί?α.  Μ\ύ._^λανβύνο- 
μαι :  fut.  λησομαι.  Dor.  /Λσεϋμαι : 
aor.  έ7.ύθόμην,  and  in  a  pass,  form 
έλ,ήσθην,  Theocr. :   perf  /.έλησμαι, 


ΛΑΞΟ 
Ion.  and  Hom.  λέλασμαι,  part.  λε7.α 
σμένος,  etc.  Together  with  7Λνθάνω 
an  old  pres.  7.τιΰω,  λί/θομαι  is  in  use, 
rare  in  Att.,  but  very  freq.  in  Hom. ; 
while  of  λανθάνω  ho  has  impf.  act. 
thrice,  impf.  mul.  once,  but  most 
freq.  aor.  act.  and  mid.,  oft.  with  Ep. 
redupl.  λεΡκίβτ/,  λελαΟέσθαι. — I.  to  es- 
cape notice,  to  be  unknown,  unseen,  un- 
noticed, but  usu.  joined  with  a  negat. : 
— Construct., — 1.  c.  ace.  pers.  only, 
to  escape  his  notice,  Lat.  latere  aliqvem, 
oft.  in  Hom.,  as  λάθεν  "Εκτορα,  II. 
22,  277  ;  so  too  Pind.  O.  0,  09,  etc.  :— 
but — 2.  most  frecj.  c.  part.,  as  άλλον 
τινά  λήθω  μαρνάμενος,  I  am  unseen 
by  others  while  fighting,  i.  e.  I  fight 
unseen  by  them,  II.  13,  273,  cf.  Od.  19, 
88,  etc.,  so  Hdt.  8,  25;  and  so  freq. 
in  Att.,  when  we  should  translate  the 
part,  by  a  verb,  and  express  λανθάνω 
by  an  adverb,  unawares,  without  seeing 
or  knowing,  unseen,  unknown:  and  tliis 
either  c.  ace,  μη  λάθτ/ με  προςπεσών, 
lest  he  come  on  without  my  seeing. 
Soph.  Phil.  40,  as  in  Iloin. ;  or  with- 
out case,  μη  διαφθαρείς  λάθη,  lest  he 
perish  without  himself  knowing  it,  lb. 
500;  more  fully,  'έως  σαντυν  7.άθτις 
όιαρβαγεις,  Ar.  Pac.  32 :  sometimes 
however  this  construct,  is  reversed, 
and  λαθών  is  put  in  the  part.,  as  in 
our  idiom,  άπυ  τείχεος  άλτο  7αθών, 
11.  12,  390 :  cf  φθάνω,  and  Jelf  Gr. 
Gr. '5>694,  3. --3.  rarely  c.  mf.,  as 
Pind.  P.  5,  30.— 4.  followed  by  a 
relat.,  ov  με  ληθεις  υττί  θεών  τις  σ' 
ηγε,  'tis  not  unknown  to  me  that 
some  god  led  thee,  11.  24,  563,  and 
more  freq.  in  Att. ;  also  λί/σειν  οία 
εμηχανώ,  Hdt.  8,  100.— II.  mid.,  to 
forget,  lose,  let  slip,  τινός,  Horn.,  P.<p. 
αλκής  λαθέσΟαι,  opp.  to  μνησασβηι, 
II.  :  also  to  forget  purposely,  to  pass 
over,  η  λάθετ'  η  οΰκ  ενόησεν,  either 
he  chose  to  forget  it  or...,  II.  9,  537,  cf. 
Aesch.  Ag.  39,  and  v.  επιλήθομαι.  It 
is  dub.  whether  the  ace.  was  ever  so 
used  with  mid.,  v.  Erf.  Soph.  O.  T. 
898. — III.  like  λ7/υάνω,  to  make  one 
forget,  τινά  τίνος,  only  II.  15,  GO,  in 
redupl.  aor.  act.  λελάθΐ) :  in  mid.  this 
aor.  keeps  the  usu.  signf  Cf  7\,αγ• 
χύνω  III. 

^Αάνίκη,  ης,  ^,  Lamci,  sister  of  Cli- 
tus,  nurse  of  Alexander  the  Great, 
Arr.  An.  4,  9,  4  ;  Ath.  129  A. 

^Αανούβιον,  ov,  τό,  Lanuvium,  a  city 
of  Latium,  Strab.  p.  239. 

ΑΑ'Ξ.  adv.,  with  the  heel,  stamping 
on  or  spurning  with  the  foot,  llom. 
who  usu.  joins  it  with  ίμβήναι.  προς- 
βτ/ναι,  and  'ενθορείν  ;  so  too,  'λαξπα- 
τείσθαι,  to  be  trodden  under  foot, 
Aesch.  Euin.  110,  cf  Cho.  014  :  also, 
λάξ  ποδΙ  κινήσας,  II.  10,  158,  Od.  15, 
45.  (From  λάξ  come  7Μζω  and  XVi- 
κτίζω,  cf  Lat.  calx : — the  relation  is 
just  reversed  in  γα7ιακ-.  lac.) 

Αιιξενσις,  εως,  ή,  {λαξεύω)  a  cutting 
of  stone,  Diod. 

Ααξεντήρ,  ήρος,  ό,  a  stone-hewer. 
Hence 

Ααξεντήριον,  ov,  το,  a  stone-cutter's 
tool,  a  chisel,  LXX. 

Ααξεντης,  ov,  ύ,^=λαξεντηρ. 

Ααξευτός,  ή,  όν,  hewn  in  stone, 
LXX  :  from 

Ααξεύω,  {7Λΐς,  ξέω)  to  cut  stones, 
LXX  :  to  hew  in  stone. 

Αάξις,  not  λάξις,  ιος,  ή,  {λαγχάνω, 
λΛξομαι)  like  7ιάχεσις,  that  which  is 
assigned  by  lot,  esp.  an  allotment  of 
land,  Hdt.  4,  21. 

Αΰξις,  ιος,  ή.  Dor.  for  λϊ/ξις,  cessa- 
tion. 

Αάξομαι.  Ion.  for  λή^ομαι,  fut.  of 
λαγχάνω,  Hdt. 


AAOK 

Ααξττύτητος,  ov,  v.  λακπάτητος. 

AaoJortipa.  ή,  fein.  from  sq.,  Orph. 

Αάοβοτήρ,  ηρος,  ό,  {λαός,  βόσκω) 
feeder  of  the  people. 

Ααοβότος,  ov,  {7.αός,  βόσκω)=?.α- 
οτρόφος. 

ίΛάόγονος,  or,  ό,  Laogonus,  son  of 
Onetor,  a  Trojan,  11.  16,'604.— 2.  ano- 
ther Trojan,  son  of  Bias,  11.  20,  400. 
^Χΰογόρας,  ov,  ό,  Laogoras,  a  king 
of  the  Dryopes,  Apollod.  2,  7,  7. 

tAuoyop;/.  ης.  ?/,  Langore,  daughter 
of  Cinyras,  Apollod.  3,  14,  3. 

Ααοδάμΰς,  αντος,  ό,  {/.αός,  όαμάω) 
tamer  of  men,  man-destroying.  'Αρης, 
Aesch.  Theb.  343.  [da]     Hence 

i Ααοδάμας,  αντης,  ό,  Att.  Αεωδά- 
μας,  Laodajnas,  son  of  Antenor,  a  Tro- 
jati,  11.  15,  116. — 2.  son  of  king  Alci- 
noiis,  a  Phaeacian,  Od.  7.  170. — 3. 
son  of  Eteocles,  a  king  of  Thebes, 
Hdt.  5,61. — 4.  a  tyrant  of  Phocaea 
in  Ionia,  Id.  4.  138.     Hence 

ΐΑηοόύμεία,  ας,  ή,  Laodamia,  daugh- 
ter of  Bellerophontes,  mother  of  Sar- 
pedon  by  Jupiter,  11.6, 198.— 2.  daugh- 
ter of  Acastus,  wife  of  Protesilaus, 
Luc. — 3.  daughter  of  Amyclus,  Paus. 

10.  9,  5. 

tA(2o(5i/cf ία,  ας,  ή,  Laodicea,  a  city 
of  Greater  Phrygia  on  the  river  Ly- 
cus,  now  Eski-kissar,  Strab.  p.  578. — 

2.  a  city  of  Syria  on  the  sea.  Id.  p. 
749.  in  Dion.  P.  Ααοόίκη. — 3.  a  city 
of  Coele-Syria  at  the  base  of  Mt.  Li- 
banus.  Id.  p.  755. — 4.  a  city  of  Media, 
founded  by  the  Macedonians,  Id.  p. 
521. — 5.  7/  κατακεκανμέΐ'η,  a  city  of 
Lycaonia.  Id.  p.  663.     Hence 

]Ααοόικενς,  έως,  ό,  an  inhah.  of  Lao- 
dicea (1),  oi  ΑαοόικεΙς,  the  Laodkeans, 
Is'.  T.  ;  of  others  also,  Strab. 

\\ηοδίκίον,  ου,  TO,Laodicium,Ap\ace 
in  Arcadia  on  the  road  from  Megalo- 
polis to  Tegea.  Thuc.  4,  134,  vv.  11. 
Ααηόόκιον,  Ααδίκεια,  in  Paus.  8,  44, 
and  Polyb.  2,  51,  Ααδόκεια,  τά. 

^Αάούίκη.  ης.  ή,  Laodki,  a  nymph, 
mother  of  Agis  and  Niobe  by  Phoro- 
npus.  Apollod.  2,  1,  1. — 2.  daughter 
of  king  Priain,  wife  of  Helicaon,  II. 

3.  124.— 3.  daughter  of  Agamemnon, 

11.  9,  143,  in  Trag.,  called  Electra.— 

4.  a  Hyperborean  female,  Hdt.  4,  33. 
— 5.  daughter  of  Antiochus  Soter, 
from  whom  Laodicea  (1)  was  named, 
■ — Others  in  Paus. ;  etc. 

ΑαόδΙκης,  ov.  (λαός.  δίκη)  tried  by 
the  people,  Socrat.  ap.  Diog.  L. 

Αάοδογμάτικός,  ?},  oc,  (λαός•,  όό- 
yjl^)  S'l'ted  to  public  opinion,  Polyb. 

^Αύόύοκης.  ov,  b.  Laodocus,  a  Tro- 
jan, son  of  .Vntenor,  II.  4,  87  :  ace.  to 
Apollod.,  also  a  son  of  Priam. — -2.  a 
Greek,  comiianion  of  Antilochus,  II. 
17,  699.-3.  son  of  A  polio  and  Phthia, 
Apollod.  1,7, 0. — Others  in  Orph. ;  etc. 

Αΰοηγησία,  ας,  ή,  (λαός,  ίρ/έομαι) 
the  leading  of  the  people. 

^Αάοθόη.  ης,  ή,  L-iothne,  daughter 
of  Altes,  bore  to  Priam  Lycaon,  II. 
21,  85. — 2.  mother  of  Echion  and 
Erytus,  Orph.  Arg.  13. 

^Ααοθόι^ς,  ov.  b,  Laotkots,  a  son  of 
Hercules,  Apollod.  2,  7,  8. 

Αάηκατάρατος,  ov,  (λαός,  καταρύ- 
ομαι)  accursed  by  the  people,    [up] 

tAao/cour,  όοντος  and  όωντος,  b, 
Laocntin,  son  of  Porthaon,  brother  of 
Oeneus,  an  Argonaut,  Ap.  Rh.  1,  191. 
— 2.  a  priest  of  Neptune  at  Troy,  Qu. 
Sm.  12,  448  :  Hence  fern. 

^Ααοκόωοα,  ή,  Laocoosa,  mother  of 
Lynceus  and  Idas,  Theocr.  22,  206  : 
in  Apollod.  called  Άρήνη.  3,  10,  3. 

Ααοκράτέομαι,  as  pass,  (λαός,  κρα- 
τέω)^δημοκρα~έομαι.     Hence 
Ααοκρΰτία,  ας,  ■ή,:^δημοκρατία. 


ΛΑΟΤ 

^Αΰομέδεια,  ας.  ή,  Laomedla,  daugh- 
ter of  Nereus  and  Doris,  Hes.  Th. 
257. 

\ Ααομεδοντίάδης,  ου,  6,  son  of  Lao- 
medon,  i.  e.  Priam,  11.  3,  250 :  and 

^Ααομεδόντίος,  a,  ov,  of  ox  belonging 
to  Laomedon,  Pind.  L  5,  27  ;  Eur.  Tro. 
822:  from 

^Αϋ,ομέδων,  οντος,  δ,  Laomedon.  son 
of  llus,  father  of  Priam,  king  of  Troy, 
11,21,  443. — 2.  son  of  Hercules  and 
Meline,  Apollod.  2,  7,  8. — 3.  a  govern- 
or of  Alexander's  in  Syria,  Arr.  An. 
3,  6,  5. — Others  m  Plut. ;  etc. :  from 

Αϋ,ομέδων,  οντος,  ό,  (λαός,  μέδων) 
ruler  of  the  people :  mostly  as  prop.  n. : 
V.  foreg. 

ίλαομένης,  ονς,  ό.  Laomenes,  a  son 
of  Hercules,  Apollod.  2,  7,  8  :  v.  1. 
Αανομένης. 

ΐΑάονίκη,  ης,  ή,  Lnnnice,  wife  of  Le- 
bedus,  Paus.  9,  39,  1. 

^Αάυνόμη,  ης,  ή,  Laonome,  mother 
of  Amphitryon,  Paus.  8.  14,  2. 

Αΰοξοϊκός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to  a 
λαοξόος:  from 

Αίοξόος,  ov.  (λαας,  ξέω)  stone-cut- 
ting:  ό  λ.,  a  sculptor,  Anth. 

Αύοττΰθής,  ές,  (λαός,  τταβείν)  suffer- 
ed by  all  the  people,  Aesch.   Pers.  945. 

Αΰοττλάνος,  ov,  b,  (?.αός,  7τλα.νύω) 
a  misleader  of  the  people,  Joseph. 

Αΰοπόρος.  ov,  (λαός,  πορεύω)  serv- 
ing as  a  pa.^sage  for  the  people,  man- 
conveying,  λ.  μ?ιχύνη,  a  bridge,  Aesch. 
Pers.  113. 

ΑΑ'Ο'Σ,  of',  ό,  Ion.  ?ηός,  Hdt.  5, 
42,  Att.  λεώς,  also  in  Hdt. : — the  peo- 
ple at  large,  not  like  δΐ/μος,  a  body 
politic,  yet  more  honourable  than 
ομάδος,  as  is  proved  by  being  opp.  to 
it  in  II.  7,  300.  Hom.,  etc. — I.  m  Horn. 
(esp.  II.)  and  Hes.,  7ΜΟς  or  λαοί  usu. 
means  the  soldieri/,  troojis,  both  of  the 
whole  army  and  smaller  divisions, 
e.  g.  11.7,  434;  periphr.  εΟνος,  στρα- 
τός, στίχες  λαών.  II.  ;  mostly  inclu- 
ding both  foot  and  horse,  as  II.  2,  809: 
but  sometimes  λαός  denotes  the  foot 
as  opp.  to  the  horse,  II.  7.  342 ;  also 
a  land-army  opp.  to  a  fleet.  II.  9,  424  : 
also  the  common  men  opp.  to  their  lead- 
ers, II.  2,  365,  etc.— II.  in  Od.  λαοί, 
more  rarely  ?<.αός,  almost  always 
means  men,  in  gen  I.  people,  esp.  as 
subjects  of  a  prince  :  in  which  sense 
7.aoi  sometimes  occurs  in  II..  e.  g.  11. 
17,  220.  the  citizens  opp.  to  .■ioldiers  ; 
cf.  11.  11,  676;  17,300.-111.  ληοί.  the 
people,  as  united  under  one  collective 
name,  οννημα  ?muv,  their  name  as  a 
nation,  Od.  6,  194  ;  so  in  slug,  first  in 
Pind.  (The  resemblance  between 
?ΜΟς,  people  and  ?.άης,  stone,  is  refer- 
red by  Pind.  O.  9,  66,  sqq.,  to  the  le- 
gend of  Deucalion.) 

Αΰοζ•,  ov.  ό,=  7.ΰας,  quoted  by  Ar- 
cad.  37,  2,  from  Soph. 

Αάος,  irreg.  gen.  from  λάας,  Hom. 

tAoof,  ό.^Αύίος,  Pind. 

tAuof,  01.1,  ή.  Laiis.  a  city  of  Luca- 
nia.  on  a  river  of  same  name,  a  colo- 
ny of  Sybaris,  now  prob.  Scnlea,  Hdt. 
6,  21  ;  Strab.  p.  253,  where  the  gulf 
by  Lucania  is  also  so  called. 

Αάοσεβής,  ές,  {/αός,  σέβομαι)  re- 
vered by  the  people,  Pind.  P.  5,  129. 

Αάοσσόος,  ov,  (7.αός,  σενω)  rousing 
or  stirring  the  nations,  epith.  of  the 
war  deities  Mars,  Ens,  II.  ;  of  Mi- 
nerva, Apollo,  Od.  22,  210,  II.  20,  79  ; 
also  of  men,  as  Amphiaraus,  Od.  15, 
244,  cf  ίπτϊοσόος. — II.  (λαός,  σώζω) 
preserving  nations,  Only  in  Nonn. 

Αάοτέκτων,  όνος,  b,  {7.άας,  τέκτων) 
a  mason,  stone-worker,  Anth. 

Αάοτίνακτος,  ov,  (7Μας,  τινάσσω) 
I  stirred  by  a  stone,  νδωρ,  Anth.  [I] 


ΔΑΠΗ 

Αάοτόμος,  ov,  (λάας,  τέμνω)=^λα 
τόμος. 

Αάοτόρος,  ov,  (7.αας,  τορέω)  piercing 
stones. 

Αάοτρόφος.  ov,  (λαός,  τρέφω)  nour- 
ishing or  tending  the  people,  τϊόλις, 
Pind.  O.  5,  9  :  so,  τίμη  /.,  an  honour 
or  office  useful  to  the  people.  lb.  6, 102. 

Ααοτνττος,  ov,  (/auf,  τύπτω)  cutting 

stone.•?,  Anth.  :  as  subst.  a  stone-cutter, 

stone-mason,  like  7.ατί'~ος.  Anth.    [f•] 

iAaovivia,  ας,  ^.=AaJirta,  Strab. 

p.  229. 

\Ααονϊνιασηνή,  ης,  ή,  Laviniastne,  a 
district  of  Cappadocia,  Strab.  p.  540. 
iXaoviviov,  ov.  τό,  Lavinium,  a  city 
of  Latium,  Strab.  p.  230. 

Αύοφθόρος,  ov,  (7.αός,  φθείρω)  ruin- 
ing the  people,  destructive,  c.  gen., 
Theogn.  779. 

Αάοφόΐ'ος,  ov,  (/loof,  όονενω)  slay- 
ing the  people,  Theorr.  17.  53. 

^Ααοφόντη,  ης,  ή,  Laophonte,  daugh- 
ter of  Pleuron,  Apollod.  1,  7,  7. 

Αύοφόρος.  ov,  Att.  7.εωώόρος,(7>,αός, 
ώέρω)  bearing  people,  Λ.  οδός,  a  road, 
highway,  II.  15,  682. 

tAaopdix',  ώντος,  b,  Laophon,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Thuc.  8,  6. 

Αύπαγμα,  ατός,  τό,  (7,ΰ,τ7ύζω)  that 
which  is  evacuated. 

Αΰπαγμός,  ov,  ό,  an  evacuation. 

Αάτταδνός,  όν,  prob.  1.  for  λέττα- 
δνον  in  Aesch.  Eum.  562,^UA07ra- 
δνός,  weak,  powerless,  as  7.α-(Κω=: 
(ΐ7.η~ύζω,  v.  Herm.  Opusc.  6,  P.  2, 
p.  84.  sq. 

ΑίΙττύζω,  f  -ξω,^=ά7Μηάζω,  to  empty 
out,  plunder,  αστν,  .Xesch.  Theb.  47, 
531  ;  also,  to  carry  off,  κτί/νη.  Id.  Ag. 
130. — 2.  esp.  Koi/.iav,  γαστέρα  λ.,  to 
open  the  bowels,  purge  :  pass,  to  have 
the  bowels  open,  v.  Foes.  Oecon.  Hjpp., 
and  cf  7.α-άσσω.  (Akin  to  7.άζομαι, 
λύηΤω,  7.αφνσσο),  /.ύόνρον,  also  to 
7Μγών,  λαιαρός,  7.απύρα.)    Hence 

Αάτϊαβοί',  ου.  τό.  a  kind  of  Ιαρα- 
thum  or  sorrel,  which  acts  as  an  ajier- 
ient.   Lat.  rumex,  Theophr. — II.  ^sq. 

Αύτϊϋ,θος,  ov,  6,  (λΰπύζω)  a  pit, 
hole,  esp.  a  pitfall  for  wild  beasts. 

^Αάτϊαθος,  ov,  f/,  Lapathus,  a  city 
with  a  port  in  the  island  of  Cyprus, 
Strab  p.  682. 

Ααπακτιαός,  ή,  όν,  (7.απάζω)  good 
for  purging,  Xenocr. 

Αάτταξίς,  η,  (λΰττάζω)  an  emptying 
out ;  a  having  the  bowels  open,  Arisl. 
Probl. 

Αάτύρα,  ας.  ή.  Ep.  and  Ion.  λατϊύ• 
ρη,  ης,  the  soft  part  of  the  body  betw. 
the  ribs  and  hips,  the  flank,  loins,  Lat. 
Hin,  often  in  II..  also  in  Hdt.  2,  66, 
and  Hipp.,  v.  Foes.  Oecon. ;  cf  κενε- 
ών,  and  the  post-Horn.  7.αγών.  [~ώ] 
Strictly  fern,  from  λατταρός. 

Aa-ap0K7/7aj,  ης,  ή,  a  lateral  hernia, 
Medic. 

Αύτταρός,  ά,  όν,  (λάπτω,  7.αττύζω) 
like  7 αγαρός.  slack,  loose,  esp.  of  the 
bowe's,  Hipp.,  v.  p^oes.  Oecon. ;  7.. 
γενέσθαι,  to  have  the  bowels  open, 
Arist.  Probl.     Hence 

Αάττάρότης,  ητος,  ή,  softness,  loose- 
ness, esp.  of  the  bowels.  Hipp. 

Αα7Γύσσω.=  λα-ίίίΤω,  Hipp.:  Att. 
λαπάττω,  Arist.  Probl. 

^Αατζέρσαι,  ων,  οι,  the  Lapersae, 
appell.  of  the  Dioscuri,  from  Lapersa, 
a  mountain  of  l^aconia.  Soph.  Fr.  339 ; 
derived  by  Strab.  from  their  rffs<roi/in^ 
the  tovi'n  Las  (Αας,  ττέρθω),  p.  364, 
but  against  this  is  the  quantity  and 
compos.  V.  Lob.  Paral.  p.  78,  n.  12. 

ΑΑ'ΠΠ,  ης,  ή,  e»p.  phlegm,  Lat.  pi• 
tuita,  Hipp.:  metaph.,  άνη7.ίφ  7.άπα, 
Aesch.  Eum.  387  (as  Dind.  now  reads, 
829 


ΛΑΡΙ 

metri  grat.,  for  ?Μμπφ),  in  sunless 
filth  or  damp,  of  the  nether  world,  cf 
Hoiner"s  δόμον  εύρώεντα,  Virgil's  loca 
senta  situ  : — ).άμ-}/  is  merely  another 
form.  (cf.  λαμπί/νη,  ΰττήνη,)  though 
used  in  a  special  signf  : — λέμ<ροςΆ\6θ 
is  akin  to  it.  [aj 

Αάττηναι,  inf.  aor.  2  pass,  from 
λάτΓΓω. 

Αΰπίζω,  to  whittle,  Soph.  Fr.  303: 
to  swagger,  rodomontade,  Cic.  Att.  9, 
13,  4,  with  V.  1.  σαλπίζω,  v.  Einesti 
Ind.  Graec.  :  from 

ΑΰττίΟαι,  ώι\  ol,  the  Lnpithae,  a 
wild  Thessalian  people  in  the  heroic 
age,  dwelling  around  the  Peneus, 
couquerers  of  the  Centaurs,  Horn. : 
said  to  derive  their  name  from  their 
progenitor  Λαπίβης,  a  son  of  Apollo, 
Diod.  S.  4,  69.  Hence  later,  swagger- 
ers, bullies,  ci.  λαπιστής.  [t] 

tAu~ifoi'.  ov,  TO,  όρος,  Lapithum,  a 
mountain  of  Arcadia,  Paus.  5,  5,  8. 

Αύττισμα,  ατός,  τό,  {λΰπίζω)  swag- 
gering, boasling,  Cic.  Att.  9,  13,  4. 

Αΰ~ί.στί/ς,  οϋ,  ό,  {λαττίζω)  like  Αα- 
τΊθης,  α  swaggerer,  bully  :  also  Άάττί- 
κζης,  like  σαλτηκτής  for  σαλπιστής. 

Αατττικός,  ή,  όν,  (λάττΓω,  λαιτάζ(ύ) 
fit  for  purging,  purgative. 

Αάτττο),  lengthd.  from  root  ΑΑΠ- : 
f.  -ι/'ω,  perf.  ΤίΐΑΰήια: — to  LAP  with  the 
tongue,  like  dogs,  cats,  etc.,  Lat.  lam- 
bo,  of  wolves,  ?Αψοιιτες  γ?.ώσστισιν 
Οί5ωρ.  11.  16,  161  :  later  in  gen'l.  to 
drink,  esp.  to  drink  greedily,  drain, 
suck,  αίμα,  Ar-  Fr.  492.  (Hence  λα• 
τάζω,  λατΐύσσω,  λαφΰσσω,  λαπαρός.) 

Αΰπώόίΐς,  ες,  {λάττη,  ε'ιΛης)  like 
7ίαμ~ώδης,  like  οτ  full  of  phlegm. 

^Αύρανδα,  ων,  τά,  Laranda,  a  city 
of  Lycaonia,  Slrab.  p.  569. 

\Αάρας,  αντος,  ό,  Lars  Porsenna, 
Plut.  Popl.  16. 

Αάρβΰσον,  ου,  τό,=  στί/ιμί,  Diosc. 

fAafJεvτίa,  ας,  ή,  the  Rom.  Lauren- 
tia,  Plut. 

^Ααρήνσιος,  ov,  b,  the  Rom.  Lauren- 
tius,  Ath. 

Αάριμνον  or  ?.ύριμον,  ov,  τό,  an  In- 
άΐΆη  frankincense,  Slrab. 

ΑάρΙνενω,  {?ίαρινός)  to  fatten,  feed. 
Mid.  to  grow  fat,  Sophron  ap.  Ath. 
376  Β  :  from 

ΑάρΙΐ'ύς,  ή,  όν,  {?.αρός)  fatted,  fat, 
βονς,  Ar.  Pac.  925:  nence  metaph., 
Λ.  ί-ος.  Id.  Av.  465. 

ΑάρΙνύς,  ov,  ό,  a  kind  of  sea-fish, 
0pp. 

Α.\'ΡΙΞ,  ΐκης,  ό  and  η,  the  larch- 
tree,   [lurices,  Lucan   9,  920.] 

tAupiOf  λίμνη,  η,  lacns  Lariics,  now 
Lago  di  Como  in  Gallia  Transpadana, 
Strab.  p.  192. 

Αΰρίς,  ίόος.ί/,^λύρος,  Leon.  Tar. 
74,  5. 

\Αάρις,  ιος,  ό,  the  Laris,  a  river  of 
Lucania,  Lye.  725. 

ΑάρΙσα,  ης,  ι),  Ion.  Αήρ.,  Larissa, 
a  name  of  many  old  Greek  cities,  al- 
ways marking  a  Pelasgic  origin,  II., 
Hdt.,  etc.  :  seventeen  of  the  name 
are  enumerated  by  Clinton  F.  H.  1, 
p.  25  n.  t — 1.  a  city  of  Thessaly  in  Pe- 
lasgiotis,  on  the  Peneus,  Thuc.  2,  22  ; 
etc. — 2.  71  Κρεμαστή,  also  ή  Π,^λασ- 
yia,  in  Pnthiotis  on  the  sinus  Malia- 
cus,  Strab.  p.  435,  440.— 3.  in  Thes- 
saly on  Mt.  Ossa.  lb. — 4.  in  Troas,  on 
the  coast  near  Hamaxitus,  Thuc.  8, 
101  ;  by  Steph.  Byz.  considered  the 
Homer.  L. — 5.  ή  Φρικωνίς,  on  the 
Aeolian  coast  of  Asia  Minor,  near 
Cyme,  bv  Strab.  called  the  Larissa 
of  Homer,  II.  2,  841  ;  in  Hdt.  Αήρι- 
σαι,\,  149:  Xen.  Cyr.  7,  1,45,  calls 
it  ΑίγντΓτία,  because  Cyrus  gave  it 
to  the  Aegvptians  who  joined  him. — 
830 


AAPO 

6.  a  city  of  Assyria  on  the  Tigris, 
Xen.  An.  3,  4,  7. — 7.  in  Lydia,  not 
far  from  Tralles,  Strab.  p.  410.— 8. 
another  in  Thessaly  on  the  confines 
of  Macedonia. — 9.  a  city  of  Crete 
joined  with  Hierapytna,  Strab.  p.  440. 
— 10.  another  in  Crete,  same  as  Gor- 
tys,  Steph.  Byz.— 11.  a  city  of  Atti- 
ca, Strab.  p.  440. — 12.  a  citadel  of 
Argos,  with  a  temple  of  .lupiter,  lb., 
cf  p.  370.— 13.  a  village  ol  the  Ephe- 
sian  territory  in  the  Caystrian  plain, 
from  which  Jupiter  was  named  Aa- 
ρισηνός  and  Ααρίσως,  Id.  p.  020,  cf. 
p.  440. — 14.  a  city  on  confines  of 
Elis  and  Achaia,  Theopomp.  ap. 
Strab.  p.  440 ;  cf  Αάρισυς. — 15.  in 
the  territory  of  Mytilene  in  Lesbos 
the  ΑαρισαΙαι  ττέτραι,  Strab.  ib. — 
16.  a  city  near  the  summits  of  Hae- 
mus,  Ib. — 17.  a  city  of  Campania  in 
Italy,  Dion.  H. — II.  also  fem.  pr.  n., 
daughter  of  the  Pelasgian  prince  Pia- 
sus,  Strab.  p.  621 :  in  Pans.  2.  24,  1, 
daughter  of  Pelasgus.  t(Usu.  written 
with  σσ,  but  v.  Dind.  ap.  Steph.  The- 
saur.)  [Ad] 

ΑάρίσαΙος,  αία,  αΐον,  Larissaean, 
from  Larissa  ;  al  Aap.  πέτραι,  v. 
foreg.  15. — II.  as  subst.  ό  A.  seems  to 
be  a  kind  of  kettle  invented  or  made  at 
Larissa,  Arist.  Pol.,  cf  Ύανύγρα  and 
Ύαναγρίς. 

^ΑαρΙσηνός,  οϋ,  6,  appoll.  of  Jupi- 
ter, V.  sub  Αύρισα  13,  Strab. 
^Ααρίσιος,α,ον,=:Ααρίσαϊος.  Strab. 

Ααρίσοποιός,  ov.  ό,  for  Aapioaio- 
ΤΓοιός,  {ΑαρισαΙος  II.,  ποιέω)  a  maker 
of  .-inch  kettles,  Arist.  Pol. 

^Αάρισος,  ov,  ό,  the  Larisus,  a  river 
on  the  confines  of  Elis  and  Achaia, 
Xen.  Hell.  3,  2,  23. 

ΐΑύριχος,  ov,  h,  Larichus.  of  Myti- 
lene, father  of  Erigyus  and  Laome- 
don  3.  Arr.  An.  3,  6,  5.-2.  of  Myti- 
lene, brother  of  Sappho,  .\lh.  424 
F. 

Ααρκαγωγός,  ov,  ό,  {?.ύρκος,  άγω)  a 
coal-basket  carrier,  όνος,  Eur.  Autol.  2. 
^Αύρκας,  a,  ό,  Larcas,  niasc.  pr.  n., 
Ath.  360  F. 

Ααρκίόιον,  ov.  τό,  dim.  from  λύρ- 
κος,  Ar.  Ach.  340.  [κι] 

ΛΑ'ΡΚΟΣ,  ov,  ό.  a  basket,  esp.  for 
charcoal,  a  coal-basket,  Ar.  Ach.  333. 

Ααρκοφορέω,  ώ.  (λάρκος,  φέρω)  to 
carry  a  ?.άρκος,  Dio  C. 

Ααρνάκόγνιος.  ov,  (?Μρναξ,  γνΐον) 
doubtful  epith.  of  Pan,  apparently 
from  a  dull  pun  on  ;(^;;λί?  and  χη?Μς, 
Theocr.  Fistula. 

Ααρνΰκοφθόρος,  ov,  {λ.άρναξ,  φθεί- 
ρω) killing  in  a  box  or  chest,  Lyc. 

Ααρνάκόφορος,  ov,  {λύρναξ,  φέρω) 
borne  or  carried  aivay  in  a  chest. 

Α.\.'ΡΝ.\Ξ,  ΰκος,  ή,  and  in  late 
poets  ό,  Jac.  A.  P.  p.  295,  α  coffer, 
box,  chest,  e.  g.  for  keeping  household 
store,  II.  18,  413,  Hdt.  3,  123  :  a  cine- 
rary urn,  II.  24,  795  :  a  box  or  ark,  in 
wh.  children  were  exposed,  Simon. 7,1. 

Ααροείόής,  ές,  {λύρος,  είδος)  like  a 
sea-mew.   [v.  λύρος.'\ 

ίΑάρολον.  ov,  τό,  Lnrolum,  a  city 
of  Umbria,  Strab.  p.  227. 

ΑΑ'ΡΟΣ,  ov,  b,  a  ravenous  sea- 
bird,  perh.  the  gull  or  the  cormorant, 
λάροΓ  όρνις,  Od.  5,  51  ;  said  of  Cieon, 
Ar.  Nub.  591,  cf  Eq.  956.  [a  in  Od. 
and  Ar.  11.  c,  but  a  in  .\τ.  Αν.  507.] 

ΑΑΡΟ'Σ,  ά.  όν,  pleasant,  nice, 
dainty,  sweet,  in  Hom.  always  of 
taste,  as  δεΐττνον,  δόρττον.  II.  19.316, 
Od.  12,  283  ;  λαρόν  οί  αίμ'  ΰνθρώπον, 
stveet  to  it  (the  gnat)  is  the  blood  of 
man,  II.  17,  572 : — irreg.  Ep.  superl. 
7Μρώτατος,  Od.  2,  350,  formed  metri 
grat.  like  κακοξείνώτερος  and  όίι,'ν- 


ΑΑΣ1 

ρώτατος :  but  Comp.  λαρότερον,  aa 
adv.,  Simon.  51,  10.  [a] 

ΐΑύρος,  ov,  ό,  the  Etrurian  name 
Lars,  Dion.  H.  5,  21  ;  cf  Αάρας. 

ΐΑαρτίάδης,  ov,  ό,  =  Ααερτιύδης, 
Anth. 

^Αάρτιος,  ov,  ύ,=  Ααέρτιος,  Soph. 
Aj.  1. 

ίΑαρτολαιήται,  ων,  οι,  the  Larto 
laeetae,  a  people  of  Iberia,  Strab.  p. 
159. 

Αάρνγγάς,  οϋ,  ό,  (λ.άρνγξ)  a  crier 
or  bawler. 

Αΰ.ρνγγιάω,ω.(λύρνγξ)^&(\.,βραγ• 
χΐί  λ  ,  to  scream  hoarsely,  Anth. 

Αίφνγγίζω,  Att,  fut.  -ιω.  (λύρνγξ) 
to  shout  with  all  one's  might,  bellow, 
Dem.  323,  1. — II.  trans,  to  outdo  in 
shouting,  τινά,  Ar.  Eq.  358,  though 
some  interpret  this  to  throttle,  v.  Plut. 
Nic.  4.     Hence 

Αάρνγγισμός.  ov,  b,  a  shouting  with 
all  one's  might,  Plut. 

Αάρνγγοτομέω,  ω,  (λάρνγξ,  τέμνω) 
Ιο  cut  open  the  windpipe.     Hence 

Αι'φνγγοτομία,  ας,  ή,  a  cutting  open 
the  windpipe. 

Αάρνγγόφωνος,  ov,  (λύρνγξ,  φωνή) 
sounding  from  the  throat,  vocal,  Sopat. 
ap.  Ath,  175  C. 

Α.\'ΡΥΓΞ,  νγγος,  rarely  νγος,  6, 
the  larynjc  or  upper  part  of  the  wind- 
pipe, Arist.  H.  A :  also  the  swallow, 
gullet,  throat,  Eur.  Cycl.  157;  for  the 
gullet  and  windpipe  are  constantly 
confounded,  and  the  «Aroaiisused  for 
both,  cf  φάρνγξ. 

\Αάρνμνα,  ης,  ή,  Larymna,  a  city  of 
Boeotia,  at  the  mouth  of  the  Cephi- 
sus,  Strab.  p.  405. — 2.  ή  άνω,  in  Lo- 
cris.  Id.  p.  406. 

Αάρύνω,  to  coo  like  a  dove. 

^Aafivatov  όρος,  τό,  Larysium,  a 
mountain  of  Laconia  sacred  to  Bac- 
chus, Paus.  3,  22,  2. 

Auf,  λΰος,  ό,  a  stone,  Att.  contr.  for 
λύας,  q.  v. 

tAc/f,  αος,  ή,  Ep.  Αάας,  Las,  an  an- 
cient city  of  Laconia  on  the  sinus 
Laconicus.  II.  2,  585 ;  Thuc.  8,  91  ; 
here  was  the  tomb  of  the  hero  Αάς 
slain  by  Achilles,  Paus.  3,  24,  10. 

iAaaaia,  ας,  ή,  Lasaea,  a  city  of 
the  island  Crete,  only  in  N.  T.  Act. 
27,8. 

ΛΑ'ΣΑ'ΝΟΝ,  ου,  τό,  a  trivet  or 
stand  for  a  pot,  a  kitchen  utensil,  grid- 
iron, Ar.  Pac.  893,  ubi  Schol. ;  else- 
where χντρότϊονς. — II.  a  nightstool, 
Lat.  lasanum,  Cratin.  Drap.  8,  Phe- 
recr.  Crapat.  Eupol.  Pol.  31,  v.  so. 
[λά] 

Αάσανοφόρος,  ov,  (λάσανον,  φέρω) 
carrying  a  nightstool :  ό  λ-,  the  slave 
who  was  charged  therewith,  Plut., 
cf  Hor.  Sat.  1,6,  109. 

Αάσδεο,  Dor.  for  λύζον,  iinperat. 
from  λάζυμαι,  Theocr. 

Αύσενμαι,  Dor.  fut.  mid.  of  ?.ανθύ- 
νω,  Theocr. 

Αασθηίνω,  {/ιύσβη)  to  7nork,  insult. 
\Αασθένης,  ovr,  ό,  LnsthSnes,  a  The- 
ban,  Aesch.  Theb.  620. — 2.  an  Olyn- 
thian,  who  betrayed  the  city  to  Philip, 
Dem.  99,  22  ;  128,  8  ;  etc. :  cf  Εν^υ- 
κράτης. 

^Αασβενία,  ας,  ή,  Lasthenia,  a  cour- 
tesan of  Mantinea,  favourite  of  Speu- 
sippus,  Ath.  546  D  ;  a  pupil  of  Plato, 
Diog.  L.  3,  46. 

ΑΑ'ΣΘΗ,  ης,  ή,  mockery,  insult.  Ion. 
for  χ7.ενη,  Hdt.  6,  67. 

Αασθήμεν,  Dor.  for  ?^ησθήναι,  inf 
aor.  pass,  of  λανθάνω,  Theocr. 

Αΰσιανχην,  ενός.  {?.άσίος,  ανχήν) 
with  rough,  shaggy  neck,  epith.  of  the 
bull.  H.  Hom.  Merc.  224  ;  of  the  bear, 
H.  Hom.  6,  46 :  also  with  a  neut.,  λα- 


ΛΑ.ΣΟ 

σιανχενος  άντρον,  ν.  1.  Theocr.  Ερ. 
6,  5. 

Αάσίμη?-ον,  ον,  τό,  (/afftof,  Η/;λον) 
α  downy  apple,  prob.  1.  Antig.  Car.  ap. 
Ath.  82  B,  V.  λασίόμα'/.ον. 

Αάσιόθρίξ,  τρϊχος,  δ,  ή,  {.?.άσως, 
θρέξ)  shaggy,  Theocr. 

Αύσώκνημος,  ον,  {7.ύσως,  κνήμη) 
hairy-legged,  Opp, 

Αύσώκ^ίρος,  ον,  {?Μ<ηος,  κωφός) 
deaf  from  hair  growing  in  the  ears. 

Αύσιόμΰ/.ον,  ον,  τό,  (./.άσιος,μή?Μν) 
a  downy  apple,  like  the  peach. 

Αύσιον,  ου,  τό,  a  rough  cloth,  Sapph. 
31,  in  poet,  form  λάσσιον. 

Αάσως,  ία,  lov,  Att.  usu.  ος,  ον, 
hairy,  rough,  shaggy,  woolly,  of  sheep, 
11.  24,  125,  0(1.  9,  433  :  also  of  he- 
roes, λάσια  στΐ]θεα,  11.  I,  189,  }Ασων 
κι'/ρ,  II.  2,  851  ;  16,  554,  for  a  hairy, 
shagged  breast  in  the  heroic  age  was 
a  mark  of  strength:  afterwards  a 
hairj  breast  was  looked  upon  rather 
as  a  sign  of  shrewdness  and  cunning, 
as,  conversely,  mens  vulsa  in  Martial 
is  used  for  a  weak  mind,  cf  ττνκινός, 
πυκνός. — Π. in  genl.  ΙίΚβδασύς, bushy, 
rough,  χώρων,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  4,  16,  cf 
Plat.  Crat.  420  D.  Adv.  -ίο>ς.  {/.άσιος 
seems  to  differ  from  δασύς,  δάσος  only 
in  dialect,  λ  and  δ  being  often  ex- 
changed, cf  A.  V.  Prob.  also  alsin 
to  λαϊνα,  χλαίνα,  Lat.  lana  and  laena.) 

["] 

tAufftof,  ου,  ό,  Lasius,  a  suitor  of 
Hippodamia,  Paus.  6,  21,  10. 

Αασιόστερνος,  ον,  {?Ασιος,  στέρ- 
νον)  hairy-breasted,  Anth. 

ΑασιότρΙχος,  ον,=  /.ασιόθριξ,  Opp. 

Αα^ίοφρυς,υ,  gen.  υος,  with  bushy 
eyebrows. 

Αασίών,  ώνος,  ό,  (/Λσιος  Π.)  α 
thicket. 

tAacTiuv,  ωνος,  ό,  Lasion,  a  strong 
city  of  Elis  on  the  border  of  Arcadia, 
Xen.  Hell.  3,  2,  30 :  hence 

^Αασιώνιος,  a,  ov.  of  Lasion,  Lasio• 
nian,  oi  Α.,  Xen.  Hell.  4,  2,  16,  with 
V.  1.'  Αασιωνεΐς. 

Αασκάζω,^λάσκω. 

Αύσκω,  lengthd.  from  root  AA'K-, 
as  appears  in  aor.  2,  /Λκίς,  etc.  : 
fut.  '/.ακήσω,  but  also  -ήσομαι,  Ar. 
Pac.  381  :  aor.  1  έ/Ακησα  [λα,  but 
Att.  also  /Λ,  cf  Elnisl.  Med.  147] : 
aor.  2  i/MKov,  inf  /.ΰκείν,  lb.  :  aor.  2 
mid.  ε'/Μκόμην,  Ep.  redupl.  3  plur. 
7.ελάκοντο,  Η.  Horn.  Merc.  145  [u]  : 
perf  '/.έλάκα,  Ep.  and  Ion.  λέλη- 
κα.  II.,  but  part.  fem.  λελάκνΐα.  Od. 
—  To  sound,  ring,  rattle,  crash. — I.  of 
things  which  ring  when  struck,  /Ακε 
χαλκός  ννσσομένων  ξίφεσίν  re  καΐ 
εγχεσι,  II.  14,  25,  ?Ακε  δ'  ασπίς,  II. 
20,  277 ;  of  asles,  to  creak,  Aesch. 
Theb.  153  :  but,  λάκε  6'  οστία,  the 
bones  cracked,  broke  with  a  crash,  II. 
13,  616,  cf  Hes.  Th.  694:  it  only  oc- 
curs in  this  signf  in  aor.  2  act. — II. 
of  animals,  to  shriek,  scream,  of  the 
falcon,  II.  22,  141,  of  the  nightingale 
in  the  falcon's  talons,  Hes.  Op.  205  ; 
also  of  dogs,  to  howl,  bay,  Od.  12,  85 : 
in  Lliis  signf  the  perf  prevails  in  Ep., 
the  aor.  mid.  only  occurs  H.  Hom. 
Merc.  145,  κύνες  λελά/ίοιτο.— III.  of 
men,  to  speak,  esp.  to  speak  aloud,  pro- 
claim, Trag. :  hence  esp.  of  oracles, 
Soph.  Tr.  82,  Ar.  Plut.  39:  also  to  sing, 
προς  αν/.όν,  Eur.  Ion  776 : — in  this 
signf  only  Att.,  esp.  Trag.,  and  in  all 
tenses.  (Hence  /,ηκέω,  λακέω,  7.a- 
κάζω,  /.ασκύζυ,  '/.ακερός,  /.ακέρνζη.) 

ΙΑασόνιοι,  ων,  οι,  the  Lasonii,  a  peo- 
ple of  Asia  Minor  on  the  river  Halys 
between  the  Mariandyni  and  the 
Amazons,  Hdt.  3,  90,  cf  7,  77. 

tAdiTOf,  ου,  ό,  Lasus,  son  of  Char- 


ΛΑΤΡ 

binus,  a  poet  of  Hermione  in  Argolis, 
Hdt.  7,  6. 

Αάστανρος,  ου,  ό.  {?Ασιος,  ταύρος) 
=δασύ-ρωκτος,  epith.  of  a  κίναιδος, 
Theopornp.  ap.  Polyb.  8,  11,  6,  cf.  A. 
P.  12,  41. 

ΊΑαστρατίδας,  a,  ό,  Lastratidas,  an 
Elean,  Paus.  6,  6,  3. 
Αάστρις,  o,=foreg.,  E.  M. 

^Αααίψτας,  ov,  ό,  Lasyrtas,  a  citizen 
of  Lasion,  Ath.  44  F. 

Αΰσώ,  Dor.  for  λήσω,  fut.  of  λαν- 
Οάνω. 

Αΰτάγεΐον,  ov,  τό,  the  vessel  into 
which  the  λάταξ falls. 

Αΰτΰγέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (?Αταξ)  to 
throw  the  Αάταγες,  /..  κοττάβονς,  Luc. 
— II.  of  the  '/Αταγες,  to  make  a  splash, 
cf  π?.αταγέω.     Hence 

Αάτάγή,  ής,  ή,  the  throwing  of  the 
λύταγες,  or  the  splash  made  by  it :  also, 
^=/Αταξ,  Dicaearch.  ap.  Ath.  666  B. 

\Ααταγή,  ης,  ή,  Latage,  a  city  of  In- 
dia, Ael.  H.  A.  16,  10. 

Αάταξ,  άγος,  ή,  in  plur.  λάταγες, 
the  few  drops  of  wine  in  the  bottom  of  the 
cup  which  were  thrown  into  a  basin  with 
a  splash,  Alcae.  35,  Criti.  1,2:  in  sing, 
also  the  splash  itself,  \\hich  lovers  re- 
garded as  a  sort  of  omen,  and  so= 
κότταβος.  Soph.  Fr.  257,  cf  τόξον, 
and  ?.αταγέω.  (Akin  to  λατνσσω, 
π?.αταγέο),  and  Lat.  latex.) — II.  a  wa- 
ter quadruped,  like  a  beaver  or  otter, 
Arist.  H.  A.  [λύ] 

\Αατίνη,  ης,  ή,  Latium,  in  Italy, 
Strab.  p.  229. 

tAortviaf ,  άδος,  ή,  a  hatin  female, 
Anth. 

^ΑατΙνίς,  ίόος,  ^,=foreg.,  Anth. 

tAartrof,  ov,  b,  Latinus,  son  of 
Ulysses  and  Circe,  Hes.  Th.  1013.— 
2.  a  king  of  the  aborigines  in  Italy, 
Strab.  p.  229.— II.  a  Latin,  Polyb., 
Strab.,  freq. ;  also  adj.  ΑατΙνος,η,  ov, 
Latin,  M. 

tAuriof,  ov,  TO,  Latium,  Hdn. 

^Αατμικος  κόλπος,  ό,  gidf  of  Lat- 
mus.  in  Caria,  Strab.  p.  635 :  from 

^Αάτμος,  ov,  b,  Laimus,  a  mountain 
of  Caria,  Strab. :  also,  Heraclea  in 
Caria,  previously  bore  this  name, 
Alcm. 

Α'ίατογενής,  ες,  (Αητώ,  *γένω)  bom 
of  Latona,  Eur.  Ion  465. 

^Αατοίδης,  ό,  and  Αατώ,  ή.  Dor.  for 
Αητ. 

ΑάτομεΙον,  ov,  τό,  a  stone  quarry : 
from 

Αάτομεω,  ώ,  (λΰζ•,  τέμνω)  to  quarry 
or  heu:  stones,  LXX.     Hence 

Αύτόμηαα,  ατός,  τό,  stone  cut  from 
a  quarry,  Diod.  ;  and 

Αάτομητος,  ov,  or  η,  ov,  Lob.  Pa- 
ral.  460,  hewn  in  stone,  hewn  out  of  a 
rock,  Strab.,  and  LXX. 

Αάτομία,  ας,  ή,=  /.ατομείθν,  Anth. 
Hence 

Αάτομικός,  η,  όν,  of  a  quarry,  fit 
for  quarrying  stones,  Diod. 

Αάτόμιον,  ov,  τό.=^'λατομεϊον ■ — Π. 
α  tomb  hewn  in  a  rock  :  from 

Αάτόμος,  ov,  {?Ας,  τέμνω)  cutting 
or  hewing  stones  :  as  subst.  ό  λατόμος, 
a  quarry-man,  stone-cutter,  LXX. :  also 
an  instrument  used  in  quarrying,  Lat. 
acisculus. 

^Αατόπολίς.  εως.  ή.  (7Λτος,  πό?Λς) 
Latnpolis,  a  city  of  Upper  Aegypt,  so 
called  from  worship  of  sq.,  Strab.  p. 
817. 

Αάτος,  ov,  6,  a  fish  of  the  Nile,  Lat. 
latus,  Archestr.  ap.  Ath.  311  E. 

Αατρεία,  ας,  ij,  {?,ατρενω)  the  state 
of  a  hired  workman,  service,  servitude, 
Trag.,  as  Aesch.  Pr.  966. — 2.  esp.,  λ. 

τον  βεοΰ,  divine  worship.  Plat.  Apol. 
,  23  B,  θεών,  Id.  Phaedr.  244  E. 


ΛΑΥΡ 

Αάτρενμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  serving  for 
hire,  πόνων  λατρενματα,  painful  ser- 
vice. Soph.  Tr.  357. — 'S.  esp.  service 
paid  to  the  gods,  worship,  Eur.  I.  T. 
1275. — \1.=  λάτρίς,  a  slave.  Id.  Tro. 
1106. 

Αατρενς,  έως,  ό,  a  workman  for  hire, 
servant,  slave,  Lyc. 

Αατρεντής,  ov,  ό,=?.ατρενς  :  from 
Αατρεύω,  (λάτρις)  to  teork  for  hire 
or  pay,  Solon  5,  48 :  esp.  to  serve  in 
war  as  a  mercenary,  hence  Lat.  latro- 
cinari. — 2.  ?..  Tivi.  to  be  subject  to,  be 
bound  or  enslaved  to.  Soph.  Tr.  35, 
Eur.,  etc. :  hence  metaph.,  /.urp.  πέ- 
τρα, of  Prometheus,  Aesch.  Pr.  968  ; 
μόχθοις.  Soph.  O.  C.  105: — but  also 
c.  ace.  pers.,  like  θεραπεύω,  to  serve, 
Eur.  El.  131,1.  T.  1115;  c.  ace.  cog- 
nato,  λ.  πόνον,  Id.  Ion  129  :  hence — • 
2.  to  serve  the  gods  with  prayers  and 
sacrifices,  λ.  Φοίβω,  Eur.  Ion  152. 

Αάτρης,  ου,  ό,=?Ατρις,  v.  sub  λώ• 
τρον. 

Αάτριος,  ία,  ων,  of  α  servant  or  sa 
vice,  μισθός,  Pind.  Ο.  10,  34 ;  and  in 
Pmd.  N.  4,  89  λατρίαν  is  the  prob.  1.• 
from 

Αάτρις,  ιος,  ό,  a  workman  for  hire, 
hired  servant,  Lat.  lairo,  Theogn.  302, 
4S6  :  in  genl.  a  servant,  slave.  Soph. 
Tr.  70,  of  the  gods,  as  Mercury  calls 
himself,  Eur.  Ion  4  :  also  ή  λάτμις,  a 
maidservant,  handmaid,  esp.  of  the 
gods,  Eur.  Tro.  450:  from 

AA'TPON,  ov,  TO,  pay,  hire.,  ?A- 
τρων  άτερθε,  without  rent  or  acknowl- 
edgment, Aesch.  Supp.  1011,  cf  Call. 
Fr.  238,  et  ibi  Ruhnk. 

]Αάττα3ος,  ov,  6,  Lattabus,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Polyb.  9,  34,  11. 

^Αάτνμνος,ου,  b,  Latymntis,  a  moun 
tain  of  Bruttium  near  Crotona,  The- 
ocr. 4,  19. 

Αα~ϋΓΓεω,  ώ,  to  cut,  hew  stones. — II. 
to  build  of  stone,  Lyc.  ;  and 

Αΰτύπη,  ης,  ή,  the  chips  of  stone  in 
hewing,  like  σκϊρον,  Strab.  p.  808. — 
II.  gypsum,  lime,  Plut.  [i>]  ;  from 

Αΰτνπος,  ov,  {/Ας,  τΰπτω)=λατό- 

μος,  7.αοτύπος,  as  subst.  a  stone-cutter, 

mason,  Hipp.,  and  Soph.  Fr.  477.  [v] 

Αΰτύσσω,   {λάταξ)  to  clap,  strike, 

Opp.,  in  mid. 

ΪΑατωρεία,  ας.  ή,  Latorea,  an  Ama- 
zon, after  whom  a  town  near  Ephe- 
sus  was  named,  Ath.  31  E. 

Αανκανίη,  ης,  i],  =  λαιμός,  the 
throat,  II.  22,  325,  with  v.  1.  ?.^νκανίη, 
which  form  prevails  in  later  Ep.,  v. 
Spitzn.  ad  1. 

AAY'PA,  ας,  ή,  Ep.  and  Ion.  7mv 
prj,  an  alley,  lane,  narrow  passage  be- 
tween houses,  Od.  22,  128,  137.  Hdt.  1 
160,  cf  Dissen  Pind.  P.  8,  86:  alsoa 
pass  between  rocks,  ravine,  defile :  an 
avenue,  Theocr.  Ep.  4,  1. — II.  a  sewer, 
drain,  privy,  Ar.  Pac.  99,  158. — III. 
a  cloister  or  enclosure  of  a  monastery, 
Eccl. — Written  wrongly  in  later  au- 
thors 7A3pa.  (Akin  to  7Μβύρινθος.) 
^Αανρέας,  ov,  b,  Laureas,  an  epi- 
grammatic poet  of  the  Anthology. 

ίΑαύρεντον,  ov,  τό,  Laurentum,  a 
city  of  Latium,  Strab.  p.  229. 

tAavptov,  and  Αανρειον,  ov,  to, 
Laurion,  a  mountain  of  Attica  near 
the  promontory  Suniura,  famed  for  its 
silver  mines,  Hdt.  7,  144 ;  Thuc.  2, 
55:  V.  Append.  Bockh  P.  E. 

\Αανριωτικός,  ή,  όν,  of  Laurion,  ή 
πρόςοδος,  Plut.  Them.  4 :  ai  y7.av• 
κες  Αανριωτικαί,  Laurian  owls,  com. 
appell.  of  Athenian  silver  coins,  Ar. 
Av.  1106;  V.  Append.  Bockh  P.  E. 

Ααϋρος,  later  and  worse  form  for 
7Αβρος. 

831 


ΛΑΧΑ 

Αανρηστύται,  οι,  {λαύρα,  σττ/ναι) 
the  chorcutac  who  stood  in  the  middle, 
usu.  the  bud  ones,  Cratin.  Incort.  71, 
ci.  Miiller  Euiiien.  ^  la 

*ΛΑΤΏ,  the  simple  of  απολαύω, 
not.  ttnind  in  use. 

^Αάφάης,  ονς,  ό,  Laphaes,  a  tyrant 
of  Argos,  Paus.  2,21,  β. — 2.  a  statu- 
ary ot  I'hlius,  Id.  2.  10,  1. 

^Αάφύνης,  οικ•  (>,  Lnphanes,  son  of 
Euphorion,  an  Arcadian,  Hdt.  6, 127. 
■ — 2.  son  of  Lasthenes,  Anth. 
^Αάφιλος,  ov,  b,  v.  1.  for  Αάμφιλος. 

Ααφιήα,  ας,  7/,epitli.  of  Minerva  and 
Diana,  peip.  from  ?Μφνρον,  the  Fora- 
ger, Lye.  356. 

^Αύφριος,  ου,  ό,  Laphrius,  son  of 
Cast.ilius,  Paus.  7,  18,  9  ;  in  Lye.  835 
an  appell.  of  Mereury,  v.  foreg. 

Ααιρΐ'}μα,  ατός,  ro,=:sq.,  Welcker 
Syll.  5t,  13. 

Αύφυ}μός,  οϋ,  ό, greediness  in  eating, 
gluttony,  Ar.  Nub.  52:  cf  λαφύσσω. 

Αύφύκτης,  ου,  6.  Ο-αφΰσσω)  a  gour- 
mand, Arist.  Eth.  Eud. 

Αάφνξίς,  η,=  λαφνγμός. 

Αάφύρα,  ων,  τά,  spoils  taken  in  war, 
Lat.  spolia,  Trag.,  and  Xen.  Hell.  5, 
1,21: — later  in  sing.,  λάφυρον,  Po- 
lyb.  ;  esp.,  έττικηρν-τειν  τηη  λάφυ- 
ρον, to  give  public  authority  for  plun- 
dering a  people,  Polyb.  4,  20,  7  ;  cf 
^νσιυν  and  σνλη.  (Akin  to  λύκτω, 
λ.απάζω,  λαφύσσω,  ΰφύσσω.) 

Αΰφϋράγωγέω.  ώ,  to  make  booty  or 
spoil  of,  άρετήν,  Plut. — II.  to  plunder, 
πόλ.ιν,  Apollod.  ;  and 

Αΰφϋρύγωγία,  ας,  ij,  a  carrying  off 
booty  :  from 

Αάφνραγωγός,  όν,  {λάφυρα,  άγω) 
carry i.ig  off  booty. 

Ααφϋρέω,  ώ,  {?Μφνρα)  to  plunder, 
LXX. 

Αΰόϋροπωλεία,  ας,  ή,  a  selling  of 
booty  ;  and 

Αύφνροπωλεϊον,  ου,  τό,  a  place 
where  booty  is  sold,  Polyb.  :  also  λΰ- 
φϋροπώλ.ίοι•,  Strab. :  from 

Αΰφϋροηωλεω,  ώ,  {λάφυρα, πωλέω) 
to  sell  booty  :  to  sell  as  booty,  Xen.  An. 
6,  6,  38.     Hence 

Αάφϋροπώ?ίης,  ου,  ό,  a  seller  of 
bootij,  one  who  has  bought  up  booty  to 
retail,  Lat.  sector,  Xen.  An.  7,  7,  56, 
Polyb.,  etc. 

Αΰφύσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  fut.  -^ω,  to 
swalloii)  up  greedily,  eat  up,  devour,  in 
II.  always  of  the  lion,  αίμα  και  έγκα- 
τα λ.  :  of  men,  to  eat  gluttonously, 
gorge,  Lat.  hclluari,  both  of  eating  ancl 
drinking,  λαφύσσεται  λαφυγμόν,  Eu- 
pol.  Col.  12  :  in  genl.  to  eat  up,  ex- 
haust, just  like  the  kindred  form 
άώύσσω.     (From  λάπτω,  λαττάζω.) 

λΑαφνσηον,  ου,  τό,  Alt.  Laphystms, 
near  Coronea  in  Boeotia,  containing 
a  temple  of  Jupiter,  said  to  be  hence 
called  Ααφνστίος,  Hdt.  7,  197  ;  Paus. 
9,  31,  4  :  but  v.  sq. 

Ααφύστιος,  ία,  lov,  {λαφύσσω)  glut- 
tonous, Anth.:  epith.  of  Jupiter  among 
the  Minyae,  Hdt.  7,  197,  v.  MiiUer 
Eumen.  ^  55. — II.  pass,  devoured.  Lye. 

ΑΑΧΑΓΝί2,  Ϊ.  -άνω,  to  dig,  delve, 
trench,  turn  up,  Mosch.  4,  90,  and 
Ap.  Rh. :  Horn,  has  only  the  compd. 
άμφιλαχαίνω.  [Λα] 

Ααχΰνύρων,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  λά- 
χανον.  [ά] 

Αάχάΐ'εία,  ας,  η,  the  culture  of  pot- 
herbs, LXX. — Ι1.=λαχανισμός,  Jo- 
seph. :  and 

Αΰχύνενμα,  ατός,  τό,=  λύχανον. 
[α]  :  from 

ΑαχΓινενω,  (λάχανον)  to  plant  with 
vegetables,  Strab.,  in  pass.  :  to  use  as 
potherbs,   Diosc,    in    pass.    Mid.   to 
gather  herbs,  Luc. 
832 


ΛΑΧΗ 

Αίίχΰνη?Μγος,  ov,  {λ.άχανον,  λί)  ω) 
gathering  vegetables,  Leon.  Tar. 

Αΰχΰΐ'ηρός,  ύ,  όν,  {λύχαρον)  of  the 
nature  of  vegetables,  Theophr. 

Αΰχΰν7'}τ7ΐς,  ου,  ό,  {λάχανον)  a  ves- 
sel or  dish  for  vegetables. 

Αΰχΰνηφόρος,  ov,  {λάχανον,  φέρω) 
bearing  vegetables. 

Αάχΰνιά,  ΰς,  ή,  a  kitchen-garden, 
like  πρασιά. 

Αάχάνίδιυν,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  λά- 
χανον. 

Αΰχάνίζομαι,  dep.  mid.,  to  gather 
vegetables. — ll.=betizo,  i.  e.  langueo. 
Suet. 

Αΰχΰνικός,  7/,  όν,  =  λι,αχανηρός, 
Theophr. 

Αύχάνιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  ?Μχα- 
νον,  Diog.  L.  [ΰ] 

Αΰχύνιος,  a,  ον,=  λαχανηρυς,  γή 
λ.,  garden-groimd.  [α] 

Αΰχΰνισμός,  ον,  ό,  {λαχανίζομαι) 
α  cutting  or  gathering  of  vegetables, 
Thuc.  3,  111. 

Αάχάνίτης,  ου,  6,  a  vegetable  gar- 
dener. 

Αΰχΰνοειδής,  ες,  {λάχανον,  είδος) 
of  the  nature  of  vegetables. 

Αΰχάνυθήκη,  ης,  η,  {λάχανον,  θή- 
κη) α  dish  or  pot  for  vegetables,  Alex. 
Magn.  ap.  Ath.  784  B. 

Αύχι^ινον,  ου,  τό,  {'λΰχαίνω)  usu.  in 
\ί\ΜΧ.,  garden-herbs,  ο^•ρ.\.ο  wild  plants, 
potherbs,  vegetables,  greens,  Lat.  olus, 
olera,  Ar.  Plut.  298,  etc.:  τΐί  λάχανα, 
the  vegetable-market,  the  green-market, 
Ar.  Lys.  557,  Alex.  Deinetr.  1,  8 ;  cf 
ιχθύς  II. 

Αάχάνόπτερος,  ov,  ό,  {λάχανον, 
πτερόν)  vegetable-winged,  comic  word 
in  Luc. 

Αΰχάνοπωλεϊον,  ου,  τό,  the  vegeta- 
ble market :  from 

Ααχάνοπωλέω,  ώ,  {λάχανον,  πω- 
λ.έω)  to  sell  vegetables.     Hence 

Αάχΰνοπώλης,  ου,  ό,  one  who  sells 
vegetables,  a  green-grocer. 

Αάχΰνοπωλήτρια,  ar,  ή,  pecnl. 
fem.  of  foreg.,  a  woman  who  deals  in 
vegetables,  Ar.  Thesm.  387. 

Ααχάνοπώλιον,  ου,  τό,=λαχανο• 
πωλείον. 

Αάχάνόπωλις,  ιδος,  ή,  fem.  of  λα- 
χανοπώλης,  Ar.  Vesp.  497. 

Αάχάνοφάγία,  ας,  ή,  {λάχανον, 
φαγείν)  vegetable  diet,  Hipp. 

Αάχάνωδης,  ες,  =■  λαχανοειδής, 
Diosc. 

^Αάχάρης,  ους,  ό,  Lachures,  a  ty- 
rant at  Athens  (01.  120),  Plut.  Epi- 
cur.  6;  Paus.  1,  25,  7. 

ίΑάχαρτος,  ov,  ό,  Lachartus,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Plut.  Ciin.  17.  [ιΐχ] 

Αάχε,  Ep.  3  sing.  aor.  of  λαγχύνω 
for  έλυ^ε,  II. 

Αάχεια,  ή,  νήσος,  ακτή,  Od.  9, 110  ; 
10,  509  :  ace.  to  some  from  λαχαίνω, 
an  island  or  coast  ivith  good  soil,  that 
can  be  easily  dug,  as  opp.  to  rocky  or 
stony  :  ace.  to  others  for  έλάχεια, 
(em.  from  έλαχνς,  little,  small,  low, 
and  some  even  read  νήσος  επειτ'  έλά- 
χεια, and  ίνθ^  ακτή  τ'  ελ.άχεια.  [λώ] 

Αάχεΐν,  inf  aor.  of  λαγχάνω. 

Αάχεσις,  εως  Ion.  ιος,  η,  {λΰχεϊν, 
λάχος)  Lachesis,  one  of  the  three 
Fates,  strictly  the  disposer  of  lots,  Hes. 
Th.  218,  Sc.  258.— II.  as  appellat., 
lot,  destiny,  fate,  Bacis  ap.  Hdt.  9,  43  : 
distribution,  Plut.   [a] 

Αάχή, ης,  j?,=  ?ΜχοςΆηά  λ.άχεσις  Π. 

Αάχη,  ης,  ή,  {λαχαίνω)  α  digging, 
λ.άχαι  σιόαρύπλακτοι,  digging  with 
stroke  of  spade  (perh.  with  a  play  on 
λ.αχεϊν,  ?Μχος),  Aesch.  Theb.  914. 

^Αάχης,  ητος.  ό.  Laches,  an  Athe- 
nian, son  of  Melampus,  a  commander 
in  the  Peloponnesian  war,Thuc.,  Ar., 


ΛΑ£2Δ 

freq. — 2.  a  grandson  of  foreg.,  son  of 
Melampus,  Deni. — .  an  Athenian  ar- 
ehon  Ol.  95,  1,  Όιού.  S.  14,  35. 

Αηχμής,  ού,  ό,  {λαχεΙρ)=?Μχος, 
λάχεσις  II. 

Ααχμύς,  ον,  ό,  {λ.άζω,  λ,άγόην)— 
λακτισμός,  Antimach.  64. 

Ααχναϊος,  αία,  αίον,  woolly,  hairy, 
downy,  Anth. :  from 

AA'XNH,  7/r,  ή,  soft,  woolly  hair, 
down,  as  of  the  lirst  beard,  Od.  11, 
320 ;  of  the  thin  hair  on  Thersites' 
head,  ιΡίδνή  δ'  Ιπενήνοθε  λ.,  11.  2, 
219;  of  the  soft  nap  on  cloth,  II.  10, 
1.34:  not  till  later  sheep" s-uool,  Hes. 
Op.  511,  Soph.  Tr.  090,  for  winch 
λάχνος  is  used  in  Od. — 11.  ineta[;h. 
like  κόμη,  leafage,  App.  (The  same 
a.s  άχνη,  akin  to  χλαίνα,  χλανίς,  Lat. 
laena,  lana.)     Hence 

Ααχνήεις,  εσσα,  εν,  woolly,  hairy, 
shaggy,  Φήρες,  II.  2,  743,  στηθεα,  18, 
415,  δέρμα  συός,  II.  9,  518  ;  λ.  όροφος, 
α  downy,  soft  sedge,  II.  24,  451. 

Ααχνόγυιος,  ον.  {λύχνος,  γνΐον) 
with  hairy,  shaggy  limbs,  θήρες,  Eur. 
Hel.  378. 

Αάχρος,  ου,  ό,-=λάχνη,  wool,  Od. 
9,  445.     Hence 

Ααχνόω,  ω,  to  make  hairy.  Pass. 
to  grow  hairy  or  downy,  of  a  youth's 
chin,  Solon  14,  6. 

Ααχνώδης,  ες,  =λαχνήεις :  ούδας 
χλόης  λαχνώδες,  the  ground  downy 
ivith  grass,  Eur.  Cycl.  541. 

Αάχνωσις,  εως,  ή,  {λαχνόω)  a  cov- 
ering with  hair,  Philo. 

Αάχοίην,  Att.  for  λάχοιμι,  opt.  aor. 
of  λαγχάνω. 

ΛΑ'ΧΟΣ,  τό,  (λΧιχεΙν,  λαγχάνω) 
lot.  fate,  destiny,  Theogn.  592,  Pind., 
and  Trag. — 11.  the  portion  obtained  by 
lot,  luck,  or  inheritance,  in  genl.  a  lot, 
share,  portion,  Aesch.  Eum.  334,  317, 
400,  etc.,  also  in  Xen.  An.  5,  3,  9; 
TpiTuTov  λάχος  νυκτός,  Mosch.  2,  2  : 
— ό  λάχος  only  occurs  in  Pseudo- 
Soph,  [ά] 

Αάχών,  part.  aor.  of  λαγχάνω. 

Ααψάνη,  ης,  η,  also  λαμψίινη,  an 
eatable  herb,  Diosc. 

Αηψεϊψαι  and  λ^φονμαι.  Dor.  for 
λ^ί/ψομαι,  fut.  of  λαμι^άνω. 

Αάψις,  εως,  ή,  {λάπτω)  α  lapping, 
Arist.  Η.  Α. 

ΑΑΏ,=βλ.επω,  to  see,  behold,  look 
at;  old  Ep.  word  which  only  occurs 
in  three  Homeric  passages,  κύων  ίχε 
ποικί?Μν  έλλόν,  άσπαίροντα  λ.άων,  a 
dog  held  a  fawn,  gazing  on  it  as  it 
struggled,  Od.  19,  228  ;— ό  μεν  λάε 
ΐ'εβρόν  άπύγχων,  he  looked  upon  the 
fawn  as  he  was  throttling  it,  lb.  230; 
— ηίετυς  όξν  λάων,  the  "keen-seeing 
eagle,  H.  Hom.  Merc.  300.  Also  in 
later  Ep.  the  word  here  and  there 
occurs  in  this  signf  (It  is  the  root 
of  γλανσσω,  γλ.ανκός,  γλανξ,  γλήνη, 
γλήνος,  ?Μμπω,  λ.ενσσω.  λευκός,  Lar. 
lax,  luceo,  etc.,  and  of  ά'λαός  with  a 
priv.)  [ά] 

*AA'S2,  an  old  pres.,  now  found 
only  in  the  Doric  λώ,  λής,  λή,  q.  v., 
/  wish  or  will ;  the  root  however  of  a 
numerous  family  of  words,  vf hich  all 
involve  the  notion  of  eager  desire,  of 
yearning  or  striving  after,  as  if  the  in- 
tensive syllables  λα-,  λαι-,  λ.ι-,  had 
taken  a  Verbal  form  in  ΑΑ'Ω,  ot 
which  also  λιλαίομαι.  λ.ελιημένος, 
seem  to  be  remains  :  while  λα-  takes 
an  Adj.  form  in  λάβρος,  λ.αρός.  and  a 
Subst.  in  ?.άρος,  and  λ/.-  again  appears 
in  the  Adv.  λίαν. — The  signf  of  ca- 
pio,  to  take,  hold,  is  very  dub. 

Αάώδης,  ες,  {λ.αός,  είδος)  of  or  he 
longing  to  the  people,  fit  for  the  people, 
popular,  Lat.  popularis,  Plut.  Crass.  3. 


ΛΕΒΗ 

Λέα,  ή,  ν.  sub  λαία. 

tAeaypof,  ον,  6,  Leagrus,  son  of 
Glaucon,  an  Athenian  commandei•, 
Hdt.  9,  75;  Thuc.  1,51. 

\\εάύης,  ό,  Leades,  a  Theban,  son 
of  Astacus,  ApoUod.  3,  6,  8. 

Αέαινα,  ης,  ή,  fern,  from  λέων,  a 
lioness,  Hdt.  3,  108. — II.  σχήμα  τι  συν- 
ουσίας, Ar.  Lys.  231. 

iAiaiva,  ?/f ,  ή,  Leaena,  a  courtesan, 
beloved  of  Aristogiton,  Pans.  1,  23, 
2  :  cf  Ath.  596  E,  who  cites  a  later 
one  of  same  name,  577  O. 

Aeaivcj,  fut.  λεύνώ,  aor.  έλίηνα: 
Ep.  ?.ειαίνω,  fut.  7•.είάρέω,  the  only 
form  in  Horn.,  {λείος).  To  smooth, 
polish,  of  a  worker  in  horn,  11.  4,  111 ; 
/..  κέλενθον,  to  smooth  or  prepare  the 
way,  II.  15,  261,  cf  Od.  8,  260 :  hence 
esp.  to  shave  the  beard,  Theopomp.  ap. 
Ath.  518  A. — II.  to  rub  smooth,  powder, 
pound  in  a  mortar,  Lat.  levigare,  Hdt. 
1,  200 :  in  genl.  to  destroy,  extirpate, 
Hdt.  4,  122. — III.  to  smooth  down  or 
away,  -ας  ()υτίδας.  Plat.  Symp.  191 
A  : — metaph.  to  smooth  or  soften  down, 
τον  λόγον  τινός,  Hdt.  8,  142;  την 
κατάποσιν,  to  tickle  the  palate,  Muson. 
ap.  Stob.  p.  167,  1. 

^Αεάνδρειος,  a,  ov,  of  Leander, 
Anth.  :  irom 

iAέavδf)oς,  ov,  ό,  poet.  Αείανδρος, 
Leander,  a  youth  of  Abydos,  whose 
love  for  Hero  i.s  sung  by  Musaeus. 

^Αεάνειρα,  ας,  ή,  Leanira,  mother  of 
Elatus  and  Aphides,  ApoUod.  3,  9, 1. 

^Αέανσις,  εως,  ή,  (λεαίνω)  the  act  of 
smoothing,  polishing,  Ciem.  Al. :  al. 
λείανσις. 

Αεάντεφα,  ας,  ή,  fem.  of  sq.,  Anth. 

Αεαντήρ,  ήρος,  ό,  {λεαίνω)  one  that 
polishes,  pounds. 

Αεαντικός,  ή,  όν,  (λ,εαίνω)  good  for 
polishing,  pounding,  etc.,  Arist.  Probl. 
Adv.  -ως. 

^Αέαρχος,  ov,  ό,  Learchus,  son  of 
Athamas  and  Ino,  ApoUod. — 2.  brother 
of  king  Arcesilaus  II.  of  Gyrene,  Hdt. 
4,  IGO  :  in  Plut.  Αύαρχος. — 3.  an  Ath- 
enian, son  of  Callimachns,  Thuc.  2, 
67. — 4.  a  statuary  of  Rhegium,  Pans. 
3,  17,6. 

^Αεβάδεια,  ας,  η,  also  Αεβαδία,  Le- 
badca,  a  city  of  Boeolia  at  the  base  of 
Helicon,  containing  an  oracle  of  Tro- 
phonius ;  now  Libadia,  Hdt.  8,  134. 

\Αει3αδος,  ου,  ό,  Lebadus,  an  Athen- 
ian, from  whom  foreg.  was  said  to  be 
named.  Pans.  9,  39,  1. 

^Αεβαίη,  ης,  ή,  Lebaea,  an  ancient 
city  of  Macedonia,  Hdt.  8,  137. 

^Αεβέδιος,  a,  ov,  of  Lebedus,  Lebe- 
dian,  ol  Αεβ.,  Strab.  :  from 

ίΑέβεδος,  ου,  η,  Lebedns,  a  city  on 
the  Ionian  coast  of  Asia  Minor ;  its 
ruins  now  Ecclesia  or  Xingi,  Hdt.  1, 
142. 

^Αεβέκιοι,  ων,  ol,  the  Lebecii,  a  peo- 
ple of  Helvetia,  Polyb.  2,  17,  4. 

^Αεβήν,  ηνος,  η,  and  Αεβήνα,  Le- 
bcn,  a  seaport  of  Crete,  haven  of  Gor- 
tyna,  Strab.  p.  487. 

Αεβηρίς,  ίδος,  ή,  (λεττω)  the  shin, 
slough,  of  serpents,  etc.,  Ar.  Fr.  102; 
the  husk  of  fruit. — II.  a  rabbit,  if  λέπο- 
ρις,  q.  v.,  be  not  better. 

Αέβης,  ητος,  ό,  (λείβω)  a  kettle,  cal- 
dron, prob.  with  three  feet  (but  dif- 
ferent from,  and  prob.  smaller  than 
τρίπονς),  of  bronze  or  copper  {χα?.- 
κός),  sometimes  of  costly  workinan- 
ship,  and  so  in  the  heroic  age  used 
for  honorary  gifts  or  prizes,  freq.  in 
Hom.,  esp.  in  II. — II.  in  Od.  mostly 
the  basin  in  which  the  purifying  water 
{χέρνιφ),  was  handed  to  the  guests 
before  meals,  made  of  silver,  Od.  1, 
137,  etc. ;  but  Od.  19,  386,  a  pan  for 
53 


ΛΕΓΩ 

washing  the  feet. — III.  among  the 
Spartans  a  sort  of  τύμπανον  or  basin, 
which  was  struck  by  women  at  the 
funerals  oi  the  kmgs,  Hdt.  G,  58. — 

IV.  α  cinerary  urn,  Aesch.  Ag.  444. — 

V.  a  vase  on  the  roof  of  the  temple  of 
Jupiter  at  Olymoia,  Pausan.  5,  10,  4, 
and  at  Delos,  Call.  Del.  286. 

Αεβητύριον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from 
foreg.,  Ath. 

Αεβητίζω,  (λέβης)  to  put  into,  to 
boil  in  a  caldron.  Lye. 

Αεβήτιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  λέβης, 
Ath. 

Αεβητοειδής,  ές,  {λέβίΐς,  είδος)  like 
a  kettle  or  basin. 

Αΐβητοχάρης,  ov,  o,^sq. 

Αεβητοχάρων,  6,  {λέβης,  χαίρω) 
potfriend,  Cercid.  ap.  Ath.  347  D.  [ά] 

Αεβητώδης,  ες,=  λεβητοειδής,  Ath. 

Αεβίανός,  ov.  o,=  sq. 

Αεβίας,  ov,  ό,  a  kind  of  _/ϊχΛ,  Lat. 
lebias,  Ar.  Fr.  365. 

Αέβινθος,  ου,  ό,^έρέβινθος. 
^Αέβινθος,  ov,  ή,  Lebinthus,  one  of 
the  Sporades,  Strab.  p.  487. 

Αέγαι,  nom.  plur.  from  λέγος  or 
?.έγης,  γυναίκες  λ.,  lewd  women, 
chamberers.  Archil.  95.  (Akin,  to  λέ- 
χος,  λαγνός.) 

Αεγεών,  ώνος,  6,  the  Lat.  legio, 
Ν.  T.;tPlut.  Rom.  13. 

Αέγνη,  ης,  ?},=:sq. 

λέγνον,  ov,  τό,  a  hem,  border,  esp. 
the  coloured  hem  of  a  garment  parallel 
to  the  ώα  or  selvage,  in  genl.  the  ex- 
tremity, edge,  Hipp.  ap.  Gal.     Hence 

Αεγνόω,  ω,  to  furnish  with  a  coloured 
hem  or  border. 

Αεγνώδης,  ες,=λεγνωτός. 

Αεγνωτός,  ή,  όν,  {λεγνόω)  with  α 
coloured  hem  or  border,  Call.  Dian.  12. 

AETi2,  i.  λέξω,  aor.  έλεξα,  pf  fl- 
λοχα,  in  comp.,  see  usage  under  foil, 
heads,  orig.  signf  to  LAY,  Germ. 
LEGEN ;  and  in  pass,  to  LIE, 
Germ.  LIEGEN .—hence  aU  the 
other  signfs.  may  be  derived,  so  that 
it  is  needless,  as  Buttm.  Lexil.  in  v. 
does,  to  assume  a  separate  root  *λέ• 
;j;u,for  this  signf — I.  to  lay  asleep,  lull 
to  sleep,  put  to  bed,  λέξον  με,  H.  24, 
635  ;  λ.  νόον  Διός,  II.  14,  252.  Pass, 
or  mid.  to  lie  down,  Hom. ;  ?ιέξεται 
ϋπνω,  will  lie  asleep,  II.  4,  131,  ?^ξο- 
μαι  εις  εΰνήν,  Od.  17,  102. — This 
signf  is  only  in  the  earliest  poets, 
nor  is  the  pres.  ever  so  used  :  we 
have  in  Hom.  of  the  act.,  aor.  impe- 
rat.  λέξον  ;  of  the  pass,  or  mid.  f  λέ- 
ξομαι,  aor.  1  ελεξύμην,  also  some 
forms  from  a  syncop.  aor.  έλέγμην, 
viz.  3  sing,  λέκτο,  in  Od.,  imperat. 
λέξο  and  λέξεο,  in  II.  and  Od.  (Hence 
λέχος,  λέκτβον,  Lat.  lectus,  also  λε- 
χώ,  λοχεία.  7ώχος,  αλοχος.) — II.  like 
Lat.  LEGO,  to  lay  in  order,  arrange, 
and  so  to  gather,  pick  up,  Lat.  lego  and 
colligo,  λ.  όστέα,  Hom. ;  λ.  αίμασιύς, 
in  Od.  18,  359,  ace.  to  the  Schol.,  to 
pick  out  stones  for  building,  cf  λογύ- 
δί/ν,  λογάς,  but  v.  sub.  αίμασιύ. 
Mid.  to  gather  for  one's  self,  ξύλα,  II. 

8,  507  :  hence  to  choose,  pick  out,  άν- 
δρας άριστους,  Od.  24,  108,  κούρους, 
II.  21,  27  :  absol.  in  syncop.  aor.,  έγώ 
πέμπτος  μετά  τοίσιν  έ?ίέγμην,  after 
these  /  chose  myself  the  fifth,  i.  e. 
offered  to  go  with  the  other  four,  Od. 

9,  335  ;  or  it  may  mean,  /  reckoned 
myself..,  v.  infr.  III.  Pass.  pres.  to 
be  chosen,  II.  13,  276. — In  this  signf. 
the  Att.  use  the  perf  ειλοχα,  pass. 
είλεγμαι,  aor.  pass,  έλέγην,  but  only 
in  compds.,  cf.  εκλέγω,  καταλέγω, 
συλλέγω :  the  simple  είλεγμένος, 
chosen,  as  v.  1.  Eur.  Tro.  290,  Dem. 
873,  33. — III.  to  lay  among,  and  so  to 


ΛΕΗΛ 

count,  tell  or  reckon  up,  εν  δ'  ήμέας  λέ- 
γε κητεσιν,  he  counted  us  among  the 
seals,  Od.  4,  452.  Mid.  aor.  syncop., 
λέκτο  (5'  αριθμόν,  he  told  over  the  num- 
ber, Od.  4,  451  :  so,  λέξατο  πύντας, 
Pind.  P.  4,  336.  Pass.,  μετά  τοΙσιν 
έλέχϋηΐ',  I  was  counted  among  tliese, 
II.  3,  188,  cf.  supr.  II.  Hence— IV. 
to  recount,  tell,  relate,  τι,  Hom.  and 
Att.,  τινί  τι,  to  tell  something  to  one, 
lb.  :  hence  to  speak,  say,  utter,  in  Hom. 
only  once  in  act.,  Άγαμέμνονι  λ. 
όνείδεα,  to  utter  reproaches  ίο  or  against 
him,  II.  2,  222  :  λέγε  ει  τι  θέλεις,  7.έγε 
ει  τι  λέγεις,  είπε  ότι  και  λέγεις,  etc., 
if  you  have  aught  to  say,  say  on, 
Valck.  Hdt.  8,  58 :  mostly  of  men, 
less  usu.  of  oracles,  to  say,  declare, 
Hdt.  8,  136.  Hom.  also  has  the  mid., 
once  or  twice,  to  say  over  to  one's  self, 
say  over,  II.  13,  275,  292,  Od.  3,  240. 
Hdt.  and  the  Alt.  used  the  word  chief- 
ly in  this  signf.,  of  all  kinds  of  oral 
communications,  of  which  some  few 
instances  follow  : — 1.  7.έγειν  τινά  τι, 
to  say  something  of  another,  esp.,  κακά 
A.  Tivi'i,  to  speak  ill  of  him,  abuse,  re- 
vile him,  Hdt.  8,  61,  etc. ;  also,  εν  or 
κακώς  λ.  τινά,  Soph.  El.  524,  1028, 
whereas  the  Latins  say  maledicere  al 
icui. — 2.  λ.  κατά  τίνος,  to  accuse  one, 
λ.  νπέρ  τίνος,  to  defend  him,  Xen. 
Hell.  1,  5,  2;  1,  7,  16.— 3.  λ.  τινά 
ποιείν  τι,  to  tell,  bid,  command  one  to 
do,  like  κελεΰω,  Soph.  Phil.  101. — 4. 
λ.  τι,  to  say  something,  i.  e.  to  speak  to 
the  point  or  purpose.  Soph.  O.  T.  1475, 
Xen.,  etc.  ;  opp.  to  λ.  ουδέν,  to  say 
what  is  nothing,  say  nothing  to  the  point 
or  purpose,  Ar.  Eq.  334  :  iaut  λ.  ουδέν, 
also,  to  say  what  is  not,  to  lie,  Ar.  Av. 
66  :  also  καλώς,  ορθώς  λ.,  to  be  right, 
Valck.  Hipp.  715. — 5.  pleon.,  έφη  λέ- 
γων, έλεγε  φύς,  etc.,  oft.  in  Hdt.,  as 
also  in  Att.,  Lob.  Aj.  756. — 6.  as  the 
beginning  of  letters  or  documents,. 
Άμασις  ΐΙο?ίνκράτεϊ  ώδε  λέγει..., 
Μαρδόνιος  τάδε  λέγει...,  etc.,  Hdt.  3, 
40  ;  8,  140  :  τά  γράμαατα  λέγει  τάδε. 
Id.  1,  124,  etc. — 7.  like  Lat.  dicere,  to 
speak  of,  mean, refer  to,  Hdt.  7,  144;  so 
freq.  in  Trag.,  as  εισω  κομίζου  συ, 
Κασύνδραν  λέγω  you,  I  mean  Cas- 
sandra, Aesch.  Ag.  1035 ;  ποταμός, 
Άχελώον  λέγω.  Soph.  Tr.  9,  cf. 
Valck!  Phoen.  994. — 8.  pass,  λέγεται, 
like  Lat.  dicitur,  it  is  said,  on  dit,  λέ- 
γεται  αντονς  είναι...,  Hdt.  8,  119; 
but  also,  λέγονται  είναι,  Xen.  Cyr. 
1,  2,  1  :  TO  λεγόμενον,  absol.,  as  it  is 
said,  as  the  saying  goes,  Lat.  quod  per- 
hibent,  Thuc.  7,  68,  cf  Stallb.  Plat. 
Symp.  217  Ε  :  ό  λεγόμενος,  the  so- 
called...,  as  ol  7..  αυτόνομοι  είναι, 
Xen.  Hell.  6,  3,  8.— In  this  signf  λέ- 
γω has  no  perf  act. :  the  perf.  pass. 
IS  λέλεγμαι  (not  είλεγμαι,  cf  supr. 
II) :  aor.  pass,  έλέχθην  ;  the  fut.  λέ- 
ξυμαι  has,  esp.  in  Trag.,  a  passive 
force,  Pors.  Hec.  293,  Schaf  Soph. 
O.  C.  1186,  and  so  is  used  lor  λεχθή- 
σομαι :  also  λελέξομαι.  Plat. — V.  the 
usu.  signf.  of  Lat.  LEGO,  to  read, 
only  occurs  in  Greek  in  the  compd. 
επιλέγομαι,  Hdt. 

^Αέδων,  οντος,  ή,  Ledon,  a  city  ot 
Phocis,  Pans.  10,  2,  2 ;  named  after 
an  autochthon  Αέδων,  Id.  10,  33,  1. 

Αεη7Μσία,  ας,  ή,  a  making  of  booty,, 
robbery,  Xen.  Hier.  1,  36:  and 

Αεηλατέω,  ώ,  to  drive  away  booty, 
esp.  cattle,  to  make  booty.  Soph.  Aj'. 
343,  and  freq.  in  Xen. :  hence  c.  ace. 
loci,  to  plunder,  despoil,  πεδίον,  πό7.ιν,  ■ 
Hdt.  2,  152 ;  5,  101  :  from 

Αεηλέιτης,  ου,  δ,  a  plunderer. 

Αεηλάτησις,  εως,  ή,  {7.ει/λατέω)= 
λεηλασία,  Aen.  Tact. 

833 


ΛΕΙΚ 

ΚεφΛίτικός,  r/,  όν,  able  or  disposed 
to  plunder. 

tAfi/rrti'ot,  ων,  ol,  the  Leetani,  a 
people  of  Iberia,  Strab.  p.  15!). 

ΛΕΙΆ,  «f,  ή.  Ion.  ?,ηίη.  ης,  booty, 
plunder,  freq.  in  Hdt.  ;  esp.  of  cattle, 
opp.  to  άνθρωποι,  Thuc.  2,  94,  anil  so 
in  phir..  Soph.  Aj.20:  hence  in  genl. 

?illageable  pnipirly,  'I'huc.  8,  3,  Xen. 
leil.  1,  3,  2  :  τους  ?Μΐπονς  ?,ηΐ>μ<  Οέ- 
σθαι,  to  give  them  up  to  pliinder, 
Hdt.  4,  202:  λείαν  -ποιησθηι  χύιχιν, 
^^λεη^ατείν  χώραν,  Thnc.  8,  41  : 
ΙπΙ  λείαν  ίέναι,  etc.,  Xen.  An.  5,  1, 
8,  etc.  :  so  in  plur.  :  Kara  τάς  ί^ίας 
λείας.  Id.  Hell.  1,  2,  5: — proverb. 
Μνσών  λεία,  of  any  thing  that  may 
be  plundered  with  impunity.  Dem. 
248,  23,  Arist.  Rhet.  1.  12, '20.  Cf. 
ληίς,  which  is  the  form  used  by  Horn. 
and  Hes. 
Λεία,  ή,  v.  sub  λαία- 
ίίίειηγόρτ].  ης,  ή,  itin^ora,  daughter 
of  Nereus  and  Doris,  Hes.  Th.  257. 

Atiaii'o),  fut.  λείίχΐ'ώ,  Ep.  λειανέυ, 
(?.εΙος)  Ion.  and  Ep.  for  λεαίνΐύ,  q.  v. 
Horn  uses  this  foim  only. 
\Αείανσις,  ij,  v.  λέανσις. 
Αειύντειρα,  ας,  ή,  and  λειαντηρ, 
ηρος.  Ion.  lor  λεάντεψα,  etc. 

Αειανστηρός,  ύν,  {.λείος,  αυστηρός) 
siveetish-sour. 

ίΑείιίήΟριος,  α,  ον,  of  Libcthntm, 
Libethnan  ;  οι  Aft/i.,  the  Libelhrians, 
regarded  as  rude  and  unpolished ; 
hence  prov.  άμονσότερος  των  Αεφη- 
θρίων,  Paroem.  Zenob.  1,  7ί). 

^Αειβηβρίς,  ίήης,  ή,  pecul.  fern,  to 
foreg.,  αϊ  Αειβηϋρίόες,  appell.  of  the 
Muses,  Strab.  p.  410. 

Αείβηθρον,  ov,  τό,  (λείβω)  a  canal : 
a  wet  country,  meadow,  like  λειμών.—\\. 
also  Αείβηβρα,  ων,  τύ,  and  Αίβηθρα, 
τά,  Libethriim  or  Libethra,  a  city  and 
mountain  district  of  Thrace  inhai)ited 
by  Orpheus,  sacred  to  the  Muses, 
StraUt  p.  410  ;  Pans.  9,  30,  9,  etc.— 
2.  a  mountain  of  Boeotia,  near  Coro- 
nea,  containing  a  grotto  of  the  Muses, 
Paus.  9,  34,  4. 

ΑΕΓΒί2,  f.  -xbo),  to  pour,  pour  forth, 
usu.  like  σκένοω,  in  a  religious  sense, 
olvov  λίίβειν,  Horn. ;  also,  μέθν  Ά., 
ίο  make  a  libation  of  wine,  Od.  12, 
362;  olvov  'AUf/vy  λ.,  11.  10,  579; 
also  ?Λ-ί3ειν  (wittiout  olvov).  II.  24, 
285,  esp.  with  a  dat.  of  the  gods  to 
whom  the  libation  is  made,  λείβειν 
Alt,  θεοΐς,  II.  0,  266,  Od.  2,  432. 
(Hence  λοιβή,  and  Lat.  libare,  libatio.) 
— II.  Horn,  also  uses  it  like  είβω,  to 
let  flow,  shed,  though  only  in  phrase 
όάκρυα  λ.,  Od.  5,  84  ;  16,  214  ;  so  too 
in  Trag.  Mid.  to  flow,  run,  trickle, 
Hes.  Sc.  390  :  λείβεσθαι  δακρνοις  to 
melt  into  tears,  Eur.  Andr.  532  :  hence 
to  melt  or  pine  away,  Ar.  Eq.  327. 
Pass,  to  be  watered,  moistened,  bedewed, 
Anth.  (Hence  ?„είβεθρον,  λιβύς, 
λίμνη,  λειμών.) 
ΙΆείγηρ,  ηρος,  ό,  the  Liger,  now 
Loire,  a  river  of  Gallia  Celtica,  Strab. 
p.  191. 

Αειεντερέω,  ω,  to  have  λειεντερία. 
Αειεντερία,  ή,  (λεΐοζ•,  εντερον)  the 
passing  one's  food  without  digesting  it, 
Hipp.  , 

Αειεντεριώδης,  ες,  {λειεντερία,  εΐ- 
(hr)  like  or  afflicted  with  λειεντερία, 
Ηψρ. 

Αειεϋμαι,  Dor.  for  λειονμαι,  pres. 
pass,  from  λειόω. 

Αείζομαι,  Ion.  and  poet,  for  ληΐζο- 
μαι,  q.  v. 

Αείηναν,  Ep.  3  pi.  aor.  from  λειαί- 
νω.  Od. 

Αεικνάριον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  λεϊ- 
κι  υν,  also  λικνύριον. 
834 


ΛΕΙΟ 

Αεικνίζω,  to  cleanse  by  tvinnmuing : 
to  string,  to  rock  :  from 

Αεϊκνον,  ov,  TO,  also  7.im>ov  and 
Αΐκμός,  a  winnowina-fan,  Lat.  vanntts. 
II.  (1  cradle,  from  its  likeness  to  a  fan 
in  form  and  motion. 

Αειμΰκίς.  ίόης.  ή,  ννμ(Ρη,  a  meadmv- 
nymph,  from  λεϊμαξ,  λειμών. 

Αειμάκώόης,  ες,  (λεϊμαξ,  εΐόος)  like 
meadows,  gra.isy,  moist,  Hipj». 

Αεϊμαξ,  ΰκος.  ό,  perh.  also  ^,= 
λειμών,  Eur.  Phoen.  1571,  Bacch. 
867  :  a  garden,  Pherecr.  Metall.  2  : 
lience  is  fonned  comp.  adj.  λειμακέ- 
στερος,  for  -κωύέστερυς,  Hipp.  289. 
25,  but  V.  Lob.  Pand.  288. 

Λε</ία^,  ««Of,  ό  and  ή,  a  kind  of 
shell-tess  s?iait,  cf.  σίαιλος. 

Αειμάς,  άόος,  η,^=λειμών. 

Αεϊμμα,  ατός,  τό,  {'λείπω)  α  rem- 
nant, 7τ/η«/ίί*•,  Hdl .  1,  119. — II.  in  mu- 
sic,=(5<εσίί•  III.,  Plat. 

Αειμόδωρον,  ov,  τό,  a  weed,  jierh. 
the  same  as  οροβά}γη,  Theojihr. 

Αειμών,  ώνος,  ό,  {λείβω)  any  moist 
or  grassy  place,  a  meadow,  holm,  pas- 
ture, Horn.,  etc. :  metaph..  λ.  ποτα- 
μίων ποτών,  the  smooth  river-water. 
Soph.  Fr.  587,  like  Lat.  Neptmtiapra- 
ta,  of  the  sea  :  metaph.  al-^o,  πλοντον 
και  νεότητας  λ.ειμώνες,  Plat.  Soph. 
222  Α. — II.  like  κήπος,  pudenda  midi- 
ebria,  Eur.  Cycl.  171. — III.  later  freq. 
metaph.  for  any  bright,  flowery  surface, 
a  blooming  face,  garment,  peacock's  tail, 
etc.,  Jac.  Ach.  Tat.  478,  486.  ( Prob. 
from  λείβω,  as  σεμνός  from  σίβω  cf. 
λίμνη,  λιμήν,  Pott  Et.  Forsch.  1,  p. 
208.) 

't Αειμών,  ώνος,  6,  Limon,  son  of 
Tegeates,  Paus.  8,  53,  2. — II.  a  place 
near  Nysa,  Strab.  p.  650. 

Αειμωνήρης,  ες,  {λειμών,  άρω)  be- 
longing to  a  7neadow. 

Αειμωνιύς.  ύδος,  poet.  fern,  of  λει- 
μώνιος, ννμφη  λ.=?.ειμακίς,  a  mea- 
dow-nymph,  Soph.  Phil.  1454. 

Αειμωνιάτης,  ov,  ό,  fem,  -ατις,  ιόος, 
λίθος,  a  stone  of  a  grass-green  colour, 
Plin. 

Αειμώνιον,  ov,TO,aplant,  limonium, 
Diosc. :  strictly  neut.  from 

Αειμώνιος,  ία,  lov,  {λειμών)  of  be- 
longing to  a  mendou).  Lat.  pratensis, 
δρόσοι,  Aesch.  Ag.  560,  φνλλα,  Tbe- 
ocr.  18,  39. 

Αειμωνίς,  ίδος,  poet.  fem.  of  λει- 
μώνιος, Dion.  P.  756. 

Αειμωνίτης,  ου,  6,  fem.  -Ιτις,  ιδος, 
=λειμώνιος. 

Αειμωνοειδης,  ες,  (λειμών,  είδος) 
like  meadows,  grassy  and  flowery,  Cebes. 

Αειμωνόθεν,  (λειμών)  adv.  from  a 
meadow,  II.  24,  451  ;  also  λειαωνόθε, 
Theocr.  7,  80. 

Αειόβατυς,  ov,  (λείος,  βαίνω)  going 
smoothly  :  sinooth. 

Αειόβατος,  ov,  b,  {λείος,  βάτος)  a 
fish,  the  ray,  Plat.  (Com.)  Soph.  4, 
Arist.  H.  A.  2,  15,  12. 

Αειογενειος,  ov,  {?ιεΐος,  γένειον) 
smooth-chinned,  beardless,  Hdt.  5,  20. 

Αειόγ?:ωσσος,  ov,  (λείος,  γλώσσα) 
smooth-tongiied,  flattering. 

Αειοθαλύσσιος,  u,  ov,  (?.ειος,  θύ- 
?ι«σσα)  name  of  a  kind  of  raphanis, 
Theophr. 

Αειοκάρηνος,  ov,  (λεΐος,  κάρηνον) 
smooth  or  bald-headed. 

Αειόκανλος,  ov,  (λείος,  καυλός) 
smooth-stalked,  Theophr. 

Αειοκϋμονέω,  ω,  to  be  τιρο?ι  a  smooth 
sea :  from 

Αειοκνμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  (λείος, 
κνμα)  having  low  waves,  βύλαττα  λ-,  a 
calm  smooth  sea,  Luc.  [fi] 

Αειόμΐτος,ον,  (/.εϊος,  μίτος)  smooth- 
ing the  threads  of  the  warp,  κύμαξ,  Anth. 


ΑΕΙΠ 

Αειοντί/,  ης,  ή.  poet,  for  λεοντΤι,  a 
lion's  skin,  Anth.  Plan.  185. 

Αειοντομάχης,  ov,  ό,  ('λέων.  μάχη, 
poet,  for  λεοντομ.,  a  lion-fighter.  The 
ocr.  Epigr.  20,  2.  [a] 

Afiovro7ra^7/f,  ov,  ό,  (λέων,  ιτάλη) 
poet,  for  λεοντοπ.,  wrestler  with  a  lion, 
Anth.  [a] 

Αειοποιεω,  ώ,  (λείος)  to  smooth, 
pevnd  fine,  Geop. 

Αΐΐόπονς,  6,  ή,  -πονν,  τό,  gen.  -πο- 
δός, smooth-fvoteil. 

ΛΕΓΟΣ,  λεία,  λ^Ιον,  later  also  ος, 
ον,  the  Lat.  LAEVIS,  smooth,  level, 
even:  Hom.  and  Hes.  use  it  esp.  of 
level  places  or  countries,  πεδίον, χί^ 
ρος,  ιππόδρομος,  οδός,  ΰροσις ;  so, 
χωρίον  λ;  Hdt.  7,  9.  2  :  c.  gen.,  χώ- 
ρος 'λ^εϊος  πετράων,  smooth,  i.  c.  free 
from  rocks,  Od.  5,  443  :  also,  λ.  Ού- 
'λ,,ασσα.  a  smooth  sea,  Hdt.  2,  117  ;  λ. 
πνεύμα,  a  gentle  breeze,  Ar.  Ran. 
1001,  cf.  Lol).  Aj.  673.— II. later  sTJioo/A 
to  the  tcnich,  polished,  slippery,  fr;^t?i,rf, 
Ar.  Fr.  25,  cf.  Foiis.  Oecon.  Hijip. — 
2.  with  a  smooth  chin,  beardless,  'i'he- 
ocr.  5,  90  :  bald,  Lat.  lacins.  Ruhnk. 
Ep.  Cr.  p.  66. — 2.  metaph.  λ.  μνΟοι. 
snwolh,  soft  words.  Aesch.  Pr.  647  ; 
also,  λεία  φώη•η,  Plat.  Tim.  67  B;  λ. 
ήθος,  ηδοναί.  Id.  Crat.  400  A,  Phil.  51 
D.  Adv. -wf.  (It  prob.  once  had  the 
digamma  AttFof,  cf.  Lat.  lati-is,  and 
λευρός :  hence  'λ^ιαίνω,  λεαίνω,  λισ• 
σός,  Άίστρον.) 

ΑεΙος,  ον,  6,  α  smooth-skinned  sort 
of  shark. 

Αειύστρακος,  ov,  (}.^ίος,  οστρακον) 
sinooth-shellcd,  Arist.  Η.  Α.  4,  4,  6. 

Αειόστρεια,  ων,  τύ,  (λείος,  όστρε- 
ον)  a  sort  οί  smooth-shelled  fish. 

Αειότης,  ητος,  ή,  (λείος)  smooth- 
ness, σπλάγχνων,  Aesch.  Pr.  493 ; 
κατόπτρων,  Xen.  Eq.  10,  6. 

Αειοτρΐβέω,  ώ,  Ιο  rub  smooth,  pound. 
Gal.,  but  V.  Lob.  Phryn.  572:  Irom 

Αειοτρϊίής,  ές,  (λεΐος,  τρίβω)  rub- 
bed smooth,  pounded,  Diosc. 

ΑειοτρΙχέω,  ij,=sq.,  Arist.  H.  A. 

Αειοτρϊχιάω,  ώ,  ('λείος,  βρίξ)  to 
have  smooth  hair,  Sophron.  ap.  Ath. 
100  E. 

Αειονργεω,  ώ,  (λείος,  *ίργω)  to 
make  smooth. 

Αείονσι,  poet,  for  λέονσι,  dat.  plur. 
from  λέων,  II.  5,  782. 

ΑΐΐόφλίΌίος.  ov,  (λΐϊος,  φ2.οιός) 
smooth-barked,  Theophr. 

Αειόφνλλος,  ov,  {λείος,  φνλ?ι.ον) 
smoeth-leaved. 

Αειόχρως,  ωτος,  { λείος,  χρως  ) 
smooth-skinned,  Ath. 

Αειόω,  ώ,  (2ειος)  to  smooth,  make 
even  or  bald. — II.  to  rub  to  pieces,  pmmd. 

Αειπανδρέω,  and  other  compds.  of 
λειπ-,  ϊχοιηλείπω,  should  be  written 
ΛΐτΓ-,  as  λϊπανδρέω,  v.  Cramer  Anecd. 
2,  239,  Dind.  in  Steph.  Thesaur. 

tAf  ίΤΓεφίλ?;.  ης,  ή,  Lipephile,  daugh- 
ter of  lolaus,  Paus.  9,  40,  6. 

iAειπόξatς,  ιος,  ό,  lApoxais,  son  of 
the  Scythian  king  Targitaus,  progen- 
itor of  the  Auchatae,  Hdt.  4,  6. 

Αειπτέον,  verb.  adj.  from  λείπω, 
one  must  leave,  Eur.  H.  F.  1385,  and 
Plat. 

Αειπυρία,  ας,  ή.  Ion.  -ίη,  ^,=  sq., 

Αειπνριας,  ο,  with  or  without  πυ- 
ρετός, (λείπω,  πϋρ)  a  malignant  in- 
termittent fever,  for  λειποπνρίας, 
Hipp.     Hence 

Κειττϊιρικός,  ή,  όν,  subject  to  λειπν- 
ρία,  Hipp. 

Αειπνριώδης,  ες,  (λειπνρία,  είδος) 
like  or  .suffering  from  λειπνρία,  Hipp. 

ΑΕΓΠί2,  f.  -ϊρω:  aor.  act.  έ'λΐπον, 
inf.  λϊπείν,  mid.  ίλίπόμην,  (for  the 


ΛΕΙΡ 

aor.  1  D.eitba  only  occurs  in  late 
authors.  Lob.  Phryn.  713,  sq.) :  perf. 
act,  /,εΛο/τΓϋ,  pass,  λέλημμαι.  part. 
7.ε7.ΐΐμμένος^  plqpf-  ε'/.ΐλείμμην-,  in 
Hom.  usu.  without  augm. :  lut.  pass. 
?^/.είφομαί,  IL  24,  742 :  aor.  pass. 
έλ-άύθην : — all  which  tenses,  except 
aor.  lact.  and  pass., are  used  by  Horn. 
— L  trans,  to  lead.  Ut  go,  release,  let 
aloiue,  of  dying  persons  to  leave  behind^ 
in  all  these  signfs.  freq.  in  Hom. :  ri 
Tivi,  to  leave  behind  to  one,  leai:e  as  a 
legacy,  Τ  rag. — 2.  to  desert  in  danger, 
leave  in  the  lurch,  II.  16,  368,  etc. ;  so, 
7J.~QV  ioi  ΰναατα,  the}'  failed  him, 
Od.  22,  119,  Lat.  deficiebant  eum  sagit- 
tae,  cf.  infr.  II. — 3.  λ-  ψάος  ήε/joio,  to 
die,  Horn. :  also  conversely,  θυμός, 
^υχή,  αιών  /Μπει  με,  also  έ/^τ' 
οστέα  θυμός,  Horn. — Β.  pass,  to  be  left, 
left  behind,  etc.,  therefore  to  stay,  re- 
viain,  /Μπετα-ΐ,  it  remains  to  do  so  and 
so.  Plat. ;  to  be  left  above,  remain  over, 
hence  to  survive,  Hoai.,  who  uses  also 
κατόΰΐσθε and  με~ό~<.σβε  /.είττεσθαι ; 
σίΓία  TLVi  Άείπεται,  Hdt.  9,  45. — 2. 
esp,  to  be  left  behind  in.  a  race,  Horn., 
c.  gen.  pers-,  IL  23,  523  ;  ?.ελειμμέ- 
νος  οΙών,  lingering  behind  them,  Od.  9, 
448;  so  aLso,  tr  δίσκονρα  λθ.εηττο, 
11.  23,  523  :  but,  λεί-εσβαι  άττό  τίνος, 
to  remain  afar  or  aloof  from  one,  II,  9, 
437,  445  :  so  too  in  Hdt.,  λ-  βασι'/.ηος 
or  άττό  βασι'/:ηος,  to  be  left  behind  by, 
desert  the  king,  Hdt.  8,  113:  9,  06: 
absol.  to  stay  behind.  Id.  9,  56. — 3.  in 
genl.  to  remain  behind,  come  short  of.., 
be  inferior,  worse,  weaker  or  less  than..., 
and  so  c.  gen.  like  έλαττοναθαι,  ήτ- 
τΰσθαι,  ΰστερεΐσθαί  τίνος,  because 
the  verb  has  a  cotnpar.  sense,  freq. 
in  Hdt. ;  also,  7.εί-εσθαί  τίνος  ες  τι 
or  εν  τινι,  Hdt.  I,  99;  7,  81,  cf. 
Aesch.  Pers.  344:  /.έλ^^ιψαι  των 
έμών  βουλευμάτων,  you  come  short  of 
understand  not  my  plans,  Eur.  Or. 
1085:  absol.  in  part.,  άνδρες  ?.ε?.ειμ- 
αένοί,  inferior  men,  Aesch.  Fr.  36. — 
4.  to  be  wanting  or  lacking,  τινός,  of  a 
thing.  Soph.  Tr.  937,  El.  474:  εν 
Ttvi,  in  a  thing,  Id.  O.  C.  495 :  cf 
infr.  II. — C.  mid.  C.  ace,  to  leave  be- 
hind one.  on  dying,  leave  a  memorial  to 
posferitif,  μνημόσυνα  λιττέσθαι,  Hdt. 
6,  109,  and  freq.  in  Hdt.,  mostly  in 
aor.  2- — II.  intr.  to  be  gone,  to  depart, 
disappear,  in  Hom.  only  in  perf,  Φν- 
χή,  ττάντα  ?.έ'Αοιπε,  life,  everything  is 
gone,  Od.  14,  134,  213 ;  where  how- 
everthe  eUipsismay  \>Β-φυχτι  'Κθ,οιπε 
τα  οστέα,  πάντα  λέ?.ηιπέ  με,  and  on 
this  construct.,  explained  above  I.  2, 
is  prob.  founded  the  intr.  usage  freq. 
in  Att.  in  all  tenses,  to  fail,  be  want- 
ing, cease,  be  missing,  as  in  pres., 
Soph.  O.  T.  1232:  in  aor.  2,  Id.  El. 
514;  in  fut.,  Eur.  Hel.  1157;  perf. 
Id.  H.  F.  133  ;  cf.  ελλείπω  :  the  Lat. 
deficere  is  exactly  similar.  (From  the 
aor.  7απειν,  came  a  post-Hom.  coUat. 
form  λ,ιμπάνω  :  from  7ά7Μΐπα  comes 
λ.οιπός.) 

Αειπώδΐν,  Ivoc,  ό,  ή,  in  Suid.  sine 
interpr.,  perh.  beyond  bearing  children. 
Αείρΐνος,  ίνη,  ivov,  {/ι,είριον)  made 
of,  like  Idies.  Theophr. 

Αειριοειδής,  ές,  (λείριον,  είδος)  like 
the  lily  or  lilies. 

Αειριόεις,  εσσα,  εν.  (λείριον)  strict- 
ly of  or  belonging  to  a  lily,  of  its  nature 
or  colour:  but  as  early  as  Hom.  nie- 
taph.,;^ptjr  λ.ειρώεις,  lily  skin,  II.  13, 
830 :  metaph.  of  the  cicadae,  δψ  λ.ει- 
ριόεσσα,  their  delicate  voice,  II.  3, 152 : 
and  so  of  the  Muses,  Hes.  Th.  41. 

AEI'PION,  ov,  TO,  a  lily.  esp.  the 
white  one,  H.  Hom.  Cer.  427 ;  also, 
λείριον  άνθεμον,  Pind.  Ν.  7, 116 :  cf 


ΛΕΙΧ 

κρίνον,  {/.είριον  was  Ihe  Lat.  lilium, 
cf  Δ.ΐν.) — 2.  ^νάρκισσος,  cf  The- 
ophr. H.  P.  6,  6,  9.-3.  in  genl.  α 
flower,  blossom,  Nic. 

Αειριοπο'/.όανΐμώνη,  ης,  fi,  (?.εί- 
piov,  πόλ.ώος,  ανεμώνη)  a  kind  ot 
omelet  made  with  lilies,  etc.,  Pherecr. 
Pers.  1,  8. 

Αείριος,  ον,=^}.ειριόεις,  Αρ.  Rh.  4, 
903. 

tAc^tr,  ιος,  ό,  the  Liris,  now  Gari- 
gliano,  the  earlier  boundary  between 
Latium  and  Campania,  Strab.  p.  233. 

Αειρΐϋΐδΐ]ς,  ες,  =  λειριοειδής,  The- 
ophr. 

Αειρός,  ά,  όν.  thin,  pale,  Hesjch. — 

II.  λ.ειρός,  ό,  a  leveret.  Id. 

Αεϊς,  collat  ίοτχαοίΤύς,  Lob.  Paral. 
85. 

Αεϊστός,  ή,  όν,  {λείζομαι)  Ion.  and 
poet,  for  λτ/ιστός,  II.  9,  408. 

Αέϊτος.  ov,  and  ?,.εΐτος,  also  λ^τ/ϊτος, 
/^ι)τος,  and  /ΜΪτος,  /.αΖτος,  ov,  {/.αός, 
?.εώς}  of  belonging  to  the  peojile,  Lat. 
publicus,  pnpularis,  old  and  esp.  Ion. 
forms  for  Att.  δημόσιος,  but  seldom 
used,  cf  Piers.  Moer.  p.  252  sq.. 
Valck.  Hdt.  7,  197.     Hence 

Αειτονργέω,  ώ.  {/ιειτονργός)  to 
perform  public  duties,  in  genl.  to  serve 
the  people  or  state,  nj  πόλει,  Xen. 
Mem.  2,  7,  6:  to  exert  one's  self /or 
the  public  good,  περί  τι,  προς  τι, 
Arist.  Pol. :  in  Com.  also  of  public 
prostitutes.— II.  esp.  at  Athens,  to 
serve  expensive  piJjlic  offices  at  one's 
own  cost,  freq.  in  Oratt. ;  ?..  νπέρ 
τίνος,  to  serve  these  offices  for  ano- 
ther, Isae.  62,  39 ;  cf  λειτουργία. — 

III.  to  minister  as  a  priest,  N.  T.,  and 
Eccl.     Hence 

Αειτοίφγημα,  ατός,  τό,  the  perform- 
ance of  a  λειτουργία,  Plut.  Ages.  36. 

Αειτονργησία,  ας,  7i,=iSq.,  Philostr. 

Αειτονργία,  ας,  ή,  {Αειτονργέω)  a 
public  service,  esp.  at  .Athens  a  burden- 
some public  office  or  duty,  which  the 
richer  citizens  discharged  at  their 
own  e.xpense,  usu.  in  rotation,  but 
also  voluntarily  or  by  appointment : 
the  ordinary  ones  {εγκνκλ.ιοι)  at 
Athens  were  the  γνμνασιαρχία,  the 
χορηγίαι,  and  the  έστίασις,  with  the 
minor  one  of  the  ΰρχιθεωρία:  the  ex- 
traordinary weredestmed  for  the  ex- 
igencies of  the  stale,  e.  g.  the  τριη- 
ραρχία, and  the  εκόορύ:  on  the 
λειτονρ-}ίαι,  v.  Bockh  P.  E.  2,  199 
sq.,  Herm.  Pol.  Ant.  ^  161  sq.,  cf 
λειτουργός. — II.  any  service,  work  of  a 
ριώΐχ  kind,  hence  ό  έπΙ  λειτουργιών, 
in  an  army,  the  officer  who  superintend- 
ed the  workmen,  carpenters,  etc.,  Po- 
lyb. — III.  in  LXX.,  the  worship,  public 
service  of  God:  hence,  Eccl.  public 
worship  in  genl.,  but  more  particular- 
ly the  Eucharist. 

Αειτουργικός,  ή,  όν,  of,  belonging  to 
a  /.ειτονργία  or  Xftroupyof,  LXX. : 
from 

Αειτονργός,  όν,  {λέΐτος,  λεΐτος, 
*εργω)  like  δημιουργός,  performing 
public  duties,  or  works  of  public  use, 
u.tefxd  to  the  public  :  ό  ?..,  m  genl.  β 
workman,  handicraftsman,  Polj'b. — II. 
esp.  at  Athens,  a  citizen  who  undertook 
a  /Λίτονργία,  q.  v.,  cf  Bockh  P.  E. 
2,  199  sq. — III.  a  priest,  minister  of 
God,  N.  T. 

Αειφαιμέω,  ώ.  Ιο  he  wanting  in  blood, 
to  grow  pale,  Arist.  Probl. :  from 

Αείφαιμος,  οι;  {?.είπω,  αίμα)  want- 
ing blood,  grotving  pale.  Gal. :  λίφαΐ- 
μος, -έω  would  be  more  correct,  cf. 
λ.ειπανδρέω. 

Αείχάζω,=  ?.είχω.  to  lick :  also  sen- 
su  obscoeno=  Lat. /e/Zo. 

ίΑείχας,  ό,  v.  Αίχας. 


ΛΕΚΑ 

ΛΕΙΧΗ'Χ,  ηνος,  ό,  α  tree-moss, 
lichen,  that  on  the  olive  being  ι^ώρα, 
scabies,  but  Theophr.  uses  7.ειχήν  of 
the  olive,  and  -ψώρα  of  the  jig  :  also  a 
kind  of  liver-wort  that  grows  on 
damp  rocks. — II.  hence  α  lichen-like 
eruption  on  the  skin  of  animals,  esp. 
on  the  chin,  tnentagra,  as  in  men  the 
ring-worm,  rush,  scun-y,  Aesch.  Cho. 
281,  in  horses,  a  tetter,  scab,  Diosc. : 
also  of  the  ground,  a  blight,  canker, 
Aesch.  Eum.  785  :  also  written  /  ιχτ'/ν 
not  so  well,  v.  Dind.  Aesch.  II.  c. 
Hence 

Αειχηνιύω,  ώ,  to  have  the  λειχήν, 
of  trees,  Theophr. 

Αειχηχ'ώδης,  ες,  [λ.ειχήν,  είδος)  like 
the  'λειχήν,  Hipp. 

ΛΕΓΧΩ,  f  -ξω,  to  lick:  also  to  lick 
up,  Hdt.  4,  23,  Aesch.  Eum.  106,  cf. 
U07JV  : — the  irreg.  part,  perf  λ.ελει- 
χμότες,  in  Hes.  Th.  826,  is  used  in 
the  signf  of  λιχμάομαι  (q.  v.).  (λΛίχω 
is  the  Lat.  lingo,  our  lick,  etc. : 
hence  'λιχμάω,  '/.ιχμάζω,  ?ύχνος,  li- 
gurio.) 

Αει-φανδβία,  ας,  η,  {7.εϊ•ψις)  =  λι• 
πανόρία. 

Αει-φάνη7ιόγος,  ον,  (/.εί-φανον,  λε- 
γω)  gathering  remnants,  Anth. 

Αείψάνον.  ov,  τό,  {λ^ίπω)  α  piece 
left,  wreck,  Eur.  Med.  1387  ;  metaph. 
of  men,  Id.  El.  554,  Tro.  71 1  ;  and  so 
oft.  in  plur.,  remains.  remna7iis,  Lat. 
reliquiae,  θαΐ'όντοΓ  7.είχΙ>ανα.  Soph. 
El.  1113,  cf.  Plat.  Phaed.  86  C  ;  but, 
ΰγαϋών  ανδρών  /..  are  their  deeds, 
good  name,  etc.,  Eur.  Andr.  774. 

Αεϊψις,  εως,  ή,  {7.είπω)  a  leaving, 
deserting,  omitting. — II.  a  coming  to  an 
end,  failing,  want. 

Αεηί'ϊφύής,  ές,  (7.εΐ•φις,  φύος)  with 
decreasing  light,  waning,  μήνη,  also 
7.ειψί(Ρωτος. 

Αειψόθριξ,  τρΐχος,  ό,  η,  {λ.είπω, 
θρίϊ)  having  lost  his  hair,  Ael. 

ΑεηΙ'οσέλ.ηνος,  ov,  {λ.είτρις,  σελήνη) 
in  the  moon's  first  or  last  quarter,  Lat. 
silenie  luna,  when  she  is  hidden. 

Αειψνδρέω,  ώ,  to  want  water,  to  dry 
up  ,■  and 

Αειφνδρία,  ας,  ή,  want  of  tvater, 
Polyb. ;  and 

ΑειιΙίύδριον,  ov,  τό,  Lipsydrium,  a 
waterless  district  near  mount  Parnes 
in  Attica,  Hdt.  5.  62,  Ilgen.  Scol.  24; 
some  read  7.ι.-4)νδριον :  from 

Αείψνδρος.  ov,  (/,«'~ω,  νδωρ)  lack- 
ing water,  waterless. 

Αειώδης,  ες,^λεϊος,  smooth,  even. 
ίΑειώδης,    οΐ'ς,    ό,    Liodes,    son    of 
Oenops,  a  suitor  of  Penelope,  Od.  21, 
144. 

^Αειώκριτος,  ου,  ό,  Liocritus,  son  of 
.•Vrisbas,  a  companion  of  Lycomedes 
before  Troy,  II.  17,  344.-2.  son  of 
Euenor,  a  suitor  of  Penelope,  Od.  2, 
242. 

Αείωμα,  ατός,  τό,  (λειόω)  that 
which  has  been  smoothed  or  pounded : 
/Μωμα  ΰκρατον,  υδαρές,  etc.,  a  co- 
lour made  by  rubbing  κυανός  down, 
Theophr. 

Αείων,  ό,  poet,  for  λέων,  hence 
Ep.  dat.  λείονσι,  II. 

Αείωσις,  fj,  (λείόω)  α  smoothing, 
polishing,  pounding. 

Αεκάνύριον,  ov,  τό.  dim.  from  sq. 
Αεκάνη,  ης,  ή,  Dor.  λακάνη.  (7^έκος) 
a  dish,  pot.  pan.  At.  Nub.  907,  Λ'esp. 
600,  etc.  [a]     Hence 

Αεκΰνίς,  ίδος,  ή,  Luc,  also  λεκά- 
VLOV,  ov.  TO,  Ar.  Ach.  1110,  λεκανί- 
σκη,  ης,  ή,  Ar.  Fr.  637,  and  7α:κάνί- 
διον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  7.εκάνη,  a 
little  dish  or  pan.   [o] 

Αεκΰνομαντείο,  ας,  ή,  divination  by 
means  of  a  dish  :  from 

835 


ΑΕΛΑ 

Αεκΰνόμαντις,  εως,  ΰ  and  ή,  (λεκά- 
V71,  μύντις)  ο  dish-diviner,  Strab.  p. 
762. 

Αεκΰνοσκοτΐία,  ας  ή,  {λεκάνη, 
σκο~έω)  the  inspecting  of  a  dish,  in 
order  to  divine. 

λεκάριον,  ην,  τό,  dim.  from  λέκυς, 
a  little  dish,  Poll. 

Αεκϊθίτης,  ου,  ο,  {λέκιθος)  άρτος,  a 
sort  of  bread  made  either  with  the  yolk 
of  eggs  or  of  pulse,  Seleuc.  aj).  Ath. 
114  B. 

Αεκϊθοττώλης,  ov,  6,  fern,  -ττωλις, 
{λέκιθος,  ττωλέω)  ο  pulse-porridge  sell- 
er, Αγ.  Plut.  427. 

Αέκΐθος,  ov,  ύ,  pulse-porridge,  esp. 
of  άρακος,  pease-soup,  Lat.  lomentum, 
Pherecr.  Aut.  4. 

ΑέκΙθος,  ου,  ή,  the  yolk  of  an  egg, 
Hipp.,  Arist.  H.  Α.,  etc. 

Αεκΐθώδης,  ες,  {ή  λέκιθος,  είδος) 
like  the  yolk  of  an  egg,  yolk-coloured, 
Hipp.,  and  Theophr. 

Αεκίς,  ίδος,  ή,  Epich.  p.  37,  λεκί- 
σκος,  ου,  ό,  and  /ιεκίσκιον,  ου,  τό, 
Hipp.,  dim.  from  7ιέκος,  a  small  dish 
or  plate. 

ΛΕ'ΚΟΣ,  εος,  τό,  and  ?.εκύς,  οϋ,  ό, 
α  dish,  plate,  pot,  pan,  Hippon.  4.3. 
(Hence  λεκάνη,  akin  to  /.ήκυβος  and 
λάγννος.) 

Αέκροι,  οΐ,^λίκροι,  q.  v. 

Αεκτέος,  a,  ov,  verb.  adj.  from  λέ- 
γο,  ίο  be  said  or  spoken,  Plat.  Rep. 
378  A. — II.  ?.εκτέον,  one  must  say  or 
speak,  Ti,  lb.  392  A. 

Αέκτης,  ου,  ό,  (,λέγω  IV.)  α  speaker. 
Hence 

Αεκτικός,  ?/,  όν,  good  at  speaking, 
able  to  speak,  περί  τι,  Xen.  Mem.  4, 
3,  1,  Cyr.  5,  5,  46  :  ή  -κή  sub.  τέχνη, 
the  art  of  si)eaking,  Plat.  Polit.  304 
D. — II.  suited  for  speaking,  λόγοι  λ-, 
co7n7non,familiar  discourse,  Dem.  1401, 
20  ;  βνθμός,  Arist.  Rhet.  3,  8,  4. 

Αέκτο,  3  sing.  aor.  syncop.  mid.  of 
λέγω.  Od. 

tAf/croy,  ov,  τό.  Ledum,  a  promon- 
tory of  Troas,  the  southern  point  of 
Mt.  Ida,  now  Cape  Baba,  11.  14,  183, 
Hdt.  9,  114. 

Αεκτός,  ή,  όν,  {λέγω  Π.)  gathered, 
chosen,  picked  out,  Hes.  Fr.  11,  3,  and 
Trag. — II.  (λέγω  IV.)  uttered,  spoken, 
said.  Soph.  Phil.  633:  capable  of  being 
spoke/i,  to  be  spoken,  κακόν  οϋ  λεκτόν, 
Lur.  Hipp.  875  :  -ά  λεκτά,  things  hav- 
ing only  a  nominal  existence,  as  time 
and  space,  abstractions.  Stoical  term 
in  Plut.  2,  lil6B. 

Αέκτριος,  ov,  {λέκτρον)  bed-ridden. 

Αεκτρίτης,  ου,  δ,  {θρόνος)  a  recum- 
bent chair  or  couch. 

Αεκτρον,  ov,  τό,  {λέγω  1.)  like  7.έ- 
χος,  a  couch,  bed,  Lat.  lectus,  Horn, 
(esp.  in  Od.),  λέκτρονόε,  to  bed,  Od. 
8,  292 :  also  in  plur.,  Od.— II.  later, 
HSU.  in  plur.,  the  marriage  bed,  Pind., 
andTrag. ;  also/.t'/irpui'tiii'ai,  Aesch. 
Pers.  513 :  hence  marriage,  γήμαι 
?.έκτρα  τινός,  to  wed  one,  Eur.  Med. 
594  :  ?.έκτρα  ττρούονναι,  αίσχννειν, 
etc.,  Eur.,  who  uses  the  word  very 
frequently.     Cf.  Ζ.έχος. 

Αεκτροχάρής,  ές,  {λέκτρον,  χαίρω) 
enjoying  the  marriage  bed,  Orph. 

Αελΰβέσθαι,  Ep.  inf.  aor.  mid.  by 
redupL,  from  ?.αμβύνω,  Od.  4,  388. 

Αελύθ-η,  Ep.  3  aor.  act.  by  redupl., 
from  λανθάνω,  II.  15,  60  :  so  also  from 
aor.  rnid.,  λε/.άθοντη,  λελΰθέσθω,  λε- 
λ,άβέσθαι,  II..  Hes.  Th.471 :  υ-ως7,ε- 
λάθοιτο  τεκοϋσα  παΐδα,  in  act.  signf., 
cf.  λανθάνω  III. 

Αέ?.άκα,  perf.  οίλάσκω. 

Αελάκοντο,  Ep.  redupl.  3  pi.  aor.  2 
mid.  of  λάσκω,  Η.  Hom.  Merc.  145. 

[ώ] 

836 


AEMM 

Αε?.άκνία,  Ep.  fem.  part.  perf.  of 
?Μσκω,  Od.  12,  85. 

Αέλασμαι,  perf.  pass,  of  ?.ανΟάνω, 
Att. 

Αελάχητε,  λελάχωσι,  Ep.  redupl. 
2  and  3  pi.  aor.,  from  λαγχάνω,  in 
trans,  signf.,  cf.  λαγχάνω  lU. 

ίΑελεγεΙος,  a,  ov.  Ion.  and  Ep.  Λε- 
λεγήίος,  η,  ov,  of  the  Ltleges,  Lele- 
gean. 

^Αέλεγες,  ων,  οι,  the  Lellges,  an  an- 
cient race  dwelling  in  Caria,  who  at 
a  later  period  spread  as  far  as  Troy, 
if  not  a  branch  of,  at  least  of  same 
origin  with  the  Thraciaiis,  II.  10,  429, 
Hdt.  1,  171. 

ΐΑελέγιος,  a,  ov,  of  the  Leleges,  Le- 
legian,  Strab.  p.  321. 

Αέλειμμαι,  perf.  pass,  from  λείπω  : 
part,  λε'λειμμένος,  Hom. 

Αελειχμότες,  nom.  plur.,irreg.  part, 
perf.  of  λείχω,  q.  v. 
^Αέλεξ,  εγος,  o,Lelex,  an  Autochthon, 
first  king  of  Lacedaemon,  ApoUod.  3, 

10,  3;  from  him  the  Αέλεγες  were 
said  to  be  named.  Pans.  3,  1,  1. 

^λελενκασμαι,  pf.  pass,  οίλενκαίνω, 
Diphil.  (Siphn.)  ap.  Ath.  54  B. 

Αέληθα,  perf.  of.  ?.ανθάνω. 

Αε?α/θότως,  adv.  part.  perf.  of  λαν- 
θάνω, like  λάθρα,  secretly,  unobserved. 
Plat.  A.X.  365  C. 

Αέ7ιηκα,  Ion.  and  Ep.  perf.  of  λά- 
σκω, Hes.  Op.  205:   part,  λεληκώς, 

11.  22,  141. 

Αέλημμαι,  rare  poet.  perf.  pass,  of 
λαμβάνω,  for  ειλημμαι,  Aesch.,  and 
Eur. 

Αέλησμαι,  Ion.  and  Ep.  perf.  pass. 
oi  λανθάνω,  part,  λελησμένος,  Ηοιτι. 

Αε7/ιημαι,  old  Ep.  perf.,  to  strive 
eagerly,  long  for,  hasten :  Horn,  uses 
only  the  part,  λελΐημένος,  and  that 
only  in  II.,  like  an  adj.  in  signf.  of 
zealous,  hasty,  eager :  also  c.  gen., 
eager  for  a  thing,  Ap.  Rh.  1,  1164; 
who  also  has  3  plqpf.  with  inf.  λελί- 
ητο  αϋδησαι,  3,  1158.  (Prob.  for  7.ε- 
λί7^ημαι,  λε7ιΐ?.ημένος  from  λιλαί- 
ομαι :  ν.  sub  *λάω.)  [Γ] 

Αελιμμένος,  part.  perf.  pass,  from 
7ύπτω,  Aesch. 

Αέλογα,  perf.  of  λέγω,  Gramm. 

Αελογιαμένως.  adv.  part.  perf.  pass, 
from  7ι,ογίζομαι,  deliberately,  advisedly, 
Hdt.  3,  104,  Eur.  I.  A.  1021. 

Αέλογχα,  perf.  οίλαγχάνω,  Od.  11, 
304,  Hes.  Th.  203. 

Αέλοιπα,  perf.  from  λείπω,  Hom. 

Αελονμέρος,  part.  perf.  pass,  from 
7.ονω,  II.  5,  6. 

Αελνμασμαι,  perf.  pass,  from  λυ- 
μαίνομαι, [ϋ] 

Αελνμενως,  adv.  part.  perf.  pass, 
from  Ανω,  loosely,  slackly,  slowly, 
Hipp. 

λέλννται,  λέλνντο  for  έλέλνντο, 
3  pi.  perf.  and  plqpf.  pass,  from  λϋω, 
Hom. 

Αελντο,  Ep.  for  λελί5οί7ο,  3  sing, 
opt.  perf.  pass,  of  7.ύω,  Od.  18,  238. 

ίΑεμάνη,  ης,  ?/,  JLacas  Lemunus,  now 
lake  of  Geneva,  in  Helvetia,  Strab. 
p.  186.  [d] 

Αεμβάδιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  λέμ- 

Αέμβαρχος,  ov,  o,  {λέμβος,  άρχω) 
the  commander  of  a  λέμβος. 

ΑΕ'ΜΒΟΣ,  ov,  b,  a  small  boat  with 
a  sharp  prow,  Dem.  883,  28 ;  used 
esp.  by  the  lllyrians,  v.  Schweigh. 
Ind.  Polyb. :  a  ship's  cock-boat,  hence 
metaph.  in  Anaxandr.  ^Οδνσσ.  2, 
7. 

Αεμβώδης,  ες,  {λέμβος,  είδος) 
shaped  like  a  λέμβος,  Arist.  Inc. 
An.  10,  9. 

Αέμμα,  ατος,  τό,  {λέπω)  that  which 


AEON 

ί*  peeled  off,  peel,  husk,  skin,  scale,  etc., 
Hipp.,  and  Ar.  Av.  074. 

Αέμνα,  ή,  a  water-plant,  Lemna  pa• 
lusiris,  Theophr. 

^Αεαοβίκες,  ων,  ol,  and  Αεμοονίκες, 
the  Lewoviccs,  a  people  of  Aquitanic 
Gaul,  Strab.  p.  190. 

Αέμφος,  ov,  ΰ,=  κόρνζα,  μύξα. — II. 
ad].,  snotty :  drivelling,  Menand.  p.  172. 
(Akin  to  λάμπη,  λύπη.) 

Αεμφώδης,  ες,  {7.έμώος,  είδος)  driv- 
elling. 

Αέΐ'Τίον,  ον,  τό,  also  λίντιον,,  the 
Lat.  linteum,  Arr.  Peripl. 

Αεξιίδιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  λέξις. 

Αεξείω,  desiderat.  from  λέγω,  to 
wish  to  say. 

Αέξεο,  Ep.  imperat.  aor.  syncop. 
mid.  from  7.έ)ω  I.,  Hom.  ;  cf.  7.έξο. 

Αεξίδιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  λέξις 

Αεξΐθήρας,  ov,  6,  {λέξις,  θηράω)  a 
word-hunter.     Hence 

Αεξίθηρέω,  ώ,  Ιο  hunt  after  words, 
catch  at  xvords,  Gell.     Hence 

Αεξίθηρία,  ας,  ή,  a  hunting  after 
ivords,  Clem.  Al. 

Αεξϊκογράφος,  ov,  ό,  ?},  {λεξικόν, 
γράφω)  a  lexicographer,   [ύ} 

Αεξικός,  ή,  όν,  {7.έξις)  of,  belonging 
to  words  :  τό  λ.εξικόν,  sub.  βιβλίον,  a 
lexicon  or  dictionary,  Gramm. — II.  ό 
λί  tfi/cof  ,=  7ι,εξικογράφος. 

Αέξις,  εως,  i],  {7.έγω)  a  speaking, 
speech,  Plat.  :  7..  η  πράξις,  saying  or 
doing,  Id.  Rep.  396  C.— 2.  a  way  of 
speaking,  diction,  style,  ΊΛονσης  λ., 
poetical  style.  Id.  Legg.  795  E,  cf. 
Arist.  Rhet.  3,  9,  8,  sqq.,  and  Poet.— 
II.  α  single  word  or  phrase,  Polyb. — III. 
Granim.,=  γλώσσα  v.,  an  old  rare  for- 
eign word,  that  must  be  explained  by 
a  common  word,  {γλώσσημα)  :  hence 
λέξεις  is  the  older  term  lor  a  glossary, 
lexicon, 

ίΑεξιφάνης,  ονς,  ό,  {7Jξις,  φαίνω) 
Lexiphanrs,  a  poet  of  the  new  com- 
edy, Meineke  \,  p.  493:  v.  Luc. 
Lexiph. 

Αέξο,  like  7νέξεο,  Ep.  imperat.  aor. 
syncop.  mid.  from  7.έγω,  to  he  down, 
II.  24,  650,  Od.  10,  320 ;  so  also  ύρσο 
and  όρσεο. 

^Αεόννατος,  ov,  ό,  Leonnatus,  son  of 
Anteas,  a  general  of  Alexander  the 
great,  Arr.  An.  6,  28,  4. 

ίΑεονόριος,  ov,  ό,  Leonorius,  a  leader 
of  the  Gauls  in  their  expedition  into 
Asia,  Strab.  p.  560. 

Αεοντάγχωνος,  ov,  {7.έων,  ύγχω) 
lion-strangUng,  dub.  1.  Call.  Epigr.  35, 
ubi  Bast  λεοντόχλαινος. 

'^Αεοντάρνη,  ης,  ή,  Leonlarne,  a 
place  in  Boeotia,  Lye.  645. 

Αευντέη,  ης,  ή,  contr.  λεοντή  sub. 
δηρά,  a  lion's  skin,  fem.  of  λεόντεος, 
Hdt.  7,  09. 

Αεόντειος,  εία,  ειον,  also  ος,  ov, 
(λέω!•)  of  a  lion,  δορά,  Aesch.  Fr.  101 : 
lion-like,  δνναμις,  Epich.  p.  100. 

Αεόντεος,  εα,  εov,=  {oreg. 
iAεovτεύς,  έως  Ep.  and  Ion.  ήης,  ό, 
Leonteus,  son  ofCoronus,  a  Grecian 
hero  before  Troy,  II.  2, 745. — 2.  a  pupil 
of  Epicurus,  of  Lampsacus,  Strab.  p. 
589. — 3.  a  tragic  actor  of  Argos,  Ath. 
343  E. 

Αεοντηδόν,  adv.,  like  a  lion,  LXX. 
ίΑεοντιάδης,  ov  Ion.  εω,  ό,  Lconlia- 
des,  son  of  Eurymachus,  leader  of  the 
Thcbans  at  Thermopylae,  Hdt.  7., 
205,  Thuc.  2,  2. — 2.  a  polemarch  at 
Thebes,  who  betrayed  the  citadel  to 
Phoebidas,  Xen.  Hell.  5,  2. 

Αεοντιαΐος,  αία,  αΐον,  as  great  as  a 
lion. 

ίΑεοντίόας,  a,  6,  Leontidas,  a  Spar- 
tan, Plut.  Agesil.  24. 


ΛΕΟΝ 

ΙΛεοντή'τ?,  ης,  ή,  the  territory  of  the 
Leontini,  Thuc.  5,  4,  Strab.  p.  272.  [i] 

ίΛεουτΰ'οι,  uv,  ol,  Leontini,  a  city  in 
the  east  of  Sicily,  Thuc.  6,  3,  Strab. 
p.  272 :  in  Ptol.  Αεόντιον.    Hetice 

^Αεοντΐνος,  η,  ov,  of  Leontini.  Leon- 
line ;  οι  XtovTivoi,  the  inhab.  of  Leon- 
tini, the  Leontines,  Hdt.  7,  154. 

Αεοΐ)Τίδενς,  έως,  ό,  dim.  from  λέων, 
a  young  lion,  Ael.  N.  A.  4,  47. 

Χεοντική,  ης,  ή,  the  plant  κακα7ύα, 
Diosc. 

^Χεόντιον,  ov,  ή,  Leontium,  a  courte- 
san of  Athens,  beloved  by  Epicurus, 
Plut.  Epicur.  16. — II.  τό,  a  city  of 
Achaia,  near  Aegina,  Polyb.  2,  41,  8. 
— 3.  V.  Α,εοντΙνοί. 

Αεόντιος,  ία,  ιον,^^λεόντειος. 
ίΑεόντιος.  ου,  ό,  Leontius,  an  Athe- 
nian, son  of  Aglaion,  Plat.  Rep.  439 
E. — 2.  a  poet  of  the  Anthology. 

tAeovrt'f,  ίόος,  ή,  φν?^ή,  the  tribe 
Leontis,  in  Attica,  which  derived  its 
name  from  the  old  hero  Laos,  Xen. 
Hell.  2,  4,  26. 

Χεοντίσκος,  ov,  6,  dim.  from  λέων. 
'ΪΑεοντίσκος,  ου.  ό,  Leontiscus,  a  son 
of  Ptolemy  (son  of  Lagus)  and  Thais, 
Ath.  576  E. — Others  in  Paus. ;  etc. 

^Αεόντιχος,  ov,  6,  Lenntichus,  an 
Athen.  masc.pr.  n.,Xen.  Hell.  5, 1,26. 

Αεοντοβάμων,  όνος,  b,  {λέων,  βαί- 
νω) σκάφη  ?..,  a  vase  resting  on  a  lion 
or  lion'.'!  feet,  Aesch.  Fr.  210.  [a] 

Αεοντοβότος,  ov,  {λέων,  βόσκω) 
feeding  ox  fed  on  by  lions,  Strab. 

Αεοντοδ(Ίμας,  αντος,  ό,  {λέων,  δα- 
μάω)  α  lion-tamer,  κνων,  Pind.  Fr.  53. 
{όύ,μας'\ 

Αεοντοδερής,  ες,  {λέων,  δερος)  like 
α  lion's  skin,  tawny,  Orph.,  where  Lob. 
Paral.  226  suspects  /,εοντοδόρην. 

Αεοντόδίφρος,  υν,  {λέων,  δίφρος)  in 
a  chariot  drawn  by  lions,  Anth. 

Αεοντοειδής,  ες,  (λέων,  είδος)  lion- 
like, Ael. 

Αεοντόθνμος,  ov,  lion-hearted. 

Αεοντοκέφάλυς,  ov,  {λέων,  κεφαλ,ή) 
lion-headed,  LuC. 

Αεοντοκόμος,  ov,  {λέων,  κομέω)  that 
tends  or  rears  lions,  0pp. 

Αεοντομάχος,  ov,  {λέον-,  μάχομαι) 
fighting  with  a  lion. 

^Αεοντομένης,  ονς,  δ,  Leontomenes, 
son  of  Tisamenus,  Pans.  7,  6,  2. 

ΑεοντομΙγής,  ες,  {λ.έων,  μίγννμί) 
produced  between  a  lion  and  another  an- 
imal:  half  lion,  half  something  else. 

Αεοντόπαρδος,  ου,  ό,  aleopard,  also 
Τιΐότναρδος. 

Αεοντοπέτάλον,  ov,  τό,  a  plant, 
Leontice  leontopetalum,  Diosc. 

Αεοντοττί&ηκος,  ov,  ό,  a  lion-ape.  [Γ] 

Αεοντοτϊύόιον,  ov,  τό,  lion's  foot,  a 
plant,  Diosc. 

^Αεοντόπολις,  εως,  ή,  (prop.  Lion's 
city)  Leontopolis,  a  city  of  the  Aegypt- 
ian  Delta,  so  called  from  its  worship 
of  the  lion,  Strab.  p.  802 :  ό  Aeovro- 
7Γ0?ΛΤης,  an  inhab.  of  L.,  lb. 

Αεοντόπους,  ό,  ή,  -πουν,  τό,  gen. 
■ττοδος,  (Λε'ωρ,  πους)  lioiv-footed,  Eur. 
Oed,  ι. 

Αεοντοπρόςω•πος,  ov,  (λέων,  προς- 
ωπον)  lion-faced. 

^Αέοντος  κώμη,  η.  Lion's  village,  a 
town  of  Phrygia,  Ath.  43  B. 

Αεοντοτροφία.  ας,  ή,  (λέων,  τρέφω) 
α  rearing  or  breeding  of  lions,  Ael. 

Αεοντοϋχος,  ov,  (λέων,  Ιχω)  having 
or  keeping  lions.  "' 

Αεοντοφόνος,  ov,  {λέων,  φονεύω) 
hiUing  lions,  Anth. :  TO  λ-,  a  Syrian 
animal  that  poisons  lions,  Arist.  Mirab. 

Αεοντοφόρος,  ov,  {λέων,  φέρω) hear- 
ing a  lion  or  the  figure  of  one,  Luc. 

Αεοντοφνής,  ες,  (λέωΐ',  φνή)  of  lion 
nature,  £ur.  Bacch.  119S. 


ΛΕΠΙ 

Αεοντόχ7.αίνος,  ov,  {λέων, χλαίνα) 
clad  in  a  lion's  skin,  Anth. 

Αεοντόχορτος,  η,  ov,  (λέων,  χόρ- 
τος) Lob.  Paral.  466,  eaten  by  a  lion, 
βούβαλις,  Aesch.  Fr.  304. 

Αεοντόψνχος,  ov,  {λέων,  ■ψυχή) 
lion-hearted. 

Αεοντώδης,  ες,=?ιεσντοειδης,  Plat. 
Adv.  -δώς. 

ίΑεόντων  πόλις,  η.  Lions'  city,  in 
Phrygia,  Strab.  p.  756. 

Αεόπαρδος,  ου,  ό,  {λέων,  πύρδος)  α 
leopard,  also  ?.εορτότταρδος. 

Αεουργός,  όν,  =  λεωρ-γός.  Lob. 
Phryn.  89. 

Αεπάδεύομαι,  (7.επύ.ς)  to  fish  for 
limpets. 

Αεπαδνιστήρ,ηρος,  ό,  the  end  of  the 
λέπαδνον. 

Αέπαδνον,  ου,  τό,  a  broad  leather 
strap,  fastening  the  yoke  under  the 
neck,  and  passing  between  the  fore- 
legs to  join  the  girth  (μασχα/αστήρ), 
Lat.  antilena,  oft.  in  plur.  as  li.  5,  730; 
19,  393  :  metaph.,  ανάγκης  δϋναι  λέ- 
παδνον,  Aesch.  Ag.  217 : — on  Eum. 
562,  V.  sub  λάπαδνος. — A  later  form 
was  λέτζαμνον. 

Αεπάδοτεμΰχοσελΰχογά7.εοκράνι- 
ολειφανοδρΙμνποτριμιΛύτοσιλφΐοτΓύ- 
ρΰομελΐτυκάτάκεχνμενοκιχλεπΐκοσ- 
σνφοφαττο-ηερίστεραλεκτρνονοτττεγ- 
κεφΰλοκιγκλ.οπελειολΰγωοσΐραιοβΰ- 
φητράγΰνοπτερύγων,  com.  word  used 
by  Ar.  Eccl.  1169,  the  name  of  a  dish 
compounded  of  all  kinds  of  dainties, 
fish,  flesh,  and  fowl. 

Αεπαΐος,  αία.  alov,  {λέπας)  of  a 
scaur  or  cliff,  όφρύη,  Eur.  Heracl.  394  : 
rocky,  rugged,  χθων,  νάπη.  Id.  Hipp. 
1248,  I.  T.  324. 

Αέπαμνον,  ov,  τό,  later  form  of  λέ- 
παδνον. 

Αέτταργος,  ov,  {λέπος,  αργός)  with 
white  skin  or  feathers,  κίρκος,  Aesch. 
Fr.  291,  5,  of  a  sheep  or  goat,  Theocr. 
4,  45 :  ό  λ.,  of  an  ass,  Nic.  Th.  349. 

Αέττας,  τό,  (λέττω)  a  bare  rock,  scaur, 
Simon.  88,  1,  Aesch.  Ag.  298,  and 
Eur. 

Αεπύς,  άδος,  η,  a  limpet,  Lat.  patel- 
la, from  its  clinging  to  the  rock  (λέ- 
nar),  Epich.  p.  22,  Ar.  Vesp.  105,  PI. 
1096. 

Αετταστη,  ης,  η  or  λεπάστη,  Ath. 
484  F,  (λεττάζ•)  α  limpet-shaped  drink- 
ing-c7ip,  Ar.  Pac.  916,  Comici  ap.  Ath. 
I.e. 

Αεπαστίς,  ;/,=foreg..  Lob.  Phryn. 
256. 

Αέπαστρον,  ov,  τό,  (λ^επάς)  an  in- 
strument for  catching  limpets. 

Αεπίδίον,  ov,  τό,  (λεττί'ζ•)  α  srtiall 
scale,  scurf. — II.  a  Syrian  plant,  used 
in  cases  of  scurvy,  Lepidium,  Diosc. 

t'T  ,  ,  r  . 

Αεττΐδοειδής,  ές,  {λεηίς,  ειόος)  like 
scales,  scaly. 

\Αέτη.δος,  ov,  ό,  the  Lat.  Lepidus, 
Polyb. 

Αεπΐδόχαλκος,  6,  dub.  for  λεττί^• 
χαλκον,  v.  sub  λεπίς. 

Αεπΐδόω,  ώ,  {λεπίς)  to  make  scaly, 
cover  with  scales,  Sext.  Emp.,  in  pass. 
— II.  to  turn  into  scales :  pass.,  ~a  όστέα 
?.επίδοϋται.,  the  bones  scale  off,  Hipp. 
Hence 

ΛετΓίΐϊωτόζ•,  ή,  όν,  scaly,  covered  with 
scales,  of  the  crocodile,  Hdt.  2,  68  ;  of 
fish,  Arist.  H.  Α.: — λ.  θώρηξ,  scale- 
armour,  Hdt.  9,  22.— II.  ό  λ.,  a  fish  of 
the  Nile  tcith  large  scales,  Hdt.  2,  72. 
— 2.  a  kind  of  gem,  Orph. 

Αεπίζω,  {λέπος)  to  peel,  fake  off  the 
husk,  skin  or  bark,  Antiph.  Philoth.  1, 
10,  and  Theophr.,  in  pass. 

Αέπιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  λεττίς,  a 
small  scale,  thin  rind,  scurf. 


ΛΕΠΤ 

Αεττίζ-,  ίδος,  ή,  {λίπος)  a  scale,  rind, 
husk,  λ.  ώοϋ,  an  egg-shell,  Ar.  Pac. 
198  : — usu.  a  scale,  or  collectively 
scales,  as  of  fish,  Hdt.  7,  61  : — λετΓίς- 
χαλκοϋ,  σιδήρου,  the  flakes  that  fly 
from  copper,  iron,  etc., "in  hammering, 
Lat.  squama  aeris,  ferri,  v.  Foes.  Oe- 
con.  Hipp. :  λεπίς  πρίονος,  saw-dust : 
— also  Ζ.επίς,  sub.  χώνος,  a  snow- 
flake,  Theophr. 

Αέπισμα,  ατός,  τό,  {λεπίζω)  that 
which  is  peeled  off,  a  husk,  scale,  like 
λεπίς,  Diosc. 

Αέπορίς,  ό,  Aeol.  for  α  hare,  (cf.  ελ 
αφος,  ελαφρός,  Lat.  lepus),  Varro. 

Αέπος,  τό,  {λέπω)  bark  or  rind,  a 
husk,  scale,  Alex.  Incert.  9. 

Αέπρα,  ας,  ή,  Ion.  λέπρη,  (λεπρός) 
the  leprosy,  ivhich  makes  the  skin  scaly, 
Hdt.  1,  138,  and  Hijjp.,  v.  Foes.  Oe 
con. 

Αεπούς,  ύόος,  ή,  poet.  fern,  of  λε- 
πpός,rough,λε~pu.ς  πέτρα,  Theocr.  1, 
40 :  also  ή  λ.,  a  rock,  0pp. 

Αεπράω,  ώ,  {λέπρα)  to  have  or  catch 
the  leprosy,  of  men,  Hipp. ;  also  used 
of  trees,  to  have  the  scab,  Theophr. ; 
and  of  mothery  wine,  Ar.  Fr.  511. 

+Αε7Γρέα,  ας,  ή,  Leprea,  daughter  of 
Pyrgeus,  Paus.  5,  5,  5. 
ΪΑεπρέας,  ό,^Αέπρεος,  Ael.  V.  Η. 

1,  24. 

ίΑεπρεάτης,  ov,  ό,  fern,  -ΰτις,  ιδος, 
an  inhab.  of  Leprtum,  Ion.  oi  Αεπρεή 
ται,  Hdt.  9,  28  :  7;  Αεπρεάτις,  the  ter 
ritory  of  L.,  Strab.  p.  345:  and 

^Αεπρεάτίκός,  ή,  όν,  of  Lepreum, 
Leprean,  Strab. :  from 

\Αέπρεον,  ov,  τό,  poet,  also  Αέπρει- 
ov,  Lepreum,  a  city  of  Triphylian  Elis ; 
its  ruins  near  Strobitzi,  Hdt.  4,  148; 
Thuc.  5,  31 ;  etc. :  in  Ar.  Av.  149,  ό 
Αέπρεος. 

ίΑέπρεος,  ov,  ό,  v.  sub  Αέπρεον. — 
II.  Lepreus,  son  of  Pyrgeus,  founder 
of  Lepreum,  ace.  to  Paus.  5,  5,  4. 

^Αεπρεύς.  έως,  ό,  Lepreus,  son  of 
Caucon  and  Astydamia,  Ath.  412  A. 

Αεττρίάω,  ώ,=λε7Γρύω,  Lob.  Phryn. 
80. 

Αεπρικός,  ή,  όν,  (λέπρα)  good  for 
the  leprosy,  φάρμακα,  Diosc. 

Αεπρός,  ά,  όν,  (for  ?.επερός,  from 
λέπος)  scaly,  scabby,  rough,  opp.  to 
?.εΙος,  Hipp.,  and  Theophr. :  hence 
leprous,  mangy,  Ar.  Ach.  723.     Hence 

Αεπρόω,  ώ,  to  make  rough,  scaly. 
Pass,  to  become  so,  LXX. 

Αεπρύνω,^=λεπρόω,  Nic. 

Αεπρώόης,  ες,  {λεπρός,  είδος)  like 
a  leper,  leprous,  Ael. 

Αεπτάκΐνός,  ή,  όν,  poet,  for  sq., 
Anth. 

Αεπτάλέος,  έα,  εον,  (λεπτός)  thin, 
weak,  fine,  delicate,  φωνή,  II.  18,  571  ; 
φάρος,  χίτων,  Αρ.  Rh. ;  σνριγξ  Cal- 
lim.,  etc. 

ΛετΓτεττίλετΓτοζ•,  ov,  {λεπτός,  επί, 
λεπτός)  thin-upon-thin,  i.  e.  superla- 
tively thin,  A.  P.  11,  110,  cf.  φανλεπί- 
φαν/.ος,  παππεπίπαππος. 

Αεπτηγορέω,  ώ,  (ΰγορενω)^7.επτο- 
7<.ογέω. 

Αεπτηκής,  ές,  (λεπτός,  ΰκή)  fine- 
pointed,  delicate. 

^Αεπτίνης,  ov,  ό,  Leptines,  an  Athe- 
nian, against  whom  Demosthenes  de- 
livered a  speech,  Dem.  adv.  Lept. — 

2.  a  brother  of  Dionysius  of  Syracuse, 
Ael.  V.  H. 

^Αεπτινίσκος,  ου,  ό,  Leptiniscus,  ti- 
tle of  a  comedy  of  Antiphanes,  Ath. 
641  F. 

ΑετΓΤί'ζ•,  ίδος,  ή,  κριθή,  a  kind  oifine 
barley,  Anth. ;  also  λεπτϊτις  κριθή, 
Geop. 

ίΛέτΓΓ/ζ-,  εωf,  ή,  Leplis,  ή  μεγά7.η, 
also  called  ΝεύτΓολί^• ,  a  city  of  Africa 
837 


ΛΕΠΤ 

on  the  coast  near  the  greater  Syrtis, 
now  Lthida,  yiral).  p.  835. — 2.  1/  μι- 
κρά, on  coast  of  By/aciuin,  south  of 
Hadruinetuin,  now  Lempta,  Ptol. 

AtTTTotSudr/c,  ές,  {,λετττός,  βάθος) 
shiillow.  V.  1.  Aesch.  Supp.  3. 

Αεπτόβλαστος,  ot>,  (λεπτός,  βλα- 
στός) with  feeble  shoots  or  buds,  The- 
ophr. 

Αετττοβόης,  ου,  ό,  {λεπτός,  βοή) 
with  a  weak  or  delicate  voice. 

Αεπτύβνρσος,  ov,  {?.επτός,  βύρσα) 
■  thin-skinned. 

Αεπτόγαιος,  ov,  or  λετττόγειος,  ov, 
Theophr.,  etc.,  and  λ.επτόγεως,  ων, 
Thuc.  1,  2,  (λεπτός,  γαία,  γ?/)  of  a 
thin  or  poor  soil. 

Αεπτόγαστρος,  ov, {λεπτός,  γαστήρ) 
with  a  S7nall  belly,  Hipp.  1 133  C 

Αεπτογνύμων,  or,  gen.  oi'Of,  (λεπ- 
τός, γνώμη)  subtle  in  mind,  Luc. 

Αεπτόγραμμος,  ov,  (λεπτός,  γραμμή) 
written  fine,  small  or  ncal,  Luc. 

Αεπτόγραφος,  ov,  (λεπτός,  γράφω) 
written  smalt  or  neat,  Luc.  [u] 

Αεπτοδέρμΰτος,  oi',=  λ^πτόδερμος. 

Αεπτοόίρμία,  ας.  ή,  thinness  or 
fineness  of  skin,  Theophr.  :  from 

Αεπτόδερμος,  ov,  {λεπτός,  δέρμα) 
with  a  thin  or  fine  skin,  Hipp. 

Αεπτόδομος,  ov,  (λεπτός,  δέμω) 
thinly  or  lightly  built,  in  geni.  slight, 
πείσμα,  Aesch.  Pers.  112. 

Αεπτοεπεω,  ώ,  {είπεϊν)^=λεπτολο- 
γέω. 

Αεπτόθριξ,  τρΐχος,  6,  ή,  {λεπτός, 
θρίξ)  with  thin,  fine  hair. 

Αεπτόθριος,  ov,  (?.επτός,  θρίον) 
with  thin,  fine  leaves,  [i,  but  ί  in  Nic. 
nietri  grat.,  cf.  θρίον.^ 

Αεπτό'ίνος,  ov,  (λεπτός,  Ις  IV)  with 
thin,  fine  fibres,  Theophr.   [<] 

Αεπτοκάλαμος,  ov,  (λεπτός,  κάλα- 
αος)  with  thin,  fine  stalks,  Theophr. 
[a]  ^ 

Αεπτόκαρπος,  ov,  {λεπτός,  καρπός) 
with  S7nall,  delicate  frmt,  Diosc. 

Αεπτοκάρνον,  ου,  τό,  (/^επτός,  κά- 
ρνον)  strictly  α  nut  with  a  thin  shell : 
a  hazel-nut,  Diosc. 

Αεπτόκαρφος,  ov,  {λεπτός,  κάρφος) 
with  a  thin,  light  stem,  Diosc. 

Αεπτόκανλος,  ov,  (?.επτός,  καυλός) 
with  thin,  fine  stalk,  etc. 

Αεπτόκντ/μος,  ov,  {λεπτός,  κνήμη) 
spindle-shanked. 

Αεπτοκοπέω,  ώ,  (λεπτός,  κόπτω)  to 
chop  fine  or  small,  Diosc. 

Αεπτο?.ογέω,  ώ,  (λεπτολόγος)  to 
speak  subtly,  to  chop  logic,  quibble,  At. 
Nub.  320  ;  so  too  as  Dcp.  λεπτολο- 
γέομαί,  Luc,  etc.     Hence 

Αεπτολόγημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  subtle 
discourse. 

Αεπτολογία,  ας,  ή,  sitbtle  discourse, 
quibbling,  Hermipp.  Dem.  4  :  from 

Αεπτολόγης,  ov,  (?.επτύς,  7^έγω) 
speaking  subtly,  subtle,  φρένες,  Ar. 
Ran.  876,  Luc,  etc. 

Αεπτομέρεια,  ας,  h,  a  consisting  of 
small  particles,  Tim.  Locr.  98  E,  and 
Plut. :  from 

Αεπτομερής,  ές,  (λεπτός,  μέρος) 
composed  of  small  particles.,  as  water 
and  fire,  opp.  to  αδρός,  Tim.  Locr. 
100  E,  Arist.  Coe].— II.  treated  of  in 
detail  or  minutely,  Ptoletn.    Adv.  -ρώς. 

Αεπτομεριμνία,  ας,  ή,  attention  to 
trifles :  from 

Αεπτομίριμνος,  ov,  {λεπτός,  με- 
ρίμνα) taken  up  with  trifles. 

Αεπτόμητι,ς,  εως,  of  subtle  plans. 

ΑεπτόμΙτος,  ov,  (λεπτός,  μίτος)  of 
fine  threads,  φάρος,  Eur.  Andr.  831. 

Αεπτόμϋθέω,  ώ,  (μνθος)=:^λεπτολο- 
γέω. 

Αεπτόν,  οϋ,  τό,  sub.  εντερον,  the 
small  gut,  Foes.  Oecon.Hipp. — II.  sub. 
838 


ΑΕΠΤ 

'  νόμιηιιη,  a  rerij  gmall  coin,  about  a 
I  tlialf-cent,  \.  t. 

j      Αεπτόνε'Όρος,  ov,  (/.επτός,  vt  vpov) 
with  thin  sinews. 

Αεπτύνητος,  ov,  Ο.επτός,  νέω)βηΐ- 
tprun,  V.  1.  ibr  sq.  • 

Αεπτάπτινος,  ov,  {λ.επτός,  πτ/νίον) 
of  fine  threads  OT  fabric,  νψος,  Eubul. 
Nann.  1,  5. 

ΛίΤΓΓΟτΓΟίέω.  ώ,  (λεπτός,  ποιέω)  to 
make  thin  οτ  fine,  r)iosc. 

Αεπτόπονς,  ό,  ή,  -πουν,  τό,  gen. 
-ποδός,  (λεπτός,  πους)  with  small,  dei- 
icatefeet. 

Αεπτόπνγος,  όν,  (λεπτός,  πνγή) 
with  small  buttocks. 

Αεπτό^()ΐζος,  ov,  {λεπτός,  ρίζα) 
with  thin,  delicate  root. 

Αεπτόρβντος,  ov,  (λεπτός,  peu) 
thinly- flowing,  Hipp.  1279,  58. 

Αεπτός,  ή,  όν,  (λέπω,  cf.  λίσπος) 
strictly,  peeled  off,  stripped,  husktd, 
thrashed  out,  II.  20,  497 :  in  genl.  /Λ»», 
fine,  tender,  delicate,  freq.  in  Horn., 
who  usu.  applies  it  to  garments ;  also, 
7Α:πτότατος  χαλκός,  11.  20,  275;  of 
the  human  figure  usu.  in  bad  sense, 
thin,  lean,  meagre,  Hes.  Op.  405  ;  so, 
λ.  στήθος,  Ar.  Nub.  1017;  τράχηλος, 
Xen.  Cyn.  5, 30 ;  λ.  νπαμεριμνύν,ΡίΜ. 
Amat.  134  Β;  rarely  in  good  sense, 
taper,  slender. —  II.  strait,  narrow,  είς- 
ίϋμη,  Od.  G,  264,  like  στενός:  m  genl. 
small,  weak,  impotent,  λεπτή  μ.ήτις,  Π. 
10,  226;  23,  590  :—• τα  7.επτά  των 
προβάτων,  smn/Z cattle,  i.  e.  sheep  and 
goats,  Hdt.  8.  137  ;  λ.  πλοΐα,  small 
cralt,  Id.  7,  36.— III.  light,  thm.  con- 
sisting of  fine  particles,  κονίη,  II.  23, 
500,  KOvtr,  Soph.  Ant.  256 ;  and  so 
freq.  in  Hipp.,  v.  Foes.  Oecon.— IV. 
light,  slight,  ριπηΐ  κώνυπος,  slight 
buzzing,  Aesch.  Ag.  892  ;  πνοαί,  light 
breezes,  Eur.  I.  A.  813  ;  'λιεττταΐς  επί 
βοπαΐσί,  on  slight  turns  of  fortune, 
Sojjh.  Fr.  499. — V.  metaph.,  fine,  sub- 
tle, refined,  νους,  Eur.  Meti.  529,  A. 
σοφισταί,  λήροι,  Ar.  Αλ".  318,  Nub. 
359,  cf  λεπτολιόγος : — so  too  adv. 
-τώς,  λ.  μεριμνύν,  Plat.  Rep.  607  C: 
also  κατά  λεπτόν,  subtlely,  in  detail, 
Cic.  Att.  2,  18,  2.-2.  of  fine  feelings, 
sensitive,  Schiif  Dion.  Comp.  p.  246. 
Opp.  to  παχύς. — 3.  rarely  of  the  voice, 
fine,  delicate,  Ar.  Av.  235,  cf.  λεπτά- 
λεος.—4.  of  smell.  Plat.  Tim.  66  E. 
— An  irreg.  comp.  λεπτίστερος  is 
given  by  Phot. — Cf.  λεπτόν. 

Αεπτόσαρκος,  ov,  (λετϊτός,  σύρξ) 
spare  of  flesh,  lean,  Geop. 

Αε7ΓΓοσκε?.ής,  ές,  (λεπτός,  σκέλος) 
thin-shanked,  Arist.  Η.  Α. 

Αεπτοσπάθητος.  ov,  (λεπτός,  σπα- 
ϋάω)  fine-woven.  Soph.  Fr.  430.  [ΰ] 

Αεπτόσπερμος,  ov,  (λετττός,  σπέρ- 
μα) with  thin  seed. 

Αεπτόστομος,  ov,  (λεπτός,  στόμα) 
with  a  s/nall  mouth,  Arist.  ap.  Ath.  88B 

Αεπτοσννη,  ης,  ή,=λεπτύτι/ς,  Anth. 

Αεπτοσΰνθετος,  ov,  {λεπτός,  σνν- 
τίθημι)  of  fine  texture,  καλύμματα, 
Antiph.  Aphrod.  1,  10. 

ΑεπτοσχΙδής,  ές,  (λετΓτός,  σχίζω) 
it'ith  narrow  slit :  hence  at  ?„επτ()σχι- 
δίΐς,  a  kind  of  smidals  or  shoes,  Ceph- 
isod.  Troph.  2. 

Αεπτόσωμος,  ov,  (λεπτός,  σώμα) 
with  a  thin  or  taper  body. 

Αεπτότης,  ητος,  ή,  {λ.ετττός)  thin- 
ness, fineness,  delicacy,  leanness,  opp. 
to  πάχος,  Plat.  Rep.  523  E:  weakness 
of  body.  Id.  Legg.  646  B.— II.  metaph. 
subtlety,  Ar.  Nub.  153. 

Αειττοτομέω,  ώ.  (λεπτός,  τέμνω)  to 
cut  small,  mince,  Strab. 

Ακπτοτρύχη?.ος,  ov,  (λεπτός•,  τρύ- 
χηλ.ος)  thin  or  fine  necked,  Alex.  Mynd. 
i  ap.  Ath.  392  C.  [ύ] 


AEPN 

Αεπτότρητος,  or,  {?.επτός,  τιτράω} 
with  small  holes,  Galen. 

Af  πτότρϊχος,  oVr=/..ΐπτόθpιξ,Aήsi. 

Αεπτοιφγέω,  ώ,  to  do  fine  leork,  esp. 
of  joiners  and  turners.  Pint. :  hence 
=  /,fT-o/o) i(j.  Eur.  Ilijip.  923,  Plat. 
Pol  it.  262  B,  294  D:  and 

Αεπτονργής,  ίς.  finely  worked,  Ισϋος, 
Η.  Hom.  31,  14:  and 

Αεπτονργία,  ας.  ή,  fine icorkmonihtp, 
csp.  in  wood,  tabernade-work,  Josepk.: 
from 

Αεπτ4)ΐυργ6ς,  m,  {7.ΐπτός,  *ίργι») 
producing  fine  ίσοΛ,βΈφ.  in  wood,  Diod. 

Αεπτούφής,  ές,  (λ.επτός,  νφαΐνί^} 
finely  woven,  Lnc.    [ν] 

Αεπτοώάής,  ές,  (λεπτός,  <f>uos)fte- 
bly  shining,  Nonn. 

Αεπτόφλοιος,  ο»•,  {λεπτός,  όλΛίός} 
with  thin,  fine  bark,  Theophr. 

Αεπτοφνής,  ές,  (λεπτός,  ^wy)  of /it» 
or  delicate  nature,  delicately  made, 

A  ε  77  τόφνλ  λος.ον,(  At  τγγ  cjf ,  φ  κλΑ  avj 
with  thm  leares,  Theophr. 

Αεπτοφωνία,  ας,  ή,  a  tmaU  wtvik 
voice :  from 

Αεπτόφωνος,  on>,  {λοίπτός,  φωνή) 
with  a  small  weak  voice,  Arist.  H.  A. 

Αεπτοχειλής,  ές.  (λεπτός,  χείλος) 
thin-hpptd,  Arist.  Η.  Α. 

Αεπτόχρως,  ίύτος,  ό,  ή,  (λεπτός, 
χρώς)  with  α  fine,  delicate  skin  or  body, 
Eur.  ap.  Cic.  Fam.  16,  8,  cf.  Valck. 
Diatr.  p.  34. 

ΑεπτόχνλΜς,  ov,  (λεπτός,  χνλός) 
ivith  thin,  fine  or  little  juice,  Theophr. 

Αεπτοψιιμαθος,  ov.  (λεπτός,  ibitua- 
ftoc)  with  fine,  light  sand,  prob.  1.  Aesch. 
Sujip.  3. 

ΑετΓτόω,  ώ,  (λεπτός)  =7ι.επτννω, 
dub. 

ΑέτΓτννσις,  ιος,  ή,  α  making  thin, 
an  attenuating,  Hipp. :   and 

Αεπτνντίκός,  ή,  όν,  making  thin, 
Ath. :  from 

Αε•πΓ>η<ω,  (λ,επτός)  to  make  thin, 
Arist.  II.  Α.:  to  make  sjnall,  to  thrash, 
Anth. : — to  digest  food,  Plut.  B.  pass. 
to  grow  lean,  Hipp.,  and  Xen.  Symp. 
2, 17.    Hence 

Αετττνσμός,  ov,  ό,=  7,έπηη'σις. 

Αετη'ψιον.  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  λέττυ- 
pov,  a  small  husk,  thin  peel,  etc.,  Hipp, 
[τπι,  Theocr.  5, 95.]     Hence 

Αεπνριύω,  ώ,  like  λεπνρόω,  to  strip 
off  the  husk,  to  peel. 

ΑεπΟριώδης,  ες,  {λεπνρισν,  είδος) 
like  husks,  consisting  of  coats  or  layers, 
like  the  onion,  Arist.  H.  A. 

ΑέτΓΪ'ρον,  ov,  TO,  (λέπος)  a  rind, 
shell,  husk,  Batr.  131. 

Λ\.επίφός,  ύ,  όν,  (λέπος)  with,  in  a 
husk,  rind,  etc..  Nic. 

Αετνΐφυω,  ώ,(λχπνρον)  =λετΓνριόω. 

Αε— Ορώδης,  ες,^ζλεπνριώδι/ς, ^ίζα, 
Theophr. 

Αεπνχαρον,  ον,  τό,  (7.έπνρον)  α 
husk,  shell,  scale,  esp.  one  of  the  coats 
of  an  onion,  Lat.  tunica  ctpae,  Theo- 
pouip.  (Com.)  Od.  2.  [fi] 

A  E'll  il,  fut.  -tpu,  to  strip  off  the  rind 
or  hu.^k,  to  peel  or  bark,  II.  1,  236;  cf. 
έκλέπω. — 11.  metaph.  in  com.  poets, 
to  hide,  i.  e.  thrash.  Plat.  (Corn.)  ai 
u(t>'  ίερ.,5,  cf  Ruhnk.  Ep.  Cr.  p.  208, 
and  δίρω  II.  Pass.=;U7rr)r)'/  ηϊψ,  .«en- 
su  obscoeno,  Mein.  ad.  Mnesim.  Hi{>- 
potr.  1,  18.  (Hence  λέπος,  λεπίς, 
λέπνρον,  λεπτός,  λ.όπος,  λοτής,  λ.σ- 
βός,  7ίώπος.) 

Αεπώδι/ς,  ες,  (λέπος,  είδος)  like 
hitsks,  etc. :  »]8θ=λεπνρός. 

Αέρνα,  ης,  ή,  and  Αέρνη,  Lemn.  a 
marsh  in  Argolis,  the  mythol.  abode 
of  the  Hydra,  Aesch.  Pr.ej2:  proverb, 
ap,  Hesych.,  Αέρνα  κακών,  an  abyss 
of  ill,  like  ΊλίϊΧς  κακών ;  so  Cratia., 


ΑΕΣΧ 

incert.  73,  called  the  theatre  Αέρνα  | 
eearov.t-Strah.  p.  3C8  mentions  a 
river  of  same  name  flowing  tlirough 
the  niarsh :  also  a  town  near  the 
same,  PluL :  ία  Pans.  2,  36,  7,  a 
grove  adorned  with  temples.  Hence 
ίΑερναϊοζ,  a,  ov,  of  Lariia,  Lernaean, 
Hes.  Th.  314. 

\Λ.έρνος,  ov,  a,  Leratis,  masc  pr.  n., 
Qu.  Sm.  1,  22.S. 

tAe/wr.  ov,  η,  Leros,  one  of  the  Spo- 
rades,  retains  its  name,  Hdt.  5,  125  ; 
Thuc-  8,  27  ;  οι  Αέριοι,  the  inhab.  of 
Leros,  Anth. 

A  εσ3ί  ύ  t^w,  ( A  έσβ&ς)  to  do  like  the  Les- 
biati  wmniieii,  hat-follare,  Ar.  Ran.  1308. 

Αεσβιάζ,  άόος,  ij,  a  Lesbian  woauin, 
ha.L•  frllairix,  AntlL 

Αεσβίζυ,=  Αεσβιάζω,  Ar.  Vesp. 
1346. 

Αέσβιος,  ία,  ίον,  {Αέσι3ι}ς)  Lexbian,  of 
jLe.sbus  :  oi  Αέΰβίοι,ΐΐι/: Lesbians,  Hdt., 
freq. ;  proverb., /i£-a  Αέσ3νον  φδόν, 
οι  those  who  are  judged  second  best, 
V.  Meineke  Com.  Fragm.  2,  p.  159  : — 
?^εσβιον  Kvua  or  κνμάτίον  (cf.  κύμα 
L  2),  Aesch.  Fr.  70,  2,  Vitruv.  4,6,  2  ; 
so,  Αεσβία  οικοδομι),  Arist.  Elh.  N.  5, 
10, 7. — 11.  TO  Αέσβίον,οί  a  ship,=^Eir- 
τέρα  τρότϊΐς. — 2.  a  drinking-cup,  Ath. 
'\Αεσβίς,  ίδοζ,  ή,  fern.  adj. ;  Lesbian, 
a  Lesbian  female  ;  11.  9,  129. 

^Αεσβόβεμις,  ιδος,  ό,  Lesbolhemis, 
a  statuary  of  Lesbos,  Ath.  635  A. 

\Αεσ3όθεν,  a.av.,from  Lesbos,  11.  9, 
C64. 

^Αεσβοκλ^ς,  έους,    b,   Lesbochs,   a 

rhetorician  of  MytUene,  Strab.  p.  617. 

^Αέσβος,  ov,  ή,  Lesbos,  an  island  of 

the  Aegean  sea,  on  the  coast  of  My- 

sia,  now  Metelin,  II.  24,  514. 

^Αεσβώναξ,  ακτος,  ο,  Lesbonax,  son 
of  Potamon,  a  sophist  of  Mytilene, 
Luc.  Salt.  69. 

Αεσπίς,  ίδος,  ή,^^έ/ιεσπίς,  Alex, 
word. 

Αεσχάζω,  {λέσχη)  to  prate,  chatter, 
Theogn.  613. 

Aεσιaίvω,=ίoIeg.,  Perict.  ap.  Stob. 
p.  488,'  54. 

ΑεσχαΙος,  αία,  alov,  of  or  behnging  to 
the  λέσχη,  hence  chattering,  talkative. 

Αέσχη,  ης,  ή,  {λέγω)  a  place  where 
people  assembled  for  conversation,  a  fa- 
vourite resort  for  idlers  and  beggars, 
where  some  spent  the  night,  Od.  18, 
329  :  a  low  sort  of  inn  or  lodging-house, 
Hes.  Op.  491,  499  :  any  lounge,  like  the 
scholae  porticuum.  of  the  Romans  ;  also 
a  council-chamber,  club-room,  esp.  at 
Sparta,  Cratm.  Plut.  1,  3,  cf.  Paus.  3, 
14,  2,  Muller.  Dor.  4,  9,  §  1.— IJ.  talk- 
ing, gosup,  μακραί  λ.,  Eur.  Hipp.  384, 
cf.  L  A.  1001. — 2.  in  good  sense,  con- 
versation,  discussion,  '/.έσχης  γενομέ- 
νΐ)ς,  Hdt.  9,  71 ;  ΰττικέσΟαι  ές  λέσχην, 
=  ές  λόγους,  Hdt.  2,  32;  so,  προς 
εμην  λέσχην,  to  conversation  with 
ine,  Soph.  Ο.  C  167  :  also  a  delibera- 
tion, session  of  the  coutvcil,  Soph.  Ant. 
160  : — in  Aesch.  Eum.  366,  Ζεί^ς  άττη- 
ξιώσατο  ας  7Λσχ(ΐς,  deemed  them  un- 
fit for  his  society,  or  his  antucU-hall. 
The  word  is  strictly  Ion. ;  hence  ΰδο- 
Τΐεσχέω. 

Αίσ^ί7/ία,  ατός,  τό,  idle  talk,  Hipp, 

Αεσχηνεία,  ας,  ?/,  {7^σχηνεΰυ)  gos- 
sip. Plat.  Αι.  369  D. 

Αεοχηνευτής,  oi,  b,  a  gossip,  chat- 
terer, Ath. :  from 

Αεσχηνεύίι),  {7^έσχη)  to  chat,  talk 
with,  Tivi,  App.;  also  in  mid.:  Hdt. 
has  the  compds.  περιλεσχήνευτος, 
ΊτροΤιεσχηνεύω. 

Αεαχηνίτης,  ου,  6,=λεσχηνευτης. 

Αεσχίβ'όριος,  ου,  6,  (as  if  from  λε- 
σχίμιωρ,  not  from  λεσχαίνω.  Lob, 
i^araL  218)  epith.  of  Apollo,  as  guar- 


ΛΕΥΚ 

dian  of  the  assemblies  in  the  λίσχαι, 
Plut.  2,  385  C. 

Αεσχηνώτης,  ov,  ό,  {?ί.εσχαένω)=2^- 
σχηΐ'εΐ'τής: — a  scholar,  piipil,  DlOg.  L. 

Αεσχηρέω,  ώ,=λεσχύζω. 

Αέσγης,  ου,  ό,  (λέσχ?/)  α  talker, 
Timo  ap.  Diog.  L.  9,  40. 
ίΛέσ\ης.  ov.  ό,  Lesches,  a  cyclic  poet 
of  Mytilene,  authorof  the/ίίΛ-ρά  Ί/Αάς, 
Paus.  10,  25,  5,  who  gives  ia  gen. 
Αέσχεως. 

Αεσχομάχη,  ης,  η,  =  λογομαχία, 
Tiinon.  Fr.  4,  very  dub. 

^Αετρενς,  έως,  ό,  Leireus,  a  son  of 
Pelops,  alter  whom  the  foil,  city  was 
said  to  he  named,  Paus.  6,  22,  8. 

h^rplvoi,  uv,  oi,  Lctruii,  a  city  in 
northern  Elis,  Xen.  Hell.  3,  2,  25;  in 
Lye.  54,  Αέτρινα :  adj.  ΑετριναΖος,  a, 
OV,of  Letrini,  Letrinaean,  Paus  ;  etc. 
\Αενγαία,  ας,  ή,  «ec  Υλη,  the  Leu- 
gaean,  name  of  a  troop  in  Alexander's 
army,  Arr.  An.  2,  9,  3. 

Αενγΰ/.έος,  έα,  έον,  (?•,οιγός,  λοί- 
γιος,  λνγρός,  Lat.  lugeo,  luctus). — 1. 
of  persons,  in  sad  or  sorrt/  plight, 
wretched,  helpless,  τττωχός,  Od.  16, 273, 
etc. ;  λευγαλ-ίοι  έσόμεσθα,  Od.2,  61  : 
so  too,  /.ενγα/.έως  χωρειν,  to  come  ill 
oti",  U.  13,  723.-2.  οϊ  events,  feelings, 
etc.,  sad,  gloomy, dismal,  inournful,  esp. 
λ.  θάνατος,  a  uretched,  untimely  death, 

11.  21,  288,  and  freq.  in  Od.;  so  λ.  κη- 
δεα,  άλγεα,  Od.  15,  359  ;  20,  203  ;  πό- 
λεμος,  δαίς,  Π.  13,  97  ;  14,  387 ;  λ. 
φρένες,  εττεα,  II.  9,  119;  20,  109;  Λ. 
ηΟεα,  Hes.  Op.  523  : — the  word  is  rare 
in  later  poets,  as  Λ.  κόρος,  Theogn. 
1176,  cf.  λνγρός,  tin.;— in  Soph.  ap. 
E.  M.  (Fr.  904)  μνρον  λ.  is  explained 
by  ϋγρυν,  or  in  Phot,  by  διάβροχον. 

iAevL,  and  Αευίς,  ό,  Levi,  Hebr. 
masc.  pr.  n.,  a  son  of  the  patriarch 
Jacob,  LXX.;  X.  T. — 2.  otherwise 
JMatthew,  a  tax-gatherer,  called  to  be 
an  apostle,  N.  T.  Marc.  2,  14;  cf. 
Matth.  10,  3.— Others  in  N.  T.  Hence 

\Αενίτης,  ου,  ό.  a  descendaiit  of  Levi 
(1),  a  Levite,  LXX. ;  N.  T. ;  hence 

'ΪΑενίΤίκός,  ή,  όν,  of  or  pertaining  to 
the  Levites,  Levitical,  N.  T. 

Αενκύ,  €)v,  τά,  strictly  neut.  pi. 
from  7.ευκός. — I.  the  menstrua  alba  ot 
women,  opp.  to  ερυθρά,  Hipp. — II.  a 
thin  fine  shoe,  Alex.  Tar.  4. 

\Αευκύ,  τά,  ορη,  the  White  moutitains, 
on  the  western  side  of  Crete,  Strab. 
p.  475.— II.  Leuca,  a  city  of  Calabria, 
Id.  p.  281. 

ίΑενκαδία,  ας,  ή,=:=Αευκύς,  Thuc. 
3,  94. 

ίΑενκύδιος,  ου,  ό,  Levcadius,  son  of 
Icarius,  brother  of  Penelope,  Strab. 
p.  452. — II.  -ιος,  a,  ov,  of  Leucas,  Leu- 
cadian,  Hdt.  8,  45. 

tAfi'/i'ai  OT}j7  aL,  ai,  the  white  Pillars, 
a  tract  in  greater  Phrj'gia  on  the 
Marsyas,  Hdt.  5,  118. 

tAeiKQi,  ών,  ai,  Leucae,  a  city  of 
Ionia  near  Smyrna,  Strab.  p.  646. — 2. 
a  place  in  Peloponnesus,  under  con- 
trol of  the  Argives,  Polyb.  4,  30,  5. — 
3.  Αενκαί,  a  place  on  mount  Ida. 

Aevicuui,  or  /ιενίίέα,  ας,  ή,  a  kind 
of  strong  hemp  used  for  cordage  or 
tackling,  prob.  the  Spanish  spartum, 
Moschion  ap,  Ath.  206  F. 

ΑενκαΙναι,  ών,  ai,  chestnuts  from 
Αευκϋύ,  V.  Αεϋκαι  3,  Gal. 

Αενκαίνω,  {λεΐ'κός)  to  make  white, 
ivhiten,  /ί,ενκαινον  ύδωρ  έλΑττισι,  Od. 

12.  172 ;  so,  λ,  αλά  βοβιΌις,  λ.  βόθια. 
Eur.  Cycl.  17,  I.  Τ.  1387,-2,  to  make 
bright  or  light,  ηώς  λενκαίνει  όώς, 
morn  brigluens  up  her  light,  Id.  I.  A. 
150. — Il.intr.  io^roi(;u)Atie,Nic,Al,  170. 

Αενίίάκανθα,  ης,  ?;,  Ο.ενκύς,  άκαν- 
θα) the  white  thorn,  Tbeoplir. 


AEYK 

Αενκύλφίτος,  ov,  {ληκός,  άλψιτα) 
rich  in  pearl-barley,  Sopat.  ap.  Ath. 
160  B. 

Αευκάμπνξ,  νκος,  b,  ή,  {7^ενκός,  ύμ- 
πυξ)  with  white  head-band,  Opp. 

Αενκύνθεμον,  ov,  τό,  {λευκός,  άν 
θεμον)  strictly  white  flower,  from  άνθε- 
μον,  like  χρνσάνθεμον,  name  for  seve- 
ral plantsof  the  camomile  tribe,  Diosc. 

Αενκανθής,  ες,  (/.ευκός,  άνθέω) 
white  blossoming,  hence  white,  λ.  σώ- 
ματα, pale,  bleached  bodies,  Pind.  N. 
9,  55  ;  /ιενκανθές  κάρα,  a  snow-white 
head.  Soph.  O.  T.  742.     Hence 

Αευκανθίζω,  to  have  white  blosso?ns, 
in  genl.  to  be  white,  Hdt  8,  27  : — also 
in  pass.,  LXX. 

Αενκύνία,  ας,  or  λ^ενκάνίη,  ης,  ή. 
Ion.  ίοτ7.ανκαιία,  q.  v. ;  7.ευκανί7]νδε, 
Αρ.  Rh. ;  -ίηβεν,  Opp. 

ΪΑευκύνία,  ας,  ή,  Lucania,  a  pro- 
vince of  southern  Italy,  Strab.  p.  252. 
iAevKUvot,  ών,   oi,   the   Lucanians, 
inhab.  of  Lucania,  Isocr.  168. 

Αενκανσις,  ή,  (λευκαίνω)  opp.  to 
μέ/^ανσις,  a  whitening,  or  a  growing 
white,  Arist.  Ausc.  Phys.  5,  I,  5. 

Αενκαντί/ς,  ov,  6,  (λευκαίνω)  one 
that  makes  or  paints  white. 

Αενκαντικος,  ή,  όν,  (λευκαίνω)  fit 
for  whitening.     Adv.  -κώς,  Sext.  Enip. 

Αεί'κάργΜιος  and  λευκάργύιος, 
ov,  (λευκός,  άργι7.7Μς)  of  or  with 
white  clay,  Strab. — II.  as  subst.,  ή  λ., 
white  clay,  PI  in. 

Αευκύς,  άδυς,  poet.  fern,  of  λευκός 
for  7.ενκη,  πέτρα  λ.,  Eur.  Cycl.  106,: 
hence  sq. — II.  a  plant,  Diosc. 

^Αευκάς,  άδος,  ij,  πέτρη.  Od.  24,  11, 
in  Thuc.  3,  94,  Αενκαδία,  Leucas, 
(the  lohite  rock)  a  rock  on  coast  of 
Epirus,  Od.,  the  later  promontory  or 
peninsula  Leucadia  on  the  coast  of 
Acarnania,  subsequently  separated 
from  the  main  land,  now  ISanta  Mau- 
ra, cf.  Strab.  p.  59,  450. 

^Αενκασία,  ας,  ή,  the  Leticasia,  a 
river  of  Messenia,  Paus.  4,  33,  3. 

^Αευκάσιον,  ου,  τό,  Leucasium,  a 
town  of  Messenia,  Paus.  8,  25,  2. 

Αευκασμός,  ό,=:?ιεύκανσις. 

Αενκασπις,  ΐδος,  ό,  ή,  (7^ευκός, 
ασπίς)  white-shielded,  II.  22,  294  :  in 
Trag.  the  Argives  only  are  7.ευκά- 
σπιδες,  Aesch.  Theb.  90,  cf.  Soph. 
Ant.  106,  Eur.  Phoen.  1099,  not  be- 
cause they  wore  plain  shields  with- 
out any  device  (which  were  common 
to  all  Greece,  v.  Stanl.  Aesch.  1.  c), 
but  no  doubt  because  white  was  the 
Argive  colour  (as  it  is  the  Austrian). 

\Αεύκαηπις,  ιδος,  ή,  Leitcaspis,  a 
port  in  Marmarica,  Strab.  p.  799. — 
II.  masc.  pr.  n.,  Anacr.  5,  3. 

ίΑευκάτας,  a,  ό,  Leucatas,  a  prom- 
ontory on  southwest  of  Leucadia, 
now  Cape  Dukato,  Strab.  p.  452  ; 
famed  as  the  lover's  leap.  Id.  p.  461. 

Αενκαν)  ής,  ές,  (7^ενκύς,  aΰγή)u^hite- 
gleaming,  of  a  fish,  Antiph.  Philoth. 
1,20. 

Αευκΰχάτης,  ov,  ό.  (7.ενκύς,  αχά- 
της) the  while  agate,  Plin.  [χύ] 

Αευκέα,  ας,  ή,  v.  7.ενκαία. 

ΑευκερΙνέος,  Att.  -έως,  ή,  a  kind  of 
fig-tree,  prob.  bearing  wMte  fruit,  Ath. 
76.  C  :  as  adj.,  7.fVK.  Ισχάδες,  Her- 
mipp.  ibid, 

Αενκέρνθρος,  ov,  (λενκός,  ερυθρός) 
whitish  red,  χροιά,    Arist.  Physiogn. 

Αενκερώέιος,  ov,  b,  {λευκός,  ερω- 
διός) the  wlute  heron,  the  spoon-bill, 
Arist.  H.  A. 

Αενκη.  ης,  ί/,  the  white  leprosy,  Hdt. 

I,  138,  and  Hipp.,  v.  Foes.  Oecon. — 

II,  the  white  poplar,  Lat,  populus  alba, 
used  for  chaplets,  Ar.  ]\ub.  1007, 
Dem,  313,  24.— HI.  a  place  at  Athens 

839 


ΛΕΤΚ 

where  the  taxes  were  let  out  to  the 
farmers  of  the  revenue,  prob.  so  call- 
ed from  a  poplar  in  the  place,  Andoc. 
17,  24,  of  Bockh  F.  E.  2, 20.— IV.  the 
white  spot  on  the  nails. 

fAft'/c//,  ί/ς,  τ/,  Leiice,  an  island  in 
the  Euxine  at  the  months  of  the  Is- 
ter,  sacred  to  Achilles,  Slrab.  p.  125, 
cf  Find.  N.  4,  49. — 2.  a  plain  in  La- 
conia,  Slrab.  p.  303,  in  Folyb.  5,  19,  8, 
Αΐϊ'και.  Cf.  Αεΐ'καΐ- — Π.  Λ.  ύκτή,  ή, 
{the  white  shore)  a  town  and  roadsteati 
in  Thrace  on  the  Fropontis,  Hdt.  7, 
25. — 2.  the  southern  point  of  Euboea, 
Strah.  p.  399.-3.  a  promontory  of 
Africa,  Id.  p.  799,  subsequently  Aao- 
όίκ( la. —  Ul.  κώμη,  [Wliite-ville)  a 
town  of  the  Nabataei  on  the  Arabian 
gulf,  Strab.  p.  780. 

Αΐΐ'κηπΰτίας  or  λευχηπάτίας,  ov, 
0,  (.λενκός,  ήτταρ)  white-livered,  i.  e. 
cowardly,  A.  B. 

Αενκήπεφης.  ov,  {λευκός,  ήπειρος) 
with  white  soil,  Geop. 

Αενκήρετμος,  ov,  {λευκός,  ίρετμός) 
with  white  or  foaming  oars,  Άρης, 
Pseud-Eur.  1.  A.  283. 

Χεί'κήρης,  ες,  {λευκός,  άρω)  with 
white  ties  οτ  fastenings :  in  genl.  white, 
θρίξ,  Aesch.  Pers.  1050. 

\Α(νκίμμη,  ης,  ή,  Leucimme,  the 
southern  promontory  of  the  island 
Corcyra,  Thuc.  1,  30,  v.  1. — κίμνη. 

Αεύκΐνος,  ίνη,  ivov,  {λ.ενκη)  of 
white  poplar,  στέφανος,  Arist.  Oec. 

^Αευκίος,  ου,  ό,  the  Rom.  name  iu- 
cius,  Polyb.  1,  52.5. 

^Αευκί-τΓΤ},  ης,  ή,  Lcucippc,  daughter 
of  Oceanus,  H.  Hom.  Cer.  418. — 2. 
wife  of  llus,  mother  of  Laomedon. — 
3.  wife  of  Euenor  in  Plato's  Atlantis, 
Criti.  113  C— 4.  daughter  of  Minyas 
in  Orchomenus,  Ael.  V.  H.  3,  42. 

Αευκιττττίδες,  uv,  al,  daughters  of 
Leucippus,  nymphs  worshipped  at 
Sparta,  κόραι  Α.,  Eur.  Hel.  1466,  cf. 
Siebel.  Paus.  3,  13,  7  :  from 

^Αεϋκητττος,  ov,  6,  Leucippus,  son 
of  Periores  and  Gorgophone,  brother 
of  Tyndareus,  Apollod.  3,  10,  3.-2.  a 
son  of  Hercules,  Id.  2,  7,  8. — 3.  son 
of  Oenomaus  in  Elis,  II.  Hom.  Ap. 
212. — 4.  an  Elean  or  Abderite,  pupil 
of  Zeno,  Diog.  L. — Others  in  Strab. ; 
etc.     From 

Αεΰκιτίτζος,  ov,  {λευκός,  ίππος) 
riding  a  white  horse,  Ibyc.  27,  esp.  like 
λενκόπωλοι,  epith.  of  the  Dioscuri, 
Valck.  Phoen.  609,  and  of  men  of 
rank,  Bockh  Find.  P.  4,  117  (207): 
also  λ.  uyviai,  full  of  white  horses, 
Find  P.  9,  146. 

Αενκίσκος,  ov,  6,  {λευκός)  a  fish, 
the  white  mullet,  Hices.  ap.  Ath.  306  E. 

Αενκίτης,  ov,  ό,  fern.  -Ιτις,  ιδος,= 
'λενκός,  Theocr.  5,  147. 

ΑευκοΐΒάφής,  ές  {λευκός,  βάπτυί) 
dyed  white. 

Αενκοβραχίων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  (λεν- 
κός, βραχίων)  with  white  arms  or  shoul- 
ders. [I] 

Αενκόγαιος,  ov,  λενκόγεως,  civ, 
Strab.,  or  λευκόγειος,  ov,  Theophr., 
{λενκός,  γαΐα,γη)  of  οτ  with  white  earth. 

Αευκογρΰφεο),  ύ,  {λευκός,  γράφω) 
to  paint  white,  to  shade  in,  like  σκία- 
γραφέω,  Arist.  Poet.  6,  20. 

Αενκογρΰφίς,  ίόος,  ή,  a  kind  of  clay 
for  painting  white,  Plin. 

Αενκοόέρμΰτος,  ov,  (λευκός,  δέρμα) 
with  a  white  skin  OT  fur. 

Αενκοδίφθερος,  ov,  (λενκός,  διφθέ- 
ρα) with  a  white  skin. 

Αευκόδους,  δοντος,  ό,  η,  {λευκός, 
οδούς)  white-toothed. 

Αενκοέρνθρος,  ον,=λενκέρνθρης. 

Αενκοθέα,  ας,  η,  (λενκός,  θεά)  the 
white  goddess,  Leucothea ;  under  this 
840 


ΛΕΥΚ 

name  Ino  was  worshipped  as  a  propi- 
tious sea-goddess,  Od.  5, 334. 

i Αενκοθέα  (βέα)=λενκων  ΰρασις, 
cf.  μελανθέα,  Flut.  2,  440  F. 

Αενκόθριξ,  τρϊχος,  ύ,  ή,  (λ.ευκός, 
θρίξ)  white-haired,  white,  πλόκαμοι, 
Eur.  Bacch.  112,  κριός,  Ar.  Αν.  971, 
ϊπποι,  Call.  Cer.  120. 

Αενκοθώραξ,  ΰκος,  ό,  η,  {λενκός, 
θώραξ)  with  white  cuirass,  Xen.  An. 
1,  8,  9. 

tAefi/fot,  ων,  ol,  the  Lend,  a  people 
of  Belgic  Gaul,  Strab.  p.  193. 

Αενκό'ίνος,  η,  ov,  made  of  λευκόίον. 

m 

ΑενκόΙον,  ov,  τό,  for  λευκόν  lov, 
the  white  violet,  Hipp.,  v.  Foes.  Oecon. 
— II.  a  bulbous  plant  (our  leucoium  is 
the  snoiD-flake),  joined  with  the  nar- 
cissus and  lily  in  A.  P.  5,  144,  147 ; 
cf  lov.  [Ϊ]  ♦ 

Αευκόκαρπος,  ov,  (λ.ενκός,  καρπός) 
yielding  white  fruit,  Theophr. 

Αευκύκανλος,  ov,  {λευκός,  καυλός) 
white-stalked,  Theophr. 

Αενκοκέράτες,  ol,  (λευκός,  κέρας) 
white-horned.  Lob.  Fhryn.  658. 

Αευκοκέφάλος,  ov,  (λ^ευκός,  κεφά- 
λι}) white-headed. 

Αενκόκηρος,  ov,  made  of  white  wax. 
ίΑευκοκόμας,  δ,  Leucocomas,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Strab.  p.  478. 

Αενκύκομος,  ov,  {'λευκός,  κόμη) 
white-haired :  white-leaved,  Plin. 

Λευκοκράμβη,  ης,  ή,  {λενκός,  κράμ- 
βη)  white  cabbage,  Geop. 

Αενκοκνμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  {λευ- 
κός, κνιια)  white  with  waves,  surging, 
■ϊΐόνες,  tiUr.  Or.  993.  [tj] 

Αευκόλΐθος,  ov,  {λευκός,  7ύθος)  of 
white  stone  or  marble,  στήλη,  Bockh 
Inscr.  2.  p.  126 :  τα  λ.,  white  marble, 
Strab. 

Αευκολΐνής,  ές,  made  of  white  βαχ, 
Bockh  Inscr.  1,  p.  246:  from 

Αενκόλΐνον,  ov,  τύ,  {λει>κός,  λίνον) 

while  flax  for  ropes  and  rigging,  used 

esp.  by  the  Phoenicians,  Hdt.  7,  25. 

^Αενκολλα,  ης,  ή,  Leucolla,  a  port  in 

the  island  of  Cyprus,  Strab.  p.  682. 

\Αεύκολ7.ος,  ov,  ύ,  the  Rom.  name 
Lucullus,  Flut. 

Αενκολόφας,  ov,  ό,=:λευκόλοφος, 
Eur.  Phoen.  119.t-II.  as  pr.  n.,  in  Ar. 
Eccl.  647,  Ran.  1513,  the  usu.  soubri- 
quet of  sq. 

\Αευκολοφίδης,  ου.  6,  (prop,  patro- 
nym.  from  sq.)  Lencolophides,  an  Athe- 
nian, father  of  Adimantus,  Xen.  Hell. 

I,  4,  21  ;  Plat.  Protag.  315  A. 
Αευκόλοφος,   ov,    {λευκός,   λιόφος) 

while-crested,  Ar.  Ran.  1016. 

iAεvκόλoφoς,  ov,  ό,  Leucolophus,  an 
Athenian,  Isae.  de  Menecl.  3. 

Αενκομαινίς,  ίδος,  ή,  the  while  μαι- 
νίς,  Polioch.  ap.  Ath.  313  C. 

Αενκύμαλλος,  ov,  {λευκός, μαλλός) 
with  white  wool. 

Αευκομέλάς,  aiva,  av,  (λενκός,  μέ- 
λας) whitish  black,  black  and  white. — 

II.  as  subst.,=  Ai/3ovorof,  Genelli  in 
Wolf's  Anal.  4,  p.  478. 

Αευκομέτωπος,  ov,  (λενκός,  μέτω- 
πον)  with  a  tvhite  forehead. 

Αευκομφάλιος,  ov,  (λενκός,  ομφα- 
λός) with  a  while  navel,  of  fig-trees 
with  a  white  stem,  Theophr.   [a] 

Αενκόν,  ov,  TO,  the  while  of  an  egg, 

Arist.  Gen.  An. — 2.  the  while  of  the  eye. 

^Αενκονοενς,  έως,  ό,  a  citizen  of  Leu- 

cmtoc,  a  deme  of  the  tribe  Leontis  in 

Attica,  Dem. 

^Afvkov  δρος,  τό,-=Αενκα  όρη,  Cal- 
lim,  I-I.  Dian.  42. 

Αενκ('η>οτος,  ov,  6,  {λενκός,  νότος) 
the  south  wind  which  cleared  the  wea- 
ther, Lat.  albiis  JVottts,  the  usual  νό- 
τος bringing  clouds  and  rain,  Hipp. 


ΛΕΤΚ 

tAfX'/iov  πεδίον,  τό,  White-Plain,  a 
district  in  Caria,  Paus.  4,  35,  11. 

\Αενκόν  τείχος,  τό.  While-wall,  a 
quarter  of  Memphis,  containing  the 
residcmce  of  the  queen,  Hdt.  3,  91  : 
Thuc.  1,  104. 

Αενκοόπωρος,  ov.  {λενκός.  όπώρα) 
while  with  autumn  fruits,  Leon. Tar.  45. 

Αενκοπύρειος,  ov.  Ion.  -πύρψ)ς, 
{λενκός,  παρειά)  fair-cheeked,  Mel.'  83. 
[ά] 

Αενκοπάρνφος,  ov,  {λενκός,  παρυ- 
φή) with  a  white  border  to  one's  robe, 
Plut. 

Αενκόπεπλος,  ov,  (λευκός,  πέπλιις) 
white-robed,  Corinn.  ap.  Heph.  p.  107  : 
ημέρα  λ.,  Lat.  dies  albo  noUindus,  Hip- 
pon.  Fr.  17. 

Αενκοπέτάλος,  ov,  [,λενκός,  πέτα- 
λων) with  while  leaves  Or  layers,  name 
of  a  gem  in  Plin. 

^Αενκοπέτρα,  ας,  η,  Leucopetra, 
(white-rock)  the  southern  promontory 
of  Bruttium,  Strab.  p.  259 ;  in  Thuc. 
πέτρα  της  'Ρηγίνης. 

Αενκοπέτρα,  ας,  7,=sq.,  Polyb.? 

Αενκόπετρορ.  ov,  τό,  (?.ενκός,  πέ- 
τρα) α  white  rock,  Polyb. 

Αενκόπηχνς,  ν,  gen.  εως,  {λενκός, 
πηχνς)  white-armed,  Eur.  Phoen.  1351, 
Bacch.  1206. 

Αευκόπλενρος,  ov,  (?^ενκός,  πλευ- 
ρά) with  white  sides. 

Αενκοπληθης,  ές,  {λευκός,  π?.ήβος) 
filled  with  while,  full  of  white  persons, 
εκκλησία,  Ar.  Eccl.  387. 

Αενκηποίκϊλος,  ov,  molley-white. 

Αενκοποιός,  όν,  (λενκός,  ποιέώ) 
that  makes  while. 

Αει>κόπο\'ς,  ό,  ή,  -πουν,  τύ,  gen. 
-ποδός,  {λευκός,  πονς)  while-footed: 
bare-fooled,  Βάκχαι,  Eur.  Cycl.  72,  cf. 
ad.  Ar.  Lys.  665. 

Αευκοπρεπής,  ές,  {λευκός,  πρέπω) 
white -looking,  white,  v.  Dind.  Aesch. 
Theb.  90. 

Αευκόπρωκτος,  ov,  {?.ευκός,  πρω- 
κτός) with  a  white  πρωκτός,  a  play  on 
the  words  εϊφνπρωκτος  and  /,ενκη 
II,  conveying  a  notion  of  cowardice, 
Callias  Fed.  1,  cf  μελάμπνγος. 

Αενκόπτερος,  ov,  (λενκός,  πτερόν) 
white-U'inged,  while,  νιφάΓ,  Aesch.  Pr. 
993,  ήμερα,  Eur.  Tro.  848. 

Αενκοπτέρυξ,  νγος,  ό,  ή,  {λενκός, 
πrέpvξ)—{oτeg.,■prob.\.  Ion  ap.  Schol. 
Ar.  Fac.  835. 

Αενκύπϋγος,  ov,  {λευκός,  πυγή)=: 
λενκόπρωκτος,  q.  v. 

Αενκόπΐφος,  ov,  o,finetvhcat,  Philo. 

ΑενκόπνΙφος,  ov,  (λενκός,  πν^φός) 
pale-red,  τριχώματα,  Arist.  Color. 

Αενκόπωλος,  ov,  (λενκός,  πώλος) 
uith  white  horses,  ήμερα,  Aesch.  Pers. 
386,  Soph.  Aj.  673  :  esp.  as  epith.  of 
the  Dio.scuri,  like  λενκιππος.  Find. 
P.  1,  127. 

Αενκόπωρος,  ον,^=λενκοόπωρος. 

Αενκόροδον,  ov,  τό,  the  while  rose. 

Αενκός,  ή,  όν,  light,  bright,  brilliant, 
clear,  αίγλη,  Od.  6,  45  ;  λ.  λέβης,  II. 
23,  368  :  hence  al.^o  of  water,  bright, 
λ.  νδωρ.  Hom.  ;  λ.  γαλήνη,  a  glassy 
calm,  Od.  10,  94.-2.  metaph.  clear, 
plain,  disti7irt.  of  authors,  Jac.  Phil. 
Thess.  44  ;  while  Lycophr.  is  called 
aler,  the  obscvre,  by  Stat.  Sylv.  5,  3, 
157.  Hence  came — II.  theusu.  sense 
of  colour,  white,  very  freq.  in  Horn,, 
but  like  all  Greek  names  of  colours 
very  indefinite,  from  the  pure  while 
of  snow  (II.  10,  437),  to  the  gr,jy  of 
ώί.<Ί  (II.  5,  5(Χί) ;  also  of  gray  hair,  λ. 
κάρα,  Tyrt.  1.  23,  γήρας.  Soph.  A}. 
625 : — often  of  the  human  skit»,  white, 
fair,  11.  11.  573,  Od.  23,  240 ;— in 
Hom.  as  a  sign  of  youth  and  be.iuty, 
but  later  white  was  a  mark  of  fefleuii 


AETK 

nacy,  like  ίσκιατραφημένος,  blanched, 
white, pale,  not  brotizea  by  the  sun  and 
air,  hence  pale,  wan,  iveakly,  cowardly. 
At.  Thesm.  191,  Eccl.  428,  and  Xen., 
■of.  λενκόττρωκτος,  λενκόχρως : — λευ- 
ArGt  φρένες  in  Pind.  P.  4,  194  is  expl. 
by  the  ancients  ααίνόμεναι,  passion- 
ate, covetous,  ana  so  Bockh  ;  Dissen 
interprets  it  pale  with  envy,  envious  : 
— proverb.,  λενκυν  είδέναι,  to  know 
black  from  white,  Ar.  Eq.  1279. — 2. 
Λ.  χρυσός,  pale.  i.  e.  alloyed  gold,  opp. 
to  u-εφθος,  Hdt.  1,  50.— 3.  of  men's 
limbs,  sometimes,  vaked,  bare,  Schaf. 
Dion.  Comp.  p.  133,  of.  λευκόττονς 
and  /.ευκόο)  II. — 4.  as  white  in  opp. 
to  black  is  a  sign  of  joy,  fair,  happy, 
joyful, gay,  hence  ?.ενκον  ημαρ,  Aesch. 
Pers.  301,  Άευκη  ήμερα.  Soph.  Fr.  10, 
like  Lat.  Candidas  dies,  a  lucky  day, 
Meineke  Menand.  p.  107,  Catull.  8, 
3. — 5.  of  sound,  clear,  like  λαμπρός, 
Lat.  candidus,  Arist.  Top.  1,  15,  13, 
of  Suid.  in  v. :  and  σομφός  II. — Μέ- 
λας  is  opp.  to  λευκός,  in  all  its  signfs. 
— Cf  ή  λεύκη,  το  λενκόν,  τα  λευκά. 
Adv.  -κώς,  Philostr.  (The  root  is 
'^λ,άω,  to  see,  λεΰσσω,  λύκη,  Lat.  luceo, 
lux,  Sanscr.  lok,  to  look  or  see.) 

^Αεϋκος,  ου,  δ,  Leucus,  a  companion 
of  Ulysses  before  Troy,  II.  4,  491. — 
2.  a  tyrant  in  Crete,  Lye.  1218.— II. 
a  river  of  Macedonia,  Plut. 

Αευκόσαρκος,  ov,  {λευκός,  σαρξ) 
with  white  flesh,  Xenocr. 

Λευκοστεφής,  ες,  {?.ευκός,  στέψω) 
white-wreathed,  of  suppliant  boughs, 
Aesch.  Supp.  191,  333. 

Αευκόστικτος,  ov,  (λευκός,  στίζω) 
flecked  with  white,  όύμαλις,  Aesch. 
Supp.  351 :  grizzled,  βρίξ,  Eur.  I.  A. 
222. 

Αενκόστολος,  ov,  {λευκός,  στόλη) 
white-robed,  Clem.  Al. 

^Αευκόαυροι,  ων,  oi,  the  Leuco-Syri, 
or  white  Syrians,  in  Pontus,  from  Cap- 
padocia,  so  called  to  distinguish  them 
from  their  more  swarthy  countrymen 
in  Syria,  Strab.  p.  542,  sqq. 

Αευκόσφΐφος,  ov,  {λευκός,  σφυρόν) 
xvhite-ancled,  in  genl.  white-footed, 
Theocr.  17,  32. 

Αευκοσώμΰτος,  ov,  {7ι,ευκός,  σώμα) 
with  a  white  body,  Antiph.  Omph.  1. 

Αενκότης,  ητος  ή.  (λευκός)  white- 
ness. Plat.  Theaet.  156  D,  etc. 

Αευκοτρΐχέω,  ώ,  to  have  white  hair, 
Strab. :  from 

ΑευκότρΙχος,ον,=λευκόθριξ,8ίτ3.\}. 
p.  784. 

Αενκότροφος,  ov,  {λευκός,  τρέφω) 
white-growing,  μύρτα,  Ar.  Αν.  1100. 

Αευκουργέω,  ώ,  (λευκός,  έργον)  to 
make  white,  Bockh  Inscr.  2,  p.  502. 

Αεύκουρος,  ov, (λευκός,  οίφύ)  white- 
tailed. 

Αευκοϋφής,  ές,  (λευκός,  υφαίνω)  of 
a  white  web.   [ν] 

Αενκοφάής,  ές,(λενκός,  φάος)  bright- 
beaming  :  bright  white,  ■ψάμαθος,  Eur. 
L  A.  i054. 

Αενκόφαιος,  ov,  {7.ενκός,  φαιός) 
gray,  ash-coloured,  Ath. 

Αευκοφύνής,  ές,  (λευκός,  φαίνομαι) 
appearing  bright  or  white. 

Αενκόφβαλμος,  ov,  white-eyed. 

Αευκοφλεγμάτία,  ας,  ή,  (7^ενκός, 
φλέγμα)  also  7.ενκον  φλέγμα,  the  be- 
ginning of  the  dropsy,  or  chlorosis,  Foes. 
Oec.  Hipp. :  from 

Αενκοφ? εγμΰτίας,  ov,  ό,=^λενκο- 
φλεγματώΛης,  Hipp. 

Αευκοφλΐγμΰτέω,  ύ,  to  have  the  chlo- 
roeis,  Hipp.  194  G  ;  from 

Αευκοφλέγμΰτος,  ov,  (?.ενκ6ς,  φλέ- 
γμα II)  suffering  from  W'hite  phlegm, 
Hipp.  1133  B. 

Αενκοφ?ι.εγμάτώδης,    ες,   (λενκόν, 


AETK 

φλέγμα,  είδος)  like  or  affected  with 
chlorosis,  Hipp.  1121  H. 

Αευκόώ'/οιος,  ov,  (λευκός,  φ?.οιός) 
with  white  bark,  Posid.  ap.  Ath.  649  D. 

Αευκοφορέω,  ώ,  to  wear  white  gar- 
ments :  from 

Αευκοφορινόχροος,  ov,  white-skin- 
coloured,  Philox.  ap.  Ath.  147  D. 

λευκοφόρος,  ov,  (?ιευκός,  φέρω) 
white-robed,  Anth. 

Αεΰκοφρυς,  ν,  gen.  νος,  (λευκός, 
οφρνς)  white-browed,  Orac.  ap.  Hdt.  3, 
57  :  hence 

^Αευκόφρυς,  υος,  ή,  Leucophrys,  ear- 
lier name  of  the  island  Tenedos, 
Strab.  p.  604. — 2.  a  city  on  the  Mae- 
ander  near  Magnesia,  Xen.  Hell. 3, 2, 
19,  with  a  famous  temple  of  Diana, 
who  was  hence  called  Αευκοφρύνη, 
Strab.  p.  647. 

Αευκοχίτων,  ωνος,  ό,  ή,  {?,ευκός,χι- 
τών)  white-coated,  ήττατα,  Batr.  37.  [t] 

Αευκοχροέω,  ώ,  to  be  λευκόχροος, 
Hipp, 

Αευκόχροια,  ας,  ή,  the  colour  white, 
Plut. 

Αενκόχροος,  ov,  contr.  -χρονς,  ουν, 
(λευκός,  χρόα)  white-coloured.  Eur. 
Phoen.  322. 

Αευκόχρϋσυς,  ov,  (λευκός,  χρυσός) 
of  a  pale  gold  colojir,  Plin. 

Λευκογρώματος,  ov,=  sq.,  Phint. 
ap.  Stob.  p.  444,  58. 

Αενκόχρως,  ωτος,  ό,  ή,  (λευκός, 
χρως)  white-skinned,  colourless,  Alex. 
Isostas.  1,  18,  Theocr.  Epigr.  2,  1. 

Αευκόψΰρος,  ov,  whitish-gray. 

Αευκόω,  ώ,  {7.ευκός)  to  -whiten,  7.εν- 
κωθείς  κάρα  μνρτοις,  Pind.  I.  4  (3), 
117:  to  paint  while,  plaster,  τοίχος 
λελενκωμένος.  Plat.  Legg.  785  A  : 
γραμματεϊονλελ.=λεύκωμα1,  Dem. 
1132,  8.  Mid.,  7.ευκοΰσθαι  όπλα,  to 
whiten  their  shields.  Xen.  Hell.  2.  4, 
25,  cf  7,  5,  20.— II.  λ.  πόδα,  to  bare 
the  foot,  Anth. ;  cf  7,ευκός  II.  3. 

\Αεϋκτρα,  ων,  τά,  Leucira,  a  town 
of  Boeotia,  famed  for  the  victory  of 
Epaminondas  over  the  Spartans,  now 
still  Lefka,  Xen.  Hell.  6,  4,  4  ;  Strab. 
p.  414. — 2.  a  city  of  Laconia  on  the 
borders  of  Messenia,or  rather  of  Mes- 
senia,  to  whom  it  was  awarded  by 
Philip  as  umpire,  Paus.  3,  21,  7;  in 
Strab.  p.  360,  also  Αεϋκτρον. — 3.  a 
city  of  Arcadia  at  the  foot  of  Mt.  Ly- 
caeus,  near  Laconia,  Thuc.  5,  54 ; 
Xen.  Hell.  6,  5, 24  ;  in  Paus.  8,  27,  4, 
Αεϋκτρον.     Hence 

ίΑευκτρικός,  τ),  όν,  of  Leuctra, 
τα  Αευκτρικά,  the  battle  of  Leuctra, 
Polyb.  2,  41,  7. 

ίΑενκτρον,  ου,  τό,  Leuctrum,  a  town 
of  Achaianear  Rhypae,  Strab.  p.  387: 
cf  also  Αεϋκτρα. 

Αενκώ7.ενος,  ov,  (7.ευκός.  ωλένη) 
white-armed,  epith.  of  Juno,  Horn. 

Αεύκωμα,  ατός,  τό,  (λευκόω)  any 
thing  ivhitened  :  esp.  a  tablet  covered 
with  gypsum  to  write  public  notices 
on,  a  list,  Lat.  album,  ίς  7^εύκωμα 
γράφειν,  άναγρ-,  Lys.  114,  40,  et  ap. 
Dem.  707,  12. — II.  the  ivhite  of  an  egg, 
Diosc. — III.  a  white  spot  in  the  eye, 
caused  by  a  thickening  of  the  cornea, 
a  cataract,  Arist.  Physiogn.  6,  49,  cf 
γ7.ανκωμα.  Hence 
Αενκωματίζω,  to  afflict  with  a  cataract. 

Αενκωματώδης,  ες,(λενκωμα,  είδος) 
like  or  affected  with  a  cataract. 

Αευκών,  ώνος,  ό,  (λεύκη  I)  a  grove 
of  white  popilars. 

\Αενκων,  ωνος,  6,  Leucon,  son  of 
Athamas  and  Themisto,  Apollod.  1, 
9,  2. — 2.  a  king  of  Bosporus,  Dem. 
466,  12. — 3.  a  poet  of  the  old  comedy, 
Meineke  1,  p.  217.— II.  a  place  in  Cy- 
renaica  near  Barca,  Hdt.  4,  100 


AEXA 

^Αευκώνη,  ης,  ή,  Leucone,  fern,  pr 
n.,  Paus.  8,  44,  7. 

\Αευκώνης,  ου,  ό,  Leucones,  a  son 
of  Hercules,  Apollod.  2,  7,  8. 

^Αευκωνίδαί,  ών,οί,ϋιε  descendants  of 
Leucon(2),Leuconidae,  Ae\.\ .H.  6, 13. 

\ Αενκωνίδης,  ου,  ό,  Leuconides,  an 
Athenian,  Aeschin.  16,  17. 

\Αευκώνιον,  ου,  τό,  Leuconium,  a 
city  of  Chios,  Thuc>  8, 24,  in  Polyaen. 
Αευκωνία. 

\Αευκωπεύς,  έως,  ό,  Leiicopeus,  son 
of  Porthaon  and  Eurydice,  Apollod. 
1,  7,  10. 

Αευκώπης,  ου,  b,  fern,  -ώπις,  ιδος, 
(7.ευκός,  ώφ)  white  to  look  at. 

Αευκωσία,  ας,  ή,  Leucosia,  one  of 
the  Sirens,  Lye.  723. — II.  an  island 
near  Paesturn,  named  after  the  Si- 
ren, Strab.  p.  252. 

Αεύκωσις,  εως,  ή,(7.ευκόω)  a  whiten- 
ing or  plastering,  also=:X£i;/f(j//a  III. 

Αευρός,  ύ,  όν,  (Λείος)  smooth,  level, 
even,  λευρώ  ένΐ  χώρω,  Od.  7,  123, 
Orac.  ap.  Hdt.  1,  67,  Aesch.  and  Eur. 
—  II.  smooth,  polished,  ξίφος,  Pind.  N. 
7,  39. — III.  inetaph.  plain,  simple,  σω- 
φροσύνη, ap.  Hesych. — The  word  is 
strictly  Ion. 

Αεύς,  καππώτας,  (Dor.  for  λΰας 
καταπαύτης),  a  stone  for  resting,  prob. 
1.  Paus.  3,  22,  1. 

ΑεΰσΙμος,  ov,  (λενς,  λεύω)  stoning, 
χεΙρ  λ.,  Eur.  Or.  863 :  but  mostly,  λ. 
θύμα,  death  by  stoning,  Aesch.  Ag. 
1118,  άλγος,  θάνατος,  etc.,  Eur.  ;  so, 
λ.  δούναι  δίκην,  Eur.  Or.  614:  λ.  apai, 
curses  that  will  end  in  stoning,  Aesch. 
Ag.  1016. 

Αενσμός,  ov,  ό,  (λεύς,  λεύω)  a  ston- 
ing, Aesch.  Eum.  189. 

Αεύσσω,  by  good  authors  only  used 
in  pres.  and  impf  ;  the  f.  λεύσω,  aor. 
ε7ιευσα  being  very  late,  if  not  barba- 
rous, Reisig.  Crit.  ad  Soph.  O.  C.  120. 
To  look  or  gaze  upon,  see,  behold,  c. 
ace,  Horn.,  as  II.  1,  120,  and  freq.  in 
Trag. — 2.  absol.  to  look,  λ.  έπϊ  πόν- 
του, ές  γαϊαν,  II.  5,  771,  Od.  9,  166  . 
εις  ύδωρ,  εις  χέρας.  Soph.  Phil.  716, 
Eur.  Phoen.  596  :  ό  μη  7ιεύσσων,  like 
ό  μη  βλέπων,  he  that  lives  no  more, 
Soph.  Tr.  829 ;  so,  ει  λεύσσει  φάος. 
Id.  Phoen.  1084,  cf.  Tro.  269  :— c.  ace. 
cognato,  7..  δέργμα,  Aesch.  Pers.  81. 
— The  word  is  only  poet.  (On  the 
root  V.  sub  λευκός.) 

Αενστήρ,  ήρος,  6,  (λεύς,  λεύω)  one 
who  stones,  a  sloner,  Eur.  Tro.  1039  • 
and  so  of  a  bloody  tyrant,  as  Schvveigh. 
interprets  Hdt.  5,67,  after  Hesych., 
cf.  Ael.  N.  A.  5,  15,  where  howeyer 
Suid.  takes  it  pass,  worthy  to  he  stoned, 
a  scoundrel : — as  adj.,  7.ενστηρ  μόρος, 
death  by  stoning,  Aesch.  Theb.  199. 

Αευστός,  ή,  όν,  (λεύω)  .stoned,  to  he 
stoned. 

Αευστός,  ή,  όν,  (λενσσω)  seen,  visible. 

^Αεύσων,  ωνος,  ό,  Leuson  (see-well), 
a  dog's  name,  Xen.  Cyn.  7,  5. 

^Αευταρνία,  ας,  ή,  Leutarnia.  a  city 
of  Campania,  Lye.  978,  in  Strab.  Λευ- 
τερνία,  the  coast  so  called,  from  Αεν- 
τέρνίοι,  the  giants  in  Phlegra  driven 
out  by  Hercules,  p.  281. 
^Αεντνχίδης,  ό,  Ion.  for  Αεωτυχίόης. 

Αενχειμονέω.  ώ,  to  be  clad  in  white, 
Plat.  Rep.  617  C  :  from 

Αενχείμων,  ovoc.  p.  ή,  (λευκός, 
είμα)  clad  in  white,  Phint.  ap.  Stob.  p. 
444,  53. 

Αευχηπατίας,  ov,  0,=  λευκηπατίας. 

Αεύω,  (7.εύς)  to  stone,  Thuc.  5,  60; 
λ.  πέτροις,  Eur.  El.  328,  7,ενσθήναι 
πέτροις.  Soph.  Ο.  C.  435. 

ίΑέχαιον,  ου,  τό,  Lechaeum.  one  of 
the  harbours  of  Corinth,  on  the  Co- 
rinthian gulf,  Xen.  Ages.  2. 17 :  hence 
841 


ΛΕΩΚ 

^Αρχαίος,  α,  ον,  of  Lechaeum,  Le- 
chaeaii ;  ύ  Λ.,  as  appell.  of  IS'eptune, 
Call.  Del.  271. 

ΛιχαΙος,  αία,  alov,  {Ιεγος)  belong- 
ing Ιο,  fit  for  a  couch,  A|).  iih.  1,  1182. 
— II.  a  bed,  in  bed.  A.  τέκνα,  nesllingx, 
young  birds,  Aesch.  Theb.  292,  c. 
conj.  Lachmanni. 

Αεχεποί)!,  7jC, ή,{λεχος, noia)gToii<it 
with  grass  Jit  to  make  a  lied,  i.  e.  grassy, 
meadowy,  epith.  of  the  towns  Pteleos, 
Teumesos,  and  Onchestos,  11.  2,  697  : 
λεχεποίης,  ov,  δ,  of  the  river  Asopus, 
from  its  grassy  banks,  II.  1,  383,  Orac. 
ap.  Hdt.  9,  43. — Honi.  has  both  forms 
in  sing.  only. 

ΑεχΖ/ρης,  ες,  {λεχος,  μρω)  fastened 
to  the  bed,  bed-ridden,  like  κ.'λίνί]ρης, 
Eur.  Phoen.  1541. 

Αεχήβία,  τά,=^ί•ι>7'/λατα. 
\Αέχης,  ό,  Leches,  son  of  Neptune 
and  Pirene,  Pans.  2,  2,  3. 

Αέχος,  εος,  τό,  {'λέγω  I)  a  couch, 
bed,  Hom.,  etc. ;  freq.  in  plur.  esp.  for 
a  bedstead. — 2.  a  kind  of  state-bed  on 
which  a  corpse  was  laid  out  and 
borne,  oft.  m  Hom. — II.  the  marriage- 
bed,  Hom. :  hence  love,  the  pleasures 
of  love,  which  sense  in  Hom.  and 
Hes.  is  esp.  discernible  in  euphem- 
isms, λέχος  τΓορσύνειν,  άντιάν,  είςα- 
ναβαίνειν :  in  same  signf  7ίέχος  and 
εννή  are  joined,  Od.  3,  403. — 2.  a  mar- 
riage, Trag. :  also  a  spouse,  Eur.  El. 
936  ;  and  so  in  plur.,  lb.  481,  v.  Seidl. 
Dochm.  p.  24,  cf.  λέκτρον. 

Αέχοςδε,  adv.,  to  bed,  II.  3,  4 17,  Od. 
23,  294. 

Αέχβίος.  ία,  lov,  slanting,  slanttrise, 
crosswise,  Lat.  obliquus,  usu.  with  a 
verb,  λ.  οκλύ^ειν.  Soph.  Ο.  C.  195, 
cf.  Eur.  Hec.  1026,  Med.  1168:  from 

Αέχρΐς,  adv.  slantwise,  crosswise, 
Lat.  oblique,  Ap.  llh.  ;  cf  λιαριφίς. 
(Prob.  referable  to  71γω  1  :  hence 
come  λέχρίος,  λικρίφίς  λίκροί,  Lat. 
liquus,  liquis,  obliquus,  oblicus.) 

Αεχώ.  ooc  contr.  οϋς,  η,  {λέχος)  a 
woman  in  chdd-bcd,  Eur.  El.  652,  654, 
1108,  Ar.  Eccl.  530. 

Αεχωίάς,  ύδος,  ή,=  λεχώ,  Nonn. 

Λίγώ/of,  ΟΙ',  (λεγώ)  of  or  belonging 
to  ch'ild-bed,  λοετρύ.  Αρ.  Rh.  2,  1014: 
δώρα  ?.εχ;  presents  made  at  the  birth, 
Anth. 

Αεχωίς,  ΐδος,  7ΐ,=:λεχώ,  Callim. 
Dian.  127. 

^Αεψιενς,  έως,  and  Αε\1>ιος,  ov,  ό, 
appell.  of  Apollo,  Lye.  1454.  1207. 

fAiw-,  names  thus  commencing  are 
Ionic  and  Attic  forms  for  Aao-  from 
2.εώς,  λαός,  people. 

Αεώβατος,  ov,  {λεώς, βαίνω)  trodden 
by  the  people :  ή  λ.,  sub.  Ηδός,  a  highway 

\Αεωβώτ7ΐς,  ό,  Ιοη.=Ααί3ώτας,  Hdt. 

1,  65. 

^Αεωγόρας.  ου,  ή,  Leoguras,  father  of 
the  orator  Andocides,  Thuc.  1,  51. — 

2.  another  Athenian,  Ar.  Nub.  109. 
ΐΑεώ}ορος,  ου,  ό,  LeogOrus,  a  king  of 

the  Samians,  Paus.  7,  4,  2. 

^Αεωδύμας,  αντος,  ό,  Leodamas,  of 
Acharnae,  an  Athenian  orator,  Dein. 
501,  23. — 2.  an  Athenian  naval  cona- 
mander.  Id.  249,  14, 

Αεώδης,  ες,  {λεώς,  είδος)  popular, 
commmi. 

^Αεώδοϋος,  ου,  ό,  Leodocus,  son  of 
Bias  and  Pero,  an  Argonaut,  Ap.  Rh. 
1,  119. 

\Αεωκήδης,  ους,  6,  LeocSdes, sonodhe 
tyrant  Phidon  in  Argos,  Hdt.  0,  127. 

tAfiJ/cop«i.  ων,  αϊ,  {Αέως.  ΐίόραι) 
daughters  of  Leos,  who  devoted  them- 
selves for  the  safety  of  their  country, 
Dem,  1398,  5 :  they  were  three  in 
number,  Phasithea,  Theope,  and  Eu- 
bule,  Suid. 
Θ42 


ΛΕΩ2 

Αεωκόριον,  ov,  τό,  the  temple  of  the 
daughters  of  Leos,  in  the  inner  Cera- 
micus,  Thuc.  1,  20. 

Αεωκόρ7ΐτυς,  ov,  {?.εώς,  κορέω)  driv- 
en out  with  the  ivhole  people,  v.  έκκο- 
ρέω  ;  cf  ?.εώ/ιεβρος. 

^Αεωκράτ7]ς.  ονς.  δ,  Leocrates,  a  gen- 
eral of  the  Athenians,  son  of  Stroe- 
bus,  Thuc.  1,  IDJ. — 2.  son-in-law 
of  the  Thriasian  Polyeuctus,  Dcm. 
1028,  20. 

] Χεώκριτος,  ου,  ό,  Leocrilus,  son  of 
Poiydamas,  Paus.  10,  27,  1. — 2.  an 
Athenian,  son  of  Protarchus,  Id.  1, 
26,  2. 

^Αεωκνδης,  ους,  ό,  .Leocydes,  a  com- 
manderof  Alegalopolis,  Paus.  10,27, 1. 
Αεωλΐθρία,  ας,  η,  utter  ruin  :  IVom 
Αεώ/^εβρος,  ov,  {λεώς,  όλεθρος)  de- 
stroyed or  ruined  together  with  the  whole 
people,  utterly  ruiiied,  cf.  adv.  λέως. 

Αεω'λογέω,  ω,  {λεώς,  λέγω)  to  collect 
people.  Nake  Choeril.  p.  229. 

AE'i2N,  οντος,  ό,  Ep.  dat.  pi.  λεί- 
ουσι.  11.  5,  782,  etc.,  Lat.  LEO,  a 
lion,  Hom.,  etc.,  cf  ?ΰς :  metaph.  of 
Diana,  Ζευς  σε  λέοντα  γυναιξί  Οήκε, 
Jupiter  made  thee  α  lion  toward  wo- 
men (because  she  was  supposed  to 
cause  their  sudden  death),  11.  21, 
483  ;  also  of  brave  men,  Ar.  Pac.  1189, 
etc. — 2.τ=λεοντή,  a  lion's  shin,  Luc.  ; 
cf  άλώτν/^ξ. — II.  a  kind  of  crab,  Di- 
phil.  Siphn.  ap.  Ath.  106  C— III.  a 
large  fish,  one  of  the  κήτη. — IV.  λέ- 
οντες were  men  dedicated  to  the  ser- 
vice of  Mithras,  v.  vaiva  HI.  (Ace. 
to  Lucas,  Quaest.  Lexilog.  ^  6,  from 
λάω  to  see,  as  δράκων  from  δέρκομαι, 
δρακεΐν.) 

\Αέων,  οντος,  ό,  Leon,  son  of  Lyca- 
on  in  Arcadia,  ApoUod.  3,  8,  1. — 2. 
son  of  Enrycratidas,  king  of  Sparta 
(14th  Agid),  Hdt.  1,  65.-3.  a  Spar- 
tan, founder  of  Heraclea,  Thuc.  3, 
92. — 4.  another  Spartan,  Id.  5,  44. — 
5.  a  Spartan  ephor,  Xen.  Hell.  2,  3, 
10. — 6.  a  general  of  the  Athenians,  of 
Salamis,  Thuc.  8,  23. — 7.  another 
Athenian,  Id.  5,  19;  Xen.;  etc. — 
Others  in  Paus. ;  etc. — II.  a  town  of 
Sicily  on  the  sea  near  Syracuse, 
Thuc.  6,  97. 

^Αεωνίδας,  a  and  ου,  6,  Ion.  Αεωνί- 
δΐ]ς,  Leomdas,  the  celebrated  king  of 
Sparta,  who  resisted  Xerxes  and  fell 
so  nobly  at  Thermopylae,  Hdt.  7, 204. 
— Others  in  Ath. ;  etc. 

^Αεώννμος,  ov,  ύ,  Leonymus,  a  Cro- 
toniat,  Paus.  3,  19,  11. 

Αεω'!ΐάτ7]τος,  ov,  {λεώς,  πατέω) 
trodden  by  the  people,  or  (from  adv. 
λέως)  crushed  in  pieces,  y.  1.  in  Soph. 
Ant.  1275,  defended  by  Herm. 

Αεωπέτρα  or  λειοπέτρα,  ας,  ή,  for 
λεία  πέτρα,  Diod. 
Αεωπετρία,  ας,  7/,=foreg.,  LXX. 
^\.εωπρέττης,  ους,  ό,  Leoprepes,  father 
of  the  poet  Simonides  of  Ceos,  Hdt. 
7,  228.-2.  a  Spartan,  Id.  6,  85. 

Αεωργός,  όν,  (adv.  λέως,  *έργω) 
one  ivho  will  do  any  tiling  at  all,  auda- 
cious, Xen.  Mem.  1,  3,  9;  h  λ.,  a 
knape,  villain,  Aesch.  Pr.  5;  {ργα  λ.. 
Archil.  17  ;— Herm.  Soph.  Ant.  1201 
compares  βρ,δωνργος,  cf.  λεωπύτη- 
τος,  λίτοϊφγος.  The  interpret,  of 
those  who  derive  it  from  λεώς,  people, 
seems  very  forced. 

Αεώς,  ώ,  6,  Att.  for  λαός,  people. 
Soph.,  etc.,  also  in  Hdt.  2,  129:— 
also  in  plur..  Soph.  Aj.  1100  ;  and  so, 
ύ.κονετε  λεώ,  hear  Ο  people, — the  usu- 
al beginning  of  Athen.  proclamations, 
like  our  Ο  yes  !  0  yes  !  Ar.  Pac.  551, 
Av.  448,  cf  Bentl.  Phal.  p.  203. 

Αέως,  adv..  Ion.  for  λίαν,  entirely, 
wholly,  at  all,  Archil.  104.    (The  old 


ΛΗΖΟ 

Oramm.  explain  it  as  shortd.  for  τε• 
λέως.  Αρ.  Dysc.  de  Pronom.  p.  334: 
but  Herm.  Soph.  Ant.  1201,  j)erh. 
better,  takes  it  as  an  adv.  Irom  λείος, 
smoothly.  Germ,  glatt  weg  much  like 
the  vulgarism  slick  aivay,c{.  λεωργός.) 
i Αέως,  ω,  ό,  Leos,  an  Athenian  hero, 
who  in  time  of  a  pestilence  ofl'ered 
his  three  daughters  for  the  welfare 
of  the  state.  Paus.  1, 5,  2  ;  Pint.  Thes. 
13  ;  from  hun  the  tribe  Αεοντίς  was 
named :  cf  Αεωκόραι. 

'\Αεωσθέν7]ς,  ονς.  ό,  Leosthenes,  a 
general  of  the  Athenians  in  the  La- 
mian  war,  Luc.  Dem.  Enc.  14. 
i Αεώστρατος,  ov,  ό,  Lcostn'itus.  an 
Athenian,  archon  Ol.  27,  1,  Dion.  11. 
3,  1.— 2.  an  Eleusinian.  Dem.  1U83,  8. 

Αεωσφέτερος,  ov,  {λεώς,  σφέτερος) 
only  in  Hdt.  9,  33,  λεωσφέτερον  έποι• 
ήσαντο  Ύισαμενύν,  they  made  him 
o?ie  of  theynstlves,  their  fellow-citizen  : 
the  emendat.  λεώ  σφ.  is  needless. 

^Αεωτροφίδτις,  ov,  b,  Leotrophides, 
an  Athenian,  a  lyric  poet,  Ar.  Av. 
1400. 

^Αεωτυχίδης,  ου,  ό.  Dor.  -χίδας, 
Leotychidas,  son  of  Ariston.  king  of 
Sparta  (17lh  Eiirypontid),  Thuc.  1, 
89. — 2.  son  of  king  Agis,  Xen.  Age- 
sil.  1,  5. 

Αεωφόρος,  ov,  {?^εώς,  φέρω)  bearing 
people,  Anacr.  142 ;  al  μάλιστα  λ. 
ττυλαι,  the  gates  of  greatest  thorough- 
fare, Hdt.  1,  187;  ή  λ.,  sub.  οδός,  a 
thoroughfare,  Plat.  Legg.  763  C 

ίΑεωφρων,  όνος,  ό,  Leophron,  a  vic- 
tor at  Olympia,  Ath.  3  E. 

^Αεωχάρ//ς,  ονς.  ό,  LrochCires,  an 
Athenian  against  whom  Dem.  spoke, 
V.  p.  1080  sqq. — 2.  a  statuary,  Paus. 
1,3,4. 

Αήβολος,  ov,  {?ιύς,  βά?ίλω)  pelted 
with  stones,  stoned. 

Αηγηί,  ών,  al,  the  Legae,  a  people 
of  Scythia,  Stiab.  p.  503. 

AHTSi.  f  -ξω,  to  LA  Y,  i.  e.  to  al- 
lay, still,  appease,  stay,  like  παύω,  esp. 
'λ7/γειν  μένος,  to  stay  one's  anger, 
11.  13,  424 :  c.  gen.  λ.ίρ/ειν  χείρας 
φόνοιο,  to  stay  one's  hands/rom  mur- 
der, Od.  22,  03. — II.  more  freq.  intr., 
to  leave  off,  cease,  stop,  end,  έν  σοΙ  μεν 
λ/'/ξω  σεο  δ'  ΰρξομαι,  11.  9,  97,  cf. 
Hes.  Th.  48:  also  λί'/γ.  ες  τι,  to  end 
VI..,  Hdt.  4,  39  :  freq.  c.  gen., ίο  stop  or 
cease  from  a  thing,  χό'λοιο,  φόνοιο, 
έριδος,  άπατων,  πόνον,  χοροϋ,  Hom. ; 
λ.  άοιδ?/ς,  Hes.  Th.  48,  Λvhich  Hom. 
expresses  by  the  part,  λί/ξειεν  ίΐείόων, 
II.  9,  191,  Od.  8,  87;  cf.  παύομαι: 
both  constructions  are  freq.  in  Att. 
(It  was  orig.  the  same  as  λέγω  in 
signf  I.,  to  lay.) 

tA7/(5a,  ας,  η,  Ep.  Αζ/ίϊ//,  Leda, 
daughter  of  Thestiiis,  wife  of  Tyn- 
dareus,  mother  of  Helen,  Clytaem- 
nestra,  and  the  Dioscuri,  Od.  11,  298 ; 
Apollod.  3,  10. 

Αί/δάνον,  ov,  TO,  or  λάδανον,  q.  v., 
the  gum  of  the  /ιτ/δον. 

Ατηδάριον,  ov,  το,  dim.  of  λ^ιδος, 
Ar.  Av.  715  [(/,]. 

Αίιδιον  or  λτ/δίον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  ot 
λΐιδ'ος,  Philostr. 

Αΐιδον,  ov,  TO,  an  oriental  shrub,  on 
the  leaves  of  which  the  gum  λήδα- 
vov  or  λέιδανον  is  found,  Cistus  Ore 
ticus,  as  Theocr.21, 10;  v.  sub  δέλεαρ, 
in  plur.  Diosc. 

Ακίδος,  εος,  τό.  (ace.  to  Damm 
from  λεϊης)  a  thin,  light  cloth,  a  light 
.'iummer  dress,  Alcman  :  we  also  find 
λ//δος,  λι)διον,  etc.,  without  an  t 
subscr. ;  but  /»7(5of  is  better  by  rea- 
son of  the  deriv'.,  and  the  collat.  forms 
λ.αΐδος,  λτμδιον,  ληϊδάριον. 

Α^ζομαι,  v.  ληίζομαί. 


ΛΗΙΛ 

iAtjOalov,  ου,  τά,  πεδίον,  the  Lethae- 
αη  plain,  near  Lebadea  in  Boeotia, 
Theogn.  1216. 

Αηΰαως  or  /.?ιθαΐος,  αία,  αΐον, 
{?.ήΰ!/)  of,  belonging  to  forgelfubiess, 
oblivious.  Call.  Del.  234.-11.  of  or 
from  Lethe,  Lethean,  άκατος,  Anth. ; 
but  V.  λήθη  II. 

ίΑτιθαϊος,  ου,  b,  the  Lethaeus,  a  river 
of  Crete  near  Gortyna,  Strab.  p.  478. 
— 2.  a  tributary  of  the  Maeander  flow- 
ing by  Magnesia,  Anacr.  1,  4. — 3.  a 
river  of  Thessaly,  Strab.  p.  647. 
Αηθάνεμος,  ov,  v.  λαθάνεμος.  [a] 
Ληθάνω,  {λήθη)  to  make  one  forget 
a  thing,  τινά  τίνος,  Od.  7,  21  ;  cf. 
?.ανθάνω  III. 

Ατ/θαργέω,  ω,  to  forget :  v.  sq. 
Αιιθαργία,   ας,    ή,   {/.//θαργος   Π.) 
drowsiness,  lethargy.     Hence 

Αηθαργίζω,  to  be  drowsy  or  lethar- 
gic.— II.  transit,  to  make  forgotten, 
Bockh  Schol.  Find.  N.  6,  30.  Pass. 
to  be  forgotten. 

Αηθαργικός,  ή,  όν,  drowsy,  Anth. : 
from 

Αήθαργος,  ov,  {?^ήθη)  forgetting,  c. 
gen.,  Mel.  55:  absoi. /or^ei/'u/,  lethar- 
gic: later  word  for  έττΰτ/σμών,  Phryn. 
416. — 11.  as  subst.,  6  ?.ήβαρ-}ος,  lethar- 
gy, Hipp.,  V.  Foes.  Oecon.  —  Also 
written  λαίθαργος. 

Αηθΐδάνός,  ή,  όν,  causing forgetful- 
ness,  like  έττίληθος,  Luc. 

Ατ/θεδών,  όνος,  ή,  poet,  for  7.ήθη, 
Anth. 

Αήθη,  ης,  ή.  Dor.  7.άθα,  (//ήθος,  ?.7J- 
θομαι)  α  forgetting,  forgetfulness,  Lat. 
oblivio,  II.  2,  33,  personilied  in  Hes. 
Th.  227  :  λήβην  τινός  ττοιεϊσθαι,  to 
make  a  thing  forgotten,  Hdt.  1,  127  ; 
εις  λήθην  εμβάλλειν  τινά,  Aeschin. 
83,  21  ;  λήβην  έμττοιεϊν,  Isocr.  2  D  ; 
?.7/θη  λαμβάνει,  έχει  τινά,  Thuc.  2, 
49,  Dem.  320,  5  :  etc.— II.  Lethe,  the 
river  of  oblivion  in  the  lower  world, 
called  by  the  old  writers  ό  της  7:ήθης 
ποταμός,  Casaub.  Strab.  p.  153. 
Αηθήμων,  ov,  gen.  ονος,^λτ'/θαρ- 

Αηθίκός,  η,  όν,  forgetful. — II.  act. 
causing  forgetfulness. 

Αήθιος,  ov,  =  ληθικός. — II.  =  /.α- 
θραΐος,  secret. 

Αηθομέριμνος,  ov,  {?.ήθομαι,  μέριμ- 
να) laying  all  cares  asleep,  ννξ,  Orpn. 

Αήθος,  TO,  Dor.  λάθος,  {λήθομαι)=^ 
λ,ήθη,  Theocr.  23,  24. 

^ Αήθος,  ov,  ό,  Lethus,  son  of  Teu- 
tamus,  a  king  of  the  Pelasgi  in  La- 
rissa,  II.  2,  843. 

Αηθοσύνη,  ης,  η,=^?.ήθη. 

Αηθύτης,  ητος,  ή,=^λήθη. 

ΛΗ'θί2,  mid.  λ?/θομαι,  collat.  form 
of  7.ανθάνο),  λανϋάνομαι,  freq.  in 
Horn,  and  Hes.,  but  rare  in  Att.  wri- 
ters, though  found  in  Aesch.  Ag,  39 ; 
and  so  two  or  three  tunes  in  Soph.: 
for  the  fut.  ?ιήσω,  etc.,  v.  sub  λαν- 
θάνω. 

Αηθώόης,  ες,  {λήθη.  είδος)  forgetful. 
^Αήθων,  ωνος,  ό,  Lethon,  a  river  of 
Africa,  Ath.  71  B. 

Αηϊάνειρα,  ας,  ή,  {ληίς,  ΰνήρ)  ma- 
king menherprey,  epith.  of  Venus.  [«] 

ΑηΙάς,  άδος,  pecul.  poet,  fern,  of 
/.ηΐδιος,  taken  prisotur,  captive,  II.  20, 
193.  [Γ] 

Αηϊ3ότειρα,  ας,  ή,  corn-consuming, 
crop-destroying,  σϋς,  Od.  18,  29 :  fern. 
from 

Ληϊβοτήρ,  ηρος,  6,  and  ληΐβοτης, 
ov,  b,  {λή'ίσν,  βόσκω)  consuming  or  de- 
stroying crops.   [Γ] 

Αηίδάριον,  ου,  τό,  poet,  for  λτ/ίά- 
piov. 

Αηΐδιον,  ov,  τό,  poet,  for  7.y6iov, 
dim.  of  λ^δος,  τό. 


ΛΗΚΥ 

Αηΐδιος,  ία,  ιον,  {?<.ηΐς)  taken  as 
booty,  captive,  Anth. 

Αί/ίζομαι,  ί.  -ίσομαι :  Att.  aor.  ε7,ψ 
σάμην,  Eur.  Tro.  666,  dep.  mid.  {7.ηίς) 
to  seize  as  booty,  to  carry  off  as  prey, 
either  men  or  things,  11.  lb,  28,  Od.  1, 
398,  Hdt.,  etc. ;  λ.  εκ  δομών,  Eur. 
1.  c. :  hence  m  genl.  to  get  by  force, 
gain,  get,  ties.  Op.  320,  700,  Snnon. 
224. — II.  to  plunder,  ravage,  spoil  a 
country,  Hdt.  4,  112,  Thuc.  1,  5,  etc. 
— The  act.  7.ηίζω  occurs  in  Thuc.  4, 
41,  with  the  niid.  as  a  v.  1.,  but  Eur. 
has  the  pf  λέλ^ισμαι  several  times  in 
pass,  signf ,  to  he  carried  off,  as  Hel. 
475,  Med.  256,  Tro.  373. 
Αηΐη,  ης,  ή.  Ion.  for  λεία,  freq.  in  Hdt. 
Αηϊνόμος,  ov,  (7JjWv,  νέμω)  dwell- 
ing in  the  country,  Anth. 

ΛΗΊΌΛ',  ov,  TO,  a  crop,  the  crop 
standing  on  the  land,  II  ,  Hes.  Sc.  288, 
Hdt.,  etc. :  in  later  poets  also  land 
ivith  Its  crop,  a  field,  Theocr.  10,  42, 
in  Dor.  form  7.aiov.  [i] 

Αηίς,  ίόος,  ή,  Ion.  and  Ep.  for  7.εία, 
booty,  spoil,  usu.  of  cattle,  Horn.,  v. 
esp.  11.  11,676: — hence — 2.  without 
any  notion  of  plunder,  a  herd  or  flock, 
cattle,  stock,  Hes.  Th.  444,  aiid  so 
more  freq.  in  Theocr.,  cf  Jac.  A.  P. 
p.  330—3.  in  Aesch.  Theb.  331,= 
αίχμα7.ωσία,ίοτ  αΊχμά7.ωτοι,  v.  Dind. 
ad  1.  [Ϊ] 

tA7/if,  ίδος,  ή.  Lets,  daughter  of 
Orus,  Paus.  2,  30,  5. 

Αηίστήρ,  ηρος,  b,  {7.ηιζομαι)=ΑΧΧ. 
Λ7/σ7//ρ,  Od.  3,  73,  etc. 

Αηϊστης,  ού,  o,=  Att.  7.ηστής,  Η. 
Ηοιη.  6,  7,  Hdt.  6,  17. 
Αηϊστια,  ας,  η,=7.τιστεία. 
Ατβστός-,  ή,  όν,  {'/.ηιζομαι)  carried 
off  as  booty,  to  be  so  carried  off,  to  be 
seized  by  jorce,  11.  9,  406 ;  also  in  Ep. 
form  /.είστύς,  lb.  408. 

Αηϊστνς,  νος,  η,  α  making  of  booty, 
plundering,  Hdt.  5,  6. 

Αηίστωρ,  ορός,  ό,=  ληΙστήρ. 
Αηΐτις,  ιδος,  ή,  (ληίς)  she  who  makes 
or  dispenses  booty,  epith.  of  Minerva, 
II.    10,    400:    elsewh.    ΰγελείη. — II. 
pass.=/.7/<af. 
Αηίτοαρχης,  ου,  ό,=7.•ήταρχος. 
Αήίτον,   ου,    τό,    the    town-hall    or 
council-room,  as  the  Achaians  called 
it,  Hdt.  7,  197,  ubi  v.  Bahr;    being 
the  same  as  the  Athen.  πρντανεΐον  : 
strictly  neut.  from 

Αήίτος,  η,  ov,  contr.  ?ι•ήτος,  {λεώς, 
7ΜΟς)  of,  belonging  to  the  people,  pub- 
lic :  ή  ληίτη,  sub.  ιέρεια,  a  public 
priestess,  Hesych. ;  cf  7ίέίτος.  [t] 

i Αήίτος,  ov,  b,  Leitus,  son  of  .\!ec- 
tryon,  leader  of  the  Boeotians  before 
Troy,  II.  2,  494,  In  Apoilod.  1,9,  10, 
also  an  Argonaut. 

Αηίτονργέω,  -ονργός,  old  and  al- 
most obsol.  forms  lor  λείτ. 
Αηκα/.εος,  έα,  έον,  lewd,  Luc. 
Αηκέω,  Dor.  7.άκέω,  to  sound,  The- 
ocr. 2,  24  :  cf  7,άσκω. 

Αηκέω,  =  7.αικάζω.  Pass,  of  the 
woman,  Ar.  Thesrn.  494,  Pherecr. 
Incert.  44. 

Αήκημα,  ατός,  τό,  {7.ηκέω)  wench- 
ing, Epicur. 

Αηκίνδα,  (ληκέω  or  λακέω)  τναίζεν 
λ.,  to  beat  time,  tattoo,  Luc. 

Αηκτήριος,  ία,  ιον,  {7.ήγω)  soon 
ending.  Lye.  [ΰ] 

Αηκνθίζω,  metaph.  from  λήκυθος  I. 
2,  to  adorn  rhetorically,  θέσεις  7.ηκνθίζ- 
ειν,  to  amplify  common  places,  Strab. 
p.  609. — II.  mtr.  to  speak  or  write  bom- 
bast, Horace's  ampullari. 

Αηκνθιον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  7.ήκν- 
θος,  a  synall  oil  flask,  Ar.  Kan.  1208, 
etc. — II.  a  name  for  the  Trochaic  di- 
meter catal.,  prob.  with  some  refer- 


ΛΗΜΜ 

ence  to  tne  passage  of  Aristoph.,  v. 
Mulier  Eum.  ν  23,  η.  [ϋ] 

Αηκνθισμός,  ov,  b,  {/-ηκνθίζω  II.)  α 
speaking  or  chanting  with  sonorous  voice. 
Αηκνθιστής,  οϋ,  ύ,  Ο.ηκνϋιζω  IL) 
one  that  speaks  with  a  sonorous  voice. 

iAi/Kvdiuv,  ωνος,  b,  Lecylhion, name 
of  a  slave,  Luc.  Fug.  32. 

Αηκϋθοττοιός,  όν  {7.ήκνθος,  ποιέω) 
a  maker  of  oil  flasks,  Strab. 

Αηκνθοττώ/.ης,  ov,  6,  {/.ήκνθος,  ττω- 
λέω)  a  seller  of  oil-flasks. 

Αήκνθυς,  ov,  ή,  an  oilflask,  oil-bot- 
tle, m  Od.  6,  79,  215,  of  gold  :  a  cas- 
ket for  unguents,  cosmetics,  etc.,  Lat 
arculapigmentorum,c{.  Bergk  Ar.  Dae- 
tal.  29  (ap.  Meinek.  Com.  Fr.  2,  p. 
1043) :  hence— 2.  in  plur.  like  Lat. 
ampullae,  rhetorical  figures,  tropes,  and 
the  like,  big  words,  Cic.  Att.  1,  14,  3. 
— II.  the  projecting  cartilage  on  the  gul- 
let, Adam's  apple,  elsevih.  βρόχθος, 
Lat.  gurgulio.  {/.ήκυθος  seems  to  be 
allied  to  λάγυνος.) 

iAήκvθoς,  ου,  ή,  Lecythus,  a  fortress 
of  Macedonia  near  Torone,  Thuc.  4, 
113. 

Αηκνθονργός,  όν,  Ο.ήκνθος,  *εργω) 
making  oil-flasks,  Plut. 

Α7]κώ,  ονς,  ή,  membrum  virile, 
whence  7.ηκεω,  /.αικάζω. 

^ Αή/.αντον  πεδίον,  τό,  Lelantum,  a 
place  on  the  west  of  Euboea  near 
Eretria,  along  the  river  Αή/.αντος, 
with  warm  springs  and  iron  and  cop- 
per mines,  H.  Hom.  Ap.  220 ;  The- 
ogn. 888  ;  Αα7.άντιον  ~toiov,  Callim. 
Λ;//χα,  ατός,  τυ,  (*/ύω  to  wish,  λώ) 
will,  desire,  resolve,  purpose,  Pind.  P. 
3,  43,  and  freq.  in  Trag. :  in  genl. 
temper  of  mind,  spirit,  whether — 1. 
good,  as  courage,  Pind.  >«'.  1,  87, 
Aesch.  Theb.  448  ;  or— 2.  bad,  as  in- 
solence,  pride,  arrogance,  Soph.  O.  C. 
877,  960. — Poet,  word,  but  also  in 
Ion.  prose,  as  Hdt.  5,  72,  etc.  in  good 
sense. 

Αημαλέος,  έα,  έον,  (λήμη)  bleared, 
of  the  eyes,  Lat.  lippus,  Luc. 

Αημάτίας,  ov,  b,  Ο.ημα)  spirited, 
resolute,  v.  sq. 

Αημάτιύω,  ώ,  {λήμα)  to  be  spirited, 
resolute,  Ar.  Ran.  494,  with  v.  1.  7.η• 
ματιάς. 

Αημΰτόω,  ώ,  {/.ήμα)  to  fill  with 
courage. 

Αημάω,  ω,  (7.ήμη)  to  be  bleared, 
of  the  eyes,  Hipp.  101  G:  to  be 
blear-eyed  or  purblind,  /..  τάς  φρένας, 
Ar.  Plut.  581  :  λημάν  κο7.οκννταις, 
to  have  one's  eyes  running  pump- 
kins (like  Shakspere's  '  high-gravel- 
blind'),  Ar.  Nub.  327,  Luc.  Timo  2 : 
V.  also  χύτρα  I.,  3,  cf  γ7Μμάω. 

Αήμη,  ης,  ή,  also  γλήμη  and  γλύμη, 
Lat.  grainia,  a  humour  that  gathers  in 
the  corners  of  the  eye,  gum,  rheum,  Hipp. 
37,  19  ;  hence,  ai  /.ήμαι,  sore  eyes,  Ar. 
Lys.  301,  ubi  v.  Schol. :— metaph., 
7-ήμαι  Κρονικαί,  old  prejudices  that 
dim  the  mind's  eye,  Ar.  Plut.  581. 

Αήμμα,  ατός,  τό,  Ο^μβάνω,  εΌ.ημ- 
μαι)  anything  taken  or  received,  as  in• 
come,  revenue,  etc.,  Antiph.  Sapph.  1, 
9,  /^/y,ua  και  άνά/.ωμα,  receipts  and 
payments,  Lys.  905,  1,  Plat.  Legg, 
920  C  :  in  genl,  gain,  profit,  Lat.  lu- 
crum.  Soph.  Ant.  313,  a'nd  freq.  in 
Dem.,  oft.  in  plur. :  παντός  ήττων 
7^.τjμμaτoς,^m^ih\e  to  resist  any  tempta 
tion  of  gain,  Dem.  450,  9 ;  7:ήμματα 
λαβείν,  7ιημμύτων  μετέχειν.  Id, — II. 
in  logic,  nil  assumption  or  premise  ta 
ken  for  granted,  Cicero's  sumptio,  7.ήμ 
μα  τιθέναι,  Arist,  Org, — III.  a  title 
sujnmary  of  contents,  Lat,  ifmwia,  Mar 
tial,  14,  2  : — also  the  contents,  matter 
Dion.  H.    Hence 

843 


ΛΗΝΟ 

Αημμΰτικός,  ή,  ύν,  quick  at  seizitig 
opportunity,  Hipp. 

Αημ/ιύτιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  λ;}/ί- 
μα.  [ά] 

Αημματισμός,  ον,  δ,  {7.ημμα)  ac- 
quisition, gain,  as  if  from  Άημματίζω. 

^Κημνιάς,  ύδος,  ij,  pecui.  leiii.  to  sq., 
Find.  υ.  4,  32,  in  Dor.  form 

Α/ηινιος,  ία,  lov,  Lemnian,  ol  Αήμ- 
νίοι,Ι  the  Lemnians,  Aesch.  Philoct. 
Fr.  229  :  τα  Αήμνια  εμγα,  the  Lemnian 
deeds  (of  wickedness),  the  murder  of 
the  men  by  the  Lemnian  women, 
Hdt.  6,  138 ;  v.  also  sub  Αί/μνος. 

Αημνίσκος,  ον,  ό,  {/.ηνος)  α  woollen 
■fillet,  band,  or  bandage,  Lat.  taenia,  in- 
fula,  Polyb.,  Pluc.  etc. 

^Αημί'ύϋεν,  adv.,/rom  Lcmnos,  Find. 
P.  1,  100,  in  Dor.  form  :  from 

Αήμνος,  ον,  ή.  Dor.  Αάμνος,  Lem- 
nos,  an  island  in  the  Aegean  sea,  now 
Stalimene,  sacred  to  Vulcan,  on  ac- 
count of  its  volcanic  fires,  Hom. : 
hence  Ar/uviov  ττϋβ  became  prover- 
bial. Soph.  Phil.  800,  Ar.  Lys.  299. 
On  the  Αημνια  κακά,  another  proverb 
from  the  wickedness  of  certain  Lem- 
nian women,  see  Interpp.  Aesch.  Cho. 
631  :  cf;  Αήμνιος. 

Ατιιιώδτις,  ες,  {λήμη,  είδος)  full  of 
rheum  or  like  it. 

At/v,  inf.  of  λώ. 

Αήναι,  al,  or  oxyt.  Αηναί,  Jac. 
A.  P.  p.  875,  {ληνός)  BacchaTuxls, 
Strab. 

Aijvaia,  τα,  v.  sub  Αηναϊος. 

Αιμ'αίζω,  {Αηναιά)  to  keep  the  feast 
of  Bacchus,  Pint. 

Αηνάίκός,  ή,  όν,  {Af/vaia)  belonging 
to,  played  or  sung  at  the  Αήναια,  Po- 
sidipp.  ap.  Ath.  414  E,  and  Plut. 

A/jvaiov,  ov,  TO,  v.  sub.  sq. 

Αηναΐος,  αία,  alov,  {ληνός)  belong- 
ing to  the  wine-press:  esp. — 1.  Αη- 
ναΐος,  epith.  of  Bacchus  as  god  of  the 
wine-press. — 2.  Αήναια,  ων,  τύ,  sub. 
Ιερά,  the  Lenaea,  an  Athenian  festival 
held  in  the  month  Atjvaiuv  (i.  e.  Ga- 
melion)  in  honour  of  Bacchus,  at 
which  there  were  dramatic  contests, 
esp.  of  the  comic  poets,  Ar.  Ach. 
]  155 :  they  differed  both  from  the 
Anthesteria,  and  the  lesser  or  rural 
Dionysia,  v.  sub  Αιονύσια,  and  cf 
infr. — 3.  Arjvaiov,  ov,  τό,  the  Lcnaeum, 
or  place  at  Athens  where  the  Lenaea 
were  held,  not  far  from  the  Limnae 
(cf.  Αίμναι),  or  a  part  of  the  same  : 
hence  ό  έτι  Αηναίω  αγών,  the  Lenae- 
an  dramatic  contest,  opp.  to  τά  κατ' 
άστυ,  Ar.  Ach.  504,  cf.  Plat.  Prot. 
327  D,  Dem.  517,  26. 

Αι/νάίτης,  ου,  ό,=Αηναϊκός,  Ar. 
Eq.  547. 

i Αηναιτόκνστος,  ov,  i),  Lenaetocys- 
tus,  name  of  a  courtesan,  Ath.  583  E. 

Αηναιών,  ώνος.  ό.  Ion.  name  of  the 
Att.  month  ναμΐ]'λιών,  in  which  the 
Athen.  Lenaea  were  held  (v.  sub  Δ<- 
οννσια),  the  latter  part  of  Jan.  and 
former  of  Feb.,  Hes.  Op.  502:  the 
fifth  month  with  the  Asiat.  Greeks, 
the  seventh  of  the  Att.  year. 

Αηνεών,  ώνος,  ό,  the  place  of  the  λη- 
νός, Geop. 

Αηνίς,  ίδος,  η,  a  Bacchante. 

Αηνο-ϋίτεω,  ώ,  to  tread  the  wine- 
press :  from 

Αηνοβάτης,  ου,  ό,  {ληνός,  βαίνω) 
one  who  treads  the  wine-vat.  [a] 

ΑΗΧΟ'Σ,  οϋ,  ή,  also  ό,  Dor.  λα- 
νός,  like  the  Lat.  lacus  and  alveus,  any 
thing  s)iapt:d  like  a  tub,  trough,  or  chest, 
esp. — \.a  wine-press, xvine-vat  in  which 
the  grapes  are  pressed,  Theocr.  7,  25  ; 
25,  28 :  hence  also  the  vintage. — 2.  α 
trough,  esp.  for  watering  cattle,  α  wa- 
tering-place for  them,  H.  Horn.  Merc. 
844 


ΛΗΡΩ 

104. — 3.  α  kneading-trough,  Menand. 
p.  46. — 4.  the  socket  into  which  the  mast 
fitted,  elsewh.  ίστοπέδη,  Ath.  474  F. 
— 5.  a  coffin,  Pherecr.  Agr.  11,  cf. 
Bentl.  Corresp.  p.  287. 

Αϊ/νος,  εος,  τό,  Dor.  ?.άνος,  Lat. 
lana,  wool,  Aesch.  Eum.  44:  in  plur. 
like  t'pia,  any  thing  woollen,  Ap.  Rh. 

Ληξιαρχικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to  the 
ληξίαρχος  :  τό  ληξιαρχικον  γράμμα- 
τείον,  the  register  of  each  Athen. 
deme,  in  which  the  names  of  its  mem- 
bers were  inscribed  on  their  coming 
of  age,  and  of  which  the  δήμαρχος 
had  charge,  Isae.  66,  14,  Dem.  1091, 
9,  etc.,  cf  Schomann  Comit.  Ath.  p. 
379 :  from 

Αηξίαρχος,  ov,  b,  the  officer  at 
Athens  who  entered  young  citizens 
on  the  list  of  their  deme  when  they 
came  of  age. 

Αηξιπνρετος,  ov,  {λήξις,  A^yw, 
πνρετύς)  allaying  fever ;  also  ληξοπν- 
ρετος.  Gal.,  cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  771.  [i] 

Αήξις,  εως,  ή,  {λαγχύνω,  λήξομαι) 
α  drawing  of  lots,  lot  :  appointment  by 
lot,  aportion  so  obtained.  Plat.  Criti.  109 
C,  113  B,  Call.  Jov.  80.— II.  as  law- 
term,  λ.  δίκης  or  λ.  alone,  α  written 
complaint  lodged  ivith  the  Archoti,  as  the 
first  step  in  private  actions,  nearly^ 
έγκλημα.  Plat.  Rep.  425  D,  etc.,  cf 
?.αγχύνειν  I.  4  :  but — 2.  ?.ήξις  τον 
κΑηρον,  was  an  apjAicalion  to  the  ar- 
chon  to  be  put  in  legal  possession  of  one's 
property,  Isae.  38,  8,  cf.  Att.  Process, 
p.  462,  594,  sqq. 

Αήξις,  εως,  ή,  {λήγω)  a  cessation, 
end,  Aesch.  Eum.  505. 

^Αηξό3ιοι,  ων,  ol,  or  Αηξούϊοι,  the 
Lexovii,  a  Gallic  tribe,  Strab.  p.  189. 

Αηός,  ό,  rarer  Ion.  form  for  λαός, 

which  however  occurs  in  Hdt.  5,  42. 

\ Αηττόντίοι,  ων,  οΊ,  the  Lepontii,  an 

Alpine   tribe  in   Southern   Rhaetia, 

Strab.  p.  204. 

Αηπτέον,  verb.  adj.  from  λαμβάνω, 
one  7nust  take  hold,  Ar.  Eq.  603  :  one 
must  accept,  undertake,  must  assume  in 
arguing,  etc.,  Plat. 

Αήπτης,  ov,  6,  {λαμβάνω,  λήφομαι) 
one  who  accepts  :  hence 

Αηπτικός,  ή,  όν,  disposed  to  take  or 
accept,  Arist.  Eth.  N. 

Αητττός,  ή,  όν,  {λαμβάνω,  λ?/ιΙιομαι) 
taken,  to  be  taken,  esp.  by  the  mind, 
comprehensible.  Plat.  Rep.  529  D. — II. 
—έπίληπτος,  Arist.  Probl. 

Αηραίνω,=  ληρέω,  Plut. 

Αηρέω,  {λήρος)  to  be  foolish  or  silly, 
speak  or  act  foolishly,  Soph.  Tr.  435, 
freq.  in  Ar.  and  Plat.  ;  λήρον  ληρείΐ', 
Ar.  Plut.  517 :  on  ληρείς  έχων,  v. 
εχω  IV.  8,  and  cf.  σννθιασωτής. 
Hence 

Αήρημα,  ατός,  τό,  silly  discourse  or 
conduct.  Plat.  Gorg.  486  C. 

Αήρ7]σις,  ή,  a  speaking  foolishly,  λ. 
τον  γΐ]ραος,  dotage,  Aretae. 
\Αήρισσα,  ή,  Ιοη.=  Αάρίσσα. 

Αηρολόγος,  ον,  (λ//ροζ•,  λέγω)  talk- 
ing nonsense. 

ΑΗΤΟΣ,  ον,  ό,  idle  talk,  trifling, 
nonsense,  Ibyc.  42,  and  freq.  in  Ar., 
esp.  in  the  sense  of  humbug,  trumpery, 
as  λ.  τραγικός,  Ran.  1005,  cf  λ7ΐρέω  : 
also  in  plur.,  like  Lat.  nugne,  'λήροι 
λεπτότατοι,  of  sophists.  Id.  Nub.  359, 
cf.  Plut.  589  ;  so  in  Plat.,  λήροι  και 
παιδιαί,  λήροι  και  φ?,ναρίαι,  cf  Dem. 
36,  18 :  as  an  exclamation,  ?a/por, 
humbug  !  Ar.  Plut.  23. — II.  a  trifling 
talker,  frivolous  ?nan,  Lat.  nvgntor. — 
III.  ?ι.?ιρός,α  trifling  gold  ornament  worn 
by  women,  Lat.  leria,  Atith.  6,  292. 

Αηρωδέω,  ω,  to  talk  frivolously,  Lat. 
nugari :  from 

Αηρώδης,  ες,  {λήρος,  είδος)  talka- 


ΛΗΤΟ 

tive,  frivolous,  silly.  Plat.  Theaet.  174 
D.    Adv.  -δώς,  Hipp.    Hence 

Αηρωδία,  ας,  ή,  frivolous  talk,  non- 
sense. 

ίΑήρων,  ωνος,  ή,  Lero,  an  island  on 
the  coast  of  Gallia  Narbonensis, 
Strab.  p.  185. 

Αησίμβροτος,  ov,  {λήθω,  βροτός) 
taking  7nen  unawares,  a  client,  thief,  H. 
Hom.  Merc.  339. 

Αήσις,  ή,  {λ7/θω)=?ιήστις,  Critias 
2,  12. 

Αήσις,  ή,  (*λύω,  to  wish,  λώ)  will, 
choice. 

Αησμοσύνη.  ης,  ή, =λήθη,forgetf ill- 
ness, κακών,  Hes.  Th.  55  :  from 

Αήσμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  {λήθω)  Jot 
getting,  unmindful. 

^Αήσσα,  ης,  ή,  Lessa,  a  town  near 
Epidaurus,  Paus.  2,  25,  10. 

^ Α7ΐστάδαι,  ών,  ol,  Lestadae,  a  town 
in  the  island  Naxus,  Arist.  ap.  Ath. 
348  B. 

Α7)στάρχης,  ov,  6,  (?ι7)στής,  άρχω) 
a  captain  of  robbers.  Pint.  Crass.  22. 

Αήσταρχος,  ov,  o,=  foreg.,Polyaen. 

A7Jστεia,  ας,  ή,  {ληστεύω)  a  robbers 
life  or  vocation,  robbery,  piracy,  Lat. 
latrocinium,  Thuc.  1,  5,  Xen.,  etc. 

Αήστειρα,  pecul.  fem.  from  λ7Jστής, 
λ.  νανς,  Ael. 

Ατιστενω,  {λτ^στής}  to  be  a  robber  or 
pirate  :  c.  ace.  to  despoil,  plunder,  sack, 
Thuc.  1,  4,  etc.  :  to  carry  on  a  pirati- 
cal war,  Lat  latrocinari,  Dem.  46,  14. 

Ατ/στήριον,  ov.  τό,  a  band  of  robbers, 
Xen.  Hell.  5,  4,  42,  Aeschin.  27,  6. 

Α7]στής,  οϋ,  ό.  Ion.  ληϊστής.  Dor. 
λ(/.στής,  in  Hom.  7^7]ϊστήρ,  {ληίς,  λη• 
ΐζομαΐ)  α  robber,  plunderer.  Soph.  Ο. 
Τ.  535,  Eur.,  etc.  :  esp.  α  pirate,  later 
πειρατής,  Thuc.  1,5,  etc. ;  7ίηϊστής 
κατεστήσατο  Καρχηδονίων,  he  began 
a  course  of  piracies  on  them,  Hdt.  6, 
17. 

Α^στικός,  ή,  όν,  {λτ/στής)  inclined 
to  rob,  piratical,  Thuc.  6,  104  :  ή  -κή, 
=  '/.τιστήα.  Plat.  Sojih.  222  C  :  so, 
TO  λ7]στικύν,  piracy,  Thuc.  1,  4  ,  also 
a  band  of  robbers,  App.  Adv.  -κώς,  i/i 
the  vianner  of  robbers  or  pirates,  Comp. 
-κώτερον,  Thuc.  1,  10.  Cf.  /.ι^στρι- 
κός. 

Αήστις,  εως,  ή,  {λήθω)=7αιθη,  α 
forgetting,  λήστιν  Ισχειν  τι,  to  for- 
get a  thing,  Schaf.  Soph.  O.  C.  584. 

Αωστοδίωκτος,  ov,  {ληστής,  διώκω) 
chased  by  robbers. 

Ατ/στοδόχος,  ov,  {λτ^στής,  δέχομαι) 
receiving  pirates. 

Α7]στοκτόνος,  ov,  {λ7)στής,  κτείνω) 
slaying  robbers. — II.  proparox.  λτ/στό- 
κτονος,  ov,  pass,  slain  by  robbers. 

Ατιστός,  ή,  όν,  contr.  for  ?ιηϊστός. 

Ατιστοτροφέω,  ώ,  {7.^στής,  τρέφω) 
to  maintain  by  robbing. 

Α^στρικός,  ή,  όν,^=λ7^στικός,  q.  v., 
piratical,  but  esp.  of  ships,  τριακόντο- 
ρος,  Thuc.  4,  9  :  τό  λ7βστρίκόν,  a  pi- 
rate-vessel, Simon.  61: — later  however 
ία8ΐ=7,^στικός,  cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  242. 
Adv.  -κως- 

Α7ΐστμίς,  ίδος,  ή,  pecul,  fem.  of 
foreg.,  νανς  λ.,  a  pirate-vessel,  Dem. 
1237,  10,  and  Plut. 

Αήσω,  7J/aouai,  fut.  act.  and  mid. 
of  7.ανβάνω,  Hom. 

A7Jτapχoς,  ov,  ό,  {λyroς,  άρχω)  a 
public  priest,  Lyc. 

Α7)τειρα,  ας,  ή,  a  public  priestess, 
Call'.  Fr.  123  :  from 

Λ7^τήβ,  ήρος,  ό,  (Ajirof)  a  public 
priest. 

Αητογένεια,  ας,  ή,  horn  ofLeto  {La- 
tona),  01  Diana  ;  pecul.  fem.  of 

Αητογενής,  ες.  Dor.  Αάτ.,  {Αητώ, 
*γένω)  horn  of  Latona,  of  Apollo  and 
Diana,  Eur.  Ion  465. 


AIAN 

Αητοίδης,  ου,  6,  son  of  Latona, 
i.  e.  Apollo,  H.  Horn.  Merc.  253,  etc., 
Hes.  Sc.  479.  Dor.  also  Αύτοίδας, 
Find.  P.  1,  23.  [i] 

Λτ/ΓΟζ•,  η,  ov,  contr.  for  λήίτος,  q.  v. 

Αγτονργέω,  ύ,  -ονργός,  ace.  to 
some,  Att.  forms  of  λείτ.  /.ειτονργός• 

Αητώ,  όος  contr.  ους,  ή.  Dor.  Αα• 
τώ,  Leto,  Lat.  Latona,  mother  of 
Apollo  and  Diana,  Horn. ;  daughter 
of  Coeus  and  Phoebe,  Hes.  Th.  406, 
918,  who  besides  nom.  and  ace.  Αητώ 
only  uses  the  contr.  gen.  \ητονς,  dat. 
ΑητοΙ:  vocat.  ΑητοΙ,  Η.  Horn.  Αρ. 
14,  62.     Hence 

^Αητωίάς,  άδος,  ή,^Αητοίς,  Calliro. 
Dian.  83. 
^Αητώϊος,  α,  ov,  v.  Αητωος. 
\A7]Tuig,     ίδος,    η,    Dor.    Αατωΐς, 
daughter  of  Latona,  i.   e.  Diana,  Ap. 
Rh.  2,  938  ;  etc. 

^Αητφος,  a,  ov,  contd.  from  Αητώ- 
ϊος.  Dor.  Αατωος,  of  or  belonging  to 
Latona,  Aesch.  Fr.  158  :  το  Αητώον, 
the  temple  of  Latona,  in  Delos,  Ath. 
614  Β  ;  in  Lycia,  ap.  Strab.  p.  665. 

Αηχμός,  ov,  ό,  Aeol.  for  /.ήξις,  from 
?.ήγο),  Antim.  62. 

Αη•φις,  εως,  ή,  {?.αμβάνω,  λήψομαι) 
α  taking,  seizing,  catching,  Thuc.  5, 
110,  114,  etc. — 2.  an  accepting,  receiv- 
ing, getting,  ?..  ών  kpa  καθ'  ήμέραν. 
Soph.  Fr.  326 ;  opp.  to  ίήόδοσις, 
Plat.  Rep.  332  A  :  in  plur.  receipts,  in- 
come, lb.  343  D.— II.  like  λα3ή  III., 
ΐτιφετοΰ,  an  attack  of  fever,  Hipp.,  cf. 
Foes.  Oecon. — III.  in  a  problem,  the 
assumption,  Lat.  sumptio,  Plut.  2,  579 
C,  etc.;  cf  λήμμα. 

Αηφο/.ϊγόμισβος,  ov,  {λήΦις,  ολί- 
γος, μισθός)  τέχνη  ?..,  the  art  ot  taking 
low  pay,  E^hipp.  Nauag.  1,  4;  but 
Meineke  ληφΰ-ογόμισθος,  receiving 
pay  for  words. 

AY-,  insep.  prefix  with  intens. 
force,  like  }m-  and  λαι-,  appearing  as 
an  adv.  in  λίαν  (of  which  it  is  wrong- 
ly said  to  be  a  shortd.  form),  and  as 
verb  in  λίλαίομαι,  λίτττω,  λίσσομαι : 
Ζί-  also  remains  in  some  few  eompds., 
as  in  λιανθής,  if  the  reading  is  right. 
Ace.  to  Strab.,  p.  364,  Epich.used  λί 
for  7Λαν. 

Αϊ  or  λί,  τό,  V.  7Λς  II. 

ΑΓΑ'ΖΟΜΑΙ,  aor.  έλΐάσθην,  as 
pass. :  an  Ep.  word  of  dub.  origin,=: 
κ7.ίνω,  to  bend,  incline,  and  so — I.  to 
bend  sidewards,  go  aside,  usu.  of  men, 
έ/c  τϊοταμοϊο.άπο  ττνρκαίής  λιασθείς, 
Od.  5,  462, 11.  23,  231,  also  strengthd. 
νόσφι  /.ιασθείς,  II.  1,  349;  νπαιθα 
λ.ιάσθη,  he  cowered  beneath,  11.  15, 
520  ;  δεΐφο  λιάσθης,  hither  hast  thou 
retired,  II.  22,  12  ;  έ/.ίασθην  ττρός  σε, 
I  have  come  away  to  thee,  Eur.  Hec. 
100,  ubi  V.  Herm. :  also  of  the  waves, 
άμφϊ  (5'  upa  σφι  λιά^ετο  κύμα,  all 
round  them  the  waves  retired,  II.  24, 
96  :  hence  simply  to  withdraw,  vanish, 
of  a  vision,  Od.  4,  838. — II.  more  rare- 
ly to  bend  downwards,  to  slip  down,fall, 
sink,  λιαζόμενος ττροτι  γαίτ),  II.  20, 420; 
and  lb.  418,  /.ιασθείς,  having  fallen: 
so,  TCTepa  πνκνα  λίασθεν  (for  έλιά- 
σθησαν)  the  dying  bird's  thick  wmgs 
dropped,  II.  23,  879,  where  Aristarch. 
is  said  to  have  read  λίασσεν,  it  drop- 
ped its  wings,  though  the  act  is  not 
used  elsewh.  (Hence  ά/,ίαστος,  un- 
bending :  ?.ίύζομαι  is  in  no  way  akin 
to  ?ύαν,  as  the  notion  of  force  or  haste 
is  foreign  to  the  word,  v.  ButLm.  Lex. 
in  V.) 

Αίαν,  Ion.  and  Horn.  7.ίην,  adv. 
(λί-)  : — very,  exceedingly,  Hom.,  who 
uses  it  just  like  the  later  άγαν,  ?.ίην 
μέγα,  Ζ.ίην  τόσον,  Od.,  etc.:  absol. 
very  much,  exceeding,  overmuch,  Od.  14, 


AIBA 

232  ;  και  ?ύην,  freq.  in  Horn.,  is  only  a 
strengthd.  form,  and,  for  the  sake  of 
greater  emphasis,  always  begins  the 
sentence  or  verse,  even  though  it  apply 
to  a  part  only,  e.  g.  in  Od.  1,  46,  και 
?.ίην  κείνος  γε  έοικότι  κείται  ο'λεθρφ, 
stands  for  κείνος  κείται  6?^έθρφ,  και 
λίην  γε  εοικότι,  he  lies  in  death',  and 
that  too  well  deserved  :  λίην  τϊΐστεύ- 
ειν,  like  κάρτα  π.,  to  believe  implicitly, 
Hdt.  4,  96  :  with  superl.  βέλτιστα, 
Aeschin.  Soer.  2,  5.  In  Att.  it  freq. 
stands  between  art.  and  noun,  ή  λίαν 
οιλότης,  his  too  great  love,  Aesch. 
Pr.  123  :  6  λ.  κακός.  Soph.  Fr.  583  ; 
TO  ?,ίαν,  excess,  Plat.  Crat.  415  C. 
[In  Hom.  I  in  arsis,  but  usu.  ϊ  in  the- 
sis, except  in  phrase /coi  λί'τ?!',  which 
has  always  i,  Od.  8,  231  :  in  later  Ep. 
and  Att.  Γ,  Pors.  Praef  Hec.  xvi., 
Elmsl.  Med.  899  :  a  always.] 

ΑΙανθής,  ές,  (λί-,  avθέω)very  bloom- 
ing, dub.  1.,  Orph. 

Αϊΰρός,  ά,  όν,^χλιαρός,  like  λαΐ- 
να^χ7.αΐνα,  warm,  lukewarm,  αίμα, 
νδωρ,ϋοιιη. :  ούρος  λ.,  α  warm  soft 
wind,  Od.  5,  268  :  in  genl.  soft,  mild, 
gentle,  ύπνος  7Λαρός,  H.  14,  164. 

Αίασμα,  ατός,  τόί=^χλίασμα,  dub. 

[η 

Αί3α,  irr.  ace.  of  7α3άς,  Aesch.  Fr. 
49,  65. 

Αΐβάδιον,  ov,  τό,  (7Λβάς)  water, 
Strab.,  and  Plut. — II.  later,  a  wet  place, 
[βα] 

Αίβάζ(ΰ,  f.  -σω,  (7.ί3ύς)=7,είβω,  to 
let  fall  in  drops :  mid.  to  run  cat  iii 
drops,  trickle,  Anth.  P.  9,  258. 

Αΐβάνίδιον,  ov,  TO,  dim  from  7.ίβα• 
νος,  Menand.  p.  92. 

Αΐ3ύνίζω,  ( 7Λβανος )  to  smell  like 
frankincense,  Diosc. 

Αΐβύνικός,  ή,  όν,  (λίβανος)  of  or 
belonging  to  frankincense. 

Αΐβύνΐνος,  η,  ov,  {7Λβανος)  made 
of  frankincense,  [ά] 

\Αι3άνιος,  ov,  6,  Libanius,  a  cele- 
brated rhetorician,  late. 

\Αιβαΐ'ϊτις,  ιδος,  ή,  of  Libanus, 
epith.  of  Venus,  worshipped  on  Liba- 
nus, Luc.  adv.  Indoct.  3. 

Αιβανοειδής,  ές,  =  λιβανώδης, 
Diosc. 

Αϊβάνόμαντις,  εως,  ό,  also  ή,  κλί- 
βανος, μάντις)  one  that  divines  from 
the  smoke  of  frankincense,  v.  Lob.  Ag- 
laoph.  263. 

Αι3ανθ7ζώ7.ης,  ov,  ό,(7.ίβανος,  ττω- 
7.έω)=7Λβανωτοπώ7.ης,  Lob.  Phryn. 
188. 

Αίβανος,  ov,  ό,  the  frankincense  tree, 
producing  7.ιβανωτός,  Hdt.  4,  75. — 
11.^7.ιβανωτός,  in  which  sense  Pind. 
Fr.  87,  2,  Eur.  Bacch.  144  and  late 
authors  use  ή  λίβανος.  Lob.  Phrvn. 
187.  (The  word  is  prob.  Asiatic.) 
[7ΐβά-] 

i Αίβανος,  ov,  ό,  Mt.  Libanus,  a  range 
of  mountains  in  southern  Syria, 
Strab.  p.  754. 

Αϊβάνόφόρος,  ov,  {/.ίβανος,  όέρω) 
bearing  frankincense,  Ath.  517  B. 

Αΐβάνόχροος,  ov,  contr.  -χρονς, 
ovv,  (7.ίβανος,  χρόα)  fraankincense- 
coloured,  Strab. 

Αιβανόω,  ώ,  {λίβανος)  to  fumigate 
with  frankincense,  LXX. 

ΑΙβύνώδης,  ες,  {λίβανος,  εϊδος) 
frankincense-like,  Philostr. 

Αΐβάνωτίζω,  (7Λβανωτός)  to  fumi- 
gate with  frankincense,  Strab. — II.  to 
be  like  frankincense,  Diosc. 

Αΐβΰνώτΐνος,  η,  ov,  {7Λβανωτός) 
prepared  uith  frankincense,  Ath.  689  B. 

Αΐβάνώτιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  λι- 
βανωτός. 

Αΐ3ΰνωτίς,  ίδος,  ή,  rosemary,  Diosc: 
.  but  7Λ3ανωτΙς  καγκρνψόρος  or  καγ- 


ΑΙΒΤ 

χρνόεσσα,  an  umbelliferous  plant, 
iMic.  Th.  850: — both  so  called  from 
smell. 

Αϊβΰνωτθ7τω7.έω,  ώ,  to  deal  infrank- 
incense,  Ar.  Fr.  638  :  from 

Αΐβάνωτοττώλης,  ov,  ό,  {λιβανω• 
τός,  7τυ7.έο)  a  dealer  in  frankincense, 
Cratin.  (Jun.)  Gig.  1. 

Αϊβΰνωτός,  ov,  ό,  also  ή,  Phnm. 
187,  frankincense,  the  gum  of  the  tree 
7.ί3ανος,  used  to  burn  at  sacrifices, 
Hdt.  I,'l83  ;  2,  40,  etc. ;  called,  when 
in  small  pieces,  χόνδρος  7Λβανο)τον, 
Lat.  gruma,  grana  thuris ;  when 
pounded,  μάννα  /.ιβανωτον,  Lat.  mi- 
ca thuris. — II.  the  frankincense  market, 
Eupol.  Incert.  5. — III.  a  censer,  N.  T. 
Λΐ3ύνωτος)όρος,  ov,  {7Λβανυτός, 
φέρίο)  bearing frankinfiense,  Hdt.  2,  8  : 
ή  λ.,  (sub.  χώρα),  Strab.  p.  774. 

Αΐβΰνωτρίς,  ίδος,  ή,  a  censer,  Lat. 
thuribulum,  Plut.,  cf  Lob.  Phryn.  255. 
Αΐβάς,  άδος,  η,  irreg.  ace.  /ί'.ία, 
q.  V.  {7.είβω)  any  thing  that  drops  or 
trickles,  esp.  a  spring,  Soph.  Phil. 
1215,  Eur.  Andr.  116,  534;  the  fount 
or  streamoia.  river.  Soph.  Phil.  1215  : 
in  plur.  water  in  genl.  Aesch.  Pers. 
613  ;  δακρίων  7.ιβάδίς,  streams  ot 
tears,  Eur.  1.  T.  1106. 

Αίβερτος.  ov,  6,  the  Lat.  libertus,  a 
freedman,  Polyb. 
\Αίβηθρα,  τά,  v.  Αείβηθρα,  Pans. 
Αίβηθρον,  ov,  τό,=7.είβηθρον.  [t] 
ΑΙβηρός,  ά,  όν,=  7.ιβρός,  Ε.  Μ. 
tAi'/jiT^f.  ό,  Libes,  the  high  priest  οί 
the  Catti,  Strab.  p.  292.  " 

\Αιβία,  ας,  ή,  the  Rom.  fern.  pr.  n., 
Livia,  Dio  C. 
tAi  jiof,  01',  ό,  the  Rom.  n.  Livius, 
Strab. 

Αΐβόνοτος,  ov,  Ό,  (Αί'ψ,  Norof)  Li- 
honotus,  a  wind  between  south  and  south- 
west, Arist.  Mund. ;  also  Αιβοφοίνιξ 
or  λενκάνοτος. 

Αίίος,  εος,τό,=^7Λβύς,  Aesch.  Ag. 
1428  ;  Cho.  448,  in  pi.  rears.— Π.  the 
Lat.  libum,  Chrysipp.  ap.  Ath.  647  D. 
Αϊβοόοίνιξ,  ίκος,  ό,=  Αιβόνοτος, 
Arist.  Mund. — +  II.  Αιβοφοίνικες,  οί, 
{.  1.  in  Strab.  p.  835,  for  Αιβνφοίνικες : 
v.  Αιβνόοίνιξ. 

Αίβρός,  ά,  όν,  (7,είβω)  dripping,  wet, 
Anth.;  also  7Λβηρός.  —  II.  gloomy, 
dark,  prob.  taken  from  the  clouds  that 
threaten  rain  ;  also  7Λμβρός,  like  θι- 
βρός  θιμβρός,  ό3ριμος  όμ3ριμος. 

Αιβνη,  ης,  η,  Libya,  the  north  part  of 
Africa  west  of  Aegypt,  extending  to 
the  ocean,  first  in  Od.  4,  85.  t  In  sub- 
sequent waiters,  in  part  the  north 
coast  of  Africa  between  Aegypt  and 
the  Svrtes,  in  part  all  Africa.  Hdt-  2, 
16:  cf  Strab.  p.  103,  130,  etc.  [i] 
Hence 

^Αιβύηθεν.  Dor.  -ύαθε.  from  Libya, 
Theocr.  1,  24. 

^Αιβνκός,  ή,  όν,  Libyan,  African ; 
TO  Αΐβ.  χωρίον,  the  Libyan  territory, 
between  Aegypt  and  Marmarica, 
Hdt. : — TO  A.  ττέ/.αγος,  the  Libyan  sea, 
between  Africa  and  Crete,  Strab. : 
70  A.  όροΓ,  separating  Aegvpt  irom 
Libya,  Hd't.  2,  124. 

Αι3νύς,  ov,  ό,  a  kind  of  bird,  Arist 
H.  A.  9,  1,  16. 

tAii3i>pi'i/cof,  η,όν,  of  OT  belonging  to 
the  Liburni,  Liburnian,  Strab. :  v.  sq. 
Αΐ3νρνίς,  ίδος,  ή,  pecul.  fem.  to 
foreg.,  Dion.  P. — II.  as  subst.,  a  light, 
swift-sailing  vessel,  like  a  galley  or 
felucca,  Lat.  Liburna,  Plut.  Ant.  67  ; 
also  Αιβνρνικόν  (sc.  ττλοΐον),  Id.  Cat. 
Maj.  54. 

\Αι3νρνός,   ov,  ό,  a  Liburnian  ;   ol 
Αιβνρνοί.  the  Liburni,  a  people  on  the 
coast  of  lUyria,  Strab.— 2.  as  adj.=• 
Αι3νρνικός,  Lua  Amor.  6. 
'  845 


ΔΙΓΤ 

ί\ί:3νς,  νος,  ό,  Lihys.  a  Spartan, 
broiher  of  the  celebrated  Lysander, 
Xei).  Hell.  2,  4,  23. 

Λί.ο'ϊ'ίΊ  ϋος,  ό,  a  Libyan  ;  in  pi.  ol 
Ai3vic,  the  Libyans,  from  I'ind., 
downvvds. — 2.  also  as  adj.=  Ai,i3i>«of, 
Eur.  Ale.  3iC. — II.  a  harmless  kind  of 
serpent, "Sic. — III.  a  black  pitcher,  placed 
upon  the  grave  of  those  who  had  died 
unmarried,  Hesych. ;  cf.  λουτρυφύρος 
II.  [Γ]     Hence 

Αί;ίυσσα,  ης,  ή,  a  Libyan  noman  : 
alsoasadj.=  Ai;3i'/i;/,  Soph.  Fr.  16. — 
U.iLihyssa,  acit'y of  Bithynia  contain- 
ing the  tomb  of  Hannibal,  Plut.  [t] 

ΪΑιίνσηκός,  ?/,  όν,  =  Αιβυκός, 
Aesch.  Eum.  202. 

^Αιβνστίς,  έδος,  ή,=  Αιβνκή,  Αρ. 
Rh.  4,  1753. 

ΑΙβΰόϋίνιξ,  ϊκος,  ό,  (Αί3υς,  Φοί- 
νιξ) α  Libyo-Phoenician,  1.  e.  ο  Cartha- 
ginian, Polyb.  3,  33.  15,  etc. 

tAtJwi',  ωΐ'ος,  ύ,  Libon,  an  architect 
of  Elis,  Pans.  5,  10,  3. 

AITA',  adv.  of  'λιγύς  for  ?Λγέα, 
like  ύκα  for  ώκέα,  loud,  clearly,  thril- 
ling, Horn.,  mostly  in  phrase,  'λίγα 
κωκύκΐ',  also  with  ueioecv,  Od.  10, 
25-f.     [t] 

Alyaivu,  {λιγΰς)  to  cry  out  with  a 

clear  loud  voice,  of  heralds,  II.  11,685: 

to  shriek,  screa/n,  Aesch.  Theb.  873: 

also  of  musical  sounds,  οόρμιγ)ΐ.  λ., 

to  play  upon  the  harp,  Ap.  Rh.,  σύριγ- 

yt,  Mel.  1 10  :  also  c.  ace.  cognato,  /if - 

Xof  λ.,   Bion    15,    1,   cf.  Mosch.   3, 

127  :  also  in  mid.,  Arat.     Poet.  word. 

^Αίγγονες,  ων,  οι,  the  Lindanes,  in 

Gallia  Lugdunensis,  Strab.  p.  186 :  in 

Polyb.  2,  17,  7,  ALy/Uvtx. 

Aiyyovpi.ov,  ov,  τό,=:λνγκούρίον. 

Αίγγω,  only  found  in  aor.  1,  ?ύγξε 

βιός,  the  bow  twanged,  II.  4, 125  (from 

λίγα,  λί•}νς):  cf  λύω. 

Λί'}'(5α,  ή,=  λίγόος,  Ιγδη,  α  mortar. 

Αίγόην,  adv.    {/Λζω,    λείχυ)   just 

scraping,  grazing,  Lat.  strictim,  βάλε 

χείρα  λίγδην,  he  grazed  the  hand, 

Od.  22,  278. 

Αίγόος,  ου,  ό,=  θΐ'εία,  a  mortar, 'Nic. 
Th.  589,  cf.  Soph.  Fr.  33.— II.  a  clay 
mould,  like  χοάνη,  χύανος,  χώνος. 

^Αίγεια,  ας,  η,  {'/αγνς)  Ligca,  (clear- 
voiced)  one  of  the  Sirens,  Arist. 

Αίγειος,  eia,  ειον,  later  form  of  7u- 
γνς,  Heiiod.  [ij 
ΑΙγέως,  adv.  from  7.ιγνς,  Horn. 
ΑΙγήϊος,  ία,  iov.  Ion.  ίοΐλίγειος,  dub. 
Λ£>'ΐ'ϋΟ£ίζ-,  εσσα,  εν,  {λίγννς)  smo- 
ky, suoty.  Αρ.  Rh.2,  133. 

ΛΙΓΝΥ'Σ,  νος,  ?),  a  smoking,  thick 
smoke  mixed  with  flame,  Aesch.  Theb. 
494,  Ar.  Av.  1241",  Lys.  319,  etc. ;  στέ- 
ροψ  Μγννς,  Soph.  Ant.  1127  ;  and  so 
λιγννς  -ρόςεόρος,  Trach.  794,  seems 
rightly  e.xplamed  by  Ellendt,  the  smoke 
round  the  altar,  though  others  take 
it  metaph.  the  darkness  of  death  around 
him  ;  cf.  αΐϋαλυς.  [Strictly  v,  but 
in  Soph.  Ant.  1.  c.  v.] 

Αιγνϋώδι/ς,  ες,  (?.ιγνύς.  είδος) 
S7noky,  sooty,  dark-coloured,  Hipp. 

Αίγξ,  ίγγος,  ή,—Αίξος,  Artemid. 
ap.  Strab.  p.  825. 

Αιγοίφα,  Aeol.  fern,  of  ?^γνρός, 
Corinna  ap  ApoU.  de  Pronom.  924  B. 
Αιγουροκώτΰος,  η,  ov,  {λιγνρός, 
κωτί'λλω)  clear  and  plaintive,  ένόττη, 
Corinna  ap.  Hephaest.  p.  107,  Gaisf. 
ίΑιγναστύδης,  ov,  ό,{λιγνς)  Ligya- 
stades.  appell.  of  Mimnermus,  applied 
by  Solon.  1, 3(22,  3,  Bgk.),  emend,  for 
λιγέως  τάδε,  v.  MiiUer  Lit.  Gr.  1,  p. 
115. 

ΑΙγϋηχτ/ς,  ες,  {?.ίγύς,  ηχή)  clear- 
sounding,  κίθάρη,  Anth.  P.  9,  308. 

Αϊγύθροος,  ov,  contr.  -θρονς,  ovv, 
{λι,γύς,  6'poof)=foreg.,  Dion.  P.  574. 
»46 


ΛΙΖΩ 

Αϊγύκροτος,  ov,  loud  rattling. 

ΑΙ}νμο/.7Τος,  ov,  (/ιγύς,  μο7.ττ7]) 
clear-singing,  Νύμώαι,  11.  Horn.  18,  19. 

ΑΐγνμνΟος,  ov,  {'λι,γνς, μνΟος)  clear- 
speaking.  Anth. 

Al-}V-vtiuv,  οντος,  {λιγνς,  πνέω) 
shrill-blowing,  whistling,  λιγνττνείον- 
τες  ΰήται.  Od.  4, 567.  (Only  used  as 
niasc.  partic.) 

ΑΙγνπνοως,  ov,  {7ιίγνς,  '7ϊνοίη)  = 
foreg.,  Η.  Hoin.  Αρ.  28. 

Αΐ-^ύπνοος,  ov,  contr.  -πνονς,  ovv, 
{?-ΐγνς,  πνέω)=?.ιγν7τ-νείων,  Coluth. 
— II.  strong-smelling,  Or.  Sib. 

Αϊγυπτερόφωνος,  ov,  {'λιγνς,  πτε- 
ρόν.  φωνή)  whizzing  u'ith  the  wiiigs, 
Or.  Sib. 

ΑΙγντττέρνγος,  ov,  (λίγνς,  πτέρνξ) 
chirping  u-ith  the  icings,  epith.  of  the 
Cicada,  Mel.  112. 

ΑΙγνρίζω,  {λιγνράς)  to  speak,  sing 
loud  or  clear,  ώδήν,  Luc.  Lexiph.  2. 

Aιγvpιov,oυ,τό,■=?ιυγκovpιov,ί\uh. 

ΑΙγνρόβροος,  ov,  contr.  -βρονς,  ovv, 
=  λιγνθροος.  Or.  Sib. 

Αϊγνρόττνοος,  ov,  contr.  -ττνονς,  ovv, 
=^λιγν~νοος. 

Αϊγνρός,  ύ,  όν,  Aeol.  fern,  λιγοίφα, 
q.  V.  ;  clear  whistling,  shrill,  of  any 
sharp,  piercing  sound,  in  Hom.  of  the 
wind,  II.  13,  590  ;  of  a  whip.  11,  532  ; 
so,  ΰκόνη  λ.,  Pinil.  Ο.  G,  110;  Ιιγ. 
ΰχεα,  griefs  which  vent  themselves  in 
loud  wailings.  Eur.  Med.  205  :  also 
like  7•.ίγνς,  of  a  clear  sweet  sound,  as 
of  the  Sirens,  ?.ιγ.  βέλγον^ίν  άοιδή, 
Od.  12,  44;  a  bird's  note,  11.  14.  29(), 
etc.  :  poet,  word,  used  also  by  Plat., 
λίγυρόν  ν-ηχείν,  of  gras.shoppers. 
Phacdr.  230  C.— II.  pliant,  flexible,  of 
dogs'  tails,  Xen.  Cyn.  4. 1. — Adv.  -ur, 
Theocr.  8,  71. 

\Αιγνρων,  ωνος,  δ,  Ligyrnn.  ace.  to 
Apollod.  3,  15,  5,  the  earlier  name  of 
Achilles. 

ΛΙΓΥ'Σ,  ΙιγεΙα,  or  rather  λίγεια, 
λιγν,  of  any  sharp,  piercing  sound, 
clear, whistling,  shrill,  of  the  wind.  11. 
14,  17,  etc.  :  but  more  usu.  of  a  clear, 
sweet  sound,  clear-toned,  λίγεια  φόρ- 
μιγξ,  Od.  8,  67.  etc.  :  esp.  of  the 
voice,  clear-voiced,  Μονσα  ?Λγεια,  Od. 
24,  62,  and  so  constantly  in  II.,  as 
epilh.  of  Nestor,  ?ii}i'r  άγορητής :  so 
too  in  adv..  "λιγέως  άγορεύειν,  11.  3, 
214:  freq.  also,  Άιγέως  κλαίειν,  to 
wail  shrilly,  11.  19,  5,  etc.  ;  so  too 
Aesch.  always  has  it  of  sad  sounds, 
/.  κωκνματα.  etc. ;  and  of  the  night- 
ingale, Aesch.  Ag.  1116,  cf.  Soph. 
O.  C.  671  ;  7..  7.ωτός,  Eur.  Heracl. 
892.  Poet,  word,  used  also  by  Plat. 
Phaedr.  237  A  :  cf  7ΐ)νρύς. 

Αιγνς,  νος,  6,  ή,  a  Ligvrian,  Aesch. 
Fr.  182:toi  Αιγνες,  the  Ligurians,  in 
Gallia  Cisalpina,  Strab. 

\Αιγνσ~ίύς,  ύδος,  ή,  =  Αιγνστίς, 
Dion.  P.  76. 

Αΐγνστικός,  ή,  όν,  Lignrian,  from 
Liguria ;  ή  Λιγνστική,  Liguria,  Strab. 
p.  218  :  TO  7..,  an  umbelliferous  plant, 
Lat.  liguslicum,  lovage,  Diosc. 

\Αιγυστϊνός,  ov,  ό,  a  Ligurian, 
Polyb.  1,  67,  7. 

^Αιγνστίς,  ίδος,  ή,  pecul.  fern,  to 
Αιγνστικός,  Αρ.  Rh.  4,  553. 

ΑϊγνφΟογγος,  ov,  {7.ΐ)νς,  φθογγή) 
clear-voiced,  m  Hom.  always  epith.  of 
heralds,  II.  2,  442,  etc.;  in  Ar.  Av. 
1381  of  the  nightingale. 

Αΐγϋώωνέω,  ώ,  to  sound  clear  or  loud: 
from 

Αΐγνφωνος,  ov,  (λιγύς,  φωνή)  clear 
or  loud-voiced,  screaming,  αρττη,  11.  19, 
350,  cf.  H.  Hom.  Merc.  478,  etc. 

^Αίδη.  ης,  ή.  Lide,  a  mountain  of 
Caria,  Hdt  1,  175. 

ΑΓΖ 12,  f.  -ξω,  akin  to  λείγω,  to  graze, 


ΛΙΘΟ 

scratch,  wound  slightly :  hence  in  Horn. 
7Α.;δην  and  ίπιλίγδην :  the  vrrl)  is 
only  found  in  later  anth.  The  sitrnl. 
to  whistle,  xvhizz,  has  been  assigui'd  to 
it,  as  if  it  was  the  root  of  ?.Γ,νς,  7.l- 
γνρός,  λίγα,  as  well  as  the  Hom. 
λίγξε :  but  tlie  roots  seem  to  be  dis- 
tinct. 

Αίην,  adv.,  Ion.  and  Hom.  for  λίαν. 
[Γ,  cf.  λίαν-Ί 

Αΐβ'.  v.  ΑΙΣ. 

Αΐθύγωγός,  όν,  (λίθος,  ΰγω)  bring- 
ing stones. 

ΑΙβύζω,  (^λ.ίθος)  to  fling  stones.  Anal. 
Probl. ;  έττί  τι,  Strab.  p.  705:  to  throw 
like  stones,  τι,  App. — 2.  to  stone,  τινά. 
LXX. 

ΑίΟαξ,  ακος,  ό,  ή,  (λίθης)  stony, 
rocky,  hard,  Od.  5,  415. — il.  λ.,  ή,  as 
subst.,  dim.  from  λίθος,  a  small  stone 
or  rock,  Arat.,  etc.  [tl 

Αίθαργνρεος,  εα,  £'ji',=  sq.,  Stesich. 
47. 

Αίθαργίφινος,  ίχ  η,  ivov,  made  of  or 
likeλιθάpγvpoς,  At  St.  Soph.  El. :  from 

Αιθάργνρος,  ov,  ή,  (7ύθθΓ,  άργυρος) 
litharge,  Lat.  spuma  argenti,  strictly 
the  vitrified  lead  collected  in  the  pro- 
cess of  separating  lead  from  silver, 
Diosc. :  hence  a  compound  metal  of 
lead  and  silver.  Id. — II,  as  adj.=  /  ίθαρ- 
}  ύρίος,  Achae.  ap.  Ath.  451  D. 

ΑΙΘΰρίδίον,ον,  ro,=  sq.  [ϊ] 

Λιθύριον,  ov,  TO,  dim  from  λ.ίθης, 
a  pebble  :  a  precious  stone.  Theophr.  [ά] 

ΑΙβάς,  άδος,  ό,=  λίβθΓ,  a  stone.  Od. 
14,  36;  23,  193,  in  Ep.  dat.  λιΗάδισσι : 
a  shower  of  stones,  Aesch.  Theb.  158. 

Λϊθησμός,  ov,  ό,  (?ίΐθάζω)  stoning. 

ΑΙΘαστι/ς,  ov,  b,  (7.ιθάζω)  one  who 
stones.     Hence 

Αϊθαστικός,  ή,_όν,  btlom^iiig  to  sto- 
ning. 

Αΐθάω,  ω,  v.  sub  7.ιθιάω. 

Αίθεία,  ας.  i/,  a  sort  υί  stone  or  mar- 
ble:  stone  for  bvilding,  Polyb.,  and 
Strali.—  II.  a  precious  stone,  Strab. 

AUkior,  tia,  ε,'ον,  also  ος,  ον,ζ=7.ί- 
θινος,  of  stone.  [I] 

Αίθεος,  εα,  εον,  (7.ίθος)=7ύθινος, 
made  of  stone,  11.  23,  202.  [Ϊ] 

Αϊθη/.ογής,  ες,  (λίθος,  λέγω)  built 
of  stones,  Anth. 

AWia,  ας,  ή,  freq.  v.  1.  for  7.dhia  II 

Α'ίβΙαΙος,  αία,  alov,  stony,  dub.  1., 
Anth. 

ΑϊθΙακός,  ή,  όν,^=7ιθικός. 

ΑΊθιααις,  εως,  ή,  the  disease  of  the 
stone,  Hipp. — 11.  a  callosity  within  the 
eyelid,  .'\et. :  from 

ΑΊΘΊάω,  ω,  (7λΘογ)  to  suffer  from  the 
stmie,  Hipp.;  and  Plat.  Legg.  916  A, 
where  prob.  should  be  read  λιθάω, 
Lob.  Phryn.  80. 

ΑΙβίδιον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  λίθος. 
Plat.  Phaed.  110  D:  jesp.  of  calculi  ίη 
the  bladder,  Hipp.  215  F. 

Αιθίζω,  (7Λθος)  to  look  like  a  stoiie. 

ΑΙΘικός,  ή,  όν,  (7  ιθος)  of  or  belong- 
ing to  stones:  Tu  7αΟικύ,  sub.  βιβλία, 
a  treatise  upon  precious  stones,  such  as 
the  poem  attributed  to  Orph. 

Αίθινος,  ίνη,  ivov,  also  ος,  ov,  Jac. 
A.  P.  p.  622,  (λίθος)  made  of  stone, 
Ibyc.  32,  Pind.,  etc. :  στήναι  λίθινος, 
of  a  statue,  Hdt.  2,  \A\,  (cf.  ϊστημι  A. 
III.  Adv.  -νως,  like  stone,  λ.  β7Λτζεΐν 
ττρός  τίνα,  Xen.  Symp.  4,  24. 

Αίθίον,  ov,  τύ,  dim.  from  λίθος, 
Pans.  2,  25,  8. 

Αίθίς,  ίδος,  ή,  like  λιθίδιον,  dim. 
from  λάθος. 

Αίθόβλ.ητος,   ov,   (λίθος,  βά7.7.ω) 
stone-throu'ing, pelting,  ενστοχία,  Anth. 
I  — II.  set  with  stones.  Id. 

Αίθοβολεω,  ω,  (λιθηβόίος)  to  pelt 
with  stones,  stone,  LXX :  later  also 
λιθοβο7.ενω. 


ΛΙΘΟ 

Αιθο3ο?Λα,  ας,  ή,  (?.ιθοί3όλος)  ο. 
throwing  of  stones,  a  stoning,  Diod. 

Αίθοβολήσιμος,  ov,  and  '/.ϊθο-ίύλψ 
τος,  ον.=^λιθό3ο/.ος. 

ΛΙΗο3η/.ισμός,  ov,  6,=  7.ιθοβο7.ία. 

Αϊΰο3όλος,  ov,  {λίθος, βά/./.ω)  throw- 
ing stones,  pelting  teith  stones  :  oi  λΐ• 
Θοβύ/.ΟΙ,  stone-throwers,  light  troops, 
Thuc.  G,  69,  ubi  v.  Interpp. ;  so,  γνμ- 
νητΐς/.ιθ..  Plat.  Criti.  119  B.— 2.  ό 
?ί.ΐθθ3.  or  TO  7λΘ.,  an  engine  for  hurling 
stones,  Polyb.,  8,  7,  2. — II.  proparox. 
?Λθό3ο/Μς,  ov.  pass.,  struck  with  stones, 
stoned,  Eur.  Phoen.  1069 :  v.  Valck. 

Αι.θό-/ληνος,  ov,  {_λιθος,  γ7^ήνη) 
stony-eyed,  Nonil. 

ΑΙΘογ7.ύ--ης,  ov,  ό,  {7.ίθος,  γΤ^ύψω) 
a  stone-cutler. 

Αΐθογ7Λόής,  ες,  {7.ίθος,  γ7.ύόω) 
graven  m  stone,  Nonn. 

ΑΙΘογ7.νφία,  ας,  ή,  a  cutting  in  stone. 

ΑΙΘογ7.ύόος,  ov,  {7ΐθος,  γλύφω) 
carving  stone,  graving  in  stone :  ό  λ.,  α 
sculptor,  Luc.  Somn.  18.  [ϋ] 

Αίθο}  νωμικός,  η,  όν.  {7Λθός,  γνώ- 
μη) skilful  in  stones  :  το  λ-ίθογνωμι- 
κόν,  sub.  βι•37.ίον,  α.  book  on  the  knowl- 
edge of  stones. 

Αΐθο}νώμ(ον,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  (7.ίΟος, 
■}•νώμη)=(οχ&ξ.,  Julian. 

Αίΰογόνος,  ov,  {λίθος,  *  γ  ένω)  pro- 
ducing stone,  Diosc. 

Αίθόδενίίρον,  ov,  τό,  (λίθος,  δέν- 
ύρον)  α  tree-shaped  coral,  Diosc. 

Αίθοόερκής,  ές,  {7ύθος,  δέρκομαι) 
looking  one  to  stone,  petrifying  with 
a  glance,  Τοργώ,  Anlh. 

Αίθόδΐρμος,  ov,  {λίθος,  δέρμα)  with 
strong  skin  or  shell. 

ΑΊθοδίκτέο),  €),  {7-ίθος  δικεϊν)  to 
throw  stones :  pelt. 

Αίθόδμητος,  ov,  {7ΐθος,  δέμω)  built 
of  stone,  A  nth.  9.  570. 

Αΐθοδόμι/τος,  ov,  {/ύθος,  δομέω)= 
foreg..  Joseph. 

Αΐθυόόμος,  ov,  {λίθος,  δέμω)  build- 
ing uith  stone :  τέκτονες  και  λιθοδό- 
μοι,  joiners  and  masons.  Xen.  Cyr.  3, 
2,  11,  cf.  λιθολ.όγος. 

Αίθοειδής,  ες,  {λ.ίθος,  είδος)  like 
stone.  Plat.  Tim.  74  A. 

Αϊθοεργτ/ς,  ef,=sq•.  Opp.  C.  3,222. 

ΑίΟοερ)  ός.  όν.  {7ίθος.  *εργω)  turn- 
ing ίο  stone,'An{\l.  P.  6',  126. 

Αίθοκάρδιος,  ov,  {7.ίθος,  καρδία) 
stony-hearted. 

ΑΙΘοκέφΰ7.ος.  ov,  {7ίθος.  κεόα7ή) 
prob.  with  a  stone  in  its  head,  κρέανς, 
Arist.  ap.  Ath.  305  D.  ubi  v.  Casaub. 

Αΐθοκό7,7.α,  ή,  {λύθος,  «οΛΛο)  ce- 
ment.  Diosc. 

ΑΙΘοκό7.7.ητος,  ov,  {λίθος,  κολλΑο) 
inlaid  or  set  with  precious  stones,  χι,τώΐ', 
Callis.  ap.  Ath.  200  B;  ττεριτραχή- 
λ.ιον,  Plut.  Ale.\.  32;  etc.  ;  το  λίθο- 
κό7.7^ητον.  inlaid  work,  mosaic,  Strab. 
p.  778,  cf.  Theophr.  Lap.  35 : — nie- 
taph.  χύ7νβος  7..  στόμιον,  a  bit  of 
steel  setivith  stones  (to  make  it  sharp- 
er), Soph.  Tr.  1261.  _^ 

ΑΙΘόκο7.7.ος,  ov,  {λ.ίθος,  κό7.7.α)^ 
foreg..  Bockh  Inscr.  2.  p.  551. 

Αίθοκοττία,  ας,  ή,  stone-cutting ;  and 

Αίθοκο-ικη.  ης,  ή,  sub.  τέχνη,  the 
art  of  stone-cutting  :  from 

ΑΙβοκότΓος,  ov,  {7ύθος,  κόπτω)  cut- 
ting stones :  6  λ.,  a  stone-cutter,  Dem. 
1159.9. 

Αίθοκρήδεμνος,  ov,  {λίθος,  κρή- 
δεμνον)  with  crown  of  stone,  Coluth. 

Αιθοκτονία,  ας,  ή.  {λίθος,  κτείνω) 
death  by  stoning,  Anth.  P.  9.  157. 

Αίθολ.ενατέω,  ώ,  to  pelt  with  stones  : 
from 

Αϊθόλενστος,  ov,  ό,  {/ύθος,  λ.εύω) 
stoned,  λ.  Άρης,  death  by  stoning. 
Soph.  .-^j.  254. — 2.  deserving  to  be  stoned, 
Call.  Epigr.  42,  5. 


ΛΙΘΟ 

Αίθο7.ογέω,  ώ,  {7.ιθο7.όγος)  to  pick 
out  stones  for  building  :  hence 

ΑΙΘο7.όγημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  stone  build- 
ing, Xen.  Cyr.  6,  3,  25. 

ΑΙΘο7.ογία,  ας.  ή,  a  gathering  of 
stones,  buildingji'iers.  Moer.  p.  53 :  from 

Αιθο7Μγος,  ov,  {7.ίβος,  7Λγω)  laying 
stones  together  or  picking  oat  stones  for 
building,  not  shaped  or  hewn  (as  in 
the  old  Cyclopean  walls),  cf.  Aoyuf, 
λογύδην  :  hence  in  gen\.=:7.ιθoδύμoς, 
Plat.  Legg.  858  Β  ;  λίθο7.όγοί  και  τέ- 
κτονες, ?nasons  and  joiners,  Thuc.  6, 
44.  Xen.  Hell.  4,  4,18. 

ΑΙΘοξεστος,  ov,  {7ύθος,  ξέω)  cut  in 
stone. 

Αϊθοξόΰνος,  ov,  {λίθος,  ξόανον) 
adorned  with  statues,  Nonn.  tD.  4, 273. 

Αίθοξοεΐον,  ov,  τό,  the  workshop  of 
a  7.ιθοξόος. 

Αίθοξοϊκός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to,  good 
for  stone-cutting :  from 

ΑΙβοξόος,  ov,  {λίθος,  ξέω)  cutting  or 
polishing  stone ;  ό  /..,  a  stone  or  marble 
mason,  Luc.  Somn.  9,  ubi  v.  Hemst. 

Αίθοττοιέω,  ώ,  to  turn  to  stone  :  from 

Α'ίθοηοιός.  όν,  {λίθος,  τϊοιέω)  turn- 
ing to  stone,  Luc.  Imag.  1. 

Αίθο-ρίστης,  ov,  ό,  {λ.ίθος,  τζρίω) 
salving  stone  or  marble. 

ΑΙΘό^ρίνος,  ov,  {λΛθος,  ρινός)  with 
stony  skin,  χελ.ώνη,  Η.  Hom.  Merc. 
48,  Emped.'238. 

ΛΓΘΟΣ,  01',  ό,  a  stone,  freq.  in 
Hom. :  esp.  the  stone  thrown  by  the 
Homer,  warriors,  aAso  a  stone-quoit.Od. 
8, 190  :  alsoingenl.  sfone.opp.  to  wood 
etc. :  II.  4,  510  ;  λιθον  τινά  ττοιήσαι  or 
θεΐναι,  to  turn  into  stone,  petrify.  II. 
24,  611,  Od.  13,  156  :  freq.  as  emblem 
of  hard-heartedness.  Od.  23, 103  ;  also 
of  stupidity,  λίθοι,  blocks,  stones,  Ar. 
Nub.  1202.  Proverb.,  λ.ίθον  έΦειν, 
to  lose  one's  labour,  Ar.  Vesp.  280  ; 
τϊάντα  7.ιθον  κινεϊν,  to  leave  no  stone 
unturned,  Paroem.  p.  363,  v.  Elmsl. 
Heracl.  1002  ;  λίθου  βίος,  Plat.  Gorg. 
494  A,  B. — II.  7/  λίθος,  in  Hom.  twice, 
II.  12,  287,  Od.  19,  494,  just  like 
masc. :  but  later  this  was  usu.  of  some 
special  stone,  as  the  magnet,  called 
'Μ.αγι/ήτις  λ.,  by  Eur.  Oen.  5,  Avoia 
λ.  by  Soph.  Fr.  886.  Ηράκλεια  λ.  by 
Plat.  Ion  533  D  :  also  oi z.touch-stone. 
Plat.  Gorg.  486  D  :  ή  διάφανης  λ.ίθος, 
a  piece  of  crystal  used  for  a  buming- 
glass,  Ar.  Nub.  767  :  χντη  λ.ίθος  was 
perh.  a  kind  oi  glass,  and  so  an  older 
name  for  ναλ.ος,  Epinic.  ap.  Ath.  432 
C,  the  same  thing  as  the  άρτήματη 
λίθινα  χυτά  in  Hdt.  2,  69.  Ace  to 
the  Gramm.  a  precious  stone  was  al- 
ways ή  7...  but  the  rule  is  far  from  ab- 
solute ;  indeed  the  fem.  is  chiefly 
poet.,  Jac.  A.  P.  p.  137,  and  Hdt.  2, 
44  uses  the  masc.  of  an  emerald  :  in 
masc.  also  of  marble,  ΐΐύριος  λ.,  Pind. 
Ν.  4.  130,  cf  κογκυλίας,  -άτης.—1Π. 
at  Athens  λίθος  was  a  name  for  va- 
rious blocks  of  stone  used  for  rostra  or 
tribunes ;  as  the  Bema  of  the  Pnyx, 
Ar.  Ach.  683,  Pac.  680:  another  in 
the  αγορά  used  by  the  κήρυκες,  Plut. 
Solon  8:  also  an  altar  in  the  a)  ορά, 
at  which  the  Thesmothetae  took  their 
oaths,  V.  Interpp.  ad  Dem.  1265,  6, 
Plut.  Solon  25  :  cf  λιθωμύτης. — IV. 
the  stone  or  piece  on  a  draught-board, 
Theocr.  6,  18. — V.  a  stone  in  the  blad- 
der, calculus.  Foes.  Oecon.  Hipp.  [<] 

ΑΊθοσόος,  ov,  poet,  λ.ϊθοσσόος,  {71- 
θος,  σε{•ω)  driving  off  or  away  with 
stones,  Nonn. 

Αίθοσ-ΰδής.  ες,  {λύθος,  σττύω)  αρ- 
μός λ-,  a  chasm  viade  by  tearing  out  a 
piece  nf  rock.  Soph.  Ant.  1216. 

ΑΙβόσ-ερμον,  ov,  τό,  {λίθος,  σπέρ- 
μα) a  plant,  gromwell,  Diosc. 


ΛΙΚΜ 

ΑΙΘοσσόος,  ov,  poet,  for  λιθοσόος. 

ΑίΟοστεγης,  ές,  {λύθος,  στέγω)  cov- 
ered with  stones. 

Αίθοστρωτος,  ov,  {λίθος,  στρώννν- 
μι)  paved  with  stones.  Soph.  Ant.  1204; 
inlaid  with  stones,  το  λ.,  α  mosaic  or  tes- 
selated  pavement,  N.  T. 

Αΐθοτομεϊον,  ov,  τό,=  7Λθοτομία. 
Αϊθοτομέομαι,    t   {7.ιθοτόμος)   as 
pass.,  to  be  cut,  hewn  out  of  stone,  Luc. 
Jup.  Trag.  10. t— 2.  to  be  att  for  the 
stone.  Medic. 

Αίθοτομία,  ας,  η,  a  cutting  of  stones, 
stone-work,  Theophr. — \\.=  7.αοτομία, 
a  quarry,  USU.  in  plur.  ai  λ.,  the  quar- 
ries, as  Hdt.  2,  8,  Thuc.  7,  86,  87.— 
III.  α  cutting  for  the  stone,  lithotomy, 
Medic. :  and 

Αίθοτομικός,  ή,  όν,  of  or  belonging 
to  the  cutting  of  stones :  i]  7Λθοτομική, 
the  art  of  stone-cutting  :  from 

Αΐθοτόμος,  ov,  (λίθος,  τέμνω)  cut- 
ling  stones  :  ό  λ.,  a  worker  in  stone,  v.  1. 
for  /Λθοδόμος  in  Xen. — 11.  cutting  for 
the  stone  :  but — III.  proparox.  λαθοτο• 
μος,  ov,  pass,  cut  or  heu-n  in  stone. 

Αϊθοτρύχηλ.ος,  ov,  (λίθος,  τράχη- 
7.ος)  with  a  stone  neck,  [ά] 

Αϊθοτριβικός,  ή,  όν,  {λύθος,  τρίβω) 
belonging  to  stone  polishing  :  ή  -κή,  the 
art  of  polishing,  Lys.  Fr.  40. 

ΑΙΘονλ  κέω,  ώ,  to  draw  or  quarry 
stones  :  from 

Αϊθονλ.κός.  όν,  {λύθος,  έλ.κω)  quar- 
rying stones. — II.  ό  λ.,  ση  instrument 
for  extracting  the  stone.  Medic. 

Αιθονργεϊον,  ov.  τό,  the  shop  of  a 
λΛθουργός,  Isae.  55,  27. 

Αϊθονργέω,  ώ,  to  be  a  λ.ιθονργός,  to 
work  in  stone,  hew,  λίθον,  LXX. — II. 
to  turn  into  stone,  petrify,  like  λ.ιθόω, 
Anth.  P.  3,  11. 

Αΐθονργής,  ές,  {λύθος,  έργον)  work- 
ed in  stone. 

Αίθονργία,  ας,  ή,  a  working  at  or  in 
stone,  Diod. ;  and 

Αΐθονργικός,  ή,  όν.  of  or  belonging 
to  a  λιθονργός:  ή  λ.ιθονργική  (sub. 
τέχνη)  his  art,  Lys.  Fr.  40 :  and 

Αΐθονργός,  όν,  {λύθος,  *εργω)  u-ork- 
ing  in  stone  :  ό  λ.,  a  stone-mason,  Thuc. 
4,  69  ;  5,  82  ;  also  α  sculptor,  Arist. 
Eth.  N. :  σιδήρια  λ.ιθουρ}ύ,  a  stone 
mason's  tools,  Thuc.  4,  4. 

Αιθονρία,  ας,  ή.  (λίθος,  οΰρέω) 
α  passing  of  gravel  with  the  urine. 

Αίθοόορέω,  ώ,  to  carry  stones,  Thuc. 
6,  98 :  from 

Αίθοόόρος,  ov,  {λύθος,  όέρω)  carry- 
ing stones,  Callix.  ap.  Ath.  208  D:  6 
7..—λίθο3όλ.ος,  Polyb.  4,  56,  3. 

Αΐθόφωκτος,  ov,  (λίθος,  ψύχω)  rub- 
bing or  polishing  stones. 

Αΐθόω,  ύ,  {7.ίθος)  to  turn  into  stone: 
pass,  to  be  petrified.  Arist.  Part.  An. 

tA/ffpor,  01',  0,  Lithrus,  a  mountain 
of  Pontus,  Strab.  p.  556. 

Αίθώδης,  ες,  like  λ.ιθοειδής,  like 
stone,  stony,  γη,  Hdt.  4,  23,  οδός,  Xen. 
Eq.  4,  4:  metaph.,  7..  κέαρ.  Plat. 
Theaet.  194  E.     Hence 

Αϊθωδία,  ας,  η,  stone-like  hardness. 

Αιθωμότης,  ου,  ό,  {7ύθος,  δμννμι) 
one  that  took  an  oath  at  the  λίθος  or  tri- 
bune, V.  λύθος  III. 

Αϊθωττής,  ές,  (λίθος,  ώ\1>)  looking 
like  stone,  Tryphiod.  68 :  fem.  λιθώπις, 
ιδος,  Nonn.t  D.  11,  512.  t 

Αίθωσις,  εως,  ή,  (λ.ιθόω)  a  turning 
into  stone,  petrifying.  Plut.  2,  953  E. 

\Αικάττιοι.  ων,  oi,  the  Licates,  a 
race  of  the  Vindelicians,  Strab.  p.  206. 

Αικμαϊος,  aia,  atov,  (λ.ικμάω)  pre- 
siding over  winnowing,  epith.  of  Ceres, 
Anth.  P.  6,  98. 

Αικμάς,  ύδος,  ή,  a  winnowing-fan,:= 
θρίναξ:  from 

Αικμύω,  ω,  {7.ικμός)  to  part  the  grain 
847 


AIAY 

from,  the  chaff,  to  tvinjiow,  sift,  Π.  5, 
δΟΟ ;  σϊτον  /,.,  Xen.  Oec.  18,6.  καρπον 
...λ.,  Bacchyl.  46  (Bgk.)    Hence 

Αίκμητήρ,  rjpog,  δ,  a  winnower  of 
corn,  11,  13,  590.    Hence 

Αικμητήριον,  ου,  τό,  a  winnowing 
fan  or  shovel. 

λικμι/τηρίς,  ίδος,  ^,=  foreg. 

Αικμτ/τής,  ού,  ό,=.λίκ.μη-ίιρ,  Anth. 
Hence 

Αικμητικός,  ?/,  όν,  belonging  to  win- 
nowing. 

Αικμητός,  οϋ,  ό,  winnowing,  Anth. 
•P.  6,  225. 

Αικμήτύρ,  ορός,  ό,—λικμητήρ,  LXX. 

ΛΙΚΜΟ'Σ,  οϋ,  ό,^λίκνον,  q.  v.,  a 
winnowing  fan  or  shovel,  LXX. 

Αίκμοφόρος.  ον,=λικνοφόρος. 

Αικνύριορ.  ου,  τό, dim.  from  λίκνον. 

Αικνίζω,  (  λίκνον )  =  ?ίΐκμάω,  also 
λεικνίζω. 

Αικνίτης,  ου,  b,  epith.  of  Bacchus, 
Plut.,  V.  λικνοφόρος. 

Αικνοειδής,  ες,  {λίκνον,  είδος) 
shaped  like  a  fan. 

ΑΓΚΝΟΝ,  ου,  τό,  like  λικμός,  α 
wicker  fan  or  shovel  for  throwing  the 
corn  against  the  wind  to  winnow  it, 
α  winnowing-fan,  Lat.  vannns. — II.  esp. 
α  fan  .ihaped  basket  carried  on  the 
head  at  the  feast  of  Bacchus,  con- 
taining the  sacriticial  utensils  and 
first  fruits,  Soph.  Fr.  721,  Virgil's 
mystica  vannns  lacchi,  cf.  ?Λκνοφόρος. 
—III.  a  cradle,  prob.  of  wicker-work, 
H.  Horn.  Merc.  21,  150,  etc.  [i  prob. 
common,  though  some  write  X  λεϊκ- 
vov,  V.  Ellendt  Lex.  Soph.] 

Αικνοστεφέω,  ώ,  to  carry  the  sacred 
λίκνον  as  a  crown  :  from 

Αίκνοστεφης,  ες,  {λίκνον,  στέφω) 
crowned  ivith  the  sacred  λίκνον. 

Αίκνοφορέο),  ώ,  to  carry  the  sacred 
λίκνον :  from 

Αικνοφόρος,  ov,  {λίκνον,  φέρω)  car- 
rying the  sacred  7  ίκνον  in  procession, 
Bern.  313,  28,  Call.  Cer.  12G:  this 
was  done  chielly  at  the  feasts  of  Bac- 
chus, whence  Bacchus  was  called 
λίκνίτης. 

Αίκρϊφίς,  adv.,  crosswise,  sideways, 
λικριφίς  ύίξας,  11.  14, 463.  (From  λέ- 
χρις,  λέχριος,  cf.  λίζω,  2Λγδην,  Lat. 
liquus,  liqiiis,  obliquus,  oblicus.)  [φΐς^ 

Αικροί,  ol,  also  7ιέκροί,  the  slanting 
antlers  of  the  stag. 

Αίκτης,  ov,  6.  {λείχω)  one  that  licks. 
^Αίκνμνα,  ή,  Licymna,  the  citadel  of 
Tiryns,  so  called  from 

^Αικύμνιος,  ov,  6,  Licymnius,  son  of 
Electryon  and  Midea,  II.  2,  663.-2. 
a  rhetorician  of  Sicily,  instructor  of 
Polus,  Plat.  Phaedr.  276  C— 3.  a 
lyric  poet  of  Chios,  Ath.  564  C. 

fAi'Aaia,  ας.  ?/,  Ldaea,  a  city  of  Pho- 
cis  at  the  sources  of  the  Cephisus,  II. 
2,  523,  so  named  from  a  Naiad,  Paus. 

10,  33,  4.     Hence 

^Αιλαίηθεν,  adv.  from  Lilaea,  H. 
Horn.  Ap.  241. 

Αΐλαίομαι,  {λι-,  ?.ε?ύημαι)  dep., 
only  used  in  pres.  and  inipf.,  to  long, 
freq.  in  Horn,  mostly  c.  inf.,  to  long 
to  be  or  do  so  and  so,  as  metaph.  of  a 
lance,  λιλαιομένη  χροός  ύσαι,  longing 
to  taste  riesh,  II.  21,  168,  etc.  :  but, 
λιλαίομένη  ιτόσιν  είναι,  longing  for 
him  to  be  her  husband.  Od.  1,  15 : 
also  c.  gen.,  to  long  for  a  thins,  crave, 

11.  3,  133,  Od.  1,  315:  α^ο^φόωςόε 
λιλαίεσθαι,  to  struggle  to  the  light  of 
day,  Od.  1 1  ,,223.     Cf.  λε7Λημαι. 

tAiZii/Jaiirtf,  ιδος,  ή,  χώρα,  the  ter- 
ritory of  Lilybaetnn,  Polvb.  1,  39,  12. 

tAl/A' j'uior,  01',  TO,  Lilybaeuni,  the 
western  promontory  of  Sicily  with  a 
city  of  same  name,  now  Cape  Boeo, 
Polyb.  1,  38,  40 ;  etc. 
848 


ΛΙΜΗ 

tAiAt),5;7,;7f,n.=  foreg.,  Dion.  P.  469. 

i Αι?.νι3ηίς,  ιόος,  ή,  fern,  adj.,  of  Li- 
lybaeu?n,  Lilybaean,  άκρη.  Αρ.  Rh.  4, 
919. 

Αϊμαγχέω,  ώ,  {?.ιμός,  «>',γω)  to 
weaken  or  reduce  by  hunger,  Hipp.  p.  86. 

Αϊμαγγία,  ας,  ή,  a  weakening  by 
hunger,  Aledic.     Hence 

Αϊμαγχικός,  ή,  όν,  famished,  Hipp. 

Αϊμαγχονέω,  ώ,  {άγχόνη)=λιμαγ- 
χέω,  Hipp.  p.  839.     Hence 

Αϊμαγχόνησις,  η,  =  λιμάγχησις, 
also  ή  λίμαγχόνη. 

^Αιμαίας,  ου,  ό,  the  Limaeas,  a  river 
of  Lusitania,  same  as  ύ  ΑΥ/θης  ποτα- 
μός, Strab.  p.  153. 

Αϊμαίνω,  {λιμός)  to  hunger,  be 
starved,  Hdt.  6,  28  ;  7,  25. 

Αιαακώδης,  ες,  dub.  for  λειμακ., 
Hipp. 

Αιμβεία,  ας,  ή,  later  for  ?^χνεία: 
from 

Αιμβενω,  or  as  dep.  mid.,  λιμβεύο- 
μαι,  later  for  ?αχνεύω  :  from 

Αίμβος  or  λιμβός,  όν,  dainty,  glut- 
tonous :  later  word  for  ?ύχνος. 

Αιμβρός,  ά,  όν,=  λιβρός  If. 

Αϊμενύρχιις,  ov,  ύ,  (λιμήν,  άρχω) 
an  inspector  of  the  port,  harbour-master. 
Hence 

Αΐμεναρχία,  ας,  ή,  the  office  of  λι- 
μενάρχης. 

\Αιμενήϊον,  ov,  τό.  Ion.  for  Αιμε- 
νείον,  Lirneneum,  a  place  in  the  ter- 
ritory of  Miletus,  Hdt.  1,  18. 

Αΐμενήοχος,  ov,  {λιμήν,  εχω)  con- 
fining or  closing  in  the  harbour,  άκρη. 
Αρ.  Rh.  2,  965. 

^Αιμενία,  ας,  η,  Limenia,  a  town  of 
Cyprus,  near  Soli,  in  the  interior, 
Strab.  p.  683. 

Αϊμενίζω,  {λιμην)  to  be  in  the  har- 
bour ^ — II.  to  form  a  harboiir,  Polyaen. 

Αΐμένιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  7αμίιν. 

Αΐμένιος,  ία,  lov,  {7j/ir'/v)  belonging 
to  the  harbour,  epith.  of  Venus,  Paus. 
2,  34,  11  ;  cf.  7ιΐμενίτης. 

Αΐμενίσκιον,  ov,  τό,  and  λιμενίσ- 
κος, ov,  ό,  dim.  from  7αμήν,  Synes. 

Αϊμενίτης,  ov,  b,  fem.  -Ιτις,  ώος, 
of,  belonging  to  a  harbour,  Anth. :  /lor- 
bour-guarding,eYi\\.\\.  of  several  deities, 
e.  g.  of  Priapus,  dub.  in  Leon.  Tar. 
57,  cf.  εΑ7αμενίτης. 

ΑΙμενοειδής,  ές,  {λιμην,  είδος)  like 
a  harbour,  Strab. 

Αΐμενορμίτης,  ov,  ό,  {7.ιμήν,  όρμίζω) 
tarrying  in  the  harbour,  epith.  of  Pria- 
pus, Anth.  P.  10,  5,  cf.  λιμενίτης. 

Αΐμενοσκόττος,  ον,{7αμην,  σκοπέω) 
ivatching  the  harbour,  epith.  of  Jupiter 
and  Phoebus.  Call.  Fr.  114,  Anth.  P. 
10,  25  :  as  fem..  Call.  Dian.  259. 

Αΐμενοφϋ7.άκία,  ας,  ή,  the  office  of 
λιμενοφνλαξ :  from 

Αΐμενοφύ/Μξ,  ύκος,  ό,  {7.ψήν,  φν- 
7.αξ)  α  harbour-watcher,  Aen.  Tact,  [ν] 

ΛΓΜΗ'Ν,  ένος,  ό,  α  harbour,  haven, 
creek,  whereas  όρμος  is  the  inner  part 
of  the  harbour,  where  vessels  lie,  the 
landing-place,  v.  esp.  II.  1,  432,  435; 
but  later  with  no  such  distinction  : 
oft.  in  plur.  of  a  single  harbour,  Od.  5, 
404  ;  cf.  4,  846,  and  Att.— 2.  metaph. 
a  haven,  retreat,  refuge,  κακών,  from 
ills,  Aesch.  Supp.  471  ;  but  εταιρείας 
7..,  a  haven  o/ friendship.  Soph.  Aj.  683. 
— 3.  a  gathering-place,  receptacle,  ττΖοΰ- 
Tov  7..,  Aesch.  Pers.  250  ;  -αντος  οιω- 
νού λ..  Soph.  Ant.  1000. — 4.  the  source 
of  birth,  the  womb,  etc.,  Emped.  205, 
Soph.  O.  T.  1208,  cf.  όρμος  II.  3. 
(Akin  to  7ύμνη.) 

Αίμηρός,  ά,  όν,  (7ιΐμός)  hungry, 
starved,  Theocr.  10,  57,  and  Anth. 

Αϊμηρός,  ά,  όν,  Ο-ψην)  fiirnished 
ivith  a  good  harbour ;  Ihence  ή  Αιμηρά 
as  epith.  of  Epidaurus  in  Laconia, 


ΛΙΜΝ 
Thuc.  7,26,  Artemid.  ap.  Strab. p. 3C8 '• 
V.  'Επίδαυρος  2.t 

Αιμνάζω,  f.  -άσω,  {λίμνη)  to  overflow, 
όσοι  ποταμοί  7.ιμνάζονσιν  εΙς  ελη, 
Arist.  Probl.  25,2,  2.— II.  of  acountry, 
to  be  or  become  a  marsh,  Diod.  4,  18, 
etc. — III.  of  blood,  to  stagnate,  Arist. 
H.  A.  3,  3,  11. 

Αίμναι,  ων,  ai,  {λίμνη)  Limnae,  a 
quarter  of  Athens  (once  prob.  marshy). 
near  the  Acropolis,  in  which  stooil 
the  Lenaeum,  Ar.  Ran.  216,  Isae.  72, 
40;  also  a  temple  of  Diana,  cf.  \ιμ- 
νήτις. — 2.  also  a  quarter  or  suburb  of 
Sparta,  containing  a  temple  of  Bac- 
chus, Strab. t  p.  363.-3.  a  town  of 
Messeiiia  on  the  borders  of  Laconia, 
oontaining  a  temple  of  Diana.  Id.  p. 
362. — 4.  a  colony  of  the  Milesians  in 
the  Thracian  Chersonese,  Id.  p.  635. 
^Αιμναία,  ης,  ή,  Limnaea,  a  town  in 
the  north  of  Acarnania,  Thuc.  2,  80. 

Αιμναϊος,  αία,αΐον,  {7ύμvη)marsiιy, 
of  οτ  from  the  water,  υρνιβες  λ-,  water- 
fowl, opp.  to  χερσαίοι,  Hdt.  7,  119; 
so  of  the  crocodile.  Id.  2,  68  :  7..  ύδα- 
τα, stagnant  water,  Arist.  H.  A. — II. 
{Αίμναι)  of,  from  Limnae,  Limnaean, 
esp.  epith.  of  Bacchus,  from  his  tem- 
ple there.  Call.  Fr.  280  itand  of  Diana, 
Paus.  2,  7,  6;  etc. 

^ Αιμναΐος,  ov.  ό,  Limnaeus,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Polyb.  18,  17,  4. 

Αιμνάς,  άδος.  ή,  poet.  fem.  of  λιμ- 
ναίος, Theocr.  5,  17. 

Αιμνάσία,  ας,  ή,  {λιμνάζω)  the  over, 
flow  and  stagnation  of  water,  Arist. 
"Probl.  25,  2,  3. 

Αιμνάτης,  fem.  -άτις.  Dor.  for  λιμ• 
νητης,  -ήτις. 

Αίμνη,  ης,  ή,  orig.  prob.  α  salt-ualer 
lake  or  salt-marsh,  Lat.  aestuarium, 
into  which  the  sea  comes  regularly 
or  at  times,  like  the  later  λΛμνοθά• 
7.ασσα,  στομαλίμνη,  and  so  no  doubt 
akin  to  λιμήν:  hence — 1.  a  pool  of 
standing  water  left  by  the  sea  or  a 
river,  11.  21,  317,  and  so  should  be 
explained  Hdt.  1,  185,  sq.— 2.  α  lake, 
esp.  a  inarshy  lake,  'βοιβιμς  λ.,  11.  2, 
711,  cf.  5,  709,  and  so  mostly  in  Hdt., 
and  Att. — 3.  usu.  in  Hoin.  the  sea,  as 
II.  12,  32,  Od.  3,  1,  and  so  in  Trag., 
Valck.  Hipp.  141. — 4.  a  basin  or  artifi- 
cial reservoir  for  ivaier,  Hdt.  1,  191. —  II. 
for  Αίμναι  v.  sub  voc.  (From  λείβω, 
like  Lat.  stagnum  from  στάζω.)  Hence 

Αίμν?ιβεν,  adv.  {λίμνη)  from  the 
lake  or  sea,  Ap.  Rh.  4,  1579. 

Αιμνήστις,  ή,  a  marsh-plant,  else- 
where άδάρκη,  Aretae. :  in  Gal.  also 
λίμνηστρίς,  7.ιμνήτι.ς. 

Αίμνήτης,  ov,  ό,  fem.  -ήτις.  Dor. 
-άτις,  ιδος,=λιμναϊος,  living  or  grow- 
ing in  marshes,  βόέ7ιλα,  Theocr.  2, 
56 :  esp.  epith.  of  Bacchus  and  Dia- 
na :  hence  7Λμνάτι,  poet,  shortd.  for 
7αμνάτιδι,  Anth.  cf  Lob.  Phryn.  429. 

Αιμνίον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  7ύμνη, 
Arist.  Mirab.  112,  1. 

Αιμνόβιος,  OV,  {λίμνη,  βίος)  living 
iti  a  lake,  opp.  to  χερσόβιος.  Ael. 

Αιμνοειδής,  ές,^  7αμνώδης.  Adv. 
-δώς. 

Αιμνοθάλασσα,  η,  Att.  •ττα,  {7.ίμ- 
ΐ'η,  θάλασσα)  α  lake  formed  by  water 
from  the  sea,  a  salt  marsh  or  lake, 
Arist.  H.  A.  8,  13,  5,  Gen.  An.  3, 11,7. 

Αιμνομάχης,  ου,  ό,  {Αίμναι,  μάχη) 
α  candidate  for  the  dramatic  prize  in  the 
Αίμναι.  [ΰ] 
^  Αίμνος,  oi\  b,  Limnus,  masc.  pr.  n., 
Plut.  Alex.  49. 

Αιμνόστρεον,  ov,  τό,  {λίμνη,  όστρε- 
ov)  the  edible  oyster  which  was  kept  in 
ponds  on  the  sea-shore,  {7ύμναι,  Lat. 
aestuaria)  :  Arist.  H.  A.  4,  4,  6,  Gen 
An.  3,  11,31. 


AINA 

Αίμνοσώμΰτος,  ov,  {λίμνη,  σώμα) 
marsh-bodied,  έγχελνς,  Eubul.  Ion  2, 
where  Dind.  reads  λαοηώματος,  q.  v. 

Αιμνονμγός,  όν,  ΟΑμνη,  *ipyu) 
voorkiKg  in  lakes  or  marshes,  e.  g.  a 
fisherman,  Plut.  Mar.  37. 

Χιανοφΰής,  ές,  (λίαν?!,  φύω)  marsh- 
Ιοηι,'δόναξ,  Anth.  P.  6,  23. 

Χιμνοχάρής,  ές,  (λίμνη,  χαίρω)  de- 
lighting i)i  marshes,  v.  1.  for  sq. 

Κιμνόχαρις.  6,  {/Λμνη,  χάρις)  grace 
of  the  marsh,  name  of  a  frog,  Batr.  12. 

Αιμνόω,  ύ,  (/.ίμνη)  to  flood  and  turn 
into  a  marsh  :  pass,  to  become  a  marsh, 
Theophr.,  Strab.  p.  240. 

Αιμνώδιις,  ες,  {λίμνη,,  είδος)  like  a 
marsh,  marshy,  θύ/.αττα,  Arist.  Prob. 
23,  6,  2  ;  ro  λ.  τού  Στρυμόνος,  marshy 
ground  at  the  mouth  of  the  Strymon, 
Thuc.  5,  7. 

^Αιμνώρεια,  ας,  ή,  Limnorea,  a 
daughter  of  Nereus  and  Doris,  Apol- 
lod.  1,  2,  7. 

Αιμοόοξέω,  ώ,  to  crave  after  fame, 
Phil. 

Αίμοδοξία,  ας,  ή,  {7.ιμός,  δόξα)  α 
craving  after  fame,  Phil. 

Αίμόύωρον,  ov,  τό,^  λειμόδωρον, 
Theophr. 

Αϊμοθνής,  ητος,  6,  f/,  {λιμός,  θνή- 
σκω)  dying  of  hunger,  Aesch.  Ag.  1274. 

Αϊμοκίμβιξ,  ικος,  ύ,  fj,  one  who 
starves  himself  from  avarice. 

Αΐμοκό7.αξ,  ΰκος,  ό,  a  needy,  hungry 
flatterer. 

ΑΙμοκτονέω,  ω,  to  kill  or  weaken  by 
hunger,  starve,  Hipp.  p.  406,  and  Plat. 
Rep.  588  Ε  :  and 

Αίμοκτονία,  ας,  ή,  a  killing  by  hun- 
ger, starvation,  Plat.  Prot.  354  A : 
extreme  abstinence,  fasting,  v.  Foes. 
Oecon.  Hipp. :  from 

Αϊμοκτόνος,  ov,  {7αμός,  κτείνω) 
hilling  by  hunger,  starving  to  death. 

Αίμόξηρος,  ov,  {ί^ιμός,  ξηρός)  wasted 
with  hunger. 

Αίμοττοιός,  όν,  ( λιμός,  ποιέω ) 
causing  hunger. 

ΛΙ'ΜΟ'Σ,  ov,  6,  hunger,  famine, 
want  of  food,  II.  19,  166;  etc.;  Ion., 
and  Att. :  the  fern,  ή  λιμός,  is  called 
Dor.  by  the  Gramm.,  and  so  is  used 
by  the  Megarean,  Ar.  Ach.  743  ;  but 
it  also  occurs  H.  Horn.  Cer.  312,  and 
in  Anth.,  cf.  Lob.  Phryti.  183,  Jac. 
A.  P.  p.  19,  and  Index. — II.  a  hungry 
wretch,  starveling,  ap.  Eust.  (The  old- 
est form  is  said  to  have  been  λειμός, 
hence  prob.  deriv.  from  λείπω,  λέ- 
λειμμαι.) 

Αίμοφορεύς,  o,=sq.,  Anth. 

Αιμοφόρος,  ov,  {λιμός,  φέρω)  bring- 
ing or  causing  hunger. 

Αϊμόφωρος,  ov,  ό,  {λιμός,  ψώρα)  α 
cutaneous  disease,  like  scurvy,  arising 
from  hunger  or  bad  food,  Polyb.  3, 
87,  2. 

Λίμττάνω,  rare  col  lat.  formof  λεί'ττω. 
\Αίμνρα,  ων,  τά.  Limyra,  a  city  of 
Lycia,  Strab.  p.  666. 

ΪΑίμνρος,  ov,  o,  the  Limyrus,  a  river 
of  Lycia,  Strab.  p.  666. 

Αιμφός,  λιμφενω,  prob.  the  same 
with  λιμβός,  λιμί3εύω,  late. 

Αίμώδης,  ες,  Ο.ιμός,  εlδoς)famished, 
Hipp.  37,  Plut.  2,  703   P..  etc. 

Αϊμώσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  {?Λμός)  to  be 
famished,  to  be  hungry,  Anth.  P.  6,  307. 

Αΐνάγέρτης,  ov,  b,  {λίνον,  άγείρω) 
driven  into  the  net  ? 

Αΐνΰγρέτης,  ov,  ό,  Qlvov,  ίγρενω) 
caught  in  the  net.  Lye.  237. 

Αΐναΐος,  aia,  αϊον,  {7ύνον)  dub. 
form  of  λίνειοΓ,  7ύνεος  in  Hipp.,  v. 
Lob.  Phryn.  147. 

ΑΙνάριον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  ?.ivov. 

Αΐνάω,    ώ,   {/,ίνον)   ίο   set  nets   or 
54 


ΛΙΝΟ 

snares,  to  catch  in  a  net:  most  usu.  in 
compds.  διαλινάω,  έκ7ανάω,  έπύ.ι- 
νάω. 
\Αίνδιοι,  ων,  οι,  Lindii.  a  district  of 
Sicily,  in  which  Gela  was  founded, 
Thuc.  6,  4. 

tAiVddOf ,  a,  ov,  of  Lindus,  Lindian  ; 
οι  Αίνδιοι,  the  Lindians,  Hdt.  7,  153  ; 
ή  Αινόία,  appell.  of  Minerva,  ApoUod. 
2, 1,  4.  Proverb.  Αίνδιοι  την  Ουσίαν, 
for  the  Lindians  while  sacrificing  to 
Hercules  reviled  him. 

iAlvooviov,  ov,  TO,  Londinium,  Lon- 
don, in  Britain ;  inhab.,  ΑινδονΙνος, 
Steph.  Byz. 

Αίνδος,  ov,  ό,  an  aromatic  plant, 
Mnesim.  Ίττποτρ.  1,  63  ;  cf.  Eust. 
315,  18.  ^ 

i Αίνδος,  ov,  η,  Lindus,  a  city  in  the 
island  Rhodes,  containing  a  temple 
of  Minerva,  now  Lindo,  Thuc.  8,  44. 
— II.  o,sonof  Cercaphus  andCydippe, 
founder  of  foreg.,  Pmd.  O.  7,  137. 

Αίνειος,  εία,  eioi',=  sq.  [ί] 

Αίνεος.  έα,  εον,  contr.  -ονς,  ή,  ονν, 
{7avov)  of  flax,  flaxen,  linen,  Lat.  Uncus, 
κιθών,  θώρηξ,  Hdt.  1,  195,  etc.  ;  δττλα 
λ.,  cables  of  flax,  Id.  7,  36.  [Γ] 

Αΐνεργής,  ές,  {7.ίνον,  * kpyu)wrought 
of  flax,  Lye.  716. 

Αϊνενς,  έως,  ό,  a  sea-fish,  the  mullet, 
Lat.  mugil,  Callias  Cyci.  1,  cf.  Plin. 
32,2. 

Αΐνεντης,  ov,  6,  a  hunter  who  xises 
nets,  Anth. :  from 

Αΐνεί'ω,  {/.ίνον)  to  lay  nets,  catch  in 
them,  both  of  hunters  and  fishers, 
Arr.  Peripl. 

Αΐνίσκος,  ov,  ό,  dim.  from  λ/νον. 

Αα'-όδεσμος,ον,=^7Λνόδετος,  Aesch. 
Pers.  68. 

Αϊνόδετος,  ov,  {λίνον,  δέω)  bound 
with  flax,  i.  e.  with  flaxen  cords,  χα7.ι- 
νοί,  Eur.  I.  T.  1043 :  tied  by  a  thread, 
Ar.  Nub.  753. 

Αΐνόδρϋς,  ή,  a  plant,  v.  χαμαίδρνς. 

Αινοεργής,  ές,  {7Uvov,  Ιργον)=^λι• 
νεργής,  Ορρ.  Η.  3,  444. 

Αΐνοερκής,  ές,  {λίνον,  ερκος)  pent 
within  nets  or  snares,  Nonn. 

ΑΙνόζενκτος,  ov,  {λίνον,  ζενγννμι) 
joining  tvith  flaxen  cords,  0pp.  H.  4,  79. 
Ai  ϊ'ό,,ωσΓί  f,  or  -ζώστις,  ή,  a  plant,  the 
common  mercury,  Hipp.,  and  Diosc. 

Αινοϋήρας,  ov,  ό,  {λίνον. θηράω)  one 
who  uses  nets  or  snares,  Anth. 

Αΐνοθώρηξ,  ηκος,  ό,  η,  Ion.  for  λι- 
νοθώραξ,  {λίνον,  θώραξ)  wearing  α 
linen  cuirass,  II.  2,  529,  ορρ.  to  χαλ- 
κεοθώρηξ. 

Αΐνοκα7.ύμη,  ης,η,=5^.  Hipp.  ρ.  580. 

Αΐνοκα7Μμίς,  ίδος,  ^,  {7ύνον,  κά- 
7.αμος)  the  flax-plant,  flax,  Diosc.  [a] 

Αΐνοκάρνξ,  νκος,  ό.  Dor.  for  ?.ivo- 
κήρνξ,  {7.ίνον,  κήρνξ)  one  who  hawks 
about  linen  for  sale. 

Αΐνόκ7.ωστος,  ov,  {λίνον,  κλώθω) 
spinning  flax,  ή7.ακάτη,  Anth.  P.  7,  12. 

Αΐνόκροκος,  ov,  {λίνον,  κρέκω) 
woven  of  flax,  made  of  linen,  φάρος, 
Eur.  Hec.  1081. 

ΑΓΝΟΝ,  ov,  TO,  perh.  also  λίνος, 
ov,  6,  q.  v.,  any  thing  made  of  flax : 
— 1.  a  flaxen  cord,  a  fishing-line,  11.  16, 
408  :  the  thread  spun  from  a  distaff, 
Eur.  Or.  1431,  etc.  :  metaph.  the  thread 
of  destiny  spun  by  the  Fates,  Horn. ; 
also  in  plur.,  Theocr.  1,  139  ;  ν~ερ  το 
λίνον=νπέρ μόρον, hue.  Jap.  Confut. 
2  :  proverb.,  7ύνον  7.ίνω  σννά-τειν,  to 
be  always  at  the  same  work,  Stratt. 
Potam.  2,  ubi  v.  Meinek. ;  yet  cf.  λι• 
νοτόμος. — 2.  a  fishing-net,  II  5,  487,  cf. 
κ/ιωστηρ  Π. :  α  hunting-net,  Theocr. 
27.  16.— 3.  linen,  linen-cloth,  II.  9,661, 
Od.  13,  73,  118  :  usu.  in  plur. sail-cloth, 
Ar.  Ran.  364;  linen  garments,  Aesch. 
Supp.  121. — IL  the  plant  that  produces 


ΛΙΝΟ 

I  flax,  lint,  Lat.  linum,  post-Horn  (unless 
j  7.ivoio  άωτον,  II.  9,  661,  be  referred 
hither,  cf  ύωτος),  as  in  Hdt.  2,  105, 
i  etc. :  7.ivov  σπέρμα,  Unt  seed,  Thuc.  4, 
I  26.— On  λίνον  αειδειν,  II.  18,  570,  v. 
sub  Αίνος  II.  [t,  for  the  accent  7.lvov 
!  is  wrong.] 

\Aivov,  ov,  TO,  Linum,  a  place  in 
Troas,  Strab.  p.  588. 

Αΐνόττεπ/.ος,  ov,  {λίνον,  '7τέ~7.ος) 
with  linen  robe,  Anth.  P.  6,  231. 

ΑΙνό-7.εκτος,  ov,  {λίνον,  π7.έκω) 
twisted  or  plaited  of  flax,  Nonn. 

ΑΙνϋπ7.ηκτος,  ov,  {7ύνον,  ■7τ7.ήσσω) 
shy  of  the  net,  of  animals  that  have 
been  caught,  and  escaped,  Plut.  2, 
642  A. 

Αϊνοτΐ7.ηγής,  ές,  {λίνον,  πλήσσω) 
beating  the  net,  of  a  fish  struggling  to 
get  out :  metaph.  of  a  man,  Numen. 
ap.  Ath.  321  B,  in  superl.  7Λνο-ηληγέ- 
στατος :  on  the  form,  cf.  Lob.  Paral. 
288. 

Αϊνοττλόκος,  ov,  {λίνον,  πλέκω) 
twisting  flax,  making  nets,  Nonn. 

Αΐνοποιός,  όν,  {λίνον,  ποιέω)  mak- 
ing linen. 

ΑΙνοπόρος,  ov,  {7.ίνον,  πορεύομαι) 
ανραι  7..,  the  breezes,  that  waft  the 
sails  along,  Lat.  aurae  veltvolae,  Eur. 
I.  T.  410. 

Αινοπτάομαι,  dep.  {λινόπτης)  to 
watch  7iets,  see  whether  any  thing  is 
caught,  Ar.  Pac.  1178  [where  λί]. 

Αΐνόπτερος,  ov,  {7dvov,  πτερόν) 
sail-winged,  λ.  ναντί7.ων  όχήαατα, 
Aesch.  Pr.  468. 

ΑΙνοπτέρνξ,  νγος,  ό,  ή,  Ο-ίνον, 
πτέρνξ)—ίοτβζ.,Ορρ.  C.  1,  121. 

Αϊνόπτης,  ον,  ό,  {7ΐνον,  δψομαι) 
one  who  watches  nets  to  see  whether  any 
thing  is  caught. 

ΑΐνοΙ!)βάφής,  ές,  {7.ίνον,  (ιάπτω) 
sewed  of  flax,  δόμος  λ-,  a  ship,  as 
having  the  semns  caulked  thereuith,  or 
her  sails  made  thereof,  Aesch.  Supp. 
134,  cf.  Soph.  Fr.  794.— II.  making 
nets,  Nonn. 

Αίνος,  ου,  ό,=7ύνον,  Lob.  Paral.  350. 

Αίνος,  ov,  ό,  Linus,  a  mythical 
minstrel,  son  of  Apollo  and  Urania 
(Calliope),  teacher  of  Orpheus  and 
Hercules,  v.  Hes.  Fr.  1.  Hence — II. 
as  appellat.  ό  Αίνος,  the  song  or  lay 
of  Linus,  whether  composed  by  oi 
upon  him  ;  in  Horn,  sung  by  a  boy  to 
the  cithara  while  the  vintagers  are  at 
work,  ?Jvov  tT  ί'ττό  κα7όν  ύειδεν 
7.επταλέη  φωνή,  II.  18,  570;  where 
others  explain  it,  Αίνον  ύειδεν,  sang 
of  Linus :  Others  again  think  it  is  το 
λίνον,=χορδή,  sang  to  the  beautiful 
string,  which  in  Homer's  time  they 
say  was  of  flax  (P.  Knight,  Prol. 
Hom.  ^  47,  Heyne  ad  1.  c.) ;  but  this 
is  little  likely :  see  further  Spitzn. 
Excurs.  xxix.  ad  II.:  Pind.  Fr.  103, 
Donalds. — This  Linus  seems  to  have 
been  a  kind  of  dirge,  prob.  on  the  min- 
strel's death,  and  evidently  had  pecu- 
liar music  appropriated  to  it,  since 
Hdt.  (2,  79)  identified  it  under  various 
names  in  Phoenicia,  Cyprus,  and  Ae- 
gypt ;  hereo  AiVofis  the  name,  not  of 
the  man,  but  of  the  air ;  just  as  Αιτν- 
έρσης,  Μανέρως,  ΤΙαιύν,  'Αρμόδιος. 
esp.  with  the  article,  are  used  as 
names  of  songs,  from  their  composers 
or  subjects:  cf.  ai7.ivov,  οΐτόλινος: 
but  later  Αίνος  was  used  without  any 
signf.  of  lament,  and  in  Eur.  H.  F. 
348  we  find  even  aU.ivov  έ~'  εντνχεί 
μο7.πα  Φοΐ3ος  ίαχεϊ.  (The  interpr. 
in  Eust.,  λίνος,  άσμα  ίστονργονντωι: 
is  a  mere  etymdl.  speculation.)  [Ϊ,  so 
that  Αϊνος  is  a  mere  error,  Heyne  11. 
7,  p.  551.] 

ΑΙνόααρκος,  ov,  {λίνον,  σαρξ)  with 
849—857 


ΛΙΠΑ 

soft,  tender  body,  τροφαλίς,  Antiph. 
Αί'~ον  έι>ών  1,  where  λίβιηείνβ  sus- 
pects /.ιχνόσαρκος. 

Αΐνόσπαρτον,  ου,  τό,  Q.ivov.  σπάρ- 
τον)  α  plant,  used  for  like  purposes  as 
hemp  and  tlax,  Theophr. ;  cf.  σ-άρτον. 

ΑΙνόσπερμα,  ατός,  -o,=  sq.,  Galen. 

Αΐνόσττερμον,  ου,  το,  {/uvov,  σπέρ- 
μα) flax-seed,  Galen. 

Αΐνοστύσία,  ας,  ή,  α  laying  of  nets, 
Anth  P.  6,  179 :  from 

Λϊΐ'οσΓίϊΓέω,  ώ,  {'λίνοί',  Ιστημι)  to 
lay  iiela,  0pp.  C.  4,  64.  Pass,  to  be  sur- 
rounded and  caught  with  nets,  .\th.  219  D. 

Αα'οστολία,  ας,  η,  a  wearing  of 
linen,  linen  clothing:  Plut.  2,  352  C  : 
from 

Αϊνόστο7ιος,  ov,  (λίνον,  στέλλω) 
clad  in  linen,  Or.  Sib. 

Αϊνόστροφος,  ov,  (λίνον,  στρέφω) 
twisted  of  flax,  θώμιγί;,  0pp.  H.  3,  76. 

ΑΙνοτίΐχής,  ίς,  {λίνον,  τείχος)  with 
linen  ualls. 

ΑΙνοτόμος,  ov,  (λίνον,  τέμνω)  cord- 
cutting  :  esp.  a  conjwor  who  ads  cords 
in  two  and  shows  them  joined :  hence 
it  is  that  some  explain  the  proverb 
λίνον  λίνω  συνάτΐτειν  by  άττατΰν. 

ΑΙνον'λκός,  ύν,  {λίνον.  έλκω)  of 
twisted  or  spun  flax,  χ?Λίνα,  Ion  ap. 
Ath.  451  D. 

Αϊνονργείον,  ου,  τό,  a  linen  factory, 
Strab.  p.  191  :  from 

ΑΙνονργέω,  ώ,  to  work  flax,  make 
linen  ;  and 

ΑΙνουργία,  ας,  τ/,  linen  manufacture, 
Strab.  p.  498  :  from 

ΑΙνοΐ'ργός,  ύν,  (/ύνον,  *έργω)  work- 
ing flax,  making  linen,  λ.  ■γυνή,  Alex. 
Bom.  1. — II.  as  subst.,  ό  Λ.,  a  kind  of 
goose,  0pp.  Ix.  3,  23. 

Αϊνονς,  ή,  οϋν,  contr.  for  λίνεος. 

ΑΙνύνφος,  ov,  {λίνον,  υφαίνω)  weav- 
ing linen.  [C] 

ΑΙνονχος,  ov,  (?.ίνον,  εχω)  having 
or  using  nets,  fishing. 

ΑΙνοώΟόρυς,  ov.  (λίνον,  φθείρω) 
Ii7ien-iui7sting,  Aesch.  Cho.  27. 

ΑΙνοχίτων,  ωνος,  6,  ή,  (λίνον,  χί- 
τών)  with  α  linen  χιτών  or  tunic,  [ϊ] 

ΑΙνόχλαινος,  ον,  (7ύνον,  χλαίνα) 
with  α  linen  χλαίνα  or  mantle,  Dion. 
P.  1096. 

ΑΙνύω,  ώ,  (?.ίνον)  to  bind  with  flaxen 
cords. 

Αίντήρ,  ήρας,  ό,  the  Lat.  linter. 

Αίνωσις,  εως,  ή,  (λινόω)  a  binding 
with  flaxen  cords.   [Z] 

Αίξις,  εως.  ή.  (λιίχω)  a  licking. 
^Αίξος,  ου.  ό,  Lixu^,  son  of  Aegvptus, 
ApoUod.  2,  1,  5.— II.  a  city  of  Mauri- 
tania, also  called  Aiyi,  Strab.  p.  825. 
— III.  a  river  of  Mauritania,  Id.  p.  99. 

Airra.  an  old  word  used  by  Horn. 
in  the  phrases  άλεί-ψαι  and  άλείψα- 
αθαι  λίττ'  έλαίω,  to  anoint  with  oil,  11. 
10,  577,  Od.  G,'  227,  etc.,  or  χρίσαι 
and  χρίσασθαι  λίττ'  έλαίω,  Od.  3, 
466,  Hes.  Op.  520 ;  only  once  with- 
out έλαίω,  Od.  6,  277  : — in  all  these 
places  λίττ'  appears  with  its  final 
vowel  cut  off.  but  in  Hipp.  p.  603  we 
find  /j'-a  χρίεσβαι,  in  Tkuc.  1,  6, 
?ttTau?-f£(?iffft/at,  etc.,  so  that  no  doubt 
?.ίπα  is  the  word  in  Hom.  also.  Some 
think  (cf.  Eust.  1560,  27)  that  λίπα 
was  shortened  from  ?ύπαί,  λίπα,  dat. 
TO  7u~a,  so  that  έλαιω  must  be  an 
adj.,  λί'ττ'  έλαίω,  u-ith  olive-oil,  as  opp. 
to  στέαρ,  animal  fat,  lard,  v.  Buttm. 
Ausf.  Gr.  ^  58  in  voc,  and  this  is  con- 
firmed by  })ο6ίνω  7ύπα,  Hipp.  p.  278  : 
— others  would  make  it  ace.  from  a 
noin.  λίψ,  used  adverbially,  to  anoint 
one's  self  fatly,  thickly  with  oil,  and 
λί'πα  certainly  appears  as  an  ace.  in 
Hipp.  p.  277.     (;Cf.  7ύπος  fin.) 

Αϊπάζω,  (7.ί7ϊας)=λίτταίνω,  Nic. 
8δ8 


ΑΙΠΑ 

ΑΙτταίνω,  (λίττας,  λ.ίη-ος)  to  oil, 
anoint,  χρώτα  μνροις,  Anaxil.  Lyrop. 
1;  to  make  fat,  enrich,  ■)νας,  χωράν, 
Eur.  Hec.  454,  Bacch.  575.  Mid.  to 
anoint  one's  self  Anth.  Plan.  273. 

ΑΙτΐανόρεω,  ώ,  (λίίττω.  άνήρ)  to  be 
hi  want  of  men,  Strab.  p.  279.     Hence 

ΑΙτζανόρία,  ας,  ή,  want  of  men, 
Strab.  p.  596. 

ΑΙπανΟρωττέω,  ώ,  (λείπω,  άνθρω- 
πος) to  be  in  want  of  men.     Hence 

Αϊπανβρωπία.  ας,  ή,  want  of  men. 
^Αίπαξος,  ov,  ij,  Lipaxus,  a  city  of 
Crossaea  in  Macedonia,  Hdt.  7,  123. 
\Αιπάρα,  ας,  ή,  Lipara,  the  largest 
of  the  Aeolian  islands  near  Sicily, 
containing  a  city  of  same  name,  now 
Lipari,  Thuc.  3,  88,  Call.  Dian.  47 : 
also  αϊ  Αιπάραι,  Strab.  p.  275  :  hence 

ΑΙπύ,ραΙος,  αία,  alov,  of  ox  from  the 
Aeolian  island  Lipara  :  Ζύθος  Α.,  perh. 
our  obsidian,  Theophr. :  thence  ai  των 
Αιπαραίων  νήσοι,  and  αϊ  ΑιπαραΙαι 
νήσοι,  applied  to  the  Aeolian  group, 
now  Lipari  islands,  PQ\yb.  1,  25,  4; 
etc. 

ΑΙπΰράμπνξ,  νκος,  ό,  ή,  (7Λπαρός, 
ύμττνξ)  with  bright  fillet  or  tiara,  Pind. 
N.  7,  22  :  parodied  by  Ar.  Ach.  671, 
as  epilh.  of  fish-sauce. 

Αιπύραυγής,  ες,   (λιπαρός,  ανγή) 
bright-beaming,  Philox.  ap.  Ath.  643  A. 
i  Αίτταρεϊς,  έων,  οι,  the  inhab.  of  Li- 
para, Liparcans,  Strab. 

ΑΙπάρίω,  ώ,  to  persist,  hold  out,  per- 
severe, Hdt.  2,  42  ;  λιπαρήσομεν  ούτω, 
δκως  uv  εχωμεν,  Hdt.  8,  144 ;  c.  dat., 
λ.  Ttj  πόσει,  to  persist  in  a  thing,  keep 
on  drinking,  Hdt.  5,  19,  also  c.  part., 
3,  51  :  hence — II.  to  beg  or  pray  ear- 
7iestli/,  to  be  importunate,  Hdt,  9,  111, 
Aesch.  Pr.  520,  Soph.  O.  C.  776,  etc. : 
c.  ace.  et.  inf ,  to  beg,  beseech  one  to 
do  a  thmg,  Aesch.  Pr.  1004,  also  λι- 
παρεϊς  τν^είν,  thou  askest  earnestly 
to  obtain.  Soph.  O.  T.  1435,  cf.  Xen. 
Oec.  2,  16:  pass.,  to  be  earnestly  en- 
treated, Xen.  Hell.  3,  5,  12 :  from 

Αϊπΰρής,  ές,  persisting,  persevering 
in  a  thing,  steadfast,  earnest,  μη  θαύ- 
μαζε προς  TO  /απαρές,  wonder  not  at 
my  earnestness.  Soph.  O.  C.  1119  :  in- 
dustrious, indefatigable,  περί  or  προς 
τι,  Plat.  Hipp.  Min.  369  E,372  B.  :  λ. 
πυρετός,  an  ohstitiate  fever,  Luc.  Hist. 
Scrib.  1. — II.  earnest  in  begging  or 
praying,  importunate,  Ar.  Lys.  673  :  λ. 
χείρ,Ά\\Άτ\ύ  instantin prayer ,  Soph.  El. 
1378  :— on  Soph.  El.  451  v.  sub  ΰλι- 
παρής. —  III.  adv. -ηώζ- ,  esp.  λ.  έχεινι 
to  be  in  earne.it.  Plat.  Proi.  335  Β  ; 
Ιο  long  earnestly,  C.  inf.,  lb.  315  E. 
(Prob.  from  /<-,  cf.  '/.ίπτω,  λύ.αίομαι, 
λίσσομαι.)  [ι  always,  Blomf.  Aesch. 
Pr.  529  :  cf.  λιπαρός  fin.] 

Αιπύρησις.  εως,  ή,  supplication, 
Dion.  Η.  1,  81. 

Αιπαρητέον,  v.  adj.  from  ?.ιπη.ρέω, 
oncmu-st  be  importunate,  Xen.  Apol.  23. 

Αΐπάρία,  ας,  ή,  (7Λπαρής)  persever- 
ance, patience,  steadfastness,  Hdt.  9,  21 , 
70. — II.  importunity. 

.\1πΰρία,  ας,  ή,  (λιπαρός)  fatness, 
Diosc. 

ΑΊπάρόγεως,  ων,  {7απαρός,  γή)  with 
α  rich  soil. 

Αιπάρόζωνος,  ον,  (λιπαρός,  ζώνη) 
bright-girdled,  ΰ7.ιος,  Eur.  Phoen.  175. 

Αιπΰρόθρονος,  ον,  (λιπαρός,  θρό- 
νος) bright-throned,  Aesch.  Eum.  806. 

Αϊπάροκρήδεμνος,  ον,  ( 7.ιπαρός, 
κρήόεμνον)  with  α  bright  head-band,  11. 
18,  382 :  cf.  Η.  Hom.  Cer.  25,  459. 

ΑΙπάρόμματος,  ov,  (λιπαρός,  όμμα) 
bright-eyed,  Arist.  Physiogn.  3,  14. 

.\Ιπάροπ7.όκαμος,  ov,  (λιπαρός, 
π7Μκαμο<•)  with  shining  locks,  II.  19, 
126,  Pind.  Fr.  58,  1. 


ΑΙΠΟ 

ΑΙπάρός,  ά,  όν,  (λίπας,  λίπος,  λΐηα) 
Ox\g.  fatty,  oily,  shiny  with  oil,  anointed 
therewith,  acc.  to  the  custom  ill  the 
palaestra  after  bathing,  and  in  later 
times  at  banquets:  Horn,  has  it  in 
this  signf.  only  Od.  15,  352,  /απαροί 
κίφαλάς  και  κα7.ά  προςωπα,  so,  Ar. 
Plut.  616  ;  λιπαρός xuptiv  έπί  τι.  Id. 
Ecci.  652  ;  of  the  hair,  opp.  to  αυχμη- 
ρός, Xen.  Mem.  2,  1,31:  later /αί, 
greasy,  άρτος,  Ar.  Fr.  163,  etc. — II. 
of  the  healthy  look  of  the  human 
body  or  skin,  shining,  sleek.  Lat.  niti- 
dus,  in  Hom.  always  λ.  πήόες,  bright, 
smooth  feet,  perh.  also  vviih  a  refer- 
ence to  their  colour,  bright,  white,  so 
too  Hdt.  5,  23  :  and  so  freq.  in  Att., 
sleek  and  fair.  At.  Nub.  1002,  etc. — • 
111.  of  condition  or  state  of  life,  rich, 
comfortable,  easy,  Od.  11,  136,  Pind.; 
so,  λιπαρώς  γηρύσκειν,  Od.  4,  210 : 
Lat.  nitidus,  opimus,  opiparus,  laulus, 
\\\ίβενόαίμων,  Schaf.  Mel.  p.  52. — IV. 
of  things,  bright,  brilliant,  fresh  and 
fair,  7.ιπαρή  καλνπτρη,  11.22,  406,  λ. 
κρήδεμνα,  Od.,  χόροι,  Hes.  Th.  63 : 
and  ol  castle  walls,  Od.  13,  388;  so 
also,  λιπαρας,  θέμιστας  τέλι ϊν,  to  pay 
rich  or  ample  taxes,  11.9,1 50. — V.  of  soil 
fat,  rich,  fruitful,  as  epith.  of  plates,  λ. 
'Ορχομενός,  θήβαι,  Pind.;  but  esp. 
λιπαραΐ  'Αθήναι,  a  favourite  epith. 
with  the  Athenians,  prob.  with  allu 
sion  to  the  Attic  olive,  first  in  Pind., 
cf.  Ar.  Ach.  639,  040,  Fr.  162.— Oft. 
confounded  with  λιπαρής,  Interpp. 
ad  Ar.  Lys.  673.  Adv.  -ρώς ;  cf.  supr. 
Hence 

ΑΙπΰρότης,  ητος,  ή,  fatness,  oiliness, 
Anst.  H.  A. :  brightness,  Plut.— II.  in 
phtr.  falty  substances,  Hipp. 

Αΐπάροχροος,  ov, contr.  -χρονς,  ovv, 
(λιπαρός,  χρόα,  χρως)  with  bright, 
shining  body  or  skin,  Theocr.  2,  165. 

Αιπαρόχρως,  ωτος,  ό,  r/,=foreg., 
Theocr.  2,  102. 

Αΐπΰρώ-φ,  ωπος,  ό,  ή,  (λιπαρός, 
ώψ)  bright-looking,  τράπεζα,  Philox. 
ap.  Ath.  146  F. 

ΑΓΠΑ'Σ,  αος,  τό,=λίπoς,fat,  oil: 
cf.  λίπα.  [ι] 

Αίπασμα,  ατός,  τό,  (λιπύζω)  thai 
which  is  oiled  or  greasy  :  7..  οφθα7.μών, 
tears,  Epicur.  ap.  Cleomed.  2,  l,p. 
112  Bake.— \\.  fatness,  Hipp.  381,  a 
fattening  substance,  Plut.  2,  771  B. 

Αΐπασμός,  ov,  ό,  (λιπύζω)  a  fatten- 
ing or  manuring. 

Αΐπανγής,ές. (λείπω,  λιπεΐν, αυγή) 
deserted  by  light,  dark,  sunless,  Orph. ; 
blind,  Anth.  P.  9,  13. 

A  ΐπύω,  ώ,  {λίπας,  λίπος)  to  be  fat  and 
sleek,  only  iound  in  Ep.  pres.  λιπόω, 
V.  1.  Od.  19,  72,  part,  λιπόων,  Leon. 
AI.  19,  and  regul.  part,  λιπών,  Plut. 

Αιπεϊν,  inf.  aor.  2  o{  λείπω. 

Αΐπερνέω,  ώ,  also  7.ιφιρνίω,  ώ,  to 
be  deserted,  forlorn,  Joseph.  :  from 

Αΐπερνής,  ές,  gen.  έος  also  ήτος, 
desolate,  forlorn,  homeless,  outcast,  λΐ• 
περνήτες  πολΐται,  Archil.  03,  Cratin. 
Pyt.  11,  ubi  V.  Meineke.  (Prob.  from 
λείπω  and  φερνή  for  λιποφερνής.) 

Αΐπερνήτης,  ov,  ό,  fern,  -ήτις,  ιδος, 
=  foreg.,Anth.  P.  9,  649. 

Αΐπεσήνωρ,  ορός,  ό,  ή,  (λιπεΐν, 
ανήρ)  leaving  her  husband,  Stesich.  74. 

Αιπήμερος,  ov,  (?.ιπεϊν,  ήμέρα)  = 
άλιτήμερος. 

Αιπόβϊης,  ον,  (7ιΐτ:εΐν,  βίος)  leaving 
life,  dying,  dead. 

Αΐποβ/.έφάρος,  ov,  (7απεΐν,  βλέφα- 
ρον)  without  eye-lids  ,  eyeless,  Νοπη. 

Αϊποβοτΰνέω.  ώ,  (λιπεΐν,  βοτάνη) 
to  lose,  or  be  without  herbage,  Plut. 

Αΐπόγύμος,  ov,  {λιπεΐν.  yduor) 
leaving  a  wife  or  husband,  adulterous  . 
ή  λ.,  the  adulteress,  Eur.  Or.  1305. 


ΑΙΠΟ 

ΚΪ7η>γά7.ακτος,ον,=λιπάθ}ΐ?.ος.[γύ'] 

Αΐ-όγληνος,  ον.  {?Λπεΐν,  γλήνη) 
icithout  eyeballs,  sightless,  Νοηπ. 

Χίττόγλωσσοζ,  ον,  {λι  —elv,  γ/ίώσσα) 
tongveless,  Νοηη. 

ΑΙ~ογνύμο)ν,  ον,  gen.  όνος,  (λιπεϊν, 
■^Ί'ώμων  111)  stricth'  of  horses,  without 
the  tooth  which  marks  their  age  :  hence  in 
genl.  of  unknown  age,  Luc.  Lexiph.  6. 

Αϊτϊογράμμΰτος,  ον,  {/Λπϊεν,  γράμ- 
μα) wanting  a  letter. 

AXaoyviog,  ov, {λινείν,  γνίον) want- 
ing a  limb :  lame,  Anth.  P.  9,  13. 

Αϊποδεής,  ές,  {λιττείν,  όέον)  want- 
ing the  necessaries  of  life,  Pythag.  ap. 
Diog.  L. 

Αίπόδερμος,  ov,  {λιπεΐν,  δέρμα) 
without  a  skill :  circumcised. 

Αΐτϊοδράνέυ,  ύ,  to  fail  in  strength  : 
from 

ΑΐτΓοδράνής,  ές,  {λιπεΐν,  δραίνω) 
lacking  strength,  faint,  like  άδραν//ς. 

Αίπύεις,  εσσα,  εν,  {?I7Γoς)=?u7τa- 
pός,fat,  Nic.  ? 

Αΐττόζνγος,  ον,  Ο.ιτΐεΐν,  ζνγόν)  hav- 
ing left  the  yoke,  soUtart/,  Ernped.  69. 

Αΐττόθτ/λος,  ov,  (λίττείν,  θη?.?'/)  de- 
prived of  the  breast,  esp.  of  pigs  far- 
rowed in  winter  {μετύχυιρα),  which 
the  sows  will  not  suckle,  Geop. :  also 
λι~ογά?.ακτος. 

Αίτΐόθριξ,  -ρΐχος,ό,ή,  (.λι-Λεΐν,θρίξ) 
wanting  hair,  hairless,  Ael.  N.  A.  17,  4. 

Αΐΰόθροος.  ov,  {/ίίττείν,  θρόος)  want- 
ing voice,  voiceless,  Nonn. 

ΑΙ~οθϋμέί),  ώ,  {/.ιττόθνμος)  to  fall 
into  a  suonn.  faint,  Hipp.  p.  652. 

Αϊ~οθνμία,  ας,  ή,  a  swoon,  Theophr. ; 
and 

ΑΙτϊοθνμικός,  ή,  όν,  subject  to  faint- 
ing, Hipp.     Adv.  -κώς :  from 

Αϊ-οβνμος,  ον,(7.ι-πεΙν,  θυμός)  lack- 
ing life  or  sense,  and  SO  fainting,  in  a 
swoon. 

Αϊ~όκρε<.)ς.  <jv,  gen.  ω,  (/.ίττείν, 
κρέας)  losing  flesh,  i.  e.  wasted,  thin. 

Αί~οκτέΰνος,  ov ,(λιπεϊν,  κτέανον) 
without  property,  poor. 

Ai~OJC<j-oc•  ov.  (λ^JΓft7',  κώ7Γη)with- 
out  handle,  Anth.  P.  6,307. 

Αΐηομαρτϋρίον δίκ?/,  Lys.  ap.  Phot., 
an  action  against  a  tvitness  for  non-ap- 
pearance. Dem.  1190,  7,  cf.  Att.  Pro- 
cess  p,  185 :  cf.  ?.ιπυσΓρά~ιον. 

Αϊ~ομήτωρ,  ορός,  ό,  τι,{/χ•κεΙν,μή- 
τηρ)  wanting  α  mother ,  motherless,  Anth. 

Ai~oi.-at'f,  Dor.  also  λίπόνας,  ό,  ή, 
{/.ιττεΐν.  νανς)  leaving  the  ship,  desert- 
ing the  fleet,  Aesch.  Ag.  212. 

ΑΙττοναύτης,  ov,  b,  {λιτϊεϊν,  ναύτης) 
leaving  the  sailors,  Theocr.  13,  73. 

Αϊποναντίον  γραφή,  an  indictment 
against  one  who  deserts  his  ship  or  duty 
at  sea,  Att.  Process,  p.  364,  prob.  not 
used  in  nom.,  cf.  /ΰττοστράηον. 

Αϊπόνεως,  ων,=  λητόνανς,  Dem. 
1226,  15. 

^Αιπόξαΐς,  Ιος,  ό,  Lipoxais,  a  Scy- 
thian, progenitor  of  the  Auchatae, 
Hdt.  4,  5,  6;  on  compos,  and  meaning 
of  name  v.  Bahr  ad  1. 

Αι-όξν?.ος,  ov,  {λιτίεΐν,  ξν7ίθν) 
lacking  wood ;  but  in  Emped.  125,  150, 
it  must  have  genl.  sense,  defective, 
feeble ;  v.  Karsten. 

Λίττόταίζ•,  τ^αιόος,  b,  ή,  {λιπειν, 
'ϋ-αΐς)  childless,  with  neut.  pi.  λέχη, 
Manetho,  cf.  Lob.  Paral.  264. 

Ai~OTorpif,  ιδος,  ό  and  ή,  {λιττεϊν, 
ττατμίς)  teavi'ig  one's  country,  fugitive, 
Nonn. — II.  causing  to  leave  one's  coun- 
try, Anth.  P.  15,  12. 

Αΐ-0-άτωρ,  οράς,  ό,  η,  (λιπειν,  πα- 
τήρ) deserter  of  one's  father,  Eur.  Or. 
1305.  [a] 

Λίττό— ;Όθζ•.  or,  contr.  -πνονς,  ovv, 
'?U7Tth',  πνοή)  left  by  breath,  breath- 
less, dead,  Mel.  58,  5. 


ΑΙΠΤ 

ΛίΤΓ05Ττολίζ•,  ιος,  b.  η,  {λιπειν,  πτό- 
λις)  leaving  the  city,  Nonn. 

Αϊποπνρίας.  ου,  ό,=^λειπνρίας. 

Αιποπωγωνία,  ας,  f/,  {λιπειν,  πά- 
γων) want  of  beard.  Crates  Metoec.  1. 

Αΐπό^^ίνος,  ov,  {?.ιπεΐν,  βινός)  with- 
out  skin,  Nonn. — II.  {?2πος,  ρινός) 
with  a  greasy  skin,  dub.  epith.  of  the 
salamander,  Nic.  Al.  550. 

ΛΓΠΟΣ,  TO,  grease,  whether  ani- 
mal, as  fat,  lard,  tallow,  Anth.  P.  9, 
377  ;  or  vegetable,  as  oil.  ?..  έ'/.αίας. 
Soph.  Fr.  464  :  metaph  ,  βεβρύτες  αί- 
ματος λ.,  having  fed  on  fat  and  blood, 
Soph.  Ant.  1022;  Aesch.  Ag.  1428, 
Dmd.  now  reads /(.iof,  with  Casaub. 
(Sanscr.  Up,  illinere :  cf.  λίπα,  λιπάω : 
αλείφω,  άλειφαρ  and  λείβω  are  prob. 
akin.)  [Ζ] 

ΑΙποσαρκέω.  ώ,  to  lose  flesh,  grow 
thin,  opp.  to  άδρννεσθαι :  from 

ΑΙτΓοσαρκής,  ff,=  sq.,  Anth. 

ΑΙπόσαρκος,  ov,  {λιπειν,  σαρξ) 
having  lost  flesh,  thin,  Hipp.  p.  1279. 

ΑΙποσθενής,  ές,  {λιπειν,  σθένος) 
powerless,  Nonn. 

Αιποσίτέω,  ώ,  (λιπειν,  σΐτος)  to  be 
in  want  of  corn  or  bread. 

Αϊπόσκΐος,  ov,  {λιπειν,  σκιά)  shad- 
owless .•  metaph.  clear,  distinct,  Nonn. 

ΑΙποστέφΰνος,  ov,  (λιπεΙν,  στέφα- 
νος) falling  from  the  wreath,  φνλλον, 
Anth.  P.  6,71. 

ΑΊποστρΰτέω,  ω,  (λιπεϊν,  στρατός) 
to  desert,  refuse  to  serve  in  arms  :  hence 

ΑΙποστρΰτία,  ας,  ή,  desertion  of  an 
army  or  refusal  to  serve,  Hdt.  5,  27. 

ΑΙηοστράτιον,  ov,  to,  desertion. = 
7.ιποστρατία,  Thuc.  1,  99  :  such 
forms  are  rare  in  nom.,  cf.  λιποναν- 
τίον,  λιποταξίον.  [ΰ] 

ΑΙποστρατιώτης,  ον,  ό,  {?.ιπεΐν, 
στρατιώτης)  α  deserter,  Αρρ. 

ΑΙποτακτέω,  ώ,  to  leave  one's  rank, 
desert  one's  post,  Plut.  :  from 

ΑΙποτύκτης,  ov,  b,  {λιπεϊν,  τάξις) 
leaving  one's  post,  a  deserter,   Dion.  H. 

ΑΙποταξία,  ας,  tj,  a  leaving  one's 
post,  desertion,  Dem.  568,  8. 

ΑΙποτάξιος,  ου,  6,=  λιποτάκτης, 
dub. 

ΑΙποταξίον  γραφή,  an  indictment 
for  desertion,  Plat.  Legg.  943  D,  Plat. 
(Com.)  Adon.  3,  Antiph.  Kovp.  2,  and 
Oratt.,  cf.  Att.  Process,  p.  364:  cf.  /.i- 
ποστράτιον. 

ΑΙποτονέω,  ώ,  {τόνος)  to  relax,  give 
way. 

ΑΙποτρϊχής,  ές,  Anth.  P.  9,  52,  and 
-τριχος,  ov,  1^οηη.,=  λιπόθρίξ. 

Αίπουρος,  ov.  (λιπεϊν,  οίφά)  with- 
out tail,  curtal,   Call.  Fr.  76,  2.  [i] 

ΑΙποφεγγής,  ές,  {λιπεϊν,  φέγγος) 
wanting  light  or  sight,  dark,  blind,  like 
λιπανγής,  Musae.  238. 

Αιπόφθογγος,  ov,  {?.ιπεϊν,  φθογγή) 
=^λιπόθροος. 

ΑΙπο-φϋχεω,  ύ,  {λιπεϊν,  φνχή)  to 
leave  life,  swoon,  like  λιποθνμέω :  tn 
die,  Thuc.  4,  12,  Xenarch.  Porph.  1, 
12. — II.  to  lack  spirit,  fail  in  courage, 
Valck.  Hdt.  7,  229,  Soph.  Fr.  441. 

ΑΙποιρϋχία,  ας,  ή,  =  λιποθυμία, 
swooning,  v.  1.  Hdt.  1,  86:  from 

ΑΙπόΦϋχος,  ov,  {λιπεϊν,  ψνχη) 
having  lost  life,  i.  e.  swooning,  like  λι- 
πόθυμος. 

ΑΙποψνχώδης,  ες,  {?ιποψνχία,  εί- 
δος) tike  ?απο-4'νχία.  faint,  Hipp. 

Αίπτομαι.  Dep.,  c.  pf.  pass,  λέλιμ- 
μαι,  to  he  eager,  ovf  ίσον  /,ελψμένοι, 
Aesch.  Theb.  355 :  c.  gen.  to  be  eager 
for,  long  for,  λελιμμένοι  μάχης,  lb. 
380:  in  later  Ep.',  as  Ap.  Rh.,  4, 
813  ;  etc.,  we  have  also  an  act.  ?.ίπτω, 
f.  -ιΐ'ω,  in  same  signf  (Ace.  to  Pas- 
sow  from  ?ii-,  akin  to  λίσσομαι,  ?.ίτο- 
μαι : — but  better  prob.  from  the  root 


ΑΙ2Σ 

ΛΑΒ-,  ?ιαμ3ύνω,  *?.ανω,  with  a  de- 
siderat.  force.) 

Αϊπώδης,  ες,  (?.ίπος,  είδος)  fatty, 
oily,  Theophr. 

Αίραίνω,  {λιρός)  to  be  bold  or  shame 
less,  άναιδενομαι. 

Αίριον,  TO,  faulty  form  of  λείριον, 
so  λίρινος,  λιρώεις,  for  λείρ-. 

Αΐρός,  ά,  όν,  bold,  shameless,  lewd, 
a  word  first  used  in  later  Ep.,  as  Call. 
Fr.  229  :  others  write  λϊρος. 

Αΐρόόθα/.μος.  ov,  lewd-eyed. 

Αϊς,  ό,  Ep.  for  λέων,  a  Hon.  II.,  but 
only  in  nom.,  except  in  II.  11,  480, 
where  is  the  ace.  λϊν  as  in  Theocr. 
13.  6 :  in  the  later  Ep.  nom.  and  dat. 
plur.  /.ϊες,  ?.ίεσσι,  so  that  the  gen.  sing, 
would  be  ?.ιός  :  Aristarch.  made  the 
nom.  oxyt.  λίς.  Wolf  Anal.  4,  p.  508. 
[Euphor.  Fr.  27,  and  perh.  Call,  have 
λΐες,  cf.  Fr.  329,  468 :  indeed  Herm. 
Eur.  Bacch.  1166  (1173)  asserts  that 
it  always  has  Ζ  in  the  polysyll.  cases  : 
cf.  Lob.  Paral.  84.] 

Αίς,  η,  shorter  old  Ep.  form  for 
λισσή,  λεία,  smooth,  ?.ίς  πέτρη  for 
7,ισσή  π.,  Od.  12,  64,  79.  [ί]— II.  to 
this  belongs  the  Homeric  words  λίτί 
and  λΐτα,  of  which  no  nom.  is  found 
in  use,  l)ut  -ό  7.ί  or  -ό  λϊ  may  be  as- 
sumed as  the  anal,  form,  being  an  old 
Ep.  shortd.  form  for  ?.ισσύν  λεϊον, 
smooth,  like  βρΐ  for  βριθν,  but  only 
used  as  subst.,  plain  smooth  cloth,  linen 
cloth,  opp.  to  rich  embroidered  stuffs  : 
Horn,  uses  the  sing,  only  in  dat.,  and 
always  in  phrase  έανώ  /.Ίτί  κά'λνψαν, 
they  covered  (the  corpse)  with  a  fine 
linen  cloth,  II.  18,  352;  23,  254;  but 
plur.  ?.ίτη  of  the  plain  linen  seat-covers, 
over  which  were  thrown  the  rich 
purple  ^ήγεα,  Od.  1,  130  ;  10,  353,  cf. 
Ath.  48  C ;  so  too  Thuc.  2.  97  opposes 
?.εϊα  to  υφαντά  :  in  II.  8,  441  the  λϊτα 
serve  as  chariot-covers.  That  /utu  is 
ace.  plur.,  not  sing.,  is  fully  proved 
by  Wolf  Anal.  4,  p.  501,  where  also 
the  affinity  of  λί,  λιτός,  λισσός,  λί- 
σπο€,  7.εϊοΓ  is  made  quite  clear ;  cf. 
also'  Lob.  Paral.  86.  In  Anth.  P.  6, 
332  7.ίτα  (Ζ)  against  Homer,  quant, 
and  signf. 

Αίσαι,  Ep.  7Λσσαι,  imperat.  aor.  1 
oi  λίσσομαι,  7ύτομαι. 

Αίσαι,  ύν,  αι.  Lisae,  a  city  of  Cros- 
saea  in  Macedonia,  Hdt.  7,  123. 

Αισγύριον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  sq. 

Αίσγος,  ov,  ό,  late  Greek  for  σκα• 
όεΐον,  a  spade,  mattock,  shovel,  akin  to 
λ.ίστρον  and  Lat.  Hgo  :  cf.  μίσχος. 
(Strictly  a  tool  for  levelling,  from  λισ- 
σός,  λίσπος.) 

Αίση,  2  sinff.  fut.  λίσσομαι,  λύτο- 
μαι.  O'd.tlO,  526.     Ζ] 

Αίσπη,  ή,  ν.  At'aTrof. 

Αίσπόπνγος,  ον,  {7.ίσπος,  πνγή) 
smooth-huttocked,  esp.  epith.  of  κίναι- 
δοι,  cf.  Ruhnk.  Tim. 

Αίσπος,  η,  ov,  Att.  λίσφος,  (λισ- 
σός.  7.εΐος)  smooth,  polished,  made  fine, 
τλώσσα,  Ar.  Ran.  826. — II.  as  siibst. 
λίσπαι  a'l,  dice  cut  in  two,  by  friends, 
(ξένοι),  who  each  kept  half  as  tallies 
(tesserae  hospitalitatis).  so  th^t^he  real- 
ity of  the  bond  could  at  any  time  be 
proved  bv  producing  them.  Plat. 
Symp.  193A,ubiv.  Stallb.,  cf  Schol. 
Eur.  Med.  610.  They  were  also  call- 
ed σύμβολα,  cf.  σνμβο7.ον. 

Αισσάνιος,  ov,  Lacon.  for  αγαθός, 
Hesych. ;  ώ  λισσάνιε,  my  good  friend, 
Ar.  Lys.  1171  vulg.  7.νσσάνιε.  (Perh. 
akin  to  λάω,  7.ήμα)  [ΰ] 

Αισσάς,  άδος,  pecul.  fem.  of  7.ισσός 
for  λισσή,  Aesch.  Supp.  794  :  also  as 
subst.,  a  bare,  smooth  cliff,  for  7,ισσύς 
πέτρα,  Plut.  Mar.  23. 

Αίσσομαι,  also  λίτομαι,  [Ζ]  Q.  v. 
85» 


ΛΙΣΤ 

Dep.  mid. :  fui.  Άίσομαι  [t]  :  aor.  1 
έ/ύαάμην,  aor.  2  ελίτόμην:  of  which 
Horn.  esp.  uses  pies,  and  impf'.,  the 
latter  also  in  Ep.  form  '/.ισσομαί., 
inipf.  λισσεσκετο:  fut.  2  sing,  λίσ?/ . 
aor.  1  Ep.  ίΆλΙσύμην,  and  Ep.  iiii- 
perat.  λίσσαι :  aor.  2  inf.  /.ΙτεσΘαι, 
and  opt.  Άΐτοίμτιν.  To  beg,  pray, 
intreat,  beseech,  llom.,  etc.  —  (Jon- 
struct.,— 1.  either  absol.  or  c.  ace. 
pers.,  11.  1,  502;  Od.  11,  35,  etc.:  the 
thing  by  which  one  prays,  either  with 
prep.  vTvep,  as  λ.  νπέρ  τεκέων,  νπίρ 
■ψνχής  και  yvvvtjv,  11.  15,  660  ;  22, 
338,  λ.  τινά  νπέρ  πατρός  και  μητέ- 
ρας, II.  24,  467 ;  or  simply  in  genit.,  as, 
λ.  Zz/fof  ηδέ  θέμιστος,  Od.  2,  08  ;  λ. 
τινά  γουνών,  11.  9, 45 1 ,  (for  in  the  more 
freq.  λαιμών  Ddaaero )  ούνων,  the  gen. 
depends  not  on  έλίσσετο  but  on  λα- 
βών, as  in  γούνων  άφασθαι,  cf.  λιτα- 
vevij) ;  so  in  Trag.,  λ.  or  λ.  τινά  προς 
θεών,  προ  Tt/vV(ji',Soph.  El.  428,  Eur. 
Tro.  1 045 :  an  inf.  is  oft.  added,  as,  ουδέ 
7ύΰσομαι  μίνειν,  I  do  not  pray  thee  to 
remain,  II.  1,  174,  cf.  283;  but,  λ.  μ?/ 
προύονναι,  to  pray  one  not  to  betray, 
Eur.  Ale.  202  :  more  rarely  c.  ace.  et 
inf.  added  to  the  first  ace.  pers.,  as, 
λίσσονται  Αία  "Ατην  ΐιμ'  έπεσθαι, 
they  pray  Jupiter  that  Ate  may  fol- 
low, II.  9,  511,  cf.  Od.  8,  30,  Soph. 
El.  420  :  sometimes  also  foil,  by  όπως, 
'λίσσεαθαι  μεν,  όπως  νεμερτεα  είπη, 
entreat  him  to  say  the  truth,  Od.  3,  19, 
327  :  C.  ace.  rei,  to  beg  or  pray  for,  ol 
αντω  θάνατον  και  Kfjpa  λιτέσθαι,  11. 
10,  47  ;  and  so  c.  dupl.  ace.  pers.  et 
rei,  τηϋτα  μεν  ονχ  νμέας  έτι  λίσσο- 
μαι,  this  Ι  beg  of  you  no  more,  Od.  2, 
210,  cf.  4,  347  ;  17,  138.— 3.  never  c. 
dat.  pers.,  v.  Pors.  Or.  603.  Heyne  II. 
1,  283  :  thougli  Horn,  often  adds  a 
dat.  modi,  as  επέεσσι,  εΰχτ/σι,  ?UTy- 
σι  /ύσσεσθαι. — The  word  is  adopted 
by  Pind.  and  Trag.  from  Horn.,  but 
very  rarely  used  in  prose,  as  Plat. 
Rep.  366  A.  (Proh.  from  intens.  pre- 
fix ?u-,  like  Αίλαίομαι.  cf.  7ύπτομαι : 
to  the  same  root  also  belong  7ύχνος, 
Ύ?ύχομαι  like  ?.ήμη  γλήμη,  lac  γάλα: 
from  λΛτομαι  again  come  λιτή,  λιτά- 
ζομαι,  λιταίνω,  λίτανος,  λιτανεύω, 
and  Lat.  litare.) 

Αισσός,  ή,  όν,  {λείος,  λίσπος) 
.tmooth,  Horn,  (only  in  Od.)  always  in 
phrase  λισση  πέτρτι,  a  sinolh,  bare, 
steep  cliff,  3,  293  ;  5,  412,  cf.  λισσάς, 
the  old  Ep.  form  λίς. 

^Αίσαος,  ov,  ό,  the  Liss^ts,  a  small 
river  of  Thrace,  west  of  the  Hebrus, 
Hdt.  7,  108.— 2.  Αισσός,  ov,  i/,  Lissus, 
a  city  of  Dalmatia,  Polyb.  1,  12,  8: 
cf.  Άκρόλισσος. 

Αίσσωμα,  ατός,  τό,  (λισσός) smooth- 
ness, bareness,  λ.  τριχών,  the  crown  or 
spot  on  the  head  from  which  the  hair 
setsdifferent  ways,  Arist.  H.  A.  1,7,4. 

Αίσσωσις,  εως,  ή,  (λισσός)  the  set- 
ting of  the  hair  from  the  crown  of  the 
head,  Arist.  H.  A.  1,  7,  4. 

Αιστός,  ή,  όν,  {λίσσομαί)  to  he 
moved  by  prayer,  v.  1.  11.  9,  497,  and 
found  in  the  compd.  ύΧλιστος. 

Αιστραίνω,=  Β^. 

Αιστρενω,  (λύστρον)  strictly  to  dig 
level,  hence  in  genl.  to  dig,  hoe,  <*>ντον 
Λ.,  to  dig  round  a  plant,  Od.  24,  227. 

Αίστριον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  sq.,  Ar. 
Fr.  639. 

Αίστρον,  ov,  TO,  a  tool  for  levelling 
or  scraping,  a  shovel  or  hoe,  in  Od.  22, 
455,  Mosch.  4,  101  :  later  also  ό  λί- 
στρος,  Spohn  de  Extr.  Od.  Parte  p. 
168,  274.     (From  λ.ισσός,  ?.εΐος.) 

Αιστρόω,  ώ,  to  smooth,  level.    Hence 

Αιστρωτός,  ή,  όν,  levelled,  Nic.  Th. 
20. 

860 


ΛΙΤΟ 

Αίσφος,  η,  ov,  Att.  forAt^Trof,  Lob. 
Fhryn.  113. 

Αισχροί,  oi,  ace.  to  Hesych.  τά 
στροφικά  τών  σπερμάτων,  i.  e.  plants 
which  were  ploughed  into  the  groamd, 
Lat.  quae  vertunlur  aratro,  and  serving 
as  manure,  as  was  done  with  lupinea 
of  old  in  Italy. 

Αϊτα,  τά,  in  Horn.,  smooth,  plain 
cloths,  V.  sub  7ύς  II. 

ΑΙτάζομαι.  dep.  mid.  =  AtratVu, 
0pp.  C.  2,  373.  [On  the  quantity  v. 
Jac.  A.  P.  p.  Ixvi.] 

ΙΛ/ταί,  ων,  al,  v.  λιη)  II. 

Α'ίταίνω,  {7Λτή,  λ'ιτομαι,  λίσσομαί) 
to  pray,  entreat :  esp.  as  an  ικέτης, 
Eur.  El.  1215:  /lirai'tiijismore  usu. 

ΑΙτάνεία,  ας,  ή,  (λιτανενω)  a  pray- 
ing or  entreating,  Dion.  H.  4,  67  :  in 
Eccl.,  a  litany. 

ΑΊτάνεντικός,  ?},  όν,  belonging  to, 
inclined  for  praying  ;  and 

ΑΙτάνεντός,  ή,  όν,  begged,  entreated : 
from 

ΑΙτΰνενω,  f.  -σω  ."  in  the  angm. 
tenses  λ  is  doubled  by  Horn,  metri 
grat.,  έλλ,ιτάνενε,  ε7.λιτάνενσα,  {λι- 
Ttj,  7ύτομαι,  7.ίσοομαι).  To  pray,  en- 
treat, esp.  for  protection,  Od.  7,  145. 
Construct,  same  as  7.ίσσομαι,  either 
absoL,  Od.  1.  c,  or  c.  ace.  pers.,  usu. 
the  latter,  as  11.  9,  581,  etc. :  that  by 
which  one  prays  in  gen.,  γοννων  λ.ιτα- 
νενειν,  Od.  10,  481,  for  which  in  11. 
24,  357,  we  have  γοννων  άψάμενοι  7.i- 
τανενσομεν  :  also  c.  inf..  11.  23,  196: 
freq.  also  c.  adj.neut.,  ττολ/ά  λ..  Ibid., 
Pind.  N.  5,  57:  also  in  prose,  as  Xen. 
Hell.  2,  4,  26. 

Αίτάνος,  η,  ov,  (λιτή)  praying,  sup- 
pliant, μέλη,  Aesch.  Supp.  809  :  as 
subst.  τά  λίτανα=λιταί,  hence  άμώί 
7..  f';t'efffta,  to  engage  in  prayer,  Aescn. 
Theb.  102,  e.  conj.  Seidler.  [ϊ] 

Αίταργίζω,  (7.ιτηργος)  to  hasten, 
run,  Ar.  Pac.  562:  cf.  άπολιτ-.  Hence 

ΑΙταργισμός,  ov,  ό,  quick  running, 
haste. 

Αίταργος,ον, running  quick.  (Deriv. 
doubtful :  perh.  from  λι-,  and  αργός.) 

Αιτασμός,  ov,  ό,  {λιτάζομαι)  a  pray- 
ing, entreating. 

Αϊτή,  ης,  ή,  (λίτομαι,  λίσσομαί) 
prayer,  entreaty,  usu.  in  plur.,  λίτ^σί 
7ύσσεσθαι,  Od.  11.  34,  cf.  Hdt.  1,  105, 
116,  Pind.,  and  Trag.  —  II.  Αιταί, 
Prayers  of  sorrow  and  repentance,  strik- 
ingly personitied  as  goddesses,  in  II. 
9,  502,  sq.— 12.  title  of  part  of  ninth 
book  of  the  Iliad,  Plat.  Crat.  428  C. 

ΑΙτήσιος,  oi',  praying,  entreating, 
Nonn. 

Αΐτί,  V.  λίς  II. 

Αΐτόβΐος,  ov,  (λιτός,  βίος)  living 
plainly,  sparingly. 

Αίτοβορος,  ov,  {λιτός,  βορά)  faring 
frugally  or  ill. 

Αΐτοδίαιτος,  ov,  (λϊτός,  δίαιτα)  of 
a  plain  way  nf  life,  Dion.  H.  2,  49. 

Αίτομαι,  rarer  pros,  for  λύσσομαι, 
Η.  Hom.  15,5;  18,  48;  also  in  Ar. 
Thesm.  313,  1040.  [i] 

Αϊτός,  ή,  όν,  smooth,  even,plain,  like 
UTrAof'f.esp.  asopp.tothingsicorAfi/or 
embroidered,  cf.  λίζ• ;  herco  like  Lat. 
simplex  or  tenuis,  plain,  simple,  una- 
dorned, of  style,  Arist.  Rhet.  3,  10,  2  ; 
esp.  of  manner  of  life,  λ.  τράπεζαι, 
Pseudo-Phocyl.  70  ;  cf.  Polyb.  6,  48, 
7  ;  Pint.  2,  709  Β  :  so  adv.  -τώς,  So- 
tad.  Έγκ7.ει.  1,  6:  opp.  to  μέγας, 
Call.  Apoll.  10.— Later  also  λ.ειτός 
was  written,  but  v.  Wolf  Anal.  4, 
p.  508  sq. :  /.ιτός  does  not  occur  in 
Hom.  and  the  older  writers.  (From 
same  root  as  λ.εΐος,  7.ισσι':ς,  to  which 
it  is  related,  as  λ.ίτομαι  to  /ύσσοααι.) 


ΛΙΧΜ 

Αϊτός,  ή,  όν,  {λίτομαι,  /.ισσομαί) 

prating,  supplicatory,  θνσιαΐ,  Pind.  Ο. 
6,  \32,έπΗ0ΐδαί,  Ρ.  4,385. 

Αϊτότης.  τ/τος,  ή,  {7.ΐτ6ς)  the  subst. 
of  λΛτός,  plainness,  snnplirity,  Diod.  3, 
59. — II.  Gramin.  a  lig.  of  speech,= 
μείωσις. 

Αιτονργέω,  ύ,=  7.ε!Τθνργέυ,  but 
only  in  signf.  of  πανονργέω :  hence 
also  λιτούργημα,  τό,=  πανούργημα : 
from 

Αιτονργάς,  όν,  ace,  to  Hesych.  =) 
λεωργός,  πανονρτγος. 

Αΐτοψάγία,  ας,  ή,  {7ΰτός,  όαγειν) 
plain,  meagre  fare,  LXX. 

Αίτρα,  ας,  η,  α  silver  coin  of  Sicily, 
Epich.  p.  4  ;  t;«eminglv=the  Aegine- 
tan(=about  1  ^  Atlic)obol,  Poll. 9,  80, 
81  ;  al80=Lat.  libra,  to  which  the 
name  is  prob.  akin,  esp.  as  its  subdi- 
visions answer  lo  those  ol  the  Roman 
as  libralis,  and  not  to  any  Greek  stand- 
ard :  cf.  Bockh  Metrolog.  Unler.suchh. 
^xxi,  and  on  the  whole  question  ot 
Sicilian  money,  Bentl.  Pbalans,  pp. 
427-478. — 2.  as  a  weight,  12  ounces,  a 
pound,  Simon.  42:  at  Rome=as  libralis, 
Polyb.  22,  26,  19.— II.  later.  Libra  in 
the  Zodiac,  by  a  misinterp.  of  the 
Lat.  libra.    Hence 

ΑιτραΙης,  aia,  alnv.^=sq.,  Anth. 

ΑιτριαΙος,  uia,  aiov,  weighing  or 
worth  a  λ.ίτρα,  Lat.  libralis,  Dion.  H,, 
9,  27  ;  V.  Lob.  Phryn.  545. 

Αίτρον,  ov,  ro,  Att.  for  νιτρον,  Plat,, 
etc.,  also  in  Hdt.  2,  86,  87,  cf.  Lob. 
Phryn.  305. 

Αιτροσκόπος,ον,ό,{λίτρα,σκοττέω) 
one  who  examines  money,  a  money-chan- 
ger. Soph.  Fr.  907. 

Αιτρώδης,  ες,  {λίτρον,  ειδσς)  Att. 
for  νιτρώδης.  Plat.  Tun.  65  Ε. 

ΑΙτνέρσης,  ov,  ό,  or  Αντιέρσης, 
Dor.  -σας,  Lityerses,  a  bastard  son  of 
Midas,  from  whom  was  named  a  song 
sung  by  reapers,  Theocr.  10,  41 ;  v. 
Ilgen  Scol.  Gr.  p.  xvi.  sq.,  Sosith. 
ap.  Herm.  Opusc.  1.  p.  54.  sq. 

Αίτνον,  ov,  TO,  the  Roman  lituus, 
Plut.  Rom.  22. 

ΑΊφαιμέω,  ώ,  to  lack  blood,  Arist. 

Αίφαιμος,  ov,  lacking  blood,  Einped. 
249.  [Z] 

Αΐφερνέω,=7.ιπερνέω,  q.  v. 
^\ιχάδες,  ων,  αι.,  the  Lichades,  three 
small  islands  on  the  northern  coast 
of  Euboea,  so  named  from  Αίχας  (Π, 
Strab.  p.  426. 

Αιχάζω,  =  λιλαίομαι,  γλίχομαι, 
akin  to  7.είχω,  to  have  a  longing  for  a 
thing.— II.  {λιχάς  Π.)  to  throw  down 
from  a  rock,  Cret.  word  ace.  to  Hesych. 

Αΐχάνός,  όν,  {λ,είχω)  licking:  hence, 
ό  λ-,  the  forefinger,  from  its  use  in 
licking  up,  Hipp.  p.  618,  and  Luc. 

Αίχάνος,  ov,  i),  sub.  χορδή,  the 
string  of  a  cithara,  struck  with  the  fore- 
finger, (λιχανός) :  also  its  note,  Arist. 
I'robl.  19,  20.  [i] 

Αϊχύς,  άόος,  ή,  the  space  between  the 
forefinger  {7.ιχανός)  and  thumb :  the 
lesser  span. — II.  acc.  to  Hesych.,  a 
steep,  sheer  cliff,  like  7.ισσάς  or  7.έπας. 
]Αίχας,  ov  and  a,  ό,  also  Αείχας, 
Ion.  Αίχης,  Lichas,  a  celebrateo  at- 
tendant of  Hercules,  Soph.  Tr.-  -2.  a 
Spartan  αγαθοεργός,  who  discovered 
the  bones  of  Orestes,  Hdt.  1.  67. — 
Also  as  Spartan  masc.  pr.  n.,  Thuc. 
5,  50  ;  5,  76  ;  Xen.  Mem.  1, 2.  61,  etc. 

Αιχήν,ηνος,  ό,  v.  sub  λειχήν. 

Αιχμάζω,  f.  -άσω,  {7.είχω)=7uχμύω, 
to  lick,  put  out  the  tongue,  Hes.  Sc. 
235,  Mosch.  2,  94. 

Αιχμαίνω,=:7Λχμάω,0ρ'ρ-  C.3, 171 

Αιχμύς,  ύδος.  η,  licked. 

]Αιχμάω,  ώ,  {7κείχω)  Ιο  lick,  γέννν, 
of  serpents,  Eur.  Bacch.  698} :  Opp. 


ΛΟΓΑ 

C,3. 163  :  usu.  as  mid.,  to  play  with  the 
ίοηκκί,  esp.  of  snakes,  Ar.  Vesp.  1033, 
Pac.  756,  cf.  Theocr.  24,  20 ;  used  by 
Homer  only  in  the  compd.  άπολιχμ. : 
Q.  Sm.  has  also  an  Ep.  act.  part.,  /.l- 
χμώοντες: — to  this  sense  also  belongs 
the  irr.  part.  perf.  'λελΐίχμότες,  v. 
sub  λύχω.     Hence 

Αιχμήρηζ,  ες,  licking,  playing  with 
the  tongue,  esp.  of  snakes,  Nic.  Th. 
206,  Al.  37.— II.   delicate,  dainty. 

Χίχμώοντες,  Ep.  part,  of  λιχμύω, 
Q.  Sm.  5,  40. 

Αιχνάω,  ώ,  (?ύχνος)  =  λιχνεύω, 
Dini  Ar.  Pac.  756. 

Αίχνεί,α,  ας,  ?/.  daintiness,  greediness 
in  meat  and  drink,  Luc.  Tinio  55 ;  in 
pi.,  Xea.  Lac.  5, 4,  and  Plat.  Rep.  519 
Β :  but  in  pi.  also  dainties,  Plut. ,  and 

Αίχνενμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  dainty,  deli- 
cacy, Sophron   ap.  Ath.  86  Ε  :  from 

Αιχνενω,  {λίχνος)  to  lick,  Luc. 
Pise.  48 ;  metaph.,  to  be  greedy  of,  covet, 
δόξαν,  Plut.  Dem.  et  Cic.  2 :  mid.  ?u- 
χνενομαί,  to  desire  eagerly,  to  lor^  to 
do,  c.  inf.,  Plut.  2,  347  A. 

Αιχνία,  ας,  τ),=^7αχνεία. 

Αιχνοβόρος,  ον,  {/ίχνος,  βορά)  nice 
in  eating,  dainty,  Anth.  P.  9,  86. 

*.Αιχνόγρανς,  ή,  {'/Ιχνος,  γραϋς)  a 
greedy  old  woman,  Timon  ap.  Diog.  L. 
7,  15. 

Ai^i»ef,  η,  ov,  also  ος,  ov,  {λείχω, 
γ/.ίχομαι)  dainty,  lickerish,  greedy. 
Plat.  Rep.  354  Β ;  metaph.,  Λ.  την 
■ψνχήν,  lb.  579  Β  :  /_  τινός,  greedy  for 
OTafter....  Menand.  p.  185  :  ό  Λ.,  α  glut- 
ten.  Polyb.  3.  57,  7. — 2.  metaph.  curi- 
ous, eager,  Eur.  Hipp.  913.    Adv.  -νυς. 

Αιχνοτένθης,  ov,  ό,  (_?ύχνος,  τένθης) 
β  greedy  gUuton. 

ΑιχναφΙ/Μργύρος,  ov,  {/ίίχνος,  φι- 
7.άρ')τρος)  hath  an  epicure  and  miser, 
PhilylL  Pol.  8. 

Aiib,  ό,  gea.  7Χ3ός,  the  SW.  wind, 
Lat.  Africiu:.  Hdt.  2,  25,  Theocr.  9, 11 : 
cf.  Arist.  Meteor.  2,  6,  7,  sq.  (Prob. 
from  7.ec3u,  because  it  brought  wet.) 

Aiil),  6,  (not  η,  Lob.  Paral.  1 14,  and 
Addend.),  gen.  λΐ3ός,  (λείβω)  any 
liquid  poured  forth,  a  drop,  stream, 
drink-offering,  etc.,  Aesch.  Cho.  292, 
Ap.  Rh.  4,  1454  :  cf.  /uβύς. 

Αί-ψ,  ή.  gen.  λί3ός,=/.ισσύς,  λιχάς, 
a  cliff,  c£  αίγίλιψ. 

Αίφ,  η,  gea.  Άΐβός,  {λίπτω)  a  longing. 

Αιφονρία,  ας,  ή,  {/^.τϊτω,  ονρέ<ύ) 
desire  of  making  water,  Aesch.  Cho.  756. 

Αιψνδριον,  ov,  τό,=  λει-φνδριον. 

Ao.  Od.  10,  361,  V.  /χ,ε. 

ΑόβιΛν,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  λο.θό?  IL, 
Diosc. 

Αοβός,  ov,  ό,  the  lobe  or  latter  part 
cf  the  ear,  εύτρητοι  /..,  II.  14,  182  :  cf. 
Arist.  H.  A.  1,  11,  1.— 2.  the  lobe  of  the 
liver,  to  which  particular  attention 
was  paid  in  divination,  Aesch.  Pr. 
495,  Eur.  El.  827. — II.  the  capstde  or 
pod,  esp.  of  leguminous  plants,  thence 
called  ελλοβα,  Theophr. :  of  these 
the  φασίολοί,  elsewh.  δο?Λχοι,  were 
called  simply  /.o3oi,  because  they 
were  eatenporf  and  all,  Galen.  ( Doubt- 
less from  /.έτϊω,  to  peel:  and  prob. 
akin  to  our  lap,  i.  e.  fold.)     Hence 

Αο3όω,  ώ,  to  divide  into  single  laps 
OT  pieces,  esp.  of  the  liver  in  divination. 
Αοβώόης.  ες.  {/.ο3ός  IL,  είδος)  like 
the  pod  or  husk  of  pulse. 

^Αόβων.  ωνος,  ό,  Lobon,  a  writer  of 
Argos,  Diog.  L.  1,  34. 

Αογάδες,  ai,  the  whites  of  the  eyes, 
Nic.  Th.  292,  the  pupils,  Anth.  P.  5, 
270:  also  7.ογχάδες,  Call.  Fr.  132, 
Sophron  ;  cf.  7.ογάς. 

Αογάδην,  adv.,  (Χογύς)  picking  out, 
esp.  of  stones  for  building,  Thuc.  4, 
4  ;  £,  66 ;  cf.  /.ογύς. — IL  in  heaps,  [ΰ] 


ΑΟΓΙ 

Αογαΐος,  αία,  alov,  {/.ογάς)  chosen, 
picked  out. 

Αο•}άοιδίκός,  ή,  όν,  logaoedic,  an 
epith.  applied  by  Gramm.  to  verses 
in  which  the  stronger  dactylic  rhythm 
passes  into  the  weaker  trochaic,  so 
that  they  t>eem  to  stand  between  /.όγος  \ 
and  άοιδή,  i.  e.  between  the  rhythm  of 
poetry  and  prose,  Gaisf.  Hephaest.p.275, 
Αογάριάζω,  (/.ογάριον)  to  calculate. 
late  word.     Hence 

Αογΰριασμός,  ov,  ό,  a  calculation : 
Αογΰριαστής,  ov,  6,  a  calculator. 
Αογάριον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  7.όyoς, 
Ar.  Fr.  640,  cf.  Meineke  Menand.  p. 
236. 

Αογάς,  άδος,  Ό  and  τ],  (λέγω)  gath- 
ered :  picked,  chosen,  mostly  in  plur.,  Λ. 
νεηνίαι,  Hdt.  1,  36, t  so  abs.  oi  7.ογά- 
δες,  chosen  youths.  Id.  ib.t — 2.  /L.  7J,uoi, 
rough,  unhewn  stones,  taken  just  as  they 
were  picked,  Paus.  7,  22,  5. 

Αογύω,  ώ,  {λόγος.  7.έγω)  to  be  fond 
of  talking,  Luc.  Lexiph.  15. 

tAόγ3aσις,  6,  Logbasis,  masc.  pr.  n., 

Polyb.'  5,  74,  4. 

Αογγύζω,—λαγγάζω,  Aesch.  Fr.  99. 

Αογγανός,  οϋ.  ό,  ποταμός,  the  Lon- 

ganus,  a  river  of  Sicily,  Polyb.  1, 9,  7. 

Αογγάσια,  ων,  τά,  (λογγάζω)  stones 

until   holes   in    them,    through   which 

mooring-cables  were  passed,  Aesch. 

Fr.  99 :  such  a  mooring-place  is  also 

7Myya.aLr\,  ή,  in  Hesych. 

tAoyyivof,  ov,  ό,  Longinus,  a  cele- 
brated critic  and  philosopher. 

\Αόγ)ονρος,  ov,  ό,  Longurus,  a  place 
in  Sicily,  Lye.  868. 

Αογγών,  ώνος,  ό,=^7.αγγών. 
ΑογεΙον,  ov,  τό,  {/.όγος)  strictly  α 
speaking-place:  in  the  Att.  theatre 
the  front  of  the  stage  occupied  by  the 
speakers  or  players,  Lat.  pulpitum  ;  but 
it  sometimes  took  in  the  θνμέλη,  and 
sometimes  even  the  ορχήστρα.  Lob. 
Phryn.  163. 

Αογέμττορος,  ov,  {7.όγος,  έμπορος) 
makitig  a  trade  of  speaking,  writing.  Or 
in  genl.  of  learning,  Artemid.  2,  75. 

Αογενς,  ό,  =  7^ογιεύς,  Lob.  Phryn. 
255. 

Αογία,  ας,  ή,  (λέ^ω)  α  collection  for 
the  poor,  Ν.  Τ, 

Αογίατρος,  ον,  ό,  {λόγος,  ιατρός)  α 
physician  only  in  words,   [i"] 

Αογίδιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  of  λό}ο?,  Ar. 
Vesp.  64,  Isocr.  295  B.  [I] 

Αογιεύς,  ό,  {/.όγος,  7.έγω)  a  speaker, 
orator,  usu.  pr/τωρ,  Critias  45. — IL  α 
prose  writer. 

Αογίζομαι,  dep.  with  f  and  aor.  mid., 
pf  pass.'(/.oyof)  strictly  of  numeri- 
cal calculation,  to  count,  reckon,  calcu- 
late, compute,  Hdt.,  etc. ;  c.  inf.  to 
reckon  that...,  2,  145:  in  full,  -ψήόοις 
7...  Hdt.  2,  36  ;  also,  ύπο  χειρός  λ.,  to 
calculate  oSh&nA,  roughly,  Ar.  Vesp. 
656 :  absol.  in  part.,  /.ογιζόμενοι  τύ- 
pov,  they  found  on  counting,  Hdt.  7,  28 : 
λ.  τινί  τι,  to  set  down  to  one's  account, 
Lat.  imputare,  Dern.  1148,  20. — II.  in 
genl.  to  take  into  account,  consider,  τι, 
Hdt.  8,  53,  and  freq.  in  Att. :  c.  inf , 
to  count,  deem  or  consider  that  a  thing 
is...,  Hdt.  2,  46,  etc.  ;  so  too,  λογίζ. 
δτι.,.οΐ  ώς...,  Xen.  Hell.  2,  4,  28  ;  6, 
4,  6 :  also  c.  ace.  et  part.,  Σμέρδιν 
oi'K  ετι  έόντα  7.ογίζεσθε,  Hdt.  3,  6 ; 
and  so  with  two  nouns,  μίαν  ΰμφω 
τάς  ημέρας  7..,  to  count  both  days  as 
one,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  2,  11.— 2.  c.  inf 
also,  to  count  or  reckon  upon  doing 
έ7.ογίζοντο  επισιτιείσθαι,  Hdt.  7, 176, 
cf  Xen.  An.  2,  2,  13.-3.  absol.,  to 
calculate  reason,  περί  τίνος,  Hdt.  2, 
22. — 4.  to  conclude  by  reasoning,  infer, 
c.  inf  or  with  ότι...,  ώς..-.  Xen.  Ages. 
7,  3,  Mem.  2,  3,  2.— IIL  the  aor.  i7j}- 


ΑΟΓΙ 

γίσθψ'.  Plat.  Tim.  34  A,  and  (some- 
times) pf.  7.ΐ7.όγιαμαι  are  used  m 
pass,  signf ,  Phaedr.  246  C  ;  as  is  the 
pres.  part,  /.ογιζόμενον  in  Hdt.  3,  95. 

ΑογΙκίύομαι,  dep.  mid.,  to  conclude, 
late  word.  Lob,  Phryn.  198. 

Ao}  ικός,  ή,  όν,  {/ιόγος)  belonging  to 
speaking  0Γ  a  speech  :  writing  in  prose, 
opp.  to  ποιητικός  or  μουσικός.  Diog. 
L.  5,  85,  Schaf  Dion.  Comp.  p.  213  : 
ή  -κή,  prose,  lb.  p.  135. — II.  belonging 
to  the  reason,  intellectual,  Tim.  Locr. 
99  Ε  :  opp.  to  ηθικός,  φνσικός,  Arist. 
Top.  1, 14,  4  :  reasonable,  rational,  sen- 
sible, Polyb.  25,  9, 2. — 2.  Jit  for  reason 
ing  or  argument :  hence  η  -κή  sub.  τέ- 
χνη, logic,  Cic.  Fin.  1,  7 :  but  Arist. 
has  7..  άπόόειξις.  Gen.  An.  2,  8,  9  ;  cf. 
Rhet.  1,  1,  11,  and  adv.  -κώς.  Anal. 
Post.  1,21,  fin. 

Αόγιμος,  ίμη,  ιμον,  also  ος,  ov, 
{λόγος)  worth  mention,  remarkable,  fa- 
mous, πό7.ισμα,  έθνος,  άνήρ,  etc., 
Hdt.  1,  143,  171,  etc.:  elsewh.  έλΛό- 
γιμος  is  more  usu. 

Αόγίον,  ov,  TO,  an  announcement,  ora- 
cle, Hdt.  4.  178  ;  8,  60,  3,  etc. ;  also  in 
Eur.  Heracl.  405,  Thuc.  2,  8 :  from 

Αόγιος,  ία,  lov,  {λόγος)  skilled  in 
words  or  speech,  hence  a  freq.  epith. 
of  Mercur)',  as  the  god  of  language 
and  eloquence,  Luc.  —  2.  in  genl. 
learned,  first  in  Hdt.,  who  used  the 
word  esp.  for  learned  in  history,  chron- 
iclers as  opp.  to  Epic  poets,  v.  Bahr. 
ad  1,  1,  and  cf  2,  3,  77 ;  4,  46,  λ.  και 
αοιδοί.  Pind.  P.  1,  183 :  a  learned 
man,  Id.  N.  6,  75  ;  Arist.  Pol.  2,  8, 1  : 
so  Arist.  called  Theophr.  ό  7^nyta-a- 
τος  (of  his  disciples) :  by  later  philos- 
ophers the  logicians  were  esp.  called 
/.όγιοί- — II.  rational,  wise,  sensible, 
Eur.  Ion  602.  f  Adv.  -ως,  Plut.  2, 405 
A.    Hence 

Αογιότης,  ητος,  η,  taste  in  suiting 
the  style  to  the  matter :  a  quality 
ascribed  by  Plut.  to  Soph.,  while  to 
Aesch.  he  ascribes  στόμα,  to  Eurip. 
σοφία,  2.  348  D. 

Αόγισμα,  ατός,  τό,  {7.ογίζομαύ  that 
which  is  reckoned,  a  reckoning,  Antiph. 

Αογισμός,  ov,  ό,  {7.ογίζομαι)  a  reck- 
oning or  computing,  Thuc.  4.  122  ;  com- 
putation, Plat.  Phaedr.  274  C  :  o'l  7.ογι- 
σαοί,  arithmetic,  Xen.  Mem.  4,  7,  8 ; 
cf.  Plat.  Prot.  318  E,  etc.  :  cf  λογι- 
στικός.— II.  calcidation  (in  the  way  of 
reasoning),  consideration.  Eur.  .Alcm. 
10,  Thuc.  2,  40,  Plat.  Legg.  805  A. 
— 2.  a  reason,  argument,  Xen.  Hell.  3, 
4,  2,  27,  and  Plat.,  etc. 

Αογιστέον,  verb.  adj.  from  λογίζο- 
μαι, one  must  reckon.  Plat.  Tim.  61  E. 

Αθ)ίσ7ει;ω,  to  be  a  λογιστής,  λ. 
τινύς.  Ιο  govern  as  one,  Philostr. — II. 
to  examine  an  account :  in  genl.  to  ex- 
amine. 

Ao)  ιστήριον,  ov,  τό,  the  place  at 
Athens  where  the  7.ογισταί  met,  De- 
cret.  ap.  Andoc.  10,  38,  Lys.  158,  40: 
στρατιωτικον  λ., the  war-office,  Strab. 
p.  752. — II.  a  school  for  arithmetic :  a 
place  for  philosophical  discussions. 

Ao)  ιστής,  ov,  ό,  (λο)  ίζομαΐ)  a  calcu- 
lator,teacher  of  arithmetic. — 2.  a  calcula- 
tor or  reasoner,  Ar.  Av.  318.  Plat.  Rep, 
310  D ;  πραγμάτων,  about  matters, 
Dem.  11,  fin. — II.  in  plur.  auditors, 
Arist.  Pol.  0, 8,  10 :  at  Athens,  a  board 
of  ten,  chosen  from  the  βον7.ή  by  lot, 
to  vv'hom  magistrates  going  out  of 
office  submitted  their  accounts,  Dem. 
266,  9  :  they  seem  to  have  had  also  ten 
assessors  called  (ίθυνοι.  Bockh  P.  E. 
1.254  sq.  with  note  oftransl.,  Herm. 
Pol.  Ant.  iji  154.  .Any  onenot  givingin 
his  accounts  within  30  days  after  his 
office  expired,  was  liable  to  the  u7a}- 
861 


ΑΟΓΟ 

γίον  δίκη  before  the  logistae.  —  2. 
among  the  Romans  ?ιογισταί  was  the 
Greek  name  ot  the  curaiores  urbium, 
who  were  entrusted  with  judicial  and 
ihiancial  duties,  Att.  Process  p.  89. 
Hence 

λογιστικός, ή, 6ν,{λογιστής)  skilled 
or  practised  in  calculating,  Xen.  Mem. 
1, 1,7:  hence  ;}  λογιστική,  s\}h.  τέχνη, 
like  oi  'λογισμοί,  practical  arithmetic, 
opp.  to  ΰμιΟμητικί],  which  was  the 
theoretical,  Plat.  Gorg.  451  B,  etc. — 

II.  skilled  in  reasoning,  reasonable,  Xen. 
Hell.  5,  2, 28,  etc. :  το  λογιστικοί',  the 
reasoning  faculty,  Plat.  Rep.  439  D, 
cf.  Arist.  Eth.  N.  6,  1,6. 

■^Αογογραφενς,  έοις,  6,^=λογογρά• 
φος,  Dion.  Η.  de  Din.  11,  p.  660,9. 

Λο}  ογρύφέω,  ώ,  to  be  a  λογογράφος, 
to  write  history  :  to  write  speeches,  τινί, 
for  a  man,  Plut.  uem.  6,  Dem.  et  Cic.  3. 

Αογογρΰφία,  ας,  ή,  ivriting  in  prose, 
esp.  of  nistory,  opp.  to  poetry.  Plat. 
Phaedr.  257  E.  —  2.  a  writing  of 
speechesforrnoney,  Deinad.  179, 26 :  and 

Αογογράφικάς,  ή,  όν,  inclined  for 
writing  prose,  esp.  history  or  speeches : 
ανάγκη  λογ.,  compulsory  rules  fur 
eomposition,V\2Lt.  Phaedr.  264 Β  :  ή-κη, 
sub.  τέχνη,  the  art  of  writing :  from 

Αογογράφος,  ov,  {?^όγος,  γράφω) 
uniting  prose,  as  opp  to  poetry,  Arist. 
Rhet.  2,  11,7:  the  early  Greek  histo- 
rians from  Cadmus  of  Miletus  to  Hdt. 
are  so  called  by  Thuc.  1,  21  ;  and  the 
name  has  been  since  appropriated  to 
the  old  chroniclers  before  Hdt.,  cf 
Miiller  Literat.  of  Greece  1,  p.  265, 
and  cf  λογοποιός  I.  1. — II.  writing 
speeches  ;  esp.  one  who  lives  by  writing 
speeches  for  others  to  deliver,  usu.  as 
a  term  of  reproach.  Plat.  Phaedr. 
257  C  ;  and  so  joined  with  σοφιστής, 
Dem.  417,  tin.,  cf.  Stallb.  Plat.  1.  c, 
and  Praef  ad  Euthyd.  p.  46,  sqq.— 

III.  writing  or  keeping  accounts,    [a] 
Αογοδαίόάλος,  ov,  {λ.όγος,  δαίδα- 
λος)  skilled  in   tricking  oat   a   speech, 
Cicero's  artiiiciusi  sermonis  fabricator. 
Plat.  Phaedr.  266  E. 

Αογόδίίπνον,  ov,  to  {λόγος,  δεί- 
"κνον)  a  feast  of  words,  learned  banquet, 
Ath.  1  D. 

Αογοδηρία,  ας,  ή.  (λόγος,  δήρις) 
α  wordy  war,  late  word. 

Αογοδιάρι')θΐα,  ας,  ;/,  {7,ύγ'ος,  διύρ- 
(>0ΐα)  α  flux  of  words,  ceaseless  talk, 
Ath.  22  "Ε. 

ΑογοδΙδύσκάλος,  ου,  ό  and  ή,  [λό- 
γος, υιδάσκα/.ος)  α  teacher  of  language 
or  eloipience. 

Αογοείδεια,  ας,  η,  likeness  io  prose 
OT  the  language  of  common  life,  Dion. 
H.  de  Comp.  p.  420 :  from 

Αογοειδής,  ές,  (λόγος,  είδος)  prose- 
like  ;  το  λ.,  oratorical  powers,  Philostr. 
—  II.  appearing  reasonable,  rational, 
Themist. 

Αογυθεσία,  ας,  ή,  {7.όγος,  θέσις)  α 
demanding  or  auditing  of  accounts. — II. 
arrangement  of  words,  composition. 

Αογοβέσιον,  ου,  ro,=  foreg.  Eccl. 

Αογοθετέω,  ώ,  to  call  to  account, 
τινά,  Aesop.  :  from 

Αογοθίτης,  ov,  ό,  (λόγος,  τίθημι) 
one  who  calls  for  or  audits  accounts. — 
II.  at  the  Byzant.  court,  the  chancellor 
of  the  empire. 

Αογοθεώρητος,  ov,  (λόγος,  θεωρέω) 
to  be  viewed  Or  apprehended  by  the  in- 
tellect itlone,  as  opp.  to  things  percep- 
tible by  the  senses. 

Αο)οθήρας,  ov.  6,  (λόγος,  θηράω) 
a  word-catcher,  Philo. 

^Αογοϊατρεία,  ας, ij, (λόγος,  ιατρεία) 
acuring by  words,  Philo  :  cf.  λογίατμος. 

Αογοκλοτεία,  ας,  ή,  (λόγος,  κλέπ- 
Τύ»)  α  stealing  of  another''»  words  or 
862 


ΑΟΓΟ 

thoughts,  plagiarism,  attributed  to  Em- 
pedocles  by  Timae.  ap.  Diog  L.8,  54. 

Αογολεσχέω,  ώ,  to  prate :  from 

Α(ΐγολ.έσχης,  ov,  h,  (λόγος,  7..έσχης) 
a  prater,  Aiith.  P.  11,  110. 

Αογυμύγειρος,  ov,  ό,  one  who  cooks 
up  words,   [iij 

Αογομάνέω,  ώ,  (λόγος,  μαίνομαι) 
to  have  a  passion  for  study,  Chionid.  1 5. 

Αογομάχέω,  ώ,  to  be  a  λογομάχος, 
to  strive  about  words,  N.  T.  :   and 

Αογομΰχία,  ας,  ή,  a  war  of  words, 
N.  T. :  from 

Αογομύχος,  oVy^(λόγoς,  μάχη)  war- 
ring with  or  about  words.    [«] 

Αογύμϊμος,  ov,  (λόγος, μιμεομαι)  im- 
itating words  or  with  words,  Ath.  19  C. 

Αογομυθίον,  ov,  τό,  (λόγος,  μύθος) 
a  fabulous  legend,   [v] 

Αογονεχόντως,  adv.,  =  νοννεχόν- 
τως,  Isocr.  152  A  :  al.  divisim. 

Αογοττλύθος,  ov,  (λό)Όζ•,  πλάσσω) 
making  words,  of  Aesop,  A.  B.  [ti] 

ΑογοΤίΟΐέυ,  ώ,  to  be  a  λογοττοιός,  to 
make  words  ;  λ.  τι,  to  invent,  fabricate 
tales,  esp.  of  newsmongers,  Thuc.  6, 
38,  περί  τίνος,  Lys.  146,  36,  cf  The- 
ophr.  Char.  8.     Hence 

ΑογοτΓοίημα,  ατός,  τό,  an  idle  tale, 
mere  gossip,  Antiph.  Nean.  1  :  and 

Αογοττοιητικός,  ij,  ov,  of  ox  fit  for  a 
λογοποίός. 

AoyoTToiia,  ας,  ή,  (λογοττοιός)  tale- 
telling,  news-mongiyig,  Theophr.  Char. 
8. 

Ao)OTf)ti/cof,  fj,  ov,  of,  belonging  to 
λογοποιΐα  or  to  a  λογοττοιός  :  ή  -κί/, 
=  λογογραφιΚ7/,  Plat.  Euthyd.  289  C ; 
from 

Λογο—οιός,  όν.  (λόγος,  ποιέω)  word- 
making  :  usu.  as  subst.,  ό  λ.,  a  writer  of 
prose,  esp.  a  historian,  chronicler,  just 
like  λογογράφος,  as  opp.  to  εποποιός, 
Hdt.  5,  36,  125,  Isocr.  104  B,  etc. 
— 2.  a  writer  of  fables,  Αίσυπος  ύ 
λ.,  Hdt.  2,  134.— II.  at  Athens,  esp. 
one  who  wrote  speeches  for  Others  to 
deliver,  Heind.  Plat.  Phaedr.  257  C. 
— 2.  with  collat.  signf  of  an  inventor, 
liar,  Stallb.  Plat.  Euthyd.  289  C  ;  and 
in  genl.  a  tale-teller,  news-monger,  The- 
ophr. Char.  8  :  cf  λογογράφος. 

Αογοπράγέω,  ώ,  (λόγος,  πράσσω) 
to  fabricate  or  circulate  a  rumour. 

Αογοττρύτης,  ov,  b,  (πικράσκω)=^ 
sq.  [u] 

ΑογοτΓώ?.ης,  ov,  6,  (λόγος,  πωλέω) 
a  dealer  in  speeches  or  words,  Philo. 

Αόγος,  ov,  ό,  (λέγω)  the  word  or 
outward  form  by  which  the  inward 
thought  is  expressed  and  made  known  : 
also  the  inward  thought  or  reason  itself, 
so  that  λόγος  comprehends  both  the 
Lat.  ratio  and  oralio. 

A.  a  sayi/ig,  speaking,  that  which  is 
said  or  spoken. — I.  a  word,  and  in  plur. 
words,  i.  e.  language,  talk.  Horn,  ami 
Hes.  use  it  only  in  this  signf,  and  in 
these  passages,  τον  ετερττε  λόγοις, 
II.  15,  393  ;  αΐμνλιοι  λώγοι.  flattering 
language,  Od.  1,  56.  cf  Η.  Merc.  317, 
Hes.  Th.  890  ;  so  also,  ψενδεϊς  λόγοι, 
lying  words,  Hes.  Th.  229:'  —  (the 
passage  of  Hes.,  Op.  106,  where  it 
signifies  tale,  fable,  is  prob.  spurious). 
The  word  is  in  genl.  rare  in  Ep., 
μύθος,  μύθοι  being  used  instead  :  but 
was  brought  intofreq.  useby  Theogn., 
Pind.,  and  the  old  historians,  cf  Nake 
Choeril.  p.  118  -.—λόγος  εστί,  c.  ace. 
et  inf ,  'tis  said  that..,  freq.  in  Hdt. ;  ώς 
είττείν  λόγω,  in  a  word,  in  short,  Hdt. 
2, 37 ;  so  ov  πολλώ  ?.όγω  είττειν,  Hdt. 1, 
61. — Αόγος  never  means  a  ivord  in  the 
grammat.  sense,  as  the  mere  name  of 
a  thinf(,  like  εττος  and  βτ/μα,  Lat.  vox, 
vocahnlinn,  but  rather  as  the  thing  re- 
ferred to,  the  material,  not  the  formal 


ΛΟΓΟ 

part ; — on  the  other  hand,  it  is  also, 
esp  in  Att.,  opp.  to  έργον,  as  a  thing 
merely  uttered  and  not  made  good,  and 
so  hke  όνομα,  a  mere  name,  mere  words, 
Lat.  verba,  Theogn.  254,  cf.  Pors. 
Phocn.  512,  Elmsl.  Heracl.  5:  it  m 
fact  becornes^/iOWof,  wliich  is  used 
for  it,  Aesch.  Pr.  1080;  so,  λόγον 
ίνεκα,  Lat.  dicis  causa,  merely  for 
talking's  sake,  Heind.  Plat.  Theaet. 
191  C  ;  also  τω  λόγω,  in  pretence,  Hdt. 

1,  205  ;  5,  20. — 11.  a  word,  in  a  fuller 
sense  a  sentence,  Lat.  oratio.  Plat. 
Theaet.  202  B. — 2.  a  saying,  statement, 
Thuc.  1,  2:  esp.  a  divine  revelation, 
Plat.  Phaed.  78  D  ;  an  oracular  re 
sponse,  Pind.  P.  4,  105  :  α  maxim, 
apophthegm,  proverb,  Plat.  Symp.  195 
B. — III.  dialogue,  conversation,  discus- 
sion, e.  g.  εις  λόγους  έλ^θί  ϊν,  σννΐ'λθεϊν, 
ΰφίκέσθαι  τινί,  etc.,  Hdt.  1,  82,  etc., 
and  Att. ;  also  εν  λόγοις  ειναί  τινι, 
Hdt.  3,  148  ;  Plat.— iV.  a  speaking  or 
talking  about  a  person  or  thing,  ττερί 
τίνος  and  άμφί  τίνος.  Antipho  135, 20; 
also  without  prep.,  λόγος  τινός,  a  dis- 
course about  one  :  λόγον  άξιος,  wortl» 
talking  of,  worth  mennon,  Hdt.  4,  28  : 
hence— 2.  the  talk  which  one  occ:a- 
sions,  Lat.  farna,  USU.  in  good  sense, 
praise,  honour,  λ.όγος  έχει  σε,  for  έχεις 
λόγον.  Hdt.  7,  5  ;  9,  78  :  hence  also  α 
tale,  story,  ϊύγοςίστί,  λόγος  έχει,  κα- 
τέχει, φέρεται,  c.  ace.  et  inf,  so  the 
story  goes,  Lat.  fama  fert,  freq.  in 
Hdt.  and  Att.,  cf  Valck.  Hipp.  322: 
— rare  construct.,  Κλεισθένης  λόγον 
έχει  την  ΤΙυθίαν  άνατζεϊσαι,  Clisthe- 
nes  has  the  credit  of  having  bribed 
the  Pythia,  Hdt.  5,  66,  for  which  the 
usu.  jihrase  would  be  (as  above), 
Κλεισθένεα  λόγος  έχει,  ότι.  —  3. 
speech,  λόγω  παιδενειν  ΰνθρώπονς, 
Plat.  Rep.  376  D :  and  in  pi.,  words, 
eloquence,  Isocr.  27  B,  191  B.  etc.  : — 
oft.  joined  with  πειθώ,  Wytt.  Ep  Cr. 
p.  134 ; — Protagoras  was  called  λό)  of. 
—  V.a  saying,  report,  tale,.%t(/ry.  opp.  on 
the  one  hand  to  mere  fable  (μύθος  <,  on 
the  other  to  regular  history  (ιστορία), 
as  Hdt.  2,  99  :  and  so,  being  orig.  ap- 
plied to  all  stories,  ivhethcr  true  or  false, 
it  came  to  signify — 1.  fictitious  story, 
fable, esp.  those  of  Aesop,  Hdt.  1. 141 , 

2,  47,  Arist.  Rhet.  2,  20. — 2.  authentic 
7tarrative,  and  so  u.'su.  in  p\ur.,  history, 
chronicles,  freq.  in  Hdt.,  who  gives  this 
name  to  his  own  work,  1,  106,  184. 
etc.  ;  in  sing.  o)te  section  or  part  of  such 
α  u'orA:,  like  the  later  βίβλ.ος'.^ϊΊ^βλί- 
ov,  Hdt.  2,  38,  etc. :  later  usu.  opp.  to 
μνθος,\)\λΙ  as  the  oldest  Greek  history 
was  a  rival  to  Ep.  poetry,  λόγος  was 
also  opp.  to  έπος,  cf  λογογράφος,  λο- 
γοποώς,  μύθος  VI. — VI.  as  Greek 
prose  began  with  history,  hence  ot 
7.όγοι  came  to  have  the  genl.  signf 
of  prose-writing,  prose,  like  Lat.  ora/io, 
as  opp.  to  ποίησις  and  ποίημα,  Anst. 
Poet.  2,  5  ;  6,  26,  also,  λό)  oi  -ψιλοί. 
Plat.  Legg.  609  D.  ami  Arist. ;  cf. 
λόγιος,  λογογράφος.  —  VII.  further, 
since  at  Athens  the  most  valued  and 
influential  prose-writings  were. «/^γλ-Λ- 
es,  hence  again  like  Lat.  oratio,  λ. 
came  to  be  a  speech,  freq.  in  Oralt., 
cf  Arist.  Rhet.  1,  3,  etc.  Cf  λογο- 
γράφος, λογοποιύς. — VIII.  the  rigid,  or 
privilege  ofspeaking,  Lat.  copia  dicendi, 
λόγον  τινι  δίδόναι  or  παρέχειν,  to 
give  one  the  word.  i.  e.  allow  him  to 
speak,  Dem.  508,  16 ;  so  λογον  τιιχεΐν, 
to  come  to  one's  turn  in  speaking, 
French  avoir  la  parole  ;  or,  as  we  say, 
to  be  in  possession  of  the  house,  to  obtain 
the  floor. — IX.  like  ^ήμα.  the  thi»<;  spo- 
ken of, the  subject  of  the  λόγος,  Hdt.  1, 
21,  etc.,  cf.  Br.  Soph.  Aj.  1263,  Wolf 


ΑΟΓΟ 

Lept.  p.  277,+  but  v.  Schaef.  adl.  473, 
13t;  μετέχειν  τοϋ  λ.,  to  be  in  the 
secret,  Hat.  1,  127;  τον  ηττω  λόγον 
κρειττω  ^τοιείσθαι,  cf.  Ar.  Nub.  657, 
882,  etc. :  Plat. ;  ουδέν  ττρυς  ?.όγον, 
nothing  to  the  point,  immaterial,  v. 
Heind.  Plat.  Protag.  344  A  :— also, 
TTpbr  λόγον  τινός,  as  to  the  matter  of, 
Aesch.  Theb.  519  ;  ές  λ.  τινός,  Hdt. 
3.  99. — Χ.  that  which  is  laid  down  or 
stated,  a  proposition,  position,  principle, 
Plat.  Gorg.  508  B.— XI— ορισμός,  a 
definition,  -ψυχής  ουσία  και  λόγος,  the 
sou.Cs  essence,  and  its  definiiotn,  Piat. 
Phaedr.  245  E. 

B.  the  power  of  the  mind  which  is 
manifested  in  speech,  reason,  ορθός  λ•, 
Plat.  Phaedr.  73  A ;  κατά  λόγον, 
agreeably  to  reason.  Plat.  Rep.  500  C, 
etc.  ;  so  μετά  λ.όγου.  Id.  Prot.  344  A  ; 
opp.  to  τταρά  λ.όγον,  contrary  to  reason, 
improbable,  Thuc,  etc.  ώς  έχει  λόγον 
=ώς  ίοικεν,  Dem.  1090,  12.  In  par- 
ticular relations, — II.  examination  by 
the  reason,  reflection,  opp.  to  thoughtless- 
ness or  rashness,  λόγον  έαντώ  όιόό- 
Vai,  to  allow  himself  reflec-tion,  i.  e. 
time  for  it,  to  think  over  a  thing,  Wes- 
sel.  Hdt.  2,  162,  etc.,  cf.  Heind.  Plat. 
Soph. 230  A  ;  ττερίτινος,  Hdt.  1,209.— 
2.  account,  consideration,  esteem,  regard, 
λόγου  οόνενός  γενέσθαι  προς  τίνος,  to 
be  of  no  account  or  repute  with  one, 
Hdt.  1,  120;  so  too,  λόγου  tivai  ττρός 
τίνος,  Hdt.  4,  138  ;  and,  λ,όγου  ποιεί- 
σθαι,  to  maice  one  of  account.  Id.  I, 
33 ;  so  too,  ττλ.είστου,  ελαχίστου  λ.όγου 
είναι.  Id.  ;  but  also,  like  Lat.  ralionem 
habere  alicujus,  λώγον  τινός  εχειν  and 
ηοιεϊσθαι,  to  make  account,  put  a  value 
on  a  person  or  thing,  freq.  in  Hdt.  ; 
also  without  gen.,  as  1,  62,  115  :  also, 
ένούόενιλ.όγω  ποιεϊσθαί  τίνα,  Hdt.  3, 
50 ;  ττερί  έμοΰ  ουδείς  Λ-,  Ar.  Ran.  87 ; 
λό/α»  iv  σμιαρώ  είναι.  Plat.  Rep.  550 
A  ;  ιδιύτεω  λ.όγφ  και  άτιμου,  reckon- 
ed or  accounted  as  a  private  person 
without  rank  ;  so  έν  ανδρός  λόγο),  εν 
άνόραττόόων  ?,oycj,  Valck.  Hdt.  3, 
120,  etc.— 3.  an  account,  λόγον  όιόόναι 
τινός,  to  give  an  account  of  a  thing, 
Hdt.  3,  143,  cf.  8,  100  ;  λόγον  δ/.όόναι 
τε  και  δέξασθαι.  Plat.  Prot.  336  C  ; 
ηαρέχειν  Rep.  344  D  ;  λώγον  λαμβ- 
άνειν παρά  τίνος,  Dera.  101,  17  ;  so, 
λόγον  αίτείν  or  άτταιτειν  παρά  τίνος, 
etc. ;  λ^όγον  νπέχειν.  Plat.  Legg.  774 
Β,  Dem.,  etc. ;  cf.  λογισταί- — III.  re- 
lation, reference,  proportion,  analogy, 
κατά  λόγον  τινός,  in  proportion  to..., 
Hdt.  1,  134  ;  2,  109  ;  κατά  λόγυν  της 
δυνάμεως,  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  6,  11;  περί 
τύν  νόσων  ό  αυτός  λ..  Plat.  Theaet. 
158  D  :  m  mathematics,  a  ratio  :  also, 
arithmetical  proportion,  ανά  λ.όγον  τινί. 
Plat.,  cf.  άναλΜγον. — IV.  α  reasonable 
ground,  an  arrangement,  a  condition,  the 
last  esp.  in  the  phrase  ίπΐ  τύ  λόγω  or 
έ-ί  τοις  λ.όγοις,  Hdt.  7,  15S  ;'  9,  26i  33, 
cf.  Xen.  Hell.  2,  2,  19  :  κατά  τίνα  λ.ό- 
γον  ;  on  what  ground  ?  Plat.  Rep.  366 
Β  ;  cf.  Prot.  343  D  :  ύ  /.όγος  αίρει,  or 
ό  λόγος  ούτως  αίρει,  c  ace.  et  inf., 
it  stands  to  reason  that  ..,  just  like  the 
Lat.  ratio  evincit,  Hdt.  3,  45,  cf.  2,  33, 
etc. ;  also  c.  ace.  pers.  ό  λόγος  αίρει 
με,  the  reason  of  the  thing  convinces 
me,  Hdt.  1,  132,  etc. 

C.  m  N.  T..  and  Eccl.,  Ό  ΛΟΤΟΣ, 
GOD  THE  WORD,  comprising  both 
the  above  general  signfs.  of  Word  and 
Reason,  which  were  however  distin- 
guished by  the  Fathers  as  Χόγος  προ- 
Ϊορικός,  and  ένδιάθετος,  v.  Suicer 
'hes.  in  voc.  I.  1. 

Χογύτροπος,  ου,  ό,  {?,όγος,  τρόπος) 
α  conditional  syllogism,  much  used  by 
the  stoics,  e.  g.  '  if  Plato  be  alive,  he 


AOIB 

breathes  ;   he  is  alive,  therefore  he 
does  breathe,'  Diog.  L.  7,  77. 

ΑογοΦί/.ης,  ου,  ό,  Philo,  and  λθ}'ό- 
φϊ/^ος,  ov,  Stob.,  {λ,όγος,  φιλ^ω)  fond 
of  words  or  of  eloquence. 

Αογόω,  ώ,  (λόγος)  to  make  rational : 
pass,  to  become  rational :  to  assume  the 
nature  of  the  divine  ΑΟΤΟΣ,  Eccl. 

Αογχαιος,  aia,  alov,  (λόγχη)  of  or 
with  a  spear. 

Αογχάριον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  λ.όγ- 
χη,  Posidon.  ap.  Ath.  176  B.  [a] 

Αογχενω,  to  pierce  with  a  spear, 
Anth.  :  from 

AOTXH,  ης,  η,  a  spear-head,  jave- 
lin-head, Lat.  spiculum,  Hdt.  7,  69, 
and  Xen. ;  but  usu.  in  plur.,  the  point 
with  its  barbs,  Hdt.  1,  52.  etc..  cf.  Xen. 
Cyn.  10,  3  and  16  :  the  shaft  is  m  Hdt. 
ξυστόν,  in  Xen.  ράβδος. — II.  a 
LANCE,  spear,  javelin,  Lat.  lancea, 
Pmd.  N.  10,  112,  and  Trag.  :  λόγχας 
έσθίων,  proverb,  of  a  bragging  coward, 
a  '  tire-eater,'  Meineke  Com.  Fr.  2,  p. 
397. — III.  α  troop  of  spearmen, '  a  plump 
of  spears'  ξχιν  επτά  λ.όγχαις.  Soph. 
Ο.  C.  1312 ;  cf.  ασπίς  II.,  αιχμή  IL 

Αόγχη,  ης,  η.  Ion.  for  λαχος,  lot, 
from  λ.αγχάνω,  λ.έλ.ογχα,  Ε.  Μ. 

f  Αόγχη,  ης,  ή,  Lonche,  name  of  a 
dog,  Xen.  Cyn.  7,  5. 

Αογχήρης,  ες,  (λόγχη,  *άρω  ?)  armed 
with  a  spear,  λ.  άσπιστής,  with  spear 
and  shield,  Eur.  I.  A.  1067. 

Αογχηφόρος,  ον,=^λ.ογχοφόρος. 

Αογχίόιον,ου,τό,άίνα.  IromAoyrT;. 

Αόγχΐμος,  ov,  (λ.όγχη)  of  or  with  a 
spear,  k/mvoi  λ.,  the  clash  of  spears, 
Aesch.  Ag.  405. 

Αογχίς,  ίδος,  -η,  dim.  from  λόγχη, 
Lycophronid.  ap.  Ath.  670  E. 

Αογχίτης,  ov,  ό,  fem.  -ϊτις,  ιδος, 
(λ-όγχη)  of  οτ  like  a  spear. — II.  ή  λ,ογ- 
χίτις,  as  subst.,  a  plant  with  spear- 
shaped  seeds,  Diosc. 

Αογχοδρέπάνον,  ov,  τό,  (λ.όγχη, 
δρέπανον)  a  spear  with  a  sickle-shaped 
head,  like  our  partisan,  NoniL 

Αογχοποιός,  άν,  (λ.όγχη,  ποιέω) 
making  spears,  Eur.  Bacch.  1208. 

Αογχοφύρος,  ov,  (λόγχη,  φέρω) 
spear-bearing,  Eur.  Hec.  1089 :  as 
subst.,  a  spear-man,  pike-man,  At.  Pac. 
1294,  Xen.  Cyr.  2,  1,  5. 

Αογχοω,  ώ,  (λόγχη)  to  furnish  with 
a  point  or  head.  Pass,  to  be  sharp- 
pointed,  Arist.  Eth.  N.  3,  1, 17.  Hence 

Αογχωτός,  ή,  ύν,  furnished  with  a 
point, lance-headed,  /3fAof ,  Eur.  Bacch. 
761. 

Αογώδης,  ες,^=λογοειδής,  Arist.  de 
Spiritu,  2,  6. 

Αόγωσις,  εως,  ή,  (λογόω)  a  making 
or  becoming  reasonable ;  in  Eccl.  α 
partaking  of  the  nature  of  CHRIST 
through  baptism. 

Αόε,  Ep.  3  aor.  of  λοέω,  λ-οΰω,  Od. 
10,  361. 

Αοέσσας,  λοεσσάμενος,  Ep.  part, 
aor.  act.  and  mid.  from  λ.οέω,  λούω, 
for  /.ούσας,  λ.ουσάμενος,  Hom. :  λο- 
έσσομαι,  fut.  mid.  for  λούσομαι,  Od. 

Αοετρόν,  λ.υετροχόος,  oldest  form 
of  λ.οντρ-,  Hom. 

Αοέω,  the  oldest  and  Hom.  form 
of  λούω. 

Αοιβαϊος,  αία,  atov,  "/or  belonging 
to  the  λοιβή,  Ath.  512  F. 

Αοιβάσιον,  ου,  τό,  =  λοιβεϊον, 
Epich.  p.  46.  [ύ] 

Αοιβάω,  ώ,  {λ.οιβή)=}.είβω. 

Αοι^3εΙον.  ου,  τό,  α  cup  for  pouring 
libations.  Plut.  Marcell.  2  :  from 

Αοιβή,  ης,  η,  (λ,είβω)  a  pouring, 
only  used  in  religious  sense,  α  drink- 
offfring.  Lat.  libatio,  II.  4,48  ;  in  Hom. 
joined  with  κνίση,  drink-offering  and 


ΑΟΙΠ 
bumt-offering,  as  II.  9,  500  ;  later  also, 
like  σπονδαί,  freq.  in  plur.,  as  Pind. 
N.  11,  7,  Soph.  El.  52  :— rare  in  prose, 
as,  λ.  οίνου.  Plat.  Legg.  906  D :  Ap. 
Rh.  has  it  of  water  in  genl. 

^Αοιβίς,  ίδος,  ή,=  λοι3εΙον,  Antim• 
ap.  Ath.  486  A. 

Αοιγηεις,  εσσα,  εν,  and  λ.οιγής,  ες, 
=sq.,  i\ic.  ΑΙ.  256,  Th.  921. 

Αοίγιος,  ων,  (λοιγός)  pestilent, 
deadly,  λ.  έργα,  II.  1,  518,  573  ;  οΊω 
λ.υίγι'  έσεσβαι,  Ι  think  it  will  eiid/α- 
tally,  II.  21,  533. 

ΛΟΙΓΟ'Σ,  ov,  ό,  ruin,  mischief, 
death,  of  death  by  plague,  II.  1,  67; 
or  by  war,  5,  603,  etc. ;  also  of  the  de- 
struction of  the  ships,  II.  16,  80  (nei- 
ther λοιγός  nor  λοίγιος  occurs  in 
Od.) ;  Pind.,  Aesch. ;  poet.  word. 
(Akin  to  λ^υγρός,  λ^ευγαλέος,  Lat.  lu- 
geo,  luctus,  cf.  λοιμός.) 

Αοιγός,  όν,=λοί'νίθξ•,  Kic,  cf.  Jac. 
A.  P.  p.  305. 

Αοιδορέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  be  a  λ.οίδο- 
ρος,  to  rail  at,  abuse,  revile,  blaspheme, 
c.  ace,  Hdt.  3,  145,  λ.  θεονς,  Pmd. 
Ο.  9,  56 ;  and  so  freq.  in  Att. :  also 
absol.,  Eur.  Med.  873,  etc.  Mid.  to 
rail  at  one  another,  Ar.  +Nub.  62,  tRan. 
857 ;  but  also  as  dep.,  like  act.,  Hdt. 
4,  184,  and  Att. ;  except  that  the  mid. 
has  dat.  pers.,  as  Ar.  Eq.  1400,  Plut. 
456,  Plat.  Rep.  395  D,  etc. ;  so  in  aor. 
pass.,  Dem.  1257,  24:  also,  λ.οιόορεί- 
σθαι  έπί  τινι,  Xen.  Ages.  7,  3.  The 
act.  never  has  a  dat.,  except  in  late 
writers,  as  Epict.  Man.  34.     Hence 

Αοίδόρημα,  ατός,  τό,  railing,  abuse, 
an  affront,  Arist.  Eth.  N.  4,  8,  9. 

Αοιδορημάτιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from 
/.οιδυρημα,  Ar.  Fr.  64.  [a] 

Αοιδορησμός,  οΰ,  ό,=λοιόορία,  Ar. 
Ran.  758. 

Αοιόορητικός,  ή.  όν,  abusive,  Arist. 

Αοιδορία,  ας,  ή,  (λ.οιόορέω)  α  rail- 
ing, abuse ;  a  reproach,  Epich.  p.  94, 
Antipho  115,  17,  Thuc.  2,  84,  etc. 

Αοιόορος,  ov,  railing,  abusive,  Eur. 
Cycl.  534,  Menand.  p.  141  :  fas  subst. 
ό  λοίδορος,  a  reviler,  Plut.  :  to  λ.οίόο- 
pov,  reviling,  abuse.  Id.  Adv.  -ως, 
Strab.  p.  OtJl.t    (Deriv.  uncertain.) 

Αοιμενομαι.  (λ.οιμός)  dep.  mid.,  to 
destroy,  LXX. 

Αοιμία,  ας,  ή,  or  ?.οιμέη,=/.οιμός, 
pestilence,  Hipp.  p.  28. 

Αοιμικός,  ή,  όν,  of  or  belonging  to 
the  plague,  pestilential,  Hipp.  1271, 
Strab.,  etc.  Adv.  -κώς,  Sext.  Emp. : 
from 

ΑΟΙΜΟ'Σ,  οϋ,  6,  a  plague,  pesti- 
lence, any  deadly  infectious  disorder,  11. 
1,  61,  Hdt.  7,  171,  etc. :  also,  of  per- 
sons, α  plague,  pest,  like  Lat.  pestis, 
Dem.  794,  5.  (Prob.  connected  with 
λύμα,  λ.ύμη,  λ.υμαίνομαι,  cf.  λ.οιγός 
and  λυγρός :  the  relation  to  λ.ιμός  is 
prob.  only  one  of  sound,  as  iii  Hdt. 
1.  c,  Thuc.  2,  54,  and  ap.  Aeschin. 
73,  6.) 

Αοιμυφόρος.  ov,  {λ,οιμός,  φέρω) 
bringing  plague,  pestilential. 

Αοιμώδης,  ες,  (λ.οιμός,  είδος)  like 
plague,  pestilential,  Thuc.  1,  23. 

Αοιμώσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  fut.  -ξω,  (λοι- 
μός) to  have  the  plague,  Luc.  Hist. 
Scrib.  15;  so  λιμωσσω  from  λιμός. 

Αοιπάζω,Ιο  enter  a^  in  arrear.  Pass., 
to  be  in  arrear :  from 

Αοιπάς,  άδος,  ή,  Ο.οιπός)  a  remain- 
der, arrear,  like  Lat.  reliqua. 

Αοιπογρΰόέω,  ώ,  (λ.οιπός,  γράφω) 
=?.οι-άζω,  Bockh  Inscr.  2,  p.  258. 

Αοιπός,  ή,  όν,  (Λεί'ττω,  λ.έ/<.οιπα) 
remaining,  Lat.  reliquus,  post-Hom., 
but  very  freq.  from  Pind.  and  Hdt. 
downwds. ;  Hdt.  has  τον  λ.οιποϋ,  sub. 
χρόνου,  for  the  rest  of  the  iimf,  hence• 
863 


ΛΟΞΟ 

forward,  hereafter,  as  in  1,  189,  etc., 
which  in  later  authors  was  usually 
TO  'λοιπόν,  Tu  ?.οηνύ,  Aesch.  Eum. 
683,  Soph.  Ant.  311,  El.  122U,  etc.  ct". 
Herin.  Vlg.  n.  2G :  but  also  τα  λοητά, 
and  TO  Ά.,  without  reference  to  time, 
the  rest,  Lat.  cetera.  Plat.  Fhaedr.  256 
D,  etc. :  also  λοιπόν  without  the  ar- 
ticle, as  adv., /or  the  rest,  further,  and 
so  ort.=w(5;/,  already,  as  Plat.  Prot. 
321  B,  ci.  Schaf.  Long.  p.  400:  the 
regul.  adv.  λοιπώς  is  rarer. 

Αοισΰήίος,  ov,  Ep.  ("or  λοίσθιος,  λοί- 
σθος:  Horn,  has,  λοισθίμον  ΰΐβλον, 
the  prize /or  the  last,  II.  23,  785  ;  also 
plur.  ?^οισβήϊα,  sub.  άεβ'λα,  lb.  751. 

Αοίσθημα,  ατός,  τό,  the  last,  end. 

Αοισθιος,  la,  iov,=sq.,  Find.  P.  4, 
474  and  'I'rag. :  neut.  -lov,  as  adv., 
last.  Soph.  Aj.  468,  Ant.  1304. 

ΑοΙσϋος,  ov,  left  behind,  last,  II.  23, 
536 ;  superl.  ?Μΐσθότατος,  last  of  all, 
Hes.  Th.  921  :  also  in  Trag.  (Evi- 
dently from  λοιπός,  whether  supl. 
form  for  λοίπιστος,  or  collat.  form, 
like  our  last,  Germ,  letzt,  cf.  Pott 
Forsch.  1,  47.) 

^Αόκαλος,  ov,  b,  a  kind  of  bird 
(stork?)  Arist.  H.  A.  2,  17,  34. 

AOKKTj,  ης,  ij,  an  antiquated  word 
in  Anth.  P.  11,  20;  ace.  to  Hesych. 
:=χλαμνς;  Arcad.  writes  it  λόκη. 

■\AoKpia,  ας,  ή,  κρήνη,  the  Locrian 
fountain,  near  Locri,  Strab.  p.  259. 

■\Αοκρικός,  ή,  όν,  Locrian,  of  the 
Locri,  Strab. ;  prov.  Αοκρικός  βοϋς, 
of  any  thing  frugal  or  mean,  Paroem. 
Zenob.  5,  5. 

^Αοκβϊνος  κόλπος,  ό,  Lacus  or  Si- 
nus Liicrinus,  near  Baiae  in  Campa- 
nia, Strab.  p.  245. 

^Αοκρίς,  ιδος,  f],  pecul.  fern,  to  Ao- 
κρικός,  Pind.  P.  2,  36 ;  subst.  sc.  γη, 
the  territory  of  the  Locri,  Locris,  in 
Greece,  as  also  in  Italy,  v.  Αοκροί, 
Thuc.  2,  32 ;  3,  91 ;  Polyb.  1,  50,  3 :  etc. 

i  Αοκριστί,  adv.,  in  Locrian  fashion, 
ap.  Ath.  625  E. 

i Αοκροί,  ών,  οι,  the  Locri,  a  Grecian 
people,  in  Trojan  war  under  Ajax  son 
of  O'lleus  ;  of  these  only  1  and  2  be- 
low were  known  to  Homer,  11.  2, 
527,  etc. ;  divided  into  three  tribes, — 
1.  01  'ίΖπικνημίδιοι,  (q.  v.)  the  Epi- 
cnemidii,  occupying  a  small  district 
between  Thermopylae  and  Mt.  Cne- 
mis,  Strab.  p.  416. — 2.  οι  Όπΰντιοι, 
the  Opuntii,  occupying  a  small  tract 
along  the  coast  south  of  the  Epi- 
cneinidii.  Id.  p.  422  sqq. — 3.  oi  Όζή- 
Aaiythe  Ozolae,  on  the  Corinthian  gulf, 
between  Pliocis  and  Aetolia,  Thuc. 
1,  5,  etc. ;  Strab.  p.  417  sqq.,  who 
also  calls  them  Έσττέρίοί.  Of  the  lat- 
ter oi  AoKpoi  Έπιζΐώνριοι  in  Italy, 
(so  too  the  city,  also  called  in  Pind. 
0.  10,  17,  πόλις  Αοκρών  Ζεφνρίων) 
were  a  colony,  v.  Έπιζεφύριος,  Hdt. 
6,  23  ;  etc. 

ΊΑοκυός,οϋ,ό,  Locrus,  a  statuary  of 
Paros,  Pans.  1,  8,  4. 

■^Αόλλιος,  ov,  0,  the  Rom.  name 
Jjollius,  Anth. 

Αόξευμα,  ατός,  τό,  {λοξός)  a  slant- 
ing direction,  obliquity,  Manetho. 

Αοξενω,=λοξόω. 

Αοξίας,  ov,  6,  epith.  of  Apollo,  first 
in  Hdt.  1,  91 :  ace.  to  some  from  his 
intricate  and  ambiguous  (λοξύ)  oracles ; 
but  belter  from  λέγειν,  λόγος,  as  being 
the  Interpreter  of  Jupiter,  προφήτης 
Αιός,  Aesch.  Eum.  19,  cf.  Hdt.  8, 
136,  Ar.  Plut.  8  ;  cf.  Αοξώ. 

Αοξιύς,  άόος,  ή.  {?.οξός)  sub.  οδός, 
the  zodiac  or  ecliptic,  from  its  obliquity 
to  the  equator. 

Αοίοβύμων,  ov,  {λοξός,  βαίνω)  go- 
ing sideways,  like  the  crab.  [i2] 
864 


λΟΠΙ 

Αοξοβάτης,  ov,  o,=  foreg.  Batr.  297. 

Αοζοβλεπτέίι),  ώ,  Ο^οξός,  βλέπω) 
to  look  askance  at. 

Αοξοκίνητος,  ov,  (Zofof,  κϊνέω) 
moving  slantwise  or  sideways. 

Αοξοπορέω,  ώ,  {λοξός,  πόρος)  toga 
slantwise  or  sideways,  Plut.  2,  890  E. 

ΑΟΞΟ'Σ,  ή,  όν,  slanting,  crosswise, 
Lat.  obliquus,  λοξή,  sub.  γραμμή,  a 
cross-line,  Eur.  'I'hes.  7  ;  λοξόν  βλί- 
πειν  τινί,  to  look  askance  at  one,  Lat. 
limis  oculis,  Anacr.  79;  also,  λοξόν 
ϋφθαλμοΐς  όράν,  Solon  26,  λο^ά  βλ., 
Theocr.  20,  13  :  Ztiif  ανχένα  7\,οξόν 
έχει,  Jupiter  has  turned  his  neck 
aside,  i.  e.  withdrawn  his  favour, 
Tyrtae.  2,  2  ;  but,  αυχένα  λοξόν  έχει, 
(the  slave)  hangs  down  his  neck,  Lat. 
Stat  capite  obstipo,  Theogn.  536  ;  hence 
mistrustful, suspicious,  λοξότερον  είναι 
προς  τίνα,  Polyb. :  also  of  language, 
indirect,  ambiguous,  esp.  of  oracles, 
Luc.  Alex.  10,  etc. ;  cf.  σκόλιος. 
Mostly  poet.,  but  also  in  later  prose. 
(Akin  to  Lat.  luxus,  luxatus,  luxatio  ; 
also  to  luctor  and  ob-liqu-us  ,•  and  perh. 
to  λύγος,  λυγίζειν.  Pott  Et.  Forsch. 
l,p.  232.) 

Αοξοτενής,  ες,  {λοξός,  τείνω)  stretch- 
ed across,  oblique,  Paul.  S.  Ecphr.  213. 

Αοξότης,  ητος,  ή,  (λοξός)  a  slanting 
direction,  obliquity,  Strab.  p.  90  :  om6i- 
guity,  of  oracles,  Plut.  2,  409  C. 

Αοξοτρόχις,  ιος,  ό  and  ή,  άγγε?α)ς 
λ-,  the  oblique-rimning  messenger,  of 
Lycophron's  Cassandra,  Anth.,  P.  9, 
191  ;  cf.  Αοξίας. 

Αοξόφθαλμος,  ov,  {λοξός,  οφθαλ- 
μός) looking  askance,  Procl. 

Αοξοχρήσμων,  oi',  gen.  όνος,  {?.οξός, 
χρησμός)  uttering  doubtful  oracles. 

Αοξοω,  ώ,  {λοξός)  to  make  slanting, 
cast  sideways,  Sophron  ap.  E.  M.  p. 
572.     Pass,  to  be  so,  Arist.  Metaph. 

Αοξώ,  ους,  ή,  epith.  of  Diana,  Call. 
Del.  292  :  cf.  Αοξίας. 

Αόξωσις,  εως.  ή,  {λοξόω)  α  making 
slanting :  obliquity,  Plut.  2,  890  Ε. 

Αόος,  ό,^^λωος. 

Αοπΰδάγχης,  ον,  6,  {λοπύς,  ΰγχω) 
=  sq.,  Meineke  Eubul.  Incert.  16. 

Αοπάόαρπάγίόης,  ov,  ό,  {λοπάς, 
αρπάζω)  α  dish-snatcher,  Anth. 

Αοπάδιον,  ον,  τό,  dim.  from  λοπάς, 
Ar.  Plut.  812.  [ΰ] 

^Αοπάδιον,  ον,  ή,  Lopadium,  fein. 
pr.  η.,  Timol.  ap.  Ath.  567  Ε,  v.  1. 
Αεπύδιον. 

ΊΑοπύδονσα,  more  correctly  Αοπα- 
δονσσα,  ης,  ή,  Lopadussa,  an  island 
on  the  Carthaginian  coast,  Strab.  p. 
834:  Αοπαδονσσαι  in  Ath.  30  D. 

Αηπΰδοφνσητής,  ov,  ό,  (λοπάς,  φν- 
σάω)  a  dish-piper,  nickname  of  Dorion, 
a  gluttonous  flute-player,  Mnesim. 
Philipp.  4  ;  perh.  with  a  play  between 
λοττάξ-  and  λωτός. 

Αοπάς,  άδος,  η,  aflat  earthen  vessel, 
like  τήγανον,  a  flat  dish  or  plate,  in 
which  food  was  served,  A  r.  Vesp.  511, 
etc.:  (never  for  a  pot,  χύτρα.) — II. 
also  in  Com.=^  σορός,  Theopomp. 
(Com.)  Incert.  15. — III.  α  disease  of 
the  olive,  Theophr. 

Αοπάω,  ώ,  {λοπός)  to  let  the  bark 
peel  off,  of  trees  which  lose  their  bark 
on  the  return  of  the  sap  in  spring, 
Lat.  corticem  remittere,  verlere,  The- 
ophr.— II.  of  olive  and  fig-trees, /o  rot 
at  the  root.  Id.     Hence 

Αοπητός,  ov,  b,  the  time  of  the  bark 
peeling  off,  Theophr. 

Αοπία,  ας,  ή,  the  tendency  of  the  bark 
to  peel  off. 

Αοπίζω,  (λοττόζ• )  to  peel,  strip  off  the 
bark.     Hence 

Αόπιμος,  ov,  easily  stripped,  of  nuts 


Λ0ΥΣ 

which  have  a  skin  and  not  a  shell, 
Nic.  ap.  Ath.  54  D. 

Αοπις,  ioor,  ή,=  λεπίς,  λοπός,  Ar. 

Αόπισμα,  ατυς,  ro,=  sq. 

Αοπός,  ov,  or  λόπος,  ov,  ό,  {λέπω) 
the  shell,  Jiusk,  bark,  peel,  λοπός  κρο- 
μνοιο,  the  peel  of  an  onion,  Ud.  19, 
233. — II.  of  animals,  hide,  leather, 
Hipp.,  cf.  Foes.  Oecon. — It  thus  com- 
bines the  signfs.  of  Lat.  cortex,  corium. 

Αορδαινω,=λορδοω.  Hipp.  p.  812. 

Αομδος,  ή,  όν,  bent  forwards  or  in- 
wards, Lat.  cernuus,  opp.  to  κνφος, 
Hipp.  p.  763  ;  cf.  807.     Hence 

Αορδόω,  ώ,  to  bend  the  upper  part  of 
the  body  forwards  and  inwards,  Hipp.  p. 
812,  Mnesim.  Ίπποτρ.,  1,  55.  Pass,  to 
bend  forwards  and  inwards,  Hipp.  p. 
816:  also  sensu  obscoeno,  Ar.  Eccl. 
10,  Fr.  191.     Hence 

Αόρδωμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  bending  for- 
wards, Hipp.  p.  863. 

Αορδών,  ώνος,  b,  the  demon  of  im- 
pure λόρδωσις.  Plat.  (Com.)  Phaon. 
2,  17. 

Αόρδωσις,  εως,  ή,  {λορδόω)  a  bend- 
ing forwards  and  inwards  :  a  malforma- 
tion of  the  spine  and  neck,  Hipp.  p.  816. 

ήΑονγδοννον,  or  Αονγδυννον,  ov, 
TO,  Lugdunum,  a  city  of  Gallia,  at  the 
confluence  of  the  Arar  and  Rhone, 
now  Lyon,  Strab.  p.  191  ;  in  Dio  C. 
Αονγόδοννον. — 2.  a  city  of  the  Con- 
venae  in  Aquitania,  Strab.  p.  190. 

^Αονγεον  ί/^ος,  τό,  Lugeits  Lacus,  a 
lake  in  lUyria,  Strab.  p.  314. 

tAoi'dtof,  ό,=  Ανδίας,  Strab.  p.  330. 

^Αονέριος,  ov,  b,  Luerius,  a  Gaul, 
Strab.  p.  191 ;  in  Ath.  152  E,  Ao^tp- 
νιος. 

Αονέω,  ώ,  Ep.  for  λοέω,  λούω,  only 
in  Η.  Hom.  Cer.  290. 

+Αούί,οί,  ων,  oi,  the  Luti,  a  powerful 
German  tribe,  Strab.  p.  290. 

ΙΑοϋκα,  7ΐς,  ή,  Luca,  a  city  of  Etru- 
ria,  Strab.  p.  217. 

iAovκάς,  a,  ό  (said  to  l>e  contd. 
from  Lucanus),  Lucas,  Luke,  author 
of  one  of  the  Gospels  and  of  the  Acts 
of  the  Apostles,  a  companion  of  St. 
Paul,  N.  T. 

^Αονκερία,  ας,  ή,  Luceria,  a  City  of 
Apulia,  Polyb.  3,  88,  5. 

tAoi'/cioi'of,  ov,  b,  Lucian,  the  fa- 
mous writer,  a  native  oi  Samosata. 

ίΑονκιλλα,  ης,  ή,  Lucilla,  Rom.  fern, 
pr.  n.,  Anth. 

iAovκίλλιoς,  ov,  ό,  the  Rom.  name 
Lucilius,  Anth. 

iAovκιoς,  ov.  ό,  Lucius,  Rom.  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Polyb.;  N.  T.;  etc. 

iAovKOTOKia,  ας, ή,  Lutetia, acity  of 
Gallia  on  an  island  in  the  Sequana- 
now  Paris,  Strab.  p.  194. 

i  Αούκονλλος,  ov,  ό,  the  Rom.  name 
Lucullus,  V.  1.  Αενκ-,  Luc.  Macr.  15. 

ίΑονκονμων,  ωνος,  ό,  the  Lat.  Lu- 
cumo,  Strab.  p.  219  ;  in  Dion.  H.  Λυ- 
κόμων. 

■\ Αονκμητία,  ας.  η,  the  Rom.  fem. 
pr.  n.,  Lucretia,  Plut. 

Αονμαι,  Att.  for  λούομαι. 

^Αοϋνα,  ης,  ή,  Luna,  a  city  and  ha- 
ven of  the  Ligurians  in  Etruria, 
which  the  Greeks  call  b  Σελήνης  λι- 
μήν,  Strab.  p.  217. 

i  Αονπίαι,  ών,  ai,  Lupiae,  a  city  of 
Calabria,  Strab.  p.  282 ;  in  Paus. 
Αονπία,  later  name  of  Sybaris,  6, 
19,  6. 

^Αονπίας,  ov,  b,  the  Lupia,  a  river 
of  Germany,  now  Lippe,  Strab.  p.  291. 

'{Αονσηίς,  ίδος,  ή,  fcm.  adj.,  ofor  oe- 
longing  to  Lust,  in  Arcadia,  Anth. 

^Αονσιύ,  ar,  ή,  Lusia,  an  Attic  de- 
mus  of  the  tribe  Oeneis  ;  hence  Aoy- 
σιενς,  έως,  b,  one  o/(the  deme)  Ln-^ia, 
Isae.    65,    18. —  II.    Αουσία,  (λούω) 


ΛΟΥΤ 

epith.  of  Diana,  from  bathing  in  the 
Ladon,  i'aus.  8,  25,  6. 

^Αουσιας,  ov,  b,  the  Lusias,  a  river 
of  liinttium,  near  Thurii,  Ael.  N.  A. 
10,  38 ;  hence — 11.  Αονσιάς,  άόος,  ή, 
fern.  adj.  Lusian,  of  the  Lusias,  Ννμ- 
φαι,  Ath.  519  C. 

iAoύσιoς,  ov,  b,  the  Lusius,  a  river 
of  Arcadia,  Paus.  8,  28,  2. 

Αούσις,  εως,  ή,  (λονω)  a  washing  or 
bathing. 

iAovGiravia.  ας,  ή,=^Αυσ.  Diod.  S. 

jAovaoi  and  Αουσαοί,  ων,  oi,  Lusi, 
a  city  of  northern  Arcadia,  contain- 
ing a  temple  of  Diana,  Call.  Dian. 
235  :  hence  Αονσιενς,  έως,  b,  an  in- 
hab.  of  Lusi,  Xen.  An.  4,  2,  21  ;  Aov- 
σίάτ7ΐς.  Id.  7,  6,  40. 

Αούσσον,  ov,  τό,  the  pith  of  the  fir- 
tree,  Theophr. 

Αονατης,  ov,  6,  (λοϋω)  one  that  is 
fond  of  bathing,  Arist.  H.  A.  9,  49,  Β  10. 

iAov<Jωvες,  ων,  οι,  the  Lusones,  a 
race  of  the  Celtiberi  in  Hispania, 
Strab.  p.  162. 

■\ Αοντάτως,  ov,  ό,  the  Rom.  name 
Lutatius,  Polyb.  3,  40,  9. 

AovTi'ip,  ήμος,  b,  {λούω)  a  washing 
or  bathing-tub,  Philo. 

Αοντηρίδιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  λον- 
τήρ.  [ΐ]  ,.       ^        ^ 

Αοντηριον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  λον- 
TTjp,  Antiph.  Traum.  2  :  λουτήρι.α  μέ- 
γιστα, Aesch.  Fr.  321. — II.  a  kind  of 
cup,  Epig.  Mnem.  1. 

Αοντηρίσκος,  ov,  6,  dim.  from  λον- 

TTjp. 

Αοντιάω,  ώ,  desiderat.  from  λοΰω, 
to  wish  to  bathe  or  wash,  Luc.  hex.  2. 

Αούτρίον,  ου,  τό,  water  that  has  been 
used.  Ar.  Eq.  1401. 

Αοντρίς,  ίδος,  ή,  a  woman  employed 
to  wash  3iinerva's  temple,  Ar.  Fr.  642. 
— 11.  ώα  λ-,  apair  of  drawers  for  bathers, 
Theopoinp.  (Com.)  Paed.  2. 

Αοντροδάίκτος,ον,  {λουτρόν,  όαίζω) 
slain  in  thebath,  Aesch.  Cho.  1071.   [«] 

Αουτρόν,  ov,  TO,  in  Hom.  always 
λοετρόν,  but  in  contr.  form  as  early 
as  H.  Hom.  Cer.  50,  Has.  Op.  751, 
{λοέω,  λούω)  : — a  bath,  bathing  place, 
Horn.,  always  in  plur.,  and  usu.  θερ- 
μά λοετρά,  Horn.,  II.  14,  6,  etc. ;  later 
λουτρά  Ήρύκλεία,  Ar.  Nub.  1051  : 
but  also  of  cold  bathing,  λοετρά 
Ώκεανοΐο,  II.  18,  489,  Od.  5,  275  :  the 
sing,  first  in  Hes.  Op.  751,  Soph.  Ant. 
1201,  but  always  rare,  of.  infr.  IV. — 
II.  water  for  bathing  or  washing,  υδάτων 
λουτρά.  Soph.  Ο.  C.  1599. — III.  even 
^^σπονδαί,  χηαί,  drink-offerings,  liba- 
tions, Soph.  El.  84,  434,  Eur.  Phoen. 
1667. — IV.  bathing,  kv  λοντρω,  while 
bathing,  Xen.  Oec.  5,  9 ;  hence,  λονσαί- 
ηναλουτρύν,  to  give  one  a  bath,  wash 
one  with  water,  Soph.  Ant.  1201,  λ. 
παρέχειν,  Ar.  Lys.  469  ;  λοϋσθαι  λου- 
τρόν, to  bathe,  Aesch.  Fr.  321. 

Αοντροφορέω,  ώ,  to  carry  water  for 
bathing:  from 

Αουτροψόρος,  ov,  {λοντρόν,  φέρω) 
bringing  water  for  bathing  or  washing 
(λοντρόν) :  παις  λ.,  at  Athens  the  boy 
or  girl,  who,  as  next  of  kin  to  the 
bridegroom, /eicAed  him  water  from  the 
fountain  Callirrhoe  on  his  wedding- 
day,  of  Vales,  ad.  Harpocr.  in  v. : 
hence,  λ.  χλιδή,  the  marriage-ceremony, 
Eur.  Phoen.  348. — 2.  ή  λουτροφόρος, 
the  black  urn  placed  on  the  tomb  of 
unmarried  persons,  Dem.  1086,  15 ; 
1089,  23  ;  also  called  λίβυς. 

Αουτροχοέω,  ω,  to  pour  water  into 
the  bath,  Aiith.  P.  9,  627:  from 

Αουτροχόος,  ov,  Hom.  always 
7\,οετρ.,  Dor.  Κωτρ.,  {λουτρόν,  λοε- 
τρόν, χέω) pouring  water  into  thebath: 
ό  λ..|  the  slave  who  did  this,  Od.  20, 


ΛΟΦΙ 

297,  of.  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  8,  20 :  ?,.  τρί- 
•πους,  a  three-legged  kettle,  in  which 
water  was  warmed  for  bathing,  II.  18, 
346,  Od.  8,  435. 

Αοντρών,  ώνος,  6,  {λοντρόν)  a  ba- 
thing-room, bath-house,  Aesch.  Eum. 
461,  Xen.  Ath.  2,  10. 

ΛΟΥΩ,  fut.  'λούσω,  contr.  from  the 
old  λοέω,  from  which  we  still  have 
several  tenses  in  Hom. ;  viz.,  of  act. 
inf  and  part.  aor.  λοέσσαι,  λοέσσας ; 
of  mid.,  fut.  λοέσσομαι,  aor.  λοέσσα- 
To,  λοεσσάμενος ;  perf.  pass.,  λελον- 
μαι,  part,  λελουμένος,  II.  5,  6 ; — Att. 
syncop.  pres.  mid.  λονμαι,  inf.  λοΰ- 
σ(?αί,  alsoinOd.  6,  216,andHdt.  (who 
also  uses  λούεσθαι)  cf.  Lob.  Phryn. 
1-89  :  part,  λούμενος,  Ar.  Plut.  658  ;  in 
genl.  the  Att.  omit  ihe  final  vowel,  as 
3  impf.  έλου,  1  pi.  έλοϋμεν,  etc.,  Ar. 
Plut.  657. — Ep.  coUat.  form  λονέω, 
only  in  H.  Hom.  Cer.  290  :  but  a  pres. 
λόω  is  suspicious,  for  λόε,  Od.  10,  361, 
and  λόον,  Η.  Hom.  Αρ.  120,  are  3 
sing,  and  plur.  acr.  2  of  λούω;  and 
λοέσθαι  (as  it  should  be  written,  not 
λόεσβαι),  in  Hes.  Op.  747,  is  inf.  of 
same  tense  ;  also  for  λόει,  Scol.  21,  4, 
?.οεΐ  must  be  written ;  Herm.  however 
would  read  λόονσα  in  Soph.  Ant.  40. 
To  wash,  τινά  ;  esp.  to  wash  the  body, 
νίζω  being  used  esp.  of  the  hands 
and  feet,  ττλϋνω  of  clothes,  δμωαΐ  λον- 
σαν  και  χρίσαν  έλαίω,  Od.  4,  49,  cf. 
7,  296  ;  τις  άν  σφε  λονσειεν  ;  Aesch. 
Theb.  739  ;  έ?Μυσα  νεκρόν,  Eur.  Tro. 
1152,  cf.  Soph.  Ant.  901 :  most  usu. 
in  mid.  to  wash  one's  self,  bathe,  λ.  πο• 
ταμοίο  ^ofjoiv,  Od.  6,  216;  but  also 
c.  gen.  ?ιοεσσάμενος  ποταμοΐο,  II.  6, 
508  ;  λελουμένος  'ίΐκεανοΐο  (of  a  star 
just  risen), /res/i /row!  ocean's  bath,  11. 
5,  6,  (so  in  Att.  λε'λονμένος,  fresh- 
bathed,  fresh  and  clean,  Ar.  Lys.  106G)  ; 
and  in  like  manner,  από  κρήνης  λού- 
εσθαι, Hdt.  3,  23  :  absol.  λονσο.ντο, 
Od.  4,  48 ;  λούεσθαι  ες  λοντρώνας, 
to  go  to  the  bath  to  bathe,  Ath.  438 
Ε  :  c.  ace.  Hes.  Op.  520,  Th.  5 :  for 
λοντρόν  λούειν,  ?•.ονσθαι,  v.  sub  λου- 
τρόν IV:  metaph.  αϊματι  λ.,  Simon. 
46  ;  λελουμένος  τω  φόνφ,  Luc.  D. 
Meretr.  13,  3. — II.  to  wash  off  or  away, 
Ti,  cf  sub  άπο?ιονω.  (Akin  to  Lat. 
luo,  diliio,  eluo,  lavo,  but  hardly  to  the 
Greek  λύω,  v.  Aiitjfin.) 

Αοφάω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  have  a  crest 
{λόφος)  Babrius. — -2.  in  Ar.  Pac.  1211, 
to  be  ill  of  a  crest,  i.  e.  to  have  more  crest 
than  enough,  comic  word  formed  like 
βραγχάω,  λιθύω,  ποδαγράω,  νδερύω, 
etc.,  which,  like  those  in  -ιύω,  have 
the  notion  of  sickness.  Lob.  Phryn.  80. 

Αοφεΐον,  ου,  τό,  a  crest-case,  Ar. 
Ach.  1109,  Nub.  751. 

Αόφη,  ης,  ή,=^λόφος,  λοφιά,  a  crest. 

Αοφιά,  ας,  ή.  Ion.  λοφιή,  {λόφος) 
the  mane  or  bristly  ridge  on  the  back 
of  animals,  the  mane  of  horses,  the 
bristly  back  of  b'jars,  (cf.  Arist.  Part. 
An.  2,  14,  4,  etc.)  φριξας  ευ  λοφιήν, 
Od.  19,  446 ;  ορθάς  έν  λοφιι)  φρίσσει 
τρίχας,  Hes.  Sc.  391 :  αντί  7.οφου  ή 
λοφι>ί  κατέχρα,  the  mane  served  lor  a 
plume,  Hdt.  7,  70,  cf.  2,  71  :  also  the 
back-fin  of  dolphins  and  such  fishes, 
A  nth.    P.    9,   222:    hence— II.  =  λό- 

Ϊος,  the  ridge  of  a  hill,  a  hill,  lb.  249. 
[ence 

Αοψίας,  ου,  ό.  Ion.  λοφίτις,  one  that 
has  a  λοφιά  or  back-fin,  Numen.  ap. 
Ath.  322  F.  ^ 

Αοφίδιον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  λόφος, 
Ael.  N.  A.  16,  15.  [Ϊ] 

Αοφίζω,  to  raise  the  λόφος. 

Αοφίήτης,  ου,  ό,  {λόφος)  α  dweller 
on  the  hills,  ei)ith.  of  Pan,  formed  like 
όφιήτης,  πολιί/της,  etc.,  Anth. 


AOXA 

Αόφιον  or  λοφίον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from 
λόφος,  a  small  crest:  also^/ίύλλαίθ. 
— \1.=:λοφείον. 

Ao^i'f,  ίδος,  ή,=^λοφεϊον. 

^Αόφις,  ό,  the  Lophis,  a  river  of  Boe- 
otia,  near  Haliartus,  Paus.  9,  33.  3. 

Αοφνία,  ας,  ή,=  7.οφνίς,  Ath.  699  D. 

Αοφνίδιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  sq.  [t] 

Αοφνίς,  ίδος,  η,  a  torch  made  of  vine- 
bark,  Anih..  P.  11,20,  Lye.  48.  (Prob. 
from  λοπός,  λέπω.) 

Αοόόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  {λόφος)  crested, 
Tryph.  68.-2.  hilly,  Nonn. 

Αοφοποιός,  όν,  {λόφος,  ποιέω)  ma- 
king crests  ;  as  subst.,  ό  λ-,  a  crest-ma- 
ker, Ar.  Pac.  545. 

Αοφοπωλέω,  ώ,  {λόφος,  ττωλέω)  to 
sell  crests,  Ar.  Fr.  643. 

Αόφος,  ov,  ό,  {λέπω)  the  back  of  the 
neck,  the  neck,  esp.  of  draught-cattle, 
because  the  yoke  rests  upon  and  ruba 
it  {λέπει),  so  of  a  horse,  U.  23,  508, 
cf.  λοφιά  ;  also  of  a  man,  II.  10,  573  : 
metaph.,  νπό  ζνγω  λόφον  έχειν,  to 
have  the  neck  under  the  yoke,  i.  e.  to 
obey  patiently.  Soph.  Ant.  292,  cf. 
ενλοφος :  from  this  sense  comes  the 
kindred  one  — II.  η  ridge  of  ground,  a 
rising  hill,  like  Lat.  jugum,  dorsum, 
Od.  11,  596,  16,  471,  Hdt.  2,  124:  so 
always  in  Pind.  a  hill,  O.  8,  21  ;  etc. 
— III.  the  crest  of  a  helmet,  Lat.  crista, 
usu.  of  horse-hair,  as  II.  16,  138,  cf. 
6,  469,  Od.  22, 124  ;  but  Vulcan  made 
them  of  gold,  11.  18,  612  ;  22,  316  : 
κατασκίονς  λ.,  Aesch.  Theb.  384  ;  cf. 
Ar.  Ach.  575;  Theocr.  22,  186;  also 
in  prose,  Xen.  Cyr.  6,  4,  2 ;  etc.  (in 
signfs.  I.  and  III.,  Hom.  has  it  only 
in  II.,  in  II.,  only  in  Od. :  Att.  mostly 
in  II.  and  III.)— 2.  post-Horn,  the  crest, 
tuft  on  the  head  of  birds,  Lat.  crista, 
whether  of  feathers  or  flesh,  as  a 
cock's  comb,  Ar.  Av.  1366 ;  also  of 
men,  the  tuft  of  AaiVupon  the  crov^n, 
hence  λόφους  κείρεσθαι,  to  shave  so 
as  to  leave  tufts,  like  περιτρόχαλα 
κείρεσθαι,  Hdt.  4,  175.  {λόφος  is  to 
λεπω,  as  δείρη  and  δέρμα  to  δέρω,  cf. 
λόπος  II.)     Hence 

Αόφουρος,  ov,  {λόφος,  ουρά)  with  a 
long-haired  tail :  λόφονρα  are  animals 
with  bushy  tails  and  manes,  as  the 
horse,  Arist.  H.  A.  1,  6,  7  ;  etc. 

Αοφοφόρος,  ov,  {λόφος,  φέρω)  wear- 
ing a  crest,  Lat.  cristalus,  Babrius. 

Αοφώδης,  ες,  {λόφος,  είδος)  like  a 
crest  or  ridge,  Arist.  Meteor.  2,  8,  15. 

Αόφωσις,  εως,  η,  as  if  from  λοφόω, 
the  wearing  a  crest :  the  crest  itself,  Ar. 
Av.  291. 

Αοφωτός,  η,  6v,  crested. 

Αοχάγέτης,  ου,  b,  Dor.  and  Att.  for 
λοχ7]γέτης,=^λοχαγός,  Aesch.  Theb. 
42,  Eur.  Phoen.  974,  v.  sub  λοχαγός. 

Αοχάγέω,  ώ.  Dor.  and  Att.  for  λο- 
χηγέω,  to  lead  a  λόχος  or  company, 
usu.  of  100  men,  Xen.  An.  5,  9,  30, 
c.  gen,,  λόχον  λ..  Hdt.  9,  53,  cf.  21. 

Αοχάγία,  ας,  ή,  Dor.  and  Att.  for 
λοχ7ΐ}ία,  the  rank  or  office  of  λοχαγός, 
Xen.  An.  1,  4,  14. 

Αοχάγός,  ov,  b,  (λόχος,  ήγέομαι, 
άγω)  Dor.  and  Att.  for  λοχ7]γός,  the 
leader  of  a  λόχος  οτ  armed  band.  Soph. 
Ant.  141  :  usu.  the  commander  of  100 
men  or  a  company,  a  captain,  Lat.  cen- 
turio,  Xen.  An.  3,  1,  22,  etc. :  but  in 
the  Spartan  army,  the  commander  of 
a  λόχος  {i  in  every  μόρα).  Id.  Lac.  11, 
14,  etc. — The  worn  was  always  used 
by  the  Att.  in  the  Dor.  form,  and  Lob. 
Phryn.  430  remarks,  that  this  was 
usu.  in  phrases  of  war  and  the  chase, 
in  which  the  Doric  race  excelled. 

fAoγaγύς,  uv,  ό,  Lochagus,  a  Spar- 
tan, Plut. 

Αοχάγωγός,  ov,  ό,  {λόχος,  ayu)= 
865 


AOXI 

λοχαγός,  dub.,  as  also  ?.οχΰγωγία  ίοτ 
λοχαγία.  Lob.  Fhryn.  430. 

Αοχύόι/ν,  Adv.,  in  bunds  or  compa- 
nies {λόχοι.) — II.  (λοχύω)  from  am- 
bush, lurkingly,  Ircacherously,  Nic.   [ά] 

Αοχύζω ,=  λοχάω,  Aiith.  P.  9,  251. 

Αοχαϊος,  aia,  αΙον,^/Μχίος ;  λ. 
έρως,  clandestine  love,  Anth. — 11.  mc- 
taph.  of  a  crop,  shooting  up  quickly  or 
luxuriantly,  'I'heopbr. :  rtchly-blooming, 
Aral. — 111.  bearing  down,  like  heavy 
ears  of  corn. 

^λοχαΐος,  ου,  ό,  Lochaeus,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  Paus.  (i,  6,  1. 

Κοχύρχης,  ov,  6,  and  λόχαρχος,  6, 
{?Μχος,  αρχω)=  λοχαγός. 

Αυχάω,  ώ,  ί.  -ήσω,  ία  Horn,  also 
-ήσομαι  (Od.  4,  C70).  aor.  ίλάχησα: 
part.  aor.  λοχησάμανος  (lb.  388.  4G3), 
just  like  act. :  he  also  has  Ep  3  pi. 
pres.  λοχόωσί,  part,  λοχόωντες  :  {λό- 
χος). J  0  lie  in  wait  for  one,  loatch, 
way-lay,  entrap,  c.  ace.  pers.,  Od.  11. 
cc,  10,  369,  etc.,  Hdt.  0,  37,  Soph. 
Ant.  1075,  etc. ;  but  only  in  late  prose  : 
absol.  to  lie  in  wait  or  ambush,  11.  18, 
520,  Od.  13,  268;  λελοχημήος,  in  am- 
bush, A  p.  Rh.  3,  7  :  c.  ace.  loci,  to  oc- 
cupy with  an  ambuscadi;  έλοχ7]ααν  Την 
εν  ΙΛτιόάσφ όδόν ,ΙίΛΐ.  5, 121 :  metaph., 
λοχαν  την  προς  'Ρωμαίους  φίΤύαν,  to 
lay  a  trap  of  friendship  for  them,  Po- 
lyb.  3,  40,  6. 

Αογεία,  ας,  ή,  (Άοχενω)  child-birth, 
child-bed.  Eur.  J.  T.  382,  Plat.  Theaet. 
149  B,  Aiist.,  etc. ;  in  pi.,  Plat.  Polit. 
268  Α.—11.=λόχενμα  1,  Anth.  Plan. 
132. 

Αοχεΐος,  εία,  εΐον.=  ?.όχιος  (q.  v.) ; 
λοχεία  (sc.  χωρία)  λιττοίισα,  having 
left  the  place  where  she  bore  the  child, 
Eur.  I.  T.  1241. — 2.ή  Αοχεία,=  ή  Ao- 
χία,  of  Diana,  Orph.  H.  35,  3,  Plut., 
etc. 

ΑοχεοΓ,  ov,  ό.^=λόχος,  an  ambush, 
only  m  Hes.  Th.  178. 

Αόχενμα,  ατός,  τό,  {?ιοχενω)  that 
which  is  born,  a  child,  οβ spring,  Eur. 
Ion  921,  Phoen.  810. — 11.=  ?}  λοχεία, 
child-birth,  usu.  in  plur.,  as  Eur.  El. 
1124:  metayih.,  κάλυκος  λοχίύματα, 
theburstingoithebua,  \esch.  Ag.l392. 

Αοχεντρια,  ας,  ή,  a  uoman  in  child- 
bed.— II.  a  midwife  :  from 

Αοχενω,  (λόχος  11,  λεχος,  λεχώ) 
to  bring  forth,  bear,  παΐόα,  Η.  Horn. 
Merc.  230,  and  Orph. :  more  freq.  in 
mid.,  Aesch.  Fr.  150,  Eur.  Ion  921, 
Arist.  H.  A.  9,  14,  4.— 11.  of  the  mid- 
wife, to  bring  to  the  birth,  attend  in 
child-birth,  deliver,  τινά,  Eur.  Ion  918, 
1596,  ef.  El.  1129.— 111.  pass,  to  be 
brought  to  bed,  be  in  labour,  bear  chil- 
dren, ίνΟ'  ίλοχεύθην,  Eur.  Tro.  597  ; 
λοχενΰείσ'  ΰστραττηφόρφ  πνρί;  of 
Semele,  Eur.  Bacch.  3 :  and  so  c. 
ace,  τοιαύτας  τταρβένονς  'λοχενεται,, 
Aesch.  Fr.  150,  though  the  line  is 
dub.,  V.  Hcrm.Opusc.  3,  45. — 2.  to  he 
brought  forth,  born,  produced,  iSoph. 
O.  C.  1322;  Τιτύνι  Αοχενθεϊσαν,  by 
the  obstetric  art  of  Vulcan,  Eur.  Ion 
455. — 3.  in  genl.  to  lie  embedded,  iv 
τεντ/.οισι,  Ar.  Pae.  1014. — The  word 
is  very  common  in  late  poets,  as 
Orph.,  and  Nonn.,  v.  Herm.  Orph.  p. 
811,  sq. 

Αοχηγέτης,  λοχηγέω,  λοχηγός,  δ. 
Ion.  tor  ?.οχαγ-. 

Αόχησις,  εως,  ή,  {λοχάω)  α  way- 
laying, entrapping. 

Αοχητικός,  ή,  όν,  {λοχύω)  lying  in 
wait,  treacherous. 

Λόχια,  τά,  and  Αοχία,  η,  ν.  sub  λό- 
χιος. 

Αοχίζω,  {λόχος)— "λοχύω,  to  lie  in 
wait  or  lay  snares  fir  one,  τα>ύ  ■  hence, 
λοχισΟέντες  όιεφθάρησα^,  they  were 
866 


ΛΟΧΟ 

cut  to  pieces  by  an  ambuscade,  Thuc. 
5,  115  :  χωρίον  λολοχισμένον,  an  am- 
buscade, Dion.  H.  1,  79. — 2.  to  place  in 
ambush,  λ.  εις  όόον  κοίλτ/ν  όπλίτας, 
Thuc.  3,  107  ;  and  so,  λοχίσαντος  is 
the  prob.  1.  in  Plut.  Otho  7.— II.  to 
distribute  men  in  companies  (λόγοί),  and 
so  put  them  in  order  of  battle,  Hdt.  1, 
103. — ΙΙί.=λοχενω,  only  in  Hesych. 

Αόχιος,  ία,  lov,  {λόχος  II)  of  οτ  be- 
longing to  child-birth,  λ.  νοσήματα, 
chiiil-bed,  Eur.  El.  656;  ώιΗνών  7ο- 
χίαις  άνάγκαις.  Id.  Bacch.  89,  cf.  Ion 
452  :  λοχι.α  στερρά  nauhia,  I.  T.  206, 
(ace.  to  Elmsl.  Med.  1031)  ,—  στεββαι 
έντύκοιςάλγηδόΐ'ες;{ΗβτΓη.τβ&(\$λό- 
χιαι,  agreeing  with  Molpai) :  also, 
λοχίη  ννμφη,  like  hai.foeta,  0pp.  C. 
3,  292. — 2.  ταλάχια,  the  discharge  after 
child-birth,  Hipp.  pp.  239,  240,  etc. ; 
so,  λοχίη  or  λοχειη  κάθαρσις.  Id.  p. 
001,  etc. — 3.  7/  Αοχία,  epitli.  of  Diana 
ΕίλείΟνια.  Eur.  I.T.  1097,  Plut.,  etc. 

Αοχισμός,  οϋ,  ό,  {λοχίζω)  a  placing 
in  a/nbush.  Pint.  Philop.  13. 

Αοχίτης,  ου,  ό,  fem.  -ΐτις,  ιδος,  {λό- 
χος) one  of  the  same  λόχος  or  company, 
a  fellow-soldier,  comrade,  Aesch.  Ag. 
1650,  and  Xen. :  ξνν  λοχίταις  ε1  τε 
και  ιιονοστιβής,  \.  e.  witn  attendants 
or  alone,  Aesch.  Cho.  768:  λοχίτις 
εκκλησία,  the  Rom.  cnmitia  centuriata, 
Dion.  H.  4,  20,  etc.  [i] 

]Αοχίτ7]ς,  ου,  ό,  Lochites,  an  Athe- 
nian, against  whom  one  of  Isocrates' 
orations  is  directed. 

Αοχμαΐος,  αία,αΐον,  of  ox  belonging 
to  a  bush  or  brake,  frequenting  thickets, 
Μούσα  λ.,  songstress  of  the  brake,  of 
the  nightingale,  Ar.  Av.  737  ;  from 

Αόχμη,  ης,  ή,  {λόχος)  a  thicket,  bush, 
brake,  copse,  like  ξνλοχος,  esp.  so  far 
as  serving  for  the  lair  of  wild  beasts, 
εν  λόχμΊ)  πυκιντ/  κατέκειτο  μέγας 
συς,  Od.  19,  439,  cf.  445  ;  ?Μχμας  ΰκό 
κνανέας,  Pind.  Ο.  Ο,  40,  cf.  Ρ.  4, 
434  ;  in  ρ1.  λόχμαισι  δοκενσαις,  lying 
in  wait  in  the  copse,  Id.  O.  10  (11),  30  ; 
μασχάλαι  λόχμης  δασύτεροι,  Ar. 
Eccl.  61,  cf.  Lys.  800:  also  in  late 
prose,  as  Ael.  N.  A.  13,  14.     Hence 

Αόχμως.  ov,  also  a,  ον,=  λοχμαίος, 
rpayof,  Anth.  P.  6,  32  :  τίίλύχμια,=^ 
ή  λόχμη,  Luc.  Philopatr.  12. 

Αοχμόομαι,  {λόχμη)  as  pass.,  to  be 
bushy,  Lai.  fruticesco  ;  cf.  άηοΤίΟχμ. 

Αοχμώδης,  ες,  {λόχμη.  είδος)  over- 
grown with  bushes,  bushy,  Thuc.  3,  107. 

Αόχονδε,  adv.,  to  ambush,  for  atn- 
buscnde,  II.  1,227,  Od.  14,217. 

Αόχος,  ου.  ό,  {λέγω,  λέγομαι  Ι.)  an 
ambush,  a  place  for  lying  in  ivait,  ει  γαρ 
νυν  παρά  νηυσι  λεγοίμεθα  πάντες 
άριστοι  ες  λοχον,  II.  13,  277  ;  έ κ  λό- 
χου ίμ-ήδιισε,  1 1,  379  ;  of  the  wooden 
horse  /co</  or  and  πνκινυς  λόχος,  Od.  4, 
277 ;  1 1,  525 ;  so  the  enemy's  ships  are 
called  ξύλινος  λόχος,  Orac.  ap.  Hdt. 
3,  57 :  later  also  the  lurking-place  of 
robbers,  the  lair  of  wild  beasts,  like 
λόχμη. — 2.  an  ambush,  lying  in  wait,  of 
the  act  rather  than  the  place,  λόχον 
ανδρών  ίςίζεσϋαι,  to  lie  in  ambush,  II. 
13,  285  ;  λόχον  είσαι,  to  place  anam- 
buscade,  II.  4,  392,  Od.  4,  531  ;  λό,γω 
είσαι  τίνα,  to  place  in  ambush,  Hes. 
Th.  174;  λό;^^οΐ'  ΰρτννειν,  Od.  14, 
469  ,  λέγεσθαι  ές  ?Μχον,  II.  13,  277  ; 
and,  λόχονδε  κρίνειν  άνδρας  άριστή- 
ας,  to  pick  out  the  best  men  for  an  am- 
buscade, Od.  14,  217;— this  being  in 
Horn,  the  chief  part  of  the  art  of  war, 
V.  II.  13,  277,  sq. — 3.  the  way  of  lying  in 
wait,  ambush,  II.  24,  779,  Od.  4,  441  ; 
λόχος  θίίοιο  γέροντος,  the  way  to 
watch  him.  Od.  4,  39.0  {  φύτευε  ol  θά- 
νατον έκ  λόχον,  Pind.  Ν.  4,  90 ;  δη- 
νοϊς    κρυπτομένα    λόχοις     'Έ,ρινύς, 


ΛΤΠ 

Soph.  ΕΙ.  490. — 4.  the  men  that  form  the 
ambush,  II.  8,  522,  where  it  is  strictly 
a  body  of  men  destined  for  surprising  a 
town :  hence — 5.  any  armed  band,  a 
body  of  troops,  Od.  20,  49  ;  but  only  of 
foot,  not  horse  ;  so  in  Trag.,  Aesch. 
Theb.  56,  460,  Soph.  O.  C.  1371,  etc. ; 
and  then,  metaph.,  παρθένων  ίκέσιος 
λ.,  Aesch.  Theb.  Ill,  cf.  Eum.  46, 
etc. — 6.  in  prose,  usu.  a  body  of  about 
100  men.  a  company, =  liojn.  centuria, 
(hence  λοχαγέις  is  Rom.  centurio,  and 
λοχϊτις  εκΐίλΐ}σία,  the  comitia  centu- 
riata), Xen.  An.  3,  4,  21,  etc.  : — but 
among  the  Spartans  a  λόγοΓ  was  the 
fourth  or  fifth  part  of  a  μόρα  (q.  v.), 
Hdt.  9,  53,  57,  etc.  : — the  diflerence 
of  numbers  seems  to  be  due  to  the 
different  divisions  of  regiments  in  the 
several  Greek  states,  v.  Arnold  Thuc. 
5,  68  :  cf.  1,  20. — 7.  any  body  of  people, 
a  union  for  civil  purposes,  Xen.  Hier. 
9,  5. — II.  a  lying  in ;  child-birth,  like  λο- 
χεία, Aesch.  Ag.  137,  Supp.  676.— IIL 
a  Macedonian  month, =  Att.  μαιμακ• 
τηριών,  Hesych. 

Αοχός,  οϋ,  ^],^=λεχώ,  Diosc.  3,  4, 

*Λόω,  V.  sub  'λούω. 

Ανάζω,=  στασιάζω. 

Ανά,  ας,  ή,  (?-νω)  dissolution,  sepa- 
ration :  hencefartion,  riot,  likeCTrUCTif, 
Pind.  N.  9,  34.  [ii]     Hence 

Αναιος,  ov,  6,  {λύω)  the  looser,  de- 
liverer, esp.  from  care,  hence  as  epith. 
of  Bacchus,  Lat.  Lyaeus,  Anacreont. 

Αϋγάζω,ζ=ηλυγάζω,  very  dub.,  v. 
Ruhnk.  Tim. 

ΑνγαΙος,  αία,  αΐον,  (λνγη)  shadowy, 
dark,  gloomy,  νέφος.  Soph.  Fr.  471, 
Eur.  Heracl.  855  ;  νυκτός  όμμα  λυ- 
γηίας.  Id.  I.  Τ.  110,  cf.  Αρ.  Rh.  2, 
ll21  :  also  ηλνγαίος.     Adv.  -ως. 

^ΑυγαΙος,  ov,  ό,  Lugae^is,  father  of 
Polycaste,  grandfather  of  Penelope, 
Strab.  p.  461. 

Ανγγαίνω  and  -άνω,  {λνζω,  λύγξ, 
η)  to  have  the  hiccup,  to  hiccup. 

Ανγγώδης,  ες,  {λύγξ,  ή,  είδος)  at- 
tended with  hiccup,  πνρετύς,  Hipp. 

^Αύγδαμις,  ιος,  ό,  Lygdamis.  a  king 
of  the  Cimmerians,  who  settled  in 
Cilicia,  Call.  Dian.  252  ;  Arist.  Pol. 
5,  5,  1. — 2.  father  of  Artemisia  in 
Halicarnassus,  Hdt.  7,  99. — 3.  a  ty- 
rant of  Naxns,  Id.  1,  61. — 5.  a  Syra- 
cusan,  who  gained  the  first  prize  in 
in  the  pancratium  01.  33,  Paus.  5, 8, 8. 

Αύγδην,  adv.  (λύζω)  with  sobs,  κλά- 
ειν.  Soph.  Ο.  C.  1621. 

Ανγδίνεος,  έα,  eov,  =  λύγδινος, 
Anth.  P.  5,  48.  [t] 

Αύγδίνος,  ίνη,  tvov,  of  white  mar- 
ble, Anth.  P.  6,  209  :  in  genl.  white  as 
-marble,  dazzling  white,  λ.  κώνια  μα- 
στών, lb.  5,  13  :  from 

Αύγδος,  ov,  ό,  a  dazzling  white  stone, 
white  marble,  λύγδον  λειότερον,  Anth. 
P.  5,  28  :  also  fem.,  like  λίθος,  ή  Πα- 
ρία λιύγδος,  Diod.  2,  52. 

Αύγη,  ης,  η, shadow,  darkness,  gloom, 
Αρρ.  lilyr.  25:  also  ήλ.ύγη.  whence 
ήλνγάζω,  έπηλ.νγύζω  :  akin  to  νύξ, 
ace.  to  the  freq.  interchange  of  ν  and 
λ  :  also  to  *'λνκη,  Lat.  lux,  but  only 
by  way  of  strong  antithesis,  just  as 
Lat.  nox  to  lux,  night  to  light,  v.  Don- 
alds. New  Crat.  p.  349.  [v,  but  short 
in  η?.νγη.'\ 

Ανγηρός,  ά,  όν,  {λνγος)  flexible. 

Ανγίζω,  Dor.  f.  λνγιξώ,  Theocr.  1, 
97,  {λύγος).  To  bend,  twist,  as  a 
wrestling-term,  Ar.  Vesp.  1487. — 2.  to 
overthrow,  master,  έρωτα,  Theocr.  1.  c, 
cf.  Luc.  Gymn.  1,  etc. — II.  mid.  to 
bend  or  twist  one's  self,  writhe,  .«o  as  to 
avoid  a  blow,  Eupol.  Incert.  54,  Plat. 
Rfp.  405  C  :  to  struggle,  suffer,  ονδ 
έλνγίχθη  τάν  ψνχάν,  Theocr.  23,  54 


ΛΥΓΟ 

to  turn,  play,  as  a  joint  in  the  socket, 
άρθρον  y  λυγίζεται,  Soph.  Tr.  779. — 
2.  pass,  to  be  thrown  or  mastered,  ερω- 
tog  VTv'  άργαλέω  έλνγίχθης,  Theocr. 
1,  98. 

Αύγΐνος,  ίνη,  Lvov,  (7.νγος)  ofagmi.i- 
eastus,  στέφανος  λ.,  v.  Welcker  Aesch. 
Trilog.  p.  49  sq.,  cf.  λνγος  II.  [ν] 

i Αυγινός,  ov,  ό,  the  Lyginus,  a  branch 
of  the  Ister  in  territory  of  the  Tre- 
balli,  Arr.  An.  5,  6,  4. 

Αύγισμα,  ατός,  τό,  (λυγίζω)  that 
which  is  bent  or  ttvisted :  also=sq.  [ϋ] 

Ανγισμός.  ου,  6,  (λυγίζω)  a  bending, 
twisting,  strictly  of  willow,  hence  of 
wrestlers,  and  so  metaph.  of  the  loitid- 
ings  andtwistings  of  a  sophist,  Ar.  Ran. 
775. 

Αϋγιστής,  οϋ,  b,  (λνγος,  λυγίζω) 
a  basket-maker,  Lat.  victor. 

Αΰγιστικός,  ή,  όν,  (λυγίζω)  readily 
twisting :  pliant,  supple. 

Αϋγιστός,  ή,  όν,  ( λυγίζω )  bent, 
pliant. 

Αυγκάζω  and  λυγκαίνω,  =  λυγ- 
γαίνω. 

Ανγκειος,  εία,  ειον,  (λνγξ,  6)  lynx- 
like, βλέμμα,  Anth.  Ρ.  append  66. 

■\Αυγκενς,  έως,  ο,  l.ynceus,  brother 
of  Idas,  an  Argonaut,  famed  for  his 
sharpsight.Pind.N.  10, 115sqq.:  hence 
prov.  οξντερον  βλέττειν  τοϋ  Αυγκέως, 
Ar.  Pint.  210. — 2.  son  of  Aegyptus, 
husband  of  Hypennnestra,  king  of 
Argos,  Hes.  Sc.  337.-3.  a  son  of 
Hercules,  ApoUod.  2,  7,  8. — i.  a  ty- 
rant of  Samos,  a  pupil  of  Theophras- 
tus,  brother  of  Duris  the  historian,  a 
historian,  poet  and  general  writer, 
Ath.  128  A,  etc. ;  v.  Meineke  1,  p. 
458. 

■\Αυγκησταί,  ων,  οι, the  Lyncestae,a. 
people  in  south  west  of  Macedonia, 
Thuc.  2,  99 :  in  Diod.  S.  Αυγκεσταί : 
hence 

\Ανγκτιστίς,  ίδος,  ή,  the  country  of 
the  Lyncestae,  Lyncestis,  between  the 
rivers  Haliacmon  and  Erigon,  Strab. 
p.  326. 

Αυγκικός,ή,  όν,^λύγκειος. 

Αυγκίον,  ov,  τό,  Dim.  from  λύγξ, 
a  small  or  young  lynx,  Callix.  ap.  Ath. 
201  C. 

^Αύγκος,ον,  6,  Lyncus,  ma.3c.pr.  n., 
Qu.  Sm.  11,  90.— II.  ή,  capital  of  the 
Lyncestae,  Thuc.  4,  83,  124. 

Αυγκούριον,ον,  τό,  also  λιγκονριον 
or  λιγγούρων,  a  sort  o{ gem,  ace.  to 
some  a  reddish  amfter,  acc.  toothers  the 
hyacinth,  Theophr.,  Diosc.  (Some  de- 
rive the  word  from  the  Αίγυες  of 
Upper  Italy,  whence  came  the  gem  ; 
others  from  λνγκός  οίφός,  from  the 
vulgar  belief  that  it  was  lynxes'  water 
petrified.) 

Ανγμός,  ov,  6,  (λνζω)  a  sobbijig,  like 
λύγξ  {{/).  Plut.  2,  515  A.     Hence 

Αυγμώδης,  ες,=  λνγγώδης,  Hipp.  p. 
400. 

ΑΥΤΞ.  0,  gen.  λυγκός,  also  λνγ- 
γός,  Eur.  Incert.  118.  α  lynx,  H.  Hoin. 
18,  24,/3αλ£αί  λ.,  Eur.  Ale.  579,  Arist. 
H.  A.  2,  1,  33,  etc. 

Ανγξ,  ή,  gen.  λνγγός,  (λύζω)  a  vio- 
lent sobbing:  esp.  a  hiccup,  Hipp.,  etc. ; 
λ.  κενή,  Thuc.  2,  49  ;  for  various  reme- 
dies against  it  v.  Plat.  Symp.  185  D, 
and  cf.  Foes.  Oecon.  Hipp.  (Onoma- 
top.,  like  its  verb,  and  our  hiccup ;  cf. 
κόγξ.) 

Αϋγόδεσμος,  ov,  (λύγος,  δεσμός) 
bound  with  willow  twigs,  epith.  of  Diana, 
Paus.  3,  16,  11. 

Ανγοειδής,  ες,  (λνγος,  είδος)  like 
agnus  castas,  Diosc. 

Λϋ)θ7ΓΛό«:οΓ,  ov,  (ττλέκω)  plaiting 
of  willow  twigs. 

ΛΤΊΌΣ,  ov,  δ,  usu.  ή,  any  pliant 


ΑΎΜ 

twig  or  rod  fit  for  wicker-work,  esp.  of  a 
willow  twig,  with,  etc.,  Lat.  vimen,  Od. 
9,  427;  10,  166;  and  so  just  like  μό- 
σχος, but  in  μόσχοισι  ?.νγοισι,  11•  11, 
105,  it  is  doubllul  whether  one  of  the 
two  words  is  not  an  adj..  pliant,  or 
whether  they  are  both  substs.  in  ap- 
position :  so,  λ.  και  κλάδοι,  Arist. 
Plant.  1,  3,  3,  etc. — H.  later,  a  willow- 
like tree,  elsewh.  άγνος,  Lat.  vilexag- 
mis  castus,  used  for  wreaths,  Anacr. 
39,  prob.  1.  Aesch.  Fr.  219,  (ap.  Ath. 
674  E),  cf.  7<.νγινος. — \\\.=  στρείίλ'η, 
a  screw-press,  used  by  carpenters. 
(Perh.  akin  to  λοξός,  q.  v.)  [v] 

Αϋγοτενχής,  ες,  {λύγος,  τεύχω) 
made  of  withs,  κύρτος,  Anth.  P.  9,  562. 

Αϋγόφως,  τό,  (λνγη,  φως)=λνκό- 
φως,  q.  v. 

Ανγόω,  ώ,  =  ?ίνγίζω  :  to  overcome, 
φρένα  χρνσω,  Anth.  Ρ.  9,  150  ;  άλνκ- 
τοπέδησι  λνγωθείς,  Anth.  Plan.  15. 

ΛΎΓΡΟ'Σ,  ά,  όΐ',  sad.  gloomy,  dis- 
mal, mournful,  όλεθρος,  γήρας,  11.  10, 
174,  Od.  24,  250,  etc.  ;  also  with  many 
other  words,  mostly  denoting  states 
of  body  or  mind,  as  ύττ;,  'έλκος,  εχθος, 
etc. :  so,  λ.  δέος.  Archil.  16  ;  νε'ικος, 
Pind.  Ν.  8,  43;  ηένθος,  Aesch.  Cho. 
17 ;  πόνοι,  νόσος.  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  185, 
Phil.  1424  ;  etc. :  τα  λνγρύ,  bane,  mise- 
ry, II.  24,  531 ,  Od  14,  226 ;  ruin,  Od.  3, 
303 :  έξοχα  λύγρ'  είΜυΖα,  versed  above 
all  m  banes,  Od.  11,  432,  cf.  λνγρά 
νοενντες,  Hes.  Op.  259.-2.  with  an 
act.  force,  φάρμακα  λνγρά,  in  opp.  to 
έσθλά,  baneful  drugs,  Od.  4,  230; 
γαστήρ  λνγρή,  the  stomach  that  cause 
of  bane,  Od.  17,  473  ;  but— 3.  εϊματα 
λνγρά,  sorry  garments,  Od.  16,  457. 
— 11.  less  freq.  of  men,  sometimes— 1. 
baneful,  mischievous,  Od.  9,  454,  but 
usu. — 2.  sorry,  i.  e.  weak,  cowardly,  II. 
13,  119,  237,  Od.  18,  107.— 111. "adv. 
-ρώς,  II.  5. 763.— What  was  said  of  the 
kindred  ?.ευγαλίος,  applies  mostly  to 
λνγρός  also ;  but  the  active  force  of 
the  word  comes  more  forward  in  λν- 
γρός,  and  it  remained  in  use  among 
the  Att.  and  other  poets,  while  λευ- 
γαλέος  became  nearly  obsol.  (Akin 
to  λευγαλέος,  λοιγός,  λοίγιος,  Lat. 
lugeo,  luctus.) 

Ανγώδης,  ες,  (λύγος,  είδος)  like  a 
willow  twig,  i.  e.  taper,  pliant. 

^Ανδδα,  ης,  ή,  Lydda,  a  village  of 
Palestine  not  far  from  Joppa;  the 
later  Diospolis,  N.  T. ;  Joseph. 

^  Αύδειος,=^  Ανδιος. 

\Ανδη,ης,  ή,  Lyde,  fem.  pr.  η.,  Ath. 
598  C  :  but— 2.  Ανδή,  fem.  to  Ανδός. 

Ανδία,  ας,  ή,  Lydia,  the  kingdom 
of  Croesus  in  Asia  Mmor,  afterwards 
a  Persian  satrapy,  Hdt.,  etc. — tH.  fem. 
pr.  II.,  N.  T. 

^Ανδίάδας,  ov,  6,  Lydiadas,  of  Me- 
galopolis, a  commander  of  the  Ach- 
aean confederacy,  Polyb.  2,  44 ;  in 
Plut.  Arat.  30  Ανσιάδι/ς. 

Αϋδιάζω  and  Ανδιζω,  (Ανδός)  to 
imitate  the  Lydians,  esp.  in  language 
and  dress,  Ανδίζειν  την  στολήν,  Phi- 
lostr.  -.—λυδίζων,  of  Magnes,  in  ref- 
erence to  his  play  called  Ανδοί,  Ar. 
Eq.  523. 

\\νδιακός,  ή,  όν,  and  Ανδικός,  ή, 
oi',=  sq.  ;  ii  Ανδική,^=  Ανδία,  Hdt. 

Αύδιος,  ία,  ιον,  (Ανδία)  of  Lydia, 
Lydian,f  Aesch.  Supp.  550;  Pind.  N. 
4,  73t ;  hence  Ανδία  λίθος,  ή,  Bac- 
chyl.  Fr.  20,  a  silicious  stone  used  to 
assay  gold,  and  first  discovered  in 
Lydia,  elsewh.  βάσανος,  v.  Theophr. 
Lap.  46,  47. 

Αϋδιστί,  adv.  (Ανδιζω)  in  the  Lyd- 
ian  tongue,  after  the  Lyilian  fashion,  or 
(in  music)  the  Lydian  mode,  Cratin. 
Hor.  2,  cf.  Plat.  Rep.  308  E.  [rt] 


ATKA 

Αϋδίων,  ωνος,  ό,  Lat.  ludio,  ludius, 
Dion.  H.  2,  71  ;  cf.  Ανδός. 

Αϋδοτϊΰθής,  ες,  (Αυδός,  ηαθείν)  vo- 
luptuous as  a  Lydian,  Anacr.  100. 
(Cf.  ήδντίαθίις.) 

Ανδός,  οϋ,  ύ,\  fem.  Ανδή,  ής,^  α  Ly- 
dian, t Lydian,  Ανδον  Πελοττοζ-,  Pind. 
0. 1, 37,  etc. ;  Ανδή  γνναικί,^ορ^.Ύτ. 
70;  USU.  in  ρ1.  οι  Αυδυί,  the  Lydians, 
earlier  called  Maeonians,  Strab.  p. 
625  :  said  to  derive  their  name  from 
Ανδός,  a  son  of  Atys,  Hdt.  1,  7,  cf. 
171.  The  name  became  proverb,  for  a 
stupid  and  also  a  licentious  man,  Pa- 
roem.-f — \\.=  λνδίων,  App.  Pun.  66. 
ΛΥ'ΖΩ,  f.  -ξω,  to  have  the  hiccup, 
Hipp.  p.  160. — II.  iosoft,  Lat.  singnltire, 
in  genl.  to  whine,  Ar  Ach.  690,  cf.  Anth. 
P.  7,  218.  (Onomatop.,  hke  its  equiv- 
alent in  Lat.,  etc.,  cf.  ?ινγξ :  hence 
λύγξ,  ή,  λυγμός,  λνγγαίνω,  άναλνζω). 

Αύη,  ης,  ή.  Ion.  ior  λύα.  [ν] 

Αύθεν^  Aeol.  3  plur.  aor.  1  pass. 
from  λύω  for  έλύθησαν,  but  Hom. 
λνθέν,  neut.  part.  aor.  1  pass,  [v] 

Ανθρον,  ου,  τό,  or  λύθρος,  ου,  ό, 
filth,  defilement,  esp.  of  blood,  Horn., 
who  however  only  uses  dat.,  λύθρφ 
παλάσσετο χείρας,  II.  20,  503  ;  αΐματι 
και  λύθρφ  ττεπαλαγμένος,  Od.  22, 
402  ;  but  the  nom.  λνθρος  occurs  in 
Anth.  P.  9,  323,  Poll,  etc.— When  the 
word  stands  alone,  in  Hom.  it  is 
expl.  as  blood  streaming  from  wounds, 
gore,  like  βρότος,  but  when  coupled 
with  αίμα,  blood  and  dust  from  battle. 
The  Medic,  writers  use  it  lor  impure 
blood,  Hipp.  p.  1284,  and  Euphor.  sim- 
ply for  Λ<»7,  Fr.  54,  et  ibi  Meineke. — II. 
later,  the  colouring  matter  of  the  murtx. 
(Akin  to  λύμη,  q.  v.)     Hence 

Ανθρόω,  ω,  to  defile  with  gore. 

Ανθρύδης,  ες,  (λνθρον,  είδος)  de- 
filed with  gore,  bloody,  Anth.  P.  9,  258. 

^Αύκα,  ή,  L^ca, fem. pr.  n.,TimocI. 
ap.  Ath.  567  E. 

Ανκΰβαντίδες,  ωραι,  αϊ,  the  hours 
that  make  up  the  year,  Anth.  fP-  5,  13t  : 
from 

Ανκάβας,  αντος,  ό,  the  year,  Od. 
14,  161  ';  19,  306;  ace.  λνκάβαν,  Ep. 
Adesp.  194,  8.  (Prob.  from  *λί>κη, 
Lat.  lux,  and  βαίνω,  and  so,  strictly 
the  path  of  light,  the  sun's  course.)  [κα] 

ή-Ανκαβηττός,ον,  ό,Μΐ.  Lycabrttus, 
a  hill  of  Attica  not  far  from  Athens, 
Plat.  Criti.  112  C.  ^ 

^Ανκαγόρας,ον,  ό,  Lycagoras, m&sc. 
pr.  n.,  Arr.  An.  1,  12,  7. 

Αΰκύγχη,  ης,  ή,  (λύκος,  άγχω)=3 
κννάγχη. 

Ανκαια,  ων,  τά,  ν.  Ανκαΐος  II. 

Ανκαινα,  ης,  ή,  fem.  from  λύκος,  α 
she-wolf,  Plut.'  Rom.  2.  [ν] 

Ανκαινίς,  ίδος,  ή,  =  toreg.  only 
— +11.  as  fem.  pr.  η.,  Lycaenis,  Call 
Epigr.  56,  1,  Anth.  P.  5,  187. 

Ανκαινόμορφος,  ov,  (λνκαινίς,  μορ- 
φή) she-v)oif-shaped,  Lyc.481. 

Ανκαΐον.  ov,  TO,  όρος.  Mount  Ly- 
caeiis,t  in  the  south  of  Arcadia,  sacred 
to  Jupiter  and  Pan,  now  Tetragi,\ 
Pind.  Fr.  68  ;  also  ό  Ανκαϊος.     Cf.  sq. 

Ανκαϊος,  αία,  alov,  Lycaean,  Arca- 
dian :  freq.  epith.  of  Jupiter,  Pind.  O. 
9,  145  :  also  of  Pan,  hence — II.  ό  Av- 
καϊος,  a  mountain  in  Arcadia,  also  το 
AvKulov,i\.  v.— III.  Tu  Ανκαια,  (sc.) 
ιερά,  the  festival  of  Lycaean  Jupiter, 
I'Vciv  TU  A-,  Xen.  An.l,  2,  10  :— also 
the  Rom.  Lnpercalin  (from  λύκος,  Lat. 
lupus),  Dion.  H.  1,  80,  Plut.  Ant.  12. 

ίΑνκάμβης.  ov  in  Archil.  129  εος 
corrected  by  Elmsl.  εω,  6,  Lycambes, 
a  Theban,  father  of  Neobule,  Archil 
1.  c.  ;  Anth.  P.  7,  69  ;  etc. :  hence 

iAvKa/jSir,  ίδος,  and  -αμβιάς,  άδος, 
ή,  daughter  of  Lycambes,  Anth.  P.  7,70 
867 


ΛΤΚΗ 

^Ανκανθος,  ον,  h,  Lycanthus,  an 
Athenian,  Xen.  Hell.  6,  3, 2,  with  v.  1. 
Χνκιιιβος. 

Ανκανθρωττία,  ας,  ή,  a  melancholy 
madness,  in  which  one  wanders  at 
night,  howling  like  a  wolf. 

Ανκάΐ'θμωζος,  ov,  ό  and  ή,  {λύκος, 
άνθρωπος)  the  were-wolf  or  war-wulf, 
hence  in  Medic,  +onewho  labours  under 
Άνκανθρωττία. 

jAvKUovtx,  ων,  oi,  the  Lycaones,  Ly- 
caonians,  Xen  Cyr.  6,  2,  10 ;  Slrab.  p. 
554,  etc. :  v.  sq. 

^Ανκΰονία,  ας,  ή,  Lycaonia,  a  ■prov- 
ince of  Asia  Minor  between  Cappa- 
docia  and  Pisidia,  Xen.  An.  1,  2,  19, 
etc. 

iAvκaOl'ίδrις,  ov,  b,  son  of  Lycaon, 
i.  e.  Maenalus,  or  Areas,  Theocr.  1, 
125. 

ίΑνκάονικός,  η,  όν,  Lycaonian, 
Strab.,  but  more  usu. 

\Ανκϋ,όνιος,  a,oi',=foreg.,  Anth. — 
2.  of  or  relating  to  Lycaon,  Λ.  άρκτος, 
=  Κα'λλσιτώ,  Call.  Jov.  41. 

\Αχ>καονιστί,  adv.  in  the  Lycaonian 
tongue,  N.  T.  Act.  Apost.  14,  11. 

\Ανκάρητυς,  ov,  b,  Lycaretus,  a  Sa- 
mian,  Hdt.  3,  143. 

^Ανκάριος,  ov.  ό,  Lycarius,  a  Spar- 
tan ephor,  Xen.  Hell.  2,  3,  10. 

■{Ανκύστως,  a,  ov,  of  Lycastus,  a 
city  oi  Leuco-Syria,  Ap.  Rh.  2,  999. 

^Ανκαστος,  ov,  ij,  Lycastus,  a  city 
in  the  soutli  of  Crete,  11.  2,  647 : 
hence  adj.  Ανκύστειος,  ov,  of  Lycas- 
tus, Anth.  Plan.  253. 

Ανκανγής,  ες,  (*'λνκη,  ανγη)  of  or 
at  the  gray  twilight,  Heraclid.  AUeg.  7  : 
TO  λυκαυγές,  early  dawn,  Luc.  Ver. 
Hist.  2,  12,  etc. 

Ανκαχρος,  ov,  ή,  a  plant  like  the  al- 
kanet,  άγχονσα,  also  'λνκοφος,  ij,  "λν- 
κο'φίς,  η,  perh.  our  lycopsis,  bugluss, 
Nic.  Th.  840.  [v] 

^Ανκάων,  όνος,  6,  Lycaon,  son  of 
Pelasgus  and  the  nymph  Mehboea, 
king  of  Arcadia,  ApoUod.  3,  8,  1.^ — 2. 
father  of  Pandarus.  11.  2,  826.-3. 
son  of  Priam  and  Laothoe,  II.  3,  333. 
— 4.  a  son  of  Mars,  Eur.  Ale.  502. — 
II.  a  Lycaonian,  Xen. ;  etc. 

iAvκέaς,  ov,  b,  Lyceas,  a  historian 
of  Naucratis,  Ath.  616  ϋ. 

Αϋκέη,  ης,  ή,  Att.  contr.  ?mk7/.  sub. 
δορά,  wolf's  skin,  U.  10,  459  :  a  helmet 
of  it. 

Αύκεία,  ας,  /;,=  foreg.,  Polyb. 

Ανκείον,  ov,  TO.  the  Lyceum,  a 
gymnasium  or  public  palaestra  with 
covered  walks  in  the  eastern  suburb 
of  Athens,  where  Aristotle  taught, 
named  after  the  neighbourmg  temple 
of  Apollo  '/.νκειυς,  Ar.  Pac.  357,  cf. 
Xen.  Hell.  1,  1,  33 :— strictly  neut. 
from  sq. 

Ανκειος,  eia,  ειον,  also  ος,  ov, 
Eur.  Rhes.  208,  (λνκος) :  Lycean, 
epith.  of  Apollo,  Ανκειος  άναξ,  or 
simply,  ό  Ανκεως,  either  as  Τί,νκοκτό- 
VOf  (q.  v.);  or  as  the  Lycian  God  (v. 
Ανκηγενής);  or,  as  Miiller  Dor.  2,  C, 
^  8,  from  *λνκ7],  q.  v. : — Aesch.  Theb. 
145,  plays  upon  the  doubtful  mean- 
ings, Ανκει,'  άναζ,  λύκειος  γενον 
στρατφ  όαίω,  Lycean  lord,  be  a  very 
wolf  to  the  enemy,  cf  Id.  Supp.  086, 
Soph.  El.  7.  [ΰ] 

Ανκη,  ης,  ή,  Att.  contr.  for  λνκέη, 
q.  V. 

*AT'KH,  a  root,  only  found  Ma- 
crob.  Sat.  1.  17,  whence  come  ?.νκό• 
φως,  άβφύ.νκη,  λύκος,  λύχνος,  λύγ- 
δος,  λενσαω,  λενκός,  and  Lat.  lucco, 
lux,  as  also  λνκύβας,  λνκαυγής,  λν- 
κοψία,  and  Germ,  leuchten,  our  own 
light,  lighten,  in  the  same  sense  :  cf 
&ΐ80?.νγη,  λυκόφως,  [ν] 


ΛΎΚΟ 

Ανκηγενης,  ες,  {Ανκία,  γένος)  epith. 
of  Apollo,  usu.  e.xplaincd  Lycian- 
born,  i.  e.  at  Patara,  11.  4,  101,  cf  He- 
raclid. AUeg.  7,  and  λνκειος. 

Ανκηδόν,  adv.  {λύκος)  wolf-like, 
Aesch.  Fr.  30. 

Ανκηβμός,  οϋ,  b,awolfs  howl,  form- 
ed like  μνκηθμός,  ap.  Suid. 

Ανκήλατος,  ov,  b,  =  εγχελνς, 
Hesych. 

Ανκία,  ας,  ή,  Lycia,f  a  province  of 
Asia  Minor  between  Caria  and  Pam- 
phylia,  earlier  called  ;}  Μίλΐ'άζ•,  and 
ace.  to  Hdt.  1,  173,  received  its  later 
name  from  AtiKOf,the  son  of  Pandion, 
II.  2,  877,  sqq.t :  adv.,  ΑνκίηΟεν  from 
Lycia,  11.  5,  105 ;  Ανκίηχ'ύε,  to  Lycia, 
U.  6,  168. 

^Ανκίακός,  ή,  όν,  Lycian,  of  Lycia. 

^Ανκίδας,  ov  Dor.  a,  ό,  Lycidas,  a 
bucolic  poet,  Mosch.  3,  96. — 2.  a  slave 
of  Chabrias,  Dem.  497,  7. — Others  in 
Dem.  1251,  4;  etc. 

Ανκϊύενς,  έως,  ό,  {λύκος)  a  wolf's 
whelp,  Theocr.  5,  38,  Plut.  Solon  23, 
ubi  v.  Schaf 

■\Ανκίύης,  ov  Ion.  εω,  ό,  Lycides,  an 
Athenian,  Hdt.  9,  5. 

^Ανκϊνος,  ov,  ό,  Lyclnus,  father  of 
Amphitheus,  Ar.  Ach.  50. — Others  in 
Dem.  1223,  2  ;  Paus. ;  etc. 

Ανΐίΐοεργ7/ς,  ές,  Ανκιονργής,  ες, 
(Ανκία,  *έργω)  of  Lycian  workman- 
ship, Α.  φιύλαί,  Dem.  1193,  11  :  cf 
λνκοεργής.  (Formed  like'Arri/coiY)- 
γής,  Βοιωτιονργής,  etc.,  Valck.  Hdt. 
7,  76.) 

ίΑύκιυι,  ων,  oi,  the  Lycians,  II.  2, 
876  ;  v.  Ανκία.  [ν] 

Αύκιον,  ov,  τό,  a  Lycian  kind  of 
thorn,  elsewh.  ττνξύκανθα,  Diosc. — II. 
a  liquor  drawn  from  it,  and  used  as  a 
medicine,  Cels.  [v] 

^AvKiov,  ov,  TO,  the  temple  of  the 
hero  Lycus  {Ανκος  1.  5),  at  Athens, 
Plut.  Thes.  27. 

Ανκιος,  ov,  b,  a  kind  of  daw  or 
chough,  dub. 

iAvκιoς,  a,  ov.  of  Lycia,  Lycian, 
Pind.  P.  3, 198  ;  Hdt.  ;  etc. :  as  epith. 
of  Apollo,  Id.  1,  74. 

i Ανκιος,  ov.  ό,  Lycius,  son  of  Lyca- 
on,ApoUod,  3, 8. — 2.=AiJ/cofI.  5,  Paus. 
1,  19,  4. — 3.  an  Athenian,  commander 
of  the  cavalry  in  the  army  of  the  ten 
thousand,  Xen.  An.  4,  3,  22. — 4.  a 
Syracusan  in  the  same.  Id.  1,  10, 
14.— Others  in  Paus. ;  etc. 

Ανκίονργής,  ές,  contr.  for  Ανκιοερ- 
γής,  q.  v. 

\Αύκίς,  ιδος,  b,  Lycis,  a  comic  poet 
derided  by  Aristoph.  Ran.  14. 

^Ανκίσκος,  ov,  b,  Lyciscus,  an  Ath- 
enian archon  01.  109,  1,  Dem.  1330, 
21 ;  cf  Xen.  Hell.  1,  7,  13.— Others 
in  Polyb. ;  etc. 

i ΑνκούτΊ]ς,  ov,  b,  ainnhah.of  Lycoa, 
a  city  of  Arcadia,  Polyb.  16,  17,  5. 

Ανκοβΰτίας,  ου,  b,  (λύκος,  βαίνω) 
wolf-trodden. 

Ανκόβρωτος,  ov,  (λύκος,  βιβρώσκω) 
eaten  by  wolves,  Arist.  H.  A.  8,  10,  5. 

Ανκοδίωκτος,  ov,  {λύκος,  διώκω) 
wolf-chased,  δύμαλις,  Aesch.  Supp. 
350  ;  as  Herm.  for  λενκόστικτος. 

Ανκόδοντες,  oi,  {λύκος,  όδονς)=^ 
κvvbδovτες,  Galen. 

Ανκοειδής,  ές,  {?.νκος,  είδος)  wolf- 
like,  wolfish. 

Ανκοεργης,  ές,  { λ.νκος,  *εργω ) 
wolf-destroying,  Lat.  lupos  conficiens, 
ΤΓρόβο?ι.οι  λνκοεργέες.  javelins  for 
killing  wohes,  Hdt.  7,  76,  ubi  al.AvKi- 
οεργέες,  but  needlessly. 

ΑΙ'κυθαρσέ/ς,  ές,  (λύκος,  θύρσος) 
bold  as  a  wolf,  Anth.  P.  7,  703. 

Ανκοθήρας,  ov,  b,  {7.ύκος,  θηράω)  a 
wolf-hunfer. 


ΛΤΚΟ 

Ανκοκτονέω,  ω,  to  slay  wolves: 
from 

Ανκοκτόνος,  ov,  {λύκος,  κτείνω) 
wolf-slaying :  epith.  of  Apollo,  the 
wolf-slayer,  Soph.  El.  6,  cf  Paus.  2, 
19,  4,  and  Αύκειος. — II.  το  λνκόκτο- 
νον,  a  plant,  wolf's  bane,  aconitum, 
Galen. 

ΊΑνκολέων,  οντος.  b,  Lycoleon,  an 
Athenian  orator,  Arist.  Rhet.  3,  10. 

^Ανκομι'/δειος,  ό,  ή,  of  Lycomedes, 
Anth.  P.  6,  276,  6 :  from 

ίΑνκομήδ?/ς,  ονς,  b,  Lycomedes,  son 
of  Creon,  a  Grecian  leader  before 
Troy,  11.  9,  84.-2.  a  king  of  Scyrcs, 
fatlier  of  Dcidamia,  Soph.  Phil.  243. 
—Others  in  Hdt.  8,  11 ;  etc. 

^Ανκομί/δίς,  ίδος,  φ,  daughter  of  Ly- 
comedes (2),  Bion  15,  8. 

Ανκόμορφος,  ov,  (λΛΚος,  μορφή) 
wolf-shaped. 

ήΑνκόμων,  ωνος,  ό,  Lucumo,  v.  Αον- 
κούμων,  Dion.  Η. 

^Avκόopyoς,  ov,  6,  Ερ.  resolved 
form  οί  Ανκοΰρ-γος,  Π.  6,  130. 

Ανκοπάνθηρ,  ηρος,  ό,  α  wolf  panther. 

Ανκοπερσικόΐ'  or  -πέρσιον,  ov,  τό, 
an  Aegyptian  plant  with  a  strong- 
smelling,  yellowish  juice,  Galen. 

Αύκόποδες,  ων,  oi,  {λύκος,  πονς) 
the  body  guards  of  tyrants,  perh.  be- 
cause they  wore  ivolf's  skin  boots, 
Arist.  ap.  Schol.  Ar.  Lys.  665,  Suid. 
s.  V. :— in  Ar.  Lys.  1.  c,  λενκόττοδες 
must  be  read  (with  Herm.)  metri  grat. 

^Ανκορμαϊος,  a,  ov,  of  the  Lycormas, 
Lye.  1012:  from 

^Ανκόρμας,  ov,  6,  Lycormas,  a  river 
of  Aetolia,  which  was  afterwards 
called  Euenus,  Strab.  p.  327. — II. 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Anth.  P.  G,  HI ;  etc. 

Ανκοββαίσττ/ς,  ov,  b,  {λύκος,  βαίω) 
a  wolf-worrier,  κύων,  Anth.  P.  7,  44, 
cf  6,  106. 

^Ανκόρτας,  a,  b,  Lycorias,  father  ot 
Polybius,  a  commander  of  the  Achae- 
ans.  Polyb.  2,  40,  2,  etc.— Others  in 
Paus. ;  etc. 

ΑΎ'ΚΟΣ,  ov,  b,  a  wolf,  Horn.,  the 
largest  wild  beast  in  Greece,  and  the 
emblem  of  greediness  and  cruelty,  v. 
esp.  II.  16,  156  sq.,  352,  sq. ;  /..  όρέστε- 
poi,  Od.  10,  212;  κοιλογύστορες, 
Aesch.  Theb.  1035  ;  etc. : — proverb., 
λνκον  ίδεϊν,  to  see  a  wolf,  i.  e.  to  be 
struck  dumb,  as  was  vulgarly  believed 
of  any  one  of  whom  a  wolfgoi  ihc first 
look,  Plat.  Rep.  336  D,  Theocr.  14, 
22 ;  so,  Moerim  lupi  videre  priores, 
Virg.  Eel.  9,  54,  cf  Phn.  N.  H.  8,  34  : 
λύκον  πτερά,  proverb,  of  things  that 
are  not,  like '  pigeon's  milk,'  Meineke 
Com.  Fragm.  2,  p.  245  ;  ως  λύκος  χά- 
νων, of  vain  expectation,  lb.  3,  213  ; 
so,  λύκος  κεχηνώς,  Ar.  Lys.  629 :  λ. 
oiv  νμεναιοί,  of  an  impossibility.  Id. 
Pac.  1076,  1112;  λύκον  βίον  ζην,  a^. 
Polyb.  10,  24,  4  ;  εκ  λνκον  στόματος, 
Paroem.,  etc. — II.  a  kind  of  daw  or 
chough,  Arist.  H.  A.  9,  24.— III.  a  kind 
oi  fish,  Ath.  282  D.— IV.  a  kind  ot 
spider,  Arist.  H.  A.  9,  39,  1. — V^.  any 
kind  of  iron  hook  or  spike,  esp. — 1. 
a  jagged  bit  for  hard-mouthed  horses, 
Lat.  lupus,  lupatum.  Plut.  2,  641  F; 
cf  λνκοσπύς. — 2.  a  hook  or  knocker  on 
a  door,  elsewh.  μάνδαλος  or  κόραξ. — 
3.  the  hook  of  a  well-rope,  by  which  the 
bucket  hangs. — VI.  nickname  of  κίναι- 
(5oi,Anth.P.  12,250;cf  Plat.  Phaedr. 
241  D.— VII.  the  fiower  of  the  iris,  Ath. 
682  A.  (Cf  lupus,  ΰ?Μπ-ηξ ;  wolf, 
vulpes :  the  Sansc.  is  varkas  (cf  Sa- 
bine hirpus),  and  in  Slavoii.  the  k  is  re- 
tained, e.  g.  Russ.  walk,  Winning, 
compar.  Philology,  p.  60).  [i)] 

]Αύκος,  ov,  ό,  Lycus,  1.  of  men, — 1. 
son  of  Neptune  and  CelaenOjApollcd 


ΛΥΚΟ 

3,  10,  1.— 2.  a  son  of  Aegyptiis,  Id.  2, 

1,  6. — 3.  son  of  Dascylus,  king  of  the 
Mariandyni,  Λρ.  Rh.  2, 139.— 4.  son  of 
Hyrieus,  an  ancieni  king  of  Thebes, 
husband  of  Dirce,  Eur.  H.  F.  27.-5. 
son  of  Pandion,  an  Athenian,  fled  to 
Asia,  and  from  him  Lycia  is  said 
to  have  derived  its  name,  Hdt.  7,  92 ; 
Strab.  p.  667  :  honoured  as  an  Athen- 
ian hero,  Ar.  Vesp.  389  :  v.  Αύκιον. 
— 6.  grandfather  of  Anacharsis,  Hdt. 

4,  70. — 7.  an  Athenian,  father  of 
Thrasybulus,  Thuc.  8,  75. — Others 
in  Paus. ;  etc. — II.  of  rivers,  the  Ly- 
cus,  I.  a  tributary  of  the  Tigris  in  As- 
syria, Strab.  p.  737 :  in  Xen.  Ζάβατος. 
— 2.  a  river  of  Syria,  Strab.  p.  755. — 
3.  a  tributary  of  the  Maeander  in 
Greater  Phrygia,  Hdt.  7,  30 :  now 
Djok-bounai. — 4.  a  river  of  Pontus,  a 
tributary  of  the  Iris,  now  Karahissnr, 
Strab.  p.  556. — 5.  a  river  of  Bithynia 
flowing  into  the  Euxine  near  Hera- 
clea,  now  KUij-su,  Xen.  An.  6,  2,  13. 
— 6.  a  small  stream  of  My  sia,  Polyb.  5, 
77,  7. — 7.  a  river  of  European  Sarma- 
tia,  fallmg  into  the  Palus  Maeotis, 
Hdt.  4,  123. 

ίΑνκόσονρα.  ας,  η,  Lycosura,  a  city 
of  Arcadia  on  Mt.  Lycaeus,  Paus.  8, 

2,  1  :  01  ΑυκοσονρεΙς,  the  inhab.  of 
Lye,  Id.  8,  27,  4. 

Ανκοσπάς,  άδος,  ό,  ή,  {λύκος,  σπάω) 
torn  οτ  attacked  by  α  wolf,  tcJifi  Ael.  Ν. 
Α.  1,  38. t — II.  drawn  by  the  bit  {λύκος 
V.) ;  ol.  λνκοσπάόες,  were  a  breed  of 
horses  in  tower  Italy,  elsewh.  Έι>£Τθί, 
Plut.  2,  641  F ;  cf.  Ael.  N.  Λ.  16,  24, 
Call.  Fr.  ? — III.  a  name  for  ivasps,  Nic. 
Th.  742  ;  ubi  v.  Schol.  [a] 

Ανκόστομος,  ov,  {λνκος,  στόμα) 
wolf-mouthed :  b  λ.,  a  kind  of  anchovy, 
Ael.  N.  A.  8,  18.  ^ 

■\AvKOV  πό7ας,  ή,  {wolf's  city) Lyco- 
polts.  a  city  in  the  Aegyptian  Delta, 
Strab,  p.  802. 

Ανκονργεία,  ας,  ή,  the  trilogy  (of 
Aesch.)  on  the  story  of  Lycurgus  (1), 
Ar.  Thesm.  135  ;  cf.  'Ορεστεία  :  prop, 
fein.  of 

^Ανκούργειος,  a,  ov,  of  Lyairgus, 
Lycurgean,  Polyaen. ;  from 

■^Ανκονργος,  ov,  ό,  Ep.  Αυκόοργος, 
Lycurgus,  son  of  Dryas,  king  of  the 
Edoni  in  Thrace,  punished  by  the 
gods  for  insulting  Bacchus,  II.  6,  130. 
— 2.  son  of  Aleus  and  Neaera.  a 
king  of  Arcadia,  11.  7,  142. — 3.  son  of 
Pheres,  a  ruler  in  Nemea,  Apollod. 
1,  9,  14. — 4.  a  suitor  of  Hippodamia, 
Paus.  6,  21,  10. — 5.  son  of  Eunomus, 
the  famous  lawgiver  of  the  Spartans, 
Hdt.  1,  65.-6.  an  Arcadian,  Id.  6, 
127. — 7.  a  celebrated  orator  of  Ath- 
ens, a  pupil  of  Plato,  Plut.  Vit.  X. 
oratt. — Others  in  Xen. ;  etc. 

iAvKOvpia,  ar,  ή,  Lycuria,  a  district 
of  Arcadia,  Paus.  8,  19,  4. 

Αϋκόχρανος,  ov,  ό,  a  plant,  also  writ- 
ten ?.υκοφών,  Plut.  Lye.  16,  cf.  Id.  2, 
237  B. 

Αΐ'κόφβαλμος,  ov,  {λύκος,  οφθαλ- 
μός) wolf-eyed. — II.  as  subst.,  α preciou* 
stone. 

ΑύκοφΙλία,  ας,  ή,  {λύκος,  φί7Λα) 
wolf's,  i.  e.  false  friendship,  Ep.  Plat. 
318  E,  M.  Ant.  11,  15.    Hence 

Αϋκοφίλιος,  ov,  of  or  like  wolf's 
friendship,  Menand.  p.  254.  [I] 

Ανκοφόρος,  ον,{?ινκος,  φέρω)  brand- 
edwi'.h  the  mark  of  a  wolf  Strab.  p.  215. 

i  Ανκοφρονίδης,  ου,  ό,  Lycophronides, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Ath.  670  C. 

Ανκόφρων,  όνος,  ό,  ή,  0•.νκος.  opijv) 
wolf-miiided,  Plut.  2,  988  D  :  in  Horn. 
only  as  prop,  n,  v.  sq. 

'\ Ανκόφρων.  όνος,  ό,  Lycophron,  son 
of  Master  of  Cythuera,  companion  of 


ΛΤΜΑ 

the  Telamonian  Ajax  before  Troy,  Π. 
15,  430.-2.  son  of  Periander  of  Co- 
rinth, Hdt.  3.  50.— 3.  a  tyrant  of  Phe- 
rae  in  Thessaly,  Xen.  Hell.  2,  3,  4.— 
4.  father  of  the  orator  Lycurgus, 
Paus.  1,  29,  15. — 5.  a  poet  and  gram- 
marian of  Alexandrea,  born  at  Chal- 
cis  in  Euboea,  Luc. —  Others  in 
Arist. ;  etc, 

Ανκόφως,  ωτος,  ό,  twilight,  both  of 
morning  and  evening,  like  ύμφιλνκη 
ννξ,  Lat.  dtluctdum,  v.  infra.  (Usu. 
deriv.  from  the  root  *λνκη  q.  v.,  and 
φως,  cf.  σκώφως  :  ace.  to  others  from 
λύκος,  wolf-light,  during  which  the 
wolf  prowls,  as  we  say  owl-light,  bat- 
light,  Ael.  N.  A.  10,  26,  Schol.  II.  7, 
433  ;  cf.  Pott  Et.  Forsch.  2,  253.) 

Ανκόχροος,  ov,  contr.  -χρονς,  ovv, 
{/Μκος,  χρόα)  wolf-coloured. 

Ανκοψία,  ας,  η,  {δψις)=λνκόφως, 
Lye.  1432. 

Ανκοψίς,  η,  and  λύκοψος,  ή,=7<.ν- 
καφος,  Diosc. 

Ανκύω,  ώ,  {λύκος)  to  tear  like  a 
wolf.  Pass,  to  be  attacked,  torn  by 
wolves,  πρόβατα  λελνκωμένα,  Xen. 
Cyr.  8,  3,  41. 

iAύκτιoς,  a,  ov,  of  Lyctus,  Lyctian, 
Arist.  Pol.  2,  7,  1 :  ^  Ανκτία,  sc.  -γη, 
the  territory  of  Lyctus,  Strab.  p.  476 : 
from 

ΙΑΰκΓΟζ•,  ov,  η,  Lyctus,  an  ancient 
city  of  Crete,  II.  2,  647,  where  Strab. 
p.  476  read  Αύττος,  as  Polyb.  also 
named  it. 

Αύκώδης,  ες,  =  λυκοειδήσ,  Arist. 
Η.  Α.  6,  32,  1. 

iAύκωv,  ωνος,  ό,  Lycon,son  of  Hip- 
pocoon,  Apollod.  3,  10,  5. — 2.  a  Tro- 
jan, II.  10,  335. — 3.  an  Athenian,  one 
of  the  accusers  of  Socrates,  Plat. 
Apol.  23;  Ar.  Vesp.  1301.— Others  in 
Xen.  An.  5,  6,  27  ;  Theocr.  ;  etc. 

\AvKUvrj,  7]ς,  }],Lycone,  a  hill  of  Ar- 
golis,  Paus.  2,  24,  5. 

■\Αύκων  Τϊόλις.  ή,  {city  of  wolves)  Ly- 
copolis,  a  city  of  Aegyptian  Thebais, 
so  named  from  the  respect  there  paid 
to  wolves,  Strab,  p.  843. 

ίΑνκώπας,  a,  b,  Lycopas,  a  herds- 
man, Theocr.  5,  62:  Dor.=  Ion.  Aw- 
κώπης. 

^Ανκωπεύς,  έως,  6,  Lycopeus,  son  of 
Agrius,  Apollod.  1,8. — 2.  a  citizen  of 
Cos,  Theocr.  7,  4. 

^Αυκώπη,  ης,  η,  Lycdpe,  a  city  of 
Aetolia ;  hence  b  Ανκωπίτης,  an  in- 
hab. of  Lycope,  Theocr.  6,  72. 

ή;Ανκώπης,  ov  Ion.  εω,  ό,  Lycopas, 
a  Lacedaemonian,  Hdt.  3,  55,  Ion. 
for  -πας. 

\Ανκώρεια,  ας,  T],Lycorea,  a  city  on 
the  southern  point  of  Mt.  Parnassus, 
now  Lyakoiira,  Strab.  p.  418  :  hence 

'\Ανκώρεως,  a,  ov,  of  Lycorea,  Ly- 
corean,  Anth. :  ό  A.  appell.  of  Apollo, 
Ap.  Rh.  4,  1490;  and  Ανκωρεύς,  b. 
Call.  Ap.  19. 

'\  Ανκωρεύς,  έως,  ό,=Ανκώρεια,  Luc. 
Tim.  3. — II.  Lycoreus,  son  of  Apollo 
and  Corycia  ;  in  Paus.  Ανκωρος,  10, 
6,  3. — 2,  V.  sub  foreg. 

Ανμα,  ατός,  τό,  like  κάθαρμα,  filth 
or  dirt  removed  by  washing,  esp.  in  plur., 
ΰμβροσίτι μεν  πρώτον  ΰπο χροος... λύ- 
ματα πάντα  κάθτιρον,\\.  14, 171,  Soph. 
Aj.  655:  also  the  dirty  water,  etc., 
thrown  away  afterwards,  Lat.  purga- 
mentiun,  hence,  εΙς  άλα  λύματ'  εβαλ- 
λον,  11.  1,  314;  λ.  τόκου,  the  discharge 
aftcrchild-birth,=T-c£Zo;i;i«,Call.  Jov. 
17. — II.  moral  filth  or  defilement,  dis- 
grace, infamy.  Soph.  O.  C.  805. — III. 
an  abandoned  man,  the  offscourings  of 
society,  like  κάθαρμα  III. — W .=λύμη, 
ruin,  Aesch.  Pr.  692,  cf.  Seidl.  Eur. 
Tro.  608. — V.  a  thing  to  be  redeemed,  a 


ΛΥΜΗ 

pledge,  usu.  ένέχνρον,  Suid.  (Prob. 
from  λούω,  Lat.  iuo,  lava,  akin  to  λν- 
θμος,  λύμη,  ?Μίμός.) 

Ανμαίνομαι,  dep.  mid. ;  with  pf. 
pass.  λε?ιύμασμαι,  Dem.  1109,28;  3 
sing,  λελύμανται,  570, 20  ;  v.  sub  fin. : 
— strictly,  to  cleanse  one's  self  (from 
7Λμα),  but  this  signf.  only  appears  in 
compd.  άπολνμαίνομαι. — II.  (from 
λύμ7ΐ)  to  treat  another  outrageously,  to 
outrage  by  word  or  deed,  to  maltreat, 
esp.  of  personal  injuries,  scourging, 
torturing,  etc.,  (cf.  Dem.  630,  26),  c. 
ace,  την  'ίππον  ελνμηναντο  άνηκέ- 
στως,  Hdt.  8,  28  ;  opyrj.-.ή  σ'  άεΐ  λυ- 
μαίνεται.  Soph.  Ο.  C.  855;  cf  Eur. 
Bacch.  3.54,  Ar.  Αν.  100,  Jsae.  58,  11, 
Xen.,  etc.  ;  also  c.  dat.,  ?Λμαίνεσθαι 
τώ  νεκρύ,  Hdt.  1,  214;  9,  79;  cf. 
■V^^ess.  ad  8,  15,  Ar.  Nub.  928,  Eur. 
Bacch.  632,  etc. ;  (the  constr.  with 
dat.  is  considered  strictly  Att.,  Schol. 
Ar.  Nub.  925,  but  Xen.  always  has 
ace,  and  it  is  freq.  in  the  Oratt.  ■  Plat, 
does  not  use  the  word  at  all) :  absol. 
to  do  mischief,  cause  ruin,  etc.,  Thuc. 

5,  103  ;  so,  λνμτισι  λνμαίνεσθαι,  Hdt. 

6,  12  ;  c.  ace.  cognato.  ΰλις  ?.νμηςην 
έλνμήνω  πύρος,  Eur,  Hel.  1099  ;  also 
c.  neut.  adj.  in  ace,  τά?.λα  πάντα 
λνμαίνεσθαι.  Hdt.  3,  16,  cf.  Dem. 
The  act.  λνμαίνω  seems  not  to  occur 
before  Liban.,  who  uses  it  with  dat., 
(for  the  examples  in  Xen.  and  Aristot. 
liave  been  corrected  from  Μ  SS.) :  but 
λυμαίνομαι  is  used  as  pass,,  now  and 
then,  δεδεμένος  και  λνμαινόμενος, 
Antipho  136,  43 ;  λνμανθέν  δέμας, 
Aesch,  Cho.  290.     Hence 

Ανμαντήρ,  ήρας,  ό,  a  spoiler,  destroy- 
er, φιλίας,  Xen,  Hier.  3,  3  :  hence 

Αϋμαντήριος,  ία,  lov,  injurio-us,  de- 
structive, δεσμά,  Aesch.  Pr.  991 :  c. 
gen.  outraging,  ruining  another,  γνναι- 
κός,  οίκων,  Aesch.  Ag.  1438,  Cho.  764. 

Ανμαντής,  ον,ό,=  λνμαντήρ,  γάμος 
λ.  βίου.  Soph.  Tr.  793. 

Ανμαντικός,  ή,  όν,^λνμαντηριος, 
Epict, 

Ανμάντωρ,  ορός,  ό,=:λνμαντήρ, 
Timon,  ap,  Sext,  Emp,  Math,  11, 171. 

Αύμαξ,=  πέτρα,  Hesych,,  whence 
Lat,  lumecta  and  lumnrius. 

■\Ανμαξ,  ακος,  b,  Lymax,  a  river  of 
Arcadia,  Paus,  8,  10,  3. 

Ανμαρ,  τό,  poet,  for  λύμα,  ?ιύμη. 

Αύμασις,  ή,=  λύμη,  dub.  1.  Aesch. 
Supp.  877. 

Αϋμάχη,  ή,=?ιύμη,  Hesych. 

Ανμεών,  ώνος,  ό.  {?^ύμη)  α  destroyer, 
spoiler,  corrupter.  Soph.  Aj.  573  ;  γυ- 
ναικών, Eur.  Hipp.  1008 ;  σωτήρες 
άλλα  μη  λνμεώνες,  Isocr.  56  Ε,  187 
Β  ;  cf.  Xen.  Hier.  6.  6.     Hence 

Ανμεωνεύομαι,  dep.  τι\κ\.,=  7.νμαί- 
νομηι,  V.  1.  Polyb.  5,  5,  8. 

Ανμη,  ης,  ή,  outragehy  word  or  deed, 
maltreatment,  esp.  maiming,  and  so 
rui7i,  destruction,  έπι  λί'μη,  forthe  sake 
of  insult,  Hdt.  2,  121,  4,  cf  Aesch. 
Theh.  879  ;  άνδρα  ούτω  αίσχρώς  7.v- 
μτι  διακείμενον,  Hdt.  2,  162 ;  ών  δια- 
φθειρομένων  ουκ  άν  γένοιτο  μεγά7.η 
λύμη  τ^  πόλει,  Plat.  Legg.  919  C; 
λ.  καρπών  και  προβάτων,  Xen.  Oec. 
5,  6:  freq.  in  plur.,  λύμ-ησι  λυμαίνε- 
σθαι,  Hdt.  6,  12,  λύμαις  φθείρειν,  Ar. 
Αν.  1008;  άδαμαντοδέτοισι  λίψαις, 
Aesch.  Pr.  148,  cf.  426.— ΙΙ.=?.ι>σ, 
defilement,  impxirity,  Polyb.  5,  59,  11. 
{λ.ύμη  and  λϊ'μα  are  orig.  the  same, 
though  each  has  by  custom  been  more 
restricted  to  one  branch  of  their  com- 
mon signf. :  from  the  same  roots 
come  λώβη,  λύθρος,  Lat.  lahes,  lutum, 
prob.  also  λοιμός,  Lat.  lues:  perh. 
also  7.ύπη.)  [ν] 

Αύμ7]ν,  Ep.  aor.  mid.  c.  pass,  signf. 
869 


ΛΥΡΑ 

formed  from  ?.νω,  without  any  vowel 
of  union,  II,  21,  80.  [v] 

Μιμητής,  ου,  ό,  poet,  for  λνμαντήρ. 

Ανμμα,  ατός,  τό,=λϋμα,  Strab.  p. 
235. 

Αϋμώδίΐς,  ες,  {λύμη,  εΐόος)  ruinous, 
destructive. 

λντταλγής,  ές,  Ο-νπη,  ΰλγος)  dis- 
tressed by  pain,  Paul.  S.  Ecphr.  474. 

Ανττέω,  ώ,  f.  -ί/αω,  (λνπη)  to  give 
pain  to,  to  pain,  distress,  grieve,  annoy, 
Hes.  Op.  399,  Hdt.  8, 144,  Trag.,  etc. ; 
opp.  to  ενφραίνειν,  Eur.  Ale.  238 ; 
ταύτα  ταύτα  λυποΐητες,  u  έγώ  υμάς 
έ'/.ύιτονν.  Plat.  ΑροΙ.  41  Ε  ;  έλντ^ει 
αντον  7/  χώρα  τνορθονιιένη,  Xen.  An. 
7,  7,  12  : — Hdt.  also  has  it  of  caval- 
ry and  light  troops,  tn  harass,  annoy 
ftn  armv  by  constant  attacks,  Hdt.  9, 
40,  cf.  61,  Thuc.  G,  66,  etc.— Pass,  to 
be  sad,  to  tnourn,  grieve,  λυτϊεΐαθαι  φρέ- 
να, Theogn.  593;  opp.  to  χαίρειν, 
Soph.  Aj.  555,  etc. :  al.so  c.  ace,  rei,  to 
grieve  about  a  thing.  Soph.  Aj.  1086; 
προς  τι,  Thuc.  2,  64,  Plat.  Rep.  585 
A;  absoi.  to  feel  patn,  Eur.  Ion  632, 
Plat.,  etc. ;  το  λυττονμενον,^ή  λνττη, 
Schaf  Dion.  Coinp  p.  205. 

AT'IIH,  7]ς.  ή,  pain,  Lat.  dolor,  Hdt. 
7,  l.')2;  opp.  to  ήόονή.  Plat.  Phil.  31 
C,  etc. :  also  pain  of  mind,  grief,  Hdt. 
7.  16  ;  opp.  to  χαρά,  Xen.  Hell.  7,  1, 
32  ;  and  so,  mostly  in  Trag.,  δήγμα  δε 
λύπης  ovosu  έφ'  ήτταρ  προςικνεΐται, 
Aesch.  Ag.  791 ;  etc.  [ϋ] 

Ανττημα,  ατός,  τή,  {λϋπέω)  pain, 
distress.  Soph.  Tr.  554. 

Ανττηρός,  ά,  όν,  {λνττέω),  painful, 
Lat.  molestiis,  το  σοι  τοντ'  έστι  λυττη- 
ρον  κλύειν,  Soph.  Ο.  C.  1176;  τάν 
δόμοισι  λυπηρά,  Eur.  Ion  623,  etc.  : 
also  of  persons,  troubhsome,  Ar.  Ach. 
456,  Xen.  An.  2,  5,  13.  Adv.  -ρώς, 
λνπηρώς  έχει  ει....  Soph.  El.  767  ;  λ. 
φέρειν  τι,  Isocr.  199  D. 

Ανπησΐλόγος,  αν,  {λυπέω,  λόγος) 
giving painbytalkiiig,Cratin.  Incert.  42. 

Ανπητέον,  verb.  adj.  from  λνπέο- 
fiai,  one  7nustfeel  pain,  Xen.  Apol.  27. 

Αϋπτ/τικός,  ή,  όν,  (λυπέω)  distress- 
ing, το  λνπ.,=  λνπη,  Plut.  2,  657  Α. 
— 11.   pass,  distressed  distressful. 

Ανπρή3ϊος,  ov,  {?ίνπρός,  βίος)  lead- 
ITtg  a  wretched  life,  Strab.  p.  318. 

Ανπρόγαιος,  ov,  Att.  λνπρόγευς, 
ων,  {λνπρός,  γαία,  γι/)  with  poor  soil, 
App,  Hisp.  59,  Philo,  v.  sq. 

Ανπρός,  ά,όν,  {λυπέω,  cf.  λυττηρός) 
distressful,  wretched,  poor,  sorry,  esp. 
of  land,  γαία,  Od.  13,  243,  Hdt.  9,  122, 
Arist.  H.  A.  5,  28,  4,  cf  Kulink.  Tim., 
as  the  Romans  opposed  to  each  other 
gracile  and  laelum  solum. — Μ.^^λυπη- 
ρός,  painful,  distressing,  sad,  Aesch. 
Cho.  835,  Eum.  174,  Eur.  Ale.  370, 
etc.  ;  TO  λυπρόν.  Id.  Supp.  38.  Adv. 
-ρώς,  lb.  898.     Hence 

Ανπρότης,  7]της,  ή,  wretchedness, 
distress  :  esp.  of  land,  poverty,  barren- 
Tiess,  Strab.  p.  J 30,  etc. 

Αυπρόχωρος,  ov,  {?^νπρός,  χώρα)  = 
λυπρόγηιος,  Strab.  p.  427. 

AT'PA,  ας',  ή,  Lat.  lyrn,  a  lyre,  a 
Greek  musical  instrument  of  seven 
strings,  {έπτάτονος,  Eur.  1.  T.  1129), 
like  the  κιθάρα,  said  to  have  been 
invented  by  Mercury,  H.  Merc.  423, 
etc. ;  but  never  in  Horn,  (his  name  for 
similar  instruments  being/(£0ap/r  and 
φόρμιγξ).  but  freq.  from  Pind.  down- 
wards.— The  hollow  shell  or  body  of 
the  lyre  was  deeper  than  that  of  the 
eithara,  and  was  loo  large  to  hold  on 
the  knee  :  its  strings  were  (as  in  the 
eithara  of  Terpander)  seven,  κέ?ιαδος 
έπτατύί'ον  λύρας,  Eur.  I.  Τ.  1129, etc. ; 
—being  of  a  full  rich  tone,  it  was  held 
tobethemostmanly  of  all  stringed  in- 
870 


ΛΤΡΟ 

struments,  cf.  κιθάρα :  for  the  same 
reason  it  was  not  used  in  dirges  and 
wild  music  such  as  the  Phrygian 
mode,  wliich  is  therefore  called  ό 
άνεν  /.νρας  θι/ηνος,  Aesch.  Ag.  990, 
cf  άλυρος.  άφόρμικτος. — II.  lyric  poet- 
ry and  music,  Plat.  Legg.  809  C— III. 
the  constellation  Lyra,  Anacr.  70,  ubi  v. 
Bergk,  Arat.  268.— IV.  a  sea-tish  of 
the  Trigla  kind,  Trigla  Lyra,  Arist. 
H.  A.  4,  9,  5.  [ϋ] 

t  Αύρα,  ας,  ή,  Lyra,  a  place  in  Bithy- 
nia,  so  named  from  the  lyre  of  Oriih- 
eus,  Ap.  Rh.  2,  929.— II.  fem.  pr.  n., 
Luc. 

Αϋρΰοίδός,  ov,  6,  contr.  λυρφδός, 
{λύρα,  αοιδός)  one  who  sings  to  the  lyre, 
Anth.  P.  7,  612,  Plut.  Sull.  33,  etc. 

ίΑΰρβη,  ης,  ή,  Lyrbe,  a  city  of  Pisi- 
dia,  Dion.  P.  859. 

Αϋρίζω,  {λύρα)  to  play  the  lyre, 
Chrysipp.  ap.  Plut.  2,  1037  E,  Ana- 
creont. 

Αύρικός,  ή,  όν,  {λύρα)  of  οτ  for  the 
lyre,  lyric,  μοϋσα,  Anacreont.  25,  2: 
ύ  λ.,  a  lyric  poet,  Anth.  P.  11,  78,  Plut. 
Num.  4. 

Αίίρίο!',  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  λύρα,  Ar. 
Ran.  1304. 

Αϋρισμός,  οϋ,  ό,  (λνρίζω)  a  playing 
on  the  lyre. 

Αϊφιστής,  οϋ,  ό,  {?ινρίζω)  a  player 
on  the  lyre. 

fAvpKiia,  ας,  f),  Lyrcea,  a  place  in 
Argolis,  Paus.  2,  25,  5. 

'\Αύρκειον,  ου,  τό,  Mt.  Lyrceus,  in 
Argolis  on  the  borders  of  Arcadia, 
Strab.  p.  370. 

t  Atip/cof ,  ου,  6,  Lyrcus,  son  of  Abas, 
Paus.  2,  25,  4. 

\Aυpvaloς,a,ov,Lyrnean,ofLyrna, 
ace.  to  Schol.  Aesch.  Pers.  324,  v. 
Blomf  ad  1.  (v.  330) :  but  Steph.  Byz. 
of  Lyrnessus,  as  if  from  Avpva  lor 
Ανρνησσός. 

ΪΑνρν7/σιος,  a,  ov,  of  Lyrnessus, 
Lyrnessian,  Aesch.  Fr.  250  :  and 

^Αυρνησίς,  ίδος,  ή,  pecul.  fem.  to 
foreg.,  Aesch.  Fr.  250 ;  r)  Αυρί'ησίς, 
the  territory  of  Lyrnessus,  Strab. :  from 

^Αυρνησσόςον  Αυρνησός,ον, ή,  Lyr- 
nessus, a  city  of  Troas,  II.  2,  691  — 
2.  ace.  to  Callisth.  ap.  Strab.  p.  667, 
676,  a  city  of  Pamphylia. 

Αϋρογηθής,  ες,  (λφσ,  γηθέω)  de- 
lighting in  the  lyre,  Anth.  P.  9,  525, 
12. 

Αϋρόεις,  εσσα.  εν,  {λύρα)  fitted  for 
the  lyre,  lyrical,  Theopomp.  (Coloph.) 
ap.  Ath.  183  A. 

Αϋροεργός,  όν,  {λύρα,  *εργω)  mak- 
ing lyres  or  singing  to  the  lyre,  Orph. 
Arg.  7. 

Αϋροθελγής,  ές,  {λύρα,  θέλγω) 
charmed  by  the  lyre,  Anth.  P.  9,  250. 

ΑνρόκτΙτος,  ov,  {λύρα,  κτίζω)  lyre- 
founded,  epith.  of  Thebes,  said  to 
have  been  built  by  the  sound  of 
Amphion's  lyre,  Christod.  Eephr. 
261. 

Ανροκτύπης,  ου,  ό,=  λνρόκτνκος, 
Anacreont. 

Ανροκτΰπία,  ας,  η,  α  striking  the 
lyre,  Anth.  Plan.  277:  from 

Aipo/crii-of,  ov,  {λύρα,  κτυπέω) 
striking  the  lyre. — II.  twanging  like  a 
lyre,  of  a  bow-string.  Lye.  918.  [δ] 

Αΰροπηγός,  όν,  {?.vpa,  πτ}γνυμι)  = 
?Λφοποιός. 

Αϋμοποιίω,  ώ,  to  make  lyres  ;  hence 

Αϋροποιητικός,η,όν,  good  at  making 
lyres. 

Αϋρηποιια,  ας,  ή,  the  art  of  maki7tg 
lyres  :  and 

Ανροποί'ίκός,  ή,  όν,=  ?^νροποιητι- 
κ6ς,  η  λ.,  sub.  τέχνη.  Plat.  Euthyd. 
289  C. :  from 

Aϋpoπoιός,όv,{λύpa,πoιέω)making 


ΛΥΣΙ 

tyres,  Plat.  Euthvd.  289  B,  D,  Crat. 
390  Β  ;  cf  Bergk'Anacr.  27. 

Ανροφοίνιξ,  ύ,  a  kind  of  lyre,  ap. 
Ath.  175  D. 

Αΰρτος,  τό,  Epirot.  word  for  ΰκύ• 
φος,  Seleuc.  ap.  Ath.  500  B. 

Ανρώδης,  ες,  {'λύρα,  ειδος)=7.υρό• 
εις,  Anth.  P.  append.  176. 

Ανρωδία,  ας,  ή,  α  song  to  be  sung  to 
the  lyre :  from 

Ανρωδός,  οϋ,  6,  contr.  for  λυραοί- 
δός,  q.  V. 

Αϋμωνία,  ας,  ή,  {λύρα,  ωνέομαι)  α 
buying  of  lyres,  Ar.  Fr.  34. 

iAvσa}όpης,  εω,  ό,  Ιοη.=  Λΐ'σα>(5• 
ρας,  Lysagoras,  masc.  pr.  η.,  a  Mile- 
sian, fidt.  5,  30. — 2.  a  Parian,  Id.  0, 
133. 

^ Αυσάνδρα,  ας, ^,Xiysan(/rn, daugh- 
ter of  Ptolemy  son  of  Lagus,  Paus. 
1,  9,  6. 

'ΙΑυσανδρίδας,  a,  b,  Lysandridas,  a 
Spartan,  Ath.  609  B. 

i Ανσανδρος,  ov,  ό,  {?ιύω.  άνήρ)  Ly• 
sander,  a  Trojan.  II.  11,  491. — 2.  the 
celebrated  general  of  the  Spartans, 
Xen.  Hell.  1,  5,  1,  sqq. — 3.  a  Sicyo- 
nian  officer.  Id.  ib.  7,  1,  45. — Others 
in  Paus.  ,  etc.  [i] 

Ανσάνίας,  ου,  ό,  {λύω,  ανία)  ending 
sadness,  like  παυσανίας,  λ.  κακών, 
Ar.  Nub.  1102. 

iAvσavίaς,  ov,  ό,  Lysanins.  an  Athe- 
nian archon  01.  78,  3,  Diod.  S.  also 

01.  84,  2,  Id.,  father  of  Aeschines,  a 
friend  of  Socrates,  Plat. — 2.  a  friend 
of  Alexander  the  Great,  Arr.  An.  1, 

2,  1. — 3.  name  of  a  youth  in  Call.  Ep. 
29,  5. — 4.  a  grammarian  of  Cyrene, 
Ath.  304  B.— Others  in  Diog.  L. ;  etc. 

Αϋσέρως,  ωτος,  ό,  {?^νω,  έρως)  de- 
liverer from  love, 

iAύση,  ης,  ή,  Lysi,  a  daughter  of 
Thespius,  Apollod.  2,  7,  8. 

Ανσήνωρ,  ορός,  ό,  ή,  (λύω,  άνήρ) 
relaxing,  weakening  men,  Tl"yphiod.  449. 

^Αυσιύναξ,  ηκτος,  ό,  Lysianax,  an 
Elean,  Paus  6,  4,  5. 

^Αϋσιανασσα,  ης,  η,  Lysianassa,  a 
daughter  of  Nereus  and  Doris,  Hes. 
Th.  58.-2.  a  daughter  of  Polybus, 
wife  of  Talaus,  Paus.  2,  6,  6:  cf  Av- 
σιμάχη. — 3.  daughter  of  Epaphus, 
mother  of  Busiris.  Apollod.  2,  5,  11. 
Others  in  Anth. ;  etc. 

^Ανσίης,  ov,  ό,  Lysias,  son  of  Ce- 
phalus,  the  celebrated  orator,  a  con- 
temporary of  Socrates,  Plat.  ;  Xen. ; 
etc. — Others  in  Ath. ;  etc. — II.  Ανσι- 
ύς,  άδος,  ή,  a  city  of  Greater  Phrygia, 
Strab.  p.  576. — 2.  a  city  and  fortress 
of  Syria,  Id.  p.  752. — 3.  a  stronghold 
for  storing  up  plunder  in  Judea,  Id. 
p.  763. 

Αϋσίγΰμης,  ov,  {λύω,  γήμης)  dis' 
solving  marriage,  Anth.  P.  5,  302. 

Αϋσιγνία,  ας,  ή,  or  λϋσί^νια.  (Lob. 
Paral.  p.  333) :  relaxation  of  the  limbs, 
Hipp.  p.  415. 

Ανσίγυιος,  ov,  {λύω,  γνΐον)  relax- 
ing the  limbs,  enfeebling. 

^Ανσιδίκη,ης,  η,  Lysidice,aa.\ighXeT 
of  Pelops,  wife  of  Mestor,  Apollod. 
2,  4,  5  :  ace.  to  Plut.  Thes.  7,  mother 
of  Alcmena.— 2.  a  daughter  of  Thes 
pius,  Apollod.  2,  7,  8. 

Αναίδίκος,  ov,  {λνω,  δίκη)  ending 
or  settling  law-suits. — II.  infringing  en 
justice. 

Αϋσιέθεφα,  ας,  ή.  with  dishevelled 
hair,  like  λυσίΟριξ,  Nonn. 

Αϋσίζωνος,  ov,  also  η,  ov,  {λύω, 
ζώνη)  loosing  the  zone,  i.  e.  ceasing  to 
be  a  maid. — 2.  of  a  soldier,  ungirdcd, 
unarmed,  Lat.  discitirtiis,  f  Polyaen.  8, 
24,  3t.— Π.  epith.  of  Diana  and  llith 
yia,  who  assisted  woinen  in  travail 
Theocr.  17,  00. 


ΑΎΣΙ 

^Ανσιθείδιις,  ον,  ύ,  Lysiihides,  one 
of  the  wealthiest  of  the  Athenians  in 
the  rime  of  Demosthenes,  Dein.  565, 
13  ;  703,  14  ;  etc. 

ΙΛίσίβεοο,  ov,  ό,  Lysithetis,  an  Athe- 
nian archon  01.  78,4,  Diod.  S.  11,  69. 

^Αϋσίθοος,  ου,  ό,  Lysithoas,  son  of 
Priam,  Apollod.  3,  12,  5. 

Αύσίβμίξ,  -ρίχος,  ό,  ;),  [λύω,  θρίξ) 
with  loose  hair. 

Ανσίκάκος,  ov,  {λύω,  κακός)  ending 
evil,  Theogii.  476,  ubi  al.  λησικ-. 

^Ανσικλείδης,  ov,  ό,  Lysiclides, 
against  whom  a  speech  of  Dinarchus 
was  directed,  Dion.  H.  de  Din.   12. 

tA?-'ffi«A7f,  έους,  ό,  Lysicles,  an 
Athenian,  father  of  Abronychus, 
Thuc.  1,  91. — 2.  a  young  Athenian, 
who  married  Aspasia  after  the  death 
of  Pericles,  and  rose  through  her  in- 
structions to  high  stations,  Thuc.  3, 
19  ;  Ar.  Eq.  132,  765,  etc. 

ΑϋσίκομοΓ,  ov,  or  λυσικόμης,  {λύω, 
κόμη)  —  λνσί.θβΐξ,•ν.  1.  Ομρ.  C.  3,  128. 

^Αυσικβάτης,  ους,  ό,  Lysicrates,  an 
Athenian  commander,  Ar.  Αν.  513, 
626.-2.  an  archon  01.  81,  4,  Diod. 
S.  11,  88. 

ΙΑύσζΛλο,  ;/f ,  ή,  Lysilla,  fem.  pr.  n., 
Ar.  Nub.  684. 

t-\  ϋσιμάχη,ης,  ή,  LysimOche,  daugh- 
ter of  Abas,  wife  of  Talaus,  Apollod. 
1,  9, 13;  cf.  Αυσιάνασσα. — 2.  adaugh- 
ter  of  Priam,  Id.  3,  12,  5. 

Λύσιμάχία,  ας,  ή,  and  ?.νσιμύχιον, 
ου,  τό,  a  medicinal  herb,  Lysimackia, 
looses/rife,  Diosc. 

iAυσiμaχia,  and  -μύχεια,  ας.  ή,  Ly- 
simackia, a  city  in  the  Thracian  Cher- 
sonese, Strah.  p.  331. — 2.  a  city  of 
Actolia  on  a  lake  of  same  name.  Id. 
p.  160.  ^  ^ 

■\Ανσιμαχίδης,  ου.  ό,  (prop,  patron, 
from  Λυσίμαχος)  Lysimackides,  an 
Athenian  archon,  Diod.  S.  12,  22; 
etc. 

Αϋσίαΰχος.  ov,  also  pecul.  fem.  λυ- 
σιμάχη  (Ar.  Pac.  994,  Lys.  554),  (λΰω, 
μάχη)  ending  strife,  Anth.  P.  5, 71,etc. : 
freq.  as  a  prop,  n.,  v.  sq. 

ίΑϋσίμάχος,  ου,  ό,  Lysimachus,  an 
Athenian,  father  of  the  celebrated 
Aristides,  Hdt.  8,  79.-2.  son  of  this 
Aristides,  Plat.  Lach.  179  C. — ^3.  a 
conimander  of  the  cavalry  under  the 
thirty  tyrants,  Xen.  Hell.  2,  4,  8.— 
Others  of  tliis  name  in  Dem. ;  Plut. ; 
etc. 

^Ανσυμέλεία,  ας,  ή,  ?ύμνη,  Lysime- 
Ιϊα,  a  marsh  in  the  suburbs  of  Syra- 
cuse, Thuc.  7,  53;  Theocr.  16.  84. 

Ανσιμελής,  ές,  {λύω,  μέλος)  limb- 
relaxing,  epith.  of  sleep,  Od.  20,  57  ; 
23,  343;  of  love,  Hes.  Th.  911,  Sap- 
pho 43  Bgk.,  etc. ;  of  deatli,  Eur. 
Supp.  46  ;  so  too  of  wine,  sickness, 
etc..  Anth.  P.  11,414. 

ήΑυσιμένης,ονς,  o,Lysimenes,a  Si- 
cyonian,  Xen.  Hell.  7,  1,  45. — 2.  an 
Athenian  orator,  Ath.  209  A. 

Αϋσίμέβίμνος,  ov,  ('λύω,  μέριμνα) 
driving  care  away,  Anth.  P.  9,  524,  12 

Αΐ)σ?|ί/θί',  ov,  {'λνσίς)  "ble  to  loose  or 
relieve,  Aesch.  Supp.  811. — II.  pass. 
able  to  be  loosed  or  redeemed,  ένέχυρο%•. 
Plat.  Legg.  820  E.— 2.  able  to  be  solved 
or  refuted,  συλλογισμός,  Arist.  An. 
Pr.  2,  27,  5.  [C] 

Αΰσίνομος.  ov,  (Ριΰω,  νόμος)  doing 
away  with  the  law,  Nonn. 

i Χϋσίνομος,  ου,  ΰ,  Lysindmus,  son 
of  Electryon,  Apollod.  2,  4,  5. 

'\Ανσινοος,  ου.  ό,  Lysindus,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  an  Athenian,  Dem.  949,  0. — 2. 
father  of  Aristophon,  Paus.  6,  13,  11. 

Avaior,  ία,  lov,  also  ως,  inv,  {λνω) 
releasing,  delivering,  able  to  release,  etc., 
λύσιοι  θΐοί,  the  gods  who  deliver  from 


ΛΤΣΙ 

curse  or  sin,  Stallb.  Plat.  Rep.  366  A  ; 
epith.  of  Bacchus,  Pind.  Fr.  124, 
Orph.  H.  49,  2  ;  cf.  Paus.  9,  16,  6.  [i] 

Αϋσιπαίγμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  [λύσις, 
Ίΐαϊγμα)  letting  loose,  i.  e.  giving  play 
or  sport,  dub.  I.  Anacreont.,  39,  9,  at 
least  contrary  to  analogy,  as  being 
from  the  subst.  ?ίύσις  [ν]  instead  of 
the  fut.  ?,ύσω,  cf.  sq.  [ϋ] 

Ανσιπήμων,  υνος,  {λνσις,  τζήμα)  end- 
ing sorrow  or  pain,  Orph.  Hymn.  1,11; 
58,  20,  ubi  Herm.  λαθιπι/μων  nietri 
grat.,  cf.  foreg. 

Αϋσίποθος,  ov,  {λύω,  πόθος)  deliv- 
ering from  love,  Anth.  P.  5,  209. 

Ανσητόνιον,  ου,  τό,  a  medicinal  un- 
guent :  from 

Αϋσίττονος,  ov,  (λΰω,  ■πόνος)  releas- 
ing from  toil,  labor-lightening,  λ.  θερά- 
ποντες, Pind.  P.  4,  72 ;  λ.  τελεντύ, 
death  that  frees  from  care,  Id.  Fr.  96. 

^Λνσίππη,  τις,  η,  Lysippe,  daughter 
of  Thespius,  Apollod.  2,  7,  8.-2. 
daughter  of  Proetus,  Id.  2,  2,  2.— 
Others  in  Paus. :  fem.  from 

^Αύσιππος,  ου,  ό,  (λίω.  Ιππος)  Ly- 
sippus,  a  Spartan  harmost  in  Epita- 
hum,  Xen.  Hell.  3,  2,  29.-2.  a  poet 
of  the  old  comedy,  Meineke  l,p.  215  ; 

2,  p.  744. — 3.  a  celebrated  statuary 
of  Sicyon,  Paus.  2,  9,  8. — Others  in 
Dem.  1083,  11;  etc. 

Αΰσις,  εως  Ion.  ιος,  η,  (λΰω)  a 
loosing,  setting  free,  esp.  of  a  prisoner, 
hence  a  release,  ratisomijig,  II.  24,  655, 
Theogn.  1004  : — ουκ  έχει  λνσιν  (sc. 
τα  πί/ματα).  Soph.  Ant.  598  : — c.  gen., 
λ.  θανάτου,  deliverance  from  death,  Od. 
9,  421  ;  λ.  έριδος,  Hes.  Th.  037  ;  λ. 
χρίιών,  disburdening  from  debt,  Hes. 
Op.  402 ;  ?ιύσιν  αίτέειν  κακών,  Hdt. 
6.  129  ;  ?i.  πενθέων,  μόχθων,  Pind. 
Ν.  10,  143,  Soph.  Tr.  1171  :  also,  λ. 
από  τίνος.  Plat.  Rep.  532  Β  :  but — 2. 
οΰ  λνσις  ίλ7.η  στρατού  προς  οίκον, 
no  other  means  of  letting  the  host  loose 
from  port  for  home.  Soph.  El.  573. — 3. 
absol.  deliverance  fro7n  guilt  by  expia- 
tory rites,  Lat.  expiatio,  Stallb.  Plat. 
Rep.  364  E. — 4.  recovery  from  pain  or 
sickness. — 5.  on  ωμη  λνσις  v.  ώμήλν- 
σις. — Η.  α  loosing,  parting,  λ.  και 
χωρισμός  φνχ/'/ς  άπό  σώματος.  Plat. 
Phaed.  67  D: — dissolution,  της  πολι- 
τείας. Id.  Legg.  945  C— 2.  solution  of 
a  difhculty,  refutation,  Arist.  Rhet.  2, 
25,  1. — 3.  the  unravelling  of  the  plot 
in  a  tragedy,  Id.  Poet.  18,  1.— 111. 
=  (5όρ-ου  λ.,  a  place  for  banquetting, 
Pind.  O.  10  (11),  57,  ubi  v.  Bockh  ; 
cf.  κατά?.υσις  II.  [ϋ] 

^Ανσις,  ιδος,  ό,  Lysis,  an  Athenian, 
after  whom  one  of  Plato's  dialogues 
is  named. — 2.  a  Pythagorean  philo- 
sopher of  Tarentum,  teacher  of 
Epaminondas,   Ael.   V.  H.   3,    17. — 

3.  an  immoral  Ivric  poet,  Strab.  p. 
648.  (cf.  Lob.  Pa'thol.  511,  n.  45.) 

^Αϋσιστρύτη,  ης,  ή,  {λύω,  στρατός) 
Lysisirata,  fem.  pr.  η.,  lormed  by  Aris- 
tophanes as  title  of  one  of  his  come- 
dies in  which  he  urged  the  bringing 
the  ivar  to  a  close. 

\λνσίστρατος,ου,ό,  {λύω, στράτας, 
V.  foreg.)  Lysistrattis,  an  Athenian 
seer,  Hdt.  8,  96. — 2.  an  Athenian, 
notorious  for  effeminacy  and  gamb- 
ling, Ar.  Ach.  855. — Others  in  Dem. ; 
Andoc. ;  etc. 

Λϋσισωματέω,  ω,  {?^ύω,  σώμα)  to  be 
relaxed  in  body,  Hipp.  p.  1160. 

■ΙΑνσιτΰνια,  ας,  ή,  in  Stcph.  Byz. 
Αονσιτανία,  Lusitania,  the  western 
division  of  Hispania,  now  Portugal, 
Strab.  p.  152,  sq. 

i  Ανσιτΰνοί,  ών,  οι,  the  Lusitani, 
Strab.  p.  152.  etc. 

Αϋσιτέ/.εια,  ας,  ή,  advantage,  vse, 


ΛΤΣΣ 
profit,  Theophr.  ap.  Diog.  L.  5,  54, 
Diod.,  etc.  ;  Λ.  περί  τον  xpovov,econ 
omy  of  time  in  making  payments,  Po- 
lyb.  32,  13,  11;  and 

Ανσιτε?.έω,  ώ,  strictly,  to  indemnify 
for  expenses  incurred,  hence  to  be  useful 
or  advantageous  to,  λνσιτελεΐ  ήμϊν  ή 
δικαιοσύνη.  Plat.  Prot.  327  Β  :  esp. 
in  3  pers.,  λυσιτελεϊ  μοι,  it  profits  me, 
is  better  for  me,  c.  part.,  οίς  λυσιτε- 
λεϊ πειθομένοις,  Lys.  174, 14,cf.  Soph. 
O.  T.  316;  c.  inf,  ότι  μοι  λνσιτε'/.οΐ 
ωςπερ  εχω  έχειν.  Plat.  Αροΐ.  22  Ε  ; 
hence  with  a  compar.  force,  τεθνάναι 
λνσιτελεϊ  η  ζην  'tis  better  to  be  dead 
than  alive,  Andoc.  16,  28,  cf  Xen, 
Cyr.  2,  4,  12  :  oft.  too  c.  negat.,  ού  λ. 
μοι,  'tis  not  good  for  me,  profits  me 
not,  c.  inf,  Hdt.  1,  97,  and  Xen.  cf. 
Valck.  Hipp.  441  ;  τό  λυσιτελονν.  τα 
λνσιτελοϋντα,  profit,  gain,  advantage, 
Thuc.  6,  85,  Plat.,' etc.  Cf.  Λύω  IV  : 
from 

Ανσιτελής,  ές,  (λίω,  τέλος)  strict- 
ly, paying  or  indemnifying  for  expenses 
incurred  :  hence,  useful,  profitable,  ad- 
vantageous, λνσιτελέστερον  αδικία 
δικαιοσύνης.  Plat.  Rep.  354  A; 
εμπορεύματα  ?α<σιτε/.έστερα,  Xen. 
Hier.  9, 1 1  ;  λνσιτε'λεστάτη  ζωή,  Plat. 
Rep.  344  Ε  ;  λ.υσιτελή  ;  advantages, 
Polyb.  4,  38,  8  -.—cheap,  Xen,  Vect.  4, 
30 :  cf.  λύω  IV.  Adv.  -λώς.  Diod.  14, 
102. 

Ανσιτελούντως,  adv.  part.  pres. 
from  λνσιτελέω,  usefully,  profitably, 
Xen.  Oec.  20,  21,  Plat.  Ale.  2,  146  B. 

■\Αϋσιή)άνης,  ονς,  ό.  Lysiphunes, 
teacher  of  Epicurus,  Diog.  L.  10, 13, 
V.  1.  'ί^ανσιφάνης. 

Αϋσιφλεβί/ς,  ές,  {λύω,  φλέψ)  open- 
ing the  veins,  Anth.  P.  6,  94. 

Αϋσίφρων,  όνος,  ό,  ή,  {λύω,  φρήν) 
releasing  from  care,  Anacreont.  50,  2. 

Ανσιχαίτης,  ov,  ό,  {λύω,  χαίτη)= 
7.νσίθριξ. 

Ανσιχίτων,  ωνος,  ό,ή,{λνω. χιτών) 
with  loose  tunic,  Nonn.  [χΐ] 

Ανσιωδός,  ov,  ό,  and  ή,  {Ανσις  3, 
ωδή)  one  who  played  women  s  characters 
in  male  attire,  Aristox.  ap.   Ath.  620 

E,  Plut.  Sull.  36,  etc. ;  so  called  from 
Lysis,  who  wrote  songs  for  such  ac- 
tors, Strab.  p.  648;  cf.  ^ίαγωόός- — 12. 
αυλός,  a  flute  accompanying  or  adapted 
to  such  pantomimes,  Ath.  182  C. 

ίΑνσος,  ov,  o,  Lysus,  a  statuary  oi 
Macedonia,  Paus.  6.  17,  1. 

ΑΥ'ΣΣΛ',  ?;.  Att.  λνττα,  rage,  fury, 
in  11.  always  of  martial  rage,  κρατερή 
δε  έ  λύσσα  δέδνκεν,  9,  239;  λύσσαν 
έχειν  ό2.οήν,  lb.  305 :  later  raging-mad- 
ness, raving,  esp.  caused  by  the  gods, 
as  that  of  lo,  Aesch.  Pr.  883,  of  Ores- 
tes, Id.  Cho.  288,  Eur.  Or.  254,  etc. ; 
also  of  Bacchic  frenzy,  ελαφρά  λ., 
Eur.  Bacch.  851;  ?.ύσσ7ΐ  παρακοπος, 
Ar.  Thesm.  681:  strengthd..  λ.  μαι- 
νάς,  Soph.  Fr.  678  :  also  of  dogs,  Xen. 
An.  5,  7,  26  in  form  7.ύσσα,  whereas 
Plat,  has  λύττα  ερωτική,  Legg.  839 
A. — 2.  personified,  Αύσσα,  the  goddess 
of  7nadness,  Eur.  H.  F.  823.  —II.  the 
worm  under  the  tongue  of  dogs,  re- 
moved from  the  belief  that  it  pio- 
duces  madness.    Hence 

Αυσσαίνω,=λνσσάω,  to  be  raging- 
mad,  to  rave,  λ.  τινί,  to  be  mad  at  or 
with  one.  Soph.  ."Vnt.  633. 

Ανσσάλέος,  έα,  έov,{λvσσάω)raging• 
mad.  Αρ.  Rh.  4,  1393. 

Αυσσύνιος,  v.  sub  λισσάνιος. 

Ανσσάς,  άδος,  ή,  raging-mad,  Anth. 
Plan.  289 ;   7.νσσάδι  μοίρ^.,  Eur.  Η. 

F.  1024. 

Μ)σσύω,  Att.  7,νττάω,  ω,  {?.νσσα) 
to  be  raging  in  battle,  Hdt.  9,  71,  cf. 
λύσσα  init. :  to  rave,  be  mad,  Soph. 
871 


ΛΥΤΡ 

Ο.  τ.  12ό8,  Plat.,  Rep.  329  C,  etc.; 
of  wolves,  Thcocr.  4,  11  :  ίρωτες 
λυττώντες,  Plat.  Rep.  586  C. 

\νΰσηδόν,  adv.  {λύσσα)  furiously, 
madly,  (Jpp.  H.  2,  573. 

Αυτσιμις,  εσσα,  εν .=λυσσαλέος. 

Αυσσι/μα,  ατός,  τό,  (λυσσάω)  α  fit 
of  ntaditess  :  in  plur.  ravings,  el  μ'  εκ• 
φό3οιεν  μανιάσιν  λνυσήμασιν,  Eur. 
Or.  'ΖΊΟ. 

Ανσσί/ρης,  ες,=  λνσσαλέος,  Orph. 
Η.  08,  0. 

Ανσσητήμ,  ηρος,  6,  one  that  is  raging, 
raving,  mad.  κνων  λ.,  11.  8,  2U9 ;  πονς 
λ.,  Anth.  P.  C,  94. 

Αυσσητής,  ov,  ό,— foreg.,  Anth.  P. 
7,  473. 

ΑνσσητικόΓ,  ή,  όν,^ λυσσαλέος, 
Ael.  Ν.  Λ.  12,  10. 

Ανσσόόιικτος,  ον,  (λνσσα,  δάκνω) 
bit  by  a  mad  dog,  Geop. 

Αυσσομάνέω,  ώ,  to  rage,  rave,  Ma- 
nelho :  from 

Ανσσομαΐ'ής,  ες,  {λύσσα,  μαίνομαι) 
raging-mad,  frenzy-tost,  Anth.  P.  6, 
219. 

Λυσσάω,  ώ,  to  enrage,  madden.  Pass. 
to  be  or  grow  furious,  Pseudo-Phocyl. 
114. 

Ανσσώδης,  ες,  (λΰσσα,  εΐόος)  like 
one  raging,  raving,  mad,  II.  13,  53.  ;  λ. 
νόσος,  Soph.  Aj.  452  ;  of  Bacchus, 
Eur.  Bacch.  9;!0. 

Αυσσώτίζ-,  ιύος,  ή,  (λύσσα,  ώψ) 
with  furious  glance,  Orph.  Arg.  977. 

ΙΑύσωί',  ωνος,  ό,  Lyson,  a  statuary, 
Paus.  1,  3,  5. 

Αύται,  ol,  law-students  who  had  fin- 
ished their  course  of  study,  and  were 
ready  to  be  examined  :  those  who  had 
Still  a  year  to  study  were  ■!τμο7Λται, 
Pandect. 

iAvraia,  ας,  ή,  Lytaea,  daughter  of 
Hyacinlhus  in  Athens,  ApoUod.  3, 
15, 8.     ^ 

'\Αυτάτιος,  ov,  ό,  Lutatius,  Rom. 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Polyb.  1,  59,8. 

Αύτεφα,  fem.  from  λυτήρ,  Orph. 
H.  9,  17.  [v] 

Αντέον,  verb.  adj.  from  λύω,  one 
must  solve,  Plat.  Gorg.  480  E. 

Ai'Ti'ip,  ηρος,  ό,  (λύω)  one  who  looses, 
a  deliverer,  πόνων.  Eur.  El.  13G  ;  ττό- 
μον-.γάμων  λυτήρα,  Aesch.  Supp. 
807. — II.  an  arbitrator,  decider,  νείκέων, 
Aesch.  Theb.  941. 

Αϋτηριύς,  άόος,  ή,•=7.ντεφα,  she 
that  delivers,  Orph.  H.  13,  8. 

Αϋτήρως,  ία,  ων,  usu.  of,  ov,  (λύ- 
τήρ)  loosing,  releasing,  delivering,  δαί- 
μονες, Aesch.  Theb.  175  :  c.  gen.  de- 
livering, setting  free  from  a  thing,  λ.υ- 
τηρίονς  ενχΐΐς  δειμύτων.  Soph.  El. 
633,  cf.  417,  1490  ;  τινί  τίνος  λ-,  a  de- 
liverer to  a  person  from  a  thing,  Aesch. 
Euin.  298 ;  and  εκ  τίνος,  Eur.  Ale. 
224: — also  simply =λυτίΛ:όζ•,  hence, 
λ.  λνττημη,  relieving  or  lightening  sor- 
row, rioph.  Tr.  554,  where  it  governs 
the  case  of  its  verb  λύω. — II.  το  λν- 
τήριον=7^,ντρον,  το  λ.  δαττανάν,  the 
atonement  or  reward  for  all  costs,  Pind. 
P.  5,  143. 

^Αυτιέρσης,  ό,  v.  Αιτνέρσης;  The- 
ocr.  10.  41,  in  Dor.  form  -σας. 

Αΰτικός,  ή,  όν,  {λύω)  able  to  loose, 
τί/ς  κοιλίας,  Alh.  31  Β. — II.  fit  for 
solving  or  refuting,  Arist.  Rhet.  2,  26, 
3 ; — oi  λ.ντικοί,  certain  grammarians, 
who  unravelled  knotty  points. 

Αυτός,  ?},  όν,  {λνω)  that  may  be 
loosed.  Plat.  Tim.  41  Α.— II.  that  may 
be  dissolved,  soluble,  lb.  43  D,  Arist. 
Meteor.  4,  6,  12  ; — adv.  -ώς,solub}y,]d. 
Part.  An.  2,  2,  25 — 2.  of  arguments 
and  difficulties,  that  may  be  solved,  re- 
futable, Arist.  Rhet.  1,  2,  18. 

Αύτρον,  ov,  TO,  (λύω)  the  price  paid, 
872 


ATXN 

—  1.  for  ransom,  α  ransom,  usu.  in 
plur.,  as  Hdt.  5,  77:  λύτρα  άττοδιδό- 
ναι,  καταθεΐναι,  to  pay  ransom,  Dein. 
1250,  1,  and  18;  είςφέρειν  εις  λύτρα, 
to  contribute  towards  it,  Id.  1248,  25  ; 
ΰφιέναι  άνευ  λύτρων,  to  release  with- 
out ransom,  Xen.  Hell.  7,  2,  16. — 2.  in 
expiation,  an  atonement,  Pind.  O.  7, 
141 :  λ.  αίματος,  Aesch.  Cho.  48;  cf. 
Plat.  Rep.  393  D;  frcq.  in  Christ, 
writers. — 3.  in  genl.  a  recompense,  κα- 
μάτων, Pind.  1.  8  (7),  1. — II.  a  plant, 
like  the  Lysimachia,  lylhrum,  Diosc. 

Αντροχάρής,  ές,  {/.ύτρον,  χαίρω) 
rejoicing  in  ransom,  Or.  Sib. 

Αντρόω,  ώ,  {?.ντρον)  to  release  on 
receipt  of  ransom,  to  hold  to  rayisom,  λ. 
τινά  χρημάτων,  for  money,  Plat. 
Theaet.  105  E.  Mid.  to  release  by 
payment  of  ransom,  to  ransom.,  redeem, 
Polyb.  17,  16,  1.  Pass.,  to  be  ran- 
somed, Dem.  394,  18,  Arist.  Eth.  N. 
9,  2,  4.     Hence 

Αύτρωσις,  εως,  ή,  from  mid.,  ran- 
soming, Plut.  Aral.  11  :  iu  Christ,  wri- 
ters, Redemption,  i.  e.  the  being  re- 
deemed. 

Αντρωτέον,  verb,  adj.,  one  must  ran- 
som, Arist.  Eth.  N.  9,  2,  4. 

Αντρωτής,  ov,  δ,  a  ransomer,  redeem- 
er, N.  T. 

Αύττα,  η,  λυττάω,  Att.  for  λύσσα, 
λνσσάω. 

Λΐ'ΓΓοζ•,  ή,  όν,  Cretan  for  νφηλός, 
Steph.  Byz.  in  v.  Ανττός. 

■\ΑύΓτος,  ov,  η,  v.  sub  Αύκτος. 

Αύτωρ,  ορός,  ό,  poet,  for  λυτήρ, 
f.  1.  in  Leon.  Al.  29,  4. 

A^i'ruiof,  ό,  λίβος,^λνχΐ'ίτης. 

Ανχνάπτης.  ου,  ό,  {λύχνος,  απτω 
II)  α  lamp-lighter :  fem.  λνχνάπτρια, 
Bockh  Inscr.  1,  p.  470.     Hence 

Αυχναψία,  ας,  ή,  ace.  to  Ath.,  a 
less  common  form  for  λνχνοκαυτία, 
Cephisod.  'Yf  4. 

Ανχνεΐον,  ου,  τό,  {λύχνος)  a  lamp- 
stand,  Pherecr.  Crap.  5. 

Αυγί'ε'λαιον,  ov,  τό,  lamp-oil. 

Ανχνενς,  έως.  ό,  a  torch,  lantern, 
tAth'.  699  ϋ.^—η.=  λυχνίτης,  Callix. 
ap.  Ath.  205  F. 

Ανχνεύω,  {7.ύχνος)  to  light. 

Ανχνεών,  ώνος,  ό,  a  place  to  keep 
la?nps  in,  Luc.  Ver.  H.  1,  29. 

Λυχνία,  ας,  η,  a  lamp-stand,  Philo, 
cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  313. 

Ανχνιαΐος,  αία,  alov,  {λύχνος)  be- 
longing to  a  lamp  or  torch.  Gal.,  cf. 
Lob.  Phryn.  552. 

Ανχνίας,  ov,  ό,  7ύθος,^=^λνχνίτης : 
Plat.  (Com.)  Soph.  8. 

Αυχνίδιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  λ.ύ- 
χνος,  Ar.  Fr.  115,  274,  Luc,  etc.  [ϊ] 

^Ανχνίδιος,  a,  ov,  of  Lychnidus, 
Lychnidtan  ;  ή  Αυχνιδία  λίμνη,  the 
Lychnidian  lake.  Polyb.  5,  108,  8  :  from 

^Ανχνιδός,  ov,  ή,  Lychnidus,  a  city 
of  Epirus  on  the  via  Egnatia,  Strab. 
p.  323. 

Ανχνικόν,  ov,  TO,  the  time  of  lamp- 
lighting,  Lat.  hora  lucernaris,  Eccl. 

Ανχνίον,  ov.  TO,  dim.  from  λύχνος, 
Antipn.  Άφροδ.  γον-  1,  Luc.  Symp. 
46 ;  others  write  it  proparox.  λύ^- 
viov,  but  V.  Lob.  Phryn.  314. 

Λυνί'ί'ζ",  ίδος,  ή,  lychnis,  a  plant  with 
a  bright  scarlet  flower,  much  used  lor 
garlands,  Theophr.,  Mel.  1. — II.  a 
precious  stone  that  emits  light,  Luc. 
de  dea  Syr.  32. 

Αυχνίσκος,  ov,  h,  dim.  from  7,ύχνος. 
—II.  a  kind  oifish,  Liic.  Ver  H.  2, 30. 

Ανχνίτης,  ov,  h,  fein.  -ϊτις,  ιδος, 
Ο.νχνος) ;  of  or  like  a  lamp :  esp.,  λυ- 
χνιτης  /.ιβος,  a  name  for  Parian  mar- 
ble, Pfin.  H.  N.  36,  4,  2  :  also,  a  pre- 
cious stone,  Plat.  Eryx.  400  D,  but  dif- 
ferent from  that  called  λνχνίς.-—^. 


ΛΥΩ 

φλομις  λνχνΐτις,  a  plant,  a  kind  of 
mullen,  the  leaves  of  which  served  as 
lamp-wicks,  Diosc. 

Ανχνό3ΐος,  ov.  {λύχνος,  βίος)  living 
by  lamp-light,  Senec.  Ep.  122. 

Αυχνοκΰία,  ας,  h,  {λ.ύχνος,  καίω)  a 
lighting  of  lamps,  illmnination,  in  Hdt. 
2,  02,  a  festival  at  Suis,  like  the  Chi- 
nese feast  of  lanterns. 

Κυχνοκαυτίω.  ω,  to  light  lamps, 
DioC.  63,20:  from 

Ανχνοκαύτης,  ov,  6,  {λύχνος,  καίω) 
a  lamp-tighter.     Hence 

Αυχνοκαυτία,  ας,  ή,^λνχνοκαια, 
λνχνα-ψία,  Ath.  701 A ;  cf .  Lob.  Phryn. 
523. 

AvYvov,  ov,  τό,=  7.νχνος,  Hippon., 
ap.  E.  M. :  the  plur.  τα  λύ,γΐ'α  is  usu. 
taken  as  metaj^last.  from  7.υχνος,  q.  v. 

Ανχνοττοιέω,  ώ,  to  make  lamps  or 
lanterns  :  from 

Αυ;);ΐ'θ7ΐ•οίόί•,  όν,  {λύχνος,  ποιέω) 
making  lamps  or  lanterns,  Ar.  Pac.  690. 

Λΐ';ΐ;ι.•07Γ()λίζ•,  εως,  ή,  (λυ_:^;ΐ'όί•,  πό- 
λις)  α  city  of  lamps,  Luc.  Ver.  Η.  1,  29. 

Ανχνοπώ7.ης,  ου,  ό,  (λΰ^'ΐ'Οζ•,  πω- 
λέω)  α  dealer  in  la?nps  or  lanterns,  Ar. 
Eq.  739. 

Λύ;(;ι^οζ•,  ου,  ό  :  in  plur.  λ^ύχνοι, 
Batr.  179,  but  usu.  irreg.  λύ;ι;ΐ'α,  Hdt. 
2,  62,  133,  Eur.  Cycl.  514,  (cf.  λύ;^- 
vov)  :  a  light,  lamp,  candlestick,  differ- 
ent from  the  7.αμπτίιρ  which  was 
fixed,  the  7.νχνος  being  portable  (cf. 
7ί,νχνονχος),  χρύσεος  λ.,  Od.  19,  34• 
λνχνα  καίειν,  ύνύτττειν,Ιο  light  lamps, 
Hdt.  11.  cc. ;  λ.  ύττοσβέσαι,  Ar.  Plut. 
668  ;  περϊ  7ιύχνων  άφάς,  at  Imnp-light- 
ingtime,  i.  e.  towards  night-fall,  Hdt.  7, 
215:  πάνννχος7..  ηαρακαίεται,  lamps 
are  kept  burning  all  night,  Hdt.  2, 
130 ;  ε7.αιον  ήμιν  ουκ  ενεστ'  εν  τώ 
λύ^Ί.'ω>  Ar.  Nub.  56.  (It  belongs  to 
the  root  *λνκη,  q.  v.) 

Ανχνονχος,  ov,  b,  (λ.ύ^vof,  εχω) 
a  lamp-stand,  the  stand  into  or  npon 
which  the  λύχνος  was  put,  και  τον 
λνχνονχον  έκώερ'  ένθεις  τον  λύγΐ'οι^ 
Pherecr.  Αονλ.  5  ;  διαστίλβονβ'  ύρώ- 
μεν  ωσπερ  ίν  καινφ  λνχνούχφ,  Αγ. 
Fr.  114;  ίξελων  έκ  του  λνχνονχον 
τον  λύχνον,  Alex.  Κηρυττ.  1  :  cf. 
Bergk  ap.  Meinek.  Com.  Fr.  2, p.  1060, 
Lob.  Phryn.  60. 

Αυχνοφορέω,  ώ,  to  carry  a  lamp  or 
lantern :  and 

Ανχνοφορίω,  Lacon.  for  foreg.,  .4r. 
Lys.  1003:  from 

Ανχνοφόρος,  ov,  {λύχνος,  φέρω) 
carrying  a  lamp,  Plut.  Pomp.  52. 

Αύχνο)μα,  ατός,  τό,=^εμμοτον,  όθό- 
νιον :  cf.  7.αμ~άδιον. 

ΛΥΏ,  fut.  λύσω  [fj]  .•  aor.  ελϋσα  : 
perf.  λέλνκα  (ν.  infr.),  pass,  λέλνμαι : 
plqpf.  έλελύμην:  aor.  pass.  έ7.ύθην 
[ϋ].  All  these  tenses,  except  the 
perf.  act.,  occur  in  Hom.  :  besides 
these,  he  uses  the  Ep.  aor.  pass.  i7.v- 
μην  in  1  and  3  sing.  7\.νμην,  7.ύτο,  and 
3  pi.  7.vvTo,  which  forms  some  refer 
to  the  plqpf. :  of  the  perf.  pass,  he  has 
the  3  opt.  λίλντο,  lor  7.ελύοιτο,  Od. 
18,  238,  a  very  rare  form : — Pind.  F'r. 
55,  has  also  an  act.  imperat.  7Λ!θι,  as 
if  from  λνμι — [ΰ  in  pres.  and  impf., 
though  Hom.  has  it  twice  long  in 
arsis,  II.  23,  513,  Od.  7,  74  ;  in  conipds. 
long  also  in  thesis,  Od.  2,  105,  109: 
late  authors  were  not  so  strict,  but 
even  they  seldom  use  ϋ  of  the  simple 
word  in  thesis  :  in  fut.,  and  aor.  act. 
and  mid.  v,  hence  λβσε,  λνσαν,  etc. : 
in  perf.,  plqpf.  act.  and  pass.,  and  in 
aor.  pass,  ϋ,  except  in  opt.  perf.  pass., 
Od.  18,  238 ;  cf.  Draco  p.  40, 26,  Butlm. 
Ausf.  Gr.  ()  95,  Anm.  6:  ϋ  in  λύτο  in 
arsis,  II.  24,  1,  but  there  is  no  need 
to  write  λϊ)το  with  Heyne.] 


ΛΤΩ 

Orig.  signf.  to  loose. — 1.  to  loosen,  un- 
bind, unfasten,  esp.  clothes  and  ar- 
mour, as  Λ.  ζωστήρα,  Θώρ7]κα,  II.  4, 
215;  IC,  804:  but,  ζώνην  παρθΐνί- 
ην  λ.,  to  loose  the  maiden-girille,  of 
the  husband  after  marriage,  Od.  11, 
245  ;  so,  of  the  wife,  λνοι  xa7uvbv 
V(p'  ηρωί  παρθενίας,  Pind.  1.  8  (7), 
95  :  ίνθα  τταρθένΐΐ' ...ελνσ'  έγώ  κο- 
ρεύματα,  Eur.  Ale.  177,  (cf  ζωΐ'η) : 
oft.  of  the  tackling  of  ships,  as  λ. 
■πρυμνήσια,  ιστία,  λαΊΦοΓ,  etc.,  Od. 
2,  418;  15,496,  552,  Η.  Horn.  Αρ., 
etc.,  (but  never  so  in  II.) :  άσκον  λ.,  to 
■untie  a  skin  (used  as  a  bottle),  Od. 

10,  47  :  then  freq.  in  Att.,  λ.  πέδας, 
Aesch.  Eum.  645  ;  T\i-n7.ov,  Soph.  Tr. 
924;  λ.  ήνίαν,  to  slack  the  rein.  Id. 
El.  743  ;  λ.  γράμματα,δέ/.τον,  to  open 
them,  Eur.  1.  A.  38,  307.— Mid.  λυ- 
σαΰθαι  Ιμάντα,  to  tindo  one's  own  belt, 

11.  14,  214  ;  but,  ?,νοντο  τεύχεα,  they 
undid  the  armour  for  themselves,  i.  e. 
stripped  it  ott  (others),  II.  17,  318. — 
2.  of  horses,  to  undo,  unyoke,  unharness, 
εξ  όχέυν,νττέξ  όχέων,  II.  5,309;  8, 
504;  νφ'  άρμασιν,  18,  244;  νττό  ζν- 
γήφίν  24,  576 :  in  mid.,  λύεσθαί  ίπ- 
-τΐονςνττ'  δχεσφι,  to  unyoke  oite^shorses, 
11.  23,  7  ;  also  βόε  λϋσαι,  ορρ.  to  ζεν- 
γννσαι,  Hes.  Op.  606  :  hence  metaph., 
λύειν  τέλος  βίου.  Soph.  Ο.  C.  1720. 
— 3.  to  loose,  release,  set  free,  esp.  from 
bonds  or  prison,  and  so  in  genl.  from 
difficulty  or  danger,  Od.  8,  345;  12, 
53,  etc. ;  c.  gen.  rei,  Άνειν  τινά  κακό- 
τητος,  Od.  5,  397,  and  freq.  in  Att. ; 
λ.  Ttva  δεσμών,  Aesch.  Pr.  1006  ;  δκ- 
vov,  πημονής,  etc..  Soph.  Tr.  181, 
etc. ;  and  in  mid.,  οςττερ  Ίώ  ττημονάς 
έλΰσατο,  Aesch.  Supp.  1066:  also  λ. 
τίνα  εκ  Τίνος,  Pind.  Ο.  4,  34,  Aesch. 
Pr.  872,  Eur.  Hipp.  1244,  Plat.,  etc. 
— 4.  to  deprive  one  of  a  good,  also  c. 
gen.,  Pind.  P.  11,  51. — 5.  to  release  a 
captive  on  receipt  of  ransom  (άτΓοαο),  to 
hold  to  ransom,  release,  II.  1,20,29,  etc. ; 
Σαρτττιδόνος  εντεα  κάλα  λνσειαν, 
would  give  them  vp,  17,  162;  in  full, 
λύειν  Tiva  άττοίνων,  11.  II,  106  :  mid. 
to  release  by  payment  of  ratisom,  to  ran- 
som, redeem,  11.  1,  13;  24,  118,  etc., 
also  in  Od. :— thus  act.  and  mid.  in 
this  signf.  are  related  just  like  Άυτρόω 
and  /.υτρόομαι :  so  freq.  in  Att.— 6.  to 
give  up,  {βρόνον]  'λνσον  ίμμιν,  Pind. 
P.  4,  275. — II.  to  loosen,  i.  e.  weaken, 
relax,  esp.  λ.  γνία,  γοννατα,  άιρεά 
τίνος,  to  loose  the  limbs,  knees,  etc., 
i.  e.  make  them  slack,  unnerve  them  ; 
hence  freq.  in  Hom.  to  slay,  kill: 
also,  γοννατα  καμάτω  λύειν,  Od. 
20,  118,  cf.  II.  13,  85:  pass.,  λύτο 
γυΐα,  γούνατα  λύντο,  as  the  e^ect  of 
death,  sleep,  weariness,  fear,  etc., 
Hom.  ;  also,  βίη,  μένος,  -ψυχή  λέ'Κν- 
ταΐ,  Hom. — HI.  to  dissolve,  break  tip, 
άγορήν,  II.  1,  305,  Od.  2,  69.-2.  to 
■undo,  bring  to  nought,  break  doom,  πο- 
λιών KUprjva,  II.  2,  118,  Ύροίης  κρή- 
δεμνα,  II.  16,  100,  Od.  13,  388;  λ. 
■γέφνραν,  Xen.  An.  2,  4,  17;  and  so 
— 3.  in  genl.  to  undo,  do  atvay  with, 
λ.  νείκεα,  II.  14,  205,  304,  Od.  7,  74; 
έπιμομφύν,  Pind.  Ο.  ΙΟ  (11),  11;  ?.. 
φόβον,  μοχθήματα,  etc.,  Trag.  :  in 
prose,  Λ.  νόμους,  to  repeal  or  anmd 
laws,  Lat.  leges  abrogare,  Hdt.  3,  82  : 
λ.  σπονδάς,  to  break  a  treaty,  freq.  in 
Thuc. ;  λ.  άπορίαν,  to  solve  a  diffi- 
culty. Plat.  Prot.  324  E,  etc.,  hence, 
to  refute  an  argument,  Arist.  Rhet.  2, 
25, 10,etc.,  (cf.  liifTir,  7.υτικός) :  A.  ψή- 
φον,  etc.,  to  rescind  a  vote,  Dem.  700, 
13  ;  λ.  διαθήκας,  to  cancel  a  will,  Isae. 
59,  29,  etc. — 4.  to  undo,  assuage,  calm, 
xtill,  μελεδηματα.  II.  23,  62,  Od.  20.  56. 
— 5.  to  undo  and  so  ato/ie  for,  make  up, 

55 


ΑΩΒΗ 

like  Lat.  lucre,  rependere,  λ.  αμαρτίας. 
At.  Ran.  691,  cf.  Soph.  Phil.  1224  ;  λ. 
φόνον  φάνω,  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  101. — IV. 
in  Att.,  τέ'Μι,  μισϋονς  /.ύειν,  to  pay 
taxes  or  wages,  to  quit  otie's  self  of 
them,  only  used  in  cases  of  actual 
obligation,  Xen.  Ages.  2,  31 :  hence 
— 2.^λνσιτελεΙν,  to  profit,  avail,  usn. 
c.  negat.,  ov  λΰεί  and  ov  /.ύει  τέ/.η.  it 
boots  not,  Soph.  O.  T.  316 ;  cf.  Valck. 
Hipp.  441,  Pors.  Med.  1359 :— the 
construct,  is  much  like  that  of  λνσι- 
τελέω,  either  absol.,  Monk  Hipp.  443  ; 
or  c.  dat.  pers.,  Elmsl.  Med.  553 ; — 
in  Soph.  El.  1005,  seemingly  c.  ace, 
Ανει  γάρ  ήμΰς  ονδεν  ονδ'  έπωφελεϊ... 
θavεlv,—h\lt  Dind.  supposes  the  ace. 
to  be  used  because  of  the  other  verb 
έττωφεΡ^εί,  v.  ad  1. ;  Elmsl.  reads  ήμϊν. 
(Akin  to  Lat.  luo,  our  loose,  etc.;  but 
hardly  to  λούω,  and  its  derivs.,  cf. 
Pott  Etym.  Forsch.  1,  209.) 

Αώ,  /  will,  or  wish,  v.  *ΛΑΩ,  a  Doric 
defect,  verb,  only  found  in  sing,  λώ, 
'λτίς,  λ^,  plur.  ?.ώμες,  λώντι,  Ar.  Ach. 
714,  sq.,  Lys.  95,  1105,  sq.,  cf.  Thuc. 
5,  77,  Theocr.  1,  12;  also  part,  τω 
λώντι,  Epich.  p.  15,  cf.  Markl.  Suppi. 
221. 

A6j/3uiicj,=sq. 

Αωβάομαι,  f.  -ησομαι,  dep.  mid. 
(λώβη)  like  λυμαίνομαι,  to  treat  de- 
spitefuUy,  to  outrage,  insult,  maltreat, 
c.  acc.  pers.,  also  with  cognate  ace. 
added,  λωβάσθαί  τίνα  λώβϊμ<,  to  do 
one  despite,  II.  13,  623  :  esp.  to  maim, 
mutilate,  τινά,  Hdt.  3,  154;  ίωυτον 
λωβάται  λώβην  άνήκεστον,  lb:  Λω/i. 
βίον  άρτύναις,  to  hang  one's  self, 
Soph.  Ant.  54  :  to  dishonour  a  woman, 
Eur.  Or.  929  ;  λ.  τοιις  νέους,  to  corrupt 
the  youth.  Plat.  Prot.  318  D;  λ.  πάλιν, 
Lys.  176,  5:  to  pillage,  Polyb.  4,  54, 
2;— sometimes  also  c.  dat.,  Dind.  Ar. 
Eq.  1408,  Stallb.  Plat.  Crito  47  Ε  :— 
absol.  to  do  despite,  act  outrageously,  11. 
1,  232;  2,  242.— II.  the  act.  λωβύω 
occurs  only  in  Pseudo-Phocyl.  33,  cf. 
Jac.  A.  P.  p.  37  ;  but  the  pf.  λελώβη- 
μαι  is  used  as  pass  ;  7.ε7ίωβημενος, 
mutilated,  Hdt.  3,  155  ;  Plat.  Gorg.  51 1 
A,  Rep.  611  C,  etc.:  Plat,  also  has 
aor.  7.ωβηθήναι  as  pass.,  Gorg.  473 
C  ;  cf  λωβητός. 

Αώβενσις,  εως,  η,^7Μβη  :  from 

Αωβεύω,  (7.ώβη)  to  mock,  make  a 
mock  'of  τινά,  Od.  23,  15,  26. 

Αωβέομαι,  Ion.  for  λωβάομαι,  in 
pass,  sense,  Hipp.  p.  802. 

Αώβη,  ης,  ή,  like  λύμη,  maltreat- 
ment by  word  or  deed,  despiteful  treat- 
ment, outrage,  dishonour,  7..  και  αίσχος, 
Od.  18,  225,  7.ώβην  λωβάσθαί,  (v.'sub 
λωβάομαι) :  λ.  τΐσαι,  to  pay  for  an  out- 
rage, 11.  11,  142  ;  so,  λ.  άποδοϋναι,  11. 
9,  387  ;  but  7..  τίσασθαι,  to  exact  re- 
tribution for  an  outrage,  i.  e.  to  re- 
venge it,  II.  19,  208,  Od.  20, 169,  Soph. 
Aj.  181 ;  ώς  επΙ  λώβα,  Eur.  Η.  F.  881  ; 
λ.  και  διοφθορύ.  Plat.  Meno  91  C; 
etc.  :  esp.  mutilation,  maiming.  Hdt.  3, 
154:  also  in  plur..  Soph.  Aj.  1392; 
λώβας  λωβηθείς.  Plat.  Gorg.  473  C. 
— II.  in  Byzant.  writers=: λέτρα,  lepro- 
sy, Wernsd.  Philes.  p.  54,  56.  (Akin 
to  7ά•μη :  from  7.ώβη  comes  Lat.  labes.) 
Hence 

Αωβήεις,  εσσα.  εν,  despiteful,  out- 
rageoiis,  Ap.  Rh.  t3,801. 

Αώβησις,  εως',  ή,  {λωβύομαι)= 
λώβη. 

Αωβήτεφα,  fern,  from  λωβητι'ιρ, 
Anfh.'P.  9,  251. 

Αωβητήρ,  ήρος,  ό,  {7.ωβάομαι)  one 
who  treats  despitefully .  outrages,  mal- 
treats, a  slanderer,  II.  2,  275  ;  11,  385 : 
in  genl.  a  ruiner,  destroyer,  epith.  of 
the   Erinyes,   Soph.   Ant.   1074. — II. 


ΛΩΠΟ 

pass,  α  worthless  wretch,  like  /Λ'μεών, 
11.  24,  239. 

Αωβητής,  ov,  o,=foreg. :  λ.  τέχ- 
νης, one  who  disgraces  his  trade,  Ar. 
Ran.  93. 

Αωβητός,  ή,  όν,  {?ι,ω3ύομαι)  de- 
spitefully treated,  outraged,  dishonoured, 
λωβητον  εθηκε,  for  έλωβήσατο,  II. 
24,  531,  cf.  Hes.  Sc.  306  ;  κείνι/ς  ορών 
/.ωβητίιν  είδος.  Soph.  Tr.  1069  ;  cf 
Aj.  1388 ;  μόχθω  7.ωβατός,  Id.  Phil. 
1 103. — II.  act.  insulting,  abusive,  Λ. 
έπη.  Soph.  Phil.  607  :  ruinous,  mis- 
chievous. Id.  Tr.  538. 

Αωβήτωρ,  ορός,  ό,=λωβητίιρ,  Nic. 
ΑΙ.  536,  Manetho. 

Αωβός,  ή,  όν,  =  7.ωβητός. — II.  in 
Byzant.  writers  α  leper ;  v.  λώβη  Π. 

Αωγά7.ίον,  ου,  τό,=  'λω}ύνιον,  He- 
sych. 

Αωγάνιοι,  ων,  οι,  dice  made  of  the 
bones  of  oxen. — 11.  lewd  fellows,  He- 
sych. ;  cf.  ?Μγύς. 

Αωγάνιον,ον,τό,  the  dew-lap  of  oxen, 
Lat.  paleare,  Luc.  Lexiph.  3. 

Αωγύς,  άδος,  ή,  like  λαικύς,  a 
lewd  woman,  Hesych. 

Αώγασος,  ov,  ό,  a  whip  of  bull's  hide. 

iAωtς,  ίδος,  ή,  Lots,  lem.  pr.  n., 
N.  T. 

Αωίτερος,  v.  sq. 

Αωίων,  όνος,  ό,  η,  (λώ,  *Λ(ίω)  more 
desirable,  more  agreeable,  and  in  genl. 
better,  Honi.  only  in  neut.  of  nom.  and 
acc.  sing.,  τόόε  7.ώίόν  έστι.  Od.  2, 
169,  etc. ;  he  has  a  second,  compar. 
7.ωιτερος,  ov,  only  in  neut.,  λ.ωΐτερον 
και  άμεινον,  Od.  1,  376;  2,  141,  in 
Eust.  also  7.ωότερος,  Jac.  A.  P.  p.  75. 
— Later  /.ωίων  was  used  generally 
as  compar.  of  αγαθός,  and  in  Att. 
?.ωίων,  λώϊον  were  contr.  into  7.ώων, 
7.ώον,  Aesch.  Pers.  520,  etc. ;  τοϋ 
7.ώονος  δαίμονος.  Soph.  Phil.  1100; 
φρόνησιν  λαβείν  λώω,  lb.  1079  ;  λώοΐ' 
φρονείν,  Id.  Ο.  Τ.  1038  ;  εις  το  λ.  σον 
μεβέστηκεν  κέαρ,  Eur.  Med.  911  : — 
άμεινον  και  7.ωον,  Plat.  Lcgg.  828  A  ; 
άμείνω  και  λώω.  Id.  Phil.  11  Β,  cf. 
Xen.  An.  5,  10,  15  :— superl.  7.ώίστος, 
η,  ov,  contr.  λωστος,  τΰ  7.ώστα  βου- 
λ.εύειν,  Aesch.  Pr.  204,  etc.;  ώ  /.(ώ- 
στε, my  good  friend,  like  ώ  βέ7.τιστε. 
Plat.  Gorg.  467  Β,  etc. — In  Theocr. 
20,  32,  we  have  a  neut.  pi.  7.ώϊα  for 
λωιονα,  and  this  Buttm.  Ausf.  Gr. 
iji  08,  1,  regards  as  posit,  from  a  nom. 
7.ώϊς. 

Αώμα,  ατός,  τό.  the  hem,  fringe,  tor•- 
der  of  a  robe,  LXX. 

Αωμάτιον,  ov,  τό.  dim.  from  foreg., 
Anth.  +P.  ll,210,2.t[u] 

Αώντι.  3  pi.  from  the  Dor.  verb 
λώ,  I  will  or   wish,  Epich.  p.  15. 

Αώος,  ό,  also  7.όος,  a  Macedon. 
month,  answering  to  the  last  half  of 
the  Att.  έκατομβαιών  and  the  first 
of  μεταγειτνιών,  Philipp.  ap.  Dem. 
280,  12. 

Αωπύς,  άδος,  ή,=?.ώπη,  λώπος. 

Αώπη,  ης,  η,  (λέπω,  7.οπός,  7.όφος) 
α  covering,  robe,  mantle,  δίπτυχον  ίιμφ' 
ώμοισιν  ίχουσ'  εΰερ'^έα  λώπην,  Od. 
13,  224,  cf.  Αρ.  Rh.  2,  32 ;  in  genl.  α 
skin,  husk,  shell.  Also  7ώπος,  which 
in  Hippon.  44*,  is  certainly  neut.,  as 
in  Theocr.  14,  66  ;  in  Anacr.  98  doubt- 
ful. Only  poet,  though  prose  writers 
have  the  derivs.  7.ωπίον,  7.ωποδύ- 
της. 

Αυπίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {7ώπος)  to  cover, 
cloak,  but  only  found  in  compels,  «-o- 
7.ωπίζω,  περΓλωπίζω,  etc.  ;  for  Soph. 
Tr.  925,  εκ  δ'  έλώπισε  π7.ενρύν,  be- 
longs to  έκΑωπίζω  :  οί.λοπίζω. 

Αωπίον,  dim.  from  ζ.ώπη,  7.ώπος. 
Arist.  Metaph.  3,  4,  14,  Top.  1.  7,  1. 

Αωποόνσία,  ας,  ή,  {7ωποδύτης^, 
873 


ΛΩΤΟ 

strictly,  α  stealing  nf  clothes  from  ba- 
thers or  travellers,  high-way  robbery. 

Αωποδνσίον  δίκη,  a  prosecution  for 
λω— ο(5υσ/α,  Att.  Process  p.  360. 

Λω7Γ0(5ΰΓί'ω,  ώ,  to  steal  clothes,  esp. 
from  bathers  or  travellers,  Arist.  Pol. 
2,  7,  11  :  then  in  genl.  Zojt.  τινά,  to 
rob,  pluu'ltr,  Ar.  Ran.  1075,  Pint.  IC5, 
Dem.  llu,  19,  etc. : — also  of  plagia- 
rists, Anlh.  P.  11,  1.30:  from 

Αο)~οόν~ης,  ov,  a,  (λώττος,  δύω) 
strictly,  one  who  slips  into  another's 
clothes :  hence  a  clothes-stealer,  esp. 
one  who  steals  the  clothes  of  bathers, 
or  strips  travellers,  Λ.  B.  p.  176,  cf. 
foreg.  :  in  genl.  a  thief,  robber,  footpad, 
Ar.  Ran.  772,  Av.  4i"t7,  Antipiio,  130, 
19,  Lys.  117,  7,  etc. ;  λοποόντών  θά- 
νατον αίρεϊσθαι,  Dem.  53,  fin. : — of 
plagiarists,  Anth.  P.  11,  130.  [v] 

Αώτζος,  ό,=?.ώ-τ/,  q.  v. 

Αωροκάπιστρον,  ov,  τύ,  a  halter, 
late  word.     (Frorn  the  Latin.) 

Αύμον,  ov,  TO,  and  'λώρος,  ov,  ό, 
the  Lat.  lorum,  a  thong. 

Αοροτομέω,  ώ,  to  cut  into  thongs  : 
from 

Αωροτόμος,  ov,  {?^ύρον,  τέμνω)  cut- 
ting thongs. 

iAώpvμa,  ων,  τύ,  Loryma,  a  city  in 
the  Dorian  penin.sula  on  the  coast  of 
Caria,  opposite  to  Rhodes,  Thuc. 
8,43. 

Αφατος,  η,  ov,  Att.  contr.  from 
λώϊστος,  superl.  of  7.ωΙων,  q.  v. 

\Αώτ,  iiidecl.  (and  Αώτος,  ov,  Jo- 
seph.), ύ.  Lot,  Hebr,  masc.  pr.  n.,  son 
of  Haran  the  brother  of  Abraham, 
IS.  T. 

Αώταξ,  ακος,  ο,  (Τι,ωτός  IV.)  a  flute- 
player : — also,  a  hvffoon,lewd fellow: — 
falso,  a  beggar,  Eccl. 

Αωτίϋντα,  Ion.  for  Αωτόεντα,  ace. 
pi.  nevit.  from  'λωτόιις,  q.  v. 

Αωτίζω,  (Λωτόζ•)  to  pluck  flowers, 
tonly  in  Hesych.f  ;esp.  in  mid.  λωτί- 
ζομαι,  like  καρτύζομαι,  καρττόομαι, 
to  pick  or  choose  for  one's  self,  cull  the 
best,  Aesch.  Supp.  903. 

Αώτίνος,  ίνη,  Lvov,  {λωτός)  of  lotus, 
Theocr.  24,  45. 

Αώτι,σμα,  ατός,  τύ,  {?.ωτίζω)  a  flow- 
er :  meta[)h.  like  άνθος  and  ΰωτος, 
the  fairest,  choicest,  best,  γης  Έλλά- 
δος  λωτίσματα,  Eur.  Hel.  1593. 

Αωτόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  {λωτός  Ι.)  over- 
groivn  with  lotus,  τηδία  λωτενντα.  Ιυ- 
tus-\}Wms,  11.  12,  283,  ul)i  Aristarch. 
?.ωτοϋντα :  others  take  it  as  part. 
from  a  suppos.  pres.  *λωτέω,  bloom- 
ing. 

ΑΩΤΟ'Σ,  ov,  0,  the  lotus,  name  of 
several  plants,  oft.  wrongly  confound- 
ed :  five  may  be  specially  remarked  : 
--I.    the    Greek   lotus,   a   grass    whicll 

grew  wild  in  the  meadows  round 
Sparta  and  Troy,  on  which  horses 
fed ;  a  kind  of  clover  or  trefoil,  perh. 
trifolivm  melilotus  Linn.,  II.  21,  351, 
Od.  4,  603.— II.  the  Cyrenean  lotus,  an 
African  shrub,  whose  fruit  was  the 
food  of  certain  tribes  on  the  coast, 
esp.  of  those  hence  called  Lotophagi, 
Od.  9,  84,  sq.,  Hdt.  4,  177  :  ace.  to 
Od.  the  fruit  was  honey-su-eet.  με?.ιψ 
ύης,  and  was  also  called  'λωτός :  H(lt. 
compares  it  i>i  size  to  the  fruit  of  the 
σχΐνος  (as  large  as  the  olive)  and  in 
taste  to  the  date,  φοίνιξ :  ace.  to  him 
wine  was  also  made  of  it  -.—άνθινον 
(Ιδαρ,  Od.  1.  c,  refers  not  literally  to 
the  /io«,'cr  being  eaten,  but  to  the  veg- 
etable nature  of  the  food,  v.  άνθινος. 
It  was  a  low  thorny  shrub,  Hdt.  2, 
96,  cf  Schweigh.  Polyb.  12,  2.  ace. 
to  Sprengel,  lihnmnus  Lotus  Linn., 
ace.  to  Wildenow  Zizyphus  Lotus  ; 
still  prized  at  Tunis  and  Tripoli  un- 
874 


ΛΩΩΝ 
der  the  name  of  the  jujube,  and  a  fa- 
vourite subject  of  Arab  poetry.— III. 
the  Acgypium  lotus,  first  mentioned  in 
Hdt.  2;  92,  the  lily  of  the  A,le,  of 
which  there  are  three  varieties: — 1. 
with  largo,  tvhiie  flowers,  which  was 
dried,  and  its  pith  pounded  for  bread  : 
the  root,  which  was  of  the  size  and 
shape  of  an  apple,  and  sweet  of  taste, 
was  also  eaten,  and  called  later  no- 
λοκύσιον. — 2.  with  rose-coloured  flow- 
ers and  leguudnous  fruit  (κναμοι, 
Aegyptian  beans.)— 3.  with  blue  flow- 
ers ;  the  two  last  mentioned  in  Ath. 
677  D,  E.— Of  these  the  1st  is  thought 
to  be  Xymphaea  Lotus,  the  2d,  Nym- 
phaea  Nelumbo,  the  3d,  Nitumbtum 
Speciosum ;  v.  Sprengel  Antiq.  Bot. 
p.  56,  Voss  Virg.  Eel.  4,  20,  Bahr 
Hdt.  II.  cc.  In  Aegypt  the  lotus  was 
sacred  as  a  symbol  of  the  Nile  (with 
the  rising  of  which  it  grew),  and  so 
of  fertility  :  hence  its  constant  use  in 
the  rites  of  Isis  and  Osiris,  and  its 
freq.  appearance  on  ancient,  esp. 
Aegyptian,  works  of  art,  v.  Creuzer 
Symbolik  1,  283  sq..  508  sq.  (French 
transl.  1,  404,  cf  525.)  The  Indian 
lotus,  a  sacred  symbol  of  the  Ganges 
etc.,  is  of  like  kind.— IV.  a  North 
African  tree,  acc.  to  Sprengel  Celtis 
Australis  Linn.,  about  the  size,  etc. 
of  a  pear-tree,  with  serrated  leaves  ; 
bearing  leguminous  fruit  without 
taste  or  smell,  Theophr.  H.  PI.  4,  3. 
1,  distinguished  by  its  hard,  black 
wood,  of  which  statues,  flutes,  etc. 
were  carved  :  hence  λωτός  is  olien 
used  poet,  (or  a  flute,  Markl.Eur.  I.  A. 
1036,  Tro.  541,  etc.— V.  another  lo- 
tus-tree, Dwspyrus  lotus,  which  grew 
in  Italy,  had  a  short  stem  with  pol- 
ished bark :  its  luxuriant  branches 
were  trained  upon  houses  ;  its  leaves 
were  ovate,  downy  underneath,  and 
Its  berries  red  and  sweet-tasted,  Voss 
Virg.  Georg.  2,  84. 

Αωτοτρόφος,  ov,  (λωτός  L,  τρέφω) 
producing  lotus  or  trefoil,  λιϊμαξ,  Eur. 
Phoen.  1571. 

Αωτοφύγος,  ov,  {?ΜΤΟς  IL,  φάγεΐν) 
eating  lotus,  hence — IL  Αωτοφύ-}οι, 
ων,  οι,  the  Lotophagi  or  Lotus-eaters, 
a  peaceful  nation  on  the  coast  of 
Cyrenaica,  Od.  9,  84,  Hdt.  4,  177,  v. 
/.oirof  II. 

Αωτρέιν,  'λωτροχόος.  Dor.  for  λοντρ. 
Αώφαρ,  τό,^'λώφημα.  Hesych. 
Αωφάω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  rest  from  toil, 
take  rest,  II.  21,  292  ;  also  c.  gen.,  κα- 
κών, Od.  9,  460;  so  λ.  χό'/.ον,  πόθον, 
to  have  rest,  abate  from..,  Aesch.  Pr. 
376,  654:  πόι^οΐ'.  Soph.  Aj.  61  ;  όδύ- 
νι/ς.  Plat.  Phaedr.  251  D,  etc.  ;  also, 
άπο  νόσου  και  πο?ιέαον,  Thuc.  6,  12. 
— 2.  to  abate,  of  a  clisease,  Thuc.  2, 
49,  cf  7,  77 ;  also  in  Plat.,  and  Xen. 
— II.  transit,  to  lighten,  relieve,  ό  λω- 
φήβων,  thy  future  releaser,  Aesch.  Pr. 
27:  so  c.  gen.,  λ.  θυμόν  ΰχέων.  re- 
lieve thy  ηύηά  from  pains,  Einped.  395. 
— 2.  to  make  to  leave  off,  desist,  τινά 
τίνος,  like  παύω.  (Acc.  to  Hesych., 
akin  to  λόφος  I,  and  metaph.  from 
draught-cattle,  άπό  τον  τραχήλον  το 
άχθος  αποθέσθαι.) 

Αωφέω,  Ion.  for  foreg.,  Αρ.  Rh.  2, 
648. 

Aωφίfίoς,  ia,  lov,  {λωφάω)  relieving, 
soothing,  ?.ωφ7/ια  'uftu,  expiatory  offer- 
ings, Ap.  Rh.  2,  485. 

Αώφημα.  ατός,  τό,  rest  taken,  rest. 

Αώφι/σις,  εως,  ή,  {λωφάω)  a  being 

relieved :    repose,    remission,   cessation,  \ 

ττο'/.έμον,  Thuc.  4,  8L  : 

Λώψ,  λωπός,  ί/.—  λώτϊτ;,  Hesych. 

Αώων,  neut.  /ιώον,  Att.  contr.  for 

?.ωΐων,  q.  V.  '  j 


MA 

Μ 

Μ,  u,  μν,  τό.  Ion.  μώ,  indecl., 
twelfth  letter  of  the  Gr.  alphabet ;  as 
numeral,  ^-=40,  but  ,μ=40,00υ.  In 
Inscrr.  Μ  is  for  μύριοι:  but  |m|  for 
'πεντακιςμύριοι. 

Changes  of  μ,  esp.  in  the  dialects  : 
— I.  into  TT,  as  ότϊττα  πεδά,  for  όμμα 
μετά,  esp.  Aeol.  and  Lacon.,  Greg. 
Cor.  p.  282,  580,661.-11.  μ  is  doubled, 
e.  g.  άμμες  νμμες  εμμα  ίμμί,  for 
ήμεϊς  νμείς  εΐιια  ειμί,  esp.  in  Aeol., 
the  vowel  or  diphthong  before  it  be- 
ing shortened,  Greg.  Cor.  p.  597: 
άμμες  and  νμμες  are  also  in  Hom.  and 
Ep.— III.  μ  and  3  are  interchanged, 
as  in  μεμ^ράς  βεμβράς,  βροτός  Aeol. 
μορτος  (v.  άμβροτος  fin.),  μολεϊν 
βλώσκω. — IV.  μ  becomes  ν,  as  μίν, 
Att.  and  Dor.  νίν  ;  μή,  Lat.  ne ;  μών, 
Lat.  mim,  Buttin.  Dem.  Mid.  p.  145. 
— V.  μ  is  freq.  added  or  left  out,  acc. 
to  dialects, — 1.  at  the  beginning  of  a 
word,  as  άρνω  μι/ρύω.  Ία  μία,  όν- 
θν/.εύω  μονθνλεύω,  όσχος  μόσχος, 
όχλενς  μοχλενς.  ίψηξ  μνραξ,  μα'λη, 
Lat  αία,  Buttm.  Lexil.v.  oi'/Lat'4,Lob. 
Phryn.  356:  so,  'Αρης,  Lat.  Mars. 
— 2.  in  the  middle  of  a  word,  ττίμ-'λη- 
μι  πίπλημι,  πίμ-ρημι  πίττρημι.  άμ- 
βροτος άβροτος,  δμβριμος  δβριμος, 
'λαμβάνω  λαβείν,  κύμβη  κύβη,  άρνμ- 
βας  άρνβας,  τύμπανον  τυπανον,  etc., 
mostly  for  euphony  or  easy  pronun- 
ciation, Lob.  Phryn.  95,  sq..  428.— 
VI.  μ  sometimes  has  α  or  ο  euphon. 
prefixed,  as,  μέλγω  άμέ'λγω,  μέργω 
άμέργω,  μέρδω  ΰμέρδω,  μόργννμι 
όμόργννμι,  μίχω  (Lat.  mtngo)  όμιχέω, 
etc. :  so  too  ι  seems  euphonic  in 
μάσθλη  Ιμάσϋ'λιι, μείρομαι  ϊμείρομαι. 
— VII.  σ  is  added  or  left  out  belore  μ 
acc.  to  convenience,  as,  σμάραγδος 
μάραγδος,  σμίιω  μάω,σμ/'/ριγξ μί/ριγξ, 
σμικρός  μικρός,  σμί'λαξ μί'λαξ,  σμυγε- 
ρός μογερός,σμύραινα  μνραινα,  σμύρ- 
να μν()()α.  σμώδιξ  μώδιξ. 

Μ',  apostr.  lor  με. — II.  very  rarely 
and  only  Ep.  for  μοι,  e.  g.  II.  9,  073, 
etc.  ;  never  so  in  Att.,  Markl.  Eur.  I. 
A.  491,  814,  Pors.  Phocn.  1230,  Med. 
719.  {μά  and  μή  never  were  elided, 
though  the  latter  is  contracted  by 
syni/.esis. 

Μά,  a  particle  used  in  strong  pro- 
testation and  oaths,  followed  by  acc. 
of  the  deity  or  thing  appealed  to  : — in 
itselfneitlier  affirmative  nor  negative, 
but  made  so  by  some  word  added,  as 
ναι,  ov,  etc.;  or,  in  Att.,  merely  by 
the  conte.\t,  Stallb.  Plat.  Gorg.  489 
Ε  :— thus — 1.  jn  affirmation,  val  μά 
τόδε  σκήτττρον,  yea  Λι/  this  sceptre,  II. 
1,  234,  cf  II.  Hom.  Merc.  460;  so  in 
Att.,  Ar.  Ach.  88,  etc.  ;  cf  νή. — II.  in 
negation,  ov  μα  yap  '  Απόλλωνα,  ov  μά 
ϊϊ/να,  nay  by...,  II.  1,  86,  etc. ;  and  in 
Alt.  Soph.  El.  026,  Ar.  Eq.  235.— 
In  Att.  μά  is  freq.  used  without 
ναι  {νή)  or  ov,  esp.  μά  Αία,  by  Jupiter  ! 
— It  is  seemingly  negative, — 1.  luhen  ov 
immediately  follows  in  the  next  sen- 
tence, e.  g.  μά  το'υς  παρ'  "Αιδην  νερ- 
τέρονς  άλύστορης,  ούτοι  ποτ'  εσται 
τοϋτο,  Eur.  Med.  1059  ;/m  τον  Άπύ?.- 
λω,  ονκ,  Ar.  Thcsin.  209  ;  Plat.  etc. ; 
— but  even  here  the  negation  rm//y  lies 
in  the  oOonly. — 2. in  answers, vi\\vn\\\e 
negation  is  expressed  in  the  question, 
asovK  ανμ' ιάσεις;  Answ./za  Αι',έπεΙ 
κάγώ  πονηρός  είμι,  Ar.  Lq.  336,  338 
(where  οίκ  ίάσω  is  to  be  supplied 
after  μα  Αία  from  the  question  ;  cf 
Ar.  Ran.  951,  Plut.  400):  so  too 
when    αλλά  ftUows,   δύο   όραχμάς 


ΜΑΓΓ 

μισθον  τε/.εΐς ;  Answ.  μα  Δί',  ΰλλ' 
έλαττον,  Αι•  Ran.  174,  (where  ον 
τελώ  is  understood,  cf.  Ran.  753, 
779,1053.) — IV.  in  common  discourse, 
esp.  Att.,  the  name  of  the  deity  sworn 
by  was  often  suppressed,  vai  μά  τύν, 
ον  μα  ~όν,  μά  τόν,  μα  την,  etc., 
which  was  merely  to  avoid  a  down- 
right oath,  as  is  common  m  all  lan- 
guages, cf.  Plat.  Gorg.  466  E,  Koen 
Greg.  Cor.  150,  sq. — V.  μύ  is  some- 
times omitted  after  ov,  though  the 
ace.  remains,  ov  τον  Αία,  ον  τόν  θε- 
όν,  etc.,  ν.  Br.  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  660, 
Schif.  Greg.  257,  Jac.  Α.  P.  p.  97.  [a] 

Μΰ,  shorter  Aeol.  and  Dor.  form 
for  μάτηρ,  in  the  form  μά  γά,  for  μί/- 
τερ  γη,  Aesch.  Supp.  890,  899,  The- 
ocr.  15,  59 ;  cf.  βά,  όώ,  7.ϊ. 

ΙΜσά^,  indecl.,  6,  Maath,  Hebrew 
masc.  pr.  n.,  N.  T. 

tMacipJaf,  a,  ό,  the  Carthaginian 
MaharbaL  Polyb.  3,  84,  14.  «? 

'ίΛ.ΰ.γαδενω,^μαγαδίζω.  ^ 

Μαγά07]ς,  ov,  ό,=μαγύδις,  ^6^'cr. 
5,  cf  Meineke  Com.  Fr.  3,  p.  ITO. 

Μάγάδίζω,  to  play  on  the  μαγάδις, 
Theophil.  Neopt.  2  ;  —  to  play  in  the 
octave,  Arist.  Probl.,  19,  18, 1,  and  39, 
4 ;  cf.  Diet.  Antiqq.  p.  649.     i 

Μαγύδιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  μαγάς, 
Luc.  Dial.  Deor.  7,  4. 

Μ.άγάδίς,  ή :  gen.  ϊδος.  Soph.  Fr. 
228,  (-if,  [δος,  Meineke  Com.  Fr. 
3,  179)  or  εως,  Bergk  Anacr.  p.  86, 
sq. ;  in  Xen.  An.  7,  3,  32  we  have  a 
dat.  μαγύδι,  as  if  from  μαγάς,  v. 
Poppo,  yet  v.  Bergk  1.  c. ;  ace.  μύγα- 
διν,  Alcman  87 ; — the  magadis,  a  three- 
cornered  instrument  like  a  harp,  with 
twenty  strings,  arranged  in  octaves, 
11.  cc. :  cf.  Ath.  034  :  the  ττηκτίς  was 
of  like  kind,  v.  Bockh  Comm.  de 
Metr.  Pind.  p.  261,  sq. — 11.  a  Lydian 
flute  or  flageolet,  producing  a  high  and 
a  low  note  together,  Ion  aj).  Ath.  634 
C,  Anaxandr.  Ό~/ομ.  1.   [}ΰ] 

"Μάγάζω^^μαγαδιζω. 

Μάγύρικός,  ον,  ό,=^μεγαρικός  κέ- 
ραμος, Megarian  pottery,  according  to 
the  tradesmen's  pronunciation :  cf. 
μάγαρον.     Hence 

ίΐίάγαρίσκος,  ov,  o,=  foreg. 
Μάγαρον,  ov,  τό,  v.  sub  μέγαρονϊΐί. 

■^Μάγαρσα.  ων.  τά,  Magorsa,  a  town 
and  harbor  of  Cilicia,  with  a  temple 
of  Minerva,  Strab.  p.  676.  she  was 
hence  called  Μαγαρσίς  or  Μαγαρσία, 
Arr.  An.  2,  5,  9. 

i'^ίaγapσός,  ov,  η,  Magarsvs,  = 
foreg.,  Arr.  An.  2,  5.  9. 

Μ-άγάς,  άδος,  η,  the  bridge  of  the  ci- 
•thara,  Lat.  pons,  cf  νποΆνριος,  Phi- 
lostr. : — for  μαγύδι  in  Xen.  cf.  μαγά- 
όις. 

tMayaf,  a,  ό,  Magas,  half-brother 
of  Ptolemy  Philadelphus,  prince  of 
Gyrene,  Paus.  1,  6,  8. 
'     Μάγγανα,  ή,  Lower-Italian  name 
for  a  wine  cash. 

Μαγγανεία,  ας,  η,  (μαγγανεύω) 
jugglery,  sleight  of  hand.  Plat.  Legg. 
908  D,  933  A :— of  made  dishes,  Ath. 
9C. 

Μαγγάνενμα,  ατός,  τό,  (μαγγανενω) 
a  piece  of  jugglery  ;  in  plur.  juggleries, 
deceptions.  Plat.  Gorg.  484  A,  Legg. 
933  C  :  of  women's  arts,Plut.  Ant.  25. 

Μαγγάνεντήριον,  ov,  τό,  a  place 
v>here  μαγγανεύματα  are  practised, 
Themist. 

Μαγγάνεντής,  ov,  6,  (μαγγανενυ) 
a  juggler,  quack.     Hence 

Μαγγΰνεντίκός,  ή,  ov,fit  or  inclined 
for  jugfiling.  etc. :  η  -κή,  (sc.  τέχνη), 
juggling,  sleight  of  hand. 

Μαγγΰνεύτρια,  ας,  ή,  fern,  οί  μαγ- 
γανεντής. 


ΜΑΓΕ 

Μαγγάνεύω,  (μάγγανον)  to  cheat, 
bewitch,  of  Circe,  Ar.  Plut.  310.  —  2. 
intr.  to  play  tricks,  Dem.  794,  2 :  μ. 
τζρός  τοϊ'ς  θεούς,  to  use  superstitious 
means  to  propitiate  the  gods,  Polyb. 
15,  29,  9. — II.  like  φαρμάττω,  to  beau- 
tify by  artificial  means,  to  adulterate, 
Lat.  niarigonizare,  όψον,  Plut.  2,  126 
A. — III.  μ.  ΰηάτην,  to  contrive  means 
for  cheating,  Jac.  Ach.  Tat.  p.  609. 

Μαγγΰνοδαίμων,  όνος,  ό,  {μάγγα- 
νον,δαίμων)  α  conjuring  spirit. 

Μάγ''/upov,  ον,  τό,  any  means  for 
charming  or  bewitching  Others,  a  phil- 
tre, drug,  etc.  —  II.  a  machine  for  de- 
fending fortifications,  Maur.  Strateg. 
— III.  the  axis  of  a  pulley,  as  in  Germ. 
Mangel,  Ital.  mangano,  Math.  Vett. 
— IV.  =  μάνδα/.ος,  a  bolt,  v.  Schol. 
Ar.  Vesp.  155.  —  V.  =  γάγ'}αμον,  a 
hunting-net.  (From  the  first,  signf. 
come  Lat.  mango,  inangonium,  mango• 
nizare ;  prob.,  therefore,  akin  Ιο//ύσ- 
σω,  Lat.  e-mungere.  Pott  Et.  Forsch. 

1,  236:  hence  generally,  an  art  or 
device  for  doing  a  thing, — which  will 
explain  its  being  used  of  divers  im- 
plements.)   Hence 

Μαγγάνου,  ώ,=μαγγανενω.  Hence 

Μαγγύνωμα,  ατός,  τό,^μαγγάνεν- 
μα.  [γύ] 

|Μα;(5α/ύ,  ή,  Magdala,  a  town  of 
Judaea  on  the  western  shore  of  the 
sea  of  Galilee,  N.  T.     Hence 

^Μαγδα'/Ίΐνή,  ης,  ή,  fem.  appell.,  of 
Magdala,  Magdalene,  N.  T. 

Μαγδά/.ιά,  ας,  ή,  (μάσσω)  later  for 
ΰτζομα'•,  (5αλίά,  q.  v.,  Galen. 

tMu}  JoZor,  01',  jj,  Magdolus,  a  city 
of  Lower  Aegypt  near  Pelusium, 
Hdt.  2,  159. 

Μαγεία,  ας,  ή,  {μαγεύω)  the  theo- 
logy of  the  Magians,  Stallb.  Plat. 
Ale.  1,  122  A. — 2.  art  magic,  Theophr. 

Μΰγεϊον,  ov,  τό,  {μάσσω)  =  the 
more  usu.  έκμαγεϊον,  Longin. 

Μύγείραινη,  η.  comic  fem.  of  μά- 
γειρος, Pherecr.  Ipn.  1. 

Μΰγειρείον,  ov,  τό,  (μάγειρος)  a 
place  for  cooking,  a  cook-shop,  Lat.  po- 
pina  ;  or,  the  place  where  the  public  cooks 
lived,  Antiph.  Strat.  4,  etc. ;  cf.  Lob. 
Phryn.  276.— II.  with  the  Macedoni- 
ans a  pot,  kettle. 

Μάγείρενμα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which  is 
cooked,  food :  from 

Μαγειρεύω,  (μάγειρος)  to  be  a  cook, 
to  cook  meat,  Theophr.  Char.  7,  Plut. 

2,  704  A  ;  c.  ace.  rei,  Ath.  173  D. 
Μαγειρικός,   η,  όν,   (μάγειρος)  fit 

for  a  cook  or  cookery,  βημάτια,  Ar.  Eq. 
216  :  ή  -κή.  (sc.  τέχνη),  cookery.  Plat. 
Rep.  332  D.  Adv.  -κώς,  in  a  cook- 
like way,  Ar.  Ach.  1015.  Eq.  376. 

Μάγειρίσκος,  ov,  6,  dim.  from  μά- 
γειρος, Ath.  292  E. 

Μαγείρισσα,  ή,  fem.  of  sq.,  LXX. 

Μάγειρος,  ov,  ό,  a  cook,  first  in 
Batr.  40,  Hdt.  4.  71  ;  6,  60,  etc.  (From 
μάσσω,  μάζα,  because  baking  of  bread 
was  the  chief  business  of  the  ancient 
cook,  cf.  Plin.  18,  28.)— II.  a  butcher, 
because  in  early  times  the  cook  w-as 
butcher  also,  and  so  the  Cyclops  is 
called  '  Αιδον  μ.  in  both  capacities, 
Eur.  Cycl.  397,  cf.  Matro  ap.  Ath. 
243  F.  [μά] 

Μάγενμα,  ατός,  τό,  (μαγεύω)  α  piece 
of  magic  art;  in  plur.  charms,  spells, 
Eur.  Supp.  1110;  v.  Dind.  ail  I.  :— 
also,  of  food  artificially  dressed,  Plut. 
2,  752  B.    [pa] 

Μάγεύς,  έως,  δ,  (μάσσω)  one  who 
kneads.  —  II.  one  xvho  wipes,  μαγηα 
σπόγγον.  Anth,  P.  6,  306. 

Μάγεντής,  υν,  ό,  =  μάγος,  Dio  C. ; 
cf  Lob.  Phryn  31G.    Hence 

Μϋγεντικόζ,  ή,  όν,  magical :  ή  -κή, 


ΜΑΓΟ 

(sc.  τέχνη),  art  magic,  Plat.  Polit. 
280  D. 

Μαγεύω,  (Μάγος)  to  be  a  Magus  or 
skilled  in  3Iagian  tore  ;  to  use  incanta 
tions,  Plut.  .\rta.x.  3.  6. — II.  trans,  to 
enchant,  μέ/.η  μ.,  to  sing  incantations, 
Eur.  I.  T.  1338  ;  cf  Mel.  12. 

Μά-;ϊκός.  ή,  όν,  (Μάγος)  fit fnr  the 
Magians,  Magian,  Plut.  Them.  20  ;  tq/ 
or  relating  to  magic,  magical,  βίβ/.ων, 
Pseudo-Phocyl.  138. 

Μάγίς,  ίδος,  ή,  (μάσσω)  any  kneadea 
mass,  Lat.  offa  :  esp.  a  sort  of  cheese- 
pudding,  Hipp.  p.  652.  —  2.  the  caki 
offered  to  Hecate,  Soph.  F"r.  651,  Ar 
Fr.  644  ;  cf  Ath.  663  B.— 11.  a  knead- 
ing-trough, like  μάκτρα,  Epich.  p.  07. 

Μάγμα,  ατός,  τό,  (μάσσω)  any  knead 
ed  mass  : — salve,  as  opp.  to  unguents, 
Plin.  13,  2. 

Μαγμός,  ov,  ό,  (μάσσω)  a  wiping  oi 
cleansing. 

^Μάγνης,  7]Τος,  ό,  Magnes,  son  oi 
Aeolus  and  Enarete,  father  of  Poly 
dectes,  ApoUod.  1,  7,  3. — 2.  father  ci 
Pierus,  Id.  1,  3,  3.-3.  a  poet  of  lh( 
old  comedy,  Meineke  1,  p.  29 ;  Ar 
Eq.  520. 

Μάγνης,  ητος,  ό,  a  Magnesian,  \ 
dweller  in  Μαγνησία  in  Thessaly,  11 
2, 756  ;  fem.  Μά^νησσα.  Also  Μαγνή 
της,  fem.  Μαγνήτις.  fPiiid.  P.  2,  83t 
hence, — II.  7.ίθος  Μαγνήτης  or  ■ΐιτΐ\ 
or  -ήσιος,  the  magnet,  also  called  λ 
Ήρακ/εία,  Eur.  Oen.  5,  cf  Stallb 
Plat.  Ion  533  D :  also  a  melal  thai 
looked  like  silver,  prob.  3  kind  of  talc, 
Theophr. ;  v.  Buttm.  in  Wolfs  Mus. 

2,  p.  5,  sq. 

tMu}  ΐ'ί^σα,  ή ,^^Μαγνησία,  Αρ.  Rh. 

I,  584. 

^Μαγνησία,  ας,  ή,  Magnesia,  a  ter- 
ritory of  Thessaly  on  the  eastern 
coast,  Hdt.  7,  183,  who  also  calls  it 
ή  ητζειρος  Μαγνησίη,  7,  176:  Dem., 
12,  fin. ;  15,  19;  etc.,  mentions  a  city 
therein  of  same  name. — 2.  a  celebra- 
ted city  of  Lydia  near  the  Maeander, 
now  Inek-buzar,  containing  a  temple 
of  Venus  Leucophryne,  Hdt.  3,  122  : 
Thuc.  1,  138.— 3.  a  city  of  Lydia  at 
the  base  of  Mt.  Sipylus,  ή  ί-ό  Σι- 
πνλω,  Strab.  p.  579,  now  Manissa. 
Hence 

^Μαγνήσιος,  a,  ov,  and  ος,  ov,  of 
Magnesia,  Magnesian,  Hdt. ;  etc. 

^Μάγνησσα,  ή,  fem.  to  Μάγνης,  q. 
v.,  Theocr.  22,  79. 

\Μαγνητες,  ων,  οί,  the  Magnesian», 
as  well  in  Thessaly,  II.  2,  756  ;  as  in 
Asia  in  the  valley  of  Maeander,  Hdt. 

3,  40  :  cf.  Μύ} ;i'7;r. 
jMaγvητικός,  ή,  όν,  of  Magnesia, 

Magnesian,  γαία,  Aesch.  Pers.  492  ; 
τϊαραλία,  Strab.  p.  430. 

ίΜαγνήτις,  ή,  v.  sub  Μάγνης. 

^Μαγνό—ολις,  εως,  ή,  MagnopoUs. 
the  earlier  Eupatoria,  a  city  in  Pon- 
tus,  named  after  Ponipeius  Magnus 
Strab.  p.  556. 

■\Μάγνος,  ov,  b,  the  Rom.  appell. 
Magnus,  Ath.  1  C. 

Μάγος,  ov,  ό,  a  Magus,  Magian, 
one  of  a  Median  tribe,  Hdt.  1,  101. — 

II.  one  of  the  priests  and  wise  men  in 
Persia  who  interpreted  dreams,  etc., 
freq.  in  Hdt.  :  hence — 2.  any  enchant- 
er, wizard:  and  in  bad  sense,  a  juggler, 
quack,  like  γόης.  Soph.  O.  T.  387  ;  cf 
Eur.  Or.  1497,  Plat.  Rep.  592  E.— III. 
μάγος,  ov,  as  adj.  magical,  bewitching 
κέστον  μαγώτερα,  Anth.  P.  5,  121. 
(Prob.  from  the  same  rootas/ie^of 
etc.,  v.  μέγας  tin.)  [ώ] 

^Μΰγος.  ov,  ό.  Magus,  an  Arabian, 
Aesch.  Pers.  318. 

Μΰ; ο^όί'ίο,  ων,  τά,  (Mujof,  ήιόνος) 
the  slaughter  of  the  Magians,  a  Persigii 
875 


ΜΑΖΑ 

festival,  Hdt.  3,  79  :  ή  μαγοφονία  in 
Clesias  15. 

Ma>tif5ap£f,  //,  the  seed  of  the  σίλ- 
φιον,  Theophr. :  also  its  stalk. — II. 
another  plant,  distinct  fVoin  σί'λφιοί'. 
Id.  ΙμύγνόύμΙς.  Plaut.  llud.  3,  2,  19.] 

tMa)  6;}',  indecl.,  ό,  Magog-,  Hebrew 
pr.  n.,  supposed  to  be  a  general  ap- 
pell.  for  the  northern  tribes  of  Eu- 
rope and  Asia,  as  the  Greek  ΣκνΟαι, 
Ν.  Τ. 

Μά/ωΛ'α,  ας,  ή,  α  rude  pantomime, 
Ath.  621  C  :  also /inyoxJ//. 

MuycjfJof,  ov,  b,  (μάγος,  ζ)δή)  a 
sort  of  coarse  pantomime,  or  the  actor  of 
it,  Ath.  021  C,  D :  cf.  Λι•σίω(5ό(:. 

^Μ.ύγωι>,ωνος,ό.Μα•ίθ,  a  Carthagi- 
nian commander,  Polyb.  3,  7J ,  5,  sq. 

Μάόΰγένειος,  ον,=μαδιγένειυς,  ap. 
Phot. 

Μύόαϊος,  a,  ov,  poet,  for  μαδαρύς. 

Μΰόύλ'λω,=^μαόίζω. 

Μάόΰρύς.  ύ,  όν,  (μαδάω)  melting 
away :  of  flesh,  flabbq,  loose,  Arist. 
H.  A.  4,  6,  9  ;  of  the  head,  bald,  Anth. 
P.  11,  134.     Hence 

Mii<5upor7/f ,  ητος,  ή,  baldness,  Hipp. 
p.  47. 

Μύδύρόω,  ώ,  (μαδαρός)=μαδίζ(ι), 
to  make  bald,  LXX.     Hence 

Μάδάρωσις,  εως,  ?/,  a  making  bald, 
Galen. 

tMarfarof,  a,  b,  Madaias,  a  Persian, 
Xen.  Cyr.  5,  3,  41. 

Mu(5u<j,  ώ,  f.  -ησω,  (μαδάς)  Lat. 
madrre,  to  be  moist  or  uel,  to  melt  away, 
Theophr. :  of  hair,  to  fall  off,  Lat.  de- 
fliiere,  A  el.  N.  A.  15,  18  ;  hence  to  be 
bald,  Ar.  Pint.  266. 

Μύδδα,  ή.  Dor.  for  μάζα,  Ar.  Ach. 
732,  835. 

Μάδησις,  ή,  (μαδάω)  loss  of  the  hair, 
a   heroming  bald,  Hipp.  p.  1083. 

■^Μαδιύν  or  Μαδιάμ,  indecl.,  ?),  Ma- 
dian  or  Mndiam,  Hebr.  pr.  n.,  a  tract 
of  Arabia  Petraca,  so  called  from 
Madian,  (in  Joseph.  Ant.  1,  15,  1, 
^Ααδιύνης),  son  of  Abraham  and  Ke- 
turah.  N.  T.     Hence 

■\Μ^αδιηνός,  ?'/,  όν,  of  Madian  ;  o't 
'^αδπ/νοί,  and  Μ.ηδί7μ'ϊται,  the  inhab. 
of  MaAian,  Madianites,  Steph.  Byz.  : 
V.  Berkel  ad  voc. 

'ίΛΰδιγένειος,  ov,  (μαδάω, γένειον) 
smooth-chinned,  Lat.  imberbis,  Arist. 
H.  Λ.  3,  11,  13.  with  v.  1.  μαδηγ-;  v. 
Lob.  Phryn.  C62. 

Μάδίζω.  f.  -ίσω,  (μαδάς)  to  pull  out 
the  hair,  like  τίλλω ;  also  μαδά'λλω, 
μαδαράω. — II.  mtr.  =  μαδάω,  Hipp. 
p.  667.     Hence 

Μάδίσις,  7;,  dub.  I.  for^<i(5;?aif,q.v., 
Hipp.,  and  Theophr.  [a] 

Μάδιστ/'/ριον,  ov,  τό•  tweezers  for 
pulling  out  hair:  α\&0ζ=ενσ7ρα. 

'Μ.ύδον,  ov,  τά,  =  μαδωνία,  Plin. ; 
also,  μάδoς,b,  Diosc.  Parab.  1,  179. 

*Μ.\ΔΟ'Σ,  ή,  όν,  the  root  of  μα- 
δάω, βΙο.,=μαδαρός,  Hesych. 

Μάδρνα,  τύ,  for  μα7.άδρνα,=^κοκ- 
κύμηλα,  Seleuc.  ap.  Ath.  50  A,  The- 
opnr. ;  cf  άκρόδρυα. 

^Μαδνης,  ov  Ion.  εω,  ό,  Madyes,  a 
king  of  the  Scythae,  Hdt.  1,  103. 

■\Μ.άδνς,νος,  o,=foreg.,  Strab.  p.  61 . 

\Μ.άδντος,  ov,  ή,  3Iadytus,  a  haven 
in  the  Thracian  Chersonese,  with  the 
tomb  of  Hecuba,^  Hdt.  7,  33. 

Μΰδωνια,  ας,  ή,  Boeot.  name  of  the 
waicr-lily,  Theophr. 

MuC".  VC,  V'  (μάσσω,  to  knead)  bar- 
ley-bread, a  barley-cake,  Hdt.  1,  200; 
Archil.  45,  etc. ;  άμολγαίη,  Hes.  Op. 
592;  κνρβαίη,  Ep.  Horn.  15,  6;  φν- 
στή,  Ar.  Vesp.  610 ;— v.  sub  voce. — 
0pp.  to  upTor,  wheaten  bread,  Ar. 
Eccl.  606,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  2,  11  ;  pro- 
verb., άγαθη  και  μάζα  μετ'  ίρτον  : — 
876 


ΜΑΖΟ 

μάζαν  μειιαχώς,  having  baked  him  a 
cake,  witn  a  play  on  μάχη,  .\r.  Eq. 
55.  (Bekker  follows  Draco  in  writing 
it  properispom.  μάζα,  but  v.  Lob. 
Paral.  405.) 

Μίίζαγρέτας,  b,  (μάζα,  άγείρω)  one 
who  begs  for  barley-loaves,  Aristias  ap. 
Ath.  086  A;  like  ίπτταγρέτας  and  κω- 
λαγρέτας. 

iM.aζaia,  ας,  ή,  Mazaca,  daughter 
of  king  Leucanor  in  Bosporus,  Luc. 
To.x.  44. 

^Μαζαΐος,  ov,  a,  Mazaeus,  Persian 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Arr.  An.  3.  7.  1. 

^Μάζακα,  ων,  τά,  Mazacn,  capital 
of  Cflppadocia  at  the  base  of  Mt.  Ar- 
gaeus,  now  Kaisarieh,  Strab.  p.  537  ; 
hence  Μαζακτ/νοί,  οι,  the  inhab.  of 
Mazaca,  Id. 

\Μ.αζάκ7]ς,  ov,  b,  Mazaces,  a  Persian 
satrap  of  Aegypt,  Arr.  An.  3,  1,  2. 

^ΙΆαζάρης,  ονς,  ο,  Mazares,  a  Mede, 
Hdt.  1,  156. 

tMiiCapor,  ov,  a,  Mazarus,  a  Mace- 
donian, Arr.  An.  3,  16,  9. 

Μας'ίίω,  to  make  a  barley-cake :  also 
as  dep.  μαζάομαί. 

^Μ,αζέας,  ο,  v.  sub  μαζίνης,  Xen- 
ocr. 

\Μ.αζήντ]ς,  6,  Mazenes,  ruler  of  Do- 
racta  (or  rather  Oaracta)  in  the  Per- 
sian gulf,  Strab.  p.  767. 

Μαζτ/ράς  (μάζα),  πίναξ,  a  plate  of 
barley-cakes. 

Μαζινης.  b,  a  kind  of  cod-fish,  (καλ- 
7-αρίας),  Theophr.  ;  also  written  μα- 
ζίνας  or  -νος,  μαζέας,  Xcnocr.,  or 
]μαζύς,  Epicharm.  ap.  Ath.  322  Bt, 
Άαζίνιις,  Hesych. 

Μάζίνος,  ov,  (μάζα)  made  of  barley- 
meal,  Hesych. 

Μαζίον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  μαζός. 

Μαζίον,  ov,  TO,  like  sq.,  dim.  from 
μάζα,  Phryn.  (Com.)  Inccrt.  7. 

Μαζίσκη,  ης,  ή,  dim.  from  μάζα,  a 
barley-scone.  At.  Eq.  1105,  1166. 

Μαζοβόλων,  ov,  τό,  (μάζα,  βάλλω) 
^=μαζονόμος. 

Μάζομαι,  Όβρ.=μαζάομαι,  Welck- 
er  Syll.  Ep.  170,  2. 

Μαζονομεΐον,  ov,  τό,  Ar.  Fr.  367 ; 
μαζονόμιον,  Callix.  ap.  Ath.  202  E, 
=sq. 

Μαζονόμος,  ov,  (sc.  κύκλος  or  πί- 
vaξ),b,  (μάζα,  νέμω)  a  ivoodcn  trencher 
for  serving  barley  cakes  on,  Harmod. 
ap.  Ath.  149  A,  Horat.  Sat.  2,  8,  86. 

Μ.αζοπέ7ττης,  ov,  b,  (μάζα,  πέσσω) 
a  barley-bread  baker. 

Μ,αζοποιέω,  ώ,  to  make  barley-bread  : 
from 

Μαζοποιός,  όν,  (μάζα,  ποιέω)  ma- 
king barley- bread. 

MuCof,  ov,  b,  the  breast,  or  rather, 
one  of  the  two  breasts,  freq.  in  Hom., 
who'distinguishes  it  as  a  part  of  the 
whole  breast,  (στέρνον,  στήθος),  11. 
4,  528;  8,  121,  etc.:  so,  6εξίτερΐ)ν 
■παρά  μαζόν,  II.  5,  393. — 1.  usu.  of 
women,  as  II.  22,  60,  Od.  11,  448,  and 
so  always  in  Od. ;  cf  Wessel.  Hdt.  4, 
202 ;  but  Hdt.  also  has  μαστός  in  same 
sense. — 2.  of  men,  11.  11.  cc.  —  The 
distinction  of  the  Gramm.  between 
μαζυς  as  the  man's  breast,  and  μαστός 
the  wo7nan's,  will  at  least  apply  only 
to  late  authors:  the  words  differed, 
at  lirst.  only  in  dialect :  Hom.  always 
uses  the  former,  Pind.  and  Trag.  al- 
ways the  latter,  v.  μαστός,  cf  Elmsl. 
Bacch.  700,  Ellendt  Le.x.  Soph.— 3. 
less  freq.  of  animals,  the  udder.  Call. 
Jov.  48.-4.  metaph.  a  wet-nurse  (!). 
— II.  =^μαζίνι/ς.  (The  word  is  prob. 
akin  to  μάσσω,  like  μάζα,  from  the 
yielding  nature  of  the  breast.)   Hence 

^[αζονσίος,  a,  ov,  formed  like  a 
breast,  άκοα  tM.i  the  promontory  Ma• 


ΜΑΘΗ 

zusia,  in  the  Thracian  Chersonese, 
Lye.  534,  in  Lat.  wr.  Mastusia. 

Μαζοφΰ-)έω,  ώ,  to  eat  barley-bread, 
Hipp.  p.  389:  from 

Μαζυφάγος,  ov,  (μάζα,  φάγεϊν)  eat- 
ing  barley-bread,  Hipp.  p.  478. 

^Ιαζοφορίς,  ίδος,  ή,  (μάζα,  φέρω)^: 
μαζονόμος. 

Μάζωνες,  οι,  α  festival  of  Bacchus  at 
Phigalea,  or,  those  rrho  kipt  it,  Har- 
mod. ap.  Ath.  149  B. 

Μαθαλις,  ίδυς,  ή,  a  sort  of  cup, 
Blaes.  ap.  Ath.  487  C  :  also  written 
μαθαλλίς,  μασθα7Λς. 

'ίΛάβεΙν,  inf  aor.  of  μανθάνω,  first 
in  Theogn. 

Μάβη,  ης,  ή,=μάθησις,  Emped.  101, 
ed.  Karsten.  [«] 

Μάθημα,  ατός,  τό,  (μΰθείν)  that 
which  is  learnt,  a  lesson,  παθήματα 
μαθήματα,  one  learns  by  sufl'ering, 
Hdt.  1,  207  ;  μ.  τινός  or  περί  τι,  Plat. 
Symp.  211  C,  Rep.  525  D.— 2.  learn- 
ing, 'rhuc.  2.  39,  Plat.,  etc  :  hence  in 
])lur.,  learning,  science,  etc  ,  freq.  in 
Plat.  ;  esp.  the  mathematical  sciences, 
chiefly  arithmetic,  geometry,  and  as- 
tronomy. Plat.  Legg.  817  E,  Arist. 
Anal.  Post.  1,  12,  5,  etc.     Hence 

Μαθηματικός,  ή,  όν,  disposed  to 
learn,  fond  of  learning,  like  μαθητικός. 
Plat,  Tim.  88  B.— 11.  belonging  to  the 
sciences,  esp.  to  mathematics :  ή  -κή 
(sc.  έπιστήμ7ΐ),=  τα  μαθήματα,  math- 
ematics, Arist.  Anal.  Post.  1,  13,8; 
so,  Tu  -κά,  Piut.  2,  367  C  :  ό  μαθη- 
ματικός, a  mathematician,  Arist.  Eth. 
N.  C,  8,  0  ;  later  esp.  an  astronomer. 
Pint.  2,  974  F.  Adv.  -κως,  Arist.  Me- 
taph. 1,  Min.  3,  2. 

Μάθημάτοπωλικός,ή ,  όν,  (μιΊΟημα, 
πωλέω)  making  a  trade  of  science ;  μ. 
γένος,  lite  Sophists ;  and  ή  -κή,  their 
trade.  Plat.  Soph.  224  B,  E. 

Μάθησία,  ας,  ή,  late  form  for  sq. 

Μάθησις,  εως,  ή,  (μαθεϊν)  learning, 
the  getting  of  knowledge,  very  freq.  in 
Plat. :  μάθησιν  έκμανθάνειν,  upvv- 
σθαι,  to  gain  information.  Soph.  Tr. 
450,  711  ;  μ.  εχειν  τινός,  Eur.  Supp. 
915  ;  ποιιίσθαι,  Thuc.  1.  68  ;  μ.  περί 
τι.  Plat.  Rep.  525  Α.— 2.  desire  of 
learning,  σοΙ  μάθησις  οΰ  πάρα,  Soph. 
El.  1032.— II.  \\ke  μάθημα,  knowledge, 
science.  Plat.  Theaet.  144  B.— 2.  α 
habit  acquired,  Hipp.  p.  593. 

Μάθήσυμαι,  fut.  of  μανθάνω,  first 
in  Theogn. 

Μαθητεία,  ας,  fj,  (μαθητεύω)  instruc- 
tion  from  a  teacher. 

Μάθητέος,  a,  ov,  verb.  adj.  ύ{ μαν- 
θάνω, to  be  learnt  or  perceived.  Hat.  7, 
16,  3.  —  II.  μαθητέον,  one  must  learn, 
Ar.  Vesp.  1262,  and  Plat. 

Μαθητεύω,  to  be  pupil  to  one,  τινί, 
Plut.  2,  832  B,  etc.— II.  trans,  tomake 
a  disciple  of,  τινά,  Ν.  Τ.  : — pass,  to  be 
instructed  :  from 

Μαθητής,  ov,  b,  (μαθεϊν)  a  learner, 
pupil,  Lat.  discipulns,  της  Ύ^λΧάδος, 
Hdt.  4,  77  :  freq.  in  Att.  of  the  pupils 
of  philosophers  and  rhetoricians,  Plat. 
Prot.  315  A,  etc. 

Μάθητιάω,  ώ,  Desiderat.  of  μανθά- 
νω, to  wish  to  become  a  disciple,  Ar. 
rs'ub.l83. — WAaiex— μαθητεύω,  Knih. 
P.  15,  38. 

Μαθητικός,  ή,  όν.  (μαθεϊν)  disposed 
to  learn.  Plat.  Soph.  219  C,  (ubi  Stallb. 
μαθηματικός) :  c.  gen.  μ.  τινός,  eager 
to  learn  a  thing.  Id.  Rep.  475  Ε  :  of 
animals,  docile,  Arist    H.  A.  9,  1,  3. 

Μάθητάς,  ή,  όν,  (μαθεϊν)  learnt,  that 
may  be  learnt,  ή  άσκηταν  ή  μαθητον 
(ή  αρετή)  Plat.  Meno  init. ;  μαθ-  και 
διδακτά.  Id.  Prot.  319  C. 

Μαθήτρια,  ας,  7),=sq.,  Diog,  L.: 
and 


ΜΑΙΕ 

'ίία.ϋητρίς,  ίόος.  ή,  fem.  οί μαθητής, 
Philo  :  ct.  Lob.  Phryn.  256. 

tMa^/a,  ας,  ij,  Mathia,  a  mountain 
of  Messenia,  Paus.  4,  34,  4. 

ΜΑ'ΘΟΣ,  TO,  poet,  and  Ion.  for 
ιιάθησις,  Alcae.  94  E,  Aesch.  Ag.  177, 
and  Hipp,  [ά] 

ίΜο^ουσάλα,  ό,  Mathusala,  Hebr. 
masc.  pr.  n.,  N.  T. 

ί'Μάθνμνα,  ?/,  Dor.  for  Μήθυμνα, 
Anth. 

Μαθών,  part.  aor.  of /ζον^άι/ω,  first 
in  Theogn. 

ίΜάθως,  ω,  ό,  Matho,  an  African 
chief  in  the  service  of  Carthage,  in- 
citer of  the  mercenary  war,  Poiyb.  I, 
96,6. 

Μαία,  ας,  η,  good  mother,  a  kind 
way  of  speaking  to  old  women,  esp. 
nurses,  Horn.,  only  in  Od.,andH.  Cer. 
147  :  in  Od.  always  in  vocat.,  and  ad- 
dressed to  Euryclea,  who  had  prob. 
been  nurse  to  Ulysses  (Od.  19,  482) ; 
but  still  the  name  seems  to  be  merely 
a  general  one,  and  so  it  remained,  of. 
Lob.  Phryn.  134. — 2.  later  simply  a 
nurse,  Soph.  Fr.  782,  Eur.  Hipp.  243  : 
— but  also  a  mother,  Eur.  Ale.  393; 
ίω  μαία  γαία,  Aesch.  Cho.  45.-3.  a 
midwife,  Plat.  Theaet.  149  A,  sq. — 4. 
in  Όοτ.,  a  grandmother.  Iambi. — II.  a 
large  kind  of  crab,  Arist.  H.  Α.,  4,  2,  3, 
etc.  ;  of.  γρανς. 

ΜαΓα.  ας,  ή,  Maia,  daughter  of  At- 
las, mother  of  Mercury,  H.  Horn. 
Merc.  3,  etc.  ;  in  Hes.  Th.  938,  also 
Ion.  Μηίη. — The  form  Μαίας,  άδος, 
ή,  is  also  freq.  poet.,  Od.  14,  435, 
and  H.  Merc. 

^Μαίαόεύς,  έυς,  6,  son  of  Maia,  i.  e. 
Mercury,  Hippon.  Fr.  10. 

^Μαιύνόριος,  ου,  6,  Maeandrius,  a 
Samian,  successor  of  Poiycrates, 
Hdt.  3,  142  ;  in  Plut.  called  Μαίαν- 
δρος.— Others  in  Strab. ;  etc. 

'[Μαίάνδριος,  α,ον,  of  the  Maeander, 
Maeandrian,  ττεδίον,  Dion.  P.  837 : 
from 

Μαίανδρος,  ου,  6,  Maeander.  a  riv- 
er in  Caria,  tfalling  into  the  Icaiian 
sea  near  Miletus,  now  the  Minder,  II, 
2,  869, t  Hes.  Th.  339 ;  noted  for  its 
windings,  Hdt.  2,  29. — II.  metaph.  a 
winding  canal,  Philostr.  :  any  winding 
mazy  pattern,  Strab.  p.  577. 

^Μαιάνδρου  πεδίον,  τό,  the  plain  of 
Maeander,  a  tract  along  the  Maean- 
der on  the  borders  of  Lydia  and  Ca- 
ria, Hdt.  2,  29 ;  Xen.  Hell.  4,  8,  17. 

Μιΐίάς,  άδος,  ή,  pecul.  poet.  fem.  of 
μααντικόςΛ — Π.  v.  sub  Mala. 

\Μαίδθ:3ίθννοι,  ων,  οί,  the  Maedo- 
hithyni,  a  Thracian  tribe  who  passed 
over  into  Asia,  Strab.  p.  295. 

\Mal6oL,  ων,  οί,  and  Μαιδοί,  the 
Maedi,  a  Thracian  people  on  the  left 
bank  of  the  Strymon,  on  the  confines 
of  Macedonia,  Thuc.  2,  98  ;  Strab.  p. 
316. 

Μαιεία,  ας,  ή,  (μαιενο)  the  art  or 
husinesg  of  a  midwife,  Plat.  Theaet. 
150  D. 

Μαίενμα,  ατός,  τό,  (μαιενω)  the 
child  which  a  midwife  has  helped  into 
the  world,  σον  μεν  παιδίον,  έμόν  δε 
μαίεναα.  Plat.  Theaet.  160  Ε. 

Μαιενομαί,  fut.  -σομαι,  dep.  mid. 
(μαϊα  Ι.  3)  .—to  serve  as  a  midwife,  act 
as  one,  Diod.  19,34;  c.  acc.  pers., /o 
deliver  a  woman,  hence  freq.  in  Plat. 
of  Socrates'  obstetric  art  (ct.  sub  μαί- 
ευτίκός),  as  Theaet.  149  B,  etc  :  όρ- 
νιθας μαιενεσθαι,  to  hatch  chickens, 
ap.  Suid. :  αίετόν  κάνθαρος  μαιενσο- 
μαι.  proverb,  of  taking  bitter  ven- 
geance on  a  powerful  enemy,  Ar. 
Lys.  095,  ubi  v.  Interpp.  —  The  act. 
seems  not  to  occur,  but  the  pass. 


MAIN 

does.  Tit  ΰττ'  εμον  μαιενθέντα,  brought 
into  the  world  by  me,  Plat.  Theaet. 
150E 

Μαίενσις,  εως,  ή,  (μαιενω)  the  de- 
livery of  a  woman  in  child-birth,  Plat. 
Theaet.  150  B. 

Μαιεντήμ,  ηρος,  o,=  sq. 

Μαιευτής,  ov,  ό,  a  man-midwife : 
also  μαιεντωρ,  μαιήτωρ. 

Μαιευτικός,  ή,  όν,  fitted  for  mid- 
wifery:  ή  -κή,  (sc.  τέχνη),  midwifery, 
— the  name  given  by  Socrates  to  his 
plan  of  eliciting  from  others  what  was  in 
their  minds  without  their  knowitig  it, 
Plat.  Theaet.  161  E,  v.  lb.  149  A,  sq. 

Μαιεύτρια,  ας,  ή,  fem.  from  μαιεν- 
τήρ,   a  midwife.  Soph.  Fr.  86. 

Μαιεντωρ,  ορός,  ό,  v.  μαιεντής. 

Μαιήϊος,  ον,=ααιευτικός,  Νοηη. 

ή'Μαιήτης,  ό.  Ion.  for  Μαιώτης,  Hdt. 

tMai7/rif,  ιδος,  ή,  fem.  to  foreg., 
Ion.  for  Μαίώ-/£•. 

Μαιήτωρ,  ό,  =  μαιευτήρ,  v.  μαι- 
εντής. 

ίΜαικήνας,  ό,  the  Rom.  Maecenas, 
Ael. 

Μαιμάζω,=:μαιμάσσω. 

Μαιμακτήρια,  ων,  τά,  the  festival 
of  Ζευς  Μαιμάκτης,  kept  at  Athens 
in  the  month  Μαιμακτηριών. 

Μαιμακτηριών,  ώνος,  b,  the  fifth 
Attic  month,  containing  the  end  of 
November  and  beginning  of  Decem- 
ber, answering  to  the  Boeot.  Alalco- 
menios;  so  called  from  the  festival  of 
Ζευς  Μαιαάκτης,  held  in  it,  cf.  Clin- 
ton F.  H.  2,  p.  326.  sq. 

Μαιμύκτης.  υν,  ό,  {μαιμάσσω)6ρίΛι. 
of  Jupiter,  the  boisterous,  stormy,  in 
whose  honour  the  Maemacteria  were 
kept  at  Athens  in  the  first  winter 
month,  Harpocr.,  cf  Plut.  2,  458  B. 

Μαιμύκνλον,  ov,  τό,  v.  μιμαίκνλον. 

^Μαιμα'λίδης,  oi>,  ό,  son  of  Maema- 
lus.  i.  e.  Pisander,  II.  16,  194. 

Μαΐμαξ,  ύκος,  ό,  ?),  boisterous, 
stormy,  Hesych.  :  from 

Μαιμάσσω,  =  sq.  :  —  to  burst  forth, 
Anth.  P.  9,  272. 

Μάιμάω,  ω,  (rediipl.  from  root  MA-, 
μάω,  cf.  τταιφάσσω) :  f.  -ήσω  :  hence 
Ep.  lengthd.  3  pi.  μαιμώωσι,  part. 
μαιμώων,  -ώωσα,  Horn.  To  be  very 
eager,  jmnt  or  quiver  with  eagerness, 
μαίμησε  δέ  οΊ  φι/.όν  ήτορ,  II.  5,  670; 
so.  μαιμώωσι  τίόδες  και  χείρες,  13,  75, 
cf.  78  ;  metaph.  of  a  spear,  αιχμή  δε 
διέσσυτο  μαιμώωσα,  like  ?αλαιομένη, 
5,  661,  cf.  15,  542  :  δεινόν  μαιμώοντα, 
Orac  ap.  Hdt.  8,  77  ;  and  so  Theocr. 
25,  253  uses  it  c.  inf ,  λίς  μαιμώων 
χροός  άσαι :  rare  in  Trag.,  μαιμά 
όφις,  the  snake  rages,  Aesch.  Supp. 
895  ;  c.  gen.,  χειρ  μαιμώσα  ι^όνον, 
eager  for  nmrder.  Soph.  Aj.  50.  Pass, 
impf.  μαιμώοντο  in  Dion.  P.  1156, 
but  the  signf.  is  very  dub. — The  word 
is  Ep.,  but  only  used  by  Horn,  in  11., 
and  not  common  in  later  poets.  [The 
penult,  long  in  arsis,  II.  20,  490.] 

Μαιμώσσω,  late  form  for  μαιμάω, 
Nic.  Th.  470. 

Μαιμώων,  ώωσα,  Ep.  part,  of  μαι- 
μάω, lengthd.  from  μαιμών,  ώσα  :  so 
μαιμώωσι.  3  pi.  for  μαιμώσι,  μαιμώ- 
uvTo  for  εμαιμωντο. 

^Μαίνακα,  ή,  Maenaca,  a  city  of 
Hispania  Baetica,  Strab.  p.  156. 

^Μαινά/.ιος,  a,  ov,  of  or  belonging  to 
Maenalus,  δειραί,  Piiid.  O.  9,  88 ;  ή 
Μαινα'λία.  the  region  around  Maenalus, 
Thuc.  5,  64  :  from 

^Maiva/.ov,  ov,  τό,  Mt.  Maenalus, 
in  the  southeast  of  Arcadia,  sacred 
to  Pan,  now  Ruino,  Theocr.  1,  122: 
also  TO  Maiva/.ov  όρος.  Strab.  ρ  388. 

iMaίva?.oς.  ου,  ή,  Maenalus,  a  city 
at  the  foot  of  foreg.,  Strab. — II.  ό,  son 


ΜΑΙΟ 

of  Lycaon  and  Meliboea,  ApoUod.  3, 
8,  1.— 2.  father  of  Ataianta,  Eur.  ap. 
Apollod.  3,  9,  2. 

iMaivuv,  indecl.,  ό,  Μαϊηαη,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  N.  T. 

Μαινάς,  άδος,  ή,  (μαίνομαι)  mad, 
raving,  λνσσα.  Soph.  Fr.  678,  4. — 2. 
as  subst.  a  mad  woman,  μαινάδι  Ιση, 
II.  22,  460,  Η.  Horn.  Cer.  387 :  esp. 
a  Bacchante,  Bacchanal,  Trag.  ;  of  the 
furies,  Aesch.  Eum.  500.  —  II.  act. 
causing  madness,  esp.  that  of  love, 
μαινας  όρνις,  Pind.  P.  4,  384;  v.  Ινγξ. 

Μαινη,  ή,  maena,  a  small  sea-fish, 
which,  like  our  herring,  was  salted, 
Anth.  P.  9,  412  -.—later μαινόμενη,  ή; 
also  μαινομένια,  τά. 

Μαινίδιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  foreg., 
Αγ.  Fr.  242. 

Μαινίς,  ή.  dim.  from  μαίνη,  a  sprat, 
Ar.  Ran.  985,  etc.,  cf  Ael.  H.  A.  12, 
28.  lgen.ίδoς  [i],  Ar.  1.  c. ;  ϊόος,  Opp. 
H.  1,  108.] 

iMaivo,3a,  ή,  Maenoba,  a  city  of 
Hispania  Baetica,  Strab.  p.  143. 

Μαινόλης,  ov,  ό,  raving,  frenzied, 
θνμός,  Sapph.  1,  18  :  a  name  of  Bac- 
chus, Plut.  2,  462  A  : — km.  μαινόλις, 
not  found  in  genit.  (though  we  have 
an  irreg.  nom.  pi.  μαινόλεις  in  late 
Greek,  Lob.  Paral.  267),  μ.  διάνοια, 
Aesch.  Supp.  109. — II.  act.  inspiring, 
Philo.  (From  μαίνομαι,  as  φαινόλης 
from  φαίνομαι :  the  compos,  with  όλ- 
λυμι  is  absurd,  Piers.  Moer.  p.  279.) 

Μαινό?Λος,  ία,  io^.^^foreg.,  Anth. 
P.  9,  524,  13. 

Μαινό7.ις,  ή,  fem.  from  μαινόλης, 
q.  v. 

Μαίνομαι,  fut.  μάνήσομαι  t(un-Att. 
Moer.  p.  264)t  and  μΰνονμαι :  perf. 
with  pres.  signf  μέμι^να  :  tpf  pass. 
μεμάνημαι,  Theocr.  10,31t:aor.  έμά• 
νην,  part,  μΰνείς,  inf. μύνήναι :  an  aor. 
mid.  μηνυμένος,  Anth.  P.  9,  35 ;  (cf. 
infr.  II.). — :  Hom.  only  uses  pres.  and 
impf.  To  rage,  be  furious,  in  II.  mostly 
of  martial  rage,  χείρες  μαίνονται, 
δόρυ  or  εγχείη  μαίνεται,  II.  8,  111  ; 
16,  75,  245  :  also  to  be  mad,  rave,  esp. 
with  anger,  II.  8,  360 ;  with  love, 
V'alck.  Phoen.  543  ;  with  wine,  to  be 
madly  drunk,  Od.  18, 406 ;  21, 298 :  freq. 
also  of  Bacchic  frenzy,  μαινόμενος 
Αιόνυσος,  II.  6,  132 :  hence  freq.  ot 
prophetic  frenzy,  cf  μάντις : — also  Ot 
things,  to  rage,  roar,  esp.  of  fire,  I!.  15, 
006 :  of  the  sea  or  other  elements, 
Wern.  Tryph.  230  ;  μαινόμενος  οίνος, 
a  hot,  strong  wine,  Plat.  Legg.  773  D. 
—  Construct.,  μαίνεσβαι  τινί,  to  be 
mad  with  or  at  a  thing,  Trag. ;  έ~ί 
Tivi,  Aesch.  Theb.  781 ;  νπ-ό  τίνος. 
Soph.  El.  1153:  but,  μαίνεσθαι  vrrb 
του  θεοϋ,  to  be  driven  mad  by  the  god, 
Valck.  Hdt.  4,  79  :  also  c.  acc.  cogna- 
to,  μ.  μανίαν  έρβωμένην,  Luc.  adv. 
Induct.  22  ;  50,μεμηνέναι  ov  σμικράν 
νόσον,  to  suffer  no  slight  madness, 
Aesch.  Pr.  977 :  π}.ε~ιν  ή  μαίνομαι, 
more  than  madness,  Ar.  Ran.  103, 
751. — II.  an  aor.  1  act.  εμτ/να,  in  act. 
sense,  to  madden,  drive  mad,  occurs 
in  Eur.  Ion  520,  Ar.  Thesm.  501.  tcf. 
Herm.  Eur.  I.  A.  583t ;— but  in  Bion 
1,61  it  is  intrans.,  =  μέμηνα  :  cf  εκ• 
μαίνω.  (From  the  root  MA-,  *μάω 
akin  to  μαίομαι,  μαιμάω,  μέμονα, 
hence  μανία,  μάντις :  also  to  μένος 
ΆηΑμήνις,  Pott  Et.Forsch.  1,  254.) 

Μαινόμενη,  ης,  ή,  and  μαινομένια, 
τά,  ν.  μαίνη. 

Μαίομαι,  dep.  mid. :  {*μύω)  to  en- 
deavour, esp.  ίο  seek,  Od.  14,  356,  Η 
Hom.  Cer.  44  ;  C.  acc,  tn  .■^eek,  search, 
μαιωμένη  κευθμώνα,  Od.  13,  367 
Hes.  Op.  534  ;  but  also  to  seek  after, 
seek  for,  τι,  Pind.  P.  11,  76,  N.  3,  9 
877 


MAKA 

and  so,  μ.  ό?.εθρύν  τινι,  to  seek  one's 
destniction,  Nic.  Th.  197;  c.  int.,  to 
seek  to  do,  Pind.  O.  8,  8,  Soph.  Aj.  280. 
Mum',  ov,  TO,  a  kind  of  cummin, 
also  λαγοκΰμίνον. 

tMoiovEf,  ων,  ol  (in  Horn.  Μτ/ονες, 
Hdt.  Mt/ioveg),  in  sing.  Μαίων,  the 
Maeonians,  earlier  inhabitants  of  Ly- 
dia,  same  as  the  Lydians  ace.  to  Slrab. 
p.  571,  sq.,  who  states  also  that  others 
made  them  distinct. 

iMainvia,  ας,  ?/.  Ion.  Myovta,  Mae- 
onia,  strictly  a  district  of  eastern 
Lydia,  Strab.  p.  076 :  in  genl.  = 
Lydia. 

^Μαιονίδης,  ov,  6,  son  ofMaeon,  or 
o/Maeonia,  appell.  of  Homer,  freq.  in 
Anth. 

tMaioviOf,  a,  ov,  Ion.  Μι^όνως, 
Maeonian,  Lydian. 

Μαιόομαι,  dep.,  =  μαιεύομαι,  of  a 
midwife,'  τινά.  Call.  Jov.  35,  Luc. 
Dial.  Deor.  16,  2.— II.  of  a  nurse,  to 
ruckle,  Nonn. 

Malpa,  ας,  ή,  (μαρμαίρω)  name  of 
the  dog-star,  strictly  the  Sparkler, 
Anth.  P.  9,  555,  Lye.  334  :— in  Horn, 
as  prop,  n.,  v.  sq. 

tMaipa.  ας,  η,  Maera,  daughter  of 
Nereus  and  Doris,  11.  18,  48.  —  2. 
daughter  of  Proetus  and  Antia,  Od. 
11,326. — 3.  daughter  of  Atlas,  wife 
of  Tcgeates,  Paus.  8,  12,  7,  where 
also  is  mentioned  a  village  of  Arca- 
dia named  after  her. — 4.  a  dog  of 
Icariiis,  Apollod. :  v.  foreg. 
Μηφιάω,  Dor.  for  μαρίω. 
+Μαίσ(ί^7/Γ,  ov,  6,  Maesades,  father 
of  the  Thracian  prince  Seuthes,  Xen. 
An.  7,  2,  32. 

tMaiffif ,  0,  Maesis,  son  of  Hyraeus, 
Pnus.  3,  15,  8. 

Μα  ίσων,  ωνος,  ό,  a  native  cook,  at 
Athens,  Ath.  659  A  : — the  comic  mask 
of  a  cook,  sailor,  etc.,  named  after  an 
actor  so  called,  Meineke  Com.  Fr.  1, 
p.  22. 

ΙΜαί'σων,  ωνος,  ό,  Maeson,  an  ac- 
tor from  Megara,  Ath.  659  A,  from 
whom  the  Μαίσωνί/ί ά  σκώμματα  were 
named,  cf.  Paroem.  Zenob.  2,  11. 

ΙΜαίων,  ωνος,  ό,  Maeon,  son  of 
Haemon  of  Thebes,  II.  4,  394.-2. 
father  of  Homer,  in  Anth. :  cf.  Μαίο- 
νίύης- 

Μαίωσις,  εως,  ή,  (μύίόομαι)  =  μαί- 
ενσις.  Pint.  Alex.  3. 

|Μαίώ-α<,  ων,  οι.  Ion.  Maiyrai, 
ίων,  the  MaeHtae,  the  people  dwelling 
around  the  Palus  Maeotis,  Hdt.  4, 
123. 

tM(7iwT7;f,  ov,  6,  Ion.  ΜαιΖ/της, 
sing,  of  foreg.,  Maeotic,  Hdt.  4,  45. 

tMatw7t/iof,  I'l,  ov,  Maeotic,  αν'λών, 
Aesch.  Pr.  731. 
Μαιωτικός,  ή,  όν,^ μαιευτικός. 
ΙΜαίώΓίΓ,  ίδος,  ή,  Ion.  Μαιήτις, 
fem.  to  Μαίώτης,  esp.  (with  or  with- 
out 7  ίμνη)  the  Palus  Maeotis,  now 
sea  of  Azof ,  lying  above  the  Euxine, 
Aesch.  Pr.  419 :  μήτηρ  τον  Πόντου, 
Hdt.  4,  86. 

Μαιωτίστί,  adv.,  in  Scythian  fash- 
ion, Theocr.  13, 56.  [n] 

jNIa/wrpa,  τά,  a  jnidwife's  wages, 
Luc.  Dial.  Deor.  8,  2. 

ΙΜάκίΖί,  ών,  ol,  the  Macae,  a  people 
of  Africa  around  the  river  Cinyps, 
Hdt.  4,  175:  ace.  to  Strab.  p.  765,  at 
the  mouth  of  the  Persian  gulf. 

M.\'KA'P,  (2pof,  ό.•  also /i(i/cap  as 
fem.,  Elmsl.  Bacch.  565,  Meineke 
Com.  Fr.  3,  p.  251,  though  there  is  a 
special  fem.  μάκαιρα,  v.  sub  lin. :  also 
joined  with  neut.  nouns,  but  only  in 
oblique  cases  and  by  late  writers, 
Lob.  Paral.  208.  Blessed,  happy, 
strictly  epith.  of  the  gods,  who  are 
878 


MAKA 

constantly  called  μύκαρες  θεοί  in  | 
Horn,  and  Hes.,  as  o|)p  to  mortal  ι 
men,  11.  1,  339  ;  so  that  its  notion  is 
of  everlasting,  heavenly  Oliss  :  also  ab- 
sol.,  μύκαρες,  the  blessed,  the  blest  mics, 
=  θεοί,  Od.  10,  299,  etc.;  m  which 
signf.  llom.  always  has  the  plur.  ex- 
cept in  addressmg  single  gods,  as  H. 
Hom.  7,  16,  etc. — II.  hence  of  men, 
blest,  fortunate,  of  the  highest  human 
happiness,  11.  3,  182,  etc. :  esp.  we// 
off,  wealthy,  II.  11,  68,  Od.  1,  217.  But 
as  the  gods  grant  no  perfect  happi- 
ness in  this  life,— III.  the  dead  were 
esp.  called  μύκαρες,  the  blessed,  μ. 
θνητοί,  Hes.  Op.  14: — μακύρων  νή- 
σοι, the  islands  of  the  blest  (placed  by 
the  later  Greeks  in  the  ocean  at  the 
extreme  west),  where  heroes  slain  in 
fight,  and  demigods  of  the  fourth  age 
enjoyed  rest  forever,  first  in  Hes.  Op. 
169  ;  Pind.  O.  2,  128,  assigns  them  no 
locality  ;  Hdt.  3,  26,  calls  the  oasis  in 
the  Alrican  desert  by  this  name. — 
This  signf.  is  not  found  in  Hom. ;  and 
later  the  more  usual  word  was  μακα- 
ρίτης.— IV.  Compar.  μακύρτερος,  su- 
perl.  μακύρτατος,  Od.  11,  483  ;  where 
it  stands  for  the  compar.,  this  not 
occurring  in  Hom. — V.  CoUat.  forms 
μύκαρς,  ό,  Aeol.  only  in  Alcman  Fr. 
66;  in  prose  μακάριος:  pecul.  poet, 
fem.  μάκαιρα,  the  blessed  one,  epith.  of 
Latona,  H.  Hom.  Ap.  14:  cf.  μακαρι- 
στός, μακαρτος.    [μύ] 

■\Μάκαρ,  αρος,  ό,  Macar,  son  of  Ae- 
olus, king  ol'  Lesbos,  II.  24,  544. — 2. 
a  man  preserved  from  the  deluge  of 
Deucalion,  Ath.  105  D. 

^Μακαρενς,  έως,  ό,  Macareus,  son  of 
Lycaon,  founder  of  Macaria  in  Arca- 
dia, Paus.  8,  3,  2. — 2.  son  of  Aeolus, 
brother  of  Canace,  Plat.  Legg.  838  C. 
—  3.  =  Mu/cap,  colonized  Lesbos, 
Diod.  S.  5,  81,  who  makes  him  son 
of  Krinacus,  v.  Wess.  ad  1.  —  4.  a 
writer  who  composed  a  work  on 
Cos,  Ath.  262  C._ 

Μΰκώρ/α,  ας,  ή,  (μάκαρ)  happiness, 
bliss,  κενή  μ-,  Luc.  Hermot.  71,  Na- 
vig.  12  ; — hence,  as  a  comic  euphem. 
for  ές  κόρακας,  άπαν'  ές  μακαρίαν. 
At.  Eq.  1151 ;  βάλλ'  εις  μ.,  rlat.  Hipp. 
Maj.  293  A,  ubi  v.  Heind. ;  cf.  Ruhnk. 
Tim. 

■[Μακάρια,  ας,  η,  Macaria,  daughter 
of  Hercules  and  Deianira,  Paus.  1, 
32,6.  —  II.  a  fountain  in  Marathon 
named  after  foreg.,  Strab.  j).  377. — 2. 
a  district  of  Messenia  watered  by  the 
Pamisus,  Id.  p.  361.— 3.  a  city  of  Ar- 
cadia, Paus.  8,  3, 3. 

Μακαρίζω,  (μάκαρ)  to  bless,  pro- 
nounce happy,  Lat.  f^ratulari,  C.  acc, 
Od.  15,  538,  Hdt.,  and  Alt. ;  τινός,  for 
a  thing,  Ar.  Yesp.  429,  Lys.  198,  13; 
but  Hdt.  1,  31  has  μ.  την  [ίώμην  τι- 
νός,—μ.  τινά  της  ()ώμης,  cf.  Thuc.  5, 
105,  where  it  is  ironical. 

Μακάριος,  a,  ov,  collat.  form  of 
μάκαρ,  Pind.  P.  5,  61  ;  ίώ  χελώναι 
μακάριοι  τον  όίρματος,  Ar.  Vesp. 
1292,  cf.  1512,  Plat.  Euthyd.  303  (; : 
— ver)'  freq.  in  Plat.,  oi μακάριοι,  like 
χαρίεντες,  the  rich  and  better  educated, 
Stallb.  Rep.  335  E;  of  things.  Id. 
Rep.  496  C  :  ώ  μακάριε,  like  ώ  θαυ- 
μάσιε, Id.  Prot.  309  C— Also  of  the 
dead,  like  μακαρίτης.  Id.  Legg.  947 
D.     Adv.  -ίως,  Eur.  Hel.  909.  [«] 

[Μακάριος,  ου,  ό,  Macarius,  a  Spar- 
tan, Thuc.  1,  100. 

Μάκάριότης,  ητος,  η,  (μακάριος) 
happiness,  bliss,  Plat.  Legg.  661  B. 

Μΰκάρισμός,  ov  o,  (μακαρίζω)  a 
pronnuncin•^  happy,  blessing.  Plat.  Rep. 
591  D,  and  Arist. 

Μΰκΰριστός,  ή,  όν,  (μακαρίζω)  like 


MAKE 

ζηλωτής,  deemed  or  to  be  deemed  happy 
by  others,  προς  πάντων  ανθρώπων, 
lldt.  7,  18 ;  πάσιν  Χαλδαιοις,  Xen. 
Cyr.  7,  2,  6:  absol.  enviable,  Xen. 
Mem.  2,  1,  33,  in  superl.  μακαριστό- 
τατος.     Adv.  -τώς. 

Μύκάρίτηζ,  ου,  6,  like  μάκαρ  III., 
one  blessed,  \.  e.  dead,  first  in  Aesch. 
Pers.  633,  but  only  of  one  lately  dead, 
ό  μ.  σον  πατί'ιρ,  your  late  father,  Luc. 
Dial.  Mer.  6,  1,  cf.  Bentl.  Phalar.  p. 
23  ;  most  freq.  in  Christian  authors, 
like  Lat.  felia:,  Ruhnk.  Tim. :  lem. 
μάκάρίτις,  ιδος,  Theocr.  2,  70 : — also 
as  adj.  μ.  βίος,  with  a  double  meaning, 
Ar.  Plut.  555,  ubi  v.  Hemst. 

Μύκαρς,  ό,  Aeol.  for  μύΐίαρ,  Alcm. 
Fr.  66.  [μΰ] 

[Μακάρτατος,  ov,  6,  Macartatvs,  an 
Athenian,  against  whom  is  directed 
one  of  the  orations  of  Demosthenes  ; 
in  same  an  uncle  of  foreg.,  of  sam»; 
name. — Others  in  Paus.,  etc. 

Μΰκαρτύς,  η,  όν,=μύκαρ,  μακαρι- 
στός, Leon.  Tar.  69,  5. 

[Μακί'φων  νήσοι,  α'ι,  the  Islands  of 
the  Blest,  in  the  west,  lying  iu  the 
ocean ;  hither  the  favourites  of  the 
gods  were  conveyed  without  dying, 
Hes.  Op.  169;  in  Pind.  O.  2,  128-9, 
only  one  island,  as  in  Hdt.  3,  26,  who 
applies  the  name  to  an  oasis  in  the 
deserts  of  Africa. 

■[Μάκεδνον,  ov,  to,  the  nation  of  the 
Macedni,  (=  Macedonians)  a  Doric 
race,  who  dwelt  in  Histiaeolis,  but  be- 
ing driven  out,  settled  around  Pimhis, 
Hdt.  1,  56;  v.  Muller,  Dor.  1,  p.  474. 
\Μάκεδνος,  ου,  ό,  Mncednns,  a  son 
of  Lycaon,  in  Arcadia,  Apollod.  3,  8, 1. 
Μάκεδνός,  ή,  όν,  =  μηκεδανύς,  μα- 
κρός, tall,  αίγειρος,  Od.  7,  106. 

^Μακεδονία,  ας,  ή,  in  late  poets, 
also  Μακεδωνία  and  Μακηδονία,  Ma- 
cedonia, a  country  north  of  Greece  pro- 
per, between  Thessaly  and  Thrace, 
Hdt.  6,  45,  Thuc.  1,  58,  59,  etc.  :  on 
its  extent  in  Hdt.,  v.  Miiller,  Dor.  1, 
p.  455,  sq.,  466,  and  n.  y.  Cf.  Μακε- 
δονίς. 

Μΰκεδονίζω,  to  be  on  the  Macedonian 
side,  Plut.  Alex.  30,  etc.  :  —  to  speak 
Macedonian,  Id.  Ant.  27. 

[Μακεδόνικος,  ή,  όν,  of  Macedonia, 
Macedonian,  Hdt.,  etc. 

tMa«f (Jovtof,  α  Ion.  η,  ov,=  foreg., 
//  Μακεδονίη  γή,  Hdt.  7,  9. 

[Μακεδονίς,  ίδος,  ή,  Macedonia  pro- 
per, the  territory  originally  possessed 
by  the  Macedonians,  a  district  only  of 
the  later  Macedonia,  at  the  mouth  of 
the  Haliacmon  and  Lydias,  ή  Μηκε- 
δονις  γή,  Hdt.  7, 127  ;  v.  Muller,  Dor. 
1,  p.  466. 

[Μακεδόνισσα,  i/,  fem.  to  Μακεδών, 
a  Macedonian  female,  Stratt.  Maced.  4. 
Μάκεδονιστί,  adv.,  in  Macedonian, 
Plut.  Eum.  14. 

Μακεδών,  όνος,  δ,  fem.  Μακεδό- 
νισσα, a  Macedonian  ;  also  Μακηδών, 
q.  v.f:  o'l  Μακεδόνες, the  Macedonians, 
Aesch.  Pers.  492,  Hdt.,  etc.  — II. 
Macedon,  a  gene  al  of  the  Osroeni, 
Hdn. 

[Μακεδωνία,  ας,  ή,  late  poet,  for 
Μακεδονία,  Antti. 
Μακελείον,  ov,  to,  v.  μάκελον. 
Μύκελη,  ης,    i),  =  sq.,   Hes.   Op. 
468,  Theocr.  16,  32. 

Μύκελ7ια,  ης,  ή,  (κέλλω)  a  spade, 
mattock,  11.  21,  259,  (if  with  two 
prongs,  δίκε?.λα,  Lat.  bidens);  Ύροίαν 
κατασκάψαντα  Αώς  μακέ?.λγ,  a  bold 
inetaph.  in  Aesch.  Ag.  526,  parodied 
by  Ar.  Av.  1240.  [μΰ] 

[Μάκελ/.α,  ή,  Macella,  a  city  of  Si- 
cily on  the  Crimisus,  Polyb.  1,  24,  2. 
Μύκείον  ΟΓμάκε'λλον,  ον,τό,  also 


MAKP 

μάκε?•Λς,  ov,  ό,  =  φραγμός,  an  enclo- 
sure, cf.  Lat.  maceria. —  Varro  also  de- 
rives from  it  maccllum,  and  so  Dio  C. 
61,  18  uses  it ;  so  also  μακελείον,  v.  1. 
Plut.  2,  752  C. 

■\^ακέντΊ]ς,  ό,  Macentes,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  Luc.  Tox.  4-i. 

Μ.άκερ.  TO,  macir,  an  Indian  spice, 
Pliii. 

Μάκεσίκρΰιης,  ov,  {μΰκος,  κράνον) 
tall-crested,  epith.  of  the  hoopoe,  quo- 
ted by  Hesych..  perh.  from  Aesch., 
Lob.  Paral.  19. 

Μΰκεστήρ,  v.  sub  μακιστήρ. 

ίΜακέστιος,  a,  ov,  =  Μακίστιος, 
Xen.  An.  7,  4,  16 :  v.  sub  Μάκιστος. 

+Μάκεστος,  ov,  ό,  the  Maccstus,  a 
river  of  Mysia,  Strab.  p.  576. 

Μάκέτί/ς,  ου,  ό,  fern.  Μύκέτις,  ιδος, 
==  Μακεόόνίος : — η  ΊΛακέτις  (sc.  γή), 
Macedonia,  [ν.  MiiUer,  Dor.  1,  p.  474 
sq 

■^Μακι/ΰονία,  ας,  ή,  poet,  for  Ήίακε- 
δοηα,  Dion.  P.  427. 

ίΜακηδυνιος,  a,  ov,  poet,  for  Μακε- 
δόνιος, Anth, 

Μΰκηδών,  όνος,  ό,  poet,  for  Μακε- 
δών. Hes.  Fr.  88. 

ΪΜάκηρις,  ιδος,  6,  Macens,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Paus.  10,  17,  2. 

^Μακινή.  ης,  ή,  Macine,  a  district 
of  Arabia,  Strab.  p.  767. 

^Μΰκιστεΰς,  ό,  Dor.  for  Μηκι- 
στενς. 

Μύκιστήρ,  ηρος,  6,  μνθος  μ.,  α  long 
arid  tedious  tale,  Aesch.  Pers.  G98,  ut 
nunc  Dind.  e  Mss.,  ubi  olim  μακε- 
στήρ. — In  Supp.  466,  for  μακιατηρα 
λό}ον  καρδίας  (usu.  explained  reach- 
ing far  into,  thorough-piercivg,  Dind. 
now  reads  μαστικτήρα,  with  Stanl. 

iMuKLGTia,  ας,  ή,  Madstia,  the  ter- 
ritory of  sq.,  Strab.  p.  343. 

tMUAiffrof,  ov,  ij,  Macistus,  an  an- 
cient city  of  Triphylian  Elis,  founded 
by  the  Caucones,  Hdt.  4.  148:  adj. 
Μακίστως,α,  ov,  of  Macistus,  Macis- 
tian,  Paus.  6,  22,  4. — II.  ό,  a  moun- 
tain of  Euboea,  probably  near  Ere- 
tria,  which  was  a  colony  from  foreg., 
Aesch.  Ag.  289,  Μακίστου  σκοπαί. 

Μάκιστος,  Dor.  for  μήκιστος,  (μή- 
κος) irreg.  superl.  of  αακρός,  also 
Trag.,  Br.  Soph.  O.  T.  1301.  [d] 

Μακκούω,  ώ,  f.  -άσω  [α]  :  —  to  be 
stupid :  part.  perf.  μεμακκυΰκώς,  sit- 
ting mooning,  Ar.  Eq.  62;  so,  μακκοα 
καϋήμενον,  lb.  396. — Said  to  be  from 
Μακκώ,  a  stupid  woman,  Suid. ;  cf. 
Lat.  maccus  =  stotidus  in  Appuleius, 
and  the  Maccus  in  the  Fabulae  Atel- 
lanae. 

Μΰκος,  TO,  Dor.  for  μήκος,  length  : 
ace.  μακος  as  adv.,  =  μακράν,  Pind. 
O.  10(11),  89. 

Μακράδρόμος,  dub.  for  μακροδρό- 
uoc,  q.  v.,  cf  Lob.  Phryn.  661. 

{Μηκραι  ΐΐέτραι,  αί,  Macrae  Petrae, 
the  Lo/ig  Rocks,  on  the  north-west 
side  and  at  the  foot  of  the  Acropolis 
in  Athens,  with  a  grotto  sacred  to 
Apollo  and  Pan,  Eur.  Ion  13,  492-4; 
cf.  Luc.  bis  ace.  9. 

Μακραίων,  ωνος,  ό,  ή,  {μακρός, 
αιών)  lasting  long,  βίος,  Aesch.  Fr. 
266,  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  518,  σχολή.  Soph. 
Aj.  194. — 2.  of  persons,  long-lived, 
aged,  Soph.  O.  C.  150  ;  hence,  Μοϊραι 
μ.,  Soph.  Ant.  987;  oi  μ.,  the  immor- 
tals,  Soph.  O.  T.  1099. 

■Μακράν,  Ion.  μακρήν,  strictly  ace. 
fern,  from  μακρός,  a  long  xcay,  far, 
μακράν  ανωτέρω  θακών,  Aesch.  Pr. 
312 ;  μακράν  Άελειμμένος,  left /or  be- 
hind, lb.  857  ;  μακράν  πτέσβαι.  Soph. 
Ο.  Τ.  16  ;  etc. :  — also  in  superl.,  δτι 
ιιακροτάτην,  as  far  as  possible,  c.  gen. 
loci,  Xen.  An.  7,  8,  20.  —  2.  esp.  μα- 


MAKP 

κράν  έκτΐίνειν,  λέγειν,  to  speak  at 
length,  be  lengthy  in  speaking,  Aesch 
Ag.  916.  cf.  1296,  Soph.  El.  1259 
(where  /}ήσιν  may  be  supplied,  v. 
Blomf.  Aesch.  I.  c.) — 3.  of  time,  long, 
μ.  ζην.  άνααένειν,  Soph.  El.  323, 
1389.   [at'] 

Μακρανχην,  ό,  ή,  (μακρός,  ανχήν) 
long-necked,  τά  μακρανχενα,  Hipp.  ρ. 
1006,  Arist.  Η.  Α.  8,  6,  1  :  generally, 
long,  κλίμαξ,  Eur.  Phoen.  1173. 

Μακρέτειος,  ov,  (μακρός,  έτος) 
aged. 

Μακρηγορέω,  ώ,  (μακρός,  αγορεύω) 
to  speak  at  great  length,  be  long-winded, 
Aesch.  Theb.  1052,  Thuc.  2,  39,  etc. 
Hence 

Μακρηγορία,  ας.  Dor.  μακράγ-,  ή, 
Ιοηε-wmdedness,  tediousness,  Pind.  P. 
8,41. 

Μακρημερία,  ας,  ή,  (μακρός,  ήμερα) 
the  season  of  long  days,  Hdt.  4,  86. 

ίΜάκρης,  ό,  the  Macra,  a  small  river 
between  Etruria  and  Liguria,  Strab. 
p.  222. 

■\Μακρία,  ας,  ή,  Macria,  a  promon- 
toi-y  m  the  territory  of  Teos,  Paus. 
7,5,  11. 

^Μακριάς,  άδος,  ή,  fern,  adj.,  of  the 
Macrians,  Macrian,  Ap.  Rh.  1,  1112. 

'\Μακρίόιος,  a,  ov,  of  or  relating  to 
Macris,  or  the  Macrians,  Macrian,  Ap. 
Rh.  4,  1175. 

ή^Μακριενς,  έως,  ό,  in  pi.  oi  Μακρι- 
εϊς,  έων,  the  Macrians,  a  people  of 
Pontus,  Ap.  Rh.  1,  1024,  prob.=  Ma- 
κρωνες. 

ίΜοκρϊνος,  ov,  ό.  Macrmus,  name 
of  a  Rom.  emperor,  Hdn. 

ίΜακρίς,  ίδος,  ή.  (μακρός)  ace.  Μά- 
κρίν.  Αρ.  Rh.  4,  540,  Μάκριδα,  Id.  4, 
900,  Macris,  —  1.  daughter  of  Arist- 
aeus,  nurtured  the  youthful  Bacchus 
in  Euboea  with  honey,  Ap.  Rh.  4, 1131. 
— 2.  ancient  name  of  the  island  Eu- 
boea (Long-island),  Call.  Del.  20, 
Strab.  p.  444. — 3.  appell.  also  of  Cor- 
cyra,  Ap.  Rh.  4,  990. 

Μακροβύμων,  ov,  (μακρός,  βήμα, 
βαίνω)  taking  long  strides,  Arist.  Phy- 
siogn.  6,  44.  [βά] 

Μακρόβιος,  ov,  (μακρός,  βίος)  long- 
lived,  .Arist.  Rhet.  1,  5,  15;  esp.  of 
an  Aethiopian  or  Abyssinian  people, 
south  of  Aegypt,  Hdt.  3,  23. 

^Μακρόβιος,  ov,  ό,  Macrobins,  a 
writer  of  the  fourth  century  after 
Christ. 

Μακρο3ΐότ?ις.  ητος,  ή,  longevity, 
Arist.  Rhet.  1,  5,  15. 

Μηκρο3ιοτία,  ας,  ;/=foreg.,  Clem. 
Al. 

Μακροβίοτος,  ον,^=μακρόβιος,  long, 
αιών,  Aesch.  Pers.  264.  [i] 

Μακρηβίωσις,  ή,  =  μακρο3ιότης, 
LXX.  [r] 

Μακρο3ο7.έω,  ώ,  to  dart  or  throw 
far.  Math.  Vett. ;  and 

Μακροβο?.ία,  ας,  ή,  a  throwing  far, 
Strab.  :  from 

Μάκροβόλος,  ov,  (μακρός,  βά7.λω) 
throwing  far  .far-darting,  Strab.  p.  548. 

Μακρογένειος,  ov,  (μάκρος,  γένει- 
ov)  with  a  long  chin. 

Μακρόγενυς,  ν,  gen.  νος,  (βακρός, 
γέννς)  u-ilh  long  jaw-bones. 

Μακρόγηρως,  ων,  gen.  ω,  (μακρός, 
γήρας)  very  old,  Anth.  P.  11,  159. 

Μακρογόγγν?ιθς,  ov,  (μακρός,  γογ- 
γνλος)  cylindrical,  Epich.  p.  22. 

Μακροδάκτν/.ος,  ov,  (μακρός,  δύκ- 
τν?-θς)  long-fingered,  Arist.  Part.  An. 
4,  10,  65. 

Μακροδρόμος.  ov,  (μακρός,  δραμεΐν) 
running  long  or  far,  Xen.  Cyn.  5,  21, 
Dind. ' 

Μακροζωία,  ας,  ή,  (μακρός,  ζωή) 
long  life,  longevity. 


MAKP 

Μακροημέρενσις,  εως,  ή,  length  of 
days,  LXX.  ;  and 

Μακροημερενω,  to  prolong  one's  days, 
LXX. :  from 

Μακροημερος,  ov,  (μακρός,  ήμερα) 
long  of  days  or  life,  LXX. 

Μακρόθεν,  adv.,  (μακρός)  from  afar, 
Strab. ;  also  of  time,/r</?;i  long  since, 
Polyb.  1,  65,  7.     Cf  Lob.  Phryn.  93. 

Μακρόθι,  adv.,  (μακρός)  far,  at  a 
distance. 

Μακρόθριξ,  τρίχος,  ό,  ή,  long-haired. 

Μακροθνμέω.  ώ,  to  be  long-suffering, 
εΙς  τίνα,  towards  one,  Ν.  Τ.:  toper- 
severe,    Plut.  2,  593  F  :   and 

Μακροθϋμία.  ας,  ή,  long-suffering, 
forbearance,  Menand.  p.  203  :   from 

Μακρόθνμος,  ov.  long-suffering,  for- 
bearing, opp.  to  οξύθυμος.  LXX.  :  pa- 
tient, N.  T.     Adv.  -μως,  Ν.  Τ. 

iMoKpoi  Κάμποι,  oi,  the  Lat.  Macri 
Campi  (Liv.  45,  12),  a  plain  near 
Parma  in  northern  Italy,  Strab.  p. 
216. 

Μακροκαμττνλαύχην,  ενός,  (μα- 
κρός, καμττν?.ος,  αυχήν)  with  long, 
bending  neck,  ερωδιοί,  Epich.  p.  41, 

Μακροκάρηνος,  ov,  (μακρός,  κάρη- 
νον)  long-headed,  ci.  Meineke  Menand. 
p.  11. 

Μακροκατα7.ηκτέω,  ώ,  to  end  with 
a  long  syllable,  Gramm. :  from 

Μακροκατάληκτος,  ov,  (μακρός, 
κατα?α/γω)  ending  with  a  long  syllable, 
Gramm. 

Μακρόκαν/.ος,  ov,  with  long  stalk. 

Μακρόκεντρος,  ov,  (μακρός,  κέν 
τρον)  with  long  sting,  Arist.  H.  \  4, 
7,7. 

Μακρόκερκος,  ov,  (μακρός,  κέρκος) 
long-tailed,  Stratt.  Incert.  1. 

Μακροκέφά?-ος,  ov,  (μακρός,  κεφα 
λή)  long-headed,  Hipp.  p.  289  ;  cf.  μα 
κροκάρηνος ;  tesp.  as  name  of  a  peo 
pie,  Oi  K.,  Hes.  ap.  Strab.  p.  43. 
[Harpocr.  says  that  Hes.  used  ώ  in 
penult,  cf.  κννοκέψαλος.] 

Μακροκυμέω,  ώ,  (μακρός,  κόμη)  to 
have  long  hair.  Strab.  p.  520. 

Μακροκω/.ία,  ας,  ή,  of  sentences, 
a  being  in  long  clauses  :   from 

Μακβόκωλος,  ov,  (μακρός,  κώλον) 
long-limhed :  ή  μ.,  a  kind  of  sling, 
Strab.  p.  168. — 2.  of  sentences,  with 
long  clauses,    Arist.  Rhet.  3,  9,  6. 

Μακρό/.οβος,  ov,  v:ith  long  pods. 

Μακρολογέω.  ώ,  to  speak  long,  Plat, 
Gorg.  465  B,  etc. ;  c.  ace.  rei.  to  .ipeak 
long  on  a  subject,  Xen.  Hell.  4, 1,  13  : 
and 

Μακρο7.ογια,  ας,  ή,  long  speaking, 
lengthy  speaking,  Plat.  Gorg.  449  C, 
etc.,  opp.  lo  βραχνλο•}  ia :  from 

Μακρολόγος.  ov,  (μακρός,  ?.έγω) 
speaking  al  length,  Plat.  Soph.  268  B. 

Μάκρόμαλλος,  ov,  (μακρός,  μα?.• 
?Μς)  ivtth  shaggy  hair  or  long  wool, 
Strab.  pp.  4,  196. 

Μακρόν,  ov,  TO.  strictly  neut.  of 
μακρός  ;  v.  τταρύβασις  III. 

Μακρονοσέω.  ώ,  to  have  a  lingering 
sickness,  Arr.  Epict. 

Μακρονοσία,  ας,  ή,  lingering  sick- 
ness, Diosc.  1,  183. 

Μακρο~αρα?.7ΐκτέω,  ώ,  to  have  the 
penultima  long,  Gramm.:  from 

Μακροπαράληκτος,  ov,  (μακρός,  ττα- 
ρα?α/γω  )  with  the  penultima  long, 
Gramm. 

ΜακρόττετΓ?.ος,  ov,  long-robed. 

Μακρόπνοια,  ας,  ή,  long  breath: 
from 

Μακρόπνοος,  ov,  contr.  -πνονς,  ovv, 
(μακρός,  πνέω)  long-breathed,  or  (ace. 
to  others),  as  subst.,  6  μ.,  a  long 
breathing,  opp.  to  βραχύπν.,  Hipp.  p. 
1169:  μ.  ζωά,  long  life,  Eur.  Phoen. 
1535. 


MAKP 

Μακροποιέω,  ώ,  (μακρός,  ποιέω)  to 
make  long,  lengthen  out,  Arist.  Melapll. 
13,  3,  10. 

Μακροπόνΐ)ρος,  ov,  long  out  of  hu- 
mour. 

Μακροπορέω,  ώ,  {μακρός,  πόρος) 
to  go  or  travel  far,  Strab.  |  p.  353. 
Hence 

Μακροττορία,  ας,  ή,  a  long  way  or 
journey,  Strab.  t  p.  636. 

Μακρόπονς,  ύ,  /},  -πουν,  τό,  long- 
fooled. 

M.aκpό■!ττFpoς.ov,  (μακρός,  πτρρόν) 
long-winged,  Arist.  Fart.  An.  1,  4,  2. 

Μακροπτό'λεμος,  ό,  ή,  (μακρός,  ττό'λ- 
εμος)  ever-warring,  Theocr.  Fistula. 

Μακροπτύστ?ις,  ov,  υ,  or  μακρό- 
πτνστος,  ov  (μακρός,  πτύω) :  spitting 
far  from  one,  proverb,  of  a  haughty 
person. 

Mά/cpόπΰλof,  ov,  with  high  gate.i. 

Μακροπώγων,  ωνος,  6,  ή,  {μακρός, 
πώγων)  long-bearded ;  fesp.  as  name 
of  a  people,  οι  Μ.,  Strab.  p.  492. 

Μακυορβιζία,  ας,  ή,  length  of  root, 
Theopnr. :  from 

Μακρόββιζος,  ov,  (μακρός,  (ιίζα) 
with  long  root,  Theophr. 

Μακρόβ(>ις,  ίνυς,  ό,  η,  long-nosed. 

Μακρόρβνγγος,  ov,  (μακρός,  1)νγ- 
χος)  long-beaked,  Ath.  294  F. 

Μα«/)ΟΓ,  «,  όν,  (μύκος,  μήκος)  long, 
whether  of  space  or  time.  • —  1.  of 
space,  long,  far-stretching,  Hom. :  ίπΐ 
τύ  μακρύτερα,  lengthwise,  Hdt.  1 ,  50. — 
2.  tall,  also  oft.  in  Hom.,  e.  g.  μακρός 
Όλνμηος,  υνρεα,  δένδρεα,  τείχεα 
μακρά,  etc. — 3.  deep,  like  Lat.  alius, 
φρείατα,  II.  21,  197. — 4.  far,  far  dis- 
tant, Horn.,  e.  g.  κέλενθος,  II.  15,  358: 
μακρά  βιβύς,  βιβών,  βιβύσΟων,  far- 
striding,  Horn. ;  also,  μακρόν  ΰντεϊν, 
βοάν,  to  shout  so  as  to  be  heard  afar, 
i.  e.  aloud,  oft.  in  Hom. ;  so,  μακρά  με- 
μνκώς,  11.  18,  580:  οίμώζειν  μακρά, 
Antiph.  Philotheb.  2.  —  5.  generally, 
large  in  size,  great,  and  SO  terrible,  first 
in  Soph.,  in  superl. /ίάκίσ-οζ-,  O.  T. 
1301. — 0.  dat.  μακρώ,  is  oft.  used,  like 
πολύ,  to  strengthen  the  compar.  and 
superl..  %/nr,  Lat.  tonge,  μακρώ  πρώ- 
τος, Hdt.  1,  34.— II.  of  tmie,  long, 
μακρόν  έέλδωρ,  a  long-cherished  wish, 
Od.  23,  54  :  long-lasting,  long,  ηματα, 
ννξ,  Horn.,  only  in  Od.,  as  10,470; 
11,  373  ;  but  freq.  in  Att. :  δια  μακρού 
(sc.  χρόνου),  alter  a  long  time,  long 
delayed,  Eur.  Hec.  320  ;  oh  δια  μα- 
κρού, not  long  after.  Plat.  Alc.  2,  151 
Β  ;  so,  oijK  ες  μακρήν,  Hdt.  5,  108 ; 
but,  ovK  ες  μακρόν,  for  no  long  time. 
Find.  P.  3,  189.— III.  regul.  compar. 
μακρότερος,  Od. ;  superl. //«/iporaror, 
11. ;  hence  adv.  μακροτέρως,  -ρω,  and 
μακροτάτως,  -τω :  also  μακρότερα, 
μακρότατα  as  adv. ;  cf  μακράν  :  όσον 
έπΙ  μακρύτατον  or  Ιπ'  όσον  μ.,  as  far 
as  possible,  Hdt.  2,  29,  etc. — -2.  irreg. 
comp.  μάσσων,  μΰσσον,  Od.  S,  203 : 
superl.  μήκιστος,  Horn.,  Dor.  μύκι- 
στος,  Soph.  supr.  cit.,  formed  from 
μήκος,  as  αίσχιστος  from  αίσχος. 
[Ep.  (2.  Att.  a] 

Mu/cpof,  εος,  τό,=^μάκος,  μήκος, 
length,  only  in  Ar.  Av.  1131. 

Μακροσκελής,  ες,  (μακρός,  σκέλος) 
long-legged,  Aesch.  Fr.  C2. 

Μακροστελέχης,  ες.  (μακρός,  στέ- 
λεχος) with  long  stem  or  stalk. 

Μακροσύλλάβος,  ov,  (μακρός,  συλ- 
λαβή) consisting  of  long  syllables,  Dion. 

H. 

Μακροτάτω,  adv.  superl.  of  μακρύς, 
farthest. 

Μακροτένων,  οντος,  ό,  ή,  (μακρός, 
τείνω)  stretched  out,  Anth.  P.  6,  96. 

Μακροτέρω,  adv.  comp.  of  μακρός, 
beyond,  farther i  usu.  vvith  v.  1.  -ρως. 
880 


MAAA 

'Μακρότης,  ητος,  ij,  ( μακρός  ) 
length.  Pint.  2,  947  F. 

Μακροτο/ιέω,  ώ,  to  cut,  prune  so  as 
to  leave  agood  deal  of  the  shoot  (cf.  sq.), 
Theophr.  :  from 

νίακρότομος,  ov,  (μακρός,  τέμνω) 
cut,  pruned  so  that  the  shoots  are  left 
pretty  long,  of  vines,  opp.  to  βραχύ- 
τόμος,  Theophr. 

Μακροτονεω,  ώ,  to  persevere,  LXX. 

Μακρότονος,  ov,  (μακρός,  τείνω) 
stretched  out,  Anth.  P.  9,  299 :  fadv. 
■ως,  Sext.  Emp.  Math.  1,  121. 

Μακροτρύχη'λος,  ov,  (μακρός,  τρύ- 
χτ/2ος)  long-necked,  Anth.  P.  5,  135. 

Μακρούπνία,  ας,  ή,  long  skip. 

Μακροφύρν}ξ,  ό,  //,  (μακρός,  φά- 
ρνγξ)  long-necked,  of  a  bottle,  Anth. 
P.  9,  229.  [φά] 

Μακροφλΰάρήτης,  ov,  ό,  (μακρός, 
φλυαρέω)  a  tedious  prater,  Anth.  P.  11, 
134. 

Μακροφϊ•ής,  ες,  (μακρός,  φνή)  long- 
shaped,  Arist.  Part.  An.  4,  13,  9. 

Μακρόφνλ/,ος,  ov,  {μακρός,  φνλ?.ον) 
long-leaved. 

Μακροφωνέω,  ώ,  to  shcnit,  sing  aloud, 
Hipp.  p.  253  :  from 

Μακρόφωνος,  ov,  (μακρός,  φωνή) 
siioufiiig  aloud. 

Μακ(Η)χει?.ος,  ov,  (μακρός,  χείλος) 
long-lipped,  v.  μακρόχηΤιος. 

Μακρόχείρ,  ό,  ή,  (μακρός,  χείρ) 
long-armed,  Lat.  longimanus,  Plut. 
Artax.  1. 

Μακρόχη7.ος,  ov,  (μακρός,  χη'λή) 
with  long  hoofs,  Strab.  p.  835,  ubi  vulg. 
-χείλος. 

Μακροχρονέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (μακρό- 
χροι-ος)  to  last  a  long  time,  LXX. 

Μακροχρόνιας ,  ov,  {μακρός, χρόνος) 
lasting  or  living  a  long  time,  LXX. 
Hence 

Μακροχρονιότης,  Τίτος,  ?/,  length  of 
time  or  life. 

Μακρόχρονος,  ov,= μακροχρόνιος. 

Μακρόω,  ώ,^=μακρύνω. 

Μάκρνμα,  ατός.  τό,  α  thing  put  far 
away,  esp.  as  abominable,  LXX. : 
and 

Μάκρννσις,  εως,  ή,  a  lengthening, 
prolonging :  from 

Μακιιύνω,  (μακρός)  tolcnglhen. — II. 
to  remove  to  a  distance,  put  away  from 
one,  Lat.  elongare,  LXX :  to  delay, 
lb. 

Μύκρων,  ωνος,  ό,  (μακρός)  a  long- 
head ;  tusu.  in  pi.  oi  Μάκμωτ•ες,  the 
Marrones,  a  people  of  Ponlus between 
Colchis  and  Mt.  Thechus,  Hdt.  2, 
104  ;  Xen.  An.  4,  8,  1  ;  etc. 

Μάκρωσις,  εως,  ή,^=  μάκρννσις ,es\). 
a  dwelling  on  a  thing,  Polyb.  15,  36,  2. 

Μακτήρ,  7/ρος,  ό,  (μάσσω)  one  icho 
kneads. — II.  =μάκτρα.     Hence 

Μακτήριος,  a,  ov,  belonging  to  knead- 
ing :  TO  μ.,=^μύκτρα,  Plut.  2,  159  D. 

Μύκτ7)ς,  OV,  ύ,=μακτήρ. 

Μακτός,  ή,  όν,  (μάσσω)  kneaded. 

Μάκτρα,  ας,  ή,  (μάσσω)  α  kncnding- 
troush.Ar.  Kan.  1159.  etc. — II.  abath- 
ing-iub,  Eupol.  Diaet.  1 ;  cf  πύελος, 
σκάφη. 

Μακτρισμός,  ov,  ό,  a  comic  dance,^= 
άπόκινος,  Ath.  629  C. 

Μάκτρον ,  ov,  TO,  a  wiper,  toicel. 

^Μακτώριον,  ov,  τό,  Mactorium,  a 
city  of  southern  Sicily  near  Gela, 
Hdt.  7,  153. 

iMoKvvia,  ας,  ή,  Macynia,  a  city  in 
south  of  Aetolia,  Strab.  p.  451 :  in 
Anth.  P.  9,  518,  Μάκννος. 

Μάκννω,  Dor.  ίοχ  μηκύνω. 

Μΰκών,  old  poet.  part.  aor.  of  μη- 
κάομαι,  (q.  v.),  Hom. 

Μάκωνίς,  ίδος,  ή.  Dor.  ίοτ μήκων ίς. 

Μ.ν'ΛΑ",  adv.,  very,  very  much,  ex- 
ceedingly.    From  Homer's   time  one 


MAAA 

of  the  commonest  of  Greek  words, 
preli.xed  or  sul)joined  to  adjectives, 
verbs,  and  adverbs. —  1 .  simply  strength - 
ening  the  word  with  which  it  stands. 
where  it  must  be  rendered  as  the  case 
requires,  in  Hom.  most  freq.,  μάλα 
πολλά,  very  many  ;  a.\so μά7.α  πάντες, 
μ.  πΰσαι,  μ.  πάντα,  etc.,  all  together, 
every  one,  11.  13,  741,  etc.:  πάγχν 
μύλα  and  μάλα  πάγχν,  quite  utterly, 
II.  12,  165,  etc. ;  εν  μά?.ανίηύ  μύλ'  εν, 
right  well,  Od.  22,  190;  μά?.'  αντίκα, 
on  the  very  spot,  eniile  directly,  Od. 

10,  111,  etc. ;  so,  αντίκα  μάλα.  Hdt. 
7,  103  :  ράλ'  αίεί,  for  ever  and  aye, 

11.  23,  717,  etc.  ;  άχρι  μάλα  κνέώαος, 
until  quite  dark,  Od.  18,  3"0:'μάλ' 
ώδε,  quite  so,  Otl.  C,  258  :  άβληχρός 
μάλα  τοίος,  so  very,  utterly  weak,  Od. 
11,  135:  Σαρδάνιον  μάλα  τοίον,  so 
truly  grim,  Od.  20,  302  :  μάλα  μνρίοι, 
absolutely  countless,  Od.  16, 121,  etc.: 
μάλα  διαμπερές,  right  through,  11.  20, 
302. — Μαλα  sometimes  stands  for  the 
usu.  μάλ'  αύ,  μύ?^  ανβις,  to  denote  a 
repealed  act,  Aesch.  Pers.  1045:  it  is 
joined  with  a  compar.  μάλα  πρότε- 
ρος, much,  far  before,  11.  10,  124  :  with 
a  negat.,  μάλ'  ov,  μάλ'  ovπωc,  11.  2. 
241,  Od.  5,  103,  ami  Att. ;  ov  μά?Μ  τι, 
by  no  means,  on  no  account,  Hdt. :  και 
μάλα,  like  και  λίαν,  is  very  freq.  in 
.^tt.,  V.  καί  111. ;  also  used  in  strong 
assertions,  v.  sq. — 2.  strengthening  a 
whole  sentence,  esp.  in  strong  assertion, 
when  it  mostly  stands  with  some 
other  word,  as  in  the  Homeric  phrase, 
ή  μύ?Μ  δη...,  now  in  very  truth,  II.  5, 
422,  etc.  ;  also  ή  δη  πον (ΐάλα,  Π.  21. 
583  ;  and  often  η  μάλα  without 
δή,  II.  3,  204,  etc.  :  in  Att.,  μάλα  δη, 
μάλα  τσι  and  καϊ  μά?.α :  in  Hom. 
also  freq.  after  ε'ι,  as,  ει  μά7Μ  μιν 
χόλος  ίκοι,  if  wrath  come  on  him 
ever  so  much,  11.  17,  3!)9,  etc.  ;  and  in 
like  manner  /ζάλα  περ.  joined  with  a 
partic.,/i(iAa  περ  μεμαώς,  thougli  de 
siring  never  so  much,  II.  13,  317,  etc.  ; 
so  also  καΐ  μάλα  περ,  καί  περ 
μάλα,  11.  1,  217,  Od.  18,  385,  etc.— 3 
like  'λίαν,  too  much,  far  too  much,  II. 
10,  249,  Od.  14,  464";  but  this,  as  in 
άγαν,  rare  ;  cf  infr.  II.  2. — 1.  in  Hdt. 
7,  186,  in  short,  on.  the  whole,  [μάλά, 
though  Horn,  sometimes  has  -λα  in 
arsis,  esp.  l)efore  a  liquid,  v.  II.  3, 
214;  4,  379;  10,  172.]— II.  compar. 
μάλλον,  more,  more  strongly,  freq.  in 
Hom.  ;  also  rather,  Lat.  potius,  II.  5, 
231,  Od.  1,  351  ;  also  denoting  a  con- 
stant increase,  more  and  more,  still 
more,  Od.  15,  370  ;  and  to  this  belongs 
the  freq.  Homeric  phrase  κηρόθι  μάλ 
λον,  Hdt.  3, 104,  etc. ;  cf.  Lob.  Phryn. 
48;  in  Att.  sometimes  doubled, /ίΰλ- 
λον  μάλλον,  Lat.  magis,  magisque, 
Meineke  Menand.  p.  286;  μάλλον 
και  ήσνχαίτερα,  more  or  less  violent, 
Thuc.  3,  82.— Usage:— 1.  it  is  often 
strengthened,  πολύ,  εΤΙ  μάλλον,  oft.  in 
Horn.  ;  και  μιΏ.λον,  11.  8,470,  in  Att., 
ετι  και  μάλλον  ;  and  even,  ετι  και 
πολύ  μά,λλον,  II.  23,  380  ;  also,  επ\μ. 
έτι,  Hdt.  1,  94;  or  again  modified, 
μάλλον  τι.  somewhat  more,  Hdt.  1, 
114,  etc.,  and  Att. — 2.  too  ?nuch,far  too 
7nuch,  ace.  to  a  freq.  use  of  the  com- 
par., II.  9,  300  ; — the  full  phrase  being 
μάλλον  τον  δέοντος,  as  in  Plat.  Gorg. 
487  B. — 3.  μάλλον  is  sometimes  joined 
to  a  second  compar.,  first  in  II.  24, 
243,  βηΐτεροι  μάλλον  ;  so  not  seldom 
in  Hdt.,  as  1,  31,  32,  and  also  in  the 
best  Att.,  as  Eur.  El.  222,  v.  Stallb. 
Plat.  Phaed.  79  E,  Gorg.  487  B,  Arist. 
Rhet.  1 , 7,  18. — 4.  it  is  said  to  be  omit- 
ted after  βούλομαι  in  11.  1,  112,  117; 
17,  331;   23,  594,  Od.  11,  489;    12 


ΜΑΛΑ 

359  ;  but  prob.  βούλομαι.  has  itself  a 
compar.  force,  /  had  rather,  I  would 
sooner,  cf.  βονΑυμαί  II.,  ^  alck.  Hdt. 
3,  40 ;  so  in  Soph.  Aj.  1357,  νικφ  yap 
αρετή  με  της  ε;\;βρας  πολύ,  a  compar. 
force  may  be  given  to  νικά:  however 
in  Aj.  966,  έμοί  πικρός  τίθνηκεν  η 
κείνοις  γλυκύς,  we  must  supply  μά?^- 
"kov. — 5.  μά/.λον  δέ,  much  more...,  or 
rather...,  to  correct  a  statement  al- 
ready made,  Stallb.  Plat.  Symp.  173 
Ε  :  ov  μάλλον  η...,  not  so,  but  rather 
so...,  Thuc.  2,  87. — 6.  μά?Λον  η  is  oft. 
followed  by  ου  (where  oh  seems  re- 
dundant), because  in  all  comparison, 
the  very  notion  o{ preference  also  im- 
plies rejection  or  denial,  πόλ.ιν  δλην 
όίαφβείρειν  μάλλον  ή  ου  τους  αιτίους, 
Thuc.  3,  36 ;  cf.  the  French  ceux  qui 
parlent  autrement  qu'ils  ne  pensent,  etc. ; 
note  also  that  μάλλον  ή  ov,  is  almost 
always  preceded  by  another  negat., 
Hdt.  4,  118;  5,  94;  cf.  Jelf  Gr.  Gr. 
^  749,  3. — 7.  παντός  μά'λ?.ον,  most  as- 
suredly. Plat.  Legg.  715  D. — 8.  το 
μάλλον  και  ήττον,  a  form  of  argu- 
ment, which  we  call  a  fortiori,  Arist. 
Rhet.  2,  23,  4. — III.  superl.  μά/.ιστα, 
most,  most  strongly,  oft.  in  Horn.  ; 
hence  most  of  all,  above  all,  especially  ; 
so,  εν  τοις  μάλιστα,  just  like  Lat. 
inprimis,  Schaf.  Dion.  Comp.  p.  378  ; 
so  too,  ες  τα  μάλιστα  and  ες  μάλι- 
GTa,for  the  most  part,  mostly,  Hdt.,  and 
Att.  ;  also  t~i  μάλαστα.  Lob.  Phryn. 
48  ;  but,  aviip  οόκιμης  όμοια  τώ  μάλι- 
στα, as  famous  as  he  that  is  most  (fa- 
mous), Hdt.  7,  118,  cf  3,  8:  also,  ως 
μάλιστα,  δσον  δύναται  μά?Λστα,  as 
much  as  one  possibly  can,  Hdt,  1,  185. 
— 1.  μάλιστα  is  sometimes  added  to  a 
superl.  {cf. μάλλον  2,  πλείστον),  εχθι- 
στος  μάλ.ιστα,  μάλιστα  φίλτατος,  II. 
2,  220  ;  24,  334  ;  cf.  Eur.  Med.  1323. 
— 2.  μάλιστα  for  μάλλον,  followed 
by  gen.,  or  7/...,  Eur.  I.  A.  1594,  Ap. 
Rh.  3,  91. — 3.  in  loose  accounts  of 
number,  etc.,  μάλιστα  is  often  adiied 
to  show  that  they  are  not  exact,  much 
like  Lat.  admodum;  strictly  at  the 
most,  at  most,  in  round  numbers,  as, 
πεντ/'/κοντα  μά'λιστα,  for  forty-nine, 
Thuc.  1. 118;  εκατοστός  μ-, foi  ninety- 
ninth,  Id.  8,  63 :  hence,  generally, 
about,  pretty  near,  ες  αεσον  μάλιστα, 
about  the  middle.  Hilt.  1,  191,  cf  7, 
21. — 1.  καϊ  μάλιστα  is  used  in  strong 
affirmation,  esp.  in  answer,  most  cer- 
tainly, Lat.  vel  maucinie,  Heind.  Plat. 
Phaed.  61  E. — 5.  so,  μάλιστα  μεν..., 
followed  by  d  δέ...  or  ει  δε  μη..., 
Stallb.  Plat.  Rep.  461  C  :  by  μάλλον 
μέντοι....  Plat.  Symp.  180  A.    [μά] 

Μ.άλύβάθρΙνος,  ov,  prepared  with 
μα7.ά3αβρον,  Diosc.  1,75. 

Μά'λάβαθρον  or  μαλόβαβρον,  ου, 
το,  mnlobathrum,  the  aromatic  leaf  of 
an  Indian  plant,  sold  in  rolls  or  balls, 
Diosc.  1,  11 ;  also  called  simply  ψύλ- 
λ.ον  or  φύ/.λον  Ίνδικόν,  prob.  the 
betely  areca,  so  much  used  in  India  for 
chewing,  [λα] 

lA.a7.ay ή,  ης,  ?/,  (μα?.άσσω)  a  knead- 
ing, mixing  up.  Medic. 

Μύλα}//α,  ατός,  τό,  (μά/Ασσω)  any 
emollient,  a  plaster,  poultice,  etc.,  ma- 
lagma,  Theophr. —  II.  soft  materials, 
used  in  sieges  to  blunt  the  force  of 
engines  and  weapons,  like  Lat.  cilicia. 

Μάλαγμάτώδης,  ες,  (μάλαγμα,  εί- 
δος) like  an  emollient  plaster,  Galen. 

ΐ'Μαλαιώτης,  ου,  ό,  Malaeotes,  a 
chief  of  the  Pelasgi  in  Etruria,  Strab. 
p.  226. 

■\Μ.άλακα,  ή,  ΆΤαΙϋχα,  now  Malaga, 
a  city  of  Hispania  Baetica,  Strab.  p. 
1.56. 

Μβλό«αί'7Γου{•,  «5,  η,  •πονν,  τό  (μα- 
56 


ΜΑΛΑ 

λακός,  πους) : — poet,  for μα?.ακόπονς, 
soft-fooled,  treading  softly,  Theocr.  15, 
103. 

Μά?Μκανγητός,  όν,  (μαλακός,  αϋ- 
γι'ι)  with  languid  eye,  epith.  of  sleep  in 
a  Scol.  of  Arist.,  V.  llgen  Scol.  ρ  156. 

Μά?.άκειον,  ου,  τό,  ■=  μαλ,άκ^υν, 
Ορρ.  Η.  1,  638. 

'ίΛ.ά7ιάκευνέω,  ύ,  (μαλ,ακός,  εννή)  to 
sleep  softly,  lie  on,  a  soft  bed,  Hipp, 
p.  379.     Hence 

Μΰ/.άκεύνητος,  ov,  lying  softly, 
Strab. 

Μά/Λκεντικός,  ή,  όν,  softening  : 
from 

Μαλΰ/ίεχ'ω,  (μαλακός)  to  soften. 

Μαλακία,  ας,  ή,  (μαλακός)  softness, 
and  of  men,  delicacy,  effeminacy,  Lat. 
mollities,  Hdt.  6,  11,  Thuc,  etc.:  in 
Arist.  Eth.  N.  7,  7,  4,  opp.  to  καρτε- 
ρία, want  of  patience ,  weakness  : — weak- 
liness,  sickness,  V'it.  Horn.  36.  —  II. 
calmness  of  the  sea,  malacia  in  Caesar 
B.  G.  3,  15. — III.  plur.,  a  making  soft 
by  over-attention  :  also  soft  words,  flat- 
teries, V.  1.  Isae.  73,  9. 

Μαλάκια,  ων,  τά.  a  kind  of  mollus- 
ca,  i.  e.  ivater  a7iimals  of  soft  substance, 
without  external  shells  or  articulated 
bones,  such  as  the  cuttle-tisb  [σηπία], 
Arist.  H.  A.  4,  1,  2  :  snails  and  other 
mollusca  with  hard  shells  he  calls 
οστρακόδερμα ;  and  Crustacea,  such 
as  the  crab,  lobster,  μαλακόστρακα, 
Ibid.,  and  4,  4,  1,  etc. 

ΜάΛίιϊίάω,  ώ,  (μα?ι,ακία)  to  be  soft, 
or  tender,  κύνες  μαλακιώσαι  τας  (jl- 
νας,  Xen.  Cyn.  5,  2,  of  the  eflect  of 
cold  (so  that  μαλκιώσαι  should  prob. 
be  read,  cf.  μαλκιάω);  μ.  εις  τας  χη- 
λάς,  Plut.  2,  559  _F. 

Μ.ΰ?.άκίζω,  (μαλακός)  to  make  soft, 
to  enervate.  — II.  in  pass,  and  mid.  μα- 
?Μκίζομαι,  to  be  softened  or  rnade  effem- 
inate, π}.οΰτφ,  Thuc.  2,  42,  etc, ;  μ. 
προς  Τον  θάνατον,  to  meet  death  like 
a  weakling,  Xen.  Apol.  33  ;  to  play  the 
woman,  με/'/.ομεν  και  μα?ιακιζόμεθα, 
Dem.  120,  7. — 2.  to  be  softened  or  ap- 
peased, Thuc.  6,  29,  cf.  Valck.  Hipp. 
303. — 3.  to  be  weakly,  sickly  or  ill, 
Alciphr. ;  in  which  signf.  the  Gramm. 
would  confine  μαλακίζεσθαι  to  wo- 
men, and  ύσθενεϊν  to  men,  but  the 
rule  is  far  from  absolute,  Lob.  Phryn. 
389. 

Μ.α/.ύκιον,  ου,  τό,  a  soft  garment ; 
V.  1.  for  μαλάχιον. 

Μ-άλΜκίων,  ωνος,  δ,  a  sort  of  dim. 
from  μαλακός,  a  weakling :  but  in  Ar. 
Eccl.  1058,  a  term  of  endearment, 
darling,   [κί] 

Μάλάκόγειος,  ov,  (μαλακός,  γη) 
with  or  of  soft  soil,  Strab.  p.  91. 

Μάλάκόγνάθος,  ov,  (μαλακός,  γνά- 
θος) with  soft  jaw-bones:  of  a  horse, 
soft-mouthed. 

Μύλύκογνώμων,  ov,  ( μα?.ακός, 
γνώμη)  mild  of  jnood,  Aesch.  Pr.  188. 

Μ.ΰλ.άκόδερμος,  ov,  (μα/.ακός,  δέρ- 
μα) soft-skinned. 

Μά'λΰκοειδής,  ές,  (μαλακός,  είδος) 
of  α  soft  nature,  freq.  in  Gramm. 

Μΰλάκόθριξ,  τρϊχος,  δ,  ή,  {μα?ια- 
κός,  βρίξ)  soft-haired,  Arist.  Gen.  An. 
5,  3,  19. 

Ήία7.ακόκισσος,  6,  (μαλακός,  κισ- 
σός) a  kind  of  convolvulus,  Geop. 

Μά7ΜΚοκό7ιαξ,  ακος,  ύ,  (μαλακός, 
κό7.αξ)  α  voluptuous  parasite,  Clearch. 
ap.  Ath.  258  A. 

Μά7.άκοκράνεύς,  ό,  (μα7Μκός,  κρά- 
νον)  a  sort  of  bird,  Arist.  H.  A.  9, 
22,2. 

Μάλΰκοποιέω,  ώ,  to  make  soft,  ener- 
vate .•  from 

M(2/i(I/coTroiof,  όν,  (μα7.ακός,  ποιέω) 
viaking  soft,  enervating. 


MAAA 

ΜΏ.ΰκοπνρηνος,  ov,  (μαλ.ακός, 
πϋρΐ/ν)  with  soft  kernel,  Theophr. 

ΜΑ"ΛΑ'ΚΟ'Σ,  ή,  όν,  soft,  Lat. 
MOLLIS,  opp.  to  σκ7.ηρός .—I.  soft 
to  the  touch,  εννή,  τάπης,  χιτών, 
πέπλος,  Horn. ;  μ.  νειός,  α  fresh- 
ploughed  fallow,  11.  18,  511 ;  μ.  λει- 
μών,  α  soft,  grassy  meadow,  Od.  5, 
72,  cf.  II.  14,  319.— II.  of  thmgs  not 
subject  to  touch,  soft,  gentle,  βάνατος, 
ύπνος,  κώμα,  Hom. ;  so  μαλακώς 
εϋόειν,  ενεύδειν,  to  sleep  softly,  Od. 
3,  350 ;  24,  255  ;  μ.  επεα,  7.όγοι,  soft, 
fair  words,  II.  6,  337,  Od.  1,  £6,  etc. : 
μ.  βλέμμα,  tender,  youthful  looks,  Ar. 
Plut.  1022. — 2.  light,  mild,  μ.  ζημία, 
Thuc.  3,  45. — III.  of  persons,  modes 
of  life,  and  the  like,  soft,  mild,  gentle, 
μα7.ακώτερος  άμφαφάασθαι,  easier  to 
manage,  of  a  fallen  hero,  II.  22,  373  ; 
but — 2.  usu.  in  bad  sense,  soft,  wo- 
manish,  faint-hearted,  cowardly,  Thuc. 
6,  13  :  incapable  of  bearing  pain  or  hard- 
ship, opp.  to  καρτερικός,  Hdt.  7,  153, 
Arist.  Eth.  Is.  7,  4,  4,  etc.:  proverb., 
εκ  μαλακών  χώρων  μα7ΜΚθΙ  άνδρες, 
Hdt.  9,  122  :  hence,  μα7Μκδν  οίδέν 
ενδιδαναι,  not  to  give  in  from  iveak• 
ness  or  want  of  spirit,  not  to  flag  a 
whit,  Hdt.  3,  51,  105,  Ar.  Plut.  488: 
Tu  μα7.ακά,  indulgences,  Xen.  Cyr.  7, 

2,  28. — 3.  easy,  careless,  remiss,  περί 
τοϋ  μισθού,  Thuc.  8,  29  : — Adv.  -κώς 
ξν/ψαχεΐν,  lb.  6,  78. — 4.  weakly,  sick- 
ly, μα/.ακώς  εχειν,  to  be  til,  Vit. 
Horn.  34,  Luc. ;  cf.  μα7.ακίζω,  fin., 
and  Lob.  Phryn.  389  -.—μα/αικώς  σνλ- 
?.ογίζεσθαι,  to  reason  loosely,  Arist. 
Rhet.  2,  22, 10.— Cf.  μαλθακός.  (Akin 
in  root  to  β7.άξ,  as  μο7.εϊν  to  β7.ώσκω, 
μ  and  β  being  interchangeable,  cf. 
Buttm.  Lexil.  s.  vv.  άμβρόσιος  9, 
β7.ίττειν  6,  Lob.  Phryn.  273 :  perh. 
also  akin  to  μα7Μς,  μαλλός,  αμαλ.ός, 
απαλός.) 

tMaAa/fOf,  ου,  δ,  Malacus,  masc.  pr. 
η.,  Ath.  267  Α. 

Μΰ/Μκόσαρκος,  ov,  {μαλακός,  σαρξ) 
with  softfle^h.  Diodes  ap.  Ath.  305  B. 

Μαλακόστρακος,  ov,  (μαλακός, 
όστρακον  )  soft-shelled,  v.  sub  μαλά- 
κια, τά. 

Μά/Μκότης,  ητος,  ή,  (μαλακός)= 
μαλακία,  softness,  ορρ.  to  σκ7,ηρότης. 
Plat.  Rep.  523  Ε,  Theaet.  186  Β.— Π. 
weakness,  effeminacy,  Plut.  Otho  9. 

Μά/.άκυφθα/.μος,  ov,  (μαλακός, 
οφθαλμός)  soft-eyed,  Theodect.  ap. 
Ath.  454  E. 

Μά7.άκόφ7.οιος,  ov,  ( μα7.ακός, 
φλοιός)  with  soft  bark,  Theophr. 

Μά/Λκόφρων,  όνος,  ό,  ή,  (μα7.ακός, 
φρήν)  ge)itle-hearted,Orph.  Η.  t  Pare.  15. 

Μά7ιάκόφωνος,  ov,  (μαλακός,  φωνή) 
with  α  soft  voice,  Dion.  Η. 

Μά7.ΰκόχειρ,  ό,  ή,  (μαλακός,  χειρ) 
soft-handed,  φαρμάκων  μαΑακόχειρα 
νόμον,  of  a  physician's  art,  Pind.  Λ. 

3,  96. 

Μάλ.άκοφϋχέω,  ώ,  to  be  cowardly, 
Joseph.  Mace.  6  :  from 

Μά7,άκό-φϋχος,  ov,  (μαλακός,  -ψν 
χή )  faint-heart.ed,  cowardly. 

Μά7.ακτήρ,  ήρος,  δ,(μα7.άσσω)  one 
that  melts  and  inoulds,  χρυσού,  Plut. 
Peiicl.  12. 

Μά7Μκτικός,  ή,  όν,  (μαλάσσω)  soft- 
ening, emollient,  Hipp.  p.  365. 

Μα7.ακτός,  ή,  όν,  (μα7.άσσω)  that 
can  be  softened,  as  iron  by  fire,  Arist. 
Meteor.  4.  9, 1. 

Μάλάκννσις,  ή.  a  softening :  from 

Μά7.άκύνω,=μαλάσσω,  μα7.ακίζω, 
Hipp.  p.  365  :— Pass.,  like  μαλακίζε- 
σθαι, to  be  soft,  to  flag,  Xen.  Cyr.  3 
2,  5. 

Μΰ7.άκώδης,  ες,  contr.  for  μα/.α 
κοειδής. 

881 


ΜΑΛΗ 

^'^αλαλεήλ,  or  ΜαλίλΓ^λ.  indecl. 
{'Μαλάη'/.ος,  ον,  Joseph.)  ό,  Malaltel, 
Hebr.  inasc.  pr.  η.,  JN.  Ύ. 

Ήίαλαξις,  εως,  ή,  {μαλάσσω)  α  soft- 
ening, Plut.  2,  436  A,  etc. 

fMaXaof,  ov,  6,  Malaus,  a  descend- 
ant c)t  Agamemnon,  Strab.  p.  582. 

Μαλάσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  k\t.  -ξω: — 
strictly  ofdressmg  leather,  to  makeii 
soft  and  supple  (cf.  ύ>φω) : — lience, 
with  reference  to  Cleon's  trade,  μαλ. 
τινά,  to  givi•  one  a  dressi7)g,  hide  him, 
Ar.  Eq.  388 ;  έν  παγκρατίω  μαλαχ- 
Οάς,  beaten,  ii-orsted  in  It,  Pind.  N.  3, 
26 : — to  soften  metal,  wax.  etc.,  for 
working,  work  or  model  it.  Plat.  Rep. 
411  B,  cf.  Legg.  633  1),  Wyttenb. 
Plut.  2,  156  D. — II.  inetaph.  to  soften 
by  entreaties,  to  appease,  οργάς,  Eur. 
Ale.  771  ;  also  to  soothe,  relieve,  c.  ace. 
pers.,  lb.  381  : — Pass,  to  he  softened, 
Ar.  Vesp.  973  :  to  be  relieved,  like  κον- 
φίζΐσθηι,  c.  gen.,  νόσου,  from  disease, 
Soph.  Phil.  1334. 

Μΰλύχη,  τις,  ή,  a  malloii•,  Lat.  mal- 
va,  Hes.  Op.  41,  Ar.,  etc. ; — a  common 
article  of  food,  esp.  with  the  poor, — 
also  written  μολόχη,  Ath.  58  D. 
(From  μαλακός,  μαλασσοι,  either  be- 
cause of  its  relaxing  properties,  or  its 
soft,  downy  leaves.)  \_λα\     Hence 

Μ.ηλάχίον,  ov,  τό,  Ίμάτιον  μ-,  a 
woman's  garment  of  a  mallow  colour, 
Lat.  molochiyium,  Ar.  Fr.  309,  10. 

tMaAy<c,  ti5or,  0,  Malgis,  a  Boeo- 
tarch,  Paus.  9.  13,  G. 

ΙΜαΛέα,  άκρα,  ή,  Ep.  Μάλεία,  Od. 
9,  80,  also  in  pi.  ai  Μαλέαι,  Hdt.  1, 
82,  Strab.,  and  Μαλείύων  όρος,  Od. 
3,  287,  in  19,  187  contd.  Μαλειώΐ',  the 
promontory  Malea,  the  southeast 
point  of  Laconia,  round  which  the 
navigation  was  so  dangerous  as  to 
give  rise  to  the  proverb  Μαλίάς  όέ 
κάμφας  έττιλάθον  τώΐ'  οίκαδε,  Strab. 
ρ.  378  ;  it  is  now  Cape  St.  Angela,  or 
Malio. — 2.  the  southern  promontory 
of  Lesbos,  now  Cape  Maria,  Thuc.  3, 
4;  in  Strab.  Μαλ/σ,  p.  616.— 11.  a 
town  of  Arcadia  near  Megalopolis, 
Plut. :  hence  Μαλεΰτις,  ij,  sc.  χώρα, 
the  territory  of  Malea,  Xen.  Hell.  6, 
4,24. 

+Μαλε(ίΤίζ•,  ή,  v.  foreg.  II. 

'ίΉίαλειαΙος,  a,  ov,  of  or  belonging  to 
Malea,  Anth. 

Μύλερόζ•,  ά,  όν,  (μήλα)  fierce,  de- 
vouring, in  Hom.  always  epith.  of 
lire,  11.  9,  242  ;  20,  316  ;  21,  375,  and 
so  in  Hes.  Sc.  18  ;  so,  πυρός  μαλερά 
γνάθος,  Aesch.  Cho.  325: — hence 
metaph.,  fiery,  glowing,  vehement,  uot- 
Sai,  PiriJ.  6.  9,  34;  πόθος,  Aesch. 
Pers.  62  ;  ?.έοντες,  Id.  Ag.  141  ;  Άρης, 
Soph.  O.  T.  190  ;  πόνος,  Arist.  Scol.  6 
(Ilgen  xxxi) :  and  so  in  Eur.  Tro.  1300, 
μα'λερά  μέλαθρα  πυρί  κατάόρομα, — 
μαλερά  is  perh.  an  adv.,  furiously  : 
Hesych.  interprets //α/'.ερηί  φρένες  by 
ασθενείς,  subdued,  prostrate  mind. 

Μάλενρον,  ου,  τό,  =  ύλενρον, 
Gramm. 

Μά/τ/ι  VC'  ')'  '^^  arm-pit,  Lat.  α?α, 
axilla,  for  which  μασχάλη  is  more 
usual :  μάλη  is  found  only  in  phrase 
ίιττό  μάλης  (later  also  v~h μά'λιμή,  un- 
der the  ar/n,  esp.  of  carrying  concealed 
weapons,  ξιφίόίον  νπό  μάλης  εχειν, 
Plat.  Gorg.  469  D,  Xen.  Hell.  2,  3,  23, 
for  which  Ar.  Lys.  985  ludicrously 
says  δόρυ  όήθ'  νπό  μάλης  ί'/κεις  ίχον  : 
hence  in  genl.  underhand,  by  stealth, 
slili/,  Lat.  f'uriim,\.  omnino  Plat.  Legg. 
789  C,  Dem.  848,  12  ;  cf.  Lob.  Phryn. 
196.  (The  Lat.  ala  is  μά?η  with  the 
μ  thrown  off,  which  is  reversed  in 
Άρης.  Mars,  etc.,  cf.  Uuttm.  Lex. 
s  v.  ονλαί  4.)  [ύ] 
882 


ΜΑΛΙ 

^Μ,αλήνη,  ης,  ή,  Malene,  a  place  in 
the  territory  of  Atarneus,  in  Asia 
Minor,  Hdt.  6,  29. 

'ίΜ.άλης,  εω,  ύ,  Males,  an  Aetolian, 
Hdt.  6,  127. 

ΜΑ'ΑΘΑ",  ης,  ή,  also  μάλθη.  Lob. 
Phryn.  438: — a  7nixlureofwax  and  pitch 
for  calking  ships,  liippon.  35 :  the 
soft  ii<a.c  laid  over  writing-tablets, 
Dem.  1132,  13. — 11.  a  large  molluscous 
animal,  Ael.  H.  A.  9,  49.  (Akin  to 
μαλθακός,  μαλακός,  cf.  0pp.  H.  1, 
371.) 

Μαλθάζο)= μαλάσσω. 

Μαλθαίνω,^μαλάσσω,  Diotog.  ap. 
Stob.  p.  332,  1. 

ΜαλΟύκευνία,  ή,  (εννή)  a  soft  bed, 
Comicus  ap.  A.  B. 

α>Λαλθακη.  ης,  ή.  Mallhace,  fem.  pr. 
n.,  Theophil.  ap.  Ath.  587  F. 

Μαλθάκία,  ας,  ή,=μαλακία,  Plat. 
Rep.  590  Β. 

Μαλθάκίζω,  =  μαλακίζω  :  pass,  to 
be  softened,  Aesch.  Pr.  79,  Eur.  Med. 
291  ;  to  relax,  give  in,  Plat.  Rep.  458 
B,  etc. 

Μαλθάκινος,  η,  ov,  poet,  for  μα?•.- 
βακός,  Anth.  P.  9,  567. 

Μαλθακίστέον,  verb,  adj.,  one  must 
be  remiss.  Plat.  Ale.  1,  124  D :  so, 
μαλθακιστέα,  Ar.  Nub.  727. 

Μαλθακός,  ή,  όν,  {μαλακός  with  θ 
inserted)  -.—soft, μ.  άνθεα.  Η.  Hom.  30, 
15;  δρόσος,  γνία,  Pind.  Ρ.  5,  133,  Ν. 
4,  4. — II.  USU.  metaph.,  weak,  cowardly, 
αίχμητής,  11.  17,  588:  so,  μ.  yivij, 
Aesch.  Eum.  74:  hence  ol  μ.=^κίναι.- 
δοί.  Lob.  Aglaoph.  1008. — 2.  in  good 
sense,  soft,  gentle,  mild,  νπνος,  Hes. 
Fr.  43, 4,  οίνος,  Hipp.,  μ.  φωνά.  άοιόά, 
κοινωνία,  Pmd.,  λογοί,  όμματα,  etc., 
Trag.  Adv.  -κώς,  mildly,  Aesch.  Ag. 
951,  σκληρά  μ.  λέγειν.  Soph.  Ο.  C. 
774. — The  word  with  its  derivs.  is 
poet.,  mostly  in  Pind.,  and  Trag., 
μαλακός  being  the  prose  word  :  yet 
Plat,  uses  μαλθακός.    Hence 

Μαλθάκότης,  ητος,  ή,  =  μαλακό- 
της,  Hipp.  p.  896. 

Μαλθάκόφωνος,  ov,  (μαλθακός,  ώω- 
ν?'/) soft-voiced,  άοιότ'/,  Pind.  I.  2,  14. 

Μ.αλθΰκύω,  ώ,=^μαλάσσω. 

Μαλθακτήριος,  ία,  (ον,=μαλακτί- 
κός,  τό  μ-,  Hipp.  ρ.  263. 

Μαλθακτι,κος,  ή,  of  ,=  foreg.,  Hipp, 
p.  393. 

Μαλθάκώδης,  ες,  {μαλθακός,  είδος) 
softish.  Hipp.  p.  880. 

Μά'λθαξις,  ή,  =  μάλαξις,  Hipp, 
ρ.  204  :  from 

Μαλθάσσω,=  μαλάσσω,  to  soften, 
soothe,  μ.  κέαρ,  μ.  κέαρ  λιταΐς,  Aesch. 
Pr.  379,  1008;  μ.  τινά  λόγοις,  Eur. 
Η.  F.  298 :  τί  γάρ  σε  μαλθάσσοιμ' 
άν-;  why  should  /  soothe  thee  with 
false  words,  Soph.  Ant.  1194.  Pass., 
μαλθαχθί/ναι  νπνφ,  to  be  unnerved  by 
sleep,  Aesch.  Eum.  134. 

Μάλθη,  ης,  ή,  v.  μάλθα. 

Μαλθόω,^μαλθακόω,  μαλάσσω. 

iMa/ιθώ,  ονς,  ή,  Maltho,  a  gymna- 
sium in  Elis,  Paus.  6,  23,  6. 

Μαλθώδης,  ες,  like  μάλθα,  sticky, 
v.  1.  in  Hipp,  for  μαλθακώδης. 

Μάλθων,  ωνος,  ό,=^μα'λακίων,  So- 
crat.  ap.  Stob.  p.  369,  52. 

Μΰλία,  ας,  ή,  and  μύλιασμός,  οϋ, 
ό,=^μάλίς. 

^Μαλία,  ας,  ή,=Μαλέα  (2). 

iMΰλ^aκός,  η.   όν.  Ion.  and  Att. 

Μηλ.,  Malian,  Maliac ;  ό  Μαλιακός 

κόλπος,    Maliacus    sinus,    the   Malinc 

gulf,  on  the  south  of  Thessaly,  Strab. 

\  p.  430  :  from 

^Μάλιεΰς,  έως,  b.  Ion.   and  Att. 
Mr/λ..  a  Malian.  Malian;  ol  ΜαλιεΙς, 
•  the  Malians,   Xen.   Hell.    6,    5,   23 ; 
/  Arist.;  etc. 


ΜΑΛΟ 

Μαλ IV αΟύ7.λη,  ης,  ή,  an  Aegyptian 
plant,  perh.  cyperus  esculentus  (v.yuvu- 
σίυν),  Theophr. 

Μαλιον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  μάλός 
(for  μα'λλυΓ),  a  lock  of  hair,  Anth. 
P.  11,  157. 

Μάλις,  ιος,  ή,  a  distemper  in  horses 
and  asses,  also  μίβις,  μαλία,  μαλιασ- 
μός,  Lat.  malleus,  Veget. 

Μάλίς,  ίδος,  ή.  Dor.  for  Μη'Μς,  a 
nymph  who  protects  the  flocks  {μήλα), 
tTheocr.  13,  45t,  cf.  Μιβιαδες  and 
Έπιμι/λίόες. — fH•  Dor.;  Mj/^/V-,  Ion. 
and  Att.,  fem.  to  Μα?.ηνς,  Alalian, 
γη,  lying  around  the  Maliacus  sinus, 
Hdt.  7,  198. 

Μάλιστα,  adv.,  superl.  of  μάλα, 
Horn.,  v.  μάλα  111. 

MA'AKH,  ης,  ή,  numbness  from 
cold,  esp.  in  the  extremities,  Nic. 
Th.  382,  etc.  (Origin  uncertain,  v. 
Pott  Et.  Forsch.  1,  p.  221.) 

Μαλκιάω,  ώ,  to  become  numb  with 
cold,  .\esch.  Fr.  1 12  ;  also  v.  I.  in  Hes. 
Op.  528,  cf.  μα'λακίάω. — An  inf.  μαλ- 
κιήν,  in  Phot. ; — v.  Buttm.  Ausf.  Gr. 
SS  105  Anm.  14,  Lob.  Phryn.  82. 

Μάλκιος,  ov,  (μάλκη)  freezing,  be- 
numbing :  also  μαλκος,ή,  όν  :  superl. 
μαλκίστατος.  But  these  forms  only 
in  Gramm.,  who  refer  them  to /μαλ- 
ακός. 

■^Μάλλιος.  ου,  b,  the  Rom.  Manlvus, 
Polyb.  1,26,  11  ;  etc. 

Μαλλοδετής,  ov,  o,=sq.,  Soph.  Fr. 
402. 

Μαλλόδετος,  ov,  {μα?.λός,  δέω) 
bound  with  wool,  Valcli.  Schol.  Phoen. 
1256. 

iMa?ιλoί,  ών,  ol,  the  Malli,  an  In- 
dian nation,  Strab.  p.  701  ;  in  Plut. 
also  Μάλλωνες. 

Μάλλον,  adv.,compar.  of  μά?ια  ;  v. 
sub  μάλα  II. 

ΜΑΑΛΟ'Σ,  οϋ,  b,  a  lock  of  wool,  the 
wool  of  sheep,  Hes.  0{).  232,  Aesch. 
Eum.  45,  Soph.  O.  C.  475 :  of  men, 
a  lock  of  hair,  μαλλοί  πλοκάμων,  Eur. 
Bacch.  113:  μά'λός  is  also  found,  in 
the  tlimin.  form  μάλιον,  q.  v.  (Prob. 
akin  to  μαλακός,  άμαλός,  απαλός, 
mollis,  perh.  also  to  Lat.  vellus.) 

■\Μαλλός,  oil.  ή,  Mallus,  a  city  of 
Cilicia  on  the  Pyramns,  with  an  or- 
acle of  Amphilochus  and  of  Mopsus, 
Luc.  Alex.  29  ;  Strab.  p.  675  :  hence 
Μαλλωτης,  6,  Strab.,  and  Μαλλω- 
τός,  6,  Arr.,  an  inhah.  of  Malhts ;  ή 
Μαλ^ίώτις,  the  territory  of  Mallus, 
Strab. 

Μα'λλοφόρης,  ov,  {μα7ι'λός,  φέρω) 
with  long  wool. 

Μαλλ6ω,  ω,  {μαλλός)  to  famish 
tvith  wool.     Hence 

Μίίλλωσίζ•,  ή,  a  furnishing,  covering, 
or  clothing  with  wool. 

Μαλλωτός,  ή,  όν,  {μα?ί?.όω)  fur- 
7iished  with  wool,  fleecy  ;  μ.  χλημνς,  a 
cloak  lined  with  wool.  Plat.  (Com.) 
al  άφ'  Ιερ.  4  ;  cf.    μηλωτή. 

■^Μαλλωτός,  and  -ώτης,  ό,  v.  sub 
Μαλλόζ•. 

Μαλόβαθρον,  ου,  τό,  ν.  μαλύβα- 
θρον. 

iMa?Mείς,  εντός,  δ,  Malean,  of  Ma- 
lea (2),  epith.  of  Apollo  from  his  tem- 
ple on  that  promontory,  Thuc.  3,  3, 
5,  in  wh.  latter  passage  some  explain 
it  as  a  plain  and  port. 

■\Μαλόθα,  ij,  Malotha,  a  city  of  Ara- 
bia, Strab.  p.  782. 

^Μαλοίτας,  ύ,  the  Maloetas,  a  river 
of  Arcadia,  Paus.  8,  36,  I. 

Μίϊλοί',  ov,  TO,  Dor.  for  μήλον, 
Pind.,  Theocr. 

Μΰλοπάρηος,  ov.  Dor.  for  μη'λοπά- 
pync,  Theocr.  26  1. 

'Μάλός,  η,  όν,  in  Theocr.  Ep.  1,  5, 


MAN 
epith.  of  a  he-goat,  while,  ace.  to  He- 
S3ch.  (who  also  explains  μάλονρος 
and  μα'/.ονιύς,  by  λεύκουβος,  white- 
tailed)  ;  Others  make  it  woolly,  shaggy, 
(as  if  μακ/ώς) :  others  again  take  it 
ΆΒζ^μαλακός,  (in  which  signf.  some 
write  ilpva  μΰλήν,  for  apv'  ύμαλήν  m 
IL  22,  310.) 

tMa/.oi'f,  ονντος,  6,  Mahts,  a  place 
in  Troas,  ritrab.  p.  603. — 11.  a  river 
of  Arcadia,  Pans.  8,  35.  1. 

Μαλυφόρος,  μαλοψΰλαξ.  Dor.  for 
μη'/ιοφ-. 

tMu?..rof,  συ,  ό,  Malchus,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  N.  T. 

tMtt.izaof ,  ου,  ό,  the  Mamaus,  a  river 
of  Triphvhan  Elis  the  earlier  Ama- 
thus,  Str'ab.  p.  344. 

ίΜ.άμερκος,  ου,  ό,  Mamercus,  tyrant 
of  Catana,  a  tragic  poet  also,  Plut. 
Timol.  31,  34. — 2.  a  son  of  Numa,  so 
called  as  Plut.  says  after  a  son  of 
Pythagoras.  Num.  9,  v.  Μάμερτος. 

Μύμερσα,  η,  old  epith.  of  Minerva, 
Lye.  1417.  [a] 

tMa,tifprti/Oi,  ων,  ol,  the  Mamert- 
ines,  a  people  of  Campanian  stock  in 
Sicily  at  Messana,  Strab.  p.  268  :  the 
name  by  Diod.  S.  21,  13  is  derived 
from  'Μάμερτος  :  prop.  pi.  of 

tMa/ie/JTifOf,  η,  ov,  Mamertine, 
Ath.  27  C  :  from 

■\Μ.αμέρτίθν,  ου,  τό,  Mamertium,  a 
city  of  Bruttium,  Strab.  p.  261. 

Mu,«epTOf,  ov,  0,  old  epith.  of  Mars, 
Lye. :  also  Μάμερκος,  from  the  Oscan 
Mamers,=Mavors. 

Μύμμα  and  μύμμη,  7]ς,  η,  (later  also 
μαμμαια,  ?/) :  strictly  like  our  mama, 
and  similar  forms  in  all  languages,  a 
child's  attempt  to  articulate  mother; 
Anth.  P.  11,  67: — as  ύππα,  άίΤφά, 
άττα,  ττά—πα,  τάτας,  papa  for  father. 
— II.  in  Att.  a  real  subst.=μηΓrjp, 
mother.  Pherecr.  Coriann.  4:— also 
prob.,  like  Lat.  mamma,  the  mother'' s 
breast,  Schweigh.  Epict.  2,  16,  43. — 
III.  later  a  grandmother,  LXX.,  cf. 
Piers.  Moer.  p.  259.     Hence 

"Μαμμάκύθος  (not  Μαμμύκουθος), 
ov,  ij,  proverb,  word  tor  a  blockhead, 
(whether  a  real  name  or  formed  by 
Com.  from  μάμμα  and  κεύθω — a  great 
hahy  who  creeps  into  his  ?nother's  lap, — 
is  dub.),  Ar.  Kan.  990 :— Plato,  or  Me- 
tagenes,  wrote  a  comedy  of  this 
name. — Similar  comic  characters  are 
β/Λτομάμμας,  σνκομάμμας,  also  from 
μάμμα  ;  Μαργίτης  from  μάργος.  [ϋ] 

Μαμμάν,  αίτείν,  to  cry  for  food,  of 
children,  Ar.  Nub.  1383  :  said  to  be 
an  Argive  word  for  to  eat ;  but  it  is 
more  natural  to  refer  it  to  μαμμά<^, 
to  cry  for  the  breast,  v.  μάμμα  11.  (cf. 
κακκΰν  φράσαι,  which  follows  in  Ar. 
1.  c),  being  words  by  which  children 
tried  to  express  their  first  wants  ;  ef. 
βρνν,  βρυλ'λω. 

ΙΛαμμάριον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  μάμ- 
μα. 

'Μύμμη,  ης,  ή,  ν.  μάμμα. 

Μαμμία,  ας,  ή,  {μάμμα)  α  mother, 
Ar.  Lys.  878. 

Μαμμίύιοί',  ov,  τό,  dim,  from  μαμ- 
μία :  so,  μαμμίον,  τό. 

ΜαμμόθρετΓΤος,  ov,  (μάμμα  III., 
τρέφο))  brought  up  by  one's  granddam. 

■[Μαμούριος,ον,  ό,  the  Rom.  Mamu- 
rius,  Plut.  Num.  13. 

■{Μαμωνΰς,  or  Μαμμωνύς,  ΰ,  ό, 
(Chaldean)  riches,  money,  N.  T.,  per- 
sonified Mamvion,  Id.  Matth.  6,  24. 

Μάν,  affirm,  particle,  Dor.  and  old 
Ep.  for  μίμ-,  not  rare  in  II. ,  but  in  Od. 
only  11,  314;  17,  470:  it  never  can  be- 
gin a  sentence,  and  is  usi'd — 1.  alone, 
verily,  in  sooth,  II.  8,  373;  16,  14: 
ayoeL  uav,  well  then  come  on,  II.  5, 


ΜΑΝΔ 
705. — 2.  strengthd.  f/  μάν,  of  a  surety, 
yea  verily,  II.  2,  370. — 3.  negat.  ov  μάν, 
certainly  not,  assuredly  not,  most.  Ireq. 
in  Horn.:  also,  ov  μάν  ουδέ.  11.  4, 
512,  cf.  Od.  1.  c:  μη  μάν,  II.  8,  512, 
etc. — 4.  και  μάν,  nay  more,  and  even, 
freq.  in  Pind.  as  P.  1,  121 ; — also, 
όμως  μάν,  lb.  2, 149.  {μάν  and  μά  are 
near  akin.)  [ώ] 

jMavar/v,  indecl.,  ό,  Manahen, 
raase.  pr.  n.,  N.  T. 

Mavamov,  ov,  τό,  v.  μαννάκιον. 

Μΰνάκίς,  adv.  {μανός)  seldom,  μ. 
της  ημέρας.  Plat.  (Com.)  Incert.  71. 
[να] 

'\Μανασσής,  ή,  ό,  Manasses,  Manas- 
seh,  a  son  of  Joseph  ;  Met.  for  the  de- 
scendants of  Manasseh,  N.  T. — 2.  a 
king  of  Judah,  Id. 

Μανδακηόόν,  adv.,  with  or  as  with 
a  μανόάκης. 

Μανόάκης,  ov,  ό,  a  band  to  tie  trusses 
of  hay. 

Μάνδαλος,  ov,  6,  a  bolt,  Artemid. 
Hence 

Μανδάλου,  ώ,  to  bolt :  and 

Μανδάλωτός,  ή,  όν,  with  the  bolt 
shot :  φίλημα  μ.,  a  kiss  with  the  tongue 
protruded,  a  lascivious  kiss  :  hence  gen- 
erally, lascivious,  lewd,  μέλος,  Ar. 
Thesm.  132,  ubi  v.  Schol. 

'\Μανδάνη,  ης,  ή,  Mandane,  daugh- 
ter of  Astyages.  mother  of  Cyrus  the 
elder,  Hdt.  1.  107;  Xen.  Cyr. 

\Μάνδανις,  ιος,  ό,  Mandanis,  a 
Brahmin,  Strab.  p.  715. 

Μανδοειδής,  ες,  (είδος)  like  a  μαν- 
δνη  ? 

tMav(5oi'iOf,  ov,  (5,  Mandonius,  a 
king  of  the  liergetes,  Polyb.  10, 18, 7. 

\Μανδοΰβιοι,  ων,  οι,  the  Mandubii, 
a  Gallic  tribe,  Strab.  p.  191. 

Μάνδρα,  ας,  ή,  an  inclosed  space, 
esp. — 1.  for  cattle,  a  fold,  byre,  stable. 
Soph.  Fr.  587,  Plut.  2,  648  A,  etc.— 
2.  the  bed  in  which  the  stone  of  a  ring  is 
set,  Lat.  pala,  funda,  Plat.  Epigr.  17 
(Anth.  P.  9,  747). — 3.  a  monastery, 
Eccl. 

iMavδpύβovλoς,  ov,  ό,  Mandrabu- 
lus,  a  Samian,  who  having  found  a 
treasure,  consecrated  to  Juno  the  first 
year,  a  golden,  the  second,  a  silver, 
the  third,  a  brazen  sheep  ;  hence  the 
prov.  ετΓί  Μ.  χωρεί  τό  ττρΰγμα,  of 
anything  gradually  decreasmg,  Luc. 
Merc.  Cond.  21. 

Μανδραγόρας,  ov  or  a,  6, mandrake, 
Atropa  mandragora,  a  narcotic  plant, 
Hipp.  p.  420  ;  μανδραγόρα  η  μέθη 
ξυμποδισαι.  Plat.  Rep.  488  (J ;  ντζό 
μανδραγόρα,  εκ  μανδραγόρου  καθεν- 
δειν,  Luc.  Tim.  2,  Demosth.  Επο.  36. 
Hence 

Μανδράγορικός,  ή,  όν,  made  of 
mandrake ;  and 

Μανδράγορίτης  υΐνος,  δ,  wine  fla- 
voured with  mandrake,  Diosc. 

Μάνδρευμα,  ατός,  τό,=μάνδρα  1., 
Dion.  Η.  1,  79:  from 

Μανδρεύω,  (μάνδρα)  to  shut  up  in 
a  stable  or  monastery. 

iMavδpoγέvης,  ους,  ό,  Mandro• 
genes,  masc.  pr.  n.,  Ath.  614  D. 

fMavδpόδωpoς,  ov,  ύ,  Mandrodorus, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Arr.  An.  6,  23,  2. 

■\Μανδροΐίλείδας,  ov,  ό,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  Plut.  Agis  6,  where  Schaf.  reads 
Άνδβοκ?.. 

^Μανδροκλέης,  contd.  -κλής,  έονς, 
ό,  Mandrocles,  an  architect  of  Samos, 
Hdt.  7,  87. 

Μανδύας,  ov,  ό,  (said  to  be  a  Pers. 
word ;  perh.  akin  to  κανδνς)~8α., 
LXX. 

Μανδνη,  ης,  ή,  a  woollen  cloak,  a 
sort  of  grcgo,  like  atavpa,  Aesch.  Fr. 
342. 


MANl 

Μανδνοειδής,  ές,  (είδος)  like  a  μαν 
δύη. 

iMavέθωv,  ωνος,  ό,  and  Μανεθώς, 
ώ,  Manetho,  an  Aegyptian  priest  in 
the  time  of  Ptolemy  Philadelphus, 
writer  of  a  history  of  Aegypt,  Plut. 

Μάνεομαι.=^μαίνομαί,  only  in  pf. 
μεμάνημαι,  Theocr.  10,  3). 

Μανερως,  ό,  Maneros,  only  son  of 
the  first  king  of  Aegypt :  also  a  na- 
tional dirge  named  after  him,  identi- 
fied by  Hdt.  2,  79,  with  the  Greek 
λινός,  q.  V. 

Μάνης,  ov,  ό,  a  kind  of  cup,  Nicon 
ap.  Ath.  487  C. — II.  also  a  small  bra- 
zen figure  used  in  the  game  oi  κόττα- 
βος  (q.  v.),  Hermipp.  Moer.  2,  7,  ubi 
V.  Meineke.  [ώ] 

\Μανης,  ov,  voc.  Mav^,  or  Μάνης, 
ov  Ion.  εω,  and  ητος,  Manes,  ace.  to 
Strab.  p.  304,  553,  a  Phrygian  or 
Paphlagonian  masc.  pr.  n.,  esp.  freq. 
as  a  name  of  slaves,  Ar.  Lys.  908, 
Av.  1311,  etc. — II.  a  river  of  Locris, 
also  called  Boagrius,  Strab.  p.  426. 

Μανθάνω,  lengthened  from  root 
ΜΑΘ-,  which  appears  in  aor.  2,  μά- 
θος, etc.  (akin  to  μήτιςι :  fut.  μάθή- 
συμαι.  Dor.  μάθενμαι:  aor.  εμάΟον : 
perf.  μεμάθηκα.—η,οτα.  uses  only  the 
aor.,  either  without  augm.  μάθον,  or 
(with  double /i),  εμμηθες,  εμμαβε.  To 
learn,  esp.  by  inquiry,  and  in  aor.  to 
have  learnt,  i.  e.  to  understand,  know, 
κακά  έργα,  Od.  17,  226  ;  c.  inf.,  μάΰον 
ίμμεναι  έσθλός,  II.  6,  444. — Π.  of  the 
mere  attempt,  to  seek  to  learn,  ask,  or 
inquire  about,  like  ττννθάνομαι,  Tt, 
Hdt.  8,  88. — III.  to  acquire  a  habit  of, 
be  accustomed  to..,  c.  inf.,  Emped.  96 
Karsten ;  τό  μεμαθηκός,  that  which 
is  customary  or  usual,  Hipp.  p.  646. — • 

IV.  in  Hdt.  and  Att.  in  all  tenses, 
to  notice,  perceive  by  the  senses,  under- 
stand, comprehend,  τινά  or  τι  :  but 
also  c.  gen.  pers.,  like  άκονω,  Stallb. 
Plat.  Rep.  394  C :  freq.  in  dialogue, 
like  Lat.  tenere.  as,  μανθάνεις ;  d'ye 
see  ί  Answ.,  ττάνν  μανθάνω,  perfect• 
ly  !  Ar.  Ran.  195 ; — so,  ειεν,  μανθάνω. 
Plat.  Rep.  372  Ε  ;  cf.  Stallb.  Gorg. 
496  D :  with  a  partic,  μάνθανε  ων. 
Like  ισθι,  know  that  you  are.  Soph.  El. 
1342;  so,  διαβεάλημένος  oh  μανβά- 
νεις,  Hdt.  3,  1,  cf.  1,  68,  160:  absol., 
oi  μανθάνοντες,  the  learners,  pupils. — 

V.  in  Att.  Ti  μαθών,  freq.  begins  a 
question,  as  Ar.  Ach.  826,  where  it 
may  be  loosely  translated,  like  the 
similar  τί  τζαθών,  wherefore  ? — but 
each  has  its  distinctive  meaning; — 
τί  μαθών  ;  referring  to  a  μάθος,  some- 
thing Jounded  on  reason  or  judgment  ; 
τί  τταθων ;  to  a  πάθος,  a  feeling,  im- 
pulse, or  external  influence  :  SO  that  τί 
μαθών ;  is.  what  reason  had  you  for 
acting  so?  where  could  you  have 
learnt  to  do  so '. — τί  παθών,  what 
tempted  you,  what  came  over  you  to  do 
so '.  Of  course  they  may  be  used 
convertibly,  because  the  questioner 
may  make  either  folly  or  temptation 
the  prominent  thought,  cf.  Wolf  ad 
Dem.  adv.  Lept.  495,  20,  Herm. 
Vig.  n.  194. — Sometimes  this  phrase 
is  used  in  orat.  obliqua,  as,  σοΙ  εις 
κεφαλήν,  ό  τι  μαθών  εμού  και  τώνάλ- 
λωι»  καταφενδτι  τοιούτο  πράγμα,  όη 
your  own  head  be,  whatever  you  (so 
stupidly)  forge  against  me  and  others ! 
Plat.  Euthyd.  283  E,  cf.  299  A,  and 
Heind.  ad  1. 

Μανία,  ας,  η.  Ion.  μανίη,  (μαίνο- 
μαι) madness,  frenzy,  Hdt.  6,  112: 
Trag.,  etc. ;  also  with  another  subst., 
μανιη  νονσος,  Hdt.  C,  75  : — olt.  ir 
plur.,  Aesch.  Pr.  879,  Soph.  etc. — 2 
enthusiasm,  Bacchic  frenzy,  etc.,  EUT 
883 


ΜΑΝΟ 

Bacch.  305;  ΰιτο  ^ίίουσών  κατοκίύχη 
και  μαΐ'ία,  Plat.  Phaedr.  215  Λ  ;  ct. 
μύντις- — 3.  mat/  passion,  Trau. ;  Ojip. 
to  σοΦροσύνη,  Plat.  Prot.  3i3  Β  ;  μα- 
νίαι  τινός,  mad  desire  for..,  Pind.  N. 
11,  fin. 

tMuvi'a,  ας,  ή,  fern,  to  Μανής,  Ma- 
nia, name  of  a  female  slave,  .\r. 
Thesm.  754.  etc. — 2.  fern.  pr.  n.,wife 
of  the  satraj)  Zenis  of  DarJaiiia,  Xen. 
Hell.  3,  1,10. 

iyiaviai,  ών,  αϊ,  Maniae,  a  place  in 
ArcaJia,  Paus.  8,  34,  1. 

M.al••ιάκηc,  ov,  b,  an  armlet,  bracelet, 
χρνσοί  μ-,  Polyb.  2,  29,  8  :  falso  worn 
round  the  neck,  φοροϋσι  ττφί  τας 
χείρας  και  τον  τράχηλον  ο'ι  Τα'λύται, 
id.  2,  31,  5,t  etc. :  also,  μανίακον,  τό, 
Cf.  μύννος. 

tMai't'a/cov,  ov,  ro,=:foreg. 

Muviuf,  άδος,  {μανία,  μαίνομαι) 
raging,  frantic,  inad,  μ.  νόσοι,  Soph. 
Aj.  50 ;  μ.  λύσσα,  Eur.  Or.  327  ;— 
with  neut.  subst.  in  dat.  pi.,  μανιά- 
civ  λνσσήμασι,  lb.  270. 

Μανικός,  η,  όν,  (μανία)  belonging 
la  madiie.ts,  mad,  Ar.  Vesp.  1496,  Plat., 
etc. ;  μανικόν  τι  βλέττειν,  to  look  mad, 
like  a  madman,  Ar.  Plut.  424;  τα  μ-, 
symptoms  of  madness. — 2.  giving  way 
to  mad  ■passion,  heady.  Plat.  Symp. 
173  D. — II.  mad,  extravagant,  σωφρό- 
νημα  λίαν  μ-,  Xen.  Ag.  5,  4  ;  cf  Hip- 
parch.  1,  12. — HI.  adv.  -κώς,  μ.  δι- 
ακΐΐσθαι.  Plat.  Phaedr.  249  D;  εχειν, 
Id.  Soph.  216  D. 

Μάνιόκ>ιτ:ος,  ov,  {μανία,  κήπος 
III.)  of  women,  madly  lustful,  Anacr. 
142,  where  however  Bergk  μανόκη- 
πος. 

Μΰνιοποιός,   όν,    {μανία,    ττοιέω) 

matldening,  Polyaen. 

tMuvtof,  ου,  ό,  the  Rom.  Manius, 
Polyb. 

Μύνιονργέω,  ώ,  {μανία,  *εργω)  to 
drive  mad,  c.  ace,  Polyaen. 

Μΰνις,  Dor.  for.  μήνις,  Pind. 

Μανιώδης,  ες,  {μανία,  είδος)  like  a 
madman,  crazy,  νπόσχεσις,  Thuc.  4, 
39;  τόμ.,  madness,  Eur.  Bacch.  299. 
— 11.  causing  7nadness,  Diosc.  4,  69. 

MA'NNA',  ?},  a  morsel,  grain,  μάννα 
λιβανωτοϋ,  Lat.  mica  thuris,  Diosc.  1, 
83,  Foes.  Oecon.  Hipp. — II.  manna,  a 
sweet  gum  of  Arabia,  LXX.,  Galen. 

Μαννάκιον,  ov,  τό,  dun.  Irom  μύν- 
νος, a  little  necklace. 

Mavvdpiov,  ov,  τό,  =:  μαμμύριον, 
mama,  Luc.  Dial.  Mer.  6,  1. 

Μαννοδότ7ΐς,  ov,  b,  {μάννα,  δίδωμι) 
giver  of  manna,  Or.  Sib. 

Μ.Α'ΝΜΟΣ,^άΐΌζ•  or  μόννος,  ov,  b, 
Lat.  monile,  a  necklace  ;  Dor.  word,  to 
which  μανιακής,  μανίακον,  μαννά- 
κιον seem  to  belong. 

Μαννοίρόρος,  ov,  {μάννος,  φέρω) 
wearmg  a  collar,  v.  1.  Theocr.  11,  41. 

Μαννώδης,  ες,  {μάννα,  είδος)  like 
manna:  τό μ.,ατηαηηα-likedrug,  Hipp, 
p.  1223. 

^Μάνόδωρος,  ov,  b,  Manodorus, 
name  of  a  slave,  Ar.  Av.  657. 

Μΰνοειδ'ης,  ες,  {μανός,  είδος)  thin 
or  loose-looking. 

ΜΰνόκαρτΓος,  ov,  {μανός,  καρπός) 
bearing  little  fruit,  and  that  scattered. 

Μάνόκηπος,  ov,  v.  sub  μανώκι/πος. 

Mai'Of .  0,  V.  sub  μάννος. 

ΜΑΝΟ'Σ,  ή,  όν,  Lat.  rams,  strictly 
of  substance  or  consistency,  thin, 
loose,  slack,  first  in  Emped.,  then  in 
Plat.,  and  Arist. ;  μ.  όστΰ,  σάρκες. 
Plat.  Tim.  75  C,  79  C— II.  of  number, 
opp.  to  πυκνός,  few,  scanty,  as  foot- 
steps, Xen.  Cyn.  5, 4. — 2.  also  of  things 
happening  at  intervals,  e.  g.  the  beat- 
ings of  a  pulse,  slow,  cf.  Ruhnk.  Tim. 
— The  word  is  Att.,  A.  B.  p.  51.  [a, 
884 


MA  NT 
ace.  to  A.  B.,  as  it  is  in  Emped.,  so 
that  the  compar.  and  sii perl,  arc  μαΐ'ό- 
τερος,  μανότατος,  as  given  in  Xen. 
Cyr.  7,  5,  6  by  Poppo  and  L.  Dind., 
cf.  Cyn.  5,  4 ;  but  Aesch.  has  μύνό- 
στημος,  and  Bergk,  Anacr.  142,  reads 
μάνόκηπος.] 

Μανόσπορέυ,  ω,  to  sow  thinly,  The- 
0|>hr. :  from 

Μανοσπορος,  ov,  {μανός,  σπορά) 
thinly  sown,  Theophr. 

Μανόστημος,  ov,  {μανός,  στ7'/μων) 
of  thin  warp,  finely  woven,  Aesch.  Fr. 
401    [a,  1.  c";  but  v.  uavof.] 

Μΰνότ7ΐς,  ητος,  η,  thinness,  loose 
consistency.  Plat.  Tini.  72  C. — 2.  few- 
ness, scantiness,  opp.  to  πνκνότης.  Id. 
Legg.  812  D. 

Μανόφνλλος,  ov,  {μανός,  φνλ?ιθν) 
with  scanty  leaves,  Theophr. 

Μανόχροος,  ov.  {μανός,  χρόα)  with 
loose,  flabby  ski7i,  Theophr. 

Μανόω,  ώ,  {μανός)  to  make  thin, 
loose,  slack,  Theophr. 

Μαντεία,  ας,  ή.  Ion.  μαντηίη  in 
Hdt.,  (μαντεύομαι): — prophesying, pra- 
phrlic  power,  power  of  divination,  H. 
Horn.  Merc.  533, 547,  and  472  in  plur. : 
also  the  mode  of  divmation,  Hdt.  2,  58, 
83  :  proverb.,  μαντείας  δεϊται,  Soph. 
Ο.  Τ.  394,  Plat.  Symp.  206  Β.— II.= 
μαντείον,  an  oracle,  prophecy,  fTyrt.  8, 
2,t  Soph.  O.  T.  149,  Plat.  Apol.  29  A, 
33  C. — 2.  fin  oracular,  i.  e.  obscure  ex- 
pression. Plat.  Crat.  384  A. 

Μαντείον,  ov,  τό,  Ion.  μαντήϊον  : — 
an  oracle,  i.  e. — I.  an  oracular  response, 
μαντήϊα  Ύεφεσίαο,  Od.  12,  272,  also 
in  Hdl.,  and  Att. — II.  the  seat  of  an 
oracle,  Hdt.  1,  46,  48,  etc. ;  so  Aesch. 
Pr.  831,  Eum.  4,  etc. ;— both  in  sing, 
and  pi.,  of  one  place. 

Μαντείας,  a,  ov,  also  ος,  ov,  belong- 
ing to  oracles,  oracidar,  prophetic,  βωμός, 
μυχός,  Pind.  Ο.  Ο,  6,  P.  5,  92  ;  στέφη, 
Aesch.  Ag.  1265;  μ.  σποδός,  of  the 
altar's  embers.  Soph.  O.  T.  21  : — μ. 
άναξ,  Apollo,  Eur.  Tro.  454,  cf.  Ar. 
Av.  722.— Only  poet. 

Μάντενμα,  ατός,  τό,  an  oracle,  Hes. 
Fr.  39,  8,  Pind.  P.  8,  86,  and  Trag. : 
usu.  in  plur. ;  but  in  sing.,  Pind.  P.  4, 
130.  Soph.  O.  T.  992,  and  Eur. 

Μαντεύομαι,  dep.  c.  fut.  mid.  et 
pf.  pass.,  V.  sub  fine,  {μάντις) : — to  di- 
vine, prophesy,  ileliver  an  oracle,  τίνί 
τι,  11.  19,  420,  Od.  9,  510 ;  absol.,  Od. 
2,  170,  etc. ;  so  in  Hdt.,  Pind.,  and 
Trag.  :  a.  τινί,  to  draw  divinations  from 
any  thing,  Hdt.  4,  67  : — cf.  προφ7]- 
τενω. — 2.  generMy,  to  presage, forbode, 
surmise,  guess,  of  any  dark  undefined 
presentiment,  as  opp.  to  actual  know- 
ledge. Plat.  Crat.  411  B,  etc.;  cf. 
Stallb.  Rep.  319  A:  Arist.  Rhet.  1, 
13,  2 : — hence  of  animals,  to  scent, 
Theocr.  21,  45. — II.  to  consult  an 
oracle,  seek  divinations,  εν  Αελφοϊσι, 
Hdt.  6,  76  ;  έπΙ  Κασταλία,  Pind.  P. 
4,  290  :  hence  to  consult  an  oracle,  περί 
τίνος,  Pind.  Ο.  6,  64,  Hdt.  8,  30,  and 
so  in  Att.,  as  Ar.  Vesp.  159,  Av.  593, 
Plat.  Apol.  21  A,  cf.  Ehnsl.  Soph. 
O.  C.  87. — The  act.  μαντεύω  in  first 
signf.  only  in  Xen.  Ephes. ;  but  Hdt. 
has  an  aor.  pass,  used  impers.,  έμαν- 
τεύβη,  an  oracle  was  given,  5,  114,  and 
ra  μεμαντενμένα.  the  words  of  the  bra- 
cks, 5,  45 ;  whereas  Pind.  P.  4,  290, 
uses  the  perf.  pass,  in  act.  signf. 
Hence 

Μαντεντέον,  verb,  adj.,  one  must 
prophecy,  Eur.  Ion  373  : — one  must  di- 
vine. Plat.  Phil.  64  A. 

Μαντεντής,ον,  ό,^μάντις,  Heliod. 
Hence 

Μαντεντικός,  η,  όν,  fitted  for  divina- 
tion : — }]  -κή,τ=μαντεία,  Plut.  2,  432  E. 


MANT 

Μαντεντός,   ij,    όν.  {μαντεύομαι 
foretold  by  an  oracle,  Eur.  Ion  1209. 

Μαντεύω,  v.  μαντενομαι,  fin. 

Μαντιμη.  μαντήϊον,  μαντίμος,  Ion. 
for  μαντεία,  etc. 

Μάντ7)ς,  ov,  b,  very  dub.  form  o. 
μάντις,  Meineke  Quaest.  Menand.  p. 
40. 

■\MavTiav7]  λίμνη,  ή,  Mantiana  Pa- 
las,  in  Greater  Armenia,  Strab.  p. 
529. 

^Μαντίας,ου,  o,Mantias,an  Athen. 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Dem.  993 ;  Arist.  ;  etc. 

^Μαντίθεος,  ov,  6,  Mantithevs,  an 
Athenian  ambassador  to  Phariiaba- 
zus,  Xen.  Hell.  1,  3,  13;  accused 
with  Alcibiades  and  others  of  muti- 
lating the  Hermae,  Andoc. ;  etc. — 
Others  in  Ath. ;  etc. 

tMuvr</c/lof ,  ov,  0,  Manticlus,  son  ot 
Theoclus,  Paus.  4,  21. 

Μαντικός,  η,  όν,  {μύντις)  fitted  for 
a  soothsayer  or  liis  art,  prophetic,  oracu- 
lar, Aesch.  Ag.  1098;  fypoi'Oi,  Id.  Eum. 
616  ;  τέχν?].  Id.  Fr.  206  : — but  usu.  7) 
-κή,  (sc.  τέχνη),  the  faculty  of  divina- 
tion, prophecy,  Hdt.  2,  49,  Trag.,  Plat., 
etc.     Adv.  -κώς,  Ar.  Pac.  1026. 

Μαντίλη,  ης,ή,^=άμίς,  the  Lat.  ma- 
tula.  Plat.  (Coin.)  Incert.  5,  3,  ubi  v. 
Meineke  :  fbut  against  this  Cobct  ad 
Plat.  p.  153,  sq.t  [I] 

^ΜαντΙνέη,  r/r,  ή.  Ep.  and  lon.=  sq. , 
11.2,  607;  Hdt.'4,  161. 

^Μαντινεία,  ας,  ή.  Mantinea,  a  city 
in  the  east  of  Arcadia,  famed  lor  the 
victory  and  death  of  Epaniinondas, 
Thuc.  5,  47.  [(] 

^ΜαντΙνενς,  έως,  6,  a  Man/inean, 
iisu.  in  pi.  ol  Μαντινεΐς.  Att.  Μαντι- 
νής,  the  Alantineans,  Thuc.  3,  lOd,  sqq. 
— Il.jnasc.  pr.  n.,  Mantineus,  son  of 
Lycaon,  founder  of  Mantinea  ace.  to 
Apollod.  3,  8,  1  ;  Paus.  8,  8,  4. 

^Μαντϊνικός,  ή,  όν,  of  Mantinea, 
Mantinean,  Thuc.  5,  20. 

^Μάντιος,  ov,  b,  Mantius.  son  of 
Melampus,  brother  of  Anliphates,  Od. 
15,  242. 

Μαντΐπολέω,  ώ,  to  prophesy,  Aesch. 
Ag.  979  :  from 

Μαντ'ιπόλος,  ov,  (μάντις,  πολέω) 
frenzied,  inspired,  ΰάκχη,  Eur.  Hec. 
123. 

Μύντΐς,  ό,  gen.  εως  Ion.  ιος: — one 
who  divines,  a  seer,  prophet,  11.  1,  02, 
etc.  ;μ.  κακών. prophet  oiiW,  11. 1,  106; 
reckoned  among  the  δημιοεργοί,  with 
physicians,  bards,  carpenters,  Od.  17, 
384  :  μ.  άνήρ,  Pind.  I.  6  (5),  75  ;  μ.  χο- 
ρός. Soph.  Fr.  116;  usu.  of  men,  iiut 
of  Apollo,  Aesch.  Ag.  1202,  Cho.  559  : 
— also  as  fem.,  Soph.  El.  472,  Thuc. 
3,20,  Eur.  Med.  239  ;  μ.  κόρα,  Pind. 
P.  11,  49. — 2.  metaph.  α  diviner,  presa- 
ger,forcboder,  έσθλών  αγώνων.  Soph. 
O.C.  1080,cf.  Ant.  1160.— 3.  asadj.,//. 
χορός,  prophetic  band,  Id.  Fr.  116. — ■ 
(The  deriv.  from  μαίνομαι,  is  found 
as  early  as  Plat.  Tim.  72  B,  where 
he  distinguishes  μάντεις  from  προ- 
φήται,  the  former  being  persons  who 
uttered  oracles  in  a  state  of  divine  frenzy , 
the  latter  the  interpreters  of  those  ora- 
cles, cf.  προφήτης.) — 11.  a  kind  of  lo- 
custor  grasshopper, v/ilh  long  thin  fore- 
feet, which  are  in  constant  motion, 
perh.  mantis  retigiosa,  Linn.,  also  κα- 
λαμαία  and  καλαμιτις,  v.  Theocr.  10, 
18. — III.  the  green  garden-frog,  rana 
arborea,  SO  called  as  predicting  the 
weather,  only  in  Hesych. 

Μαντϊχώρας,  ov,  b,  v.  μαρτιχώ- 
ρας. 

Μαντοσννη,  ης,  ή,  the  art  of  divina- 
tion, II.  1,  72  ;  also  in  plur.,  11.  2,  832. 
Pind.  O.  6,  112. 

Μαντόσννος,  η,  ov,  {μάντις)  oracu- 


MAPA 

lar,  prophetic,  κέλευσμα,  Eur.  Andr. 
1031. 

iMuvTova,  ας,  ή,  Mantua,  a  city  of 
northern  Italy,  Strab.  p.  213. 

tMoiTUi^f,  ου  Ion.  tu,  h,  Mantyes, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Hdt.  5,  12. 

f 'Μαντώ,  ονς,  ?y,J/rtii/o,  daughter  of 
Tiresias,  mother  of  Mopsus,  a  pro- 
phetess, Apollod.  3,  7. — 2.  daughter 
of  Polyidus,  Paus.  1,  43,  5. 

Μαντώδ/jc,  ες,  (είδος)  like  divination 
OT  prophecy,  Nonn. 

MaiT'IiOf,  a,  ον.^μαντεΐος,  fPlut. 
2,  472  B't ;  Anth.  tP.  9,  201. 

Μάνύω,  μάνϋτ'ης,  ό,  μύνϋσις,  ή, 
Dor.  for  μΐ]ν-. 

'Μάνώδης,  ες,=:μανοειδης,  Arist. 
Part.  An.  4,  13.  7. 

Μάί'ωσις,  εως.  ή,  α  making  thin  or 
Ιοο36.=μανύ-ης,  Theophr. 

'\Μ.αξιμΙνος,  ον,ό,  Maximinus,  a  Ro- 
man emperor,  Hdn. 

tMa5<//of,  ov,  6,  the  Roman  name 
yiaximus,  Hdn. 

'\Μάζνες,  (jv.  ol,  the  Maxyes,  a  peo- 
ple of  Africa,  Hdt.  4,  191. 

Μύομαί,  whence  contr.  μύμαι,  v. 
μά(ύ  C. 

Mu-eeir,  Ep.  inf.  aor.  2  of  μύρ-τω, 
Hes. 

tMaiTTyi',  ό,  Mapen,  a  Tyrian,  Hdt. 
7,  98. 

'Μ.άραγδος,  ό,^σμύραγδος,  q.  v. 

tMuprt)(5of,  ov,  ό,  Maragdus,  an 
Arabian  chief,  Xen.  Cyr.  2,  1,5. 

M-apayva,  ης,  ή,=  σμάραγνα,  a  lash, 
whip,  scourge,  Aesch.  Cho.  375,  Eur. 
Rhes.  817,  Plat.  (Com.)  Cleoph.  7  :  v. 
Poll.  10,  56.  Herodian  wrote  it  μαρά- 
yva.  [μά] 

VS\apaQa,  Maratha,  a  place  in  Arca- 
dia, Paus.  8,  23,  1. 

■\Μ.αμαθήσιον,  ov,  τό,  Marathesium, 
a  city  of  Ionia  on  the  Carian  coast, 
Strab.  p.  639. 

^Μαραθοί,  ών,  οΊ,  the  Marathi,  a 
Scythian  people  beyond  the  Tanais, 
Ath.  575  A. 

Μάρΰθον,  ov,  ro.  Dor.  and  Att.  form 
of  μάραθρον,  Anaxandr.  Prot.  1,  58; 
we  also  have  μύραθος,  ό,  Epich.  p. 
103,  Python  ap.  Ath.  596  A.  [ap] 

'[Μ.άραβος,  ov,  b,  Marathus,  a  small 
town  of  Phocis,  Strab.  p.  423. — 2.  ή, 
a  city  of  Syria,  Id.  p.  753. — II.  ό,  a 
hero  of  Arcadia,  who  accompanied 
the  Tyndaridae  in  quest  of  Helen,  and 
from  whom  Marathon  was  named, 
ace.  to  Dicaearch.  ap.  Plut.  Thes.  32  : 
V.  yfapaOuv. 

■\Μ.αραθονσσα,  ης,  τ/,  Marathussa,  an 
island  of  the  Aegean  sea,  near  Clazo- 
menae,  Thuc.  8,  31. 

Μΰραθροείδης,  ές,  (μάραθρον,  είδος) 
Uke  fennel,  Diosc. 

Μάραθρον,  ov,  τό,  fennel,  Lat.  7na- 
rathrwn,  Alex.  Leb.  2. 

ΙΑύραθρών,  ώνος,  6,  a  field  of  fennel, 
Strab.  :  cf.  sq. 

Μάραθών,  ώνος,  ή,  fPind.  Ο.  13, 
157,  ό,  Hdt.  1,  62,  as  always  in  Hdt.,+ 
Marathon,  a  demus  on  the  east  coast 
of  Attica,  prob.  so  called  from  its 
t)eing  overgrown  with  fennel  (μύρα- 
θον):  first  mentioned  in  Od.  7,  80. — II. 
as  appellat.  ό  μαραθών,  Att.  for  foreg. 

^Μαραθώνάδε,  adv.  to  Marathon, 
Bern.  1377.3. 

■f 'Μαραθώνιος,  a,  ov,  of  Marathon, 
Marallwnian,  Strab,  p.  399  ;  o'lMapa- 
θώνίοι,  the  Marathonians,  Hdt.  ;  etc. 

Μάρΰθωνομάχης,  ov,  ό,  {'Μαραθών, 
μάχομαι)  one  ivho  fought  at  Marathon, 
a  Marathon  7nan,  proverb,  of  a  brave 
veteran,  Ar.  Ach.  181,  Nub.  9S6.— Jac. 
A.  P.  867  prefers  Μαραθωνομάχος,  6. 

'Μάραινα,  ης,  ή,  ν  1.  for  μάραγνα, 
Blomf.  Aesch.  Cho.  309.  [μά] 


ΜΑΡΓ 

Μ.νΡΑΓΝΩ,  fut.  -ΰνώ:  aor.  1  εμά- 
ρηνα,  Att.  εμάρανα,  also  Η.  Hom. 
Merc.  HO  :  aor.  pass,  εμάράνθην  •" 
perf.  pass,  μεμάρασμαι,  but  μ-,μάραμ- 
μαινη  Plut. — Strictly,  iop«ioui,9«fi?.cA 
lire,  άνθρακιήν,  Η.  Hom.  Merc.  140 : — 
Pass,  to  die  away,  go  slowly  out,  of  fire, 
φ/όξ  ίααράνθη,  II.  9.  212,  ττνοκα'έη 
ίμαραινετο,  II.  23,  228.— II.  later,  in 
various  relations,  όι^ιεις  μαραίνειν,  to 
quench  the  Orbs  of  sight.  Soph.  O.  T. 
1328  :  to  weaken,  make  to  waste  or  wither, 
wear  out,  νόσος  μαραίνει  με,  Aesch. 
Pr.  597  ;  μάραινε  διώγμασι.  Id.  Eum. 
139  ;  so,  of  neglect,  Soph.  O.  C.  1260  ; 
of  time,  Id.  Aj.  714  : — Fass.  to  die  away, 
waste  away,  decay,  languish,  Lat.  rnar- 
cescere,  νόσω,  Eur.  Ale.  203  ;  μαραί- 
νεται τό  σώμα,  Thuc.  2. 49  :  αίμα  μ.  χέ- 
ρας, blood  dies  away  from  my  hand, 
Aesch.  Eum.  280  ;  of  a  river,  to  dry  up, 
Hdt.  2,  24 ;  of  winds  and  waves,  to 
abate,  Plut.  Pyrrh.  15,  Mar.  37  ;  of 
wine,  to  lose  its  strength.  Id.  2,  692  C. 
(Akin  to  Lat.  marcere,  marcidus ;  and 
both  of  them,  ace.  to  Pott,  to  mori, 
Sanscr.  mri.) 

■\Μαράκανδα,  ων,  τά,  Maracanda, 
the  capital  of  Sogdiana,  now  Samar- 
kand, Arr.  An.  3,  30,  6. 

\Μαρακοί,  ών,  ol,  the  Maraci,  an 
Aetolian  tribe,  Xen.  Hell.  6,  1,7. 

'\Μαρανεΐται,  ών,  o'l,  the Maranilae, 
a  people  on  the  Arabian  gulf,  Strab. 
p.  776. 

Μάρανσις,  εως,  ή,  (μαραίνω)  a 
withering,  decay,  Arist.  Probl.  3,  5,  6. 

Μύραντικός,  ή,  όν,  (μαραίνω) 
wasting,  icilhering. 

Μάραον,  ου,  τό,  and  μάραος,  ov,  6, 
=  ττίτταξνς. 

Μαρασμός,  οϋ,  δ,:=μάρανσις,  Ga- 
len.    Hence 

Μάρασμώδης,  ες,  (είδος)  like  or  af- 
fected with  μαρασμός. 

Μΰράσσω,  =  σμαραγέω,  Erotian, 
like  μάραγνα  for  σμάραγνα. 

Μΰρανγέω,  ώ,  to  have  a  dazzling  be- 
fore the  eyes,  to  lose  the  sight,  Plut.  2, 
376  Ε  ;  of  the  eyes,  lb.  599  F:  v.  Herm. 
Opusc.  4,  p.  268.  (From  μαραίνειν, 
αΰ-}?/,  cf.  Lob.  Phrj'n.  671:  or  from 
μαρμαίρω,  ύμαρνγή,  αυγή.)   Hence 

'Mapavyia,  ας,  ή,  a  loss  of  sight, 
Archyt.  ap.  Stob.  p.  17,  4. 

ίΜαράφιοι,  ων,  οΊ,  the  Maraphii,  a 
Persian  race,  Hdt.  1,  125. 

iMάpuόις,  ιος,ό,  Maraphis,  a  leader 
of  the  Persians,  Aesch.  Pers.  778,  in 
dub  v. 

Μαργαίνω,  (μάργος)  to  rage,  μ.  έττί 
τινι,  II.  5,  8S2  ;  cf.  μαργάω. 

fMapya/.ai,  ών,  aU  and  Μάργα7.α, 
Margalae.  a  city  of  Triphyliau  Elis, 
Strab.  p.  349. 

^Mapyava,  uv,  ra,=foreg.,  Diod. 
S. :  hence 

\Μαργανεΐς,  έων,  ol,  the  Marganes, 
inhah.  of  Margana,  Xen.  Hell.  3,  2,  25. 

Μαργύρίδης,  ov,  ό.  Ion.  for  μαργα- 
ρίτης. 

Μαρ\ΰρίς,  ίδος,  ή,  later  form  for 
sq..  Loo.  Paral.  52. 

Μαργαρίτης,  ov,  ό,  [ϊ]  a  pearl,  Lat. 
margarila,  Theophr.  :  μ.  χερσαίος,  an 
unknown  precious  stone.  (Maniari 
is  the  Pers.  word  ) — II.  an  Aegypiian 
tree,  .\rist.  Plant.  1,4,  1. 

Μαργΰρΐτις,  ιδος,  7/,=foreg.,  And- 
rosth.  ap.  Ath.  93  B. 

Μάργΰρον,  ου,  τό,  =  μαργαρίτης, 
Anacreont.  22,  14. 

Μάργάρος.  ου,  ό  and  ή,  the  pearl- 
oyster.  Ael.  Η.  Α.  15,  8. 

^Μάργασος,  ου,  ό.  Margasus,Taasc. 
pr.  η.,  Qu.  Sm.  10,  143. 

Μαργάρώδης,  ες,  (μάργαρον,  είδος) 
pearl  tike. 


ΜΑΡΗ 

Μαργάω,  ώ,  (μάργος)  like  μαργαί- 
νω,  to  rage.  esp.  in  battle,  Aesch.  Theb. 
380,  and  Eur. ;  φόνου  μαργώντος,  Eur. 
Η.  F.  1005  ;  μαργώσάν  χέρα,  Id.  Hec. 
1128: — μαργώσαγνύθος, greedy  leelh, 
Aesch.  Fr.  237. 

Μαργέ'Λ?.ια,  τά,  a  kind  of  palm- 
tree  or  its  fruit,  perh.  the  cocoa-nut, 
(in  Sanscr.  narikela,  Pers.  nargel), 
Cosmas  Indicopl.,  with  v.  1.  ύργέλ- 
7ua : — Plin.  calls  the  trees  μαργηλί- 
όες. 

Μαργέ7.7αον,  ov,  τό,  a  pearl. 

Map)7/Eif,  εσσα,  εν,=μάργος,  poet. 

Μαργη^/ις.  ίδος,  ή,  a  pearl,  Philostr. : 
— cf.  μαργέλλια. 

Μύργης,  or  μάργας,  (contr.  from 
μαργήεις),=μάργος. 

^Μαργιανή,  ης,  ή,  Margiana,  a 
country  of  Asia  between  Bactria  and 
Hyrcania,  Strab.  p.  515. 

^Μαργιάνοί,  ών,  ol,  the  Margiani, 
inhab.  of  foreg.,  Strab.  p.  510. 

Μαργίτης,  ου,  ό,  (μάργος)  Margi- 
tes,  i.  e.  ο  mad  silly  fellow,  hero  of  a 
mock-heroic  poem  of  the  same  name, 
ascribed  to  Homer ;  somewhat  like  the 
Germ.  Tyll Eulenspiegel.  Arist.  Poet. 
4,  10,  has  preserved  four  lines  of 
this  poem,— usu.  printed  with  the 
Homeric  fragments  at  the  end  of  the 
Od. :  all  we  know  about  it  is  collect- 
ed by  Falbe  de  Aiargite  Homerico, 
1798. 

ΜΑΤΓΟΣ,  η,  ov,  in  Att.  also  ος, 
ov,  raging,  mad,  hat.  furiosus,  Od.  16, 
421,  Pind.  O.  2.  175,  Aesch.,  etc.: 
senseless,  rash,  Od.  23,  1 1  :  μάργαί 
ήδοναί.  Plat.  Legg.  792  Ε  :— gener- 
ally, giving  a  loose  to  passion,  and  so — 
2.  greedy,  gluttonous,  γαστηρ  μάργη, 
Od.  18,  2,  cf.  Eur.  Cvcl.  310.-3.  lewd, 
lustful,  Theogn.  581,  Eur.  El.  1027.— 
4.  proud,  disdainful,  'ίτΓΤΓΟΙ,  Ep.  Hom. 
4,  4  ;  οίνος,  Hes.  Fr.  43. 

iMάpγoς,  ov,  ό.  Marsus,  a  tributary 
of  the  Oxus  in  Margiana,  Strab.  p. 
516.— 2.  a  river  of  lUyria,  Id.  p.  318, 
where  vulg.  Βάργος. 

Μαργοσννη,  ης,  f/,=  sq.,  Anacr.  87, 
Anth.  P.  9,  367,  Ap.  Rh. 

Μαργότης,  ητος,  ή,  {μάργος)  rage, 
madness.  Soph.  Fr.  726. — 2.  gluttony. 
Plat.  Tim.  72  E.— 3.  lewdness,  lust, 
Eur.  Andr.  949. 

Μαργύομαι.  as  pass  ^μαργαίνω, 
Pind.  N.  9,  46. 

iMupooi,  ων,  ol,  the  Mardi,  a  noma- 
dic tribe  on  the  borders  of  Media, 
Hdt.  1,  125. — 2.='Αμαρδοι,  a  people 
on  the  Caspian,  Arr.  An.  3.  24. 

iMapδόvιoς,  ov.  ό,  Mard6nius,  son 
of  Gobryas,  son-in-law  of  Darius, 
leader  of  the  Medes,  defeated  at  Pla- 
taeae,  Hdt.  7,  5. 

'\Μαρδόντης,  ov  Ion.  εω,  ό,  Mardon- 
tes,  commander  of  the  islanders  in  the 
Erythraeum  Mare,  Hdt.  7,  80. 

ΐΜάρδοΓ,  ου,  ό.=Άααρδος,  a  river 
of  .Media,  Dion.  P.  734. 

iMάpδωv,  ωνος,  ό,  Mardon,  a  leader 
of  the  Lj'dians,  Aesch.  Pers.  51. 

^Μαρέη,  ης,  ή,  Hdt.  2,  18,  Μάρεια, 
Thuc.  ],  104,  Mapm.  Diod.  S.,  Marea, 
a  city  of  lower  Aegypt,  not  far  from 
Alexandrea,  famed  for  its  wine ; 
hence 

ΊΜαρέωτης,  ου,  ό,  fem.  -ωτις,  ιδος, 
of  Marea,  οίνος.  Strab.  p.  799  ;  cf. 
Ath.  33  D  :  ^  Μαρεώτις  λίμνη,  also 
i]  Μάρεια,  a  lake  near  foreg.,  Strab. 
p.  789,  in  Arr.  An.  3,  1,  5,  Μαρία.  In 
Ath.  33  D  Mapfi'a  is  name  for  a  foun 
tain  in  Alexandrea. 

tMupfCi  <^''>  ol,  the  Mares,  a  people 
on  the  north  coast  of  the  Eu.xine, 
Hdt.  7,  79. 

MATH,  ή,  in  Pind.  Fr.  276,  said 
885 


ΜΑΡΜ 

.0  be-— γρ φ,  α  hand :  hence  also  are 
said  Ιο  be  ocriv.  μύρτττω  and  ενμαρίΐς 
for  εί'χεμής.  [μΰ] 

iMapia,  λίμνη,  ή,  v.  sub  'ϋίαρεάτης. 

ΙΜαρία,  ας,  ?/,  and  indecl.  Μαριάμ, 
Ί],  Mary,  feiii.  pr.  η.  in  Λ'.  Τ., — I.  the 
mother  of  Christ,  Matth.  1,  16.— 2. 
of  Magdala,  Id.  27,  56.-3.  one  of  the 
sisters  of  Lazarus,  Luc.  10,  3D. — 4, 
mother  of  John  and  James  the  less, 
Matth.  27,  56. — 5.  the  wife  of  Cleo- 
phas,  John  19,25. — 6.  mother  of  John 
siirnamed  Mark.  Act.  12,  12. — 7.  ano- 
ther female  in  Epist.  Rom.  16,  6. 

fMapiuSa,  ή,  Mariaba,  capital  of  the 
Sabaei,  Strab.  76S. 

^Μαριύμμη,  ης,  ή,  and  Μαριαμμία. 
Mariamme.  a  city  of  Syria,  not  far 
from  Edessa.  Arr.  An.  2,  13,  8. 

iyiapiaviSvvoL,  uv,  oi.  the  Marian- 
dyni.  a  Thracian  people  of  Bithynia 
on  the  coast  of  the  Euxine,  Ap.  Rh. 
2,  410  ;  Xen.  An.  5,  10,  1  :  hence 

tMapiOriSiTOc,^.  όν,  Mariandynian, 
θρηνητί/μ,  Aesch.  Pars.  937, cf  Blomf 
ad  1.  (933). 

Μαριείχ,  έως,  6,  Arist.  Mirab.  41 
(with  V.  1.  μαρίθύς),  a  stone  that  takes 
fire  when  water  is  poured  on  it. 

■^Μαρίη,  νς,  ή,  Maria,  Anth. 

ίΜαϋΐ'λύ67]ς,  ov,  b,  v.  sub  μαρί?.η. 

^ΰρίλευτής,  ov,  ύ.  a  charcoal-man, 
prob.  1.  Soph.  Fr.  908 :  and 

ΜΓφϊλενω,  to  burn  to  charcoal :  from 

Μΰρί?ιη,  ης,  ή,  also  σμαρίλη,  (perh. 
from  μαίρυ,  μαρμαίρο) :  the  embers  of 
charcoal,  μ.  άνβράκων,  Hippon.  62 ; 
whence,  ύ  'Μάρΐ'λάδη,  Ο  son  of  Coal- 
dust  !  comic  name  of  an  Acharnian 
collier,  Ar.Ach.  009.  [(-] 

Μΰρίλοκαντης,  ου,ό,  {μαρίλη,  καίω) 
one  who  burns  charcoal. 

Μύρϊλοττότης, ου,  b. {μαρίλη,  πίνω) 
gulper  of  coal-dust,  of  a  blacksmith, 
Anth.  Plan.  15.-^ 

Muplvor,  ov,  6,  a  kind  of  sea-fish, 
Arist.  H.  A.  6,  17,  2. 

tMapiJOf ,  ov,  0,  Mannus,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  Anth.,  esp.  a  geographer  of  the 
second  century  A.  C. 

Mupif,  εως,  b,  a  liquid  measure, ■= 
6  KorvAac,  Arist.  H.  A.  8,  9,  1. 

tMupif ,  ιος.  ό.  Maris,  a  Lydian,  com- 
panion of  Sarpedon,  11.  10,  319. — II. 
a  tributary  of  the  Ister  in  Scythia, 
Hdt.  4,  48,  prob.=sq. 

iMupiGoc,  ov,  6,  the  Marisus.  a  river 
of  Dacia,  falling  into  the  Danube, 
now  Marosch,  Strab.  p.  304. 

Μαρίω.  Dor.  μαιριύω,  to  be  feverish  : 
from  μαρμαιρω. 

ΙΜαρίων,  ωι•ος,  b,  Marion,  an  Alex- 
andrean,  Paus.  5,  21,  10. 

tMup/cfZAof,  ov,  0,  the  Rom.  Mar- 
celltis,  Plut. ;  also  in  fern.  Μύρκελλα, 
TjC,  Marcella,  Anlh. 

+Μαρκία,  ας,  ή,  the  Rom.  fem.  name 
Marcia,  Plut. 

^Μαρκιΰνός,  ov,  ό,  Marcianus,  a  cel- 
ebrated geographer  of  Heraclea. 

iMύpκιoς,  ov,  ό,  the  Rom.  name 
Marcius,  Plut. 

^Μαρκόμανοί,ων,  oi,  or -μαννοι,  the 
Marcomani,  a  German  people,  Strab. 
p.  290. 

tMupKof,  ov,  6,  the  Rom.  name 
Marcus.  Plut. ;  etc. 

ΜΑΡΜΑΓΡΩ,  fut.  -αρω  :  Horn. 
only  uses  the  part.  pres.  To  flash, 
sparkle,  glisten,  gleam,  of  any  darting, 
quivering  light,  Horn.  (Only  in  11.),  esp. 
of  the  gleaming  of  metal,  εντεα  μαρ- 
ααίροντα,  II.  12,  195,  etc. ;  Ύρώες 
Ύαλκώ  μαρμαίροντες,  11.  13,  801  ; 
δώματα  χρύσεα  μαρμαίροντα,  II.  13, 
22  ;  so,  μαρμαίρεί  όέ  δόμος  χα?.κώ, 
Alcae.  1  ;  οικία  χαλκωμύτων  έμύρ- 
ααιοε,  Sophronap.  Ath.  230  A :  also, 
886 


MAPN 

όμματα  μαρμαίροντα,  the  spark- 
ling eyes  of  \'eiuis,  11.  3,  397  ;  αϋγη 
μαρμαίρονσα,  lies.  Th.  099;  νύκτα 
ΰστροισίβαρμαίρονσαν, Aesch.Thiib. 
401.  Cl.  μαρμαρνγίι.  (Strcngthd. 
from  μαίρω,  by  a  sort  of  redupl.,  as  in 
λι?.αίημαι,μαιμάω,  μορμνρω,  τταιφάσ- 
σω.  From  μαρμαιρω  aL'aui  come  μαρ- 
μαράς, μαρμαρνσσω, μαρμαρυγή,  άμα- 
ρνσσω,  άμαρνγή,  άμανμης,  μανρός.) 

^Μάρμαζ,  ακος,  ό,  Mannar,  a  suitor 
of  Hippodamia,  Paus.  6,  21,  7. 

Μηρμάρειος,  a,  ov,=sq.  [«] 

Μαρμύρεος,  ia,  εον,  {μαρμαιρω) 
flashing,  sparkling,  glistening,  gleam- 
ing, esp.  of  metals,  αί\ίς,  άντνξ,  11. 
17,  594  ;  18,  480 ;  ττνλαι,  Hes.  Th. 
811  ;  also,  άλς  μαρμαρεη,  the  many- 
twinkling  sea,  11.  14,  273 ;  avyal  μ.. 
Ar.  Nub.  287.— II.  later,  of  marble,  δό- 
μος μ-,  Anlh.   [μα} 

ή:Μαρμαρίδαι,  ων,  ο'ι,  the  Marmari- 
dae,  inhab.  of  Marmarica  in  Africa, 
Strab.  p.  798. 
Μ.αρμΰρίζω,=μαρμαίρω,νίηά.  Fr.  88. 

]Μ.αρμαρική,  ης,  ή,  Marmarica,  a 
country  of  .Africa  between  Aegypt 
and  Cyrena'ica,  Ptol. 

Μαρμάρινος,  η,  ov,  =  μαρμάρεος, 
Theocr.  Ep.  10,  2.  [a] 

iMappupiov,  ov,  τό,  Marmarinm,  a 
city  of  Euboea,  with  a  temple  of  Apol- 
lo Μαρμάριος.  Strab.  p.  446. — II.  ή, 
a  courtesan,  Diog.  L. 

Μαρμάρίτης,  ov,  b,  fem.  -ΐτις,  ιδος, 
=μαρμύρεος. 

Map/iupo;  λΐ'^ί'α,  ας,  ή,  {μάρμαρος, 
γλύφω)  α  cutting  in  marble :  Siulpture, 
Strab.  p.  746. 

Μαρμάρόεις,  εσσα.  εν, ^  μαρμάρεος, 
αϊγ?Μ,  Soph.  Ant.  610. 

Μύρμΰρον,  ov,  τό,=::μύρμαρος,Οα\\. 
ApoH.  24. 

Μαρ//άρο7τοίός,  bv,  ( μύρμαρος, 
ΤΓΟίέω)  working  in  marble. 

Μύρμαρος,  ου,  b,  {μαρμαίρω)  stone, 
rock  generally,  μάρμαρος  οκρυ'ιεις,  II. 
12,  380,  Od.  9,  499  ;  and  with  another 
subst.,  ττέτρος  μύρμαρος  bκptόείς,  11. 
16, 735, — but  always  with  some  collat. 
notion  of  brighlriess  or  whiteness. — II. 
later,  like  Lat.  marmor,  marble  prop- 
erly so  called,  μ.  λίβας,  Strab. : — a 
work  in  marble,  e.  g.  a  tomh-stoae,  The- 
ocr. 22,211. — In  this  signf.  μύρμαρος 
is  fem.  :  cf  λίθος  II. — III.  any  hard 
body,  Hipp.     Hence 

Μαρμΰρόω,  ώ,  to  turn  into  stone  or 
marble,  Lyc.  826. 

Μαρμΐίρνγή,  ης,  η,  a  flashing,  spark- 
ling, of  light.  Plat.  Rep,  518  A,  Criti. 
116  C:  of  any  quick  motion,  μαρμα- 
pvyal  ποδών,  the  quick  twinkling  of  the 
dancers'  feet,  Od.  8,  265,  H.  Hom.  Ap. 
203,  cf  ΰμαρνγη. 

Μαρμύρνγώδης,  ες,  {μαρμαρυγή, 
είδος)  sparkling,  όμματα,  Hipp. 

Μαρμΰρνζω,  or μαρμΰρνσσω,^=μαρ- 
μαίρω,  ύμαρνσσω. 

Μαρμΰρώτίΐς.  ιδος,  ή,  (deriv.=  sq.) 
like  λιβοδερκής,  turning  to  stone  by  a 
glance,  Lyc.  843. 

Μηρμΰρωπός,  όν,  (μύρμαρος,  ώψ) 
with  sparkling  eyes.  Eur.  H.  F.  883. 

■\ΜαρμωλΙτις,  ιδος,  ή,  Marmoluis,  a 
district  of  Paphlagonia,  Strab.  p.  562. 

MA'PNA'MAI,  part,  μαρνύμενυς, 
inf.  μάρνασβαι.  opt.  μαρνοιμην,  μαρ- 
νοίμεθα,  Od.  11.513:  impf.  ίμαρνά- 
μην:  3  dual  ίμαρνύσβην,  11.  7,  301  : 
only  used  in  pres.  and  impf  like  Ιστα- 
μηι.  Τη  fight,  do  battle,  τινί,  with  Or 
again.^t  another,  II.  15,  475,  etc. ;  επί 
τινί,  11.  9,  317 ;  προς  τίνα,  Eur.  Tro. 
726  :  ενάντιοι  ά/.λή/.οισιν,  Hes.  Th. 
646  ;  but,  σνν  τινι,  together  with  ano- 
ther, on  his  side,  Od.  3,  85 :  also  C. 
dat.   instrumenti,  χα?.κώ,  εγχει  μ.. 


μαρς 

Hom. :  TTfpi  τίνος,  to  fight  for  or  about 
a  thing,  II.  10,  497,  lies.  Th.  C47; 
ίνεκά  τινοξ,  Hes.  Op.  102. — 2.  of  box- 
ers, Od.  18,31. — 3.  to  quarrel,  wrangle 
with  words,  11.  1,  257. — 4.  in  Pind. 
to  contend,  struggle,  strive  to  one^s  ut- 
termost, P.  2,  120  ;  ύμφί  τινι.  περίτινι, 
Ο.  5,  35,  Ν.  5,  80  ;μ.  ψνα,  to  strive  with 
all  one's  might,  IiLN.  1,37. — Ep.  and 
Lyr.  word,  used  also  by  Eur. 

Μάρνας,  ό,  name  of  Jupiter  at  Gaza 
in  Syria. 

tMapo;3o{)(5of,  ov,  ό,  MarobCtdus.  a 
king  of  the  Marcomani,  Strab.  p.  290. 

Μύρου,  ov,  TO,  a  kind  of  sage, 
Lat.  Tiucrium  niorum,  Theophr.,  and 
Diosc.  [a] 

■\Μίφούϊον,  OV,  TO,  Marruliwm,  a 
city  of  the  Marsi  inltaly,  Strab.  p.  241. 

^ΜαρονκΙνοι,  ων,  oi,  and  Μα'ρρυκ-, 
the  Marucini,  a  mountain  tribe  of  La- 
tium,  Strab.  p.  241. 

Mnpov7.iov,  ov,  τό,  later  word  for 
θριδακίνη,  lettuce. 

Μάρπτιςον μύρπτνς,  b,  a  seizer,  rav- 
isher,  .\esch.  Supp.  820. 

|Μ(ίρ7Γ/;σσα,  )7C,  ή,  3/rtrpfssa,  daugh- 
ter of  Euenus,  wife  of  Idas,  and  mo- 
ther of  Cleopatra,  II.  9,  557. 

'\Μύρπησσος,  ov,  b,  Marpessus,  a 
mountain  in  the  island  of  Paros,  con- 
taining marble  quarries,  Paus.  10,  12. 

Μύρπτω,  fut.  μύριΡω :  aor.  1  εμαρ- 
■φα:  besides  these  tenses,  which  oc- 
cur in  Horn.,  the  Ep.  aor.  2  redupl., 
μέμαρπον  is  found  Hes.  Sc.  245 ;  and 
a  shoitd.  aor.,  εμάπον,  inf  μάπέειν, 
Hes.  Sc.  231,  304,  opt.  redupl.  μεμά- 
ποιεν,  Hes.  Sc.  252,  and  part.  perf. 
μεμαρπώς,  Hes.  Op.  202.  To  grasp, 
hold,  c.  ace,  Hom. ;  later  also  c.  gen. 
partis,  to  get  hold  of,  catch  by..,  μ.  τινϊΐ 
ανχένος,  ποδός,  Pind.  Ν.  1,  68,  Soph. 
Tr.  779. — Special  usages :  in  a  hos- 
tile sense,  to  lay  hold  of,  seize,  Od.  10, 
116:  to  embrace,  clasp,  ΰγκύς  μάρπ- 
τειν.  11.  14,  346  :  melaph.  of  sleep,  II. 
23,  62  ;  of  old  age,  }  ήρας  εμαρ-ψε,  old 
age  got  hold  on  him,  Od.  24,  390  :  but 
also  Lat.  rite  versa,  γήρας  μέμαρπον, 
they  came  to  old  age,  Hes.  Sc.  245  : 
ποσΐ  μ-  τινά.  Ιο  overtake,  catch  a  fugi- 
tive, 11.  21,  504,  cf  Archil.  75;  but, 
χθόνα  ποδοαν μάρπτειν,  to  reach,  touch 
ground  with  one's  feet,  11. 14,  228 ;  also 
of  lightning,  a  μάρπτιισι  κεραυνός, 
what  the  lightning  reaches,  II.  8, 
405,  419  :  //.  σθένος,  to  gain  strength, 
of  a  fallow  field,  Pind.  N.  6,  20: 
ιΙ'ήφος  μάρψει,  the  votes  will  con- 
demn, Aesch.  Eum.  597. — Only  poet., 
and  chiefly  Ep.  (Akin  to  ΰρπη,  up- 
παξ,  αρπάζω,  and  κάρφω,  and  from 
the  same  root  comes  Lat.  carpo,  rapio, 
though  we  have  indications  of  a  dif- 
ferent root  in  the  aor.  μαπεειν:  cf. 
άρπύζω  fin.) 

Μι'φβον,  ov,  TO,  an  iron  spade,  Lat. 
mnrrn. 

ΙΜάρστ?,  ης.  η.  Mnrse,  a  daughter 
of  Thespiu.s,  ApoUod.  2,  7.  8. 

^Μαρσικός,  ή,  όν,  of  the  Marsi,  Mar- 
sinii,  Strab. 

Μαρσίπιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  sq., 
also  written  μηρσίππιον,  μαρσνπιον, 
μαρσνπειον,  Hipp,  [t] 

Μάρσιπος  or  μύρσνπος,  ov,  b,  a 
bag,  pouch,  Lat.  mnrsiipium,  Xen.  An. 
4,  3,  11,  ubi  olim  μάρσιππος. 

■^Μαρσιωνίς,  ίδος,  ή,  pecul.  fem.  to 
Μαρσικός,  Lyc.  1275. 

ίΜάρσοί,  ων,  oi,  the  Marsi.  a  people 
of  central  Italy,  Strab.  p.  241.— 2.  a 
German  tribe  on  the  Lippc,  Id.  p.  290. 

ίΜαρσνας,  ov  Ep.  ao.  Ion.  Mapcni- 
ης,  tu,  b,  Mar.iyas,  son  of  Olympus 
or  Oeagrus,  famed  for  his  contest 
with  Apollo,  Hdt.  6,  26 ;  inventor  of 


MAPT 

the  flute,  ace.  to  Strab  p.  470. — 2.  a 
historian  of  Pella,  Ath.  629  D.— II.  a 
river  of  Phrygia  falling  into  the  Mae- 
ander,  Xen.  An.  1,  2,8. — III.  a  dis- 
trict of  Syria,  Strab.  p.  755.  [v  Nonn. 
Dion.  1,  42.] 

tMiipriOf  Κάμ—ος,  ό,  the  '  Campus 
Martius,'  in  Rome,  Strab.  p.  236. 

Μαρτιχώρας  or  μαρτιχόρας  (not 
μαντιχ-),  ό,  the  Pers.  manlkhora,  man- 
eater,  a  fabulous  animal  mentioned  by 
Ctesias,  apparently  compounded  of 
the  lion,  porcupine,  and  scorpion,  with 
a  human  head,  Ctes.  ap.  Arist.  H.  A. 
2,  1,  53  ;  V.  H.  H.  Wilson  on  Ctesias, 
p.  39. 

f  M'iproc,  ου,  6,  the  Martus,  a  river 
of  lUyria,  Strab.  p.  318. 

MA'PTT'P,  νρος,  6  and  ή,  Aeol. 
for  the  usu.  μάρτυς :  later  the  form 
μύρτνρ  became  general,  esp.  in  the 
Christian  sense,  a  martyr,  one  who  tes- 
tifies with  his  blood.     Hence 

Μαρτνρέο),  ώ,  f.  -τ/σω,  to  be  a  wit- 
ness:  to  bear  witness,  first  in  Pind., 
and  Hdt.  Construct.,  oft.  absol.,  to 
bear  witness,  Pind.,  etc. :  μ.  τινί,  to 
bear  witness  to  or  ι/ι/αυακΓ  q/^  another, 
confirm  what  he  says,  Hdt.  4,  29  ;  8, 
94,"  and  freq.  in  Att. :  c.  ace.  rei,  to 
bear  witness  to  a  thing,  testify  it,  Soph. 
Ant.  515,  Plat.  Phaedr.  244  D  :  hence, 
μ.  τινί  τι.  Pind.  Ο.  6,  35  ;  also /ζ.  ιτερί 
τίνος.  Plat.  Apol.  21  A :  μ.  άκοήν,  to 
give  evidence  On  hearsay,  Dem.  1300, 
16  :  C.  inf ,  to  testify,  prove,  declare 
that  a  thing  is,  Soph.  O.  C.  1265,  etc  ; 
also  u.  ώς...,  ότι—,  Aesch.  Ag.  494, 
Plat.'  Gorg.  523  C,  Xen.  Vect.  4,  25 : 
— c.  ace.  cognato, /ζαρτί'ρί'αν  μ.,  Isae. 
86,  25  ;  and  in  pass,  μαρτυρίαι  μαρ- 
τνρηθεϊσαι,  Id.  39,  12.— Π.  in  Chris- 
tian writers,  to  be  or  become  a  martyr. 
Hence 

Μαρτίφημα,  ατός.  τό,  testimony, 
Eur.  Supp.  1204.  [ϋ] 

Μαρτυρητέον,  verb.  adj.  from  μαρ- 
Tvpiu,  one  must  testify,  Diosc. 

Μαρτύρια,  ας,  ή,  (μάμτνς)  a  bearing 
witness :  v'itness,  testimony,  evidence, 
Αιοννσον  μαρτνρΰισιν,  Od.  11,  325, 
Hes.  Op.  280;  and  freq.  in  Att.,  both 
in  sing,  and  plur. ;  cf  μαρτνρέω,  fin. 

}ιΙαρτΐ•ρικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to  wit- 
ness or  evidence. 

'^ίαρτνριον,  ov,  τό,  {μάρτυς )  a 
testimony,  proof,  Hdt.,  Pind.,  esp.  in 
plur.,  μαρτύρια  παρέχεσθαι,  to  bring 
forward  evidence,  Hdt.  2,  22  :  θέσϋαι. 
Id.  8,  55 ; — in  Att.  freq.  in  phrase 
μαρτνριον  δέ...,  followed  by  γάρ.  here 
is  a  proof,  namely...,  Hdt.  8,  120,  Thuc. 
1,  S,  cf.  τεκμήριον,  σημεϊον.  [ϋ] 

Μαρτύρομαι,  f  -νρονμαι  (μάρτυς) : 
dep.  mid.  : — to  call  to  witness,  attest, 
invoke,  Lat.  testari,  antestari,  c.  acc. 
pers..  Soph.  O.  C.  813,  Eur.,  etc. ;  c. 
acc.  et  inf.,  μ.  νμάς  raOr'  άκούειν, 
Aesch.  Eum.  643  :  —  c.  acc.  rei,  to 
call  one  to  witness  a  thing,  Hdt.  1, 
44;  cf.  Ar.  Ran.  528,  Plut.  932;— 
hence  to  asseverate,  opp.  to  ?.έγειν, 
Plat.  Phil.  47  C  ;  and  absol.,  μαρτύ- 
ρομηι.  I  protest,  Ar.  Ach.  626,  Thuc. 
β,  80,  Lysias  97,  40.  [v  in  pres.] 

'ΜαμτίφοτΓοιέομαι,  dep.  mid.  (μάρ- 
τυς, ττοιέω)  to  call  to  witness  :  but  also 
— Π.  to  testify  ;  like  μαρτνρομαι. 

Μύρτίφος,  ου,  ό,  older  Ερ.  form 
for  μάρτυς,  εστέ  μάρτυροι.  II.  2,  302, 
etc. :— the  sing,  only  in  Od.  16,  423, 
οίσιν  άρα  Ζευς  μάρτυρος. — ^Zenodot. 
•wholly  rejected  this  form. 

Μ-Α-'ΡΤΤ'Σ,  ό,  also  ή,  gen.  μάρτυ- 
ρος, acc.  -vpa,  etc.,  formed  ίτοιημύρ- 
τυρ,  except  acc.  μάρτϋν,  Simon.  20  ; 
dat.  pi.  μάρτνσι,  poet,  μάρτυσσι, 
Meineke  Euphor.  p.  109.    Λ  witness, 


ΜΑΣ  I 
first  in  Hes.  Op.  369,  H.  Hom.  Merc. 
372 :  μάρτυρας  καλείν,  θέσθαι,  Eur. 
Phoen.  491,  Supp.  261  ;  but,  μάρτυ- 
ρας τταρέχεαθαι  was  the  usu.  Att. 
phrase  for  producing  witnesses,  as 
Plat.  Gorg.  471  Ε  ; — ^joined  with  a 
neut.  subst.,  Lob.  Paral.  261. — Col- 
lat.  forms  μάρτυρος,  μάρτυρ,  qq.  v. 
(Polt  connects  it  with  Lat.  me-mor, 
and  both  with  Sanscr.  smri,  to  re- 
member.) 

Μάρυκάομαί,μάρνκΰμα,  τό,  Dor.  for 
μηρυκ-. 

Μ.άρνομαι,  Dor.  for  μηρνομαι,  q.  v. 

tMappador;?^,  ου,  o,Marphadates,  a 
Cappadocian,  Plut.  Cat.  Min.  74. 

+Mapt//iaf,  ov,  ό,  Marpsias,  an  Ath- 
enian orator,  Ar.  Ach.  702. 

ΙΜύρων,  ωνος,  ό,  Maron,  son  of 
Euanthes,  priest  of  Apollo  at  Isma- 
rus  in  Thrace,  Od.  9, 197.— 2.  a  Spar- 
tan at  Thermopylae,  Hdt.  7,  227.-3. 
the  Rom.  name  Maro,  Anth. 

^Μαρώνεια,  ας,  ή.  Maronea,  a  city 
of  the  Cicones  in  Thrace,  Strab.  p. 
331. 

ίΜασαισύλιοι,  ων,  ol,  the  Masaesyli, 
a  Numidian  people  on  the  confines 
of  Mauritania,  Dion.  P.  187  ;  also  wr. 
Μασσαίσ.  Strab.  p.  829. 

Μάσάομαι  (not  μασσ-),  dep.  mid., 
f  -ησομαι,  to  chew,  άμνγδαλάς  μασά- 
adat,  Eupol.  Tax.  2  D  ;  and  so  Ar.  Eq. 
717,  Vesp.  780. — II.  toshoot  out  the  lip, 
as  a  mark  of  contempt,  Philostr. 
(Akin  to  μάω,  μάσσω,  to  knead, 
pound.) 

Μάσασθαι,  inf  aor.  of  root  *μάω, 
to  touch,  Od.  11,  591. 

Μάσ(5α,  μασδός,  Dor.  for  μάζα,  μά- 
ζας. ^ 

"Μάσημα  (not  μασσ-),  ατός,  τό, 
something  to  chew,  a  quid,  Antiph.  In- 
cert.  24. 

^Μάσης,  ν~ος•  ό,  Mases,  a  city  of 
Argolis,  later  port  ofHennione,  11.  2, 
562  ;  Strab  p.  376. 

Μάσησις  (not  μασσ-),  ή,  a  chewing 
or  eating,  Theophr. 

Μάσητήρ  (not  μασσ-),  ηρος,  ό,  a 
chewer,  μυς  μ.,  a  muscle  of  the  lower  jaw, 
used  in  chewing,  Hipp. 

Μασθαλίς,  ίδος,  ή,  =  μαθα7.}.ίς, 
Valck.  Adon.  p.  294. 

Μάσβλη,  ης,  ή,^ιμάσθλη,  Soph. 
Fr.  137,  \&0 -.—ci.  μάσθ7.ης. 

Μύσθ?.ημα,  ατός,  ro,=foreg.,  esp. 
dressed  leather,  Ctesias  Ind.  23. 

Μάσθ?.ης,ητος,ό,=μάσθλη,83.ργ>Κ 
83,  Soph.  Fr.  137.— II.  metaph.,  a 
supple,  slippery  knave,  Ar.  Eq.  270, 
Nub.  449. 

Μασθ7.7ΐτΐνος,  η,  ov,  like  leather : — 
καρΐς  μασθλητίνη.  α  kind  of  crab, 
Cratin.  Incert.  26,  Eupol.  Dem.  21. 

Μασθός,  ό,  a  Dor.  form  of  μαστός, 
μαζός. 

Μασί;  in  Hesych.  an  intens.  prefix 
like  έρι- ;  he  quotes  μασίγόουττος  for 
έρίγδουτΓος:  it  may  be  traced  in 
μάσσων,  and  Lat.  magnus,  magis  may 
belong  to  it,  as  Hesych.  also  gives 
μάτις  for  μέγας,  and  μάτιον  for  μΰσ- 
σον. 

ίΜασιανοί,  ών,  οι,  the  Masiani,  an 
Indian  people,  Strab.  p.  69S. 

iMaσιvισσΰς,  a,  b,  and  Μασσανάσ- 
σης,  ου,  Polyb.  3,  5,  1,  etc. ;  Ath.  229 
D  ;  Μασσανίσσης,  Strab.,  Masinissa, 
king  of  Numidia. 

^Μασίστης,  ου  Ion.  εω,  ό,  Masistes, 
son  of  Darius,  a  leader  of  the  Per- 
sians under  Xerxes,  Hdt.  7,  82. 

^Μασίστιος,ον.  ό,  Masistius,  leader 
of  the  Persian  cavalry,  Hdt.  9,  20.— 
2.  another.  Id.  7,  79. 

ίΜασίστρης,  ου,  ό,  Masistres.aledid- 
er  of  the  Persians,  Aesch.  Pers.  30. 


ΜΑΣΤ 

ίΜασκάμειος,  ό,  ή,  of  Mascamet, 
Hdt.  7,  106  :  from 

^Μασκάμης,  ov  Ion.  εω,  ό.  Mascames, 
a  Persian  governor  in  Doriscus,  Hdt. 

7,  105. 

'\Μασκάς,  a,  b,  the  Masca,  a  river  of 
Mesopotamia,  Xen.  An.  1,  5,  4. 

Μάσμα,  ατος,  τό,  {*μάω)  a  seeking, 
inφιiry,  Cratin.  Incert.  74,  ubi  v. 
Meineke,  Plat.  Crat.  421  A. 

^Μασούμιος,  ου,  ό,  Masurius,  rciisc. 
pr.  n.,  Ath. 

Μάσττετον,  ov,  τό,  the  leaf  of  σίλ• 
φιον,  Antiph.  Αυςερωτ.  1. 

|Μάσ~ίθί,  ων,  οι,  the  Maspii,  a  Per- 
sian people,  Hdt.  1,  125. 

Μάσομαι,  fut.,  /  shall  touch,  v.  sub 
μάω  Β. 

Μασονχΰς,  ά,  ό,  α  medicinal  plant, 
Diosc. 

ίΜασσα,Ιατική,  ης,  ή,  Massabatice, 
a  district  of  Media,  Strab.  p.  744. 

^Μύσσαγα,  ων,  τύ,  Massaga,  a  city 
of  the  Assaceni  in  India,  Arr.  Ind. 

^:Maσσayετης,  ου,  ό ;  usu.  in  pi. 
Μασσαγέται,  ων,  οι,  the  Massagetae, 
a  Scythian  people  between  the  Ca- 
spian and  the  river  laxartes,  Hdt.  1, 
204  :  fern.  Μασσαγέτις,  ιδος,  Luc. 

ίΜασσύγης,  ου  Ion.  εω,  6,3[assages, 
a  leader  of  the  Libyans,  Hdt.  7,  71. 

^Μασσαισύ/.ιοι,  οί,=^Μασαισν/.ιοι, 
Strab.  [C] 

^Μασσαλία,  ας,  η,  Massilia,  a  city 
of  Gallia  Narbonensis,  a  colony  of 
the  Phocaeans.  now  Marseilles,  Thuc. 
1,  13,  cf  Hdt.  1,  166 :  from  the  effem- 
inate habits  of  the  inhab.  arose  the 
proverb  εΙς  Μασσα7,ίαν  πλεύσειας, 
Gaisf  Paroem.  Β.  369. 

^Μασσα7.ιώτης,ον,ό,ΌβΊη.  884, 15, 
and  Μασσα7.ηΊτης,  Ath.  27  C,  of 
Massilia,  Massiliari;  οι  Μασσα7Λώται, 
the  Massilians. 

ίΜασσα7αωτικός,  ή,  όν,  3Iassilian, 
of  Massilia,  Polyb.  3,  41,  5 :  ό  Μ.  κό7.- 
πος,  now  gulf  of  Lyon,  Strab. 

ΪΜασσανάσσης,  Άτιά-Μασσανίσσης, 
ό,  V.  Μασινισσάς. 

Μασσάομαι,  -σσημα,  -σσησις,  -σση- 
τήρ,  ^.μασάομαι,  etc. 

'\Μασσν7.εΐς,  ίων,  οι,  the  Massyli,  a 
people  of  Numidia,  Strab.  p.  829  :  in 
Dion.  P.  187  Μασνλτ/ες. 

Μάσσω,  Att.  μάττω,  fut.  μύξω  :  pf. 
μέμάχα,  Ar.  Eq.  55,  pass,  μέμαγμαι, 
lb.  57  (*μάω).  Strictly  to  handle,  but 
so  only  in  fut.  μάσομαι,  aor.  έιιασά• 
μην,  which  belong  to  *μάω  (II). — II. 
ustl.  to  squeeze  or  work  uilh  the 
hands  ;  esp.  to  knead  dough,  like  Lat. 
pinso,  μ.  μάζαν,  Ar.  Eq.  55,  and  absol. 
μάσσειν,  Soph.  Fr.  149:  also  in 
mid.,  Hdt.  1,  200,  Ar.  Nub.  788: 
metaph.,  μάττειν  επινοίας,  Ar.  Eq. 
539  :  pass.,  σίτος  μεμαγμένος,  dough 
ready  kneaded,  Thuc.  4,  16,  cf  Ar. 
Pac.  28:  (hence μάγειρος,  μάγμα,μα- 
γενς,  μάζα,  μάκτρα,  μακτήρ). — 111.  to 
smear  ;  cf.  άττομάσσομαι :  {hence μύκ- 
τρον,  μαγόα7ιΐύ,  cf.  σμάω). — IV.  to 
choose  by  feeling  (hence  μάσμα,  μάτος. 
ματίζω,  μαστενω.)  [ΰ  by  nature, 
Lob.  Paral.  405.] 

Μάσσων,  ό,  and  ή,  neut.  μΰσσον, 
μάσσον,  gen.  μάσσονος,  irreg.  couipar. 
of  μακρός,  for  μακρότερος,  longer,  Od. 

8,  203  ;  μάσσον^  η  ώς  Ιδέμεν,  greater 
than  one  else  could  see,  Pind.  O.  13, 
162 :  μάσσον'  αριθμόν,  too  many  for 
counting,  Id.  N.  2,  35:  μάσσω  λέγειν, 
Aesch.  Ag.  593 :  μάσσον  7nore.  as 
adv.,  Id.  Pr.  629.— This  form  must  be 
deriv.  from  μασι-,  (q.  v). — Βράσσων 
for  βραδύτερος  is  of  like  form. 

Μαστάζω,  f.  ■ξω,=μασάομαι,  to  chew 
eat.  Nic.  Th.  916  :  from 
Μάσταξ,  άκος,  ή,  whereas  the  La 
887 


ΜΑΣΤ 

con.  r.nd  Dor.  μνσταξ  is  masc. :  yia- 
σύομαι)  —  thai  wilh  which  one  chews, 
the  mouth,  £Τί  μάστακα  χερσί  πύζιν, 
he  slopi)ed  his  mouth  with  his  hands, 
Od.  4,  287  ;  so,  έλείν  ίιτί  μύστακα 
χερσίν,  Od.  '23,76.  —  \\.  ^=  μάσημα, 
ennouthful,  of  aLiird  feeding  its  young, 
ύς  (Γ  όρνις  άπττ/σι  νιοσσοίσι  προφέ- 
ρτισι  μύστακ',  έ~ΐί  κ(  /.aSijat,  II.  9, 
324  ; — μάσταΐί'  being  taken  to  be  the 
accus.  μύστακα  :  others  talie  it  as  the 
daf .  μύστακι,  m  Us  beak,  but  V.  Spitzti. 
ad.  Γ,  and  cf.  Theocr.  14,  39.— III. 
(from  signf.  I.)  the  xippir  Up,  when  it 
was  usu.  written  μνσταξ,  ό,  q.  v. — 
IV.  a  kind  of  locust,  from  its  greedi- 
ness, Soph.  Fr.  C42,  Nic.  (Akin  to 
Lat.  mandcre,  to  eat,as  βώσταξ  to  /!ιώ- 
νννμι-) 

Μαστύριον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  μα- 
στός. 

Μαστϊφύζω,  or  -ίζ(ο,  like  μαστι- 
χύω  and  τονβυρνζω,  to  mumble,  Uke 
one  with  his  mouth  full ;  esp.  of  an 
old  man,  Ar,  Ach.  u89. 

|Μ(ίσ-αΐ'ρα,  ων,  τά,  Mastaura,  a 
city  of  Lydia,  Strab.  p.  650. 

ΜάσΓίίρα,  ας,  >/,  fem.  from  μαστήρ, 
q.  V. 

ΙΜύστεζρα,  ας,  ή,  Mastlra,  wife  of 
L,eucanor  a  king  of  the  Cimmerian 
Bosporus,  Luc-  Το.κ.  51. — II.  a  town 
of  Thrace,  Dem.  100,22. 

Μύστενσις,  εως,  ή,  a  seeking,  search- 
ing, inquiring. 

Μαστεντ//ς,  ov,  ό,=μαστήρ,  Xen. 
Oec.  8,  13. 

Μ.αστίνΐύ,{*  μάω,  μύσσω)=(ΐατενω, 
to  seek,  inquire,  explore,  Hes.  l•  r.  31. — 
11.  to  seek  ox  strive  after,  long  for,  crave, 
need,  sometimes  c.  ace,  sometimes  c. 
inf.,  as  Find.  P.  3,  107  ;  4,  62,  cf. 
Aesch.  Ag.  1099,  Eur.  Phoen.  3G.— 
Old  poet,  word,  but  also  in  Xen.  An. 
5,  6,  25,  Cyr.  2,  2,  20,  etc. 

Μαστ7/ρ,  ήρος,  ό,  {*μύω,  μάσσω)  α 
seeker,  searcher,  one  who  looks  for,  τινός. 
Soph.  O.  C.  456,  Tr.  733,  Eiir.  Bacch. 
986:  so  fem.  μάστειρα,  Ίονς  μΐ/ΐ'ΐς 
μ.,  Aesch.  Supp.  163.— II.  at  Athens, 
the  μαστηρες  vvere  persons  appointed 
to  seek  after  public  debtors,  or  to  as- 
certain the  fortune  of  exiles  for  confis- 
cation, Hyperid.,  v.  Bockh  P.  E.  1. 
p.  213  ;  cf.  ζητητΐ/ς,  σνλλογενς.  Οία 
poet.  word. 

Μαστήριος,  a,  ov,  good  at  search, 
Έρμης,   Aesch.  Supp.  920. 

iMaoTia,  ας  ή,  Mastia,  a  town  of 
Spain  near  the  straits  of  Gibraltar, 
Polyb.  3,  24,  2  ;  hence  o'l  Μαστιάνοί, 
the  inhab.  of  Mastia,  Id.  3,  33,  9. 

ΙΜηστίάω,  ώ,=  μαστίζω,  in  Ep. 
lengthd.  part,  μαστιόων,  Hes.  Sc.  431. 

ΜασΓί)ίω,  =  μαστίζω,  μαστιγόω, 
Hdt.  1,  114,  etc. 

ΜαστΙγίας,  ov,  ό,  (μύστιξ)  one  that 
always  wmits  whipping,  a  worthless 
slave,  a  knavf,  hang-dog,  Lat.  verbero. 
Soph.  Fr.  309,  Ar.  Eq.  1228,  etc.. 
Plat.  Gorg.  524  C. 

Μασ-ί}'ίύω,  ώ,  com.  desiderat.  from 
ααστίζω,  to  long  for,  i.  e.  deserve  a 
■whipping,  Eupol.  Incert.  105. 

ίίαστίγονόμος,  ov,  (μύστιξ,  νέμω) 
much  the  same  as  sq.,  Plut.  2.  553  A. 

Μαστί)  Oiiopof ,  ov,  (μύστιξ,  φίρω) 
carrying  a  whip: — ύ  μ-,  a  sort  of  con- 
stable or  policeman  (cf.  μαστιγονόμος, 
/)αβόοϊιχος),  Thnc.  4,  47. 

Μαστιγόω,  ύ,  {μύστιξ)  to  whip, flog, 
Hdt.  3,  16  ;  7,  54.  Lys.  93,  25,  etc. : 
'τληγύς  μ.,  to  inflict  stripes,  τινί.  Plat. 
Legg.  845  A,  etc. ;  πλιρ/ας  tiac-Tiyov- 
σθαι,  to  receive  them,  lb.  914  Β  • — fut. 
n.id.  in  pass,  signf..  Id.  Rep.  361  E. 

ΜαστΙγώσιμος,  ov,  that  deserves 
xvliipping,  Luc.  Herod.  8  :  from 


ΜΑΣΤ 

Μαστίγωσις,  εως,  ή,  a  whipping, 
flogging,  Alh.  350  C. 

Μ.αστιγωτίος,  ία,  έον,  verb.  adj. 
from  μαστιγόω,  to  be  whipped,  deser- 
ving a  whipping,  Ar.  Ran.  633. 

Μ,αστίζω,  f.  -ξω,  (μύστιξ)  to  whip, 
flog,  Ίττπονς,  11.  5,  768,  etc.  ;  also  c. 
inf ,  μύστιξεν  δ'  έλυαν,  he  whip|)ed 
them  on  or  forward,  II.  5,  366,  Od.  6, 
82.  etc. :  also  μαστίω-—Οη\γ  poet, 
and  in  late  prose ; — the  Att.  form  being 
μαστιγόω. 

Μαστί«τ?/ρ,  ί/ρος,  o,=  sq. 

Μαστίκτωρ,  ορός,  ό,  α  scourger, 
Aesch.  Enm.  159. 

Μύστιξ.  ίγος,  ή,  α  ivhip,  scourge, 
freq.  in  Hoin.,  esp.  II.,  and  Hdt. ; 
mostly  for  drivmg  horses,  II.  5,  748, 
etc.  ;  λιγνρφ  μ.,  II.  11,  532  :  ί'ττττοι;  μ-, 
a  horsewhip,  Hdt.  4,  3 ;  μ.  όιτΐ'λή. 
Soph.  Aj.  242 :  later  also  a  whip  or 
!>courgg  to  flog  slaves  and  criminals, 
VTTo  μαστιγών  βαίνειν,  to  be  Hogged 
on,  Hdt.  7,  56  ;  cf.  103  ;  τοξενειν  ντζο 
μ.,  Xen.  An.  3,  4,  25.— II.  metaph. 
like  Lat.  flngellum.  a  scourge,  μύστιξ 
Au'ir,  II.  12,  37  ;  13,  812  ;  so,  μ.  Oiov, 
μ.  θεία,  Aesch.  Theb.  608,  Pr.  682  :— 
hut,  μύστιξ  ΤΙειΟονς,  the  lash  of  elo- 
quence, Pind.  P.  4, 390. — Ion.  μύστις, 
(([.  V.) : — Horn,  does  not  use  thenom. 
μύστίξ :  of  μύστιγξ  we  have  no  exam- 
ple. (From  *μύω,  μάσσω,  to  touch, 
strike,  cf  έπιμαίυμαι  II.  :  hence  with 
t  prefixed,  Ίμύσσω,  Ιμύσθλη,  which 
brings  us  back  to  μάσΟλη.)  [ΐγος, 
only  in  late  poets,  Jac.  Anth.  P.  p. 
431.] 

ίΜαστΙόων,  Ep.  part,  of  μαστιάω, 
q.  V. 

Μάστΐς,  ιος,  η,  Ion.  for  μάστιξ, 
hence  dat.  μάστί  for  μύστιί,  II.  23, 
500,  ace.  μύστιν,  Od.  15,  182:  this 
form  is  unknown  in  Att.,  Lob.  Soph. 
Aj.  109,  and  the  nom.  altogether  dub. 

Μαστισδω,  Dor.  for  μαστίζω,  The- 
ocr. 

Μαστιστης,  ov,  δ,  (μαστίζω)  a 
scourger,  y.  i.,  LXX. 

Μαστιχΰτον,  ov,  τό,  (μαστίχη)  a 
drink  prepared  ivitli  mastich.  [i] 

Μαστϊχάω,  ώ,  to  gnash  the  teeth, 
only  in  Hes.  Sc.  389,  Ep.  dat.  part. 
μαστιχόωντι  for  μαστιχώντι  .-—some 
Gramm.  explained  it  by  μασταρνζω, 
μασάημαι,  to  chew,  doubtless  from 
μύσταξ. 

ΜαστΙχέλαιον,  ov,  τό,  mastich-oil, 
Diosc. 

Μαστίχη,  ης,  ή,  mastich,  the  gum 
of  the  tree  σχίνος.  Lat.  lentiscus, 
Theophr.  (From  μύσταξ,  μαστϊχάω, 
μασύομαι,  because  of  its  being  used 
for  chewing  in  the  east.)  [1]    Hence 

Μαστίχινος,  η,  ov,  prepared  with 
m'islich,  Diosc.  1,  51.  [<] 

Μαστίω,  f.  -/συ,  poet,  collat.  form 
of  μαστίζω,  to  whip,  scourge,  II.  17, 
622,  Hes.  Sc.  466:  mid.,  μαστίεται 
■ηλευρύς  ονρή,  (the  lion)  lashes  his 
sides  with  his  tail,  II.  20,  171.^  [Ϊ] 

Μαστύδετον.  ov,  τό,  (μαστός,  δέω) 
a  breast-band,  Anth.  P.  6,  201. 

Μαστοειδί/ς,  ίς,  (μαστός,  είδος)  like 
a  breast,  Arist.  H.  A.  4.  4,  19;  %όψος 
μ.,  a  small  round  hill,  Polyb.  5,  70,  6. 

Μαστός,  ov,  ύ,  the  breast,  esp.  of  the 
swelling  breasts  of  a  woman,  Hdt.  3, 
133  ;  5,  18,  and  Trag.,  who  never  use 
the  Homeric  fυnnμaζόc : — on  the  suo- 
poseii  difference  oi  μαζος  ano  μαστός, 
ν.μαζός: — of  men's  breasts,  Xen.  An. 
1,  4,  17;  4,  3,  G:  μασθός,  and  Dor. 
αασόύς  are  collat.  forms. — II.  of  ani- 
mals, tkcvdder,  Arist.  Part.  An.  4,  10, 
33,  etc. — IIF.  metaph.  [\'&e  βovvός,any 
round,  breast-shaped  object,  esp.  a  round 
hill,  knoll,  Pind.  P.  4,  14,  Xen.  An. 


ΜΑΣΧ 

2,  4,  6  ;  cf.  οί'θαρ. — IV.  a  round  piece 
of  wool  fastened  to  the  edge  of  nets, 
Xen.  Cyn.  2,  0,  cf  Poll.  5,  29.— V. 
among  the  I'aphians,  η  goblet,  Apol- 
lod.  Caryst.  ap.  Ath.  487  B. 

Μαστοψαγιμ;,  ό,  an  unknown  bird 
of  prey,  Clem.  Λ  I. 

Μαστρία,  ας,  ?/,  (μαστρύς)  a  seeking 
or  searching. 

Μαστμοπεία,  ας,  ή,  a  pandering, 
Xen.  Symp.  3,  10,  Plut.  :  from 

Μαστ(>οπίνω,  (μαστμο~υς)  to  be  a 
pander,  play  the  ρundcr=^^τpoaγωγtvω, 
Xen.  Symp.  4,  57  :  μ.  τινά  ττρυς  τι/ν 
πύλιν,  to  seduce  one  into  public  life, 
lb.  8,  42,  cf  Luc.  Tim.  16. 

Μαστροπέω,  w,=foreg. 

Μαστροττικός,  ή,  όν.  ready  to  pan- 
der, pandering  :  and 

Μαστρότϊΐον,  ov,  τό,  a  brothel ;  and 

Μαστροττίς,  ίδος,  ij,=:^ri μαστυοηός: 
from 

Μαστροτϊός,  ov.  b  and  ή,  a  pander, 
pimp,  bawd,  Lat.  Icno,  ^ηα,ζ=προαγω- 
γός,  Ar.  Thesm.  558,  and  metaph.  in 
Xen.  Symp.  4,  57,  sqq.— The  forms 
μαστρωττύς  and  μαστροφός  also  oc- 
cur: also  the  collat.  iem.  forms  μα- 
στροττίς,  μύστρνς,  ματρνλλη.  ματρν- 
λη,  qq.  ν.  (Doubtless  from  *μύυ, 
μαστήρ,  α  seeker,  finder.) 

Μαστρός,  ov,  ό,  {* μύω)= μαστήρ,  α 
seeker,  searcher. 

Μαστρν'/'/.ίον,  ov,  τό,  =  ματρνλι- 
ον.  ματρν'/χίον,     Plut.  2,  1093  F. 

Μάστρνς,  νος,  ί/,τ=ή  μαστροπός. 

Μαστρωπός,  Luc,  μαστρωττεία,  ή, 
Plut.,=/;aarpo7r-. 

Μαστνς,  νος,  ή,  (*μάω)  Ion.  for 
μάστενσις.  Call.  Fr.  277.  [*,  Herm. 
Soph.  Phil.  43.] 

Μαστώδης,  ες,=:μαστοειδής. 

Μύστωρ,  ορός,  ύ,  poet,  for  μαστήρ. 

■\Μύστωρ,  ορός,  ό,  Mastor,  father  of 
Lycophrou  of  Cythera,  II.  15,  430. 

^Μασνλήες,  οι,  v.  Μασσνλεϊς. 

Μάσνντης.  ov,  6,=μασητήρ  :  nick- 
name of  a  parasite. 

^Μασνντίας,  ov,  6,  Masynlias,  name 
of  a  slave,  Ar.  Vesp.  433. 

Μασχύ'Κη,  ης,  ?/,  the  armpit,  νττο 
μασχύλΐ).  Η.  Hom.  Merc.  242 :  μα- 
σχύλην  αίρειν,  of  loud,  riotous  laugh- 
ers, Cratin.  Incert.  63,  as  in  Od.  18, 
100,  χείρας  ύνασχόμενοι  γέλω  εκθα- 
νον. — II.  in  trees  and  plants  the  hol- 
low binder  a  fresh  shoot,  like  Pliny's 
ala,  axilla,  Tlieo[)hr.  :  —  hence  the 
young  shoot  itself,  =  Ούλος,  esp.  of 
young  palm-twigs  for  making  baskets 
or  ropes,  Theophr. : — also  a  part  of 
the  olive-leaf,  Hesych.  —  III.  a  bay, 
gulf,  like  ύ)κών,  Strab.  p.  257 — IV. 
of  a  ship,  that  part  if  the  ττρώρα  to 
which  the  άρτέμων  is  fastened.  (From 
μύλη,  Lat.  ala,  axilla.  Germ.  Aechsel : 
for  signf.  II.,  cf.  μοσχός.)  [χά] 
Hence 

Μασχΰ?ία,  ας,  ?/,  or  μασχαλιαία, 
ή,  an  ornament  for  a  column,  peih.= 
κύ?ιηθος  II. ;  the  latter  in  Buckh 
Inscr.  1.  p.  282. 

Μασχύλίζω.  [μασχάλη)  toput  under 
the  arm-pits :  esp.  to  muliilale  a  corpse, 
since  murderers  had  a  fancy  that,  by 
cutting  oft"  the  extremities  and  pla- 
cing them  under  the  arm-pits,  tliey 
would  avert  vengeance,  Aesch.  Cho. 
439.  Soph.  El.  445,  Ap.  Kh.  4,  477; 
ami  V.  ακρωτηριάζω,. 

Μασχύ?Μ'ος,  y,  ov,  μασχάλιος,  ov, 
of  palm-twigs. 

Μασχάλίς,  ίδης,  7/,=μασχύ27)  Π., 
Theophr.,  Ctes.  ind.  2S. 

Μασχά? ίσματα.  ων,  τά,  (μασχαλί- 
ζω)  the  Mutilated  ti7nbs  nf  a  corpse : — 
the  flesh  of  the  shoulders,  laid  on  the 
haunches  at  sacriiices. 


MATA 

'Μ.ασχα7.ιστ/ιρ,  7/βος,  ύ,  (μασχά/.η) 
strictly  α  broad  strap  passing  behind 
the  horse^s  shoulders  and  fastened  to 
the  yoke  by  the  'λέ-αδνον  :  hence, 
generally,  a  girth, girdle,  band,  Hdt.  1, 
215,  Aesch.  Pr.  71  (ubi  v.  Blomf.) : — 
esp.  a  band  used  by  tragic  actors,  Muller 
Eum.  <J  32. 

Μάτύζω,  (μάτην)  =  ματύω,  oh  μα- 
τάζει,  is  not  without  meaning,  Aesch. 
Ag.  967:  to  act  foolishly,  Soph.  O.  T. 
891. 

Maraiaytj,=foreg.,  Luc.  Luct.  16  : 
so  ματαίζω.  Joseph. 

Ματαώκομ-ος,  ov,  {μάταιος,  κομ- 
ίΤέω)  idly  boasting. 

Μάταιο'λογέω.  ώ,  to  talk  idly,  fool- 
ishly, at  random,  Strab.  p.  129:  and 

Μΰταιολογία,  ας,  ή,  idle,  foolish 
talk,  Strab.  p.  179,  Plut.,  etc. : 
from 

'Μ.ύταιο?ιόγος,  ov,  (μάταιος,  ίΐέ/ω) 
talking  at  random,  Telest.  ap.  Ath. 
617  A. 

ΜάταιοτΓΟίί'ω,  ώ,  to  act  foolishly  or 
at  random  :  from 

Μΰταιο-οώς,  όν,  (μάταιος,  ττοιέω) 
acting  foolishly  or  at  random,  Ath. 
179  F. 

'Μύταιοττονέω,  ώ,  (ματαιοττόνος)  to 
labour  in  vain,  Polyb.  9,  2,  2,  etc. 
Hence 

Μΰταιοχόνημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  vain, 
unprofitable  work,  Iambi. 

Μάταιοτϊονία.  ας,  ή,  labour  in  vain, 
Strab.,  Luc.  Dial.  Mort.  10.  8 :  from 

Ματαιοττόνος,  ov,  (μάταιος,  πονέω) 
labouring  unprofilably  or  in  vain. 

Μάταιοτνράγέω,  ώ,  (μάταιος,  ττρΰ- 
γος)=ματαιοτΓονέω.     Hence 

Μάταιοττράγία,  ας,  ή,^=ματαιο~ο- 
via. 

Μάταιοπώγων,  ωνος,  ό,  having  α 
beard  in  vain. 

Μάταιος,  a,  ov,  Att.  also  ος,  ov, 
Eur.  L  T.  628,  Plat.  Soph.  231  Β 
(μάτ7ΐ): — like  Lat.  vanus, — I.  idle,  fool- 
ish, useless,  trifling  :  and  that, — 1.  of 
words,  acts,  etc.,  Theogn.  141,  487, 
492,  etc. ;  so,  μ.  ?Μγοι,  ίτΐη.  idle  tales 
or  words,  Hdt.  2,  118;  7,  11;  but 
also,  μ.  έπος,  a  word  of  offence.  Id. 
3,  120;  and  so  in  Trag.,  Plat.,  etc. 
—2.  of  persons,  Hdt.  2,  173,  Pmd.  P. 
3,  37,  Soph.  Tr.  888,  etc.  —  Π.  in 
Aesch.  usu.,  thoughtless,  and  so  rash, 
wanton, irreverent, profane,  esp.  //.γλώσ- 
σα, Pr.  329,  Ag.  1662  ;  so  χείρες  μ.. 
Soph.  Tr.  565 ;  αντονργίαι  μ.,  of 
matricide  and  the  like,  Aesch.  Eum. 
336  ;  χαρά  μ-,  mad  merriment,  Theb. 
412.  —  ill.  Adv.  -uς,  idly,  without 
ground,  Soph.  Tr.  940.  (This  family 
of  words,  μάτη,  μάτην,  ματύω,  μα- 
τά'ω,  μάταιος,  ματία,  etc..  are  prob. 
to  be  referred  to* μάω, μάτος, ματενο), 
\n  Slgnf.  seeking  about,  and  so  wander- 
ing, erring :  cf.  Ital.  matlo,  French  mat, 
Germ.  matt.  Engl,  inad :  perh. /ζάψ 
belongs  to  the  same  root.)  [a] 

Μΰταιοσπονόέω,  ώ,  to  exert  one^s 
self  in  vain:  and 

Μΰταιοσκουδία,  ας,  ή,  useless  exer- 
tion :  from 

^ίάταιόσ-ονδος,  ov,  (μάταιος,σττον- 
όή)  exerting  one's  self  in  vain. 

^Ιάταιοσννη,  ης,  ή,=μητία,  μάτη, 
ματαώτης,  folly,  Physiogn. 

Μάταιότεκνος,  ov,  (μάταιος,  τέκ- 
νον)  having  children  in  vain. 

Μύταιοτεχνία,  ας,  ?/,  a  vain,  useless 
art,  Clem.  Al.  :  from 

^ιίύταιάτεχνος,  ov,  6,  (μάταιος, 
τέχΐ'η)  practising  vain,  useless  arts. 

ίίαταιότης,  ητος.  ή,  (μάταιος)  folly, 
vanity :  fruitlessness,  LXX. 

^Ίάταιοόρονέυ,  ώ,  to  have  a  vaiti, 
weak  mind  ;  and 


ΜΑΤΙ 

'Μΰταιοφροσννη,  ης,  ή,  frivolity. 
Or.  Sib. :  from 

'Μΰταώφρων ,  όνος,  (μάταιος,  φρήν) 
ύ,  ή,  weak  minded. 

'Μάταιόφωνος,  ov,  (μάταιος,  φωνή) 
talking  idly. 

Μύταιοω,  ώ,  (μάταιος)  to  frustrate, 
LXX.     Ρ  ass. ^ματάζω. 

ΊΑύτάίσμός,  ov,  ό,  ribaldry,  Seleuc. 
ap.  Ath.  76  F ;  cf.  άττοματαίζω. 

ίΜ.άτα?:/.ος,  ov,  ό,  Matallus,  a  Per- 
sian commander,  Aesch.  Pers.  314. 

^,Ιάταν,  adv..  Dor.  for  μάτην,  Pind. 

Μάταξα,  ης,  η,  a  thread,  Lat.  rm'i- 
taxa  (Lucil,. — II.  in  late  authors, /Λβ 
cocoon  of  the  silk-worm ;  a  foreign  word. 

ΜΑ'ΤΑΏ,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (μάτιμ•,  μά- 
ταιος) to  be  idle,  lose  time,  to  loiter, 
linger,  άττέκοφε  TzapZ/opov  PViV  έμά- 
τησεν,  II.  16,  474 ;  οί'<5έ  μύτησεν, 
II.  23,  510:  to  linger  for  fear,  £-- 
πω  δείσαντε  ματήσετον,  11.  5.  233, 
cf.  ματία  :  hence,  oi'  ματα  τοίφ-}  ov, 
the  work  goes  on  apace,  Aesch.  Pr.  57  ; 
ματΰν  όδώ,  to  loiter  by  the  way, 
Aesch.  Theb.  37  : — also  to  be  in  vain, 
fruitless,  Aesch.  Eum.  141 :  of  persons, 
to  labor  in  vain,  hence=ΰμapτάvειv, 
to  fail  of  a.  thing,  τινός, 0pp.  H.  3.  102. 

^Ματερνος,  ov,  6,  the  Rom.  Mater- 
nus,  Plut. 

Μΰτεντής,  ov,  o,  =  μαστεντής,  a 
seeker,  Manetho:  from 

Μ,άτεύω,  (*μάω)=μαστεύω,  to  seek, 
II.  14,  110:  hence,  to  seek  after,  seek 
for.  τινά,  properly  of  hounds  casting 
for  the  scent,  Aesch.  Ag.  1094,  Soph., 
etc.  : — c.  ace.  rei,  to  long  for,  strive  af- 
ter, Pind.  N.  3,  53,  and  Trag  :  c.  inf., 
to  seek  or  strive  to  do,  Id.  O.  5,  fin., 
Soph.  O.  T.  1052. 

Μΰτέω,  rarer  form  for  ματενω, 
Theocr.  21,  65.— II.  Aeol.  form  of 
πατέω.  to  tread  on,  Sapph.  46. 

MA'TH,  ης,  ή.  =  μάτια,  a  folly,  a 
fault,  Aesch.  Cho.  918:  wandering, 
id.  Supp.  800,  cf.  Soph.  Fr.  788: 
(Perh.  from  *μάω,  to  seek  without 
finding ;  cf.  ματάω,  and  Pott  Et. 
Forsch.  1,242.)  [ώ]     Hence 

"Μάτην,  Dor.  μάταν,  adv.,  in  vain, 
idly,  fruitlessly,  hat.  frustra,  H.  Horn. 
Cer.  309,  Pind.,  and  Trag. ;  μάτην 
ττονειν,  etc.,  Aesch.  Pr.  44,  etc. : 
hence, — 2.  at  random,  Lat.  temere, 
like  μάιΐι,  Hdt.  7,  103  ;  without  rea- 
son, u.  Θα1)(>ε1ν,  Plat.  Theaet.  189  D ; 
μάτην  νοσείν,  to  be  7nad,  Soph.  Aj. 
634.-3.  idly,  falsely,  Lat.  falso,  λέ- 
γοντες fir'  a/  ηθές,  ε'ιτ'  up'  ovv  μά- 
την. Soph.  Phil.  345,  cf.  Markl. 
Supp.  127. — Orig.  ace.  from  μάτη, 
hence  also  εις  μάτην,  at  random,  Luc. 
Tragop.  28. 

M(2r?;p,  ήρος,  ό,  (ματέω)^μαστηρ. 

Μάτηρ,  τρός,  ή.  Dor.  for  μήτηρ, 
like  Lat.  mater,  [ΰ] 

Mar;;ptiiij,  (ματήρ)^  ματεΰω,  He- 
sych. 

^Ματθαίος,  ov,  6,  Matthacus,  Mat- 
thew, name  of  an  apostle  and  evange- 
list, previously  a  ta.Y  gatherer,  N.  T. 

tMarOui',indecl.,  ό,  Matthan,  Hebr. 
masc.  pr.  n.,  N.  T. 

\'Μ.ατθάτ,  indecl.,  6,  Matthat,  Hebr. 
masc.  pr.  n.,  N.  T. 

^Ματθίας,  a,  b,  Matthias,  an  apostle 
in  place  of  Judas  Iscariot,  N.  T. 

Μΰτία,  ας,  η.  Ion.  ματίη,  (μάτην)  a 
vain  attempt,  a  fruitless  enterprise,  Od. 
10,  79  -.—folly,  error,  Ap.  Rh.  1,  805; 
4,  367.  [a]  ^ 

tMartai'T?,  7/5•,^,  Ion.  Ματιηνή,Μα- 
tiana.  a  district  of  Media,  Strab. 

tMartui^ot,  ώΐ',  oi.  Ion.  Ματιηνοί, 
the  Matiani.  a  people  in  foreg.  dis- 
trict, between  the  rivers  Gvndes  and 
i  Araxes,  Hdt.  1,  189;  Dion.  P.  1002.— 


MAT? 

2.  a  people  of  Cappadocia  around  the 
Halys,  Hdt.  1,  72.     Hence 

ίΜατιανός,  ;/,  όν,  Matianian,  τώ 
Μθ7ί7/ΐ'ά  ορη,  in  Media,  iiUt.  1, 
202. 

'Άάτίζω,= ματενω. 

Μ-άτιον,  τό,  said  to  be  α  small 
measure,  Schol.  Ar.  Tsub.  450. 

ΜΑ'ΤΟΣ,  τό,  search,  investigation, 
Hipp.  ap.  Galen,  [a] 

ίΛατραδελφεός,  ματροδόκος,  etc., 
Dor.  for  μητρ-. 

tMorpeof,  ov,  ό,  Matreas,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  Ath.  19  D. 

fMarpivof,  ov,  b,  the  Mairinus,  a 
river  in  the  territory  of  the  Picentini 
in  Italy,  Strab.  p.  241. 

tMurpif ,  ό,  Matris,  masc.  pr.  n.,  an 
Athenian.  Ath.  44  D. 

Ματρυιά.  Dor.  for  μητρνιά.  Find. 

Ματρν/.ίΐον,  Menand.  p.  05,  and 
ματρνλλείον, ov,  τό,  like  μαστρόττιον, 
a  brothel :  from 

Ματρν'λη  and  ματον?.?.η,  ης,  ή,  a 
bawd,  Lat.  lena,  prob.  from  same  root 
as  μαστροπός.    Hence 

Μα-ρύ/λίου,  ov,  τό.=ματρνλεϊον. 

^Μ-άτρων,  ωνος,  ό.  Matron,  a  paro- 
dist of  Pitana,  Ath.  5  A,  etc. 

Μάτρως.  Dor.  ίοΐ  μήτρως,  Pind. 

Μάτρωσμός,  Dor.  for  μητρ-. 

Μηττα^ω,^  ματάω. 

Marru;j7;f,  ov,  ό,  and  μάτταβος, 
ον.=μάταιος. 

ΙΜατ-αί'ύ.  indecl  ό,  Mattatha, 
masc.  pr.  η.,  Ν.  Τ. 

tMarradiOf,  ov,  ό,  Mattathias, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  N.  T. 

Ματτνα,  ας,  or  ματτνη,  ης,  ή.  Phi 
lem.  ap.  Ath.  C63  F,  Nicostr.  et  Ma- 
cho ib.  664  Β  ;  ματτύης,  ov,  b,  Arte- 
mid.  ib. ;  in  the  other  places  there 
quoted  the  gender  is  doubtful ; — arich, 
high-flavoured  dish,  made  of  hashed 
meat,  poultry,  and  herbs,  and  served 
up  cold  as  a  dessert,  Lat.  mnttea,  mat- 
tya,  Meineke  Menand.  p.  361 :  said  by 
Macho  1.  c.  to  be  a  Macedonian  (or 
Thessalian)  dish  ;  and  the  word  came 
into  vogue  at  Athens  in  the  new  co- 
medy, under  the  Macedonian  govern- 
ment ;  so  that  Bentley's  conj..//«mi- 
ο7.οιχός  (for  the  vox  nihili  ματιόλοι- 
χος):  in  Ar.  Nub.  451,  is  now  generally 
given  up,  v.  Dind.  ad  I.  \v]    Hence 

Ματτνάζω,  to  eat  or  dress  a  ματτνα, 
Alex.  Demetr.  5. 

Ματτνης,  ov.  b,  v.  ματτνα. 

Ματτνολοιχός,  όν,  (ματτύα,  ?.είχω} 
licking  up  ματτύαι ;    v.  sub  ματτνα. 

Μάττω,  1.  -ξω,  Att.  for  μάσσω. 

tMurrwv,  ωνος,  b,  3Iatton,  a  hero 
honoured  by  the  cooks  in  Sparta, 
Ath.  39  D. 

'Ματν?ιλη,  ης,  ή,  a  Macedonian  dish 
that  provokes  thirst,  prob.  the  sam.e  as 
ματτνα. 

tMiirwv,  ωνος,  b,  Maton,  a  sophist 
derided  by  Anaxilas  on  account  of 
his  gluttony,  Anaxil.  Monot.  2.  [a] 

^Μ,ανάκης,  ov,  ό,  Mauaces,  a  leader 
of  the  Scythians,  Arr.  An.  3,  8.  3. 

Mrzii/i'a,  ας,  ή,  also //or/ if,  a  baud. 
(Theancientsderived  it  from  όμον  av- 
λίζειν,  to  put  to  bed  together.)     Hence 

Μαν/ύζω,=:μαστρθ7Γενω,  to  pimp, 
pander. 

Μ,ανΑΐς,  ίδθ€,  οτ  ίος,  ή,  =  μαν?ύα. 
—II.  α  knife,  Nlc.  Th.  706,  Anth.  P. 
15.25. 

Μανλιστήριον,  αν,  τό,  a  bawd^s  hire, 
Welck.  Hippon.  96  :  from 

'Μαν/.ιστής,  ov,  ό,^μαστροττός,  a 
pander  :  hence 

Μηνλίστρια,  ας.  ή,^μαν7ύα. 

iM.avpίκtoς,  ov,  ό,  Mauritius,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Anth. 

■τΜαίροί,  ων,  οί,  Rom.  appall,  for 
869 


ΜΑΧΑ 

Μανμούσιοι,  Strab.  p.  825;  in  sing. 
Μαύρος,  ό,  Luc. 

Μαυρός,  ύ,  όν,  like  ΰμανρός,  dark, 
invisible. 

ΙΜαυρουσί'α,  ας,  η,  3Iauritnuia,  in 
Africa  on  the  coast  from  the  Atlantic 
to  Xiimiclia,  Strab.  p.  H2'J. 

i'Sίaυpoύσιoς,  a,  ov,  Mauritanian, 
Mnurish  ;  oi  M.,  the  Moors,  Polyb.  ; 
f;tc. 

■\Μ.ανρονσίς,  ίδος.  ή,  fem.  =  foreg., 
ij  Μ.  γ//,=Μανρονσία,  Dion.  P. 

Μαυρόω,  ώ.  (μανρός)  like  ΰμανρόω, 
to  darken,  to  blind,  Find.  P.  12,  24  : 
to  make  powerless,  τον  έχβρόν.  Id.  I. 
4,  82(3,  OG).  —  2.  metaph.,  to  make 
dim  or  obscure,  or  forgotten,  Hes.  Op. 
327  ;  μίι  μαύρου  Tfptlnv,  obscure  not 
tliy  pleasure,  Pjnd.  l•  r.  02: — Pass,  to 
become  dim,  Aesch.  Ag.  296,  OT  obscure, 
Theogn.  192. 

*Μ.αυσάκας,  ov,  ό,  Mausacas,  name 
of  a  Moor,  Luc. 

iMavau'Attop,  ov,  ro,  the  Mausoleum 
or  tomb  of  Mausnlus,  the  splendid  sep- 
ulchre erected  by  Artemisia  to  the 
memory  of  Mausolus  in  Halicarnas- 
sus,  Slrab.  p.  05G  :  hence— 2.  in  genl. 
any  splendid  tomb,  e.  g.,  that  of  Augus- 
tus in  Rome,  Id.  p.  236. 

iMaύσω?.oς,  ov,  ό.  Mausolus,  a  king 
of  Caria,  whose  queen  Artenu.sia 
raiseii  a  splendid  tomb  to  liis  memo- 
ry. Hdt.  5,  118;  v.  foreg. 

Μύγβίρα,  ας.  ή,  a  large  knife  or 
dirk,  worn  by  the  heroes  of  the  Iliad 
next  the  sword-sheath  {ξίφεος  κον- 
"λΐύν),  and  used  by  them  toslaugliter 
animals  for  sacrifice,  II.  3,  271  ;  19, 
252  ;  it  was  gilt  and  hung  hy  a  silver 
belt,  II.  18,  597  ;  used  by  Machaon  the 
surgeon  to  cut  OUt  an  arrow,  II.  11, 
844  :  generally  a  knife  for  cutting  up 
meat,  Hdt.  2,  61  ;  for  pruning  trees. 
Plat.  Rep.  353  Α.— II.  as  a  weapon, 
a  short  sword  or  dagger,  first  in  Hdt. 
7,  225,  Find.  N.  4,  95  ;  but  still  rather 
an  assassin's  than  a  soldier's  weapon  : 
■ — later  a  sabre  or  bent  sword,  opp.  to 
ξίφος,  the  straight  sword,  Xen.  Eq. 
12,  11,  V.  μαχαφοφορος : — cf.  KVjh- 
στύο).  fin.  —  HI.  a  kind  of  razor, 
hence,  κικαρμένης  μοιχυν  μια  μαχαί- 
ρα, shaven  close,  Ar.  Ach.  849  ;  opp.  to 
δητ?ίη  μ.,  scissors,  used  to  cut  the  hair 
(Poll.  2,  32):  This  close  shaving, 
■which  was  a  punishment  of  adulter- 
ers, was  called  κηττος.  (Deriv.  un- 
certain.)  [ρά] 

'ί'Μαχαιρενς,  έως.  b,  Machaereus,  a 
Delphian  who  slew  Neoptolenuis 
eon  of  Achilles,  Schol.  Pind. ;  Strab. 
p.  421. 

Μΰ,γαφ/ίίοΐ',  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  μά- 
χαιρα, Luc.  Pise.  45.  [Z] 

'Μύχαίρων,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  μά- 
χαιρα, Xen.  An.  4,  7,  16:  a  surgeon's 
knife,  Arist.  Gen.  An.  5,  8,  13. 

Μάχαιρίς.  ίόος,  η,  dim.  from  μά- 
χαιρα, a  small  knife  esp.  α  small  razor, 
Ar.  Eq.  413  ;  cf.  Luc.  adv.  Indoct.  29. 

Μ.άχαφιωτύς,  r/,  of,  v.  1.  {or  μαχαι• 
ρωτός. 

^ΰχαφο^έτης,  ην,  ό,  (μάχαιρα, 
<5εω)  α  sword-belt,  Hesych. 

^ίύχαιρομα;ζέω,  ώ,  {μάχαιρα,  μάχη) 
to  Ιϊ'Λι  with  α  μάχαιρα,  Polyb.  10,  20, 3. 

^{αχαιροττοιεϊον,  ον,  τό,  α  cutler's 
fai-tory,  Dem.  823,  1 1  :  from 

Μΰ  γθφ07Γ0ίό(•,  όν  .{μάχαιρα,  ττοιέω) 
α  culler,  Ar.  Αν.  441,  Dem.  816,  5. 

}ιίύ-\αψοπ(Λ)λειον,  ον,  τό,  α  culler's 
shop:  from 

ίΛ.ίχαιρο7τώ7.ης,  ον,  6,  (μάχαιρα, 
1TU?Ju)  α  cutler. 

Μΰγαφοττώλίον,  ον,  τό,—μαχαιρο- 
ιτω'ληον,  Plul.  Deuiosth.  15. 

"tMavaipoif ,  ύ,  Machaerus,  a  strong- 
'   890 


ΜΑΧΗ 

hold  in  Judaea.  Strab.  p.  763  :  oi  Ma- 
χαιρίται,  the  inhab.  of  M.,  Joseph. 

^Ιάχηιροφορέΐύ,  ώ,  to  wear  a  sabre, 
Joseph.  :  from 

ΉΙάχαιροφόρης,  ov,  {μάχαιρα,  of  ρω) 
wearing  a  sabre,  of  Aegyptians  Hdt.  9, 
32  ;  of  Thracians,  Thuc.  3,  96  ;  7,  27. 

Μΰχαιρώνιον,  ov,  τό,  the  sword-lily, 
gladiolus,  Diosc. 

Μΰχαιρωτός,  y,  όν,  (as  if  from  μα- 
χαιρόω)  sabre-shaprd,  Galen. 

iM.aχavίόaς,  a,  a,  Machanidas,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Polyb. ;  etc. 

Μύχάταρ,  ό,  Lacon.  for  μαχητής. 

Μάχάτάς,  ό,  Dor.  for  μαχητής, 
Pind. 

tMavarof,  b,  Machatas.  father  of 
Harpaius,  .\rr.  An.  3,  6,  4. — 2.  bro- 
ther of  Phila  wife  of  Philip,  Ath.  557 
C. — 3.  -τάς,  a,  b,  an  Aetolian,  Polyb. 

4,  34,  4. — Others  in  Anth. ;  etc. 
Μ,αχύω,  ώ,  (μάχη)  to  wish  to  fight. 
Μ,άχάων,  όνος,  ό,  Machaon,  son  of 

Aesculapius,  the  first  surgeon  of  an- 
tiquity, 11.  t2,  732,  etc— 2.  a  general 
of  the  Corinthians,  Thuc.  2,  83 ;  with 
V.  1. Majui^.t  (Akin  to,«a;^;oipa.)  [χά] 

Μάχειόμενος,  Ep.  for  μαχόμενος, 
Od.  17,  471. 

Μαχέομαι,  pres.  for  μάχομαι,  Horn. 

Μΰχεονμίνυς,  Ep.  for  μαχόμενος, 
Od.  11,  403;  24,  113. 

Μαχετέον,  rarer  form  of  μαχητέον, 
Stallb.  Plat.  Soph.  249  C. 

M.\'XH,  ης,  ή,  (μάχομαι) : —  battle, 
fight,  combat,  freq.  in  Horn.,  esp.  in 
II.  :  μάχην  μάχεσθαι,  to  fight  a  battle, 
II.  15,  414  ;  μ.  σννάτττειν  τινί,  to  en- 
gage battle  with  one,  Aesch.  Per». 
336,  etc. ;  also  δια  μάχης  άπικεπβαι 
or  εηχεσθαί  tlvl,  Hdt.  1,  169;  6,  9; 
so,  oia  μ.  ήκειν,  D-θεΐν  τινί,  Trag. ; 
μάχην  ποιείσθαι.  Soph.  El.  302,  and 
so  usu.  in  prose  ;  μάχη  έγέρετο, 
Plat.  Legg.  869  C  ;  μάχη  κρατείν, 
to  conquer  in  battle,  Eur.  Ή.  F.  612, 
Dem.  ;  μάχην  νικΰν,  to  win  a  battle, 
Xen.  Cyr.  7,  5,  53  ;  but  in  Aeschin. 
79,  36,  μάχην  (tor  μάχ•^)  νικΰν  τίνα: 
αάχη  τινός,  battle  with  an  enemy,  as,  μ. 
Κιαντος,  II.  11,  542,  cf.  Hes.  Sc.  361  ; 
μ.  ν~έρ  τίνος,  battle  fur  a  thing,  Pind. 
N.  7,  61  ;  so,  -ερί  τι.  Plat.  Legg.  919 
Β  : — Horn,  joins  μ.  και  φύλοπις,  μ. 
7:ό?ίεμός  τε,  μ.  και  όηϊοτής,  μ.  ένοπ?/ 
τε, μάχαι  τ'  ίνδροκτασίαι  τε:  he  usu. 
has  it  of  engagemerits  between  armies, 
but  twice  in  II.  of  single  combat,  II.  7, 
263;  11,  255. — II.  generally  a  quar- 
rel, strife,  wrangling,  II.  1,  177,  in 
plur. ;  and  freq.  in  Plat. — ]\\.—  άγών, 
a  contest,  as  for  a  prize  in  the  games, 
Pind.  O.  8, 76  ;  who  distinguishes  this 
from  μάχαι  ττο^.έμου,  Ο.  2,  79. — IV.  a 
mode  of  fighting,  way  of  battle,  Hdt.  1, 
79,  cf.7,  9,  85.  Xen.  Cyr.  2,  1,  7.— 
V.  a  field  of  battle,  Xen.  Kn.  2,  2,  6;  5, 

5,  4.  [u]    Hence 

'Μάχι'ιμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  warlike, 
II.  12,'  247. 

Μάχησμός,  ov,  ό,  (μαχέομαι)— μά- 
χη, late  word. 

Maχητέov,'veτh.  adj.  from/^avouai, 
one  must  contend  or  fight,  Arist.  Rhet., 
2.  25.  13  :  cf  μαχετέον. 

Μαχητής,  Dor.  μαχΰτύς,  οϋ,  b,  (μά- 
χη) a  fighter,  umrrior,  Hom.  ;  άνήρ 
μαχι/τής,  Od.  18,  261  ;  φως  μ.,  Pind. 
Ν.  2,  20  : — but  really  as  adj.,  Ονμός 
μ.,  his  M;«rrzor  heart,  II.  9,  61.     Hence 

Μάχιιτικυς,  ή,  όν,  fit  for  a  warrior 
or  battle,  inclined  to  battle  or  war,  quar- 
relsome, Arist.  Rhet.  1,  12,  19,  etc. : — 
ή,  -κ?'/,  (sc.  τέχνη),  skill  in  fighting. 
Plat.  Soph.  225  A  ;  so,  το,  -κον.  Ibid. : 
— μ.  'ί~ποί.  restive  horses,  Id.  Rep. 
467  E.  Adv.  -κώς,  pngnacimisli/,  Id. 
Theaet.  1C8  B. 


MAXO 

Μαχητός,  ή,  όν,  (μάχομαι)  to  be 
fought  with,  κακόν  ύγριον  ουδέ  μα 
χι/τόν,  Od.  12,  119. 

Μάχιμος,  η,  ον,  also  ας,  ον  (μάχη)  ■ 
—fit  jfirr  battle,  warlike,  freq.  in  Hdt., 
and  Alt.  :  oi  μ.,  the  fighting-men,  sol• 
diery,  opp.  to  the  camp-followers, 
Hdt.  7,  18ti,  etc. ;  .so,  to  μ.,  the  effective 
force,  Hdt.  7,  186  ;  but  ές  τόμ.,  for  ές 
τϊόλεμον,  Hdt.  2,  165  : — ol  μάχιμοι,  a 
cast  of  the  Aegyptians,  Id.  2,  164.  [a] 

Μάχΐμώδης,  ες,  (μάχιμος,  είδος) 
warlike,  quarrelsome,  Anth.  P.  12,200. 

Μάχισμός,  ο  ν,  ό,  like  μαχησμός,=:: 
μάχη. 

^Μαχλαΐοι,  ων,  οΐ,  the  Machlaei,  an 
Indian  people,  Luc.  Bacch.  6. 

Μαχλάς,  ύδας,  pecul.  poet.  fein.  of 
μάχλος,  Anth.  P.  5,  302. 

Μαχ?ιάω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  and  μαχ?.ενο), 
{μύχλος)  to  be  lewd,  μαχλενειν  τινί, 
to  commit  fornication  with...,  Maneth. 

Μαχ?Λκός,  ή,  όν,  like  a  μάχλος. 

Μαχλίς,  ίόος.  pecul.  poet.  fem.  of  sq. 

Μάχ'λος,  ov,  lewd,  lustful,  Hes.  Op. 
584,  in  superl. :  usu.  of  women,  λά- 
γνος being  used  of  men.  Lob.  Phryn. 
184,  cf.  sq. — 2.  metaph.  μάχλος  άμπε- 
λος, the  luxuriant ,  wayiton  vine,  Aesch. 
Fr.  378,  cf.  Lob.  Soph.  Aj.  143.— 3. 
generally,  ivantun,  insolent,  epith.  of 
''Ap7/f,  Aesch.  Supp.  635.  (μύχλ.οςαηά 
μνκλος  are  kindred  forms.)   Hence 

Μαχ?.οσννη,  ης,  ή,  lewdness,  lust, 
xvantonness,  of  Paris,  II.  24,  30;  reject- 
ed by  Aristarch.,  as  a  word  peculiar 
to  women,  as  in  Hes.  Fr.  5,  Hdt.  4, 
154,  cf.  Ruhnk.  Ep.  Crii.  p.  110,  and 
V.  foreg. :  but,  granting  this,  Hom.  is 
just  speaking  of  Paris  as  womanish. 
— Strictly  fem.  from  sq. 

Μαχλόηϋνος,  η,  ον,=μάχλος. 

Μαχλότης,  ητος,  η,= μαχλοσύνη. 

]Μαχ'Αχ>ες,  ων,  οι,  the  Machlyes,  a 
Libyan  people  between  the  smaller 
Syrtis  and  the  river  Tritonis,  Hdt.  4, 
178. — 2.  a  Scythian  people  on  the 
Palus  Maeotis,  Luc. 

Μαχοίατο,  Ion.  for  μάχοιντο,  11. 

MA'XOMAI,  Ion.  μαχέομαι,  dep. 
mid.,  later  c.  aor.  pass.  The  Ion. 
pres.  used  by  Hom.  only  in  II.  1,  272, 
344  ;  20,  26,  but  he  has  the  Ep.  part. 
pres.  μαχειόμενος  and  μαχεονμενος, 
irom  μαχέομαι,  only  however  m  Od. 
11,403;  17,  471;  24,  113:— fut.  μα- 
χέσομαι,  Ep.,  metri  grat.,  μαχέσσο- 
μαι  or  μαγήσομαι,  (Wolf  only  admits 
the  latter  iorm) : — Alt.  fut.  μαχοϋμαι, 
not  in  Hom.  ((or  μαχεϊται,  II.  20,  26, 
is  rather  the  Ion.  pres.):  aor.  έμαχε- 
σύμην,  Ep.  μαχέσσασθαι  or  (ace.  to 
Wolf)  μαχήσασθαι  :  perf.  μεμάχε• 
σμαι  and  μεμάχημαι,  not  in  Hom.,  v. 
Buttm.  Catal.  s.  v.  :  aor.  έμαχέσθην 
occurs  in  Ap.  Rh.,  and  later.  Lob. 
Phryn.  732. — Adj.  μαχετέον  μάχη 
τέον,  qq.  v.  To  fight,  contend,  esp,  in 
battle,  freq.  in  Horn.  (esp.  II.),  μά- 
χην μ-,  νσμϊνι  μ-,  II. ;  ττολεμίζειν  ήδέ 
μάχεσθαι,  II.  ;  in  Hom.  usu.  of  ar- 
mies, but  sometimes  of  single  com- 
bat, II.  3,  91,  435;  19,  153:  also  of 
the  battle  between  men  and  beasts, 
II.  15,  033  ;  between  beasts  them- 
selves, 11.  16,  824,  Od.  20,  15.— Con- 
struct., usu.  c.  dat.  pers.,  to  fight  with, 
i.  e.  against  one,  oft.  in  Horn.,  and 
Hdt. ;  but  also  άντία  and  εναντίον 
τινός,  επί  τινι,  προς  τίνα,  all  in  II. 
II.  τινί  or  ττρόζ•  τίνα,  usu.  in  prose : 
out,  σνν  τινι.  with  the  sanction,  under 
the  auspices  of..,  esp.  of  a  deity,  Od. 
13,  390  ;  μετά  πρώτοισι,  like  ίν  πρώ 
τοισι,  among  the  foremost,  II.  5,  575 ; 
so  μετά  Βοιωτών,  among  their  ranks, 
U.  13,  700  ;  but,  μ.  αετ'  άλ7.ήλων,  to 
fight  one  with  another,  Plat.  Symp- 


ΜΑΩ 

179  Λ  ;  μετίΐ  σφέαςμ.,  by  themselves, 
independently,  II.  2,  360;  but,  καθ' 
ενα  μ.,  to  fight  one  against  one,  in  sin- 
gle combat,  Hdt.  7,  104:  μ.  προ  τίνος, 
strictly  like  πρόσθε,  before  him,  but 
freq.  metaph.  for  him,  in  his  defence, 
n.  4,  156  ;  8,  57  ;  cf.  —ρόμαχος,  ττρομά- 
χομαι ;  so, /ζ.  υττέρ  τίνος.  Eur.  Phoen. 
1002,  Plat.,  etc. :  the  object  for  which 
one  tights  is  usu.  ττερί  τίνος,  Aesch. 
Supp.  740,  etc. ;  also  -ερί  τινι,  II.  16, 
565 ;  άμόί  τινι,  11.  3,  70 ;  ε'ίνεκά  τί- 
νος, Π.  2,  377  : — freq.  ο.  dat.  instrum., 
χερσί,  τόξοις,  ττε?.έκεσσί  μ.,  Horn., 
etc.  ;  μ.  ύς>'  ΐ~-ον,  to  fight  from 
horseback,  Hdt.  9,  63. — II.  generally, 
to  quarrel,  wrangle,  dispute  with  one, 
Tivi,  II.  1,  8,  etc. ;  μ.  έ-έεσσι,  opp.  to 
χερσί,  II.  1,  304,  etc. :  hence,  to  be  an 
enemy,  oppose  one,  object  to  one,  II.  13, 
118.— 2.  to  contend,  struggle,  make  an 
effort,  Lat.  nitor  ut...,  c.  inf.  Arist.  H. 
A.  5,  19,  19. — III.  to  contend  for  the 
mastery  in  games,  βίο.,ττνξ μύχεσθαι, 
II.  23,  621  :  to  Tneasure  one's  self  with 
or  against,  τινί,  II.  1,  272.  [/^α] 

'^ίαχομένως,  adv.  pres.  part,  from 
foreg.,  pugnaciously,  Strab.  tp•  148. 

ΙΜάγων,  (Ανος,  ό,  Macho,  a  poet  of 
the  new  comedy  of  Corinth  or  Sicy- 
on,  who  flourished  at  Alexandrea  un- 
der Ptolemy  Euergetes,  Meineke,  1, 
p.  478  ;  Ath.  241  F. 

Μ-άψ,  adv.,  like  μάτην,  in  vain,  idly, 
fruitlessly,  μύ,ψ  οντω,  II.  2,  120  ;  μύψ 
όμόσαι,  to  swear  lightly,  i.  e.  without 
meaning  to  perform,  11.  15,  40 ; — vain- 
ly, idly,  li.  5,  759 ;  μίί'φ  αντως  ενχε- 
τύησβαι,  II.  20,  348  :  ^thoughtlessly, 
recklessly,  σΐτον  εδοντας  μάψ  αντως, 
Od.  16.  Ill  ;  μαι}'  αταρ  ου  κατά  κό- 
σμον,  η.  2,  214 ;  so  in  Od.  3,  138,  of 
an  assembly  convened  at  evening,  in 
reckless  haste,  Lat.  temere.  The  word 
Avith  all  its  compds.  solely  poet.,  and 
mostly  Ep.  (Ace.  to  some  from 
αίφα:  better  perh.  ivom  μάρ-Tu .  μα- 
■ττέειν,  ^=εμμα~εΐύς,  hastily,  hand  over 
head,  and  so,  raxhly,  etc.) 

Μαψαϊφαι,  ών,  ai,  (μάφ,  αί'ρα)  ran- 
dom breezes,  squalls,  gusts  or  flaivs  of 
wind,  cats^  paws,  Hes.  Th.  872,  ubi  al. 
divisim  μαψ  αιφαι  έπιττνείονσί  θά- 
λασσαν, but  cf  Alb.  Hesych.  s.  v. 
— II.  as  adj.,  μαψαϋραι  στόβοι,  idle 
boastings.  Lye.  395. 

Ήία-φίδιος,  lov,  (μύιρ)  vain,  random, 
μαφίόίον  φάτιν,  Eur.  Hel.  251,  cf. 
Theocr.  25, 188  ;  but,  μα-ψιδίη  κόνις, 
Anth.  P.  7,  602.— II.  in  Horn,  only  as 
adv.  μαύηδίως,  =  μύι}ι,  like  Lat.  te- 
mere, foolishly,  thoughtlessly,  at  random, 
II.  5,  374  ;  Od.  3,  72,  etc.  ;  without  rea- 
son. Od.  7,  310  ;  rashly,  recklessly,  Od. 
2,58;  14,365. 

ΜαΦΐλόγος,  ov,  (μόψ,  λέγω)  talk- 
ing idly  or  at  random,  μ.  oiuvoi,  birds 
whose  cries  convey  no  sure  omen,  H. 
Horn.  Merc.  546. 

Μ.αι1ιΐτόκος,  ov,  (μάψ,  τίκτω)  bring- 
ing forth  in  vain,  Anth.  P.  14,  125. 

ΜαιΙάφωνος,  ov,  {μάψ,  φωνή)^=μα- 
■ώύόγος. 

'Μ.α•ψν?.άκΰς,  ov,  ό,  (μάφ,  νλάω, 
ν7.ακτώ)  idly  barking,  i.  e.  repeating  a 
thing  again  and  again,  Pind.  N.  7, 
lin.,  ubi  V.  Bockh: — so,  μαΦν?.ύκαν 
γλώσσαν,  Sapph.  31  BergK,  ubi  vulgo 
μαιΙ'>''/.άκταν. 

*ΜΑΏ,  a  root,  found  in  three  diff. 
forms  and  senses  : — I.  μεμαα  perf. 
with  pres.  signf ,  not  howeverused  in 
all  persons  :  Hom.  has  3  pi.  μεμάάσι, 
and  the  syncop.  forms  1  pi.  μέμΰμεν, 
2  pi.  μεμΰτε,  2  dual  μεμΰτον.  3  sing. 
imperat.  μεμάτω  [α]  ;  3  pi.  plqpf  μέ- 
μάσαν  :  but  most  freq.  part,  μεμάώς, 
{βεμάώς  only  II.  16,  754) ;  which  (m 


ΜΕΓΑ 
Horn.)  retains  ω  in  the  oblique  cases, 
μ^μάώτος,  μεμύώτες,  except  in  II.  2, 
I  818  ;  13,  197,  where  we  have  μεμάό- 
τες,  μεμάότε,  with  ά  metri  grat. ;  fern. 
μεμάνΐα,οί. βε^Βαώς,γεγαώς :  Theocr. 
,  25,  64  has  μέμαε  as  impf ,  cf  Buttm. 
I  Ausf  Gr.  ^  97,  Anm.  10,  n.  To  strive 
!  after,  attempt,  long  for.  desire  eagerly, 
oft.  in  Hom. — Construct. ;  mostly  c. 
inf ,  usu.  of  pres.  or  aor.,  but  some- 
times of  fut.,  as  in  11.  2,  543  ;  Od.  24, 
395  :  freq.  also  c.  gen.,  as  ίριδος,  αυ- 
τής, αλκής,  II.  5,  732;  13,  197:  oft. 
also  absol.,  πή  μέματον  ;  whither  so 
fasti  II.  8,  413;  -ρόσσω  μεμανΐαι, 
pressing  ίοτν/Άτά,  II.  11,  615;  and  so 
c.  dat.  instrum.,  εγχείτισι  μεμαότες, 
II.  2,  818  :  έ~ί  τινι  μ.,  pressing  eager- 
ly upon  another,  II.  21, 174  :  and  so  c. 
dat.,  II.  22,  284  :  Hom.  very  freq.  puts 
the  part,  μεμαώς  alone,  to  express 
any  affection  or  passion, — its  special 
nature  being  determined  by  the  con- 
text, μεμαως  πάλιν  εξαλαπάξαι  την 
εθέλω,^οΜ  wrath  will  I  destroy...,  II. 
4,  40 ;  εβη  μεμαώς,  he  strode  on  has- 
tily, eagerly,  11.  10,  339  ;  cf  11,  239  ; 
(however  in  most  places  there  may 
be  found  a  notion  of  angry,  impetu- 
ous desire,  as  in  εμμεμαώς)  : — εν  ττέ- 
τρφ  μεμαώς,  of  a  fisher,  Theocr.  21, 
42.— Cf  μέμονα.—2.  in  II.  9,  641,  just 
like  εύχομαι  III,  to  wish  or  claim  to  be, 
μέμαμεν  δέ  τηι  ύ/λοί  κήδιστοί  τ'  εμε- 
ναι  και  ψίλτατοι. — II.  in  fut.  μύσο- 
μαι  [ά],  aor.  ίμάσάμην  :—to  seek, 
touch,  lay  hold  of,  grasp,  wish  to  have  ; 
of  this  Hom.  has  only  inf  aor.  μάσα- 
σθαι,  c.  gen.  Od.  11,  591  (it  is  more 
freq.  in  compds.);  both  tenses  belong 
in  signf  to  μαίομαι,  cf  έττιμαίομαι 
and  i-i/idouai :  just  as  δάσασθαι  is 
formed  from  δηίω,  ένασσα  from  ναίω. 
— III.  pres.  μώμαι,  as  if  contr.  from 
μύομαι :  but  all  the  contr.  are  made 
in  ω,  as  inf  μώσθαι,  Theogn.  769 ;  im- 
perat. μώεο  (as  μνώεο  from  μνάομαι, 
μνώμαι),  Epich.  p.  88  ;  part,  μώμενος. 
Soph.  O.  C.  836  : — to  seek  after,  covet, 
c.  acc,  11.  cc.  ;  these  forms  were, 
strictly,  Lacon.  (From  the  root  *μάω 
come  many  families  of  words,  with 
the  sense  of  either  to  attempt,  desire, 
with  a  notion  of  passion  and  violence : 
or  to  touch,  seek  after,  inquire  :  the  most 
important  are — 1.  of  the  former  class, 
μαιμάω,  μαίνομαι,  with  their  derivs. 
μαινάς,  μανία,  etc. ;  also  μεμονα. — 
2.  of  the  second,  μαίομαι,  μάσσω, 
whence  again  μάγειρος,  μάζα,  μά- 
κτρα,  also  μάκτρον,  and  μύσμα,  μά- 
τος,  ματίζω,  ματεύω,  μαστενω,  μα- 
στήρ,  μαστρός,  μαστροπός,  μύστρνς, 
μαστύς,  μάστωρ. — 3.  from  the  last 
sense  to  search  out,  and  so  invent,  even 
the  ancients  derived  the  word  Μονσα, 
Dor.  Μώση,  Lacon.  Μώα,  or  Μώύ.) 
Me,  enclit.  acc.  sing,  from  /■}ώ. 
Meya,  neut.  from  μέγας,  q.  v. 
f^lεγa3άζης,  ov,  ό,  Megabazes,  a 
leader  of  the  Persians,  Aesch.  Theb. 
22. 

i'^ίεγάβaζoς,  ov,  ό,  Megabarus,  a 
Persian  commander  under  Darius 
Hystaspis,  Hdt.  4,  143.— 2.  son  of 
Megabates,  a  naval  commander,  Id. 
7,  97. — 3.  another  Persian  officer, 
Thuc.  1,  109. — 4.  a  Paphlagonian 
youth,  son  of  Spithridates,  Xen.  Hell. 
4,  1,  28  ;  in  Ages.  5,  and  Plut.  Ages. 
11,  called  ^Ιεγαβύτης. 

^Μεγάβαροι.  ων.  οΊ.  the  Megabari,  a 
people  on  the  Nile  between  Meroe 
and  Aegypt.  Strab.  p.  786. 

^Ήίεγαβάτης,  ov.  6,  Megabates,  a 
Persian  naval  commander,  Hdt.  3,  32. 
— 2.  a  Persian  governor  in  Dascvli- 
tis,  Thuc.  1, 129.-3.  v.  Me)'a,3a;o<:  4. 


ΜΕΓΑ 

Μεγαβρεμέτης,  ov,  ό,=μεγα?Μβρε• 
μετης,  Orph.  Arg.  (47. 

■\ίΐίεγαβρόντης,  ov,  ό,  Megabrontes, 
masc.  pr.  n..  Ap.  Rh.  1.  1041. 

iM.εγά3vζoς,  ov,  ό.  Mr^abyzus,  fa- 
ther ot  Zopyrus,  Hdt.  3.  153. — 2.  son 
of  Zopyrus,  a  commander  of  the  Per- 
sians under  Xerxes,  Hdt.  3.  100  ; 
Thuc.  1.  109.— 3.  high  priest  of  Dia- 
na at  Ephesus,  Xen.  An.  5,  3,  6 :  v. 
Μεγα/.όβνζοι. 

fMεγuδόστrις,  ov,  ό,  Megadostes,  a 
Persian,  Hdt.  7,  105. 

Mr; ufSijpof,  ον.^μεγα'λόδωρος. 

Μεγύθαμβής,  ες.  {μέγας,  θάμβος) 
greatly  astounded,  Opp.  C.  2,  488. 

^Ιεγΰθηρσής,  ες,  (μέγας,  θάρσος) 
very  bold.  Hes.  Sc.  385. 

Μέγι'Ίθος.  τό,  Ion.  for  μέγεθοΓ.  freq. 
in  Hdt.  f-  V       . 

Μεγάθν/ίος,  ov.  (μέγας,  βν,ιιός)  high- 
minded,  great-hearted,  freq.  in  Hom. 
and  Hes.,  as  epith.  of  warriors  and 
whole  nations ;  also  of  the  goddess 
Minerva,  Od.  8,  520  ;  13,  121 :— in  II. 
16,  488  of  a  bull. 

Μεγάθύνω,  {μέγαθος)  Ion.  for  με- 
γεθύνω. 

iMεγaίvετoς,  ov,  ό,  Megaenetus,  an 
Athenian,  Ar.  Ran.  905. 

iM.έγaιpa,  ας.  ή,  Megaera,  one  of 
the  Furies,  Orph. 

Με}  ο/ρω,  aor.  εμέγηρα :  (from  μέ- 
γας, like  γεραίρω  from  γέρας)  : — 
strictly,  to  look  on  a  thing  as  great  or 
too  great ;  whence  we  get  the  notions 
of  ill-will  and  envy,  which  soon  be- 
came attached  to  it :  hence, — I.  to 
grudge  one  a  thing  as  too  great  for  him, 
τινί  τι,  II.  23,  865 ;  Orac.  ap.  Hdt.  I, 
66 :  also  c.  inf  pro  acc.  rei,  μηδέ  με- 
γήρτις  ήμΐν  ενχομένοισι  τελεΐ-•τ7/σαι 
τάδε  έργα,  Od.  3,  55.  cf  Η.  Hom. 
Merc.  465;  c.  acc.  et  inf,  μνηστήρας 
ovTi  μεγαίρω  ερδειν  έργα  βίαια,  (for 
μνηστήρσιν)  Od.  2,  235  :  hence  in 
genl.  to  envy,  to  refuse,  deny,  withhold 
through  envy,  like  όθονείν,  II.  15, 
473  :  sometimes  however  simply  to 
refuse,  etc.,  without  anv  notion  of 
envy,  as  II.  7,  408,  Od.'s,  206.— In 
two  places  of  II.  it  seems  to  be  used 
c.  gen.  rei,  viz.  II.  13,  563,  άμενήνω- 
σεν  δέ  o'l  αίχμήν  ΐίοσειδύων  βιότοιο 
μεγήρας,  Neptune  batfied  his  spear 
grudging  him  the  life  (of  Antilochus) ; 
— (cf.  φθονέω  2,  which  has  exactly 
this  construction,  and  we  find  μεγαί- 
ρω so  used  in  Aesch.  Pr.  626,  Ap.  Rh. 

I,  289) ;  so  too  in  the  other  passage, 

II.  4,  54,  τύων  ούτι  εγώ  πρόσθ'  ϊστα- 
μαι,  ουδέ  μεγαίρω,  (though  here  we 
might  s\3])j)\y  μεγαίρω  σοι  τόδιαπέρ- 
σαι  from  v.  53,  cf  II.  7,  408) ;  Od.  8, 
206  is  not  to  the  purpose,  as  Φαιή- 
κων  depends  on  δτινα,  not  on  μεγαί- 
ρω :  cf  Jelf  Gr.  Gr.  ^  499.— Hom. 
never  has  the  word  absol.,  to  be  etwi- 
ons,  to  bear  ill-icill. — Pass.,  to  be  envied, 
Anth.  P.  9,  645.— II.  in  Ap.  Rh.  to 
treat  as  an  enemy,  and,  more  definite- 
ly, to  bewitch,  charm,  Lat.  fascinare, 
δμμασιν  έμέ^-ηρεν  οπωπάς,  4,  1670 
— See  further  Buttm.  Lexil.  s.  v. 

ΙΑεγΟ,κήτης,  ες,  {μέγας,  κήτος)  in 
Hom,  «pith,  of  πόντος,  Od.  3,  Ί58, 
δελφίς,  II.  21 .  22.  νηϋς.  11.  8,  222,  etc. ; 
— explained  by  Hemst.  Luc.  Tim.  26, 
to  be  simply,  vast,  huge  (from  κήτος, 
a  huge  monster) :  others  derive  it  from 
*y<i(j,  χαίνω,  yawning  ;  and  then  μ. 
οελφίς  must  be,  the  dolphin  haunting 
the  depths,  (being  itself  a  κήτος  from 
this  peculiarity) ;  μ.  νηϋς.  a  ship  with 
a  vast  hollow  OT  hold  ;  v.  Buttm.  Lexil. 
s.  v.  κητώεις,  Nitzsch  Od.  4,  1.  Cf 
κητώεις.  κήτος,  βαθνκήτης. 

"^Ιεγακλεής,  ές,  {αέγας,  κλέος) :  poet 
891 


ΜΕΓΑ 

pi.  μεγακ?ύΰ  for  μεγακλεεα  :  —  vcri/ 
famous,  0pp.  C.  2,  4  : — best  known 
as  tlie  prop.  n.  of  several  of  the  fanii- 
jy  of  the  Alcmaeonidac:  fv.  Mfj  a/cAz/f. 

iM.εγaκλείSηr,  ov,  ό,  Mtgaclides, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Dion.  H. ;  etc. 

ί^ίεγακ?ί7/ς,  έονς,  ό.  Ion.  Mf}a- 
κ?ίέ7ΐς,  ^legacies,  an  Athenian  name 
freq.  in  the  family  of  the  Alcmaeoni- 
dae, — 1.  the  sixth  life-arciion. — 2.  one 
of  the  archon.s  at  the  time  of  the  at- 
tempt of  Cylon,  prob.  B.  C.  020,  Plut. 
Sol.  12. — 3.  son  of  Alcmaeon,  son-in- 
law  of  Clisthenes,  head  of  the  Alc- 
maeonidac in  the  time  of  Solon,  Hdt. 
1,  59  ;  etc. — 4.  grand-son  of  foreg., 
victor  in  the  Pythian  games,  Hdt.  6, 
131  ;  Pmd.  P.  7.— Others,  not  of  this 
family. — 5.  father  of  Onasimus,  of 
Sicyon,  Thuc.  4, 119. — G.  a  Pellaean, 
father  of  Polenion,  Arr.  An.  3,  5,  3. 
— Others  in  Arist. ;  etc. 

ίΜεγακβέων,  οντος,  ό,  Megacreon, 
a  citizen  of  Abdera,  Hdt.  7,  120. 

Mεγάκvό/Jς,  ες,  {μέγας,  κνδος)  much 
renowned,  Anlh.  P.  Append.  328. 

Μ£}'άλα,  neut.  pi.  from  μέγας,  q.  v. 

[«] 

'Μ.εγαλΰοΙκΐ]τικός,  ί],  όν,  v.  1.  for  sq. 

Μεγύ/ΜίΤικος,  ov,  {μέγας,  άδικος) 
unjust  in  great  matters,  0pp.  to  μικρα- 
δικήτης,  Avist.  Khet.  2,  17,  4.  [a] 

'^ίεγύλα'λκής,  ές.  {μέγας,  ΰλκή)  of 
great  strength.  Or.  Sib. 

Μεγάλάμφοδος,  ov,  with  very  circuit- 
ous ways. 

Μεγύλΰνορία,  μεγάλύνωρ,  Dor.  for 
μεγα'λ^ιν-. 

\Μέγαλα  πεδία,  τά,  Magni  Campi, 
a  plain  near  Utica,  Polyb.  14,  7,  9. 

Μ.εγά?ιύρΓΐα,  (sc.  ιερά)  τά,  the  feast 
of  great  loaves,  kept  by  the  Delians  in 
honour  of  Ceres,  Ath.  109  Ε  :  from 

Μεγάλαρτος.  ov,  {μέγας,  άρτος)  the 
great-loaved  ;  name  of  a  Boeotian  dei- 
ty, Ath.  109  B. 

ΙΛεγΰ'λύρχης,  ες,  {μέγας,  άρχω) 
with   high  authority,  v.  1.   for  μεγαο- 

Μ.εγά7ιΰτος,  ov,  {μέγας,  άτη)  bring- 
ing mighty  mischiefs,  of  the  Erinyes, 
Aesch.  E'um.791,822,  Aid. 

Μεγάλαυχενία,  ας,  ή,=μεγαλαυ- 
χία.  Or.  Sib. 

Μ.εγΰλανχέω,  ύ,  {μεγαΤίανχής)  to 
boast  highly,  talk  big,  Aesch.  Ag.  1528  ; 
more  usu.  in  mid.,  to  boast  one's  self. 
Plat.  Ale.  1,  104  C,  Rep.  395  D: 
hence 

Μ.εγαλανχημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  matter 
for  high  boasting,   Philo. 

'ίΑεγά/.ανχής,  ές,  {μέγας,  ανχέω) 
very  boastful : — very  glorious,  Orph.  H. 
62,  3. 

Μεγΰ?Μνχητος,  ov,=:foreg.,  Leon. 
Tar.  22. 

Μεγΰλαυγία,  ας,  ij,  great  boasting, 
arrogance.  Plat.  Legg.  716  A,  etc. 

'Μεγάλανχος,  ov,  =  μεγαλανχης, 
Pind.  P.  8,  19,  Aesch.  Pers.  533, 
Plat.  Lys.206  A :  70/i.,=foreg.,  Xen. 
Ages.  8,  1. 

Μεγΰλεγκωμίαστος,  ov,  highly  prais- 
ed. 

Μεγάλείον,  ov,  τό,  a  sweet  tingiient, 
prob.=  TO  μεγάλλιον,  q.  v. 

ΜεγάλεΙος,  a,  ov,  (μέγας)  grand, 
splendid,  magnificent,  β/ιματα,  Xen. 
Mem.  2,  1,  34,"  cf  4,  5,  2 :  of  men, 
haughty,  μ.  καΐ  σφοδροί,  lb.  4,  1,4: 
το  μ.,  magnitude,  Polyb.  8,  3,  1.  Adv. 
•ως,  splendidly,  μ.  γαμείν,  Xen.  Hell. 
4,  1,  7:  greatly.  Id.  Ages.  11,  16; 
compar.  -ότερον  or  -οτέρως,  Plat. 
Theaet.  163  C,  Xen.  Hell.  4,  1,  9. 
Hence 

Μεγΰ?νείότ7ΐς,  ντος,  ή,  majesty, 
Ν.  Τ. 

Θ92 


ΜΕΓΑ 

Mt)'(i?.f/iTropof,  ov,  ό,  a  general  mer- 
chant, Strab.  '. 

'^ίεγά'λετΓήβολος,  ov,  attaining  great 
objects,  V.  1.  for  sq. 

Μεγάλεπί',-ίο'λος,  ov,  {μέγας,  έπί- 
βο'λοΓ)  attempting  great  objects,  Polyb. 
15,  37,  1  ;  Diod.  1,  19,  etc.  [I] 

Μεγάληγορέω,  ώ,  to  talk  big,  boast, 
Xen.  An.  6,  3.  18,  Cyr.  4,  4,  2,  and 
with  neut.  adj.,  τοιαύτα  έμεγαληγέ)- 
povv.  lb.  7,  1,  16.  —  II.  trans,  to  extol 
highly.  Hdn.  :  and 

Μεγΰ'λ7ΐγορία,  ας,  ή,  big  talking, 
Eur.  Heracl.  356,  Xen.  Apol.  I : 
from 

Μεγΰλτ/γορος,  ov,  {μέγας,  αγο- 
ρεύω) talking  big,  vaunting,  Aesch. 
Theb.  565:  boastful,  Xen.  Cyr.  7, 
1,  17: — magniloquent,  Longin. 

Μ,εγάΑΊΐνορία,  ας,  ή,  great  manli- 
ness, proud  self-confidence,  Pind.  N.  11, 
57,inplur. : — haughtiness,  Em.  Phoen. 
185,  Heracl.  356. 

Μεγάλήνωρ,  ορός,  ό,  η,  ( μέγας, 
ίνήρ)  very  manly,  self-confident,  epith. 
of  'ύ,σνχία,  Pind.  Fr.228',  cf  μεγαλό- 
φρων  :— haughty.  Id.  P.  1,  99. 

iMεγύλη  πάλις,  i/,— Μεγαλόπολις, 
Dem.  344,  13  ;  etc. 

Μεγΰλ7}τωρ,  ορός,  b,  ή,  {μέγας, 
fjTop)  great-hearted,  Horn.,  freq.  epith. 
of  brave  men  and  of  whole  nations; 
also  of  Polyphemus,  Od.  10,  200: 
Horn,  only  joins  it  to  proper  names, 
except  in  phrase,  μεγαλητορα  θνμόν, 
Od.  9,  500,  etc. ;  so,  μεγαλήτορες 
όργαί,  Pind.  I.  5  (4),  44. 

ΜεγαΛ7}φατος  νμνυς,  a  lofty  strain, 
as  Orph.  Arg.  419,  Herm.,  ubi  vulgo 
μελαν7'/φ-. 

Μεγΰλίζω,  {μέγας)=μεγαλννω : — 
pass.,  to  be  exalted,  lience  to  hear  one's 
self  high  and  haughtily,  II.  10,  69  ;  Od. 
23,  174. 

Μεγάλίστωρ,  ορός,  ό,  ή,  {μέγας, 
ΙϋΤωρ)  knoiving  great  thi7igs. 

Μεγαλκής,  ές,=μεγαλαλκής,  -4nth. 
Plan.  105. 

Μεγάλλιον,  ov,  τό,  a  sweet-smelling 
oil,  Comici  ap.  Ath.  6Π0  E,  sq. :  cf  sq. 

|Με)'αΛλο(•,  ov,  b,  Megallus,  a  Sici- 
lian or  Athenian,  from  whom  foreg. 
was  named,  Ar.  Fr.  451,  v.  Ath. 
690  F. 

Μεγάλόβουλος,  ov,  {μέγας,  βονλη) 
high-counselling. 

Μεγύληβρεμέτης,  ov,  ό,  {μέγας, 
βρέμω  )  loud-roaring,  Q.  Sm.  2,  508. 

Μεγύλοβρόμος,  ov,=:foreg.,  νδωρ, 
Orph.  Arg.  461. 

Μεγάλύβρνχος,  ov,  (μέγας,  βρυχύ- 
ομαι)  loud-bellowing,  Q.  Sm.  t5,  188. 

^Μεγαλόβνζοι,  ων,  ol,  Megalobyzi, 
unmanned  priests  of  the  temple  at 
Ephesus,  Strab.  p.  641,  v.  Mt}a/3ii- 
ζος  (3). 

ΜεγΰλόβωλίΟς,  ov,  {μέγας,  βώλος) 
with  large  clods. 

Μεγΰλογύστωρ,  ορός,  b,  ή,  (μέγας, 
γασΤ7/ρ)  big-bellied. 

Μεγύλογκία,  ας,  ή,  {μέγας,  όγκος) 
hugeness,  Democr.  ap.  Stob. :  cf  ενογ- 
κος. 

Μεγΰλογνωμέω,  ώ,  to  entertain  no- 
ble sentiments,  Dio  C. ;  for  the  strict 
form  μεγαλογνωμονέω :  and 

Με)  άλογνωβοσύνιι .  ης,  i],  lofii7iess 
of  sentiment,  Xen.  Ages.  8,  3  :  from 

Μεγάλογνώμων,  ov,  {μέγας,  γνώμη) 
of  lofty  sentiments,  high-minded,  Xen. 
Oec.  21,  8  :  to  μ.  =  foreg..  Id.  Ages, 
9,6. 

Μεγΰλογράφέω,  ώ,  to  write  large. 

Μεγάλογράφία,  ας,  ή,  (μέγας,  γρα- 
φή III.)  the  pai7iting  of  large  subjects, 
Vitniv. 

Μι^γάληδαίμων,  όνος,  b,  =  μέγας 
δαίμων,  Clem.  ΑΙ. 


ΜΕΓΑ 

Μεγάλοδάπΰνος,  ορ,  {μέγας,  δαπά- 
νη) incurring  great  expenses,  [ΰ] 

Μεγά/.όδενδρος,  ov,  {μέγας,  δέν- 
δρον)  full  of  large  trees,  Strab.  tP-  74. 

Μεγάλ(')δηλος,  ov,  {μέγας,  δήλος) 
quite  evident,  manifest,  Porphvr. 

Μεγΰλοδοξία,  ας,  ij,  great  renmoTi: 
high  opinion  of  one's  self :  from 

Μεγάλύδοξος,  ov,  {μέγας,  δόξα) 
very  glorious,  Κννομία,  Pinil.  O.  9,  26. 

Μεγάλόδονλος,  ov,  b,  a  great  slave, 
opp.  to  μικρόδου'λος,  Epict. 

Μεγάλόδονς,  ό,  ή,  (μέγας,  οδούς) 
with  large  teeth. 

Μεγάλοδννύμος,  ov,  {μέγας,  δύνα- 
μίς)  very  powerful,   [ν] 

Μεγαλοόωΐ)εύ,  άς,  ή,  α  mioiificeiU 
gift,  Luc.  Dial.  Mort.  6,  4  :  and 

Μεγαλοδωρία,  ας,  ή,  munificence, 
Luc.  Saturn.  4:  from 

Μεγάλόδωρος,  ov,  {μέγας,  δώρον) 
making  great  presents,  munificent,  Ar. 
Pac.  393  (in  super!,),  Polyb.  10,  5,  0  : 
to  μ.=.μεγαλοδωρία,  Plut. 

Μεγαλοεργέω.  contr.  -ονργέω,  ώ,  to 
do  great  things,  Philo  :  from 

Μεγά?ίθεργής,  contr.  ■ονργ7'/ς,  ές 
{μέγας,  *εργω):  stYXCUy,  performing 
great  deeds :  hence,  magnificent.  Hence 

Με)  ίίλοερ>'ία,  ας.  y,  7nagnificence, 
Polyb.  31,  3,  1  :  contr.  -ovp^ia,  Luc. 
Calumn.  17. 

Μεγαλοεργός,  όν,  contr.  -ονργός, 
=μεγαλοεργ7ΐς,  Plut.  Caes.  58 :  τό 
μεγ■=iΌ\■eg.,  Luc.  Alex.  4. 

Μεγύ?Μζηλος,  ov,  very  zealous. 

Μεγάλόηχος,  ov,  loudly  sounding. 

MeyuAOWpif,  τρίχος,  b,  ή,  with 
strong  or  thick  hair. 

Μεγαλόθνμος,  ov,  =  μεγά,θνμης, 
Plat.  llep.  375  C. 

Μεγύλοιτος,ον,  (μέγας,  oιτoς)very 
wretched,  Theocr.  2,  72. 

Μεγαλόκαρπος,  ov,  {μέγας,  καρπός) 
with  large  fruit,  Theopnr. 

Μεγαλοκαυλος,  ov,  (μέγας,  καν?Μς) 
with  large  stalk,  'rheophr. 

Μεγαλόκ^ρως,  ων,  gen.  ω,  {μέγας, 
κέρας)  with  large  horns. 

Μεγάλοκενθής,  ες,  {μέγας,  κενθω) 
concealing  or  holding  much  :  capaciaus, 
sjjacious,  θά?Μμοι,  Pind.  P.  2,  60. 

Μεγάλοκέφάλος,  ov,  {μέγας,  κεφα- 
λή) with  a  large  head,  Arist.  Probl. 
30,3. 

Μεγάλοκίνδϋί'ος,  ov,  {μέγας,  κίν- 
δννος)  braving  great  dangers,  adventu- 
rous, opp.  to  μικροκίνδννος,  Arist. 
Eth.  N.  4,  3,  23. 

Μεγάλόκ7Μνος,  ov,  making  a  loud 
noise,  Ciein.  Al. 

Μεγαλοκμής,  ήτος,  ό,  ή,  as  Scho- 
lion  on  ΐινδροκμής. 

Μεγάλοκοίλιος,  ov,  {μέγας,  κοιλία) 
with  large  ventricles  (of  the  heart), 
Arist.  Part.  An.  4,  4,  30. 

Μεγαλόκολπος,  ov,  {μέγας,  κόλ- 
πος) full  bosomed,  or  with  large  deep 
folds,  Niff,  Bacchyl.  40,  ubi  al.  μελά- 
voK-,  or  μελαγκ: 

Μεγαλόκηρυς,  ov,  {μέγας,  κόρη 
ΠΙ.)  itith  large  pupils. 

Μεγάλοκύρνφος,  ov,  {μέγας,  κορυ- 
φή) with  vast  summit,  γη.  Lye.  ap. 
Arist.  Rhet.  3,  3, 1. 

Μεγάλόκρακτυς,  ov,  {μέγας,  κράζω) 
loud-scream  ing. 

Μεγύλοκράτής,  ές,  {μέγας,  κράτος) 
far-ruling,  Anth.  P.  9,  657. 

Μεγά'/οκρύτωρ,  ορός,  ό,  =  foreg., 
LXX.  [ύ]  ^ 

Με•}  ύλοκνμων,  ov,  (μέγας,  κϊψα) 
with  great  waves,  Arist.  Probl.  26,  16, 
2.  [v] 

Μεγάλόκω?,ος,  ov,  (μέγας,  κώλον) 
of  sentences,  with  long  clauses. 

Mf-}  a?  ολ.άλος,  ov,  {μέγας,  λάλος) 
talki/ig  big  or  much. 


ΜΕΓΑ 

Μεγά?.όμαζος,  ον,  {μέγας,  μάζα) 
=μΐ:γαλαι)-ος  (q.  v.),  Ath.  109  Β. 

^Μεγα'λόμαζος,  ου,  ό,  Megalomazus, 
a  hero  in  Boeotian  Scolus,  Ath. 
109  Α.. 

Μεγάλομάρής,  ες, {μέγας, μαίνομαι) 
very  frantic. 

Μεγάλόμαρτιφ,  ϊφος,  ό,  =  μέγας 
μάρτυς. 

Μ.εγΰλόμασθος,  ον,  {μέγας,  μασϋός) 
with  large  breasts. 

Μεγάλομάτηρ,  ή.  Dor.  for  μεγα?Μ- 
αήτηρ. 

Μεγΰλομέρεια,  ας,  ?/,  greatness  of 
parts,  ορρ.  to  μίκρομέρεια,  Arist. 
Metaph.  1,  8,  4;  cf.  μεγαλομερία : 
from 

Μεγάλομερής,  ες,  {μέγας,  μέρος) 
consisting  of  large  parts,  Plat.  Tim. 
62  A  :  generally,  magnificent,  Polyb. 
28,  17,  1,  etc. ;  so  in  adv.  -ρώς.  Id.  16, 
25,  3,  etc. 

Μ-εγά/ίΟμερία,  ας,  η,  =  μεγαλομέ- 
ρεια  .• — magnificence,  Polyb.  1,  20,  9. 

Μεγύλομήτηρ,  τρός,  ή,  α  grand- 
mother ;  V.  Lob.  Phryn.  453. 

Μ-εγάΊόμητις,  τι,  {μέγας,  μητις)  of 
high  design,  ambitious,  Aesch.  Ag. 
1426. 

Ήίεγαλΰμισθος,  ον,  {μέγας,  μισθός) 
receiving  high  pay,  Luc.  Merc.  Cond. 
15. 

Μεγάλόμμάτος,  ον,  large-eyed. 

Μ.εγάλομϋΚ7ίτης,  ον,  ό,  the  loud  bel- 
lower. 

Ήίεγίλόνοια,  ας,  η,  magnanimity. 
Plat.  Legg.  935  B,  Plut  2,  401  D : 
from 

Μεγαλόνοος,  ον,  contr.  -νους,  ουν 
{μέγας,  νόος),  great-minded,  high- 
minded. 

Μεγαλοττάθεια,  ας,  ή,  {μέγας,  πα- 
θεϊν)  great  patience,  fortitude,  Plut.  2, 
551  C. 

Μεγα7.οττενθής,  ές,  greatly  sorrow- 
ing: \v.  Μεγαττενθής. 

Μεγάλόπετρος,  ον,  {μέγας,  πέτρα) 
of  οτ  on  the  mighty  rock,  'Ακρόπολις, 
Ar.  Lys.  482. 

Μ.εγαλοτϊΤίΟνσιος,  ov,=sq. 

Μί^ύλόπλουτος,  Of,  {μέγας,  π?Μΰ- 
τος)  exceeding  rich,  Eubul.  Ion.  2. 

Μεγΰ?ίθποιέω,  ύ,  {μέγας,  ποιέω)  to 
do  great  things,  LXX.  —  11.  trans,  to 
magnify,  Hierocl. 

'Μ.ε γ ΰ?.ο πόλεμος,  ον,  {μέγας,  πό?ιε- 
μος)  gnat  in  war,  Joseph. 

Μεγαλόπολις,  poet,  μεγαλόπτολις, 
λι,  {μέγας,  πόλις)  epith.  of  great 
cities,  ai  μ.  Άθάναι,  Athens  that 
mighty  city,  Pind.  P.  7,  1  ;  so,  μεγαλο- 
πόλιες  ώ  Σνρύκοσαι,  lb.  2,  1 ;  ά  μ. 
Τροία,  Eur.  Tro.  1291.^ 

|Με>αλ07Γολίζ•,  εως,  ή,ΆηάΜεγάλη 
πόλις.  Megalopolis,  a  city  of  Arcadia, 
founded  by  Epaminondas  after  the 
victory  at  Leiictra,  Xen.  Hell.  6,  5, 
3  ;  etc. — 2.  a  city  of  Pontus,  so  called 
from  its  founder  Pompey  the  great, 
Strab.  p.  560:  its  territory  Μεγα/Μ- 
πολίτις,  ιδος,  η.  Id. 

1Αεγΰ7.οπολιτης,  ον,  ό,  α  citizen  of 
a  large  city,  Phllo.  t — Π.  and  fern. 
■ϊτις,  ιδος,  from  foreg.,  an  inhab.  of 
Megalopolis,  Megalopotitan,  οι  Mey., 
Dein.  202,  sqq. ;  Xen.  Hell.  7,  5,  5  ; 

etc.  :    ή  Mey ΐτις,    the   territory  of 

Megalopolis,  Polyb.  2,  51,  3  ;  v.  also 
foreg.  2. 

Μεγαλοπόνηρος,  ον,  {μέγας,  πονη- 
ρός) exceeding  wicked,  Arist.  Pol.  4, 
11,  5. 

'Μεγα?•.όπονς,  b,  ή,  -πουν,  τό,  {μέ- 
γας, πους)  with  large  feet,  Arist.  Η.  Α. 
9,  21. 

Μεγΰλοπράγία,  ας,  ή,  {μέγας,  πρά- 
'}θς)  greatness  of  deeds,  Αρρ. 

ίΛε^ΰλοπραγμοσύνη,  ης,  η,  the  dis- 


ΜΕΓΑ 

position  to  do  great  things :  magnificence, 
Plut.  Ale.  6,  etc. :  from 

Μεγΰλοπράγμων,  ον, {μέγας,  πράγ- 
μα) disposed  to  do  great  deeds,  forming 
great  designs,  Xen.  Hell.  5,  2,  36, 
Plat. 

Μεγαλοπρέπεια,  ας.  Ion.  -είη,  η, 
the  character  of  a  μεγαλοπρεπής, 
splendour,  magnificence,  Hdt.  1,  139; 
3,  125;  Plat.,' etc. :  and 

Μεγίλοπρεπεΰομαι,  ae^.,to  be  mag- 
nificent :  from 

Μεγΰ?ιθπρεπ/'ίς,  ές,  {μέγας,  πρέπω) 
befitting  a  great  man  :  magnificent,  Lat. 
fnagnificus,  δείττνον,  δωρεή  μ-,  Hdt. 
5,  18;  6,  122;  ταφή.  Plat.,  etc. :— of 
persons.  Plat.  Rep.  487  A,  etc.,  cf. 
Arist.  Eth.  N.  4,  2,  5  :— of  style,  Xen. 
Mem.  3,  10,  5  ;  Plat.  Symp.  210  D.— 
Adv.  -πέως,  Att.  -πώς,  Hdt.  6,  128, 
Plat.  etc. ;  compar.  -έστερον,  Plat. 
Lys.  215  Ε  ;  superl.  -έστατα,  Hdt.  7, 
57. 

Μεγάλοπτέρνγος,  ov,=sq.,  LXX. 

Μεγύλοπτέρνξ,  νγος,  ό,  ή,  {μέγας, 
πτέρυξ)  with  large  wings. 

Μεγάλόπτολις,  λι,  poet,  for  μεγα- 
λόπολις,  q.  v. 

Μεγύλόπτωχος,  ον,  ο,  very  poor, 
Stob. 

Μεγΰλόπϋλος,  ον,  (μέγας,  πύλη) 
with  large  gales. 

Μεγΰλοπύρηνος,  ον,  {μέγας,  πν- 
ρήν)  with  large  kernel,  Theophr.   [ϋ] 

Μεγΰλό[)Ι)αξ,  άγος,  ό,  i],  { μέγας, 
βύξ)  bearing  large  berries,  Stral). 

Μεγά?ιθ^βημοΐ'έω,  ώ,  to  be  a  boaster, 
Strab.  p.  601  :  and 

Μεγάλορβημονία,  ας,  η,  boastfal- 
ness,  big-talking  :    and 

Μεγαλοβρηαοσύνη,  ης,  ^,=foreg., 
Polyb.  39,  3,  1 ;   from 

Μεγάλορβήμων,  ον,  (μέγας,  βήμα) 
talking  big,  boastful,  LXX. 

Μεγάλόρβιζος,  ον,  (μέγας,  βίζα) 
with  large  roots,  Theophr. 

ΜεγάλόββΙνος,  ον,  (μέγας,  βίς)  with 
large  nose. 

Μεγάλόβρίνος,  ον,  {μέγας,  βινόν) 
thick-skinned. 

Με}'ύλΘ(:,  ν.  sub  μέγας. 

Μεγά?-όσαρκος.  ον,  {μέγας,  σαρξ) 
great  of  flesh,  LXX. 

Με}ά?.οσθενής,  ές,  (μέγας,  σθένος) 
of  great  strength,  exceeding  strong,  Ep. 
Horn.  6,  Pind.  P.  6,  21. 

Μεγάλοσμάράγος,  ον,  {μέγας,  σμά- 
ραγος)  loud-resounding,  Luc.  Jup. 
Trag.  1.  [α] 

Μεγάλοσοφιστής,  ον,  ό,  =  μέγας 
σοφιστής,  Ath.  113  D. 

Μεγάλόσπ?ιαγχνος,  ον,  {μέγας, 
σπ7.άγχνον)  causing  the  bowels  to  stvell, 
Hipp.  p.  392. — II.  high-spirited,  -ψνχή, 
Eur.  Med.  109. 

^Μεγαλοσσάκης,  ονς,  ό,  Megahssa- 
ces,  masc.  pr.  n.,  Ap.  Rh.  1,  1045. 

Μεγάλοστάφϋλος,  ον,  {μέγας,  στα- 
φνλή)  with  large  bunches,  [α] 

Μεγά?Μστάχυς,  ν,  gen.  νος,  {μέ- 
γας, στάχνς)  with  large  ears  of  cum, 
Diosc. 

Μεγΰλοστένακτος,  ον,  (μέγας,  στε- 
νάζω) to  be  greatly  lamented. 

Μεγαλόστομος,  ον,  {μέγας,  στόμα) 
with  large  mouth,  Arist.  Part.  An.  3, 
1,  12. 

Μεγάλόστονος,  ον,  {μέγας,  στένω) 
very  lamentable,  most  piteous,  Aesch. 
Pr.  411. 

^Μεγαλοστράτη,ης,ή,  Megalostriite , 
a  poetess,  beloved  by  Alcman,  Ath. 
600  E. 

Me)  άλοσύνη,  ης,  τι,= μέγεθος. 

Μεγαλόσχημος,  o^•,=  sq.,  Theophr. 

Μεγαλόσχημων .  ην,  (μέγα ς, σχήμα) 
oflarse  form  :  magnificent,  τιμή,  Aesch. 
Pr.  409. 


ΜΕΓΑ 

Μεγαλοσώμΰτος,  ον,  (μέγας,  σώμα') 
large  bodied. 

Μεγά7ιόσο)μος,  οΐ',=  foreg. 

Μεγύλότεχνος,  ον,  (μέγας,  τέχνη) 
great  in  art,  a  master  of  his  art,  Arist. 
Mund.  0,  14  :  —  ~b  μ.=  νψος,  the  sub- 
lime, Dion.  H.  de  Isocr.  3. 

Μεγάλότης,  ητος,  ή,  =  μέγεθος, 
Chrysipp.  ap.  Plut.  2,  441  Β  ;  cf.  Lob. 
Phryn.  350. 

Μεγά?ώτϊμος,  ον,  { μέγας,  τιμή  ) 
highly  honoured : — nf  great  value.  Adv. 
-μως,  Diog.  L. 

Μεγάλότολμος,  ον,  (μέγας,  τό/.μα) 
greatly  adventurous,  Luc.  Alex.  8. 

Μεγάλότοξος,  ον,  (μέγας,  τόξον) 
ivith  large  bow. 

Μεγάλοτράχηλος,  ον,  {μέγας,  τρά- 
χηλος) large-necked,  [ώ] 

Μεγά2.ονργέω,  -γης,  -γία,  -γός,  ν. 
sub  μεγαλοεργ-. 

Μεγάλοφΰνής,  ές.  (μέγας,  φαίνο- 
μαι)^: μεγαλοπρεπής. 

ή'Μ.εγα/Μφάνης.  ονς,  ο,  MegalophS- 
nes,  teacher  of  Philopoemen,  Paus. 
8,  49,  2. 

Μεγάλοφεγγής,  ές,  {μέγας,  φέγγος) 
giving  a  strong  light. 

Μεγάλόφθαλμος,  ον,  (μέγας,  όφΟα?.- 
μός)  large-eyed,  Arist.  Physiogn.  6,  20. 

Μεγά^Μφϊ/ίΟς,  ον,  {μέγας,  φίλος) 
having  great  friends. 

Μεγά?.όφλεβος,  ον,  {μέγας,  φ/ίέψ) 
large-veined,  Arist.  Part.  An.  3,  4, 
30. 

Μεγΰλοφρονέω,  ώ,  to  be  hish-mind- 
ed,  μ.  εφ'  έαντώ,  to  be  confident  in 
one's  self,  Xen.  Hell.  6,  2,  39;  τινί, 
Dion.  H.  8,  83  : —  in  bad  sense,  to  be 
proud,  haughty,  περί  Ti,  as  Plat.  Rep. 
528  B,  in  Mid. :  and 

Μεγά7\θφροσννη .  ης,  ή,  greatness  of 
mind.  Plat.  Symp.  194  Β  :  in  bHd 
sense,  pride,  arrogance,  Hdt.  7,  24, 
130  ;  μ.  γένονς,  pride  of  family,  Aiiti- 
pho  127,  21  :  from 

Μεγά?.όφρων,  όνος,  ό,  η,  (μέγας, 
φρήν)  high-viinded.  noble,  genrrons, 
ησυχία,  Ar.  Lys.  1289,  cf  Isocr.  20  A  ; 
V.  μεγαλήνωρ :  in  bad  sense,  haughty, 
proud ;  as  in  adv.  -ονως.  Plat.  Eutliyd. 
293  A,  Xen.  Hell.  4,  5,  0. 

Μεγαλοφυής,  ές,  {μέγας,  φυή)  of 
noble  nature.  Polyb.  12,  23,  5. 

Μεγά?Μφϋία,  ας,  ή,  nobleness  of 
nature,  Iambi. 

ΜεγάλόφιΛλος,  ον,  (μέγας,  φνλ'/Μν) 
large-leaved,  Theophr. 

Μεγΰλοφωνία,  ας,  η,  loudness  of 
voice,  Hipp. — big  talking,  Luc.  Hist. 
Conscr.  8 :  from 

Μεγαλόφωνος,  ον,  {μέγας,  φωνή) 
u'ith  a  loud  voice,  Hipp.  :  loud-talking, 
Dem.  415,  15.     Adv.  -νως. 

Μεγάλοχάσμων,  ον,  {μέγας,  χά- 
σμα) wide-yawning,  Epich.  p.  36. 

Μεγάλοψόφητος,  ον.  =sq. 

Μεγα?.έηροΦος,  ον,  (μέγας,  -φόφος) 
loud- sounding. 

Μεγάλοψϋχέω,  ώ,  to  be  magnani- 
mous :  and 

Μεγΰ?ιθφνχία,  ας,  η,  greatness  of 
soul,  magnanimity,  Isocr.  201  A,  Arist. 
Eth.  N.  4,  3  :  =  μεγα?.οπρέ~εια,  Po- 
lyb. 10,  40,  0,  etc. 

Μεγύλό-ψνχος,  ον,  {μέγας,  ψυχή) 
high-souled,  magnanimous,  Isocr.  189 
Β,  Arist.  Eth.  N.  4,  3,  3,  sq.  :  το  μ. 
=μεγα?.οχΐ!νχία,  Polyb.  1,  20.  11  : — 
in  Plat.  Ale.  2,  140  C,  a  milder  ex- 
pression for  ΰφΐ)ωΊ•,  romantic,  Quixetic. 
Adv.  -χως.  Polyb.  1,  8,  4,  etc. 

ΜεγύλνΊ'ω,  (ρίγας)  to  make  great  or 
powerful,  Thuc.  5, 98 : — pass,  to  be  high, 
lofty,  exalted.  Aesch.  Pr.  892.  —  I]. 
to  makegrrat  by  word,  to  extol,  magnify. 
Yaw.  Bacch.  320: — mid.  to  boast  one's 
self. — 2.  to  exaggerate,  Thuc.  8,  SI  : 
893 


ΜΕΓΑ 

Xen.   Apol.  32 :   also   to  aggravate  a 
crime, 'I'huc.  li,  29. — A]so μεγαλίζω. 

^Ιΐγύλώδννος,  ov,  (μέγας,  οδύνη) 
vert/  painful. 

Μκγάλώννμος,  ov,  (μέγας,  όνομα) 
giving  a  great  name,  giving  glory,  νίκη, 
Soph.  Ant.  148;  ί,ενς,  Ar.  Thesin. 
315. 

}>ίεγΰ?ΜΤΓΟς,  όν,  (μέγας,  ώψ)  large- 
eyed,  Ορρ.  C.  2,  177. 

Μεγά'λως,  adv.  from  μέγας,  Horn., 
and  Hdt. 

Μεγύ?.ωστί,  adv.  o(  μέγας,  at  large, 
far  and  wide,  over  a  vast  .space  :  Hom. 
ahvays  pins  μέγας  μεγα'λωστί,  II.  16, 
776  ;  Od.  2ί,  ΑΟ.—η.=μεγάλως,  Hdt. 
2, 161  ;  5,  67  : — α\6θ=αεγα?.οπρετϊώς. 
Id.  6,  70.  [Ζ] 

^Μεγαλωσννη,  ης,  ή,  (μέγας)  great- 
ness, 7iiajesty,  esp.  of  God,  LXX. :  in 
N.  T.  Ibr  ό  Οεος  6  μέγας,  Hebr.  1,  3. 

'ί•ίεγιιλωή>ε7.ί]ς.  ές,  {μέγας,  οφέλλω) 
very  useful  or  serviceable,  Cleomed. 

^^ίεγαμηδάόης,  ου  Ep.  ao,  δ, 
son  of  Megamedes,  H.  Horn.  Merc. 
100. 

^Μεγαμήδη,  ης,  ή,  Megamede,  wife 
of  Thestius,  ApoUod.  2,  4,  10. 

"Μεγάμϋκος,  ov,  loud  bellowing. 

tMt }  ύυείρα,  ας,  ji,Meganira,  daugh- 
ter of  Crocon,  wife  of  Areas,  Apol- 
lod.  3,  9,  ].— 2.  wifeof  Celeus,  Paus. 
1,  39,  1. 

Μεγύνωρ,  ορός,  6,  ■η,  =  μεγαλήνωρ 
fin.  πλούτος,  Pind.  Ο.  1,  4.  [α] 

ίΜεγάπανος,  ov,  ό,  Megapanus,  a 
leader  of  the  Hyrcanians,  Hdt.  7, 
62. 

Μεγαττένθης,  ες,  (μέγας,  πένθος) 
full  of  sorrows  :i  as  \)Τ.  η.,  v.  sq. 

\^ίί:γαπένθης,  ους.  h,  Megapenthes, 
son  of  Proetus,  king  of  Argos,  Apol- 
lod.  2,  4,  4. — 2.  son  of  Menelaus  by  a 
female  slave,  Od.  3,  188  ;  15,  100.— 3. 
son  of  Lacydes,  Luc.  Catapl.  8. 

tMe)UTO/.fz,  ης,  ή,  Megapola,  fern, 
pr.  n.,  Luc.  Asin.  28. 

tMfyupa,  ας,  ή.  Ion.  Μεγάρτ/,  ης, 
Megara,  daughter  of  Creon  king  of 
Thebes,  wife  of  Hercules,  Od.  11, 
269  :  Eur.  H.  F.  9.— II.  ^'ίέγαρα,  ων. 
τά,  the  chief  city  of  Megaris  founded 
by  the  Dorians-  ^ind.  O.  13 ;  Hdt.  9, 
14  ;  etc. — *.  a  city  of  Sicily  near  Sy- 
racuse, the  earher  Hybla,  Thuc.  6,  4. 

\Ήίέγαράδε,  adv.,  to  Megara,  Ar. 
Ach.  254. 

tMtyapiVf,  έως,  6,  a  Megarian,  an 
inhab.  of  Megara  ;  usu.  in  pi.  oi  Με- 
γαρείς, έο>ν,  (poet,  -ρήες)  the  Mes.nri- 
ans,  Hdt.  1,  59;  in  Sicily  Id.  7,  156: 
those  in  Megaris  also  ol  ΝισαΙοι  Μ., 
Αρ.  Rh.  2,  747;  Theocr.  12,  27  (v. 
Ί<1ισαία),  while  those  in  Sicily  oi  M. 
oi  'Ύ'ίλαΙοι.  Thuc.  6,  4. 

\Μεγαρενς,  έως,  ό,  Megareus,  son  of 
Hippomenes  of  Anchestus,  after 
whom  the  city  Megara  (Graeco  more) 
was  said  to  be  named,  Apollod.  3,  15  ; 
ace.  to  Paus.  1, 39,  5,  son  of  Neptune. 
— 2.  a  son  of  Creon,  Soph.  Ant.  1303, 
=MeiOiKEif(q.  v.  2)  in  Eur.  Phoen. 
769. — 3.  a  Macedonian,  Arr.  An.  3, 
2,5. 

Μ.εγΰρίζω,  to  side  luith  the  Megarians, 
or  to  speak  their  dialect,  κλύων  Mf  yc- 
ραΐς,  Ar.  Ach.  822,  ubi  v.  Schol.— II. 
to  visit  the  μέγαρα  of  Ceres  at  the 
Thesmophoria,  Clem.  Al. ;  cf.  μέγα- 
001'  III. 

Μεγάρικός,  i),  ov,  {Μέγαρα)  Mega- 
nan,  Ar.  tPac.  6091,  etc. :  τα  Με- 
γαρικύ,  also  ΜεγαρίκοΙ  κέραμοι,  and 
111  the  language  of  trade,  Μεγαρικά, 
Megarian  pottery  :  but  oi  Μεγαρικηί, 
the  philosophers  nf  the  Megarian  school, 
tStrab.  p.  393.t  Pecul.  fem.  Μεγαρίς 
Uc.  }7/),  the  Megarian  territory,  Mega- 
894 


ΜΕΓΑ 
rid,  Thuc.  2,  31,  etc.:  falso  ή  Με- 
γαρική,  Strab. 

i Μεγαρίς,  ίδος,ή,  v.  sub  foreg. 
ΜεγαρόΟεν,  adv.,  from  Megara,  Ar. 
Vesp.  57. 

ΜεγαροΙ,  adv.,  at  Megara,  Ar.  Ach. 
758. 

Μέγΰρον,  ov,  τό,  {μέγας  ?) :  a  large 
room,  chamber,  hall,  freq.  in  Horn.,  esp. 
Od.  :  usu. — 1.  the  large  common  hall 
where  the  men  dined,  the  chief  room 
in  the  house  :  also — 2.  a  woman's 
apartment,  of  the  lady  of  the  house 
and  her  maids,  in  the  U|i|)er  story, 
v.  esp.  Od.  18,  198:  in  phir.,  Od.  2, 
94  ;  19,  30.— 3.  α  bed-chamber,  (>d.  11, 
374. — II.  a  house,  esp.  a  large  one,  a 
palace,  freq.  in  Horn.,  (esp.  in  Od.), 
but  mostly,  like  Lat.  aedes,  in  plur., 
because  the  house  consisted  of  many 
rooms :  in  sing.,  Pind.  P.  4,  238 : — 
εν  μεγύροις,  quietly  at  home,  as  opp. 
to  war  and  travelling,  (cf.  Lat.  domi, 
militiae),  II.  1,  396,  etc.  ;  but  also  opp. 
to  έπ'  ίίγρον,  Od.  21,  47. — 111.  τά  μέ- 
γαρα, also  μάγαρα,  underground  caves 
sacred  to  Demeter  (Ceres)  and  Per- 
sephone (Proserpina)  (whence  the 
verb  μεγαρί.ζω  II.),  into  which  young 
pigs  were  let  down  on  a  particular  day 
in  the  Thesmophoria, — the  μνστηρι- 
κά  and  μυστικά  χοιρία  (cf.  μυστικός), 
of  Ar.  Ach.  747,  764,  v.  Paus.  9,  8,  1, 
cf.  Meineke  Menand.  p.  286,  Lob. 
Aglaoph.  p.  829,  sq. — IV".  μέγαρον, 
also  μύγαρον,  the  sacred  cliambrr  in 
the  temple  of  Delphi,  where  the  re- 
sponses were  received,  Hdt.  1, 47,  65  ; 
also  of  other  temples  ;  the  sanctuary, 
shrine,  elscwh.  άδυτον,  freq.  in  Hdt., 
cf.  Valck.  6,  131:  in  genl.  Hdt.  uses 
the  word  only  of  sacred  edifices  and 
always  in  sing.,  like  Lat.  aedes,  a 
temple. 

Μέγΰρόνδε,  adv.,  homewards,  home, 
Od.  16,  413,  etc.  ^ 

iMέγapoς,  ov,  ό,  Megarus,  a  son  of 
Jupiter,  Paus.  1,  40,  1. 

Μέ'}αρσις,  ή,  {μεγαίρω)  jealousy, 
envy. 

Μεγαρτός,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from 
μεγαίρω,  envied,  to  he  envied. 

ΜΕΤΑ'Σ,  μεγάλη  [ά],  μέγα:  gen. 
μεγάλου,  ης,  ου  :  dat.  μεγάλω,  y,  ω  : 
ace.  ιιέγύν,  μεγάλην,  μέγα :  dual 
μεγάλω,  α,  ω :  plur.  μεγάλοι,  αι,  α, 
etc.,  like  a  regul.  adj.  in  ης : — but  the 
regul.  form  ΜΕΓΑΆΟΣ,  is  never 
used  in  sing.  nom.  and  ace.  niasc. 
and  neut.,  and  only  once  in  vocal. 
mΆSC.,  μεγάλε  Ζεν,  Aesch.  Theb.  822. 
— I.  radic.  sense,  of  bodily  size,  big, 
great,  whether  of  animals  or  things, 
Horn.,  etc. :  esp.  freq.  of  men's  bodily 
stature,  in  Hom.  usu.  ήύς  τε  μέγας 
τε,  as  καλός  τε  μέγας  τε  ;  more  rarely 
of  women,  καλή  τε  μεγάλη  τε,  as  Od. 
15,  418  :  hence  also,  great,  groivn  up, 
full-grown,  of  age  as  shown  by  stature, 
Od.  2,  314,  cf  Lat.  major,  maximus  :  in 
Ion.  prose  it  appears  often  to  be  used 
pleonast.,  μεγαΟεϊ  μέγας,  μέγιστος, 
great  in  size,  Hdt.  1,  51,  etc., — the  no- 
tion oi μέγαθος  being  relative,  as  aji- 
pears  clearly  from  μεγάθεϊ  σμικρός, 
Hdt.  2,  74,  etc. — But  as  bodily  size 
may  be  of  various  sorts,  μέγας  takes 
several  subordinate  signfs.,  as, — 1. 
vast,  high,  ουρανός,  όρος,  πύργος,  etc., 
Horn. — 2.  vast,  spacious,  wide,  πέλα- 
γος, λαΐτμα  θαλάσσης,  etc.,  Hom. — 
3.  long,  ηίών,  αιγιαλός,  etc.,  Hom. — 
II.  of  degree,  great,  strong,  mighty; 
and  that, — 1.  poiverful,  mighty,  Horn., 
mostly  as  epith.  of  gods,  esp.  of  Ju- 
piter, also  of  men,  like  μεγιστάνες, 
Od.  18,  382  ;  freq.  in  Hdt. :  υρκος  μέ- 
γας, the  mighty,  awful  oath,  Hom. — 2. 


ΜΕΓΑ 

great,  strong,  violent,  of  the  elements, 
etc.,  άνεμος,  λαΙλα•φ,  ζέι^νρος,  Hom. ; 
and  of  properties,  passions,  etc.,  of 
men,  κράτος,  ϋνμύς,  αρετή,  κλέος, 
άχος,  etc.,  Hom. — 3.  of  sound»,  great, 
lotul,  ιαχή,  άλαλ,ητός,  ορυμαγδός,  πά- 
ταγος, Horn. — 111.  with  a  bad  sense 
attached  to  it,  over-great,  μέγα  ειπείν, 
to  speak  too  big,  and  so  provoke  divine 
wrath,  Od.  22,  288 :  so,  λίην  μέγα 
εί-είν,  Od.  16,  243 :  and  freq.  in  Att., 
even  in  prose ;  also  μεγάλα  λέγειν, 
etc.,  Lob.  Soph.  Aj.  384 :  so,  μέγα 
and  μεγάλα  φρονεΐν.  Lob.  Aj.  1109: 
— later  μέγα  λέγειν,  to  say  something 
marvillous,  Hemst.  Luc.  1,  p.  39. — IV. 
μέγιστοι  καιροί,  the  greatest,  i.  e.  the 
most  pressing  emergencies,  Twosi  critical 
periods,  Wolf.  Dem.  470,  12  (p.  331), 
like  Lat.  summa  or  maxima  tempora.-^- 
V.  adv.  μεγύλως  [ΰ],  greatly,  exceed• 
ingly,  in  a  great  degree,  Hom.,  only  Od. 
16, 432,  and  strengthd.,  μέγα  με}  άλως, 
11.  17,  723  :  but  Hom.  and  Hdt.  more 
usu.  nave  the  Ion.  adv.  μεγα7.ωστί, 
q.  V. :  and  still  more  the  neut.  sing, 
and  pi.  μέγα  and  μεγάλα  as  adv., 
which  also  occur  in  Att.,  very  much, 
exceedingly  ;  μέγα  χαίρε,  all  hall !  Od. 
24,  402 ;  esp.  with  verbs  expressing 
power,might,  etc.,  μέγα  κρατείν,  άνάσ- 
σειν,δύνασΟαι,  Hom.,cf  Lob.  Phryn. 
197,  or  those  which  express  sound, 
μέγα  άντεΐν,  βοάν,  Ιάχειν,  ενχεσθαι, 
etc.,  aloud,  Hom. :  with  these  last 
only  he  joins  the  plur.  μεγάλα. — 2. 
of  space,  far,  μέγα  προθορών,  11.  14, 
363  ;  so  μέγα  άνενθε,^ατ  away,  II.  22, 
88. — 3.  with  adjs.  not  only  strength- 
ening the  positive,  as,  μέγα  έξοχος, 
μέγα  νήπως,  11.  2,  480  ;  10,  46  ;  but, 
like  πολύ,  with  cornpar.  and  superl., 
by  far,  μέγ'  άμείνων,  άριστος,  φέρτα- 
τος,  Hom. :  strengthd.  μά'λα  μέγα,  Π. 
15,  321;  ?ύην  μέγα,  Od.  16.  243.- 
V'l.  degrees  of  comparison  : — 1.  coin- 
par,  μείζων,  neut.  μείζον,  gen.  μείζο- 
νος, Hom.,  and  Att.  ;  but  in  ion.  prose 
μέζων,  ov,  Hdt. ;  Dor.  μεσδων  ;  Boeot. 
μέσσων :  later  also  μειζότερος,  |Ν. 
T.t,  Lob.  Phryn.  136: — greater,  Hom. ; 
— but  oft.  also  too  great,  too  much, 
greater,  or  more  than  enough,  Heind. 
Plat.  Soph.  231  A  :  ούτε  μείζον,  ovre 
1?.αττον,  a  strong  form  of  denial,  no- 
thijig  whatever,  Schaf.  Dion.  Conip.  p. 
71 : — Adv.  μειζέινως.  Ion.  μεζέ)νως, 
Hdt.  3,  128,  etc. — 2.  superl.  μέγιστος, 
η,  ov,  Hom. ;  also,  but  very  late,  με- 
γα?.ώτατος,  v.  Lob.  Phryn.  93  : — used 
with  another  superl.  μέγιστον  ίχθισ• 
τος,  Eur.  Med.  1323.  (The  root  μέγ- 
ας appears  in  Lat.  mag-nus,  Sanscr. 
mah-al,  (cf.  μέγ-αθος),  Pers.  7nih  or 
meah,  (cf.  Μάγος),  Germ.  Mach-t,  our 
mickle,  much,  migh-t,  also  in  μακ-ρόζ, 
μήκ-ος.) 

^Μέγας,  a,  ό,  Megas,  an  Aeginetan, 
father  of  Dam  is,  Pind.  N.  8,  27. 

Μεγασθένης,  ές,  =  μεγαλοσθενής, 
as  epith.  of  gods,  Pind.  O.  1,  38, 
Aesch.  Eum.  61,  etc.:  also,  μ.  χρυ- 
σός, Pind.  I.  5  (4),  2. 

^Μεγασθένης,  ους,  6,  Megasthenes, 
a  historian  at  the  court  of  Seleucus, 
who  wrote  Ινδικά,  Ath.  153  C  ;  Arr. ; 
etc.  —  2.  a  Chalcidian,  founder  of 
Cyme,  Strab.  p.  243. 

\Μεγασίδρας,  ov,  6,  Mcgasidras,  a 
Persian,  Hdt.  7,  72. 

ΜεγάτΙμος,  ον,=μεγα?.ότιμος,  Ael. 

Μΐ:γάτο?.μος,  ον,=^μεγαλότηλμος. 

Μεγανχής,  ές,  {μέγας,  αΰχέω)=με- 
γαλανχής,  παγκράτιον,  Pind.  Ν.  11, 
27:  δαίμων,  .\esch.  Pers.  641. 

^Μεγαφέρνης,  ου,  ό,  Megaphernes,  a 
Persian  nobleman,  slain  by  Cyrus, 
Xen.  An.  1,  2,  20. 


ΜΕΔΕ 

Μεγάόρων,  όνος,  ό,  ?/,  dub.  ίοτμεγα- 
λόφρων. 

Μεγεθοττοιέω,  ύ,  to  make  great,  mag- 
nify, Sext.  Emp.  tMath.7,  108:  from 

ΜεγεθοτΐΟίός,  όν,  {μέγεθος,  ττοιέω) 
making  great,  magnifying,  Longin. 

'ίΛέγεβος,  εος,  τό,  in  Ion.  prose  μέ- 
γαθος.  (μέγας):  greatness, height, holh 
bodily  and  mental :  Horn,  always  of 
the  stature  of  men  and  women  ;  join- 
ed with  εΐόος,  Od.  5,  217;  6,  152; 
■with  κάλλος,  Od.  18,  219,  cf.  Plat. 
Charm.  104  C  : — generally,  largeness, 
magnitude,  size,  taken  relatively, 
hence  in  Hdt.,  μεγάθε'ί  μέγας  and 
σμικρός,  v.  sub  μέγας  I. : — height  of  a 
mountain,  opp.  to  ττ/,τ/θος,  Hdt.  1, 
203  ; — Hdt.  also  uses  the  ace.  μέγα- 
θος  or  TO  μέγαθος  as  adv., — in  sise,  1. 
98  ;  4,  23,  etc.  :  so,  το  ιιεγεθος.  Plat. 
Rep.  423  β  ;  also  in  pi.,  ττοταμοϊ  ov 
κατά  τον  ΝεΖλον  έόντες  μεγύθεα, 
Hdt.  2,  10  :  but  also,  with  verb,  /.άμ- 
ΤΓοντες  αέγαβος^=μεγάλος.  Id.  2,  44. 
— Π.  of  clegree,gTeaii!ess,  πόνων,  Eur. 
Hel.  593. — 2.  greatness,  i.  e.  rank, 
power.  Id.  Bacch.  273. 

Μεγεβουργία,  ας,  ή,  {μέγεθος,  *ερ- 
Ύω)  α  doing  or  attempting  great  actions, 
Plat.  Ax.  370  B. 

Μ^ε^όω,  ώ,=μεγαλννω. 

'Μ.εΎεθννο),=μεγα/.ννω,  Longin. 

tMe} τ σσάραζ•,  ov,  ό,  3Iegessaras, 
father  of  Phamace,  Apollod.  3,  14,  3. 

Μεγήράτος,  ov,  {μέγας,  έρατός) 
passing  lovely.  Hes.  Th.  240 ;  ubi  al. 
cum  Hesychio^fy^/jf-of,  (ερίζω)  con- 
tended for,  sed  v.  Kuhnk.  Ep.  Cr.  p.  96. 

tMe}7/c,  Τίτος,  ό,  Meges,  son  of  Phy- 
leus,  a  suitor  of  Helen,  leader  of  the 
Dulichians  before  Troy,  II.  2,  627. 

ΙΜέγίλλα,  τις,  ή,  Megilla,  name  of 
a  courtesan,  Luc. 

tMe}  (/.Aof .  01!,  b,  Megillus,  a  Lace- 
daemonian. Xen.  Hell.  3,  4,  6. — 2.  a 
hi-storian,  Strab.  p.  692.  —  Others  in 
Luc.  etc. ;  in  Plut.  Timol.  35  Με/ελ- 
λοζ•  should  prob.  be  Ms'yiZ/of. 

^^ίεγίσθης,  ov,  ij,  Megisthes,  a  beau- 
tiful vouth  ;  Bgk.  writes  Μ.εγίστης  in 
Anacr.  39,  1 ;  78,  3. 

Mε7^σr(^^•εf,  ων,  οι,  (μέγιστος)  the 
great  chiefs,  LXX.  cf  Lob.  Phr5'n. 
197 :  later  μεγιστάνας,  ό.  (Cf.  νεά- 
νες,  ξννανες,  from  νέος,  ξννός.) 

ΙΛεγιστενω,  (μέγιστος)  to  be  or  he- 
come  very  great,  App.  Syr.  58.  (Cf. 
αριστεύω  from  άριστος.) 

i'yίεγίστη,  ης,  ή,  Megisfe,  an  island 
on  the  coast  of  Lycia  with  a  city  of 
same  name,  Strab.  p.  666. — II.  fem. 
pr.  n.,  Ath.  583  E. 

■^Μεγιστίας  Ion  -τίης,  ov,  6,  Megi- 
stias.  a  celebrated  seer  of  the  family 
of  Melampus,  Hdt.  7,221. 

^yίεγLστόvovς,  ov,  b,  Megistonous, 
uncle  of  the  Spartan  king  Cleome- 
nes,  Plut.  Arat.  38. 

Μ.εγιστ07Γ0?.ις,  7.i,  (μέγιστος,  ττό- 
?.ις)  making  cities  greatest  or  most  blest, 
'Ησυχία,  μ.  θυγύτηρ  Αίκης,  Pind.  P. 
8,2. 

^Ιέγιστος,  η,  ov,  superl.  of  μέγας, 
Horn. 

^'^Ιέγιστος,  ου,  ό,  3Iegisius,  a  river 
of  Phrygia,  Polyb.  5,  77,  8,  earlier 
called  'Ρννδακος,  Schol.  Ap.  Rh.  1, 
1165. 

'ίΛεγιστότίμος,  ov,  (μέγιστος,  τιμή) 
most  honoured,  Λίκη,  Aesch.  Supp.  709. 

Μεγιστόόωνος,  ov,  {μέγιστος,  φω- 
νή) crying  most  loudly. 

ίΜεγιστώ,  οΰς. T],  Megisto, daughter 
of  Pelagon,  Ath.  560  C. 

3ιΙεδέων,  οντος,  ό,=:μέδων,  a  guard- 
ian, Horn,  (only  in  11.),  always  of  Ju- 
piter, as  guardian  of  special  places, 
ΊδηΟεν  μεδέων,  guardian  of  Ida,    3, 


ΜΕΔΟ 

276,  etc. ;  Αωδώνης  μ.  16,  234;  in  Η. 
Horn.  Merc.  2,  also  of  Mercurj' ;  c. 
dat.  loci,  Pind.  O.  7,  160.— 2.  fem. 
μεδέονσα,=μέδονσα,  likewise  always 
of  guardian  goddesses,  e.  g.  of  Venus, 
Σαλαμίνος  μεδέονσα.  Η.  Hom.  9,  4 ; 
Mnemosyne,  'Έ,λενθηρος  μεδέονσα, 
Hes.  Th.  54;  Minerva,  77/f  ίερωτάτης 
μεδέονσα  χώρας  (Athens),  Ar.  Eq. 
585 ;  cf.  Eur.  Or.  1690,  Hipp.  167.— 
A  participial  form,  but  no  pres.  μεδέω 
is  found. 

ί}»1εδεών,  ώνος,  ό,  Medeon,  1.  ό  Βοι- 
ωτικής, a  city  of  Boeotia  at  foot  of 
Mt.  Phoenicius,  hence  also  called  ή 
Φοινικίς,  II.  2,  501 ;  Strab.  p.  510.— 2. 
ό  Φωκικός,  a  city  of  Phocis  on  the 
Crissaean  gulf,  Strab. — 3.  a  city  of 
Acarnania  on  confines  of  Aetolia, 
Thuc.  3,  106 ;  also  Μεδίων,  Polyb.— 
II.  ace.  to  Steph.  Bjz.,  a  son  of  Py- 
lades  and  Electra. 

^Μέδη,  ης,  ή,  Mede,  sister  of  Penel- 
ope, Asius  4,  Diibn. 

ΜεδιμναΙος,  a,  ov,  holding  a  μέδιμ- 
νος :  from 

Μέδιμνος,  ov,  ό,  but  η  in  Hdt.  1, 
192,  though  he  makes  it  masc.  in  7, 
187: — the  medimnus  or  usual  Attic 
corn-measure,  containing  6  έκτεϊς, 
43  χοίνικες,  and  192  κοτνλαι,  first  m 
Hes.  Fr.  14 ;  ace.  to  Corn.  Nep.  Att. 
2,^6  Roman  modii,  i.  e.  verj"  nearly 
12  gallons.  As  the  medimnus  was 
also  used  for  other  things,  that  of 
corn  was  expressly  called  μ.  σιτηρός. 
The  Sicilian  medimnus  was  \  less, 
Polyb.  2,  15,  1. — Proverb.,  μεδίμνω 
ά~ομετρεΐσθαι  αργύρων,  Xen.  Hell. 
3.  2,  27. — II.  in  Lower  Italy  the  pipe 
of  a  fountain,  elsewh.  κροννός,  Diod. 
(Cf.  Lat.  modus,  modius.) 

'ΪΜ.εδιό/.ϋ,νον,  ov,  τό,  and  ΜεΛολά- 
viov,  Mediolanum,  the  chief  city  of  the 
Insubres  in  northern  Italy,  now  Mi- 
lan, Polj-b.,  etc. — 2.  a  city  of  the  San- 
tones  in  Gallia,  now  Saintes,  Strab. 
p.  190. 

ίΜεδιοματρικοί,  ων,  ol,  the  Medio- 
matrici,  a  Gallic  people  on  the  Rhine, 
Strab.  p.  193. 

ΙΜε^ίω^,  ωνος,  ό,=Μεδεών  3,  Po- 
Ij^b.  18,  23 :  hence  oi  Μεδιώνιοι,  the 
inhab.  of  Medeon,  Id.  2,  2,  6. 

tMcJoa/foi,  ων,  οι,  the  Medoaci,  a 
people  in  Gallia  Transpadana,  Strab. 
p.  216. 

ίΜεδόακος,  ov,  b,  the  Medoncus,  a 
river  in  territory  of  foreg. ;  also  the 
harbour  of  Paterium,  Strab.  p.  213. 

|Μέ(5οίσα  ϋθΓ.=  Μέ^οιισα,  Pind. 

ΜΕ'ΔΟΜΑΙ,  fut.  μεδήσομαι,  which 
Hom.  uses  in  II.  9,  650,  elsewh.  al- 
ways in  pres.  and  imperf. :  dep.  mid. — 
To  provide  for,  attend  to,  think  on,  like 
μιμνήσκοααι,  c.  gen.,  Horn.,  esp.  νό- 
στοιο  and  7:ο7Λμοιο  μέδεσθαι,  to  be 
thinking  of,  i.  e.  preparing  for...,  II.  2, 
384  ;  9,  622 ;  δείτζνοιο,  δόρττοιο,  σίτον, 
κοίτοιο  μ.,  to  be  mindful  of  the  meal, 
of  going  to  bed,  Hom. ;  αλκής  μ-,  to 
bethink  one  o/ one's  defence,  II.  4,  418, 
— like  ά/,κής  μνήσασθαι.—ΙΙ.  ίο  plan, 
contrive  or  devise  something  for  one, 
Tivi  Ti,  always  in  bad  sense,  κακά 
Ύρώεσσι  μ.,  II.  4,  21 ;  8,  458 ;  like 
μήδομαι  and  μηχανάομαι :  later  also 
c.  inf ,  Orph.  Arg.  90.— III.  the  act. 
μέδω  (q.  v.),  not  till  after  Horn.,  and 
in  diff.  signf.  (From  μέδομαι  some 
deriΛ•e  μέδιμνος,  l-at.  modius,  modus, 
moderari,  also  meditari :  μήδομαι  was 
orig.  an  Ion.  form  for  μέδομαι,  like 
μήδεα  for  μέζεα.) 

ίΜεδοντιάς,  άδος,  η,  Medontias,  a 
courtesan  of  Abydos,  Lys.  ap.  Ath. 
534  F,  in  574  Ε  called  'ίιίεδοντίς,  be- 
loved of  Alcibiades. 


ΜΕΘΑ 

I  \Μέδον7.οι,  ων,  oi,  the  Mediili,  an 
'  Alpine  tribe  around  the  Isar  and 
I  Rhodanus,  Strab.  p.  203,  204. 

Μέδουσα,  fem.  from  μέδων,  like 
μεδέονσα,  a  ruler :  hence  as  name  oi 
the  Gorgon,  Medusa,  Hes.  Th.  276. — 
12.  a  daughter  of  Sthenelus,  Apollod. 

2,  4.  5. — 3.  a  daughter  of  Priam,  Id. 

3,  12,  5. 

^\'Siεδυ7J.ίa,  aς,ή,MeduUia,  a  settle- 
ment of  the  Albans,  made  a  Roman 
colony  by  Romulus,  Dion.  H. ;  oi 
Μ.ε6ν'/.λΙνοι,  the  inhab.  of  M.,  Id. 

ΜΕ'ΔΩ,  to  rule,  hold  sway  over,  C. 
gen.  loci :  usu.  of  the  gods ;  as  a  verb 
only  found  in  three  passages,  Κνλλά- 
νας  ο  μέδεις,  Alcae.  22  ;  μέδεις  Έλευ- 
σινίας  Αηονς  εν  κό/.ττοις,  Soph.  Ant. 
1119;  ος  Αιγαίον  μέδεις  ■ζρωιός,  Id. 
Fr.  341 :  it  seems  to  be  formed  from 
the  old  Homer,  part,  μέδων,  q.  ν  «if. 
also  μεδέων. 

Μέδων,  οντος,  ό,  (μέδομαι)  ont  who 
provides  for,  a  gvardian,  lord:  ηγήτο- 
ρες ήδέ  μέδοντες,  leaders  and  guard- 
ians, Hom. ;  he  uses  it  thus  always 
in  plur.,  of  the  militar\-  princes,  and 
c.  gen.  pers.,  as  Άργείων,  Ααναων  : — 
the  sing,  only  Od.  1,  72,  of  Phorcys, 
μέδων  ά?.ός,  lord  of  the  sea.  Fem. 
μέδονσα,  q.  v. — Hom.  uses  μέδων  as 
a  real  subst.,  but  μέδω  is  found  later 
as  a  verb,  v.  sub  voc.  Cf.  also  μεδέ- 
ων, μέδομαι,  μέδονσα,  μεδέονσα. 

ΥίιΙέδων,  οντος  (and  ωνος  Isae.  and 
Arist.  ap.  Β.  Α.  1393),  Medon,  son  of 
Oileus,  brother  of  Ajax,  leader  of  the 
Phthians  before  Troy,  11.  2,  727.-2. 
a  herald  of  Ulysses  in  Ithaca,  Od.  4, 
677  ;  22,  357.-3.  son  of  Codrus,  first 
life  archon  in  Athens,  Ael.  V.  H.  8,  5. 
— Others  in  Paus.,  etc. 

Μέ^εα,  ων.  τώ,=μήδεα,  the  genitals, 
Hes.  Op.  510,  where  it  is  used  of  an- 
imals :  in  Sicil.,  and  Tarent.  μέσα. 
{μέζεα  is  connected  with  μήδεα,  as 
μέδομαι  with  μήδομαι.) 

Μεζόνως,  Ion.  adv.  from  μέζων, 
Hdt. 

Μέζων,  ov,  gen.  όνος.  Ion.  for  μεί- 
ζων, compar.  ot  μέγας,  Hdt. 

Μεθαιρέω,  ω,  ί.  -ήσω,  aor.  μεθεΏ.ον, 
Ion.  μεθέ7.εσκυν  (μετά,  αίρέω)  :  —  to 
catch  in  turn,  of  a  game  at  ball,  σφαΐ- 
pav  έτερος  ρίπτασκε  ττοτΐ  νέφεα  σκι- 
όεντα,  ιδνωθεις  οπίσω'  6  δ'  άττό  χθο- 
νός  νφόσ'  ύερθείς,  βηίδίως μεθέ?.εσκε, 
πύρος  ποσιν  ονδας  ίκέσϋαι,  Od.  8, 
374,  sq..  cf  Poll.  9,  106. 

Μεβά/./.ομαι.  (μετά,  ύλλ.ομαι)  dep. 
mid.,  but  by  Hom.  only  used,  in  part, 
aor.  syncop.  μετάλμενος : — to  leap  or 
rush  upon,i\.  5,  336,  etc. ;  also  absol. 
of  a  lion,  II.  12.  305  -.—to  rush  after, 
overtake,  II.  23,  345. — II.  to  leap  from 
one  ship  to  another,  App. 

Μεθαμέριος,  Dor.  for  μεθημέριος. 

ί^ιΐέθΰνα,  ης,  ή,  Methana,  a  mount- 
ain stronghold  on  a  peninsula  of  same 
name  between  Epidaurus  and  Troe- 
zene  in  Argolis,  Strab.  p.  374;  cf. 
'Μεθώνη. 

Μεθανδύνω,  only  found  in  the  3 
aor.  Ep.  μετενΰδε,  c.  dat.  άθανέιτοισι, 
it  found  favour  among  the  gods,  Q.  Sm 
5,  127,  nisi  legend,  μέγ'  εναδε. 

^Μέθαπος,  ov,  ό,  Methapus,  an 
Athenian,  introducer  of  certain  mys 
teries,  etc.,  Paus.  4,  1,  7. 

■[Μεθάρμη,  ης,  ή,  Metharme,  daugh 
ter  of  Pygmalion,  Apollod.  3,  14,  3. 

Μεθαρμόζω,  [μετά,  άριιόζω)  to  dis 
pose  differently,  to  change,  to  correct. 
Soph.  El.  31.  Mid.  to  alter  one's  way 
of  life,  μ.  νέονς  τρόπονς,  to  put  on, 
adopt  neiv  habits,  Aesch.  Pr.  309;  μ 
βίον  βελτίω  Toij  πρόσθεν,  Eur.  Ale 
1157.    Hence 


ΜΕΘΗ 

Μ.εΟάρμοσις,  εως,  ή,  α  change,  δεσ- 
ποτών, Polyb.  18,  28,  6. 

Μίϋαρμόττω,  Att.  for  μεθαρμόζω, 
Luc. 

Μεθέηκε,  Έρ.  for  μεθηκε,  3  sing, 
aor.  1  act.  οί  μεθίημι,  Hoin. 

ΜίΟείω,  7)ς,  y,  poet,  for  μεθέω, 
μεΰώ,  subj.  aor.  2  οί  μεϋίημι,  Horn. 

Μι-Οεκνέυν,  verb.  adj.  from  μετέχω, 
one  must  share,  τινός,  Thuc.  8,  Cu, 
Pl;it.  Rep.  424  E. 

'ίΛίθεκτίκός,  ή,  όν,  partaking,  Arist. 
Physiogn. 

ΚεΟεκτός,  j],  όν,  (μετέχω)  commu- 
nicfthk,  Arist.  Metaph.  12,  4,  11. 

^ΙεΟέλεσκε,  Ion.  ior  μεθείλε,  3  sing, 
aor.  of  μεΟαφέω,  q.  v. 

ΜεΟέ'/.κο),  (μετά,  έλκω)  to  draw  over, 
Pliilo. 

Μεϋέμεν,  Dor.  and  Ep.  (or  μεθεΐναι, 
inf  aor.  2  oi  μεθίηιιι,  11. 

ΜέΟεν,  Dor.  and  poet,  for  έμέΟεν. 

Ηέθεξις,  εως,  ή,  (μετέχω)  participa- 
tion, Plat.  Soph.  25ϋ  A  : — e.sp.  of  the 
com7/iiinica<ioii  between  the  είδη  (ίόέαι) 
and  earthly  objects,  Id.  Parin.  133  D, 
cf  Arist.  Metaph.  1,  6,  3. 

Μεθέορτος,  ov,  (μετά,  εορτή)  after 
the  feast :  ή  μ.  (sc.  ήμερα),  the  morrow  of 
it,  Antipho  ap.  Harp.,  Plut.  2,  10U5  A. 

ΜεΟέπω,  impf  μεθείττον,  Ep.  μέϋε- 
πον  :  tut.  μεΟέψω  :  poet.  aor.  μίτέσ- 
■Kov,  inf  μετασπείν,  part,  μΐτασπών, 
mid.  μετεσττυμην  (μετά,  έττω).  To 
follow  after,  follow  closely,  be  hard  upon, 
Lat.  insequi,  ποσσί  κραιπνυϊσι  μετα- 
σπών,  11.  17,  190,  Od.  14,  33 ;  so  in 
mid.,  ΰηώντα  μετασπόμενος  βαλε 
όουρί,  II.  13,  5G7 ;  and  c.  dat.,  σοΙ  με- 
θέ-ψομαι.  Soph.  El.  1052.— 2.  to  fol- 
low viith  the  eyes,  hence  to  seek,  search 
or  strive  after,  c.  acc.  ήνίοχον  μέΟεττε 
θρασνν,  11.  8,  12G. — 3.  to  visit,  νέον 
μεϋέττεις ;  dost  thou  come  but  now  to 
visit  us/  Od.  1,  175. — 4.  metaph.  to 
pursue  a  business,  Pind.  N.  C,  24  ;  iμ. 
γεωτΐονίην,  Pseudo-Phocyl.  149| ;  so, 
αχΟος  νώτω  /ιεθέπωι•,  attending  to, 
i.  e.  carrying,  a  burden  on  his  back, 
Pind.  N.  C,  98  :  cf  έπω  and  ίφέπω. — 
II.  transit.,  c.  dupl.,  acc.  Ύνύείδην  μέ- 
Θεπεν  κρατερώννχαςϊππονς,  he  turned 
the  horses  in  pursuit  of  Tydides,  II. 
5,  329  ;  like  έφέπειν  ϊπττονς  ΙΙατρό- 
κλω,  il.  16,  724. — Only  poet.,  esp.  Ep. 

Μϊθερμηνεντικός,  ή,  όν,  interpret- 
ing :  from 

'Μεθερμηνεύω,  (μετά,  ερμηνεύω)  to 
translate,  interpret,  Polyb.  C,  2ϋ,  6, 
Diod. 

Μεθερπύζω,=^ΐ^.,  Orph. 

Mtff/)7r(j,  f.  -ψ6;,  (αετά,  έρπω)  to 
creep  after,  to  overtake,  0pp.  H.  1,  543. 

Μέθεσις,  ή,  {μεθίημι)  relaxation, 
της  -ψυχί/ς,  Philo. 

Μεβετέον,  verb.  adj.  of  μεθίημι, 
one  tnust  let  go,  τινός.  Plat.  Tim.  55  D. 

ΜίΟετικός,  ή,  όν,  (μεθίημι)  letting 
go,  relaxing. 

Mff //,  7/f,  T/,  strong  drinking,  strong 
drink,  καλώς  έχειν  μέθης,  to  be  pretty 
well  drunk,  Hdt.  5,  20 ;  νπερπ/.η- 
σΟεις  μέθης,  μέθη  βρεχϋείς.  Soph. 
Ο.  Τ.  779,  Eur.  ΕΙ.  320:  έσφα?ι,μένος 
νπο  μέθης.  Plat.  Kep.  390  D  :— in 
plur.,  carousals.  Plat.  Legg.  082  E.— 
II.  drunkenness,  Antipho  127,  22  ;  πί- 
νειν  εις  μέθην.  Plat.  Legg.  775  Β  ; 
τρης  προφάσεις,  έρωτα,  μέθην,  α- 
γνοιαν,  Dem.  520, 15  ;  ή  μέθη  τυϋ  φό- 
βου. Plat.  Legg.  639  Β  :  also  enthu- 
siasm, Sturz  Emped.  46.  (From 
same  root  as  μέθυ,  q.  v. ;  acc.  to  Pott 
from  Sanscr.  mad,  to  be  drunk  or  mad.) 

Μ.<(^//Λ•ω,  [μετά,  ηκω)  to  be  come  in 
quest  of  τινά,  Eur.  Tro.  1270. 

Μεθη?ΛΚΐόομαι,  (μετά,  7/?ιΐκία)  to 
pass  from  one  age  to  another.     Hence 


ΜΕΘΙ 

Μεθί/Ζ-ΐκίωσις,  ή,  the  passage  from 
one  age  to  another. 

ίιίεθημαι,  (μετά,  ημαι)  to  sit  among, 
c.  dat.  pi.,  μνηστηρσι,  Od.  1,  118. 

Μεθημεμΐνός,  7/,  υν,  {μετά,  ήμερα) 
happening  by  day,  Lat.  diurnus.  Plat. 
Soph.  220  L). — II.  daily,  Lat.  nuotidi- 
anus,  Dem.  270,  9;  cf.  Lob.  Phryn. 
54.  Paral.  03. 

Μεθημέριος,  ov,=  {oTcg.  (signf  I.), 
Eur.  Ion  1050. 

Μεθημοσύνη,  ης,  ή,  remisstiess,  care- 
lessness, II.  13,  121;  also  m  plur.  lb. 
108:   from 

ΜεΟήμων,  ov,  gen.  ovor,  (μεθίημι) 
remiss,  careless,  II.  2,  241  ;  Od.  0,  25, 
of  men  ;  and  m  late  poets,  Anacreont. 
61,  17. 

Μεθητικός,  ή,  όν,=μεθετικός.  Adv. 
-κώς. 

Μεθίδρνσις,  εως,  ή,  α  change  of  place, 
7mgralion,  Strab.  tp.  571. 

Μεθιόρνω,  (μετά,  ιδρύω)  to  place 
differently,  transpose,  έπι  τάναντία. 
Plat.  Legg.  904  E.  Pass,  to  keep  mov- 
ing, Plut.  Ages.  11. 

^Αεθίεν,  Ep.  for  μεθίεσαν,  3  plur. 
impf  from  μεθίημι,  Od.  21,  377.  [ϊ] 

Μίθιζάνω,  (μετά,  Ιζάνω)  to  trans- 
pose, transplant,  Aretae.  p.  104,  46. 

Μίθιημι,  {μετά,  ΐτιμι)  inf  μεθιέναι, 
part,  μεθίίίς :  fut.  μεθήσω:  aor.  1  με- 
θήκα,  Ε[).  and  Ion.  μεθέηκα,  acc.  to 
Phot,  also  εμέθηκα,  and  in  Coluth. 
127,  μεθήσα :  aor.  2  inf  μεθεΐναι,  part. 
μεθείς.  Mid.  μεθίεμαι.  Verb.  adj. 
μεθετέον,  q.  v.  —  Horn,  uses  pres.  2 
and  3  sing,  μεθιείς,  μεθιεΐ,  poet,  inf 
μίθιέμεν  and  μεθιέμεναι :  impf  2  and 
3  sing,  μεθίεις,  μεθίει,  3  pi.  μεθίεν  for 
μεθίεσαν  :  fut. :  aor.  1  μεθήκα  and  με- 
θέηκα :  aor.  2  inf.  poet,  μεθέμεν  for 
μεθεΐναι,  subj.  μεθείω,  7)ς,  y,  for  μεθώ. 
The  mid.  is  wholly  post-Iiom. ;  Hdt. 
has  3  sing.  pres.  μετίει,  2,  70  ;  μετίετο 
or  έμετίετο  ίοτ  μεθιετο,  1,  12;  μετή- 
σομαι  as  pass,  fut ,  5,  35 ;  and  pf 
μεμετιμένος  ίοχ  μεθειμένος,  Ο,  1,  etc. 
— Ι.  trans,  to  set  loose,  let  go  some- 
thing bound,  stretched  or  held  back  ; 
and  so — 1.  c.  acc.  pers.,  to  let  loose, 
release  a  prisoner,  II.  10,  449  :  general- 
ly, to  let  one  free  to  do  as  he  will,  Ιμέ 
μεθες  Ιέναι  έπι  την  θήρην,  Hdt.  1,  37, 
cf  40. — 2.  c.  acc.  rei,  to  let  a  thing 
go,  let  it  fall,  throw,  τι  ές  ποταμύν, 
Od.  5,  460,  Hdt.  2,  70:  so,  μ.  χόλον, 
to  let  go,  give  up  one's  cherished 
wrath,  Od.  1,  77;  and  c.  dat.,  ^Κχιλ- 
7\ffi,  as  a  favour  to  Achilles  (not, 
against  Achilles,  v.  Od.  21,  377,  where 
the  suitors  give  up  to  Telemachus 
their  wrath  against  Eumaeus),  II.  1, 
283  ;  δάκρυα  μ.,  to  let  tears  flow,  i.  e. 
shed  them,  Hdt.  9,  16  :  γλ.ώσσαν  ΙΙερ- 
σίδα  μ.,  to  let  drop,  i.  e.  utter  Persian 
words,  Hdt.  6,  29;  so,  7m)ov,  βρό- 
μον  μ.,  Eur.  Hipp.  499,  1202.  —3.  to 
set  loose,  unyoke ;  and  hence,  to  suffer  to 
rest,  to  relieve,  κήρ  άχεος,  the  heart 
from  pain,  11.  17,  539. — 4.  to  give  up, 
desert,  abandon,  τινά,  Hom.  ;  so  εΐ  /«- 
γός  με  μεθείη,  if  the  cold  would  but 
leave  me,  Od.  5,  471 :  also  c.  dat.,  to 
abandon  to,  expose  to,  κινδύνω,  v. 
Valck.  Plioen.  1235:  but  reversely  c. 
dat.  pers.  et  acc.  roi,  to  pive  up  to,  sur- 
render in  favour  of  one,  Έκτορί  νίκην, 
II.  14,  364.- — 5.  to  neglect,  throw  aside, 
Hdt.  1,  33,  123,  etc. ;  c.  inf,  μετιέν- 
τες  νέμεσθαι.  Id.  1,  78. — 6.  to  give  up  a 
thing,  resign  it  deliberately,  ^νώμην, 
Hdt.  4,  98 ;  αρχήν.  Id.  3,  143.— 7.  to 
give  up.  forgive  one  a  fault,  etc.,  Lat. 
nmittere,  condo7iare,  Τίΐ'ίΓί.  Hdt.  8, 140. 
— II.  intrans.  to  relax  one's  energies, 
where  εαυτόν  is  usu.  supplied:  in 
Horn.  freq.  absol.,  esp.   in  11.  with 


ΜΕΘΙ 

reference  to  war,  to  be  slack  of  hand, 
to  be  remiss,  to  dally,  idle,  Lat.  remis- 
sius  agere,  II.  13,  229  ;  20,  361  ; — more 
fully  c.  inf,  όστις  μιθιη  σι  μάχεσθαι, 
whosoe'er  neglects  to  light,  11.  13,  234  ; 
(so,  μ.  Tu  δέοντα  πράττειν,  Xen. 
Mem.  2,  1,  33) ;  c.  gen.  rei,  to  relax  or 
cease  from,  αλκής,  πολέμου,  etc., 
Hom.  (no,  μεθιείς  πόλεμου,  Tyrtae.  3, 
44) : — so  μ.  τινί  χόλου,  to  cease  from 
anger  at  one's  request  (v.  1.  2.),    Od. 

21,  377: — but  C.  gen.  pers., /o  aban- 
don, neglect,  II.  11,  841  : — also  c.  part., 
κλαύσας  και  ύύυράμενος  μεθέηκε,  he 
sated  himself  with  weepmg  and  lift 
off,  11.  24,  48  ;  like  παύομαι  and  ///)  ω. 
— This  intrans.  signf  is  little  used. — 
III.  The  mid.  agrees  in  sense  and 
construction  with  the  intrans.  act. : 
but  is  most  freq.  used  Att.  inr  freeing 
one's  self  from,  leaving  go  a  thing, 
withdrawing  from  it,  παιδός  ov  μίθή- 
σομαι,  Eur.  Hec.  400: — Dawes,  Misc. 
Cr.  p.  236,  first  pointed  out  that  μεθι- 
έναι, to  let  go,  let  loose,  has  the  acc. ; 
μεθίεσθαι  (as  also  the  intrans.  act.), 
to  let  go  one's  hold  of,  lose  hold  of,  the 
gen.  :  Br.  Ar.  A'ub.  830.  defends  the 
acc.  after  μεθίεσθαι,  and  Henn.  Soph. 
El.  1269  supports  him  against  Pors. 
Med.  734,  Elmsl.  Med.  719  ;  however 
all  the  passages  cited  in  favour  of 
it  (Aesch.  Supp.  849,  Soph.  El.  1.  c, 
Eur.  Med.  1.  c,  Phoen.  519,  ubi  Dind. 
εκείνου  c.  Pors.)  have  been  other- 
wise explained,  e.^ccept  Ar.  Vesp.  416 
where  Dind.  retains  τόνδε. 

[Generally  Γ  in  Hom.  and  Ep.,  I  in 
Att. ;  yet  Hom.  sometimes  lengthens 
it  metri  grat.,  μεθιέμεν,  II.  14,  364, 
μεθίετε  4,  234,  etc.,  μεθιεμέναι,  13, 
114: — in  αεθίει,  II.  15,  716,  it  is  long 
by  augment,  which  however  is  left 
out  in  μεθίεν,  Od.  21,  377.] 

Μεθιππεύω,  {μετά,  ίππίύω)  to  ride 
away  to  another  place,  App.  Pun.  44. 

Μεθίπταμαι,  (μετά,  ιπταμαι)  dep. 
to  fly  away  to  another  place. 

Μεθιστάνω,  later  coUat.  form  of  sq., 
Diod.:  also μεθιστάω,  LXX. 

Mεθίστημι,ίυt.  -σττ/σω  (μετά,  Ιστη- 
μΐ)  : — to  place  in  another  way  :  to  sub- 
stitute, μεταστήσω  τοι  ταϋτα,  I  uill 
change  thee  this  present,  i.  e.  give 
another  instead,  Od.  4,  612  :  μ.  τα  νό- 
μιμα, Hdt.  1,  65  ;  μ.  τήν  πόλιν  εκ  τον 
παρόντος  κόσμου,  Thuc.  8,  48,  etc.  : 
ού  μεθίστησι  τοϋ  χρώματος,  he  changes 
nothing  of  his  colour,  Ar.  Eq.  398. — 
II.  to  remove,  set  free,  τινά  νόσου. 
Soph.  Phil.  463  ;  κακών,  πόνων,  Eur. 
llel.  1442,  I.  T.  991.-111.  generally. 
to  remove  from  one  place  to  another, 
to  drive  away  from,  εκ  βαρβάρου  γής, 
Eu  r.  I.  T.  775 ;  εις  άλλην  γήν  μ. 
πόδα.  Id.  Bacch.  49  :  —  to  reinove, 
Thuc.  4,  57  :  so  in  aor.  mid.  to  remove 
from  one's  self  or  from  one's  presence, 
Hdt.  1,  89,  Thuc.  1,  79.— IV.  to  trans- 
fer, τήν  δυναστιίαν  εις  τίνα,  Polyb. 

22,  21,  1,  cf  2,  41,  5. 

Β.  pass.,  with  aor.  2,  pf ,  and  plqpf. 
act.  : — to  change  one's  position,  i.  e.  to 
go  elsewhere,  go  to,  retire  to,  c.  dat., 
έτάροισι  μεθίστατο,  II.  5, 514 ;  δαίμων 
στρατί^  μεθέστηκε,  fortune  hath 
changed  for  them,  Aesch.  Pers.  158  : 
esp.  to  go  over  to  another  party,  to  re- 
volt, Thuc.  1,  35,  etc.  ;  παρά  or  πρύς 
Tiva,  Id.  1,  107,  130.-2.  generally,  to 
change,  alter  for  the  better.  Hut.  I,  118: 
also  to  change  for  the  worse,  έξ  ης  (με- 
ταβολης)  ολιγαρχία  μετέστη,  by 
which  an  oligarchy  was  brought  about. 
Plat.  Kep.  553  Ε  ;  ίκ  φωτός  εις  σκό- 
τος μ.,  lb.  518  Λ. — II.  to  go  away,  de 
part,  εκ  της  τάξιος,  Hdt.  9,  58 ;  εκ 
τυραννικού  κύκλου,  Soph.  Aj.  749 : 


ΜΕΘΤ 

β.  0vy5•  ^"'^•  ^^^^- 1295.— ΠΙ.  C.  gen.  Ι 
rei,  Ιο  cease  from,  κότον,  Aesch.  Eum.  ι 
900;  ξηρών  τρόττων,  Ar.  Vesp.  1451  ;  j 
κακών,  Eur.  Hel.  856;  μ.  βίου,  to  j 
die.  Id,  Ale,  21  i  μ.  φρενών,  to  go  mad, 
Id.  944. 

Μεθό,  for  με^"  δ,  after  that. 
Μεθοδεία.   ας.   ή,   craft,  wiles,  like 
ι^.χνί}.  Ν.  Τ.;  cf.  μεθοδεύω. 
Μεβόδενμα,  ατός.  τό,=^μέθοδος. 
Μεθοδεντέον,  ■verb.  adj.  from  μεθο- 
δ  νο),  one  must  go  to  work  regularly, 
Arist.  Org. 

^Ιεθοδεντης,  ov,  ό,  one  who  goes  to 
»''  irh  by  rule.     Hence 

Μεθοδεντικός,  ή,  όν,  regular,  meth- 
0  lical,  Dion.  H.  ?  t Agathaich.  de 
niari  R. 

Μεθοδεύε,  ( μέθοδος )  strictly=//E- 
τέμχεσθαι :  —  hence,  to  treat  by  nde 
or  method,  Diod.  1,  15,  etc. ; — in  mid. 
to  contrive  a  cunning  device,  Polyb.  38, 
4,  10. — II.  to  manage,  deal  with,  τινά, 
Diod. 

ΤΛεθοδηγεω,  ύ.  {μετά,  οδηγεώ)  to 
lead  another  way,  Leon.  Al.  29. 

'^Ιεθοδίκός.  ή,  όν,  (μέθοδος)  going 
to  work  by  rule  or  method :  methodical, 
systematic,  Polyb.  10,  47,  12,  etc.  — ol 
μ.,  regular  physicians,  opp.  to  empi- 
rics, Galen. 
Μ.εθόδιον,  ov,  τό,^ίφόδίον. 
Μεθοδίττ}ς,  ov,  ό,=μΐθοδεντής. 
Μέθοδος,  ov,  ή,  {μετά,  οδός)  α  fol- 
lowing after:  hence, — I.  an  inquiry 
into  scientific  subjects,  scientific  inquiry 
or  treatise,' Flat.  Soph.  218  D,  Rep. 
435  D  ;  μ.  ποίεΐαθαι,  Id.  Soph.  243  D, 
Rep.  510  B. — II.  also  the  mode  of -pros- 
ecuting such  inquiry,  method,  system.  Id. 
Phaedr.  270  C,  etc.  ;  ή  διαλεκτική  μ-. 
Id.  Rep.  533  Β ;  joined  with  επιστήμη, 
τέχνη,  Arist.  Eth.  N.  1,  1, 1  ;^.  έχειν, 
to  be  systematically  versed  in....  Id. 
Top.  1,  2,  1  : — ή  τον  κινεΊσθαι  μ-,  the 
system  or  assumption  of  motion.  Plat, 
theaet.  183  C. 

Μεθολκ-ή,  ης,  ή,  (μεθέλκω)  a  draw- 
ing over  or  away,  Plut.  2,  517  D. 

Μεθομήρεος,  6,  in  Pind.  Fr.  18, 
Bockh  interprets  μ.  έρίφων,  companion 
of  kids,  i.  e.  Pan. 

ΜεθομΙ?.έω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {μετά,  όμι- 
^εω)  to  hold  converse  uith,  τοϊσι,  II.  1, 
269. 

Μεθορία,  ας,  ή,  ν.  μεθόριος. 
Μεθορίζω,  to  border  on. 
Μεθόριος,  ία,  ιον,  {μετά,  δρος)  lying 
between  or  separating  as  a  boundary  :  }  i/ 
μεθορία,  border  conntry,  Thuc.  2,  27  ; 
4, 56  ;  (later,  ή  μεθόριος) :  so,  τα  μεθό- 
ρια, the  borders,  marches,  frontier,  Id. 
2,  18,  Xen.,  etc. ;  το  μ-,  Plat.  Legg. 
878  Β  : — so,  μεθόρια  φίλοσόφην  τε  και 
πολιτικού.  Plat.  Euthyd.  305  C. 

Μεθορκόω,  ώ,  {μετά,  6pKOu)tobind 
by  a  new  oath,  την  στματιάν,  App. 
Civ.  4. 

Μεθορμάομαι,  {μετά,  ορμάω)  as 
mid.  to  follow  closely,  pursue  eagerly  ; 
part.  aor.  pass.,  μεθορμηθείς,  eagerly 
pursuing,  Od.  5,  325  :  following  close, 
II.  20,  192. 

Μεθορμίζω,  {μετά,  όρμίζω)  to  remove 
from  one  anchorage  to  aiiother,  intr. 
(sub.  νέας),  μ.  εις  Σηστόν,  Xen.  Hell. 
2,  1,  25  :  metaph.,  τον  vvv  σκνθρω- 
■πον.-.μεθορμιεΐ  σε,  Eur.  Ale.  797  ;  ίξ 
έδρας  μεβώρμισα  ττ/.όκαμον,  Id. 
Bacch.  931.  Pass,  to  sail  from  one 
place  to  another,  put  out  from,  μετορμί- 
ζεσθαι  εκ  (or  ύτΓο)...  ες..-,  Htlt.  2, 
115  ;  7,  182  :  so  in  mid.,  μεθορμίσα- 
αθαι  παρά  μόχθων,  to  seek  a  refuge 
from...,  Eur.  Med.  442. 

ΜΕ'ΘΤ',  νος,  TO,  nine,  Hom.,  but 
only  in  nom.  and  ace. ;  ήδν,  γ?α'κε- 
ρόν,  Od.  4,  746, 11.  9,  469;  έκ  κριθών 
57 


ΜΕΘΥ 

μ.,  Aesch.  Supp.  953,  etc.  (Orig.  of 
any  strong  drink,  cf.  μέθη.  Germ. 
Mcth,  our  mead,  Lat.  te-met-um  : 
hence  μέθη,  μεθνω,  μεθνσκω.) 
Μιθνδότ7ΐς,  ov,  ό,^μεθνδώτης. 
Μεθνδριάς,  άδος,  ή,  {μετά,  ύδωρ) 
ΐ'ύμφη,=^νδριύς,  α  ualer-nymph,  Anth. 
Plan.  226  :  also  έφνδρκ'ις- 

Μεθνδριον,  ov.  τό,  ^{μετά,  νδωρ) 
Methydriumf,  strictly  a  place  between 
waters  ;  name  of  a  place  in  the  heart 
of  Arcadia,  whence  the  waters  ran 
different  ways,  some  north,  some  south, 
Thuc.  5,  58.    Hence 

ίΜεθνδριεύς,  έως,  ό,  an  inhab.  of 
Methydrium,  a  Methydrian,  Xen.  An. 
4,  1,  27;  etc. 

Μεθνδώτης,  ov,  ό,  (μέθν,  δίδωμι) 
giver  of  wine,  Anth.  P.  9,  524,  Orph. 

Μεθνμναϊος,  ov.  δ,  epith.  of  Bac- 
ch)is,  from  μέθν,  Plut.  2,  648  E. 
Μεθν7ταλ?.άγή,  ης,  ή,=^νπαλ7.αγή. 
Μεθύπαρξις,  η,  posteriority :  from 
Μεθνπάρχω,    { μετά,   υπάρχω )   to 
come  into  existeyice  after. 

ΜεθνπΙδαξ,  ό,  ή,  {μέθν,  πΐδαξ) gush- 
ing wilhwine,  βότρνς,  Anth.  P.  6,22.  [ϊ] 
Μεθνπλάνής,   ές,   ( μέθν,   πλ.άνη  ) 
staggering  from  %vine. 

Μεθνπλήξ,  νγος,  ό,  ή,  {μέθν,  πλήσ- 
σω)  wine-stricken,  i.  e.  drunk.  Call. 
Fr.  223,  Leon.  Tar.  57  ;  οί.οΐνοπλήξ. 
Μεθνποδέομαι,  {μέθν,  νποδέω)  as 
mid.,  to  change  shoes,  put  on  another 
person^s  shoes,  Ar.  Eccl.  544. 

Μιθνπόστρωσις,  ή,  {μετά,  νπο- 
στοώνννμι)  α  changing  one's  bed,  Hipp. 
tp'.  763. 

Μεθύσης,  ό,  worse  form  for  μέθν- 
σος.  Luc.  Soloec.  5. 

Μέθνσις,  ή,  {  μεθνω )  drunkenness, 
Theogn.  836. 

Μεθνσκω,  f.  -ύσω,  {μέθν)  to  make 
drunk,  μ.  έαντην  οίνω,  Luc.  Dea  Syr. 
22:  ingenl.  tointoxicate,δι'yδovf|ς,F\a.i. 
Legg.  649 D ;  Ημ'α'ισθησιν,  Theophr.: 
— to  water,  moisten,  Anth.  P.  11,  8. — 
Pass.  =  μεθνω,  to  drink  freely,  Hdt. 
1,  133  ;  to  get  drunk,  μ.  οΙνω  1,  202  : 
πίνων  ov  μεθνσκεται,Χβη  Cyr.  1,  3, 
11  : — in  aor.  έμεθνσθην,  to  be  driink, 
νέκταρος.  with  nectar,  Plat.  Symp. 
203  Β  ;  έξονσίαις,  with  power,  Dion. 
H.  : — Aeol.  aor.  1  μεθύσθην,  Alcae. 
20  Bergk.  [v  in  fut.  and  aor.  act.] 
Hence 

Μέθνσμα,  ατός,  τό,  an  intoxicating 
drink,  LXX,  Philo. 

Μίθνσοκόττάβος,  ov,  { μέθνσος, 
κότταβος)  drunk  with  playing  at  the 
κότταβος,  Ar.  Ach.  525. 

Μέθίισος,  η,  ov,  also  ος,  ov,  (μέθν) 
drunk  with  wine,  esp.  of  women,  μεθν- 
ση  γρανς,  Ar.  Nub.  555,  cf.  Lob. 
Phryn.  151  ;  of  a  man,  Meineke  Me- 
nand.  p.  27. 

Μεθνσοχ-άρνβδις,  ιος,  η,  a  xvine-cha- 
rybdis,  nickname  for  a  drunken  wo- 
man, Comici  ap.  A.  B.  51.  [a] 

Μεθνστερος,  a,  ov,  (μετά,  ύστερος) 
later,  liinng  after,  οι  μ.,  posterity, 
Aesch.  Theb.  581  :  the  neut.  as  adv., 
of  time,  afterwards,  H.  Horn.  Cer. 
205  ;  so  late,  Aesch.  Cho.  516;  ονμ-, 
forthwith.  Id.  Ag.  425  : — to  μ-,  here- 
after. Soph.  Phil.  1133  ;  too  late,  Id. 
tr.  710. 

Μεθνστής,  ov,  6,  {μεθνω)  a  drunk- 
ard, Anth.  P.  5,  296,  Epict.  Hence 
Μεθυστικός,  ή,  όν,  intoxicating,  αρ- 
μονία, Arist.  Pol.  8,  7,  14 : — of  per- 
sons, given  to  wine,  drunken.  Plat, 
Rep.  573  C. 

Μεθνστρια,  ας,  ή,  fern  of  μεθνστής, 
Theopomp.  (Com.)  Incert.  36. 

Μεθνσφΰ/.έω,  ώ,  to  be  reeling-drunk, 
Opp.  C.  4,  204  :  from 
Μεθυσφάλής,  ές,  {μέθν,  σφάλλω) 


ΜΕΙΔ 

reeling  from  wine.  Ίχνος,  Anth.  Plan. 
99;  cf.  Anth.  P.  6,  248. 

Μεθντρόφος,  ov,  (μέθν,  τρέφω)  pro- 
ducing wine,  άμπελος,  Simon.  51. 

Μεθνχάρμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  (μέθν, 
χαίρω)  rejoicing  in  wine,  Manetho. 

Μεθνω,  (μέθν)  to  be  drunken  with 
wine,  νενστάζων  κεφα?.^,  μεθνοντι 
έοικώς,  Od.  18,  240;  opp.  to  νήφω, 
Theogn.  478,  627  ;  then  in  Pind.,  and 
Att.  : — to  be  drenched  or  soaked  with, 
steeped  in  any  liquid,  c.  dat.,  e.  g. 
βοείη  μεθνονσα  ά?^οιφ^,  IL  17,  390. 
— II.  metaph.  to  be  drunken  or  intoxi- 
cated with  passion,  pride,  etc.,  like 
Lat.  inebriari,  νπό  τρνφής.  Plat.  Crit. 
121  A ;  της  ελευθερίας,  Id.  Rep.  562 
D  ;  έρωτι,  Anacr.  17  : — but,  πληγαΐς 
μεθνων,  drunken  (i.  e.  stupefied)  with 
blows,  Theocr.  22,  98.  — this  verb 
only  occurs  in  pres.  and  impf. : 
the  fut.,  etc.,  belong  to  μεθνσκω, 
whose  pass,  supplies  the  deficient 
tenses  of  μΕ^ΰω.  On  the  formation, 
V.  Kiihner  Gr.  Gr.  «5,  368,  1,  6.  [i-] 

■\ΜεθωναΙος,  a,  ov,  of  Methane  (3), 
Methonean  ;  oi  Μεθωναϊοι,  the  Metho- 
neans,  Thuc.  4,  129  :  from 

^Μεθώνη,  ης,  η,  (alsoMs^ara,  q.  v.) 
Methane,  a  city  of  Argolis  on  a  pen- 
insula of  same  name  between  Epi- 
daurus  and  Troezene  ;  it  retains  its 
ancient  name,  Thuc.  4,  45. — 2.  a  city 
of  Messenia,  called  also  Μοθώνη,  in 
Pans,  from  the  rock  Μόθων,  forming 
the  breakwater  of  its  harbour,  near 
mod.  Modon,  της  Αακωιηκής,  because 
under  Lacedaemonian  sway,  Thuc. 
2,  25. — 3.  a  strong  city  of  Macedonia 
on  the  Thermaicus  sinus,  north  of 
Pydna,  Thuc.  6,  7  ;  Dem.  11,  17.— 4. 
a  city  of  Magnesia  in  Thessaly, 
Strab.  p.  436  :  cf.  Μηθώνη. 

Μειύγωγέω,  ώ,  to  bring  too  little,  v.  sub 
μείον  ."  μ.  την  τραγωδίαν,  to  weigh  tra- 
gedy by  butcher's  weight,  Ar.  Ran.  798. 
Μειάγωγία,  ας,  η,  a  bringing  too  lit- 
tle, v.  sub  μείον  :  from 

Μειάγωγός,  όν,  (μείον,  άγω)  bring- 
ing too  little :  bringing  the  sacrificial 
lamb  (μείον  q.  v.),  Eupol.  Dem.  1. 

ΜΕΙΔΑ'ί2,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  smile, 
Hom.,  always  in  aor  1 :  so  also  Hes. 
Sc.  115:  Σαρδάνιον  ^χειδήσαι,  Od. 
20,  301,  v.  sub  Σαρδανιος :  so  κάρ- 
χαρον  μειδησαι,  to  grin  a  scornful 
smile,  Babrius. — The  disHnction  be- 
t\veen  yeZuv  and  μειδάν,  is  that 
the  former  means  to  laugh  outright, 
latter  to  smile  merely.  There  is  a 
climax  in  μειδησαι,  γελύσαι  τε,  Η. 
Hom.  Cer.  204  :  μειδιάω,  is  theequiv. 
prose  form  :  v.  Lob.  Phryn.  82.  (Cf. 
Sanscr.  s-mi,  our  s-mile,  etc.,  Pott 
Et.  Forsch.  1,  206.)    Hence 

Μείδημα.  ατός,  τό,  a  smile,  smiling, 
Hes.  Th.  205. 

Μειδίαμα,  ατός,  τό,  (μειδιάω )  a 
smile,  Luc.  Bis  Ace.  28,  Plut. 

■\Μειδίας,  ov,  ό,  Midias,  an  Atheni- 
an, ό  όρτνγοτρόφος,  Plat.  Ale.  1,  120 
C  ;  Ar.  Av.  1297. — 2.  an  Anagyrasian, 
against  whom  an  oration  of  Dem.  is 
directed. — 3.  a  leader  of  the  Locri, 
Paus.  10,  20,  4. 

Μειόίΰσις,  εως,  ή,  (μειδιάω)  a  smile, 
smiling. 

Μειδίασμα,  ατός,  τό,=μειδίαμα: 
— μειδιασμός,  ov.  ό,=μειδίασις. 

Μειδιάω,  ώ,  ί.  -άσω  [α]  : — to  smile, 
Hom.  only  in  Ep.  part. μειδιόων,  II. 
7,  212  ;  21,  491  ;  3  sing,  μειδιάει,  Η. 
Hom.  9,  3  :— then  in  Ar.  Thesm.  513, 
Plat.  Phaed.  86  D,  Parm.  130  A.  Cf. 
μειδάω- 

■^Μείδίος,  ov,  ό.  the  Midius,  a  small 
river  of  Asia  Minor    near  Abydos, 
Poppo  Thuc.  8,  106  for  ΤΙνδιος. 
897 


MEIA 

Μεΐδοζ,  τό,^μΐίόημα. 

tMtiiU'^.i'J?/^-,  ου,  ό,  Mulylides,  Ath- 
en.  iiiasc.  pr.  n.,  son  oi  Aristotle  of  the 
deme  Pallene,  Dein.  1083,21.-2. 
maternal  grandfather  of  foreg.,  of  the 
deme  Otrynes,  Id.  1083,  5. 

Μ.είζονύκίς,  adv.  from  μείζων,  oft- 
ener,  Iambi. 

'ίΛειζονότης,  ητος,  η,  majority,  opp. 
to  ί'λαττονότης.  Iambi. 

Μ,είζόνως,  adv.  imiw  μείζυν,  Thuc. 
4,  19. 

^Μειζότεϋος,  a,  ov,  comp.  oi  μέγας, 
q.  V.  VI.,  N.T.  3  Ep.  Joh.  4. 

Μείζων,  ov,  irreg.  comp.  of  μέγας, 
Horn.,  y. μέγας  VI.  1. 

Mfi7/f,  0,  old  form  of  μείς  or  μήν. 
Plat.  Crat.  409  C. 

^Μ,εικιάόης,  ov,  ύ,  Miciades,  a  naval 
commander  of  Corcyra,  Thuc.  1,  47. 

^ΜεΛανίων,  ωνος,  ό,  MUanion,  son 
of  A  mphidamas,  husband  of  Atalanta, 
ApoUod.  3,  9. 

Μ,είλας,  Ep.  for  μέλας,  only  in  II. 
24,  79,  μείλανί  πόντφ. 

Μεί'λία,  ίων,  τά,  {μειλίσσω,  μείλι- 
Ύος)  soothing  things,  esp.  of  gifts,  έγώ 
ό'  έτΐΐ  μείλια  δώσω,  1  will  give  glad- 
dening gifts  besides,  of  a  bridal  dowry, 
II.  9,  147,  289 ;  so  of  play-things, 
etc.,  Ap.  Rh.  3,  14G. —  W. propitiations, 
Ap.  Rh.  4,  1549: — rarely  in  sing.,  as 
μεί/uov  άπλοίας,  a  charm  against 
storms,  Call.  Dian.  230,  cf.  Ap.  Rh. 
3,  135. 

Μείλιγμα,  ατός,  τό,  (μειλίσσω)  any 
thing  that  serves  to  soothe,  μειλίγματα 
Ονμον,  scraps  with  which  the  master 
appeases  the  hunger  of  his  dogs,  Od. 
10,217;  50,μείλίγμαγ?Μσσ?ις,Αρ,Β€\\. 
Eum.  88G  ;  μ.  νονσου,  Nic.  Th.  896.— 
2.  in  p'ur.  propitiations,  atonements, csp. 
to  the  clead,Lat.  ittj'eriac,  Aesch.  Cho. 
15,  Eum.  107  ;  also  ίναγίσματα. — 3. 
in  Aesch.  Ag.  1439,  Agamemnon  is 
called  Χμνσιμδων  μεί'λίγμα,  the  fond- 
ling of  Chryseis-girls,  Chryseidum  de- 
liciae. — II.  a  soothing  song,  like  μείλιγ- 
ua. — Ill.plur.  soft  words,  Longin. 

'Μειλίκτί/ριος,  ov,  (μειλίσσω)  able 
to  soothe :  τα  μ.,  (sc.  Ιερά),  propitia- 
tions, Aesch.  Pers.  610  ;  cf.  μείλιγμα 
1.2. 

Μειλικτικός,  ή,  oi',=foreg. 

Μει?.ικτός,  ή,  όν,  (μειλίσσω)  sooth- 
ed :  to  be  soothed  or  appeased. 

Μείλικτμον,  ov,  τό,=μείλιγμα,  Αρ. 
Rh.  4,  712. 

Μειλινόΐ],  ης,  ij.  (μιιλίσσω,  νόος) 
euphemist.  name  of  Hecate,  Lob.  Ag- 
laoph.  p.  818. 

Μεί'λΐνος,  η,  ov,  poet,  for  μέλινος 
(μελία)  : — ashen,  Lat.  fraxineus,  εγ- 
χος,  δύρν,  freq.  in  II.  ;  but  in  Od.  17, 
339,  we  find  the  usu.  form  μέλινος- 

Μειλΐνος,  ov,  =  μείλιχος,  Pseud- 
Eur.  I.  A  234. 

Μείλιξις,  ή,  (μειλίσσω)  a  soothing, 
propitiating. 

Μείλιον,  TO,  V.  μείλια. 

Μειλίσσω.  f.  -ξω,  strictly,  to  mahe 
mild,  to  soothe,  to  treat  kindly,  τινά, 
Theocr.  16,  28,  like  θεραπενειν  and 
χαρίζεσθαι :  esp.  to  appease,  propitiate, 
rarely  c.  gen.,  πνρυς  μειλισσέμεν, 
(  like  πνρός  χαρίζεσθαι  )  to  appease 
(the  dead)  by  tire,  i.  e.  funeral  rites, 
11.  7,  410:  of  rivers,  λιπαροϊς  χεν- 
μασι  γαίας  ονδας  μειλίσσειν,  to  glad- 
den the  soil  with  rich  streams,  Aesch. 
Sujip.  1030;  όργας  μ-,  Eur.  Ilel. 
1339. — Pass,  μειλίσσο/ιαι,  to  he  sooth- 
ed, grow  calm,  H.  Ilom.  Cer.  291. — 
Mid.  to  use  soothing  words,  μηδέ  τι  μ' 
αιδόμενος  μεύύσσεο  μηδ'  έλεαίρων, 
extenuate  not  aught  from  respect  or 
pity,  Od.  3,  90;  4,  326.  (μει?ίσσω, 
or  μελίσσω,  like  είλίσσω,  ελίσσω, 
898 


MEIO 

μείλιχος  μειλίχιος,  etc,,  are  akin  to 
μέλι,  μέλε,  Lat.  inulceo,  mollis,  our 
mild.) 

Μειλίχη,  ης,  ή,  the  cestus  (Ιμύς)  of 
boxers,  in  Us  earliest  form,  before  it 
was  loaded  with  metal,  α  boxing-glove, 
Paus.  8,  40,  3. 

Μειλίχια,  ας,  ή,  (μείλιχος)  mild- 
ness, softness,  ιιειλιχίη  πoλέμoιo,lnke^ 
warmness  in  battle,  11.  15,  741,  like 
μει'λιχος  εν  δαϊ  λνγμι),  11.  24,  739  : 
kindness,  Hes.  Th.  206. 

ΜειλΐχιεΙον,  ov,  τό,  the  temple  of 
Ζευς  μειλίχιος,  Inscr. 

Μειλίχιο.ς,  a,  ov,  (μειλίσσω)  mild, 
kind, gentle,  soothing, propitiatory,  Horn, 
mostly  in  dat.  pi. :  μύϋοις,  έπέεσσι  μ. ; 
— also  without  subst.,  -κροςανδάν  μει- 
?.ιχίυισι,  to  address  iti  kind,  soothing 
words,  11.  4,  256  ;  6,  214  :  αΐδοι  μει7α- 
χίη,  with  gentle  bashfulness,  Od.  8, 
172,  Hes.  Th.  92.— II.  not  till  later  of 
persons,  viild,  gracious,  Ζενς  μειλί- 
χιος, the  protector  of  those  u<ho  in- 
voked him  with  propitiatory  offerings 
(v.  infr.  111.),  Muller  Eumen.  ()  55 : 
at  Athens  the  Διύσια  were  held  in 
his  honour  twice  a  year,  Thuc.  1 ,  120. 
— III.  μειλίχια  ιερά,  propitiatory  offer- 
ings, like  μειλίγματα,  Plut.  2,  417  C  : 
and  this  may  be  the  signf.  oi  μειλίχια 
ποτά,  in  Soph.  O.  C.  159,  though 
Eust.  takes  it  to  be  water,  and  the 
Schol.  honey,  v.  Ellendt  Le.x.  Soph. 
s.  v.  κρατήρ. — Adv.  -ίως.  Αρ.  Rh.  Cf. 
μείλιχος.  [ί] 

Μειλιχό^ονλος,  ov,  (μείλιχος,  βον- 
λή)  mild-counselling,  Proclus. 

ΜειλΙχόγηρνς,  ν,  gen.  νος,  (μείλι- 
χος, γϊιρνς)  soft-voiced,  Tyrtae.  3,  8. 

ΜειλΙχόδωρος,  ov,  (μείλιχος,  δώρον) 
giviyig  pleasing  gifts,  Hermipp.  ap. 
Ath.  29  E. 

ΜειλΙχόμειδος,  ov,  (μείλιχος,  μει- 
δάω)  softly  smiling,  Alcae.  42 ;  ubi 
Bergk  (54)  c.  Herinanno  μελλιχό- 
μειδε. 

Μειλΰχόμητις,  ιος,  ό,  ij,  (μείλιχος, 
μητις)  gentle  of  mood,  ap.  Hesych. 

Μείλιχος,  ov,  mild,  soft, gentle,  kind, 
Hom.,  like  μειλίχιος,  but  in  11.  al- 
ways of  persons,  as  17,  671 ;  in  Od. 
also  μ.  έργον,  15,  374  ;  so,  μ.  δώρα, 
Η.  Hom.  8,  2  ;  έττεα  μ.,  Hes.  Th.  84  ; 
μείλιχος  αιών,  οργά,  Pind.  Ρ.  8, 139  ; 
9,  76. 

Μειλΐχόφωνος,  ον,  (μείλιχος,  φω- 
νή)—μειλιχόγηρνς,  Sapph.  120(128). 

Μεΐναι,  inf.  aor.  1  from  μένω, 
Hom. 

ΜίίοϊΛ  όνος,  τό,  neut.  from  μείων, 
less,  too  small. — II.  τό  μειον,  the  land) 
which  was  offered  on  the  κουρεώτις,  or 
third  day  of  the  Athenian  Apaturia,  by 
a  father  who  was  putting  his  son  on 
the  roll  of  his  phratria :  it  was  re- 
quired to  be  of  a  certain  weight,  and 
so,  while  weighing,  it  was  common 
to  cry  out  in  jest  μείον,  μείον,  too 
light!  Hence  the  animal  was  called 
μείον,  the  oflciei  μειαγωγός,  the  of- 
fering μειαγωγείν  and  μειαγωγία: 
the  μείον  was  also  called  κονρείον. 
Schol.  Ar.  Ran.  798. 

Μείον,  ου,  τό,^=μήον,  Diosc.  1,  3. 

Μειονεκτέω,  ω,  (μείον,  εχω)  to  have 
too  tittle,  to  be  poor,  Xcn.  Agcs.  4,  5  : 
to  be  worse  off,  come  short.  Jd.  Con- 
struct,  absol.,  as  Mem.  3,  14,  6;  c. 
dat.  rei,  to  fall  short  in  a  thing,  Hicr. 
1,11;  also  εν  τινι.  lb.  1,  27  :  c.  gen. 
rei,  to  he  short  of  a  thing,  as,  σίτων 
και  ποτών,  lb.  2,  1 :  also  c.  gen. 
pers.  et  dat.  rei,  μ.  τών  ιδιωτών  ry 
ευφροσύνη,  lb.  1,  18.  Opp.  to  πλεον- 
εκτέω.     Hence 

Μειονέκτημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  having 
less,  opp.  to  πλεονέκτημα. 


MEIP 

Μειονέκτης,  ov,  ό,  (μειον,  έχω)  one 
who  has  less. 

Μειονεξία,  ας,  ή, disadvantage,  opp. 
to  πλεονεξία,  Xen.  Cyr.  2,  1,  25. 

Μειόνως,  adv.  hom  μείων,  μ.  εχειν, 
to  be  too  mean.  Soph.  O.  C.  1(14. 

Μειότεμος,  a,  ov,  poet,  for  μείων, 
compar.  of  μικρός. 

Mcioi'pia,  ας,  η,  a  being  curtailed, 
also  μνονρία :  and 

Μειονρίζω,  to  curtail,  also  μνονρίζω : 
from 

Μείονρος,  ov,  (μειον,  ουρά)  curtail- 
ed, like μνονρος,  Ael.  N.  A.  15,  13  : — 
μ.  περίοδοι,  Arist.  Rhet.  3,  9,  6 :  στί- 
χοι μ.,  hexameters,  in  which  the  first 
syll.  of  one  of  the  last  two  feet  is 
short  instead  of  long,  Ath.  632  E. 

Μιιόφρων,  όνος,  ό,  ή,  (μεϊυν,  φρήν) 
light-headed,  thoughtless. 

Μειόω,  ω,  (μείων)  to  make  smaller, 
lessen,  moderate,  Xen.  Eq.  5,  9. — 2.  to 
lessen  in  honour,  degrade.  Id.  Hell.  3, 
4,  9. — 3.  to  lessen  by  word,  extenuate, 
opp.  to  μεγαλννω,  Id.  Hior.  2,  17. 
— II.  pass,  to  become  smaller,  to  de- 
crease. Plat.  Crat.  409  C,  and  Xen. 
— 2.  to  become  worse  or  weaker,  μ.  την 
διύνοιαν,  Xen.  Mem.  4,  8,  1  ;  c.  gen. 
to  fall  short  of,  lb.  1,  3,  3. 

Μειράκεύομαι,  dub.  form  for  μει- 
ρακιενομαι. 

Μειρύκίδιον,  ov,  τό,  =  μεφύκιον. 
[ΐ] 

Μειρΰκιεξάπύτης,  ον,  ό.  (μεΐρα^, 
εξαπατάω)  α  boy-cheater,  Hegesand. 
ap.  Ath.  162  Α. 

Μειρΰκιεΰομαι,  dep.,  to  play  the 
boy,  be  mischiet:ous,  like  Lat.  ndoles- 
centiri,  adolescenturire ,  Luc.  Dial.  Mort. 
27,  9,  etc.  :  and 

Μειράκίζομαι,  dep.,  to  reach  the  age 
of  puberty,  Arr. :  from 

Μειράκιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  μιΐ- 
ραξ,  a  boy,  lad,  esp.  one  about  14 
years  of  age  (Plat.  Prot.  315  D),  oft. 
in  Ar.,  and  Plat.  ;  opp.  to  παις,  και- 
δίον  (a young  boy),  Stallb.  Plat.  Apol. 
34  C,  cf.  Aeschin.  6,  14  ;  εις  άνδρας 
έκ  μειρακίων  τελεντΰν.  Plat.  Theaet. 
173  Β  ;  V.  sub  μείραξ,  μειρακίσκος : 
— ^joined  with  a  masc,  μ.  πνκτης, 
Philostr.  [ώ] 

Μειρακιόομαι,  άεγ),=μειρακίζομαι, 
Xen.  Lac.  3,  1. 

Μεφάκίσκη,  ης,  ή,  dim.  from  μεί- 
ραξ, α  little  girl,  Ar.  Ran.  409,  Plut. 
903,  V.  Lob.  Phryn.  213. 

Μειρΰκίσκος,  ov,  ό,  dim.  from  ,^ίί- 
ραξ.  a  lad,  ην  δη  παις  μάλλον  δε  μει- 
ρακίσκος.  Plat.  Phaedr.  237  Β  ;  cf. 
μειράκιον. 

ΜειράκΙώδης,  er,  (μείραξ,  είδος) 
youthful.  Plat.  Rep'  466  Β,  498  Β. 

Μειράκνλλιον,  ου,  τό, dim. from  sq., 
α  mere  boy  or  lad,  Ar.  Ran.  89  ;  μ.  ών 
κομιδή,  Dem.  539,  23  : — also,  -ν'λλί- 
δίον,  Liban. 

Μείραξ,  (not  μείραξ)  άκος,  6  and  ή, 
a  boy  οτ  girl,  lad  ΟΙ  lass,  but  in  Att. 
strictly  only  of  girls,  in  about  their 
fourteenth  year  (as  Ar.  Thesm.  410, 
Plut.  1071),  as  μειράκιον,  of  boys: 
— hence  in  comic  poets  ό  μείραξ.  qui 
mxdicbria  patitur,  cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  212, 
Stallb.  Plat.  Phaedr.  237  B.  (Akin 
to  είρην.) 

MEl'POMAI,  dep.  (  A) :  ao-.  ίμ• 
μορον :  perf.  εμμορα :  but  the  aor. 
and  perf.  are  used  by  Horn.,  and  Hes. 
only  in  3  sing,  έμμορε,  and  mostly  in 
perf.  signf.,  a's  11.  15,  189;  Od.  5,  335; 
Hes.  Op.  315.  etc.  ;  being  really  aor. 
only  in  II.  1,  278  :  Ap.  Rh.has  έμιιορες, 
Nic.  έμ/ιηρον  in  pres.  signf.:  for  pf. 
pass.  V.  inf.  III. — 1.  in  pres.,  to  receive 
as  one's  portion,  usu.  with  collat.  no- 
tion of  its  being   one's  due,  c.  ace, 


ΜΕΛΑ 

^μισν  μείρεο  τιμής,  take  half  the  hon- 
our as  thy  due,  11.  9,  616  ;  later  to  di- 
vide, Arat,  1054, — II.  in  perf.  andaor., 
tOobtainathmg  by  lot, c.  gen.,  όμοίτ)ς  εμ- 
μορε  rmz/f,  II.  1,  278,  cf.  15, 189  ;  so  in 
Hes.— ill.  perf.  pass,  είμαρται,  plqpf. 
ΐίμΰψτο,  impers.  it  is  allotted,  i.e.  decreed 
by  fate,  c.  ace.  et  inf.,  II.  21,  281,  Od. 
5,  312,  Hes.  Th.  894:  also  in  part., 
είμαρμένα  δώρα  θεών,  Theogn.  1027, 
so  too  Aesch.  Ag.  913,  Soph.  Tr.  169; 
χρόνος  είμαρμένος.  Plat.  Prot.  320D, 
cf.  Phaed.  113  A:  also,  ή  εΙμαρμένη, 
(so.  μοίρα),  that  which  is  allotted,  des- 
tiny (like  πεττρωμένη  from  πέττρ<ύται, 
V.  sub  ■πορεϊν).  Plat;  Phaed.  115  A, 
Gorg.  512  E,  etc.  : — later  we  also  find 
μεμορημένος,  μεμορμένος,  Anth.  P.  7, 
286,  A  p.  Rh.  3,  1130;— and  in  Tim. 
Locr,  95  A,  a  Dor.  3  sing,  μεμόρακται. 
— IV.  in  Arat.  657,  μείρομαι  as  pass., 
to  be  divided  from,  τινός.  (Signf.  IV., 
and  the  perf.  pass,  point  to  an  act. 
*ρ.είβω,  to  portion  out,  assign  ;  whence 
μέρος,  μόρος,  μόρα,  μοίρα,  μόρτος, 
and  Lat.  mors  from  εμμορα.) 

Μείροααί,  dep.  (Β)=ίμείρομαι,  c. 
gen.,  Nic.  Ther.  402. 

Μείς,  ό,  Ion.  for  μ^'/ν,  a  month,  II. 
19,  117,  Hes.  Op.  555,  Hdt.  2,82; 
also  in  Pind.  N,  5,  82,  Plat.  Crat.  409 
C,  Tmi.  39  C ;  but  Dor.  ^?;f .— II.  the 
moon,  esp.  a  change  of  the  moon,  The- 
ophr.,  V.  Schneid.  in  ind. — The  dat. 
μεινί  occurs  in  an  Inscr. :  otherwise 
all  oblique  cases  come  from  μήν  :  but 
if  we  suppose,  with  BOckh,  that  *μενς 
(Lat.  mensis,  cf.  βείς,  θέντος)  was  the 
orig,  form,  this  dat.  μεινί  will  be  dub. 

ΙΛεΙστος,  η,  αν,  superl.  of  μείων, 
Bion  5,  10. 

Μϊί'ω/ία,  ατός,  τό,  (μειόω)  α  lessen- 
ing, esp.  of  fortune  :  a  fine,  Xen.  An. 
5.  8,  1. 

M.εi<Jv,  neut.  μείον,  irreg.  compar. 
of  μικρός,  ολίγος,  II. ;  v.  μικρός. 

Μ.είώνϊ•μος,  ov,  a  sort  of  compar. 
of  μικρώννμος.  Iambi. 

Μήωσις,  εως,  ή,  {μειόω)  a  lessening, 
diminution,  ογ^.  to  αύξ7/σίς,  Arist.  Ca- 
teg.  14.  1  :  a  fall,  ττοταμον,  Polyb.  9, 
43,  5. — II.  like  λ^τότ^ς,  a  lowering  in 
description,  opp.  to  όείνωσις- 

Μειωτικός,  ή,  όν,  (μειόί.))  lowering 
in  description,  Longin.  Adv.  -κΰς, 
Sext.  Emp.  p.  318. 

Μ,ειωτός,  ή,  όν,  {μειόω)  lessened,  to 
bf  lessened. 

Μ.ε?Μγγαίος,  ov,  Hdt.  2,  12 ;  4, 
198  ;  με?Μγγειος,  ov,  Theophr.  H.  PL 
8,  7,  2 ;  με'λάγγεως,  ων,  gen.  ω.  Id.  : 
{μέλας,  γαία,  γη)  : — with  black  soil, 
loamy,  Lat.  pullus. 

iMε?uaγγεΐa,  ων,  τά,  Melangea,  a 
place  in  Arcadia,  Paus.  8,  6,  4. 

ΜελΑγγνιος,  ov,  {μέλας,  γυΐον) 
black-limbed,  Paul.  Sil.  Ecphr.  570. 

Μ.ελάγκαρπος,  ov,  {μέλ.ας,  καρπός) 
with  black  fruit,  μ.  ασάφεια,  Emped. 
14. 

Μ.ε?Μγκερ(ος,  ων,  {μέλας,  κέρας) 
black-horned,  Aesch.  Ag.  1127. 

ΜελΜγκενθτ/ς,  ές,  {μέλας,  κεύθω) 
clad  in  black,  Bacchyl.  Fr.  38,  Neue. 

Μελ-άγκολπος,  ov,  {μέλας,  κόλπος) 
black-bosomed,  Nonn. 

iM.ελ.aγκόμaς,  a,  ό,  Melancomas, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Polyb.  8,  19,  6. 

Μελ.αγκορϋφίζω,  to  pipe  like  the  με- 
λαγκόρνφος. 

Μ.ε/.αγκόρνφος,  ov,  ό,  {μέλας,  κο- 
ρνφίΐ)  black-headed:  δ  μ.,  a  bird,  the 
black  cap,  Ar.  A  v.  887. 

Με?Μγκραινος,  ov,  or  rather  με- 
λαγιφάνιης,  ov,  {μελάγκρανις) plaited 
of  rushes,  Philet.  6.  2.  [κράν'] 

Μελάγαραιρος,  ov,  {μέλας,  κραίρα) 
with  black  htad  or  hair,  Lyc.  1464. 


MEAA 

Μελάγκράνις,  ως,  ή,  (.μέλας,  κρά- 
νος) α  black-tufted  kind  of  rush,  The- 
ophr. 

Μ-ελαγκρήδεμνος,  ov,  {μέλας,  κρή- 
δεμνον)  with  black  head-band, 

ΜελαγκρηπΙς,  Ιδος,  ό,  η,  {μέλ.ας, 
κρηπίς)  with  black  base,  i.  e.  shoes. 

iMελaγκpίδaς,  ov,  ό,  Melancridas, 
a  Spartan  naval  officer,  Thuc.  8,  6, 
with  V.  1.  -χρίδας. 

Μελ.ύγκροκος,  ov,  {μέλας,  κρόιιη) 
with  black  woof:  hence  with  black  can- 
vass or  sails,  Aesch.  Theb.  857. 

Μ.ε7Μγχαίτης,  ov,  6,  {μέλας,  χαίτη) 
black-haired,  epith.  of  Centaurs  and 
the  like,  Hes.  Sc.  186,  Soph.  Tr.  837, 
Eur.  Ale  439. 

Μελάγχειμα,  ων,  τά,  dark  spots  in 
snoiv,  (perh.  f.  1.  for  με?Μγχιμα)  Xen. 
Cyn.  8,  1,  cf.  An.  4,  5,  15. 

Μελάγχϊμος,  ov,  poet,  for  μέ7.ας, 
black,  dark,  φάρος,  γνια  στρατός, 
Aesch.  Cho.  11,  Supp.  719,  745;  πέ- 
πλοι, όίς,  Eur.  Phoen.  371,  El.  513  ; 
— but  also,  μ.  ννξ,  Aesch.  Pers.  301. 
(The  term,  -χιμος  is  not  from  είμα, 
χιτών,  or  from  χείμα,  χειμών,  etc. : 
but  the  word  is  formed  directly  from 
μέλ.ας  as  δνςχιμος  from  δνς-.) 

Μελαγχίτων,  ωνος,  ό,  ή,  {μελιάς, 
χιτών )  with  black  raiment  :  hence 
darksome,  gloomy,  φρήν,  Aesch.  Pers. 
114.  [i] 

Μελύγχ?.αινυς,  ov,  {μέλας,  χλαίνα) 
black-cloaked,  Mosch.  3,  27  :  oi  M.,  ithe 
Melanchlaeni,f  a  Scythian  nation  in 
Hdt.  4,  20,  etc. 

Μελ.άγχλωρος,  ov,  {μέλας,  χλωρός) 
darkly  pale,  sallow,  Aretae.  20,  6,  etc. 

^ελαγχολύω,  ώ,  to  have  black  bile, 
be  jaundiced  or  melancholy-mad,  Ar. 
Av.  14,  PI.  12,  Plat.,  etc. :  and 

'^ε'λαγχολύα,  ας,  //,  black  bile,  jaun- 
dice, Hipp.  V.  Foes.  Oecon. :  hence, 
melancholy,  madness,  Lat.  atra  bills, 
Tim.  Locr.  103  A  :  and 

Μελαγχολ.ικός,  ή,  όν,  tending  or  in- 
clined to  black  bile,  Hipp. :  atrabilious, 
melancholy-mad.  Plat.  Rep.  573  C. 
Adv.  -κώς :  from 

'Μ.ελάγχολος,  ov,  {μέλας,  χολή) 
with  black  bile : — dipped  in  black  bile,  ιοί. 
Soph.  Tr.  573. 

ίίελ.αγ  χολώδη  ς,  ες,  (μελαγχολία, 
είδος)  like  black  bile,  Aretae.  47,  18. 

Μελιαγχρής,  ές,  Att.  for  μελάγ- 
χροος,  Cratin.  Incert.  75,  Antipn. 
Κωρ.  3,  cf.  Meineke  Menand.  p.  281. 

Μ,ελαγχροιης,  ές,  {μέλος,  χροιά) 
poet,  for  μελάγχροος,  bronzed,  swar- 
thy, of  a  hero's  complexion,  Od.  16, 
175. 

Μελάγχροος,  ov,  contr.  -χρονς,  ovv, 
{μέλας,  χρόα)  :  black-skinned,  swarthy, 
esp.  sun-burnt :  Hdt.  2,  104  has  an  ir- 
reg. nom.  pi.  μελ.άγχροες,  and  a  poet, 
form  μέλαγχρος,  ov,  is  found  in  Al- 
cae.  7. 

Μελαγχρώς,  ώτος,  b,  ^,  =foreg., 
Eur.  Or.  34. 

Μέλαθρον,  ov,  TO,  the  ceiling  of  a 
room,  or,  (rather)  the  main  beam,  which 
bears  it,  Od.  8,  279  ;  11,  278,  H.  Horn. 
3,  174:  but  in  Od.  19,  544,  where  the 
eagle  sits,  έπΙ  προνχοντι  μελύθρω,  it 
is  the  beam  projecting  outside  the  house, 
or  the  cornice. — II.  generally,  aroof,  11. 
2,  414,  Od.  18,  150  :  α  house,  κνπαρίσ- 
σινον  μ.,  Pind.  P.  5,  52 ;  but  in  this 
signf. usu.inplur.,likeLat.  tecta;  freq. 
in  Trag.  (Ace.  to  E.  M.  from  μελαίνω, 
cf.  καπνοδύκη  in  Hdt.  8,  137,  and  Lat. 
atriuin,  from  ater :  hence  some  take 
Oa.22.2'3Q. αίθαλόεντοςάνάμεγύροιο 
με?.αθρον,  for  αιθαλόεν  μέλαθρον,  the 
smoky  vent-hole.) 

Μελαϋρόφιν,  poet,  for  μελ.άθρον, 
Od.  8,  279. 


MEAA 

Μελ^αθρόω,  ώ.,  to  connect  OT  fasten  by 
beams,  LXX. 

■[Μέλαινα,  ης,  η,  {μέλας)  Melaena, 
mother  of  Delphus,  Paus.  10,  0,  4. — 
II.  άκρα,  ή,  {black  cape),  a  promontory 
of  Bithynia,  Ap.  Rh.  2,  349.-2.  ano- 
ther in  Lydia,  Strab.  p.  645. — 3.  the 
northwest  point  of  Chios,  Id. — III.  τά, 
οτΜελάνια,  acityof  Cilicia,  Id.  p.  700. 

Μελαιναΐος,  η,  ον,=μέλ.ας.Οτ.  Sib. 

Μελ,αινάς,  ύδος,  ή,  α  blackish  fish, 
Meineke  Cratin.  Plut.  3.  [«] 

■[Μελαινεαί,  ών,  αϊ,  Melaeneae,  a 
town  of  Arcadia,  Paus.  5,  7,  1. 

[Μελαινενς,  έως,  ό,  Melaeneus,  son 
of  Lycaon,  said  to  be  founder  of 
foreg.,  Paus.  1.  c. — II.  an  inhab.  of 
Melaeneae. 

■\Μελαινίς,  ίδος,  ή,  (μέλας)  a  kind 
of  black  shell-fish,  Sophron  ap.  Ath.  86 
A. — II.  appell.  of  Venus  in  Corinth, 
Id.  588  C. 

ΜελΜίνόβριν,  -χρως,  -φαιός,  τ.  sub 
κελαινο-. 

Μελαίνω,  f.  -ανώ :  pf.  pass,  με- 
μέλασμαι :  aor.  pass,  έμελύνθην, 
(μέλας).  To  blacken,  make  black  :  me- 
taph.,  μ.  φρύσιν,  to  use  an  obscure  ex- 
pression, Ath.  451  C. — Pass,  to  grow 
black,  of  the  stain  of  blood  on  the 
skin,  II.  5,  354 ;  but  also  of  blood  it- 
self. Soph.  Aj.  919  :  of  the  earth  just 
turned  up,  II.  18,  548;  of  ripening 
grapes,  Hes.  Sc.  300 ;  of  a  newly- 
bearded  chin,  lb.  167.  cf.  Plat.  Polit. 
270  E.  The  act.  is  not  in  Horn,  or 
Hes.:  cf.  μελ^άνει. — II.  intr.=  pass. 
to  grow  black,  Plat.  Tim.  83  A. 

ίΜελιαϊοι,  ων,  oi,  the  Melaei,  a  peo- 
ple of  lower  Italy  near  Itone,  Thuc. 
5,  5. 

Μελαμβΰθης,  ές,  {μέλας,  βάθος) 
darkly-deep,  Ύάρταρος, Aesch.  Pr.  219, 
Soph.  Fr.  469  ;  σηκος  δρύκοντος,  Eur. 
Phoen.  1010.  •. 

Με?ιαμί3&φ>Ίς,  ές,  {μέλας,  βύπτω) 
dark-dyed,  v.  Ellendt  l>ex.  Soph. 

ΜελάμβΙος,  ov,  of  dark  and  dreary 
life. 

Μελαμβόρειος,  or  -βόρεος,  ov,  ό, 
{μέλας,  Βορέας)  the  black  north  wind 
which  blows  on  the  coast  of  Pales- 
tine and  in  Gaul,  Strab.  p.  182,  ubi 
V.  Casaub. ;  the  French  bise. 

■[ΜελΑμβιον,  ov,  τό,  Melambium, 
a  place  in  Thessaly  near  Scotussa, 
Polyb.  18,  3,  6. 

Μελάμβηοτος,  ov,  {μέλιας,  βροτός) 
γη  μ.,  land  of  negroes,  Eur.  Arch.  2, 
3  ;  γείτονες  u.,  negroes.  Id.  Phaeth.  1. 

Μελάμβωλος,  ov,  {μέλας,  βώλος) 
with  black  soil,  loamy,  Anth.  P.  6,  231. 

■\Με?.αμνίδας,  ό,  Melamnidas,  a  Ma- 
cedonian, Arr.  An.  4,  7,  2. 

Μελαμπάγης,  ές.  Dor.  for  -πηγής, 
{μέλας,  πήγννμι)  black-clotted,  αίμα, 
Aesch.  Theb.  737 :  in  genl.  black,  dis- 
coloured, Id.  Ag.  392. 

Μελάμπεπλιος,  ov.  {μέλας,  πέπλος) 
black-robed,  epith.  of  Death,  and  Night, 
Eur.  Ale.  844,  Ion  1150  :  dark,  black, 
στολή.  Ale.  427. 

Μελαμπέτΰλος,  ov,  {μέλιας,  πέτα- 
λον)  dark-leaved,  Mel.  1,  14. 

[Μελιάμποδες,  ων,  Οί,ν.  sub /(/f/lti/z- 
πονς. 

ίΜελαμποδίδης,  ov,  ό,  son  of  Me- 
lampus  ;  in  pi.  01  M.,  the  descendants  of 
M.,  Plat.  Ion  538  E. 

Με/.αμπόδιον,  ov,  τό,  sneeze-wort, 
so  named  from  Melampus,  wno  is 
said  to  have  first  used  it,  Theophr. 

Μελαμπόρφνρος,  ov,  dark  purple. 

Με/.ύμπηνς,  ό,  ή,  -πονν,  τό,  (μέ/Μς, 
πονς)  black-footed,  ancient  epith.  of 
the  Aegyptians,  Apollod.  2,  1,  4:  in 
Horn,  only  as  prop,  n.,  Blackfoot,  v.  sq. 

■\Μελάμπονς,  οδός,  ύ,  Dor.  Μέλαα- 
899 


ΜΕΛΑ 

Ίτος,  Melampus,  son  of  Amythaon  and 
liiumcne,  a  celebrated  physician  and 
seer,  Od.  15,  225  ;  Apollod.  2,  2,  2.— 
2.  son  of  Ilhogenes,  Vit.  Horn. 

'Μ.ελάμ-τΐμος,  ov,  {μέλας,  πτΓρόν) 
black-wmged,  black-feathered,  Anth. 

Με}ίΔμπνγος,  ov,  {μέλας,  ηνγή) 
blackboUomed,  considered  a  niarii.  of 
manhood,  (of.  also  λάσιος),  esp.  as 
epith.  of  Hercules,  v.  Muller  Dor.  2, 
12,  %  10,  Wess.  Hdt.  7. 216  :  μή  τευ  με- 
λαμττνγου  τνχτ/ς,  take  care  not  to 
'  catch  a  Tartar,'  Archil.  106  ;  μ.  το^ς 
ίχθροϊς,  Ar.  Lys.  802.    Hence 

tMtvla^Ti)}  Of ,  ov,  ('),  λίθος,  the  rock 
Melampygiis,  a  part  of  Mt.  Anopaea 
on  the  borders  of  Locris,  Hdt.  7, 
216. 

Μελάμπύροί',  ov,  τό,  {μέλας,  πυ- 
ρός) melampyrum,  cow-ivheat,  The- 
ophr. 

'ίΛ.ελαμφαης,  ες,  {μέ?Μς,  φάος)  xvhose 
light  is  blackness,  'Ερεβος,  Eur.  Hel. 
518. 

Μελάμφνλλης,  ov,  {μέλας,  φνλ?Μν) 
dark-leaved,  ύάώνα,  Anacr.  82 :  of 
places,  dark  with  leaves,  dark- wooded, 
XiTva,  Find.  P.  1,  53,  ^/y.  Soph.  O.  C. 
482  :  talso  as  epith  of  the  island  Sa- 
mos,  Strab.  p.  637.| — II.  assubst.ro//. 
:^άκανθος,  Plin. 

Μ.ελάμ(1)ωνος,  ov,  {μέλας,  φωνή) 
with  indistinct  voice,  Lat.  fusca  voce, 
Galen. 

Μελαμψήφϊς,  ΐδος,  ό,  ή,  {μέλας, 
•φηφίς)  with  black  pebbles,  of  Streams. 
Call.  Dian.  101,  Del.  70. 

Μελών,  ύνος,  τό,  (neut.  from  μέ- 
λας) black  dye,  ink,  etc.,  Plat.  Phaedr. 
27bC,  Dem.  313,  11. 

Μελάΐ'ύετος,  ov,  ό.  (μέλας,  αετός) 
the  black  eagle,  Arist.  H.  A. 

Με/ΜΐΌ,θί/ρ,  ύ,  {μέλας,  αθήρ)  σίτος, 
α  dark  kind -of  siinimer-wheat,  Geop.: 
Hesych.  μελαναιβήρ. 

'Με/Μίαιγίς,  ίόος,  ό  and  ή,  or  με- 
?.άναίγϊς  (μέλας,  αίγίς): — with  dark 
aegis,  or  wrapped  in  black  stontis,  epith. 
of  Erinys,  Aesch.  Theb.  699 :  also 
epith.  of  Bacchus  at  Athens,  Pans. — 
II.  οίνος  μ.  wasatinrA:  red  wine,  Plut. 
2,  092  E. 

Μελύνανγέτις,  ιδος,  η,  pecul.  poet, 
fem.  of  sq.,  Orph.  Arg.  515. 

Μελαναυ>7/ί•.  ές,  {μέλας,  αυγή)  dark- 
gleaming,  νασμός,  Eur.  Hec.  154. 

'^ϊελάνδειρος,  ov,  ό,  {μέλας,  δειρή) 
the  black-throat,  a  bird,  our  red-start. 

ΟιΙελανδέηται.  ών,  οι,  v.  1.  Xen. 
An.  7,  2,  32  for  ΜελανδΙται. 

Ιίελάνδετος,  ov,  {ι,ιέλας,  δέω)  bound 
or  mounted  with  black,  φάσγανα  μ.,  best 
understood  of  the  iron  scabbard,  II. 
15,  713;  so,  μ.  ξίφος,  Eur.  Phoen. 
1091  ;  σάκος  μ.,  an  iron-rimmed  shield, 
Aesch.  Theb.  43 ;  but,  μελάνδετον 
φάνω  ξίφος,  Eur.  Or.  821. 

■\'ΪΙΙελανδία,  ας,  ή,  Melandia,  a  dis- 
trict of  Sithonia,  Theopomp.  ap. 
Steph.  Byz. :  v.  ΜελανδΙται. 

Μελανδίνης,  ου,  ό,  (μέλας,  δίνη) 
darkeddifing,  Dion.  P.  577.   [i] 

ΙΜελαί'όίταί,  ών,  οι,  the  inhab.  of 
Melandia,  the  Melandltae,  Xen.  An. 
7,  2,  32 ;  of.  Μ,ελανδέπται. 

Ήίελανδόκος,  ov,  {μέ?Μν,  δέχομαι) 
holding  ink,  άγγος  //.=sq.,  Anth.  P.  6, 
68. 

'Μ.ε?.ανδόχτ!,  ης,  ή,  {μέλαν,  δέχο- 
μαι) an  inkstand. 

Μελάνδρνον,  ov,  τό,  (μέλας,  δρνς) 
heart  of  oak,  Theophr. ;  for  which  in 
Od.  14,  12  we  have  το  μέλαν  δρυός. — 
II.  τα  μελύνδρνα,  (μελάνδρνς)  α  part 
of  the  tunny  which  was  salted  :  also 
αελανδρύαι,  o'l,  Ath.  121  Β  ;  of.  Xe- 
nocr.  p.  174  Coray. 

Μ.ε?.άνδρνος,  ov,  (μέλας,  δρνς)  dark 
900 


ΜΕΛΑ 

with  oak-leaves  ;  generally  dark-leaved, 
πίτνς,  Aesch.  Fr.  235. 

Μελάνδρνς,  νος,  ό,  the  tunny-fish, 
Ath.  121  B. 

Μελύΐ'ε£(5εω,  ώ,  to  look  black,  Galen. 
Glo-ss. 

Μελΰνειμονέο),  ώ,  to  be  clad  in  black, 
Arist.  Mn-ab.  109,  1,  Strab.  :  and 

Με?.ΰνειμονία,  ας,  ή,  a  wearing  of 
black  clothes  :  from 

Μελάνείμων,  ov,  (μέλας,  εlμa)black- 
clad,μ.  έφοδοι,  theassavihsoftheblack- 
robed  ones  (the  Furies),  Aesch.  Eum. 
376. 

Με7.άνει,  (μέλας)  in  II.  7,  64,  a  pas- 
sage which  was  variously  read  in 
Aristarchus'  time:  his  reading  was 
μελάνει  δε  τε  ηόντσν  ϋπ'  αυτής  (sc. 
φρικός),  so  that  μελάνω=μελαίνο,  to 
make  black,  darken,  (cf.  κυδάνο),  κνδαί- 
νω),  and  ζέφυρος  must  be  supplied  as 
the  nom. :  Wolf  and  others  read,  με- 
λάνει  (impf.)  or  μελανεΐ  (pres.)  δε  τε 
πόντος  νπ'  αυτής,  from  μελανέυ,ίηΐτ. 
=^μελ(ΐίνομαι,  to  grow  black  or  dark. 
In  later  Ep.  με'λανέω.  intr.,  is  certain- 
ly found,  A  p.  Rh.  4,  1574,  A  rat.  836, 
Call.  Ep.  55,  etc., — which  is  evidence 
that  fhey  read  πόντος  in  Hom.  Cf. 
Spitzn.  Esc.  xiv.  ad  11. 

■\Μελανενς,  έως  Ep.  ήος,  ό,  Mela- 
rap7<*•,  father  of  Amphimedon  in  Ithaca, 
Od.  24,  103.— 2.  son  of  Apollo,  Paus. 
4,  2,  2. 

^Μελανηις,  ίδος,  ή,  Melaneis,  earl  ier 
name  of  Erelria  in  Euboea,  Strab.  p. 
448. 

Με?Λΐνηφάτος,  ov,  v.  μεγαλήφ-. 

Μελανθέύ,  ας,  ή,^μελάνων  όρασις, 
ορρ.  to  λενκοθέα,  Aristo  ap.  Plut.  2, 
440  F. 

Ml•:λavθέλaιov,  ov,  τό,  oil  of  μελάν- 
θιον,  Diosc. 

Μελάνθεμοί',  ov,  τό,  a  sort  of  ΰνθε- 
μις  (signf.  III.),  Diosc. 

'ίίΐίελανθενς,  ό,  Melantheus,  son  of 
Dolius,  goatherd  of  Ulysses,  Od.  17, 
212 ;  21,  176  ;  (only  nom.  and  voc.  of 
this  form,  the  other  cases  from  Με- 
λάνθίΟΓ.) 

Με'λανθής,  ές,  {μέλας,  άνθος)  with 
black  blossoms  :  generally,  black,  swar- 
thy, γένος,  Aesch.  Supp.  154:  cf.  λεν- 
κανθής. 

Μελά^Όιον,  ov,  τό,  also  μελάνθιος 
πόα,  {μέλας,  άνθος)  α  herb  whose  seeds 
were  used  as  spice,  nigella  Sativa,  The- 
ophr., Diosc.  • 

iyίελάvOιoς,  ov,  ό,  Melanthius,=z 
Με7.αι•θεύς. — 2.  an  inferior  tragic  poet 
at  Athens,  derided  by  Ar.  A  v.  151,  Pac. 
803.— 3.  another  poet.  Pint.  Cim.  4.— 
4.  a  general  of  the  Athenians,  Hdt.  5, 
97 ;  Xen.  Hell.  2,  3,  46.— Others  in 
Diog.  L. 

■\Μέλανθος,  ov.  b,  Melanlhus,  son  of 
Neleus  and  Periclymene,  a  king  of 
Messenia,  who,  driven  out  by  the  He- 
raclidae,  fled  to  Athens,  where  he  be- 
came king,  Hdt.  5,  65;  Paus.  2.  18, 
8,  who  calls  him  son  of  Andropom- 
pus,  7,  1,  9.-2.  a  Spartan.  Thuc.  8, 
5. — II.  in  Lye.  767  an  appell.  of  Nep- 
tune. 

Μελύνθριζ,  τρίχος,  b,  ή,^=^μελανό- 
θριξ,  Arist.  Physiogn.  3.  10. 

tMf  λαΐ'ί^ώ,  ους,  ή,  Melantho, daugh- 
ter of  Dolius,  sister  of  Μελανθενς, 
Od.  18,  321. 

Μελάνια,  ας,  ή,  {μέλας)  blackness, 
Arist.  Categ.  5,  45. — II.  a  black  cloud, 
!  Xen.  An.  1,  8,  8. 

+.Μελάι•ία,  τά,  v.  sub  Μέλαινα. 

Με'/.ΰνίζω,  {μέλας)  to  be  black  or 
blackish,  Hicesius  ap.  Ath.  320  D. 

Mi/.uviov,  ov,  τό,=^μέλαν  lov.  the 
common  violet,  opp.  to  λενκόϊον.  [ΰ] 

'\Μ.ελανίππη,     ης,    ή,     Melanippe, 


ΜΕΛΑ 

daughter  of  Aeolu."»,  mother  of  Boeo 
tus  and  Aeolus  by  Neptnne ;  from 
her  a  play  of  Eur.  was  named,  Ar. 
Thesm  517;  Plat.  Symp.  177  Α.— 2. 
a  queen  of  the  Amazons,  Ap.  Rh.  2, 
965.     (Prop.  fem.  from  Μελύνιππος.) 

■^Μελανιππίδης,  ov,  ό,  (prop,  son  of 
Melanipjnts),  ]\ielanipjndes,  a  celebra- 
ted dithyrambic  poet  (of  Melos)  at 
Athens,  Xen.  Mem.  1,  4,  3:  ace.  to 
Suid.  an  elder  and  younger. 

Μελάνιππος,  ov,  (μέλας.  Ιππος) 
with  black  horses,  ννξ,  Aesch.  l•^.  64. 
[ά] 

tMελάl'ί7rπof ,  ον,ό,  Melanippus,  son 
of  Astacus,  one  of  the  Theban  chiefs, 
Aesch.  Theb.  414,  cf.  406  sqq. — 2.  son 
of  Agrins,  Apollod.  1,  8,  6.-3.  son  of 
Theseus,  Pint.  Thcs.  8. — 4.  a  son  of 
Priam,  Apollod.  3,  12,  5. — 5.  son  ol 
Hicetaon,  of  Percotc,  II.  15,  547. — 
Others  in  Hdt.  5,  95 ;  Xen.  Hell.  6,  2, 
35;  etc. 

^Μελανιών,  ωνος,  ό,  Melanion,  fa- 
ther of  Parthenopaens,  Paus.  5,  17, 
10. — 2.  an  Athenian,  Ar.  Lys.  786. 

Μελάνόγειος,  01',=^ με?ίύγ}'ειος. 

Μελΰνόγραμμος,  ov,  {μέλας,  γραμ- 
μή) with  black  stripes,  Arist.  ap.  Ath. 
313  C. 

Μελανοδέρματος,  σν,  {μέλας,  δέρ- 
μα) black-skinned,  Arist.  Η.  Α.  3,  9, 2. 

Μελάνοδοχεϊον,  ov,  τό,=με?.ανδό- 
XV• 

Μελύνοειδής,  ές,  (μέλας,  είδος) 
black-looking,  Arist.  Color.  5, 11. 

Με?.άνοείμων,  ov,  gen.  ονος,=με- 
?Μνείμων,  Hipp.  ? 

Μελάνόζνξ,  νγος,  ό,  ή,  {μέ?Μς, 
ζενγννμι)  in  Aesch.  Supp.  530,  μελά- 
νόζνγ'  άταν,  prob.  of  the  black  (Ae- 
gyptian)  rowers,  cf.  719,  745. 

Μ,ε'λάνέιθριξ,  τρϊχος,  ό,  ή,  {μέλας, 
θρίξ)  black-haired,  Hipp.  p.  955. 

ίίελανοκάρδιος,  ov, (μέλας,  καρδία) 
black-hearted,  'Στνγος  πέτρα,  Ar.  Ran. 
470. 

\Μ.ελανόκολπος,  ov,  {}ΐελας.  κόλ- 
πος) black-bosomed,  epith.  of  Night, 
Ursin.  in  Bacchyl.  40  for  Μεγα'/οκολ- 
πος. 

Μελΰνοκόμης,  ov,  ό,  and  μιλάρό- 
κομος,  ov,  (μέλας,  κόμη)  black-Uaned. 

Μελάνόμαλλος,  ov,  black-fleeced. 

Μελάνόμματος,  ov,  {μέλας,  όμμα) 
black-eyed,  Plat.  Phaedr.  253  D. 

Μελάνονεκνοείμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος, 
{μέλας,  νέκυς,  είμα)  clad  in  black 
shroud,  comic  word  in  Ar.  Ran.  1336. 

ΜεΛΰνονεφής,  ές,  {μέλας,  νέφος) 
with  black  clouds. 

Μελύνοποιός,  όν,  {μέλας,  ποιίω) 
blackening. 

Μελΰνόπτερος.  ov,  (μέλας,  πτερόν) 
black-winged,  φάσμα,  Eur.  Hec.  705 ; 
Ννξ,  Ar.  Αν.  695. 

Με2άνοπτέρνξ,  νγος,  ό,  ή,  (μέλας, 
πτέpvξ)={oreg.,  Eur.  Hec.  71  :  with 
black  fins,  Ar.  Fr.  452. 

Μελάνορ^άβδωτος,  ov,  (μέ?.ας,  ()a- 
βδωτός)  striped  with  black,  Xenocr. 

ΜελάνόΙ>βιζος,  ov,  (μέλας,  βίζα) 
black-rooted:  τό  μ.,  black  hellebore, 
Diosc. 

Μελανός,  ή,  όν,=μέλας,  Lob.  Pa- 
ral.  139. 

^Μέ^ιανος,  ov,  δ,  Melanus,  a  promon- 
tory of  Cyzicus,  Strab.  p.  576. 

Μελανήσαρκυς,  ov,  {μέλας,  σαρξ) 
with  black  flesh,  dub. 

Μελανοσπερβον,  ov,  τό,  =  μελάν- 
θιον,    Diosc,    Par.  2,  93. 

Με?ιάνόστερνος,  ov,  {μέλας,  στέρ- 
νυν)  black-breasted,  v.  1.  for  sq. 

Με/.άνόστερφος,  ov,  (μέλας,  στέρ- 
φος) black-skinned,  Aesch.  Fr.  377. 

Μελανόστικτος,  ov,  (μέλας,  στι.ζω) 
black  spotted,  Arist.  ap.  Ath.  305  C. 


ΜΕΛΑ 

MfAuroffroAof,  ον,  {μέ/.ας,  στο/.ή) 
black-robed,  Plut.  2,  372  D. 

MfAUi'offrof,  ον,  lor  μελΰνόστεος, 
{μέΑας,  όατέον)  black-boned,  as  was 
read  in  II.  21,  252  by  Aristot. ;  al.  με- 
λ.άνοσσος,  {σσσε)  black-eyed ;  but 
Aristarch.  μέ/.ανος  τοϋ  θηρητήβος ; 
— V.  Spitzii.  ad  1. 

^ίελϋνοσυρμαίος,  ον,  epith.  of  the 
Aegyptians  in  Ar.  Thesm.  857,  with 
a  double  meaning,  (μέλας,  σίφμα) 
with  black  trains  to  tneir  robes,  and 
(σνρμαία)  black-dosed,  cf.  Hdt.  2,  77, 
and  V.  s\ih  ιιε'/.ανόζνξ. 

iM.ε/.avoσvpoι,  ωχ>,  οί,  the  black  Sy- 
rians, dwelling  beyond  Mt.  Teurus, 
Strab.  p.  737 :  cf.  Αευκόσνροι. 

^ελανοτειχής,  v.  suh  μελαντειχής. 

Με?Μνό~ης,  ητος,  ή,  (μέ/.ας)  black- 
ness, Galen. 

Μελάνοιιρίζ•,  ίδος,  pecul.  fem.  of 
sq.,  Anth.  P.  6,  304. 

Μ.ε/Μνονρος,  ον,  (μέλας,  ουρά) 
black-taikd: — ό  μ,  a  sea  fish,  the 
black-tail,  vielanurus,  Epich.  p.  29, 
Antiph.  ProbL  1,  4.  [a] 

Μ.ελανόφαιος,  ον,  (μέ?.ας,  φαιός) 
dark-gray,  ορρ.  to  λευκόό-,  Ath.  78  Α. 

Μΐλύνόόθαλ.μος,  ον,  (μέλας  οφθαλ^- 
μός)  black-eyed,  Arist.  Gen.  Αα.  5, 
1,  17. 

ΜεΛώνό^/^εψ,  εβος,  ό,  η,  (μέλας, 
φλ-.έφ)  black-veined,  Aretae. 

Με/.ΰνοφορέω,  ώ,  to  wear  black, 
Plut.  2,  557  D. 

'Μ.ε/.ΰνοφόρος,  ον,  (μέλ,ας,  φέρω) 
wearins  black. 

Μελάνοόρνς,  ν,  gen.  νος.  Mack- 
browed,  [ώ] 

Μ.ε/.ΰΐ'όφρων,  όνος,  ό,  ή,  (μέλας, 
φρην)  black-hi^artcd. 

^ε/.ΰνόάν?.'Μς,  ον  .=με?.άμ(ρν?.?.ος : 
black-plumed,  τζτερύ,  Chaerem.  ap. 
Ath.  (i08  C. 

Μελ.α.νάχλυρος,  ον,  (μέλας,  χλω- 
οός)  darkly  pale,  ProcL 

}ίελύι-οχρής,  ές,=μελ.αγ}^ρ7)ς. 

'ίίε?.ΰνόχροος,  ον,  =  μελΛγχροος, 
Οά.  19,  246  : — metapl.  nom.  pi.,  κνα- 
μοι  με/.ανόχροες,  IL  13.589. 

^ε/.άνόχρος,  ωτος,  ό,  ή,=με?Μγ- 
χρος,  Eur.  Hec.  1105. 

Μ ελώΐ'όω,  ΰ,  to  blacken. 

Μέλανσις,  εως,  ή,  (με?.αίνομαι)  α 
becomi7tς  black,  Arist.  jPhys.  Ausc.  5, 
6,  5. 

Μελάνστερνος,  ον,  =  μελΜνόστερ- 
νος. 

^^ίΐ'/.άντας,  α  and  ου,  ό,  MeL•n^as, 
masc.  pr.  η.,  Plut.  Artax.  19  ;  etc. 

^Μελάντείος,  ον,  of  or  belonging  to 
Melas,  Melantean,  αϊ  Με/.άντειοί  ττέ- 
τραι  or  δειραί,  the  MeL•nlean  rocks, 
near  Thera,  Ap.  Rh.  4,  1707;  in 
Strab.  ^Ιΐλάνθιηι,  p.  636. 

^Ιε'/.αντειχης,  ές,  (μέλ.ας,  τείχος) 
black-walled,  δόμος  ΤΙερσεφόνης,  rmd. 
Ο.  14.  28,  ubi  13ockh  μελ.ανοτειχής. 

'Άε'/.άντερος,  α,  ον,  couipar.  from 
μέλας,  II. 

Με'λαντηρία,  ας,  ή,  α  black  metallic 
dye  or  ink,  prob.  oxide  of  copper, 
Arist.  Color.  4,  1 ;  cf.  Diosc.  5,  118. 

^^ίε/Μντης,  ον,  6,Melant£s,  an  Athe- 
nian, an  opponent  of  Demosthenes, 
Dem.  310,  10. 

tMeXaiTOf,  συ,  ό,  MeL•ntus,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Luc. 

'Μ.ε/.αντρΰγής,  ές,  (μελ.ας,  τραγεΐν) 
black  when  eaten,  σϋκον,  Anth.  P.  6, 
299. 

'Με?ι.άννδρος,  ον,  (μέλας,  ΰδωρ)  with 
black  water,  κρήνη  μ.,  a  well  where  the 
water  looks  black  Irom  the  shade,  etc., 
IL  9,  14,  Od.  20,  158,  etc.  [ά] 

Μ.ε/.άνωμα, ατός, TO, blackness,  [λΰ]  ; 

Μελάνωπός,  όν,  (μέλας,  ώψ)  black- 
looking.  j 


ΜΕ.\Δ 

ΙΜελάΐ'ωτΓΟΓ,  ον.  ό,  Melanopus,  an 
Athenian,  father  of  Laches,  Thuc.  3, 
86. — 2.  son  of  Laches,  an  Athenian 
orator.  Id.  ib. ;  Dem.  703,  21. — 3.  son 
of  Diophantus,a  Sphettian,Dem.  925, 
2. — Others  in  Ath. ;  etc. 

Μ,ΐλ.άνωσις,  ή,=μέ'λανσις.  [α] 

Μελύρβϊνος,  ον,  (μέλας,  ρινόν) 
black-skinned,  JSonn. 

ΜΕΆΑ'Σ,  μέ/.αινα,  μέ?.αν,  gen. 
μέλανος,  με/ΜΪνης,  μέλανος,  cf.  τύ- 
?.ας,  the  only  word  exactly  like  it  in 
form.  Black,  dark : — in  Horn,  μέ- 
λαν  αίμα,  κϊμα,  ύδωρ,  μέ/.ας  οίνος, 
yala μέλαινα,  etc.,  where  it  is  simply 
descriptive,  and  evidently  orig.  meant 
no  definite  colour,  but  simply  dark —  ; 
νανς  μ.  is  prob.  so  called  not  from  its 
being  pitched  over,  nor  yet  from  the 
gloom  of  the  hold,  but  simply  from  the 
dark  look  of  all  ships  on  the  water. — II. 
black,  dark,  gloomy,  έσ~ερος,  ννξ,  etc., 
Hom. — III.  metaph.  black,  dark,  θάνα- 
τος, II.  2,  834,  etc. ;  Kr/p,  Ib.  859,  etc.  ; 
όδνναι  μ.,  ΓΙ.  4,  117,  etc.;  the  origin 
of  the  metaph.  being  more  distinctly 
seen  in  t.he  phrases//,  νέι^ος  θανάτοω, 
άχεος  νεφέλη  μ.,  II.  16,  350  ;  18,  22  : 
hence  generally  dark,  dire,  horrid,  μ. 
τύχη,  άρύ,  Aesch.  Supp.  88,  Theb. 
833  ;  ανάγκη,  Eur.  Hipp.  1388  ;  etc.— 
In  all  these  signtis.,  opp.  to  λευκός. — 2. 
of  the  voice,  indistinct,  hat-fuscus,  opp. 
to  λ.ενκός  (q.  v.),  Arist.  Top.  1,  15,4. 
— 3.  dark,  obscure,  enigmatical,  Plut., 
as  in  Lat.  Lycophron  ater,  Stat.  Sylv. 
5,  3,  157. — 4.  of  men,  black,  (like  hie 
niger  est),  Plut.  2,  12  D  : — so  prob. 
μέλ.αιναί  όρένες  in  Solon  ap.  Diog. 
L•.^  1,  61 ;  //.  καρδία,  Pind.  Fr.  88.— 
IV^  compar.  με/.άντερος,  a,  ov  (which 
establishes  the  orig.  form  to  be  *μέ- 
/.ανς,  cf.  με/.ανός).  II.  24,  94,  proverb, 
of  the  thickest  darkness,  νέφος  με- 
?.άντερον  ήντε  ττίσσα,  II.  4,  277,  cf. 
Bast.  Ερ.  Cr.  p.  SO :  also  μελ.ανώ- 
τερος,  in  Strab. — Poet,  collat.  form 
κελ.αίνός,  Buttm.  Lexil.  s.  v.  κε?ι.αι- 
νός  .•  and  in  II.  24,  79,  μεί/.ας  :  Aeol. 
μέλ.αι.ς. 

tMeAaf,  ΰνος,  ό,  Melas, — I.  masc. 
pr.  n. ; — 1.  son  of  Phrixus  and  Chal- 
ciope,  from  whom  the  gulf  (infra  III.) 
was  said  to  be  named,  Ap.  Rh.  2,  1156. 
— 2.  son  of  Porthaon,  brother  of  Oe- 
neus,  11. 14,  117. — 3.  sonof  Licymnius, 
a  companion  of  Hercules,  Apoilod.  2, 
7,  7. — Others  in  Paus.  ;  etc. — II.  of 
rivers  ; — 1.  a  river  of  Thrace,  falling 
into  the  gulf  of  same  name,  now  Sal- 
datti  ?  Hdt.  7,  58.-2.  a  river  of  Thes- 
saly,  emptying  into  the  Malian  gulf. 
Id.  7,  198. — 3.  a  river  of  Achaia  near 
Olenos,  Call.  Jov.  23. — 4.  a  small 
river  of  Boeotia  near  Orchomenus, 
flowing  into  the  lake  Copals,  Strab. 
p.  407  ;  Paus.  9,  38,  6.— Others  men- 
tioned in  Strab.,  and  Paus. — III.  ό 
Μελοί•  κόλ.τος,  (the  black  gulf)  Melas 
sinus,  a  deep  gulf  between  the  Thra- 
cian  Chersonese  and  the  main  coast 
of  Thrace  now  g^t/i/ o/5'aroe,  Hdt.  6, 
41  ;  7,  58;  etc.:  in  Ap.  Rh.  1,  922, 
ό  ΜέΛαζ•  πόντος. 

Ήίέλασμα,  ατός,  τό,  (με/.αίνω)  α 
black  colour,  or  dye,  Apollod.  ap.  Phot. ; 
black,  Anth.  P.  6,  63 : — a  black  spot, 
Plut.  2,  564  E. 

Μελασ//ΟΓ,  ov,  ό,  {μελαίνω)  black- 
ness, lividness,  Hipp.  p.  425  : — a  black 
epot,  Plut.  2,  921  F. 

ίΜέλ.δοι,  ων,  οί,  theMeldi,  a  Gallic 
race  on  the  Sequana,  Strab.  p.  194. 

ΜΕΆΔΩ,  to  melt,  make  liquid,  Call. 
Fr.  309  :  pass.  μέ?ίόομαί,  to  melt,  grow 
liquid,  λέ3ηςκνισην  μ^λδήμενος,ΆοαΙ- 
dron  melting  as  to  the  fat,  i.  e.  in  which 
fat  melts,  11,  21,  363 ;  ubi  al.  κνίστ/.    \ 


ΜΕΛΕ 

Μί'λε,  Ep.  3  irapf.  from  αελω-  Od. 
5, 6.         ^ 

Μελε,  ώ  μέλ.ε,  an  Att.  vocat  from  a 
nom.  not  in  use,  as  a  familiar  address 
to  both  sexes,  my  good  friend,  my  drar, 
etc.,  Ar.  Eq.  671,  Xub.  33,  Eccl.  120, 
133  ;  i-y  άι',ώμέλε,  Plat.  Theaet.  178 
Ε  ;  cf.  Ruhnk.  Tim. ; — lateradilressed 
to  men  only.— (The  deriv.  from /^έλεοξ•, 
wretched,  will  never  do;  for  it  almost 
always  has  a  good  sense.  Buttni.  re- 
fers it  to  a  nom.  μέλος  from  root  μέ/Λ, 
Lat.  mcl,  melior  :  the  Gramm.  explain 
it  by  ώ  επιμελείας  άξιε  και  οίον  με- 
μελημένε.) 

Μελεαγρίς,  ίδος,  η,  ^ofMeleager(\),i 
a  sort  οί  guinea-fowl,  named  after  the 
hero  Meleager,  Arist.  H.  A.  6.  2,  3, 
Clytusap.  Ath.655B.t— II.  aZ  Μελεα- 
γρίόες  νηαοι,  islands  of  Meleager,  in 
the  Padus,  Anton.  Lib. :  from 

ΙΜελέα/ροί,  ov,  ό,  Meleager,  son  of 
Oeneus  and  Althaea,  an  Argonaut, 
and  one  of  the  Calydonian  hunters, 
II.  2,  642. — 2.  one  of  Alexander's  gen- 
erals, Arr.  An.  1,  24. — 3.  an  epigram- 
matic poet  of  Gadarain  Syria,  Strab. 
p.  759  ;  Anth. — Others  in  Diog.  L. ;  etc. 

Μελεά^ω,  (μέλος)  to  modulate,  sing. 

tMε/.έαf ,  ov,  ό,  Meleas,  a  Laconian, 
Thuc.  3,  5. — 2.  -λεαο,  α,  ό,  masc.  pr. 
η.,  Ν.  Τ. 

Μελε(ίαινω,  (μέ/.ω)  to  care  for,  be 
cumbered  about, c.  gen.,  ττενίης,  The- 
ogn.  1125  :  also  c.  ace,  Theocr.  10,  52, 
cf.  Bockh  Inscr.  1,  p.  20  ;  also  c.  inf. 
γήμαι  κακήν  cv  μελ.εδαίνει  εσθ/.ος' 
ανήρ,  a  good  man  cares  not  to  marry  a 
bad  woman,  Theogn.  185 :  as  Lat. 
■tvon  curare,=  detrectare. — II.  to  care  for, 
attend  upon,  like  θεραπεύω,  μ.  τονς 
νοσέοντας,  Hdt.  8,  115. 

Μελέδη,  ης,  ή,  ν.  1.  ίοιμε/^τη,  Hipp, 
ρ.  617. 

Μελ.έδημα,  ατός,  τό,  (με?.εδαίνω) 
care,  anxiety,  Hom.,  who  always  uses 
plur. :  με/.εδήματα  πατρός,  anxiety 
about  one's  father,  Od.  15,  8  :  also  of 
sleep,  ζ.νων  με/.εδήματα  θυμού,  II. 
23,  62 ;  cf.  λνσιμελής : — μελεδήαατα 
θεών,  tYiQit  care  for  man,  Eur.  Hipp. 
1102. — II.  the  object  of  care,  Ibyc.  4; 
cf.  μέλ.ημα. 

ΟΛελ.έδημος,  ov,  6,  Meledemi.S;  an 
Athenian,  son  of  Cleon,  Dem.  273,  6 ; 
where  Bekk.  Ύε/.έδημος  from  the  best 
MSS. 

Με?^εδήμων,  ov,  (μελέδημα)  caiing 
for,  c.  gen.,  Anth.  P.  9,  569.— II.  busy 
κερκίς,  Ib.  6,  39,  cf.  7,  425. 

Μελεδών,  ώνος,  7/,=μελ.εδώνη,  Η. 
Hom.  Αρ.  532,  Hes.  Op.  06,  Theogn. 
879,  Sappho  11;  cf.  Lob.  Paral.  146. 

ΊΐιΙε/.εδωνενς,  ό,  poet,  for  με/.εδω• 
νός,  Theocr.  24,  104. 

%1ελ.εδώνη,  ης,  ή,  like  μελ,εδών, 
care,  sorrow,  Od.  19,  517,  Theocr., 
etc.  ■■—&\5θ==μελ.έδημα,με7.έτη.  Hipp. 

'Άελεδωνός,  ov,  ό  and  ή,  one  who 
takes  care  of,  an  attendant,  guardian,  μ. 
των  οίκίων,  a  \iOVtse-steicard,  Hdt.  3, 
61;  ό  μ.  των  θηρίων,  the  keeper  of  the 
crocodiles.  Id.  2,  65  ;  also  μ.  της  τρο- 
φής, one  who  provides  their  food,  Ib. 

Μελεί,  impers.,  v.  μέλω. 

Με?.εΐζω,  (μέλος  I)  \\ke μελίζω  I,  to 
dismember,  cut  in  pieces. 

Μελέίνος,  η,  ον,=μέλινος,  μεί?.'.• 
νος,  Theophr. 

Μελ.εϊστί,  adv.  (μελείζω.)  limb  from, 
limb,  Shakspere's  'limb-meal,'  II.  24, 
409.  [tI] 

'Μελεοπαθής,  ές,  (μέλεος,  παθείν) 
suffering  wretchedly,  Aesch.  Theb.  964. 

ΜελεότΓοίΌζ•.  ov,  (μελεος,  πόνος) 
hailing  done  wretchedly,  Aesch.  Theb. 
963. 

Μελεος,  a,  ov,  also  ος,  ov,  Eur. 
901 


ΜΕΛΕ 

Or.  207  : — like  τ/λ(-ός,  idle,  useless,  ov 
χρη  εοτάμεναι  μέλεον  σνν  τενχεσι, 
11.  10,  480  ;μελέη  όέμοι  εσσεται  (ψμη, 
0(1.  5,410  ;  οΰμί/.εος  ει μί/σεται αίνος, 

II.  23, 7ϋό ; — SQ μεΑεον  as  adv.,  ι«  vain, 
μέ?.ε(>ν  <y  ϊ/κύνησαν  άμφω,  11.  16, 
330  ;  μέλεον  6ί  οί  ενχος,  ίόωκας,  II. 
21,  473,  (where  however  the  ancients 
took  it  as  adj.,  with  ενχος, — afruitless 
victory). — 11.  from  Hes.  Th.  .503,  ονκ 
έδίύον  μελέοισι  τηφος μενος...θνητοΙ- 
αι,  it  took  the  later  .seii.se  of  vnhnppi/, 
miserable,  Trag.  ;  esp.  in  addressing 
persons,  as  Orac.  aj).  Hdt.  7,140:  μέ• 
λεος  γάμων,  unhappy  in  thy  marriage, 
Aesch.  Theb.  77U;  cf.  Pors.Hec.  425. 
Cf.  μέλε. 

Με/^εόφρων,  όνος,  ό,  ή,  {μέλεος, 
ώρ/'/ν)  miserable-minded,  Lat.  infelix 
animi,  Eur.  I.  T.  854. 

Μ.εΆεσίτϊτερος,  ov,  (μέλος  II,  πτε- 
ρόν)  singing  with  its  wings,  epilh.  of 
the  cicada,  Anth.  P.  7,  194  ;  cf.  Lob. 
Phryn.  688. 

Μέλετίίΐ,  poet,  for  μέλει,  v.  μέλω. 

Μ,ελετύω,  ώ,  ί.  -ήσω,  Τ  hue.  1,  80, 
etc.;  but -ήσομαι,  Luc.  Pseudos.  6: 
— to  care  for,  take  care  of,  c.  gen.,  βίον, 
έργου,  Hes.  Op.  314,  441. — II.  c.  ace. 
τeι,hkei:τιμελέυμaι,tυ  attend  to,  study, 
pursue  diligently,  Lat.  excolere,  Hitt.  3, 
115:  hence,//,  δόξαν,  to  study,  court 
reputation,  Thuc.  0,  11,  u.  όοζας.  to 
court  popular  opinion.  Plat.  Phaedr. 
260  C,  cf.  Soph.  O.  C.  171  ;  and  so  to 
practise,  etc.,  v.  infr.  Construct., 
mostly  c.  ace.  rei,  μ.  μαντείαν,  Η. 
Horn.  Merc.  557,  cf.  Hdt.  6, 105;freq.in 
Att.,|U.  σοφίαν,  Ar.  Pint.  511  ;  τέχνας, 
1)7ΐτορικίιν,  ΰρχησιν,  etc..  Plat. :  esp. 
in  Att.  to  practise  speaking,  to  go  over 
a  speech  in  one^s  mind,  Lat.  inedilari. 
Plat.  Phaedr.  228  B,  Dem.  421,  20; 
also,  μ.  έτΓί  τών  καιρών,  to  get  up  a 
speech  off-hand.  Id.  1414,  12:  to  re- 
hearse, Arist.  Probl. : — rarely  c.  dat. 
rei,  as  /i.  τάξω,  to  practise  with  the 
bow,  Xen.  Cyr.  2,  1,  21 : — so  c.  inf., 
to  practise  doing  a  thing,  as,  μ.  τοξεν- 
eiv  και  άκοντίζειν,  lb.  1,  2.  12;  μ. 
άποθνήσκειν.  Plat.  Phaed.  67  Ε  :  ab- 
sol.  to  practise,  exercise  one's  self,  the 
acc.  rei  being  omitted,  Xen.  Hell. 
3,  4,  16  ;  hence,  εν  τώ  μι/  μελετώντι, 
by  want  of  practice,  Thiic.  1,  142, 
Plat.  Rep.  407  B.  cf.  Jelf  Gr.  Or.  ^ 
436,  γ. — In  pass.,  to  bepraclisfd,  Thuc. 

1,  142,  Plat.,  etc. ;  c.  inf ,  Eur.  Alex- 
andr.  4,  Ar.  Eccl.  119: — cf.  άσκέω. — 

III.  c.  acc.  pers.,  to  exercise  or  train 
one,  k μελέτη σ εν  αντονς  ως ε1εν...\^η. 
Cyr.  8,  1,  42  ;  also  c.  inf,  μ.  τινά  not- 
εΐν,  Mnesim.  Ίττ-οτρ.  1,  7,  ubi  v. 
Meineke. — 2.  to  attend  (as  physician), 
Hipp.  p.  550  ;  and  in  pass.,  of  the  pa- 
tient. Id.  556.  [νΓοηΛμέλο,μελεδαίνω : 
some  also  connect  it  with  Lat.  7nedi- 
tari,  V.  δ,  VI.) 

Μ,ελέτη,  ης,  η,  care,  attention,  Hes. 
Op.  410:  c.  gen.  rei,  μ.  πλεόνων,  care 
for  many  things,  lb.  378  ;  so,  μελέτην 
τινός  εχειν=μελετΰ.ν,  έπιμελεΐσθαι. 
like  curam  gerere  rei,  lb.  455  :  later 
also,  μ.  περί  τίνος.  Plat.  Polit.  286  A, 
ττρός  τι.  Id.  Legg.  865  A  :  c.  gen.  pers., 
care  paid  by  one,  μ.  ϋεών.  Soph.  Phil. 
196. — 2.  esp.  practice,  exercise,  Thuc. 

2,  85,  etc. ;  πόνων  μ..  Id.  2,  39  ;  //.  και 
μύθησις,  Plat.,  and  Xen. :  in  a  mili- 
tary sense,  μελέτην  ττοιείσβαι,  to  go 
through  one's  practice,  Thuc.  1,  18, 
Xen.,  etc.  :  the  practice  of  speaking, 
declamatiim,  Dem.  328,  15,  etc. — 3.  a 
pursuit,  Pind.  O.  9,  161. — II.  care, 
anxiety,  με'/.έτΊ)  κατατρνχεσθηι,  Eur. 
Med.  1099.       ' 

ίΜελέτη,  7/f,  ή,  Melf.te,  one  of  the 
earlier  Muses,  in  Paus.  9,  29,  2. 
902 


ΜΕΛΗ 

Μελέτημα,  ατός,  τό,  (με?.ετάω)  α 
practice,  custom,  Eur.  Incert.  101  ;  μ. 
προς  τι.  practice  in..,  Xen.  Eq.  11,  13  : 
3\80=μέλημα. 

Μελετηρ('>ς,  ά,  όν,  (μελετάω)  prac- 
tising diligently,  Xen.  An.  1,  9,  5 :  συν- 
ονσίαι  μελ.,  meetings  for  practising 
oratory,  debating  societies,  Philoslr. 

Μελετητέοι/,  verb.  adj.  from  μελε- 
τάω, one  must  care  for,  study,  Tl,  Plat. 
Gorg.  527  B. 

Μελετητηριον,  ov,  τό,  (μελέτη)  a 
place  for  practice,  Plut.  Demosth.  8. — 
II.  the  instrument  for  practising,  Aliax- 
andr.  Ήρακλ.  1. 

Με/.ετητικός,  ή,  όν,  (ιιελετύω)  in- 
clined to  practise,  τινός,  Clem.  ΑΙ. 

Μελετητός,  ή,  όν,  (μελετάω)  prac- 
tised :  to  be  gained  by  practice,  αρετή, 
Plat.  Cht.  407  B. 

Μελετωρ,  ορός,  ό,  (μέλω)  one  who 
cares  for,  aguardian,  avenger,  άμφίτίνα. 
Soph.  El.  846. 

Μ-έλη,  ης,  ή,  a  sort  of  cup,  Anaxipp. 
ap.  Ath.  486  F. 

'Μ.ε7•.ηδόν,  adv.,  (μέλος)=  μελεϊστί, 
limb  by  limb,  in  joints,  Posidon.  ap. 
Alh.  153  E. — 2.  by  paragraphs. 

Μεληδών.  όνος,  ή,=^μελεδών,  Si- 
mon. 14,  Anth.  P.  5,  293. 

Μέ?.ημα,  ατός,  τό,  (μέλω)  the  ob- 
ject of  care, — a  beloved  object,  τονμον 
μελ..  like  Virgil's  mea  cura,  Sappho 
105  ;  so.  νέαις  μ.  παρθένηις.  Pind.  P. 

10,  93;  Χαρίτων  μ.,  Id.  Fr.  63;  Kv- 
πριδος,  lb.  237  ; — so  also  in  Trag. — 

11.  a  charge,  duly,  Aesch.  Ag.  1549 : — 
— hence  care,  anxiety,  Aesch.  Eum. 
444,  Theocr.  14,  2;  etc. 

^Μέλης,  ητος,  ό,  the  Meles,  a  river  of 
Ionia  near  Smyrna,  on  the  Ijanks  of 
which  Homer  was  said  to  have  been 
born,  H.  Horn.  8,  3  ;  Strab.  p.  554  : 
in  Anth.  Plan.  292,  the  river  god  is 
made-the  father  of  Homer  :  cf  Dubn. 
Asms  12. — II.  Metes,  father  of  the  di- 
thyrainbic  poet  Cinesias,  Plat.  Gorg. 
501  B.— Others  in  Paus.,  etc. 

ίΜελήσανδρος,  ov,  ό,  Melesandrus, 
a  commander  of  the  Athenians,  Thuc. 
2,  69. — 2.  a  person  against  whom  an 
oration  of  Dinarchus  is  directed, 
Dion.  H. 

|Μελ;/σ/α(• ,  ov,  6,  Melesias,  an  Olym- 
pic victor  of  Aegina,  Pind.  N.  4,  151. 
— 2.  an  Athenian  ambassador,  Thuc. 
8,  86  ;  father  of  the  Thucydides,  who 
was  an  opponent  of  Pericles,  v.  1.  Mi- 
λησίας,  v.  Marcell.  vit.  Thuc. 'ζι  43. — 
Others  in  Plat.  Lach. ;  etc. 

■^Μελησιγενής,  ονς,  ό,  (Μέλης  I, 
*γένω)  Melesigf.nes,  i.  e.  born  on  or  of 
(the)  Meles,  appell.  of  Homer,  Vit. 
Horn. ;  v.  Μέλης  I. 

Μελησίμβροτος,  ov,  (μέ?<.ησις,  βρο- 
τός)  being  an  object  of  care  or  love  to 
men,  Pind.  P.  4,  27. 

■\Μελήσιππος,  ov,  6,  MeLsippus,  a 
Lacedaemonian,  Thuc.  1,  139. 

Μέλησις,  εως,  η,  (μέλω)  care,  dili- 
gence. 

Μ.ε?.ησμός,  ov,  o,=foreg.,  dub. 

Μελητέον,  verb.  adj.  from  μέλω, 
one  7nust  take  thought,  τινός.  Plat.  Rep. 
365  D. 

ίΜε?>,ητίδης,  ov,  ό,  Meletides,  a  per- 
son, whose  name  became  proverb,  for 
stupidity,  Ar.  Ran.  991  :  in  form  pa- 
tron, from  sq. 

'ίΜ.έλητος,  ov,  6,  (more  correct  than 
ΜέλίΓΟί)  Meletus.  an  .Athenian  tragic 
poet,  of  the  deme  Pitthus,  one  of  the 
accusers  of  Socrates,  Ar.  Ran.  1302; 
Plat.  Apol.;  Xen.  Mem.;  etc.:  ano- 
ther Meletus  is  mentioned  as  an  ac- 
complice of  the  Thirty,  implicated  in 
a  charge  of  profaning  the  mysteries, 
Andoc.  2,  41  ;  12,  34;  Xen.' Hell.  2, 


MEAl 

4,  36 ;  etc.;  perh.  same  as  the  poet, 
V.  Clinton  Fast.  Hell.  2,  p.  xxxvi,  n. 

ΜΕΆΓ,  TO  :  gen.  Ιτος,  etc. :  (a  dat. 
μέλι  acc.  to  Meineke  Com.  Fr.  3,  p. 
641,  — but  f)  :  — Lat.  AIEL,  honey, 
Horn. :  said  to  be  made  by  men  from 
the  (^wvifin  Hdt.  1,  193,  cf.  4,  191: 
TO  vov  μέλι,  the  Persian  manna,  Po- 
lyaen.:  metaph.  of  any  thing  sweet, 
Alex.  Mant.  1,  6.     Cf  μειλίσσω,  lin. 

Μελί'α,  ας,  ή.  Ion.  με'/.η\.  the  ash, 
ν,ΐΛ,.  fraxinus,\\.  )3,  178;  16,767:— 
Hes.  Op.  144  brings  the  third  or  bra- 
zen race  of  men  from  ash-trees,  ίκ 
με/.ιΰν, — so  hard  is  its  wood. — II.  a 
spear,  the  shafts  being  «su.  made  of 
ash,  (cf  μείλινος),  11.  22.  225,  etc. 

ίΜ.ελία,  ας,  η,  Melia,  daughter  of 
Oceanus,  wife  of  Inachus,  Apollod.  2, 
1, 1. — 2.  a  nymph,  mother  of  the  Cen- 
taur Pholus,  Id. 

Μελί(207/ζ-,  ές.  Dor.  for  μελιηδής, 
Alcae.  47,  Pind.  Fr.  147. 

Μελίαι,  ών,  a'l,  a  race  of  nymphs 
said  to  have  sprung  from  the  spot  of 
earth  on  which  fell  the  blood  of  Ura- 
nus, Hes.  Th.  187;  they  were  also 
called  Μελιάδες.  The  name  seems 
to  mean  ash-nymphs  (/<f/<'a),like  Apv- 
άδες,  Άμαδρνύδες.  oak-ny7nphs. 

Μελίβόας,  ό,  (μέλι.  βοή)  sweet-sing- 
ing, κύκνος,  Eur.  Phaeth.  2,  34. 

■\Μ.ε?ύ3οια,  ας.  ή.  Meliboea,  daugh- 
ter of  Oceanus,  Apollod.  3,  8,  1.-2.  a 
daughter  of  Niobe.  Id.  3,  5,  6. — 3.  wife 
of  Theseus,  mother  of  Ajax,  Ath.  557 
A. — 4.  appell.  of  Proserpina.  Lasus 
ap.  Ath.  624  E. — II.  a  city  of  Magne- 
sia in  Thessaly,  II.  2,  717. 

Μελίβρσμος,  ον,(μέλι,βρέμω)  sweet- 
toned,  Anlh.  P.  7,  C96. 

Μελϊγά&ί/ς,  ές.  Dor.  for  -γηθής,  Λο- 
ney■sweet,vδωp,  Pind.  Fr.  211. 

Μ,ελίγδονπος,  ov,  (μέλι,  γδοι^πέω) 
sweet-sounding,  άοιδή,  Pind.  Ν.  11, 
23. 

Μελίγηρνς,  νος,  Dor.  -γΰρνς,  ό,  ή, 
(μέλι,  γήρνς)  sweet-i^oiced,  melodiaus, 
οψ.  Od.  12,  187,  άοιδή,  Η.  Ηοιη.  Αρ. 
519;  νάνοι,  κώμοι,  Pind.  Ο.  Π  (10), 
4,  Ν.  3,  7. 

Μελίγλ,7}νος,  ον,  soft-eyed. 

Με λί'γλωσσοί,  ον,  (μελί,  γλώσσα) 
honey-tongued,  πειθώ,  Aesch.  Pr.  172  ; 
άοιδαί,  Bacchyl.  12;  επί}.  Ar.  Αν.  908. 

Μέ?.ιγμα,  ατός,  τό,  (μελίζωΙ\)α  song, 
Mosch.  3,  93  :— but.  Ibid.  56,  it  is  a 
musical  instrument,  where  some  take  it 
for  μείλιγμα. 

ίΜελιγοννίς,  ίδος,  ή,  Meligfmis,  the 
earlier  name  of  the  island  Lipara, 
Call.  Del.  48. 

Με7.ιδονπος,  ον,=ζμελίγδονπης. 

Μελιειδής,  ές,  f.  1.  for  μελ^ηδής  in 
Hipp.  p.  529. 

Μελίεφθος,  ov,  (μέλι,  ^φω)  dressed 
with  honey,  Arr. 

Με/ύζω,  Dor.  μελίσδω  :  (μέλος) : — 
to  dismember,  cut  in  pieces,  v.  1.  Luc. 
Dial.  Mort.  29,  1. — 2.  in  pass,  to  have 
the  limbs  fully  formed,  Opp.  C.  3,  159  ; 
cf  διαρθμόω. — II.  {μέλος  II)  to  modu- 
late, sing,  warble,  μελίσδειν  σνριγγι, 
Theocr.  20,  28  :  but  usu,  in  mid.,  Id. 

I,  2;  7,  89. — 2.  trans,  to  sing  of,  cele- 
brate in  song,  Tivu  άοιδαις,  Pind.  N. 

II,  23.  -,μ.  πάθη,  Aesch.  Ag.  1176. 
Μελίζωρος,  ov,  (μέλι,  ζωμός)  of  pure 

honey,  Nic.  Al.  205 :  sweet  as  honey, 
Id.  th.  603. 

Μελιηγενής,  ές,  (μελία,  *γένω) 
sprung  from  ash-trees,  ash-bom,  Ap. 
Rh.  t4, 1641  t;cf  μελία. 

Μελιηδής,  ές,  (μέλι,  ήδνς)  honey- 
sweet,  /ujTov  μελιηδέα  καρπόν,  Od. 
9,  94,  etc. :  metaph.  μ.  θναός,  νόστος 
ύπνος,  11.  10,  495,  Od.  11.  100;  19, 
551 ;  so  in  Find,,  etc. ;  cf  με?,ίαδής. 


ΜΕΛΙ 

ΜελίθρεΛ-τοζ•,  ον,  {μέλι,  τρέφω)  ho- 
ney-fed, Anth.  P.  9,  122. 

Με/.ίθροος,  ον,  contr.  -θρονς,  (μέλι, 
θροέω)  sweet-sounding,  Anth.  P.  5,  125. 

Με7.ανος,  η,ον,ν.  1.  ίοτ με?.έϊνος-  [ΐ] 

ί'Με?~ίκέρτης,  ον,  ό,  Melicertes,  son 
of  Athainas  and  Ino,  changed  into  the 
sea-god  Palaemon,  Apollod.  1,  9,  5. 

ΙΑε'/Λκηρΰ,  ή,  the  spawn  of  the  mu- 
rex,  as  being  like  a  honey-comb,  Arist. 
H.  A,,  5, 15, 1 ;  (hence  κηρίίζειν,  to  de- 
posit this  spawn,  lb.  3.) ;  cf.  Lob.  Paral. 
346  : — also  με7.ίκηρα,  τύ. — Ι1.=μελί- 
κηρίς  II,  Pherecr.  Aut.  7,  ubi  v.  Mei- 
neke.  [«] 

Μελίκηρία,  ας,  i7,=sq. 

Ί^Ιε/.Ικηρίς,  ίόος,  ή,  meliceris,  a  vir- 
ulent eruption  on  the  head,  also  called 
tinea  favosa,  from  its  resembling  α 
honeycomb,  Hipp.  —  II.  a  honey-cake, 
Philo.x.  ap.  Ath.  147  B. 

Με/ύκιιρον,  ου,  τό,  {μέλι,  κηρός)  α 
honey-comb,  Theocr.  20,  27. 

Μ.ελίϋομπος,  ον,  {μέλι,  κομπέω) 
sweet-sounding,  άοιόαί,  Pind.   Ι.  2,  4G. 

ΜίΛϊ/ίόζ•,  7/,  όν,  {μέ/.ος  II.)  belonging 
to  or  accompanied  by  singing,  song-like, 
to  be  sttng. — II.  singing  :  ό  μελικός,  a 
lyric  poet,  Plut.  2,  120  C.     Adv.  -κώς. 

Με/Λκράτος,  ον.  Ion.  -κρητος ;  {μέ- 
λι, κεράνννμι) : — mixed  with  honey :  τό 
μελίκρητον,  Att.  -κράτον,  a  drink  of 
honey  and  milk  offered  as  a  libation  to 
the  souls  of  the  dead  and  to  the  in- 
fernal gods,  Od.  10,519;  11,27:  more 
fully,  μελίκρατα  -/άλακτος,  Eur.  Or. 
115, — because  after  Horn,  it  also 
meant  a  mixture  of  honey  and  water: 
— we  also  ftnd  the  metaplast.  dat.  με- 
λίκρΰτι,  but  no  nom.  με/ύκρΰς.  Lob. 
Paral.  224. 

Με/.ίκταινα,  ή,  poet,  ΐοτ  μελίταινα, 
Nic.  Th.  555. 

Μ.ελικτής,  ον,  ό.  Dor.  μελικτύς, 
{μελίζω  11.1  α  singer,  player,  esp. 
fliue-player,  Theocr.  4,  30,  Mosch.  3, 
7  ; — also  μελιστής. 

Me/.tAfcj-ri'Of,  77,  ov,  made  of  μελί- 
?MTov,  Pherecr.  Pers.  2  :  from 

'Μελίλωτον,  ov,  τό,  also  με'λίλωτος, 
ov,  ό,  (μέλι,  ?ΜΤΟς)  melilot,  a  kind  of 
clover,  so  called  from  the  quantity  of 
honey  it  contained,  Cratin.  Malth.  1. 
[Γ;  but  long  in  arsis,  Nic.  Th.  897.] 

Μελίμηλον,  ov,  τό,  (μέλι.  μή/.ον)  a 
sweet  apple,  an  apple  grafted  on  a  quince, 
Diosc.  1,  IGl. 

Μ.ε?^νη,  ης,  η,  millet, panicum  milia- 
ceum,  Hdt.  3,  117  ;  κνήμη  μελίνης. 
Soph.  Fr.  534  ;  also  ε7.νμος.    \l  ?] 

^Με7.ίνη,  ης,  ή,  Melini,  daughter 
of  Thespms,  Apollod.  2,  7,  8. 

'Μέ'/.ινον,  ου,  τό,= μελίταινα. 

Μέ?Λνος,  ου,  ό,=:μελίνη. 

MfZtrof,  ν.  sub  μεί?.ινος. 

ΙΜε/ tvof,  ου,  ό,  Melimis,  a  harbour 
on  the  coast  of  the  Troglodytae,  Strab. 
p.  771. 

■τΜ.ε?Λνοφάγοι,  uv,  οι.  {μελίνη,  φα- 
γεΐν  ;  millet-eaters),  the  MelinophCigi,  a 
Thracian  people,  Xen.  An.  7,  5,  12. 

+Me/.ifu,  ονς,  ή,  Melixo,  a  female 
flute-player,  Theocr.  2,  146. 

■f^ιlέλLoς,  ov,  ό.  Melius,  masc.  pr.  n., 
Qu.  Sm.  11,  85. 

Μελίτταις,  (μέ7.ι,  παις) σίμβλος ,  the 
hive  with  its  honey-children,  Anth.  P, 
12,  249. 

Με/ίπηκτον,  ov,  τό,  {μέ7α,  πήγνν- 
μι)  a  honey-cake,  Antiph.  Leptin.  1. 

Μελιττνηος,  ov,  contr.  -ττνονς,  ovv, 
(μέ/Λ.  τζνέο)  honey-breathing,  sweet- 
breathing,  σύριγξ,  Theocr.  1,  128. 

Μί/ιίττφωΓΟζ•,  ov,  {μέλι,  πτερόω) 
honey-winged,  //έλεα,  ap.  Ath.  633  A. 

}Α.ε7.ίτ:τορθος,  ov,  {μέλι,  πτόρθος) 
with  honeyed  boughs,  Androm.  ap  Ga- 
len 


MEAI 

Μελφβάθάμιγξ,  ιγγος,  ό,  ή,  (μελί. 
βαθύμιγξ)  dropping  honey,  Nonn.    [ά] 

Με/ώ/^οβοζ-,  ον,  {μέ?.ι,  ^odi(o)=sq., 
Pind.  Fr.  286. 

Μελφβοος,  ον,  contr.  -ρονς,  ovv, 
{μέ7.ι,  ()έω)  flowing  with  honey. 

Με/.ίρρντος,  ov,=  ioTeg.,  κρηναι. 
Plat.  Ion  534  Α. 

Μέ/.ίζ•,  barbarism  for  μέ7.ι,  Ar. 
Thesm.  1192. 

Ί^ίίε/ίσανόρος,  ου,  ό,  Melisander,  an 
early  poet  of  Miletus,  who  sang  the 
battle  of  the  Lapithae  and  Centaurs, 
Ael.  V.  H.  11,2. 

Με/ί'σίω,  Dor.  for  μελίζω  Π,  The- 
ocr. 

Με/ί'σκίο:',  ου,  τό,  dim.  fxova  μέλος 
Π,  Antiph.  Ύρανμ.  I. 

Με/.ίσ/ία,  ατός,  τό,  {με/.ίζυ  II)  α 
song,  Theocr.  14,  31 : — an  air,  melody, 
Mel.  1,35. 

Με7Λσμάτιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  μέ- 
λισμα.  [ύ] 

Με/Λσμός,  ον,  ό,  {μκλίζω  Ι)  α  dis- 
membering.— II.  {με?ύζω  II)  α  singing, 
song. 

Με7ύσ7νονδα{5θ.[ερά).ων.τά, drink- 
offerings  of  honey,  Plut.  2,  464  C  ;  cf. 
έλαιόστΓονόα.  οινόσττονδα. 

Μέλίσσα,  ης,  ή,  Att.  μέ7.ι.ττα :  no 
doubt  from  μέ7.ί,  honey,  and  so  we  find 
a  genit.  pi.  μελιτών,  Emped.  311,— 
(unless  this  be  written  μελίτων).  A 
bee,  Lat.  apis,  Hom.,  etc. :  μέ7,ισσαι, 
Hes.  Th.  594;  cf.  ξανθός,  ττόνος  II. 
2  : — ώςττερ  μέ7ιΐττα  κέντρον  έγκατα- 
λιπειν.  Plat.  Phaed.  91  C  ;  etc.— The 
term  μέλισσα  was  applied, — 2.  to  po- 
ets, from  their  culling  the  beauties  of 
nature,  as  Horace,  jnore  apis  Matinae, 
cf  Jac.  Anth.  P.  580  :  also— 3.  to  the 
priestesses  of  Delphi,  Pind.  p.  4,  106  ; 
of  Ceres  and  Diana,  Creuzer  Symbo- 
lik,  3.  354;  4,  241,  382  sq.,  Me'ineke 
Euphor.  p.  95,  cf  έσσήν :  hence — 4. 
in  the  mystic  philosophy  of  the  Neo- 
platonists,  to  any  pure,  chaste  being, 
Porphvr. ;  cf  νύμφη.— U.  μέλισσα  for 
honey  itself.  Soph.  O.  C.  480,  cf.  Lob. 
Phryn.  187  :  on  the  phrase  εσμός  με- 
7.ίσσης  in  Epinlc.  ap.  Ath.  432  C,  v. 
Herm.  Opusc.  2.  p.  252-7. 

^Μέλισσα,  ης,  ή,  Melissa,  wife  of 
Periander  tyrant  of  Corinth,  Hdt.  3, 
50: — 2.  a  courtesan  of  this  name  in 
Ath.  157  A. — Others  in  Anth.  ;  etc. 
— II.  a  town  of  Phrygia  where  Alci- 
biades  was  buried,  Ath.  574  E. 

ΜίλίσσαΖοζ•,  a,  ov,  (μέ/.ισσα)  of  oi 
belonsing  to  bees,  Nic.  Th.  611. 

Μελίσσειος,  a,  ov,=  ioTeg. :  cf.  με- 
/.ίσσιος. 

Μελίσσεΰξ•,  έως,  ό,  α  bee-keeper, 
Arist.  Η.  Α.  9,  40,  37. 

ΙΜελίσσεΰζ•,  έω^,  ό,  Melisseus,  an 
ancient  king  of  Crete,  Apollod. 

Mf/  ίσσήεΐ€.  εσσα,  εν,  rich  in  bees, 
Nic.  Th.  11,  Coluth.  23. 

Μ-Λισσία,  ας,  ή,=με7.ισσών. 

ΜελισσίΟζ•,  a,  ον,  {μέ7.ισσα)  of,  be- 
loyigim;  to  bees  :  μ.  κηρίον,  a  honeycomb, 
N.  T..  with  V.  I.  μελίσσειον. 

^ίελισσοβότΰνον,  ov.  τό.  {μέ7.ισσα, 
βοτάνη)  an  herb,  baulm,  Lat.  apias- 
trum,  also  με7Λσσόφν7.λον,  μελίτται- 
va,  μέλινον,  μελισσόβοτον. 

Με7Λσσόβοτος,  ον,<  μέλισσα,  βόσκω) 
fed  on  by  bees,  Anth.  P.  9.  523,  Dion. 
"P.  327  :  TO  μ.=  ίοτβα.,  Nic.  Th.  677. 

Μ.ε7.ισσοκόμος,  ov,  {μέ7.ισσα,  κο- 
μέω)  keeping  bees.  Αρ.  Rh.  2,  131,  0pp. 

Με/Λσσόκρΰς,  ΰτος,  ό,  and  ή,^με- 
}.ιτόκρας. 

Με7. ισσονόμος,  ον,  {μέλισσα,  νέμω) 
feeding  or  keeping  bees,  like  με7.ισσοκό- 
μος. — il.  in  Ar.  Ran.  1273,  the  Με- 
7.ισσονόμοι  are  the  chief  priestesses 
(v.  μέλισσα  I,  2.) 


ΜΕΛΙ 

Μελίσσο770Λοζ•,  ov,  Att.  με?.ιττ-, 
keeping  bees,  Arist.  Mirab.  64. 

ΜεΖ-ίσσοπόνος,  ov,  {μέ7.ισσα,  πο- 
νέω)~με7Λσσοκόμος,  Anth.  P.  6,  239. 

Με7.ισσόρντος,  ov,  {μέ7.ισσα,  βέω) 
flailing  from  bees ;  μ.  ν'ασμοί,  streams 
of  honey,  Orph.  Arg.  572. 

ίΜέλίσσο^,  ov,  ό,  Melissus,  son  of 
Telesiades  of  Thebes,  victor  in  the 
Nemean  and  Isthmian  games,  Pind. 
I.  3,  15  sqq. — 2.  a  philosopher  and 
statesman  of  Samos,  puoil  of  Parme- 
nides.  Plat.  Theaet.  I80"  E. 

Με/Λσσοσόος,  ov,  {μέ7.ισσα,  σώζω) 
guardian  of  bees,  of  Pan,  Anth.  P.  9, 
226. 

Μελισσότενκτος,  ov,  (μέ?Λσσα,  τεν- 
χω)  made  by  bees,  κηρία,  Pmd.  Fr.  266. 

^\.ε7.ισσότοκος,  ον,{μέ/.ισσα,  τίκτω) 
produced  by  bees,  honied,  Anth.  P.  7, 
12. 

^ίε7ασσοτροφεΐον,  ov,  TO,abee-hotise, 
Lat.  apiarium  :  from 

'Μ.ε7Λσσοτρόφος,  ov,  {μέλισσα,  τρέ- 
φω) feeding  bees,  Ύιά/.αμις,  Eur.  Tro. 
795. 

Μ.ε7.ισσονρ-/εΙον,  ov,  τό,=^με7ασσο- 
τροφείον,  Aesop. 

Μ.ε7.ισσουργέω,  ώ,  to  be  a  με?.ισ- 
σονργός. 

Μελίσσοΐρ}  ί'α,  ας,  ^,  Att.  με7.ιττ-, 
bee-keeping,  Arist.  Pol.  1,  11,  2. 

Μΐ7.ισσονργικός,  ή,  όν,  of  belonging 
to  a  μελισσουργός. 

Μελισσουργός,  όν,{μέ7.ισσα,  *εργω) 
Att.  με7ΛΤΤ-,  busied  with  bees  :  ό  μ.=: 
με?.ισσενς.  Plat.  Legg.  842  D,  Arist. 
Η.  .\.  5,  22,  6  ;  cf  με'λιτονργός. 

Με7Λσσοφάγος,  ov,  {μέλισσα,  φυ- 
γείν) eating  bees. 

Με7•.ισσόφυ7.7.ον,  ov,  τό^με?ίΐσσο- 
βότανον,  Diosc.  3,  118. 

Με/ί'σσω,  poet,  for  μειλίσσω,  for- 
merly in  Aesch.  Supp.  10.30. 

Με7.ισσών,  Att.  με7.ιττών,  ώνος,  ό, 
a  bee-house,  apiary. 

Με/Αοτΰγής,  ές,  {μέλι,  στάζω) 
dropping  honey,  Anth.   P.  5,  295,  etc. 

Με?.ίστακτος,  ov,=foTeg.,  Mel.  1, 
33. 

'Με7.ισττίς,  ov,  ό,=με?.ικτής,  Ana- 
creont.  62,  31. 

j'^lε7.ιστίχη,  ης,  ή,  Melistiche,  fem. 
pr.  n.,  Ar.  Eccl.  46. 

Mf/iT-rt,  7),  poet,  for  μέ/.ισσα  (q.v.), 
Emped.  311. 

ίΜε/Λταία.  ας,  ή,  Strab.,  Με/.ιτία, 
Thuc.  4,  78,  Μελίτεια.  Polyb.,  Meli- 
taea,  a  city  of  Phthiotis  in  Thessaly, 
earlier  called  ΐΐύρ^α ;  hence  Μελι- 
ταιενς,  έως.  ό,  an  inhab.  of  Μ.,  Strab. ; 
01  Μελιταεϊς,  Polyb.  5,  97,  6. 

Μελίταινα,  ^,said  Ιο\)β=με?.ίτται• 
να.  [ί] 

Μελϊταϊον,  ον,  τό,  name  of  a  lap- 
dog,  prob. /rom  Melita,  Artemid. 

ΙΜελίΓΟίοο,  a,  ov,  of  or  belonging  to 
Melita  (II.,  3),  Maltese  ;  tu  Μελιταΐα 
κυνίδια,  Strab.  p.  277,  v.  foreg. :  hence 
proverb,  όνος  τα  Με7.ιταΙα,  the  ass 
playing  lap-dog,  Paroem.  C.  369. 

Με/.ίτεια,  ας,  ή,  {μέλι)=με7.ισσο• 
βότανον,  Theocr.  4,  25.  [ί] 

\Μελίτεια,  ας.  ή,  Melitia,  fem.  pr. 
η.,  Anth.— 2.  v.  Μελιταία. 

Με/.ίτειον,  ον,  τό,  or  μελίτων,  ον, 
τό,  {μέ7.ι)  mead,  Plut.  Cor.  3,  etc, : 
also  με7.ίτειος  οίνος,  μελιτίτης,  Plut. 
2,  672  Β. 

Με7.1τερπ7!ς,  ές,  {μέλι,  τέρπω)  ho- 
ney-sweet, μο/.ττή,  Simon.  52,  9, 

tMe/.i-77,  ης,  ή,  Melite,  Melita,  I., 
fem.  pr.  η. ; — 1.  a  nymph,  daughter 
of  Nereus,  II.  18,  42.-2.  daughter  of 
the  river-god  Aegaeus,  mother  of 
Hyllus,  Ap.  Rh.  4,  538.— Others  in 
Anth.  —  II.  of  islands;  —  1.  ancient 
name  of  Samothrace,  Strab.  p.  472 
903 


ΜΕΛΙ 

— 2.  an  island  in  the  Adriatic  on  tho 
coast  of  lllyria,  now  Meleda,  Ap.  Rh. 
4,  572 ;  on  this  island,  in  all  proba- 
bility, St.  Paul  was  cast,  N.  T.  Act. 
23,  1  sqq.  ;  v.  Anthon's  Class.  Diet., 
s.  V.  where  the  reasons  are  stated  at 
large. — 3.  an  island  of  the  Mediter- 
ranean between  Sicily  and  Africa, 
now  Malta,  Strab.  p.  277 ;  Με'λίτη  in 
Lye.  1027. — III.  a  lake  near  Oeniadae 
in  Aetolia,  Slrab.  p.  459. — IV.  an  At- 
tic deme  of  the  tribe  Cecropis,  Strab. 
p.  C5  ;  ace.  to  Steph.  Byz.  of  the 
tribe  Oeneis  :  Dem.  1258,  fin. 

■^ΝΙελιτί/ιος,  η,  ον,=Μελίταϊος,Αρ. 
Rh.  4,  1150. 

Μελίτήμερος,  ov,  {μέλι.,  ήμερα.) ^= 
καλημερο^. 

■\Μ.ελίτηνή,  ης,  ή,  Mditene,  a  dis- 
trict of  Cappadocia,  Strab.  p.  527. 

ΜελΙτήριος,' a,  ov,  =  sq.,  Ar.  Fr. 
440. 

'^ίε7ΰτηρός,  ά,  όν,  of  or  for  honey, 
Theophr. 

+ΜελΐΓί'α,  ας,  ή,  v.  Μελιταία. 

Μ.ε?.ίτίότις,  ov,  ύ,  fless  correct  than 
'ίίελητίότις,  q.  v. 

McZiri'Cw,  (μέλι)  Ιο  7ise  honey  for 
medical  purposes,  as  for  plasters. 

ΜελίτΙνος,  η,  ov,  honey-sweet,  Ze- 
no  ap.  Diog.  L. 

ΜελίΤίΟΐ',  ov,  τό,=μελίτείον. 

ΜελΙτισμός,  ov,  ό,  the  use  of  honey 
for  plasters. 

Με?ΰτίηις,  οίνος,  b,  wine  prepared 
with  honey,  Lat.  vinum  mulsum,  Diosc. 

'Μ,ελϊτοείδής,  ες,  {μίλι,  εΐύος)  like 
honey,  Hipp.  p.  878. 

ΜελίΓΟΕίζ•,  εσσα,  εν,  honied,  i.  e. 
sweet,  delicious,  ευδία,  Pinil.  O.  1,  158. 
— II.  made  of  honey :  ή  μελιτΰεσσα,  (sc, 
μάζα),  a  honey-cake,  esp.  used  as  a  sa- 
cred offering,  Hdt.  8,  41  ;  Alt.  contr. 
ίιελιτονττα,  Ar.  Nub.  507,  Av.  567, — 
ike  οίνονττα,  etc.: — also  μελιτονς, 
ό,  sub.  —λακοϋς. 

Με/ΰτόαράς,  ατός,  ό  and  ή,  =  με- 
λίκρατος. 

Mf  ΛίΓοτωλί'ω,  ώ,  to  sell  honey  :  from 

Μελι-ο—ώ/.ί]ς,  ov,  ύ,  {με7Λ,  ττωλέω) 
α  dealer  in  honey,  Ar.  Eq.  653,  Antiph. 
Κνοισθ.  2,  5 :  fem.  μελιτόπυλις, 
ιύος- 

^Μέλιτος,  ου,  6,  less  correct  form  of 
name  Μέλτιτος,  q.  v. 

ΜελίΓοτρο^εω,  ώ,  {μέλι,  τρέφω)  to 
feed  with  honey. 

ΜελΙτοτροίρία,  ας,  ή,  a  feeding  with 
honey, 

Μελίτονργεΐον,  ov,  τό,  a placewhere 
hwiey  is  made, 

Με/.Ιτονργέω,  ύ,  to  make  honey, 
Arist.  H.  A.  9,  40,  11 ;  and 

ΜελΙτονργία,  ας,  ή,  honey-making  ; 
and 

ΜελΙτονργικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to 
honey-making  ;  from 

Μελίτουρ>όί,  όν,  (μέ?.ι,  *εργω) 
making  honey  :  ό  μ.,  like  μελιττονρ- 
γός.  Plat.  Rep.  564  C,  Bekk. 

MeAiToif ,  μελΪΓοϋττα,  v.  μελιτόεις 
IL 

iMε7.ίτovσσa,  ης,  ή,  Melitussa,  a 
city  of  lllyria,  Polyb.  13,  10,  3. 

'^ίε7'ιτόχροος, ov, contr.  -χρονς,ουν, 
■=μελίχροος. 

ΜελϊΓοω,  ώ,  (μέλ.ι)  to  sweeten  with 
honey,  μήκων  μεμελιτωμένη,  Thuc. 
4,26. 

Μ,έλιτ-α,  ή,  Att.  ίοτ  μέλισσα,  ahee. 
t — II.  also  for  Μέλίσσα,  fem.  pr.  n. 

νίελίτταινα,  ή,=:μελισσοβότανον, 
Diosc. 

Μελί'ί-ηον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  μέ7,ιτ• 
τα,  Ar.  Yesp.  367. — II.  the  cell  of  a 
bee's  comb,  and  in  plur.,  a  honey-comb, 
Arist.  H.  A.  9,  40,  8 ;  cf.  κηφήνων, 
σόηκ,ίον. 

904 


ΜΕΛΑ 

^ΙελαττοτΓολέω,  ώ,  to  busy  one's 
self  with  bees  :  from 

Μ.ε?ΛΤΤθπόλος,  ov,  v.  μελισσ-, 

ΜΛιττυπτηχέω,  ώ,  { μέ7,ιττα, 
πτήσσω)  to  frighten  bees  by  striking 
metal  pans,  and  so  collect  the 
swarm. 

Μ-ελΑττοτροφεΊον,  μελιττοτρόφος, 
Att.  ίοτ  μελισσοτρ-, 

Μ.ε7.ιττουργός,  όν,  -ονργέω,  -ονρ- 
γία,  ή,  Att.  for  μελισσ-. 

Μελιττώόης,  ες,  {μέλιττα,  είδος) 
like  α  bee,  Arist.  Part.  An.  4,  6,  14. 

Μελιττών,  ώνος,  ύ,  Att.  for  μελισ- 
σών. 

Μελΐτώδης,  ες,  {μέλι,  είδος)  like  ho- 
ney, f  Luc.  Vit.  Auct.  19t :  also  as  a 
name  of  Proserpina,  like  Lat.  Mellita, 
Theocr.  15,  94. 

Μελίτωμα,  ατός,  τό,  (μελιτόω)  a 
honey-cake,  Batr.  39.   [t] 

ΙΜελίΥων,  ωνος,  ό,  Meliton,  a  lyric 
poet,  Anth. 

'Μ.ε7^ίτωσις,  εως,  ή,  a  sweetening 
with  honey,   [j] 

^ίελίφθεγκτος,  ov,=  sq..  Or.  Sib. 

'Μ.ε7ύφ&ογγος,  ov,  {μέλι,  φθογγή) 
honey-voiced,  sweet-toned,  honied,  Μ.0Ϊ- 
σαι,  αοιδαί,  Pind.  Ο.  6,  36,  I.  2,  12, 
etc. 

Μ,ελίφρων,  όνος,  ύ,  ή,  {μέλι,  φρήν) 
sweet  to  the  mind,  delicious,  οίνος,  Od. 
7,  182,  etc. ;  ύπνος,  11.  2.  34;  θνμός, 
Hes.  Sc.  428 ;  σκόλιον,  Pind.  Fr.  87, 
cf.  N.  7,  16. — II.  act.  minding  bees, 
Ap.  Rh.  4,  1132. 

Με7.ιφυ7.λον,  ov,  τό,  {μέλι,  φνλ- 
7.0V)  baulm  =  με/.ισσόφνλλον,  Nic. 
Th.  554. 

Με7ύφνρτος,  ov,  (μέλι,  φνρω)  mixed 
with  honey,  Anth.  P.  5,  270. 

Με7.ίφωνος,  ov,  {μέλι,  φωνή)  honey- 
voiced,  vSappho  120  ;  cf.  μειλιχόφ-, 

Μελίχλωρος,  ov,  {μέλι.  χλωρός) 
honey-complexioHfd,  prob.  what  we  call 
olive,  or  a  softer  ΛVΌrd  for  χ7.ωρός, 
Plat.  Rep.  474  E,  Theocr.  10,  -^7. 

Με/,ίχροιος,  oi',=sq. 

Μίλίχροος,  ov,  contr.  -χρονς,  ovv, 
honey-culoured,  Mel.  31. 

^ελιχροποιέω,  ώ,  to  make  as  sweet 
as  honey,  Hipp.  :  from 

Μελί;^'ρό^,  ά,  όν,  sweet  as  honey, 
honied,  οίνος,  Hipp.  (Not  a  compd. ; 
but  formed  straight  from  μέλα,  as  ττε- 
νιχρέις  from  πενία.) 

^ίελίχρνσος,  ov,  (μέ7Λ.  χρνσός)  of 
a  golden  honey-colour,  Opp.  C.  1,  315: 
fas  subst.  ό  μ.,  gem  of  a  bright  golden 
or  honey-yellow  colour,  Plin.  37,  45. 

Με7ιίχρώδης,  ες,  (μελιχρούς,  είδος) 
yellow  as  honey,  Anth.  P.  12,  5. 

ΜελίΥρωος•,  ον,^=μ(λίχροος,  dub., 
Bockh  Plat.  Min.  p.  139. 

Μελί;^'ρω^,  ωτος  and  οος,=^μελί• 
χροος,  Q.  Sm.  3,  224,  Anth. 

Ήίέ7.κα,  ή,  a  cooling  food  made  from 
sour  milk : — late  word,  prol).  formed 
from  Germ.  Melk,  Molke,  the  real 
Greek  word  being  οξνγα7.α,  Morell 
Codd.  Mss.  Lat.  Bibl.  Nan.  p.  67. 

Μελλαί,  ακος,  b,  a  youth,  late 
word.  (Either  from  μέλ.λω.  like 
με7ΰιείρην,  μελλέφηβος,  or  akin  to 
μεϊραξ.) 

■f-ΜεΛΖαρ/α,  ας,  ή,  MeUaria,  a  city  of 
Hispania  Baetica,  Strab.  p.  140. 

Μελλεί'ρ^ΐ',  ενός,  ό,  Lacon.  for  μελ- 
λ,έφηβος,  Plut.  Lye.  17:  iv.f'ipr/v. 

Μελ7,έποσις,ύΆΐκ\?/,=μελλότΓοσις. 

Μελλέπταρμος,  ov,  just  going  to 
sneeze,  Arist.  Probl.  31,  7,  5  ;  cf  Lob. 
Phryn.  769. 

Μ.ελ7,έφηβος,  ov,  (μέλλω,  έφηβος) 
near  upon  the  age  of  puberty. 

Μέ7^λημα,  ατός,  τό,  (μέ77..ω)  a  de- 
lay, usu.  in  plur.  delays,  Eur.  I.  A. 
8i8,Aeschm.  64,  4. 


MEAA 

'ίΑέλ7ιησις,  εως,  ή,  {μέ7,λω)  a  being 
about  to  do,  threatening  to  do,  Thuc.  1, 
69,  etc. :  an  intention,  esp.  unfulfilled. 
Id.  5,  116;  cf  Plat.  Legg.  723  1):  δια. 
βραχείας  μελΛήσεως,  at  short  notice, 
Thuc.  5,  60 :  and  so, — II.  α  delaying. 
Vetting  off,  τινός,  Id.  3,  12.  Cf.  km- 
μέ7ν7.ιισις. 

ΜεΛΛ)7σ/ίόί,  ov,  b,  procrastinalion, 
Epicur.  ap.  Stob.  p.  155,  20. 

Μ.ε7Λητέον ,  verb.  adj.  one  must  de- 
lay, Eur.  Phoen.  1279,  Plat.  Criti. 
108  E. 

Μ.ελ7.ητης,  οί,  b,  a  delayer,  loiterer, 
Thuc.  1,  70. 

Μελλ//τί(ίω,  ώ,  desiderat.  from 
μέλλω,  to  wish  to  delay. 

Με7.λητικός,  ή,  όν,  inclined  to  delay. 

Μελλϊέρη,  ης,  ή,  (μέλλω,  Ιέρη)  α 
probationary  priestess,  a  novice,  Plut.  2, 
795  D. 

Με7,λίχροος,=μελίχροος,  in  Sap- 
pho 64,  Neue. 

Με7ι7Μ}ΰμος,  ov,  (μέλλω,  γαμέω) 
betrothed.  Soph.  Ant.  628,  Theocr.  22, 
140. 

Μελλοδειπνικός,  ή,  όν,  (μέλ.λ^ω, 
δεϊπνον)  μέλος  μ.,  music  at  the  begin- 
ning of  dinner,  Ar.  Eccl.  1153. 

Μελλοθάνατος,  ov,  (μέ/^.ω,  θάνα- 
τος) about  to  die,  at  the  point  of  death  ; 
dub.   [θα] 

Μελλονϊκίάω,  ώ,  (μέλ7^ω,  νικάω)  to 
be  going  to  conquer,  Ar.  Av.  639,  with 
a  ijlay  on  the  name  of  Ni/ituf,  the 
Athenian  Cunctator. 

'Με7.7.οννμφιος,  ου,  ό,  (μέ/^.ω,  ννμ- 
φίος)  about  to  be  betrothed  or  wedded. 

Μελλόνυμφος,  ov,  (μέλ,λω,  νύμφη) 
about  to  be  betrothed  or  wedded,  esp.  of 
females.  57  μ.,  Soph.  Ant.  633:— in 
Soph.  Tr.  207,  the  Schol.  explains 
ύ  μ.  by  εϊ  τις  μ.  έστιν ;  Others,  as 
Erfurdt,  read  ά  μ.  κλαγγέι,  the  maid- 
ens' song,  opp.  to  ϊιρσένων  κλ.αγγά  ; 
Dind.  now  reads  δόμος  in  v.  205,  and 
refers  μ.  to  it. 

Μελλόηαις,  ό,  ή,  (μέλλω,  παις)  α 
child,  ace.  to  Hesych.,  in  the  tenth 
year. 

Μελλόποσις,  εως,  ό  and  ή,  (μέ7.λω, 

Τϊόσις)  about  to  become  a  husband  Or 
wife,  Soph.  Fr.  910:  alsO/iελλt7Γoσιf, 
V.  Lob.  Phryn.  769. 

Μελλόπταρμος,  ov,  =  με7Λέπ-αρ- 
μος,  q.  v. 

ΜΕΆΛί2,  fut.  μελλήσω  :  aor.  ίμέλ- 
7.ησα  :  in  Att.  the  augm.  is  doubled, 
ήμελλον,  ήμέ/.λησα  :  Hom.  uses  only 
pres.  and  iinpf. — Radio  signf,  to  be 
on  the  point  to  do  or  suffer  something, 
with  inf  of  fut., more  rarely  of  pres. ; 
still  more  rarely  of  aor. ;  but  the  last, 
though  wholly  rejected  by  some,  as 
Phryn.  p.  336,  is  found  not  only  in 
Horn.  (11.  13,  777,  Od.  4,  377,  etc.), 
but  also  in  Ion.  and  Att.,  v.  Pors.  Or. 
929,  Eimsl.  Heracl.  710,  Lob  Phryn. 
133,  745  sq.  As  this  radic.  sense  oft- 
en passes  into  that  of  to  have  a  mirul, 
intend  to  do,  like  φροντίζειν,  \>er\\. μέλ- 
λω and  μέλω  belong  to  the  same  root. 
The  word  differs  from  the  fut.  proper 
in  this, — that  //ε'/,λω  denotes  an  ac- 
tion as  yet  incomplete,  rather  than 
wholly  future.  The  usage  of  μέ/ίΧω 
is  so  varied,  that  sometimes  it  can  be 
rendered  only  by  auxiliary  verbs,  1 
will,  would,  etc. :  sometimes  it  ex- 
presses mere  possibility  or  at  most 
probability ;  as  will  be  seen  from  the 
following  division,  founded  on  Ho- 
meric examples. — I.  to  be  on  the  point 
of  doing  something  or  having  it  done 
to  one,  with  an  express  notion  of  free- 
will and  choice,  to  intend,  design,  pur- 
pose, oft.  with  τάχα.  as,  και  δ//  μιν 
τάχ'  εμελλ.ε  δώσειν  ώ  θερύττοντι  κα 


ΜΕΛΑ 

ταξέμεν,  and  then  he  was  just  going  ' 
to  give...,  II.  6,  52,  cf.  515  ;  θήσειν  ετ' 
έμελλεν  έττ'  ΰλγεά  τε  στοναχάς  τε 
Ύρωσί  τε  και  Savaolai,  he  still  pur-  ' 
posed  to  lay  suiferings  on  them,  11.  2,  i 
39 ;  μελ^.εις  άφαιμήσεσθαι  ύεθλον, 
thou  thoughtest  to  strip  me  of  the  , 
prize,  II.  23,  544  :  oft.  with  ουκ  άρα, 
as,  ονδ'  άρ'  ίμί?.?.ον  ττείσειν,  nor  did  j 
J  think  I  should  persuade  thee,  11.  22,  i 
356  ;  ovK  up'  έμελλες  ?ί,ήξειν  ;  did  you 
not  think  you  might  Stop?  Od.  13, 
293  ;  cf.  άρα  V". — II.  to  be  about  to  do. 
etc.,  whether  one  will  or  not;  and 
so,  to  be  made  to  do. — 1.  esp.  by  the 
divine  will  or  necessity,  v.  Nitzsch 
Od.  1,  232  ;  to  be  fated,  destined  to  do, 
τα  oh  Γε?.έεσθαι  εμε?.λοΐ',  which  were 
not  to  be  accomplished,  11.  2,  30  ;  τά- 
χα δ'  άνστ/'/σεσθαι  εμελλεν,  he  was 
soon  to  rise  up  again,  II.  2,  694 ; 
Ιμελ/Μν  έτί  ξννέσεσθαι  ύίζνΐ  ττολλ^, 
Ι  was  still  to  live  in  much  misery, 
Od.  7,  270. — 2.  sometimes,  though 
very  rarely,  by  the  will  of  other  men, 
περί  τρίποδος  yap  εμε/Λον  θενσε- 
σθαι,  they  were  to  have  run  for  a  tri- 
pod, by  order  of  the  Eleans,  II.  11, 
700.  —  3.  to  denote  a  conclusion, 
which  seems  a  certain  result  from 
foregoing  events,  when  our  must  will 
usu.  render  it ;  often  with  πον,  as, 
μέλλω  που  αττέχβεσθαί  λιϊ  ιτατρί, 
sure  it  must  be  that  I  am  hated  by 
father  Jupiter,  II.  21,  83;  κελενσέμε- 
vai  δέ  σ'  έμελ?^ε  δαίμων,  it  must  have 
been  a  god  that  bade  thee,  Od.  4,  274  : 
//έλ?.ω  άθανάτονς  άλιτέσθαι,  I  must 
have  aggrieved  the  immortals,  Od.  4, 
377 ;  in  full,  ει  δ'  οντω  tout  εστίν, 
έμοί  μέλλει  φίλον  είναι,  if  this  is  sn, 
then  must  I  be  content,  II.  1,  564. — 4. 
often  to  mark  a  possibility  or  probabil- 
ity, when  it  may  usu.  be  rendered  by 
our  ivill  or  may,  or  expressed  by  an 
adv.,  such  as  perhaps,  likely,  belike, 
etc.,  as,  Tu  δέ  μέλ'/^ετ  ύκονέμεν,  be- 
like you  have  heard  it,  11. 14,  124,  Od. 
4,  94  ;  μέλλεις  δέ  συ  Ίδμεναι,  'tis  lik^ 
thou  may'st  know,  Od.  4,  200 ;  odt 
ΐΓου  μέλλουσιν  άριστοι  3ον?.ας  βον- 
λενειν,  where  belike  the  best  are  hold- 
ing counsel,  II.  10,  326 ;  εί  αίεΐ  δη 
μέλ?Μΐμεν  άγτιρω  τ'  άθανάτω  τε  έσ• 
σεσθαι,  if  we  might  be...,  U.  12,  323  ; 
και  μεν  δ?}  πού  τις  μέ7.λει  βροτος  άν- 
όρΐ  τελέσσαι,  πώς  δη  έγωγ'  οί•κ  όφε- 
7ίθν  Ύρώεσσι  κακά  βάφαι ;  'tis  like,  I 
ween,  that  mortal  man  worketh  ill 
for  his  neighbour,  and  shall  not  I 
(Juno)  plan  ills  for  Troy  .^11. 18,  362; 
— and  we  may  so  understand  Od.  18, 
138,  και  γαρ  εγώ  ποτ'  έμελλαν  εν  άν- 
δράσιν  όλβιος  είναι,  one  time  per- 
cnance  I  may  have  been  happy  ;  and 
perh.  Od.  1,  232,  μέ/.?.εν  ποτέ  οίκος 
άφνειός  έαμιναι :  (these  two  places 
are  remarkable,  for  that  μέλ7.ω  here 
denotes  a  wholly  past  event,  but  yet 
so  long  past,  that  all  we  can  say  of 
it  is,  that  !i  may  have  been  :  however 
the  last  passage  belongs  in  part  to 
signf.  II.,  and  may  be  rendered,  it 
seems  this  house  was  to  be  happy,  so 
long  as...) — 5.  to  be  always  going  to  do, 
without  ever  doing,  and  so  to  delay, 
put  off,  hesitate,  scruple,  only  in  Att., 
who  also  have  a  mid.  μέλλομαι,  just 
like  act.  (v.  infr.  6,  fin.): — in  this 
signf.  μέ7.λειν\9  properly  followed  by 
inf.  pres.,  never  by  fut.,  Elmsl.  and 
Herm.  Med.  1209  ;  Elmsl.  also  reject- 
ed the  inf  aor.,  but  perh.  too  hastily : 
Buttm.  hold  that  the  aor.  έμέλ?^ησα, 
ήμέλληση,  was  used  only  in  this 
signf,  but  V.  Stallb.  Plat.  Theaet.  148 
E. — C.  μέ/,λω  often  stands  without 
Its  iatin.,  when  the  verb  immediately 


MEAO 

precedes  or  follows,  as,  τον  viov  εώ- 
ρακας  αντον ;  answ.  τί  δ'  ου  μέλλω  ; 
why  shouldnt  I  (have  seen  him)? 
i.  e.  to  be  sure  I  have :  also  πώς  γαρ 
ου  μέλλει ;  Plat.  Phaed.  78  Β.— So 
//έλλω  sometimes  seems  to  govern 
an  ace,  which  however  really  de- 
pends on  the  inf  omitted,  as,  δ  τι 
μέλλετε  (πράττειν),  ενθνς  πράττετε, 
what  ye  are  about  (to  do),  do  quickly, 
Thuc,  cf  7,  70  :  there  is  also  a  re- 
markable omission  of  the  inf  in  Eur. 
I.  A.  1118,  Or.  1182,  cf  also  Stallb. 
Plat.  Theaet.  1.  c.  : — the  part.  μέ?.λων 
is  also  freq.  used  in  Att.  without  an 
inf,  (where  είναι  or  γίγνεσθαι  may 
be  supplied),  as.  ό  μ.  χρόνος,  the  fu- 
ture time.  Plat.  Theaet.  178  Ε  ;  /;  ^. 
αυτού  δνναμις,  his  future  povi^er,  Id. 
Rep.  494  C  :  esp.  in  neut.,  το  μέ/J.ov, 
τά  μέλ7.οντα,  things  to  come,  the  event, 
issue,  the  future,  Thuc.  1,  138;  4,  71, 
Plat.,  etc. ;  so  in  mid.,  τά  ισχυρότατα 
έλπι^όμενα  μέλλεται,  your  strongest 
pleas  are  hopes  in  futurity,  Thuc.  5, 
111  :  but  μέλλομαι  seems  also  to  be 
a  real  pass.,  ώς  μη  μέλ.λοιτο  τά  δέον- 
τα, that  the  necessary  steps  might  not 
be  delayed,  Xen.  An.  3,  1,  47,  see  v.  1. 
Dem.  50,  23. — 7.  in  Gramm.  ό  μέ?Λων, 
with  or  without  χρόνος,  the  Future 
tense. 

Μί-λλώ,  ovc,  ή,  poet,  for  μέλλ.ησις, 
Ae.sch.  Ag.  ]  356  ;  cf  δοκώ. 

+Μέλλων,  ωνος.  ό,  Mellon,  a  Theban 
e.xile,  one  of  the  most  active  in  recov- 
ering Thebes  from  the  Spartans,  Xen. 
Hell.  5,4,2;  in  Plut.  Agesil.  24, 
Pelop.  8,  wr.  Mf/.ojv. 

ΤΛελο^ράφέω.  ώ,  {μέλος  I.,  γράφω) 
to  paint  or  describe  with  limbs  :  but 

Μίλθ}'ράθία,  ας.  ή,  song-writing, 
Anth.  P.  Append.  109:  from 

Μελογράφος,  ov,  [μέλοςΐ].,  γράφω) 
writing  songs,  Anth.  P.  11,   133.  [ΰ] 

Μελοθεσία,  ας.  ή,  {μέ/.ος  Ι.,  θέσις) 
the  disposition  of  limbs,  Porphyr. 

Μελοκοπέω,  ώ,  to  cut  off  limbs,  to 
mutilate. 

Με/.οκόπησις,  7;,=sq. 

Με/οκοπία,  ας,  ή,  a  cutting  off  limbs, 
mutilation :  from 

'ίΑελοκόπος,  ov,  (μέλος  I.,  κόπτω) 
cutting  off  limbs,  mutilating. 

Μέλομαι,  v.  μέλω  III. 

Μελοποιέω,  ώ,(με/Μποίός)  to  make 
lyric  poems.  At.  Ran.  1328,  Thesm. 
42  : — to  set  poems  to  music,  Ath.  632 
C  : — a  part,  pf  pass,  with  double  re- 
dupl.  μεμε?.οπεποΐ7ΐμένος,  like  ώνο- 
ματοπεποίηται,  in  Ath.  453  C. 

Μελοποιητης,  οϋ,  6,=^  μελοποιός, 
Anth.  P.  11,  143. 

Μελοτοίίύ,  ας,  ή,  a  making  of  lyric 
poems  or  music  for  them :  generally, 
music.  At.  Poet.  6,  5,  sq.  : — the  theory 
of  music,  its  composition,  as  opposed  to 
its  practice.  Plat.  Symp.  187  D,  cf 
Rep.  404  D  :  from 

ΜελοτΓΟίόζ•,  όν,  (μέ/Μς  Π.,  ποιέω) 
making  lyric  poems :  ό  μ.,  a  lyric  poet. 
At.  Ran.  1250,  and  Plat. ;  esp.  of 
Pind. ;  and  so  ή  Αεσ/3ία/ί.,  of  Sappho, 
Luc.  Imag.  18. 

ΜΕΆΟΣ,  εος,  τό,  a  limb,  freq.  in 
Hom.,  and  Hes.,  but  only  in  plur., 
which  later  also  is  the  most  freq.  in 
this  signf  :  μέλη  και  μέρη,  or  in- 
versely, freq.  in  Plat.,  V.  Stallb.  Phae- 
dr.  238  A  :  κατά  μέ2.εα.  limb  by  limb, 
Hdt.  1,119,  Pind.O.  1,  79;  like  μελε- 
ίστί. — Π.  ίΐ  song,  strain,  first  in  H. 
Hom.  19,  18,  Theogn.  759,  freq.  in 
Pind.,  Hdt.,  most  usu.  in  Att.  Prose, 
cf.  Plat.  Rep.  398  D :  τα  μέλη,  lyric 
poetrv.  esp.  the  choral  songs  of  Trag. 
and  Com.,  Plat.,  etc. : — ace.  to  Plat., 
μέλος  was  έκ  τριών  σνγκείμενον,  λό- 


ΜΕΛΩ 

γον  τε  καΐ  άρμονίαΓ  και  ^>νθμον.  Rep, 
398  ϋ.  cf  Anst.  Poet.  Ο,  4  :— also  the 
rrnutic  to  which  a  song  is  set,  an  air, 
melody,  opp.  to  the  oir0/zof  and  μέτρον, 
Plat.  Gorg.  502  C  ;  opp.  to  ρυβμοΓ 
and  βήμα,  Id.  Legg.  656  C:  έν  αέλει. 
in  time,  harmoniously,  παρά  αέλος.  out 
of  tune,  both  joined  with  φθέ^γισθαι. 
Plat.  Soph.  227  D,  Legg.  696  D; 
hence,  τταρά  μέλος  =  παρά  καιρόν, 
Pind.  Ν.  7,  101  ;  cf.  πλ-ημμε'/.ής. 
(Hence  /ζε/,ττω.  Doubtless  these  two 
words  are  connected  through  the  no- 
tion of  symmetry  of  parts,  as  in  Ger- 
man, Glied,  Lied  ;  and  the  phrase /^ε- 
λος  βοής,  an  articulate  sound,  Eur. 
El.  756,  seems  to  connect  the  two 
notions.) 

Με/ιΟτϋ-εω,  ώ,  {μέλος  Π.,  τνπτω) 
to  strike  up  a  strain,  chant,  τι,  Aesch. 
Ag.  1153. 

'Μ.ελονργός,  6v,  (με?^ος  II.,  ^εργω) 
=με/,οποιός,  Manetho. 

ί'Μ.έ?.πεια,  ας,  ή,  Melpea,  a  place  in 
Arcadia,  Paus.  8,38,  11. 

'ίιίελπηθρον,  ου,  τό,  (μέλπω)  strict- 
ly,/Ae  song  with  the  dance.  Horn,  (only 
in  11.),  always  in  plur.,  of  an  unbuned 
coφse,  μέλπηθρα  κυνών,  a  sport  for 
dogs,  13,  233  ;  or,  κνσίν,  11.  17,  255 ; 
18,  179  :  cf  μολπή. 

Μελπήτωρ,  ορός.  ό,  (μέλ.πω)  α  sing- 
er, tManetho  4,  183. 

tMi^Tif ,  ιδος,  ό,  the  Melpis,  a  river 
of  Latium,  Strab.  p.  237. 

Μελπομένη,  ης,  ή,  Melpomene,  a 
Muse,  strictly  the  Songstress,  Hes. 
Th.  77 :  later  esp.  as  the  Muse  of 
Tragedy :  from 

Μέλ.πω,  (μέλος  II.)  to  sing,  celebrate 
with  song  and  dance,  μ.  'Έ,κάεργον.  II. 
1,  474,  so  Pind.  Fr.  45,  10,  Eur. 
Baech.  155. — 2.  intr.,  to  sing,  Hes.  Fr. 
34,  Aesch.  Ag.  244.  and  freq.  in  Eur. ; 
also  c.  ace.  cognato.  μ.  γόον.  Aesch. 
Ag.  1445,  Ιαχάν,  Eur.  Med.  149,  etc. : 
c.  dat.  instrum.,  μ.  αϊ'λώ,  to  play  on..., 
Anth.  P.  6,  195 :  so.  μ.  πτεροϊς,  of 
the  cicada,  Anacreont.  62.  9.— In  this 
last  signf  Horn.,  as  Pind.  mostly, 
uses  μέλπομαι,  fut.  --φομαι,  as  dep. 
mid.,  μ.  φορμΪΜν,  κιθαριζων,  to  sing 
to  the  lyre  or  harp,  Od.  4,  17  ;  13,  27  : 
to  dance  and  sing,  as  a  chorus,  II.  16, 
182,  H.  Hom.  18,  21  ;  μέλπεσθαι 
' ΑρηΙ,  to  dance  a  war  dance  before 
Mars,  by  a  bold  metaph.  for  to  fight 
on  foot,  (h>  σταδίτι),  II.  7,  241. — 2.  c. 
ace,  as  in  act.,  to  sing,  celebrate,  Hes. 
Th.  66,  Pind.  P.  3,  139 ;  μ.  χοροίσι, 
Eur.  Tro.  555. — 3.  later,  generally,  to 
sport,  make  merry. 

Μελπωδός,  όν,  (μέλπω,  φδή)  sing- 
ing songs. 

^Μέλσος,  ov,  b,  theMelsvs,  now  JVar- 
cea,  a  river  of  Asturia  in  Hispania, 
Strab.  p.  167. 

■\Μέλτας,  6,  Melias,  sonof  Lacides, 
Paus.  2,  19,  2. 

Μελνδριον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  ίτοιη  μέ?.ος 
II.,  a  ditty.  At.  Eccl.  883. 

ίΜελχί,  indecl.,  ό,  Metchi,  Hebr 
masc.  pr.  n.,  N.  T. 

^Μελχισεδέκ,  indecl.,  (and  Μελχι- 
σεδέκης,  ov,  Joseph.)  ό.  Melchisedek, 
Hebr.  masc.  pr.  n.,  N.  T. 

ΜΕ'ΛΩ,  fut.  μελήσω,  to  be  an  object 
of  care,  anxiety,  thought,  πάσι  δόλοισιν 
άνθρώποισι  μέλω,  by  subtlety  of  all 
sorts  I  am  become  an  object  of  anjciety, 
fear,  or  (in  good  sense)  of  remark, 
notice  to  mortals,  Od.  9,  20. — 2.  to  be 
careful,  anxious,  μέλονσα  κάρδια,  Eur. 
Rhes.  770. — II.  most  usu.  in  3  pers. 
sing,  and  plur.  of  act.  pres.  μέλει, 
μέλονσί,  impf  έμελε,  fut.  μελήσει, 
inf  pres.  and  fut.  μέλειν  and  με/.jjf' 
σειν  : — it  is  a  care  to  m",  an  object  ^ 
905 


ΜΕΛΩ 

thought,  anxiety,  interest,  etc.,  I  have 
it  at  heart,  Lat.  Itoc  mihi  curae  est,  the 
object  being  in  nom.,  (he  pers.  in  dat., 
as,  μή  TOi  ταύτα  μελόντων,  let  not 
theso  things  weigh  on  thy  soul,  11.  18, 
463,  etc.;  esp.  of  a  pursuit,  business, 
ι/ελεί  μοί  ηύλΐμος,  θαλάσσια  ίργα, 
etc.,  Horn. ;  so,  σοΙ  χμη  τάδε  μέλειν, 
'tis  good  these  thing.s  should  be  a  care 
to  thee  (not,  for  thee  to  take  care  of 
these  things,  v.  inf  B),  II.  5,  490  ;  σοι 
Xph  μέ?.είν  έ-ιστο?Μς,  Aesch.  Pr.  3  ; 
έκελενσε  την  uprjv  αντω  με?.7/σειν, 
Hdt.  8,  19:  sometimes  an  inf  stands 
as  nom.,  οΐ'κ  εμε'λέν  μοί  ταύτα  με- 
ταΧ/.ησαι,  Od.  16,  4β5:  more  rarely 
a  conjunction  follows,  ov  μΟ^ειν  ol 
δτι  ά-οθΐ'ί/σκει,  Hdt.  9,72;  μελετώ 
σοι  οκως....  Id.  1,  9,  cf  Xen.  An.  1,  8, 
13;  so,  ού  μοι  μέλει  ει.-.,  Lys.  162, 
32. — 2.  strictly  impers.,  with  the  ob- 
ject in  genit.,  and  pers.  in  dat.,  as,  ώ 
μέλει  μάχας,  who  carelhfor  the  battle, 
Aesch.  Cho.  946,  cf  Pr.  938 ;  θεοίσιν 
ει  δίκης  μέλει.  Soph.  Phil.  1036 ; 
"ΖηνΙ  τών  σών  μέλει  πόνων,  Eur. 
Heracl.  717  ;  and  very  freq.  in  Att. 
prose  ; — also,  Hdt.  has  uiAf t  μοι  περί 
τίνος,  8,  19,  Aesch.  Cho.  780,  and 
Plat.:  —  Aesch.  has  it  ahsoL,  μέ?,ει, 
φόβω  δ'  ονχ  νπνώσσει  κέαρ,  Theb. 
287.  —  Hom.  has  the  gen.  only  with 
άμελέω. — ΠΙ.  the  poets  used  several 
other  forms,  viz., — 1.  the  mid.  μέ?.ε- 
ται,  μελήσεται,  for  μέλει,  μελήσει, 
as,  εμοί  δε  κ,ε  ταύτα  μελήσεται,  II.  1, 
523  ;  and  3  imperat.  mid.,  μήτι  τοι 
ηγεμόνας  γε  ποθη  μελέσθω,  let  it  not 
weigh  on  thy  mnid,  Od.  10,  505 ;  μέ- 
λεταί  μοι  τινός,  Theocr.  1,  53:  so 
the  part.,  τάδε  δε  μελόμεν'  έπ'  έλπί- 
CIV,  Soph.  Tr.  951,  e  conj.  Erfurdt. 
— 2.  perf  μέμηλε,  as  a  pres.,  and 
plqpf  μεμήλει  as  impf ,  (for  έμεμτβει 
seetns  never  to  have  been  used),  II. 
2,  25,  Od.  1,  151,  etc. :  but  the  part. 
αεμ,ηλώς  in  Hom.  is  always  act.,  c. 
gen.,  πλούτοιο,  πτολέμοιο  μ.,  busied 
with,  attending  to...,  11.  5,  708  ;  13,  297; 
so  c.  dat ,  άρεταΐς  μ.,  Pind.  Ο.  1,  145 
(cf  infr.  B) ;  whereas  the  perf  itself 
appears  in  the  2  pers.  sing.,  ταύτα  μέ- 
μηλας,  these  things  hast  thou  thought 
out,  invented,  H.  Horn.  Merc.  437  ;  and 
we  have  the  part,  in  neut.  signf.,  με- 
μηλότα  έργα.  carefully  tended  works, 
Hes.  0pp.  229;  άρεταίσι  μεμΰλότας 
οΊονς,  sons  tended  by  (endowed  with) 
all  virtues,  Pind.  O.  1,  145.— 3.  perf 
and  plqpf  pass,  μέμβλεται,  μέμβλετο, 
shortd.  for  μί-μέληται,  μεμέλητο  (the 
latter  is  found  in  Theocr.  17,  46,  part. 
αεμε7^ημένος,  Leon.  Al.  12),  with  pres. 
and  impf  signf  ,^  vv  τοι  ονκέτι  πύγχν 
μετά  ψρεσί  μέμβλετ'  Ά;;^ιλλεύς  (for 
μέ?.ει),  11.  19,  343;  μέμβλετο  γάρ  οι 
τείχος  (for  Ιμελε),  11.  21,  516 ;  so  too, 
φόνος  δε  οι  υϋκ  ένΐ  θνμώ  μέμβλετο, 
Od.  22,  12,  cf  Hes.  Th.'  61.— There 
is  no  such  pres.  as  μέμβλομαι. — Β. 
after  Horn,  we  now  and  tnen  tind 
act.  μέλω,  and  inid.  μίλοααι  (in  act. 
signf),  to  care  for,  take  care  of,  tend 
(like  έπιμελ.έομαι,  and  the  perf  part. 
μεμηΐιώς,  in  Horn.,  v.  supr.  HI.  2,  cf 
also  supr.  I.),  c.  gen.,  μέλειν  βροτών, 
Aesch.  Ag.  370 ;  also  c.  inf,  μέ'λομαι 
ΐιέλπειν,  άείδειν,  I  have  it  in  my  mind 
to  sing,  Anacreont. : — also  aor.  με?.η- 
θήναι,  to  care  for,  take  care  of,  c.  gen.. 
Soph.  Aj.  1 184  ;  hat  μελι/θέν,  as  pass., 
cared  for,  A  nth.  P.  5,  201. 

Μίλωίίεω,  ώ,  (μελωδός)  to  sing, 
Ar.  Av.  226.  Pass,  to  be  sting,  opp. 
to  [)ηβϊιναι.  Plat.  Legg.  655  D,  cf 
Ath.  620  C  ;  also,  to  be  used  in  sing- 
ing or  music,  of  dififerent  notes,  Plut. 
Henco 

900 


MEMI 

Μελώδημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  song,  Plut. 
2,  1145Ά. 

Με/ιώδης,  ες,  {μέ?•,ος  1.,  είδος)  con- 
sisting of  members  or  limbs. 

Με?.ωδητός,  ή,  6v,  (μελωδέω)  to  be 
sung,  used  in  singing,  Plut.  2,  389  F. 

Μελωδία,  ας,  ή,  a  singing,  P^ur. 
Rhes.  923. — II.  a  tune  to  ii'hich  lyric 
poetry  is  set,  a  choral  song,  both  words 
and  air,  μελωδίας  ποιητής,  Plat. 
Legg.  812  D,  935  E,  cf  794  Ε  :  from 

Μελφδός,  όι>,  {μέλος  II.,  ώδ/j)  si7ig- 
ing,  musical,  melodious,  κύκνος,  όρνις, 
Eur.  1.  A.  1104,  Hel.  1111;  άχημα, 
Id.  I.  T.  1045  :— (i  μ.,  =  ύ  μελοποιύς, 
Plat.  Legg.  723  D. 

i  Μέλων,  ωνος,  δ,  in  Ρ\αΙ.=Μέλλων, 
q.  V. — 2.  a  leader  of  the  Sygambri, 
Strab.  p.  291. 

Μέμαα,  pf.  of  *μάω.  q.  v. ;  3  pi.  με- 
μάάσι,  Hom. ;  2  pi.  μέμΰτε,  II. 

Μεμάθηκα,  perf  of  μανθάνω. 

ΜεμάκνΙα,  Ep.  shortd.  fern.  part, 
perf  of  μηκάομαι,  II.  4,  435. 

Μέμάμεν,  syncop.  1  plur.  from  pf 
μέμαα,  II. ;  cf.  *μύω  A. 

Μεμάότες,  pi.  part,  perf  of  *μάω, 
II.  2,  818. 

Μ,εμύποιεν,  Ep.  redupl.  opt.  aor.  of 
μάρπτω,  Hes.  Sc.  252.  [u] 

Μέμαρπον,  Ep.  redupl.  aor.  of 
μάρπτω,  Hes.  Sc.  245. 

Μεμαρπώς,  part,  pf  from  μάρπτω, 
Hes.  Op.  202. 

Μεμΰώς,  μεμάνΐα,  part.  perf.  of 
*μάω,  q.  v.,  Horn.,  and  Hes. 

Μέμβλεται  and  μέμβ7^ετο,  for  με- 
μέληται  and  μεμέλητο,  3  sing,  pf  and 
plqpf  pass,  of  μέλω  (v.  μέλω  III.  3), 
with  signf  of  pres.  and  unpf ,  Horn., 
and  Hes. :  there  is  no  pres.  μέμβλο- 
μαι. 

'\Μεμβλίαρος,  ov,  6,  Mcmbliarus,  a 
Phoenician,  son  of  Poecilus,  a  com- 
panion of  Cadmus,  Hdt.  4,  147. 

Μέμβλωκα,  perf  of  βλώσκω,  Od. 
17,  19(i;   ci.  μολεΐν. 

Μεμβράδιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from 
μεμβράς.  [ώ] 

Μεμβράδοπώλης,  ov,  6,  {μεμβράς, 
πωλ.έω)  α  dealer  in  anchovies,  Nicoph. 
Χειρ.  1. 

Μεμβράνα,  ης,  ή,  the  Lat.  membra- 
ηα,  parchment,  Ν.  Τ. 

Μέμβραξ,  ακος,  6,  α  kind  of  cicada, 
Ael.  Ν.  Α.  10,  14,  1. 

Μεμβράς,  άδυς,  ή,  a  small  kind  of 
anchovy,  not  so  good  as  the  άφνη,  Ar. 
Vesp.  493  ;  also  βεμβράς,  cf.  sq.  [u] 
Hence 

Μεμβράφύα,  ας,  η,  {μεμβράς,  άφύη) 
a  kind  of  anchovy,  Aristonym.  "Ηλιος 
β.  I. 

Μεμελετηκότως,  adv.  part,  pf.,  by 
practice,  v.  I.  Xen.  Hipparch.  7,  14. 

Μεμελημένως,  adv.  part,  pf  pass, 
of  μέλω,  carefully.  Plat.  Prot.  344  B. 

Μεμερισμένως,  adv.  part.  pf.  pass. 
of  μερίζω,  in  parts. 

Μεμετιμένος,  Ion.  for  μεθειμένος, 
part,  pf  pass,  of  μεθίημι,  Hdt. 

Μεμετρημένως,  adv.  part,  pf  pass, 
from  μετρέω,  according  to  a  stated 
measure,  Luc.  Salt.  67. 

Μεμηκώς,  part,  pf  of  μηκάομαι,  II. 
10,  302. 

Μέμηλε,  Ep.  3  pf  of  μέλω  with 
pres.  signf  ;  also  μεμήλει,  plqpf  for 
impf,  part,  μεμηλώς,  Horn.,  and  Hes. ; 
V.  μέλω  HI.  2. 

ΜεμηνΙμένως,  adv.  part,  pf  pass, 
from  μηνίω,  wrathfully,  angrily,  Ep. 
Plat.  319  B. 

Μεμηχΰνημένως,  adv.  part,  pf  from 
μηχανάοιιαι,  craftily,  by  stratagem, 
Eur.  Ion  809. 

Μεμΐασμένως.  adv.  part,  pf  pass, 
from  μιαίνω,  disgustingly. 


MEMY 

Μεμιγμένως,  adv.  part,  pf  pass, 
from  μίγννμι.  mixedly,  Arist. 

Μέανεο,  Ion.  imperat.  pf  pass,  of 
μιμνησκω,  Hdt. 

Μεμνέωτο,  Ion.  for  μέμνοιτο,  μέμ- 
νωτο.  3  opt.  pf  pass,  of  μιανήσκω,  II. 
23,  361. 

Μέμνημαι,  pf  pass,  of  μιμνησκω, 
Horn.,  and  Hes. 

Μεμνήμην,  opt.  pf  pass,  of  μιμνη- 
σκω. 11.  24,  745. 

^Μεμνόνειος,  ον,=Μεμνόνιος;  esp. 
το  Μεμνι')νειον,  and  pi.  τα  -νεια,  the 
Memnoneum,  a  citadel  and  temple  of 
Aegyptian  Thebes,  Strab.  p.  813 ; 
also  of  Abydos,  Id.  ;  the  citadel  of 
Susa,  V.  sub  M.'//a'oviOf,  Id.  p.  728. 

Μεμνόνια  (sc.  κρέα),  τά,  ass's  flesh 
(v.  Μέμνων  III.) :  —  also  the  market 
where  it  was  .s-old. 

iMεμvovίδες.  ων,  al,  sc.  όρνιθες,  v. 
Μέμνων  II.,  Paus.  10,  31,  6. 

^Μεμνόνιος,  ov, ofMemnon,  Memno- 
nian  ;  το  Μεμνόνιον  άστυ,  Hdt.  5,  54, 
i.  e.  Susa,  said  to  be  so  called  because 
founded  by  Tithonus,  Memnon's  fa 
ther ;  also  Σούσα  τά  Μεμνόνια,  Id 
7,  151. 

Μέμνων,  όνος,  ό,  (μένω)  strictly, 
the  Steadfast,  Resolute,  hence  as  pr. 
n.,  Memnon,  son  of  Tithonus  and 
Eos  (Aurora),  leader  of  the  Aethi- 
opians,  an  ally  of  king  Priam, killed 
by  Achilles,  Od.  11,  522,  Hes.  Th. 
984  :  falso  the  vocal  statue  of  Mem- 
non in  Aegyptian  Thebes,  Luc.  Phi- 
lop.  33,  Tox.  27t :  cf.  'Χγαμέμνων. 
t — 2.  a  Rhodian,  satrap  or  Lydia, 
Dem.  672,  5 ;  a  general  of  the  Per- 
sians against  Alexander,  Arr.  An.  1, 

12,  9|. — II.  a  black  eastern  bird,  na- 
med after  Memnon,  Opp.  Ix.  1,  6, 
Ael.  N. A. 5, 1 ;  tin  Paus.  Mf^};oj7'(5tftr 
Pliny's  memnonides.  — ■  III.  μέμνων,  a 
name  for  the  ass  at  Athens,  from 
its  patient  nature.  Poll.  9,  48 ;  cf. 
μεμνόνια. 

Μεμοιραμένως,  adv.  part,  pf  pass, 
from  μοιράω,  by  lot  ox  fate. 

Μέμονα,  poet,  and  Ion.  perf  used 
as  pres.,  to  wish,  long,  yearn,  strive, 
freq.  in  Hom.  (esp.  II.),  foil,  by  inf. 
pres.,  Od.  15,  521,  etc. ;  also  by  inf 
aor.,  μέμονας  καταδύναι  όμιλον,  II. 

13,  307,  cf  Hdt.  6,  84;  by  inf  fut., 
μέμονας  πόλεμον  καταπαύσεμεν,  II. 
7,  36. — 2.  absol.,  διχθά  δέ  μοι  κραδίη 
μέμονε,  my  heart  yeameth  with  a  two- 
fold wish,  II.  16,  435  ;  μέμονεν  δ'  όγε 
Ισα  θεοϊσι,  he  puts  forth  strength  equal 
with  the  gods,  II.  21,  315;  so,  τί  μέ- 
μονας;  what  wishest  thou.'  Aesch. 
Theb.  686  ;  δίδυμα  μέμονε  ψρτμ>,  Eur. 
I.  Τ.  055  (μέμονα  is  to  μέμαα  (*μήω), 
as  γέγονα  to  γέγαα  :  it  is  akin  also  to 
μένος,  μενεαίνω,  as  well  as  to  μένω, 
μίμνω,  because  μέμονα  conveys  the 
notion  of  α  steadjast.  fixed  purpose: 
but  it  has  no  proper  pres.  μένω.) 

Μεμονωμένως,  adv.  part,  pf  pass, 
from  μονόω,  singly,  solitarily. 

Μεμόρηται,  poet.  3  pf  pass,  of  μεί- 
ρομαι. 

Μεμορμένος,  poet.  part,  pf  pass,  of 
μείρομαι,  Lye. 

Μεμπτέος,  a,  ov,  (μέμφομαι)  blame- 
able,  M.  Anton. 

Mf/«7rri/tof,  ή,  όν,  disposed  to  blame. 
from 

Μεμπτός,  ή,  όν,  (μέμφομαι)  to  be 
blamed,  blameworthy.  Hut.  7,  48  :  USU. 
with  a  negat.,  Pind.  Fr.  241;  so,  ov 
μ.,  not  contemptible,  Plat.  Theaet.  187 
C,  etc. ;  oh  μεμπτώς,  Plut.  Cleom.  28. 
^—11.  act.  blaming,  bearing  a  grudge 
against,  τινί.  Soph.  Tr.  446  ;  cf  Pors. 
Hec.  1125. 

Μέμύκα,  perf.  of  μνκάομαι,  II.  i  but 


MEN 

also  regul.  from  μνίύ,  Π.  24,  420. 
Hence 

ϋίίμϋκότως,  Άάν.,  winking. 

Μέμόειρα,  ας,  ή,=μέμ'φις,  Teleclid. 
ap.  Phot,  (liicert.  ]2,  v.  Mein.) 

Μεμοι,^ίος,  a,  ov,  blaming.  [I] 

"[Μέμφις,  ως  and  ιδος,  Att.  εως,ή, 
Memphis,  a  city  of  Middle  Aegypt, 
the  ancient  residence  of  the  Aegypt- 
ian  kings,  Aesch.  Pers.  36,  Hdt.  2,  99, 
etc. ;  Hdt.  2,  3,  has  dat.  ΜέμφΙ  for 
Μέμφιϊ- — II.  a  daughter  of  the  Nile, 
wife  of  Epaphus,  ApoUod.  2,  1,  4. — 
2.  wife  of  Danaus,  Id.  2,  1,  5. — III.  o, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  a  leader  of  the  Persians, 
Aesch.  Pers.  970. — 2.  a  philosopher, 
Ath.  20  C. 

ίΜεμφίτης,  ov  Ion.  εω,  ό,  an  in- 
hab.  of  Memphis ;  as  adj.  Memphitic. 

ii] 

ΜΕ'ΜΦΟΜΑΙ,  dep.  c.  fut.  mid. 
μέμφομαι :  aor.  pass,  έμέμόθην  in 
earlier  writers,  as  Hdt. ;  but  in  Att. 
more  usu.  aor.  mid.  έμεμφάμτμ', 
which,  however  is  also  in  Hdt.  8, 
106,  cf.  Valck.  Diatr.  p.  78.  To 
blame,  upbraid,  find  fault  with  :  —  first 
in  Hes. — Construct. :  I.  c.  ace.  pers., 
Hes.  Op.  184,  Theogn.  795,  871,  also 
in  Find.,  Hdt.,  and  Att.,  as  Soph.  El. 
384,  etc. ;  μ.  τίνα  ττρός  τους  φί'λονς, 
Xen.  Oec.  11,  23  ;  tl.  Id.  An.  7,  6,  39 : 
c.  ace.  rei,  μ.  την  γνώμην,  ru  ούρα, 
etc.,  Hdt.,  and  so  Att.  ;  also,  μ.  rt 
κατά  TL,  to  find  fault  with  a  thing  in 
some  particular,  Hdt.  1,  91  :  c.  gen. 
rei,  to  complain  of  a  thing,  find  fault 
because  of  it,  Eur.  Hec.  962  :  also  c. 
ace.  rei  et  gen.  pers.,  6  μάλιστα  μέμ- 
φονται  ημών,  which  is  the  chief  com- 
plaint they  make  against  us,  Thuc.  1, 
84,  cf.  Valck.  Hipp.  1402  ;  like  έπι- 
μέμοομαι. — II.  c.  dat.  pers.  et  ace.  rei, 
to  object  a  thing  to  another,  cast  it  i.'i 
his  teeth,  Hdt.  3,  4 ;  4,  180,  as  usu.  in 
Att. ;  also  c.  ace.  cognato,  μέμφιν  μ. 
τώ  Αοξία,  Ar.  Plut.  10  ;  also.  μ.  nvl 
δ'τί...,  Hdt.  6,  92 ;  9,  6 ;  ει...,  Thuc.  4, 
85  : — c.  dat.  pers.  et  gen.  rei,  Aesch. 
Theb.  652 :  and  c.  dat.  pers.  only,  to 
be  dissatisfied  with,  find  fault  with.  Eur. 
Or.  285,  I.  A.  899.  (Hence  prob.  μώ- 
μος.)    Hence 

Μεμφω/.ή,  ης,  η,=μέμψίς,  Hesych., 
formed  like  εΰχω/.ή. 

Μεμψϊ,'Βο/.έω,  ώ,  [μέμ-φις,  βάλλω) 
to  cast  reproaches,  cf.  ειτεσ3ολέω. 

Μεμφΐμοιρέω,  ώ,  (μεμιρίμοιρος)  to 
complain  of  one's  fate,  Luc.  Jup.  Trag. 
40 ;  μ-  δτι...,  Id.  Sacr.  1 ;  μ.  rtvi  επί 
Tivi,  Polyb.  18,  31,  8.— II.  like  μέμ- 
φομαι. II.,  to  object  a  thing  to  another, 
cast  it  in  his  teeth,  tlvl  ti,  ap.  Dem. 
249,  25 :  hence 

Μ?μτί;ίμοίρ//7εοΐ',  verb,  adj., one  miiii 
blame,  Polyb.  4,  60,  9.^ 

Μεμψιμοιρία,  ας,  ή,  queridousness, 
Arist.  Virt.  et  Vit.  7,  6  :  from 

Μεμφίμοιρος,  ov,  (μεμφομαι,μοΐρα) 
complaining  of  one's  fate  or  lot,  repin- 
ing, querulous,  Isocr.  234  C,  Luc.  Tim. 
13,  etc. 

Μέμφις,  εως,  ή,  (μέμφομαι)  blame, 
reproach,  reproof,  μ.  μέμφεσθαι,  έπι- 
φέρειν  τινί,  Ar.  Plut.  10,.  Ran.  1253  ; 
εχειν  μέμφιν,  to  incur  blame,  Eur. 
iieracl.  974  : — but  also  act.,  εχειν  μ. 
τινί  or  εις  τίνα,  to  have  ground  of 
complaint  against  him,  Aesch.  Pr. 
445.  Soph.  Phil.  1309  ;  cf.  μοαφή. 

ME'X,  conjunctive  particle,  used 
to  call  attention  to  the  fact  that  the 
word  or  clause  with  which  it  stands 
must  be  distinguished  from  some- 
thing that  is  to  follow.  It  is  usu. 
taken  up  or  answered  by  δέ  in  the 
corresponding  clause.  Often  the  dis- 
tinction marked  by  μέν  is  too  subtle 


MEN 

for  us  to  render,  though,  esp.  in  prose, 
the  two  particles  may  often  be  ex- 
pressed hy  first. ..then  ;  on  the  one  hand 
...on  the  other  ;  as  well. ..as  ;... while...  ; 
and  in  cases  of  direct  opposition  by 
true  that. ..but... — Usage:  1.  /ζέν,  like 
όέ,  can  never  stand  first  in  the  clause, 
though  it  oft.  goes  before  that  to 
which  it  properly  refers,  II.  2,  509, 
etc. — 2.  the  sentences  connected  by 
μεν  and  όέ  are  often  separated  by 
several  intervening  ones  ;  as  ύέ  in  11. 
2,  511,  527,  sq.,  answers  to  μεν  in  v. 
494:  this  is  very  freq.  in  Thuc,  e.  g. 
τοιαύτα  μέν,  τ.  όέ  are  opposed,  1, 
36-43.  —  3.  the  word  with  which  μέν 
stood  is  often  repeated  with  όέ  for 
emphasis,  τ:ερι  μέν  βον?ιην  Ααναών, 
περί  ό'  έστέ  μύχεσθαι,  II.  1,  258 ; 
esp.  freq.  with  πο'λνς  and  ττΰς,  Schaf. 
Sojih.  Phil.  633.  —  4.  sometimes  μέν 
and  όέ  are  used  to  connect  different 
sorts  of  words,  so  that  with  μέν  we 
may  find  a  part,  or  adj.,  with  όέ  a 
finite  verb,  e.  g.  Soph.  Tr.  123,  O.  C. 
522,  cf.  Buttm.  Dem.  Mid.  p.  149: 
sometimes  an  infin.  with  μέν,  a  finite 
verb  with  όέ,  χωρίς  μέν  τού  έστερή- 
σβαι  τοιούτου...,  έτι,  όέ  και  όόξω, 
Plat.  Crito  44  Β. — 5.  sometimes  the 
first  clause  with  μεν  is  doubled,  11. 
23,  311,  Hdt.  4,  48;  more  freq.  in 
Att.,  Buttm.  Dem.  Mid.  p.  153  :  it  is 
oft.  repeated  in  apodosis  with  the 
demonstr.  pron.,  τον  μέν  καλέουσι 
θέρος,  τούτον  μέν  ττροςκννέουσι,  τον 
όέ  χειμώνα...,  Hdt.  2,  121  :  cf.  όέ  Ι.  5. 
— 6.  μέν  is  not  always  answered  by 
(5ε,  but  often  by  other  equivalent  par- 
ticles, by  u/J.a,  II.  2,  7"u3,  and  Att. ; 
άτύρ,  II.  6,  84;  αύτάρ  έ~ειτα,  II.  1, 
50;  αν,  II.  11,  108;  άντε,  Od.  22,  5, 
and  in  Att.;  αύθις.  Soph.  .Ant.  167; 
καί,  11.  1,  267,  and  Att. ;  also  μέντοι, 
μήν,  έπειτα,  είτα. — That  τε  (for  όέ) 
may  answer  μέν  is  doubted  by  Pors. 
Or.  1311 ;  but  places  like  Pind.  P.  4, 
443,  N.  8,  51,  Soph.  Tr.  1011,  Eur. 
Tro.  48,  and  even  Thuc.  3,  46,  can- 
not be  got  over ;  cf.  Herm.  Soph. 
Phil.  1410,  Jelf  Gr.  Gr.  §  765,  6,  a.— 
7.  μέν  is  often  found  without  όέ,  or 
any  answering  particle,  or  even 
clause  expressed,  though  it  is  always 
easy  to  supply  these,  as,  την  μέν  εγώ 
σπουδή  όάμνημ'  έπέεσσι,  her  (Juno) 
can  I  scarce  subdue,  {hut  all  others 
easily),  II.  5,  893  ;  ώς  μέν  /.έγουσι,  as 
they  say,  (but  I  do  not  believe),  Eur. 
Or.  8.  This  usu.  happens  when  μέν 
stands  with  a  pron.,  Od.  7,  237,  and 
so  in  Att.,  Jelf  i)  766.  Μέν  was  orig. 
the  same  as  μήν,  q.  cf. :  so  η  μέν  is 
the  Ion.  form  of  the  Att.  y  μήν,  as  a 
form  of  protestation,  Hdt.  4, 154,  etc. ; 
so  also  μη  μέν,  and  γε  μέν,  Hdt. 

II.  μέν  before  other  particles  : — 1. 
μεν  άρα,  in  II.  μέν  βα,  accordingly,  and 
so,  like  μέν  όή,  μέν  ούν,μέν  τοιννν- — 
2.  in  μέν  yap,  each  particle  retains  its 
force.  Soph.  O.  T.  62:  Hom.  often 
omits  the  second  clause  after  μέν 
γύρ,  as  II.  5,  901,  Od.  1,  173  :  also, 
μέν  yap  όή,  II.  11,  825;  μέν  yap  τε, 
11.  17,  727. — 3.  μέν  γε,  or  μέν.-.γε.  yet 
at  least,  certainly,  Lat.  certe,  II.  1,  216; 
rare  in  Trag.,  Pors.  Med.  1090 ;  here 
ye  confirms  something  gone  before, 
and  μέν  is  as  usu.  followed  by  όέ. 
etc.,  Ar.  Nub.  138-3,  cf.  Herm.  Vig.  n. 
296  :  reversely,  γε  μέν,  though  true,  II. 
2,  703. — 4.  μέν  όή,  at  least,  however.  II. 
1,  514  ;  and  so  in  Att.,  esp.  after  αλλά, 
as  Soph.  O.  T.  294  :  also,  then  indeed, 
why  then,  II.  11,  142;  and,  generally, 
its  use  is  much  like  that  of  μέν  τοί. 
— 5.  μέν  νυν  for  μέν  ονν,  esp.  in  Ion. 
prose,  as  Hdt.  1,  18;  but  also  Att., 


ΜΕΝΑ 
Valck.  Hipp.  20. — 6.  μεν  ονν  οτ  μα" 
ονν,  much  like  μέν  όή,  but  more 
freq.,  it  seems,  in  Att. :  in  answering, 
it  affirms  more  than  was  asked,  Lat. 
imo  vera,  aye  indeed,  e.  g.  κακυδαίμων ; 
Answ.  βαρυόαίμων  μέν  ονν !  Ar. 
Eccl.  1102  :  and  hence  it  often  has  a 
correcting  torce,  rather,  nay  rather,  as 
Aesch.  Cho.  999  ;  so  too  in  Ar.  Eq. 
910,  μου  προς  την  κεφαλήν  άποφώ, 
wipe  your  nose  on  my  head,  (an- 
swered by  the  rival)  έμον  μέν  ονν..., 
nay  on  mine :  μέν  ονν  όή  or  μέν  δη 
ονν,  Hdt.  4,  144 :  so  too  μέν  ονν  γε 
or  better  μενοννγε,  to  begin  a  sen- 
tence in  N.  T.,  yea  rather,  Lat.  qiiin 
imo,  v.  Lob.  Phryn.  342. — 7.  μέν  που, 
no  doubt,  of  course,  Lat.  nempe,  nimi- 
rum,  μνημονεύεις  μεν  πον.  Plat.,  etc. ; 
— expressing  an  assumption,  as,  ε'ιδέ- 
vai  μέν  που  χρή.  —  8.  μεντάν,  for 
μέντοι  άν,  does  not  alter  the  signf.  oi 
μέντοι,  as  ύΐ'  belongs  to  the  verb :  it 
should  not  be  written  μέντ'  άν,  for 
οί  is  not  cut  off,  but  forms  a  crasis 
with  άν. — 9.  in  μέν  τε,  if  όέ  τε  fol- 
lows, μέν  retains  its  usu.  force : 
Hom.  also  uses  μέν  τε  absol.,  like 
μέν  όή  or  μέν  τοι,  σφώιν  μέν  τ'  έπέ- 
οικε,  you  at  least  it  befits,  II.  4,  341. 
— 10.  μέν  τοι,  Hom.,  but  in  Att.  as 
one  word,  μέντοι :  here  μέν  adds  to 
the  force  with  which  τοι  asserts,  / 
am  sure,  certainly,  at  any  rale,  esp. 
after  ov,  oh  μέντοι.. .παύομαι,  I  am 
sure  at  least  that  I  am  not  slack,  II.  8, 
294,  etc. ;  in  Att.  oft.  in  emphatic 
alfirmat.  answers,  like  μήν,  Stallb. 
Plat.  Symp.  176  Β  ;  more  rarely  giv- 
ing emphasis  to  a  question,  ov  σν  μέν- 
τοι.■■,  why  you  are  not...  ?  Id.  Prot.  init. : 
sometimes  to  express  impatience,  τι 
μέντοι  πρώτον  ήν,  τί  πρώτον  ην  ;  nay 
what  teas  the  first .'  Ar.  Nub.  787,  cf. 
Plat.  Phaedr.  236  D.  —  b.  recalling 
more  explicitly  that  which  was  the 
point  of  the  preceding  sentence,  our 
now,  in  narratives,  Od.  2, 294. — c  but 
its  most.  usu.  signf.  is  to  mark  an 
objection,  or  exception,  yet,  however, 
slill,  Od.  18,  233  ;  cf.  μέν  όή,  μέν  ουν, 
usu.  without  any  answering  clause. 
— d.  additional  lorce  is  given  to  μέν- 
τοι by  joining  μ.  δαως,  μ.  γε,  or  }ε  μ., 
Pors.  Hec.  004  ;  also,  όμως  γε  μ.,  Ar. 
Ran.  61 :  while  in  μ.  πον  the  force  of 
μέντοι  is  softened :  on  μέντοι,  v. 
Herm.  Vig.  n.  337-341. — 11.  μέΐ'  τοι- 
ννν, like  μέν  ουν,  freq.  without  όί 
following.  —  III.  for  μέν  after  other 
particles,  v.  each  particle. 

Μεναίχμης,  ov,  ό,= μενεπτόμενος, 
μενέχαρμος,  a  staunch  soldier,  Anacr. 
74  :  —  χεφΐ  μεναίχμα,  in  Anth.  P.  6, 
84,  may  belong  to  this  or  may  be  fern, 
of  a  form  μέναιχμος. 

^Μέναιχμος,  ου,  ό,  Menaechmus,  a 
statuary  of  Naupactus,  Pans.  7,  18, 
10. — 2.  a  Sicyonian,  who  wrote  a 
work  ττερί  τεχνιτών,  Ath.  635  A. — 
Others  in  Ath.,  etc. 

ίΜενάλκας,  a,  6,  Menalcas,  a  shep- 
herd, Theocr.  8. 

iMεvάλκης,  ους,  6,  Menalces,  an 
Elean,  Paus.  6,  16,  5. 

\Μεναλκίόας,  a,  ό,  Menalcidas,  a 
Spartan,  Paus.  7,  11,  7. 

^Μενάνόρειος,  ov,  of  Menander  (2), 
Menandrlan,  Luc. 

Μένανδρος,  ov,  (βΐένω,  ύνήρ)  await- 
ing a  man,  marriageable,  Dionys.  ap. 
Ath.  98  D. 

t  Μέτ•'α!'(5ροξ• ,  oil,  ό,  Menander,  a  com- 
mander of  the  Athenians,  Thuc.  7, 
16,  Xen.  Hell.  1.  3,  16,-2.  a  celebra- 
ted comic  poet  of  Athens,  son  of  Dio- 
pithes. — Others  in  Diod.  S.,  etc. 

iMsvUKioi,  ωΐΊ  οί,  the  MenapH^  a 
907 


ΜΕΝΕ 

German  people  at  the  mouth  of  the  [ 
Rhine,  Strab.  p.  194. 

Μεν  άρα,  μεν  γύρ,  μέν  γε,  μεν  δή, 
ν.  sub.  μέν  II.  fl,  'f  3,  4.  | 

ίΜ,ίναρης,  ους,  ό,  Menares,  falherof 
the  Spartan  king  Leoty chides,  Hdt. 
8,  131. 

iMivag,  a,  ό,  Menas,  founder  of 
Mevf.ip/a,  Strab.  p.  319. 

■\Μ.ένασΐίος,ον,  δ, Me nasctts,  λ  Syzr- 
tan,  Xen.  Hell.  4,  2,  8. 

tMi ι^αγοΓ,  ov,  6,  Menachus,  son  of 
Aegyplus,  ApoUod.  2,  1,5. 

+ilndaiOC,  a.  ov,  of  Mende,  Men- 
dlan,  Ath.  ;  ό  Μ.,  an  inhab.  of  M., 
Thuc.  4,  7. 

ίΜένόη,  ης,  ή,  Mende,  a  city  on  the 
peninsula  Pallene  in  Macedonia,  a 
colony  of  the  Eretrians,  Hdt.  7,  123  ; 
Thuc.  4,  123. 

^Μένδης,  ητος,  f],  Mendes,  a  city  of 
lower  Aegypt  on  one  of  the  mouths 
of  the  Nile,  Strab.  p.  802.  cf.  Hdt.  infr. 
— II.  ό,  an  Aegyptian  deity  answer- 
ing to  the  Greek  Pan,  Hdt.  2,40: 
from  the  Aegypt.  term  for  a  goat, 
which  was  held  at  Mendes  in  high 
veneration,  Id.  ib.     Hence 

ίΜΐνδήσιος,  a,  ov,  of  Mendes,  Men- 
desia/i,  ό  νομός  ό  Μ.,  the  Mendcsian 
name  or  district,  Hdt.  2,  46:  το  Μ. 
στόμα,  the  Mendesian  mouth  of  the 
Nile,  Id. ;  also  το  Μ.  κέρας,  Thuc.  1, 
110. 

Μεΐ'εαίνω,  (μένος)  Ιο  desire  earnestly 
or  eagerly,  long  for,  be  bent  on,  and, 
generally,  to  intend,  but  always  with 
collat.  notion  of  resolution  and  firm- 
ness, Horn.,  w^ith  inf.  pres.  11.  5,  606, 
etc. ;  or  more  commonly  inf.  aor.,  U. 
4,  32,  etc. ;  rarely  with  inf.  fut.  as  in 
II.  21,  176,  Od.  21,  125;  when  absol., 
as  in  II.  22,  10,  Od.  5,  341,  an  inf 
may  easily  be  supplied  :  —  also  like 
all  verbs  of  wishing,  c.  gen.,/z.  μάχης, 
to  long  for  battle,  Hes.  Sc.  361 ;  but, 
y.  Τίνί  τι,  to  purpose  something  against 
another,  Q.  Sm.  12,380.-11.  to  be 
angry,  rage,  in  Honi.  usu.  absol.,  as 
II.  19,  68;  24,22;  also,  ίρίδιμενεΡμ'αι, 
like  εριδιμάχεσθαι,  11.  19,  58  ;  μ.  tlvL, 
to  rage  against  one,  II.  15,  104,  Od.  1, 
20,  etc.: — but  in  II.  16,  491,  where 
Sarpedon  κτεινήμενος  μενέαινε,  the 
meaning  can  only  be,  he  rnged  even 
while  being  killed,  i.  e.  even  in  death 
his  anger  burnt ;  though  the  Gramm. 
here  explained  it  by  ϊ/,ειποιρι')χει. 
Cf.  μενοινύω.  —  The  word  is  Lp., 
also  used  in  Pseud-Eur.  Dan.  51. 

fylεvε3pίa,  ας,  ή.=  'Μ.εσημβρία  1. 

Μενέγχης,  ες,  (μένω,  ίγχος)=μεν- 
αίχμης,  Aesch.  ap.  Λ  nth.  P.  7,  255. 

^}Λ.ενεδαΙΐ)ς,  ov,  ΰ,  Menedaeits,  a 
Spartan,  Thuc.  3,  100;  v.  1.  Μενέδα- 
τος. 

%[ενεδηίος,  ov,  (μένω,  δίβος)  stand- 
ing one's  ground  against  the  enemy, 
staunch,  steadfast,  11.  12,  247  ;  13,  228  ; 
Dor.  -δάΐος,  A  nth.  P.  7,  208. 

tM.'Vf;ti;//zof,  01',  6,  Menedemus,  a 
philoso[)her,  founder  of  the  Eretrian 
school,  a  pupil  of  Plato.  Strab.  p.  393. 
— 2.  a  general  of  Alexander  the  great, 
Arr.  An.  4,  3,7. — Others  in  Plut. ;  etc. 

ΜενέδουτΓος,  ov,  (μένω,  δονττος) 
sfeadfast  in  the  battle-din,  Orph.  Arg. 
537. 

iMti'e/cPi^f,  έονς,  6,  Mmecles,  an 
Athenian  orator,  Xen.  Hell.  1,  8,  38. 
—Others  in  Ath.  184  Β  ;  Anth. ;  etc. 

\^ίενεκράτης,  ους,  ό,  Menecruits,  a 
Megarian,  Thuc.  4,  119,-2.  father  of 
Iviy^coii,  a  Syracusan  general,  Xen. 
Hell.  1,  1,  29.-3.  a  Nysaean,  pupil 
of  Aristarchns,  Strab.  p.  650. — 4.  a 
physician  of  Syracuse,  Ath.  289  B. — 
5.  a  pupil  of  Xenocrates,  a  geographer, 
908 


ΜΕΝΕ 

Strab.  p.  550. — G.  a  poet  of  the  An- 
thology.— Others  in  Plut. ;  etc. 

Μενέκτϋπος,  ον,=μενίδυν-ος. 

^Μενέκωλος,  υυ,  ό,  Mcnecolus,  a  Sy- 
racusan, founder  of  Camarina  in  Sici- 
ly, Thuc.  6,  5. 

iM.εvελuioς,Ol•^,of  Menelaus  (1) ;  το 
Μενελάιον,  the  Meneluiujn.  a  hill  and 
castle  near  Lacedaemon,  Polyb.  5, 
18,  3. 

^Μ.ενελαις,  ίδος,  η,  πη-^ή,  fountain 
of  Menelaus,  in  Arcadia,  Paus.  8,  23, 4. 

Μενέλαος,  ου,  ό,  Att.  ΙΛενέλεως, 
Dor.  νίενέ'λας,  (μένω,  λαός,  and  so 
strictly  abiding,  withstanding  people) 
■\Menclaus,  son  of  Atreus,  brother  of 
Agamemnon,  husband  of  Helen, 
through  whom  he  receivcul  the  sove- 
reignty of  Lacedaemon,  Hoin. ;  ace. 
to  ApoUod.  3,  2,  2.  son  of  Plisthenes 
and  so  grandson  of  Atreus,  v.  Πλε<σ- 
Οένης- — 2.  father  of  Amyntas,  grand- 
father of  Philip  of  Macedon,  Ael. 
V.  H.  12,  43.-3.  a  leader  of  the  Athe- 
nian cavalry  in  the  war  of  the  allies, 
Dem.  47,  21. — 4.  a  general  of  Alex- 
ander the  great,  Arr.  An.  1,  14,  3. — 
Others  in  Strab. ;  etc. — II.  of  cities, 
— 1.  a  city  of  the  Aegyptian  Delta, 
Strab.  p.  803 ;  ό  Μενιλαίτης  νομός, 
the  Menda'itic  name.  Id.  p.  801.— 2.  a 
city  and  harbour  of  Cyrenaica,  Id.  p. 
801,  838  ;  in  Hdl.  4,  109,  ύ  ΜενελάΙος 
7Λμήν. 

^.ενεμύχος,  ov,  (μένω,  μάχη) 
staunch  in  fight,  App. 

tMii'i'itiOf,  oil,  ό,  Menexenus,  an 
Athenian,  a  pupil  of  Socrates,  Plat. 
Menex. — 2.  son  of  Polyaratus,  Dem. 
1009,  26.— Others  in  Isae. ;  etc. 

Μ.ενετττόλεμος,  ov,  (μένω,  πόλε- 
μος) staunch  in  battle,  steadfast,  brave, 
in  Horn.  (esp.  U.)  epith.  of  heroes,  19, 
48,  etc. ;  or  of  nations,  2,  749  : — equiv- 
alent to  μέναιχμος,  μενεδηϊης,  μενέ- 
χαρμος,  etc. 

ΙΜε^ετΓΓολε/ίΟζ•,  ov,  ό,  Meneptole- 
jnus.  an  Apolloniat,  Paus.  6,  14,  13. 

i'Mtvεσθέv}|ς,ovς,  6,  (μένω,  σβένος) 
Menesthenes,  masc.  pr.  n.,  Ath.  494  B. 

'Μενεσθίΰς,  έως  Ion.  ηος,  ό,  (μένω) 
strictly  one  who  abides,  pr.  n.,  jMcne- 
stheus,  son  of  Peteus,  king  of  Athens, 
leader  of  the  Athenians  before  Troy, 
11.  2,  552. — 2.  son  of  Iphicrates,  a 
general  of  the  Athenians,  Dem.  217, 
19. — 3.  another  Athenian,  son  of  Phi- 
lagrus,  Id.  1064.  16.t    Cf.  Μέμνων. 

^Μ,ενεσθέως  ?ιίμήν,  ό,  harbour  of 
Menestheus,  in  Hispania  Baetica  near 
Gades,  Strab.  p.  140. 

\Μ.ενέσθης,  ονς,  6,  Menesthes,  a 
Greek  in  the  Trojan  war,  II.  5,  609. 
— 2.  an  Athenian,  who  went  with 
Theseus  to  Crete,  Plut.  Thes.  17. 

^Μ.ενέσθιος,  ov,  6,  Menesthius.  son 
of  Areithoiis,  king  of  Arne  in  Boeo- 
tia,  11.  7,  9. — 2.  son  of  Sperchius  and 
Polydora,  nephew  of  Achilles,  a  lead- 
er of  the  Myrmidons  before  Troy,  II. 
16.  173. 

^Μ.ενεσθώ,  ονς,  η,  Menesthu,  daugh- 
ter of  Oceanus  and  Tethys,  Hes.  Th. 
357. 

tMfvε'στpαΓOf,  ov,  6,  (μένω,  στρα- 
τός) Menestratiis,  masc.  pr.  n.,  Andoc. ; 
Dem. ;  etc. 

Μεΐ'ετ^οΐ',  verb.  adj.  from  μένω,  one 
must  remain,  Plat.  Kop.  328  B,  cf. 
Lob.  Phryn.  446. 

iMεvετηΐς,  ίδος,  ή,  daughter  of  Me- 
netus,  i.  e.  Antianira,  Ap.  Rh.  1,  56. 

Μενετικός.  ή,  ύν,  (μένω)  inclined  to 
wait,  Μ.  Anton. 

'Μενετός,  ή,  όν,  (μένω)  waiting, 
standing  fast :  also  inclined  to  wait,  pa- 
tient, long-suffering,  μενετοί  θεοί,  Ar. 
Αν.  1620 ;  so,  oi  καιροί  ov  μενετοί, 


ΜΕΝό 

opportunities  will  not  wait,  Thuc  1, 
142. 

ΙΜενετωρ,  ορός,  ό,  MenZtor,  masc. 
pr.  η.,  Ath.  594  Γ). 

1  Μενέώ?,'/Ιλθ(- ,  ov,  ό,  Menrphyllus,  a 

peripatetic  philosopher,  Plut. — Oth- 
ers in  Paus.  ;  etc. 

Μενεφν/.οττις,  ιος,  ό,  ή,—μενεπτό• 
7,εμος,  Anth.  P.  6,  84.  [ί>] 

Μενεχάρμης,  ov,  o,=sq.,  II.  9,  529, 
etc. 

Μ,ενέχαρμος,  ov,  (μένω,  χέφμη) 
staunch  m  battle,  II.  14,  376;  cl.  με- 
νετττό'λεμος. 

■\Μένης,  ητος,  ό,  Menes,  a  general  of 
Alexander,  Arr.  An.  2,  12,  2. 

Μει•';?7έοΐ',  worse  form  for  μενετέον, 
Dion.  H.  f7,  27. 

Μενθήραι,  al,  also  μένθηρες,  αί,= 
μέρμηραι,  Suid.     Hence 

Μενθηρίζω,=μερμτφίζω,  Gramm. 

Mfi't,  for  μέν,  only  occurs  in  the 
compd.  νννμενί. 

tMei'i'tJaf,  ov,  6,  Menidas,  son  of 
Hegesander,  Arr.  An.  3,  5. 

+Μεΐ'ίθί•,  ov,  b,  Menius,  a  Spartan, 
Hdt.  6,  71. 

ίΜενίππειος,  ov,  of  Menippus  (5), 
Menipplan,  Anth. 

ίΜενίππη,  ης.  ή,  Menippe,  daughter 
of  Nereus  and  Doris,  Hes.  Th.  200. 

ίΜ,ενιπττίδιις,  ov,  6,  Menippides,  a 
son  of  Hercules,  Apollod.  2,  7,  8. 

+ΜέΜπ7Γ0ζ•,  ov,  b,  Menipjms.  an 
Athenian,  father  of  Hippocles,  Thuc. 
8,  13. — 2.  a  breeder  of  horses,  called 
χελιδών,  Ar.  A  v.  1293. — 3.  a  tyrant 
of  Oreus  in  Euboea,  a  friend  of  Philip 
of  Macedon,  Dem.  126,  4.-4.  a  Ca- 
rian,  Id.  571,  22. — 5.  a  cynic  philoso- 
pher, known  as  a  writer  of  satires, 
Diog.  L.  6,  99.— Others  in  Strab.; 
Diog.  L.  ;  etc. 

^Μ,ενίσκος,  ov,  b.  Meniscus,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Arr.  An.  2,  14,  3  ;  etc. 

ί^ίεννέας,  ov,  ό,  Menneas,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  Polyb.  5,  71,2. 

Μέν  vvv,  V.  μέν  II.  5. 

Μενοεικής.  ες,  (μένος,  εικός,  έοικα) 
suited  to  the  desires,  satisfying  ,  and 
so  enough,  sufficient,  plentiful,  Hom.  ; 
mostly  of  meat  and  drink,  as  δαίς, 
otiTTvov,  σίτος,  οίνος,  etc. ;  so,  τύφος 
μ.,  a  plentifid  funeral  feast,  II.  23,  29  ; 
μ.  νλη,  enough  wood,  II.  23,  139  ;  δώ- 
ρα, χάρις,  etc.,  Hom. ; — generally, 
agreeable,  pleasant,  to  one's  taste,  U.  9, 
227,  Od.  13, 273,  etc.,  cf.  Plut.  Phoc.  2. 

iMεvoικεvς,  έως,  b,  Menoeceus,  fa- 
ther of  Creon  and  Jocasta,  Soph.  O.  T. 
09;  Eur.  Phoen.  10;  etc.— 2.  grand- 
son of  foreg.,  son  of  Creon,  devoted 
himself  to  ensure  victory  to  the  The- 
bans,  Eur.  Phoen.  769  ;  etc. 

Μενοινύω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω :  Ep.  impf. 
μενοίνεον,  II.  12,  59 :  Ep.  iengthd. 
pres.  μενοινώω,  II.  13,  79  ;  3  sing.  με• 
νοινύα,  11.  19,  164;  for  the  opt.  aor. 
μενοινήσειε,  II.  15,  82,  Aristarrh.  gave 
a  suhjunct.  form  μενοινι'ιηπι,  but  cf. 
Spitzn.  ad.  1. :  (μένος),  hike  μεν εαί- 
νω,'  to  desire  eagerly,  long  for ;  gen- 
erally, to  be  bent  on,  to  purpose,  intend, 
have  in  mind,  Lat.  meditari,  Hom.  ; 
who  oft.  adde  ιΙιηεσΊν  ήσι,  φρεαΐ  aijoL 
μ.,  to  desire  in  nis,  thy  heart. — Con- 
struct, usu.  c.  ace.  rei ;  also  not  sel- 
dom with  inf  of  pres.,  as  11.  19,  164, 
Od.  22.  217:  or  of  aor,  as  Od.  2,  248; 
21,  157,  and  so  Pind. ;  μ.  τινί  τι,  to 
desig7i,  purpose  something  against  one, 
Od.  11,  532,  II.  15,  293;  but  c.  dat. 
rei,  alone,  esp.  to  strive  for  a  thing, 
μ.  χρήμησι,  Theogn.  461. — Ep.  word, 
used  also  by  Pind.,  and  twice  in 
Trag.,  Soph.  Aj.  341,  Eur.  Cycl.  417; 
also  in  Ar.  Vesp.  1080. 

Μενοίνεον,  Ep.  impf.  of  foreg. 


MENT 

Μενοίΐ»?/,  ής,  ή,  eager  desire,  Call. 
Jov.  90,  Αρ.  Rh.  1,  894,  Anth. 

Μενοινώω,  Ep.  iengthd.  pres.  for 
μενοινάω,  II. 

tMevot'raf,  a,  6,  Menoetas,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Anth.     Dor.  form  for 

iy^εvoί7Jjς,  01/,  0.  Menoetes,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  a  Samiau,  Anth. 

^ΙίενοίΤίάόης,  ου  Ep.  ao,  6,  son  of 
Menoeiius  (3),  i.e.  Patroclus,  II.  1,  307. 

tMei'Oi'riOf,  ov,  a,  yiennetius,  son  of 
Japetus,  brother  of  Prometheus,  Hes. 
Th.  500. — 2.  son  of  Ceuthonymus, 
herdsman  of  Pluto,  Apollod.  2,  5,  10. 
—3.  son  of  Actor,  father  of  Patroclus, 
of  Opus,  an  Argonaut,  II.  11,  765; 
Ap.  Rh.  1,  69. 

ΜΕ'ΝΟΣ,  εος.  τό,  force,  strength  of 
body,  esp.  as  shown  in  quick  move- 
ment and  exertion :  very  freq.  in 
Hom.,  who  sometimes  joins  μένος  τε 
καΐ  ύ/,κ7/  as  equiv.,  II.  6,  265  ;  μ.  χει- 
ρών, II.  5,  506,  for  which  he  more 
freq.  has  μ.  καΐ  χείρες,  II.  6,  502,  etc. ; 
also,  μέΐ'ος  και  γυΐα,  II.  6,  27. — 2.  ot 
animals,  strength,  fierceness,  as  of 
horses,  panthers,  etc.,  II.  17,  20,  Od. 
3,  450,  etc. — 3.  of  things,  power,  might, 
force,  u.  εγχεος,  II.  16.  613  ;  ήελίοιο, 
OJ.  id,  160':  πυρός,  II.  6,  182,  etc.  ; 
ποταμώΐ),  II.  12,  18,  cf  Aesch.  Pr. 
721  ;  χειμώνας,  Eur.  Heracl.  428 ;  in 
Hipp,  also,  μ.  οίνου,  strength  of  wine  : 
μελαν  μένος,  a  gush  of  black  blood. 
Soph.  Aj.  1413,  cf.  Aesch.  Ag.  1067. 
— 4.  force,  strength,  as  implying  life, 
and  so  lijfe  itself.  11.  3,  294;  ψκ,γ^  τε 
μένος  τε  as  equiv.,  11.  5,  296. — II. 
strength,  force  of  soul,  esp.  as  acting 
on  the  body,  and  giving  rise  to  bold, 
or  passionate  action  ;  hence  in  Hom., 
spirit,  warlike  rage,  μένος  ανδρών,  the 
battle-rage  of  men.  11.  2,  387  ;  so  too, 
μένος  Άρηος,  II.  18,  264  ;  more  rarely 
in  plur.,  and  that  mostly  in  phrase 
μένεα  -νείοντες.  II.  2,  53G,  etc.,  where 
perhaps  the  number  o(  μένεα  follows 
that  of  πνείοντες:  Hom.  oft.  joins 
μένος  και  Ηυμής,  II.  5,  470,  etc.,  v. 
Herm.  H.  Hom.  Cer.  362 ;  μένος  και 
θύρσος,  II.  5,  2,  Od.  1,  321  ;  μένος 
έ/ύ.α3ε  θυμόν.  II.  23,  468  ;  μένεος  δ' 
έμττλήσατο  θυμόν,  II.  22,  312  ;  μένεος 
όέ  μέγα  όρένες  άμφίμέ/^ιναι  πίμ- 
πλαντο,  II.  1,  103  :  μένει  in  dat.,  vio- 
lently, furiously,  Aesch.  Theb.  393. — 
2.  wish,  hent,  intent,  purpose,  Ύρώων  μ- 
αίέν  άτάσθα/.ον,  their  bent  is  ave  to 
folly,  II.  13,  634 ;  so  in  plur.,  'll.  8, 
361 :  hence, — 3.  generally,  mind,  tem- 
ner.  disposition,  like  Lat.  mens,  esp.  in 
compds.,  like  ενμενής,  δυςμενής,  etc. ; 
but  never  used  strictly  of  the  intellect. 
— !n  most  cases  it  answers  to  Lat. 
impetus. — 111.  μένος  is  also  used  in 
periphr.  like  βίη,  Ις,  σθένος,  ιερόν 
μένος  Άλκινόσιο,  for  Alcinoiis  him- 
self, Od. ;  so  too  μένος  Άτρείδαο, 
"ΕκτοροΓ,  etc.,  II. ;  also,  μένεα  αν- 
δρών, II'  4,  447,  Od.  4,  363.— The 
word  is  most  freq.  in  Hom. ;  of  the 
Att.  poets,  mostly  in  Aesch. :  rare  in 
prose,  though  Xen.  has  it  of  spirit, 
ardour,  ττροθυμία  και  μ.,  θάρσος  και 
μ.,  Cyr.  3,  3,  61,  Hell.  7,  1,  31.  (Μέ- 
νος  belongs  to  the  root  *μάω,  akin  to 
μένω  :  hence  μενεαίνω,  μενοινάω.  μέ- 
μονα.  Lat.  mens,  our  mind,  cf.  Pott 
Et.  Forsch.  1,254.) 
^Μ.ενούνγε,  v.  sub  μεν  IL,  6,  N.  T. 
\}ιίενοννιος,  ου.  ό,  Menuniiis,  an 
lUyrian,  Ath.  440  A. 

Μέν  ~ov,  μέν  pa,  μεντύν,  μέν  τε, 
V.  sub  μέν  II.,  t7, 1,8,  9. 

^ΙΑέντας,  6,  Mentas,  masc.  pr.  n.. 
Pans.  8,  31,  7:  Dor.  form  for 

■^Μ-έντης,  ov,  ό,  Mentes,  a  leader  of 
the  Cicones,  II.  17,  73.-2.  king  of 


MENQ 

the  oar-loving  Taphians,  a  hereditary  ι 
friend  of  Ulysses,  Od.  1,  105;  etc. 

ΙλΙέΐ"  Toi,  Att.  μέντοι,  v.  μεν  II.,  10. 

1;^Ιεντοριδης,  ου,  ό,  son  of  Mentor ; 
also  as  pr.  n.,  Anth.  ! 

tMf ιτορουρ}  )7f,  ές,  (}ιίέντωρ,  *ίρ- 
γω)  UTOught,  engraved  by  Mentor  (6), 
Luc.  Lexiph.  7. 

^Μ,έντωρ,  ορός,  ό,  Mentor,  father  of 
Imbrius,  II.  13,  171. — 2.  son  of  Alci- 
mus,  a  friend  of  Ulysses  in  Ithaca, 
under  whose  form  Minerva  accom- 
panies Teleinachus  to  Pylos  and  La- 
cedaemon,  Od.  2,  225,  268  ;  4,  655, 
etc.— 3.  son  of  Eurystheus,  Apollod. 
2,  8,  1. — 4.  son  of  Hercules,  Id.  2,  7, 
8. — 5.  brother  of  Memnon  (3),  Dem. 
672,  5. — 6.  a  celebrated  engraver  on 
silver,  Luc. 

■\}ι[έννλλος,  ου,  ό,  Menyllus,  a  Ma- 
cedonian governor  in  Athens,  Plut. 
Phoc.  30. 

ΜΕΝΩ,  fut.  Ερ.μενέω,  Att.  contr. 
μενώ :  aor.  έμεινα  :  impf.  μένεσκον, 
Hdt.  4,  42:  perf.  μεμένηκα:  adj.  με- 
νετός,  μενετέον,  later  μενΊ/τέον.  Lat. 
ΜΛΝΕΟ,  also  in  Att.  poets  redupl. 
μίμνω  (i.  e.  μι-μένω,  v.  sub  v.),  to  stay, 
wait : — 1.  to  stay,  stand  fast,  abide,  m 
battle,  Hom. ;  who  oft.  joins  it  (as 
synon.;  with  τλήναι,  opp.  to  ψενγειν  ; 
and  so  in  Att. — 2.  to  stay  at  home,  stay 
where  one  is,  riot  stir,  II.  16,  838  ;  else- 
where more  fully,  έντοσθε  μένειν, 
Hes.  Th.  598  ;  μ.  αϋτοϋ,  Hdt.  8,  62  ; 
μ.  κατ'  οίκον,  Eur.  I.  Α.  656;  εν  δό- 
μοις,  Soph.  Aj.  80;  μ.  κατύ  χώραν. 
Plat.  Tim.  83  A  ;  etc. :  μ.  έκεΐ,  to  stay, 
lodge  there,  Polyb.  30,  4,  10  :— but,  μ. 
άττό  τίνος,  to  stay  away,  be  absent 
from..,  II.  2,  292. — 3.  to  stay  behind, 
tarry,  with  a  notion  of  delay  or  idle- 
ness, II.  9,  318;  ol  μένοντες,  Xen. 
An.  4,  4,  19 ;  etc. — 4.  of  things,  to  be 
lasting,  remain,  last,  stand,  στη?./}  μέ- 
νει έμττεδον,  II.  17,  434 ;  ασφαλές 
αίέν... μένει  ουρανός,  Pind.  Ν.  6,  7 ; 
τόό'  αίανώς  μένοι,  Aesch.  Eum.  672. 
— 5.  of  condition,  to  remain  as  one  was, 
of  a  maiden,  II.  19,  263 :  generally, 
to  remain  as  before,  to  statid,  hold  good, 
f/v  μείνωσιν  όρκοι,  Eur.  Andr.  1000; 
so,  μένειν  κατά  χώρην,  of  an  oath. 
Hdt.  4,  201  ;  έν  ταΰτώ  μ.,  Hdt.  1,  5  ; 
μένειν  έμπέδοις  φρονί/μασι.  Soph. 
Ant.  1 69  ;  so,  μ.  τα  /Πουλήματα,  Arist. 
Eth.  Ν.  9.  6,  3.-6.  to  abide  by  an 
opinion,  conviction,  etc.,  έττϊ  τω  αλη- 
θεΐ,  like  έμμένειν  τω  Ιύ.ηθεΙ,  Stallb. 
Plat.  Prot.  356  Ε.— ίΐ.  trans.,  c.  ace, 
to  await,  expect,  esp.  to  recen^e,  stand 
an  attack  without  blenching,  Lat. 
manere  hostem.  freq.  in  Horn.,  and 
Att. :  so  of  a  rock,  to  bide  the  storm, 
11.  15,  620.— 2.  also  c.  ace.  et  inf.,  to 
wait  for,  η  μένετε  Τρώας  σχεδόν  έλ- 
θέμεν ;  wait  ye  for  the  Trojans  to 
come  nigh  ?  11.  4,  247 ;  μένον  δ'  έ~ϊ 
έσττερον  έ'λθείν,  they  waited  for  even- 
ing's coming  on,  Od.  1,  422,  etc. ;  ονδ' 
ίμειν'  ε7.θεΙν  τρά—εζαν  ννμόίαν,  Pind. 
P.  3,  28  :  but,  μένω  δ'  ακούσαι,  Ι 
ivait,  ί.  e.  long  to  hear.  Aesch.  Eum. 
677,  cf.  Ag.  459  (which  brings  μένω 
near  to  μέμονα). — 2  of  time,  to  atvait, 
wait  for,  watch  for,  Ήώ  δϊαν,  Horn. ; 
and  so  Aesch.  Theb.  394,  si  vera  1. : 
but  reversely,  τό  μόρσιμον  τόν  τ' 
έ?.εύθερον  μ.,  awaits  him,  Aesch. 
Cho.  103. — (Μέιω  belongs  to  the  root 
*μάω  ;  cf.  μέμονα.) 

^Μένων,  ωνος,  ό.  Menon,  a  Trojan, 
II.  12,  193.— 2.  a  Thessalian  of  Phar- 
salus,  leader  of  a  body  of  Thessalian 
auxiliaries  of  the  Athenians,  and  af- 
terwards a  commander  cf  the  Greeks 
in  the  army  of  the  younger  Cvrus, 
Thuc.  2,  22;  Xen.  An.  1,  2,  6':  his 


ΜΕΡΙ 
character  depicted.  Id.  ib.  2,  G,  21,— 
3.  an  Athenian  archon  01.  76,  4,  Diod. 
S.  11,  52. — 4.  a  satrap  of  Arachosia, 
Arr.  An.  3,28, 1. — 5.  a  satrap  of  Coele- 
syria.  Id.  2,  13,  7.-6.  an  Athenian,  a 
maker  of  χλανίδες,  Xen.  Mem.  2,  7, 
6. — Others  in  Xen.  Hell. :  etc. 

^Ιεράρχης,  ov,  ό,  {μέρος,  ΰμχω)  the 
commander  oJ  a  detachment  o/^2U48  men, 
Ael.  Tact.     Hence 

ΙΛεραρχία,  ας,  ή,  the  office  of  μερύρ 
χης,  Arr. 

■^^ίέρβαλ-ος,  ov,  ό,  Merbalus,  an  Ar 
cadmn,  Hdt.  7,  98. 

^^Ιεργύνη,  ης,  ή.  Mergane,  a  place 
in  Sicily,  Polyb.  1,  8,  3. 

Μέρ}'ω.  =  έιμέργω,  and  μέρδω  = 
ϊιμέρδω,  Gramm. 

■\}ιΙέρδις,  ιης,  ό,  poet,  form  for  Σμέρ- 
δις,  Aesch.  Pers.  774. 

'^Ιέρεια,  ας,  ή,=μερίς.  Tab.  Heracl. 

Μεριδύρπαξ,  ό,  (μερίς,  άρτταξ)  Bit- 
stealer,  a  mouse  in  Batr.  [I  265,  i 
274.]  ■ 

Μερΐδάρχης,  ov,  6,  (μερίς,  άρχω) 
the  governor  of  a  province,  LXX.,  Jo- 
seph. 

Μερΐδαρχία,  ας,  ή,  the  office  of  με- 
ριδάρχης,  LXX.,  Joseph. 

Μερί,'ω  ."  f.  -ίσω,  Att.  -ίώ.  Dor.  •ιξώ, 
Tim.  Locr.  99  D  :  (μερίς)  ; — to  divide, 
distribute.  Plat.  Parm.  131  C,  Polit. 
292  C :  μ.  τους  τόκους  ττρός  τόν 
ττ'λονν,  to  divide  the  interest  accord- 
ing to  the  voyage,  i.  e.  pay  only  a  part 
of  it,  if  a  part  only  of  the  voyage  has 
been  performed,  Dem.  1297,  21  :  με- 
μέρισται  τΐ  άττό  τίνος,  Luc.  Nav.  8. 
— .Mid.  μερί^εσθαί  τι,  to  divide  among 
themselves,  Dinarch.  91.  22  :  to  get  a 
portion  of,  τινός,  Isae.  77,  14  :  to  take 
possession  of,  τι,  Dem.  917,  19:  913, 
1  ;  ήρόμην  αυτόν  πότερα  μεμερισμέ- 
νος  εΐη  προς  τόν  ΰδελφάν,  whether 
he  had  divided  with  his  brother,  i.  6. 
whether  each  had  his  share,  Dem. 
1149,  21.  —  11.  in  pass,  to  be  dispersed, 
Plat.  Tim.  50  D :  to  be  split  into  par- 
ties, Polyb.  8,  23,  9. — 2.  to  be  assigned 
to,  reckoned  in,  έν  upxy  τίνος  μ.,  Dem. 
192,  1. 

'Μερικός,  ή,  όν,  Aristipp.  ap.  Diog. 
L.  2,  87. 

Μέριμνα,  ης,  ή,  care,  thought,  esp. 
anxious  care  or  thought,  trouble,  first  in 
H.  Hom.  -Merc.  44, 160,  Hes.  Op.  180, 
and  then  in  Pind.,  and  Trag.,  but 
rare  in  prose  (though  μεριμνάω  is 
used  by  Plat.,  Xen.,  Dem.) : — in  plur. 
cares,  Aesch.  Eum.  300,  etc. ;  also 
anxious  pursuits,  esp.  of  victory  at  the 
games,  Pind.  O.  1,  174,  cf.  P.  8,  131, 
N.  3,  121. — II.  the  thought,  mind, 
Aesch.  Ag.  460.  (From  μερίς,  με- 
ρίζω, as  Terence  says  airae  animum 
dirorse  trahunt ;  hence  μέριμνα  as  if 
for  μεριμένη,  μεμερισμένη :  cf  also 
μέρμερος,  μέρμημα,  διάνδιχα  μερμη- 
ρίζειν.)    Hence 

Μεριμνάω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  care  for, 
be  anxious  about,  think  earnestly  upon, 
scan  minutely,  τι.  Soph.  O.  T.  1124  ; 
esp.  of  philosophers,  Xen.  Mem.  4, 
7,  6 ;  also  μ.  περί  τίνος,  Ib.  1,  1,  14: 
πολ?.α  μ.,  to  be  cumbered  with  many 
cares,  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  7,  12  :  c.  inf.,  to  be 
careful  to  do,  Dem.  576,  23  :  also  πο'λ- 
7.U  μ.  όπως  μη  'λάθης,  Xen.  Mem.  3, 
5,  23  :  absol.  m  Plat.  Rep.  607  C  :  cf. 
μερμηρίζω.     Hence 

Μερίμνημα.  ατός,  τό,  thought,  care, 
in  plur.,  Pind.  Fr.  245,  251,  Soph. 
Phil.  186. 

Μεριμνητής,  ov,  ό,  one  who  is  care- 
ful about,  λόγων,  Eur.  Med.  1226. 

Μεριμν7ΐτικός,  ή,  όν,  of  a  thoughtful 
or  anxious  temper. 

Μεριμνοποιέω,  ώ,  to  cause  care. 
90? 


ΜΕΡΜ 

"ϋερίμνοσοφιστής,  οϋ,  6,=:μεριμνθ- 
ψροντιστής. 

ΜΐριμίΌτόκος,  ον,  (μέριμνα,  τίκτω) 
mother  of  cares,  βίοτος,  Anth.  P.  11, 
3S2. 

'Μ.εριμνοφροντιστής,  οϋ,  ό,  {μέριμ- 
να, φροντίζω)  α  '  minute  philosopher,' 
γα  student  of  the  hard  thinking  school  f, 
At.  Nub.  101. 

Meptf,  ίδος,  ή,  (βέρος)  a  part,  por- 
tion, share,  κρεών,  Phcrecr.  Aov?..  1, 
etc. :  esp.  a  share  in  mines  and  the 
like,  Dem.  1039,  22.-2.  the  share  or 
contribution  made,  like  έρανος,  προς 
μερίδα  όειπνείν,  to  dine  each  on  his 
own  contribution,  Plut.  2,  644  Β  :  cf. 
Becker  Charikl.  1,  p.  419. — 3.  α  share 
received,  hence  advantage,  aid,  μ.  εις 
σωτηρίαν,  Dem.  537,  8.  cf.  574,  8. — 
II.  a  part,  division,  class,  ττολίτών, 
Eur.  Supp.  238  :  esp.  a  party,  Lat. 
partes,  Plat.  Legg.  692  B,  Dem.  246, 10. 

Μέρισμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  part,  Orph.  H. 
Pan.  16. 

"Μερισμός,  οϋ,  b,  a  dividing,  division. 
Plat.  Legg.  903  B_,  Strab. 

Μεριστής,  οϋ,  ό,  a  divider,  Ν.  Τ. 
Hence 

Μεριστικός,  ή,  όν,  fit  for  dividing. 

Μεριστός, t/,ήν, divided,  Plat.  Parm. 
144  D :  divisible,  lb.  131  C,  Tim.  35  A. 

Μερΐηνομαι,  as  mid.,  to  divide 
among  themselves,  LXX. 

Μερίτης,  ov,  ό,  (μερίς)  a  partaker, 
τινός.  Dem.  889,  7 ;  τινί  τίνος,  uith 
one  in  a  thing,  Polyb.  8,  31,  C.  [I] 

ίΜερμάδαλις,  ως,  ό.  the  Me.rmnda- 
lis.  a  river  in  the  territory  of  the  Ama- 
zons, Strab.  p.  503. 

Μερμηίρω,{μέρμερος)=:μερμηρίζω, 
Orph.  Arg.  760. 

Μερμέριος.  a,  ov,  rare  collat.  form 
of  sq.,  Jac.  Anth.  P.  p.  663. 

Mep/Xfpof,  ov,  care-laden,  troublous, 
aiixious,  Hom.  (only  in  11.),  always  in 
neiit.  plur.,  μ^ρμερα  μητίσασΟαι,  ρέ- 
ζειν,  10,  48;  11,  502;  also,  μ.  [μγα 
μησασθαι,  10,  289  ;  always  of  ivarlike 
deeds,  (in  full,  τΐο'λέμοιο  μ.  e.,8,453), 
either  as  being  troublous  and  toilsome 
to  the  doer,  or  troublous  and  ruinous 
to  the  sufferer:  but  in  Hes.  Th.  003, 
μ.  ίργα  γυναικών,  the  ills  that  women 
work. — 11.  metaph.,  like  δνςκο/.ης,οί 
persons,  peevish,  morose.  Plat.  Hipp. 
Maj.  290  E,  cf  Ruhiik.  Tim. :— but, 
=  πίίικι'/.όμητις,  Anth.  also — Ep. 
word,  used  in  Eur.  Rhcs.  509,  Plat. 
1.  c.  (Prob.  connected  with  μερίζω, 
μέρος,  μέμιμνιι.) 

^Μέρμερος,  ου,  δ,  Mermerus,  a  Tro- 
jan, 11.  14,  513. — 2.  son  of  Jason  and 
Medea,  Apollod.  1,9,  28.-3.  v.  Mfp- 
ιιερίδιις. 

■^Μερμερίδης,  ov,  6,  son  of  Mermerus, 
i.  e.  llus,  Od.  1,  259. 

Μέρμηρα,  ή,(μέρμερος)  poet,  collat. 
form  of  μέριμνα  (but  not  in  Horn.), 
care,  trouble,  άμττανμα  μερμηρύων, 
rest  from  troubles,  Hes.  Th.  55,  The- 
ogn.  1325.     Hence 

Μερμηρίζω,  f.  -ξω,  intr.  to  be  full  of 
cares,  anxious,  thoughtful,  to  ponder,  be 
in  doubt,  freq.  in  Horn.,  usu.  μερμ. 
ώρεσί,  κατά  φρένα,  κητί  φρένα  και 
κατά  βνμόν  ;  and,  where  the  dnubt  is 
to  be  strongly  expressed,  δίχα  μ.,  Od. 
16,73;  διάνδιχα  μ-,  W.  1,  189,  etc.: 
hence,  to  be  perplexed,  doubtful,  to 
hesitate,  II.  12,  199.— Construct.  :  foil, 
by  ώς..,  to  be  doubtful  how..,  II.  2,  3  ; 
also  by  δττως...  Od.  9,  554  ;  and  often 
by  //.?/..,  whether. .or..,  11.  5,  671,  Od. 
22,  333  ;  also  freq.  with  inf  aor.,  to 
hesitate  to  do.  11.  8,  167,  Od.  10,  438  ; 
also  with  inf  in  first  clause  and  7/  in 
second,  μερμι}ριξε..κνσσαι  και  περι- 
ipvvai..,  η  πρώτ'  έξερέοιτο,  Od.  24, 
910 


ΜΕΡΟ 

235,  sq. :  also,  μ.  περί  τίνος,  11.  20, 
17. — 1ΐ.  transit.,  to  think  of,  devise, 
contrive,  μ.  πολλά,  ΰεικέα,  Od.  1,  427  ; 
4,  533,  etc.  ;  δ()λον,  2,  93,  φόνον  τινί, 
2,  325,  etc. ;  αμνντορα,  16,  256. 

Μέρμιθα,  }/,—sq.,  Agatharchid.  ap. 
Phot.  :  also  -0ος/ 

Μέρμίς,  ϊθος.  ή,  a  cord,  string,  rope, 
Od.  10,  23;  like  μήρινθος.  (Prob. 
from  ε'ιρω,  Lat.  sero,  to  fasten,  with 
μ  prefixed.) 

^Μεομνάδαι,  ων,  ol,  the  Mermnadae, 
a  royal  family  of  Lydia,  Hdt.  1,  7. 

ΙΛερμνός,  ov,  ό,  a  sort  of  hawk,  Ael. 
N.  A.  12,  4. 

^Μέρμνων,  ωνος,  6,  Mermnon,  name 
of  a  herdsman,  Theocr.  5,  35. 

\Μ.ερμόδας,  ου.  ό,  the  Mermodas i=z 
Μερμέιοαλις,  Strab.  p.  503. 

'ΙΜ.ερόη,  ης,  ή,  Meroe,  an  island  of 
.\ethiopia  formed  by  the  Nile  and  As- 
taboras,  Strab.  p.  821. — II.  a  famous 
city  of  ancient  Aethiopia  on  foreg. 
island,  early  famed  for  its  civilization 
and  conquests,  Hdt.  2,  29. 

■\Μερόης,  ov,  6,  Meroes,  an  Indian, 
Arr.  An.  5,  18,  7. 

t-Mepofef,  ων,  ot,=MatOvcf,  Strab. 
ρ   550. 

^Μέροπες,  ων,  ol,  Meropes,  an  an- 
cient name  of  the  inhab.  oV  the  island 
Cos,  from  an  early  king  Μφοτ/»,  Η. 
Horn.  Αρ.  42  :  v.  Μέροψ. 

■\'ίΛερΐ)πη.ης,ή,  Mcrope.  daughter  of 
Atlas  and  Pleione,  .Apollod.  1,  9,  3. 
— 2.  daughter  of  Oenopion,  wife  of 
Orion,  Id.  1,  4,  3.— 3.  daughter  of  the 
Arcadian  king  Cypselus,  Id.  2,  8,  5. — 
4.  wife  of  Polvbus  king  of  Corinth, 
Soph.  O.  T.  775. 

ίΐίεροπίμος.  ov,  (μέρο-ώ)  human, 
0pp.  C.  2.  364. 

Μεροπηις,  ίδης,  ή,  pecul.  fern,  of 
foreg.,  Opp.  C.  l,23.t— II.  (Μέροπες) 
of  the  Meropes,  Miropcan,  ή  Μ.  νήσος, 
1.  e.  Cos,  Call.  Del.  160 

tMfpo7r/f,  i(^of,^,=  foreg.  II.,  Κώ^ 
7/  Μ.,  Thuc.  8,  41. 

ΜΕ'ΡΟΣ,  εος,  τό,  a  part,  share, 
first  in  Hdt.  1,  145,  and  Pind.  :  esp.  a 
portion,  heritage,  one's  lot,  destiny,  like 
μοίρα,  τύφου  μ.,  Aesch.  Ag.  507, 
Soph.  Ant.  147  :  μέρος  τι.  partly,  Lat. 
partim,  Thuc.  4,  30 :  κατίι  τοϋτο  τό 
μέρος,  in  this  respect,  Schaf  Dion. 
Comp.  p.  209  :  έπι  μέρους  συντάξεις, 
particular  histories,  Polyb.  3,  32,  10; 
so,  τας  έτϊΐ  μέρους  ττρύξεις  γρύφειν. 
Id.  7,  7,  6. — 2.  a  share  in  a  thing  with 
others  ;  hence,  each  perso7i's  turn,  Hdt. 

3,  09  :  κατά  μέρος,  in  turn,  successive- 
ly, H.  Hom.  Merc.  53  ;  severally.  Plat. 
Theaet.  157  Β  ;  so,  κατϊΐ  μέρη,  lb. 
182  Β  ;  also,  (πα  μέρος,  by  turns,  suc- 
cessively, one  after  another,  Eur.  Phoen. 
483 ;  but  most  usu.,  έν  μέρει,  Hdt.  1, 
26,  and  freq.  in  Aesch. ;  έν  Tip  μέρει, 
Eur.  Or.  4.52:  also  absol.  as  ativ.,  to 
μέρος,  Hdt.  1,  120: — but  τονμόν  μέ- 
ρος, TO  σον  μ.,  my  or  thy  part,  i.  e 
simplv  /  or  7ne,  thou  or  thee,  Soph. 
Tr.  1215,  Phil.  498:  also  as  adv., 
τονμϋν  u.,  as  to  me,  Lat.  quod  ad  mc 
attinct,  Eur.  Heracl.  678  ;  το  σον  μέ- 
ρος, as  to  thee.  Soph.  O.  C.  1306; 
πλ.ην  όσον  τό  σον  μ..  Ant.  1002  ;  κατυ. 
τό  σόν  μ.,  Ερ.  Plat.  328  Ε. — 3.  εν  μέ- 
ρει τινός  τιβέναι,  ποιεϊσθαι,  κατα- 
βέσΟαι,  λαβείν,  etc.,  to  put  in  the  class 
of.,  consider  as  so  and  so,  like  έν  μοί- 
P(z,  έν  αριθμώ,  έν  λόγω  ποιεϊσθαι, 
Lat.  in  numero  habere,  Stallh.  Plat. 
Rep.  424  D :  so  too,  έν  οΰδενός  είναι 
μέρει,  to  be  as  no  one,  Dem.  23,  14  ; 
έν  νπηρέτου  μέρει  γίγνεσθαι.  Id.  37, 

4,  etc.     (Hence  μείρομαι.) 
Μέροψ,  ο-ος,  ό,  (μείρομαι,  μερίζω, 

δψ)  usu.  in  plur.,  dividing  the  voice, 


ΜΕΣΑ 

i.  e.  speaking,  endowed  with  spiech, 
hence  always  epith.  of  men,  μέροπες 
(Ίνθρωποι,  Horn.,  and  Hes.  ;  μαμοπες 
βρυτοί,  Π.  2,  285  ; — because  articulate 
speech  is  the  characteristic  of  man 
among  animals  (cf.  αύδήεις);  and 
Aesch.  used  μέροπες  as  subst.=av- 
θρωποι,  Cho.  1018  ;  cf  Ruhiik.  Ep. 
Cr.  p.  85. — II.  a  bird,  the  bee-eater,  me- 
Tops  apiaster,  also  άέροψ,  Arist.  H.  A. 
9,  13,  2. 

tMf'poi/i,  οπής,  ό,  Merops,  son  of 
Triopas,  father  of  Cos,  an  ancient 
king  of  Cos,  Eur.  Hel.  382  ;  etc.— 2. 
a  prince  of  Percoteonlhc  Hellespont, 
a  celebrated  seer,  father  of  Adrastus 
and  Amphius,  11.  2,  831. — 3.  father  of 
Arisbe,  grandfather  of  Aesacus,  Apol- 
lod. 3,  12,5. 

Mff,  Dor.  for  μέν,  just  as  in  1  pars, 
plur.  of  verbs  -μες  for  -μεν,  Greg.  Cor. 
Dial.  Dor.  2. 

'\Μ.εσαβατική,  ης,  7ΐ,='Μασσαβα- 
Τίκή. 

Μέσύβον,  ον,  τό,  (μέσος,  βονς)  α 
leathern  strap,  by  which  the  middle  of 
the  yoke  was  fastened  to  the  pole, 
Lat.  suhjugium,  Hes.  Op.  467 ;  cf. 
ζνγόδεσμον.  Μέαύβος,  ό,  and  μεσά• 
βοίον,  τό.  are  also  quoted. 

Μεσΰβόω,  ω,  poet,  μεσσ.,  to  yoke, 
put  to.  Lye.  817. 

Μεσύγκεια,  ας.  ή,  a  ravine  between 
hills. 

Μεσύγκϋλον,  (sc.  ακόντων),  ov, 
TO,  a  javelin  ivith  a  poise  (αγκύλα/)  for 
throwing  it  by,  Eur.  Phoen.  1141, 
Polyb.  23,  1,  9. 

Μεσύγριος  (μέσος,  άγριος)  or  μεσ• 
ύγρυικος,  ον,  (ΰγροΐκος)  half  savage, 
Strab.  p.  592. 
Μεσέιζω.  ί.  -άσω,=μεσόω,  Hipp. 
Mi  σαιγεως,  ων,  gen.  ω,^=μεσόγεως, 
Scymn.  303. 

ίέίεσαιπό7Λος,  ον,  poet,  for  μεσοπό- 
λίος,  half  gray,  grizzled,  i.  6.  middle- 
aged,  II.  13,  301. 

Mf ffoi'-nrof,  η,  ov,  poet,  and  Ion. 
superl.  of  μέσος,  the  midst,  middlemost, 
Hdt.  4,  17.  Strictly  formed  from 
μέσαι  (i.  e.  μέστ,),  as  παλ.αίτατος 
from  πάλαι,  cf  Pott  Et.  Forsch.  2, 
p.  251  :  so  compar.  μεσαίτερος,  η,  ov, 
more  in  the  middle. 

Μ,έσαιος,  a,  ov,  =  μέσος,  Antiph. 
Gam.  3 :  prob.  formed  backwards 
from  μεσαίτατος,  on  analogy  of  πά- 
?Μΐος  (παλαιτατος). 

Μεσαίχμιον,  ον,  τό,  (μέσος,  αΙχμη) 
the  space  bctiieen  two  armies  or  lines, 
Joseph. ;  cf  μεταίχμιος. 

Μέσακτος,  ov.  (μέσος,  ακτή)  half- 
way between  two  shores,  in  mid-sea, 
Aesch.  Pers.  889. — II.  {μέσος,  άγνυ- 
μι)  broken  midway.  Id.  Fr.  101. 

Μεσαμβρίιι,  ης,  ή,  Ion.  for  μεσημ- 
βρία, Hdt. 

Μισαμβρινός,  μεσαμέριος.  Dor.  for 
μεσημ-,  Theocr. 

Μίσάν7ίον,  ov,  τό,  a  weaver's  beam, 
LXX. 

Μίσάραιην,  (sc.  δέρμα)  ov,  τό,  (μέ- 
σος, ΐιραιά)=μεσεντέριον,  v.  Green- 
hill  ad  Theophil.  p.  77,  14.  [ΰ] 
Mf  σάστιν.οι•,  ου,  τό,=μεσύστνλον. 
tMf  σύ~7/,  ης,  ή,  ιικρα,  (the  middle 
point)  Mesate,  a  promontory  on  coast 
of  Ionia,  Paus.  7,  5,  6. 

Μεσάτιος,   ov,  and  in   Ar.   Vesp. 
1502  μεσάτος,  η,  ov,  poet,  for  μέσος  ; 
cf.  Ep  μέσσατος  and  μεσσάτιος.   [ti] 
ίΜισάτις,  ιόος.  η.  Mesatis,  a  small 
town  of  Achaia,  Paus.  7,  18,  4. 
ΜεσαίΟ.η.  ης,  ή,  v.  μέσανλ.ος. 
'Μ.εσαν7.ικόν,  οϋ,  τό,  (μέσος,  αύλέω 
α  piece  of  flute-music,  played  in  the  in 
tervals  of  the  choral  song,  Aristid. ; 
also  written  μεσανλιον. 


ΜΕΣΗ 

Μ;σαν?.ιος,  ον,—μέσαν?.ος: — the 
slave  Mesaulius  in  Od.  14, 449,  is  prob. 
so  called  from  his  having  the  care  of 
the  μέ(ταν?.ος  (q.  v.,  signf.  I). 

ϋέσαυ/.ον,  ov,  ~ό,  v.  sq. 

Μέσαυ/.ος,  ov,  (μέσος,  αυλή)  Ep. 
μέσσαν2ος,  Att.  μέτανλος  :  —  I.  in 
Hoin.  ό  μέσσαν?.ος  or  το  μέσσαν?Μν 
(for  no  passage  determines  the  gen- 
aer)  is  prob.  the  after  or  inner  court, 
behind  or  inside  the  αν/.η,  where  the 
cattle  were  put  at  night  for  greater 
safetj•.  II.  17,  112,  657  ;  and  so  of  the 
cave  of  the  Cyclops,  Od.  10,  435.— II. 
in  Att.  7/  μέταν/.ος  (with  or  without 
θύρα),  the  door  hetivt-en  the  αί<?ή  and 
inner  part  of  the  house,  opposite  the 
αν/.εως  θ.  or  house-door ;  this  was 
often  also  the  door  between  the  men's 
and  ivot/ien's  apartments,  Ar.  Fr.  338, 
Lys.  93,  19  ;  so,  θύραί μέσαυ'λοι,  Eur. 
Ale.  549,  ubi  v.  Monk,  cf.  Becker 
Charikl.  1,  p.  182,  sq.,  and  αν/,ή. 

Mfff(5uv,  ov,  Dor.  for  μέζων,  μεί- 
ζων. 

Μεσεγγνύω,  ώ,  {μεσέγγνος)  to  de- 
posit a  pledge  in  the  hands  of  a  middle- 
man or  third  party,  τρία  τά/.αντα  με- 
σεγγνηθέντα,  Lys.  182,  1,  cf.  Plat. 
Legg.  914  D.— Mid.,  μεσεγγνάσθαι 
άργνριον,  to  have  money  deposited  for 
one  in  a  third  party's  hands,  Dem.  995, 
21,  cf.  Antipho  147,  17:— Isocr.  292 
A,  has  μεσεγγνονσθαι  in  this  signf 

Μεσεγγύη,  ης,  ή,  security  by  means 
of  a  third  party  :  also^sq. 

Μ,εσεγγνημα,  ατός,  τό,  the  money 
or  pledge  deposited  with  a  third  party, 
Aeschin.  71,  18. 

Μεσεγ^/ύησις,  ή,  a  depositing  a  pledge 
with  a  third  party. 

1>>1εσεγγν7]τής,  οϋ,  ό,  the  third  party 
with  whoin  a  security  (μεσεγγύημα)  is 
deposited. 

Μεσεγγυόομαι,  v.  sub  μεσεγγνάω. 

'Μεσέγγϋος.  ov,  6,  (μέσος,  έγγνη)  as 
5\ι\>9ΐ.,^=μεσεγγυητής. 

^Ιεσεγ^νωαα,  ατός.  τό,=:αεσεγγνη- 
μα,  Isocr.  235  C  Bekk. 

Mf σεμ  ?ά/.7.ω,  dub.  for  sq..  Iambi. 

Μεσεμβο/.έω,  ώ,  (μέσος,  έμ3ά?^.ω) 
to  throw  into  the  middle,  Lob.  Phryn. 
622.     Hence 

^εσεμ3ό}.ημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  parenthe- 
sis, Grainm. 

'Μεσεντέριον,  ov,  ro,=  sq.,  Arist. 
H.  A.  1,  16,  18. 

Μεσέντερον,  [sc.  δέρμα)  ov,  τό,  (μέ- 
σος, ίντερον)  the  mesentery,  or  mem- 
brane by  tvhich  all  the  intestines  are  con- 
nected, Anst.  Part.  An.  4,4,5, — though 
just  above  we  find  -τέριον  :  cf.  μεσά- 
paiov.  μεσόκω?Μν. 

Λίεσέρκιος.  ov,  (μέσος,  ίρκος)  in  the 
middle  of  the  house  :  Ζενς  μ.=  έρκείος. 

Μ.εσενθύς,  ν,  gen.  έος,  {μέσος,  ενθνς) 
between  the  even  ones  .•  Pythag.  name 
for  the  number  6,  as  half  way  between 
2  and  10,  the  first  and  last  even 
(ενθεΐς)  numbers  of  the  denary  scale, 
Clem.  Al. 

Μεσεΐω,  like  μεσόω.  to  keep  the  mid- 
dle or  mean,  μ.  την  ττο?.ιτείαν.  Plat. 
Legg.  756  Ε  : — to  stand  mid-way,  μ. 
κατά  τότΓονς,  Ar.  Pol.  7,  7,  3. 

Μεσ?7.  (sc.  χορδή)  ης.  /}.  the  middle 
of  the  three  tones  which  formed  the 
earliest  Greek  musical  scale,  the 
other  two  being  ή  νήτη,  ή  ν~άτη : 
afterwards,  the  middle  note  of  the 
heptachord,  Arist.  Probl.  19.  25,  etc. ; 
V.  Miiller  Literal,  of  Greece  1 .  p.  152. 
— 11.  ή  μ.  (sc.  στιγμή),  the  centre  of 
any  thins,  Arist.  Metaph.  2,  2,  9.t— 2. 
in  punctuation,  the  colon,  V'it.  Soph. 

ΙΛεσήγεως,  ων,  gen.  ω.=μεσόνεωΓ, 
dub. 

ϋΐσψ/ν,  Ep.  μεσσηγν,  and  before 


ΜΕΣΙ 

a  vowel  or  metri  grat.  μεσηγύς,  Ep. 
μεσσηγνς, — all  of  which  are  m  Hom. 
except  μεση-}νς  :—l.  adv.  of  space, — 

I.  absol.  in  the  middle,  betivern,  II.  11, 
573. — 2.  c.  gen.,  in  the  middle  of,  be- 
twixt,between,  ώμων  μ.,  11.8,259;  Κου- 
ρητών μ.  καΐ  JiiTu'/MV,  9,  549  ;  etc. ; 
so  in  Hes.  Sc.  417. — II.  of  time,  mean- 
while, meantime,  once  in  Hom.,  Od.  7, 
195,  in  form  μεσσηγνς.— \\\.  as  subst., 
Tu  μεσηγν,  the  part  between,  H.  Hom. 
Ap.  1U8  :  TO  μεσηγν  ηματος,  mid-day, 
noon,  Theocr.  25,  216,  cf.  237.  [ΰ  ex- 
cept in  arsis,  Od.  4,  845.] 

Μεσήεις,  εσσα,  εν,  middle,  middling, 

II.  12,  269, — where  the  μεσήεις  is 
placed  between  the  ε  ;o,^-of  and  ;)^ερείό- 
τερος. 

Μ.εσή7.ιξ,  ΐκος,  middle-aged. 

Μεσημίρία,  ας,  (for  μεσημέρια),  ή, 
Ion.  μεσαμβρίη  :  (μέσος,  ήμερα) : — 
mid-day,  noon,  first  in  .\rchil.  16  ;  σμι- 
κρόν μετά  μεσημβρίαν,  Hdt.:  μ.  ΐστα- 
ται,  'tis  high  7ΐοοη.  Plat.  Phaedr.  242 
A,  cf.  Ruhnk.  Tim.  — II.  the  ώ"ο«ίΛ, 
Hdt.  1,  6,  142  etc.  [i] 

ΟΛεσημβρία,  ας, ;, ,  Ion.  'Μεσαα  3ρίη, 
H<it.  4,  9.},Mcse7iibrin,  a  city  of  Thrace 
on  the  Eusine,  a  colony  of  Miletus, 
Strab.  p.  319.— 2.  a  city  of  Thrace 
on  the  Aegean  opposite  Samothrace, 
Hdt.  7,  108. 

Ήίεσημ3ρΐάζω.  (μεσημ3ρία)  tospend, 
pass  the  noon,  Lat.  meridian,  esp.  in 
pan.,  μεσημ3ριά^οντα  εί'Jε^ι',  to  sleep 
at  noon.  Plat.  Phaedr.  259  Α.— 2.  of 
the  san,  to  be  in  the  meridian. 

i}Λεσημ  Βριΰνός,  ή,  όν,  of  Mesembria 
(1),  Mesembrian,  Strab.  p.  319. 

Μεσημ3ρΐύω.  ώ.  poet,  for  μεσημβρι- 
άζω  1,  Αρ.  Rh.  2,  739,  A  nth.  P.  9,  764. 

^lεσημ3ρίζω,=μεσημ3pιάζω.Strab. 

'Μεσημβρινός,  ή,  όν,  (μεσημβρία) 
belonging  to  noon,  about  7ioon,  noontide, 
θύλ~η  μ.,  noon-day  heat,  Aesch.  Theb. 
431  ;  cf.  Ar.  Av.  1096;  κάν  h'PV  με- 
σημβρινός, Ar.  Vesp.  774: — ό  μ.  ωύυς, 
the  cicada,  Anth.  P.  9,  534,  ci  Ar. 
Av.  1.  c.  ;  TO  μεσ.,  noon,  Schaf.  Long, 
p.  356. — 11.  southern.  κέ7^ενθος,  Aesch. 
Pr.  722  :  ό  μ.  (κνκ/.ος)  the  meridian. 
[t  .•  Call.  Lav.  Pall.  72,  73,  and  later 
poets  made  i  metri  grat.,  on  the  analo- 
gy of  όττωρινύς,  ορθρινός,  Ruhnk. 
Ep.  Cr  p.  165.  Jac.  Anth.  P.  p.  602; 
ubi  al.  μέση  με  ρινός.'] 

Μεσημέριος,  ov,  =  μεσημβρινός, 
Theocr.  7,  21. 

ΙΜεσ^ν!?,  ης,  ή,  Mesene,  a  district 
of  Babylonia  in  a  Delta  of  the  Tigris, 
Strab.  p.  84. 

Μεσ;;-εφθζ•,  ov,  (μέσος,  ήπειρος) 
inland,  Dion.  P.  1068. 

'Μ.εσηρεύω,  to  he  neutral,  Philist.  ap. 
Hesych. :  from 

Μεσήρης,  ες,  poet,  μεσσ- :  (μέσος, 
*ύρω  ?) : — in  the  middle,  midmost,  Eur. 
Ion  910 ;  Σείριος  ετι  μ.,  is  still  in 
mid-heaven.  Id.  I.  .\.  8. 

Μέσης,  ov,  ό,  a  wind  between  βορέας 
and  καικίας,  Arist.  Meteor.  2,  G,  9, 
and  20. 

^'Μέσθ?.ης,  ov,  ό,  Mesthks,  son  of 
Pylaemenes  and  the  nymph  Gygaea, 
leader  of  the  Maeonians,  II.  2,  864. 

Μεσΐδιόομαι,  dep.  to  mediate,  cf. 
Lob.  Phryn.  121. 

'Μΐσίδιος,  ία,  lov,  poet,  μεσσίδιος, 
=  (ζέσοζ•,  a  mediator,  arbitrator,  Arist. 
Eth.  N.  5,  4,  7,  Polyb.  5,  6,  13 ;  v. 
Lob.  Phryn.  121.  [ϊ] 

Μεσίτευα,  ας.  ή.  mediation,  a  media- 
tor's ofice ;  from 

Μ,'-σΙτεύω.  to  be  in  the  middle,  be  a 
mediator,  N.  T.  :  to  come  between,  in- 
trrpose,  lb. — II.  transit,  to  mediate,  ne- 
gociate,  διά'λνσιν  μ.,  Polyb.  11,  34,  3. 
From 


ΜΕΣΟ 

ΜεσίΓ;7ζ•,  ov,  ό,  one  that  is  in  the 
middle,  a  mediator,  peace-maker,  Polyb. 
28,  15.  8  ;  fern.  -Ιτις,  ιδος,  Luc.  Amor. 
27.  [i]   ^ 

tMεσόα,  or  Μεσσόα,  ας.  ?/,  Mesoa,  a 
quarter  of  Sparta,  Strab.  p.  364. 

Mεσoβύσϊλείa,uς,ή,anintcrregnum, 
Plut.  Num.  2 :  hence 

Μεσοβάσί/^ειος,  ov,  belonging  to  an 
interregnum,  Dion.  H. 

'Μεσοβάσϊ'/Λύς,  έως,  ό,  (μέσος,  βα- 
σΰ.ενς)  the  Roman  interrex,  one  who 
holds  kingly  power  between  the  death 
of  one  kmg  and  the  accession  of  ano- 
ther, Dion.  H.,  Plut.  Num.  7. 

^Μεσόβοα,  ων,  τά,  Mesoboa,  a  town 
of  Arcadia,  Paus.  8,  25,  2. 

Μεσόβοιον,  ov,  τό,  =  μεσάβοιον, 
μέσαβον. 

Μεσόγαιος,  ov,  also  α,  ov,  (μέσος, 
yala)  : — inland,  in  the  heart  of  a  coun- 
try, μ.  οΐκέειν,  Hdt.  1,  145  :  usu.  as 
subst.,  7]  μεσογαία,  the  inland  parts, 
the  interior,  Lat.  loca  n\edilerranca, 
Hdt.  1,  175,  etc.,  cf  τέμνω  V.  2; — v. 
Lob.  Phryn.  298,  and  sq. 

Μεσότείοζ-,  ov,  also  a,  (n',=foreg. ; 
so  too,  η  μεσόγεια,  Thuc.  1,  100  ;  6, 
88  ;  also,  μεσόγεως,  ων.  Plat.  Legg. 
909  A.     Hence 

Μεσογειότης,  ητος,  ή,  the  interior, 
dub. 

Μεσογεωτικός,  ή,  όν,  inland. 

Μεσογονύτιον,  ου,  τό,  Theophr. 
[ά],  and  μεσογόνιον,  ου,  τό,  (μέσος, 
γόνν)  the  space  between  two  knots  or 
joints,  Lat.  internodium. 

Μεσόγρύφος,  ov,  (μέσος,  γράφω) 
written  in  the  middle :  to  μ.,  a  mean 
proportional  found  by  the  μεσο7.ύ.3ιον, 
Anth.  P.  Append.  25,  cf.  Plut.  Marc. 
14. 

Μεσοδύκτνλον,  ov,  τό,  (μέσος,  δά- 
κτυλοζ•)  the  space  between  two  fingers  or 
toes.  Diosc.  4,  188. 

Μεσοόερκής,  ές,  (μέσος,  δέρκομαι) 
seen  in  the  ?niddle,  Manetho. 

Μεσόδμη,  ης,  ή,  (μέσος,  όέμω,  as  if 
shortd.  for  μεσοδόμη) : — strictly  some- 
thing built  between,  Od.  19,  37  ;  20, 
354  (where  κα/.αΐ  μεσάδμαι  are  men- 
tioned with  the  τοίχοι,  and  explain- 
ed by  Aristarch.  by  μεσόστνλα)  prob. 
the  bays  or  panelled  compartments  of 
a  room  :  but — 2.  κοί?.η  μ.,  the  cros.<!- 
plank  of  a  ship,  with  a  hole  for  the 
mast,  Od.  2,  424  ;  15,  289  :  hence— 3. 
later  any  cross-beam  ;  the  beam  of  a 
pair  of  scales,  Hipp. 

Μεσόζεν^  μα,  ατός,  τό,  a  bond,  tie. 
— II.  in  Gramm.,  α  word  joining  two 
words  or  sentences. 

'Μεσόθεν,  μεσόθι,  v.  μεσσ-. 

Μεσόθριξ,  τρίχος,  ύ,  ή,  having  mid 
dling  hair. 

Μέσοι,  poet,  μέσσοι,  adv.  in  the  mid- 
dle, Alcae.  52. 

Μεσοικέτης,  ov,  b,  (μέσος,  οίκέω) 
one  that  dwells  inland. 

Μεσόκ?.αστος,  ov,  (μέσος,  κ'/.άω) 
broken  in  half  Plut. 

Μεσοκνήμιον,  ov,  τό,  the  middle  of 
the  leg,  Strab. 

Μεσό/£θίλο£•,  or,  (μέσος,  κοίλος) 
hollow  in  the  middle,  Polyb.  10,  10,  7. 

Μεσόκο-ος,  ov,  (μέσος,  κό~τω)  of 
middle  size  or  age,  Cratin.  Incert.  2, 
Xenarch.  Pent.  1,  9. 

Μεσόκράνον,  ov,  τό,  the  crown  of 
the  head.  Orphic  word. 

Μεσοκρϊνής,  ές,  (μέσος,  κρίνω) 
parting  in  the  middle  ;  κίων  μ-,  a  pillar 
left  as  a  support  in  working  minis,  Plut. 
2,  843  D. 

Μεσοκύνίον,  ov,  τό,  (μέσος, ικνων 
VIII)  the  pastern  of  a  horse,  etc., 
Hipp.,  cf.  κνιήτΓοδες.  [ν] 

'Μ.εσόκω?.ον,  ov,  τό,  like  μεσεντέ• 
911 


ΜΕΣΟ 
οίον,  the  mesocolon,  or  part  of  the  me- 
sentery next  the  κώ'λον,  Hipp.  p.  '274. 

'Μί:σολά3έω,  ώ,  to  take  by  the  iniddle: 
to  interrupt,  Polyb.  16,  31,  5,  etc. : — 
also  resolved,  μέσον  λαβείν,  Plut. : 
from 

^Ιεσολΰβης,  ες,  (μέσος,  λαβείν) 
striking  to  the  centre ;  or  better  pass. 
(cf.  μεσοταλης),  held  by  the  iniddle, 
-firm-grasped,  κίνΤμον,  Aesch.  Euin. 
157.     Hence 

Mf  aoAuiiiOf  or  -λαβον,  ov,  τό,  (as 
Vitruv.),  α  mesolabe,  mathematical  in- 
Btruinent  ii.sed  by  Eratosthenes  for 
fimliiiii  mean  pnjportional  lines. 

M•  ίΤ()λ^ί'Λ.()(:,  ov,  (μίσος,  λευκός) 
middling  ichite,  χιτών  τϊομφιφα  μ.,  a 
tunic  of  pnrple  shot  with  white,  Xen. 
Cyr.  8,  3,  13  ; — also  /i.  χίτών  alone, 
Luc.  Alex.  11 ;  opp.  to  πορφύρεος, 
Ephipp.  ap.  Ath.  537  D ;  cf.  μεσοτνόρ- 
φυρος. 

'\Μ.εσομήδης,  ονς,  6,  Mesomldes,  a 
lyric  poet  in  Anth. 

Μ,εσομηνία,  ας,  ή,  the  middle  of  the 
month,  the  Rom.  Idiis. 

Μεσομήνιον,  ov,  ro,=  foreg. 

Μεσομηρια,  ων,  τύ,  (μέσος,  μ'ηρός) 
the  space  between  the  hips. 

Με  a  ομφάλιος,  01»,=  sq. 

Μεσόμφΰλος,  ov,  (μέσος,  ομφαλός) 
171  vnd-navel,  central,  used  esp.  of  Apol- 
lo's shrine  at  Delphi,  (cf  ομφαλός), 
μ.  χρηστήρια,  εστία,  'έδρα,  μνχοί, 
Aesch.  Theb.  717,  Ag.  1056,  Eur.  ; 
also,  τα  μ.  γης  μαντεία,  Soph.  Ο.  Τ. 
430:  το  μ.,  the  very  centre,  Batr.  129. 
— II.  willi  a  navel  in  the  middle,  of  the 
letter  O,  Agatho  ap.  Ath.  451  D  ;— 
also  of  a  φιύ7^η,  Ion  ib.  501  F. 

Μέσον,  ου,  τό,  v.  sub  μέσος  ΠΙ,  and 
as  adv.,  V. 

Μεσόνεοί,  ων,  oi,  (μέσος,  ναΰς)  the 
rowers  a-midships,  who  had  the  long- 
est oars,  Arist.  Metaph  4.  —  Others 
make  them  the  same  as  the  ζνγΐται, 
but  V.  11.  cc. 

ΙΑεσονήστιμος,  ov,  in  the  middle  nf 
the  fast,  Eccl. 

Μεσονύκτιος,  ov,  {μέσος,  νύξ)  of  οτ 
at  midnight.  Find.  1.  7  (6),  6,  Eur. 
Hoc.  914  :  TO  μ-,  midnight,  Arist. 
Probl.  26,  18,  Plut.  2,  284  D ;  v.  Lob. 
Phryn.  53. 

Μεσόνυξ,  νκος,  Pythag.  name  for 
one  of  the  planets,  Stesich.  85 

Μεσοπΰλής,  ες,  Ep.  μεσσοπ-:  (μέ- 
σος, ττάλλω)  ; — brandished  or  poised  by 
the  middle,  and  SO  thrown  to  the  best 
advantage,  μεσσοπαλές  ύ'  up'  εΟηκε 
κατ'  όχΗης  μείλινον  έγχος,  II.  21,  172, 
where  however  is  a  v.  1.  έπηξε  μεσσο- 
ηαγές,  drove  it  in  up  to  the  middle,  v. 
Spitzn.  ad  1. 

Μεσοττεντηκοστή,  τ/ς,  η,  the  week 
midway  between  Easter  and,  W hilsun- 
tide.  Eccl. 

Μεσοπερσικός,  ή,  όν,  half  Persian : 
TO  μ-,  a  kind  οί  shoe. 

Μεσοπετί/ς,  ες,  (μέσος,  ττέτομαι) 
flying  in  the  middle,  dub. 

Μεσόπλΰτος,  ov,  (μέσος,  πλατύς) 
broad  or  fiat  in  the  middle. 

Μεσοπλεύριος,  ov,  Galen  ;  μεσό- 
πλενρος,  ov,  (μέσος,  πλευρά)  between 
the  ribs  :  also  μεσοπλενρίτης,  ov,  ύ. 

Μεσόπλοντος,  ov,  (μέσος,  π?ιθϊ)τος) 
middling  rich,  Alciphr. 

Μεσοπόλιος,  ov,  strict  form  for/ζε- 
σαιπύλιος  (<].  v.),  Aesop.  ^ 
Μεσόπολις,  ή,  v.  αητρόπολις. 
Μίσοτορεία,  ας,  η,  amiddle path  or 
way :  from 

Μεσοπορέίύ,  ώ,  to  go  in  the  mid- 
dle, be  half  way,  Menand.  ap.  Phryn. : 
from 

Μεσοπόρος,  ov,  (μέσης,  πόρος)  go- 
ing or  passing  in  the  middle,  Opp.  H. 
912 


ΜΕΣΟ 

5,  40  -.—μ.  δι'  αιθέρος,  through  mid- 
air, Eur.  Ion  1152. 

Μεσοπόρφνρος,  ov,  {μέσος,  πορφυ- 
ρά) mixed  OX  shot  with  purple,  ουκ  όλωο 
λενκυν  άλλα  μ-,  Plut.  Arat.  53  ;  cf. 
μεσό?.ενκος. 

Μεσοποτάμιος,  a,  ov,  (μέσος,  πο- 
ταμός) betaken  rivers:  ή  Μ., (sc.  τώρα), 
a  land  between  two  rivers,  esp.  that  be- 
tween the  Tigris  and  Euphrates, 
Mesopotamia,  Strab.  p.  730.^11.  in  the 
middle  of  the  river,  έν  μεσοποτάμια 
νησφ,  Plut.  Otho  4.  [ΰ] 

■\Μεσοποταμιτης,  ου,  ό,  η  Mesopo- 
tamian,  Luc.  Hist.  Scrib.  24. 

Μεσοπτερύγια,  ων,  τά,  (μέσος,  πτέ- 
ρνξ)  the  middle  wing-feather,  Acl.  Η. 
Α.  7,  17. 

Μεσοπύλη,  ης,  poet,  μεσσ-,  ή,  the 
middle  gate,  Anth.  P.  5,  203. 

Μεσοπνργιον,  ov,  τό,  (μέσος,  πνρ- 
γοΓ)  α  space  between  two  towers,  Polyb. 
9,  41,  1. 

Μεσοπωρέω,  ώ,  {μέσος,  δπώρα)  to 
be  in  the  middle  of  autumn,  Diosc. 

Μεσόριον,  ου,  τό,  v.  1.  for  μεθόριον, 
Dion.  Η.  t3,  55. 

Μέσορης,  ov,  {μέσος,  ορός)  border- 
ing on  two  countries. 

Μεσοββΰγίίς,  ές,  {μέσος,  βήγννμι) 
rent  in  twain,  Opp.  H.  2,  3L 

MF/ΣΟΣ,η,ον,Έρ. μέσσος:  Horn., 
like  lies.,  uses  both  forms,  ace.  to  his 
verse,  and  Soph,  sometimes  has  μέσ- 
σος  (v.  sub  voc.) : — I.  middle,  in  the 
tniddle,  Lat.  medius.  of  space,  oft.  in 
Horn.;  of  time  only  in  11.  21,  lll,Od. 
7, 28H,  in  phrase  //tffOi'  ημαρ,  mid-day ; 
but  freq.  in  prose,  μέση  ήμερα,  μέσαι 
ννκτες,  etc.,  Hdt.  4,  181,  v.  Lob. 
Phryn.  53,  405  ;  so,  μέσον  ημέρας, 
Hdt.  8,  15,  etc. : — in  Att.  also  freq.  c. 
gen.,  between,  midway  between ;  for 
which  in  Soph.  O.  C.  1595,  άφ'  ου 
μέσος: — proverb,  from  the  wrestling 
ring,  έγεται  μέσος,  we  have  him  by 
the  middle,  he's  caught  fast,  Ar.  Ran. 
469,  cf  Nub.  1047  : — μ.  δικαστής= 
μεσίτης,  a  judge  between  two,  an  um- 
pire, Thuc.  4,  83. — As  μέσος  marks 
the  half-way  point,  it  also  means  half 
— II.  of  middle  class,  quality,  etc.,  7nid- 
dling,  moderate,  μέσος  avrjp.  a  man  of 
middle  rank,  etc.,  Hdt.  1,  137;  μ.  πο- 
λίτης, Thuc.  6,  54  ;  ο!  δια  μέσον,  the 
moderate  party.  Id.  8,  75  :  cf  μεσηεις. 
— III.  TO  μέσον  is  very  freq.  as  subst., 
the  7>iiddle,  the  space  between,  USU.  C. 
gen. ;  Horn,  often  has  ές  μέσσον  and 
ές  μέσον  αμφοτέρων  for  μεσαίχμιον  ; 
so  έν  μέσσφ  for  έν  μεσαιχμίφ,  II.  3, 
69;  /ζέσσω  without  prep.,  II.  4,  444, 
μέσσφ  αμφοτέρων,  II.  7,  277  :  κείται 
έν  μέσσοισι,  the  prize  lies  before  all, 
II.  18,  507  ;  ίτ  μ.  τιθέναι  τισί  τι,  to 
set  a  prize  before  all,  for  all  to  contest, 
Lat.  in  inedio  ponere,  II.  23,  704  :  hence 
a  notion  of  fairness  and  impartiality, 
as  in,  ές  μέσον  άμφοτέροις  δικάζειν,  to 
judge  evenly  for  both,  11.  23,  574  ;  also 
κατά  μέσον,  II.  9,  87  ;  and  so  in  prose 
έν  μέσω,  ές  μέσον  are  very  common, 
as  in  ές  τό  μ.  τιθέναι,  φέρειν,  to  pro- 
pose, bring  forward  in  public,  Hdt.  3, 
142  ;  4,  97  ;  ές  τό  μ.  λέ\ειν,  to  speak 
before  all.  Id.  6,  129  ;  έν  μέσω  εΙναί 
τίνος,  to  stand  in  the  way  of  a  thing, 
Xen.  Cyr.  5,  2,  26  ;  but,  έκ  τον  μέσον 
καθέζεσθαι,  to  keep  clear  of  a  contest, 
i.  e.  remain  neutral,  Hdt.  3,  83,  etc.  ; 
rarely  c.  dat.,  as  Hdt.  8,  22 ;  to  μέ- 
σον προς τας μεγίσταςκαΐ  έ/αχίστας, 
the  average  between....  Thuc.  1,  10: 
πολλόν  τό  μέσον,  the  difference  is  great, 
Hdt.  I,  126:  also  of  time,  δια  μ^ΰου 
(sc.  ;^7)όΐΌΐ_ι),  meanwhile,  in  the  mian- 
time,  Ildt.  9,  112;  but  also  of  space, 
between,  Hdt.  1,  104;  and  in  Gramm. 


ΜΕΣΟ 

=ii'  τω  μέσω,  in  a  parenthesis. — 2,  a 
middle  state,  mean,  Lat.  mediocritas, 
παντι  μέσφ  τό  κράτος  θεός  ύπασεν, 
Aesch.  Eum.  527  ;  cf  Eur.  Supp. 
214,  Find.  P.  11,  79,  Arist.  Eth.  N. 
2,  6,  5. — 3.  in  logic,  the  midrile  term  of 
a  syllogism,  Arist.  Org. : — in  geome- 
try, τά  μέσα,  the  mean  terms  of  a  pro- 
portion, Eucl.  ; — opp.  to  τά  άκρα  in 
bath  cases. — IV.  for  h  μέση,  as  subst., 
V.  sub  μέση.—V.  aclv.  μέσον,  in  the 
middle,  II.  12,  167  ;  also  c.  gen. :  Att. 
μέσως,  και  μ.,  even  a  little,  Thuc.  2, 
60. — VI.  poet,  and  Ion.  compar./ieaai- 
τερος,  superl.  μεσαίτατος  (cf  sub 
voce),  and  v.  μεσαίος.  See  also  με- 
σάτος, -ύτιος.  (Μέσος  is  from  the 
same  root  as  μετά,  Lat.  medius.  Germ. 
Mitte,  mil,  Engl,  mid,  Sanscr.  madhya : 
hence  in  Att.  we  find  μεταίχμων.μέ- 
τανλος  for  μεσ- :  cf  μετά,  sub  lin.) 

Μεσοσέληνον,  ου,  τό,  (μέσος,  σε- 
?.)/νη)  the  new  moon,  Lat.  interluniuni. 

Μεσοστάτης,  ου,  ό,  (μέσος,  ϊστημι) 
one  who  stands  in  the  middle,   [ΰ] 

Μεσόστενος,  ov,  (μέσος,  στενός) 
narrow  in  the  middle. 

Μεσόστηλον,  ου,  τό,  {μέσος,  στήλη) 
=sq. 

Μεσοστνλιον,  ου,  τό,  [ϋ]  and  με- 
σόστνλον,  ου,  τό,  {μέσος,  στύλος)  α 
space  between  columns,  Lat.  intercolum- 
nium  ;  οτ=  μεταστύλιον.  [ϋ] 

Μεσοσυλλΰ^^έω.  ώ,  (μέσος,  σΐ'λλά- 
/?/;)  to  lay  hold  of  by  the  middle,  Alex. 
Aphr.  ^ 

Μεσόσφαιρον,  ov,  τό,  {μέσος,  σφαί- 
ρα) the  middle-sized  Indian  μαλάβα- 
Opov,  Arr.  Peripl.  ;  the  smaller  being 
called  μικρόσφαιρον. 

ΜεσοσχΙδής,  ές,  (μέσος,  σχίζω)  split 
in  two,  Theophr. 

Μεσοτάγής,  ές,  {μέσος,  τάσσω) 
placed,  arranged  in  middle. 

Μεσοτείχιον,  ου,  τό,  (μέσος,  τείχος) 
the  space  between  the  wall  and  the  be- 
siegers, App. 

Μεσότης.  ητος,  ή,  {μέσος)  a  middle, 
a  mean,  strictly  in  mathematics.  Plat. 
Tim.  32  B,  43  D. — II.  any  state  between 
two  extremes  (ελλειφις  and  νπεμβολ?)) 
a  mean,  Lat.  mediocritas,  Arist.  Eth. 
N.  2,  0,  15. — III.  in  Gramm.  quality 
or  nature  generally. 

Μεσότοιχον,  ov,  ro,=sq.,  N.  T. 

Μεσότοιχος,  ου,  ό,  (μέσος,  τοίχος)  α 
parf!i/OM-it)rt//,  Eratusth.ap.Ath.281  D. 

ΜεσοΓθ//έω,  ώ,  to  cut  through  the 
middle,  cut  in  two,  Xen.  Oec.  18,  2  :  to 
halve,  bisect.  Plat.  Polit.  205  A  :  from 

Μεσότομος,  poet,  μεσσ.,  ov,  (μέσος, 
τέμνω)  cut  through  the  middle,  Anth. 
P.  6,  63. 

ΜεσοτρΙβής,  ές,  {μέσος,  τρίβω)  half 
worn  out. 

Μεσονρΰνέω,  ύ,  (μέσης,  ουρανός) 
to  be  in  mid-heaven ;  of  heavenly  bo- 
dies, to  culminate,  be  in  the  meridian, 
Arist.  Meteor.  3,  4,  4,  etc. :  hsnce 

Μεσονράνημα,  ατός,  τό,  the  meridi- 
an, Sext  Emp. — 2.  mid-heaven,  mid- 
air, N.  T.  ^ 

Μεσονράνησις,  ή,  the  place  nf  the 
sun  in  meridian,  Strab.  p.  75.   [ά] 

Μεσουράνιος,  ην,  (μέσος,  ουρανός) 
in  mid-heaven,  [ά] 

Μεσονρύ,νισμα,  ατός,  τό,  =  μεσον- 
ράνημα. [«] 

Μεσονμίαι,  (sc.  κάλοι)  οΐ,  {μέσος, 
ονρος)  ropes  for  lowering  the  sails. 

Μεσονριην,  ov,  τό.  Ion.  for  μεσό- 
ριον, Dion.  P.  17. 

Μεσοφάλακρος,  ov,  baldon  the  crown. 

Μεσοφΰνής,  ές.  (μέσος,  φαίνομαι) 
appearing  in  the  middle,  Nonn. 

Μεσοφ(1ηάγγιον,ου,τό,=μεσάγκεια. 

Μεσόφυα'λμος,  ov,  with  middle-sized 
eyes. 


ΜΕΣΣ 

νίεσό'^θεγμα,  ατός,  τό,=  ίφνμνων,  ] 
ace.  to  Sciiol.  Aesch.  Eum.  337. 

Μεσοφλέβίον,  ου,  τά,  Ιμέσος-,  φλέφ) 
the  s:pace  between  two  veins. 

Μεσόφρνον,  ου,  τό,  {μέσος,  6<ί>ρνς) 
the  space  between  the  eyebrows,  Plut.  'Z, 
899  A,  909  D. 

Ήίεαόχθων,  όνος,  ό,  ή.  {μέσος, χθων) 
midland,  in  the  interior,  Dion.  Η.  1,  49. 

Μεσόχ?Μθς. ov, {μέσος,  χλόα)  gree7i- 
ish.  JNic.  Th.  753.  ο 

Μεσόχορσς,  ov,  {μέσος,  χορός)  stand- 
ing in  the  mid-chorus,  of  the  coryphae- 
us, Pliii.  Ep.  II.,  14. 

Μ.εσόχροος,  ov,  ( μέσος,  χρόα)  of 
mixed  complej:ion,  Piocl. 

Μεσόχοφος,  ov,  {μέσος,  χώρος)  mid- 
land :  TO  μ.,  the  middle  space. 

Μεσάω,  ώ,  f.  -ώσω,  {μέσος)  to  form 
the  middle  ;  to  be  in  the  middle,  be  half 
over,  reach  the  height,  μηδέττω  μεσούν 
κακόν,  Aesch.  Pers.  435 ;  κούόέπω 
αεσοΐ  κακόν,  Eur.  Med.  60  ;  ήμερα 
αεσονσα,  noon,  Hdt.  3,  104  ;  θέρος  με- 
σούν, 7n!i/summer,  Thuc.  5,  57  ;  έν 
μεσοϋντι  ένιαντώ,  Xen.  Hell.  2,  2, 
24  :  έττειόίί  τό  δράμα  μεσοίη.  Ar.  Ran. 
923  :  to  be  in  the  middle  of,  c.  gen.,  της 
ΰναβάσιος,  Hdt.  1,  181,  cf.  Stallb. 
Plat.  Kep.  618  Β  :  c.  part.,  μεσούν 
δειπνοϋντας.  Plat.  Symp.  175  C— II. 
to  come  between,  mediate. 

ΙΜεστί/α,  ης.  ή,  Mespila,  a  city  of 
Assyria  on  the  Tigris,  not  far  from 
Nineveh,  Xen.  An.  3,  4,  10. 

ΜίστίΛ?/,  7]ς,  ή,  the  medlar-tree, 
Theophr. 

ΙΑέτπΙλον,  ου,  τό,  the  medlar-tree 
and  its  fnat,  Amphis  Incert.  6,  and 
Anth.  [I,  Eubul.  01b.  1.] 

Μεσπϊλώδης,  ες,  {μέσπιλον,  είδος) 
like  a  medlar,  καρττός,  Theophr. 

^Μεσσάνα,  Μεσσάνιος,  Dor.  for 
Μεσσήν?},  Μεσσί/νιος,  Pind. 

iM.εσσa-ίa,aς.r/,^lessapia,aco\ln- 
try  of  southern  Italy,  called  by  the 
Romans  Calabria,  Thuc.  7, 34 ;  Strab. 
p.  277,  282.     Hence 

ΙΜεσσύτΓίΟί,  uv,  oi,  the  Messapii, 
Hdt. :  m  Thuc.  3,  101,  Messapii  are 
named  as  a  people  in  Locris. 

^Μεσσύπιον  όρος,  τό,  Mt.  Messa- 
pius, in  Boeotianear  .Vnthedon.  Strab. 
p.  405  ;  Aesch.  Ag.  293,  now  Ktypia. 

ΙΜεσσάτΓίΟζ•,  a  nv,  Messapian,  of 
Messapia  in  Italy,  έθνος,  Thuc.  7,  33  ; 
oi  Ίήπνγεχ  Μ.,  Hdt.  7,  170.  [0] 

^Μ.έσσαπος,  ov,  ό,  Messapus,  a  Boe- 
otian, who  led  a  colony  to  Italy,  from 
whom  the  Messapii  were  said  to  be 
named,  Slrab.  p.  405. 

ΙΜεσσάτίΟζ•,  ον,^=μεσύτιος.  Call. 
Dian.  78.  [a] 

Μ-έσσάτος,  η,  ον,^μέσατος,  poet, 
for  μέσος,  έν  μεσσάτω  for  έν  μέσω, 
II.  8,  223  ;  11,  6.— In  form,  an  old  sii- 
perl.  (cf  μεσαίτατος),  like  τρίτος 
τρίτατος,  μύχιος  μνχατος,  etc. 

Μέσσαυλος,  ov,  ο,  or  μέσσανλον, 
ov,  τό,  poet,  for  ίίί'σαϋ/Ι-,  Hom. 

iMέσση,  ης,  η,  Messa,  a  city  and 
harbour  of  Laconia,  II.  2,  582 ;  in 
Paus.  3,  25,  9,  Μεσσα. 

Μεσσηγύ,  μεσσηγνς,  poet,  for  με- 
σηγ-,  Hom. 

ίίεσσηγνδορποχέστης,^^ό  μεσηγύ 
δόρττου  χέζων,  Hippon.  85. 

^Μ,εσσηίς,  ίδος,  ή,  Messeis,  a  foun- 
tain of  Thessaly  in  the  city  Pherae, 
II.  2,  457  ;  Strab.  p.  432. 

^'Λεσστινη,  ης,  ή.  Dor.  Μεσσάνα, 
Messciie,  daughter  of  Triopas,  wile  of 
Polycaon,  Paus.  4.  l,sqq.— II.  a. small 
district  around  Pharae  in  the  later 
Messenia,  Od.  21,  15  :  in  Plat,  and 
Xen.  3!5θ=:Μεσσί/ι.'ία.— III.  capital 
city  of  Messenia,  founded  by  Cres- 
phontes,  Strab.  p.  389;  destroyed  by 
53 


ΜΕΣΩ 

the  Spartans  and  rebuilt  by  Epami- 
nondas.  Id.  358.-2.  a  city  of  Sicily 
on  the  strait  between  Italy  and  Sicily, 
the  earlier  Zancle,  Hdt.  7,  64. 

ΙΜεσσζ/ΐ'ί'α,  ας,  ή,  Messenia,  the 
southwest  province  of  the  Pelopon- 
nesus, Polyb.  2,  5, 1 ;  etc. ;  prop.  fern, 
from  Μεσσήνιος. 

^Μεσσιινιακός,  ή,  όν,  of  Messenia, 
Me.tsenian,  Arist. ;  ό  Μ.  κόλπος,  the 
Messenian  gulf,  south  of  Messenia, 
Strab.  p.  359. 

^^εσαήνιος,  a,  ov,  Messenian,  of 
Messene,  or  Messenia,  of  the  city,  dis- 
trict, and  country,  Hom.,  etc. 

^Μ,εσσι^νίς,  ίδος.  ή,  pecul.  fern,  to 
foreg.,  7]  M.  }ή,=  Μεσσηνία,  Thuc.  4, 
41. 

ΙΜεσσόα,  ας,  ή,  v.  Μεσόα. 

ΙΜεσσόΡ^α,  ή,  Messola,  a  city  of  Mes- 
senia, Strab.  p.  3G0. 

^Μεσσυγίς,  ίδος,  ή,  Messogis,  a 
mountain  of  Lydia,  that  stretches 
from  Celaenae  to  Mycale,  Strab.  p. 
629. 

Μεσσήρης,  ες,  poet,  for  μεσήρης. 

iMεσσίaς,  ov,  ό,  Hebr.=  Gr.  rpi- 
στός,  the  anointed,  the  Messiah,  N.  T. 

Μεσσογενής,  ές,  {μέσος,  γένος)  mid- 
dle-aged. 

Μεσσόγεως,  uv,  gen.  ω,  poet,  for 
μεσόγεως.  Call.  Dian.  37. 

Μεσσόθε,μεσσόθεν,  adv.  ίοτμεσόθε, 
from  the  middle,  Parmenid.  ap.  Plat. 
Soph.  244  E. 

Μεσσόβϊ,  adv.  ίοτμεσόθι,  in  the  mid- 
dle, Hes.  Op.  367  :— c.  gen.,  Ap.  Rh. 
2,  172. — So,  μέσσοι,  poet,  for  μέσοι. 

Μεσσο7τά?.ής,  μεσσοπόρος,  μεσσο- 
πύλη,  poet,  for  μεσοπ-. 

Μέσσοροζ•,  ov,  poet,  for  μέσορος. 

Μ,έσσος,  η,  ov,  poet.,  esp.  Ep.,  for 
μέσος,  freq.  in  Horn.,  and  Hes. :  also 
sometimes  in  Att.  even  in  Iambics, 
Soph.  O.  C.  1247,  Ant.  1223,  Tr.  635, 
cf  Meineke  Quaest.  Menandr.  p.  31. 

ΜεσσωΓ7/ρ,  ηρος,  ό,  {μεσόω  II)  a 
mediator,  poet. 

Μεστόζ•,  7],  όν,  full,  filled,  filled  full, 
c.  gen.,  first  in  Hdt.  2,  68  ;  4,  195, 
and  freq.  in  Att. ;  ποιείν  μεστόν,  Ar. 
Eq.  811  : — metaph.  sated,  wearied  of  a 
thing,  c.  gen.,  Eur.  I.  T.  804  ;  but,  μ. 
θεάτρου,  full  of  theatric  pride,  i.  e. 
spoilt  by  applause,  Stallb.  Plat.  Symp. 
194  Β  :  also  c.  part.,  μεστός  ην  θνμον- 
μένος,  he  ivas  full,  i.  e.  sated  of  being 
angry.  Soph.  O.  C.  768;  so,//,  έγένετο 
ύγανακτών,  Dem.  1175,5;  also,  ,κε- 
στοί  τοϋ  συνεχώς  λέγοντος.  Id.  .328, 
6:  μ.  τον  θνμόν,  Plut.  Alex.  13.  (Ace. 
to  old  Grainm.  from  έδω.  Ιστός,  with 
μ  prefixed  :  cf  the  Germ,  mdsten,  to 
feed,  fatten.)     Hence 

Μ.εστότης,  ητος,  ή,  fulness. — II.  sa- 
tiety. 

Μ,εστόω,  ώ,  {μεστός)  to  fill,  c.  gen. 
rei,  οργής  τίνα.  Soph.  Ant.  280:  pass. 
to  be  filled  or  full  of,  κτνπον.  Id.  El. 
713,  cf  Soph.  Ant.  420:  so  of  per- 
sons, μεστοϋσθαι  παΙ)^)ησίας,  ύβρεως. 
Plat.  Legg.  649  Β,  713  C.     Hence 

Μέστωμα,  ατός,  TO,fidness. 

Μεσνμνιον,  ov,  τό,  {μέσος,  ύμνος) 
an  exclamation  in  the  middle  of  a 
strophe,  Hephaest.  p.  70. 

Μέσψΰ,  poet.  adv.  for  μέχρι,  even 
till,  until,  c.  gen.,  μέσφ'  i/οϋς,  IL  8, 
508;  later,  like  Lat.  usque  ad..,  μέσφ' 
επί  τίνα,  Anth.  P.  12,  97  ;  μ.  παρά  τι, 
Arat. — 2.  also  μέσφ'  δτε,  even  till.., 
Call.  Dian.  195  ;  and  so  without  δτε, 
like  Lat.  usque,  until,  Id.  Del.  47,  Dem. 
Cal.  92,  Ap.  Rh.  2,  1229,  0pp.,  etc.— 
3.  meantime.  Call.  Lav.  Pall.  55. 

Μεσωδίκέις,  ?/,  όν,  belonging  to,  or 
like  a  μεσωδός  :  from 
Μεσωδος,  ov,  rj,  {μέσος,  ώδή)  apor- 


META 

tion  of  a  choral  ode  coming  between  the 
strophe  and  antistr.,  without  any 
thfng  to  correspond  with  it,  Seidl. 
Dochm.  p.  184,  206,  etc. 

Μέσωρος,  ov,  {μέσος,  ώρα)  between 
boyhood  and  manhood. 

ΜΕΤΑ',  poet,  μεταί,  but  very  rare 
(Herm.  Soph.  Phil.  186) ;  Dor.  πεδύ, 
or  better  πέδα,  Bockh  Pind.  P.  5,  47 
(63): — Prep,  with  gen.,  dat.,  ace. 
Radio,  signf  in  the  middle,  v.  fin. 

A.  WITH  GEN.  of  the  object  or  ob- 
jects in  the  middle  of  which  one  is  : 
and  so, — 1.  in  the  midst  of,  among,  be• 
tween,  μετ'  ϊιλ'λων  'Κέξο  εταίρων,  Od. 

10,  320  ;  μετά  δμώων  πίνε  και  ήσθε, 
Od.  16,  140;  των  μέτα  παλλόμενος, 

11.  24,  400 ; — where  the  sense  is  both 
of  being  with  them,  and  of  doing  as 
they  do  : — hence — II.  in  common,  in 
connexion  with,  and  so  along  with,  in 
aid  of,  or  by  aid  of,  μετά  Βοιωτών  έμά• 
χοντο,  II.  13,  700,  cf  21,  458:  μετ' 
'Κθηναίης,  with,  i.  e.  by  aid  of  Miner- 
va, H.  Hom.  19,  2  ;  μετά  τίνος  είναι, 
to  be  with  one,  on  one's  side,  Thuc.  3, 
56 : — as,  with  iutr.  verbs,  μετά  c.  gen. 
denotes  community  of  interest,  etc, 
Hom. ;  so,  with  transit.,  it  indicates 
community  of  action;  so  that  ηλασε 
Κ7.εομένης  μετ'  'Αθηναίων,  Thuc.  1, 
126,  might  have  been  K.  και  ο!  Άθ. : 
cf  σνν. — III.  from  co-operalion  it 
comes  to  denote  instrumentality,  w7iA, 
through,  by  means  of  ,  μετ'  αρετής  πρυ- 
τενειν,  Xen.  Mem.  3,  5,  8.— IV.  to- 
gether with,  i.  e.  precisely  fitting,  in 
strict  accord  with,  μετά  τού  νόμου,  ac- 
cording to  the  law,  keeping  close  to  it. 
Plat.  Apol.  32  C  ; μεθ' ότονονν  τρόπον, 
a/Ver  whatever  manner,  Thuc.  ;  much 
like  κατά,  c.  ace,  v.  κατά  Β,  IV. 

Β.  WITH  D.i-T.,  only  poet.,  mostly 
Ep.,  cf  έινύ  Β  : — I.  to  denote  actual 
presence  with  or  among  others,  but 
apparently  without  the  close  union 
of  purpose  which  belongs  to  the  gen- 
itive, and  so  nearly=ii',  which  is 
sometimes  exchanged  with  it,  as  II. 
11,  C4,  sq. : — 1.  strictly  of  persons, 
among,  in  company  with,  μετ  άθανά- 
τοις,  μετά  πρώτοις,  etc. ;  so,  μετά, 
τριτάτοισιν  άνασσεχ',  in,  among  the 
3d  generation  Nestor  reigned  (though 
he  could  not  be  said  to  belong  to  it, 
which  would  be  μετά  τριτάτων),  II. 

I,  252  ;  of  haranguing  an  assembly  it 
thus  answers  to  Lat.  cora/n :  it  is 
omitted  c.  dat.,  Od.  1,  71. — 2.  less 
freq.  of  things,  when  represented  as 
moving,  and,  as  it  were,  animated, 
μετά  νηνσί,  κύμασι,  άστράσι,  Hom. ; 
thus,  μετά  πνοι^ς  άνέμοιο,  in  compa- 
ny with  the  winds,  as  swift  as  they,  II. 
23,  367 :  like  άμα  πν.  uv.,  v.  άμα  fin. 
— 3.  of  separate  members  of  living 
persons,  in,  among,  between,  μετά  χερ- 
σί,  πίπτειν  μετά  ποσσι  γυναικός,  of 
a  child  being  born,  as  our  Bible  has 
it,  'to  come  outfrom  between  her  feet,' 

II.  19,  110  :  so.  μετά  γέννσι,  γαμφηλγ- 
σι ;  and  very  freq.,  μετά  φρεσί,=  ΐν. — 
II.  more  rarely  it  denotes  an  adding  to, 
putting  among,  strictly  as  with  the 
view  of  completing  a  number,  besides, 
thereto,  over  and  above,  αντάρ  έγο) 
πέμπτος  μετά  ταίσιν  έλέ'}•//?/*',  1  chose 
myself  to  be  with  them  a  fifth.  Od.  9, 
335 ;  άρχόν  δε  μετ'  άιιφοτέροισιν 
δπασσα,  1  gave  them  eacn  their  lead- 
er, Od^  10,  204 :  Οντιν.  ,  πνματον 
μετχι  οίς  έτάροισιν,  last  to  complete  the 
number,' i.  e.  after,  Od.  9,  369  :  cf  the 
signf  c.  ace. — Hom.  never  uses  μετά 
with  dat.  sing.,  unless  of  collective 
(i.  e.  in  sense  plural)  nouns,  as  στρα- 
τώ,  αριθμώ,  άγορι)  :  in  μεθ'  αιματι 
και  κονίησιν,  II.  15, 118,  it  unites  two 

913 


ΜΕΤΑ 

words,  one  of  which  is  already  in  the 
phiral. 

C.  WITH  Accus. — I.  strictly  of  mt)- 
tion,  right  into  the  middle  of,  coming 
into  OX  among,  very  freq.  in  Hoin.,  os\). 
where  a  number  0Ϊ ptrsons  is  implied, 
μΐτύ.  φϋ7.α  θΐών,  μετά  μώλου  Άμηος, 
μετά 'λαόν ,  hence,  hut  more  rarely, 
of  single  persons  ;  and  of  things,  μετά 
νηας,  μετά  νείκεα  βύλλεν,  plunged 
me  into  them,  11.2,  370  ;  and  of  place, 
/«-'  ϊ/θεα,  11.  β,  511  :  similar  is  the 
prose,  esp.  Alt.,  usage  oi μεΗ'  ημεμαν, 
Lat.  interiliu,  between  its  beginning  and 
end,  during,  on   the  day,  first  in  Hdt. 

1,  150  ;  with  a  numeral,  utra  τρίτην 
7;/ifpai',  on  the  third  day,  Plat.  Phaedr. 
251  C— 2.  in  friendly  signf.,  βήναι 
μετά  Νέστορα,  to  go  to  see  Nestor,  II. 

10,  73.-3.  in  hostile  signf,  βί/ναι 
μετά  τίνα,  to  go  after,  pursue  him,  11. 
5, 152,  etc. ;  with  plur.,  ώσΓ'  αΐγνπιύς 
μετά  χήνας,  swooping  among  them, 
Jl.  17,  400. — II.  to  e.\press  the  aim  or 
object  of  an  exertion  after  a  thing, 
i.  e.  in  quest  of  it,  πλί  ?  1'  μετά  χαλκόν, 
Ιο  sail  j/ί  quest  of  it,  Od.  1,  184  ;  βι'/ναί 
μετά  πατρός  άκονην,  to  go  in  search 
of  news  of  thy  father,  Od.  2,  308  ; 
τϊόλεμον  μέτα  θωρήσσοντο,  they  arm- 
ed for,  looking  to,  the  battle,  11.  20, 
329,  etc.  It  usu.  iniplies  attainment 
as  viel\  as  pursuit  of  ati  object:  some- 
times οΐσόμενος  is  added,  11.  13,  247. 
— III.  hence  of  mere  sequence  or  suc- 
cession,— 1.  in  order  of  place,  after, 
next  after,  behind,  esp.  with  verbs  im- 
plying to  follow,  to  go,  λαοί  επονθ', 
ώςεί  τε  μετά  κτίλον  εσπετο  μήλα, 
like  sheep  after  the  bell-wether,  II.  13, 
492,  etc. — 2.  in  order  of  time,  after, 
next  to.  μεθ'  "Εκτορα  ττύτμυς  έτοΐμος, 
after  Hector  thy  death  is  at  the  door, 

11.  18,  96  :  in  Att.,  μετά  ταντα,  there- 
upon, thereafter,  which  indeed  occurs 
in  H.  Horn.  Merc.  12G:  strengthd., 
μετά  ταϋτα  νστερον,  Wolf  Dem. 
Lept.  p.  235  :  μετά  μικρόν,  a  moment 
after,  Jac.  Ach.  Tat.  p.  628.— With 
subst.  and  part.,  μετά,  c.  acc.=  genit. 
absol.,  μετά  ΙΙ'άτροκλόν  γε  θανόντα 
—ΐΐατρόκλον  γε  θανόντος,  after  Pa- 
troclus'  death,  11.  24,  575  :  v.  Jelf  Gr. 
Gr.  '?>  696,  Obs.  4.-3.  in  order  of 
worth,  rank,  etc.,  next  to,  next  after, 
after,  usu.  following  a  superl.,  κάλλι- 
στος avi/p  τών  άλλων  Ααναών  μετ' 
άμνμονα  ΪΙηλείωνα,  11.  2,  674,  etc.  ; 
cf.  Hdt.  4,  53.— IV.  as  follows  or  re- 
sults froin.  ;  after,  according  to  (v.  supr. 
A.  IV.),  μετά  anv  καΐ  εμόν  κηρ,  as 
you  and  I  uush,  II.  15,  52 ;  μετ'  υγμον, 
after,  ace.  to  the  line  of  the  furrow,  11. 
18,  552 :  μετ'  Ιχνια  ίρευνάν,  to  fol- 
low upon  the  track,  U.  18,  321,  cf  Od. 

2,  406  :  but  v.  ερευνάω. — V.  general- 
ly, among,  in,  between,  as  with  dat.  (B. 
1,),  μετά  τζάντας άριστος,  thus  comes 
to  signify  iesi  of  ail,  among  all,  II.  9, 
54,  etc.  :  so,  μετά  χείρας,  Hdt.  7,  16, 
2,  Thuc.  1, 138,  just  like  Homer's /tie- 
TUYspai,  q.  V.  supr.B.  I.  3. 

D.  Μετά  with  all  cases  can  be  put 
after  its  subst.,  and  is  then  by  ana- 
strophe  written  μέτα,  β.  g.  II.  13,  301 : 
Wolf  however  does  not  admit  this 
when  the  ult.  is  cut  off,  as  11.  17,  258. 

E.  absol.  AS  ADV.,  among  tkein,  with 
them,  II.  2,  446  ;  v.  A.  II.,  H.  II.— II. 
and  then,  next  aftenuards,  opp.  to  πρό- 
σθε,  II.  23,  133  ;  v.  C.  III.— HI.  at  last, 
II.  15,  67  ;  thereafter,  afterwards,  μετά 
γάρ  τε  και  ά?.γεσι  τέρπεται  uvj/p,  one 
feels  pleasure  even  in  troubles,  when 
past,  Od.  15,  400;  just  like  the  usu. 
μετά  ταϋτα  and  μετέπειτα  ;  v.  C.  IV. 
—  IV.  in  Hom.  ueru  is  freq.  separated 
by  tmesis  from  a  verb  compd.  with 

914 


ΜΕΤΑ 

it,  μετά  νώτα  βαλών,  for  νώτα  μετα- 
βαλών,  11.  8,  94,  etc. ;  —  the  most 
usu.  instance  being  in  μετέειττε. 

V.  μετά  for  μέτεστι,  Od.  21,  93, 
etc.,  very  freq. 

G.  IN  COMPOS. ; — I.  oi  community  or 
participation,  as  in  μεταύίόωμι,  μετέ- 
χω, usu.  c.  gen.  rei. — 2.  of  action  in 
common  with  another,  as  in  μεταόαί- 
νυμαι,  μεταμέλπομαι,  etc.,  c.  dat. 
pers. — 11,  of  an  interval  of  space  or 
time,  between,  during,  as  in  μεταίχμι- 
ov,  μεταπυργιον,  μεταόιφπιος :  cf, 
μεταδήμιος.— III.  of  sequence  or  stic- 
cession  ot  time,  as  in  μετακλαίίύ,  μετ- 
αντίκα. — IV.  of  the  direction,  towards 
or  to :  and  so  of  pursuit,  following,  as 
in  μεταόιώκω,  μετέρχομαι.  —  V.  of 
letting  go,  as  in  μεθίημι,  μεθήμων. — 

VI.  after,  behind,  at  the  back,  as  in  με- 
τάφρενον,  opp.  to  πρόσθε:  hence, — • 

VII.  backwards,  back  again,  reversely, 
as  in  μετατρέπω, μεταστρέφω. — VIII. 
most  freq.  of  change  of  place,  con- 
dition, etc.,  as  in  μεταβαίνω,  με- 
ταβάλλω, μεταβονλεύω,  μεταγιγνώ- 
σκω,  etc. 

Η.  root :  on  the  connexion  of  μετά 
with  μέσος,  v.  sub  voc. :  hence  the 
strict  usage  of  μετά  is,  in  all  cases, 
with  the  plur.,  or  with  collectives, 
and  this  is  usu.  observed  in  Ep,,  and 
Eleg. 

Μ,ετάβα,  for  μετάβηθι,  imper.  aor, 
2  μεταβαίνω,  Alex.  Amph.  2. 

Μεταβαίνω,  f  -βήσομαι :  aor.  μετέ- 
β  ην  :  pf  -βέβηκα  (μετά,  βαίνω).  Το 
pass  over  from  one  place  to  another,  to 
pass  on,  μετά3ηβι,  Od.  8,  492  :  ε'ις  τι, 
Η.  Hom.  Ven.  294,  cf.  Hymn.  8,  9 ; 
17,  11  ; — μετά  ό'  άστρα  βεβήκει  (for 
μετεβεβήκει),  the  stars  had  passed 
over,  southed,  Od.  12,  312;  so  usu. 
later,  μ.  ίς  την  Άσίην,  Hdt.  7,  73,  cf 
1,  57;  y  το  δίκαιον  μεταβαίνει,  ac- 
cording as  right  passes  over  (from  one 
side  to  the  other),  Aesch.  Cho.  308  : 
— esp.  to  pass  from  one  state  to  another ; 
μ.  έκ  μείζονος  εις  έ?.αττον.  Plat. 
Parm.  165  A ;  esp.  of  changes  of 
government,  μεταβαίνειν  έκ  τιμαρ- 
χίας  εις  ό'λιγαμχίαν.  Id.  Rep.  550  D  ; 
also,  μεταβαίνει  τνραννίς  έκ  όηαο- 
κρατίας.  comes  on  after...,  lb.  569  C  : 
also,  μ.  από  τίνος  προς  τι.  Id.  Phaedr. 
265  C  ;  άπό  τοϋ  παιδός  εις  τόν  άνδρα, 
Luc.  Amor.  24. — 2.  c.  ace,  to  pa.ss  to 
another  place  or  State,  άνω  μεταβάς 
βίοτον,  Eur.  Hipp.  1292;  but  also  to 
go  after,  follow  a  pursuit  eagerly,  Opp. 
H.  4,  418. — II.  in  aor.  1,  μεταβησαι, 
transit,  to  carry  over  or  away,  μ.  τινά 
ποτϊ  δώμα  Δίός,  Pind.  Ο.  1,  68 ;  μ. 
όδονς  άστρων,  Eur.  ΕΙ.  728. 

'Μεταβάλλω,  {. -βαλώ :  aor.  μετέ- 
βαλον  {μετά,  βά/Λω).  Το  throw 
round,  esp.  to  turn  quickly  or  suddenly, 
in  Hom.  only  once,  in  tmesis,  μετά 
νώτα  βαλών,  II.  8,  94,  cf  iiifr.  sub 
mid. :  μ.  γΐ/ν,  to  turn,  i.  e.  plough  the 
earth,  Lat.  novare,  Xen.  Oec.  16,  13 : 
hence, — II.  to  turn  about,  change,  alter, 
μ.  τά  νδατα,  to  change  the  course  of  the 
water,  Hdt.  8,  117  ;  μ.  οννομα,  Hdt. 
1,  57  ;  οι  Βρίγβς  τό  οννομα  μετέβα- 
λον  ίς  Φρνγας,  Id.  7,  73 ;  also  of 
changing  other  people's  names,  raf 
φυλάς  μετέβαλε  (ύ  Κλεισθένης)  ές 
άλλα  οννόματα,  5, 68,  cf  Eur.  Bacch. 
54 :  esp.,  μ.  δίαιταν,  to  change  diet  or 
way  of  life,  Thuc.  2,  16,  cf  Foes. 
Oecon.  Hipp. ;  μ.  οργάς,  to  change, 
i.  e.  give  up  anger,  Eur.  Med.  121  ;  μ. 
τρόπους,  Ar.  Plut.  36,  cf  infra  :—  freq. 
with  an  adj.  implying  phange,  as,  μ. 
άλλονς  τρόπους,  Eur.  I.  A.  343  ;  μ. 
άλλας  γραφύς,  lb.  363;  μ.  καινον 
είδος,  Plat.  Rep.  424  C : — μ.  άνω  και 


ΜΕΤΑ 

κάτω,  Plat.  Gorg.  481  D,  etc. :  c.  acc. 
cognato,  μ.  μεταβολής.  Id.  Rep.  404 
A.  —  2.  intr.  to  undergo  a  change, 
change,  alter  one'.s  state  or  condition, 
Hdt.  1,  65;  μ.  έκ  τίνος  εις  τι.  Plat. 
Rep.  553  A,  etc.  ;  //  έπΙ  τουναντίον, 
Id.  Polit.  270  D  :  to  change  one's  posi- 
tion or  purpose,  Hdt.  8,  109 :  c.  gen. 
rei,  to  come  in  exchange  for,  or  instead 
of,  Eur,  Tro.  1118: — freq.  in  partici- 
ple, μετα3ά?.?.ων  or  μεταβολών,  a» 
adv..  instead,  in  tzirn,  Lat.  vicissim, 
Plat'.,  cf  Heind.  Gorg.  480  E. 

B.  mid.,  to  change  what  is  one's  own, 
yet  rather  by  chance  than  of  set  pur- 
I)Ose  (this  being  rather  μεταλαμβά- 
νω), Stallb.  Plat.  Phaedr.  241  A  ;  μ. 
ιμάτια,  to  change  one's  clothes,  Xen. 
Mem.  1,  6,  6;  μ.  τροφην,  to  digest 
one's  food. — 2.  to  change  one  with  ano- 
ther, exchange,  barter,  traffic.  Plat, 
Legg.  849  D,  Soph.  223  D  ;  μ.  έν  rj) 
uyopy,  Xen.  Mem.  3,  7,  6,  cf  μετά- 
βολενς.^^Μ.  to  turn  one's  self,  turn, 
about,  άνω  και  κάτω.  Plat.  Gorg.  481 
Ε  :  esp. — 1.  to  change  one's  mind  or 
purpose.  Hdt.  5,  75,  Thuc.  8,  90.-2, 
to  turn  one's  back,  turn  or  wheel  round, 
cf  Xen.  Cyr.  7,  5,  6 :  also,  u.  εις  τον• 
πισβε-ν,  Id,  Eq.  8,  10 ;  (but  in  An.  6, 
5,  16,  prob.  όπλα  must  be  supplied 
from  the  former  clause, — to  turn  their 
shields  round,  i.  e.  throw  them  over 
their  shoulders). — 3.  to  turn  from  one 
person  to  another,  Aeschin.  83,  31. 

Μεταβύπτω,  t.  -V'<.',  {μετά,  βάπτω) 
to  change  by  dijyping,  Plut.  Lys.  17  : — ■ 
in  pass,,  metaph.  to  change  one's  covi- 
plexion,  Luc,  Gyirin.  33,  cf  Bis  Ace.  8, 

Μετάβάσις,  εως,  ή,  (μεταβαίνω)  a 
passing  over,  shifting,  εις  τό  έτερον 
πλοΐον,  Antipho  132,  5:  migration, 
Plut.  2,  78  D. — II.  change,  revolution 
in  laws  and  government,  Plat,  Rep. 
547  C,  Legg,  676  C. — III.  a  compari- 
son, Sext.  Emp,  Math.  8,  194. 

\Μ.εταβατέον,  verb,  adj.  oi  μεταβαί- 
νω, one  must  pass  over,  Sext.  Emp, 
Math.  8,  202. 

Μεταβύτης,  ου,  δ,  (μεταβαίνω)  one 
ivho  passes  over  ■  =  Lat.  desultor.  [a] 
Hence 

Μεταβατικός,  ή,  όν,  able  to  pass 
from  one  place  to  another,  Plut.  2,  900 
A :  μ.  κίνησις.  motion  involving  change 
of  place,  lb.  899  Β  :  — -  so,  -κώς  κινεΐ- 
σθαι,  lb.  896  Α. — II.  exchanging,  bar- 
tering, τό  -κόν,  the  petty  dealers,  Hip- 
podam.  ap.  Stob.  p,  249,  5. — HI,  in 
Gramm.,  transitive,  of  verbs.  +Adv. 
-ως,  V.  I. 

Μεταβιβάζω,  i.  -σω,  (μετά,  βιβάζω) 
to  carry  over,  shift,  bring  into  another 
place  or  state,  τους  έπιβάτας  ές  κοί- 
λ7]ν  ναϋν,  Xen.  Hell.  1,  6,  19  ;  μ.  τινά 
ές  αγαθά,  Ar.  Pac.  947 ;  μ.  πό?.εμον 
εις  Αιβν7]ν,  Polyb.  1,  41,  4. — II.  to 
change,  alter.  Plat.  Gorg.  517  B. — III. 
to  argue,  Arist.  Top.  8,  11,  3. 

Μεταβϊόω,  ώ,  i.  -ώσομαι,  (μετά, 
βιόω)  to  live  after,  survive,  Plut.  2, 
908  D, 

Μεταβλαστύνω,  f.  -β7.αστησω.  {με- 
τά, βλαστάνω  )  to  change  foliage, 
Theophr, 

Μεταβλαστικός,  ή,  όν,  changing 
foliage. 

Μεταβ?,έπω,  i.  -ψω,  (μετά,  βλέπω) 
to  look  after  or  at,  c.  acc,  Ap.  Rh.  1, 
726. 

Μετάβληαα,  ατός,  τό,  poet,  for 
μεταβολή,  Manetho. 

Μεταβ'λητέον,  verb.  adj.  of  μετα- 
βάλλω, one  must  change.  Plat.  Theaet. 
167  A.  •  ^ 

Μεταβλητικός,  ή,  όν,  (μεταβάλ?.ω) 
disposed  for  exchanging :  ή  -Krj  (sc. 
τέχνη),  exchange,  barter,  Plat,  Soph. 


ΜΕΤΑ 

223  D;  so,  TO  -κόν,  lb.  224  D;  cf. 
μεταιΒολενς,   and   μεταβολή.     Adv. 

Mere,5?j?r(>f,  ^,  oj',  (/ίε7"α,5ύλλ«) 
changeable.  Pint.  2,  718  D,  etc.  ^ 

]\Αετα,οοθρεί•ω,  {μετά,  βοθρενω)  t« 
move  itite  another  trench,  transplant. 

Μ,εταβο'λενς,  έ^ς•,  ό,  {με~αβά?',λω) 
one  who  exchanges  or  barters,  a  huck- 
ster, κύττρλοζ,  '^α?αγκάπηλος,  μετα- 
βολενς,  l>em.  784,  8. 

Μετα;3(?/^7,  7/ς,  i},  {μεταβάλλε)  α 
change,  changing,  Ιστίων,  Pmd.  P.  4, 
520;  but.  mostly,  rather  by  accident 
than  of  set  purpose,  Stallb,  Plat. 
Phaedr.  241  A  ;  freq.  in  plur.  changes, 
vicissitudes,  τών  fcipf«l•',  Hdt.  2,  77, 
τύχης,  Eur.  Oed.  12,  etc. ;  but  c.  gen. 
objecti,  change  from,  a  thing,  μ~  κακών, 
Eur,  Η.  F.  735;  rarely  cAawg^e ίο,.., as, /t. 
άΐί-μαγβοσύνης,  Thuc.  6,  18;  usu.  μ. 
έκ..,  εις...  or  έπί...,  Plau  Rep,  553  D, 
565  D  :  9/  εναντία  μ..,  change  to  the 
contrarj-,  Thuc.  2,  43;  «.  ίς  τονς 
"Έ-λλ^νας,  a  going  orer  to  the  Greeks, 
Hdt,  1,  57 ;  Μεταβο?Λΐς  εχειν,  to  ad- 
mit of  change,  Eur.  Oed,  13.  Thuc.  1, 
2 ;  μ.  μεταβάλλειν.  Plat,  Rep.  404  A, 
esp.  —  2,  tf.  ττ/ς  ήμερης,  an  eclipse, 
Hdt.  1,  74;  so,  μ.  ijUov,  Plat.  Polit. 
271  C. — ."?.  μ.  πολιτείας,  change  of 
government,  a  revolution,  Thuc.  6,  17, 
—  4.  barter,  traffic.  Id.  6.  31,  —  5,  as 
military  term,  a  wheeling  about  face, 
being  a  double  κΜσις.  Polyb.  18,  13, 
4 ;  kic  με-α3β/Ι}ς,  Id.  1,  3β,  8. — 6.  a 
version,  paraphrase,  Gramm. 

Μ.ετα3ο'Μα,  ας,  ή,  =  foreg.  4,  dub. 
in  LXX- 

'ί&εταβολικός,  η,  όν,  chsngeable, 
Plut,  2,  373  D, — 2.  disposed  to  barter  j 
TO  μ.,  a  hucL•ter''s  skop.-~-3.  ϋιωνάεντα 
μ.,  the  doubtful  vowels  (a,  i,  V),  Seit. 
ED'p.  tMath.  I,  iOO:   from 

Μετα3ό//ί€,  ov,  {αετό,  ,βάλλω) 
changeable,  Plut.  2,  42«  Β.— 2.  ό  μ.,= 
μεταββ}•^νς~ 

ίΜέταβον,  ον,  τό,  Metabum,  early 
name  af  Metapontum,  Strab,  p.  265  : 
from 

tMera.Sof,  ev,  6,  Metabus,  son  of 
Sisyphus,  said  to  have  founded  Me- 
tapontum. Strab.  p.  265  i  cf.  foreg. 

^ίεταβον?ιεύω,  (μετά,  βονλενω)  to 
olter  one's  plans,  change  one's  miyid, 
άμφί  Tivi,  Od,  5,  286.  —  Mostly  as 
dep.  mid,,  μεταβον7.ενε(τθαι,  Hdt.  1, 
156,  etc.,  Eur.  Or.  1526 ;  /i,  άνω  και 
κάτω.  Plat.  Epin.  982  D ;  c.  μή  et 
inf ,  μετ.  μη  στρατενεσθαι,  to  change 
one's  mind  and  not  march,  Hdt.  7,  12, 
cf.  μεταγιγνώσκω  II.,  Άηάμεταόοκέυ : 
also  c.  gen.,  Alciphr. 

Μ.εταβον?Λα,  ας,  ή,  a  change  of  mind, 
Simon.  7,  18,  ubi  Bergk  (44)  μεται- 
βο7ία:  from 

ΉίετάβουΑος,  ov,  ^ιετύ,  βον?.ή) 
changing  one's  mind,  changeful,  Ar, 
Ach.  632. 

Μετάγγε?Μς,  ov,  ό  and  ή,  {μετά, 
αγγε^νΟς)  one  who  carries  news  from 
one  to  another,  a  messenger,  Lat.  mter- 
nuncius,  epith.  of  Iris,  11.  23,  199 ;  15, 
144  : — others  wrote  θεοϊσι  μέτ  άγγε- 
Άος,  V.  Spitzn. 

ϋίεταγγίζω,  {μετά,  ά}'γος)  to  pour 
from  one  vessel  into  another,  Diosc. 
Hence 

Μεταγγισμός,  οϋ,  ό,  a  pouring  into 
another  vessel. 

Μεταγειτνίών,  ώνος,  6,  the  second 
month  of  the  Athen.  year,  answering 
to  the  Boeot.  ΙΙύνεμης,  and  Lacon, 
Καρνεϊος,  the  latter  half  of  August 
and  first  of  Sept.,  Arist.  H.  A.  5,  17, 
1,  etc. ;  cf  Plut.  Poplic.  14.  (Said  to 
be  from  μετά.  γείτων,  because  then 
people  fitted  and  changed  their  neigh- 


META 

hours).  Hence  Ά-όλλων  Μ.=  Κβρ- 
νεϊος :  τα  μεταγείτνια,  =  μετοίκια, 
Plut.  2,  601  Β. 

Μεταγενής,  ές,  {μετά,  *γένω)  born 
after;  ilater,  in  compar..t  Luc.  Salt. 
80:  6  μ.,  the  youngest,  Menand.  p.  57  : 
— in  compar.,  oi  μεταγενέστεροι,  pos- 
terity, Diod.,  Plut. 

^ίίεταγένης,  ονς,  δ,  Metaglnes,  a 
Spartan,  Thuc.  5,  19. —  Others  in 
Aeschin.,  etc. 

Μετα-νεννάω,ΰ,  fut.  -^σω,  {μετά, 
■γεννάω  )  to  restore  to  life,  revive, 
Joseph. 

^εταγίγνομαι,  later  -γίνομαι  \ί]  : 
fut.  -γενήσομαι  {μετά,  γίγνομαι) : — 
to  be  later,  happen  after. — 2.  to  be  trans- 
ferred, carried  away,  LXX. — 3.  to  in- 
tervene, 

Μ.εταγι-}•νώσκω :  Ion.  and  later 
-γΐνώσκω  :  f.  -γνώσομαι :  aor.  μετέ- 
γνων  {μετά,  γιγνώσκιο) : — to  find  out 
after,  i.  a  too  late,  Aesch.  Supp.  110. 
— II,  to  change  one's  mind,  absol.,  Hdt. 
1.  40,  86,  etc, ;  c  ace.  rei,  to  change 
one's  mind  about  a  thing,  esp.  to  alter 
or  repeal  a  decree, /i-  τά  προι^εδογμέ- 
va,  Thuc,  3,  40,  cf.  Luc,  Nero  4 :— c. 
inf,  to  change  one's  mind  and  do  some- 
thing, Aesch.  Ag.  221 ;  but  c.  μή  et 
inf,  to  change  one's  mind  and  not  do, 
Thuc,  1,  44,  cf.  αεταβονλενυ  :  hence, 
—2.  to  repent.  Plat.  Phaedr.  231  A  ; 
μ,  τζά/χν.  Soph.  Phil.  1270;  c.  ace, 
to  repent  of  a  thing,  Eur.  Med.  64 ;  cf. 
μετανοέο». 

Μεταγίνομαί,-γΙνώσκω,\Άΐβτ  forms 
for  μεταγίγν-.  [i] 

Μετάγκεια,  ας,  ή,  {μετά,  άγκος)= 
μεσάγκεια. 

Μεταγ?ΜΤΤΐστής,  οϋ,  ό,  an  inter- 
preter. 

Μετάγνοΐα,  ας,  ?;,  =  μετάνοια,  re- 
pentance, remorse.  Soph.  El.  581. 

Ήίεταγνώμη,  ης,  ή,  {μετά,  γνώμη) 
change  of  7nind : — defection,  App.  Civ. 
5,  12^2. 

Μετάγνυσις,  εως,  fj,  {μεταγιγνώ- 
σκω) change  of  mind  or  purpose,  Hdt. 

1,  87,  Dem.  1466,  23. 
Μεταγρΰόενς,  έυς,  ό,  a  transcriber, 

copyist. 

Μεταγραφή,  ης,  ή,  a  transcribing. — 

2.  esp.  a  borrowing  from  one  person  to 
pay  another,  Lat.  versnra,  Plut.  2,  831 
A,    Hence 

Μεταγράφικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to 
transcription. 

Μεταγράφω,  f.  -ψω,  (μετά,  γράφω) 
Ιο  write  differently,  to  alter,  Thuc.  1, 
132 ;  esp.  of  a  public  document,  to 
alter,  correct,  Xen.  Hell.  6,  3,  19  ;  u. 
νόμον,  to  tamper  with  it,  Dinarch.  95, 
31 ;  to  corrupt,  falsify,  Dem.  542,  8  ;  so 
in  pass.,  τάναντια  ταΐς  διαθήκαις 
μετεγράφη,  Isae.  47,  40. — 2.  to  trans- 
late, ές  το  Έ?Ληνικόν,  Luc.  Hist. 
Scrib.  21 ;  τας  έ~ιστο?.άς  μεταγρα- 
■φάμενοι  εκ  τών  Άσσνρίων  γραμμά- 
των, Thuc.  4,  50. 

Μετά}'ω,  f.  -άξω,  {μετά,  άγω)  to 
convey  from  one  place  to  another,  to 
transfer,  Polyb.  5,  1,  9. — II.  seeming- 
ly intr.  to  go  by  another  route,  to  change 
one's  course,  Xen.  Cyr.  7,  4,  8.  [u] 
Hence 

Μεταγωγή,  ης,  ή,  a,  transferring, 
Joseph.  —  2.  a  transfer,  different  ar- 
rangement, πραγμάτων,  Dion.  H.  de 
Isaeo  15. 

Μεταγωγός,  ή,  όν,  conveying  to  an- 
other place. 

^Μεταγώνια,  ων,  τά,  Metagonia,  a 
part  of  the  coast  of  Mauritania, 
Polyb.  3,  33,  12. 

tMsra)  ώνιον,  ov,  to,  Metagonium, 
a  promontory  of  Mauritania,  Strab. 
p.  827. 


ΜΕΤΑ 

^Μεταγωνίτης,  ov,  6,  an  inhab.  of 
Metagonia;  oi  M....irai,  Polyb.  3,  33, 
13. 

Μεταδαίννμαι,  fut. -όαίσομαι  {μετά, 
6αίι>νμαι)  ;  —  to  share  the  feast,  ήμίν, 
with  US,  11.  22,  498,  Od.  18.  48  :  to  par- 
take of,  c.  gen.  rei,  ίρών,  II.  23,  207, 
Od.  18,  48 ;  absol.,  Q.  Sm.  2,  157. 

Μεταδειπνέω,  ω,  [μετά,  δειπνέω) 
to  dine  or  sup  after,  Hipp,  tp•  389. 

Μεταδετέον,  verb,  adj.,  one  Ikust 
untie,  Xen.  Eq.  4,  4  ;  from 

Μεταδέω,  f.  -ήσω,  {μετά,  δέω)  to  tit 
differently  ; — hence,  to  untie. 

Μεταόήμως,  ov,  {μετά,  δήμος)  in 
the  midst  of  or  among  the  people  (like 
έτΓίδήμιος,  ένδήμιος),  μήτι  κακόν  με- 
ταδήμιον  ε'ιη,  ηο  harm  be  among  the 
people,  Od.  13,  46 :  among  one's  oivn 
people,  native,  at  home,  Od.  8,  293 ; 
οϊΐ'ος  μ.,  =  έτίΐχώριος,  Dion.  P.  744. 
ΜεταδΙαιτύω,  ώ,  {μετά,  διαιτάω) 
to  change  one's  way  of  life,  Luc.  D. 
Mort.  12,  3. 

ΜεταδΙδάσκω,  {μετά,  διδάσκω)  to 
teach  netv  things,  Philostr.  ;  in  pass, 
much  like  μεταμανθύνω.  Muson.  ap. 
Stob.  p.  170,  30,  Plut.  2,  784  B. 

Μεταδίδωμι,  fut.  -δώσω,  {μετά,  δι- 
δωμι)  to  give  part  of,  give  a  share,  usu. 
c.  gen.  rei,  first  in  Theogn.  104  ;  τινί 
τίνος,  Hdt.  1,  143  ;  7,  150,  and  Att. 
— also.  μ.  τινί  τι.  to  give  one  as  his 
share,  Hdt.  8,  5  ;  9,  34  ;  as  we  find,  μ. 
TO  μέρος,  Xen.  An.  7,  8,  1 1  :  μ.  ττυ- 
ρούς,  to  distribute  it,  lb.  4,  5,  5  :  —  cf. 
μετέχω,  μεταλαμ3άνω,  and  ν.  Stallb. 
Plat.  Prot.  329  E.— 2.  μ.  τινί  περί  (or 
νπέρ)  τίνος,  to  communicate  with  one 
about...,  Polyb.  29,  11,  4;  39.  2,  1.— 
II.  to  give  after,  τινί  τι,  Theogn.  921. 
[I] 

Μεταδίομαι,  =  μεταδιώκω,  Aesch. 
Supp.  819,  in  tmesis. 

Μεταδιωκτέον,  verb.  adj.  from  ^ε- 
ταδιώκω,  one  must  pursue.  Plat.  Tim. 
64  B. 

Μεταδίωκτος.  ov,  pursued,  overta- 
ken,Hdt.  3,  63  ;  [?]  from 

Μεταδιώκω,  f.  -ξομαι,  rarely  -ξω 
{μετά,  διώκω) :  —  to  pursue,  overtake, 
Hdt.  3,  4,  62,  and  Xen. :  μ.  την  αντοϋ 
φνσιν,  Plat.  Polit.  310  D  ;  τας  αίτιας. 
Id.  Tim.  46  D.— II.  intr.  to  follow  close 
after,  Xen.  Hell.  4,  5,_  12.     Hence 

Μεταδίωξις,  εως,  ή,  a  pursuing  or 
overtaking. 

Μεταδοκεω,  ω,  f.  -δόξω,  {μετά,  δο- 
κέω)  to  change  one's  opinion  :  —  most- 
ly impers.,  μεταδοκεΐ,  μετέδοξε,  one 
changes,  has  changed  one's  plan  or  pur- 
pose, Hdt.  4,  98  ;  δείσασα  μή  σφι  με- 
ταδόξ^,  fearing  lest  they  change  their 
mind,  Hdt.  5,  92,  4  ;  absol.  in  part. 
μεταδόξαν,  when  they  changed  their 
mind,  Dem.  1241,  fin.;  and  in  pass., 
μεταδεδαγμένον  μοι  μή  στρατενε- 
σθαι, I  have  changed  my  mind,  (and 
resolved)  not  to  march,  Hdt.  7,  13; 
cf  μετα3ονλενω. 

Μεταδοξάζω,  {μετά,  δοξάζω)  to 
change  one's  opinion,    Plat.   Rep.  413 

Μεταδόρπιος,  ov,  {μετά.  δόρπον) 
during  supper,  ov  τέρπομ'  οδνρόμενος 
μ.,  Od.  4,  194;  μ.  ωρη,  Anth.  P.  12, 
250.— II.  after  supper,  of  a  song,  to  be 
sung  after  supper  or  at  utie's  wine,  Pind. 
Fr.  89  :  —  ru  μ.,  dessert,  Stallb.  Plat. 
Criti.  115  C. 

Μετάδοσις,  εως,  ή,  (μεταδίδωμι)  the 
giving  a  share,  imparting,  σίτων,  Xen. 
C}T.  8,  2,  2 ;  α  contribution,  Plut. 
Cleom.  32. — 2.  a  thesis  given,  subject 
for  discussion.  Id.  2,  634  A. 

Μεταδοτέον,  verb.  adj.  of  μεταδί- 
δωμι, one  must  give  a  share.  Plat.  Alc 
1,  134  B. 

915 


ΜΕΤΑ 

Μεταήοτικός,  ή,  όν,  {μεταδίδωμι) 
disposed  to  /fine  η  s/inrff.  giving  freely, 
Arist.  A-nal.  Pr.  2,  27,  10. 

Μετάόουπος,  ov,  (μετά,  δονπέω) 
falline;  between,  useless,  ίιμέραι,  Hes. 
Op.  821. 

Μεταόρομύδιιν,  adv.,  ηιηηίη)ξ  after, 
following  cluxe  upon,  11.  5,  60:  —  in 
Opp.  H.  4,  509  is  a  v.  1.  ■δρο'^τάδ/μ'. 

Ο"]       ,  ,  .         ^ 

Μεταδρομτ),  7/ς,  η,  α  running  after, 
pursuit,  chase,  esp.  of  hounds,  Xen. 
Cyn.  3,  7,  etc. ;  μ.  'Epivvuv,  Eur.  I. 
T.  941:  from 

Μεταδρόμος,  ov,  (μεταδραμεΐν) run- 
ning after,  pursuing,  taking  vengeance 
of,  μ.  τΐαΐΌΐφγημάτων,  Soph.  El. 
1387. 

^ΤιΙεταδροπάδην,  v.  8\ι\}μεταδρομύ- 
δην. 

'ίΑέταζε,  adv.,  {μετά)  afterwards,  in 
the  rear,  of  time,  only  in  Hes.  Op. 
392 ;  cf.  Schol.  II.  3,  29,  A.  13.  945. 

Μεταζενγννμι,  f.  -ζενξω,  (μετά, 
ζεύγννμί)  to  unyoke  and  put  to  another 
carriage.  Xen.  Cyr.  6,  3,  21. 

Μετάβεσις,  εως,  ή,  (μετατίθημι) 
transposition,  change,  τών  βημάτων, 
Dem.  727.  10  :  change  of  sides  or  opin- 
ions, έ~1  -ο  βέλτίον,  Polyb.  1,  35,  7; 
ίκ  -σεως,  id.  30,  18,  2  :  a  going  over, 
•κρός  Tivu.  Id.  5,  86,  8. — 2.  exchange, 
barter.  Id.  10,  1,  8. — II.  the  power  or 
right  of  changing,  Thuc.  5,  29. 

Μεταβετέον,  verb.  adj.  of  μετατί- 
θημι,  one  7nust  transpose.  Plat.  Legg. 
894  D. 

Μεταθετός,  ov,  (μετατίβημι)  chang- 
ed: changeable,  τύχη.  Polyb.   15,  6.  8. 

Μεταθεω,  f.  -θεύσομαι,  (μετά,  βέω) 
to  run  after,  chase,  esp.  of  hounds, 
Xen.  Cyn.  3,  10,  etc.  ;  aLso,  μ.  Ιχνη, 
Plat.  Soph.  226  A,  Polit.  301  E.— II. 
to  hunt  or  range  over,  tu  όρη,  Xen. 
Cyn.  4,  9  : — absol.  to  hunt  about,  range, 
lb.  6,  25. 

Μεταί,  poet,  for  μετά,  rare,  Herm. 
Soph.  Phil.  18G. 

Μεταιβολία,  ας,  η,  v.  suh μεταβον- 
λία. 

Μετάΐγδην,  adv.,  (μεταίσσω)  rush- 
ing after.  Αρ.  Rh.  |2,  95. 

Μεταίζω,  poet,  for  μεθίζο),  to  sit 
viilh  or  beside,  seat  one's  self  beside,  Od. 

16.  362. 

Μεταί.ρω.  Aeol.  πεδ-  (μετά,  αίρω) : 
to  lift  up  and  remove,  to  shift,  Eur.  I. 
T.  1 157  :  ■φήφιπμα  μ.,  to  repeal  a  stat- 
ute, Dem.  395,  fin. — II.  seemingly 
intr.,  to  go  away,  depart,  N.  T. 

ΜΕταίσσω,  f.  -ζω,  (μετά,  άίσυω)  to 
rush  after,  rush  upon,  Hom.,  always  in 
part.  pres.  or  aor.  absol.  with  another 
verb,  κτείνε  μεταίσσων,  ηέ  μεταίξας 
μάρψη,  ηέ  μεταίξας  θάνατον  τεύζειε, 
etc.,  1ΐ.  16,  398,  Od  17,  236;  20,  11  ; 
• — μ.  Τινά,  to  follow  closely  in  another's 
steps,  Pind.  N.  5,  78.  [a,  Ep.] 

Μεταιτέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω.  (μετά,  αΐτέω) 
to  demand  one's  share  of,  c.  gen.  rei, 
Hdt.  4,  146,  etc. ;  in  full,  μέρος  τινός 
μ..  At.  Vesp.  972  ;  also,  μ.  τταμά  τίνος, 
Dem.  410,  12.— 2.  to  beg  of  ask  alms 
of  c.  ace.  pers.,  Ar.  Eq.  775  ;  but 
also, — 3.  absol.  to  beg,  Luc.  Necyom. 

17.  Hence 

Μεταίτης,  ov,  6,  a  beggar,  Luc. 
Necyom.  15. 

Μεταίτιος,  ov,  in  Aesch.  and  Soph, 
also  a,  ov  (μετά,  αίτιος) : — being  in 
part  the  cause,  instrumental  in,  c.  gen. 
rei,  μ.  πο7.έμοΐ',  μηδισμον,  etc.,  Hdt. 
7,  150  ;  9,  88,  Trag.,  etc. :  μ.  φόνον,  an 
accomplice  in  it,  Hdt.  2,  100;  also  c. 
dat.  pers  added,  θεοί  έμοί  μ.  νόστου, 
Aesch.  Ag.  811  ;  c.  dat.  et  inf.,  η 
μητρϊ  ϋανεΐνμεταίτιος  (for  τοϋ  θα- 
νείν),  Soph.  Tr.  1234 ;  -ήλείστοις  συ 
916 


ΜΕΤΑ 

μ...  άπολωλέναι,  Xen.  Hell.  2,  3,  32. 
Cf.  αίτιος. 

Μέταιτος,  ό,=μεταίτης,  ap.  Suid. 

Μεταίφνιος,  ον,^αιφνης. 

Μ,εταίχμιος,  ον,  (μετά,  αιχμή)  be- 
tieeen  two  armies:  το  μ.,  the  space  be- 
tween two  armies,  Hdt.  6,  77,  112;  so 
in  pi.,  εν  μεταιχμίοις  δορός,  E]ur. 
Heracl.  803  : — also  a  disputed  frontier, 
like  our  Dcbateable  Land,  Hdt.  8,  140, 
2.  —  2.  generally,  midway  between,  c. 
gen.,  uvi/p  yvvi]  τε  χωτι  τών  μεταί- 
χμιον,  Aesch.  Theb.  197  ;  εν  ιιεται- 
χμίω  σκότου,  ι.  e.  between  lignt  and 
darkness,  Aesch.  Cho.  63 ;  ζωής  και 
θανάτου  μ..  Anth.  P.  9.  597. 

Μετακιιθέζομαι,  (μετά,  καθέζομαι) 
change   ι 
Icarom.  26. 


to   change   one's    seat    or  place. 


Si,ojU 
,   Lv 


Μετακαθίζω,  fut.  -ιζήσω  and  -ίώ, 
(μετά,  καθίζω)  to  shift  to  another  place. 
11.  intr.=foreg.,  Joseph. t— 2.  metaph. 
to  change  one's  opinion,  Sext.  Emp. 
Math.  1,215. 

Μετακαθοπλίζω,  (μετά,  καβοττλί- 
ζω)  to  arm  differently,  Polyb.  3,  87,  3. 

Μετακαινιζω,  (μετά,  καινιζω)  to 
model  anew,  Anth.  P.  7,  411. 

Μετακάλέω,  ω,  f.  -έσω,  (μετά,  κα- 
λίω)  to  call  away  or  to  another  place, 
Aeschin.  49,  30 :  to  call  hack,  reccUl, 
Thuc.  8,  11. 

Μετακάρκιον,  ov,  τό,  (μετά,  καρ- 
πός II.)  the  wrist. 

Μετακαταχέω,  ί.  -χενσω,  (μετά, 
καταχέω)  to  water  afterwards,  Hipp, 
tp.  395. 

Μετακαταψύχω,  f.  -ξω,  (μετά,  κα- 
ταψύχω) to  cool  afterwards, Hipp.  tp. 
205.  '[Γ] 

Μετάκειμαι,  fut.  -κείσομαι,  (μετά, 
κείμηι)  to  lie  elsewhere,  to  be  changed 
or  transposed.  Plat.  Crat.  394  Β  :  in 
rhetoric,  /;  μεταφορά  μετάκειται,  the 
metaphor  is  introduced,  Dem.  Phal. 

Μετακελητίζω,  (μετά,  κε'λητίζω)  to 
change  one's  κέλης  (horse  or  boat). 

Μετακενόω,  ω,  (μετά,  κενόω)  to 
empty. 

Μετακεράνννμι,  f.  -κεράσω,  (μετά, 
κεράνννμι)  to  mix  by  pouring  from  one 
vessel  into  another,  Plut.  2,  801  C,  v.  1. 
for  μετεράσαντες.     Hence 

Μετάκεράς,  άτος,  b,  /;,  τό,  inter- 
mixed, esp.  of  hot  and  cold ;  hence 
lukewarm.  Comici  ap.  Ath.  123  E,  cf. 
Lob.  Paral.  223  ;   and 

Μεταΐίέρασμα,  ατός,  τό.  the  mixture 
of  two  things,  as  of  cold  and  hot  water, 
Hipp.,  V.  Foes.  Oecon. 

Μετακηπεύω,  (μετά,  κηττενω)  to 
transplant,  Prol.  ad.  Arist.  Plant.  6. 

Μετάκίάθω,  (μετά,  κιάθω)  tofolloiv 
after  with  hostile  intent ;  whether  absol. 
to  give  chase,  as  II.  11,  52,  or  c.  ace, 
to  cha.'<e,  11.  16,  685:  but  in  II.  18.  581, 
to  follow  after  the  bull  which  t?ie  lions 
are  carrying  off. — II.  to  go  to  visit,  c. 
ace,  Od.  1,  22. — HI.  μ.  ττΰν  πεδίον, 
to  march  over  the  whole  field,  II.  11, 
714.  [αθ] 

Μετακϊνέω,  ω,  (μετά,  κινέω)  to 
shift,  remove,  Hdt.  1,  51;  9,  74:  to 
change,  alter,  μ.  την  πολιτείην,  Dem. 
688,  26,  cf.  Xen.  Lac.  15,  1  :  —  mid. 
to  go  from  one  place  to  another,  Hdt.  9, 
51  : — ])ass.  to  be  transposed.  Plat. 
Legg.  894  A.     Hence 

Μετακίνημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  movement, 
των  όφέων,  Hipp.  p.  102  :  [l]  and 

Μετακίνηπις,  εως,  ή.  a  transposing, 
changing,  removing,  Hipp.  fp.  379.t[i'] 

Μ!::τακιν7}τέος,  a,  ov,  verb,  adj.,  to 
be  removed,  Luc.  Contempl.  5. 

Μ,ετακη'ητός,  η,  όν,  (μετακϊνέω)  to 
be  changed  or  disturbed,  ΰμο/.ογία, 
Thuc.  5,  21. 

Μετακιρνάω,  ω,^μετακεράννυμι. 


ΜΕΤΑ 

Μετακλαίω.  fut.  -κ?.ανσομαι,(μεΤ(ί, 
κλαίω)  to  weep  or  deplore  afterwards, 
μετακλαύσεσθαι,  II.  11,  704:  also  in 
pres.  mid.,  Eur.  Hec.  214. 

Μετακλείζω,  f.  -ξω,  (μετά,  κλείζω) 
to  call  by  a  new  name. 

Mira/(Aei<j,=foreg.,Ap.Rh.  2.296. 

Μετάκλησις,  εως,  ή,  (μετακάλέω) 
a  summoning. 

Μετάκ?.ητος,  ov,  called  to  one,  sum• 
moned,  Heliod. 

Μ.ετακ7 ίνω,  (μετά,  κ7.ίνω)  to  turn 
another  way  : — pass.,  to  shift  to  the  other 
side,  set  the  other  way,  πολέμοιο  μετα- 
κλινθέντος,  11.  11,  509.  [i]     Hence 

ΜετάκλΙσις,  εως,  ij,  a  turning  an- 
other way,  Aretae. 

Μετακλνζω.  (μετά,  κλνζω)  to  cleanse 
afterwards  by  a  clyster,  Hi|)p. 

Μετακοιμίζω,  (μετά,  κοίβίζω)  to 
shift  to  a  new  bed :  to  put  to  bed,  lull  to 
sleep,  Aesch.  Cho.  1076,  in  pass. 

Μετύκοινος,  ov,  (μετά,  κοινός) 
sharing  in  common,  partaking,  Aesch. 
Eum.  351  ;  τινί,  with  another,  lb.  96, 
Supp.  1039. 

Μετυκοίνωνος,  ov,  having  a  share  in 
a  thing. 

Μετακομΐδή,  ής,  ή,  a  transporting, 
conveying  over :  from 

Μετακομίζω,  (μετά,  κομίζω)  to  trans- 
port, εις  τότΓον,  Plat.  Legg.  904  D ; — 
mid.  to  cause  to  be  carried  over,  Lycurg. 
155,  5.     Hence 

Μετακομιστέος,  a,  ov,  verb,  adj.,  to 
be  transferred.  Plut.  2,  710  E. 

Μετακόνόνλοι,  οι,  also  ru  μετά- 
κόνόνλη,  (μετά,  κόνδυλος)  the  parts 
between  the  knuckles. 

Μετακόπτω,  f.  -ψω,  (μετά,  κόπτω) 
to  stamp  or  coin  anew,  Polyacn. 

Μετακοσμέω,  ώ,  (μετά,  κοσμέω)  to 
arrange  anew,  Arist.  de  Xenophane  1,4, 

Μετακόσμησις,  εως,  ή.  a  new  ar• 
rangement,  change  of  condition,  Plat. 
Legg.  892  A  :  generally,  a  conversion, 
change,  Plut.  2,  75  E. 

Μετακόσμιος.  ov,  (μετά,  κόσμος  V) 
between  worlds :  tu  μετο,κόσμια,  the 
spaces  between  the  bodies  of  the  universe, 
Lat.  intermundia,  Epicur  ap.  Cic.  Fin. 
2,23,  Plut.  2,  731  D,734  C. 

Μετακρούω,  (μετά,  κρούω)  to  push 
back,  (sc.  την  vavv) ;  hence  to  change 
one's  opinion.  Plut.  2,  1069  C. 

iMετaκτέov,  verb.  adj.  from  μετά- 
γω,  one  must  bring  over,  Sext.  Emp. 
Math.  1,  154. 

Μετακτίζω,  (μετά,  κτίζω)  to  found 
anew,  to  remove  a  settlement,  Strab. 

Μετακνβενομαι,  pass.,  to  come  ro^md 
by  chance,  εις  τίνα. 

Μετακνκ'λέω,  ώ,  (μετά,  κνκλέω)  to 
whirl  away,  remove,  Plat.  Epin.  982  D. 

Μετακϋλινδέω.  ώ,  (μετά,  κν'/ινδέω) 
to  roll  away  :  μ.  αυτόν,  to  roll  one's  self 
over,  προς  τι,  Ar.  Ran.  536. 

Μετηκνμιος,  ov,  (μετά,  κνμα)  be- 
tween the  waves,  άτας  μ.,  bttuten  two 
waves  of  misery,  i.  e.  bringing  a  short 
lull  or  pause  from  misery,  Eur.  Ale. 
91  :   TO  μ  ,  the  space  between  the  waves. 

Μεταλαγχάνο),  f.  -?ιήΐ;ομαι,  (μετά, 
/Μγχάνω)  to  have  or  get  a  share  of, 
τινός.  Plat.  Gorg.  init.,  Rep.  429  A, 
cf.  Ruhnk.  Tim. ;  in  full,  μ.  μέρος  τι- 
νός, Eur.  Supp.  1078;  cf.  μεταλαμ- 
βάνω, μετέχω. — Π.  to  give  a  share  in, 
τινί  τίνος,  Ael.  V.  Η.  12,  43,  Plut. 
Aristid.  6. 

Μετα?.αμβάνω,  f.  -λή-ψομαι,  (μετά, 
/Μμόάνω)  to  have  or  get  a  share  of,  to 
partake  in,  τινός,  Hdt.  4.  61,  Pind.  N. 
10,  148,  freq.  in  Plat.  ;  in  full.  μ.  μοί- 
pav  or  μέρος  τινός,  Eur.  Bacch.  302, 
Dem.  702,  7,  cf.  foreg. :  also  c.  ace, 
Heind.  et  Stallb.  Piat.  Prot.  329  Ε : 


ΜΕΤΑ 

cf.  μετέχω,  μεταδίόωμι : — mid.  μετα- 
λαμ,ίύνεσθαί  τίνος,  to  get  possession 
of,  assume,  e.  g.  ονόματος,  Hdt.  4,  45. 
• — II.  to  take  after  another,  take  after- 
wards, την  άμχιμ•,  to  su/:ceed  to  the 
government,  Pol)  b.  5,  40,  6,  etc. ; 
μετ.  τον  /.όγον,  to  take  up  the  dis- 
course, i.  e.  answer,  Id.  17,  2,  2 :  and 
μετ.  alone.  Id.  10,  38,  1,  etc.— 2.  ab- 
sol.  to  come  after,  come  on,  of  night.  Id. 
15,  30,  2. — III.  to  take  in  a  new  way, 
hence  to  change,  alter,  take  in  exchange, 
ττόλίμυν  άντ.  ειρήνης.  Thuc.  1,  120; 
and  C.  ace.  only,  to  take  instead,  to  ex- 
change, interchange,  μ.  τα  έττιτηδεν- 
ματα,  Thuc.  C,  18,  cf.  Plat.  Rep.  434 
Β  ;  ιμάτια,  Xen.  Cyr.  4,  5,  4. — 2.  also 
c.  ace,  to  take  another...,  μ.  τζα/.τύν. 
Id.  Eq.  12,  13  ;  μ.  έσθητα,  to  take  a 
new  garment,  Polyb.  3,  78,  3  :  cf.  με- 
ΤΟ,θάλλω  Β. — IV.  to  take  words  in  an- 
other se?ise.  Lob.  Aglaoph.  155  ;  also  to 
understand,  explain,  Philostr. — V.  on 
the  logical  signf.,  v.  sah  μετά?.7ΐτρις. 

Μετα?Μμ7ταδεύω,  (μετά,  ?ιαμπάς) 
to  hand  on  as  a  torch  to  another,  Clem. 
Al. 

Με-αλ^'έω,  ώ,  {μετά,  α?.γέω)  to  feel 
pain  afterwards,  hence  to  repent^  c.  inf., 
Aesch.  Supp.  405. 

Mtra/.oijaKU.  [μετά,  αλδήσκω)  to 
change  in  growing,  ύνόράσι  τενχηστη- 
GL  μ.,  to  grow  into  armed  men,  Ap.  llh. 
3,  414. 

Μεταλείττω,  {μετά.  7.είπυ)  to  leave 
behind,  τι  τινι,  Philemon  p.  395, 
iu  aor.  1  part,  μεταλείψας :  v.  Lob. 
Phryn.  713,  sq. 

ΙΛεταλήγω,  Ep.  μετα7-7.ήγω  (as  al- 
ways in  Hoin) :  fut.  -ξω  [μετά,  \i]yu) : 
— to  leave  off,  cease  from,  C.  gen.,  ^o- 
λοίο,  II.  9,  157,  261. 

Μετα'λτίπτέον,  verb.  adj.  of  μετα- 
7.αμ3άνω,  one  must  have  a  share  of.  τι- 
νός, Plat.  Parm.  163  D. — II.  one  must 
take  instead,  Arist.  Anal.  Pr.  1,  34, 
fin. 

^ετα7.ηπτικός,  ή,  όν,  (μεταλαμβά- 
νω) capable  of  partaking  or  receiving, 
Plut.  2,  884  A. — II.  explanatory. 

Mera2?;— rof,  ij,  όν,  shared  in:  com- 
municablp. 

Μ£τύλ7/ψί£•,  εως,  ή,  (μεταλαμβάνω) 
participation,  coirununion,  τινός,  in  a 
thing,  Piat.  Rep.  539  D.— II.  α  taking 
up,  alternation.  Id.  Theaet.  173  Β  : 
change,  τοΰ  σχήματος.  Polyb.  9,  20,  2  ; 
έκ  μετα?.ήψεως.  Id.  2,  33,  4 ;  cf.  με- 
ταβολή. — 111.  succession,  μ.  της  αρ- 
χής. Id.  31,  21,  3. — IV.  a  taking  or  as- 
suming one  thing  instead  of  another,  μ. 
τίνος  αντί  τίνος,  Arist.  Rhet.  1,  10, 
18.  —  V.  explanation,  interpretation, 
Gramm. — VI.  in  Aristotle's  Logic, 
the  alteration  of  a  term  from  being  the 
subject  of  a  hypothetical  to  being  the 
subject  of  a  categorical  proposition, 
Pacius  ad  Anal.  Pr.  1,  29,  6  (5). 

\yίετά'λκ.ης,  ονς,  6,  Mctalces,  a  son 
of  .-Vegyptus,  Apollod.  2,  1,  5. 

'Μεταλ?ίύγή,  ής,  ή,  (μετα?Λάσσω) 
change,  like  μεταβολή,  μ.  της  ήμερης, 
an  eclipse,  Hdt.  1,74;  εν  μεταλλαγή 
πολυμήχανου  ανδρός,  by  receiving  a 
crafty  man  for  thy  master  instead  (of 
me),  Soph.  Phil.  1134;  change  of  na- 
ture, constant  change,  Epich.  p.  76  ;  μ. 
ηολεμον,  a  change  from  war,  Xen. 
Hell.  7,  4,  10,  cf.  Eur.  H.  F.  765,  766. 
— II.  exchange,  interchange,  Plat.  The- 
aet. 199  C. 

Μετα?.?Μκτήρ,  ήρος,  {μεταλλάσσω) 
one  that  changes,  χροός,  Ion  ap.  Ath. 
318  E. 

^Ιετα?.?Μκτός,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from 
μεταλλάσσω,  changed,  altered,  Aesch. 
Theb.  706. — II.  to  be  changed  or  alter- 
ed, Pind.  Fr,  241, 


ΜΕΤΑ 

Μ,ετάλ^.αξις,  εως,  η,=μετα7ι,?ι.αγή, 
a  change,  Xen.  Cyn.  4,  4. 

'Μ.ετα?.?.άρχης,  ov,  6,  (μέταλλον, 
άρχω)  an  overseer  of  ynines. 

Μεταλλάσσω,  Att.  -ττω :  f.  -ξω, 
(μετά.  ά/.?.άσσω)  to  exchange,  to  change, 
alter,  βέσμια,  Hdt.  1,  59,  Soph.  Fr. 
519,  etc.  :  hence, — 2.  to  change  to,  take 
in  exchange, μ.  φνσΐν  όρνιθος,  to  assume 
a  bird's  nature,  Ar.  Av.  117;  so,//. 
τότΓον.  χώραν,  to  go  into  a  new  coun- 
try, Plat.  Legg.  760  C,  Parm.  138  C. 
— 3.  to  change  from,  leave,  βίον  μ.,  to 
die,  Isocr.  192  .\  ;  so  μεταλλάσσειν 
alone,  Plat.  367  C,  369  Β  ;  cf.  άλλάσ- 
σω.  —  4.  intr.  to  undergo  a  change, 
change,  Epich.  p.  76,  Hdt.  2,77,  Eur. 
Archel.  26. — II.  to  carry  to  another 
place,  transfer.  Plat.  Tim.  19  A. 

'ίΛετά7-λάτος,  Dor.  ίοτ  μετά7.λητος, 
to  be  searched  Or  sought  out,  Pind.  P. 
4,  291. 

Μίταλλάω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω :  (μετ  άλλα) : 
— strictly,  to  search  after  other  things,  to 
explore  or  search  carefully,  to  inquire 
curiously,  II.  1.550,  Od.  14,378;  15, 
23.  Construct., — 1.  c.  ace.  pers.,  to 
question,  freq.  in  Hom. — 2.  c.  ace.  pers. 
vel  rei,  to  ask  about,  ask  after,  freq.  in 
Hom.  ;  also  to  ask,  inquire,  τι  άμφί 
τίνος,  Od.  17,  554. — 3.  c.  dupl.  ace. 
pers.  et  rei,  to  ask  one  about  a  thing, 
as  we  say  to  ask  a  man  a  thing,  II.  3, 
177,  and  freq.  in  Od.  —  Hom.  freq. 
joins  it  as  equivalent  with  έρομαι, 
άνείρομαι,  διείρομαι. — In  Pino.  Ο.  6, 
106,  some  (as  Buttm.  Lexil.  s.  v.)  ex- 
plain  it,  simply,  to  address ;  others, 
asSchol.,  to  guard  OT  cherish  carefully  ; 
but  Dissen  endeavours  to  keep  the 
usu.  signf,  V.  Donalds,  ad.  1. — Οί.με- 
ταλλοι•. 

Μίταλλ.Ηα,  ας,  ή,  (μεταλλεύω)  α 
searching  for  metals  and  the  like,  7ni- 
ning.  Plat.  Criti.  114  Ε  :— hence 
simply  a  trench,  canal,  channel.  Id. 
Legg.  761  C :  and  in  sieges,  a  mine, 
Diod. 

Μετα7/.εΙον,  ov,  τό,=μέτα7Λον, 
Plat.  Legg.  678  D.  ^ 

Μεταλ/Λνς.  έως,  6,^ μεταλ7.εντής, 
Plat.  Legg.  678  D  :— a  kind  of  nni. 

Μίτάλλί*)σίζ•,  εως,  ή,=ζμετα7.7Λία. 

Μετα/ί/^εντής,  ov,  ό,  one  who  search- 
es for  metals  or  water,  a  miner,  Strab. 
tp.  407|:— ροε1./ζεΓαλλει•Γ^ρ,  Anth. : 
hence 

Μίταλλεντίκόξ•,  ή,  όν,  skilled  in 
searching  for  metal.••;  etc.  ;  ή  -κή  (sc. 
τέχνη),  the  art  of  mining,  Arist.  Pol. 
1,  11,  4. — II.  of  metal,  metallic,  μ.  κτή- 
μα, Plat.  Legg.  847  D  ;  κτήσις,  Arist. 
Gee.  1,  2,  2. 

Μεταλλεντός,  ή,  όν,  to  be  got  by  mi- 
ning, Tu  μεταλλεντά.  opp.  to  τα  ορυκ- 
τά, .4rist.  Meteor.  3,  6,  10  :  from 

Μεταλλεύω,  (μέτα7^λον)  to  search 
or  dig  for  victals,  etc.,  to  mine ;  pass. 
to  be  got  by  mining  (cf.  μετα?.?.εντός). 
Plat.  Polit.  288  D,  Anst.  Pol.  1,  11. 
5.-2.  generally,  to  explore,  like  με- 
ταλλάω,  Leon.  Al.  30. — Ι1.=μετα7.7.ί- 
ζω,  Polyaen. 

Μετα7.λήγω,  Ep.  for  μεταλήγω,  II. 
.  Μ.ετα7.7.ίζω,  to  condemn  one  to  labour 
in  the  ynines. 

Μ.εταλ7ιΐκός,  ή,  όν,  (μέτα7.λον)  of 
or  concerning  mines,  νόμος,  δίκη  μ., 
Dem.  970,  24,  and  tin. — II.  of  metal, 
metallic. 

Μετάλλων,  ov,  τό,  v.  μεγάλλιον. 

Μίταλ7ίτης,  ov,  ύ,  fem.  -Ιτις,  -ιδος, 
metallic,   [ί] 

Μεταλλοιόω,  ώ,  to  change,  Philo. 
Hence 

'Μ.ετα7.7.οίωσις,  εως,  ή,  a  change. 

Μέταλλον,  oil,  τό,  α  pit  or  cave,  in 
wliich  minerals  or  water  are  sought 


ΜΕΤΑ 

for  :  hence  a  mine,  ά7.ός  μέτα?^7.ον,  a 
saltpiY,  salt  mine,  Hdt.  4,  185;  so  usu. 
in  plur.,  χρνσεα  και  ύργνρεα  μέτα7.- 
λα,  gold  and  silver  mines,  Hdt.  3,  57  ; 
μέταλλα  (alone)  for  silver  ?nines,  Xen. 
Vect.  4,  4,  etc.  ;  λενκοϋ  7.ιβου  μ., 
marble  quarries,  Strab.  — 11.  later, 
that  which  is  found  in  mines  or  quarries, 
minerals  ;  and  lastly  ?np/a/  (strictly  so 
called),  ore,  which  signf.  though  rare 
in  Greek,  prevails  in  Lat.  meiallum. 
(Prob.  with  μεταλ/άω,  from  μετ'  άλ- 
λα, Plin.  Η.  JN.  33,  31  ;  so  that  orig. 
it  would  answer  to  the  French  foa- 
ille,  and  mean — 1.  a  search. — 2.  the 
place. — 3.  the  product,  Buttm.  Lexil. 
s.  V.  μετα7.7.άω. — Pott  takes  its  first 
signf.  to  be  ore,  as  that  which  is  com- 
bined with  other  substances,  μετ'  ά7.- 
7mv.) 

ΙΜέταλλον,  ου,  τό,  Metallum,  a 
city  of  Crete,  a  harbour  of  the  Gor- 
tynians,  v.  1.  Strab.  p.  478. 

Μεταλ7.ονργεϊον,  ov,  τό,  a  place 
where  metal  is  worked,  a  mine,  Diod.  5, 
38  :  and 

Μ.ετα7,7.ονργέω,  ώ,  to  smelt  ore  or 
work  metals,  Diosc.  :  from 

Μεταλ7.ονργός.  όν,  (μέτα7.7.ον,  *ερ• 
γω)  uorking  metals  :  οι  μ.,  miners. 

Μεταλ7.όχρνσος,  ov,  (μέτα7.?.ον, 
χρυσός)  containing  gold  ore,  Anth. 

Μετάλμενος,  part.  aor.  syncop.  of 
μεβά?.7.ομαι,  11. 

ΜεταΑωφάω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω: — to  cease 
doing,  c.  part.,  Ap.  Rh.  1,  1161. 

Μεταμάζιος,  ov,  (μετά,  μαζός)  be- 
tween the  breasts,  ίβα7.ε  στήβος  μετα- 
μάζιον,  II.  5,  19: — τό  μ.,  the  space  b  - 
tween  the  breasts,  Anacreont.  16,  30. 

Μεταμαίομαι,  (μετά,  μαίομαι)  dep., 
to  search  after,  chase,  Pind.  N.  3,  141. 

Μεταμανθάνω,  f.  -μύθήσομαι,  (με- 
τά, μανϋάνω]  to  learn  differently,  μετ. 
νμνον,  to  change  one's  stram,  Aesch. 
Ag.  709  :  to  unlearn  one  thing  and  learn 
another  instead,  γ7.ωσσαν,  Hdt.  1,  57  ; 
absol.  to  learn  better,  Ar.  Plut.  924, 
Plat.  Rep.  413  A. 

Μετάμείβω,  Aeol.  -η-εδ-:  f.  -ψω, 
(μετά,  αμείβω)  to  exchange,  change, 
εσ7Μν  πήματος  -., good /or  ill,  Pind.  O. 
12,  18  ;  to  remove,  τινά  Αημνόθεν, 
Id.  P.  1,  100  (as  Boekh  reads,  53)'; 
γάν  τέκνων  τέκνοις  μ.,  to  hand  down 
land  to  children's  children,  Eur.  H. 
F.  796. — II.  mid.  to  change  one's  condi- 
tion, έκ  προτέρων  μεταμειψάμενοι 
καμάτων,  havitig  escaped  {torn...,  Pind. 
P.  3,  169;  ahsoi. ,  μεταμει^ύμενυι,  in 
turns,  Pind.  N.  10,  103.— 2.  c.  ace, 
μεταμείβεσθαί  τινί  τι,  to  change  one 
thing  for  another,  Eur.  Phoen.  831. 
Hence 

Μίτάμειφις,  ή,  exchange :  alteration. 

Μεταμέ7Λΐ,  impers.,  fut.  -με/ήσει : 
aor.  μετεμέλησε  ;  (μετά,  μέλω): — it 
repents  me.  rues  me,  Lat.  pnenilet  me. 
Construction  ; — 1.  c.  dat.  pers.  etgen. 
rei.  Plat.  Phaedr.  231  A,  Xen.  Cyr. 
8,  3,  32. — 2.  oitener,  the  thing  one  re- 
pents of  is  in  part,  agreeing  with  the 
dat.,  μετεμέλησε  o'l  τον  Έλ7.ής-ον- 
τον  μαστιγώσαντι,  it  repented  him  of 
having  scourged  it,  Hdt.  7,  54,  cf.  1, 
130;  3,  30,  140;  μεταμέ/.ει  μοι  ού- 
τως άπο/.ογησαμί'νω,  I  repent  ο/"  hav- 
ing so  defended  myself.  Plat.  Apol. 
38  E.— 3.  μ.  μοι  ότι...,  Xen.  Cyr.  5,3, 
6. — 4.  oft.  absol.  μ.  μοι,  it  repents  ine, 
where  however  a  gen.  or  part,  may 
always  be  supplied,  as  ποιήσαντι,  in 
Ar.  Plut.  358. — 5.  c.  nom.  rei,  τώ  Άρί- 
στωνι  μετέμε7.ε  τό  ειρημένον,  Hdt.  6, 
63  ;  9,  1,  cf.  .\esch.  Eum.  771  ;  so  too 
in  inf.,  οΐμαί  σοι  ταντα μεταμε/ήσειν, 
Ar.  Nub.  1114. — 6.  part.  neut.  μετα- 
μέ?ιθν,  absol.,  since  he  repented,  Plat. 
917 


ΜΕΤΑ 

Phaed.  113  Ε.  —  Cf.  μεταμέλομαι. 
Hence 

Μεταμέλεια,  ας,  ή,  change  of  pur- 
pose, regret,  repentance,  Eur.  llicert. 
48,  Thuc,  etc. ;  μ.  ηερί  τίνος,  Thuc. 
3,  37 ;  μ.  έχει  με=μεταμέλει  μυι, 
Xeo.  Cyr.  5,  3,  7  : — iii  plur.,  regrets, 
λαμβάνειν  μ.,  Thuc.  1,  31. 

Μεταμελητικός,  ή,  όν,  {μεταμέλο- 
μαι) fiill  of  regrets,  ahvaijs  repenting, 

Arist.  Eth.  N.7,7,  2  ;=  Plato's /ζε-α- 
μελείας  μεστός.  Rep.  577  Ε. 
Μεταμελητος,  ?'/,  όν,  repented  of 
Μεταμε'λίη,  ης,  ή,  Jon.  for  μεταμέ- 
7,εια,  Vit.  Horn.  19. 

Μεταμέλομαι,  dep.  c.  fut.  mid.  et 
aor.  pass. : — to  feel  repentance,  to  rue, 
regret.  Construct.  :  c.  part.,  μετεμε- 
λοντο  oh  δεξάμενοι,  they  repented  that 
they  had  not...,  Thuc.  4,  27  ;  so  with 
ότι...,  Id.  5,  141  : — also,  μεταμέλεσθαί 
Tivi,  Plut.  Titnol.  β  ;  έ-ί  τινι,  Diod. 

17,  42  : — absol.  to  change  one's  purpose 
or  line  of  conduct,  Xcn.  Cyr.  4,  6,  5  : 
— part.  fut.  TO  μεταμελιισόμενον,^ 
μεταμέλεια,  Xen.  Mem.  2,  6,23. — Cf. 
impers.  μεταμέλει. 

Μετάμελος,  ου,  ό,  repentance,  regret, 
Thuc.  7,  55. 

Μεταμέλπομαι,  {μετά,  μέλπομαι) 
dep.,  to  sing  or  dance  among,  TLGL,  H. 
Horn.  Ap.  197. 

Μεταμέμβλεται,  v.  μέλω. 

Μεταμτ/Οεια,  ας.  ή,  after-wisdom, 
like  ίπιμήβεια  :  αΙ»ο=μεταμέ?^εια. 

Μεταμίγννμι,  f.  -μίξω,  {μετά,  μίγ- 
ΐνμι)  to  mix  with  or  among,  τινί  τι, 
Ou.  22,  221. — II.  to  change  by  mixing. 
Hence 

Μεταμίξ,  adv.,mixedly ;  and 

Μετάμιξις.  εα>ς,  ή,  a  mixing  among  : 
change  by  mixture. 

Μεταμίσγω,^μεταμίγννμι,Οά.  18, 
310. 

Μεταμορφόομαι,  {μετά,  μορφόω)  as 
pass.,  to  be  transformed,  Plut.  2,  52  D  ; 
εις  προφι/Τ7/ν,  Philo  V.  Mos.  1  .—to 
be  transfigured,  N.  T.  :  hence 

Μεταμόρφωσις,  εως.  ή,  a  transfor- 
viation,  Luc.  Salt.  57,  Hale.  1. 

Μεταμόσχευσις,  ευς,  ή,  a  trans- 
planting :  Iroin 

Μεταμοσχεύω,  {μετά,  μοσχενώ)  to 
transplant. 

Μεταμπέχομαι,  or  -ίσχομαι,  as 
mid.,  aor.  -ημπισχόμην  {μετά,  άμτέ- 
χομαι)  : — to  put  on  a  different  dress,  μ. 
όονλείαν,  to  put  on  the  7iew  dre.'is  of 
slavery.  Plat.  Rep.  569  C  ;  cf.  sq. 

Μεταμφιάζω,  {μετά,  άμφιάζu))=sq., 
to  strip  one  of  his  dress,  Luc.  Necyom. 
16  :  μεταμφΊέζω,  Plut.  2,  340  D  :— in 
mid.  to  lake  off  one's  own  dress ;  and 
SO,  to  put  on  another,  Luc.  Hermot. 
86,  etc. 

Μεταμφιενννμι,  f.  -εσω,  (μετά,  αμ- 
φιένννμι)^=ίθΓβζ.  : — mid.,  to  take  off 
one's  own  dress,  Phy larch,  ap.  Ath. 
593  Ε  ;  and  so,  to  put  on  another,  Plut. 
Nic.  3  ;  μ.  έλενθερίαν,  Diod. ;  cf.  με- 
ταμπέχομαι. 

Μετύμώ?αος,  ov,  dub.  1.  for  sq. : — 
in  Hesych.=e^7ro/ie^of. 

Μετάμώνιος,  ov,  only  used  by  poets, 
Ά6^μάταιος,  vain,  idle,  boothsx,  μ.  νή- 
ματα, a  vainly-woven  web,  Od.  2,  98  ; 
19,  143  ;  μ.  βύζειν,  to  talk  idly.  Od. 

18,  332,  392  ;  τα  (5e  πάντα  θεοί  μ. 
θείεν,  may  the  gods  give  all  that  to 
the  winds,  11.  4,  363;  so  too  in  Pind., 
μ.  χρεύόεα,  Ο.  12,  8,  μ.  θηρενειν,  Ρ. 
3,  40.  (Doubtless  from  μετά  and 
άνεμος,  cf.  ανεμώνη, — though  the  lit- 
eral signf.  is  hardly  ever  found,  cf. 
Schol.  Ar.  Pac.  117.  In  the  older 
■poets,  ηεταμώΐΊος,  the  reading  of  tlie 
Lest  Mss.,  IS  to  be  preferred  to  μετα- 
μώλιος,  though  this  may  be  supported 

918 


ΜΕΤΑ 

by  the  Homer,  synon.  άνεμώλιος,  and 
the  frcq.  Att.  interchange  of  ν 
and  λ.) 

Μετανα.γι•)'νώσκο),  {μετά,  hvayt- 
γνώσκω)  to  persuade  one  to  change  his 
purpose  :  pass,  to  be  changed  in  purpose, 
Soph.  Aj.  717. 

Mf ταΐ'αίετάω,  {μετά,  ναιετύω)  to 
dwell  with,  τινί,  Η.  Horn.  Cer.  87,  ace. 
to  Voss. 

Μεταναιέτης,  ου,  δ,  {μετά,  να/ω) 
mic  who  has  changed  his  abode,  a  wan- 
derer, lies.  Th.  401 ;  like  μετανάστης. 

Μεταναστάσιος,  ov,  transported, 
Nonn. :  from 

Μετανάστάσις,  ευς,  ή,  {μετανίστη• 
μι)  migration,  Thuc.  1,2;  2,  16. 

Μετανάστΰτος,  ov,  {μετανίστημι) 
transported  from  one  place  to  another  : 
yfj  μ.,  a  country  whose  inhabitants  have 
emigrated. 

Μεταναστενο),  toremove,flee,  LXX, 
in  mid. 

Μετανάστης,  ov,  6  {μετά,  ναίω, 
ενασσα)  '•  one  who  has  changed  his 
hcnne,  a  wanderer,  opp.  to  a  native  ; 
usu.  as  a  ternj  of  reproach,  like  the 
Scottish  landlouper,  ατίμητος  μ-,  11. 
9,  648  ;  16,  59  :  in  Hdt.  7,  161,  the 
Athenians  boast  of  their  being  μοννοι 
τών  'Έιλλτ'ινυν  ov  μετανάσται. — II.  of 
the  planets,  in  opp.  lo  the  fixed  stars, 
Aral.  457. 

iMετavύστης,  ov,o,Melanastes,  son 
of  Archandrus,  Paus.  7, 1,  7. 

Μετανάστιος,  ov,  {μετανάστης}  like 
a  μετανάστης,  wandering,  Νύμφαι, 
Anth. 

ΜετανάΓΓτρια,  ας,  fem.  of  μετανά- 
στης, Anth.  P.  7,  204. 

ΙΜετάνεί,ρα,  ας,  ή,  Metanlra,  wife  of 
Celeus,  mother  of  Triptolemus,  H. 
Horn.  Cer.  161  :  cf.  Μεγάνειρα. — 2. 
an  Athenian  female  beloved  by  the 
orator  Lysias,  Dem.  1351,  24. 

Μετανείσσομαι,  worse  form  for  με- 
τανίσσομαι. 

Μετανεμω,  {μετά,  νέμω)  to  distribute 
between  or  among. 

Μετανέομαι,  {μετά,  νέομαι)  dep.,  to 
migrate,  Musae.  205. 

Μετανθέω,  ώ,  ( μετά,  άνθέω )  to 
change  its  flower  or  color,  Philostr., 
Aristaen. 

Μετανίζο),  f.  -ψω,  (μετά,  νίζω)  Ιο 
wash  away,  dub. :  hence 

Μετανιπτρίς.  ίόος,  ή,  the  cup  drunk 
after  washing  the  hands  at  the  end  of 
meals,  Comici  ap.  Ath.  487  A :  and 

Μετέινιπτρον,  ου,  ro,=foreg.,  An- 
tiph.  Lamp.  1,  cf  Ath.  486,  sq. 

Μετανίσσομαι,  {μετά,  νίσσομαι)  as 
pass.,  to  pass  over  to  the  other  side,  Ήέ- 
λιος  μετενίσσετο  βονλντόνδε,  the 
sun  passed  over  to  the  west,  II.  16, 
779. — II.  trans,  to  go  after,  pursue, 
Eur.  Tro.  131  :  also  to  wm,  get  posses- 
sion of,  Pmd.  P.  5,  8. 

Μετανίστημι,  f.  -στήσω. {μετά,άνί- 
ατημι )  to  remove  from  his  or  their 
country,  as  a  captive,  settler,  etc., 
Polyb.  3,  5,  5,  etc. — II.  pass.,  c.  aor. 

2  et  pf.  act.,  to  move  off  and  go  else- 
where, to  remove,  Hdt.  9,  51,  Thuc.  1, 
12,  Soph.  O.  C.  175. 

Μετανοέω.  ώ,  (μετά.  νοέω)  like/ie- 
ταγιγνώσκω,  to  perceive  or  co^ne  t)  a 
conviction  afterwards,  opp.  to  πρόνοε iv, 
Epich.  p.  82. — 2.  to  change  one's  mind 
or  purpose.  Plat.  Eulhyd.  279  C ;  μ. 
μή  Ον.. .ή,  to  change  one's  opinion  and 
think  that  it  is  not...,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  1, 

3  ;  cf  μεταγιγνώσκω. — 3.  to  repent, 
Antipho  120,  28.     Hence 

Μίτανοητικός,  ή,  όν,  given  to  re- 
pentancK  ;  and 

Μετάΐ'Οία,  ας,  ή,  after- thought :  a 
change  of  mind  on  reflection  :  hence  re- 


META 

pentance,  Thuc.  3,  36,  Polyb.  4,  66,  7, 
N.T.,etc. 

Μετοιτλεω,  ώ,  {μετά,  ύντλεω)  Ιο 
draw  from  one  vessel  iyito  anollier,  Anth. 
P.  9,  180. 

Μεταξά,  or  μάταξα,  ή,  Lat.  mttaxa, 
raw  silk,  silk  ;  foreign  word. 

Μετέίίιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  foreg. 

Μεταξύ,  adv.  (μετά) :— radic.  signf. 
in  the  midst:  hence. — I.  as  adv.. —  1. 
of  place,  betwixt,  between,  II.  1,  156, 
H.  Horn.  Merc.  159,  and  Att. :  also, 
TO  μεταξύ,  Hdt.  2,  8. — 2.  of  tinie,  be- 
twcen-uhiles,  ineaiiwhile,  oft.  C.  Jjart., 
μεταξν  πορενόμενος,  λέγων,  όρνσσων, 
while  journeying,  speaking,  diaging, 
Hdt.  2,  158,  Wess.  ad  4,  155^^  Plat. 
Lys.  207  A  :— also  afterwards,  N.  T., 
cf.  Jacobson  Pair.  Apost.  1,  p.  152. — 
II.  as  prep,  with  gen.  between,  Hdt.  7, 
85. — 2.  of  time,  during,  τα  μ.  τούτων, 
meanwhile.  Soph.  Ο.  C.  291 :  also, 
μεταξν  ?.έγοντος,  u/ii/i/he  was  speak- 
mg,  Polyb.  15,  23,  4,  (and  like  μ.  λέ- 
γων) ;  so  in  Luc,  etc. ;  Jac.  Ach. 
Tat.  p:  891.  [ΐ] 

Μεταξϋ7.0}εω,  ύ,  {μεταξύ,  λέτω)  Ιο 
make  digressions  m  speaking,  Eccl. : 
hence 

Μεταξνλογία,  ας,  τι,  a  making  di- 
gressions in  speaking. 

Μετιιξύτης,  ητος,  ή,  (μεταξν)  an 
interval,  Sext.  Emp.   [v} 

Μεταξντριγ/ιύφιον,  ov,  τό,  {μεταξύ, 
τρίγλυώος)  the  space  between  the  trig- 
lyphs,  in  architecture,  [v] 

^Μέταττα,  ων,  τιι,  Metapa,  a  city 
of  Actolia,  Polyb.  5,  7,  8. 

Μεταπαιόά'}  ωγέω,  (S,=  sq. 

Μεταπαιδενω,  {μετά,  παιδενω)  So 
educate  differently,  Luc.  Gymn.  17, 
etc. 

Μεταπαιόάσσομαι,  {μετά,  παιφύσ- 
σομαι)  to  rush  or  dart  to  and  fro,  Ap. 
Rh.  3,  1266. 

Μεταπαραδίδωμί,  {μετά,  καραδί• 
δωμι.)  Ιο  transfer  from  one  to  another. 
Iambi.  [I] 

Μεταπαραλ.αμβάνα,  (μετά,  παρα- 
λαμβάνω) to  receive  a  thing  from  an- 
other, opp.  to  μεταπαραδιδωμι. 

Μεταπανομαι,  (μετά,  πάνω)  to  rest 
between-whiles,  11.  17,  373  :  also  C.  gen.., 
to  rest  between,  Opp.     Hence 

Μεταπανσωλή,  ης,  ή,  rest  between- 
whiles,  πολέμοιο.  from  war,  11.  19, 
201,  where  some  read  μετά  π.,  di- 
visim. 

Μεταπείθω,  (μετά,  πείθω)  lo  change 
by  persuasion,  uw  over,  Ar.  Ach.  626: 
— pass,  to  be  persuded  to  change.  Plat. 
Rep.  413  B,  Xen. +HelL7, 1,  14,  etc. 

Μεταπειράομαι,  {μετά,  πεί/χτω)  Ιο 
try  in  a  different  way,  Ar.  Eccl.  217. 

Μετάπειστος,  ov,  or  μέταπειστός, 
(μεταπείθω)  open  to  persuasion.  Plat. 
Tim.  51  E.       ^ 

ΜεΓαπε//Λτέθ|ζ•,  a,  ov,  verb.  adj. 
from  μεταπέμπω,  to  be  sent  for,  Thuc. 
6,25. 

Μετ(ίπε/ΐί7ΓΓ0{•,  ov,  .sent  for,  Hdt.  8, 
67,  Thuc.  6,  29  :  from 

Μεταπέμπω,  {μετά,  πέμπω)  to  send 
one  after  another.— II.  mostly  in  mid., 
μεταπέμπεσθαί  τίνα,  to  send  for,  sum- 
mon, Lat.  arcessere,  Hdt.  1,  41,  77, 
108,  etc.,  and  in  Att.  prose  : — but  the 
act.  is  also  used  in  the  same  sense, 
Eur.  Hec.  504  (in  tmesis),  Ar.  Vesp. 
679  ;  cf.  Thuc.  4,  30  ;  6,  52,  with  2, 
29,  etc.     Hence 

Μετάπεμψις,  εως,  ή,  ο  sending  for, 
summons,  Ep.  Plat.  338  B,  etc. 

Μεταπερισπύω,  ώ,  to  draw  over,  lo 
withdraw,  Clem.  Al. 

Μεταπέταμαι  or  -πέτομαι,  {μετά, 
πέταμαι)  dep.,  to  fly  to  another  place ^ 
fly  away,  Luc.  Hist.  Scrib.  50. 


ΜΕΤΑ 

Ίίετα~εσσεύ(ο,  "Att.  -πεττενω,  {με- 
τά, ττεσσενω)  to  make  a  move  in  the 
game  of  draughts:  generally,  tochange, 
«her,  Plat.  Minos  316  C,  Plat.  (Com.) 
Presb.  2. 

Μίταττήγννμι,  and-νΰω,  {μετά,  τΐή- 
γννμι)  to  transfer  and  fix  to  another 
place  : — mid.,  μεταπίρ/ννσθαι  τηνκα- 
Άιάν,  to  build  otu's  nest  iipoti  another 
tree.  Die  Chr. 

'Μ.εταπηδύ^,  ΰ,  {μετά,  πηδάω)  to 
leap  from  one  place  to  atuother,  jump 
abotu.  Luc.  Gall.  1,  Dea  Syr.  36.— H. 
to  leap  among,  τισί,  App. :  hence 

Μεταττήύησις,  εως.  ή,  a  leaping  from 
one  place  to  another.  Pint.  2,  739  C. 

Μετατΐίνω,  f.  -πίομαι.{μετύ,  πίνω) 
to  drink  after,  Hipp.  tp.  393. 

Μεταπιττράσκω,  {μετά,  πιπράσκω) 
to  sell  after  or  again. 

Μεταπίπτω,  f.  -πεσοϋμαι  {μετά, 
πίπτω)  : — to  fall  differently,  undergo  a 
change,  to  change,  whether  outwardly 
in  form,  μ.  το  είδος,  Hdt.  6,  61  ;  or 
inwardly  in  mind,  to  change  one's  opin- 
ion suddenly,  Eur.  I.  A.  502 ;  μ.  έξ 
έχθίστον,  Ar.  Αν.  626. — 2.  of  votes, 
to  pass  from  one  side  to  the  other,  change 
sides,  Plat.  Apol.  36  A,  ubi  v.  Stallb. : 
οστράκου  μεταπεσόντος,  as  the  shell 
has  turned  over,  proverb,  of  a  sudden 
change  of  mmd  (said  to  be  borrowed 
from  the  game  οστρακίνδά),  Heind. 
Plat.  Phaedr.241  B.— 3.  ofconditions, 
circumstances,  μεταπίπτοντος  δαί- 
μονος, Eur.  Ale.  913 ;  μ.  άνω  κάτω, 
Plat.  Gorg.  493  A  :  freq.  of  political 
changes,  to  change,  esp.  for  the  worse, 
to  fall  away,  decline,  Lat.  concidere, 
Thuc.  8,  68  ;  μεταπεπτώκει  τά  πρά- 
γματα, a  revolution  had  taken  place, 
L'ys.  159,  16  :  alsrj,  μ.  εις  τι,  as,  εις 
όον?ιείαν,  Lycurg.  154,  14,  cf.  Plat. 
Crat.  440  Β  :  but  also  to  change  for 
the  better,  μ.  Ικ  τον  κακώς  πράττειν, 
Lycurg.  ί  55,  32 ;  μεταπέσοι  βε'λτίονα, 
Eur.  Ion  412. — IF.  c.  gen.  rei,  to  fall 
from,  fail  of..,  like  Lat.  spe  excidere, 
ει  V  γνωσίς  τον  γνώσις  είναι  μη  με- 
ταπίπτει,  Plat.  Crat.  440  A;  cf.  εκ- 
πίπτω 1. 

Μετύπ?.άσίς,  εως,η,  {μεταπλάσσω) 
transformation. 

Μεταπ?.ασμός,  αν,  o,^=foreg. : — in 
Gramm.  metaplasm.  the  assumptionoi Ά 
pres.  or  nom.  for  the  derived  tenses 
of  verbs  or  cases  of  nouns,  as  *το 
δένδρος  for  δένδρεσι,  *πέσω  for  ίπε- 
σον :  from 

Μεταπλάσσω,  Att.  -ττω  :  f.  -άσω  : 
(μετά,  πλάσσω) — to  transform,  change, 
Plat.  Tim.  50  A  :  <o  motild,  lb.  92  B. 

Μεταπλύμενοι,  οί,  (μετά,  πέ?.ομαι) 
the  transformed,  the  deified,  ap.  He- 
sych. 

Μεταπλώω,  for  -πλέω,  {μετά,  ■7tλώω) 
to  change  one^s  sailing,  sail  on  another 
tack,  0pp.  H.  3,  427. 

Μεταπνέω,  f.  -πνενσω,  {μετά, 
πνέω)  to  recover  breath,  0pp.  H.  5, 
314  :  hence 

Μεταπνοή,  ης,  ή,  a  recovering  of 
breath. 

Μ.εταποίεω,  ω,  {μετά,  ποιέω)  to  al- 
ter the  make  of  a  thing,  remodel,  alter, 
Solon  I,  3,  Dem.  268,  5.  Mid.  to  lay 
claim  to,  pretend  to,  make  a  pretence  of 
a  thing,  c.  gen.,  e.  g.  ξννέσεοις,  αρε- 
τής, Thuc.  1.  140  ;  2,  57,  v.  Ruhnk. 
Tim. : — in  Hdt.  2,  178.  c.  ace, — un- 
less οί'δέν  σφι  μετεόν  be  taken 
as  absoL,  the  gen.  being  omitted, 
but  cf  μεταλαγχάνω,  μεταλαμβάνω. 
Hence 

Μεταποίησις,  εως.  η.  achanging  the 
form  if  3.  thing,  remodelling:  and 

Μετα-ίΐιητής,  ov,  6,  one  who  makes 
afresh :  hence 


ΜΕΤΑ 

Μεταποιητικός,  η,  όν,  fit,  disposed 
for  altering,  etc. 

Μεταποίνιος,  ov,  ( μετά,  ποινή  ) 
punishing  afterwards,  ap.  Suid. 

Ήίεταπομπή,  ης,  ή,=::μετάπεμ•ψις, 
Ep.  Plat.  348  D. 

tMeraTfovrioi•',  ov,  TO,Metapontum, 
a  Grecian  city  of  Lucania  in  Italy, 
Hdt.  4,  15 :  cf  Μέταβον.     Hence 

ίΜεταπόντιος,  ov,  of  Melapontum  ; 
όΙ  Μετ.,  the  inhah.  of  M.,  Hdt.,  etc. 

Μεταπόντιος,  ov,  {μετά,  πόντος) 
in  the  midst  of  the  sea. 

iM.ετάπovτoς,  ov,  ό,  Metapontns,  a 
hero  honoured  in  Metapontum,  Strab. 
p.  265. 

Μ.εταπορενδτ]ν,  adv.,  pursuing,  ap. 
Hesych. :  from 

Μεταπορεί'ομαι,  {μετά,  πορεύομαι) 
dep-,  c.  fut.  mid.,  et  aor.  pass. : — to  go 
after,  follow  up,  εχθραν,  Lys.  187,  1  : 
to  seek  after,  canvass  for,  Lat.  ambire, 
αρχήν,  Polyb.  10,  4,  2. — II.  to  go  from 
one  place  to  another,  viigrate,  Plat. 
Legg.  904  C.— III.  in  hostile  signf., 
to  pursue,  punish,  άσέβειαν,  Polyb.  1, 
88,  9,  etc. ;  like  μετέρχομαι. 

ΜεταποροτΓοιέω,  μεταποροποιία, 
v.  μετασνγκρίνω,  -κρισις. 

Μεταποτέος,  α,  ον,  verb.  adj.  οί με- 
ταπίνω,  to  be  drunk  after,  Hipp. 

Μ.ετάπράσις,  εως,  ή,  {μετά,  πιπρά- 
σκω) α  retailing  or  hawking,  Strab.  fp. 
235. 

Μεταπράτης,  ov,  b,  {μετά,  πιπρά- 
σκω) a  retail-dealer,  also  παλιμπρά- 
της.  [ττρΰ] 

Μίταπρεπής,  ές,  distinguished  among, 
c.  dat.  plur.,  άθανάτοισιν,  11.  18,  370  : 
from 

Μεταπρέπω,  {μετά,  πρέπω)  to  dis- 
tinguish one's  self,  be  distinguished 
among,  c.  dat.  plur.,  of  stately  ani- 
mals, ταύρος  μεταπρέπει  βόεσσι,  11. 
2,  481,  etc. ;  or  of  heroes, /ί.  7//^ώεσσί, 
Μυρμιδόνεσσι,  Ύρώεσσι,  etc.,  freq.  in 
Horn.  (esp.  in  II.),  and  Hes.  :  also  c. 
dat.  modi,  έγχεϊ  Ύρωσι  μεταπρέττω, 
I  am.  distinguished  among  the  Trojans 
by  the  spear,  II.  16,  835,  cf  596,  Hes. 
Th.  377  ;  so  c.  inf  μετέπρεπε  Μνρμι- 
δόνεσσιν  εΎχεϊ μάρνασθαι,  II.  16,  194; 
C.  ace,  μ.  ?μϋέοισιν  είδος.  Αρ.  Rh.  2, 
784. 

Μ,εταπτύμενος,  part.  aor.  of  μετα- 
πέταμαι. 

Μεταπτοιέω,  ώ,  {μετά,  πτοιέω)  to 
scare  away. — II.  intr.,  to  cower  down  or 
flee  for  fear,  Aesch.  Supp.  331. 

Μετάπτωσις,  εως,  η,  {μεταπίπτω) 
a  falling  into  another  place,  change. 
Plat.  Legg.  895  Β  ;  change  of  parly, 
εις  τι.νας,  Polyb.  3,  99,  3  ;  hence 

Μ,εταπτωτικός,  ή,  όν,  changeable, 
Dion.  Η. 

Μετάπτωτος,  ov,  {μεταπίπτω)=^ 
foreg.,  Plut.  2,  447  A.  Adv.  -τως. 
Epict. 

Μεταπνργιον,  ov,  τό,  {μετά,  πνρ- 
γος)=μεσοπνργιον,  Thuc.  3,  22. 

Μεταττωλεω,  ώ,  {μετά,  πω/:έω)= 
μετanιπpάσκω,Bbckh.]nscr.  Ι,ρ.  816. 

Μεταρδενω,  {μετά,  αρδεύω)  to  water, 
Heraclid.  Pont. 

Μετάρίθμιος,  ov,  {μετά,  αριθμός) 
counted  among,  c.  dat.  plur.,  άθανάτοι- 
σιν, Η.  Hom.  25,  6. 

Μεταββέω,  f  -βενσομαι.  {μετά.βέω) 
to  flow  differently,  to  change  to  anrl  fro, 
ebb  and  flow,  ώς  Εύριπος,  Arist.  Eth. 
N.  9,  6,  3  :  so  of  agues  and  recurring 
fevers,  Aretae. — II.  trans,  to  change 
the  course  of.  Plat.  Theaet.  193  C. 

ΜεταρΙ>ιζόω,  ω,  {μετά.  βιζόω)  to 
move  the  roots,  uproot,   Nonn.  fD.  32, 

Μετα()βιπίζω,  {μετά,  βιπίζω)  to  fan 
into  flame,  Nonn. 


ΜΕΤΑ 

Μεταββιπτέω,  (j,=sq.  [i] 

Μεταββίπτω,  ί.  -ψω,  {μετά.  βίπτω) 
to  turn  upside  down,  Dem.  797,  1 1  :  ίο 
bring  over  from  one  party  to  another, 
Polyb.  17,  13,  8,  etc. 

Μετάββοια,  ας,  ή,  {μεταββέω)  a 
change  of  stream,  change,  ~ov  πνινμη 
τος,  Arist.  Meteor.  2,  8,  20. 

Μεταββνθμέω,  ώ,  {μετά,  βυθμός) 
V.  1.  forsq.,  Plat.  Tim.  46  A. 

Μεταββνθμίζω,  {μετά,  βνθμίζω)  to 
change  the  form  of  Ά  thing,  to  remodel, 
γράμματα,  Hdt.  5,  58  ;  πόρον  μετ., 
Aesch.  Pers.747:  esp.  toreform. amend, 
Xen.  Oec.  11,  2  and  3,  Arist.  Eth.  N. 

10,  9,  5. — II.  to  make  in  a  different 
form.  Plat.  Tim.  91  D.     Hence 

Μίταββύθμΐσις,ή,  change  of  βυθμός: 
alteration. 

Μεταββνθμόω,  ώ,=μεταρβνθμίζω. 

Μεταββύίσκομαι,  as  ρα55.,=μεταβ' 
βέω. 

Μετάββνσις,  ή,  {μεταρβέω)=μετάρ• 
βοια. 

Μεταρσιο?ίεσχέω,  ώ,=:μετεωρολε- 
σχέω :  from 

Μεταρσιυλέσχης,  ον,  ό,  {μετάρσιος, 
λέσχη)=μετεωρολ'έσχης,Ρί3.ί.8ί3γρΐι. 
389  Α :  hence 

Μεταρσίολεσ;);ία,  ας,  η,^=μετεωρο• 
λογία,  Flut.  Pericl.  5. 

Μεταρσίολογέω,  ώ, μεταρσιολογία, 
!=μετεωρολ-. 

Μεταρσιολογικός,ή,  6ν,=^μετεωρο• 
7^αγικός,  Theophr. 

Μεταρσιολόγος,  ον,^μετεωρο7.ό- 
γος. 

Μετάρσιος,  ον,  also  α,  ον :  Dor. 
πεδάρσιος  :  {μεταίρω)  : — raised  on 
high,  high  in  air,  Lat.  sublimis,  Trag. 
(though  Aesch.  has  it  only  in  Dor. 
form) ;  u.  έπαίρειν  Eur.  Hec.  499 
(cf  μετέωρος) ;  έσττάτο  πέδονδε  και 
μετ..  Soph.  Tr.  786  ;  πτερωθείς  βον• 
λομαι  μ.  άναπτέσθαι,  Ar.  Αν.  1382 ; 
μετάρσιοι  χολαι  διεσττείροντο,  melt- 
ed ί?!ίο  air.  Soph.  Ant.  1009  ;  so,  λό- 
γοι πεδ.  θρώσκονσι  are  scattered  to 
the  winds,  Aesch.  Cho.  846:  tu  μ.= 
μετέωρα,  the  sky,  heavens,  Theophr. 
— 2.  floating  in  air ;  hence,  metaph., 
wavering,  iinsteady,  opp.  to  βέβαιος, 
Eur.  H.  F.  1093  :  also  airy,  empty, 
κόμπος,  Eur.  Andr.  1220. — II.  like^ue- 
τέωρο€,  on  the  high  sea.  i.  e.  out  at  sea, 
Hdt.  i,  188.— Mostly  poet.    Hence 

Μεταρσιόω,  ώ.  to  raise  aloft,  lift, 
like  μετεωρίζω,  Hdt.  8,  65. 

Μέταρσις,  εως,  ή,  (μεταίρω)  η  raising 
and  removing ;  a  transplanting,  εις  τό- 
πον, Theophr. 

Μετασιύομαι,  (μετά,  σενομαι)  to  go 
with  or  by  the  side  of,  II.  6,  296.— 11. 
to  rusk  towards  Or  after,  II.  21,  423; 
c.  ace.  to  rush  upon,  ποιμένα  ?.αών, 

11.  23,  389.  (After  the  augm..  σ  is 
usu.  doubled,  hence  II.. μετεσσενοντο 
and  3  aor.  syncop.  μετέσσντο.) 

Μετασκαίρω,  (μετά,  σκαίρω)  to  skip 
among  or  after,  Arat.  280. 

Μετασκευάζω,  f.  -άσω,  {μετά,  σκευ- 
άζω) to  put  into  another  dress  {σκενή): 
to  change  thefashionof,  transforin,  εαυ- 
τόν, Ar.  Eccl.  499  ;  τά  άρματα,  Xen. 
Cyr.  6,  2,  8  ;  μ.  νόμον,  to  alter  a  law, 
insert  something  in  it,  Dinarch.  95, 
31. — II.  in  mid.  to  pack  up  one's  things 
and  shift  one's  quarters,  μετασκενασά- 
μενος  τον  ό?^ον  οίκον,  Dion.  Η.  4,  6. 
Hence 

Μετασκεΐ'βστί/ιόζ•,  ή,  όν,  fit  for  al- 
tering. 

Μ,ετασκενή,  ης,  ή,  (μετά,  σκενή) 
alteration,  amendment,  Dion.  Η. 

Μετασκενωρέομαι,  {μετά,  σκενω- 
ρέομαι)  dep.,  to  alter,  Plat.  Polit. 
276  C.  ^ 

Μετασκηνόω,  ώ,  {μετά.  σκηνόω)  to 
919 


ΜΕΤΑ 

go  from  one  dwelling  to  another,  Diod. 
+S.  14,  32. 

Μετασοβέω,  ώ,  {μετά,  σοβέω)  = 
μεταί^ώκω- 

Μετασ-ύω,ώ,ί.-ύσωΛμετά,  σ-ύω) 
ίο  draw  over  from  one  side  to  another, 
ireipg.  μετασ-ΰν  σκ/.ηρά  μα7.θακώς 
λε}•ωΐ',  Soph.  Ο.  C.  774. 

ίΛετασ-όμενος,  part.  aor.  mid.  of 
μεθέ-ω.  II.  13,  5(57. 

Μεταστϊών,  part.  aor.  act.  of  μεθέ- 
ηω,  Horn. 

Μέτασσαι,  ai,  in  Od.  9,  221,  lambs 
younger  than  the  firstlings  (~ρόγο- 
vol),  but  older  than  the  last-born 
{έρσαι),  and  5θζ=μέσαι,  the  middle- 
born  or  summer-lamhs.  (Not  from 
μετά,  after,  as  ϊΐ=επισσαι  from  ίπί, 
after-born,  afterlings  ;  but  from  μετά, 
μέσος,  between.  Cf.  περισσός  from 
περί.) 

Μετασσενομαι,  Ep.  for  μετασενο- 
μαι,  II.    Hence 

^ετάσσντος,  ov,  hastening  towards 
one. 

'Μ.ετάστΰσις,  ευς,  i],  (μεθίσταμαι) 
a  being  put  into  a  different  place,  remo- 
val, of  place,  u.  έξ  οικείας  εις  ά/.'λο- 
τρίαν.  Plat.  Tim.  82  Α.  cf.  Legg.  177 
A  :  μ.  ΐι'λίον,  an  eclipse,  Eur.  I.  T•  816 : 
— μ.  βίυν,  departure  from  life,  Eur. 
Oed.  12;  and  without  βίου,  Simon. 
2  : — on  the  Att.  stage,  the  exit  of  the 
chorus;  cf  πάροδος  11. — 2.  a  changing, 
change,  μοροης,  γνώμης,  Eur.  Hgc. 
1266,  Andr.  1003  ;  θνμύ  μετάστασιν 
όιόάναι,  to  bring  α  change  upon  one's 
wrath,  i.  e.  give  it  up,  Herm.  Soph. 
Ant.  714: — a  change  of  political  consli- 
tution,  revolution,  Thuc.  8,  74,  Plat. 
Legg.  856  C  ;  esp.  at  Athens,  the  Rev- 
olution 0/411  B.  C,  Lys.  184,  6,  etc.— 
11.  (μεθίστημι)  a  putting  away,  banish- 
ing, των  πολιτών,  Ep.  Plat.  356  E. 

Μεταστατέον,  verb.  adj.  of  μεθί- 
στηιιΐ,  one  must  alter,  Isocr.  109  B. 

Μεταστατικός,  ή,  όν,  (μετάστασις) 
denoting  change,  of  particles,  Gramm. 

Μεταστατός.  ή,  όν,  (μεθίσταμαι)  re- 
moved, changed,  Hipp.  p.  302. 

Μεταστείχω,  (μετά,  στείχω)  ίο  go 
after,  pursue,  τινά,  Eur.  Hec.  509, 
Supp.  90. — II.  absol.  to  depart,  Ap. 
Rh.  3,  451. 

Μεταστέ/Λομαι,  (μετά,  στέλλω) 
as  mid.,  like  μεταπέβπομαι,  to  send 
for,  summon,  τινά,  Luc.  Alex.  55  ; 
also  in  act.,  Id.  Contempl.  12. 

Μεταστένω,  (μετά,  στένω)  to  la- 
ment afterwards,  άτην,  Od.  4,  261, 
πόνον  (al.  πόνων)  Aesch.  Eum.  59 ; 
in  mid.,  Eur.  Med.  996. 

Μεταστεψάνόω,  ώ,  [μετά,  στεφα- 
νόω)  to  put  on  a  different  wreath. 

"Μεταστήβιος,  ov,  (μετά,  στήθος) 
between  the  breasts. 

Μεταστοιχεί,  ζ.ά\.^μεταστοιχί. 

Μ,εταστοιχειόω,  ω,  [μετά,  στοι- 
χειόω)  to  change  the  elementary  nature 
of  a  thing  ;  μ.  γήν,  to  transform  earth 
into  water,  of  Xer.xes,  Philo.  Hence 
Μεταστοιχείωσις,  ή,  a  remodelling, 
transformaliim,  Eccl. 

Μεταστοιχί,  adv.  (μετά,  στοϊχος) 
all  in  a  row,  one  behind  another,  II.  23, 
358.  [i] 

Μεταστονάχίζω,  (μετά,  στοναχίζω) 
to  sigh  or  lament  afterwards,  Hes.  Sc. 
92. 

Μεταστρατείιομαι,  ( μετά,  στρα- 
τεύομαι) of  troops,  to  go  over  to  anoth- 
er general,  App.  Mithr.  51. 

Μεταστρΰτοπεδενω,  (μετά,  στρα- 
τοπεδεύω) to  shift  one's  ground  Of 
camp,  Polvb.  3.  112,  2: — so  as  dep. 
mid.,  Xen'  Cyr.  3,  3,  23. 

Μεταστρεπτέον,  verb.  adj.  from  με- 
ταστρέφω, one  must  turn,  retort,  Arist. 
920 


ΜΕΤΑ 

Μεταστρεπτικός,  ή,  όν,  fit  for  turn- 
ing another  way,  fit  for  directing,  επί 
τι,  Plat.  Rep.  525  A :  from 

Μεταστρέφω,  f.  --ψω,  (μετά,  στρέφω) 
to  turn  about,  turn  round  or  away,  rOOV, 
II.  15.  52  ;  7/τορέκ  ,ιό/οι•,  II.  ΪΟ,  107  ; 
έαντόν  προς  το  μα/.θακώτερον,  Αγ. 
Ran.  538  ;  το  ττρόςωπον  προς  τι, 
Plat.  Symp.  190  Ε  : — hence  in  pass., 
to  turn  one's  self  about,  turn  about, 
whether  to  face  the  enemy,  as  II.  11, 
595,  Hdt.  7,  21 1  ;  or  to  flee,  as  11.  8, 
258,  (in  11.  always  in  part.  aor.  μετα- 
στρεφθείς) :  so,  simply,  to  turn  round. 
Plat.  Phaedr.  116  D,  etc  :  and  so,  to 
attend,  Dem.  585,  11. — 2.  to  turn  round, 
retort,  αιτίας,  Dem.  1032,  1. — 3.  to 
turn  all  ways,  SO  as  to  examine.  Plat. 
Theaet.  191  C  ;  also,  μ.  άνω  και  κάτω, 
Id.  Phaedr.  272  Β. — 4.  to  pervert,  make 
a  bad  use  of,  δύναμιν.  Id.  Rep.  367  A. 
— 5.  to  change,  alter,  ψί/φισμα,  At. 
Ach.  537,  in  pass. ;  but  μ.  τι  αντί  τί- 
νος, to  use  one  for  another,  Plat.  Crat. 
418  C. — 11.  intr.,  to  turn  another  way, 
change  one's  ways,  II.  15,  203  : — hence 
μεταστρέφας,  contrariwise,  Stallb. 
Plat.  Gorg.  456  E,  Rep.  587  D.— 2.  c. 
gen.,  to  care  for,  regard,  Eur.  Hipp. 
1226;  cf.  μετατρέπω. — 3.  to  turn  round 
upon,  so  as  to  punish  or  avenge,  of 
the  gods,  Od.  2,  67  ;  cf.  μετάτροπος. 
Hence 

Μεταστροφή,  ης,  ή.  a  turning  from 
one  thing  to  another,  από  τίνος  επί  τι. 
Plat  Rep.  525  C,  532  Β. 

Μεταστρωφάω,  ώ,  =  μεταστρέφω, 
Orph.  Lith.  733. 

Μεταστν7ιον,  ov,  τή,  (μετά,  στν- 
?.ος)  α  colonnade,  Dio  C.  |68,  25,twith 
V.  1.  μεταστήΑΐον. 

Μετασνγκρίνω,  (μετά,  συγκρίνω) 
to  discharge  peccant  humours  through  the 
pores,  to  employ  diaphoretics,  medical 
term  of  the  Methodic  school,  v.  Foes. 
Oec.  Hipp.  :  also  μεταποροποιέω. 
Hence 

Μετασύγκρΐσις,  εως,  ή,  the  discharge 
of  peccant  hu7)iours  by  the  pores,  Diosc.  : 
also  μετοποροποίία.     Hence 

Μετασυγκρΐτικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging 
Ιομετασύγκρισις,δνναμιςμ.,=ίθϊ6§. : 
τα  μ.,  diaphoretics,  Diosc. 

Μετασνντίθημι,  (μετά,  σνντίθημι) 
to  place,  arrange  differently,  Dem.  Phal. 

Μετασυρω,  (μετά,  σύρω)  to  drag  to 
another  place,   [v] 

Μετασώαιρίζω,  (μετά,  σφαιρίζω)  to 
throw  a  ball  over  or  away.     Hence 

Μετασφαφισμός,  ού,  ό,  the  throwing 
of  a  ball  away. 

Μετάσχεσις,  εως,  η,  (μετέχω)  par- 
ticipation, τινός,  in  the  nature  of  a 
thing,  like  μέθεξις.  Plat.  Phaed.  101 
C. 

Μετασχηματίζω,  f.  -ί'σω,  (μετά, 
σχηματίζω)  to  change  the  form  of,  alter. 
Plat.  Legg.  903  Ε  ;  ρήμα  μετεσχημα- 
τισμένον,  a  metaphor,  lb.  906  C. 
Hence 

Μετασ;^;7?/ίάτίσ<ζ•,  εως,  ή,  change  of 
form,  Arist.  de  Sens.  6,  15 :  and 

Μετασ^7;«ΰτ(σ/ίό{•,  οϋ,  o,=foreg., 
Phit.  2,  687  B. 

Μετατάσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  f  -ζω  (μετά, 
τάσσω)  : — to  change  the  order  of,  ar- 
range or  place  differently. — Mid.,  to 
change  one's  order  of  battle,  Xen.  Cyr. 
6,  1,  43 ;  μετατάσσεσθαι  παρ'  ' .αθη- 
ναίους, to  go  over  and  join  them,  Thuc. 
1,  95. 

Μετατίθημι,  ί.  -θήσω,  {μετά,  τίθη- 
μι)  to  place  among,  τω  κ'  οντι  τόσον 
κέ?.αδυν  μετέθηκεν,  then  he  would  not 
have  caused  so  much  noise  among  US, 
Oil.  18,  402.— II.  to  place  differently, 
change,  alter,  Thuc.  5, 18,  etc. ;  μ.  τάς 


ΜΕΤΑ 

επωνυμίας  έπι  νός,  to  change  their 
names  and  call  them  after  swine,  Hdt. 
5,  68  ;  μ.  τι  αντί  τίνος,  to  put  one 
thing  in  place  of  another,  Dem.  303, 
9 ;  μ.  Ti  εις  τόπον.  Plat.  Symp.  191 
Β  :  to  transpose,  Arist.  Interpr.  10,  16. 
— 2.  mid.,  to  change  what  is  one's  own 
or  for  one's  self,  μ.  τά  είρημένα,  Xen. 
Mem.  4,  2,  18,  τάς  δόξας,  Dem.  304, 
3  : — absol.  to  change  one's  opinion,  re- 
tract. Plat.  Rep.  345  B,  etc. ;  whence 
Dionysius  of  Heraclea,  who  went 
over  from  the  Stoics  to  the  Cyreiia- 
ics,  was  called  μεταθεμένος,  turn-coat, 
Diog.  L.  7,  37,  166:  also  μ.  την  γνώ- 
μην,  to  change  to  a  new  opinion,  Hdt. 
7,  18  ;  μετεθον  /.νσσαν,  thou  hast 
changed  to  madness,  Pors.  Or.  248  : 
but,  μ.  τον  φόβον,  to  get  rid  of,  trans- 
fer one's  fear,  Dem.  287,  7 :  also  c. 
inf,  to  change  and  say  that....  Plat. 
Gorg.  493  C,  D  :  το  κείνων  κακόν 
τώδε  κέρδος  μ.,  to  alter  their  evil  de- 
signs into  gain  for  him.  Soph.  PhiL 
515. 

ΜεΓατί«τω,  (μετά,  τίκτω)  to  bring 
forth  after,  Aesch.  Ag.  760,  in  tmesis. 

Μετατρεττί/cof,  ή,  όν,  able  to  turn 
or  change,  Iambi. :  from 

Μετατρέττω,  f.  -φω,  (μετά,  τρέπω) 
to  turn  round,  Diod. — II.  usu.  m  mid. 
or  pass.,  to  turn  one's  self  round,  esp. 
to  turn  hack,  as  II.  1,  199,  μετά  6'  ίτρά- 
πετο  :  hence, — 2.  to  look  back  to,  care 
for,  jnind  or  regard,  like  ά'λεγίζω,  C. 
gen.,  II.  1,  160 ;  12,  238,  φι/.ότητος, 
11.9,  630  :  to  attend  to,  take  care  of,  cf. 
έντρέπομαι,  επιστρέφομαι,  μεταστρέ- 
φω II.  2.— III.  intr.=mid..  Pmd.  Fr. 
164 — This  compd.  does  not  seem  to 
have  been  much  used  in  Att. 

Μετατρέπω,  (μετά,  τρέφω)  to  bring 
up  among,  τισί.  Αρ.  Rh.  2.  1230. 

Μετατρέχω,  (μετά,  τρέχω)  to  run 
after,  τινά,  Phryn.  (Com.)  Kpoi'.  1 ; 
to  run  to  get  a  thing,  παρ'  Αθηναίων 
σν  μεταθρέξει  ταχύ,  Ar.  Pac.  261. 

Μετατροπάζομαι,=μετατρέπομαι2. 

Μετατροπάλίζομαι,  (μετά,  τρέπω) 
as  pass.,  to  turn  about,  esp.  for  flight, 

11.  20,  190. 

Μετατρο7Γ?7,  ής,  ή,  (μετατρέπω)  a 
turning  about :  a  turning  upon,  vixita- 
iion,  vengeance  for  a  thing,  έργων,  Eur. 
Andr.  492. 

ΜετατροτΓία,  ας,  ^,=^{oTeg.,  a  re- 
verse, Pind.  P.  10,  31  :  from 

ΜετάτροτΓΟξ•,  ov,  (μετά,τρέπω)  tam- 
ed, turning  aliout,  esp.  as  an  enemy  ; 
turning  round  upon,  δαίμων  μ.  επί  τινι, 
Aesch.  Pers.  942 : — but,  έργαμετάτρο- 
πα=εργα  ύντιτα,  παλίντιτα,  deeds 
that  turn  upon  their  author  or  are  visited 
with  vengeance,  Hes.  Th.  89  ; — and 
there  is  prob.  the  same  collat.  notion 
of  vengeance  in  μ.  avpai,  Eur.  El. 
1147;  πολέμου  μετάτροπος  avpa,  Ar. 
Pac.  945.     Cf.  μεταστρέόω  I.  2. 

Μετατρωπύημαι,  (μετά,  τρωπάω) 
as  pass.,  frequent,  of  μετατρέπομαι, 
Αρ.  Rh.  3,  297. 

Μετατρωνάω.  ώ,  f  -ήσω,  poet,  for 
μετατρέχω,  Rhian. 

Μετατνπόω,  ώ,  (μετά,  τνπόω)  to 
transform,  τι  αντί  τίνος,  Philo.  Hence 

Μετατΰττωσίζ•.  εως,  ή,  in  Gramm., 
the  convetsion  of  a  compound  word 
into  two  sioiiile  ones,  as  ακρόπολις 
into  άκρα  πόλιχ.  [ϋ] 

Μεταιΐ)ά^ω,  Dor.  πεδ-,  (μετά,  αυ- 
γό ζω)  to  look  keenly  after,  look  about 
for,  τινά,  Pind.  N.  10,  114. 

Μεταιΐ(5άω,  ώ,ί.  -ήσω,  (μετά,  ανδάω) 
to  speak  among,  and  so  to  address,  in 
Horn,  always  c.  dat.  plur.,  άθανέιτοι- 
σι,  Άργείοίσι,  etc.,  and  always  m  3 
sing,  impf.,  μετηνδα,  except  in  Od. 

12,  153,  270,  where  we  have  1  sing., 


ΜΕΤΑ 

μετηνδων :  cf.  μετάφημι,  μεταφωνέο. 
— II.  later  also  c.  ace.  pers.,  to  accost, 
address,  Ap.  Rh.  2,  54,  Mosch.  4,  61. 

Μετανθις,  Ion.  -αντις,  (μετά,  ανθις) 
adv.,  afterwards,  thereupon,  Hdt.  1,  62, 
Aesch.  Ε  urn.  478. 

Μέταν/.ος,  ov,  Att.  for  μέσαν?.ος 
Cq.  v.),  Lob.  Phryn.  195. 

Μ,εταύρΐον,  (μιτύ,  αίφιον)  adv.  : 
ή  μ.  (SC.  7/μέρα)  the  day  after  to-morrow. 

tMerai'pof,  ov,  b,  the  Metaurus,  a 
river  of  Umbria,  now  Meiaro,  Strab. 
p.  227. — 2.  a  river  of  Bruttium,  now 
Maro,  Id.  p.  256. 

Μεταντίκα,  (μετά,  αντίκα)  adv., 
forthwith,  thereupon,  Hdt.  5,  112.   [t] 

Μεταντις,  Ion.  for  μετανθις,  Hdt. 

Μέταντος,  ior  μετά,  Tab.  Heracl. 

Μετανχένιος.  ov,  (μετά,  ανχήν)  be- 
longing to  or  behind  the  neck :  τύ  μ., 
the  back  of  the  shoulders. 

Μεταφέρω,  ί.  μετοίσω  (μετά,  φέρυ) : 
— to  carry  over,  transfer^  τι  εκ  TLVUV 
εΙς  Τίνας,  Dem.  262,  25  ;  τινάς  εις  or 
έπί  τι.  Id.  724,  fin. ;  491,  16 ;  μ.  κέν- 
τρα τζώ'/.οις,  to  apply  the  goad  to  the 
horses  m  turn,  Eur.  Phoen.  179^—2.  to 
change,  alter,  γνώμην μετοίσεις.  Soph. 
Phil.  962  ;  to  pervert,  confound,  τα  δί- 
καια, άξίωσιν,  Aeschin.  81,  33  ;  85, 
17  : — Pass,  to  change  one's  course,  Xen. 
Cyn.  4,  5. — 3.  to  carry  neu-s,  hence  to 
report,  Lat.  referre,  App. — 1.  in  rhet- 
oric, to  transfer  the  sense  of  one  word  to 
another,  employ  a  metaphor,  Arist.  Eth. 
N.  9,  5,  3  :  cf  μεταφορά. 

Μετάφημι.  (μετά,  οημί)  like  μεταυ- 
δάυ,  to  speak  among,  and  so  to  address, 
Horn,  (who  only  uses  3  sing.  impf. 
μετέόη),  c.  dat.  plur.,  e.  g.  τ^σι  (sc. 
δμωαΐς),  Od.  18,  312  ;  elsewhere, 
Horn,  always  joins  it  with  τοις  or 
τοίσι,  which  in  Od.  may  be  taken  as 
dat.  pers.  (like  τήσι  supr.),  he  address- 
ed them  ;  but  in  ll.  2,  411  ;  4,  153  ;  19, 
55,  a  single  person  is  spoken  to,  so 
that  here  τοΙς  must  be  dat.  rei  (sub. 
μνβοις,  ε~εσι),  in  these  words  he  spake  ; 
and  so  we  might,  though  not  so  well, 
explain  the  places  of  the  Od.,  except 
indeed  18,  312,  supr.  cit.— In  II.  2, 
795  absol.  for  simple  ίφη. — Cf  μετεΐ- 
πον. 

Μεταφημίζομαι,(μετά,φημίζ<Λΐ)άβρ., 
to  change  the  name  to,  c.  ace,   Rhian. 

Μεταφοιτάω,  ώ,  (μετά.  φοιτύω)  to 
pass  from  one  to  another,  Strab. 

Μεταφορά,  άς,  η,  (.μεταφέρω)  in 
rhetoric,  α  transferring  to  one  word  the 
sense  of  another,  a  metaphor,  trope,  Lat. 
translatio,  Arist.  Poet.  21,  7,  Rhet.  3, 
10,7. 

Μεταφορέω,  ώ,=μεταφέρω,  Hdt.  1, 
64.     Hence 

Μεταφορητός,  όν,  carried  from  one 
place  to  another  :  to  be  so  carried,  porta- 
ble. Arist.  Ausc.  Phys.  4,  4,  18. 

Μεταφορίζω,^μεταφέρω,  dub. 

Μεταφορικός,  ή,  όν,  (μεταφορά)  apt 
at  metaphors,  Arist.  Poet.  22,  16. — II. 
metaphorical :  adv.  -κώς,  Plut.  2, 884  A. 

Μεταφράζομαι,  (μετά,  φράζομαι)  as 
mid.,  to  consider  after,  ταντα  μεταφρα- 
σόμεσθα  και  ανθις,  II.  1,  140. 

Μεταφράζω,  (μετά,  φράζω)  to  change 
from  one  style  into  another,  6.  g.  from 
poetry  to  prose  :  to  paraphrase,  to 
translate,  Plut.  Cat.  Maj.  19,  Cic.  40. 
Hence 

Μετάφράσις,  εως,  ή,  a  paraphrasing, 
Plut.  Deinosth.  8  :  and 

Μεταφραστές,  ov,  6,  (not  μεταφρα- 
στής. Lob.  Paral.  448)  : — one  who 
changes  from  one  style  into  another  :  a 
tranjilator. 

Μετάφρενοι•,  ov.  τό,  strictly,  the 
part  behind  the  midriff  (μετά.  τάς  φρε- 
νας)  the  broad  of  the  back,  and  gener- 


META 

ally  the  back,  μεταόρένφένδόρν  -κηξεν 
ώμων  μεσση)νς,  U.  5,  40,  50;  μετά- 
φρενον  ήόέ  και  ώμω  τϊληξεν,  II.  2,  205, 
etc. ;  μετ.  ί/όέ  και  ώμονς  (οί  a  wo- 
man), Od.  8,  528,  etc.  :— later,  the 
parts  about  the  kidneys  ;  and  the  back 
of  the  head. 

Μεταφρίσσω,  f.  -ξω,  (μετά,  φρίσσω) 
to  shiver  after,  to  get  a  chill,  Hipp. 

Μεταφνομαι,  (μετά,  φύω)  mid.,  c. 
aor.  2  -έφνν,  inf.  -φνναι :  perf  -πέφϋ- 
κα : — to  become  by  a  change,  ά?ι?.οϊοι  με- 
τέφνν,  Emped.  319  :  ύνόρών  όσοι  δει- 
λοί (-ήσαν)  }νναΐκες μετεφνοντο,  grew 
into  women.  Plat.  Tim .  90  Ε. — 2.  to 
grow  afttr,  Hipp.  p.  251. 

Με7α(^ίΐΓεία,  ας,  ή,  a  transplanting, 
Theophr. ;  so  μεταψύτενσις,  εως,  ή: 
from 

Μεταφυτεύω,  (μετά,  φντεύω)  to 
transplant,  shift.  Philem.  p.  416. 

Μεταφωνέω,  ώ,  (μετά,  φωνέω)  like 
μετανδάω,  to  speak  among,  c.  dat.  pi., 
Μνρμιδόνεσσι,  II.  18,  323,  etc.  :  c. 
ace.  pers.,  to  accost,  Ap.  Rh.  1,  702. 

Μεταχάζομαι,(μετά,χάζομαι)άβρ., 
to  shrink  from,  c.  gen.,  Ap.  Rh.  3,  436. 

Μεταχά/.κενσις,  εως,  ή,  the  working 
of  metals  into  a  tie w  form  :  from 

Mera;t;a/.Kei'ij,  (μετά.  χα?.κεύω)  to 
work  ?netals  into  a  new  form. 

Μεταχάράσσω,  (μετά,  χαράσσω) to 
grave  a>tew,  Menand.  p.  204. 

Μεταχείμάσις,  ή,  (μετά,  χειμάζω) 
an  after-storm,  Plin. 

Μεταχειρίζω,  (μετά,  χειρίζω)  to 
have  or  take  in  hand,  μ.  σκηπτρον,  Eur. 
Incert.  103. —  II.  to  have  in  hand,  have 
the  management  of.  χρήματα,  Hdt.  3, 
142. — 2.  to  handle,  manage,  treat,  Thuc. 
1,  13;  4,  18;  6,  16•. — of  persons,  ;;j;a- 
λεηώς μ.  τινά.  Id.  7,  87. 
I  Β.  Elsewh.  in  Att.  prose,  as  dep., 
I  μεταχειρίζομαι,  f.  -ιονμαι :  aor.  μετε- 
χειρισάμην  :  like  the  act.,  to  have  in 
one's  hands,  handle,  τι,  Plat.  Phaedr. 
210  Ε ;  and  so,  always  c.  ace.  (for 
the  genit.,  in  Plat.  Rep.  417  A,  be- 
longs only  to  άπτεσθαι). — 2.  to  take  in 
hand,  manage,  contrive,  like  French 
manier,  Hdt.  2,  121,  1  ;  μ.  ~ρά)μα,  to 
conduct  an  aftair,  Ar.  Eq.  345  :  to  gov- 
ern, Xen.  Mem.  1,  4,  17.• — 3.  to  have 
in  hand,  practise,  pursue  an  art,  study, 
etc.,  Lat.  tractare,  exercere,  μ.  μονσι- 
κήν,  Ίατρικήν,  etc.,  freq.  in  Plat. : 
also  c.  inf.,  to  study  to  do.  Id.  Meno  81 
A. — 4.  to  handle,  treat  or  deal  ivith  in  a 
certain  way,  ώμώς  μ.  τινά,  Dem.  753, 
13  ;  ώς  ά'/.νπότατα  μ.  ττάβος,  Lys.  169, 
9  :  absol  to  treat,  of  physicians,  Plat. 
Rep.403C.— 5.perf/ie-a/ce_^fipio//.a<, 
to  have  put  in  one's  hands,  αρχάς.  Plat. 
Tim.  20  A ;  μετακεχειρισβαι  παι- 
δείαν,  to  have  received  an  education. 
Id.  Legg.  670  E. 

Μεταχείρως,  ov,  (μετά,  χειρ)  in  the 
hands,  ISonn. 

Μεταχείρΐσις,  εως,  ή,  (μετά,  χειρί- 
ζω)   α    taking    in    hand,    management, 
prob.  1.  in  Dion.  H.  : — medical  treat- 
ment, Galen. 
i      Μεταχειρισμός,  οϋ,  δ,=μεταχείρι- 

'  οις- 

1  Μεταχενομαι,  (μετά,  χενω,  χέω) 
mid.,  to  pour  back  into  ones  self,  suck 
back,  Opp.  H.  1,  572. 
1  Μεταχθόνιος.  ov,  {μετά.  χθων)  high 
!  above  the  earth,  high  up,  Ap.  Rh.  3, 
1151  :  v.  μεταχρόνιος. — II.  on  earth, 
ISonn. 

Μετύχοιρον,  τό,    (μετά,   χοίρος) 
strictly,  an  after-pig,  i.  e.   the  least, 
weakest  of  the  litter,  Arist.  H.  A.  6,  1θ, 
27,  Gen.  An.  2,  8,  24. 
Μετάχοιρος,  ov,  o,=foreg. 
Μεταχρι/μΰτίζω,  (μετά.  χρηματίζω)) 
.  to  call  by  a  different  title,  Diod. 


METE 

Μεταχρόνιος,  ov,  pi.et.  usu.  a,  ov, 
(μετά.  χρόνος)  9\.ήζύ•<)=μετάχρονος, 
happening  afterwards,  and  SO  in  Γγ\  ph. 
1,  Luc.  Alex.  28;  but,— 11.  in  Ep. 
poets,  from  Hes.  Th.  269  downwds  , 
it  is  always  used  like  μεταχβονιος, 
μετέωρος,  μετάρσιος.  high  aliove  the 
earth,  high  up  :  the  places  are  collect- 
ed by  Ruhnk.  ap.  Gaisf  Hes.  I.  c, 
and  in  all  of  them  Brunck  would  sub- 
stitute μεταχϋόνιος  for  it ;  but  wrong- 
ly, for  the  ancients  distinctly  recog- 
nized this  use  of  μεταχρόνιος,  Wolf 
Hes.  1.  c. — though  it  is  hard  to  ex- 
plain it. 

Μετάχρονος,  ov,  (μετά,  χρόνος)  af- 
ter the  time,  done  later,  Luc.  Salt.  80. 

Μεταχρώνννμι,  f.  -χμώσω,  (μετά, 
χρώνννμι)  to  chatige  the  colour  of,  dye. 
Hence 

Μεταχρωστέον,  verb,  adj.,  one  must 
dye,  Clem.  Al. 

Μεταχωρέω,  ύ,  (μετά,  χωρέω)  to  go 
to  another  place,  retire,  Aesch.  Pr.  1060, 
in  tmesis  ;  to  migrate,  of  birds  of  pas- 
sage, Ar.  Av.  710;  to  go  over  to  an- 
other party,  Plut.  Demetr.  29 ;  to 
change,  εις  φνσιν  τινός,  Ael.  Ν.  Α.  9, 
43.     Hence 

Μεταχώρησις,  εως,  ή,  α  going  from 
one  place  to  another,  passage. 

Μεταψαίρω,  (μετά,  ■φαιρω)  to  brush 
against,  τϊοδϊ  πέτρον,  Eur.  Phoen. 
1390. 

Μεταψα?.άσσω,  (μετά,  ψαλάσσω) 
to  remove,  put  elsewhere. 

Μεταψηφίζω,  [μετά.  ψηφίζω)  to 
transfer  by  a  decree,  App.,  in  pass. 
Hence 

Μετα-φήφΙσις,  εως,  ή,  a  transferring 
by  decree. 
Μετάψυξις,  ή,  (μετά,  χρύχω)  a  cooling. 

Μεταψνχωσις,  ή,^μετεμτΐ'ύχωσις, 
dub.  [ν] 

Μετέάσι,  Ερ.  3  ρ1.  for  μέτεισι,  Π. 
7,  227. 

Μετεγγράφω,  ί.  -ψω,  (μετά,  εηγρύ- 
φω)  to  put  upon  a  new  register,  Ar.  Eq. 
1370,  in  fut.  2  pass.,  μετεγ'•J  ραφήσε- 
ται.  [a] 

Μετεγγνάομαι,  αετέγγνος,  Att.  for 
μεσεγγ-,  dub. 

Mere)  κεντρίζω,  (μετά,  έγκεντρίζω) 
to  bud  on  another  tree,  Geop. 

Μετεγχέω,  ί.-χενσω,  (μίτά,  εγχέω) 
to  pour  from  one  vessel  into  another. 

Μετέειττε,  μετέειπον.  Ion.  and  Ep. 
for  μετεΐ-ον.  q.  v.,  Horn. 

Μετέτισι,  Epic,  for  μετ^,  3  sing. 
subj.  pres.  οί μέτειμι,  11.  3,  109. 

Μέτειαι,  (μετά,  είμι)  .' — to  be  among, 
c.  dat.  plur.,  άθανάτοισι,  ζωοίσι,  φβι• 
μένοισι  μετεΐναι.  etc.,  Hom.,  cf  Hdt. 
1,  171  ;  absol.,  II.  2,  386,  ov  }ϋρ  τταν- 
σω/.ή  γε  μετέσσεται,  no  interval  of  rest 
will  be  mine. — II.  impers.,  μέτεστί  uoi 
τινός,  I  have  a  share  in  or  claim  to  a 
thing,  Hdt.  5,  94,  and  freq.  in  Att, both 
verse  and  prose  ;  in  full,  μέτιστι  μοι 
μέρος  τινός,  Hdt.  6,  107.  cf  Eur.  I. 
T.  1299,  Plat.  Parm.  163  C :  so  part, 
neut.  used  absol.,  μετόν  τινί  τίνος, 
since  he  had  a  share  of..,  Thuc.  1,  28  : 
— but  also  c.  nom.  rei,  μέτεστι  ττάσι 
TO  Ισον.  Thuc.  2,  37. — 2.  μέτεστί  μοι, 
c.  inf ,  /  have  a  right  to  do  so  and  so, 
Soph.  El.  536,  Plat.  Rep.  490  B. 

Μέτειμι,  (μετά,  ειμί.. and  like  it 
usu.  with  a  fut.  signf  )  : — to  go  between 
or  among ;  so  in  Ep.  part,  aor.,  μετει- 
σάμενος,  walking  between.  11.  13,  90; 
17,  285. — II.  to  go  after  or  behind,  fol- 
low, absol.  in  11  6,  341  ;  μ.  ττό/εμύιδε, 
to  go  to  battle,  11.  13,  298  :— later,  c. 
ace. ;  and  so, — 1.  to  go  after,  go  for.  to 
go  to  fetch,  go  to  seek,  in  full  μετήισσν 
άξοντες,  Hdt.  3,  28;  but  usu.  simply 
c.  ace,  Hdt.  3,  19,  Ar.  Eq.  605;  myn 
921 


METE 

u,  φΰνον,  Eur.  Med.  390; — to  pursue 
an  art,  Plat.  Phaedr.  263  B,  etc. ;  to 
pursue  a  subject  (in  arguing,  etc.),  Id. 
Symp.  210  A. — 2.  in  Trag.,  esp.  lo 
pursue,  punish,  visit  with  vengeance, 
τινά,  Aesch.  Ag.  l(i6C,  Soph.  El.  478, 
of.  Thuc.  4,  62  ;  μ.  όίκας  τινά,  Acsch. 
Eurn.  231,  wherti  όίκας  must  be  taken 
as  ace.  cognat.,  to  execute  judgment 
upon  one,  of.  Elmsl.  Dacch.  346, 
Med.  256  ;  so,  άποινα  μ.  τινά,  Eur. 
Bacch.  517. — 111.  c.  ace.  pers.,  also, 
μ.  τινά  βνσίαις,  to  approach  one  with 
sacrifices,  Hdt.  7,  178. — IV.  to  pass 
over,  go  over  to  the  other  side.  μίΤτΊσαν, 
3  pi.  impf.,  Ar.  Eq.  605,  ef.  Ap.  Rh. 
2,  688. — 2.  to  pass  over  to  another 
question,  ίκησε  τον  λόγον,  Ar.  Nub. 
1408.     Ci.  μετέρχομαι  throughout. 

ΜετεΙπον,  Ep.  μετέειπον,  aor.  2  of 
μετάφημι,  (μετά,  είπον  )  to  speak 
among,  ad,dress,  c.  dat.  plur. ;  oft.  in 
Horn.,  mostly  in  phrases,  ο  σφίν  έϋ- 
ήιρονίον  άγορήσατο  και  μετέειττεν, 
τοϊσι  όέ  και  μετέειπεν,  cf  lies.  Th, 
643  :  absol.,  to  speak  thereafter,  after- 
wards, usu.  with  όψε,  U.  7,  94,  Od.  7, 
155,  etc.  Horn,  always  uses  3  sing. 
Ep.  μετεειπε ;  except  once,  1  sing. 
μετεει-ον,  Od.  19,  140. 

Μετιίς,  Ion.  for  μεθείς,  part.  aor.  2 
oi  μεθίημί- 

Μετεισάμενος,  Ep.  part.  aor.  1  mid. 
of  μέτειμι,  {εΙμι},  q.  v. 

Μετειςβαίνω,  (μετά,  είςβαίνω)  to 
go  into  another  ship,  Heliod. 

Μετειςόύνο),  (μετά,  είςόννω)  to  glide 
into  one  another,  Arist.  H.  A.  5,  15,  22. 
Μετείω,  Ep.  for  μετώ,  subj.  pres. 
from  μέτειμι,  II.  23,  47. 

ΜετεκιΒαίνω,  (μετά,  ίκβαίνω)  to  go 
from  one  into  another,  έκ  Τίνος  εις  τι, 
Hdt.  7,  41,  100,  Plat,  etc. 

ΜετεκβΙβύζω,  (μετά,  έκβιβάζω)  to 
carrif  from  one  place  to  another,  Dio  C . 
Μετεκβο/ιή, ης, ή, = μεταβολή-.  Cra- 
tin.  Incert.  76. 

Μετεκόέχομαι,  (μετά,  ίκόέχομαι) 
dep.,  to  lake  up  and  accept,  Dion.  P. 
74. 

Μετεκόίδωμι,  (μετά,  έκδίδωμι)  to 
lend  out,  Plut.  fLyc  et  Num.  4,t  in 
mid.  [I] 

Μετέκόϋμα,  ατός,  τό,  in  plur., 
clothes  pulled  off,  Socrat.  ap.  Stob.  p. 
50,  9  ;  ubi  Valck  μετενδ- : ^  from 

ίΑετεκδνομαι,(μετά,εκδί)(ύ)•Ά&ν[ΛΑ., 
to  pull  off  one's  own  clothes,  and  put  on 
others  ;  μ.  τΐ/ν  φνσΐν,  to  assume  a  new 
nature,  Plut.  Num.  15. 

Μετεκτίνέω,  f.  -πνενσω,  (μετά,  εκ- 
πνέω )  to  breathe  forth  between  or 
among,  βοθίοισι,  between  the  waves, 
Opp.  H.  2,  104. 

Μετεαφέρω,  {μετά,  εκφέρω)  to  carry 
out,  convey  away,  II.  23,  377. 

Μετελέγχω,  f  -γξω,Ιμετά,  ελέγχω) 
to  convince,  Iambi. 

'Μετελεύσομαι,  fut.  of  μετέρχομαι, 
II. 

Μετελευστέον,  verb.  adj.  o{ μετέρ- 
χομαι, one  must  punish, \j\ic  Fugit.  22. 
^}Λ.έτε7JMr,  ου,  ό,  the  Rom.  name 
Metellus,  Plut.  Met.  ;  etc. 

Μετεμβαίνω,  (μετά,  ίμβαίνω)  to  go 
on  board  another  ship,  Plut.  Anton.  06. 
"^ίετεμβίβάζω,  (μετά,  έμβιβαζω)  to 
put  on  board  another  ship,  Ef  αλλην 
vavv  μ.,  Thuc.  8,  74: — έρέτας μ.,  to 
change  the  craw,  Polyaen. 

Μετέμμεναι,  Ep.  and  Ion.  for  με- 
τείναι,  inf  pres.  of  μέτειμι,  II• 

Μετέμφϋτος,  αν,  (μετά,  έμφύω)  en- 
grafted afresh,  Λ  nth.  P.  9,  4. 

Μετεμψνχόω,ώ,  (μετά,  έμψνχόω)  to 
make  the  soul  pass  Jrom  one  body  into 
another.     Hence 
Ιιίετεμφύχωσις,  ε(ος,  ή,  a  transfer- 
922 


METE 

ring  the  soul  from  one  body  to  another: 
the  transmigration  of  souls,   [r] 

Μετενόεσις,  ιως,  ή,  (μετενδέω)  the 
binding  in  a  different  place,  Clem.  Al. 
Μετενδεσμέω,  <j,=sq. 
Μ,ετενδέω,  ί.  -δησω.  (μετά,  ένδέω) 
to  loosen  from  one  place  and  bind  to  an- 
other. 

Μετενδύο),  to  put  other  clothes  07i  a 
person,  Ουίμάτιον  το  Ύίλληνικον  πε- 
ρισπάσας  αντού  βαρβαρικον  μετενέ- 
δυσα,  Luc.  Bis  Ace.  34. — II.  pass,  με- 
τενδυομαι,  e.  aor.  act.  μετενέδύν,  to 
put  on  other  clothes,  Strab.  p.  814  ; 
nietaph.  of  souls  assigning  new  bodies, 
Tim.  Locr.  104  D. 

Μετενεκτέυν,  verb.  adj.  of  μεταφέ- 
ρω. Strab.  p.  613. 

Μετενί/νοχα,  Att.  perf.  of  μεταφέ- 
ρω. 

Μετεννέπω,  (μετά,  έννέπω)  tospcak 
among,  τισί,  Mosch.  2, 101 ,  Αρ.  Rh.  t3, 
1168. 

Μετενσωμάτόω,  ύ,  (.μετά,  ενσωμά- 
του) to  put  into  another  body,  Clem. 
Al.     Hence 

Μετενσωμάτωσις,  εως,  η.,  the  put- 
ting into  another  body,   [ά] 

Μ.ετεντίθημι,  (μετά,  έντίθημι)  to  put 
into  another  place:  mid.,  γόμον  μ.,  to 
s/u/i  a  ship's  cargo,  Deni.  1290,  19.  [Ϊ] 
Μετεξαιρέυμαι,  (μετά,  έξαιμέω)  as 
mid.,  to  take  out  of  and  put  elsewhere, 
γόμον  μ.,  like  foreg.,  Dem.  1290,  10. 

Μετεξανίστημι,  (μετά,  έξανίστημι) 
to  move  from  one  place  to  another,  Luc. 
Symp.  13. 

Μ^ετεξαντλέω,  ώ,  (μετά,  έξαντλέω) 
to  draw  water  for  pouring  out,  Callix. 
ap.  Ath.  204  D. 

Μετεξάρτνσις,  ή,  (  έξαρτνω )  a 
placing  differently,  e.  g.  changing  the  di- 
rection of  an  astronomical  instrument. 
'^Ιετεξέτεροι,  ai,  a,  (μετά,  έκ,  έτεροι) 
so7ne  others.  Ion.  for  έτεροι  τίνες,  Ireq. 
in  Hdt.,  and  Hipp.:  Nic.  has  it  in  sing., 
Ther.  588. 

Μετεόν,  Ion.  for  μετόν,  neut.  part, 
from  μέτειμι  {είμί),^  Hdt.  fS,  94. 

Μετέπειτα,  (μετά,  έπειτα)  adv.,  af- 
terwards,  thereafter,  Hom.,   and  Hdt. 
Μετεττιγράφω,  (μετά,  επιγράφω)  to 
put  a  neiv  inscription  on,  Plut.  2,  839  D. 
Έ,ετεπίδεσις,  ιος,  ?/,  the  changing  of 
a  bandage,  Hipp.  tp.  759  :  from 

Μετεπιδέο),  f  -δΖ/σω,  (μετά,  έπι- 
δέω)  to  change  a  bandage,  Hipp.  tp. "57. 
Μετεράω,  ώ,  (μετά,  έράω)  to  pour 
from  one  vessel  into  another,  Diosc. 
Μέτερ/Μς,  Aeol.  for  μέτριος. 
Μετέρχομαι,  ί.  μετελεύσομαι,  (με- 
τά, έρχομαι)  dep.  mid.  c.  aor.  2  et 
perf.  act.  To  come  ainong,  c.  dat. 
plur.,  Od.  1,  134 ;  6,  222;  freq.  absol. 
in  part.,  μετελθών,  if  he  came  among 
them,  if  he  came  in  by  chance,  11.  4, 
539,  etc. — 2.  to  go  among  or  between  the 
ranks,  as  a  leader,  II.  5,  461  ;  13,  351. 
— 3.  to  go  among  with  hostile  purpose, 
and  so  to  attack,  11.  16,  487 ;  also  Od. 
6,  132,  where  we  have  joined,  μ.  η 
όίεσσι,  ήέ  μετ'  άγροτέρας  έλάφονς. — 
II.  to  go  to  another  place,  go  away,  ττό- 
λινδε,  II.  6,  86,  εις  τόπον,  Dem.  1472, 
9. — III.  tofolloiv,  come  after,  ει  πόνος 
τ/ν,  TO  τερπνόν  π'λέον  πεδέρχεται, 
Pind.  Ν.  7,  109.— IV.  c.  ace.,  like  μέ- 
τειμι, to  go  after,  to  go  to  seek  OT  fetch, 
go  in  quest  of,  II.  6,  280,  and  freq.  in 
Att. ;  μ.  κλέος  πατρός,  to  go  to  seek 
tidings  of  his  father,  Od.  3,_  83  :— 
hence,  to  seek  for,  aim  at,  τί/ν  έλενθε- 
ρίαν,  το  άνδρείον,  Thuc.  1,  124;  2, 
39  ;  It.  τι  τινί,  to  go  to  seek  a  thing/or 
another,  Eur.  Med.  6.-2.  of  things, 
to  go  after,  attend  to,  έργα,  Od.  16,  314  ; 
έργα  γύμοιο,  11.  5,  429:  to  prosecutes. 
business,  πράγμα,  Ar.  Lys.  268 ;  έγ- 


METE 

κλήματα,  Thuc.  1,  34.-3.  in  hostile 
sense,  to  pursue,  U.  5,  456  ;  21,  422  : 
τίσιες  μετή?ιθον  Όροίτεα,  Hdt.  3, 
126  ;  δίκη  μ.  ΐΐρομι/θέα,  Plat.  Prot. 
322  A :  esp.  in  legal  sense,  to  prose- 
cute, μ.  φονέα,  Antipho  112,  32,  cf. 
Lycurg.  104,  21  :  also  c.  ace.  rei,  μ. 
μύρον,  Aesch.  Cho.  988,  etc.  ;  and 
then  e.  dupl.  ace.  pers.  et  rei,  μ.  τι 
τινά,  to  visit  a  crime  upon  a  person, 
Eur.  Cycl.  280,  cf  Or.  423.-4.  to  ap- 
proach with  prayers,  Lat.  adire,  prose- 
qui, τινά,  Hdt.  6,  68  ;  also,  μ.  τινά  λι- 
Tyai,  ενχαΐς,  Hdt.  6,  69,  Eur.  Bacch. 
713,  μ.  τινά  θνσίΐ]σι,  Hdt.  4,  7;  cf. 
Ίκνέομαι,  ικέτης,  πρυςικτωρ. — 5.  to 
court  or  woo  a  woman,  Pind.  1.  7,  (6), 
10.  —  6.  to  go  over  to  another  side, 
Polyb.  27,  14,  5. — See  μέτειμι  (εΙμι) 
throughout, 

■  Μετέσσντο,  3  sing.  aor.  syncop.  of 
μετασενομαι,  II.  21,  423. 

Μετέσχηκα,  perf.  of  μετέχω,  Hdt. 
3,  80. 

Μετενάδε,  Ep.  3  aor,  of  μεθανδά- 
νω,  dub.  in  Q.  Sm. 

Μετενχομαι,  (μετά,  εύχομαι)  dep. 
mid.,  to  change  one's  wish,  to  wish  some• 
thing  else,  οίσΟ'  ως  μετεύξει,  Ear. 
Med.  600. 

Μετέχω,  f.  μεθέξω,  (μετά,  εχω)  to 
share  in,  partake  of,  enjoy  a  share,  take 
part  in.  Construct.,  usu.  c.  gen.  rei 
only,  Theogn.  82,  354,  and  in  prose, 
as  iidt.  3,  80,  etc. ;  in  full,  μοίραν  or 
μέρος  τινός  μ.,  Htlt.  1,  204  ;  ϋ,  107, 
cf.  7,  16,  3  :  aisoc.  gen.  pers.,  to  enjoy 
a  person's  friendship,  Xen.  Cyr.  7,  5, 
54  :  μετ.  τινός  τινι,  to  partake  of 
something  in  common  with  another, 
πόνων  μ.  Ήρακλέει,  Eur.  Heracl.  8  ; 
μ.  Ίσων  τινί,  Xen.  Cyr.  2,  1,  15 :  but 
also  c.  ace.  rei.  μ.  Ισον  (sc.  μέρος, 
αγαθών  τινι,  lb.  7,  2,  28,  cf.  Eur. 
Phil.  1,  3.  Ar.  Plut.  226;  but  very 
rarely  with  the  ace.  only,  άκερδή  χά- 
ριν μ..  Soph.  Ο.  C.  1484. 

Μετέω,  Ion.  and  Ep.  for  μετώ,  subj. 
pres.  from  μέτειμι,  11. 

Μετεωρία,  ας,  ή,  (μετέωρος)  forget- 
fulness,  Sueton.  Claud.  39. 

Μετεωρίζω,  (μετέωρος)  to  raise  to  a 
height,  TO  έρνμα,  Thuc.  4,  00  ;  μ. 
άνω,  Plat.  Phaedr.  246  D  :  to  lift,  τα 
σκέ?.η,  Xen.  Eq.  10,  4,  cf.  Cyn.  10 
13  ;  so  in  mid.,  Ar.  Eq.  762:  to  lift 
or  buoy  up,  μ.  τινά  νώτω,  Arist.  Η.  Α. 
9,  48,  3  :— in  pass.,  to  be  raised  up,  to 
float  in  mid-air,  Plat.  Tim.  63  C  ;  oft. 
of  ships,  μετεωρισθείς  εν  τίΐ)  πελάγει, 
keeping  out  on  the  high  sea,  Thuc.  8, 
16: — in  pass.,  also,  to  rise  up,  Hipp, 
p.  338. — II.  metaph.  to  lift  up,  buoy  up, 
esp.  with  false  hopes,  μ.  και  φνσάν, 
Dem.  169,  23,  cf  Hegem.  ap.  Ath. 
698  D,  Polyb,  26,  5,  4  ;  —to  unsettle  a 
man's  mind.  Id.  5,  70,  10  : — Pass.,  to 
be  so  excited,  μετεωρισθείς  νπό  λόγων, 
Ar.  Αν.  1447,  Polyb.,  etc.     Hence 

Μετεώρισις,  εως,  ή,  a  lifting  vp, 
Plut.  2,  951  C  :  and 

Μετεωρισμός,  ov,  b,  a  being  raised 
up,  swelling,  Hipp. — II.  elation,  excite- 
ment of  mind,  LXX. 

Μετεωριστής,  οϋ,  6,  fDor.  and+ 
Aeol.  πεδ-,  (μετεωρίζω)  a  prancer,  of 
a  horse : — hence,  π.  πόλις,  a  luxuri- 
ous city,  V.  1.  Theocr.  Ep.  17,  5 :  jv. 
πεδαωριστής. 

Μετεωροθήράς,  ου,  6,  (μετέωρος, 
θηράω)  hunting  high  in  air,  epith.  of  a 
hawk,  Arist.  H.  A.  9,  36,  3. 

Μετεωροκοπέω,  ώ,  (μετέωρος,  κό- 
πτω I.  9)  to  prate  about  high  things,  Ar. 
Pac.  92. 

Μετεωρολεσχέω,  ώ,  satirically  for 
μετεορολογέω,  Plut.  2,  400  Ε  :  from 

Μετεωρολέσχης,  ου,  ό,  (μετέωρος. 


METE 

λέσχη)  satirically  for  μετεορολόγος, 
Plat.  Rep.  489  C,  Luc.  Icar.  5. 

Μετεωρόλεσχος,  ov,=foreg.,  Ar.  ap. 
Suid. 

Μ.ετεωρο?.ογέω,  ώ,  (μετέωρος,  λέγω) 
ίο  talk  of  high  things,  esp.  the  heavenly 
bodies  or  natural  phenomena,  Plat. 
Crat.  404  C,  etc. 

Μετεωρο/Μγία,  ας,  ή,  a  treatise  on 
rii  μετέωρα, meteorology ,  Plat.  Phaedr. 
270  A :  and 

Ήίετεωρολογικός,  η,  (w,  skilled  in 
meteorology,  Plat.  Tim.  91  D  : — tu  μ. 
= μετεωρολογία,  a  treatise  attributed 
to  Arist. :  from 

'Μ.ετεωρο'/.όγος,  ov,  (μετέωρος,  λέ- 
γω) talking  or  treating  of  high  things, 
esp.  of  the  heavenly  bodies  or  natvral 
phenomena,  ameteorologer,  Eur.  Incert. 
106,  and  Plat. :  hence,  generally,  a 
mere  speculator  or  visionary,  μ.  και 
ΰδο7,έσχης.  Plat.  Crat.  401  Β. 

ΜετεωροτΓοιέω,ώ,  (μετέωρος,  ποίέω) 
to  lift  up,  raise,  Hipp.  tP-  ■197. 

ΜετεωροτΓολεω,  ώ,  to  busy  one's  self 
with  high  things,  Phllo  :   from 

Μετεωροπύ'λος,  ov,  (μετέωρος,  πέ- 
λω)  busying  one's  self  with  high  things. 

Μ.ετεωροτϊορέω,  ώ,  to  walk  in  air, 
Plat.  Phaedr.  240  C,  with  v.  I.  μετε- 
ωροπολέω :  and 

Μετεωροπορία,  ας,  ή,  a  walking  in 
air:  from 

Μ,ετεωροπόρος,  ov,  {μετέωρος,  πό- 
ρος) walking,  wandering  on  liigh  in  air. 
.  Μετεωρόρ^ιζος,  ov,  (μετέωρος,  βίζα) 
with  roots  on  the  surface,  Theophr.  H. 
PI.  4.  2,  4. 

Μετέωρος,  ov,  (μετά,  έώρα,  αιώρα) 
raised  up  above  the  earth,  off  the  ground, 
Hdt.  1,  187;  4,72,  Thuc,  etc.;  ταμ., 
opp.  to  TU.  ΰττόγαια,  Hdt.  2,  148 ;  so 
of  roots,  on  the  surface,  Opp.  to  βαθνβ- 
βιζος,  Theophr. : — of  high  ground, 
Thuc.  4.32: — of  eyes,j)ro«n>!eni,Xen. 
Cyn.  4,  1  : — hence  on  high,  in  air,  μ. 
βίπτειν  τινά,  Hdt.  4,  94;  αίρειν,  Ar. 
Eq.  1367  ;  cf.  Lob.  Paral.  531  :  esp. 
soaring,  floating,  poised,  Lat.  sublimis, 
Ar.  iSiub.  264;  τα  μ.  χωρία,  the  re- 
gions of  air,  Ar.  Av.  818,  cf.  690.— 3. 
of  a  ship,  on  the  high  sea,  out  at  sea, 
Thuc.  1,  48;  8,  10.— II.  metaph.  of 
the  mind,  lifted  up,  buoyed  up,  on  the 
tiptoe  of  expectation,  in  suspense,  Lat. 
spe  erectus,  Thuc.  2,  8  ;  6,  10  :  μετ.  εις 
τι,  επί  τι,  προς  τι,  eager  for...,  Polyb. 
— 2.  wavering,  inconstant,  fickle,  uncer- 
tain, κινήματα  τύχης,  Isocr.  p.  618 
Bekk.  : — so,  πνεύμα  μ.,  short  and  in- 
terrupledbreathing,  Focs.  Oecon.  Hipp. 
— III.  TIL  μ.,  things  in  the  air,  the  heav- 
enly bodies,  meteors,  natural  phenomena, 
Cicero's  suptra  atque  coelestia,  Plat. 
Apol.  18  B,  23  D  :  hence,  generally, 
τα  μ.  πράγματα,  abstruse,  lofty  spec- 
ulations, Ar.  Nub.  228. — IV.  Adv. 
•ρως,  in  uncertainty  or  doubt,  Plut. — 
Horn,  only  has  the  form  μετήορος, 
q.  V.     Cf.  μετάρσιος. 

Μετεωροσκοπέω,  ώ,  to  contemplate 
high  things :  and 

Μετεωροσκοπικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging 
to  a  μετεωροσκόπος :  ή  •κή  (sc.  τέ- 
χνη), his  art  ;  and 

Μετεωροσκόπιον,  ου.  τό,  an  instru- 
ment of  Ptolemy's  for  taking  observa- 
tions of  the  stars :  from 

Μετεωροσκόπος,  ov,  (μετέωρος,  σκο• 
Ίτέω)  observing  the  heavenly  bodies,  etc. ; 
hence — 2.  vLuonary,  Plat.  Rep.  488  E. 

Μετεωροσοφιστί/ς,  ov.  ό,  (μετέωρος, 
σοφιστής)  a  meteorological  sophist:  a 
speculating  visionary,  Ar.  Nub.  300. 

Μετεωροσύνη,  ης,  ή,  poet,  for  μετε- 
ωρία,  Manetho. 

Μετεωροφάνής,  ες,  (μετέωρος,  φαί- 
νομαι) appearing  in  the  air,  Philo. 


METO 

Μετεωροφέναξ,  άκος,  ό,  (μετέωρος, 
φέναξ)  a  meteorological  quack,  Αι.  Nub. 
333. 

Μετεωροφρονέω,  ώ,  to  think  of  high 
things. 

Μέτηλνς,  νδος,  b  and  ή,  (μετέρχο- 
μαι, μετίμ.υθον)=μέτοικος,  a  foreign 
settler,  an  emigrant,  Dion.  P.  |689. 

Μετηνέμιος,  ov,  (μετά,  άνεμος) 
swift  as  wind,  πώλος,  Anth.  Piati.  62. 

Μετήορος,  ov,  {μετά,  αίωρεω)  older 
poet,  form  for  μετέωρος,  on  high,  in 
the  air,  hanging,  11.  8,  26 ;  άρματα  μ., 
chariots  which  seem  to  fly,  11.  23,  309. 
— II.  metaph.,  wavering,  inconstant, 
thoughtless,  μετί/ορα  θρνλλίζειν,  Η. 
Hom.  Merc.  488.— Aesch.  Cho.  590 
has  Dor.  form  πεόάορος,  with  v.  1. 
πεδάμερος. 

Μετήσεσθαι,  Ion.  for  μεθήσεσθαι, 
inf.  fut.  mid.  of  μεθίημι,  Hdt. 

Με-ίεί,  Ion.  3  sing.  pres.  from  με- 
θίημι, Hdt.  6, 37,  59 ;  but  the  analogy 
of  τιθημι,  would  suggest  rather  as 
pres.  μετιεί,  and  μετίει  as  impf.,  v. 
Heyne  II.  6,  523, — in  which  place 
Wolf  (in  his  last  edit.)  and  Spitzn. 
write  μεθιείς. 

Μετίετο,  Ion.  ίοϊ  μεθ-,  3  sing.  impf. 
mid.  hom  μεθιημι,  Hdt.  1,  12. 

Μετίημι,  μετίστημι,  Ion.  for  μεθ-, 
Hdt.tl,40;  8,81. 

Μετίσχω,=::μετέχω,  c.  gen.  rei,  Hdt. 
5,  92,  3. 

ΜετίτεΌν,  verb.  adj.  of  μέτειμι,  one 
must  go  to  seek,  Arist.  Top.  4,  6,  14. 

Μετοιΰκίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (μετά,  οίακίζω) 
to  steer  round,  Wyttenb.  Plut.  2,  34  A. 

Μίτοί/ϊεσία,  ας,  ή,  =  μετοίκια  I, 
Leon.  Tar.  79 : — esp.  the  captivity  of 
the  Jews,  LXX. :  and 

Μετοικέσιον,  ov,  ro,=foreg. :  and 

Μετοικέτης.ον,ό,^ μέτοικος:  from 

ΜεΓΟίΛεω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (μετά,  οίκέω) 
to  change  one's  abode,  remove  to  a  place, 
c.  ace.  loci,  Eur.  Hipp.  837  ;  έκ.-είς.., 
Lycurg.  150,  34  : — c.  dat.  loci,  to  settle 
in,  Pmd.  P.  9,  147. — II.  absoL,  to  be  a 
μέτοικος  or  settler,  Eur.  Supp.  892  ; 
so,  μετ.  γης,  Aesch.  Supp.  609 ;  μ. 
έιι  r^  πόλεί,  Lys.  102,  41,etc.    Hence 

Μετοίκησις,  εως,  ^,=sq.  I,  μ.  εις 
άλλον  τόπον.  Plat.  Apol.  40  C  ;  μ. 
ένθένδε  έκεΐσε.  Id.  Phaed.  117  C. 

Μετοικία,  ας,  ή,  (μέτοικος)  change 
of  abode,  removal,  migration,  Thuc.  1, 
2  :  and  so, — II.  a  settling  as  μέτοικος, 
settlement,  Aesch.  Eum.  1017  ;  society, 
Soph.  Ant.  890. — 2.  the  state  and  rights 
of  a  μέτοικος.  Lys.  107,  31. 

Μετοικίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (μετά,  οΊκίζω) 
to  lead  to  another  abode  ;  metaph.,  μ. 
τάς  φρένας,  Melanth.  ap.  Plut.  2,  551 
A. — Pass,  to  go  to  another  country,  to 
emigrate,  Ar.  Eccl.  754. 

Μετοικικός,  ή,  όν,  like  or  in  the  con- 
dition of  a  μέτοικος,  Hyperid.  ap.  Poll. 
8.  144,  Pint.  Ale.  5:— -o  μ.,  the  list 
of  μέτοικοι,  Luc.  Bis  Ace.  9. 

Μετοίκων,  ov,  τό,  (μέτοικος)  the 
tax  of  twelve  drachms  paid  by  the  μέ- 
τοικοι at  Athens  ;  μ.  κατατιθέναι,  to 
pay  it.  Lys.  187,  29  ;  μ.  τιθέναι,  Dem. 
845,  20  ;  τε7.εΙν,  Plat.  Le^g.  850  B, 
etc.  ;  cf  Bockh  P.  E.  2.  44,  sqq.— II. 
τά  μετοίκια  (in  Thuc,  σννοίκια,  later 
cnJvoικέσιa),  a  feast  at  Athens,  to 
cotnmeynorate  the  change  of  abode  which 
took  place  when  Theseus  settled  the 
greater  number  of  Attic  citizens  in 
the  city,  Plut.  Thes.  24. 

Μετοίκιος  Ζευς,  6,  Jupiter,  as  pro- 
tector of  the  μέτοικοι. 

Μετοίκισμός,  ov,  ό,  (μετοικίζω) 
emigration,  Plut.  Agis  11. 

Μετοικιστέον,  verb.  adj.  from  ^ε- 
τοικιζω,  one  must  transfer,  Plut.  2, 
746  C. 


METO 

Μετοικιστής,  ov,  6,  (μετοικίζω)  an 
emigrant,  Plut.  Thes.  et  Rom.  5. 

Μετοικοδημέω,  ώ,  to  hmld'in  a  dif- 
ferent way,  Plut.  Caes.  51  :  from 

Μετοικοδομυς,  ov,  (μετά,  οίκοδο- 
μέω)  building  differently. 

Μέτοικος,  ov,  (μετά,  οίκος)  chang- 
ing one's  abode,  emigrating  and  settling 
elsewhere,  Hdt.  4,  151  : — Aesch.  Ag. 
57  gives  the  name  ol  μέτοικοι,  emi- 
grants, to  young  birds  kidnapped  from 
the  nest. — 11.  o,  ή,  μέτοικος,  an  alien 
who  ivas  suffered  to  settle  in  a  foreign 
city,  a  settler,  Aesch.  Theb.  548,  Soph. 
Ant.  852,  etc. ;  μ.  δόμων,  γης,  a  settler 
in..,  Aesch.  Cho.  971,  Pers.  319,  cf. 
Soph.  O.  C.  934  : — esp.  at  Athens,  α 
resident  alien,  who  paid  a  certain  tax 
(μέτοικων),  but  enjoyed  no  civic 
rights,  Lat.  inquilinus,  incola,  opp.  to 
αστός  on  the  one  hand,  ξένος  on  the 
other,  Thuc.  2,  13,  cf  Herm.  Pol. 
Ant.  §  115,  with  the  places  there 
quoted. 

Μετοικοφνλαξ,  ύκος,  δ,  ή,  (μέτοι- 
κος, φνλαξ)  the  overseer  and  guardian 
of  the  μέτοικοι,  Xen.  Vect.  2,  7. 

Μετοίχομαι,  f.  -χήσομαι,  (μετά,  ol- 
χομαι)  dep.  mid. : — to  be  gone  else- 
where, to  have  gone  away,  πολινόε,  II. 
6,  86. — 2.  to  have  gone  after,  i.  e.  to 
have  gone  to  seek,  τινά,  11.  10,  111,  Od. 
8,  47  ;  cf  Eur.  I.  T.  1332.— 3.  with 
hostile  intent,  to  rush  upon,  to  pursue, 
τινά,  11.  5,  148. — 4.  to  have  gone  among 
or  through,  uvu  άστυ,  Od.  8,  7. — 5.  to 
have  gone  with,  to  be  m  attendance,  Od. 
19,  24. 

Μετοίσω,  fut.  of  μεταφέρω. 

Μετοιωνίζομαι,  (μετά,  οίωνίζομαί) 
dep.  mid.  :  τάς  της  πόλεως  πράξεις 
μ.,  to  effect  an  auspicious  change  in  a 
state,  procure  it  happier  omens,  Dinarch. 
94,  5,  cf  101,45. 

Μετοκλάζω,  f.  -σω,  (μετά,  όκ?.άζω) 
to  keep  shifting  or  fidget  with  one's 
knees,  II.  13,  281,  said  of  a  coward 
crouching  in  ambush. 

Μετοκωχή,  τ/ς,  ή,^μετοχή. 

Μετονομάζω,  [μετά,  ονομάζω)  to 
change  the  name,  call  by  a  ?iew  name, 
Hdt.  4,  189,  Thuc,  etc.:  in  pass,  to 
take  or  receive  a  new  name,  Hdt.  1,  94  ; 
4,  155.     Hence 

Μετονομασία,  ας,  ή,  a  change  of 
name,  ap.  Ath.  296  E. 

Μετό~7;,  ης,  ή,  (μετά,  οπή)  in  Do- 
ric architecture,  the  panel  placed  in  the 
οπή  (i.  e.  the  interstices  between  two 
beam-ends,  which  latter  had  the  tri- 
glyphs  carved  upon  them),  Lat.  inter- 
tignmm,  Vitruv.  4,  2. 

ΜετότΓΪΐ',  &Α\'.ζ=μετόπισθε,  Soph. 
Phil.  1189:  ci.  κατόπιν. 

Μέτοπις,  ιδος,  ή,  retribution,  Ερ. 
Hom.  8,  4,  but  prob.  f.  1.  for  μετ'  δπις. 

Μετάπισθε,  and  before  a  vowel,  or 
metri  grat.,  -θεν,  (μετά,  όπισθε)  adv. : 
— 1.  of  place, /rom  oeAintf,  behind,  back- 
wards, back,  freq.  in  Hom.  (esp.  11.), 
and  Hes. — 2.  of  time,  after,  ajterwards, 
freq.  in  Horn.,  παίδες  μετόπισθε  λε- 
λειμμένοι,  the  children  left  behind,  II. 
24,  687. — II.  as  prep,  with  gen.,  be- 
hind, II.  9,  504,  Od.  9,  539.  Equiv. 
to  Lat.  post. 

Μετοπώρα,  ας,  ή,  (μετά,  όπώρα) 
the  end  of  autumn,  Lat.  bruma.    Hence 

Μετοπωρίζω,  to  be  like  the  end  of 
autumn,  Philo :  and 

Μετοπωρϊνος,  ή,  όν,  of  or  like  the 
end  of  autumn,  in  autumn,  Hes.  Op. 
413,  Thuc.  7,  87.     [Cf  6πωρινός.'\ 

Μετόπωρος,  ov,  (μετά,  ό~ώρα)  au- 
tumnal :  τό  μ.,^=  μετοπώρα,  Thuc.  7, 
79 ;  cf  φθιΐ'όπωρον. 

Μετορμίζω,  Ion,  for  μεθορμίζω,  Hdt. 

Μ.ετόρχιον,  ov,  το,  (μετά,  δμχος) 


ΜΕΤΡ 

the  space  between  rows  of  vines,  etc., 
Lat.  iiiterurdinium,  Ar.  Pac.  5Ub. 

ΜίΓοσσίω,  ώ,  {μιτά.  οσσΐ)  to  look 
away,  look  back,  ap.  IJesych. 

iM.£Tovlov,  ov,  TO,  Miiulum,  a  city 
of  the  iapodes,  SJtrab.  p.  207. 

Μετυυσία,  ας,  ή,  (μετών,  -ονσα, 
μέτειμι)  α  sharing  in,  partaking  of, 
coinnninion,  μ.  εχειν  ηνυς,  Ar.  Kan. 
443 :  hence  possession,  enjoyment, 
means  of  using,  Lat.  copia,  τον  ττε- 
δίου,  Xeri.  Cyr.  8,  5,  23.     Hence 

^ίετουσιαστικός,  ή,  όν,  denoting 
participation :  το  μ-,  in  Graniin.,  the. 
derivative  adjective,  e.  g.  παιόειος  from 
παϊς. 

^ετοχέτενσις,  εως,  η,  conveyance 
of  water ;  of  the  urine,  Aretae.  :  from 

Μετοχετενω,  (μετά,  όχετενω)  to 
convey  water  in  όχετοι ;  mctaph. ,  Hdn. 

Μετυχί/,  ης,  ή,  (μετέχω)  a  sharing, 
communion,  Hdt.  I,  144,  Ep.  Plat.  345 
A. — II.  Gramni.  a  participle.     Hence 

Μετοχικός,  >/,όν,  partaking : — τη  μ., 
in  Gramm.,=//ero^7/  II. 

Μετοχλίζω,  f.  -ισω,  (μετά,  6χ?ύζω) 
to  remove  by  a  lever,  hoist  a  heavy  body 
out  of  the  way,  Od.  23,  188  ;  οχηας  θυ- 
ράων  μ.,  to  push  back  the  bolts  oi  the 
doors,  11.  24,  567. 

Μεταχμάζω,  {μετά,  ΰχμάζω)  to  car- 
ry elsewhither,  Isonn. 

Μέτοχος,  ov,  (μετέχω,  μετοχή) 
sharing  in,  partaking  of,  c.  gen.,  σνμ- 
ψορης  το  πλενν  μέτοχος,  Hdt.  3,  52, 
μ.  ελπίδων,  τέχν7}ς,  etc.,  Eur.  Ion 
697,  Plat.  Phaedr.  262  D,  etc.:  a 
partner,  accomplice  in,  τον  φονον,  Eur. 
Η.  F.  721 ;  absol.,  Thuc.  8,  92. 

Μετμέω,  ώ,  f.  -7;σω,  (μέτρον)  to 
measure  in  any  way,  hence, — I.  of 
Space,  to  7neasure,  i.  e.  pass  over,  πέ- 
λαγος μετρείν,  Od.  3,  179,  like  Lat. 
mare  or  iter  cursu  metiri,  emetiri :  heuce, 
προτέρω  μετρείν  (sc.  θάλασσαν),  to 
sail  further,  Ap.  Rh.  +2,  915;  and 
so  in  mid.  τόσην  u/m  μετρήσασβαι, 
Mosch.  2,  153  τ  :  in  mitl.,  μετρεΙσΟαι 
Ιχνη.  to  measure  them  with  the  eyes. 
Soph.  Aj.  5: — so  of  time.  Id.  O.  T. 
561  ; — in  pass;,  also,  to  be  ineasured 
round,  surrounded,  Dion.  P.  197. — 11. 
of  number,  size,  worth,  etc. ;  and  so, 
— 1.  to  count,  Alcae.  104,  Theocr.  16, 
60. — 2.  to  ineasure,  estimate,  coinpute, 
c.  dat.,  Lat.  mensurare,  την  yfjV  bp- 
yvbjat,  σταδίοισι,  etc.,  Hdt.  2,  6 ; 
γαστρι  την  ενδαιμονιαΐ'  μ  ,  to  measure 
nappiness  by  sensual  enjoyments, 
Dein.  324,  24 ;  μ.  πορφύρα  το  ενδαι- 
μον,  Luc.  iSigr.  15,  etc. ;  μ.  τι  προς 
Τί,  Polyb.  17,  14,  11.-3.  to  measure 
out,  dole  out,  τον  σϊτόν  τινι,  Dem. 
1135,  5  ;  cf.  Ar.  Ach.  1021  ;  μετρεΙν 
την  ϊσην,  to  give  measure  for  measure, 
Paus. ; — to  lend  by  measure,  η  μέταδος 
η  μέτρησαν  η  τιμήν  λαβε,  Theoponip. 
(Com.)  ΚατΓΓ/λ.  3. —  Mid.  ίο  have  meas- 
ured out  to  one's  self,  in  buying  or 
lending,  εν  μετρεϊσθαι  παρά  γείτονας, 
to  get  good  ?neasure  Irom  one's  neigh- 
bour, Hes.  Op.  347  ;  tu  ά/.φιτα  παρ' 
ήμιεκτυν  μετρούμενοι,  Dem.  918,  11. 
Hence 

Μετρηδόν,  adv.  by  measure,  Nic.  Ai. 
45  ; — in  metre,  Noun.  :  and 

Μέτρημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  measured  dis- 
tance, Eur.  Ion  1138. — 2.  a  measure, 
allowance,  dote,  Eur.  1.  T.  954  ;  a  sol- 
dier's rations,  Volyb.  6,  38,  3  ;  his  jiay. 
Id.  9,  27,  11;  and^ 

Μέτρησις,  εως,  ή,  a  measuring,  meas- 
urement, Hdt,  4,  99,  Xeij.  Mem.  4,  7, 
2,  Plat.,  etc. 

Μετρητέον,  fverb.  adj.  from  με- 
τρέω,^  one  must  measure.  Plat.  Kep. 
531  A. 

Μετρητής,  ov,  ό,  ίμετρέω)  one  who 


MET? 

measures  or  values,  Plat.  Minns  373 
A. — \\.=^ΰμφαρενς,  Lat.  rnttnia.  at 
Athens  the  usu.  liquid  measure,  hold- 
ing \2  χόις,  or  141  κοτνλαι,  j  ol  the 
Att.  μ.-διμνος,  about  9  gallons  Engl., 
Dem.  1045,  7,  Sosith.  ap.  Ath.  415  B. 
The  Roman  amphora  held  3  of  a  με- 
τρητής. 

Μετρητικός,  ή,  όν,  (μετρέω)  of  or 
good  at  rncasuring.  Plat.  Minos  373  D  : 
//  -K?l  (sc.  τέχν?/)  the  art  of  measuring, 
mensuration,  Plat.  Prut.  357  D,  etc. 
Adv.  -κώς. 

Μετρητός,  ή,  όν,  (μετρέω)  measura- 
ble, Eur.  Bacch.  1244,  Plat.  Legg. 
820  C.  etc. 

Μετρΐιιζω,  to  be  μέτριος,  to  be  mod- 
erate, keep  measure,  Thuc.  1,  76  ;  in  a 
thing,  εν  τινι,  Dem.  500,  tin.  ;  περί 
or  προς  τι.  Plat.  Legg.  784  E,  Rep. 
603  Κ  ;  to  be  of  an  even  temper,  be  calm, 
to  moderate  one's  anger,  iSoph.  Phil. 
1183  ;  μ.  kv  τω  πραθνμω,  to  show  hut 
moderate  zeal,  Hdn.  :— in  Medic,  to 
be  pretty  well.  — 11.  transit,  to  moderate, 
keep  within  bounds,  guide,  Lat.  modera- 
n.  Plat.  Legg.  692  B. 

Μετριύω,  ώ.  Dor.  for  μετρέω,  like 
άδικιαω  for  ιΊδικέω,  Tab.  lleracl. 

Μετρικός,  ή,  όν,  {μέτρον)  belonging 
to  measure,  esp.  that  of  syllables,  me- 
trical :  ή  -κή,  (sc.  τέχνη)  lyrosody, 
Arist.  Poet.  20,  5. 

Μετριολόγος,  ov,  (μέτριος,  λέγω) 
speaking  moderately,  Antipho  ap.  Poll. 
3,  123. 

Μετριοπάθεια,  ας,  ή,  restraint  over 
the  passions,  Plut.  2,  102  D  :  and 

Μετριοπΰβέω,  ώ,  to  be  moderate,  to 
bear  reasonably  with,  τινι,  Ν.  Τ.  :  from 

Μετριοπαθής,  ές,  (μέτριος,  πάθος) 
moderating  one's  passions,  a  peripatet. 
word,  opp.  to  the  Stoic  απαθής:  cool, 
calm,  Dion.  H.  8,  61.  Adv.  -θώς,  App. 
Pun.  51. 

Μετριαποσία,  ας,  ή,  moderation  in 
drinking :  and 

Μετριοποτέω,  ώ,  to  be  modirate  in 
drinking :  from 

Μετριοπότης,  ου,  b,  (μέτριος,  πίνω) 
moderate  in  drinking,  \en.  Apol.  19  : 
— superl.  -ποτίστατος.  Poll. 

Μέτριος,  a,  ov,  in  Att.  also  some- 
times. Of,  ov ;  (μέτρον)  ■ — leithin  meas- 
ure, moderate,  and  so, — I.  of  size,  μ. 
άνδρες,  men  ofcornmon  height,  Hdt.  2, 
32 ;  μ.  πήχνς,  the  common  cubit,  Id. 
1,  178:  so.  μ.  μήκος  λόγων,  a  moder- 
ately long  speech.  Plat.  Prot.  338  Β  ; 
μ.  χρόνος.  Id.  Rep.  460  Ε,  etc.^ — II.  of 
number, /«<>,  Xen.  Cyr.  2,  4,  12.— III. 
usu.  of  degree,  holding  to  the  mean, 
moderate,  Lat.  modestus,  έργα,  Hes. 
Op.  304 ;  αί'δεν  μ.  λέγειν,  to  speak 
out  of  all  bounds.  Plat.  Theaet.  181  Β  : 
esp.  of  a  mean  or  middle  course  or 
state,  opp.  to  a  high  or  low  estate, 
freq.  in  Trag. :  to  μέτρων,  the  mean, 
Lat.  aurea  mediocritas,  Soph.  O.  C. 
1212,  cf.  Plat.  Legg.  716  C,  etc. ;  so, 
TU  μέτρια,  Eur.  Med.  125 ;  μ.  γάμοι, 
φιλία,  etc.,  a  marriage,  a  friendship 
not  too  great,  Eur.  Melanipp.  17,  Hipp. 
253  ;  βίος  u.  και  βέβαιος.  Plat.  Rep. 
406  Β  ;  μ.  εσθής,  common  diess,  Thuc. 
1,  6;  μ.  σχήμα,  modest  apparel,  Plat. 
Gorg.  511  E. — 2.  tolerable,  άχθος,  Eur. 
Ale.  884;  hence,  ov  μ.,  intolerable, 
αιών.  Soph.  Phil.  179;  κακέι.  Eur. 
Tro.  717  :  also,  μ.  φέρειν.  lb.  0t^3. — 3. 
of  persons,  moderate  m  desires  and  the 
like,  inodest,  temperate,  μετρ.  προς  τας 
ήδονάς.  Plat.  Legg.  816  Β;  προς  δί- 
αιταν,  Aeschin.  78,  4  ;  έν  τω  σίτω, 
Xen.  Cyr.  5,  2,  17:  later  esp.  of  mod- 
eration in  love,  Wyttenb.  Plut.  2,  132 
A  ;  so,  μετρίων  δείσθαι,  to  have  mod- 
erate desires,  Hdt.  4,  84  : — also  moder- 


ΜΕΤΡ 

ate,  fair,  μ.  άνήρ,  Ar.  Plut.  245,  and 
Ireq.  in  Plat. ;  //.  προς  τονς  υπηκόους, 
mild  towards..,  Thuc.  i ,  77  ;  μίτριφ 
φυ/ιακη,  not  in  strict  custody.  Id.  4, 
30  : — so,  μέτρια  και  δίκαια.  Αι.  ISJub. 
1137. — 4.  proportionate,  fitting,  μισθός 
μ.  τοις  σωφροσι.  Plat.  Tim.  18  15. 

Β.  adv. : — 1.  μετρίως,  moderately, 
briefly,  λ.έγειν,  Ildt.  2,  161  :  in  due 
measure,  neither  ejcaggerating  nor  dipre- 
cialing,  eiTf  ii^,  Thuc.2,35. — 2.  enough, 
μετρίως  κεχόρινται,  Ar.  Nub.  fin. : 
μ.  εχειν,  to  be  pretty  will  off.  Plat. 
Theaet.  191  D,  τινας,  for  a  thmg, 
Hdt.  1,  32,  Plat.  Euthyd.  305  D.~3. 
viodestly,  temperately ,  calmly ,  μ.  φέρειν, 
Polyb.  3,  85,  9  : — on  fair  terms,  Thuc. 
4,  19,  20. — II.  the  neut.  μέτρων  and 
μέτρια  are  also  used  as  adv..  μέτρων 
εχειν.  Plat.  Legg.  840  C,  μέτρια  ζην, 
Eur.  Ion  632,  μέτρια  βασανισθήναι, 
Plat.  Soph.  237  Β  :  also,  to  μέτρων 
άποκοιμηθήναι,  Xen.  Cyr.  2,  4,  26  : 
superl.,  ώς  μετριότατα,  Thuc.  6,  89. 
Hence 

Μετριότης,  ητος,  ή,  moderation,  \^Άί. 
modestia,  Thuc.  1,  38,  Xen.  Cyr.  5,2, 
17,  etc. ;  moderation  in  a  thing,  περί 
τι,  εν  τινι,  Del.  Plat.  411  Ε,  412  Β. 
— II.  α  middle  condition,  βίου,  Arist. 
Pol.  5,  11,  33. 

Μετρωφρονέω,  ώ,  (μέτριος,  φρονέω) 
to  think  modestly,  to  be  moderate,  App. 
Hence 

Μετριοφροσύνη,  ης,  ή,  modesty. 

Μέτρισμα,  ατός,  τό,=  νόμισμα. 

Μετροειδης,  ές,  (μέτρον,  είδος)  like 
metre,  metrical,  Dem.  Phal. 

ME'TPON,  ov,  TO,  that  by  which 
anything  is  measured,  a  measure  or  rule, 
II.  12, 422  :  in  the  widest  sense,  either 
weight  or  measure,  Hdt.  6,  127  :  gen- 
erally, a  measure,  standard.  Plat.  The- 
aet. 183  B. — 2.  esp.  a  measure  of  con- 
tent, as  well  as  the  contents  or  thmg 
measured,  μέτρα  οϊνον,  άλφίτον,  ύδα- 
τος, II.  7,  471,  Od.  2,  355  ;  9,  209,  cf. 
II.  23,  268,  741  ;— so  that  Homer's  μέ- 
τρον seems  to  have  been  of  definite 
size. — 3.  any  space  measured  or  7neas• 
urable,  μέτρα  κελενθυν,  the  length  of 
the  way,  Od.  4.  389 ;  μέτρον  δρμον, 
the  size  oi  the  harbour,  Od.  13,  JOl  ; 
so,  very  treq.  in  Hom.,  and  Hes.  : — 
hence  also,  μέτρον  ήβης,  full  measure, 
i.  e.  pri?ne  of  youth,  like  τέλος,  II.  11, 
225  :  σοφίης  μέτρον,  perfect  wisdom, 
Solon  5,  52 ;  μέτρα  μορφής,  one's 
stature,  Eur.  Ale.  1063  :  also,  μέτρα 
θαλάσσης,  Orac.  ap.  Hdt.  1.  47; 
though  such  phrases  as  μέτρα  όπώ- 
ρης,  βίου,  έτέων  are  mostly  later, 
Jac.  Ep.  Ad.  651,  2  ;  but  in  Thuc.  8, 
95,  μέτρον  θαλιάσσης,  a  distance  by 
sea. — II.  the  mean  between  two  extremes, 
due  length,  breadth,  etc.,  proportion  : — 
hence  metaph.,  measure, proportion. fit- 
ness, χοή  κατ'  αυτόν  παντός  όράν  μ., 
Pind.  Ρ.  2,  64  ;  μέτρα  διώκει  ν.  Id.  Ι. 
6,  103  ;  πλέον  μέτρου.  Plat  Rep.  021 
A  ;  μ.  εχειν.  Id.  Legg.  957  A  :  μ. 
προςτιθεναι,  to  limit,  Aesch.  ('ho. 
797;  but,  μέτρα  έπιτιθέναι,  to  add 
means  (of  guiding  or  driving),  Pind. 
O.  13,  27,  ubi  V.  Donalds.  (20)  ■.—με- 
τρώ,—μετρίως,  Pind.  P.  8,  111:  so 
too,  κατά  μέτρον. — III.  metre,  freq.  in 
Plat.  ;  opp.  to  μέλος  (music)  and  })νθ• 
μός  (time),  Id.  Gorg.  502  C  :  ε'ις  μέ- 
τρα τιθέναι,  to  put  into  verse.  Id. 
Legg.  069  D  : — also  a  i-erse,  metrical 
line.  Id.  Lys.  205  A.  (The  Sanscr. 
root  is  ma,  cf.  met-ire,  meas-ure :  akin 
to  it  are  μέδιμνος,  modus,  modius, 
Schaf  Phocyl.  130.) 

Μετρονόμοι,  ol,  (μέτρον,  νέμω)  fif- 
teen ofllcers  who  inspected  the  weights 
and  measures,  (ace.  to  Bockh  P.  E.  1, 


MEXP 

p.  67)  ten  in  Athens  itself  and  five  in 
the  Piraeeus,  Dinarch.  ap.  Suid., 
Arist.  ap.  Harp.  : — their  attendants 
were  called  προμετρηταί- 

Μετροποιέω,ώ,  {μέτρον,  ττοιέω)  to 
make  a  measure :  to  make  by  measure. 
Hence 

Μετροττοΰα,  ας,  ή,=μέτρον  III., 
Longin. 

ΙΜεΓων,  ωνος,  ό,  Meton,  son  of 
Pausanias,  of  Leuconoe  in  Attica,  a 
celebrated  astronomer,  Ar.  Av.  997. 
—Others  in  Plut.  Pyrrh.  13  ;  etc. 

Μ.ετωννμία,  ας,  ή.  {μετά,  όνομα) 
change  of  name :  in  rhetoric,  the  use 
of  one  word  for  another,  metonymy,  Vit. 
Hotn.  25.     Hence 

Μετωννμικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to 
metonymy.     Adv.  -κύς. 

Μετωττάδόν ,  adv.  =  μετωπηδόν, 
0pp.  C.  2,  65. 

Ι'Μετώ-η,  ης,  ή.  Dor.  -πα,  Metope, 
daughter  of  the  Ladon,  wite  of  Aso- 
pus,  and  mother  of  Thebe,  Pind.  O. 
6,  144 ;  ApoUod.  3,  12.  6.-2.  wife  of 
Sangarius,  mother  of  Hecuba,  Apol- 
lod.  3,  12,  5. — II.  a  river  of  Arcadia 
near  Stymphalus,  Call.  Jov  26. 

'ί/ίετω-ηδόν,  (μέτυττον)  adv.  with 
head  0Γ  forehead  foremost :  of  ships, 
formijig  a  close  front,  Virgil's  junctis 
fronlibus,  Hdt.  7,  100  ;  in  line,  opp.  to 
km  κέρας  (in  column),  Thuc.  2,  90. 

Μ.ετω-ΙαΙος,  a,  ov,  (μέτωπον)  on 
or  of  the  forehead,  Galen. 

Μετωττίας,  ου,  ό,  (μέτωπον)  having 
a  broad  or  high  forehead. 

Μετωπίδιος,  ov,  =  μετωπιαίος, 
prob.  1.  Hipp.,  v.  Lob.  Phryn.  557.  [I] 

JslETO-iof,  ov,  τό,=μέτωπον,  the 
forehead,  II.  11,  95;  16,  739.— II.  an 
aromatic  Aegyptian  ointment,  Diosc. 

Μετωπίς,  ίόος.  ή,  a  head-band  :  irom 

'Μέτωπον,  ov,  το,  (μετά,  ώφ)  strict- 
ly the  space  bttween  the  eyes,  and  so 
the  forehead,  front,  cf.  Jl.  13,  615,  and 
freq.  in  Horn.,  etc. ;  usu.  of  men,  but 
of  a  liorse  in  11.  23,  454: — also  in 
plur.,  Od.  6,  107,  Eur.,  etc.;  cf.  ava- 
σπάω  II.,  χαλάω  1.,  2  ; — Aetna  is 
called  the  μέτωπον  of  Sicily  by  Pind. 
P.  1,  57. — 11.  the  front,  fore  part  of  any 
thing,  the  front,  face  of  Ά  wall  or  build- 
ing, Hdt.l,  178;  2,  124:  the  front  or 
front-line  of  an  army,  fleet,  etc., 
Aesch.  Pers.  720,  Xen.  Cyr.  2,  4,  2. 

iyίέτωπoς,  ov,  ό,  Meiopus,  a  Py- 
thagorean ol  Mctapontum,  Stob. 

Μετωποσκόπος,  ov.  {μέτωπον.  σκη- 
πέω)  observing  the  forehead,  judging  of 
men  by  their  foreheads. 

'Μετωποσωορων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  ndth 
modest  and  ingenuous  countenance, 
Aesch.  Supp.  198,  e  conj.  Pors. 

Μεν,  Ep.  and  Ion.  for  μον,  enclit. 
gen.  of  έ)ώ,  freq.  in  Horn. 

tMfχεpί^■of,  ov,  ό,  =  Μνκερΐνος, 
Diod.  S.  1,  64. 

Μέχρι,  and  before  a  vowel,  or  me- 
tri  grat.,  μέχρις, — I.  prep,  with  gen., 
until,  unto,  to  a  given  point: — 1.  of 
place,  μέχρι  θα?.άσσης,  11.  13,  143,  cf. 
Hdt.  2,  80  ;  in  poets,  μέχρι  sometimes 
follows  its  case. — 2.  ot  time,  τέο  μέ- 
χρις ;  until  when  ?  how  long  ?  11.  24, 
128,  cf.  Hdt.  1,4;  3,  10,  etc.  ;  so  also 
in  prose,  μέχρις  ov  ;  μέχρις  δσου ; 
Hdt.  8,  3,  etc.  ;  μέχρι  τίνος,  for  a 
space,  whether  of  space  or  of  time : 
μέχρι  πολλού,  for  long:  μέχρι  παν- 
τός, for  ever :  μέχρι  τούτον,  so  long. 
Hdt.  1,  4  ;  μέχρι  ποτέ  ;  for  how  long  ί 
Lat.  quousqiie  !  etc. — 3.  in  numbers 
it  expresses  a  round  sum,  where  prob. 
the  real  quantity  is  a  little  less,  up  to, 
about,  nearly,  Lat.  ad,  sometimes  with- 
out altering  the  case  of  the  subst.. 
Lob.  Phryn.  410:  hence  sometimes, 


MH 

like  Lat.  citra,  short  of,  within  a  limit, 
μέχρι  κόρον  μετρείσθαι,  Joseph.  Β.  I. 
2,  8,  5. — 4.  m  Ion.,  μέχρις  ov  is  some- 
times followed  by  another  gen.,  e.  g. 
μέχρις  ov  οκτώ  πύργων,  μέχρις  ov 
τροπέων  των  ϋερινέων,  Hdt.  1,  181  ; 
2,  19  (for  μέχρις  ov  οκτώ  πύργοι  ει- 
σίν,  etc.),  cf.  Herm.  Vig.  η.  251  ;  cf. 
οννεκα  Β. — 5.  sometimes  before  an- 
other prep,  of  motion  to  a  place,  as 
μέχρι  προς.-,  lllte  usque  ad...,  Stallb. 
Plat.  Crat.  412  Ε  ;  so /ζ.  δενρο,  c.  gen., 
Plat.  Symp.  217  E. — II.  as  adv.,  until, 
until  that,  with  subjunct.  or  optat.,  μέ- 
χρι τούτο  ϊδωμεν,  Hdt.  4,  119,  etc.: 
μέχρι  μέν,  in  protasis,  with  δε  in  apo- 
dosis,  Hdt.  4,  3 :  μέχρι  περ  ύν,  with 
subj.,  so  long  as.  Plat.  Sophist.  259  A. 
— 2.  μέχρι  ποτέ,  with  mdicat.  pres., 
Jac.  Acii.  Tat.  p.  689.— The  rule  that 
μέχρι  must  become  μέχρις  before  a 
vowel,  only  applies  to  poets:  in  Att. 
prose,  μέχρι  before  a  vowel  is  so  freq  , 
that  the  Atticists  thought  μέχρις  not 
Att.,  Thom.  M.  135,  cf.  Lob.  Phryn. 
14,  sq.  ;  the  same  holds  of  άχρι  and 
ΰχρις :  μέχρι  is  also  the  strict  Ion. 
form,  Stallb.  Plat.  Symp.  210  Ε  :  most 
critics,  however,  now  prefer  μέχρις 
before  a  vowel,  (μέχρι  is  to  μι) Κος, 
μακρός,  as  άχρι  to  άκρος.) 

ΜΗ'.— Α.  ADVERB,  not,  used  in 
cases  where  the  negation  depends  on 
some  previous  condition,  either  ex- 
pressed or  implied,  while  ov  denies 
absolutely  and  independently:  so 
that  μή  expresses  subjectively,  that 
one  thinks  a  thing  is  not ;  ov  objective- 
ly that  it  is  not :  (the  same  is  the  dis- 
tinction between  the  compounds  of 
μή  and  ol•).  Hence  μή  stands, — I. 
generally  in  Dependent  clauses, 
and  so, — 1.  after  all  conditional  or 
contingent  conjunctions,  as  ει,  αϊ,  ότε, 
οπότε,  εάν  or  ην,  όταν,  έπειδάν,  etc. ; 
thus  in  Hom.  ει  μή  with  fut.  indie, 
after  the  fut.,  II.  7,  98  ;  also  without 
a  verb,  except,  unless,  Od.  12,  326  ;  the 
verb  is  supplied  in  H.  Hom.  Cer.  24  : 
in  Att.,  ει  μή  ει  is  found,  like  Lat. 
nisi  si,  χρήσιμος  ουδέν,  ει  μή  ει  τις 
νπολάιίοι...  Plat.  Gorg.  480  Β,  ubi  v. 
Stallb.  :  ει  μή  is  also  esp.  used  with 
pres.  in  answers,  as,  σϋ  δε  τούτο 
λέγεις ;  Εί  μή  αδικώ  γε.  Id.  Rep. 
608  D  :  so  αί  κε  έάν,  etc.,  with  sub- 
junctive, II.  18,  91  ;  22,  55,  ότε  μή,  c. 
opt.  aor.  after  opt.  pres.  and  άΐ',  Od. 
16,  197,  when  it  is  except,  unless  that, 
unless  when :  on  the  other  hand  with 
ώς.  ότι,  έπεί,  since,  because,  which  are 
not  contingent,  ov  is  required,  έπεΙ 
ονχ  ύμογύστριος  "¥,κτορός  ειμί,  11. 
21,  95. — On  εΐ  δε  μή,  ν.  sub  ει  μή. — 
2.  after  the  final  conjunctions  Ινα,  ώς, 
όπως,  ώστε,  because  there  are  in  their 
nature  contingent,  as  ώς  μή — όλων- 
ταΐ,  Ο  that  they  perish  not,  11.  8,  468. 
— 3.  with  the  relative  ός,  either  ov  or 
μή  may  be  used,  as  it  is  taken  to  be 
definite  or  indef. ;  but  with  the  in- 
def.  όςτις  always  μή,  as  Thuc.  1,  40. 
— 4.  with  the  infin.,  though  in  Hom. 
only  in  oratione  obliqua,  as  11.  14, 
40,  Od.  18,  167;  (whereas  in  Att.  ov 
is  oft.  retained  in  orat.  obi.,  as  if  the 
words  had  been  not  quoted,  but  sim- 
ply repeated,  e.  g.  Eur.  Hel.  836,  Plat. 
Phaed.  63  D.) :  but  regularly,  μή  at- 
tached itself  to  the  infin.  in  all  cases, 
even  when  it  seems  absol.  ;  (for, 
though  when  the  inf.  is  the  'subject 
of  the  sentence,  as  το  μή  πυθέσθαι  μ' 
άλγύνειεν  άν.  Soph.  Tr.  458,  a  sup- 
posed case  is  put,  το  μή  π.=  εί  μή  πν- 
θοίμην... ;  yet  in  λείπομαι  γύρ  εν  τω 
μή  δννασθαι.  Soph.  Ο.  C.  496,  the 
inf.  is  really  absol.,  and  must  be  par- 


MH 

I  aphrased  by  δη  oh  6.) :— so,— 5.  with 
;  an  abstract  subst.,  as  in  Ar.  Eccl.  115, 
δεινόν  έστιν  ή  μή  'μπειρια=^τό  μή 
έμπειρίαν  έχειν,Άίί  a  general  expres- 
sion of  opinion  ;  whereas  ή  ονκ  έξ- 
ονσία.  Thuc.  5,  50,  applies  to  the 
specific  fact,  cf.  ov  1.2:  so  also— 6. 
I  with  the  participle,  when  it  may  be 
resolved  into  ει  with  the  indie,  as 
μή  ηπενΐΐκας=είμή  άπήνεικε  :  Hdt. 

4,  64  ;  whereas  οί'κ  άπενείκας  would 
be=f7rii  ονκ  άπήνεικε:  so  also,  δί- 
δασκε με  ώς  μή  εΐόότα.  ut  qui  nihil 

I  sciam.  Soph.  O.  C.  1154. — See  further 
]  under  ov. — II.  μή  is  very  freq.  in  In- 
:  DEPENDENT  clauses  containing  a 
1  command,  entreaty,  warning,  or  ex- 
I  pressing  a  wish,  fear,  in  which  cases, 
I  like  Lat.  ne,  it  stands  first  in  the  sen- 
tence :  hence,— 1.  with  imperat.,  μή 
is  always  used,  and  regularly  with 
the  pres.,  II.  1,  32,  etc.:  sometimes 
with  inf.  pres.  for  imperat.,  as  11.  2, 
413  ;  sometimes  with  ind.  fut.,  μή  νε• 
μεσήσετε,  II.  15,  115;  to  express  a 
confidence  that  the  request  will  be 
complied  with.  The  examples  of /z^ 
with  imperat.  aor.  are  very  rare  and 
mostly  Homeric,  as  II.  4,  410,  Od.  2, 
70;  15,  263;  16,  301;  24,  248,  cf. 
Pors.  Hec.  1166:  it  diflers  from  the 
imperat.  pres.,  in  that  the  pres.  for- 
bids what  is  doing,  the  aor.  ichat  is  not 
yet  begun ;  besides,  the  force  of  the 
pres.  is  not  confined  to  a  single  act 
but  continuous,  Herm.  Opusc.  1,  p. 
270  ;  but — 2.  with  subjunctive,  if  the 
forbidding  be  only  momentary,  con- 
fined to  a  single  act,  and  regularly 
with  the  aor.,  II.  5,  684  ;  6,  265 ;  oft. 
with  notion  of  warning  or  threatening, 
μή  σε  παρά  νηνσι  κιχείω,  let  me  not 
catch  thee.. !  11.  1,  26  :  oifear,  μή  με 
στί^ίη  τε  κακή  και  θήλυς  εέρση  δα- 
μάστ},  Ι  fear,  lest  frost  chill  me,  Od. 

5,  467  : — in  all  cases  where  μή  stands 
with  subjunct.,  όρα,  φο3ονμαί,  etc. 
might  be  supplied,  so  that  here  the 
adverb  and  conjunction  pass  into  one 
another,  cf.  μή,  Β.  V. :  yet  this  is  not 
necessary  ;  for  μή  may  stand  inde- 
pendently in  a  command,  request, 
etc.,  as  well  as  m  a  question,  and  be 
rendered  by  our  Ο  that  it  may  not..! 
— 3.  the  Att.  were  fond  of  an  aposio- 
pesis  with  μή  without  any  verb  ex- 
pressed, μή  τριβάς  (sc.  ποιείτε,  έμ- 
βά?.?.ετε)  Soph.  Ant.  577 ;  μή  μοι 
πρόφασιν,  Ar.  Ach.  345 ;  μή  μοι  γε 
μνθονς,  Ar.  Vesj).  1179,  as  we  say, 
710  delay  !  no  excuse  !  so  also  μή  γάρ, 
etc..  cf.  Jelf  Gr.  Gr.  <J  897.-4.  μή  is 
joined  with  optat.  aor.  to  express  a 
negative  wιsh,μή  γαρ  δγ'  έλθοι  άνήρ, 
Ο  that  he  may  7iot  come !  Od.  1,  403  ; 
μή  εμέ  γ'  ούτος  λάβοι  χόλος,  may 
such  anger  as  thine  never  come  on 
me,  11.  16,  30  ;  strengthd.,  μή  μάν.  II. 
8,  512:  the  same  thing  is  expressed 
by  the  rare  form  μή  δφελες  λίσσεσθαι, 
I'wish  thou  hadst  not...  Jl.  9,  698  ;  so 
that/i^  may  be  taken  vviih  λίσσεσθαι. 
— 5.  in  hasty  negative  answers  the 
Att.  often  put  μή  alone,  where  the  verb 
must  be  supplied,  as  in  Soph.  O.  C. 
1441,  ει  χρή,  θανούμαι.  Answ.  Μή 
σύ  γε  (sc.  θάντις),  cf  Valck.  Phoen. 
353 :  in  this  case  we  must  some- 
times supply  a  verb,  as  in  .\r.  Ach. 
458,  άπελθε  vvv.  Answ.  M;)  άλλα 
(sc.  TovTO  γένηται),  iVaj/  but ! — so, 
μή  γε,  μή  μοί  γε.  μή  μέ  γε.  μήπω  γε, 
oft.  in  Trag.  and  Com. — III.  the  po- 
sition of  μή  occasions  a  diificulty  in 
two  places  of  Od.,  viz  Od.  4,  684,//^ 
— μνηστενσαντες — μηδ'  u7j.nff  όμι- 
λιΐ,σαντες,  ύστατα  και  πνματα  ννν 
ένθαδε  όειπνήσειαν,  no — these  suit- 

925 


ΜΗ 

ore— let  them,  never  meeting  again, 
now  eat  their  last  meal ;  and  Od.  11, 
613,  μ?/ — τεχνησάμενος — μηό'  άλλο 
τι  τεχΐ'?/<Τ(ΐΐΓο,  no — alter  having 
wrought  this— let  him  never  work 
anything  else.  Here  the  participles 
are  parenthetic,  and  μηδέ  takes  up 
the  negation  properly  expressed  by 
μη,  μηιΥ  άλλο  τι.  being  taken  as  one 
word,  like  μηόοτιοΐτ,  cf.  lierm.  Vig. 
202,  Nitzsch  Oil.  4,  084.— IV.  in  a 
sentence  of  two  clauses  connected  by 
η  or  καί,  μή  is  sometimes  omitted  in 
the  second  clause,  e.  g.  Soph.  O.  T. 
689.—  V.  in  Soph.  Phil.  1059,  we  have 
ονδέν..μ7/όέ  in  answering  clauses^ 
which  is  difficult :  the  simplest  way 
is  to  suppose  that  ονόέν  i.s  used  in 
the  first  clause  because  it  is  joined 
not  with  ml",  κρατυνειν,  but  with 
adv.  KUKtov,  V.  Ellendt  s.  v.  μηδέ  4,  c. 
H.  μι),  Conjunction,  that. ..not, 
lest,  Lat.  ne. — 1.  usu.  with  subjunct. 
aor.  after  principal  verb  in  pres.  or 
fut. ;  so  always  in  Att.,  but  in  Horn, 
often  after  imperat.  aor.,  II.  1,  522, 
Od.  15,  278,  etc.— II.  with  optat.  after 
principal  verb  in  past  tense,  as  11.  12, 
40J.  Od.  1,  133,  etc.— III.  with  past 
tense  of  indie,  to  express  a  past  ac- 
tion, as  Od.  5,  300,  δηδω,  μη  oij  πάν- 
τα νημερτία  είπεν,  I  fear,  she  has 
spoken  all  too  true :  so  also  in  Att., 
V.  Elm.sl.  and  Herm.  Med.  310  :  μ?/  is 
joined  with  indic.  fut.  chiefly  as  an 
interrog.,  cf.  infr.  C.  I.  —  IV.  after 
verbs  expressing /ear,  anxiety,  etc., 
μη  regularly  stands  with  a  finite  verb, 
όέδοικα  μη  γένηται,  Lat.  vereor  ne 
fiat,  I  fear,  lest  it  happen,  where  in 
common  language  we  omit  the  nega- 
tive, I  fear  it  will  happen  (but  a  negat. 
is  always  implied ;  for  when  we  fear 
a  thing  will  happen,  we  wish  it  may 
not.)  Horn,  uses  δείδω,  δέδια,  δεδοί- 
κα,  ττεριδείδω,  ταρβέί,ι,  άζομαι  and 
όέος  αιμεΐμε:  regularly,  these  verbs 
are  followed  by  μή  with  subjunct. ; 
by  the  opt.  only  in  oralione  obliqua 
or  after  past  tenses,  as  II.  14,  201 ; 
21,  329.  Od.  11,  034.  etc. ;  but  even 
in  Att.  the  subjunct.  is  often  put 
where  strictly  the  opt.  should  stand, 
Pors.  Phoen.'OS  ;  and  Eur.  Hcc.  1138 
sqq.  is  a  remarkable  instance  οίίδει- 
σα  followed  by  both  subj.  and  opt.  : 
for  this  subjunct.  the  Att.  also  use  in- 
dic. fut,  Heind.  Plat.  Crat.  303  C, 
more  rarely  iiiflic.pres.,Valck.  Phnen. 
93.  Vox  Ά  full  discussion  of  the 
point,  v.  Jelf  Gr.  Gr.  ^  805-9.-2.  in 
the  same  way,  μη  follows  verbs  that 
express  care,  caution,  etc.,  ίόείν  μη 
λύΟυνται,  to  see  that  they  don't  for- 
get, 11.  10,  98;  φράζεσθαιμή...,  II.  15, 
104;  ττειρύσθαι  μή...,  to  try  whether 
or  no,  Od.  1 1 ,  395,  etc. — V.  //;;  is  used 
with  inf  after  vehement  negations : 
so  with  inf  aor.  after  όμννμι,  II.  23, 
585,  Od.  2,  373  ;  after  ορκον  έλέσθαι, 
with  inf  pres.,  Od.  4,  747 ;  after 
Ιστω  Ζευς,  with  inf  aor.,  11.  19,  201, 
with  inf  fut.,  Od.  5,  187  :  so  after  ne- 
gat. wishes,  δος  μη  Όδνσσηα  οίκηδ' 
ίκίσβαί,  Od.  9,  530. — 2.  sometimes 
the  inf.  passes  into  a  finite  verb,  as 
Ιστω  Ζενς,  with  μή  and  indic.  fut., 
II.  10,  .330;  with  ind.  pres.,  11.  15,41. 
— VI.  lastly,  μή  is  used  (as  it  seems) 
pleonast.  after  all  verbs  which  have 
a  negative  sense,  such  as  άρνεΐσυαι, 
Ku/  νει.ν,  είργειν,  φεύγειν;  somethnes 
also  after  nouns  of  like  signf.,  as  κώ- 
Ιιψα.  Thuc.  1,  10,  cf.  Soph.  O.  T.  57  ; 
or  adverbs,  as  έμ~οδών,  Xen.  An.  3, 
1,  13  :  with  these  verbs  the  article  is 
often  inserted,  as  ΰρνεΐσϋαι  το  μή.-.. 
To  μη  oil..  — Prob.  μή  was  here  used 
ϋΖ6 


ΜΗΔΑ 

from  the  anxiety  of  the  Greeks  to  be 
as  explicit  as  possible,  v.  Buttm.  Ex- 
cur,  xi.  ad  Dem.  Mid.  ;  cf  μή  ου. 

υ.  μή  AS  Interrogative, — I.  in 
direct  questions,  with  all  tenses  of 
indic. ;  but  like  l..at.  jium,  mostly 
where  a  negative  answer  is  expected, 
/)  μή  πον.-.φύσθε ;  snrelt)  ye  did  not 
say  .'  Od.  0,  200,  cf  9,  405  ;  whereas 
with  oh  the  answer  expected  is  af- 
firmat.  :  in  Att.  μή  without  ή  is  found 
usu.  in  the  same  way,  e.  g.  Aesch. 
Pers.  344;  though  sometimes  it  leaves 
the  answer  indeterminate,  like  Lat. 
enclitic  -ne,  e.  g.  Plat.  Theaet.  190  B. 
The  above  distinction  of  the  answer 
expected  after  ov  and  μή,  serves  to 
explain  passages  where  they  stand 
conjointly,  as  ονσΐγ'  άνέξει,  μτ/δέ  δει- 
λίαν  άρεις ;  tvo'n't  you  be  silent,  and 
will  you  be  cowardly  ?  i.  e.  be  silent 
and  be  not  cowardly,  Soph.  Aj.  75,  cf 
Tr.  1183  :  (in  which  cases  Elmsl.  ex- 
tends the  force  of  oii  to  the  second 
clause  oh  μή  άρεΐς ;  will  you  not  not 
be  cowardly  ?  but  this  would  make 
μή=ην, — cf.  sub.  ov  μή). — 2.  in  indi- 
rect questions,  or  when  another's 
question  is  repeated,  μή  is  used  with 
subjunct.  of  a  present,  but  with  optat. 
of  a  past  action  ;  sometimes  also  with 
indic,  to  mark  that  the  asker  believes 
the  thing  he  asks  about,  e.  g.  Soph. 
Ant.  1253,  cf.  Elmsl.  Heracl.  482, 
Herm.  Vig.  n.  270.  In  these  cases 
μή  may  be  rendered  by  whether,  cf. 
supr.  B.  V.  2. 

(The  Lat.  NE  is  only  a  dialectic 
variety  oi μή,  cf  μίν  and  viv,  μώνΆηά 
7mm,  Buttm.  Exc.  xi.  ad  Dem.  Mid.) 
[In  Att.  poets,  μή  is  joined  by  syni- 
zesis  with  a  following  vowel :  the 
case  of  μή  ov  forming  one  syll.  is  the 
most  freq.] 

Μή  in  compos.,  or  joined  with  other 
particles,  as  μή  γύρ.  μή  ov,  etc.,  will 
be  found  in  alphabetical  order  :  these 
should  be  compared  with  the  corre- 
sponding forms  of  ov. 

Μή  yap,  an  elliptic  phrase,  used  in 
emphatic  denial,  certainly  not,  Lat. 
nulla  modo,  longe  abest,  where  an  im- 
perat. or  optat.  verb  must  be  supplied 
from  the  ibregoing  passage  to  which 
the  denial  relers,  as  μή  λεγέτω  το 
όνομα...,  Answ.  μή  γύρ  (λεγέτω), 
Plat.  Theaet.  177  Ε,  cf  Jelf  Gr.  Gr. 
^  897  :  also  strengthd.,  μή  γύρ  γε,  μή 
γύρδή,  Seidl.  Eur.  Tro.  212. 

Μ?/  }'f,  not  at  least,  strengthd.  for 
μή.  Soph.  Fr.  185. 

ίΜήδα,  ας,  ?/,  3Ieda,  wife  of  Idome- 
neus.  Lye.  1221. — 2.  daughter  of  Co- 
thelas  of  Thrace,  Ath.  557  D. 

Μηδΰμά,  υ,ηδΰμή,  in  no  ivise,  not  at 
all.  freq.  in  Hdt.  with  another  μή,  or 
compd.  of  μη,  ά'λλων  μηδαμά  μηδα- 
μών  ανθρώπων,  μηδαμύ  αηδέν,  etc., 
Hdt.  2,  91  ;  7,  50,  1  ;  μηδαμή  χάλα, 
Aesch.  Ργ.  58 ;  μη  φύγητε  μηδαμή. 
Soph.  Phil.  789. — II.  of  place,  ?iou)/iere. 
(Strictly  dat.  fern,  from  μηδαμός,  and 
so  sometimes  written  μηδαμα,  μΐ]δα- 
μ-η,  as  by  Ast  in  Plato:  but  in  poets 
we  sometimes  find  it  μηδαμά  [,uu], 
e.  g.  Aesch.  Pers.  431,  Ar.  Thesm. 
1102,  when  it  must  be  taken  asneut. 
pi.  ;  so  also  oft.  in  Mss.  of  Hdt., — and 
peril,  this  is  the  more  correct  form.) 
Μηδαμινός,  ή,  όν,  good  for  nothing ; 
cf.  οντιδανός  (οντις). 

Μηδάμόθεν,  (μηδαμύς)  adv.  from  no 
place,  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  7,  14  :  usu.,  μ.  άλ- 
λοθεν,  from,  no  other  place,  as  Plat. 
Phaed.  70  E. 

ΜηδάμόθΙ,  adv.  nowhere  :  and 
ΜηδαμοΙ,  adv.  nowhither,  Xen.  Lac. 
3,  4 :  from 


ΜΗΔΕ 

Μηδΰμάς,  ή,  όν,  for  μηδί  άμυς  not 
ei:en  one,  i.  e.  not  any  one,  no  one,  none, 
like  μηδείς,  Hdt.  1,  143,  144,  etc. — 
As  adj.  only  in  plur.,  the  sing,  being 
scarcely  used,  except  in  the  adverbs 
μηδαμή,  -μοί,  -μον,  etc.     Hence 

Μηδίμόαε,  adv.  nowhither,  μ.  ok• 
λοσε.  Plat.  Rep.  499  A  :  and 

Μηδάμον,  adv.  nowhere,  Aesch. 
Eum.  423  ;  μ.  ΰΆλοθί,  Plat.  Phaed. 
08  A  ;  c.  gen.,  μ.  τών  όντων.  Lat. 
nusquam  gentium,  Plat.  Parm.  102  C, 
cf  Legg.  958  D. — \\.=μηδαμή,  Aesch. 
Eum.  024,  Soph.  Aj.  1007,  etc. 

Μηδύμώς,  adv.  ixova  μηδαμύς,— μη- 
δαμα, Hdt.  4,  83,  and  olt.  in  Trag. 

Μηδέ,  adv.  (μή^  δέ)  nor,  Lat.  nenne, 
nee,  joining  a  second  clause  or  addi- 
tional clause  to  a  sentence,  the  for- 
mer part  of  which  may  be  either  af- 
firmat.,  or  negat.  with  μη  ;  freq.  from 
Horn,  downwds.  —  2.  also  doubled, 
μηδέ. ...μηδέ...,  neither.... nor...,  Lat. 
neque....neque...,  opposing  the  two 
clauses  of  a  sentence,  first  in  II.  4, 
303  -.—μηδέ  also  follows  μή,  or  μήτε, 
when  It  should  be  translated  7wr  yet, 
οίς  μήτε  παιδεία  μήτε  νόμοι  μηδέ  αν- 
άγκη μηδεμία.  Plat.  Prot.  327  C,  cf. 
Pind.  I.  2,  05,  Soph.  Phil.  771  .—but 
whether  μήτε  can  follow  μηδέ  is 
questionable,  v.  sub  ουδέ,  ούτε. — 
When  δέ  is  in  the  second  clause,  to 
mark  opposition,  and  μή  is  expressed 
only  in  the  second  clause,  the  words) 
should  he  written  divisim  μή  δέ,  as 
Soph.  O.  C.  481,  cf  Schaf  Append. 
Bast  Ep.  Cr.  p.  29. — II.  joined  with  a 
single  word  or  phrase,  not  even,  Lat. 
ne...quidcm,  II.  21,  375,  Od.  4,  710, 
etc.  ;  repeated  emphatically,  μ7/δ'  όν- 
τίνα  γαστέρι  μήτηρ  κονρον  έόντα 
φέροι  μ7]δ'  ός  φύγοι,  let  7wt  the  babe 
unborn — no  not  even  it  escape,  II.  6, 
58:— on  Od.  4,  084;  11,  013,  v.  sub 
μή  A.  III. — Hoin.  often  uses  μηδέ  τι, 
V.  sub  μήτις. 

\Μήδεία,  ας,  ή.  Ion.  -είη,  Hdt.  1 ,  2, 
Medea,  daughter  of  Aeetes  king  of 
Colchis,  fled  with  Jason  to  Greece, 
Hes.  Th.  901;  Pind.  P.  4,  15;  etc. 

\Μήδειος,  ov,  b,  Medius,  son  of 
Jason  and  Medea,  Hes.  Th.  1001  :  cf. 
Μήδος.  —  Others  in  Dem.  1052,  6 ; 
Theocr.  Ep.  18,  2;  etc. 

iMήδειoς,  ον,^^Μηδικός,  Anth. :  ol 
Mήδειoι,theMcdcs,  Pind.  P.  1, 151(78). 

Μηδίίς,  μηδεμία,  μηδέν,  for  μτ/δ^ 
εΙς,  declined  and  accentuated  just 
like  ΐΐς,  μία,  'έν,  gen.  μηδενός,  μηδέ- 
μιΰς.  not  even  one,  i.  e.  no  one,  none, 
like  Lat.  nullus  for  ne  ullus,  in  Horn, 
only  once,  μηδέν,  II.  18,  500:  μ7μ)& 
εις,  which  (so  written)  is  never  ehded 
even  in  Att.,  retained  the  first  em- 
phatic signf.,  not  even  one,  and  often 
had  a  particle  between,  as  μηδ'  uv 
εΙς,  Pors.  Hec.  pracf  p.  xxxiv  :  ό,  ή 
μηδέν  (sc.  ων,  ονσα),  one  who  is  a 
mere  nothing,  a  nobody,  Valck.  Phoen. 
001,  Lob.  Soph.  Aj.1218  (1231);  το 
μηδέν,  simply  nothing,  Hdt.  1,  32;  so 
too  TO  μηδέν,  of  an  eunuch,  Hdt.  8, 
10e;nence,  generally,  a  vscless  or 
worthless  person,  v.  Ellendt.  Lex. 
Soph.  s.  v.  μηδείς  4  : — neut.  μηδέν, 
freq.  as  adv.,  not  at  all,  bq  no  mnans, 
Plat.  Polit.  280  A,  etc.— VVhen  other 
negatives,  also  derived  from  μή.  are 
used  with  it,  they  do  not  destroy,  but 
strengthen  the  negation,  μηδέποτε 
μηδέν  αίσχρόν  ποιήσας  έλπιζε  λήσειν, 
never  hope  to  escape,  when  you  have 
done  any  thiiig  base,  Isocr.  5  B. — The 
plur.  μεδένες,  is  very  rare,  Xen.  Hell. 
5,  4,  20  ;  ace.  μηδένας.  Plat.  Euthyd. 
303  Β  -,—μηδαμοί,  ώνΐ  being  used  in- 
stead.- For  μηθείς,  v.  sub  voce.— On 


ΜΗΔΟ 

the  difference  between  μηδείς  and 
ουδείς,  v.  sub  μή  et  ov- 

ΤΛι/δέττοτε,  (μηδέ,  ποτέ)  adv.  never, 
with  pres.  and  past  tenses,  as  well  as 
fut.,  Ar.  Pac.  1225,  Plat.  Prot.  315  B, 
etc.,  cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  458 :— but  μηδέ 
ττοτε,  and  never,  Hes.  Op.  715,  742. 

Μηδέπω,  (μ>/δέ,  πώ)  adv.,  nor  as 
yet,  not  as  yet,  Aesch.  Pers.  435  :  of. 
μηπο). 

ΜηδεττώτΓοτε,  (μηδέ,  -η-ώποτε)  adv., 
never  yet,  Luc,  etc. ;  properly  with 
past  tenses,  usu.  perf.,  v.  Lob.  Phryn. 
458. 

Μ-ηδεσΙκάστη,  ης, .η,  strictly  adorn- 
ed with  prudence,  from  μήδεσι  (dat.  pi. 
o{ μήδος)  and  κέκασ/ιαι,  fern.  pr.  n., 
iMedesicaste,  daughter  of  Priam,  wife 
of  Imbrius,  11.  13,  173. 

'Μηδέτερος,  a,  ov,  (μηδέ,  έτερος) 
neither  of  the  two.  Plat.  Rep.  470  B, 
etc.     Hence 

Μηδετέρωθεν,  adv.  from  neither  side : 
and 

Μηδετέρως,  adv.  in  neither  way, 
Arist.  Poet.  14,  8.  —  2.  in  the  neuter 
gender :  and 

Μ,ηδετέρωσε,  adv.  to  neither  side, 
Thuc.  4,  118. 

Μήδενμα,  ατός,  τό,  ( μήδομαι )  α 
stratagem,  trick. 

Mr/  δ/'/,  nay  do  not...,  Π.  16,  81,  etc.  ; 
so  too,  μη  δΐ/τα,  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  830, 
1153,  etc. 

\Μηδία,  ας,  ή.  Media,  an  important 
country  of  Asia  between  Armenia 
and  Assyria,  Hdt. ;  etc. 

^Μ-ηδίας  τείχος,  τό,  the  wall <f  Me- 
dia, between  the  Tigris  and  Euphra- 
tes, separatmg  Babylon  from  Meso- 
potamia, Xen.  An.  1,  7,  15  ;  2,  4,  12 ; 
with  V.  1.  Mz/ddiOf,  as  in  Hell.  2,  1, 
13,  also:  called  by  Strab.  Σεμιράμί- 
όος  έήΐτείχισμα,  p.  529. 

^Μηδίας,  ου,  6,  Medias,  a  physi- 
cian, DJog.  L.  5,  72. 

Ήίηδιζυ,  to  be  a  Mede  in  manners, 
language  or  dress :  esp.  to  side  with  the 
Medes,  to  Medize,  opp.  to  'Έ-λληνίζο, 
Hdt.  4,  144,  etc.,  Thuc.  3,  62,  etc. 

M;/(5tKOf,  ή.  όν,  Median:  \r]  Μηδι- 
κή, so.  ■)'η,—Μηδία,  Xen.t :  τα  Μη- 
δικά (sc.  πράγματα),  the  Median  af- 
fairs, esp.  the  war  with  the  Medes,  the 
name  always  given  by  Thuc.  to  the 
great  Persian  war,  which  Hdt.  calls 
Tu  ΤΙερσικά. — 11.  Μηδικ?/  πόα,  herba 
Medica,  a  kind  of  clover,  lucerne,  Ar. 
Eq.  606. — III.  μϊ/Άον  Μηδικον,  v.  μή- 
λον (Β). 

Μήδίον,  ov,  τό,  an  herb,  perh.=^M;?- 
όικη  πόα,  Diosc. 

^Μ/ίδιος,  a,  ον,=:^Μηδικός,  Xen. 

\Μήδιος,  ου,  ό,  Medius,  a  historian, 
Strab.  p.  14. — Others  in  Arr. ;  etc. 

Μηδίς,  ίδος,  ή,  sub.  γη.  Media, 
Diosc. — II.  sub.  γννή,  a  Median  wo- 
man,  tHdt.  1,91. 

Μηδισμός,  ov,  ό,  (Μηδίζω)  a  leaning 
towards  the  Medes,  being  in  their  inter- 
est, Medism,  Hdt.  4,  165,  etc.,  Thuc. 
1, 135,  etc. 

Μηδιστί,  adv.  in  Median  fashion, 
Strab.  p.  500  :  — in  the  Median  tongue, 
[τϊ]     From  ^ 

tMJyJoi,  ων,  oi,  the  Medes,  Hdt.  7, 
62  ;  etc. 

■\Μήδοκος,  ov,  6,  Medocus,  king  of 
the  Odrysians,  Xen.  An.  7,  2,  32. 

Μηδοκτόνος,  ov,  (Μ7]δοί,  κτείνω) 
Mede- slaying,  Anth. 

Μηδό'λως,  adv.,  for  μηδ'  ό/.ως,  not 
at  alt. 

Μήδομαι,  f.  μήσομαι :  dep.  mid.  : 
(μήδος).  To  be  minded,  to  intend,  de- 
vise, decree,  resolve,  αΐ'Τος  εν  μήδεο, 
resolve  well  thyself,  II.  2,  3C0  :  hence 
to  give  advice  to  another,  τινί  τι,  Od 


MHKA 

5,  189. — 2.  to  plan  and  do  ainningly  or 

skilfully,  to  plot,  work,  bring  about,  oft. 

in  Horn.,  and  usu.  in  bad  sense,  κακά 

μήδεσθαί   tivl,   to  plot   or  work   evil 

against  one,  Lat.  male  consulere  in  ali- 

quem ;  so,   ό'λεθρον  μ.   τινί.   Od.  24, 

;  96  ;  also  c.  ace.  pers.  et  rei,  κακάμή- 

'  σατ'  'Αχαιούς,  he  wrought  them  mis- 

'  chief,  11.  10,  52  ;  so  also  in  11.  22.  395, 

i  Od.  24,  426, — like  κακά  δράν  τινά  :  in 

'  Trag.  usu.  μ.  τι,  Aesch.  Pr.  477,  etc., 

'  cf.  Pind.  N.  10,  120;  μ.  τι  επί  τινι, 

Aesch.  Cho.  991,  Soph.  Phil.   1114: 

— simply    lo   make,   μέλι,  Snnon.  57 

Bergk: — also  c.  inf ,  to  contrive  that  a 

thing  should  be,  Pind.  O.  1,  51. — II.  to 

take  care  of.  Ibid.   171,  like  κήδομαι: 

the  latter  form  has  been  substituted 

by  the  last  ed.  in  Plut.  2,  407  D.— 

Only  poet.     (Cf.  μέδομαι,  fin.) 

Μηόοπότερος,  a,  ov,  (μηδέ,  ΰπότε- 
ρος)=μηδέτερος,  Anth.  P.  3,  12. 

ΜΗ'ΔΟΣ,  εος,  τό.  but  hardly  to  be 
found  save  in  plur.  μήδεα.  counsels, 
plans,  arts,  usu.  with  collat.  notion  of 
prudence  or  cunning,  δό?Μνς  και  μήδεα, 
II.  3,  202 ;  πεπννμενα  μήδεα  είδώς, 
11.  7,  278  ;  etc. :  μήδεα  μάχης,  plans 
of  fight,  11.  15,  467;  IG,  120:— so  m 
Pind.  P.  4,  46  ;  10,  16,  Aesch.  Pr.  602 
(lyric),  cf.  Soph.  Fr.  604.— 2.  like  u>/- 
τις,  care,  anxiety,  σύ  τε  μήδεα,  care  for 
thee,  once  in  Od.  11.  202.— II.  in  Od. 
18,  67,  87  ;  22.  476,  virilia,  in  full  μή- 
δεα όοίτός,  6,  129  ;  in  which  signf , 
μήδεα  is  to  μήδομαι,  as  the  almost 
synon.  μέζεα  to  μέδομαι. — 2.  the  blad- 
der or  its  contents,  Ομρ,  C.4,  437. — Ep. 
word.     (Akin  to ////rif.  q.  V.) 

iMήδor,  ov,  a,  Mcdtix,  son  of  Medea 
after  whom  the  Μήδοι  were  said  to 
be  named,  ace.  to  Strab.  526  ;etc.— 2.  the 
Mede,  i.  e.  king  of  Media,  Astyages, 
.\esch.  Pers.  765. — II.  a  river  of  Per- 
sia, Strab.  p.  729. 

■\Μήδος,  ου,  ό,  fern.  Μηδίς,  ίδος,  a 
Mede,  Hdt.  ;  etq. 

^Μηδοσάδης,  ov,  6.  Medosades,  an 
ambassador  of  the  Thracian  prince 
Seuthes,  Xen.  An.  7,  1,  5. 

Μηδοςτιςοϋν,  neut.  μηδοτιονν,  for 
μ7ίδέ  όςτις  ovv,  μηδέ  δ  τι  ονν,  no  one 
whatever,  nothing  ichatever,  Theogn. 
64. 

Μηδοσννη,  ης,  ή,  (μήδος)  counsel, 
prudence.  Anth.  P.  15,  22. 

Μηδοφύνος,  ov,  (Μήδος,  *<ρένώ)=ζ 
Μηδοκτονος,  Anth.  P.  7,  243. 

\Μήδων,  όνος,  ό,  Medon,  son  of 
Ceisus,  Paus.  2,  19,  2. 

Μηβείς,  neut.  μηθέν,  a  later  form 
for  μηδείς,  μηδέν,  first  in  Arist.,  and 
Theophi•.,  Lob.  Phryn.  182;  but  the 
fern,  μηδεμία  never  became  μητεμία. 

^Μήθυμνα,  ης,  ή.  Dor.  Mati.,  Me- 
thymna,  a  city  in  the  north  of  Lesbos, 
now  called  MoUvo,  Thuc.  3,  2.— II.  a 
daughter  of  Macareus,  Diod.  S.  5,  81. 

ΊΜι/θνμΐ'αϊος,  a,  ov,  of  Melhymna 
(1),  Methymnean,  Hdt.  ;  ;)  Μηθ.,.αία, 
the  territory  of  M.,  Strab.  p.  616. 

ίΜηβώνη,  ης,  ή,  =Μεθώνη,  11. 2, 716. 

Μ^  'ίνα,  followed  by  ά/,?.ά,=μη 
ότι..,  ά/ιλά.. ;  ν.  μή  ότι. 

ίΜΫ/ΐονες,  ο'ι,  \θΏ..=Μηονες,  Hdt.  7, 
74. 

Μηκάζω,=μηκάομαι,  Nic.  ΑΙ.  214. 

Μ^  και,  for  μηδέ,  Αρ.  Rh. 

ΜΗΚΑΌΜΑΙ,  dep.,  with  old  poet, 
part.  aor.  μΰκών  (v.  infra) :  perf.  with 
pres.  signf.  μέμηκα,  part,  μεμηκώς.  II. 

10,  362  ;  shortd.  fem.  μεμάκνία,  11.  4, 
435 :  impf  formed  from  perf.  έμέμη- 
Kov,  Od.  9,  439.      To  bleat,  of  sheep, 

11.  4.  435:  Od.  9,  439:  of  hunted 
fawns  or  hares,  to  scream,  shriek,  II. 
10, 362  :  later  esp.  of  goats  (cf.  μηκύς), 
Anth., — as  also  β/,ηχάομαι  (our  bleat) 


MHKT 

is  used  both  of  sheep  and  goats.  The 
Homeric  part,  μακών  is  only  found  in 
the  phrase,  κάό  δ'  ϊπεσ'  έν  κονίτισι 
μακών.  fell  shrieking  to  earth,  of  a 
wounded  horse,  etc.,  II.  16,  469.  Od. 

10,  163;  19,  454;  of  a  man,  Od.  18, 
98.  (Formed  from  the  sound  of 
sheep,  -ds  μυκάομαι  from  that  of  kine.) 

Μηκάς,  άδος,  ή,  (μηκάομαι.)  the 
bleating  one,  in  Hom.  always  epith.  of 
she-goats,  in  plur.,  μηκάδες  aiytr.  U. 

11,  383,  Od.  9. 124,  244  ;  later,  μ.  ,όονς. 
Soph.  Fr.  122;  μ.  ύρνες,—βληκύδες, 
Eur.  Cycl.  189. 

Μηκασμός,  ov,  6,  (μηκύζω)  a  bleat- 
ing, Lat.  batatus,  Plut.  Sull.  27. 

Μηκεδάνός,  ή,  όν,  (μήκος)  long, 
Anth.  P.  11,  345. 

Μη  κ  έτι.  adv.,  no  more,  no  longer,  no 
further,  Horn.,  etc.  :  μηδ'  ίτι,  nor  any 
more,  Hom.  ^(μή,  έτι  after  the  anal, 
of  οί'κέτι ;  Buttm.  considers  it  conid. 
from  μή  ονκέτι,  Ausf.  Gr,  Gr.  «j  26, 
Anm.  9,  Lob.) 

Μήκη.  ή,=μηκασμός,  like  μνκη=: 
μνκασμός. 

Μηκηθμός,  ov,  ό,  (μηκάομαι)=μη- 
κασμυς,  Ορρ.  C.  2,  359.  (Cf.  μυκηϋ- 
μός.) 

ίΜηκιστενς,  έυς  Ερ.  and  Ion.  έος, 
ό.  Mecistcue,  son  of  Talaus,  a  Grecian 
chief,  II.  2,  56G.— 2.  son  of  Echius, 
companion  of  Teucer,  II.  8,  333. 

\Μηκιστηίάδης,  ov  Ep.  ao,  6,  son 
of  Mecisteus,  i.  e.  Euryalus,  II.  6,  28. 

Μηκητικός,  ή,  όν,  (μηκάομαι)  bleat' 
ing,  given  to  bleating. 

Μήκιστος,  η,  ov.  Dor.  and  Att.  μύ,• 
κιστος  [α]  :  (μήκος)  : — superl.  of  μα- 
κρός, tallest,  τόν  δη  μήκιστον  και  κάμ- 
τιστον  κτάνον  άνδρα,  II.  7,  155,  cf. 
Od.  11,  309  ;  longest.  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  1301. 
— Adv.  μήκιστον,  for  a  very  long  time 
or  in  the  highest  degree,  H.  Hom.  Cer. 
259  ;  ubi  &\.μήκιστά,  as  in  Od.  5,  299, 
465,  τι  vv  μοι  μήκιστα  γενηται,  what 
is  to  become  of  me  at  last :  μήκιστον 
άπελαύνειν,  to  drive  as  far  οΆ'  as  pos- 
sible, Xen.  Cyr.  4,  5,  28. 

Μηκόθεν,  adv.,  (μήκος)  from  afar, 
στήναι,  Aesop. 

Μηκοποιέω,  ώ,  (μήκος,  ποιέω)  to 
lengthen. 

ΜΗ^ΚΟΣ,  Dor.  μΰκος,  εος,  τό, 
length,  of  space,  Od.  9.  324  ;  //.  όδοΰ, 
Hdt.  1,  72,  etc. :  hence  also  height, 
tallness.  stature,  Od.  11,  312;  20,  71. 
— 2.  of  time,  μ.  χρ&ΐ'ον.  Soph.  Tr.  69, 
etc. :  hence,  μ.  λόγον.  λόγων,  a  long 
speech.  Aesch.  Eum.  201,  Soph.  O.  C. 
1139. — 3.  of  size  or  degree,  greatness, 
magnitude,  όλβον,  Eniped.  355. — II. 
TO  μήκος  or  μήκος,  absol.  as  adv..  in 
length,  Hdt.  1,  181,  etc.;  ες  μήκος, 
Hdt  2,  155  : — at  length,  in  full,  ov  μή- 
κος άλ/.ά  σύντομα,  Soph.  Ant.  446  ; 
in  greatness,  lb.  393.  (From  same  root 
as  μακρός.  Hence  is  formed  μήκισ- 
τος, superl.  of  μακρός :  cf  //ε}  ας,  fin.) 

Μήκοτε,  adv.  Ion.  for  μηποτε.  Hdt. 

^Μηκύβερνα,  ης,  ή,  Mecybema,  a 
city  in  the  peninsula  Pallene  in  Ma- 
cedonia, harbour  of  Olynthus,  Hdt, 
7,  122. 

fMηκvβεpvaϊoς.  a,  ov,  of  Mecybema, 
Mecybernean,  oi  M-,  Thuc.  5,  IS. 

Μί/κνθος,  ov,  ό,  Mecythus,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Dion.  H. 

Μηκννυ,  f.  -Ινώ,  in  Hdt.  -ννέω . 
Dor.  μάκ- :  (μήκος)  : — to  lengthen,  pro- 
long, extend,  Xen.  Mem.  3.  13,  5:  of 
time,  μ.  χρύνον,  3ίον,  Eur.  Η.  F.  87, 
143  :  and  in  pass., /ιηκννεται  ό  πόλε- 
μος, Thuc.  1,  102  : — also  to  delay,  put 
off,  τέ7.ος,  Pind.  P.  4,  508 ;  μ.  'λογον, 
to  spin  out  a  speech,  speak  at  length, 
Hdt.  2,  35 ;  so.  λόγονς.  Soph.  El. 
1484  ;  also  without  ?ίόγον,  to  be  lengthy 
927 


ΜΗΛΙ 

or  tedious,  Hdt,  3,  GO,  Ar.  Lys.  1132, 
and  Plat. — Thuc.  adds  an  ace.  ob- 
ject!, μ.  τύ  τϊφΐ  της  τϊόλεως.,  την  ώφε- 
λίαΐ',  Ιυ  talk  at  length  about,  dwell  upon.., 
2,  •1~,  sq.  : — but — 3.  μ.  βοήν,  to  raise  a 
loud  cry,  Soph.  O.  C.  489  ;  of.  μακρός 
I.,  4.     Hence 

}ιΙηκυσμός,  οΰ,  ό.  α  lengthening :  esp. 
of  vowels,  in  prosody. 

Mil'KiiX,  ωνος,  //,  the  poppy,  11.  8, 
30tJ,  Hdt.  2,  'J2. — 2.  the  head  of  a  pop- 
py, like  Kuotia,  Theophr. : — used  as 
an  architectural  ornament,  Paus.  5, 
20,  5. — 3.  poppy-seed,  for  Ibod,  Thuc. 
4,  25  :  the  narcotic  juice  of  the  poppy, 
opium,  cf.  μηκώνων. — 11.  part  of  the 
intestines  of  testaceous  animals,  Arist. 
H.  A.  4,  4.  22,  sq.,  5,  15,  10:  also  the 
ink-bag  of  the  cuttle-fish,  Ael.  ap.  Suid., 
cf.  Ath.  31C  D  (where  it  is  ό  //.).— HI. 
α  metallic  sand.  Poll. — W .=^πέπλος 
IV. 

^"^Ιηκώνη,  ης,  ή,  Mecone,  ancient 
name  of  Sicyon,  Hes.  Th.  536. 

Μηκωνικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  Ιο  a 
poppy,  Theophr. 

yitjKUvLOV,  ov,  TO,  the  juice  of  the 
poppy,  opium,  like  μήκων  I.  3,  The- 
opnr. — li.  the  discharge  from  the  bowels 
of  new-born  children,  Hipp.,  Arist.  H. 
A.  7,  10,  5  ;  cf.  μήκων  II. 

'Μι/κωιίς,  ίόος,  ή,  a  kind  of  lettuce 
with  poppy-like  juice,  Nic.  Th.  630  ; 
adso  μη κωνίτις. — II.  as  adj.,  prepared 
with  poppy,  μακωνίδες  άρτοι,  Alcman. 
IT. 

^^ίηκωνίς,  ίόος,  ή,  Meconis,  fem. 
pr.  n.,  Theophil.  Phil.  2,  2. 

'Μηκωι•ίτ7ΐς,  OV,  ό.  (μήκων)  like  a 
poppy,  Hipp. — II.  apreciuus  stone,  Plin. 
37,  ^63. 

'ΜηκωνΟΕίδίίς,  ές,  {μήκων^  εΐόος) 
like  a  poppy. 

tM///.a,  ας,  ή,  Mela,  fem.  pr.  n., 
Anlh.  P.  G,  348. 

Μη'/.ατάς,  ό,  a  shepherd,  also  μη7\,ώ- 
της,  ap.  Hesych. 

ΛΙ;//ύ7ωΐ',  metaplast.  gen.  plur.  for 
μή'/.ων,  sheep.  Lye.  106.  [ΰ] 

ΙΛι/Αάφέω,  ώ,  (μήλη,  ύφη)  to  probe, 
like  ■φη/.αφάω. 

Μ//λί  α,  ας,  ή,  (μήλον)  an  apple-tree, 
ΙλΙ.  malus,  Od.  7,  115;  11,  589:  μ. 
ΤΙερακή,  malus  Persica,  the  peach, 
Theophr.  ;  μ.  Κυδωνιά,  m.  Punica, 
the  quince,  Diosc.  [dissyll.  in  Od.  24, 
340.] 

Μη/.είη,  ης,  ή,  Ep.  for  μη?.έα,  Nic. 
Al.  230. 

'Μήλειος,  ov,  also  a,  ov,  (μήλον  A) 
of,  belonsiing  to  a  sheep,  Hdt.  1,  119, 
Eur.  Cycl.  218.— II.  (μήλον  Β)  of  the 
apple  kind,  Nic.  Al.  238,  Ap.  Rh.  4, 
1401. 

ΜΗΛΗ,  ης,  ή,  a  surgical  instru- 
ment, a  probe,  etc.,  Lat.  specillum, 
Hipp.,  etc. 

\ί.ίή'/.ης.  ου  Ion.  εω,  ό,  Meles,  an 
ancient  king  of  Lydia,  Hdt.  1,  84. 

'ίs'ίηλLάδες,  ων,  αϊ,  (μήλον)  nymphs 
of  the  fruit-trees  or  of  the  flocks,  also 
ί>ίη?.ίδες:  but  in  Soph.  Phil.  725, 
nymphs  of  Metis  or  Mtitia  in  Trachis  ; 
cf.  Μηλιενς,  tand  Ma/.m. 

tM7//.£aKOf,  ή:  όν.  Ion.  and  Att.= 
Μαλιακός. 

Μηλιανθμός,  ov,  ό,=μή/.ων  ίανθ- 
μός.  a  sheepfold.  Lye.  90. 

Μη?.ιενς,  έως.  ό,  tlon.  and  Att.f 
an  inhabitant  of  Melis  or  Malia  in  Tra- 
chis, tSoph.  Phil.  4.  in  pi.  οι  Μ.,  Hdt. 
7,  192,  -?'/r,  Thuc.  3,  92.|— II-  also  as 
adj.,  Μ7/λίί  if  κόλπος,  the  Maliac  gulf, 
tAesch.  Pers.  486t,  Hdt.  4,  33:  in 
common  language  the  Dor.  lorin  Μΰ- 
?.uvc  (q.  V.)  was  used,  Herm.  Soph. 
Tr.  193,  Phil.  4. 

Μί/λ/ςω,  (μήλον  Β)  to  be  like  an  ap- 
928 


ΜΗΛΟ 

pie  or  quince ;  hence  esp.  to  be  of  a 
quince- yellow.  DlOsc.  1,  173. 

^ί7ΐλΙνοειόής,  ές,  {μή?Λνος,  είδος) 
of  an  apple  or  quince-yellow,  Theophr. 

Μηλίνόεις,  εσσα,  tv,=foreg.,  Nic. 
Th.  173:  from 

'Μήλινος,  η,  ov,  (μήλον  Β)  vrnde  of 
apples  or  quinces,  μνμον  μ.,  Theophr. 
Onor.  4,  20 ."  also  of  a  quince-yellow, 
Lat.  luteiis,  Diod.  2,  53. — U.  of  an  ap- 
ple-tree, όζος  μ-,  Sapph.  4. 

Μήλιος,  u,  ov,  from  the  island  of 
Melos,  Melian,  fHilt.  8,  46;  in  Ar. 
Ν  ub.  830  Socrates  is  called  ό  Μζ/λίοζ•, 
in  allusion  to  the  atheist  Diagoras 
of  Melos  :  prov.  ό  Μ.  λιμός,  because 
Nicias  reduced  Melos  by  famine,  Ar. 
Av.  186 :  ό  M.  πόντος,  Theogn.  672t. 
— 11.  7/  Mif/.ia,  also  Μηλιάς  and  M77- 
λίς,  with  or  without  }7/,  a  grayish 
aluminous  earth,  which  painters  mi.xed 
up  with  mineral  colours  to  give  them 
greater  consistence,  Lat.  melinum, 
Diosc.  5,  180. 

^Μηλιος,  ov,  ό.  Melius,  son  of  Pri- 
am, ApoUod.  3,  12,  5. 

Μηλίς,  ίδος,  ή,  (μήλον  Β)=μηλέα, 
Ibyc.  1. 

Μήλις,  ιδος,ή,  α  distemper  of  asses, 
Anst.  Η.  Α.  8,  25  :  also  μάλις. 

Μη/.ίς,  ίδος,  ή,  ν.  Μι/ΖΛος. — II.  Ion. 
tand  Att.t  for  Μά7.ίς.  (q.  v.)  with  or 
without  γή, Metis  or  Matia  in  Tiachis, 
Hdt.:  t/;  M.  'λίμνη,  the  Maliac  gulf, 
Soph.  Tr.  636. 

Μίΐλίτης,  ov,  6,  (μήλον  Β)  οίνος  μ-, 
apple  or  quince  wine,  Plut.  2,  648  E. 
— II.  (μήλον  A)  μ.  άριύμός..  an  arith- 
metical question  about  a  number  of 
slieep.  ef.  φιαλίτης. 

Μηλο3άτέω,  ώ,  (μήλον  A,  βαίνω) 
to  tup  sheep,  0pp.  C.  1.  387. 

Μι/'/.οίίύφής,  ές,  (μήλον  Β,  βάπτω) 
dyed  a  quince-yellow,  Philo. 

t.M7//o.3iof,  ov,  b,  Melobius,  an 
Athenian,  one  of  the  thirty  tyrants, 
Xen.  Hell.  2,  3,  2. 

Μ7;Λοι:ίολέω,  ώ,  to  pelt  with  apples. 

Μηλόβοσις,  ή,  strictly  sheep-feeder, 
shepherdess,  lem.  prop,  n.,  jMelobosis, 
a  nvmph.  daughter  of  Oceanust,  H. 
Hoin.  Cer.  420. 

Μηλο3οτέω,  ώ,  (μήλον  Β,  βόσκω) 
to  graze  sheep.      Hence 

Μηλο3οτήρ,  ήροΓ.  ό,  a  shepherd,  II. 
18,  529.' 

Μη'λοβότης,  ov,  ό.  Dor.  -τας,  = 
foreg.,  Pind.  1.  1,  67,  Eur.  Cycl.  53. 

Μηλόβοτος,  ov,  (μήλον  A,  βόσκω) 
grazed  by  s/ieep,  cpith.  of  pastoral  dis- 
tricts, Pind.  P.  12,  4,  Aesch.  Supp. 
548  :  χώραν  μ.  άνιέναι,  to  turn  a  (lis- 
trict  into  a  sheep-walk,  i.  e.  lay  it  waste, 
Isocr.  3(J2  C :  hence  barren,  waste. 
Max.  Tyr. 

Μη/Μγενής.  ές,  (μήλον  A,  *γένω) 
sheep-horn,  ττών  μ-,  a  llock  of  slieep, 
Philox.  ap.  Meineke  Com.  Fragm.  3, 
p.  636. 

Μηλοδόκος,  ov,  (μή7Μν  A,  δέχομαι) 
sheep-receiving,  e.  g.  in  sacrilice,  of 
the  Delphic  Apollo,  Pmd.  P.  3,  48,  cf. 
Eur.  Ion  228. 

Μηλυδροτίήες,  ol.  Dor.  μΰ,}.-,  (μή- 
7.0V  Β,  δρέπω)  the  apple-gatherers, 
Sappho  94  Bergk. 

Μιιλοθντης,  ov,  6,  (μή7.ον  A,  θνω) 
one  icho  sacrifices  sheep,  a  priest,  Eur. 
Ale.  121:  3ωμός  μ.,  Ά  sacrificial  άΙιζ,Τ, 
Id.  I.  Τ.  lil6. 

Μη7ίύθντος,  ov,  belonging  to  the 
slaughter  of  slieep. 

Μηλο/.όνθη,  ης,  ή,  a  kind  of  beetle 
or  cockchafer,  Ar.  Nub.  763. 

Μη'/.ομύχία,  ας.  ή,  (μή/.ον  Β,  μάχη) 
α  pitting  match  with  apples,  Ath.  277  A. 

Μη7υμε/.ι,  ιτος,  τό.(μή7 ov  Β,μέ7 1) 
honey  flavoured  with  quince,  DiosC.  5,  39. 


ΜΗΛΟ 

MH'AOX,  ov,  TO.  (A)  α  sheep,  Od. 
12,  301,  or  goat,  Od.  14,  105  :~but 
elsevvh.  Horn,  uses  the  plur. ;  to  dis- 
tinguish the  gender,  an  adj.  is  added, 
άρσενα  μ.,  rams,  wethers,  Od.  9,  438, 
ένορχα  μ.,  II.  23,  147  ; — but  by  μήλα 
alone  he  means  flocks  of  sheep  or  goats, 
V.  esp.  Od.  9,  184 ;  hence,  generally, 
like  πρόβατα,  small  cattle,  usu.  opp. 
to  βόΐΓ,  as  in  Lat.  pecudes.  to  nrmenta, 
11.  9,  406,  etc.,  Pind.  P.  4.  263  ;  μτ'/'λα 
και  ποιμνας.  Soph.  Aj.  1061  ; — but 
absol.  of  sheep,  Aesch.  Aj.  1416:— 
even  of  beasts  of  chase,  Soph.  Fr. 
911. — Lye.  106  has  a  mela])la8l.  gen. 
plur.  μηλύτων. — (The  word  is  not 
used  in  this  signf  in  prose.  N.  B.,  it 
does  not  become  μάλον  in  Pind.) 

ΜΗ~Α0Λ",  ov.  To,  (B)  Dor.  MA'- 
AO.V,  Lat.  MALUM,  an  apple,  or 
(generally)  any  tree-fruit,  11.  9,  542, 
Od.  7,  120,  and  Hes.  Th.,  (whereas 
in  Hes.  Op.  it  always  means  sheep); 
χνονς  ώςττερ  μή/.οισιν  έπήνβει,  Ar. 
i\ub.  978:  hence — 2.  μ.  Κνδώνιον, 
the  quince,  μ.  Ιίερσικόν,  the  peach,  μ. 
Μηύικόν,  the  orange  or  citron,  μ.  Άρ• 
μηνιακόν,  malum  praecox,  our  a-pricnck 
or  apricot,  all  in  Diosc.  1,  160,  sqq.  ; 
cf.  μηλέα. — II.  metaph.,  of  a  woman  s 
breasts,  Ar.  Eccl.  903,  Lys.  155;  cf. 
κυόωνιύω,  μη/.ον^ος :  —  of  falling 
tears,  δάκρνα  μα/α  βέοντι,  Theocr. 
1 4,  38  : — also,  τα  μήλα,  the  cheeks, 
Lat.  malae,  Luc.  Imagg.  6. 

Μη7.ονομενς.  έως,  o,^sq.,  Anth.  P. 
9,  452. 

Μη7.ονόμης,  ov,  6,  Dor.  -μας.  (μή- 
λον A,  νέμω)  a  shepherd  or  goatherd, 
Eur.  Ale.  573. 

Μη/^ονόμος,  ov,  (μή7.ον  A,  νέμω) 
tending  goats  or  sheep  ;  Σύκαι  μ.,  the 
nomad  Sacae,  Choeril.  3,  (p.  121): — 
=μη7ιθνόμης,  Eur.  Cycl.  060. 

Μτ/Ζοττύμειος,  or.  Dor.  μΰ7.οπ<Ί- 
ρ\10ς :  (μήλον  Β,  παρειά) : — apple,  1.  e. 
round  and  rosy  cheeked,  Theocr.  26,  1. 

Μη7.οπέπων,  όνος,  ό,  (μήλον  Β, 
πέπων)  an  apple-shaped  melon,  not 
eaten  till  over-npe,  melones  in  Pallad., 
Galen. 

Μη7.οπ7Δκονντιον,  ov,  τό,  dim. 
from  sq. 

'Μη7.οπ7.ακονς,  ονντος,  ό,  (μή7.ον 
Β,  πλακονς)  α  quince-cake,  Galen. 

tM7//.of,  ov,  ή,  Melos,  an  island  in 
the  Aegean  sea,  with  a  city  of  same 
name,  one  of  the  Cyclades,  now  Mito, 
Thuc.  3,  91  :  Strab.  p.  484. 

tM7//ij,  ους,  ή,  Melo,  fem.  pr.  n., 
Leon.  Tar.  1. 

Μ7/7.όσκοπος,  ov,  (μήλον  A,  σκο- 
πέω)  κορυφή  μ.,  the  top  of  a  hill  from 
which  sheep  or  goats  (μήλα)  may  be 
watched,  H.  Horn.  18,  11. 

Μη/.όσπορος,  ov,  (μήλον  Β,  σπεί- 
ρω) set  with  fruit-trees,  Eur.  Hipp.  742. 

Μηλοσσόος,  ov,  (μι'/λον  A,  σόος, 
σώζω)  sheep-protecting,  Leon.  Tar.  35. 

Μι/λοσφΰγέω,  ώ,  to  slay  sheep,  ίερα 
μ.,  to  offer sheepin  sacriiice.  Soph.  El. 
280  ;  so  absol.,  Eur.  Plisth.  4,  Ar.  Av. 
1232:  and 

Μηλοσφΰγία,  ας,  ή,  the  slaughter  of 
sheep :  from 

Μί/λοσφάγος.  ov,  (μήλον  A,  σφύζω) 
slaying  sheep,  [ά] 

Μη/.οτρόφος,  ov,  (μήλον  A,  τρέφω) 
sheep-feeding.  Archil.  85,  Aesch.  Pers. 
763. 

Μ7]7ιονχος,  ov,  6,  (μήλον  Β,  IL, 
εχω)  a  girdle  that  confines  the  breasts, 
Leon.  Tar.  5  ;  elsewh.  μίτρα  or  στρο- 
φών. 

Μηλοφύγος,  ov,  (μήλον  A,  φαγεϊν) 
eating  sheep,  Nonn. 

Μ7/7.οώόνος.  ov,  (μή7.ον  A,  φονεύω) 
sheep-slaying,  cf.  SUb  άγη. 


ΜΗΝ 

ί/ίι^Χοόορέω,  ώ,  to  carry  apples,  The- 
Ocr.  Kp.  2  :  and 

Μη'/Μψορία,  αζ,  η,  a  carrying  apples  : 
the  ujice  of  a  μη'/.οφόρος,  Clearch.  ap. 
Ath.  514  D  ;  from 

ΊϋΙι^λοψορος-,  ov,  (μήλον  Β,  φέρω) 
bearing  apples,  Eur.  H.  F.  396  ; — oi  μ., 
tlie  king  of  Persia's  body-guard,  be- 
caxise  t^ey  had  gold  apples  at  the  butt- 
end  of  their  spears,  Wess.  Hdt.  7,  41. 

Μΐί/^οφν/.αξ,  ΰκος,  ό  and  η,  (μήλον, 
φύλαζ)  one  who  watches  sheep,  Anth. 
Plan.  233,  or  apples,  [ϋ] 

Mr/λόω,  ώ,  (μή'/.η)  to  probe  a  wound, 
Hipp,  ρ   44S. 

Μ/'/λωθρον,  ov,  TO,  a  sort  of  white 
grape,  Theophr. 

Μ?/λώΐ',  ώνος,  b,  {μήλον  Β)  an  or- 
chard. Lat.  pometum. 

Μ;/λωΐ',  ωνος,  ό,  epith.  of  Hercules, 
because  μή/^α  were  offered  him. 

Μ.//'λωσις,  ως,  ή,  (/ί?/λόω)  α  probing, 
Hipp.  p.  772. 

ίΑι/λωτή,  ής,  ή,  {μήλον  Α)  α  sheep's 
skin  :  generally,  any  rough  woolly  skin, 
Philein.  p.  365,  cf.  Schol.  Ar.  Vesp. 
672. 

"ίΛηλωττις,  ov,  ό,  v.  μη7ιατύς. 

Μ,ηλωτίς,  ίδος,  ^,=  sq.,  dub. 

Μηλωτρίς,  ίόος,  ή,  an  instrument  for 

firobing,  esp.  for  cleaning  the  ears,  Ga- 
en.  (From  μιμ.όω,  and  not,  though 
even  Galen  supposed  this,  a  cornpd. 
οίμηλύω  and  ους,  Lob.  Phryn.  p.  255.) 

M/'/AuTp,  οτζος,  ό,  ή,  (μήλον  Β,  wV) 
looking  like  an  apple,  esp.  of  an  apple- 
yellow ;  μή7.ο-α  καρττον  ά?,ετρενειΐ', 
to  grind  the  yellow  fruit,  i.  e.  the  ripe 
corn,  Od.  7,  104. 

M;/  μύν,  nay  verily,  II.,  used  to 
strengthen  the  negative  protestation, 
cf.  μή  A.  111.  4  ;  μύν  3. 

Μ//  μέν,  Ion.  for/ii)  μύν,  Valck.  Hdt. 
3,  99,  ef.  2,  118,  179,  etc. :  opp.  to  η 
μέν. 

Μήν,  Dor.  μάν  (q.  v.),  a  particle 
strengthening  affirmation,  like  Lat. 
vero,  yea,  indeed,  verily,  truly,  in  sooth, 
etc.,  ΰ}  ε  μήν,  Lat.  age  vero,  on  then  ! 
II.  1,  302  ;  ή  μήν,  Lat.  sane  vero,  in 
very  truth,  yea  verily,  II.  9,  57,  Hes. 
Sc.  11,  101 ;  esp.  in  strong  protesta- 
tions or  oaths,  Aesch.  Theb.  531,  etc. ; 
— και  μήν,  Lat.  et  vero,  besides,  more- 
over, nay  more,  very  freq,,  Horn.,  and 
Att. ;  esp.  in  scenic  poets,  to  indicate 
that  a  person  is  coming  on  to  the 
stage,  and  see,  Eur.  El.  966,  etc. : — ού 
μήν,  cf  a  truth  not,  U.  24,  52,  etc.  ;  so 
also,  μη  μήν,  Ο  do  not.. !  in  Horn,  al- 
ways Όοτ.μή  μάν  (v.  sub^uy)  : — Att. 
also  αλλί  μήν,  Aesch.  Pers.  233,  etc. : 
— γε  μήν,  yet.  Id.  Theb.  1062,  etc. ; — 
and  hardly  ever  without  some  other 
particle  : — freq.  in  transitions  from 
one  subject  to  another,  τί  μήν  ;  quid- 
ni  ?  why  not  ?  Aesch.  Eum.  203,  etc.  : 
— in  Trag.,  oft.  for  μίντοί,  Reisig 
Comm.  Crit.  de  Soph.  O.  C.  28. — M;;p 
strengthens  an  affirmation,  etc.,  re- 
garded as  an  intention,  both  directly 
and  in  oral,  obliqua,  while  (5//  usu. 
refers  to  a  past  action :  μήν  is  orig. 
the  same  as  μέν,  but  after  the  intro- 
duction of  the  long  vowel  η  it  became 
distinsuished  as  the  stronger  and 
more  emphatic  form  :  however  /}  μέν, 
μη  μέν  remained  in  Ep.  and  Ion.,= 
Att.  ή  μήν,  μη  μήν. 

ΜΗ'Ν,  ό,  gen.  μηνός  :  dat.  ρ1.  μησί. 
Ion.  μήνεσι :  alsOjUeic  (q.  v.)  in  Pind., 
and  Theophr.  Λ  month,  Horn.,  Hes., 
etc. :  in  earlier  times  the  month  was 
divided  into  two  parts,  μήν  ιστάμε- 
νος, the  first,  and  όβίνων,  the  second 
half,  Od.  14,  162  ;  19,  307,  Hes.  Op. 
778,  Th.  59,  Hdt.  6,  106;  the  Attic 
division  was  into  three,  μήν  Ιστάμε- 
59 


MHNI 

νος  (also  αρχόμενος,  and  είςιών,  An- 
doc.  6,  38),  μεσών,  φθίνων:  the  last 
third  was  reckoned  backwards, //7/ΐ'ος 
τετάμττι  φθίνοντος,  ou  the  fourth  day 
from  the  end  of  the  month,  like  Lat. 
quarto  ante  kalendas,  Thuc.  5,  19  ;  yet 
in  Att.  they  were  also  reckoned  for- 
wards, as,  τή  τρίτη  εκ'  είκάόι,  the 
three  and  twentieth,  etc.  : — κατά  μήνα, 
monthly,  μισβόν  όιδόναι  κατά  μ  ,Dem. 
1209,  ίΐ  ;  τόκον  δραχμήν  τον  μηνός 
της μνάς,  interest  a  drachma  per  mma 
per  month,  Aeschin.  68,  26. — On  the 
Attic  months  v.  Clinton  F.  H.  vol.  2, 
Append.  19 ;  on  the  Macedon.,  Id. 
vol.  3,  Append.  4. — II.  the  moon,  be- 
cause the  old  year  was  lunar,  The- 
ophr. : — so,  τε7.εντώντος  του  μηνός, 
at  the  end  of  the  lunar  month  (when 
there  was  no  moonlight),  Thuc.  2,  4. 
— 2.=μηνίσκος,  Ar.  Av.  1113,  sq. — 
HI.  as  prop,  n.,  the  god  Lunus,  masc. 
οί'^ήνη,  Strab.  p.  557. — IV.  in  plur. 
μήνες,  the  menses  of  women.  (F'rom 
μήν  comes  μήνη,  our  moon.  Germ. 
Aland,  Lat.  men-sis,  all  from  Sanscr. 
7na,  to  measure, — the  Pers.  word  for 
month  being  mah.  Pott  Et.  Forsch.  1, 
p.  194.) 

tMr^i",  ήνος,  6,  Menes,  the  first  king 
of  Aegypt,  reputed  founder  of  Mem- 
phis, Hdt.  2,  4,  99  ;  in  late  wr.  also 
Mz/i'T/f ;  cf.  Μήνις. — 2.  v.  foreg.  III. 

Μηνΰγυρτέω,  ώ,  to  be  a  μηναγνρ- 
της,  to  go  about  begging  :  from 

Μηνΰγί'ρτης,  ov,  ό,  {μήν,  αγύρτης) 
a  priest  nf  Cybele  who  made  a  monthly 
round  of  begging  visits  (cf  μητραγνρ- 
της).  Meineke  Menand.  p.  111. 

Μηναως,  a.  ov,  {μήν)  monthly,  Lob. 
Aglaojjh.  p.  954. 

Μηνάς,  άδος,  ή,=αήνη,  the  moon, 
Eur.  Khes.  534. 

^Μι/νΰς,  ΰ,  ό,  Menas,  a  Spartan, 
Thuc  5,19. — 2.  afreedmanof  Sextus 
Pompeius,  Plut.  Anton.  32. — Others 
in  Anth. ;  etc. 

Μήνη,  ης,  ή,  the  moon,  II.  19,  374, 
Aesch.  Pr.  797 ;  also  as  a  goddess, 
H.  Horn.  32,  Pind.  O.  3,  36. 

ΜηνΙαΙος,  a,  ov,  {μήν)  monthly, 
Aesch.  Supp.  266  (Dindorf),  Strab. 
p.  173  : — τα  μηνιαία,  the  menses  of 
women,  Plut.  2,  907,  F. — II.  a  month 
old,  LXX. 

Μηνίάμα,  ατός,  τό,  =  μήνιμα, 
LXX.,  dub.  :  from 

ΜηνΙάω,  ώ,=^μηνίω.  Αρ.  Rh.  2,  247. 

Μηνίγγων,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  sq. 

Μήνιγξ,  ιγγος,  ή,  any  jnembrane, 
Hipp.,  cf.  Foes.  Oec.  :  of  the  mem- 
branes of  the  eye,  Emped.  280;  esp. 
that  of  the  brain,  Arist.  H.  A.  1,  16,  5  ; 
3,  3,  21  : — the  scum  on  milk,  Hesych. 

'\Μήνιγξ,  ιγγος,  ή,  Meninx,  a  small 
island  on  the  coast  of  the  Syrtes,  with 
a  city  of  same  name,  Strab.  p.  157, 
etc. 

Μηνιθμός,  ov,  o,  {μηνίυ)  wrath,  E. 
16,  62,  202,  282. 

ΜήνΙμα,  ατός,  τό,  {μηνίω)  the  cause 
of  anger,  μ.  θεών,  the  cause  of  divine 
wrath,  II.  22,  358,  Od.  11,73;  so  in 
plur.,  Eur.  Phoen.  934 :  hence — 2. 
guilt,  esp.  blood-guiltiness,  Lat.  scelas 
piaculare,  παλαιά  μιμ'ίματα,  guilt  that 
cleaves  to  a  family  from  the  sins  of 
their  forefathers.  Plat.  Phaedr.  244 
D,  Antipho  127,  1,  cf.  Valck.  Phoen. 
941,  Lob.  Aglaoph.  p.  037. — II.  α  burst 
of.niger,  Jac.  Ach.  Tat.  p.  826. 

Miiviov,  ov,  TO,  the  temple  of  the  god- 
dess Mcne,  Pans.  6,  26,  1. 

^Μήνίος,  ov,  6,  the  Menius,  a  river 
I  of  lOiis,  Theocr.  25,  15  ;  v.  1.  ΐίηνεον. 

Μήνις,  Dor.  μάνις,  ή  ;    genit.  ως, 

in  Att.  μήνιδυς  (v.  1.  Plat.  Rep.  390 

I  E,  Ael.  ap.  Suid.  s.  v.  Αρχίλοχος..) : 


MHNT 

— wrath  ;  from  Horn,  downwds.  most- 
ly of  the  wrath  of  the  gods,  which 
never  fails  in  its  object,  11. ;  also  of 
the  wrath  of  Achilles,  lb.  1,  1,  etc. ; 
of  the  revengeful  temper  of  a  people, 
Hes.  Sc.  21. — Ep.  word,  used  by  Pind. 
P.  4,  284,  and  Trag.  ;  also  by  Hdt.  7, 
134.  137,  in  the  strict  sense  of  divine 
wrath ;  and  SO  in  Plat.  1.  c,  Legg.  880 
E,  Hipp.  Maj.  282  A.  (From  the 
same  root  as  μένω,  as  also  μένος,  μέ• 
μονά,  μαίνομαι,  μενεαίνω.)  Ct.  οργή. 

tMr/vtf,  ιδος,  ό,=Μήν  (1),  Ael.  Η. 
Α.  11,  10,  40.  — Others  in  Anth.; 
etc. 

Μηνίς.  ίδος,  ^,=sq. 

Μηνίσκος,  ov,  ό,  dim.  from  μήνη,  a 
crescent,  Lat.  lunula : — hence,  any 
moon  or  crescent  shaped  body,  esp.  a 
covering  to  protect  the  head  of  statues, 
(whence  the  nimbus  or  glory  of  Chris- 
tian saints),  Ar.  Av.  1114,  ubi  v.  In- 
terpp.,  cf  Heinst.  Luc.  Tim.  51. — 2. 
a  crescent  shaped  figure,  used  in  mathe- 
matical demonstrations,  Arist.  Anal. 
Pr.  2,  25,  2,  etc. — 3.  a  crescent  shaped 
line  of  battle.  Polyb.  3,  115,  5. 

Μήνισμα,  ατός,  τό,  late  form  for 
μήνιμα,  v.  Lob.  Paral.  p.  433. 

Μηνίτης,  ov,  ό,  a  wrathful  man,  Arr. 
Epict.  [I] 

Μτμ'ίω,  Dor.  μάνίω :  {μήνις) : —  to 
cherish  wrath,  be  wroth  against  one, 
Tivi,  II.  1,  422;  18,  257,  and  Hdt. ; 
τινός,  about  a  thing,  II.  5, 178  ;  and  in 
full,  ^.  Tivi  τίνος.  Soph.  Ant.  1177: 
elsewh.  in  Hom.  absol.,  mostly  of  he- 
roes, rarely  of  common  men,  as  in 
Od.  17,  14  :  μ.  τινί  is  also  to  declare 
one's  wrath  against  a  person.  Hdt.  5, 
84  : — the  mid.  in  act.  signf ,  Aesch. 
Eum.  101. — A  later  form  is  μηνιάω. 
Lob.  Phryn.  82.  [ϊ  in  pres.  and  impf , 
Horn.,  and  Eur.  Hipp.  1146,  Rhes. 
494  ;  only  long  in  arsis,  U.  2,  769, 
Aesch.  Eum.  101  :  but  t  always  in 
fut.  and  aor.] 

■[Μηνύδοτος,  ov,  b,  Menodotas, 
masc  pr.  n.,  in  Strab.  p.  625  ;  Ath. ; 
etc. 

^Μηνόδωρος,  ov,  b,  Menodorns, 
masc.  pr.  n., — 1.  a  physician,  Ath.  58 
F. — 2.  a  statuary  of  Athens,  Paus.  9, 
27,  4. 

Μηνοειδής,  ες,  {μΐ]νη,  είδος)  cre»- 
I  cent-shaped,  Lat.  lunalus,  Hdt.  1,  75; 
8,  16,  Thuc.  2,  76,  etc.:  of  the  sun 
and  moon  when  partially  eclipsed, 
Thuc.  2,  28,  Xen.  Hell.  4,  3,  10  ;  cf. 
διχοτόμος,  ίμφίκνρτος.  Adv.  -δώς, 
Philostr. 

Μήνος,  τό,  1.  vulg.  in  Aesch.  Supp. 
266,— cf  μηνιαίος. 

\Μηνοιράνης,  ους,  ό,  MenophSnes, 
masc.  pr.  η.,  a  general  of  Mithradates, 
Paus.  3,  23,3. — Others  in  Anth. ;  etc. 

iMηvo(t)ίλa,  ας,  ή,  Menophila,  fern, 
pr.  n.,  Anth.  P.  5,  116. 

^Μΐ',νόφΐλος,  ov,  b,  Menophilus, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Lys.  113,  36;  etc. 

Μήνυμα,  ατός,  τό,  {μηνύω)  an  infor- 
mation, Thuc.  6,  29,  61,  Clearch.  ap. 
Ath.  457  F. 

Μήννσις,  εως,  ή,  {μηνύω)  a  laying 
information,  Plat.  Legg.  932  D. 

Μηνϋτήρ,  ήρος,  ό,  {μηνύω)  an  in- 
former, guide,  Aesch.  Eum.  245. 

Μηνυτής,  οϋ,  ό,  {μηνύω)  one  that 
brings  to  light,  μ.  χρόνος.  Eur.  Hipp. 
1051. — II.  as  subst.  an  informer,  guide, 
esp.  in  legal  sisjnf ,  like  Lat.  delator, 
Antipho  117,  6,  Thuc.  1,  132,  etc. ;  μ. 
γενέσθαι  κατά  τίνος,  Lys.  130,  3  : — 
also  in  comedy  as  fem.,  Cratin.  Incert. 
77,  cf  Lob.  Paral.  271.     Hence 

Μηνϋτικός,  ή,  όν. given  to  informing, 
traitorous,  Dio  C. 

Μήνϋτρον,  ου,  τό,  {μηνύω)  theprict 
929 


ΜΗ 

of  information,  reward,  Η.  Hom.  Merc. 
261,304; — esp.  at  Athens,  but  always 
in  plur.  μήνντρα,  as  Thuc.  6.  27, 
Phryn.  (Com.)  Incert.  2,  etc. ;  μ.  κη• 
ρνσσειν,  to  offer  such  reward,  Andoc. 
0,23:  cf.  Bockh  P.  E.  1,  33^. 

Μ.ι/ι>ύ-ωρ.ομος,  ΰ,^μηνυτήρ,  Anth. 
P.  11,  177.  [v] 

MlINT'iZ,  f.  ύσω,  Dor.  μάννω,  to 
disclose  what  is  secret,  reveal,  betray, 
first  in  H.  Hom. :  in  genl.  to  make 
known,  report,  declare,  show.  Con- 
struct., Tii'i  ri,  H.  Hom.  Merc.  254, 
and  Pind.  N.  9,  10,  etc.  ;  τι,  Hdt.  1, 
23:  c.  i)art.,  μ.  τινά  ίχυντα,  to  show 
that  he  has,  Hdt.  2,  121,  3;  so, /Li. 
τινά  άτοβανόντα,  to  show  that  he  is 
dead,  Antipho  115,  21 ;  and  in  pass., 
πόλεμος  γεγονώς  εμηνύΟη,  Plat.  Criti. 
108  Ε  :  c.  mf..  Plat.  Rep.  36G  Β  :  μ. 
TLvl  ει...,  to  inform  one  whether...,  Ar. 
Ach.  206. — 2.  to  betray,  detect,  Xen. 
Eq.  3,  5. — II.  at  Athens  esp.  to  inform, 
lay  public  information  against  another, 
κατά  Τίνος,  Lys.  105,  18  ;  also,  μ.  tl 
κατά  τίνος,  Thuc.  β,  00  :  also,  μ.  τινί 
Tt,  to  give  information  of  a  thing  to  a 
magistrate, 'Plat.  Legg.  730D:  absol. 
to  lay  information,  I'huc.  0,  27  ;  hence 
impers.  in  pass. /ζ7/ΐΊ}ίΤ(ζι,  information 
is  laid.  Id.  C,  28,  cf.  1,  20  :  but  in  pass. 
also  of  persons,  to  be  informed  against, 
Id.  6,  53  ;  so,  ττράγμη  μηννθέν,  Eur. 
Ion  1563.  [v  in  pies,  and  impf.,  in  H. 
Hom.  Merc.  254,  and  Pind.,  except 
when  before  a  long  syll.,  as  in  H. 
Hom.  Merc.  373  :  ν  in  fut.  and  aor., 
and  so  always  in  Att.,  e.  g.  Soph.  O. 

C.  1188,  Ar.  Ach.  206.] 

Mijov,  OV,  TO,  an  umbelliferous  plant, 
Diosc. 

tMyoref,  ol,  Ion.  and  Ep.  for  Μαί- 
ονες. 

tM?/oi'iof ,  Μ7/οΐ'ί?7, Μτιονίς,  Ep.  and 
Ion.  lor  Μαίόΐ'.,  etc. 

Μ.η  όπως,  followed  by  άλλα,  strong- 
er than  οϋχ  δπως,  (being  put  by  el- 
lipse for  μη  νττολάβητε  όπως...,  not 
only  not  so,  but...,  let  alone  that...,  like 
μη  μόνον  δη,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  3,  10;  cf. 
Jelf  Gr.  Gr.  S>  762,  2  and  3 :  so  also 
μη  ίνα  and  μη  otl. 

Mi/  ότι,^μη  όπως.  Plat.  Apol.  40 

D,  Dem.  870,  20  :  when  μη  ότι  fol- 
lows something  else,  without  ύλλά, 
it  is  more  emphatic,  not  to  mention 
that...,  let  alone...,  cf.  Jelf,  ubi  su- 
pra. 

M^  oh,  are  joined  first  in  Hdt.,  and 
then  freq.  in  Att.  Greek. — I.  with 
subjunctive,  after  verbs  of  fearing, 
doubting,  and  the  like,  as  όέδοικαμη 
οϋ  γένηται,  I  fear  it  will  not  be,  0])p. 
to  6.  μη  γενηται,  I  fearii  will  be,  just 
as  in  Lat.,  vereor  ut  (i.  e.  nc  v/)n)  sit, 
to  vereor  ne  sit :  this  usage  first  ap- 
pears in  II.  1,  28,  μή  vv  τοι  ov  χραι- 
σμϊ)  σκητττρον,  (take  care)  lest  the 
sceptre  avail  thee  not ;  cf.  Hdt.  6,  9. 
— Here  both  negatives  are  used  in 
proper  signf ,  μη  as  conjunction,  Lat. 
ne,  lest,  oh  as  negat.  ailv.,  Lat.  non, 
not. — II.  with  infinit , —  1.  after  verbs 
of  stopping,  delaying,  denying,  doubt- 
ing, etc.,  when  a  negat.  is  adiled,  as 
ονδείς  σοι  αντιλέγει  το  μή  oh  λέξειν, 
no  one  disputes  your  right  to  speak, 
Xen.  Symp.  3,  3 ;  so  first  in  Hdt., 
ονκέτι  άνεβάλ?.οντο  μή  οϋ  τυ  πάν 
μηχανήσασθαι,  no  longer  delayed  to 
make  every  attempt,  6,  88,  cf  Soph. 
O.  T.  1091,  O.  C.  566:— here/»)  oh 
may  be  translated  by  Lat.  quin  quo- 
minus,  nemo  te  impediet  quin  dicas  : 
then, — 2.  generally  after  all  clauses 
in  which  a  negat.  is  expressed  or  im- 
plied, esp.  after  ov  δύνομαι,  ονκ  οίος 
γ'  ilui,  ονκ  εστί,  etc.,  as,  πείσομαι 
930 


ΜΗ 

yap  ov  τοσούτον  ονδέν,  ωςτε  μή  ol• 
καλώς  βανείν,  Ι  shall  not  come  to  such 
a  pass,  as  not  to  die  well.  Soph.  Ant. 
97  ;  ovK  οίκος  έστι  'Χθηναίονς  μή  ov 
δούναι  δικας,  it  is  not  reasonable  that 
the  Athenians  should  not...,  Hdt  7, 
5  ;  so,  αδύνατα  ήν...μή  oh  μεγάλα 
βλάπτειν,  Thuc.  8,  60  ;  ov  δύναμαι 
μή  ονκ  ετναινείν,  Xen.  Apol.  fin.  : — • 
here  it  may  be  translated  by  Lat.  non 
potest  fieri  quin...,  or  non  potest  mm 
esse. — 3.  after  all  words  im[)lying  ne- 
gatives, as  verbs  expressing  fear, 
shame,  etc.,  δεινόν  ίδόκει...μή  ov  λα- 
βείν, it  seemed  strange  (i.  e.  was  not 
possible)  not  to  take,  Hdt.  1,  187  ;  ai- 
σχρόν  ίστι...μή  oh  φύναι,  'tis  a  shame 
(i.  e.  I  have  not  the  impudence)  not  to 
say.  Plat.  Prot.  352  D  :  so  after  ques- 
tions, τις  μηχανή. ..μή  ην... ;  what  con- 
trivance is  there  that  it  should  not  be  ? 
i.  e.  it  is  not  possible  that  it  should 
not.  Plat.  Phaed.  72  D. — In  these 
three  cases  the  art.  τό  may  be  set  be- 
fore μ?/ oh,  c.  inf.,  as  Soph.  O.  T.  283, 
1232,  Tr.  90  :  but  to  μή  oh  cannot  be 
used  without  the  inf ,  ace.  to  Herm. 
Vig.  n.  265. — III.  so  with  a  participle, 
ov  δίκαιον  εστίν  Ίστάναι  {ανδριάντα), 
μή  ου  νττερβαλλόμενον,  it  is  not  right 
to  set  up  a  statue,  unless  one  surpass- 
es, Hdt.  2,  110  ;  δνςύ?.-}ητος  γαρ  ην, 
μή  ov  κατοικτείρων,  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  13. 
— In  signf.  I.  supra,  as  we  see,  both 
negatives  retain  their  force:  but  in 
all  cases  of  II.  and  III.,  μή  might  be 
used  alone,  though  this  is  not  com- 
mon when  a  negat.  precedes,  Jelf 
Gr.  Gr.  ^  750,  Obs.  3.  Herm.  Vig.  n. 
265  supposes  that  the  negation  \>γ/ιή 
ov  is  less  strong  and  positive  than 
that  by  μή  alone;  Jelf  I.  c,  Obs.  5, 
follows  Kiihner  in  questioning  this, 
considering  that  the  second  negat. 
has  come  in  from  the  negative  cha- 
racter of  the  whole  sentence. 

'ΙΜηονανία,  ας,  ή,.Μεναηία,  a  city 
of  Umbria,  now  Bevagna,  Strab.  p. 
227. 

Μή  ούτως,  ώς...,  not  so  as...,  not  so 
much  so,  as... 

Μή  nip,  not  however. 

Μηπούεν,  lest  from  anywhere,  Lat. 
necunde. 

Μή  ττολλάκις,  lest  perchance,  Lat.  ne 
forte.  Heind.  Plat.  Phaed.  60  D, 
Stallb.  Rep.  424  B.  ^ 

Μί/ποτε,  {μή,  ποτέ)  that  at  no  time, 
lest  ever,  that  never,  Lat.  jiequando, 
with  subjunct.,  Hom. ;  also  μή  ποτέ, 
divisim,  Od.  21,  324,  which  is  less 
strong,  according  to  Ellendt  Lex. 
Soph.  s.  V. — II.  in  warnings,  entreat- 
ies, wishes,  that  never,  on  no  account, 
also  with  subj.,  Od.  19,  81,  c.  inf.,  Od. 
11,  441. — 111.  in  oaths,  etc.,  after  a 
finite  verb,  with  inf.,  never,  ομονμαι, 
μήττοτε  της  εννής  επιβήμεναι.  II.  9, 
133,275;  c.  inf.  fut.  II.  9,  455:  also 
in  orat.  obliqua,  when  anotlier's 
words  are  quoted,  Hes.  Op.  80. — IV. 
in  later  Greek, per/iaps,  like  nescio  an, 
Arist.  Eth.  N.  10,  1,  3,  and  freq.  in 
Gramm. ;  v.  Buttm.  Exc.  vii.  ad  Dem. 
Mid.,  p.  135. 

Mtj  πον,  lest  anywhere,  that  nowhere, 
Lat.  necubi :  hence  lest  perchance, 
Hom.,  etc. 

Μ^πω,  {μή,  πω)  not  yet,  Lat.  non- 
dxm,  Hom.  —  II.  in  expostulation, 
μί/πω  τι  μεθίετε,  II.  4,  234. — ΠΙ.=//7 
πον,  Od.  9,  102.— ΐν.=/ί/}7Γ0-ε,  Pors. 
Hec.  1268,  Lob.  Phryn.  p.  458,  Mein- 
eke  Philem.  p.  401. — V.  μήπω  γε,  nay, 
not  yet,  Aesch.  Pr.  631  ;  followed  by 
πριν,  Soph.  Phil.  1409. 

Μή  πώποτε.  usu.  of  past  time,  never 
yet.  Soph.  Ant.  1094. 


ΜΗΡΟ 

M^TTcjf ,  {μή,  πως)  like  μι)  πον,  lest 
in  any  way,  and  after  verbs  of  fearing, 
lest  any  how,  lext  perchance,  Ireq.  in 
Horn.,  following  of  course  the  constr. 
o{  μή  : — also  divisim,  μή  πως,  Od.  4, 
396,  etc. — II.  in  case  of  doubt,  or  in 
indirect  questions,  whether  or  no,  11. 
10.  101. 

Μήρα,  τά,  rarer  Homeric  plur.  for 
μηρία,  not  irreg.  plur.  oi  μηρός,  as  ap- 
pears both  from  the  signf.  ami  accent 
(v.  μηριον),  U.  1 ,  404 ;  2,  427,  etc. ; 
cf.  Ar.  Pac.  1088. 

ΜηρΙαϊος,  a,  ov,  (μηρός)  belonging 
to,  on  the  thigh.  Lat.  femoralis ,  ή  μ., 
the  thigh,  Xen.  Eq.  11,  4. 

Μήριγξ,  ιγγος,  ή,  also  σμήριγξ,  a 
bristle. 

Μηρίζω,  ( μηρός )  to  strike  on  the 
thigh,  a  word  coined  by  the  comic 
poets  on  analogy  of  γαστρίζω,  Diog. 
L.  7,  172. 

Μήρινθος,  ov,  ή :  metapl.  ace. 
sing,  μήρινβα,  as  if  from  μήρινς  (cf. 
ελμινς,  πείηινς).  Orph.  A  cord, 
line,  string,  II.  23,  854,  869:  a  fishing- 
line,  Theocr.  21,  12  ;  hence,  proverb., 
ή  μήρινθος  ονδίν  έσπασε,  the  line 
caught  nothing,  i.  e.  it  was  of  no 
avail,  Ar.  Thesm.  928,  cf.  Luc.  Her- 
mot.  28.  (From  μηρνω  ;  akin  tOyUf/7- 
μις  and  μήριγξ.) 

Μηρίά,  τά  (for  the  sing,  το  μηριον 
is  never  used) ;  in  Hom.  and  Ar.  also 
μήρα,  q.  v.  : — that  which  was  cut  out  of 
the  thighs  of  victims,  i.  e.  (acc.  to  the 
old  Gramm.,  v.  infra)  the  thigh  bones, 
which  it  was  the  old  usage  to  cut 
out  {έκ  μηρία  τάμνον),  and  wrap  in 
two  folds  of  fat  {μηρία  κνίσσ^  εκάλν- 

Ϊ>αν,  δίπτυχα  ποιήσαντες, — in  Αρ. 
Ih.  διπλόα),  and  also  to  lay  slices  of 
fat  upon  them,  {ώμοθέτησαν,  Od.  3, 
458,  II.  1,  401) :  they  were  then  laid 
on  the  altar  {ΐιηρία  επιθεΐναι  \{οσει- 
δάωνι,  Άπόλλωνι,  Od.  3,  179;  21, 
267) ;  and  burnt  {μηρία  καίειν,  κατά 
μηρία  καίειν,  επΙ  μηρία  καίειν  τινί, 
also  f  7Γί  βωμηϊς,  freq.  in  Horn.,  v.  11. 
1 ,  40,  Od.  4, 764)  :  hence,  πίονα  μι/ρία 
are  the  thigh-bones  in  their  fat  (in  The- 
ocr. πιανθέντα),  for  which,  in  II.  8, 
240,  we  have  δημυς  και  μηρία :  so  in 
Hes.  0pp.  335,  άγλαά  μι/ρία,  may  be 
the  fatted  thigh-bones,  unless  άγ'λαός 
is  merely  a  general  epith. — The  ori- 
gin of  the  custom  is  said  to  be  found 
in  Hes.  Th.  535,  sq.,  550,— The  dis- 
tinction between  μηρία,  thigh-bones, 
and  μηροί,  thighs,  is  given  by  the  old 
Gramm.,  v.  Apollon.  Lex.  s.  v.  μηρία : 
in  modern  times  first  pointed  out  by 
Voss;  Mythol.  Briefe,  2,  303-322  :  but 
Herm.  Soph.  Ant.  997,  denies  this, 
taking  μηρία  to  be  the  flesh  of  the  thighs 
or  hams,  and  Nitzsch,  Od.  3,  456,  sup- 
ports him,  remarking  that,  though 
Hom.  always  says  μηρία  or  μήρα  καί- 
ειν, yet  the  phrase  ίκτεμνειν  μηρούς, 
is  used  (as  well  as  έκτ.  μηρία),  II.  1, 
460;  2,  423,  Od.  12,  360.— II.=/iMOi, 
the  thighs,  only  in  Bion  1,  84  ;  unless 
we  read  μηρίοις,  in  .*Vr.  Eccl.  902.  [i] 

^Μηριόνης,  ov,  ό,  JMcridnes,  son  of 
Molus  of  Crete,  companion  of  Ido- 
meneus,  11.  2,  051. 

Μηροκαυτέω,  ώ,  to  burn  thigh-bones 
as  a  sacrifice,  hke  ίεροκαντέω,  A.  B. 

■\Μηρόν,  ov,  TO,  M'.  Merus,  in  India, 
at  the  base  of  which  lay  Is'ysa,  Arr. 
An.  5,  1. 

ΜηρορΙιάφής,  ές,  sewn  in  a  thigh  , 
cf.  μηροτραφής. 

ΜΗΡΟ'Σ,  ov,  ό,  the  upper,  fleshy 
part  of  the  thigh,  the  ham,  in  Hom.  usu. 
of  men :  accurately  described  in  11. 
5,  305,  ισχίον  ivHa  τε  μηρός  ίσχίφ 
ένστρέφεται,  the  hip-joint,  and  part 


ΜΗΤΕ 

where  the  thigh  turns  in  the  hip  :  freq. 
m  phrases,  (ράσγανον  or  άομ  kpveau- 
μενος,  σττασσύμη'ος  τταρά  μηρον, 
drawing  his  sword  fro?n  his  thigh, 
where  it  hung,  Horn. — 2.  Horn,  uses 
the  Word  of  animals  only  in  phrase 
μτίρονς  έξέταρον,  v.  βηρία  I.,  fin,  :  in 
Hdt.  3, 103,  of  the  leg-bones  generally, 
κάμηλος  ίν  Tolffi  όπισθίοισι  σκέλεσι 
ίχει  τέαβερας  μηρούς  κα2  γοννατα 
Τέββερα. 

Μιιροτομέω,  ώ,  =  μηρονς  τέμνω, 
susp. 

Μηροτράφής,  ες,  (μηρός,  τρ^ω) 
thigh-bred,  epith.  of  Bacchus,  Anth. 
P.  11,  329,  Strab.  p.  687,  where  Ca- 
saub.  would  read  μηρο'ρ(>αφής. 

Μηροτϋτττ/ς,  ές,  (μιιρός,  tvtztu) 
striking  the  thigh,  κέντρον,  Anth.  P. 
9,  274. 

Μ,ήρνγμα,  ~6,  v.  sub  μηρνμα. 

Μηρυκάζω, :^αηρνκίζ(^,  Arist.  Η.  Α. 
9,  50,  12,  Probl'.  10,  44,  2. 

Μΐίρνκύομαι. iiep.,=sq.,  Plut.  Rom. 
4 ;  tf.  Luc.  Gall.  8. 

Μϊ^,ουκίΓω,  to  chew  the  cxid,  ruminate, 
Ael.  N.  A.  5.  42.  (Perhaps  connect- 
ed with  έρενγομαι,  ηρνγον.)     Hence 

Ήίηρνκι,σμάς,  οϋ,  ό,  a  chewing  the 
cud.  LXX. 

'ίίήρϋμα,  ατβς,  τό,  that  which  may 
be  span  into  thread,  of  a  fibrous  stone, 
Plut.  2,  4-31  Α.— II.  like  Lat.  tractus, 
votunten.,  a  serpent's  coil  or  trail,  Nic. 
Th-  163,  as  Lob.  Paral.  433  writes 
for  μήρνγμα. 

•  Μι/ρνμάτων,  or,  τό.  Dim.  from  μη- 
ρνμα, esp.  a  hall  of  twine,  [ά] 

Mr/pv|,  νκβς,  ό,  a  ruminating  fish, 
like  the  scarus,  Arist.  H.  A.  9,  50,  12. 

Μήρνσμα,  ατός,  τό,  dub.  for  μήρν- 
γμα,  q.  v. 

Μι/ρΌομηί,  f.  -νσομαι :  dep.  mid. : 
— to  draw  up,  furl,  ιστία  μηρνσαντο, 
Od.  12,  170 :  to  draw  up  an  anchor, 
Sooh.  Fr.  699 :  also,  μηρύεσθαι  ίττό 
βνθύν,  Opp.  C.  1,  50  ;  εκ  β..  Αρ.  Kh. 
4,  889. — 2.  in  weaving,  κρόκα  έν  στη- 
μηνι  μηρύσασθαι,  to  weave  the  woof 
into  the  warp,  Hes.  Op.  536  : — then, 
to  wind  off  thread,  Luc.  Hermot.  47. 
— The  Act.  is  hardly  to  be  found, 
though  μηρνομαι  appears  as  a  pass. 
in  Theocr,  1,  29,  κΐΰσος  μηρύεται 
περί  χείλη,  ivy  twines  around  the 
edge, — Poetic,  esp.  Ep.  word,  though 
the  compd.  έκμηρνομαι  is  found  in 
prose, 

M?/f,  0,  Dor.  for  μείς,  μην. 

Μήστο,  Ep.  syncop,  aor.  of  μτ/όο- 
μαι. 

Μήστωρ,  ωρος,  ό,  (μήδομαι.)  an  ad- 
viser, counsellor,  Horn.,  who  calls  Jupi- 
ter νττατος  μί/στωρ,  11,  8,  22  ;  and  any 
one  distinguished  for  wise  counsel, 
ΰεόφιν  μήστωρ  άτά?ιαντος.  II.  7,  366, 
Od.  3,  110;  also,  μήστωρ  μάχης,  άϋ- 
της,  the  adviser  in  battle,  i.  e.  the  lead- 
er, II.  17,  339 ;  4,  328  ;  but,  μήστωρ 
φό3θίθ,  knowing  to  rouse  terror,  II.  5, 
272,  cf.  8,  108.  (Cf.  Lat.  magister.) 
Hence 

1:Μήστωρ,  ορός,  ό,  Mestor,  son  of 
Perseus  and  Andromeda,  Apollod.  2. 
4.  5.-2.  a  son  of  Priam,  11.  24,  257. 
— 3.  son  of  Pterelaus,  Apollod.  2,  4, 
5. — 4.  son  of  Neptune  and  Clito,  Plat. 
Criti.  114  C. 

ηΐήτα,  ή,  Meta,  daughter  of  Ho- 
ples,  and  first  wife  of  Aegeus,  Apol- 
lod. 3,  15,  6. 

νίήτε,  andnot,  μηδέ—,  μήτε,  Οά.  13, 
308 ;  but  usu.  doubled,  μήτε.  -μήτε, 
neither... nor,  freq.  in  Hom.  ;  also  with 
τε  in  second  clause,  II.  13,  230.  Hdt. 
1,  63  :  on  μήτε. ..μηδέ.  v.  sub  μηδέ  ; — 
as  also  on  the  dub.  forms  μή...μήτε, 
μηδέ-  μήτε. 


MHTI 

Μ7/τείρα,  ας,  ή,^^μήτηρ,  ν,  1.  for 
δμήτεφα,  II.  14,  259 ;  otherwise  only 
in  Greg.  Naz.  etc., — except  in  compd. 
καμμήτειρα. 

Μητέριος,  a,  ον,=^μήτρως,  dub.  in 
Anth.  P.  9,  398. 

MH'THP,  Dor.  μάτηρ,  ή  :  gen.  μη- 
τέρας, contr.  μητρός,  etc.,  both  in 
Hom.,  the  latter  only  in  strict  Att. : 
but  ace.  μητέρα,  pi.  μητέρας,  were 
never  contr.  Λ  mother,  Hom.,  etc.  ; 
also  of  animals,  a  dam,  11.  17,  4,  Od. 
10,  414  ;  of  a  mother-bird,  II,  2,313  :— 
άπο  or  έκ  μητρός,  from,  one's  mother's 
womb,  Pind.  P.  5,  153,  Aesch.  Cho. 
422  :  metaph.,/[i.  ήμερα,  Hes.  Op.  823. 
— 2.  also  of  lands,  αήτηρ  μήλων,  θη- 
ρών, mother  of  flocKs,  of  game,  II.  2, 
696 ;  8,  47,  etc. ;  also,  γη  μήτηρ, 
mother  earth,  Aesch.  Theb.  16,  etc. ; 
but  ή  Μήτηρ  alone  for  Αημητήρ.  Hdt. 
8,  65. — II.  poet,  as  the  origin  Ol source 
of  events,  πειθαρχία  >  up  της  ενπρα- 
ξίας  μήτηρ,  Aesch  Theb.  225;  ή 
γνώμη  μ.  κακών.  Soph.  Phil.  1361  ; 
so  night  is  the  mother  of  day,  Aesch. 
Ag.  265  ;  the  grape  of  wine.  Id.  Pers. 
614  ;  summer  of  the  vine-shoot,  Pind. 
N.  5,  11,  etc. — III.  for  μητρ07το?.ις,  m 
Call.  Fr,  112.  (The  word  is  the  same 
in  all  the  Indo-Germanic  tongues, 
Lat.  mater,  Sanscr,  matri.  Germ,  Mut- 
ter, etc.) 

Μήτΐ,  neut,  from  μήτις,  q.  v. 

ΜήτΙ,  contr.  dat.  from  μήτις  for 
μήτύ,  Hom. 

^Μητίάδουσα,  ης,  ή,  Metiadiisa, 
wife  of  Cecrops  II.  of  Athens,  Apol- 
lod. 3,  15,  5. 

ΜητΙάω,  ώ,  Ep.  3  pi. /zjyrtowffi,  part. 
μητώων,  όωσα  :  f.  μητιάσω  :  {μήτις) : 
— like  μήδομαι.  to  meditate,  intend, 
plan,  βονλάς,  II.  20,  153  :  absol.,  to 
deliberate,  determine,  II.  7,  45  : — mid. 
to  resolve  in  one's  own  mind  or  with 
one's  self,  II.  22,  174:  c.  inf.,  II.  12, 
17. — 2.  to  plan,  devise,  bring  about,  νό- 
στον  Όδυσσήϊ,  Od.  6,  14 ;  but  in  bad 
sense,  μ.  κακά  τινι,  II.  18,  312 ;  cf 
μήδομαι,  μητίομαι.     Hence 

Μητίετα,  ό,  Ep.  iormior  μητιέτης, 
a  counsellor,  freq.  in  Hom.  and  Hes., 
as  epith,  of  Ζευς.  all-wise  !  (Formed 
from  μήτις :  cf.  όφιήτης,  πολιήτης.) 
{μητΙετά,  though  in  Hom,  α  always 
by  position.] 

Μητίζομαι,  v.  μητίομαι. 

Μητίμα,  ατός,  τό,=μήτις,  ap  He- 
sych.,  formed  after  μήνιμα. 

Μητίόεις,  εσσα.  εν.  (μήτις)  wise  in 
counsel,  all-wise,  epith.  of  Jupiter,= 
μητίετα,  Η.  Hom.  Ap,  344,  and  Hes. : 
but  φάρμακα  μητιόεντα,  wise,  i.  e. 
well-chosen  remedies,  Od.  4,  227. 

Μητίομαι,  f.  -ίσομαι,  dep.  mid,,  = 
μητιάω,  esp.  to  invent,  contrive,  plan, 
against  another,  τινί  τι,  Hom.  ;  but 
also  c.  dupl.  ace,  τινά  τι,  Od.  18,  27  ; 
cf.  μήδομαι  2.  —  Hom.  has  only  the 
fut.  and  aor.,  which  Wolf  writes  μη- 
τίσομαι,  μητίσασθαι  [ϊ] ;  others  have 
μητίσσομαι,  μητίσσασθαι,  assuming 
the  pres.  to  be  μητίζομαι :  but  the 
pres.  μητίομαι  occurs  in  Pind.  P.  2, 
170  ;  cf.  μητίω- 

ΊΜητιονίδης,  ου,  ό,  son  of  Metion, 
Apollod.  3.  15,  6  :  in  pi.  ol  Μητ-ίδαι, 
the  (royal  family  of  the)  Metionidae, 
Paus.  J,  5,  3. 

^Μ7]τίοχος,  ov,  b,  Metiochus,  an 
Athenian,  son  of  Miltiades,  Hdt.  6, 
41. 

Μ7]τΙόων ,  μητιόωσι,'^ .  sub.  μητιύω. 

ΜΗ~ΤΙΣ,  ή:  gen.  ιος  Att.  ιδος, 
Aesch.  Cho.  626,  Supp.  61  :  Ep.  dat. 
μήτΐ  for  μήτιί,  Horn.,  pi.  μητίεσσι, 
Pind.  O.  1,  15 :  ace.  μήτιν.  Soph. 
Ant.  158  : — the  faculty  of  advising,  wis- 


MHTP 

dom,  skill,  cunning,  craft,  Hom.  ;  Opp, 
to  βία.  II.  23,  315  ;  μήτιν  (ύ.ώπηξ,  a 
ioxfor  craft,  Pind.  I.  4,  79  (3,  65)  :— 
of  a  poet's  skill  or  craft.  Id.  N.  3, 15. — 
II.  advice,  counsel,  a  plan,  undertaking, 
Horn.,  etc.  ;  esp.  μήτιν  νφαίνειν,  11. 
7,  324.  etc.  ;  cf.  μήόος. — Ul.  as  fem. 
prop,  n.,  ^ Metis,  daughter  of  Oceanus 
and  Tethys,t  the  first  wife  of  Jupiter, 
mother  of  Minerva,  Hes.  Th.  886.— 
Ep.  word,  used  also  by  Pind.  and 
Aesch.  (Cf.  Sanscr.  mati,  consilium  ; 
from  man,  cogitare  ;  cf.  Germ.  Muth, 
with  Lat.  mens.) 

Μήτις,  ό,  ή,  neut.  μήτΐ,  gen.  μήτΐ• 
νος  (μη.  τις) : — lest  any  one,  lest  any 
thing ;  that  no  one,  that  nothing,  Lat. 
ne  quis,  ne  quid.  freq.  in  Horn.,  con- 
structed just  like  the  adv.  μή. — II. 
μήτι  is  freq.  as  adv.,  lest  by  any  means, 
that  by  no  means,  Hom.  ;  oft.  separate- 
ly, μή  τι  ;  sometimes  with  a  word 
between  :  in  an  indirect  question,  μή 
τι,  whether  perchance :  μή  τί  γε,  let 
alone,  not  to  mention,  much  less,  Lat, 
nedum,  also  μή  τι  όή  γε,  Att.,  Herm. 
Vie.  η.  266. 

ίΜητέγη,  ης,  ή,  Metiche,  fem.  pr.  η., 
Ath,  567  D,  also  called  Κλε-ύ,νδρα. 

Μητίω,^  μητίομαι,  Orph.  Arg.  1330. 

]Μητίων,  όνος,  ό,  Metion,  son  of 
Erechtheus,  grandfather  of  Daedalus, 
Apollod.  3,  15,  1,  8;  ace.  to  Plat,  fa- 
ther of  Daedalus,  Ion  533  A :  cf. 
Paus.  2,  6,  5. 

Μήτοι,  stronger  form  of  μή,  in  no- 
wise, nay.  Hes.  Op.  745  :  μήτοι  γε, 
nay  upon  no  account,  Herm.  Vig.  n. 
266. 

Μήτος,  τό,=μήτις,  ap.  Hesych. 

Μήτρα,  ας,  ή,  (μήτηρ)  Lat.  matrix, 
thewomb,  Hipp.  p.  106.  Hdt.  3, 108;  also 
in  plur.,  Ibid. ; — or  more  properly  the 
entrance  to  the  womb,  Arist.  H.  A.  3,  1, 
21 : — esp.  a  swine's  pai£«c/i,  Lat.  vulva, 
reckoned  a  great  dainty,  Phit.  2,  733 
C,  Ath.  96  F.— II.  the  pith  or  heart  of 
trees  arid  wood.  Theophr.  1,  6,  1. — lU. 
a  queen-wasp,  opp.  to  the  έργάται, 
Arist.  H.  A.  9,  41.2;  alsoof  bees.  Id. 

Μητράγνρτέω,  ώ,  to  be  a  μητραγύρ- 
της,  Antiph.  Misop.  1,  8:  from 

Μητρΰγνρτης,  ov,  6.  (μητήρ.  αγύρ- 
της) a  begging  priest  of  Cybele,  the  Mo- 
ther ol  the  gods,  a  sort  of  begging  friar. 
Lob.  Aglaoph.  p.  645  :  Iphicrates  gave 
this  name  to  Cailias,  who  was  really 
her  Ααδονχος  (cf.  sub  voc),  Arist. 
Rhet.  3,  2,  10. 

Μητράδε?.ώεός,  οϋ,  b.  Dor.  ματρ-, 
=sq.,  Pind.  P.  8,  49. 

Μητράδελφος.  ov,  b  and  //,  (μήτηρ, 
άδείφός)  a  mother's  brother  or  sister, 
an  uncle  or  aunt,  [a] 

Μι^τρύζω,  to  take  after  one's  mother, 
Lat.  matrescere,  dub. 

Μητρά?.οίας,  or  μητρα?.ώας,  ov,  b, 
(μήτηρ,  άλοίάω)  sinking  one's  mother, 
a  matricide,  Aesch.  Eum.  153,  Plat 
Phaed.  114  A;  cf.  πατραλοίας. 

Μητράριον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  μή 
Tijp,  a  little  mother,  [ΰ] 

\Μητράς,  (ό  Χΐος),  i.  e.  Μητρόδω- 
ρος,  masc.  pr.  η.,  Antiph.  Philom  4  ; 
Dind.  Ath.  100  D  Μήτρας ;  v.  Meineke 
ad  Antiph.  1.  c. 

^Μητρέας,  ό.  Dor.  Ματρ.,  Metreas, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Ath.  5  A. 

Μητρεγχντης,  ov,  ό,  (μήτρα,  εγχέω) 
a  syringe  for  injections  into  the  womb. 
[i] 

Μήτρη,  ης,  ή,  Ion.  for  μήτρα. 

Μητριάζω  ,= μητρίζω. 

Μητριάς,  άδος,  ?/,  pecul.  fem.  of 
μή-ριος,  Anth.  P.  9,  398. 

Μ/ιτρίδιος.  a,  ov,  having  a  μήτρα, 
hence  fruitful,  filled  with  seed.  μ.  άκα- 
?>,ήφαι,  At.  Lys.  549,  ubi  v.  Schol.  [ϊ] 
931 


ΜΗΤΡ 

^Ιητρίζυ,  to  worship  Cyhde,  the  Mo- 
ther of  the  gods,  Lob.  Aglaopli.  p.  832. 

Μητρικός,  ή,  oj',=sq.,  Anst.  Kth. 
N.  9, 2,  8.     Adv.  -κώς,  Dion.  H.  Rhet. 

Μητριός,  ία,  lov,  also  ος,  ov,  {μίμηρ) 
molherly,  Lat.  maternus. 

Μητρίς,  (μήτηρ)  sc.  γη,  one's  mother 
countri/  (cf.  πατρίς),  Cretan  word,  ap. 
Plat.  liep.  ΰΤΓ)  D. 

■\Μητρο3ύτης,  ov,  6,  Metrobates,  a 
Persian,  Xen.  Hell.  1,  3,  12. 

\Μ.ητρό3ιος,  ov,  6,  Metrobius, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Ath.  613  Ε  ;  etc. 

Μητροδιόακτος,  ov,  {μήτηρ,  διδά- 
σκω) taught  by  one's  7nother,  Diog.  L. 
2,  83.  [I] 

Μητροδοκος,  ov.  Dor.  ματρ-,  (μή- 
τηρ, δέχομαι)  received  by  the  mother, 
yovai,  Pmd.  N.  7,  124. 

^Μητρόδοτος,  ου,  ό,  Melroddtus, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Anth.  P.  11,  314. 

|Μ;/τ•ρό(5ωρθζ•,  ου,  ύ,  Metroddrus,  a 
ruler  in  Proconnesus,  Hdt.  4,  138. — 2. 
a  celebrated  rhapsodist  of  Larnpsa- 
cus.  Plat.  Ion  530  C. — 3.  a  philoso- 
pher of  Chios,  teacher  of  Anaxarchus 
of  Abdera,  Diog.  L. — 4.  an  Epicurean 
philosopher  of  Athens,  Luc.  Alex.  17. 
— 5.  a  philosopher,  statesman,  and 
historian  of  Scepsis,  Strab.  p.  ϋΟί>. — 
Many  others  of  this  name  in  Ath., 
Diog.  L. ;  etc. 

Μητροήθης,  tf,  (μήτηρ,  ήθος)  with  a 
mother's  mind,  Anth.  P.  1,  122. 

Μητρόθεν.  Όοτ.μύτρ.,  adv.  (μήτηρ) 
from  the  another,  by  the  mother's  side. 
Find.  O.  7,  41,  Hdt.  1,  173,  etc. ;  so, 
ταμ.,  Hdt.  7.  i)9 :  but  also=7rapu  or 
εκ  μητρός,/Γο/η  one's  mother,  frojn  one's 
mother's  hand,  Ar.  Ran.  478,  etc. 

Μητρόθεος,  ου,  ή.  (μήτηρ.  θεός)  the 
mother  of  Gad,^βεoτόκoς,  Eccl. 

Μητροκάσιγνήτη,  ης,  ή,  (μήτηρ, 
κασιγνήτη)  α  mother's  sister,  aunt, 
Aesch.  Eum.  962. 

Μητροκΰσίγνητος,  ov,  6,  a  mother's 
brother,  uncle. 

1:Μητροκ'λής,  έονς,  ό,  Metrocles,  a 
Cynic  philosopher,  Plut.  2,  468  A. 

Μητροκυμέω,  ώ,  ίο  take  care  of  one's 
mother. 

Μητροκτονέω,  ώ,  to  kill  one's  mother, 
Aesch.  Eum.  202,  etc.  ;  and 

Μητροκτονία,  ας,  ή,  matricide,  Plut. 
2,  18  A  :  from 

Μητροκτύνος,  ov,  (μήτηρ,  κτείνω) 
killing  one's  mother,  matricidal,  Aesch. 
Eum.  102;  μ.  μίασμα,  the  slain  of  a 
mother's  murder,  lb.  281  ;  so,  μ.  κ)/λίς, 
αίμα,  Eur.  I.  Τ.  1200,  Or.  1049:  as 
subst.,  a  matricide,  Aesch.  Eum.  492, 
Eur.,  etc. 

Μητροκωμία.  ας,  ή,  the  mother-vil- 
lage ;  cf.  μητρόπολις. 

Μητρόλεββος,  ό,  and  μητρολίτης, 
ov,  ό.  Or.  Sib.,  a  matricide. 

Μητρομήτωρ,  ορός,  ή.  Dor.  ματρα- 
μάτωρ,  (μήτηρ,  μήτηρ)  one's  mother's 
mother,  grandmother,  Pind.  Ο.  6,  143. 

Μητρομιξία,  ας,  ή,  (μήτηρ,  μίγννμι) 
incest  with  one's  mother,  Sext.  Emp. 
11,  191. 

Μητρομίξιον,  ov,  ro,=foreg. 

Μητρόξενος,  ov,  ό.  a  bastard,  a  Rho- 
dian  word,  Schol.  Eur.  Ale.  1001. 

Μητροπύρθενος,  ου,  ή,  the  virgin- 
mother,  Eccl. 

Μητροπάτωρ,  ορης,  6,  (μήτηρ,  πα- 
τήρ) one's  mother's  father,  grandfather, 
II.  11,224,  Hdt.  3,  51.  [a] 

Μητρόπολις,  εως,  ή.  Dor.  ματρ-, 
(μήτηρ,  πόλις)  the  mother-state,  of 
Athens  in  relation  to  her  Ionian  colo- 
nies, Hdt.  7,  51  ;  of  Doris  in  relation 
to  the  Peloponn.  Dorians,  Id.  8,  31, 
Thuc.  3,  92;  so,  of  Thera,  μ.  μεγά- 
7.UV  πο?ύων,  Pind.  P.  4,  34 : — me- 
laph.,  ό  έγκέώαλος  μ.  τοϋ  'φνχροϋ, 
932 


ΜΗΤΡ 

Hipp.  ρ.  249 ;  ιστορία  μ.  της  φιλοσο- 
φίας, Diod.  1,  2,  ct.  Epicur.  ap.  Ath. 
104  Β. — -11.  one's  mnt/ier-city,  mother- 
country,  home,  Pind.  N.  5,  16,  Soph. 
O.  C.  707. — III.  fl  metropolis  in  our 
sense,  capital  city,  Steph.  Byz.  Hence 
as  pr.  n., 

■\Μητρόπολις,  εως,  η,  Metropolis,  a 
site  near  Olpae  in  Acarnania,  per- 
haps a  part  of  it,  Thuc.  3,  107 ;  v. 
Poppo  Prolegg.  2,  p.  142. — 2.  a  city 
of  liestiaeotis  in  Thessaly,  Strab.  p. 
437. — 3.  a  city  of  Acavnania  south  of 
Stratus,  Polyb.  4,  64,  4.-4.  a  city  of 
Greater  Phrygia  on  the  Maeander, 
Strab.  p.  576. — 5.  an  Ionian  city  of 
Lydia  between  Epliesus  and  Smyrna, 
Id.  p.  632.     Hence 

^Μητροπολίτης,  ον,ό,  of  Mrtropolis, 
Metropolitan,  Strab.  p.  637. 

Μ7ΐτροπο2ΛΤης,  ov,  ό,  (μητρόπο?Λς) 
a  native  of  the  mother-town. — II.  in 
Eccl.  a  vietropolitan. 

Μητροπόλος,  ov,  (μήτηρ,  πολέω) 
tending  mothers,  epilh.  of  I  lithy  ia,  Pind. 
P.  3,  15.— II.  ai  μ.=μελίσσαι  (I.  2). 

Μϊ/τροπρεπής,  ίς,  (μήτηρ,  πρεπίύ) 
befitting  a  mother.     Adv.  -jTfcif. 

Μητρορβαίστης,  ov,  b,  a  matricide. 

ΜητρόΙ)/)ιπτος,  ov,  (μήτηρ,  βίπτω) 
rejected  by  his  mother,  Anth.  P.  15,  26. 

Μητροτρεφής,  ες,  (μήτηρ,  τρεώω) 
brought  η  ρ  by  his  mother,  Orph. 

Μητροτνπτης,  ov,  ό^=μητρα7Μίας. 

^Μητροφάνης,  ovr,  ό,  Metniphiines, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Anth.  P.  II,  345. 

ΜητροφΟόρος,  ov,  (μήτηρ.  φθεί-ρω) 
murdering  his  mother,  Anth.  P.  9,  498. 

Μητροφόνος,  ov,  also  η,  ov,  Aesch. 
Eunr.  268,  (μήτηρ,  φονεύω)  : — murder- 
ing his  mot  tier,  μ.  δναι,  "woes  following 
this  crime,  Aesch.  1.  c.  : — as  subsl.,  a 
matricide,  lb.  257. 

Μητροφσντης,  ov,  ό,^=μητροφόνος, 
Eur.  Or.  479,  etc. 

M//rpi;m.  ας,  ή.  Ion.  :  Dor.  ματρ-, 
μητρυΐ-ή : — a  step-mother,  II.  5,  389, 
etc.,  Hes.  Op.  823,  etc. ;  esp.  an  un- 
kind one,  injusta  noverca,  H(It.  4,  154  : 
— hence,  metaph.  a  dangerous  coast 
is  called /i.  νεών,  Aesch.  Pr.  727  ;  men 
honoured  by  their  country  arc  said  to 
be  τρεφόμενοι  ονκ  νπό μητρνιας  αλ'/C 
νπο  μητρός  της  χώρας.  Plat.  Mcnex. 
237  Β,  cf  Plut.  2,  201  Ε,  Veil.  Paterc. 
2,  4,  4.     Hence 

Μητρυιάζω,  to  be  a  step-mother,  act 
as  one. 

Μητρνιός,ον,ό,(μητρυιά)—πατρνι.- 
ός,  a  step-father,  Theopomp.  (Com.) 
Etp.  6. 

Μητρνιώδης,  ες.  (μητρνιά,  είδος) 
like  a  step-7nother,  το  μ.,  a  stcp-niother's 
treatment,  unkindness,  Plut.  2,  143  A. 

Μητρωύζω,  (μητρώος  1\.)=μητρί- 
ζω.  Iambi. 

Μητρωακός,  ή,  όν,=^μητρζ)θς,  esp. 
belonging  to  Cijbele. 

Μητρώας,  ov,  σ,=μήτρως. 

Μητρφασμής,  ov,  ύ.  Dor.  ματρ- :  a 
keeping  the  feast  of  Cyhele,  Phintys  ap. 
Stob.  p.  444,  23,  ubi  Gaisf  μητρωσμός. 

Μητρώίος,  ta,  tov,  (μήτηρ)  poet.  v. 
μητρώος,  Od.  19,  410. 

^Μήτρων,  όνος.  ό,  .l/ffroi7.,masc.  pr. 
η.,  a  Pydnaean,  Arr.  Ind.  16,  5. 

Μητρωννμικός,  ή,  όν,  (μήτηρ,  όνο- 
μα) named  after  one's  mother,  cf.  πα- 
τρωννμικός. 

Μητρώος,  a,  ov.  contr.  {οτ μητρώίος, 
q.  V.  (μήτηρ)  ; — of  a  mother,  a  inolher's, 
δίμης,  αίμα,  πήμα,  Aesch.  Eum.  84, 
230,  Soph.,  etc.  : — τα  μ-,  a  viother's 
right,  Hdt.  3.  53. — II.  belonging  to  the 
Mother  of  the  Gods,  Cyhele:  heiice  το 
Μ.,  her  temple,  esp.  at  Athens,  where 
it  was  near  the  βοιΛεντηριον,  and 
served  as  a  depository  for  the  state- 


MlfX.i 

archives,  Plut.  2, 407  C,  etc.,  τ,  Eockk 
P.  E,  2,  143,  n.  421  :  tu  M..  (sc.  Ιερά) 
theworship  ofCybele,  Dion.  H.  de  Deill, 
22,  Plut.,  etc 

Μητρως,  ό.  Dor.  μάτρ- :  gen.  ωος 
and  u>.  acc.  ua  and  ωι^ ;  plur.  alvvays 
of  the  third  decl.,  like  Tvorpwr  ; —  = 
μ?]τροκασίγνητος,  a  maternal  uncle,  ]\. 

2.  062,  Hdt.,  etc. — 2.  generally,  a  re• 
Intion  by  the  mother's  side,  μητρικές  άν- 
δρες, Pind.  Ο.  6,  jl30. — 'ί.^μητροπά- 
τωρ,  lb.  9,  06. 

Μητρωσμός,  σν,  ό,  ν.  sub.  μητρώα• 
σμός. 

ΜηχανύομίΗ,  as  dep.  mid.  (v.  infr. 
Β)  ;  f.  -ήσομαι  ;  pf.  μεμηχάνημαι  (cf. 
intr.  B)  : — Lat.  machinari,  to  ynake  by 
art,  put  together,  build,  τείχεα,  11.  8, 
177,  πλοία,  Hdt.  1,  94  :  and  so  of  any 
work  requiring  skill  of  art, /<.  λ.αγυν, 
to  prepare  a  hare.  Hdt.  1,  123;  μ. 
σκιάς,  Xen.  Cyr,  8,  8,  17.— II,  more 
usu.  to  contrive,  devise,  plan  by  art  or 
cunning,  in  Horn.  esp.  in  bad  sense, 
μ.  άτύσθαλα,  κακά,  άεικεα μηχαι•ύων- 
ταί.  Od.  3,  207;  17,  499;  22,  432: 
also  simply  to  cause,  effect,  Hdt.  2, 
21.  Construct.,  μ.  τί  τινι,  contrive 
against...,  Horn.  11.  cc. ;  also  επί  τινι, 
Od.  4,  822 ;  so  usu.  in  prosie,  as  Hdt. 
4,  154 ;  also  μ.  τι  εις  τίνα.  Hdt.  C, 
121,  Eur.;  έπί  τίνα,  Xen.  Mem.  2. 

3,  10  ;  προς  τίνα,  Hdt.  2,  95  :  but  έπί 
τινι,  also,  for  a  purpose,  Hdt.  1,  60; 
so  too  είςτι,  Plat.  Prot.  320  Ε  ;  ποός 
τι,  Xen.  Cyr.  8, 2,  26  :  ίκ  τών  έσβλών 
α'ίσχρα  μ.,  Eur.  Hipp.  331  :  in  pro^e 
oft.  μ.  όπως  τι  εσται,  Hdt.  2,  121,  3, 
and  Plat.  ;  όπως  af  τι  γένηται,  Plat. 
Gorg.  481  A;  Ά\ϋθ  πΰσαν  μηχανήν  μ. 
όπως....  Plat.  Rep.  460  C  :  c.  inf.,  to 
contrive  to  do  or  that  a  thing  may  be.. 
Plat.  Rep.  519  E,  Xeii.  Cyr.  I,  6,  22. 
— 2.  as  mid.,  to  procure  for  one's  self. 
Soph.  Phil.  295,  Xen.  Cyr.  3,.  2,  is! ' 

B.  the  act.  μηχαιάω  is  only  found 
in  Ep.  part.,  άτάσβα?Μ μηχανόωντας, 
contriving  lUre  effects,  Od.  18,  143,  cf. 
Ap.  Rh.  3,  583  ;  and  in  Soph.  Aj.  1037 
in  in(.  μηχαιΰν  :  but  peri,  μεμηχάνη- 
μαι appears  as  pass,  in  Hdt,  i,  98, 
Soph.  Tr.  580.  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  3,  1,  Dein. 
601,  7,  etc.  ;  though  Plat,  also  has  it 
in  act.  signf.,  e.  g.  Gorg.  459  D. 

Μηχανέομαι,  Ion.  for  foreg.,  Hdt. 

Μηχανενομαι,=μηχανάομηι,  v.  I. 
Xen.  Cyr.  4,  5,  49.  It  is  used  as  pass. 
in  LXX.    Hence 

Μηχάνεΐ'σις,  εως,  η,  a  contriving, 
preparing,  Hipp. 

Μηχανή,  ης.  ή,  (μηχσς)  the  Lat. 
7nachi>ia,  any  artificial  inea^is  Or  contri- 
vance for  doing  a  thing,  α  contrivance, 
device,  first  in  Hes.  Th.  146  in  pinr. 
μηχαναί.  arts,  wiles,  and  freq.  in  Alt., 
esp.  in  bad  sense ;  hence  proverb., 
μηχαναΙ  Σισύφον,  Αν.  Ach.  391. 
Phrases,  ιιηχανήν  or  μηχανας  προς• 
φ^ρειν,  Eur.  I.  Τ.  112,  Ar.  Thesm. 
1132  ;  εί'ρίσκειν,  έξενρίσκειν,  Aesch. 
Eum. 82,  Eur.  Ale. 221  -,πΑέκειν,  Eur. 
Andr.  C6 ;  πορίζεσΟαι,  Plat.  Syrnp. 
191  Β  ;  έκποριζειν,  Ar.  \'esp.  365  : — 
one's  means  or  resources,  Pind.  P.  3, 
110  ;  κατ'  έμαν  μαχανάν,  lb.  194  : — 
c.  gen.,  μ.  κακώΐ',α  contrivance  against 
ills,  Eur.  Ale.  221  ;  but  also  a  way, 
means,  σωτηρίας,  of  safety,  Aescti. 
Theb.  209  : — generally,  esp.  in  Hdt., 
ίκ  μηχανής  τίνος,  in  some  wny  or 
other,  6,  115:  μηδεμι?)  /ιηχανη,  hy  no 
means  whatsoever,  bv  no  contrivance, 
7,  51  ;  μίιτε  τέχνί}  μήτε  /ιηχανι]  μη- 
δεμι^,  Thuc.  5,  18  ;  ορρ.  to  πάσγ  μη- 
χανή, Ερ.  Plat.  349  Α  :  ουδεμία  μη- 
χανή (εστί)  όπωΓ  ον,  ο.  fut.  indie, 
Hdt.  2,  160  ;  also./r;;  ov,  c.  inf..  Id.  2, 
181  ;  3,  51. — II.  an  instrument ,  machine 


ΜΗΧΟ 

foi  lifting  weights,  etc.,  Hdt.  2,  125  : 
esp., — 2.  an  engine  oi  war,  Thuc, 
mostly  its  phrase  ^t/^^'ai/af  ττροςάγειν, 
as  in  2^  76  ;  μηχαναΐς  e/xlv,  4,  13. — 
3.  a  theatrical  machine^  by  which  gods, 
etc..  were  made  to  appear  in  the  air, 
Plat.  Crat.  425  D.  Clitarch.  407  A ; 
αίρειν  μ.,  Aiitiph.  Poes.  1,  15,  ubi  v. 
Meineke.  Alex.  Leb.  4,  19:  hence 
proverb,  of  any  thing  sudden  and  un- 
expected, ώςπερ  άπό  μι/χανί/ς,  like 
Lat.  Deus  ex  machina,  Dem.  1025,  fin., 
of.  Arist.  Poet.  15.  10. 

'Μ.7]χάνημ.α,  ατός,  τό.=^μηχανή,  a 
subtle  contrirnnce,  cunning  work,  Trag., 
as  Aesch.  Pr.  469 ; — of  tlie  robe  in 
which  Agamemnon  was  entangled, 
Id.  Cho.  981.— 2.  an  engine,  Polyb.  1, 
48,  2. 

Μ.ηχάνησίς,  εως,  ή,  the  use  of  a  μη- 
χαν)/,1->3.1.  machinatio :  Ά\»θζ=^μηχαν?}, 
μ.  σιτοττΌίίκή,  Polyb.  1,  22,  7.  [ύ] 

Μηχανητέον,  verb.  adj.  from  μηχα- 
vaouai,  on£  must  contrive.  Plat.  Gorg. 
481'A. 

Μηχάνητής,  οϋ,  ό,  {μηχανάομαι)  a 
contriver,  Lat.  machinator.     Hence 

Μηχΰνητικός,  ή,  όν,  good  at  forming 
plans,  able  to  contrive  a  thing,  Xen. 
Hipparch.  5,  2. 

Μτ/χάνηφόρος,  ον,^μηχανοφόρος. 

Μηχάνίη,  ης,  ή,  poet,  lor  μηχανή. 
Or.  Sib. 

'^Ιίηχάνικός,  ή,  όν,  (μηχανή)  inven- 
tive, ingenious,  full  of  resources,  clever, 
Xen.  Mem.  4,  3,  1,  Hell.  3,  1,  8.-2. 
c.  gen.  rei,  \\k.Q  μτ^χανητικός.  Id.  Lac. 
2,  7.  —  IL  of  or  belonging  to  machines  ; 
Tu  μηχανικά,  mechanics,  on  which 
Aristotle  wrote  a  treatise:  so,  ή  -κή 
(sc.  τέχνη)  Id.  Anal.  Post.  1,  9,  4, 
Anth.  P.  9,  807: — b  μηχανικός,  an  en- 
gineer, Plut.  PericL  27.  Adv.  -κώς. 
Died.  18,  27. 

ΜηχανΙτις,  ιύας,  ή,  the  iiwentive,  of 
Minerva,  Pans.  8,  36,  5. 

Μηχΰνιώτης,  ov,  a,  poet,  for  μηχα- 
νητής,  Η.  Ηοπϊ.  Merc.  436. 

^ηχΰνο&ί^ης.,  ου,  6,  {μηχανή,  δι- 
<i>uu)  inventing  rtieans,  artifices,  tna- 
chin-'s,  etc.,  Ar.  Pac.  790.  [i] 

Μηχΰνόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  (μηχανή)  in- 
genious, inventive.  Soph.  Ant.  365. 

Μηχΰνβ7τοιέ(ύ,  ώ,  to  make  or  use  ma- 
chines, Hipp.     Hence 

\Ιηχάν()τ:οίημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  machine 
when  made. 

Μ^ηχανοποιία,  ας,  η,  the  making  of 
machines :  from 

Μηχύνοποίός,  όν,  (μηχανή,  ττοίίω) 
•making  machines ;  ό  μ.,  an  engineer, 
maker  of  war-engines,  Xen.  Cyr.  6,  1, 
22,  etc. : — the  machinist  of  the  theatre, 
Ar.  Pac.  174,  cf.  Fr.  234. 

Μ.ηχΰνο^^άφέω,  ύ,  to  form  crafty 
plans,  Aesch.  Cho.  221  ;  and 

Μηχάνϋρβάφία,  ας,  ή,  crafty  dealing: 
from 

Μηχΰνοββάφος,  ov,  (μηχανή,  f)a- 
ΤΓΓω)  making  up  crafty  plans,  craftily- 
dealing.  Soph.  O.  T.  387  :  c.  gen.,  μ. 
κακύν.  crafty  workers,  of  iil,  Eur. 
Andr.  447.  [ά]^ 

Μ.ηχ(ίνονργός,  όν,  (μηχανή,  *ίργο) 
ζ=αηχανοποιός :  pass,  cunningly  con- 
trived, Anth.  Plan.  382. 

Μηχΰνοφόρος,  ον,=μηχανηφόρος, 
■fit  for  conveying  military  engines,  Plut. 
Ant.  38. 

|Μ//χανόων,  Ep.  prcs.  part.  act.  v. 
μηχανάομαι  Β. 

^ήχαρ,  τό,=μήχος,  a  form  little 
used  except  by  Aesch.,  who  has  it  in 
Ag.  199.  Supp.  394.  594;  cf.  μήχος. 

Μηχύ.ρίζομαι,=μηχανάημαι.  a  word 
ingeniously  formed  by  Wellauer  out 
of  υήχαρ  'ίΖεσθαι,  Aesch.  Ag.  304. 

MH.'X02,  TO,  old  poet,  root  oi  μη- 


MIAP 

χανη,  a  means,  expedient,  remedy,  II.  2, 
342  ;  μήχος  κακόν,  a  remedy  for  ill, 
like  ύκος,  Od.  12,  392,  Hdt.  2,  181  ;  4, 
151 ;  κακύν,  Eur.  Andr.  536  ; — soalso. 
φβονρΰς  ετείας  μ.,  Aesch.  Ag.  2,  if 
we  there  read  ^«//γοΓ  (though  elsewh. 
Aesch.  always  uses  μήχαρ) :  in  Hdt. 
some  write  μήκος,  as  if  an  Ion.  form. 
(μήχος.  μήχαρ,  μηχανή,  μηχανάομαι 
are  doubtless  altin  to  μήδος,  μήόομαι, 
μήτις,  etc.) 

Μί'α.  ή,  gen.  μιας,  Ep.  and  \οη.μιής, 
fern,  of  εΙς,  one,  Horn.,  cf  ϊα.  {jua  and 
ace.  μΙάν,  only  in  later  Ion.  prose μιη, 
μίην.] 

Μιαιγΰμία,  ας,  ή.  (μιαίνω,  γάμος) 
unlawful  ivedlock  ;  cf.  μιαιφονία- 

ΜΙΑΙ'Νί2,  f.  -αΐ'ώ  .•  aor.  έμίηνα,  but 
in  Att.  έμίάνα,  as  Eur.  Hel.  1000, 
I.  A.  1595,  cf  Lob.  Phryn.  24,  tpart. 
μιάνας,  Solon  27,  3t :  aor.  pass,  εμι- 
άνθην:  ρΐ-μεμίαγκα.  Plut.  Τ.  Gracch. 
21  ;  pf.  pass,  μεμίασμαι.  Strictly,  to 
paint  over  a  white  body  with  another 
color,  hence  to  stain,  dye,  ελέφαντα 
φοινίκι,  Virgil's  violare  ostro  ebicr,  II. 
4,  141  :  hence, — 2.  to  stain,  defile,  soil, 
μιάνθησαν  Koviy.  II.  16,  795,  etc. : 
e.«p.  with  blood,  μιύνβην  (for  -θησαν) 
α'ίματι  μηροί,  II.  4. 14C  ;  freq.  in  Trag. 
— 3.  freq.  al.so  of  moral  stains,  to  taint, 
defile,  pollute,  Pind.  N.  3,  25,  and 
Trag. ;  esp.  by  great  crimes,  as  mur- 
der, Valck.  Hipp.  14.37.  Pors.  Or.  909, 
and  cf.  μίασμα :  hence  Soph,  says, 
θεονς  μιαίνειν  ov  τις  άνθρώπον  σβέ- 
νει,  -int.  1044 :  p;iss.  to  incur  such  defde- 
7nent,  Eur.  Or.  75,  etc. — The  Lat.  vio- 
lare may  be  compared,  [ϊ] 

Μίαιφονέυ,  ώ,  to  he  or  become  μιαι- 
φόνος.  Eur.  I.  A.  1364:  also  c.  ace, 
to  murder,  Plat.  Rep.  571  D:  and 

ΜΙαιφονέα,  ας,  ή,  bloodguiltiness, 
Dem.  795,  7,  DJod.  17,  5:  also  of  pol- 
lution from  eating  blood,  Plut.  2,  994  A  : 
from 

Μίαιφόνος,  ov,  (μιαίνω,  φόνος) 
blood-stained,  bloody,  11.,  always  epilh. 
of  Mars,  as  5,  31.  etc. :  hence  defiled 
ivith  blood,  blood-guilty,  Trag.,  cf  μία- 
σμα: c.  gen,  j(i.  τέκνων,  stained  with 
thy  children's  blood,  Eur.  Med.  1346. 
Compar.  -ώτερος,  Hdt.  5,  92,  1:  su- 
perL  -ώτατος,  Eur.  Tro.  881. 

i'M.tάvaς,  ασα,  αν,  1  aor.  part.  act. 
from  μιαίνω. 

■\Μ.ιάνθην,Άθτ.  pass.  Ep.  from  μιαί- 
νω. II.  4,  146. 

Μ,ίανσις,  η,  {μιαίνω)  pollution,  de- 
filement, LXX.  \t] 

^Μαντός,  ή,  όν,  (μκιίνω)  dyed,  stain- 
ed, defiled. 

Μίάρι'α,  ας,  ή,  the  character  or  con- 
duct of  a  μιαρός,  brutality,  Xen.  Hell. 
7.  3,  6,  Isae.  51,  32. — ΙΙ.^μίασμα,  de- 
filement, esp.  bloodguiltiness,  Antipho 
118.  2,  etc. ;  μ.  ύτνέρ  τίνος.  Id.  119,  3. 

Μΐΰρόγλωσσος,  ov,  (μιαρός,  γ7ιώσ• 
σα)  foul-tongued,  Anth.  P.  7,  377. 

Μΐΰρός,  ύ,  όν,  (μιαίνω)  stained,  esp. 
with  blood,  II.  24,  Ί20  :  hence,— II. 
later,  mostly  in  moral  sense,  defiled 
with  blood,  hence  μιαραΐ  ήμέραι,  cer- 
tain days  in  the  month  .Anthesterion, 
on  which  expiatory  libations  (χοαί) 
were  offered  to  the  dead,  cf  μίασμα  : 
— then,  generally,  defiled,  polluted,  im- 
pure, v.  esp.  Plat.  Legg.  716  Ε  :  abom- 
inable, foul,  Soph.  Ant.  746,  etc. ;  and, 
esp.  in  Ar.,  brutal,  coarse,  blackguard, 
e.  g.  Ach.  282  ;  ώ  μιαρέ  (you  rogue  .'), 
in  a  coaxing  sense.  Plat.  Phaedr.  236 
E,  etc. ;  μ.  φωνή,  Eq.  218,  cf  Soph. 
Tr.  987 ,  u.  περί  τον  δήμον,  Ar.  Eq. 
831.     Adv.  -ρώς.  Ar.  Eq.  800. 

ΜϊάροσΙτία,  ας,  ή,  (μιαρής.  σϊτος) 
foul  feeding.  Meineke  Menand.  p.  538. 

Μϊύροτρύκτ?/ς,  ov,  δ,—μιαροφύγος. 


ΜΙΓΝ 

'M.lapoφάγέω,ώ,tofeedfoully,  LXX  ; 
and 

Μϊΰροφΰγία,  ας,  ή,  foul  feeding, 
LXX  :  from 

Μ.Ιάροφάγος,  ov,  (μιαρός,  φαγεΐν) 
feeding  foully. 

Μίασμα,  ατός,  τό,  (μιαίνω)  a  dye- 
ing: — stain,  defilement,  esp.  by  mur- 
der or  any  foul  crime  :  also  the  taint 
of  guilt,  ha.t.  piaciduni,  freq.  in  Trag., 
esp.  in  Aesch.  Eum.  169,  281,  etc., 
cf.  Miiller  Eum.  i^  50,  sq. — III.  of  per- 
sons, α  defilement,  abomination,  like 
Lat.  piaculum,  kesch.  Ag.  1615,  Soph. 
O.  T.  97,  241  ;  μ.  τζατροκτόνον,  of 
Clytaemnestra,  Aesch.  Cho.  1028. 

ΜΙασμός,  ov,  ό,=μίανσις,  Plut.  2, 
393  C. 

Μίάστωρ,  ορός,  ό,  (μιαίνω)  a  wretch 
stained  with  crime,  and  who  pollutes 
others,  a  guilty  wretch,  Lat.  homo  pia- 
cularis,  Aesch.  Cho.  944,  Soph-,  and 
Eur. ;  μ.  'Ελλάδος,  Eur.  Or.  1584.— 
II.=  aAaffr<jp,a/iiZDen^frof such  guilt, 
Aesch.  Eum.  177,  Soph.  El.  603,  Eur. 
Med.  1371. 

Μίαχος,  τό.=μίασμα,  Hesych. 

Μιαχρός,  ά,  όν,^=μιαρός,  Hesydh. 

Μ,ίγα,  adv.,  mi.ved,  blent  with,  κωκν- 
Γώ.  Pind.  P.  4,  202. 

Μΐγάδην.  adv.=foreg.,  Nic.  Al.  277 
Schneid.  [a] 

ΜΙγάζομαι,  poet,  for  μίγννμαι,  μι- 
γαζομένονς  φι'λότητι,  Od.  8,  271. 

Μιγάς,  άδος,  ό  and  ή,  mixed,  pell- 
mell,  Lat.  promiscuus,  Eur.  Bacch.  18, 
1.S55,  Isocr.  45  C,  etc. ; — opp.  to  λο- 

Μίγδΰ,  adv.,  \ikeμίγa,  promiscuous- 
ly, confusedly,  Od.  24,  77,  H.  Horn. 
Cer.  426  ;  c.  dat.,  μίγδα  dsolr,  among 
the  gods,  II.  8,  437. 

Μίγδην,  &ά\.=ζμίγα,  Η.  Horn.  Merc. 
494. 

+M/}  (5ων,  ωνος,  6,  Migdon.  a  Spar- 
tan commander,  Xen.  Hell.  3,  4,  20. 

Μίγεν,  Aeol.  3  plur.  aor.  2  pass,  of 
μίγννμι,  for  έμίγησαν,  Od. 

ΜΙγής,  ές,=μικτός,  Nic.  Fr.  1,  4. 

^Μίγκιος,  ov,  ό,  the  Minciiu:.  a  river 
of  northern  Italy  emptying  into  the 
Po,  now  Mincio,  Strab.  p.  209. 

Μίγμα,  ατός,  τό,  (μίγννμι,  q.  v.  sub 
fin.) : — a  mixture,  compound.  Anaxag. 
16 :  esp.  of  made  dishes,  medicines, 
etc.,  Plut.  2,  80  A,  997  A. 

Μιγμάτοπώλης,  ov,  6.  (μίγμα,  ττω• 
λ.έω)  a  medicine-seller,  apothecary,  Ga- 
len. 

Μιγμός.  ην,  ό.=^μΐγμα,  Diog.  L. 

ΜίΤΝΤΜΙ  and  -νύω  :  ί.μίξω  :  fut. 
pass,  μεμίξομαι,  Hes.,  μιγήσομαι,  II. 
10,  3h5  ;  also/ζί^ο/ίαί  as  pass.,  Od.  6, 
136;  24,  314:  aor.  1  pass,  εμίχβην, 
but  in  Horn,  more  usu.  aor.  2  έμίγην 
[1]  :  perf.  pass,  μέμιγααι,  tplqpf  έμε- 
μίγμην.  II.  4,  438|. —  For  the  pres.  μί- 
γννμι, μίγννμαι,  Horn,  and  Hdt.  al- 
ways use  ΜΓΣΓΩ,  μίσ^ομαι,  which 
also  occur  in  .Mt.;  (cf.  Lat.  MIS- 
CEO,  Germ.  MISCHEN,  omiMIX, 
Sanscr.  MISCHTA).  To  m>x,  mix 
up,  mingle,  strictly  of  liquids,  e.  g  ol- 
vov  καΐ  ύδωρ,  Horn. ;  v.  sub  κρΰσις. 
Construct.  :  usu.,  μ.  τι  τινι,  to  mix 
one  thing  with  another,  freq.  in  all 
writers  ;  but  also  c.  gen.  of  the  com- 
ponent parts,  as,  σνλλογος  νέων  και 
ττρεσ3ντέρων  αεμιγμένος.  Plat.  Legg. 
951  D,  cf  Eur.  Thes.  6  :  also,  μ.  έκ 
γής  και  ττνρός.  Plat.  Prot.  320  D  ;  oft. 
in  Plat. — II.  generally,  to  join,  bring 
together,  in  various  waj's  : — 1.  in  hos- 
tile sense,  «.  χείρας  τε  μένος  τε,  to 
join  battle  hand  to  hand,  Lat.  conse• 
rere  manus,  II.  15,  510,  cf.  20.  374: 
also  μ.  βιαν  τινί,  Pind.  P.  4,  379,  μ. 
Άρη,  Soph.  Ο.  C.  1048.-2.  to  bring 
933 


ΜΙΔΑ 
into  connexion  with,  make  acquainted 
with,  μίσγίΐν  άνδρας  κακότητι  και 
άλγεσι,  to  throw  men  iiUo  misery,  Od. 
20,  203  :  μ.  τινά  άνθκσι,  to  cover  one 
with  flowers,  Pind.  N.  4,  35;  also  re- 
versely, ττή-μον  μϊξαί  τινι,  to  bring 
death  upon  him,  Pind.  I.  7  (6),  35; 
cf.  πε?.άζω,  and  inf.  B.  1,  fin. 

B.  Pass.,  with  fut.  mid.  μίξομαι 
(v.  sub  init.).  To  be  brought  into  con- 
tact with,  κύρη  Koviyaiv  εμίχΗη,  his 
head  was  rolled  in  the  dust,  II.  10,  457, 
Od.  22,  329  :  ονκ  ίασε  μιχθι/μεναι 
εγχος  Ιγκασι  φωτός,  she  let  not  the 
spear  touch,  reach  them,  II.  11,  438; 
κλισίησι  μιγί/ΐΌΐ,  to  reach,  get  at 
them,  11.  15,  409,  etc. — Pmd.  uses  the 
word  very  variously,  as,  to  come  to  a 
place,  c.  dat.,  P.  4,  447  ;  also  έν  α'ιμα- 
κονρίαις  μ.,  to  be  present  at  the  feast 
of  the  αίμ.,  Ο.  1,  147  :  μίσγεσθαι 
φνλλοις,  στεφύνοις,  to  come  to,  i.  e. 
wm  the  crown  of  victory,  N.  I,  27; 
2,  34 ;  so,  μ.  ενλογίαις,  I.  3,  5  ;  but 
also,  έν  τιμαΐς,  I.  2,  43 ;  μ.  θύμβει,  to 
be  affected  by  fear.  Id.  N.  1,  86  ;  cf. 
supr.  II. — 2.  most  freq.  of  coming  to- 
gether, meeting,  living  or  keeping  cmn- 
pany  with,  in  various  phrases,  μίσγε- 
σθαι τινι,  to  have  intercourse  with  a 
person,  live  icith,  have  to  do  with  him, 
freq.  in  Horn.  ;  even  without  dat., 
Od.  4,  17Θ  ;  υπέρ  ποταμοϊο  μίσγεσθαι, 
to  come  over  the  river  to  you,  II.  23, 
73  :  in  II.  esp.  freq.  μίκτο  (3  sin?,  aor. 
with  pass,  signf.) :  μεμιγμένυς  ίιμίλφ, 
Od.  8.  196,  etc.  ;  -ρομάχοισιν  εμίχθη, 
he  went  among  them,  11.  5,  134,  clc.  ; 
60,  ivl  ττρομύχοισι,  Od.  18,  379  ;  μί- 
ξεσϋαι  ξενίη,  to  be  bound  by  hospita- 
ble ties,  Oti.  24,  314.— 3.  μίσγεσθαι, 
in  hostile  signf.,  to  mix  in  fight,  II.  4, 
456  ;  usu.  tv  δηί,  έν  παλύμησι  μιγη- 
ναι,  II.  13,  286;  21,  469.-4.  more 
rarely,  μίσγεσθαι  ες  'Αχαιούς,  to  go 
to  join  them,  II.  18,216:  έσω  μιγήναι, 
to  come  into  the  house,  Od.  18,  49. — 
5.  in  Horn,  and  Hes.  most  freq.  of 
sexes,  to  have  intercourse  irith,  to  be 
united  to,  both  of  the  man  and  the 
woman,  in  various  phrases,  as,  μιγ/]- 
vai,  absol.,  II.  9,  275 ;  μιγηναί  τινι, 
II.  21,  1 13  ;  φιλότητι  and  έν  φιλύτητι 
μιγήναι  (with  or  without  τινί).  very 
freq.  ;  but  έν  φιλότητί  τίνος  μ.,  of 
the  woman  only,  Hes.  Sc.  36,  cf.  H. 
Horn.  Ven.  151  ;  also  ^.  εννγ,  Od.  1, 
433  ;  φι7.ύτητι  και  εννη,  of  both,  Od. 
15,  420;  but  έν  άγκοίν-ησί  τίνος,  of 
the  woman,  11,268;  once  only  c.  ace, 
φιλότης,  ην  έμίγης,  11.  15,  33  : — Horn, 
has  the  aor.  2  always  in  this  signf,  ex- 
cept H.  Merc.  493  :  the  aor.  I  is  more 
freq.  in  Hes.,  and  this  the  more  usu. 
in  prose.  —  Cf.  sub  μίξις.  [Herm. 
Soph.  Phil.  106  writes  μϊξαι,  as  if  ϊ 
by  nature  ;  so  Bekk.  in  knsi.,  μίγμα: 
cf.  Lob.  Paral.  p.  410,414.] 

Μιγννω,=μίγννμι,  Pind.  N.  4,  34. 

iM.ιγώvιov,  ου,  τό,  Migomum,  a 
spot  in  Laconia  opposite  Cranaii, 
where  was  a  temple  of  Venus,  hence 
called  ^ιγωνίτις,  Paus.  3,  22,  1. 

^Ήίιδύειον,  ου,  τό,  MidaPum,  a  city 
of  Phrygia  on  the  Sangarius,  Strab. 
p.  576. 

Ήίίδας,  ου,  ό,  Midas,  v.  sq. — II.  the 
luckiest  throw  on  the  dice,  which  (with 
the  Greeks)  was  when  the  numbers 
are  all  different,  also  Ηρακλής,  Lat. 
jactus  Veneris.  Eubul.  Κυβ.  4. — ΠΙ.  α 
destructive  insect  in  pulse,  Theophr. 
[t  Ep.  Horn.  3.] 

tMi(5ac,  ov,  Ion.  Μίδης,  εω,  ό,  Mi- 
das, Ά  Phrygian  name  ace.  to  Strab.  p. 
304  : — 1.  son  of  Gordius,  king  of  the 
Briges  in  Thrace,  pupil  of  Orpheus, 
passed  over  into  Asia  and  occupied 
934 


ΜΙΘΡ 

Phrygia,  celebrated  in  early  mythol- 
ogy, esp.  for  his  wealth.  Hdt.  1,  14; 
8,  138 ;  etc. :  from  his  wish  to  have 
all  he  touched  changed  to  gold  pro- 
verb, of  one  whose  thoughts  were 
fixed  on  gold,  Luc.  Gall.  6. — 2.  the 
last  king  of  Phrygia,  father  of  ,\dras- 
tus,  in  the  time  of  Croesus,  Hdt.  1, 
35. — 3.  an  Agrigentine,  a  celebrated 
flute-player,  victor  in  the  Pythian 
games.  Pind.  P.  12.  [i] 

ίΜιδεα,  Ep.  Μ,ίόεια,  ας,  ?/,  Midea, 
a  city  of  Boeotia  on  the  lake  Copais, 
in  which  it  was  said  to  have  been 
swallowed  up,  II.  2,  507 ;  Strab.  p. 
413;  etc.— 2.  Μιδέα,  Strab.  p.  373, 
ΙΛίδεια,  Paus.  2,  16,  1,  a  city  of  .Ar- 
goiis  near  Nauplia:  hence  adv.  Mi- 
δέαθεν,  q.  v. — II.  -έα,  fern.  pr.  n.,  a 
Phrygian  female,  mother  of  Licym- 
nius  by  Electryon,  Pind.  O.  7,  53. 

\Μιδέάθεΐ',  adv,  from  Midea,  (I.  2), 
Pmd.  O.  10(11),  78. 

^Μιδεύτης,  ov,  b.  fem.  -άτις,  ιδος, 
of  Midea  (I.  2).  7)  Άλκμήνα  Μ.,  The- 
ocr.  13.  20.  [a] 

ίΜίδεια,  ας,  ή.  Midia.  v.  ΜίίΤεα. — 
2.  daughter  of  Phylas,  Paus.  10,  10, 

1,  but  in  1,  5,  2,  Mt(5a. — 3.  a  nymph, 
mother  of  Aspledoii,  Id.  9,  38,  9. 

^Μ,ίδου  κρήνη,  ή,  the  fountain  of 
Midas,  near  Thvmbrium  in  Phrygia, 
Xen.  An.  1.  2,  13. 

^Μ.ΐδν7,ίδαι,  ών,  ol,  the  Midylidae, 
descendants  of  Midylus,  an  Aeginetan 
family,  Pind.  P.  8,  53;  cf.  Fr.  95 
Bockh  (177). 

tM/(5(ji',  ωνος,  6,  Midon,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  Anth.  Plan.  255 :  title  of  a  come- 
dy of  Alexis,  Ath.  699  F. 

■\Ήίίεζα,  ης,  ή,  Miezn,  a  city  of  Ma- 
cedonia, also  called  Strymonium,  re- 
ceiving its  name  from  M/eCa  (laugh- 
ter οίΒέρης,  Plut.  Alex.  7. 

Μϊερής,  ύ.  όν.  Ion.  lor  μιαρός,  re- 
jected by  Lob.  Phryn.  309. 

iMa'jv^,  aor.  subj.  act.  3  sing,  from 
μιαίνω.  11.  4,  141. 

Μΐηφόνος,  ον,=^μιαιφόνος,  Archil. 
116. 

'ΪΜ.ίθαικος,  ov,  ό,  Mithaecus,  writer 
of  a  treatise  on  Sicilian  cookery, 
Plat.  Gorg.  518  B. 

^Μιθραδύτης,  ov,  6,  v.  Μιθριδάτης. 

Μίθρας,  ov,  b,  tlon.  Μίθρης^,  Mi- 
thras, the  Persian  Sun-god,  Xen.  Cyr. 
7,  5.  53,  Strab.  p.  732,  etc. 

ίΜιθραί'στης,  ov,  b,  Mithraustes,  a 
Persian  governor  in  Armenia,  Arr. 
An.  3,  8,  5.^ 

Μιθριακός,  ή,  όν,  Mithraic:  τα  -κά 
(sc.  ιερά),  Strab.  p.  530. 

ίΜιθριδάτειος,  ov.  of  Mithradates, 
Mithradatic  ;  and  Μιθριδατικός,  ή, 
όν,  App. 

^Μιθριδάτης,  ov,  6,  (on  coins  and 
Inscrr.  Μιθραδ.)  Mithrarlates  a  distin- 
guished Persian,  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  8,  4. — 

2,  satrap  of  Lycaonia  and  Cappadocia, 
friend  of  the  younger  Cyrus,  Xen. 
An.  2,  5,  .35. — Also  name  of  several 
kings  of  Pontus,  as — 3.  ό  Κτίστης, 
Strab.  p.  562. — 4.  Κΐψργέτης,  Id.  p. 
477. — 5.  Υ,ν—άτωρ,  the  great  M.  who 
so  longbaffled  the  Roman  arms,  App. ; 
etc. — Others  in  Strab. ;  etc. 

ίΜιθριδάτιοι»,  ov,  τό,  Mitkradalium, 
a  town  of  Galatia,  Strab.  p.  567. 

iMιθpίvης,  ov,  ό,  Mithrines.  a  Per- 
sian, governor  in  Armenia,  Arr.  An. 

3,  16,  5. 

\ΜιθροβαΙος,  or  -δαΐος,  ov,  6,  Mi- 
throbaeus  or  -daeus,  a  Persian,  Arr. 
An.  1,  16,  3. 

^Μιθροβαρζάΐ'ης,  6,  Mithrobananes, 
Persian  inasc.  pr.  n.,  Luc.  Necyorn. 
6;   Plut.  ;  etc. 

^Μιθραβουζάνης,  ό,  Mithrobuzanes, 


MIKP 

I  a  satrap  in  Cappadocia,  Arr.  An.  J, 
16,  3. 

tMtflpof,  ov,  6,  Miihrns,  a  Syrian, 
j  Plut.  Epicur.  15. 

j       ■[Μιθρωττάστης,  ου,  ό,  Mithropastes, 
a  Persian,  Strab.  p.  766. 

iMiKo,  ή.  Mica,  fem.  pr.  n.,  Ar. 
Thesm.  760. 

Μικιζόμενος,  b,  (μικός)  a  Laced, 
name  for  a  male  child  in  his  third  year, 
cf.  προμικιζόμενος. 

^Μικίψας,  a,  b,  Micipsa,  son  of 
Masinissa.  Strab.  p.  829. 

^Μικίων,  ωνος,  b,  Micion,  Athen. 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Dein.  1323,  12 ;  with 
V.  1.  Μίκων.  for  which  Μικίων  is  v.  1. 
as  Archon  01.  91,  3. — 2.  an  Athenian 
statesman,  Polyb.  5,  106,  7.— Others 
in  Ath. ;  etc. 

tMi/cKO,  ή,  Micca,  fem.  pr.  n.,  Plut. 

^Μικκαλίων,  ωνος,  b,  Miccalion,  an 
Athenian,  Dem.  885,  10. — Others  in 
Anth. 

ίΜίκκα?Μς,  ov,  b,  Miccalus,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Arr.  An.  7,  19,  5. 

'^Μικκίων,  ωΐ'ος,  ό,  Miccion,  a  paint- 
er in  Athens,  pupil  of  Zeuxis,  Luc. 
Zeux.  8. 

Μικκός,  ά,  σν.  Dor.  for  μικρός,  lit- 
tle, Ar.  Ach.  909. 

tMt'/cKOf,  ου,  b,  Miccns,  a  sophist, 
contemporary  of  Socrates,  Plat.  Lys. 
204  B.— Others  in  Anth. ;  etc. 

Μικκήτρωγος,  ov,  eating  tittle,  name 
of  a  parasite  in  Plaut. 

ΜίΛ/ίΰ/'.of, dim.  from /iijcpof,Mosch. 

1,  13.  [t-] 

Μϊκράδϊκη-π'ις,  ov,  ό,  (μικρός,  άδι- 
κέω)  doing  petty  wrongs,  Ansi.   Rhet. 

2,  17,  4,  with  V.  1.  μικραδικΊΐηκός ; 
cf.  μεγαλαδικητικάς. 

Μϊκραίτιος,  ov.  (μικρός,  αιτιάομαι) 
corn-plaining  of  trifles.  Luc.  Fngit.  19. 

Μίκρασττις  or  σμίκρασττις,  ιδος,  ό, 
ή,  (μικρός,  άσττίς)  wish  small  shield. 
Plat.  Criti.  119  β. 

Μίκρανλαξ,  άκος,  ό,  ή.  (μικρός,  αί'- 
λαζ)  with  small  furroivs  :  χώρος,  μ.,  α 
Itttte  field,  Atith.  P.  6,  36. 

Μίκροβΰσϊ/.εία,  ας,  ή,  α  small  king- 
dom :  from 

ΜΐκροβΰσΏ.εύς,  έως,  ό,=^  μικρός 
βασί?ιενς,  α  petty  king. 

Μικρόβιος,  ov,  short-lived. 

Μίκρόβωλος,  ov,  with  small  clods, 
of  sandy  soil. 

Μϊκρογέΐ'ειος,  ov,  with  small  chin 
or  beard. 

Μϊκρόγεννς,  ν,  gen.  νος,  mth  smali 
jaws. 

Μίκρογλύφνρος,  ov,  (μικρός,  γλα- 
φνρός)  small  and  round,  Arist.  Physi- 
ogn.  3,  13. 

Μίκρογνωμοσί'νη,  ης,  ή,  narrow^ 
mi7idedness :  from 

Μίκρογνώμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  (μι- 
κρός, γνώμη)  narrow-minded. 

Μίκρογραφέω,  ώ,  (μικρός,  γράφω•'^ 
to  write  small,  i.  e.  with  a  short  voijoel. 

Μϊκροδοσία,  ας,  ή,=μικρά  δόσις,  a 
giving  small  presents,  stinginess,  Polyb. 
5,  90,  5  ;  cf.  μικρολι/ψία. 

Μϊκρόδονλος,  ov,  ό,  (μικρός,  δον- 
Aof)  a  little  slave,  Arr.  Epict.  4,  1,  55. 

Μίκροθανμαστον,  ov,  admiring  tri- 
fles. 

Μϊκροθνμεω,  ώ,  to  be  narrow-mind- 
ed:  and 

Μίκρηβνμία,  ας,  ή,  narrowness  of 
mind,  Plut.  2,  906  F:  from 

Μίκρόθϋμος,  ov,  (μικρός,  βνμός) 
mean-spirited,  narrow-minded,  Dion.  H. 
11,12. 

Μίκροκαμπής,  ές,  a  little  bent. 

Μίκροκαρπία,  ης,  η,  the  bearing  of 
small  fruit,  Theophr. :  from 

Μίκρόκαρτΐος.  ov,  (μικρός,  καρπός) 
bearing  small  fruit. 


MIKP 


MIKP 


ΜΊκροκέφΰλος,ον,(μικρός, κεφαλή)  '  libcralis,  ο•ργ.  lo μεγα?Μ7τρεπτις,  Arist 


small-headed,  Arist.  Probl.  30,  3. 

Μίκμοκίΐ'δϋνος,  ov,  {μικρός,  κίνδυ- 
νος) exposing  one^s  self  to  danger  for  tri- 
fles, opp.  to  μεγαΤιΛκίνόυνος,  Arist. 
i:th.  N.  4,  3,  23.  ^ 

Μϊκροκ?^έπΓης,  ov,  ό,  a  petty  thief. 
Μ-Ικροκοί/Λος,  ov,  (μικρός,  κοιλία) 
with  small  belly,  Arist.  Part.  An.  3,  4, 
30. 

Μίκμόκομψος,  ov,  {μικρός,  κομ-φός) 
tricked  out  with  small  ornaments,  Dion. 
H.  de  Comp.  4. 

'ίΛ.Ικρόκοσμος,  ου,  b,  a  little  world. ^ 
Μΐκρολ?ι\ρία,  ας,  ή,  {μικρός,  ?.αμ8ά- 
vu)  the  acceptance  of  small  presents, 
Polyb.  5,  90,  5  ;  cf.  μικροόοσία. 
'  Μΐκρο?.ογέομαι,  f.  -ήσομαι :  dep. 
mid. : — to  be  a  μικρο?Μγος,  esp.  to  ex- 
amine minntely,  treat  or  tell  with  painful 
minuteness,  Cratin.  Incert.  99,  Xen. 
Hell.  3,  1,  26.  Lys.  912,  5  :  also  in 
act.,  Dion.  H.  de  Dem.  21.— 2.  to  deal 
meanly  or  shabbily,  προς  τονς  θεούς 
(in  sacrifice),  Luc.  Nav.  28,  Plut.  2, 
179  F  : — so,  μικρολογητεον  ίν  τινι, 
Plut.  2,  822  Α. 

Μϊκρολογία  or  σμικρ-,  ας,  ή,  the 
character  of  a  μικρολογος,  frivolous 
talking :  pettiness,  littleness  of  mind. 
Plat.  Rep.  486  A,  etc. :  in  plur.,  also, 
littlenesses,  trifles.  Plat.  Hipp.  Maj. 
304  B. — II.  disparagement,  depreciating 
language,  Isocr.  310  Β  :  from 

Μί/ίρολό>Όζ•  or  σμικρ-,  ov,  {μικρός, 
λέγω) : — sUlcUy  gathering  trifles  ;  care- 
ful about  trifles  ;  and  so,— 1.  caring 
about  petty  expenses,  penurious,  mean, 
Dem.  1357,  9. — 2.  careful  about  mitiute 
details,  caviling  about  trifles,  vexatious, 
captious,  Isocr.  234  C :  petty,  Plat. 
Symp.  210  D.     Adv.  -γως. 

ΜίκρόλνττοΓ,  ov,  {μικρός,  λύπη) 
vexed  at  trifles,  Plut.  2,  129  C. 

Μίκρομεγέθης,    ες,  {μικρής,   μέγε- 
θος) small  in  size,  Xenocr.  Aquat.  53. 
Μίκβομελής,    ες,   (μικρός,   μέλος) 
small-limbed,  Arist.  Physiogn.  3,  13. 

Μίκρομέρεια,  ας,  ή,  a  consisting  of 
small  parts,  Arist.  Meteor.  1,  12,  3, 
Probl.  38,  8,  2. 

Μίκρομερης  or  σμικρ-,  ές,  {μικρός, 
μέρος)  consisting  of  small  parts.  Plat. 
Tim.  60  E,  78  B,  Arist.  Metaph.  1, 
8.  3. 

Μΐκρόμμάτος,  ov,  {μικρός,  όμμα) 
small-eyed,  Arist.  Physiogn.  3,  13. 

Μ.ίκρόμνρτος,  ov,  {μικρός,  μύρτου) 
with  small  berries,  of  myrtle,  Theophr. 
C.  PI.  6,  18,  5. 

Μίκβόνησος,  ου,  η,  a  small  island. 
Μϊχρόπνους,  ovv,  {μικρής,  πνοή) 
short  οτ  scant  of  breath,  Η'ιργι. 

Μϊκροποίέω,  ώ,  to  make  small, 
Longin.  41 :  from 

Μίκροποώς,   όν,   {μικρός,    ποιέυ) 
making  small,  diminishing,  Longin.  43. 
Μΐκροπο?.Ιτεία,  ας,  ή,  citizenship  in 
a  petty  state,  Stob. ;   from 

Μίκροπολίτης,  ου,  ό,  {μικρής,  πό- 
λ,ις)  α  citizen  of  a  petty  town,  the  Ger- 
man KleinstHdter,  Ar.  Eq.  817,  Xen. 
Hell.  2,  2,  10,  Aeschin.  44,  5  :  hence 
Μϊκροπο7ΰτικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to 
a  petty  state,  Ar.  Fr.  619. 

^Ικμοπόνηρος,  ov,  {μικρός,  πονη- 
ρής) wicked  in  small  matters,  Arist. 
Pol.  4,  11,5. 

Mi/cpOTTOf,  ov,  poet,  for  μικρόπονς, 
small  footed. 

Μικροπρέπεια,  ας,  ή,  the  character 

of  a  μικροπρεπής,  mcannc.is,  shahhi- 

ness.  Arist.  Rhet.  1.  9, 12,  Eth.  N.  4,  2. 

Μίκρο-ρεπεί'ομαι,  to  be  μικροπρε- 

■κης,  Synes. 

Μίκροπρεπής,  ες.  {μικρός,  πρεπω) 
like  μικρηλήγος,  petty  in  one's  notions, 
mean,  shabby,  nearly  equiv.  to  Lat.  il- 


Eth.  N.  4,  2.     Adv. -ττώζ•. 

Μίκροπρήςωπος,  ov,  {μικρής,  πρός- 
οπον)  small-faced,  Arist.  Physiogn. 
3,  13. 

Μίκροπτέρνξ,  νγος,  ό,  ή,  with  small 
wings. 

ΊΛίκροπύρηνος,  ov,  {μικρός,  πνρήν) 
with  small  kernels,  Theophr.  C.  Pi.  1, 
16.  2. 

ΜΐκρόΙ)βαξ,  άγος,  6,  ή,  {μικρός, 
(>άξ}  with  small  berries,  Diosc.  5,  2. 

Μίκρήββίν,  or  -βίς,  Ινος,  ό,  :ή,  {μι- 
κρός, βίν)  small-nosed. 

Μίκροββοπύγιος,  ον,  {μικρός,  όββο- 
πύγιον)  tvith  α  small  rump  or  tail, 
Anst.  Η.  Α.  2,  12,  9.  [ϋ] 

'Μίκρόββωξ,  ωγος,ό,  ή,=μικρήρβαξ. 
Lob.  Phryn.  76. 

ΜΓΚΡΟ'Σ,  ά,  όν.  Ion.  and  old  Att. 
σμικρός  (Schaf.Greg.  p.  500,  Ellendt 
Lex.  Soph.  V.  ff^i/cpof ) ;  Όον.μικκής: 
— small,  little,  Horn.,  only  in  II.  5,  801, 
Od.  3,  296  ;  μικρός  bpCiv,  Ar.  Pac. 
821 ;  a  term  of  reproach  at  Athens, 
Ar.  Ran.  709,  cf.  Meineke  Alex. 
Phaedr.  2  :  little,  petty,  mean,  trivial, 
αιτίας  μικρΰς  περί,  Eur.  Andr.  387, 
etc. :  of  time,  little,  short.  Pind.  0.  12, 
18,  etc.  ;  εκ  μικρας,  sub.  ηλικίας, 
from  infancy  :  παρά.  μικρήν,  within  a 
little,  nearly,  almost,  Eur.  Heracl.  295  ; 
so  too,  μικρόν.  Id.  I.  T.  669 ;  μικροί', 
Xen.  Cyr.  1,  4,  8  ;  μικρού  δείν.  Id. 
Hell.  4,  6,  11 ;  also,  μικρού  άπολεί- 
πεσθαι,  Jac.  Ach.  Tat.  p.  914 ;  -apii 
μικρόν  ποιεΐν.  ήγεϊσθαι,  to  think  lit- 
tle of...,  Isocr.  52  D,  98  A  ;  so,  el•'  σμι- 
κρώ  ποιεΐσθαι.  Soph.  Phil.  498.— 
Adv.  σμικρώς.  Plat.  Criti.  107  D  : 
^μικρώς  only  late,  e.  g.  Hdn.  3,  9.  Of. 
— Cf.  ολίγος,  πο?.νς.  —  Besides  the 
regul.  cotiipar.  and  superl.  μικρότε- 
ρος, -ότατος,  there  are  the  irreg. 
ί7ίάσσων,  ελάχιστος,  from  έ?ίαχύς, 
and  μείων,  μεΐστος,  also  μειότερος, 
μειότατος.  [I  by  nature.  Wolf  Anal. 
4,  p.  509,  Meineke  Menand.  p.  29,  sq.  ; 
Γ  only  in  late  bad  poets,  Jac.  A.  P.  p. 
178,  798.] 

Μϊκρόσαρκος,  ov,  {μικρός,  σύρξ) 
with  little  flesh,  Xenocr.  Aquat.  48. 

ΜίκβοσΙτία,  ας,  ή.  {μικρής,  σίτος) 
an  eating  little,  spare  diet,  Alex.  Pyth.  3. 
Μ.ϊκροσκελί/ς,  ες,  (μικρός,  σκέλος) 
small-legged,  Arist.  Part.  An.  4,  8,  4. 

Μίκρόσοφος,  ov,  (μικρός,  σοφάς) 
wise  in  small  matters,  Diod.  26,  1. 

Μίκροσπέρμΰτος,  ov,  {μικρός,  σπέρ- 
μα) with  S7naU  seeds. 

Μϊκρόσπερμος,  ov,=  ioreg.,  Theo- 
phr. H.  PI.  8,  3,  5. 

Μίκρόστάχυς,  υ,  gen.  νος,  (μικρός, 
στύχυς)  with  small  ears  (of  corn). 

Μ-Ικράστομος,  ov,  (μικρός,  στόμα) 
with  a  small  mouth  or  orifice,  αγγος, 
Hipp.  p.  515  ;  ζώα,  Arist.  H.  A.  2, 
7,  1. 

Μίκρήσφαιρον.  ov,  τό,  (μικρός, 
σφαίρα)  the  smallest  kind  of  Indian 
μα?^ά3αθρον,  Arr.  ;  cf.  μεσόσφαιρον. 
Μίκρήσφυκτος,  ov,  {μικρής.  σόύζcJ) 
with  smalt,  weak  pulse,  Diosc.  Hence 
Μίκροσφυξία,  ας,  ή,  weakness  of 
pul.ie,  Galen. 

Μίκρόσχημος,  ov,  (μικρός,  σχήμα) 
S7}iall  of  stature. 

Μίκροτέχνης,  ov,  ό,  (μικρός,  τέχνη) 
a  petty  artist,  Clem.  Al. 

Μίκρότης  or  σμικρ-,  ητος,  ή,  (μι- 
κρός) smallness,  δια  σμί'κρότητα  αόρα- 
τα. Plat.  Tim.  43  A,  cf  Isocr.  46  A : 
littleness,  meanness,  Longin.  43. 


MIAH 

Μϊκροφάγος,  ov,  (μικρός,  φαγεϊν) 
eating  little,  [ά] 

ΜίκρόφΛαΆμος  or  σμικρ-,  ov,  (μΐ' 
κρός,  όφθα/ιμύς)  small-eyed,  Hipp.  p. 
494. 

Μϊκροφιλ.οτΙμία.  ας,  ή,  petty  ambi- 
tion, Theophr.  Char.  23  :  from 

Μϊκροόϊ/ιότϊμος,  ov,  (μικρός,  φιλό- 
τιμος) seeking  petty  distinctions.  Ibid. 

Μϊκροφροσννη,  ης.  ή,  littleness   of 
mind,  meaymess,  Plut.  2,  351  A  :  from 
Μικρόφρων,   όνος,   ό,   ή.   (μικρός, 
φρήν)  little-minded,  Dio  C.  61.  5. 

Μίκροφϋής,  ές,  (μικρός,  φνή)  of  low 
growth,  short.     Hence 

Μίκροφνΐα,  ας,  ή,  low  stature,  low 
growth,  Strab. 

Μΐκρόόνλ?.ος,  ov,  {μικρός,  ψΰλλον) 
small-leaved,  Diosc. 

Μϊκροφυνία,  ας,  ή,  weakness  of 
voice,  Arist.  Gen.  An.  5,  7,  7  ;  from 

Ήίίκρόφωνος,  ov,  {μικρός,  φωνή) 
weak-voiced,  Arist.  Gen.  An.  5,  7,  9. 

Μικροχαρής,  ές,  (μικρός,  χαίρω) 
easily  pleased,  Longin.  4. 

Μίκρόχωρος,  ov,  (μικρός,  χώρα) 
with  little  land  or  soil,  Strab. 

Μίκροφνχέω,  ώ,  to  swoon,  faint, = 

λίίποψυχέω,  Arist.  Probl.  9,  9 :  and 

MlKpoijji'xia,  ας,  ή,  littleness  of  soul, 

meajiness  of  spirit,  Isocr.  98  .\,  Dem. 

401,  18. — 2.  captwusness,  Eccl. :  from 

Mi'/cpoi/)ir;);of,    01',    (μικρός,   τΐ'νχή) 

little    of    soul,    mean-spirited,    shabby, 

Isocr.  76  D,  Dem.  316,  9,  Arist.,  etc. 

Μικρύνω  or  σμικρ-,  (μικρός)  to  make 

small,  lessen,  Dem.  Phal.  236. 

Μικτέον.  verb.  adj.  of  μίγννμι,  one 
must  mix.  Plat.  Tim.  48  A. 

Μικτής,  ή,  όν,  also  of,  όν.  Lob. 
Paral.  483  :  (μίγνυμι) : — mixed,  blend- 
ed, compound,  Ar.  Thesm.  1114;  opp. 
to  απλούς,  Plat.  Rep.  547  E:  μ.  έκ 
τούτων ,  compounded q/" these,  Id.  Legg. 
837  B. 

Μικτόχροος.  ov,  (μικτός,  χροά) 
party-coloured,  Archimed. 
Μίκνθίνος,  dim.  from  sq. 
Μικνβος,  η,  ov,  dim.  from  μικύς, 
like  μικκύ?.ος  from  μικκός  ; — perh. 
only  as  pr.  η  :  v.  sq.  [i,  Anth.  P.  6, 
355.] 

\Μίκ~ι<θος,  ου,  b,  Micythus.  servant 
of  Anaxilaus,  governor  in  Rhegium, 
Hdt.  7,  170 :— in  Strab.  p.  253  rulei 
of  Messene  in  Sicily. — 2.  a  favourite 
of  Epaminondas,  Ael.  V.  H.  5,  5. — 
Others  in  Anth. ;  etc. 

ΙΜίΛπλΡι,οζ-,  01',  ό,  Micyllus.  one  of 
the  interlocutors  in  Luc.  Gall. 

\Μίκυ7.ος,  ov,  b,  Mtcylus,  masc. 
pr.  n..  Anth.  P.  7,  460.  [i] 

Μΐκνς,=μικκός,  μικρός,  Gramm. 
ίΜικων,  ωνος,  ό,  Micon,  a  celebra- 
ted painter  and  statuary  of  Athens, 
Ar.  Lys.  679.-2.  Archon  Ol.  94.  3, 
Argum.  Soph.  O.  C  :  in  Diod.  S.  Mt- 
κιών. — 3.  an  orator  of  Athens,  Paus. 
2.  9,  4. — 4.  a  statuary  of  Syracuse, 
Id.  6, 12,  4. — 5.  a  herdsman,  Theocr. 
5,  112.— Others  in  Paus.  ;  etc. 

Μίλα;,  ΰκος,  ή,  Alt.  for  σμΐ?ιαξ 
(ν.  μ  VII),  supposed  to  be  the  yew-tree, 
Lat.  taxus,  Eur.  Bacch.  703,  Ar.  Nub. 
1007.  Av.  216  :  cf.  μίλος. 

Μίλαξ  [ι],— δημοτικός,  Meineke 
Hermipp.  Incert.  10. 

^Μίλάτος,  ου,  ή.  Dor.  for  Μίλητος. 
ίΜΰησίας,  ου,  ό,  ν.  Μελησίας. 
ίΜίλήσιος.  α,  ον,  of  Miletus.  Mile- 
sian; οι  Μιλήσιοι,  Ar.  Plut.  1002. 

ΜίλησΙονργής,  ές,  (Μι?.ήσιος,  *ερ- 
γω)  of  Milesian  work,  κλίνη,   Critias 


Mi/cporp(i7reCof,  ov,  (μικρός,  τρύ-  ;  28. 
TTfCa)   keeping  a  mean,   shabby   table,  |      Ml'^T/ror.  ov,  ^.3fi7e/u.?,the  name  of 
Antiph.  Oenom.  1.  ,  several  Greek  cities  ;  the  best  known 

Μίκρότρΐχος.    ov,    (μικρός,    θρίξ)    is  that  in  Caria,  first  mentioned  in  II. 
short-haired,  Arist.  H.  A.  2,  1,  17.  i  2,  868,  and  afterwards  the  chief  seat 

935 


ΜΙΛΤ 

of  commerce  in  Asia  Minor. — 12.  a 
city  of  Crete  mentioned  first  in  11.  2, 
647 :  cf.  Strab.  p.  479. — II.  6,  son  of 
Apollo  and  Aria  of  Crete,  ApoUod.  3, 
1,2;  Ap.  Rh.  1,  18G.t  [<j 

Ήίιλθος,^^μίλτος,  Arist.  Meteor.  3, 
6,  11  Bekk. 

Μί'ΛΓάί,'ω,  V.  1.  for  μιλιάω. 

Μιλίάβίον,  ov,  τό,=^L•at.  miliarium. 
— II.  a  high  copper  vessel  pointed  at 
the  top  and  furnished  with  winding 
tubes,  to  boil  water  in,  Anth.  P.  11, 
244  [μΐλΐύριον],  Ath.  98  C. 

ΜΙλΙασμος,  ov,  b,  (μιλιάζω)  a  meas- 
uring by  miles  and  marking  by  inile- 
stones,  Strab.  p.  2G6. 

Μϊλΐάω,  ώ,  to  measure  by  miles  and 
mark  by  milestones,  Polyb.  34,  U,  8: 
from 

Μίλιον.  ov,  TO,  a  Roman  mile,  mili- 
arium,=e  stades,=:  1000  paces, =)  680 
yards,  i.  e.  80  yards  less  tlmn  our 
mile,  Polyb.,  etc. 

tMiAitiJv,  ίύνος,  δ,  Milcon,  title  of 
a  play  of  Alexis. 

Μίλ'λός,  η,  ύν,  hence  μιλλότης,  η, 
:=βμαδνς,  βραόντης,  late. 

Μϊλος,  ον,  ή,  the  flower  of  the  μϊλαξ, 
Meineke  Cratin.  Malth.  1. 

tMi/.-flf,  0,  Miltas.  a  Tliessalian, 
pupil  of  Plato,  Plut.  Dion  24. 

Μ,ιλτεΐον,  ov,  TO,  a  vessel  for  keep- 
ing μίλτος  in,  Leon.  Tar.  4. 

Μίλτά'ίοζ•,  a,  ov,  of  μίλτος,  μ.  στύ- 
γμα,  the  red  mark  made  by  the  car- 
penter's line,  Anth.  P.  G,  103. 

Μιλτηλΐφ/ζς,  ες,  {μίλτος,  αλείφω) 
painted  with  μί?.τος,  painted  red,  of 
ships,  Hdt.  3,  58,  like  the  Horn,  αιλ- 
τοτΐύρΐ)θς.  (Not  μΛτίΐλοίφής,  Lob. 
Pliryn.  572.) 

■^Μιλτιάδης,  ov,  6.  Mtltiades,  son  of 
Cypselus,  a  wealthy  Athenian,  who 
made  himself  tyrant  of  the  Thracian 
Chersonese,  Hdt.  G,  34,  etc. — 2.  son 
of  Cimon,  nephew  of  foreg.,  celebra- 
ted for  his  victory  at  Marathon,  Hdt. 
4,  137. 

ΜίλτΙνος,  η.  ov,  of  μίλτος:  το  μ. 
=μίλτος  II,  Plut.  2,  1081  Β. 

Μιλτίτης,  ον,  ό,  fem.  -ίτις,  of  the 
nature  of  μίλτος,  Plin. 

Μιλτοκάρηνυς,  ov,  {μίλτος,  κάρη- 
νον)  red-headed,  Ορρ.  Η.  5,  273.   [ΰ] 

^Μ,ιλτοκνθης,  ον,  ό,  Miltocythes,  a 
Thracian,  Xen.  An.  2,  2,  7. 

Μ.ίλτοπάρτιοΓ,  ov,  [μίλτος,  παρειά) 
red-cheeked,  epilh.  of  the  ships  of 
Ulysses,  which  had  their  rounded  ends 
(prow  and  stern)  painted  red,  II.  2, 
637,  Od.  9,  125. 

MtAro7Tpe7r//f,  ές,  and  in  Aesch. 
Fr.  107,  μιλτόπρεπτος,  ov,  (μίλτος, 
ττρέττω)  of  the  colour  of  μίλτος,  bright- 
red. 

ΜΓΛΤΟΣ.  ov,  ή,  red  earth,  red  chalk 
or  ochre,  ruddle,  Lat.  rubrica,  Hdt.  4, 
191  ;  7,  69  :— but  also  red  lead,  Lat. 
minium,  Plin.  33,  38  ;  μ.  Αημνίς  in 
Nic.    Th.    864:    cf  μιλτινός.—η.= 


σχοινίον    μεμιλτί.Μένον,   Ar.    Eccl. 
-1ΙΙ.=έρυσίΐ37;,  Lat. 
ro6iVo. 


378(cf /ίίλτοω).- 


Μίλτοφνρής,  ές,  {μί?.τος,  φνρω) 
daubed  with  red,  Anth.  P.  6,  103. 

Μίλ70ω,  ώ,  to  colour  with  μίλτος, 
paint  red,  Hdt.  4,  194:  σχοινίον  με- 
μιλτωμένον,  the  rope  with  which 
they  drove  loiterers  out  of  the  Agora 
to  the  Pnyx,  Ar.  Ach.  22,  cf.  Eccl. 
378,  and  Herm.  Pol.  Ant.  ί)  128,  11. 

ΙΜίλτώ,  ονς.  ?/,  (μίλτος) Μι Ito,  pro- 
per name  of  the  younger  Aspasia,  the 
favourite  of  Cyrus  the  younger,  Ael. 
V.  H.  12,  I. 

Μιλτώδιις,  ες,  (μίλτος,  είδος)  like 
μίλτος,  red,  Eubul.  Steph.  1,  Luc.  D. 
Syr.  8. 

936 


ΜΙΜΗ 

'\1ιλτωρνχία,  ας,  ή,  a  digging  for 
μίλτος:  aμίλτoς-mine,Xmev^s.  Moech. 
3  :  from 

Μ.ιλτωρνχος,  ov,  (μίλτος,  ορνσσω) 
digging  for  μίλτος. 

Μιλτωτός,  ?/,  όν,  (μιλτόω)  coloured 
with  μίλτος,  painted  red. 

tMiAi/ai,  ών,  οι,  the  Milyae,  inhab. 
of  Lycia  in  Asia  Minor,  earlier  So- 
lymi,  Hdt.  1,  173;  Strab.  p.  571,  etc. 

tMiAiiof,  ov,  6,  a  Mill/an. — II.  3/i- 
li/as,  a  freedman  of  the  elder  Demos- 
thenes, Dem.  819,  18.— III.  ^ΰνάς, 
ύδύς,  ή,  the  ancient  name  of  Lycia, 
Hdt,  1,  173.— 2.  ace.  to  Strab.  p.  631 
and  Arr.  An.  1,  24,  5  the  mountainous 
tract  between  Lycia  and  Pisidia. 

Μίλφαι,  ul,  the  falling  off  of  the  eye- 
brows, Vuie  μαδάρωσις,  Diosc.  1,  149. 

Μίλώωσις,  T/,=:foreg. ;  Aetius. 

ίΜίλων,  ωνυς,  ό,  Mito.  an  athlete  of 
Crotona,  celebrated  for  his  strength, 
Hdt.  3,  137. — 2.  a  reaper  in  Theocr. 
4,  0.  [Ϊ  Anth.  P.  11,  316,  I  in  arsis, 
Simon.  74,  1,  Theocr.  4,  6,  etc.] 

Μΐμαίκνλον,  ov,  TO,  the  fruit  of  the 
κόμαρος.  Crates  Incert.  4,  Amphis 
Incert.  6:  also  μιμάκυλον,  μαιμάκυ- 
λοί'. 

^ΊΙμαλλών,  όνος,  η,  ustj.  in  plur., 
Macedon.  name  of  the  Bacchantes, 
Strab.  p.  4G8,  Plut.  Alex.  2. 

Μίμαρκίς  or  μίμηρκνς,  ή,  a  kind  of 
hare-soup,  made  with  the  blood  of  the 
animal  in  it,  Ar.  Ach.  1112,  Calliad. 
ap.  Ath.  401  A.    (A  foreign  word.) 

Μίμας,  αντος,  ό,  3Iimas,  a  rocky 
headland  of  Ionia,  opposite  Chios, 
Od.  3,  172.— II.  a  Centaur,  Hes.  fSc. 
186. — -III.  son  of  Amycus  and  Thea- 
no,  Ap.  Rh.  2,  105.t  [I] 

Μϊμύς,  άδος,  ή,  an  actress  of  μϊμοί, 
Ael.  ap.  Suid.  s.  v.  Κρίσεως. 

Μϊμανλέω,  ώ,  to  be  a  μίμανλος. 

Μίμανλος,  ov,  6,  (μίμος,  αν'λός)  a 
mimic  actor,  accompanied  on  the  flute, 
Ath.  452  F. 

ΜΓΜΕΌΜΑΙ,  fut.  -ήσομαι :  dep. 
mid.  -.—to  mimic,  imitate,  τι,  Η.  Horn. 
Αρ.  1C3,  Pind.  P.  12,  36,  Aesch.  Cho. 
564  ;  TLva,  Theogn.  370,  Eur.,  etc.  , 
Ttva  κατά  τι.  Plat.  Rep.  393  C  :  also, 
τινά  τι,  Ar.  PI.  306,  Plat.  Legg.  705 
C — Part.  pf.  μεμιμημένος,  in  pass, 
signf.,  viade  exactly  like,  Hdt.  2,  78 
(but  Plat,  uses  it  in  act.  signf,  e.  g. 
Crat.  414  B) :  Plat,  also  uses  the  part, 
pres.  in  pass,  sense.  Rep.  604  Ε  ;  and 
part.  fut.  μιμηθησόμενον,  lb.  599  A. 
—  II.  of  the  line  arts,  to  represent,  ex- 
press by  means  of  imitation.  Plat.  Po- 
lit.  306  D,  Legg.  812  C.  Arist.  Poet. 
2,  1,  etc. : — ot  μίμοι,  to  represent,  act, 
Ti,  Xen.  Symp.  2,  21. — 'S either  μίμος, 
μιμέομαι,  nor  any  derivs.  occur  in  11., 
or  Od.  (Prob.  akin  to  Sanscr.  ma, 
mi,  metiri ;  as  also  to  Lat.  vn'itor,  ima- 
go, Pott  Et.  Forsch.  1,  p.  194  :  though 
t  in  μιμέομαι  till  Greg.  Naz.,  Pors. 
Phoen.  1396.) 

'Μ.Ιμηλάζω,=μιμέομαι,  Philo ;  who 
has  also  μίμηλίζω. 

Μϊμηλός,  rj,  όν,  (μιμέομαι)  i?nifa- 
tive,  τέχνη,  Luc.  Jup.  Trag.  33. — II. 
pass,  imitated,  copied,  είκών,  a  portrait, 
Plut.  Ages.  2,  cf  2.  215  A. 

Μίμτιλότης,  ητος,  η,^μίμησις. 

Μ,ίμημα,  ατός,  τό,  (μιμέομαι)  any 
thing  imitated,  a  counterfil  ,coj>i/, Aesch. 
Fr.  342,  Eur.,  and  freq.  in  Plat,  [i] 

Μίμησις,  εως,  ή,  (ιιιμέομαι)  imita- 
tion, Thuc.  1,  95,  Plat.,  etc. :  κατά 
σην  μ.,  to  imitate  you.  Ar.  Ran.  109. 
— II.  representation  hy  means  of  art, 
Plat.  Soph.  265  A,  Rep.  394  B, "Arist. 
Poet.  1,  2;  3,  3,  etc. 

Μιμητέος,  a,  ov,  verb.  adj.  from 
μιμέομαι,  to  be  imitated,  Xen.  Mem.  3, 


MIMN 

10,  8. — II.  μιμητέυν,  one  must  imitate, 
Eur.  Hipp.  114,  Xen.,  etc. 
I  Μίμ/ιτής,  oi',  δ,  (μιμέομαι)  an  imi- 
tator, copyist.  Plat.  Kep.  602  A,  etc; 
07te  who  represents  characters,  as  a 
poet,  Arist.  Poet.  25,  2  ;  or  an  actor, 
I  — hence  joined  with  ^ύης,  a  mire  ac 
tor,  imposter  (ci.  νποκριτήΓ),  Plat. 
Rep.  598  D,  Poht.  3U3  C,  Soph.  235 
A.     Hence 

Μΐμ?/τικός,  ή,  όν,  good  at  imitating, 
imitative,  esp.  of  the  fine  arts,  Plat., 
elc.  ;  μ.  ποιητής,  Plat.  Rep.  605  A, 
sq. :  ή  -κή  (with  or  without  τέχνη), 
the  power  of  imitating.  Id.  Rep.  .595  A  ; 
cf  μίμησις.     Adv.  -κύς,  Plut.  2,  18  B. 

Μιμητός,  ή,  όν,  (μιμέομαι)  to  he  im- 
itated or  copied,  Xen.  Mem.  3,  10,  4. 

Μϊμήτωρ,  ορός,  ό,  poet,  ίοτ μιμι/τής. 

Μϊμίαμβοι,  υί,  μίμοι  written  in  iam- 
bics, dub. 

Μιμίζω,  to  neigh,  Lat.  hiunire.  [μΐ  fl 

'ΜϊμΙκός,  ή,  όν,  of  the  nature  of  μί- 
μοι, Dem.  Phal.  151,  Cic.  deOr.  2,  59. 

Μιμιχμός,  ov,  ό,  (μιμίζω)  the  neigh- 
'"ff  of  horses,  Lat.  hinnitus. 

Μιμνίιζω.=μίμνω,  μένω,  to  stay,  re- 
main, 11.  2,  392  ;  10,  549.— 11.  transit. 
to  expect,  c.  ace,  H.  Horn   8,  G. 

'\Μ.ίμνερμος,  ov,  o,  3Iimnernius,  au 
elegiac  poet  of  Colophon,  a  contem- 
porary of  Solon.  Strab.  p.  643  ;  etc. 

Μ.ιμν/'/σκω,  fut.  μνησω  :  aor.  έμπ}• 
σα.  To  remind,  put  in  mind,  τινά,  Od. 
12,38;  τινός,  of  a  thing,  11.  1,  407, 
Od.  3,  103,  etc. :  but  rare  in  Alt.,  as 
Eur.  Ale.  878.— II.  in  Pind,  P.  11,21, 
to  recal.  to  memory,  make  famous,  v. 
Dissen. 

B,  more  usu,  μψνήσκομαι,ΆΒ  dep., 
besides  whicli  Horn,  uses  μνάομαι, 
μνώμαι,  whence  are  formed  all  the 
tenses  :  Horn,  mostly  uses  the  mid. 
forms,  viz.  fut.  μνήσομαι  (also  μεμνή- 
σομαι,  Horn.,  ami  Hdt),  aor.  t'ur?;- 
σάαην,  inf.  μνήσασΟαι  (except  μνη- 
οθηναι,  Od.  4,  1ΐ8)  :  in  prose  usu.  in 
pass,  forms,  fut.  μνησΟήσομαι,  aor. 
έμνήσΰην.  The  perf  μέμνημηι  is 
both  mid.  and  pass. :  in  Att.  always 
with  pres.  signf.  like  Lat.  mcmini,  and 
so  oft.  in  Horn. ;  2  sing  μέμνί}.  short- 
ened iwm μέμν7ίσαι,  Honi. :  s'ubjnnct. 
μέμνωμαι :  optat.  μεμν-ημην,  l)ut  also 
μεμνωμην,  ωο,  ωτο,  Herm.  Soph.  Ο. 
Τ.  49,  Ion.  μεμνέωτο  (11.  23,  Soi),  im- 
peral.  μέμνησο,  ion.  μέμνεο  (Ikit.  5, 
105)  :  intin.  μίμνησθαι :  Ion.  3  pi. 
plqpf.  έμεμνέατο  (Hdt).  To  remind 
or  bethink  one's  self,  call  to  7iiind,  re- 
member: — construct.,  mostly  c.  gen., 
χύρμης,  δαιτάς,  σίτον  μνήσασβαι,  to 
bethink  one  of  the  fight,  the  feast,  etc., 
i.  e.  to  desire  them,  oft.  in  Horn. ;  ύλ- 
κης μν.,  to  bethink  one  oi  one's  strength, 
Hom.  ;  more  rarely  c.  ace.  pro  gen., 
as  II.  6,  222,  Od.  14,  168,  Hdt.  7,  18, 
Ae-sch.  Cho.  492,  Soph.  O.  T.  1057, 
and  Plat.  ;  also,  μ.  άμφί  τινι,  Od.  4, 
151  ;  περί  τίνος,  Od.  7,  192,  Hdt.  1, 
36  ;  9,  45,  and  Plat. :— also  c.  inf.  fut., 
II.  17,  364  ;  c.  inf  praes.,  μ.  μ?/  Οορυ- 
βεΐν.  Plat.  Apol.  27  Β  :  φν)αύε  μνώ• 
οντο,  they  bethought  them  (to  turiO  to 
flight,  II.  16,  697  : — later  also,  c.  part., 
μεμνάσθω  περιστέλ?.ων,  let  him  re- 
member that  he  wears.  Pind.  N.  II, 
20  ;  μέμνημαι  κ'λύων,  I  remember  hear- 
ing, Aesch.  Ag,  830  ;  μ.  έλϋών,  1  re- 
member having  corae.  i.  e.  to  have  come, 
Eur.  Hec.  244  ;u.  άκουσας,  Xen.  Cyr. 
1,  6,  3  :  μ.  δη  όεΐ,  lb.  2,  4,  25  :— the 
part.  pf.  μεμνημένος  is  oft.  used  in 
connnaniis,  etc.,  as,  μεμν.  τις  ΰνδρι 
μαχέσΙΙω,  let  him  fight  with  good  heed, 
let  him  remember  to  fight,  II.  19,  153, 
Hes.  Op.  420,  etc. : — we  also  find  fut, 
3  μεμνήσομαι,  absoL,  /  will  bear  in 


ΜΙΝΘ 

mind,  not  forget,  11.  22,  390,  Od.  19, 
581. — 2.  to  remember  a  thing  aloud,  i.  e. 
to  mention,  make  mention  of,  also  C. 
gen.,  11.  2,  492,  Od.  4,  331  ;  in  aor. 
pass,  μνησθήναι,  Od.  4,  118,  so  Soph. 
Phil.  310 ;  μνησθήναι  ττερί  τίνος  εις 
Τίνα,  Thuc.  8,  47. — 3.  to  give  heed  to, 
judge  of,  ώς  μεμνέωτο  όρόμου  or  δρό- 
μους, that  he  might  judge  of  the  race, 

11.  23.  361. — Ct.  sub  μνύομαι. 
(JAi-μνή-σκω  is  a  redupl.  form  of 

*μναω,  like  Lat.  me-min-i :  akin  to 
mon-eo,  Sanscr.  man,  cogitare  ;  cf.  Pott 
Et.  Forsch.  1,  p.  254.)  [On  μίμνη- 
μαι,  etc.,  v.  Gaisf.  Hephaest.  p. 
218.] 

Mi/ivcj,  lengthd.  by  redupl.  from 
μένΐύ  (i.  e.  μι-μένω — cf  γίγνομαι, 
πίπτω) ;  and  used  for  μένω  when  the 
first  syll.  was  to  be  long ;  hence  only 
poet.,  and  only  used  in  pres.  and 
impf ,  Horn.,  Hes.,  etc. :  μιμνόντεσσι, 
Ep.  dat.  pi.  part,  for  μίμνονσι,  11.  2, 
296. — V.  plura  sub  μένω. 

Μίμό,3ίθς,  ov,  (μίμος,  βίος)  living 
by  imitation. 

Μίμογράφος,  ov,  writing  μίμοι,  Diog. 
L.  [d]  _ 

yίϊμo/Mγέω,  ώ,  to  compose  or  recite 
μίμοι.  Strab. :  and 

Μί>ολο)ί'α,  ας,  ή,  the  composition  or 
delivery  of  μϊμοι :  from 

Μ-Ίμολόγος,  ov,  {μίμος,  /.έγω)  com- 
posing or  reciting  μϊμοι,  Anth.  P.  7, 
556 :  ηχώ  μ.,  mocking  Echo,  Anth. 
Plan.  155. 

ΜΓΜΟΣ,  ov,  0,  an  imitator,  Aesch. 
Fr.  54  :  esp.  an  actor,  mime,  μ.  γελοί- 
ων, Dem.  23,  21 :  also,  μίμοις  γυναιξί, 
Plut.  Suli.  36  : — μίμον  τετράττουν 
έχων,  i.  e.  imitating  or  acting  a  four- 
footed  beast,  Eur.  Rhes.  256. — 11.  a 
mime,  a  kind  of  prose  drama,  intend- 
ed as  a  familiar  representation  of  life 
and  character,  without  any  distinct 
plot ;  it  was  divided  into  μϊμοι  αν- 
δρείοι and  γυναικείοι,  also  into  μ. 
σπουδαίων  and  γελοίων,  Plut.  2,  712 
Ε.     (Cf.  μιμέομαι,  fin.) 

^ίΐμώ,  όος  contr.  οϋς,  η,  an  ape,  cf. 
κερδώ. 

Μιμωδός,  ov,  ό,  α  singer  of  μίμοι, 
Plut.  SuU.  2. 

MiV  [Z],  Ion.  ace.  sing,  of  the  pron. 
of  the  3d  pers.  through  all  genders, 
for  αυτόν,  αΰτίμ•,  αυτό:  always  en- 
clitic, freq.  in  Horn.,  and  Hdt. :  Dor. 
viv,  and  so  in  Att.  poets,  but  never 
in  Att.  prose  :  Hom.  joins  μίν  αυτόν, 
himself,  merely  as  a  stronger  form,  11. 
21,  245,  318,  etc. ;  but  αυτόν  μιν  is 
reflejcive,  one's  .««//",  for  εαυτόν,  Od.  4, 
244 ;  though  αυτήν  μιν  is  used  for 
μϊν  αυτήν  in  II.  11,  117. — II.  much 
more  rare  as  3d  pers.  plur.  for  αυτούς, 
αΰτάς,  αύτύ,  as  it  may  be  taken,  11. 

12,  285,  Od.  17,268;  but  in  Alexandr. 
poets  it  is  certainly  plur.,  as  Ap.  Rh. 
2,  8. — 111.=  the  redex.  εαυτόν,  Hdt. 
1,  11,  24,  45,  etc. 

fyUvaia,  ας,  ή,  Minaea,  a  district 
of  Arabia  Felix,  Strab.  p.  768. 

+ΛΙα'αίθί,  ων.  oi,  the  Mtnaei,  a  peo- 
ple on  the  Erythraeum  Mare  in  Ara- 
bia, Strab.  p.  768. 

Mifda.?,  άκος,  ή,  a  kind  of  Persian 
incense,  Aniphis,  Od.  1. 

i}tL•vδapoς.  ου,  ύ,  Mindarus,  a  Spar- 
tan admiral,  Thuc.  8,  85. 

ΜΙ'ΝΘΑ  or  μίνθη,  ης,  ή,  MINT, 
Lat.  MENTHA,  Hippon.  47,  cf.  Lob. 
Phryn.  438. 

tMiii'//.  ης,  ή,  Minthe,  a  nymph  be- 
loved by  Pluto,  changed  by  Proser- 
pina into  fureg.,  Strab.  p.  314.    Hence 

ί^Ιίνθης  όρος,  τό.  mountain  of  Min- 
the,  near  Pylos,  Strab.  p.  344. 

ΜΓΛ"  ΘΟΣ:  ου,  //,  —μίνϋα,  Theophr. 


MINT 

MiV^of,  ov,  0,  human  ordure,  Alne- 
sim.  Ί-ποτρ-,  1,  63.     Hence 

Μ.ινθόω,  ώ,  to  besmear  with  dung, 
Ar.  Ran.  1075,  Plut.  313.— II.  to  re- 
nounce utterly,  abominate,  Archestr.  ap. 
Alh.  285  B. 

iMti'tof,  ov,  a,  the  Minius,  a  river 
of  Lusitaiiia,  now  Minho.  Strab.  p.  153. 

i^livvaloi,  ων,  oi,=  MivaZot,  Dion. 
P.  959. 

ίΜινηνκιος,  ov,  a,  the  Rom.  Minu- 
cius,  Plut. 

fMivToiipvai,  ων,  al,  Mintumae,  a 
town  of  Latium,  Strab.  p.  233. 

ΜίΧ'ί'αί,  ων,  oi,  the  Minyans,  a  race 
of  nobles  in  Orchomenus,  Hdt.  1, 146, 
etc. :  hence  'Μ.ιννειος,  II.  ;  Ep.  also 
ΤΛιννι'μος,  Hes. :  pecul.  fem.  '^Ιινυηίς. 
ίδος,  7/ :  V.  Miiller's  Orcliomenos  und 
die  Mmyer.  fin  Pind.  P.  4,  122,  and 
Ap.  Rh.  1.  229  the  Argotiauts  are  so 
called,  for  the  chief  of  the  Argonauts 
were  Minyans. — A  colony  was  estab- 
lished in  Lemnos  by  the  descendants 
of  the  Argonauts,  called  Minyae,  Hdt. 
4,  145:  thence  they  penetrated  into 
Elis  Triphylia,  Strab.  pp.  337,  347 ; 
they  also  founded  Thera.  Id.f  [ϋ] 

Μίννανθής,  ες,  (μιννς,  άνθος)  bloom- 
ing a  short  time,  ]Sic.  Th.  522. 

ίΜ.Ιννας.  ov,  ό,  Ep.  and  Ion.  -ννης, 
Minyas,  son  of  Chryses  and  Chryso- 
genia,  the  fabled  progenitor  of  the 
Minyae,  Ap.  Rh.  3,  1005  ;  Pans.  9, 
36,  4. — 2.  son  of  Orchomenus,  Ael. 
V.  H.  3,  42. 

i'M.lvυάς,  άδος,  η,  daughter  of  Min- 
yas ;  a'l  M.,  Ael.  V.  H.  3,  42.-2.  (sc. 
ποίησις)  the  Minyad,  Paus.  4,  33,  7 : 
— also  as  adj.  Minyan. 

+Μίί•ΐ)ίίθζ•,  a,  ov,  of  the  Minyae, 
Minyan,  epith.  of  Orchomenus,  II.  2, 
51!  ;  Pind. ;  etc. 

^^Ιινυήϊος,  η,  ov,=foreg.,  Od.  11, 
284;  Hes. 

i'Mιvυ^/ίoς,  ov,  a,  Att.  Μιννεΐος,  the 
Minyeus,  a  river  of  Tripliylian  Elis, 
the  later  Anigius,  II.  11,  722;  Strab. 
p.  346.-2.  ace.  to  Diod.  S.  the  an- 
cient name  of  the  river  Orchomenus 
in  Thessaly. 

tMtri'7/if,  ίδος,  7/.='Μιννύς  (1),  i.  e. 
Clymene,  Ap.  Rh.  1.  233. 

^ίΐνϋθέω.  ώ,  {μηύθω)  to  grow  less, 
decrease,  Hipp.     Hence 

Μΐννθημα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which  is 
lessened,  Hipp.  p.  743 ;  and 

^ΐίνύθ)/σις,  η,  decrease,  mutilation, 
Hipp.  pp.  48,  824,  etc. 

Μιννθιζω,  (μιννθω)  to  lessen,  curtail, 
V.  Foes.  Oecon.     Hence 

ΜΙννθΙκής,  ή,  όν,  diminishing. 

ΜΙνύθω,  impf  μιννθεσκον,  Od.  14, 
17  :  no  other  tenses  occur  :  {μιννς) : 
— the  Lat.  minuo,  to  make  stnatler  or 
less,  lessen,  curtail,  μένος,  άρετήν,  II. 
15,  492  ;  20,  242  ;  also  Hes.  Op.  6.— II. 
intr.  to  become  smaller  or  less,  decrease, 
decline,  fail,  decay,  be  wasted,  come 
to  nought,  II.  16,  392,  Od.  4,  374,  etc., 
and  Hes.  : — so  also  in  Aesch.  Theb. 
920,  Eum.  374,  Soph.  O.  C.  6S6,— but 
only  in  lyric  passages,  the  v^'ord  not 
being  Attic,  [v] 

Μϊννθώδης,  ες,  (μινύθω,  είδος) 
small,  weak,  Hipp.  p.  648. 

Μίνυνβΰ,  adv.,  (μιννς)  a  little,  very 
little ;  freq.  in  Horn.,  who  also  oit. 
uses  it  of  time,  a  short  time,  and  then 
usu.  in  phrase μίιννθά  περ  ούτι  μύλα 
δ//ν,  as  in  II.  1,  416  ;  also,  ov  πολλών 
έπϊ  χρόνον,  luJ.a  μ.,  Od.  15,  494  — 
Only  Ep. :  said  to  be  ace.  of  an  old 
subst.,  μίνννς   [t]     Hence 

1Α.Ινυνθάδιος.  a,  ov,  lasting  a  short 
time,  short-lived,  11.  15,  612,  Od.  19, 
328  : — compar.  -ιώτεμος,  II.  22,  54. 
[θά] 


ΜΙΐΕ 

Μϊνννθώδης,  ες,  ν.  1.  for  μιννθώ• 
δης. 

Mivioc,  ά,  όν,  Att.  for  uivvc,  says 
Eust. 

Μίνύριγμα,  in  Philox.  ap.  Ath.  147 
D,  some  eatable  (?).   [f] 

}ιΙΐνί•ρίζω,  (μιννρος)  to  complain  in 
a  low  tone,  to  moan,  whimper,  u/iine,  11. 
5,  889,  Od.  4,  719:  generally,  lo  sing 
in  a  low,  soft  tone,  to  warble,  /mm.  Lat. 
minurire,  Ar.  Av.  1414,  Plat.  Rep.  411 
A;  μ.  μέλη,  Ar.  Vesp.  219;  cf  μηύ• 
ρομαι,  κινυρίζω.     Hence 

Μϊννρισμα,  ατός,  τό,  α  warbling, 
etc.,  Theocr.  Epigr.  4,  11.  [ϋ] 

ΜΙννμισ/ιός,  οϋ,  ό,  (μιννρίζω)  α 
moaning,  whining,  warbling,  etc.   [ΰ] 

Μϊνϋρομαι,  άβΐ).,=μιννρίζω,  of  the 
nightingale,  to  warble.  Soph.  O.  C. 
671;  to  hum  a  tune,  Aesch.  Ag.  10; 
μ.  προς  έμαντόν  με?<.ος,  Ar.  Eccl.  880. 

Μΐννρύς,  ύ,  όν,  {μιννς)  complain- 
ing in  a  low  tone,  moaning,  whining, 
whimpering,  μ.  νπερσοφιστής,  Phryn. 
(Com.)  Incerl.  1 ;  of  young  birds, 
Theocr.  13,  12;  μιννρίί  θρέεσβαι^ 
μιννρίζειν,  Aesch.  Ag.  1165;  cf.  κι- 
ννρός. 

MINT'S,  V,  gen.  νος,  little,  small; 
of  time,  short ;  generally=/ii«pof ;  the 
\vord  itself  is  not  found  in  any  good 
writer,  but  was  assumed  by  Grainm. 
as  root  of  μινίθω,  μίνννθα,  μιννρός, 
μιννρίζω,  Lat.  minor,  minuo,  minurio  . 
cf  μιννός. 

tM/i!;70f,  ov,  0,  Minytus,  son  of 
Amphion  and  Niobe,  ApoUod.  3,  5, 
6  :  V.  Lob.  Path.  389. 

^ιννώριος,  ov,  {μιννς,  ωρά)  short- 
lived, Anth.  P.  9,  362. 

'Μιννωρος,  o;',=foreg.,  Anth.  P.  7, 
481.  [ϋ] 

ΙΜίί^ώβ,  ας,  ή.  Ion.  Μινώη,  Minoa, 
a  small  island  lying  oft"  Nisaea,  the 
port  of  Mepara,  connected  with  the 
mainland  by  a  bridge,  Thuc.  3,  51 : 
also  a  promontory  of  Megaris  adja- 
cent, Strab.  p.  391.— 2.  a  fortress  of 
Laconia,  Id.  p.  367. — 3.  a  town  of 
Crete,  Id.  p.  475. 

\1Λ.ίνωις,  ίδος,  ή,  pecul.  fem.  to  sq., 
Ap.  Rh.  2,  299. 

ΜΑινώίος,α, οι», and  contd.  Mn-tjof, 
a,  ov,  of  or  relating  to  Minos,  yiinoaji, 
H.  Hom.  Ap.  393 ;  Luc.  Ver.  H.  2,  13. 

yίίvως,  ωος,  6,  accus.  Μά•ω,  11.  14, 
322,  for  Μ«•6>α  ;  the  Att.  also  have  a 
gen.  Mif(j,  ace.  '^[ίνων,  f Minos,  son 
of  Jupiter  and  Europa,  an  ancient 
king  and  lawgiver  in  Crete  ;  after  his 
death  a  judge  in  the  lower  vt'orkl,  II. 
13,  451,  Od.  19,  17;  Hes.  Th.  948; 
etc.  A  second  Minos,  grandson  of 
foreg.,  son  of  Lycastus,  is  mentioned 
in  Diod.  4,  60,  sqq. ;  etc.,  as  the  one 
who  constructed  the  labyrinth,  and 
who  was  connected  with  the  Icirend 
of  Theseus,  v.  Plut.  Thes.  20.  [i] 

^^Αινώτανρος,  ov,  ό,  (Μίΐ'ωζ•,  ται>- 
ρος)  Minotaur,  offspring  of  Pasiphao 
(wife  of  Minos  2d)  and  a  bull,  slain 
by  Theseus,  Apollod.  3,  15,  8:  in 
Paus.  Μά'ω  Τανρος,  3,  18,  10. 

Μί.^,  adv.;  {μίγννμι)~μίγα,  μίγδα, 
Nic.  Th.  615. 

^Ιιξαιθρια,  ης,  η,  (μίξις,  αιθρία)  an 
alternation  of  fair  and  foul  weather, 
Hipp.  p.  942,  but  Kiihn  reads  μιξαί- 
θριη.  (τύ.) 

^Ιιξαίβριον,  ov,  ro,=foreg.,  q.  v., 
Theophr. 

Μιςύνθρωπος,  ov,  {μίξις.  uvOpu)• 
πος)  half  man,  half  bntie,  Themist. 

ίίιξαρχαγέτας,  ov,  ό,  Argive  name 
of  Castor,  as  being  a  hero  {ϊιρχαγέτας) 
only  in  union  with  his  brother,  Plut 
2,  296  F. 

Μιξέλ?.ηνες,  ων,  0£,  {μίξις,  Έλλ» 
937 


ΜΙΣΑ 
νες)  half  Greeks,  half  barbarians ,  mon- 
grel Greeks,  Polyb.  1,  67,  7 :  the  sing. 
μιξέ'/Λην  in  Heliod. 

'\^ιξιύδης,  ου,  ό,  Mixiades,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Isae.  57,  12. 

Μ.ιξίαμ_3ος,  ov,  mixed  with  satires, 
satiric. 

Μιξίας,  ov,  a,  one  who  rnijics  or  min- 

^Μιξιδ/;μίύης,  ου,  ό,  Mixidemides, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Arist.  Rliet.  2,  23,  12. 

Miftf,  ΐως,  ?/,  {μίγνυμΟα  mixing, 
mingling,  olt.  in  riat.,  τινί  ττμός  τι, 
Id.  Soph.  2G0  Β :  on  its  difference 
from  κμάσις,  v.  sub  κμάσις. — II.  in- 
tercourse with  others  :  esp.  sexual  iit- 
tercourse  or  commerce,  Ildt.  1,  203,  etc. ; 
έττίκυινον  τών  γυναικίων  την  μ.  ττοι- 
εΐσϋαι,  Hdt.  4.  172  ;  also  of  wedlock. 
Plat.  Legg.  773  D. 

Μιξο3άρ3άβος,  ov,  (μΐξις,  βάρβα- 
ρος) half  barbarian,  half  Greek,  Eur. 
Phoen.  138,  Xen.Hell.  2,  1,  15. 

ΛΙιζοβόας,  ου,  ό,  {μϊξις,  βοή)  min- 
gled with  shouts,  of  mingled  sound,  δι- 
θύραμβος, Aesch.  Fr.  381. 

Μίξοδία,  ας,  ή,  (μΐξις,  ΰδός)  α  place 
where  several  roads  meet,  ύλός  μιξο- 
δίαι,  of  the  straits  of  Messana,  Ap. 
Rh.  I,  921 ;  also  μίξοδος. 

Μιξοθύλασσος,  ov,  {μΐξις,  θάλασ- 
σα) having  intercourse  with  the  sea,  like 
fishermen  and  sailors,  Orac.  ap.  Xen. 
Ephes.  [0ά] 

Μιξόθη?.νς,  υ,  {μΐξις,  θήλυς)  partly 
female,  Philostr. 

Κιξόθηρ,  τ/ρος,  ύ,  ή,  {μΐξις,  θήρ) 
half-beast,  φως  μ.,  Eur.  Ion  1161. 

^ιξοθηρος,  ov,=ioreg. 

Μιξύθριξ,  τρΐχος,  ό,  ι),  having  mixed 
hair. 

Μιξόθροος,  ov,  {μΐξις,  θρόος)  with 
mingled  cries,  Aescn.  Theb.  331. 

Μιξό/ιευκος,  ov,  {μίξις,  λευκός) 
mixed  with  white,  Luc.  Bis  Ace.  8. 

Μιξολύδιος,  ov,  {μΐξις,  Ανδιος)  half- 
Lydian,  of  measure,  Strab.  p.  572  :  of 
dialect,  Xanth.  p.  175.  [Γ]     Hence 

^ΐξΐ)7.ύδιστί,  adv.,  in  the  half-Lyd- 
ian  measure.  Plat.  Rep.  398  E. 

Μίξυμαι,  fut.  mid.  of  μίγνυμι,  Od. 

Μιξ(>μ3ροτος,  ov,  for  μιξόβροτος, 
{μιξις,  βροτός)  half-human,  Aesch. 
Supp.  569. 

Μιξονόμος,  ov,  (μίξις,  νέμω)  feeding 
a  mixed  flock,  Simon.  102. 

Μ.ιξο~ύρθενος,  ov.  {μΐξις,  παρθέ- 
νος) half-woman,  of  Echidna,  Hdt.  4, 
9;  of  the  Sphinx,  Eur.  Phoen.  1023. 

Μίξο7τό?ίΐος,  ov,  {μΐξις,  πολιός) 
half-gray,  grizzled. 

Μιξόπύος,  ov,  {μΐξις,  πϋον)  mixed 
with  foul  matter,  Hipp.  p.  948. 

Τΐίιξοφρύγιος,  ov,  {μΐξις,  Φρύγιος) 
half-Phrygian,  of  music,  Strab.  p.  572: 
of  dialect,  Xanth.  p.  175.  [v] 

Μίξοφρυς,  υ,  {μίξις,  υώμύς)  having 
eyebrows  that  meet,  Cratin.  Incert.  97. 

Μιξοφϋής,  ες,  {μΐξις,  φυή)  of  mixed 
nature. 

Μιξόχ'/Μρος,  ov,  {μΐξις,  χλωρός) 
mixed  with  green,  Hipp.  j).  95. 

'Μϊσάγΰθία,  ας,  ή,  a  hatred  of  good 
or  goodness,  Plut.  Phoc.  27  ;  from 

Μϊσάγάθος,  ov,  {μισεω,  αγαθός) 
hating  good  or  goodness^  [ά] 

Μίσΰδελφία,  ας,  ή,  hatred  of  one's 
brother,  Plut.  2,  478  C  :  from_ 

Μίσά(5ε?  0οΓ,  ov,  {μισέω,  ΰδε?.φός) 
hating  one's  brother,  Plut.  2,  482  C. 

ΜίσΰΟι'/ναιος,  ov,  {μισέω,  Αθη- 
ναίοι) hating  the  Athenians,  Lycurg. 
152,  41 :  in  super!.,  Dem.  087,  29. 

'Μ.Ισΰ?Λίζων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  {μισέω, 
ά/Μζών)  hntiHix  boasters,  Luc.  Pisc.  20. 

Μ.Ισαλέξανδρος,  ov,  {uiaeu,  ^Α?.εξ• 
ύνδρος)  hating  Alexander,  quoted  from 
Aeschin.? 
938 


ΜΙΣΗ 

Μίσαλλ?//.ία,  ας,  ή,  mutual  hatred  : 
from 

Μίσάλληλος,  ov,  {μισέω,  αλλήλων) 
hating  one  another,  Dion.  H.  5,  66. 

Μ.Ισάμπε7.ος,  ov,  (μισέω,  άμπελος) 
hating  the  vine,  Anth.  P.  Append.  100. 

ΜϊσανΟρωττέω,  ώ,  to  be  a  μισάνθρω- 
πας.  Diog.  L.  9,  3  ;  and 

Μϊσανϋμωττία,  ας,  ή,  hatred  of  man- 
kind. Plat.  Phacd.  89  D,  Dem. :  from 

Μίσάνθρωπος,  ο  ν,  {μισέω,  άνθρω- 
πος) hating  mankind,  misanthropic. 
Plat.  Phaed.  89  D,  Legg.  791  D. 

^Ισΰπόδημος,  ov.  hating  travel. 

Μίσαργϋρια,  ας,  ή,  {μισέω,  άργυ- 
ρος) hatred  Or  contempt  of  money,  Diod. 
15,  88. 

Mi'aya.  adv.,=/iiya. 

Miffyay/tEio,  ας,  ή,  {μίσγω,  άγκος) 
a  place  where  several  mountain  glens 
{άγκη)  run  together  and  mix  their  wa- 
ters, a  meeting  of  glens,  11.  4,  453  :  in 
prose,  σννάγκεια. 

Μισγοδία,  ας,  ή,  {μίσγω,  όδός)= 
μιξοδία. 

iMισγo?Mίδaς,  α,  ό,  Misgola'idas,  a 
Spartan  ephor,  Xen.  Hell.  2,  3,  10: 
prop,  patron,  from  a  form 

|Μίσ)•όλά(-,  a,  ό,  Misgolas,  an  Athe- 
nian, son  of  Naucrates,  Aeschin.  6, 
23  ;  cf.  Comic,  ap.  Ath.  339  B,  C  : 
from 

Μισγό7.ας{μίσγω,  λαός)  θόρυβος, h, 
the  confused  noise  of  a  crowd,  a  hubbub. 

Μισγόνομος,  ov,  γη  μ.,  public  pas- 
ture-land. 

ΜΓΣΓΩ,  V.  sub  μίγνυμι,  and  cf. 
προςμίσγω. 

MiCTf  ί'α,  ας,  ή,^μίσν. 

Μ.1σέλ7.ην,  ηνος,  6,  α  hater  of  the 
Greeks,  Xen.  Ages.  2,  31. 

Μί'σίρ)  οζ-,  ov,  {μισέω,  έργον)  hating 
work,  lazy,   [i] 

Μισεταιρεία  or  -ία,  ας,  ή,  hatred  of 
one's  comrades  :  from 

Μϊσέταιρος,  ov,  {μισέω,  εταίρος) 
hating  one's  comrades. 

Μίσέω,  ω,  (μίσος)  to  hate,  only  once 
in  Horn.,  c.  ace.  et  inf ,  μίσησεν  δ' 
άρα  μιν  δηιων  κνσΐ  κύρμα  γενέσθαι. 
Jupiter  hated  {would  not  suffer)  that 
he  should  become  a  prey...,  II.  17, 
272  :  later  usu.  c.  ace,  υβρίζοντα  μι- 
σεΐν,  Pind.  P.  4,  506 ;  μισοϋντα  μι- 
σεΐν.  Soph.  Aj.  1113;  and  freq.  in 
Att. : — pass,  to  be  hated,  Hdt.  2,  119, 
and  .\tt.     Hence 

'Μίσ7/θρον,  ου,  τό,  a  charm  for  pro- 
ducing hatred  against  one,  opp.  to  φίλ- 
τρον,  which  caused  love,  Luc.  Dial. 
Mer.  4,  5  ;  cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  131.  [i] 

Μίσήλιος,  ov,  {μισέω,  ήλιος)  hating 
the  SU71  or  light. 

Μίσημα,  ατός,  τό,  {μισέω)  an  object 
of  hate  to  others,  usu.  of  persons,  σω- 
φρόνων μισήματα,  Aesch.  Theb.  186, 
μισήματ'  ανδρών  και  θεών  'Ολυμ- 
πίων, Id.  Eum.  73  ;  c.  dat ,  μ.  πάσιν, 
Eur.  Hipp.  407,  ubi  v.  Valck.  et  Monk. 

^^ 

Μίσι/νερως  (cf  θρήνερως,  δύςερως), 

ωτος,  ό,  ή,  detestably  lewd,  cf  μισητία. 

ίΜισι/νόν,  οϋ,  τό,  Misemim,  a  town 
and  promontory  of  Campania,  Strab. 
p.  242. 

'\'Κίσηνος.  ov,  ό,  Misenus,  a  com- 
panion of  Ulysses,  Strab.  p.  245  :  cf. 
Virg.  Aen.  6,  234. 

Ήίισητέος,  έα,  έον,  verb.  adj.  from 
μισέω,  to  be  hated,  Xen.  Symp.  8.  20. 
— II.  μισητέον,  one  must  hate,  Luc. 
Fuait.  30. 

Μϊσήτη,  ης,  ή,  v.  μισητός. 

Μϊσητί/ς.  ov,  ό,  {μισέω)  α  hater. 

Μ.ϊσι/τία,  ας,  ή,  lust,  lewdness,  Ar. 
Plut.  9S9  :  generally,  greediness,  Ar. 
Av.  1620:  V.  Interpp.  ad  II.  c. 

Μΐσητίζω,=: μισέω,  ap.  Hesych, 


ΜΙΣΘ 

Μϊσηηκός,  ή,  όν,  inclined  to  hate. 
Adv.  -κώς  :  Iron» 

Μισητός.  ?/.  όν,  hateful.  Aesch.  Ag. 
1228,  Xen.  Mem.  2,  6,  21  ;  3,  10,  5. 
Adv.  -τώς. — II.  lustful,  lewd :  hence, 
μϊσήτη  (not  μισητή),  a  prostitute,  Ar- 
chil. 26,  cf  -Meineke  Cratin.  Incert. 
88  :  cf.  sub  μισητία. 

Μισητρον,ον,  τό,^μίσηθρον,  Paul 
Sil.  74,  63.  ii] 

Μισθάποδοσία,  ας,  ή,  payment  of 
wages,  recompense,  N.  T. :  from 

Μ.ισΟάποοότης,  ov,  h,  {μισθός,  άπα- 
δίδωμι)  one  who  pays  wages,  a  reward- 
er,  N.  T. 

Μισθάριον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  μισ- 
θός, Ar.  Vesp.  300.  [«] 

Μισθαρνευτικός,  v.  1.  for  μισθαρνη- 
τικύς.  Plat.  Soph.  222  D. 

Μ.ισθα.ρνενω,^=&(\.,  questioned  by 
Hemd.  Plat.  Sophist.  222  D,  v.  Lob. 
Phryn.  568. 

Μ,ισθαρνέω.  ώ,  to  loork  or  serve  for 
hire,  Hipp.  p.  1274,  Plat.  Rep.  346  β  ; 
μισθαρνών  ανΰειν  τι,  to  do  a  tlnn;^ 
for  pay.  Soph.  Ant.  302: — of  prosti- 
tution, Dem.  352,  14  :  from 

Μισθύρνης,  ου,  ό,  {μισθός,  άρνυ- 
μαι)  α  hired  workman. 

Μισθαρνητικός,  ή,  όν,  {μισθαρνέω) 
belonging  to  hired  work,  mercenary :  ή 
-κή  (sc.  τέχνη),  the  trade  of  one  v'ho 
takes  wages  or  pay.  Plat.  Rep.  346  B,  D. 

Μ.ίσθαρνία,  ας,  ή,  {μισθύρνης)  a 
receiving  of  wages,  working  or  serving 
for  hire,  Dem.  242, 17  ;  320, 13.  Hence 

Μισθαρνικός.  ή,  όν,  belonging  to 
hired  work,  μ.  έργασίαι,  τέχναι,  mer- 
cenary arts,  Arist.  Pol.  8,  2,  5,  Eth. 
E.  1,  4,  2. 

Μισθύρνισσα,  ή,  fem.  οί μισθάρνης. 

Μίσθαρνος,  ό,^μισθύρνης. 

Μισθαρχίδης,  ου,  ό,  [μισθός,  αρχή) 
an  hereditary  candidate  for  paid  ojfices, 
a  born  placeman.  Comic  palronym.  in 
Ar.  Ach.  597  ;  cf  σπονδαρχίδης. 

Μίσθιος,  a,  ov,  salaried,  hired,  Plut. 
Lye.  16. 

Μισθοδοσία,  ας,  ?),  a  paying  of 
wages,  Thuc.  8,  83  ;  and 

Μισθοδοτέω,  ώ,  to  pay  wages,  ab- 
sol..  Xen.  Hell.  4,  8,  21  ;  τινί.  Id.  An. 
7,  1,  13: — C.  ace,  to  keep  in  pay,  Po- 
lyb. 5,  2,  11,  etc.  ;  and  m  pass.,  to  re- 
ceive pay.  Id.  1,  66,  3. — Pass,  to  be  paid, 
Tu  προςοώει'λόμενα.  Id.  :  from 

Μισθοδότης,  ην,  ύ,  {μισθός,  δίδωμι) 
one  w/io  pat/s  wages,  a  paymaster.  Plat. 
Rep.  463  B,  Xen.  An.  1,  3,  9. 

Μισθόδωρος,  ov,  {μισθός,  δωρέω) 
giving  wages  or  pay,  Eubulid.  Κωμ.  1. 

ΜΙΣΘΟΣ,  ov,  ό,  wages,  pay,  hire, 
Horn.,  etc. ;  μ.  βητός,  fixed  wages,  II. 
21,  445  ;  μ.  είρημένος,  Hes.  Op.  368; 
έπι  μισθώ,  lor  hire  or  pay,  Hdt.  5,  65 ; 
μισθού  ένεκα,  Xen.  An.  2,  5, 14  ;  μισ- 
θού. Soph.  Tr.  560  :  μισθόν  πορίζειν, 
to  give,  μ.  φέρειν,  to  receive  pay,  Ar. 
Eq.  1019,  Acham.  66  ;  also,  μ.  δι- 
δόναι,  ?Μμβύνειν.  etc.,  Xen. :  διδό- 
ναι  τάλαντον  μ7μ•ης  μισθόν.  to  give 
a  talent  as  a  month's  pay,  Thuc.  6, 
8. — 2.  at  Athens,  the  pay  of  the  sol- 
diery, Thuc,  etc. ;  first  given  by  Per- 
icles, varying  in  amount.  Bdckh  P.  E. 
I,  363,  sq.,  Herm.  Pol.  Ant.  ij  152,  16 : 
— also,  μ.  βου?.ευτικός,  the  pay  of  the 
council  of  500,  each  a  drachma  for 
every  day  of  sitting :  μ.  δικαστικός 
or  ηλιαστικός,  the  salary  of  a  dicast, 
at  first  one  obol,  but  from  the  time  of 
Cleon  three,  ibr  every  day  he  sat  on 
a  jury:  μ.  σννηγορικός,  the  pay  of  a 
public  advocate,  one  drachma  for  ev- 
ery court  day  :  μ.  έκκ7.ησιαστικός,  the 
pay  for  attending  the  popular  assem- 
bly ;  for  all  which  v.  Bockh  P.  E.  1, 
302-317,  Herm.  Praef  Ar.  Nub.— 3. 


ΜΙΣΘ 

generally,  recompense,  reward,  Hom., 
etc.  :  also  in  bad  sense,  punishment. 
Soph.  Ant.  221.  (Polt  compares 
Pers.  musd  pay,  Goth,  mizdd.) 

Μίσβοφορά,  ΰς,  ή,  (μισθοφόρος) 
receipt  of  wages :  hence  wages  given  or 
received,  and  SO,  generally,  wages,  pay, 
At.  Eq.  807,  Thuc.  6,  24  ;  8,  45,  etc., 
Dem.  38,  1  ;  cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  4'Ji,  and 
foreg. 

Μ-ίσθοφορέω,  ώ,  to  be  a  μισθοφόρος, 
to  receive  wages  or  pay  in  the  public 
service,  to  serve  for  hire,  At.  Ach.  602, 
etc.  ;  also  c.  ace.  rei,  to  receive  as  pay, 
τρεις  δμαχμύς,  At.  Ach.  602,  cf.  Eccl. 
206 ;  μ.  ά'Αφιτα.  At.  Pac.  477.— II.  to 
bring  in  rent,  μισθοφοροϋσα  οικία,  Isae. 
72, 39.     Hence 

Μισθοφορητέον,  verb,  adj.,  one  must 
keep  in  pay,  τινά,  Thuc.  8,  05. 

Μισθοφηρία,  ας,  ή,  service  for  wages, 
service  as  a  mercenary,  Diod.  16,  61. — 
11.=μίσθοφορά,  Plat.  Gorg.  515  Ε ; 
and 

Μισθοφορικός,  ή,  όν,  mercenary,  δυ- 
νάμεις, Polyb.  1,  67,  4  :  το  μ.=  οί  μι- 
σθοφόροι, Plut.  Artax.  4 :  from 

'Μισθοφόρος,  ov,  {μισθός,  φέρω)  re- 
ceiving wages  or  pay,  serving  for  hire  ; 
esp.,  oi  μ.,  hireling  soldiers,  mercena- 
ries, Thuc.  1,  35,  etc.  :  μ.  τριήρεις, 
galleys  Tnamied  with  mercenaries,  At. 
Eq.  555  : — μ.  δικαστήρια,  Arist.  Pol. 
2,  12,  4. 

Μισθόω,  ώ,  {μισθός)  to  let  out  for 
hire,  farm  out,  Lat,  locare,  τι  or  Tiv'l 
Ti,  At.  Lys.  953,  Dem.  1222,  26,  etc. ; 
επί  τι,  for  a  purpose,  Id.  232,  10  :  c. 
inf.,//.  τον  νηόν  τριηκοσίων  τα?.ύν• 
των  έξεργύσασθαι,  to  let  out  the  build- 
ing of  it  for  300  talents,  Lat.  locare 
aedem  exstruendam,  Hdt.  2,  180. — II. 
mid.  to  engage,  hire  at  a  price,  Lat.  con• 
ducere,  c.  ace.  pers.  vel  rei,  Hdt.  1,  24, 
Ar.  Av.  1152,  and  freq.  in  Alt. ;  μ.  τι 
■καράτινος,'Άάΐ.  1,08, ubi  v.  VVessel.; 
μ.  τινά  ταλάντου,  to  engage  his  servi- 
ces at  a  talent  a  year.  Id.  3,  131 ;  c. 
inf ,  μ.  νηον  έξοικοδομήσαι,  to  contract 
for  the  building  of  the  temple,  Lat. 
conducere  aedem  aedificandam,  Hdt.  5, 
62,  cf.  supra  ;  so,  μισθονσθαί  τίνα,  c. 
inf,  Hdt.  9,  34  :  also,  μ.  ν~έρ  τίνος, 
to  make  a  contract  for  a  thing,  Dem. 
1253,  17 ;  ό  μισθωσύμενυς,  the  con- 
tractor, Isae.  87,  25. — III.  pass,  to  be 
hired  for  pay,  Hdt.  9,  38  ;  έ~ί  τινι,  for 
a  thing,  Xen.  An.  1,  3,  1.     Hence 

Μίσθωμα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which  is  let 
for  hire, a  hired  house,  N.  T.  :usu., — II. 
the  price  agreed  on,  the  contract,  Hdt.  2, 
180,  Dem.  379,  20 :  esp.  a  courtesan's 
price,  like  ίμ-ολή,  Lat.  captara,  Co- 
mici  ap.  Ath.  581  A,  cf.  Casaub. 
Sueton.  Calig.  40.  —  2.  rent,  Isocr. 
145  C. 

Μισθωμάτων,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  μί- 
σθωμα, .ilciphr.  1,  36.  [ύ] 

iMίσθωι',  ωνης.  ό,  Misthon,  a  Sy- 
barite, Luc.  Pseudol.  3. 

Μισθωσΐμαϊος,  a,  ov,  hired,  merce- 
nary. 

Μισθύσιμος,  ov,  that  can  be  hired  or 
had  for  pay,  Alex.  φυγ.  1  :  μισθονσθαί 
τα  μισθώσιμα,  to  take  the  tolls  that 
wight  be  taken.  Lex.  ap.  Dem.  713,  4  : 
from 

Μίσθωσις,  εως.  ή.  (μισθόω)  a  letting 
for  hire,  δικη  μισθώσεως  οίκον,  an  ac- 
tion against  a  guardian  who  neglected 
to  let  his  ward's  house  within  the  time 
prescribed,  Att.  Process,  p.  293. —  II. 
(from  mid.)  a  hiring,  Lys.  155,  37, 
Plat.  Legg.  759  Ε.—\\].=μίσθωμα 
II,  rejii,  μ.  φέρειν,  ΰττοδιδόναι,  to  pay 
rent.  Isae.  54,  27,  Dem.  1069,  26  ;  είς- 
Ίτράττειν,  to  collectit,  Dem.  1318,  20  ; 
μίσθίύσιν  φέρειν  τά'λαντον  του  ένιαν- 


ΜΙΣΟ 

τοΰ,  to  produce  a  yearly  rent  of  one 
talent,  Isae.  54,  34,  etc. 

Μισθωτίύω,  to  be  a  μισθωτός,  like 
μισθοφορέω. 

Μισθωτής,  ov,  ό,  one  who  pays  rent, 
a  tenant,  Isae.  00,  L    Hence 

Μισθωτικός,  ή,  όν,  of  οτ  fit  for  let- 
ting out : — /)  -κή,^μισθαρίΊκή,  a  mer- 
cenary trade.  Plat.  Rep.  346  A,  sq. 

Μισθωτός,  ή,  όν,  (μισθόω)  hireling, 
mercenary,  esp.  of  soldiers,  Hdt.  1,  61  ; 
3,  45,  Thuc.  5,  6. 

Μισθώτρια,  ας,  ή,  fern,  of  μισθω- 
τής, Phryn.  (Com.)  Incert.  24. 

Μίσιπ~ος,  ov,  (μισέω,ϊττπος)  horse- 
hating,  opp.  to  φίλιπττος. 

iMισις,  ιδος,  ή,  3Iisis,  {eta.  pr.  n., 
Anth.  Append.  240. 

Μίσκος,  ου,  ό,=ζ μίσχος,  a  stem,  stalk. 

Μϊσυβάρ3(ίρος,  ov,  (μισεω,  βάρβα- 
ρος) hating  foreigners.  Plat.  Menex. 
245  C.  • 

ΜίσοβΰσΙλεύς,  ό,  (μισέω,  βασιλεύς) 
a  king-hater,  Plut.  2,  147  A. 

Μίσό}  ύμος,  ov,  (μισέω,  γάμος)  a 
marriage-hater. 

Μΐσόγελως.  ωτος,  ό,  ή,  (μισέω,  γέ- 
λωζ•)  laughter-hating,  ap.  Gell.  15,  20. 

Μί"σο;  o?;f,  ου.  6.  (μισέω,  γόης)  ha- 
ting fraud  οτ  jugglery,  Luc.  Pisc.  20. 

Μϊσο-;νναιος,  ov,  (μισέω,  γυνή)  wo- 
man-hating, [ϋ] 

Μϊσογϋνία,  ας,  ή,  hatred  of  women, 
Antip.  ap.  Stob.  p.  417,  51  ;  and 

Μίσο^ϊιι^έω,  ώ,  to  be  a  woman-hater : 
from 

Μϊσογύνΐ)ς,  ov,  6,  (μισέω,  γυνή)  a 
woman-hater,  Strab.  p.  297,  Menand. 

Μίσοδ7ΐμία,  ας,  ή,  hatred  of  demo- 
cracy, Andoc.  30,  3,  Lys.  177.20:  from 

Μϊσόδημος,  ov,  (μισέω,  δήμος)  ha- 
ting the  commons  or  democracy  .Χτ .  V'esp. 
474;  Andoc.  31,  10,  Xen.  Hell.  2,  3, 
47,  in  superl.     Hence 

Μίσοδί^μότης,  ov,  b,  a  hater  of  the 
commons.  Dion.  H.  7,  42. 

ΜΐσόδΙκος,  ov,  (μισέω,  δίκη)  hating 
law-suits. 

Μΐσόθεος,  ov,  (μισέω,  θεός)  hating 
the  sods,  godless,  Aesch.  Ag.  1090. 

Μϊσόθ/φος,  ov,  {μισέω,  θήρα)  hating 
the  hunt ;  to  μισ.,  Xen.  Cyn.  3,  9. 

Μίσοίδιος,  ov,  hating  his  own.  [i(5] 

Μί'σοίΐί'α,  ας,  ή,  hatred  of  wine,  Stob. 
Eel.  2,  p.  182:  from 

Μίσοινος,  ov,  (μισέω,  οίνος)  hating 
wine,  abstemious,  Hipp.  p.  677. 

Μίσοκαισαρ.  άρος,  δ,  (μισέω,  Καί- 
σαρ) hating  Caesar,  Plut.  Cat.  Min.  05, 
Brut.  8. 

Μϊσοκάκέω,  ώ,  to  hate  wickedness  or 
the  ii'icked. 

Μΐσόκά?.ος.  ov,  (μισέω,  κα7.ός)  ha- 
ting the  beautiful,  Philo. 

Μίσοκερδής,  ές,  hating  gain  or  profit. 

Μισολάκων,  ωνος.  ό.  (μισέω,  Αά• 
κων)  α  Laconian-hater,  Ar.  V'esp.  1105. 

Μίσολύμάχος,  ov,  (μισέω,  Αάμα- 
γος•)  hating  Lamachus,  Ar.  Pac.  304. 
[λα] 

Μΐσό7.εκτρος,  ov,  {μισέω,  ?JKTpov) 
hating  marriage,  Heliod. 

Μίσολογέω,  ω,  to  hate  argument,  let- 
ters, etc. ;  and 

Mlaa7.oyia,  ας,  ή,  hatred  of  discus- 
sion and  argument,  Plat.  Phaed.  89  D  : 
from 

Μϊσέιλογος,  ov,  (μισέω,  λόγος)  ha- 
ting letters,  discussion,  etc., Plat.  Phaed. 
89  C.  Lach.  188  C. 

ΜίσύνοΟος,  ov,  (μισέω,  νόθος)  ha- 
ting bastards,  Anth.  Plan.  94. 

Μισόννμφος.  ov,  (μισέω,  νύμφη)  ha- 
ting marriage,  L)'C.  356. 

Μίσοξενια,  ας,  ή,  hatred  of  strangers 
or  guests,  LXX.  :  from 

Μίσύξενος,  ov,  (μισέω,  ξένος)  ha- 
ting strangers,  inhospitable,  Diod. 


ΜΙΣΟ 

ΜίσοΓΓΟίΓ.  ό,  ή,  (μισέω.  παις)  hating 
boys  or  children,  Luc.  Abdic.  18. 

Μΐσοττύρθενος,  ov,  hating  maidens. 

Μϊσοπάτωρ,  ορός,  ό,  ή,  (μισέω,  πα- 
τήρ) hating  his  fatlttr,  Dion.  Η.  [ύ] 

Μίσο-έρσης,ον,  ό.  (μισέω,  ϋέρσης) 
an  enemy  to  the  Persians,  Xen.  Ages. 
7,  7. 

Μΐσθ7ϊό7.εμος,  ov,  hating  war. 

Μΐσόττολις,  ιος,  ό,  ή,  (μισέω,  ττίί/.ις) 
hating  the  commonwealth.  At.  V'esp.  411. 

Μϊσο~ο?.ίτης,  ov,  ό,  a  citizen-hater. 

Μϊσοπονέω.  ώ,  to  be  μισόττονος,  to 
hate  work,  Plat.  Rep.  535  D. 

Μίσοτΐονηρέω,  ώ,  to  hate  the  bad  or 
evil,  Lys.  186,  32,  Polyb. ;  and 

Μίσοπονηρία.  ας,  ή,  haired  of  the 
bad  or  of  evil,  Arist.  V'irt.  et  Vit.  5,  3  : 
hatred  because  of  wickedness ,  Diod.  10, 
23:  from 

Μίσοπόνηρος,  ov,  (μισέω,  πονηρός) 
haling  the  bad  or  evil,  Dem.  584,  12, 
Aeschin.  10,  21.     Adv.  -ρως. 

Μϊσοπονία,  ας,  ή,  hatred  of  work, 
Luc.  Astrol.  2  :  from 

Μΐσόπονος,  ov,  (μισέω,  πόνος)  ha- 
ting work  or  trouble,  Dio  C.  72,  2. 

Μίσοηόρπαξ,  ΰκος,  ό,  ή,  (μιηέω, 
πόρπαξ)  hating  the  shield-handle,  i.  e. 
hating  war,  Ar.  Pac.  662,  in  comic  su- 
perl., μϊσοττορπΰκίστατυς. 

Μισοπρύ,γμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  hating 
business, 

Μίσοττρόβΰτος,  ov,  (μισέω,  πρόβα- 
τον)  hating  cattle,  Archyt.  ap.  Stub.  p. 
314,  14. 

Μϊσο-ροςήγορος,  ov,  =  ΰπροςήγυ- 
ρος- 

Μϊσόπτωγος,  ov,  (μισέω,  πτωχός) 
hating  beggars,  Anth.  P.  11,  403,  1. 

Μίσοπώγων,  ωνος,  ο,  ή,  (μισέω, 
πώγων)  the  beard-hater,  i.  β.  hater  of 
bearded  philosophers,  a  satire  written 
by  the  emperor  Julian. 

Μίσορώμαιος,  ov,  (μισέω,  Ύωμαΐος) 
a  Roman-hater,  Plut.  Ant.  54. 

ΜΓΣΟΣ,  εος,  τό,  hate,  hatred :  and 
so, — I.  pass.,  hate  borne  one,  a  being  ha- 
ted, Trag. ;  μίσος  Ιχειν  προς  τίνος, 
to  incur  a  man's  hatred.  Plat.  Legg. 
691  D. — 2.  act.,  a  haling,  a  grudge,  τι- 
νός τινι,  at  one,  Eur.  Or.  432  ;  μίσος 
έντέτηκέ μοι.  Soph.  El.  1311,cf.  Plat. 
Menex.  245  D.— II.  a  hateful  object,^ 
μίσημα,  Aesch.  Ag.  1411.  Soph.  Ant. 
760  ;  esp.  in  addresses,  ω  μίσος.  Soph. 
Phil.  991,  Eur.  Med   1323. 

Μϊσόσοφος,  ov,  (μισέω,  σοφός)  ha- 
ting wisdom,  opp.  to  ςιΐ/.όσοφος.  Plat. 
Rep.  456  A. 

Μίσοστράτιώτης,  ov,  6,  the  soldier's 
enemy. 

Μισοσνλλας,  ov,  6,  (μισέω,  Σνλ- 
?Μς)  an  enemy  of  Sulla,  Plut.  Sert.  4. 

Μϊσοσώμύτος,  ov,  (μισέω,  σώμα) 
hating  the  body.  Procl. 

Μΐσοτεκνία,  ας,  ή,  hatredof  children, 
Plut.  2,  4  Ε  :  from 

Μίσότεκνος,  ov,  (μισέω,  τέκνον)  ha• 
ting  children,  Aeschin.  64,  41. 

Μίσοτίψαννος,  ov,  (μισέω.  τύραν- 
νος) a  tyrant-hater,  Hdt.  6,  121,  123. 

Μΐσότϋφος,  ov,  (μισέω,  τνόος)  ha- 
ting arrogance,  Luc.  Pisc.  20. 

Μίσοφίίής,  ες,  hating  the  light. 

Μϊσοφίλιππος,  ov,  (μισέω.  Φίλιπ- 
πος) hating  Philip,  Aeschin.  30,  6.  [o<] 

Μϊσοφϊλόλογος,  ov,  (μισέω,  όι'λό- 
?.oioc)  hating  literature,  Ath.  610  D. 

Μίσόφΐ?.ος,  ov,  hating  friends  or 
friendship. 

Μίσάφροντις  ιδος,  ό.  ή,  hating  care. 

Μϊσοχρηστος,  ov,  (μισέω.  χρηστός) 
hating  the  good.  Xen.  Hell.  2,  3,  47. 

Μϊσοχριστιανός,  or,  (μισέω.  Χρι- 
στιανός" hatins  Christians,  Eccl. 

Μϊσόγριστος.  op,  (μισέω.  Χριστός) 
hating  Christ  or  the  Christittiis,  Eccl. 
930 


MITP 

Μίσοφενδ/'/ς.  ές,  (μισέω,  τρεύδος) ha- 
ting lies,  Luc.  Pise.  20. 

Μιστν'λύομαι,  μιστύλη,  v.  μνστιλ-. 

Μ/(7Γϋλλω,  to  cut  up,  in  Horn,  al- 
ways of  cutting  up  meat  before  roast- 
ing, μίστυ'Αλον  τ'  άρα  τάλ'/ u  και  άμφ' 
ΰιϊελοίσιν  ίζειμαν,  II.  1,  405,  etc. — 
The  form  μνΰτιΧ/.ω  is  a  variety,  cf. 
μνατιΚάομαι.  (.-Vkin  peril,  to  μίτυ- 
λοΓ.  μντιλος,  Lat.  multlas.) 

ίίίισν,  νος  and  εωζ•,  τό,  a  vitriolic 
earth,  perh.  copperas,  Dioisc.  5,  117  ; — 
an  Acgypt.  word. — II.  a  truffle  grow- 
ing near  Cyrene,  Theoplir. 

Μίσνβμΐς,  ως,  ά.  /'/,  ι,μίσέω,  νβρις) 
hating  insolence.  LXX.   [μί] 

^Ιισχος,  ου.  ύ.  also  μισκος,  the  stalk 
ipedicalus)  ot  leaves  orfruit,  Theophr. ; 
cf.  μόσχος. — II.  in  Thessaly  a  kind  of 
spade  or  hoe,  Id. ;  v.  Schneid  ad  H. 
PI.  3,  3,  4. 

Μίσώύίΐς,  ες,  hateful,  dub. 

"Μΐτοεργός,  όν,  (μίτος,  *ipy(j)ivork- 
ing  the  thread,  epith.  of  the  spindle, 
Leon.  Tar.  9. 

'ίιίΐτοββΰφής,  ες.  (μίτος,  /)ύπτω)  sewn 
ii'ith  thread,  composed  of  threads,  epith. 
of  a  net,  Anth.  P.  C,  185. 

ΜΓΤ022,  ου.ό,  a  thread  of  the  woof, 
II.  23,  7U2,  cf  nt/viol•',  and  Heyne  ad 
1. :  a  iveb,  Eur.  Erechth.  13  : — κατά 
μίτον,  in  a  string,  i.  e.  in  an  unbroken 
series,  continuouslif  or  in  detail,  as  if 
thread  by  thread, andso^  κατά  ?.επτόι•, 
Polyb.  3,  32,  2,  cf  Ernesti  Clav.  Cic. 
s.  voce.  : — the  thread  of  destiiiy,  Lyc. 
584:  proverb.,  άπό  λεπτού  μ.  το  ζην 
ϊ^μτητηι,  ap.  Suid. — ΐΐ.  the  string  of  a 
lyre,  Philostr. — III.  in  the  Orphic  lan- 
guage, seed,  Lob.  Aglaoph.  p.  837.  [ij 
Hence 

Μίτ-όω,  ώ,  to  ply  the  woof  in  weav- 
ing, in  mid.,  Anth.  P.  6,  285  :— but 
inetaph.,  φθόγγου  μίτώσασθαι,  to  let 
one^s  voice  sound  like  a  string,  Mel. 
112. 

MiTpa,  ar,  ή,  Ep.  and  Ion.  μίτρη, 
a  belt  or  girdle,  worn  round  the  waist 
below  the  cuirass  as  a  protection 
against  missiles,  II.  4.  137 ;  5,  857  ; 
plated  with  metal,  4, 187,  216  ;  hence, 
χαλκομίτρας  Κάστωρ,  Pmd.  Ν.  10, 
hn. ;  cf.  ζωστήρ. — 2.  in  later  poets= 
ζώνη,  the  maiden-zone,  Call.  Jov.  21, 
Theocr.  27,  54  [ubi  μίτράν],  Mosch., 
etc. — 3.=ζστρόφιυν,  a  stomacher,  Ap. 
Rh.  3,  867. — 11.  a  headband,  worn  by 
Greek  women  to  tie  up  their  hair. 
a  snood,  Eur.  Bacch.  833 ;  also  at 
night,  Id.  Hec.  921,  cf.  Ar.  Thesm. 
257. — 2.  also  the  victor's  chaplet  at  the 
games,  Pind.  O.  9,  125,  I.  5  (A),  79  ; 
whence  he  calls  one  of  his  oaes.  Av- 
δία  μίτρα  καναχηδά  πεποικι?.μένη,  a 
Lydian  garland  (i.  e.  an  ode  in  Lydian 
measure)  eml)ellished  by  the  Hute, 
N.  8,  25. — 3.  esp.  the  national  head- 
dress of  the  Asiatics,  a  turban,  Hdt.  1, 
195,  cf.  7,  62,  90,  hke  κυρβασία: 
hence  as  a  mark  of  efleminacy,  Ar. 
Thesm.  941.     (.Vkin  to  μίτυς.) 

Μίτρα,  τις,  ?/.  the  Persian  Aphro- 
dite CVenus).  Hdt.  1.  131. 

iMι.τpaδάτ7lς,  εω,  ό,  Ιοη.=Μίθρα- 
δάτης.  name  of  the  herdsman  of  As- 
tyages  to  whom  Cyrus  was  given  to 
be  exposed,  Hdt.  1,  !10. 

^Μίτραΐος,  ov,  6,  Mitraeus,  a  Per- 
sian. Xen.  Hell.  2,  1,  8. 

Μίτρηδόν,  adv.,  like  a  band,  Nonn. 

Μιτρηφόβος,  ον,—μίτμοφόρος,  Hdt. 
7.  C2. 

MiTpiov,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  μίτρα. 

^Μιτρο3άτι/ς,  oil  Ion.  fcj.  o,  Mitro- 
bates,  governor  in  Dascyliuni  in  Asia 
Minor,  Hdt,  3,  120. 

Μίτρόδετος,  ov.  (μίτρα,  δεω)  bound 
tiith  a  μίτρα,  Anth.  P.  6,  1C5. 
910 


ΜΝΑΣ 

Μί-ροψορεω,  ώ,  to  wear  a  μίτρα,  Ar. 
Thesm.  103  :  from 

Mtrpopopor,  01•,  (μίτρα,  <^apiS)wear- 
ing  a  μίτρα  or  turimn,  cf.  μιτρτ/φόρος. 

Μίτροχίτων,  ωνος,  ύ,  η,  (μί,τρα, χι- 
τώι•)  li-ith  girded  tunic,  ap.  Ath.  523  C. 

Μ-ίτρύο),  ώ,  to  surroxvidwith  a  girdle, 
Nonn. 

ΙΜίτυλύνα,  ?/,  Dor.  for  sq.,  Theocr. 

7,  52. 

ΜίΓί'Λ^ι-'77,7/,  V.  ΜυτΜμιη  :  tMiru- 
?,ηναϊος,  etc.,  v.  Μυτιλ. 

Μίτϋλος,  also  μντιλος,  η,  ov,  Lat. 
mutilus. curtailed, esp.  hornless. 'VheoCT. 

8,  86.    (Perh.  akin  to  μιστνλ'λω.)  [1] 
Μίτνς,  νος,  ?/,  the  wax  used  by  bees 

to  cover  the  crevices  of  their  hives, 
Ari.st.  H.  A.  9,  40,  10. 

*MiTL'c,  νος,  ό,  Milys,  an  Argive, 
Dem.  1356,  7. 

Mt"u(5;yf,  ες :  βρόχος  μ.  σινδόνος, 
a"^  noose  or  halter  of  threads  or  linen, 
Soph.  Ant.  1222;  olim /.iirpajrf;/f. 

iMixa7/X,  b,  Michaiil,  an  archangel, 
N.T. 

Μ.ί^θάλόει.ς,  εσσα,  εν,  (μίχω)  = 
ομιχλώδης,  dub.  in  Coluth.  208. 

Μιχθής  part.,  μιχθηναι.  inf.,  aor.  1 
pass,  oi  μίγννμί,  11. 

MNA",  ή,  ξ&η.μνάς:  nom.  γλ.μναι: 
Ion.  nom.  sing,  μνέα,  Hdt.  2,  180  ; 
noni.  ρΧ.μν'εες.  dub.  in  Luc.  Dea  Syr. 
48  :  the  Lat.  MINA,—\.  as  a  weight, 
=  100  drachmae,=:15  oz.,  83^  grs. — 
II.  as  a  sum  of  money,  also  ^  100 
drachmae,  i.e.  4/.  Is.  3^/.  t(|;i7.01)t: 
00  μναί  make  a  talent.  (.The  form 
μνύα  is  not  in  use.  Prob.  akin  to 
Hebr.  maneh,  perh.  also  to  moneta, 
money,  etc.)     Hence 

Mi'urt? Of,  a,  ov,  of  the  weight  or  value 
ofaμvά.  Meuieke  Ameips.  Sphend.  5. 

Μΐ'(2ί5ύρίοΐ',  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  μνΰ, 
Diphil.  I3alan.  2. 

^ΙνάίαΙος,  a,  ον,^=μνααΙος,  Xen. 
Eq.  4,  4,Aiist.  Coel.  4,  4,  4;— form- 
ed like  τα'λαντιαΐος,  etc.,  cf.  Lob. 
Phryn.  552. 

Μναΐος  or  μνάϊος,  a,  ον,^μνααΐος, 
Arist.  H.  A.  5,  15,  6. 

'Μ.ναμοσύνη,μνάμων,ΐ^οτ.ίοτμνημ-. 

ΜΝΑΌΜΑΙ  (A),  contr.  μνώμαι : 
dep.,  used  by  Hom.  only  in  Od., 
sometimes  in  the  contr.  iorms,  μνά- 
ται.  μνώΐ'ταί,  μνάσθαι,  μνάσθω.  μνώ• 
μένος;  sometimes  in  these  contr. 
forms  lengthd.  a.uain,  as  2  sing.  pres. 
μι•άα,  inf.  μνάασβαι  [μνά],  part. 
μνωύμενος  ;  impf  μνάσκετο  for  εμνά- 
το,  Od.  20,  290,  3  pi.  μνώοντο :  only 
used  in  pres.  and  impf.  To  woo  to 
wife,  woo  to  be  one's  bride,  usu.  C.  acc, 
γνναΙΐία,&ίο.,  freq.  in  Od.,  sometimes 
with  no  acc.  expressed,  as  16,  77  ;  19, 
529  :  also  to  seek  to  seduce  a  woman, 
1,  39. — II.  to  court,  sue  for,  solicit,  a  fa- 
vour, an  office,  etc..  like  Lat.  ambire, 
μνεώμενος  αρχήν,  Hdt.  1,  96;  μνώ- 
μένος  βασι?ί.7/ΐην,  Hdt.  1,  205.  (At 
first  prob.  the  same  word  as  sq.  ;  for 
there  is  no  great  distance  between 
the  notions  of  thinking  murk  of  a  thing, 
and  trying  to  get  ii ;— gradually  how- 
ever these  notions  separated,  and  so 
though  in  Ep.  and  Ion.,  μνάομαί  was 
used  in  both  signfs.  ;  yet,  later,  μι- 
μνήσκομαι  (with  its  tenses  formed 
from  μνάομαί)  was  confined  to  the 
former,  and  μνύομαι  to  the  latter). 

ΜΝΑΌΜΑΙ  (Μ),  contr.  μνώμαί,  to 
think  on,  remember,  Ep.  and  Ion.  for 
μιμνησκομαί,  v.  sub  μιμνήκω  II. 

ίΜνύσάλκας,  ου  ann  α.  ό.  Mnasal- 
cas,  an  epigrammatic  poet  of  Sicyon. 
Strab.  p.  412. 

\Μνϋ,σέΰς.  ov,  6,  JSInaseas,  an  Ar- 
give, partisan  of  Philij)  of  Macedon, 
Dem.  324,  10. — 2.  a  commander  of 


MNHM 

the  Phocians,  Arist.  Pol.  5,  3,  4.-3 
a  writer  of  Patrae,  Ath.  301  D.— Oth- 
ers in  Pans.,  etc. 

tM  νασιάδιις,ου,  ό,  Mnasiades,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Polyb.  5,  64,  6. 

^Μνασιας,  or',  ό,  Mnasias,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Polyb.  17,  14,  3. 

ΊΜνασιγείτων,  όνος,  ό,  MnasigVon, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Ath.  614  D. 

|Μι•ασί(5£«α,  ας,  ή,  Mnasidica,  fern, 
pr.  n.,  Sappho  42. 

Ήίνάσΐδίύμεω,  Dor.  for  μνησίδωρέω. 

ΊΜνασινονς,  ου.  ό,  Mnasinous,  bro- 
ther of  Anaxis,  Paus.  2,  22,  5. 

Μνασίυν,  ov,  τό,  also  μνασίς,  η,  a 
Cyprian  corn-measure,=^2  medimni. 

M-vuatov,  a.\»o  μναύσιον,  ov,  τό,  an 
esculent  water-plant  of  Aegypt,  there 
called  μαλιναΰύλλη,  Theophr. 

^Μνάσίππος,  ov,  6,  Mnasippvs,  a 
commander  of  the  Spartans,  Xen. 
Hell.  6,  2,  4. 

fyivaaiuv,  ωνος,  ό,  Mnasion,  a  rhap- 
sodist,  Ath.  620  C. 

'ΙΜ.νάσκιρης,  ov,  ό,  Mnascires,  king 
of  the  Parthians,  Luc.  Macrob.  16. 

Μναστήρ,  ύ,  fern,  μνάστειρα,  Dor. 
for  μνηστ-. 

Μ,νάστις,  ή,  Dor.  for  μνήστις,  q.  v. 

iM.vάσv'λλa,  ηο,  ή,  Mnasylla,  lem. 
pr.  n.,  Anth.  P.  7,  730. 

ΙΜΐ'άσων,  ωνος,  ό,  Mnason,  a  prince 
at  Elatea  in  Phocis,  pupil  of  Aristo- 
tle, Ael.  V.  H.  3,  19. 

Μνέα,  7],  Ion.  for  μνά,  Hdt.  2,  180. 

Μνεία,  ας,  ή,=^ μνήμη,  remembrance, 
memory,  μνείαν  εχειν  τινός.  Soph. 
El.  392  ;  so  in  Eur.,  and  Plat.  Legg. 
798  B. — II.  mention,  μνείαν  πηιεϊσΟαι 
περί  Τίνος,  Aeschin.  23,  5,  Plat  Prot. 
317  Ε  ;  τινός,  Plat.  Phaedr.  254  A. 

^Μνένις,  or  Μνεϋις,  ό,  Mnevis,  a  sa- 
cred steer  of  the  Aegyptians  worship- 
ped at  Heliopolis,  Strab.  p.  803.  etc. 

Μ,ντ/μα,  Dor.  μνάμα,  ατός,  τό,  (μι- 
μνήσκω,  μνάομαι)  the  Lat.  inonimen- 
tu/n. — I.  a  7>temorial,  remembrance  or 
record  of  a  person  or  thing,  c.  gen., 
χειρών  'Έ,λένης,  ξείνου,  Od.  15,  126  ; 
21,  40;  esp.  a  7ne7norial  (f  one  dead, 
tribute  of  respect,  etc.,  Pind.  I.  8  (7), 
135  : — a  mound  or  building  in  honor  of 
the  dead,  a  monument,  11.  23,  019.  Hilt. 
7,  167,  128,  and  Att.  ;  cf  μνιιμείον, 
μvημόσ7JV0V■  —  II.  ^  μνί/μη,  viemory, 
μνήμα  εχειν  τινός,  Theogn.  112. 

Μνημάτων,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  foreg., 
name  of  a  play  by  Epigenes. 

Μνημάτίτ/ις,  ου,  ό:  λόγος  μν.,  α 
funeral  oration,  [ι] 

Μνημεϊον,  Dor.  μνύμ-,  Ion.  μνημή- 
ϊον,  ον,  τό,  like  μνήμα,  μνημόσυνον, 
Lat.  moni/nentU7n,  any  memorial,  re- 
membrance, or  record,  of  a  thing,  μν7]- 
μήία  λιπέσθαι,  Hdt.  2,  120,  135,  and 
Ireq.  in  Att.  ;  μνημεία  όρκων,  oaths 
to  remind  one,  Eur.  Supp.  1204:  esp. 
of  one  dead.  Soph.  El.  933,  1126;  a 
monument.  Eur.  I.  T.  702,  Thuc.  1, 
138,  Plat.  Criti.  120  C  -.—τα  παίδων 
μαθήματα  θανμαστυν  έχει  τι  μνημεϊ- 
ον, the  lessons  of  childhood  cling 
strangely  to  the  memory,  i.  e.  stand 
firm  like  monuments,  Plat.  Tim. 
26  B. 

Μνήμη,  ης,  ή,  (μιμνήσκω,  μνύημαι) 
remembrance,  7nemory,  record,  of  a  thing, 
first  in  Theogn.  796, 1110;  άθάνατον 
μνήμην  ?^ίπεσβαι,  Hdt.  4,144;  so, 
μνήμαι  άγήρατυι,  Lys.  198,  8  ;  etc. — 
2.  viemory  as  a  power  of  the  mind, 
μνήμιρ'  απάντων  μονσομήτορ'  ίρ}  ά• 
τιν,  Aesch.  Pr.  461  ;  and  so  freq.  in 
Att.,  esp.  as  distinguished  from  άνύ- 
μνησις,  the  act  of  recollecting,  Plat. 
Phileb.  34  C,  and  esp.  Arist.  περί  μνή- 
μης και  άναμνήσεως : — μν7'/μης  νπο, 
nommemory,  Soph.  Ο.  Γ.  1131  j  Ιφ' 


ΜΝΗΜ 

δσον  μν.  άνθμώπων  έφικνεΐται,  Xen. 
Cyr.  5,  5,  8.—3.=μν7/μα,  μνημείον-, 
Plat.  Leg5.  "41  C. — Λ\.ιη€ιΐίιο)ΐ,  notice 
of  a  thing,  μνήμην  ττοίΐϊσθαί  Τίνος, 
Lat.  mentionem  facere,  Hdt.  1,15,  etc.  : 
&\so  μνήμην  ίχειν  τινός,  Hdt.  1,  14, 
etc.,  (but  also  to  remember  it.  Plat. 
Phaedr.  251  D) ;  μνήμην  επασκεειν, 
L••^.^.  rerumgestaruin  memoriam  excolere, 
Hdt.  2,  77. — 111.  μν-  βασί/Λίης,  the 
imperial  cabinet  ov  archives,  Hdn.  4,  8. 
— Cf,  μνημοσύνη. 

Μνημήιον,  ου,  τό,  Ion.  ίοτ μνημεΐον, 
Hdt. 

Μνημόνειος,  ον,  {μνήμη)  concerning 
the  memory,  ζι^τήματα  μν.,  questions 
for  exercising  the  memory.  Poll. 

Μνημόνενμα,  ατός,  το,  (μνημονεύω) 
an  act  i>f  memory,  a  remembrunce.  Arist. 
de  Memor.  1,  IG,  Plut.  2,  78G  E. 

Μ,νημονεντέον,  verb.  adj.  from 
μνημονεύω,  one  must  remember,  Plat. 
Kep.  441  D. 

Μνημονεντικός,  ή,  όν,  fitted  for  re- 
minding ;  and 

Μνημοι/εντός,  η,  όν,  that  can  be  or 
is  to  be  remembered,  Arist.  Rhet.  1,11, 
8,  de  Memor.  1,  2,  9  :  from 

Μ,νημονεύω,  {μνήμων)^μιμνήσκο- 
μαΐ,  to  remember,  call  to  viind,  think  iif, 
c.  ace,  Hdt.  1,  30,  Aesch.  Pers.  783, 
Soph.  Fr.  779  ;  and  so  Eur.,  Plat., 
etc.  ;  c.  inf.,  to  remember  to  do,  Ar. 
Eccl.  264  :  μν.  ότι....  Plat.  Rep.  480  ; 
ει...,  Dem.  12, 15 : — distinguished  from 
άναμιμνήσκεσθαι,  Arist.  de  Memor. 
2,  25,  cf  silb  μνήμη. — II.  to  call  to  an- 
other's mind,  mention,  say,  Lat.  memo- 
rare,  c  acc.  Plat.  Legg.  (j4G  B,  Xen. : 
also,  μν.  Tivi  τίνος,  to  make  mention 
of  a  thins  to  another,  Lennep  Phalar. 
p.  153  (Ed.  17i:'7). 

B.  pass,  to  be  remembered,  had  in 
memory,  mentioned,  Eur.  Hcracl.  331, 
Plat.,  etc.  ;  c.  inf,  μνημονεύεται  γε- 
νέσθαι. Thuc.  2,  47 ;  c.  part.,  Plat. 
Rep.  600  k. 

Μνημονικός,  ή,  όν,  {μνήμων)  he- 
longing  to  remetnbrance  or  memory,  to 
μν.=μντ'/μη,  me?nory,  Xen.  Oec.  9,  11  : 
— but,  TO  μν.  (with  or  without  τέχνη- 
μα), artificial  memory,  mcmoria  techni- 
ca.  Plat.  Hipp.  Maj.  285  E,  Hipp. 
Min.  3u8  D  ;  so  ra  μνημονικά,  Anst- 
de  Anima  3,  3,  G,  cf  tichneid.  Xen. 
Symp.  4,  62. — II.  of  persons,  having  a 
good  memory,  μν.  είναι,  Ar.  Nub.  483  ; 
Plat.  Phaedr.  274  Ε  ;  opp.  to  αναμνη- 
στικός, Arist.  de  Memor.  1,  1  ;  cf 
sub.  μνήμη. — III.  adv.  -κώς,^07η  orby 
memory,  μν.  ειπείν,  Aeschm.  33,  32, 
cf  Dem.  1383,  7  ;— but, //r.  έ-ι-'λητ- 
τειν.  to  reprove  so  that  one  will  not  for- 
get. Plat.  Polit.  257  B. 

Μνημοσύνη,  ης.  Dor.  μνΰμ-,  ή,  re- 
membrance, memory,  μν.  τις  πνρός  γε- 
νέσθί.ι  (for  μεμνώμεβα  πυρός),  let  us 
be  mindful  of  the  fire,  11.  8,  181  ;  μν. 
τινός  άνεγείρειν,  Pind.  Ο.  8,  97  ; — in 
Att.  only  as  prop,  n.,  μνήμη  being  the 
common  form. — I!,  as  ])rop.  n.,  Mne- 
mosi/ne,  the  mother  of  the  muses,  fH. 
Hom.  Meri.  429,t  Hes.  Th.  54.  etc.  ; 
because  before  the  invention  of  writ- 
ing, memory  was  the  poet's  chief  ex- 
cellence, cf.  Aesch.  Pr.  461  :  hence 
acc.  to  a  legend  in  Pausan.  9,  29,  2, 
the  first  three  muses  were  in  Boeo- 
tiacalled  Mi'?///7;,'Ao£(57),and  Με/.έτη. 

Μνημόσυνυν,  ov,  τό,^μνήμα,  μνη- 
μεΐον, a  remembrance,  memorial,  record 
of  a  thing,  freq.  in  Hdt.,  esp.  μνημό- 
σννον  ( or  more  usu.  μνημόσυνα  ), 
έωντον  λιπέσθαι  1,  185;  4,  81,  etc., 
rarely  in  Att.,  as  Thuc.  5, 11 :  and  in 
Ar.  Vesp.  538,  559,  where  it  is  a  re- 
mainder, memorandum.  Strictly  neut. 
from  an  adj.  μνημόσννος. 


ΜΝΗΣ 

Μνήμων,  ό,  ή,μνήμον,  τό,  gen.  όνος 
(μνάημαι) : — mindful,  remembering,  Od. 
21,  95;  μνήμοσιν  δεΆτοις  φρενών, 
Aesch.  Pr.  789:  c.  gen.,  mindful  of , 
φόρτου  μνήμων,  looking  to  the  cargo, 
Od.  8,  163,  cf  II.  23,  361,  Wolf  Pro- 
leg,  p.  Ixxxix.  ;  V.  μιμνήσκω  II.  3. — 
2.  ever-mindful, unforgetling,  Ερινύες, 
μήνις,  Aesch.  Pr.  516,  Ag.  155,  and 
Soph. — 3.  having  a  good  memory,  Ar. 
Kub.  414,  Plat.  Meno  71  C,  Theaet. 
144   Α.- — II.  act.  reminding:  hence — 

1.  among  the  Dorians  of  Sicily,  ό 
μνάμων,  =  έπίσταθμος  συμποσίου, 
Lat.  magistrr  convivii,  Plut.  2,  612  C, 
cf  Luc.  Symp.  3,  Anth.  P.  11,  31.— 

2.  oi  μνήμονες.  Recorders,  like  γραμ- 
ματείς, because  they  preserved  tne 
memory  of  events,  Arist.  Pol.  8,  6,  7  : 
cf  Ιερομνήμων. 

Μνήσαι,  inf.  aor.  of  μιμνήσκω, 
Hom. 

Μνησαίατο,λοη.  for μνήσαιντο,  opt. 
aor.  mid.  of  μιμνήσκω. 

^Μνήσαιος,  ov,  ό,  Mnesaeiis,  a  Tro- 
jan. Qu.  Sm.  10,  88. 

Μνησύρετος,  ov,  {μνάομαι,  αρετή) 
mindful  of  virtue  :  Μνησαρέτη,  was 
the  real  name  of  the  courtesan  Phryne, 
tPlut.  2,  401.t  [a] 

iMv7/σapχιόης,  ov,  ό,  sonofMnesar- 
chus,  i.  e.  Pythagoras,  Luc.  Somn.  4, 
etc. —  II.  as  masc.  pr.  n.,  Mnesarchides, 
a  friend  of  Midias,  Dem.  581,  14.— 2. 
another  Athenian,  Id.  1332,  14. 

'{Μνήσαρχος,  ov,  ό,  Mnesarchus,  sou 
ofEuphron,  father  of  Pythagoras  of 
Samos,  Hdt.  4,  195. — 2.  an  Athenian, 
father  of  Euripides,  Suid. — 3.  a  ty- 
rant of  Chalcis  in  Euboea,  Aeschin. 
63,  37. 

Μνησάσκετο,  Ion.  for  ίμνήσατο, 
aor.  mid.  oi  μιμνήσκω,  II. 

ΜΑνησιβουΆος,  ov,  ό,  Mnesibfdus,  an 
Athenian  against  whom  one  of  the 
orations  of  Dem.  is  directed,  1139 
sqq. — 2.  an  Acharnian,  condemned 
for  peculation,  Id.  Epist.  1480,  13.— 
Others  in  Paus. ;  etc. 

^Μνησίόημος,  ου,  ό,  Mnesidemus, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Luc.  ;  etc. 

Μνι/σΐύωρέω,  ω,  Dor.  μνΰσ- :  to 
bring  presents  in  gratitude  :  to  shoiv  grat- 
itude, Orac.  ap.  Dem.  531,  12;  1072, 
25. 

ίΜνησιθείδης,  ov,  ό,  Mnesithides, 
one  of  the  thirty  tyrants,  Xen.  Hell. 
2,  3,  2.-2.  Archon  01.  80,  4,  Diod. 
S.  11,  81  :  cf  Dem.  279,  17.— 3.  son 
of  Antiphanes,  ambassador  with 
Dem.  to  the  Thehans,  Id.  291,  6. 

Μνησιθεος,  ov,  {μνάομαι.  θεός)  re- 
membering God,  cf  Plat.  Crat.  394  E. 

^Μνησιθεος.  ου,  ό,  Mnesithcus,  an 
Athenian  of  Alopece,  Dem.  541,  7. — 
Others  in  Ath. ;  etc. 

ΜνησΙκακέω,  ώ,  to  be  μνησίκακος, 
to  remember  wrongs  done  one,  Hdt.  8, 
29  :  to  bear  ill  will  or  malice,  esp.  in 
party  politics,  hence,  oii  μν.,  to  bear 
no  7nalice,  pass  an  act  of  amnesty,  Ar. 
PI.  1146,  Thuc.  4,  74,  Xen.  Hell.  2, 
4,  43,  and  Oratt.,  cf  esp.  Dem.  G85, 
7. — Construct. :  c.  dat.  pers.  et  gen. 
rci,  μ.  Tivi  τίνος,  to  hear  one  a  grudge 
/or  a  thing,  ap,  Andoc.  11,  5,  Xen. 
An.  2,  4,  1  :  also,  μν.  περί  τίνος, 
isocr.  299  Β,  etc.— II.  c.  acc.  rei.  την 
ή'λικίαν  μν..  to  reproach  with  the  ills  of 
age,  Ar.  i\ub.  999. 

Μνησϊκΰκητικός,  ή,  όν,:=μνησίκα- 
κος.  Arr..  Epict. 

Μνησικακία,  ας.  ή,  the  remembrance 
of  wrongs,  Plut.  2,  860  A  :  from 

Μνησίκακος,  ov,  {μνάομαι,  κακός) 
remembering  wrongs,  bearing  malice, 
revengeful,  Arist.  Rhet.  2,  4.  17,  Eth. 
N.  4,  3,  30.  [t]  I 


ΜΝΗΣ 

^Μνησικ7.ής,  έονς,  ό,  Mnesicles,  a 
well-known  sycophant  at  Athens, 
Dem.  995,  8.— Others  in  Dem.  967 
20  ;  etc. 

\Μνησίλεως,  u,  ό,  Mnesilaus,  son 
of  Pollux  and  Phoebe,  ApoUod.  3, 
11,2. 

^Μνησίλοχος,  ov,  6,  Mnesilochus, 
an  Athenian,  one  of  the  thirty  tyrants, 
Xen.  Hell.  2,  3,  2.-2.  a  father-in-law 
of  Euripides,  Ar.  Thesm. — Others  in 
Dem.  1219,20;  etc. 

^Μνησιμάχη,  ης,  ή,  Mnesimache, 
daughter  of  Dexamenus  in  Olenua, 
Apollod.  2,  5,  5.-2.  daughter  of  Ly- 
sippus  of  Crioa,  Dem.  1083,  11. 

Μνησίμάχος.  ov,  {μνάομαι,  μάχη) 
mindful  of  the  battle,  [i] 

^Μνησίμΰχος,  ov,  ό,  Mnesimachus, 
a  poet  of  the  middle  comedy,  Meineke 
1,  p.  423;  3,  567. 

Μνησίνοος,  ov,  contr.  -νους,  ουν, 
mindful,  thoughtful,   [ί] 

ΜνησΙπημων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  {μνάο- 
μαι, πήμα)  reminding  of  misery  ;  μν. 
πόνος,  the  painful  memory  of  woe, 
Aesch.  Ag.  180. 

^Μνήσιππος,  ov,  b,  Mnesippus, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Luc.  Tox.  62. 

^Μνησιπτολέμα,  ή,  Mnesiptolema, 
a  daughter  of  Themistocles,  Plut. 
Them.  32. 

^Μνησιπτόλεμος,  ου,  ό,  Mnesiptole- 
mus,  an  Athenian,  Isae.  52,  29. — 2.  a 
historian  at  the  court  of  Antiochus 
the  great,  Ath.  697  D,  after  whom 
Epinicas  named  a  comedy.  Id.  432  B. 

Μνήσις,  Dor.  μνάσις,  εως,  ή,  {μνά- 
ομαι) rnncmbrance.  Soph.  Fr.  146,  e 
coiij.  Grotii ;  but  μνήστις,  is  the  usu. 
form,  Lob.  Paral.  442. 

ίΜνησιστράτειοι,  ων,  οι.  the  Mne- 
sislrateans,  οτ followers  of  Mnesisirntus, 
a  sect  of  philosophers.  Ath.  279  D. 

'\Μνιισίστΐ)ατος,  ου,  b,  Mnesistratus, 
a  Thasian,  Diog.  L.  3,  47. 

Μνηπιτοκος,  ov,  {μνάομαι,  τόκος) 
mindful  of  birth,  fruitful,  ά\Λ>.  in  Hipp, 
p.  593. 

'ίΜνησίφΟΜς.  ov,  ό,  Mnesiphilus.  an 
Athenian,  Hdt.  8,  57. — 2.  an  A  then, 
archon,  Dem.  235.  2. — 3.  a  historian. 
Plut.  Them.  2. 

ΜνησΙχάρη,  ης,  ή,  {χαίρω)  gaycty. 
[ΐ] 

Μνήσκομαι,  for  μιμνήσκομαι,  in 
Anacr.  69,  4. 

Μνήσομαι,  fut.  mid.  of  μιμνήσκω, 
Hom. 

Μνηστεία,  ας,  ή,  {μνάομαι  Α)  α 
wooing,  courting,  Plut  Cat.  Min.  30, 
Luc. 

Μνήστειρα,  Dor.  μναστ-,  ή,  fem. 
from  μνηστήρ,  a  bride,  Anth. — JI.  re- 
minding of  ,  c.  gen.,  'Κφρούίτας  μνά- 
στειραν  όπώραν,  Pind.  1.  2,  8. 

Μνήστενμα.  ατός,  τό,  (μνηστενω) 
courtship,  wooing,  ΰ/.?.ης  γυναικός  εκ- 
πονεί μνηστενματα,  set  aljout  wooing 
another  wile,  Eur. Hel.  1514:  inpjur., 
spousals,  ώ  KUKU  μν..  Id.  Phoen.  580. 

Μνήστευσις,  εως,  ή,  a  wooing  and 
winning,  espousal. 

Μνηστεντέον,  verb.  adj.  from  μιμ- 
νήσκω, one  must  remind  of,  τινός. 
Dion.  H.  Rhet.  p.  238,  9. 

Μνηστεντικύς,  ή,  ov.  belonging  to 
courtship  or  espousal ;  from 

Μνηστιύω,=μνάομαι,  to  ivoo,  court, 
seek  in7nnrrioge,  c.  arc,  γυναίκα,  θν- 
γατρα,  Od.  18,  276,  lies.  Fr.  73;  i- 
μιήστίνσε  την  γυναίκα  ίναλαβεϊν, 
Xen.  Hell,  6,  4.  2Ί  -,—μν.  ;ά//ον,  Eur. 
I.  Λ.  847,  Plat.  Legg.  773  Β:  to  woo 
and  uin,  expouse,  Tlieogn.  1 108,  The- 
ocr.  18,  G. — 2.  later,  in  Act.  to  ask  in 
vmrritf^e  fur  another  ;  and  in  mid.  to 
woo  for  one's  self,  both  in  Apollod. — U, 
941 


MNOO 

(ο  promise  in  marriage,  betroth,  T))V 
ϋνγατέμα  Tcvi,  Eur.  El.  313;  so  γύ- 
μον  μνηβτενΐΐν  τινί,  Ιο  bring  about  a 
marriage /or  another,  help  him  to  a 
wife,  Ap.  Rh.  2,  511. — HI.  generally, 
lo  sue  or  canvass  for  a  thing,  c.  ace, 
χειροτονίαν,  Isocr.  102  A. 

ΙΑνηατέω,^^μνηστΐνο),  dub. 

"ίΑνηστή,  τ/ς,  ή,  v.  μνηστός,  Horn. 

liivt}aT7ip,  Dor.  μναστ-,  ήρος,  ό, 
{μΐ'ύομαι)  a  wooer,  suitor,  freq.  in  Od. 
of  the  suitors  )f  Penelope ;  c.  gen., 
ηαίόος  έμ?/ς  μν.,  Hdl.  ϋ,  130;  also, 
γάμων  μν.,  Aesch.  Pr.  739,  Soph., 
etc. — 11.  calling  to  mind,  mindful  of, 
ΰγύνων,  πολίμον,  Piiid.  P.  12,  4'J,  N. 
1,  24  ;  of.  μιμνί/σκω  Β.     Hence 

ΜΐΊ/στήριος,  ov,ficfor  wooing,  δώρα, 
Christod.  Ecphr.  08. 

Μΐ'Ίΐστι/ριώόης,  ες, {μνηστηρ,  είδος) 
likv  a  suitor  or  wooer,  Clem.  Λ1. 

Μ.ί>7ΐστ/ιροκτονία,  ας,  ή,  the  slaugh- 
ter (if  the  suitors  :  from 

Μνηστηροκτύνος,  ov,  ( μνηστηρ, 
ΚΤείνυ)  slaying  the  suitors. 

Μνηστημοφονία,  ας,  τ/,=μνηητηρο- 
κτονία,  the  name  of  the  twenty-se- 
cond Book  of  the  Odyssey,  Ath. 
192  D. 

Μΐ'ηστης,  ov,  ό,=μνηστί]ρ,  Philox. 
ap.  Ath.  147  B. 

Miv/OTir.  Dor.  μνΰστις,  ιος,  ή, 
Alcman  121,  (μνάομαι)  a  remembering, 
being  mindful  of  a  thing,  remembrance, 
c.  gen.,  as  δόρπον,  Od.  13.  280  ;  μνΰ- 
στίν  Τίνος  παρέχειν  τινί,  Theocr.  28, 
23  : — ούτω  δ{/  νε?.ωνος  μνηστις  γέ- 
γονεν,  then  you  bethought  yourselve.s 
of  Gelon,  Hdt.  7,  158  : — memory,fame, 
Simon.  16.     Cf.  μνησις. 

Μνηστός,  ή,  όν,  (μνάομαι)  wooed 
and  won.  wedded ;  ΰ/ιοχος  μνηΰτϊι,  a 
wedded  wife,  opp.  to  a  concubine,  II. 
G,  24G,  etc. ;  so  μνηστή,  absol.,  Ap. 
Rh.  1,  780. 

+Μι•^σΓρα,  ας,  ij,Mnestra,  daughter 
of  Danaus.  Apollod.  2,  1,  5. — Others 
in  Plut.  Ciin.  4  ;  etc. 

'Μρήστρια,  η,  fein.  from  μνηστί/ρ, 
=  7:ρομ  νήστρία. 

Μι-ήστμον,  τό,  betrothal,  marriage. 

'Μ.νηστνς,  νος,  ή,  Ιοη.ίοϊ μνηστεία, 
α  wooing,  courting,  asking  in  marriage, 
Od.  2,  199,  etc.  [i;  Od.  l(i,  291  ;  19, 
13  :  but  ϋ  in  genitive. J 

Μνήστωρ,  ορός,  ό,  mindful  of ,  τινός, 
Aesch.  Thcb.  181. 

Μι•τ/σω,  fut.  οί μιμνήσκω,  II. 

ί^ίνήσων,  ωνος,  ό,  Mneson,  an 
Athenian,  Isae.  63,  24. — Others  in 
Arist.  Pol.  5,  3,  4  ;  etc. 

tM^7/σίJ^•tJ7/f,  ου,  b,  Mnesonides, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  ap.  Dein.  929,  23. 

Μ.νΙΰρός,  ά,  όν,  (μνίον)  mossy,  soft 
as  moss,  τάττης,  Anth.  P.  0,  250. 

Μνϊόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  =  forego.  Αρ. 
Rh.  4,  1237. 

Μνίον,  ov,  τό,  moss,  sea-weed,  Lyc. 
398  ;  like  βρνον,  akin  to  μνόος  :  cf. 
sq.  [i,  Nuincn.  ap.  Ath.  295  C  ;  but 
μνϊυν  in  Is'ic.  Al.  396,  cf  θρϊον.] 

ΜΝΓ0'Σ,=  (ί7Γαλόζ•,  Euphor.  Fr. 
137  ;  cf  Hesych.  s.  v.  μνοϊον. 

"ΜνΙώδης,  ες,  {μνίον,  εΙδος)=μνια- 
ρός,  like  moss,  Nlc.  ΑΙ.  497. 

ΜΐΌί'α,  ας,  ή,  also  μνωία,  μνώα  or 
μνώα,  ή,  among  the  Cretans,  α  class 
of  serfs  or  vassals,  Scol.  Hybr.  (Ilgen, 
p.  102,  sq.),  V.  Ath.  267  C,  MuUer 
Dor.  3,  4,  <J  1.     ^ 

^ίνοίτης,  ov,  b,  also  μνωΐτης,  μνώ• 
της,  ό,  a  serf,  ap.  Ath.  267  C. 

ΜΝΟ'ΟΣ,  ό,  contr.  μ.νοϋς,  like 
χνόος,  χνοϋς,  fine,  soft  down,  as  on 
young  birds,  Lat.  pluma,  Anth.  P.  5, 
121.  In  Ephipp.  Cydon  2,  it  seems 
to  be  a  sweetmeat.  (Akin  to  μνίον, 
ανίος.) 

942 


ΜΟΔΟ 

MvoiiiJior,  οι»,  τό,  dim.  from  μνύος, 
Lob.  Phryn.  87. 

Mrwia,  μνωιτης,  v.  sub  μνοία, 
μνοίτης. 

Μνώμενος,  part,  from  μνάομαι,  to 
woo,  od. 

Μνώνται,  3  pi.  pres.  from  μνάομαι, 
to  woo,  Od. 

Μνίοόμενος,  poet,  lengthd.  part, 
from  μνάομαι,  to  remember,  Od. 

Μΐ'ώοΐ'ΓΟ,  3  pi.  impf  from  μνάομαι, 
to  woo,  Od. :  but  also  from  μνάομαι, 
to  remember,  11. 

tMoayerT^f,  ου,  ό,  Moagetes,  a  ty- 
rant in  Cibyra,  Strab.  p.  631. 

^Μοαφέρνης,  ονς,  b,  Moaphernes, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Strab  p.  557. 

Moyjof,  όν,  with  a  hoarse,  hollow 
voice.  Medic. 

Μογείω,=μογέω. 

Μογερός,  ά,  όν,  of  persons,  toiling, 
distressed,  wretched,  Aesch.  Pr.  505, 
Theb.  827,  freq.  in  Eur.,  Ar.  Ach. 
1207  ; — of  things,  toilsome,  grievous, 
painful,  Trag.— Only  poet. ;  cf  σμν- 
γερός.     Adv.  -ρώς.     From 

Μο}έω,  ω,  f.  -ήσω,  (μάγος)  to  toil  or 
svffer,  to  be  in  trouble  or  distress,  Od. 
7,  214,  Aesch.  Pr.  275,  Ag.  1624,  Eur. 
Ale.  849  ; — elsewli.  in  Horn.,  either 
in  participle  joined  with  another 
verb,  nearl5'=^o)'<f,  leiihpnin  or  troti- 
ble,  hardly.  μο}έων  άττοκινήσασκε,  II. 
11,  636,  θέσαν  μογέοντες,  11.  12,  29; 
—  or  more  usu.  in  phrase,  ηολλά 
μο)ήσας,  haiing  gone  through  many 
toils,  II.  2,  690,  etc. ;  so  too  lies.,  and 
Theogn.;  hence  c.  ace.  cognato,uAyfa 
μ  έ~ί  τινι,  to  undergo  painful  sufier- 
ings  for  one,  II.  1,  162;  9,  492,  Od. 
16,  19. — Only  poet.     Cf  ττοι-'ί'ω. 

Μο}ίάω,  Lacon.  for  μογέω,  Ar. 
Lys.  1002,  cf  1-ob.  Phryn.  82 ;  but 
Dind.  μογίομες,  v.  ad  1. 

Μο-}Γλά'λία,  ας,  ή,  a  speaking  uith 
difficulty  .•  from 

Μθ}Ιλάλος,  ov,  {μόγις,  λαλέω) 
hardly  speaking:  dumb,  LXX. 

Mo} if,  adv.  (μόγος,  μογέω)  with  toil 
and  pain,  hence  hardly,  scarcely,  II.  9, 
355,  Od.  3,  119,  etc.,  Hdt.  1,  116:— 
oft.  joined  with  a  similar  adv.,  μό}ΐς 
και  ι3ραβεως,  μόγις  και  κατ'  ολίγον. 
etc.,  with  toil  and  trouble,  Duker 
Thuc.  7,  40,  Dorv.  Chaiit.  p.  345  (Ed. 
1750)  ;  βία  και  μ..  Plat.  Phaed.  lOS 

B.  Cf  the  post-Hom.  μόλις,  [t  in 
arsis,  II.  22,  412.]     Hence 

Μογΐςα-φέδάφα,  ή,  {μόγις,  άπτομαι, 
έδαφος)  hardly  touching  the  ground, 
epith.  of  the  gout,  Luc.  Tragop. 
199. 

ΜΟΤΟΣ,  ov,  b,  toil,  II.  4,  27: 
trouJ)le,  distress,   Lat.  labor.  Soph.  O. 

C.  1714:  cf.  μόχϋος.  {Hence  μογέω, 
μο}ερός,  μόγις,  μόχθος,  μοχβέω,  μοχ- 
βημός  :  akin  to  Germ.  Miihc,  and  also 
prob.  to  μόλις,  Lat.  moles,  molestus  ; 
V.  plura  ap.  Pott  Et.  Forsch.  l,p. 
283.) 

Μογοστοκέω,  ώ,  to  bring  forth  with 
ρα•η,  dub.  :  and 

Μογοστοκία,  ar,  ή,  a  hard  or  pain- 
ful childbirth,  Manetho :  from 

Μογοστόκος,  ov,  {μόγις,  τίκτω) 
helping  women  in  hard  childbirth,  epith. 
of  llithyia,  II.  11,  270,  etc. ;  of  Diana, 
Theocr.  27,  29.  (Not  μογοςτόκος,  v. 
Buttm.  Lexil.  s.  v.  βέσκελος.) 

Μ,όδιος,  ov,  ο,  a  dry  measure,  Lat. 
modius,z=i\\e  third  part  of  an  ampho- 
ra, 16  scxtarii,  Dinaich.  95,  37,  Pint. 
— II.  ο  measure  of  length=^200  fathoms. 
Hence 

Μοδισμός,  ov,  b,  a  measuring  by 
modii. 

Μόδος,  ov,  ό,  a  plant,  γϊοΚ=μάδον, 
μάδος,  μαδωνία,  Hipp.  p.  408. 


MOIP 

tMot5prt,  uv,  TO,  Modra,  a  city  of 
Phrygia,  Strab.  p.  543. 

Mo(?af,  0,  v.  μόΟων. 

ΜΟ'ΘΟΣ,  ov,  ό,  battle,  the  hattledin, 
II.  7,  117,  etc.  ;  μάθος  ίππων,  the  noise 
of  horses  (i.  e.  of  their  trampling),  11. 
7,  240,  where  others  take  it  ol  their 
neighing: — in  plur.,  Call.  Ej).  71. 

Μόθονρα,  ας,  ή,  the  handle  of  an 
oar. 

iM.όθωv,  ωνος,  ό,  Mothon,  father  of 
Naucydes,  Pans.  2,  22,  7. — II.  a  rock 
in  harbor  of  Μεθώνη,  q.  v.,  Id.  4,  35, 1. 

Ήίοθων.  ωνος,  also  μόθαξ,  άκος,  ό : 
among  the  Lacedaem.  μόϋωνες  and 
υόϋακες,  were  (ace.  to  MuUer)  chil- 
dren of  Helots,  brought  up  as  loster- 
brothers  of  the  young  Spartans,  and 
eventually  emancipated,  but  usually 
without  acquiring  civic  rights.  Dor. 
3,  3,  'J  5  :  others  identify  them  with 
the  τρόφιμοι,  v.  Phylarch.  ap.  Ath. 
271  E,  coin[iared  with  Xen.  Hell.  5, 
3,  9. —  As  such  pet  Helots  were  like- 
ly to  presume,  and  be  sell-willed, 
hence. — 2.  μύθων  in  Att.  is  an  impu- 
dent fellow.  Ar.  Plut.  279  :  invoked  as 
the  god  of  impudence,  Ar.  Eq.  635. — II. 
alsoariif/e,  licentious  dance,  Eur.Bacch. 
lot  0.  Ar.  Eq.  097,  cf.  Schol.  Ar.  Plut. 
279,  Miiller  Dor.  3,  3,  ^  3.     Hence 

Μυβωνικός,  ή,  όν,  {μύθων  1.  2)  like 
a  μύθων,  rude,  impudent,  Lat.  verntlis, 
Ion  ap.  Plut.  Pericl.  5. 

Mot,  encht.dat.  sing,  of  eyu,  Horn. 

Μοιμνάω,  strengthd.  for/zvaw,  q.  v. 

ΜοιμνλΆω,  strengthd.  lor  μυλλω, 
q•  V. 

Μοιός,  η,  όν,  v.  σμοιός. 

Μοΐμα,  ας  Ion.  ης,  ή,  {μείρομαι, 
μέρος,  and  so  akin  to  μομος,  Lat. 
■mors).  A  part,  as  opp.  to  the  whole, 
II.  10,  253,  Od.  4,  97,  etc.  :  so  in  prose, 
a  dinision  of  an  army,  Xen.  Hell.  3,  3, 
10. — II.  the  part  or  ]iarty  whicli  a  man 
chooses,  esp.  in  politics,  Lat.  partes, 
but  in  Greek  always  in  sing.,  as  Hdt. 
5,  69.— III.  the  part  or  portion  which 
falls  to  one,  Horn.  ;  Ίση  μοΐμα,  11.  9, 
318  ;  ή  τον  πατμος  μοΙμα,  one's  inhe- 
ritance, patrimony,  ap.  Detn.  1067,  5. 
— 2.  one's  portion  in  life,  lot,  fate,  desti- 
ny, oft.  in  Horn.,  mostly  oi  ill-fortune, 
but  also  of  good,  c.  g.  opp.  to  άμμο• 
ρίη,  Od.  20,  70  ;  έπΙ  γάρ  τοι  έκάστω 
μοίρανεϋηκαν  αθάνατοι,  to  each  they 
gave  his  hit,  Od.  19,  592  :  not  seldom 
c.  iiif,  μοίρα  φι'λ.ονς  Ίδέειν,  Od.  4, 
475  ;  μ.  θανείν,  11.  7,  52 ;  μ.  βιότοιο, 
one's  portion  or  measure  of  life,  11.  4, 
170.•  νπέρ  μοΊραν,  against,  in  spite 
oi  destiny,  11.20,  330  :— esp.  like  μό- 
ρας, one's  fate,  i.  e.  death,  II.  0,  4t:8, 
Od.  11,  500  :  in  full,  θάνατος  και  μοί- 
ρα, tor  μοίρα  θανάτου,  v.  ir.Ira  Η.  tin. ; 
also  the  cause  of  death,  Od.  21,  24. — 3. 
a  share  or  portion  of  the  spoil.  Od.  11, 
534  :  a  share  of  the  meal,  portion,  Od. 
15,  140,  etc. — 4.  a  division  or  piece  of 
land,  II.  10,  08,  and  oft.  in  Hdt.— 5. 
that  uihich  is  one's  due,  that  which  is 
meet  and  right,  Lat.  quod  fas  est,  in 
Hom.  usu.  in  phrase,  k&tu  μοϊμαν 
έειπίς{ΐειπε),  thou  hast  spoktn^i/i/, 
rightly,  as  beseems  thee,  II.  16,3h7,  Hes. 
Op.  763  ;  so  also  iv  μοίμτι,  II.  19,  186  ; 
opp.  to  παμα  μοϊμαν,  Od.  14,  509  : 
μοϊμαν  νέμειν  τινί,  to  give  one  his 
due.  Soph.  Tr.  1239:  hence  proper  re- 
spect, reverence  meet  or  due,  in  such 
phrases  as,  έν  μοίρη  uynv  τινά,  Hdt. 
2,  172  ;  μοϊμαν  νέμειν,  Blomf.  Aesch. 
Pr.  299 :  μοϊμαν  ποιεισθαι  θιονς,  lor 
iv  μοίμα  Ιχειν  {μοϊμαν  ποιεισθαι 
being  regarded  as  a  single  verb), 
Herin.  Soph.  O.  C.  278  :  also  iv  rij 
τον  ά^αΰοϋ  μοίρα  είναι,  to  be  consid- 
ered as  among  goods,  Lat.  in  numtro 


MOIP 

,..essc.  Plat.  Phil.  54  C  ;  so,  εΙς  άλλτίν 
μοϊραν  τιβέναι,  lb.  ;  cf.  '/.ό}ος  Β.  11.  : 
— hence  with  a  gen.,  merely  peri- 
phrast.,  as,  μ.  νόστου,  for  νόστος, 
Find.  P.  4,  349;  ώς  εν  —αιόίύς  μοίρα, 
Lat.  tanquani  per  tusuTn,  Plat.  Legg. 
656  Β  ;  μέτοχος  είναι  της  τον  ΰ)  α- 
βοϋ  μοίρας,  ί•  e.  του  αγαθού.  Id.  Phil. 
60  Β :  ανδρός  μοίρα  τζροςετέθη.  it 
was  accounted  manly,  Thuc.  3,  82. 
— IV.  a  degree,  in  astronom.  sense. 

B.  Moipa,  as  prop,  n.,  J/oera,  the 
goddess  of  fate,  answermg  to  the  Ro- 
man Parca,  who  (like  Α/σα)  gives  to 
all  their  portion  of  good  or  of  evil. 
Horn,  in  this  sense  always  has  it  in 
sing.,  except  II.  24,  49.  We  find  the 
number  three  with  the  names  Clotho, 
Lachesis,  Atropos,  first  in  Hes.  Th. 
218,  where  they  are  daughters  of 
Night,  but  lb.  904,  they  are  daughters 
of  Jupiter  and  Themis : — in  Horn., 
sometimes  Μοίρα  θεον,  Od.  11,  292. 
Μοίρα  θεών,  Od.  3,  209  ;  though  it 
would  prob.  be  better  to  write  μοϊρα, 
as  appellat.,  destiny,  (as  even  Wolf 
has  done  in  Od.  22,  413),  as  in  the 
similar  phrase  Αιός  αίσα,  δαίμονος 
αίσα.  The  ΜοΓρα  is  often  in  Horn, 
the  goddess  of  death,  as  11.  4,  517  ;  18, 
119;  or,  generally,  of  ill,  as  11.  5, 
G13  ;  19,  87  :  though  then  she  is  usu. 
defined  by  some  epith.,  as,  Μοϊρα 
κραταιή,  ό?.οή,  κακή,  δυςώνυμος,  Μ. 
ο?^οή  βανύ,τοίο  :  Hom.  also  joins  θά- 
νατος καΐ  Μοίρα  κραταιή,  θεός  και 
Μ.  κρ.,  η.  19,  410,  cf  16,  849. 

tMo/pa}'ev7?f,  ους,  6,  Moeragenes, 
masc.  pr.  η..  Pint. 

Μοιράγέτης,  ov,  ό,  (μοίρα,  ήγεομαι) 
α  guide  of  fate,  Paus.  10,  24,  4. 

MoipaZof,  a,  ov,  (μοίρα)  destined, 
Lat.fatalts.  Alciphr.  1,  20. — II.  (from 
μοίρα  A.  IV)  of  a  degree,  Mathem. 

Μοφάζ•,  άδος,  ή,  v.  1.  for  μοιρίς. 

Μοιρΰσία,  ας.  ή,  later  form  for  sq. 

Μοίρΰσις,  εως,  ή,  (μοιράζω) division, 
distribution. 

Μοιράω,  ώ,  f.  -άσω,  [ΰ],  Ιοπ.  -ήσΜ, 
(μοίρα)  to  share,  divide : — mid.  to  divide 
among  themselves,  share,  Aesch.  Theb. 
907 :  but,  χαίτας  έμοιρήσαντο,  they 
tore  their  hair,  Ap.  Rh.  4,  1533. — II.  in 
mid.  and  pass,  to  have  assigned  one,  to 
receive  for  one^s  lot,  Lat.  sortiri,  c.  acc, 
Naumach. :  c.  gen.,  Philo,  and  Pha- 
lar.  ;  cf  μοράζω. — III.  in  pass,  to  be 
assigned,  τεθνάναι  μεμοίραται  ήμϊν, 
Alciphr.  1,  25. 

Μ-οιρηγενής,  ές,  (  Μοϊρα,  *γενω  ) 
favoured  by  Μοίρα  at  one's  birth,  child 
of  Destiny,  11.  3,  182. 

Μοιρηγέτης,  ov,  6,  Ion.  for  uoipa- 
γέτης.  Αρ.  Rh.  fl,  1127. 

ΜοίβΙαΙος.  a,  ov,  (μοίρα  A.  IV.) 
amounting  to  a  degree. 

ή:Μοιριάδης.  ov,  ό,  Moeriades,  an 
Athenian.  Dein.  822,  2. 

Μοφίδως,  a,  ov,  also  ος,  ov,  (μοίρα) 
=  Homeric  μηρσιμος.  allotted  by  fate 
or  destiny,  destined,  fated,  Lat.  fatalis, 
μ.  uuup,  etc..  Find.  :  μοιρίδιον  yv, 
Pind.  P.  1,  107  :  only  twice  in  Trag., 
μ.  ης  δύνασις,  Soph.  Ο.  C.  228,  Ant. 
951,  both  times  in  lyric  passages. 
Adv.  -ίως. 

Μοιρικός,  η,  όν,  (μοίρα  Α.  IV.)  by 
degrees,  Mathem. :  partly. 

Μοίριος,  a.  ov,  (μοίρα)  belonging  to 
one^s  share,  meet,  due,  τιμαί,  Pind.  Fr. 
24. 

Moipi'?.  ίδος,  ή,  λίτρα  μ.,  a  divided, 
1.  e.  a  half  λίτρα,  or  one  divided  equal- 
ly, Nic.  Al.  329,  where  others  μοιράς. 

fMoipif,  ιδος  Ion.  ιος.  ό.  Moeris, 
an  early  king  of  Aegiipt,  who  con- 
structed the  lake  Moeris,  Hdt.  1, 101. 
— 2.  a  celebrated  grammarian. — Olh- 


MOIX 

ers  in  A  nth. ;  etc. — II.  Μοίριος  and  I 
Μοίριδος  λίμνη,  ή,  the  lake  of  Moeris, 
between  Memphis  and  Arsinoe,  Hdt. 
2,  149;  Strab.  p.  809;  etc. 

tMoipi;^;of,  ov.  b,  Moerichus,  a  Co- 
rinthian, Luc.  Dial.  M.  11,  1. 

Μοιρογνυμόνιον  όργανον,  τό,  (μοί- 
ρα Α.  IV.,  γνώμων)  an  astron.  instru- 
ment used  by  Ptolemy  to  measure  de- 
grees. 

Μοιρογρΰφία,  ας,  ή,  (μοίρα,  γράφω) 
α  description  of  parts. 

Μοιροδοκίω,  ω,  (μοίρα,  δέχομαι)  to 
partake,  dub.  in  Μ.  Anton. 

Μοιροθεσία,  ας,  ή,  [μοίρα  Α.  IV, 
τίβημι)  the  determination  of  the  degrees, 
Procl. 

'ΪΜοιροκ?,ής,  έονς,  6,  Moerocles,  an 
Athenian  orator,  Dem.  1339,  1,  etc. — 
Others  in  Ath. ;  etc. 

Moipo/ipaiTOf,  or,  iMoipa,  κραίνω) 
ordained  by  Fate  or  Moera,  fated,  like 
μοιρίδιος.  Aesch.  Cho.  612,Eum.  392. 

Μοίρολο}  e(J,  ώ,  to  tell  a  man  his 
fate,  τινά  τι :  also  in  mid. :  from 

Μοιρο/Μγος,  ov,  (μοίρα,  λέγω)  pro- 
phetic. 

Μοίρο7.ογχέω,  ω,  to  receive  a  portion, 
Valck.  Hdt.  7,  53  :  from 

Moipo/.o)-;t;oc,  ov,  (μοίρα,  ?.έ?.ογχα) 
partaking. 

Μοιρονόμος,  ov,  (μοίρα,  νίμω)  dis- 
pensing fate.  Aristid.  1,  p.  298. 

Μοιροώόρητος,  ov,  (μοίρα,  φορέω) 
brought  by  fate. 

ΙΜοφώ,  οΐ•ς,  ή.  Μοβτο,=^Μνρώ,  a 
poetess  of  Bvzantium,  Anth.  P.  9, 
26,  3. 

Μο?σσ,  ή.  Aeol.  for  Μοΐσσ,  Pind. : 
for  ΜηισαΊος.  v.  sub  Μονσειος. 

ΙΜοίσία.  ας,  ή,  Moesia,  a  country 
of  Europe,  Dio  C. ;  cf.  Μνσία. 

ίΜοισοί.  ών,  oi,  Moesi,  later  appell. 
of  the  Thracian  Μισοί,  q.  v.,  Strab. 
p.  295. 

ΜοΓγογ,  ov,  0.  Sicilian  for  χάρις, 
thanks,  favour,  μοίτον  kvTl  μοίτον, 
like  for  like.  Lat.  par  pari,  ap.  Hesych. 
(Cf.  Lat.  mutuus.) 

Μηιχάγριον,  ov,  τό.  (μοιχός,  άγρα) 
the  fine  imposed  on  one  taken  in  adultery, 
μοιχάγρί'  όφέλ.λ.ει,  Od.  8,  332. 

Μ(>ιχύ^ω.=αοιχύω. 

Μοιχαινα,  7).=μοιχάς. 

Μοιχύλίς,  ίδος,  ^,=  sq.,  Ν.  Τ.,  ν. 
Lob.  Phryn.  452. 

Μοιγάς.  άδθ€.  ή,  fem.  of  μοιχός, 
Lat.  nwecha,  Ath.  220  Β. 

Μηιχύτης,  ov,  ό,  poet,  for  μοιχός, 
Maneth. 

Moιχάω.ύ,tτans.,=μoιχεvω,heΏce, 
μοιχάν  την  θάλατταν,ίο  have  dalliance 
with  the  sea,  a  phrase  applied  by  Cal- 
licratidas  to  Conon  the  Athenian, 
Xen.  Hell.  1,  6, 15.— 2.  to  falsify,  Lat. 
adidterare,  Ael.  N.  A.  7,  39  :  so  μοι- 
χενειν,  Jac.  Ach.  Tat.  p.  711. — II. 
intr.  to  commit  adultery,  Lat.  mocchari, 
N.  T. 

Moi^fta,  ας,  ή,  (μοιχενω)  adultery, 
Andoc.  30,  17,  Plat.  Rep.  443  A. 

Μοιχεντήρ,  ήρος,  and  μοιχεντής, 
ov.  ό.:=μοιχός,  an  adulterer. 

Μοιχεντός,  ή,  όν,  adulterous,  Ma- 
netho. 

Μοιχεύτρια,  ας,  η,  fem.  from  μοι- 
χεντήο.  an  adulteress,  Plat.  Symp.  191 
Έ.  Pint. 

Μοιχενω,  (μοιχός)  to  commit  adul- 
tery with  a  woman  ;  generally,  to  de- 
bauch her,  c.  acc.  Ar.  Av.  558,  Plat. 
Rep.  360  Β :— Pass.,  of  the  woman, 
Ar.  Pac.  986  ;  μοιχεύ^σθαί  τινι  or 
ίι-ό  τίνος,  Arist.  Η.  Λ.  7,  6,  7 ;  9.  32, 
6. — II.  absol.  to  commit  adultery.  Lat. 
moechari,  Ar.  Nub.  1076,  Xen.  Mem. 
2,  1.  5. 

Μοιχή,  ης,  η,=μοίχύς. 


MOAI 

Μοιχίδιος,  a,  ον,=μοίχιος,  horn  ίκ 
adultery,  Hdt.  1,  137,  Hyperid.  ap. 
Suid.,  Luc,  etc.  [j] 

Μοιχικός,  ή,  όν,  (μοιχός)  adulter- 
ous, Pseudo-Phocyl.  166,  Plut.,  etc. 

Μοίχιος,  a,  ov,  (μοιχός)  adidterous, 
Anth.  P.  5,  302. 

Μοιχίς,  ίδος,  ή,— μοιχεύτρια. 

Μοιχογέννί/τος,  ov,  begotten  in  adul- 
tery. 

Μοιχο?.ηττ~ία,  ας,  ή,  Att,  for  -ληψία, 
a  taking  in  adultery,  A.  B.  21. 

μοιχός,  of,  ό,  an  adulterer,  para- 
mour, debaucher,  Lat.  moechus,  Soph. 
Fr.  708,  Ar.,  Plat.,  etc.  :  κεκάρβαι 
μοιχόν  μια  μαχαίρα,  to  have  the  head 
close  shaven  with  a  razor  (cf  μάχαι- 
ρα), as  was  done  by  way  of  punish- 
ment to  persons  taken  in  adultery, 
Ar.  Ach.  849  ;  cf  κ7/-ος  Π.  (Prob. 
akin  to /zt ^of ,  μύχιος.)     Hence 

Μοιχοσννη,  j/ς,  ή,  poet,  for^oijfi'a, 
Manetho. 

Μοί;(;ό-ρο7Γθζ•,  ov,  (μοιχός,  τρόττος) 
of  the  disposition  or  manners  of  an  adul- 
terer, V.  1.  Ar.  Thesm.  392,  V.  μνχό-ρ-. 

Μοιχοτύττη,  ης,  ή,  an  adulteress, 
formed  like  χαμαιτνττη.  [ν] 

Μοκ?.ός,  ov,  ό,  for  uox/.or,  Anacr. 
88. 

Μό?.γης,  ov,  ό,=μο?.γός  II. 

Μο?^γΐνος,  η,  ov,  made  of  ox-hide  : 
from 

Μο7.γός.  of,  ό,  a  hide,  skin,  hence, 
αϊνειν  μολγόν,=  άσκόν  δέρειν.  Ar. 
Fr.  157  ;  so,  prob.,  μ.  γενέσθαι,  to  be- 
come a  mere  hide,  nothing  but  skin.  Id. 
Eq.  963,  v.  Lob.  Aglaoph.  966,  Bersk 
ap.  Meinek.  Com.  Fr.  2,  p.  988,  1066, 
sq.  (Prob.  from  *μέλγω  ύμέλγω, 
μέργω  άμέργω,  to  strip  off ;  like  δορά 
from  δέρω.) 

ΜΟΑΕΓΝ,  inf  of  έμολην.  sot.  of 
βλώσκω  (μ/ώσκω): —  =  ελθείν,  to  go 
or  come,  Horn.,  Pind.,  and  .'Vtt.,  but  in 
all  tenses  very  rare  in  prose: — perf. 
μέμ3λωκα,  for  μεμόλωκα  =  ήκω,  to 
have  come,  to  be  here,  Od.  17,  100.  Eur. 
Rhes.  629,  Call.  Fr.  124,  Leon.  Tar. 
57  : — aor.  ίβλωξα  only  in  Lye.  448  :— 
fut.  μο/.οΐμαι,  Aesch.  Pr.  694,  Soph. 
O.  C.  1742  :— the  act.  form  of  fut., 
μο7.ω,  is  justly  doubted  by  Schufer, 
cf  Elmsl.  Med.  750.  —  Construct., 
just  like  έ/.Οείν,  etc. ;  μ.  ές...,  Pind. 
P.  10,  70,  etc, ;  c.  acc.  loci,  Aesch. 
Pers.  809,  etc.  :  δια  μάχης  μ.  τινί, 
Eur.  I.  Α.  1392,  cf.  δια  :  εις  ν-η~τα 
μ.  τινί,  Id.  ΕΙ.  345: — to  return,  Seidl. 
Eur.  ΕΙ.  6,  520.  (μο'λείν,  μολοϊμαι 
are  to  3λώσκω,  as  θορείν,  θορονμαι 
to  θρώσκω.  The  pres.  μό/ω  occurs 
no  more  than  θόρω  ;  and  the  jnes. 
μολέω  occurs  still  more  rarely  than 
θορέω.  only  in  very  late  and  bad  au- 
thors, Jac.  A.  P.  p.  27,  609.) 

Μο?.ενω.  (μολείν)  to  cut  off  and 
transplant  the  suckers  or  shoots  of  trees 
(αυτόμολοι,  stolones),  ap.  Poll.  :  also 
μο?ονω,  μω?νω. 

Μολίβαχθής,  ές,  (μόλιβος,  άχθος) 
heavy  with  lead,  Anth.  P.  6,  103.' 

Μολίβδαινα.  -βδέος,  -βδικός,  -βδος, 
etc.,  V.  snh  μό?.ν3δος. 

Μόλϊβος,  ov,  ό,  poet,  for μό?.ν3δος, 
lead.  II.  11,237;  also  ί? //.,  Anth.  P. 
9,  723. — Later  it  was  usu.  written 
μόλνβος,  on  the  analogy  of  μόλυβδος. 
Piers.  Moer.  257.     Hence 

Mo?  ίβοος,  ov,  contr.  ονς,  ovv,  lead- 
en, Diod.  2,  10. 

Μο?.ΐ3οσό(γ')  ής,  ές,  (μόλ.ιβσς,  σφίγ- 
γω) fastened  or  bound  with  lead,  Ορη. 
C.  i,  155. 

Μο?.ϊβονργός,  όν,=:μο?.νβδονργός. 

Μο?.ΐ3όω,  ώ,^=μη?.νβδόω. 

ίΜολίνη,  ή,—Μο?.ιόνη,  Paus.  8, 
14,9. 

943 


ΜΟΛΟ 

i'M.ollove,  οιν,  τώ,  the  two  sons  of 
Molioue,  i.  e.  Cteatus  and  Enrylus, 
11.  11,709;  cf.  Apollod.  2,  7,  2.  In 
Pin.l.  O.  10,  42,  also  MoZiOftf,  ol.  [l] 

iMoλi^n>η,  7/ς,  i/,  Molione,  wife  ot 
Act<jr,  tnother  of  loreg.  bv  Neptune, 
Apollod.  2.  7,  2. 

|Μολίθΐ'ί(5α£,  ών,  OL,  sons  of  Moli- 
one, Apolloil. 

Μύ'/.ϊς,  adv.,  post-Horn,  form  for 
μόγις.  and  the  most  freq.  in  Trag., 
and  'I'huc,  though  in  later  Att.,  from 
Ar.  and  Plat,  downwds.,  μόγις  pre- 
vails. V.  Ellendl  Le.x.  Soph.  s.  v.  : — 
oil  μό?,ις,  not  scarcely,  i.  e.  quite,  utter- 
ly, ov  μ.  ά-ολ?.ύναι,  Aesch.  Ag.  1082  ; 
but,  in  θνραΐος  ίστω  πόλεμος,  ου  μ. 
παμώΐ',  Eutn.  861,  the  Schol.  explains 
it  by  /ιακμάΐ',  and  the  sense  is  dub. 
(μόλις  is  to  *μόλος,  μώλος,  as  μόγις 
to  μάγος.) 

Μολίσκο),  =β?.ώσκω,  pres.  of  aor. 
Ιμολον,  μολεΐν,  only  in  Gramm. 

Μολίων,  όνος,  ό,  Mulinn,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  tcharioteeroi'Thymbraeus,  a  Tro- 
jan,II.  ll,322t:  nodoubt  a  Patrony- 
mic, though  some  make  it  an  epith. 
^μαχητής.     fCf.  ΊΑολίονε. 

MoAOjSplov,  ου,  TO,  the  young  of  the 
wild-swine,  Ael.  N.  A.  7,  47 ; — also 
Κθλν3βΐην.     (Cf.  sub  μολο3()ός.) 

Μο/.ο-^μίς,  ;),  )em.  Irotn  μολο3ρύς. 

Μολυβμιτης,  ύς,=μολόβρίον,  llip- 
poii.  67. 

^Ιολοβρός,  ov,  ό,  a  glutton,  hungry 
fellow,  greedy  beggar,  Od.  17,  219  ;  18, 
26  : — also,  μο^^βρη  κεφαλή,  the  liead 
of  a  plant  that  rests  upon  the  ground. 
JSic.  Th.  062.  (Ace.  to  Gramin.,  ό 
μολών  έ~1  βορύνΐ  Rieinor  well  re- 
fers it  to  μώλυς,  μυλύι^ω.  Lat  7no!lis, 
with  signf.  of  a/αί,  lazy  glutton  ;  thus 
giving  a  clue  to  connect  it  with  μο- 
λόβρων,  for  the  young  pig  with  its 
άτναλοσαρκία  may  well  be  derived 
from  μολοβρός  in  this  signf) 

tMo/.o3pof .  ov,  ό,  Molohrus,  a  Spar- 
tan, Thuc.  4,  8. 

ΙΜολόε/ζ•,  εντός,  ό,  the  Molo'is,  a 
river  of  Bocolia,  not  far  from  Pla- 
taeae,  Hdt.  1),  57. 

Μολόβοΐ'ροζ•,  ου,  ή,  an  evergreen 
plant,  explained  by  ασφοδελος  and 
ύλάσχοινος,  Euphor.  64,  Nic.  Al.  147. 

MoAof,  ό,  V.  μώλος. 

tMo/of,  OD,  0,  Mollis,  son  of  Deu- 
calion, father  of  Meriones,  II.  10,269, 
etc. :  in  Apollod.  Μώλο{•. 

ΙΜοΛοσσία,  ας,  ή,  Att.  Μολοττ/α, 
Molossia,  a  district  of  Epirus,  Pind. 
N.  7,  56  ;  Strab. 

iyio'/.οσσικός,  ή,  όν,  Att.  -ττικός, 
V.  sub  sq. 

Μολοσσός-,  όν,  Att.  Μολοττός,  Mo- 
lossian,  fAcsch.  Pr.  829;  ol  M.,  the 
Molossi.  Hdt.  1,  146  ;  etc.f  :  κύων 
Μο?Μττικός,  the  Molossian  dog,  a 
kind  of  wolf-dog  used  by  shepherds, 
Ar.  Thesm.  416.— II.  ό  μολοσσός,  in 
prosody,  the  Molossus,  a  foot  consist- 
ing of  3  long  syllables,  e.  g.  ηλώμην. 

Ι-Μολοσσόζ•,  οϋ,  ύ,  Molossus,  son  of 
of  Pyrrhus  and  Andromache,  from 
whom  Molossia  was  named  ace.  to 
Pans.  1,  11,  1. 

f'^[ό/.oττoς,ov,  0,  or  -ττός,  Molnttus, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Plut.  Phoc.  14;  etc. 

Μϋ/ΜΪ'μαι,  fut.  oi μο'λίΐν,  q.  v. 

Μολονρίς,  ίδος,  ή,  a  kind  of  locust, 
also  wrilten  με/.ονρίς  and  μολϋρίς. — 
11.  a  kind  of  frog  or  mut,  Mc.  Th.  416. 

tMoAoi'pif,  ίδος,  η,  πέτρα,  the  rock 
Moluris,  on  the  coast  of  Megaris,  from 
which  Ino  threw  herself  into  the  sea, 
Paus.  1,  44,  7. 

Μόλονρος,  ov,  6,  a  kind  of  serpent, 
Nic.  Th.  491. 

Μολούω,  \.  μο7.ίύω. 
944 


MOAT 

ίΜολό,γ,  ό,  (Hebr. ;  usu.=  upY<ji' 
or  βασιλιύς)  Moloch,  an  idol  of  the 
Ammonites,  to  which  human  victims 
were  sacriliced,  LXX. ;  N.  T. 

^^Ιόλοχαθ,  h,  Molocliath,  a  river  of 
Mauritania,  Strab.  p.  827. 

Μηλόχη,  ή,=μαλάχη,  the  malloiv, 
Epich.  p.  100,  Anliph!  Miii.  1.   Hence 

Mo/u,\'ii'Of,  η,  ov,  mallow-coloured : 
Tu  μ.  (sc.  ιμάτια)  Arr.  Peripl. 

Μο'λόχιον,  ου.  τό,=-μαλάχιον. 

'^Ιο/.οχίτης.  ?.ίθος,  ό,  a  kind  οί pre- 
cious stone,  Plin.  37,  8. 

^Μ.ο?ι-αγόρης,  ου  Ion.  εω,  ό,  ΜυΙ- 
pagores,  masc.  pr.  η.,  Hdt.  5,  30  ;  etc. 

ΙΜολπαΛα,  ης,  ή,  Molpadia,  an 
Amazon,  Plut.  Tlies  27. 

Μολττά^'ω,  (μολπή)  to  sing  of,  Lat. 
canere,  τι,  Ar.  Kan.  379. 

ΜολτταΙος,  a,  ov,  or  (perh.)  ος,  ov, 
{μολπή)  tuneful,  Anth.  P.  7,  712. 

ΜολτΓασΓ;;^,  οϋ,  ό,  (μολπάζω)  a 
minstrel  or  dancer,  Anth.  P.  6.  155. 

Μολπάστρια,  ας,  ή,  fein.  of  foreg. 

'Μ.ολπή,  ης,  ή,  {μέλπω)  in  Horn,  the 
song  and  dance,  a  chant  or  song  accom- 
panied by  measured  movements  (like 
that  of  lire  Nach  girls  in  Hindustan) ; 
in  honour  of  a  god,  II.  1,  472;  or  as 
an  amusement,  II.  18,  606,  Od.  4,  19  : 
hence,  generally,  play,  sport,  esp. 
when  singing  and  dancing  formed 
part  of  it,  as,  in  Od.  6,  101,  of  the 
game  at  ball,  played  by  Nausicaa  and 
her  friends  ; — but  more  usu.  singing, 
the  song,  as  opp.  to  dancing,  μο'λπής 
τε  γ7.υκ.ΐρής  και  άμ.ύμονος  όρχηβμοΐο, 
11.  13, 637,  Od.  23,  145 ;  μολπή  τ'ορχη- 
στύς  τε,  Od.  1,  152  ;  and  so  Hes.  Th. 
69,  Pind.,  and  Trag.  ;  cf.  Spitzner  II. 
18,  572.  Only  in  late  prose,  as  Luc. 
Salt.  23,     Hence 

Μολπηδόν,  adv. ,  with  singing,  Aesch. 
Pers.389. 

Μολπήτις,  Dor.  -ΰτις,  ιδος,  ή, 
{μολπή)  she  ivho  sings  or  dances,  me- 
taph.,  κερκ'ις,  Leon.  Tar.  8 ;  v.  Lob. 
Phryn.  256. 

Mo?.— ;/Γωρ,  opof,  ό,=^μολπαστής. 

tMoZ-if,  ό,  Molpis,  Laced,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Ath.  140  B. 

tMo/TTiwi',  ωΐ'ος,  δ,  Molpion,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Paus.  6,  4,  8. 

Μ-ολύβδαινα,  ή,  like  μολυβδίς,  a 
piece  of  lead,  esp.  the  lead  to  sink  a 
lishing-line,  II.  24,  80.— 2.  a  bullet,  μ. 
χερμαδία,  Luc.  Lexiph.  5,  cf.  Alex. 
25. — II.  a  metallic  substance  like  lead 
in  colour,  whence  its  name,  Arist. 
Gen.  An.  1,  2,  5  ;  ace.  to  Diosc.  5, 
100,  Plin.  34,  53,  the  some  as  galena, 
sulphuret  of  lead, — and  therefore  not 
the  same  as  the  modern  molybdena. 
—III.  Ά  plant,  plumbago,  Plin.  25,  13. 

Μο'λύβδεος,  έα,  εον,  contr.  -δονς, 
ή.  ούν,  {μόλυβδος)  leaden,  Theophr. 
Odor.  41. 

Μολνβδεω,  ώ,=/ίθλΐ'.3(5όω,  dub. 

'Μ.ολνβδιύυ,  ώ,  to  look  lead-coloured 
or  pale,  A.  B.  52. 

Μολυβδικός,  ή,  όν,  leaden. 

Μολυβόίνη,  ης,  ή,=^  μυλνβδαινα, 
susp. 

Μο7.νβδΐνος,  η,  ον,  {μίΛυβδος) lead- 
en, of  lead,  Cratin.  Incert.  178;  μ.  κα- 
νών, in  Arist.  Eih.  N.  5,  10,  7,  prob. 
a  rule  which  followed  the  curve  of 
the  cyma  (v.  κϋμα  I.  2.) 

Μ.ο?Λ3διον,  ov,  TO,  a  lead  pipe, 
Hipp.  p.  597. 

Μο'λνβδίς,  ίδος,  ή,  like  μολνβδαι- 
να,  the  leaden  weight  on  a  net.  Soph. 
Fr.  783. — 2.  a  leaden  ball  or  bullet, 
Xeri.  An.  3,  3,  17. 

Μο/,νβδίτης,  ov,  fem.  -ΐτις,  {μό?:υ- 
βδ'ΐς)  like  lead.  Plin.  33,  6,  in  fem. 

Μο?Λ•βδοειδής,  ές,  {μόλυβδος,  ειδυς) 
like  lead,  Hipp.,  Diosc.  5,  98. 


ΜΟΛΩ 

ΜΟ'ΛΥΒΔΟΣ,  ov,  ό.  lead,  Hdt.  3, 
55;  τι/κτύς  μ.,  Eur.  Andr  207;  etc, 
— II.  black  lead  or  plumbago  :  hence 
a  black  lead  pencil,  Anth.  : — it  was 
useil  as  a  test  of  gold,  Thcogn.  417, 
1101. — .Vcc.  to  the  Gramm.,  μόλυ- 
βδος and  μό7αβος,  wi'h  their  respec- 
tive derivs.,  are  the  only  correct 
forms,  E.  M.  s.  v.,  Eustath.  γ.  1340, 
30,  Zonar.  Lex.  p.  1306:  many  edi- 
tors however,  as  Bekker  in  Arist., 
retain  μό?.ιβδ-.  {μόλνβ-υς  becomes 
in  Lat.  plumb-um,  v.  μ.  Ill  and  V : 
akin  to  it  also  are  liv-eo,  liv-or,  cf  μο- 
'λυβδιύω.)     Hence 

Μολυβδουργός,  όν,  working  lead, 
working  in  lead. 

Μο'λνβδοφΰνής.  ές,  {μόλυβδος,  φαί- 
νω) lead-coloured,  Alex.  Mynd.  ap.  Ath. 
391  B. 

Mo?,i'.?(5ojo«j,  w,  (μόλυβδος,  χέΐύ) 
to  melt  lead,  Ar.  Eccl.  1110. 

Μολνβδόχροος,  ov,  contr.  -χρονς, 
{μόλυβδος,  χρόα)  lead-coloured,  Diosc. 
5,  100. 

Μο/ινβδοχρώς,  ώτος,  6, 7),=foreg. 

Μο?.νβδόυμαι,  {μόλυβδος)  as  pass., 
to  become  lead,  melt  like  lead,  Diosc.  i. 
99. — 2.  to  be  leaded,  loaded  with  lead, 
of  dice,  Arist.  Probl.  16,  3,  1. 

Μ.ο7-νβδώδης,  ες,  =^μο'λνβδοειδής, 
Diosc.  5,  97. 

Μολύβδωμα,  ατός,  τό,  {μολύβδου) 
lead-work,  Callix.  ap.  Ath.  208  Λ. 

Μο?[,νβδωσις,  ή,  (μολυβδόω)  α  lead 
ing  or  soldering  with  lead. 

Μολυβδίοτός,  ή,  όν,  {μο?.νβδόω) 
leaded  or  soldered  with  lead. 

Μο/Λβίς.  ίδοΓ,  ή,  ίοϊ μολυβδίς,  dub. 

ΜΟΆΤ'ΒΟΣ,  ό,  ν.μόλιβος,  μόλυ- 
βδος. 

Μ.ολϋβοϋς,  ή,  ονν,  contr.  for  μολυ- 
βέος,  which  is  not  in  use,  leaden,  Ath. 
621  A :  it  should  rather  be  written 
μο/Ιβοϋς. 

^Μολύκρεια,  ης,  ή,  Strab.  p.  427 
and  Μο'λύκμειον,  ου,  τό,  Thuc.  2,  84, 
Miilycrea  or  -eum,  a  city  of  Aetolia 
with  a  port,  near  the  promontory 
Antirrhium,  Thuc.  1.  c.  :  in  Polyb, 
Μολυκρία,  5,  94,  7.     Hence 

^Μολνκρικός,  ή,  όν,  and  Μο?.ύκριος, 
ov,  of  Molycreum,  Motycrean,  'Piov  to 
M.,  Thuc." 2,  86;  cf.  Strab.  p.  336. 

Μόλνμμα,  ατός,  τό,=μόλνσμα. 

Μολϋνΐη,  ης,  ή,  the  breech,  ap.  He- 
sych. 

Μο?ίϋνοπραγμονέομαι,  as  pass.,  to 
get  into  dirty  quarrels,  Ar.  Ach.  382 
(.Formed  after  πηλνπραγμονέο).) 

Μό?Λ<νσις,  εως,  ή,  defilement,  pollu 
tion: — but  usu., — 2.  a  sort  of  half-di- 
gestion of  meat  in  the  stomach,  Arist. 
Meteor.  4,  3,  22,  Gen.  An.  4,  7,  5  ;  cf. 
μο?ννω  II. 

Μο'λννω,  f.  -ίίυώ  .■  pf.  pass,  μεμόλν- 
σμαι,  later  also  μεμόλνμμαι,  Schol. 
,^ρ.  Rh.  3.  276.  To  stain,  sully,  defile, 
Ar.  Eq.  1286  ;  μ.  ΰλ,ενρω,  to  sprinkle 
with  Hour,  Sotad.  'Έ.γκ7ιει.  1,24: — 
to  make  a  beast  of,  τινά,  .\r.  Pint.  310  : 
also  to  defile,  debauch  a  woman,  The- 
ocr.  5,  87  (where  the  resemblance  to 
Lat.  jnolcre  is  merely  accidental). — 
Pass.,  to  become  vile,  di.igrnce  one's  self, 
Isocr.  98  C  ;  έν  άμαβια  μο7.ΰνίσθαι, 
to  ιοαΙΙαιυ  in  ignorance,  Plat.  Kcp.  535 
Ε  ;  cf.  μορνσσω. — II.  of  meat,  to  hi  it 
get  roasted  on  the  outside  only,  Heliod, 
Aeth.  2,  9  ;  cf.  μόλυνσις. 

ΙΜό/υροΓ,  ov,  ό.  Molyrus,  son  oi 
Arishas,  Paus.  9,  36,  6. 

Μόλι;σ//α,  ατός,  τό,  (μολύνω)  a  spot 
or  taint ;  filth. 

Μ.ο7.νσμός,  ov,  b,  {μο7.ύνω)  defile- 
ment, stain,  Plut.  2,  779  C,  N.  T. 

Μολών,  ονσα,  όν,  part.  aor.  of  μο- 
λεΐν, q.  v.,  Horn. 


ΜΟΝΑ• 

+Μόλ«ν,  (jf  Of,  ό,  ΜοΙοη,  an  Athen- 
ian aichon,  Dein.  1207,  IJ.— 2.  a  tragic 
actor,  1(1.  418,  5:  Ar.  Ran.  55.— Oth- 
ers in  Lys. :  etc. 

Λίηαοή,  ης,  ή,  like  μέμφις,  blame, 
reproof,  complaint,  attack,  Pinii.  N.  8, 
06,  aiul  Trag.  : — a  cause  or  ground  of 
complaint,  μομφην  εχειν  τινί.  Pind. 
I.  4,  61  (3,  54) ;  so,  'έν  σοι  μομφην  εχο), 
Eur.  Or.  1069 ;  also  c.  gen.,  μ.  εχειν 
ξννοϊ>  δοράς.  Soph.  Aj.  180 ;  ενεκά 
Τίνος,  Αγ.  Pac.  647. — Rare  in  prose. 

Mo/zp<f,  ή,^μέμ•ψις,  dub.  in  Tele- 
clid.  Incert.  12. 

Μ,όμφος,  ov,  ο,^=μοαφή,  Eur.  Plisth. 
7. 

Μονά/κων,  όνος,  ό,  ή,  {μόνος,  ΰγ- 
κών)  one-armed :  hence  ό  μ.,  a  war- 
engine,  with  one  moveable  arm  to  throw 
missiles,  like  a  catapult,  Lat.  onager, 
Math.  V'ett. 

Μοναγρία,  ας,  η,  Alciphr.  ;  μονά- 
ypiov,  ου,  τό,  Philo ;  and  μόναγρος, 
ov,  ό,  {μόνος,  αγρός)  α  solitary  field,  a 
farm. 

Μονύδην,  adv.,  {μονάζω)  solitary- 
wise,  only,   [ΰ] 

ΙΛονύ,δικ,ός,  ή,  όν,  (μονάς)  single, 
μ.  αριθμός,  unity,  Arist.  Eth.  Ν.  5,  3, 
8. — II.  solitary,  ζώα,  Arist.  Η.  Α.   1, 

I,  23. — 2.=μοναστικός,  Eccl. — Adv. 
-κώς.  Pint.  2,  744  Ε. 

Μονΰδόν,  Ion.  μουναδόν,  Adv.,= 
αονάδην,  Ορρ.  Η.  1,  444. 

Μοί'ύςω,  {μόνος)  to  be  alone,  Anth. 
P.  5,  66 :  to  live  in  solitude.  Iambi. — 

II.  ?/  μονάς  έηυτην  μονάσασα,  unity 
multiplied  into  itself.  Iambi. 

Movad/Ja,  ας,  ή,=μονομαχία. 

Μονάκαρθος,  ov,  {μόνος,  άκανθα) 
with  one  prickle,  Arist.  ap.  Ath.  281  F. 

^ίονάλϋσίς,  ή,  a  single  chain,   [u] 

Μοναμπνκία,  ας.  ή,  abstract  for  con- 
crete ό  μονύμττνξ  (q.  v.),  a  race-horse 
that  runs  single,  Pind.  O.  5,  15  :  from 

Μηνάμττϋκος,  oi>,  v.  sq. 

'^ονάμ-νξ,  ϋκος,  ό,  η  :  {μόνος,  αμ- 
ττνξ  II)  strictly  of  horses,  having  one 
frontlet,  μον.  ττώ7.οι,  horses  that  run 
single,  race-horses,  opp.  to  chariots, 
Eur.  Ale.  428  ;  so  μονάμττνκες  or  -κοι 
alone,  Id.  Supp.  586,  670  :  also  of  a 
bull,  having  no  yoke-fellow,  μονάμττν- 
Kov  τρίιχων  όέρην.  Id.  Hel.  1567:  cf. 
μόνιτΓττος  μονοκέ?ιΤ]ς. 

Μονανδρέω,  ώ,  to  have  but  one  hus- 
band, Bockh  Inscr.  2,  p.  613  :  and 

Μονανδρία,  ας,  ή,  the  having  but  one 
husband  :  from 

Μόνανδρος,  ov,  {μόνος,  άνήρ)  hav• 
ing  hut  one  husband. 

Μ-ονύξ,  adv.,  V.  μοννάξ. 

^ϊόναπος,  ov,  ό,  a  kind  of  wild  ox 
among  the  Paeonians,  Arist.  H.  A.  9, 
45,  1  : — elsewh.  βόνασος  :  c(.  μόνωψ. 

iylovapίτης,  ov,  ό,  οίνος,  appell.  of 
wine  produced  in  Cappadocia,  Strab. 
p.  535. 

Μοναρχέω,  ώ.  Ion.  μονν-,  to  be  μό- 
ναρχος  or  sovereign,  Pind.  P.  4,  293  ; 
έττι  τούτου  μονναρχέοντος,  in  this 
king's  time,  Hdt.  5,  61. 

Μονάρχης,  ov,  ό,=μόναρχος,  Po- 
lyb.  40,  3,  8.     Hence 

Μοναρχία,  ας,  η,  Ion.  μονν•,  abso- 
lute rule,  sovereignty,  monarchy,  Hdt.  3, 
82,  etc. :  hence  any  chief  command, 
sole  power,  and  SO  that  of  the  people, 
Eur.  Supp.  352;  of  a  general,  Xen. 
An.  5,  9,  31 ;  of  the  Roman  Dictator, 
Pint.  Caes.  37.     Hence 

Μοναρχικός,  η,  όν,  ?nonarchical,  πο- 
λιτεία μ-,  Plat.  Legg.  756  Ε  :  το  μον. 
:=μοναρχία,  lb.  693  Ε.  Adv.  -κώς, 
Plut.  Num.  2. 

Μόναρχος,  Ion.  μονν-,  ov,  {μόνος, 
ύρχο))  '■ — ruling  alone,  sovereign,  first 
in'tSoi.  18,  5;  then  ir-"  Theogn.  52, 
60 


ΜΟΝΗ 

who,  as  well  as  Hdt.,  uses  the  Ion. 
form  :  σκάτντον  μ.,  the  sovereign 
sceptre,  Pind.  P.  4, 270.— II.  as  Greek 
for  the  Roman  Dictator,  Plut.  Cam. 
18. 

Μονάς,  ύδας,  η,=ιμόνος,  solitary, 
single,  ερημιά,  Eur.  Bacch.  609 :  also 
as  masc.  of  a  man,  alone,  by  one's  self, 
Aesch.  Pers.  734. — II.  as  subst.,  ή 
μονάς,  a  unit.  Plat.  Phaed.  105  C,  etc. 
— 2.  the  are  point  on  a  die. — 3.  as  a 
measure  ot  \eOgth,=  δάκτυλος. 

Μονασμός,  ov,  ό,  {μονάζω)  a  solitary 
life,  solitude. 

Μοναστήρ,  ηρος,  6,  =  μοναστής. 
Hence 

Μοναστήριον,  ov,  τό,  a  solitary 
dwelling,  Phllo  :  later,  a  monastery. 

Μοναστής.  ov,  ό,  {μονάζω)  a  solita- 
ry, a  monk,  Eccl.     Hence 

Μοναστικός,  ή,  όν,  living  in  solitude. 

Μονάστρια.  ας  ή,  fem.  from  μονα- 
στήρ, a  nun,  Eccl. 

MovUTup,  ορός,  ό,==μονάμπνκος, 
κέλης. 

Μΰναν?.έω,  ώ,  {μόνανλος)  to  play  a 
solo  on  the  flute,  Plut.  Caes.  52. 

Movav/.ia,  ας,  η,  {μόνανλος)  a  solo 
on  the  flute. 

Μοναυλία,  ας,  ή,  {μόνος,  αυλή)  α  liv- 
ing alone,  celibacy.  Plat.  Legg.  721  D. 

Movav?.iov,  ov,  τό,  an  instrument  to 
be  played  alone,  Posidon.  ap.  Ath.  176 
C  :  from 

Μόναυλος,  ov,  {μόνος,  αυλός)  play- 
ing a  solo  on  the  flute :  b  μ.,  a  flutist, 
Hedyl.  ap.  Ath.  176  C  :— but,  'μ.  κά- 
λαμος, a  single  flute,  Anaxaiidr.  Φιαλ. 

I,  ubi  v.  Meineke  ;  so,  ό  μόν.  alone. 
Soph.  Fr.  227,  Araros  Pan  1. — II. 
pass.,  played  on  the  flute  only,  νμέ- 
ναιος.  Id.  θησανρ.  2,  μόναυλον  μέ- 
λος, Sopat.  ap.  Ath.  176  A. 

Μόναυλος,  ov,  {μόνος,  αυλή)  living 
alone. 

Μονάχη,  adv.,  strictly  dat.  fem. 
from  μοναχός,  whence  many  write  it 
μονάχη,  in  one  way  only,  opp.  to  διχή. 
Plat.  Legg.  720  Ε  :  ήπερ  μονάχη,  by 
which  way  only,  Xen.  An.  4,  4,  18. 

Mora;);;?,  ης,  ή,  an  Indian  stuff,  Arr. 
Peripl.,  cf  Salmas.  Solin.  p.  824  C. 

Μοναχικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to  a  μο- 
ναχός, Eccl. :  and 

Μονάχόθεν,  adv., /row  one  side,  opp. 
to  πανταχόθεν  :  from 

Μοναχός,  ή,  όν,  < μόνος)  single,  soli- 
tary, Arist.  Metaph.  6,  15,  9 :  in  ear- 
lier authors  only  used  in  the  adv. 
ioTVCiS  μοναχή,  μοναχοί' :  ο  μ.,  a  ynonk, 
Anth.  P.  11,  384,  and  Eccl.     Hence 

Μονάχου,  adv.,  alone,  only.  Plat. 
Symp.  184  E,  212  A. 

Μονάχώς.  adv.,  in  one  ivay  only, 
Arist.  Eth.  N.  2,  6,  14. 

Μονέντερον,  ου,  τό,  {μόνος,  εντε- 
ρον)  one  of  the  intestines :  α.ΐ5θ=^κώλον 

II,  Hipp. 

Μονερέτης,  Ion.  μονν-,  ov,  ό,  {μό- 
νος, ερέσσω)  one  who  rows  singly, 
Anth.  P.  7,  637. 

Μονή,  ης,  ή,  {μένω)  a  staying,  abi- 
ding, tarrying,  stay,  Eur.  Tro.  1129  ; 
opp.  to  έξοδος,  Hdt.  1,  94;  to  φορά, 
Plat.  Crat.  437  Β  :  μονήν  ττοιείσθαι, 
to  make  delay,  tarry,  Thuc.  1,  131. 

Μονηις,  ίδος,  ή,  αρχή, ^μοναρχία, 
Manetho. 

Μονήκοιτος,  ov,  sleeping  alone,  like 
μονόκοιτος,  dub. 

Μονή7Λτος,  ov,  {μόνος,  έ?Μύνω) 
worked  out  of  one  piece,  Heliod. 

Μονημέριος,  a.  ov,  and  μονήμερος, 
ov,  {μόνος,  ημέρα)  lasting  one  day  only, 
ζώον,  Ael.  N.  A.  5,  43. 

Μονήρης,  ες,  {μόνος,  *άρω  ?)  single, 
Hipp.  p.  1275,  Luc,  etc. 

ίΜονήσίΟΙ,  ων,  o'l,  the  Monesii,  a 


MONO 

people  of  Aquitanic  Gaul,  Strab.  p. 
190. 

ίΜονήτιον,  ov,  TO,  Monetium,  a  city 
of  Liburnia,  Strab.  p.  207. 

Μονθνλενω,  -ενσις,  -εντός,  v.  sub 
όνθνλ-. 

Μονία,  ας,  ή,  {μένω)  α  remaining: 
stability,  Karsten  Emped.  60. 

Μονιύ,  ας,  ή,  {μόνος)  solitude :  esp. 
celibacy,  Eccl. 

Μονίας,  ου,  ό,  {μόνος)  solitary,  Ael. 
Ν.  Α.  15,3. 

ίΜονίμη,  ης,  ή,  Monime,  a  wife  of 
Mithradates,  of  Miletus,  Plut.  Lucull. 
18. 

\Μόνιμος,  ov,  b,  Monimus,  a  Spar- 
tan, Arr.  An.  3,  24,  4. — 2.  a  philoso- 
pher of  Syracuse,  pupil  of  Diogenes, 
Diog.  L. — Others  in  Ath.  ;  etc. 

Μόν'ιμος,  ov,  {μονή,  μένω)  staying, 
and  so, — 1.  of  persons,  steady,  sted 
fast.  Soph.  O.  T.  1322 ;  of  soldiers, 
Lat.  statarius,  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  5,  11, 
Plat.  Legg.  706  C— 2.  more  usu.  of 
things,  conditions,  and  the  like,  abi 
ding,  lasting,  Lat.  stabilis,  b  μέγας 
δ?.βος  ov  μ.,  Eur.  Or.  340  ;  and  very 
freq.  in  Plat. ;  esp.  of  political  insti 
tutions,  Thuc.  8,  89,  and  Plat.— Adv 
-μως,  Arist.  H.  A.  8,  10,  1.    Hence 

Μονιμότης,  ητος,  ή,  stedfastness, 
Archyt. 

Μο^ίόζ•,  όν,  but  Ep.  juoiiviOf  propa 
ro.x.,  Arcad.  40,  2,  etc.  {μόνος) : — soli 
tary,  of  a  wild  beast,  μ.  δάκος.  Call. 
Dian.  84 ;  in  Ep.  form,  Anth.  P.  7, 
289. 

Μόνιπττος.  ov,  {μόνος.  Ιππος)  with 
one  horse,  a  horseman,  opp.  to  a  chari- 
oteer, Xen.  Cyr.  6,  4, 1. — II.  as  subst., 
a  single  horse,  a  riding  or  race-horse 
{κέλης).  Plat.  Legg.  834  Β ;  cf.  μο• 
νάμττυξ. 

Μόννος,  ov,  ό,  Lat.  monile,  v.  μάν- 
νος. 

Μονοβάλανος,  ov,  κλείς,  a  key  with 
one  tooth  (v.  βάλανος  IV).  [ΰ] 

Μονοβάμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  {μόνος, 
βαίνω)  walking  alone :  μέτρον  μ.,  me- 
tre of  but  one  foot,  Anth.  P.  15,  27.  [ά] 

Μονόβάς,  αντος,  o,=foreg.,  Hesych. 

Μονόβιβλος,  ov,  {μόνος,  βίβλος) 
consisting  of  one  booh : — as  subst.  τό 
μ.,  a  single  book. 

Μονογάμέω,  ώ.  {μονόγαμος)  to  mar- 
ry but  one  wife,  Eccl. 

Μονογαμία,  ας,  fj,  {μονόγαμος)  mo- 
nogamy. 

Μονογάμίον  δίκη,  an  action  against 
ΆΓαΆη  for  marrying  but  once,  Clem.  Al. 

Μονόγΰμος,  ov,  {μόνος,  γαμέω)  mar- 
rying but  once. 

Μονογένεια,  ας,  ή,  Ion.  μοννογ-, 
fem.  of  sq.,  Ap.  Rh.  3,  847. 

Μονογενής,  ές,  Ep.  and  Ion.  μοννογ• 
{μόνος,  *γένω) : — only-beqotten,  παΐς, 
Hes.  Op.  374,  etc.,  Hdt.  7,  221  :  μ. 
αίμα,  one  and  the  same  blood,  Eur. 
Hel.  1685.  Adv.  -νως,  growing  alone, 
Arr.  Peripl. 

Μονογέρων,  οντος,  b,  {μόνος,  γέ- 
ρων) a  morose  misanthropic  old  man, 
A.  B.  p.  51. 

Μονόγληνος,  ov,  {μόνος,  γ?.ήνη) 
one-eyed.  Call.  Dian.  53,  Anth.  p.  7, 
748. 

Μονόγλωσσος,  ov,  Att.  -ττος,  (μό- 
νος, γλώσσα)  of  single  tongue :  speak- 
ing but  one  language. 

Μονογνωμονέω,  ώ,  also  shortd.  in 
familiar  language,  μονογνωμέω,  to  be 
selfwilled,  wayward. 

Μονογνωμονικός,  ή,  όν,  selfwilled : 
from 

Μονογνώμων,  ov,  {μόνος,  γνώμη) 
selfwilled,  wayward,  Dion.  H.  2,  12. 

Μονόγονος,  ov,  Ion.  μονν-,  (μόνος, 
*-}ένω)  only-born,  Opp.  Η.  3,  489. 
945 


MONO 

Μονογράμματος,  ov,  {μόνης,  Ύρύμ- 
μα)  coiisislttig  of  one  letter,  av7.kaih'l , 
Dion.  H.  de  Conip.  15  :  το  μ.,  amark 
or  cypher  formed  of  one  letter. 

Μονόγραμμος,  ov,  (μόνος,  γραμμή) 
drawn  with  single  lines,  outlined,  Lat. 
ndumbratus,  Epicur.  ap.  Cic.  N.  D.  2, 
23  ;  TO  μονόγραμμον,  an  outline,  a 
xhetch. 

Μονοδάκτϋλος,  ov,  {μόνος,  δάκτυ- 
λος) one  fingered,   Luc.  V'er.  H.  1,  23. 

ίΐίονοδέρκτιις.  ου,  ό,  {μόνος,  δέρκο- 
μαι)  one-eyed,  Eur.  Cycl.  78. 

ΜονοδΙαιτ7/σία,  ας,  ή,  {μόνος,  διαι- 
τύω)  α  solitary  life,  Clem.  ΑΙ. 

Μονοδοξέο),  ώ,  {μόνος,  δόξα)  io  pos- 
sess fame  alone. 

Μονόδοντνος,  ov,  {μόνος,  δονττέω) 
uniform  in  sound,  Anth   P.  15,  27. 

Μονόόονς,  δοντος,  ό,  ή,  {μόνος, 
ύδούς)  one  toothed,  Aesch.  Pr.  79G. 

Μονόδροπος,  ov,  {μόνος,  δρέττω) 
plucked  from  one  ste?n,  and  SO  cut  from 
one  block,  of  a  statue,  Find.  P.  5,  56  ; 
cf.  μονόξνλος. 

Μονοείδεια,  ας,  i],  uniformity,  Sext. 
Emp.  p.  241  : — but  in  p.  203,  prob., 
singtdarity. 

Μονοειδής,  ές,  {μόνος,  είδος)  uni- 
form, of  one  kind.  Plat.  Rep.  612  A  ; 
unmixed.  Id.  Phaed.  78  D  :  το  μ.,  uni- 
formity, Polyb.  0,  1,  2. 

Μονοείμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  (μόνος, 
είμα)  with  but  one  garment. 

Movoi'iyi/f,  ef,  =  sq.,  Anth.  Plan. 
308. 

Μ,ονόζνξ,  νγος,  ό,  ή,  (μόνος,  ζεν- 
γννμί)  with  hut  one  horse :  generally, 
single,  deserted,  Aesch.  Pers.  139. 

Μονόζωνος,  ov,  {μόνος,  ζώνη)  girt 
up  alone,  i.  e.  journeying  alone,  Ruhnk. 
Ep.  Cr.  p.  286;  like  μηνόζωστος  and 
οΐόζωνος. — Π.  in  LXX,  μονάζωνοι 
are  men  with  a  ζώνη  only,  light-armed. 

Μονόζίύος,  ov,  living  alone,  dub. 

Μονόζ'ωστοζ•,  ov,  =  μονόζωνος  I, 
Herinesian.  5,  7. 

Μονοήμερος,  ον,^μονήμερος,  Batr. 
305. 

Movoθελήτat,  ol,  (μόνος,  θέλω)  the 
sect  of  the  Monothelites,  Eccl. 

Μονόθεν,  (μόνος)  adv.,  alone,  singly. 

Μονοθρηνέω,  ώ,  to  mourn  in  solitude, 
SUSp. 

Μονόθϊφος,  ov,  (μόνος,  θύρα)  with 
a  single  door ;  hence  of  shell-iish,  uni- 
valve, Arist.  H.  A.  4,  4.  3,  etc. 

Μονοίκητος,  ov,  {μόνος,  οΊκέω) 
dwelling  alone,  solitary,  Lyc.  960  ;  ubi 
al.  μονήκοιτος,  lying  alone,  Lat.  coe- 
lehs. 

^Μονοίκον  λιμήν,  b,  (Herculis) 
Monneci  partus,  a  town  and  harbour 
of  Liguna  with  a  temple  of  Hercules, 
now  Monaco,  Strab.  p.  201. 

Μονοκάλαμος,  ov,  {μόνος,  κάλαμος) 
with  a  single  reed  or  pipe,  Ath.  184  A. 

Μονόκαμτττος,  ov,  {μόνος,  κάμπτω) 
with  one  bend,  δάκτυλος,  Arist.  H.  A. 
1,15,7. 

Μονό/cat'^ Of,  ov,  (μόνος.  καν?.ός) 
with  but  one  stem  or  stalk,  Theophr. 

Μονοκέλης,  Ion.  μοννοκ-,  ό,  {μόνος, 
κέλης)  a  single  horse,  Anth.  P.  append. 
325. 

Μονοκίρατος,  ov,  (μόνος,  κέρας) 
with  but  one  horn,  Arist.  H.  A.  2,  1, 
32: — so  also 

Μονόκερως,  ων.  Ibid.  ;  genit.  -ω, 
Plut.  Pericl.  6,  ace.  -uv,  Arist.  Pari. 
An.  3,  2,  9  : — as  subst.  μονοκερως, 
ωτος,  ό,  the  unicorn,  LXX. 

Μονοκ.έ(ρά?.ος,  ov,  (μόνος,  κεφαλή) 
one-headed. 

Μονόκλαυτος,  ου,  ό,  (μόνος,  κλαίω) 
θρήνος,  a  lament  made  by  one  only, 
Aesch.  Theb.  1064. 

Μονοκ?.ηρονόμος,  ov,  a  sole  heir. 
046 


MONO 

Μονόκλϊνον,  ov,  TO,  (μόνος,  κλίνω) 
a  bed  for  one  only,  i.  e.  a  coffin,  A.  P. 
9,  570. 

Μονόκ?.ωνος,  ov,  (μόνος,  κ2ών) 
with  one  branch  or  shoot,  prob.  1.  The- 
ophr. 

Μονοκοίλιος,  ov,  (μόνος,  κοιλία) 
with  but  one  belly,  Arist.  H.  A.  1,  16, 
18. 

Μονοκοιτέω,  ώ,  to  sleep  alone,  At. 
Lys,  592 :  from 

Μονόκοίτος,  ov,  (μόνος,  kolttj) 
sleeping  alone. 

Μονόκοκκος,  ov,  (μόνος,  κόκκος) 
with  but  one  kernel  or  grain. 

Μονοκόνδν?ιθς,  ov,  (μόνος,  κόνδυ- 
λος) with  but  one  joint,  δύκτν?ιθς, 
Arist.  H.  A.  1,  15,  3. 

Μονοκότνλος,  ov,  (μόνος,  κοτύλη) 
ivith  but  one  row  of  arms  or  feelers, 
Arist.  H.  A.  4,  1,  27  :  cf.  κοτνληδών  I. 

Μονοκρατορία,  ας,  ή,  sole  domin- 
ion :  from 

Μονοκράτωρ,  ορός,  b  and  ή,  (μό- 
νος, κρατέω)  a  sole  ruler,  [u] 

ΜονοκρήττΙς,  ΐδος,  ό,  ή,  (μόνος,  κρη- 
πίς)  with  but  one  sandal,  Pind.  P.  4, 
133. 

Μονόκροτος,  ov,  (μόνος,  κροτέω) : 
— νανς  μ.,  a  vessel  with  one  bank  of 
oars,  opp.  to  δίκροτος,  Xen.  Hell.  2, 
1,28,  cf.  Strab.  p.  325. 

Μονόκνκλος,  ov,  (μόνης,  κύκλος) 
with  but  one  circle,  wheel,  disc,  etc. 

Μονόκωλος,  ov.  Ion.  μονν-  (μήνης, 
κώ?ίθν) ."  with  hut  one  limb  or  leg,  Plin. 
7,  2  :  of  buildings,  with  but  one  room, 
Hdt.  1,  179  ;  of  sentences,  consisting 
of  one  clause,  Arist.  Rhet.  3,  9,  5  : 
generally,  ο/"οηε  kind,  one-sided,  φύσις, 
Arist.  Pol.  "7,  7,  4. 

ΜονόκωΤίΟς,  ov,  (μόνος,  κώπη)  with 
one  oar  :  poet.,  with  one  ship,  Eur. 
Hel.  1128. 

ΜονολέκΙθος,  ov,  (μόνος,  λέκιΟος) 
with  one  yolk. 

Μονολεχ>/ς,  ές,  (μόνος,  λέχος)=μο- 
νόκοιτος.  Plat.  2,  57  D. 

Μονολέων,  οντος,  ό.  Ion.  μονν-, 
(μόνος,  λέων)  α  solitary,  i.  e.  singxdar- 
ly  huge  lion,  Leon.  Al.  12 ;  cf.  μονό- 
λνκης. 

Μονο?ιήκνθος,  ov,  (μόνος,  λήκυθος) 
with  nothing  but  an  oil-flask  ;=  αντολή- 
κυθης,  Posidipp.  ap.  Ath.  414  E. 

Μονο7ίήμματος,  ov,  consisting  of  one 
lemma,  f  Sext.  Emp.  Math.  8,  443. 

Μοΐ'ό?ΰθος,  ov,  Ion.  μονν-,  (μόνος, 
λίθος)  made  out  of  one  stone,  Hdt.  2, 
175. 

Μονολογία,  ας,  ή,  a  soliloquy,  mono- 
logue :  from 

Μονόλογος,  ov,  (μόνης,  λέγω)  speak- 
ing alone  or  to  one^s  self. 

Μονόλοπος,  ov,  (μόνος,  λόπος)  with 
but  one  husk,  φληώς  μ.,  bark  of  one 
coat  or  layer,  Theophr.  H.  PI.  1,  5,  2. 

Μονό7ινκος,  ov,  b,  (μόνος,  λύκος) 
a  solitary,  i.  e.  singularly  huge  wolf, 
Plut.  Alex.  23,  Arat.  1124  ;  cf.  μονο- 
λέων.    [Arat.  has  ολ  long  in  arsis.] 

Μονόλωτϊος,  ov,  with  but  one  gar- 
ment. 

Μονόμαζος,  ov,  tvith  but  one  breast. 

Μονομάτωρ,  ορός.  Dor.  for  μονομή- 
τωρ,  Eur.  [α] 

ΜονομάχεΙον,  ov,  τό,=μονομάχιον, 
Ath.  191  A.^ 

Μονομΰχέω,  ω.  Ion.  μονν-  :—to  be  a 
μονομάχος,  to  fight  in  single  combat, 
Tivi,  Hat  7,  104,  Plat.,  etc.;  προς 
TLi'u,  Polyb.  35,  5,  1  -.—in  Hdt.  9,  27, 
of  the  Athenians  at  Marathon, /ioCi'Oi 
μοννημαγήσαντες  τω  ΐΐέρσ//.  having 
fought  single-handed  with  the'  Persian. 
Hence 

Μονομάχημα,  ατός,  τ6,  a  single 
combat.  [«] 


MONO 

Μονομύχης,  ov,  b,  =  μονομάχος, 
Sext.  Emp.  p.  40,  etc.  [ΰ] 

Μονομαχία,  ας,  ή,  Ion.  μονν-,  (μο- 
νομάχος) single  combat,  Hdt.  5,  1,  and 
θ,  etc.    Hence 

Μονομάχικός,  ή,  6v,  belonging  to 
single  combat,  μ.  φιλοτιμία,  Polyb.  1, 
45,  9  -.—gladiatorial,  Dio  C. 

Μονομάχων,  ov,  τ ό,^^ μονομαχία, 
V.  1.  Hdt.  6,  92  ;  then  in  Luc.  Dial. 
Mer.  13,  5,  App.,  etc. — \1.=μονομα' 
χοτροφεΐον.  [α] 

Μονομάχος,  ov,  (μόνος,  μάχομαι) 
fighting  in  single  combat,  μ.  προοτά- 
ται,  Aesch.  Theb.  798  :  μ.  ίπϊ  φρένα 
ίλθεϊν,  Eur.  Phoen.  1300;  μονομά- 
χον  δι'  άσπίδος,  μονομαχώ  δορί,  ι.  e. 
in  single  combat.  Id.  Heracl.  819, 
Phoen.  1325 :  b  μ.,  a  gladiator,  Plut. 

[<i] 

Μονημάχοτροφεΐον,  ov,  τό,  a  place 
for  training  gladiators. 

Μονομάχοτρόφος,  ov,  training  glad- 
iators, Lat.  lanista. 

Μονομέρεια,  ας,  ή,  a  one-sided  judg 
ment,  Athanas. :  from 

Μονομερής,  ές,  (μόνης,  μέρος)  con- 
sisting of  one  part,  single,  opp.  to  πο- 
λυμερής, Luc.  Calumn.  6,  etc. — II. 
one-sided,  partial. 

Μονόμετρος,  ov,  (μόνος,  μέτρον) 
consisting  of  one  metre,  i.  e.  (in  Iambic, 
Troch.,  and  Anapaest,  verses)  of  two 
feet,  Dion.  H.  de  Comp. :  b  μ.,  a  ma- 
nometer. 

Μηνομήτωρ,  ορός.  ό,  ή,  (μόνος,  μή• 
τηρ)  reft  nf  mother,  Eur.  Phoen.  1517. 

ΜονόμΙτος,  ov,  (μόνος,  μίτος)  with 
single  woof ;  cf.  δίμιτος,  τρίμιτος. 

Μονόμμάτης,  ov,  (μόνος,  όμμα)  one- 
eyed,  Aesch.  Fr.  188. 

Μηνομοιρία,  ας,  ή,  a  single  portion, 
astrol.  word,  Sext.  Emp.  p.  340. 

Μονόμορφος,  ov,  uniform. 

Μονόμοσχος,  ov,  with  but  one  stem, 
Diosc.  4,  187,  susp. 

Μονονονχί,  adv.=://oiOV  oh,  cf.  μό- 
νος, V.  3. 

Μονονυχί,  Ion.  μουν-,  (μόνος,  ννξ) 
adv.,  in  a  single  night,  Anth.  Plan. 
92. 

Μονόξοος,  ov.  (μόνος,  ξέω)  with  sin- 
gle vein,  opp.  to  δίξοος,  etc.,  Theophr. 
H.  PL  5,  1,10. 

Μονόξν?.ος,  ov. (μόνος,  ξύλον)  made 
from  a  .solid  trunk :  to  μ.  (.sc.  πλοΐην), 
Hipp.  p.  290. — II.  made  of  wood  only, 
Plat.  Legg.  956  A  (ubi  v.'Ast.);  form- 
ed like  μονόλιθος,  μονοσίδι/ρης,  μο- 
νοστόρθνγξ. 

Μονοονσιος,  ov,  of  single  essence, 
singular  in  its  kind. 

Μονοπάθεια,  ας,  ή.  a  suffering  sing- 
ly :  the  suffering  of  one  part  of  the  body 
only,  [a] 

Μονόπαις,  παιδος,  b,  ή,  (μόνος, 
παις)  an  only  child,  Eur.  Ale.  906. 

Μονοπάλης,  Ion.  μηυν-,  ην,  b,  (μό- 
νος, πα7•.ή)  one  who  conquers  in  wrest- 
ling only,  Epigr.  ap.  Paus.  6,  4,  4. 

Μονοπάτιον,  ov,  τό,  afmtpath. 

Μονοπέδϊλος,  ov,  having  but  one 
shoe. 

Μονοπείρας,  ov,  ό,  (μόνος,  πείρα) 
prowling  or  hunting  singly,  of  wolves, 
Arist.  H.  A.  8,  5,  2. 

Μονόπελμος,  ov,  (μόνος,  πέλμα) 
with  but  one  sole,  Anth.  P.  6,  294. 

Μηνόπεπλος,  ov,  (μόνος,  πέπλος) 

with  but  one  robe,  (cf.  SUb  άπεπλος), 

like  a  Dorian  maiden,  Eur.  Hec.  933  ; 

I  cf.  MuUer  Dor.  4,2,  ij  3. 

I      Μονόπηρος,  ην,  with  one  scrip  ;  oi 

with  a  scrip  only. 

Μονόπλευρος,  ov,  (μόνος,  π?.ενρά) 
I  with  but  one  side,  Arr.  Tact. 

Μονοποδία,  ης,  ή,  measurement  by 
1  tingle  feet,  not  by  syzygies  (διποδίαι). 


MONO 

}ίον07Τΰΐος,  ov,  of  singie  nalure  or 
^ualiti/,  Se.xt.  Em  p.  p.  26. 

Μβνόπβνς-,  β,  ή,  -ττονν,  τό,  {μόνος, 
Τίους)  one-footed,  Anth.  P.  9,  233. 

yίovoπβayμΰ,~έu,  ύ,  {μόνος,  ττρα- 
γβα)  to  be  engaged  in  one  thing,  opp. 
10  7Γο?.ντΓραγμαΓέ<^,  Arist.  Pol.  4,  15, 
6. 

'Μ^ονβττροςί/^ττέί*,  ώ,  to  have  bnt  one 
person :  from 

Μβνβπρόςωττος,  ov,  ^f  one  person 
«nit/.     Adv.  -TTwf. 

ΜβνόττΓΐρης,  ov,  {μόνος,  -χτερόν) 
with  bnt  one  wing: — of  a  temple,  with 
a  row  ef  pillars  only,  and  no  cella  (cf. 
πτεράν  III.  5),  Vitruv.  4,  7 ;  different 
therefore  from  ττερίπτερος. 

Μορ07ΓΓ«7θ£•,  ov,  with  bat  one  case, 
Gramin. 

ΜβΐΌττνργιαν,  ου,  τό,  a  fortress  with 
ttne  tower  only. 

Mrti-OTTw/lfw,  ώ,  to  enjoy  a  monopoly, 
Polyb.  34,  10,  14  :  from 

Μονοττώ/ιΤ^ς,  ου,  ό,  θρόνος,  ττωλέω) 
β  monopoUst,    Hence 

ΜοΡΘΓτω/,ί'α,  ας,  τι,  exclusive  sale, 
nonnpoly,  Arist.  I*ol.  1,  11,  10:  and 

Moro~<i?uev,  ov,  TO,  the  right  of  mo- 
Kopoty.  Hyperid,  ap.  Poll.  7,  11 : — 
also.  To  μ.  (sc.  ίμτϊόριον),  a  trading 
inart  which  enjoys  a  mnnepoly. 

Mov(5~«Aef,  ov,  {μόνος,  χΰλος) 
teith  one  horse,  Ήώς,  Eur.  Or.  1004. 

Μονόρι^ξ,  7}γος,  ό,  ή,  torn  off. 

Μονόρβίζβς,  ov,  {μόνος,  ^ιζα)  wiih 
α  single  root,  Theophr.  Η.  PL  1,  6,  6. 

Μ.ονόρβνθμος,  ov,  {μόνος,  βνθμός) 
en  one  kind  of  time  or  measure. — II.  δό- 
μος μ^,  a  house  duxU  «t  by  one  only, 
Aesch.  Supp.  961. 

"Άονορύχης,  βν,  ό,  {μόνος,  ορνσσω) 
digging  with  one  point,  Anth.  P.  6,  297, 

Μ,όνορχις,  ΐ^ς,  ο,  η,  {μονός,  ορχις) 
Viith  but  one  testicle,  Plut.  2,  917  D. 

ΜΟ'ΝΟΣ,  5?,  ov,  Ion.  μοΰνβς.  Dor. 
ρύνος ;  Horn,  has  only  μοννος  (and 
so  in  all  derivs.  except  μονόω) ;  so 
also  Hes.,  and  Hdt. ;  nor  is  μοννος 
rare  in  Trag. ;  Pors.  Praef.  Hec.  p. 
xii.,  cf.  EUendt  Lex.  Soph.  In  Horn. 
USU.  alone,  left  alon£,  forsaken,  solitary. 
Lat.  soius,  II.  4,  388,  Od.  3,  217,  and 
freq.  in  all  writers  : — later  sometimes 
c.  gen.,  μόνος  σον,  reft  of  thee,  with- 
out thee,  like  μεμονωμένος  ^nd  μονω- 
θείς, Soph.  Aj.  511 ;  also, /ioSi^of  ά-ό 
ηνος,  Η.  Horn.  Merc.  193,  Soph. 
Phil.  172,  Ap.  Rh.  3,  908 :  hence  also 
in  many  compds.  with  a  sense  of  des- 
titution, as  m  μονομήτωρ,  but  cf. 
Monk  Ale.  418 :  in  Trag.  oft.  repeat- 
ed in  the  same  clause,  ξνμπεσων  μό- 
νος μόνοις,  Soph.  Aj,  467 ;  σνν  τέ- 
κνοις μόνη  μόνοις,  Eur,  Med,  513. — 
II,  alone,  without  others,  only,  Horn. 
etc, :  oft,,  much  like  εις,  as  Hes.  Op. 

II,  hence  strengthd,,  εις  μάνβ€,  μόνος 
εΙς,  Hdt.  1,  38,  Soph.  Ο.  Τ,' 63;  so 
once  in  Horn.,  μία  μούνη,  Od.  23, 
227  ;  so  also  olt.  with  gen.  added, 
μοννος  πάντων  ανθρώττων,  alone  of 
all  men,  Hdt.  1,  25  ;  μόνος  θεών  Ελ- 
λήνων, etc..  Soph. ;  ώ  μόνα  ώ  <^ίλα 
γυναικών,  Eur.  Ale.  460  :   hence, — 

III,  standing  alone,  single  in  its  kind, 
as  Lat,  unus  for  unicns,  Fr.  xiniqtie  ; 
so  in  some  compds.,  ΐΐεμονολέων,μο- 
νό?Λ'κος. — IV.  superl.  μονώτατος,  the 
one  only  person,  one  above  all  others. 
At.  Eq.  352,  Plut.  182,  Lycucg.  159, 
3,  cf  \^alck,  Adon.  p.  410  C.—V.  the 
usu.  adv.  is  μόνον,  (hut  also  μόνως), 
alone,  only,  merely,  μ.  πιστεϋσαι  ει..., 
to  believe  on  this  condition  only..., 
Thuc.  8,  81 : — oft.  also,  we  can  only 
translate  the  adj.  μόνος  as  an  adv., 
χοίνικος  μόνης  ύ/.ών,  for  a  gallon  of 


MONO 

salt  only.  At.  Ach.  814:— the  differ- 
ence between  μόνος  ττοιεΐ  and  μόνον 
τΓοιεϊ  is  clear, — the  former  being,  he 
alone  does  it,  i.  e,  he  and  no  one  else  ; 
the  latter,  he  does  it  only,  i.  e.  it  and 
nothing  else,  Jelf  Gr.  Gr.  ^  714  Obs,  3. 
— 2,  μόνον,  like  Lat,  solum,  is  often 
omitted  where  we  should  expect  it, 
esp,in  protasis  aftera  negative,  where 
the  apodosis  has  6έ  or  άλλα,  so  that 
οΰ  stands  for  οΰ  μόνον,  ν,  Valck.  et 
Monk  Hipp,  359,  Valck.  Phoen.  1489, 
— 3.  μόνον  ov,  like  Lat.  tantum  non, 
all  but,  well  nigh,  μόνον  ουκ  έπΙ  ταΐς 
κεφα?.αΐς  ττεριφέρουσι.  Plat.  Rep,  600 
D  ;  later,  written  μονονού,  Polyb.  3, 
109,  2,  etc. ;  so μονονονχί,  Id,  3,  102, 
4. — -4.  also  κατά  μάνας,  as  adv,,  alone, 
Isae.  67, 19,  (Akin  io μία,  ενός,  οίος, 
unus,  cf,  μώννξ  fin, :  nothing  to  do 
with  μένω.) 
tMoiOf ,  ov,  6,  Monus,  a  poet,  Ath,  1, 
Μ.ονοσύνόΰ?.ος,  ov,  {μόνος,  σάνδα- 
λον)  with  but  one  sandal,  Apollod,   1, 

9,  la 

Μονοσέδηρος,  ov,  {μόνος,  σίδηρος) 
made  of  nothing  but  iron,  ought  perh. 
to  he  read  in  Ar.  Eq.  1046,  cf.  μονό- 
ξνλος.  [t] 

MoiOfftrfcj,  (5,  to  eat  bat  once  in  the 
day,  Hipp.  p.  11,  etc.,  Plat.  (Com.) 
Incert.  44,  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  8,  9,-11,  to 
eat  alone;  and 

ΜονοσΙτία,  ας,  η,  an  eating  but  once 
a  day,  Hipsp.  p,  1010, — 11,  an  eating 
alone :  from 

'Μονόσΐτος,  ov,  {μόνος.,  σιτέω)  eat- 
ing but  once  a  day. — II,   eating  alone. 

Μονοσκε?,?ίς,  ές,  {μόνος,  σκέλος) 
one  legged,  v.  1.  for  μονόκω'λος. 

'ίίονόσκηπτρος,  ov,  {μόνος,  σκηπ- 
Τρυν)  wielding  the  sceptre  alone,  abso- 
lute, θρόνοι,  Aesch.  Supp.  374. 

Μονόστεγος,  ov,  {μόνος,  στέγη)  of 
one  story,  Dion.  H.  3,  68, 

Μονοστελέχης,  ef,=sq.,  Theophr, 

Μονοστέλεχος,  ov,  {μόνος,  στέλε- 
χος) with  but  one  trunk. 

Μονόστεος,  ov,  (μόνος,  οστέον)  con- 
sisting of  one  bone,  Arist,  H,  A,  3, 
7,  3, 

Μονοστιβής,  ές,  {μόνος,  στείβω) 
walking  alone,  in  genl.  unattended, 
Aesch.  Cho.  768, 

'Μ.ονόστϊχος,  ov,  {μόνος,  στίχος) 
consisting  of  one  verse,  Anth.  P,  11, 
312  :  Tu  μ.,  single  verses,  Plut.  Pomp. 
27 :  cf.  δίστιχος. 

Μοι^όσ-ολοζ•,  ov,  {μόνος,  στέλλω) 
going  alone  ;  generally,  alone,  single, 
δόρυ,  Eur,  Phoen.  749  ;  /^είπομαι  φί• 
?.ας  μονόστολος  ματρός.  Id.  Ale,  406; 
cf.  μονόζϋΐνος. 

Μονόστομος,  ov,  {μόνος,  στόμα) 
with  one  mouth. — II,  one-edged, 

Μονοστόρθνγξ,  νγγος,  δ,  ή,  (μόνος, 
στόρθνγξ)  carved  out  of  a  single  block, 
Anth.  P.  6,  22 ;  cf.  μονόξν/.ος. 

Μονοστροφίκός,  ή,  oi',=sq.,  Gramm. 
Adv.  -κώς :  from 

Μονόστροφος,  ov,  {μόνος,  στροόη, 
στρέφω)  consisting  of  a  single  strain 
without  anlistrophe,  Gramm, — II. 
ΰμαξα  μ.,  a  car  with  one  wheel,  wheel- 
barrow, Theophr,  H.  PI.  5,  7,  6. 

Μ.ονοσνλλΰβέω,  ώ,  to  be  a  moTiosyl- 
lable :  and 

Μοΐ'οσνλλΰ/3ια,  ας,  ή,  a  being  mono- 
syllabic :  from 

Μονοσύλλαβος,  ov,  (μόνος,  συλλα- 
βή)  of  one  syllable,  Gramm.  : — hence, 
dealing  in  monosyllables,  of  Gramma- 
rians, Anth.  P.  append.  35. 

Μονήσχημος,  ov,  with  but  one  form. 

Μ,ονότεκνος,  ov,  {μόνος,  τέκνον) 
with  but  one  child,  Eur.  H.  F.  1021, 

Μονότης,  ητος,  ή,  {μόνος)  unity. — 
II.  α  being  alotie,  celibacy. 


MONO 

ΜονοΓοκέω,  ώ,  to  bear  tmt  one  at  a 
time :  and 

Μονοτοκία,  ας,  η,  a  bearing  but  one 
at  a  time,  Arist.  Gen.  An.  4,  4, 18  :  from 

Μονοτόκος,  ov,  {μόνος,  τίκτω)  bear- 
ing but  one  at  a  time,  Arist,  H.  A.  6, 
22,  3,  Gen.  An,  4,  4,  19, 

Μονοτονία,  ας,  ή,  sameness  nf  tone, 
monotony,  Quintll.  11,  3  :  from 

Μονότονος,  ov,  {μόνος,  τόνος  Π)  of 
one  or  the  same  tone  m  music  :  uniform, 
monotonous  :  hence  adv.  -νως,  Longin. 

Μονοτρύ—εζος,  ov,  (μόνος,  τράπεζα) 
eaten  in  solitude,  ξένια,  Eur,  1.  T.  949. 
[ώ] 

Μονότροπος,  ov,  (μονός,  τρόπος) 
living  alone,  solitary,  Eur.  Andr.  281  ; 
μ.  βίος,  Plut.  Pelop.  3. — II.  of  one  kind, 
simple,  Id.  2,  662  A. 

Μονοτροφέω.  ω,  {μόνος,  τρέφω)  to 
eat  but  one  kind  of  food,  Strab.  p.  154. 
Hence 

Μονοτροφία,  ας,  ή,  a  feeding  or  rear- 
ing singly,  opp.  to  KOivTj  επιμέλεια. 
Plat.  Polit.  261  D,  ^ 

Μρνότροχος,  ov,  ό,  (μόνος,  τροχός) 
a  one-wheeled  car,  v.  1,  for  μονόστρο- 
φος II. 

Μονονάτος,  ov,  {μόνος,  ονς)  one- 
eared,  with  one  handle,  Anth.  P.  5,  135. 

Μονονχία,  ας,  ή,  a  solitary  life. 

Μονοφάγέω,  ώ.=μονοσιτέω,  Απ- 
tiph,  ap.  Ath.  8  Ε  ;  and 

Μονοφάγία,  ας,  ή,=μονοσιτία  I, 
EccL — 11.=μονοσιτία  II,  Joseph. : 
from 

Μονοφάγος,  ov,  {μόνος,  ώΰγεΐν)= 
μονόσιτος,  Ameips.  Incert.  2  : — Ar., 
Vesp.  923,  has  anirreg.  superl.  μονο- 
oa}  ίστατος. 

Μονοφάνής,  ές,  and  μονόφαντος, 
ov,  visible  alone. 

ΜονόφΟαλμος,  ov.  Ion.  uovv-,  {μό- 
νος, οφθαλμός)  one-eyed,  Hdt.  3,  116  ; 
4,27, 

ΜονόφΘογγος,  ov,  {μόνος,  φθογγή) 
with  but  one  sound  :  ύ  μ.,  a  single  vowely 
as  opp.  to  a  δίφθογγος. 

Μονόφορβος,  ov,  grazing  alone. 

Μονόφρονρος,  ov,  {μόνος,  φρουρά) 
watching  alone,  Aesch.  Ag.  257. 

Μονόφρων  ov.  {μόνος,  φρήν)  single 
in  one's  opinion,  standing  alone,  Aesch. 
Ag.  757. 

Μονοφνής,  ές.  Ion.  μονν-,  {μόνος, 
φνή)  of  simple  nature:  generally,  sin- 
gle, οδόντες,  Hdt.  9,  83  : — so  of  bodily 
organs,  μ.  καρδία,  πλείμων,  Arist. 
Part.  An.  3,  7,  1. 

Μονόφυλλος•,  ov,  {μόνος,  φύ/J.ov) 
one-leaved,  Theophr.  H.  PI,  1,  13,  2. 

Μονόφν?.ος,  ov,  (μόνος,  φυλή)  of 
one  tribe,  race,  or  kind,  Opp.  C.  1,  399. 

Μονοφνσΐται.  oi,  monophysites,  her- 
etics who  believed  but  one  nature  in 
Christ,  Eccl, ;  cf.  μονοβελήται. 

Μονόφωνος,  ov,  {μόνος,  φωνή)  with 
but  one  voice  or  tone,  Hipp.  p.  253. 

Μονοχύλινος,  ov,  with  but  one  bridle. 

Μονόχειρ,  χειρός,  ό,  ή,  with  but  one 
hand :  single-handed. 

Μονόχηλος,  ov.  Dor,  -χά?.ος,  (μόνος, 
Τ>}λή)  solid-hoof ed,=^ μώννξ.  Pseud. 
Eur.  I.  A.  225. 

Μονοχίτων,  ωνος,  ό,  ή,  {μόνος,  χι- 
των)  wearing  only  the  tunic,  or  under 
garment,  Polyb.  14,  11,  2;  cf.  μονό- 
πεπ?ιος.  [I]     Hence 

ΜονοχΙτωνέω,  ώ,  to  wear  the  tunic 
only. 

Μονόχορδος,  ov,  {μόνος,  χορδή) 
ivith  or  of  but  one  string: — το  μ.,  the 
monochord,  called  by  the  Pythagoreans 
κανών  (ιιονσικός),  a  tuning  string  by 
which  tney  measured  the  scale  phy- 
sically and  arithmetically  :  this  pro- 
cess was  called  μονοχορδίζειν,  ν, 
947 


ΜΟΡΑ 

Aristid.  Quintil.  de  Mus.  p.  IIG,  Mei- 
boin. 

Μονόχρονος,  ov,  (μόνος,  χρόνος) 
opp.  to  δίχρονος,  consisting  of  one  time 
in  prosody,  urainm. — 2.  of  tht  same 
sort  of  time. — II.  temporary ,  for  the  mo- 
ment only,  Aristipp.  ap  Ath.  541  A. 

Μοί'ό^ροοζ•,  01',  contr.  -χρους,  ovv, 
{μόνος,  χρόα)  of  one  colour,  Xenocr., 
Arist.  H.  A.  1,  5,  5,  etc.:  cf.  Lob. 
Paral.  468. 

'^Ιονοχρώμ<1τος,ον,=  ίοχΒζ.,  Diphil. 
Siphn.  ap.  Ath.  90  D :  of  paintings, 
Plin.  35,  3. 

'Μ.ονόχρωμος,  ον,=μονόχροος,  v.  1. 
Arist.  Gen.  An.  5,  1,  17. 

Movo^pwf ,  (5,  ή,=μονόχροος,  Arist. 
Gen.  An.  5,  1,  19  ;  ct.  Lob.  Paral.  256. 

ΜονόψΫίφος,  ov,  Dor.  --φάφος,  {μό- 
νος, ψϊ/φος)  voti)ig  alone  ;  μονύψαφοί' 
κατασχοίσα  ξίφος,  keeping  her  sword 
solitary  of  purpose,  of  Hypermnestra, 
Pind.  X.  10,  10  ;  so, μονοώήφοισι,νεν- 
μασι,  Aesch.  Supp.  373. 

Μονόω,ώ,  f.-ώσω  :  Ion.  μονν-,ΉάΙ., 
and  in  Od. ;  but  in  II.  the  common 
form ;  (μόνος).  To  make  single  or 
solitary,  μοννονν  γεί'ε/'/ν,  to  isolate  a 
house,  i.  e.  to  allow  but  one  son  in  each 
generation,  Od.  16,  117. — II.  to  he  left 
alone  or  forsaken,  ίνΐ  Ύρώεσσι  μονω- 
θείς, Π.  11,  470,  cf.  Od.  15,  386  ;  μου- 
νΐύΟείς  also  taken  apart,  without  wit- 
nesses, Hdt.  ],  116:  c.  gen.,  μεμουχ'ω- 
μένοί  σνμμύχων,  dtserted  by  allies, 
Hdt.  1,  102,  cf.  6,  15:  simply,  to  be 
alone,  stand  alone,  Plat.  Legg.  710  Β  ; 
σον  μονούμετος,  μονωθείς  όάμαρτος, 
Eur.  Ale.  296,  380  :  also,  μονωθείσα 
ίπό  πατρός.  Id.  J.  Α.  669  ;  cf.  μόνος  I. 

Μ.ονωδί:ω.  ώ,  (μονωδός)  to  sing  a 
monody  or  solo,  Ar.  Pac.  1012,  Thesm. 
1077  ;  c.  ace,  Luc.  de  Hist.  Conscr.  1. 

Moi'ijJia,  ας,  ή,  (μονωδός)  a  inon- 
ody  m  solo,  opp.  to  the  song  of  the 
chorus,  Ar.  Ran.  819,  944,  1330 ;  opp. 
to  χορωδία.  Plat.  Legg.  765  A. — II. 
late  a  monody,  lament.  Hence 

Μ,ονωδίκός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to  a 
μονωδία. 

Ήίονωδός,  όν,  (μόνος,  ωδή)  singing 
alone,  not  in  chorus  : — ό  μ-,  the  writer 
of  a  drama  to  be  spoken  by  a  single  per- 
son, like  Lycophron's  Cassandra. 

Μοί'ώΐΊ'ί,  νχος,  ό,  ή,  and  μονώνν- 
χης,  ον,=μονοχηλος. 

ΜόνωτΓος,  ον,  (μόνος,  ωφ)=μονώώ, 
Call.  Fr.  76. 

Μόνωσις,  ή,  (μονόω)  α  being  left 
alone,  solitariness,  singleness,  Plat. 
Tim.  31  B. 

Μονώτης,  ov,  a,  fern,  -ώτις,  ιδος, 
(μονόω)  made  single  :  βίος  μ.,  a  solitary 
life,  Arist.  Eth.  N.  1,  7, 6,  etc.  Hence 

Μονωτικός,  ή,  όν,  left  alone,  solitary, 
Philo. 

Μονώτις,  ιδος,  η,  fern,  from  μονώ- 
της,  Arist.  Η.  Α.  9,  40,  30. 

Μονωτός,  ή,  όν,  (μονόω)  left  alone, 
solitary. 

Μ,ύνωτος.  ον,^μονονατος,  Polemo 
ηρ.  Ath.  484  C. — Ιί.^μόνατνος,  Antig. 
Car.  58. 

Μοί'ώι/',  ώτΓος,  ό,  τ/,  (μόνος.  ω•φ)  one- 
eyed,  of  the  Cyclopes,  Eur.  Cvcl.  21, 
64.8  :  of  the  Arimaspi,  Aesch.  Pr.  804, 
in  poet,  form  μοννώψ.  The  usu.  ac- 
cent μόνωφ  is  wrong,  Arcad.  p.  94, 
26,  cf.  τνφλώ-ψ. 

Μύνωφ,  ωπος,  6,=μόναπος,  Ael. 
Ν.  Α.  7,  3.        ^ 

Μόρα,  ας,  ή,  (με'φομαι,  εμμορα) 
orig.=/iotpa  ; — then,  one  of  the  main 
divisions  of  the  Spartan  infantry,  at 
first  six  in  number,  Xen.  Lac.  11,4; 
the  numbers  varied,  ace.  as  the  men 
above  45,  50,  etc.  years  were  called 
out,  from  400  (as  Xen.),  500  (as  Epho- 
948 


MOPM 
rus),  700  (as  Callisthenes),  even  to 
900  (as  Polyb.),  v.  Mull.  Dor.  3,  12, 
Thirlvv.  Hist,  of  Gr.  i.  Append.  2  ;  and 
cf.  λόχος. 

Μορύζω,=μοιραω :  hence  3  pen. 
pSiSS.  μεμόρακται,  it  partakes  of...,  τι- 
νός, Tim.  Locr.  95  A. 

iMopyavTivrj,  ης,  ή,  Thuc.  4,  65, 
and  MopyavTiov,  ov,  τό,  Strab.  p.  270, 
Murgantia,  a  city  of  Sicily  near  the 
river  Chrysas. 

Mopyfi'iJ,  (μόργος)  to  carry  straw  in 
a  wicker  cart. 

Μ,οργή,  ΐι,μοργίον,  τό,  f.  Π.  (or  μόρ- 
τη, μορτιον. 

tMop)7;ref,  ων,  οι,  the  Morgetes,  a 
people  of  Italy,  who  passed  into  Si- 
cily and  founded  Ήίοργάντων,  Strab. 
p.  270. 

Μόργννμι,=^όμόργννμι,  Q.  Sm.  4, 
270.  374,  v.  μ.  VI. 

Mopyof,  ov,  ό,  the  body  of  a  wicker 
cart,  Lat.  crates,  used  for  carrying 
straw  and  chaff;  cf  μοργενω. — II. 
ace.  to  Hesych.,  μόργος  was  al80= 
μολγός. 

iylόpδιoς,  ov,  T),  appell.  of  an  Apol- 
lonia,  from  which  a  kind  of  apple 
was  called  Μορδιανά,  (μήλα),  Mor- 
dian,  Ath.  81  A. 

miopia,  ας,  ή,  (μόρον)  the  mulberry- 
tree,  Nic.  Al.  69. 

f  MopCfi/f,  εως,  ό,  Morzeus,  a  king 
in  Paphlagonia,  Strab.  p.  562. 

tMopiyi'V,  ης,  η,  Morenc,a  region  of 
Mysia,  Strab.  p.  574. 

Μορί'α,  ar,  ή,  usu.  in  plur.  αίμορίαι, 
(with  or  without  έ?.αΐαι),  the  sacred 
olives  in  the  Academy,  Ar.  Nub.  1005  ; 
hence  of  all  olives  that  grew  in  the  ση- 
Koi  or  precincts  of  temples, ογρ.  toloiul, 
Lys.  109,  11  (cf.  108,  26;  110.  44): 
prob.  so  called,  because  they  were 
supposed  to  have  been  parted  or  propa- 
gated from  (μεψόμεναι,  μεμορημέναι, 
partitivae)  the  original  olive-stock  in 
the  Acropolis,  Wordsworth's  Athens 
and  Att.  p.  137  n. :  the  Schol.  Ar. 
1.  c.  gives  niany  fanciful  derivations. 
Hence,  "Ζενς  Mopio^as  the  guardian  of 
these  sacred  olives.  Soph.  O.  C  705. — 
11.=μωρια,  Anth.  P.  1 1 ,  305,  [where  Γ.] 

■\Μορίμηνή,  ης,  ή,  Morimene,  a  sa- 
trapy in  Cai)padocia,  Strab.  p.  534. 

Μόρζί/οΓ,  ov,  poet,  for  μόρσιμος,  II. 
20,  3σ2,  Pmd.  Ο.  2,  70,  Aesch.  Cho. 
360. 

tMopti'Oi,  ών,  ol,  the  Morhii,  a  peo- 
ple of  Belgic  Gaul,  Strab.  p.  194. 

Μόριον,  ov,  TO,  strictly  dim.  from 
μόρος,  a  small  piece  ;  a  piece,  portion, 
Hdt.  1,  16;  7,  23;  ιΐιυχής  μ.,  Eur. 
Andr.  541  : — o(  Time,  a  space,  βραχεί 
μ.  ημέρας,  Thuc.  1,  85,  cf.  1,  141  ;  8, 
46. — II.  like  μέρος  and  μερίς,  a  part, 
member,  Arist.  περί  ζώων  μορίων  :  e?p. 
the  genitals,  male  and  female,  Luc.  D. 
Mort.  28,  2,  Aretae. :  also  the  organ 
of  speech. — HI.  species,  as  a  subdivision 
of  genus,  Plut. — IV.  in  Gramm.,  a  par- 
ticle. 

Mop/Of,  a,  ον,^=μόριμος,  μόρσιμος, 
Auth.  P.  7,  477. — For  Ζενς  Μάριος, 
v.  sub  μορία. 

Μορίς,  ίδος.  η,^μόριον,  μερίς,  is 
said  to  occur  in  Hdt. ;  but  prob.  only 
in  compds,  as  τριτημορίς. 

\Μ.όριχος,  ov,  ό,  Morichus,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Leon.  Tar.  27. 

\Μ.όρκος,  ov,  ό,  Morcus,  an  ambas- 
sador of  Genthius  to  the  Rhodians, 
Polyb.  29,  2,  9. 

Μορμολνκεΐον.  ov,  τό,  like  μορμώ, 
a  hnchmr,  hobgoblin,  Ar.  Thesm.  417; 

cf.  Ruhnk.  Tim. 

Mopjjo/ύκη,  ης,  η,  Strab.  p.  19; 
μορμο'/νκιον,  ov,  τό,  Sophron  ap. 
Stob.  Eel.  1,  p.  1010  :—  =foreg. 


ΜΟΡΟ 

Μορμολνκτόω,  ij,=  8q. 

Μορμολύττομαι,  dep.,  (μορμώ)  ίο 
fright,  scare,  Ar.  Av.  1245,  Plat.  Crito 
40  C  ;  μ.  τινύ.  ΰπό  τίνος.  Xen.  Svmp. 
4,  27.— II.  <o/enr,  be  afraid  of,  rt.  Plat. 
Ax.  364  B. — The  act.  form  μορμολντ- 
τω  is  not  found  ;  for  Memeke  has 
corrected  Cratet.  Ήρ.  1,  v.  Com.  Yt. 
4,  p.  658. 

Μορμορωπός,  όν,  (μορμώ,  ώψ)  hid- 
eous to  behold,  Ar.  Ran.  925. 

Μορμνλος,  ov,  ό,^^μορμίφοΓ,  Opp. 
H.  1,  100.  Dorio  ap.  Ath.  313  E: 
Schneid.  in  Opp.  1.  c.  μορμνρος. 

Μορμννω,^μορμνσσομαι. 

Μορμϋρίζω,^=μορμύρω. 

Μορμνρος,  ου,  ό,  α  sea-fish,  mormy- 
rus,  Arist.  Η.  Α.  6,  17,  7,  Anth.  P.  C, 
304  :  also  μορμνλος.  q.  v. 

Μορμί'ρω,  formed  by  redupl.  from 
μνρω,  as  πορφύρω  from  φΰρω  ; — usu. 
of  water,  to  rush,  roar,  Lat.  murmurare. 
ποταμός  άφρφ  μορμνρων,  roaring  and 
boiling  with  foam,  11.  5,  599  :  of  ocean, 
II.  18,  403.  Hesych.  also  quotes  a 
form  μυρμνρω.  [μν\ 

Μορμνσσομαι.^=μορμο?,νττομαι  I, 
Call.  Dian.  70,  Del.  297.  ^ 

Μορμώ,  όοζ•  contr.  οΰς,ή,  also  Mop- 
μών,  όνος,  ή,  a  hideous  she-?nonster, 
used  by  nurses  to  fright  children  with, 
like  the  lamia,  mania,  maniola,  of  the 
Romans,  Ruhnk.  Tim.  :  generally,  α 
bugbear.  Ar.  Ach.  582,  Pac.  474, — iioth 
timesofLamachus' helmet  and  crest: 
• — hence, — II.  as  an  esclamation  to 
frighten  children  with,  boh  !  μορμώ, 
όύκνει  ίππος,  Theocr.  15,  40; — so, 
μορμώτυνθράσονς,  a  fig  for  his  cour- 
age !  Ar.  Eq.  693.  (The  root  ίβμόρ- 
μος,  Aeol.  μνρμυς.  in  Hesych.,  who 
explains  it  by  φόβος  κενός :  he  also 
has  the  adj.  μορμός,  ή,  όν,  frightful, 
and  the  verbs  «ορ/^νω,  -μννω,  -μνσσω : 
in  Gramm.  also  occur  the  atljs.  μόρ- 
μορος  or  μορμορός,  with  the  verbs 
μορμορόω,  -ρνω,  -ρύσσω  :  from  this, 
by  the  freq.  interchange  of  ρ  and  ?., 
comes  μορμο?ινττομαι,  again  μορμο- 
λνκη,  -λνκεϊον.)     Hence 

Μορμωτός,  η,  όν,  (as  if  from  μορ- 
μόω)  frightful,  Lyc.  342. 

Μορόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  in  II.  14,  183, 
Od.  18.  298,  epith.  of  ear-rings,  έρμα- 
τα τρίγ?.ηνα  μορόεντα, — ace.  to  the 
best  old  Interpp,,  skilfully  or  richly 
wrought,  Toll.  Apoll.  Lex.  p.  463. 
(Deriv.  uncertain:  ace.  to  Ernesti 
from  μόρον,  mulberry-coloured :  ace.  to 
others  glistening,  shining,  etc.) — II. 
irom  μόρος,  like  μόριος,  destined,  fa- 
ted, Lat.  fatnlis,  esp.  deadly,  as  it  is 
explained  in  Nic.  Al.  130,  136. 

Μόροζος.  ό,ζ=μόροχθος,  Galen. 

MOTON.  ov,  TO,tlte  black  mvlhirry, 
Epich.  p.  115  ;  white,  black  and  red, 
ace.  to  Aesch.  Fr.  107,  cf.  Soph.  Fr. 
698. — II.  the  blackberry.  (Pott  com- 
pares Germ.  Maul-hcere,  our  mul- 
berry.) 

Μοροπονέω,  ώ.=  κακοπαθέω. 

ΜΟΤΟΣ,  ov,  ό,  like  μοίρα,  man's 
appointed  lot.  fate,  destiny,  Hom.  :  C. 
inf.,  μόρος  (εστίν)  όλέαθαι,  'tis  one's 
fate  to  die,  II.  19,  421  ;  υπέρ  μόρον, 
against  fate,  Od.,  v.  sub  νπέρμορον  : 
— mostly  an  unhappy  lot,  death,  Lat. 
fatum,  11.  18,  405,  etc.,  Pind.,  and 
Trag.,  cf  Pors.  Hec.  12; — freq.  also 
in  Hdt.,  who  always  uses  it  of  a  vio- 
lent death,  μόρω  τοιοντω  ίχρΥ/σατο, 
came  to  his  enci  thus,  Hclt.  1,  117 ;  in 
Hom.  κηκός  μόρος,  βάνητός  τε  μήρος 
τε  are  often  joined,  II.  21,  133,  Oil.  9, 
61,  etc.  ;μήρω  άνοσίω,  αίσχίστω,  Hdt. 
3,  65  ;  9,  17  ;  etc. — 'J.  lnter.=  T-f  Αρός- 
a  corpse,  Anth.  P.  7,  404  ;  like  L;it. 
mors  in  Propert.  2,  10,  22,  Cicer.  MjL 


MOPT 

32. — Π.  'Μόρας,  Moms,  as  a  mythical 
person,  the  son  of  Night.  Hes.  Th. 
211.— Only  poet.  (The  root  appears 
in  εμ-μορ-α.  pf.  of  μίίρομαι,  Sanscr. 
mri,  Lat.  mori,  mors  :  akin  to  βροτός, 
etc..  V.  sub  ύμβρόσίος.) 

Mopo0ey7^j•,  cf,  shining  with  deadly 
light,  dub.  I.  in  Mel.  78. 

^όροχβος,  ov,  0,  a  sort  of  jsipe-c/ay, 
Diosc.  5,  152  ;  also  μόροξος. 

Μοβρία  OT  μόρβια,  ας,  η.  Pans.  8, 
18,  5,  and  μορρίνη,  ης,  ή,  Arr.  Peripl. 
(who  supplies  the  subst.  λιθία  with 
it),  Lat.  murrha.  Mart.  10,  80 : — α  cost- 
ly material  from  which  were  made  leases, 
cups,  etc.,  {tasa  murrhea  or  murrhina, 
Propert.  4,  5,  26,  Plin.,  Juven.,  etc.), 
first  brought  to  Rome  from  Asia  by 
Porapey  the  Great  (B.  C.  61),  Plin. 
37,  7,  sq.  What  the  murrha  was 
seems  to  have  been  unknown  to  the 
ancients  themselves;  the  opinions  of 
modem  scholars  fall  into  two  class- 
es;— 1.  that  it  was  a  natural  substance, 
such  as  agate,  Chinese  steatite,  or  the 
like  ;  so  Winckelmann  ;  and  this  well 
agrees  with  Pliny's  description  (37, 
8,  cf.  Martial.  1.  c.  maculosae  pocula  mur- 
rhae.) — 2.  that  it  was  Chinese  porce- 
lain, china  ;  first  starte^d  by  J.  C.  Scal- 
iger  and  Salmas.,  and  supported  at 
length  by  RolofF  in  Wolfs  Museum 
2,  3,  p.  507,  sq. : — the  line  of  Propert. 
1.  c,  murrheaque  in  Parthis  pocula  coc- 
tafocis,  is  in  favour  of  this  opinion  ; — 
but  this  is  the  only  evidence  to  the 
point,  unless  Gell's  statement  be  well 
founded,  that  porcelain  was  called 
Mirrha  di  Smyrna  to  the  middle  of 
the  I6th  cent.,  cC  Becker  Gallus  1, 
p.  141.  There  were  sham  murrhina 
made  in  glass,  Plin.  36,  67.  (The 
word  is  eastern,  but  not  hitherto 
traced-  In  Russ.  murawa  is  the  gla- 
zing of  pottery.) 

Μόρσί/ίΟζ-,  ov,  (μόροΐ)  appointed  by 
fate,  destined,  L^i.  fataiis,  Od.  16,  392  : 
esp.,  foredoomed,  destined  to  die.  II.  22, 
13  ;  μόρσιαον  Tjuap,  the  fated  dav,  the 
day  of  death,  11.  lo,  613.  Od.  10.'  175  ; 
so,/i.  αιών,  one's  appointed  time,  Pind. 
O.  2,  18,  Aesch.  Supp.  47  ;  το  μόρσι- 
ftov,  fate,  destiny,  Pind.  P.  12,  53, 
Aesch.  Theb.  263 ;  fin  pi.  τά  μ.,  So- 
iou  5,  55t ;  μόρσιμόν  εστί,  c.  inf.,  'tis 
destined,  11.  5,  674,  Hdt.  3,  154:  cf. 
μοιρίόιοΓ. 

■\^ίόρσιμος,  ov.  6,  Morsimus,  an 
Athenian,  son  of  Philocles.  an  infe- 
rior tragic  poet,  Ar.  Ran.  151,  Eq.  401. 

tMopffiijl••,  «vof,  o,  Morson,  name  of 
a  herdsman,  Theocr.  5,  65,  etc. 

MooT^,  ης,  ή,  (μείρομαι)  a  part,  por- 
tion, esp.  the  portion  of  a  cotonus  par- 
tiarius  in  the  proceeds  of  an  estate, 
which  he  farms  for  a  fLxed  part  of  the 
produce,  usu.  a  sixth,  Eust. ;  cf.  έ~ί- 
μαρτος. 

Μορτίον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  foreg. 

Μορτίτης  {μόρτη)  γεωργός,  Lat. 
colonus  partiarius,  laie  Greek. 

Mopro Jurof,  η,  ov,  (μορτός,  βαίνω) 
troddenby  the  dead,  μ.  ναϊς,  of  Charon's 
boat.  ap.  Hesych. 

.  Μορτός,  όν,  {μείρομαι)  mortal,  like 
the  kindred  ,φοτόζ•.  Call.  Fr.  271  ;  cf. 
Lat.  mortuus.  and  inorta  (Liv.  Andron. 
ap.  Gell.  3,  16, 11).  and  v.  άμίρόσιος- 

Μορνσσω,^μο/.ύνυ,  to  soil,  slam, 
defile,  sully  :  part.  pf.  pass.,  μεμοβνγ- 
μένα  (εϊματα)  καπνύ,  Od.  13,  435. — 
Π.  to  paint,  smear,  mix,  μέλαν  κνάνοιο 
μεμορνγαένον  ΰ.vθoς,h\Άc]/^7nixedvl\\h 
blue,  0pp.  C.  3,  39.  cf.  iN'ic.  Al.  144. 

tMopyf,  νος.  6,  Morys,  son  of  Hip- 
potion,  a  Phrvgian,  11.  13,  792;  14, 
514. 
^    m.opvxLog,  a,  ov,  of  or  belonging  to 


ΜΟΡΦ 

Mcrychus,  οικία,  Plat.  Phaedr.  227  B, 
V.  Schol.  ad  1. 

'Μόρύχος,  ου,  ό,  epith.  of  Bacchus 
in  Sicily,  from  μορνσσω,  because  at 
the  vintage  they  smeared  his  face  with 
wine  lees. — +ll.masc.  pr.n..iV'/orj/c/!tis, 
an  .Athenian,  an  inferior  tragic  poet, 
Ar.  Ach.  887. 

νίορόάζω,  {μορφή)  to  use  gesticula- 
tions, Xen.  Symp.  6,  4  :  to  make  faces 
at  one,  Ael.  N.  A.  1,  29.     Hence 

Μόρόασ/ζα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which  is 
formed. 

Μορφασμός,  ov,  ό,  {μορφάζω)  ges- 
ticulation, grimace :  hence  a  ridiculous 
dance,  Ath.  629  F.  I 

Μορόάω.  ώ,  (μορφή)  to  shape,  fash-  I 
ion,  mould,  Anth.  P.  6,  354. 

Μορφεύς,  έως,  ό.  Morpheus,  son  of 
Sleep :  god  of  dreams  :  strictly  the 
fashioner,  moulder,  because  of  the 
shapes  he  calls  up  before  the  sleeper, 
first  in  Ovid:  from 

Μορφεύω,^ μορφάζω :  from 

Μορφή,  ης,  ή, form,shape, figure,  Od. 
8,  170  ;  metaph.,  μορφή  έττέων,  skill  to 
embody  thoughts  in  words,  Od.  11, 
367  (Hom.  has  the  word  only  in  these 
two  places,  Hes.  not  at  all :  nor  do 
they  use  it  in  any  deriv.  or  compd.) ; 
then,  very  freq.  in  Att.,both  prose  and 
verse  ;  esp.  a  fine  form,  beautiful  form 
or  shape,  Lat.  forma,  species,  Pind.  O. 
6,  128  ;  9,  99.  Aesch.,  etc. :  also  per- 
iphr.  μορσής  σχήμα,  τν~ωμα,  Eur. 
Ion  992,  Phoen.  162;  μορφής  μέτρα, 
shape  and  size.  Id.  Ale.  1θίθ3: — aper- 
son,  ττοΛ/.ών  ονομάτων  μορφή  μία, 
Aesch.  Pr.  210. — 2.  generally,  /orm, 
fashion,  appearance.  Soph.  Tr.  699 ; 
otivuv  μ.,  in  horrid  manner.  Id.  El. 
199: — the  outward  form  or  semblance, 
as  opp.  to  the  εΐόος  or  true  form.  Plat. 
Rep.  380  D  ;  hence //ορόα2  θίών,  Xen. 
Mem.  4,  3,  13  :  also,  ηρώων  είδεα  και 
μορφάς,  Αρ.  Rh.  4.  1193.— IL  later, 
gesture. — 111.  in  drawing,  the  mere  form, 
outline.  (Lat./or77m  is  said  to  be  the 
same  word  with  a  metathesis,  but 
this  is  wholly  denied  by  Poet  Et. 
Forsch.  2,  p.  il9.)     Hence 

Μορφή  εις,  εσσα,  εν,  formed,  /.ίθον, 
of  stone,  Anth.  P.  append.  Ill:  esp. 
well-formed,  shapely,  goodly,  Lat.  for- 
mosus,  Pind.  I.  7  (6).  30. 

Μόρόνυς,  ov,  epith.  of  the  eagle, 
II.  24,  316,  Hes.  Sc.  134,— a  word 
variously  interpreted,  prob.  of  colour, 
dusky,  dark.=Lόpφvός  from  όρφνη, 
Lat.  furvus :  but  ace.  to  some  from 
μορφή,  graceful,  noble :  in  Hes.  wrong- 
ly written  μορφνός,  cf.  Arcad.  p.  62, 
9  (where  however //ελσ<•  must  be  read 
ioT  μέγαΓ),  cf.  also  Lob.  Paral.  341. 
344. 

Μοράοειόής,  ες,  {μορφή,  είδος)  in 
form  and  proportion,  Plut.  2,  735  A. 

Μορφοσκο~έω,  ώ,  to  observe  the 
form :   from 

Μορφοσκό—ος,  ov.  {μορφή,  σκο—έω) 
observing  forms  or  figures,  Artemid. 

Μορφοφανής,  ες,  {μορφή,  φαίνομαι) 
appearing  in  form,  Anth.  P.  1,  88. 

Μορφόω,  ώ,  {μορφή)  to  form,  give 
form  to,  Arat.  374  ;  to  sketch,  figure, 
.\nth.  P.  ),  33. — Pass.,  to  have  shape 
or  form,  Theophr.  C.  PI.  5,  6,  7. 

Μορόννω,  to  adorn. 

Μορφώ,  όος  contr.  οϋς,  η,  name  of 
Venus  at  Lacedaemon,  perh.  the 
Shapely,  Paus.  3,  15.  8. — 1\.= μορφή, 
Archyt.  ap.  Stob.  Eel.  1,  p.  714. 

Μόρφωμα,  ατός,  τό,  (μορφόω)  form, 
shape,  figure,  Aesch.  Ag.  873,  1218, 
Eum.  412,  and  Eur. 

Μοροωσις,  εως,  ή.  {μορφόω)  a  sha- 
ping. Ν.  Τ. :  α  moulding,  training, 
Theophr, 


ΜΟΣΧ 

Μορφωτήρ,  ήρος,  ό,  {μορφόω)  one 
who  shapes  υτ  fashions.     Hence 

Μορφωτικός,  ή,  όν.  belonging  to,  fit 
for  shaping,  Eccl.     Adv.  -κως. 

Μορφώτρια,  ας,  ή,  fern,  from  μορ- 
όωτήρ,  σνων  μ.,  changing  men  into 
swine,  Eur.  Tro.  437. 

ΙΜόρων,  ωνος,  ij.  Moron,  a  city  of 
Lusitania  on  the  Tagus,  Strab.  p.  152. 

Μόσσνν  or  μόσνν,  ννος.  ό,  α  wood- 
en house  or  tow^r,  Xen.  An.  5,  4,  26, 
where  he  also  has  τοϊς μοσσυιοις,  as 
if  from  ^όσσίΊΌί•, unless  with  Schneid. 
we  read  τοιν  μοσσννοιν.  The  form 
is  dub. ;  for  though  in  Ap.  Rh.  2,  1015, 
1017,  it  must  be  μόσσνν-,  yet  here  the 
σ  maybe  doubled  metri  grat.  [£•.  Ap. 
Rh.  11.  cc. ;  though  Herodian  and 
Draco  make  r]    Hence 

Μοσσννοικοι  or  Μοσννοικοι,  ων, 
οι,  the  Mossynoeci,  an  Asiatic  race 
near  the  Black  sea,  neighbours  of  the 
Colchians  and  Tibareni,  living  in  wood- 
ed houses  (μόσσννεςΊ,  Hdt.  3,  94 ;  7, 
78,  Xen.  fAn.  5,  4,  2t,  and  Strab. 

Μόσνχ/.ος,  ov,  6,  Mosychlus,  a  vol- 
cano in  Lemnos,  Nic.  Th.  472  :  adj. 
Μο(η)χ?.αΙος,  a,  ov,  Buttm.  in  Wolf's 
Mus.  1,  2,  p.  295,  sq. 

Μοσχάριον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  μόσ- 
χος II.,  a  little  calf,  LXX.   [<2] 

Μοσχύς,  άδος,  ή,  a  heifer. 

Μοσχέη,  ης,  ή,  contr.  μοσχή  (sc. 
δορά),  a  caifs-shin,  Anaxandr.  Iiicert. 
14. 

Μοσχεία,  ας,  ή,  the  planting  of  a 
sucker  or  layer,  Phllo. 

Μόσχειος,  ov,  {μόσχος  II.)  of  a  calf, 
κρέα,  Xen.  An.  4,  5,  31  ;  μ.  κννονχος, 
a  calf-skin  leash.  Id.  Cvn.  2,  9 :  ro  μ., 
a  c<j//-skin.  Id.  Kq.  12,'7. 

Μόσχε ίμα,  ατός,  τό,  {μοσχενω)  α 
sucker  taken  off  and  planted,  Lat.  stolo, 
Theophr.  C.  PI.  3,  11,  5  :  a  sprout, 
off-set,  Philo.     Hence 

Μοσχενμάτικός,  ή,  όν,  disposed  to 
throw  out  suckers. 

Μόσχενσις,  ή,  propagation  of  plants 
by  suckers,  Geop. :  from 

Μοσ;^;εί'ω.  {μόσχος)  to  plant  a  suck- 
er, Dem.  785,  4,  and  Theophr. — II. 
metaph.  to  plant,  rear.  Dion.  H.  7,  46. 

Μοσχηδόν,  adv.  {μόσχος  II.)  like  a' 
calf,  ISlc.  Al.  357. 

Μοσχίας,  ov,  ό.  {μόσχος  II.)  like  a 
calf:  used  of  any  young  animal,  a  lev- 
eret, etc. :  in  Eust.,  a  three-year  old  ram. 

Μοσχίύω,  ώ,  {μόσχος  II.)  usu.  read 
in  Menand.,  and  explained  like  the 
Lat.  vitulari.  to  be frolicksome  as  a  calf: 
Bentley  and  Meineke  however  reject 
the  word,  v.  p.  165. 

Μοσχίδιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  μόσ- 
χος, a  young  sucker  or  layer,  σνκιδων, 
from  tig-trees,  Ar.  Ach.  996.  [I] 

Μοσχίδιος,  a,  ον,—μόσχειος.  [ΐ] 

^Μοσχικός.  ι),  όν,  of  the  Moschi, 
Moschian  ;  ή  Μ..  Strab.  p.  497 :  τα  Μ. 
όρη.  a  part  of  Caucasus.  Strab.  p.  521. 

^Μοσχϊνα,  ή,  Moschina,  a  poetess 
of  Athens,  Ath.  297  B. 

Μοσ^;/οΐ',  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  μόσχος 
II.,  Ephipp.  Όμοι.  1. 

Μόσχιος.  a,  ov.  {μόσχος  II.)  like 
μόσχειος,  of  a  calf  Ορίξ,  Eur.  El.  81 1. 

ίΜοσχίων,  ωνος,  ό,  Moschion,  a 
slave  of  Conon,  afterwards  of  Olym- 
piodorus,  a  φαρμακοτρίβης,  Dem. 
1 171, 12  sqq. — Others  in  Plut. ;  Paus. ; 
etc. 

ΜοσχοΟί'της,  ov,  ό,  a  slaughterer  of 
calves,  [i'] 

^Μόσχοι,  ων,  ol,  the  Moschi,  an 
Asiatic  people  at  the  sources  of  the 
Phasis,  Hdt.  3,  94  ;  Strab.  p.  497. 

Μοσχοκύρνδιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from 
sq.  [i•] 

Μοσχοκάρίον,  ov,  τό,  a  nutmeg,  [ΰ] 

949 


MOYJN 

Μοσχοποιέω,  ώ,  {μόσχος  II.,  ττοιέω) 
to  make  a  calf,  Ν.  Ί  .     Hence 

Μοσχοποιία,  ας,  ή,  the  making  of  a 
calf,  Eccl. 

Μόσχος,  ov,  δ,  also  ψ  any  young, 
fresh,  tender  shoot  of  a  plant,  α  sprojtl, 
sucker,  11.  11,  105;  cf.  λν•)θς. — II.  ine- 
taph.  of  animals,  an  off-shuol,  scion : 
esp., — 1.  of  the  young  of  kine,  α  calf, 
oft.  in  Kur. :  but  also  a  young  bull, 
which  form  the  god  .-Vpis  was  be- 
lieved to  assume,  Hdt.  2,  41  ;  3,  28  ; 
a  heifer,  young  cow,  μόσχους  άμέλγίΐν, 
Eur.  Cycl.  389,  cf.  Bacch.  736:  a 
calf  was  the  prize  of  lyric  poets  at 
Athens,  adtii'  ίπΐ  μόσχφ,  Ar.  Ach. 
13,  cf.  Beiitl.  Phal.  p.  302.— 2.  of  men, 
a  boy,  Eur.  I.  A.  1C23  ;  or,  more  usu., 
a  girl,  maid,  Lat.  juvenca,  Eur.  Hec. 
526,  Andr.  711,  etc. — 3.  any  yoimg  an- 
imal, Eur.  I.  'Γ.  163;  even  of  birds, 
μ.  χίλιόόνος,  Achae.  ap.  Eust.  p.  753, 
55. — 111.  the  annual  perfume  musk, 
only  late.  (The  same  as  όσχος,  όσ• 
χη,  with  μ  prefixed  :  akin  to  δζος, 
perh.  to  αύξω,  Pott  Et.  Forsch.  1, 
223.) 

^Μόσχος,  ov,  a,  Mnschus,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  Diog.  L. :  esp.  a  celebrated  pasto- 
ral poet  of  Syracuse. 

Μοσχοσφραγιστί/ς,  ov,  b,  {μόσχος 
II.,  σφραγίζω)  one  ivho  picks  out  and 
seals  calves  for  sacrifice,  Chaerem.  ap. 
Porph.  de  Abst.  4.  "7,  cf.  Hdt.  2,  38. 
Hence 

Μοσχοσφραγισηκα  βφλία,  τύ, 
books  describing  the  duties  of  the  μοσ- 
χοσφραγιστής,  Clem.  Al.  p.  269 
Sylb. 

Μοσχοτομέα,  ας,  ή,  (μόσχος,  τέμ- 
VlS)  an  osier-bed,  willow-ground,  Bockh 
Inscr.  1,  p.  819. 

ΜοσχοΓομος,  ov,  cutting  up  or 
elavghtering  calves. 

Μοσχοφάγος,  ov,  eating  calves  or 
veal. 

Μοτύριον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  μοτός. 
Medic,  [ά] 

Μοτή,  ί],  rare  poet,  form  for  μοτός, 
Q.  Sm.  4,  212. 

Morov,  ov,  ru,=  sq.,  Diosc. 

Morof,  οϋ,  b,  shredded  linen,  lint  for 
dressing  wounds,  ap.  Plut.  2,  100  D, 
Galen.;  v.  Foes.  Oecon.  Hipp.  Hence 

ΜοΓοω,  ώ,  to  dress  a  u'owid  with  lint, 
keep  it  open,  Medic.     Hence 

Μύτωμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  lint  dre.ssing 
for  a  wound,  Hipp.  p.  1194  :  and 

Μότωσις,  ή,  a  dressing  with  lint, 
Hipp.  p.  806. 

ίΜονζονρις,  ιΰος,  η,  Muzuris,  a 
city  of  India,  Luc.  Hist.  Scrib.  31. 

Moni'a,  ij,  Lacon.  for  μυΐα,  a  fly. 

Μουκτ/ρόβύς,  αντος,  b,  Lacon.  for 
μνκηρόίίας,  for  which  Dobree  read 
μονκηροβάκτας,  from  βάγννμι  (i.  e. 
ίάγννμί),  cf.  καμυοκατ-ύκτας. 

Μοϋκηρος,  b,  Lacon.  for  μνκηρος. 

Μονκίζω,  said  to  be  Lacon.  for 
μοχθίζω,  but  more  prob.  a  Lacon. 
verb  from  μϋ,  like  μνω,  μνύω,  μΰζ(ύ, 
to  moan,  mutter  with  the  mouth  shut. 

tMoiiXiOf,  oil,  0,  Muhus,  husband 
of  Agamede,  11.  11,  739.-2.  a  Trojan, 
11.  16,  696.-3.  another  Trojan,  11.  20, 
472. — 4.  a  servant  and  herald  of  Am- 
phinomus  of  Dulichium,  Od.  18,  422, 

\Ήίονμμίος,  ου,  6,  the  Rom.  name 
Mummius,  Strab. 

Μοννΰόόν,  adv.  {μοννος)  =:  μονά- 
όην,  μόνον,  Ορρ,  C.  4,  40. 

Μοννύξ,  adv.  {μοννος)  singly,  alone, 
Od.  11,417. 

Μονναρχέω,  -ία,  etc.,  v.  sub  μοναρ- 
χέω,  -ία,  etc. 

tMoCi.(5a,  ης,  ή,  Mundn,  capital  of 
the  Turdetani  m  Hispania,  Strab.  p. 
141. 

950 


ΜΟΥΣ 

"fMowJaf,  ov,  b,  the  Mundas,  a 
river  of  Lusitania,  now  Mondejo, 
Strab.  p.  153? 

Μοννϋκί'α,  ας,  η,  Munychia,  a  har- 
bour at  Athens  adjoining  the  Piraeeus, 
Thuc.  2, 13. — 11.  epith.  of  Diana,  who 
was  worshipped  there.  Call.  Dian. 
259.     Hence 

i^ovvovxiaCe,  adv.  to  Munychia, 
Lys.  1.32,  25  :  and 

ΜουΐΊ;;ΐ;ίασί,  adv.,  at  Munychia, 
Thuc.  8,  92,  Lys.  132,  4:  strictly,  a 
form  of  the  dat.  plur.,  cf.  Kuhner  Gr. 
Gr.  ^  363  ζ. 

Μοννϋχιών,  ώνος,  b,  Munychion, 
the  tenth  Attic  month,  in  which  was 
held  the  festival  of  Munychian  Di- 
ana,=  the  latter  part  of  April  and  be- 
ginning of  May,  Ar.  Av.  1047. 

'Μ.οννώ-φ,  Ion.  for  μονώ-φ,  Aesch. 
Pr.  804. 

tMovpyiff«-j/,  ης,  ή,  Murgisce,  a  for- 
tress of  Thrace,  Aeschin.  65,  23. 

tMoDpjJvof,  a,  a,  the  Rom.  name 
Murena,  Strab.  p.  631. 

Μονρίήνη,  ij,  v.  sub  μορβία. 

■^Μανρνχίδης,  ov  Ion.  tu,  b,  Mury- 
chides,  niasc.  pr.  n.,  Hdt.  9,  4. 

Μούσα,  ης,  ή.  Aeol.  ΜοΙσα,  Dor. 
Μώσα,  Lacon.  Μώα  (or  Μώύ): — the 
Muse,  goddess  of  song,  music,  poetry, 
dancing,  the  drama,  and  all  tine  arts, 
Horn.,  who  freq.  has  the  plur.  Mofi- 
σαι,  but  the  number  7iine  only  in  Od. 
24,  60:  their  several  names,  Clio, 
Euterpe,  Thalia,  Melpomene,  Ter- 
psichore, Erato,  Polymnia  or  Poly- 
hymnia, Urania,  and  Calliope — η  όέ 
προφερεστύτη  έστΙν  ύπασέων—,  first 
in  Hes.  Th.  77  :  still  later,  each  had 
assigned  to  her  a  separate  province 
of  music,  poetry,  etc. — Paus,  (9,  29, 
2)  says  there  were  orig.  three,  Μελέ- 
τη, Μνήμη,  Άοιδή  :  but  Cic.  Ν.  D.  3, 
21,  assumes  four,  Thelxinoe,  Aoid^, 
Archt,  Melete,  daughters  of  the  second 
.lupiter,  (taking  the  nine  daughters 
of  the  third  Jupiter  and  Mnemosyne 
as  the  second  Muses  ;  and  the  Pierides, 
daughters  of  Pierus  and  Antiope,  as 
the  third.)  Mimnermus  makes  the 
earlier  ones  daughters  of  Uranus. 
tFr.  14  Bgkf.  For  the  views  of 
modern  writers  on  this  subject,  v. 
Buttmann  in  Seehode  and  Friedem. 
Misc.  Grit.  2,  p.  437,  sq.  The  wor- 
ship of  these  nymphs  belonged  orig. 
to  the  Pierian  Thracians,  who  intro- 
duced it  into  southern  Greece,  Mid- 
ler Hist.  Gr.  Literat.  3,  ^  9.  On  their 
treatment  as  subjects  of  art,  v.  Mid- 
ler Archaol.  d.  Kunst,  ^  393. — II.  later 
μούσα,  as  appellat.,  music,  song,  like 
μουσική.  Soph.  Tr.  643,  Eur.,  etc. ; 
μοίσαν  φέρειν,  to  sing,  Pind.  N.  3, 
49  : — also  eloquence,  argument,  Eur. 
Ale.  962,  cf.  Valck.  Phoen.  50 :  hence 
in  plur.,  arts,  accomplishments,  Ar. 
Nub.  972,  Plat.  Rep.  548  B,  etc.— 111. 
generally,  fitness, propriety.  Plat.  Legg. 
775  B,  cf.  "Stallb.  Rep.  41 1  D.  (Prob. 
from  *μύίύ,  to  seek  out,  invent,  create, 
as  even  Plat.  Crat.  406  A  :  cf.  ποιη- 
τής) 

Μονσαγέτης,  ov,  b.  Dor.  for  Moi>- 
σηγέτης,  (Μοίσα,  ήγεομαί)  leader  of 
the  Muses,  Lat.  Musagetes,  of  Apollo, 
Pind.  Fr.  82,  cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  430.  [a 
properly,  as  in  Pind. ;  but  a  in  Orph. 
11.34,6,] 

'^Μουσαίος,  ov,  b,  Musaeus,  a  Gre- 
cian poet  of  the  mythic  period,  son  of 
Eumolpus  and  Selene,  of  Athens, 
Hdt.  5,  90  ;  etc. ;  ace.  to  Strab.,  a 
Thracian,  pupil  of  Orpheus  ;  in  Paus. 
10,  5,  6,  son  of  Antiophemus. 

MovaapioVt  01),  TO)  an  ointment  for 
the  eyes. 


ΜΟΤΣ 

'^Μσνσάριον,  ov,  ij,  Musarium,  fem. 
pr.  n.,  Luc. 

ΜονσεΙον,  ov,  τό,  the  temple  of  the 
Muses,  seat  or  haunt  of  the  Muses, 
Aeschin.  'i,  21  ;  of  the  nymphs.  Plat. 
Phaedr.  278  Β  :  hence  also  a  place  of 
study,  school,  as  Athens  was  to  της 
'Έ,λλάόος  μ.,  Ath.  187  D ;— metaph., 
μονσεϊα  βρηνήμασί  ξννωύά,  hul  s  re- 
sounding witli  lamentations,  Eur. 
Hel.  174  ;  μονσεϊα  χε'λιύόνων,  twitter- 
ing-places of  swallows,  Eur.  Alcmen. 
2,  ridiculed  by  Ar.  Ran.  93  :  also  μον- 
σεϊα λόγων,  of  new-fangled  words, 
such  as  γνωμολογία,  etc.,  Plat. 
Phaedr.  267  Β  :  but  τα  Μονσεϊα  (sc. 
ιερά),  a  festival  of  the  Muses,  Paus.  9, 
31,  3. — ll.  the  Museum,  a  spot  within 
the  old  walls  of  Athens,  said  to  be 
the  place  where  Musaeus  sang  and 
was  buried,  Paus.  1,25,  8. — 111.  later 
μονσείον,  Lat.  opus  musi-mim,  mosaic. 

Μονσειος,  ov.  Dor.  Motamof,  a,  ov, 
(Μοίισο)  of  or  belonging  to  the  Muses, 
kopa,  Eur.  Bacch.  408  :  άρμα  Mot- 
σαϊον,  the  car  of  Foesy,  Pind.  1.  8  (7), 
133  ;  λίβος  Μ.,  a  monument  of  song. 
Id.  N.  8, 80. — The  common  form  v/as 
μονσικός. 

Μονσείόω,  ώ,  {μονσεϊον  111.)  to  in- 
lay with  mosaic.     Hence 

Μονσείωσίς,  ή,  an  inlaying  with  vio- 
saic. 

Μονσιιγετέω,  ώ,  to  lead  the  Mtises. 

Μονσίύύω,  Aeol.  and  Lacon.  for 
sq. 

Μονσίζω,  (μονσα)  Ιο  sing  or  ploy, 
ύχαριν  κελαύον  μονσιζόμενας,  Eur. 
Cycl.  489. 

ή;Μονσικηνός,  ov,  ό,  Musicanus,  a 
king  of  India,  Strab.  p.  694. 

ΜονσΙκενομαι,  dep.  ιιύά.=^μοναίζ<ι), 
Sext.  Emp.  p.  362. 

ΜονσΙκός,  ή,  όν,  (μονσα  Π.)  of,  be- 
longing to  the  Muses  or  the  fine  nrt,% 
disposed  for  snch  ails  and  sciencs.t; 
hence, —  1.  ό  μ.,  a  votary  of  the  Musen. 
a  musician,  poet,  esp.  η  lyric  pott,  op]  . 
to  an  Epic,  Plat.  Phaetlr.  243  A  : 
generally,  a  man  of  Utters  and  accom- 
plishment, a  scholar,  opp.  to  ΰμανσος, 
Ar.  Eq.  191,  etc.,  and  freq.  in  Plat.; 
cf.  Philem.  p.  364 :  παρ'  όχλω  μονσι- 
κώτεροι  λέγειν,  more  skilled  to  speak 
before  a  mob,  Eur.  Hipp.  989. — 2.  ή 
-κή  (sc.  τέχνη),  any  art  over  which  tht 
Muses  presided,  esp.  music,  lyrie  poetry 
set  and  sung  to  music,  Hdt,  6,  129,  ci'. 
Plat.  Svmp.  196  E,  205  C ;  μ.  άγων, 
Thuc.  3,  104  :  generally,  art,  letters, 
accomplishment,  Hdt.  3,  131,  and  Plat., 
cf.  Stallb.  Prot.  340  A :  the  three 
branches  of  Athen.  education  were 
μουσική,  γράμματα,  γυμναστική, 
Plat.  Theag.  122  Ε,  Xen.  Lac.  2,  1. 
cf,  esp.  Arist.  Pol.  8,  3,  7,  where  γρα- 
φική, drawing,  is  added,  v.  Becker 
Charikles  1,  p.  48,  sq. :  hence=πβί- 
όεία,  Jac.  Ach.  Tat.  p.  437.— 11.  /ϊί, 
meet,  suitable.  Plat.  Legg.  729  A  ;  ele- 
gant, of  a  banquet,  Dioxipp.  Anliporn. 
1  : — adv.  -κώς,  δρβώς  kuI  μ-.  Plat. 
Legg.  816  C;  μ.  έρύν,  Id.  Rep.  403 
A.     Superl.  -κώτατα,  Ar.  Ran.  873. 

Μονσίκτας,  ov,  b,  a  musician,  poet. 
Dor.  word,  Valck.  Aden.  p.  280. 

Μονσίσόι,ι,  Dor.  ior  μονσίζω. 

Μούσμων,  όνος,  ό,  a  Sardinian  an- 
imal, Strab.  p.  225  ;  prob.  the  monfle 
musiinon,  the  original  of  the  sheep, 
Schneid.  Varro  R.  R.  2,  2,  12. 

Μονσόδομος,  ov,  (μονσα,  δέμω) 
built  by  song,  Anth.  P.  9,  250. 

Μονσοδονημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  poetic 
frenzy,  Eupol.  Prosp.  4. 

Μονσοεργύς,  όν,  contr.  μουσουργός, 
(μονσα,  *έργω)  cultivating  the  Aluses^ 
playing  or  singings  vcriLing  poetry  i  as 


ΜΟΧΘ 

SUbst.  a  singing-girl,  Hipp.  p.  236 :  cf. 
μουσουργός. 

Μονσοκόλαξ,  άκος,  ό,  (Μούσα,  κό• 
λαξ)  α  courtier  of  the  Muses,  Dion.  Η. 
7,  9. 

ΜονσόλητΓΤος,  ov,  (Μοϋσα,  λαμβά- 
νω) MtLse-inspired,  Piut.  2,  452  Β. 

Μ.ονσομύνέ(ύ,  ώ,  to  be  Miute-mad, 
Luc.  Ner.  6 :  from 

Μονσομάνής,  ές,  (Μοϋσα,  μαίνο- 
μαι) smitten  bi/,  or  devoted  to  the  Muses, 
Soph.  Fr.  747,  τέΓτιξ,  Anth.  P.  10, 
16.     Hence 

Μουσομάνία,  ας,  η,  devotion  to  the 
Muses,  Plut.  2,  706  B. 

Μουσόμαντις,  ό,  ή,  {Μοϋσα,  μάντις) 
όρνις  μ., Ά  biia  of  song  prophetic,  Aesch. 
Fr.  56. 

Μονσομήτωρ,  ορός,  ή,  (Μοϋσα,  μή- 
Ttjp)  the  mother  of  Muses  and  all  arts, 
epitti.  of  Memory,  Aesch.  Pr.  461. 

Μονσοπάτακτος,  ov,  (Μοϋσα,  πα- 
τάσσω) smitten  by  the  Muses,  Cic.  ad. 
Q.  Fr.  2,  10. 

Μυυσοττοίέω,  ώ,  to  write  poetry. 
Soph.  Fr.  747 : — to  sing  of,  τινά.  At. 
Nub.  334:  from 

ΜονσοτΓΟίός,  όν,  (μοϋσα  Π.,  ποιέω) 
making  poetry ;  ή  μ.,  α  poetess,  Hdt.  2, 
135  :  also  singing  or  playing,  μ.  μέριμ- 
να, Eur.  Hipp.  1428. 

Μουσοτϊόλος,  ov,  (Μούσα,  πολέω) 
serving  the  Muses,  οικία,  Sapph.  28  ; 
μ.  στοναχύ,  a  tuneful  lament,  Eur. 
Phoen.  1500  : — ό  μ.,  a  bard,  minstrel, 
Eur.  Ale.  447. 

Μουσοπρόςωπος,  ov,  {Μούσα,  πρός- 
UTTOi•)  musical-looking,  Anth.  P.  9, 570. 

ΙΜοΟσο^,  ου,  6,  Musus,  a  statuary, 
Pans.  5,  24,  1. 

Μουσοτρΰ<ρής,  ές,  reared  by  the 
Muses. 

Μονσονργέω,  ώ,=μουσο7νοιέω,  Phi- 
lostr.  :  and 

Μονσονργία,  ας,  ή,  a  singing,  making 
poetry,  Luc.  Vit.  Auct.  3 :  from 

Μουσουργός,  όν,  contr.  for  μονσο- 
εργός,  Xen.  Cyr.  4,  6,  11,  etc. 

Μονσόφθαρτος,  ov,  (Μούσα,  φθεί- 
ρω) slain  by  the  Muses,  Lyc.  832. 

Μονσο(1>ί?•.7}ς,  ov,  ό,=μονσόφιλος, 
Anth.  P.  11,  44.  [i] 

Μουσοφίλητος,  ov,  (Μοϋσα,  φιλε- 
ouai)  dear  to  the  Muses,  Corinna  23. 

il] 

Μουσόφιλος,  ov,  (Μοϋσα,  φιλέω) 
loving  the  Muses. 

Μονσοχΰρής,  ές,  (Μούσα,  χαίρω) 
delighting  in  the  Muses,  in  music  or 
poetry,  Anth.  P.  9,  411. 

Μονσόομαι,  (Μούσα)  as  pass.,  to  be 
trained  in  the  ways  of  the  Muses,  to  be 
well  educated,  acco7nplisked,  Ar.  Lys. 
1127,  cf.  Plut.  2,  1121  F :  hence  Piut. 
epeaks  of  Cimon's  νγρόν  και  μεμον- 
σωμένον,  his  easy  and  accomplished 
manners,  Vit.  Pericl.  5 :  μεμονσωμέ- 
νος  φώνην,  taught  to  utter  it,  Ael.  N.  A. 
16,  3. — II.  to  sound  tnusically,  Philostr. 

Μουστάκια,  τά,  Lat.  mustacea,  a 
sort  of  cake,  ap.  Ath.  647  D. 

Μονσφδός,  όν,  (μούσα  11.,  ΰδή) 
singing,  making  poetry. 

iMoυσώvιoς,  ov,  ό,  Musonius,  a 
philosopher  in  the  time  of  Nero,  Luc. 

ίΜοντίνη,  ης,  ή,  Mutina,  a  city  in 
Gallia  Cisalpina,  now  Modena,  Strab. 
p.  205. 

Μοχθέω,  ώ,  f.  •ήσω,  (μόχθος)  like 
μογέω,  to  be  weary  or  worn  out  with 
toil,  be  in  trouble  or  distress,  freq.  iu 
Eur. :  μ.  τινί,  to  suffer  from  a  thing. 
e.  g.  κήδεσι,  II.  10,  106;  όμβροις  και 
κανμασι.  Soph.  Ο.  C.  351 ;  περί  τίνα, 
for  one,  Xen.  An.  6.  6,  31  ;  υπέρ  τί- 
νος. Eur.  Palani.  1,  5;  έπί  τινι,  Eur. 
Med.  1104  :  freq.  in  Eur.  also  c.  ace. 
cognato,  μ.  μόχθους,  πόνους,  to  un- 


ΜΟΧΛ 

dergo  hardship,  toils.  Id.  Andr.  134, 
Hipp.  207:  esp.  πο?ι?.α μοχθειν, Soph. 
Tr.  1047,  cf.  Valck.  Phoen.  704  :  hence 
almost  transit.,  μ.  μαθήματα,  to  toil  at 
learning,  Eur.  Hec.  815  ;  τέκνα  (Ίμόχ- 
θησα,  the  children  /  have  toiled  for. 
Id.  H.  F.  281 ;  μ.  τινί  βεραπενμασιν 
=  θεραπενειν,  Id.  Phoen.  1549. — On 
its  difference  from  πονέω,  cf.  μόχθος. 
Hence 

Μοχθήεις,  εσσα,  εν,  ^ο&^=μοχθη- 
ρός. 

Mo;i;^>?;tia,  ατός,  τό,  {μοχθέω)  toil, 
hardship,  like  μόχθος,  Aesch.  Pr.  464, 
Soph.  Ο.  C.  1616,  and  Eur.,  always 
in  piur. 

Μοχθηρία,  ας,  ή,  hardship. — II.  low 
estate,  bad  state,  badness  of  a  person  or 
thing,  σώματος,  Plat.  Rep.  609  Ε  ; 
τον  ιατρού,  Antipho  126,  17  : — hence 
usu.  in  moral  sense,  badness,  wicked- 
ness, rascality,  Lat.  pravitas,  Ar.  Plut. 
109,  159,  freq.  in  Plat.,  and  later 
prose:  from 

Μοχθηρός,  ά,  όν,  (μοχθέω,  μόχθος) 
in  hardship,  much  distressed,  wretched, 
Hdt.  7,  46,  Soph.  Phii.  254 :  ώ  μοχ- 
θηρέ,Pht  Phaedr.268  Ε  :— of  thmgs, 
toilsome,  hard,  μοχθηρά  τλήναι,  Aesch. 
Cho.  752. — II.  of  low  estate,  and  of 
things,  in  a  bad  state,  bad,  sorry,  use- 
less, βούς,  Ar.  Eq.  316 ;  μ.  τά  πράγ- 
ματα καταλαμβάνειν,  to  find  trade  in 
a  bad  state,  Dem.  909,  21.— 2.  most 
usu.  in  moral  sense,  much  like  πονη- 
ρός,  had,  knavish,  rascally,  L•2it,.  pravus, 
Eur.  Melanipp.  13,  freq.  in  Ar.,  Plut., 
etc.  ;  μ.  τους  τρόπους,  Ar.  Plut.  1003. 
Adv. -ρώζ•, /ί.  όιακεΐσθαι.  Plat.  Gorg. 
504  Ε,  etc. ;  superl.  -ώτατα,  Xen. 
Hell.  1,  4,  13.  ('I'he  stricter  Gramm. 
write  μοχθηρός  in  signf  1,  Amnion, 
s.  v.,  Arcad.  p.  71 ;  cf  πονηρός.) 

Μοχθητέον,  verb.  adj.  from  μοχθέω, 
one  must  labour.  Soph.  Fr.  779,  Eur. 

Μοχθίζω,= μοχθέω,  μ.  περί  χρήμα- 
σι,  to  toil  for  money,  Pind.  Fr.  88 ;  μ. 
έλκει  νόρον,  to  suffer  from  its  sting, 
II.  2,  723  ;  μ.  δαίμονι  φαύλω,  Theogn. 
164.     Hence 

Μοχθισμός,  ov,  (5,=  sq.,  dub. 

Μόχθος,  ov,  ό,=  Homeric  μόγος, 
toiloi  mind  or  body,  hard  work,  hard- 
ship, distress,  trouble,  first  in  Hes.  Sc. 
306;  then  very  freq.  in  Trag.,  who 
oft.  use  it  in  plur.,  toils,  troubles,  hard- 
ships, etc. ;  μόχθον  εχειν  άμφί  τινι, 
Epigr.  ap.  Aeschin.  80,  16. — Μο;^6'έω 
and  μόχθος  are  not  common  in  prose, 
and  this  is  one  point  in  which  it  dif- 
fers from  πόνος:  further,  though  both 
are  used  in  signf.  hardship,  distress, 
Lat.  aefumna,  yet  this  notion  belongs 
orig.  to  μόχθος  (from  μογέω,  μόγος, 
μόγις,  perh.  also  akin  to  άχθος  and 
όχθος),  while  πόνος  is  merely  work, 
Lat.  labor  (from  πένομαι,  πέν?ις,  as 
if  the  poor  man's  lot.) 

Μογλεί'α,  ας,  ή,  (/ior^fuij)=sq., 
Plut. 

Μόχλευσις,  ή,  a  moving  by  a  lever, 
setting  joints  by  leverage,  Hipp.  p.  773: 
and 

Μοχλεντής,  ού,  ό,  one  who  heaves  by 
a  lever ;  hence  the  comic  phrases,  γης 
και  θαλάσσης  μ.,  he  who  makes  earth 
and  sea  to  heave,  Ar.  Nub.  567 ;  και- 
νών επών  κινητής  και  μοχλεντής,  one 
who  hoists  up  new  words,  lb.  1397  ;  cf. 
Pors.  Med.  1314:  from 

Μοχ?ι-εύω,  (μοχλός)  to  prise  up, 
heave,  or  wrench  by  a  lever,  θύρετρα, 
πέτρονς,  Eur.  Η.  F.  999,  Cycl.  240: 
generally,  to  move  heavy  weights,  Hdt. 
2,  175. — \1.=^μοχλόω. 

Μοχλέω,  Ion.  for  foreg.,  στήλας 
έμόχλεον,  they  threw  down  the  pillars 
with  levers,  II.  12,  259. 


ΜΤΓΑ 

Μοχλικός,  ή,  όν,  (μοχ7.ός)  fit  for 
raising  with  a  lever:  to  μ.,  a  treatise 
(by  Hippocrates)  on  setting  joints  by 
leverage. 

Μοχλίον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  μοχλός, 
ap.  Poll.  7,  125,  Luc.  Somn.  13:— 
also  μοχλίς,  ίδος,  ή. 

Μοχλίσκος,  ου,  ό,  dim.  from  sq., 
Hipp.  p.  868,  Ar.  Fr.  405. 

ΜΟΧΑΟ'Σ,  ov,  ό,  a  lever,  crow-bar, 
handspike,  Lat.  vectis,  used  for  moving 
ships,  Od.  5,  261  ;  for  forcing  doors 
or  gates,  Aesch.  Cho.  879,  Eur.  I.  T. 
99,  etc. — II.  any  bar  or  stake  like  a 
lever,  as  in  Od.  9,  .332,  etc.,  the  stake 
which  Ulysses  runs  into  the  Cyclops' 
eye,  cf.  Eur.  Cycl.  633.— III.  the  bar 
or  bolt  of  a  door,  Lat.  obex,  Eur.  Or. 
1571,  etc. ;  μοχλούς  έπιβά'λ'λειν,  Ar. 
Thesm.  415  ;  μοχλοϊς  πακτοϋν,  άπο- 
κλείειν.  Id.  Lys.  264,  487 :  hence  me- 
taph.,  u.  φόβου,  a  bar  or  defence  against 
fear.  Soph.  Fr.  699.— The  heterog. 
plur.  τά  μοχ?Μ  only  in  Gramm. 
(Prob.  akin  to  όχλος,  όχλέω.) 

Μοχλόω,  ώ,  (μοχλός)  to  bolt,  bar, 
Ar.  Fr.  331. 

tMo;^;of,  ου,  b,  Mochus,  a  philoso- 
pher and  writer  of  Sidon  in  Phoeni- 
cia, Strab.  p.  757. 

iMoipiov,  ov,  TO,  Mopsium,  a  hill 
and  town  of  Thessaly,  Strab.  p.  441. 

Μοϊ/'οτΓί'α,  ας,  ή,  Mopsopia,  old  name 
of  Attica,  Call.  Fr.  351. 

^Μο-φόπιος,  a,  ov,  of  Mopsopia, 
Mopsopian,=:  Attic,  Anth.  Plan.  118, 
8. 

+Μοψθ7Γθζ•,  ov,  ό,  Mopsopus,.  an 
early  kijig  of  Attica,  Strab.  pp.  397, 
443. 

Μόφος,  ov,  6,  Mopsus,  an  old  Hel- 
lenic seer,  Hes.  Sc.  181,  etc.f — 2.  son 
of  Apollo  and  Manto,  founder  of  Mal- 
lus  in  Asia  Minor,  where  subsequent- 
ly stood  his  oracle,  Strab.  p.  675  ;  in 
Paus.  7,  3,  2,  son  of  Manto  and  Rha- 
cius. 

^Μόφον  εστία,  ί],  Mopsuestia,  a  city 
of  Cilicia  on  the  Pyramus,  Strab.  p. 
676  :  also  Μόψου  πόλις,  Anth.  P.  9, 
698. 

MY'  or  MT",  an  imitation  of  the 
sound  made  by  murmuring  with  closed 
lips,  esp.  in  sign  of  displeasure,  μύ 
λαλείν,  to  mutter,  Hippon.  Fr.  29,  Lat. 
mu  facere,  Enn.  et  Lucil.  ap.  Varr. 
L.  L.  6,  5 :  cf.  μυζω. — II.  also  to  im- 
itate the  sound  of  sobbing,  and  so  re- 
peated,;ίί;',/ζΰ,//ϋ,//ϋ,  etc.,  Ar.  Eq.  10. 

Mva,  ή,  Att.  for  μνϊα,  ace.  to  Phot. 
— II.  α  plant,  Theophr. 

Μνάγρα,  ας,  ή,  {μύς,  άγρα)  α  mouse• 
trap,  Anth.  P.  9,  410. 

Μναγρος,  ov,  ό,  the  mouser,  a  kind 
of  snake,  Nic.  Th.  490.— II.  a  plant, 
said  to  be  the  alypum  sativum,  Diosc. 
4,  117.  [ϋ] 

Μνάκανθος,  ov,  6,  a  plant,  perh. 
wild  asparagus,  Theophr. ;  also  μυά- 
κανθα,  ή,  μυάκανθον,  τό,  and  μυα- 
κάνθινος,  ο,  Diosc. 

Μυάκιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  μναξ, 
like  χτ/μη,  and  Lat.  concha,  a  meas- 
ure, a  muscle-shell-full,  [d] 

Μνύλός,  6,  μϋύλόω,  rarer  forms  for 
μυελ-. 

Μύαξ,  άκος,  ό,^μύς,  the  sea-muscle, 
Plin.  32,  9.— 11.  ^  μνστρον,  ap.  Ga- 
len. ;  v.  Lob.  Phryn.  321.  [ϋ] 

Μνύω,  ώ,  (and  strengthd.  by  re- 
dupl.,  μοιμΰύω),  like  μνλλω,  μοιμνλ- 
λω,  to  bite  or  compress  the  lips  in  sign 
of  displeasure,  Ar.  Lys.  126;  cf.  μύ, 
μνω,  μυόω,  μνλλω,  μύζω. 

Μϋγά?^η,  ης,  ή,  (μύς,  γαλέη)    the 

shrew-mouse,  field-mouse,  Lat.  mus  ara• 

neus,  Hdt.  2,"  67,  .A.rist.  H.  A.  8,  24,  6  ; 

in  Nic.  Th.  816,  2l\sq  μνγάλέη,  and  in 

951 


ΜΤΔΩ 

Diosc.  2,  73,  μνογύ'λη.  The  terinin. 
of  the  shorter  (orm  is  written -ά?.;;, 
-αλή,  -a'/.?/,  Lob.  Paral.  378. 

fiivyoovtc,  ων,  oi,  the  Mygdoncs,  a 
Thracian  race,  in  the  vicinity  of  Mt. 
Olympus,  Strab.  p.  575:  they  passed 
over  also  into  Asia,  and  settled  in 
Phrygia,  Id.  564.-2.  Others  in  Meso- 
potamia around  Nisibis,  Id.  730. 

^'^vyoovia,  ας,ΐι , Myi^donia, country 
of  the  Mygdones, — 1.  a  province  of 
Macedonia,=  'H/iafli'a,  Hdt.  7,  123.; — 
2.  a  province  of  Mysia  or  Phrygia, 
Strab.  p.  550.— 3.  the  northern  part 
of  Mesopotamia,  around  Nisibis,  Id. 
p.  747. 

iMvyooviog,  a,  ov,  Mygdonian, 
Luc.  :  poet,  in  general  Phrygian, 
Mosch.  2,  98  ;  etc.^ 

jMvyoijv,  όνος,  ό,  Mygdon,  brother 
of  Amycus,  Apollod.  2,  5,  9. — 2.  a 
king  of  Phrygia,  II.  3,  18C  ;  father  of 
Coroebus,  Eur.  Rhes.  539.— Π.  M.vy- 
όών,  όνος,  ό,  a  Mygdonian,  Strab. 

Μνγμη,  ή,  worse  form  lor  sq. 

Mvy/iof,  ov,  0,  a  moaning,  muttering 
(v.  sub  μνζω)  such  as  is  ascribed  to 
the  sleepiiig  Furies  in  Aesch.  Eum. 
117,  120  ;  of  the  noise  of  the  fish  γλά• 
νις,  Arist.  Η.  Α.  9,  37,  12. 

Μνόάζομαι,  =  μνσύττομαι,  hence 
έμνόάξατο,  ν.  1.  for  έμνσάξατο,  Nic. 
ΑΙ.  482. 

Μϋύαίνω,  (μύδος)  to  wet,  soak.  Αρ. 
Rh.  3,  1042,  Lye.  1008.— 2,  to  let  a 
thing  get  wet,  and  rot. — IL  intr.  = 
μνύάω. 

ΜνδιΏ.έος,  a,  ov,  (μνδος)  wet,  drip- 
ping, αίματί,  II.  11,  54,  Hes.  Op.  558  ; 
δάκρνσι,  Hes.  Sc.  270,  Soph.  El.  166. 
— II.  damp,  mouldy,  όδμή,  Αρ.  Rh.  2, 
191. 

Μϋδαλόεις,  εσσα,  εν,—μυδαΆίος, 
Anth.  P.  12,  226. 

Μϋ(5ίίω,  ώ,  f.  -ήοίύ,  {μνδος)  to  be 
damp,  wet  or  dripping.  Soph.  O.  T. 
1278,  Ant.  1008. — II.  to  be  damp  or 
clammy  from  decay  or  rotting,  Hippon. 
Fr.  63,  Soph.  Ant.  406,  of.  Ruhnk. 
Tim.     Hence 

'^ΰδησις,  ή,  a  being  damp  or  wet, 
Diosc.  1,  6. — II.  clamminess,  rottenness. 

[v] 

Μϋδόεις,  εσσα,  εν,=μνδαλέος,  Nic. 
Th.  362:   from 

ΜΥ'ΔΟΣ,  ου,  6,  damp,  wet.—U. 
clammi)iess,  decay,  Nic.  Al.  248.  (Root 
of  μνδύω,  μύδησις,  μνδών,  μνδαίνω, 
μνοαλέος,  but  only  found  in  Nic.)  [v] 

Μύδος,  ov,  dumb,  speechless,  only  in 
Hesych.  (From  μνυ,  μνζω,  akin  to 
μννδος,  μύτης,  μνττός,  Lat.  miitus.) 

Μυδροκτΰπεω,  ώ,  to  forge  red-hot 
iron,  Aesch.  Pr.  366  :  from 

'Μ.νδροκτύπος,ον,  {μύδρος ,  κτνπίω) 
forging  red-hot  iron,  μ.  μίμημα,  like  a 
smith,  Eur.  H.  F.  992. 

ΜΤ'ΔΡΟΣ,  ov,  ό,  any  red-hot  mass, 
esp.  of  iron,  Aesch.  Fr.  284  ;  in  genl. 
any  lump  of  metal,  even  though  not 
red-hot,  σιδήρεος,  Hdt.  1,  165;  ΐίακ- 
τώλιος  μύδρος,  a  lump  of  gold  from 
Pactolus,  Lye.  272  ;  μύδρους  α'ιρειν 
χεροΐΐ',  to  hold  red-hot  iron  in  the 
hands.  Soph.  Ant.  264, — an  ordeal, 
like  the  judgments  of  God  in  the  mid- 
dle ages  :  Anaxag.,  Fr.  24,  called  the 
sun  μύδρος  δίύπνρος,  a  red-hot  mass 
of  metal,  cf  Pors.  Or.  971  ;  so,  μ. 
ύστφοζ-,  Critias9, 35;  inArist.  Mund. 
4,  26,  of  the  fire-sto?ies  thrown  out  by 
Aetna. — The  word  first  occurs  in 
one  of  two  verses  read  by  Eust.  after 
II.  15,  30,  but  which  Wolf  has  reject- 
ed, V.  Heyne  t.  7,  p.  12,  Spitzn.  ad  v. 
22. 

Μνδών,  ώνο'',  ό,  fungous  flesh  in  an 
ulcer,  Poll. 
953 


ΜΤΘΕ 

iylvδωv,  ωνος,  ό,  Mydon,  a  Trojan, 
son  of  Atymnius,  charioteer  of  Pylae- 
menes.  11.  5,  580.— 2.  another  Trojan, 
U.  21,  209.— Others  in  Diog.  L.  ;  etc. 

Μ,νειος,  ov,  {μνς)  of  or  belonging  to 
mire,   [ΐ] 

^Μνέκφορις,  ιος,  ή,  Myecphoris,  a 
city  of  Aegypt ;  hence  Μνεκφορίη/ς 
νομός,  the  Myecphorilic  name,  Hdl.  2, 
106. 

Μυε?ίανξής,  ες,  (μυελός,  αυξάνω) 
increasing  the  marrow. 

ΉίυεΑίνος,  η,  ov,  {μνε?ίός)  of  mar- 
row ;=sq.,  Anth.  P.  12,  37. 

Μνελυεις,  εσσα.  εν,  {μυελός)  full  of 
inarrow,  όστέα,  Od.  9,  293  :  fat,  rich, 
or  soft,  tender,  όστρεα  μ-,  Matro  ap. 
Ath.  135  A,cf.  Meineke  Com.  Fragm. 
3,  p.  638. 

Μνε'λόθεν,  adv.  for  έκ  μvελ.ov,from 
the  marrow. 

Μ,νελύν,  ov,  TO,  later  form  ίοτ  μυε- 
λός. 

Ml'f  Ρ.οτΓΟίόζ•,  όν,  making  marraiv,  i.  e. 
strengtheni7ig. 

ΜΥΕΛΟ'Σ,  ov,  6,  marrow,  II.  20, 
482,  etc. :  metaph.  of  strengthening 
food,  as  wine  and  barley,  which  are 
called  μυελός  ανδρών  in  Od.  2,  290  ; 
20,  108  : — esp.  the  marrow  of  the  skull, 
the  brain.  Soph.  Tr.  781  ;- — metaph., 
the  marrow  or  inmost  part,  προς  άκρον 
μ.  ψυχής,  Eur.  Hipp.  255,  cf.  Theocr. 
28,  18. — 2.  generally,  soft,  marrow-like 
meat,  Alex.  ΪΙονηρ.  1,  7,  v.  Meineke 
Com.  Fr.  3,  p.  638,  cf.  μνελόεις. 
(Hence  Lat.  medulla,  French  moelte.) 
[v  always  in  Hom..  ΐι  always  in  Att., 
and  so  sometimes  in  later  Ep.,  cf. 
Jac.  A.  P.  p.  xciv :  the  same  holds 
of  all  its  derivs] 

Μνελοτρεφής,  ες,  {μνε?.ός,  τρίφω) 
breeding  marrow,  Timoth.  ap.  E.  M. 

Μιιελόω,  ώ,  {μυε/Μς)  tofiUwith  mar- 
row  or  fat,  LXX. 

Μυελώδης,  ες,  (μυελός,  είδος)  like 
marrow,  ύγρότης,  Arist.  Η.  Α.  3,  8,  2. 

Μνέω,  ώ,  {μύω)  to  initiate  info  the 
mysteries,  tlvu,  Andoc.  17,  17,  Dem. 
1351,  26.  —  Elsevvh.  only  in  pass., 
tperf.  μεμνημαί^,  to  be  initiated,  Hdt. 
8,  65,  Ar.  Ran.  158,  etc. ;  alsoc.  ace. 
cognato,  like  διδάσκεσθαί  τι,  to  be  in- 
itialed in  a  thing,  τα  Καβείρων  όργια, 
in  the  mysteries  of  the  Cabiri,  Hdt. 
2,  51 ;  Tu  μεγάλα,  in  the  great  mys- 
teries. Plat.  Gorg.  497  C,  cf.  Phae'dr. 
250  C,  fand  έμμνέω\. — II.  generally, 
to  teach,  instruct,  Jac.  A.  P.  p.  488. 

Μνζάω,  Ion.  -έω,  f.  -ήσω,  later  form 
of //ύ,'ω  II.,  to  .^uck  out. 

Μνζουρίς,  ή,  (μύζω,  ουρά)  vox 
obsc,  huit.  fellatrix. 

Μύζω,  f.  μύξω,  to  make  the  sound 
μύ  μϋ,  to  murmur  with  closed  lips,  to 
moan,  Aesch.  Eum.  118;  οικτισμόν 
μ.,  to  make  a  piteous  moaning,  lb. 
189  :  hence  used  to  denote  various 
feelings,  esp.  displeasure,  to  mutter, 
like  μϋ  λαλείν  (v.  μν),  Ar.  Thesm. 
231 ; — generally,  to  grumble  or  rumble, 
of  the  bowels.  Medic. — 1 1,  to  drink 
with  closed  lips,  suck  in,  Xen.  An.  4,  5, 
27.  (Cf.  Lat.  mutire,  jnussare,  7Htissi• 
tare,  our  mutter.) 

Μύημα,  ατός,  τό,  (μνεω)  that  which 
is  hallowed  :  also=^sq.  [ϋ] 

Μύησις,  η,  initiation,  [υ] 

Μϋβάρίον,  ου,  τό,  dun.  from  μνθος. 
Pint.  2,  14  Ε.  [ώ] 

Μύθέομαι,  f  -ήσομαι  (μύθος)  :  Ερ. 
2  sing,  μυθεΐαι,  contr.  lor  μνθέεαι, 
Od.  8,  180,  and  again  (omitting  one  ε) 
μυθέαι,  Od.  2,  202,  (for  which  there 
is  no  more  need  to  assume  a  pres. 
μύθομαι,  than  πώλομαι  for  πώλεαί) : 
impf  μυθεσκοντο,  II.  18,  289 :  dep. 
mid. — I.  to  say,  c.  ace.  et  inf.,  11.  21, 


ΜΥΘΟ 

462,  Aesch.  Pr.  664  ;  freq.  also  c.  ace. 
cognato,  to  say,  speak,  tell,  naine,  c. 
ace,  freq.  in  Horn.,  as  well  of  persons 
as  of  things  ;  μνϋον  μνθεΐσθαι.ΐο  make 
a  speech,  Od.  3,  140 ;  άληϋέα  μυθψ 
σασϋαι,  II.  6,  362,  etc.  ;  ίτήτνμα  μ., 
Hes.  Op.  10  ;  νημερτέα  μ.,  11.  6,  376  ; 
and,  ντ/μερτέως  μ.,  Od.  19,  269  ;  also, 
μ.  ττερί  τίνος,  Aesch  Ag.  1308  ;  μ. 
τινί  τι,  Soph.  Aj.  805.— 11.  to  say  over 
to  one's  selj,  con  over,  consider,  Od.  13, 
191  ;  in  h\l\.  μυθείσβαι  or  ποτΐ  ϋνμήν, 
II.  17,  200  ;  d.  μύϋος  V.— The  act. 
μυΟίω  in  Democr.  ap.  Slob.  p.  533, 
54,  like  μνΰευω  in  Eur. 

Μύβευμα.  ατός,  τό,  a  story  told,  tale, 
Arist.  Puet.  25,  20  :  from 

ΜύΟενο),  later  form  ivom  μνΟίομαΐ-, 
Eur.  H.  F.  77  :  also  to  tell  stories  or 
tales.  Id.  1.  A.  790: — pass.  yui)(^fi;o/iac, 
to  be  the  subject  of  a  story,  to  he  talked 
of,  Id.  Ion  196. 

ΜνΟημα,  ατός,  τό,^=μνθενμα.  [ϋ  ; 
in  very  late  writers  also  v,  Jac.  A.  P. 
p.  Ixiv.] 

Μνθηρια,  ων,  τύ,  traditions,  a  word 
coined  by  the  Granim.  to  explain  μυ- 
στήρια, Seidl.  Eur.  El.  87. 

Μυθητήρ,  ί/ρος,  and  μνβητής,  ov,  b, 
=^μυθιήτης,  Orainm. 

Μΐ'6'ί(5ίοί',  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  μνθος, 
Luc.  Philops.  2. 

Μϋθιζω,  Dor.  -ίσδω,  later  form  for 
μνθεομαι,  μνθεύω, Theocr. 2{),  11,  13: 
also  as  dep.  μνϋίζομαι. 

ΜϋθΙητης,  ov,  b,  lor  μνθίτης,  as  ττοι- 
λη'/της.  for  πθλίτ7]ς,  a  partisan,  parly- 
man,  Bergk  Anacr.  51,whu  derives  it 
from  μΰθος.  Aeol.  for  μόβος. 

Μύθικυς,  ή.  όν,  (μΰΟϋς)  mythic,  la- 
gendary,  νιινος  Plat.  Phaedr.  265  C  : 
TU  μνΟίκα,  books  of  legends,  Ath.  572 
E.     Adv.  -κώς,  Arist.  Metaph. 

Μνϋίσδω,  Dor.  for //ι•(^((,"ω,  Theocr. 

Μυθιστορία,  ας,  ή.  fabutnus  hii:tory. 

Μί'θίτης,  ov   ό,=^μνϋιήτ7}ς,  q.  v. 

Μϋϋογρΰφέω,  ώ,  to  write  fables  or 
fabulous  accounts,  Strab.  p.  157  :  and 

Μϋθογρύφία,  ας,  ή,  a  writing  of  fa- 
bles. Strab.  p.  43  :  from 

Μϋθογρύφος,  ov,  o,  (μνθος,  γράφω) 
a  writer  of  legends,  Polyb.  4,  40,  2.   [dj 

Μνθολογενω,  to  tell  word  for  word, 
Od.  12,  450,  453. 

Μϋβο'λογεω,  ώ,  {.-ήσω,  (μυθολόγος) 
Att.  for  loreg.  ;  usu.  to  tell  mythic  tales 
to  tell  legends,  like  Hom.  and  the 
poets,  Ibocr.  120  C,  Plat.  Rep.  392  B, 
etc.  ;  μ.  ώς...,  Xen.  Symp.  8,  28  :  c. 
ace,  to  tell  as  a  legend  or  mythical  tale, 
μ.  τους  πολέμους  τών  ημίθεων,  Isocr. 
24  C  ;  so,  μνθολογητέον  Τιγαντομα- 
χίας.  Plat.  Rep.  378  C : — pass,  to  be 
told  as  mythical.  Plat.  Rep.  378  Ε  ; 
περί  τίνος,  Diod.  2,  1  :  c.  inf.  to  be  said 
to  be.  Plat.  Rep.  588  C  :  absol,  to  be- 
come mythical,  Dein.  1391,  21,  etc. — 
II.  to  invent,  like  a  mythical  tale,  μ. 
πολιτείαν.  Plat.  Rep.  379  A. — III.  to 
tell  stories,  talk,  chatter,  Lat.  confabu- 
lari,  περί  τίνος.  Plat.  Phaed.  01  E; 
— usu. on  some  obscure  sul)ject,  where 
truth  is  hard  to  come  at,  Heind.  and 
Stallb.  1.  c. — Later  also  as  dep.  mid. 
Hence 

Μϋθολόγημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  mythical 
narrative  or  description,  Plat.  Phaedr. 
229  C,  Legg.  063  E. 

ΜνθολίΟγητέον,  verb,  adj.,  cf  sub 
μυθολογέω. 

Μυθολογία,  ας,  ή,  a  telling  of  mythic 
legends,  legendary  lore,  mythology.  Plat. 
Rep.  394  B,  etc. — 2.  also  λ  story,  tale, 
Plut.  2,  133  F. — III.  σ  talking,  convers- 
ing, Plat.  Legg.  752  A  ;  cf.  μυθολο- 
γέω, fin.  :  and 

Μυθολογικός,  ή,  όν,  versedin  mythic 
legends,  Plat.  Phaed.  61  Β  :  from 


ΜΥΘΟ 

νίνθολόγος,  ον,  {μνβος,  λέγω)  deal- 
ing in  legends  of  the  mythic  ages,  a  teller 
of  legends,  romancer,  joined  with  ττοιη- 
τής.  Plat.  Rep.  392  D,  etc. 

Μυθόομαι,  dep.  mid. ,=μνθέομαι  I, 
only  in  Aesch.  Ag.  13G8. 

Μνθοπλαστέω,  ώ,  to  coin,  mythic  le- 
gends, Philo  :  from 

Μυθοπλάστης,  ου,  ό,  {μνθος,  πλάσ- 
σω) α  coiner  of  legends,  Lye.  764. 
Hence 

Μύθο-?Μστία,  ας,  ή,  a  coining  of  le- 
gends:  fabulous  narrative,  Eccl. 

Μ.νθόπ}Λστος,  ov,  fabulous. 

Μνθο-?.όκος,  ov,  {μνθος,  πλέκω) 
weaving  fables  or  legends,  Sappho  97. 

Μ-ϋβοττοίέω,  ω,  (μνθοποιός)  to  make 
legends  or  fables,  Diod.  1,  92. — Pass., 
to  become  the  subject  affable.     Hence 

'Μνθοποίημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  fabulous 
narrative,  Piut.  2,  17  A  :  and 

Μϋθοποίησις,  εως,  ij,  a  making  of 
fabulous  tales,  Sext.  Emp.  p.  593. 

Μνθοποίία,  ας,  ij,={oreg.,  Diod.  1, 
96:  from 

Μνβοποίός,  όν,  (μνθος,  ποιέω)  mak- 
ing mythic  legends,  Plat.  Rep.  377 
B. 

ΜΤ~ΘΟΣ,  ου,  ό,  any  thing  delivered 
by  word  of  mouth,  in  telling,  ordering, 
reminding,  etc.,  and  so,  in  its  widest 
sense,  word,  speech,  very  freq.  in  Horn., 
both  in  sing,  and  plur. ;  ίπος  και  μν- 
βος, Od.  iC  561  ;  opp.  t--  έργον,  II.  9, 
443  ;  and  so,  a  mere  word,  without  the 
deed,  μύβον  τελεϊν,  to  fulfil  a  word, 
make  it  deed,  Od.  4,  777,  etc. ;  so, 
μνθος  and  έγχος  are  opposed,  11.  18, 
2.52.  The  genit.  after  μνθος,  strictly 
refers  to  the  subject  or  speaker,  but 
sometimes  to  the  object,  μνθος  -ui- 
δός,  the  story  of,  i.  e.  about  the  son, 
for  the  usu.  περί  παιόός,  Od.  11,  492, 
cf.  Schaf.  Soph.  Ant.  11,  and  ?.όγος 
A.  IV. — In  special  relations; — I.  a 
speech,  in  the  public  assembly,  Od.  1, 
358,  Hes.  Op.  192.— II.  talk,  conversa- 
tion, Od.  4,  214,  239,  etc.,  usu.  in  plur. 
— III.  counsel,  advice,  a  command,  order, 
also  a  promise,  all  these  being  deliv- 
ered by  word  of  mouth,  Horn. :  so 
also, — IV.  the  subject  of  speech  or  talk, 
the  thing  or  matter  itself,  Od.  22, 
289,  etc.  ;  cf.  βήμα. — V.  a  resolve,  pur- 
pose, design,  plan,  II.  1,  545,  Od.  3, 
140 ;  4,  676  ;  because  these  imply  a 
talking  over,  debating,  cf.  μνθέομαι  II. 
— VI.  a  telling  ;  also  the  thing  told,  a 
tale,  story,  Od.  3.  94  ;  4,  324,  etc.  :  in 
Hom.  just=the  later  λόγος,  without 
distinction  of  true  ox  false  :  this  how- 
ever appears  plainly  in  Pind.  O.  1, 
47,  N.  7,  34,  after  which  μύθος  was 
regularly  the  poetic,  and  /.άγος,  the  his- 
toric tale,  cf.  ?Μγος  A.  V.  So,  in  Att. 
prose,  μύθος  is  usu.  a  legend  or  tradi- 
tion of  the  early  Greek  times  before  the 
dawn  of  history,  cf.  Mi'iller  Proleg.  zu 
einer  wiss.  Mythol.  p.  59,  sq. — 2.  a 
professed  work  of  fiction,  or  one  which 
bears  a  fabulous  character,  a  tale,  story, 
fable,  e.  g.  Aesop's  fables  about  beasts, 
Stallb.  Plat.  Phaed.  01  B,  in  which 
signf.  ?.όγος  was  also  used  :  the  plot 
of  a  tragedy,  Arist.  Poet.  6,  8. — VII. 
α  saying,  satv,  τριγέρων  μύθος  τάδε 
φωνεΐ,  Aesch.  Cho.  314. — The  Schol. 
on  Od.  21,  71,  says  that //i(?of  is  Aeol. 
for  μάθος,  but  v.  Buttm.  ad  1.,  and  cf. 
μνθιήτης :  it  is  there  used  in  signf. 
V.  [Very  late  we  find  it  μνθος,  Jac. 
A.  P.  p.  Ixiv.,  416.] 

ΙΜί'θοζ-,  ov,  0,  Mythus,  a  garden  at 
Syracuse,  Silen.  ap.  Ath.  542  A. 

'^Ινθοτόκος,  ov,  {μύθος,  τίκτω) fruit- 
ful in  words  or  fables.  Nonn. 

Μ.ύθουργέω,  -γημα,  -γία,=^μνθο• 
τΐοιέω,  -ημα,  -ία,  Gvamin. 


ΜΤΚΑ 

Μϋθώόης,  ες,  {μύθος,  εΐύος)  legend- 
ary, fabulous,  Thuc.  1,  21,  22. 

ΜΥΓΑ,  ας,  ή,  Att.  uva  (Phot.),  a 
fly:— ι.  the  housefly,  II.  4,  131.— 2.  a 
stinging  fly,  horsefly,  II.  2,  469  ;  16, 
641. — 3.  the  carrion-fly  or  blue-bottle,  II. 
19,  25,  31 ;  in  prose  μνϊα  στρατιώτις, 
also  κνων,  cf.  Luc.  Muse.  Encom.  12. 
—II.  μυΐα  χαλκή,  a  game  like  blind- 
man's  buff,  Ital.  mosca  ceca,  ci.  μνίνόα. 
(Lat.  musca,  Sanscr.  makgika,  Germ. 
Miicke,  our  midge.) 

tMnic,  ας.  η,  Myia  (Musca),  pr.  n., 
of  several  females,  a  poetess,  a  cour- 
tesan, a  follower  of  Pythagoras,  in 
Luc.  Muse.  Encom.  10-11. 

Μνίαγρος,  ov,  b,  (μνϊα,  άγρα)  fly- 
catcher, name  of  an  Elean  god,  Plin. 

10,  28  ;  cf  άπόμνίος. 

Μνίάκϋνΰ,  ή,  =  κννύμνια,  Lob. 
Phryn.  689.  [α«] 

Μνΰΰων,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from /ίυΖα,  Μ. 
Anton.  7,  3.  [t] 

Μνιίκός,  ή,  όν,  (μνϊα)  of  or  belong- 
ing to  a  fly. 

Mi'tvoa  παίζείν,  to  play  at  a  game 
like  blindman's  buff ;  v.  μνϊα  II. 

Μνίνος,  η,  ov,  (μύς)  of  or  like  mice  : 
mouse-coloured,  \jivl] 

Μνιοειόής,  ές,  (μνϊα,  είδος)  like  a 

fly- 

Μνιοθ7}ρας,  ov,  ό,  (μνϊα,  θηράω)  a 
fly-liunter. 

Μνωκέφαλον,  ov,  τό,  (μνϊα,  κε^α- 
λή)  a  complaint  in  the  eyes,  in  which 
the  uvea  protrudes  like  a  fly's  head : 
the  form  μνοκέφα/ιον,  in  Alex.  Trail, 
is  ρ rob.  false. 

Μνίοσο3εω,  ώ,  to  scare  away  flies. 

Mvtoaoh;,  7?r,  ή,  {μνϊα,  σο,^έω)  a 
fly-flap,  Menand.  p.  175,  Ael.  N.  A. 
"15,  14;  cf.  Lob.  Paral.  374:  hence  of 
a  long  beard,  Anth.  P.  11,  156.    Hence 

Μνιοσόβ?ις,  ov,  6,  one  who  flaps 
away  flies. 

Μνιοσόβιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from/iut- 
οσάι3η. 

Μνίοσόβος,  ov,  (μνϊα,  σοβέω)  flap- 
ping away  flies,  Anth.  P.  9,  764. 

Μνΐσκα,  ή.  dim.  from  μύς  II.,  the 
small  sea-muscle,  Lat.  mitulus,  Xen- 
ocr.  Aquat.  96,  Ath.  90  D  :  also,  μνί- 
σκος,  ό- 

■[Μνίσκος,  ov,  o,Myiscus,masc.'pr. 
η.,  Polyb.  5,  82,  13. 

Μνιώόης,  ες,  (μνϊα,  είδος)  like  flies ; 
Άΐ9θ=μνίαγρος,  Plin.  29,  6. 

■\Μνκά?.η,  ης,  ή,  Mycale.  a  moun- 
tain and  promontory  on  the  Ionian 
coast  of  Asia  Minor  opposite  Samos, 
now  Samsoun.  II.  2,  869  ;  Hdt.  ;  etc. ; 
V.  Ύρωγίλιον.  [ύ]     Hence 

ίΜυκύ?-ησίς,  ίδος,  ή.  fern.  adj.  of 
Mycale,  Call.  Del.  50  :  of  Mycalessus  ? 
L.  Dind.  ap.  Steph.  Tfies. :  and  wr. 
-λησσίς. 

\'Μνκα7.ησός,  more  correctly  -ησ- 
σός,  ού,  ή,  Mycalessus.  a  city  of  Boe- 
otia,  opposite  Chalcis,  II.  2,  498 ; 
Thuc.  7,  29. — II.  (5,  a  mountain  near 
this  city,  Strab.  p.  404. 

Μνκάομαι,  fut.  -ήσομαι,  dep.  mid., 
with  Ep.  aor.  Ιμνκον,  Ep.  perf  μέ- 
μύκα  : —  strictly  of  oxen,  like  Lat. 
mugire,  to  low,  bellow,  ταύρος  μεμνκώς, 

11.  18,  580  ;  πάριες μνκώμεναι,  Od.  10, 
413  ;  cf.  Aesch.  Supp.  351  ;  so,  com- 
ically of  Hercules,  ε3?.εφε  όριμν  κά- 
μνκΰτο,  At.  Ran.  502  : — then  of  things 
which  make  a  hoarse  or  hollow  sound, 
to  grate,  of  doors,  11.  5,  749  ;  12,  460  ; 
of  a  shield  struck  by  a  spear,  to  jar, 
II.  20,  260  ;  of  trees  in  a  storm,  to  roar, 
II.  21.  237,  Hes.  Op.  506;  so  of  thun- 
der, Ar.  Nub.  292,  cf.  μνκημα,  πάρα- 
μνκάομαι;  to  groan  iroin  exertion, 
Ar.  Vesp.  1483  ;  of  one  blowing  a 
conch,  Theocr.  22, 75. — (Formed  from 


MYKO 

]  the  sound,  like  μύ,  μύζω,  etc.,  and  ex- 
pressing the  voice  of  oxen,  as  μηκύ• 
!  ομαι,  part.  aor.  μΰκών,  perf.  μιμηκα, 
i  does  of  sheep. 

^Μνκερϊνος.  ov,  6,  Mycerlmis,  son 
of  Cheops,  king  of  Aegypt,  Hdt.  2, 
129. 

ΙΛύκη,  ή,  =  μνκησις.  Αρ.  Rh.  4, 
1285,  ubi  al.  μνκή,  but  v.  Schaf. 
Schol.  Par.  ad  1.  [ϋ] 

Μνκηθμός,  ού,  ό,  {μνκάομαι)  α  low- 
ing, bellowing,  of  Oxen,  U.  18,  575.  Od. 
12,  2C5,  Aesch.  Fr.  146.  (in  plur.) 

Μνκ7/μα,  ατός,  τό,  (μνκάομαι)  a 
lowing,  bellowing,  Eur.  Bacch.  691  : — 
the  roar  of  thunder,  Aesch.  Pr.  1062. 

[v] 

■fM.vKT}vai,  al,  v.  sub  Μνκήνη. 

ίΜνκηνενς,  έως,  ό.  Myceneus,  son 
of  Sparton,  Paus.  2,  16,  4. 

iM.vκήvη,  ης,  Tj,  Mycene,  daughtei 
of  Inachus,  after  whom  the  city  (sq.) 
was  said  to  be  named,  Od.  2,  120. 

Μνκήνη,  ης,  ή,  and  Μνκήναι,  ων, 
α'ι,  Mycene,  Mycenae,  an  ancient  Pe- 
lasgic  city,  superseded  by  the  Doric 
Argos  :  Hom  uses  both  sing.,  \\\.  4, 
52t,  and  plur.,  +11.  2,  569+,  but  mostly 
the  latter,  which  prevails  in  Att. : 
Adv.  Μνκηνηθεν,  from  Mycene,  +11. 
9,  44. 

^Ήίνκηνίς,  ίδος,  η,  fern.  adj.  from 
foreg.,  of  Mycenae,  ή  M..,  a  Mycetiean 
female,  Eur.  Or.  1246. 

Μνκηρόβας,  v.  sub  μονκηρόβας. 

Μνκηρος,  Lacon.  μονκ-,  ό,  an  al- 
mond-tree, almond,  cf.  Ath.  53  B. 

Μνκης,  ητος,  ό,  and  (in  signf.  I.) 
μνκης,  ov,  ό:  (μνκος.  mucus): — α 
mushroom,  Υ,ζΧ.  fungus,  irom  its  shiny 
moist  nature.  Epich..  Antiph.  (Incert. 
1),  etc.,  ap.  Ath.  CO  Β  sq.  (where  are 
examples  of  both  declensions). — II. 
any  knobbed  round  body,  shajied  like  a 
mushroom,  as, — 1.  the  chnpe  or  cap  at 
the  end  of  a  sword's  scabbard,  Hdt.  3, 
64,  cf.  Hecatae.  p.  77.-2.  the  snuff  of 
a  lamp-wick,  supposed  to  forebode 
rain,  Ar.  Vesp.  262,  cf.  Virg.  G.  1, 
392.  —  3.  a  fleshy  excrescence.  Foes. 
Oecon.  Hipp. :  also  an  excrescence  on 
trees,  Theophr.  H.  PI.  4,  14,  3.-4. 
the  stump  of  a  tree  cut  down,  Bockh 
Inscr.  1,  p.  134.  [v^ 

Μνκησις,  εως.  ή,=μνκηθμός. 

Μνκητής,  ού.  Dor.  μνκάτύς.  ά,  ό, 
(μνκάομαι)  α  bellouer,  Theocr.  8.  6. 

MiiK7;riafffeia/zof,o,  an  earthquake 
with  roaring  under  ground,  Arist.  Mund. 
4,  32. 

Μ,νκητικός,  ij,  όν,  apt  or  able  to 
bellow. 

Μνκήτΐνος,  η,  ov,  (μνκης)  made  of 
mushrooms,  Luc.  Ver.  H.  1,  16. 

Μύκήτωρ,  ορός,  δ,  poet,  for  μνκη- 
τής, Nonn. 

Μνκλα,  fj,  and  μνκ7.ος,  6.  ace.  to 
Hesych.  a  black  stripe  on  the  neck 
and  feet  of  the  ass. — II.  μνκ'/.υς.  also 
μνχλος,  seems  to  have  been  an  Aeol. 
form  for  μάχ7.ος,  and  so  = /'ά))θζ•, 
lewd,  lustful,  etc. :  hence  the  Phocae- 
ans  called  a  stallion-ass  μόχ'/.ος,  and 
Lye.  816  calls  the  ass  μύκλος  κάν- 
θων:  but,  in  771,  uses  it  of  a  lewd 
vian. 

i^lvKot,  ων,  οι,  theMyci.  a  Persian 
race,  Hdt.  3,  93. 

■\Μνκόνιος,  a,  »v,  of  Myconus,  My- 
conian,  Ath.  7  F:  appell.  of  a  bald 
person,  Strab.  p.  487.  v.  sq. 

Μύκονος,  ov,  ή,  Myconus,  one  of 
the  Cyclades,  +now  Myconi,  A'esch. 
Pers.  885;  Hdt.  6,  118,+  the  people  of 
which  were  said  to  be  all  bald  :  lience 
proverb., μία  Μύκονος,' nil nlihe,'i but 
Strab.  p.  487  derives  the  prov.  ί-πο 
μίαν  M.VKOVOV,  from  the  giants  hav- 
953 


ΜΥΛΙ 

ing  been  cast  in  a  heap  under  this 
islanii,  anil  applies  it  to  authors  con- 
fusedly blending  things  that  were 
separate  in  nature,  [v] 

Μνΐίος,  ό,  Lat.  7nuc us,  slime, phlegm,, 
etc.  :  also  a  mushroom,  a  sponge,  cf. 
μύξα  and  μνκης- — II.  as  adj.  μνκος  or 
μνκός,^μνξώδης,  metaph.  stupid,  sil- 
ly, like  β'/.έννος  and  κορνζών,  Lat. 
fungus. — The  word  is  only  in  Grainm. 

Μ,υκτήρ,  ηρος,  ό,  {μνζω)  the  7iose, 
snout.  Soph.  Fr.  320  :  in  plur.  the  nos- 
trils, Hdt.  3,  87,  Ar.  Ran.  891  :  an  el- 
ephant's trunk,  elsewh.  προβοσκίς, 
Arist.  Part.  An.  2,  16,2: — μ.  ?.αμ7νύ- 
6ος,  a  lamp-/io2;/e,  Ar.  Eccl.  5. —  II. 
from  the  use  of  the  nose  to  e.xpress 
ridicule  (cf  μυκτημίζω)  a  sneerer,  Ti- 
mon  ap.  Diog.  L.  2,  19.     Hence 

Μνκ~ηρίζ<Λ),  to  turn  up  the  nose  or 
sneer  at,  Lat.  naso  adunco  suspendere, 
Lys.  ap.  Poll.  2,  78.— II.  to  bleed  at  the 
nose,  Hipp.  p.  1210.     Hence 

Μυκτήρισμα,  ατός,  τό,  and  μνκτη- 
ρισμός,  ού,  ό,  α  turning  up  the  nose, 
sneering  ;  cheating,  Menand.  p.  290  : 
and 

Ήίνκτηριστης,  οϋ,  ό,  a  sneerer,  mock- 
er, Ath.  182  A,  187  C. 

Μνκτηρόθεν,  {μνκτήρ)  adv.,  out  of 
the  nose,  Anth.  P.  10,  75. 

Μνκτηρόκομττος,  ov,  {μνκτήρ,  κύμ- 
77θς)  sounding  from  the  nostril,  πνεύμα- 
τα μ.,  Aesch.  Theb.  464. 

Μυκων,  ό,  the  inner  part  of  the  ear, 
Poll.     ( From  μυχός  ?) 

ίΜυλαί,  ύν,  αϊ,  Mylae,  a  city  of  Si- 
cily having  a  port,  on  northern  coast, 
now  Milazzo,  Thuc.  3,  90.     Hence 

^Μυλαϊος,  a,  ov,  Diod.  S.  and  Μυ- 
Τιαίτης,  ό,  Polyb.,  fem.  -Ιτις,  of  My- 
lae,  Mylaean  ;  το  ΜνλαΙον  πεδίον, 
Polyb.  1,  9,  7,  around  Mylae. 

Μϋ?.αϊος,  ov,  {μν7•.η)  of  or  working 
in  a  mill,  Anth.  P.  9,  418. 

Μϋλακρίς,  ίδος,  ό,  λΰας.  a  millstone, 
Anth.  P.  5.  31. — II.  a  kind  of  cock- 
roach in  mills  and  bakehouses,  Lat. 
blatta  pistrinorum,  Ar.  Fr.  503,  v.  Mei- 
neke  Plat.  (Com.)  Lac.  5. 

Μυλακροί-,  ων,  οι,  the  grinders,  Lat. 
denies  molares.  [i] 

MuAa.f,  ΰκος,  ο,  [μν/.η)  a  millstone, 
any  large  round  stone,  II.  12,  161.  [ΐι] 

ΪΜΰλασα,  ων,  τύ,  Mylasa,  an  an- 
cient city  of  Caria,  residence  of  Heca- 
tomnus,  Hdt.  1,171:  hence  Μνλασενς, 
έως,  ό,  of  Mylasa,  Anth.  P.  9,  671.  [i.] 

ί'^ίνλάων,  οντος,  ό,  Mylaon,  a  river 
of  Arcadia,  Paus.  8,  36,  1. 

M.v/. εργάτης,  ov,  ό,  (μύλη,  εργάτης) 
a  nuller,  Anth.  P.  7,  394.  [ά] 

Μ.ϋλεΰς,  ό,  epith.  of  Jupiter,  the 
guardian  of  mills,  Lyc.  435  :  from 

Μύλτ;,  ης,  ή,  (μνω,  μνζω,  ν.  μνλΤιω 
ίϊη.)  :  α  mill,  Lat.  7ηδΙα,  Od.  7,  104  ; 
20,  106,  where  handmills  turned  by 
women  are  meant. — II.  the  ?tether  mill- 
stone, Ar.  Vesp.  648. — III.  barley  coarse- 
ly ground  for  use  at  sacrifices,  Lat. 
mola  salsa,  in  Hoin.  ονλαί. — IV.  the 
knee-pan,  Hijip.  p.  411,  Arist.  H.  A.  1, 
15,  5. — V.  a  hard  for/nation  in  a  wo- 
man's womb,  Pliny's  mola  uteri,  Hipp. 
p.  618,  Arist.  H.  A.  10,  7,  2.— VI.  in 
plur..  the  grinders,  Lat.  dentes  molares, 
Galen. 

'Μυλήκορον,  ov,  τό,  {μν7χ.η,  κόρος) 
a  broom  for  cleaning  a  mill. 

+Μΐ'λ?/ί•,  ov,  (5,  Myles,  son  of  Le- 
lex,  inventor  of  mills,  Paus.  3,  1,  1. 

+Μιι/?;η'(ϊβί,  ών.  οι,  the  Mylelidne, 
a  faction  of  Syracuse,  from  Mylae, 
Thuc.  0,  5. 

Μ.νλής>ατος,  ov,  (μύλη,  φάω,  πέφα- 
μαι)  hrui.'.ed  in  a  mill,  Od.  2,  355. 

Μνλί.ας,  ον,ύ,=μν?ιη  II,  Plat.  Hipp. 
Maj.  292  D  ;  so,  μ.  λίθος,  Strab. 
054 


ΜΥΑΩ 

Μϋ/Ιίάω,  ώ,  to  gnash  or  grind  the 
teeth,  only  in  Hes.  Op.  528,  part.  Iv- 
γοόνμνλιόωντες.  (From/zyA?;.  perh. 
akin  to  μν'λλός,  cf  μνλλω  iin.) 

Μνλίκύς,  i],  ov,  {μύλη)  of,  belonging 
to  a  mill,  N.  T. — II.  useful  for  the  grind- 
ers. 

Μνλίτης,  ov,  ό,  late  form  for  μν- 
?ύας. — II.  μ.  οδούς,  a  grinder. 

iMvXiTTa,  ή,  appell.  of  Venus 
among  the  Assyrians,  Hdt.  1,  131. 

Μνλλαίνω,  {μνλ?Μς)  to  distort  the 
mouth,  to  viake  ynoulhs  or  mock  at,  like 
σι?Λαίνω  :  cf.  μνλλω,  also  ΰτϊομνλλ-, 
διαμυλλ-. 

Μνλλύς,  ύδος,  ί/,  α  prostitute :  ν. 
μύλλω  II.  2,  μνλλός,  ό. 

iMυλλ^:vς,  έως,  ύ,  Mylleus,  masc. 
pr.  η.,  Arr.  Ind.  18,  6. 

^Μνλλίας,  ov,  ό,  Myllias,  a  pupil 
of  Pythagoras  from  Crotona,  Ael. 
V.  H.  4,  17. 

Μ.υλλίζω,=μνλλαίνω,  Gramm. 

Μύλλον,  ov,  TO,  also  μύλ?Μς,  τό,  a 
lip.     (Akin  to  μνω,  μνλλω.) 

Μυλλόί,  όν,  (μνλλω)  distorting  the 
lips  or  mouth :  hence  in  genl.  awry, 
crooked. 

Μνλλός,  οϋ,  ό,  pudenda  muliebria, 
ap.  Alh.  647  A  :  cf.  μύλλω  II.  2. 

Μύλλοζ•,  ov,  ό,  an  eatable  sea-fish, 
not  the  Lat.  midlus,  Ar.  Fr.  365  : 
brought  salted  from  the  Black  sea, 
Galen.  Alim.  3  ;  but  also  found  mthe 
Danube,  Ael.  N.  A.  14,  23 ;  also  μύ- 
λος [ϋ],  Opp,  Η.  1,  130: — when  of 
large  size  said  to  have  been  called 
πλητίστακος,  cf  Dorio  ap.  Ath.  118 
CD. 

Μιίλ/Ιω,  (μνω)  to  murmur  with  closed 
lips,  mutter,  in  this  signf.  only  in 
Gramm. — II.  to  crush,  pound,  Lat.  mo- 
lere :  hence,  also  like  molere,  to  have 
sexual  intercourse  with  a  woman,  c. 
ace,  Theocr.  4,  58  ;  cf.  μνλλός,  ύ, 
μνλλάς.  (The  use  of  this  word  makes 
it  possible  that  μύλη,  μνλίάω  belong 
to  the  root  μύω,  μύζω.) 

Μνλόδονς,  δοντος,  ό,  agrinder,  Lat. 
dens  molaris. 

^ίνλοείδής,  ες,  (μύλη,  είδος)  like  a 
mill  or  millstone,  πέτρος,  II.  7,  270. — 
II.  of  a  7nill,  λίθος,  a  millstone. 

Mi/of  if,  εσσα,  fj',=;foreg.  :  made 
of  a  millstone,  Nic.  Th.  91. 

Μνλοεργ7'/ς,  ες,  (μύλη,  *εργω)  work- 
ed in  a  7nill,  grou/id,  Nic.  Al.  563  (550). 

Μνλόκλαστος,  ov,  (μύλη,  κλάω) 
broken,  ground  in  a  mill. 

Μί'λο/ίόποί•,  ov,  chiselling  a  mill- 
stone. 

}Λύλοκόρος,  ov,  brushing  οτ  cleaning 
a  7)1  ill. 

Μύλος,  ov,  ό,=μύλη,  a  mill.  Pint. 
2,  830  D.— 2.  avnllstone,  Anth.  P.  11, 
253. — 3.  a  grinder,  Lat.  dens  molaris, 
Artemid. — II.  poet,  for  μύλλος,  q.  v. 

Ήίνλονρ-ι'ός,  όν,  (μύλΐ],  *ίργω)  mak- 
ing millstones,  Lat.  siliciarius. 

Μνλόομαι,  as  pass.  (μύ?ιη  V)  to  be- 
come an  abortion,  Hipp. 

Μνλώδης,  ες,=μυλοειδής. 

Μΰλωθρέω,  ώ,  (μνλωθρός)  to  grind. 

Μνλωθρικός,  ή,  όν,  (μνλωθρυς)  fit 
for  a  miller  or  a  mill,  Pint.  2,  159  D. 

Μνλωθρίς,  ίδος,  fem.  of  μύλωθρος, 
the  7naid  of  the  mill,  name  of  a  play  of 
Eubulus. 

Ήίνλωθρος,  ov,  ύ,  not  μνλωθρός, 
Jac.  A.  P.  p.  240  :  (μύλη) : — a  viiller, 
a  master-miller,  who  keeps  slaves  to 
work  his  mill,  Dinarch.  93,  9,  Dem. 
1251,  5. — II.  as  adj.,  belonging  to  a  7nill 
or  miller. 

Μυλών,  ώνος,  δ,  (μύλη)  a  place  for 
a  mill,  a  mill-house,  Lat.  pislrinum, 
Thuc.  6,  22  :  βάλλειν  εις  μ.,  Lat.  de- 
trudere  in  pistrinum,   to  condemn  (a 


MYOK 

slave)  to  work  the  mill,  Eur.  Cycl. 
240  ;  so,  ΐΐς  τον  μ.  έμπεσείν,  Lys.  93, 
25  ;  εν  τώ  μ.  είναι,  Dem.  1111,  27,  cf. 
Ruhnk.  fip.  Cr.  p.  208. 

^Μ,νλων,  ωνος,  ή,  Mylon,  a  city  of 
Aegypt,  Ath.  337  C. 

Μνλώνίον,  ov,  ro.dim.  from  μυλών, 
Eccl. 

Μ,νλωρός,  όν,  (μύλη,  ονρος)  watch- 
ing  the  7mtl ;  looking  after  a  mill. 

Mi'pa,  ατός,  τό,  meat  chopped  up 
with  blood,  cheese,  honey,  vinegar,  ayid 
herbs,  Epaenet.  ap.  Ath.  662  D. 

Μνμαρ.  ατός,  τό,  Aeol.  for  μωμαρ, 
μώμος.    Hence 

Μνμάρίζω,  Aeol.  for  μωμάομαι. 

Μνμος,  ό,  Aeol.  for  μώμος. 

Μννόός,  όν,  (μύω,  μνζω)  dumb,  Lat. 
mxttus.  Call.  Fr.  2C0 ;  cf  μνόος. 

iMύvδoς,  ov,  ό,  Myndus,  a  small 
city  of  the  Dorians  in  Caria,  Strab.  p. 
611. 

Μύνη,  ης,  η,  an  excuse,  pretence,  μη 
μύνΐ]σι.  παρέλκετε,  do  not  put  it  ott 
by  ej:cuses,  Od.  21,  111.  (Miii•?/  with 
Its  verb  μννομαι  belongs  to  άμύνω,  to 
which  Buttm.  well  refers  7nmiio,  7noe- 
7iia  :  hence  strictly  a  guard,  defence.) 

[*]      , 

■\Μ.ννης,  ητος,  b,  Mynes,  son  of 
Euenus  of  Lyrnessus,  husband  of 
Briseis,  II.  2,  692  ;  19,  295-6. 

^Μννίσκος,  ov,  ό,  (Χαλκιδεύς),  My- 
niscus,  a  tragic  actor,  Plat.  (Com.) 
Syrph.  3. 

Μνννύκια,  τά,  a  sort  of  shoe,  from 
Μύΐ'νακος  their  maker. 

Μνννακόομαί,  dep.,  to  wear  μνννύ- 
κια. 

iMvvvaκός,  ov,  ό,  3iynnacus,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Ath.  351  A. 

Μύνομαι,  dep.,  z=  αμύνομαι  (cf  μύ- 
νη) :  to  put  off,  Alcae.  48.  [v] 

Μνξΰ,  ης,  ή,  (μύσσω)  the  discharge 
fro7n  the  nose,  snivel,  phlegm,  Lat.  mu- 
cus, Hes.  Sc.  267,  in  plur. :  the  Att. 
prefer  κόρνζα  ;  cf.  μνκος,  μύκης. — II. 
in  γ>\.=μνκτί/ρες,  the  7tostrils,  Soph. 
Fr.  110. — 2.  a  la7np-nozzle,  Call.  Ep. 
59. 

Μύξα,  τά,  a  kind  of  plum,  ace.  to 
Sprengel  cordia  7nyxa. 

Μνξάζω,  (μύξα,  ή)  to  be  slimy  or 
mucous. 

Μνξάριον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  μν'^α, 
ή,  Μ.  Anton.  4,  48. — 2.  dim.  from 
μύξα  τά,  Diod.  [u] 

Μνξητήρ,  ηρος,  ό,=μνξωτήρ,  susp. 

Mt'iii'Of,  ov,  b,  a  smooth  sea-fish, 
as  if  slnne-fish :  a  sort  of  κεστρεύς, 
Lat.  mugil,  Hices.  ap.  Ath.  306  E: 
also  written  μάξεινος. 

Μνξοποιός,  όν,  (μύξα,  ή,  ποιέω) 
7naking  slime  or  S7iivel,  Hipp.  p.   1222. 

Μύξος,  ov,  ό,  Arist.  ap.  Ath.  306  F ; 
— μύξων  being  the  reading  in  Arist. 

Μνξος.  ό,^^μνοξός;  dub. 

Μνξώδης,  ες.  (μύξα,  ή,  είδος)  like 
mucous,  slimy,  Arist.  Η.  Α.  3,  5,  6,  etc. 

Μνξων,  ωνος,  ό,^=^μνξϊνος,  Arist. 
Η.  Α.  6,  17,  3. 

Μνξωτήρ,  ηρος,  δ,=μνκτ7/ρ,  α  nose, 
nostril,  Hdt.  2,  86,  Sext.  Emp.  p.  33, 
in  plur. ; — in  sing.,  Hipp.  p.  468. 

Μνοβατραχομύχία,  ας,  ή,=^βατρα• 
χομνομαχία. 

Μνο}άλέη,  ης,  η,  contr.  μνογΰλή, 
=μνγαλή,  q.  ν. 

Μνοδόχος.  ον.  Ion.  -δάκος,  (μνς,  δέ- 
χομαι) receiving  or  concealing  mice, 
Nic.  Th.  795,  [where  ϋ  in  arsis.] 

Μνοθηρας,  ov,  b,  {μνς,  θηράω)  a 
mouse-catcher,  Arist.  H.  A.  9,  6,  9. 
Hence 

Μνοθηρέω,  ώ,  to  catch  mice,  Strab. 
p.  165. 

Μνόκοπρος,  ov,  η,  mouse-dung. 

Μνοκτόνος,  ov,  (μνς,  κτείνω)  7iious* 


MYPI 

hilling,  Batr.  159  :  6  μ-,  a.  plant,  a  kind 
oi  aconite,  Nic.  Al.  36. 

Μϋομύχίη,  ας,  ή,  (μνς,  μύχη)  «■  bat- 
tle of  mice,  Plut.  Ages.  15. 

ίΜυόννησος,  ov,  ή,  {μνς,  νήσος) 
Myojinesits,  a  promontory  of  Ionia 
with  a  city  of  same  name,  now  Hyp- 
sili-bnunos,  Thuc.  3,  32. — 2.  a  small 
island  near  Thrace,  Strab.  p.  435. 

i'Mvovεΐς,  έων,  οι,  the  Myonians, 
inhab.  of  Myonia,  v.  sq.,  Thuc.  3,  101. 

tMi'ot't'a,  ας,  ή,  or  Mvuviu,  Myo- 
nia,  a  city  of  the  Locri  Ozolae,  Pans. 
10,  38,  8. 

Μϋοί-όζ•,  ov,  0,  also  written  μνοξός, 
the  dormouse,  0pp.  tCyn.  2,  585,  574. 

Μνοττύμυν,  όνος,  ό,  a  tight  pirate 
boat,  Plut.  Anton.  35  ;  myoparo  in  Cic. 
Verr.  Act.  2,  1,  34. 

+Mt;of  όρμος,  6,  Myosormus  (mouse- 
station),  on  the  coast  of  the  Arabian 
gulf,  later  ' Α<ρροόίτ7ΐς  όρμος,  Strab. 
p.  769. 

Μνοσωτίς,  ίόος,  ^,=:sq.,  the  plant 
mouse-ear,  forget-me-not,  Lat.  myosotis, 
Diosc.  2,214:  al.  divisim  μυός  ώτίς. 

Μνόσωτον,  ου,  τό,  a  different  spe- 
cies from  foreg.,  Diosc.  2,  214  ;  al.  di- 
visim μυός  ονς. 

Mi'orptjrof,  ov,  {μϋςΐν,  τίτρώσκ(ύ) 
hurt  in  the  muscles,  Diosc.  1,  68. 

M.vovpLa,  ας,  ή,  a  being  μνονρος. 

Μΐ'ονρίζω,  to  be  μνονρος. 

Μνονρος,  ov,  {μνς,  οίφύ)  mouse- 
tailed,  i.  e.  ending  in  a  point,  curtailed, 
small,  Arist.  Part.  An.  3,  1,  13;  of 
plays.  Id.  Poet.  26,  13 ; — but  μείον- 
ρος  is  a  v.  1.  in  Rhet.  3,  9,  6. — II.  ή  μ., 
a  plant,  mouse-tail,  Lat.  mynsurus.  [v] 

tMiioi'f ,  ονντος,  i],  Myus,  an  Ionian 
city  of  Caria  on  the  Maeander,  Hdt. 
1,  142.    Hence 

■[ΙΛνονσιος,  a,  ov,  of  Myus,  oi  M., 
the  inhab.  of  Myus,  Hdt.  6,  8. 

Mio<;)orof,  ov,  {μνς,  φονεύω)  mice- 
killing  : — όμ..  an  umbelliferous  plant, 
Theophr.  H.  PL  6,  2,  9. 

Μνογοδον,  ov,  τό,  (μνς, χέζυ) mouse- 
dung,  theophr.  Η.  PI.  5,  4,  5.  in  plur. 

Μνόχοδος  γέρων,  old  mouse- dung, 
an  abusive  name  in  Menand.  p.  153. 

iMvpa,  ας,  η,  and  ων,  τύ,  Myra,  a 
city  of  Lycia,  Strab.  p.  666 :  N.  T. 
Act.  27,  5. 

lAvpaiva,  τις,  ij,  (μύρος)  Lat.  murae- 
na,  a  sea-eel  or  lamprey,  held  to  be  a 
great  delicacy,  Epich.  p.  44,  Ar  Ran. 
745  :  coupled  with  εχιδνα  as  a  sea- 
serpent,  Aesch.  Cho.  994,  Ar.  Ran. 
475  ;  also  σμνραινα.  Plat.  (Com.) 
Symm.  6.  [μν,  Epich.  1.  c] 

Μνρύκοττον,  ov,  TO,  {μνρον,  άκοπος) 
a  sweet  cordial  or  unguent  mixed  with 
myrrh,  [a] 

Μνρύλειτττρον,  ov,  TO,  a  box  for  -un- 
guents, [u] 

Μίρΰ/.θί(/)εω,  ώ,  to  rub  with  sweet 
oils.  Lob.  Phryn.  571. 

Μύρύλοκρία,  ας.  ή,  (μνοον,  αλοιφή) 
α  rubbing  with  sweet  oiLi,  Plut.  2,  662  A. 

Μϋράφίον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  μνρον, 
Arr.  Epict.  4,  9,  7 :  ubi  Schweigh. 
μνραλειφιον.  [ΰ] 

Μΐφεψία,  ας,  ή,  α  boiling  or  prepa- 
ring of  unguents,  Arist.  Insoran.  2, 13  : 
and 

^ϋρεφικός,  η,  όν,  belonging  to  the 
preparation  of  unguents,  Hipp.  :  {/  -κή 
(sc.  τέχνη),  Lys.  Fr.  2,  2,  Arist.  Eth. 
N.  7,  12,  6 :  from 

'ίΑ.νρε-φός,  όν,  (μνρον,  έφω)  boiling, 
preparing  sweet  oils  or  unguents,  Cri- 
tias  58,  Arist.  M.  Mor.  2,  7,  30. 

Μ,νρηρός,  ά,  όν,  {μνρον)  of  siveet 
0ί7,  τείγος,  Aesch.  Fr.  166;  ?α/κνθος, 
Ar.  Fr.  8. 

Μΐ'ρΙΰγωγέω,  ώ,  to  convey  ten  thou- 
tand,  Dinarch.  ap.  Poll.  4,  165 :  from  I 


MTPI 

Μ-ϋρΐαγωγύς,  όν,  (μνρίος,  ύγω)  = 
μνριοφόρος  (q•  v.),  Strab.  p.  151. 

Mt'piii/cif,  adv.,  (μνρίος)  ten  thou- 
sand times,  numberless  times,  Ar.  Nub. 
738.  Ran.  63,  Plat.  Legg.  677  D.  [ΰ] 

Μϋραίμφορος,  ov,  holding  ten  thou- 
sand measures  (αμφορείς) ;  cf.  μνριο- 
φόρος:  metaph.,  ^μ*ι  μ.,  Ar.  p£ic. 
521. 

^Μνριανόρικός,  η,  όν,  of  Myrinn- 
drus,  Myriandrian,  ό  Μ.  ϋόΧτΐΟς,  Hdt. 
4,  38. 

Μΰρίανδρος,  ov,  (μύριοι,  άνήρ)  con- 
taining ten  thousand  men  or  inhabitants, 
πόλις.  Isocr.  286  E,  Arist.  Pol.  2,  8,  2. 

tMiptar(5pof,  ov,  ή,  Myriandrus.  a 
city  ot  Syria  on  the  borders  of  Cili- 
cia,  Xen.  An.  1,  4,  6. 

'Μ.ϊ'ριάρχης,  ov,  o.^sq..  Hdt.  7,  81. 

'^ϊφίαρχος,  ου,  ό,  (μύριοι,  άρχω) 
commander  of  ten  thousand  men,  Xen. 
Cyr.  3,  3,  Π.  etc. 

Mi'pmf,  ύδος,  η,  (μύριοι)  Att.  gen. 
"^Im.  μυριάδων  (v.  Choerob.2,  p.  458) : 
— the  number  of  10,000,  a  myriad.  Hdt. 
2,  30,  etc. :  when  μνριύς,  μυριάδες  are 
used  absol.  of  money,  δραχμών  must 
be  supplied  ;  when  of  corn,  μεδίμνων, 
as  in  Hdt.  3,  91 : — as  adj.,  φύστις  μν- 
ριας  ανδρών,  Aesch.  Pers.  927. 

Μίρϊΰ,γοί',  adv.,  in  ten  thousand 
places,  Eust. 

Μνριδιον,  ov,  ro,  dim.  from  μύρον, 
Ar.  Fr.  441.  [i] 

^νριέλικτος,  ov,  with  countless  folds 
or  windings. 

Μνριετής,  ες.  gen.  έος,  also  μνριέ- 
της,  ov.  ό,  (μνρίος,  έτος)  : — lasting  ten 
thousand  years  :  of  countless  years,  χρό- 
νος, Aesch.  Pr.  94,  Plat.  Epin.  987 
A. 

Μυρίζω,  (μνρον)  to  ηώ  with  ointment, 
anoint.  Alcae.  39,  Ar.  PL  529. 

Μνρίκη,  7/ς,  ή.  Lat.  myrica,  a  shrub 
esp.  thriving  in  marshv  ground,  the 
tamarisk,  IL,  and  Hdt.  (pi,  11.  10,  466. 
467  ;  21,  18,  H.  Horn.  Merc.  81  ;  but 
pi,  II.  21,  350,  and  so  usu.  in  later 
poets,  and  in  Lat.]     Hence 

ΜνρΙκίνεος  θιιμνος.  6,  a  tamarisk 
bush,  Leon.  Tar.  11.  [κι]  and 

Μΐ'ρίκΙνοΓ  δζος,  ό,  a  tamarisk  bough, 
11.  6,  39.  [pi] 

Μϊ'ρϊκώδης,  ες,  like  the  tamarisk. 

■fMvpiva  orMiipii'a,  ?'/,  Ep.  Μ,νρίνη, 
Myrina,  a  port  of  Aeolis  on  the  coast 
of  Asia  Minor,  Hdt.  1,  149.— 2.  a  city 
of  Lemnos,  Ap.  Rh.  1,  604:  hence 
Μΐ'ρίναίΟί,  ol,  the  Myrineans,  Hdt.  6, 
140. — II.  daughter  of  Teucer,  wife  of 
Dardanus,  II.  2,  814  :  ace.  to  Strab. 
p.  573  an  Amazon  :  cf.  Βάτεια. 

tMnpivaiof,  a,  ov,  of  Myrina,  My- 
r'lnean,  v.  foreg.  I,  2. 

Μΰρίνη,  ης,  ή,=μυό6ίνη,  μυρσίνη. 

['] 

Μυρίνης  (sc.  οίνος),  ό,  also  written 
μνβρίνης,  α  sweet  nine  much  used  by 
the  Roman  women,  Lat.  potio  murrhi- 
na  or  murrala,  Diphil.  ap.  Ath.  132  D, 
Ael.  V.  H.  12,  31 :  prob.  wine  flavour- 
ed with  μίφβα,  or  rather  with /zi'ipoi', 
Meineke  Stratt.  Phoen.  1.  [How- 
ever in  1.  c.  it  is  μΐ<ρΙνης.~\ 

Mvpivoc,  ov,  ό,  a  sea-lish,  also  μα- 
ρΐΐ'ος,  Arist.  Η.  Α.  8,  19,  5.  [ν] 

Μϋριόβοιος,  ov,  (μύριοι,  βονς)  with 
ten  thousand  oxen,  Anth.  P.  9,  237. 

Μϋρίό)'ρα0οζ•,  ov,  (μύριοι,  γράφω) 
written  ten  thousand  times,  Eccl. 

Μϋριόδονς,  οδόντος,  ό,  ή,  (μνρίος, 
οδούς)  having  infinite,  i.  e.  huge  teeth, 
ίλέφας.  Anth.  P.  9,  285. 

Μί"'ρίό«σρ7Γ0ζ•.  ov.  (μνρίος.  καρττός) 
with  countless  fruit.  Soph.  O.  C.  676. 

Μ.ϋριόκράνος,  ov,  (υνρίος.  κρΰνον) 
many-headed,  κύων,  Eur.  Η.  F.  4)9. 

Μίριόλε/ίΓΟί,   ov,  {μνρίος,   λέγω) 


MYPI 

said  ten  thousand  limes,  Xen.  Hell.  5, 
2,  17. 

Μνριόμμάτος,  ov,  {μνρίος,  όμμα) 
ten-thousand-eyed. 

Μνριόμορφος,  ov,  (μνρίος,  μορφή) 
of  countless  shapes,  of  Bacchus,  etc., 
Anth.  P.  9,  524,  525. 

Μνριόμοχθος,  ov,  (μνρίος,  μόχθος) 
of  countless  labours,  Anth.  Plan.  91. 

Μί'ρίόΐΌΐ'ζ-,  αος,  ό,  ή,  (μνρίος,  νηνς) 
with  countless  ships,  Anth.  P.  7,  237. 

Μϋρίόνεκρος,  ov,  (μνρίος,  νεκρός) 
where  thousands  die,  μάχη,  Plut.  Alex. 

Μϋριοντύκις,  ^άν.,=μνριάκις,  form- 
ed after  έκατοντάκις.  [α] 

Μνριοντάρχης,  ov,  ό,=μνρίαρχος : 
—  so,  μνριόνταρχος,  ov,  ό,  Aesch. 
Pers.  314.  [Ibid.  994,  μνριοντ-  must 
be  pronounced  as  a  dissylL] 

Μ!}ρ<07Γάλβί,  adv.,  time  out  of  mind, 
cf.  τριςμνρ-.  [ΰ] 

Μ-ΐφιΟαλάσιος,  of,  =  sq.,  c.  gen., 
Arist.  Eth.  N.  7,  6,  7.     Adv.  -ίως. 

ΜνριοτΓΛΰσίων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  ten 
thousand  fold  :  infinitely  more  than, 
used  like  a  compar.,  either  c.  gen., 
or  foil,  by  ?/,  Xen.  Oec.  8,  22.  [u] 

Μϋριόπλεθρος,  ov,  (μνρίος,  ~λέ' 
θρον)  of  immense  extent,  Diod. 

'Μϋριοτϊληθής,  ές,  (μνρίος,  πλήθος) 
countless,  infinite,  Eur.  I.  A.  572,  Anas- 
andr.  Prot.'  1,  9. 

Μνριόπονς,  6,  ή,  -ποχη>,  τό,  (μύριοι, 
πους)  ten-thousand-fooled,  many-footed, 
— II.  ten  thousand  feet  long  or  broad, 
Theophr. 

ΜΤΡΙΌΣ,  a,  ov,  numberless,  count- 
less, strictly  of  number,  and  then  usu. 
in  plur.,  as  mostly  in  Hom.,  yet  not 
rare  in  sing.,  μνριον  χέραόος,  I).  21, 
320  ;  αίμα,  Λ•  alck.  Phoen.  1480  ;  χαλ- 
κός, Pind.  Ν.  10,  84  ;  χρυσός,  Theocr. 

16,  22  :  strengthd.,  μάλα  μνρίαι,  Od. 

17,  422;  19,78:  then  also,— 2.  like 
πολύς,  of  size,  htige,  vast,  measureless, 
immrnse,  infinite,  μνρίος  ώνος,  a  vast 
price,  Od.  15.  452  ;  πένθος,  άχος  μν- 
ριον, infinite  sorrow,  II.  18,  88  ;  20, 
282 ;  μνρία  άλγεα,  κήδεα,  IL,  etc. ; 
μ.  κέλενθος,  an  endless  journey,  Pind. 
I.  4,  2. — This  mostly  in  poetry,  but 
also  in  Ion.  prose,  μνρίη  oxptr,  all 
kinds  of  sights,  Hdt.  2,  136  ;  μ.  κακό- 
της.  6,  67,  θωνμα.  2,  148 ;  and  even 
in  Plat../ί  πενίη,δίαφορότηΓ,  έρηαίη, 
Apol.  23  Β,  Phil.  13  A,  Legg.  677  E. 
— 3.  of  time,  very  long,  endless,  μνρίος 
χρόνος,  Pind.  I.  5,  36,  Soph.  397,  617 ■; 
cf.  μυριετής. — 4.  μυρία  as  adv.,  much, 
immensely,  incessantly,  μ.  κλαίείν, 
Anth.  P."  7,  374,  cf.  12,  169.— 5.  μνρί(ύ 
βέλτιον,  μ.  κύλ.λιον.  infinitely  better, 
Plat.  Rep.  520  C,  Tim.  33  Β ;  μχ-ρίφ 
or  μνριον  διαόέρειν,  to  differ  infi- 
nitely.  Id.  Polit.  272  C,  Theaet.  166 
D. — II.  as  a  definite  numeral,  μύριοι, 
ai,  a,  ten  thmutand,  the  greatest  num- 
ber in  Greek  expressed  by  one  word  : 
in  this  sense  first  in  Hes.  Op.  250, 
then  oft.  in  Hdt.,  and  mostly  in  prose. 
In  some  few  military  phrases  we  find 
it  in  singul.,  ίππος  μνρίη,  10,000 
horse,  Hdt.  1,  27  ;  7,  41  ;  άσπις  μν- 
ρία, Xen.  An.  1,  7,  10;  cf.  ίππος, 
ασπίς  : — οι  ^ίύρίοι,  the  Ten  Thou- 
sand, ail  assembly  of  the  Arcadians, 
Schneid.  Xen.  Hell.  7, 1,  38.— Ace.  to 
the  Gramm.,  μνρίος  (parox.)  is  the 
indefinite,  μνριος  (proparos.)  the  defi- 
nite nmnher  :  yet  this  is  comparatively 
a  late  distinction,  Buttm.  Ausf  Gr. 
^  70  Anm.  15.  (.\s  the  orig.  notion 
is  indef.,  not  numerical,  it  is  no  doubt 
akin  to  Lat.  multus,  and  still  nearer 
to  Gael,  mohr,  great,  v.  Pott.) 

Μϋριοστή,  ή,=μνριοστός,  dub, 
Μνοίοστημόρων,   ov,  τό,   (uiipio- 
935 


ΜΥΡΜ 

στός.  μδριον)  the  ΙΟ,ΟΟΟίΛ  part,  Arist. 
de  iSeiis.  6,  6. 

Μϋμίοστός,  ή,  όν,  (.μύριοι)  the 
ΙΟ,ΟϋΟίΛ,  ιαμης,  μοίρα,  Αγ.  Lys.  355, 
'i'hesm.  555  :  μ.  ίτος,  10,000  years 
hence,  Plat.  Leg?.  656  Κ. 

Μϋριυστύς,  νος,  ή,  (μύριοι)  α  body 
often  thousand,  Xen.  Cyr.  6,  3,  20. 

Μύριοτενχής,  ές,  (μύριοι,  τεύχος) 
with  ten  thousand  armed  men,  Seidl. 
Eur.  I.  T.  139. 

MvpiOTijc,  τ/τος,  ή,=:μνριάς,  LXX, 
cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  6G2. 

Μϋριότρητος,  ov,  (μνρίος,  τιτράω, 
τρήσω)  tintk  numberless  holes,  ύ,γγεα, 
hoiui/comhs,  f Pseudo-Phocyl.  162. 

Μνριοτρό<Ι/υς,  ov,  feeding  or  τηαϊη- 
tainiiig  ten  thousand. 

Μ-ϋμιόφθαλμος,  ov,  with  countless 
eyes. 

Μϋριόφΐλος,  ov,  (μνρίος,  φίλος) 
with  numberless  friends,  Themist. 

Μϋριοφόρος,  ov.  (μύριοι,  φέρω)  of 
ten  thousand  talents  burden,  ναϋς,  Thuc. 
7,  25  :  as  Lob.  Phryn.  663  well  ex- 
plains it.  He  conject\iies  μνριάμφο- 
ρος  (q.  v.),  but  the  form  μνριοφόρος 
occurs  in  Strabo,  as  also  the  equiv. 
μνριαγωγός, — which  is  not  consider- 
ed so  good  by  the  Atticists. 

Μϋριόφορτος.  ov,=:{oreg.,  Anth.  P. 
10,  23. 

Μίρίό0υ?ι?,οΐ',  ov,  ro.  a  water-plant, 
prnb.  inyriophylluni  spicatum,  Diosc. 
4,  115 :  from 

Μ.ϋριόφυ'λ7ιος,  ov,  {μνρίος,  φνλ?ίθν) 
with  numberless  leaves. 

Μϋριόφύ?Μς.  ov,  (μνρίος,  φϋλον)  of 
ten  thousand  kinds,  Ομρ.  Η.  1,  626. 

Μϋρώφωνος,  ov,  (μνρίος,  φωνή) 
with  te7i  thousand  voices,  Anlh. 

Μνρίοχαύν/],  ης,  ή,  an  infinitely  af- 
fected woman,  ap.  Galen. ;  cf.  Lob. 
Paral.  463. 

Μύρί-νοος,  ov,  contr,  -πνονς,  ovv, 
^=μνρόπνοος.  Anth.  P.  9,  6,  etc. ;  cf. 
Lob.  Phryn.  665. 

Μνρίς.  ίόος,  ή,  (μύρον)  a  box  for  un- 
guents. — Ι1.=μνρ^ίς. 

Μύρισμα,  ατός,  τή,  an  ointment ,  unc- 
tion, like  μνρωμα.  [ν] 

Μύρισμάς,  οϋ,  ό,  an  anointing,  Ath. 
547  F. 

Μνριστικός,  ή,  όν,  fit  for  anointing. 

^Μνριχίότις,  ov,  ό,  Myrichides,  an 
Athenian  archon,  Diod.  S.  12,  29. 

Μνριώννμος,  ov,  (μνρίος,  όνομα) 
of  countless  names,^lσις,  Plot.  2,  372  E. 

Μϋριωττός,  όν,  (uvpioc,  ώ•ψ)=μνριό- 
φθα?,μος,  Aesch.  Pr.  569. 

iyίύpκavoς,  ov,  ό.  Myrcanus,  a  Car- 
thaginian, Polyb.  7,  9,  1. 

■\Μ.νρκίνιος,  a,  ov,  of  Myrcinus, 
Myrcinian,  οι  Μ.,  Thuc.  5,  6. 

ίΜύρκΙνος.  ου,  ή,  Myrcinus,  a  re- 
gion of  Thrace  on  the  Stryrnon  in- 
habited by  the  Edoni,  hence  called 
ή  Ή(5ωνίζ•,  Hdt.  5,  11. — II.  a  city  of 
foreg.,  built  by  Histiaeus  of  Miletus, 
Thuc.  4,  107. 

+Mi'p/fUTif,  ιδος,  ή,  fern,  adj.,  of 
Myrlea,  ή  Μ.  (sc.  χώρα),  the  territory 
of  M.,  Strab. 

ΙΜΰρλεία,  ας,  η,  Myrlea,  a  city  of 
Bithynia,  the  later  Apamea,  Strab.  p. 
563. 

Μύρμαξ,  ακος,  6,  Dor.  for  μύρμηξ, 
Theocr. 

ΐΛιιρμηδών,  ώνος,  ό,  an  ant's  nest : 
also  an  ant.  Dor.  word. 

ΜνρμηκάνθρωτΓΟί,  o'l,  ant-men,  a 
play  of  Pherecrates. 

Μυμμηκειος,  ov,  (μύρμηξ)  like  an 
ant : — rb  μ.,  a  poisonous  spider,  Nic. 
Th.  747._ 

Μυρμήκια,  τά.  and  μνρμηκίαι,  al. 
narts  on  the  palms  of  the  hands  and 
teles  of  the  feet,  Lat.  formicationes, 
956  ' 


MTPO 

differing  from  άκροχορδόνες,  which 
have  a  neck,  while  μνρμήκια  grow 
directly  Irom  the  skin. 

Μυρμηκιά,  άς,  or  (as  Bekk.)  μνρμη- 
κία,  ας,  ή,  (μύρμηζ)  an  ant's  nest, 
Arist.  Η.  Α.  4.  8,  27 :  hence  ο  throng 
of  people,  a  crowded  lecture-room,  ap. 
Hesych. — II.  metaph.,  μνρμηκίαι  Ικ- 
τράττελοι  in  Pherecr.  Χειρ.  1,  23,  are 
perverse  conceits  of  a  harp-player  or 
singer,  who  runs  up  and  down  the 
notes,  in  and  out  and  all  ways,  like  a 
7icst  of  ants ;  cf.  Meineke  ad  1.  ;  so 
Ar.,  Thesm.  100,  calls  similar  embel- 
lishments of  poetry  μύρμηκος  ατρα- 
ποί. 

Μνρμηκίας  ?.ίθος,  δ,  a  precious 
stone  u'ilh  wart-like  lumps  (μνρμήκια) 
upon  it,  Plin.  37,  10. — II.  χρνσος  μ-, 
the  gold  got  up  from  Indian  ant  hills, 
cf.  Hdt.  3,  102. 

Μνρμηκίασις,  r/,=sq. 

Μ-νρμηκιασμος,  ov,  ό,  a  breaking  out 
of  warts  :  from 

Μνρμηκιάω,  ώ,  (μνρμήκια)  to  have 
warts,  feel  an  itching,  LXX. 

^Μνρμηκίδης,  ov.  ό,  Mi/rmecides,  an 
artist  of  Miletus,  Ael.  V.'  H.  1,  17. 

Μνρ/ίτ/κίζω,  (μύρμηξ)  to  feel  as  if 
ants  were  creeping  about  one. 

Μνρμήκιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  μύρ- 
μηξ : — cf.  μνρμήκειος. 

ί^Ινρμήκιον,  ov,  τό,  Myrmecium,  a 
Scythian  city  on  the  Cimmerian  Bos- 
porus, Strab.  p.  310. 

Μνρμηκίτης,  ov,  o,  a  precious  Stone 
with  things  like  ants  inside  it,  like  am- 
ber, Plin.  37,  II. 

Μνρμηκόβϊος,  ov,  living  an  ant's 
life,  Lust. 

Μνρμηκοειδής,  ες,  like  ants. 

Μνρμηκολέων,  οντος,  ό,  (μύρμηξ. 
Λέων)  the  ant  lion,  in  LXX.,  a  name 
variously  interpreted,  v.  Bochart  Hi- 
erozoic.  2,  p.  813. 

Μνρμηκώδης.  ες,^  μνρμηκοειδής : 
a\so,  full  of  ivarts.  Marc.  Sid. 

ΜΫ'ΡΜΗΞ.  ηκος,  ύ,  the  ant,  Lat. 
formica,  first  in  Hes.  Fr.  22,  5  ;  37,  4  : 
(a  (orm  μύρμος  is  quoted  by  Hesych.) : 
the  winged  male  was  called  νύμφη. 
— On  μνρμηκος  άτραττοί.  v.  sub  μνρ- 
μήκια.— II.  a  beast  of  prey  in  India, 
some  think  of  the  lion,  others  of  the 
dog  tribe,  Hdt.  3,  102.— III.  a  hidden 
rock  in  the  sea.  Lye.  878  ;  cf.  χοιρύς : 
esp.  a  clitf"  on  the  Thessalian  coast 
between  Sciathus  and  Magnesia,  Hdt. 
7,  183. — IV.  a  sort  of  gauntlet  or  ccs- 
tus  with  metal  studs  or  nails  like 
warts  (μνρμήκια)  on  it,  Christod. 
Ecphr.  225.  {Μύρμηξ  is  the  same 
word  as  hat.  fonnic-a.) 

^Μύρμηξ,  ηκης,  ύ,  Myrmex,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  an  Athenian,  Ar.  Ran.  1506. — 
II.  V.  foreg.  III. 

Μνρμΐόόνες.  ων,  ol,  the  Myrmidons, 
a  warlike  people  of  Thessaly,  former- 
ly in  Aegina,  the  subjects  of  Peleus 
and  Achilles,  -fll.  1,  180,  etc. 

^Μυρμιδων,  όνος,  ό.  Myrmidon,  son 
of  Jupiter  and  Eurymedusa,  Ap.  Rh. 
1,  56. — II.  a  Myrmidon,  V.  Μνρμιδόνες. 

Μ.νροβά?ιύνος,  ov,  ή,  also  βάλανος 
μνρεψική,  Lat.  glans  unguentaria,  pal- 
ma  ungnentariorum,  [lerh.  the  Behen 
nut,  Guilandina  moringa,  whence  was 
extracted  a  scentless  oil  (βαλάνινον 
ελαιον),  used  in  mixing  unguents, 
Diosc. — II.  μνροβύλανοι,  οι,  the  fruit 
of  the  Phyllanlhus  emblica,  modern 
Greek,  [a] 

Μί'ροβύφής,  ες.  (μύρον,  βάπτω) 
dipped  in  perfumed  oil,  Clem.  Al. 

Μυροβλΰσία,  ar,  ή,  the  bubbling  cut 
of  perfwned  oil :   from 

Μνρυβ/.ύτης,  ov,  ό,  (μύρον,  β?^ύω) 
flowing  with  unguent,  [i)] 


MYPP 

Μϋροβόστρύχος,  ov,  with  perfumed 
locks,  V.  1.  for  sq. 

Μΰροβότρνς,  ν,  gen.  νος,  (μύρον, 
βότpvς)=i'oτeg.,  Mel.  105. 

"Μνροβρεχής,  ίς,  (μύρον,  βρέχω) 
wet  with  unguent.  LXX. 

Μϋρόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  (μύρον)  anointed, 
βόστρνχος,  Anth.  Ρ.  6,  234. 

Μνροβήκη,  ης,  ή,  α  box  for  unguent. 

Μνροθήκιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from 
foreg.,  Cic.  Att.  2,  1,  1. 

Μνρολογέω,  ώ,  v.  μύρω,  fin. 

Μύρομαι,  Hom.,  and  Hes.,  v.  sub 
μύρω.  [ν] 

MT'PON,  ov,  τό,  any  sweet  juice 
distilling  from  plants,  and  used  for  un- 
guents or  perfumes,  derived  from 
μύρω  by  the  ancients  ;  or,  ace.  to  .\th., 
from  μνβι')α,  myrrhoil ; — but  the  word 
is  prob.  of  foreign  origin  ;— usu.,  any 
prepared  ungzient  Or  sweet  oil,  Lat.  U7i- 
guentum,  first  in  Archil.  34,  Iltlt.  3, 
22:  (Hom.  uses  ελαιον  ενώδες,  (yo- 
δόεν,  τεθνωμένον) — used  to  nux  with 
wine,  Ael.  V.  H.  12,  31. — A  great  va- 
riety are  given  by  Diosc.  1,  52.  sqq., 
Ath.  XV.,  c.  37—16. — 2.  a  place  where 
unguents,  etc.  were  sold,  the  pcrfinnc' 
7narkct,  Ar.  Eq.  1375,  Pherecr.  Agath. 
2. — 3.  metaph.,  any  thing  graceful, 
charming,  lovely,  Anth.  P.  5,  90 ;  cf. 
Jac.  Anth.  2,  2,  p.  285,  A.  P.  p.  597. 
— 4.  proverb.,  to  έττι  Ty  φακή  μύρον, 
myrrh-oil  on  lentils,  i.  e.  pains  thrown 
away,  Cic.  Att.  1,  19,  2,  cf.  Slrattis 
Phoen.  1,  et  ibi  Meineke.  [v] 

Μνροηίσσόκηρος,  ov,  ό,  an  ointment 
of  scented  oil,  pitch  and  wax,  Galen. 

Μνρόττνοος,  ov,  contr.  -ηνονς,  ovv, 
sweet  with  unguent  or  oil,  Mel.  5 ;  also 
μνρίπνοος. 

^Μνρύπνονς,  ov,  6,  Myropnus, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Luc.  Fugit.  32. 

MvftOTTOiar,  όν,  (μνρον,  ποιίω)  pre- 
paring  scented  oils,  Alh. 

Μί'ροττόλος,  ov,  busy  about  scented 
oils. 

Μνροπωλεΐον,  ου,  τό,  a  shop  for  un- 
guents, a  perfumers  shop,  Lys.  1 70,  8, 
Dem.  786,8;  911,  13:  and 

Μϊφοπωλέω,  ώ,  to  deal  in  un-t 
guents  or  scented  oils,  Ar.  Fr.  651 : 
from 

Μνροπώλης,  ov,  6,  (μύρον,  πω7.εω) 
a  dealer  in  ujiguents  or  scented  oils,  a 
perfumer,  Lys.  ap.  Ath.  612  E,  Xen. 
Symp.  2,  4. 

Μίιροπώλίον,  ov,  τό,  v.  1.  for  μν- 
ροπωλεΐον. 

Μύρύπωλ/ς,  ιδος,  ή,  fem.  of  μνρο- 
πώλης, Ar.  Eccl.  841. 

Μϊφόπωλος,  ov,  selling  unguents  or 
scented  oils. 

Μϊ'ρόβ^αντος,  ov,  (μύρον,  ()αίνω) 
wet  with  unguent,  Mel.  65. 

Mi'por,  ov,  b,  Lat.  myrus,  a  kind  of 
sea-eel,  Ath.  312  Ε  ;  ace.  to  Plin.  the 
male  ol  the  muraena :  cf.  σμνρος. 

tMi'pof,  ov,  b,  Myrus,  an  Athen. 
archon,  Dion.  H.  5,  50. 

Μνροσταγής,  ές,  dripping  with  un- 
guent. 

Μνροστύφϋλον,  ov,  τό,  a  vine  that 
bears  sweet  smelling  grapes,  Geop. 

Μΐψοφεγγής,  ές,  (μνρον,  φέγγος) 
shining  with  unguent,  Mel.  78. 

Μυροφόρος,  ov,  bringing  or  holding 
unguent. 

Μϊφόχριστος,  ov,  (μύρον,  χρίω) 
anointed  ivith  unguent,  Eur.  CycL 
501. 

Μΰρόχροος,  ov,  (μνρον,  χρόα)  tritk 
anointed  skin,  Anth.  P.  9,  570. 

Μϊ'ρόω,  rarer  form  for  μυρίζω,  Br. 
Ar.  Eccl.  1117. 

Μύ^βα,  ας,  ή,  the  balsamic  juice  of 
the  Arabian  myrtle,  Lat,  myrrha,  mur• 
rha,  Ath.  688  C.  ^ 


ΜΎΡΤ 

'  tMvp/Sa,  ας,  ή,  Myrrha,  daughter 
of  Cinyras,  mother  ot'  Adonis,  Luc. 
de  D.  Syr.  6 ;  ci.  Σμύρνα :  in  Lye. 
8:^9  Μνρβας  άστν=  BD.J/.of . 

Μ.ν()()ίνάκαί!ΰος,  ου,  ή,  (μυρσίνη, 
ύκ,ανΟα)  α  shrub  like  a  myrtle  but  prick- 
ly, Lat.  TiLscus  aculeatus,  Diosc.  :  also 
κεντρομνββίνη  and  όξνμνρρίνη.  La- 
con,  μυρτα'/.ίς. 

Μυβρίνύω,  ώ,  to  Ιοπξ  for  myrtle- 
wreaths,  which  were  the  badges  of 
certain  offices,  hence  comically  for 
άρχοι>τιύω,  ap.  Hesych. 

ΉίυΙ)ί)ίνη,  ης,  f),  later  Att.  for  μυρ- 
σίνη, q.  V. 

}Λ.νββίνη,  ης,  η,  v.  μο/jpia. 

ΙΜυβ/'ύνη,  ης,  ή,  Myrrhme,  daugh- 
ter of  Callias,  wife  of  flippias,  Thuc. 
C,  55.-2.  another  Athen.  female  Ar. 
Lys.  70. — Others  in  Ath. ;  etc.  [<] 

Μιφρίνης  οίνος,  v.  αυρίνης. 

ίΜ,ιφβΙνίδίον,  ov,  η,  my  dear  little 
Myrrhme,  dim.  from  Μυρσίνη,  Ar.  Lys. 

ΊΛνρβΙνίτης  οίνος,  ύ,  viine  flavoured 
with  myrtle,  Ael.  V.  H.  12,  31. 

ΜυΐφΙνος,  η,  ov,  later  Att.  for  μνρ- 
σινος. 

ΜνΙ)ρινοϋς,  ονντος,  δ,  Myrrhinus, 
name  of  a  demus  of  Attica  tbelong- 
ing  to  the  lril)e  Pandionis,  IStrab.  p. 
399t ;  cf.  Ύαμνονς. 

^Μνρι^νούσιος,  a,  ov,  of  or  belong- 
ing to  (the  deme)  Myrrhinus,  Plat. 
Protag.  315  C. 

Mv()f)ivuv,  ώνος,  6,  {μνββίνη)  a 
myrtle-grove,  Lat.  myrtetiim,  Ar.  llan. 
156. 

Μ.υ/)βίς,  ίδος,  η,  a  plant,  myrrhis  odo- 
rata,  Diosc.  4,  116. 

ΊΑν()ΐ')ίτης,  ου,  ό,  (μύρβα)  like  myrtle- 
juice,  Plin. 

ΙΜφσίλοζ•,  ov,  ό,  Att.  Μνρτι?Μς, 
Myrsilus,  the  Greek  name  of  the  Ly- 
dian  king  Candaules,  Hdt.  1,  7. — 2.  a 
historian  of  Lesbos,  Ath.  610  A. — 3. 
a  tyrant  of  Mytilene,  Strab.  p.  617. 

Μΐ'ρσίϊ'ίίον,  Aeol.  -vyov,  ov,  τό,= 
ανρρινών,  Alcae.  70. 

Μ.υρσΙνέλαίον,  ov,  τό,  (μνρσίνη, 
E/.aLov)  myrtle-oil,  Diosc.  1,  48. 

Μνρσίνη,  later  Att.  μνβρίνη,  ης,  ή, 
the  7>tyrtle,  Archil.  37 ;  μνρσίνης  στέ- 
φανος, Pind.  I.  8  (7),  147,  Eur.  Ale. 
172. — II.  a  myrtle-branch,  Hdt.  1,  132, 
etc.  ;  or  a  myrtle-wreath,  Pherecr.  Me- 
tall.  1,  25.  Ar.  Vesp,  861,  1364,  etc. ; 
cf.  σκό?Λον  : — αϊ  μνββίναι,  the  place 
where  these  wreaths  were  sold,  Ar. 
Thesm.  448. — 2.  a  fly-flap  made  of  a 
myrtle-branch,  v.  Interpp.  ad  Ar.  Eq. 
59.  [i]     Hence 

'Μ.νρσίνΙνος,  η,  ον,^=μύββινος,  of 
myrtle,  Diosc.  [σι] 

ΜνρσΙνίτης,  ov,  ό,=μνββινίτης. 

ΜυρσΙνοείδής,  ές,  {μυρσίνη,  είδος) 
myrtle-like,  δζοί,  Η.  Hom.  Merc.  81. 

Μνρσΐνος,  η,  ον,  later  Att.  μύββι- 
νος,=μί'ρ~ινος,  of  myrtle,  Lat.  myr- 
teus.  Call.  Dian.  202: — ό  μνρβονος,= 
μύρτος,  Theophr. — II.  το  μ.,  the  lower 
part  of  the  membrum  virile,  Ar.  Eq.  964. 

f  MtipfftiOf,  ov,  ή,  Myrsinus,  a  town 
of  Elis  on  the  road  from  EUs  to  Dyme, 
later  'ίΛυρτονντων,  II.  2,  616  ;  Strab. 
p.  341. 

ΜιφσΙνών,  ύνος,  ό,  =  μνββινών, 
LXX. 

Μύρσος,  ov,  ό,  α  basket,  Ε.  Μ. 
(Akin  to  νββίς,νββίσκος,  cf  μ.  V.  1.) 

+Μΐ'ρσοΓ,  ου,  ό,  Myrsus,  father  of 
Candaules,  a  king  of  Lydia,  Hdt.  I,  7. 
— 2.  son  of  Gyges,  a  Lydian,  Id.  3, 122. 

ΙΜι-ρσωΐ',  υνος,  ό,  Myrson.  a  shep- 
herd, Bion  6,  1.  ^ 

Μυρτάκανβα,  η,  =  μνρβινύκανθος, 
Lob.  Phryn.  111. 

Μνρτΰ/ιίς,  ίδος,  η,  Lacon.  for  μνρ• 
^ίνάκανβος. 


ΜΥΡΩ 

Μνρτάς,  άδος,  ή,^μνρτίδανον  Π., 
Nic.  Th.  513. 

Μνρτεών,  ώνος,  δ,  {μύρτος)=μνβ- 
βινών. 

Μνρτία,  ας,  ή,^μνρσίνη,  Hesych. 

tMi'pria,  ας,  ή,  Myrtia,  an  Athe- 
nian female,  Ar.  Vesp.  1396. 

Μυρτίδΰνον,  ov,  τό,  a  myrtle-like 
plant,  Hipp. — II.  a  rough  excrescence  on 
the  root  and  branches  of  the  7nyrtle,  like 
the  Kennes-berries  on  the  holm-oak, 
Diosc. — III.  the  fruit  of  the  Persian 
pepper-tree :  also  another  Indian  or 
Persian  fruit  used  as  pepper,  Xenocr. 

tMfprtAof,  ov,  6,  Myrtilus,  son  of 
Mercury  or  Jupiter,  charioteer  of 
Oenomaus,  hurled  by  Pelops  into  the 
sea,  Soph.  El.  509. — 2.  an  Athenian, 
Thuc.  5,  19. — Others  in  Ath. ;  etc. — 
Cf.  Μνρσιλος. 

ΜνρτίΊ'η,  ης,  ?/,=μνρσίνη,  a  myrtle. 
— II.  a  sort  of  pear-tree  or  olive,  Iroin 
the  nature  of  the  fruit,  Nic.  Al.  88.  [ϊ] 

Mi'priiOf,  η,  ov,  =  μνρσινος,  cf 
foreg. 

tMi'priov,  ov,  TO,  Myrtium,  a  town 
of  Thrace  opposite  Samothrace,  Dem. 
234,  12. — II.  ή,  fern.  pr.  n.,  Luc.  Dial. 
M.  27,  7. 

ΙΜνρΓίζ•,  ιος,  δ,  Myrtis,  an  Argive 
traitor,Dem.  324, 10.— Others  in  Ath. ; 
etc. — II.  ή,  a  poetess  of  Anthedon, 
Anth.  P.  9,  26.    ^  j 

Μυρτίς,  ίδος,  η,^μύρτον,  a  myrtle- 
berry,  Diphil.  ap.  Ath.  52  E.  { 

Μυρτιτης  οίνος,  δ,  =  μνββινίτης, 
Diosc.  5,  36.  j 

Μΐ'ρ-ο/ζί} 7/ζ•,  ίς,  (μίφτον,  μίγννμι)  Ι 
mixed  with  myrtle-berries,  Geop.  Ι 

MfpTOi',  ov,  τό,  the  fruit  of  the  myr-  \ 
tie  (μνρτος),  the  myrtle-berry,  Lat.  myr- 
tum,  Ar.  Av.  160,  IIUO,  Plat.,  etc.— 11.  ι 
part  of  the  pudenda  muliebria,  Ar.  Lys. 
1034.  j 

Μνρτοπέταλον,  ov,  τό,  {μύρτος,  j 
πέτα/.ον)  the  plant  polygonum,  Plin.     j 

ΜΥ'ΡΤΟΣ,  ου,  ή,  the  myrtle,  Lat.  i 
myrtus,  Pind.  I.  4,  117  (3,  88),  etc.        i 

Μ,νρτός,  όν,  of  myrtle,  Lat.  myrteus.  ] 

i'bilvpTovvTtov,  ου,  τό,^=Μ.νρσινος.  ι 
— II.  a  marsh  between  Leucas  and  ] 
the  .\mbracian  gulf,  Strab. 

ίΜνρτουσα,  ης,  ή,  Myrtusa,  a  | 
mountain  near  Cyrene,  Call.  Del.  91.  1 

Μνρτόχει?ια,  τά,  and  μνρτοχειΆί-  ί 
δες,  ai,  parts  of  the  pudenda  inuliebria, 
V.  μύρτον  II. 

tMvprw,  ους,  η,  Myrto,  a  female, 
after  whom,  ace.  to  Paus.,  the  Myr-  ! 
toan  sea  was  named,  8,  14,  12. — 2.  I 
the  second  wife  of  Socrates,  ace.  to 
Ath.    556   D;    Luc.    Hale.   8.-3.   a 
shepherdess,  Theocr. 

Μύρτων,  ωνος,  ό,  nickname  of  α 
debauchee,  Luc.  Lesiph.  12.  : 

^Μνρτώος,  a,  ov,  Myrtoan,  το  Μ.  ] 
πέλαγος,  the  Myrtoan  sea,  a  part  of 
the  Aegean,  lying  between  the  coast 
of  Argolis  and  Attica,  Strab.  p.  323.     ; 

iMvpTUoiov  αίπος,  =  Μνρτουσα, 
Αρ.  Rh.  2,  505.  j 

ΜΥ'ΡΩ,  like  βέω,  to  flow,  run,  trickle, 
δύκρνσι  μϊ'ρον,  they  melted  into  tears, 
Hes.  Sc.  132:  (hence  redupl.  μορμύ- 
pu,  Lat.  murmuTO.) — II.  mid.  μύρομαι 
(sc.  δάκρνσι),  to  melt  into  tears,  to  shed 
tears,  weep,  κ?Μίοντέ  τε,  μνρομένω  τε, 
II.  22,  427  ;  yoowira  τε,  μνρομένη  τε, 
Od.  19,  119;  έ?^εδν  μνρετο,  Hes.  Op. 
204: — \ρ.  Rh.  has  it  also=act.,  to 
flow,  2,371. — 2.  c.  ace,  to  leeep  for, 
bewail,  Bion  1,  68,  Mosch.  3,  74,  91, 
— where  also  aor.  μύρατο  occurs. — 
Later  writers  use  instead  μϋρολογέω 
(mod.  Greek  μνριολογέω),  and  μνρφ-  \ 
δέω  like  θρηνωδέω.  (Cf.  Lat.  moe• 
reo.)  [y]  "  I 


MTII 

iMCpu,  ους,  ή,  v.  Μοίρώ. 

Μνρωμα,  ατός,  τό,  (μνρύω)  an  oint- 
ment spread  for  use,  Alcae.  39,  Ar. 
Eccl.  1117.  [ii] 

iMvpiov,  ωνος,  δ,  Myron,  a  cele- 
brated statuary  of  Eleutherae,  Luc. ; 
Anth. :  etc. — 2.  a  tyrant  of  Sicyon, 
Arist.  Pol.  5, 10,  3.— Others  in  Plut. ; 
etc. 

i'Mvpωvίδης,  ov,  δ,  Myronides, 
grandiather  of  Clisthenes,  Hdt.  G, 
126. — 2.  a  celebrated  commander  of 
the  Athenians  m  Peloponneeian  war, 
Thuc.  1,  105;  Ar. ;  etc.— 3.  son  of 
Archinus,  Dem.  742,  25. 

Μΐ'ρωσίζ•,  ή,  (μνρόω)  an  anointing. 

ΜΥ~Σ,  ό  (even  of  the  female,  Phi- 
leiii.  p.  408),  gen.  μνος,  ace.  μνν  :—a 
nioiisc,  Lat.  771114•,  first  in  Batr.  :  μ.  ύρον- 
ραίος,  a  field-mouse,  Hdt.  2,  141,  cl. 
μυγαλη  :  proverb., //t)f  εν  πίττη,  εν 
ά'λμιι,  also  μνς  πιττης  γίνεται,  a 
mouse  in  a  pitch  or  pickle  tub  ('a 
flea  in  a  glue-pot'),  i.  e.  in  a  great 
scrape,  Dem.  1215,  10,  Theocr.  14. 
51  :  μνς  'λtvκός,  a  lewd,  lecherous  per- 
son, Philem.  1.  c— II.  a  ahell-tish,  the 
muscle,  cf  μύαξ,  μνΐσκος. — III.  a  large 
kind  oi'whale,  Lat.  musculus,  Arist. 
H.  A.  3,  12,  5. — IV.  a  7nuscle  of  the 
body.  Lat.  musculus,  Theocr.  22,  48, 
and  Medic.  (Usu.  referred  to  μνω,  to 
keep  close,  cf.  Hdt.  2.  141;  but  Pott 
connects  it  with  Sanscr.  7nush,  fura- 
ri.)  [v,  and  so  in  all  compds. :  Kic. 
has  μνοδόκος  in  arsis,  but  /ίΐίων  is  the 
only  real  exception.] 

ΙΜίζ-,  νός,  ό,  Mys,  a  Carian  of 
Europus,  Hdt.  8,  133.— 2.  a  celebra- 
ted artist,  Paus.  1,  28,  2 

Μνσαγμα.  ατός,  τό,  {μνσύττομαι) 
=μΰσος,  Aesch.  Supp.  995. 

Μνσάζω,  (μύσος,— μνσύττομαι. 

Μϊισΰρία,  af,7,subst  from  sq.,fllih• 
iness,  loathsoineness. 

Μυσαρός,  ά,  όν :  (μνσος)  -.—foul, 
dirty :  hence  like  Lat.  impurus,  loath- 
some, abominable,  and  SO  like  μιαρός, 
Eur.  Or.  1624,  etc.  ;  το  μ.,  an  abomi- 
nation, Hdt.  2,  37  ;  of  persons,  defiled, 
polluted,  Eur.  El.  1350. 

Μνσάρχης,  ov,  δ,  (μνσος,  άρχω)  the 
author  of  a  foul  deed,  LXX. 

Μνσάττομαι,  (μνσος)  dep.,  to  feel 
disgust  at  anything  loathsome,  to  loathe. 
abo?ninate,  c.  acc,  Eur.  Med.  1149, 
Xen.  Cyr.  1,  3,  5.— The  act.  only  in 
Hesych. 

Μΰσαχθης,  ές,  (μνσύττομαι)  poet, 
for  μυσαρός,  Nic.  Th.  361. 

Μίισα;^α'όί•, /;,ox'.=foreg. :  μνσύχνη, 
ή,  a  prostitute.  Archil.  125,  like  μιση- 
τή :  also  μνσαχρός,  and  contr.  μνσ- 
χν()ς,  μνσχρός,  μνσκρός. 

Μϋσερός,  ά,  ον,  later  form  for  μυ- 
σαρός. 

Μνσητός,  η,  όν,  (μνσος)  =  μυσα- 
ρός. 

■\Μνσία,  ας,  ή,  Mysia,  a  province 
of  Asia  Minor  lying  along  the  .A.egean 
and  Propontis,  divided  into  Greater 
and  Less  Mysia,  Hdt.  7,  41.-2.  Moe- 
sia  in  Europe. 

^Μνσιύκός,  ή,  όν,  Mysian,  Strab. 

Μϋσιάω,  ώ,  (μνσος)  to  feel  disgust, 
dub.— II.  (μνζω)  to  snuff,  snort,  esp.  in 
eating  greedily,  Cornut. 

Μνσιδδω,  Lacon.  for  μνθίζω,  Ar. 
Lys.  94,  etc. 

Μνσικαρφί,  (μνω)  adv.,  with  the  eyes 
shut,  uinking,  Cratin.  'i2p.  12,  but  v. 
Memeke. 

tMi;ff£Of,  a,  ov,  Mysian.  Pind.  L  8. 
107 ;  Aesch.  Pers.  322.— II.  ό  Μ.,  the 
JV/ysi'iis,  a  river  of  Mysia,  Strab.  p.  616. 

^Μνσίς,  ίδος,  ή,  pecul  fem.  to  Mv- 
σός,  ula  M.,  Dion.  P.  803. 

Μύσις,  εως,  ή,  (μνω)  a  closing  the 
957- 


ΜΥΣΤ 

tfpSf  et/ts,  etc. — II.  (from  pass.)  a  be- 
ing closed,  constipation,  Hipp,   [ΰ] 

Μνσκέλΐχ'ύρον,  ov,  ro,  mouse-dung. 

ΙΜυσ/νίλλοί",  ov,  ύ,  Myscelhis,  son 
of  Alcinon  of  Argos,  Strab.  p.  262. 

Μύσκος,  ov,  a,  dim.  from  μύς,  for 
μνΐσκος,  dub. 

^Μνσκων,  ωνος,  ό,  Mi/scon,  a  lead- 
er of  the  Syracusans,  Thuc.  8,  85. — 
2.  son  of  Menecrates,  an  Athenian, 
Xen.  Hell.  1,  1,  29. 

ΙΜϋσοί,  ών,  ol,  the  3Iysians, — 1.  in 
Mysia  in  Asia  Minor,  11.  2,  858,  cf. 
Strab.  p.  295,  who  makes  them  to 
have  come  from  Thrace,  Id.  p.  564. 
— 2.  a  Thracian  nation  on  the  Ister, 
called  by  the  Romans  Mocsi,  Strab. 
pp.  295,  317 :  some  regard  them  as 
the  ones  mentioned  in  11.  13,  5. 

Mt'ffof,  TO,  (μνω,  μύζω)  anything 
loatksoine,  unclcanncss  of  body  or 
mind  :  metaph.,  an  abomination,  defite- 
oient,  Lat.  piaculum,  like  μίασμα, 
Trag.,  as  Aesch.  Cho.  650,  Eum.  839, 
Soph.  O.  T.  138.  [Sometimes  writ- 
ten properisp.  μνσος,  but  wrongly, 
for  V  is  always  short ;  cf.  Draco  p.  65, 
15,  E.  M.  p.  588,  52:  perh.  μίσος 
caused  the  error.]     Hence 

Mi'ffof,  όν,—ανσαρός. 

Μϋσος,  ov,  ο,  a  Mysian,  fv.  sub 
Μυσοί ;  as  adj.  Mysian,  Ονλνμπος, 
Call.  Dian.  Ι17| :  for  Μνσών  λεία, 
cf,  sub  λεία- 

tMnCTOf,  ov,  0,  Mysus,  brother  of 
Car  and  Lydus,  from  whom  the  My- 
sians  were  said  to  derive  their  name, 
Hdt.  1,  171. 

Μνςπολέω,  ώ,  (μνς,  πολέω)  to  run 
about  like  a  /notice,  Ar.  Vesp.  140,  with 
a  play  on  μνστίπο'λΐνο- 

Μνσσω,  μνττω,  only  found  in  com- 
pounds, άτΐομύττο),  έπιμύττω,  προ- 
μύ'Τω,  and  in  Lat.  mungo,  emungo,  v. 

UV(J. 

Μνσσωτός,  ό,  v.  μνττωτός. 

Μνστάγϋΐγέω,  ώ,  to  be  a  μνσταγω- 
γός :  hence,  c,  ace.  pers.  to  initiale,^= 
μυέω,  Strab.,  τινά  τι,  Pseudo-Luc. 
Philopatr.  22 ;  opp.  to  μνεϊσθαι,  Plut. 
2,  795  E.     Hence 

Μυσταγώγτ/μα,  ατός,  τό,  initiation 
into  the  mysteries  :  and 

Μνστΰ.γ(^γητύς,  ή,  όν,  initiated. 

Μυσταγωγία,  ας,  ή,  initiation  into 
the  mysteries,  Plut.  Alcib.  34  ;  from 

Μ.νστάγο)γός,  όν,  (μύστης,  άγω)  in- 
troducing or  initiating  into  mysteries,  a 
mystagngue,  Strab.,  Plut.  Alcib.  34, 
etc.,  V.  Lob.  Aglaoph.  p.  29  ;  hence — 
2.  generally,  a  teacher  of  philosophy, 
Himer. — 3.  in  Sicu'j =περιηγητής,  a 
Cicerone,  esp.  at  the  temples,  Cic. 
Verr.  Act.  2,  4,  59. 

■\Μ.νσταλίδης,  ov,  6,  Mystalides, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Lys. 

Μνσταξ,  άκος,  ό.  Dor.  and  Lacon. 
for  μάσταξ  III.,  and  always  masc, 
whereas  μάσταξ  is  fem.  : — the  upper 
lip,  the  beard  upon  it,  our  moustache, 
Stratlis  Incert.  6,  et  ibi  Mein. ;  also 
βύσταξ,  Antiph.  Archon  1,  cf.  Valck. 
AdoH.  p.  288  :  the  Spartan  ephors  on 
coming  into  office  issued  an  edict, 
κείρεσθαί  τον  μύστακα  και  πείθειν 
τοΙς  νόμοις,  Arist.  ap.  Plut.  Cleom. 
9,  Plut.  2,  550  Β,  cf.  Muller  Dor.  3, 
7,  ^  7. 

Μνστήρ,  ηρος,  6,=μύστης. 

Μνστηριάζο),  to  initiate  into  myste- 
ries or  doctrines. 

'ίΛνστ7]ριακός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to 
mysteries,  mystical. 

Μνστηριασμός,  οΰ,  ό,  initiation. 

Μνστηρικός,  ή,  όν,=μνστηριακός, 
Ar.  Ach.  747. 

νίνστήριον,  ov;  τό,  (μύστης)  strict- 
ly neut.  from  μνστ>/ριος=μνστικός, 
958 


ΜΤΣΤ 

a  mystery  or  revealed  secret :  mostly  in 
plur.,  Tu  μ.,  the  mysteries,  certain  re- 
ligious celebrations;  first  in  Hdt.  2, 
51,  of  those  of  the  Cabiri  in  Samo- 
thrace.  The  most  famous  were  tho.se 
of  Demeter  (Ceres)  at  Eleusis,  first  in 
Aesch.  Fr.  382 ;  the  greater  {τα  με- 
γάλα, cf.  sub  μυέω)  in  Botidromion  ; 
the  lesser  (τα  μικρά)  in  Anthoste- 
rion ;  but  mysteries  were  celebrated 
in  every  considerable  city  of  Greece, 
Lob.  Aglaophamus,  p.  43.  In  this 
work  Lobeck  opposes  the  common 
notion  that  the  mysteries  were  re- 
velations of  a  profound  religious  se- 
cret :  they  certainly  were  always  se- 
cret, but  all  Greeks  without  distinc- 
tion of  rank  or  education,  nay,  per- 
haps even  slaves  (p.  19),  might  be  in- 
itiated, and  m  later  times  foreigners 
(p.  20) :  prob.  they  were  shows  or  sce- 
nic representations  of  mythical  legends, 
not  unlike  the  religious  '  mysteries' 
of  the  middle  ages. — Cf  μυέω,  μνσ- 
ττ/ς,  μυσταγωγός. — 2.  any  mysteries  or 
secrets.  Soph.  Fr.  943  ;  hence,  μ.  στεμ- 
μάτων, the  mystic  A\reatbs,  Eur. 
Supp.  470  :  alsomj/iiic  implements  and 
the  like,  όνος  άγων  μυστήρια.  Ar. 
Ran.  159. — 3.  later,  all  matters  of  sci- 
ence which  required  teaching,  Lot).  Ag- 
laoph. p.  127,  sq. :  in  N.  T.,  also  in 
sing.,  a  mystery. — II.  a  cough-medi- 
cine. 

Μυστηρίς,  ίδος,  pecul.  fem.  of  μυσ- 
τηριακός, Anth.  P.  7,  9. 

Μυστηριώδης,  ες,  (μυστήριον,  εί- 
δος) like  mysteries,  Plut.  2,  996  Β. 

Μυστηριώτης,  ου,  ό,  fem.  -ώτις, 
ιδος,  {μυστήριον)  belonging  to  the  mys- 
teries :  μ.  σπονδή,  an  armistice  during 
the  Eleusinian  mysteries,  Aeschin.  45, 
38,  etc. 

Μύστης,  ov,  6,  fem.  μνστίς,  ίδος : 
{μυέω) : — one  initiated,  Eur.  H.  F.  013 : 
also  c.  gen.,  μ.  Αιός,  Eur.  Cret.  2,  11, 
cf.  Mel.  114  ;  μυστι  ΤΙενίης,  Anth.  P. 
9,  229 : — also  as  adj.,  μ.  χορός,  Ar. 
Ran.  370. — The  division  of  the  initia- 
ted into  various  orders,  up  to  the 
επυπταί,  is  very  dub.,  cf.  Interpp.  ad 
Ar.  Ran.  745,  Lob.  Aglaoph.  p.  31  sq., 
128. — \1.^:ζμυσταγωγός,  lb.  p.  29;  so, 
μύστις  νάματος  ή  Κύπρις,  Anacreont. 
4,  12.     Hence 

Μυστικός,  ή,  όν,  secret,  mystic,  esp. 
connected  ivith  the  mysteries,  Aesch.  Fr. 
373  ;  μ.  Ίακχος,  the  mystic  chant  lac- 
chus,  Hdt.  8,  05  ;  τα  μ.,  the  mysteries, 
Thuc.  0,  28 : — later,  m  genl.  of  all 
arts,  etc.,  that  required  teaching.  Lob. 
Aglaoph.  p.  128,  sq.  The  χοψίον  μ. 
in  Ar.  Ach.  728,  is  prob.  a  wretched 
lean  pig,  such  as  the  μύσται  were 
wont  to  offer,  Lob.  ut  supr.  p.  85,  cf. 
μέγαρον  IV.     Adv.  -κώς. 

ΜυστΛάομαι,  dep.  to  sop  bread  in 
soiij)  or  gravy,  and  eat  it,  άμφοίν  χει- 
ροϊν  των  δημοσίων  μ.,  to  ladle  out 
public  money,  Ar.  Eq.  827, 1108,  Plut. 
627,  Dind. ;  al.,  μνστιλ'λάημαι,  μισ- 
τν?.λάομαι,  v.  μιστύλλω  :  from 

Μυστί?^η,  ης,  ή,  α  crust  of  bread  hol- 
lowed out  as  a  spoon,  to  sup  soup  or 
gravy  with,  Ar.  Eq.  11C7  ;  ubi  al.  μισ• 
τύ?..η,  μιστνλλη,  v.  foreg. :  cf.  μύσ- 
τρον,  μιστύλλω. 

ΜυστΙηολενω,  to  solemnize  myste- 
ries, Musae.  124,  Noun.     Hence 

Μυστΐπόλεντος,  ov,  solemnized  mys- 
tically, Orph.  H.  76,  7. 

Μνστΐπόλος,  ov,  (μύστης,  ττολέω) 
.•solemnizing  rnysteries,  performing  a 
inystic  rite,  Anth.  ;  μ.  τ/μασι,  lb.  ap- 
pend. 164 :  cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  066. 

ΜνστΙς,  Ιδος,  fem.  of  μύστης,  q.  v. 

^Μνστιχίδης,  ov,  ό,  Mystichides,  an 
Athen.  archon,  Diod.  S.  15,  2. 


MYX 

Μνστοδόκος,  ov,  {μύστης,  δέχομαι) 
receiving  the  mysteries  or  the  initiated, 
δόμος  μ.,  of  Eleusis,  Ar.  Nub.  303. 

Μυστοδότης,  ου,  ό,:=μυσταγωγός, 
Anth. 

Μνστοπόλος,  μνστοττολενω,—μυσ• 
τιπ. 

Μυστρίον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  μνΰ• 
τρον,  α  small  spoon. 

Μυστριοπώλης,  ov,  ό,  (μύστριον, 
πωλέω)  α  dealer  in  small  spoons,  Ni- 
coph.  Χειρογ.  1. 

Μύστρον,  ov,  τό,  or  μνστρος,  ov, 
ό,  a  sort  of  spoon,  Nic.  ap.  Ath.  126 
C. — II.  a  7nensMre,=  tW0  κοχλιάρια, 
Hippiatr.     Hence 

Μνστροπώλης,  ov,  6,  a  .^poon-seller. 

Μνςφόνος,  ov,  mouse-murdering. 

Μυσχνός,  μυσχρός,  μνσκρός,  v.  μν 
σαχνός. 

Μνσώδης,  ες,  (μύσος,  είδος)  abojni- 
nable,  Plut.  Timol.  5. 

^Μνσων,  ωνος,  ο,  Myson,  one  of  the 
seven  wise  men  of  Greece,  of  Chen 
in  l-aconia,  named  by  Plato  instead 
of  Periander,  Prot.  343  A. 

Μυσωτός,=μυττωτός.  Call.  Fr.  282. 

Μντύκίζω,  to  be  fond  of  the  letter  μύ  : 
— formed  like  Ιωτακίζω.     Hence 

Μντΰκισμός,  ov,  b,  fondness  for  the 
letter  μν,  Gramm. 

Μύτης,  ου,  ό,=μνττός,  Hesych. 

iMυτιληvuΐoς,  a,  ov,  of  Mytilene, 
Mytilenean,  Strab.  p.  617. 

\Μυτι7.ήνη,  ης,  ή.  better  form  than 
Μίτυλίήνη,  Mytilene,  a  celebrated  city 
of  Lesbos,  having  two  harbours,  now 
Metelin,  Hdt.  1,  160;  2,  178;  etc. 

Μντίλος,  ου,  ό,  (μϋς)  the  fish  mus- 
cle, Lat.  mytilus  :  —  acc.  to  Hoind. 
Horat.  Sat.  2,  4,  28,  better  μιτυ7ίθς, 
Lat.  7nituliis,  and  not  from  μνς,  but  of 
Lat.  origin,  cf.  Ath.  85  E.  [μντί-,  Hor. 
1.  c.  Mart.  3,  60,  4.] 

Μύτιλος,  η,  ov,  v.  μίτυλος. 

Μύτις,  ιδος,  ή,  that  part  of  mollus- 
cous anitnals  which  answers  to  the  liver, 
Arist.  H.  A.  4,  1,  19,  etc. 

iMυτίστpaτov,  ov,  τό,  Mytistratum, 
a  city  of  Sicily,  Polyb.  1,  24,  11. 

tMiJrrovof,  or  Μνττόνης,  ov,  ό, 
Myttonus,  masc.  pr.  n.,  Polyb.  9, 22,  4. 

Μνττός,  όν,  Lat.  mutus,  dumb,  ap. 
Hesych. ;  cf.  μϋδος. 

Μύττω,  Att.  for  μνσσω. 

Μυττωτεύω,  to  -make  into  a  μυττω- 
τός,  μ.  τινά,  to  make  mince-meat  of 
him,  Ar.  Vesp.  63  :  from 

Mwrr(jrui-,(noAtt.  ίοχτημνσσωτός), 
ov,  b,  and  perh.  μνττωτόν,  τό  : — a  sa- 
voury dish  of  cheese,  honey,  garlic,  etc., 
mashed  up  into  a  sort  of  paste,  Lat. 
alliatinn,  intritum,  moretum,  Anan.  1, 
8,  Ar.  Ach.  174,  Eq.  771,  etc.  (From 
μύω,  μνζω,  μύσσω,  because  its  pun- 
gent taste  made  people  wince.) 

Μνχαίτατος,  η,  ov.  irreg.  superl.  of 
μύχιος,  Arist.  Mund.  3,  10 ;  formed 
like  μεσαίτατος,  τταλαίτατος. 

Μύχάτος,  irreg.  superl.  of  μύχιος. 
Αρ.  Rh.  1,  170,  Call.  Dian.  68  :  form- 
en  from  μυχός,  as  μεσάτος  from  μέ- 
σος, [i] 

Μύχέστατος,  η,  ov,  irreg.  superl.  of 
μύχιος,  q.  v. 

Μυχθίζω,  (μύζω)  to  make  a  noise  by 
closing  the  mouth  and  forcing  the  breath 
through  the  yiostrils,  to  snort,  moan,  esp. 
from  passion,  Aesch.  Fr.  337. — 2.  to 
make  mouths,  sneer,  χείλεσι  μνχϋίσδοι- 
σα,  Theocr.  20,  13 ;  σιμά  σεσηρώς 
μνχθίζεις,  Mel.  52 ;  cf.  Polyb.  15,  26, 
8.     Hence 

Μνχθισμός,  οϋ,  ό,  a  snorting,  moan- 
ing, Eur.  Rhes.  789. — II.  mockery, 
jeering,  LXX. 

Μυχϋώδης,  ες,  like  one  moaning,  πνεύ- 
ματα μ-,  harddrarun  breath,    Hipp. 


ΜΥΩ 

(as  if  from  μνχθος=  μυχθισμός,  ami 
ύύος ) 

}Λνχι.αΙος,  a,  oi',=sq. ;  like  κρν<^ί• 
αϊος  fiom  κρύφιος. 

'ίΛ.νχΙος,  α,  ου,  {μνχός)  inward,  in- 
most, Lat.  tntimns,  as  v.  1.  Hes.  Op. 
521,  Th.  991,  μνχία  ΐΙρότΓοντίς,  Pro- 
pontis  with  its  creeks,  Aesch.  Pers.  876  ; 
also  i!i  Ap.  Rh.  2,  742,  Anth.— To  this 
adj.  belong  various  irreg.  superlatives 
(formed  alter  the  subsi.  μυχός),  viz. 
μνχοίτατος,  -αίτατος,  -έστατος,  -ώτα- 
τος,  and  μνχατος,  ν.  sub  voce,  [ϋ] 

Μνχ?Μς,  ν,  μνκλα  II. 

Μνχμός,  οϋ,  δ,  (μύζω)  =  μυγμός, 
moaning,  groaning,  Od.  24,  416. 

^Ινχόθεν,  (μυχός)  a.dv.,  from  the  in• 
most  part  nf  the  house,  from  the  women^s 
chambers,  Aesch.  Ag.  96. 

Μϋ,γοΐ,  adv.,  inside,  for  μνχφ, ;  like 
οίκοι  tor  οίκφ. 

Μϊ'χοίνατος,  η,  ov,  irreg.  superl.  of 
μύχιος,  μυχυίτατος  Ιζε,  in  the  farthest 
corner  he  sat,  Od.  21,  146. 

Μϋχόνόε,  adv.,  to  the  far  corner,  Od. 
22,  270 :  from 

^Ινχός,  ov,  6,  (μνω) : — heterog. 
plur.  Tu  μνχά,  Dion.  P.  117,  128,  etc. : 
— the  innermost  place  or  part,  inmost 
nook  or  corner,  Lat.  si7ius,  recessus,  όό- 
uov,  σπείονς,  άντρου,  II.  22,  440,  Od. 
5,  226  ;  13,  363 ;  so,  μ.  χθονός,  νή- 
σων, Hes.,  etc. — 2.  esp.  the  inmost, 
most  private  part  of  a  house,  the  women's 
apartments,  Lzt.perietrale.  ες  μυχον  εξ 
ονόον,  from  the  threshold  to  the  secret 
chamber,  Od.  7,  87,  96 ;  of  μνχόθεν. 
— 3.  a  bay  or  creek,  running  far  inland, 
Hdt.  2,  11  ;  4,  21  ;  ές  μυχούς  α'Κός, 
Pind.  P.  6,  12 ;  'Πόντιος  μ-,  Aesch. 
Pr.  839 : — so,  μυχώ  Άργεος,  i.  e.  at 
Argos,  which  lies  at  the  far  corner  of 
the  Argolic  gulf,  II.  6,  152;  Od.  3, 
263 ;  so,  Κορίνθου  εν  μυχοίσι,  Pind. 
Ν.  10,  78  :— the  irreg.  superl.  μνχοί- 
τατος. μνχατος,  etc.,  v.  sub  voce. 

ΙΜυ,γόζ•,  οϋ,  ό,  Mychus,  a  liarbour 
in  Phocis,  Strab.  p.  409. 

Ψυχοτρόπος,  ov,  of  sly  habits,  v.  1. 
for  μοιχ-,  Ar.  Thesm.  392. 

^νχονρος,  ov,  b,  {μυχός,  ουρος) 
watch  of  the  interior,  Lyc.  373.  [ϋ] 

Μϋχώδης,  ες,  {μυχός,  είδος)  with  or 
in  secret  holes  a?id  corners. 

Μυχών,  ώνος,  ό,  also μυκών,=ζσω- 
ρός,  oramm. 

Μνχώτατος,  η,  ov,  (μυχός)  irreg. 
superl.  of  μύχιος,  Gramm. 

ΜΤ'Ω,  i.  -ύσω,  intr.  to  close,  be  shut, 
esp.  of  the  lips  and  eyes,  to  wink, 
wince,  μύσαν  άσσε  ντζό  βλεφύροισι,  II. 
24,  637  ;  cf  σνμμύω  ;  so.  μύσαν  όμμα, 
closed  eye,  Eur.  Med.  1183  ;  cf  i/μύω. 
— II.  of  persons,  to  shut  the  eyes,  keep 
one's  eyes  shit.  Soph.  Fr.  754  ;  esp.  in 
fear  of  danger,  μύσας,  with  one's  eyes 
shut.  Id.  Ant.  421,  Ar.  V^esp.  988, 
Plat.,  etc. ;  cf.  Meineke  Antiph.  Agr. 
4 ;  φαίνεται  και  μνουσιν  οράματα, 
Arist.  de  Anima  3,  3,  12  : — c.  ace, 
χείλεα  μεμνκώς,  Anth.  P.  15,  40. — 2. 
metaph.  to  be  lulled  to  rest,  of  pain,  to 
cease.  Soph.  Tr.  1008. — III.  α\80=μν- 
ζω.  (The  root  is  μν,  μν,  which  is 
pronounced  by  closing  the  lips  :  but  the 
root  has  many  branches  :  e.  g.  ημνυ, 
μνσις,  μνσιάω,  μυινδα,  μύωφ  : — μυ- 
χός, μύχιος :  μνέω,  μύστης,  μνστή- 
ριον  : — μνάω,  μοιμνύω  :  μνζω  Ι,  μυγ- 
μός, μνχθίζω  :  μνκτήρ,  μνκτηρίζω  : — 
μνζω  1),  μνζάίι), μνζέω  ι^μύσσω,μύτ- 
Γω,  μυττός,  μύτης,  μνδος,  μννδος, 
m.iisso,  mussilo,  viutus,  mutio  : — μνσος, 
μυσαρός,  μυσύττομαι : — μνδος,  μν- 
δών,  μνδαλέος,  μυδάω,  μνδαίνω : — 
μΰκος,  μνκης,  μύξα,  μυξάζω,  μύξινος, 
mungo,  emungo,  cf.  Heinr.  Hes.  Sc. 
267,  p.  189  :  μυκάομαι,  etc.)  [υ  seems 


ΜΩΑΟ 

to  be  always  long  in  pres. ;  but  ν  cer- 
tainly in  aor.,  cf  U.  24.  637,  Soph. 
Ant.  421,  Eur.  Med.  1183;  except  in 
later  writers,  as  Antiphil.  43,  3,  etc.  : 
in  perf  i)  always,  as  II.  24,  420,  Leon. 
Tar.  63,  etc.] 

Μυώδης,  ες,  (μνς,  είδος)  mouse-like, 
Plut.  2,  458  C— II.  I  μνς  IV)  muscu- 
lar, lb.  733  C. 

Μυών,  ώνος,  ύ,  {μϋς  IV) : — a  muscu- 
lar part  of  the  body,  as  it  were,  a  knot 
or  cluster  of  muscles,  II.  16,  315,  324. 
[Heyne  proposes  μυιών,  metri  grat., 
but  by  poet,  usage  ν  in  this  word  is 
always  long,  cf  Ap.  Rh.  4, 1520,  The- 
ocr.  25,  149.] 

Μύωνία,  ας,  ή,  (μνς)  a  mouse-hole. 
— Π.  a  term  of  reproach  for  a  lewd 
woman,  Epicrat.  Cher.  1,  Ael.  N.  A. 
12,  10. 

Μϋωξία,  ας,  7;,=foreg. 

Μΰωξός,  ov,  ό,  v.  μυοξός. 

Μϋωττάζίο,  (μνώψ)  to  be  shortsighted, 
see  dimly,  N.  T.,  1  Pet.  2,9. 

Μυωπία,  ας,  ή,  (μνώψ)  shortsight- 
edness, nearsightedness.  Medic. — II. == 
μνωνία,  Arist.  Η.  Α.  6,  37,  3.     Hence 

Μνωτΐΐάζω,  dub.  for  μνωπάζω. 

ΜϋωτΓί'αζ•,  ov,  δ,=^μνώψ. 

Μνωπίασις,  ή,^^μυωττια. 

Μνωπίζω,  (μύωφ  II.  2)  to  spur. prick 
with  the  spur,  τον  ΐπττον,  Xen.  Eq.  10, 

1  and  2  :  but, — II.  mid.  (μυωφ  II.  1) 
to  keep  off  flies  from  one's  horse,  lb.  4, 
5  : — pass.,  to  be  attacked  by  flies,  Aris- 
taen. 

Μϋωπός,  όν,^μυώφ,  Xen.  Cyn.  3, 

2  and  3. 

Μύωτόν,  ov,  τό,  (μνς,  ούς)^μνόσω- 
τον. 

Μίιωτόζ•,  ή,  όν,  (μνς  IV)  furnished 
with  ?/iuscles,  Ath. 

Μνώφ,  ώτΐος,  b,  ή,  (μνω,  ώψ)  strictly 
closing  the  eyes,  blinking,  winking : 
hence,  shortsighted,  Arist.  Probl.  31, 
16,  and  25. — II.  as  subst.  paroxyt., 
μνωψ.  ωΤίΟς,  ό,  the  horse-fly  or  gad-fly, 
like  οίστρος,  Aesch.  Pr.  675,  cf  Supp. 
307 :  hence, — 2.  a  goad,  spur,  Xen. 
Eq.  8,  5,  Plat.  Apol.  30  E;  iv  τοΙς 
μύω-ψι  ττεριπατεϊν,  to  walk  in  spurs, 
Theophr.  Char.  21. — 3.  metaph.,  α 
stimulant,  Jac.  Ach.  Tat.  p.  884.  [v ; 
but  in  signf  II,  Nic.  has  v,  Th.  417, 
736.] 

Μώα,  or  Μώά,  ^,=Μώσα,  Lacon. 
for  Μούσα. 

Μώδιξ,  ή,=  σμώδιξ. 

Μωκαομαι,  dep.,  (μώκος)  to  mock, 
i.  e.  mimic,  and  so  ridicule,  Ael.,  and 
Alciphr.  (Said  to  be  formed  from 
the  sound  uttered  by  a  camel,  κάμη- 
λος μωκύται,  Valck.  Amnion,  p.  231.) 

Μωκενω,  =  foreg.,  Tittm.  Zonar. 
Lex.  p.  1383. 

Μώκημα,  ατός,  τό,  (μωκαομαι)  mock- 
ery. 

Μωκία,  ας,  ή,  α  mocking,  Ael.  V.  Η. 
3,  19.     Hence 

Μωκίζω,  to  mock. 

Μώκος,  ov,  b,  a  mock,  mockery. 
(Akin  to  μώμος.)     Hence 

Μωκός,  ού,  ό,  a  mocker,  Arist.  H.  A. 
1,  9.  1. 

ΜΩ~ΑΟΣ,  ου,  ό,  the  toil,  moil,  broil 
of  war,  in  II.  usu.  μώ'λος  Άρηος,  2, 
401,  etc.;  also  without  Άρηος,  II. 
17,397;  18,  188,  Hes.  Sc.  257:  but 
ξείνου  και  "Ιρου  μώ'λος,  the  struggle 
between  Irusand  the  stranger,  Od.  18, 
233  (the  only  place  where  the  word 
occurs  in  Od.) :  "Αρης μώ)λον  συνάγει. 
Archil. — Hesych.  also  quotes  a  verb 
μωλέω=μάχομαί.  Cf  μώλυς,  μωλύ- 
νω. 

■\Μώ?ιος,  ου,  ό,  Molus,  son  of  Mars 
and  Demonice,  Apollod.  1,7, 7. — 2.  son 
of  Deucalion,  Id.  3,  3,  1 :  cf.  Μόλος. 


ΜΩΝ 
[  ΜΩ"ΆΎ,  ϋος,  τό,  moly,  a  fabuloue 
herb  of  secret  power,  having  a  black 
root  and  white  blossom,  and  known 
by  this  name  among  the  gods.  Od.  10, 
305,  where  Mercury  gives  it  to  Ulys- 
ses, as  a  counter-charm  to  the  spells 
of  Circe. — II.  in  later  writers  a  kind 
of  garlic,  Theophr.,  cf  sq.  (Prob. 
akin  to  Lat.  mollis,  and  so  to  μωλυω, 
q.  v.)  [ii;but  in  Lyc.  679,  ϋ.]  Hence 

Μώλνζα,  ή,  (μώ'λυ  II)  a  kind  of  ^•αΓ- 
lic,  with  a  single  head,  not  several 
small  ones,  Hipp. :  also  its  bulb,  Lat. 
unio. 

Μωλνζω,  (μώλυς)=μωλνω. 

Μωλυνω,  (μώλυς}=μωΑνω,  Hipp. ; 
pass,  to  be  worn  out.  Soph.  Fr.  620. 

Μώλυ^,  ϋκος,  b,  Dor.,  and  μωλν- 
ρός,  ά,  oi',=sq. 

Μώλυς,  ν,  gen.  νος,  (μώ?ιθς)  worn 
out  by  toil,  feeble,  sluggish,  Nic.  Th. 
32  :  cf  μώρος.  (The  accent  should 
be  μωλνς.) 

Μώλνσις,  εως,  ή,  (μωλυω)  α  break- 
ing, crushing  :  a  softening,  opp.  to  τϊέ• 
φις,  Arist.  Meteor.  4,  1,5;  3,  16,— 
with  V.  1.  μώλννσις. 

Μωλ.ύτης,  ov,  ό,^=μύλνς,  Timou 
ap.  Diog.  L.  7,  170. 

Μωλντικός,  ή,  όν,  (μω?.ύω)  weak- 
ening, exhausting. 

Μώλνχνος,  ον,=^μώλνς. 

Μωλυω,  {μώ?ίνς)  : — to  enfeeble,  dull, 
blunt :  pass,  to  grow  weak,  gel  old,  peak, 
pine,  Hipp. :  akin  to  μολεύω  and  μο- 
λύνω.— II.  of  meat  and  other  food, 
intr.  in  act.,  to  become  gradunlly  roast- 
ed, A.  B.  [ΰ  seemingly  in  all  tenses.] 

Μωλωπίζω,  (μώλωψ)  to  beat  and 
bruise  severely,  Plut.  2,  126  C,  in  pass. 

Μω7\.ωπικός,  ή,  όν,  covered  with 
weals,  Galen  :  from 

Μώλωψ,  ωπος,  b,  the  mark  of  a 
stripe,  a  weal,  in  genl.  a  skin-wound, 
Arist.  Probl.  9,  1, 1,  Plut.,  etc,  (Prob. 
formed  from  μώλος,  μώ'λνς — cf  our 
maul: — on  the  analogy  of  αίμάλωψ, 
βνμάλωψ,  etc.) 

Μώμαι,  V.  sub  *μάω  III. 

Μωμάομαι,  Ion.  μωμέομαι,  f  -//σο• 
μαι :  {μώμος)  .—dep.  mid.,  to  find 
fault  with,  blame,  c.  ace,  II.  3,  412, 
Theogn.  169,  etc.,  Aesch.  Ag.  277, 
Ar.  Av.  171. — Poet,  word,  used  in  late 
prose,  as  Plut.,  etc. 

Μώ/^αρ,  TO,  poet,  for  ^ώ/iof,  Lyc.  1134. 

^Μώμεμφις,  ιος,  ή,  Mnmemphis, 
a  city  of  Lower  Aegypt,  Hdt.  2,  163  ; 
cf  Strab.  p.  805.    Hence 

^Μωμεμφίτης,  ov,  ό,  an  inhab.  of 
Momemphis,  Strab. 

Μώμενμα,  ατός,  τό,=^μώμημα. 

Μωμεύω,=μωμύομαι,  Od.  6,  274, 
Hes.  Op.  754. 

Μώμημα,  ατός,  τό,  (μωμάομαι)  that 
which  is  blamed,  a  blemish. — II.  blarney 
mockery,  LXX. 

Μωμητής,  οϋ,  ό,  (μωμάομαι)  a 
mocker,  scoffer,  Hipp. 

Μωμητός,  ή,  όν,  (μωμάομαι)  Ιο  be 
blamed  or  ridiculed,  Aesch.  Theb.  508. 

Μώμος,  ov,  b,  blame,  ridicule,  dis- 
grace, μώμον  άΐ'άφει,  to  set  a  brand 
upon  one,  Od.  2,  86;  so  in  Pind.  O. 
6,  125,  P.  1,  159.  Soph.  Fr.  235;  and 
in  late  prose,  as  Plut. — II.  personified, 
Momus,  the  critic  God,  first  in  Hes. 
Th.  214,  where  he  is  son  of  Night, 
cf  Plat.  Rep.  487  Α.— Prob.  from 
μεμ-φομαι,  as  \{  μομφός.) 

Μωμοσκοηέω,  ώ.  to  look  for  blemishes 
in  animals  for  sacrifice  :  in  genl.  to  ex- 
amine, test,  Eccl. ;  from 

Μωμοσκόττος,  ov,  {μώμος,  σκοττέω) 
looking  for  ble7nishes  in  sacrificial  vic- 
tims :  in  genl.  examining. 

Μών,  adv..  Dor.  contr.  for  μή  ουν, 
but  much  used  in  Att.,  esp.  in  quea- 
959 


ΜΩΡΟ 

tions  to  which  a  negative  answer  is 
expected,  but  surely  not  ?  is  it  so...  ? 
like  μή  ;  Lat.  nu7n  ! — as,  μύν  έση... ; 
Answ.  ov  or'/ru,  Eur.  Hec.  754  :  soiiie- 
times,  however,  it  only  asks  doubt- 
ingly,  like  l,at.  num  forte  ?  and  may 
be  answered  in  the  affirm.,  as  Plat. 
Prot.  310  D. — Its  origin  from  μη  ovv 
was  so  lost  sight  of,  that  we  find  μύι> 
ούν  in  Aesch.  Cho.  177,  Eur.  Andr. 
82  ;  μών  όητα,  Ar.  Plut.  845;  some- 
times also  μών  μή,  as  Plat.  Phaed. 
84  C.  Kep.  505  C. — μών  οΰ... ;  had  ex- 
actly the  contrary  signf.  requiring  an 
affirm,  answer,  Lat.  nnnne  ?  Soph. 
O.  C.  17'2'J.— Cf.  Jelf.  Gr.  Gr.  %  873. 
*  (Μώΐ"  is  the  Lai.  nmn,  like  ne  μή.,  νίν 
μιν.) 

MiSvof,  α,  or.  Dor.  for  μοννος,  μό- 
νος. 

Μ,ώννξ,  νχος,  6,  ή,  with  a  single,  i.  e. 
solid,  undoven  hoof,  Lat.  solipes,  epith. 
of  the  horse,  very  freq.  in  11.,  once  in 
Od.,  viz.  15,  40  ; — in  dat.  with  a  neut. 
subst.,  γενεί  τώ  μώννχι,  Plat.  Polit. 
265  D,  cf.  Lob.  'Paral.  p.  287.  (Either 
shortd.  for  μονόννξ,  from  μόνος,  ύνυξ, 
or  from  the  root  μι-α  with  όνυξ.) 

Μώνϋχος,  ov,=  ioieg.,  Eur.  I.  A. 
250. 

Μώομαι,  Ep.  lengthd.  form  for  μά- 
ομαι. 

Μωραίνω,  f.  -ϋνώ,  aor.  εμώράνα  ': 
(μωρός) : — 'ohe  silly. foolish,  Eur.  Med. 
614,  +Xen.  Mem.  1,  1,  lit;  to  play 
the  fool,  Arist.  Eth.  N.  7, 4,  5  :  c.  ace, 
ττεϊραν  μοραίνειν,  to  make  a  mad  at- 
tempt, Aesch.  Pars.  719. — II.  causal, 
to  make  foolish,  insipid,  etc.,  N.  T.  : 
pass,  to  become  so,  lb.     Hence 

Μώρανσις,  εως,  ?),=  sq. 

Μωρία,  ας,  ή.  (μώρος)  silline'ts,  folly, 
first  m  Hdt.  1, 140,  and  freq.  in  Trag. : 
μωρίτ/ν  έπιφερειν  τινί,  toimpute/o//y 
to  him,  Hdt.  1,  131 ;  μωρίαν  όφλισκύ- 
veiv,  to  be  charged  with  it,  Soph. 
Ant.  470. 

ΜώμίΟ!',  ov,  TO,  a  sort  of  mandrake, 
which  macZc/e/ifii  him  who  ate  it,  Diosc. 
4,  76  '. 

ΊΑωροκύκοήθης,  ες,  both  knave  and 
fool. 

Μωροκ/.έτΐτης,  ov,  ό,  (μώρος,  κ?ιέ7ϊ- 
της)  a  stupid  thief,  Aesop. 

Μυρο/,ογέω,  ώ,  (μωρολόγος)  to  talk 
in  a  foolish,  silly  ivay,  Plut.  2,  1037  A. 
Hence 

Μωρο7.όγηαα,  ατός,  τό,  a  silly  tale, 
Epicur.  ap.  Plut.  2,  1087  A. 

Μωρο?.ογία,  ας,  ή.  silly  talking, 
Arist.  H.  A.  1,  11,  5:  from 

M.ωpoλό^Joς,ov,{μώpoς,λέγω)speak- 
ing  foolishly. 

ΜώροΓ,  τό.^μόρον. 

Μωροπόνηρος,  ov,  stupidly  wicked 
or  malicious. 

ΜΩΡΟ'Σ,  ά,  όν,  Att.  μώρος  (Ar- 
cad.  96,  13) : — strictly  dull,  sluggish, 
slow,  akin  Ιομώλνς,  Foi'S.  Oec.  Hipp. : 
hence, — 2.  metaph.  of  the  mind,  dull, 
stow;  silly,  foolish,  Aesch.  Fr.  289, 
Soph.  Ant.  220;  etc.:  to  μ.,  folly, 
Eur.  Hipp.  966. — 3.  also  of  taste,  in- 
sipid, flat,  Lat.  fatuus,  Diosc.  Adv. 
-ρως.  (Cf.  Sanscr.  ?HnAfra,  fool,  from 
root  muh,ito  be  silly.) 

Μωροσοφέω,  ώ,  to  be  foolishly  wise  ; 
and 

Μωροσοφία,  ας,  ή,  foolish,  i.  e.  use- 
less wisdom :  from 

Μωρόσο^ος,  ov,  (μώρος,  σοφός)  fool- 
ishly wise,  a  sapient  ass,  Luc.  Ale.x.  40. 

Μωρόσνκον,  ov,  τό,=  σνκόμωρον, 
Celsus. 

Μ.ωρότης,  ητος,  ή,  (μώρος)  dullness 
of  wit,  stupidity. 

Μ.ωρό(Ρρων,  όνος,  b,  ή,  (μώρος,  φρήν) 
dull-witted,  Maneth. 
900 


ΝΑΑΣ 

Μωρόω,  ώ,  (μώρος)  to  dull,  stupefy, 
v.  Foes.  Oecon.  Hipp. :  hence 

Μώρυσις,  εως,  i/,  dullness,  sluggish- 
ness, stupor,  Hipp. 

Μώσα,  ή.  Dor.  for  Μονσα. 

■*Μωσ>}ς,  usu.  Μωνσής,  ύ,  gen.  -σή, 
LXX.,  Exod.  18,  l,-σέως,Ί>i.Ύ.Jυh. 
9,  29,  and  -σοϋ,  Euseb.  7,  21  ;  dat. 
-σεΐ,  Luc.  9,  33,  and  -ay,  Matth.  17, 
4;  ace.  -σέα,  Luc.  16,  29,  and  -σήν. 
Act.  0,  11,  Moses,  the  celebrated  law- 
giver of  the  Israelites,  LXX. ;  N.  T., 
11.  cc. ;  etc. — 2.  Metonym.,  the  books 
of  Moses,  N.  T.  Luc.  10,  29  ;  etc.  Cf. 
Buttm.  Ausf.  Gr.  Gr.  'S  50,  1,  anm.  1, 
ed.  Lob. :  Winer,  N.  t.  Gram.  ^  10, 
p.  60  transl. 

Μώσ^αί,  inf.  from  μώμαι,  Theogn. 
769,  v.  sub  *μάω  C. 

tMoi>CT//f,  0,  the  usu.  form  inN.  T. ; 
v.  Μωσ/}ζ•. 

ΙΜώζίιί,  τό,  Mophi,  a  mountain  in 
Upper  Aegyptnear  Elephantine,  Hdt. 
2,  28. 


Ν 

Ν,  ν,  νϋ,  70,  indecl.,  thirteenth  let- 
ter of  Gr.  alphabet :  as  numeral,  v'= 
50,  but  ,v=50,000. 

Changes  of  ν  : — \.  euphonic  chang- 
es : — 1.  into  y  before  the  palatals  y 
/i  χ,  and  before  ξ,  as  εγγονός  έγκαι- 
ρος εγχώριος  εγξέω,  etc. — 2.  into  μ. 
before  the  labials  β  ττ  φ,  and  before 
Tp,  as  σνμβίος  σνμτΓΟτ?]ς  σνμφνής  εμ- 
ψνχος,  etc. — 3.  into  λ,  before  λ,  as, 
ελλείπω  σνλλαμι^ίύνω,  etc. — 4.  intop 
before  ρ,  as  σνρράπτω  ίφβυθμος,  etc. ; 
though  in  compds.  of  έν  ν  sometimes 
remains  before  p,  as,  ενρνβμος. — 5. 
into  σ  before  σ,  as,  σνσσιτος  πάσσο- 
φος,  etc. :  except  again  in  compds.  of 
iv  (cf.  alio  ττάνσυφος) ;  esp.  before 
σβ  GK  σμ  σττ  στ  σφ  σχ. — 6.  ν  is  lelt 
out  before  ζ  σ/ί  σττ  σφ  σκ  σχ,  except 
in  the  prep,  έν :  it  is  also  dropt  before 
simple  σ  in  nouns  of  the  3  decl.,  as 
τίβείς  for  τίθενς ;  in  the  3  pi.  of  verbs, 
as  τνπτονσι  for  τντττοντι,  etc. ;  so  in 
the  dat.  plur.  of  the  3(1  declens.,  as 
όαίμοσι  for  δαίηονσι,  v.  Buttm.  Ausf. 
Gr.  §  25,  4,  ■§  41,  3.-7.  ν  is  inserted 
in  aor.  1  pass,  of  some  pure  verbs,  as 
iopvvOijv  from  Ιίίρνω,  ύμ-νννθη  from 
αναπνέω,  etc. — In  aor.  1  pass,  of 
verbs  with  a  liquid  before  ω,  ν  usu. 
remains,  if  it  belongs  to  the  root,  as 
in  έκ'λίνθη  from  κλίνω  (cf.  πλννο))  ; 
but  again  it  is  dropt  in  some  tenses, 
as  always  in  pf.  1  act.  and  pass,  and 
aor.  1  pass,  from  τείνω,  usu.  in  κρίνω 
κλίνω  κτείνω  π?.ννω,  cf.  Lob.  Phryn. 
37.  —  II.  dialectic  changes:  —  1.  in 
Aeol.  when  ν  follows  a  long  vowel  or 
diphthong,  this  is  shortened  and  1»  dou- 
bled, as  κτείνω  κτέννω,  εγείνατο  γίν- 
νατυ,  Greg.  Cor.  Dial.  Aeol.  11. — 2. 

V  and  λ  are  exchanged,  v.  sub  λ. — 3. 

V  and  μ  are  exchanged,  v.  sub/i. — III. 
the  so-called  vv  έφελκνστικόν  is 
found  with  dat.  plur.  in  σί :  3  pers. 
plur.  of  verbs  in  σί ;  3  pers.  sing,  in 
-ε,  -i ;  the  local  termin.  -σι.  as  Άθή- 
νησιν,  Όλνμπίασιν ;  the  Epic  ter- 
min. •φι ;  the  numeral  είκοσι ;  the 
advs.  νόσφι  and  πέρυσι ;  the  enclit. 
particles  κέ  and  vv  ;  and  sometimes 
(ace.  to  Gramm.)  with  the  demonst. 
-{'  alter  σ,  as  οντοσίν,  οντωσίν.  Its 
use  is  either  to  avoid  a  hiatus  where 
a  vowel  follows,  or  to  give  fulness  to 
the  pronunciation. — In  Ionic  prose 
this  V  is  usu.  omitted. 

Νάας,  Dor.  ace.  pi.  from  νανς,  The- 
ocr 


ΝΑΙΔ 

^^'Saaσώv,  ό,  I'i'aason,  Hebr.  masc, 
pr.  n.,  N.  T. 

iJ^aί3apζύv7Jς,  ονς,  ό,  Nabarzanes,  a 
Persian.  Arr.  An.  3,  21,  23. 

tNa/iuraiOi,  ων,  oi,  the  Nabataei,  a 
pe<jple  of  Arabia  Petraea,  Strab.  p. 
707  :  their  territory,  i/  Ναβαταια,  id. 

tN«,di(/;-'Oi,  ών,  oi,  the  Nabiani,  a 
people  of  Asiatic  Sarmatia,  Strab.  p. 
506. 

tNa/3if,  <(5of,  ό,  Nabis,  a  king  of 
Sparta,  Polyb.  17,  17,  1. 

Νά/i/a,  ή.  Soph.  Fr.  728,  also  νάβ- 
?.ας,  ό,  Philem.  p.  370  (where  also  is 
a  gen.  τον  νύβλα),  and  Strab. : — α 
miisical  instrument  of  ten,  or  (ace.  to 
Joseph.)  twelve  strings ;  the  player 
is  called  ναβ?αστ}/ς,  ov,  6,  Euphor. 
31, and  ίηΜΆηβΙί\οναβλιστοκτνπίνς. 
Later  collat.  forms  are  νανλα,  ?/,  and 
vav?^ov,  TO.  (Ath.,  175  D,  says  it 
was  Phoenician ;  and  no  doubt  it 
is  the  Hebr.  vevel,  freq.  mentioned  in 
the  Psalms,  along  with  the  kinnur ; 
cf.  sub  Kivvpa.) 

'Ναβλιστ)/ς,  οϋ,  ό,  v.  foreg. 

'\^αβοκοδρόσορος,  ov,  ό,  Nabuchod- 
onosar  or  Nebuchadnezar,  Strab.  p.  687. 

'\^αβονριανός,  ov,  b,  Naburianus,  a 
learned  Chaldee,  Strab.  p.  739. 

tNarjai,  ό,  Na?igai,  Hebr.  masc. 
pr.  n.,  JN.  T. 

i'Nύγ^όoς,  ov,  ή,  Nagidus,  a  city  on 
the  borders  of  Cilicia  and  Pamphylia, 
Strab.  p.  682. 

'Νύγμα,  ατός,  τό,  (νύσσω)  any  thing 
piled  up,  as  a  stone  wall,  Joseph. 

ΝΰίΓ7/ρ,  ήρος,  o,^sq.,  Anth.  P.  7, 
409,  etc. 

Νύέτης,  ov,  ό,  (ναίω)  an  inhabitant, 
Ephipp.  Geryon.  1. 

Νάετωρ,  ορός,  ό,  (νύω)  one  that 
flows. 

■^Ναζαρέτ  or  Ναζαρέθ,  indecl.  ή, 
Nazareth,  a  small  city  of  lower  Gali- 
lee in  Judaea,  the  inhab.  of  which 
were  not  in  good  repute,  N.  T. 

^N αζαρηνός,  ov,  ό,  of  Nazareth,  a 
Nazarene,  appell.  of  Christ  from  hav- 
ing been  there  educated,  N.  T. 

^ΝαζωραΙος,  ov,  o,=  foreg.,  appell. 
of  Christ  and  his  followers,  N.  T. ; 
V.  also  Interpp.  ad  Matth  2,  23. 

ΙΝαέ'ύν,  ό,  Nathan,  a  Hebrew  pro- 
phet, LXX.— 2.  a  son  of  David,  N.T. 

■\Ναθαναί/λ,  b,  Λ'αίΛαηαε/,  a  disciple 
of  Jesus,  iN.  T. 

Ναβμός,  ov,  ό,  (νύω)=νασμός. 

i'Naβώ,  ονς,  y,  Natho,  an  island 
and  district  of  Aegypt,  Hdt.  2,  165. 

Και,  adv.,  used  in  strong  affirma- 
tion, yea,  verily,  Lat.  nae :  in  Hom. 
usu.  in  the  phrase  ral  or/  ταντύ  γε 
πύντα  κατά  μοϊραν  εειπες,  yea  thou 
hast  spoken  sooth  :  also,  ναι  μα  τάδε 
σκήπτρον,  II.  1,  234,  cf.  Η.  Merc. 
400,  Pind.  Ν.  11,  30:  in  Att.  vai  μύ, 
is  very  freq.  c.  ace.  rei,  just  like  vai 
by  itself,  c.  ace. :  cf.  μά,  νή. — 2.  in 
answers  also  the  Att.  use  vai  by  it- 
self, yea,  yes,  aye,  Plat.  Theaet.  193 
A,  etc.  —  3.  vai  followed  by  αλλά, 
etc.,  also  marks  a  qualilied  assent, 
yes,  but...,  Plat.  Rep.  415  E,  cf.  Soph. 
220  E. 

Νάί,  Dor.  and  Att.  poet.  dat.  from 
νανς. 

Κύϊάς,  άδος,  ή  (νύω)  : — α  Naiad,  α 
river  or  water-nymph,  usu.  in  pi.  Nui- 
ύδες,  Eur. ;  so  Horn,  has  it  always 
in  ion.  plur.  Κηϊάδες,  Od.  13,  104, 
348,  350.  — Also  Naif  (q.  v.);  but 
never  Ναιάς. 

'Ναιδΰμώς,  stronger  form  of  vai, 
yes  certainly,  Comicus  ap.  Hesych.  : 
directly  opp.  to  ουδαμώς  or  μηδαμώς 

'Νάίδιον,  ov.  τό,  dim.  from  ναός, 
Polyb.  6,  53, 4.  [id] 


NAIQ 

Ναίεσκε,  Ion.  impf.  from  vaiu,  Γ1. 

Xttif  rdatTKE,  Ion.  impf.  from  ναιε- 
Γαω.  Horn, 

NuitTUu,  in  Horn.  oft.  in  lengthd. 
Ep.  forms  part.  fem.  ναιετάωσα,ίνα'ρΐ. 
νάιετύεσκον  (vaicj).  —  1.  of  persons, 
to  duell,  freq.  in  Hom.,  and  Hes.  ;  usu. 
V.  iv...;  V.  έ~1  χθονί,  Od.  β,  153.  Hes. 
Th.  564 ;  also  c.  dat.  loci,  11.  3,  337, 
Od.  17,  523;  later  also  with  άμφί, 
τζεμί,  etc,  Pind.  P.  4,  321  :  in  genl. 
to  be  licing,  to  live,  be. — 2.  c.  acc.  loci, 
to  duxll  ill,  inhabit,  Χύρισσαν,  Ίθύκην, 
etc.,  II.  2,  841,  Od.  9,  21,  etc.  ;  δώμα- 
τα, Hes.  Th.  816.— II.  of  places,  to  be 
situated,  lie,  II.  4,  45,  Od.  J,  404,  etc.  ; 
and  so  simply  in  the  pass  signf.  to  be 
inhabited  :  ci.  ενναιετύων.  —  Only 
poet. 

^ίαιετήρ,  ηρος,  ό,  ναύτης,  ον,  ό,= 
ναέτης,  ναετήρ. 

Ναι Αί  or  ναίκί,  barbarism  for  ναίχι, 
in  Αγ.  Thesm.  1183. 

tNoif ,  Tj,  Ναϊη,  a  city  of  Galilee, 
N.T. 

NaiOf,  a,  ov.  Dor.  for  νι/ϊος,  q.  v.  ; 
and  the  more  usu.  form  in  Trag. 

fialpov,  ov,  TO,  an  Indian  spice. 

Ναίρω,=  νάρω,  q.  v.,  ap.  Hesych. 

Naif,  ίδος,  η,  (νάω)=Ναί«ί•,  Hom. 
only  in  11.,  and  always  in  Ion.  form 

IS7/iC•    [i]  ,    J.        ^ 

Ί!\αίσκος,  ου,  δ,  dim.  from  ναός. 

Ί^αίτειρα,  ή,  fein.  of  ναύτης. 

ΝαίΤί,  adv.  for  ναι,  like  ονχί  for 
ov.  Soph.  O.  T.  632,  Call.  Epigr.  1. 
(But  not  to  be  written  ναιχί,'^.Έ. 
Μ.  p.  638,  50,  Eust.  107,  25.) 

ΝΑΓΩ. — A.  intr.  ;— I.  of  persons,  to 
dwell,  very  freq.  in  Horn.,  and  Hes.  ; 
usu.  foil,  by  a  prep.,  v.  iv... ;  v.  ~έ- 
pav,  άμφί...,  c.  gen. ;  v.  ίτά,  μετά-., 
c.  dat. ;  V.  κατά,  ττερί,  -ΰρός...,  c.  acc; 
V.  τταρύ...,  c  dat.  vel  acc. ;  v.  άνά..., 
c.  acc,  Hes.  Th.  130;  lastly  c  dat. 
loci,  II.  2,  419,  Hes.  Op.  18,  etc.— 2. 
freq.  also  c.  acc.  loci,  to  dwell  in,  in- 
habit, οίκον,  δώμα,  ηττειρον,  a?.a,  όρέ- 
uv  κύρηνα,  etc.,  Hom.  ;  esp.  with 
prop,  names  of  places  :  freq.  also  in 
Pmd.,  and  Trag.,  in  all  these  con- 
structions.— II.  of  places,  to  lie,  be  sit- 
uated, only  once  in  Horn.,  νήσων  αϊ 
ναίονσι  τϊέρην  ΰ.7ώς,  II.  2,  626,  of. 
Soph.  Aj.  598  ;  also,  Όδος  έγ-^νθι  ναί- 
Et,  Hes.  Op.  286:  cf  ναιετύω  II.,  et 
V.  infr.  B.  I.— III.  in  Od.  9,  222,  όρώ 
valov  ΰγγεα,  the  pails  were  filled  with 
curd,  —  as  Wolf  (after  Aristarch. ) 
reads  ;  cf.  Ap.  Rh.  1.  1146,  Call.  Dian. 
224  :  al.  vdov,  from  νάω,  to  flow. 

B.  trans.,  mostly  in  poet.  aor.  νύσ- 
σα, for  ενασα  : — to  make  inhabited,  give 
one  to  dwell  in,  και  κέ  oi  "Apyti  νύσ- 
σα πό/.ιν,  I  gave  him  a  town  in  Ar- 
gos  for  his  home,  Od.  4,  174  :  hence, 
to  make  a  building  habitable,  generally 
to  build,  νηον  ίνασσαν,  Η.  Hom.  Αρ. 
298  : — hence  in  pass,  of  place,  like  A. 
II.,  to  lie,  be  situated,  (as  in  the  Ho- 
meric compd.  ενναιόμενος:  cf.  also 
νεατος. — II.  c.  acc.  pers.,  to  let  one 
dwell,  settle  him,  iv  Αργεί  ένασσεν 
έκγόνονς  Ήρακλεος,  Pind.  P.  5,  94  : 
— to  this  signf.  belongs  the  aor.  pass., 
■πατήρ  iμoς  Άργεΐ  νάσθη,  my  father 
settled  at  Argos,  II.  14,  119,  cf.  Soph. 
Fr.  795,  Ap.  Rh.  3,  1180;  so,  after 
Horn.,  the  aor.  mid.,  νύσσατο  άγχ' 
'Ελικώνος  όϊζνρ^  ενϊ  κώμΐ),  Hes.  Op. 
637 :  esp.  of  emigrants  and  colonists, 
cf  άτΓονσίω,  άτζονάω,  and  the  poet, 
lengthd.  form  ναίετάω. — The  word  is 
freq.  in  Pind.,  and  Trag.,  in  intr. 
signf.  of  persons,  but  the  trans,  signf. 
seems  wholly  Ep.,  or  at  least  poet., 
cf.  Eur.  ap.  Lycurg.  161,  31  ;  ο'ικείν, 
οΐκίζειν  being  used  instead  in  Att. 
Gl 


NASI 

(From  the  aor.  ένύσθην,'ρί.  νένασμαί, 
Pott  assumes  that  σ  belongs  to  the 
root,  but  he  would  not  therefore  con- 
nect it  with  νάσσω,  as  Passow  does, 
inferrmg  from  Od.  9,  222,  that  the 
orig.  notion  of  ν  at  cj  is  to  be  full:  nor 
is  it  connected  with  νάω,  though  oft. 
confounded  with  it  in  MSS. ;  though 
Bockh  writes  νάοισαι  [ΰ],  on  the  an- 
alog}- of  -οίω,  in  Pind.  Fr.  97.) 

Ί^ύκη,  ης,  ή.  a  woolly  or  hairy  skin, 
a  goat-skin,  Od.  14,  530 :  a  shecp^s 
fleece :  later  usu.  νάκος,  τό,  q.  v.  [ά] 

'Νΰκοδαίμων,  όνος,  o,=sq.,  with  a 
play  on  κακοδαίμων,  Ath.  352  B. 

'Νάκοδέ-ψης,  ov,  6,  {νάκος,  δ^φω)  a 
currier,  tanner,  Hipp. 

^ακοκ?:.έψ,  ό,  ή,  afleece-stealer.  Lob. 
Paral.  292. 

\'SaκόλεLa,  ων,  τά,  Nacolea,  a  city 
of  Phrygia,  Strab.  p.  576. 

1^ άκυρος,  δ,=^νεωκόρος,  Inscr. 

NUKOf,  TO,  like  the  Homeric  νάκη, 
a  woolly  skin,  fleece,  Lat.  vellus,  κρίον 
v..  Hdt.  2, 42,  Pind.  P.  4, 121.  (Hence 
Lat.  nacae,  whence  again  naccaz= 
fullo.) 

^άκοτι7.τεω,  ω,  to  pluck  or  shear  off 
wool,  Archipp.  Ichth.  17  :  from 

Nu/co-i'/.-7/f,  ov,  6,  (νάκας,  τί?.?.ω) 
a  wool-plucker,  shearer,  Philem.  p.  362. 

'SuKOTL/.τος,  ov,  (  νάκος,  τί/.λω  ) 
tcith  the  wool  plucked  off,  Cratin.  Dio- 
nys.  8. 

^ύκτης,  ov,  ό,^=γναφενς,  dub. 

Na/crof,  ή,  όν,  {νάσσω)  squeezed 
close  :  hence  -a  vaKTa,felt. 

ISaKvpiov,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  νάκος. 

ΐ\άμα,  ατός,  τό,  {νάω)  any  thing 
flowing,  running  water,  a  river,  stream, 
spring,  Trag. ;  of  tears,  v.  δακρύων. 
Soph.  Tr.  919;  νάματ'  άσσων,  Eur. 
Η.  F.  625  ;  1'.  7:νρός,  a  stream  of  fire, 
Eur.  Med.  1187;  —  v.  Βάκχιον,  Ar. 
Eccl.  14: — also  in  Plat.,  etc.  Hence 

Ί^άμΰτΐαΐος,  a,  ov,  flowing,  running, 
ύδατα,  Aeschin.  43, 15,  and  Theophr. 

'Sάμάτίov,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  νΰμα, 
Theophr.  [μΰ} 

'Sdμάτώoης,  ες,  (νΰμα,  είδος)  like  a 
spring,  full  of  springs. 

Ι^ίάμερτής,  νάμέρτεια.  Dor.  for 
νημ-. 

fNaμvίτaί,  ων,  ol,  the  Nammtae, 
or  J^amnetes,  a  people  of  Gallia  Lug- 
dunensis,  Strab.  p.  190. 

N«v,  Dor.  acc.  from  νανς,ίοτνανν. 

^αννάρίον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  νάν• 
νος :  fas  fem.  pr.  n.,  ?},  Nannarium, 
Theophil.  ap.  Ath.  587  F. 

'Sάvvaς,  ov,  ό,  and  νάννη,  ή,^νέν- 
νος,  νεννα,  q.  v. 

Navit'oi',  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  νάννος, 
apippet:  fas  fem.  pr.  n.,  ή,  ^'anniian, 
Anth. ;  etc. 

Ναννίσκος,  ου,  ό,  dim.  from  νύννος 
Π. 

Ί^άννος,  ov,  b,  a  dwarf,  Ar.  Fr.  134, 
Arist.  H.  A.  6,  24,  2,  cf  part.  An.  4. 
10,  12.— II.  a  cheesecake,  Ath.  646  C. 
(Usu.  written  νάνος  ;  but  α  is  long, 
cf.  Ar.  Pac.  790,  and  Lat.  nanus : 
hence  it  should  be  either  νάννος, 
which  is  found  in  MSS.,  or  νάνος, — 
though  Bekk.  in  Arist  writes  it  νά- 
νος.) 

Ναννοφνης,  ες,  {νάννος,  φνή)  of 
dwarfish  stature,  Ar.  Pac.  790. 

fίiavvώ,  ονς,  ή,  jVamio,  a  female 
flute  player,  beloved  of  Mimnermus, 
Anth.  P.  12,  168. 

Χαν  voJ(57/f ,  ες,  {νάννος,  είδος)  dwarf - 
like,  dwarfish,  Arist.  Part.  An.  4,  10, 
10. 

'Sΰvoς,  ό,  V.  νάννος,  sub  fin. 

y άξιος,  a,  ov,from  the  isle  of  JS^ax- 
os ;  iol  Ισάξιοι,  Hdt.,  etc.  :t  Nairn 
Λίθος  or  πέτρα,  a  kind  of  whetstone. 


ΝΑΠΗ 

!  Lat.  cos  Naxia,  Pind.  L  6  (5^,  107 : 
,  tbut  Schol.  ad  Pind.  1.  c.  derives  the 
!  name  from  Nufof,  a  city  of  Crete, 
[  and  so  Suid.  s.  v.,  cf.  Pinedo  ad 
j  Steph.  Byz.  s.  v^  Nafof  ;  and  hence 
j  =//  Κρητική  άκόνη. — 2.  ofNaxos  (2), 
oi  ^άξιοι,  the  JVaxians  in  Sicily,  Hdt. 
7, 154. 

'Saςιovpγής,  ες,  (Νάξιος,  *εργω)  of 
Naxian  work,  κάνθαρος,  Ar.  Pac.  143, 
Cratin.  ap.  Schol.  1.  c. ;  cf.  Ανκιονρ- 
γης. 

Nufof,  ov,  η,  JSaxos,  one  of  the 
Cyclades.  once  called  Dia,  H.  Hom. 
A  p.  44;  tnow  λ'αχία. — 2.  a  city  on 
east  coast  of  Sicily,  Thuc.  0, 3,  a  col- 
ony from  Chalcis  in  Euboea,  hence 
ή  Χαλκιδική,  Id.  4,  25  :  later  the  in- 
hab.  erected  in  its  stead  Tauromini- 
um. — 3.  a  city  of  Crete,  famed  for  its 
whetstones,  Suid.  s.  v. :  cf  sub.  Νά- 
ξιος. 

'ΧάοδομΊα,  ας,  η,  {ναός,  δέμώ)  α 
building  of  temples,  Nicet. 

f  ΝάοΛ-λοζ",  01',  ό,  Naoclus,  a  son  of 
Codrus,  Paus.  7,  3,  6. 

Ί\άθ7τούω,  ώ,  to  build  templet :  from 

^ύοττοιός,  όν,  {ναός,  ττοιέω)  build- 
ing temples,  Arist.  Rhet.  1,  14,  1. 

ΐ\ΰοτϊόλ.ος,  ov,  Ion.  νηοπόλ.ος,  {ναός, 
ττολ.έω)  dwelling  or  busied  in  a  teynple, 
μάντις,  Pind.  Fr.  70,  5  :  δ  v.,  the  over- 
seer of  a  temple,  Hes.  Th.  991. 

Naof,  ov,  ό.  Ion.  νηός,  Att.  νεώς  ■ 
{ναίω) — strictly  any  house  or  dwelling, 
but,  like  Lat.  aedes  (in  sing.),  limited 
in  use  to  the  dwelling  of  a  god,  a  tem- 
ple, Hom.  (who,  like  Hdt.,  onlv  uses 
the  Ion.  form),  II.  1,  39,  etc.,  Pind., 
etc. — II.  esp.  the  inmost  part  of  a  tem- 
ple, the  cell,  Hdt.  1,  183  ;  the  space 
in  which  the  image  of  the  god  was 
placed,  like  σηκός,  άδντον,  Valck. 
Hdt.  6,  19,  Xen.  Apol.  15,— the  signf. 
of  ιερόν  being  more  general,  Hdt.  1.  c. 
— The  Att.  use  both  ναός  and  νεώς, 
but  the  former  only  in  this  special 
signf 

Nuof ,  Dor.  and  Att.  poet.  gen.  from 
νανς. 

tXaof,  ov,  ό,  Nails,  a  descendant 
of  Eumolpus,  Paus.  8,  15,  1. 

tXaor/i,  (indecl.  ;  Χάοΐ'/zof,  ov, 
Joseph.)  0,  Nahum,  Hebr.  masc.  pr.  n., 
X.  T. 

^ΰοφόρος,  ov,  bearing  a  temple. 

'Κάοφνλ.αξ,  άκος,  δ,  {ναός,  όνλαξ') 
the  keeper  of  a  temple,  Lat.  aedituus, 
Eur.  I.  T.  1284,  Arist.  Pol.  6,  8,  19.— 
II.  (νανς)  the  master  or  pilot  of  a  ship, 
Soph.  Fr.  151.  [i] 

^ίάτταΐος,  a,  ov,  {νά~η)  of  a  wooded 
vale  or  dell,  v.  πτνχαί.  Soph.  O.  T. 
1026;  -λάκες,  Eur.  H.  F.  958:  αϊ 
^ατταΐαι,  dell-nymphs. 

|Χά— apif,  ιος,  δ,  the  Naparis,  a 
river  of  Scythia  flowing  into  the  Is- 
ter.  Hdt.  4,  48. 

X'iirrtior,  ov,  τό,^νΰττυ.  [α] 

ΧΑ'ΠΗ,  ης,  ή,  α  woodland  vale,  a 
v-oody  dell  or  glen,  Lat.  snltus,  also 
βήσσα,  II.  8,  558;  16,  300;  νάτται 
κάλ.λισται,  pleasant  valleys  and  hills 
about  a  town,  Hdt.  4,  157:  acc.  to 
some  also,  clefts,  gullies,  etc.,  in  which 
water  meets,  μισγάγκειαι,  which  is 
countenanced  by  its  prob.  deriv.  from 
νάω,  and  Eur.  has  χείμαρρος  νά~η, 
Bacch.  1093. —  After  Hom.,  as  in 
Soph.,  Eur.,  and  Xen.,  we  oft.  have 
νάηος,  τό,  as  well  as  νά-η,  differing 
only  in  gender,  cf  Suid.,  and  Phavo- 
rin. ;  though  Schneid.  Xen.  An.  5, 
2,  31 ;  6,  3,  31,  attempts  a  distinc- 
tion, [ά] 

tXa~37,  ης,  ή,  Nape,  a  spot  in  Les- 
bos near  Methymna,  Strab.  p.  426. — 
II.  fem.  pr.  n.,  Anth.  P.  5.  5. 
961 


ΝΑΡΘ 

tiVaTTiTivof  κόλπος,  ό,^^'Ιττττωνιά- 
της  κόλπος,  Strab.  ρ.  255. 
Νάπος,  τό,  later  form  from  νάπη, 

Ναπτάλιος,  ή,ζ=νύφθα. 

Νΰττυ,  τό,-=:σίναπί,  mustard,  strict- 
ly the  Att.  form,  Lob.  Phryn.  288  ; 
V.  β'λέπειν,  Ar.  Eq.  C31 ,  cf.  κάρδαμου : 
dat.  νάττνί,  Luc.  Asiri.  47.  (The  usu. 
accent,  νάπυ  is  wrong,  Dind.  Ar.  1.  c, 
for  (2  only  occurs  in  late  and  bad 
writers.) 

tNu^.  gen.  Napof,  o,  the  Νατ,  a 
river  of  Italy,  flowing  into  the  Tiber, 
Strab.  p.  227. 

tNopu|apa,  ων,  τύ,  Naragara,  a 
city  of  ,\frica,  Polyb.  15,5, 14,  where 
form.  Mapyapov. 

tNfiparof,  ov,  o,  Naratus,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  Plut.  Epicur.  13. 

tNapawif ,  o,  Narauas,  masc.  pr.  n., 
Polyb.  1,78,  5. 

^Ναρβών,  ώνος,  ή,  Narbo,  chief 
city  of  Gallia  Narbonensis,  giving 
name  to  the  province,  now  Narbonne, 
Strab.  p.  181,  etc. — II.  paroxyt.  Νάρ- 
βων,  ωνος,  h,  the  Narbo,  flowing  by 
this  city,  earlier  the  Ata.x,  q.  v., 
Polyb.  3,  37,  8 ;  Ath.  332  A. 

'\^αββωνίτης,ον,  o.fem.  -Ιτις,  ιδος, 
of  Narbo,  Strab. 

Ναρόίζω,  {νάρόος)  to  look  or  be  like 
nard  or  spikenard. 

ΐ^άρύΐνος,  J],  07'.  (νάρδος)  of  nard  : 
V.  μνρορ,  oil  of  spikenard,  Polyb.  31, 
4,  2 ;  so,  τά  νάρόινα,  Antiph.  Ant.  2. 

Nap<5i'r7/f,  ov,  δ,  {νύρδος)  nard-like, 
prepared  U'ith  nard,  e.  g.  οίνος,  Diosc. 

'Ναρδίης,  ιδος,  ^,  fem.  of  foreg. 

'Ναρδο'λΙπί/ς,  ές,  {νάρδος,  /.ίττης) 
anointed  with  nard-oil,  Anth.  P.  6,  254. 

Νάρίίοζ",  ov,  7],  nard,  Lat.  iiardus, 
Diosc. ;  a  [ilant,  called  (from  its  blos- 
som being  shaped  like  an  ear  of  corn) 
νύρδον  στύχνς,  also  ναρδόσταχυς, 
Lat.  spica  nardi,  our  spikenard,  and 
used  for  making  the  perfumed  oil 
called  from  it :  it  prob.  belongs  to 
the  species  Valeriana. — II.  the  oil  it- 
self, Anth.  P.  6,  250. 

Ναρδόστύχνς,  ή,  v.  foreg.,  Galen. 

'Ναρδυφόρος,  ov,  (  νύρδος,  φέρω  ) 
bearing  nard,  Diosc. 

fNapfti/ciov,  ov,  τό,  όρος,  Mt.  Nar- 
thacion,  in  Thessalv,  still  called  Nar- 
takion,  Xen.  Hell.  4,  3,  9.— II.  a  city 
of  Phthiotis,  Strab.  p.  434. 

^αρθηκία,  ας,  ή,  a  dwarf  kind  of  the 
vύρβηξ.ferulago,  Theophr. 

Ναρϋίΐκίζω,  to  splint  a  brokcii  leg 
tvith  pieces  of  νάρθηξ,  Lat.  ferulis  obli- 
gare,  Medic. — II.  to  beat  with  a  νύρβι^ξ. 

ΝαρβήκΙΐ'ος,  i],  ov,  made  of  νύρθηξ, 
Arist.  de  Audib.  52. 

Ναρθήκων,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  νύρ- 
θηξ, Diosc. 

ί^α/ίθηκίς,  ίδος,  ή,  Narthecis,  a 
small  island  near  Samos,  Strab.  p. 
637. 

Ναρθηκισμός,  ov,  ό,  (ναρθηκίζω) 
the  splinting  a  broken  leg  with  νύρθηξ, 
Galen. — II.  the  beating  with  a  νύρβτ/ξ. 

Ναρθηκοειδής,  ές,  like,  of  the  nature 
of  the  νάρβηξ,  Diosc. 

'Ναρθηκοπλήρωτος,  ov  (νύρθηξ, 
ΐτ'ληρόω) : — v.  πνρος  πηγή.  the  stream 
of  f\Te  filling  the  hollov'  of  the  νάρθηξ, 
Aesch.  Pr.  109  ;  cf.  νύρθηξ. 

'Ναρβηκοφανής,  ές,  looking  like  a 
νάρθηξ. 

Ναρθηκοφόρος,  ov,  (νύρθηξ,  φέρο)) 
carrying  a  wand  of  νύρθηξ,  like  the 
Bacchantes,  hence  =  βνρσοφόρος  : 
proverb.,  ττολλοί  μεν  ναρθηκοφόροι, 
Βύκχοι  δέ  γε  πανρηι,  \.  ρ.  all  arc  not 
what  they  seem,  Stallb.  Plat.  Phaed. 
C9  C  : — also  α  rod-bearer,  Xen.  Cyr.  2, 
3,18. 

962 


ΝΛΡΥ 

ϋίαρθηκώδης,  ες,  like  a  νάρθηξ. 

Νύρθηξ,  ηκυς,  ό,  a  tall  umbellifer- 
ous plant,  Lat.  ferula,  with  a  slight, 
knotted,  pithy  stalk,  in  which  Pro- 
metheus conveyed  the  spark  of  fire 
from  heaven  to  earth,  Hes.  Op.  52, 
Th.  507  :  the  Greeks  slill  call  it  νάρ- 
θηκα, and  slill  use  its  tinder-like  [lith 
to  carry  lights  about. — The  stalks 
furnished  the  Bacchanalian  wands 
[θύρσοι),  Eur.  Bacch.  147,  etc. :  they 
were  also  used  for  caiies  or  rods  by 
schoolmasters,  Xen.  Cyr.  2,  3,  20, 
A  rist.  Probl.  27, 3,  5 ;  likewise  to  make 
splints  lor  bandaging  broken  limbs ; 
cf  ναρθηκίζω. — II.  a  small  case  or 
casket  for  unguents,  etc.,  Luc.  adv. 
Indoct.  29  :  in  a  costly  νύρθηξ  of  this 
sort  Alexander  carried  with  him  Ar- 
istotle's recension  (δώρθωσι.ς)  of  the 
Homeric  poems,  thence  called  ή  έκ 
τού  νύρθηκος,  Strab.  p.  504,  Plut. 
Alex.  8  ;  cf.  Wolf  Prolog,  p.  clxxxiii. 
— III.  physicians  called  their  works 
071  the  cure  of  diseases  νύρΟηκίς  and 
ναρθήκια. 

^Ναρκοίος,  ov,  6,  Narcaeus,  a  son 
of  Bacchus,  Paus.  5,  15,  7. 

Νάρκαφθον,ον,τό,Ά^^ο  νάσκαφθον, 
an  Indian  bark,  used  as  a  spice,  etc., 
peril,  the  same  as  λύκαφθον,  Diosc. 

Ναρκέιω,  ώ,  ί.  -ήσω,  to  grow  stiff  οτ 
numb,  Lat.  torpere,  χεΙρ  νύρκησε,  U.  8, 
328  ;  .so  in  Plat.  Meno  80  Β  ;  cf.  sq., 
and  μαλκιύω  :  from 

Ndp/c;/,  ης,  ή,  a  becoming  stiff,  numb- 
ness, deadness,  Lat.  torpor,  caused  by 
palsy,  frost,  fright,  etc.,  νύρκη  κατα- 
χείται  κατά  της  χειρός,  Ar.  Vesp. 
713  :  esp.  the  sensation  of  having  one 
hand  or  foot  asleep,  Arist.  Prolil.  2, 
15  ;  6,  6. — Menand.  also  said  ή  νάρκα. 
Lob.  Phryn.  331  ;  and  in  Opp,  U.  3, 
55,  we  have  a  metapl.  ace.  νάρκΰ.- — 
II.  a  fi.sh,  like  the  torpedo  or  electric 
ray,  which  gives  a  shock  and  so  be- 
mimhs  any  one  who  touches  it,  Com- 
ici  ap.  Ath.  314  B,  Plat.  Meno  80  A. 

Νύρκημα,  ατός,  τό,  mimbness. 

Νάρκησις,  ή,  (ναρκάω)  α  growing 
nvmb,  Galen. 

Ναρκίσσϊνος,  η,  ov,  (νάρκισσος) 
made  of  7iarci.-!sus,  Diosc. 

Ναρκισσίτης,  ov,  ό,  like  the  narcis- 
sus, λίθος,  Dion.  P.  1031,  Plin. :  from 

Νύρκισσος,  ov,  6,  rarely  ή,  Theocr. 
1,  133  ; — the  narcissus,  a  flower,  H. 
Hom.  Cer.  8, 428,  Soph.,  etc.— There 
were  several  kinds,  and  amongst 
them  prob.  the  common  narcissus  or 
white  daffodil.  (From  ναρκάω,  be- 
cause of  its  narcotic  properties.) 

^Νύρκισσος,  ov,  ό.  Narcissus,  son 
of  the  Cephisus,  changed  into  foreg., 
Paus.  9,  31,  7.— Others  in  Luc,  N.  T., 
etc. 

Ναρκόω,  to  benumb,  deaden. 

Ναρκώδης,  ες,  (νύρκη,  είδος)  stiff, 
numb,  benumbing,  Hipp.,  Plut  Sull. 
20,  etc. 

Νύρκωσις,  ή,  (ναρκάω)  a  benumb- 
ing, Hipp.     Hence 

Ναρκωτικός,  ή,  όν,  making  stiff  or 
numb,  narcotic. 

*Νύι>ξ,  not  used,  cf  sub  νάρκη  ;  v. 
Lob.  Paral.  111. 

Νάρός,  ύ,  όν,  (νύω)  fjowing,  liquid, 
Aesch.  Fr.  388,  Soph."Fr.  560;  also 
νηρός: — an  old  word,  ])rob.  contr. 
from  νεαρός.  Lob.  Phryn.  42.  (Cf. 
Νηρενς,  and  modern  Gr.  νέρον). 

Νύρταλος,  ov,  ό.  a  wicker  vessel. 

Νύρτη,  ης,  ή,  an  Indian  spice,  The- 
ophr. 

ίΝύρνκος,  ov,  and  Νύρνξ,  νκος,  η, 
Narycus.  or  Naryx,  a  city  of  the  Locri 
Ozolae,  the  birth-place  of  Ajax,  Strab. 
p.  425,  in  Lye.  ΙΙ^'ϋΝαρνκειον  άστυ. 


NAYA 

Νάρω,  also  ναίρω,  to  suck,  only  in 
Hesych. 

+Ν(ίρωΐ',  ωνσς,  δ,  the  Naro,  a  river 
of  Dalmatia,  Strab.  p.  315. 

Nuf,  7;,  Dor.  for  νανς. 

tNuau/a,  η,  Nasala,  an  island  in 
the  Red  sea,  Arr.  Ind,  31,  2. 

^Νασά/ιωι/φ  ωνος,  ύ,  Nasamon,  son 
of  Amphithemis  and  Tritonis,  Ap. 
Rh.  4,  1406. 

^Νασαμώνες,  ων,  οι,  the  Nasatnones, 
an  African  people  dwelling  near  the 
greater  Syrtis,  Hdt.  4,  172. 

Νάσθη,  Ep.  3  aor.  pass,  of  ναίω  (IL 
2),  II.  14,  119. 

ίΝασικύς,  a,  6,  the  Rom.  name 
Nasica,  Strab 

Νύσιωτας,  ό,  Dor.  for  νησιώτης, 
Pind. 

Νάσκαφθον,  τό,  v.  νάρκαφθον. 

Νησμός,  ov,  ό,  (νύω)  a  flowing :  a 
stream,  spring,  Eur.  Hipp.  225,  653  ; 
αϊματι...νύσματι  μελανανγεϊ, la. liec. 
154. 

Νασμώδης,  ες,  {ειδος)=ζναμητώδης. 

Νύσός,  ή,  Dor.  for  νήσος,  Piiid. 

Νύσσα,  Ep.  for  ένασσα,  aor.  of  ναίω, 
Od.  4,  174  ;  aor.  mid.  νάσσατο,  lies. 
Op.  637,  V.  ναίω  Β. 

Νασσα,  Dor.  for  νήσσα,  νήττα. 

Νύσσω,  aor.  εναξα  :  pf  pass,  ve- 
νασμαι : — to  fill  quite  up,  press  or 
squeeze  close,  stamp  down,  γαϊαν  Ινοξε, 
Od.  21,  122: — v.  ε'ις  τι,  to  stuff  or  ram 
into,  Hippoloch.  ap.  Ath.  130  B: — in 
pass,  to  be  piled  up  with,  κλίναι  σισν- 
ρών  νενασμέναι,  Ar.  Eccl.  840. 
(Akin  to  νέω,  νήω,  νηέω,  νηνέω,  cf. 
also  ναίω  sub  fin.,  and  νύο).) 

Νύστης,  ου,  δ,  (ναιω)  an  iiihalit- 
ant. 

^Νύστης,  ov,  6,  N'astes,  son  of  No- 
mion,  leader  of  the  Carians  before 
Troy,  II.  2,  867. 

Ναστίσκος,  ov,  o,dim.  from  ναστός, 
Pherecr.  Pers.  1,  7. 

Ναστοκόπος,  ov,  (ναστός,  κόπτω) 
cutting  up  cakes.  Plat.  (Com.)  Incert. 
51. 

Ναστός,  ή,  όν,  (νύσσω)  close-press- 
ed, and  so  solid : — ό  ναστός  (sc.  πλα- 
κονς),  a  close,  well-kneaded  cake,  esp. 
used  in  sacrifice,  Ar.  Av.  567,  Plut. 
1142.     Hence 

Ναστότης,  ητος,  ή,  firmness,  solid- 
ity. 

Ναστοφΰγέω,  ω,  to  eat  ναστοί:  from 

Ναστοφάγος.  ov,  (ναστός,  6,  φαγεΐν) 
eating  cakes  or  bread,  Paus. 

■\Νατίσων,  ωνος,  h,  the  Nati.w,  a 
river  of  Gallia  Cisalpina  near  Aqui- 
lea,  Strab.  p.  214. 

Narrc;,  Att.  for  νάσσω. 

Νανύγέω,  ώ.  Ion.  νανηγ-  (ναυα- 
γός) :  to  suffer  shipwreck,  be  ship- 
wrecked, Hdt.  7,  236,  Dem.  910,  7:— 
metaph.  of  chariots  overturned,  Dem. 
1410,  10:  generally,  to  go  to  wreck, 
Aesch.  Fr.  166.     Hence 

Νανά•)ησμός,  ov,  o,=  sq. 

Νανύγία,  ας,  ή.  Ion.  νσνηγίη,  ship- 
wreck, wreck.  Hdt.  7,  190,  192,  etc., 
Pind.  I.  1,  52,  and  Att. 

Νανάγιον,  ov,  τό.  Ion.  νανήγιον 
— a  piece  of  a  wreck,  wreck,  usu.  in 
plur.,  as  Hdt.  7,  191  ;  8,  12,  Ae.sch. 
Pers.  420,  etc. :  hence,  ναυάγια  Ιπ 
πικά,  the  wreck  of  an  overturned  cha- 
riot. Soph.  El.  730 ;  ύνδρων  δηιτυ- 
μόvωvv.,of\.\\e  wreck  of  a  feast,  Choe- 
ril.  p.  105,  ubi  v.  Nake.— II.  latere 
vavayia.  Lob.  Phryn.  519.  [a]  From 

Ναυαγός,  όν.  Ion.  νανηγός  (ναύς, 
άγννμι) :  shipwrecked,  stranded,  Lat. 
navfragus,  Simon.  01,  Hdt.  4,  103, 
Eur.  Hel.  408 :  ναναγονς  ύναιρεί- 
σθαι,  to  pick  them  up,  Xen.  Hell.  1, 
7,   4 :  hence,   generally,  ruined. — II. 


NAYK 

(5)'(•))  guldingy  commanding  a  skip,  pe- 
dantic usage  in  Euphor.  Fr.  111. 

Ναναρχέυ,  ύ,  to  be  ναύαρχος,  to 
comj/innd  a  fleet,  Hdt.  7,  161  ;  c.  gen. 
w2.t)iuiv^  Philipp.  ap.  Pem.  231,  3. 

Ναναρχία,  ας,  η,  the  cominand  of  a 
fleet,  office  of  ναύαρχος.  Time.  8,  33  : 
the  period  of  his  command,  Xen.  Hell. 
1,5,  1 :  and 

Ί^αναρχίς,  ίδος,  η,  the  ship  of  the 
ναύαρχος,  Polyb.  1,  51,  1 :  from 

"Ναύαρχος,  ου,  ό,  {ναΰς,  ΰρχί•))  the 
commander  of  a  fleet,  an  admiral,  Hdt. 
7,  59  ;  8,  42,  Aekh.  Pars.  363  :— later, 
esp.,  the  Spartan  admiral-in-chief,  for 
the  Athei).  admirals  retained  the 
name  of  στρατηγοί,  Thnc.  4,  11 ;  8, 
6,  23,  Xen.,  etc. — Strictly  an  adj., 
and  so  used  in  Aesch.  Cho.  723. 

Ναυάτης,  ου,  ό,  late  form  for 
ναντ-ης,  ναυβάτ•ης,  Dind.  Soph,  Aj. 
a48,  /Vrgum.  ad.  Phil,  [a] 

'^Νανάτης,  ου,  ό,  Nauates,  a  Spar- 
tan ambassador,  Xen,  Hell.  3,  2,  6. 

Νανβιίτης,  ου,  ό,  {ναΰς,  βαίνω)  one 
who  embarks  in  a  ship,  a  seaman,  Hdt. 
1,  143,  and  freq.  in  Att. :  also  as  adj., 
V.  στρατός,  Aesch,  Ag.  987 ;  όττλ,ί- 
σμής,  lb.  405  ;  v.  λεώς,  Eur.  I.  A.  294. 

t«] 

ίΝανβόΙεισς,  ov,  of  Nauholus,  Lye. 
1068. 

|Ναυί3ολίΛ/ζ•.  ov  Ep.  ao,  o,  son  of 
Naubniiis.  i.  e.— 1.  Iphitus,  H.  2,  518. 
—2.  Ciytoneus,  Ap.  Rh.  1,  135,-3.  a 
Phaeacian,  Od.  8,'ll6. 

\'Νανβο'λος.  ov,  ό,  iVaiioofes, son  of 
Ornytus,  king  in  Phocis,  11.2,  518. 
— 2.  son  of  Lernus,  father  of  Ciyto- 
neus, Ap.  Rh.  1,  135. 

'Νανδίτον,  ov,  τό,  (νανς,  <5έω)  a 
ship's  cable,  Eur.  Tro,  810. 

Ναυηγέτης,  ov,  ό,^νανηγός,  ναυ- 
αγός. Lye.  873, 

Νανηγος,  νανηγζω,  ναυηγία,  etc., 
Ion.  for  ναναγ-,  Hdt. 

ΙΝαυκλεύία^,  ov  and  a,  b.  Dor. ; 
Ion.  and  Att.  -κ7.είδης,  Nauclldes,  a 
Plataean,  Thuc.  2,  2.-2.  a  Spartan 
ephor,  Xen.  Hell.  2,  4,  36:  cf  Ath. 
550.— 3,  son  of  Polybiades,  Ael.  V,  H. 
14,  7. 

Νανκΐηρέω,  ώ,  to  be  a  νανκληρος, 
to  be  a  ship-owner,  Ar.  Av.  598,  Xen. 
Lac.  7,  1  ;  Ήρασίκλ^ζ-  μαρτυρεί  κυ- 
βερνάν την  ναϋν  ην  'Ύβ'λήσίος  έναν- 
κλήρει,^ρ.  Deni.929, 14. — 2.  metaph., 
V.  πό?.ιν,  to  manage,  govern,  Aesch. 
Theb.  652,  Soph.  Ant.  994  ;  c.  gen,, 
V.  οικίας,  like  όεσπόζειν,  Alex.  Locr. 
2. — II.  to  own  and  let  a  house,  avvoi- 
κίαν,  Isae.  58,  13  ;  cf  ναύκΤιηρος  II. 
— 111.=ναυτίλ?.ομαι,  Hesych. 

"Νανκλιφία,  ας,  ή.  {νανκληρος)  the 
life  and  calling  of  a  νανκληρος,  a  sea- 
faring life,  trading,  Lys.  105,  4,  Plat. 
Legg.  643  E. — 2.  poet,  a  voyage.  Soph. 
Fr.  151,  Eur.  Ale.  112:  an  adventure, 
enterprise,  Eur.  Med.  527  :  hence  used 
for  a  ship,  Id.  Hel.  1519. 

Νανκληρικός.  ή,  όν,  belonging  to  a 
νανκληρος.  Plat.  Legg.  842  D :  and 

Νανκλήρίον.  ov,  TO,  the  ship  of  a 
ναύκληρης,  Dem.  690,  fin..  Plut.  2, 
234  F  :  tin  pi.  ships  collectively, ^^eti, 
Eur.  Rhes.  233. 

Ναύκ/ιηρης,  ου,  ό,  (ναϋς,  κλήρος) 
the  owner  of  a  ship,  ship-oivner,  ship- 
master, who  made  money  by  carrying 
goods  or  passengers,  usu.  himself 
acting  as  skipper,  first  in  Hdt.  1,  5, 
and  Att. ;  cf  esp.  Xen.  Mem.  3,  9,  11  ; 
— generally,  a  captain,  commander, 
Eur.  Snpp.  174. — 2.  poet,  a  seaman, 
—νανβύτης,  Soph.  Phil.  547,  Eur. 
Ino  7,  3  :  also  as  adj.,  v.  πλάτη.  Soph. 
Fr.  387;  v.  χείρ,  the  ?naster's  hand, 
Eur.   Hipp.   1224. — II.  a  householder, 


ΝΑΎΑ 

owner  of  a  lodging-house :  at  Athens 
esp.  one  who  rented  houses  and  sublet 
them  in  portions,  Comici  etc.  ap.  Harp. ; 
cf  Bockh  P.  E.  2,  15.  (In  this  signf 
usu.  derived  from  ναίω,  not  ναϋς,  cf, 
ναύκραρος.)     Hence 

Νανκλιιρώσιμος,  ov,  to  be  let  out, 
esp.  for  the  purpose  of  subletting  to 
lodgers. 

^Νανκλ.ής.  έονς,  ό,  Naucles,  a  com- 
mander of  the  Spartans,  Xen.  Hell. 
7,  1,41. 

iNavκλoς,  ov,  ό,  Nauclus,  a  son  of 
Codrus,  founder  of  Teos,  Strab.  p. 
633. 

Νανκράρια,  ων,  τά,  the  registry  of 
the  vavKpupoi.  [a] 

Νανκρύρία,  ας,  ή,  the  division  of 
Athenian  citizens,  over  which  was  a  vav- 
κραρος,  like  the  later  σνμμορίαι, 
.-Vnst.  ap.  Phot. 

Ναυκραρικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to  a 
νανκραρος  or  νανκραρία :  from 

Ναύκρΰρος,  ov,  ό,  also  written 
νανκλαρος,  and  so  the  same  with 
ναύκ7ιηρος  {λ  and  ρ  being  interchang- 
ed in  Att.,  V.  sub  λ)  : — at  Athens,  the 
chief  of  a  dii'ision  {νανκραρία)  of  the 
citizens,  made  for  financial  purposes 
before  Solon's  time  :  there  were  4  in 
each  φρατρία,  conseq.  12  in  each  φυλή, 
in  all  48  ;  we  do  not  find  that  they 
had  anythmg  to  do  with  the  navy, 
until  Solon  charged  each  with  the 
furnishing  of  1  ship  and  two  horse- 
men (so  that  Bockh'sderiv.  from  νανς. 
P.  E.  2,  327,  is  less  probable  than  that 
from  ναίω) :  their  office  corresponded 
with  that  of  the  later  δήμαρχοι,  who 
superseded  them  after  the  formation 
of  the  10  tribes  by  Clisthenes,  Hdt.  5, 
71,  compared  with  Thuc.  1,  126,  cf 
also  Wachsmuth  Gr.  Ant.  vol.  1,  % 
44,  Thirlw.  Hist.  Gr.  vol.  2,  p.  22, 
52  :  but  yet  the  division  into  ναυκρα- 
ρίαι  was  retained  in  most  financial 
matters  (v.  Arist.  Rep.  Ath.  Fr.  40 
Neumann),  their  number  being  in- 
creased to  50  (5  in  each  φν?.ή),  fur- 
nishing 50  ships  and  100  horsemen, 
cf  Bockh  P.  E.  1,341. 

Νανκρΰτέω,  ω,  to  have  the  mastery 
at  sea,  to  be  lord  of  the  sea,  Thuc.  7, 
60  : — pass,  to  be  mastered  at  sea,  Xen. 
Hell.  6.  2,  8  :  from 

Ναυκράτης,  εος,  ό,  ή,  {νανς,  κρα- 
τεω)  having  the  mastery  at  sea,  master 
or  mistress  of  the  seas,  v.  της  θαλάσ- 
σης, Hdt.  5,  36. — II.  holding  a  ship 
fast :  ό  v.,  a  fish,  like  ίχενηΐς. 

■χΝανκράτης,  ους,  ό,  Nancrates,  a 
Sicyonian,  father  of  Damotimus, 
Thuc.  4,  119.^0thers  in  Aeschin. ; 
etc. 

Ναυκρΰτητικός,  η,  όν,  (νανκρύτης) 
tending  to  mastery  at  sea,  Dio  C. 

"Ναυκράτία,  ης,  ή,  mastery  at  sea,  a 
7iaval  victory,  Dio  C. 

ί'Ναύκρατις,  ως  and  εως.  η,  Nau- 
cratis,  a  city  m  the  Aegyptian  Delta, 
on  the  Canobic  mouth  of  the  Nile, 
Hdt.  2,  97. 

^'ΝανκρατΙτικής,  ή,  όν,  of  Naucra- 
tis,  Navcratiiic,  Dem.  703.  15. 

Νανκράτωρ,  opor,  b,  η,=νανκρύ- 
:  Της,  Hdt.  6,  9,  Thuc.  5,  97,  etc.>-II. 
the  master  of  a  skip,  Soph.  Phil.  1072. 
[a] 

■^Ναυκύδης,  ονς,ό,  N^avcydes,  a  cel- 
ebrated statuary  of  Argos,  Paus.  2, 
17,  5. 

Νοϋλα,  ή,  and  νανλον,  τό,  v.  sub 
νά3λα. 

Ναΐ'λολογεω,  ώ,  to  demand  the  fare 
or  passage-money  {ι>αϋ?.ος). 

Ναϊ'λος,  ov,  b.  or  νανλον,  ου,  τό, 
Dem.  882,  12 ;  1192,  3,  Ar.  1.  citand. : 
— passage-money,  the  fare,   Ar.   Ran. 


ΝΑΤη 

270 :  V-  σννθέσθαι,  to  agree  upon  one's 
fare,  Xen.  An.  5.  1,  12  ;  cf  Dinarch. 
97,  17  : — the  freight  of  merchandize, 
Dem.  933,  22,  etc. 

Ναυλο^έω,  ώ,  {ναύλοχος)  intr.  to 
lie  in  a  harbour  or  creek,  esp.  to  lie  irt 
wait  there  in  order  to  sally  out  on  pass- 
ing ships,  absol.  in  Hdt.  7,  189,  192  ; 
8,  6  :  but  c.  ace,  to  lie  in  wait  for,  like 
λοχΰ,ν,  Thuc.  7,  4. — II.  later,  to  re- 
ceive into  harbour.     Hence 

Νανλοχία,  ας,  ή,  a  lying  at  anchor, 
esp.  a  lying  in  wait  for  the  enemy  in  a 
creek  ;  a  pirate's  anchorage,  App. 

Νανλόχιον,  ov,  τό,^=νανλοχος  II, 
Ar.  Fr.  69. 

Ναύλοχον,  ου,  τό,^νανλοχος  II, 
q.  V. 

Νανλοχος,  ov,  {νανς,  λέχος,  λόχος) 
affording  a  safe  anchorage,  as  it  were 
the  bed  or  resting-place  of  ships,  esp. 
epith.  of  a  harbour,  λιμένες  νανλοχοι, 
Od.  4,  846 ;  10,  141  ;  so,  εδραι.  v., 
Soph,  Aj.  460;  'Αχαιών  ναν?.οχοι 
περιπτνχαί,  Eur.  Hec.  1015. — II.  as 
subst.  νανλοχος,  b,  an  anchorage,  creek, 
Lat.  statio  7iavium. :  also  a  heterog. 
pi.,  ώ  νανλοχα,  ye  harbours!  Soph. 
Tr.  633,  (for  it  must  not  be  joined 
with  λουτρά).     Hence 

f'Navλoχoς,  ov,  ό,  foreg.  as  pr.  n., 
Naulochus,  a  city  in  Thrace,  Strab.  p. 
319. — 2.  a  harbour  near  the  Sicilian 
Mylae,  App. 

Νανλόο),  ώ,  {νανλθ7>)  to  let  one's 
ship  for  hire.  Mid.  νανλοϋμαι,  to  hire 
a  ship,  Polyb.  31,  20,  11. 

Νανμΰχέω,  ώ,  {νανμάχος)  to  fight 
in  a  ship  or  by  sea,  freq.  in  Hdt.,  etc. ; 
V.  Tivi,  to  fight  with  one,  Hdt.  2,  161  ; 
V.  πρό  or  περί  τίνος.  Id.  8,  57,  ϊ'.  την 
■περί  των  κρεών,  to  be  in  the  battle  of 
the  Carcasses  (i.  e.  Arginussae),  Ar. 
Ran.  191  :  generally,  to  fight,  do  battle 
icith,  κακοϊς,  Ar.  Vesp,  "4T9. 

Νανμάχης,  ov,  ό,=^νανμάχος.  [μα] 

Ν  αν  μάχη  σείω,  desiderat.  from  ναν- 
μαχέω,  to  wish  to  fight  by  sea,  Thuc. 
8,  79. 

'Νανμΰχία,  ας,  η,  a  sea-fight,  Hdt., 
1  Thuc,  etc ;  ναμαχίη  κρατέειν,  έσ- 
σοΰσθαι,.  Hdt.  3,  39  ;'6,  92  :  from 

Ναύμΰχος,  ov,  {νανς,  μάχη)  belong- 
ing, suited  to  a  sea-fight,  ξνστά  v., 
boarding  pikes,  II.  15,  389;  so,  v.  δό- 
ρατα, Hdt.  7,  89. — II.  parox.  νανμά- 
χος, act.,  fighting  at  sea,  Anth.  P.  7, 
741. 

Οϋαυμέδων,  οντος,  ό,  {νανς,  μέδων) 
ruling  ships,  appelj.  of  Neptune,  Lyc- 
157. 

ίΝαυττύκτιος,  a,  ov,  of  Naupactus, 
Nanpactian,  Aesch.  Supp.  2C2  :  from 

^Ναύπακτος,  ov,  ή,  Nanpartus,  a 
city  of  the  Locri  Ozolae  on  the  Co- 
rinthian gulf,  with  a  celebrated  har- 
bour, now  L'panto,  Thuc.  1, 103  ;  etc. 

'Νανττηγέτης,  ov,  ό,=^νανπηγός,  v. 
1.  for  νανηγ-  in  Lvc. 

'Νανττηγέω,  ώ,  {νανπηγός)  to  build 
ships,  Ar.  Plut.  513 :  in  Hdt.  always 
in  mid.,  νανς  νανττηγέεσίΐαι,  to  build 
one's  se// ships,  2,  96  ;  6,  46  ;  ίπί  τα•ι, 
against  others,  1,  27  ;  so  in  Att.,  vav- 
πηγείσθαι  τριήρεις.  Andoc.  24, 7,  etc. ; 
πλοία,  Dem.  219,  11. 

Νανπηγ/'ίς.  ές,=νανπηγός,  Maneth. 

"Ναυπτιγησία,  ας,  ή,=  νανπηγία, 
very  dub. 

Νανπηγησιμος,  ov,  also  η,  ov.  Plat. 
Legg.  705  C  {νανπηγέω)  : — belonging 
to  or  useful  in  ship-building,  of  wood, 
Ιδη,  Hdt.  5,  23  ;  ξύλα,  Thuc.  4,  108, 
sq.  ;  ν?.η,  Plat.  1.  c. 

Νανπήγησις,  εως,  ^,=  sq. 

"Νανπηγία,  ας,  ή,  {ναυπηγός)  ship- 
building, Hdt.  1,  27;  v.  άρμόζειν,  to 
practise  ship-building,  Eur.  Cycl. 
963 


ΝΑΥΣ 

459 ;  νανπηγίαν  τραφών  παρασκευ- 
ύζεπβαι,  Thuc.  1,  108,  etc. 

Νανιτηγικός,  ή,  όν,  skilled  in  ship- 
building. Luc.  ϋ.  Mort.  10,  9  : — ;)  -κ// 
(sc.  τέχνη)  the  art  of  ship-building, 
Arist.  Eth.  N.  1,1,3;  and 

Navmp/Lov,  ov,  τό,  a  ship-builder's 
yard,  dock-yard,  Ar.  Av.  1157  :  from 

^ανπηγός,  όν,  {νανς,  πίρ/ννμι)  ship- 
building:  ό  v.,  a  ship-builder,  ship- 
wright, Thuc.  1,  J  3,  Plat.  Rep.  333 
C,  etc. 

fSavn^ia,  ας,  ή,  Nauplia,  a  city 
and  port  of  Argolisat  the  head  of  the 
Argolicns  sinus,  now  Nnpoli  di  Ro- 
mania, Hdt.  6,  76  ;  etc. :  also  'Νανπλί- 
εϊς,  Strab.  p.  371. 

ή-Ναυπλίάδης,  ov,  6,  son  of  Nau- 
plius,  i.  e.  Proetus,  Ap.  Rh.  I,  1 36. 

ΙΝαυπλί'είος,  ov,  of  ISauplia,  Eur. 
Or.  54. 

^'^ανίΐλΐΐνς,  έως,  ό,  an  inhab.  of 
Nauplia,  ot  N.,  Paus.  4,  35. 

ΙΝαΰττλίΟζ-,  α,  ov,  of  Nauplia,  Nau- 
plian,  oi  N.  λιμένες,  Eur.  El.  453  ;  ή 
Ν.  χθων,  Id.  Or.  309. 

ΙΝαί/ττλίΟζ•,  ov,  ό,  NaupUus,  son  of 
Keptune  and  Amymone,  Paus.  4,  35, 
2. — 2.  a  descendant  of  foreg.,  an  Ar- 
gonaut, Ap.  Rh.  1,  134. — 3.  husband 
ofClymeno,  father  of  Palamedes,  Luc. 

"ϋαύτζορος,  ην,=:νανσιπορος,  of  a 
country,  shipfrequented,  Aesch.  Euni. 
10. —  II.  paro.x.,  νανπόρος,ζ=νανσιπό• 
ρος  Π-  2,  πλάτη,  Eur.  Tro.  877. 

tNavTopror,  oi>,  τό,  Nauportum,  a 
city  of  Pannonia,  Strab.  p.  314. 

Nai'pof,  όν,  ai^y,  thoughtless,  only 
in  Gramm. 

Nai'f,  7],  Lat.  nav-is,  a  ship,  very 
freq.  in  Horn..,  but  (as  in  Hdt,)  always 
in  Ion.  form  νηϋς ;  Dor.  νΰς,  but 
νενς  only  in  Grainm.  Gen.,  νεώς. 
Ion.  νηός  Horn.,  and  shortd.  νεός 
Hdt.  ;  Dor.  νύός,  also  in  Att.  poets, 
as  Aesch.  Pers.  62,  Soph.  Aj.  872. — 
Dat.,  νηί,  Hom. ;  Dor.  vui,  also  in 
Att.  poets.  Ace.  vavv ;  Ion.  νηα, 
Hom. ;  shortd.  νέα  in  Iloin.  only  once, 
Od. 9, 283  (where itis  along  syll.)  usu. 
in  Hdt.,  V.  Schweigh.  v.  1.  8,  83  ;  Dor. 
vav  rare,  in  Ap.  Rh.  1,  1358;  also 
V7}vv.  Plur.  nom.  in  Horn,  νήες,  and 
more  rarely  shortd.  νέες,  which  pre- 
vails in  Hdt. ;  Dor.  νάες,  as  also  in 
Att.  poets  ;  in  later  prose  ναϋς,  which 
is  blamed  by  Gramm.,  cf.  Lob.  Phryn. 
170. — Gen.  νεώί',  Horn., and  Hdt.,  Ion. 
νηών,  Hom. ;  in  Dor.  and  Att.  poet. 
νΰ,ών.  Dat.  νανσί,  Ion.  νηυσί,  Hom. ; 
Ep.  νήεσσι,  Hom.,  more  rarely  νέεσ- 
σι,  Hom.  ;  Ep.  gen.  and  dat.  νανφι, 
vavipiv,  Hom.  Ace.  vai'r.  Ion.  νήας, 
Horn.,  and  shortd.  νέας,  Hes.  Op.  245, 
in  Hom.  rarer,  but  νέας  in  Hdt.,  ev- 
erywhere recognized  by  all  the  best 
MSS.,  Schweigh.  v.  1.  7,  192 ;  Dor. 
νάας,  Theocr.,  in  later  Ep.  also  νι/νς, 
Dem.  Bith.  ap.  Steph.  Byz.  v.  'Hpaia: 
of  dual  only  the  gen.  and  dat.  νεοϊν  is 
found,  Thuc. :  cf.  γρανς.  (Usu.  de- 
riv.  from  νύω  ;  better,  from  νέω,  νεν- 
σομαί :  or  perh.  akin  to  ναίω,  cf. 
νανκραρος. 

Ναϋσθλον,  ov,  τό,=νανλυν,  only 
in  Hesych. ;  prob.  coined  for  the  for- 
mation of  sq. 

Ναιισ(?λόω,  ω,  contr.  for  νηνστο- 
?^έω,  to  carry  by  sea,  Eur.  Tro.  164, 
Supp.  1037  : — mid.,  f.  νανσθ/^ώσο/inc, 
to  take  u'ith  one  by  sea,  Eur.  I.  T.  1487  ; 
to  hire  a  ship  for  one's  self  Ar.  Pac. 
120 : — pass,  to  go  by  sea,  Eur.  Tro. 
672,  He).  1210,  (v.  foreg.) 

Νανσία,  Att.  ναυτία,  ας,  ή,  {νανς) 
sea-sickness,  qualmishness,  Hipp.,  etc.  : 
— generally,  disgust,  Lat.  nausea,  Si- 
mon. Amorg.  54. 
964 


ΝΑΎΣ 

Ναυσ/άσίζ•,  ή, qualmishness,  retching, 
sickness :  from 

Νανσίάω,  Att.  ναντιάω,  ω,  ίο  be 
qualmish,  to  retch,  suffer  from  seasick- 
ness.  Ar.  Thesm.  882,  in  Att.  form  ; 
so  Plat.  Theaet.  191  A,  Legg.  039  Β : 
to  be  disgusted,  Dem.  Phal. 

Νανσϊβάτης,  ov,  ό,  =  νανβάτης. 
[βα\ 

Νανσίβιος,  cv,  {νανς,  βίος)  living 
in  a  ship  or  by  the  sea,  Alciphr. 

Νανσίόρομος,  ov,  {νανς,  δρόμος) 
ship- speeding,  Orph.  H.  73,  10.  [σΖ] 

^^ανσιθόη,  ης,  η,  Nausithoe,  a  Ne- 
reid, Apollod. 

iliavσίθooς,  ov,  δ,  Nausithw'is,  son 
of  Neptune,  a  king  of  the  Phaea- 
cians,  Od.  7,  56.-2.  son  of  Ulysses, 
Hes.  Th.  1016. 

iNavaiKUa,  ας,  η,  Nausicaa,  daugh- 
ter of  Alcinoiis  and  Arete,  Od.  6,  17. 

'^Ίπανσικλείδης,  ov,  b,  Naiisiclides, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Ath.  62  D. 

Νανσικ?.ειτός,  ή,  όν,  {νανς,  κλει- 
τός)  renoivned  for  ships,  famous  by  sea, 
Od.  6,  22  :  the  fern,  is  in  Hom.  Ap. 
31,  still  written  νανσικλείτη,  but  lb. 
219  bettor  νανσίκλειτή,  cf.  Spitzn. 
E.xc.  xi.  ad  II. 

^Νανσικ?ιί}ς,  έονς,  b,  Nausiclcs,  an 
Athenian  commander,  Dem.  264,  22, 
archon.  Id.  288,  27. 

'ί^ανσιΐίλντός,  όν,  {νανς,  κλντός)=^ 
νανσικ?^ίτός,  epith.  of  the  Phaea- 
cians,  Od.  7,  39  ;  of  the  Phoenicians, 
15,  415:  fem.  νανσικλντάν,  Pind.  N. 
5,  16. 

^^ανσι.κράτης,  ονς,  ό,  Naiisicrates, 
brother  of  Nausimachus  (I),  Dem. 
986,  24.-2.  an  orator  from  Carystus 
in  Euboea,  Plut.  Cira.  19, — 3.  a  comic 
actor,  Aeschin.  14,  8. 

'\^αυσικ.νδΊ^ς,ονς,  b,  Nausicydes,  an 
Athenian,  Ar.  Eccl.  426  ;  Plat. ;  etc. 

'\'!^ανσιμύχη,  ης,  ή,  Nausimuche, 
fem.  pr.  n.,  Ar.  The.sm.  804. 

Μ^ανσίμαχος,  ov,  b,  Nausimachus, 
an  Athenian  against  whom  the  πα- 
ρανραψή  cf  Dem.  994  sqq. — 2.  an 
Atfienian  archon,  Diod.  S. 

^'ίίανσίμέδων,  οντος,  ό,  Nausimedon, 
son  of  Nauplius,  Apollod.  2,  1,  5. 

^Νανσι,μένης,  ονς,  b.  Nausimenes, 
an  Athenian,  Isae.  69,  27. 

^ΝανσίνΙκος,  ov,  b,  Nansintcus,  an 
Athenian  archon,  Dem.  606,  fin. 

tNai/σί'νοοζ•,  ov,  ό,  Nausinous,  son 
ofUlysses and  Calypso,  Hes.  Th.  1017. 

Νανσϊόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  {νανσία)  fuel- 
ing nausea  or  disgust,  Nic.  Λ1.  83. 

Νανσϊττέδη,  ης,  η,  {νανς,  πέδη)  α 
ship-cable,  Luc.  Lexiph.  15. 

Νανσϊπέράτος,  ov.  Ion.  νηνσιπ-,=ζ 
νανσίπορος,  navigable,  Hdt.  1,  193, 
Dion.  Η.  3,  44. 

Ί^ηνσίποόες,  ol,  the  ship-footed,  of 
islanders :  also  νανποδες. 

Νανσίπομπος,  ov,  (νανς,  πέμπω) 
act.  ship-wafting,  V.  αύρα,  a  fair  wind, 
hat.  ventussecundus,  Eur.  Phoen.  1712. 
— II.  pass,  sent,  carried  in  ships.   [I] 

Νανσίπσρος,  ov,  {νανς,  πόρος)  tra- 
versed hi;  ships,  of  a  river,  navigable, 
Xen.  An.  2,  2,  3. — II.  paros.  νανσι- 
πόρος,  ov,  act.  passing  in  a  ship,  sea- 
faring, Eur.  Rhes.  48. — 2.  causing  a 
ship  to  pass,  πλύται  v.,  ship-speeding 
oars,  Eur.  I.  A.  172.  [Ϊ] 

Κανσίστονος,  ov,  (νανς,  στένω) : — 
ύβρις  V-,  the  lamentable  loss  of  the 
ships,  Pind.  P.  1,  140.  ^ 

ΐΐ^ηνσίώιλος,  ov,  b,  Nausiphilus, 
son  of  the  archon  Nausinicus,  Dem. 
1307,  5. 

Νανσΐφόρητος,  ov,  {ναϋς,  φορέω) 
carried  in  or  bu  ship,  sea-faring,  Pind. 
P.  1,64.  ^ 

Νανσϊώδης,    ες,    Att.    ναντιώδης, 


ΝΑΤΓ 

{νανσία,  εϊδος)  nauseous,  sickeiim". 
Plut.  2, 127  A,  128  D,  etc.— II.  qualm- 
ish. 

Ί^ανσίωσις,  ίι,^=νανσίασις,  vomit- 
ing :  ψλεβ^>ν  v.,  the  gushing  of  thi 
blood  from  the  veins,  Hipp.  p.  759. 

Κανσταθμον,  ov,  τό,  {νανς,  σταθ 
μύς)  a  harbour,  anchorage,  roadstead. 
Lat.  statio  naiuum,  Thuc.  3,  6,  and 
Polyb. :  it  oft.  occurs  in  Eur.  Rhes., 
usu.  in  plur.,  but  except  in  244,  602 
where  we  have  νανσταθμα,  the  gen 
der  is  uncertain. 

Ναύσταθμος,  σΐ!,  ό,— foreg,,  Plut. 
Nic.  16,  Ant.  03.— II.  the  ships  assem 
bled  in  a  roadstead.  Id.  Arist,  22. 

Νανστολέω,  ώ,  ίο  be  a  νανστόλος, 
to  send  or  guide  a  ship,  hence, — I. 
trans.,  to  carry  or  convoy  by  sea,  δύ• 
μαρτα,  Eur.  Or.  741  :  hence  Ιδια  v. 
επικώμια,  to  carry  their  own  praises 
with  them,  Pind.  N.  6,  55,  cf.  Eur. 
I.  T,  599  : — pass.  c.  fut.  mid.  -ήσυμαι, 
to  go  by  sea,  Eur.  Tro.  1048,  Melan. 
29,6 — 2.  to  guide,  direct,  govern,  πά- 
λιν, Eur.  Supp.  474:  hence  metaph., 
τω  πτέρνγε  ποί  νανστολεΐς,  whither 
plicst  thou  thy  wings  ί  Ar.  Av.  1229. 
— II.  more  usu.  intr.  like  pass,,  to  go 
by  ship,  sail,  προς...,  Eur.  Tro.  77  ;  c. 
ace.  loci,  Soph.  Fr.  129,  Eur.  Med. 
682,  etc.:  generally,  to  travel, go,  like 
French  voyager,  Luc.  Lexiph.  2, — 
Only  poet.     Hen<;e 

'Νανστό?•,ημα,  ατός,  τό,  any  thing 
conveyed  by  ship:  in  plnr.  also=sq., 
Eur,  Supp.  209. 

ΝαυστοΡκ'α,  ας,  ή,  a  sending,  carry- 
ing by  ship. — 2.  a  going  by  ship,  a  na- 
val expedition,  Eur.  Andr.  795  :  from 

Νανστόλος,  ov,  {ναϊις,  στέλλ,ω) 
sending  by  ship. — 2,  carrying  or  convoy- 
ing, θεωρίς,  Aesch.  Theb,  858  ;  ubi  v. 
Dind. 

-\'ίίανστροφσς,  ov,  6,  Naustrophus, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Hdt.  3,  60. 

ΙΝαΐ'σωΐ',  ωνσς,  ό,  Navson,  comic 
name  of  parent  of  the  ship  Naophan- 
te  in  Ar.  Eq.  1309. 

i'iiavTaKa,  ων,  τύ,  Nautaca,  a  city 
of  Sogdiana,  Arr.  An.  3,  28,  9. 

tNaDTct'fr  έως  Ep.  ΐ/ος,  b,  Nauteus, 
a  Phaeacian,  Od.  8,  112. 

NavT1jς,ov.b,{vavς)\J<ίt.nanta,asea^ 
man,  sailor,  Horn.,  Hea.,  etc. ;  as  adj., 
V.  όμιλος,  Eur.  Hec.  92J, — II.  one  who 
goes  by  ship  ;  simply,  a  companion  by 
sea.  Soph.  Phli.  901. 

Ncurtn.  ar,  ή,  Att.  for  νανσία.  Lob. 
Phryn.  191. 

Ναντιάω.  ώ,=^νανσιύω,  Att.,  also 
ναυττιάω.  Phot. 

N«ii7i  ΐίός,  ή,  όν,  {νανς,  ναύτης)  be- 
longing to  a  ship,  to  a  seaman,  v-  στρα- 
τός, στόλος,  a  sen-ioxce,  fleet,  etc, 
Trag. ;  opp.  to  πεζός  στρατός,  Hdt. 
8,  I  ;  also  το  ναντίκόν,  a  navy,  fleet, 
Hdt.  7,48, 160  ;  Thuc.  1,36,  etc. ;  so,?^ 
ναυτική,  Hdt.  7,  161. — 2.  of  persons, 
skilled  in  seamanship,  nautical,  Thuc. 
1,  18,  etc.  ;  ή  -κή,  navigation,  seaman- 
ship, Arist.  Anal.  Post.  1,  13,  8  ;  and 
τα  -κά.  Plat.  Ale.  1,  124  Ε  ;— but  tu 
ναυτικά,  also,  naval  affairs,  naval 
power,  Thuc.  4,  75,  and  Xen. — II.  at 
Athens,  to  ναντίκόν  esp.  signified 
money  borrowed  orient  on  bottomry,  Lat. 
pe.cunia  fnenore  nautico  coUocala,  vavTt- 
κοϊς  έκδανείζειν,  έκδιδόναι,  to  lend 
money  on  bottomry,  Lys.  895 ;  λαμ- 
βάνειν, ανελέσθαι,  to  take  it  up,  bor- 
row, Xen.  Vect.  3,  9,  Dem.  1212,  3  : 
— ναυτικσναμφοτερόπ7Μνν,\\\ΐ£ηύιβ 
creditor  runs  the  risk  of  the  voyage 
home  as  well  as  out ;  v.  έτερόπλονν, 
when  he  runs  the  risk  of  the  voyage 
out  only.  Bockh  P.  E.  1,  178. 

Ναντϊ?.ία,  ας,  ή,  {ναυτίλος)  sailing, 


ΝΑΩ 

st^amnmhip,  Od.  8,  253,  Hes.  Op.  616, 
Plat.,  etc.  -.—a  vnyaae,  Pind.  N.  3.38, 
Hdt.  4,  145;  and  in^plur.,  Hdt.  1,  1, 
163  ;  2,  43.     Heace 

'Ναντίλ?ιομαι,  dep.,  only  used  in 
pres.  and  impf,  to  sail,  go  by  sea,  Od. 
4,672  (ubiv.  Nitzsch)^14,  246,  oft. 
in  Hdt ,  but  rare  in  Att.,  as  Soph. 
Ant.  717;  in  Plat.  Rep.  551  C,  c.  ace. 
cognato,  ναντίλίαν  ναντί'λ7.εσθαι. 

'Sai'Ti/.ος,  ου,  ό,^ναύτης,  a  sea- 
man, sailor,  Hdt.  2,  43,  and  freq.  in 
Trag.,  as.  Aesch.  Pr.  468.-2.  as  adj., 
of  a  ship,  V.  σίλμα-α,  Aesch.  Ag. 
1442. — Rare  in  prose. — II.  the  nautilus, 
a  shell -fish,  furnished  viith  a  mem- 
brane which  serves  it  for  a  sail,  also 
■ποντίλος,  Arist.  H.  A.  4,  1 .  28.  [Z] 

'ΐίαυτιλθ(ί)θόρος,  ov,  (ναντί?,ος,  φθεί- 
ρω) bane  of  sailors.  Lye.  650. 

fiavTiasig,  εσσα,  εν,  Att.  for  vav- 
σιόεις. 

Ναϋτις  οτναντίς,  ίδος,  η,  fern,  from 
ναύτ>!ς,  Theopomp.  ^Com.)  Incert. 
38  ;  cf  Lob.  Phryn.  256. 

Ί\αντ'ίώόης,  ες,  ναντίωσις,  ή,  Att. 
for  νανσ-,  q.  v. 

Ί\αντούίκαι,  οί,  (ναύτης,  δίκη)  at 
Aihons,  judges  of  the  admiralty-court, 
which  at  first  sat  only  in  the  month 
Gamelion,  but  afterwards  through 
the  six  winter  months,  Lys.  148,  35, 
sq.  ;  cf  Bockh  P.  E.  1,  69  :  singular- 
ly enough,  it  also  took  cognizance,  in 
Munychioii  only,  of  actions  against 
pretended  citizens,  γραφαΐ  ξενίας, 
Cratjn.  Cheir.  8  :  v.  Att  Process  p. 

lSavτoAoyε^Λ■ι  ύ,  to  take  tn  seamen, 
take  on  board,  Anth.  P.  9,  415  :  from 

NarroAOyof,  ov,  (  ναύτης,  ?^γω  ) 
taking  ill  seamen,  taking  on  board,  Strab. 
p.  375. 

'ϋαντϋπαΧδιον,  ov,  τό,  (  ναύτης, 
τταιδίον^  a  sailor  boy,  Hipp. 

ϋαύ-ρια,  ας,  ή,  fern,  οϊ  ναύτης,  as 
if  from  ναντήρ.  Απ  Fr.  652. 

ΝαίΓΓίάω,  v.  ναυτιάω. 

'Ναυφάγος,  ov,  {νανς,  φυγείν)  ship- 
devoiiring,  Lyc.  1095. 

i^avφάvτη.ης,ί/.]Vauphante.comic 
name  of  one  of  the  ships  a.ssembled 
in  council,  daughter  of  Nauson,  in 
Ar.  Eq.  1309. 

Ί^ανφαρίίτος,  ov,  v.  νανφρακτος. 

Κανφθορία.  ας,  ή,  shipwreck,  loss  of 
ships,  Anth.  tP*7,  73  :  from 

ί\ακφθορος,  ov,  {vavr,  φθείρω)  skip- 
uTccked.  V.  στολή,  Ίτεττίοι,  the  garb  of 
ahipureiked  men,  Eur.  Hel.  1382,  1539. 

isav^L,  νανάιν,  Ep.  gen.  and  dat. 
pi.  of  ναΐ'ζ,  Horn. 

'Νανφρακτος,  ov,  (ναϋς,  φράσσω) 
shipfenced,  hence.  Ίαόνων  ν-  Άρης, 
V.  ομύ.υς,  of  the  Greeks  at  Salamis, 
Aesch.  Pers.  950,  1027;  στράτευμα 
v..  Eur.  L  A.  1259 : — ναύφρακτον  βΜ- 
ττειν,  to  look  like  a  man  of  war,  Ar. 
Ach.  95  (ubi  Dind.,  permetath  ,  vav- 
φαρκτον). 

Νανφνλϋκέω,  ώ,  to  guard  a  ship  : 
from 

'^ανφνλαξ,  ό,  {νανς,  φύ7.αξ)  one  who 
keeps  watch  on  board  ship,  Ar.  Fr.  339. 

Ναΰω,  said  to  be  AeoL  for  νάω  {to 
flow.) 

Ναύω,— ικετεύω,  Gramm. 

iiiavuv,  ώνος,  ό,  {ναϋς)=νεών,  νεύ- 
ρων, Hesych. 

Νάφβα,  ή,  and  νύφθα,  τό  (Lob. 
Phryn.  438)  ;  and  νάφθας,  ό,  naphtha, 
a  clear  cotnbustible  petrolenm,  Plot. 
Alex.  35  (in  genit.  τοννάφθα) : — call- 
ed also  Μήδειας  ελαιον. 

^\αχώρ,  ό,  Nachor,  Hebr.  masc.  pr. 
n.,  N.  T. 

Ν.\Ώ,  prob.  only  in  pres.  and  impf, 
to  flow,  κρήνη  νάεί,  Od,  6,  292,  ct  U. 


NEAN 

21,  197  ;  cf  ναίω  III.  (Lat.  nrt-re,  cf. 
Sanscr.  root  snc'i,  to  wash,  but  Pott 
doubts  the  connexion  with  νέω,  νεν- 
σομαι,  νανς,  Lat.  riavis.)  [ΰ  in  Hom.  ; 
but  ά  in  arsis  in  Ap.  Rh.,  si  vera  lect.] 
NA'i2,  dub.  as  a  collat.  form  of 
ναίω,  q.  v.  sub  fin. 

Nea,  Ion.  ace.  sing,  from  νανς,  Od., 
and  Hdt. 

Νεά  (sc.  yfj),  ή,  like  νεός,  νείός, 
fallow  land,  Lat.  novale,  Theophr. 

Νεά)'}'ελΓ0ζ•,  ov,  {νέος,  ίΐγγέλ?Μ) 
newly  or  L•t€ly  told,  φάτις,  Aeseh. 
Cho.  736. 

Νεΰγενής,  ες,  {νέος,  *γΐνω)  newly- 
born,  Eur.  ι.  Α.  1623 ;  cf  Ion.  νεηγε- 
νής. 

ϊϋεάζω,  (νέος)  intr.,  to  be  young  or 
new,  Aesch.  Ag.  764,  Soph.  Tr.  143  : 
to  be  the  younger  of  tuv.  Soph.  O.  C. 
374  :  hence,  to  act  or  think  like  a  youth, 
Eur.  Phoen.  713. — 2.  to  groiv  young, 
grow  young  again,  Anth. — II.  trans.  = 
νεύω. 

ίΝέαιθος,  ov,  ό,  the  Neaethus,  a  riv- 
er of  lower  Italy,  Strab.  p.  262,  in 
Theocr.  Νήαιθος. 

tNf'atpn,  ας,  ή,  Neaera,  a  nymph, 
mother  of  Lampetia,  and  Phaethusa, 
Od.  12,  133.— 2.  daughter  of  Pereus, 
Apollod.  3,  9.-3.  daughter  of  the 
river  god  Strymon,  Id.  2,  1,  2. — 4.  a 
daughter  of  Niobe,  Id.  3,  5,  6. — 5.  a 
courtesan  at  Athens,  against  whom 
Dem.  1345  sqq. 

'Νεαίρετος,  ov,  {νέος,  α'φέω)  neivly 
taken  or  cauj^ht,  θήρ,  πό/ιΐς,  Aesch. 
Ag.  1063,  1065. 

^^έαιχμος,  ov,  b,  Neaechirms,  an 
Athenian  archon,  Dion.  H. 

Nf  tj/cT/f ,  ες,  Ion.  νεηκής,  q.  v.,=sq. 

Ί^εΰκόνητος,  ov,  {νέος,  άκονάω) 
newly -whetted,  i.  e.  keen-edged.  Soph. 
EL  1394,  ace.  to  the  Mss.,  but  v.  vso- 
κόν-. 

Νεαλ(57/(•,  ές,  {νέος,  αλδεη')  newly 
grown  οχ  produced,  Ορρ.  Η.  1,  692. 

Νεαλ//(•,  ές,  youthfully  fresh  ;  gene- 
rally,/res/i.  not  worn  out,  v.  την  άκμήν. 
Ar.Fr.  330;  also  in  Plat.  Polit.  265 
B,  Xen.  Cyr.  8,6,  17,  opp.  to  ΰττεφ??- 
κότες;  so 'in  Polyb.  3,  73,  5;  10,  14, 
3,  and  App. : — Dem.  788,  22  has  v.  και 
πρόςφατος,  metaph.  from  fish,  opp. 
to  τεταριχενμένος  :  v.  μόσχος,  γάλα, 
Nic.  Al.  358,  364.  (Ace.  to  some, 
from  νέος  and  ά^ύσκομαι,  as  if  newly 
caviiht,  cf.  Harpocr.  ;  and  this  is  ace. 
to  the  analogy  of  δονρια/.ής,  in  He- 
sych. Phryn.  A.  B.  p.  52,  brings  it 
from  άΤιής  =  αοΤ.'λής,  αθρόος,  as  if 
n-iU'ly  collected.)  {a  Ar.  1.  c.,  and  so 
Photius  makes  it,  cf.  Bergk  ap. 
Meineke  Com.  Fr.  2,  p.  1100;  but 
Nic.  has  ά.] 

Nεύλ(Jrof,  ov,  {νέος,  άλίσκομαι) 
newly  caught,  [ΰ] 

'Νεύμελκτος,  ov  Ion.  νεήμε?.κτος, 
q.  V.  [a] 

NEA'NorNEA"TV,  ανος,  ό.=  νέος, 
like  ξυνάν=:ξννός,  μεγιστάν^=  μέγι- 
στος. Lob.  Phryn,  196.  Hence  νεά- 
νις,  νεανίας,  etc. 

ϋϋεύνδρεια,  and  Νεανδρία,  ας,  ή, 
Neandria,  a  small  ,\eolian  city  in 
Troas,  Strab.  p.  603  :  hence  ol  Νεαν- 
δρεϊς,  έων,  the  Neandrians.  Xen.  Hell. 
3,  1,  16;  and  ή  Νεανδρίς,  ίδος,  the 
territory  of  Ν..  Strab.  p.  472. 

Λέανδρος,  ov,  (νέος,  άνήρ)  :  ά7^κη 
v.,  the  strength  of  a  youth,  Lyc.  1345. 

Νεάΐ'εί'α.  ας,  ή,^=νεανιεία,  Philo ; 
cf  Lob.  Paral.  28. 

Νεανθής,  ές,  {νέος,  άνθέω)  new- 
bloivn.  blooming,  Nic. :  αΐνος,  Anth.  P. 
append.  111. 

^^>εαι-θης,  ονς,  ό,  Neanthes,  a  histo- 
rian of  Cyzicus,  Strab,  p.  45;  etc. 


ΝΕΑΠ 

!      ϋϋέανθος.  ov,  6,  IVeanfhus,  son  of 
Pittacus  in  Lesbos,  Luc.  adv.  Indoct. 
t  12. 

i  'Νεάνίας,  ov,  ό,  Ep.  and  Ion.  νεη- 
νί-ης :  (νεάν,  νέος)  : — a  young  man, 
youth,  in  Hom.  fonly  in  Od.)  always 
with  άνήρ,  νεηνίτι  άνδρΐ  ίοικώς,  Od, 
10,  278;  άνδρες  νεηνίαι,  14,  524  ;  so, 
Traif  νεηνίης,  Hdt.  7,  99  :  but  in  Att. 
alone,  like  νεανίσκος : — esp.  a  youth 
in  character,  etc.,  i.  e.  either  brave  and 
active,  Eur.  Ion  1041,  cf.  Xen.  Cyr.  1, 
3,  6,  Dem.  329,  23  ;  or  wilful,  head- 
strong, Eur.  Supp.  580;  cf  νεανικός, 
and  Heind.  Plat.  Soph.  239  D.— II.  as 
masc.  adj.,  youthful,  Pind.  O.  7,  5  • 
also  of  things,  etc.,  new,  fresh,  v.  πό- 
νος, Eur.  Hel.  209;  άρτος,  Ar.  Lys. 
1208  ;  also  with  a  fem.  subst.,  v.  θώ• 
ραξ,  Eur.  Η.  F.  1095:  cf.  Lob.  Paral. 
268.  [In  Att.  sometimes  as  trisyll., 
-ίας  forming  one.] 

ΐ\εάνϊεία,  ας,  ή,{νεανιενο)ιαι)  youth. 

Νεάνίενμα.  ατός,  τό,  α  youthful,  i.  e. 
wilful,  u'anton  act,  Plat.  Rep.  390  A, 
Luc   Hermot.  33:  from 

Νεάνΐεύομαι,  dep.  mid.,  to  be  a  νεα- 
νίας or  youth,  hence  usu.  to  act  hastily, 
wilfully,  wantonly,  Ar.  Fr.  653,  Plat., 
etc. :  I',  ε'ις  τίνα.  Ιο  behave  so  towards 
another.  Isocr.  398  C  ;  tv  τινι.  in  a 
thing.  Plat.  Gorg.  482  C :  c.  adj.  neut.. 
TOIOVTOV  v.,  to  make  such  youthful 
promises,  Dem.  401,  24,  cf  536,  26. — 
The  act.  only  in  Hesych. 

Nε(2^■^^■(J,=foreg.,  Pint.  Flamin.  20. 

Νεανικός,  ή,  όν,  {νεάν,  νέος,  νεα- 
νίας) youthful,  ρώμη,  Ar.  Vesp.  1067 : 
usu.  of  youthful  qualities  ;  and  so, — 
I.  fresh,  active,  stout,  Ar.  Eq.  61 1  ;  so 
of  trees,  ITieophr. — 2.  high-spirited, 
noble,  like  Lat.  superbus,  το  νεανικώ- 
τατον,  the  gayest,  most  dashing  feat, 
Ar.  Vesp.  1205  :  so,  καλή  και  v.,  γεν- 
ναΐον  και  v..  Plat.  Rep.  563  Ε,  Lys. 
204  Ε  ;  μέγα  καΐ  v.,  λαμττρόν  και  v., 
Dem.  37,  10;  557,  25.-3.  in  bad 
signf,  heady,  wanton,  insolent,  Lat. 
proiervus,  Plat.  Gorg.  508  D,  509  A ; 
so,  νεανικώς  τύπτειν,  Ar.  Vesp.  1307. 
— 4.  generally,  vehement,  mighty,  like 
\-lΆi.υalidas,φόSoς Ύ'.,  Eur.  Hipp.  1204: 
V.  κρέας,  Ar.  Plut.  1137:  cf  Meineke 
Alex.  Τίονήρ-  2  ;  freq.  in  later  proser, 
V.  βροντή,  Arist.  H.  A.  8,  20, 1 ;  v.  άνε- 
μος, etc.,  Plut. 

Νεΰνϊόομαι,  =  νεανιεύομαι,  Dion. 
Η.  Epit.  18,  3. 

Νεάνις,  ϊδος,  ή,  Ep.  and  Ion.  νεή- 
νις  (νεάν,  νέος)  : — a  young  woman, 
girl,  maiden,  II.  18,  418,  Soph.  Ant. 
784,  and  freq.  in  Eur. ;  so,  παρθενική 
v.,  Od.  7,  20.— II.  as  adj.,  youthful, 
χείρες,  ήβη,  Eur.  Bacch.  745,  Ion 
477. — Mostly  poet. 

Νεάνισκάριον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from 
νεανίσκος,  Epict.  2,  16,  29. 

Νεάνίσκενμα,  ατός,  τό,=νεανίεν- 
μα :  from 

Νεάνισκεύομαι,  dep.  mid.,  to  be  a 
Ι'εανίσκος,  be  in  one's  youth,  Xen.  Cyr. 
\,  2,  15,  Amphis  Erith.  1. — Not  used 
in  the  common  signf  of  νεανιεύομαι. 

Νεανίσκος,  ov,  ό.  Ion.  νεηνίσκος, 
{νεάν,  νέος)  a  youth,  young  man  nntil 
forty  (Kniger  Vit.  Xen.  p.  12),  Hdt. 
3,  53  ;  4. 72, 1 12,  and  oft.  in  Att.  prose  : 
— a  soldier,  Decret.  ap,  Dem.  265,  22. 

Νέανσις,  ή,  {νεάζω)=^νέασις,  The- 
ophr. 

Νεη^,  ΰκος,  ο,  poet,  for  νεανίας, 
esp.  in  Com.,  as  Nicoph.  Pand.  3. 
[a,  V.  E.  M.  p.  534,  32  ;  hence  Ion. 
νέηξ,  -ηκος.  Call.  Fr.  78.] 

Νεΰηιδός,  όν,  {νέος,  αοιδός)  singing 
youthfully,  Leon.  Tar.  81. 

Νεάττολ-ΐς,  εως,  ή,  (νέος,  πόλις)  α 
new  city,  esp,  prop.  π.  of  several  cities 
965 


JSTEaT 

(like  our  Nexv-iown),  Netipolis :  freq. 
written  in  two  words,  Lob.  Phryn. 
605,  6(35. — tl-  ill  Campania,  the  ear- 
lier Fartlienope,  now  Naples,  Stral). 
p.  245  ;  etc. — 2.  in  Macedonia,  on  the 
peninsula  of  Pallene,  Hdt.  7,  123. — 
3.  another  town  of  Macedonia  on  the 
Strytnonicus  sinus,  near  Phih[)pi, 
Strab.  p.  330 ;  cf.  N.  T.  Act.  Apost. 
IG,  11. —  1.  in  the  Tauric  Chersonese, 
Strab.  p.  312. — 5.  a  city  of  the  Saini- 
ans  on  the  Ephesian  coast.  Id.  p.  039. 
— 6.  in  AegypI,  in  the  Thebaid  near 
Chemmis,  Hdt.  2,  91. — 7.  in  Zeugi- 
tana,  a  mart  of  the  Carthaginians, 
Thuc.  7,  50. — 8.  in  Pontus,  earlier 
Fhazemon,  Strab.  p.  560. — 9.  another 
name  of  Leptis  in  Africa,  Id.  p.  835. t 
[a]     Hence 

α^εαπολίτης,  ov,  6,  an  inhab.  of 
JVeapolis,  ol  ΝεαπολΙται,  the  Neapoli- 
tans, Polyb.  3,  91,  4;  Strab.;  etc.: 
7/  ΝεατΓολίτώι;  πόλις,  =  Νΐάπολις, 
Polyb.  C,  14,  θ. 

Νεΰροηχτ/ς,  ες,  ( νεαρός,  ηχίω ) 
sounding  new,  λέξις,  Philostr. 

Νεάροποίέω,  ώ.  {νεαρός,  ττοιέω)  to 
make  new,  refresh,  Plut.  2,  702  C 

'Νεΰρυπρεπ7]ς,  ες,  (νεαρός,  πρέττω) 
appearing  new,  Aristid. 

Νεαρός,  ύ,  όν,  (νέος)  tionng,  youth- 
ful, παίδες,  11.  2,  289,  Hes.  Fr.  34; 
so  too  Pind.,  Aesch.,  and  Eur. :  fresh, 
new,  νεαρά  έξενρεϊν,  Pind.  Ν.  8,  34  ; 
neiv,  late,  ξνντνχίαι.  Soph.  Ant.  157, 
ubi  ai.  νεοχμοΐσι.  Adv.  -ρώς. — Most- 
ly poet.,  and  in  late  prose,  as  Plut. 
[(2,  Br.  Soph.  O.  C.  475,  Monk  Eur. 
Hipp.  1339  :  also  νεα-  as  one  long 
syli.,  Pind.  P.  10,  39.] 

Νεΰροώά7ΐς,  ες,  {νεαρός,  *ώάω)  com- 
ing fresh  to  light,  neiv  appearing,  Aesch. 
Ag.  767,  e  conj.  Herin. 

Νεάροψόρος,  oi',  newly  bearing. 

^'Νέαρχος,  ov,  h,  Nenrchus,  an  Athe- 
jiian  amljassador  to  Philip,  Dem.  283, 
7. — 2.  an  admiral  of  Alexander  the 
Great,  sent  on  an  exploring  expedi- 
tion along  the  coast  of  the  Indian 
ocean,  etc.,  Arr.  Ind.  18,  4,  sqq.  ; 
Strab. — Others  in  Diog.  L. ;  etc. 

Νεαρωδός,  όν,=  νεαοιδής. 

Νέας.  Ion.  ace.  plur.  from  νανς, 
Horn.,  Hes.,  Hdt. 

Νεάσΐμος,  ov,  {ρεάζίύ)  to  be  ploughed 
o/resA,  of  fallow  ground.  [c2] 

Νέάσις,  ή,  {νεύζω  II)  the  ploughing 
of  fallow-land,  Theophr. 

Νεασμός,  οΰ,  o,=foreg.,  Geop. 

Νεασπύτωτος,  ov,  {νέος,  σπατόω) 
Boeot.  for  νευκάττντος,  newly  soled, 
Stratt.  Phoen.  3. 

Νέΰταί,  v.  sub  νέατος. 

Νεάτη,  (sc.  χορδή),  ης,  ή,  the  loieest 
(but  in  our  musical  scale  the  highest) 
string,  Cratin.  Nom.  14,  Plat.  Rep. 
44J  D  :  fern,  from  νέατος :  also  contr. 
νητη,  q.  v.  [ι^ίά-] 

Νεάτή,  (sc.  y?/)  ης,  η,  like  νεά, 
νείός,  fallow-land,  Lat.  novale. 

Νεΰτί'ζ•,  ίδος,  7/.=  {oTeg. 

Νέατος,  η,  ov,  Ion.  νείάτης,  a  kind 
of  irreg.  suporl.  from  νέος,  like  μεσά- 
τος from  μέσος  ■ — the  last,  uttermost, 
lowest  or  undermost,  in  Hom.  (who  has 
the  usu.  form  νέατος  only  in  II.  11, 
712),  always  of  space,  νείατος  όρχος, 
άνθερεών,  κενεών,  βία.,νείατα  πείρα- 
τα  γαίης.  etc.  ;  ντναί  πόδα  νείατον 
'ίδης,  at  the  lowest  slope  of  Ida,  where 
it  sinks  into  the  plain,  II.  2,  824  :  c. 
gen.,  νείατος  u.17mv,  II.  6,  295,  Od. 
15,  108  :  πό'λίς  νεάτη  Πύλου,  lying  on 
the  border  of  Pylos.  II.  11,712;  and 
so  prob.  in  II.  9,  153,  295,  πάσαι  δ' 
εγγί'ς  άλος  νέαται  Τίνλον  ήμαΟόεν- 
τος, — though  Passow  with  some  of 
the  old  Interpp.  takes  νέαται  for  νε- 
966 


NEBP 

νέαται,  νένανται,  3  pi.  perf.  pass,  of 
vaiu,  to  he  situate,  but  v.  Spitzn.  ad  1., 
Lob.  Paral.  357. — II.  later  of  time, = 
νστατος,  Lat.  nouissimus.  Soph.  Ant. 
627,  807,  808,  Aj.  1185:  otherwise 
rare  in  Alt,  except  in  the  word  νεάτη, 
νητη,  qq.  v. 

Nturof,  ;;,  ov,  {νεάω,  νεάζΐύ)  fal- 
lowed. 

Νέΰτος,  ov,  6,  the  ploughing  up  of 
fallow-land,  Xen.  Oec.  7,  20.— II.  the 
time  for  so  doin g :  cf.  άμητός. 

Νεαύξητος,  m>,  {νέος,  αυξάνω)  new- 
ly increased. 

Νεάω,  ώ,  {νέος)  to  plough  up  new  or 
fallow  land,  νεάν  τους  αγρούς,  Lat. 
agros  novare,  Ar.  Nub.  1117  ;  so  absol. 
in  Theophr. :  hence,  νεωμένη,  (sc.  y?/) 
land  ploughed  anew,  a  late  fallow,  Hes. 
Op.  460  ;  cf.  νεόω. 

Νέιίραξ,  άκος,  ΰ,=νεβρός:  in  genl. 
a  young  animal. 

Νέβρειος,  ov,  (νεβρός)  belonging  to 
a  fawn.  Call.  Dian.  244. 

Νεβρή  (sc.  δορά),  ης,  ή,=.νεβρίς,  a 
faum-skin,  Orph.  :  contr.  for  νεβρέη, 
like  κννη,  παρδαλή,  etc. 

Νεβρίας,  ου,  ό,  {νεβρός)  like  α  fawn., 
esp.  spotted  like  one,  Arist.  H.  A.  6, 
10,  10. 

Νεβρίδιον,  ov.  τό,  dim.  from  νε3ρίς. 

m  ,  ,    ; 

ΝεβρΙδόπεπΑος,  ov,  (νεβρίς,  πέ- 
πλος) vtrnpped  up  or  clad  in  a  fawn- 
skin,  epith.  of  Bacchus  and  the  Bac- 
chantes, A  nth.  P.  9,  524,  14. 

'Νεβρ1δόστο7.ος,  ov,  {νεβρίς,  στολή) 
=  foreg.,  Orph.  II.  51,  10. 

Νε3ρίζω,  to  wear  a  fawn- skin,  to  run 
about  in  one  at  the  fcnst  of  Bacchus, 
Dem.  313,  16,  cf.  Lob.  Aglaoph.  p. 
653 :  from 

Νεβρίς,  ή  :  gen.  Ιδος,  Dion.  P.  703, 
946,  and  the  only  form  given  by  Dra- 
co ;  but  ίδος  [ϊ]  Eur.  Bacch.  24,  137, 
Theocr.  Ep.  2,  4,  and  oft.  in  Anth., 
and  Nonn.,  as  it  ought  to  be  : — a  fawn- 
skin,  esp.  as  the  dress  of  Bacchus  and 
the  Bacchantes. 

\Νεβρίς,  ίδος,  ή,  Nehris,  a  female 
slave,  Luc.  Dial.  Mer.  10. 

Νεβρισμός,  ov,  ό,  {νεβρίζο)  the 
wearing  a  νεβρίς. 

■\Νέβρισσα,  ης.  η,  Nehrissa,  a  city 
of  Hispania  Baetica,  Strab.  p.  143. 

Νεβρίτης,  ov,  ό,  {νεβρίς)  like  a 
fawn-skin,  fern,  -ΐτις,  of  a  stone,  Plin. 
37,  10. 

Νεβρόγονος,  ov,  {νεβρός,  *γένω) 
V.  κνήμη,  the  bone  of  a  fawn's  leg,  i.  e. 
a  flute,  Cleobul.  ap.  Plut.  2,  150  E, 
cf.  Wyttenb. 

ΝΕ'ΒΡΟ'Σ,  οϋ,  ό,  the  young  of  the 
deer,  a  fawn,  II.  8,  248,  Od.  4,  336,  etc.  ; 
πέδιλα  νεβρύν,  deerskin  brogues, 
Hdt.  7,  75  :  as  an  emblem  of  coward- 
ice, II.  4,  243  ;  21,  29  ;  proverb.,  ό  v. 
τον  λέοντα.  Luc.  D.  Mort.  8,  1. — 
Also  ή  νεβρός.  Eur.  Pol.  6. 

Νεβροστολίζω,=νεβρίζω,\€τγά\ι\)., 
V.  Lob.  Phryn.  625. 

Νεβροτόκος.  ov,  {νεβρός,  τίκτω) 
bringing  forth  faims,  Nic.  Th.  142. 

Νεβρηφάνής,  ές,  {νεβρός,  φαίνω) 
fawn-like,  Nonn. 

Νεβροφόνος,  ov,  {νεβρός,  φονεύω) 
preying  on  fawns,  αετός,  Arist.  Η.  Α. 
9,  32,  1. 

tNf/?poooi'Of,  ov,  6,  Nebrophonus, 
son  of  Jason  and  Hypsipyle,  Apollod. 
1,  9.  17. 

Νεβροχαρής,  ές,  delighting  in  fawns  : 
V.  1.  for  νενροχ-. 

Νεβροχίτων,  ωνος,  ό,  ή,  clad  in  a 
νεβρίς,  ap.  Hephaest.  [t] 

Νεβρόημαι,  (νεβρός)  as  pass.,  to  be 
changed  into  a  fawn,  Noim. 

Νεβμώδης,  ες,  {νεβρός,  είδος)  fawn-  1 


ΝΕΙΚ 

like,  epith.  of  Bacchus,  Anth.  P.  9, 
524,  14. 

tNi  Ju,  Ion.  Νέδη,  ης,  ή,  the  Neda, 
a  river  forming  the  boundary  between 
Messenia  and  Elis,  Call.  Jov.  38  ; 
Strab.  p.  344.— II.  the  nymph  of  the 
stream.  Call.  Jov.  33. 

'\Νέδων,  οντος  'άχνΧ  ωνος  (Β.  Α. 
1393)  ύ,  the  Nidon,  a  river  of  Messe- 
nia, flowing  by  Pherac,  Corinna  ap. 
B.  A.  1.  c. ;  hence  Minerva  was  called 
Νεδονσία,  Strab.  p.  360. 

'\Νεεμάν,  ό,  Naaman,  general  of 
Ben-hadad  king  of  Syria,  N.  'Γ. 

Νέες,  Ion.  noni.pl.  from  νανς,ϋοχϊΐ. 

Νέεσσι,  rarer  Ep.  dat.  pi.  from  νανς, 
Hom. 

Νέη  (sc.  ήμερα),  ή,  v.  νέος. 

Νέηαι,  Ion.  2  sing.  subj.  pres.  from 
νέομαι,  for  νέτι,  II.  1,  32. 

Νεηγενής,  ές,  (νέος,  *γένω)  new- 
born, just-born,  Od.  4,  33fi ;  17,  127  ; 
Att.  and  Dor.  νεΰγενής,  q.  v. 

Νεηθύλής,  ές,  =  νεοθαλής,  fresh- 
sprotiting,  fresh-blown.  Eur.  Ion   112. 

Νεηκής,  ές,  {νέος,  άκί/)  newly  whet- 
ted or  sharpetied,  II.  13,  391  ;  16,  484  ; 
Att.  and  Dor.  νεΰκής.  Cf.  Spitzn.  11. 
7,77. 

Νεηκονής,  ές,  (νέος,  άκονή)=νεη- 
κής.  Soph.  Aj.  820. 

Νεηλαία,  ας,  ή,^νεολαία. 

Νεηλάτης,  ου,  6,  {νανς,  έ?ι.αννω) 
speeding  ΟΓ  guiding  α  ship,  up.  Hesych. 
[λύ]  ^ 

Νεήλάτος,  ον,  {νέος,  έλαννω  II) 
newly-pounded,  fresh-ground  ;  hence, 
τανετ/λατα,  cakes  of  fresh  flour,  Dem. 
314.  1.  (The  deriv.  from  άλέω  is 
against  analogy.) 

Νεη'λΙφής,  ές,  (νέος,  αλείψ(,\)  fresh- 
plastered,  οικία,  Arist.  Probl.  11,  7. 

Νέη'λνς,  νδος,  ύ,  ή,  {νέος,  έρχομαι, 
ϊβνβου)  neivly  come,  a  new-comer,  11. 
10,  434,  Hdt.  1,118,  Plat.  Legg.  979  D. 

Νεήμελκτος,  η,  ov.  {νέος,  άμέλγω) 
newly-milked,  Nic.  Al.  310. 

Νεηνίης,  νεήνίς,  νεηνίσκος.  Ion. 
for  νεάν-. 

Νέηξ,  τικος,  ό.  Ion.  for  νέαξ.  . 

Νεήτυμος,  ον,  (νέος,  τέμνω)  lately 
cut : — castrated  when  young,  Anth.  P. 
6,  234. 

Νεήφάτος,  ov,  poet,  for  νεόφατος, 
{νέος,  φημί)  fresh-spoken,  new-sound- 
ing, of  a  sound  never  heard  before, 
H.  Hom.  Merc.  443.^  0pp.  to  παλαί- 
φατος. 

Νεί,  Boeot.  for  νή,  v.  1.  Ar.  Ach. 
867,  905. 

Νεΐαι,  Ep.  2  sing.  pres.  from  νέσ- 
μαι,  Od.  11,  114;  12,  141. 

Neta/pu,  ή.  Ion.  -ρη,  irreg.  fern, 
compar.  of  νέος,  as  νέατος,  ΐ'είατος  is 
superl.,  the  latter,  lower;  νείαιρα  γο.- 
στήρ,  the  lower  part  of  the  belly,  H•  5, 
539,  616,  etc.  ;  so,  v.  πλευρά,  Eur. 
Rhes.  794 :  hence  as  subst.,  ή  νείαιρα, 
also  ΐ'ειαίρη,  the  abdomen,  Hipp.  : — 
contr.  νείρα,  νείρη,  cf.  νείρός. — II.  as 
fem.  n.  pr.  Νέαφα,  (q.  v.)  strictly  the 
Younger,  Fresher. 

Νειάτιος,  oi', later  form  for  νείατος, 
νέατος.  [α] 

Νείΰτόθεν,  adv.  later  form  for  veto- 
θεν,  νεόβεν :  from 

ΝΐίΟτος,  η,  ov.  Ion.  for  νέατος, 
q.  v.,  Horn,,  also  Eur. 

Νεικείω,  Ion.  for  νεικέω  (q.  v.) 
Horn,  and  Hes.;  Ion.  subj.  3  sing. 
νείκείησι,  II.  1,  579;  impf.  νεικείε- 
σκον.  11. 

Νεικεση/ρ,  ήρος,  ό,  α  wrangler,  ο. 
gen.,  one  who  wrangles  with,  εοθλών  v., 
Hes.  Op.  714:  from 

Νεικέω.  ώ.  f.  -έσω :  in  Hom.  and 
Hes.,  metri  grat.,  in  Ion.  forms,  νει- 
κείωχ  3  sing.  subj.  νεικεί^σι,  impi". 


NELV 

νείκειον  and  νεικείεσκον,  fut.  νεικέσ- 
σω,  aor.  νείκεησα,  etc.  :  {^νεϊκος). 
To  (fVarrel^  wrangle  with  one,  τίνί,  Od. 
17,  189;  V.  αΛ/ί7/λί/(Τί,  to  quarrel  one 
tuiVA  another,  11.  20,  254  ;  είνεκά  τί- 
νος, II.  18,  498  ;  also  c.  ace.  cognato, 
νείκεα  νεικείν,  11.  20,  252:  to  rival, 
strive  or  vie  with,  νεικέσκομεν  οίω,  we 
two  alone  strove  with  him,  Od.  11,  511, 
— where  however  Wolf  and  Nitzsch, 
after  Aristarch.,  νικάσκομεν  :  part. 
νεικέυν,  obstinately,  Hdt.  9,  55. — II. 
usu.  trans,  to  vex,  annoy,  esp.  by  word, 
to  rail  at,  taunt,  abuse,  upbraid,  revile, 
c.  acc.  pers.,  freq.  in  Hoin. ;  also  with 
μύθφ  added,  II.  2,  224  ;  αίσχροίς  6νει• 
δείοις,  χολωτοίσιν  έττέεσσιν,  11.  3, 
38;  21,  480,  Od.  22,  225,  etc.  :— but 
in  II.  24,  29,  of  Paris,  νείκεσσε  θεάς, 
την  ό'  τινησε,  he  insulted  the  goddess- 
es (Juiio  and  Minerva),  but  praised 
the  other  (Venus) : — Aristarch.  how- 
ever rejects  the  whole  passage  : — in 
Hdt.  8,  125,  to  accuse,  assail. — The 
verb  is  scarcely  to  be  found,  except 
in  Ep.  poets  and  Ion.  prose  ;  though 
the  subst.  νείκος  is  used  by  Trag., 
and  now  and  then  in  Att.  prose,  as 
Plat.  Soph.  243  A,  Xen.  Cyn.  1,  17. 

Νείκη,  ης,  ή,  =  νεΐκος,  Aesch.  Ag. 
1378. 

'ΝείΚ7/σις,  7/,=  ΐ'ε7κος. 

ΝίίΛ'νΓ7/ρ,  ό,  ν.  1.  ίοτνεικεστήρ,αρ. 
Hes. 

ΝΕΓΚΟΣ.  εος,  τό,  α  quarrel,  wran- 
gle:  strife,  Horn.,  Find.,  Hdt.,  etc.  ; 
(cf.  νείκέω  fin.)  ;  esp., — 2.  strife  of 
words,  railing,  abuse,  a  taunt,  reproach, 
νείκεί  άριστε,  Π.  13,  483  ;  νείκει  όνει- 
όίζείΡ,  11.7,  95;  ες  νείκεα  άπικέσβαι, 
Hdt.  9,  55. — 3.  α  strife  at  law,  dispute 
before  a  judge,  II.  18,  497,  Od.  12,  440. 
— 4.  also  in  Honi.  not  seldom  for  bat- 
tle, fight,  U.  4,  444,  etc. ;  Horn,  joins 
νεϊκος  τΓΟ/ίέμοιο,  φυλύπιόος,  etc., 
Ιρίς  και  νεϊκος,  πόνος  και  v.,  νείκεα 
νεικείν,  II.  20,  252  :  in  Hdt.,  who  also 
uses  the  plur.,  of  dissensions  between 
whole  7intions,  νεΐκος  προς  Καρχ}]δο- 
νίονς,  Hdt.  7,  158,  cf.  8,  87.-11.  the 
cause  of  strife,  matter  of  quarrel,  Erf. 
Soph.  O.  T.  695;  whereas  Horn,  dis- 
tinguishes between  νείκος,  quarrel, 
and  its  subject  ερισμα,  II.  4,  37. 

Ί:ίει?Μγύθια,  τά,  a  fruit  from  the 
banks  of  the  Nile,  Cosmas. 

ΝεΛηΙος,  ft,  ov,from  the  Nile. 

'Νει?Μΐενς,  έως,  ό,  Anth.,  and  Νεί- 
2.εΙης,  a,  ov,=  foreg. 

tNftAeiif,  (5,  V.  sub  ΐ<ίηλεύς. 

'Νει?.ογενης,  ες,  (Νείλος,  *γένο)) 
Nile-born,  Leon.  ΑΙ.  8. 

ΝεΛοθάλής,  ες,  {ΝείΤ^ος,  θάλλω) 
sprung  fro/n  the  Nile,  v.  1.  for  sq. 

'ϋεύΜθερής,  ες,  {Ίϋεϊλος,  θέρω)  sun- 
ned or  fostered  by  the  Nile,  Aesch. 
Supp.  70. 

'Νειλομέτριον,  ου,  τό,  ("Νείλος,  μέ- 
τρον)  α  Nilometer,  a  rod  graduated  to 
show  the  rise  and.  fall  of  the  Nile, 
Strab. 

■\Νειλόξενος,  ου,  6,  Niloxenus,  a 
Macedonian,  Arr.  An.  3,  28,  4. — 2.  a 
sage  of  Naucratis  in  Aegypt,  Plut. 

Νειλόρρϋτος.  ov,  (Nei/of,  /5έω)  wa- 
tered by  the  Nile,  also  Νειλόρϋτος, 
Anth. 

Νείλος,  ov,  b,  the  Nile,  first  in  Hes. 
Th.  338  ; — for  in  Hoin.  it  is  Αίγυπτος, 
q.  v. :  fthe  celebrated  river  of  Aegypt, 
in  Hes.  it  is  called  son  of  Oceanus 
and  Tethys  ;  in  Find.  P.  4,  99,  son 
oi  Saturn :  from  its  live  natural  mouths 
called  πεντάστομος.  Hdt.  2,  10,  and 
with  two  additional  artificial  ones, 
έπτύπορος,  Mosch.  2,  58. 

Νει./.οσκοπείον,  τό,  {σκοπέω)=Νεί- 
λομέτρων. 


NEK? 

ΝΕίλωίζ•,  ίδος,  η,  situate  on  the  Nile, 
πυραμίδες,  Anth.  fP.  9,  710. 

Νει?.ώτης,  ου,  ό,  fern,  -ώτις,  ιδος, 
living  in  or  on  the  Nile :  χθων  Ν.,  the 
land  of  Nile,  Aesch.  Pr.  814. 

Νίίλώοζ•,  a,  ον,=Νειλαίος,  Opp. 

Νείμεν,  νείμαν,  νεϊμον,  Ion.  aor. 
from  νέμω,  Horn. 

Νειόθεν,  adv.  Ion.  ίθΐνεόθεν,{νέος) : 
— frtnn  the  hotto7n,  νειόθεν  εκ  κραδίης 
ύνεστενάχιζε,  he  heaved  a  sigh  from 
the  bottom  of  his  heart,  II.  10,  10. — 
II.  anew,  Anth. 

Νειόθϊ,  adv.  Ion.  for  νεόθι,  (νέος) : 
— at  the  bottom,  in  the  inmost  part,  δύκε 
νειόθι  θυμόν,  it  stung  him  to  his  heart's 
core,  Hes.  Th.  567  :  c.  gen.,  νειόθι 
7ύμνης,  II.  21,  317  :  hence  alsojinr/er, 
beneath,  c.  gen.,  like  υπό,  Arat.  89. — 
Also  written  proparox.,  νείοθι,  Schaf. 
Schol.  Ap.  Rh.  2,  355. 

Νείοκόρος,  ό,  η.  Ion.  for  νεωκόρος, 
Anth.  P.  6,  35C. 

Νείομαι,  Ion.  for  νέομαι,  v.  1.  II.  23, 
76. 

Νεΐον,  Ion.  for  νέον,  adv.  of  νέος, 
veri/  lately,  Ap.  Rh. 

Νειοποιεω,  ώ,  {νειός,  ποιέω)  to  fal- 
low, turn  into  fallow :  also  to  take  a  green 
crop  off  a  field,  by  which  it  is,  so  to 
say,  freshened  and  prepared  for  corn, 
Xen.  Oec.  11,16. 

Νειός,  oh,  ή,  neru  land,  i.  e.  land 
ploughed  up  anew  after  being  left  fal- 
low, hence  a  fallow,  fallow-land,  Lat. 
noiiti/e,Hom. ;  ι^ίίόζτρί'ττολος,  a  thrice- 
ploughed  fallow,  Od.  5,  127,  II.  18, 
541,  Hes.  Th.  971.— Strictly  Ion.  fern, 
of  νέος,  as  we  have  it  in  full,  νειον 
αρουραν  σπείρε IV,  Hes.  Op.  461 :  later 
also  ό  νεώς  (sc.  υγρός) :  cf.  νεύς,  νεύ, 
νεύω. 

Νεΐος,  η,  ον.  Ion.  for  νέος. 

Νείος,  α,ον,  {νανς),=νψος,  Gramm. 

Νειότατος,  η,  ον,  superl.  from  νείης. 
Ion.  for  νεότατος,  from  νέος :  adv. 
νειότατην,=  νείόθι. 

Νειοτομεύς,  έως,  ό,  (νειός,  τέμνω) 
one  who  breaks  up  a  fallow,  Anth.  P.  6, 
41. 

Νείρα  or νείρα,ή,οατΛτ.  for νείαιρα, 
the  belly,  intestines,  Aesch.  Ag.  1479, 
e  conj.  Casaub.,  for  the  reading  of  the 
MSS.  νείρει. 

Νειρίτης,  ου,  ό,  dub.  1.  for  νηρίτης. 

Νειράς,  ά,  όν,  contr.  for  νεαρός, 
νειαρός,  whence  νείρα,  νείαιρα,  but 
prob.  only  in  Gramm.,  v.  MullerLyc. 
896. 

Νείσσομαι  or  νείσομαι,  v.  sub  νίσ- 
σομαι. 

Νεΐται,  contr.  for  νέεται  from  νέο- 
μαι, Od. 

1:Νειτήτις,  ή,  Nitetis,  daughter  of 
Apries,  Ath.  560  D. 

Νεί<})ω,  late  form  for  νίψω,  also  = 
βρέχω,  Jac.  A.  P.  p.  67. 

Νεκύς,  ύδος.  ή,  (νέκνς,  νεκρός)  α 
heap  of  slain,  II.  5,  886,  Pseudo-Luc. 
Philopatr.  10.— II.  in  Call.  Fr.  231, 
simply  a  heap  or  row,  without  any  no- 
tion of  corpses. — III.  the  cyclic  poets 
are  said  to  have  used  it  for  -ψυχή, 
Ε.  Μ. 

Νεκρίΐγγε7.ος,  ον,  (νεκρός,  άγγε- 
λος) messenger  to  the  dead,  Luc.  Peregr. 
41. 

Νεκραγωγέω,  ω,  to  conduct  the  dead, 
of  Mercury,  Luc.  Contempl  2:  from 

Νεκραγωγός,  όν,  (νεκρός,  ά}ω)  con- 
ducting the  dead. 

Ν εκίΜίκΰδιιμία,  ας,  η,  α  school  of  the 
dead,  Iaic.  V.  Hist,  2,  23. 

Νεκρεγερσία,  ας,  η,  for  νεκρών 
έγερσις,  Eccl. 

Νεκρικής,  ή,  όν,  (νεκρός)  deadly, 
of  or  belonging  to  the  dead,  Luc.  D. 
Deor.  24, 1.    Adv  -/cwf,  Id.  Peregr.  33. 


NEK  Ρ 

Νεκρΐμαΐος,  a,  ov,  (νεκρός)  deaa, 
said  of  animals,  like  θνησιμαίος,  v.  I 
Ael.  N.  A.  6,  2  ;  v.  Jacobs. 

Νεκροβΰρής,  ες,  (νεκρός,  βάρος) 
laden  with  the  dead,  άκατΟΓ,  Anth. 
Plan.  273. 

Νεκροβόρος,  ov,  (νεκρός,  βορά)  de- 
vouring corpses. 

Νεκροδέγμων,  ov,  {νεκρός,  δέχομαι) 
receiving  the  dead,  "Αίδης,  Aesch.  Pr. 
152. 

Νεκροδερκής,  ες,  {νεκρός,  δέρκομαι) 
looking  like  a  corpse,  Manet  ho. 

Νεκροδόκος,  ov,  =  νεκροδέγμων, 
Anth.  P.  7,  634. 

Νεκροδοχείον,  ου,  τό,  a  cemetery, 
Luc.  Uontempl.  22  :  from 

Νεκροδόχος,  ov,  =  νεκροδέγμων. 
Lob.  Phryn.  307. 

Νεκροθάπτιις,  ου,  ό,  a  grave-digger. 

Νεκροθήκη,  ης,  ή,  (νεκρός,  θήκη)  α 
coffin  or  urn,  Eur.  Cret.  2,  18. 

Νεκρακαύστης,  ου,  δ,  one  loho  burns 
corpses. 

Νεκροκόμος,  ov,  (νεκρός,  κομέω) 
taking  care  of  corpses,  Greg.  Naz. 

Νεκροκορίνθια,  ων,  τά,  (νεκρός.  Κο- 
ρίνθιος) at  Rome,  the  fine  cinerary  urns, 
etc.,  dug  out  of  the  tombs  of  Corinth, 
Strab.  p.  381. 

Νεκροκόσμος,  ov,  (νεκρός,  κοσμέω) 
laying  corpses  out  for  burial,  Plut.  2, 
994  E. 

Νεκρολύτρεια,  ας,  η,  (νεκρός,  λα- 
τρεύω) worship  of  the  dead,  Eccl. 

Νεκρομαντεία,  ας,  ή,=^νεκυομαν 
τεία,  necromancy.     Hence 

Νεκροιχαντείον,  ου,  τό,=^νεκνομαν- 
τεϊον. 

Νεκρόμαντις,  εως,  ό,  ■}/,  (νεκρός, 
μίιντις)  α  necromancer,  one  who  calls 
up  ghosts  to  reveal  the  future,  Lye. 
682. 

Νεκρονώμης,  ου,  6,  a  corpse-bearer. 

Νεκροπέρνας.  ου,  ό,  (νεκρός,  περ 
νύω)  one  who  sells  corpses.  Lye.  276. 

Νεκροποιός,  όν,  killing. 

^Νεκμόπολις,  εως,  ή,  α  city  of  the 
dead,  the  Necropolis,  forming  a  suburb 
of  Alexandrea,  Strab.  p.  795. 

Νεκροπομπός,  όν,  {νεκρός,  πέμπω) 
conducting  the  dead,  of  Cliaron,  Eur. 
Ale.  442,  Luc.  D.  Deor.  24,  1. 

Νεκρορνκτης,  ov,  b,  (νεκρός,  ορύσ 
σω)  a  body-snatcher. 

Νεκρ()ς,  ov,  ό,  (νέκνς)  a  dead  body, 
corse,  Horn.,  etc.,  always  of  mankind  ; 
hence  usu.  c.  gen.  pers.,  νεκρός  αν- 
θρώπου, γυναικός,  Hat.  2,  89,  90,  and 
in  Att. :  also,  v.  τεθνηώτες  and  κατά- 
τεθΐ'7]ώτες,  II. :  later,  τα  νεκρά,  cf. 
Lob.  Phryn.  376.-2.  a  dead  man.  opp. 
to  one  alive,  esp.  in  plur.  the  dead,  Od. 
10,  526,  etc.;  in  Hom.  always  as 
dwellers  in  the  nether  world. — II.  as 
adj.  agreeing  with  its  subst.,  νεκρός, 
ύ,  όν,  rarely  ός,  όν,  dead,  first  in  Pind. 
Fr.  217,  2.  Soph.  Phil.  430,  etc. :  cf. 
however  Od.  12,  10  :  v.  also  νέκνς. 

Νεκροστολέω,  ώ,  to  ferry  the  dead, 
of  Charon,  Luc.  Contempl.  24:  from 

Νεκροστόλος,  ov,  {νεκρός,  στέλ?^ω) 
=^νεκνοστό?.ος,  Artemid.  4,  58. 

Νεκροσϋλία,  ας,  ή,  robbery  of  the 
dead.  Plat.  Rep.  469  Ε  :  from 

Νεκρόσνλος,  ov,  (νεκρός,  συλάω) 
stripping,  robbing  the  dead. 

Νεκρότάγος,  ov,  ό,  (νεκρός,  ταγός) 
judge  of  the  dead,  of  Minos,  Lyc. 
1398. 

Νεκροτάφος,  ov,  ό,  (νεκρός,  θάπτω) 
=  νεκροβάπτιις,  Manetho.  [α] 

Νεκρότ)/ς,  ητος,  ή,  (νεκρός)  α  state 
of  death,  Lob.  Phryn.  351. 

Νεκροτοκέω,  ώ,  to  bear  a  dead  child. 
Hence 

Νεκροτόκιον,  ου,  τό,  a  still-born 
child. 

967 


NEK  γ 

"Νεκροφΰγέω,  ώ,  to  eat  corpses  or 
carrion,  Strab. :  from 

Νεκροφάγος,  ov,  (νεκρός,  όαγεϊν) 
eating  corpses  or  carrion,  Dio  C. 

Νΐκροφορεϊον,  ov,  ro,  a  bier :  from 

Νεκροώοβέω,  ώ,  to  bear  or  buri/ 
corpses,  rhilo :  from 

Νεκροφόρας,  ov,  (νεκρός,  φέρω) 
bearing  corpses,  burying  the  dead,  Po- 
lyb.  35,  G,  2,  Plut.,  etc. 

Νεκρύω,  ώ,  (νεκρός)  to  make  dead, 
to  deaden  : — j)ass.,  to  be  deadened  or 
lifeless,  Plut.  2,  954  D,  and  N.  T.:— 
to  mortify,  N.  T. 

Νεκρώδης,  ες,  (νεκρός,  είδος)  dead- 
ly, corpse-like,  Luc.  Epist.  Sat.  28. 

Νεκρών,  ώνος,  ό,  (νεκρός)  a  burial- 
place,  Anth.  tP.  ~,  CIO. 

Νεκρώσιμος,  ov,  deadly :  belonging 
to  a  corpse  :  from 

Νέκρωσις,  ή,  (νεκρόω)  a  hilling : — 
from  pass.,  deadness,  N.  T. 

iNεκτάvaβις,  ι.ος,  6,  Nectanabis,  a 
king  of  Aegypt,  Plut.  Ages.  37:  -τά- 
νεβίς,  Diod.  S.  15,  42. 

Νέκταρ,  ΰρυς,  τύ,  nectar,  the  drink 
of  the  gods,  as  ambrosia  was  their 
food,  Horn.,  Hes.,  Pind.,  whereas  in 
Alcman  (IG)  and  Sappho,  nectar  is 
their  food,  and  ambrosia  their  drink, 
cf  Meuieke  Com.  Fragm.  3,  p.  198. 
Homer's  nectar  is  ερνβρον  (II.  19,  38, 
Od.  5,  93) ;  poured  like  wine  by  Hebe, 
νέκταρ  εφνοχόει.,  II.  4, 3  ;  and,  like  it, 
drunk,  mixed,  Od.  5,  93  :  hence  choice 
wine  is  called  νέκταρος  άκοΐίρώξ,  Od. 

9,  359.  It  was  forbidden  to  men  be- 
cause an  elixir  of  immortality,— but 
Thetis  bathes  the  corpse  of  Patroclus 
in  nectar,  to  preserve  it  from  decay, 
II.  19,  38. — Later  it  acquired  esp.  the 
notion  oi  fragrance,  cf.  νεκτάρεος. — 
Νέκταρ  /ιελισσαν,  i.  e.  honey,  Eur. 
Bacch.  144. — -11.  a  perfumed  ointment, 
Nossis  5,  3.  (Usu.  deriv.  from  νε- 
(for  v)]-,  not),  and  *κτάω,  κτείνω,  and 
so  strictly  like  αμβροσία,  an  elixir 
vitae,  but  ?)    Hence 

Νεκτάρεος,  έα  Ion.  ίη,  εον,  of  nec- 
tar, nectaruus  :  but  of  garments,  prob. 
scented,  fragrant,  or,  generally,  divine, 
beautiful  (cf  άμβρόσιος),  v-  έανόν,  χι- 
τών,  II.  3,  385  ;  18,  25. 

Νεκτάριον,  ου,  τό,  α  plant,  usu. 
έΤίένιον,  Diosc.  1,  27.  [ΰ]     Hence 

Νεκτΰρίτης  οίνος,  6,  wine  prepared 
with  νεκτάριον,  Diosc. 

Νεκτάροσταγής,ές,{νέκταρ,στάζω) 
dropping  nectar,  Eubul.  Incert.  4. 

Νεκτάρώδ)]ς,  ες,  (νέκταρ,  είδος)  like 
nectar,  Geop. 

Νεκνάαβάτος,  ov,  (νέκυς,  άναβαί- 
vu)  of  Charon's  boat,  embarked  in  by 
the  dead.  Polygn.  ap.  Pans,  10,  28,  2. 

Νεκν6ΰ7.ος,  ov,  ό,  the  larva  or  nym- 
pha  of  the  silkworm,  Arist.  H.  A.  5,  19, 

10.  (From  νέκνς.)  [ν] 

Νεκνδόν,  adv.,  (νέκνς)  corpse-like, 
Α.  Β. 

Νεκνηγός,  όν,  (νέκνς,  ΰγω)—νε- 
κραγωγός,  Anth.  Ρ.  7,  68. 

Νεκνηπόλος,  ον,  (νέκυς,  πολέω) 
having  to  do  tvith  the  dead,  Manetho. 

Νεκνία  or  νέκυια,  ας,  y,  (νέκνς)  a 
magical  rite  by  which  gliosts  were  called 
up  and  questioned  about  the  future, 
Plut.  2,  17  B,  Luc.  Nigr.  30:— this 
was  the  common  name  for  the  elev- 
enth book  of  the  Od.,  cf  νεκυομαν- 
τεία. 

Nεκvϊσμός,oϋ,ό,={oτeg.,MΆnc[ho. 

Νεκνομαντεία,  ας,  ή,  (νέκνς,  μαν- 
τεία) α  divining  by  calling  up  the  dead 
to  question  them,  cf  νεκνία.    Hence 

ΝεκνομαντεΙον,  ov,  τό,  Ion.  -ήίον, 

an  oracle  of  the  dead,  a  place  where 

ghosts  were  called  up  and  questioned, 

Hdt.  5, 92.  7,  Plut.  Cim.  6  :  cf  νεκνία. 

963 


ΝΕΜΕ 

ΝεκΙ'όμαντις,  εως,  ό,  ή,=νεκρό- 
μαντις,  LXX. 

Νεκϊ'οσσόος,  ον,  {νέκνς,  σενω)  rous- 
ing the  dead  to  life,  Nonn. 

Νεκΐ'οστόλος,  ov,  (νέκνς,  στέΧ7^ω) 
ferrying  the  dead  over  the  Styx,  of 
Charon,  Anth.  P.  7,  63,  530  -.—bearing 
the  dead,  of  a  bier,  lb.  C31. 

ΝΕ'ΚΤΣ,  νος,  ό,  poet.  dat.  sing. 
νέκνι,  II.  ;  pi.  νεκνεσσι,  Hom.,  ί'ε- 
κνσσι  in  Od.  11,  569  ;  22,  401  ;  23,  45  : 
ace.  pi.  νέκνας,  contr.  νέκνς,  Od.  24, 
417: — like  νεκρός,  a  dead  body,  esp. 
of  men,  a  corse,  fteq.  in  II.,  more  rare 
in  Od.;  V.  ανδρός,  Hdt.  1,  140,  cf  3, 
16,  24:  also,  v.  τεθνηώς,  ν-  κατα- 
τεβνιιώτες,  κτάμενοι,  καταφθίμενοι, 
Hom. — 2.  α  dead  person,  νεκνων  αμέ- 
νηνα  κάη7}να,  oft.  in  Od.  1 1  ;  more 
rare  in  II.  In  Hom.  always  in  plur. 
of  the  inhabitants  of  the  nether  world, 
=^ενερυι,  Lat.  inferi. — II.  as  adj.  dead, 
lifeless,  post-Hora.,  as  Soph.  Aj.  135C  ; 
cf  however  II.  24, 35,  423. — E]).  word, 
freq.  also  in  Soph.,  and  Eur.  (Hence 
νεκρός :  the  root  νεκ-  appears  in  the 
Sanscr.  nag,  to  perish,  Lat.  nex,  nec-is, 
and  noc-ere,  and  perh.  in  νόσ-ος.)  [ϋ 
in  nom.  and  ace.  sing.,  in  Horn.,  and 
so  prob.  in  Att. ;  but  in  Alex,  poets  ΐ>.] 
Hence 

Νεκύσια  (sc.  ιερά),  ων,  τά,  offerings 
to  the  dead,  δείπνα  v.,  Artem.  4,  83. 

[*^  , 

Νεκνσσόος,  ον,=νεκνοσσόος,  Nonn. 

Νεκνώριον  or  νεκνωρον,  ου,  τό, 
(ωρα)=νεκρομαντεΙον,  Hesych. 

tNeswf,  ώ,  ό,  ace.  Νεκών,  Necho, 
father  of  Psammetichus,  Hdt.  2,  152. 
— 2.  a  son  of  Psammetichus,  king  of 
Aegypt,  Id.  2,  158;  4,  92. 

^Νελαίδας,  ό,  Ndaidas,  an  Olympic 
victor  from  Elis,  Pans.  6,  16,  8. 

^Νέμανσος,  ου,  ή,  Nemausus,  a  city 
of  Gallia  Narbonensis,  now  Nismes, 
Strab.  p.  186. 

ΊΝεμέα,  ας,  ή.  Ion.  Νεμέη,  poet. 
Νεμείη,  Nemea,  a  place  in  the  north- 
west of  Argolis,  nearly  on  site  of 
mod.  Kutchumadi,  Thuc.  3,  96  ;  etc. 
— Also  the  wood  and  neighbourhood 
around  this  place  in  which  Hercules 
slew  the  Nemean  lion,  and  in  which 
the  games  were  celebrated,  Hes.  Th. 
331  ;  Pind.  N.  3,  30,  etc.  Νεμέα, 
dat.  as  adv.  in  Nemea,  Pind. — 11.  a 
river  rising  here  and  flowing  into  the 
Corinthian  gulf,  forming  the  bounda- 
ry between  Sicyonia  and  Corinthia, 
Strab.  p.  382. 

Νέμεά,  τά,  poet.  Νέμεια,  Pind. : — 
the  sacred  Nemean  games,  celebrated 
in  the  second  and  fourth  years  of 
each  Olympiad,  Dissen  Pind.  N.  7, 1. 

■\Νεμεαΐος,  a,  ov,  of  Nemea,  Ne- 
mean, Ζευς  Ν.,  Pmd.  Ν.  2.  7. 

^Νεμεάς,  άδος,  i],  fem.  to  foreg., 
Pind.  N.  3,  4. — 11.  Nemeas,  as  fem. 
pr.  n.,  Ath.  587  C. 

^Νεμέηθε,  adv.  from  Nemea,  Call. 
Fr.  103,  4. 

Νεμέθω,  poet,  for  νέμω,  in  Hom. 
only  once,  and  that  in  mid.,  νεμέθον- 
To  for  ένέμοντο,  grazed,  fed,  II.  1 1, 635. 

\ΝεμείαΙος,  a,  ov,  γ)θβΙ.=Ν εμεαίος, 
Hes.  Th.  328. 

ίΝέμειος,  a,  ov,  of  Nemea,  Ne- 
mean, τά  Νέμεια,  Pind.  Ν.  5,  9 :  v. 
Νε/ζεα. 

Νεμεσύω,  ώ,  f  -//σω.  Ερ.  impf  νε- 
μέσασκον,  and  freq.  in  Hom.  and 
Hes.  νεμεσσάω,  νεμεσσήσω,  etc.  (νέ- 
μεσις.)  To  feel  righteous  indignation, 
to  be  wroth,  Hom. :  strictly,  to  be  wroth 
at  undeserved  good  or  bad  fortune,  and 
so  properly  of  the  gods,  νεμέσησε  δε 
πόηηα  "Ήρη,  II.  8,  198,  etc. ;  cf  νέ- 
μεσις. — Construct  sometimes  absol., 


ΝΕΜΕ 

μη  νεμέσα,  II.  10,  145  ;  more  iisu.,  v. 
Ttvi,  to  be  wroth  with  a  person  or  at  a 
thing,  Hom. ;  also,  v.  τινί  τι.  to  be 
angry  at  a  thing  in  a  person.  Od.  23, 
213,  cf  Hes.  Op.  754  ;  also  j•.  τινί.  m 
prose,  as  Plat.  Legg.  927  C,  Dem. 
500,  14. — II.  mid.  νεμεσύομαι,ί.  -ι/σο- 
μαι :  aor.  pass,  ένεμεσήΰιμ),  in  Hom. 
always  νεμεσσήθην,  etc.: — strictly, 
to  be  displeased  ivith  one's  self,  as,  re- 
μεσσάται  ένϊ  θυμώ  ίπεσβο'λίας  άνα- 
φαίνειν,  is  angry  with  himself  m  his 
heart,  i.  e.  ashamed  of  himself,  lor 
flinging  words  about  him,  Od.  4,  158  : 
hence,  to  take  shame  to  OHf'.s•  self,  to 
be  filled  uith  shame  or  awe,  like  Lat. 
vereri,  Od.  2,  64,  II.  16,  544:-hut 
Hom.  mostly  uses  the  mid.  as=:act., 
and  with  same  constr.  ;  also  c.  inf , 
Od.  4,  195;  c.  ace.  et  inf.,  Od.  18, 
227  ;  but  c.  ace.  rei,  νεμεσσΰται  κακά. 
epya,  visits  evil  deeds  upon  the  doers, 
Od.  14,  284  ;  cf  νεμεσίί,ομαι. 

Νεμέσεια  (sc.  ιερά),  ων,  τά,  the 
feast  of  Nemesis,  also  held  in  honour 
of  the  "dead,  Dem.  1031, 13 ;  with  v.  1. 
Νεμέσια. 

Νεμεσήμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  indig 
nant,  wrathful,  Nonn. 

Νεμεσητικός,  r/,  ov,  (νεμεσάω)  dis- 
posed to  indignation  at  any  one's  wide- 
sen-ed  good  or  ill  fortune,  Arisl.  Eth. 
N.  2,  7,  15. 

Νεμεσητός,  τι,  όν,  in  Hom.  always 
νεμεσσιιτός,  except  in  II.  11,649  (νε- 
μεσάω) : — causing  indignation  or  wrath, 
worthy  of  it,  νεμεσσητόν  δέ  κεν  εΐη, 
'twere  enough  to  ynake  one  wroth,  W.  3, 
410,  etc.;  c.  inf,  oirt  νεμεσσ;,ιτ(1>ν 
κεχο'λώσβαι,  II.  9,  523,  Od.  22.  50 ; 
so  Χοο,ούτοινεμεατ}τόν,  Soph.  Phil. 
1193,  cf  Plat.  Euthyd.  2.H2  B;  v. 
ίδεΐν,  Tyrtae.  1,26. — U.tohedr.raded, 
regarded  xvith  awe,  awful,  αίύοϊος  νε- 
μεσητός, II.  11,  649. 

Νεμεσίζομαι,  dep.  mid.,  like  νεμε- 
σάω, to  become  or  be  wroth  with  one, 
TLvi,  If:  8,  407,  Od.  2,  239:  to  take  η 
thing  amiss,  be  offended,  angry  with  or 
blame  one  for  a  thing,  τινύ  τι.  11.  δ, 
757  ;  c.  ace.  et  inf,  to  be  angri),  sur- 
prised that..,  I!.  2,  296.— II.  like  νε- 
μεσύοιιαι,  to  be  a$lia7ned,  awe-struck, 

II.  17,251,  Od.  2,  138.— 111.  like  ai- 
δείσθαι,  to  dread,  fear,  c.  ace.,  ϋεονς 
V-,  to  stand  in.  alee  of  the  gods,  dread 
their  ivrath,  Od.  1,  263. 

Νέμεσις,  εως,  r),  Ep.  νέμεσσις,  II. 
6,  335  :  (νέμω)  : — strictly,  distribution 
of  what  is  due  ;  hence  righteous  indig- 
nation, i.  e.  anger  at  anything  unjv.it  or 
unfitting,  high  displeasure,  wrath,  re- 
sentment, 11.  6,  335,  Od.  2,  136,  etc. : 
— being  properly,  ace.  to  Arist.  Eih. 
N.  2,  7,  15,  indignation  at  undeserved 
good  fortune, — the  virtue  lying  be- 
tween envy  (φθόνος)  and  malignity 
(έπιχαιρεκακία)  :  hence  jenlou.ty,  ven- 
geance, esp.  of  the  gods,  Hdt.  1,34, 
Soph.  Phil.  518,  602,  cf  νεμεσάω  :  of 
men,  just  like  φθόνος,  grudging,  envy, 
Aesch.  Theh.  235.— Cf.  infr.  B.— 11. 
that  which  deserves  righteous  indigna- 
tion, the  object  of  just  resentment,  Hom. 
always  in  phrase  ov  νέμεσις  (εστί), 
'tis  nothing  to  be  iiroth  about,  there's 
no  call  for  anger,  either  c.  inf,  11.  14, 
80,  Od.l,  350;  or  c,  ace.  et  inf,  II. 
3,  150;  so  too  Soph.  O.  C.  1753.— 

III.  subjectively,  righteous  indignation 
at  one's  own  misdeed,  αιδώς  και  νέμε- 
σις,  a  sense  of  shame  and  sin,  II.  13, 
122,  cf  Hes.  Op.  198. 

B.  Νέμεσις.  /),  as  prop,  n.,  voc.  Nf- 
μεσι,  Pois.  Phoen.  187:  Nemesis,  the 
impersonation  υί  divine  wrath  and  jeal- 
ousy, hence  in  Hes.  1.  c.  joined  wiih 
Αιδώς :  ace.  to  Hes.  Th.  223,  she  is 


ΝΕχΜΩ 

daughter  of  Night,  but  only  described 
as  πήμα  θνητοϊ,σι  βροτοΐσιν,  which 
seems  to  indicate  interpolation.  In 
Att.,  esp.  Trag.,  she  appears  as  the 
goddess  of  Retribution,  who  brings 
down  all  immoderate  good  fortune, 
and  checks  the  presumption  that  at- 
tends it,  (being  thus  directly  opposed 
to  νβρις)  ;  and  herewith  she  is  oft. 
the  punisher  of  extraordmary  crimes, 
Pmd.  P.  10,  09,  Aescii.  Fr.  213,  Sui)h. 
El.  792 ;  of  esp.  Mesomedes'  Hymn 
to  Nemesis,  Anal.  Br.  t.  2,  p.  292 ; 
and  see  \Κ.όραστεία. 

Νεμεσσάω,  ώ,  Ep.  for  νεμεσάω, 
Horn.,  and  Hes. 

Ί\εμεσσητός,  η,  όν,  Ep.  for  νεμεση- 
τός,  Horn. 

ί^έμεσσις,  ή,  Ep.  for  νέμεσίς,  II.  C, 
335. 

Νεμέτωρ,  ορός,  ό,  (νέμω)  α  dispen- 
ser of  justice,  a  judge,  avenger,  Ζ,ενς  V-, 
Aesch.  Theb.  489. 

Νέμησις,  ή,  (νέμω)  a  distribution, 
Isae.  76,  26,  ubi  al.  νέμεσις. 

Νεμητί'/ς,  οϋ,  ό,=νεμέτωρ :  νεμέ- 
της  is  wrong.  Lob.  Paral.  447. 

tNf^ddi'a,  ας,  η,  Nemidia,  appell.  of 
Diana  in  Teuthea,  Strab.  p.  342. 

Νέμος,  εος,  τό,  (νέμω  Β)  α  pasture, 
pasturage,  11.  11,  480,  Soph.  Aj.  413: 
— α  wooded  pasture,  a  glade,  Lat.  ne- 
mus,  Anth.  P.  7,  55. 

ΝΕ'ΜΩ,  fut.  νεμώ  and  νεμήσω : 
aor.  ενειμα :  perf.  νενέμηκα :  aor. 
pass,  ένεμηΰην  and  ίνεμέβην,  later  al- 
so aor.  mid.  ενεμησάμην,  Lob.  Phryn. 
742.  Horn,  uses  only  pres.,  impf., 
aor.  act.;  pres.  and  impf.  mid. — I. 
to  deal  out,  distribute,  dispense,  ~i,  oit.  in 
Horn.  usu.  of  meat  and  drink,  e.  g. 
μοίρας,  κύπελλα,  κρέα,  μέθυ  νέμειν  : 
hence,  μοίραν  ν.  τινί,  to  pay  one  due 
honour,  respect,  Aesch.  Pr.  292 ;  μη- 
τρός τιμάς  v.,  to  respect  her  privileges, 
Id.  Eum.  624  (but,  πρόσω  v.  τιμάς, 
lb.  747,  tu  extend  one's  privileges)  :  to 
apportion,  assign,  τινί  τι,  Od.  6,  188, 

11.  3,  274,  and  Att. ;  v.  tu  δευτερεΐα, 
TU  Ίσα  τινί,  Hdt.  1,  32;  6,  11;  v. 
■πλέον  τινί,  Thuc.  3,  48  ;  v.  rivl  tu 
κρύτιστα,  τα  μένιστα,  Lat.  plurivnim 
tribuere  alicui,  Valck.  Hipp.  1321, 
Diatr.  p.  77. — II.  mid.  νέμομαι,  c.  ace, 
to  distribute  among  themselves,  hence  to 
have  and  hold  as  one^s  portion,  possess 
(hence  κληρονόμος),  πατρώια  πάντα 
νέμεσθαι,  Od.  20,  336  ;  usu.  of  landed 
property,  τεμέυη  v.,  Od.   11,  185,  II. 

12,  313  ;  ίργα  v.,  11.  2,  751,  Hes.  Op. 
119  ;  strictly  with  the  twofold  collat. 
notion, —  1.  to  enjoy,  have  in  use,  as  in 
11.  cc. — 2.  (since  the  owner  occupied 
his  own  land),  to  dwell  in,  inhabit,  άλ- 
σεα  νέμεσθαι,  II.  20,  8 ;  mostly  with 
names  of  places,  to  spread  over,  and 
so  occupy  a  country,  'Ιθάκ7/ν,  'Ύρίην 
νέμεσθαι,  Od.  2,  167,  II.  2.  496;  then 
in  Hdt.,  Thuc,  etc.— III.  from  Pind. 

0.  2,  23  downwds.  the  act.  also  is 
found  in  signf.  of  mid.,  to  hold,  possess, 
yfiv,  γώραννέμειν,  Hdt.  4, 191,  Thuc. 
5,  i-i,  cf.  Erf.  Soph.  O.  T.  578 ;  and 
so,  absol.,  νέμειν  (sc.  yf/v),  Hdt.  4, 
183,  cf.  infr.  2  fin. :  hence  also,  in 
pass.,  of  places,  to  be  inhabited,  νέμε- 
σθαι ί•πό  TLVL,  Hdt.  7,  158 ;  and,  ab- 
sol., of  the  customs  of  peopje,  Thuc. 

1,  5  and  6. — 2.  to  hold,  sway,  manage, 
πόλιν,  Hdt.  1,  59,  etc.  ;  λαόν,  Pind. 
O.  13,  37  ;  κράτη  και  θρόνους.  Soph. 
Ο.  Τ.  237  ;  so  absol,  Pind.  P.  3,  124 ; 
V-  οίακα.  ασπίδα,  ίο  wield,  manage, 
Aesch.  Ag.  802,  Theb.  590  ;  v.  ίσχνν 
έπΙ  πκηπτροισι,  to  support  one's  self 
on  staffs,  Id.  Ag.  76 ;  hence  also,  v. 
γλώσσαν.  to  use  the  tongue,  lb.  087, 
like  νομίζω :  hence, — 3.  also  like  vo- 


NEOB 

μίζω,  to  hold,  consider  as  so  and  so,  σέ 
νέμω  θεόν.  Soph.  El.  150,  cf.  598,  Tr. 
483,  O.  C.  879,  Aj.  1331,  Hemd.  Plat. 
Prot.  339  C  :  so,  νέμειν  τινά  προστά- 
την,  to  take  or  choose  as  one's  patron, 
Isocr.  170  Β  :  oi  νενεμημένοι,  ath- 
letes entered  on  the  list,  Polyb.  6,  47,  8. 

B.  of  herdsmen,  to  pasture,  graze, 
i.  e.  drive  to  pasture,  feed.  Lat.  pascere, 
Od.  9,  233,  Hdt.  8,  137,  Eur.  Cycl.  28, 
and  not  seldom  in  Plat. ;  also  metaph., 
V.  χόλον,  Soph.  El.  176  : — much  more 
freq.  in  mid.  νέμεσθαι,  of  cattle,  to 
feed,  i.  e.  go  to  pasture,  graze,  Lat. 
pasci,  II.  5,  777,  Od.  13,  407,  Hdt.  8, 
115,  etc.  :  hence  c.  ace.  cognato,  to 
eat,  feed  on,  ανθεα  ποίης  νέμεσθαι, 
Od.  9,  449,  cf.  Soph.  Phil.  709  :  me- 
taph. of  fire,  to  feed  on,  devour,  II.  23, 
177:  also  as  pass.,  πνρ\  χθων  νέμε- 
ται, the  land  is  devoured,  wasted  by 
fire,  II.  2,  780. — II.  όρη  νέμειν,  to 
graze  the  hills  (with  cattle),  Xen.  Cyr. 
3,  2,  20  ; — like  Ivjcurieni  segetum  depas- 
cit,  Virg.  G.  1,  112: — and  metaph., 
πνρΐ  νέμειν  πό?Λν,  Ιο  waste  a  city  by 
fire,  give  it  to  the  flames,  Hdt.  C,  33. 
— 111.  in  mid.  also  of  cancerous  sores, 
to  spread,  like  Lat.  pasci,  depasci,  Hdt. 
3,  133  ;  cf.  Jac.  Ach.  Tat.  p.  573.  Cf. 
έπινέμω. 

The  signf.  to  feed  is  immed.  con- 
nected with  that  of  to  dwell  in,  as 
with  the  early  pastoral  tribes  {νομά- 
δες) pasturage  established  possession. 
(The  nearest  derivs.  of  the  root  νέμω 
are  νέμος,  νέμεσις,  etc. ;  νομός,  νομή, 
νομάς,  νομενς,  etc.  ;  νόμος,  νομίζω, 
νόμισμα,  etc. ;  and  νωμάω  :  prob.  also 
Lat.  numerus.) 

tNf^uaCTof,  οϋ,  ή,  Nemossus,  chief 
city  of  the  Arverni,  Strab.  p.  239. 

ί^ένασμαι,  perf.  pass,  from  ναίω 
(only  poet.) :  and  (in  prose)  from 
νύσσω.  But  it  is  never  Dor.  for  νέ- 
νησμαι,  as  if  from  νέω. 

Ί^ενέαται,  Ion.  3  pi.  perf.  pass,  for 
νένηνται,  from  ΐ'έω,  to  heap. 

Νένηκα,  perf.  from  νέω,  to  spin. 

NeviY/Aof,  ov,  foolish,  silly  :  or  weak- 
eyed,  purblind.  Call.  Jov.  63 :  the 
Gramin.  quote  in  same  signfs.,  νε- 
νός,  νινηλός,  νενιαστής,  with  which 
Ruhnk.  Tim.  compares  β'λεννός  and 
ένεός ;  it  also  reminds  one  of  τ/λός. 

f'^  .... 

Νενιπται,  3  smg.  perf.  pass,  of  νίςω, 

II.  24,  419.^ 

Νέννα,  ή,  also  νάννη,  a  mother^ s  or 
father's  sister,  aunt ;  and 

Γέννας,  ό,  also  νάΐ'νας,  a  mother''s 
or  father's  brother,  uncle. 

'^ενομισμένως,  adv.  part.  pf.  pass, 
from  νομίζω,  in  the  established  manner, 
Philostr. 

Νενός,  V.  νενίηλος. 

'Νένοψα,  perf.  of  νέφω,  cl.  συννέ<^ω. 

'Νενόφρων,  ov,  {νενός,  φρήν)  weak- 
minded,  Panyas.,  e  conj.  Dind. 

Νένωμαι,  -μένος,  Ion.  and  Dor. 
contr.  perf.  pass,  from  νοέω,  for  νε- 
ΐ'όημαι,  -μένος,  Wess.  and  Valck. 
Hdt.  9,  53,  Em.  Exc.  ad  Call.  Jov. 
87  ;  cf.  sub  βούω. 

'Νεοαλδής,  ές,^νεα7^δής. 

ΐ\εοάλωτος,  ον,^νεάλωτος,  Hdt. 
9,  120.  [ΰ] 

Νεοαρδής,  ες,  (νέος,  ΰρδω)  newly, 
freshly  watered,  ΰλωή.  Ι!•  21,  346. 

ΐίεοανξητος,  ον,=^νεανξητος. 

Νεό'3ίϊαλτοζ•,  ον,  (νέος,  βδύ?.?.ω) 
neivly  milked,  Nic.  Th.  006,  ΑΙ.  484. 

'Νεοβ?Μστής,  Ef,=sq.,  Ορρ.  Η.  1, 
735. 

'Νεόβ?ιαστος,  ον,  (νέος,  βλαστάνώ) 
sprouting  afresh,  flourishing. 

ΐίεόβ?.ΰτος,  ον,  ju.it  gushing  forth. 

ΐίεόβορος,  ον,  lately,  newly  devoured. 


ΝΕΟΔ 

— II.  parox.  νεοβύρος,  ov,  act.  having 
lately  devoured. 

^Ί^εοβυν'λη,  ης,  ή,  Neohide,  daugh- 
ter of  Lycambes,  loved  by  Archilo- 
chus,  Anth. 

NfoyOi'/iOf,  ov,  b,  a  new  cowisellor. 

Νεόβροχος,  ov,  fresh  watered. 

Νεοβρώς,  ώτος.  ό,  ή,  (νέος,  βιβρώ- 
ΰκω)  having  just  eaten,  Hipp. 

'Νεογΰμετή,  ης,  7/,=?/  νεόγαμος. 

Νεογύμής,  ff,=  sq. 

Ί\εόγΰμος,  ον,  (νέος,  γαμέω)  newly 
married,  a  young  husband  or  wife,  Hdt. 
1,  36.  37  ;  v-  νύμφη,  κόρη,  Aesch.  Ag. 
1179,  Eur.  Med.  324:  v.  Άέκτρα,  lb. 
1348. 

Νεογενής,  ες,  (νέος,  *γένω)  neiw- 
born,  Aesch.  Cho.  530,  Plat.  Theaet. 
100  E,  etc. 

Ι\εογέννητος,  ov,=foreg. 

ΝεογύιαΙος,  a,  ov,=sq.,  Isae.  ap. 
Poll.  2,  8. 

Ί^εογϊλός,  ή,  όν,  neiv-horn,  young, 
σκνλαξ,  Od.  12,  86  ;  βρέφος,  Theocr. 
17,  58  ;  οδονς  v.,  one  of  the  first  set 
of  teeth,  Opp.  C.  1,  199:  βίου  χρό- 
νος v.,  life  short  as  childhood,  Luc. 
Halcyon  3,  ubi  v.  Hemst.  (The 
Grainm.  however  make  ύ=νεογ/.α- 
γ'ΐς,  not  that  yιλός=  ya7.a  :  one  might 
rather  compare  it  with  χΟΜς.) 

'Νεογ?Μ)ής,  ες,  (νέος.  y?Myoς)  new- 
born and  still  sucking,  Nonn. 

'Nεόyληvoς,  ov,  with  7iew,  i.  e.  re- 
stored eyesight. 

'Nεoy/Λφι'/ς,  ες,  (νέος,  y?.vφω)  neiv- 
ly carved,  iTryphlod.  332. 

Νεογνής,  ές,=:νεογνός,  dub.  1.  ap. 
Xen.  Cyn.  10,  23. 

Neojvor,  όν,  contr.  for  νεόγονοΓ, 
παις,  Η.  Horn.  Cer.  141,  Merc.  4C6, 
Hdt.  2,  2  ; — mostly  of  beasts  ;  also  in 
Att.  poets,  as  Aesch.  Ag.  1163,  and 
Eur. :  and  even  in  Xen.  Cyn.  5,  14, 
Oec.  7,  21.— though  Thom.  M.  holds 
it  to  be  not  Att. 

Νεό)θ)'θζ•,  ον,=νεογενής,  Eur.  Ion 
1001,  Cycl.  206. 

Νεόγραπτος,  ov,  =  sq.,  Wiistem. 
Theocr.  18,  3. 

Νεόγράφος,  ov,  (νέος,  ypάφω)  new- 
ly painted  or  written,  Mel.  1,  55. 

Neo}DiOf,  ov,  (νέος,  yvlov)  with 
young,  fresh  limbs,  φώτες,  Pind.  N.  9, 
56;  ηβα,  Id.  Fr.  88,  10. 

'Nεoyvvης,  ov,  6,  (νέος,  γννή)  just 
wived.  [0] 

Νεοδάκρντος,  ov,  (νέος,  δακρνω) 
weeping  afresh. 

Νεοδύμαστος,  ov,  (νέος,  δάμύω)=^ 
νεόδμητος,  Gramm. 

^εοδάμώδης,  ες,  (νέος,  δΰμος,  δή- 
μος), a  Spartan  word,  lately  made  one 
of  the  people,  newly  enfrancliisrd  (opp. 
to  the  hereditary  citizens),  δύναται  δέ 
T<j  νεοδαμώδεςτό ηδη  ελεύθερον  είναι, 
Thuc.  7,  58 :  hence  those  Helots 
were  called  'Νεοδαμώδεις,  who  were 
freed  by  the  state,  in  reward  for  ser- 
vice in  war,  prob.  receiving  some  civil 
rights,  whereby  they  were  placed 
above  the  περίοικοι,  v.  Arnold  Thuc. 
5,  34. 

Ί^εόδαρτος,  ov,  (νέος,  δέρω)  newly 
stripped  off,  δέρμα,  Od.  4,  437  ;  22, 
36.1 : — newly  flayed,  βόες,  Xen.  An.  4, 
5,  14. 

Ί>ίεοδίδακτος,  ov,  (νέος,  διδάσκω) 
newly  tauuht :  esp.  of  dramatic  pieces, 
etc.,  newly  brought  forward,  Luc.  Tim. 

46.  [r]  ^    ^ 

'Νεοδμ>}ς,  ητος,  υ,  j/,  =  sq..  newly 
tamed,  πώ?.ος,  Η.  Horn.  Αρ.  231  :  v. 
yύμoι,  a  newly  formed  marriage,  Eur. 
Med.  1306. 

Νεόδμητος,  ov.  (νέος,  δαμύω)  neivh) 
broken  in,  esp.  of  horses,  etc. :  metaph. 
of  young  wives  newly  brought  under  (hi 
%9 


NEOK 

yoKe  of  marriage,  new-wedded,  κύρη, 
Eur.  Metl.  (}23. 

ΝίΐΗ^μητος,  ov,  Dor.  -όμΰτος,  (νέος, 
(5ί//,ν)  new-built,  fresh,  Pind.  1.  4,  106 
(3,  80), 

Νΐοόύμ7]τος,  ov,=^{oreg. 

Ni(i(Sopof.  oi',=  i'to(5a/>rof,  Diod. 

Νΐούμεττής,  if,=sq.,  Ael.  N.  A.  4, 
10. 

NfoJpe-TOf,  01»,  (j.'iOf,  6ρίπω) fresh 
vhirked  or  broken,  κλάδοι,  Aesch. 
Supp.  3133  :  wnathed  with  fresh  foliage, 
βωμοί,  Theocr.  26,  8. 

ί^ΐόδμοτΐος,  ov,  =  foreg.,  κλάδοι, 
Acsch.  Supp.  354. 

Ntofia.  ας,  ή,^^νεοίη. 

'Νεοειδής,  ές,  fresh  or  youthful  in 
form. 

Νεοεργής,  ές,  just  made  or  newly 
wrought. 

Νεόζενκτος,  ον,=  νεόζνγος,  Anth. 
P.  9,  514. 

Νευζνγής,  ίς,=  νεόζνγος,  ττώλοζ•, 
Aesch.  Pr.  1009. 

Νεοζύγιος,  oi',=  sq.,  Nonn. 

Νεοζνγος,  ov,  (νέος.  ζεύγνυμι)  new- 
ly-yoked :  inetaph.  new-married,  νύμφη, 
Eiir.  Med.  804. 

Νεό^νμος,  ov,  (νέος,  ζύμη)  neivly 
leavened. 

ΝίόιΓυίι  νγος,  ό,  ή,=^νεοζνγής,  πώ- 
λος, Eur.  Aeol.  19  : — ncw-married.  Αρ. 
Kll.  4,  1191. 

Νεοηλής,  ές,  (νέος,  άλέω)  newly, 
fresh  ground,  Nic.  ΑΙ.  411. 

Νεοηλιξ,  Ικος  ό,  ή,  (νέος,  η?Λξ) 
young  in  years,  Orph.  Η.  86,  7. 

Νεοβάλί/ς,  ές,  (νέος,  θύλλω)  fresh- 
sprouting  :  youthful,  αισχύνη,  Eur.  I. 
Α.  1Η8•.  —  but  νεοθΰλης,  Dor.  for 
νεοβηλης,  Pind.,  cf.  Jac.  A.  P.  p.  528. 

Νεοθΰνι'/ς,  ές,  (νέος,  θνήσκω,  θα- 
νεΐΐ')  just  dead. 

Νεόθεν,  adv.,  like  νευστί,  newly, 
lately.  Soph.  Ο.  C.  1448. 

Nΐoβιr/r}ς,ές,=  sq.,  Αρ.  Rh.  3, 1388, 
Anth.  Plan.  124. 

Νευθηκτος.  ov,  (νέος,  θί/γω)  newly 
whetted,  A  p.  Kll.  ? 

Nf()W//A;;r,  ές,  Dor.  -θΰλής  (νέος, 
θύλλω,  τέβηλα)  :  — fresh  budding  or 
sprouting,  ποίη,  11.  14,  347,  Hes.  Th. 
576 ;  ύλη,  11.  Horn.  Merc.  82 :  nie- 
taph.,  fresh,  cheerful,  ευφροσύνη,  Η. 
Hoin.  30,  13  ;  νεοβα'λης  ανξεται  νίκα- 
φομία  grows  with  youthful  vigor,  Pind. 
N.  9,  115. — U.  (νέος,  θηλή)  just  giving 
milk,  μαζός,  0pp.  C.  1,  436. 

Ί^εόθηλος,  ον,=^νεοθηλής,  Aesch. 
Euiu.  450. 

Νεοβι/ζ,  ?/)ος,  ό,  7},=^  ΐ'εοΟηγής, 
Sap[iho  138,  Anth.  P.  7,  181. 

Νεοβι/ρεντυς,  ov,  lately  hunted. 

Ί^εοΙΙλνίτ/ς,  ef,=  sq.,  Anth.  P.  7,457. 

Ι^εουλιπτυς,  ov,  (νέος,  θλίβω)  new- 
ly pressed  or  squeezed,  Diosc. 

}^εοΙΙνής,  7/τος.  ύ,  ή,  =  νεοβανής, 
Phit.  Lego;.  865  D. 

Νεήβρεπτυς,  ov,  (νέος,  τρέφο)  new- 
ly grown.  Αρ.  Rh.  3,  1400. — II.  neivly 
curdled,  τυρός  :  cf.  τρέφω  and  τροφα- 
λίς. 

^ει\θριζ,  τμίχος,  6,  ή,  (νέος,  θρίξ) 
huri'ig  i/oung  hair,  NotUl. 

Νεάθντος,  ov,  {νέος,  θύω)  just  sacri- 
ficed. 

Nfo£77,  7;ζ•,^,  poet,  (or  νεότητ,  youth, 
youthful  spirit,  ll.  23,  604. 

'Νεοί.κοδόμητος,  ov,  (νέος,  οίκοδο- 
μέω)  u.eu'ly  built. 

Νέοικυς,  ov,  (νέος,  οίκος)  neivly 
housed,  a  new  denizen,  Epich.  [).  6. — 
II.  newly  built  on,  έδρα,  Pind.  O.  5,  19. 

'^εοίνι.α,  (νέος,  οίνος)  sc.  ιερά,,  τά, 
the  feast  of  new  wine,  Hesych.,  where 
some  needlessly  read  θεοίνια. 

'.'^ι-οΐίύθαρτος.  ov,  newly  cleansed. 

"Νεοκατάγρύφος,  ov,  (νέος,  κατά- 
970 


ΝΕΟΛ 

γράφω)  newly  enlisted,  App.  Hispan. 
78. 

'Νεοκατασκεναστος,  ov,^=sq. 

'Νεοκατάσκενος,  ov,  newly  built. 

Νεοκατάστάτος,  ov,  (νέος,  καθί- 
στημι)  lately  established,  άνθρωποι, 
Thuc.  3,  93. 

Νεοκατάχριστος,  ov,  (νέος,  κατα- 
Xpiiu)just  smeared,  Diosc. 

Νεοκατήχητος,  ov,  (νέος,  κατηχέ- 
ομαι)  lately  instructed,  Eccl. 

Νεοκάτοικος,  ον,^=νέοικος,  Eupol. 
Χρυσ.  21. 

Νεοκάττντος,  ov,  (νέος,  καττνω) 
fresh-sandaled,  Stratt.  Phoen.  3,  8. 

Νεόκανστος,  ov,  or  νεύκαυτος,  ov, 
(νέος,  καίω)  neivly  burnt,  Arist.  Probl. 
12,  3,  5,  Theophr. 

•  Νεοκηδής,  ές,  (νέος,  κήδος)  who.'ie 
grief  is  frisk,  fresh  grieving,  Hes.  Th. 
98  ;  like  νεοπενθής,  νεοπαθής. 

^Νεοκ'λείδης,  ov,  ό,  Neoclides,  an 
orator  in  Athens,  Ar.  Plut  665. 

ΐ^εοκληρόνομος,  ov,  having  lately 
inherited. 

^Νεοκλής,  έονς,  ό,  Neocles,  father 
of  Themistocles,  Hdt.  7,  143.— 2.  an 
Athenian  archon,  Dam.  249,  11. — 
Others  in  Strab. ;  etc. 

^εόκλωστος,  ov,  fresh  spun,  The- 
ocr. 24,  44. 

Νεοκμής,  ήτος,  ό,  7/,=sq..  Nic.  Th. 
707. 

'Νεόκμητος,  ov,  (νέος,  κάμνω)  new- 
ly wrought,  Nic.  Th.  498. — 11.  just  slain, 
Eur.  llhes.  887. 

Νεοκόνητος,  ov :  in  Soph.  El.  1394 
(ubi  olini  νεακόνητον),  Dind.  after 
Henn.  reads  νεοκόνητον  αίμα  χεροΐν 
εχει,ν,  to  have  new-shed  blood  upon 
his  hands  ;  so  νεοφόνοις  kv  αϊμασιν, 
Eur.  El.  1172.  (F'rorn  νέος,  κονή, 
κέκονα,  καίνω,  *κένω,  as  φόνος  from 
*φένω. 

Νεόκοπος,  ov,=sq.,  Eupol.  Aty.  22. 

Νεόκοπτος,  ov,  (νέος,  κότττω)  fresh 
chiselled,  Ar.  Vesp.  648. 

Νεόκοτος,  ov,  fresh  in  wrath,  but  in 
Aesch.  Pers.  256,  Theb.  803,  much 
like  νεώτερος,  strange,  unheard  of 
(Perh.  -κοτος,  is  a  mere  terinin.  ;  v. 
sub  αλλόκοτος.) 

Νεοκρύς,  άτος,  ό,  ν,  (νέος,  κεράν- 
ννμί)  newly  οτ  fresh  mixed,  κρητήρ  v., 
a  drink  mixed  in  a  peculiar  manner 
to  be  drunk  on  concluding  alliauces, 
and  at  funeral  feasts.  Plat.  (Com.) 
Lac.  1,  8:  without  κρατήρ,  Plut.  2, 
677  C  :  also  withafein.  subst.,  σπον 
δαί  v.,  Aesch.  Fr.  325. — II.  v.  φίλος, 
o(  a  newly  made  friend,  Id.  Cho.  314  ; 
V.  Pors.  Med.  138. 

Ν  εύκρατος,  ov,=foreg. 

Νεόκτητος,  ov,  (νέος,  κτάομαι)  new- 
ly gained.  App. 

Νεόκτιστος,  ov,  also  ?},  ov,  Pind. 
N.  9,  3  (νέος,  κτίζω) : — newly  founded 
or  built,  Hdt.  5,  24,  Pind.  1.  c,  Thuc. 
3,  100. 

Νεόκτονος.  ov,  (νέος,  κτείνω)  lately 
οτ  just  killed,  Pind.  N.  8,  51. 

Νεόκτϋπος,  ov,  (ΐ'έος,  κτυπέω) 
sounding  new,  Greg.  Naz. 

iNεoκωμLτuι,  ων.  ol,  the  inhab.  of 
Novum  Comum  in  Italy,  Strab.  p.  213. 

Νεολαία,  ας,  ή,  (νέος,  λεώς,  λαύς) 
α  band  nf  youths,  the  youth  of  a  nation, 
Lat.  inventus,  Aesch.  Pers.  670,  Supp. 
686/Theocr.  18.  24.— II.  as  fem.  adj., 
young,  ace.  to  Henn.  Eur.  Ale.  103, 
though  Monk  supports  the  usu. 
signf  :  in  this  place  Dind.,  q.  v..  has 
νολαία,  as  trisylL— The  word  is  Dor., 
and  therefore  used  only  in  lyric  pas- 
sages of  Trag. 

tNeo/utJiif,  ov,  6.  and  in  Anth.  P. 
6,  109,  Νεολάδας,  Neolatdas,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Paus.  6,  1, 3. 


ΝΕΟΠ 

Νεολαμπτ'/ς,  ές,  (νέος,  λάμπω)  shi- 
ning in  a  new  or  strange  manner. 

Νεόλεκτος,  ov,  {νέος,  λέγω  II)  late- 
ly collected,  newly  enlisted.     Hence 

Νεολεξία,  ας,  ή,  the  state  of  one  new- 
ly enlisted. 

Νεόληπτος,  ov,  (νέος,  λαμβάνω) 
newly  taken  or  caught,  App.  Civ. 

Νεολκέω,  νευλκία,νεο'λκιον,  worse 
forms  for  νεωλκέω,  etc.,  Schweigh. 
Polyb.  8,  36,  12. 

Νεόλλοντος,  ov,  poet,  for  νεύλον 
τος,  (νέος,  λονω)  just  bathed,  Η.  Horn. 
Merc.  241. 

Νεύλντος,  ov,  {νέος,  λύω)  justpart 
ed,  Dion  H.  de  Comp.  p.  218. 

Νεολώφητος,  ov,  (  νέος,  λωφάω  ) 
having  just  left  ojf. 

NE'OMAf,  contr.  νενμαι,  both  in 
Horn.  :  2  and  3  sing,  always  contr. 
νειαι,  νείται,  Otl. :  inl.  νέεσθαι,  contr. 
νείσθαι,  both  in  Horn. :  dep.,  only 
used  in  pres.  and  impf  Togo,  come, 
(in  ])res.  usu.  like  ειμί,  with  fut. 
signf.,  to  which  the  inf.  forms  the 
most  freq.  exception);  esp.  in  a  more 
delinite  sense,  to  go  away  or  back,  πά- 
λιν v.,  II.  6,  189,  Od.  6,  110;  and  as 
is  most  freq.  in  Horn.,  οίκύνδενέεσθαι: 
also  to  go  to  the  war : — in  Honi.  al- 
ways of  persons  :  except  in  II.  12,  32, 
of  a  stream  to  flow  back ;  for  the 
winds,  II.  23,  229,  are  taken  as  gods. 
Construct. :  usu.  followed  by  εις, 
προς.  έπί,  c.  ace,  also  by  νπό,  c.  ace, 
II.  23,  51 ;  by  έπί,  c.  dat.,  II.  22,392  ; 
c.  ace.  only,  11.  7,  335. — Ep.  word, 
used  in  inf,  νεΐσθαι,  by  Soph.  Ant. 
33,  Eur.  El.  33  ;  and  νέονται  is  even 
found  in  Xen.  Cyr.  4,  1,  11 : — cf.  via- 
σομαι. — Some  Granim.  have  an  Act. 
ΐ'ίω  ;  but  the  mutilated  lino,  H.  Horn. 
Cer.  395,  proves  nothing ;  v.  Wolf 
Proleg.  p.  Iv.  (The  Sanscr.  root  is 
nt,  to  lead  ;  cf.  the  lenglhd.  forms 
νείσομαι.  νείσαομαι,  νίσσομαι.) 

Νευμάλακτος,  ov,  (νέος,  μαλάσσω) 
fresh  kneaded,   [/ία] 

Νεύμην,  ιμ'ος,  ή,  {νέος,  μτ'/ν)  σελι)• 
νη  V.,  the  new  moon.     Hence 

Νεομηνία,  ας,  ή,  in  Att.  usu.  contr 
νονμΐ/νία.  Lob.  Phryn.  148  ;  the  time 
of  new  moon,  the  beginning  of  the  month, 
Hdt.  6,57,  l,Ar.,  etc.;  when  slaves 
were  sold,  Ar.  Eq.  43. 

^Νεόμηρις,  εως,  ή,  Neomeris,  a  Ne- 
reid, Apoilod. 

Νεομυρφοτύπωτος,  ov,  in  a  new-fan- 
gled shape. 

'Νεόμνστος,  ov,  (νέος,  μύστης)  new- 
ly dedicated  Οΐ  initiated. Ονγ^Υι.  Η.  42,  10. 

INt'oc  τείχος,  τό,  (new  fortress)  Λ'«- 
ontichos,  a  city  of  the  Aeolians  in  Asia 
Minor,  Hdt.  1,  149;  the  inhab.  of  N., 
oi  Νεοτειχεις,  Vit.  Hom.  i^lO:  cf 
tit.  Hom.  Ep.  1. — 2.  a  fortress  of 
Thrace  on  the  sea,  Xen.  An.  7,  5,  Θ. 

Νει'η'νμφος,  ov,  (νέος,  νύμφη)  newly 
married,  Plut.  2,  310  E. 

Νεύξαντος,  ov,  (νέος,  ξαίνω)  newly 
carded,  Hipp. 

'^εόξεστος,  ov,  (νέος,  ξέω)  newly 
polished  or  carved,  Tryphiod. 

Νεοπαγής,  ές,  (νέος,  πήγννμι)  new- 
ly fixed:  of  liquids,  newly  curdled  OX 
frozen; — of  mud  fcecome  solid,  Plut.  2, 
602  D. 

Νεοπαθής,  ές,  (νέος,  πύθος)=νεο- 
πενθής,  Acsch.  Eum.  514. 

Νεοπειθής,  er,=  sq.,  Nonn. 

Νεύπειστος.  ov,  (νέος,  πείθω)  lately 
brought  to  obedience. 

Νεοπένης,  ητος,  ό,  tj,  lately  become 
poor,  A.  B. 

Νεοπενθής,  ές,  {νέος,  πένθος)  in 
new  sorrow,  fresh  mourning,  Od.  11, 
39;  cf.  νεοπιιθής,  -κηδής.—U.  pass. 
laleli/  mourned,  Anth.  P.  append.  215. 


NEOP 

Νεοττέπειρος,  ov,  just  ripe. 

Νΐόττεπτος,  ov,  (νέος,  τΐέσσω)  newly 
or  fresh  baked,  Aretae. 

Νεο-ηγ7}ς,  ές,  Anth.  P.  9,  808  ;  and 
νεόττηκτος,  ov,  Hipp.,=:i'eo-ay^f. 

'Νευ~/^εκ>/ς,  ές,  (νέος,  πλέκω)  newly 
plaited,  Nic.  Al.  96  :  so,  --λεκτος.  Id. 
ap.  Ath.  683  C. 

Ι^ίεοπΑουτοπόνηβος,  ov,  (from  sq., 
πονιιρός )  wicked  from  newly  gotten 
wealth,  Cratin.  Seriph.  2. 

Neo/TAonrof,  ov,  {νέος,  πλούτος) 
like  άρτίπλοντος,  tiewly  become  rich, 
0pp.  to  άρχαιόηλουτος  (q.  v.),  hence 
vainglorious,  like  a  parvenu,  Dem.  218, 
18,  Arist.  Rhet.  2,  9,  9,  etc. :— hence 
comically,  v.  τρνξ,  of  a  low  upstart, 
Ar.  Vesp.  1309. 

Νεοπλννής,  e'f,  =  sq..  Soph.  Fr. 
391. 

Νεόπλντος,  ov,  (νέος,  πλννω)  new- 
ly washen,  ε'ίματα,  Od.  6,  64,  Hdt.  2, 
37. 

ΐ^εόπνενστος,  ov,  {νέος,  πνέω)  new- 
ly inspired,  Nonn. 

NiOTTodff,  oi,  {νέος,  πους)  the  young 
ojf-shoots  of  vines,  Geop. 

Νεοποιέω,  ώ,  Ιο  inake  new,  renew. 

Neo7roiV;rof,  ov,  newly  made,  re- 
newed. 

Νεοπθίκΐ?ιθς,  ov,  newly  embroidered. 
,  Νεόποκος,  ov,  (νέος,  πέκω)  newly 
shorn,  μαλλός,  Soph.  O.  C.  475. 

'ΝεοπολίΤ7ΐς.  ου,  δ,  (νέος,  πο7.ίτης) 
α  new  citizen,  a  slave  just  enfranchised, 
Diod.  14,  7  :  fem.  -Ιτις,  ιύος,  App. 

^εοπότιστος,  ov,  newly  moistened  or 
watered. 

Νεόποτος,  ov,  (νέος,  πίνω)  having 
just  drunk,  Hipp. 

Νεοπρεπής,  ές,  {νέος,  πρέπω)  befit- 
ting young  people,  youthful,  Lat.  juve- 
nilis, Plat.  Legg.  892  D  :  like  a  youth, 
extravagant,  Plut.  2,  334  C,  ubi  v. 
Wyttenb.— II.  looking  young  or  new. 

Νεόπρίστος,  ov,  (νέος,  πρίω)  fresh- 
sawn,  έλέφας,  Od.  8,  404. 

Νεοπτόλεμος,  ov,  ό,  (νέος,  πτόλε- 
μος)  Neoptolemus,  surname  of  Pyrrhus 
son  of  Achilles,  r<en;  warrior,  because 
he  came  late  to  Troy,  prob.  not  Ho- 
meric, V.  Spitzn.  II.  19,  327,  Nitzsch 
Od.  11,  505.— 12.  king  of  the  Molossi 
in  Epirus,  father  of  Olyiiipias,  Pans. 
1,  11,  1. — 3.  a  commander  of  Alexan- 
der the  great,  Arr.  An.  1,  20,  10.— 4. 
a  wealthy  Athenian,  having  charge 
of  many  public  works  at  Athens, 
Dem.  264.  25  ;  583,  14.— 5.  a  tragic 
actor  at  Athens,  a  traitor,  joined 
Philip,  Id.  344,  7;  etc.  — 6.  a  gloss- 
ographer  and  grammarian  of  Pa- 
ros,  Strab.  p.  589. — Others  in  Strab. ; 
etc. 

Νεόπτολις,  ή,  poet,  for  νεόπο?:ΐς, 
τ^νεύπολίς :  πόλις  ν-,  anew-founded 
city,  Aesch.  Euni.  687. 

ί!ίεοπνρί//τος,  ov,  (νέος,  πνριάω) 
just  come  out  of  a  vapor-bath,  Hipp. 

Νέοργος,  oi>,  swelling  with  youthful 
desire,  dub.  1.  for  νέορτος. 

'ϋεο^ράγι'/ς,  ές,  {νέος,  ί)7/γννμι)  new- 
ly rent  or  burst,  Aretae. 

Νεόρ^αντος,  ov,  {νέος,  βαίνω)  new- 
ly spri/ikled,  v.  ξίφος,  afresh  reeking 
Bword,  Soph.  Aj.  30. 

'ί^εοββΰφής,  ές,  (νέος,  βάπτω)  newly 
sewn  or  jnade,  Longus :  perh.  also 
νεόί)βαπτος,  ov. 

Ϋίευβρόφητος,  ov,  (  νέος,  βοφέω  ) 
having  just  swallowed,  Hipp. 

'Νεόββντος,  ov,  (νέος,  βέω)  fresh 
flowing,  γάλα.  Soph.  El.  894. 

ΐίεόββϋτος,  ov,  (νέος,  ()νω)  newly 
drawn,  ξίφος,  Aesch.  Ag.  1351  ; — un- 
less here  also  it  be  from  /)έω,=  νεόρ- 
βαντος. 

Νέορτος,  ov,  (νέος,  ύρννμι)  newly 


ΝΕΟΣ 

i!nsen,generally  7!eu',=:j'£0f,  of  thincrs, 
Soph.  O.  C.  1507 ;  of  persons,  Fr. 
791  (ubi  olim  νέοργος) ;  a  v.  ννμφα, 
Tr.  894  (ubi  olim  άνέορτος,  v.  Herm.) 
ΝΕΌΣ,  a  Ion.  η,  νέον,  Att.  also 
Of,  Of  ;  Ion.  νεΊος,  but  not  so  in  Hom. : 
— I.  young,  youthful,  esp.  of  men;  very 
freq.  in  Hom.,  as  well  of  youthful 
fre.shness  and  strength,  as  of  haste, 
boldness,  passion,  νέος  παις,  Od.  4, 
605  ;  νέοί  κούροι,  Π.  13,  95  ;  νέοι  άν- 
δρες, oft.  in  Hom. :  also  of  plants, 
Od.  6,  163,  II.  21,  38:  usu.  as  subst., 
νέοι,  youths,  Hes.  Sc.  281  ;  in  Att. 
always  with  article,  ό  νέος,  a  youth. 
The  age  of  the  νέος  is  not  deternuned  ; 
that  it  reached  as  far  as  30,  appears 
from  Xen.  Mem.  1,  2,  35,  cf  νεανί- 
σκος: — opp.  to  γέρων,  II.  2,  789;  to 
παλαιός,  11.  14,  108  ;  to  γεραίτερος, 
Od.  3,  24  ;  to  προγενέστερος,  θα.  2, 
29  :  εκ  νέου,  from  α  youth,  from  youth 
upwards,  Plat.  Gorg.  510  D,  etc.  ;  also, 
speaking  of  the  soul  (-ψυχή).  Rep. 
509  A. — 2.  suited  to  a  youth,  youthful, 
Lat.  juvenilis,  άεθλοι,  Pind.  O.  2,  78  ; 
V.  φροντίς,  youthful  spirits,  Eur.  Med. 
48 ;  άφρων  νέος  τε,  Eur.  I.  A.  489. — 

3.  of  thmgs,  feelings,  conditions,  etc., 
new,  fresh,  νέοι' άλγος,  li.  6,  462,  but 
in  this  signf.  rare  in  Horn. :  ή  νέα  (sc. 
σελήνη,  ημέρα),  the  new  moon,  Lat. 
novilunium,  esp.  in  phrase  ένη  κηϊ 
νέα.  V.  ένη  Π. ;  so  νέον  ήμαρ,  Αρ.  Rh. 

4,  1479. — 4.  of  time,  εκ  νέον,  and  έκ 
νέας,  anejv,  afresh,  Lat.  denuo,  like 
νεόθεν.  Ion.  έκ  νέης,  Hdt.  1,  60,  with 
which  ΰρχης  is  usu.  supplied  :  hence 
also  νέον.  Ion.  (butpost-Hom.)  νείοΐ', 
as  adv.,  newly,  lately,  anew,  just,  jvst 
now,  opp.  to  the  long-past,  as  well  as 
to  the  present,  oft.  in  Horn.  :  so,  -ό 
νέον,  Hdt.  9,  26  :  so  too  νεωστί,  q.  v.  ; 
but  νέως  is  rare. — 5.  of  events,  netv, 
τίνέον;  Aesch.  Ag.  85  :  strange,  unu- 
sual, unexpected.  Soph.  Phil.  1229, 
etc.:  V.  sub  νεώτερος. — II.  the  de- 
grees of  compar.  are  νεώτερος,  νεώ- 
τατος,  both  in  Hom.,  who  freq.  uses 
νεώτεροι,  in  signf  of  νέοι,  the  younger 
sort  contrasted  with  the  elder :  Ion. 
νειότατος,  post-Horn.  :  the  orig,  com- 
par. and  superl.  must  be  looked  for 
in  the  poet,  forms  νεαρός  νειαρός  νει- 
ρός,  νέατος  νείατος  νειύτιος. — III.  for 
the  adv.,  v.  sup.  I.  4.  (The  word 
must  have  orig.  been  T'eFof,cf  Sanscr. 
7iava,  Lat.  novus.  Germ,  neu,  our  new, 
etc.)  [Sometimes  pronounced  as 
monosyll.,  Seidl.  Dochm.  p.  50.] 
Hence 

Νεός,  (sub.  γή)  ή,  or  (sub.  αγρός), 
b,  fresh  land,  fallow,  Xen.  Oec.  16,  10, 
cf.  νεά,  and  esp.  νειός. 

Nfof,  Ion.  gen.  from  νανς,  Horn. 

Νεοσίγάλος,  ov,  (νέος.  σιγαλόεις) 
new  and  sparkling,  with  all  the  gloss  on, 
Pind.  O.  3,  8.  [i] 

Νεοσκαφής,  ές.  (νέος,  σκάπτω)  new- 
ly dug.  Lye.  1097. 

Νεοσκνλεντος,  ov,  (νέος,  σκυλεύω) 
newly  taken  as  booty,  Anth.  P.  7,  430. 

Νεόσμηκτος,  ov,  (νέος,  σμήχω)  new- 
ly cleaned,  θώρηκες,  II.  13,  342. 

Νεοσμίλευτος,  ov,  7iew-carved,  neiv- 
fangled,  έπη.  Dioscor.  Ep.  17,  ace.  to 
Bentl.  Phalar.  p.  232  ;  cf  σμί?,ενμα. 

'Νεοσπΰόής,  ές,  {νέος,  σ-άω^νεό- 
σπαστος,  Aesch.  Eum.  42. 

Κεοσπύρακτος,  ov,  newly  torn. 
[ττΰ] 

Νεοσπάς,  άδος,  ό,  ^,=sq.,  θαλλός. 
Soph.  Ant.  1201,  Fr.  445. 

Νεόσπαστος,  ov,  (νέος,  σπάω)  new- 
ly drawn  out  or  plucked. 

Νεόσπειστος,,  ov,  (νέος,  σπένδω) 
newly  poured  as  an  offering,  Nonn. 


NEOT 

Νεόσπορος,  ov,  (νέος,  σπείρω)  netp• 
ly  sown,  Aesch.  Eum.  659. 

Νεόσσενσις,  εως,  ή,  Att.  νεόττ-,= 
νεοσσία,  Arist.  Η.  Α.  6, 1,  6. 

Νεοσσενω,  Att.  νεοττενω.  Ion.  νοσ- 
σενω  (νεοσσός) :  to  hatch,  Ar.  Αν.  099, 
Hdt.  1,  159  (in  part.  pf.  pass,  νενοσ- 
σενμένα):  to  build,  Lat.  nidificare, 
Arist.  H.  A.  6,  1,  6,  etc. 

Νεοσσία,  ας,  ή,  Att.  νεοττία,  a 
hatching  young  birds,  nicubation. 

Νεοσσιά,  ΰς,  ή.  Ion.  -ιή,  Alt.  νεοτ- 
τιύ  (νεοσσός)  : — α  nest  of  young  birds, 
a  nest,  Hdt.  3,  111,  Ar.  Av.  641,  Plat. 
Rep.  548  A ;  νεοττιάν  ποιεΙσΟαι,  of 
birds,  Lat.  nidificare,  Arist.  H.  A.  6, 
1,  6,  etc.  : — the  brood  of  young  birds, 
Lycurg.  166,  33:  also  α  bee-hive,  Jo- 
seph. 

Νεόσσιον  or  νεοσσίον,  ov,  τό,  Att. 
νεοττίον,  dim.  from  νεοσσός,  νεοττός, 
a  young  bird,  nestling,  chick,  Ar.  Av. 
547  (where  Dind.  writes  νοττία,  v. 
ad  1.)  767,  Arist.  H.  A.  4,  9,  15. 

Νεοσσοκομέω,  ώ,  Att.  νεοττ-,  to  rear 
young  birds  or  chickens  :  from 

Νεοσσοκόμος,  ov,  Att.  νεοττ•,  (νεοσ- 
σός, κομέω)  rearing  young  birds  or 
chickens,  Anth.  P.  7,  210. 

Νεοσσοποιέομαι,  Att.  νεοττ-,  as 
τηίύ.,^νεοσσεύω,  Longin. 

Νεοσσοποΰα.  ας,  ή,  Att.  νεοττ-,  a 
hatchiiig  :  also  the  time. 

Νεοσσός,  ov,  ό,  Att.  νεοττός,  (νέος) 
a  young  bird,  nestling,  chick,  II.  2,  311  ; 
9,  323,  Soph.,  Ar.,  etc.— 2.  later  also, 
any  young  anirnal,  of  a  young  croco- 
dile, Hdt.  2,  68  ;  a  young  child  (as 
Macduff  speaks  of  his  'pretty  chick- 
ens'), oft.  in  Eur.,  cf.  Monk  Alcest. 
414  :  in  plur.,  young  bees,  Xen.  Oec. 
7,  34  ; — as  a  collective,  ίππου  v.,  the 
horse's  brood,  Aesch.  Ag.  825. — 3.  the 
yolk  of  an  egg,  Menand.  p.  19,  where 
it  is  a  dissyi.,^in  which  case  Dind. 
(ad  Eur.  Ale.  403,  Ar.  Av.  547)  would 
write  νοττός. 

Νεοσσοτροφεΐον,  ov,  τό,  Att.  νεοττ-, 
a  place  for  rearing  young  birds,  chicken- 
hutch  :  from 

Νεοσσοτροφέω,  ώ,  (  νεοσσός,  τρέ- 
φω) Att.  νεοττ-,  to  rear  young  birds, 
Ar.  Nub.  999. 

Νεοσσοτροφία,  ας,  ή,  Att.  νεοττ-, 
a  rearing  young  birds,  M.  Anton. 

Νεόσσντος,  ov,just  having  hastened 
to  orjrom. 

Νεοστΰθ/'/ς,  ές,  (νέος.  ΐστημι)  newly 
settled,  δήμος,  Plut.  2,  321  D. 

Νεοστύλνξ,  ϋγος,  ό,  ^,=^νεοδάκρυ- 
τος. 

Νεοστεφής,  ές,  (νέος,  στέφω)  newly 
crowned:  so,  νεόστεπτος,  ov,  Opp.  Η. 
1,  198. 

Νίοστρύτευτος,  ov,  (νέος,  στρα- 
τεύομαι) α  recruit,  Lat.  tiro,  App.  Civ. 
[α] 

Νεόστροφος,  ov,  (  νέος,  στρέφω  ) 
newly  twisted,  νειφή,  II.  15,  469. 

Νεοσύλλεκτος,  oi'.=  sq.,  Dion.  Η. 

Νεοσύλ?.ο-}ος,  ov,  (νέος,  σνλ?.έγω) 
newly  levied,  Polyb.  3,  70,  10.  etc. 

Νεοσνστίίτος,  ov.  (νέος,  σννίστημι) 
just  put  together,  Galen. 

Νεοσφΰγής.  ές.  (νέος.  σφάζω)  fresh- 
slaughtered.  Soph.  Tr.  1130,  Aj.  898, 
Eur.  Hec.  894 :  v.  φόνος,  neiv-shed 
blood,  Soph.  Aj.  546. 

Νεόσφακτος,  oi',=  foreg.,  v.  αίμα, 
Arist.  H.  A.  7,  1,  6: — also  νεόσφαξ, 
αγί:•ς  ό,  ή,  Nic.  ap.  Ath.  126  Β. 

Νεδτάς,  ΰτοΓ,  ή.  Dor.  for  νεότης. 
Pind. 

Νεοτε27!ς,  ές,  (νέος,  τέλος) just  end 
ed,  Himer. — Π.  newly  initiated,  Plat. 
Phaedr.  250  E,  Luc. 

Νεοτερπ/'/ς.  ές,  (νέος,  τέρπω)  wifA 
new  delight,  Opp.  H.  3,  352,  etc. 
971 


ΝΕΟΦ 

Νεότευκτοζ•,  ον,  {νέος,  τενχω)  newly 
wruuglit,  κασσίτίρος,  II.  21,  5'J2. 

Νΐοτευχής,  ές.—ioTeg.,  δίφροι,  II. 
5,  194,  cf.  Theocr.  1,  28. 

Ni'or7/f,  7/rof,  7),  (νέος)  youth, youth- 
ful years,  11.  23,  445;  opp.  to  yj/βας,  II. 
14,  8G;  also  in  Find.  P.  2.  115,  etc  ; 
and  in  Att.,  as  Ar.  Ach.  214,  Plai., 
t'te. — 2.  youthjul  spirit,  rashness,  etc., 
H(it.  7.  13,  Plat.  Apol.  26  E,  etc.— 11. 
collective,  like  νεο/ΜΪα,  a  body  of 
youth,  the  youth,  esp.  all  of  inilitary 
a^e,  Lat.  juventus,  Hdt.  4,  3  ;  9,  12, 
Pnul.  I.  8  (7),  150,  Time.  2,  20,  Eur. 
II.  F.  G37. — III.  of  things,  newness, 
freshness.     Hence 

Νΐοτήσιος,  ov,  youthful,  Pseudo- 
Phocyl.  201,  Antipho  ap.  Stub.  p.  422, 
31. 

Νεότμητος,  ov,  (νέος,  τέμνω)  newly 
or  just  cut,  cut  off,  cut  up,  divided.  Plat. 
Tim.  80  D. 

Νεό-ΟΛΌζ•,  ov,  (νέος,  τίκτω)  new- 
born, Plut.  2,  320  C,  etc.— II.  parox., 
νεοτόκος,  ov,  act.,  having  just  brought 
forth.  Eur.  Bacch.  701. 

Neoro/iOf,  ov,  (νέος,  τέμνω)  fresh 
cut  or  ploughed,  δννχος  u/.okl  νεοτόμφ, 
Aesch.  Cho.  25;  so,  v-  ττΆί/γματα, 
Soph.  Ant.  1283.— II.  fresh  cut  off, 
plucked,  έλιξ,  Eur.  Bacch.  1171. 

Νεοτρεφής,  ές,  (νέος,  τρέφω)  newly 
reared,  young,  Eur.  Heracl.  91. 

N£orpii37;f,£f,=sq.,Pseudo-Phocyl. 
155. 

Νεότριττ-τος,  ov  (νέος,  τρίβω)  fresh 
pressed,  -γλεναος,  Nic.  AI.  299. 

Νεοτροφέω,  ώ,  to  rear  or  feed  young 
ones :  from 

'ϋεότροφος,  ov,  (νέος,  τρέφω)=^ 
νεοτρεφής,  Aesch.  Ag.  724. — 11.  parox. 
νεοτρόφος,  ov,  act.  rearing  young,  rear- 
ing when,  young. 

Νεότρωτος,  ov,  (νέος,  τιτρώσκω) 
lately  wounded,  Ath. 

"ϋεόττευσις,  -ενω,  Att.  for  νεοσσ-. 
ΝίΌΓΓί'α,  ας,  and  -ττιύ,  άς,  ή,  Att. 
for  νεοσσία,  and  -σσιύ. 

Νεοττων,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  νεοτ- 
τός. 

Νεοττίς,  ίδος,  ^,=foreg..  name  of 
a  play  of  Antiph.,  t  Ath.  223  E. 

'Νεοττοκομέω,  νεοττοποιέω,  Att. 
for  νεοσσ-. 

Νεοττύς,  νεοττοτροφέω,  Att.  for 
νεοσσ-. 

Ί^εότϋρος,  ov,  6,  new  cheese. 
ΐίεον?Μα,  ας,  ίι,=  νεωλκία,  Schaf 
Schoi.  Ap.Rh.  2,813. 

NfOiipytiJ,  ώ  to  make    new,  renew, 
Anth. :  from 
'Νεουργί/ς,  ef,=sq.,  Plut.  Aemil.  5. 
ΝίΌΐ'μ}όο,  όν,  (νέος,  *ίρ}•ω)  pass. 
neiD-made,  fresh.  Plat.  Legg.  445  E. 

Nfotirurof,  ον,{νέος,^Υ}ύτάω)  lately 
wounded,  II.  13,  539;  18,  536,  Hes.  Sc. 
157,  253. 

Νεοφανής,  ές,  just  come  into  sight. 
Νεοφύντης.  ov,  6,  one  newly  initia- 
led, formed  like  ίεροφύντης,  Orph.  H. 
3,  9. 

Νίόζίαιτος•  1  ο  ν,  ^-νεοφανής. — 11.=; 
foreg.,  dub. 
Νεόφυτος,  ον,=νε/ιφατος. 
Νεοφεγγΐ}ς,  ές,  (νέος,  φέγγος)  shi- 
ning anew,  Manetho. 

Νεόφθαρτος,  ov,  newly  ruined  or 
killed. 

ΝεόφθΙτος,  ov,  (νέος,  φθίνω)  = 
foreg. :  also  νεοφθίαενος,  η.  ov.  Nonn. 
Νεόφοιτος,  ov,  (νέος,  φοιτάω)  hav- 
ing just  begun  to  mam  about,  Coluth. 
333. — II.  pass,  newly  trodden,  Anth. 
P.  7,  699. 

Νεήφονος,  ov,  (νέος,  *φένω)  lately 
cr  jnxt  killed.  Eur.  El.  1172. 

Νεέίφρων,  Λ.  ή.  [νέος,  Φρήν)  childish 
111  spirit,  v.  1.  Panyas.  1,  11. 
972 


ΝΕΡΘ 

Νεοφϋής,  ές,  new-grown,  shooting  up 
anew. 

Νεοφύρύτος,  ov,  newly  kneaded, 
ϋεοφντΐία,  ας,   ή,  the  planting  of 
young  trees :  and 

Νεοφντεΐον,  ov,  τό,  a  young  planta- 
tion, nursery  ground :  from 

'Νεόόντος,  ov,  (νέος,  φύω)  newly 
planted,  LXX. — II.  a  new  convert,  neo- 
phyte, N.  T. 

Νεοφώτιστος,  ov,  (νέος,  φωτίζω) 
lately  baptized,  Eccl. 

iJSεό,γa3ις,  ό,  Neochabis,  a  king  of 
Acffvpt,  Ath.  418  E. 

Νεοχάρακτος,  ov,  (νέος,  χαράσσω) 
newly  imprinted,  Ιχνος,  Soph.  Aj.  6. 

Νεοχμέω,-μησις,=νεοχμόω,-μυσις, 
Schaf.  Greg.  p.  545. 
Νεοχμία,  ας,  ή,^νεόχμωσις. 
Νεοχμίζω,  =νεοχμόω. 
Νεοχμός,  όν,=νέος,  in  all  signfs., 
first  m  Hdt.  9,  99,  104,  and  then  in 
Trag.,  and  Ar. ;  cf  Erf.  and  Herm. 
ad  Soph.  Ant.  156.     Adv.  -ως,  Ibid. — 
Mostly  poet. — 11.  in  Dio  C.  as  suhst., 
ό  ν.^νεόχμωσις.  [ΰχ/χ,  Aesch.  Pers. 
693,  Soph.  1.  c]  Hence 

Νεοχμόω,  ώ,  to  make  new,  change, 
esp.  to  make  political  inyiovntioiis.  Hdt. 
4,  201  ;  5,  19,  v.  πολλά,  Thuc.  1,  12  : 
generally,  to  renovate,  renew,  Arist. 
Mund.  7,  1.     Hence 

Νεόχμωσις,  εως,  ή,  innovation  :  re- 
newal. Arist.  Mund.  5,  10. 

Νεόχνοος,  ov,    {νέος,  χνόος)   with 

the  first  down  OT  beard,  Anth.  P.  8,  165. 

Νεόχριστος,  ov,  (νέος,  χρίω)  newly 

anointed :  of  a  house,  ?iewty  plastered, 

Diod. 

Νεόχντος,  ov,  {νέος,  χέω)  newly 
poured  forth  or  out. 

ΊΝεόχωρος,  ov,  δ,  Neochorus,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Plut.  Lys.  29. 

Nto(j,  ώ,  (νέος)  to  renew,  renovate, 
change,  Aesch.  Supp.  534.— II.  like 
νεάζω,  to  break  up  fallow  land,  Lat. 
novare  agruin,  ή  νεωμένη  (sc.  γη),  fal- 
low land.  Hes.  Op.  460. 

α<«έ~ετος,ον,ή,  Dion.  H. ;  in  Strab. 
p.  226,  ΝετΓίτα,  Nepete,  a  city  of  Etru- 
ria,  now  Nepi. 

Νέποδες,  ol  :—m  Od.  4,  404,  the 
seals  are  called  νέποδες  καλής  Άλο- 
σνδνης,  explained  by  old  Grainm.  in 
three  distinct  ways: — 1.  Apion  de- 
rives it  from  νε-  (for  v?]-  privat.),  ττονς, 
for  the  footless  ones,  i.  e.fish  :  but  no 
such  privat.  syll.  as  ve-  is  heard  of 
elsewh.,  unless  it  be  allowed  in 
νέκταρ. — 2.  ace.  to  Apoll.  Lex.  p. 
472,  and  Etym.  Gud.  p.  405,  49,  from 
νέω,  νήχω,  to  swim,  and  so=  ΐΊ/ξίττοδες. 
the  swimming  or  fin-footed :  and  so  it 
must  have  been  taken  by  Nic,  Opp., 
and  other  late  poets,  who  apply  the 
word  to  all  water-animals  :  so  too, 
ace.  to  the  Paris  Ms.,  in  H.  Horn. 
Ap.  78,  'έκαστέι  τε  φνλα  νεττούδων, — 
but  the  strange  form  νέπονδες  makes 
this  reading  very  dub. — 3.  Eustath. 
says  that  in  a  Greek  dialect  (κατίί 
γλωσσάν  τίνα)  νέποδες=τέκΓα,  a 
brood,  and  thus  the  most  learned 
Alexandr.  poets  took  it,  e.  g.  Call. 
Fr.  77,  260,  Ap.  Rh.  4,  1745,  Theocr. 
17,  25,  Cleon  ap.  E.  M.  p.  389,  28, 
etc., — as  if  from  the  root  νέος,  cf 
Lat.  nepos,  nepntes. — The  sing,  νέτΐονς 
occurs  only  in  Call.  Fr.  77  :  νέττης  for 
i;);fliir  in  a  bad  Epigr.  ap.  Schiif.  Greg, 
p.  682,  where  we  have  the  ace.  sing. 
νέττοδα. 

Νέρθε,  and  before  a  vowel  or  metri 
grat.  νέρβεν,  adv.=  ένερθε,  underneath, 
beneath.  II.  11,  282,  535,  etc.  :  in  Eur. 
al8o/;om  below,  Alc.  1 139,  H.  F.  621.— 
II.  as  prep,  with  gen.,  under,  beneath, 
γαίης  νέρθε,  II.  14,  201 :  νέρΟεν  γης, 


INIETP 

Oil.  11,  302;  and  freq.  in  Trag.,  esp 
of  the  netherworld  i— in  Eur.  Bacch. 
751,  ace,  al  Κιθαιρώνος  7.έπας  νέρ• 
θεν  κατωκήκασιν. 

\Νέριον.  ον.  τό,  Nerium,  a  prom- 
ontory of  Hispania,  Strab.  p.  137. 

tNfpoi'iOi,  ων,  οι,  the  Nervii,  a  peo 
pie  of  Gallia  Belgica,  Strab.  p.  194. 

Νέρτατος,  η,  ον,=ένέρτατος,  the 
lowest. 

Νερτέριος,  a,  ov.  underground,  Lat. 
inferus,  A  η  ill.  t  P.  9,  459. 

Νερτεραδρόμος,  ov,  ό,  (νέρτερος, 
δραμεΐν)  the  courier  of  the  dead,  Luc 
Peregr.  41. 

^  Νερτερύμορφος,  ον,(νέρτερος,  μορφ- 
ή) shaped  like  the  dead,  Manetho. 

Νέρτερος,  a,  ov,  in  Eur.  Phoen. 
1020,  also  ος,  ov: — =ένέρτερος,  lower, 
Lat.  inferior,  a  compar.  without  any 
posit,  in  use:  but  also  as  a  posit.  = 
νερτέριος,  esp.,  oi  νέρτεροι,  the  dwell- 
ers in  the  nether  world,  whether  the 
gods  below.  Or  the  dead,  like  ένεροι, 
Lat.  inferi,  v.  1.  II.  15,  225,  and  very 
freq.  in  Trag. :  hence,  τύ  νερτέρων, 
all  that  is  devoted  to  them,  Herm. 
Soph.  Ant.  598 :  also,  v.  πλάκες, 
χβών,  δώματα,  the  world  below.  Soph. 
0.  C.  1577,  Eur.  Alc.  47,  etc. 

Νέρτος,  ov,  ό,  a  kind  of  bird  of  prey, 
Ar.  Av.  303. 

ίΝέρων,  ωνος,  6,  the  Rom.  Neio, 
Hdn. 

tNeffffof,  ov,  6,  Nessus,  a  centaur, 
slain  by  Hercules  for  attempting  to 
violate  De'ianira,  Soph.  Tr.  558. — II. 
=Νέστος,  Hes.  Th.  341. 

ή'Νέσσων,  ωνος,  ό,  Nesson,  son  of 
Thessalus,  Strab.  p.  443. 

\Νεσσωνίς,  ίδης,  ή,  Nessonis.  an 
ancient  name  of  Thessaly,  from 
foreg.,  ace.  to  Strab.  1.  c. — II.  ή  Ν. 
λίμνη,  lake  ^iessonis,  in  Thessaly,  Id. 
p.  430. 

^Νεσταϊοι,  ων,  οι,  the  Nestaei,  an 

lUyrian  people  between  Acroceraunia 

and  Oricum,  Ap.  Rh.  4. 1215.    Hence 

^Νεστίς,  ίδος,  ή,  of  the  Nestaei,  ala, 

Ap.  Rh.  4,  337. 

ίΝεστόρειος,  a,  ov,  of  en  relating  to 
Nestor,  Nestorian,  Pind.  P.  6,  31. 

fNearoptof,  η,  o^',=foreg.,  II.  2, 
54. 

■\Νεστορίδης,  ov  Ep.  ao,  6,  son  of 
Nestor,  i.  e.  Antilochus,  II.  6,  33  ; 
Pisi-stratus,  Od.  3,  36, 482  ;  oi  Νεστο- 
ρίδαι,  Antilochus  and  Thrasymedes, 
11.  16,  317  sqq. 

ίΝέστος,  ov.  h,  the  Nestus,  a  river 
of  Thrace,  falling  into  the  Aegean, 
now  Mesto  or  Carasou.  Hdt.  7,  109  ; 
Thuc.  2,  96  :  cf  Νέσσος  II. 

iNέστωp,  ορός,  ύ,  Nestor,  son  of 
Neleus  and  Chloris.  king  of  Pylos, 
a  Calydonian  hunter,  and  one  of  the 
chieftains  against  Troy,  famed  for 
his  wisdom  and  eloquence,  II.  1,  247 ; 
etc. — Others  in  Luc.  ;  etc. 

Νέτωττον,  ου,  τό,  oil  of  bitter  al' 
monds,  Hipp. :  also  νετώττιον. 

Νενμα.  ατός,  τό,  (νεύω)  α  nod  or 
sign,  Thuc.  1, 134  ;  Xcn.  An.  5,  8,  20: 
generally,  an  expression  of  will,  com 
mand,  μονοψήφοισι  νεύμασι  Aesch. 
Supp. 373;  άτνόνενματος -ροςτάττειν 
τινί,  Polyb.  22,  21,  9.-2.  esp.  a  nod 
of  assent,  approval,  like  Lat.  numen, 
Philostr. — II.  a  sloping  of  land,  Dion. 
P. 

Νενμαι,  Ep.  and  Ton.  contr.  pres. 
ίοτνέομαι,  II.  18,  136. 

ΝΕΥΡΑ',  άς,  ή.  Ion.  νενρή,  a  string 
or  cord  of  sineu\  hence,  a  bow-string, 
in  Hom.  and  Hes.  the  prevailing 
signf  ;  called,  from  its  being  twisted, 
ενστρεφ7]ς,  ΐ'εόστροοος,  II.  IS,  463. 
469;  so  in  Soph.,  Eur.,  Xen.  An.  4, 


NEYP 

2,  28,  etc.  -.—in  II.  8,  328,  some  take 
ΪΙ=νεϊ'μον,  the  einetv  of  the  hand,  but 
just  above  (3Jt)  we  have  θϊ/κε  δ'  ίττΐ 
vevpy  (sc.  οίσνόν),  and  prob.  it  should 
be  taken  in  the  usual  sense  in  the 
latter  place  also. — II.  α  musical  string, 
Pind.  I.  6  (5),  50. 

Ί\ειφείή,  τις,  ή,  poet,  for  foreg., 
Theocr.  25,  213. 

'Νενρένδετος,  ov,  {νευρύ,  ένδέω) 
hound  with  a  string,  strung,  Manetho. 

Νεί'ρ//,  ής,  ή.  Ion.  for  νενρύ,  Hoin. 

'ϋενρ/'/φι,νενρτ/φιν,  Ep.  gen.  ordat., 
from  νενρή,  Horn. 

Νενρία,  ας,  ί),  a  sitieiv,  a  cord  of 
einews,  strong  cord,  LXX. 

Νευρικός,  ή,  όν,  (vevpov)  belonging 
to  the  sijiews  :  diseased  in  them,  Diosc. 

'ΝεύρΙνος,  η,  ov,  (νενροι•)  made  of 
sineiL's,  Arist.  Gen.  An.  5,  7,  17. — 11. 
moiie  of  fibres.  Plat.  Polit.  279  E. 

'Νενρίοΐ',  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  νεϋρον, 
Ant  h.  P.  11,352. 

Nt'i'p<V,  ίδος,  {},  dim.  from,  νενρύ. 
—II.  a  plant,  Plm. 

+Net'p£f,  ίδος,  ή,  (sc.  γη)  the  terri- 
tori/  of  the  Neuri,  Hdt.  4,  51. 

ίίενρο3ύτης,  ου,  ό,  a  rope-dancer, 
[a.-] 

Νενροειδής,  ές,  {νεϋρον,  είδος)  like 
sitieu's  ."  TO  V.  a  plant,  Diosc. 

Ί^ενρύΰλαστος,  ov,  (νεϋρον,  ϋλύω) 
bruised  in  the  sinews,  Galen. 

tNfi'poi,  ών,  οί,  the  Neuri,  a  Scy- 
thian people  on  the  Tyras,  Hdt.  4, 17, 
100. 

'!\ενρ6καυ?ιος,  ov,  {νεϋρον,  καν7ώς) 
with  a  fibrous  stalk,  prob.  1.  inTheophr. 

ΧευροκοΓΓεω,  ώ,  (νείψον,  κό~τω)  to 
hajnstring.  hough,  Polyb.  31,  12,  11. 

'!sευpoλάλo(,  ov,  {.νενρύ,  'λα?^έω) 
with  sounding  strings,  χορύτ'ι,  Anth.  P. 
9,  410. 

NET'PON,  ov,  TO,  Lat.  ncrvus.—\.  a 
sinew.,  tendon,  i.  e.  the  gristly  end  of  a 
muscle  by  which  it  is  attached  to  the 
bones,  of  beasts  as  well  as  men ;  in 
Horn,  only  once  and  that  in  pi.  νενρα, 
of  the  tendons  at  the  feet,  II.  IG,  316  ; 
όστΰ  και  νενρα.  Plat.  Phaed.  98  C  ; 
so  also  in  Hipp. :  in  later  writers, 
τέί'ωΐ',  roiOf,  still  later  ύ-ονεΐίρωσίί•, • 
cf.  νενρύ  : — ν-οτίτμΐ]ται  τα  νενρα 
τών  ττραγμύτων  (nietaph.  from  νενρα 
ντΐοτέμνειίί,  to  hamstring),  Aeschin. 
77, 27  ;  ^ο^κτέμνειν  ως~ερ  τα  νενρα 
εκ  της  ψνχης.  Plat.  Rep.  411  Β  ;  so, 
έκτ.  τα  νενρα  (οίνον)  Plut.  2,  692 
C  :  cf.  εκνευρίζω  : — hence,  generally, 
nerve,  vigour,  νεϋρα  ίχειν,  Dem.  432, 
10 ;  νεύρα  της  τραγωδίας,  Ar.  Ran. 
862  :  cf.  Ις. — II.  a  string,  cord  made  of 
sinew,  for  fastening  the  head  of  the 
arrow  to  the  shaft,  II.  4,  122,  151 ;  for 
sewing  leather  sacks,  shoes,  etc.,  cf. 
Hes.  Op.  542 :  the  cord  of  a  sling, 
Xen.  An.  3,  4,  17:  a  musical  string: 
cf  νενρύ. — III.  of  the  fibres  (which 
are  in  fact  the  sinews)  of  plants, 
Plat.  Polit.  280  C— IV.  of  the  nerves, 
as  the  organs  of  sensation  proceeding 
from  the  brain,  not  till  after  Arist.— 
V.  like  Lat.  nervus  for  penis,  Philox. 
ap.  Ath.  5  D. 

Ί>ίευρόνοσος,  ov,  (νεϋρον,  νοσέω) 
having  a  complaint  in  the  sinews,  Mane- 
tho. 

Ί!Ηενρο-!ΐΰχής,  ες,  (νεϋρον,  τταχύς) 
having  thick  sinews,  Hipp.  :  the  form 
νενρόπαχνς,  is  dub..  Lob.  Phryn.  535. 

ι^ενροπλεκής,  ες,  (νεϋρον,  tt/Jkoj) 
plaited  with  sinews,  Anth.  P.  6,  107. 

Ί\ενρηρΰφέο),  ώ,  usu.  νενρορβαφέω, 
to  stitch  with  sinew.v,  esp.  to  mend  shoes. 
Plat  Euthyd.  294  B,  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  2, 
ί) ;  and 

Νενροραφία,  ας,  ή,  usu.  νενρορρ., 
a  mending  of  shoes ;  and 


NETS 

'Νευρορΰφικός,  ή,  όν,  usu.  νευρορβ., 
belonging  to  the  mending  of  shoes ;  from 

'Νενρηρύφος,  oi',usu.  νενροββύφος, 
{νεϋρον  II,  ρύτΐτω)  stitching  with  sin- 
ews, esp.  mending  shoes  :  hence  ό  v.  a 
cobbler,  Ar.  Eq.  739,  Plat.  Rep.  421 
A ;  cf.  βομφεΐς. — II.  (νεϋρον  II,  3) 
■making  strings  for  the  lyre,   Lycurg. 

'Νενροστίύδης,  ές,  (νεϋρον,  σ~αω) 
drawn  or  strained  by,  upon  sinews,  v. 
άτρακτος,  the  arrow  drawn  back  with 
t/ie  string,  i.  e.  on  the  stretch,  just  ready 
to  fly,  Herm.  Soph.  Phil.  290. 

'Νενρόσττασμα,  ατός,  τό,^^νενρό- 
στταστον. 

'Νενροστταστεία,  ας,  η,  motion  by 
means  of  strings,  Μ.  Anton.  6,  28: 
from 

Νειφοστταστέω,  ώ,  to  put  in  motion 
by  strings,  play  puppets,  Diod.  Excerp. 
35:  from 

'Νενροσττάστης,  ov,  ό,  (νευρά,  σπύω) 
apuppet-show-7nan,  Anst.}:lund.  Hence 

Νευροατταστία,  ας,  ή,=^νενροσπα- 
στεία. 

'Νενροστταστικός,  ή,  όν,  (νεϋρον, 
σ~ύω)  fitted  for  drawing,  irritating  the 
nerves  or  sinews. — II.  (νευρά)  fitted  for 
moving  by  strings :  ή  -κί],  sub.  τέχνη, 
the  art  of  a  νενροσ~ύστης,  puppet- 
playing.  ^ 

ί^ενρόσπαστος,  ov,  (νευρά,  σττύω) 
drawn  by  strings,  άγά?.ματα  v.  puppets 
moved  by  strings,  Hdt.  2,  48 ;  τα 
νενρόστταστα,  puppets,  Xen.  Symp. 
4,  55,  etc. 

Νενροτενής,  ές,  (νεϋρον,  τείνω) 
stretched  by  sinews,  τταγις  v.,  a  snare 
of  gut,  Anth.  P.  6,  109. 

^ενροτομέω,  ώ,  to  cut  the  sinews : 
from 

Ί^ενροτόμος,  ov,  (νεϋρον,  τέμνω) 
cutting  si7iews,  Manetho. 

Νενρότονος,  ον,^νευροτενής. 

Ί^ενρότρωτος,  ov,  (νεϋρον,  τιτρω- 
σκω)  wounded  in  the  sinews  or  tendons, 
Galen. 

'Νενροχαρής,  ές,  (νευρά,  χαίρω)  de- 
lighting in  the  bow-string,  epith.  of 
Apollo,  Anth.  P.  9,  525.  14. 

Νεί'ρόω,  ώ,  (πείροι')  to  strain  the 
sinews,  generally,  to  nerve,  Alciphr. : — 
νενεύρωται,  sensu  obsc,  Ar.  Lys. 
1078  ;  cf  νεϋρον  V. 

'Νευρώδης,  ες,=:νενροειδής,  sinewy, 
Arist.  Part.  An.  3,  3,  4. 

i'Sεvpώδη  όρη,  τύ.  Mt.  Nebrodes, 
in  Sicily,  Strab.  p.  274. 

Νεΰο  ή,=  νανς.  Lob.  Paral.  92. 

Νενσις,  εως,  ή,  (νενω)  inclination, 
as  of  lines,  Tim.  Locr.  100  D,  Arist. 
Pan.  An.  1,  3,  11. 

Νεϋσις,  ή,  (νέω,  νεύσομαι)  a  swim- 
ming, Arist.  Part.  An.  1, 1,  7  ;  4, 12,  8. 

Νεύσομαι  and  νενσοϋμαι,  fut.  of 
νέω,  to  swim. 

Νενστύζω,  (νενω)  to  nod,  v.  κόρνθι, 
to  nod  with  the  crest,  i.  e.  stride  with 
nodding  crest,  II.  20, 1C2  :  v.  κεφαλή, 
to  nod  with  the  head,  let  the  head 
drop,  of  one  fainting,  Od.  18,  240; 
also  as  a  sign  of  deep  despair,  Od. 
18, 15 1 ;  cf  Theocr.  25, 260 ;  v.  οφρνσι, 
to  make  signs  with  the  eyebrows,  Od. 
12,  194  :  later  also  to  be  nodding,  drop- 
ping asleep,  Bion  3,  3  ;  like  νυστάζω  : 
— c.  ace.  V.  κεφαλήν,  0pp.  C.  2,  466. 

Νευστύς,  ύδος,  η,  (νέω,  νεύσομαι,) 
=κο?Λ•μι3άς,  Luc. 

Νευστέον,  verb.  adj.  from  νέω, 
νεύσομαι,  one  m.ust  swim,  Plat.  Rep. 
453  D. 

Νενστηρ,  ήρας,  o,=sq. 

Νενστης,  ου,  ό,  (νέω,  νεύσομαι)  α 
swimmer,  sailor.     Hence 

Νενστικός,  -ή,  όν,  able  ίο  swim.  Plat. 
Soph.  220  A,  Arist.,  etc. 


ΝΕΦΕ 

Νευστικός,  ή,  όν,  (νενω)  inclining, 
Philo. 

Νενστός,  ή,  όν,  (νενω)  nodded  or 
beckoned  to. 

ΝΕΥΏ,  fut.  νεύσω,  to  incline  in  any 
direction: — 1.  to  nod  or  beckon,  as  a 
sign,  Od.  17,  330 ;  v.  τινί,  II.  9,  223, 
Od.  16,  283  ;  εΙς  τίνα,  Η.  Horn.  6,  9  : 
c.  inf ,  to  beckon  one  to  do  something, 
II.  9,  620.— 2.  in  token  of  assent,  to 
nod,  bow,  to  promise,  confirm,  etc., 
όφρνσι,  κεφαλτ/,  II.  1,  528,  Od.  16, 
164,  etc. :  c.  ace.  et  inf,  to  grata  one 
leave  to  do,  11.  8,  246 ;  more  rarely  c. 
ace.  rei,  to  grant,  promise,  νεϋσέ  ol 
κοίφην,  Η.  Horn.  Cer.  445,  463 ; 
νεύσον  χάριν.  Soph.  Ο.  C.  248,  cf. 
Eur.  Ale.  978 :  Horn.  usu.  joins  it 
with  £-'  όφρύσι,  as,  t-'  ύφρνσί 
νεύειν,  to  make  a  sign  of  assent  with 
the  brows,  II.  1,  528,  etc.,  cf  έττινενω: 
so,  V.  έττι  γ/εφάροις,  Pind.  I.  8  (7), 
100. — 3.  generally,  to  nod,  bend  for- 
ward, II.  13,  133  ;'  16,  217,  cf  Hdt.  2, 
48  :  so  of  a  crest  (λόφος),  to  nod,  oft. 
in  Hom. ;  of  ears  of  corn,  Hes.  Op. 
471,  etc.  :  v.  κύτω,  to  stoop,  Eur.  El. 
839;  εστη  νενενκώς.  Id.  I.  A.  1581, 
also  c.  ace.  cognato,  νεύειν  κεφάλας, 
to  bow  down,  droop  the  head,  of  per- 
sons humbled  or  vanquished,  Od.  18, 
237  ;  so,  V.  κάρα  ές  ττεδον,  Soph.  Ant. 
270,  441. — 4.  to  incline  in  any  way,  v. 
ά~ό  τίνος  εΙς  τι,  to  incline  towards, 
Thuc.  4,  100,  cf  Plat.  Legg.  945  Β  ; 
of  countries,  etc.,  like  Lat.  vergere,  to 
slope.  V.  εις  όνσιν,  ■ΰρος  μεσημβριάν, 
Polyb.  1,  42,  6  ;  73,  5,  etc. :  μηδαμοΰ 
v.  to  be  in  equilibrium.  Id.  6.  10,  7  : — 
of  lines,  to  incline  and  meet,  Arist. 
Anal.  Post.  1,  10,  3.— Π.  metaph.  to 
decline,  fall  away,  εκ  λαμ-ρών  νενει 
βιοτος,  νενει  δέ  τύχα,  Eur. Andromed. 
23.  (Akin  to  νέω,  νεύσομαι,  hence 
νενστύζω,  νυστάζω,  and  Lat.  NUO, 
nuto,  nutus,  numen.) 

Νεφέ/.η,  ης,  ή,  (νέφος)  a  cloud,  mass 
of  clouds,  Lat.  nebula,  (distinguished 
from  6μίχ?.η,  a  mist  or  fog,  Arist. 
Meteor.  I,  9,  4),  Horn.,  Hes.,  etc. ; — 
the  usu.  Homeric  epithets  being 
κνανέη,  μέλ.αινα,  ττορφνρέη  ;  έριβρό- 
μον  νεφέ/Μς  στρατός,  Pind.  Ρ.  6|  1 1  ; 
— metaph.  the  cloud  or  mist  of  death, 
II.  20,  417  ;  ύχεος  νεόέ7.η.  a  cloud  of 
sorrow,  11.  17,  591,  Od.  24.  315  ;  so, 
^oj'oi;  v.,  Pind.  N.  9,  90,  like  φονία  v., 
in  Soph.  Tr.  828  ;  so  νεφέλ.α  alone, 
Pind.  I.  7  (6),  39.— II.  a  disease  of  the 
eyes,  Hipp. — III.  a  fine  bird-net, =μα• 
κούνιον,  τζτηνολ,έτις,  Ar.  Αν.  1 94, 523, 
Opp.  \x.  3,  9,  cf  Ath.  25  C— The 
more  iisu.  form  is  νέφος,  esp.  in  prose, 
though  Xen.  has  νεφέλη.  An.  1,  8,  8  ; 
also  Theophr.  uses  νεφέλαι  in  the 
special  signf  of  light  fleecy  clouds, 
Lat.  vdlcra,  cf  νεφέλιον. 

|Νεόε/.7/,  ης,  ή,  Nephele,  wife  of 
Athamas,  mother  of  Phrisus  and 
Helle,  Apollod.l,9,  1. 

Νεφελ.ηγερέτα,  poet,  for  -της,  b, 
only  used  in  nom.  and  gen.  νεφε/.ηγε- 
ρέταο, (νεφέλη,  άγείρω)  cloud-gatherer, 
of  Jupiter,  Hom.  [a,  as  in  ενρίοπά, 
Ίττΰότΰ,  etc.,  except  by  position,  as 
νεφεληγερέτα  Ζενς.^ 

Νεφε/αιγερέτης,  ov,  ό,άήρ,  Emped. 
p.  33  ;  and 

Ν εφελ.ηγερτ/ς,  έος,  δ,  Q.  Sm.  4,  80, 
=νεφε?.ηγερέτα. 

Νεφελ.ηδόν,  (νεΦέλ.ιι)  adv.,  in  the 
manner  of  clouds,  ISonn. 

Νεφέλ.ιον,  ov,  70,dim.  from  νεφέλ.η, 
Lat.  mibecula,  Arist.  Meteor.  2,  8,  24. 
— \\.  a  cloud-like  spot  on  the  eye,  Medic. 

Νεφε/.ογενής,  ές,  {νε^έ/.η,  *γένω) 
born  of  the  cloud  ΟΓ  of  nephele.  1.  e.  a 
Centaur. 

973 


ΝΕΦΩ 

"ιίεφελοειδίίς,  ίς,  {νεή)έ7ιη,  είδος) 
cloud-like,  cloudy,  Plut.  2,  892  Ε. 

^εφελοκένταυρος,  ου,  ό  (νεφέλη, 
κένταυρος)  α  cloud-centaur,  Luc.  V. 
Hist.  1,  16; — partly  as  sprung  from 
Ixion  and  the  cloud,  partly  as  a  fan- 
tastic shape  such  as  the  clouds  as- 
sume, V.  Ar.  Nub.  31G. 

lSεφε'/.oκoκκvyίa,  ας,  η,  {νε^έ7<.η, 
κόκκνξ)  Ctoud-cuckootown,  built  by 
the  binds  in  Ar.  Av.  819,  etc., — a 
satire  on  Athens,  or  perh.  on  the 
visions  of  conquest  in  Sicily,  Italy, 
etc.     Hence 

Νεφελοκοκκϋγιενς,  έ^ς,  b,  citizen 
of  Clnud-cuckoo-town,  Ar.  Av.  1035. 

Ί^εφελοστΰσία,  ας,  ή,  {νεφέλη  ΠΙ, 
Ιστι/μι)  1  place  where  nets  are  set  to 
vatch  birds,  Schol.  Ar.  Av. 

Ήεφε7.όω,  ώ,  (νε<ί>έλ?;)  to  cloud:  to 
make  of  clouds. 

Νεφελώδης,  ες,=ΐ'εφελοειόής,  Arist. 
Probl.  26,  20. 

Νεφε?ΜΤΟς,  ή,  όν,  {νεφελό(ύ)  cloud- 
td:  made  of  clouds,  Luc.  V.  Hist.  1, 
19. 

ϋϋέφερις,  ή,  Nepheris,  a  city  in  the 
Carthaginian  territory,  Strab.  p.  834. 

Νεόίον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  νέφος,  a 
STnall  cloud. 

Νεφόβο?Μς,  ov,  {νέφος,  /?«λλω) 
overcast  with  clouds,  clouded,  v.  1.  Ar. 
Av.  1385. 

'Νεφοειδής,  ές,==νεφε7.οει.δής,  -\nth. 
P.  9,  396. 

Κεφοττοίητος,  ov,  made  of  clouds. 

ΝΕ'ΦΟΣ,  εος,  τό,  a  cloud,  7nass  or 
pile  of  clouds,  mist,  Lat.  iicbula,  freq. 
m  Horn.,  and  in  prose  the  usu.  form 
[cL•  νεφέλη,  sub  fin.): — inetaph., — 1. 
the  cloud  of  death,  βανάτον  μέλαν 
νέφος,  11.  Γϋ,  350,  Od.  4,  130  ;  so  too, 
7ιάθας  νέφος,  Pmd.  Ο.  7,  84;  ;'i'i;!>of 
οιμωγής,  στεναγμών,  Eur.  Med.  107, 
Η.  F.  1140;  v.  οφρύων,  a  cloud  upon 
the  brow,  Eur.  Hipp.  173 ;  v.  μετώπου, 
Arist.  Physiogn.  5,  7 :  cf  νεφέ/,η. — 
2.  of  a  dense  throng,  a  clnud  of  7nen, 
etc.,  νέφος  Ύρώων,  πεζών,  ι/)αρών, 
κολοίών,  11.  4,  274  ;  16,  66  ;  17,  755, 
of.  Hdt.  8,  109  :  πο?.έμοίο  νέφος,  the 
cloud  of  "battle,  thick  of  the  fight,  II. 
17,  243  ;  but  applied  by  Pind.  N.  10, 
16,  to  a  single  hero,  v.  Dissen  ad.  1. 
(From  same  root  as  νεφέλη,  nebula, 
Germ.  Nebel ;  γνόφος,  δνόόος,  rnibes  ; 
cf  Saner,  nabhas  heaven  ;  nence  also 
κνέφος,  κνέφας  :  cf  Buttm.  Lexil.  s. 
V.  κελαινός  9.)     Hence 

Νεψόω,  ώ,  to  cloud,  darken. 

Ί^εφριαΐος,  a,  oi',=  sq.,  Diosc. 

'Νεφρίδίος,  a,  ov,  (I'cippof)  of,  from, 
belonging  to  the  kidnci/s.  το  V-,  the  fat 
of  the  kidneys.  Hipp.  :  but  Lob.  Phryn. 
557  would  alter  it  into  νεφριαϊος.  [ϊ] 

'Νεφρίτης,  ov,  ό,  fern,  -ιτις,  ιδος, 
[νεφρός)  of,  like,  belonging  to  the  kid- 
neys, ή  νεφρίτις  (sc.  ΐ'όσος,),  a  disease 
in  the  kidneys,  gravel  in  the  kidneys, 
Thuc.  7,  15,  cf.  Foes.  Oec.  Hipp. 
Hence 

ΝεφρΙτΙκός,  ή,  όν,  affected  idth  νε- 
φμϊτις.  Medic. 

'Νεφροειδής.  ές.  {νεφρός,  είδος)  like 
α  kidney,  Arist.  Η.  Α.  2,  17,  22. 

'Νεφρομήτρα,  ας,  ή,  usu.  in  plur., 
the  muscles  of  the  loins,  within  which 
the  kidneys  lie,  Clearch.  ap.  Ath. 
399  B. 

ΝΕΦΡΟ'Σ,  οϋ,  ό,  usu.  in  plur.,  the 
kidneys,  Ar.  Ran.  475,  etc. :  also  in 
cookery,  euphem.  for  όρχεις,  Philip- 
pid.  Anan.  1. 

ΝΐφρώδηΓ.  ες.  =  νεφροειδής,  Arist. 
Part.  An.  3,  7,  16. 

Νέφω,  fut.  νέιΐιω,  perf.  νένοφα,^= 
νίώω,  rare  and  very  dub.  form. 
'!\εφώόης,   ες,  =  νεφοειδής,   Arist. 
974 


ΝΕΩΝ 

Probl.  26,  20 :  of  the  voice,  hollow, 
Id.  Audio.  3.  ^ 

'Νέφωσις,  //,  {νεφόω)  a  clouding, 
overclouding,  Philo. 

α!ίεχραϊθί,  ων,  οι,  the  Nechraei,  an 
Indian  people,  Luc.  Fugit.  6. 

NE'12,  (A),  to  go,  sub  νέομαι. 

ΝΕ'ί2,  (Β),  fut.  νεύσομαι  and  νεν- 
σονμαι  (Xen.  An.  4,  3, 12)  fDor.  3  pi. 
νησονντί,  Sophron  9t :  αοτ.ένενσα: 
like  ττλέω,  ττλενσομαι,  etc. —  To  swim, 
inpres.,  Od.  5,  344,  442;  Ep.  impf 
έννεον  for  ένεον,  II.  21,  11  ;  the  other 
tenses  post-Hom.  —  2.  inetaph.  of 
shoes  that  are  too  large,  vtlv  εν  'εμ- 
βάσιν,  to  swim  or  slip  about  in  one's 
shoes,  Ar.  Eq.  321,  like  Lat.  nature, 
Casaub.  Theophr.  Char.  4,  Heind. 
Hor.  Sat.  1,  3,  32.  (The  ν  or  F  of  the 
fut.  prob.  belongs  to  the  root ;  akin  to 
νύω,  νήχω,  νήχομαι,  νήσος,  Lat.  no, 
nato  :  hence  νήσσα,  and  perh.  νήσος) 

ΝΕΏ,  (C),  fut.  νήσω,  to  spin:  in 
Hom.  only  3  pi.  aor.  mid.,  άσσα  oi 
νήσαντο  Κατακ?ιώθες,  the  thread 
W'hich  they  spmi  out  to  him,  Od.  7, 
198:  in  Hes.  of  a  spider,  νεΐ  ν?/ματα, 
Op.  775  ;  στήμονα  νήσεις.  Ar.  Lvs. 
519;  Tu  νηβέΐ'τα.  Plat.  Polit.  282  E. 
(Sanscr.  nah,  to  join  together,  Lat. 
ncrc,  nec-lere,  Germ,  nahen,  to  sew  : 
hence  νήμα,  νήσις,  νήθω.) 

ΝΕΏ,  (D;,  fut.  νήσω :  the  pres. 
and  impf  hardly  used,  rare  in  Ion. 
forms  νήω,  νηέω,  νηνέω,  (of  which 
Hom.  uses  νηέω  as  the  simple  verb, 
νηνέω  in  compds.)  :  pf  pass,  νένημαι 
or  νένησμαι,  cf  Xen.  An.  5,  4,  27, 
Ar.  Nub.  1203.  To  heap,  pile,  heap 
up,  TTvpav  νήσαι,  to  pile  a  funeral 
pyre,  Hdt.  1,  50,  Ar.  Lys.  269;  v?}- 
σαντες  ξνλα,  Eur.  Η.  F.  243.  (Hence 
prob.  νύσσω,  cf  νέω  (Β),  and  νάω.) 

Νεώ,  Att.  ace.  from  νεώΓ  for  νεών. 
Bast  Ep.  Cr.  p.  176,  Schaf  Greg, 
p.  164. 

Νεωκορέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  be  a  νεω- 
κόρος :  to  have  the  care  of  a  temple ; 
hence,  ironically,  to  sweep  clean,  clean 
out,  plunder  a  temple,  Plat.  Rep.  574 
D,  cf  Valck.  Phoen.  534.— 11.  inetaph. 
to  keep  clean  and  pure,  v.  έρωτα,  to 
cherish  love  in  a  pure  heart  (as  in  a 
temple),  Luc.  Amor.  48  :  and 

Νεωκορία,  ας,  ή,  the  office  of  a  νεω- 
κόρος. Anth.  P.  append.  256  :  from 

Νεωκόρος,  ov,  {νεώς,  κορέω)  sweep- 
ing a  temple :  generally,  having  charge 
of  a  temple,  a  verger,  Lat.  aedituus, 
aeditumus.  Plat.  Legg.  759  A,  Xen. 
An.  5,  3,  6. — II.  a  title  found  on  the 
coins,  esp.  of  Asiatic  cities,  assumed 
when  they  had  built  a  temple  in  honour 
of  their  patron-god  or  ruler  :  hence 
Ephesus  was  v.  'Αρτέμιδος,  Ν.  Τ. 

^Νεώλάος,  ov,  ό,  Neolaus,  brother 
and  oflicer  of  Molo,  Polyb.  5,  53,  11. 

Νεω?ίΚέω,  ώ,  (νεωλκός)  to  h/ml  a 
ship  up  on  land,  Lat.  subducere  nnvem, 
Polyb.  1,  29,  3  :  this  was  done  by 
rollers  (φάλ.αγγες)  placed  under  the 
cradle  on  which  the  ship  rested. 

Νεωλ.κία,  ας,  ή,  the  hauling  up  a 
ship  into  the  νεώλκιον,  Theophr. :  and 

ΐίεώ?ίΚΐον,  ov,  TO.  a  place  in  which 
ships  were  laid  up,  a  dry  dock  :  from 

ΝεωΡ,Λ'όζ•,  όν,  {νανς,  έλκω)  hauling 
up  a  ship  into  the  ννώ'λκιον,  cf  ολκός. 

Νέωμα,  ατός,  τό,  (νεόω)  fallow  land 
just  broken  up,  Lat.  novale. 

Νεών,  ώνος,  ό,  {νανς)  =  νεώριον, 
νεώςοίκοι,  Ion. 

*Νέων,  ωνος,  ό.  Neon,  a  Spartan,  a 
conitnander  in  the  return  of  the  ten 
thousand,  Xen,  An.  5,  6,  36.-2.  a 
Messenian.  attached  to  the  party  of 
Philip,  Dem.  324,  12.— II.  ή.  also  tu 
Νέωνα,  an  ancient  city  in  Phocis  at 


ΝΕΩΤ 

the  base  of  Parnassus,  the  later  Ti- 
thorea,  Hdt.  7,32:  Dem.  has  pi.  iv 
Νέωσι,  387,  9. 

Νεώνητος,  ov,  {νέος,  ώνέομαι)  just 
bought,  of  slaves,  Ar.  Eq.  2. 

Νεωποιέω,  ώ,  {νεώς,  ποιέω)  to  build 
a  temple. — 11.  {νανς)  tu  build  a  ship. 

Νεωττοίης,  ov,  h,  an  officer  at  lasos, 
who  prob.  had  charge  of  the  sacred 
bxiildings,  {νεώς)  Lat.  aedilis,  Inscr. 

Νεωποιός,  όν,  {νεώς,  ποιέω)  build- 
ing temples. — II,  (ναϋς)  b-uilding  ships. 
Νεωπός,    όν,    (  νέος,    ώψ  )   young- 
looking. 

Νεωρέω,  ω,  to  be  a  νεωρός  or  over- 
seer if  a  νεώριον. 

Νεωρής,  ές,  {νέος,  ώρα)  new,  fresh, 
late,  V.  βόστρυχος  τετ  μη  μίνας,  a  lock 
of  hair  but  just  cut  off,  Sojih.  El.  901. 
Νεώριον,  ov,  τό,  {νεωρός)  a  place 
where  ships  and  all  belonging  to  them 
are  taken  care  of,  a  dock-yard,  with  its 
slips,  store-houses,  etc.,  Ar.  Ach.  918, 
Thuc.  2,  93  ;  3,  74,  etc. ;  also  in  plur., 
like  Lat.  navalia,  Eur.  Hel.  1530, 
Thuc.  3,  92,  Lys.  129,  28  ;  134,  5,  etc. 
Cf  νεώςοικοι. 

Νεωριοφν'λαξ,  ΰκος,  ό,  the  keeper  of 
a  νεώριον.    [ϋ] 

Νεωρίς,  ίδος,  ή,  =  νεώριον,  Strab. 
ρ.  61. 

Νεωρός,  ου,  6,  {νανς,  ώρα)  the  su- 
perintendent of  the  dock-yard. 

Νέωρυς,  ον.=:νέος,  νεαρός,  νεωρής, 
Soph.  Ο.  C.  475,  e.  conj.  Herm. 

Νεωρνχής,  ές,  {νέος,  όρνσσω)  newly 
dug,  Nic.  Th.  940. 

Νεώς,  ώ,  ό,  Att.  for  ναός,  a  temple, 
like  7\.εώς  for  λαός,  Aesch.  Pers.  810, 
Eur.  H.  F.  340,  Plat.,  etc.:  —  ace. 
νεών,  more  rarely  ace.  j-f  ώ,  q.  v. 
Νεώς,  Att.  gen.  from  νανς. 
Ν  έως,  rarer  adv.  from  νέος  for 
νεωστί. 

Νέωσις.  ή,  {ΐ'εόω)  the  breaking  up  a 
fallow,  Lat.  novatio. 

Νεώςοικοι,  oi,  {νανς,  οίκος)  ship- 
sheds,  slips,  docks,  in  which  one  or 
more  ships  might  be  built,  repaired, 
or  laid  up  in  winter,  Hdt.  3,  45,  Thuc. 
7,  64,  etc. :  generally,  store  houses, — 
these  being  parts  of  the  νεώριον  or 
dock-yard. 

N^ώσσω,  Att.  νεώττω,  from  νέος, 
like  λιμώσσω,  -ττω,  from  λιμός,  ?ίαι- 
μώσσω  from  λαιμός,  =  νεόω,  νεωτε- 
ρίζω. 

Νεωστί,  adv.  of  νέος  for  νέως.  as 
μεγαλωστί  for  μεγάλως,  lately,  just 
vow,  the  usu.  adv.  of  νέος,  (q.  v.), 
Hdt.  2.  49  ;  6,  40,  Soph.  El.  1049.  etc. 
Νέωτα,  adv.,  nea-t  year,  for  next  year, 
εις  νέωτα,  Xen.  Cyr.  7,  2,  13;  8,  G, 
15,  Theocr.  15,  143,  ubi  v.  Valck.— 
Said  to  be  Aeol.  lor  νέωσε,  νέωτε, 
from  νέος.  like  έτέρωτα  for  ετέρωσε, 
έτέρωτε,  and  nliuta  lor  alio  in  Plant. 
Νεώτατος,  η,  ov,  superl.  from  νέος, 
Horn. 

Νεωτερίζω,  ( νεώτερος )  to  make 
changes  ;  esp.  to  attempt  political 
changes,  make  innovations,  or  rivolu- 
tionary  movements,  usti.  with  the  indef 
Ti,  Thuc.  4,  51,  Xen.  Hell.  2,  1,5, 
Dem.  664,  9 ;  also,  v.  περί  τίνων, 
Thuc.  1,  58  ;  v.  εν  τινι,  περί  τι.  Plat. 
Legg.  798  C,  Rep.  424  B,  Xen.,  etc.: 
V.  προς  τους  ξνμμάχονς,  to  tamper 
with  them,  Thuc.  1,  97;  so,  v.  τι  ες 
Tiva,  Id.  2,  3.  —  II.  transit.,  v.  τήν 
πολιτείαν,  to  revolutionize  the  stale, 
Thuc.  1,  115:  V.  εις  άσθένειαν.  to 
change  (health)  into  sickness,  Id.  7, 
87. 

Νεωτερικός,  ή,  όν,  (νεώτερος)  like 
%'εανικός,  natural  to  a  youth,  youthful, 
Polyb.  10,  24,  7.  Adv.  -κώς.  Plot. 
Dio4. 


ΝΗΓΡ 

^Νεωτερισμός,  ου,  δ,  {νεωτερίζω)  an  ] 
attempt  at  change,  esp.  in  the  State ; 
USU.  in  bad  signf.,  innovation,  revolu- 
tionary  movement.   Plat.   Rep.   555  D, 
Legg.'  75S  C,  etc. 

Νεωτεριστής,  οϋ,  6,  {νεωτερίζω)  an 
innovator,  Plut.  Cim.  17,  etc. 

Νεωτεροττοιέω,  ώ,  to  make  innova- 
tion)•, Hipp.  ;  and 

Νεωτεροτνοιία,  ας,  ή,  innovation, 
rexiolution,  Tliuc.  1,  102  :  from 

Νεωτΐροττοώς,  όν,{νεώτερα,ττοιέω) 
innovating,  revolutionary,  Thuc.  1,  70. 

Νεώτερος',  a,  ov,  compar.  from  νέος, 
younger,  Horn.  ;  freq.  of  events,  eu- 
phem.  for  κακής,  νεώτερα  κακά.  Find. 
P.  4,  275 ;  also  νεώτερα  alone,  Lat. 
gravius  quid,  Valck.  Hdt.  3,  f!2,  Stallb. 
Plat.  Prot.  310  Β ;  τι  νεώτερον, 
Theocr.  24,  40 ;  νεώτερον  η  ττύρος, 
Find.  Fr.  74,  5 : — esp.  τα  νεώτερα  or 
νεώτερα  πράγματα,  ν.  έργα,  also  νε- 
ώτερον τι,  innovations  in  tlie  state, 
revolutionary  movements,  Lat.  res  no<- 
vae,  hence  νεώτερα  πρύσσειν  or  ττοι- 
ΐΐν,  =  νεωτερίζειν,  Hdt.  5,  19,  35, 
Thuc,  etc. 

Νεωτός,  όν,=νέατος,  dub. 

Νεωφν/.αξ,  άκος,  δ,  Att.  for  ναο- 
φνλαξ.  [ϋ] 

Νεώχερσος  γη,  ή,  {νέος,  χέρσος)  = 
νέωμα. 

Νη-,  insep.  privat.  prefix,  esp.  to 
adjectives,  being  no  doubt  a  strength- 
ened form  of  άνα-  privat.,  with  the 
first  a  dropped  :  v.  Blomf.  Aesch.  Fr. 
248 :  it  originated  perh.  in  such  forms 
as  ανηλεής,  άνήριθμος,  ανήκεστος, 
άνήνεμος,  άνηστις,  which  became, 
by  casting  off  the  a  as  if  merely 
euphon.,  νη?.εής,  νήριβμος,  νήκεστος, 
νήνεμος,  νήστις :  and  so  νη-  came  to 
be  used  as  a  privat.  particle  even  be- 
fore consonants,  νηκερΛής.  νήκερως, 
νηκηδής,  νηπαθής,  νηπελέω,  νηττεν- 
θής,  νή-ηινος,  as  well  as  before 
vowels  which  combined  with  it,  νήϊς 
and  νήντμος,  cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  710. 
This  prefi.x;  however  remained  poet. 
With  νη-  compare  the  Lat.  ne-,  non, 
our  nay.  no.  Germ,  nein,  Pers.  ?)ό,  etc. : 
and  with  ΰν-,  the  Lat.  in-.  Germ,  ohn-, 
Engl.  un-.  The  form  νε-  for  νη-  is 
very  dub. ;  v.  νέποί^ες. 

ΝΗ',  Att.  particle  of  strong  affir- 
mation with  ace.  of  the  Divinity  in- 
voked, first  in  Soph.  Fr.  339  ;  νη  Αία 
or  νη  την  Αία,  also  νή  μα  τον  Αία, 
yea  by  Jupiter  !  freq.  in  Ar.,  etc.,  and 
ace.  to  Lob.  Phryn.  193  esp.  used  by 
Λvomen  :  also  ironic,  forsooth,  Lat.  si 
Diis  placet,  Dem.  259,  28  :  in  answer- 
ing objections,  oft.  preceded  or  fol- 
lowed by  i'i?.?M,  Lat.  enimvero,  at  enim 
vera,  immo  vero.  as  Ar.  Plut.  202  :  in 
itself  always  posit.,  though  some- 
times joined  with  a  negat.,  as  Ar. 
Nub.  217.  Thesm.  240.— Hom.  only 
uses  the  formrai,  q.  v. :  cf  μά. 

Ni/a,  νήας.  Ion.  ace.  sing,  end  plur. 
from  ΐ'αϊΐζ•,  Hom. 

ίΝήαιθος,  ov,  o,=  Neai&of, Theocr. 

"Νηάς,  άόυς,  ή,  a  gigantic  animal, 
whose  fossil  remains  were  found  in 
Samos,  Ael.  N.  A.  17,  28:  whence 
proverb,  μείζον  βοά  των  νηάόων,  Eu- 
phor.  26. 

Νηγάτεος,  η,  ov,  (prob.  for  νεηγά- 
τος,  from  νέος,  γέγαα)  new-made,  χι- 
τών,  κμήδεμνον,  II.  2,  43 ;  14,  185  ; 
φάρος,  Η.  Hom.  Αρ.  122  :  hence, 
generally,  new.  (The  deriv.  from 
*γάω,  γείνω,  γέγαα  is  confirmed  by 
τατόζ- from τεύ'ω,  W'liereas  τη7.νγετος 
takes  the  ε  of  }  είνω,  γεν-έσθαι :  but, 
metri  grat.,  vηγάτεoςV!as  substituted 
forj;e^}arof,cf  Buttm.Lexil.s.v.  [;<!] 

Νήγρετος,  ov,  {νη-,  εγείρω)  unicak- 


ΝΗΘΩ 

ing,  V.  ντννος,  a  sleep  '  that  knows  no 
waking,^  i.  e.  a  sound  deep  sleep,  Od. 
13,  80,  H.  Ven.  178;  neut.  as  adv., 
νήγρετον,  without  waking,  v.  ενδειν, 
Od.  13,  74 ;  but,  later,  v.  v~vovv,  of 
death,  Anth.  P.  7,  305.     Hence 

\Νήγρετος,  ov,  ή,  Negreius.  name  of 
a  fabled  fountain,  Luc.  Ver.  H.  2,  33. 

Νήδνια,  ων,  τύ,  (νηδνς)  the  entrails, 
like  έντερα,  II.  17,  524,  Αρ.  Rh.  2, 
113  : — also  written  i';;(5i'ta,  but  wrong- 
ly. Lob.  Phryn.  494. 

Νηδνιόφιν,  Ep.  gen.  of  νηδνς, 
Mosch.  4,  78. 

Νηδύμιος,  η,  ον,=νήδνμος,  0pp. 
Η.  3,  412.  [δ] 

Νήδνμος,  ov,  in  Hom.  fourteen 
times,  always  as  epith.  of  νττνος :  the 
deriv.  and  even  signf.  uncertain. — 1. 
ace.  to  Aristarch.  from  νη-  and  δύω, 
δύνω,  for  ύνέκδντος,  sleep  from 
which  one  rises  not,  sou7id  sleep, — 
much  the  same  as  νήγρετος,  with 
which  it  is  joined  in  Od'.  13,  79.  To 
this  interpr.  is  objected  that  in  II.  10, 
187,  νήδνμος  vtwoc  is  said  not  to  have 
come  all  night  on  the  watchers'  eyes  : 
— but  why  should  not  νήδ.  have  be- 
come a  constant  Homer,  epith.  of  the 
soimd  sleep  of  his  heroes,  just  as  his 
ships  are  swift  {βοαί)  even  when 
drawn  up  on  shore  (11.  1,  12.  etc.)  ? — 
2.  USU.  deriv.  from  ήδνς.  .tweet,  delight- 
ful :  very  good  in  sense,  hut  contr.  to 
all  analogy,  for  !.7/(5i^//of,  if  from  ^(5i;f, 
ought  to  mean  not  sweet :  the  form 
ήδνμος  for  ήόύς  indeed  occurs  in  H. 
Hom.  Merc,  .'Vlcinan.,  Simonid.,  An- 
timach.,  Ap.  Rh.,  and  perh.  even  in 
Hes.  ;  and  it  is  true  that  in  nine  of 
the  Homeric  passages  the  verseequal- 
ly  admits  ήδνμος,  and  in  the  rest  the 
disamma  might  excuse  the  hiatus. 
But  no  trace  of  ΐ/δνμος  is  found  in 
Horn.,  even  as  a  v.  1. ;  and  therefore 
those  who  object  to  Aristarchus'  in- 
terpr. must,  with  Buttm.  Lexil.  s.  v., 
take  it  as  a  very  old  mistake  for  ηδν- 
μος,  introduced  to  supply  the  place  of 
the  defunct  digamma. — 3.  some  even 
derive  it  from  νηδνς,  and  twist  v.  ύπ- 
νος irito  i'ltinms  sopor. 

ΝΗΔΤ'Σ,  ύος,  ή,  like  κοιλία,  the 
helly  with  its  contents,  the  bowels, 
Hipp.  : — generally,  the  lower  part  of 
the  bodii,  paunch,  II.  13,  290  ;  the  sto- 
mach, Od.  9,  296,  Hes.  Th.  487  ;  also 
theivomb,  I!.  24,  496,  Hes.  Th,  4C0, 
and  Trag.  :  έξελ.είν  την  νηδνν,  to 
take  out  the  entrails,  disembowel,  Hdt. 
2,  87.  An  ace  νηδύα  for  νηδνν  in 
Q.  Sm.  1,  616  ;  dat.  pi.  νηδνσι,  Nic 
Th.  407 ;  cf  νηδνιόφιν.  {ν  in  the  trisyll. 
cases,  {'  USU.  in  the  dissvll.,  Jac  A. 
P.  p.  584,  672,  692,  Spitzn.  A'ers. 
Her.  p.  6S  ;  but  still  sometimes  v,  as 
in  Eur.  Cycl.  574.] 

Νήες.  nom.  plur.  from  ναϋς,  Hom. 

Νήεσσι,  Ep.  dat.  plur.  from  νανς, 
Hom. 

Νηέω,  ω,  fut.  νηήσω.  Ion.  and 
Ep.  for  νέω,  q.  v..  to  henp,  heap  or  pile 
vp,  νλην.  ξύλα,  Od.  19,  64 ;  esp.  a 
funeral  pile,  II.  23,  139,  cf  Hdt.  1, 
50  ;  σώματα,  II.  23,  169  ;  πνρ  εν  ντιή- 
σαι,  Od.  15,  322  ;  v.  ϊιποινα,  to  heap 
huge  ransoms,  II.  24,  276. — II.  to  pile, 
load,  νήας  εν  νηήσαι,  II.  9,  358  ;  also 
in  mid.,  νήα  νηήσασΟαι  άλις  χρνσον. 
to  pile  one's  ship  with  gold  enough,  11. 
9,    137,2~Ό;  ci.  νηνέω.     Hence 

Νί/ησις,  ή,  a  heaping,  piling  up. 

Νηβίς,  ίδος,  ή,  a  spinster  :  from 

Νηθω,  to  spin,  Cratin.  Malth.  4, 
Flat.  Folit.  289  C :— but  said  to  be 
not  Att.,  Meineke  Com.  Fragm.  2,  p. 
556.  (Formed  from  νέω  as  πλ//θω 
from  πίμπ?.ημι,  *πλέω.) 


NHAE 

Νηί,  Ion.  dat  sing,  from  νανζ, 
Hom. 

Νηίάς,  άδος,  ή,  Ton.  for  Na«if,=: 
Νηίς,  Naif,  usu,  in  plur.  Νηϊάόες, 
Od.  13,  104,  348. 

^Νηίβ,  ή,  Neith,  the  Aegyptian 
name  of  Minerva,  Fiat.  Tim.  21  B. 

'\'Νήϊον,  ov,  TO,  Ne'ion.  a  mountain 
of  Ithaca,  opposite  Neritus,  Od.  1, 
186. 

ΝήΊος,  Tj,  ov,  later  also  ος,  ov.  Dor. 
νύϊος :  {νανς) : — of  or  for  a  ship  ;  in 
Hom.  usu.,  δόρν  νήϊον,  ship-timheT, 
II.  3.  62,  Od.  9,  384;  also  without 
δόρν,  II.  J  3,  391  ;  so  also,  νήία  ξνλα, 
Hes.  Op.  806  : — άνδρες  νήίυι,  Aesch. 
Supp.  719 ;  στόλος  νύίος,  the  ship's 
course,  lb.  2;  vaia  τέχνη,  seaman- 
ship, Soph.  Aj.  350. 

Νηΐς,  ίδος,  ή.  Ion.  for  Ναίς,  a 
Nymph  of  fresh-water  springs,  as  N;?- 
ρηίς  of  the  sea,  II.  6,  22  ;  Νύμφη  νηις, 
II.  14.  444. t — II.  also  as  fern  pr.  n., 
Apollod. ;  etc. 

Νήϊς,  ιδος,  δ,  ή,  {νη-,  ιδεϊν)  un 
knotting,  unlearned,  II.  7,  198  ;  c  gen., 
unknowing  of,  unpractised  in  a  thing, 
Od,  8,  179. 

Ντ/ίτης,  ov,  ό,  {νανς)  of  οτ  belonging 
to  a  ship,  consisting  of  ships,  στρατός 
v.,  a  fleet,  Thuc.  2,  24  ;  3,  85.  [i] 

Νηϊτικός,  J],  όν,=  νήϊος.   [νηΐ] 

ίΝήίτος,  η,  ov,  of  Ne'is,  αϊ  Νήΐται 
πνλαι,  the  gate  Ne'itne,  iri  Boeotian 
Thebes,  Aesch.  Theb.  460. 

Νηκερδής,  ές,  [νη-,  κέρδος)  without 
gain,  unprofitable,  βον7\,ή,  έπος,  II.  17, 
409,  Od.  14,  509. 

Νήκερος,  ov,  Ep.  for  sq.,  Hes.  Op. 
527. 

Νήκερως,  ωτος,  b,  ή,  {νη-,  κέρας) 
not  horned. 

Νήκεστος,  ov,  {νη-,  ύκέομαι)  incu 
rab!e,  Hes.  Op.  281. 

Νηκηδήε,  ές,  {νη-,  κήδος)  free  from 
care, — as  Dindorf  reads  in  the  verses 
ap.  Plat.  Symp.  197  C  ;  v.  Stallb. 

Νηκονστέω,  ω,  {νη-,  ακούω)  not  to 
hear,  to  giue  no  heed  to.  disobey,  C.  gen., 
νηκούστησε  θεάς,  Ι1•  20,  14. 

Νήκονστος,  ov,  {νη-,  ακουστός)  un 
heard,  unknown,  Arat.  173. 

Νηκτήρ,  ήρος.  and  νήκτης,  ov,  δ, 
{νή\ω)  a  swimmer. 

Νηκτίκός,  η,  όν,  belonging  ίο  swim 
ming.  able  to  swim  :  from 

Νηκτός,  ή,  όν,  {νή χω)  capable  cf  be- 
ing swum  over. — II.  act.  swimming, 
floating,  Plut.  2,  636  E,  etc.:— 70 
νηκτόν,  power  of  swimming,  swimming, 
Anacreoiit.  24,  5. 

Νηκτρίς,  ίδος,  ή,  fem.  of  νήκτης : 
V.  έλαια,  V.  κολνμβάς- 

Νήκτοιρ,  ορός,  δ,=^νηκτήρ. 

Νηλεγι/ς,  ές,  {νη-,ύλέγω)  reckless; 
cf.  άνηλεγης,  ά-ηλεγής- 

Νη7.ετ]ς,  ές,  but  in  dat.  and  ace. 
νηλέϊ,  νη7.έα,  from  νη7.'ής :  {νη-.  έ7•.ε- 
ος)  : — without  pit  ι/,  pitiless,  ntlhless, 
freq.  in  Hom..  and  Hes. :  usu.  νι,/.εές 
7/μαρ.  i.  e.  the  day  of  death,  II.  1 1 ,  4S  i, 
Od.  9,  17,  etc.;  ν.ητορ,  H.  9.  497; 
and  very  freq.,  νηλέϊ  χαλ.κώ,  with 
ruthless  steel,  Hom, :  also,  v.  δεσμός, 
θυμός,  Hom.  ;  and,  v.  ύπνος,  unpity- 
ίη<ΐ  sleep,  which  exposes  the  sleeper 
defenceless  to  ill.  Od.  12.  372.  Adv. 
-εύς,  Aesch.  Pr.  240.— Cf  the  poet, 
forms  νηλ^ής,  νηλι,ειής.  The  Att.  pre- 
ferred the  full  form  άνηλ.εής.  Lob. 
Phryn.  711. 

ίΝη7.είδης,  ου  Ερ.  ao.  ό,  and  Ep. 
Νι/7.ηϊάδης.  son  of  Neleus,  i.  e.  Nestor, 
II.  8,  100:  in  pi.  ot  Ν?ιλεΐδαι,  the  de- 
scendants of  Xeleus,  Hdt.  5,  65. 

Νηλ.ειής,  ες,  Ep.  for  ντβ.εής.  Η. 
Hom.  Ven.  240,  Hes.  Th.  770.  Adv 
-ως,  Aesch.  Cho.  242. 

975 


ΝΗΜΕ 

ΐπηλεόθνμος.  ον,  {νηλεης,  θυμός)  of 
ruthless  spirit,  Anth. 

Νηλκύποινος,  ον,  {νηλεής,  ποινή) 
punisking  without  pity,  Or  ruthlessly, 
e'pith.  of  the  Κηρες,  Hes.  Th.  217,  ubi 
Stob.  ή}.(ότΐθίνος,  punishing  folly,  and 
a  like  v.  I.  occurs  in  Orph.  A rg.  13(32  : 
Kuhnii.  would  read  νηλίτόπανος. 

tX///.i  I'f ,  ίως  Ep.  f/og,  b,  Ncleits,  son 
of  Nejitune  and  Tyro,  brother  of  Pe- 
lias,  passed  from  Thessaly  into  Mes- 
Benia,  Od.  11.  235;  etc.— 2.  son  of 
Codrus,  who  migrated  to  Asia  Minor 
and  founded  Miletus,  Call.  Dian.  226. 
In  Paus.  and  Plut.  ΝεΛεύς- — Others 
in  Strab. ;  etc. 

Ντβενστος,  ον,  (νη•,  λείσσω)  invis- 
ible, Theocr.  Syrinx. 

i'Sri'/.i/'uith/g,  ου  Ep.  ao,  ό,=ΐ^η?.εί- 
ύης-  11•  8,  100. 

tN?;?.7;iof,  01',  of  or  relating  to  JVe- 
leus,  ό  Ν.  νίός,  the  son  o/"AV/e«s,i.  e. 
Nestor,  11.  2,  20  :  ?/  ΤΙνλος  Ν.,  II.  11, 
682. 

ίΝη7.τι'ίς,  (δος,  ι),  (fern,  patronym. 
from  Is"7/Aft)f)  daughter  of  Neleus,  i.  e. 
Pcro,  Ap.  Rh.  1,  120. 

'^η?./'/ς,  ές,  Ε  p.  and  Lyr.  form  for 
νηλεής,  in  Horn.  usu.  in  dat.  and  ace. 
sing.  νη'Αέ'ί,  ντβέα :  nom.  in  II.  9, 
632,  Pind.  P.  11,  34,  Aesch.  Pr.  42, 
Kur.  Cvcl.  369 ;  neut.  pi.  νηλεα,  Soph. 
O.  'Γ.  180. 

Νηλητής,  ίς,  {νη-,  α/Λταίνω)=^νη- 
λιτης,  dub. 

■\Νη?.ία,  ας,  ή,  Nelia,  a  city  of 
Thessaly,  Strab.  p.  436. 

Ni/zliTTf^of,  ov,  {νη-,  πεζά)  bare- 
footed. [I] 

'^'η?Λποκηιβλεπέλαιοί,  ol,  Ηνηλί- 
πονς  κηϊ  β?.έπων  F/aiov)i  nickname 
of  philosophers,  barefoot,  and  looking 
after  oil.  Anth.  P.  append.  288. 

'Ν7]'λί-ονς,  ό,  ?),  -πουν,  τύ,=  άνη- 
'λίπονς, unshod,  barefooted.  Soph.  Ο.  C. 
349  :  generally,  needy,  miserably  poor, 
i>.  βίος.  Lye.  635;  also  νήλίπος,  cv, 
Ap.  Rh.  3,  646.  (Usn.  deriv.'from 
νη•,  η7αψ  and  πους,  but  Doderl.  con- 
siders πους  to  be  a  termin.  only,  -^λίψ 
νί/λίφ  νήλιπος  νΐ]λίπους,  like  Οΐόιψ 
ΟΙόιπος  Οίόίπομς.)  [ϊ] 
•  "Νηλίτί/ς,  ές,  {νη-,  α/,είτης,  αλιταί- 
νω)  guiltless,  harmltss,  Od.  16,  317; 
19,  498;  22,  418,  ubi  al.  νηλίτιδες. 
(Aristarch.  took  it  wrongly  in  the 
contrary  signf.  for  αμαρτωλός,  πο7^ν- 
αμάρ-ητος,  by  assuming  a  νη-  inten- 
sive.) 

Ν7]?ιίτ7]ς,  ov,  o,=foreg.,  dub. 

ΚιΡίόής,  ες,  {τη-,  ΰλείώω)  not  rub- 
bed, esp.  uith  oil,  unanoinled,  usu.  as  a 
mark  of  abject  poverty. 

+Ν>??»ώ,  off,  η,  Nelo,  daughter  of 
Uanaus,  Apollod.  2,  1,5. 

'ί\ή7.ωπος,  ov,  {νη-,  7.ώπη)  without 
mantle  or  covering. 

^ήμα,  ατός,  τό.  {νέο,  to  spin)  that 
tvhich  is  spun,  a  threat! ,  yarn,  Od.  2,  98  ; 
4,  134,  Eur.  Or.  1433  ;  cf.  Plut.  2,  966 
Ε  : — the  thread  of  a  spider's  web,  Hes. 
Op.  775. 

"^τίματώδ-ης,  ες,{νΐμια,  είδος)  thready, 
fibrous,  in  filaments,  like  asbestos,  Plut. 
2,  434  A.' 

Νημερτεΐα,  ας,  η,  infallibility :  from 

'Ν7ΐμερ-ής,  ές.  Dor.  ναμερτής — and 
this  seems  to  be  the  only  form  used 
in  Att.,  Pors.  Aesch.  Pers.  246,  Dind. 
Soph.  Tr.  173 :  {νη-,  ύμαρτύνω) : — 
unfailing,  -unerring,  infallible,  epith.  of 
the  prophet-god  Proteus,  Od.  4,  349, 
etc.  :  iisu.  in  Horn.,  βονίη  v..  a  sure 
decree,  i.  e.  one  that  will  infallibly  be 
put  in  force,  Od.  1,  86,  etc.;  so  too, 
νόος  v.,  Od.  21,  205;  έπος  v-,  a  true 
or  sure  word,  II.  3,  204  ;  more  freq.  as 
adv.,  νη/ιερτες  ίνίσπειν,  νημερτέα 
970 


ΝΗΠΙ 

ειπείν  or  μνβήσασθαι,  to  .speak  a  truth, 
siire  truths,  Hom.  Ion.  Adv.  -τέως,  Od. 
5,  98  ;  cf.  ν7]τρεκής. 

ίΐ^ημερτής,  ους,  ή,  Nemertes,  a  Ne- 
reid, 11.  18,  46. 

^ηνεμέω.  ώ,  tobe  calm  or  still,  Hipp., 
Strab. 

Κηνεμία,  ας,  η,  Ion.  -ίη,  a  calm, 
stiltne.is  in  the  air,  νηνεμίης,  in  a  calm. 
II.  5,  523,  Hdt.  7,  189,  Plat.  Phaedr. 
77  E,  etc. — II.  as  adj.,  γαλήνη  v.,  a 
breezelcss  calm,  Od.  5,  392  ;  12,  169, 
cf.  sg. 

ΐίηνεμος,  ov,  {νη-,  άνεμος)  without 
ivind,  brcezeless.  calm,  hushed.  αΐΟήρ, 
II.  8,  556;  γαλύνα,  Aesch.  Ag.  740; 
πέλαγος.  Eur.  Hel.  1456  :  metaph., 
V.  εστησ'  όχλον.  Id.  Hec.  533.    Hence 

'Νηνεμόω,  ώ,  to  inake  calm. 

N/;i'fw,=i'7;f  w.  Ion.  for  νέω,  to  heap, 
in  Hom.  only  in  compds.  έπινηνέω 
and  παρανηνέω, — for  in  11.  23,  139 
νήεον  is  now  read. 

N?;i7'a.  ar,  ή.  a  public  eidogy  on  great 
men,  sometimes  accompanied  by  the 
flute;  hence  α  lament.  riiVg^e,  only  found 
in  Lat.  nenia ;  although  ace.  to  Cic. 
Legg.  2,  24,  the  word  is  Greek. 

Ϋίήνις,  ιος,  ή,  contr.  for  νεανις, 
Bergk  Anacr.  15. 

Ί>*7ΐξίπους,  ό,  ή,  -πουν,  τό,  (νήχω, 
πονς)  webfooted,  cf.  sub  νέποδες.  [Ζ] 

Ι^ηζις,  εως,  ή.  {ΐ'ήχω")  α  swimming, 
Batr.  68,  Plut.  2,  1091  C. 

'Νήζημαι,  fut.  from  νήχομαι,  Od. 

'Ντιηβύτης,  ov,  ό,  {νανς)  Ion.  for 
νανβάτης,  Leon.  Λ1.  28.  [α] 

Ήηοκόρος,  ov,  {νηός)  poet,  for  νεω- 
κόρος, Anth.  P.  9,  22. 

Κηοπέδ/ι,  ης,  ή,=  νανσιπέδη,  Greg. 
Naz. 

'Κηοπόλος,  ov,  Att.  ναοττ-,  {νεώς, 
νηός.  πο7.έω)  busying  one's  self  in  a 
temple  ;  hence  α  priest,  temple-keeper, 
Hes.  Th.  991. 

'Κηοπορέω,  ω,  poet,  ίοχ  νανπ.,  to  go 
in  a  ship,  Leon.  Al.  40. 

N?/of,  ov,  b.  Ion.  for  ναός,  a  temple, 
Hom.,  Hes.,  and  Hdt. 

Ν7;όζ•,  Ιυη.  gen.  from  νανς,  Horn., 
and  lies. 

Κηοσόος,  ov,  poet,  νηοσσόος,  {νανς, 
σώζω)  protecting  ships.  Αρ.  Rh.  1,  570, 
etc. 

Κηηνχος,  ov,  {νανς,  ίχω)  holding, 
protecting,  gadding  ships, 

'Κηηφθήρος,  ov,  {νανς,  φθείρω)  de- 
stroying ships,  Nonn. 

Ί^ηοφόρης,  oj»,  {νανς,  φέρω)  bearing 
ships,  Anth.  P.  10.  16. 

^ηόχης,  ον,=  νηονχος,  πηδάλια, 
Anth.  P.  7,  036. 

'Νηπαθής,  ές,=:νηπενβής,  0pp.  C. 
2,  417. 

N?)7rai'ffroci  ov,  {νη-,  πανω)=ΰπαν- 
στος,  Lye.  972. 

Ί^ηπεδάνός,  ή,  όν.^=ήπεδανός,  Ορρ. 
C.  3,  409.  (Prob.  formed  on  the  false 
analogy  of  νήδνμος=τ/δνμος.) 

ΐ^ϊ/πειος.  a,  ον,=^νηπίειος,  dvib. 

Nήπεκτoς,ov,υncombed:  inHesych., 
νηπεκτής. 

^ηπε7.έω,  ω,  to  be  powerless,  Hipp, 
ap.  Galen. :  cf.  κακηπελέω,  ενηπελης. 

'ϋηπενθης,  ές,  (νη-,  πένθος)  remov- 
ing all  sorrow :  hence  in  Od.  4, 221,  as 
epith.  of  an  Aegyptian  drug,  which 
lulled  sorrow  for  the  day,  cf.  Plut.  2, 
614  C,  and  v.  αχο7.ος. — II.  free  from 
sorrow:  in  this  signf.,  adv.  -έωΓ,  Pro- 
tag,  ap.  Plut.  2,  118  E. 

Κηπενθης,  ές.  {νη-,  πννθάνομαι) 
unsearchable,  ap.  Macrob.  Sat.  1,  18. 

Ί^ηπιάα,  ας.  ή,  {νήπιος)  childishness, 
child's  play,  folly,  νηπιάας  οχέείν,  Od. 
1 ,  297  ;  cf.  νηπιέη.   [α] 

Ν7;7Γίάι,''ω,  Hipp. ;  and  νηπιάζομαι, 
=sq. 


ΝΗΠΥ 

"ΚηπΜχεύω,  to  be  childish,  play  like 
a  child,  11.  22,  502  :  from 

'Νηπίΰνος,  ov,  poet,  for  νήπιο'', 
childish,  11,  2,  338;  6,408;  16.262': 
fas  snbst.,  a  child,  Pseudo-Phocyj. 
139t.   (The  -αχός  is  a  mere  termin.) 

ΐ!^τ/πΙάχω,=^νηπιΰχενω,  Αρ.  Rh.  4, 
868,  Mnsch.  4,  22. 

Ί^ηπΐαχώδης,  ες,-=ινηπιώδης. 

Ί^ηπιέη,  ης.  ή.  Ion.  for  νηπιάα,  non- 
age, childhood,  nlvov  ΰποβ7.ί'ζων  iv 
νηπιέη  α7•.εγεινΐ},  II.  9,  491  :  metaph., 
like  νηπιάα.  childishness,  child iih  play, 
in  pl.  νηπιέησι.  II.  15,  363.  Od.  24, 
409  : — strictly,  fem.  from  νηπίεος. 

'Νηπίειος,  a,  ov,=  sq. 

ΐ\ηπίεος,  a,  ov,  {νήπιΟΓ)  childish, 
of  a  child,  Opp.  H.  3,  585.  [I] 

Ί^ΙηπΙενομαι,  dep.,  =:  νηπιαχεύω, 
Gramm. 

Νηπϊόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  poet,  for  νή- 
πιος, Or.  Sib. 

Κηπΐοκτόνος,  ov,  {νήπιος,  κτείνω) 
slaying  children,  LXX. 

'Νηπΐοπρεπί/ς,  ές,  {νήπιος,  πρέπω) 
beseeining  children,  childish. 

Ι^ήπΙος,  a  Ion.  η,  ov,  Att.  also  ος, 
ov:  {νη-,  έπος):  stricuy,  not  speaking, 
and  so  precisely  the  Lat.  infans,  our 
infant ;  freq.  in  Horn.,  esp.  in  signf. 
of  one  still  unfit  to  bear  arms,  i.  e.  till 
about  the  15th  year,  νήπιον,  ονπω 
είδοθ'  όμοίίον  πολέμοιο,  II.  9,  440; 
νήπια  τέκνα,  II.  2,  136,  etc. :  more 
rarely  of  animals,  11.2,  311  ;  11,113; 
also  νήπια  alone,  the  young  of  an  ani- 
mal, 11.  17,  1.34  :— Theophr.  first  used 
it  of  vegetables. — II.  metaph., — 1 .  usu. 
of  the  understanding,  childish,  un- 
taught, fond,  freq.  in  Hom.  and  Hes. ; 
μέγα  νήπιος,  II.  10,  40,  Od.  9,  44; 
also,  simply,  vitho^d  forethought,  blind 
to  the  future,  II.  22,  445  ;  so  in  Att., 
as  Aesch.  Pr.  443,  Eur.  Med.  891,  and 
Plat.- — 2.  of  bodily  strength,  weak  as 
a  child,  helpless,  βίη  νηπίη,  II.  11,  561. 
Hence 

^ηπΐότης.  ητος.  η,  childhood,  infan- 
cy:  childishness.  Plat.  Legg.  808  E. 

'Νηττΐοφανί/ς,  ές,  {νήπιος,  φαίνομαι) 
childlike  in  appearance. 

Νηπϊοφροσννη,  ης,  ή,  childishness, 
thoughtlessness :  from 

^ηπϊόφρων,  όνος,  δ,  ή,  {νήπιος, 
φρήν)  of  childish  mind,  silly,  Strab.  p. 
20. 

'Νηπίώδης,  ες,  like  a  child,  childish. 

'Νήπλεκτος,  ov,  {νη-,  π7.έκω)  with 
unbraided  hair,  Bion  1,  21. 

'Νηποινεί,  or  -i,  adv.  of  sq.,  Lat. 
impune.  Plat.  Legg.  874  C,  Andoc. 
12,  43,  Lex  ap.  Dem.  639,  6:  also 
νηποινή. 

ΐίήποινος,  ov,  {νη-,  ποινή)  unpun- 
ished, unavenged,  Hom.  (but  only  m 
Od.),  ΐ7/7Γ0ΠΌί  όλοισθε,  Od.  1,  380• 
mostly  in  neut.  νήποινον  as  adv., 
Od.  18,  279,  etc. ;  so,  νήποινα,  Xen. 
Hier.  3,  3  (nisi  legend,  νηποινεί) : — 
but,  φντών  νήποινος,  like  άμοιρος, 
without  share  of,  unhlcst  with  fruitful 
trees,  Pind.  V.  9,  103. 

Κτ/ποτμος,  αν,-=άποτμος,  v.  1.  Hes. 
Th.  795,  for  νήϋτμυς. 

'Νήπτης,  ov.  ό,  (νήφω)  sober,  discreet, 
Polyb.  10,  3,  1.     Hence 

Έηπτικός,  ή,  όν,  sober,  Plut.  2,  709 
Β. — II.  act.  sobering:  hence,  νηπτι- 
κά,  writings  inculcating  asceticism. 

Κήπνστος,  ov,  (νη-,  πννθάνομαι) 
not  heard,  not  learnt,  Nonn. 

'Κηπντΐενημαι,  dep.,  to  play  child's 
tricks,  Anth.  P.  1 1,  140  :  and 

^ηπντία,  ας,  ή,  childhood,  childish 
ness,  folly.  Ap.  Rh.  4,  791  :  from 

Ί^ηττντιΟΓ,  a.  nv,  (νη-,  άπί'ω)  a  child. 
like  νήπιπΓ.  Lat.  infans,  11.  20.  200  ; 
usu.  metaph.,  childish  inmind,  thought 


ΝΗΣΙ 
iess,  11.  13, 292,  etc. ;  also  in  Ar.  Nub. 
i«J8.  [ϋ] 

N//pe<C'  <<5of .  i).,  Ion.  N;?p?/tf ,  a  daugh- 
ter of  χΛ  erpiis,  a  Nereid  or  Nymph  of 
the  sea.  i.  e,  the  Mediterranean,  as 
opp.  to  Ocean,  in  Horn,  only  in  II., 
and  always  in  pi.  Ν7ΐρηίόες  :  they 
were  nlly^  Has.  Th.  264,  Find.  I.  6, 
8 ;  their  names  are  given,  II.  18,  39, 
sq-.  Has.  Th.  243,  sq.     Cf.  Naiwf. 

'Κήρεως,  a.  ov,  of  Neretis :  Νίφεια 
τέκνα,  i.  e.  tishes. 

ΐ>*ηρείτης,  ου,  6,  a  kind  of  sea-snail, 
perh  a  periwinkle,  Arist.  H.  A.  4,  4, 
31,  etc.  -. — oft.  with  v.  1.  νηρίτης:  cf. 
ΰναρίτης. 

^ηρενς,  έως  Ion.  ηος,  ό,  Nereus,  an 
ancient  sea-god,  who  under  Neptune 
ruletlthe Mediterranean, V.  II.  18,  141 ; 
first  mentioned  by  name  in  H.  Horn. 
A  p.  319.  and  in  Hes.  He  was  eldest 
son  of  Pontus  {the  sea)  husband  of 
Doris,  and  father  of  the  Nereids,  Hes. 
Th.  233,  sq.     Hence 

N;;pJ7,  for  ^ηρής  or  Νηρήϊς,  Alcae. 
120  ;  V.  Pors.  Tracts  p.  295. 

iNηpηtv^j,  ης,  τι,=  ^ηρείς,  Q.  Sm. 

N;;p)?if,  ίόος,  η,  Ion.  for  Ντ/ρεΐς,  11. 
(always  m  plur.),  and  Hes.  Th.  1003 ; 
poet,  also  the  tetrasyll.  cases  are  tri- 
syll.,  Nr/pj/dof,  etc. 

'ϋήριβμος,  ον,^=άνύριθμος,  count- 
less. TheocT.  25,  57. 

ίΝήρικος,  ov,  ή,  or  'SrjpiKov,  ov,  τό, 
Nericus.  an  ancient  city  on  the  Leu- 
cadian  peninsula,  Od.  24,  377  ;  Thuc. 

3,  7 :  subsequently  removed  by  the 
Corinthians  to  the  town  they  found- 
ed on  the  isthmus.  Strab.  p.  451  sqq. 

N?/piOi',  ov,  TO,  the  oleander,  Diosc. 

4,  82  :  also  βοόοδαφνη. 

Νηρις,  ιoς,ή,=  {Qτeg.,  Nic. — II.  ace. 
to  Dιosc.=zvύpόoς  ορεινή,  v.  Spren- 
gel  ad  1,  8  ;  οτ=βράθυ,  savin. 

Νήριστος,•  ov,  (νη-,  ερίζω)  uncon- 
tested. 

Nvpirj?Ci  ου,  ό,=νηρείτης.  [t] 

tN//p<~7/f ,  ov,  b,  Nerites,  a  son  of 
Nereus,  Ael.  H.  A.  14,28. 

tN// p<rtof,  η,ον,  of  Neritus,Neritian, 
ή  Ν.  'ΐβάκη.  Dion.  P.  495  Passow. 

'\Νήριτον,  ov,  TO,  Ml.  Neritus,  the 
highest  mountain  of  Ithaca,  now 
Ainoi,  11.  2,  632  ;  Od.  9,  22. 

NrypiTOf,  ον,^=ν7}ριθμος,  countless, 
immense,  v.  {ίλ?;,  Hes.  Op.  509 ;  v.  Ιχνια, 
Αρ.  Rh.  3, 1288  ;  cf.  Jac.  A.  P.  p.  375  ; 
hence  in  Gramm.,  νηρίτόμνθος,  νηρί- 
τόφν7.'Αος,  for  7το?ινμυθος,  ττο/ινφν?.- 
?ίθς. — II.^=i'r/ptCTrof,  undisputed,  dub. 

+N?;p£70f,  ov,  a,  Neritus,  son  of 
Pterelaus.  one  of  the  early  settlers 
of  Ithaca,  Od.  17,207. 

ΤαηρΙτοτρόφος,  ov,  {νηρίτης,  τρέφω) 
breeding  periwinkles,  νήσοι,  Aesch.  Fr. 
379 ;  V.  Herm.  Opusc.  7,  360. 

ΐίηρής,  ά,  όν,  {νάω)  like  ναρός,  wet, 
damp,  Lob.  Phryn.  42. 

\ί\ησαία,7/,=  Ήίσαία,  Strab. p.  509. 

*1>ίησαίη,  ης,  i],  Nesaea,  a  Nereid, 
II.  18,  40  ;  Hes.  Th.  249. 

Ντ/σαίοζ•,  α  Ion.  η,  ov,  {νήσος)  of, 
from  or  belonging  to  an  island,  insular, 
y^upa,  πόλις,  Eur.Tro.  188,  Ion  1583: 
in  Hes.  only  as  name  of  a  Nereid, 
'Νησαίη :  v.  foreg. 

Νήση,  ης,  η,^=νήσος ;  hence  gen. 
pi.  νησάων  in  Call.  Del.  66. 

'Νησΐάζ(ύ,=νησίζω,  Strab. 

'Νησϊύργης,  ov,  6,  v.  1.  for  sq. ;  also 
in  Plut.  2,  823  D. 

Νησίαρχος.  ου,  ο,  {νήσος,  άρχω)  an 
island-prince,  Meineke  Antiph.  Πλοΐ'σ. 
1,  14. 

Ιίίησίδίον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  νήσος, 
an  islet,  Thuc.  6,  2.  [r] 

'Νησί^ω,  (νήσος)  to  be,  form  an  island, 
Polyb.  5,  46,  9. 

62 


ΝΗΣΤ 

'Νησίον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  νήσος,  an 
islet. 

Ν^σίζ•,  εως,  ή,  (vitj)  spinning,  Plat. 
Rep.  620  E.        ^         ^ 

'^ήσις,  εως,  η,  {νέω)  a  heaping, 
piling  up. 

Ί^ίησίς,  ΐδος,  ή,  dim.  from  νήσος,  an 
islet,  small  island,  Hdt.  8,  70,  95.  [i  in 
genit..  Lye.  599,  and  freq.  in  Anth. ; 
and  so  says  Draco  23,  14,  though  in 
47,  20  he  quotes  it  with  I.] 

'Νησίτης,  ov,  ό,  {νήσος)  of,  from  or 
belonging  to  an  island  :  Dor.  fem.  νά- 
σίτις,  ίδος,  Anth.  P.  7,  2. 

'Νησιώτης,  ov,  ό,  fem.  -ώτις,  ιδος, 
{νήσος)  an  islajider,  Hdt.  1,  27,  etc., 
Thuc.  5,  97,  etc. — 11.  as  adj.,  of  an 
islander,  νάσιώτης  "/.αός,  Pind.  P.  9, 
93  ;  V.  βίος,  Eur.  Heracl.  84  :  insular, 
νησιώτιδες  πό?.είς,  Hdt.  7,  22  ;  νησί- 
ώτις  πέτρα,  an  island  rock,  Aesch. 
Pers.  390;  εστία.  Soph.  Tr.  658:  in 
dat.  also  with  a  subst.  neut.,  v.  uei- 
ρακίω,  Luc.  de  Domo  3.     Hence 

Νησιωτικός,  ή,  όν,  of,  belonging  to 
an  island,  έθνη,  Hdt.  7,  80 ;  δόμοι, 
Eur.  Andr.  1261  :  to  v-,  insular  situa- 
tion, Thuc.  7,  57. 

Νησοείδής,  ές,  {νήσος,  είδος)  like 
an  island,  Strab. 

Νησομύχία,  ας,  ή,  {νήσος,  μάχη) 
an  island-fight,  Luc.  V.  Hist.  1,  42. 

Νησοποίέω,  ώ,  {νήσος,  τνοιέω)  to 
make  into  an  island,  insulate,  Oenom. 
ap.  Eus. 

ΝΗ^ΣΟΣ,  ov,  ή,  an  island,  Horn., 
Hes.,  etc. :  also  applied  to  the  Pelo- 
ponnese,  Soph.  O.  C.  695  :  μακάρων 
νήσοί,  V.  sub  μάκαρ.  (Perh.  from 
νέω,  νύω,  as  \{ floating-land.) 

■\'Νησονντί,  Dor.  for  νήσυνσι,  fut. 
from  νέω,  to  swim,  Sophron. 

Νησοφνλαξ,  ΰκος,  ό,  (νήσος,  φύ?Μξ) 
an  island-guard,  Diod.  [ϋ] 

Νησόω,  ώ,  {νήσος)  to  make  into  an 
island. 

Νήσσα,  ή,  Att.  νήττα,  a  duck,  Ar. 
Av.  566,  etc.  (From  νέω,  to  swim, 
νύω:  cf.  Lat.  a-nas ;  Germ.  E-nt-e.) 
Hence 

ΝησσαΙος,  a,  ov,  of  ox  from  a  duck, 
like  a  duck,  Theophr. 

Νησσύριον,  Att,  νηττ-,  ov,  τό,  dim. 
from  νήσσα,  a  duckling,  used  as  term 
of  endearment,  Ar.  Plut.  1011.  [ά] 

Νησσοτροφείον,  ov,  τό,  {νήσσα, 
τρέφω)  a  place  where  ducks  are  fed  or 
reared. 

Νηστεία,  ας,  η,  (νηστεύω)  a  fast, 
νηστεΐαί  και  όρταί,  Hdt.  4,  186, 
Arist.  Probl.  13,  7  :  in  Athens  the 
third  day  of  the  Thesmophoria  was 
esp.  so  called,  Ath.  307  F. 

Νήστειρα,  ας,  ή,  fem.  from  νηστήρ, 
V.  πόσις,  a  medicine  taken  fasting, 
Nic.  Al.  130,  Th.  862. 

Νηστενς,  έως,  6,  and  νηστεντής, 
οϋ,  ό,=νηστήρ,  νήστης:  from 

Νηστεύω,  (νήστις)  to  fast,  Ar.  Αν. 
1519,  Thesm.  949  :  to  fast  or  abstain 
from,  κακότητος,  Emped.  393. 

Νηστήρ,  ήρος,  o,=  sq. 

Νήστης,  ov,  ό,  one  who  fasts,  later 
form  for  νήστις,  q.  v. 

Νηστικός,  ή,  όν,  {νέω)  belonging  to 
spinning,  able  to  spin :  ή  -/c;/  (sc.  τέχΐ'η), 
the  art  of  spinning,  Plat.  Polit.  282  A. 

Νήστιμος,  ov,  belonging  to  fasting : 
from 

Νήστις,  ιος,  ό  and  ή,  {νη-,  έσθίω) 
not  eating,  i.  e.  fasting,  of  persons,  II. 
19,  207,  Od.  18,  370,  Aesch.  Pr.  573: 
also,  c.  gen.,  v.  βοράς,  Eur.  I.  T.  973. 
Aesch.  oft.  uses  it  with  an  abstract 
subst.,  as,  V.  νόσος,  famine,  Ag.  1016  ; 
V.  αίκίαι,  ττόνος,  δύαι,  the  pains  of 
hunger.  Id.  Pr.  600,  Ag.  330,  1622; 
νήστις  οσμή,  the  bad  breath  of  one 


ΝΗΦΛ 
fasting,  A.  B. — 2.  act.  causing  hunger, 
starving,  Aesch.  Ag.  194. — Besides  the 
older  Homer,  forms  of  the  gen.  νή- 
στίος,  nom.  pi.  νήστιες,  there  are  two 
later  forms,  gen.  νήστεως,  nom.  pi. 
νήστεις,  and  gen.  ν7}στιόος,  nom.  pi. 
νήστιδες,  Lob.  Phryn.  326. — II.  ή  νή- 
στις,  ace.  to  Damm  also  ό  v.,  the  in- 
testintim  jejunum,  from  its  always  be- 
ing found  empty,  Hipp. — 2.  /)  νήστις, 
in  Emped.  28,  the  elements  of  water  and 
air,  prob.  from  a  Sicilian  goddess 
Νήστις,  cf.  Meineke  Alex.  Incert.  61. 
— 3.  a  fish  of  the  κεστρενς  kind,  Ar. 
Fr.  203,  cf.  ap.  Ath.  307  sq. 

Νηστοττοσία,  ar,  ή,  a  drinking  so- 
berly :  from 

Νηστοττοτέω,  ώ,  {νήστις,  ττίνω,  ττο- 
τός)  to  drink  soberly. 

Νησνδριον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  νήσος, 
Xan.  Hell.  6,  1,  12. 

\Νησώ,  ονς,  ή,  Neso,  a  Nereid,  Hes. 
Th.  261.  In  Lye.  1465  the  mother 
of  the  Cumaean  Sibyl. 

Νήτη,  ή,  V.  νήτος. 

ίΝήτίον,  ov,  τό,  Netium,  a  city  of 
Apulia,  Strab.  p.  282. 

Νήτιτος,  ov,  (νη-,  τίνω)  unavenged, 
Anth.  P.  append.  50,  33. 

Νήτος,  η,  ov,  contr.  for  νέατος : 
esp.  ή  νήτη  (sc.  (χορδή),  =  νεάτη, 
Arist.  Metaph.  4,  11,  4  ;  9,  7,  2. 

Νητός,  ή,  όν,  {νέω,  to  heap)  heaped, 
piled  up,  Od.  2,  338. 

Νητός,  ή,  όν,  {νέω,  to  spin)  spun, 
twisted. 

Νητρεκής,  ές,  (νη-,  τρέω)=άτρεκής, 
real,  actual,  certain.  Lye.  Adv.  -κέως, 
contr.  -κώς. 

Νήτρον,  ov,  τό,  {νέω,  to  spin)  a 
spindle. 

Νήττα,  7],  νηττάρων,  τό,  Att.  for 
νησα-. 

Νήττιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  νήττα, 
a  duckling,  Nicostr.  Antyll.  3. 

Νηττοκτόνος,  ov,  (νήττα,  κτείνω) 
the  duck-killer,  a  kind  of  eagle  :  so 
νηττοφόνος,  6,  Arist.  H.  A.  9,  32,  2. 

Νηττοφύ'/.αξ,  ακος,  6,  {νήττα,  φν• 
}.αξ)  α  duck-watcher,  [ί] 

Νήϋγμος,  οΐ',  {νη-,  άνω)  ivithout  α 
cry,  ν.  1.  for  νήϋτμος. 

Νηνν,  poet.  ace.  from  νανς,  for 
νανν.  Αρ.  Rh. 

N/;if.  ή.  Ion.  for  νανς,  Horn.,  and 
Hdt.  :  later  and  very  rarely  for  ace. 
plur.  (Never  dissyilab.  νήνς,  Jac. 
A.  P.  p.  336.) 

Νηνσί,  Ion .  dat.  pi.  from  vaif,  Horn. 

Νηνσιτϊέρητος,  ov,  v.  νανσιττέρα- 
τος. 

Νήϋτμος,  ον,{νη-,  άύτμή)brea/hless, 
Hes.  Th.  795.— II.  14-   " 
less. 


without  smell,  scent• 


Νηφαίνω,=νήφίύ,  very  dub. 

Ν7/0αλέοζ•,  a,  ov,  later  form  for  m/• 
φάλιος.     Hence 

Ν7ΐς>ύ?ι.εότ7}ς,  ητος,  η,  and  νηφΰ?.έ- 
ωσις,  ή,=νηφα/^ότης. 

Νηφΰλιενς,  ό,=ι  νηφάλιος,  Anth. 
Ρ.  9,  525,  14. 

Νηφύ/.ιενω,  to  make  a  libation  with- 
out wine:  v.  νηφάλιος  Π  :  and 

Νΐ)φ(ί?.ίζω,  to  purify  by  a  libation 
uithout  wine,  v.  sq.  II :  from 

Νηφάλιος, a, ον,3.\6θος,ον:  (νήφω): 

— sober :    and  of  drink,  withmd  wine, 

wineless,  μει?Αγματα  v.,  the  offerings 

to  the  Eumcnidas,  Aesch.  Eum.  107  ; 

composed  of  water,  milk  and  honey, 

cf.  Soph.  O.  C'.  481  ;  also  offered  to 

the  Muses  and  Nymphs,  κρατήρ  v., 

I  νηώάλιαι  θνσίαι,  cf  Wyttenb.  Plut. 

2,   132  Ε  :    i'.  βωμοί,   the  altars  o7i 

which  such  offtrings  wtre  made ;  v.  ξύλα, 

I  the   wood  therein  employed,   asp.   the 

twigs  of  the  herb  θύμος,  Schol.  Soph. 

ι  Ο.  C.  99;  οί^όξνθνμία. — II.  metaph., 

977 


ΝΙΖΩ 

sober,  discreet,  etc.,  Plut.  2,  504  Λ. — 
The  lorins  νης>αλος  and  νηφάλιμος 
are  dui).     Adv.  -ίυς.  [ΰ]     Hence 

1Κι/φά'λΙόττ/ς,  ητος,  ή,  soberness. 

Νηφύλισμός,  ον,  ό,  (νηφαλίζω)^^ 
foreg. — II.  metaph  soberness,  discre- 
tion. 

^Νηφα/.ίων,ωνος,  6,  jVepkalion,  son 
of  Minos  and  Parea,  Apollod.  2,  5,  9. 

Ντ/φαΐ'τικός,  ή,  όν,  (νήφιο)  making 
sober,  sobering.  Plat.  Phil,  til  C. 

Νί/φαντός,  7),  όν,=^νη(ρύλιος,  dub. 

Ντιψόντως,  adv.  part,  from  νήφω, 
soberly,  discreetly. 

■[Ντ/φος,  ov,  0.  Nephiis,  a  son  of 
Hercules,  Apollod.  2,  7,  8. 

iir/φησι,  poet.  dat.  pi.  part,  for  νψ 
φουσι,  Theogn.  481,  027. 

ΝΗ'Φί2,  f  ΐ'ήψω,  to  be  sober,  live  so- 
berly, esp.  to  drink  no  wine,  first  in 
Theogn.  478,  Archil.  5,  4  ;  freq.  in 
part.  νί'ιφων^νηφύ^Λος,  Theogn.  481, 
627,  Hdt.  1,  133,  Soph.  0.  C.  100, 
Plat.,  etc. — II.  metaph.,  to  be  sober, 
wary,  νάφε  και  μίμνασ'  άπισηϊν, 
Epich.  p.  87  ;  proverb.,  το  iv  ry  καρ- 
δία τοΰ  νήφοντος  επί  τής  γλώττης 
τον  μεΟνοντος,  Plut.  2,  503  F. 

Ν  7/  γΰλί'οζ• ,  α,ον,  swimming,  Xenocr. 

^ηχείον,  ου,  τό,  α  swimming -place, 
dub.  ' 

'ίϋ/χι,  adv.  {νή)=ναί^ι,  Hesych. 

Ν7/;^ΐ'Γ0ί•,  ον,  (νη-,  χεο])  like  άχύνε- 
τος,  poured  far  and  wide,  full-flowing, 
voup,  όρττηξ,  Philet.  24.  (Prob. 
formed  on  the  supposition  that  νη• 
has  an  iiitens.  force.) 

Ί\7/χω,  {.  -ξο),  {νίω)  to  siuim,  Od.  5, 
375,  etc.,  Hes.  Sc.  317  : — in  prose 
properly  ντ/χομαι,  -ξομαι,  as  dep. 
mid.,  as  first  in  Od.  7,  276  ;  14,  352, 
Hes.  Sc.  211  :  later  again  in  act., 
Pans.  10,  20,  4,  etc. 

Ί^ηφις,  ή,  {νήφ(ο)  soberness,  Polyb. 
IG,  21,  4. 

Ν;/ω,  Ion.  for  νέω,  νηέω,  vijviu,  to 
heap. 

'Νίμύν,  Ion.  gen.  plur.  from  ναϋς, 
Horn.,  and  Hes. 

Νιγ'λαρενυ,  to  pipe  or  whistle,  Eu- 
pol.  Dem.  27  :  from 

'Νίγλαρος,  ov,  ό,  a  small  fife  or  whis- 
tle, used  by  the  κελευστής  to  give  the 
time  in  rowing,  Ar.  Ach.  554 :  also 
li.•!  sound,  [a] 

■^Νίγρητες,  ων,  oi,  and  Νιγρΐται, 
the  Nigretes  or  Nigritae.  a  people  of 
Africa  on  the  Niger,  Dion.  P.  215; 
Strab.  p.  826. 

tNiypZvof,  ov,  6,  Nigrinus,  Rom. 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Luc.  Nigr. 

^Νιδύφων,  ό,  Nidaphon,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  Arr.  Ind.  18,  8. 

NrZi2.-  fut.  νίψω,  etc.,  pf  pass. 
νένιμμαι  (formed  Irom  a  pres.  νίτττω, 
which  is  rarely  used,  and  not  at  all  in 
Hom.,  e.xcept  m  compd.  ΰττονίπτο- 
μαι) : — to  wash,  Hom.,  esp.  the  hands 
and  feet,  σε  πόδας  νίψω,  Od.  19,  376, 
etc. ;  and  in  mid.,  χείρας  νίφασθαι, 
to  wash  orie's  hands,  11.  16,  230,  etc., 
Hes.  Op.  737  ;  so,  νίφασθαι  absol., 
Od.  1,  138.  etc.  :  also,  χρόα  νίζετο,  he 
was  washing  his  body,  Od.  6,  224  :  νί- 
φασθαι ύλόζ•,  to  wash  one's  self  (with 
water)  from  the  sea,  Od.  2,  261  ;  so, 
εκ  ποταμοί'  νί-φασθαι,  Od.  Ο,  224  ;  νί- 
■φασθαι  πόδα  λίμνης.  Hes.  Fr.  19,  cf 
Strab.  p.  531;  cf.  λούω: — generally 
to  purge,  cleanse,  νίφαι  καθαρμώ.  Soph.  1 
Ο.  Τ.  1228,  Eur.  I.  Τ.  1191.-11.  to  \ 
wash  off,  ιδρώτα  τινι  άπο  χρωτός.  11.  j 

10,  575;  αίμα  όπα  τίνος,  11.  Π,  830,  | 
846  ;  and  so  in  pass.,  ηίμα  νένιπται. 

11.  24,  419. — The  word  is  usu.  said  of  j 
persons  washing  part  of  the  person, 
while  λούω,  λονεσθαι  is  used  of  bath- 
ing, πλύνω  of  washing  clothes,  etc.  ;  | 

978 


ΝΙΚΑ 

but  νίζω  is  sometimes  said  of  things,  j 
as  in  11.   16,  229,  Od.  1,  112.     (The 
root  is  vi/3-,  as  appears  from  χέρ-νιβ- 
ος,  cf.  *νιφ.) 

ίΚικαγόρας,  ov  and  ο,  ό,  Nicago- 
ras,  masc.  pr.  n.,  Plut.  Cleomen.  35; 
etc. 

+Νί«αία,  ας,  η,  Nicaea, — I.  name 
of  several  cities, — 1.  in  Bithynia  on 
the  lake  Ascanius,  the  earlier  Anti- 
gonea,  having  received  its  name  from  j 
the  wife  of  Lysimachus,  (uifra  II),  } 
Plut.  Thes.  26 ;  Strab.  p.  540.— 2.  a  \ 
city  of  Locris  at  the  foot  of  Mt.  Oeta, 
near  Thermopylae,  Dem.  71,  11  ;  153, 
13. — 3.   a  city  of  Liguria,   Strab.  p. 
180.-4.   a  city  of  India  on  the  Hy- 
daspes,  Arr.  An.  4.  22.     Four  others, 
in  lllyria,  in  Boeotianear  Leuctra,  in 
the  island  Corsica,  and   in  Thrace, 
are   mentioned   in    Steph.   Byz. — II. 
fern.  pr.  n.  ;   daughter  of  Antipater,  ; 
wife  of  Lysimachus,  Strab.  p.  565.      | 

■fNi/caiVf  ror,  ov,  6,  Nicaenetus,  an 
epigrammatic  poet,  of  Abdera,  Ath. 
673  B.  ^  I 

^'ί^ίκύνδρα,  ας,  η,Ιοη.=:-ύνδρη,  Ni- 
candra,  a  priestess  at  Dodona,  Hdt.  ι 
2,  55.  I 

^^ίκανδρος,    ov,  6,  Nicander,   son 
of  Chanlaus  king  of  Sparta,  Hdt.  8,  i 
131. — 2.  a  Laconian  in  Xen.  An.  5, 

1,  15. — 3.  a  grammarian  of  Thyatira, 
Ath.  81  C,  etc. — 4.  another  of  Chal- 
ccdon.  Id.  496  D. — 5.  a  jihysician  and 
poet  of  Colophon,  who  wrote  Theria- 
ca,  Ale.xipharmaca,  and  other  works, 
Luc.  ;  etc. — Others  in  Pans. ;  etc.       | 

ΙΝίκάι^ωρ,  ορός,  ό,  Kicanor,  a  gen-  | 
eral  of  the  Chaonians,  Thuc.  2,  80. —  ! 

2.  son  of  Parmenio,  a  general  of  Al-  j 
e.xander  the  great,  Arr.  An.     Ace.  to 
Diod.  S.  19,  1 1,  also  a  brother  of  Cas- 
sander. — Others  in  Ath. ;  etc. 

Νί/ϊαίώ.  Dor.  fut.  αίνικύω,  Theocr. 
21,  32  :  but  inform  it  should  be  from 
a  pres.  *νικύζω,  and  is  therefore  doubt-  , 
ed  by  Buttm.  Ausf.  Or.  <J  92. 

'ΝϊκαΙος,  a,  ov,  (νίκ?])  beloiiging  to 
victory :  Ζενς  v-,  as  the  giver  of  vic- 
tory, Nonn. 

^Νίκαρέτη,  ης,  η,  Nicarete,  mother 
of  Euxitheus,  Dem.  1320,  3.-2.  an- 
other female,  mistress  of  Neaera,  Id. 
1351,  4.— Others  in  Ath. ;  etc. 

tNi/iiiptrof,  ov,  0,  Nicaretus,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Anth.  P.  9,  267. 

\Ί^Ικαρχίδης,  ov,  ό,  Nicarchides, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Arr.  Ind.  18,  5. 

'\Νίκαρχος,  ov,  6,  Nicarchus,  an 
Athenian,  a  sycophant,  Ar.  Ach.  908. 
— 2.  an  Arcadian  in  the  army  of  the 
ten  thousand,  Xen.  An.  2,  5,  33.-3. 
a  poet  of  the  Anthology.  [<] 

iNlκύσιπoλις,  ή,  Nicasipolis,  wife 
of  Philip,  mother  of  Thessalonice, 
Paus.  9,  7,  3. 

tNi/i«ffi— TOf,  ov,  ύ,  Nicasippus,  a 
chorus-leader,  Pind.  I.  2,  68.  [ΰ] 

tNi/caaof,  ov,  ό,  Nicasus,  a  Mega- 
rean,  father  of  Cecalus,  Thuc.  4,  119. 

ΙΝί/ίάσυλοζ-,  ου,  ό,  Nicasylus,  an 
Olympian  victor  from  Rhodes,  Paus. 
G,  14,  1. 

'Νΐκάτήρ,  ό.  Dor.  for  νικητήρ. 

^Νίκατόριον,  ov,  τό,  Nicatorium,  a 
mountain  in  Assyria  near  Arbela, 
Strab.  p.  737. 

^Ικάτωρ,  ορός,  ύ,  Dor.  for  νίκ?'/τωρ. 
+  An  appell.  of  Seleucus,  A'icatorj. — 
The  soldiers  of  the  royal  Macedonian 
body-guard  were  called  νικάτορές. 

Κικαφορία,  -φόρος,  Dor.  for  νικηφ-, 
Pind. 

Νί"/νάω,  ώ,  {.  -r/σω, — cf  νίκημι : 
{νίκη). — I.  absol.  tu  conquer,  get  the 
upper  liand,  tu  χερείηνα  νικά,  the 
worse  preiiails,  II.  1,  576,  Od.  18,  404, 


ΝΙΚΗ 

cf.  II.  2,  597,  etc. :  esp.  in  aor.,  lience, 
νικήσας,  the  conqueror,  Hoin.  ;  also  in 
pres.,  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  2,  27,  Syinp.  5,  θ  : 
νικαν  τινι,  to  win  in  the  judgment  of 
another,  Ar.  Av.  447  :  but  c.  dat.  rei, 
V.  μύχΐ),  άρματι,  νανμαχίφ,  Xen.,  etc. 
— 2.  ol'opinions,  etc.,  κακ'η  βυνλη  νί• 
κιισε,  the  evil  counsel  prevailed,  Od. 

10,  46  ;  also  freq.  in  Att.,  ίνικησεν  i] 
γνώμη,  the  opinion  prevailed,  was  car- 
ried ;  so  too,  ■}νώμ>]  νικύν,  to  prevail 
u'liu  an  opinion,  get  it  carried.  Hot. 

3,  82  ;  ή  νικώσα  }νώμτ/,  βονλή,  the 
prevailing  opinion,  vote  of  the  major- 
ity, Thuc.  2,  12 :— also  impers.,  ένί- 
κησε  (sc.  ή  γνώμτ]},  it  was  resc'ved, 
Lat.  visinn  est,  c.  inf.,  Hdt.  6,  101  ;  it 
was  generally  thought,  Thuc.  2,  54  :  cf. 
infra  sub  fin. — 3.  νικάν,  as  law-term, 
to  be  acquitted,  where  δίκην  is  usu. 
sujjplied,  Valck.  Diatr.  p.  261  :  gen- 
erally, to  ivin  in  a  suit,  gain  a  cause, 
Od.  11,  545. — II.  transit,  c.  ace.  jicrs., 
to  conquer,  vanquish,  freq.  in  Horn.,  c. 
dat.  modi,  μάχτ),  uyopy,  εγχεϊ,  ποσί, 
δόλοις,  etc.,  Horn.,  (which  dat.  is 
found  also  AVith  the  intr.  usage) ;  so 
also  in  Hes. ;  generally,  like  Lat.  vin- 
cere,  to  overpower ,  esp.  of  passions,  etc., 
which  force  men  to  act  and  think  so 
and  so,  νόον  νίκησε  νεοίη,  11.  23,  604  ; 
μη  φόβος  σε  νικάτω  φρένας,  Aesch. 
Eum.  88 ;  hence  in  pass.,  νικάσβαι, 
to  be  vanquished  by,  by  rneans  of  a  thing, 
as,  υπνω,  κέρδεσιν,  ξνμφορά  νικά- 
σβαι, Aesch.  Ag.  291,  312,  Eur.  Med. 
1195  ;  also  c.  gen.,  ίμέρον  νικώμενος, 
Aesch.  Snpp.  1005  ; — the  pers.  is  usu. 
in  gen.,  νικάσθαί  τίνος  (for  imo  τι- 
νος),  like  ήττάσθαι,  because  here  too 
is  a  notion  of  comparison ,  to  be  inferior 
to,  give  way.  yield  to.  Soph.  Ag.  1353, 
Eur.  Med._315,  Cycl.  454 ;  θύραι  νε- 
νικανται  ξείνων.  the  doors  give  way 
to  the  guests,  Pind.  N.  9,  5:— Hom. 
has  of  the  pass,  only  part.  aor.  νικη- 
θείς, absol.,  the  vanquished,  11.  23,  656, 
704. — III.  c.  ace.  cognate,  to  gam,  win, 
νίκην  νικΰν,  Od.  11,  545,  in  reference 
to  a  law-suit ;  so,  ναυμαχίαν  v.,  to 
win  a  battle,  Thuc.  7,  66,  and  Xen. : 
πάντα  ένίκα,  he  won  in  all  the  bouts, 

11.  4,  389  ;  Όλνμπιάδα  v.,  Hdt.  9,  33  ; 
more  usu.,  Όλνμπια  v.,  Thuc.  1,  126 
(but  also  Όλνμπιύσι  v.,  Stallb.  Plat. 
Apol.  36  D) ;  v.  παγκρύτιον.  Thuc. 
5,  49 :  and,  Όλ.  παΐδας  στύδιον  νι- 
κάν, to  conquer  the  boys  at  Olympia 
in  the  stadium,  Dem.  1342,  ult.  :  γνώ- 
μιμ'  v.,  to  get  one's  opinion  carried  or 
passed,  Hdt.  1,  61, — which  comes  to 
much  the  same  as  γνώμη  v.,  v.  supra 
I.  2. 

Νίκειος,  ov,  {νΐκος)  victorious,  v. 
sub  επινίκίος. 

ΝίΛ'?;,  for  ενίκη,  3  impf  of  νίκημι, 
q.  v.,  Pind. 

ΝΓΚΗ,  ης,  ή,  conquest,  Lat.  victo- 
ria, freq.  in  Hom.,  where  its  usu. 
signf.  is  victory  in  battle,  II.  3,  457, 
etc. ;  also  νίκη  μάχης.  11.  7,  26  j  8, 
171 :  c.  gen.  pers.,  v.  Μενελάον,  the 
victory  won  by  Menelaus,  II.  ;  though 
νίκη  τινός  is  also  the  victory  over  one, 
Ar.  Eq.  521  ;  νίκην  νικάν,  only  in 
Od.  11,  545,  V.  foreg.  Ill : — later,  gen- 
erally, the  upper  hand,  ascendancy,  etc., 
in  all  relations:  νίκην  διασώζεσθαι, 
to  keep  tl\p,  fruits  of  victory,  Xen.  Cyr. 

4,  2,  26,  cf  4,  1,  15. — II.  as  prop.  n. 
Nice,  the  goddess  of  victory,  daugh- 
ter of  Styx  and  Pallas,  Hes.  Th.  384. 

tNi/c^/oio;•,  ov,  η,  ]\icedium,  name 
of  a  courtesan,  Plut.  Epicur.  16. 

Νίκ/'/ε/ς,  εσσα.  εν.  Dor.  νικάεις, 
{νίκη)  conquering,  Mel.  123. 

'ΐίικημα,  ατός,  τό,  {νικάω)  the  prize 


NIKI 

fifvklori/,  victory,  Polyb.  1,87,  10,  etc. 

Νίκημι,=:νικύω-,  but  only  in  Dor. 
poets  •,  the  pres.  in  Theocr.  7,  40 ; 
viKti,  3  inipl'.  for  ένίκη,  Find.  N.  5, 
8,  Theocr.  C,  46. 

^Ί!iiκήpάToς■,  ov,  6,  Nicerattus,  an 
Athenian,  lather  of  the  general  Ni- 
cias,  Thuc.  3,  91. — 2.  grandson  of 
foreg.,  son  of  Nicias,  Xen,  Hell,  2,  3, 
39. — Others  in  Dem.  ;  etc. 

ΐϋκησις,  εως,  f/^  (riKUu)  a  conquer- 
ing, Plut.  2,  965  F. 

Νκίτ/τέβν,  verb.  adj.  from  νικάα, 
one  nui^c  conquer,  Eur.  Bacch.  953. 

^iK^T/'/ft,  ^fμ(yς,  0,  like  νικητής,  a 
conqueror.     Hence 

ΐ\ίκητήρίος,  a,  ov,  belonging  to  a 
conqueror  or  to  victory,  δόξα  v.,  the 
glory  of  victory,  Antiph.  Incert.  58  ;  v. 
ψίληιία,  a  kiss  as  the  conqxeror's  re- 
ward, Xen.  Symp.  6, 1. — II.  as  subst,, 
TO  v.,  (sc.  ύΟ/.ον),  the  prize  of  victory, 
Soph.  Fr.  482,  Plat.,  etc. :  νικητήρια 
7:a3nv,  Eur.  Ale.  1028  ;  τ-α,  v.  φέρειν, 

ίΐρΐϋβαι,  κβμίζΐσθαι,  to  win  ihepme, 
lat.  Euthyil.  305  D,  Phaedr.  245  A, 
Rep,  612  D.— 2.  τα  v.  (sc.  ιερά),  the 
fcstivRl  of  victory,  v.  έστιαν,  to  cele- 
brate this  festir.al  by  a  banquet,  Xen. 
Cyr.  8,  4,  1,  Plut.  Phoc.  20. 

^'ΐίικήτης,  ov,  tS,  Dor.  -κήτας,  Λ1- 
celrs,  niasc.  pr.  n.,  Anth.  11,  188, 

Ι^ίκητης,  ov,  a,  (νικάω)  a  conqueror. 
Hence 

Νϊκητικός,  ή,  όν,  likely  to  conquer, 
condKci.'ig  to  victory,  Xen,  Mem.  3,  4, 
11,  Polyb.  26,  2,  4 :  το  νικητικώτα- 
Τον,  the  most  likely  way  to  conquer, 
Plut.  Philop.  et  Flam.  2. 

Νικήτρια,  ας,  ή,  fern,  from  νικη- 
TJlp,  a  conqueress. 

Νΐκήτΐύβ,  Ορος,  ό,  poet,  for  νικη- 
7ήρ. 

Ήΐκηφορείύ,  ώ,  (νικηφόρος)  to  carry 
off  as  a  prize,  όύκρνα  v.,  fo  rvin  nought 
but  tears,  Enr.  Bacch.  1147. 

"Νίκηψορία,  Dor.  νικάφ-,  ας,  η,  (νι- 
κηφόρος) a  conquering,  victory,  freq.  in 
Pind.,  both  in  sing,  and  plur.,  as  P.  1, 
115,  O.  10(11),  72. 

^^ικηφόριον,  ov,  TO,  Nicephorinm, 
a  city  of  Mesopotamia  on  the  Eu- 
phrates, the  later  A£OP-07roXif,Strab. 
p.  747. — 2.  a  public  building  and  gar- 
den near  Pergamum,  Polyb.  17,  2,  2. 

'Νικηφόρος,  Dor.  νικάφ-,  ov,  (νίκη, 
φέρω)  bringing  victory,  όίκη,  Aesch. 
Cho.  148. — II.  (φέ/Μμαι)  bearing  off 
the  prize,  conquering,  victorious,  Pind., 
and  Trag. ;  v.  άγλαΐα,  the  glory  ojf 
victory,  Pind.  O.  13,  19. 

■^Νϊκιύδης,  ov,  ό,  Niciades,  an  Athe- 
nian, Thuc.  4,  118. — Others  of  this 
name  in  Dem. ;  etc. — In  form  patro- 
nym.  from 

^Νικίας,  ου,  ό,  Nicias,  son  of  Nice- 
ratus,  a  wealthy  Athenian,  a  com- 
mander in  the  Peloponnesian  war, 
Thuc.  5,  10;  Plat. ;  etc.— 2.  an  Athe- 
nian archon,  Dem.  273,  12. — 3.  bro- 
ther-in-law of  Aeschines,  Id.  433,  20. 
— 4.  son-in-law  of  Dinias,  uncle  of 
Stephanus,  Id.  949,  22;  1122,  fin.— 5. 
a  herald  of  Philip,  kept  in  custody 
for  ten  years  by  the  Athenians,  Id. 
159,  1. — 6.  a  physician  of  Miletus, 
friend  of  Theocritus,  Theocr.  11,  1.— 
Others  in  Thuc. ;  Plut. ;  etc.     Hence 

^Νϊκίειος,  ov,  of  or  relating  to  Ni- 
cias, Theocr.  28,  9  :  ειρήνη  Ν.,  Plut. 
Nic.  9. 

^Νίκίδης,  ov,  ό,  Nicides,  Atheii. 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Dem.  991,  14. 

iNlKiov,  ου,  ή,  Nicium,  fern.  pr.  n., 
Ath.  157A. 

'\Νΐκίππη,  ης,  ή,  Nicippe,  a  daugh- 
ter of  Thespius,  ApoUod.  2,  7,  8.-2. 


ΝΙΚΟ 

daughter  of  Pelops,  Id.  2,  4,  5—3,  a 
priestess  in  Thessaly,  Call.  Cer.  43. 
— Others  in  Pans. ;  etc. 

^Νικιππος,  ov,  b,  Nicippus,  an 
Athenian,  Dem.  1212,  3,-2.  a  tyrant 
in  Cos,  Ael.  V.  H.  1,  29.— Others  in 
Diog.  L. 

'\Νικοβον'};η,  ΐ]ς,  ή,  Nicobule,  fem. 
pr.  n.,  Ath.  434  C. 

Νϊκόβονλος,  ov,  (viKUcj,  βουλή) 
prevailing  in  the  council,  Ar.  Eq.  615. 

'\Νικόβον?Μς,  ov,  ό,  Nicobiilus,  an 
Athenian,  being  accused  by  Pantae- 
netus  defended  himself  by  the  ora- 
tion of  Dem.  966  sqq. 

fN^κόδάμoς,  ov,  ό,  Nicodamus,  a 
statuary  of  Maenalus,  Paus.  5,  25,  7. 
Dor,  form  of 

^Νικόδημος,  ου,  ό,  Nicodemus,  an 
Athenian,  of  the  party  of  Eubulus, 
Dem.  549,  23.— Others  in  Dion.  H. ; 
etc. 

ίΝϊκοδίκη,  ης,  ή,  Nicodice,  an  Athe- 
nian female,  Ar.  Lys.  321. 

Νϊκόδρομος,  ov,  (νικάω,  δρόμος) 
winniiig  iti  the  race,  Apollod. 

^Νίκόδρυμης,  ου,  ό,  Nicodromxis,  a 
son  of  Hercules,  Apollod.  2,  7,  8. — 2. 
an  Aeginetan,  Hdt.  6,  88. — Others  in 
Diog.  L. 

ίΝΐκόδωρος,  ου,  ό,  Nicoddrus,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Diod.  S. ;  etc. 

^Νϊκοϋόη,  τις,  ή,  Nicothoe,  name  of 
one  of  the  Harpies,  Apollod.  1,  9,  21. 
iNiκoκ?ιής,  έονς,  ό,  Nicocles,  an 
Athenian  archon,  Dem.  250, 9 ;  Diod. 
S. — 2.  a  tyrant  in  Cyprus  in  the  time 
of  Artaxerxes  Ochus,  Ael.  V.  H.  7,  2. 
— Others  in  Arr. ;  Ath. ;  etc. 

ίΝϊκοκράτης,  ονς,  ό,  Λ icocrates,  an 
Athenian  archon,  Diod.  S. — Others 
in  Ath. ;  etc. 

fNiKOKpiuv,  οντος,  6,  Nicocreon,  a 
king  of  Salamis  in  Cyprus,  Plut. 
Alex.  29. 

^Νικόλαος,  ου,  ό.  Ion.  Νικό'^.εως, 
and  Dor.  Νικόλας,  Nicdliius,  father 
of  the  Spartan  Biitis,  Hdt.  7,  134. — 
2.  son  of  Butis,  a  Spartan  ambassa- 
dor to  the  king  of  Persia.  Id.  7,  137 ; 
Thuc.  2,  67. — 3.  an  Aetolian,  a  com- 
mander of  Ptolemy's,  Polyb.  5,  61,  8. 
— 4.  of  Damascus,  a  historian,  Strab. 
p.  719.— Others  in  Plut. ;  etc. 

iNiκόλoχoς,  ov,  ό,  Nicolochus,  a 
Spartan  naval  officer,  Xen.  Hell.  5, 
1,  6. — 2.  a  Rhodian,  a  pupil  of  Ti- 
mon,  Diog.  L. 

Νίκομάχΰς,  ov,  ό,  {viKuu,  μάχη) 
conqueror  in  the  fight,  Soph.  Fr.  765. 

\Νΐκομαχίδης,  ov,  6,  Nicoynuchides, 
Atlien.  masc.  pr.  n.,  Lys.  184,  10.  In 
form  patronym.  from 

^Νικόμαχος,  ov,  ύ,  Nicomachzis,  son 
of  Machaon,  Paus.  4,  30,  .3.-2.  char- 
ioteer of  Theron,  Pind.  I.  2.  32—3. 
a  ποριστής  at  Athens.  Ar.  Ran.  1506 ; 
against  whom  one  of  the  orations  of 
Lysias  was  directed. — 4.  son  of  Dio- 
phantus,  Dem.  273,  7.— Others  in  I 
Thuc;  Xen.;  etc. 

\Νϊκομένης,  ους,  b,  Nicomenes,  an 
Athenian,  Lys.  131,  fin. 

^Νικομήδεια,  ας,  ή,  Nicomedea,  a 
city  of  Bithynia  on  the  Propontis, 
Strab.  p.  543:  oi  Νικομηδεϊς,  έων, 
the  inhab.  of  N.,  Hdn. 

^Νικομήδης,  ονς,  ό,  Nicomedes.  son 
of  Cleonibrotus  king  of  Sparta,  Thuc. 
1,  107. — 2.  father  of  Aristomenes, 
Paus.  4,  14.  8. — Also  name  of  several 
kings  of  Bithynia,  Strab.  pp.  562,  624, 
etc. — Others  in  Polyb.  ;  etc. 

'\Νΐκονίδας,  ov,  6,  Niconidas,  of 
Larissa  in  Thessaly,  Thuc.  4,  78. 

Νϊκυποιός,  ύν,  (νίκη,  ττοιέω)  bring- 
ing, causing  victory,  Euseb. 

tNi/coiToXif,  εως,  ή,  (νίκη,  ττό/ις) 


ΝΙΝΟ 

ι  ^'icopolis,  a  city  of  Acarnania,  built 
by  Augustus  as  a  memorial  of  his 
victory  at  Aclium,  Strab.  p.  324.-2. 
a  city  of  Cilicia,  Id.  p.  676.-3  in 
Aegypt  near  Alexandrea,  Id.  p.  795. 
— 4.  in  Armenia,  built  by  Pompey  in 
commemoration  of  his  victory  over 
Mithradates,  Id.  p.  555.— II.  fem.  pr 
n.,  Anth.  P.  7,  340. 

Νίκος,  ευς,  τό,  later  form  for  νίκη, 
in  Hdt.  V.  1.  for  νεικος. 

^Νίκοστρύτη,  ης,  ή,  Nicostrate, 
mother  of  Evander,  Strab.  p.  230. — 
Others  in  Ath. ;  etc. 

ίΝίκοστράτειος,  ov,  of  Nicostratus  ; 
ή  Ν.  βότρνς,  a  kind  of  Attic  wine, 
Ath.  654  A. 

^Νικοστρατίς,  ίδος,  η.,  Nicostratis, 
fem.  pr.  n.,  Ath.  586  B. 

fNικόστpaτoς,  on,  ό,  Nicostratus, 
son  of  Menelaus  and  the  female  slave 
Pieris,  Paus.  3,  18,  13  ;  or  of  Helen, 
Apollod.  3,  11,  1.-2.  an  Athenian 
general,  Thuc.  4,  53.-3.  another 
Athenian,  ό  καΐώς,  Xen.  Hell.  2,  4, 
6. — 4.  an  Athenian  archon,  Arr  ,  and 
Diod.  S.— 5.  son  of  Theosdolides,  a 
pupil  of  Socrates,  Plat.  Apol.  33  E. 
Several  of  this  name  in  Dem.  544, 
15;  1305,  4;  etc.— Others  in  Luc; 
etc. 

\ΝΐκοτΕλεια,  ας.  ή,  Nicotelea,  mo- 
ther of  Aristomenes,  Paus.  4,  14,  7. 

Νίκοτέ'λεια,  ας,  ή,  pecul.  fem.  of 
sq.,  Rhian.  7. 

Νίκοτελής,  ες,  (νίκη,  τελέω)  achiev 
iiig  victory. 

^Νικοτέλης,  ονς,  ό,  Nicoteles,  masc. 
pr.  η.,  Diod.  S. ;  etc. 

\Νϊκοφύνης,  ονς,  ό,  Nicophanes, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Dinarch. ;  etc. 

^Νΐκόφημος,  ov.  ό,  Nicophemus,  an 
Athenian  officer  under  Conon,  Xen. 
Hell.  4,  8,  7. — 2.  an  Athenian  archon, 
Dem.  1132,  27.— Others  in  Anth. 

ΝϊκοΦορέω,  ώ,=:νικηφορέω,  dub.,  v. 
Lob.  Phryn.  635. 

ΙΝίΚΟόώΐ',  (jj'TOf,  ό,  Nicophon, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Ath.  3  C  ;  etc. 

\Νΐκοχάρης,  ονς,  ό,  Nicochares,  a 
poet  who  wrote  a  Deliad,  Arist.  Poet. 
2. — 2.  a  poet  of  the  old  comedy,  Mei- 
neke  2,  p.  848. 

tNi«u,  ονς,  ή,  Nico,  fem.  pr.  n.,  in 
Ath.,  and  Anth. 

'\Νίκων,  ωνος,  6,  Nicon,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  Thuc.  7,  19 ;  Polyb.  ;  etc. 

^Νικωνία.  ας,  ή,  Niconia,  a  city  of 
Scythia  on  the  Tyras,  Strab.  p.  306. 
Νίμμα,  ατος,  τό,  (νίζω)  water  for 
washing,  Dromo  Psalt.  2,  in  plur.  : 
late  word,  as  is  ό  νιμμός,  Lob.  Phryn. 
193. 

Nil',  Dor.  and  Att.  enclit.  ace.  of 
3d  pers.  pron.,  for  αυτόν,  αντήν.  αντό, 
him.  her,  it,  but  never  used  reflective- 
ly, Pind.,  and  Trag. : — of  all  genders, 
both  sing,  and  plur.,  but  seldom  for 
αυτό,  as  Soph.  Tr.  145 ;  and  not  oft. 
in  plur.,  as  for  αυτούς,  αντάς.  Soph. 
Ο.  Τ.  868,  Ο.  C.  43  ;  for  αΰτα.  Id.  El. 
436,  624,  and  Eur. — Hom.,  and  Ion. 
writers  use  μίν  [«].  [νίν  as  dat.  is 
dub.,  V.  Buttm.  Ausf  Gr.  ί)  72  Anm. 
14,  n.) 

iNίvιoς,  ov,  of  or  belonging  to  Ni- 
nus  or  Nineveh,  Hdt.  3,  155. 

ίΝϊνος,  ου,  b, — I.  Ninus,  son  of 
Belus,  husband  of  Semiramis,  king 
of  Assyria,  founder  of  Nineveh,  Hdt. 
1,  7;  etc. — II.  ή,  Ninus  or  Nineveh, 
the  ancient  capital  of  Assyria,  at  the 
junction  of  the  Lycus  with  the  Ti- 
gris, Phocyl.  4,  2;  Hdt.  1,  193;  2, 
150.  [i  sometimes  short  as  in  Phocyl. 
1.  c] 

\ΝΙνος,  ου,  η,  Ninus,  fem.  pr.  n.,  a 
priestess,  Dem.  995,  10, 

979 


Ν1ΣΥ 

i'Sιόβη,  ης,  η,  Niobe,  daughter  of 
Tautalus  and  Dia,  wife  of  Ainphioii, 
who  being  deprived  of  her  children 
was  changed  into  a  rock,  11.  24,  002  ; 
Apollod.  3,  5,  6.-2.  daughter  of  Pho- 
roneus,  mother  of  Argus  and  Pelas- 
gus  by  Jupiter,  Plat.  Tim.  22  Β ; 
etc. 

Νΐ7Γ7;}ρ,  ήρος,  ό,  (νίπτω)  a  washing 
vessel,  basin,  N.  T. 

'Sι~τpίς,  ίόος,  ή,  a.  washerwoman: 
but  prob.  only  found  in  compd.  με- 
τανιτΐτμίς,  q.  v. 

Νίττρυΐ',  oil,  TO,  {νίζω,  νίτττω)  wa- 
ter for  washing,  Aesch.  Fr.  210;  usu. 
in  plur.,  Eur.  ίοη  1174,  Mel.  14.  The 
part  of  the  Od.  where  Ulysses  is  dis- 
covered by  his  nurse  while  washing 
him,  was  called  NircTpa;  and  Soph. 
wrote  a  play  about  Ulysses  under 
this  name. 

Nt7r-(j,  later  and  less  usu.  pres.  for 
νίζω,  Plut.  Thes.  10. — mid.  to  wash 
one's  hands,  Id.  Mar.  2(i. 

tNi'ptiif,  έως,  ό,  Nireus,  son  of  Cha- 
ropus  and  Aglaia,  from  the  island 
Syme,  the  handsomest  man  in  the 
Grecian  army  ne.\t  to  Achilles,  II.  2, 
C71  ;  hence  prov.  Νίρέω?  καλ7ύων, 
Luc.  Dial.  M.  9. 

ΙΝίσα,  and  Νίσσα,  ης,  ή,  Nisa,  a 
city  of  Boeolia  ace.  to  Hom.  II.  2, 
508  ;  ace.  to  Strab.  p.  450  not  in  Boe- 
otia  but  in  Megaris. 

tNiirata,  ας,  ή,  Nisaea,  a  city  of 
Megaris,  on  the  Saronic  gulf,  a  port 
of  Megara,  Hdt.  1,  5'J. 

iliiiaalov  πίόιον,  τό,  the  Nisaean 
plain,  in  Media,  Hdt.  7,  40 :  in  Arr. 
An.  7,  3,  6,  ΝυσαΙον. 

■\ΝίσαΙος,  OV,  Nisaean, — 1.  of  Ni- 
saea, ol  NioaloL  Mi  j^apr/tf,  Theocr. 
12,  27. — 2.  of  the  Λίεαεαη  plain,  οι 
Nicratot  ϊπποι,  Hdt.  3,  106. 

tNiaoiOf,  OV,  6,  Nisaeus,  inasc.  pr. 
n..  Andoc. ;  etc. 

+Ntai/iif,  ιος.  η,  Nisibis,  a  city  of 
Mesopotamia  on  the  Mygdonius, 
Strab.  p.  522 ;  in  p.  747  called  Άντι- 
oria  έι>  Mvj'hvia :  hence  ol  'Νισι- 
βηνοί,  the  inhab.  of  N.,  Luc.  Hist. 
Scrib.  15. 

tNiffof,  ov,  6.  Nisus,  son  of  Pan- 
dion,  king  of  Megara,  father  of  Scyl- 
la,  Find.  P.  9,  161  ;  N.  5,  84:  //  Νί• 
σου  πόλις  in  Eur.  Here.  F.  954  is 
Megara.  Also  the  hill  on  which  Me- 
gara was  built  is  called  Νϊσος  in 
Thuc.  4,  118;  which  Pmd.  styles 
τον  Νίσου  ?Μφος,  P.  9,  101. — 2.  a 
Dulichian,  Od.  18,  127. 

Ίϋίσσομαι,—νέομαι,  to  go,  go  away, 
Horn.,  Pmd.,  and  Eur.  Hel.  1482, 
Cycl.  43  (both  being  lyrical  passa- 
ges) ;  V.  έτνΐ  νι/ών,  to  go  by  sea,  Hes. 
Op,  235 ;  also,  like  εΙμι,  with  fut. 
sign!'.,  II.  13,  180;  15,  577:— besides 
the  pres.  and  impf.,  we  also  find  fut. 
νίσομαί  [l],  11.  23,  70.— The  form 
νείσσομαι,  supported  by  the  kindred 
νέομαί,  νΐίομαι,  must  not  be  hastily 
rejected,  as  it  is  found  in  Inscrr.  of 
good  character,  Bockh  Pind.  O.  3, 10 
=  17  (cf.  also  νέομαι,  fin.):  νείσομαι 
also  occurs,  but  Gramm.  agree  in 
writing  the  pres.  νίσσομαι,  fut.  νίσο- 
μαί, Eust.  II.  23,  70,  Heyne  II.  9,  381, 
cf.  E.  M.  p.  600,  J2. 

tNtaffof,  OV,  ό,  Nisstis,  masc.  pr. 
n.,-'Sίσoς,  Q.  Sm.  1,231.^ 

■fNtavptof,  a,  ov,  of  Nisyms  (1), 
Nisyriaii,  ol  N•,  Hdt.  7,  99:  and 

iiStiavpl-Lr,  ίύυς,  ή,  pecul.  fern,  to 
foreg.,  //  j\.  ττέτ-ρα,  Anth.  P.  9,  21.  [ϋ 
1.  c]  :  from 

tNtaiipof,  oil,  7/,  Nisyrus,  a  small 
island  between  Tenos  and  Cos,  one 
of  the  Sporades,  now  Nisari,  11.  2, 
980 


ΝΙΦΟ 

076 :  cf.  Strab.  p.  488.— 2.  a  city  in 
the  island  Carpathus.  Strab.  p.  489. 

i'SiT/jTir,  ιος,  ή,  Niietts,  daughter 
of  Apnes,  Hdt.  3,  1. 

tNiTio/ypiyif,  ων,  οι,  the  Nit^obri- 
ges,  a  Celtic  race  in  Aquitania,  Strab. 
p.  190. 

Nirpi'a,  ας,  ή,  a  place  where  natron 
is  got,  Strab. :  and 

ϋίτρίτης,  OV,  6,  containing,  abound- 
ing in  natron  :  esp.  ή  νιτρίτις  (sc.  yfj), 
Strab.  ;  from 

Νίτρον,  OV,  TO,  in  Hdt.  and  Att. 
λίτρον  : — natron,  a  mineral  alkali,  our 
polassa  or  soda,  or  both,  (not  our  nitre, 

I.  e.  salt|)etre),  Creuz.  Hdt.  2,  8(), 
Bockmann  Hist,  of  Invent. : — when 
mixed  with  oil,  it  was  used  as  soap, 
cf  Meineke  Com.  Fragm.  2,  p.  638. 
(From  νίζω.  νίπτω  ?) 

ΐ^ιτροποιός,  όν,  making  natron,  im- 
pregnating therewith. 

ΝίΓρόω,  ώ,  (νίτρην)  to  impregnate 
with  natron. — II.  to  cleanse  with  natron. 

Νίτρώόης,  ες,  {νίτρον,  είδος)  like 
natron,  Anst.  Ρ  rob.  23,  40,  2. 

iNiτωκpLς,  ιος,  ή,  Nitocris,  queen 
of  Nebuchadnezzar,  Hdt.  1,  185.— 2. 
an  Aegyptian  queen,  Id.  2,  100. 

'Νίφα,  T//V,  snow,  Hes.  Op.  537,  me- 
tapl.  ace.  sing,  of  νί^ύζ•,  as  if  from  a 
iiom.  *viil>,  cf  ?ύβα,  and  λίττα.  (Cf 
νίζω  :  from  the  same  root  come  νίφω, 
νιφίις,  νιφετός,  and  Lat.  nix,  nivis, 
ninguis,  ηίηβ,ο,  ninguo,  like  Tiyy0,  lin- 
go, also  prob.  νίζω,  νίψω.  νίπτω,  to 
which  others  also  add  νέφος,  etc.) 
[I  in  all  these  words,  except  νίφω.] 

^ιφαργής,  ές,  Orph.  Arg.  667  ;  and 
νίφαργος,  ov,  snow-white. 

Νϊφύζ•,  ύύος,  ή,  (νίφω)  a  snoiv-flake, 
Hom.  (only  in  11.),  usu.  in  plur.,  snow- 
Jlakes,  snow,  ωςτε  νιφύύες  χιόνος  πίπ- 
τονσι  βαμειαΐ  ημαη  χειμερίφ,  II.  12, 
278;  so  too  Hdt.  7,  111  ;  as  a  simi- 
le for  persuasive  eloquence,  έπεα 
νιφύόεσσι  έοικότα  χειμεριησιν,  II.  3, 
222,  cf.  Luc.  Dem.  Encom.  5: — the 
sing,  in  collective  sense,  a  snow-show- 
er, snow-stor7n,  νιφας  ηε  χάλαζα,  II. 
15,  170  ;  metaph.,  νιφας  πολέμου,  the 
storm  or  sleet  of  war,  Pind.  I.  4,  26 
(3,  35),  cf.^  Aesch.  Theb.  212 :  like 
δμβρος,  χύ?..αζα,  χειμών  : — generally, 
a  shower,  ττέτρων,  Aesch.  Fr.  182; 
όμβρία  v..  Lye.  876. — II.  as  adj.,  pe- 
cul. 1cm.  o{  νιφόεις,  srioivy,  snow-capt, 
πέτρα.  Soph.  O.  C.  1063. 

ΙΝίψάτζ/ζ•,  OV,  b,  Niphates,  a  leader 
of  the  Persians,  Arr.  An.  I,  12,  8. — 

II.  a  chain  of  mountains  in  Armenia, 
Strab.  p.  522. 

^Ιφετός,  OV,  ό,  (νίφω)  falling  snow, 
a  snow-storm,  II.  10,  7,  Od.  4,  566, 
Pind.  Fr.  74: — in  11.  written  propa- 
xox.  νίφετος,  but  the  Gramm.  prefer 
νιφετός,  as  in  the  Edd.  of  Hdt.  4,  50  ; 
8,  98. 

Νίφετώδης,  ες,  (νιφετός,  είδος)  like 
snow,  snowy,  Polyb.  3,  72,  3. 

Νίφοβλής,  ήτος,  ό,  ή,  (νίφα,  βάλ- 
λω) snowed  upon,  Anth.  P.  9,  501  ;  so, 
νιφόβλητος,  ov,  0pp.  C.  1,  428  j  3, 
314. 

ΐ\ιφύβο?ι,ος,  ov,  (νίφα,βάλ?ιω)  s7iow- 
beaten,  wintry,  v.  δειράσι  Τ].αρνασον, 
Eur.  Phoen.  206 ;  v.  πεδία,  Ar.  Av. 
952. 

ΝΙώόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  (νίφα)  snowy, 
snow-covered,  snow-capt,  Hom.,  and 
Hes.,  in  the  latter  always  as  epith.  of 
Olympus:  so,  v.  Airva,  Pind.  P.  1, 
30  :  ΓΙαρνασόζ•,  Soph.  O.  T.  473  :  σκό- 
I  πίλος,  Ar.  Nub.  273. 

Νΐφόκτνπος,   ov,    (νίφα,   κτνπέω) 
rattling  with  snow  or  sleet,  Castor,  ap. 
1  Ath.  455  A. 
1      'ίϋφοστίβης,  ές,  (νίφα,  στείβω)ρί^ά 


Ν0Εί2 

with  snow  ;  tnowy,  χειμών,  Soph.  Λ', 
670. 

ίϋφοφνχτ/ς,  ές,  snow-cold. 

Ntcpw,  f.  -ψω,  (νίώα)  to  snow.  tiTe 
ωρετο  Zii'f  νιφέμεν  (inf.  aor.  2  for 
νιφείν),  II.  12,  280 ;  so,  inav  νίφτ)  b 
ΰεός,  Xen.  Cyn.  8,  1  :  then  impe'rs., 
νίφει,  it  snows,  Ar.  Ach.  1141,  Vesp. 
773 ;  V.  άλφίτοις,  to  snow  with  barley- 
meal,  Nicoph.  Sir.  2;  so,  v.  χρνσώ, 
to  fall  in  a  shower  of  gold,  Pind.  I,  7 
(6),  5  :^in  Aesch.  'I'heb.  213,  we 
have  the  niid.=act.,  νιφάδος  νιφομέ- 
νας. — Π.  trans,  to  cover  with  snow ; 
whence  in  i)ass.,  to  be  snmued  on,  lldt. 
4,  31,  Xen.  Hell.  2,  4,  3  ;  cf  ί'ω.— 111. 
to  rain,  Bachm.  Lye.  876.  The  fomi 
νείφω  is  dub.  [I,  though  I  in  all  de- 
riv.  lorms.] 

*ΝΓ•^',  cf.  sub  νίφα. 

^Νιψαΐοι,  ων,  ol,  the  Nipsaei,  a 
Thracian  people  west  of  Mesembria, 
Hdt.  4,  93. 

Νίψω,  lut.,  νίφασθαι,  aor.  mid.  of 
νίζω,  Hom. 

Νόα,  for  voiv,  irreg.  ace.  of  νονς, 
only  m  late  (esp.  Eccl.)  writers,  who 
have  also  dat.  voi  and  nom.  pi.  νόες. 

tNoapof,  ov,  b,  the  Noams,  a 
branch  of  the  Ister  in  Illyria,  Strab. 
p.  314. 

Νοερός,  ά,  όν,  intellectual,  Lat.  mcn- 
talis,  Plat.  Ale.  1,  133  C  :  φρένες  νοε- 
ραί,  a  quick,  understanding  mind,  Nic.  : 
— epith.  of  Apollo,  Anth.  P.  9,  525, 
14.     Hence 

Nocpo~7/f ,  ητος,  fj,  the  being  νοερός. 

Νοερωτίΐς,  όν,=  νοερός,  very  dub. 

Νοέω,  ώ,  f.  -ησω :  Ion.  fut.  νωσω, 
aor.  ένωσα,  pf  and  plqpf  pass,  vf  ^ω- 
μαι,  ένενώμην,  Hdt.,  cl.  Bergk  Anacr. 
p. 94, —which  are  merely  contr. forms, 
like  βώσω,  etc.  from  βούω  :  (νόος). 
To  see,  with  the  eyes,  11.  3,  390 ;  10, 
550,  and  elsewh.  Ireq.  in  Horn.,  who 
usu.  has  οξν  votlv,  so  Hes.  Th.  838 , 
also  expressly,  ύφϋαλμοίς  and  tv  όφ- 
θαλμοις  νοείν,  11.  15,  422;  24,  294; 
yet  even  Hom.  distinguishes  simple 
seeing  (ιδείν)  from  νοείν,  which  im- 
plies perception  by  the  mind  as  conse- 
quejit  upon  sight,  e.  g.  τόι>  δε  ίδϊ^ν 
ένόησε,  U.  11,  599;  and  more  fieq., 
ovK  ϊδεν,  oi)(5'  ίνόησε,  Od.  13,  318,  II. 
24,  337,  etc.  :  hence, — II.  to  perceive, 
notice,  remark,  θνμω  νοεΙν,  Od.  18, 
228  :   also  C.  gen.,  to  become  aware  of, 

II.  10,  224  :  τα  ΐΌονμενα,  objects  of 
perception,  as  opp.  to  sensation.  Plat. 
Rep.  508  C,  cf.  507  Β  ;  v.  νοητός. — 

III.  to  think,  Horn.  :  oft.  c.  ace.  cog- 
nate, νόον  νοεΙν,  to  have  a  thought,  11. 
9,  104  ;  so,  πεπννμένα  v.,  έσθλύ.  v., 
etc. ;  also  absol.  to  think,  be  minded, 
11.  1,  343,  Od.  4,  148,  etc.  :  f  ;r'  αμφό- 
τερα νοεΐν,  to  look  to  both  sides,  Hdt. 
8,  22  :  part,  νοέων,  έονσα,  discreet, 
wary,  thon/ihfful,  11.  1,  577,  Od.  15, 
170,  Hes.  Op.  12 ;  in  Hom.  oft.  with 
φρεσί,  II.  15,  81  ;  f';'  φρεσί,  Od.  3,  26  ; 
μετά  φρεσί,  II.  20,  310  ;  κατά  φρένα 
και  κατά  θνμόν,  11.  20,  264,  etc. — IV. 
to  think  of,  give  heed,  have  a  care,  11.  9, 
537,  Od.  11,  02:  and  of  the  future,  to 
foresee,  Od.  20,  307. — V.  to  think  out, 
devise,  contrive,  esp.  Od.  2,  122,  382, 
etc. —  VI.  to  think  about  a  thing,  have  in 
mind,  purpose,  intend,  will,  Horn.;  v. 
κακόν  Tivi,  Hdt.  3,  81  :  oft.  c.  inf ,  to 
be  minded  to  do  a  thing,  ονκ  ένόησεν 
ίξερνσαι  δόρυ,  II.  5,  005 ;  νοέω  ψμε- 
σι  τιμί/σασόαι,  11  22,  235  ;  νοέω  Έ«- 
τορα  λνσιιι,  11.  24,  5C0:  also  once  in 
mid.,  νοήσατο  μάστιγα  έλέσθαι,  he 
thought  with  hnnsdf  to  take  the 
scourge,  II.  10,  501  ;  so,  νωσάμενος, 
Theogn.  1298  ;  and  in  pass.,  έιέιω- 
TO    στρατενειν,    he    was   minded    to 


ΝΟΘΟ 

inarch,  Hdt.  1,  77,  cf.  7,  206 ;  9,  53.— 
VII.  of  words,  to  mean,  beiir  a  certain 
sense,  τί  νοεί;  Ar.  Nub.  1186,  Plat. 
Crat.  407  Ε  ;  vonv  τί  τινι.  Ιο  mean 
so  and  so  by  a  tliing^.  Plat.  Rep.  335 
E.  (From  same  root  come  ννώναι 
γιγνώσκω,  Lat.  nosci,  novi,  iyi/οέω.) 
Hence 

Ν07;«α,  ατός,  τό,  (νοέω)  that  which 
is  perceived,  a  perception,  thought,  Horn., 
Hes.,  etc. ;  and  in  Att.  prose  :  as  an 
emblem  of  swiftness,  νέες  ώκεΐαι 
ώςει  τΓτερόν  ί/έ  νΟ!/μα,  Od.  7,  36. — II. 
purpose,  desis»,  resolve,  Od.  13,330; 
14,  273;  and' in  plur.,  11.  10.  104,  etc. 
— III.  generally,  the  gift  of  thought, 
understanding,  mind,  Od.  20,  346,   II. 

10,  218,  'I'heogn.  435;  disposition, 
Pind.  P.  6,  29. 

Νόημι,  Aeol.  for  νοέω,  Gramm. 

Ί^οήμων,  ov,  gen.  οι>ος.  (  νόημα  ) 
thinking,  thoughtful,  wise,  discreet,  Od. 
2,  282  ;  3, 133  :  also  in  one's  right  mind, 
opp.  to  τΐαραώρονέων,  Hdt.  3,  34. 

ΪΝοήμων,  όνος,  ό,  ΛΌemon,  a  Ly- 
cian,  11.  5,  670. — 2.  son  of  Phronius 
of  Ithaca,  Od.  2, 386.— Others  in  Ath.  ; 
etc. 

Νοηρός,  ά,  όν,  later  form  for  νοε- 
ρός, Aen.  Tact. 

tXo//f,  εω,  ό,  the  Noes,  a  tributary 
of  the  Ister  in  Thrace,  Hdt.  4,  49. 

Νόι/σις,  ή,  {νοέω)  a  perceiving :  per- 
ception, reflection,  reason,  thought,  Diog. 
Apollon.  Fr.  4,  and  Plat. ;  vof/σει  και 
OVK  όμμασι,  Plat.  Rep.  529  B. 

Ι^οητέον,  verb.  adj.  from  νοέω,  one 
must  understand  or  conceive,  Eur. 

Ιϋοητίκός,  ή,  όν,  (νόησις)  belonging 
to  or  quick  at  perceiving,  understanding. 
Arist.  Eth.  N.  6,  2,  6. 

Νοητός,  ή,  όν.  (  νοέω  )  perceived, 
thought  .•  intelligible  :  falling  within  the 
province  of  the  understanding,  Opp.  to 
what  is  simply  visible  {όρατόν,  αί- 
σθητόν).  Plat.  Rep.  529  β  ;  to  ασώ- 
ματος. Id.  Soph.  246  B.     Adv.  -τώς. 

^οθΰγενήΓ,  ες.  Dor.  and  poet,  for 
νοβηγενής,=:νοθογενής,  opp.  to  ιθα- 
γενής, Eur.  Ion  592,  Andr.  912;  cf. 
Lob.  Phryn.  661.  _ 

^Νόθαρχος,  ov.  ό,  Notharchus,  an 
Athenian,  umpire  in  the  contest  of 
Dera.  with  .^.phobus,  Dera.  853,  fin. 

Ί^ίοθεία,  ας,  ή,  (νοβενω)  birth  out  of 
vxdloek,  or  6i/  α  marriage  of  disparage- 
ment, Plut.  Them.  1,  Aemil.  8. 

'Nόθεtoς,  a.ov,  {νόβος)  of  or  belong- 
ing to  a  νόθος  :  Tu  νόθεια  {sc.  χρήμα- 
τα), the  inheritance  of  a  νόθος,  Lys.  ap. 
Harpocr. 

Νόθενσις,  ή,  a  making  spurious,  ad- 
ulteration ;  and 

Νοθεντης,  ov,  b,  one  who  adulterates, 
Procl. :  from 

Νοθεύω. {νόβος)1ο  adulterate, Synes. 
— II.  to  deem  spurious. 

'^'Νόθίτττζος,  ov,  o.  Notldppus,  a  tra- 
gic poet,  Ath.  344  C. 

Νοθογενής,  ές,  (νόθος,  *γένω)  born 
out  of  wedlock  :  of  spurious  origin. 

Νοθογέννητος,  ov,=fore.g. 

ΝοθοκαλΆοσννη,  ης,  ή,  {νόθος,  κάλ- 
7.or)  counterfeit  charms,  Anth.  P.  11, 
370. 

ΝΟ'ΘΟΣ,  η,  ov,  Att.  also  ος.  ov,  a 
bastard,  base-born  son,  i.  e.  one  born  of 
a  slave  or  concubine,  freq.  in  II.  (nev- 
er in  Od. );  νόθος  νίός,  Π.  2,  727, 
etc. ;  such  as  Teucer,  cf.  Soph.  Aj. 
1013  ;  opp.  to  γνήσιος,  Lat.  legitimus, 

11.  11,  102,  Hdt.  8,  103;  also,  νόθη 
κούρη,  II.  13,  173  :  at  Athens  also  ant/ 
child  born  of  a  foreign  woman,  or  where 
one  parent  is  not  a  citizen,  V'alck. 
Hipp.  962.  Herm.  Pol.  Ant.  ψ  118.— 
II.  generally,  spurious,  counterfeit,  sup- 
posititiov.3,  of  persons  and  thing-s,  as, 


NOME 

V.  ηδονη^  παιδεία.  Plat.  Rep.  587  B, 
Legg.  741  A.     Adv.  -θως. 

^Νόθων,  ωνος,  ό,  Nothon,  an  Athe- 
nian, Hdt.  6,  100. 

Noirfiov,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  νόος, 
νους.  .A.r.  Eq.  100.  [vol-;  but  in  Att. 
voioiov,  Pors.  Hec.  p.  h.,  Lob.  Phiyn. 
87.] 

Νολαί'α,  V.  sub  νεο?ι,αία. 

Νομύδείος,  ον,^νομαδικός.  [ά] 

^Νομάδες,  οί,  ν.  sub  νομάς  Ι. 

Νομάδία,  ας,  η,  (  νομας  )  α  nomad 
horde,  Arr.  Peripl.     Hence 

'Νομύδιαΐος,  a,  ov,  living  together 
like  Nomads,  Arr. 

Νομαδικός.  7J,  όν.  {νομάς)  belonging 
to  the  feeding  of  cattle  or  to  a  herdsman's 
life,  nomadic,  pastoral,  i'.  διασκευή, 
Polyb.  8,  31,  7  ;  generally.  src^ario«s, 
βίος,  Arist.  Part.  An.  4,  6,  3.  Adv. 
-κώς,  like  nomads,  Strab. 

^Νομαδικός,  ή,  όν,  Numidinn,  Polyb. 

3,  44,  3  ;  ή  Νομαδική,  Niunidia,  in  Af- 
rica on  the  coast  of  the  Mediterra- 
nean, between  Mauritania  and  Car- 
thage :  ό  Ν.  όρνις,  the  guinea  fowl, 
Luc.  de  Merc.  Cond.  17. 

ΝομάδιΤΊΐς,  ov,  ό,  fern.  -δΙτις,=^νο- 
μαδίκός.  [ί] 

Νομΰδόστοιχος,  ov, going  ina  string 
from  pasture. 

Νομάζω,  (νομός)  Nic.Th.  950,  intr.: 
=  mid.  νοαάζομαι,  to  graze,  of  catlle. 
Id.  Al.  345. 

^Νομαία,  ας,  ή,  Nomaea,  name  of  a 
shepherdess,  Theocr. 

ΝομαΙος,  a,  ον,^νομηδικός,  χίμα- 
ρος,  ap.  Suid. :  tu  νομαΐα,  mon£y paid 
for  pasturage. 

Νόμαιος.  a,  ov,  (νόμος)  customary  : 
TU  νόμαια,  like  νόμιμα,  customs,  usages, 
Lat.  instituta,  Hdt.  1,  135  ;  2,91,  etc. ; 
the  sing,  occurs  in  2,  49. 

fNouavTia,  ας,  ή,  Numantia,  a  city 
of  Hispania,  Strab.  p.  102:  hence  o'l 
Νομαντϊνοι,  the  inhab.  of  N..  lb. 

Νομαρχίας,  ov,  h,  {νομός,  ΰρχω)  the 
chief  of  an  Aegyptian  province  (νομός). 
Hdt.  2, 177:alsoamongtheScythians, 
Hdt.  4,66.     Hence 

Νομαρχία,  ας,  ή,  the  office  of  νομάρ- 
χης, Diod. 

Νόμαρχος,  ου,  6,=:  νομάρχης,  Arist. 
Oec.  2,  36. 

Νομύς.  άδος,  ό,  η,  (%Όμός)  roaming 
without  fixed  home,  like  flocks  of  cattle, 
or  with  them  :  oi  Νομάδες,  pastoral 
tribes  that  roved  about  with  their  flocks. 
Nomads  (hat.  Numidae  ^),  Hdt.  1,  15; 

4,  187;  7,  85;  v.  Σκνθαι,  Pmd.  Fr. 
72,  cf.  Aesch.  Pr.  709.— Π.  grazing. 
feeding,  ΐτΓΤΓοί,  Soph.  Tr.  271,  cf.  Eur. 
Pol.  1  :— in  Soph.  O.  T.  1350,  Dind. 
(with  Elmsl.)  now  reads  νομάδ'.—of 
Oedipus  exposed  in  the  pastures  of  Ci- 
thaeron. — III.  metaph.,  νομάδες  κρή- 
vai,  wandering  streams,  Herm.  Soph. 

0.  C.  693. 

'^Νομΰς,  ΰ,  6,^=Νονμΰς,  Plut. 

Νομέας,  ov,  ό,  later  form  for  νομενς, 
Jac.  A.  P.  p.  418. 

Νόμενμα.  ατός,  τό,  (νομενω)  that 
which  is  put  to  graze,  i.  e.  a  flock  or 
herd,  Aesch.  Ag.  1416. 

Νομενς,  έως  poet,  ήος,  δ,  (νέμω, 
νομός)  α  shepherd  or  herdsman.  Hom., 
etc.  ;  άνδρες  νομήες,  II.  17.  05. — vo- 
μενς  is  the  generic  term  for  the  spe- 
cial ones  αίττό?.ος,  βονκόλος,  ηοιμήν, 
σνίώτης. — II.  a  d-Oler  out,  distributer, 
άγαθύν.  Plat.  Legrg.  931  C  ;  cf.  Min. 
317  D,  321  B.— in.  m  Hdt.  1,  194  ;  2, 
96.  ol  νομέες^έ•)  Koi/.ia,  the  ribs  of  a 
ship,  which  are  the  basis  of  the  whole. 
— IV.  in  Hesych.  also  the  rigging, 
Lat.  numellus. 

Νοαεντής,  ov,  ό,  {νομενω)=^νομενς 

1.  Hence 


XOMI 

Νομεντικός,  ή.  όν,  belonging  to  a 
herdsman  :  ή  -κή  (sc.  τέχνίΩ  grazing. 
Plat.  Polit.  207  B,  D. 

Νομενω,  (νοβενς)  to  put  to  graze, 
drive  afield,  μήλα,  Od.  9,  336 ;  νυμόν 
κύτα  πίανα  μίβα  νομενειν,  Od.  9, 
217;  so,  άγελην  v.,  Piat.  Polit.  205 
D  : — but,  βονσι  νομούς  v.,  to  eat  down 
the  pastures  with  o.xen,  Lat.  dcpas- 
cere,  Horn.  Merc.  492  : — absol.  to  be  a 
shepherd,  tend  flocks,  Theocr.  20,  :!5. 

Νομέω,=νομενω,  very  dub.,  Lob 
Phryn.  590. 

Νομή,  ής,  ή,  (νέμω)  like  νομός,  a 
pasturage,  νομας  νέμειν.  Hilt.  1,  110; 
νομάς  νέμεσθαι,  Hdt.  1,  78;  νομήν 
7ϊ-υιεϊσθαι,=  νέμεσθαι,  Arist.  Η.  Α.  8, 
10,  1  : — νομαΐ  βοσκημάτων,  herds  out 
grazing,  Xen.  An.  3,  5,  2  ; — metaph.. 
νομίι  ττνρός,  the  spreading  of  fire, 
Polyb.  1,  48,  5  ;  also  of  a  sore,  νομήν 
ττοιεϊσθαι.  Id.  1,  81,  6;  hence,  νομαι 
ελκών  .eating  sores,  Lat.  7io/«ae.  Diosc. 
—2.  food,  fodder.  Plat.  Phaedr.  248  B, 
Legg.  679  A. — II.  division,  distribution, 
Hdt  2,  52.  Plat.  Prot.  321  C  :  esp.  of 
an  inheritance,  Dem.  948,  10  :  in  plur. 
public  donations,  Lat.  donativa. 

Νομήες,  oi,  poet.  pi.  from  νομενς, 
Hom. 

Νημήματα,  τά,^νόμιμα,  Hesych. 

^Νομήτωρ,  ορός,  ό,  the  Lat.  Numi 
tor,  Plut.  Rom.  3. 

Νομίζω,  f.  -ί'σω,  Att.  fut.  νομιώ  :  pf. 
νενομικα,  pass,  νενόμισμαι :  (νόμος). 
To  own  as  a  custom  or  usage,  to  use 
customarily,  e.  g.  v.  γ/.ώσσαν,  to  have 
a  language  in  common  use.  Hdt.  1 . 1 42 ; 
φωνήν,  2,  42  ;  οΰτε  ασττίδα  ούτε  δόμν. 
5,  97  ;  όρτήν,  ττανήγνριν,  2,  04,  etc. ; 
so  of  all  customs  and  usages,  esp. 
when  they  have  got  the  force  of  law 
by  prescription,  usu.  c.  ace.  et  inf., 
freq.  in  Hdt. :  esp.  v.  τονς  Οεονς.  to 
believe  in  the  gods  acknowledsred  by 
the  state,  conform  to  the  estalilished 
worship ;  but  v.  θεούς,  to  helin-e  in  the 
being  of  gods,  Stallb.  Plat.  Euthvphr. 
3  B.  V.  also  Blomf.  Pers.  504.'  Erf. 
Soph.  Ant.  183,  cf.  inf.  3,  and  v.  sub 
ήγέομαι  : — to  practise,  ΊτττΓοτροφίας, 
Pind.  I.  2.  55  ;  so  βίον  v.,  Aesch.  Clio. 
1003  :  to  hold  in  honour,  value,  Disscn 
Pind.  I.  4,  2 :  and  pass,  to  be  in  esteem, 
Heind.  Plat.  Gorg.  460  Β  :  νημύεται. 
It  is  the  custom,  is  customary.  Aesch. 
Eum.  32  :  tu  νομύόμενα  or  νενομισ- 
μένα,  like  νόμιμα,  customs,  usages, 
laws,  Lat.  in.'stituia,  Hdt.  1.  35  ;  5.  42, 
etc.  ;  esp.  funeral  rites.  Lat.  pista, 
Isocr.  391  .\  :  cf  νόμισμα. — 2.  to  ad/ipf, 
introduce  a  custom  or  usage.  Hdt.  1, 
173  ;  usu.  in  pf.  act..  "Ελ/.ηνες  ά~' 
Κ'ιγντττίων  ταϋτα  νενομίκασι.  have 
adopted  these  cuf?toms  from  the  Ae- 
gAplians,  Hdt.  2.  51  ;  so,  νομίΙ^ειν  τι 
■τταρά  τίνος,  like  τταραλαμ^άνειν, 
Hdt.  4,  27. — 3.  to  own,  acknniilid;ic, 
consider  as,  c.  dupl.  acc,  Aesch  Pers. 
109  ;  Tivu  θεόν  νομιζειν,  to  hohl  him 
for  a  god  :  also,  v-  tivu  θεόν  eivui, 
Valck.  Aristob.  p.  4  :  in  pass.,  70a 
θεών  νομίζεται  ;  to  what  god  is  it 
held  sacred  ?  Soph.  O.  C.  38 :  c.  inf.,  esp. 
in  Att.,  νομίζοντα  /έ^ειν.  to  speak 
what  one  means  or  thinks.  Plat.  Phaedr. 
257  D. — 4.  absol.  to  be  accustomed,  hald, 
Thuc.  2,  15. — 5.  in  pass.,  to  be  ordered 
and  governed  after  obi  laiis  a7id  customs, 
τάς  ά7.?.ας  7τό/.ιης  νομιζεσθηι,  Hdt.  1, 
170. — II.  freq.  c.  inf.,  lobe  nrcustnmed, 
wont,  used  to  do,  Hdt.  1,  131,  133.  202, 
etc.;  c.  inf  aor.  very  dub. — III.  c. 
dat.,  like  χρήσθαι,  to  be  accustomed  to 
a  thing,  νοιιιζονσιν  Αιγύπτιοι  οίδ' 
ήρωσιν  ονδέν.  are  not  used  to  demi- 
gods, i.  e.  practise  no  such  worship, 
Hdt,  2,  50 :  hence  to  make  common  use 
981 


ΝΟΜΟ 

of,  use,  φων>ι,  Hdt.  4,  117  ;  νσί,  HcU. 
4,  63;  ά}ώσι  καΙ  θυσίαις,  Thuc.  2, 
38  ;  ivatJda,  Id.  3,  82  ;  and  in  Att., 
oft.,  to  use  as  current  coin,  εν  Κυζαντί- 
οις  όπου  σιόαρέοις  (sc.  νυμίσμασι) 
νομίζυνσι,  Plat.  (Coin.)  Peisand.  3, 
ubi  V.  Meineke. 

Νομικός,  ή.  όν,  (νόμος)  of,  belonging 
to  the  laws,  Plat.  Legg,  625  A  :  rest- 
ing on  law,  conventional,  %'.  δίκαιον, 
opp.  to  φνσικόν,  Arist.  Eth.  N.  5,  7, 
1. — II.  learned  in  the  law  and  legal 
practice,  Alex.  Gal.  4,  Plat.  Minos  317 
E:  όν.,  a  lawyer,  N.  T. :  hence,  /} 
-κή  (sc.  επιστήμη),  jurisprudence. 
Adv.  -κώς,  Plut.  2,  533  B. 

Νόμιμος,  η,  ov,  {νόμος)  conformable 
to  custom,  usage  or  law,  Hdt.  2,  79  : 
hence,  customary,  prescriptive,  estab- 
lished, Eur.  Phoen.  347,  etc.  : — law- 
ful, rightful,  Pind.  Fr.  152.— 2.  of 
persons,  _7usi,/ajV.  Choeril.  3:  observ- 
ant of  law,  Antipho  117,  34 — 3.  τα 
νόμιμα,  usages,  customs,  rights,  Aesch. 
Theb.  334,  Soph.  Ant.  455,  Eur. ; 
also,  like  τα  όσια,  places  to  which  all 
may  resort,  Antipho  145,23,  sq.  : — also 
funeral  rites,  Lat.  ju.ita,  Dinarch.  106, 
9  ;  νημιαα  ττοιεϊι•,  Lat.  justa  facere. 
Wolf  Lept.  p.  323.  Adv.  -μ^ς.  Plat. 
Symp.  182  A.     Hence 

"ϋημίμότης,  ητος,  ή,  taufulness :  a 
legitimate  constitution,  lainbl. 

Νόμιος,  a,  ov,  also  ος,  ov,  {νομός, 
νομή)  belonging  to  shepherds,  νόμιος 
θεός,  the  pastoral  god,  H.  Horn.  18,  5, 
cf.  Ap.  Rh.  4,  1218,  Anth.  P.  9,  524, 
14 ;  tappell.  of  Apollo,  Call. ;  of  Mer- 
cury, Ar.  Thesin.  977t ;  v.  μέλος, 
Αρ.  Rh.  1,  577. — 11.=  νόμιμος,  very 
dub. 

Νόμΐσις,  ή,  {νομίζω)  usage,  pruscrip- 
tion,  cvstom,  7/  ύνβρωτνεία  ές  το  θείον 
V-,  old-established  notions  about  the 
Deity,  Thuc.  5,  105. 

Νόμισμα,  ατός,  τό,  (νομίζω)  any 
thing  sanctioned  by  established  usage,  a 
custom,  Aesch.  Theb.  269. — ^2.  the  cur- 
rent coin  of  a  state,  Lat.  numisma,  7iu- 
mus,  Hdt.  1,  94 ;  3,  56,  etc.  ;  νόμισμα 
ξναβολον  της  αλλα-γής  ένεκα.  Plat. 
Rep.  371  Β,  cf.  Arist.  Eth.  Ν.  5,  5, 
14. — 3.  an  established  weight  or  measure, 
full  legal  measure,  Ar.  Thesm.  348. — 
4.  atty  institution,  Aesch.  Pers.  859, 
Herm   Soph.  Ant.  296.     Hence 

Νομισματικός,  ή,  όν,  of  ΟΙ  belonging 
to  money  or  coin. 

Νομισμάτων,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from 
νόμισμα,  a  small  coin,  [u] 

Νομισμύτοπωλης,  ov,  ό.  (νόμισμα, 
ττωλέω)  a  money-changer.     Hence 

Νομισμΰτοττωλικός,  ή,όν,  belonging 
to  a  rnoney-changer's  trade  :  ή  -κή  (sc. 
τέχνη)  the  trade  itself.  Plat.  Soph. 
223  B. 

Νομιστίος,  a,  ov,  verb.  adj.  from  νο- 
μίζω, to  be  accounted,  etc..  Plat.  Rep. 
608  B. — II.  νομιστέον,  one  must  ac- 
count, etc..  Id.  Soph.  230  D. 

Νομιστενω,  =  νομίζω,  Polyb.  18, 
17,  7. 

Νομιστί,  adv.,  according  to  custom: 
by  law,  M.  Anton.  7,  31. 

^Νομίων.  όνος,  ό,  Nomion,  father  of 
Amphimachus  and  Nastes,  II.  2,  871. 

m 

Νομηαίολος,  ov,  {νομός  II,  αίόλος) 
of  varied  melody,  Teiest.  ap.  Ath.  617 
B. 

Νομογράφέω,  ώ,  to  give  written  laws, 
Diod. ;  and 

Νομογμύφία,  ας,  ij,  written  legisla- 
tion, Strab. :  from 

Νημογμύφος,  ov,  {νόμος,  γράφω) 
writing  laivs :  ό  v.,  a  lawgiver,  Plat. 
Phaedr.  278  E.  [a] 

Νοαοόείκτης,  ov,  b,  {νόμος,  δείκνν- 
982 


ΝΟΜΟ 

μι)  one  who  explains  laws,  Plut.  T. 
Gracch.  9. 

Νομοόϊύύκτης,  ov,  o,=  sq.,  Plut. 
Cat.  Maj.  20. 

Νομοόΐόάσκά'λος,  ov,  6,  (νόμος,  ύι- 
δάσκα'λος)  a  teacher  of  the  law,  iN.  T. 

Νομούιφας,  ου,  b,  a  searcher  into 
law.    [i] 

Νομοθεσία,  ας,  ή,  {νομοθέτης)  law- 
giving, legislation.  Plat.  Rep.  427  B, 
Legg.  684  E. — II.  a  cude  of  taws,  Lys. 
186,  35:  a  law,  LXX. 

Νομοθετέω,  ω,  to  be  a  νομοθέτης,  to 
make  laws,  Plat.  Rep.  534  D,  and  oft. 
in  Legg.  :  trans.,  to  ordain  by  law,  τι. 
Id.  Legg.  628  D,  Rep.  417  B.-Pass. 
of  a  stale,  to  be  furnished  with  laws,  to 
have  a  code  of  laws.  Id.  Legg.  962  E, 
701  D  ;  but  also  of  things,  to  be  or- 
dained. Id.  Symp.  182  B. — Mid.,  to  or- 
dain as  law,  Ti,  Plat.  Legg.  736  C  ; 
absol.,  to  lay  down  laws.  Id.  Rep.  398 

B.  Hence 

Νομοθέτημα,  ατός,  τό.  a  law,  ordi- 
nance. Plat.  Polit.  295  E,  Rep.  427  B, 
etc. 

Νομοθέτης,  ov,  ό,  {νόμος,  τίθημι) 
a  lawgiver,  Thuc.  8,  97,  Plat.  Rep. 
429  C,  etc. — 11.  at  Athens,  the  Nomo- 
thetae  were  a  numerous  committee  of 
the  dicasts  charged  with  the  revision 
of  the  laws,  Andoc.  11,  27,  l)em.  706, 
22,  sq. :  cf.  Herm.  Pol.  Ant.  %  131,  4. 

Νομοθετησις,  ή.  {νομοθετέω)  legis- 
lation. Plat.  Legg.  701  B. 

Νομοθετητέος,  a.  ov,  verb.  adj.  from 
νομοθετέω,  to  be  settled  by  law.  Plat. 
Rep.  459  E. — II.  νομοθετητέον,  one 
must  make  laics,  Id.  Legg.  747  D. 

Νομοθετικός,  ή,  όν,  {νομοθέτης) 
of  belonging  to,  or  fit  for  a  lawgiver  or 
legislation.  Plat.  Legg.  657  A  :  η  -κή 
(sc.  τέχνη)  legislation.  Plat.  Gorg.  464 

C,  520  B,  etc. 

Νομοθήκη,  ης,  ή,  poet,  for  νομοθε- 
σία, Timon  Fr.  35. 

Νομοΐστωρ,  ορός,  ό,  η,  learned  in 
the  laws. 

Νομομάθεια,  ας,  ή,  knowledge  of  law: 
[ίϊ]  from 

Νομομαθής,  ές,  {νόμος,  μανθάνω) 
learned  in  the  law. 

Νομόνδε,  adv.,  {νομός)  to  the  pasture, 
Horn. 

Νομοττοιέω,  ώ,  to  make  or  give  laws  : 
from 

ΝομοτΓοιός,  όν,  (νόμος  I,  ποιέω) 
making  Or  giving  laws.— II.  {νόμος  II) 
composing  7niisic,  Diog.  L.  2,  104. 

Νομός,  ού,  ά,  (νέμω)  a  pasture,  fced- 
iyig  place  for  cattle,  11.  2,  475,  etc. ;  v. 
ύλης,  a  woodland  pasture,  Od.  10,  159. 
— 2.  </ieAeron^e  of  the  pasture,  H.  Horn. 
Merc.  198:  generally, /ood,  Hes.  Op. 
524. — 3.  metaph.,  επέων  πολνς  νομός 
ένθα  και  ένθα,  a  wide  range  for  words, 
as  if,  ample  pasture  to  range  and  feed 
in,  II.  20,  249  ;  so  too,  έ~έων  νομός, 
Hes.  Op.  401 ;  but  in  H.  Hoin.  Ap.  20, 
νόμοι  ωδής  is  the  right  reading. — II. 
an  abode  allotted  or  assigned  to  one,  a 
district,  department,  circle,  province, 
Lat.  praefectura,  Pind.  O.  7,  00  :  νομόν 
έχειν.  Ιο  dwell,  Hdt  5,  102:  esp. 
used  of  the  districts  into  which  Ae- 
gypt  was  dividetl,  Wess.  Hdt.  2,  166  ; 
so  loo  of  the  provinces  or  satrapies  of 
the  Babylonian  and  Persian  kingdom, 
and  even  of  tracts  of  Scythia,  Id.  4, 
62,  66. 

No//of,  ov.  ό,  {νέμω)  strictly  any 
thing  assigned,  distributed,  apportioned, 
that  which  one  has  in  use  or  posses- 
sion :  hence, — I.  a  usage,  custom,  and 
all  that  becomes  law  thereby,  a  law,  or- 
dinance, Lat.  institutum,  first  in  Hes. 
Op.  274,  356,  Th.  66,  417  ;  and  from 
Hdt.  dovvnwds.  very  freq. :  also  α  re- 


ΝΟΟΣ 

ceived  opinion,  hence  νόμφ,  convention' 
ally,  opp.  to  φνσει,  Hdt.  4,  39,  Arist. 
Elh.  N.l,  3.2, cf.Heind.  Plat.  Phaedr. 
231  E. — At  Athens  νομοί  was  the 
name  given  esp.  to  Solon's  laws, 
those  of  Draco  being  called  θεσμοί. 
Homer's  word  for  laws  is  θέμιστες. — 
2.  χειρών  νόμος,  the  law  ofjorce,  club- 
law,  usu.  έν  χειρών  νομω,  opp.  to  iv 
δίκης  νόμω :  hence  εν  χειρών  νυμω 
διαφθείρεσθαι,  άτνολλνσθαι  or  ττί- 
■πτειν.  Ιο  die  in  thevielie,  in  thefght  or 
sciiffie,  Hdt.  8,  89,  and  very  Ireq.  in 
Polyb. :  also,  ές  χειρών  νύμον  αττικέ- 
σθαι,  to  come  to  blows,  Hdt.  9,  48. — 
11.  a  musical  strain,  Aesch.  Theb.  954, 
Plat.,  etc. ;  νόμοι  ωδής,  Η.  Hom.  Αρ. 
20 ;  νόμοι  κιθαρωδικοί,  Ar.  Ran. 
1282: — esp.  \n  a  very  ancient  kind  of 
song  or  ode,  akin  to  the  dithyramb, 
and  without  any  antistrophe,  v.  Arist. 
Piobl.  19,  15;  cf.  Plut.  2,  1133  D, 
.sq. :  it  was  sung  in  a  pecul.  manner 
to  the  lyre  or  flute  in  honor  of  some 
god,  usu.  Apollo,  Hdt.  1,  24;  cf.  όρ- 
θιος II.  2  ; — νόμοι  πολεμικοί,  war- 
songs,  Thuc.  5, 69. — III. ace.  to  Valck. 
Adon.  v.  Ιβ,^^νόμισμα,  Lat.  ninnmus, 
for  νονμμος,  in  Epich.  p.  74. 

ΝομυτρΊβής,  ές,  rubbed  on  laws,  i.  e. 
practised  in  them. 

Νομοφϋλύκειον,  ov,  τό,  the  meeting- 
place  of  the  νομοφύ'λακες. 

Νομοφϋλΰκέω, ώ,  tobe  a  νομοφύλαξ, 
Liban. 

Νομοφνλάκία,  ας,  ή,  the  office  of  vo- 
μοφνΑαξ.  Plat.  Legg.  901  A. 

Νομοφϋλύκιον,  ov,  τό,^νομοφνλα- 
κείον. 

Νομοφνλάκίς,  ίδοτ,  fern,  from  sq., 
Philo. 

Νομοφύλαξ,  ακος,  b,  (νόμος,  φύλαξ) 
a  guardian  of  the  laws  :  in  the  old  re- 
publics an  ofiicer  appointed  to  watch 
over  the  laws  and  their  observance. 
Plat.  Legg.  755  A,  770  C,  etc. ;  pro- 
per to  aristocracies,  ace.  to  Arist. 
Pol.  6,  8.  24  : — on  those  at  Athens,  v. 
Herm.  Pol.  Ant.  'ξ»  129,  15.  [ν] 

Νομώδης,  ες,  {νομή  II,  είδος)  like 
an  eating  sore,  Galen. 

Νομωδός,  ov,  ό,  {νόμος,  ωδή)  one 
who  chaunts  ΟΤ proclaims  the  law,  Strab. 
p.  539. 

Νομώνης,  ov,  ό,  (νομός,  ΰνέομαι) 
one  who  rents  a  pasture,  Iliscr.  ap. 
Bockh  P.  E.  2,  p.  11. 

tNorrof,  ου,  ά,  A'onnus.  a  late  epic 
poet  of  Panopolis,  Anth.  P.  9,  198. 

Νοοβλάβής,  ές,  {νύος, βλάπτω)  hurt 
in  mind,  deranged,  Nonn. 

Νοόπλαγκτος,  ov,  {νύος.πλύζω)αηι\ 
νοοπλάνής,  ές,  (πλανάομαι)  wander- 
ing in  mind,  deranged,  both  in  Konn. 
— II.  act.  from  πλανάω,  confounding 
the  mind.  Id. 

Νοόπληκτος,  ov,  (νόος,  π'/.ήσσω) 
striking,  distracting  the  mind,  μέθ?/, 
Anth.  P.  6,  71. 

Νοοπ?.ήξ,  ήγος,  ό,  )7,=foreg.,  Try- 
phiod.  275. 

ΝΟΌΣ,  ov,  b,  Alt.  contr.  νονς, 
gen.  νού :  in  Hom.  the  contr.  form 
only  once,  and  that  in  nom.,  Od.  10, 
240 ;  in  Hes.  only  in  Fr.  48,  2  ;  in 
Hdt.  never  : — very  late,  esp.  in  N.  T., 
and  Eccl.  are  found  some  cases  in  the 
third  decl.,  as  gen.  νοός,  dat.  vol,  ace. 
νόα,  nom.  pi.  νόες.  Lob.  Phryn.  453  ; 
the  plur.  vol,  ace.  7>οΐ>ς,  is  only  in 
Alt.,  and  very  rare.  Mmd ;  hence, — 
I.  turn  of  mind,  disposition,  mood,  in 
moral  relation,  oft.  in  Hom. :  and  so 
the  spirit,  heart,  soul.  e.  g.  χαίρε  νόω, 
Od.  8,  78  ;  κενθε  νόφ,  II.  1,  363  ;  χό 
λος  νόον  οίδάνει.  .11.  9,  554  ;  so,  νοος 
ίμπεδος,  άκή'λητος,  απηνής.  Hom. ; 
ανθρώπων  νόος,  man's  mood  or  tem.• 


ΝΟΣΗ 

per.  Od.  1,  3 ;  e/c  τταντος  νόον,  with 
all  his  heart  and  soul,  Hdt.  8,  97  :  τώ 
νώ  κά^τό  ■)  λώσσι/ς,  in  heart  as  well  as 
tongue,  Soph.  O,  C.  936. — 11.  the  un- 
derstanding and  reason,  judgment,  dis- 
cretion, sense,  mind,  oft.  in  Hoin.  :  νόφ, 
setisiblt/,  prudentli/,  Od.  6,  320  :  τταρέκ 
νόον.  wit/inut  sense,  11.  20,  133.  power 
of  thought,  strength  of  mind,  Valck. 
Phoen.  1427. — 111.  thought,  opinion, 
view,  purpose,  resolve,  of  both  gods  and 
men,  i'req.  in  Horn.,  and  Hdt. ;  νόον 
νοείν,  11.  9,  104;  νόον  βον/.ενειν,  Od. 
5,  23;  κατά  νυον  τινός,  according  to 
any  one's  rtiind  or  wishes,  also  κατά 
νόον  ττοιείν  τινι,  to  do  to  hnn  as  he 
is  minded,  nuaL  κατά  νόον  ττοιείν, 
etc.,  freq  in  Hdt. :  but,  έττΐ  νόον  ττοί- 
ΐΐν  τινι,  foil,  by  ace.  or  inf.,  to  put  a 
thing  into  his  mind,  fill  him  with  a 
thought  or  purpose,  Hdt.  1,  27  ;  so, 
έττϊ  νυον  τρέπειν  τινι,  c.  inf.,  Hdt.  3, 
21  :  but  again,  έν  νόφ  ίχειν,  c.  ace. 
or  inf.,  to  have  a  thing  in  one's  ?nind 
or  thoughts,  purpose,  intend,  oft.  in 
Hdt.  ;  so,  νώ  ίχειν,  to  bear  in  mind, 
remember.  Plat. — Horn,  joins  with  it, 
as  equiv.,  βου/.ή,  μΐ/τις,  θυμός:  he 
places  it  εν  στήθεσσι,  11.  3,  63,  μετά 
φρεσέ,  II.  18,  419,  ένι  θυμώ,  Od.  14. 
490. — IV.  the  se7ise,  meaning,  notion  of 
a  word,  sentence,  speech,  etc.,  post- 
Hoin.  :  νόης  ρήματος,  Hdt.  7,  162  ; 
most  freq.  in  Granim. — V.  Anasago- 
ras  first  gave  the  name  of  νους  to  the 
intelligent  principle,  which  acted  on 
and  retrulated  brute  matter,  Ritter 
Hist.  Phil.  1,  289,  Engl.  Tr.  (Cf. 
νοέω  sub  fin.) 

Νοοσόΰ'/.ής,  ες,  {νόος,  σφά?.λ<ο)=^ 
νοο~7-αιής,  Ν'οηη. 

Νοόω,  ώ,  (νόος)  to  make  intelligible. 

Νορνη,  ης,  ή,  said  to  be  a  kind  of 
pulse  (6σ~ριον),  Theophr. 

Ί^οσύζω,  {νόσος)  to  viake  sick: — 
pass,  νοσάζομαι,  to  fall  sick,  be  ill,  opp. 
to  ύγιάζομαι,  Arist.  Phys.  A  use.  5, 
5,5. 

"ϋοσΰκερός,  ά,  άν,  {νόσος)  sickly, 
weakly,  Arist.  Pol.  3,  6, 10,  Part.  An. 
3,  7.  15. 

Νόσαι/σ£{• ,  η,  (as  if  from  νοσαίνω)  a 
falling  sick,  opp.  to  νγίανσις,  Arist. 
Phys.  Ausc.  5,  5,  3. 

Νοσερός,  ύ,  όν,=νοσηρός,  Eur. 
Hipp.  131,  180.     Adv.  -ρώς. 

Νόσενμα,  ατός,  τό,  asickness,  Hipp. : 

Noσεvω,=sq.,  Hipp. 

Νοσέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω :  never,  even  in 
Ion.,  νουσέω :  (νόσος).  To  be  sick,  ill, 
to  ail,  whether  in  body  or  mind,  νού- 
σον  νοσείν,  Hdt.  3,  33,  and  Trag.,  cf. 
Lob.  Paral.  510;  (so,  νόσον  μαίνε- 
σθαι,  Aesch.  Pr.  977  ;  νόσον  ίλγεϊν. 
Soph.  Phil.  1326);  esp.  of  vices-  and 
passions,  v.  μάτην,  to  be  mad,  Soph. 
Aj.  635 ;  θολερώ  χειμώνι  νοσήσας, 
lb.  207 ;  and,  simply,  νοσεΙν,  Id.  Tr. 
435;  also,  φρένες  νοσοϋσι,  Ciatin. 
Incert.  1. — 2.  generally,  to  be  distress- 
ed, suffer,  be  ill  at  ease,  esp.  from  fac- 
tion and  the  like,  ή  Μί/ητος  νοσή- 
σασα  στάσι,  Hdt.  5,  28  ;  7ΓΟ?Λς  νοσεί. 
Soph.  Ant.  1015  ;  νοσονσι  και  στασι- 
άζονσι.  Dem.  22,  7,  cf.  123,  fin.  ;  άττό- 
λω?.εν  και  νενόσηκεν  ή  Ελλάς,  Id. 
121,  7.  _ 

Νοση?.εία,  ας,  ή,  (νοσηλεύω)  care 
of  the  sick,  nursing,  Plut.  Lyc.  10. — 11. 
(from  mid.)  sickness  which  needs  tend- 
ing. Id.  2,  no  D,  788  F.— III.  matter 
discharged  from  a  running  sore,  Soph. 
Phil.  39. 

Νοσ/)λεία,  τά,^νοσή?.ια. 

Νοσ^/λη'ω,  to  tend  a  sick  person, 
τινά,  Isocr.  389  D : — pass,  to  have 
one's  self  nursed,  to  need  medical  attend- 
ance, App. — II.  to  make  sick,  Anasil. 


ΝΟΣΟ 

Mag.  1 : — pass,  to  be  sick,—a  signf. 
which  the  act.  also  has  in  Hipp,  de 
Superfoet.  6.  (The  radical  adj.  vo- 
ση/ός  is  dub.) 

'SoaijAia  (sc.  σιτίά),  τύ,  food  for 
sick  persons,  Opp.  H.  1,  301. 

N(ia?/,uu,  ατός,  τό,  (νοσέω)  a  sick- 
7iess, disease,  plague,  like  νόσος,  Trag., 
Thuc.  2,  49,  etc. :  also  of  passion  and 
the  like,  Aesch.  Pr.  225,  685,  etc. ;  of 
madness.  Soph.  Aj.  338  ;  of  disorder 
in  a  state,  Thuc.  2, 53,  cf.  Plat.  Legg. 
906  C.     Hence 

Νοσημάτικός,  ή,  όν,  sickly,  Arist. 
Magn.  Mor.  2,  6,  23. 

^οσημύτίον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  νό- 
σημα, Ar.  Fr.  64.  [ώ] 

ΐ\οσ}ΐμΰτώδης,  ες.^=νοσώδης,  Arist. 
Eth.  Ν.  7,  5,  3.     Adv.  -όως,  lb.  4. 

Νοσηρός,  ύ,  όν,  (νοσέω)  unhealthy, 
unwholesome,  of  places,  Xen.  Cyr.  1, 
6,  16. 

Νοσηφόρος,  ov,   poet,  for  νοσοφό- 

Κοσίζω,  (νόσος)  to  make  sick,  Arist. 
Probl.  1 ,  3,  2. 

Νοσογνωμονικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to 
or  skilled  in  ptdging  of  diseases  by  their 
symptoms  :  ή  -κή  (sc.  τέχνί)),  the  phy- 
sician's art,  our  diagnostic,  Plat.  ap. 
Diog.  L. :  from 

Νοσογνώμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  (νόσος, 
γνώμη,  γνώναι)  discovering  diseases  by 
their  symptoms. 

Νοσοεργός,  όν,  (νόσος,  *έργω)  caus- 
ing sickness.  Poet,  de  herb.  39. 

Νοσόβνμος,  ov,  (νοσέο,  θυμός)  sick 
at  heart,  Manetho. 

Ί\οσοκομε[ον,  ov,  τό,  an  infirmary, 
hospital :  from 

Νοσοκομέω,  ώ,  to  be  a  νοσοκό- 
μος, to  take  care  of  the  sick,  Dlog.  L. 
Hence 

Νοσοκόμησις,  ή,  and  νοσοκομία,  ή, 
care  of  the  sick. 

Νοσοκόμος,  ov,  (νόσος,  κομέω)  tak- 
ing care  of  the  sick. 

ΝοσοτΓοιέω,  ώ,  to  cause  sicktiess, 
Arist.  Probl.  1,  52,  2.-2.  v.  τινά,  to 
infect  one  with  a  disease,  to  make  sick, 
Cebes :  from 

Νοσοποιός,  όν,  (νόσος,  ττοιέω)  mak- 
ing sick :  metaph.  causing  disturban- 
ces, Dion.  H.  8,  90. 

ΝΟ'ΣΟΣ,  ov,  ή,  Ion.  νονσος,  sick- 
ness, disease,  Hom.  (who,  like  Hes. 
and  Hdt.,  always  uses  the  Ion.  form), 
etc. : — Hom.  always  represents  νόσος 
as  the  visitation  of  an  angry  deity, 
opp.  to  the  quick  and  easy  death  sent 
by  Apollo  and  Diana,  as  well  as  to 
a  violent  death  :  ace.  to  Hes.  Op.  92, 
102,  disease  was  one  of  Pandora's 
gifts  to  men  : — ες  v.  ττίπτειν,  Aesch. 
Pr.  474,  έμπίπτειν,  Antipho  113,  31  ; 
έκ  της  νονσου  ανέστη,  Hdt.  1,  22:— 
cf.  νοσέω.  —  Π.  generally,  distress, 
misery,  suffering,  sorrow,  evil,  Hes.  Th. 
537,  799. — 2.  disease  of  mind,  esp. 
caused  by  madness,  passion,  vice, 
etc.,  Trag. ;  v.  φρενών,  Aesch.  Pers. 
750  ;  θεία  v.,  i.  e.  madness.  Soph.  Aj. 
186  ;  μανιάσιν  v.,  lb.  59  ;  v.  λυσσώδη, 
lb.  452  ;  —  of  love.  Id.  Tr.  445,  491, 
and  Eur. — 3.  of  states,  disordtr,  sedi- 
tion, cf.  νοσέω  fin.  —  4.  α  plague,  a 
mischief,  e.  g.  a  whirlwind  is  θεία 
νόσος,  Soph.  Ant.  421  ;  and  any 
change  from  good  to  bad,  esp.  a 
violent  one :  or  the  cause  of  such 
change  or  commotion,  as  the  trident 
of  Neptune  in  Aesch.  Pr.  924.  (Perh. 
akin  to  Sanscr.  root  ηας:,  to  perish, 
Lat.  nec-o,  noc-eo.) 

Νοσοτροόία,  ας,  ή,  (νόσος,  τρέφω) 
care  of  the  sick,  diet  in  sickness,  r. 
σώματος,  care  of  the  body  when  ail- 
ing, Plat.  Rep.  407  B,  496  C. 


ΝΟΣΦ 

Νοσοτνφέω,  ώ.  (νόσος,  τϋφος)  to  be 
ostentatious  in  sickness,  Julian. 

Νοσοφόρος,  ov.  Ion.  νονσ-,  (νόσος, 
φέρω)  causing  sickness,  Anth.  P.  6,  27. 

Νόσσαξ.  ακος.  ό,  (νοσσός)  a  chick, 
cockrel,  Diosc.   [άκος .'] 

Νοσσάς,  άόος,  ή,  (νοσσύς)  όρνις,  α 
fowl,  Pariyas.  ap.  Ath.  172  D. 

Νοσσευω,  contr.  for  νεοσσενω,  to 
hatch,  Hdt.  1,  159. 

Νοσσία,  ας,  ή,  contr.  for  νεοσσία  : 
also  νοσσιά  for  νεοσσιά. 

Νοσσίον,  ov,  τό,  contr.  for  νεοσ- 
σών. 

Νοσσίς,  ίδος,  ή,  dim.  from  νοσσός, 
contr.  for  νεοσσίς,  a  little  bird :  me- 
taph., V.  Τίαφίης,  a  girl,  Anth.  P.  9, 
567. 

tNoaaif,  ίδος,  η,  Nossis,  a  poetess 
of  the  Anthology. 

Νοσσοειδής,  ές,  {νοσσός,  είδος)  like 
a  bird  or  fowl. 

Νοσσοποιέω,  contr.  for  νεοσσό• 
ττοιέω,  LXX. 

Νοσσός,  contr.  for  νεοσσ-,  Aesch. 
Fr.  103,  v.  Lob.  Phrjn.  206. 

Νοσσοτροφέω,  contr.  for  νεοσσό• 
τροφέω,  Anth.  P.  9,  346. 

Νοσ-αλτέω,  ώ,  (νόστος,  άλγέω)  to 
be  home-sick,  to  pine  for  one's  home. 

Νοστέω,  ώ,  f.  -7/σω,  (νόστος)  to  go 
or  come  home,  return,  come  or  go  back, 
esp.  to  one's  home  or  country,  in 
Hom.  usu.  with  ές  ττατρίδα  -^αϊαν  ; 
also,  V.  οΊκαδε.  οΐκόνδε,  ονδε  δομονδε, 
etc. ;  ό-ίσω  νοστεΐν,  Hdt.  3,  26.  —  2. 
to  return  safe,  to  escape,  II.  10,  247,  cf 
11.  2,  253,  Soph.  O.  C.  1386,  etc.  — 3. 
to  go,  co7ne,  travel,  like  έρχοααι,  Herm. 
Soph.  Phil.  43.  —  The  mid.  is  only- 
used  by  Q.  Sm.  —  II.  ένόστησε  τό 
ύδωρ,  the  water  became  fresh  and 
drmkable.  Pans.  7,  2,  11,  cf.  sq.  II. 

ΝόστΙμος.  ov,  {νόστος)  belonging  to 
a  return,  hence  v.  ημαρ,  the  day  of 
return,  which  is  the  common  use  in 
Od.  (in  II.  the  adj.  is  not  found) — i.  e. 
the  return  or  journey  back  itself,  Od.  1, 
168  ;  8.466,  etc. ;  cf.  έλίύβερον  ημαρ. 
— 2.  returning,  also  tliat  will  or  may 
yet  return,  and  so  still  alive,  safe,  Lat. 
salvus,  Od.  4,  806  ;  19,  85  ;  20," 333,  cf. 
Aesch.  Ag.  618 :  v.  κινείν  ττόδα,  Eur. 
Hec.  939,  cf.  Ale.  1153.— II.  of  plants 
and  fruit,  thriving,  ripe.  Call.  Cer.  135, 
Theophr.,  Plut.  2,  684  D ;  hence, 
pleasing,  agreeable,  Luc.  Merc.  Cond. 
39.  Luct.  19  ;  —  in  modern  Gr.,  well• 
tasted,  cf.  foreg.  II.,  νόστος  II. 

Νόστος,  ov,  ό,  a  return,  usu.  home 
or  homeward,  Hom.  (esp.  in  Od.), 
mostly  indeed  c.  gen.  pers.,  '.Κχαιών 
v.,  Od.  1,  326,  etc. ;  also  c.  gen.  loci, 
νόστος  γαίης  Φαιήκων,  return  to  the 
land  of  the  Phaeacians,  Od.  5,  344, 
cf.  23,  68,  Seidl.  Eur.  El.  161,  v.  οδός 
II.  2,  κέ/.ενβος ;  elsewh.  v.  έττι  τόττον, 
as  II.  10,  509,  Od.  3,  142  ;  later  v.  εις.... 
Soph.  O.  C.  1408  : — generally,  travel, 
journey,  Dissen  Pind.  N.  3,  24 :  v. 
φορβής,  a  journey  after,  in  search  of 
food.  Soph.  Phil.  43,  ubi  cf  Herm". ; 
and  V.  supr. — 2.  Νόστοι  was  the 
common  title  of  several  old  Epic 
poems  on  the  homeward  journeys  of 
the  Greeks  in  the  time  between  the 
taking  of  Troy  and  the  opening  of 
the  Odyssey,  which  was  the  νόστος 
of  Ulysses,  cf  Miiller  Lit.  of  Greece 
1,  p.  69.- — II.  sweetness,  pleasantness, 
Hesych.,  Suid.,  etc. ;  cf  νόστιμοςίϊ., 
νοστέω  II.     (Akin  to  νέομαι.) 

Νοστόω,  ώ,  to  make  pleasant  to  the 
taste. 

Νόσφΐ,  before  a  vowel   or  metri 

grat.  νόσφΐν,  though  ί  may  also  be 

elided,  as  II.  20,   7 : — I.   as  adv.   of 

place,  usu.  answering  to  Lat.  seorsum, 

983 


NOTH 

afar,  aloof,  apart,  away,  Hom. :  hence 
also  as!(/e.  secretly,  dandeslinely,  II.  17, 
408;  24,583;  v.  Ιδών,  Od.  17,301; 
νόσφιν  ΰττό,  c.  gen.,  aloof  from,  II.  '5, 
322  ;  15,  244,  Hes.  Th.  57  ;  also  ΰπό- 
νοσφι  (q.  V.) ;  νόσφιν  άτερ.  c.  gen., 
Hes.  Sc.  15 ;  νόσφιν  /'/...,  like  ττ2.ί/ν 
«...,  besides,  except,  Theocr.  25,  197. — 
II.  as  prep., /nr  from,  aloof  or  away 
from,  usu.  of  place,  freq.  in  Horn., 
and  Hes. — 2.  alone,  without,  forsaken 
or  wiaided  by,  Horn.,  mostly  of  per- 
sons :  also,  νόσφιν  ΰτερ  τε  πόνων 
και  οίζνος,  Hes.  Op.  91,  113,  for 
which  Bruiick  proposed  άτεμθε. — 3. 
of  mind  or  disposition,  νόσώιν  \\χαί- 
ών  βον?.ενειι•,  apart  from  the  Achai- 
ans,  i.  e.  of  a  different  way  of  thinking 
from  them,  11.  2,  347 :  so  too,  v.  Δ?;- 
μητρός,  Lat.  clam  Cerere,  without  her 
knowledge  and  consent,  H.  Hom.  Cer. 
4  ;  νόσφιν  ίμηο,  lb.  72  ;  νόσφιν  ήγη- 
τών,  Aesch.  Supp.  239.  —  4.  beside, 
except,  νόσφι  ΙΙοσειδύωνος,  Od.  1,  20, 
νόσφ'  'ί2κεανυΙο,  II.  20,  7 ;  so  too 
Hes.  Th.  870.  Cf.  χωρίς.  (The  root 
is  quite  uncertain.) 

Νοσφίδιος,  a,  ov,  {νόσφι)  taken 
away,  stolen,  [t] 

ΝυσφΙόόν,  adv.  from  sq.,  by  stealth, 
Lat.  furlim. 

Νοσφίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (νόσφι)  to  deprive ; 
C.  dupl.  ace,  V.  τινά  τι,  to  rob  one  of 
a  thing.  Find.  N.  6,  106;  also  τινά 
τίνος,  Aesch.  Cho.  620,  Eur.  Ale.  44, 
Supp.  539:  esp.,  v.  rivu  βίου,  to  rob 
him  of  life,  Soph.  Phil.  1427 ;— hence, 
absol..  V.  τινά,  to  kill  him,  Aesch. 
Cho.  436,  438,  Eum.  211.— II.  used 
by  Hom.  only  in  mid.  νοσφίζομαι,  f. 
•ίσομαι, — 1.  to  remove  one's  self  with- 
draw, retire,  step  aside,  c.  gen.,  Od.  11, 
73,  425  ;  τίφβ'  οντω  πατρός  νοσφί- 
ζεαι ;  why  part  thee  from  thy  father  ί 
Od.  23,  98 :  and  in  act.  signf.  to  leave, 
forsake,  c.  acc.  τταΐδα  νυσφισσαμένη, 
bd.  4,  263 ;  so,  prob.,  in  Soph.  O.  T. 
691 ;  elsewh.  in  Hom.  only  of  place, 
όρεα,  δώμα  v.,  Od.  19,  339,  579  ;  άγο• 
ρήν,  Η.  Cer.  92 ;  so  in  aor.  pass., 
ύρκον  ένοσφίσβης.  Archil.  81  Bergk. 
— 2.  metaph.  of  the  mind,  to  turn 
away,  become  estranged,  from  hatred, 
contempt,  etc.,  νοσφιζοίμεθα  μάΆλον, 
we  should  become  still  more  estranged, 
II.  2,  81  ;  24,  222 :  in  this  signf  also 
besides  pres.,  Hom.  esp.  uses  aor. 
ένοσφΐσάμην,  more  rarely  the  pass. 
form  νυσφισθείς,  Od.  11,  73,  H.  Cer. 
92. — 3.  in  prose,  to  appropriate,  νοσφί- 
οασθαι  όπόσα  άν  βου?.ώμεΟα,  Xen. 
Cyr.  4,  2,  42 :  cf.  Polyb.  10,  IG,  6. 

Νόσφιν,  V.  νόσφι. 

'ϋοσφισμός,  ov.  ό,  an  appropriating, 
stealing,  Polyb.  32,  21,  8:  peculation, 
Plut.  2,  843  F. 

'Νοσώδης,  ες,  (νόσος,  είδος)  sickly, 
ορρ.  to  υγιεινός,  v.  σώμα,  βίος,  etc., 
Plat.  Rep.  556  Ε.  Legg.  734  D  ;  θέρος 
V.  πυρετοΐς,  Arist.  Probl.  1,  8,  1 : — 
generally,  diseased,  corrupt,  Plat.  Rep. 
408  B,  etc. — II.  act.  unwholesome,  pes- 
tilential, like  νοσ?ΐρός.  Plat.  Rep.  406 
A.    Adv.  -δώς. 

Νοτύπηλιώτης,  ov,  ό,  (νότος,  άττη- 
λιώτης)  the  south-east  wind,  Procl. 
Hence 

'ΝοτΰτΓ7]λιωτικός,  ή,  ύν,  south-east- 
erly, Procl. 

^*οτερός,  ύ,  όν,  (νότος)  wet,  damp, 
moist,  δρόσος,  Simon.  51  ;  βλέφαρα, 
ύδωρ,  Eur.  Ale.  598,  Ion  149  ;  χειμων 
V;  a  storm  of  rain,  Thuc.  3,  21  :  τόν., 
moisture.  Plat.  Tim.  60  C. 

Νοτέω,  ώ.  f.  -ησω.  (νότος)  to  be  wet 
or  damp,  drip,  Nic.  Al.  24,  494. 

'Sorrjpor,  ά.  ον,=  νοτερός,  cf.  νοσε- 
ρός  and  νοσηρός. 
984 


ΝΟΤΘ 

Νοτία,  ας,  ή,  wet,  damp,  moisture, 
νοτίαι  είαριναί,  spring  rains,  \\.  8, 
307 ;  strictly  fem.  from  νότιος.  Hence 

ΝϋΤίύω,  ώ,  —  νοτέω,  Arist.  Probl. 
21,  12,  1. 

tNorteif.  έων,  ol,  the  inhab.  of  No- 
tium,  Arist.  Pol.  5,  2,  12. 

Νθ7ίςω,  f.  -ίσω,  {νότιος)  to  moisten, 
wet,  Aesch.  Fr.  38: — in  pass.,  ίο  oe 
wet.  Plat.  Tim.  74  C,  Mel.  4.  —  II. 
(νότος)  intr.,  to  be  southern,  θέρος  I'O- 
τίζον,  summer  with  a  rainy  south  wind, 
Arist.  Probl.  26,  10,  2. 

f'N()Tiov,  OV,  TO.  Notium,  an  Aeo- 
lian city  on  the  coast  of  Ionia  near 
Colophon,  of  which  city  it  was  sub- 
sequently the  port,  Hdt.  1,  149,  Thuc. 

3,  34. 

Νότιος,  a,  ov,  Att.  freq.  ος,  ov : 
(νότος) : — wet,  damp,  rainy,  v.  ίδρώς, 
damp  sweat,  II.  11,  811  ;  23,  715;  v. 
θέρος,  Pind.  Fr.  74,  11  ;  v.  παγαί, 
Aesch.  Pr.  401 :  υψοϋ  δ'  εν  νοτίω 
ττ/νγ'  ωρμισαν  (νανν),  ί.  e.  εν  ΰγρω, 
in  the  open  sea,  ορρ.  to  the  beucli.  Oil. 

4,  785;  8,  55.— II.  southern,  Hdt.  3, 
17. 

Νοτίς,  ίδος,  η,  moisture,  damp,  wet, 
Eur.  Hec.  1259,  Phoen.  646,  etc.. 
Plat.  Tun.  60  D,  etc.  (Cf.  sub 
νότος.) 

Νοτισμός,  ov,  ό,  a  wetting. 

Νοτιώδτ/ς,  ες,  {νότιος,  είδος)  wet, 
moist,  Hipp. 

Νοτόθεν,  {νότος)  adv.,  from  the 
south,  Diog.  L. 

ΝΟ'ΤΟΣ,  ου,  ί),  the  south  wind.  Lat. 
Nutus,  (op[).  to  Bopeof.  Arist.  Meteor. 
2,  6,  7,  cf.  Od.  5,  331),  Horn.,  and 
Hes. :  —  it  brought  fogs,  II.  3,  10  ; 
damp  and  rain,  Hdt.  2,  25,  Soph. 
Phil.  1457,  Ant.  337,  etc.  That  there 
was  an  orig.  notion  of  moisture  in  the 
word  is  clear  from  its  derivs.  νότιος, 
νοτία,  νοτίς,  νοτίζω.  —  Notus  is  per- 
sonified as  god  of  the  S.  W.  wind, 
son  of  Astraeus  and  Aurora,  Hes.  Th. 
380,  870. — II.  the  south  or  south-toest 
quarter,  Hdt.  6,  139.  Cf  λενκόνοτος, 
(Akin  to  Germ,  nass,  wet.) 

Νοττάριον,  νοττενω,  contr.  for 
νεοττ-. 

Νοττίον,  V.  νεοττίον. 

Νοττός,  ό,  contr.  for  νεοττός,  Mei- 
neke  Menand.  p.  19. 

Νοττώτις,  ιδος,  ή,  a  young  girl, 
Sappho  59. 

tNoOJai,  ων,  ol,  the  Nubae,  Nubi- 
ojis,  an  African  nation  in  south  of 
Aegypt,  Strab.  p.  786: 

Νονβνστικός,  ή,  ov,=  sq.,  χρΐ/μα  v., 
a  clever  thing,  Ar.  Eccl.  441.  Adv. 
-κώς,  Ar,  Vesp.  1294. 

Νυνβνστος,  ov,  (νους,  βνω)  stuffed 
fill  of  wit,  very  cUver. 

\Νονδιον.  ov.  TO,  Nudium,  a  city  of 
the  Minyae  in  Elis,  Hdt.  4,  148. 

Νουθεσία,  ac,  η,=νο\^θέτησις,  Ar. 
Ran.  1009,  Plut.  Solon  25,  etc. 

Νονθετιία,  ας,  ή,  =  νονθέτησις, 
dub.,  V.  Lob.  Phryn.  521. 

Νουθετέω,  ώ,  (νοϊ<ς,  τιθημι)  to  put 
in  mind,  hence  to  remind,  warn,  advise, 
admonish,  Hdt.  2, 173  ;  παραινεϊνϊ'ον- 
θετείν  τε,  Aesch.  Pr.  201,  and  freq. 
in  Att. ;  απερ  us  νουθετείς,  Eur. 
Supp.  338,  cf.  Or.  299 :  v.  τινά  κον 
δί'λοις,  πληγαΐς,  Ar.  Vesp.  254.  Plat. 
Legg.  879  D  ;  hence  joined  with  κο- 
λάζειν.  Id.  Gorg.  479  .\.     Hence 

Νουθέτημα,  ατός.  τό,  admonition, 
warning,  Aesch.  Per.s.  830,  Soph.  El. 
343,  Eur..  Plat.,  etc.:  and 

Νονθέτησις,  εως.  ή,  a  reminding, 
warning.  Plat'.  Rep.  399  B,  etc. 

Νονθετί/σμός,  ov,  ό,  =  νονθέτησίΓ, 
Lob.  Phryn.  511. 

Νυυθετητέος,  a,  ov,  verb.  adj.  from 


ΝΥΓΜ 

νουθετέω.  to  he  warned,  advised,  EuT. 
Bacch.  1256,  Ion  436. 

Νουθετητής,  υν,  ύ,  {νουθετέω)  one 
who  warns,  a  monitor.     Hence 

Νουθετΐ]τικιΊς,7ΐ.  όν,  monitory, warn- 
ing. Plat.  Soph.  2:!0  A,  Legg.  740  E, 
but  with  V.  I.  νονθετικός. 

Νονθετία,  ας.  ή,^^ι^ονθέτησις. 

Νονθετικός,  ή,  όν.=^νον()ετιιτικός 
(q.  v.),  cf  Lob.  Phryn.  520. 

Νονθετισμός,  ov,  ό,^^νοι^θετησμός, 
Menand.  p.  290:  the  word  is  blamed 
by  Poll.  9,  139. 

■\Νονκερία,  ar,  ή,  Nucerin,  a  city  of 
Umbria,  Strab.'p.  2:27.  —  2.  a  city  of 
Campania,  Id.  p.  251. 

ίΝονμάς,  ΰ,  δ,  the  Rom.  name 
Numa,  also  wr.  Νομας,  Plut.,  etc. 

^Νονμεντανός,  οίνος,  ό,  wine  of 
Nomentum  \n  Italy,  .ΎΐΙι.  27  Β. 

Νονμτινια,  ας,  ή,  Att.  coiitr.  for 
νεομηνία,  the  new  moon,  and  so  the 
time  of  the  new  moon,  the  first  of  the 
month,  Pind.  N.  4,  57,  anil  freq.  in 
Ar.,etc.  ;  v.  κατά  σε?ί/νιμ',  to  denote 
the  true  neiv  moon, — since  the  lunar 
month  had  gone  out  of  use,  Thuc.  2, 
28.     Hence 

Νονμιμ'ΐάζω,  to  celebrate  the  new 
moon.     Hence 

Νονμιινιαστης,  ov.  b,  one  who  cele- 
brates the  new  moon,  Lys.  Fr.  31. 

Νονμτ/νιος,  υν,  (νέος,  μί/ν)  Att. 
contr.  for  νεομήνιος,  used  at  the  new 
moon,  άρτοι,  Luc.  Lexiph.  6. — II.  ό  v., 
a  kind  of  curlew:  proverb,  ξνντ/λθεν 
άτταγάς  και  v.,  'birds  of  a  feather 
flock  together,'  Diog.  L.  9,  114. 

\Νουμ)/νιος,  ov,  ό,  jVnmenins,  a 
writer  of  Heraclea,  Ath.  5  A. — Oth- 
ers in  Anth. 

^Νυνμήτωρ,  ορός,  ό,  the  Lat.  Nii- 
mitor,  Strab.  p.  229,  ubi  Kramer 
Νονμίτωρ  ;  also  wr.  Νομήτωρ. 

Νονμμίον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  sq. 

Νοΐμμος,  ov,  ό.  Lat.  nvmmvs.=zvo• 
μος,  esp.  among  the  Dorians  of  Sicily 
and  lower  Italy:  a  coin  of  1^  obols, 
V.  Bentl.  Phal.p.464,  Bi.ckh  Metrol. 
Unterss. '?' xxi. :  in  Pint.  — sestertius. 

Νοννέχεια,  ας,  ή,  good  sense,  dis• 
cretion,  Polyb.  4,  82,  3  :  from 

Νουνεχής,  ές,  (νονς,  έχω)  with  un• 
derstunding,  sen.'.ible,  discreet,  Polyli. 
27,  12,  1.  Adv.  -χώς,  Arist.  Rhet. 
Alex.  30,  7.  Polyb. 

Νοννεχόντως,  adv.  of  νοννεχί/ς,α8 
if  from  a  verb  νοννεχω  (lor  Aviiich 
Plaf.  Legg.  686  E,  says  έχόντως 
vovv),  sensibli/.  Isocr.  83  D,  Menand. 
p.  293,  V.  Lob.  Phryn.  604.  cf.  599. 

Νονς,  ό,  contr.  for  νόος,  the  usu. 
Att.  form  ;  v.  νόος  init. 

tNoif,  ov,  a,  the  Nus,  a  small 
stream  of  Arcadia.  Paus.  8,  38,  9. 

Νονσύ?έος,  a,  ov,  (νονσος)  sickly, 
sick.  Nonn. 

Νονσαχθ/'/ς,  ές,  (νονσος,  άχθο/ιαύ 
affected  with  disease,  Ορρ.  Η.  1,  298. 

Νονσομελής,  ες,  {νονσος,  μέλος) 
with  diseased  limbs.  Manetho. 

Νονσολντης,  ov,  ό,  (νονσος,  λνω) 
frteim:  from  illness,  ]1αιύν,  Epigr.  in 
Welck."  Syllog.  135. 

Νονσης,  ?/,  Ion.  for  νόσος.  Horn., 
Hes.,  and  Hdt.,  who  nevei  use  the 
Att.  form. 

Νονσοφόρος.  ov.  Ion.  for  νυσοφό• 
ρος,  Anth.  P.  6.  27. 

iNovTpin,  ar,  η,  Λ^ιιtria,  a  city  of 
Illyria,  Polyb.  2,  11,  13. 

Nv,  Horn.,  and  Hes.  v.  vvv.  vvv. 

Ννγδτ/ν.  {ννσσι,})  adv.,  by  pricking, 
Lat.  punctim,  Apoll.  Dysc. 

Ννγείς,  είσα,  tv,  part.  aor.  2  pass, 
of  νύσσω. 

Νν)μα  or  ννχμα,  ατής.  τό,  (νύσσω) 
α  prick,  Epicur.  ap.  Ath.  54G  Ε. 


ΝΥΚΤ 

Νυγματώδης,  ες,  like,  α  prick,  prick- 
ing. 

Nd/W'  W>  ^,=  sq.,  Plut.  Anton. 
86. 

ΐ^νγμός,  ov,  6,  (νύσσω)  a  pricking, 
a  prick,  puncture,  Diod. 

isvdoc,  ή,  of,  obscure,  to  the  eye, 
ear,  etc. ;  only  in  Gramm.  who  also 
have  ννθής,  νυθώδης :  peih.  akin  to 
νόθος. 

Nr/c-(iC(J,  dub.  for  νυστάζω.  Hipp. 

Ni'K  raierof,  ov,  a,  {ννξ,  αίετός)  a 
kind  of  eagle,  ap.  Hesych. 

Νΐ'/ιτάλ,όζ•,  όν,  =  ννστα?Μς,  v.  1. 
Diog.  L.  6,  77,  and  Suid. 

ΝυκΓΰλωττύω,  ώ,=ννκταλωτηάω: 
3.\80=ζνυστάζω. 

Ννκτα/Μ-7ΐξ,  εκος,  o,=sq.,  v.  1.  for 
ννκτά/Μφ  in  Arist. 

ΝιικτΰλωτΓί'ο,  ας,  ή,  (ννκτύλωψ)  α 
being  able  to  see  by  night  only, — a  defect 
of  sight  incident  to  children  with 
black  eyes,  arising  from  an  e.xcess  of 
moisture,  v.  Arist.  Gen.  An.  5,  1,  28 
(though  he  there  uses  the  form  ννκ- 
τάλω-ψ  as  a  subst.). 

Νυκ-αΛω-ί'ΰσΐζ•,  ^,=  foreg. ;  from 

Νυ/ίτύ/,ωπ'ίάω,  ώ,  to  have  the  νυκ- 
τα'/.ω~ία. 

Νυκτάλωφ,  ωπος,  ό,  ή,  (ννξ,  ώψ) 
able  to  see  by  night  only,  Galen. — II.  as 
subst.  cf  sub  νυκταΆω~ία. 

ISVKTeyepoia,  ας,  ή,  a  doing  by  night, 
night-work,  Vit.  Horn.  209  :  from 

Ί\νκτεγερτέω,  ώ,  (ννξ,  εγείρω)  to 
watch  by  night,  Plut.  Caes.  40. 

'ί-*υκ.τέ/Λος,  ov,  {ννξ)  raghtly:  esp. 
epilh.  of  Bacchus,  from  his  nightly 
festivals.  Anth.  P.  9,  524,  14.  Plut.  2, 
389  A  :  —  hence,  νυκτέ/.ια  (sc.  ιερά, 
τά).  the  nightly  feast  of  Bacchus,  Plut. 
2,  291  A. 

Ί^υκτερεία,  ας,  ?/,  (νυκτερεύω)  a 
teatchiiig  by  night  :  —  esp.,  hunting  by 
night,  taking  game  asleep,  Plat.  Legg. 
824  A. 

Ί^ίνκτέρεισ,  -u,=  foreg. 

ΐίυκ-ερείσιος,  ov,  nightly, ^ννκτε- 
ρησιος,  with  a  play  on  the  word 
έρείόω,  Ar.  Thesin.  204. 

ίίνκτερένης,  ov,  b,  {ννξ,  ερέσσω) 
one  who  rows  or  iishes  by  night,  Anth. 
P.  6,  11. 

'Νυκ.τέρενμα,  ατός,  τό,  (ννκτερενω) 
a  night-watch :  night-quarters,  Polyb. 
12,  4,  9. 

'iivii-ερεντής,  ov,  b,  (νυκτερεύω) 
one  who  keeps  watch  by  night,  who 
huntx,  fishes,  etc.,  by  night.  Plat.  Legg. 
824  B.     Hence 

]\νκτερενηκός,  ή,  όν,  fit  for  watch- 
ing by  night,  esp.  for  hunting  by  night, 
κνων,  Xen.  Mem.  3,  11,  8. 

Νυκτερεύω,  (ννκτερος)  to  pass  the 
night.  Xen.  Cyr.  4,  2,  22  :  esp.  to  keep 
watch  by  night,  bivouac,  Xen.  An.  4,  4, 
11,  V.  iv  ΰ~7.οις,  lb.  0,  4,  27:  also  to 
hunt,  fish,  etc.,  by  night. 

Λ'  υκτερήσιος,  ov,  (ννκτερος)  nightly, 
Luc.  Alex.  53. 

'ί^νκτερίόιος,  ov,  =  sq.,  dub.  in 
Theophr.  [I] 

Ννκτερΐΐ'ός,  ή,  όν,  (ννξ)  by  night, 
nightly,  Lat.  nocturnus.  v.  γενέσθαι, 
Ar.  Ach.  11G2;  v.  φυ/Μκή,  Id.  Vesp. 
2,  Plat.,  etc. :  cf  νύκτερος. 

'ίίνκτέρίος,  a,  ov,  also  ος,  ov,=^ 
foreg.,  Orph.  H.  48,  Anth.  P.  9,  403, 
Arat. 

'ϋυκτερίς,  ίδος,  ή,  (ννξ,  νύκτερος) 
α  night-hirrl,  esp.  α  bat.  Oil.  12,  433  ; 
24,  6,  freq.  in  Hdt. — U.  a  fish,  elsew. 
ήμεροκοιτης.  0pp.  H.  2,  200.  205. 

■\'ανκτεριων,  ωνος.  b,  Nyctcrion, 
masc.  name  in  Luc.  V.  Hist.  1, 15. 

'Ννκτεμό-ίΙος.  ov.  (ννκτερος,  βίος) 
living,  i.  6.  seeking  its  food  by  night, 
γ?.αϋζ,  Arist.  H.  A.  1,  1,  28. 


NYKT 

'Ννκτεροειδής.  ές,  =  νυκτοείδής, 
Sext.  Emp.  p.  664. 

Κύκτερος,  ov,=  ννκτερινός,  ν.μή- 
V7J,  ονείρατα,  Aesch.  Pr.  797,  Pars. 
176 ;  Soph.,  etc. 

'Ννκτεροφεγγής,  ές.  (νύκτερος,  φέγ- 
γος) shining  by  night,  Manetho. 

Ι<ίνκτερόφοιτος,  ov,  (ννκτερος,  φοι- 
τάω)  night-roaming,  Orph.  Η.  35,  6. 

'^νκτερωττός,  όν,  (νύκτερος,  ώψ) 
night-faced,  dark,  dusky,  δόκημα  VVK- 
τερω—ον  ονείρων,  Eur.  Η.  F.  111. 

'[^νκτενς,  έως,  ό,  Nycteus,  son  of 
Hyrieus,  father  of  Antiope,  ApoUod. 
3.  10,  1.— 2.  father  of  Callisto,  Asius 
8  Dubn. 

Ήνκτηγορέω,  ω,  (ννξ,  άγείρω)  to 
assemble  by  night,  Eur.  Rhes.  89  :  so 
in  Mid.,  Aesch.  Theb.  29. 

Ννκτηγορία,  ας,  ή,  a  nightly  assem- 
bly or  discourse,  Eur.  Rhes.  20. 

NvKTrp/ρεσία,  ■γρετέω,=  ννκτεγερ- 
σία,  -γερτέω.  Lob.  Phryn.  701. 

Ι^νκτήγρετον,  ov,  τό,  a  fabulous 
herb  in  Plin.  21,  12. 

α!\νκτηΐς,  ίδος,  ή,  daughter  of  Nyc- 
teus, Apollod.  3,  5,  5  ;  etc. 

Νυκττ/μερυν,  ov,  τό,=ννχθήμερον, 
dub. 

'Ννκτηρεφής,  ές,  (νύξ,  έρέφω)  cov- 
ered by  night,  dark,  dusk,  Aesch.  Ag. 
460. 

'Ννκτίβίος,  ον,=^ννκτόβιος.  [<] 

'Κνκτιβρόμος,  ov,  (ννξ,  βρέμω) 
roaring  by  night,  Eur.  Rhes.  552. 

^νκτίγαμος,  ov,  (νύξ,  γαμέω)  mar- 
rying by  night,  secretly,  Musae.  7. 

Ννκτιδρόμος,  ov,  (ννξ,  δραμείν) 
running  by  night,  v.  1.  for  ννκΤίβρό- 
μος. 

Ννκτΐκόραξ,  άκος,  ό,  (νύξ,  κόραξ) 
the  night-jar.  goatsucker.  Arist.  Η.  Α. 
8,3,  2;  12,  12:  also  the  screech-owl, 
Anth.  P.  11,186. 

'Ννκτικρί'ότ'/ς,  ές,  (νύξ,  κρύπτω) 
hidden  by  night,  Arist.  Metaph.  6, 
15,  9. 

Ί^νκτΐλαθραιοφύγος,  ov.  (νύξ,  "λα- 
θραίος, φαγείν)  eating  secretly  by  night, 
Anth.  P.  append.  288. 

Νΐ'ΚΓίλύλοζ-,  ov,  (νύξ,  λαλέω)  night- 
ly sounding,  κιθάρα,  Anth.  P.  7,  29. 

'Ννκτΐ/.αμπης,  ές,  (ννξ,  ?Μμ~ω)  in 
Simon.  7,  8,  usu.  taken  as  epith.  of 
the  ark  of  Danae,  δώματι  ννκτιλαμ- 
—εϊ,  a  dwelling  u-hich  night  alone  il- 
lumes, i.  e.  dark  :  Schneidewin  how- 
ever (p.  70,  Bergk  no.  44)  joins  ννκ- 
Ti'/'.αμττεΙ...δνόφω.  the  darkness  visible 
of  night :  in  eacK  way  by  an  antiphra- 
sis  not  uncommon  in  Lyr.  and  Trag., 
Erf  Soph.  O.  Τ  420,  Seidl.  Eur.  Tro. 
566,  I.  T.  110. 

ΝνκτΙλόχος,  ov,  (νύξ,  ?.οχάω)  lying 
in  wait  by  night,  Ar.  Fr.  ? 

'Ννκτί?.ω-ψ,  ό,^^ννκτάλωψ,  dub.  1. 

ΐ^νκτίμαντις,  εως,  ό,  τ/,^ννκτόμαν- 
τις.  [ί] 

Ί^νκτΐμος,  ον,=  ννκτιος,  Νοηη. 

'^Ί^νκτιμος,  ον,  ό,  Nyctimus,  son  of 
Lycaon,  Apollod.  3,  8,  1. 

Ννκτίνομος,  ov,  (ννξ,  νέμω)  feeding 
by  night,  Arist.  H.  A.  9,  17,  2.  ft] 

Nii/criof,  a,  ov,  (ννξ)  nightly. 

Ννκτϊττΰταιπλάγιος,  ov,  (νύξ,  ττα- 
τέω,  7τ?.άγιος)  wandering  about  by  night, 
Anth.  P.  append.  288.  [a] 

'Ννκτϊττήδηκες,  ol.  (ννξ,  πηδάω)  a 
sort  of  slippers.  Poll. 

'Ννκτίπ'λαγκτος,  ov,  (νύξ,  πλύζω) 
making  to  wander  by  night,  rousing  from 
bed,  πόνος,  δείματα,  κελεύσματα, 
Aesch.  Ag.  330,  Cho.  524,  751 ;  also, 
V.  εννή,  a  restless,  uneasy  bed,  Id.  Ag. 
12. 

Ννκτιπλάι^ής,  ef,=sq.,  Opp.  C.  3, 
268,  ubi  al.  ννκτιπλανήτιδ''  εονσαν. 

Ννκτίπλανος,  ov,  (ννξ,  πλανάω) 


ΝΥΚΤ 
'  roaming  by  night,  Luc.  .-Vlex.  54  :  poet, 
fern.  ννκτιτΓ/.άντ/τις,  v.  foreg. 
I  ^νκτιπ?.οεω,  ώ,  (ννξ,  πλέω)  to  sail 
^  by  night,  Chrysipp.  ap  Zenob.  Hence 
I  Ίϋνκτίπ/.οια,  ας,  ή,  a  voyage  by  night, 
Strab. 

'Ννκτΐπόλεντος,  or,=  sq..  Orph. 
I      Ννκτϊπό?.ος,  ov.  (ννξ,  πολέω)  roam- 
[  ing  by  night,  of  the  Bacchanalians, 
:  Eur.  Ion '718,  1049. 
I      'ΝνκτΙπόρος,  ov,  -πορέω,  -πορία,^= 
j  ννκτοπόρος,  etc. 

i  tNr/C7i7ropof ,  ov,  b,  Nyctiponis,  fa- 
bled  name  of  a  river  in  Luc.  V.  Hist. 
2,  33. 

^νκτίσεμνος,  ov,  (νύξ,  σεμνός)  ."όΙ- 
emnized  by  night,  δείπνα  v.,  Aesch. 
Eum.  108.  [t] 

^νκτίφύής.  ές,^ννκτίφαντος.  Par- 
men,  ap.  Plut.  2,  1116  A. 

'Ννκτΐφΰνής,  ές,=  sq.,  Anth.  P.  ap- 
pend. 40,  Orph. 

Ί\νκτίόαντος,  ov,  (νύξ,  φαίνομαι) 
shitting  or  appearing  by  night :  gene- 
rally, nightly,  Eur.  Hel.  570. 

Ννκτίφοιτος,  ον,^ννκτερόφοιτος, 
Aesch.  Pr.  Gsf.  [I] 

Ννκτιφρονρητος,  ov,  (ννξ,  φρονρεω) 
watching  by  night,  θρύσοςννκτ.,  Aesch. 
Pr.  862. 

Ννκτ'ιχόρεντος,  ov,  (ννξ,  χορεύω) 
belonging  to  nightly  dances,  Nonn. 

^νκτοβάδία  or  ννκτοβάτία.  ας,  ή, 
(ννξ,  βαίνω)  α  travelling  by  night,  a 
night-journey,  Hipp. ;  cf.  Lob.  Phryn. 
521. 

Νυκτόβιος,  ov,  (ννξ,  βίος)  living, 
i.  e.  seeking  one's  food  by  night, 
Procl. 

Ννκτογρΰφέω.  ώ,  (ννξ,  γράφω)  to 
write  by  night.     Hence 

'Νΐ'κτογρύφία,  ας,  ή,  a  writing  by 
night,  Plut.  2,  634  A,  803  C. 

Ννκτοδρόμος,  ον,=ννκτιδρόμος. 

'ϋνκτοειδής,  ές,  (  νύξ,  είδος )  like 
night :  hence  dark,  black,  Hipp. 

'Ννκτοθτ/ρας,  ov,  b,  (ννξ,  βηρύω) 
one  who  hunts  by  night,  Xen.  Mem.  4, 
7,  4,  ubi  al.  ννκτοτηραι. 

'Ννκτοκλέπτης,  ov,  ό,  (ννξ,  κλέ- 
πτης) a  thief  of  the  night,  Anth.  :  also 
written  ννκτικλέπτης.     Hence 

Ίϋνκτοκλοπία,  ας,  ή,  a  theft  by  night, 
Or.  Sib. 

Ννκτολαμπίς,  ίδος,  ή,  (ννξ,  ?.άμπω) 
α  night-lamp. 

'Ννκτόμαντις,  εως,  ό,  ή,  one  who 
prophesies  by  night. 

^νκτομάχέω.  ώ,  (νύξ,  μάχη)  to  ii^ht 
by  night,  Plut.  Camill.  36,  App.  Civ. 
5,  35.     Hence 

Ί\υκτομύχία,  ας,  ή,  a  night-battle, 
Hdt.  1,  74,  thuc.7,  44  :  also  of  71%^% 
amours,  Valck.  Call.  p.  96. 

'ΐ^νκτοπεριπλύνητος,  ov,  =  ννκτί- 
π?.ανος,  Ar.  Ach.  264.  [u] 

]>ίνκτοπ?Ανής,  ές,=ννκτιπλανής, 
Manetho. 

'!^νκτοπόλεμος,  ov,  6,  nightly  war, 
dub. 

'Νυκτοπορέω.  ώ,  to  go  or  travel  by 
night,  Xen.  Cyr.  5,  1,  19  ;  and 

Ννκτοπορία,  ας,  ή,  a  night- journey, 
night-march,  Polyb.  5,  7.  3  :  from 

'ϋνκτοπόρος,  ov,  {ννξ,  πορέω)  trav- 
elling by  Jiight,  Opp.  C.  3,  268. 

ϋυκΓΟτηρης,  ov,  6,  {ί'ύξ,  τηρέω)  a 
night-watch,  one  who  guards  a  beacon, 
V.  Schneid.  Xen.  Mem.  4,  7,  4. 

Νΐ'Λ,Γοί'ρ)  of ,  όν,  (ννξ,  *{ργω)  work- 
ing by  night. 

'Νυκτοφΰί/ς.  ές,  Nonn. ;  and  -φΰνής, 
ές,  Anth.  P.  9,  806,^=ιννκτιφατ/ς,  -ώα- 

"Ννκτοφνλάκέω,  ω.  to  be  a  ννκτοφν- 
?.αξ.  to  keep  guard  by  night,  i'.  rti  εξι^ 
to  watch  the  outer  parts  by  night,  Xea. 
Cyr.  4,  5,  3.    Hence 

983 


ΝΥΜΦ 

'Ννκτοφνλάκησίς,  εο>ς.  i/,  α  watch- 
ing or  giturding  by  night,   [α] 

ΐ^υκτοφύΑΰκία,  ας,  ΐ/,  α  night-watch: 
fiom 

ΝυκΓοφύλαξ,  ΰκος,  ό,  ή,  {ννζ,  φν• 
?^(ΐϊ)  kei-ping  walch  by  night,  a  tvarder, 
Lat.  exciibilor,  Xeii.  All.  7,  2,  18  ;  3, 
34.   [r] 

^υκτώύης,  ες,  contr.  for  ννκτοει- 

Nli/ir<jof,  01'.  TO,  (Χυς)  the  temple 
o/N.ghf,  Luc.  V.  lli.-it.  2,  33. 

Τ\υκτω-ός,όν.{ίΐνζ,  ώφ)^=ννκτερω- 
πος,  λα»οσνΐ'α,  Eur.  I.  Γ.  127l>. 

Νυ/ιτω/),  adv.,  {ννξ)  by  night,  Lat. 
noctii,  Hes.  Op.  175,  Soph.  Aj.  47,  etc. ; 
■ — in  prose  usu.  νυκτός,  cf.  Lob.  Pa- 
ral.  62  ;  though  ννκτωρ  also  occurs, 
Aiitipho  5,  20,  44.  Lys.  93. 1  ;  96,  46, 
Plat.  Gorg.  471  B,  etc. 

Ννκχύζω,  =ννσσω. 

^Ννμ,'ίαιορ.  υν,  τό,  Nymbacum,  a 
lake  ot  Laconia,  Paus.  3,  23,  2. 

'ίϋμψά,  poet,  lor  νύμφη,  q.  v. :  but 
ννμφα.  Dor.  for  νύμφη. 

Τίίυμφΰγεντ/ς,  ίς,  (  νύμφη,  *γέΐ'ω ) 
nymph-horn,  Tele.st.  ap.  Alh.  016  F. 

Ννμφάγέτης,  ov,  b,  (νύμφη,  ήγέο- 
μιιι)  leader  of  the  nymphs,  Corii\lt.  22. 

^νμφΰ}'υ)'((α),  ώ,  to  lead  the  bride  to 
thehridegrnom's  house,  Polyb.  26,  7,  10  : 
γάμους  ν-,  to  court  a  marriage,  Plut. 
Solon  20:  atiil 

Νυμφάγωγία,  ας,  ή,  the  bridal  pro- 
cession. Polyb.  26,  7,  8:  from 

Κνμφΰ-^ωγός,  όν,  (νύμφη,  άγω)  the 
leader  of  t/ie  bride,  Eur.  1.  A.  010 :  esp. 
one  who  leads  her  from,  her  home  to  the 
bridegrooins  house,  Luc.  Dial.  D.  20, 
10. — II.  one  who  ncgociaies  a  marriage 
for  another,  Plut.  2,  329  E. 

ΐίνμφαία,  ας,  ή,  a  plant  οί  i\\e  lotus 
kind,  Lat.  nymphaea,  Theophr. 

ίΝνμφαίη,  7ΐς,  ή,  Nymphaea,  i.sland 
of  the  nymph  Calypso,  Ap.  Rh.  4,  574. 

Νν/ιφαων  or  νυμφαΐον,  ου,  τό,  a 
temple  or  grove  of  the  ny7nphs,  Plut. 
Alex.  7:  thence — II.  as  pr.  n.,  Nym- 
phaeuin.  —  1.  a  city  of  the  Tauric 
Chersonese,  Aeschiii.  78,  15.  —  2.  a 
place  in  Illyria,  Strab.  p.  316. — 3.  a 
promontory  of  the  peninsula  Acte  in 
Macedonia,  Id.  p.  330 :  prop.  neut. 
from 

'Νυμφαίος,  a,  ov,  (νύμφη)  of.  belong- 
ing, or  sacred  to  the  nymphs,  Eur.  El. 
447. — II.  νυμφαία  'λί,ίας,  pure  spring 
water,  prob.  1.,  Antiph.  Aphrodis.  1, 
13,  ubi  V.  Meineke. 
Ννμφύς,  άόος,Ι/,  pecul.  feni.  of  foreg. 

i^υμφάΓ,  a,  o,  Nymphas,  raasc.  pr. 
n.,  N.  T. 

'Ννμφεϊος,  a,  ov,  {νύμφη)  belonging 
to  a  briile,  bridal,  nuptial,  Pind.  N.  5, 
55,  Eur.  I.  A.  131  :  hence  ννμφείον 
(sc.  δώμα),  τό.  the  bride  chamber,  Soph. 
Ant.  891  ; — ννμφεΐα  (sc.  Ιερά),  τύ, 
nuptial  rites,  marriage.  Id.  Tr.  7  ;  but, 
νυμφεΐα  τοϋ  σαντοϋ  τέκνου,  thine 
own  son's  bride,  Id.  Ant.  568,  cf  Pors. 
Or.  1051. 

Νύμφενμα,  ατός,  τό,  (  νυμφεύω  ) 
marriage,  e.snousal.  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  980, 
in  plur..  and  freq.  in  Eur. — II.  the  per- 
son married,  καλόν  v.  Tivi,  as  we  say, 
'  a  good  match  for  him,'  Eur.  Tro.  420. 

Νύμφευσις,  εως.  ή,  (νυμφεύω)  ?nar- 
riage  or  espousal,  LXX. 

Νυμόευτηρ,  fjpoc,  υ,  =  ννμφευτί/ς, 
0pp.  C,  3,  356.     Hence 

Νυμφεντί/ριος,  a,  ov.  bridal,  nuptial, 
Tu  ν.~ννμφενμα,  Eur.  Tro.  252. 

Ννμφευτής,  ob.  6,  (νυμφεύω)  one 
who  escorts  the  bride  to  the  bridegrooni's 
house,  also  —ιφανύμφιος :  generally, 
the  negotiator  of  a  marriage,  Plat.  Po- 
lit.  208  .\ — II.  a  bridegroom,  husband, 
Eur.  Ion  913.  Hence 
utJG 


ΝΤΜΦ 

Νυμφεύτρια.  ας,  ή,  she  who  e.icorts 
the  bride,  a  bridesmaid,  Ar.  Ach.  1057  : 
elsewh.  ή  ττηρηνύ/ιφιος. — II.  α  bride. 

Νυμφεύω,  (νύμφη)  togivein  marriage 
to  one,  to  betroth,  lead  to  ikc  bridccham- 
ber,  V.  TLvl  παϊδα.  Eur.  Ale.  317,  I. 
A.  885  (and  so  perh.  461),  Pind.  N.  3, 
96. — II.  to  marry,  usu.  ot  the  woman, 
Lat.  nubere.  Soph.  Ant.  ()54,  816,  Eur. 
Med.  313  :  but  also  of  the  man.  Lat 
ducere,  Eur.  Med.  625,  I.  A.  40),  Ion 
819  ;  and  so,  v.  7^έχη,  Eubul.  Nann.  1. 

B.  pass.  c.  fut.  nud.  νυμφευσομαι 
(Eur.  Tro.  1139),  aor.  mid.  et  pass. 
ενυμφίνσάμην  (Id.  Hipp.  561),  ίνυμ- 
φενβην  (Id.  Med.  1330,  Ion  1371)  :  — 
to  be  given  in  marriage,  marry,  of  the 
woman,  Eur.  11.  cc.  :  also,  ννμφενε- 
σΰαι  νυμφεύματα,  Id.  1.  Τ.  364  :  ννμ- 
φεύεσβαι  παρά  τινι,  εκ  τίνος,  to  he 
wedded  to  a  man.  Id.  Med.  1330, 
Bacch.  28  : — but, — II.  in  mid.  of  the 
man,  to  take  to  wife,  ννμώινον  δέμας 
Ηλέκτρας,  Eur.  El.  134ϋ'. 

ΝΥ'ΜΦΗ,  ?)ς,  ή,  Horn,  in  voc.  also 
νύμφΰ,  II.  3,  130,  Od.  4,  743  ;  as  also, 
later,  in  nom.  ;  ace.  νύμφύν,  Jac.  A. 
P.  Ixiii.,  Lob.  Phryn.  332  -.—a  bride, 
Lat.  nupla,  II.  18,  492,  Hdf.  4,  172. 
(The  orig.  root  is  perh.  found  in  Lat. 
nubo,  to  veil,  because  the  britle  was 
led  veiled  from  her  home  to  the  bride- 
groom's.) Hence, —  1.  a  young  wife, 
bride,  II.  3,  130,  Pmd.  and  Trag.— 2. 
any  married  woman,  yet  still  with  some 
notion  of  comparative  youth,  as  old 
Eurycleia  calls  Penelope,  νυμφα  φί- 
λη. Od.  4,  743.  —  3.  α  marriageable 
maiden,  II.  9,  500,  Hes.  Th.  298;  hence 
commonly  applied  to  almost  any  fe- 
male: rare  however  in  prose.  —  II. 
as  prop,  name,  a  Nymph,  goddess  ot 
lower  rank,  Horn.,  who  also  calls 
them  ι9εαί  Νύμφαι,  11.  24,  615,  ef. 
Hes.  Th.  130,  Fr.  13;  Kovpat  Ννμ- 
φαι,  Od.  6,  122  :  they  were  attached 
to  various  places,  having  special 
names  according  to  the  nature  of  the 
place,  (cf  11.  20,  8,  9),  hence  spring- 
nymphs  were  Naiads,  v.  II.  20,  8,  9, 
cf  Naif,  Ντμς,  Ντ/ϊάς ;  sfn-nymphs 
Νηρηίδες  ;  wiowHiam-nymphs,  Νύμφαι. 
όρεστίάδες,  II.  6,  420  (later  ϋρεύδες, 
q.  V.) ;  coM7i7r^-nymphs,  Ν.  Ιιγρονόαοί, 
Od.  6,  105  ;  ?ree-nymphs  (from  the 
oak,  their  favorite  tree),  Αρυάδες, 
Άμαδρνάδες,  Άδρνάδες.  qq.  v.,  and 
cf  Voss  Virg.  Eel.  10,  62  ;  also,  N. 
Μέλιαι,  Hes.  Th.  187  ;  raui-nymphs, 
Νύμφαι  ΰύδες,  Hes.  Fr.  60 ;  meadow- 
nymphs,  N.  λειμωνιάδες.  Soph.  Phil. 
1454  ;  rocA-nymphs,  N.  πετραΐαι,  Eur. 
El.  805,  etc.  They  are  oft.  called 
daughters  of  Jupiter  in  Hom.,  cf 
Hes.  Fr.  50,  5  ;  but  are  said  to  be 
born  from  the  springs,  groves,  etc., 
Od.  10,  350,  where  they  are  hand- 
maids of  the  Nymph  Calypso ;  they 
are  called  with  the  rivers  to  an  as- 
sembly of  gods,  II.  20,  8  ;  have  sa- 
cred grottoes  where  offerings  are 
made  to  them,  Od.  13,  104,  along 
with  Mercury,  Od.  14.  435  :  and  are 
playmates  of  Diana,  Od.  0,  105.  Ace. 
to  Hes.  ap.  Strab.  p.  471,  H.  Hom. 
Ven.  258,  the  Nymphs  were  not  im- 
mortal.— e.  g.  the  life  of  the  Hama- 
dryad eniled  with  her  tree,  Voss  Virg. 
Eel.  10,  63. — 2.  generally,  a// j?odi/ess- 
es  of  fertilizing  moisture  and  Other 
powers  o/raaiure  were  called  Nymphs, 
esp.  of  those  springs,  the  waters  of 
which  were  impregnated  with  excit- 
ing or  entrancing  fumes,  Voss  Virg. 
Eel.  7,  21. — The  Muses  were  orig.  of 
like  nature,  and  are  olten  called 
Nymphs  by  the  poets,  V^oss  Virg. 
£cl.   3,  84 ;  6,  1 :  hence  all  persons 


ΝΥΝ 
in  a  state  of  rapture,  as  seers,  poets, 
madmen,  etc.,  were  said  to  be  caught 
by  the  Nymphs,  ννμφηληπτοι,  Lat. 
lymphati,  tymphatiri.  —  III.  m  later 
poets,  water  is  called  νύμφη,  Lat. 
lympha,  prob.  from  the  water-nymphs, 
Wyttcnb.  Plut.  2,  147  F,  ef  νυμφαίος 
II. — 1\'.  ihechrysalis,  m pupa  ni  moths, 
etc.  ;  like  κόρη  : — a  young  bee  or  wasp, 
with  yet  imperfect  wings,  elsewh. 
I  σχαδών.  Arist.  H.  A.  5,  19,  8  ;  23,  3 : 
— z\s,0  the  winged  male  of  the  ant ;  those 
Without  wings  being  έργύται,  Arte- 
j  nud.  2,  3,  6.— V.  the  point  of  the  plough- 
j  share. —  VI.  the  dimple  in  the  chin. — 
VII.  the  opening  rose-bud.  —  VIII.  ai 
νύμφαι,  part  of  the  pudenda  muliebria. 

Ννμφιάω,  ω,  (Νύμφη)  Ιο  be  rapt,  en- 
tranced, frenzy-slricken,  Lat.  lymphari; 
also  of  horses,  Arist.  H.  A.  8,  24,  4. 

Νυμφίδιος,  a,  ov,  also  ος,  ov,  Eur. 
Ale.  885  (ννμφίος) : — of,  belonging  to 
a  bride,  bridegroom,  young  wife,  or  ^irl ; 
bridal,  new-married,  λέχ?/,  ενναί,  Eur. 
Hipp.  1140,  Ale.  885:  ώδαί,  Ar.  Av. 
1730.  [I]   ^  ^ 

Νυμφικός,  i],  ϋν.=^ίοχρ^.,7ιέχη,  δό- 
μοι, etc.,  Trag.     Adv.  -κώς. 

Ννμφίος,  a,  ov  (Find.  P.  3,  29) ;  or 
ος,  ov  (Eur.  I.  A.  741)  : — bridal,  τρά- 
πεζα, Pind.  1.  e. :  wedded,  παρθένοι, 
Eur.  1.  e. — II.  ό  νυμφίος,  a  bridegroom, 
husband.  Trag. ;  also  v.  άνηρ,  Pind. 
P.  9,  208  ;  ζί/ν  ννμφίων  βων,  Ar.  Αν. 
161. 

Ννμφίς,  ίδος,  ή.  pecul.  fern.  ο(  ννμ- 
φίδιος  : — αϊ  ννμφίδες,  wedding-shoes. 

ίΝνμφις,  ιδος,  ό,  Nymphis,  a  histo- 
rian ofHeracleain  Pontus,  Ath.  536 
A,  etc. 

Νυμφογενης,  ες,  =  ννμφαγενής, 
poet.  ap.  Arist.  Mirab.  133,  3. 

^Ννμφόδωρος,  ov,  ό,  Nymphodorus, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Hdt.  7,  137  ;  Thuc.  2, 
29;  etc. 

Νυμφόκλαντος,  ov,  (νύμφη,  κλαίω) 
to  be  deplored  by  brides  OX  wives,  'Έ.ρι- 
νύς,  Aesch.  Ag.  749. 

Ννμφοκομέω,  ώ,  to  dress  or  take  care 
of  a  bride,  Anth.  Plan.  147.— II.  intr. 
to  dress  one^s  self  as  a  bride,  Eur.  Med. 
985:  from 

Νυμφοκόμης,  ov,  (νύμφη,  κομέω) 
dressing  or  taking  care  of  a  bride,  Eur. 

I.  A.  1087, — in  a  dub.  passage :  ή  v., 
a  bridesmaid. 

Ννμφόληπτος,  oi>.  (νύμφη,  7ναμβύ- 
νω)  caught  by  nymphs,  i.  e.  rapt,  en- 
tranced, Lat.  lymphaius.  Plat.  Phaedr. 
238  D,  Arist.  Eth.  E.  1,  1,  4  ;  cf  νύμ- 
φη II.  2.     Hence 

Ννμφοληψία,  ας,  η,  the  state  of  one 
possessed  by  ny7nphs,  ecstasy. 

Νυμφοπόνος,  ov,  (νύμφη,  πονέω)  bu- 
sied with  the  bride  or  her  dress,^vvμ- 
φοκόμος  ;  the  title  of  a  poem  by  So- 
phron,  ap.  Ath. 

Νυμφοστολέω,  ώ,  to  dress  a  bride 
for  the  bridegroom,  Anth.  P.  9,  203. 

Νυμφοστύλος.  ov,  (νύμφη,  στέλλω) 
dressing  the  bride  for  the  bridegroom, 
Musae.  10. 

Νυμφότϊμος,  ov,  (  νύμφη,  τιμάω  ) 
honouring  the  bride  ;  μέλος  v.,  the  bridal 
song,  Aeseh.  Ag.  705. 

Νυμφών,  ώνος.  ό,  (νύμφη)  the  brirle- 
chamber,  Ν.  Τ.  : — a  temple  of  Bac- 
chus, Ceres  and  Proserpina,  Paus.  2, 

II,  3. 

NY'N,  in  Hom.  and  Hes.  also  vv, 
adv.,  now,  at  this  very  time,  Lat.  nunc, 
very  freq.  from  Horn..  Hes.,  and  Hdt. 
downwds.,  not  only  of  the  present  mo- 
ment, but  ol  the  present  time  generally , 
e.  g.  o'l  νυν  jipoToi  είσι,  mortals  who 
now  live,  such  as  they  are  now,  II.  1, 
272  ;  hence,  oi  vvv  άνθρωποι,  men  of 
the  present  day ;  ol  viv  "Ελλιινες,  ό 


NYNI 

fVv  χρόνος, etc. — Further,  j-'Cr  is  used 
not  only  of  the  immediate  present,  but 
also  of  the  past,  vvv  Μει•ΐ'/.αος  ενίκη- 
σεν,  11.  3,  439,  cf.  13,  ^T^,  Od.  1,  43, 
166  :  and  of  the  future,  vvv  αντ'  ky- 
χείΐ}  τΐειρήσομαι,  II.  5,  279,  cf.  20,  307, 
Od.  1,  200;  while  in  strict  Att.,  νυν 
refers  almost  solely  to  the  present, 
"Wolf  Dem.  Lept.  p.  242.-2.  with 
other  expressions  of  time,  vvv  σήμε- 
ρον, νυν  ήμερη  τ/δε,  II.  8,  541  ;  13, 
828  ;  νϋν  άρτι,  Lat.  }iunc  nuper,  but 
now,  Plat.  Crat.  396  C— 3.  with  the 
article,  το  vvv,  τύ  νϋν,  also  written 
τονΰν,  ταννν,  a  strengthening  of  the 
simple  vvv,  strictly  as  to  the  present, 
esp.  freq.  in  Att.,  also  ru  νϋν  τάδε, 
Hdt.  7,  104  ;  cf.  vvvi. — II.  besides  the 
pure  signf.  of  time,  viyalso  denotes, 
— 1.  the  immediate  sequence  of  one 
thing  upon  another  in  point  of  time, 
then,  thereupon,  thereafter,  ήκε  δ'  έττ' 
Ά.ργΐίοισί  κακόν  βέλος'  οι  δε  νυ  7.αο\ 
θνησκον,  he  sent  the  deadly  dart  upon 
the  Argives,  and  then  the  people  died, 
II.  1,  382,  and  so  oft.  in  Horn.— 2.  the 
immediate  sequence  of  one  thing  from 
another,  by  way  of  inference,  then, 
therefore,  μη  νϋν  μοι  νεμεσήσετε,  do 
not  then  be  wroth  with  me,  II.  15, 
115,  and  so  oft.  in  Horn.— 3.  used  to 
strengthen  or  hasten  a  command,  call, 
etc., — in  Horn.  usu.  with  other  ad- 
verbs, δενρό  vvv,  quick  then  !  II.  23, 
485 ;  εΐά  νυν,  etc. ;  in  Att.  poets,  usu. 
with  imperatives,  φέρε  νυν,  ΰγε  νυν, 
στϊενδέ  vvv,  σίγα  vvv,  ττερίδον  vvv, 
etc.  In  all  these  cases  it  may  be  ren- 
dered by  then,  so,  and  in  signf.  comes 
very  near  the  particles  δη,  ovv,  as  in 
φέρε  δη,  ά)ε  δη,  etc.  ;  so,  έττεί  vv,  for 
the  usii.  επειδή,  II.  1,  416. — 4.  also 
to  strengthen  a  question,  τίς  vvv  ;  ri 
vvv;  who,  what  then?  II.  1,  414;  4, 
31  :  also,  η  ρύ  νυ,  II.  3,  183. 

Some  old  Gramin.  distinguished  ιίν 
from  vvv,  confining  the  former  to  the 
strict  signf.  of  time,  the  latter  to  that 
of  sequence  or  inference.^d^  or  ovv. 
Hdt.  seems  to  observe  the  distinction, 
V.  Schweigh.  v.  1.  1,  183;  9,  10: 
whence  prob.  the  same  Gramm,  repre- 
sent vvv  as  Ion.  for  ούν.  And  many 
modern  critics  have  adopted  it,  as 
Monk  Eur.  Ale.  1096.  But  Passow, 
after  Heyne  II.  1,  382,  Herm.  Ar. 
Nub.  142,  lays  down  that  the  only 
distinction  is  that  of  quantity,  and 
holds  that  the  poets  never  used  vvv 
except  metri  grat.  In  Horn,  vvi^  is 
used  in  both  signfs.,  but  vvv  enclit. 
(Ep.  also  vv)  only  in  the  latter. 
Late  editions  of  Att.  poets  are  not 
consistent ;  e.  g.  in  Aesch.  Theb. 
242,  246,  Soph.  El.  316,  Dind.  writes 
vvv  {=ovv)  metri  grat. ;  whereas  in 
Eur.  Or.  795,  Ar.  Jvub.  644,  he  writes 
vvv  with  ϋ  before  a  vowel,  v.  omnino 
EUendt  Lex.  Soph.  2,  p.  182.  In 
Com.,  %vv  is  hardly  to  be  found, 
Meineke  Com.  Fragm.  2,  p.  101. — In 
prose,  vvv  never  occurs  except  in  the 
single  compd.  τοίννν. 

Νϋν,  νΰ,  enclit.  particle  ;  v.  vvv  II., 
sq. 

Νννγΰρί,  V.  vvvi.  [<] 

ϋϋν  δή,  stronger  form  of  νϋν,  with 
pres.  now,  at  this  very  moment :  with 
pf.  just  now :  with  fut.,  now  at  length. 
Lob.  Phryn.  19. 

Nii'i,  an  Att.  form  of  ν•ί5ν,  strength- 
ened by  -i  demonstr.,  notv,  at  this  mo- 
ment, only  in  first  signf.  of  vvv,  used 
almost  exclus.  of  the  presmt.  Wolf 
Dem,  Lept.  p.  297  :  vvvi  is  very  rare 
in  Trag..  Pors.  Med  157.  It  is  found 
with  fut,,  V,  Lob.  Phryn.  19,  but  very 
rarely.    So  also  the  Att.  formed  vvv- 


ΝΤΣΑ 

γαρί  and  νννμενί,  for  vvvi  yap  and 
VVVI  μεν. 

Ί^ννμενί,  Ar.  Αν.  448,  v.  foreg. 

Nil'  δτε,=^  εστίν  δτε,  at 'times,  some- 
times, Herm.  Soph.  Aj.  789,  Vig.  ap- 
pend. s,p.  919. 

NT'S,  νυκτός,  ή,  NIGHT,  Lat. 
NOX,  both  of  the  night-season  (as 
opp.  to  day),  and  of  a  night,  freq.  in 
Horn.,  and  Hes. :  νυκτός,  by  night, 
Lat.  noctu,  as  adv.,  Od.  13,  278,  Hdt. 
9,  10  (cf.  ννκτωρ)  ;  also  νυκτί,  Hdt. 
7,  12 :  νύκτα,  like  άνϋ  νύκτα,  δίά 
νύκτα,  the  night  long,  Horn,  (who  also 
uses  the  pi.  νύκτας),  and  Att.  ;  νύκ- 
τα <ρν/.ύσσειν,  to  watch  the  livelong 
night,  II.  10,  312,  Od.  5,  460;  νύκτας 
Ιαύΐΐν,  Od.  5,  154,  etc. — II.  the  dark 
of  night,  Hom.  :  hence,  generally, 
gloom,  darkyiess,  all  that  veils  a  thing 
from  sight,  ννκτΐ  κα?.ύτντει.ν,  fo 
shroud  in  night  Or  gloom,  11.  5,  23  ;  13, 
425. — 2.  esp.  the  night  rf  death,  freq.  in 
Horn.:  hence  also, — 3.  the  nether 
world,  as  the  realm  of  darkness,  Seidl. 
Eur.  El.  802. — 4.  metaph.,  like  σκό- 
τος, of  a?iy  thing  dark  and  direful, 
hence  Apollo  in  his  wrath  is  νυκτΐ 
έοίκώς,  II.  1,  47,  cf.  12.  463,  Od.  11, 
606;  τύδεννκτίέισκει,  these  he  likens 
to  nisht,  i.  e.  looks  on  as  dark  and 
dreadful,  Od.  20,  362.— Night,  as  if 
unfriendly  to  man,  is  called  simply 
b'/.oi],  Od.  11,  19,  and  mentioned  as 
an  evil  principle,  Hes.  Op.  17,  Th. 
221,  757:  for  the  contrary,  v.  ήμερα 
and  όάος  II. :  but  the  epith.  άμ3ρο- 
σίη,  and  many  places  of  Hom.,  show 
that  he  also  recognized  its  reviving 
power. — III.  Ni'f  as  prop,  n.,  the  god- 
dess of  Night,  daughter  of  Chaos,  II. 
14,  78,  Hes.  Th.  123,  211,  758,  Op. 
17. — IV.  in  plur.  the  hours  or  watches 
of  the  night,  Pind  P.  4,  455,  Heind. 
Plat.  Prot.  310  D.  From  Horn, 
downwds.  the  Greeks  divided  the 
ni'^ht  into  three  watches,  II.  10,  253  ; 
hence,  τρίχα  νυκτός  έην,  for  τρίτον 
μέρος,  or  λάχος  της  ννκτός  ijv,  'twas 
the  third  watch,  i.  e.  next  before 
morning,  Od.  12,  312  ;  μέσαι  νύκτες, 
midnight.  Plat.  Rep.  621  Β  ;  ττερί  μ. 
νύκτας,  Xen.  An.  7,  8,  12  (never  al, 
μέσαι  νύκτες) ;  εν  μέσω  νυκτών, 
Heind.  Prot.  310  D. — λ\  the  night-  or 
evening-quarter  of  heaven,  i.  e.  not  the 
north  or  midnight,  but  the  west,  as 
opp.  to  the  dayspring  in  the  east, 
Hes.  Th.  275,  cf.  744,  748  :— this  is 
ζόύος  in  Hom. 

'ϋνξις,  εως,  ^,  (νύσσω)  a  pricking, 
goading  ;  impact,  Plut.  2,  930  F. 

NT  Ο'Σ,  οϋ,  ή.  a  daughter-in-lav;,  II. 
22,  65,  Od.  3,  451  :  in  wider  sense, 
any  female  connected  by  marriage,  11.  3, 
49,  H.  Hom.  Ven.  136  ;  cf.  ■)αα3ρός. 
— II.  generally,  a  bride,  wife,  Theocr. 
18,  15;  κα7.ή  ννε,  Mel.  32  ;  cf.  Valck. 
Adon.  p.  371  C,  and  v.  sub  γαμβρός. 
A  later  form  is  έννυός,  also  Ινυός. 
(Saiiscr.  snuςa,  Lat.  nvrus,  A.  Sax. 
snoru,  old  Germ,  schnur.) 

Νί'ρω  and  ννρίζω,  said  \.o\)e=vvσσu■ 

tNi'aa,  ης,  η,  poet.  Νύσ?/,  Nysa. — 

I.  name  of  several  mountains,  on 
which  Bacchus  was  honoured : — 1.  in 
Thrace,  in  Hem.  (to  όρος)  'Svσήϊov. 

II.  6, 133.— 2.  in  India,  Eur.  Cycl.  68; 
cf  "Μηρόν. — 3.  in  Arabia,  H.  Hom.  25, 
5.— 4.  in  Aegypt,  Ap.  Rh.  2,  1218.— 
II.  of  cities  : — 1.  a  citv  in  Aethiopia, 
Hdt.2, 146.— 2.  in  Boeotia  at  foot  of 
Helicon,  Strab.  p.  405. — 3.  in  Lydia 
at  the  foot  of  Messogis,  H.  Hom.  Cer. 
17  ;  Tf/ς  'Ασίας,  Apollod.  3,  4,  3. — 4. 
in  India  at  foot  of  Mt.  Merus,  Strab. 
p.  687. — Others  in  Thrace,  etc.,  men- 
tioned in  Staph.  Byz.    Hence 


NTXH 

f'Sϋσaϊoς,  a,  ov,  of  Nysa,  Nysaean, 
Strab. — 11,  0,  Nysaeas,  a  son  of  Bac- 
chus, Ath.  435  E. 

tNiffuif,  ίδος,  ή,  i)ecul.  fem.  to 
foreg.,  esp^  sub.  χώρα,  the  Nysaean 
territory,  Nysae'is,  a  <listrict  of  Lydia, 
Strab.  p.  579. 

+Nwr/iof,  T],  ον,=Ννσαΐος ;  το  Ν. 
όρος,  V.  Ννσο  Ι.  1 :  ό  Ν.  as  appell.  of 
I  Bacchus,  Ar.  Ran.  215. 

tNvaiOf,  a,  ον,^^νσαΐος ;  το  Ν. 
■ΰεδίον,  Ά.  Hom.  Cer.  Π  ■.=^  Bacchic, 
Soph.  Aj.  700. 

ίίνσοςοτννσσος,^χω?.ός,  Syracus. 
word,  Nonn. 

Νύσσα,  ης,  ή,  {νυσσο^)  a  post  or 
pillar  on  a  race-course,  also  στή}.!/^ — 
1.  the  tnrning-post,  at  the  end  of  Ihe 
course,  so  placed  that  the  chariots 
driving  up  the  right  side  of  the 
course,  turned  round  it  and  returned 
by  the  left  side, — the  same  as  καμ- 
Τίτήρ,  Lat.  meta,  II.  23.  332,  344  ;  the 
near  horse  being  turned  sharp  round 
the  νύσσα,  whence  kv  ννσση  έγχριμ- 
όθήναι  (II.  23,  338),  whilst  the  off 
norse  made  a  larger  sweep,  cf  Xen. 
Svmp.,  4,  6  — 2.  the  starting-post,  pil- 
lar, 11.  23,  758,  Od.  8,  121  ;  also  3a/.• 
.3ίς&ηά  άφεσις,  Lat.  carceres. — 3.  gen- 
erally, a  parlilion-wall,  Bion  15,  31. 

■\'Svσσa,  ης,  ή,  Nyssa.  a  sister  of 
Mithradates,  Plut.  Lucull.  18. 

ΝΤ'ΣΣΩ,  Att.  vvTTu,  ί.-ξω  :—to 
touch  with  a  sharp  point,  to  prick,  spur, 
pierce,  freq.  in  11.  with  or  without 
ξίφεσι,  εγγεσί.e^c. ;  χειρεσσι..(ϊσ-ίόα 
ννσσων,  11.  16,  704;  χβύνα  ννσσειν 
χηΛ-ησί,  to  strike,  dint  tne  earth  with 
their  hoofs,  Hes.  Sc.  62  :  also  ay- 
κώνί  ννσσειν,  to  nudge  with  the  elbow, 
Od.  14,  485,  cf  Theocr.  21,  50;  v. 
γνώμην  γνωμιδίω,  to  prick  it  (and 
see  what  is  in  it),  Ar.  Nub.  321  : — 
/.έοντα  v..  proverb,  of  a  dangerous 
attempt,  Paroemiogr. 

Ννσταγμα,  ατός,  τό,  {ννστάζώ)  a 
nap  or  short  sleep,  LXX. 

Νυσταγμός,  οΰ,  ό,  a  nodding :  sleep, 
LXX  :  from 

Ννστάζω,  fut.-ύσω  and  -ύξω,  to  nod, 
esp.  in  sleep,  hence  to  nap,  slumber, 
Xen.  Cyr.  8,  3,  43,  Plat.  Apol.  31  A : 
hence  to  be  sleepy,  napping,  Lat.  dor- 
mitare,  Ar.  Av.  G38,  Plat.  Rep.  405  C  : 
metaph.  ννστύζοντα  και  ΰμαβη.  Id. 
Legg.  747  Β.  :  also  to  hang  the  head, 
Anth.  (Related  to  Lat.  7iuo,  nvto,  as 
νενστά^υ  to  νεύω  :  cf  also  ΐ'υκτάζω, 
nicto.)  Hence 

Ννστακτής,  ov,  6,  one  that  nods  : — 
as  adj.  ν—νος  v.,  nodding  sleep,  Ar. 
Vesp.  12.     Hence 

Ννστακτικός,  ή,  όν,  given  to  nodding 
or  sleeping,  Galen. 

Ί\νστΰ?^έος,  a,  ov,  drowsy. 

Ννστύλογερόντιον,  ov,  τό,  a  sleepy 
old  fellow. 

Νύστΰ7.ος,  ov,  sleepy,  drowsy. 

Νύσταξις,  εως,  ή,  {ννστάζω)  a  nod- 
ding, drowsiness. 

"Νύττω,  Att.  for  νύσσω. 

Νΐ',γΰ,  3.ά\'.=  νύκτωρ.  fC] 

Ννχανγής,  ές,  {νύξ,  αν}ή)  shini?ig 
by  night,  Orph.  Η.  2,  7. 

Ίϋνχεγρεσία,  ας,  ή,—ννκτηγρεσία, 
Anth.  Ρ.  5,  264. 

ίΝνχεία,  ας,  ή,  Nychia,  a  nymph, 
Theocr.  13,  45. — II.  a  fountain  in 
Taphns,  Anth.  P.  9,  684. 

ί^ϊ'χεία,  ας,  ^,=sq. 

Ννχενμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  jiightly  watch, 
Lat.  penigilium,  Eur.  Supp.  1136  in 
plur.  [v]  From 

Ni'.Vf  ΐ'ω,  to  u-atch  the  night  through  ; 
generally,  topa.'ts  the  night,  Eur.  Ehes. 
5'iO  ;  Ννμφαις,  with  the  Nymphs,  Νίς. 

ίϋχηβόρος,  ov,  {ννξ,  3ορά)  devour- 
■987 


ΝΩΚΑ 

tng  by  night,  v.  1.  for  μνχ-,  Nic.  Th. 
446. 

Ί\νχθ//μεβον,  ου,  τό,  {νύξ,  ήμερα) 
α  day  and  night,  the  space  of  24  hours, 
N.  T. 

Νϊιγιος,  a,  ov,  Trag.,  but  also  ος, 
ov,  Eur.  I.  T.  1272,  {νύξ) :— nightly 
happening ;  or  doing  a  thing  by  nii>ht, 
Hes.  Op.  521,  Th.  991,  Aesch.,  etc. ; 
— hence,  asleep,  άνηρ  δ'  έκτέταταί 
ννχιος,  Soph.  Phil.  857.  [ϋ] 

Νύχμα,  a^  Ίς,  τό,  ν.  Ι.  ior  νύγμα, 
Loh.  Paral.  395. 

Νώ,  nom.  and  ace.  dual  of  έγώ,  for 
ι^ώί  (q.  v.),  we  too,  both  of  us,  mostly 
Att.  but  it  is  found  even  in  Od.  (Not 
νφ  or  νώ.) 

Ίϋωγά'λενμα,  ατός,  τό,=νώ}'αλα, 
Araros  Camp.  I.  [α] 

Νω}ΰλεύω,  to  munch  dainties  or 
sweetmeats. 

'Nωγΰλίζω,=ίoreg.,  Eubul.  Aug.  1, 
7,  in  dub.  form  of  pf.  pass.,  ένωγάλισ- 
ται.    Hence 

Νωγάλισμα,  ατός,  ro,=  sq.  [ΰ] 

NwyuAo,  τύ,  dainties,  sweetmeats, 
esp.  eaten  after  dinner,  etc.,  dessert, 
like  τ-ρω)'ύλία,  Antiph.  Busir.  1. 

Να;(5ο}έρων,  οντος,  6,  {νωδός,  γέ- 
f)uv)  a  toothless  old  man. 

Νοδός,  j'l,  ov,  {νη-,  οδούς)  toothless, 
Lat.  edentulus,  Ar.  Ach.  715,  Plut. 
266,  Theocr.  9,  21. 

Νυδννία,  ας  ,  ή,  ease  from  pain, 
Theocr.  17,  63:  in  plur.,  anodynes. 
Find.  P.  3,  11 :  from 

Νύδϋνος,ΟΡ,  (νη-,  όδύνη)=ύνώδυ- 
νος,  q.  V.  without  pain,  νώδυνον  κύμα- 
τον  τιθέναί.  Find.  Ν.  8,  84.— II.  act. 
soothing  pain,  anodyne.  Soph.  Phil.  44. 

"Νώε,  poet,  for  νώϊ,  q.  v. 

Νώβίία,  ας,  ή,  slowness,  sluggish- 
ness, dullness.  Plat.  Phaedr.  235  D, 
Theaet.  195  C:  from 

^ωβής,  ες,  gen.  εος,  like  νωθρός, 
slow,  sluggish,  dull,  epith.  of  the  ass, 
II.  11,  559  ;  νωθίτ  κώ'λον,  Eur.  Η.  F. 
819,  cf.  Plat.  Apol.  30  Ε  :— of  the 
understanding,  dull,  stupid,  Aesch. 
Pr.  62,  Flat.  Folit.  310  Ε ;  so  in  corn- 
par.,  νωθέστερος,  Hdt.  3,  53.  (Akin 
to  νυΰής,  νυθός,  νόθος.) 

Νώθητί,  Ion.  conir.  for  νοΖ/θητι, 
imperat.  from  νοέω,  cf.  νωσύμενος, 
νώσις. 

^ωθονρος,  ov,  (νωθής,  ουρά)  slow- 
tailed  :  hence  metaph.  frigidus  in  ve- 
nerem. 

^ωβρεία,  ας,  η,  (νωθρεύω)  slowness, 
sluggishness. 

ίπωθρεπιθέτης,  ου,  ό,  (νωθρός,  επι- 
τίβημι  Β)  slow  to  attack,  Arist.  Fhysi- 
ogn.  6,  44. 

ΐ\ωθρεύομαί,  (νωθρός)  Dep.,  to  be 
slow  or  sluggish,  Hyperid.  ap.  Poll. 

Nuflpi'a,  ας,  η,=^νωθρεία,  Hipp.: 
and  νωθρίάω,^νωθρεύω,  Diosc. 

ΐ^ωθβοκύρδιος,ον,  (νωθρός,  καρδία) 
slon^  of  heart.  LXX. 

^ωθροποίός,  όν,  (νωθρός,  ττούω) 
making  sluggish. 

Νωθρός,  ύ,  όν,=ζνωθής,  sluggish, 
slothful, lazy,dull,  Hipp.,  Flat. Theaet. 
144 "  B,  Folyb..  etc.  Adv.  -θρώς, 
Folyb.  3,  90,  6.— II.  act.  making  slug- 
gish, Hipp.  ? 

'Νωθρότης,  ητος,  η,  (νωθρός)  slug- 
gishness, Hipp.,  Arist.  Rhet.  2,  15,  3. 

Νωθρώδης,  ες,  tike  a  sluggard. 

ΝΩ"^!",  nom.  and  ace.  dual  oi  έγώ  : 
V.  sub  έγώ.     Hence 

Nwiripof,  a,  ov.  of,  from,  or  belong- 
ing to  us  tuo,  II.  15,  39,  Od.  12,  185  : 
only  Ep.  [Z] 

Νώ«αρ,  (ipof,  TO,  sleep,  sloth,  Nic. 
Th.  189  : — metaph.  the  sleep  of  death. 
— II,  as  adj.  slothful,  sleepy.  (Acc.  to 
Suid.  from  νη-  ami  ΰχέω-) 
988 


ΝΩΝΥ 

'Νωκάρώδης,  ες,  (νώκαρ,  είδος)  .<tloth- 
ful,  sleepy,  Diphil.  ap.  Ath.  133  F. 

ΙΝώλο,  ης,  ή,  and  Νώλ//,  Nola,  a 
city  of  Campania,  Strab.  p.  247. 
Hence 

iNωλάvύς,  ή,  όν,  of  Nola,  oi  Νω- 
λανυί,  the  iiihab.  of  JVola,  Folyb.  3, 
9],  5. 

Νω?ι.εμές,  adv.,  without  pause,  un- 
ceasingly, continually,  like  συνεχές, 
Hom.,  who  always  jomsi,'(jA£/it  fait  t, 
except  in  II.  14,  58  :  he  has  no  trace 
of  an  adj.  νωλεμής. — He  also  has 
adv.  νωλεμέως,  v.  έχειν,  to  hold/as/, 
Od.,  and  II.  13,  3  ;  but,  v-  κτείνοντο, 
they  were  murdered  without  pause, 
i.  e.  one  after  the  other,  Od.  11, 413.— 
No  Att.  form  νωλεμώς  seems  to  be 
found.  (Usu.  deriv.  from  νω•  for  νη-, 
and  λείπω.) 

Νώμα,  τύ.  Ion.  for  νόημα. 

Νωμύω,  ω,  f.-ήσω,  (νέμω  Ι)  to  deal 
out,  distribute,  dispense,  esp.  food  and 
drink  at  festivals,  II.  1,  471,  Od.  3, 
340,  etc.— II.  (νέμω  II.  2)  to  direct  and 
move  at  will,  guide  with  perfect  com- 
mand over  the  thing  moved,  freq.  in 
Hom. ;  and  that — 1.  of  weapons,  to 
manage  or  handle  skilfully,  wield,  sway, 
brandish,  εγχος,  βών,  11.  5,  594  ;  7, 
238;  also  of  other  instruments,  which 
require  strength  and  skill,  to  guide, 
ply,  as  the  oar,  Od.  12,  218,  cf.  Od. 
10,  32,  II.  3,  218;  sometimes  with 
the  addition  of  έν  χερσί,  μετά  χερσί, 
εν  παλάμτ/σι,  Horn. ;  (but  δούρατί 
νωμαν,  Hes.  Sc.  462,  is  spurious) ;  v. 
ανία.  Find.  I.  1,  20  ; — hence,  to  guide, 
steer,  νώμα  δικαίω  πηδα?ιίω  στρατόν. 
Id.  F.  1,  164  ;  so,  έν  ττρνμνη  πόλεως 
οίακα  v.,  Aesch.  Theb.  3.-2.  of  the 
limbs  of  the  human  body,  to  ply  them 
nimbly,  γούνατα  νωμάν,  II.  10,  358, 
cf.  Soph.  O.  T.  468.-3.  metaph. 
κέρδεα  νωμάν,  with  or  without  ένΐ 

ίρεσί,  to  turn  wiles  over  in  the  mind, 
.at.  animo  volvere  or  versare,  Od.  18, 
216  ;  20,  257  ;  also,  έν  στήθεσσι  νύον 
τΓθ?^υκερδέα  νωμάν,  Od.  13,  255 ;  έν 
ώσΐ  νωμάν  καΐ  φρεσί,  Aesch.  Theb. 
25  : — hence,  to  think  on,  observe,  re- 
mark, Wess.  Hdt.  4,  128,  Musgr. 
Soph.  O.  T.  300,  etc. ;  to  νωμάν  και 
TO  σκοπεΐν  ταντόν.  Plat.  ('rat.  411 
D  : — also,  absoi.,  to  muse,  H.  Hom. 
Cer.  374,  dub. — III.  intr.  to  move  one's 
self,  esp.  to  hover,  float,  where  αυτόν 
or  πτερά  is  supplied.  Lob.  Aj.  604. 

i'Nώμεvτov,  ου,  τό,  Nomentum,  a 
city  01  the  Sabines,  Strab.  p.  228  : 
hence  ol  Νωμεντάνοί,  the  inhab.  of 
N.,  Id.  lb. 

Νωμενς,  6,  later  form  of  νομεύς, 
Jac.  A.  P.  p.  419. 

^ωμήσιμος,  ov,  always  moving,  esp. 
backwards,  Nic.  Fr.  6,  3  ;  from 

'Νώμησις,  εως,  ή,  (νωμάω)  distribu- 
tion :  observation,  σκέψιν  και  v.  Flat. 
Crat.  411  D. — II.  motion  ;  v.  νωμάαΐ  II. 

'Νωμητήρ,  νρος,  o,=sq. 

Νωμήτωρ,  ορός,  ό,  (νωμάω  II)  one 
who  guides,  wields,  etc.,  Nonn. 

Νών,  Att.  for  νώϊν,  V.  sub  έγώ. 

iNώvaκptς,  ιος,  ή,  Nonacris,  a  city 
of  Arcadia,  near  Pheneus,  at  the 
source  of  the  Styx,  Hdt.  6,  74.— II. 
wife  of  Lycaon,  Fans.  8,  17,  6. 

Νωνΰμία,  ας,  ή,  (νώνυμος)  name- 
lessness,  obscurity. 

Νώννμνος,  ov,  Ep.  collat.  form  of 
sq.,  like  δίδνμνος  for  δίδυμος,  and 
άπάλημνος  foi-  άπάλαμος,  metri  grat., 
as  in  II.  12.  70,  Od.  1,  222,  Hes.  Op. 
153,  Find.  O.  11  (10),  61. 

Νώνϋμος.  ov.  {νη-,  δννμα,  όνομα) 
nameless,  ivithout  name,  i.  e.  unknown, 
insilorious,  Od.  13,  239;  14,  182  (cf. 
the    Ep.    collat.    form    νώνυμνος), 


SilTO 
Aesch.   Fers.    1003,   Soph.,    etc. : — 
Σαπίρυΰς  νώννμος,  witliout  the  name 
of  Sappno.  i.  e.  without  knowledge 
of  her,  Anth.  P.  7,  17. 

Ν  ωπέομαί,  =  όνςωπέομαι.  Lob. 
Phryn.  190. 

ΙΝώρα,  ων,  τύ,  Nora,  a  fortress 
of  Cappadocia,  Strab.  p.  537,  later 
Ν7/ρυασσός. — 2.  a  city  of  Sardinia, 
Fans.  10,  17,  5. 

ΙΝώρο^,  αΐίος,  ό,  Norax,  son  of 
Mercury,  Paus.  10,  17,  5. 

tNwp//ei(i,  ας,  ή,  Noreea,  a  city  of 
Noricum,  Strab.  p.  214. 

ί^ωρίκιος,  a,  ov,  of  or  belonging  to 
the  Norici,  Dion.  F.  321. 

tNwpi/coi,  ων,  ol,  the  Norici,  a  Ger- 
man people  between  the  Danube 
and  Alps,  Strab.  p.  20G  ;  etc. 

Νώροψ,  oTTOf,  ό,  7],  freq.  in  Hom. 
esp.  m  II.  but  only  in  the  phrase 
νώροπι  χαλκφ,νώροπα χαλκόν,  flash• 
ing.  gleaming  brass.  (Acc.  to  old 
deriv.  from  νη-  and  όράν,  too  bright  to 
look  at,  cf.  ηνοφ.) 

^ωσάμενος,  νώσασθαι.  Ion.  and 
Dor.  for  νοησ-.  from  νοέω,  q.  v., 
Theogn.  1298,  Theocr.  25,  263 ;  cf. 
νένωμαί. 

ϋώσις,  η.  Ion.  and  Dor.  for  νόησις. 

ΐ^ωτάγωγέω,  ώ,  to  carry  on  the  back, 
Ath.  258  Β  :  from 

Ncjraytjyof ,  όν,  (νώτος,  ^ιγω)carry- 
ing  on  the  back. 

ΝωταΙος,  a,  ov,  ])oet=vuTialog, 
Nic.  Th.  317  ;  cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  557. 

Νωτάκμων,  όνος,  ό,  ή,  (νώτος,  άκ- 
μων)  with  mailed  back,  Batr.  296. 

Νωτάρης,  ov,  ό,  (νώτος,  αίρω)  lift- 
ing on  the  back  and  carrying,  Suid.  [u^ 

Νωτενς,  έως,  ό,  one  who  carries  on 
his  back. 

NwrtQiOf,  a,  ov,  (νώτος)  of  or  be- 
longing to  the  back,  v.  άρθρα,  the  ver- 
tebrae, Eur.  El.  84)  ;  v.  μνελύς,  the 
spinal  marrow.  Plat.  Tim.  74  A. 

Νωτϊδΰνός.  οϋ,  ό,  a  kind  of  shark 
with  sharp  pointed  dorsal  fin,  Arist.  ap. 
Ath.  294  D  ;  also  έπινωτιόεύς. 

Ί^ωτίζω,  ί.-ίσω,  (νώτος)  to  make  to 
turn  the  back:  to  turn  back  or  about,  πα 
λίσσυτον  δρύμημα  νωτίσαι,  to  turn 
his  backward  course,  i.  e.  to  flee. 
Soph.  O.  T.  193  :  he-nce  also— 2.  intr. 
to  turn  one's  back,  προς  φυγί/ι•  νωτίζειν, 
to  turn  arid  flee, Eur.  Andr.  1141  (where 
αυτόν  may  be  supplied). — 11.  to  cover 
the  back,  Pors.  Phoen.  663  (654) :  and 
so,  πόντον  νωτίσαι,  to  skim  the  sea, 
Aesch.  Ag.  286,  v.  νώτος  II  :  cf. 
νώτισμα,  έπινωτίζω. 

Νώτιος,  ov,  rare  collat.  form  of 
νωτιαίος,  Philox.  ap.  Ath.  147  D, 
Tim.  Locr.  100  A. 

Νώτισμα,  ατός,  τό,  (νωτίζω  III) 
that  which  is  on  the  back,  e.  g.  wings, 
Eur.  (?)  ap.  Stob.  p.  403,  1. 

Νωτοβάτέω,  ω,  (νώτος,  βαίνω)  to 
mount  the  back,  sensu  obscoeno,  Anth. 
P.  12,  238.— II.  to  walk  on  the  back  or 
ridge  of,  τύμβον,  Anth.  P.  7,  175. 

Νωτόγραπτος,  ov,  (νώτος,  γράφω) 
marked  on  the  back,  Arist.  ap.  Ath. 
286  F. 

Νώτον,  τό,  V.  νώτος. 

Νωτοπληξ,  ήγος,  ο,  ή,  ( νώτος, 
πλησσω)  with  scourged  back,  Lat.  ver- 
bero,  like  μαστιγίας,  esp.  of  slaves, 
Ar.  Fr.  656,  Pherecr.  Crap.  15. 

ΝΩ"ΤΟΣ,  ου,  ό,  and  νώτον,  ov,  τό, 
the  back,  both  of  men  and  anunals, 
freq.  in  Horn.,  who  uses  only  the 
masc.  in  sing,  and  like  Hes.  only  the 
neut.  in  plur, :  plur.  νώτα  is  freq.  in 
sing  signf.,  like  Lat.  terga,  II.  2,  30S  ; 
8,  91,  etc. :  in  Att.  however  the  neut. 
form  TO  νώτον  prevails  even  in  sing.. 
Lob.  Phryn.  290 :  (the  distinction  of 


some  old  Gramm.  that  ό  νώτος,  is 
only  used  of  animals  and  rb  νώτον 
only  ot  men,  is  quite  unfounded,  v. 
Od.  4,  65 ;  9,  433,  441,  and  cf  Piers. 
Moer.  p.  267  ;  νώτοισιν  ό  Όόυσήα 
όΐ7/νεκέεσσι  γέραφε,  ι.  β.  with  slices 
cut  lengthwise  from  the  chine,  Od. 
14,  437  ; — 7a  νώτα  εντμέττειν,  εττι- 
στρέψαι,  to  turn  the  back,  i.  e.  flee, 
Hdt.  7,  211,  141;  so,  νώτα  όονναι, 
Lat.  dare  terga,  Plut.  2,  787  F ;  SO 
νώτα  όείζαί.  Id.'  Marcell.  12  ;  but  the 
latter  also  of  the  winner  in  a  race, 
Anth. :  κατά  νώτον.  from  behind, 
Hdt.  1,  10,  75. — II.  metaph.  any  wide 
surface,  esp.  of  the  sea,  hence  oft.  in 
Hoin.andfles.  ενρέανώτα  θαλάσσης ; 
so,  εν  νώτοισι  πόντιας  ά/.ός,  Eur. 
Hel.  129  ;  also  of  large  tracts  of  lands, 
plains,  νώτα  γαίας.  Find.  P.  4,  .45  ; 
χθονος  v.,  Eur.  I.  T.  46  ;  so.  άστεροει- 
θέα  νώτα  αιθέρος.  Id.  Andromed.  1, 
cf.  Ar.  Thesm.  1067.-2.  the  back  or 
ridge  of  a  hill,  Epigr.  ap.  Plut. 

Νωτοοορέω,  ώ,  to  carry  on  the  back, 
Diod. :  and 

Ί^ωτοφορία,  ας,  ή,  a  carrying  on  the 
back,  Id.  :  from 

Νωτοφόρος,  ov,  {νώτος,  όέρω)  carry- 
ing on  the  back,  Xen.  Cyr.  G,  2,  19. 

^ίωχάλός,  ή,ον,^νωχελής,  ace.  to 
Heriii.  H.  Horn.  .Merc.  ISS. 

2\ωχέλεία,  ας,  ή,  laziness,  sluggish- 
ness :  and 

Νω^ελί  υο/ίΟί,  Dep.,  to  be  νωχε).ής : 
from 

1>ίωχε7.τις,  ες,  moving  slowly  and 
heavily,  sluggish,  dull,  Hipp.  :  ~λενρά 
νωχελη  νόσω,  Eur.  Or.  800,  cf. 
νωΟής,  νωθρός.  (Usu.  deriv.  from  vtj-, 
and  όκέ/./.ω  :  Passow  with  Doderiem 
from  νη-.  ώκύς.) 

^ωχε/ία,  ας,  ή,  Ερ.  form  of  ν'•>- 
χέλεια,ΙΙ  19,411. 

Νωχε?ύζω,=νωχε?^εύομαι. 


Ξ)  ξ,  ξι,  τό,  indecl.,  fourteenth  let- 
ter of  the  Gr.  alphaoet :  as  numeral  ξ', 
60,  but  ,ξ,  60.000.— The  old  Gramm. 
considered  f  as  a  double  consonant, 
compounded  of  }'σ,  κσ,  ΟΓ^^σ:  in  Aeol. 
dialect  it  continued  to  be  written  κσ, 
Greg.  Dial.  Aeol.  39,  p.  613 ;  and  in 
Att.  Greek,  it  was  represented  by  χσ 
before  the  introduction  oi  the  Samian 
alphabet : — certain  tokens  of  this  or- 
igin appear, — 1.  in  dialectic  changes, 
esp.  in  the  Aeol.  and  Dor.  transposi- 
tion of  the  consonants  which  form  ξ, 
as,  ξίοος  ξίφύδριον.  Dor.  σκίψος  σκι- 
φύδριον,  ξερός  ξηρός,  whence  σχερός 
σκηρός  σκληρός  σκι/)ρός,  Ξλ'ίΙ  ξαί- 
vu  ζέο)  scabo,  ίζός  viscum,  ίξνς  ισχύς, 
ύφυσγετός  from  άψνξιμος. — 2.  ιη  the 
formation  of  verbs,  as  διδάξω,  μίξω, 
εξω,  from  διδάσκω,  μίσγω.  Ισχω. — II. 
besides  this,  ξ  appears,  esp.  in  Aeol. 
and  Att.,  as  κ  and  σ  aspirated,  e.  g. 
κοινός  ξννός,  Lat.  cam  σνν  ξνν,  σίδη 
σίμ-ίη  Aeol.  ξίμ-ίη :  so,  ξεστής  Νέσ- 
τος for  Lat.  sextarius  Sexlus,  Lob. 
Paral.  18 ;  and  so  in  Dor.  fut.  and 
aor.  κ/.αξώ  for  κλφσω,  παίξαι  for  ττοί- 
σαι,  etc.,  Schiif.  Greg.  p.  327,  Lob. 
Phryn.  240. — III.  ξ  also  is  oft.  inter- 
changed with  σσ  or  ττ,  not  only  in 
the  fut.  of  verbs  in  -σσω  and  -ττω, 
and  in  ανασσα,  θρασσα,  feminines 
from  άναξ.  θράξ,  but  also  in  words 
like  δισσός  τρισσός.  Ion.  διξός  τρι- 
ξός,  Schiif  Greg.  p.  435. — S  was  most 
freq.  in  Dor.  and  old  Att.  dialects,  v. 
ξύν,  σνν.  [Vowels  before  ξ  are  al- 
ways long  by  position.] 


ΞΑΝΘ 

iAadpoi,  uv,  oi,  the  Xathri,  an  In- 
dian people,  Arr.  An.  6,  15,  1. 

λΑΓΝΩ  ;  f.  ξάνώ :  aor.  εξηνα, 
pass,  'εξανθην :  pf.  pass,  from  Hipp, 
downwds.  έξασμαι,  but  έξαμμαι  also 
occurs  in  Diod.  To  scratch,  comb, 
esp.  of  wool,  to  card,  so  as  to  make 
it  lit  for  spinning,  είρια  ξαίνειν, 
Od.  22,  423 ;  στέμματα  ς.,  Eur.  Or. 
12:  but  later  usu  absol.,  as  Soph. 
Fr.  497,  Ar.  Lys.  536,  Plat.,  etc. ;  and 
c.  gen.  partitivo,  έρίων  ξ.,  Meineke 
Com.  Fragm.  2,  p.  271 :  hence,  me- 
taph., ξ.  εννοιαν  εις  κα/.αθίσκον,  Ar. 
Lys.  579. — 2.  of  cloth,  to  full,  clean  it, 
ξ.  τϊέτϊ/.ον,  Ar.  Αν.  827. — II.  metaph., 
to  subject  to  a  process  like  that  of  fulling, 
as  of  threshing,  ήνίκ'  uv  ξανθ?/  στά- 
χνς,  Aesch.  Fr.  291,  7; — then  of  per- 
sons, to  scourge,  etc.,  ξ.  κατά  νώτον 
πο'/.7.άς  (sc.  ττ'ληγάς),  Dem.  403,  4 ; 
βά3δοις  εξαινον  τά  σώματα,  Plut. 
Poplic.  6  ;  cf.  Jac.  Ach.  Tat.  p.  799  : 
— esp.  of  the  waves  of  the  sea,  to  beat, 
lash  the  shore,  Ruhnk.  Ep.  Cr.  p.  151 ; 
cf.  Lat.  radere  and  stringere  ; — hence, 
ξαίνονσα  τταρειάς  δάκρνσιν,  .\nth.  P. 
7,  464.  (From  same  root  as  ξέω,  ξύω  ; 
akin  to  Lat.  scabere,  our  shave.) 

'Ξ.άνάω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  grow  numb 
or  stiff,  probably,  strictly  of  the 
hands  when  stiff  with  carding  wool. 
Soph.  Fr.  450;  cf.  .Nic.  Ther.  383. 
Hence 

Ξάνησις,  ή,  numbness  of  the  hands. 
Poll. 

'\'Ξ.άνθη,  ης,  ή,  Xanthe,  a  daughter 
of  Oceanus  and  Tethys,  Hes.  Th. 
356. 

Ζανθίας,  ov,  6,  a  kind  of  thunny, 
Ath. — II.  Xanthias,  the  name  of  a 
slave,  the  Fnol  or  Gracioso  of  Greek 
comedy,  Ar.  Ran.,  etc.:  no  doubt  he 
had  yellow  hair  ;  cf.  τ:νΙ)()ίας. — III.  a 
throw  on  the  dice,  Meineke  Com. 
Fragm.  3.  p.  234. 

■ΙΈανθ ίδιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  foreg. 
II.,  my  dear  Xanthias,  Ar.  Ran.  582. 

Έανθίζω,  (ξανθός)  to  make  yellow  or 
brown,  by  roasting  or  frying,  Ar.  Ach. 
1047  :  hence  in  pass.,  of  the  meat,  to 
grow  yellow,  cf.  ξανθός,  fin. : — mid.  to 
dye  one^s  hair,. A.  B. — II.  intr.  to  be 
yellow,  LXX. 

ίΞ,ανθικλής.  έονς,  ό.  Xanthicles,  an 
Achaian,  a  commander  of  the  ten 
thousand  on  the  return,  Xen.  An.  3, 
1,  47. 

Λονθικός,  ov,  ό,  a  name  of  the 
month  of  April  among  the  Macedo- 
nians and  Gazaeans,  Diod. :  τά  Ξσΐ'- 
θικά,  a  Macedon.  festival  in  that 
month,  like  the  Rom.  lustralio  exerci- 
tus. 

fSuvdcoi,  ων,   oi,    the   Xanthii,   a 
i  people  of  Hyrcania,  Strab.  p.  511. 
i       Ζύνθιον,  ov,  TO.  a  plant  used  for 
I  dying  the  hair  yellow,  Xanthium  stru- 
I  marium,  broad-leaved  burweed,  Spren- 

gel  Diosc.  4,  136. 
I       ίΞ.ύνθιον  πεδίον,  τό, v.  "ρ,άνθος  II.  1. 
I       ^Έανθίττπη,  ης,  ij,  Xanthippe,  Λvife 
I  of  Pleuron,  Apollod.  1,  7,7. — 2.  wife 
'  of  Socrates,  Plat. — Others  in  Anth. 
^Ξανθι—τϊίδης,  ov,  ό,  prop,  son  of 
Xanthippus,  as  masc.  n.,  Xanthippi- 
des,  V.  sq.  3. 

ic,άvθιπ'!τoς,  ov,  ό,  Xanthippus,  son 
of  Melas,  slain  by  Tydeus,  Apollod. 
1,  8.  5. — 2.  son  of  Ariphon,  father  of 
Pericles,  gained  the  victory  at  My- 
cale,  Hdt.  6,  136.— 3.  an  Athenian 
archon,  Diod.  S. :  in  Plut.  Arisiid.  5, 
Έανθι-ττίδης. — 4.  the  elder  son  of 
Pericles,  Plat.  Menex. — 5.  a  Spartan 
general  in  the  service  of  the  Cartha- 
ginians, Polyb.  1,  32,  sqq. — Others  in 
i  Paus.  J  etc. 


SANQ 

^Λανθίς.  ίδος,  ή,  Xanthis,  a  Thes- 
piad,  Apollod.  2,  7,  8. 

Ξάνθισμα,  ατός,  τό,  {ξανθίζω)  that 
ivhich  is  dyed  yellow,  ξ.  κόμης,  dyed 
hair,  Eur.  Dan.  8,  cf.  Anth.  P.  5, 
260. 

Έανθόγεως,  ων,  (ξανθός,  γη)  of  yel- 
low soil,  Luc.  Dea  Syr.  8. 

Έανθοέθειρος,  ov,=:8q. 

Λανθόθριξ,  τρΊχος,  ό,  ή,  {ξανθός, 
θρίξ)  golden-haired,  Solon  32,  Theocr. 
18,  1. 

Ζανθοκάρηνος,  ov,  {ξανθός,  κάρη- 
νον)  with  yellow  head  or  hair,  Anth.  P. 
9,  524,  15.  [κα] 

Έανθοκόμης.  ov,  ό.  {ξανθός,  κόμη) 
=  ξανθόθριξ,  Pind.  Ν.  9,  40,  Ορρ.  C. 
3,  24 :  also  ξανθόκομος,  ον,  Theocr. 
17,  103. 

^ανθόον/.ος,  ον,  {ξανθός,  ονλος) 
with  curly,  yellow  hair,  Liban. 

Λανθός,  ή,  όν,  yellow,  of  various 
shades,  golden  yellow,  bright  yellow  or 
pale  yellow  ;  often  with  a  tinge  of  red, 
chestnut,  auburn  (cf.  ττνβρός),  hat.fla- 
vus.fulvus.  robius :  Plat.,  Tim.  68  B, 
defines  it  /.αμ-ρόν  έρνθρώ  'λενκώ  τε 
μεμιγμένον.  In  Ηοιη.  Achilles  al- 
ways has  ξανθή  κόμη,  U.  1,  197  ;  23, 
141  ;  and  Ulys.ses  ξανθαι  τρίχες,  Od. 
13,  399,  431  :  he  also  has  it  as  a  dis- 
tinctive epith.  of  some  person,  as  ξαν- 
θός Μενέ'λαος,  ξανθός  ^ίε'/.εαγρος, — 
and  here  some  would  take  it  of  the 
sun-burnt  complexion  of  these  heroes  ; 
— but  as  it  is  also  applied  to  women, 
as  to  Agamede,  m  ll.  11,  740,  (ξ.  Αη-  • 
μήτηρ  in  11.  5,  500  may  refer  to  the 
golden  corn),  to  .Ariadne,  etc.  by  Hes., 
to  Minerva  and  the  Graces  by  Pind. 
(N.  10,  11;  5,  iin.),  it  is  better  in  all 
cases  to  take  it  of  their  golden  hair: 
for  this/i7i>,  blonde  hair,  being  rare  in 
the  south,  seems  to  have  belonged 
to  the  ancient  ideal  of  youthful  beau- 
ty :  e.  g.  Apollo  always  has  it :  and 
on  the  Att.  stage  it  marked  princely 
youths.  The  only  other  use  of  the 
word  in  Hotn.  is  ξανθός  Ίττιτονς,  chest- 
nut mares,  II.  11,  680,  cf  9, 407.  The 
later  usage  remained  the  same,  be- 
ing usu.  applied  to  hair:  but  tXen- 
ophan.  has  it  of  loaves,  άρτοι  ξανθοί, 

1,  9  Bgk.t,  Pind.  ol  flowers  (O.  6,  91), 
of  gold  (O.  7,  90),  of  gum  (Fr.  87,  2)  ; 
and  Soph.  (Fr.  257)  of  wine  :  ξανθαί- 
σιν  ανραις  ύγάλ/εται,  exults  in  its 
yellow  fragrance,  of  a  fried  fish,  An- 
tiph.  Philotheb.  1,  22;  cf  ξανθίζω, 
ξανθοχρως.  (Akin  to  ξονθος.) — II. 
Έάνθος,  paroxyt.,  as  prop,  n.,  Xan- 
thus, — 1.  a  stream  of  the  Troad,  so 
called  by  gods,  by  men  Scamander, 

II.  20,  74,  etc. — 2.  a  horse  of  Achilles, 
Bayard,  the  Other  being  Βαλίος,  Pye- 
ball.  II.  16,  149.  v.  sq. 

tHuv^of,  ov,  o,Xanthus,  I.  as  masc. 
pr.  n.,  1.  a  Trojan,  11.  5,  152. — 2.  son 
of  Triopas,  king  of  Troezene,  who 
settled  afterward  in  Lesbos,  Call. 
Del.  41.  —  3.  a  commander  of  the 
Mardi,  Aesch.  Pers.  995.-4.  the  last 
king  of  Thebes,  Strab.  p.  393.-5.  a 
Samian,  Hdt.  2, 135. — 6.  a  lyric  poet, 
who  flourished  before  the  time  of 
Croesus,  Ath.  513  A. — 7.  a  historian 
of  Sardis,  Ath.  515  D.— Others  in 
Diog.  L. ;  etc. — II.  of  rivers,  1.  a  riv- 
er of  Lycia,  rising  in  Mt.  Taurus,  II. 

2,  877  ;  along  it  lay  the  Έάνθιον  πε- 
δίον, Hdt.  1.  176.-2.  V.  foreg.  Π.  1.— 

III.  a  city  on  the  LycianXanthus,  con- 
taining a  temple  of  Sarpedon,  now 
prob.  ^Aksenide,  Hdt.  1,  176  ;  Strab. 
p.  666:  hence  oi  Βύνθιοι,  the  inhab. 
of  Xanthtis,  Hdt.  1.  c. — IV.  as  name 
of  horses,  1.  v.  foreg.  XL  2. — 2.  ahorse 
of  Hector,  L.  8,  185. 

989 


SENA 

Ζανθότης,  ητος,  ή,  {ξανθός)  i/ellotv 
fiess,  esp.  of  hair,  StraU  tp.  ■■i'JO. 

SavOorfti;(iu>,  ώ,  to  be  ξαΐ'βοθμιξ, 
have  yellow  hair,  Strab.  tp•  2C3. 

Ξ.αι•βοφΰτ/ς,  ίς,  goldfi-gleaming. 

^αΐ'θυφύ>/ς,  ίς,  {ξανΟόι;,  φνι})  yellow 
by  nature^  'έλικες,  Anth.  P.  12,  10. 

Έανθοχίτων,  ο)νος,  ύ,  i/,  {ξανθός, 
χιτών)  ti^ith  a  yellow  coat,  βοιή,  Anth. 
P.  6,  102. 

Βανθοχολικός,  ή,  όν,  o/or  belonging 
to  a  ξανβόχο?Μς. 

^ανθόχολος,  ov,  {ξανθός,  χολή) 
with  yellow  bile,  jaundiced. 

Έανθόχμοος,  ov,  {ξανθός,  χρόα, 
χρως)  with  yellow  -v/rm,  Mosch.  2,  84, 
ίίοηη. : — 80,  ξανθόχρυς,  ωτος,  ό,  ή, 
of  fried  fish,  Nausicr.  ap.  Ath.  325  E. 

^avOacj,  ώ,  as  pass.,  -όομαι,  to  be  or 
becomt  ξανθός. 

Έανθύνομαι.,=^ίοχ^ζ.,  Schneid.  in 
Ind.  Theophr. 

Άανΰωηός,  όν,  {ξανθός,  ΰφ)  golden- 
hokutg,  χαίτη,  0pp.  _C.  2,  382. 

S«woi',  ov,  TO.  {ξαίνιο)  a  card  for 
fombing  wool; — a  comb,  A.  B. — 11.= 
iτ<iξr^vov■  [ά] 

'^άνοις,  7),  ΐίΌοΙ-cardi ng. 

Σύντητ,  ov,  ό,  (ξαίνω)  a  wool-carder, 
Plat.  Pofit.  281  A.     Hence 

Ζαρτικός,  ή,  όν,  of,  belonging  to  or 
fit  fur  wool-cnnling  :  ή  -κη  (sc,  τέχνη), 
wov/-cardirig.  Plat.  Polit.  281  A. 

Ξάντρκι,  ar,  ή,  fern,  of  ξάι•της:  αϊ 
ξ.,  name  of  a  play  of  Aeschylus. 

Έιίσμα,  ατός,  τό,  {ξαίνω)  carded 
ivooL  Soph.  Fr.  915. 

iΞ.ΐl-^'aγόpης,  ίω,  ό,  Ιοη.=  Ξενα)'ό- 
ρας,  ov,  son  of  Praxilaus,  governor 
of  Cilicia  under  Xerxes,  Hdt.  9,107. 

Έεινύ-ύτης,  ov,  b,  Ion.  for  ξένα- 
πάτης.  Eur.  [ά] 

Έεινη.  ή.  Ion.  for  ξένη. 

Ζεινηδοκος.  ov,  poet,  for  ξενοδ-: 
ξείνηϋεν.  Ion,  for  ξέν-. 

^■ανηίη,  ης.  η,  ίοη.  for  ξενία,  Hdt. 

3,  39,  where  however  some  MSS. 
have  the  usu.  Ion.  form  ξεινίη,  which 
is  prob.  riglit. 

'^ει.νήίον,  ov,  TO,  (ξηνος)  Ion.  for 
ξενεϊον  (which  is  hardly  to  be  found), 
a  host's  gift,  such  as  was  given  to  a 
departing  guest,  Horn. ;  in  full,  όώρα 
ξηνήια,  Od.  24,  273 ;  ironically, a  good 
return,  i.  e.  retribution,  Od.  22,  290: 
also  the  provision  made  for  a  guest,  Od. 

4.  33 ;  and  so,  generally, /nc/irWi/  gifts, 
II.  0,  218;  cf.  ξένων  (sub  ξένιος  11). 

Σεινίζω,  Ion.  for  ϊενιζω,  Horn.,  and 
Hdt. 

Ξεινίη,  ξεινικός,  Ion.  for  ξεν-,  Hdt. 

Λείνιον,  TO,  ξείνιος,  a,  ov.  Ion.  for 
ξέν-,  Horn.,  and  Hdt 

Βεινο.ίύκχη,  ης,  ή,  mad  for  love  of 
the  stranger,  Lyc. 

Ξεα•θ(5οΛί'ω,  ώ,  Hdt. ;  ξεινοδόκος, 
Hoin.,  and  Hes.,  Ion.  for  ξενοδ-. 

Ξίΐνοκτονέω,  ώ.  Ion.  for  ξενοκτο- 
νέω,  Hdt. 

'^είνυς.  η,  ov,  Ion.  for  ξένος,  Horn., 
Hes.,  and  Hdt.     Hence 

Ζεινοσννη,  ης,  ή,  Od.  21,  35 ;  and 
ξανοω,  Ion.  for  ξεν-. 

iZει.vόψιλ.oς,  ov,  ύ,  poet.  =  Ξεν•, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Anth. 

^Ξ,εινοφόων,  ό,  poet.  =  Ξενοφών, 
Christod.  Ecphr.  388. 

Ξειρίς,  ίόος,  ή,  v.  sub  ξνρίς. 

Ξενάγέτης,  ov,  ό,  one  τυΐιο  takes 
charge  of  guests,  ξ.  Αελφοί,  the  hospit- 
able Delphians,  Find.  N.  7.  63  :  from 

Λενΰγέω,  ώ,  to  be  a  ξεναγός :  also 
to  show  strangers  the  sights,  '  lionize' 
thern :  hence,  ξεναγούμενος,  one  see- 
ing the  sights.  Plat.  Phaedr.  230  C  ; 
ξενάγησαν  με  νέη'λνν  ΰντα,  Luc.  D. 
Mort.  18,  1,  cf.  Conterapl  1•— II.  to 
levy  or  lead  mercenary  troops,  !;.  τον 
990 


ΞΕΝΙ 

ξtvικov,  Xen.  Hell.  4,  3,  15  and  17. 
Hence 

fi.εvύγησLς,εως,τι,=  sq. — Μ.ξνίών, 
theconscription,  enlistment  oione'ssons, 
App.  Civ.  5,  74.  [a] 

Λενύγία.  ας,  ή,  the  office  of  a  ξενα- 
γός, command  of  a  body  of  mercenaries , 

App- 

]'~.εvaγopaς,ov,o,Xenagoras,vι\ΆSC. 

pr.  n.,  Ael.  V.  H.  12,  26. 

Άενάγός,  όν,  {ξένος,  ήγέομαι)  gadd- 
ing strangers,  Plut.  2,  567  A. — 11.  as 
subst.,  ό  ξ.,  the  leader  of  a  body  of  mer- 
cenaries, Thuc.  2,  75,  Xen.  Hell.  4,  2, 
19,  etc.  (The  form  is  strictly  Dor., 
but  like  many  others,  esp.  military 
terms,  it  has  been  adopted  in  Att., 
Pors.  Or.  26,  Lob.  Phryn.  4.30.) 
Λενΰγωγέω,  ώ,=  ξεναγέω  :  from 
^ενΰγΐύγός,  όν,  later  form  for^fva- 
γός  II,  I-ob.  Phryn.  430,  Schiif.  Plut. 
Ages.  36. 

'\Αεναίνετος,  ov,  ό,  Xenaenetus,  an 
Athenian  archon,  01.  94,  4,  Lys.  148, 
22:  in  Diod.  S.  Έξαίνετος. 

Αενάττάτης,  ov,  ό,  poet.  ξειν-,{ξενος, 
άττατάι,))  one  ivho  deceives  strangers, 
Pind.  O.  10  (11),  43,  Eur.  Med.  1392. 
— II.  a  treacherous  breeze  within  a  har- 
bour, while  another  is  blowing  at  sea, 
A.  B.  [a]     Hence  ^ 

Ξεί'άτΓίίΓία,  ας,  ή,  the  cheating  of 
strangers,  Ep.  Plat.  350  C. 

■\Ζενάρης,  ονς,  ό,  Xenares,  a  Lace- 
daemonian, Thuc.  5,  51. 

^^ενύρκειος,  ov,  of  Xenarces,  6  3- 
ν'ιός,  son  of  Xenarces,  Pind.  P.  8,  26  : 
from 

\Ξ,ενύρκης,  ονς.  ύ,  Xenarces,  father 
of  Aristomenes  of  Aegina,  Pind.  P.  8, 
102  (72). 

Άίναρκής.  ές,  {ξένος,  ίφκέω)  aiding 
strangers,  Pmd.  Ν.  4,•  20. 

ίΖίναρχος.  ov,  ό,  Xenarchns,  a  poet 
of  the  middle  comedy,  Memeke  3, 
614  sqq.— 2.  a  mimographer,  son  of 
Sophron,  Arist.  Poet.  1. — 3.  a  peripa- 
tetic philosopher  of  Seleucia,  teacher 
of  Strabo,  Strab.  p.  670,— Others  in 
Ath. ;  etc. 

tSfvera,  ας,  ?/,  Xenea,  name  of  a 
shepherdess,  Theocr.  7,  73. 

■\Έένετυς,  ov.  ό,  Xenetus,  a  Syra- 
cusan,   father-in-law    of    the   tyrant 
Dionysius,  Diod.  S.  14,  44. 
Ζενίνω,^=ξενιτενΐύ,  very  dub. 
Ζενη,  ης,  ή,  fern,  oi ξένος : — 1.  (sub. 
}υί7;),  a  female  guest :  a  foreign  woman, 
Aesch.  Ag:.  950,  etc.— 2.  (sub.  χώρα, 
γη.)  a  foreign  country,  Soph.  Phil.  135. 
— 3.  (sub.  τράπεζα),  a  ho.ipitable  enter- 
tainment, hospitality,  like  ξενία.  Hence 
'Ζενηθεν,     Ion.    ξειν-,    adv.,  from 
abroad,  0pp.  II.  4,  153. 

Αενη?Μσία,  ας,  ή,  at  Sparta^  a 
measure  for  ridding  the  country  of  for- 
eigners, a  sort  of  alien  act,  Thuc.  1, 
144  (ubi  v.  Arnold) ;  2,  39,  Plat.  Prot. 
342  C  :  cf.  Miiller  Don  3, 1,  §2:  from 
^ενηλΰτέω,  ώ,  {ξένος,  έλαννω)  to 
banish  foreigners,  Ar.  A  v.  1013. 

Αενία,  ας,  ή,  {ξένος)  the  state  and 
rights  of  a  guest,  hospitality,  Od.  24, 
2^6,  314  (in  form  ξενίη,  whereas  Hdt. 
has  Ion.  form  ξεινίη,  and  ξεινηΐ-η  in 
3,  39,  si  veral.):  hence  έπΙ  ξενιαν 
κα/.εΐν,  έλθείν,  to  invite,  come  as  a 
guest,  Pind.  N.  10,  92,  Dem.  81,  20; 
cf.  ξένιος  II  :  hospitable  reception,  en- 
tertainment, Hdt.  7,  116,  etc.— 2.  a 
friendly  relation,  between  two  princes 
or  states,  ξενιαν  τινϊ  σνντιΟέναι,  Lat. 
hospitium  facere  cum  aliquo,  Hdt.  1, 
27  ;  3,  39  ;  so,  ξ.  τινός,  Dem.  242,  20; 
cf.  πρόξενος. — 3.  the  state  or  rights  of 
a  foreigner,  as  opp.  to  those  of  a  citi- 
zen ;  hence,  ξενίας  φενγειν  (sc.  γρα- 
φήν)  to  be  indicted  as  an  alien  for 


SEN! 

usurping  civic  rights,  Ar.  Vcsp.  718, 
so,  ξενίας  ά'λίσκεσθαι,  Dem.  741,  19; 
ξενίας  γρύ-ψασθαί  τίνα.  Id.  1020.  23  : 
cf.  Att.  Process  347  sq. — II.  as  fem. 
of  ξένιος,  a  foreign  land,  έπΙ  ξενίας 
πτωχεύειν,  Antipho  117,  22. 

]ίί,ενιάόης,  ov  ό,  Xeniades,  a  Corin- 
thian, who  purchased  Diogenes  from 
Sinope,  andsethim  atlibcrty.Diog.  L. 
tHf  i'i'iZf,  ov.  (5,  Xenias,  a  command- 
er of  the  Greeks  in  the  service  of  Cy- 
rus the  younger,  an  Arcadian,  Xen, 
An.  1,  1. — 2.  a  wealthy  Elean,  Id. 
Hell.  3,  2,  27. 

ρ,ενίζω, Ion. ξεινίζω,ί.  -ίσο:  (ξέΐ'ος): 
— to  receive  or  entertain  strangers,  to  re- 
ceive as  a  guest,  Lat.  hospitio  excipere, 
Horn,  (who  like  Hdt.  always  has  the 
Ion.  form,  usu.  with  doubled  σ,  ξεί• 
νισσε,  ξεινίσσας.  etc.),  Trag.,  etc.  ; 
ξείνοιχ  ξ;  Od.  3,  355  ;  ξ.  τινά  iv  όό- 
μοις,  Eur.  Ale.  1013,  etc. ;  ξ.  τινυ.  σί• 
τοισι.  Soph.  Fr.  579  :  so,  ξ.  τίνα  πολ- 
7οϊς  ιϊγαΟοις,  to  present  vith  hospita- 
ble gilts,  Xen.  Cyr.  5,3,  2:— pass., 
toihe  entertained  as  a  guest,  Lat.  hnspi- 
tnri,  Ar.  Ach.  73,  Plat.  Tim.  17  B.— 
II.  to  surprise,  astonish  by  some  strange 
sisht,  etc.  ;  in  pass.,  to  be  astonished, 
Polyb.  1,  23,  5  ;  3,  68,  9,  etc.— 2.  to 
make  strange,  alter  ;  esp.  of  plants  and 
animals,  to  stunt  their  growth  and  dis- 
tort them. — III.  intr.  to  he  strange.  Po- 
lyb. 3.  114,4:  ξ.  τώ  σχήματί,  Luc. 
Gymn.  6 : — to  apeak  with  a  foreign  ac- 
cent. Dern.  1304,  6;  λέξις  ξενίζονσα, 
Luc.  Hist.  Scrib.  45  :  cf.  sq.  fin. 

Έενίκός,  ή.  όν,  also  of,  όν,  Eur.  Ion 
722  ;  Ion.  ξειν-  {ζένος) :  of  or  belong- 
ing tn  a  stranger,  of  foreign  kind,  opp.  to 
(lari/fof,  Aesch.  Supp.  018;  ξ.  Ίκτή- 
ρες.  Eur.  Cycl.  370. — 2.  of  soldiers, 
hired  for  service  under  foreigners,  mer- 
cenary, Xen.  An.  1,  2,  1,  etc.;  so, 
νϊμς  ξ-,  Thuc.  7,  42  :  but  ξ.  στρατός 
in  Hdt.  ],  77  is  prob.  only  the  foreign 
auxiliaries,  not  mercenaries  :  τυ  ξενι- 
ΚΟν.=  υΊ  ξένοι,  a  bodij  or  army  of  mer- 
cenaries, Ar.  Plut.  173,  Thuc.  8,  25, 
Xen.,  etc. — II.  strange,  foreign,  out- 
landish, Hdt.  1,  172;  4,  76  (who  al- 
ways uses  the  Ion.  form) ;  f.  ονόμα- 
τα, foreign  names,  Plat.  Crat.  401  Β  : 
of  style,  foreign,  i.  e.  abounding  in 
unusual  words.  Arist.  Rhet.  3,  3,  3, 
Poet.  22,  3.  Adv.  -κΰς,  Plat.  Crat. 
407  B. 

At'Viov,  ov,  TO,  V.  ξένιος  II. 
Έίνιος,  a,  ov,  Att.  also  ος,  ov.  Ion. 
ξείνιος  {ξένος)  : — belonging  to  a  friend 
and  guest,  or  to  friendship  and  hospitali- 
ty, hospitable,  Τ-ενς  ξ.,  as  protector  of  the 
rights  of  hospitality,  11.  13,  625,  Od.  9, 
271,  Pind.,  and  Trag. ;  τράπεζα  ξ-,  the 
gur.st's  table,  Od.  14.  158  ;  ξ.  κοίτη, 
Pind.  P.  3,  56  ;  ξ.  τινί,  hotind  to  one  by 
ties  of  hospntality, Hdt.  5, 63  • — ξένια  όώ- 
ρα (il.  11,779),  or ξένιαη\οηρ. friendly 
gifts,  given  to  the  guest  by  his  host, 
Lat. /f!iiiium,  Horn.,  whointends  there- 
by chiefly  food  and  lodging;  he,  like 
Hdt.,  mostly  uses  phir.,  cf.  ξεινηίον: 
(Hom.  usu.  has  the  Ion.  form,  but  in 
Od.  he  also  frcq.  uses  the  common 
one,  14,  158,  389;  15.  514,  etc.,  Hdt. 
the  Ion.  only):  επΙ  ξένια  κα7•.εΙν,  to 
invite  any  one  to  eat  with  you,  Hdt. 
2,  107  ;  5.  18,  etc.,  cf.  Jac.  Ach.  Tat. 
p.  700  ;  έπΙ  ξείνια  παραλαβεϊν  τίνα, 
Hdt.  4,  154,  cf.  ξένια.— 11.  foreign, 
Pind.  P.  3,  56. 

fΞέvιππor,  ov,  ό,  Xenippus,  an 
Athenian,  Dem.  1021,  16. 

ΙΞετ'ίΓ.  ίόος,  ή,  Xenis,  a  slave  of 
Neaera,'Dem.  1386,  8. 

Ζένΐσις,  ή,  [ξενίζω)  the  entertain- 
ment of  a  guest  or  stranger,  ξ.  ποιεί- 
σθαι,  Thuc.  6,  46, 


ΞΕΝΟ 

Ξένισμα,  ατός,  τό,  (ξεί'ίζω  11.  1) 

amazement. 

Αενισμός,  οϋ,  δ,=  ξένίσις,  Plat.Lys. 

20ό  C. — 1].  the  injurious  effect  of  any 
new  or  strange  thing,  e.  g.  νδάτιον, 
Diosc.  ;  V.  ξινίζω  11.— 2.  the  strange- 
ness or  novelty  of  a  thing,  Polyb.  15, 
17,  1,  Diog.  L.  2,  94. 

ΛειΊτίΐα,  ας.  ή.  a  living  abroad, 
LXX,  Luc.  Patr.  Enc.  8:  the  life  of 
a  soldier  on  foreign  service  :  from 

Ξΐνΐτενω,  (ξει•ος)  to  live  abroad. 
Timae.  ap.  Polyb.  12,  28,  6,  Luc. 
Patr.  Enc.  8  :— also  as  dep.,  ξενιτεύο- 
μαι, esp.  to  be  a  mercenary  in  foreign 
service,  Isocr.  107  A,  410  C. 

Ξενοδάίκτΐ/ς,  ov,  a,  {ξένος,  δαΐζω) 
one  who  murders  guests  or  strangers, 
Eur.  H.  F.  391. 

Λίΐ•ηδαίτης,  ov,  o,  (_ξένος,  δαίω, 
δαίς)  one  that  devours  guests  or  stran- 
gers, epith.  of  the  Cyclops,  Eur.  Cycl. 
658. 

ί^ενόδημος,  ov,  ό,  Dor.  αενόδύμ-, 
Xenodemus,  masc.  pr.  n.,  ApoUod. ; 
etc. 

ίΞενοδίκη,  ης,  ή,  Xenodice,  daugh- 
ter of  Minos  and  Pasiphae,  Apollod. 
3,  1,2.-2.  daughter  of  Syleus,  Id.  2, 
6,3. 

Λενοδοκεϊον,  and  -χείον,  ov,  τό,  a 
place  for  strangers  to  lodge  in,  an  inn, 
lodging-house:  from 

Αενοδοκέω,  ώ.  Ion.  ξεινοδ-,  Hdt.  6, 
127,  and  ξενοδοχέω,  Eur.  Ale.  552.  to 
entertain,  lodge  guests  or  strangers. — 
U.Jo  testify.  Pmd.  Fr.  278? 

Λενοδοκος  and  -δόχος,  ov,  Ion.  ξει- 
νοδόκος  {ξένος,  δέχομαι) : — receiving, 
entertaining  strangers :  in  Horn,  (who 
like  Hes,  Op.  185,  always  has  Ion. 
form),  ξεινοδόκος  is  the  host,  as  opp. 
to  ξεϊνος,  the  guest,  v.  esp.  Od.  8,  543  ; 
15,  55. — IL  a  witness,  Simon.  215,  cf. 
Schneidovv.  Simon,  p.  84. 

ίΞεί'όδοκος.ον,  ό,  Xenodocus,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Aeschm.  49,  19 ;  etc. 

^ενοδόχημα,  ατός,  τό,^ξενοδο- 
ΚεΙον. 

Έενοδοχία,  ας,  ή,  the  entertainment 
of  a  stranger,  Xen.  Oec.  9,  10  ;  from 
"^η'οδόχος,  ov,=  ξενοδόκος. 
^^ενόδο_χοε,    ov,    ό,     Xenodochus, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Plut.  Alex.  57. 

"Β-ενοδώτης,  ov,  ό,  {ξένος,  δίδωμι) 
the  host,  epith.  of  Bacchus,  Anth.  P. 
9,  521.  15. 

Λενόεις.  εσσα,  εν,  {ξένος)  full  of 
stranger.•',  Eur.  1.  T.  1282. 

Λενοθντέω,  ώ.  {ξένος,  θνω)  to  sacri- 
fice .■strangers,  Strab.  fp.  298. 

ίΒ^νοιτας,  ό,  Xenottas,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  Polyb.  5.  48,  6. 

ί^ενοιΰ^ης,  contd.  Λενοκ?α/ς,  q.  v., 
Ar. 

ίΛενόκ?.εια,  ac,  τ),  Xenoclea,  a  fe- 
male of  Delphi,  Paus.  10,  13,  8. 

ί^ενοκ/.είδης,ον,  o.Xenocltdes,  ad- 
miral of  the  Corinthians,  Thuc.  1,  46. 
—2.  an  Athenian  poet,  Dcin.  447,  11. 
^Λενοκλτ/ς,  έονς.  ό,  uncoil  td.  -κ?.έτ/ς, 
Xenocles,  a  commander  of  the  Spar- 
tans, Xen.  Hell.  3,4,20.-2,  an  Athe- 
nian, father  of  Carcinus,  a  tragic 
poet,  Ael.  V.  H,  2,  8,-3,  son  of  Car- 
cinus, a  wretched  tragic  poet,  Ar. 
Ran.  86 ;  Th.  169,— Others  in  Strab, ; 
etc, 

Έενοκο~έω,  ώ,  {ξένος,  κόπτω)  to 
kill  strangers,  Metagen,  ap.  Suid. 

Αενοκράτέομαί,  {ξένος,  κρατέω)  as 
pass.,  to  be  ruled  by  strangers,  esp.  by 
mercenary  troops. 

^Αενοκράτης,  ονς,  ό.  Xcnocrates,  a 
philosopher  of  Chalcedon,  successor 
of  Speusippus  in  the  academy,  Ael, 
Λ^  Η.  2,  19  ;  Ath.  18G  Β.— 2.  brother 
of  Theron  tyrant  of  Agrigentum,  a 


ΞΕΝΟ 

victor  in  the  Pythian  games,  Pind. 
P.  6,  6. — Others  m  Paus.  ;  etc. 

^Ξενυκρίτη,  ης,  ή,  Xenocrite,  fem. 
pr.  n.,  Plut. 

^Αενόκριτος,  ov,  ό,  Xenocritus,  a 
statuary  of  Thebes,  Paus.  9,  11,  14. — 
2.  a  lyric  poet,  Plut. 

αειοκτονέω,  ώ,  to  slay  guests  or 
strangers.  Ion.  ξεινοκτ-,  Hdt.  2,  115, 
Eur.  Hec.  1247:  and 

γενοκτονία,  ας,  ή,  v.  1.  for  ξενοφο- 
via :  from 

Αενοκτόνος,  ov,  {ξένος,  κτείνω) 
slaying  guests  or  strangers,  Eur.  L  T. 
53,  776,  Aeschin.  85,  42. 

Ξενοκνστά-άτη,  ι/ς,  η,  {ξένος,  κύ- 
στη, απατάω)  an  intrigue  with  foreign 
women,  Anth.  P.  11,  7. 

Λενο/.ογέω,  ώ,  to  enlist  strangers, 
esp,  for  soldiers,  hence  to  levy  mercen- 
aries, Isocr,  101  D,  Dem,  1019,  12  : 
and 

Λενολογία.  ας,  ή.  a  levying  of  mer- 
cenaries. Arist.  Oec,  2,  41,  1  :  and 

Άενο'λόγιον,  ov,  τό,  an  army  of  mer- 
cenaries, Polyb,  29,  8,  6,  etc, :  from 

Αενο'/.όγος,  ov,  {ξένος,  λέγω)  levy- 
ing mercenarits,  Polyb,  1,82,  1, 

Ξένομάνέω,  ώ,  to  have  a  rage  for  for- 
eign  fashions,  Plut.  2,  527  Ε  :  from 

Αενομάνής,    ές.    {ξένος,  μαίνομαι) 
mad  after  foreign  fashions,  etc.  :  hence 
ξενομανία,  ας,  ή,  a  rage  for  foreign 
fashions,  etc. 

Αίνοπύβεω,  ώ,  {ξένος,  πάθος)  to 
have  a  strange  feeling,  feel  a  thing  ίο  be 
strange  or  unusual,  Wyttenb.  Plut.  2, 
132  C, 

^Έενοπείθεια,  ας,  ή,  Xenopithta, 
motlier  of  Lysandrides,  Theoponip. 
ap,  Ath.  609  B. 

ίΞενηπειθης,  ονς,  ό,  XenopUhes, 
an  Athenian,  son  of  Nausiciates, 
against  whom  is  directed  orat.  Dem. 
984  sqq.  ;  in  this  another,  uncle  of 
foreg.,  is  mentioned,  986,  24. 

ΛίΡοπρεπής,  ές,  {ξένος,  πρέπω)  be- 
.seeming  a  stranger  : — strange,  out  of  the 
way.  Hipp, 

ΞΕ'ΝΟΣ,  ov,  f).  Ion.  ξεΐνος,  a  guest, 
Hom.  (who  like  Hes.  and  Hdt.  always 
uses  Ion.  form)  ;  but  the  guest  appears 
under  a  two-fold  relation  :  —  I.  the 
friend,  with  whom  one  has  a  treaty 
of  hospitality  for  self  and  heirs,  con- 
firmed by  mutual  presents  and  an  ap- 
peal to  Τ,ίυς  ξένιος.  In  this  sense 
both  parties  are  ξένοι,  v.  esp.  Od.  1, 
313  ;  and,  from  this  relation  being 
hereditary,  must  be  explained  the 
Hom.  expressions  ξείνος  πατρώίος 
and  παλαιός.  Yet, — 11.  m  Hom.  the 
word  usu.  appears  in  a  pass,  sense, 
to  denote  the  person  who  receives 
hospitality,  i.  e.  the  guest,  as  0[)p.  to 
the  host,  V.  esp.  Od.  8,  543  ;  15,  55 ; 
but  also  in  act.  sense,  the  host,  else- 
where ξεινοδυκος,  11.  15,  532,  Od.  8, 
16G,  20S  ;  14,  53,  and  Ireq.  in  Att. 
Further,  Hom.  uses  ξείνός  τίνος  as 
well  as  τινι,  while  Hdt.  seems  to  join 
it  only  with  dat. ;  but  both  recur  in 
Att.,  cf.  Thuc.  2,  13,  Xen.  An.  2,  1, 
5, — though  the  latter  remained  most  \ 
coninion. —  2.  because  in  the  olden 
time  it  was  a  sacred  duty  to  receive, 
lodge  and  protect  the  helpless  stran- 
ger, Hom.  uses  ξείνος  ior  any  stran- 
ger (who  did  not  give  himselt  out  for 
a  robljer  or  enemy),  and  so  for  α  wan- 
derer or  refugee,  who  uas  to  be  treated 
just  like  a  guest ;  hence  ξείνος  is  join- 
ed sometimes  with  ικέτης,  Od.  8,  546, 
sometimes  with  πτωχός,  Od.  6,  208. 
Hence  too, — 3.  from  Hom.downwds., 
any  one  whose  name  is  not  known  or 


ΞΕΝΟ 

mon  as  our  Fr.end !  or  Sir  !  or  the 
Greek  ώ  out,  Br.  Soph.  O.  T.  813.— 
Amcng  the  Romans  on  the  other 
hand  the  orig.  name  lor  a  stranger 
[hostis)  came  to  mean  enemy,  cf.  Cic 
Ofl.  1,  12,  1.— t.  because  the  ξένος 
only  became  such  by  leaving  his  own 
home,  the  name  was  earlv  given  to 
one  who  left  the  house  he' was  born 
in,  and  attached  himself  to  another, 
usu.  for  pay.  a  hireling.  Od.  14,  102: 
but  in  Att.,  ξένος  meant  regularly  a 
soldier  who  entered  foreign  service  for 
pay,  a  mercenary,  Thuc.  1,  121,  Xen. 
An.  1,  1,  10,  etc.  ;  esp.  of  the  Greeke 
ill  Persiim  pay, — a  euphemism  tor  the 
more  invidious  μισθωτός  or  μισΚοόό• 
ρος:  much  more  rarely  without  any 
reproach,  an  ally,  as  perh.  in  Xen. 
Lac.  12,  3. — 5.  simply  for  βάρβαρης, 
a  foreigner,  not  Greek,  prob.  Olilv  at 
Lacedaemon,  Hdt.  9,  11,  55.— The 
fem.  ή  ξένη  and  ή  ξένος  is  post-Horn., 
cf.  sub  V.  ξένη. — Regularly  πολίτης 
is  opp.  to  ξένυς,  also  αστός,  Jac.  A.  P, 
p.  558, 

B,  as  adj,  ξένος,  η,  ov,  Att,  ος,  ov. 
Ion.  ξείνος,  η,  ov : — -foreign,  never  in 
Horm  (lor  in  the  phrases  itii'c  πάτερ 
and  άνθρωποι  ξεΐνοι,  11,  24,  202,  etc, 
it  is  in  apposition,  ace.  to  his  com- 
mon custom),  but  Ireq.  in  Att.,  strange 
in  a  thing,  unacquainted  uith,  ignorant 
of  it,  c.  gen.,  Soph.  O.  T.  219.— 2. 
strange,  unusual,  new,  unheard-of,  ri- 
μωρίαι,  Tim.  Locr.  104  D. — IL  adv. 
ξένως,  strangely,  unusually  :  also  c. 
gen.,  ξένως  ίχω  της  ένθάδε  /.έξεως,  Ι 
am  α  stranger  to  the  language.  Plat. 
Apol.  17  D.  (Pott  Et.  Forsch.  2, 166, 
247,  refers  the  word  to  the  prep,  εκ, 
Lat.  ex ;  cf.  our  strange  from  extran- 
eus.) 

Αενόσσοος,  ov.  Ion.   ξειν-,  {ξένος, 
σώζω)  saving  strangers,  ?S0im. 
_  Ξενόστύσις,  ή,  {ξένος,  στύσις)  like 
ξενοδοκεΐον,  a  lodging  for  guests  or 
strangers.  Soph.  O.  C.  90,  Fr.  298. 

Αΐνοσννη,  ης,  η,  Ion.  ξειν-,  {ξένος) 
hospitality,  the  ties  οτ  rights  of  hospital- 
ity, Od.  21,  .35. 

Ξενότϊμος,  ov,  {ξένος,  τιμάω)  hon- 
ouring strangers,  Aesch.  Eum.  516. 

ίαενότίμος,  ov,  a.  Xenoiimus,  fa- 
ther of  the  commander  Carcinus, 
Thuc.  2,  23.— Others  in  Isocr.  ;  etc 

Ξενοτροφέω,  ώ,  to  entertain  .'Strang- 
ers :  to  inainlain  mercenari/  troops,  Thuc. 
7,  48,  Dem.  157,  11  :  arid 

Αενοτροφία,  ας,  ή.  the  maintenance 
of  mercenaries,  llyperid.:  from 

Αενοτρόφος,  ov,  {ξένος,  τρέφω)  en- 
tertaining strangers:  maintaining  mer- 
cenaries. 

ΊΖενοώάντις,  ονς,  ό.  Xenophnnes, 
an  Athenian,  father  of  Lamaihus, 
Thuc.  6,  8.-2.  son  of  Cleomachus, 
envoy  of  Philip  of  Macedon  to  Han- 
nibal, Polyb.  7,  9.  1.-3.  a  philoso- 
pher, founder -of  the  Elealic  sect, 
Plut.— Others  in  Luc.  ;  etc. 

'\Αενοφαντιδας,  ov,  ό,  Xenophanti- 
das,  a  Spartan,  Thuc.  8,  55. 

^Αίνόφαντος,  ov,  ό,  Xenophantus, 
an  Athenian,  a  dithyrambic  poet,  Ar. 
Nub.  349. 

^ΑενόφΛος.  ov.  ύ,  Xenophitus,  a 
musician  and  Pythagorean  philoso- 
pher of  Thrace,  Luc.  Macrob.  18. — 
Others  in  Paus.  ;  etc. 

Αενοφονέω,  ώ,  to  murder  strangers, 
Eur.  L  T.  1021 :  and 

Αενοφονία,  ας,  ή.  murder  of  stran- 
gers, Isocr.  228  C,  Bekk. :  from 

Αενοφόνος,  ov.  { ξένος,  οονενω  ) 
murdering  guests  or  strangers,  Ep.  Plat. 


told  is  called  ξένος ;  and  the  address    336  D. 

ώ  ξένε,  Ο  stranger,  became  as  com-  I      ^Α,ενόφρων,  όνος.  ό,  Xenophron,  an 

991 


ΞΕΣΤ 

Athenian,  son  of  Phaedimus,  Dem. 
402,  10. 

^ΐνοφνίις,  ές,  strange  of  shape  or 
nature. 

^Λεΐ'οφώΐ',  ώντος,  ό,  Xenophon,  siin 
of  Thessalus,  of  Corinth,  a  victor  in  ; 
the  Olympic  games,  I'ind.  O.  13,  38, 
sqq. — 2.  an  Athenian  general,  son  of 
Euripides,  Thuc.  2,  70. — 3.  son  of 
Grylius,  a  distinguished  statesman, 
philosopher,  and  historian. — Others 
in  Paus. ;  etc. 

Ζενοφυνέο),  ώ,  to  speak  in  a  strange 
tongue :  generally,  to  sound  strangely  : 
and 

Ζενοφονία,  ας,  ή,  strange  language 
or  discourse :  from 

ξενόφωνος,  ov,  {ξένος,  φυντ/)  speak- 
ing in  a  strange  tongue  or  having  a  strange 
sound. 

3,ενόω,  ώ,  (ξένος)  to  make  one's  friend 
and  guest :  to  entertain,  Aesch.  Supp. 
927,  in  mid. — II.  usii.  in  pass,  with 
fut.  mid.  ξενώσομαί  (Soph.  Phil.  303) ; 
aor.  έξενώθην  : — ) .  to  enter  into  a  treaty 
of  hospitality  with  one,  Tivi,  Hdt.  6. 
21,  Xen.  Ages.  8,  5,  Lys.  107,  26.-2. 
to  take  up  his  abode  witli  one  as  a  guest, 
to  be  entertained,  Pind.  P.  4,  fin.,  Aesch. 
Cho.  702,  Eur.,  etc. ;  παρά  τινι,  Xen. 
An.  7,  8,  8. — 3.  to  be  in  foreign  parts, 
to  be  abroad.  Soph.  Phil.  303,  Tr.  65  ; 
to  go  into  banishment.  Monk  Hipp. 
1088.  —  III.  later,  in  Act.,  to  deprive 
one  of  a.  thing,  τινά  τίνος,  Heliod. 

^.ενυόβίον,  ου,  τό,  =  ξεννλλιον, 
Menand.  p.  160. 

tStfi'AXa,  ης.  ή,  Xenylla,  fem.  pr. 
η.,  Ar.  Thesm.  633. 

Έενύλ'λίον ,  ov,  το.  dim.  from  ξένος, 
Plut.  2,  229  E,  240  D. 

Ζενών,  ώνος,  ό,  (ξένος)  a  room  for 
strangers,  guest-chamber,  like  ξενο- 
δοκεΐον,  Eur.  Ale.  543,  547. 

i^fvuv,  ωνος,  ό.  Xenon,  a  general 
of  the  Thebans,  Thiic.  7,  19.— 2.  a 
tyrant  of  Hermione,  Polyb.  2,  44. — 
Others  in  Dem.  272,  5 ;  etc. 

ΐεΐ'ωσίς•,  ευς,  ή,  (ξενόω  III.)  es- 
trangement :  a  strange  proceeding,  inno- 
vation, Eur.  H.  F.  965. 

Έεμίς,  ίδος,  η,=^ξυρίς. 

'\'Ξ.εΐ)ξην7Ί,  ης,  ή,  Xerxene,  a  district 
bordering  on  Less  Armenia,  so  called 
from  Xer.xes,  Strab.  p.  528. 

^Ξέρξης,  ov  Ion.  εο>,  6.  Xer.ves,  son 
of  Darius,  king  of  Persia,  Hdt.  ;  etc. 
—2.  son  of  Ariaxerxes  I.,  king  of 
Persia.  (Ace.  to  Hdt.  6,  ϋ8,=  άμήϊος.) 

ΞΕΡΟ'Σ,  ύ,  όν,  Ion.  ίοχ  ξηρός.  dry. 
in  Horn.,  only  in  Od.  5,  402,  έπί  ξε- 
pbv  τ/ττείροιο,  against  the  dry  of  the 
mainland,  i.  e.  against  the  dry  main- 
land,— being  put  for  έπΙ  ξεράν  ηττει- 
pov,  like  έττϊ  ύεξιά  χεφος,  lor  έττΐ  δε- 
ξιαν  χείρα:  so,  ποτΐ  ξερον  ηλθεν, 
Anth.  Ρ.  6,  304.  (Akin  to  σχεp(Jς, 
σκηρός,  σκφ()ός, χέρσος,  Spitzn.  Vers. 
Her.  p.  47.) 

'Β,έΰΐς,  ή,  (ξέω)  α  scraping,  polishing, 
carving,  Theophr. 

Ζέσ/ια,  ατός,  τό,  (ξέω)  that  which  is 
scraped,  filed,  smoothed:  hence:=foa- 
vov,  Anth.  P.  9,  328. 

Ζεσαύω,  ώ,  like  ξέω,  to  rub  off,  wipe 
out.  Hdt.  3,  148. 

Ζεσμη,  ης,  ή,  and  ξεσμός,  ov,  6,  (ξέω) 
=  ξέσις. 

Έεβσε,  Ερ.  3  aor.  from  ξέω  for  εξε. 
σε,  Od. 

αέστης,  ου,  ό,  a  hquid  and  dry 
measure,  Lat.  sextarius,  very  nearly= 
our  pint,  N.  T.,  Galen. 

Εεστίον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  foreg. 

Ξεστός,   η,  όν,  (ξέω)  smoothed  or 

polished  by  scraping,  pinning,  etc.,  in 

Horn.,— 1.  of  wood,  ξ.  δίφρος,  ονδός, 

τράττεζα,   ελάτη,    έφόλκαιον. — 2.   of 

992 


ΞΗΡΟ 

stone,  ξ.  7,ίθοί,  ξεστοΐς  λύεσσι :  here 
loo  must  he  placed  ξ.  aUhvnai,  halls 
of  polished  stone.  II.  6,  243.  cf.  Hilt.  2, 
124.— 3.  of  horn,  Od.  19,  566.— So  also 
in  Pind.,  Eur.,  etc. — II.  later  also 
smooth,  bald. 

^εστονργία,  ας,  η,  (ξεστός,  *ίργω) 
the  process  of  polishing,  etc.,  ?.ίθων, 
Diod. 

Ξέστριξ,  7/,=  ξέστης. 

Λεστρον,  ov,  τό,  (ξέω)  a  tool  for  pol- 
ishing, a  chisel,  etc. 

ΞΕΏ,  f.  ξέσω,  Ep.  also  metri  grat. 
ξέσσω,  to  scrape,  esp.  to  smooth  or  pol- 
ish by  scraping,  planing,  etc.  ;  gener- 
ally, to  work  in  wood,  stone,  or  horn 
(hence  ξόανον,  ξοΐς,  ξόος),  in  Hom., 
only  in  Od.,  and  always  of  shaping 
house  or  ship-timber,  5,  245  ;  17,  341  ; 
21,  44  :  but,  in  23,  199,  of  a  large  bed- 
stead. (The  same  root  appears  in 
ξαίνω,  ξύω,  Lat.  scalpo,  sculpo.) 

Ληνός,  of',  ό,=  κορμός,  for  which 
έτνίξηνον  is  more  usu. 

Ξηραίνω,  f.  -ΰΐ'ώ ;  aor.  εξήράνα, 
pass,  έξηράνθην  :  pf  pass,  έξήρασμαι, 
Hdt.  1,  186;  7,  109.  and  έξηραμμαι, 
Schol.  Ar!  Plut.  1082,  prob.  never 
έξήρΰμαι.  Lob.  Phryn.  502:  (ξηρός). 
To  parch  up.  dry  up,  ξηρανεΐ  σ'  ό  Βάκ- 
χίος,  Eur.  Cycl.  575  : — pass,  to  become 
or  be  dry,  parched,  II.  21,  345,  Plat. 
Tim.  88  1),  etc. — 2.  to  einpty,  drain  dry, 
Lat.  siccare,  διώρνχα,ΎΥΐΜΟ.  I,  109: 
so  of  a  cup. 

Έηράλεπϊτέω,  ώ,^=-λοιφέω,  v.  Lob. 
Phryn.  571. 

Λ>/ρ"/.ειψις,  ?/.=^ξηρα2οιφία.  [ά] 

Αηρΰλοκρέω,  ώ,  (ξηρός,  αλείφω) 
strictly /ο  Γί<6  with  dry  unguents,  a  tech- 
nical term  among  wrestlers  for  using 
oil  unmixed  with  water :  they  did  this 
usu.  before  e.xercising,  in  order  to 
make  the  limbs  supple.  Soph.  Fr.  437, 
Aeschin.  19,25:  hence,  τα  ξηρ.  in- 
cludes all  the  Greek  gymnastic  e,xer- 
cises,  Plut.  2,  152  D,  ubi  v.  Wyltenh. ; 
— o[)p.  to  anointing  for  refreshment 
after  e.xercising  or  bathing,  χυτλ.οϋ- 
σθαι.     Hence 

Ξηραλοιφία,  ας,  η,  a  rubbing  with 
dri/,  i.  e.  un/yiixed  oil,  (jractised  by 
wrestlers,  Lat.  lutea  unctio. 

Έηραμτίέ/Λΐ  ος,  η,  ov,  {ξηρός,  υ,βττε- 
/lof)  of  the  colour  of  withered  vine-leaves, 
a  sort  of  scarlet,  prob.  occurs  first 
among  the  Romans,  hence  vestes  xe- 
rampelinne,  Juveil.  6,  519,  where  the 
Schol.  defines  the  colour  to  be  medius 
inter  coccum  et  muricem. 

Ξήρανσις,  εως,  ή,  (ξηραίνω)  a  dry- 
ing up,  parching,  Phu.    Hence 

Ξηραντικός.  ή,  όν,  of  a  drying  nature 
or  quality,  Diosc.  1,  12,  Plut.  2,911 
D,  etc. 

Άηρΰσία.  ας,  ή.  (ξηραίνω)  a  drying : 
dryness,  Antiph.  Incert.  10  :  also  a  dis- 
ease of  the  hair. 

Λ'ίρασις,  ή,  dub.  for  ξήρανσις,  Lob. 
Phryn.  117,  502. 

Έηρασμός,  ov,  ό,^=ξήρανσις. 

Έηρέιφίον,  ov,  τό,^ξηριον.  [α]  (A 
dimin.  form.) 

Έηρν,  ης,  ή,  v.  ξηρός  IV. 

Έηρί)'~ιΊος  or  ξήριγγος,  ου,  ό,=  ξη- 
ροττόταμος. 

Λ-ήριον,  ον,  τό,  (ξηρός)  α  desiccative 
powder  for  putting  on  wounds. 

Έηρίς,  ιδος,  ή,  v.  ξνρίς. 

Έηρο3ύτης,  OV,  ό,  (ξηρός,  βαίνω) 
one  U'lio  ivalks  on  dry  ground.     Hence 

Άηροβΰτΐκός,  ι),  όν.  walking  on  dry 
ground,  of  land-animals,  opp.  to  ένυ- 
δρος. Plat.  Polit.  264  D,  Arist.  H.  A. 
6,  2,  2,— with  v.  1. 

Έηροβίωτικός,  living  on  dry  ground. 

Λ.ηροκύ.κοζη7.ίη,  ας.  ή,  κακο^,ι^λία 
combined  with  a  dry  style,  Dem.  Phal. 


SIPI 

Ληρόκαρπος,  ov,   {ξηρός,   καρπός) 

bearing  dry  fruit,  Theophr. 

Ζ,ηροκέφά?ίθς,  ov,  dry-headed. 

Αηρόκολλα,  ή,  dry  glue,  i.  e.  solder. 

Ληροϋολλονριον,  ου,  τό,  dry,  i.  e. 
thick  eye-salve. 

Ξηρόκοπτος,  ov,  (ξηρός,  κόπτω)  cut 
or  hewn  off  dry. 

Έηρολοντρέω,  ω,  to  take  a  dry  bath, 
i.  e.  roll  in  hot  sand. 

Ληρόμϊφον,  ov.  To,  dry  perfume,  i.  e. 
in  cake  or  potvder. 

Άηρονομικός,  ή,  όν,  (ξηρός  III,  νέ- 
μω) feeding  on  dry  land,  Ath.  99  B. 

Σηροττοιέω,  ύ,  to  dry,  parch,  dry  up : 
from 

Ληροποιός,  όν,  (ξηρός,  ποιέω)  dry- 
ing up,  parching. 

Έηροπότϋ,μος,  ov,  6,  a  stream  which 
fails  in  sum/ner,  a  winter  torrent,  also 
χείμαΙ)()ος. 

ΈηροΊϊΰρία,  ας,  ή,  a  dry  bath,  vapour 
bath,  Lat.  sudatorium. 

Ξηροττϋρίτης,  ov, «,  (ξηρός,  πυρός) 
άρτος. =  αντόπνρος,  Ath.  114  C 

ΞΗΡΟΣ,  ύ,  όν,  dry,  parched,  of  a 
dried-up  river,  Hdt.  5,  45,  of  the  air, 
Id.  2,  26  ;  so,  ξ.  άνεμος,  Ar.  Nub.  404  ; 
ξηροίς  δμμασι,  Aesch.  Theb.  696 ;  ξ. 
}άλα,  i.  e.  cheese,  Meineke  Com.  Fr. 
3,  p.  640:  but  also  of  bodily  condition, 
withered,  lean,  haggard,  opp.  to  υγρής, 
Eur.  El.  239,  cf  Or.  389;  ξηροΓυπαΙ 
δείους,  Theocr.  24,  60  ;  cf.  Anth.  P. 
11,  322  : — of  the  voice,  rough,  hoarse. 
— II.  like  Lat.  siccus,  fasting,  without 
eating  or  drinking :  in  genl.  sober, 
τρόποι,  Ar.  Vesp.  1452. — 111.  assubst., 
ή  ξηρά  (sc.  γη),  dry  land,  like  τραώε- 
ρά,  opp.  to  νγριι,  Xen.  Oec.  19,  7  :  so, 
TO  ξηρόν,  Hdt.  2,  68  ; — νανς  επΙ  τον 
ξηροί)  ποιείν,  to  leave  the  .ships 
aground,  Thiic.  1,  109  ;  so,  ίπ)  ξηροΐς 
καβιζειν  τινά,  to  leave  one  on  dry 
bare  ground,  i.  e.  leave  one  destitute, 
Theocr.  1,  51  ;  like  ξ.  έπ'  οί>(5ίί  in  Η. 
Horn.  Merc.  284;  in  sicca  destilui, 
Ovid.  Fast.  3,  52 ;  cf  άκράτιστος. 
(Akin  to  ξερός,  σχερέις,  σκηρός,  σκφ- 
βός^^χέρρος,  χέρσος.Ι 

Έηροσαρκος,  ον,  (ξηρός,  σαρξ)  dry 
of  flesh,  Diocl.  ap.  Ath.  320  D. 

Έηροσμΰρνη,  ης,  η,  dry  myrrh, 
Diosc. 

Ξηροτήγΰνον,  ov,  τό,  Syrac.  for 
τήγανον,  a  pan,  ap.  Ath.  229  A. 

Ληρότης,  ι/τος,  ή,  (ξηρός)  dryness, 
soundyiess  of  timber,  νεών.  Thuc.  7, 
12  :  dryness.  Plat.  Rep.  335  Β  :  drought, 
thirst. 

Έηρότρ'φέω,  ω,  (ξηρός,  τρίβω)  to 
rub  dry.     Hence 

Ληροτρΐβία,  ας,  η,  dry  rubbing, 
Arist.  Probl.  37,  5. 

Ληροτροφικός,  ή,  όν,  (ξηρός  III. 
τρέφω)  living  on  dry  land.  Plat.  Polit. 
264  D,  E. 

Έηροφάγέω,  ω,  {ξηρός,  φαγεΐν)  to 
eat  dry  food,  Anth.  P.  1 1 ,  205.    Hence 

Ληροφάγία,  ας,  ή,  the  eating  of  dry 
food.  Ath.  -.fasting,  abstiyienre,  Eccl. 

Ληροφθαλμία,  ας,  ή,  dryness  of  the 
eyes,  esp.  inflammation  of  them  with 
redness  and  smarting,  Cels. :  from 

Ξηρόφθαλμος,  ov,  (ξηρός,  οφβα7^- 
μός)  with  dry  or  inflamed  eyes. 

Αηρόφλοιος,  ov,  with  dry  bark, 
Geop. 

Έηρόφωνος,  ov,  ivith  a  dry,  hoarse 
voice, 

Ληρώδης,  ες,  dryish,  looking  dry. 

Λήρωσις,  ή,  (as  if  from  ξηρόω)=ξή- 
ρανσις,  Hipp. 

^Λίμηνή,  ης,  η,  Xitnene,  a  district 
along  the  Euxine,  Strab.  p.  561. 

Λίπομάκαιρα,  barbarism  in  Ar. 
Thesm.  1127,  for  ξιφομάχαιρα. 

Λίρίς,  ίδος,  ■^,=z ξνρίς. 


ΞΟΑΝ 

^■ίφηι,  αΐ.  the  iron  of  the  carpenter's 
plane.  (From  ξίφος,  like  άγκη,  άγη, 
ίνβη,  νά-η  from  άγαος,  άγος,  άνθος, 
νάττοζ.)  \J.\ 

^ϊόείόιον,  τό,  ν.  1.  for  ξιώίδιον. 

Σΐφι/βϊ/ς,  ες.  (ξιοος,  *ύμω  ')  armed 
with  α  sword,  sword  in  hand,  oft.  in 
Eur.,  as  Or.  1272,  1346. 

Ξϊφ!/<ρορέω,ώ,Ιο  wear  a  sword, Ή.άη. : 
and 

Ζΐόηφορία,  ας,  ή,  the  wearing  of  a 
sword :   from 

αί<Ρ'7<?όρος,  ov,  {ξίφος,  φέρω)  bear- 
ing a  sword,  sword  in  hand,  oft.  in  Eur.  : 
ξ.  αγώνες,  Aescli.  Cho.  584:,  Eur.  H. 
F.  812. 

Έ'ίΟίας,  ov,  6.  (ξίφος)  any  thing 
shaped  like  a  sword  ;  as, — 1.  the  sword- 
fish,  Archestr.  ap.  Ath.  314  E,  Polyb. 
34,2, 15. — 2.  asortofco;?ie<,PliK.2,25. 

ρ,ϊοίδίον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  ξίφος, 
Ar.  Lys.  53,  Time.  3,  22.  [Γ] 

ρ,Ιφίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {ξίφος)  to  dance  the 
sword-dance,  or  dance  with  the  hands 
extended,  as  if  holding  a  sword,  Cratin. 
Trophon.  4,  v.  ad  Hesych.  2,  p.  704. 

αίφίον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  ξίφος. — 

II.  a  water  plant,  sword-flag,  gladiolus 
communis,  Theophr.  [0t] 

^Ιφίός,  ού,  ό,^ξιφίας. 

Ζίφίσμα,  ατός,  ro.=  sq. 

Ξ,Ιφίσι^ός,  οϋ,  ό,  {ξιφίζω)  the  sword 
dance,  Ath.  629  F. 

Έΐφιστήρ,  ήρας,  ό,  Plut.  Pomp.  42, 
and  ξίφιστής,  ο  ν,  δ  : — α  sword-belt, 
also  τελαμών,  Lat.  balteus. 

^ΐφιστύς,  ύος,  ή.  Ion.  for  ξίφισμα. 

Αίφοδ/'/λητος,  ον,  {ξίφος,  δηλέομαι) 
slain  by  the  sword,  ξ.  θάνατος,  αγώνες, 
death  by  the  sword,  Aesch.  Ag.  1528, 
Cho.  729. 

ΑΪφοδρέηάνον,  ov,  τό,  {ξίφος,  δρε- 
Ίΐύνη)  a  sickle-shaped  sword,  acimeter  ; 
cf.  άρττη. 

Αίφοειδής,  ες,  {ξίφος,  είδος)  sword- 
shaped,  ensiform,  Theophr. 

ΑΪφοθήκη,  ης,  ή,  α  scabbard. 

ΑΪφοκτονέω,  ώ,  to  slay  with  the 
sword :  from 

Αϊψοκτόνος,  ov,  {ξίφος,  κτείνω) 
slaying  with  the  sword,  Soph.  Aj.  10  ; 
ξιφοκτόνον  όίωγμασφαγάς,Εατ.  Hel. 
354. 

Ζΐφομάχαιρα,  ας,  ή,  {ξίφος,  μάχαι- 
ρα) α  sword  something  between  a  straight 
sword  and  sabre,  Theopoinp.  (Com.) 
Capel.  2  ;  cf.  ξιττομάκαιρα.  [ί2] 

Αίφοποιός,  οϋ,  ό,  {ξίφος,  ποιέω)  α 
sword  maker. 

ΞΙ'ΦΟΣ,  εος,  τό,  Dor.  σκίφος :  α 
sword,  Hom.,  who  usu.  represents  it 
as  large  and  sharp,  or  pointed,  μέγα, 
οξύ,  also  as  two-edged,  άμύηκες,  11. 
21,  118,  Od.  16,  80;  it  is  of  brass 
{χάλκεον).  and  hung  from  the  shoul- 
der by  a  baldric  {τελαμών),  II.  2,  45  ; 
3,  18,  etc.  :  freq.  also  iti  Hdt.,  Trag., 
etc. — In  Hom.  a  sword  is  also  called 
φάσγανον  and  άορ  :  later,  ξίφος  was 
distinguished  as  the  straight  sword 
from  the  sabre ;  cf  μάχαιρα  II. — II. 
the  sword-shaped  bone  in  the  cuttle- 
fish {τενθίς).  Anst.  H.  A.  4,  1,  21.— 

III.  aplant,  Theophr.    (Ace.  to  E.  M. 
from  ξύω.)  [I] 

Αΐ<?ον'/.κέω,  ώ,  to  draw  a  sword ;  and 

ΑίΟον'λΚία,  ας,  ή,  the  drawing  of  a 
sword,  Plut.  Aristid.  18,  Pomp.  69: 
from 

Αίφονλκός,  όν,  {ξίφος,  έλκω)  draw- 
ing a  sword,  χειρ,  Aesch.  Eum.  592. 

ΑΪφουργός,  όν,  {ξίφος,  *έργω)  mak- 
ing swords,  Ar.  Pac.  547. 

Έΐφοφορέω,  ξιφοφόρος,=ξιφηφ-. 

ΑΪφί'δρων,  ov,  τό,  dim.  iwm  ξίφος. 
■ — II.  the  rnuscle  τελλίνη. 

Άοΰνογλύφος,  ov,  carving  images ; 
ό  ξ.,  a  sculptor,  [ΰ] 

63 


ΞΥΑΙ 

Αοάνον,  ov,  τό,  {ξέω)  any  carved 
work :  hence, — I.  an  image  carved  of 
wood,  Xen.  An.  5,  3,  12  ;  then,  gen- 
erallv,  a  .itatue,  esp.  of  a  god,  Eur.  I. 
T.  1359,  Tro.  525,  1074.— II.  a  music- 
al instrument.  Soph.  Fr.  228. 

ΑοάνοτΓοιία,  ας,  ή,  a  carving  of  ima- 
ges, Strab. 

Ξοάνονργία,  ας,  ή,  {ξόανον,  *εργω) 
=  foreg.,  Luc.  Dea  Syr.  34. 

ΑΟΪς,  ίδος,  ή,  a  sculptors  chisel, 
Anth.  Plan.  86. 

ίΞιόϊς,  ίος,  ό,  Xo'ts,  an  island  and 
city  in  the  Sebennytic  mouth  of  the 
Nile,  Stiab.  p.  802. 

ΑΟος,  ό,=ξέσις. 

ΑονθότΓτερος,  ov,  (ξονθός,  τττερόν) 
with  yellow  or  brownish  wings,  μέ?ιΐσσα, 
Eur.  H.  F.  487,  Cress.  13. 

ΞΟΤΘΟ'Σ,  ή,  όν,  also  ος,  ov  : — ace. 
to  Ath.  of  a  colour  between  ξανθός  and 
ττνβ^ός,  and  so  yellowish,  brown-yellow, 
tawny,  epith.  of  the  bee,  Soph.  Fr. 
464,  Eur.  1.  T.  165,  635,  cf.  foreg. ; 
also  of  the  nightingale,  Aesch.  Ag. 
1142,  Ar.  Av.  676,  where  it  is  usu.  ta- 
ken of  colour ;  but  in  other  places  it  is 
the  epith.  of  the  nightingale's  throat, 
δια  ξονθών  γενύων  έλελίζομένα,  Eur. 
Hel.  1111,  cf.  Ar.  Αν.  214,  744,  where 
it  has  been  thought  to  have  a  sense 
oi  sound,  and  in  ξ.  άνεμοι  (Chaerem. 
ap.  Ath.  608  D)  it  must  have  such  a 
sense ;  so,  τέττιξ  ξονθά  λαλών  in 
Anth.  P.  9,  373.  Accordingly  He- 
sych. and  the  Gramm.  (among  many 
other  senses)  interpret  it  by  /.επτός, 
ά~αλός,  νγρός,  όξνς,  thin,  delicate, 
fine,  (prob.  irom  ξύω,  ξέω),  v.  Blomf. 
Aesch.  Ag.  1111. — The  word  does  not 
occur  till  after  Pind.,  and  then  prob. 
only  in  poets: — but, — II.  Αονθος  as 
prop.  n.  is  found  in  Hes.  Fr.  28,  cf  sq. 

ή'Αοϋθος,  ov,  b,  Xuthus,  son  of 
Hellen,  husband  of  Creiisa,  father  of 
Ion  and  Achaeus,  Eur.  Ion  53  sqq. — 
2.  a  merchant  in  Athens,  Dem.  816, 
26.^ 

Ανά?<,η,  ης,  η,  {ξνω)=ξνήλη. 

Ανγγ-,  for  all  words  so  beginning, 
V.  sub  σνγγ-. 

Ένή7.η,  ης,  ή,  {ξύω)=κι>ήστι.ς,  α  tool 
for  scraping  wood,  a  plane  or  rasp.  Xen. 
Cyr.  6,  2,  32. — II.  a  sickle-shaped  La- 
cedaemon.  dagger,  Xen.  An.  4,  7,  16 ; 
8, 25.  (The  word  seems  to  have  been 
Lacon.) 

Ανλάλόη,  ης,  ή,  {ξνλον)  later  word 
for  άγάλ?ιθχον. 

Έΰλάριον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  ^ΰΡ^οΐ', 
α  piece  of  wood,  [a] 

Ανλάόιον,  ov,  ro,=  foreg.,  Spohn 
de  Extr.'  Od.  Parte,  p.  133.  [d] 

Ξϋλεί'α,  ας,  ή,  a  felling  and  carrying 
of  wood,  Lat.  lignatio,  Poiyb.  22,  22, 
12. — II.  the  wood-work  of  ships.  Id.  3, 
42,  3 :  from 

Ένλενομαι,  άβρ.,^=ξν?ύζομαι. 

Ανλεύς,  έως,  ό,  {ξν7.ον)  one  who 
fells  and  carries  wood,  a  wood-cutter, 
timber-merchant,  Paus. 

Αν?^εντής,  ov,  ό,=ξνλονργός. 

Έϋληβόρος,  ov,  {ξνλον,  βορά)  eat- 
ing wood. 

Ένληγέω,  ώ,  to  carry  wood  or  tnnber, 
Dem.  376,  2  :  from 

Αΐιληγός,  όν,  {ξύλον,  άγω)  carrying 
wood. 

αν7ίήριον,  ov,  τό,=  ξν?Μριον,  very 

Ζνληφθόρος,  ον,^ξνλοφθόρος. 

ρ,νληφίον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  ξν7.ον, 
a  piece  of  wood,  Alex.  Isost.  1,  24  ; 
where  Meineke  would  read  ξνλύ- 
δριον,  others  ξνλνφιον,  cf.  Lob. 
Phryn.  78. 

Έν7Λα,  ας,  ή,=  ξνλεία  II,  Polyb.  10, 
27,  10. 


ΞΥΑΟ 

Αν7.ίζομαι,  {ξνλον)  dep.,  to  carry  or 
gather  wood,  Lat.  lignari,  Xen.  An.  2, 
4,  11,  Plut.  Anax.  25. 

Αν7Λκός,  ή,  όν,  {ξν7ιθν)  of  wood, 
wooden,  like  wood,  Arist.  Part.  An.  3, 
14,  4 :  καρτΓΟί  ξ.,  iree-fruit,  Artemid. 

ΞΰΛίΐΌζ•,  η,  ov,  {ξν7.ον)  of  wood, 
wooden,  Pind.  P.  3,  68,  Hdt.  4,  108, 
etc.,  and  Att. ;  καρ~οΙ  ξ.,  iree-fruits, 
Ath.  78  D.— II.  {ξνλον  IV".  2)  of  cotton, 
LXX. 

Αί'λισμός,  ov,  6,  {ξνλίζομαι)=^ξν• 
?.εία,  Strab. 

Αν7.ίτης,  ov,  ό,  wooden,  like  wood. 

ΑΪ'λίφιον,  ov,  τό,=ξνλνφιον,  very 
dub. 

Α,νλλ;  for  all  words  so  beginning, 
V.  sub  συλλ-. 

Αν7-οβά7Μάμον,  ov,  τό,  the  wood  of 
the  balsam  tree,  Diosc.  1,  18. 

Αί'7-ό3ο7.ον,ον,τό,=^ξνλοθήκη,\αίβ 
σιτόβολον,  etc. 

Αύ7ιθγ7.νφος,  ov,  carving  wood,  [ΰ] 

Αν7.ογραφέω,  ώ,  {ξν7ιθν,  γράφω) 
to  write  upon  wood,  ές  δέλτον,  Inscr. 

Ξν7Μειδής,  ές,  (ξνλον,  είδος)  like 
or  of  the  colour  of  wood,  Theophr. 

Ανλοθήκη,  ης,  ή,  (ξνλον,  θήκη)  α 
wood-house,  Moschiou  ap.  Ath.  ϋ08  Α. 

Αν7Μκανθή7ιΐα,  τά,  α  wooden  pack 
saddle. 

Έϋλοκασσία,  ας,  ή,  a  kind  of  cinna- 
mon, Diosc. 

Αν7.οκαστέλ7.ων,  ov,  τό,  (Lat.  cos- 
tellum)  a  log-house. 

Έν/.οϋέρατα,  τά,  later  word  for  κε- 
ράτια. 

Αν7.οκ.έρκος,  ό,  a  gate  at  Constan- 
tinople, Anth.  P.  9,  690. 

Αν/.οκιννάμωμον ,  ov,  τό,  the  wood 
of  the  cinnamon-tree,  Diosc.   [u] 

Av7MK0KKa,  τά,=  ξν7.οκέρατα. 

Ξϋλό/ίολλα,  if,  glue  for  wood. 

Αν/Μκοτϊέω,  ώ,  to  beat  with  a  stick, 
cudgel,  Polyb.  6,  37,  1  ;  38,  1  ;  and 

AV/iOKOTiia,  ας,  ή,  a  cudgelling,  Lat. 
fustuarium,  Polyb.  6,  37,  2:  from 

ΑΪ'λοκότϊος,  OV,  {ξνλον,  κόπτω) 
heiving,  felling  wood,  ττέ/.εκνς,  Xen. 
Cyr.  6,  2,  36.  ubi  al.  ξν7.οτόμος : — ό  ξ., 
a  wood-cutter,  LXX. :  also  an  axe. — 2. 
pecking  wood,  of  the  bird  κέλεος,  Arist. 
H.  A.  8.  3,  8. 

Ανλο/.νχνονχος,  ον.ό,  (ξν7.ον,  λνχ- 
νονχος)  α  wooden  lamp-stand,  Alex. 
Incert.  29. 

Αν/.όλωτος,  ov,  δ,  the  tree-lotus. 

Ένλομανέω,  ώ,  to  run  to  wood,  The- 
ophr. 

Αν7-ομΐγής,  ές,  (ξνλον,  μίγννμΐ) 
mixed  with  wood,  Strab. 

Av/Mv,  OV,  TO,  (prob.  from  ξέω, 
ξύω)  wood  cut  and  ready  for  nse,  fire- 
wood, timber,  etc.,  Horn.,  who  uses  it 
mostly  for  firewood,  and  in  plur. ; 
ξν7Μ  νήϊα,  ship-timber,  Hes.  Op.  806  : 
freq.  also  in  Hdt.  and  Att. — II.  a  piece 
of  wood,  11.  23,  327,  Hdt.  1, 186  ;  hence 
any  thing  made  of  wood,  as, — 2.  a 
slick,  cudgel,  Hdt.  2,  63;  4,  180.-3. 
an  instrument  of  punishment,  like  our 
pillory,  a  heavy  collar  of  wood,  put  on 
the  neck  of  the  prisoner  and  depriv- 
ing him  of  all  power  to  move,  δήσαί 
Tiva  kv  ξν7.ω,  first  in  Hdt.  6,  75;  9, 
37 ;  Ar.  Eq.  367,  etc. ;  so.  ξύ7.ω  φι- 
μονν  την  αν:(ένα.  Id.  Psub.  592  :  mad- 
men were  also  confined  in  this  way, 
Hdt.  6,  75 :  the  ττεντεσίφιγγον  ξ.  (v. 
sub  voc.)  was  a  combiuation  of  the 
stocks  and  pillory,  Ar.  Eq.  1049  :  but 
the  ξύ/.ον  was  also, — 4.  a  pole,  cross, 
gibbet,z=στuϊ:poς,  Meineke  Com.  Fr. 
3,  486. — 5.  a  bench,  table,  esp.  a  money 
changer's  table,  Dem.  1111,  22.-6. 
ττρώτον  ξνλον.  the  first  or  loivest  bench 
of  the  Athenian  theatre,  on  which  sat 
the  τ:ρυτάνεις,  hence  called  πρωτό 
993 


/■ 

STAT 

βαβροί  .•  the  phrase  arose  while  the 
theatres  were  of  wood,  and  was  re- 
tained when  they  were  made  of  stone, 
V.  Interpp.  ad  Ar.  Ach.  25  ;  hence,  ό 
έτϊΐ  των  ξύλων,  the  servant  who  had 
to  take  care  of  the  seats,  Hermipp. 
Artopol.  5,  ubi  v.  Meineke. — III.  of 
live  wood,  a  tree,  first  in  Callitn.  and 
the  Alexandrians ;  though  indeed  Hdt. 
3,  47,  calls  cotton  dpia  ά~ο  ξύλου,  cf. 
Poll.  7,  75  ;  hence, — 2.  the  cotton-tree, 
to  which  however  the  ε'ί/ιατα  άττό  ξύ- 
λων, Hdt.  7,  05,  must  not  be  referred  ; 
for  VVinckelm.  rightly  took  them  for 
clothes  of  bark  or  βί:3λος. — IV.  a  block- 
head, block,  Jac.  Ach.  'I'at.  p.  815.— V. 
ο  jneasure  of  teiigth,=3  cubits,  Math. 
Vett.  [v] 

Λϋλοπάγής,  ές,  {ξνλον,  πήγνυμι) 
joined  or  built  qf  wood,  Strab.  p.  213. 

^νλοπέδη.  ης,  ή,  a  log  of  wood  fas- 
tened to  the  feet,  a  clog. 

Α,νλοπέταλον,  ov,  τό,  aplanl,  Diosc. 

^ύλότΓονς,  6,  ή,  -πονν,  τό,  with 
wooden  feet. 

^,νλοττώλης,  ου,  6,  a  timber-merchant. 

^.ϋλοσπό-^γίον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from 
sq. 

^ν?.όσπογγος,  ου,  6,  a  sponge  on  the 
end  of  a  stick,  Hippiatr. 

^νλοστεγής,  ef,=  sq. 

^ϊ'λόστΐγος,  ov,  covered  or  roofed 
with  wood. 

Λνλοσχίστης,  ου,  υ,  one  who  splits 
wood,  Procl. 

'^υλοτόμος,  ov,  cutting  wood:  6  ξ., 
a  wood-cutter. 

"^νλότονα  (όργανα),  τά,  bows  and 
other  war-engines  in  whicii  elastic 
wood  stretches  the  string. 

Λνλ.οτρόφος,  ov,  (ξύ?•Μν,  τρέφω) 
nourishing  or  bearing  wood. 

Ζν?Μτρώκτης,  ου,  ύ,{ξύ?.ην,  τρώγω) 
one  who  gnaws  or  eats  wood. 

%ν'λουργέω,  ώ,  to  work  wood.  Hdt.  3, 
113:  and 

!^ϋ?.ουργία,  ας,  ή,  the  working  of 
wood,  Aesch.  Pr.  451  ;  and 

Ζίλ-ουργικός,  i/,  ov,  of  or  belonging 
to  working  in  wood,  Eur.  Incert.  94  :  ?) 
-κή  (sc.  τέχνη), =foreg..  Plat.  Phil. 
56  Β :  from 

Λϋλουργός,  όν,  {ξύλον,  *ΐ:ργω) 
working  wood,  working  in  wood:  hence 
b  ξ.,  a  carpenter,  carver  of  images. 

ξυλοφάγος,  ov,  eating  wood. 

"Β-ϊΟ-οφΰντις,  ές,  (ξυλυν,  φαίνομαι) 
hokmo  Uke  wood,  Diod.  20,  90. 

ρ,νλ.οφθόρος,  ov,  {ξύ?ίθν,  φθείρα)) 
spoiling  wood,  Arist.  H.  A.  5,  32,  3. 

Ζϋ'λοφορκω.  ώ,  to  carry  a  slick,  as 
the  Cynics  did,  Luc.  Pisc.  24 :  and 

Ξυλοφορία,  ας,  ή,  a  carrying  wood, 
Lat.  lignatio,  Lys.  ap.  Poll.  7,  131 : 
and 

'Ζϋ7,οφόρΐ,ος,  ov,  belonging  to  the 
carrying  of  wood :  ξ.  έορτή,  the  Jewish 
feast  of  Tabernacles,  Joseph.  :  from 

^ΰλοφόρος,  ov,  {ξύλον,  φέρω)  car- 
rying wood,  LXX. 

αύλόφρακτος,  ov,  (ξύλον,  φράσσω) 
fenced  with  imod,  ξ.  γέφυρα,  the  po?is 
sublicius  at  Rome,  Dion.  H.  5,  24. 

Ζϋ?.οχάρτια,  τά,  (ξύλον,  χαρτίον) 
wooden  tablets. 

%ϋλοχίζομαι.  Dor.  ξυλοχίσδομαι, 
=  ξνλίζομαι,  Theocr.  5,  05. 

^,ύ?.οχος,  ου,  ή,  ο  xcoody  country, 
forest,  thicket,  copse,  bush,  II.  11,  415  ; 
21,  573:  the  lair  of  a  wild  beast,  έν 
ξυλόχω  λέοντος,  Od.  4,  335,  cf.  19, 
445.    (ξύλον,  έχω,  not  from  λόχος.) 

[ν] 

Ξίλόω,  ώ,  (ξύλον)  Ιο  turn  into  tvood: 
— pass,  to  become  wood,  Tlieophr. — II. 
to  make  of  wood,  LXX. 

^ϋλιύφων,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  ξύλον, 
V.  ξνλνφων.  [ϋ] 
934 


ΞΤΝΟ 

^Ι'λ.ώδης,  ες,  (ξύλον,  είδος)  woody, 
hard  as  ivood,  PluL  2,  701  13,  953  D. 

Ξϊ'λώΐ',  ώνος,  ύ,  (ξυλον)  aplacefor 
uood,  wood-hou^c. 

Ξύ?.ωσις,  εως,  η,  (ξνλ.ύω)  the  wood- 
work of  a  house,  οΐκίύν,  Thuc.  2,  44. 
— II.  =ξυλ.εία.  [ν] 

Έϋλωτής,  οϋ,  ύ,  (ξυλόω)=^ξυλενς, 
susp. 

Ζψμ-,  for  all  words  so  beginning, 
V.  sub  συμμ-,  cf.  ξύν- 

'Ξ.υμη.  ή,  dub.  1.  for  ξνσμή,  Galen. 

ΞΤ'Ν,  harsher  pronunciation  for 
*κύν,  the  Lat.  cum,  prevailing  in  old 
Att.  for  the  later  and  more  usu.  συν, 
as  e.  g.  in  Trag.,  and  Thucyd.,  v. 
Pors.  Med.  11,  Elmsl.  Med.  2,  Poppo 
Thuc.  1,  p.  209,  399.  But  ξύν  very 
seldom  occurs  in  Horn.,  and  only 
melri  grat. :  he  uses  it  more  freq.  in 
compds.,  even  where  it  is  not  needed 
by  the  metre.  Hes.  has  it  only  in 
ξνν,  ξύμπας,  ξυνιέναι.  In  Hdt.  all 
the  instances  of  ξνν  are  dub. — For 
all  compds.  o{  ξνν-,  v.  sub  συν-.  [-] 

Αϋνάν,  άνος,  ό,^ξννύων,  ξυνήων, 
q.  v.,  Pind.,  cf.  μεγιστάνες,  νεάνες. 

Λϋνάων,  όνος,  ό,  Dor.  for  ξυνήων, 
Pind.  [ά] 

Έϋνεεικοσι,  Epic  for  συνείκοσι, 
twenty  at  a  time,  twenty  together,  Od. 
14.  98. 

^υνεών,  ώνος,  ό.  Ion.  for  ξυνήων, 
V.  Valck.  Adon.  p.  227  A. 

Λϋν?'/ίος,  η.  ov,  Ep.  and  Ion.  for 
ξύνειος,  which  prob.  nowhere  occurs 
(ξννός) :  in  II.  I,  124  ;  23,  809,  ξνν7μα 
are  public  property,  common  stock. 

"Ζνΐ'ήωΐ',  όνος,  ό.  Dor.  ξϋνάων,  [α] 
ξυνάν,  Pind.  :  Ion.  ξΰνεών,  conlr.  ξν- 
νήν,  Hesych. :  [ξυνός) : — ^κοινωνός, 
κοινάν,  one  who  possesses  something 
in  common  with  others,  a  joint  owner, 
partner,  c.  gen.,  κακών,  άργαλέων 
έργων,  Hes.  Th.  595,  (iOl  ;  ξυνύηνες 
νόσων,  i.  e.  ajjlicitd  by  diseases,  Pind. 
P.  3,  84  : — absol.,  ξυνάν,  a  friend.  Id. 
N.  5,  50: — as  adj..  άλς  ξ.,  the  salt  on 
ihe  common  table,  the  symbol  of  hos- 
pitality, Anth. 

ΙΞΐΊ'ί'α,  ας,  ή,  Xynia,  a  city  of 
Thessaly,  whence  ή  ^υνίας  λύμνη, 
Αρ.  Rh.  1,  68. 

ΈύνΙε,  iinperat.  οίξυνίηαι,  Theogn. 
1210.   [ι-] 

Ξ,ΰνίει,  imperat.  pres.  from  ξννίημι, 
Od.  [ί] 

'ρ.ύνϊον,  Ep.  3  pi.  impf.  for  ξυνίε- 
σαν  from  ξννίημι,  II.  1,  273.  [ί] 

Έννοδοττ/ρ,  ήρος,  ύ,  (ξυνός,  δίδωμι) 
the  free,  bounteous  giver,  epith.  of 
Apollo,  Anth.  P.  9,  525, 15;  of  Bac- 
chus, lb.  524,  15. 

Λϋνός,  ή,  όν,  =  κοινός,  common, 
public,  general,  concerning  or  belonging 
to  all  in  common,  II.  16,  262,  Hes.  Fr. 
07,  also  in  Hdt.  4, 12 ;  7,  53,  and  Pind. ; 
ξ-  'Ενυύλιος,  i.  e.  war  hath  an  even 
hand,  is  uncertain,  II.  18,  309  ;  c.  gen., 
γαία  δ'  ετι  ξυνή  πάντων,  is  still  Ike 
common  property  of  all,  II.  15,  193  : 
ξννόν  δόρυ.  Soph.  Aj.  180  ;  ξννά  λ.έ- 
γειν,  to  speak  for  the  common  good, 
Aesch.  Theb.  76  :  ei^  ξυνώ,  in  common, 
Pind.  P.  9,  165:  so,  ξυνή  as  adv.  = 
κοινή.  Id.  Snpp.  307,  Ap.'  Rh.  2,  802; 
and  neut.  pl.  ξννά.  Soph.  O.  C.  1752. 
— These  are  the  only  places  it  occurs 
in  Trag.,  prob.  not  at  all  in  prose. 
(ξυνύς  differs  from  κοινός  only  in 
dialect :  the  root  being  ξνν,  *κνν=^ 
Lat.  cum.) 

Εννόφρων,  όνος,  ό,  ή,  (ξυνός,  φρήν) 
friendly -minded,  Anth.  P.  9,  525, 
15. 

Έυνοχάρής,  ές,  (ξυνός,  χαίρω)  re- 
joicing viith  all  alike,  epith.  of  ApoUo, 
Anth.  P.  9,  525,  15. 


STSM 

Εϋνόω,  ώ,  like  κσινόω,  to  make 
cmumorLOX  general,  Noiin. 

Αύνωνία,  ας,  ή,  =  κοινωνία,  part' 
ncrship,  fellowship.  Archil.  3S. 

^Λνπέτη,  ης,  ή,  Xypete,  an  Attic 
deme  of  the  tribe  Cecropis  ;  hence  an 
inhab.  of  X.,  Έυπεταιών,  ώνος,  b, 
Dem.;  Ένηετίών,  Strab,;  Ένπέτιος, 
ου,  Plut.  Pericl.  13. 

ΈΰραΙος,  a,  ov,  shorn,  Synes. 

Λϋράφιον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  ξνρόν. 

Λϋράω,  ώ,  in  Hdt.  ξνρέω,  —  and 
perh.  this  is  the  true  Att.  form  also, 
Lob.  Phryn.  205  ;  fut.  -ήσω  :  (ξνρόν). 
To  shave,  c.  dupl.  acc.  ξυρεϊν  τίνα 
τάς  τρίχας,  Hdt.  5,  35 : — proverb,  of 
great  danger  or  sharp  pain,  ξυρει  έν 
χρω,  it  shaves  close,  to  the  quick. 
Soph.  Aj.  786 ;  λέοντα  ξυρεϊν,  of  a 
dangerous  undertaking,  like  our  '  to 
bell  the  cat,'  Plat.  Rep.  341  C  :— 
Mid.  to  shave  one's  self  Hdt.  2,  36  ; 
also  acc,  ξνρεϊσθαι  τάς  όφρύας,  την 
κεφαλτ/ν,  τό  σώμα,  to  shave  one's  eye- 
brows, etc.,  Hcit.  2,  37,  05,  66  ;  ίξν 
ρημένος  την  κεφαλήν,  with  one's  head 
shaved,  Luc.  Merc.  Cond.  1 ;  so,  έξν- 
ρημένος  alone,  Ar.  Thesm.  191. 

Άϋρήκης,  ες,  (ξνρόν,  άκή)  keen  as  a 
razor,  Xen.  Cyn.  10,  3. — II.  pass,  close- 
shaven,  κάρα,  Eur.  Phoen.  372,  El. 
335  ;  so,  κονρά  ξ.,  Id.  Ale.  427.-2.  = 
ξυρήσιμος,  op.  Bust. 

Ξνρήσιμος,  ov,  that  can  be  shaved. 

Λνρησις,  εως,  ή,  (ξνράω)  a  shai'ing: 
baldness,  LXX.  [v] 

Έύρ^σμός,  ov,  o,=foreg. 

Ένρίας,  ov,  ό,  a  shaveling. 

ΈϋρΙίιω,  ώ,  desiderat.  from  ξνράω, 
to  wish  to  be  shaved. 

Αϋρίζω,  ξυρίζομαι,  later  forms  for 
ξνράω,  Alciphr. 

Evpiov,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  ξνρόν.  [ν] 

Ανρίς,  ίδος,  ή,  an  aromatic  plant,  of 
the  iris  kind  (like  ξιφίς),  so  called 
from  its  razor-like  leaves,  Diosc. :  the 
forms  ξερίς,  ξειρίς,  ξηρίς,  also  occur. 

Ένροδόκη,  ης,  ή,  Ar.  Thesm.  220; 
and  -δόχη,  ης,  ή,  (ξνρόν,  δέχομαι)  α 
razor-case. 

Αϋροθήκη,  ης,  ^,=  foreg. 

Έϊ'ρόν,  ον,  τό,  (ξύω ;  and  akin  to 
κείρω)  a  razor,  Horn.,  etc  : — proverb, 
in  11.  10,  173,  irri  ξνρον  ϊσταται  ύ/c- 
μής...ό?υεθρος  ?/έ  βιώναι,  death  or  life 
stands  on  a  razor's  edge,  (i.  e.  is  bal- 
anced on  so  fine  an  edge  that  a  hair 
would  turn  the  scale,— βρϊξ  άνά  μέσ- 
σον,  as  Theocr.  says) :  and  so  oft. 
in  later  authors,  to  express  '  hair- 
breatlth  scapes'  and  the  like,  ίπΐ 
ξυροϋ  της  ακμής  έχεται  ήμίν  τά 
πράγματα,  Hdt.  6,  11,  cf.  Theogn. 
557  ;  έπΙ  ξνροϋ  είναι,  Theocr.  22,  6 ; 
ϊπι  ξνρον  πέλ.ας  πεσεΐσθαι,  Aesch. 
Cho.  883 ;  έπι  ϊνρον  τύχης  βεβηκέναι, 
Sopli.  Ant.  996,  cf.  Eur.  Η.  F.  630 : 
cf.  ακμή. 

Ένρός,  ov,  ό,  rare  and  late  form  for 
foreg.,  Archipp.  Rhin.  3. 

Ένροφορέω,  ώ,  (ξνρόν,  φέρω)  to 
carry  a  razor,  Ar.  Thesm.  218. 

Λν/'φ-,  for  Λvords  so  beginning,  τ. 
sub  σν[)()-,  cf.  ξνν. 

Έύρω,  later  iorm  for  ξνρέω  : — usu. 
in  Mid.,  ξύρομαι,  to  have  one's  self 
shaved,  ξύρεσΟαι  την  κεφα'λήν,  Plut. 
2,  352  C. 

ΈύσιλΜς.  ov,  shaven,  smooth,  So- 
phron  ap.  E.  M. 

Αύσις,  (or  ξνσις?)  ή,  (ξύω)  a  rub- 
bing, scratching.  Hipp. 

Ξύσμα  (or  ξΐ>σμα  .')  ατός,  τό,  (ϊνω) 
that  which  is  scraped  or  shaven  off,  fi- 
lings, shavings,  Lat.  sirigmentum,  ra- 
menlum  :  ξύσματα  τών  όθονίων,  shred- 
ded linen,  i.  e.  lint  for  wounds,  Hipp. 


ΕΤΣΤ 

elsewh. /zoroi'.•  particles  o/any  thing: 
also  the  7)tijtes  in  the  sunbeani,  Arist. 
de  Anima  1,  2.  3,  c(.  Probl.  15,  13,  1. 
—2.  that  uhich  is  graven  on  a  thit)g ; 
hence  ξνσματα=:  γράμματα. — 11.  any 
place  that  has  been  scratched,  a  scar,  Ot 
wounds. 

Βνσμάτων,  ov,  ro,  dim.  from  foreg., 
Hipp,  [a] 

Ζνσμάτώόης,  ες,  like  a  ξύσμα,  full 
thereof,  Hipp. 

Ζνσμή,  ής,  ή,=ξνσμα,  Anth.  P.  9, 
206. 

%νσμός,  ov,  6,  a  scratching,  esp.  to 
cure  itching :  hence  also  the  itching 
itself,  like  κνησμός,  Hipp. 

Ξυσσ-,  for  words  so  beginning,  v. 
sub  σνσσ-,  of.  ξνν. 

Ξνσταρχέω,  ώ,  to  be  a  ξνστάρχης. 

^νστύρχης,  ου,  ό,  (ξυστός,  ΰμχω) 
the  president  of  a  xystus,  a  place  for 
wrestling  and  gymnastic  exercises, 
nearly=  γυμνασιάρχι/ς,  Inscr. 

Ξνστήρ,  ηρος,  ό,  {ξύοι)  one  who 
scratches  : — a  graving  tool,  Lat.  scal- 
pru/m,  like  κολαπτ^ρ,  Leon.  Tar.  4. 
Hence 

Μυστήριος,  ov,  belonging  to,  fit  for 
scraping,  polishing,  engraving :  το  ξ-,= 
foreg. 

^νστης,  ov,  ό,^^ξνστήρ. 

Λνστιδωτός,  ό,=  ξνστίς,  Inscr.  155. 

Ξ,νστικος,  ή,  όν.  (ξί'Οί)  corrosive, 
Philotim.  ap.  Ath.  81  Β.— II.  {ξυστός) 
belonging  to  or  taking  exercise  in  a  ocy- 
stiis,  Sueton.  August.  45. 

Λνστίς,  ίδος,  ι),  Att.  ξνστις: — a 
long  robe  with  a  train,  a  robe  of  state, 
esp,  used,  in  Trag.  choral  dances, 
and  worn  by  women,  Cratm.  Hor. 
15,  ubi  V.  Meineke,  Ar.  Nub.  70, 
Plat.  Rep.  420  Ε  ;  cf.  Ruhnk.  Tim.— 
Π.  =ξνστρίς. 

Ξυστοβόλος,  ov,  (ξνστόν,  βά?.λω) 
spear-darting,  Anth.  P.  9,  524.  15. 

Βυστόν,  ov,  τό,  {ξύω)  the  polished 
shaft  of  a  spear,  II.  4,  469 ;  11,  260; 
twenty-two  cubits  long,  ace.  to  II.  15, 
677  ;  opp.  to  /.όγχαι,  (the  head),  Hdt. 
1,52:  hence, — 2.  like  όόρν,  a  spear, 
dart,  javelin,  Eur.  Hec.  920,  Xen. 
Cyr.  7,  1,  33. — II.  α  carpenter's  tool, 
prob.  for  levelling  or  fitting  tosether 
two  flat  pieces  of  wood,  etc.,  Galen: 
also,  a  mason's  tool,  a  trowel  or  chisel. 
III.  =ξνστός  II.  (Strictly  neut.  of 
the  adj.  ξυστός.) 

Β,υστός,  οϋ,  6,  (ξνυ)  a  covered  col- 
onnade in  gymnasia,  where  athletes 
exercised  in  winter,  serving  also  for 
a  walking-place,  Xen.  Oec.  11,  15; 
and  so  called  from  its  smooth  and 
polished  floor  {τνκτον ύύπεδονίη  Od., 
where  the  suitors'  games  take  place) : 
■ — the  whole  training  ground  for  the  ath- 
letes at  Elis,  Paus.  6, 23, 1  ;  v.  Becker 
Charikl.  1,  p.  333,  343.— II.  in  Roman 
villas,  a  terrace  with  a  colonnade,  also 
xystum,  Vitru V.  5,  1 1 .  (Strictly  masc. 
from  sq.,  sab.  δρόμος,  which  is  sup- 
plied in  Aristias  ap.  Poll.  9,  43,  ubi  v. 
Hemst.) 

'Β.νστός,  όν,  (fi)(j)  scraped,  polished, 
smoothed  with  a  knife,  a  plane,  etc., 
Lat.  rasus,  ξυστά  ακόντια,  Hdt.  2, 
71 ;  ξ.  τυρός,  grated  cheese,  Antiph. 
Cycl.  2. 

Ζνστοφόρος,  ov,  {ξνστόν,  φέρω) 
carrying  a  spear,  Xen.  Cyr.  7,  5,  41 ; 
8,  3,  16. 

"ξύστρα,  ας,  ?/,=sq.,  Luc.  Lexiph. 
5. 

ρ,νστρίς,  ίδος,  η,  {ξύω)  a  tool  for 
scraping  or  rubbing  off,  esp.  the  scraper 
used  after  bathing,  instead  of  the 
older  στλεγγίς,  cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  299, 
400  : — also  a  currycomb,  {ott  horses. — 
II.  also  like  Lat.  strigilis,  =  ώτεγχν- 


O 

της. — III.  in  plur.  the  flutes  of  a  pillar, 
Lat.  striae. 

Ένστρολήκνθος,  ov,  b,  the  servant 
who  carries  his  master''s  ξνστρίς  and 
Χήκνβος  to  and  from  the  bath ;  cf. 
στΑεγγιδο7ιήκνθος. 

Ένστρον  (or  ξνστρον  ?)  ov,  τό,  like 
ξνστρίς,  an  instrument  for  scraping, 
planing,  polishing,  Diod. 

ΞυστροτΓοιός,  όν,  making  ξύστρα. 

Ένστροφνλαξ,  ΰκος,  ό,  {ξνστρον, 
φνλαξ)  α  place  for  keeping  ξύστρα  in, 
Artemid. 

Ζνστρωτός,  όν,  (as  if  from  ξν- 
στρόω)  scraped:  esp.  of  pillars, _/Zuie(i, 
Lat.  striatus ;  v.  ξνστρίς  III. 

Λύφος,  τό,  said  to  be  used  in  some 
dialects  for  ξίφος. 

ΞΤ'Ω,  f.  ξύσω,  to  scrape,  plane, 
smooth  or  polish,  ?.ίστρηισίν  δάττεδον 
ξνον,  they  scraped  and  smoothed  the 
floor  with  shovels,  Od.  22,  456:— 
generally,  to  make  smooth  or  fine,  work 
finely  or  delicately,  έανον  εξνσ'  ίσκη- 
σασα,  with  utmost  care  she  wrought  a 
smooth  robe,  II.  14,  179,  cf.  ξυστίς : — 
later  also  to  carve  wood.  Xen.  Cyr.  6, 
2,  32  : — but,  ξνσαι  άττό  ')7/ρας  δλοιόν, 
to  scrape  off.  get  rid  o/sad  old  age,  H. 
Hom.  Ven.  225,  cf.  11.  9,  4-16;  and 
άποξνω.  (The  same  root  appears  in 
ξαίνω,  ξέω,  Lat.  scnlpo.  sndpo.)  [ϋ 
in  Hom.  in  impf.  and  aor.  ;  and  so, 
post-Horn.,  in  pres. :  Nonnus,  after 
the  analogy  of  μύω  and  πτύω,  has  ϋ 
in  aor.,  Wern.  Tryph.  516.] 


Ο 

ο,  ο,  δ  μικρόν,  little  i.  e.  short  ο, 
as  opp.  to  ό  μέγα,  great  i.  e.  long  and 
double  ο,—ω  being  for  oo :  fifteenth 
letter  in  the  Greek  alphabet :  as  nu- 
meral o'=70,  but  ,0,^70.000. 

In  early  times  the  vowel  was  not 
called  ο  μικρόν,  but  ov,  Antti.  P. 
append.  359,  ubi  v.  Jac,  cf.  Heind. 
Plat.  Crat.  416  B,  Dawes  Misc.  Cr. 
p.  12 ;  as  also  short  ε  was  called  εΐ, 
after  the  analogy  of  all  the  monosyll. 
names  for  letters,  which  are  long. 
Hence  Bockh  remarks  that  in  Att. 
inscriptions  before  Euclides,  01.  94, 
2,  the  diphthong  ov  is  found  only  in 
ov,  ovK,  ούτος,  with  their  derivs.,  and 
in  some  prop,  names  ;  elsewh.  always 

0.  That  0  in  many  words  must  have 
sounded  very  like  diphth.  ov,  appears 
from  divers  Aeol.  forms,  such  as  βολά 
for  βου'λή,  βό?Μμαι  for  βον7ιομαί, 
όρανός  for  ουρανός,  in  Dor.  βωλά, 
βώ'λομαι,  ώρανός,  Schaf.  Greg.  Cor. 
p.  191  sq.  •. — so  also.  Dor.  gen.  sing, 
of  2d  decl.  ended  in  ω,  ace.  pi.  in  ως, 
but  poet,  sometimes  in  of ,  Theocr.  1, 
90  ;  4,  11.  etc. ;  whereas  we  have  in 
Ion.,  μοννος,  νονσος,  κούρος,  ονΐ'ομα, 
for  μόνος,  νόσος,  κόρος,  όνομα  ;  and 
the  spiritus  asper  changed  into  sp. 
lenis,  e.  g.  ουδός,  οίφος,  for  οδός, 
όρος.  Cf.  Buttm.  Lexil.  s.  vv.  βον- 
λομαι  7,  oil /.αϊ  2. 

Other  changes  of  ο : — I.  Aeol., — 1. 
for  a,  as  στρατός,  όνία.  όνω,  βροσέως, 
for  στρατός,  ανία,  άνω,  θρασέως, 
Koen  Greg.  p.  455,  600 :  so,  Όλπίο, 
old  form  for  Άλπια.  etc. — 2.  into  ε, 
as,  έδοντες,  έδύναι,  for  οδόντες,  όδύ- 
vai.  Koen.  Greg.  p.  597. — 3.  into  v, 
as,  όννμα,  στύμα,  νρνις,  νμοιος,  μν- 
γις,  for  όνομα,  στόμα,  όρνις,  όμοιος, 
μόγις,  Koen.  Greg.  p.  584  sq. — 4,  for 
ω,  as,  δρα.  ότει?ή,  for  ώοα,  ώτει?ίή, 
Koen.  Greg.  p.  615.— II.  Dor.  oft.  into 

01,  άγνοιέω,  ά?Μΐάω,  τττοιέω,  ττνοιύ, 
-ποία,  ()οιά,  for  αγνοέω,  ά/.οάω,  πτοέω, 


~νού,  ττόα.  port,  etc.,  many  of  which 
iurms  were  adopted  by  Ep.,  Koen. 
Greg.  p.  294.-111.  like  a,  υ  is  olten 
rejected  or  prefixed  for  euphony,  e.  g. 
βέλος,  όβελός ;  βρι-,  όβριμος ;  δύξ, 
όδύξ;  κέ?Λω,  όκέ'λλω  ;  δύρομαι,  όόν- 
ρομαι  ;  φ?.έω,  όφ/.έω  ;  ξνω.  όξνς ;  νεί- 
κος,  όνειδος;  νύσσω,  όννξ ;  dens, 
οδούς ;  nomen,  όνομα  ;  rego  (in  erigo, 
porrigo),  όρέγω,  etc. — IV.  in  compds., 
esp,  adjectives,  o,  if  it  comes  before 
the  second  member,  is  changed  by 
poets,  metri  grat.,  into  a  long  vowel, 
usu.  η,  e.  g.  θεογενής,  Οεοδόκος,  Oeo- 
κόλος,  θεομάχος,  ξιφοφόρος.  etc.,  into 
θεηγενής,  θεηόόκος,  θεηκόλος,  θεη- 
μύχος,  ξιφηφόρος  (Dor.  θεάγ-,  etc.); 
much  more  rarely  into  ai,  ει,  οι  or  ω. 
Some  of  these  words  passed  out  of 
poetry  into  common  use  ;  but  how 
far  this  extended  is  very  dub,  from 
the  uncertainty  of  MSS.,  v.  Lob. 
Phryn.  633  sq.,  cf.  Plir)-n.  85,  231 ,  390. 

Ό,  Ή,  TO',  is,  when  thus  written, 
^A,  demonstr.  pronoun  ;  and. — B. 
in  Att.,  definite  or  prepositive  article  : 
but, — C.  with  accents  in  masc.  and 
fem.  sing,  and  plur.  ό,  η,  τό.  relative 
pronoun  for  δς,  η.  δ  :  and,— D.  m  gen. 
and  dat.  sing.,— 1.  ~ov,  τω,  without 
accent,  indefinite  pronoun  for  τϊς  τι  ■ 
hut — 2.  τον  ;  τω ;  with  accent,  inter- 
rog.  pronoun  for  τις  ;  τι ; 

Usu.  declension,  ό,  η,  τό :  gen.  τοϋ, 
της,  τον  :  dat.  τω,  τ?;,  τώ  :  ace.  τόν, 
την,  τό : — dual,  hom.'  and  ace.  τώ,  τά, 
τώ  :  gen.  and  dat.  τοίν,  ταιν,  τοίν  : — 
plur.  nom.  οΊ,  ai,  τά:  gen.  τών :  dat. 
τοΙς,  ταΐς,  τοις:  ace,  τους,  τύς,  τά. 
Besides  these,  Hom.  has  the  foil. 
forms,  partly  Ion.,  partly  retained 
from  the  old  Greek,  gen.  sing,  τοιο 
for  τον,  nom.  plur.  τοί,  ταί,  which 
point  to  an  orig.  form  τός,  τή,  τό, 
though  the  init.  letter  remains  only 
in  neut.  and  oblique  cases,  just  as  in 
οντος.  Further,  Hom.  uses  τοί,  ταί, 
and  τοΐο  only,  as  strong  demonstr. 
pronouns :  Ion.  and  in  Hom.,  gen.  pi. 
fem.  τάων  [α],  dat.  plur.  τοΐσι,  τι)ς 
and  77}σί.— hi  Dor.,  the  η  of  fem. 
always  passed  into  ά  :  also,  their  gen. 
sing.  masc.  and  neut.  was  τώ,  gen. 
plur.  fem.  τάν,  contr.  from  τάων  :  but 
the  ace.  plur.  masc.  τώς,  in  poets 
sometimes  τός,  was  Aeol.  and  Dor. 

A.    0,  ή,  τό,    DEMONSTR.   PRO.NOL'V, 

for  δδε,  ηδε,  τόδε,  like  Germ,  d'r,  die, 
das.  for  dieser,  diese,  dieses,  the  oldest 
and  so  (in  Hom.)  most  usu.  signf.  ; 
freq.  also  in  Hdt.,  but  in  Att.  prose 
rare.  Hom.  uses  the  pronoun  chiefly 
in  two  ways :— I.  joined  with  a  suhst., 
to  call  attention  to  it :  as  ό  Ύυδείδιις, 
he— Tydeus'  fnmot^  son,  II.  11,600; 
τον  Χρύσην  ήτίμησε,  that  venerable 
man,  Chryses,  II.  1,  11 :  and  so  with 
appellat.,  Νέστωρ  ό  -^έρων,  Nestor — 
that  aged  man,  11.  11,  637.— Alwavs 
before  its  noun  ;  cf.  A.  III.  1. — 2.  dif- 
ferent from  this  are  cases  like  II.  1, 
409,  αΐκέν  πως  έβέ?.^σιν  έπι  Ύρώεσ- 
σα;  άρηξαι.  τονς  δε  κατά  ττρνμνας  τε 
και  άμφ'  α?Μ  ε?ισαι  Άχαιονς,  if  he 
would  help  the  Trojans,  but  drive 
those  over  the  sea — /  mean  the  Achat- 
ans  (cf  1,  472  ;  4.  20),  where  'A;^;.  is 
only  added  to  explain  τους  ; — so'thal 
this  case  leads  us  to— II.  without  a 
subst.,  just  like  όδε,  οντος,  εκείνος, 
as,  ό  γαρ  ήλθε,  for  he.  this  man  came, 
II.  1, 12  ;  and  so  passim. — But  it  must 
be  remarked,— 1.  that  ό,  ή.  τό  has  not 
always  the  strict  demonstr.  signf.  of 
οί'τος,  but  is  freq.  used  like  αυτός  II., 
merely  as  pron.  of  3d  pers.  he,  she.  it, 
Lat.  is,  esp.  freq.  in  Hdt.  ;  and, — 2. 
that  it  does  not  always  mean  this,  the 
995 


nearer,  but  sometimes  that,  the  farther 
of  two  objects,  II.  15,  417,  and  so  not 
rarely  in  Hdt.  —  Thus  much  of  the 
pronominal  usage  passed  over  from 
Hum.  and  Hes.,  to  the  Ion.  and  Dor. 
writers  in  particular.  In  Att.,  it  is 
most  freq.  used  by  Trag.,  and  there 
Usu.  followed  by  an  enclitic,  or  some 
such  word,  e.  g.  yap,  (if,  etc.  ;  for  in 
Att.  prose  it  is  very  rare,  and  almost 
solely  in  neut.  or  oblique  cases,  i.  e. 
in  those  which  begin  with  r,  as  in  the 
phrase  καΐ  τον  είπην.  —  Some  old 
Gramm.  wrote  with  the  accent,  δ,  η, 
ο'ί,  αϊ,  when  used  as  demoaslr.  pron., 
Eust.  p.  23,  4  :  but  better  critics  re- 
serve the  accent  for  the  relative  pron. 
δ,  η,  τό  :  Wolf  indeed,  II.  10,  224, 
writes  καί  re  ττβό  δ  τον  ivojjaev, 
where  ό  must  be  demonstr.,  but  its 
strange  positioi»  between  πρό  and 
τον  needs  some  special  distinction. 
— III.  pecul.  phrases  with  6  ή,  τό,  in 
pronotninal  signf  : — 1.  before  relat. 
pronouns  δς.  δσος,  οίος,  nsu.  after  its 
noun,  it  stands  seemingly  pleonast., 
but  serves  to  recall  tlie  attention 
strongly  to  the  foregoing  noun,  as, 
εύάμην  σε  περί  ώρενας  ίμμεναί  άλ- 
λων, τών,  δσσοι  Χνκίην  ναιετάονσιν, 
far  above  the  rest,  namely  those  who, 
etc.,  11.  17,  172,  cf  Od.  10,  74  ;  βαλα- 
μον  τον  άφίκετο,  τόν  ττοτε  τέκτων 
ξέσσεν,  Od.  21,  43:  also  freq.  in  Plat., 
and  other  Att.,  esp.  τών  δσοι,  δααι, 
όσα.  Jelf  Gr.  Gr.  (j  444  c. — 2.  όμέν.... 
b  δε—,  and  so  through  all  cases  and 
genders,  from  Horn,  dovvnwds.  one 
of  the  most  usu.  phrases,  sometimes 
in  opposition  (where  δ  μεν  regul.  re- 
fers to  the  former,  ό  (5e  to  the  latter 
mentioned),  sometimes  in  partition, 
this  here. ..that  there...,  i.  e.  the  one. ..the 
other...,  Lat.  hic.ille...:  in  neut.,  το 
μεν. ..TO  όέ..,  when  the  opposition  in 
partition  refers  not  to  a  subst.,  but  to 
an  adj.,  verb,  or  sentence,  as  adv., 
partly. ..partly...,  Od.  2.  46,  etc. :  also, 
Tu  μεν. ..τα  δε... :  and  so  we  must 
translate  it  where  a  sing,  noun  goes 
before,  πηγή  τ/  μεν  εΙς  αντυν  ιόν.  ή 
δέ  εξω  άπορρεϊ.  Plat.  Phaedr.  255  C. 
The  Att.  use  also  ό  μεν  τις...,  when 
the  noun  to  which  δ  refers  has  not 
been  before  indicated,  as  Plat.  Phil. 
13  B:  but  the  noun  is  sometimes 
emphatically  added,  as  11.  16,  117  sq., 
also  in  Att.  prose,  Heind.  Plat.  Gorg. 
500  E. — When  ό  μεν. ..δ  δέ...,  partitive, 
follow  a  plur.  noun,  this  is  usu.  and 
strictly  in  the  gen.,  as  11.  18,595; 
yet  oft.  in  the  same  case  with  ό  μεν, 
II.  5,  27,  Od.  12,  73,  etc. ;  so  in  Att., 
Erf.  Soph.  Ant.  21  :  not  that  another 
case  is  put/or  the  gen  ,  but  the  word 
e.xpressing  the  whole  is  put  in  apposi- 
tion with  its  parts,  as  being  equal  to 
them.  To  μεν...,  το  δέ...,  or  τα  μέν..., 
τα  δέ...,  are  but  rarely  used  of  time, 
like  Lat.  nunc.nunr...  —  Further,  ό 
δέ...,  oft.  occurs  without  ό  μέν...,  go- 
ing before,  as  II.  22,  157,  cf  Pors.  Or. 
891.  On  the  other  hand  we  find  oi 
μεν...,  followed  by  Τ^Ινρμιδόνας  δέ..., 
II.  23.  4,  etc.  ;  or  by  άλλύ,  Od.  7,  305 ; 
by  άλλος  δέ,  II.  6,  147,  etc. ;  and  so, 
esp.  in  Att.,  by  έτερος  δέ...,  ενιοι 
δέ...,  etc.,  Malth.  Gr.  Gr.  §  288,  Obs. 
6:  όμέν...,  δς  δέ...,  occurs  Theogn. 
205  (where  however  Bekk.  from 
MSS.  reads  ουδέ) ;  also  ό...,  ό..., 
without  μέν  and  δέ,  II.  15,  417,  etc. 
— 3.  ό  δέ  in  apodosis,  when  a  relat. 
pron.  goes  before,  is  freq.  in  Att., 
though  δδε  still  more  so :  δέ  here 
adds  emphasis  to  ό,  by  suggesting  a 
contrast  not  clearly  indicated  by  the 
words  preceding,  as,  δςτις  ην  θακών 
996 


Ο 

άταρ^ής  της  θέας,  δ  J'  άν  λίγοι,  who 
looked  on  calmly,  he — hut  he  alone — 
could  say,  Soph.  Tr.  22,  cf  omnino 
Herm.  Phil.  86,87,  Buttm.  Mid.  E.xc. 
xii.  ;  so  in  Horn.,  οϊη  περ  φύλλων 
γενεή,  τοίη  δέ  (not  τοι/^δε)  καΐ  αν- 
δρών, II.  Ο,  146. — 4.  ό  και  δ,  one  and 
another,  many  a  onf,  when  one  wishes 
not  to  particularize:  so, -u  καΐ  τύ, 
etc. ;  through  all  cases  and  genders, 
esp.  in  Dem.,  and  other  late  Att. ; 
also,  ό  δείνα  και  δ  δείνα,  Dem. 

Β.  ό,  ή,  τό,  THE  DEFINITE  Or  PRE- 
POSITIVE ARTICLE,  the,  marking  that 
its  noun  represents  not  a  class,  but  a 
definite  member  of  a  class ;  opp.  to 
the  indef  pron.  τις,  τι,  which  is  used 
where  the  particular  member  is  left 
undefined.  In  this  signf  we  can  easi- 
ly trace  the  word  gradually  losing  the 
demonstr.  force,  which  often  seeins 
superfluous.  For  instance,  (5,  ή,  τό, 
as  the  true  article,  does  not,  strictly 
speaking,  occur  in  Hom. :  for  in  the 
places  usu.  quoted,  II.  1,  340  ;  4,  399  ; 
5,715;  0,407;  15,74;  17,  122,  127, 
695,  698  ;  21,  317,  Od.  5,  106,  the  de- 
monstr. force  is  clearly  to  be  traced, 
V.  supr.  A.  I :  still  even  in  Hom.  it 
begins  to  lose  this  force, — as  may  be 
seen  in  places  like  II.  1,  167  ;  7,  412  ; 
9,  309  ;  12,  289,  Od.  19,  372  ;  or  where 
joined  to  an  adj.  to  make  it  a  subst., 
as  τον  άριστον,  strictly,  him  that  uas 
bravest,  II.  17,  80 ;  τον  δνστηνον,  II. 
22,  59;  or,  more  clearly  still,  in  oi 
άλλοι,  τάλλα,  τών  πάντων,  etc., 
strictly,  they,  the  rest,  etc.,  which 
easily  prepare  the  way  for  the  true 
use  of  the  article,  v.  Nitzsch  Od.  9, 
185.  This  usage  however  is  first 
fully  established  in  Att.,  while  the 
demonstr.  usage  proportionally  dis- 
appears, except  in  a  few  cases,  v.  A. 
II,  sub  fin.  The  article  is  most  em- 
phatic in  phrases  like  τονς  θεούς ήγεΐ- 
σθαι,  to  own  the  gods,  who  are  general- 
ly owned,  Herm.  Hec.  781  ;  τονς  φί- 
λους ποιείσθαι,  to  make  the  Iriends 
one  does  make,  Erf  Soph.  Ant.  190. — 
Peculiarities  of  the  article,  esp.  in 
Att.  : — I.  it  is  put  before  not  only 
common  appellatives,  adjects.,  and 
particips.,  but  also, — 1.  prop,  names 
of  all  kinds,  with  which  it  is  seldom 
omitted  except  when  some  distin- 
guishing word  with  the  article  fol- 
lows, as  "Σωκράτης  ό  φιλόσοφος :  the 
Homeric  passages,  as  II.  1,  11,  are 
not  to  be  referred  to  this  head,  (v.  A. 
1) :  the  Trag.  however  use  it  with 
prop,  names  only  to  give  pecul.  em- 
phasis, Pors.  Phoen.  145. — 2.  before 
the  infinitive,  used  as  a  neut.  subst., 
in  all  cases,  as  το  είναι,  the  being, 
τοϋ  είναι,  etc. :  so  before  ace.  and 
inf ,  when  it  refers  to  the  whole  sen- 
tence, Matth.  Gr.  Gr.  ^  540:  cf  infr. 
4.-3.  before  adverbs,  which  thus 
take  an  adject,  signf,  as  ό,  ή,  τό  vvv, 
the  present ;  oi  τότε  άνθρωποι,  the 
men  of  that  time,  also  oi  τότε.  oi  vvv, 
without  subst.,  etc.,  very  freq.  in  Att. ; 
the  partic.  of  ειμί  is  usu.  supplied, 
oi  τότε  {όντες)  άνθρ.,  etc. —  When  a 
subst.,  easily  supplied  from  conte.xt, 
etc.,  is  omitted,  the  adv.  sometimes 
stands  like  a  subst.,  as,  ή  avptov  (sc. 
ήμερα),  the  morrow  :  ή  Χνόιστί  (sc. 
αρμονία),  the  Lydian  measure,  etc. ; 
though  sometimes  no  special  subst. 
can  be  supplied,  as  το  avpiov,  the 
morrow,  strictly  the  notion  to-morrow, 
etc. — 4.  before  any  word  or  expres- 
sion which  itself  is  made  the  object 
of  thought,  when  the  art.  is  neut.,  hs, 
TO  άνθρωπος,  the  word  or  yiotion  man  ; 
TO  λέγω,  the  word  λέγω,  etc. ;  so  be- 


O 

fore  a  whole  sentence,  as,  το,  μηδέ• 
να  είναι  τώ•'  ζωέιντων  όλβων,  the 
proposition,  the  ,  no  living  man  is  hap 
py,  Hdt.  1,  66,  cf  Plat.  Phaedr.  273 
Β  ;  the  usage  of  the  art.  belbre  ace. 
and  inf  (sup.  I.  2)  might  be  placed 
here.  But,  very  oft.,  το  stands  ab- 
sol.  with  adverbs  of  time  and  jdace, 
when  one  cannot  (as  m  I.  3)  supply 
a  subst.,  but  the  adv.  remains  adveib- 
ial,  and  the  art.  only  serves  to 
strengthen  it,  cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  50  ■ 
many  distinguish  these  two  cases  by 
writing  τό  vvv,  the  present  time,  when 
the  adv.  becomes  subst. :  τανύν,  now, 
at  present,  when  the  adv.  remain»  ;  so, 
TO  πριν,  old  time,  τοπρίν,  formerly, 
etc. :  this  usage  is  very  old,  lor,  ace. 
to  Wolf,  Hom.  always  says  τοπύροι- 
θε,  τοπαρος,  τοπρίν,  τυπρόσθιν,  το- 
πρώτον ;  but  in  Hdt.  and  Att.  the 
art.  is  usu.  written  separate,  esp.  \n 
such  words  as  to  άρχαΐυν,  τό  εντεύ- 
θεν, τό  αντίκα,  τό  έπειτα,  τό  λοιπόν, 
τα  κρύτιστα,  τα  μάλιστα,  etc.,  and 
still  more  so  in  τό  άπό  τούτον  and 
τό  άπό  τονδε,  from  the  present  time, 
TO  προ  τον,  formerly,  Poppo  Thuc. 
1,  p.  467,  sq.  Prob.  in  all  these  cases 
TO  may  be  taken  as  ace.  absol.,  as  to.., 
touching.. ;  but  it  cannot  be  rendered 
in  English.  Rarely  absol.  in  gen., 
Ιέναι  τον  πρόσω,  to  go  forward  ;  τον 
προσωτάτω  δραμεϊν.  Soph.  Aj.  731, 
where  however  there  is  a  good  v.  I. 
τον  προσωτάτον-—5.  before  person, 
pronouns  of  1st  and  2nd  pers.,  to  give 
them  greater  emphasis,  but  only  in 
ace,  τόν  έμέ,  τόν  σε,  Heind.  Plat. 
Phaedr.  258  A:  on  ό,  ή,  το,  before 
αυτός,  v.  αντός  III. — 6.  before  the  in- 
terrog.  pron.,  as  well  τις  as  ποίος, 
usu.  only  in  neut.  sing.,  τό  τι;  τό 
ποίον ;  always  referring  to  some- 
thing before,  which  needs  to  be  more 
distinctly  specified,  Aesch.  Pr.  249, 
Ar.  Pac'  696,  cf.  Herm.  Vig.  n.  25  : 
also  τα  τι  ;  because  οία  went  before, 
Ar.  Pac.  693.  But  with  ποίος  great- 
er liberties  are  allowed,  so  that  it  is 
used  not  only  in  plur.,  τα  ποία  ;  Eur. 
Phoen.  707,  but  also  in  the  other  gen- 
ders, as,  ό  ποίος;  Eur.  Phoen.  1704; 
τής  ποίας  ;  Dem.  346,  10,  which  will 
scarcely  be  iound  with  τις ;  Stallb., 
Plat.  Euthyphr.  13  D,  rightly  remarks 
that  these  iorms  are  very  rare,  except 
in  direct  questions. — 7.  very  rarely  be- 
fore άπας,  and  prob.  only  Ion  ,  v. 
Schulz  on  Hdt.  3,  64;  7,  153:  more 
freq.  before  ίκαστοε,  as  II.  18,  496; 
also  Att.,  as  Thuc. "5,  49  :  6,  63  :  but 
dub.  before  έκάτερος,  Poppo  Obss. 
Grit,  in  Thuc.  p.  28. — II.  the  article 
in  elliptic  expressions  : — 1.  before  the 
genit.  of  a  masc.  or  fem.  prop,  name, 
to  express  descent,  ό  ί^ιός,  the  son  of 
Jupiter,  ή  Αητονς,  the  daughter  of  La- 
tona,  where  νιος  or  θνγάττ/ρ  is  usu. 
supplied,  very  freq.  in  Att.  But  this 
form  also  denotes  other  relations,  so 
that  we  must  supply  from  the  con- 
text, hiisband,  brother,  friend,  wife,  etc. 
— 2.  before  a  genit.  of  neut.  signf  it 
indicates  any  relation,  connection  or 
dependence  of  a  thing,  and  so  often 
alters  the  meaning  but  little,  as,  τό 
τής  πόλεως,  that  xuhich  belongs  to  the 
state,  its  being  and  nature  ;  but,  τα 
τής  πόλεως,  all  that  concerns  the  state, 
its  home  and  foreign  relations,  etc. ; 
so  TU  τών  Έλλί/νωΐ',  τα  τών  ΤΙερσών, 
etc. ;  τα  τών  'Αθηναίων  ώρονείν,  to 
hold  with  the  Athenians,  be  on  their 
side,  Hdt.  ;  τα  τώΐ'  φθιτών,  that  ivhick 
beseems  the  dead,  τα  τών  θεών,  that 
V'hich  is  desljned  by  the  gods,  etc., 
Schaf.  Mel.  p.  31,  32:   hence  with 


υ 

neut.  of  possess,  pron.,  το  έμόν,  το 
σόν,  v)hat  regards  me  or  thee,  my  or 
thy  business,  concern,  duty  ;  and  with 
gen.  of  third  pers.  το  τούτου,  τό  τής- 
δε,  etc.,  V'alck.  Hipp.  48.  But  τό  τί- 
νος is  often  also,  a  man^s  word  or  say- 
ing, as,  TO  τοϋ  ΣόλωΐΌζ",  Hdt.  1,  8G, 
cf.  1,  4.  On  μά  τόν,  μα  τήν,  etc.,  v. 
υ,ά  IV. — HI.  the  article  stands  pleo- 
nast.,  esp.  in  Ion.,  in  sentences  of 
two  clauses  with  one  and  the  same 
subject :  this  being  omitted  in  the 
first  clause,  is  expressed  by  the  arti- 
cle in  the  second,  as,  την  μεν  αίτίην 
oil  μύ/.α  έξέφαινε,  ό  δε  έ/.εγέ  σψί,  lor 
έλεγε  όέ  σφι,  Hdt.  6,  3,  ct.  6,  9,  133  : 
so  too  in  apodosis  6,  30,  when  regu- 
larly μέν  stands  in  first  clause,  and 
δέ  with  art.  in  second  :  but  passages 
in  which  both  clauses  have  a  common 
verb  are  different,  as,  η  αλοχον  ττοι- 
τ/σεται  η  δγε  δονλην,  11.  3,  409,  cf. 
Hdt.  2, 173.— 2.  the  art.  with  the  corn- 
par,  is  needless  and  rare,  if?}  follows, 
Herm.  Soph.  Ant.  313,  O.  C.  795.— 
IV.  note  that  in  Att.  the  dual  of  a 
fern,  subst.  often  takes  the  masc.  art. : 
indeed  τά  dual  is  prob.  never  found 
in  good  Greek,  Jelf  Gr.  Gr.  i)  388  ubs. 
And  m  Horn,  the  pron.  is  oft.  used  in 
a  different  gender  from  its  noun,  as 
in  II.  21,  164,  167,  δονρΐ  σάκος  ι3ά?,,εν, 
ή  δέ..,  as  if  he  had  said  έγχεύ; ;  so 

11.  22,  80,  82,  μαζόν  άνέσχεν...  τάδε 
τ"  αΐδεο,  as  if  στήθεα  ;  and  Od.  12, 
74,  νεφέ/.η.-,  το  μεν  ονττοτ'  έρωεΐ,  as 
if  νέφος:  here  then  the  gender  is 
taken  from  a  synonym-  word  which 
was  in  the  poet's  mind. 

A,     B.     .tBSOL.     USAGE    OF     SINGLE 

CASES,  which  may  be  referred  either 
to  demonstr.  pron.,  or  article  : — I.  -?/. 
of  place,  there,  on  that  spot,  here,  this 
way,  freq.  in  Hom.,  e.  g.  11.  5,  752, 
858,  oft.  followed  by  ;},  11.  13,  52.-2. 
with  a  notion  of  motion  towards,  thith- 
er, 11.  10,  531 ;  11,  149,  Hes.  Op.  206 ; 
but  this  much  more  rare,  and  prob. 
only  poet. — 3.  of  manner,  τ/)-ερ  τε- 
λεντζ/σεσθαι  ίμε/^Λεν,  in  this  way, 
thus,  OiL  8,  510;  so  in  Att. — i.  re- 
peated Ty  μεν-,  Ty  δέ..,  usu.  of  place, 
here..,  there..,  or  ιιοω  here..,  now  there..  : 
but  also  on  the  one  part..,  on  the  other.., 
or  more  strictly  in  one  way  certainly.., 
but  in  another..,  Eur.  Or.  356. — 5.  re- 
lative, where,  for  tj,  only  Ep.,  as  11. 

12,  1 18,  Od.  4,  229.  Here  χώρα  or 
ό(5ώ  is  usu.  supplied,  but  this  can  only 
be  in  local  signf — II.  τώ,  dat.  neut., 
(some  old  Gramm.  wrote  τώ  in  this 
signf),  therefore,  on  this  account,  very 
freq.  in  Horn.,  and  also  Att.  even  in 
prose,  Valck.  Phoen.  157;  also  used 
as  relative  bv  a  kind  of  attraction,  be- 
cause, Heind'.  Plat.  Phaed.  60  B.— 2. 
more  rarely,  perh.  only  in  Ep.,  th^is, 
so,  in  this  wise,  11.  2,  373  ;  4,  290,  etc. : 
it  may  also,  esp.  when  ei  goes  before, 
be  translated,  theii,  if  this  be  so,  on  this 
cojidition,  cf.  also  Od.  1 ,  239 ;  3,  224, 
etc. :  τρόπφ  is  usu.  supplied. — 3.  τώ 
vv  for  τοίννν,  Horn.,  also  divisim,  τώ 
ου  vv  τι,  IL  7,  352. — 111.  τό,  ace.  neut., 
like  τώ,  wherefore,  rare  except  in 
Horn.,  as  II.  3,  176 ;  7,  239,  Od.  8, 
332,  etc. ;  so  in  Pind.  P.  5,  50 ;  τό 
κεν,  II.  23,  547.— IV.  τον,  gen.  neut., 
wherefore,  hence,  Od.  24,  425,  where 
ένεκα  or  χάριν  is  supplied,  cf.  II.  21, 
458. — V.  with  prepositions,  of  time, 
έκ  τοϋ,  ever  since,  εν  τώ,  whilst,  where 

ίρόνον  and  χρόνφ  are  freq.  supplied, 
ut  wrongly,  as  τον  and  τώ  like  cor- 
responding words  in  other  languages, 
seem  neut.  rather  than  masc. — The 
early  development,  even  in  Horn.,  of 
many  such  phrases  shows  that  they 


CAP 

belong  to  the  demonstr.  pronoun. — 
On  the  phrase  την  km  θανάτω,  v.  sub 
θάνατος. 

C.  6,  7],  TO,  accentuated  through 
all  cases,  relative  pronoun,  for  ός, 
η,  ό,  called  also  the  postpositive  article, 
somewhat  like  our  that=which :  very 
freq.  in  Hom.,  also  Ion.,  and  Dor. :  in 
these  however  only  in  the  forms  be- 
ginnuig  with  r,  and  in  nom.  plur. 
masc.  and  fern,  τοί,  ταί,  (so  that  it 
seems  to  be  used  merely  to  avoid  hi- 
atus) Hdt.,  passim:  Hom.  however 
has  also  masc.  ό,  II.  16,  835,  though 
others  read  of ;  this  usage  was  long 
denied  to  the  Trag.,  even  by  Valck. 
Hipp.  525,  Koen.  Greg.  p.  239,  Toup, 
etc.  :  it  is  however  clear  that  they 
sometimes  used  it,  to  avoid  hiatus,  in 
the  forms  beginning  with  r,  v.  Monk 
Hipp.  527  :  τοί  and  ταί  are  still  dis- 
puted :  Monk  even  claims  δ  nom. 
sing.,  cf  Elmsl.  Bacch.  468  :  in  Com. 
and  Att.  prose  however  this  relative 
is  not  found,  Matth.  Gr.  Gr.  ^  292.— 
In  declension  the  relative  wholly 
(even  in  dialects)  follows  the  article  : 
Buttm.  indeed  gives  the  nom.  o,  ?/,  6  : 
but  δ  is  from  the  regul.  δς,  and  those 
forms  only  need  be  considered  which 
differ  in  declension  from  δς,  η,  δ. 

D.  The  gen.  and  dat.  enclitic  τον, 
τω,  for  τινός,  τινί.  from  the  indefi- 
nite PRONOUN  τις,  τι :  in  which 
case  του  and  -cj  are  of  all  three  gen- 
ders :  neither  της,  r//,  nor  the  plur. 
occur :  Hom.  uses  thus  only  the  dat., 
and  that  only  thrice,  II.  12,  328,  Od. 
13,  308  ;  20,  297,  always  in  masc.  : 
Att.,  τον  and  τω  are  very  freq. :  as 
also  τοϋ  and  τώ  lor  τίνος  and  τίΐ'ί,  as 
gen.  and  dat.  of  interrogative 
PRO.v.  τίς ;  τί ;  as,  χρή  τον,  there 
needs  somewhat,  but  τοϋ  χρή  ;  what 
needs  there  ? — So  in  Ion.  τεο,  enclit. 
gen.  for  τον,  τινός,  indefin.,  Od.  16, 
305,  contr.  τευ  II.  2,  388,  Od.  6,  68, 
etc.  :  dat.  τεω,  for  τω,  τινί,  11.  16, 
227,  Od.  11,  502,  and' in  Hdt.:  gen. 
and  dat.  pi.  τέων,  τέοις,  τέοισι : — but 
τέο,  gen.  for  τοϋ;  τίνος;  II.  14,  128, 
Od.  4,  463,  absoL,  wherefore?  11.  2, 
225,  cf  τοϋ,  A.  B.  Ill :  contr.  τεϋ  ; 
Od.  15,  509,  Callin.  1  :  dat.  τέφ,  Hdt. : 
of  this  Hom.  too  has  pi.  geri.  τέυν, 
II.  24,  387,  Od.  20,  192  :  as  monosyll., 
Od,  6,  119;  13,  200:  daL  τέοις,  τέοι- 
σι. Wess,  Hdt   1,37. 

From  this  article  are  formed  the 
pronouns  δγε,  δδε,  όόί.  δττερ,  δτε,  δτις, 
which  are  treated  under  their  respec- 
tive heads. 

The  Ion.  and  Att,,  not  Horn.,  often 
blend  the  article  by  crasis  with  nouns 
which  have  an  initial  vowel,  v.  Buttm. 
Ausf  Gr.  ^  29. — For  the  position  or 
the  article  in  a  sentence,  v.  Jelf.  Gr. 
Gr.  §  458,  sq. 

'0,  Ion.  and  Dor.  relat.  pron.  masc. 
for  δς,  V.  δ,  ή,  τό  C,  Hom. 

"Ο,  neut.  of  relat.  pron.  δς,  q.  v., 
Hom. 

"O,  5,  δ,  exclamation  in  Ar.  Thesm. 
1191. 

Όύ,  v>oe,  woe !  alas !  Lat.  vae !  c. 
gen.,  Aesch.  Pers.  116,  122.  [όά] 

'0(2,  ή,  also  δη,  οΐη,  ova,  the  service- 
tree,  Lat.  sorbus,  Theophr. :  its  fruit,• 
δον,  the  sorb-apple  or  service  berry,  Lat. 
sorbum. 

ΌΑ",  7/,  {δϊς)=:οΙα,  a  sheepskin. — 
IL:=(ja,  a  hem  or  border. 

ΌΑ'Ρ,  ΰρος,  ή,  a  consort,  mate,  wife, 
II.  9,  327,  in  gen.  pi.  όάρων,  unless 
this  belongs  to  /)  όαρος  (q.  v.),  cf.  the 
contr.  ώρ,  whence  ώρεσσι,  II.  5,  486. 
(Not  by  metath.  from  uop,  as  some 
say,  but  prob.  from  same  root    as 


ΟΒΕΛ 

*ύρω,  εϊρω,  Lat.  sero,  she  that  is  lied 
or  k)iit  to  one,  cf.  συνήορος  σννύορος, 
etc.) 

νΟάρακτα,  ων,  τά,  Oaracta,  an 
island  in  the  Persian  gulf,  Arr.  Ind. 
37,2. 

ΥΟύριζος,  ov,  δ,  Oarizv^s,  a  Per- 
sian, Hdt.  7,  71. 

Όΰριζω,  [δαρ)  to  converse  familiarly, 
chat  with  one,  τινί,  II,  6,  516  ;  22, 127, 
etc. ;  μετά  τινι,  Η.  Hom,  Merc.  170 ; 
esp,  of  married  persons  or  lovers :  also 
c.  ace.  cognato,  δάρους  δαριζειν,  Η. 
Hom.  22,  3:  contr.  ώριζω,  Η.  Horn. 
Merc.  58.     Hence 

Όάρισμα,  ατός,  τό,  familiar  con• 
verse,  esp.  of  lovers :  generally  con- 
verse, 0pp.  C.  4,  23.  [up]  and 

Όΰρισμός,  ov,  (5,=foreg.,  familiar, 
fond  discourse,  as  of  lovers,  in  plur., 
Hes.  Op.  787,  or  relatives,  Q.  Sm.  7, 
316. 

Όύριστής,  ov,  ό,  {δαρίζω)  masc.  of 
δαρ,  a  mate,  bosom-friend ;  SO  Minos 
is  called  δαριστης  Αιός,  Od.  19,  179, 
cf:  Plat.  Minos  319  D. 

Όύριστνς,  νος,  ή.  Ion.  for  όάρισμα, 
familiar  intercourse  or  converse,  esp.  of 
lovers,  fond  discourse,  δαριστνς  πάρ- 
φασις,  11.  14,  216  ;  the  title  of  The- 
ocr.  27th  Idyll: — generally,  inter- 
course, company,  πο'λέμου  όαριστνς, 
war's  intercourse,  i.  e.  battle,  the  tug 
of  war,  II.  17,  228 :  also  as  a  concrete 
noun,  προμάχων  ό.,  the  company  of 
out-fighters,  11.  13,  291.  [ϋ] 

ΌΑΡ02,  ov,  δ,^δαρισμός, famil- 
iar converse,  chat,  H.  Hom.  22,  3  :  esp. 
amorous  converse,  H.  Hom.  \'en.  250, 
where  many  interpr.  by  βονλείματα, 
but  wrongly,  for  it  is  just  the  same 
as  δαριστνς,  in  II.  14,  216 ;  so,  παρ- 
θένιοι  δαροι,  Hes.  Th.  205 ;  ι\νμφών 
δαροί,  Call.  Lav.  Pall.  66 :  generally, 
converse,  discourse,  words,  Einped.  68, 
cf  Plat.  Minos  319  Ε  :  hence  also,  α 
song,  lay,  ditty,  Pind.  P.  1,  190,  N.  3, 
19  ;  almost  always  in  plur.,  but  Pind., 
P.  4,  244,  N.  7,  102,  has  it  in  sing,,  m 
the  sense  of  song  or  discourse,  and  in 
the  latter  place  even  in  bad  sense, 
φόγιος  δαρος,  a  song  of  reproach. 

Όαρος,  ov,  ή,^δαρ,  Hesych.,  who 
perh.  formed  this  nom,  from  gen.  όά- 
ρων, 11,  9,  327, 

ί'Οαρος,  ου,  δ,  the  Oarus,  a  river 
of  Scythia  falling  into  the  Palus 
Maeotis,  Hdt,  4,  123, 

Όασις,  ιος,  ή,  a  name  of  the  fertile 
islets  in  the  Libyan  desert,  Hdt,  3, 
26,  ubi  V,  Bahr.  The  name  is  prob. 
Arabic  {vah) :  the  form  Ανασις,  in 
Strab,  p,  130,  being  merely  an  at- 
tempt at  Greek  etymology,  as  if  from 
ανω,  αναίνω. 

Όβόη,  ή,  rarer  poet,  form  for  o^if, 
only  in  .\lexandr.  writers,  in  ace,  δβ- 
δην  and  εςόβδην,  used  as  adv,  for  ές 
δβδην,  in  the  presence  of,  Lat.  coram. 

Όβε?.αϊος,  a,  ov,=sq,,  dub. 

'Οβελιαίος,  a,  ov,  [δβε/.ός)  spit- 
shaped. — II.  roasted  on  a  spit,  Philo. 

'Οβελίας  (sc.  άρτος),  ό,  {όβε?.ός) 
a  sort  of  loaf  baked  or  rather  toasted 
on  a  spit: — or  (acc.  to  A.  B.)  an  obol- 
loaf,  Pherecr,  Έττιλησμ.  1,  Ar,  Fr. 
158,  cf  Bockh  P.  E.  1,  132  :  also  όβε- 
λίτης. 

'Οβελιΰφόρος,  ov,  {όβε7.ίας,  φέρω) 
carrying  an  οβελίας  άρτος,  name  of  a 
play  of  Ephippus,  cf.  Lob.  Phryn. 
647. 

Όβελίζω,  to  mark  with  the  critical 
obelus  ;  v.  όβε/.ός  II. 

Όβελισκολύχνιον,  ov,  τό,  dim. 
from  sq.,  Theopomp.  (Com.)  Είρην. 
1,  Arist.  Pol.  4,  15,  8. 

Όβε/.ισκόλυχνος,  ov.  ό,  {όβε?.ίσ 
997 


OBPI 

κος,  Τΐύχνος)  a  spit  for  roasting,  like- 
wise used  as  a  lamp-stand. 

'Οβελίσκος,  ου,  b,  dim.  from  biie- 
7.ός,  a  small  spit,  Ar.  Acli.  1007,  etc. : 
also  any  pointed  iitstrunent,  the  leg  of 
a  compass,  Ar.  Nub.  178;  a  sword- 
blade,  Polyb.  6,  23,  7  ;  the  iron  head  of 
the  Roman  pilum,  Dion.  H.  5,  4t). — II. 
α  pointed  pillar,  obelisk. — III.  an  iron  Or 
copper  coin  stamped  with  a  spit,  Piut. 
Lys.  17,  Fab.  27  :  cf.  όβο'λός. 

Όβΐ'λίσμύς,  ου,  ό,  a  marking  with 
the  obelus,  v.  οβελός  II. 

Όβελίτης,  ου,  ό,=οβελίας.  [t] 

'όβε'λός,  ου,  ύ,  Aeol.  and  Dor.  όδε- 
?.ός,  α  spit,  άμό'  οβέλοισιν  έπειραν, 
11.  1,  4β5,  etc. ;  so  Hdt.  2,  135,  Eur. 
Cycl.  303. — 2.  a  pointed  pillar,  obelisk, 
iidt.  2,  1 1 1 .  170. — 3.  euphern.  for  πέυς, 
Ar.  Ach.  796. — II.  an  horizontal  line, 
— ,  used  as  a  critical  mark  to  point 
out  that  a  passage  was  spurious.  Luc. 
Imagg.  24  ;  but  with  one  point  below 
and  one  above,  — ,  όβελϋς  ιτερίεστι- 
γμίνυς,  it  denoted  superfluous  passa- 
,ges,  esp.  in  philosophical  writings, 
Diog.  L.  3,  tJO,  cf.  Pressels  Beytr.'  p. 
67,  sq.,  and  v.  χ. — Cf.  όδελός,  ΰβολύς. 
(όίελύς,  is  βέλος  with  ο  prefixed,  v. 
ο  111.) 

iΌ3ιδιaκηvoί,ώι>,  oL  the  Obidiaceni, 
a  Maeolic  people,  Strab.  p.  495. 

ΥΟβοδας,  u,  Ubodas,  a  king  of  the 
Nabataei,  Strab.  p.  781. 

Όβολαΐος,  a,  oi',=sq.,  dub. 

ΌβολΙαΙος,  a,  oi>,  (όβολός)  of  the 
size  or  value  of  an  obol,  Lob.  Phryn.  p. 
551. 

ΌβολιμαΙος,  a,  ov,  worth  an  obol, 
i.  e.  petty,  Theano:  from 

Όβολός,  ού,  ό,  an  obol,  freq.  in  Ar., 
etc.,  a  coin  worth  8  χαλκοί,  l-6th 
of  a  δραχμή,  rather  less  than  three 
cents  : — ττολυ  or  μικροί'  τυύ  ύβολυν, 
a  thing  of  which  you  get  much  or 
little  tor  an  obol,  l.  e.  valuable  or  worth- 
less, Meineke  Com.  Fr.  3,  76. — An 
obol  was  written  short  Ο  ;  a  half- 
oboi.C  or  D. — II.  also  SIS  a  weight,  l-6th 
of  a  drachma.  (Ace.  to  Arist.  ap. 
Poll.  9,  77  ;  όβολός  and  όβελός  only 
ditleied  in  the  (Ion.  and  Att.)  pronun- 
ciation ;  he  thinks  that  in  the  barter 
of  early  times,  iron  or  copper  nails 
{ΰβελοι)  were  used  as  money,  six  of 
which  made  a  handful  (δραχμ)/),οί.  P. 
Knight,  Prolegg.  ad  Horn.  ^56,  citing 
Plut.  Lys.  17  ;  and  that  the  name  re- 
mained when  the  form  and  material 
were  changed.  Others  derive  it  from 
the  cum  being  stamped  with  a  spit, 
cf.  οβελίσκος  111.) 

Όβολοστάτέω,  ώ,  to  weigh  obols : 
hence  to  practice  petty  usury,  Lys.  Fr. 
37,  Luc.  .Necyoin.  2  :  from 

Όβολοστατι/ς,  ov,  ό,  (  όβο/Μς, 
ΐστημι)  a  weigher  of  obols  :  hence,  α 
petty  usurer,  Ar.  Nub.  1155,  Antiph. 
Neott.  1,  4.  [(2]     Hence 

Όβολοστάτική,  ης,  ή,  (so.  τέχνη), 
the  trade  of  a  petty  usurer,  tisvry,  Arist. 
Pol.  1,  10,  4. 

ΥΟβουλκων,  ωνος,  7j,Obulcon,  a  city 
of  Hispania  Baetica,  Strab.  p.  141. 

'OSpiu,  τύ,  the  young  of  animals, 
Aesch.  Fr.  40,  Eur.  Peliad.  8,  cf.  Ael. 
N.  A.  7,  47.  (  Usu.  deriv.  from 
βρνω.) 

Υθβρίάρεο)ς,ο),ό,=Βριάρεως,Ιίβ5. 
Th.  617. 

Ό3ρίκΰλα,  τά,=6βρια,  Aesch.  Ag. 
113.  [I] 

Όβμϊμήγνιος,  ov,  {οβριμος,  γυΐον) 
strong-limbed,  0pp.  H.  5,  316. 

ΌβρΙμοεις,  εσσα,  εν,=^όβριμος. 

ΌβμΙμοεργός,  ήν,  {δβρίμος,  *εργο}) 
doing  strong  de.eds,  but  always  in  bad 
b;~nse,  doi'ia  deeds  (f  muleiice  Q[  wrong, 
998 


ΟΓΕ 

esp.  against  the  gods,  II.  5,  403  ;  22, 
418,  Hes.  Th.  996. 

Όβρϊμόθνμος,  ov,  (δβριμος,  θυμός) 
strong-minded,  Hes.  Th.  140,  H.  Hom. 
7,  2. 

Όβρϊμότταις,  παιδος,  ό,  ή,  {δβρι- 
μος.  παις)  having  strong  children, 
Ν  on  η. 

Όβρΐμσπάτρη,  ης,  η,  {δβριμος,  πα- 
τήρ) daughter  of  a  strong  father,  in 
Hom.  and  Hes.  always  epilh.  of  Mi- 
nerva, 11.  5,  747,  etc. — No  niasc.  όβρι- 
μοττύτρος  seems  to  occur :  ϋβριμοπύ- 
τηρ  in  Hesych.  is  corrupt. 

"Οβρ'ιμος,  ov,  also  //,  υν,  Eur.  Or. 
1454: — strong,  mighty,  in  Hom.  as 
epith.  of  Mars,  11.  5,  845,  etc.  ;  of 
Achilles,  19,408;  of  Hector,  8,  473: 
— then  of  things,  63ριμον  εγχος,  11. 
3,  357,  etc. ;  ά]:βθ(•',  Od.  9,  233  ;  θυ- 
ρεός, λίθος,  lb'.  241,  305 ;  νδωρ,  II.  4, 
453  ;  δβριμον  εβρόντησε,  he  thunder- 
ed 7nighttly,  Hes.  Th.  839  ;  ό.  tpyu, 
deeds  of  might,  Tyrtae.  2.  27  -.—μίσος 
δβριμον,  Aesch.  Ag.  1411  ;  Ίόαια  μύ• 
τερ  όβρίμα,  Eur.  1.  c. — The  form  δμ- 
βρϊμος  (q.  v.)  is  not  used  by  Ep.,  but 
is  the  prevailing  form  in  Lyr.  writers. 
(From  βρι-,  βρίθω,  βριθνς,  βριάω, 
βριαρής,  with  ο  prefi.xed.) 

Όβρυζον,  ου,  τό, Xfjvoiov.piere gold ; 
akin,  to  Lat.  obrussa,  the  testing  of  gold 
by  fire. 

Ογάστριος,     ov,  =  δμογύστριος, 
Gramm. 

Όγδούδΐκός.  ή,  όν,  (δγδούς)  belong- 
ing to  the  number  eight,  Clem.  Al. 

'^^γδοαίος,  a,  ov,  on  the  eighth  day, 
Polyb.  5,  52,  3,  etc. 

'Ογδούς,  άδος,  ή,  (οκτώ)  the  number 
eight,  Plut.  2,  744  B,  etc.  ; — for  οκτάς, 
as  ίβδομύς  (from  επτά)  for  έπτάς. 

'0}δόΰτος,  η,  ov,  poet,  for  όγδοος, 
like  τρίτατος  for  τρίτος,  the  eighth, 
Hom.,  and  Hes. :  esp.  ή  δγδοάτη  (sc. 
ημέρα),  the  eighth  day,  Hes.  Op.  770, 
788. 

Όγδοήκοντα,  oi,  ai,  τύ,  indecl., 
eighty.     Hence 

Όγδοηκοντύετής,  ες,  (έτος)  eighty 
years  old. — II.  ΟΎδοηκονταέτ7]ς,  lasting 
eighty  years  :  cf.  ό)  (5ω/ί-. 

Ό>  (5o7;/ioi'rU7r7/;i;i'f ,  ν,  (ο-/δοήκοντα, 
ττήχυς)  eighty  cubits  long,  Callix.  ap. 
Ath.  20:2  D.  [ύ] 

Όγδοηκοντατύλαντος,  ov,  (ογδοή- 
κοντα,  τύλαντον)  οίκος,  possessed  of 
eighty  talents,  Lys.  177,  26. 

Όγδοι^κοντοντης,  ες,  Lac.  Hermot. 
77:  fem.-οί'τις,  ΟίοΟ,=  6γδοηκονταέ- 
της,  -ετής. 

Όγδοη κοσταίος,  α,  ον,  on  the  eight- 
ieth day,  Hipp.  :  from 

Όγδθ7ΐκοστής,  η,  όν,  (όγδοήκοντα) 
the  eightieth,  Thuc.  1,  22. 

Όγδοος,  η,  ov,  (οκτώ)  the  eighth, 
Horn.,  etc. 

Όγδώκοντα,  oi,  at,  τά,  indecl., 
contr.  for  όγδοήκοντα,  II.,  etc. 

Όγδίύκοντάετής,  ες,  contr.  for  όγ- 
δοηκονταέτης,  Simon.  53,  55,  Mim- 
nerm.  6. 

Όγε,ηγε,  royfithedemonstr.  pron. 
ό,  ή,  τό,  made  more  emphatic  by  the 
adilition  of  ye,  Lat.  hicce,  haecce,  hocce, 
he,  she,  it ;  pretty  freq.  as  early  as 
Horn.,  and  Hes :  -γε  can  seldom  be 
rendered  in  English,  though  some- 
times by  indeed  or  r.t  least,  when  it 
answers  to  Lat.  hie  quidem  :  properly 
this  pron.  is  used  to  designate  a  per- 
son rather  as  distinct  from  others, 
than  in  reference  to  himself,  and  in 
this  respect  differs  from  όδε  :  κείνος 
ΰγε  joined,  II.  19,  344. — It  is  used 
absol.  by  Horn. — 2.  Τ7)γε,  cf  place, 
.kere,  on  this  spot,  II.  0,  435.-3.  acc. 
ueut.  τύγε,  on  this  account,  for  this  very 


ΟΓΚΟ 

7-ea.?on,  II.  5,  827,  Od.  17,  401.— Att. 
όγί. 

Όγκά,  ή,  poet.  Ό}καίη,  a  name  of 
Minerva  in  Thebes,  Aesch.  Theb. 
1C4,  etc. :  a  gate  in  that  city  was  call- 
ed from  her  Όγκαίοι  or  Όγκαίδες, 
Valck.  Aristob.  p.  120,  Pors.  Phoen. 
1150. 

Όγκάομαι,  f.  -ήσομαι,  dep.  mid., 
to  bray,  esp.  of  the  ass,  Arist.  H.  A.  9, 
1,  18,  Luc.  Dial.  .Mar.  1,4.  (Onoma- 
top. :  cf.  Engl,  donkey  !) 

Όγκη,  ης,  ή,=  δγκος. 

Όγκηθμός,  ov,  o.=  sq.,  Luc.  Asin. 
15. 

Όγκημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  braying,  esp. 
of  the  ass. 

Όγκηρός,  ύ,  όν,  {δγκος  Β.  1\.)  bulky, 
swollen,  Arist.  Probl.  10,  54,  0.— IJ. 
metaph.  stately,  pompous,  της  βασι- 
λείας όγκημοτερον  διάγειν,  Xen. 
Hell.  3,  4,  8: — grievous,  troublesome, 
TO  δγκ.,  trouble,  Arist.  Eth.  N.  4,  7, 
14.— in  Arist.  Probl.  37,3,  2,  we  have 
a  compar.  όγκότερος,  formed  from 
όγκος :  so  δγκότατος,  Anth.  P.  12, 
187. 

Όγκησις,  ή,=  όγκ7ΐμα,  Ael.  Ν.  Α. 
5,  50. 

Όγκηστής,ον,  ό,  {όγκάομαι)  α  bray- 
er,  i.  e.  an  ass,  Anth.  P.  9,  301  ;  where 
however  ScbEtf.  reads  όγκ7)τής. 
Hence 

Όγκηστικός,  ή,  όν,  dub.  for.  όγκη- 
τικός,  given  to  braying. 

Όγκια,  η,  a  Sicil.  weight,  the 
Lat.  uncia,  Epich.  p.  116. 

Όγκϊνος,  η,  ov,  (δγηος  Α.)  bent, 
barbed,  Lat.  uncinus. 

Όγκιον,  ου,  τό,  also  written  όγκίον 
{δγκυς  1)  : — a  chest,  case,  casket  for 
barbed  arrows  and  other  implements 
of  iron  or  steel,  Od.  21,  61 ;  later  cc- 
δηροθήκη. 

Όγκολογέΐύ,  ύ,  {δγκος  Β.  II.,  ?^γο)) 
ίο  speak  in  a  hollow  voice,  like  γογγνζίΛί. 

Όγκοττοιέω.  ώ,  {όγκος  Β.  11.,  ττοίέω) 
to  swell  up,  inflate,  magnify  ;  in  geni. 
=^όγκύω. 

όγκος,  ov,  b,  oήg.=uγnώv,  a 
bend,  bending,  C!/r!)e,  hence  α  hook,  barb, 
esp.  of  an  arrow  or  spear-head,  in 
plur.,  11.  4,  151,  214.— 2.  later  also 
any  rt«^/i>,  Arist.  Top.  1,  15,2.  (.\kin 
to  άγκος,  άγκνλος,  άγκιστρον,  άγκι>- 
ρα,  and  Lat.  uncus,  ancus,  angulus.) 

B.  bulk,  7nass,  weight,  size.  Plat. 
Theaet.  155  A,  etc.  ;  όγκος  γαστρός, 
of  a  child  in  the  womb,  Eur.  Ion  15 ; 
όγκος  φρνγύνων,  a  heap  or  pile  of 
fagots,  Hdt.  4,  02  ;  of  a  co)~pse.  Soph. 
El.  1142,  cf.  Plat.  Legg.  959  C,  Anst. 
H.  A.  3,  5,  3. — 2.  a  tumour,  boil. — 3.  a 
particular  way  of  dressing  the  hair ; 
it  was  plaited  along  the  forehead,  and 
done  uj)  in  a  bushy  top-knot,  as  may 
be  seen  in  the  marbles  of  tragic 
masks,  Winckelm.  Werke,  T.  2,  p. 
49,  89. — II.  metaph.,  weight,  import- 
ance, μείζον'  δγκον  δορος  ή  ι^ρείΐ'ός, 
Eur.  Tro.  108  ;  έχει  τιν'  δγκον  'Κργος 
'Έ.λ}J|v^ύv  πάρα,  Eur.  Phoen.  717  ; 
also  in  bad  sense,  όγκον  αίρειν,  to 
swell  with  conceit.  Soph.  Aj.  129  ; 
but,  όγκος  μητρώος  ονόματος,  the 
honoured  name  ol  mother.  Id.  Tr.  817  : 
— so  of  style,  loftiness,  7najesty,  Arist. 
Rhet.  3,  6,  1  ;  and  in  bad  sense,  tur- 
gidity,  μύθοςονκ  όγκονπ'λέως,  ashort, 
plain  speech.  Soph.  O.  C.  1162;  and 
i'req.  in  late  prose,  as  Plut.,  v.  Wyt- 
tenb.  in  Indice  et  ad  p.  79  B. — 2.  trou- 
ble, difficulty,  βραχεί  ξυν  δγκω  και 
χρόνφ.  Soph.  Ο.  C.  1341. — HI.  in  la- 
ter philosoph.,  an  atom,  Sest.  Emp. 
{.δγκος  Β,  seems  to  be  a  distinct  word 
from  the  former, — not  akin  to  αγκών, 
Lat.   uncus,  but  rather,  perh.,  with 


ΟΔΑΓ 

Buttm.  Lexil.  s.  v.  ΰνήνοθεν  23,  to  be 
referred  to  the  root  *ίγκω,  ένεγκεΐν, 
and  so  equiv.  to  φόρτος.) 

C.  for  the  adj.  forms  of  oy/cof,  v. 
όγκηρός,  fin. 

Όγκόω,  ώ,  (όγκος  Β)  to  increase  in 
bulk,  enlarge  ;  inetaph.  to  bring  to  hon- 
our and  dignity,  βίοτον  βροτοίσι.  Eur. 
Andr.  SiiO  :  also  to  exalt,  extol,  Eur. 
Heracl.  195;  ό}κώσαι  το  φρόνημα,  to 
puff  up  one's  conceit.  Ar.  Vesp.  1024  ; 
so  in  mid.,  Id.  703. — Pass,  to  become 
larger,  be  reared  up,  χερσί,  Lj'c.  :  esp. 
metaph.  to  be  puffed  up.  siLoln,  elated, 
X7u6i),  Soph.  Fr.  679  ;  όοκήσει  δωμά- 
των, 'Eur.  El.  3S1 ;  ττίοντω.  Id.  Phrix. 
11 ;  έττΐ  τω  γένει,  Xen.  Mem.  1,  2,  25  ; 
and  absol.,  Eur.  Hec.  623  ; — τάφωόγ- 
κωβϊΊναι,  to  be  covered  by  a  swelling 
mound,  Eur.  Ion  388. 

Όγκΰλ?Μμα/,,  as  pass.=;oyKOo/zai, 
Ar.  Pac.  465,  Ath.  383  B. 

Όγκν'λος,  ov,  =  ογκηρός.  (From 
όγκος  Β,  as  αγκύλος,  from  ίγκος.) 

'Ογκώδης,  ες,  ( όγκος  Β,  είδος  ) 
swelling  out,  rounded,  Xen.  Eq.  1,  12: 
turgid.  Plat.  Meno  90  Α.— 11.  (όγκάο- 
μαι)  όνος  ογκωδέστερος,  an  ass  of  α 
louder  note,  Ael. 

Όγκωμα,  ατός,  τό,=^όγκος,  Liban. 

Όγκωσις,  εως,  η,(όγκυω)  the  act  of 
increasiiig  in  bulk,  enlarging,  puffing 
out;  also=o>'/ia>|Ua,  όγκος. 

Όγκωτός,  ή,όν,  {όγκόω)  heaped  up, 
τύιρης,  An'li. 

Όγμενω,  {όγμος)  to  trace  or  drive  in 
a  straight  line,  esp.  of  ploughing  or 
mowing:  metaph.,  ογμ.  στίβου,  to 
plough  or  trail  one's  weary  way,  of  a 
lame  man,  Soph.  Phil.  163  ;  ωγμενον 
αντώ,  they  went  before  him  in  a  long 
line,'  Xen.  Cyr.  2,  4,  20. 

νΟγμιος.  ov,  6,  Ogmius,  appell.  of 
Hercules,  Luc. 

"Ογμος.ον,  ό,  any  straight  line,  orig. 
a  furrow  in  ploughing,  τοί  δε  στρέ- 
■ώασκον  αν  όγμονς,  IL  18,  546;  ωςτ' 
αμητί/ρες  όγμον  έλαννωσιν  α  swathe 
in  reaping,  II.  11,  68;  18,552,557: 
elsewh.  ανλαζ,  Lat.  sulcus ;  όγμον 
ίλαύνειν ,  \\. ;  αγειν,  Theocr.  10,  2; 
έχειν,  Ορρ. :  metaph.,  πίονες  όγμοι, 
the  rich  furrows,  i.  e.  crops,  H.  Hom. 
Cer.  455,  where  Herm.  however  takes 
it  of  com  already  cut :  generally,  a 
row  or  line  of  trees,  of  teeth,  Anth. : 
also  a  path,  the  orbit  of  the  heavenly 
bodies,  e.  g.  the  moon,  οτε  π/.7/θτι  μέ- 
γας όγμος,  when  her  vast  orbit  (not 
disk)  IS  fulfilled,  H.  Hom.  32,  11  ;  so 
also  of  the  sun,  Arat.  Dios.  17.  (The 
root  is  άγω,  of.  ^uttm.  Lexil.  v.  όχ- 
θήσαι,  fin.) 

νΟγρνλη,  ης,  η,  Ogryle,  a  small 
town  of  Sardinia  (Agryle?),  Paus. 
10.  17,  5. 

Όγγέω,  ώ,=  οκχέω,  όχέω,  dub.  in 
Lye.  64,  1049. 

νΟγχηίτμός,  οϋ,  ό,  Onchesmus,  a 
port  of  Epirus,  Strab.  p.  324. 

'^Όγχηστύς,  ov,  ό,  Onchestus,  a  city 
of  Boeotia  on  Lake  Copais,  with  a 
grove  sacred  to  Neptune,  II.  2.  506, 
H.  Hom.  A  p.  230.— 11.  a  river  of  Thes- 
saly,  Polvb.  18,  3,  5.— III.  a  son  of 
Agrius,  Apollod.  1,  8,  6. 

ΥΟγχ}'/στίος,  a,  ov,  of  Onchestus, 
Onchestian,  Pind.  I.  1,  46. 

'Ογγν?/,  ης,  ή,  a  pear-tree,  Od.  11, 
588  ;  24,  233.— II.  a  pear,  Od.  7,  120. 
— It  came  to  he  written  όχνη,  as  in 
Theocr.  1,  134  [who  has  όχνάς,  in 
ace.  plur.]. 

τ'0)ώα.  ό,  Ogoa,  name  of  a  Carian 
deity.  Paus.  8,  10,  4. 

Όδηγμός.  ov,  ό,  an  itching,  irrita- 
tion;  Ion.  άύαγμός. 


ΟΔΕ 

Όδΰγ'ός,  ov,  b.  Dor.  for  οδηγός,  and 
the  usu.  form  in  Att.,  Pors.  Or.  26, 
Lob.  Phryn.  429. 

Όδάζω,  f.  -ξω,  (  όόός  )  =  όδόω, 
Gramin. 

Όόαΐος,  a,  ov,  (οδός)  belonging  to  a 
way. — II.  όδαϊα,  τά,  that  for  which  a 
merchant  travels,  merchandize,  Od.  8, 
163  ;  15,  445,  though  some  expl.  the 
latter  passage  of  provisions  for  the  voy- 
age, like  έφόδίον,  Lat.  viaticum  ; 
iSitzsch  takes  it  to  be  goods  obtained 
by  barter,  the  return-freight  ;  cf.   όδάω. 

Όδακτάζω,  (όδαξ)  to  bite,  gnaiv, 
Call.  Del.  322,  Ap.  Rh.  4,  1608. 

Όδύξ,  adv.,  {δύξ,  δάκνω,  οδούς)  by 
biting  with  the  teeth,  Lat.  mordicus, 
Hom.  ;  esp.,  όδαξ  έ?.ορ  ονδας,  they 
bit  the  ground,  of  men  in  the  agonies 
of  death,  II.  11,  749,  etc.  ;  so,  γαίαν 
όδάξ έΜντες,  Eur.  Phoen.  1423:  also, 
όδάξ  εν  χείλΐσι  φνντες,  biting  the  lips 
in  smothered  rage,  Od.  1,  381 ;  δια- 
τρώξομαι  όδαξ  το  δίκτνον,  Ar.  Vesp. 
164.  etc. — Hence  odd ίω,  όδαξάω,  etc. 

Όόαξάω,  ώ,  Ion.  όδαξέω,^=όδάξω, 
q.  V.     Hence 

Όδαξησμός,  οϋ,  ό,^όδαγμός,  Plut. 
2,  769  Ε. 

Όδαξηστικός,  orhetteT όδαξητικός, 
ή,  όν,  causing  to  itch :  όδαξιστικός 
is  f.  1. 

Όδύξω  or  όδάξομαι,  freq.  in  Hipp.: 
pf.  pass,  ώδαγμαι,  Soph.  Fr.  708 :  in 
prose  usu.  όόαξάω  ;  Ion.  and  in  Xen. 
Symp.  4,  8,  όδαξέω,  and  ace.  to  ano- 
ther ion.  pronunciation,  άόάξω,  άδά- 
ξομαι,  άόαξύω,  άδαξέω  : — Act.  to  bite, 
sting,  i.  e.  cause  a  stinging,  itching,  etc. : 
— pass,  to  feel  a  biting  or  stinging,  to 
itch,  hence  to  scratch  or  rub  one's  self. 
(From  δάξ,  όδύξ,  οδούς,  δάκνω.) 

Όδαξώδης,  ες,=^ύδαξτιτικός. 

ΥΟδάτις,  ίδος,  ή,  Odati.i,  daughter 
of  a  Scythian  king  Omartes,  Ath. 
575  A. 

'Odacj,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {οδός)  to  export 
and  sell ;  generally,  to  sell,  τινί  τι, 
Eur.  Cycl.  98,  133  :— pass,  to  be  carried 
away  and  sold,  lb.  12. — The  forms  όδά- 
ζω, όδέω.  Ion.  ονδέω.  only  in  Gramm. 
(From  οδός.  as  έμήορεύω  from  πόρος.) 

Όδε.  i'/δε,  τάδε,  demonstr.  pron., 
formed  by  adding  the  enclit.  δε  to 
the  old  demonstr.  pron.  ό,  ;/,  τό,  and 
declined  like  it  through  all  cases  :  the 
Ep.  have  in  dat.  plur.  masc.  and  fem. 
τοϊςδεσσι,  τοιςδεσσιν,  as  well  as  τοίς- 
δε,  II.  10.  462,  Od.  2,  47,  etc. ;  and 
τοϊςδεσι,  Od.  10,  268  ;  21,  93  :  freq.  in 
Att.,  and  sometnnes  made  more  em- 
phat..  όδί,  ήδί,  τόδι,  etc.  [[],  which 
however  belongs  to  the  language  of 
common  life,  and  so,  though  freq.  in 
Com.,  is  very  rare  in  Trag.,  Pors. 
Med.  157:  όδεδί,  τηνδεδί,  are  also 
found,  but  very  seldom,  Elmsl.  Ar. 
Ach.  152,  Dind.  Av.  18.— The  general 
use  of  όδε,  ηδε,  τάδε.  agrees  with  that 
of  ούτος,  this,  he,  but  is  more  i)oint- 
edly  emphatic,  esp.  in  Ep.,  where  ό, 
ή,  τό,  is  demonstr.,  this  one  here.  Lat. 
hicce,haecce,hocce,  freq.  even  in  Hom. : 
it  usu.  marks  the  presence  of  its  sub- 
ject, and  so  refers  to  something  not 
before  named.  Wolf  Lept.  p.  282. — 
Special  usages  : — I.  it  freq.  refers  to 
what  is  commg,  esp.  a  whole  setitence, 
even  a  narrative,  and  serves  to  call 
attention  previously,  Angl.  the  follow- 
ing, II.  1.  41,  etc.,  and  very  freq.  in 
Hdt.,  and  Att. :  ταύτα  commonly  re- 
fers to  what  goes  before,  cf.  ούτος. — 
II.  it  oft.  seems  to  stand,  like  Lat.  hie, 
as  adv.  of  place,  here,  there,  always 
however  so  that  its  case  and  gender 
depend  on  some  noun  to  which  it  re- 
fers, as,  έγχος  μεν  τόόε  κείται  ίττΐ 


ΟΔΗΓ 

χθονός,  here  lies  the  lance, Γ.  20,345; 
'Κχιλλενς  έγγνη  όδε  κ'λ.ονέων,  herehe 
is...,  11.  21,533,  cf.Od.  1,  185,  etc.  :— 
this  usage  {δεικτικώς)  is  esp.  freq.  in 
the  Att.  drama.— 2.  with  a  pers.  pron.. 
όδ'  εγώ  η?.νθον,  here  am  I,  Od.  16, 
205,  cf.  11.  19,  140;  iti  full,  od' f  i//i, 
Aesch.  Cho.  219,  Eur.  Or.  380 :  some- 
times αυτός  is  also  added,  όδ'  αντός 
εγώ,  Od.  21,_^  207.— 3.  with  τις,  τις  όδε 
Νανσικάα  έπεται ;  whom  have  we 
here  following  Nausicaa  ?  Od.  6,  276, 
cf.  1,  225;  tL  κακόν  τόδε  πάσχετε; 
what  ails  you  here,  or  now?  Od.  20, 
351  ; — where  the  questions  refer  to 
something  only  known  in  so  far  as 
seen.  —  4.  also  like  δενρο,  hither, 
Blomf.  Aesch.  Pr.  977,  Elmsl.  Eur. 
Supp.  21,  Heracl.  82.— This,  which 
seems  an  adverbial  use  of  the  pron., 
is  even  more  freq.  in  Att.,  esp.  Trag., 
than  in  Hom.  ;  v.  Schiif.  Mel.  p.  77 
— III.  to  advs.  of  place  and  time  this 
pron.  adds  precision,  just,  very,  αντον 
τώδ'  ένι  δήμω,  here  amid  this  very  peo- 
ple, Od.  2,  317,  cf.  10,  271  :  ταννν 
τάδε,  at  this  present,  Hdt.  7,  104. — 
IV.  όδ'  αντός,  stronger  form  for  ό  αυ- 
τός, the  very  same,  his  very  self,  this 
very,  τονδ'  αντον  λνκάβαντος,  Od.  14, 
161. — V.  in  Att.  dialogue,  the  masc. 
and  fem.  pron.  freq.  refer  to  the 
speaker,  όδε,  όδ'  άνήρ,  emphatic  for 
εγώ.  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  534, 815,  etc.  :  some- 
times however  to  the  person  address- 
ed, for  σύ,  in  which  case  it  implies 
contempt.  Stallb.  Plat.  Gorg.  467  Β  : 
similar  is  the  phrase  ττ/δε  χειρί,  for 
TTJ  ίμ-η,  cf.  Pors.  Med.  389. — VI.  after 
a'  parenthesis  it  oft.  takes  up  the 
thought,  like  Lat.  is,  even  when  όδε 
itself  has  been  already  expressed,  or 
after  another  pron.,  or  a  noun,  Schaf. 
Mel.  p.  84  :  sometimes,  by  anacolu- 
thon,  it  takes  up  a  sentence  begun 
with  a  relative,  as,  ην  χρήν  σ'  έ/αν- 
νειν  Tt'/νδε,  Eur.  Anilr.  650,  v.  Matth. 
Gr.  Gr.  ^  472,  4  :  here  the  pron.  is 
superfluous,  but  adds  clearness. — VIl. 
ellipt.  c.  gen.,  ές  τάδε  χρόνου, ημέρας, 
7]7.ικίας,  to  this  very  moment  of  time, 
of  the  clay,  etc.,  Schaf  Dion.  Comp. 
p.  144. — On  the  difference  between 
όδε  and  ό  δέ,  v.  Buttm.  et  Herm.  ad 
Soph.  Phil.  87,  cf.  ό  A.  III.  3. 

B.  absol.  usage  of  some  cases  : — L 
τηδε,  of  place,  here,  on  the  spot,  Lat 
hkc,  II.  12,  345,  Od.  6,  173,  etc.— 2.  ol 
the  way  or  manner,  thus,  II.  17,  512; 
so  in  Att.  prose. — II.  ace.  neut.  τάδε, 
hither,  to  this  spot,  II.  14,  298,  Od.  1, 
409,  etc.  :  also,  όενρο  τόδε,  II.  14, 
309,  etc. — 2.  therefore,  on  this  account, 
Od.  20,  217  :  so  also, — III.  ace.  neut. 
pi.,  τάδε,  on  this  account,  II.  9,  77. — 2 
thus,  so.  Erf.  Soph.  O.  T.  265  ;  but 
also — 3.  like  τηδε,  here,  Eur.  Cycl. 
49,  63,  etc.— IV.'  dat.  neut.  pi.  τοϊςδε 
and  τοισίδε,  in  or  with  these  words, 
Hdt.  1,  32,  120. 

Όδεία,  ας,  ή,  (οδεύω)  a  way,  jour- 
ney :  a  going  or  travelling. 

Όδε/ίός,  ό,  Aeol.  for  όβε?.ός,  or 
όβο?Μς,  Ar.  Ach.  796. 

"Οδενμα,  ητος .τό,(όδεύω)  a  passage, 
journey,  Strab.  p.  815. 

Όδενσιμος,  ov,  passable,  practicable, 
Strab.  p.  510:  and 

Όδεντ?)ς,  οΰ,ό,α  wayfarer,  traveller : 
from 

'Οδεύω,  (οδός)  to  go,  travel,  έπϊ  νήας, 
II.  11,  569,  cf.  Bornem.  Xen.  An.  7, 
8,  8  ;  όδ.  τρί3ον,  Anacreont.  41,  2. 

'Οδέω,=  όδάω,  Gramm. 

Όδέω,—  όδενω,  dub. 

Όδηγέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  be  an  οδηγός, 
lead  one  upon  his  way,  hence  to  show 
one  the  way,  guide,  τινά,  Aesch.  Pr. 
999 


ΟΔΟΙ 

730 ;  absol.,  Eur.  Η.  F.  1102  —2.  me- 
taph.  to  guide,  teach. —  Later,  the  mid. 
also  is  used  lor  Act.     Hence 

Όόηγ7ΐτίιρ,  ηρος,  o,=  sq.,  Anth.  P. 
append.  283,  Orph. 

'Οδηγητής,  ov,  ό,=^όδηγός.    Hence 

Όδηγητικός,  ή,  όν,  fitted  for  guiding 
or  a  £ui(ie. 

'Οδηγήτρια,  ας,  i],  fem.  from  όδη- 

'Οδηγία,  ας,  7],  (οοηγος)  a  guidmg  : 

metaph.  α  teaching. 

'Οδηγικός,ή,όν,=όδηγητικός :  from 
'Οδηγός,  ov,  6,  a  guide,  Polyb.  5,  5, 

15 :  the  Alt.  prefer  the  Dor.  form  ϋδα- 

7ός- 

f  Οδησσός,  οϋ,  ή,  Odessiis,  a  city  of 
Moesia  on  the  Euxine,  Strab.  p.  319. 

Όί5ί,  ήδί,  τοδί,  Att.  for  δδε,  ηδΐ, 
τόδε,  q.  V.  [ι] 

"Οδιος,  01',  (οδός)  belonging  to  a  ivay 
Οϊ  journey,  όρνις  6δ.,  a  bird  of  omen 
for  the  journey ,  Aesch.  Ag.  157;  so, 
.6δ.  κράτος  α'ισιον,  lb.  104; — just  as 
in  Find.  Ν .  9, 43,  αίσιάν  ορνίχων  οδός : 
— 'Έ,ρμής  όδ.,  Mercury  the  guardian 
of  roads  and  travellers,  whose  Statues 
Stood  on  the  road-side. 

νΟδίος,  ov,  0,  Odius,  leader  of  the 
Halizones,  on  the  side  of  Priam,  II.  2, 
856.-2.  a  herald  of  the  Greeks,  II.  9, 
170. 

"Οδισμα,  ατός,  τό,  (as  if  from  όδί- 
ζω)  τϊο/.νγομφον  όδ.,  a  tvay  compact 
with  bolls,  i.  e.  Xerxes'  bridge  over 
the  Hellespont,  Aesch.  Pers.  71  (si 
vera  1.). 

Όδίτης,  ov,  b,  {οδός)  a  wayfarer, 
traveller.  Od.  7,  204;  17,  211,  Soph. 
Phil.  147;  ανϋρο)πος  όδίτης,  11.  16, 
263.  [i] 

Όδμύ?.έος,  a,  ov,  (όδμή)  strong- 
smelling,  esp.  stinking.  Hipp. 

Όδμάομαι,  dep.,  like  ύσμάομαι, 
to  smell,  Deinocr.  ap.  Sext.  Enip.  p. 
400  :   lo  snuff,  track,  Nic.  Th.  47  :  from 

Όδμή,  ης,  ?/,  (δ^ω)  smell,  scent, 
whether  a  swert  smell,  Od,  5,  59  ;  or  α 
stench,  stink,  II.  14,  415,  Od.  4,  40G  ;  so 
in  Pind.,  and  Hdt. :  strictly  Ion.  and 
poet,  for  οσμή,  but  used  by  Trag.  in 
lyric  passages,  as  Aesch.  Pr.  115  ;  and 
sometimes  even  by  comic  poets, 
Meineke  Com.  Fr.  3, 188 ;  also  in  late 
prose,  Luc.  V.  Hist.  2,  29.     Hence 

Όδμήίΐς,  εσσα,  εν,  giving  out  a 
smelt,  smelling,  Nic.  Al.  437. 

Όδμηρός,  ά,  όν,=^6δμήεις,  dub.  1. 

Όδμώδης,  ες,=^όδμα'λέος,  Theophr. 

Όδό,  barbarism  for  όδός,Α.τ.  Thesm. 
1222. 

Όδοιδοκέω,  ώ,  to  lie  in  wait  on  the 
roads  or  ways  :  from 

Oc5oi(iu/iOf ,  ov,  [οδός,  δοκεύω)  lying 
in  tvait  on  the  roads  or  highways,  like 
robbers,  Polyb.  13,  8,  2,  cf.  Lob. 
Phryn.  647  :  cf  όδοσκόττος. 

Όδοιπ/ιάνέω,  ώ,  to  stray  from  one 
road  into  another,  wander  about,  Ar. 
Ach.  69,  ace.  to  Kav.  Ms.  :  the  other 
form  ό(5οίτΛαράω  is  rejected  by  ElmsL, 
cf  Lob.  Phryn.  030 :  from 

'0(5οΐ7Γλ(2ΐ7)(•,  ές,  straying  from  one 
road  into  another,  meandering  about, 
Anth.  P.  9,  427.  (οδός.  πλανάω  ;  the 
όδοί-  prob.  represents  the  dat.  or  lo- 
cative case.  Pott  Et.  Forsch.  2,  p. 
252.)     Hence 

Όδοιπλύνία,  ας,  ή,  a  straying  from 
one  road  into  another. 

Όδοίηοιέω,  ώ,  for  όδοττο-ΐέω,  dub. 

Όδοιποβέω,  ώ,  to  be  an  οδοιπόρος, 
to  travel,  journey,  walk,  Hdt.  4,  110; 
έπ'  άκρων  δδ.,  to  walk  elate  on  tiptoe. 
Soph.  Aj.  1230  : — also,  όδοιττορείν 
δδόν,  Hdt.  4,  116;  but,  όδ.  τους  τό- 
τΓονς,  to  walk  over  this  ground,  Soph. 
Ο  Τ,  1027. 
1000 


ΟΔΟΝ 

Όδοιττορία,  ας,  ή,  (οδοιπόρος)  α 
journey,  way,  Η.  Horn.  Merc.  85;  δδ. 
ποιεΙσΟαι,  Hdt.  2,  29;  Xen.  Cyr.  1, 
2,  10,  etc.  :  esp.  a  journey  by  land,  opp. 
to  a  sea-voyage,  Hdt.  8,  118,  in  plur. 
Hence 

'Οδοιπορικός,  ί],  όν,  of,  belonging  to 
a  journey :  τό  δδ.  (sc.  βιβλίον),  a 
guide-book. — II.  of  or  belonging  to  a 
traveller,  δδ.  έσθης,  Polyb.  31,  22,  6. 
Adv.  -κώς,  like  a  traveller,  Plut.  Aral. 
21  ;  and 

Όδοιπόριος,  ov,  of  or  belonging  to  a 
journey  Οΐ  way :  to  όδοιπόριον,  Od. 
15,  506,  is  the  fare  or  passage-money 
paid  to  a  driver  or  ship-master  (in  1.  c. 
the  latter),  or  the  provisions  for  a  jour- 
ney, like  έφόδιον,  Lat.  viaticum. 

'Οδοιπόρος,  ov,  (δδός,  πορεύομαι, 
c{.  δδοιπ/.ανήςΐιη.)  travelling, walking : 
as  subst.,  a  wayfarer,  traveller,  Aesch. 
Ag.  901 ,  Soph.  O.  T.  292,  etc. ;— but  in 
11.  24,  375,  a  fellow-traveller  or  guide. 

ΥΟδομαντική,  τ/ς,  ή,  {'Οδόμαντοή 
Odomantica,  a  district  of  Macedonia 
between  the  Strymon  and  Axius, 
Polyb.  37,l,d,2. 

ΥΟδομαντίς,  ίδος,  η,  Odomantis,  a 
district  of  greater  Armenia,  Strab.  p. 
528. 

'\Όδόμαντοι,  ων,  οι.  the  Odomanti, 
a  Thracian  people,  around  Mt.  Pan- 
gaeus,  Hdt.  5,  16;  Thuc.  2,  101  ;  etc. 

Όδόμετρον,  ov,  τό,  or  όδόμετρος, 
ov,  δ,  (οδός,  μέτρον)  an  instrument  for 
measuring  distances  by  land  or  sea. 
Hero  Math. — II.  ό  δδ.,  one  who  meas- 
ures a  road  or  distance,  afoot-traveller, 
rwiner. 

Όδοντάγρα,  ας,  η,  (οδούς,  άγρα)  an 
instrument  for  drawing  teeth,  Arist. 
Mechan.  21,  1. 

Όδοντάγωγόν,  ov,  τό,  =  foreg. : 
strictly  neut.  from 

Όδοντύγωγός,  όν,  (δδούς,  άγω) 
drawing  teeth. 

Όδονταλγέω,  ω,  (δδονς,  άλγος)  to 
have  the  tooth-ache,  Ctesias  Ind.  15. 
Hence 

Όδονταλγία,  ας,  ή,  the  tooth-ache. 

Όδοντίάσις,  η,  teething,  the  pain 
thereof:  from 

ΌδοντΙύω,  ώ,  (οδούς)  to  cut  teeth, 
suffer  therefrom. 

'Οδοντικός,  ή,  όν,  (οδούς)  fit  for  the 
teeth. 

Όδοντισμός,  ov,  δ,  (as  if  from  δδον- 
τίζω)  a  mode  of  playing  the  flute,  in 
which  the  gnashing  of  the  teeth  or  hiss- 
ing of  the  serpent  Pytho  was  imita- 
ted, Jac.  A.  P.  p.  36. 

Όδοντογ?.νφίς,  ίδος,  ή,  a  tooth-pick, 
Lat.  dentiscalpium. 

Όδοντόγλνφον,  ov,  ro,=foreg. 

Όδοντοειδής,  ές,  like  teeth,  formed 
like  teeth. 

Όδοντομίχης,  ov,  δ,  one  who  fights 
with  his  teeth,   [u] 

Όδοντοξέστης,  ov,  δ,  an  instrument 
for  cleaning  the  teeth. 

Όδοντοποιεω,  ώ,  to  make,  i.  e.  cut 
teeth,  like  δόοντοφνέω. 

Όδοντόσμηγμα,  ατός,  τό,  tooth- 
powder. 

Όδοντότριμμα,  ατός,  ro,=foreg. 

Όδοντοτύραννος,  ου,  δ,  read  όδο- 
τύραννος,  cf  .lacobs  Ael.  Ν.  Α.  5,  3, 
fin.,  a  v!orm  in  the  Indus  or  Ganges. 

Όδοντοφθόρος,  ov,  destroying  the 
teeth. 

Όδοντοφόρος,  ov.  (οδούς,  φέρω) 
hearing  teeth,  κόσμος  δδ.,  an  ornament 
for  horses,  consisting  of  strings  of  teeth, 
Anth.  P.  6,  246. 

Όδοντοόϋέω,  ώ,  to  cut  teeth.  Plat. 
Phaedr.  251  C,  Arist.  H.  A.  7,  10,  10  : 
from 

Όδοντοφνής,  ές,  (οδούς,  φύω)  pro• 


ΟΔΟΣ 

ducing  or  cutting  teeth.— Ιϊ.  pass,  groitm 
or  sprung  from  teeth,  epith.  of  the 
Sparli,  Eur.  Phoen.  821.     Hence 

'Οδοντοφυΐα,  ας  ,ή,  teething,  the  pain 
thereof.  Medic. 

Όόοντόφϋτος,  ον,^δδοντοφνής  II, 
Nonn. 

Όόοντόω,  ώ,  (δδούς)  only  in  pass., 
to  be  furnished  with  teeth.     Hence 

'Οδοντωτός,  η,  όν,  furnished  with 
teeth,  ξύστρα  δ.,  a  comb,  Luc.  Lexiph. 
5. 

Όδοποιέω,  ώ,  (δδοποιός)  to  make  or 
level  a  road,  δδόν  δδ.,  Xen.  An.  4,  8,  8, 
etc. :  also  sometimes,  as  in  pass.,  to 
make  a  path  or  course  for  one's  self, 
Dem.  1274,  26  ;  τινί,  v.  1.  Arist.  Rhet. 
3,  12,  3. — 2.  to  ?nake  practicable  or  pass- 
able, τα  άβατα,  Luc.  Demon.  1. — 3.  to 
put  one  in  the  way,  guide,  in  genl.  to  set 
forward  on  a  journey,  c.  dat.  pers.,  like 
ήγεομαι,  etc.,  δδ.  αντοϊς,  Xen.  An.  3, 
2,  24,  ubi  olim  αυτούς: — pass,  δδο- 
ποιονμαι,  to  make  one's  way,  advance, 
hat.  progredi.  Plat.  Phaed.  112  C— -4. 
to  bring  into  a  regular  course,  reduce  to 
a  system,  rt,  Arist.  Rhet.  1, 1,2.  Hence 

Όδοποίησις,  εως,  ή,  a  making  of 
roads  ;  also  the  office  of  a  road-maker  or 
pioneer : — hence,  generally,  the  open- 
ing of  a  way,  introduction,  preparation, 
Arist.  Rhet.  3,  14,  1.     Hence 

Όδοποιητικός,  ή,  όν,  opening,  pav- 
ing the  way,  preparing  the  passage  or 
approach. 

'Οδοποιία,  ας,  ή,=^δδοποίησις  1, 
Xen.  Cyr.  6,  2,  36. 

Όδοποιός,  όν,  (δδονς,  ποιέω)  open- 
ing the  ivay  or  road : — as  Subst.  ό  δδ., 
a  pioneer,  Xen.  Cyr.  6,  2,  36  : — α  road- 
surveyor,  Aeschin.  57,  27. 

'Οδός,  ού,  ό,  Att.  for  ουδός,  a  thresh- 
old (q.  v.).  Soph. 

ΌΔΟ'Σ,  ού,  ή.  Ion.  oi'c!of(but  very 
rarely  used,  by  Horn,  only  in  Od.  17, 
196,  by  Hdt.  only  in  2,  7) : — I.  of  place, 
a  way,  path,  road,  highivay,  freq.  in 
Horn.,  and  Hes. :  generally,  a  track, 
pathway,  11.  12,  168;  16,  374;  od.  ίπ- 
πη'λασίη,  II.  7,  340  ;  δδ.  ?ιαοφόρος,  II. 
15,  682  :  an  entrance,  approach,  Od.  13, 
112:  also  the  path,  track  or  course  of 
voyagers,  II.  6,  292  ;  ποταμού  οδός, 
the  course,  channel  of  a  river  ;  the  path 
of  the  heavenly  bodies,  elsewh.  δίο- 
δος, Eur.  El.  728  :  προ  δδον,  farther 
on  the  way,  forwards,  11.  4,  382  (cf. 
φρούδος)  ;  later= τροΰρ}  ου,  profita- 
ble, useful,  προ  δδον  γενέσθαι,  Luc. 
Hermot.  1 : — κατ'  δδόν,  by  the  way, 
Hdt.  1,  41 : — δδον  πάρεργον,  by  the 
way,  cursorily,  Cic.  Att.  5,  21,  13  ;  7, 

I,  5. — II.  as  an  action,  a  travelling, 
journeying,  whether  by  land  or  water, 
freq.  in  Hom.  (esp.  in  Od.) :  also  α 
march  or  expedition  ;  so,  δδόν  ε}£ειν, 

II.  1,  151  (where  it  is  usu.  wrongly 
taken  a  lying  in  wait,  ambuscade) :  δδ. 
τριών  ημερών,  a.  three  aays'  journey, 
Hdt.,  etc.  ;  but  also.  δδ.  τρεις  7/μέρας, 
Id.  3,  5,  cf.  Matth.  Gr.  Gr.  ^  433  Obs. 
4 :  οιωνών  όδοί,  the  flight  of  birds, 
Soph.  O.  C.  1314  :  λογίων  δδ.,  the 
way,  i.  e.  intent  of  the  oracles,  Ar.  Eq. 
1015,  cf  Eur.  Med.  7C6 :  also,  δόοϊ 
γνώμης,  βουΤιενμάτων,  Eur.  Hipp. 
290,  Hec.  744 :  cf  oi>t,f.— Hom.  sel- 
dom adds  the  place  whither,  and  then 
only  by  ές,  Od.  22,  128  ;  the  Att.  not 
only  by  a  prep.,  but  also  in  the  gen., 
Valck.  Hipp.  1197,  Seidl.  Eur.  El. 
161,  cf  κέλενθος,  νόστος. — III.  me- 
taph. the  way  or  means  to  gain  an  end. 
the  way  or  manner  of  doing  a  thing, 
δδ.  μαντικής,  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  311.— 2.  a 
way  of  doing,  speaking,  etc.,  Hdt.  2, 
20,  22  :  πάντα  τρόπον  δδών,  every 
sort  of  way,  Id.  1,  199, — 3,  α  way  or 


ΟΔΤΝ 

method,  Ar.  Plut.  506 :  α  system  of 
philosophy,  and  ίθ=μέθοδος  III,  Lat. 
via  :  hence,  καθ'  όόόν,  by  method,  me- 
thodically. Plat.  Rep.  435  A  ;  also, 
όόφ,  lb.  533  B.  (The  Sanscr.  root  is 
sad,  to  go,  V.  Pott  Etym.  Forsch.  1, 
p.  24S.) 

OdoGKOTiicj,  ώ,  to  watch  the  roads, 
or  he  in  wait  on  them  to  rob :  from 

Όδοσκόττος,  ov,  {όόός,  σκοττέο)) 
watching  roads,  lying  in  wait  on  them  to 
rob,  ct.  ύόοιόόκος,  όόοστύτης,  όδοϊφος. 

Όδοστατέω,  ώ,  to  stand  by  the  road 
side  and  icatch  it. — II.  to  stand  in  the 
road  :  to  bar  the  passage  :  from 

Όδοστύτης,  ov,  b,  (ύδός,  ϊστημι) 
standing  on  the  road:  hence — I.  one 
who  guards  the  roads. — 2.  a  way  layer  or 
robber,  [a] 

Όδοστρωσία,  ας,  ή,  (οδός,  στρών- 
ννμι)  α  paving  of  roads,  Casaub.  Strab. 
p.  235. 

νΟδοτίφαννος,  δ,  v.  όδοντοτνραν• 
νος. 

Όδονρέω,  ώ,  {δδοϋρος)  to  be  on  the 
hok  out  on  the  road. 

Όδούρης,  ου,  o,=sq.,  dub. 

Όδονρος,  ov,  [οδός,  ονρος)  watching 
the  road :  in  Eur.  Ion  1617,  as  subst. 
fem.  ή  όδ.,  a  conductress. — II.  lying  in 
wait  on  the  road  to  rob.  Soph.  Fr.  23  :  a 
pirate,  Eur.  Archel.  34  ;  of.  υδοσκό- 
ΤΓος.  (.\lso  written  proparox.  όόου- 
ρος,  and  oxyt.  υδονρός.) 

όλους,  in  Ion.  prose  οδών,  b, 
gen.  οδόντος : — a  tooth,  Lat.  detis, 
Horn.,  Hes.,  etc. :  for  'έρκος  οδόντων, 
V.  sub  ΐρκος. — 2.  metaph..  ύ  τΐ/ς  λν- 
ττης  όδονς.  the  tooth  of  grief.  Jac.  Ach. 
Tat.  p.  888. — II.  any  thing  pointed  or 
sharp,  a  touth,  prong,  spike,  pestle,  etc., 
Nic.  Th.  85. — III.  the  second  vertebre  of 
the  neck,  so  called  from  its  shape, 
Hipp.  (Perh.  a  participial  furm  = 
εόων,  cf.  Lat.  {e)dens :  the  Sanscr. 
danta,  Pers.  dendan.  Germ.  Zahn,  our 
tooth,  cf  Pott  Etym.  Forsch.  1,  p. 
242.) 

ΌδοφνΑ.ακεω,  ώ,  to  watch  or  guard 
the  roads  :  from 

Όδοφί'/.αξ,  άκος,  ό,  (οδός,  φύλαξ) 
α  watcher  of  the  roads,  Hdt.  7,  239. — 
II.  α  way  layer,  robber,  [r] 

Όδόω,  ώ,  {οδός)  to  lead  into  theright 
v:ay :  to  put  in  the  way,  τιι•ά  εΙς  tl, 
Aesch.  Pr.  498,  813  :  also  c.  inf ,  ΰδω- 
τε  βροτονς  ψρονεϊν,  he  guided  mortals 
to  wisdom.  Id.  Ag.  176  :  to  bring,  send, 
Eur.  Ion  1050: — pass,  to  go  on,  be  in 
the  uai/,  advatice,  succeed.  Hdt.  4,  139  ; 
just  like  ενοδοΰσθαι  in  6,  73. 

ΥΟδρνσαι,  ων,  oi,  the  Odrysne,  a 
Thracian  tribe  around  the  Hebrus, 
Hdt.  4,  92 ;  Thuc.  2,  101  ;  Xen.  An. 
7,  5,  1  ;  etc. 

νΟδρνσσης.  ov,  b,  the  Odrysses,  a 
river  of  Mysia,  Hecat.  ap.  Strab.  p. 
550. 

Όδννΰμα,  τό,  Όοτ.  for  οδύνη ua.  [ΰ] 

Όίίΐ'ΐάω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω.  to  cause  pain  or 
suffering,  to  pain,  distress,  Eur.  Hipp. 
247.  Ar.  Lvs.  1G4: — pass,  to  feel  pain, 
suffer.  Soph.  El.  804,  Ar.  Vesp.  283, 
Piat.,  etc.    From 

'Οδύνη,  ης,  ή,  pain,  Lat.  dolor,  bod- 
ily pain,  very  fieq.  in  II.,  but  rare  in 
Od, — 2.  pain  of  mind,  grief,  distress, 
Od.  1,  242;  2,'79,  etc.  (never  in  I!.). 
— Horn,  always  uses  plur.,e.xcept  II. 
15,  25:  later  authors  use  both,  but 
the  plur.  remained  most  common  ; 
τοις  νενικηαέΐ'οις  οδύνη,  transl.  ol  the 
Lat  vae  iHciis  !  Plut.  Camill.  28.  ( Akin 
to  δνΐ],  όδίφομαί.)  [ΰ] 

Όδυνημα,  ατός,  τό,  (όδννάω)  α  pain, 
Hipp.  [&],,, 

Όδννηρο€•  U,  ov,  (οδύνη)  painful, 
t-Miuinerm.'l,  5;  2,  12t,  Pind.  P.  2, 


ΟΔΤΣ 

169,  Eur.  Hipp.  190,  Ar.  Plut.  526, 
Plat.  Gorg.  525  C. — 2.  distre'ssing.  anx- 
ious, π?.οντος,  Eur.  Phoen.  566.  Adv. 

Όδϋνηφάτος,  ov,  (οδννη,  φαω,  ττε- 
φαμαι)  killing,  ϊ.  e.  stilling  pain,  φάρ- 
μακα, 11.  5,  401,  900,  cf.  ίΐ,  847. 

Όδϊ'νηφόρος,  ov,  (οδύνη,  φέρω) 
causing  pain. 

Όδννοσττάς,  άδος,  ό,  ή,  {οδύνη, 
σ~ύω)  racked  by  pain,  Aesch.  Fr.  363. 

Όδννώδης,  ες,  {οδύνη,  είδος)  pain- 
ful. Hipp. 

'Οδνρμα,  ατός,  τό,  (οδύρομαι)  α 
complaint,  wailing,  Trag.,  as  Aesch. 
Cho.  508  ; — always  in  plur.,  except 
Eur.  Tro.  1227. 

Όδνρμός,  ov,  b,  a  complaining,  la- 
menting, Aesch.  Pr.  33,  Eur.  Phoen. 
1071,  etc..  Plat.  Rep.  398  D  :  from 

'Οδύρομαι,  dep.,  little  used  but  in 
pres.  and  iin])f  (of  which  last  Hdt.  3, 
119,  has  the  frequentative  form  όδν- 
ρέσκετο  without  augm.) :  Horn,  has 
aor.  part,  όδνράμενος,  II.  24,48. —  To 
tvail,  mourn  for  a  person  or  thing, 
Hom.,  and  Trag. :  the  latter  have 
also  δνρημαι,  Pors.  Hec.  728, — indeed 
Elmsl.  Soph.  O.  C.  1441,  would  allow 
them  this  form  only,  but  v.  Eund.  ad. 
Eur.  Med.  158,  Herm.  Soph.  1.  c— 
Construct.: — 1.  c.  ace.  pers.,  oft.  in 
Hom.  ;  less  usu.  c.  ace.  rei,  6δ.  ττα- 
τρίδα  γαΐαν,  νόστον,  to  mourn  for,  la- 
ment one's  country,  one's  return,  i.  e. 
for  the  want  of  it,  to  sigh  for  it,  Od. 
13,219,  379;  cf  5.  153;  so  in  Att., 
Plat.  Rep.  329  B.— 2.  c.  gen.  pers..  to 
mourn  for,  for  the  sake  of...,  II.  22,  424. 
Od.  4,  104,  etc. : — so  too,  6δ.  άμφί 
τίνα,  Od.  10,  48G ;  υπέρ  τίνος.  Plat. 
Rep.  387  D. — 3.  όδ.  τινί,  to  wail  οτ  la- 
ment to  or  before  another.  Od.  4,  740  ; 
όδ.  ά/.λή?Μΐσι,  to  wail  one  to  another, 
11.  2,  290. — 4.  absol.  to  wail,niourn,  oft. 
in  Horn.  ;  όδνρόμενος  στεναχίζω,  Od. 
9,  13  ;  στοναχ?)  τε  γόω  τε  όδ.,  Od.  16, 
145  ;  freq.  in  Att.  (Prom  same  root 
as  δνη,  όδννη,  cf  όδνσσομαι.)  [ΐ] 
Hence 

Όδύρτης,  ov,  6,  a  complainer,  Arist. 
Physiogn.  6,  30,  50.     Hence 

ΌδνιιΤΙκός,  ή,  όν,  disposed  to  com- 
plain, querulous,  Arist.  Rhet.  2,  13, 
15.     Aav.  -κύς. 

Όδνρτός,  ή,  όν,  (οδύρομαι)  mourn- 
ed for ;  lamentable  : — όδνρτά,  as  adv., 
lamentably,  Ar.  Ach.  1220. 

νΟδνσεύς,  b,  v.  sub  'Οδυσσεύς. 

ίΌδνσ//ίος,η,ον,Ερ.='Οδύσσειος, 
Od.  18,  353. 

νΟδνσσεια,  ας,  ή,  (so.  ττοίησις)  the 
Odyssey,  the  poem  ascribed  to  Homer 
relating  the  adventures  o/  Ulysses  re- 
turning  from  Troy. — II.  Odyssca,  a 
city  of  the  Turdetani  in  Hispania, 
said  to  have  been  founded  by  Ulysses, 
Strab.  p.  149,  etc.  Prop.  fem.  from 

t  Οδύσσειος,  a,  ov,  of  or  relating  to 
Ulysses,  Ulyssean  :  from 

'Οδυσσεύς,  έωςΕρ.  and  Ion.  εοζ-and 
ηος,δ,Ί-ι'Λΐ.  Ulysses  and  Uli.Tes,kingo{ 
Ithaca,  whose  adventures  after  the  fall 
of  Troy  are  told  in  the  Odyssey :  Hom. 
also  freq.  has  the  Ep.  form  'Οδνσεύς : 
the  Aeol.  gen.  'Οδϋσινς  only  in  Od. 
21,  398  ;  the  ace.  Όδνσσή  not  till 
Pind.  N.  8,  44.  On  the  Mythic  ety- 
mol.  of  the  name,  v.  Od.  19,  407,  sq.. 
Soph.  Fr.  408.  The  root  is  no  doubt 
όυς- ;  V.  sq. 

*'Οδνσσομαί,  dep.  mid.  used  only 
in  aor.  1  mid.  ώδνσύμην  (of  which 
Homer  uses  ώδυσαο,  ώδύσατο,  όδν- 
σαντο,όδνσσύμανος),  and  3  perf  pass. 
ύδώδυσται  (for  ώδνσται)  with  pres. 
signf ,  Od.  5,  423.  To  be  urieved  or 
wroth  at,  always  c.  dat.  pers.,  11.  6, 


ΟΖΩ 

138  ;  Od.  5,  340,  423,  etc.  ;  absol., 
οδνσσαμένοιυ  τέοιο,  II.  8,  37,  468:  c. 
ace.,  Aiith.  P.  9,  117.— In  Od.  19, 
407,  the  part,  όδνσσύμενος  seems  to 
have  a  pass,  signf,  hated,  treated  as  a 
foe.  (The  root  is  no  doubt  δνσ-, 
Sanscr.  dvish,  to  hate,  and  so  akin  to 
Lat.  odtsse,  as  also  to  οδύρομαι,  οδύ- 
νη, cf  sub  δνς-,  and  v.  Pott  Etym. 
Forsch.  1,  p.  270.) 
Όδωδα,  perf.  with  pres.  sign!.,  ol 

Όδώδει,  3  sing,  plqpf  of  όζω,  Od. 

Όδωδή.  ης,  ή,  smell,  scent ;  also  the 
sense  of  smell,  Allth. 

Όδωδής,  ες,  strong-smelling,  Lat. 
olens,  very  dub.  in  Hipp. 

Όδώδνσται,  Ion.  and  Ep.  3  sing, 
pf  with  pres.  signf  of  όδνσσομαι,  Od. 
5,  423. 

'Οδών,  ovToc.  b,  Ion.  for  οδούς, 
Hdt.  6,  107,  and  Hipp. 

Όδωτός,  ή,  όν,  (όδόω)  passable; 
ίμοί  ονχ  όδωτύ,  Ι  vnist  not,  coiinot 
go.  Soph.  Ο.  C.  495. — 11.  practicable, 
feasible. 

"Οεσσι,  Ep.  dat.  plur.  of  όϊς,  οίς, 
Hom. 

Όζαινα,  ης,  ^,  (όζω)  α  fetid  polypus 
in  the  nose. — II.  a  strong-smelling  sea- 
polypus,  also  όσμν/.η  and  βο?.βίται- 
va.  Call.  Fr.  38.     Hence 

Όζαινικός,  ή,  όν,  having  or  belong- 
ing to  an  όζαινα,  Diosc. 

Όζαινίτης,ον,  b,  fem.  -ΐτις,  ίτιδος, 
in  the  nature  of  an  όζαινα. 

Όζά?έος,  a,  ov,  (όζος)  branching, 
Anth.  P.  9,  249. 

Όζηα,  ας,  7/,=  θερα-εία,  Hesych, 
(Prob.  akin  to  αοζος,  άοζέω) 

'Οζη,  ης.  η,  (όζω)  α  bad  smell,  stench, 
stink,  esp.  of  bad  breath,  Celsus. — II. 
the  skin  of  the  wild  ass. 

Όζήσω,  fut.  oi  όζω. 

Υόζίας,  υν,  b,  Ozias,  name  of  a 
kingof  Judah,  LXX.;  N.  T. 

Όζοθήκη,  ης,  ή,  a  stink-pot,  a  privy, 
Jakes 

Όζό?.αι.  ων,  oi,  the  Ozolae,  a  tribe 
of  the  Locrians,  ton  the  gulf  of  Cris- 
sa,  west  of  Phocis,  Strab.  p.  259, 
etc.t,  perh.  from  the  strong-smelling 
sulphur-springs  in  their  country,  v. 
Thirlw.  Hist.  Gr.  1,  16;  fStrab.  p. 
427. 

'Οζό?.ης,  ov,  6,  (όζω)  a  stinkard. 
Hence 

'Οζσ?.ις,  ιδος,  η,  fem.  of  όζόλης. — 
Π.  ΰλ&ο=όζαινα  11,  Arist.  Η.  Α.  4,  1, 
27. 

'ΟΖΟΣ,  ου,  ό,  α  bough,  bratich,  twig, 
shoot,  II.  1,  234  ;  2,  312,  etc.,  Hes., 
Pind.,  etc. ;  ace.  to  Theophr.  it  is 
strictly  the  knot  or  eye  from  which  a 
branch  or  leaf  sprir^gs,  Lat.  nodus ; 
hence,  όζος  τυώ/.ός,  the  shoot  stopped 
in  its  growth  so  as  to  form  a  knot  in 
the  wood, — which  in  reeds,  grasses, 
etc.,  is  called  )oi'i'. — II.  metaph.  an 
offshoot,  scion,  hence  όζος  Άρηος,  as 
epith.  of  famous  warriors,  II.  2,  540; 
12,  188,  etc.  ;  so,  θησείδα  όζω  Άβη- 
νων,  Eur.  Hec.  125;  χρνσοϋ  όζος 
ΰδάμας  έκ/.7'/θη,  Plat.  Tim.  59  Β  :  cf. 
ίρνοςΙί,θύ?,ος.  (Perh.  akin  to όσγος•, 
μόσχος,*Ιο  Germ.  Ast,  and,  ace.  to 
Pott,  to  augtre.) 

Όζόστομος.  ov,  (όζω,  στόμα)  with 
bad  breath,  Anth.  P.  11.  427. 

Όζό\ρωτος,  ov,  (όζω,  χρως)  whose 
skin  or  body  smells. 

Όζόομαι,  as  pass.,  (όζος)  to  put 
forth  branches,  τα  άκρη  όζονται  εΙς 
χείρας,  the  extremities  of  the  hones 
branch  out  into  fingers,  Theophr. 

"Οζνζ,  νγυς,  b,  ή,  poet,  for  όμόζνξ. 

'■0Zi2,  Alt.  όζί/σω.  Ion.  and  later 
όζέσω,  perf.  with  pres.  signf  όδωύα. 
1001 


ΟΘΝΟ 

To  smell,  i.  e.  to  have  a  smell,  whether 
to  smell  sweet  or  to  stink,  Used  by  Horn, 
only  in  3  sing,  plqpf'.,  όδμ?/  όόώδεί,  of 
sweet  incense,  Od.  5,  60;  c.  gen.,  to 
stnell  of  a  thing,  loiv,  of  violets,  Hdt. 
3,  23;  θυμάτων,  Aesch.  Ag.  1310; 
hence  inetaph.,  to  smell  or  savour  of  a 
thing,  Lat.  sapere  aliquid.  Κρανίων 
όζείν.  to  smell  of  musty  antiquities, 
Ar.  Nub.  398,  cf.  51,  1007,  Lys.  CIG  : 
— sometimes  the  part  from  which  the 
smell  comes  is  m  gen.,  as,  κακόν  ϋζειν 
τύυ  μασχα?~ών,  Ar.  Ach.  852 ;  τοϋ 
στόματος,  Pherecr.  Coriann.  1 ;  and 
so  c.  dupl.  gen.,  τής  κεφαλιάς  όζω  μύ- 
ρου, Ar.  Eccl.  524  : — in  this  way  oft. 
impers.,  όζει  ήδύ  της  χμόας,  there  is  a 
sweet  smell  from  the  skm,  i.  e.  it  smells 
sweet,  Ar.  Plut.  1020 ;  κακόν  όζει 
τοϋ  ύρτον,  the  bread  smells  ill,  Lys. 
103,  20  ;  ούκ  όζει  αυτών  (sc.  τών  λα- 
γών), they  leave  no  scent,  Xen.  Cyn. 
5,  1,  cf.  7  ;  and  so  c.  dupl.  gen.,  iua- 
τίων  όζήσει.  δεξώτητος,  there  will  be 
an  odour  of  cleverness  from  your 
clothes,  Ar.  Vesp.  1059,  cf.  Pac.  529, 
and  Interpp.  ad  Ar.  Plut.  1.  c.  Cf. 
άπόζω- — Hipp,  only  uses  mid.  όζεσθαι 
for  δζειν.  (Akin  to  Lat.  odor,  and  to 
oleo.) 

'Οζώδης,  ες,  (όζη,  είδος)  smelling, 
stinking. 

Όζώδ7ΐς,  ες,  {όζος,  είδος)  branching 
in  boughs,  having  stumps  or  knots  from 
abortive  shoots,  Theophr. 

Όζωτός,  ή,  όν,  (όζόω)  branched, 
branching,  Theophr. 

Όη,  ή.  Ion.  for  δα. 

"Οθεν,  adv.,  u'hence,  from  whence, 
Lat.  unde,  Hom.,  etc.  :  also/rom  whom 
or  ivhich.  Soph.  O.  T.  1498,  like  Lat. 
unde  in  Horat.  Od.  1,  12,  17 ;  so,  όθεν 
περ,  sc.  a  Jove,  Pind.  N.  2.  1 : — όθεν 
6j],  from  any  quarter.  Plat.  Phaedr. 
267  D ;  όθεν  περ.  Id.  Rep.  366  D  :— 
ΰλ?.οθεν  όθενοϋν,  from  any  other 
place  whatsoever,  Id.  Legg.  738  C. — 
2.  sometimes  also  like  ov,  as  an  adv. 
of  place,  for  ΰθc,  ότου,  where,  όθεν 
ύργί'ρου  εστί  γενέθλη,  {from  thence) 
where  there  is  a  vein  of  silver,  II.  2, 
857,  cf.  852,  Soph.  Tr.  701.— II.  in 
Att.,  also,  wherefore,  on  which  account, 
Valck.  Phoen.  27  ;  for  what  reason. 
Plat.  Prot.  319  B.— Cf.  its  correla- 
tives, the  interrog.  πόθεν,  and  de- 
monstrative τόθεν. 

Υ  Οθενπερ,  from  which  very  quarter, 
Xen.  An.  2,  1,  3  :  cf.  foreg.  I. 

Όθενω  and  ϋθέω,=όθομαι:  from 

Όθη,  ?ις,  ή,  {όθομαί)  care,  concern, 
regard. 

"Οθΐ,  relat.  adv.,  poet,  for  ov,  ol, 
where,  Lat.  ubi,  freq.  in  Horn.,  11.  2, 
722,  etc.  ;  also  όθο  περ,  II.  2,  861  ;  so 
in  lyric  passages  of  Trag.,  Monk 
Hipp.  124 ; — rare  in  prose,  as,  δθι  περ. 
Plat.  Phaed.  108  B:  +with  gen.,  as 
οθι  αΰλ7/ζ•,  u'/iereinthehall,v.  Nitzsch 
Od.  1,  425  :  in  which  passage  it  is  fol- 
lowed by  Ινβα.\  Also,  if  the  demon- 
strative adv.  does  not  go  before,  there 
where. — Cf.  its  correlatives,  the  inter- 
rog. πόθι  and  demonstr.  τόθι.  [In 
Hom.  ί  is  oft.  elided:  όθΐ,  Theocr. 
25.211.] 

Όθμα,  ατός,  τό,=δμμα,  Nic.  Th. 
444. 

Όθνεΐος,  a,  ov,  also  ος,  ov,  strange, 
foreign,  —  a  word  not  used  before 
Deinocr.,  then  in  Eur.  Ale.  535,  646, 
810,  Plat.  Rep.  470  B,  Prot.  310  C, 
etc.  (Ace.  to  some  from  Ιθνος,  oth- 
ers for  νόθειος.) — II.  for  όθόνινος, 
dub.  in  Lye.    Hence 

Όβνίος,  01', =  foreg.,  Manetho. 

Όθνότνμβος,  ov,  buried  in  a  foreign 
hnd,  Manetho. 
1002 


01 

ΌΘΟΜΑΙ,  dep.,  only  used  in  pres. 
and  itnpf.,  to  have  a  care  or  concern  f-r 
a  thing,  take  heed,  regard,  used  absox. 
like  ά'λέγω  and  άλεγίζω,  hence  joined 
with  it,  ουκ  άλεγίζει  οΰδ'  δθεχαι,  II. 
15,  107  ;  also  c.  inf.,  ονκ  δθεται  φίλον 
7/τορ,  Ισον  έμοί  φάσθαι,  II.  15,  166, 
182  ;  with  part,  for  inf ,  ονκ  όθετ'  αΐ- 
συλα  βέζων,  II.  5,  403  ;  also  c.  gen. 
pers.  ουκ  ΰλεγίζω,  ονδ'  δθομαι  κοτέ- 
οντος,  Ι  reck  not,  nor  do  I  heed  thy 
anger.  II.  1, 181. — Hom.  only  uses  the 
word  in  II.,  and  always  with  a  negat. 
(There  is  no  need  to  derive  it  from 
ώθέω,  or  to  refer  ενήνοθε  to  it ;  Buttm. 
Le.x.  s.  v.  άνήνοθεν  7.) 

^Οθύνειον,  ου,  τό,ζ=όθύνιον,  Galen. 

ΌΘΟ'ΝΗ,  ?ις,  ή,  USU.  in  plur.  (as 
always  in  Hom.)  : — fiiie  white  linen, 
Od.  7,  107 :  esp.  fine  linen  veils  and 
undergarments  for  women,  II.  3,  141  ; 
18,  595  :  later  also  usu.  in  plur.,  linen- 
cloths, linen,  όθόναις  έσταλμένος,  Luc. 
Dial.  Mort.  3,  2  ;  esp.  sail-cloths,  sails, 
Mel.  80,  Anth.  P.  10,  5;  and  in  sing., 
a  sail,  Luc.  Jup.  Trag.  46.     Hence 

ΌθόιΊνος,  η,  ov,  of  linen,  Luc.  Alex. 
12,  cf.  Plat.  (Com  )  Soph.  9. 

^Οθόνιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  οθόνη,  a 
piece  of  fine  linen  :  in  plur.  linen  cloths, 
Luc.  iPbilops.  34  ;  in  plur.,  linen  ban- 
dages or  lint,  for  wounds,  Hipp.  p. 
772,  etc.,  Ar.  Ach.  Ul 6  ;— sail-cloth, 
Polyb.  5,  89,  2. 

Όθονιοπώλης,  ov,  ό,  a  linen-draper. 

Όθύνιος,  a,  ον,=^όθόνινος,Ατίβήιϊά. 

"Οθοννα,  ή,  a  Syrian  or  Arabian 
plant,  perh.  of  the  marygold  kind, 
Diosc.  2,  213. — II.  a  kind  oi  medicine. 

Όθονοποίός,  όν,  {οθόνη,  ποιέω) 
making  fine  linen,  Diosc. 

Όθονησκεπης,  ες,  covered  with  linen. 

Όθούνεκα,  for  ότου  ένεκα,  because, 
with  indicat.,  Soph.  Aj.  123,  553,  etc. : 
— also  simply  for  ώς,  ότι,  that,  Lat. 
quod,  usu.  with  indicat.,  Aesch.  Pr. 
330,  Soph.  El.  47,  1308,  etc.  ;  but 
sometimes  with  optat.,  Soph.  O.  C. 
944.  — Prob.  only  in  Trag.  (The 
deriv.  from  ότι  οννεκα,  which  are 
said  to  stand  έκ  παραλλήλου,  is  false, 
as  also  the  usu.  orthog.  ύθ'  οϋνεκα. 
V.  Buttm.  Ausf.  Gr.  i  29  Anm.  U, 
Lob.  Phryn.  657,  who  however  all 
write  όθούνεκα  without  the  coronis, 
which  is  as  necessary  here  as  in  έγφ- 
μαι,  έγφδα,  etc.  Cf.  omnino  Ellendt 
Lex.  Soph.) 

Όθριξ,  gen.  δτρΐχος,  poet,  for  όμό- 
θβίξ,  ό.  ή,  with  like  hair,  II.  2,  765  ;  cf. 
ύ.θρι.ζ\\. 

Όθροος,  ην,  poet,  for  όμόθροος. 

ΥΟΘρνύδης,  ου  Ion.  εω,  ό,  or  Όρ- 
θρνάδας,  Othryades,  a  Spartan  hero, 
Hdt.  1,  82. 

ΥΟΘρυονεύς,  έως  Ep.  ηος,  ό,  Othry- 
oneus,  an  ally  of  the  Trojans,  from 
Cabesus,  II.  13,  363. 

ΥΟβρνς,  νος,  ή,  Othrys,  a  mountain- 
range  of  Thessaly,  uniting  with  Pe- 
lion,  celebrated  in  poetry,  now  known 
by  the  names  of  Hellovo,  Varibofo, and 
Goura,  Hes.  Th.  632;  Hdt.  7,  129; 
Eur. ;  etc. 

or,  exclam.  of  pain,  grief,  pity,  as- 
tonishment, oh  !  ah  !  Lat.  heu  or  vae, 
expressed  either  once  or  more,  most 
usu.  twice :  sometimes  with  nom., 
ol  ίγώ,  ol  'γω.  Soph.  Aj.  803,  etc.  ; 
most  usu.  c.  dat.,  ol  μοι,  q.  v.  :  όΐ  is 
found  only  in  Ar.  Pac.  929,  with  a 
pun  on  the  dat.  οίόϊς.  (From  ol  come 
οΐζω,  όίζύς,  όίζυρός,  οίτος,  οίκτος, 
οικτρός.) 

01,  nom.  ρ1.  masc.  of  art.  ό. 

Οί,  nom.  pi.  masc.  of  relat.  pron.  of. 

01,  dat.  sing,  of  pron.  of  3d  pers. 
masc.  and  fern. ;  v.  sub  ov. 


OIBA 

Oi,  relat.  adv..  whither,  Lat.  quo, 
Trag.,  etc. ;  as  οίκησις  ol  πορεύομαι, 
Soph.  Ant.  892  ;  ol  χρη  β'/^πειν, 
Plat.  Legg.  714  Β  ;— so,  ol  ύί/.  Plat. 
Parm.  127  C  ;  οίττερ,  Soph.  El.  404, 
Ar.  Ran.  199,  etc. : — oft.  c.  gen.,  oi 
ατιμίας,  to  ivhat  a  height  of  dishommT, 
Soph.  El.  1035  ;  cf.  the  interrog.  ποΐ: 
-^also  seeniingly=;OTijr,  ol  φθίνει 
rt'iva,  where,  i.  e.  how,  in  what  fate 
ends,  Eur.  Hipp.  371  ;  so,  ol  κακίας 
τελευτα,  in  what  state  of  vice  he  ends, 
Plat.  Symp.  181  C.  (oi  seems  to  be 
an  old  dat.  from  ός.) 

Οία,  v.  οίος. 

Ola,  η,  {οίς)  a  sheepskin;  also  δα. 

Ola,  ας,  ή,  the  service-tree ;  also  oa. 

tOio,  ας,  η,  Hoea,  fem.  pr.  n.,  Ath. 
580  F. 

tOmypif,  ίδος,  ή,  daughter  of  Oea- 
griis ;  in  pi.  Oi  ΟίαγρΙδες,  sc.  κοϋραι, 
daughters  of  Oeagrus,  the  sisters  of 
Orpheus,  as  the  Muses  are  called  in 
Mosch.  3,  37  :  from 

tOittypof,  ov,  ό,  Oeagrus,  a  king  of 
Thrace,  father  of  Orpheus.  Apoliod. 

1,  3,  2;  Orph. — 2.  a  tragic  actor  in 
the  time  of  Aristophanes,  Ar.  Vesp. 
579. 

ΟΙΰ,δόν,  adv.,  alone,  Nic.  Th.  148. 
(From  oiOf  :  cf.  μοναδόν  from  μόνος.) 

Οίΰκηδόν,  adv.,  in  the  manner  of  an 
οίαξ. 

Οίάκίζω,  Ion.  οίηκ-,  {οΙαξ)  to  steer, 
govern,  τε?Μμώσι  σκντίνοις  οίακίζον- 
σι  τας  ασπίδας,  Hdt.  1,  171  ;  τους 
νέους  ηΙ.ακίζοντες  ηδονή  και  λύπη, 
Arist.  Eth.  Ν.  10,  1,1.' 

ΟΙάκιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  οΙαξ.  [ά] 

ΟΙύκίσμα,  ατός,  τό,  (οΙακίζω)  the 
act  of  steering  οτ  governing,  Diog.  L.  [a] 

Οίάκιστής,  οϋ,  ό,  {οΙακίζω)  a  steers 
ma»,  pilot,  Lat.  gubernalor. 

Οίάκονομέω,  ώ,  to  steer,  gtiide,  gov• 
em :  from 

Οίάκονόμος,  ov,  {οΙαξ,  νέμω)  hold- 
ing the  helm:  as  subst.,=  oiaKiar/)f, 
a  ruler,  Aesch.  Pr.  149. 

Οίάκοστροψέω,  ώ,  to  turn  the  helm, 
steer,  Aesch.  Pers.  767  :  from 

ΟΙάκοστρόφος,  ov,  {οΙαξ,  στρέφω) 
turning  the  helm:  generally,=  oia/co- 
νόμος,  Pind.  L  4, 121,  Aesch.  Pr.  515, 
etc. 

^ΟΙίινθεια,  ας,  and  Οίύνθη,  ης,  ή 
Oeanthe,  a  city  of  the  Locri  Ozolae 
on  the  gulf  of  Crissa,  Polyb.  4,  57,  2  ; 
Strab.  p.  427. 

\01ανθεΙς,  έων,  ol,  the  Oranthians, 
inhah.  of  Oeanthe.  Thuc.  3,  101. 

ΟΓΑΞ,  ακος,  δ.  Ion.  οίηξ.  strictly 
the  tiller,  handle  of  the  rudder,  πηδα- 
λίων οίακος  άφέμενος  (cf.  πηδύλιον) 
Plat.  Polit.  272  Ε  :  hence,  generally, 
the  helm,  Aesch.  Supp.  717,  etc.  ;  and 
oft.  metaph.  oi  the  helm  of  government, 
Aesch.  Theb.  3,  Ag.  802.— But  in  II. 
24,  269,  οίτ/κες  are  prob.  tlie  rings  of 
the  yoke,  like  κρίκοι,  through  which 
pass  the  cords  for  guiding  the  oxen. 
(Prob.  from  same  root  as  οίσω,  fut. 
oi  φέρω.  Pott  Et.  For.sch.  1,  p.  122.) 

iOίaξ,  άκος,  ό,  Oeax,  son  of  Nau- 
plius  and  Clymene,  brother  of  Pala- 
medes,  Eur.  Or.  432 ;  etc. 

tO/afi'f,  ίδος,  ή,  {ΟΙαξος=Όαξος) 
of  or  belonging  to  Oaius,  Ap.  Rh.  1, 
1126. 

Οίάτης,  ου,  ό,=  οΙήτης,  q.  v. — But 
Οίΰτις  νομός,  Soph.  Ο.  C.  1061,  is  a 
pasture  in  the  Attic  deme  Ola-  [a] 

Οίύω,=:μονάζω,  from  οίος^μόνος, 
Grarnm. 

tOt/3a/lor,  ov,  δ,  Oebalus,  son  of 
Perieres  or  Cynortas,  a  king  of  Spar- 
ta, father  of  Tyndareus,  Apoliod.— 

2.  also  a  Spartan  man  of  same  name. 
Paus. 


ΟΙΔΙ 

^Οίβύρης,  ονς,  6,  Oebares,  the 
grooni  ot  Darius,  through  whose  cun- 
ning he  was  made  king,  Hdt.  3,  85 
sqq  — "2.  a  Persian  governor  in  Dascy- 
liuin,  Id.  C,  33 ;  in  Ctesias  Οίβάρας. 

Οί3ος,  ov,  ό,  a  piece  of  meat  from 
the  back  of  an  ox's  neck,  Luc.  Lexiph.  3. 

'[Οίβώτας,  ov,  ό,  Oebotas,  the  first 
Achaean  victor  in  the  Olympic  games, 
Paus.  6,  3,  8. 

ΟΙγννμι,  also  -vo),  lengthd.  from 
ΟΓΓΩ,  f.  οΙξω:  aor.  ώξα,  part,  οίξας: 
but  the  Ep.  usu.  divicie  the  diphthong 
in  tlie  avigm.  forms,  hence,  in  Horn., 
ώϊξεν,  ώ'ίζαν,  and  mipf.  pass,  uh/vvv- 
TO ;  ώξε  only  in  II.  24,  457  :  aor.  pass. 
VX^ijv,  οίχθείς,  _Pind.  To  open,  un- 
lock, οίϊασα  κληϊδι  θύρας,  II.  C,  89  ; 
πΰσαι  ό'  or/vvvro  πνλαι,  II.  2,  809  ; 
οίχθέντος  θαλάμου,  Pind.  Fr.  45,  13 : 
absol.,  ωξε  γέρυντι,  he  opened  (the 
door)  to  the  old  man,  II.  24,  457 : — 
also  οίνυν  ώϊξε,  she  opened  the  wine, 
Od.  3,  392 ;  for  which  we  have  οΙγε 
πίθον  in  Has.  Op.  817;  οίγειν  στόμα 
προς  φίλους  Aesch.  Pr.  611. — The 
compd.  άΐ'οίγο),  άνοίγνυμι  is  much 
more  freq.  than  the  simple  form. 

Oioa,  I  know,  perf.  withpres.  signf. 
of  *εϊδω  Β,  q.  v. 

Οίόαίνυ,  {oiSiu)  fut.  οίδήσω.= 
οίδάνυ. — II.  intr.=0i(5fw,  v.  1.  Ildt. 
3,  127  ;  φρένες  οίδαίνεσκον.  Αρ.  Rh. 

ΟΙδά'/.έος,  a,  ov,  {οίδέω)  swoln,  tur- 
gid. Archil.  8,  Bergk. 

iOίδάι■ης.  ό,  the  Oedanes,  a  tribu- 
tary of  the  Ganges,  Sirab.  p.  719. 

ΟΙδάνω,  Horn.,  later  οίδαίνω,  to 
make  to  swell,  swell,  χόλος  νόον  οίδά- 
νει,  Π.  9,  551 ;  so,  μέθν  κηρ  οίδαίνει, 
Αρ.  Rh.  1,  478. — Pass.,  to  be  swoln, 
swell  up,  swell,  Lat.  tiimere,  χόλ.φ  οίδά- 
νεται  κραδίη.  II.  9,  646.  [ΰ] 

ΟΙδαξ,  άκος,  δ,  {οίδέ(ύ)=<ρήληξ,  an 
unripe  fig. 

ΟΙδας,  2  sing,  from  οίδα,  for  the 
usu.  οίσθα,  Od.  1, 337,  H.  Hom.  Merc. 
456,  467,  rare  in  Att.,  cf.  Lob.  Phryn. 
236. 

ΟΙδασθα,  Aeol.  for  οίδας,  οΙσθα,  is 
susp. 

Οίδέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (οϊδος)  intr.  to 
swell,  swell  up,  become  swoln,  Lat.  tu- 
mere.  turgere,  ζ>δεε  δε  χρόα  ~ύντα,  he 
swelled  with  iiis  whole  body,  Od.  5, 
455  ;  so,  ο'ίδείν  τώ  ■π-όδε,  Ar.  Ran. 
1192  ;  ΰδι'ικαντί  κατ'  αυχένα  Ινες, 
Theocr.  1,  43  :  οίδείν  υπό  τίνος,  from 
the  effect  of  confined  air,  heat,  etc. ; 
hence  of  inflated  style,  οΙδεΐν  ύηο 
κομ-ασμάτων,  Ar.  Ran.  940 ;  absol., 
ο'ίδεί  καΙ  ϋττου^Μς  εστί  (of  a  sore), 
Plat.  Gorg.  518E.— IL  metaph.,  Hdt., 

3,  76,  127,  πράγματα  οΐδέοντα,  troub- 
lous, unsettled  times,  political  ferments, 
like  turnent  negotia  in  Cic.  ad  Att.  14, 

4,  1,  tumor  rerum,  lb.  14,  5,  2  : — κύειν 
and  φλεγμαίνειν  were  similarly  used. 
(Later  writers  do  not  augment  ο'ίδεΙν, 
Lob.  Phr)-n.  153.)     Hence 

ΟΙδηαα,  ατός,  τό,  a  swelling  tumor, 
Hipp.,  Dem.  1260,  18.     Hence 

Οίδημΰτόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  swoln,  swelS 
ing.  tumid. 

οιδηματώδης,  ες,  {οίδημα,  είδος) 
swelling,  Galen. 

ΟΙδησίς,  εως,  ή,  (οίδέω)  α  swelling 
up,  fermenting,  των  θνμονμένων,  Plat. 
Tim.  70  C. 

Οίδΐπόδης,ον,  ό.  strictly  patronym. 
from  OiV5i'-ot'f  ;  but  usu.  poet,  for 
Οίδίττονς  himself,  and  so  always  in 
Hom.  and  Hes.,  who  use  no  other 
form  ; — but  only  in  gen.  Οίδιττύδαο, 
til.  23.  678  ;  Hes.  Op.  162  ;  Ion.  gen. 
-πόδεω,  Hdt.  4, 149;  Dor.  -πόδα,Ρίη± 
P.  4,  467. 

^Οίδίττοδία,  ας,  ij,Oedipodia,  fount- 


OIZY 

ain  of  Oedipus,  in  Boeotia  near  Thebes, 
Paus.  9,  18,  5. 

tOi(5i— Of,  ov,  δ,^=ΟίδίτΓονς,  Aesch. 
Theb.  203  ;  Anth    P.  7,  429  ;  Andoc. 

Οίδίττονς,  ΤΓοδος,  ace.  ττοδα  and 
7T0VV,  voc.  πους,  more  rarely  που 
(Herin.  Soph.  O.  T.  406),  ό,  Oedipus, 
tson  of  La'ius  and  Jocasta,  king  of 
Thebes,  whose  tragical  fate  was  a 
frequent  subject  of  representation 
among  the  tragic  poets  of  Athensf 
{the  swoln-fonied,  from  οίδέω  and  perh. 
πους:  tv.  Eur.  Phoen.  25  sqq.):  in 
pi.  Οίδίποδες,  oi,  Ar.  Eccl.  1042.    [i] 

Οίδίσκω,^οίδαίνω,  trans,  to  swell, 
enlarge. 

ΟΙδμα,  ατός.  τό,  strictly=oi  Jof ;  but 
hardly  ever  used  except  in  poet,  lan- 
guage of  the  swelling  ofivater,  the  sivell 
of  the  sea,  a  wave,  billow,  11. 23,  230,  Hes. 
Th.  109  ;  περΐ;3ρνχίθΐσίν  νπ'  οίδμα- 
σιν.  Soph.  Ant.  537 ;  also  οΙδμα  θα- 
7.άσση€,  Η.  Hom.  Cer.  14,  αλιον  οΙ- 
δμα, Η  Horn.  Αρ.  417,  Pind.  Fr.212, 
3:  of  a  rushing  streatn,  II.  21,  234; 
later,  generally,  the  sea,  Ti'piov,  Τίερ- 
σικβν  οΙδμα,  etc.,  Valck.  Phoen.  210. 
— II.  οίδμα  νότων,  the  swelling  of  the 
south-west  wind,  Anth.  P.  9,  36. 
Hence 

Οίδαΰτόεις,  εσσα.  εν,  billowy,  Aesch. 
Fr.  64,  0pp.  H.  5,  273. 

ΟΓΛΝΟΝ,  ov,  τό,=  ύδνον,  The- 
ophr. 

Οίδοποίίω,  ω,=οίδαίνω,  οίδίσκω. 

ΟΓΔΟΣ,  τό,  α  swelling,  tumor,  pro- 
duced by  internal  action,  Nic.  Th. 
18S,  237,  426.  (Hence  οίδάω,  οίδέω, 
οίδαίνω,  οίδάνω,  οίδίσκω,  οίδμα.) 

Οίέάΐ'ος.  ον.  (οίος,  έανός)=^οίοχί- 
των.  Αρ.  Rh.  3,  616. 

ΟΙείος,  η,  ον,  poet,  for  οίεος,  Hipp. 

ΟΙεος,  α,  ον.  {οΊς)  of  οτ  from  α  sheep, 
διφθέρα.  Hdt.  5,  58  :  ή  οίέη  (sc.  δορά), 
α  sheepskin. 

Οίέτης,  ες.  (έτος)  poet,  for  όμοέτης, 
equal  in  years,  of  the  sa7ne  age,  II.  2, 
765.  (On  the  anal,  of  δβριξ,  δβροος, 
δζνξ,  it  should  be  δέτης  :  but  the  first 
syll.  was  lengthened  metri  grat.) 

Όίζϋρός,  ά.  όν,  Att.  οίζνρός,  as 
trisyll.  : — woful,  pitiable,  mistrable.  in 
Hom.  usu.  of  persons  ;  also  a  general 
epith.  of  mortals,  11.  13,  569,  Od.  4, 
197  ;  more  rarely  of  actions,  condi- 
tions, etc.,  toilsome,  dreary,  δϊζ.  πόλ.ε- 
μος,  II.  3,  112  ;  γόος,  Od.'  8,  540  ;  νύ- 
κτες δίζυραί,  Od.  11,  182,  etc.  :  also 
sorry,  wretched,  poor,  «ώα;;,  Hes.  Op. 
037  ;  διαίτη.  Hdt.  9,  82.— Adv.  -ρύς, 
Q.  Sm.  3,  363.  [Though  the  penult, 
is  always  long  in  Horn.,  he  forms  the 
compar.  and  superl.,  metri  grat.,  όϊ^ϋ- 
ρώτερος,  -ώτατος,  for  -ότερος,  -ότα- 
τος,  like  κηκηξείνώτερος,  λάρώτατος, 
Π.  17,  446,  Od.  5,  105.  Ar.  always 
makes  it  οίζνρος.  Nub.  655,  Αν.  1641. 
Vesp.  1504,  1514,  Lys.  948,  cf.  Seidl. 
Dochm.  p.  38, — which  quantity  was 
probably  pecul.  to  the  trisyll.  form.] 
From 

Όίζύς,  ύος.  ή,  Att.  οί2νς  as  dissyll. : 
(οί)  : — woe,  misery,  distress,  hardship, 
suffering,  freq.  in  Horn.,  who  joins  it 
with  other  words,  πόνος  και  όί^ύς, 
κάματος  και  όιζίτ ."  contr.  dat.  όϊζυϊ 
for  δϊ^ύϊ,  Od.  7,  270  :  the  ace.  δϊζνα 
for  otCi'i'  first  in  Q.  Sm.  2,  88 : — on 
the  Alt  form  οίζύς  in  Aesch.  Ag.  756, 
Eum.  893,  Eur.  Hec.  949,  v.  Pors. 
ad  1.  (936),  Praef.  p.  ix,  Piers.  Moer. 
p.  270. — II.  as  pr.  n.,  a  mythic  being, 
the  daughter  of  Xieht,  Hes.  Th.  214. 
[ύ  in  trisyll.  cases,  but  in  dissyll.  prob. 
always  ϋ,  as  Hes.  Th.  214.]  Hence 

Όιζίιω,  Att.  οί^νω  as  trisyll.,  to  wail, 
motirn,  lament,  περί  τίνα,  U.  3,  403. — 
II.  c.  acc.  rei,  to  suffer,  κακά  πο?.?.ά, 


OIKE 

II.  14,  89  :  hence  absol.,  to  be  misera- 
ble or  to  suffer,  δϊζνσας  έμόγησε,  Od. 
4,  152  ;  23,  307.  [b  usu.  in  pres.,  but 
also  long  in  Ap.  Rh.  4,  1324.  1374  ;  in 
fut.,  aor.,  etc.,  ν  always.] 

Όΐζω,  Att.  οΐζω  as  dissyll.,  prob. 
found  only  in  compd.  (5i;fot.^u.  (Form- 
ed from  01,  like  οίμώζω  from  οΐμοι, 
etc.) 

Οιη,  ης,  η,=  κώμη.  Αρ.  Rh.  2,  139. 
(Prob.  from  οίος  :  connected  with 
Lacon.  ώβά,  (Mull.  Dor.  3,  5,  <i>  3.) 

ΟΓΗ,  ης,  ή,^δα,  the  service-tree. 

iOly,  ης,  η,  Oea,  a  town  of  Aegina, 
Hdt.  5,  83. 

Οίηίον,  ov,  τό,^=οΐηξ,  οίαξ,  a  rud- 
der, helm,  Od.  9,  483 ;  and  in  plur., 
Od.  12,  218,  II.  19,  43,  Simon.  Only 
Ep.  _[i] 

Οίηκίζω,  Ion.  for  οίακίί,ω,  from 
οΐηζ,  Hdt. 

ΟΙημα,  ατός,  τό,  (οιομαι)  opinion : 
— esp.  self-opinion,  self-conceit,  Plut.  2, 
39  D,  ubi  V.  Wyttenb.     Hence 

Οίημάτίας,  ov,  δ,  self -conceited. 

Οίημάτιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  οΙημα. 

ΟΙηξ,  ηκος,  ό.  Ion.  for  οΙαξ,  q.  v.,  Π. 

ΟΙησις,  εως,  ή,  (οΙομαι)  the  forming 
of  an  opinion,  opinion,  Plat.  Phaed.  92 
A,  Phaedr.  244  C  ;  opp.  to  είδέναι, 
Arist.  Rhet.  Al.  15,  4: — also=on//ia, 
self-conceit,  v.  ad  Plut.  2.  39  D. 

Οίησίσοφος.  ov,  {οιομαι,  σοφός)  wise 
in  his  own  conceit,  Clem.  Al.  [i] 

Οίησίφρων,  όνος,  δ,  ^,=  foreg. 

Οίητέον,  verb.  adj.  from  οΊομαι,  ont 
must  suppose,  Arist.  Pol.  1,  8,  11. 

Οίητής,  ov,  δ,  (οιομαι) one  ivho  thinks 
or  supposes. 

Οίήτης,  ov,  o,  (οΙη)=:  κωαητΐ/ς. 
Soph.  Fr.  138. 

Οίητός,  i},  ov,  (οιομαι)  existing  only 
in  thought,  possible ;  opp.  to  real. 

Oiia,  ή,=ζοια,  dab. 

Οίΐς,  ϊδος,  ή,  poet,  for  δϊς,  a  sheep, 
Theocr.  1,9;  cf.  όμοίϊος,  όμοιος. 

ΟΙκα,  ας,  ε,  Ion.  for  Ιοικα,  q.  v., 
Hdt._^ 

ΟΙκαδε,  adv.,=oi/covdf,  to  one's 
house,  home  or  country,  home,  home- 
wards, oft.  in  Hom.,  esp.  οΙκαδε  ίκέ- 
σθαι,  νείσθαι,  νοστεϊν,  άποστείχειν  ; 
— then  in  Pind.,  and  Att. — ΙΙ.=:οίΛθί, 
at  home,  first  in  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  3,  4,  An. 
7,  7,  57,  more  freq.  in  later  writers. 
Lob.  Phryn.  44. — Dor.  οίκαδϊς,  and 
perh.  ot  κάδες,  Epich.  p.  15,  like  χα- 
μΰζε.  Dor.  χαμύδις  χαμάδες,  Koen. 
Ores•,  p.  231. 

ΟΙκαδις.  Megarean  for  ο'καδε,  Ar. 
Ach.  742,  779. 

Οίκάριον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  οίκος, 
Lys.  ap.  Poll.  9,  39.  [a]_ 

Οίκειΰκός,  ή,  όν,^οίκιακός.  Dor. 
οίκηακός,  Callicrat.  ap.  Stob.  p.  485, 
57. 

ΟΙκειοπρΰγέω,  ώ,  (οικεία,  πράσσω) 
to  mind  one's  own  affairs,  like  ίόίοπρα- 
γέω.  Synes.     Hence 

Οίκειοπραγία.  ας,  ή,  a  minding  one's 
own  affairs.  Plat.  Rep.  434  C. 

Οικείος,  a,  ov.  also  ος,  ov  :  Ion. 
Οίκήίος,η,  ov  {οίκος):  belonging  to  a 
hottse  or  household  affairs,  domestic, 
hence  ή  οίκηΐη,  a  house,  fatnily,  v.  sub 
οικία  II :  ~ά  οικεία,  a  household,  house- 
hold affairs,  property,  Lat .  resfamiliaris, 
Hdt.  2,  37,  Xen.,  etc. — II.  belonging  to 
afamilu.  akin,  intimate,  iaLfamiliaris, 
Tivi,  Hdt.  4,  65,  etc.  :  οικεία  βορά, 
their  own  flesh  for  food,  of  the  chil- 
dren of  Thvestes,  Aesch.  Ag.  1220  : 
■^οί  οΐκ..  friends,  relations,  Lat.  affines, 
Plat.,  and  Xen.,  cf.  Thuc.  1,  19, 
Stallb.  Plat.  Phaed.  116  Β  ;  so  in  su- 
perl., οί  οικηϊώτατοί  τίνος.  Hdt.  3, 
65  ;  5,  5  :— hence  friendly,  Polyb.  4 
1003 


OIKE 

3,  1,  cf.  infr.  B. — III.  opp.  to  ξένος, 
proper  to  a  thing,  filling,  suitable,  Hdt. 

3,  Hi,  uem.  2t5,  3  ;  οίκ.  λέξις,  Arist. 
Khet.  3,  7,  4  ; — c.  dat.  rei,  belonging 
to,  conformable  to  the  nature  of  a  thing, 
tike  Lat.  domcsticus,  ττροοίμιον  οίκ. 
τψ  νόμφ,  suitable  to  the  law,  Plat. 
Legg.  772  Ε  ;  also  c.  gen.,  Id.  Phaed. 
96  I) ;  οίκ.  προς  τι,  Polyb.  5,  105,  1  : 
■ — οίκ.  όνομα,  a  word  in  its  proper, 
strict  sense,  opp.  to  metaphor,  Arist. 
Rhet.  3,  2,  6  :  hence,  to  οίκεΐον=το 
καθί/κον,  το  πρέπον,  Hdt.  3,  81. — IV. 
=:Ιόΐος,  one^s  οινη,  belonging  to  one's 
house  or  fa?nily,  private,  opp.  to  δημό- 
σιος, κοινός,  Theogn.  46,  Hdt.  1,  45, 
153,  etc. ;  οίκ.  σάγη,  Aesch.  Cho.  675  ; 
οίκ.  κίνδυνος,  opp.  to  αλλότριος, 
Thuc.  3,  13 ;  so  of  possessions,  own, 
peculiar,  hence  η  οίκΐία  (sc.  yjj).  Ion. 
ή  οίκιμη,  one's  home  or  country,  Hdt. 
1,  64,  cf.  Jac.  Ach.  I'at.  p.  799  :  and 
so  the  adj.  sometimes  takes  the  wider 
signf.  of  native,  οίκ.  σίτος,  home-grown 
corn,  Thuc.  2,  60. 

13.  The  adv.  οίκείως  has  the  same 
signfs.  as  the  adj.,  οίκείως  έχειν  προς 
τίνα,  to  be  intimate  with  one,  Thuc. 
6,  57  ;  οίκ.  φέρε,  bear  it  like  a  private 
matter,  Ar.  Thesm.  197 ;  οίκ.  συνεΐ- 
ναί  τινι,  to  live  with  one  as  an  inti- 
mate friend,  \jaX.  familiar  iter  uti  aliquo, 
Xen.  Hell.  7,  3,  5  ;  so,  οίκ.  διακεΐ- 
σθαί  τινι.  Id.  An.  7,  5,  16  ;  προς  τι, 
Polyb.  13,  1,  2:  also  properly,  natu- 
rally, Xen.  Oec.  2,  17  :  affectionately, 
dutifully,  Thuc.  2,  CO.— The  word 
does  not  occur  before  Theogn.,  Pind., 
and  Hdt.,  except  that  the  Ion.  οίκίμα 
is  found  in  Hes.  Op.  455.     Hence 

Οίκειότης,  ητος,  ή.  Ion.  οίκτβότης, 
a  being  οικείος  (signf.  II),  relationship, 
Hdt.  6,  54,  Thuc.  3,  86,  Plat.,  etc. : 
intimacy,  friendship,  kindness,   Thuc. 

4,  19,  Plat.,  etc. :  hence  also  the  living 
together  as  man  a/id  wife,  marriage, 
Isocr.  216  C,  Lys.  92,  21  :— also  in 
plur.,  Andoc.  15,  40. 

Οίκειόφωνος,  ov,  (οικείος,  φωνή)  by 
word  of  mouth,  Ctes.  Pers.  9. 

Οίκειόχειρος,  ov,  (οικείος,  χειρ) 
with  one's  own  hands. 

ΟΙκ,ειόω,  ώ,  Ion.  οίκηϊύω,  to  make 
οικείος  or  οίκείον:  hence, — 1.  to  make 
a  person  one's  friend,  opp.  to  άλλο- 
τριόω,  Thuc.  3,  65  ;  also  in  mid  ,  to 
make  one's  friend,  ivin  his  favor  or  affec- 
tion, Hdt.  4,  148. — 2.  to  make  one's  own, 
appropriate ;  and  in  mid.  c.  ace,  to 
claim  as  one's  own,  Hdt.  1,  4,  94  ;  3,  2. 
— 3.  to  adapt,  make  fit  or  suitable  : 
pass,  to  become,  be  so.  Plat.  Prot.  326 
B,  Polyb.  9,  1,  2. 

Οίκείω,  poet,  for  οίκέω,  Hes.  Th. 
330. 

Οίκείωμα,  ατός,  τό,  (οίκειόω)  re- 
lationship, intimacy,  attachment,  προς 
Τίνα,  Strab. — 2.  appropriateness. 

Οίκείωσις,  εως,  ή,  (οίκειόω)  taking 
as  one's  own,  appropriation,  οίκείωσίν 
ποιεΐσθαί  τίνος,  Thuc.  4,  128. — 2. 
adaptation,  Plut.  2,  1038  C. 

Οίκειωτικός,  ή,  όν,  (οίκειόω  2)  ap- 
propriating, ή  οίκ.  τέχνη.  Plat.  Soph. 
223  Β  ;  adapting,  one.  δνναμις  προς 
τι,  Plut.  2,  759  Ε. 

Οίκετεία.  ας,  ή,  the  household,  i.  e. 
the  servants,  Luc.  Merc.  Cond.  15. 

Οίκετεύω,^=οίκέω,  to  inhabit,  Eur. 
Ale.  437  ;  as  dep.  mid.  οίκετενομαι,  to 
be  an  οίκετης,  a  servant,  menial. 

Οίκέτης,  ου,  ό,  (οίκέω)  strictly,  an 
inmate  of  one's  house:  but  most  usu. 
a  house-slave,  menial,  from  Hdt.  down- 
wards very  freq.  6,  137  ;  7,  170,  Aesch. 
Cho,  737,  etc,  ;  but  in  Hdt.  οίκέται, 
also  for  one's  familij,  women  and  chil- 
dren, V.  VVese    ad.  8,  4,  cf.  106,  142; 

loot 


OIKH 

so  also  in  Xen.  Cyr.  4.  2,  2  ;  hence 
opp.  to  δον/Μς,  Plat.  Legg.  7C3  A, 
853  Ε  :  cf.  Thorn.  M.  p.  044. 

Οίκετία,  ας,  ή,=  οίκετεία,  Strab. 

Οίκετιενς,  b,— οίκέτης,  rare  word, 
prob.  only  in  Comedy. 

Οΐκετικός,  ή,  όν,  (οίκέτης)  belong- 
ing to  the  menials  Or  household.  Plat. 
Soph.  226  B,  Arist.  Pol.  2,  3,  4 :  το 
οίκετικόν,  the  servants  or  slaves  col- 
lectively, Plut.  Sull.  9. 

ΟίκέτΊς,  ϊδος,  i/,  fem.  from  οίκέτης. 
Soph.  F'r.  745  ;  οίκ.  yvvi'i,  Eur.  El. 
104.— II.  in  Theocr.  18,  38,  the  mis- 
tress of  the  house,  Lat.  matrona. 

Οίκενς,  έως  Ion.  ήος,  6,— οίκέτης, 
an  inmate  of  one's  house,  U.  5,  413  ;  6, 
366,  Od.  17,  533  :  but  elsewhere,  as 
in  4,  245 ;  14,  4,  etc.,  in  the  signf  of  α 
vnenial,  servant,  cf  Solon  ap.  Lys.  117, 
41,  Soph.  O.  T.  7-50. 

Οίκέω,  ώ,  f.-ήσω  :  (οίκος). — I.  trans. 
to  inhabit,  hold  as  one's  abode,  in  Hom. 
only  c.  ace.  II.  20,  218  ;  and  in  pass., 
οίκέοιτο  πόλις,  II.  4,  18,  cf  Hdt.  4, 
1 10 ;  οίκήσεται  (for  οίκηθησεται), 
Dem.  1341,  20,  cf  Aeschm.  4,  9  :— 
elsewh.  in  Hotn.  always  intr.,  but  in 
Hdt.,  and  Att.  much  more  freq.  c.  ace. 
though  the  intr.  signf  also  occurs, 
οίκείν  ναοίσι,  κατά  στέγας,  Eur.  Ion 
314;  έν  τόπω,  Ar.  Αν.  968,  Antipho 
138,  24  ;  επΙ  προστύτον  ώκει,  Lys. 
187,  29  ;  cf  Wolf  Dem.  Lept.  p.  272  : 
metaph.,  οίκεΙν  αιώνα  και  μοΐραν,  to 
have,  enjoy,  Eur.  I.  A.  1507  : — cf  sub 
V.  οικουμένη. — 2.  to  manage,  direct, 
whether  of  a  household  or  a  state, 
also  δίοικέω.  Soph.  O.  C.  1535,  Eur. 
El.  386,  Plat.,  etc.,  cf  Valck.  Phoen. 
489,  Diatr.  p.  78  :  ή  πόλις  οικείται 
εν,  καλώς,  κακώς,  etc.,  Eur.  Hipp. 
486  ;  freq.  in  Plat.,  and  Xen.,  cf  II, 
2. — 3.  like  οίκίζω,  to  place  or  settle 
persons  in  a  new  abode,  Sojjh.  O.  C. 
92,  ubi  V.  Herm.  :  hence  in  pass.,  like 
υίκίζομαι,  to  be  settled,  of  men  or 
tribes  to  whom  new  abodes  are  as- 
signed, τριχθά  ώκηθεν  καταφνλαδόν, 
II.  2,  668 :— generally,  to  dwell,  Hdt., 
etc. ;  hence  Hdt.  uses  the  pf  pass. 
ωκ7]μαι.  Ion.  οίκημαι,  as  pres..,  kv 
Ti)  ηπείρω,  1,  27,  etc.  ;  also  c.  ace,  to 
inhabit,  τας  νήσους  lb.  :  this  pf  is 
really  pass,  in  Hdt.  1,  193. — II.  intr. 
to  dwell,  live,  of  persons  and  families, 
or,  of  whole  tribes,  to  have  their  abodes, 
settlements,  Hom.  who,  like  Hdt.,  usu. 
joins  it  with  έν  τόπω  :  later  also  with 
dat.  only,  οίκεΙν  τόπω,  cf  Valck. 
Hipp.  744  :  and  not  seldom,  οΙκεΙν 
εις  τόπον,  to  go  axtd  dwell  in  a  place, 
Valck.  Schol.  Phoen.  1116;  also, 
κατά  τόπον,  Eur.  Ion  314. — 2.  of 
states,  in  a  pass,  signf,  like  ναίω,  to 
be  settled,  to  be  situated,  lie.  Xen.  Hell. 
7,  1,  3;  5,  5: — also,  to  be  managed, 
governed,  ή  πόλις  οίκεΐ  κακώς,  καλώς, 
the  state  goes  on  ill  or  well,  is  ill  or 
well  managed.  Plat.  Rep.  462  D,  ubi 
V.  Stallb.,  cf  supr.  I.  2. 

Οίκήϊος,  η,  ov.  Ion.  for  οικείος, 
Hes.  Op.  455,  and  Hdt. 

Οίκηϊότης,  ητος,  ή.  Ion.  for  οίκειό- 
της, Hdt. 

Οίκηϊόω,  Ion.  for  οίκειόω,  Id. 

Οίκημα,  ατός,  τό,  (οίκέω)  any  inhab- 
ited place,  a  dwelling.  Pind.  O.  2,  16: 
esp.  any  thing  built  for  living  in,  a 
dwelling-hovse,  chamber,  freq.  in  Hdt., 
and  Att.  ;  a  brothel,  Valck.  Hdt.  2, 121, 
126,  Dinarch.  93.  12,  Aeschin.  11,  3: 
a  tavern,  Isae.  58,  16  ;  cf  τέγος : — α 
cage,  place  where  animals  are  rear- 
ed and  fattened,  Valck.  Hdt.  7,  119; 
elsewh.  usu.  οικίσκος: — abed-chamber, 
Hdt.  1,  9,  10:— for  sacred  purposes, 
a  temple,  fane,  Hdt.  8,  144  : — a  prison, 


OIKI 

Dem.  890,  13  :  α  store-room,  Id.  1040. 
20;  1044,25: — a  dining-room.     Hence 

Οίκημάτικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to  a 
dwelling-house  or  room,  Diog.  L.  5,  55. 

Οικημάτων,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  οίκη- 
μα, Plut.  2,  145  A.  [a] 

Οικήσιμος,  ov,  habitable,  Polyb.  3, 
55,  9,  A  rr. :  from 

Οικησις,  εως,  ή,  (οίκέω)  the  act  of 
dwelling  or  inhabiting,  ή  άΐ'ύγκτ]  της 
οίκ.,  Thuc.  2,  17,  οΊκησιν  ποιεϊσθαι 
υπό  -,ήν,  Hdt.  3,  102. — II.  α  house, 
dwelling,  Id.  9,94,  Aesch.  Supp.  1009, 
Soph.  Phil.  31,  Plat,  etc.:  of  the 
grave.  Soph.  Ant.  892. 

Οίκητήρ,  ηρος,  poet,  for  οίκητής. 
Soph.  O.  C.  627  :  lein.  οίκήτειρα.  Or. 
Sib. 

Οίκητήριον,  ου,  τό,  a  dwelling,  Eur. 
Or.  1114,  Plut.  Lucull.  39,  etc. 

Οίκητήριος,  a,  ov,  domestic,  σκενά- 
pia,  Alcae.  (Com.)  Pas.  2. 

Οίκητής,  οϋ,  6,  (οίκέω)  an  iiihabitant. 
Soph.  O.  T.  1450,  Plat.  Phaed.  Ill 
C,  etc. 

Οίκητικός,  ή,  όν,  (οίκέω)  accustomed 
to  a  fixed  duelling,  opp.  to  άοίκος, 
Arist.  H.  A.  1, 1,  27. 

Οίκητός,  ή,  όν,  (οίκέω)  inhabited, 
Sojih.  Ο.  C.  28,  39 :  habitable. 

Οίκήτωρ,  ορός,  ό,=  οίκητήρ,  -ττ/ς, 
Hdt.  4,34,  etc.,  Aesch.  Pr.  351,  etc., 
Thuc.  1,  2,  etc. 

Οικία,  ας,  ή.  Ion.  οίκίη,  (οίκος)  a 
house,  dwelling,  Hdt.  1,  17,  etc.  :  also 
the  lair  of  a  wild  beast :  κατ'  οίκίαν, 
at  home.  Plat.  Lach.  180  D,  Legg. 
788  A. — In  Att.  law,  οίκος  was  dis- 
tinguished from  οικία,— Ihe  former 
being  all  the  property  lelt  at  a  person's 
death,  the  latter  the  dwelling  house 
only,  Valck.  Hdt.  7,  224,  Bockh  P. 
E.  2,  not.  199 ;  cf  Plat.  Rep.  509  A, 
etc.  :  οικία  was  also  distinguished 
from  συνοικία,  as  one's  own  apartments 
from  those  let  out  to  lodgers.  Aeschin. 
15,  4  ;  17,  28.— II.  a  household,  domes- 
tic affairs,  domestic  establishment,  Hdt. 
I,  107  ;  3,  2,  (with  v.  1.  οίκηίη).  Plat. 
Gorg.  520  Ε  ;  οικίας  δύο  ώκει.  i.  e.  he 
kept  two  establishments,' Dem.  1002, 
13. — 111.  the  household,  i.  e.  inmates  of 
the  house,  Lat.  familia.  Plat.  Gorg. 
472  B. — IV.  a  house  or  family  from 
which  nne  is  descended,  οίκίης  ά}αθής, 
Hdt.  1,  107,  cf  99;  2,  172,  etc.,  An- 
doc. 16,  35,  etc. 

^Οίκιάδης,  ου,  ό,  son  of  Oecias,  i.  e. 
De.xamenus,  Call.  Del.  102. 

Οικιακός,  ή,  όν, ^οικείος,  domestic, 
Plut.  Cicer.  20  Schaf ,  N.  T. 

Οίκίδιορ,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  οίκος, 
Ar.  Nub.  92.  [i] 

Οίκίδιος,  a,  ον,^οίκεΐος,  domestic, 
Opp.  C.  1,  472.  [κι] 

Οίκίζω,  ί.-ισω,  to  build  a  house  or 
houses,  esp.  to  found  as  a  colony  or 
new  settlement,  οίκ.  πύλιν,  Hdt.  1, 
57,  Ar.  Av.  172,  Plat.,  etc. ,  also, 
οίκ  πάλιν  ΰπ'  αίγλης  πόλεος,  Eur. 
Eiechth.  17, 11. — II.  to  make  a  country 
habitable,  people,  usu.  with  new  set- 
tlers, to  colonize,  Hdt.  7,  143,  etc.— III. 
c.  ace.  pers.,  to  settle,  fix  as  a  colonist 
or  inhabitant,  Pind.  i.  8  (7),  43,  cf. 
Herm.  Soph.  O.  C.  92 :  to  remove, 
transplant,  ές  άλλα  δώματα,  εις  τηνδε 
χθόνα,  Eur.  Ι.  Α.  670,  1.  Τ.  30: 
metaph.,  τόν  μεν  άφ'  υψηλών  βραχυν 
ώκισεν  brought  him  from  high  to  low 
estate,  Eur.  Heracl.  013: — Pass.,  to 
settle,  fix  oyi.e's  habitation  in  a  place. 
Soph.  Fr.  153:  also  c.  ace,  like 
οίκέω,  to  inhabit,  Eur.  Heracl.  46, 
Tro.  435. 

ΟίκΙήτης,  ου,  ό.  Ion.  for  οίκέτης, 
Pherecyd.;  cf  πολιήτης. 

Οίκιΐίός,  ή,  όν,=  οίκείος,  dub. 


ΟΙΚΟ 

ΟΙκίον,  ου,  τό,  strictly  dim.  from 
οίκος,  but  in  use  not  differing  from 
it,  α  house,  dwelling,  abode,  iiCq.  in 
Horn.,  Hes.,  and  ffdt.,  always  in 
plur.,  like  Lat.  aedes ;  in  Horn.  usu. 
οΙκία  ναίΐίν,  II.  6,  15,  etc.  ;  of  the 
abode  of  a  deity,  Od.  12,  4  ;  of  the 
nether  world.  II.  iO,  64  ;  in  Hdt.  esp. 
of  palaces  containing  several  ranges 
of  buildings,  1,  35,  41  ;  but  also  of 
private  houses,  as  in  7,  118,  though 
here  the  Mss.  vary ;  also  of  dens, 
nests,  lairs,  etc.  of  animals,  in  which 
the  diniiti.  signf  might  perh.  be  re- 
tained,—as  in  Iloin.  of  the  nests  of 
wasps  and  bees,  II.  12,  167 ;  16,  261 ; 
of  an  eagle's  nest,  U.  12,  221.  [t] 

ΟΙαΐσις,  εως,  ή,  (οίκίζω)  a  building, 
foundation,  esp.  ot  a  colony ;  apeopling, 
colonization,  Thuc.  5,  11  ;  6,  4. 

ΟΙκίσκη,  ης,  ή,=  ο'ίΐάσκος,  Dem.  ap. 
Poll.  9,  3J  ;  but  dub. 

Οικίσκος,  ου,  δ,  strictly  dim.  from 
οίκος  "  esp.  a  cage,  coop,  etc.,  Ar.  Fr. 
358,  385. — 2.  a  round-house,  gaol,  Dem. 
258,  21. 

Οικισμός,  ov,  ό.=  οΙκισις,  Solon 
23,  5,  Plat.  Legg.  708  D. 

Ο'ίκιστήρ,  ηρος.  poet,  for  οΙκιστής, 
Find.  O.  7,  54,  etc.,  Orac.  ap.  Hdt.  4, 
155,  Aesch.  Theb.  19. 

Οίκιστήριον,  ου,  τό,=  οίκητήριον, 
dub.^ 

Οικιστής,  ου,  ό,  like  οίκιστήρ,  one 
who  peoples  a  spot  with  settlers,  a  col- 
onizer, founder  of  a  city,  Hdt.  4,  159 
etc.,  Thuc.  6,  3,  etc.    Hence 

Οικιστικός,  ή,  όν,  of,  befitting,  like 
a  colonizer. 

Οίκ'ιτιενς,  ό,  rare  Comic  word  for 
οΙκετΐ]ς,  Bion  ap.  Ath.  162  D. 

"^ΟΊκ^.είδης,  ου,  Aesch.  Theb.  382, 
Dor.  Οίκ7.ήόας,  a,  ό,  Pind.  N.  9,  39, 
son  of  Oecles,  \.  6.  Amphiaraus. 

Υ0ϊκ7.έης,  contd.  -κ'λής,  έονς,  ό ; 
gen. -κΛεοζ•,  Pind.  P.  8.55;  a.cc. -κ7.ηα, 
Od.  15,243;  OfcZes,  son  of  Antiphates, 
or  of  Mantius,  father  of  Amphiaraus. 

ΥΟίκ/.είης,  Ό,  Ep.=  foreg.,  Od.  15, 

ΟΊκόί3ΐος,  ov,  {οίκος,  βίος)  living  at 
home,  domestic. 

ΟΙκοβονκόλος,  6,  v.  1.  for  οίοβ., 
Aesch.  Supp.  304. 

Οίκογενής,  ές,  {οίκος,  *γενω)  born 
in  the  house,  home-bred,  said  of  a  slave. 
Plat.  Meno  82  B,  Polyb.  40,  2,  3  ;  of 
Lob.  Phryn.  202  ;  opp.  to  a  purchased 
slave,  as  Lat.  verna  to  emptus  :  also  of 
tame  animals,  οίκ.  δρτυγες,  Ar.  Pac. 
789 ;  άλεκτορίδες,  Arist.  Ή.  A.  6, 
1,3. 

ΟΙκοδέγμων,  όνος,  ό,  {οίκος,  δέχο- 
μαι) one  who  receives  people  in  his 
house. 

ΟΊκοδέσ•:τοινα,  ης,  rj,  {οίκος,  δέσποι- 
να) the  mistress  of  a  family,  Phintys 
ap.  Stob.  p.  445,  27,  Plut.  2,  612  F. 

Οίκοδεσποσύν/],  ?]ς,  ή,  household 
rule. 

ΟΙκοδεσποτεία,  ας,  ή,  the  power  of 
an  οικοδεσπότης  {signf.  II) :  and 

Οίκοδεσποτέω,  ύ,  ί.-ήσω,  to  he  mas- 
ter of  a  house  or  head  of  a  family,  to 
manage  the  household,  N.  T. — II.  in 
asiroi.  signf,  Luc.  Astrol.  20,  Plut.  2, 
908  Β ;  cf.  sq.  II  :  from 

Οικοδεσπότης,  ov,  ό,  {οίκος,  δε- 
σπότης) the  master  of  a  house  or  family, 
Alex.  Tarant.  6;  cf  Lob.  Phryn.  373. 
— II.  in  Astrology  every  sign  of  the 
Zodiac  had  a  house  {οίκος)  for  a 
planet,  which  had  influence  over  it 
ace.  to  the  particular  months  and 
days  :  this  was  called  οίκοδεσποτείν, 
and  the  reigning  planet  οικοδεσπότης. 
Hence 

ΟΙκοδεσποτικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to, 


ΟΙΚΟ 

befitting  the  master  of  a  house  οτ  family, 
C'lC.  Att.  12,  44,  2. 

ΟΊκοδίαιτος,  ov,  {οίκος,  δίαιτα)  liv- 
ing in  the  house,  Galen,  [ϊ] 

Οικοδομέω,  ώ,  {οικοδόμος)  to  build 
a  house :  generally,  to  build,  νηόν, 
λαβύρινθον,  πυραμίδα,  τείχος,  Hdt. 

I,  21  ;  2,  101,  etc.  :  also  in  Mid., 
οίκοδημείσβαι  οίκημα,  to  build  one^s  self 
a  house,  Hdt.  2,  121,  1 : — metaph.  to 
build,  found  upon,  τι  επί  τι,  Xen.  Cyr. 
8,  7,  15. — 2.  later,  metaph.  to  edify, 
N.  T. 

Οικοδομή,  ης,  ή,  a  non-Att.  word, 
used  as  well  for  οικοδόμημα,  as  for 
οίκοδόμησις,  Ν.  Τ. ;  cf  Lob.  Phryn. 
490,  who  defends  it  against  the  Mss. 
in  Hdt.  2,  127. 

Οικοδόμημα,  ατός,  τό,  (οίκοδομέυ) 
a  house  built,  building,  Hdt.  2,  136, 
Thuc.  4,  90,  Plat.,  etc. 

Οίκοδόμησις,  ευς,  ή.  {οικοδομέω) 
the  building  of  a  house,  Thuc.  3,  2,  20, 
Plat.  Gorg.  455  B,  etc. 

Οίκοδομητέον,  verb,  adj.,  fromoZ/co- 
δοαέω,  one  must  build.  Plat.  Rep. 
4210. 

Οίκοδομητικός,  ή,  όν,  {οικοδομέω) 
fitted  for  building  :  ή  -κή  (sc.  τέχνη), 
architecture,  Luc.  Contempl.  5. 

Οίκοδομητός,  ή,  όν,  built :  to  be 
built. 

ΟΙκοδομία,  ας,  ή,  =  οίκοδόμησις, 
Thuc.  1,  93;  2,  65,  Plat.,  etc.;  cf 
Poppo  Thuc.  1,  p.  243  :  also  written 
o.xyt.,  οίκοδομιά,  Lob.  Phryn.  487. 

Οικοδομικός,  ή,  όν,  practised  or 
skilful  in  building  :  η  -κή,  (sc.  τέχνη), 
architecture.  Plat.  Gorg.  514  B,  Rep. 
3 16  D  :  so,  τα  οικοδομικά,  Id.  Gorg. 
514  Α.— II.  fit  for  building,  νλη,  The- 
ophr.  :  from 

Οικοδόμος,  ον,ίοΐκος,  δέμω)  building 
a  house,  cf  Lob.  Phryn.  487  :  ό  οίκοδ. 
a  house-btiilder,  an  architect,  Hdt.  2, 
121,  1,  Plat.  Prot.  319  B,  etc. 

Οίκοθεν,  {οίκος)  adv. from  a  house : — 
from  one's  own  house,from  home,  II.  11, 
632. — 2.  from  one's  own  fortune  or 
means,  II.  7,  361,  391  ;  23,  558,  592 
(the  word  does  not  occur  elsewh.  in 
Horn.)  .from  one's  own  resources,  unas- 
sisted, Pind.  N.  3, 52 :  of  one's  self,  Isae. 
81,  27: — from  one's  own  heart,  from 
one's  self,  τον  νοΰι>  διδάσκαλον  οίκοθεν 
έχουσα,  Eur.  Tro.  648,  etc. :  ουκ  είχον 
οίκοθεν,  Ι  have  it  not  of  my  own,  Ar. 
Pac.  522,  cf  Lys.  101,  16.— 3.  from 
one's  native  country,  οίκοθεν  οικαδε, 
from  house  to  house,  proverb,  of  one 
who  has  two  homes,  Bockh  and  Dis- 
sen  Pind.  O.  7,  4. — i,  from  one's  cradle, 
from  the  beginning,  hence  wholly,  ab- 
solutely, like  αρχήν,  Aeschin.  62,  8. 

ΌΙκοθΐ,  adv.,  {οίκος)  at  home,  in 
the  house,  hence  in  genl.  at  home,  in 
one's  own  country,  just  like  Lat.  domi, 

II.  8,  513,  Od.  19,  237.  Poet,  for 
οίκοι,  like  όθι,  πόθι  for  οι,  ποι.  [t 
may  be  elided,  as  in  Od.  1.  c] 

Οίκοι,  adv.,  at  home,  Lat.  domi, 
Horn.,  Hes.,  etc. ;  tu  oIkol,  one's 
domestic  affairs,  Xen.  Cyr.  6,  1,  42, 
(Orig., doubtless,  the  dat.  sing.,  οΊκωι, 
οΊκω.) 

Οίκοκερδήο,  ές,  (οίκος,  κέρδος)  pro- 
fitable to  a  house  οτ  family,  Α.  Β. 

ΟΙκοκρΰτέω,  ώ,  to  rule  over  a  house, 
Bust. 

ΟΙκόνδε,  poet,  for  οικαδε,  Horn., 
and  Hes. ;  οΙκόνδε  άγειν,  to  bring 
home,  of  a  bride,  Od.  6,  159,  cf  11, 
410.^ 

ΟΙκονομέω,  ώ,  to  be  an  οικονόμος, 
to  manage,  look  after,  οίκ.  θα?Μμονς, 
Soph.  El.  190:  to  order,  govern,  την 
οΐκίαν.  Plat.  Lys.  209  D,  and  Xen.  : 
to  dispense,  Plat.  Phaedr.  256  E. 


ΟΙΚΟ 

Οικονομία,  ας,  ή,  {οΙκονόμος)  the 
management  of  a  household  or  family. 
Plat.  Apol.  30  B.  Rep.  407  B,  Xen., 
etc.  :  also  the  public  economy  of  states, 
in  genl.  administration,  management, 
government,  οίκ.  αϊ  κατά  την  πάλιν, 
Dinarch.  102,  29  ;  freq.  in  Polyb. 

Οικονομικός,  ή,  όν,  practised  in  the 
management  of  a  household  or  fnmily, 
Plat.  Ale.  1, 133  E,  Phaedr. 248  D,  and 
Xen.  : — ό  οίκ.,  a  treatise  on  the  duties 
of  domestic  life,  like  those  attributed  to 
Xen.,  and  Arist. :  ή  -κή  (sc.  τέχνη), 
domestic  economy.  Plat.  Polit.  259  C, 
and  Xen.  ;  so,  τά  οίκονομικά,^ή  οι- 
κονομία, Xen.  Cyr.  8,  1,  14  :  from 

Οικονόμος,  ov,  {οίκος,  νέμω)  mana- 
ging a  household:  b  οίκ. ^^οικοδεσπό- 
της. Plat.  Rep.  417  A,  etc. ;  generally, 
a  manager,  Arist.  Pol.  5,  11,  19  ; — and 
as  fern,  a  housekeeper,  like  οίκονρός, 
Aesch.  Ag.  155,  Lys.  92,  22: — me- 
taph., οίκ.  ηδονής,  Alcid.  ap.  Arist. 
Rhet.  3,  3,  3. 

Οίκόπεδον,  ov,  τό,  {οίκος,  πέδον) 
the  site  of  a  house,  a  place  on  which  a 
house  is  or  may  be  built,  Lat.  are& 
domus,  Xen.  Vect.  2,  6,  Aeschin.  20 
9.— II.  the  house  itself,  Thuc.  4,  90 
Plat.  Legg.  741  C 

Οίκοποιέω,   ώ,    to  build  a    house 
from 

Οίκοποιός,  όν,  {οίκος,  ποιέω)  mak 
ing  or  constituting  a  house  ;  οίκ.  τροφή 
the  comforts,  furniture,  etc.  of  a  house. 
Soph.  Phil.  32. 

Οίκόριος,  a,  ov,  poet,  for  οίκοίφιος, 
q.  v.,  Pind. 

Οίκος,  ου,  ό,  a  house,  abode,  dwelling, 
f.'eq.  from  Horn,  downwds.,  esp.  in 
Hes.  Op.  ;  not  only  of  regtdar,  built 
houses,  but  also  of  any  dwelling,  as 
that  of  Achilles  at  "Troy  (though 
this  was  not  a  tent,  v.  κ'λισία),  11.  24, 
471,  572,  cf  Soph.  Aj.  C3  ;  of  the 
Cyclops'  cave,  Od.  9,  478;  of  poor 
huts  or  hovels,  Od. : — οίκον,  Ep.  foi 
εις  οίκον,  οίκόνδε,  οικαδε,  Od.  23,  7 
κατ'  οικονς,  at  home,  Hdt.  3,  79 ;  so 
κατ"  οίκον,  Thuc.  2,  60 ;  έπ'  οίκον 
άποχωρειν,  to  go  homewards.  Id.  I, 
87  ;  άπ'  οίκον,  from  home,  id.  1,  99. — 
2.  part  of  a  house,  a  room,  chamber,  Od, 
1.  350,  cf.  362;  19,  514,  598  ;  hence 
the  plur.  οίκοι  oft.  stands  for  a  single 
house,  like  Lat.  aedes,  as  first  in  Od. 
24,  417,  and  freq.  in  Att. ;  cf  δόμος, 
δώμα. — 3.  the  ho^ise  of  a  god,  a  temple, 
lirst  in  Hdt.  8,  143.— 4.  later  of  ani- 
mals wild  or  tame,  a  stall,  nest,  lair, 
burrow,  etc.  —  II.  household  affairs, 
housewifery,  Hom.  (esp.  in  Od.)  ;  also 
joined  with  κλήρος  and  κτήματα,  II. 
15,  498,  Od.  7,  314  :  hence  also  prop- 
erty, house  and  goods,  house  and  all, 
Hdt.  7,  224  :  in  Att.  law,  the  whole 
properly,  the  whole  inheritance,  Hdt.  3, 
53  ;  v.  sub  οΙκια. — III.  a  household, 
family,  Od.  0,  181,  more  freq.  in  Att.  : 
hence,  οι  έν  οίκω,  the  inmates  of  the 
house,  τα  ti>  οίκω,  all  that  is  in  the 
house. — ly.  a  house,  race,  family,  ό 
βασιλήος  οίκος,  Hdt.  5,  31  ;  6,  9. 
{οίκος  with  the  digamma  is  the  Lat, 
vicus,  our  old  word  icick,  uich,  as  in 
Painsuiicii,  Norwich  ;  cf  οίνος,  vinnm, 
wine  :  the  Sanscr.  root  is  νίς,  ingredi.) 

Οίκος,  Ion.  for  έοικός,  part,  neut, 
from  εοικα,  Hdt. 

ΟΙκοσε,  adv.  for  οικαδε.  Gramm. 

Οίκοσίτία,  ας,  ή,  an  eating  at  home, 
living  at  one's  own  expense  :  from 

Οικόσιτος,  ov,  {οίκος,  σιτέω)  taking 
one's  meals  at  home,  i.  e.  alone,  not  in 
company.  Babrins  :  generally,  living  at 
one's  own  expense,  unpaid,  οίκ.  εκκλη- 
σιαστής, Amiph.  Scyth.  2,  οίκ.  νιος, 
Anaxandr.  Κννηγ.  I :  οίκ.  ννμφίος, 
1005 


ΟΙΚΟ 

a  hridegioom  who  chooses  his  bride  ! 
withouf  (or  not  on  account  of)  a  portion, 
Meineke    Men.ind.    p.   40,   cf.    Ath. 
.247  E. 

Οίκοοκενή,  ?/c  r),  household  utensils. 

Οίκοσκοπίκοί',  οϋ,  τό,  the  observa- 
tion ijf  an  omen  at  home. 

Οΐκοσόος,  or,  {οίκος,  οώζω)  main- 
taining the  house  or  household,  epith.  of 
an  economical  wife,  opp.  to  οίκοφθό- 
ρος,  Nonn. 

Οίκοτράφης,  ές,  home-bred;  like 
οίκογΐνής,  οίκότμιψ. 

Οϊκυτμέβαως,  a,  ον,  belonging  to  an 
οΐκότρίφ.  [I] 

Όίκοτμίίίης,  ου,  ό,-=οΙκύτρι-ψ.-^\ϊ. 
mining  a  house  or  family,  δαπάνη, 
Critias  2,  14.  [i] 

ΟίκοτμΙίίικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to  an 
οίκοτριφ. 

Οίκυτριφ,  ΐβος,  ο,  (οίκος,  τρίβω)  α 
slave  born  and  bred  in  the  house,  Lat. 
«erna,  opp.  to  one  bought,  Ar.  Thesm. 
426;  cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  203.— II.  otie 
who  ruins  his  house  or  family,  Dein. 
173,  16. 

Οίκοτνραννος,  ov,  6,  (οίκος,  τύραν- 
νος) a  domestic  tyrant,  Anth.  P.  10, 
61.  [i.] 

ΟΊκητως,  Ion.  for  έοίκότως,  adv. 
part.  pf.  from  ίοικώς,  οΐκώς,  reasonably, 
probably,  Hdt.  2,  25  ;  7,  50.  ^ 

Οικουμένη  (sc.  yfj),  ης,  ή,  the  in- 
habited world  : — used  by  the  Greeks 
to  designate  their  portion  of  the  earth, 
as  opp.  to  barbarian  lands,  Dem.  85, 
17,  Aeschin.  77,  19:  later,  the  Roman 
world.     Hence 

Οικουμενικός,  η,  όν,  of  or  from  the 
whole  world  :  esp.  in  Eccl.,  of  Councils 
of  the  Church,  ecumenical,  i.  e.  general, 
universal. 

Οίκουμγέο),  ώ,  to  manage,  tu  κατ' 
ohcov,  Clem.  Rom. 

Οίκουρέω,  ώ,  to  be  an  οίκουρός,  to 
watch  or  keep  the  house,  etc.,  Soph. 
Phil.  1328:  c.  ace,  to  guard,  govern, 
like  οΐκέω  I.  2,  πό'λιν  οίκουρειν, 
Aesch.  Ag.  809.— 2.  to  sit  at  home, 
keep  within  doors,  as  women,  Soph. 
O.  C.  343  ;  OIK.  ένδον,  Plat.  Rep.  451 
D,  cf.  Dem.  1374,  13,  Plut.  Camill. 
11,  Luc.  Nigr.  18;  and  v.  sub  οίκου- 
ρήμα : — then  of  persons  who  slay  at 
home  instead  of  going  out  to  serve  in 
war,  Plut.  Pericl.  11,  12,  etc.  ;  cf.  οί- 
κουρός :  c.  ace,  μήνας  οίκ.,  to  idle 
away  months,  Plut.  Camill.  28.  Hence 

Οίκούρημα,  ατός,  τό,  strictly  i/je 
watch  or  keeping  of  a  house,  Eur.  Hipp. 
787  ;  generally,  watch,  guard.  Id.  He- 
racl.  700;  οΙκ-  ξένων,  watch  kept  by 
strangers,  or  rather  for  ξένοι  οικον- 
ηοϋντες,  Soph.  Phil.  868. — 2.  οίκου- 
οήματα  φθείρειν,  to  corrupt  the  stay- 
at-homes,  i.  e.  the  women,  Eur.  Or. 
928. 

Οίκονρία,  ας,  ή,  (οίκουρέω)  a  watch- 
ing or  keeping  of  a  house. — 2.  hence,  a 
keeping  at  home,  sitting  within  doors, 
esp.  of  women  ;  hence  in  genl.  inac- 
tiviti/,  Eur.  H.  F.  1373,  in  plur.  Hence 

όΐκουρίκός,  ή,  όν,  inclined  to  keep 
the  house  : — TO  -Kov,  Luc.  Fugit.  16. 

Οίκονριος,  ov,  also  a,  ov,  belonging 
to  housekeeping :  hence  τα  οίκ.  (sc. 
δώρα),  wages,  reward  for  keeping  the 
house  or  housekeeping.  Soph.  Tr.  542. 
— 2.  keeping  within  doors :  οίκονρία, 
toys  to  keep  children  within  doors,  to 
amuse  them  in  their  mother's  ab- 
sence, Hesych.  :  έταΐραι  οίκόριαι 
(Dor.  for  οίκούρ.),  female  house-mates, 
Pind.  P.  9,  35  :  from 

Οίκουρός,  όν,  (οίκος,  ούρος)  watch- 
ing  or    keeping    tlie    hsitse,   esp.    of    a 
watch-dog,  Ar.  Vesp.  970,  cf.  Lys. 
759. — 2.  hence,  staying  at  home,  domes- 
1006 


OIKT 

tic :  ή  οΙΚ;  the  mistress  of  the  house,  a 
housekeeper.  Soph.  Fr.  434,  Eur.  H.  F. 
45. — 3.  α  stay-at-home,  opp.  to  one 
who  goes  forth  to  war,  Aesch.  Ag. 
1225,  cf.  1626,  Dmarch.  100,  37  ;  v. 
sub  οίκουρέω. 

Οίκονροτης,  ητος,  ή,  rare  form  for 
οίκονρία. 

Οίκοφθορέω,  ώ,  to  be  οίκοφθόρος,  to 
ruin  a  Iwase  or  family,  squander  one's 
sub.itance,  Plat.  Legg.  959  C  : — pass. 
to  lose  one's  fortune,  to  be  ruined,  undone, 
freq.  in  Hdt.,  who,  in  1,  196,  joins 
κακονσθαι  kul  οίκοφθορεΐσθαι :  and 

Οίκοφϋορία,  ας,  ή,  a  squandering 
one's  substance  ;  ruin,  οίκ.  καΐ  πινία, 
Plat.  Phaed.  82  C  ;  seduction,  adultery, 
οίκ.  γυναικών,  Plut.  2,  12  Β  :  from 

Οίκοφβόρος,  ov,  (οίκος,  φθείρω)  ru- 
ining a  house,  a  prodigal.  Plat.  Legg. 
689  D  :  ό  οίκοΦΟ.,  a  seducer,  adulterer, 
Eur.  Incert.  27. 

Οίκοφόρος,  ov,  (οίκος,  φέρω)  bear- 
ing a  house.  Scymn.  Fr.  116. 

Οίκοφν?Μκέω,  ώ,  to  watch  or  keep  a 
house  :  to  be  or  stay  at  home  ;  and 

Οίκοφϋλύκιον,  ov,  τό,=οίκούριον, 
V.  οίκοίφιος  II :  from 

Οίκοψν'λαξ,  άκος,  ό,  η,  (οίκος,  φν- 
λαξ)  α  house-guard,  Aesch.  Supp.  27. 
[ν]  _ 

Οίκτείρημα,  α^ος,  τό,  Ν.  Τ. ;  and 
οίκτείρησις,  ή,  ΐιΧΧ..,=^οίκτίρμός. 

Οίκτείρω,  aor.  ώκτειρα  : — to  pity, 
feel  pity  for,  have  pity  upon,  C.  acc. 
pers.,  II.  11,  814,  etc.,  Hdt.  7,  38,  etc.  : 
also  c.  gen.  rei,  to  feel  pity  for  or  be- 
cause of  a  thing,  οίκτείρω  σε  θεσφά- 
του μό(^ου,  Aesch.  Ag.  1321  ;  οίκτεί- 
ρειν  τινά  τύχης, — in  sense  the  same 
as  οίκτ.  τύχ7/ν  τινός,  Elmsl.  Med. 
1202 ;  and,  m  Soph.  Aj.  052,  c.  acc. 
et  inf. — Later  also  fut.  οίκτειρήσω, 
aor.  ύκτείρησα,  Lob.  Phryn.  741, 
whence  οίκτείρημα  and  οίιιτείρησις 
were  formed,  but  no  pres.  οίκτεψέω 
occurs  :  οικτίρετε  for  οίκτείρετε,  for 
which  οί.κτέρετε  has  needlessly  been 
proposed,  Anth. 

Οίκτίζω,  f.  -ίσω  Att.  -ιώ  : — to  grieve 
for,  pity,  τινά,  Aesch.  Pr.  08,  Soph. 
O.  T.  1508,  etc. ;  so  in  mid.,  Aesch. 
Supp.  1032,  Eur.  Hec.  721,  Thuc.  2, 
51  :  but, — 2.  in  mid.,  usu.,  to  express 
grief,  bewail,  lament,  τι,  Eur.  I.  T.  486, 
cf  Dinarch.  104,  15 ;  esp.,  οίκτον 
οίκτίζεσθαι,  to  utter  a  wail,  Aesch. 
Eum.  515,  Eur.  Tro.  155. 

Οίκτικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to  pity. 

Οίκτωμός,  οϋ,  ό,  (οίκτείρω)  pity, 
Pind.  P.  I,  164.     Hence 

Οίκτίρμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  merciful, 
Theocr.  15,  75. 

Οϊκτισμα,  ατός,  το,  (οίκτίζω)  la- 
mentation, Eur.  Heracl.  158. 

Οίκτισμός,  ov,  ό,  (οίκτίζω)  a  la- 
menting, Aesch.  Eum.  189,  Xen.,etc. 

Οίκτιστος,  η,  ov,  (οίκτίζω)  most 
pitiable,  miserable,  lamentable,  Horn., 
who  also  has  οΊκτιστα  as  adv.,  Od. 
22,  472 ;  later  οίκτίστως :  an  irreg. 
superl.  of  οικτρός,  formed  like  αίσχισ- 
τος,  εχθιστος,  κύδιστος,  etc.  The 
compar.  is  regul.,  οικτρότερος,  never 
οίκτίων. 

Οίκτος,  ου,  6,  (οι,  oh .')  pity,  com- 
passion, Od.  2,  81  ;  24,  438 ;  οικτός 
τίνος,  pity  for  one,  Eur.  Hec.  519  ;  δι' 
οίκτου  έχειν  τινά,  lb.  851 : — strictly, 
tlie  expression  of  pity,  lamentation,  pit- 
eous wailing,  οίκτος  οντις  ήν  διά  στό- 
μα, Aesch.  Theb.  51  ;  τόνδε  κ?^νου- 
σαν  οΙκτον,  Id.  Cho.  411;  οίκτρόν 
οϊκτον  αίων.  Id.  Supp.  59:  and  in 
plur.,  οίκτων  λήγετε,  Eur.  Phoen. 
1584  ;  cf.  Plat.  Apol.  37  A,  Legg.  949  B. 

Οίκτοσύνη,  ης,  ή,  =^  foreg.,  late 
word. 


OIMO 

ΟΙκτότερος,  a,  ov,  v.  οικτρός. 

Οίκτρίζω,=^υίκτιζω,  very  dub. 

Οίκτρόύϊος,  ov,  leading  a  pitiable 
life.  ^ 

Οίκτρογοέω,  ώ,  ίο  wail  piteously, 
dub. :  from 

Οίκτρόγοος,  ov,  (οικτρός,  γόος) 
wailing  piteously ,  piteous,  Plat.  Phaedr. 
267  C. 

ΟΙκτροκέλευθος,  ov,  (οικτρός,  κέ• 
λευθος)  going  a  wretclied  journey,  Ma- 
netho. 

Οίκτρολογία,  ας, ή, piteous  discourse. 

Οίκτρομέλαθρος,  ov,  (οικτρός,  μέ- 
?Μθρον)  pitifully  lioused,  Manetho. 

Οικτρός,  ά,  όν,  (οίκτος)  pitiable,  la- 
7nentable,  Horn.,  Pind., 'Frag. ;  llom. 
has  neut.  plur.  οικτρά  as  adv.,  ηικτρ' 
όλοφΰρεσθαι,  Od.  4,  719  ;  οίκτροτά- 
την  ό~α,  od.  11,421  ;  συμφορά  οικ- 
τρά, Pind.  Ο.  7,  141  ;  etc. :  also  in 
prose,  as  Hdt.  7,  46,  Plat.  Pliaed.  90 
C. — Besides  the  regul.  compar.  and 
superl.  οικτρότερος,  οικτρότατος, 
Hom.  has  an  irreg.  sujierl.  οικτιστος, 
q.  V. ;  but  Schweigh.  has  altered  οίκ- 
τότερος,  in  Hdt.  7,  46,  into  οικτρότε- 
ρος, from  several  MSS.,  cf.  Jac.  A.  P. 
p.  648. — II.  act.  crying  woe  upon,  pity- 
ing :  also  wailing  piteously.  Adv. 
-τρως,  Trag. 

ΟΙκτροχοέω,  ω,  (οικτρός,  χέω)  φω- 
νήν,  to  pour  forth  a  piteous  stram,  Ar. 
Vesp.  555. 

Οίκώς,  via,  ός,  Ion.  for  ίοικώς, 
part,  from  εοικα.     Adv.  -ότως. 

Οίκωφελής,  ές,  (οίκος,  οφέλλω) 
profitable  to  a  house,  γυνή  οίκ.,  a  wife 
w/iose  prudence  makes  the  house  flour- 
ish, Theocr.  28,  2.     Hence 

Οίκωφε/.ία,  ας.  Ion.  -iij,  ης,  ή,  profit 
to  a  house :  thrift,  carefulness  ;  esp.  a 
home-life,  opp.  to  that  of  a  soldier,  Od. 
14,  223  ;  cf.  Naumach.  ap.  Stob.  p. 
438,  6. 

Υ0ί7.εύς,  έως  Ep.  ηος,  δ,  O'ileus,  a 
king  of  the  Locri,  father  of  Ajax  the 
less,  an  Argonaut,  II.  2,  527.^2.  a 
Trojan,  11.  11,  93.  [i] 

νΟίλιάδης,  ου,  ό,  son  of  O'ileus,  i.  e. 
Ajax,  11.  12,  365. 

ΟΓΜΑ,  ατός,  τό,^οιμημα,  όρμη- 
μα,  Lat.  impetus ;  tlie  spring  or  rush  of 
a  lion,  11.  16,  752  ;  tlie  swoop  of  an  ea- 
gle, II.  21,  252,  in  plur.  (Prob.  from 
same  root  as  οισω,  fut.  of  φέρω,  cf. 
φέρω  in  pass.) 

Οίμαι,  contr.  from  οΊομαι,  q.  v. 

Οίμάω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  poet,  for  ορμάω  : 
— to  dart  upon  or  at,  to  pounce  upon, 
οιμησεν  όέ  (ϊλείς  ωςτ'  αίετός,  II.  22, 
308,  311,  cf.  Od.  24,  538;  κίρκος...οι- 
μησε  μετά  τρήρωνα  πέ'λειαν,  to  dart 
after  a  dove,  il.  22,  140  ; — about  to 
dart  along,  Ούννοι  δ'  οίμήσουσι,  Orac. 
ap.  Hdt.  1,  62. 

ΟΓΜΗ,  ης,  ή,^^οίμος,  a  way,  path  ; 
metaph.  the  path  or  course  of  a  tale, 
i.  e.  a  tale,  a  lay,  οψας  Μονσ'  έδίδαξε 
Od.  8,  481,  cf.  74:  θεός  δε  μοι  έν  φρε- 
σιν  οΐμας  παντοίας  ένέφυσεν,  Od.  22, 
347  : — also  song,  οΐμην  δώκε  Φοίβος 
τέττιγι,  Anacreont.  35,  14.  Also 
written  οΐμη. 

ίΟΙμη,  ης.  η,  Oeme,  a  daughter  of 
Danaus,  ApoUod.  2,  1,5. 

Οιμοι,  exclam.  of  pain,  fright,  pity, 
anger,  grief,  also  of  surprise,  and  in 
Ar..Nub.  773,  even  of  joy: — strictly, 
ol  μοι,  woe's  me  !  first  in  Theogn.,  for 
in  the  Homeric  poems  it  is  always  ώ 
μοι.  Οίμοι  is  usu.  absol.,  or  is  used 
with  a  nom.  οίμοι  εγώ,  οΙμοι  τάλας, 
οίμοι  δεί?Μίος,  etc.,  Soph.  Tr.  971, 
Aj.  340,  etc. :  not  rarely  c.  gen.  cau- 
sae, οϊμοι  άνα'λκείης,  Theogn.  887  ; 
οΙμοι  των  κακών,  etc.,  very  freq.  in 
Trag.,  cf.  Jelf  Gr.  Gr.  ^  489 :  οιμοι 


OINA 

μοι  perh.  also  occurs,  like  ώ  μοί  μοί. 
— The  last.  syll.  in  ohioi  may  be  eli- 
ded in  Trag.  and  Coin.,  but  only  be- 
fore ω,  as  οΐμ'  ώς  τεβνήξεις,  Ar.  Ach. 
590 ;  οΐμ'  ύς  Ιοικας  bptta  μαρτνρείν. 
Soph.  Aj.  354,  ci.  Ant.  1270,  Koen. 
Greg.  p.  171. 

ΟΙ'ΜΟΣ,  01',  ό,  α  loay,  road,  path. 
Has.  Op.  288,  Find.  P.  2,  fin. ;  4,  441, 
Aesch.  Pr.  394,  Eur.,  etc.  ;  οΐμον  τζο- 
ρενεσθαι,  Plat.  Rep.  420  Β  :  hence, — 
2.  α  stripe,  οΐμοι  nvdvoLO,  stripes  or 
layers  ot  cyanos,  11.  U ,  24. — 3.  also  a 
strip  of  land,  tract,  Aesch.  Pr.  2,  cf. 
394, — 4.  metaph.,  οΐμος  άοιδϊ/ς,  the 
course  or  strain  of  song,  H.  Horn. 
Merc.  451,  Pind.  O.  9,  72:  cf  οΐμη, 
which  is  but  another  form  of  it. — 
Later,  and  prob.  chiefly  in  Att.,  οΐμος 
was  like  όόός,  freq.  used  as  fern.,  also 
said  to  be  written  οΐμος,  but  only  by 
Gramm.  (Prob.  from  same  root  as 
Οίσω,  fut.  from  *οΙω^φέμω,  cf  οΐμα.) 

Οιμωγή,  ης,  ή,  {οίμώζω)  weeping  and 
wailing,  Horn.,  who  joins  it  with  κω• 
κντός,  11.  22,  409  ;  with  στοναχή,  24, 
69θ  ;  opp.  to  εΰχωλή,  4,  450  : — also  in 
Trag.,  etc. 

Οϊμωγμα,  ατός,  τό,  (οίμώζω)  a  cry 
of  lamentation,  wail,  Aesch.  Theb. 
i023,  etc.,  Eur.  Bacch.  1112,  etc.  ;— 
mostly  in  plur. 

Οίμωγμός,  ov,  ό,=^οίμωγή,  Soph. 
Fr.  678  :  from 

Οίμώζω,  Att.  fut.  οίμώξομαι  (for 
οίμώξω  only  occurs  in  Or  Sib.) :  aor. 
φμωξα,  the  only  tense  used  by  Hom. 
Strictly  to  cry  ol/ioi ;  hence,  general- 
ly, to  wail,  lament,  freq.  in  Hom.  (esp. 
in  11.),  and  Trag.  ;  οίμώζειν  μαΚρύ, 
Ar.  Plut.  Ill  ;  μεγάλα,  id.  Av.  1503  : 
οίμωζε,  as  a  curse,  plague  take  you, 
confound  you,  Lat.  abeas  in  inalam  rem, 
Ar.  Ach.  1035,  cf  Plut.  870  ;  οίμώ- 
ζειν λέγω  σοι,  lb.  58  ;  so,  ονκ  οίμώ- 
ξεται ;  Id.  Ran.  178  ;  cf  ά-ος>θείρο>, 
tin. — II.  trans,  to  pity,  bewai',  c.  ace. 
Soph.  El.  788,  Eur.  Hipp.  1405,  El. 
248 :  hence  in  pass.,  οίμωχθείς,  be. 
wailed,  Theogn.  1204.  (Οίμώζω  is  from 
οΐμοι,  as  ο'ιζω  from  οι,  αίάζω  from  al, 
φενζω  from  φευ,  and  many  other 
Greek  verbs  formed  from  natural 
sounds  :  so  the  Germ,  iichzen  from 
ach  !) 

Οίμωκτεί^ηά  •τί  [t],  adv.  from  οί- 
μώζω, piteously. 

Οίμωκτία,  ας,  ή,  v.  οίμωξία. 

Οίμωκτικός,  ή,  όν,  inclined  or  used 
to  wailing,  lamentable. 

Οίαωκτός,  ή,  όν,  to  be  pitied,  pitia- 
ble, V.  Pors.  Ar.  Ach.  1195. 

Οίμωξία.  ας,  ή,  or  -κτία,  and  ο'ιμω- 
ξίς,  7],  late  forms  for  οιμωγή. 

Οίμώσσω,=  οίμώζω,  Eust. 

Οίνύγρα,  ή,  v.  sub  οίνοθήρας. 

Οίνάγωγός,  όν,  (οίνος,  άγω)  carry- 
ing wine,  Cratin.  Incert.  110. 

Οίνύδοθήρας,  ov,  ό,  (υίνύς  II,  θη- 
ράω)  α  dove-catcher,  Ael.  Ν.  Α.  4,  58. 

Οίΐ'ανθύριον,  ον,  τό,  dim.  from  sq. 

ΟίνάνΟη,  ης,  ή,  (οΐνη,  άνθη)  the 
first  slioot  of  the  vine,  the  shoot  or  bud 
which  encloses  both  the  leaf  and  the  fu- 
ture grape,  Theophr.  ;  explained  by 
Suid.,  ή  πρώτη  εκφνσις  της  σταφυ- 
λής.— 2.  later  the  vine-blossorn,  Geop. 
— 3.  in  poets,  generally,  the  vine-slock, 
the  vine,  Eur.  Phoen.  231,  Ar.  Av.  588, 
Ran.  1320. — i.  the  soft  down  of  the 
young  vine-leaves,  hence  metaph.,  όαί- 
νειν  γέννσί  τέρείναν  ματέρ'  οίνάν- 
θας  όπώραν,  to  show  on  his  cheeks 
the  summer-hue,  the  tender  mother 
of  the  vine-down,  i.  e.  the  bloom  of 
youth,  Pind.  N.  5,  11.— !I.  the  flower 
of  the  wdd  vine,  frotn  which  a  sweet 
oil  (έλαιον  οίνύνθινον),  and  also  a 


OINH 

wine  was  made,  Diosc.  1,  56. — IIT.  a 
plant  with  blossoms  like  the  vine.  Cra- 
tin. Malth.  1,  5. — IV.  a  bird,  peih.= 
οίνύς  II,  Arist.  H.  A.  9,  49  B,  8. 

iOίvάvθ^],  ης,  ή,  Oenanthe,  Athen. 
fem.  pr.  η  ,  Dem.  1061,  3. 

ΟίνάνθΙνος,  η,  ov,  made  of  the  ol- 
νάνΟη,  μνρον,  Diosc.  1,  56. 

Οίνανθίς,  ίόος,ή,=  οίνάνθη,  Ibyc.  1. 

Οίνύρα,  ας,  ή,  Ion.  ο ίνύρη,=^οΙν ά- 
ρον, [ΰ] 

Οίνάρέα,  ας,  ή,=  οΙνάρα,  poet. 

Οίνάρεον,  ου,  τό,  poet,  for  οίνΰρον, 
α  vine-leaf,  Ibyc.  1,  Theocr.  7,  134. 

Οίνάρεος,  a,  ov,  (olvapov)  made  of 
vine-leaves,  Hipp. 

Οίναρίζω,  (olvapov)  to  strip  off  the 
vine-leaves,  as  is  done  when  the  grapes 
are  ripening,  Ar.  Pac.  1147,  Phanias 
ap.  Schol.  Theocr.  7,  1.34. 

Οίΐ'άριον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  οίνος, 
tveak  or  bad  wine,  Dem.  933,  24,  Alex. 
Incert.  5,  etc.  [ά] 

Οίνύρίς,  ίόος,  ;/,  a  vine-tendril  or 
branch,^=  κλήμα,  Hipp. 

Olvapov,  ov,  TO,  a  vine  leaf,  branch 
or  tendril,  Xen.  Oec.  19, 18,  Theophr. 

ΟΙνάρος,  OV,  ό,  in  Theophr.  prob. 
for  κόμαρος. 

Οίνάς,  ύδος,  ΐ/,^=οΙνη,  the  vine.  Ion 
ap.  Ath.  447  D:—wine,  Nic,  Al.  354. 
— II.  a  kind  of  wild  pigeon  of  the  col- 
our of  ripening  grapes,  Arist.  H.  A.  5, 
13,  4  ;  8,  3,  10  : — also  οίνιας  and  οί- 
ηύξ,  which  last,  however,  ace.  to 
Hesych.,  was  a  sort  of  rax^en. — III. 
Οίνάδες  αί,=Μαινύδες,  Opp.  C.  4, 
235. — 1  v.  as  adj.,  of  wine,  πι/γη,  Anth. 
Plan.  15;  drunken,  with  a  masc. 
subst.,  κώμος.  Anth.  P.  7,  26. 

Οίναχβής,  ες,  (αχθος)=οίνοβαρής. 

^Οίνειύδαι.  ών,  οι,  Oeneadae,  a  city 
of  Thessaly,  Strab.  p.  434. 

iOίvεiδ}|ς,  ov  Ep.  ao,  ό,  son  of  Oe- 
veus.  i.  e.  'i'ydeus,  II.  5,  813  ;  Melea- 
ger,  Ap.  Rh.  1,  190.— In  pi.  oi  Οίνεΐ- 
δαί,  the  descendants  of  Oeneus,  Pind. 
I.  5,  39. 

Οίνέ/.αιον,  ov,  τό,  wine  mingled 
with  oil,  Galen. 

Οίνέμ~ορος,  ov,  δ,  a  wine-merchant, 
Artemid. 

Οίνεραστής,  ov,  ό,  (οίνος,  ερύω) 
a  lover  of  wine,  Ael.  V.  i}.  2.  41. 

Οίτεύημαι,  dep.,  to  drink  wine,  Hipp, 
ap.  Erotian. 

iOίvεvς,  έως  Ep.  ήος,  6,  Oeneus, 
son  of  Porthaon,  king  of  Calydon  in 
Aetolia,  II.  14,  115.— 2.  son  of  Pan- 
dion,  an  .Vttic  hero,  Paus.  1,  5,2. — 3. 
a  son  of  Aegyptus,  ApoUod.  2,  1,  5. 

Οίνέω,  ώ,  {.  -ήπω,^^οίνενομαι :  in 
Η.  Hom.  Merc.  91,  ■πολυοινήσας  was 
formerly  read  divisim. 

Οίνεών,  ώνος,  δ,  Att.  οΙνών  : — α 
wine-cellar,  Xen.  Hell.  6,  2,  6  (in  Att. 
form) :  also  a  wineshop,  Ath.  519  D. 

tO/i'i(jl•',  ώνος,  ό.  Oeneon,  a  small 
town  in  Locris  on  the  gulf  of  Corinth, 
Thuc.  3.  98. 

ΟΓΝΗ,  7}ς,  ή,  the  vine,  Hes.  Op. 
570,  Sc.  292  ;  for  which  later  at  least 
from  Hecataeus  downwds.,  άμπε?.ος 
was  always  used,  Hecat.  p.  64  (ap. 
Ath.  35  B). — 2.=  οΙνος,  wine,  Leon. 
Tar.  61. 

B.  the  ace  on  dice  :  in  Ion.  the  die 
itself  was  called  οΙνη  for  κν3ος, 
Ruhnk.  Schol.  Plat.  p.  245.  (With 
οΙνη  Β,  cf.  Lat.  unu.t,  unio,  and  οίνίζω 
III:  the  change  of  the  ot  into  u  ap- 
pears also  in  ττοινή,  L^t.  poena,  punio  : 
οΙνη  in  this  signf.  belongs  to  the  root 
olor,  standing  between  it  and  μόνος.) 

Οίνηγία,  ας,  ή,  (οίνος,  αγω)  α  con- 
veying of  wine,  Clem.  ΑΙ. 

Οίνηρός,  ά,  όν,  (οίνος)  belonging  to 
wine,  Lat.  vinosus,  οίν.  θεράπων,  a 


ΟΙΝΟ 
ί  butler,  Anacr.  101 ;  οίν.  λσιβαί,  Eur. 
1.  Γ.  164. — 11.  containing  ivtne,  κερύτ 
μιον,  Ildt.  3,  6  ;  οίν.  φίά'λαι,  vine- 
cups,  Pind.  Ν.  10,  81.— 111.  of  coun- 
tries, rich  in  wine,  Χίος,  Anth. 

Οίνήρνσις,  ή,  [οίνος,  ΰρνω)  a  ves• 
selfor  drawing  wine,  Ar.  Ach.  1067. 

^Οίνιύδαι,  ών,  oi,  Oeniadae,  a  city 
of  Acarnania,  at  the  mouth  of  the 
Achelo\is,  earlier  'Έρνσίχη,  Soph. 
Tr.  509;  also  the  inhab.  of  O.,  tht 
Oeniadae,  Thuc.  2,  82. 

Οίνιάς,  άδυς,  ή,  v.  οίνύς  II. 

Οίνιδίον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  Irom  οίνος, 
a  little  wine,  Diog.  L.  10,  11.   [j] 

Οίνίζω,  (οίνος)  to  sinell  of  wine, 
Diosc. '. — II.  mid.  οίνίζομαι,  to  procure 
wine  by  barter,  buy  wine,  II.  7,  472  ;  so, 
olvov  οίνίζεσθαι,  II.  8.  506,  546,  (the 
act.  is  not  found  in  Hom.) 

B.  (οΙνη  Β)^μονάζω,  Hesych.  2.  p. 
729. 

Οίνϊκός,  ή,  όν,  of,  belonging  to  wine. 

ΟΙνϊνος,  η,  ov,  (οίνος)  made  of 
wine,  όξος  οίν.,  wine-\u\egaT,  Ar- 
che.str.  ap.  Ath.  310  D. 

iOivις,  ή,  Ooiis,  a  Spartan  ephor, 
Polyb.  4,31,2. 

Οίνίσκος,  ov,  ό,  like  oivupiov,  dim, 
from  οίνος,  Cratid.  Pyt.  3. 

Οίνιστηρία,  ή,  v.  sq. 

Οίνιστήρία,  τύ,  (οίνίζω  Α.  II.)  sub. 
ιερά,  the  festival  at  which  the  Athe- 
nian citizens  cut  ofl"  the  μαλλός,  κόν- 
νος  or  σκήλλνς  of  their  sons  previous 
to  their  being  enrolled  among  the 
έφιμ^οι,  at  the  same  time  otlering  a 
measure  of  wine  (olrov  μέτρον)  to 
Hercules,  and  drinking  part  of  it  to 
the  health  of  their  pparopt  ζ- .■  the  cup 
they  used  was  called  οίνιστηρία,  ή, 
V.  Ath.  494  F. 

Οίνοβάρείων,  δ,^οίνοβαρής,  heavy 
with  wine,  Od.  9.  374  ;  10,  555  :— hence 
\vas  formed  the  verb  οίνοβάρέω,  to 
be  heavy  or  drunken  with  wine,  Theogn. 
503.^ 

Οίνοβάρής,  ες,  (οίνος,  βαρύς)  heavy 
with  wine.  Lat.  vino  gravis,  11.  1,  225. 

Οίνοβΰφής,  ες,  (οίνος,  βάτττω)  dip- 
ped in  wine,  i.  e.  drunken,  Nonn. 

Οίνοβρεχής,  ές,  (οίνος,  βρέχω) 
soaked  in  wine.  i.  e.  drunken,  Mel.  123. 

Οίνοβρώς,  ώτος,  δ,  ή,  (οίνος,  βιβ• 
ρώσκω)  eaten  v:ith  wine,  Nic.  ΑΙ.  493. 

Οίνόγΰλα.  ακτος,  τό,  (οίνος,  γάλα) 
milk  mixed  with  wine,  Hipp. 

Οίνόγάρον,  τό,  γύρον  mixed  with 
wine. 

Οίνογενστέω,  ώ,  to  taste  wine,  An- 
tiph.  Didyni.  4  :  from 

Οίνογενστίΐς,  ov,  6,  (οίνος,  γενώ) 
a  wine-taster.     Hence 

Οίνογενστία.  ας,  ή,  a  tasting  of 
wine,  Philo.     Hence 

Οίνογενστικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to 
tasting  of  wine,  Sext.  Emp. 

Οίνοδόκος,  ov,  (οίνος,  δέχομαι)  re- 
ceiving or  holding  wine,  φιάλη,  Pind. 
I.  6  (5),  58;  as  subst.,  c.  gen.,  ύ  οίν, 
νέκταρος,  Anth.  P.  6.  257. 

Οίνοδότάς,  ό.  Dor.  for  οίνοδότης. 

Οίνοδοτέω,  ώ,  τινά,  to  prescribe  wine 
to  one,  of  a  physician  :  from 

Οίνοόότης,  ov,  δ,  (οίνος,  δίδοιμι) 
giver  of  wine,  of  Bacchus,  Eur.  H.  F. 
682.^ 

Οίνοειδής,  ές,  like  wine. 

Οίνόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  contr.  ονς,  οΰσ- 
σα  Att.  ονττα,  οΰν,  (οίνος) : — made 
of  or  with  wine: — ή  οίνονττα,  a  cake 
or  porridge  of  pearl-barley,  water,  oil 
and  icine.  esp.  the  food  of  rowers,  1n- 
terpp.  ad  Ar.  Plut.  1121.  cf  Buckh 
P.  E.  1,  3S2.— 2.  a  plant,  Arist.  ap. 
Ath.  429  D,  Ael.  V.  H.  2,  40. 

tO/vo//,    ης,    ή,    Oenoe.   an    Attic 
deme  and  town  of  the  tribe  Hippo- 
1007 


ΟΙΝΟ 

ilvoontis,  on  the  borders  of  Boeotia, 
Ildt.  5,  rt;  Thuc.  2,  18.— 2.  another 
of  the  tribe  Aeuiitis  near  Marathon, 
Strab.  pp.  375,  3H3. — 3.  a  city  of  Elis, 
Suab.  p.  338. — 4.  a  fortress  of  the 
Corinthians  on  the  gulf  of  Corinth, 
Xen.  Hell.  4,  5. — 5.  a  city  of  the 
island  Icaria,  Strab.  j).  C39. — 6.  a 
town  of  Argolis  on  bonlers  of  Arca- 
dia, with  a  temple  of  Diana,  Apollod. 
1,  8,  G :  its  site  is  still  Enoa. 

ΟΙνοηθέω,  ώ,  to  strain  wine.     Hence 
Οίΐ'οι/βι/τί/ς,  οϋ,  ό,  orie  who  strains 
wine,  Ath.  OUS  A. 

Οίνοβηκη,  ης,  ή,  a  wine  cellar,  Geop. 
ΟίνοΟημας,  ου,  ύ,  and  -βηρίς,  ίδος, 
ij,  a  plant  the  root  of  which  smelts  of 
witie,  perh.  a  kind  of  imllow-herb  ;  also 
οίνύγμα,  ij.  But  in  the  best  Mss. 
of  Theophr.  it  is  όνοθήρας. 

iOh'Oiy,  ης,  ή,  Oenote,  ancient 
name  of  tlie  island  Sicinus,  Ap.  Rh. 
1,  623.— H.  a  nymph,  vvite  of  Thoas, 
Id.  ib. 

Οίνοκύττηλος,  ov,  b,  the  keeper  of  a 
wine-shop,  Sext.  Emp.  [ΰ] 

OivoKUx'kri,  ης,  ή,  [οίνος,  καχλάζω) 
she  that  babbles  with  wine,  i.  e.  α  drunk- 
en woman,  v.  1.  for  οίνομάχλη,  ap. 
Poll. 

Οίνόληπτος,  ov.  {οίνος,  λαμβάνω) 
pos.'iessed  by  wine,  drunken,  Plut.  2,  4  B. 
Οίνολογέω,  ώ,  {υΐνος,  ΆέγωΥο  gath- 
er grapes. — Η.  to  sjieak  of  wi)ie. 

Οίνημάν7/ς,  ές,  {οίνος,  μαίνομαι) 
mad  for  or  after  wine,  Ath.  Hence 
Οίνομΰνία,  ας,  ή,  madness  for  wine. 
'[Οινόμαος,  ου,  δ,  Oenomaus,  son  ol 
Mars  or  of  Alxion,  king  of  Pisa  in 
EUs,  Strab.  p.  356;  Apollod.— 2.  a  Gre- 
cian in  Trojan  war,  11.  5,  706. — 3.  ap- 
plied by  Demosthenes  to  Aeschines, 
because  he  had  once  acted  en  the 
stage  the  character  of  Oenomaus, 
Dem.  288,  22  ;  307,  25. 

ΟΙνομάχ'λη,  ης,  ή,  lustful  with  wine, 
Theopomp.  (Com.)  Incert.  30 ;  very 
dub._ 

Οίνόμε?α,  ΐτος,   τό,    {οίνος,  μέλι) 
honey  mixed  with  wine,  mead,  Mel.  30. 
Οίνομήτωρ,  ορός,  ή,  {οίνος,  μήτηρ) 
mother  of  wine,  epith.  of  the  vme,  As- 
tyd.  ap.  Ath.  40  B. 

Oh'ov,  τό,=^οΙναρον,  ap.  Hesych. 
^ΟΊνοπάρας,    6,    the    Oenoparas,   a 
river  of  Syria,  Strab.  p.  751. 

Οϊνοττέόη,  ης,  r),=  sq.,  Anth.  P.  11, 
409,  Oj5p.  C.  4,  331. 

ΟίνότΓΐδον,  ov,  TO,  wine-land,  a 
vineyard,  τέμενος  οινοπέδοιο,  11.  9, 
579  :  strictly  neut.  from  sq. 

Οίί'07Γε(5οζ•,  ov,  {οίνος,  πέδον)  with 
soil  fit  to  produce  wine,  abounding  in 
wine,  άλωή,  Od.  I,  193;   11,  193. 

Οίνοτϊέτναντος,  ov,  βότρυς  oiv.,  a 
ripe,  juicy  bunch  of  grapes,  Anth.  P. 
6,  232. 

tOiiOui'a,  ας,  η,  Oenopia,  ancient 
name  of  the  island  Aegina,  Pind.  I. 
8,  45._ 

[Οίνοπίδης,  ov,  6,  son  of  Oenopion, 
i.  e.  Helenus,  II.  5,  707. — 2.  Oenopi- 
des,  a  mathematician  of  Chios,  Ael. 
V.  H.  20,  7. 

Οίνοπίπης,  ov,  Ό,  {οίνος,  οπιπτενω) 
gaping  after  wine.  Comic  word  formed 
aiiex  -γνναικοπίπης,  παιδοπίττης,  παρ- 
θενοπίπης :  in  Ar.  Thesm.  393,  Sui- 
das  gives  οίνοπίττη  as  fem.,  where 
Brunck  reads  οίνοπίπης,  Dind.  oi- 
νοπότιδες.  [ί] 

'\ΟΙνο—ίων,  ωνος,  ό,  Oenopion,  son 
of  Bacchus  and  Ariadne,  king  of  Chi- 
os, Ap.  Rh.  3,  996  ;  Plut.  Thes.  20.— 
2.  name  of  a  slave,  Luc.  Pseudol.  21. 
Οίνοπλύν7ΐτος,  or,  {οίνος,  πλανά- 
ouui)  wine-bewildered,  Eur.  Rhes.  363. 

[■'] 

1008 


ΟΙΝΟ 

ΟΙνοπληθής,  ές,  {οίνος,  πληθω) 
full  of  or  abounding  in  wine,  'Σνρίη, 
Od.  15,  406. 

ΟΙνοπλήξ,  ηγος,  Ό,  η,  {οίνος,  πλήσ- 
Cu)  wine-stricken,  i.  e.  drunken,  Anth. 
P.  9,  323. 

Οίνοποιέω,ώ,  {οινοποιός)  to  make 
ivine,  Plut.  2,  653  A. 

\Οίνοποιητέον,  verb.  adj.  from 
foreg.,  one  must  make  wine,  Ath.  33  A. 

Οινοποιία,  ας,  ή,  a  making  of  tuine, 
Ath.  26  Β  :   from 

Οινοποιός,  όν,  {οίνος,  ποιέω)  mak- 
ing wine,  Ath.  27  D. 

Οΐνυπόοος,  ov,  {οίνος,  πορέω)  offer- 
ing wine,  Nonn. 

Οινοποσία,  ας,  η,  {οίνος,  πόσις)  α 
drinking  of  wine,  Hipp. 

Οίνοπόσιον,  ov,  ro,^foreg. 

Oii'07roras<J,=:Sq.,  1o  drink  wine,  II. 
20,  81,  Od.  6,  309  ;  20,  262. 

Οινοποτέω,  ώ.  {οίνοπότης)  to  drink 
wine,  tAth.  460  C. 

Οίνοποτήρ,  ηρος,  δ,  tpoet.=  sq.,t  a 
wine-drinker,  άνδρες  oiv-,  Od.  8,  456. 

Οίνοπότης,  ov,  o,  {οίνος,  πότης)  a 
wine-bibber,  Anacr.  72. 

Οίνοπότις,  ιδος,  ή,  fem.  of  foreg., 
Anacr.  102  ;  cf  sub  οίνοπίπης. 

ΟΙνόπτης,  ου,  δ,  {οίνος,  ϋφομαί)  α 
wine-inspector,  who  saw  that  the  due 
quantity  of  water  was  mi.xed  with 
the  wine,  Eupol.  Pol.  7. 

Οίνυπωλέω,  ώ,  to  sell  wine,  Arist. 
Ausc.  Mir.  :  from 

Οίνοπώλης,  ov,  δ,  {οίνος,  πωλέώ) 
a  wine-merchant.     Hence 

ΟΙνοπώλιον,  ου,  τό,  a  wine-shop, 
tavern. 

Οϊνοπωτέω,  ώ,=^οΙνοποτέω. 

ΟΓΝΟΣ,  ov,  δ,  wine,  the  fermented 
juice  of  the  grape,  very  freq.  from 
Hom.  downwds. :  in  Hom.  it  is  black 
{μέλας,  cf.  οίνοψ) ;  or  red  {έμνθοός) ; 
and  is  praised  as  fiery  or  sparkling 
{αίβοψ) ;  as  sweet  (ηδύς,  μελιηδής, 
με'λίφρων) ;  and  fragrant  {ευώδης). 
Homer's  heroes  usu.  drank  it  mixed 
with  water,  and  this  custom  re- 
mained, ct.  Hdt.  6,  84,  Becker  Char- 
ikl.  1,  p.  460  sq. :  έν  οίνφ,  έττ'  οινφ, 
παρ'  οινφ,  over  their  wine,  Lat.  i7iter 
pocula,  Valck.  Callim.  p.  15,  262  ;  also 
in  plur.,  έν  οίνοις,  etc.,  Erf  Soph. 
O.  T.  773  :  OIV.  δωδεκύδραχμος,  wine 
at  12  drachmae  the  cask,  Dem.  1045, 
5  :  proverb.,  οίνος  τω  φρονείν  έπισκο- 
τεί,  Eubul.  Incert.  11: — οίνος  is  oft. 
omitted,  πίνειν  πολύν  (sc.  olvov) 
Eur.  Cycl.  509,  cf  Theocr.  18,  11; 
esp.  with  names  of  places,  ό  ΪΙράμ- 
νιος,  δ  Βνβλινος,  etc.,  as  we  say, 
'  Port,  Rhenish,'  etc.  ;  cf  άμπελος. 
— 2.  also  the  fermented  juice  of  ap- 
ples, jiears,  etc.,  cider,  perry  : — a  fer- 
mented liquor  made  from  barley  or 
wheat,  a  kind  of  beer,  οίνος  έκ  κρι- 
θών, Wess.  Hdt.  2,  77  ;  palm-wine  also 
occurs  in  Hdt.  1,  193;  2,  86;  lotus- 
wine,  Hdt.  4,  177,  etc. : — from  which 
drinks  Hdt.  2,  60,  distinguishes  grape- 
ivine,  οίνος  άμπέλινος. — II.  the  wine- 
market,  cf  nvpov  IV.,  and  ιχθύς  II. 
(Originally  ϊοΐνος,  Lat. vinum,  fGerin. 
Wein,-\  our  wine,  etc. ;  cf.  οίκος  sub. 
fin.) 

Οίνόσπονδα  (sc.  Ιερά),  τά,  a  sacri- 
fice ivith  drink-offerings  of  wine. 

Οίνοσσόος,  ov,  {οίνος,  σώζω)  keep- 
ing wine,  Nonn. 

Οίνοτόκος,  ov,  {οίνος,  τίκτω)  pro- 
ducing wine,  Nonn. 

Οίνοτρόποι,  al,  {οίνος,  τρέπω) 
epith.  of  the  daughters  of  Anius  king 
of  Delos,  because  they  could  turn  water 
into  wine,  Lyc.  580. 

Οίνοτρόφος,  ov,  {οίνος,  τρέφω)  rear- 
ing or  bearing  wine,  Anth.  P.  9,  375. 


ΟΙΝΟ 

iOίvovvτιάδης,  ov,  δ,  ofOenus  (II,), 
Oenuntian,  οίνος,  Ath.  31  C. 

Οίνονργία,  ας,  ή,  a  making  of  wine. 

Οίνους,  οϋσσα  Alt.  οΰττα,  οϋν, 
contr.  for  οινόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  q.  v. 

[Οίνους,  ονντος,  δ,  the  Genus,  a 
river  of  Laconia,  now  the  Tchelesina, 
Polyb.  12,  C5,  9.— II.  a  small  town  of 
Laconia  probably  on  foreg.,  Steph. 
Byz. 

[Οινονσσαί,  ων,  ai,  the  Oenussae, 
five  small  islands,  between  Chios  and 
the  continent,  now  Egonisi,  Hdt.  1, 
165,  Thuc.  8,  24.-2.  three  small 
islands  hi  the  Messenian  gulf,  Paus. 
4,  34. 

[ΟΙνονσσιος,  and  Οίνονσσαϊος,  a, 
ov,  of  the  Oenussae,  Oenussian,  Hecat. 
ap.  Steph.  Byz. 

ΟΙνοφάγία,  ας,  ή,  {οίνος,  φαγεΐν)  α 
conswnin•;  of  wine,  Luc.  V.  Hist.  1,  7. 

Οίνοφλν^έω,  ώ,  {οίνόφλνξ)  to  be 
drunken  or  drunk,  LXX. 

Οίνοφλνγία,  ας,  ή,  { οίνόφλυξ)  a 
love  of  drinking,  drunkenness,  Xen. 
Oec.  1,  22,  Arist.  Eth.  N.  3,  5,  15, 
Eih.^  E.  7, 2,  5. 

Οίνόφλνκτος,  ov,=  sq. 

Οϊνόιρ?Λ>ξ,νγος,  δ,  ή,  {οίνος,  φ?Λ<ω) 
given  to  drinking,  drunken,  Xen.  Apol. 
19,  Plat.  Eryx.  405  E,  Arist.  Eth.  E. 
2,  3,  13. 

Οίνοφορεΐον,  or  -φύριον,  ου,  τό,  a 
wine-cask :  from 

Οίνοφορέω,  ώ,  to  carry  wine  :  from 

Οίνοφόρος,  ov,  {οίνος,  φέρω)  carry- 
ing, holding  wine,  κνλιξ,  Critias  2,  2, 
cf.  οίνοφορεΐον,  and  Horace's  oeno- 
phorus. 

Οίνοφνλαξ,  ίίκος,  b,  (οίνος,  φύλαξ) 
one  ivho  watches  wiyie.    [ϋ] 

Οίνόφϋτος,  ov,  {οίνος,  φύω)  planted 
or  grown  ivtth  vines,  Strab.,  Dion.  H. 
1,37. —  II.  ])ατοχ.  οίνοφύτος,  ov,  act. 
planting  vines,  Nonn. 

[Οινόφυτα,  ων,  τά,  Oenophyta,  a 
place  in  Boeotia  famed  for  a  victory 
there  gained  by  the  Athenians  over 
the  Boeotians,  Thuc.  1,  108;  ή  έν 
Οίνυφύτοις  μάχη,  Arist.  Pol.  5,  2,  6. 

Οίνοχύρής,  ες,  {οίνος,  χαίρω)  re- 
joicing in  wine,  Anth.  P.  append.  225. 

Οίνοχάρων,  οντος,  b,  the  Wine- 
Charon,  comic  epith.  of  Philip  of 
Macedon,  because  he  put  poison  in 
his  enemies'  wine  and  so  sent  them 
over  the  Styx,  prob.  not  without  allu- 
sion to  his  being  οίνοχαρής,  Anth.  P. 
11,12.  [ύ] 

Οίνοχοεία,  ας,  ή,  a  pouring  out  of 
wine :  from 

OiiO\O£iia),=sq.,  to  pour  out  wine, 
n.  2,  127,  Od.  1,  143;  but  Hom.  uses 
this  form  only  in  pres.,  cf  sq. 

Οίνοχοέω,  ώ,  i.  -ησω,  to  be  an  οινο- 
χόος, pour  out  wine  for  drinking,  Horn., 
tiiough  of  this  form  he  only  uses  3 
sing.  impf.  ώνοχόει  and  έωνοχόει, 
Od.  20,  255  ;  and  inf  aor.  οίνοχοήσαι, 
Od.  15,  322  ;  v.  foreg. :  νέκταρ  έωνο- 
χόει, she  poured  out  nectar  for  wine, 
11.  4,  3  ;  also  in  Xen.  Cyr.  I,  3,  8. 

Οινοχόη,  τις,  ή,  {οινοχόος)  a  can  for 
ladling  luine  from  the  bowl  {κρατι'/ρ) 
into  the  cups,  Hes.  Op.  742,  Eur.  Tro. 
820,  Thuc.  6,  46.— II.  later,  α  kind  of 
sideboard  to  range  the  drinkin g-cups 
on,  A.  B. — III.  a  female  cup-bearer, 
LXX. 

Οινοχόημα,  ατός,  τό,  {οίνοχοέω) 
that  which  the  οινοχόος  pours  out. — II. 
a  festival,  at  vihich  wine  is  offered  up, 
Plut.  Phoc.  6. 

Οίνοχοΐα,  ας,  ή,=οίνοχοεία. 

Οίνοχοϊκός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to  an 
οινοχόος,  Heliod. 

Οινοχόος,  ov,  {οίνος,  χέω)  pouring 
out  wine  to  drink;   as   subst.  a  cup- 


OIOB 
bearer,  Π.  2,  128,  Od.  18,  417,  Hdt.  3, 
34,  Eur.,  etc. 

ΟΙνοχρώς,  ώτος,  ό,  η,  (^οίνος,  χρως) 
toiiie-colouredy  Theophr. 

ΟΙνόχντος,  ον,  {οίνος,  χέω)  ττύμ,α 
οΊν.,  a  draught  of  wine,  Soph,  Pnil. 
715. 

OlvoTp,  οπός,  ό,  {οίνος,  ώψ)  wine- 
coloured,  wine-dark,  in  Horn,  (who 
however  has  not  the  noin.)  usu. 
epith.  of  the  sea,  dark  with  storms, 
for  Homer's  wine  is  μέλας.  v.  esp.  II. 
23,  316,  Od.  2,  412  ;  5,  132,  Voss  Virg. 
G.  4,  373,  cf.  also  τΐορφύρεος :  hence 
also  in  Horn,  of  oxen,  dark-red,  II.  13, 
703,  Od.  13,  32  :  later,  generally,  deep- 
red,  Wern.  Tryph.  521  : — cf.  οίνωττός. 

jOivo^,  οπός,  ό,  Oenops,  father  of 
Leiodes,  Od.  21,  144.— 2.  father  of 
Hyperbius  of  Thebes,  Aesch.  Theb.504. 

Οί'νόω,  ώ,  as  pass.,  οΐνόομαι,  to 
get  drunk,  be  drunken,  οίνωβεντεο, 
drunken,  Od.  16,  292;  19,  11  (the  act. 
does  not  occur  in  Horn.) :  π?ιεύνως 
οίνωμένοι,  well  drunk,  Hdt.  5,  18 ; 
so,  άγαν  ωνωμένβς,  Aesch.  Supp. 
409 ;  οίνωμένος  κρατήρι,  Eur.  Bacch. 
687. 

■\01νϋΐΰτίς,  ίδος,  ή,  of  Oenoe  (6), 
appell.  of  Diana,  Eur.  H.  F.  379. 

Οίνώδης,  ες,  =  οίνοειδής,  Arist. 
Probl.  19,  43,  2,  Luc,  etc. 

Οίΐ>ών,  ώνος,   ό,  Att.  for  οΐνέων, 

q•  V.  _   ^ 

iOίvo>vΰς,  a,  b,  Oenonas,  a  citha- 
roedus  of  Italy,  Ath.  20  A. 

^Οΐνώνη,  ης,  ή,  Oenovc,  most  an- 
cient name  of  Aegina,  Pind.  I.  5,  44, 
Hdt.  8,  46.-2.  daughter  of  the  river 
god  Cebren,  wife  of  Paris,  ApoUod. 
3,  12,  6. 

Οίνωπός,  ή,  όν,  also  ός,  όν,  {οΐινς, 
ΰ-φ)  =ζ  οίνοψ,  οίν.  άχνη,  \.  e.  wine, 
Eur.  Or.  115;  οίν.  δράκων.  Id.  1.  Τ. 
1245  ;  also  of  comple.xion,  Id.  Bacch. 
236,  cf.  438,  Theocr.  22,  34. 

ΟΙνυσις,  εως,  η,  {οίνόω)  drmiken- 
ness,  not  so  bad  as  μέθη,  Plut.  2,  645 
A,  cf.  VVess.  Diod.  1,  p.  67. 

Οίν(οτάς.  ή,  όν,  made  drunk,  drunken. 

fOivurpia,  ας,  ή,  Oenotria,  origin- 
ally the  southwest  part  of  Italy,  so 
called  from  the  Oenotri,  Hdt.  1, 
167. 

^ΟΙνωτρίδες,  ων,  ai,  the  Oenotrides. 
two  small  islands  on  coast  of  Luca- 
nia,  Strab.  p.  252. 

^Οίνίύτρικός,  ή,  όν,  of  Oenotria, 
Oenntrian,  Strab.  p.  256. 

iOivurpni.  ών,  οι,  the  Oenotri.  a 
people  of  southern  Italy,  Strab.  p.  253. 

ΟΙνωτρον,  ου,  τό,  a  vine-prop. 

tOiJ'wrpof,  ov,  ό,  Oenotrus,  son  of 
Lycaon  of  Arcadia,  migrated  to  Italy, 
Paus.  8,  3. 

Οίνώφ,  ώπος,  ό,  ή,  {οίνος,  όψ)= 
οίνοφ,  οίνωπός.  of  Bacchus,  Soph. 
Ο.  Τ.  211  ;  κισσός,  Ο.  C.  674,  ubi  ν. 
Sch.f.,  cf  Pors.  Med.  1363. 

ΟΙξασα,  fem.  part.  aor.  1  of  οίγνν- 
UL,  II. 

Olo.  Ep.  for  ov,  gen.  from  pron. 
possess.  Of,  his,  her,  Horn. :  but  never 
for  ου,  as  gen.  of  pron.  pers.,  which 
requires  Ion.  είο :  οίόπερ,  Ion.  for 
ονπερ. 

^Οίόί3αζος,  ου,  ό.  Oeobazus,  masc. 
pr.  η.,  a  Persian,  Hdt.  4,  84. — Others 
in  7,  68;  9,  115. 

Οίοβάτης,  ου,  o,=  sq.,  dub.  [u] 

Οίόβΰτος,  ov,  {οίος,  βαίνω)  walkino 
alone:  lonesome,  ύλη,  Anth.  Plan.  231. 

Οίόβΐης,  ov,  living  alone. 

ΟΙηβότας.  (5,  V.  1.  for  οίοβώτας. 

ΟΙόβοτος,  ov,  =  μηλόβοτος,  grazed 
hy  sheep. 

Οϊο^νκόλος,  OV,  either  (from  οίς, 
βονίίόλοΓ)  feeding  sheep,  a  shepherd ; 
64 


OIOM 

or  (from  οίος)  a  lonely  herdsman,  Aesch. 
Supp.  304. 

Οίοβώτας,  ό,  {οίος,  βόσκω)  one  who 
feeds  alone,  φρενός  οίο-βώτας,  feeding 
his  mind  apart,  i.  e.  self-willed,  stub- 
born. Soph.  Aj.  614, — ubi  al.  οίοβό- 
τας,  cf  οίος,  οίόφρων. 

Οίόγίμοΐ,  ov,  {οίος,  γαμέω)=^μονό- 
γαμος,  Anth.  Ρ.  5,  232. 

Οίογένεια,  ας,  ή,  as  if  fem.  of  olo- 
γενής,  an  only  daughter,  Welcker 
Syll.  Ep.  82. 

Οίόζωνος,  ov,  {οίος,  ζώνη)  =  μονό- 
ζωνος.  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  846 ;  cf  οίος. 

Οίόθεν,  adv.,  {οίος)  from  one  side 
alone  ;  alone,  generally,  in  Hom.  only 
in  II.  and  alwavs  in  phrase  οίόβεν 
οίος,  all  alone,  "ll.  7,  39,  226;  like 
αίνόθεν  αίνως,  Heyne  11.,  Τ.  5,  p. 
315. 

OioOl,  adv.,  {οίος)  alone,  Ap.  Rh.  2, 
709.   _ 

Οίόκερως,  ωτος,  6,  ή,  {οίος,  κέρας) 
one-homed,  Ορρ.  C.  2,  96. 

\Οίό7\,νκος,  ον,  ό,  Oenlycus,  son  of 
Theras  in  Sparta,  Hdt.  4,  149.— 
Others  in  Plut.,  etc. 

ΟΓΟΜΑΙ,  dep.,  impf.  φόμην :  fut. 
οίήσομαι :  aor.  ΰί/θην,  inf  οίηθήναί. 
part,  οίηθείς: — but  of  the  Att.  forms 
Hom.  only  uses  3  sing.  opt.  pres. 
oloiTO,  Od.  17,  580;  22,  12.  —  The 
forms  he  uses  are,  —  pres.  act.  οίω, 
only  in  II.,  and  H.  Merc. ;  once  in 
Hes.  Sc.  Ill  :  more  freq.  trisyll.  όΐω. 
in  mid.  always  όίομαι,  oltai,  όϊόμε- 
νος,  etc.  [ί]  :  of  impf.  ώίόμην,  3  sing. 
ώίετο:  aor.  ώΐσθ?]ν  only  Od.  4,  453; 
16,  475,  part,  όϊσθείς  only  11.  9,  453  : 
but  more  freq.  aor.  mid.  ώισάμην,  3 
sing,  οίσατο,  Od.  1,  323;  19|  390; 
part,  όϊσάμενος.  Od.  0,  339,  etc.  ;  also 
aor.  pass,  ώίσθην,  Od.  4,  453,  part. 
όίσθείς,  11.  9,  453,  and,  in  later  Ep., 
inf.  όϊσθί/ναι : — Arat.  has  an  inf  aor. 
οΐήσασθαί.  used  later  even  in  prose, 
Lob.  Phryn.  719.  Dor.  pres.  οίώ,  Ar. 
Lys.  998.  The  Att.  also  use  (in  a 
modified  signf  and  only  in  1st  pers. 
sing.)  a  contr.  pres.  οίμαι  (as  v.  1. 
even  in  Hes.  Op.  174),  impf  ώμην  : 
v.  infr.Vl. 

Radic.  signf. —  To  suppose,  always 
of  something  as  yet  doubtful ;  to  think 
and  believe,  as  opp.  to  knowing; — 1. 
referring  to  the  tut.,  to  look  for ;  and 
so  of  good,  to  hope  ;  of  evil,  to  fear. — 
2.  when  the  event  rests  with  one's 
self,  to  purpose,  to  u'ill  SO  and  so. — 3. 
freq.  of  full  persuasion  or  conviction, 
either  modestly  or  ironically  ex- 
pressed, /  should  think,  must  think. — 

4.  of  an  opinion  or  judgment,  to  deem, 
conceive,  imagine,  with  collat.  notion 
(esp.  in  Att.)  of  wrong  judgment,  or 
conceit. — The  examples  follow. 

Construction  : — I.  most  freq.,  esp. 
in  Horn.,  c.  ace.  et  inf,  usu.  indeed 
c.  inf.  fut. ;  but  also, — 2.  c.  inf  pres., 
either  in  fut.  signf,  as  in  II.  1,  204 ; 

5,  894,  etc. ;  or  as  a  real  pres.,  as  in 
Od.  1,  323;  10,  232.-3.  c.  inf.  aor., 
il.  1,  558,  Od.  3,  27,  etc.  ;  so  some- 
times even  in  Att.  prose.  Lob.  Phryn. 
751  ;  though  here  Thorn.  M.  always 
requires  the  inf  fut. :  cf  II.  2,  Y.  2. 
— 11.  c.  inf  sine  ace,  when  both  verbs 
have  the  same  subject,  as,  κιχήσε- 
σθαί  σε  όί(ύ,  I  think  to  catch,  i.  e.  / 
think  I  shall...,  II.  0,  341  ;  οΰ  yap  όΐω 
πολεμίζειν,  I  do  not  think,  i.  e.  mean 
to  fight,  II.  13,  202,  etc.  —  2.  also 
when  the  subject  of  the  inf  is  left 
out,  to  be  supplied  from  the  context, 
as,  τρώσεσθαι  όΐω,  where  ίππενσι 
goes  before,  II.  12,  66,  though  here 
the  speaker  is  included  among  them, 

;  cf  Od.  12,  212:  but  νηός  εφεσσαί  με, 


ΟΙΟΝ 

/ιη  με  κατακτείνωσι,  διωκέμεναι  γαρ 
όΐω,  is,  Ι  fear  they  will  pursue  me, 
Od.  15,278,  cf  1,201.— Peih.  these 
cases  belong  rather  to  I.— III.  absol., 
αΐεί  όίεαι,  thou  art  ever  suspecting  II. 
1,  561  ;  so  in  signf.  to  deeyn,  believe, 
expect,  Od.  24,  401  :  Hom.  esp.  uses 
aor.  mid.  in  this  signf,  θυμός  οίσατό 
μοι,  my  heart /oreioded  it,  Od.  9,  213  ; 
οίσατο  κατά  θνμόν,  he  had  a  presage 
of  it  in  his  soul,  Od.  19,  390,  etc. : 
οίηθείς,  Lat.  spe  elatus,  Meineke 
Com.  Fr.  3,  p.  109. — IV.  impersonal, 
only  in  Od.  19,  312,  όίεταί  μοί  avii 
θνμόν,  there  came  a  boding  into  my 
heart. — V.  transit,  c.  ace.  to  look  for, 
Κήρας,  II.  13,  283  ;  to  expect,  hope  for, 
od.  2,  351,  γόον  ό'  ώίετο  θνμός,  his 
soul  was  intent  on.  engrossed  with  grief, 
Od.  10,  248.-2.  those  phrases  are  to 
be  distinguished,  as  strictly  belong- 
ing to  I,  where  the  ace.  ought  to  have 
an  inf,  which  inf  is  left  to  be  sup- 
plied from  the  context,  so  that  the 
ace.  does  not  depend  upon  οΙομαι.  as 
in  Od.  14,  363;  22,  165.— VI.  used 
parenthetically,  but  only  in  first  per- 
son, tv  πρώτοισιν  {οίω)  κήσεται, 
among  the  first  {I  ween)  will  he  be 
lying,  II.  8,  536  ;  επειτά  y'  {όΐω)  γνώ- 
σεαι,  Od  16,  309;  so  too  11.  13,  153. 
Od.  2,  255.— Here  note  that  Hom.  in 
this  case  uses  only  act.  form  όΐω,  and 
never  όίομαι :  but  in  Att.  is  the  most 
freq.  use  of  the  contr.  οίμαι,  impf 
ώμΐ]ν,  which  is  regularly  put  like  our 
1  think,  I  suppose,  I  believe,  etc.,  with- 
out any  grammat.  connexion  in  the 
sentence  :  —  a  twofold  use  however 
may  be  distinguished, — 1.  οίμαι  mod- 
estly or  in  courtesy,  to  express  as  a 
mere  suspicion,  what  is  in  fact  a  pos- 
itive opinion,  Plat.,  and  Xen. ;  but 
also  ironically,  Stallb.  Plat.  Rep.  330 
Ε — 2.  in  answering  a  negative  ques- 
tion, it  gives  emphatic  force.  I  should 
ihmk  so  !  of  course  !  Plat. ;  in  this  case 
it  begins  the  answer. — The  rule  of 
Thom.  M.  p.  645,  that  οίμαι  is  used 
by  exact  authors  only  in  case  of  cer- 
tainty, οϊομηι  only  in  case  of  uncer- 
tainty, has  been  long  exploded,  οίμαι 
being  in  Att.  often  used  insteaoof 
όίομαι,  Schiif  Dion.  Comp.  p.  3G0. — 
VII.  pecul.  Att.  phrases: — 1.  fis  a 
parenthetic  question,  πώς  οίει ;  πών 
οϊεσθε  ;  how  think  you  ?  to  add  force, 
like  πώς  όοκείς  :  also  οΙει  alone,  don't 
you  think  so  ?  what  think  you  ?  Heind. 
Plat.  Theaet.  147  B.— 2.  οΙομαι  δεϊν, 
I  hold  it  necessary,  i.  e.  I  take  it  upon 
me,  I  intend,  oft.  in  Plat.,  as,  ?ίέγειν 
οΙεται  δεϊν  ποιεΐν  δεινούς,  he  intends 
to  make  the  people  good  speakers. 
Meno  95  C  ;  οΙεται  δεΐν  είδέναι,  he 
fancies  he  is  very  clever.  Ale.  2, 144  D. 

[When  the  diphthong  is  resolved, 
the  ( is  in  Hom.  and  Ep.  long  in  all 
tenses,  hence  it  is  wrong  to  write 
ώίσσατο,  etc. :  only  the  act.  pres.  όΐω 
has  ι  sometimes  short,  and  then  it 
stands  in  the  middle  of  the  verse  ;  in 
this  case  όΐω  usu.  ends  1st  or  2nd 
foot,  the  3rd  only  in  II.  23,  467,  the 
4th  only  in  Od.  19,  215  :  Od.  18,  259 
is  the  only  place  where  όίω  [i]  stands 
in  the  middle ;  and  there  ω  is  made 
short  before  a  following  vowel,  con- 
trary to  Homeric  usage,  nor  is  the 
reading  certain.] 

Oiov,  neut.  from  οίος,  v.  οίος  VI. 

iOlav,  οϋ,  TO,  Oeum,  a  town  of 
Sciritis  a  border  district  of  Laconia. 
Xen.  Hell.  6,  5,  24.-2.  Oioi',  a  for- 
tress of  Locris  near  Opus,  Strab.  p. 
60. 

Οίονάνεί,  for  οίον  άν  ει,  as  though, 
just  as  if. 

looq 


ΟΙΟΣ 

Οιονεί,  for  οίον  ει,  as  if,  Polyb.  1, 
3,  4,  etc. :  Dor.  υΙοι>  αϊ,  Nake  Choeril. 
p.  14G. 

ΟΙυνηϊστίκή,  ης,  ή,  a  word  made 
lip  of  οίησις,  νονς,  and  ιστορία,  from 
which  Plato  Phaedr.  244  C,  pretends 
to  derive  οίωνιστίκή. 

Οίονύμος,  υν,  {οίος,  νέμω)  feeding 
alone :  lience,  generally,  lone,  lonely, 
also  of  places,  Simon.  62. — II.  {οίς) 
as  snbst.,  a  shepherd,  Anyte  3. 

Οίόντί,  possible  ;  οΰχ  υίόντε,  impos- 
sible ;  V.  οίος  III.  2. 

Οίόομαι,  as  pass.,  to  be  left  alone, 
abandoned,  forsaken,  Ep.  3  sing,  aor., 
οίώβη,  11.  C,  1;  11,401. 

ΟΙη-ίδη,  7/ς,  ή.  in  Anth.  P.  7,  401, 
an  obscure  word,  perh.  from  οίς,  a 
sort  of  woollen  bandage  for  sore  feet. 

Οίοπέόίλος,  ov,  (οίος,  πέόιλον)  with 
but  one  sandal,  Ap.  Rli.  1,  7. 

Οίόποκος,  ov,  (οίς,πέκω)  shornfrom 
Λ  sheep,  V.  1.  Soph.  O.  C.  475  ;  for  ΐ'ε- 
όποκος. 

Οίοπολίω,  ώ,  (οίοπό?ιθς  Ι.)  to  be 
alone,  roam  alone,  Eur.  Cycl.  74  :  also 
c.  ace.  loci,  oi.  δρεος  [ίάχιν,  Leon. 
Tar.  98:  of  oiof.—U.  (οίοποίος  \\.) 
to  tend  or  feed  sheep, — as  some  take  it 
in  II.  cc. 

Οίοπύλος,  ov, — I.  (οίος,  πέλομαι) 
being  or  living  alone  :  generally,  alone, 
lone,  lonely,  in  Horn,  always  of  places, 
χώρος,  σταθμός,  δρεα,  II.  13,  473  ;  19, 
377,  Od.  11,  573  ;  of  persons,  oi.  δαί- 
μων, Pind.  P.  4,  49. — II.  {οίς,  πολέω) 
tending  sheep,  'Έρμης,  Η.  Hom.  Merc. 
314. 

Οίόρ,  Scylh.  for  ανήρ,  Hdt.  4,  110. 
Hence 

Οίόρπατα,  Scylh.  word  in  Hdt.  4, 
110,  =  άνδροκτόνοι,  fepith.  of  the 
Amazons. 

ΟΓΟΣ,  η,  ov,  like  μόνος  II.,  alone, 
without  help  or  company,  hence  lone, 
lonely,  forsaken,  very  freq.  in  Horn., 
and  Hcs. :  it  can  oft.  only  be  rendered 
by  an  adv.  alone,  only,  but :  rarer  in 
later  Ep.,  once  or  twice  in  Pind., 
twice  in  Soph.,  Aj.  750,  Fr.  23,  cf 
Elmsl.  Heracl.  743;  and  some  read 
olov,  only,  in  Aesch.  Ag.  131 :  the  Att. 
poets  also  have  it  in  a  few  compds., 
οΙοΐ3ώτης,  οίόζωνος,  οίοπολέω,  οίύ- 
φρων-  —  Special  usages  :  —  1.  still 
more  delinite,  οίος  άνενΟ'  ά'λ'λων,  II. 
22,  39  ;  οίος,  μηδέ  τις  ά?Λος  άμα  ϊτω, 
11.  24,  148,  and  negat.,  οϋκ  οίος,  ίίμα 
τω^ε,  etc.,  freq.  in  Hom. — 2.  strength- 
ened, εις  οίος,  μία  οίη,  one  alone,  one 
only,  freq.  in  Horn.,  like  εις  μόνος, 
etc. ;  also  in  dual,  δύο  οιω,  II.  24,  473, 
Od.  14.  94,  and  in  pi.,  δύο  οιονς,  δύο 
olui,  Od.  3,  424. — 3.  sometimes  c. 
gen.,  των  οίος,  left  alone  by  them,  II. 
11,  093,  cf.  11,  74  :  οίος  θεών,  alone  of 
all  the  gods,  Pind.  Fr.  93  ;  also,  οίος 
Ατρειδών,  apart  from  the  Atridae, 
Lat.  clam  Alridis,  Soph.  Aj.  1.  c. ;  so, 
οίος  απ'  άλλων,  Od.  9,  192  ;  olof  άπο 
σείο,  οίος  άττ'  ανθρώπων,  II.  9,  438, 
Od.  21,  3G4  :  but,  οιη  εν  άθανάτοισιν, 
alone  among  the  goddesses,  II.  1,  398  ; 
so,  οίος  μετά  τοίσι,  Od.  3,  362. — II. 
=μόνος  II.,  singular  in  its  kind,  unique, 
excellent,  II.  24,  499.  (Akin  to  Ιος,  la 
=  εΙς.  μία :  also  to  Lat.  unus,  cf. 
οίνη  Β.) 

Οίος,  a  Ion.  η,  ov,  (ό,  6,  δς)  such 
as,  what  sort  of,  what  manner  of,  nature, 
hind  or  temper,  Lat.  qualis,  relat.  pro- 
noun, correlative  to  the  interrog.  and 
indef  ποίος,  and  to  the  demonstr. 
τοϊος ;  very  freq.  as  early  as  Horn., 
and  Hes. :  strengthd.,  διτσος  οΙός  τε, 
Lat.  qualis  quantusqne,  II.  24,  630 ; 
όησάτιοΓ  και  οίος,  11.  5,  758  :  c.  ace, 
οίος  άρετ>/ν,  what  a  man  for  virtue,  II. 
1010 


ΟΙΟΣ 

13.  275  :— in  English  often  only  to  be 
rendered  by  an  adv.,  οίος  μέτεισι  πό- 
λεμόνδε,  how  he  rushes  mio  war,  11. 
13,  298,  etc. 

IJsage  : — 1.  οίος  in  an  independent 
sentence  serves  as  an  exclamation,  | 
and  expresses  astonishment  at  some- 
thing vast,  unusual,  monstrous  : 
strengthened  by  (5//,  οίον  δη  τον  μϋ- 
Οον  έπεφράσθης  άγορενσαι,  why,  what 
a  word  it  has  come  into  thy  mind  to 
speak !  Od.  5,  183,  cf  II.  5,  601  ;  so 
in  neut.,  οίον  δη  vv  θεονς  βροτοί 
αίτιόωνται,  Od.  1,  32,  etc.  Strictly 
speaking,  there  is  an  ellipse  here  ;  as, 
e.  g.,  the  first  quoted  passage  would 
be.  in  lull,  θανμάζω,  δτι  τοίον  μνθον 
ήγόρενσας.  οίον  ηγόρενσας- — 2.  οίος 
τινι,  like  ίσος  τινι,  Hes.  Op.  312, 
where  Schaf  proposes  δαίμονι  δ'  Ισος 
έησΟα  ;  but  Passow,  if  any  conjec- 
ture be  admitted,  would  prefer  δαί- 
μων δ'  οίος  ειισθα. — II.  more  freq. 
containing  a  comparison,  and  so 
(sometimes)  an  inference  relat.  to 
τοίος  or  τοιόςδε,  Od.  1,  371  ;  yet  the 
demonstr.  pron.  is  usu.  omitted,  οίος 
αστήρ  είσι,  like  as  a  star  wanders,  II. 
23,  317,  etc. — 2.  In  many  Homeric 
expressions,  the  omission  of  the  an- 
teced.  clause  is  esp.  to  be  noticed,  as, 
oi'  αγορεύεις,  οίά  μ'  ίοργας,  where 
the  relat.  refers  to  a  whole  clause, 
which  must  be  supplied  from  the  con- 
text, to  conclude  from  what  you  say, 
from  what  you  have  done,  II.  18,  95; 
22,  317.— 3.  and  so  it  is  a  well-known 
remark,  that  οίος,  οία,  οίον,  esp.  Att., 
oft.  stand  for  δτι  toloc,  roia,  τοΊον, 
Hcind.  Plat.  Phaed.  1 17  C,  Erf  Soph. 
O.  T.  091 ;— so  even  in  11.  6,  166,  Od. 
17,  479,  cf  16,  93  ;  where  also  the 
relative  introduces  a  reason  for  what 
has  gone  before. — 4.  if  it  is  to  be  in- 
timated that  this  reason  is  really  self- 
evident,  and  the  assertion  beyond 
doubt,  then  δή  is  added,  οίος  δη,  οίον 
δή,  τοιοΓδε,  οίος  δή  σύ,  such  as  all 
know  you  to  be,  11.  24,  376,  cf  VI.  2. 
— Λ  yet  more  definite  force  is  given 
to  the  comparison  in  οίος  περ,  just 
as...,  Hom.,  and  .\tl.— 5.  but  if  the 
comparison  or  inference  only  denotes 
a  general  or  doubtful  resemblance, 
then  Homer  uses  οίος  τε  (which  must 
be  carefully  distinguished  from  οίος 
τε  c.  iufin.,  able  to  do,  v.  infra  III.  2), 
in  some  such  way  as,  οίος  τε  πελώριος 
έρχεται " \ρης,  some  such  one  as  Mars, 
11.  7,  208,  cf  17,  157,  Od.  7,  106,  etc., 
cf  Ilerm.  H.  Hom.  Cer.  103,  infra 
VI.  2:— so,  οΖός  που,  Od.  20,  35:— 
so,  moreover,  οίας  τις,  οίον  τι  gener- 
alizes a  comparison,  the  sort  of  person, 
II.  5,  638,  Od.  9,  348.-6.  when  a  com- 
parison involves  a  definition  of  time, 
οίος  δτε  is  used,  like  as  when,  Od.  10, 
402 ;  22,  227.-7.  οίος  οί<ν,  οίος  δή- 
ποτε  answers  to  Lat.  qualiscunqiie, 
post-Hom. — 8.  many  brief  Att.  ex- 
pressions are  also  explained  by  the 
omission  of  the  demonstr.  pron.  be- 
fore οίος,  as,  ουδέν  οίον  άκούειν  αυ- 
τοί) τοϋ  νόμου,  nothing  is  like,  i.  e.  so 
good  as,  hearing  the  law  itself,  Dem. 
529,  13 :  οίον  έστιν,  what  tliis  means, 
etc.  So,  it  adds  force  to  the  superl., 
χωρίον  olov  χαλεπώτατον,  in  full 
τοιούτον  olov  έστι  χ.,  Xen.  An.  4,  8, 
2  :  and  more  loosely  with  posit.,  άφό- 
ρητος  οίος  γίγνεται  κρνμύς,  such  as 
to  be  insufferable,  Hdt.  4,  28  :  and  in 
Alt.  even,  ό  δ'  οίας  έστιν  οίκουρός 
μόνον,  fit  for  nothing  but  a  house-dog, 
Ar.  Vesp.  970.  For  the  irreg.  Att. 
constructions  arising  from  attraction, 
V.  Jelf  Or.  Gr.  §  821  Obs.  5.— III. 
οίος  c.  inf  implies  great  fitness  or 


01 Σ 

ability  in  a  thing,  οίος  έην  τελέσβι 
έργον  τε  έπος  τε,  so  ready  to  make 
good  both  deed  and  word,  Od.  2,  272  ; 
οίος  t7/v  βουλενέμίν  ήδέ  μάχεσβαί, 
so  good  both  at  counsel  and  in  fight, 
Od.  14,  491. — 2.  but  this  signf  is  usu. 
expressed  by  o/of  τε  c.  inf,  Od.  19, 
IGO,  etc.,  also  Hdt.  1,29,  etc. ;  so  both 
in  neut.  sing,  and  pi.,  olov  τέ  έστι 
and  Old  τε  εστί,  οίον  τε  γίγνεται,  etc., 
it  is  possible,  Hdt.  1,  91.  etc..  Plat. 
Legg.  967  A.  and  very  freq.  in  Att. : 
— οίας  τε  ειμί  ποιείν,  I  am  the  man, 
the  fittest  one  to  do  it.  /  am  able  to  do 
it,  call  do  it :  sometimes  είναι  is  left 
out,  Ar.  Eq.  343. — 3.  without  inf  in 
neut..  0(01'  τε  εστίν,  it  is  possible; 
ονχ  οίον  τε  εστίν,  it  carinot  be  :  δταν 
η  πρώτον  οίον  τε,  as  soon  as  7nay  be, 
Dem. — In  Att.  also  written  in  one 
word,  οίόντε.  —  IV.  the  relat.  is  in 
Att.  oft.  repeated  in  the  same  clause, 
e.  g.  οΓ  έργα  δρύσας  οία  ?ιαγχύνει 
κακά,  after  what  deeds  what  sutiierings 
are  his  !  Soph.  El.  751  ;  οϊαν  άνθ' 
οϊων  θυμάτων  χάριν,  what  thank,  aye 
and  for  what  offerings  !  Trach.  094, 
1045;  so  too  in  prose,  as  Xen.  Cyr. 
4,  5,  29,  cf.  omnino  Monk  Ale.  145. — • 
V.  as  adv.  in  neut.  sing,  olov,  poet, 
and  in  Ion.  prose  also  in  plur.  ola,  to 
add  force,  like  ως  and  ώςπερ,  how, 
Hom.  ;  also  with  adj.,  olov  έερσήεις, 
how  fresh,  II.  24,  419;  and  in  plur., 
ola  άτάσθαλα,  Od.  16,93;  IS,  143. 
the  adv.  οϊως  seems  to  be  used  esp. 
by  Soph.,  and  Ar.—OZof  never  stands 
as  adv.  before  an  adj.,  Valck.  Phoen. 
1633;  for  in  IL  11,  653,  οίσθα,  οίος 
εκείνος  δεινός  άνήρ  means,  ivhat  man- 
ner of  man  that  stern  man  is. — not, 
how  stern  he  is. — 2.  in  comparisons, 
as,  like  as,  just  as.  Horn.,  also  neut. 
pl.  ola,  Hdt. :  and  with  the  particles 
before  mentioned,  olov  δή  Μενέλαον 
νπέτρεσας,  as  thou  aidsiplainly  shrink 
from  M.,  11.  17,  587,  cf  21,  57:  old 
τε,  something  like,  after  the  manner  of, 
Od.  3,.  73,  etc.  :  οίον  δτε,  as  ichen, 
etc.,  cf  II.  2,  3,  4,  5. — Later,  a  double 
form  occurs,  οίον  ώς,  olov  ώςπερ,  ώς 
olov,  ώς  ola.  Lob.  Phryn.  427. — 3.  as, 
like,  for  instance,  very  freq.  in  Alt.— 
4.  as  it  were,  about,  Lat.  quasi,  olov 
δέκα  σταδίονς,  Thuc,  like  δσον,  cf. 
ώς  Ε. — 5.  ονχ  οίον  οτ  μή  οίον,  follow- 
ed by  άλλ'  ονδέ  or  άλλα  μηδέ,  not 
only  not...,  tut  not  even...,  Polyb.,  Lat. 
7ion  modo  non...,  sed  nee... — 6.  θανμα- 
στον  olov,  as  θαυμαστον  δσον.  Lat. 
miruni  quantum,  Schaf.  Dion.  Comp. 
p.  184.  \oi  is  found  even  in  Hom., 
e.  g.  II.  13,  275,  Od.  7,  312,  and  in 
Att.  very  freq. :  the  fern,  οία  is  very 
late  and  bad,  .lac.  A.  P.  p.  Ixv.] 

0/of,  δίος,  gen.  from  οίς,  δις.  [ί] 

"Οίος,  a,  ov,  {δις)  of  a  sheep,  γάλ.α 
δϊον,  eu>e-milk,  Hipp.  [?] 

jOiόςπεp,  v.  οίος  II.  4,  fin.,  Ar. 
Nub.  349. 

Οίόφρων,  όνος,  δ,  ή,  {οίος,  ψρήν) 
^ μονόφρων :  generally,  lonely,  oi.  πέ- 
τρα, Aesch.  Supp.  795,  but  in  a  cor- 
rupt passage,^ — not  to  mention  that 
the  Att.  use  of  oio-,  for  μονό-,  is 
questionable. 

Οίοχίτων,  ωνος,  δ,  ή,  {οίος,  χιτών) 
with  nothing  hit  η  tunic  on  ;  lightly  clad, 
Od.  14,  489,  Nonn.  [χΐ] 

tOiou,  only  in  pass,  οίόομαι,  q.  v. 

Όίπτωτον,  ov,  τό,  and  δίπτωτος, 
ov,  δ,  {δις,  πίπτω)  shecp''s  droppings, 
sheep-dang,  like  δισπάτη,  dub. 

ΌΙ  Σ,  (i.  e.  oFif,  hat.  ovis),  ό  and 
?/,  gen.  δίος,  ace.  δίν :  nom.  pl.  οίες, 
gen.  οίων;  dat.  οιεσι,  Od.  15,  380, 
but  usu.  in  Hom.  δίεσσι,  Ep.  shortd. 
form  όεσσί,  II.  6,  25,  etc, ;  ace.  οίας : 


ΟίΣΤ 

■contr.  nom.  and  ace.  pi,  οϊς,  freq,  in 
Horn,,  esp.  in  Od, :  also  Hes.  Op.  773, 
i)Ut  only  in  ace. — The  Att,  eontraet 
all  cases,  nom.  οΐζ,  gen.  οίος,  dat.  ou, 
ace.  oh> :  pi.  nom.  οίες,  gen.  οίώρ,  dat. 
o/ffi,  aec.  οίας;  and  the  nom.  and 
ace.  are  still  further  eontr.  into  οίς : 
of  these  Horn,  has  only  ο-ίός  and  οΐών. 
A  sheep.  Horn,,  Hes.,  etc. :  in  Horn, 
both  of  the  ram  and  the  en-e,  though 
sometimes  the  gender  is  marked  by  a 
word  added,  as  όις  άρνειός  or  άρσί/ν, 
a  ram,  Od.  10,  527 ;  όϊς  θϊ/λνς,  a  ewe, 
II.  10,  216:  of  course  the  fern,  is 
much  the  most  freq.  [ϊ  always,  except 
in  Ep.  eontr.  nom  and  ace.  pi.  όίς :  όί 
in  dis.syll.  cases  is  found  in  Att,,  Mne- 
sim,  'I-JTovp,  1,  47.] 

ΟΙσαξ-,—υΙίτύα,  dub,  in  Geop, 

Όίσατο,  όϊσάμενος,  Ep,  aor.  mid. 
of  οίομαι,  όίομαι,  Horn,  [ϊ] 

Oifff,  -ET(j,  -ετε,  imperat^  of  φέρω, 
from  α'ισω,  Horn,,  and  Att. 

Οίσέν,εν,  οΐσέμεναι,  Κρ.  for  βίσειν, 
fut.  inf.  of  0ερω,  Horn. 

Οίσθα,  for  οίδας,  2  sing,  from  οίδα, 
V.  sub  *ΐΙόω  Β. 

^Οϊσθείς,  part,  aor,  pass,  of  οΙομαι, 
II.  9,  453, 

ΌΙίτόκα,βττον,  ov,  to,  {οίσβς,  καρπός) 
!ihefr«it  of  the  οίσος- 

ΟΓΣΟΝ,  ov,  TO,  in  Lye.  20  written 
Όνσβί',  any  plaited  work,  a  rope. 

ΟΓΣΟΣ,  OV.  or  βίσβς,  ov,  ό,  a  kind 
of  osier,  the  twigs  of  which  served  for 
wicker-work,  ropes,  etc.,  perh.  the 
ύγΐ'θζ  or  Τι^γος.  akin  to  ο'ισνα,  οΐσύς, 
οίσαξ,  as  also  to  Lat.  viiex,  Theophr. 

Οισοφάγος,  ov,  6,  (υϊσω,  ώαγεΐν) 
the  swallow  or  gullet,  thai  part  of  the 
throat  through  which  the  food  passes,^^ 
φάρνγζ,  Arist  Part.  An.  2,  3,  9;  3,  3, 
2,  sq.  ;  cf  sub  στόμαχος. 

ΟΙσπάτχι,  ^f,  -η  (βίς,  οίς,  πάτος)  : — 
■sheep-dung,  like  ^ίπτωτον:  esp.  the 
din  that  collects  about  the  kinder  parts  of 
a  sheep,  Ar.  Lys.  575,  where  we  have 
the  form  οίσπώτΐ]  :  al.  οίςπότη.  On 
the  difference  of  form,  v,  Koen.  Greg. 
p.  543.     Cf  οίσύπη. 

Οισπη,  v.  sub  οίσύπτ}. 

Οίστέος,  a,  ov,  verb.  adj.  of  <l>ipo), 
(o  be  borne.,  Soph.  O.  C.  1360.-2.  ol- 
στέον,  oitis  must  bear,  Eur.  Or,  769, 
etc. 

^Οίστενμα,  ατός,  τή,  (όϊοτεΰω)  att 
arrow  from  the  bow,  Plut.  2,  225  B. 

Όϊστευτήρ,  7}ρος,  o,=sq.,  Anth.  P. 
6,  118,  Nonn. 

Όΐστεντής,  ov,  6,  an  archer.  Call. 
A  poll.  42:  and 

^Οίστεντνς,  νος,  ή,  archery :  Ion. 
from 

Όίσ~ειίω,  {ύΐστός)  to  shoot  arrows, 
Horn. ;  ov  τις  αίστενσας  εβαλεν, 
whom  one  shot  with  an  arrow,  II.  4, 
196,  0(1.  8,  216;  τόξφ  ά.,  Od.  12,  84  ; 
τινός,  at  one,  II,  4,  100  : — later  c.  aec, 
to  shoot  with  an  arrow,  Anth.  P.  5,  58  : 
— όϊστ.  ακτίνας,  etc.,  Nonn. 

Οίστικός,  ή,  όν,  (οΣσω)  carrying, 
bringing. 

Οΐστοβόλος,  ov,  {όϊστός.  βάλλω) 
shooting  an  arrow,  Anth.  P.  7,  427. 

ΌϊστοόέγμίΛΐν,  ov,  [όϊστός,  δέχομαι) 
arrow-holding,  (sc.  φαρέτρα)  Aesch. 
Pers.  1020. 

^Οϊστοδόκη,  ης,  ^,=sq.,  Αρ.  Rh.  1, 
1194. 

Όϊστοθτ/κη,  ης,  η,  a  quiver. 

Όιστοκόμος,  ov,  (οΊστός,  κομέω) 
keeping  arrows,  φαρέτρα,  Nonn. 

Οίστός,  ή,  όν,  borne :  that  must  be 
borne,  Thuc.  7,  75. 

Όιστός,  ov,  b,  Att.  οίστός,  Pors. 
Med.  634 ;  ?/  οιστός,  Zeno  ap.  Arist. 
Phys.  Ausc.  0,  9,  1 :  in  later  poets 
also  with  heterog.  pi.  τα  ό'ίστά: — an 


ΟΙΣΤ 

arrow,  Horn.,  Hes.,  etc. ;  πικρός  όϊ• 
στός,  II.  4,  134,  etc.  ;  πτερόεις,  11.  13, 
650;  with  three  barbs,  τριγ?.ωχιν,  U. 
5,  393 ;  τανυγλώχιν,  11,  8,  297  :— 
metaph.,  of  a  poem,  Pind.  O,  9,  17, 
cf  2,  161.  (Prob.  akin  to  οϊστός,  ol- 
σω.  fut.  of  όέρω,  that  which  is  borne  or 
shot.)     Hence 

Όίστονχος,  ov,  (όϊστός,  ίχυ)  hold- 
ing arrows. 

Όϊστοφόρος,  ov,  Att.  οίστοφ.,  (όϊ- 
στός,  0έρω)  bearirtg  arrows. 

ΟΙστρύω  or  -εω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω  :  mostly 
used  in  aor,  οίστρησαι,  οιστρι^βήναι, 
which  may  come  from  either  pres. : 
the  former  occurs  in  Plat.  Phaedr. 
251  D,  Rep.  573  A,  E,  Arist.  H.  A.  8, 
19,  11 ;  the  latter,  in  Luc: — ace,  to 
Herm,  Eur.  Baccii,  32,  it  had  no 
augm,  [οίστρος).  Strictly  of  a  gadHy, 
to  vex,  anyioy,  enrage  by  stinging  :  hence 
generally,  ?o  sting  or  goad  to  madnes.i, 
αντάς  έκ  όόμυν,  οίστρησα,  I  drave 
them  raging  out  of  the  house,  Eur,  1. 
c. :  and  in  pass.,  οΙστρΐ]θείς,  driven 
mad.  Soph.  Tr.  653,  Eur.  Bacch.  119. 
— II.  intr.  much  like  pass.,  to  go  mad, 
rwn  wdd,  rage,  Aesch.  Pr.  836,  Eur.  I. 
A.  77,  Plat.,  etc. ;  of  animals,  Arist. 
H.  A.  6,  17,  3.     Hence 

Όί<ττρ!}δόν,  adv.,  as  if  slung  by  a 
"  ,i.  e.  madly,  Opp,  H.  4,  142, 

Οίστβήεις,  εσσα,εν,  (οίστρος)  slung 
ΙΌ  madness,  frantic,  Opp.  C  2,  423. 

Οΐστρηλάσια,  ας,  ή,  a  being  driven 
mad  by  the  gadfly :  Tnad  passion,  LXX  : 
and 

Οίστρη?Μτέυ,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  of  the 
gadlly,  to  drive  wild  :  from 

Οίστρήλΰτος, ov,  {οίστρος,  έλαύνω) 
strictly,  driven  by  a  gadfly:  driven 
mad.  viad,  όεΐμα.  Aesch.  Pr.  580, 

ΟΙστρημα,  ατός,  τό,  (οίστράω)  the 
smart  of  a  sting,  οίστρ.  κέντρων,  the 
sting  of  agony.  Soph.  O.  T.  1318  : 
the  effect  thereof,  a  frenzy-fit,  οίστρή- 
ματα  ?ίνσσης,  Anth.  P.  6,  51, 

ΟΙστρπσις,  εως,  ή,  {piaTpu(J)fremy, 
passion. 

Οίστροβο7ιέθ},  ώ,  {οίστρος,  βάλλω) 
to  strike  with  the  sting,  τινά,  esp.  of  the 
dart  of  love,  Mel.  54. 

Όϊστροδίνητος,  ov,  {οίστρος,  δινέω) 
driven  round  and  round  by  the  gadfly, 
Aesch.  Pr.  589.  [«] 

Οίστροδόνητος,  ov,  {οίστρος,  δο- 
vέω)=tΌreg.,  Aesch.  Supp,  572;  so, 
οίστρόδονος,  ov,  lb.  17. 

Οιστρομάνής,  ές,  {οίστρος,  μαίνο- 
μαι) mad  from  thegadfly's  sting:  raging, 
Nonn,    Hence 

Οίστρομάνία,  ας,  ή,  fury,  frenzy, 
Hipp. 

Οίστρον,  ov,  TO,  an  insect  that  infests 
tunny-fish,  Arist.  H.  A.  8,  19,  11, — nisi 
legend,  οίστρος,  cf  5,  31,  8. 

Οίστροπ'λί/ξ,  ηγος,  δ,  η,  {οίστρος, 
πλήσσω)  stung  by  a  gadfly,  driven  mad, 
Aesch.  Pr.  681,  Soph.  El,  5,  Eur. 
Bacch.  1229. 

Οίστρος,  ov,  o,  the  gadfly,  breese, 
Lat.  asilus,  an  insect  which  infests 
cattle,  and  drives  them  half-mad  by 
its  sting, — cjpj]  tv  είαρινγ,  Od.  22, 
300  ;  esp.  the  'Hy  that  tormented  lo, 
Aesch.  Pr.  567,  sq. :  — distinguished 
from  tiie  μύω-φ,  Arist.  H.  A.  1,  5,  13  ; 
8,  11,  1,  cf  έμπίς : — also  an  insect 
that  infests  fish,  cf  οίστρον- — II.  me- 
taph. a  sting,  goad,  any  thing  thai  drives 
7nad,  οίστρος  κεραυνοί',  Eur.  Η.  F. 
802  ;  οίστροι  'Έριννων,  Id.  I.  Τ.  1456  : 
hence,  also,  the  smart  of  pain,  agony. 
Soph.  Tr.  1254. — 2.  any  vehement  de- 
sire, mad  desire,  Hdt.  2,  93,  and  Plat.  ; 
γυναικός,  for  a  woman,  Eur.  Hipp. 
1300 ;  generally,  7yiadness,  frenzy. 
Soph.    Ant.    1002,    Eur.    Or.    791, 


0ΙΦ2 

Bacch.  G65.    (Prob.  like  οίστός,  fr  -ni 
same  root  as  οίσω  ) 

Οΐστροφόρος,  ov,  {οίστρος,  φέρω) 
maddening,  Anth.  P.  5,  234. 

Οίστρωδης,  ες,  {οίστρος,  είδ  ίς)  as 
if  stung  ;  raging,  frantic,  έπιθνμίαι. 
Plat.  Tim.  91  B,  cf  Legg.  734  A. 

ΟΊσνα,  ας,  ή,  like  οίσος,  a  tree  of 
the  osier  kind,  Geop,  (Akin  to  Ιτέα.) 
[δ]     Hence 

ΟΙσΰϊνος,  η,  ov,  of  osier,  ivickcr- 
work,  βπες,  Od.  5,  256;  ασπίδες, 
Thuc.  4,  9.  [ii]^ 

ίΟϊσνμη,  ης,  ή,  Oesyme,  a  city  of 
Thrace,  a  colony  of  the  Thasians, 
Thuc.  4,  107  :  cf  Αίσνμη. 

ΟΙσνον,  ου,  τό,=οίσνα,  Lob,  Phryn. 
301, 

Οίσνοπ?ώκος,  ov,  plaiting  osier- 
twigs. 

Ο'ισνονργός,  όν,  (  οίσύα,  *ίργω  ) 
working  in  osier-twigs,  Eupol.  Incertl 
112. 

Οίσύπειος,  ov,  =  οίσνπηρός  [i•]  .• 
from 

Οίσύπη,  ης,  ή,  the  grease  and  dirt  irt 
unwashed  wool,  or  greasy  wool  itself, 
described  by  Plin.  as  succus  lanae, 
sordes  lanae,  sordes  succidae,  sordes 
sudorque  feminum  alarumque  lanis 
adhaerentes ;  whereas  Diosc.  2,  84, 
e.xplains  ο'ισνπος,  τό  έκ  των  οί- 
συπηρων  έρίων  λίπος: — the  form  οΐ- 
σπη,  occurs  in  Hdt.  4,  187,  but  with 
v.  1,  οίσύπη. — The  words  οϊσπάτη, 
οίσπώτη,  seem  to  mean  a  different 
thing,  cf  sub  voc.  (Prob.  from  όίς, — 
though  Hipp,  has  οίσνπη  αί)ός.) 
Hence 

Οίσνπηρός,  ά,  όν : — ερια  οίσ., greasy 
or  diity  wool,  Lat,  lana  succida  or  sor- 
did», Ar.  Ach.  1177;  ef  sub  οίσύπη. 

ΟΙσνπίς,  ίδος,  ή,  {οίσυπος)  α  tuft  of 
greasy  wool,  Hipp. 

Όίσϋπόεις,  εσσα,  εν,=οισνπηρός, 
Hipp. 
ΟΙσνπος,  ό,^οίσνπη,  q.  \. 
Οίσϋπώδης,  ες.=^οΐσνπηρός,  Hipp. 
Οίσύς,  νος,  7/.=  οίσύα. 
Οίσω,  iut.  of  φέρω,  from  root  *οΊω, 
Horn.,  and  Hes. — P'rom  an  old  pres. 
οΊσω,  is  found  imperat.  οίσε,  and  an 
inf  οίσειν,  isassumedbyBockhPind. 
P.  4,  180. 

f  OiVoiOf,  a,  ov,  of  or  belonging  to 
Oeta,  Oetaean,  ΟίταΙον  νάπος.  Soph. 
Tr.  436  :  oi  Οίταϊοι,  the  Oetaeans,  in- 
habitants of  Oeta,  and  of  Οίταία,  a 
district  of  Thessaly  bordering  on  .\e- 
tolia  and  Locris,  Strab.  p.  416 ;  cf. 
Xen.  An.  4.  6,  20. 

iO'iTtj.  ης,  r/,Οε/α,  a  mountain-range 
in  Thessaly,  now  Katauothra,  Strab. 
p.  428. 

Οίτόλ'ινος,  ov,  6,  (ohoc.  Αίνος)  a 
song  on  the  death  ofLinus,  Paus.  9,  29, 
3  :  v.  Αίνος  II. 

ΟΙτος,  ov,  ό,  fate,  lot,  doom,  in  Hom. 
always  ill-fate,  misery,  ruin,  death, 
though  he  usu.  says  κακός  οίτος,  but 
also  without  κακός,  II.  9,  563  ;  24, 
388,  Od.  8,  489,  578;  κακόν  olrov 
άπόλλνσθαι,  to  die  a  sad  death,  II.  3, 
417  ;  οΐτόν  τίνος  εχειν,  to  have  the  lot 
of  one,  live  like  him,  II.  9.  563.  An 
old  Ep.  word,  used  by  Soph.  El.  167, 
Eur.  I.  T.  1091.  (Usu.  deriv.,  like 
οΐμος,  ο'ιμη,  from  same  root  as  οΙσω, 
fut.  o(  φέρω,  like  Lat. /ors  from  yiro.• 
perh.  better  from  oi,  akin  to  οίκτος.) 
Οίτόσνρος,  ov,  ό,  Scythian  name  of 
Apollo,  aec.  to  Hdt.  4,  59. 

ίΟιτν2ης,  ov,  ό.  Oetylu.'!,  a  city  on 
coast  of  Laconia,  II.  2.  585,  also  call- 
ed Ύύ7ιθς,  ace.  to  Strab.  p.  360. 

0ΓΦί2,  a  Lacon.  word,  to  have  sex- 
ual intercourse  ivith,  Tuv  Χελιδονίδα 
Plut.  Pyrrh.  23,— In  Ath.  508  Ε  it  i 
1011 


OIXO 

wri'ten  οΐόΐΐς,  as  if  from  αΐί^έω,  cf. 
Piiroeiniogr.  p.  125,  1()5.  (Hence  oi- 
φόλης  and  οΐόώλϊ/ς,  feiii.  οίφολίς  and 
οίφωλίς.  lewd,  like  όττυώ/ι-ης  and  ύπνι- 
ώλης,  from  όττνίω,  and  by  compos. 
κόροιφυς,  φί?.οι.φος,  μιξοιφία.  This 
whole  class  of  words  is  little  used.) 

iOixa/iia,  ας,  τ/,  Oechalia,  a  rity  of 
Thessaly  on  the  Peneus,  prob.  the 
city  of  Eurytus  mentioned  in  11.  2, 
730  ;  cf.  Miiller,  Dor.  2, 11,  i^  1  :  Strab. 
distniguishes  in  ThessalytheTrachi- 
nian  O.  and  that  near  Tricca,  pp. 
339,  350.— 2.  a  city  of  Euboea,  near 
Eretria,  also  regarded  by  some  as  the 
city  of  Eurytus,  Soph.  Tr.  74;  Strab., 

I.  c,  and  p.  448. — 3.  a  city  of  Messe- 
iria  on  the  borders  of  Arcadia.  11.  2, 
596,  ace.  to  Strab.  same  as  Andania, 
p.  350. — 4.  a  city  of  Aetolia,  Strab. 
p.  448. — II.  fern.  pr.  n.,  wife  of  Me- 
laneus,  Paus.  4,  2,  2.     Hence 

■\0ιχα7Λενς,  έως  Ep.  7}ος.  6,  art  in- 
hab.  of  Oechnlia,  an  Oechalian,  II.  2, 
596  ;  "Plut.  Thes.  8  :  and 

^ΟΙχαΑίηθίν,  adv.,  from  Oechalia 
(3),  11.2,596. 

Οίχέομαι,=^οίχομαί,  q.  v. 

Οϊχητέον,  verb.  adj.  of  οίχομαι, 
Alciphr. 

0/;ΐ^ε(ζ•,  part.  aor.  1  pass,  οίοίγνν- 
μί,  Pmd. 

Οίχνεω,  ώ,  (ο  go,  come,  Π.  5,  790  ; 
15, 640  (in  Ion.  impf.  οίχνεσκε,  -σκον). 
Soph.  El.  313  ;  of  birds,  to  fly,  Od.  3, 
322  ;  to  walk,  i.e.  to  live,  Ιιννμφΐντος 
a'uv  οίχνώ,  Soph.  El.  105  : — like  οί- 
χομαι, to  he  gone,  Soph.  Aj.  564  : — c. 
ace.  pers.,  like  ττμοςίρχομαι.,  to  ap- 
proach. Find.  P.  5,  115,  cf.  Fr.  45,  5  ; 
so  Henn.  reads,  P.  8,  49. — The  form 
οίχνενω,  Id.  Fr.  222.  {ΟΙχνέω  is  to 
οΐχ'ΐμαι,  as  'iKviouat  to  ΐκω.) 

OrXOMAl,  dep.  mid.,  impf.  ώχό- 
μην  :  fut.  οίχήσομαι  ;  perf.  ζιχημαί, 
ion.  οΐχημαι,  fldt.  4, 136,  and  υ'ιχωκα, 
the  last  esp.  in  Hdt.,  though  besides 
part,  οίχωκώς,  νια,  etc.,  he  only  uses 
3  sing,  plqpf.  οίχώκεε,  c.  impf.  signf  : 
the  pf.  ωχηκα  is  rare,  and  so  is  3  pi. 
plqpf.  Ion.  έττώχατο.  A  regul.  fut. 
οίξομαι,  is  found  in  some  Mss.  in 
Hdt.  2,  29  : — the  pres.  οίχέομαι,  Ion. 
contr.  οίχενμαι  only  in  Leon.  Tar. 
90,  6 :  οϊχω  is  never  found  :  Hom. 
uses  only  pres.  and  impf — On  the 
formation  of  the  perf.  v.  Buttm.  Ausf. 
Gr.  ii  85  Anm.  5. 

To  go,  or  (rather)  to  be  gone,  to  have 
gone,  directly  opp.  to  ί/κω.  to  havecome, 
while  εμχομαι,  to  go  or  come,  is  the 
strict  pres.  to  both  {οϊχομαι  and  έρχο- 
μαι, are  oft.  confounded  in  Mss.), 
though  ώχόμην.  is  also  used  strictly 
in  an  inipf  signf,  II.  5,  495,  Jelf  Gr. 
Gr.  ^  396  Obs. ;  freq.  from  Hom. 
downwds. : — oft.  c.  part.,  οίχεται  φεν- 
γων,  he  is  fled  and  gone,  Od.  8,  356  ; 
οιχετ'  άηοπ-τάμίνος,  he  hath  taken 
Aight  and  gone,  11.  2,  71  ;  οίχεταί 
άγων,  προφέρονσα,  Hom. ;  οιχεται 
iuv,  ΰττιών,  άπελαννων,  θανών,  etc, : 
νι/ΐ  οίχεσθαι,  to  sail,  voyage,  Od.  16, 
24  ;  so,  οίχεται  ττλεωι/,  Hdt.  4,  145  ; 
οΙχεται  ΰπο?Λπών,  he  has  gone  and 
left...,  Hdt.  4,  155,  and  so  in  Att. : 
also  c.  ace.  cognato,  όδον  οίχεσθαι, 
Od.  4,  393:  nay  even  c.  ace.  pers., 
to  have  escaped  from,  Ar.  Av.  80,  cf. 
Jelf  Gr.  Gr.  ^  548  Obs.  1.— The  par- 
tic,  οίχόμενος  in  Hom.  sometimes 
means  the  absent,  he  that  is  away,  δην 
οιχόμενος,  of  Ulysses.  —  Special 
tisages  : — I.  of  persons,  euphcm.  for 
θνήακω,  to  hare  departed,  be  gone  hence, 

II.  ;  in  full,  οίχεται  εις  Άίόαο,  II.  22, 
213  ;  ωχετο  ψΐ'χ^/  κατά  χΟονύς.  11.  23, 
101 ;    and  Att.,  οΐχ.   θανών,   Soph., 

1012 


ΟΙΩΝ 

etc. :  also  Att.  the  part,  οΐχύμενος  for 
θανώΐ',  the  departed,  the  dead,  Aesch. 
Pers.  546,  Soph.  El.  146,  etc.— 2.  ol- 
χωκα,  like  o/.o>'Aa,  to  be  gone,  undone, 
ruined,  ΙιΆΐ.  perii.  Soph.  Aj.  896,  etc. 
— II.  of  things,  to  denote  any  quick, 
violent  motion,  in  Hom.  of  darts, 
stones,  etc.,  to  rush,  sweep  along,  U.  1, 
53  ;  6,  346,  Od.  20,  64.— 2.  to  be  gone, 
lost,  vanished,  sunken,  in  Hom.  esp.  in 
questions,  as,  πή  coi  μένος  οίχεται ; 
whither  is  thy  spirit  gone  '!  II.  5,  472, 
cf.  13,220;  24,  201. 

Oiwandoifj,  in  Hom.  freq.  Ep.  act. 
for  οίυμαι,  q.  v. 

0/ώ.  Lacon.  for  οίω.  οίομαι. 

Όίωνίζομαι,  {οιωνός}  dep.,  to  take 
omens  from  the  flight  and  screa77is  of 
birds,  L•3ίt.  augurium  capere,  X.en.  Cyr. 

I,  6,  J. — II.  generally,  to  look  on  ng  an 
omen  or  augury,  forebode,  Lat.  aiigara- 
ri.  Id.  Hell.  1,  4,  12;  5,  4,  17.— III. 
inetaph.  of  a  person,  bi>  οΊωνίσαιτ  άν 
τις  μΰ?.λον  idijv  η  τΐρηςειττείν  j3oVAoi- 
το,  whom  one  would  rather  thun  as 
an  ill  omen  (omen  obscoerium),  if  one 
saw  hiin,  than  speak  to,  Dem.  794,  5. 

Οιωνικός,  ή,  όν,  {οιωνός)  belonging 
to  birds  of  prey,  to  their  flight,  or  to  au- 
gury :  hence  η  -κή  (sc.  τέχνη),  augury. 

Οίώνισμα,  ατής,  τό,  [οίωνιζομαι) 
divination  by  the  flight  or  cries  of  birds, 
Lat.  augurium,  Eur.  Phoen.  839. — II. 
^=οίωνός. 

ΟΙωΐ'ΐσμός,  m;  ό,  (,οΐυνίζομαι)  a 
divining  by  the  flight  of  birds  :  divina- 
tion, Plut.  Num.  14. 

ΟΙωνιστήρ,  r/ρος,  6,=  οΙωνιστής. 

ΟΙωιηστήριον.  ow  τό,  a  place  for 
watching  the  flight  of  birds,  Lat.  tern- 
plum  auguriim. — II.  that  frovx  which 
omens  are  taken  :  the  omen  Or  token  it- 
self, Xen.  Apol.  12:  strictly  neut.  from 

ΟΙωιηστήριος,  a,  ov,  belonging  loan 
οιωνιστ7]ρ  or  his  art :  from 

ΟΙωνιστής,  ov,  6,  {οίωνιζομαι)  one 
who  foretels  from  the  flight  and  cries  of 
bird's,  an  nvgur,  11.  2.  858  ;  17,  218, 
Hes.  Sc.  185;  θεοπρόπος  οίωνιστής, 

II.  13,  70.     Hence 
Οΐωνιστικός,  η,  όν,  of  or  belonging 

to  an  augur,  or,  generally,  to  divination, 
Arist.  H.  A.  1,  II,  6:  ;/  -κή  (sc.  τέ- 
χνη), augury.  Plat,  Phaedr.  244  D, 
Plut.^^ 

'\01ώνιχ<ΐς,ον,  b,  Oeonichus,  an  Ath- 
enian, Ar.  Eq.  1287. 

Οίωνόβρωτος,  ov,  (οιωνός,  βιβρώ- 
σκω)  eaten  of  birds,  Strab.  ; — with  v.  1. 
-βοτος. 

Ο'ιωνοθέτης,  ov,  ό,  [οίωΐ'ός,  τίθημι) 
an  interpreter  of  auguries,  an  augur, 
Soph,  O,  T.  483. 

Οιωνόθραος,  ov,  (οιωνός,  θρόος)  of 
the  voice  of  birds,  γόος,  Aesch.  Ag.  50. 

Οιωνοκτόνος,  ov,  (οιωνός,  κτείνω) 
killing  birds,  χειμών,  Aesch,  Ag,  503, 

Οίωνομαντεια,ας,  ή,  divination  from 
birds. 

Οίωνοααντικρς,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to 
an  ο'ιωνόμαντις,  επιστήμη,  Dion.  Η, 
3,  70 :  from 

Οίωνόμαντις,  εως,  ό  and  ή,  (οιωνός, 
μάντις)  one  who  takes  omens  from  the 
flight  and  cries  of  birds,  Eur,  Plioen. 
767.  _ 

Οιωνόμικτος,  ov,  (οιωνός,  μίγννμι) 
half  bird  shaped,  Lyc.  595. 

ΟΙωνοπό'λι^σις,  ή.  and  οΙ.ωνοτ:ο?.ία, 
ή,^οΐωνομαντεία :  from 

Ο'ιωνοπόλος.  ov,  (οιωνός,  'κί7Λ.), 
7Γ0?.,έω)  busied  with  or  observing  the 
flight  and  cries  of  birds :  as  subst.= 
οίωνιστής,  οίωνόμαντις,  11.  1,  69;  6, 
76,  Aesch.  Supp.  57, 

Ο'ιωνός.  ov,  ό,  (οίσς)  : — strictly,  a 
solitary  or  lone-flying  bird,  such  as 
most   birds  of  prey ;  esp,   a  vulture, 


OEKA 

cngh,  etc,  οιωνοί — φτ/ναι  ?/  aiyvmal 
γαμιί)ώννχες.  Od,  16,  216;  so  of  the 
eagle  of  Jupiter,  11.  24,293: — Hom. 
olt.  joins  κννε•;  and  οιωνοί,  \\.  1,  5  ; 
22,  335,  etc.  ;  oion'ol  Μμησταί,  11-  11, 
453;  an  image  i^f  swifmes*',  ρΙΐύτΊης 
άμ'  έπονται,  Hes.  Th.  268:  general- 
ly, birds,  a»  opp.  to  beasts.  Soph.  Fr, 
678  ;  cf.  οίωνοκτόνος. — II.  fi  bird  of 
07)ie  η  or  augury, because  from  the  flighi 
or  screams  of  the  greater  birds  of  prey 
omens  and  revelations  were  nsu. 
sought,  U,  12,  337,  Od,  15,  532,  Hes, 
Op.  779,  and  Trag, ;  so,  olijvo)  αίσιοι, 
Xen.  Cyr.  3,3,  22:— in  Od.  15,  532, 
the  κίρκος  is  expressly  distinguished 
as  οΙωνος,  a  bird  of  cmien,  from  the 
common  birds,  όρνιθες.  Hence, — 
111.  an  omen,  token,  presage,,  drawn 
from  these  birds,  Lat.  au.ipicinm  or 
augurium,  according  as  take?)  from 
seeing  their  flight  or  hearing  their  cry, 
II.  2,  8-59,  etc', ;  cf.  Valck.  Hipp.  871  } 
εις  ο'ιωνσς  άριστος,  ΰαννεαϋαι  "κερΙ 
■πάτρης,  the  one  best  ovteyi  is,  to  fight 
for  father-land,  i.  e.  we  need  rjo  fvther, 
II.  12,  243  ;  οιωνοί  αγαθοί  good  omens, 
Hes.  Fr.  39,  10:  τυν  οΙωνιη>  δέχομαι, 
I  hail  it  as  auspicious,  Lat.  arcipio 
omen,  Wess.  Hdt.  0,  91  ;  so  also  in 
Att.,  Thuc.  6,  27,  Xen.  Symp.  4,  48, 
etc. — IV,  as  adj,,  tvinged,  like  Lat, 
ales,  Lyc.  (From  oior.  as  ν'ιωνός 
from  ν'ιός,  κοινωνός  from  κοινός.) 

'\Οίωνός,  ov,  ό,  Oeonus,  son  of  Li- 
cymninis  of  Midea,  a  companion  oi 
Hercules,  Find.  O.  10,78:  Apollod. 
2,  7,  3. 

ΟΙωνοσκοτζεΙον ,  ov,  τό,  like  okwi• 
στι'ίριον,  a  place  where  aug^irics  are  ta- 
ken, Lat,  tempSum  migvrmn  :  from 

ΟΙωνοσκε^πέω,  ώ,  to  he  nn  οίΜνοσκό- 
ΤΓος,  to  watch  the  flight  of  birds,  to  take 
auguries,  Eur.  Bacch.  347 ;  τινί,  for 
one.  Id.  Phoen.  956 :  also  οίωνοσκο- 
τϊέοιιαι,  as  dep.  mid.,  Joseph.   Hence 

Οίωνοσκόπημα.  ατός,  τό,  a  sign  got 
from  the  flight  of  birds. 

ΟΙωνοσκοττητικός,  ή,  όν :=^ οιωνοί- 
σκοπικός. 

Οίωνοσκ&πία,  ας,  ή,  the  business  of 
an  οίωνοσκόττος,  Dion.  Η.  3,  47. 

ΟΊωνοσκοπικός,  ή,  ίιν.  {οϊνοσαόττος) 
of,  or  belonging  to  augviry,  Lat.  angu- 
rnlis,  τέχνη,  Dion.  H.  3,  70. 

Οΐωνοσκόηίον,  ov,  το,=^οιωνοσκο- 
πεϊον. 

ΟΙωνσσκάτϊος,  crv,  {ohjvor,  σχοττεω) 
watching  birds,  prophesying  by  their 
flight  or  cries:  ό  οιωνοσκ.,-=^οίωνΐ' 
στης,  Eur,  Supp,  500, 

Οϊως.  Att,  adv,  from  σίος,  οίος  ών 
ο'ίως  ίχείς  ;  in  what  a  state  art  Ihon 
for  such  a  man !  Soph.  Aj.  923  ;  cf.    ^ 
0£oc-V,VL^ 

Οΐωτός,  ή,  όχ',  (ojr)  made  of  sheep- 
skin, ap,  Hesych. 

"Oku,  poet,  όκκΰ.  Dor.  for  ότε,  like 
Τίόκα  and  τόκα  for  πέ>τε  and  τότε. 

ΌΚΕ'ΑΑΩ.  aor.  ώκεύια,  inf.  όκεΐ- 
Xai : —  =«ί'/.λω.  mostly  of  ships.— I. 
trans,  of  the  seamen,  to  run  a  ship 
aground,  or  on  shore.  Tar  vi/ar.  Wess, 
Hdt.  8,  84.  Eur.  I,  T.  L379,  Thuc,  4, 
12;  π?:όον  όκ.,  to  steer  one's  course, 
Nic.  Th.  295.— II.  intr.  of  the  ship,  to 
riin  aground,  Thuc.  2,  91,  Xen.  An.  7, 
5,  12  ;  so.  metaph.,  Ar.  Ach,  1159,  cf. 
Ath.  274  F. 

Όκη,  Ion.  for  δττη,  Hdt. 

Όκιμ,βάζω,  f.  -ύσω,—κιμβάζω,  σιαμ- 
βάζω. 

"Οκκά,  poet,  for  όκα,  Theocr,  1,  87  ; 
4,  21, 

'ΌΐίΚά,  or  better  υκ  κα,  like  kuk  κε- 
φαλής, for  ότε  κεν,  όταν,  Theocr.  ί=, 
68;  11,  22:  so,  όκκαν,  Theag.  ap. 
Stob,  p.  8,  40, 


ΟΚΝΟ 

Όκκο£•,  δκτα/.λος  or  οκκαλλος, — ν. 
δκος. 

'Οκ?.αδία,  ας,  ή;  {όκ?Μζω)=:^δκ.λα- 
σίζ.  Grainin. 

Όκ/Μδιας,  ον.  ό.  (όκ^.ύζω)  (sc.  δί- 
φρος, θρόνος)  α  folding-chair,  camp- 
stool,  lite  σκίαπους,  Ar.  Eq.  1384, 
138G. 

Όιc?L•^lδlύtJ,  ώ,  to  be  sinking  on  one's 
knees,  like  όκλάι^ω• 

Όΐί/.αδάν,  adv.,  vdtk  bended  knees, 
in  crouching,  cowering  posture,  Ap.  Rh. 
3,  122:  also  όκ?.άξ 3.Tid  όκ'λαστί :  from 

Όκλάζω,  f.  -σω,  to  crouch  or  cower 
with  bended  knees,  to  crouch  down  (cf. 
ιιετοκΆάζωίη  II.)- of  a  Persian  dance, 
somewhat  like  the  Mazurka,  ώκλαζε 
και  ίξανισταΓο,Χβη.  An.  6,  1,  10  (cf. 
όκλ.ασις,  οαλασμη) ;  ες  γόνν  o/cZ.,  Luc. 
D.  Mort.  27,  4,  cf.  Philops.  18  :  hence 
to  sink  down,  sit  down,  Soph.  O.  C. 
190  ;  of  oxen,  to  sink  on  their  knees, 
Mosch.  2,  99.  cf.  Valck.  Phoen.  642  ; 
so  of  horses  that  kneel  down  to  let  their 
rider  mount,  Plut.  2,  139  Β  ;  et  c.  ace, 
o/i/i,.  Tu  Οπίσθια,  τονς  προσθίους,  to 
bend  their  hind  or  fore  legs,  Xen.  £q. 
11,  3,  Ael.  : — meiaplL,  like  Lat.  desi- 
dere,  to  leave  off  through  weariness,  to 
abate,  Musae.  325,  Anth.  P.  5,  251 :  of 
the  wind,  to  slacken,  της  φοράς,  He- 
liod.  (Prob.  from  αλάω,  to  break, 
Lat. /ran  o-ere.) 

Όκ/ιάξ,  adv.,=  o«?i,a(5oi',  Pherecr. 
Coriana.  10,  Luc.  Lexiph.  11. 

Όΐίλαξ,  ?/,=  sq.,  Aral.  517. 

Όκλίσος,  η,  {οκλάζω)  a  crouching 
with  bent  knees,  Hipp.  ap.  Erotian., 
Luc.  Salt.  41 ;  cf.  όκ7.άζω. 

Όκλασμα,  ατός,  τό,  ^  foreg. : — a 
Persian  dance  in  which  the  dancer 
sank  on  his  knee  from  time  to  time, 
Diml  Ar.  Fr.  321 ;  cf  όα'λάζω. 

Όκ7ιαστί,  adv.=  o«Aa{5oi',  όκλαστί 
STTjoav,  of  a  frog  hopping,  Babrius.  [ϊ] 

Όκvίi?Joς,  a,  ov,  poet,  ίοτ  οκνηρός, 
Nona.  : — adv.  -έως,  Musae.  119. 

Όκνείω,  poet,  for  sq.,  IL  5,  255. 

Όκνίύΐ,  ώ,  L  -ήσω,  poet,  οκνείοι : — 
So  tarry,  delay,  heaitate  to  do  a  thing,  C. 
inf.,  οΐίΐ'είυ  'ίππ^ν  ίττιβαίνέμεν,  II.  5, 
255  ;  άρχεμέναί  πο?.έμοίο  ωκνεον,  II. 
20,  155. — In  Att.,  usu.  with  collat. 
signf.  of  the  feeling  which  causes  the 
hesitation,  and  so, — 1.  of  shame,  to  be 
ashamed  or  scriiple  to  do,  shrink  from 
doing,  οΐίνύ  ίκέτας  προδονναι,  Eur. 
Heracl.  246,  ct  Thuc.  5,  61,  Dera. 
702,  4. — 2.  of  pity,  to  be  sorry  or  fear 
to  do,  Aesch.  Pr.  628,  Soph.  El.  1271. 
— 3.  most  usu.  of  alarm,  or  (in  bad 
sense)  of  sloth  or  cowardice,  to  fear, 
be  afraid  to  do.  Soph.  Aj.  81,  Plat. 
Gorg.  462  E,  etc.— The  most  usu. 
construct,  continued  to  be  c.  inf  : 
also  c.  ace,  to  fear  a  thing,  Soph.  O.  T. 
076,  Xen.  Cyr.  2,  2,  21,  etc.;  and, 
όκνείν  ττερί  τίνος,  lb.  4,  5,  20 ;  δκν. 
μη...,  to  be  afraid  iest....  Plat.  Phaedr. 
257  C,  Xen.,  etc. :  absol,  first  in  Hdt. 
7,  50,  1,  and  freq.  in  Soph. 

Όανηρία,  ας,  η,^^όκνος,  late  word : 
from 

'Οκνηρός,  ύ,  όν,  (δκνος)  loitering, 
slow,  hesitating,  Pind.  N.  11,  28: — 
slothful,  sluggish,  εις  τι.  Antipho  118, 
24,  Thac.  4,  55  ;  esp.  from  fear,  opp. 
to  το?.μηρός,  θρασύς,  Dem.  777,  5. — 
II.  of  things,  causing  fear,  grievous, 
troublesome.  Soph.  0.  T.  834.  Adv. 
■ρώς,  Xen.  {6κν,  Theocr.  24,  35.] 

'Οκνητίον,  verb.  adj.  from  όκνέυ. 
Plat.  Legg.  891  D.^ 

Όκ,νία,  ας,  ή,=6κνσς,  dub. 

ΌΚΝΟΣ,  ον,  6,  delay,  unreadiness, 
slowness,  hesitation,  whether  from 
weariness  and  bodily  fatigue,  οντε  τι 
με  δέος  Ισχει  uicrjpiov  οντε  τις  δκνος, 


ΟΚΡΙ 

Ώ.  5,  817  (answering  to  κύματος  in 
811);  οντ'  υκνω  είκων  οντ'  άφραδίτ/σι 
νόοιο,  II.  10,  122  ;  cf  13,  224  :— or,  as 
more  common,  from  internal  causes, 
as  indolence,  fear,  etc. ;  sloth,  slug- 
gishness ;  backwardness,  cowardice,  etc., 
Aesch.  Theb.  54,  Soph.  Ant.  243; 
όκνος  και  μέλλησις,  Thuc.  7,  49  ; 
opp.  to  θράσος.  Id.  2,  40 ;  hence  sim- 
ply for  alarm,  fear,  Aesch.  Ag.  1009, 
Soph.  Phil.  225:  in  plur..  delays. 
Plat.  Legg.  768  E,  Dem.  308,  fin.  :— 
c.  gen.,  τον  ττόνον  γαρ  ova  δκνος,  I 
grudge  not  Ubour,  Soph.  Phil.  887,  cf. 
Isocr.  2  C  :  πάρεσχεν  υκνον  μη  ελ- 
θεΐν,  made  them  hesitate  Ιο...,  Thuc. 
3,  39;  so,  δκνος  f/v  uviaTaadai,Xen. 
An.  4,  4,  11  ;  δκνος  προς  τι.  Plat. 
Legg.  665  D. — II.  "Οκνος,  an  allegori- 
cal picture  by  Polygnotus,  of  a  man 
twisting  a  rope  whicha  she-ass  gnaws 
to  pieces  again,  Paus.  10,  29,  2,  Plin. 
H.  N.  35,  31  (11),  an  emblem  of  la- 
bour in  vain,  Lat.  ocnus  spartum  tor- 
quens,  Burm.  Propert.  4,  3,  21,  σννά- 
γειν  τοΰ  "Οκνον  την  βώμιγγα,  Paus. 
Ι.  c,  who  says  that  Polygnotus  meant 
it  for  the  symbol  of  a  bad  housewife, 
who  wastes  her  husband's  gains. 

B.  a  kmd  of  heron,  Lat.  ardca  stella- 
ris,  also  έρωδώς  αστερίας,  Arist.  Η. 
Α.  9,  18,  2. 

Όκνός,  ή,  όν,  as  adj.,  idle,  cowardly, 
dub. 

νΟκνος,  ον,  ό,  Ocnus,  masc.  pr  η., 
Paus.  10,  29. 

Όκνόφϊλος,  ον,  {δκνος,  ^L?du)fond 
of  delay. 

Όκνώδης,  ες,  (όκνος,  είδος)  lazy, 
cowardly,  like  οκνηρός. 

Όκόΰεν,  όκοϊος,  όκόσος,  δκότε, 
όκότερος,  5κου,  Ion.  ίοτ  οπόθεν,  όποι- 
ος, δπόσος,  οπότε,  όπότερος,  όπου, 
but  only  in  prose. 

νΟκονδοβάτης,  ον,  δ,  Oco?idobates, 
an  officer  of  Alexander  the  great,  Arr. 
An.  3,  8,  5. 

•ΟΚΟΣ,  6,  also  ΌΚΚΟΣ,  the  eye, 
Gramm.,  hence  δκταλλος  or  όκκαλ- 
λος,  Boeot.,  and  Lat.  OCUS,  oculus, 
ocellus,  akin  to  δσιε,  δσσομαι,  δψομαι 
(cf.  equus,  ϊηπος). 

■\'Οκρα,  ας,  ή,  Ocra,  a  mountain- 
range  in  Noricum,  Strab.  p.  202. 

Όκριάζω,  to  be  rough  or  a/tgru,SoOh. 
Fr.  918. 

Όκρΐάο),  ΰ,  (όκρις)  to  make  rough  : 
prob.  only  used  in  pass.,  and  in  ine- 
taph.  sense,  like  τραχννομαι,  Lat. 
exasperari,  πανθνμαδύν  ΰκριόωντο, 
they  grew  furiously  angry  with  each 
Other,  Od.  18,  33;  ώκριωμένος,  en- 
raged. Lye. 

Όκρίβας,  αντος,  δ,  {δκρις,  βαίνω) 
a  kind  of  tribune  on  the  tragic  stage, 
from  which  the  actors  declaimed,  like 
Ικριον  or  'λογείον,  Lat.  pulpifum.  Plat. 
Symp.  194  B,  Luc.  Ner.  9.— Some 
suppose  it  to  have  been  in  the  early 
wooden  theatre  what  the  θυμέλη  was 
afterwards  and  refer  its  invention  to 
Aeschylus.  Philostr.  Vit.  Soph.  1,  9, 
Themist.  Or.  26 ;  cf  Ruhnk.  Tim., 
Schol.  Plat.  1.  c. ;  v.  Horat.  A.  P.  279. 
— II.  generally,  like  κιλλίβας,  any 
kind  of  steps,  etc.,  by  which  one  can 
ascend;  and  so, — 1.  a  painter's  easel. 
— 2.  the  raised  seat  of  the  chariot-driver. 
— III.  acc.  to  Hesych.,=  /ci/lAof,  an 
ass  or  goat,  [ΐ] 

^'Οκριδίων,  όνος,  ό,  Ocridion,  a 
hero  in  Rhodes,  Plut. 

■^Όκρικλοι,  ων,  oi,  the  city  Ocricu- 
lum  in  Umbria,  Strab.  p.  226. 

Όκρΐοειδής,  ες,  {υκρις,  είδος)  of  a 
pointed  shape :  projecting,  Hipp. 

Όκρΐόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  Ιδκρις)  having 
many   ■poirUs   or   roughnesses,   rugged, 


OKTA 
pointed,  in  Horn,  always  epith.  of  un- 
hewn stone,  χερμάδιον,  /.ιθος,  πέ- 
τρας, μαρμαράς,  11.  4,  518  ;  8, 327  ;  12, 
380 ;  16, 735 ; — so,  όκρ.  χερμάς,  .\esch. 
Theb.  300 ;  χθων.  Id.  Pr.  282.  (Cf. 
οκρυόεις  sub  fin. 

Όκρίύωντο,  Ep.  for  δκριώντο,  Od., 
V.  όκριύω. 

ΌκρΙς,  ιος,  ή,  like  ύκρις,  άκρα,  α 
point  or  prominence,  any  roughness  on 
an  edge  or  surface,  whether  large  or 
small :  hence  in  Unibrian  and  old 
Lat.=mons  confragosus,  v.  Rhein.  Mu- 
seum 1,  386. — II.  as  adj.  όκρις,  ίδος, 
ό,  η,=^δκμιάεΐΓ,  ragged, peaked,  Aesch. 
Pr.  1016.     Hence 

Όκρίωμα,  ατός,  τό,  like  δκρις,  a 
projecting  point,  peak,   [ϊ] 

Όκρνόεις,  εσσα,  εν,=  κρνόεις,  with 
ο  euphon.,  just  like  κρνερός,  chilling, 
making  one  shudder,  hence  fcarj'id, 
dreadful,  πόλεμος,  II.  9,  94  :  and  in  11. 
6,  344,  Helen  calls  herself  «ιίω;•  οκρν- 
όεσσα :  όκρ.  ώόι3ος.  Αρ.  Rh.  2,  607 ; 
όκρ.  βάρις,  of  Charon's  boat,  Leon. 
Tar.  59.  {όκρνόεις  and  όκριόεις  are  oft. 
confounded  in  the  common  editions, 
V.  Heyne  II.  T.  4,  p.  649  :  Wolf  was 
the  first  to  distinguish  them  in  Horn.) 

νΟκταβία,  ας,  ή,  the  Rom.  name 
Octaria,  Paus. 

\Όκταβιάνός,ον,ό,νί\^Ή.οτα.  name 
Octavianus,  Plut. 

ΥΟκτάβιος,  ου,  6,  the  Rom.  Octa- 
vius,  Plut. 

Όκτάβ?.ωμος,  ον,  [οκτώ,  β7<.ωμός) 
consisting  of  eight  morsels  or  moiUhfuts, 
ΟΚΤ.  άρτος,  an  old  kind  ot  loaf  which 
before  baking  was  scored  in  eight  equal 
parts,  Hes  Op.  440. 

Όκτΰδάκτνλος,  ov,  {οκτώ.  δάκτυ- 
λος) eight-fingered,  Ar.  Lys.  109  :  but 
Lob.  Phryn  415,  Elmsl.  Med.  1150, 
prefer  the  form  όκτωδύκτνλος. 

Όκτύδραχμος,  ον,  {οκτώ,  δραχμή) 
weighing  or  worth  eight  drachmae. 

'Οκτάεδρος,  ov,  {οκτώ.  έδρα)  eight- 
sided  :  TO  ΟΚΤ.,  an  octahedron,  Tim. 
Locr.  98  D. 

Όκταετηρίς.  ίδος,  η,  a  space  of  eight 
years,  Plut.  2.  892  C  :  from 

'Οκταέτης,  ες,  {οκτώ,  έτος)  for  eight 
years,  Diod.     Hence 

'Οκταετία,  ας,  ή,  —  όκταετηρίς, 
Procl. 

Όκτάετίς,  ή,  pecul.  fem.  οί  οκταέ- 
της, Ερ.  Plat.  361  D. 

'Οκταήμερος,  ον,  {οκτώ,  ημέρα)  for 
eight  days,  Ν.  Τ. 

Όκτύκις,  {οκτώ)  adv.,  eight  tim-a, 
Luc.  adv.  Indoct.  4,  Plut.,  etc.  [ύ] 

Όκτΰκιςμνριοι,  ai,  a,  {όκτάκις,  μύ- 
ριοι) eighty  thousand,  Diod.  [v] 

Όκτύκιςχιλιοι,  at,  a,  {όκτάκις, 
χίλιοι)  eight  thousand,  Hdt.  9,  28  :  he 
also  has  in  sing.,  ϊππος  όκτακιςχιλί  / 
for  όκτακιςχίλίίοι  ιππείς, — as  we  say, 
'  8000  horse,'  7,  85,  cf  5.  30.  [χι] 

Όκτάκνημος,  ov,  {οκτώ.  κνήμη  II) 
eight-spoked,  κύκλα,  II.  5,  723. 

'Οκτακόσιοι,  αι.  α,  eight  hundred, 
Hdt.  2,  9,  etc.     Hence 

Όκτακοσιοστός,  //,  όν,  the  eight- 
hundredth,  Dio  C. 

Όκτΰκότνλος,  ov,  {οκτώ,  κοτύλη) 
holding  eight  cotylae,  Ath.  180  A. 

Όκτύκωλος,  ov,  {οκτώ,  κώλ.ον) 
eight-limbed  or  jointed. 

Όκταλλος.  ό,  v.  δκος. 

Όκτάμερής,  ές,  {ύκτώ,  μέρος)  of  or 
in  eight  parts,  Diog.  L.  7,  110. 

Όκτύμετρος,  ov,  {οκτώ,  μέτρον)  of 
eight  metres  OT  feet,  [ΰ] 

Όκτάμηνιαϊος,  a,  ov,  later  form  for 
sq..  Diod.,  Plut.  2,  908  A. 

'Οκτάμηνος,  ov,  {δκτώ,  μην)  eight 
months  old,  in  the  eighth  month,  Xen. 
Cyn.  7,  6.  [a] 

1013 


ΟΚΤΩ 

Όκτάττεδος,  ον.  Dot.  for  όκτάτ^ονς. 
Tab.  Heracl.  [ΰ] 

Όκτά'τττιχυς,  ν,  {οκτώ,  πτ/χνς)  eight 
cubits  long,  [ΰ] 

Όκταπλάσΐ-ος,  α,  ον,  eightfold,  Lat. 
ocluplus,  At.  Eq.  70.  [α] 

'ΟκταττΆύσίων,  ον,  gen.  ονος,= 
foreg. 

Όκτύττλεθρος,  ον,  {οκτώ,  πλέθρον) 
eight  plethra  long  or  large,  Dion.  H.  4, 
CI. 

Όκτατί?.όος,  ον,  contr.  -πλους,  nvv, 
eightfold. 

Όκτΰπόδης,  ον,  6,  {οκτώ,  πους) 
eight  feet  long,  HfS.  Op.  437. 

Όκτάττονς,  ό,  η,  -πουν,  τό,  {οκτώ, 
πους)  eight-footed,  Anth. : — Scythian 
name  for  one  who  possessed  two  oxen 
and  a  cart,  Luc.  Scjth.  1. — 11.  eight 
feet  long,   [ά] 

Όκτύρβιζος,  ον,  {οκτώ,  βίζα)  with 
eight  roots :  of  a  stag's  lioms,  with  eight 
points  or  tynes,  Leon.  Tar.  32,  3. 

Όκτάρρϋμος,  or,  {οκτώ,  βνμός)  of 
chariots,  leith  eight  poles, — or,  rather, 
so  constructed  as  to  be  drawn  by  eight 
pair  of  horses  or  oxen,  Xen.  Cyr.  6, 
1,  52. 

Όκτύς,  άδος,  ή,  {οκτώ)  the  number 
eight.  Arist.  Metaph.  12,  7,  22. 

Όκτύσημος,  ον,  {οκτώ,  σήμα)  with 
eight  sigyts  :  in  prosody,  of  eight  times, 
Henn.  £1.  Metr.  p.  240.  "[a] 

Όκταστύδιος,  ον,  {οκτώ,  στύδιον) 
eight  stadcs  long  ;  τό  όκταστάδιον,  a 
length  of  eight  stadcs,  Polyb.  34,  12, 

4.  [σ-ίϊ] 

'Οκτάστνλος,  ον,  {οκτώ,  στύλος) 
u-ith  tight  colum)is  in  front,  of  temples, 
Vitruv. 

ΥΟκτύτομης,  ον,  {οκτώ,  τέμνω)  di- 
vided into  eight  parts,  βίβ/.ος,  Alex. 
Trail. 

^Οκτάτονος,  ον,  {οκτώ,  τείνω)  άλι- 
κες OK.,  the  eight  arms  with  which  the 
cuttle-fish  catches  its  prey,  Anth.  P. 
9,  14.  [a] 

^Οκτάχώς,  adv.,  in  eight  ways. 

Όκτήρης,  ες,  {οκτώ,  *ύρω  !)  eight- 
fold :  νανς  ΟΚΤ.,  a  ship  with  eight 
banks  of  oars,  Polyb.  16.  3,  2. 

ΌΚΤί2',  οί,  ai,  τά.  iiidecl.  eight, 
Horn.,  etc.  (Lat.  octo,  Sanscr.  ashtan, 
fGerm.  acht.) 

Όκτωδάκτϋ7Μς,  ον,  v.  sub  δκταδ-. 

Όκτωκαίδεκα,  oi,  al,  τά,  indecL, 
eighteen,  Hdt.  2,  111,  etc. 

Όκτωκαίδεκάδραχμος,  ον,  (foreg., 
δραχμή)  weighing  or  worth  eighteen 
drachmae,  Dem    1045,  3. 

ΌκτωκαίδεκαίτΊ/ς,  ες,(ετος)  eighteen 
years  old,  or  lasting  eighteen  years,  Luc. 
D.  Mort.  27,  7,  Lob.  Phryn.  408. 

ΫΟκτωκαίδεκαετις,  ιδος,  ή,  fem. 
to  foreg.,  eighteen  years  old,  Luc.  Tox. 
21:  Dial.  Meretr.  8,  2. 

Όκτωκαιόεκάπιιγί'ς,  ν,  {πηχνς) 
eighteen  cubits  long,  Diod. 

Όκτωκαίδεκαπλάσίων,  ον,  eighteen- 
fold,  Plut.  2,  925  C. 

Όκτωκαιδεκάσημος,  ον,  of  eighteen 
times,  in  prosody. 

Όκτωκηίδεκΰταϊος,  a,  ov,  on  the 
eighteenth  day,  Hipp.  ;  from 

Όκτωκαιδέκύτυς,  ?/,  ov,  (όκτωκαί- 
δεκα) the  eighteenth  :  όκτωκαιδεκύτη 
(sc.  ήμερα),  on  the  eighteenth  day,  Ocl. 

5,  279  etc. 

Όκτωκαίδεκέτης,  ου,  δ,  {όκτωκαί- 
δεκα, έτος)  eighteen  years  old,  Dem. 
1009,  13. 

Όκτωκαιδεκέτις,  ή,  pecul.  fem.  of 
foreg.,  tv.  όκτωκαιδεκαέτις. 

Όκτωκatεtκoσι7τλaσίωv,ov,tιventy- 
eighlfold.  Plut.  2,  889  F. 

ΌκτωμηνιαΙος,  a.  (ϊΐ',:=6κταμηνι- 
αΐος.  Lob.  Phryn.  549. 

'Οκτωιιίμ'ος.  ov,  {ιΐ!μ•)=6κτύμηνος. 
1014 


ΟΛΒΙ 

Όκτώττηχνς,  υ,^:^όκτά'!τηχνς,  Phi- 
lem.  p.  431. 

Όκτώττονς,  6,  ή,  -now,  τό,=όκτύ- 
πονς.  Cralin.  θρβττ.  10  ;  as  subst. 
for  σκορπιός,  cf  ilerm.  Opusc.  5,  26. 
—II.  tiu'ht  feet  large.  Plat.  Meno  82 
E,  83  A,  etc. 

Όκτώρα^δος,  ov,  {οκτώ,  βάβδος) 
with  eight  staves,  stripes  or  lines. 

Όκτωστάδως,  ον,^όκταστάδιος, 
Strab.  [ά] 

Όκτώφοροζ,  01',  {οκτώ,  ώέρω)  bnme 
by  eight :  as  subst.,  ό  or  ή  οκτ.,  a  litter 
carried  by  eight,  Cic.  Verr.  2,  5,  11  : 
also  TO  όκτώ<ρορον. 

Όκχέω,  Dor.  form  of  όχέω,  made 
harsher  by  the  insertion  of  κ,  to  bear, 
πόνον,  Pind.  O.  2,  122;  cf-  Call. 
Jov.  23. 

Όκχή,  ης,  τ).  Dor.  for  οχη,  a  prop, 
support.  Call.  Fr.  484. 

Όκχος,  b,  Dor.  for  δχος,  a  chariot, 
Pind.  O.  6,  40. 

Όκως,  Ion.  for  oTrcjf,  Hdt.,  etc. ; 
never  in  Horn. 

Όκωχα,  old  perf  of  εχω,  whence 
the  compd.  συνοχωκύτε,  11.  2,  218  ; 
V.  Buttm.  Ausf.  Gr.  ^  85  Anm.  5. 
Hence 

Όκωχεύω,  {κωχεύω,  όχενω,  όχέω, 
εχω)  to  hold,  Hesych. 

Όκωχή,  ης,  i),  a  prop,  hold. 

Όλ.αί.  αϊ,  V.  sub  ονλαί. 

νΟλαΐδας,  ό.  Olaidas,  a  Theban,  a 
victor  in  the  Pythian  games,  Paus. 
10,  7,  8. 

Υ'Ολ.ανα,  OT  Όλανα.  the  Olania, 
one  of  the  mouths  of  the  Po,  now  Po 
di  Volano.  Polyb.  2.  16,  10. 

Ό'λάργνρης,  ov,  {ύλ.ος,  ΰργνρος)  of 
solid  silvr,  Callix.  ap.  Ath.  199  C. 

Όλβάχτίϊον,  τό,  also  written  -αχνον, 
-άχίον,  -ύχνιον,  όλεχον,  said  to  t>e 
Syracu.s.  lor  6'λαχνον,  ολάχνιον.^= 
ονλοχόΐον,  q.  V. 

^'Ολ^βη,ης,ή,  0lhe,3  city  of  Cilicia, 
with  a  temple  of  Jupiter  founded  by 
Ajax  and  Teucer,  Strab.  p.  672. 

'07.βήει.ς,  εσσα,  εν,  late  poet,  word 
for  όλβιος,  Manetho. 

Όλ/3ία,  ας,  ή,  {όλ3ος)  bliss,  είς 
όλ'3ίαν=  εις  μακαρίαν.  Corn.  ap.  Phot. 

Όλβια,  τα,  like  Όλπια,  older  form 
for  Ά/ιΤτία,  the  Alps,  Posidon.  ap. 
Ath.  233  D. 

V0?.i3ia,  ας,  ή,  Olhia,  a  city  -of 
European  Scythia,  on  the  Bor\'s- 
thenes,  a  colony  of  Miletus,  the  later 
Βορνσθενίς,  Strab.  p.  300,  cf.  Hdt.  4, 
18,  78. — 2.  a  city  of  Pamphylia.  Strab. 
p.  666. — 3.  a  city  of  Gaul,  a  colony  of 
the  Massilian.s,  Strab.  p.  180.— 4.  a 
city  of  Sardinia,  Paus.  10,  17,  5. — 
Many  others  of  this  name  in  Sieph. 
Byz. 

νθ?.3ιάδ7ίς,  ov,  6,  Olbiades,  a  cel- 
ebrated painter  of  Athens,  Paus.  1, 
3.  5. 

Ό?.|3ιάζu),=  sq.  dub. 

Ό?J3iζω,  f.-ί'σω,  {όλβος)  to  make 
happy.  Eur.  Phoen.  1689,  Hel.  228  : 
esp.  to  deem  happy  or  o/f.vi.  like  μακα- 
ρίζω, Aesch.  Ag.  928,  Soph.  O.  T. 
1529, etc. :  pass.,  οί  ταπρώτ^  ώλβισμέ- 
voL,  Eur.  I.  A.  51  ;  μέλα  όλβισβείς. 
Id.  Tro.  1253. 

Όλβιογύστωρ,  ορός,  ό,  ή,  {όλβιος, 
γαστ?/ρ)  whose  happiness  is  in  his  belly, 
a  belly-god,  Amphis  Τνναικομ.  2. 

Όλβίοδαίμων.  όνος,  ό  and  /},  (όΖ- 
βιος,  δαίμων)  of  blessed  Int.  11.  3,  182. 

Ό'λβιοδότης,  ου,  ό,^=όλβιοδώτης. 

Όλ.βιήδωρος,  ον,  {όλβιος,  δώρον) 
bestoii'ing  bliss,  χθων  όλβ.,  bounteous 
earth,  Eur.  Hipp.  750. 

'0?ί Ίιαδώτης,  ον,  δ,  fem.  -δωτις, 
ιδος,  i/,  {όλβιος,  δίδωμι)  bcstower  of 
bliss,  Orph,  Η.  33,  2  ;  39,  2,  etc. 


OABO 

'0?ιβιοερ^/άς,  όν,  {όλβιος,  *ίργώ) 
making  happy,  Anth.  P.  9,  525,  16. 

Όλβίϋβνμος,  ov,  {όλβιος,  ϋνμός) 
happy-minded  ;  or  ^Ct.,  heart-gladden• 
in^,  Or|ih.  H.  18,  21. 

Όλβιήκοσμος,  ov,  {όλβιος,  κόσμος) 
making  the  tcorld  happy,  dub. 

Όλβιόμοιρος,  ov,  {όλβιος,  μοίρα) 
= όλβίοδαίμων,  Orph.  Η.  25,  6. 

Όλβιάπλοντος,  crv,  {όλβιος,  πλέον- 
τος) blest  in  wealth,  Philox.  ap.  Ath. 
643  C. 

νΟλ.βιοπολΛται,  ώΐ',  ol,  the  Olbin- 
politae,  inhab.  of  Olbia  (1),  Hdt.  4,  18. 

Ό7φιος,  ov,  but  more  usu.  a,  ov, 
as  Eur.  Ale.  452,  Or.  1338:  {όλβος): 
happy,  blest  with  all  the  goods  of  life,  in 
Horn.,  always  in  reference  to  worldly 
goods,  weulthy,  rich,  just  like  Lat.  bea- 
tus.  ευδαίμων  τε  και  όλβιος,  Hes.  Op. 
824  ;  however  the  word  implies  more 
than  mere  outward  prosperity,  and  so, 
Hdt.  1,  32  opposes  it  to  εντνχής, 
which  in  8,  75  he  expresses  by  όλβ. 
Xpf/μασι  :  generally,  happy,  blessed. 
Soph.  El.  160  :  besides  the  masc. 
(which  alone  occurs  in  II.,  as  also  in 
Hes.)  Horn,  only  uses  neut.  [iliar.,  as, 
ολβιη  δούναι,  to  bestow  rich  gifts. 
Od.  8,  413  ;  δώρα  όλβια  ποιεΐν,  to 
make  gifts  happy,  make  them  pros- 
per, Od.  13,  42 ;  so  in  adv.,  όλβια 
ζώειν,  to  live  happy,  Od.  7,  148,  cf. 
Hdt.  1,  30 ;  πσ?.λα  και  ο?.βια  ειπείν, 
Hdt.  1,  31 :— cf  snb  όλβ'ία,  ^.— But 
the  word  was  not  common  in  Att. 
prose:  Plat,  has  it  once,  Prot.  337 
D. — Irreg.  superl.  όλβιστος,  ti,  ov, 
like  αίσχιστος,  έχΟιστος,  οΊκτιστος, 
α7.)ΐστος,  κέρδιστος,  very  freq.  in 
later  poets  from  Caltira.  and  Mel. 
dowuwds.,  Schiif.  Greg.  p.  896  sq., 
Ruhnk.  Ep.  Cr.  p.  167  :  the  regul. 
superl.  όλ β ιώτατος  is  m  Hdt.  1,30, 
216.  Adv.,  -ίως.  Soph.  O.  C.  1720. 
(Buttm.  Ausf  Gr.  §67  Anm.  4.  n,  in- 
stead of  the  superl.  όλβιστος,  as- 
sumes a  verb.  adj.  όλβιστός,  ή,  όν, 
from  ό/ίβίζω,  tn  be  deemed  happy,  like 
μακαριστός, —  without  sufficient  rea- 
son, and  against  the  .MSS.) 

νΟλ.βιος,  ov,  o,  the  Olbius,  a  river 
of  Arcadia, =:'Ap(5Ui'iOf,  Paus.  8,  14,3. 

Όλβιϋτνφος,  ov,  {όλβιος,  τνφος^ 
happy  in  his  oivn  conceit,  said  of  Archy- 
tas,  Bion  ap.  Diog.  L.  4,  52, — formed 
after  the  Homeric  όλβίοδαίμων. 

Ό7.βιόό(ΐονρος,  ov,  {ολβία,  φρον- 
ρέω)  watching  or  keeping  happiness. 

Όλβώόρων,  όνος,  δ,  i],  {όλβιος, 
όρ'ην)  leaning  towards  the  riclt,  Luc. 
Tragop.  193. 

Ό7,.βιόχειρος,  ov,  {όλιβιος,  χειρ) 
with  blessed  hands,  v.  1.  Orph.  H.  22,  8. 

Όλβιστος,  7;,  ov,  or  όλ^βιστός,  ι], 
όν  ;  V.  όλβιος  fin. 

Όλβοδότειρα,  ας,  ή,  fem,  of  sq., 
Eur.  Bacch.  419. 

Όλ,βοδότης,  ου,  ό,  (όλβος,  δίδωμι) 
giver  of  bliss,  of  good  or  wealth,  like 
όλβιοδώτης,  Eur.  Bacch.  572. 

'07.βοδότίς,  ιδος,  ή,  fem.  from 
foreg.;  Orph.  H.  20,  9. 

Ό7^βοθρεμμων,  ov,  (ό7.βος,  τρέφω) 
nursed  a?jiid  wealth,  Κήρες,  Pind.  Fr. 
245. 

Όλβομέλαθρος,  ov,  {όλβος,  μέλια- 
θρον)  of  a  happy  house,  Manetho. 

Ό7^βονομέω,  ώ.  {ό7.βος,  νέμω)βίον, 
to  live  a  happy  life.  .Manetho. 

Ό.νΒΟΣ,  ov,  b,  happiness,  bliss,  all 
that  belongs  to  a  happy  life  :  in  Hom. 
and  Hes.,  esp.  of  worldly  goods,  wealth, 
hence  όλβω  τε  πλοντω  τε,  II.  16.  596, 
Od.  14,  206,  generally,  prosperity  iji 
life,  (cf  όλβιος),  Od.  3,  208,  etc.  ; 
freq.  in  Pind.,  and  Trag.,  esp.  Eur  ; 
— a  poet,  word,  also  used  by  Hdt.  L, 


ΟΛΕΣ 

86,  Xen.  Cyr.  1. 5,  9  ;  4,  2,  44  and  46 : 
mostly  of  persons  and  families,  but 
in  later  \vrilei-s  also  of  countries,  etc. 
(Prob.  akin  to  *ά?.ώω,  ά/.όαινω  :  ace. 
to  Pott  from  root  ?.a3-.  λαμβάνω,  etc., 
Etym.  Forsch.  2,  p.  2G0.) 

Ό'/.3οψόρος,  ov,  {δ'/.3ος, φέρω) bring- 
ing bliss  or  wealth,  Eur.  I.  Λ.  597. 

ΥΟλγασσος.  ου,  b,  Otgassus,  a  moun- 
tain-range of  Paphlagonia,  Strab.  p. 
562. 

νθ?ι,έαστρον,  ου,  τό,  Oleastrum,  a 
city  of  Hispania  near  the  mouth  of 
the  Iberus,  Strab.  p.  159. 

Όλέεσθιιι,  inf.  ful.  mid.  of  όλλυ/ίί, 
Ion.  for  όλεΐσθαι,  11. 

Όλέεσκε,  Ep.  lengthd.  3  sing.  aor. 
2  act.  of  ολ'/.υμι,  11.  19,  135. 

Όλέβριος,  ov.Eur.  Hec.  1084,  Med. 
993  ;  but  a,  ov  Hdt.  6,  112,  and  oft.  in 
Trag.  {όλεβρος)  -.—destructive,  deadly, 
ok.  iijJ-ap,  the  evil  day,  day  of  dcstmc- 
tion,  11.  19,  294,  409,  of.  ελεύθερον 
ημαρ  ;  τρήφης  ό/.,  a  vote  of  death, 
Aesch.  Theb.  198  ;  όΛ.  κότος.  Id.  Cho. 
952  ;  so  in  Soph.,  etc. ;  also  in  Plat. 
Rep.  3S9  D  : — c.  gen.,  -■^άμοι  ολέθριοι 
όίλων.  Id.  Ag.  1156.— 11.  pass.,  lost, 
undone,  unhappy.  Soph.  Aj.  402,  Tr. 
878.  —  2.  rascalli/.  worthless,  cf.  ό/.ε- 
θρος  II,  Luc.  D.  Mort.  2,  1.  Adv. 
-ιως. 

'Ολεϋροκοώς,  όν,  {ολ.εβρος,  ττούο)) 
causing  destruction. 

Όλεθρος,  ου,  6.  (όλώ,  6λ/.νμι)  ruin, 
destruction,  death,  both  act.  and  pass., 
I'req.  in  Horn.,  Trag.,  etc. ;  Horn,  al- 
ways m  last  signf ,  usu.  αίττνς  or  'λν- 
γρος  όλεθρος.  IL  10,  174,  etc.  ;  also 
άόευκής  and  οΊκτιστος  δ-,  Od.  4,  489 ; 
23,  79 ;  όλεθρος  ψυχής,  loss  of  life, 
the  consummation  of  death,  11.  22,  325, 
Pind. ;  o/Jdpov  πείρατα,  like  βανά- 
rov  τέλος,  11.  6,  143,  etc. : — ονκ  εις 
δλεθρον  ;  as  an  imprecation,  plague 
take  thee.'  Soph.  O.  T.  430  -.—χρημά- 
των δ/.έθρω,  bv  loss  of  money,  Ttiuc. 
7,  27;— freq.  in  Plat.— II.  like  Lat. 
pernicies  and  pestis,  that  which  causes 
destruction,  Hes.  Th.  326 :  esp.  of  a 
mischievous  person,  a  curse,  plazue,  or 
ruin  to  others.  Hdt.  3,  142,  ( Valck. 
ad  5,  07  is  wrong  in  making  it  one  who 
deserves  death,=  βάpaθpoς) ;  so  Oedi- 
pus calls  himself  τον  με-•^  αν  δλεθρον. 
Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  1344 ;  freq.  in  Dem..  as, 
δλ.  Μακεδών,  of  Philip.  119,  8;  δλ. 
γραμματεύς,  of  Aeschines.  269,  19 ; 
cf.  5S2,  1  ;  c£  Meineke  Menand.  p. 
191,  and  v.  sub  φθόρος. 

'O/f?,  ό/.εϊται,  2  and  3  sing.  fut. 
mid.  of  δλλνμι. 

Όλ.ίκρανον,  ov,  τό,^ω'/.έκρανον, 
Ar.  Pac.  443. 

'0ΛΕ'Κί2,  only  used  in  pres.  and 
impf..  the  latter  without  augm.  : 
(from  same  root  as  ό'λλνμι,  δλώ7.εκα). 
To  ruin,  destroy,  kill,  in  Hom.  always 
in  last  signf.,  and  usu.  of  men.  as  11. 
18,  172;  but  in  Od.  22,  305,  of  birds 
which  prey  on  smaller  birds: — pass. 
:=ό/./.νμαι,  to  perish,  die,  esp.  a  vio- 
lent death,  II.  1,  10;  16.  17.  The 
word  is  chiefly  Ep. ;  used  by  Trag. 
once  m  act..  Soph.  Ant.  1285  ;  twice 
in  pass.,  Aesch.  Pr.  563,  Soph.  Tr. 
1012, — all  lyric  passages. 

Όλερός,  ά,  όν,  Att.  for  θαλερός, 
impure,  turbid.  Galen. 

Όλέσαί,  inf.  aor.  act.  of  ό?.λνμι, 
Hom. 

'0/  έσας.  ασα,  αν,  part.  aor.  act.  of 
δΆλνμι,  Hom. 

Ό/.εσήνωρ,  ορός,  6,  ij,  (δλλυμι, 
ήνήρ)  ruining  men,  epith.  of  perjury, 
Theogn.  399. 

Όλ.έσθαι,  iaf.  aor.  mid.  of  δλλνμι, 
Hom. 


ΟΑΙΓ 

'Ολ.εσιανλοκά?Μμος,  v.  όλεσισια- 
λ.οκαλαμος. 

Όλεσίόω/.ος,  ov,  clod-crushing. 

Όλ.εσιθηρ,  ΐ]ρος,  6,  ή,  {όλ.λνμι,  θήρ) 
beast-slaytng,  ώλένας  δλεσιθ/ιρος,  of 
Cadmus,  Eur.  Phoen.  664. 

Όλεσιθηρος,  ov,  prob.  only  a  mis- 
interpr.  of  the  passage  just  quoted. 

Όλεσίμβροτος,  ov,  (δλλνμι,  βρο- 
τός)  destroying  mortals,  Orph.  Llth. 
444. 

Όλ.εσίοικος,  ov,  {δλλνμι,  οίκος)  de- 
stroying houses,  dub.  for  ώλ.,  cl.  Lob. 
Phryn.  701. 

Όλεσί-τολας,  δ,  -η,  (δ?.?.νμι,  ιττό- 
λις)  destroying  cities,  Tryph.  453,  683. 

Ό/.εσι-σιαλο-κά/Μμος,  ov,  made  of 
spittle-wasting  reed,  epith.  of  the  flute 
in  Pratinas  ap.  Ath.  617  E, — as  Bergk 
reads  for  όλεσιαν'/.οκα?Μμος. 

Όλεσσιτυραννος,  ov,  {δλ/,υμι,  τύ- 
ραννος) destroying  tyrants,  Anth.  P. 
15,  50. 

Ό/.έσκω,  coUat.  form  of  δλ,λνμι. 
Lob.  Paral.  435. 

Όλέσσαι,  ολέσσας,  Ep.  for  όλ.έσαι, 
δλέσας.  Hom. 

Όλεσσε,  Ep.  for  ώλεσε,  3  sing.  aor. 
act.  oi  όλλνμι,  Od. 

Όλ.έσσει,  Ep.  for  ο/έσει,  3  sing, 
fut.  act.  oi  δλ.λ,νμι,  Hom. 

Όλέσω,  fut.  act.  of  δλλνμι,  Hom. 

Ό'λετεφα.  ας,  ή,  fern,  ot  sq.,  Batr. 
117. 

Όλετήρ,  ήρος,  6,  (όλώ,  δλλνμι)  a 
destroyer,  murderer,  11.  18,  114,  Alc- 
man  124  ;  fern,  δλέτις,  ij.  Lob.  Phryn. 
256. 

ΌΡ.7/,  ή,  v.  oi'/.aL 

'Ολ?/αι,  όληται,  subj.  aor.  mid.  of 
δλλνμι,  Hom. 

ΥΟ/Μακος,  ov,  a.  Olthacus,  a  chief 
of  the  Dardanians,  Plut.  Lucull.  16. 

ΥΟ'/.ιατυς,  ov,  b,  Oliaius,  of  Myla- 
sa,  one  of  the  tyrants  in  Ionia,  Hdt. 
5,  37. 

Όλιβρύζω,  f.  -ξω,  =  ό/.ισθαίνω, 
Dor. :  Irom 

Όλιβρός,  ύ,  όν,  Dor.  for  όλ.ισθ?/- 
ρός,  Gramin. 

ί'Ολιγαιθιόαι,  ών,  οι,  the  Oligaethi- 
dae,  a  family  in  Corinth,  Pind.  O.  13, 
137. 

Όλύγαιμία,  ας,  f),  want  of  blood, 
Arist.  Part.  An.  2,  5,  6 :  from 

Όλί^αιμος,  ov,  {ολίγος,  αίμα)  with 
little  blood,  Hipp.,  Arist.  ubi  supra. 

ΌλΙγάκϊς,  adv.,  {δ?.ίγος)  but  few 
times,  seldom,  Eur.  Or.  393,  Thuc.  6, 
38,  etc.  [u] 

ΌλΙγάμττε/Μς,  ov,  {ολίγος,  δμπε- 
λΜς)  barren  of  vines,  Anth.  P.  9,  413. 

^07Λ\'ανόρέω,  ώ,  to  be  thinly  peopled, 
Plut.  Poplic.  11 :  and 

Ό/.Ιγανόρία,  ας,  ή,  thinness  of  pop- 
ulation, fPlut.  2,  413  F:  from 

Όλίγανύρος,  ov,  {ολίγος,  ϊινηρ) 
thinly  peopled,   [i] 

Ό/,ίγανθρωτΐέω,  ώ,=ό?.ιγανδρέω : 
also  in  mid.,  Joseph. :  and 

ΌλΙγανθρωττια,  ας,  ή,  =:  δλιγαν- 
δρία,  Thuc.  1,11,  etc. :  from 

ΌλίγάνβρωτΓος.  υν,  {ό/.ίγος,  άν- 
θρω7Γος)=^δλίγανόρος,  Xen.  Lac.  1,  1. 

Όλϊγάριστία,  ας,  η,  [ό'/.Γ,ος,  άρισ- 
τον) abstinence  at  breakfast,  a  scanty 
m£al,  Plut.  2,  127  B,  ubi  v.  Wyttenb. 

^Ο/.Ιγάβκεια,  ας,  ή,  contentment  with 
little :  and 

ΌλΙγαρκέω,  ώ.  to  be  contented  with 
little,  Geop.  :  from 

'Ολιγαρκής,  ες,  {ολίγος,  άρκέομαι) 
contented  with  Utile,  Luc.  Tim.  57  :  το 
δ?.;=δλΛγύρκεια,  lb.  51. 

ΌλΙγαρκια,  ας,  ή, =  ολιγάρκεια. 

ΌλΙγαρτία,  ας,  ή,  scarcity  of  bread. 

Όλΐγαρχέομαι,  as  pass.,  to  be  gov- 
erned by  a  few,  be  under  an  oligarchy. 


Thuc.  5,  31 ;  8,  63v  etc. :  the  act.  is 
prob.  only  used  in  part.,  oi  ύ/αγαρ- 
χούντες,  oligarchs,  ^nenti^rs  of  an  oli- 
garchy :  cf.  όημοκρατέομαι :  from 

Όλ.Ιγύρχης,  ov,  ό,  {ολίγος,  άρχω) 
an  oligarch,  Dion.  H.  Ij,  43.     Hence 

ΌλΙγαρχία.  ας,  ή,  ατί  oligarchy, 
government  in  the  hands  of  a  few  fam- 
ilies or  per.<!ons,  Hdt.  3,  81,  82,  and 
freq.  in  Att.  prose: — on  its  technical 
sense,  v.  Arist.  Pol.  3,  8,  3 ;  4,  4,  3, 
sq.     Hence 

Όλ.Ιγαρχικός,  ή,  όν,  oligarchical,  oj 
or  belonging  to  oligarchy,  ό/.  κόσμος, 
Thuc.  8,  72 :  of  persons,  inclined  or 
devoted  to  oligarchy,  Lys.  171,  36,  Plat., 
etc.     Adv.  -χώς,  Plat.  Rep.  555  A. 

ΥΟλίγασνς,  ό,  Ol.gasys,  a  Paphla- 
gonian  name,  Strr'^.  p.  553. 

'Ο/.ίγανλ.αξ,  ά'^ς,  ό,  ή,  having  but 
little  arable  land,  ap.  Suid. 

Όλ.Ιγύχόθεν,  {δλίγος)  adv.,  from 
few  parts  or  places,  c.  gen.,  ΟΛ.  της 
Άσιης,  Hdt.  3,  96. 

ΌλΙγύχον,  {ό?Λγος)  adv.,  in  few 
places.  Plat.  Charm.  160  C. 

Ό/Λγεκτέω,  ώ,  {ολίγος,  εχω)  to  have 
little,  formed  like  ττλεονεκτεω.  Hence 

Ό/.Ιγεξία,  ας,  ή,  the  having  little : 
also  ολιγοεξία,  Lob.  Phryn.  676 : 
formed  hke  ττ/.εονεξία. 

Όλύγήμερος,  ov,  {ολίγος,  ήμερα) 
a  few  days  old  ;  in  a  few  days,  Hipp. 

Όλΰγη-ε/.έω,  ώ,  {δλίγος,  πέλομαι) 
to  have  little  power,  to  be  weak  or  pow- 
erless, Hom.  in  part.  δ?.ιγη~ελ,έων, 
έονσα,  faint,  powerless,  U.  15,  245, 
Od.  5,  457  ;  19,  356  ;  cf.  κακηπελέω. 
Hence 

ΌλΙγηπελής,  ες,  weak,  powerless, 
Anth.  P.  7,  380  ;  cf.  ενηπελής.  Hence 

Όλΐγηττελία,  ας,  ή,  Ion.  -ιη,  weak- 
ness, faintness,  Od.  5,  468;  cf.  ενηττε- 
λία,  κακηττε/ύα. 

Ό/.Ιγήρης,  ες,  {όλ.ίγος,  *άρω  ?)  for 
δ7.ίγος_.  Mc.  Th.  284.^    Hence 

ΌλΙγήριος,  ον,^=όλύγος,  δλ.  σήμα, 
α  small  tomb-stone,  Leon.  Tar.  83 ; 
where  others  wrongly  take  όλ.ιγή- 
piov  as  a  subst.,  compd.  of  δλίγος, 
ήρίον. 

Ό'λιγηροσίη.  ης,  ή,  {ό?.ίγος,  άρο- 
σις)  want  of  arable  land,  Anth.  P.  6,  98. 

ΌλΙγησίτζϋος,  ov,  {ολίγος,  σίττύα) 
with  little  corn,  or  a  small  bread-basket, 
Leon.  Tar.  9,  10  ;  13, 2  ;  opp.  to  ενσί- 
ττνος. 

Όλ.ίγινθα,  3.άν.,=μίνυνθα,  Hesj'ch. 

Όλΐγίστατος,  η,  ον,  irreg.  super), 
of  δλίγος. 

Όλίγιστος,  η,  ον,  irreg.  superl.  of 
ολίγος,  q.  v.,  II.  19,  223,  Hes.  Op.  721, 
and  freq.  in  Att.,  as  Ar.  Ran.  115, 
Plat.,  etc. 

Ό/.ιγόαιμος,  ον,=  δλίγαιμος. 

ΌλΙγό3ΐος,ον,  {ολίγος,  βίος)  short- 
lived. LXX. 

Ό?.ιγοβόρος,  ον,  {ολίγος,  βορά) 
eating  but  little,  Hipp. 

Όλιγόβονλος,  ov,  {ό7.ίγος,  βουλή) 
ivith  little  discretion  orco!iii.<:e/,Physiogn. 

Ό7.Ϊ} ογ νώμων,  ον,=^ύ/.ΐ]ωρος. 

Ό7ΐγογόνάτος,  η,  ov.{b?.i}  ος.  γόνν) 
with  feu•  joints  or  knots,  Theophr. 

ΌλΙγογονία,  ας,  ή,  unfruitfulness, 
barrenness.  Plat.  Prot.  321  Β  :  from 

ΌλΙγόγονος,  ov,  {ολίγος,  *γένω) 
tinfruitful,  barren,  Hdt.  3,  108,  Arist. 

O/.(}0(5arr«!'oc,  ov,  {ολίγος,  darru- 
νη)  consuming  or  spending  little,  [ύ] 

Όλύγοόεής,  ες,  {ό/.ίγος,  δέομαι) 
wanting  but  little,  Polyb.  16,  20,  4. 
Hence 

Όλ.ΐγοδεία,  or  -δεία,  ας,  ή,  content- 
ment with  little,  Philo. 

ΌλΙγοόίαιτος,  ov,  {ολίγος,  δίαιτα) 
living  on  little,  Ath.  [t] 

1015 


ΟΛΙΓ 

ΌλΙγόδονλος,  ον,  (ολίγος,  δούλος) 
having  but  Jew  slaves,  Strab.  p.  783. 

Όλί)  ctJp'U'to),  ώ,  to  be  able  to  do  lit- 
tle, to  be  wiak,  like  υλυγηπε'λεω,  Horn., 
but  only  in  Jl.,  and  always  in  part., 
oAtyoojjaveuv,  feeble,  powerless,  15, 
24G;  IC,  8.3;  22,  337:  from 

Ό/ΰγοόμΰνής,  ες,  [ολίγος,  opuu, 
δραίνω)  of  Utile  might,  feeble,  Ar.  Av. 
686,  Luc.     Hence 

'Ολϊγοδρύνία,  ας,  ι),  u-eakness,  fee- 
bleness, Aesc  1.  Pr.  548. 

ΌλΊγυδύνί':μος,  ov,  {ολίγος,  δννα- 
μαι)  of  lUlle  power,  im-ffecltuil.  [ΰ] 

'ΟλΙγοελαιυω,  ώ,  ((Υλίγος,  έ'λαίον) 
to  yield  little  oil,  Tlieophr. 

ΌλΊγοεξία,  ας,  ή,  v.  ύ?.ιγεξία. 

ΌλΙγοεμγ/'/ς,  ει ,  {ολίγος,  *έργω)  of 
little  strength,  σώμα,  Hipp. 

ΌΛί}ΌέΓ;;ζ•,  ες,  (ολίγος,  έτος)  of 
few  years.     Hence 

ΌΛί'}Ό£•Γία,  ας,  ή,  fewness  of  years, 
youth,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  4,  3. 

Όλίγοζος,  ov,  (ολίγος,  όζος)  with 
few  branches,  Theophr.   [ϊ] 

'Ολιγοήμερος,  ον,^ολιγήμερος. 

Ό'λΙγόΟερμυς,  ov,  (ολίγος,  θέρμη) 
of  little  warmth,  Arist.  Part.  An.  2, 
7,  8. 

Όλΐγόθριξ,  τρΐχος,  ό,  ή,  with  little 
hair. 

Ό7'ιγοθνμε(ύ,  ώ,  to  be  of  little  cour- 
age :  from 

Όλϊγόϋϋμος,  ov,  (ολίγος,  θυμός) 
of  little  courage. 

Όλΐγόίνος,  ov,  (ολίγος,  Ις)  with 
few,  weak  sinews  or  fibres,  Theophr. 

Ολΐγόκαιρος,  ov,  (ολίγος,  καιρός) 
with  few  opportunities,  Ιητρίκή,  Hipp. 
ΌλΙγοκάλΰμος,  ov,  {ολίγος,  κάλα- 
μος) with  few  reeds  or  stalks,  Theophr. 

'όλίγόκαρπος,  ot>,  with  little  fruit. 

Ό7ΰγόκαυλος.  ov,  (ολίγος,  καυλός) 
with  few  stalks,  Theophr. 

Όλΐγόκερως,  ωτος,  ό,  tj,  (ολίγος, 
κέρας)  with  small  horns,  Geop. 

Όλϊγόκλάδος,  ov,  (ό/Λγος,  κλάδος) 
with  few  branches,  Theophr. 

ΌλΙγοκρΰτέομαι,  as  pass.,  =όλ4- 
γαρχέομαι. 

'όλΐγολΰλ^έω,  ώ,  to  prate  little. 

Όλΐγόλογος,  ov,  of  few  words. 

Ό'λΐγομΰθής,  ες,  having  learnt  little. 
Adv.  -βώς. 

Όλΐγομετρία,  ας,  ή,  (ολίγος,  μέ- 
τρον)  in  prosody,  the  having  few  feet, 
Stob. 

Όλΐγόμίσθος,  ov,  (ολίγος,  μισθός) 
receiving  small  wages,  Ep.  Plat.  348 
A. 

Όλΐγομϋθία,  ας,  ή,  a  speaking  Utile, 
Democr.  ap.  Stob.  p.  411,  30:  from 

ΌλΙγόμνβος,  ov,  (ολίγος,  μνθος) 
speaking  little. 

ΌλΙγόνειρος,  ov,  (ολίγος,  δνειρος) 
not  given  to  dreaming.  Iambi. 

Όλΐγόξν?ιος,  ov,  (ολίγος,  ξύλον) 
with  little  ivood,  shrubby,  Leon.  Tar. 
54. 

Όλΐγοπαιδία,  ας,  ή,  want,  fewness 
of  children :  from 

ΌλΙγόπαις,  παιδος,  δ,  ή,  (ολίγος, 
Ίταΐς)  with  few  children.  Plat.  Legg. 
930  A. 

Όλΐγοττελέω,  ώ,  -πελΖ/ς,  -ττελ/α,  η, 
prose  forms  for  ολιγητν-,  in  Gramm. 

Όλΐγι^ιστος,  ov,  (ολίγος,  ττίστις) 
of  little  faith,  N.  T. 

Ό/ΰγοποίέω,  ώ,  (ολίγος,  ποιέω)  to 
make  few,  diminish,  LXX. 

Όλίγοττόλιος,  ov,  with  thin  gray 
hair,  like  σπανιοπόλιος. 

^ΟλΙγοπονία,  ας,  ή,  sparingness  in 
labour,  idleness,  Polyb.  16,  28,  3  :  from 

Όλΐγόπονος,  ov,  (ολίγος,  πονέω) 
working  little.  Dion.  H. 
1016 


ΟΛΙΓ 

Όλϊγοκοσία,  ας,  i],  moderation  in 
drinking,  Hipp.  :  from 

ΌλΙγοττοτέίο,  ώ,  to  drink  little,  Arist. 
Part.  An.  3,  7,  16:  froni 

ΌλΙγοτϊότης,  ov,  o,  {ό7ύγος,  πίνω) 
one  who  drinks  little,  Ath.  419  A. 

ΌλΙγόποτος,  ov,  (ολίγος,  πίνω) 
drinking  little,  Arist.  H.  A.  8,  4,  1. 

Όλϊγοπραγμοσννη,  ης,  ?'/,  a  retired, 
quiet  sort  of  life,  opp.  to  ττολντΐραγμο- 
σννη,  Piut.  2,  1043  Β  :  from 

^Ο'λΙγοτνράγμων,  ov,  {ολίγος,  πρά- 
γμα) averse  to  meddling  or  business, 
opp.  to  πολυπράγμων,  Plut.  2,  1043 

ΌλΙγόπτερος,  ov,  (ολίγος,  πτερόν) 
with  few  feathers,  Arist.  H.  A.  1,  1,  7. 

Ό'λΙγόπνρος,  ov,  (ό?.ίγος,  πνρός) 
with  little  wheat,  Theophr. 

ΌλΪ)  ό^/ίίςοζ-,  ov,  (ολίγος,  βίζa)with 
few  roots,  Theophr. 

ΌΛ1Τ0Σ,  ?;.  ov,  of  number  or 
quantity,  few,  little,  opp.  to  πολνς, 
freq.  in  Horn.,  etc.  ;  also  of  space,  II. 
10,  161,  etc. :  and  of  tune,  II.  19,  157. 
— The  governing  body  in  oligarchies 
was  called  o'l  ολίγοι,  Thuc.  8,  9,  Xen., 
etc. — 2.  c.  inf ,  too  few,  too  little  to  do 
a  thing,  too  few  for...,  Hdt.  C,  109;  7, 
207,  Thuc.  1,  50.— II.  of  size,  small, 
little,  opp.  to  μέγας,  Od.  10,  94,  etc. : 
but  much  less  freq.  than  in  first  signf., 
and  very  rare  in  prose,  Valck.  Hipp. 
530.— III.  Horn.  oft.  has  the  neut. 
ολίγον,  as  adv.,  little,  α  little,  slightly, 
with  verbs  and  coinpar.  adjs.,  ο?ύγον 
προγενέστερος,  ησσων,  ουκ  ολ.  στι- 
βαρότερος, φέρτερος,  etc.  ;  so,  ολί- 
γον πρότερον,  Hdt.  4,  81,  Plat.  Polit. 
262  Β,  etc. : — but  δλίγω  is  more  com- 
mon with  the  comjiar.  in  Att.  prose. 
Plat.  Gorg.  460  C,  Rep.  327  B,  etc. 
—IV.  special  phrases:  —  1.  ολίγον, 
within  a  little,  i.  e.  all  but,  nearly,  Od. 
14,  37,  Plat.  Prot.  361  C,  etc.  ;  ολί- 
γον εδέησα,  c.  inf.  aor.,  e.  g.  ολίγου 
εδέησε  κατα'λαβεΐν,  wanted  but  little 
of  overtaking,  all  but  overtook,  Hdt. 
7,  10,  3  ;  for  ολίγου  δεΐν,  of.  sub  δεΙ 
II :  ολίγον  (or  ό?.ίγω)  ες  χιλίονς,  hard 
upon  1000,  Thuc.  4,'  124  :— so,  δι'  ολί- 
γον, at  a  short  distance,  Aesch.  Theb. 
762. — 2.  of  time,  δι'  ολίγον,  at  short 
notice,  siuldenly,  Thuc.  2,  85;  6,  11  ; 
εν  δλίγω,  in  brief  Plat.  Apol.  22  Β  ; 
έπ'  ολίγον,  for  a  short  time  ;  εξ  όλί- 
■γον=:δι'  δ?ιίγου.  Thuc.  2,  61  ;  μ?τ' 
ο?ύγον,  after  a  little,  Plat.  Legg.  950 
D  :— cf  Valck.  Phoen.  1105.— 3.  κατ' 
ολίγον,  by  little  and  little.  Plat.  Tim. 
85  D  ;  but  the  adj.  often  takes  the 
gender  and  number  of  its  subst.  in 
this  signf,  as  ούτοι  κατ'  ολίγους 
γιγνόμενοι  ίμύχοντο,  fought  /βίϋ  at  a 
time,  in  small  parties,  Hdt.  9,  102,  etc. ; 
cf.  Plat.  Theaet.  197  D.— 4.  δι'  ολί- 
γων, shortly,  in  few  words,  etc.,  Lat. 
paucis,  Plat.  Phil.  31  D. — 5.  παρ'  ολί- 
γον ποιεϊσθαι,  to  hold  of  small  ac- 
count, like  παρ'  ουδέν,  Xen.  An.  6, 
4,11.  The  adv.  ύλίγως  seems  scarce- 
ly ever  to  appear, — ολίγον  or  δλίγω 
being  used  for  it. — V.  comparison  : — 
— 1.  the  place  of  the  compar.  is  usu. 
taken  by  μείων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  II. ; 
usu.  of  size,  hence  considered  also  as 
compar.  oi μικρός:  ελάσσων  was  also 
referred  to  δλίγος.  —  The  compar. 
ολίζων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  formed  like 
μείζων  (μέγας),  always  used  of  small- 
ness,  occurs  only  in  Alexandr.  poets. 
Call.  Jov.  71,  Nic.  Th.  372,  Anth.  P. 
9,  521  ;  but  the  compd.  νπολίζονες 
as  early  as  11.  18,  519  ;  δλίζωνες  is 
found  in  Nic.  Th.  123,  for  which 
Bentl.  would  read  δλιζότερος : — the 
regul.  form  δλιγώτερος  first  in  Ael. 
N.  A.  2,  42;  6,  51.-2.  superl.  ολίγι- 


ΟΛΙΓ 

στος,  η,  ov,  always  cf  number  or 
quantity,  II.  19,  223,  lies.  Op.  721  ; 
also  in  Plat.,  as  Plat.  Parm.  149  A  : 
formed  on  analogy  of  κάκιστος,  φίλί- 
στος,  etc. :  ο/αγιστον,  superl.  irom 
ολίγον  (cf.  IV'.  1),  very,  very  71  early  : 
όλιγιστως,  adv.,  in  the  least ;  so,  δλί- 
γιστα.  Plat.  Gorg.  510  A  : — δ7ΰγιστα- 
τος,  η,  ov,  is  later. — The  superl.,  as 
well  as  compar.  of  μικρός  are  often 
referred  to  δ/ύγος  from  their  likeness 
of  signf.  [i] 

Όλιγοσαρκία,  ας,  ή,  the  having  but 
little  flish  :  from 

ΌλΙγοσαρκος,  ov,  (δ7ύγος,  σύρξ) 
with  little  flesh,  Luc.  Abdic.  29. 

Ό7.1γοσθενής,  ες,  (δλίγος,  σθένος) 
with  little  strength. 

ΌλΙγοσίτέω,  ώ,  to  eat  little,  Hipp. ; 
and 

Ό7ΰγοσϊτία,  ας,  ή,  moderation  in 
eating,  Arist,  Pol.  2,  10,  9,  Luc. : 
from 

Όλΐγόσίτος,  ov,  {δλ.ίγος,  σίτος) 
eating  little  or  moderately,  Pherecr, 
Agath.  1,  Phryn.  (Com.)  Monotr. 
5. 

ΌλΙγόσπερμος,ον,(δλίγος,σπέρμα) 
having  little  seed,  Arist.  Gen.  An.  1, 
18,  57. 

Ό7.1γοστϊχία,  ας,  ή,  the  consisting 
of  few  lines,  Anth.  P.  4,  2 :  from 

Όλϊγύστϊχος,  ov,  {δλίγος,  στίχος) 
con.sistmg  of  few  lines  or  verses. 

ΌλΙγοστός,  ή,  όν,  (δ7ιίγος)  one  out 
of  a  few,  opp.  to  πολ7ίθστός,  PluU 
Anton.  51,  etc. — II.  like  ηλίγιστος, 
the  smallest,  least,  67..  χρόνος,  the  smalt• 
est  space  of  time,  Herm.  Soph.  Ant. 
621. 

Όλΰγοσυλλαβία,  ας,  ή,  fevmess  of 
syllables  :  from 

ΌλΙγοσνλ'λάβος,  ov,  (ολίγος, συλ- 
λαβή) of  few  syllables,  Dion.  H. 

ΌλΙγοσννδεσμος,  ov,  (ολίγος,  σύν- 
δεσμος) ivith  few  conjunctive  words, 
Dion.  H.  Comp.  p.  150. 

Όλιγοσώμύτος,  ov,  with  a  small 
body. 

ΌλΙγοτεκνία,  ας,  ή,^=όλιγοπαιδία, 
Procl.:  from 

Όλϊγότεκνος,  ov,  (ολίγος,  τέκνον, 
=ζδ7ίΐγόπαις.  Max.  Tyr. 

Ό/Λγότης,  ητος, ή, (ολίγος)  feiimess. 
Plat.  Legg.  678  C  :  —  smallness.  Id. 
Rep.  591  E,  etc. ;  and,  of  time,  short- 
ness. Id.  Theaet.  158  D. 

Όλΐγοτϊμία,  ας,  ή,  (ολίγος,  τιμή) 
little  honour  ;  an  esteeming  lightli/. 

Όλΐγοτοκέω,  ώ,  to  bring  forth  few : 
and 

Όλϊγστοκία,  ας,  η,  a  bringing  forth 
few :  from 

Ό/.ϊγοτόκος,  ov,  (υ7.ίγος,  τίκτω) 
bringing  forth  few,  Arist.  Part.  An.  4, 
10,  37. 

Όλίγότρϊχος,  ον,=6λιγόθριξ,  Arist. 
Η.  Α.  2,  1,  17. 

ΌλΙγοτροψέω,  ώ,  to  give  little  nour- 
ishment :   and 

ΌλΙγοτροφία,  ας,  ή,  want  of  nourish- 
ment :  trom 

Ό/ΰγοτρόφος,  ov.  {ύ7ιίγος,  τρέφω) 
giving  little  nourishment,  Diph.  Siphn. 
ap.  Ath.  120  E. — II.  act.,  taking  little 
nourishment,  eating  little,  Arist.  Part. 
An.  4,  5,  60. 

Όλΐγόνδρος,  ov,  (δ7ύγος,  '  ύδωρ) 
wanting  water.  Theophr. 

ΌλΙγόνλος,  ov,  having  little  matter 
or  substance,   [ii] 

Όλϊγοϋπνέω,  ώ,  to  sleep  little ;  and 
'07~r, οϋπνία,  ας,  η,   little  or  short 
sleep.  Iambi. :  from 

'Ολΰγόύπνος,  ov,  (ολίγος,  ύπνος) 
taking  little  or  short  sleep.  App. 

Όλΐγοψάγία,  ας,  ή,  =:  ολιγοσιτία  : 
from 


OAIZ 

ΌλΙγοφύγος,  ov,  (ϋ/.ίγος,  φαγεΐν) 
'=ζ6'λιγόσίτος,  Hipp. 

Ό'/ύγοφΓ/.ία,  ας,  ή,  {ο'/.ίγος,  φίΆος) 
want  of  friends,  Arist.  Rhet.  2,  8,  10. 

ΌλΙγοφόρος,  ov,  {ολίγος,  φέρω) 
carrying  little :  thut  can  bear  but  little, 
hence,  of  weak  wine  that  will  bear  but 
little  mater,  Hipp.,  cf.  Schol.  Ar.  PI. 
853. —  II.  producing  little. 

Όλ'ιγόφμωΐ',  ύ,  ?/,  [ΰ'/.ίγος,  φρι'/ν)  of 
small  understanding,  Piut. 

^0'λΙγόφν7.λος,  υι•,  {ό/ύγος,  φνλ- 
?.ον)  having  few  leaires,  Theophr. 

'ό'λΐ-,όχ'/.ωρος,  ov,  (ολίγος,  χ7Μ- 
ρός)  a  tittle  green,  Diosc. 

'ϋλϊ}Ό;ΐ;οέω,  ώ,  to  pour  forth  little : 
from 

ΌλΛγόχοος,  ov,  contr.  -χους,  ovv 
{67.ίγος,χέω) : — yielding  but  little,  opp. 
to  ττο'/ιύχοος,  Arist.  Gen.  An.  3,  7,  2, 
Theophr. 

Ό'λΐγοχορδία.  ας,  ή,  feiimess  of 
strings,  prob.  1.  Plut.  2,  1135  D  :  from 

Ό/.Ιγήχορύος,  ov,  {ό?Λγος,  χορδή) 
having  few  slri>igs. 

ΌλΙγοχρημΰτία,  ας,  ή,  slenderness 
of  means,  Clem.  ΑΙ. 

Ό/.1γοχροι>ία,  ας,  ή,  shortness  of 
time :  from 

Ό?.1γοχρόνιος,  ov,  also  a,  ov  (όλί- 
γος,  χρόνος) : — lasting  but  little  time, 
of  short  duration,  fMininerm.  5,  4t, 
theogn.  1014,  Hdt.  I,  38,  Plat. 
Phaed.87C.     Hence 

Ό'/.ϊγοχρονιότης,  ητος,  ή,^^ολιγο- 
χρονια,  Procl. 

'Ολιγόχρονος,  ον,^=όλιγοχρόνίος, 
Μ.  Anton.  5,  10;  of.  Wern.  Tryph. 
p.  40. 

Ό/.ΐγύχϋ/.ος,  ov,  (oZt'/of,  χν/ιός) 
with  little  juice,  Diph.  Siphn.  ap.  Ath. 
120  E. 

Όλίγόχϋμος,  ov,  {ολίγος,  χυμός) 
=  foreg.,  Xenocr. 

Ό/.Ιγοφνχέ(Λ),  ώ,  to  be  faint-hearted, 
LXX. ;  and 

Ό/ΰγοιρϋχία,  ας,  ή,  fainthearted- 
ness, LXX. — 11.=ζλίποιΡυχία,  Hipp.: 
from 

Ό?.ΐγ&ψνχος,  ov,  {ό?ύγος,  ψνχή) 
faint'heartcd,  feeble-minded,  like  ολί- 
γοθνμος,  Ν.  t. 

t  Ολί^'άω,  ώ,  {ολίγος)  to  make  small 
or  few.  Or.  Sib.t ;  usii.  as  pass.,  όλι- 
γόομαι,  to  lessen,  diminish,  cf.  ό?ιίγο- 
Ttoiiu.  LXX. — II.  very  late  intr.= 
'λιτΓοφνχέω. 

iO'/.ιγνρτος,  ov,  6,  Oligyrtus,  a 
moutitam  of  Arcadia,  Polyb.  4,  11,5. 

Όλϊγώλαξ,  ΰκος,  ό,  ή.  Dor.  for 
ολιγανλαξ,  q.  v. 

'ΟΆίγωρέω,  ώ,  (όλίγωρος)  to  esteem 
little  or  lightly,  make  small  account  of, 
slight,  c.  gen.,  Xen.  Mem.  2,  4,  3, 
Plat.  Apol.  28  C,  etc. ;  absol.,  Thuc. 

5,  9;  0,  91.     Hence 
ΌλΙγώρησις,  ΐως,  ή,  an  esteeming 

lightly,  Τ heinii^t.:  and 

Όλιγωρητέον,  verb,  adj.,  one  must 
slight,  Ath.  545  D. 

'Ολιγωρία,  ας,  ή,  an  esteeming 
lightly,  slighting,  contempt,  ό/..  καΐ 
i.o'pif'  Hdt.  6,  1 37 ;  h>  ολιγωρία  ποι- 
είσβιιι=όλιγωρεΐν,  Thuc.  4,  5;  so, 
εΙς  6/ιγωρίαν  τραπέσΟαι  τινός,  Id.  2, 
52 :  from 

Όλίγωρος,  ov,  {ύ7.ίγος,  ώρα)  lightly 
esteeming,  slighting,  despising,  Hdt.  3, 
89  ;  careless,  contemptuous,  oA.  τρόττος 
τινός,  Dem.  1357,  25.  Adv.  -ρως,  όλ. 
ίχ^'ΐν,  διηκεΐσθαι,  to  be  careless,  heed- 
less. Plat.  Phaed.  68  C,  Xen.  Hell.  1, 

6,  14  ;  -ρός  τίνα.  Plat.  Ale.  2.  149  A. 
ΌλΛγωφΐλής,  ές,  (ολίγος,  ύφέλλω) 

heljiing  Utile,  Sext.  En  p.  p.  715. 

Όλιζότερος,  a,  ov,  v.  όλύγος,  sub 
fin. 

Όλιζνω,  ώ,  to  make  little   or  less, 


OAK  A 

diminish,  Orac.  ap.  Euseb. :  also  writ- 
ten όλιζύω. 

Ό/.ίζων,  ov,  V.  ό/Ιγος  sub  fin. 
Hence 

\ΌΑΐζών,  ωνος,  ?/,  Olizoa,  a  city  of 
Magnesia  in  Thessaly  below  Meli- 
boea,  11.  2,  717 ;  Strab.  p.  436. 

Ό7ΰκός,  ή,  όν,  {όλος)  universal, 
general,  absolute. 

Ό/ύος,  Tarent.  for  ολίγος.  Plat. 
(Com.)  Hyperb.  1,  et  ibi  Mein. 

Ό7ασβοκό7ύΛξ,  ικος,  ό,  a  loaf  in  the 
shape  of  an  ό7.ια)ίος. 

"Ο/.ισβος,  ου,  ό,  penis  coriaceus, 
Cratin.  Incert.  78,  Ar.  Lys.  109. 

'07ιίσϋύζω,=5^.,  rare  poet,  word, 
Epich.  p.  15. 

Όλισθάνω  or  -θαίνω,  —  ihe  latter 
never  in  good  Att.,  Pors.  Phoen.  1398, 
Dind.  Ar.  Eq.  491  :  fut.  -θήσω :  aor.  1 
ώ7ύσθ?ισα,  but  rare  and  late,  Lob. 
Phryn.  742 :  pf.  ώ7ύσΟηκα :  aor.  2 
ώ7Λσθον,  part.  ο7Λσθών,  inf.  ύλι- 
σθείν  : — Horn,  only  uses  the  word  in 
II.,  and  then  only  in  3  sing.  aor.  2 
67Λσθε,  without  augm.  {ό/^σΟος). 
To  slip,  slide,  fall  upon  a  slippery  path, 
Ινθ'  Αίας  μεν  ό7ασθε  θέων,  11.  23, 
774  ;  εκ  δε  οι  ήπαρ  ό7.ισβε,  his  liver 
fell  from  him,  II.  20,  470  ;  εξ  ΰντΰ- 
>'ων  ώ7.ισθε,  Soph.  El.  74G  ;  so  ν7ΐός 
Μισθών,  having  slipt  from  the  ship, 
Anth.  P.  9,  207.  —  2.  to  slip  or  glide 
along,  ή  γλώττα  όλ.  έν  τω  λά;^(Ια. 
Plat.  Crat.  427  Β. — II.  trans,  ίο  x/^ram 
by  slipping  or  falling,  Ael.,  and  Phi- 
lostr.     Hence 

Ό7.ισθ>'/είς,  εσσα,  εν,  poet,  for  όλι- 
σθηρός,  Anth.  P.  9,  443 :  and 

Ό/ύσθημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  slip,  fall, 
Plat.  Tim.  43  C. 

'Ολισθηρός,  ά.  όν,  {ό7.ισΟάνω)  slip- 
pery, οΐμος,  Pind.  P.  2,  175,  7.ίθοι, 
Xen.  An.  4,  3,  6,  etc. — 11.  of  persons, 
slippery,  hard  to  catch  and  keep  hold  of. 
Plat.  Soph.  231  A;  τΰχη,  Anth.  P. 

10,  66:  TO  oA.  της  διανοίας  αυτών, 
Pseudo-Luc.  Philopatr.  22. 

Ό7ύσθ?]σίς,  εως,  ή.  {ό7ασθύνω)  α 
slipping  and  falling,  Plut.  2,  611  A, 
731  Ε. 

Ό7ασθητικός,  ή,  όν,  {67ασθάνω) 
making  slippery.  Hipp. 

Ό7ιΐσθογνωμονέω,  ώ.  {ό7.ισθάνω, 
γνώμη)  to  make  a  slip  in  judgment : 
shortened  into  ό7^ισθογνωμέω,  Luc. 
Lexiph.  19 ;  cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  382. 

Ό/.ίσβοττοιέω,  ώ,  to  make  slippery. 

''07ιΐσθος,  ου,  b,  slipperiness.  smooth- 
ness, Plut.  —  2.  =  ύ7.ίσβ//μα,  Luc. 
Tragop.  658.  —  3.  α  slippery  place, 
Luc.  Merc.  Cond.  42 :  metaph.  a 
dangerous  place,  downfall,  Clem.  Al. — 

11.  an  unknown  fish  with  a  slippery 
skin,  Opp.  (From  λ.εϊος,  λιτός,  7ισ- 
σύς,  7ύαπος,  7ύσφος,  λίπος,  with  ο 
euphon.) 

Ό7.ισβρύζω,^67ιΐσθάνω,  Hipp. 

'07Λσϋών,  part.  aor.  2  of  67.ισθάνω. 

Όλίσσων,  ον,ζ=ό7.ίζων,  dub. 

ΥΟΑκάδες,  ων,  οι,  the  Olcades,  a 
people  of  Spain,  Polyb.  3,  13. 

Ό7.ααδικ.ός.  ή,  όν,  (όλκύς)  belonging 
to  or  like  a  ship  of  burthen  ;  ~7.otov  όλ. 
—  ό7.κύς,  Arist.  Inc.  An.  10,  6. 

'07^κάδιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  ό7^κάς. 
["] 

Ό7.καδοπιττωτής,  ov,  ό,  {όλκάς. 
πιττόω)  a  pitcher  of  ships,  Lob.  Paral. 
448. 

Όλκάδοχρίστης,  ov,  ό,  { όλκύς, 
χρίω)  a  ship-caulker,  Manetho. 

Ό/.κάζω,^έ/.κω,  to  draiv. 

Ό7ικαία,  ας,  ή,  v.  sq.  2 :  ΰλκαΐον, 
τό.  v.  sq.  3. 

Ό/ίΚαϊος,  a.  ov,  {έλκω,  ολκός,  ολκή) 
drawn,  handled,  tugged,  ioirfr/,  of  a  ship. 
Lye. :  hence  trailing,  dragging,  of  ser- 


OAKO 
pents,  Nic.  Th.  11.•^,  cf.  2C7 :— hence, 
—2.  as  suhst.  όλκαία,  ή,  usu.  Jon. 
ό7,καίη,  a  tail,  because  it  is  trailed 
along,  Nic.  Th.  122,  Ap.  Rh.  4,  1614, 
— ubi  olim  άλΐίαία.—3.  όλκαιυν  or 
67ίΚαιον,  τό,  cf.  sub  ΰ/^κείον. 

Ό7.κύς,  ύδος,  ή,  {ίλκω,  ΰλκή)  α  ship 
which  is  tawed,  hence  usu.  a  ship  of 
burthen,  merchantman,  Hdt.  7,  25.  137, 
Pind.  N.  5,  2,  Simon.  61,  and  Att. — 
In  later  poets  also  written  οΑκύς, 
Jac.  A.  P.  p.  19,  637. 

Όλκεϊον,  ου,  τό,  {ελ.κω,  ό7.κτ/)  the 
under  part  of  a  ship  on  η  hick  a  is 
drawn  along  ;  the  keel  or  rudder.  Soph. 
Fr.  388  (in  form  ύλκιον) :  so  m  Ion. 
form  ό7.κήίον.  Αρ.  Rh.  4,  1609. — II.  α 
big-belliid  vessel,  a  larne  bowl  or  basin 
for  washing  cujjs,  etc.  in,  Epigi;n. 
Mnem.  1,  Philem.  p.  363  (in  form 
o7iKtlov).  So  ό7.καιον,  Antioch.  ap. 
Poll.  6,  99;  and  i/Mov  in  Polyb.  31, 
4,  1. 

Ό7.κενς,  έως,  ό,  {ό7.Κ7/)  one  who 
drags,  esp.  nets. 

Ό7.κέω,  ώ,^έ7,κω,  to  draw,  drag. 

'Ολκή,  τ/ς,  ή,  [έλ.κω)  a  drawing, 
trailing,  dragging,  tugging,  e.  g.  of  the 
hair,  Aesch.  Supp.884;  όλκ.  γνύψεως, 
the  drawing  (of  the  carding  instru- 
ment) in  fulling  cloth,  Plat.  Polit. 
282  E. — II.  a  drawing  on  or  towards  a 
thing,  τινός  ττρός  τι.  Plat.  Legg.  659 
D  :  attraction,  force  of  attraction.  Id. 
Tim.  80  C— 2.  pass,  a  being  drawn 
towards,  impulse  or  inclination  for,  c. 
gen..  Id.  Crat.  435  C,  cf.  Philel).  57 
D. — III.  α  drau-ing  down,  as  of  the 
scale,  hence  weight,  Polyb.  31,  3.  16. 
— 2.  esp.  the  drachma,  as  a  weight. 
Hence 

Ό/.κήεις,  εσσα,  εν.  drawing  the  scale, 
weighty,  Nic.  Th.  651,  907. 

Όλκήίον,  ου,  τό,  v.  sub  όλ.κεΐον. 

Όλκήρης,  ες,  {ύ7^κή)  dragging  itself 
along,  creeping,  like  ό7.καΐος,  Nic. 

Όλκιμος,  ov,  (ό^ρ)  that  draws  it- 
self or  may  be  draiM,  ductile,  sticky, 
Hipp. — 11.  act.  drawing  well,  σικύα, 
Medic. 

Όλκίον,  ov,  TO,  V.  sub  όλ.κεϊον. 

νΟλκιον,  ov,  τό,  Olcium,  better 
Volcium,  a  town  of  Etruria,  Polvb.  6, 
59,  7. 

Ό7.κύς,  7],  όν,  (έ/ιΛω)  drawing  to 
one's  self,  attractive,  μύθι/μα  ι^υχής 
όλκόν  ύΰό  τον  γιγνομένον  έττι  το  όν. 
Plat.  Rep.  521  D;  so,  ύλκ.  πρυς  τι, 
III.  527  Β. — II.  greedy,  ^  νάΟοι,  Antiph. 
Incert.  15;  though  m  Α.  Β.  Ill,  1.  it 
is  said  to  be  used  only  in  neut. — III. 
trailing,  slow,  Heliod. 

Ό7.ΐ(ός,  οϋ,  ό,  (ελ/ίω) : — I.  as  an 
instrument,  that  which  draws,  hauls, 
etc. :  hence,  ολκοί,  machines  for  haul- 
ing  ships  along  on  land,  prob.  cradles 
on  ivheels  or  rollers.  Lat.  pulvini,  Thuc. 
3,  15,  ubi  V.  Schol.  ;  and  so  some 
inlerpr.  ό/.κοί  in  Hdt.  2,  154,  159; 
but  in  the  latter  place  he  speaks  of 
them  as  something  permanent  and 
sJationary,  so  that  he  prob.  meant 
sheds  or  places  into  which  ships  are 
drawn  up,  like  νεωλκυί,  νεώςηικοι, 
Lat.  navulia  ; — and  this  must  be  the 
sense  in  Eur.  Rhes.  146,  673.— II.  as 
an  act  or  motion,  a  drawing,  dragging, 
trailing  along;  hence. — 1.  of  α  thing 
jnade  by  drawing,  a  furrow,  a  track  or 
trace  made  by  wheels,  etc.,  Lat.  sul- 
cus, ύλ/ιοΐ  τβτ/τοί,  Soph.  El.  863,  ace. 
to  Herm.,  (though  the  Schol.  takes 
it  =  βντήρες,  reins.)  SO  too,  ολκός 
^σμΓΑης,  the  trace  of  a  chisel  in  the 
wood,  Ar.  Thesm.  779;  ό7 κός  τον 
ξν/.ον,  the  furrow  mode  by  the  wooil, 
Xen.  Cyn.  0,  18  :  the  path  or  orbit  of  a 
star  or  meteor,  Ap.  Rh.  3.  141 ;  1, 
1017 


ΟΛΜΟ 

296 :  the  trail  of  a  serpent,  Nic. ;  οίδ- 
ματος  ολκοί,  the  waves,  Αρ.  Rh.  1, 
1167. — 3.  periphr.  b'Anol  δάφι•ης,  draw- 
ings of  laurel,  i.  e.  laurel-boughs  (or 
brooms  made  of  them)  drawn  along, 
Eur.  Ion  145 :  οΛκύς  αμάξης,  a  chariot 
drawn,  Dion.  P.  191  :  ύλκος  γλώσσης, 
the  outstretched  tongue,  JNic— 111.  a 
kind  of  spider,  Diosc. 

"Ολλιξ,  ικος,  6,  a  kind  of  wooden 
drinking  bowl,  Pamphil.  ap.  Ath. 
494  F. 

"OAAT'MI  or  όλλΰω  :  f.  όλ,εσω  and 
6λύ :  aor.  ΰλεσα  :  pf.  ύλώλεκα.  Mid. 
δλλνμαι,  f.  ολονμαι :  aor.  ώλόμην : 
pf.  2  όλωλα  belongs  in  sigiif.  to  mid. 
Of  these  forms  Horn,  uses  pres.  act. 
and  mid.,  but  seldom  (and  only  in 
part.);  more  freq.  aor.  act.,  some- 
times without  augm.,  in  which  case 
alone  σ  is  usu.  doubled:  most  freq. 
aor.  mid.,  freq.  without  augm. ;  more 
rarely  fut.  mid.  and  perf.  2.  The  Ep. 
lengthd.  aor.  2  ύλέεσκε  (11.  19, 135)  is 
pecul.  to  Hom.  ;  fut.  ολέσω,  Od.  13, 
399,  Hes.  Op.  178;  also  όλέσσω,  II. 
12, 250,  Od.  2,  49  ;  υλλνσαι,  II.  8,  449, 
is  regul.  part.  fem.  pres. ;  όλέσσαί, 
Ep.  inf.  aor.,  Horn.,  and  Hes.  But 
the  pres.  6λ7Μ,  όλεω,  ολέσκω,  are 
barbarous,  ολ7.ννέ^)  is  dub.  'θΛ/.ι)ω 
occurs  m  Archil.  79 ;  cf.  ττροςαπολ• 
'λύω,  Hdt.  1,  207 :  όλέκυ  is  poet,  col- 
lat.  Ibrm ;  ονλόμενος  (q.  v.)  was  indeed 
orig.  poet.  part.  aor.  mid.  for  ολόμενος, 
but  became  a  mere  adj. :  όλεσθηναι 
is  very  late  indeed.  Lob.  Phryn.  732. 

A.  act.:  —  I.  to  destroy,  consume, 
make  an  end  of,  hence,  of  living  beings, 
to  kill,  freq.  in  Hom.,  etc. :  even  of 
persons  and  things  at  once,  e.  g.  II. 
8,  498,  Od.  23,  319.— 11.  to  lose,  freq. 
in  Horn.,  esp.  to  lose  life,  Ουμόν,  ■φυ- 
χήν,  μένος,  7jTop  όλέσαί.  The  Lat. 
perdere  in  both  senses  corresponds  to 
δλ?Μμι. 

Β.  mid.  : — 1. 1b> perish,  come  to  an 
end,  and  of  living  beings  to  die,  esp.  a 
violent  death,  freq.  in  Horn.,  νττό  τινι, 
at  the  hands  of  one,  also,  ό'λέθρω 
δ'λέσθαι,  Od.  4,  489  :  ό'λοιο  or  υλοιτο, 
δλοισθε,  etc.,  ?nay'st  thou,  may  he,  etc., 
perish  !  a  form  of  cursing  very  freq.  in 
Trag.,  Valck.  Phoen.  353.— II.  to  be 
undone,  ruined,  freq.  in  Hom. — Hom. 
freq.  has  act.  and  mid.  in  emphat. 
contrast,  as,  δ/ιλνντων  και  ολλνμε- 
νων,  II.  4,  451  ;  8,  ϋ5  ;  11,  83.— III.  pf. 
2  όλωλα,  in  Hom.  usu.  /  am  gone,  un- 
done, ruined ;  but  in  Att.,  also,  /  am 
on  the  point  of  death,  ruin,  etc.  ;  ol 
δλολότες,  the  dead :  the  pres.  signf. 
however  occurs  even  Od.  4,  318. — 
The  word  is  very  freq.  in  Hom  ,  Pind., 
and  Trag. ;  but  almost  unknown  to 
Att.  comedy  and  prose,  απόλλνμι, 
ύ.τ:67ίλ.υμαί  being  used  instead. 

Όλμεώς,  ov,  ό,=  ΰ7.μος. 

ΥΟλμειός,  ov,  6.  the  OlmBus,  a  riv- 
er of  Boeotia,  flowing  into  lake  Co- 
pais,  Hes.  Th.  ϋ ;  Strab.  p.  407. 

ΥΟλμίαί,  ύν,  at,  Olrniae,  a  point 
of  land  in  Achaia,  Strab.  p.  380. 

Όλμίσκος,  ου,  ό,  dim.  from  όλμος, 
a  little  mortar. — II.  the  socket  of  the  hinge 
of  a  door,  Sext.  Emp.  p.  643. 

ΥΟλμοι,  ων,  at,  Holmi,  a  city  of 
Phrygia,  Strab.  p.  603. — 2.  a  city  of 
Cilicia,  Id.  p.  670. 

'Ολί/ο/ίοττεω,  ώ,  to  bray  in  a  mortar, 

Όλμοποιός,  6v,  {όλμος,  ποιέω) 
making  mortars ;  as  subst.,  ό  όλ.,  Arist. 
Pol.  3,  2,  2. 

Όλμος,  ov,  6.  strictly,  a  round, 
smooth  stone,  like  όλοίτροχος, — χείρας 
ώ~ύ  fi<^«  τμήϊας  άπό  τ'  αυχένα  κόψ- 
CC-  (ϊλμον  ώς,  εσσευε  κυλίνδεσθαι  δι' 
oui'r.ov,  II.  11,  147  (whence  it  was 
1018 


ΟΛΟΚ 

taken  to  signify  the  human  trunk, 
headless,  armless,  legless,  Poll.  2, 
162;  cf.  Lat.  morlarium)  : — then, — 11. 
later,  any  cylindrical  or  bowl-shaped 
body: — 1.  a  mortar,  Hes.  Op.  425,  1, 
200. — 2.  a  kneading-trough,  Ar.  Vesp. 
201,  238. — 3.  the  hallow  seat  on  which 
the  Pythia  prophesied,  whence  the 
proverb  iv  δλμφ  κοιμάσϋαι,  i.  e.  to 
projihesy,  Paroemiogr. ;  cf.  Schol. 
Ar.  1.  c. — 4.  oi  όλ/ίΟί,  the  hollows  of 
the  double  teeth: — 5.  a  drinking-vessel, 
Menesth.  ap.  Ath.  494  A. — 6.  the 
7nouth-picce  of  a  flute.  (No  doubt  from 
είλω,  vol-vo  : — though  certainly  signf. 
II.  points  to  άλίω,  inol-ere,  cf.  Buttm. 
Lexil.  s.  V.  ονλαί  4,  η.) 

νΟλμός,  ov,  ό,  Olmus,  a  son  of 
Sisyphus,  Pans.  9,  24,  3  ;  also  called 
"λλμος,  Id.  9,  34,  10. 

ΥΟλμωνες,  ων,  ol,  Olmones,  a  place 
in  Boeotia,  Pans.  9,  24,  3;  earlier 
"Αλμωνες,  Id.  9,  34,  10. 

'Ολογράμματος,  ov,  {όλος,  γράμμα) 
with  all  its  letters  written  at  full  length. 

'Ολογρά(1)έω,  ώ,  {ΰ/Μς,  γράφω)  to 
write  at  full  length,  Plut.  2,  288  E. 

Ό7ώγράφος,  ον,^=όλογράμματος. 

Όλοδάκτυλος,  ov,  {δλος,  δάκτυλος 
IV.)  all  dactylic. 

'0?.οδρομία,  ας,  η,  the  whole  course, 
Clem.  Al. 

Όλόί/ζ•,  εσσα,  εν,=^δλοός,  only  in 
Soph.  Tr.  521. 

'Ολοεργής,  ef,=sq.,  Manetho. 

Ό'λοεργος,  όν,  {δλοός,  έργον)  de- 
structive, Nic. 

Ό?.οήμερος,  ov,  lasting  the  whole  day. 

Όλοϋανής,  ες,  quite  dead,  opp.  to 
ήμίθανής. 

Όλοθονριον,  ου,  τό,  a  kind  of  200- 
phyte,  Arist.  H.  A.  1,  1,  19. 

ΌλόΟρενσις,  ή,  {όλοθρενω)  destruc- 
tion: a  destroying,  LXX. 

Ό?ιθθρεντής,  ov,  6,  (δλοθρεύω)  a 
destroyer,  jN.  T.     Hence 

Όλύθρεντίκός,  ή,  όν,  destroying,  de- 
structive. 

Όλοθρεύω,  (όλεθρος)  to  destroy, 
LXX. 

Όλοίϊος,  ov,  poet,  for  sq.,  like  όμοί- 
ϊος  for  όμοιος,  Greg.  Naz. 

Όλοίόζ•,  όν,  poet,  for  δλοός,  de- 
structive, γήρας,  Η.  Hom.  Vcn.  225. 

Όλοίτροχος  or  δλοίτροχος,  ου,  δ, 
a  rolling  stone,  a  round  stone,  such  as 
besieged  people  rolled  down  upon 
their  assailants,  Hdt.  8,  52,  Xen.  An. 
4,  2,  3:  also  as  adj.,  πέτροι  ΰλοίτρο- 
χοι,  round  pebbles,  to  which  in  Tne- 
ocr.  22,  49,  the  muscles  of  an  ath- 
lete's arm  are  compared, — and  here 
they  are  clearly  enough  described, 
οΰς  τε  κυλίνδων  χειμάΐιβυυς  ποταμιάς 
μεγάλαις  ττεριέξεσε  διναις, — so  that 
they  are  stones  rolled  and  rounded  in 
water.  Older  poets  have  the  lengthd. 
form  όλοοίτροχος,  or  δλοοίτρ-,  II.  13, 
137.  Orac.  ap.  Hdt.  5,  92,  2,  v.  Heyne 
II.  T.  0,  p.  301,  cf.  δλμος.  (Prob. 
from  the  same  root  as  δλμος,  viz. 
ειλω,  vol-vo.  Others  r'jfer  it  to  δλος, 
τρέχω,  quite  round,  Nitzsch  Od.  1,  52  ; 
il  so,  for  ό?ιότροχος,  on  which,  v.  Lob. 
Phryn.  648.  The  deriv.  from  δ?.οός 
δλοιός,  rolling  destructively,  need  hard- 
ly be  mentioned.) 

Όλοκαρπόω,  ώ,  {δλος,  καρπός)  to 
offer  a  whole  burnt-offering,  LXX. 
Hence 

Όλοκάρπωμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  whole 
burnt-offering,  LXX.  ;  and 

Ό?Μκύρ7Γωσις,  ή,  the  making  a  burnt- 
\  offering,  LXX. 

Όλόκανστος,  ον,=  όλόκαυτος. 

Όλοκαυτέω,  ώ,  to  bring  a  burnt- 
offering,  Xen.  An.  7,  8,  4,  cf.  όλοκαυ- 
τόω,  and  v.  Lob.  Phryn.  524:  and 


OAOA 

Ό?~.οκαντίζω,  late  form  for  ό?ιθκαν• 
τέω :  from 

Όλύκαντος,  ov,  (ό7.ος,  καίω)  burnt 
whole:  το  δλόκαντον,  LXX. 

'Ολοκαντόω,  ώ,=  δ?ιθκαντέω,  δλ. 
τονς  τανρονς,  τους  ϊππους,  Xen.  Cyr. 
8,  3,  24,  cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  524.    Hence 

Όλυκαύτωμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  burnt  of- 
fering, LXX.  :  and 

Ό/.οκαύτωσις,  ή,  the  bringing  a 
burnt-offering,  LXX. 

Όλοκλιιρία,  ας,  η,  completeness, 
soundness  in  all  its  parts,  LXX. :  from 

Όλόκληρος,  ov,  {δλος,  κλήρος) 
complete,  entire,  Lat.  integer.  Plat. 
(Com.)  Pha.  2,  9  :  quite  sound,  δλ.  καΐ 
υγιής.  Plat.  Tim.  44  C  ;  όλ.  καΐ  απα- 
θής. Id.  Phaedr.  250  C  :  ευκλεια  όλ., 
Polyb.  18,  28,  9  :  tv  όλ.  δέρματι,  Luc. 
Philops.  8. 

Όλόκνημος,  ov,  {δλος,  κνήμη)  with 
the  whole  shin  :  σκε'λϊς  δλόκν.,  a  ham 
containing  the  whole  leg,  Pherecr.  Me• 
tall.  1,  13. 

Όλόκο  TTOf ,  ov,  {δλος,  κόπτω)  coarse- 
ly pounded,  Diosc. 

Όλόκυκλος,  ov,  {δλος,  κύκλος)  with 
a  full  circle  or  disk,  σελήνη.     Hence 

Όλοκνκ/^όω,  ώ,  to  turn  into  a  full 
moon. 

Όλόκνρον,  τό.  Pontic  \νοτά,=χα• 
μαίπιτνς,  Diosc. 

Όλοκωνϊτις,  ιδος,  ή,  α  pla?it  wiih 
a  knotted  root,  Hipp. 

Όλολαμπής,  ές,  {δλος,  λάμπω) 
shining  all  over,  Anst.  Mund.  6,  30. 

Ό'λύ?.ενκος,  ov,  {δ/.ος,  λευκός)  all 
white,  Anliph.  Parasit.  3. 

Όλόλίβης,  ov,  {δλος,  λίθος)  of  mas- 
sive stone,  Sirab. 

Όλυλυι,  οί,=  δεισίδαίμονες.  The; 
opoinp.  (Com.)  Tis.  3,  .Menand.  p.  41. 

Όλολνγή,  ης,  ή,  {ολολύζω)  any 
loud  crying,  esp.  of  women  invoking 
a  god,  II.  6,  301,  cf.  Hdt.  4,  189  ;  so 
Eur.,  and  Ar.,  cf.  Thuc.  2,  4  ;  so  the 
loud  chant  of  female  voices,  H.  Hono. 
Ven.  19. — It  was  mostly  used  rather 
in  a  good  than  a  bad  sense,  unlike 
the  Lat.  uUdatus ; — indeed  in  .Eur. 
Med.  1170  it  is  expressly  opp.  to  a 
wailing  cry,  άντίμολπον  ήκεν  δλολυ• 
γής  μέγαν  κωκντόν  ;  ν.  δλολυγμός, 
and  cf  Seidl.  Eur.  El.  689,  Kiessling 
Theocr.  17,  64. 

Όλ()λνγμα,  ατός,  τό,  {ολολύζω)  a 
lotid  cry,  usu.  of  joy,  as  Eur.  Heracl. 
782  ;  cf.  δλο?.νγη. 

Ό/ιολνγμύς,  οϋ,  ό,  {ολολύζω)  α  loud 
crying,  usu.  in  honour  of  the  gods, 
Aesch.Theb.  268,  etc.,  Eur.  Or.  1137; 
and  so,  usu.,  a  cry  of  joy;  of  grief 
only  in  Aesch.  Cho.  386  :  cf  όλολνγή. 

Όλολνγών,  όνος,  ή,  like  όλολυγή, 
any  loud  cry  : — the  croaking  of  the  male 
frog,  Arist.  H.  A.  4,  0,  11.— II.  in 
Theocr.  7,  139,  and  Aral.  948,  an  un- 
known ani/nal,  evidently  named  from 
its  note  :  some  take  it  for  a  small  owl, 
others  for  the  thrush,  others  again  for 
the  tree-frog  ;  cf.  Eubul.  Stephan.  2, 
6,  Ael.  N.  A.  6,  19. 

Ό7.ολύζω  :  f.  -ύξω,  or  -ύξομαι,  Eur. 
El.  691  :  {λύζω) — orig.  to  cry  to  the 
gods  with  a  loud  voice,  whether  in 
prayer  or  thanksgiving,  Od.  3,  450; 
4,  767,  etc.,  H.  Ap.  445;  also  of  the 
cries  of  goddesses,  H.  Ap.  119; — in 
all  the  Homeric  passages,  of  female 
voices  and  in  reference  to  things  sa- 
cred, cf.  Voss  Virg.  G.  1,  347  :— so 
also,  after  Horn.,  usu.  of  women  cry- 
ing to  the  gods,  Aesch.  Eum.  1043,  to 
cry  out,  Eur.  Bacch.  689  ;  usu.  in  sign 
of  joy,  as  Id.  El.  691,  Ar.  Pac.  97, 
Theocr.  17,  64;— seldom  of  grief  like 
Lat.  idulare,  our  howl ;  cf.  όλολυγή. 

Όλόλνς,  ό,  an  effeminate,  dissolute 


ΟΛΟΠ 

person,  (ό  γνναικώδης  και  κατάθεος 
και  βάκηλος,  Phot.  ),  Anaxandr. 
Odyss.  2,  4,  Menand.  ap.  Phot. 

'0/.ολντ-ω,=  6λολνζω,  Mein.  Me- 
nand. p.  114,  Lob.  Phryn.  192. 

Όλομε/.ής.  ές.  {όλος.  μέλος)  whole 
oflimh,  7wt  dismembered,  Diphil.  Siphn. 
ap.  Ath.  316  F,  cf.  540  C  .—v.  ov'Ao- 
μελής.     Hence 

ΌΆομελία,  ας,  ή,  v.  ον?.ομε/.ία. 

Όλομερής,  ές,  (δλος,  μέρος)  in  en- 
tire parts,  in  large  or  whole  pieces,  Diod. 
Adv.  -ρώς,  Arist.  ap.  Diog.  L.  5,  28. 

Ό/.όμιιν.  ολοντο,  Ep.  for  ώλ-,  aor. 
mid.  ot  ό'/.λνμι. 

νΟ/.ονθενς,  έως,  ό,  Olontheus,  a 
Laconian,  Xen.  Hell.  6,  5,  33. 

"Ολονθος,  ov,  {δλος,  άνθος)  all  over 
dung. 

'0?Μννκτίως,  adv.,  {δλος,  ννξ)  the 
whole  night  through. 

Όλοοίτροχος,  ό,  lengthd.  poet,  form 
of  ό'λοίτροχος,  q.  v. 

Ό?.οός,  i],  ov,  (όλώ,  όλλυμί)  de- 
structive, destroying,  hurtful,  deadly, 
murderous,  fieq.  in  Horn.,  and  Hes., 
whether  of  persons,  Kijp  Όλοή,  Μοίρα 
ολοή  ;  of  things,  as  δεσμός,  ττϋρ,  ννξ ; 
or  of  feelings,  conditions,  etc.,  as  φό- 
βος, γόος,  γήρας,  7.vaau,  μήιης,  πό- 
?^εμος,  etc. ;  so  in  Aesch.,  and  Eur.  : 
— όλοά  φρονεΐν,  to  be  bent  on  ill,  de- 
sign ill,  TLvi,  11.  10,  701  :  Horn,  has 
also  compar.  and  super),  ό'λοώτερος, 
ό?.οώτατος,  the  latter  in  ος,  or,  ό'λοώ- 
τατος  όόμή,  Od.  4.  442.  (The  moral 
signf ,  malignant,  etc.,  is  foreign  to  the 
word,  for  it  always  relates  to  the  in- 
fliction of  some  special  ill ;  the  0tuv 
ολοώτατος,  U.  22,  15,  is  not  the  most 
vialignant  υί  the  gods,  but  the  god  who 
causes  greatest  ill.)— 11.  pass,  destroyed, 
lost,  undone,  Lat.  perditus,  Aesch. 
Pers.  962,  Soph.  El.  843 :  so,  όλοα 
στένει.,  of  Deianira,  Id.  Tr.  846. — 
Karer  collat.  forms  are  ό?.οίός,  Η. 
Horn.  Ven.  225 ;  ό/ιοίίος,  δλώίος, 
Hes.  Th.  591  ;  ονλοός,  Αρ.  Rh.  2,  85  ; 
3,  1402;  όλος,  Ε.  Μ.  :— cf.  also  ολο- 
ιρώϊος. 

Υ07.οοσσών,  όνος,  ή,  Oloosson,  a 
city  of  the  Perrhaebians  in  Thessaly, 
11.  2,  739  :  Strab.  p.  440. 

Όλοόςιρων,  όνος,  ό  and  ή  {όλοός, 
φρήν)  : — bent  on  destroying,  bent  on  ill, 
designing  death  and  destruction,  in  II. 
epith.  οΐνδρος  2,  723  ;  λέων  15,  630; 
ϋϋς  κάπρος  17,  21  :  but, — II.  in  Od. 
always  epith.  of  wise,  sagacious  men, 
as  Atlas,  Aeetes,  Minos,  1,  52  ;  10, 
137;  11,  322.— In  signf  II.,  the  old 
Gramm.  assume  a  different  deriv. ; 
viz.,  some  from  ολος,=  ό  των  ο'Κων 
φρονηστίκός,  one  who  thinks  on  all 
things,  and  then  they  write  it  ό?.οό- 
φρων  :  others  more  simply  from  ov- 
λος,=  δ  ούλας  η  υγιείς  τας  φρένας 
έχων,  one  who  has  a  whole,  sound  mind, 
and  this  is  strongly  supported  by  the 
parallel  of  όαίφρων.  which  in  both  II. 
and  Od.  has  the  twofold  signf  war- 
like-minded, and  w'ise-jninded.  But 
those  who  are  called  όλοόφρονες,  in 
Od.  are  not  common  men,  Ijut  heroic 
persons  awful  for  their  profound  wis- 
dom, who  in  simple  times  might  well 
be  called  dangerous,  —  as  hauing  the 
power  to  harm  or  destroy,  even  though 
they  did  not  use  it ;  cf  ολοφώϊος,  and 
V.  Nitzsch  Od.  1,  52. 

Όλοτϊόρφίφος,  ov,  (όλοζ•.  πορφύρα) 
all-purple,  Xen.  ap.  Poll.  10,  43. 

ΌλότΓτεροζ" ,  ov,  (  δλος,  πτερόν  ) 
with  whole  wings  or  feathers  :  tH  όλύ- 
■πτερά  is  a  name  of  insects  with  undi- 
vided wings,  as  bees,  wasps,  etc., 
Arist.  Part.  An.  4,  12,  3,  Incess.  An. 
JO,  4. 


ΟΑΟΣ 

Όλόπτω,  f.  -φω,  to  pull,  pluck,  tear 
out,  χαίτης  ώλοψας  βίιιφι,  Call.  Dian. 
77 ;  ώλόψατο  χαίτην,  Anth.  P.  7, 
241. — II.  to  strip  off,  peel,  Nic.  Th. 
595,  cf  Jac.  A.  P.  p.  276.  (Akin  to 
7.0-ός,  /.έ~ω.) 

Όλότϊϋρος,  ov,  ( oAof ,  πνρός)  of 
unground  wheat,  esp.  of  v:heat  boiled 
whole,  Heliod. ;  a  later  word  for  πν- 
ανος.  Heliod.  ap.  Ath.  406  C. 

Υ07.ορος,  ov,  δ,  Olorus,  a  king  of 
the  Thracians,  father-in-law  of  Milti- 
ades,  Hdt.  0,  39.-2.  father  of  Thucy- 
dides. 

ΌλοΙιριζεί,  adv.  of  sq.,  dub. 

Ό?Μββιζος,  ov,  {δ?.ος,  βίζα)  with  the 
entire  root,  LXX. 

ΌΑΟΣ,  ov,  ό,  Att.  for  θολός,  mud, 
muddy  liquor,  Jac.  A.  P.  p.  826. — 2. 
esp.  the  black  liquor  of  the  cuttle-fish, 
Lat.  sepia. 

Ό/.ός,  ή,  όν,=  67.οός,  Ε.  Μ. 

"ΟΑΟΣ,  rj.,  ov,  whole,  entire,  perfect, 
complete,  of  persons  and  things,  Lat. 
solus,  i.  e.  solidus,  first  in  Pind.  (for 
Horn,  and  Hes.  always  use  the  Ion. 
form  ούλος,  q.  v.) ;  also  of  time,  Pind. 
O.  2,  54  : — it  is  added  to  the  subst., 
as.  της  Τ/μέρας  δ7.ης,  the  whole  day, 
Xen.  An.  3,  3,  11  ;  δι'  δ7χ.ης  της  νυκ- 
τός, lb.  4,  2,  4  ;  τον  βίον  δλον,  Plat. 
Rep.  41 1  A  ;  πό7Λν  δλην,  a  whole  city, 
Eur.  Phoen.  1131 ;  πόλεις  δ7Μς,  whole 
cities,  Plat.  Gorg.  512  Β  : — but  comes 
between  the  art.  and  subst.  if  the  lat- 
ter is  an  abstract  term,  /)  ό/?/  αδικία, 
Id.  Rep.  344  C,  cf  Prot.  329  E.— 2. 
o'l  67.01,  all ;  also  without  article,  ονχ 
o7mv  στρατηγός.  Soph.  Aj.  1105,  and 
esp.  in  late  writers,  Herm.  ad  1. 
(1084)  :  TO  δ?Μν,  the  universe.  Plat. 
Lys.  214  Β  ;  so.  tu  όλα,  Xen.  Cyr.  8, 
7,  22  :  but  τα  όλο,  usu.,  one's  all,  τοϊς 
δ7Μΐς  ήττΰσθαι,  σφα7αμ•αι,  etc.,  to 
lose  one's  all,  be  utterly  ruined,  Dem. 
127,  23,  Polyb.  18,  16,  "l,  etc.— 3.  o7mv 
αμάρτημα,  an  utter  blunder,  Xen. 
Hell.  5,  3,  7  ;  πλάσμα  o7mv,  utter  fic- 
tion, Dem.  1110.  18:  so,  όλω  και 
παντί,  also  τω  όλω  καΐ  παντί  or  -ώ 
παντί  και  όλω,  Stallb.  and  Ast  Plat. 
Phaed.  79  Ε  :  also  in  neut.,  as  adv., 
όλοζ',  or  TO  o7.ov,  altogether.  Plat. 
Phaedr.  261  B,  etc. ;  o7.ov  τι  και  παν. 
Id.  Ale.  1,  109  Β  ;  δλον  που  και  το 
πάν.  Id.  Lesrg.  944  C  ;  so,  ε!ς  το 
δλον.  Id.  Polit.  302  Β  ,  also,  κατά 
όλοι',  on  the  whole,  generally,  opp.  to 
καθ'  έκαστα.  Plat.  Rej).  392  D,  etc.  ; 
so,  καθ'  όλου  or  καθό7.ον  ( v.  sub 
voc.)  — 4.  adv.  ο7.ως,  wholly,  on  the 
whole,  in  general,  Arist.  Elh.  N.  1,  8, 
10;  πώς  μέν.,.δλως  δέ..-.  Id.  Pol.  : — 
in  short,  in  a  U'ord,  Lat.  denique.  Wolf 
Dem.  Lept.  p.  220;  ονχ  όλως,  not  at 
all,  Plat.  Phaed.  64  Ε  ;  and.  still 
stronger,  οί•δ'  όλως,  Jac.  A.  P.  p. 
463. — II.  whole,  i.  e.  safe  and  sound. 
Lys.  104,  17.  (The  root  is  prob.  the 
same  as  Lat.  salvus,  cf  Sanscr.  sar- 
wa.  omnis.) 

'Ο7.οσηρικός,  ή,  όν,  all  of  silk. 

'07Μσία7.ος,  ov ,  full  of  saliva.  [Γ] 

Ό7.υσίδηρος,  ov,  {δλος,  σίδηρος)  all 
iron,  Antiph.  Philisc.  1.  [ϊ] 

Όλόσκΐΰς,  ov,  {δλος,  σκιά)  quite 
shady. 

'07ί.οσπΰδής,  ές,  {δ?.ος,  σπάω)  quite 
drawn  οτ' drained,  Hesych.  :  SO,  ύλο- 
σπάς,  άδος,  ό,  ή.  Soph.  Fr.  919. 

Ό7.οσπόνδειος,  ov,  all  of  spondees. 

Όλόστεοτ',  ov,  τό,  a  plant,  Diosc.  4, 
11,  ubi  V.  Sprengel :  from 

Ό7.όστεος,  ov,  (όλος,  όστέον)  all  of 
bone. 

Ό7.οστήμων,  ov,  {δλος,  στήμα)  con- 
sisting entirely  of  threads  of  the  warp, 
i  Soph.  Fr.  920. 


ΟΛΟΦ 

Όλόσφα/.τος,  ov,  quite  defective. 

'Ο7.οσφνρή7.ΰτος,  ov,  {όλ.ος,  σφνρή• 
λατος)  all  beaten  by  the  hammer,  hence 
:=sq._ 

'07.οσφνρητος,  Dor.  -άτος,  ov, 
{ύ/.ος,  σφϊ'ρα)  quite  hammered,  made  of 
solid  beaten  melal,  opp.  to  what  is  cast 
and  hollow,  Anth.  P.  11,  174;  cf. 
Lob.  Phryn.  203.  [i] 

'07.οσφύριον,  ου,  τό,  a  piece  of  beat- 
en metal,  [i] 

ΌΑ.οσφνριστος,  ov,  dub.  1.  for  όλο- 
σφνρητος.  [ί] 

'07.6σφνροΓ,  ov,  =  δλοσφνρητος, 
Lob.  Phryn.  206. 

'Ο7.οσχέρεια,  ας,  ή,  wholeness  :  a 
general  survey,  rough  estimate,  Strab. 
p.  79 :  from 

'Ολοσχερής,  ές,  like  δ/.όκ/.ηρος, 
whole,  entire,  sound,  complete,  Lat.  in- 
teger. Soph.  Fr.  703,  Theocr.  25,  210  : 
—  adv.  -ρώς,  δ7..  κόπτειν,  θ/.άσαι,  to 
pound  coarsely,  Dlosc. — 2.  relating  to 
the  whole,  important,  chief,  great,  freq. 
in  Polyb.,  as,  όλ.  κρίσις,  φόβοι  1,57, 
6 ;  73,  7  ;  τό  δ7.οσχερέστατον  μέρος 
3,  37,  8  : — hence  adv.  -ρώς.  entirely, 
altogether,  utterly,  Polyb.  I,  10,  1  ;  11, 
7,  etc.  ;  όλ.  όιακεΐσθαι  προς  τι,  to  be 
quite  bent  upon  a  thing,  v.  1.  Isocr. 
109  D.  (From  όλοο  and  σχερός,  not 
from  χείρ.) 

Ό7.οσχιστος,  ov,  {δ7.ος,  σχίζω)  split 
up,  all  split,  Plat.  Pollt.  279  D,  280  C. 

'Ο7.ύσχοινος,  ov,  ό,  {όλος,  σχοΐνος) 
a  coarse  rush,  Lat.  juncus  mariscus, 
Theophr. :  sometimes,  like  flax,  soak- 
ed for  use  {βεβρεγμένος),  sometimes 
without  soaking  used  in  wicker- 
work,  for  bow-nets,  etc. — II.  proverb., 
άπο^βύπτειν  τό  Φι7^ίππον  στόμα 
δ7.οσχοίνω  ΰβρόχφ,  to  stop  Philip's 
mouth  v:ith  an  unsoaked  rush,  i.  e. 
without  any  trouble,  Aeschin.  31,  5  • 
so,  δ/.οσχοίνω  στόμα  άποφρύςαι, 
Anth.  P.  10,  49. 

Ό/.οσχος,  ό,  (όλοζ•,  όσχη)  α  leather 
pouch. — \1.=:κντινος,  ^>ic.  Th.  870. 

Ό?,οσώμύτος,  ov,  with  or  relating  to 
the  u-hole  body. 

Ό7,οτε7.ής,  ές,  {δλος,  τέ/.ος)  qxdte 
complete,  Plut.  2,  909  Β. 

'Ολότης,  ητος,  ή,  abstract  fiom 
όλof,  wholeness,  enlireness,  Lat.  lotitas, 
Arist.  Metaph.  4,  26,  3. 

'Ο7.ότροπος,  ov,  in  every  manner. 

Ό7.ότροχος,  ό,  v.  ό7.οίτροχος. 

νθ7Μνρος,  ου,  ό,  Olftrus,  a  strong- 
hold in  Achaia  near  Pallene,  Xen. 
Hell.  7,  4,  18. — 2.  a  city  of  Messenia, 
Strab.  p.  350. 

Ι'Ολοίί".  ονντος,  ό.  Obis,  a  city  of 
Crete,  Paus.  9,  40,  3. 

Ό/.ονφω.  ace.  to  the  old  Gramm. 
another  form  of  ολόπ-ω,  Phot.  Lex. 
p.  241. 

'07^οφ7Λκτίς,  ίδος,  ή,  ο  large  φ7.υ• 
κτίς  or  pimple.  Medic. 

'Ολοον/δός,  ή,  όν,:=67.οφνδνός. 

Ό7Μφνγδών,  όνος,  ή,=  ό7.οφλνκτίς, 
Theocr.  υ,  30. 

'07  οφνδνός.  η,  όν,  {όλοφϊφομαι) 
lamenting,  wailing,  έπος,  II.  5,  683 ; 
23,  102,  Od.  19,  362  :— όλο^ΐ'^νά,  as 
adv.,  Anth.  P.  7,  486. 

Ό7.οώνζω,  f  -ξω,  later  form  for  δλο- 
φνρομαι. 

'07.οφνής,  ές,  (όλοΓ,  φνη)  grown  as 
a  whole,  consisting  all  of  one  piece, 
Arist.  Part.  An.  4,  12,  12,^ 

'07ιθφνκτίς,  ίδος,  ή.—  67.οφ/.νκτίς. 

Όλόφϋ7.ος,  ον,==ό7.όκ7.ηρος. 

ΫΟλυφνξιοι,  ων,  οι,  the  inhab.  of 
Olophyxns.  Olophyxians,  in  COmic  ap- 
plic.  in  Ar.  Av.  1041 :  from 

ί'Ολόόνξος,  ov,  7/,  Olophyxvs,  a  city 
of  Macedonia  on  Mt.  Athos,  Hdt.  7, 
22 ;  Thuc.  4,  100. 

1019 


OAYM 

'Ο7.οφυρμός,  οΰ,  ό,  α  lamenting,  wail- 
ing, lamentation,  Ar.  Vesp.  390,  Thuc. 
3,  67,  etc.  :  from 

Όλοφνρομαι,  dep.  used  mostly  in 
pres. ;  hut  Hoin.  also  has  2  and  3  sing. 
aor.  ολοφύραο,  ό/ιοφύρατο ;  and  a 
part.  aor.  pass,  όλοφνρθείς  occurs  in 
Thuc.  0,  78. — I.  intr.  to  lament,  ivail. 
moan,  weep,  esp.  in  part,  pres.,  τΐόλλ' 
υλνφυρόμενοι,  11.24,  328  ;  οίκτρ.  όλο• 
ψνρομένους,  Od.  10.  409  ;  αΐν'  ολ-,  Od. 
22,  447  ;  ηνί,  at  a  thing,  Thuc.  1.  c. 
— 2.  tu  lament  or  mourn  fur  the  ills  of 
others,  hence,  to  feci  pity,  όλοφύρεταί 
jjTop,  II.  16,  450";  θυμω  όλ.,  Od.  11, 
418;  usu.  c.  gen.  to  have  pity  upon 
one,  Ααναών,  etc.,  II.  8,  33,  etc., 
"Εκτορος,  II.  22,  169.— 3.  to  beg  with 
tears  and  lamentations,  II.  23,  75. — 4.  C. 
inf.,  πώς  όλ.οφύρεαι  άλ.κιμος  είναι ; 
why  lament  that  thou  must  be  brave  ? 
Od.  22,  232. — II.  c.  ace,  to  lament  over, 
bewail,  weep  for,  mourn,  Od.  19,  522, 
Soph.  El.  145,  Thuc.  2,  44.-2.  to 
pity,  τινά,  11.  8,  245,  Od.  4,  304  ;  10, 
158.  (Usu.  deriv.  from  όλους  II,  υλ• 
λνμι,  to  look  on  as  lost.)  [v]     Hence 

Όλόφυρσις,  ή,=  όλοφυρμός,  Thuc. 
1,  143  ;  τινός,  for  one,  2,  51.     Hence 

Όλ-Μφυρτικός,  ή,  όρ,  disposed  for 
lamenting  or  moaning,  piteous,  queru- 
lous, Arist.  Eth.  N.  4,  3,  32.  Adv. 
-κώς,  Joseph. 

'Ο'λοφώϊος,  ov,  destructive,  deadly, 
Horn.,  only  in  Od.  and  in  neut.  pi., 
όλ.  δήνεα,  pernicious  arts  or  plots,  10, 
289 ;  όλ.  ε'ιόώς,  versed  in  pernicious 
arts,  4,  460,  etc. ;  so,  πάντα  ύέ  τοι 
έρέω  όλοφώϊα  τοΐο  -γέροντος,  4,  410  : 
— λ.νκών  ό?.οώώϊην  ερνος,  Theocr.  25, 
185.  (From  όλώ,  ολλνμι :  not  a 
compd.  of  όλώ  and  φύς,  destroying 
men.) 

Όλόφωνος,  ov,  {όλος,  φωνή)  full- 
voiced,  αλέκτωρ,  Cratin.  'Up.  1. 

'Ολόφωτος,  ov,  in  full  light. 

'Ο/.όχαλκος,  ov,  all  of  brass  or  cop- 
per. 

Όλίόχλωρος,  ov,  (όλος,  χλωρός)  all 
green,  Diosc. 

Ό?ώχροος,  ov,  contr.  χρους,  ovv, 
{ίίλος,  χρόα)  all  of  one  colour,  not  va- 
riegated, Arist.  Gen.  An.  5,  6,  1. 

ΌλόχρϋσοΓ,  ov,  (όλος,  χρνσός)  of 
solid  nold,  Plut.  2,  852  B. 

'Ολόψυχος,  ov,  {όλος,  τΐινχή)  with 
Οΐ  from  his  whole  soul.     Adv.  •χως. 

νΟλπαι,  ών,  αϊ,  and  Όλ.πή,  τ/ς,  η, 
Olpae.  a  stronghold  in  Acarnania  near 
Argos  Amphiiochicum,  Thuc.  3, 105. 
Hence 

ΙΌλτταίοί,  ων,  οΊ,  the  Olpaeans, 
Thuc.  3,  101. 

ΌΛΠΗ,  ης,  ή,  a  leathern  oil-flask, 
elsewh.  λά/κνθος,  esp.  used  in  the 
palaestra,  Theocr.  2,  150,  Nic.Th.  97  ; 
of  a  Cynic's  flask,  Anth.  P.  0,  293  ;  ί, 
68. — 2.=  πρόχοος,  Ion  ap.  Alh.  495  B. 
Cf.  όλ.πις. 

Ό7.πια,  ων,  τά,  the  Alps,  Ε.  Μ. 

'ΟΛΠΙΣ.  ιης  and  ιόος,  ΐ/,=δλπ7], 
Sappho  79,  Theocr.  18,  45,  Call.  Fr. 
181. 

"Όλττίζ•,  ό,=  γριπεύς,  from  a  fisher- 
man's name  in  Theocr. 

\Ό?.νμιτ7]νη,  ΐ}ς.  ή,  Olympene,  a  dis- 
trict of  iVIvsia  around  Mt.  Olympus. 
Strab.  p. 570 ;  οι  Ό?.νμ~ηνοί,  Id. p.  566. 

^Ολυμπία,  ας.  ή.  (sc.  χώρα)  Olym- 
pia,  a  ciistriet  of  Elis  round  the  city 
of  Pisa,  where  the  Olympic  games 
were  held,  Pind. ; — and  oft.  for  the 
city  Pisa. — Hence,  Όλ,νμπίάσι,  at 
Oh/mpia,  Ar.  Lys.  1131,  Thuc.  1,  143, 
Plat.  Apol  36  D  :  on  the  form  v. 
Bultm.  Ausf.  Gr.  §  116,  6):—Όλνμ- 
rrlau,  to  Olympia,  Arist.  Eth.  E.  3, 6, 
4;  Όλνμπίϋβεν,^οΜ  Olympia. 
1020 


ΟΛΥΜ 

'Ολύμπια,  ων,  τά,  (sc.  Ιερά)  the 
Olympian  games,  established  by  Her- 
cules and  renewed  by  Ijjhitus  (cf. 
Ό'λνμπιάς  II.  3),  and  held  at  intervals 
of  four  years  in  honour  of  Olympian 
Jupiter,  by  the  Greeks  assembled  at 
Olympia  in  Elis.  first  in  Hdt.  8,  26  ; 
'Ολύμπια  vinav,  to  conquer  at  the 
Olympic  games,  cf  νικάω:  also, 
'Ολύμπια  άνελέσθαι  or  άνιιρηκέναι, 
Hdt.  6,  36. — The  Olympic  games  be- 
gan on  the  nth  of  Hecatombaeon. 

ΥΟλνμπιακός.  ή,  όν,  Olympian,  ό 
Ό.  άγων,  the  Olympic  games,  Thuc. 
1,6. 

'Ολυμπίας  άνεμος,  b,  the  W.N.W. 
wind,  elsewh.  'Αργέστης  and  Ίάπνξ, 
Lat.  Corus,  Arist.  Meteor.  2,  6,  8. 

'0?.νμπιάς,  άόος,  ή,  pecul.  fem.  of 
Όλ.νμπιος,  Olympian  :  lirst  occurring 
as  epith.  of  the  Muses,  II.  2,  491,  H. 
Merc.  450,  Hes.  Th.  25,  52 ;  then, 
generally,  as  a  dweller  in  Olympus,  a 
goddess,  Hes.  Fr.  21,2;  of  the  Graces, 
Ar.  Av.  782. — 2.  Όλ.  έλαια,  the  olive- 
crown  of  the  01.  games,  Pind.  N.  1,  25. 
— II.  as  subst., — 1.  the  Olympic  games, 
Hdt.  6,  103  ;  7,  206,  and  oft.  in  Pmd. 
— 2.  (sub.  νίκη),  a  victory  at  Olympia, 
Ό?ινμπιάδαϊινε?^έσθαι,νικΰν, to  gnin 
a  victory  in  the  Olympic  games,  Hdt. 

0,  70;  9,  33:  cf  νικάω  III  :  later,  any 
victory  or  triumph,  Philostr. — 3.  in 
Att.,  most  freq.,  an  Olympiad,  i.  e.  the 
spice  of  four  years  between  the  cele- 
brations of  the  Olympic  games,  the 
first  common  era  of  the  Greeks,  and 
used  in  history  from  the  time  of  Ti- 
maeus,  about  300  B.  C. :  the  first 
Olympiad  begins  776  B.  C. 

ΪΌ?.νμπιάς,  άδος,  ή,  Olympias, 
fem.  pr.  n.,  queen  of  Philip  of  Mace- 
don,  mother  of  Alexander  the  great, 
Arr.  ;  etc. 

ΌλνμπιεΙον,  or  Όλνμπίειον,  (Lob. 
Phryn.  371 ),  ov,  τό,  the  temple  of  Olym- 
pian Jupiter,  Thuc.  6,  61,  etc. 

νθ7ννμπιηνοί.  ών,  οί.—  'Ολνμπψ 
vol,  v.  sub  'Ολιυμπηνή,  Hdt.  7,  74. 

Όλ^νμπικός,  ή.  όν,  Olympian ;  ό  Όλ. 
αγών,  the  Olympic  games,  Ar.  Plut. 
583 :  t//  έςβολιτ]  ή  Όλυμπική,  the 
Olympian  pass,  Hdt.  7,  172. 

ΫΟλ.υμπώόωρος,  ov,  ό,  Olympiodo- 
rus,  son  of  Lampon,  a  commander  of 
the  Athenians,  Hdt.  9,  21.— Others  in 
Dem.  ;  Ath. ;  etc. 

+Όλι;,ω7Γίθί',  ov,  τό,  a  temple  of 
Olympian  Jupiter  in  Athens,  on  the 
south  side  of  the  Acropolis,  Plat. 
Phaedr.  227  C ;  ^Strab.  p.  396t :  v. 
also  'Ολύμπια,  τά. 

'Ολυμπιονίκης,  ου.  Dor.  -νίκΰς,  ά. 
ό,  α  con<iurror  in.  the  Olympic  games, 
oft.  in  Pind.  [yl]  :  and 

ΌλυμπιόνΙκος,  ov,  {'Ολύμπια,  νι- 
κάω), conquering  in  the  Olympic  garnes, 
Pind. 

'Ολύμπιος,  ov,  Olympian,  from  or 
dwelling  mi.  Olympus,  hence  in  Horn., 
and  Hes.,  freq.  as  epith.  of  the  gods 
above,  esp.  of  Jupiter,  who  is  called 
simply  '0?>.νμπιος  in  II.  19,  103.  Od, 

1 ,  60,  Hes.  Op.  476,  etc. :  the  comic 
poets  called  Pericles  so,  Ar.  Ach. 
530,  and  cf  Cratin.  θρΓΪττ.  1  : — Όλ. 
όώματα,  the  mansions  of  Olympus, 
dwellings  of  the  gods  there,  Hom., 
and  Hes. :  hence,  later,  generally,  ce- 
lestial. 

νΟλ.ύμπιχος,  ov,  6,  Olympichus, 
Athen.  masc.  pr.  n.,  Dem.  1310,23. — 
Others  in  Polyb. ;  etc. 

Όλιγιττοζ-,  ου,  b,  freq.  also  in  Hom. 
(esp.  11.)  in  Ion.  form  Ούλ.νμπος, 
Olympus,  a  high  hill  on  the  Macedo- 
nian frontier  of  Thessaly. — II.  from 
its   peaks    being    often  seen  rising 


ΟΜΑΔ 

above  clouds  into  the  calm  ether,  it 
was  the  old  belief  that  here  was  an 
opening  in  the  vault  of  heaven,  closed 
by  a  thick  cloud  as  door,  11.  5,  751.- 
The  highest  peak  was  held  to  be  the 
seat  of  Jupiter,  the  surrounding  ones 
belonged  each  to  one  of  the  gods  of 
his  court,  11.  11,  76,  etc.;  and  they 
only  came  to  the  highest,  when  sum- 
tnoned  to  feast  or  council. — HI.  af- 
terwards philosophers  placed  the  gods 
in  the  centre  of  heaven,  round  the 
palace  of  Jupiter  which  was  in  the 
very  zenith  :  and  to  this  the  name  of 
Olympus  was  continued,  v.  esp.  Voss 
Virg.  G.  3,  261,  p.  586,  sq.— IV.  the 
name  was  common  to  several  other 
mountains,  each  apparently  the  high- 
est in  its  own  district :  tas,—  1 .  a  moun- 
tain-range in  Mysia  Minor  stretch- 
ing from  Hermus  to  Bithvnia.  ύ  Μυ- 
σος'Ο.,  Hdt.  1,  36;  Strab.  p.  470.— 
2.  in  Cyprus  with  a  temple  o( 'Αφρο- 
δίτη 'Ακραία,  Strab.  p.  682. — 3.  in 
Lycia,  same  with  the  Cilician,  from 
which,  however,  Strab.  distinguishes 
it,  p.  666,  671. t — V.  as  adv.  Όλ.υμ- 
πόνδε,  in  Hom.  always  Ion.  Οΐ)λυμ- 
πόνδε,  to,  towards  Olympus. ■\ — VI.  a 
city  of  Lycia  at  foot  of  Mt.  O.  (IV.  3), 
Strab.  p.  666. — VII.  masc.pr.  n.,a  cel- 
ebrated flute  player  of  Phrygia.  a  pu- 
pil of  Marsyas,  Ar.  Eq.  9;  Pint.  Syinp. 
215  Β  :  ace.  to  Apollod.  1,  4,  2,  father 
of  Marsyas.— 2.  a  son  of  Hercules, 
Apollod.  2, 7, 8. — Others  in  Luc. ;  etc. 

Όλυνθάζω,  to  impregnate  the  female 
palm-tree  with  the  pollen  of  the  jnnle  (cf. 
έρινάζω),  Theophr.     Al.  όλιννϋιάζω. 

νΟλυνβίακος,  ου,  ό,  Olynthiucus,  a 
small  river  in  Chalcidice  near  Apol- 
lonia,  Ath.  334  E. 

'Ον.υνθος,  ου,  ό,  a  fig  which  grows 
during  the  winter  under  the  leavi's, but 
ripens  as  seldom  as  the  untimely  tig  of 
spring,  Lat.  grossus,  Hes.  Fr.  14,  Hdt. 
1,  193,  Theophr.  (Also  written  όλον 
θος.) 

-γΌλννθος,  ου,  ?/,  Olynthus,  a  city 
of  Macedonia,  between  Mt.  Athos 
and  the  peninsula  Pallene,  Hdt. ; 
Thuc.  ;  etc. 

νΟλ^ύνθιος.  a,  ov,  of  Olynthus,  Olyn- 
thian.  oi  Ό.,  Thuc. 

Όλννθοφορέω,  ω,  to  bear  untimely 
figs :  from 

Όλυνθοφόρος,  ov,  {όλννθος,  φέρω) 
bearing  untimely  figs,  Arist.  ap.  Ath. 
77  F. 

ΌΛΤΤΑ",  η,  usu.  in  plur.  δλνραι, 
a  kind  of  corn,  in  II.  5,  196  ;  8,  504, 
mentioned  as  food  for  horses  along 
with  barley  {κρί) :  the  Lat.  arinca, 
Plin.  IS,  10  ;  but  used  in  Aegypt,  ace. 
to  Hdt.  2,  36,  77,  for  making  bread,  v, 
Biihr.  It  seems,  if  not  the  same,  very 
like  ζεύ  or  ζειά  (Hdt.  2,  36) ;  though 
it  is  distinguished  from  that,  as  well 
as  from  κριθή  and  πυρός,  in  Theophr., 
and  Diosc.  2.  113; — perh.  a  kind  of 
spelt.  (Acc.  to  Buttm.  Lexil.  s.  v. 
οϋλ.αί  8,  akin  to  όλη,  ουλαί:  the  ac- 
cent όλνρα  is  wrong,  Arcad.  p.  194, 
14)     Hence 

Ό7Λρίτης,  ov.  ό.  fem.  -ΐτις,  ιδος, 
made  of  όλνρα,  LXX. 

Όλ.ώδης,  tf ,  Alt.  for  θο7.ώδης,  Hipp, 
ap.  Galen. 

Όλώϊος,  rarer  poet,  collat.  form  of 
ϋλοός.  όλοώς,  Hes.  Th.  591. 

Όλωλο,  perf  2  of  δλλνμι,  Horn., 
and  Att.;  x.m.vui  B.  III. 

'ΌλωσίζΊ  ή,  as  if  from  όλοω,  a  mak- 
ing ivhol.e,  completing. 

Όμα,  adv..  Dor.  for  όμή,  Bockh  v.  1. 
Pind.  O.  3,  22  (38). 

Όμάγνρις,  Dor.  for  όμήγνρις,  Pind. 

Όμάδενω,  {ομάδος)  to  colled. 


ΟΜΑΛ 

Όμΰδέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (δμαδσς)  to 
make  a  noise  or  hubbub,  of  a  number 
of  people  all  speaking  at  once,  in  Od. 
always  of  the  suitors,  1,  365,  etc. ; 
(never  in  II.) ;  then  in  Ap.  Rh.  2, 038, 
etc. 

'O/tzuJoi',  adv.,  (όμύς)  on  the  whole, 
together,  late,  v.  Lob.  Aglaoph.  643. 

"Ομάδος,  ου,  ό,  (όμός,  ομάς)  α  noise, 
hubbub,  dm,  made  by  many  together, 
esp.  of  the  confused  voices  of  a  num- 
ber of  men,  freq.  in  Horn.,  who  ex- 
pressly distinguishes  it  from  δοντνος, 
the  tramp  of  men,  II.  9,  573  ;  23,  234, 
Od.  10,  556  (it  occurs  nowhere  else 
in  Od.);  also  as  opp.  to  flutes  and 
pipes,  συριγγών  r'  tvomjv  δααδύν  τ' 
ανθρώπων,  11.  10,  13,  cf  Pmd.  Ν.  6, 
66 ;  (so,  ομάδος  ΰλνρος,  a  sound  not 
as  of  music,  Eur.  Hel.  185) ;  rarely 
of  a  tempest,  as  in  11.  13,  797.— II. 
like  δμίλος,  a  crowd,  concourse  of  peo- 
ple, who  make  such  noise,  a  noisy 
band  of  warriors,  II.  7,  307;  15,  689, 
etc. — in.  in  Hes.  Sc.  \55.257,  the  din 
of  battle,  hence  also,  η  battle, fight,  χάλ- 
κεος  δμ-,  the  din  of  brazen  war,  Find. 
I.  8  (7),  55: — cf  δμύ.ος,  όχλος,  and 
Lat.  turba. — Ep.  and  Lyr.  word  :  nev- 
er in  Trag.,  e.xcept  in  a  lyric  passage 
of  Eur.  1.  c. ;  once  in  Plat.,  Rep.  364 
E,  in  sigiif  II,  on  which  v.  Lob. 
Aglaoph.  643. 

^Ομύζω,  to  roar,  growl,  of  bears  and 
panthers. 

Όμαίμιος,  ov,  related  by  blood,  Find. 
N.  6,  29  ;  cf.  δμαιμος. 

"Ομαιμις,  ιδος,  ή,  pecul.  fem.  of 
sq.,  a  sister,  dub. 

"Ομαιμος,  ov,  {όμός,  αίμα)  of  the 
same  blood,  related  by  blood,  Lat.  con- 
sanguincus,  Aesch.  Eum.  653  .  esp.  a 
brother  or  sister,  Hdt.  1,  151,  and 
Trag.,  as  Aesch.  Theb.  681,  Soph. 
El.  12:  —  also  όμαίμων,  and  poet. 
όμαίμιος.    Hence 

Όμαιμοσννη,  ης,  ij,  ~  sq.,  Anth. 
Plan.  128 :  and 

Όααιμότης,  ητος,  ή,  blood-relation- 
ship. 

Όμαίμων,  ov,  gen.  ονος,—  δμαιμος, 
Hdt.  2,  49;  8,  144,  and  Trag.,  as 
Soph.  Aj.  1312: — Compar.  όμαιμονέ- 
στερος  is  rare,  but  occurs  in  Soph. 
Ant.  486. 

Όμάίον,  ov,  TO,  {άίω)=6μακοεΐον. 

Όμαιχμέω,  ώ,  to  fiuht  on  the  same 
side  with  one,  Opp.  H.  5,  160  :  and 

Όμαίχμία,  ας,  ή,  a  fighting  together 
or  aiding  in  battle  ;  generally,  a  defen- 
sive alliance,  league,  Hdt.  8,  140,  1, 
Thuc.  1,  18;  όμ.  συντίθεσθαι  προς 
τίνα,  to  form  a  league  against  one, 
Hdt.  7,  145:  later  also,  loosely,  α  6αί- 
tle,  App.  :  from 

"Ομαιχμος,  ov,  (όμός,  αιχμή)  fight- 
ing together,  allied  :  as  subst.,  an  ally, 
brother  in  arms,  Thuc.  3,  58. 

Όμΰκοεϊον,  ov,  τό,  also  όμΰκόϊον, 
ου,  τό,  (όμός,  ακούω)  Pythagorean 
word,  their  cmnmon  hall  or  school, 
Clem.  ΑΙ.,  Iambi. 

Όμύκοοι,  ol,  {όμός,  ακούω)  joint  or 
fellow-hearers,  fellow-students  in  the 
Pythagorean  school,  Iambi,  [a] 

Όμα)•.η,  adv.  {όμη7.ός)=όμοϋ. 

Όμΰλής,  ές,  {ομαλός,  ομάς)  level, 
even.  Strictly  of  the  ground,  Plat. 
Criti.  118  A,  Xen.  Cyn.  2,  7  ;  cf  Lob. 
Phryn.  185. 

Όμΰλία.  ας,  ί/.^όμαλότης. 

Όμΰλίζω,  (ομαλός)  to  make  even,  to 
equalize,  τάς  ουσίας,  Arist.  Pol.  2,  7, 
8,  etc.  :  όμα?ασθΐ/ναι  εις  το  αυτό  π7\,η- 
θος,  lb.  2,  6,  10.— 2.  metaph.  to  soft- 
en, quiet,  appease,  to  δεινόν,  Xen. 
Oec.  18,  5. — II.  intr.  to  be  or  remain 
equal,  Theophr.    Hence 


OMAT 

Όμαλισμός,  οϋ  6,  a  levelling,  equali- 
zation, Plut.  2,  688  Ε  :  and 

Όμΰ?.ιστήρ,  ?/ρος,  ό,  an  instrument 
for  levelling,  a  strickle,  Lat.  ruta. 

Όμάλίστρα,  ας,  ή,  and  όμάλιστρον, 
ov,  r(i,=  foreg. 

Όμά'λόδεμμος,  ov,  (ομαλός,  δέρμα) 
smooth-skinned. 

Όμάλός,  ή,  όν,  {όμός)  of  a  surface, 
even,  level,  smooth,  Od.  9,  327,  and 
oft.  in  Att.  prose  ;  opp.  to  τραχύς, 
Xen.  An.  4,  6,  12:  to  όμαλόν.  level 
ground,  Thuc.  5,  65.  cf.  4,  31.-2.  of 
sound,  ί^ωνη  όμα7^η  και  λεία.  Plat. 
Tim.  67  Β. — 3.  even,  evenly  balanced, 
Plat.  Legg.  773  A  :  lience  όμ.  γάμος, 
marriage  with  an  equal,  Aescn.  Pr. 
901  ;  so.  ΰλλάλοίζ•  ομαλοί,  on  a  level 
with  one  another,  equal,  Theocr.  15, 
50;  cf  Erinn.  3,  2: — opp.  to  άκρα- 
τος. Plat.  Legg.  773  A  ;  hence,  όμα- 
λώς  βιώναι,  to  live  contentedly,  Isocr. 
72  B. — 4.  metaph.,  not  remarkable, 
middling,  of  tlie  average  sort,  ομαλός 
στρατιώτης,  an  ordinary  sort  of  sol- 
dier, Theocr.  14,  56. — II.  adv.  -λώς, 
evenly,  hence,  όμ.  βαίνειν,  to  march 
in  an  even  line,  Thuc.  5,  70;  so,  όμ. 
προϊέναι,  Xen.  An.  1,  8,  14. — Also 
ομαλής,  q.  v.     Hence 

Όμάλότης,  ητος,  ή,  evenness,  level- 
ness,  equality,  freq.  in  Flat.  :  iv  όμα- 
λότητι  τιβέναι,  to  make  even.  Id. 
Tim.  57  Ε  ;  όμ.  ΰπολλνναι,  to  lose 
equilibrium,  lb.  58  E. 

Όμΰ7.όω,  ώ,^=όμαλίζω. 

Όαΰ,λΰνω,^^όμαλίζω,  Tim.  Locr. 
45  Ε. 

Όμΰβής,  ές,  ίόμός.  όμοϋ,  άρω)  well- 
adjusted,  agreeing  well  together,  cf.  δμη- 

ρος-_ 

νΟμύριον,  ου,  τό,  temple  of  Jupiter 
(Όμάριος=Όμαγνριος)  nearAegium 
in  Achaia,  a  place  of  assemblage  for 
the  Achaian  league,  Polyb.  5.  93.  10. 

Όμαρτέω,  ώ,  ί.  -ήσω  :  in  Horn, 
without  augm.  :  (όμός,  όμοϋ,  άρτάω). 
To  meet, — 1.  in  hostile  sense,  to  meet 
in  fight,  absol.,  of  two  warriors,  II.  13, 
584. — 2.  to  walk  together,  esp.  in  par- 
tic, =adv.  ΰμαρτή,  βτ/σαν  όμαρτή- 
σαντες.  they  walked  together.  Od.  21, 
188,  cf  II.  24,  438  :  to  keep  pace,  go  as 
quickly,  ουδέ  κεν  ϊρηξ  κίρκος  όμαρτή- 
σειε,  Od,  13,  87:  hence  c.  dat.,  to 
walk  beside,  accompany.  atte>id,  τινί, 
Hes.  Op.  194, 674,  Th.'201,  and  Trag. : 
also,  όμ.  συν  τινι,  Soph.  Ο.  C.  1647 ; 
προς  τίνα.  Call.  Cer.  129  ;  absol., 
Aesch.  Theb.  1022  :— also,  to  hunt, 
ptirsve.  Aesch.  Pr.  078,  cf  Eurn.  339. 
— II.  in  II.  12.  400,  in  mid.  c.  ace,  to 
go  after  or  attack  jointly,  τον  δ'  Αίας 
και  Ύεϋκρος  όμαρτήσαντο.  —  Cf  ό- 
μάρτω. 

ΌμαρτΓ/  or  όμαρτΐ],  adv.,  together, 
jointly,  now  altered  in  Hoin.,  after 
Aristarch.,  into  ύμημτή  or  άμαρτ?/, 
q.  v.,  cf  Spitzn.  Exc.  xii.  ad  11. :  but, 
ομαρτή  in  Eur.  Hec.  8:j9,  Hipp.  1195. 

Όμαρτήδιιν,  Άάν.—όμαρττ/,  άμαρτ?/. 

νΟμάρτης,  ov,  ό,  Omartes,  king  of 
the  Marathi  in  Scythia,  Alh.  575  B. 

*'Ομάρτω,  of  which  only  aor.  oc- 
curs, υμαρτεν  kv  είλαπίντ/σιν,  Lgt. 
epulis  prosequebatur,  Orph.  Arg.  513. 

'Ομάς,  άδος,  ή,  the  whole  ;  πάντες 
καθ'  ομάδα,  all  together,  Geop. 

Όμησπις,  ιδος,  ό,  ή,  {όμός,  ασπίς) 
α  fellow-soldier,  Anth. 

'Ομαν?Μξ,  Dor.  -ώλαξ,  ΰκος,  ό,  ή, 
{όμός,  αυλαξ)  with  adjoining  land^, 
Anth.  P.  7,  402,  cf  Ap.Rh. 

Όμαν?ιία,  ας,  ή,  a  dwelling  together, 
οίκνγοι  όμ.,  wedded  unions,  Aesch. 
Cho.  599 :  from 

'Όμαυλος,  ov,  {όμός,  αυλή)  living 
together  :   hence,  neighbouring,  χθων, 


OMBP 

Dind.  Soph.  Fr.  19 ;  v.  Ellendt  s.  v. 
— II  {αυλός)  playing  together  on  the 
flute,  etc.,  sounding  together,  blending. 
Soph.  O.  T.  187. 

ΫΌμβοι,  ων,  ol,  Ombi,  a  city  of 
Aegypt ;  hence  oi  ΌμβΙται,  the  inhab. 
of  Ombi,  Ael.  N.  A.  10,  21. 

Όμβρέω,  ώ.  f.  -ήαω,  to  rain,  Ζενς 
όμβρεί,  like  Τ,ενς  vti  ;  μετοπωρινόν 
σμβρήσαντος  Ζηνός,  when  the  latter 
rain  of  autumn  comes,  Hes.  Op.  413, 
— II.  trans. /o  ΓαΐίίΜ^οΗ,  Philo  :  hence, 
generally,  to  bedew,  wet,  τι  όακρνοις. 
Anth.  P.  7,  340. 

Όμβρηγενής,  ές,  {όμβρος,  *γένω) 
rain-born,  Orph.  Η.  79,  4. 

Όμβρημα.  ατός,  τό,  (όμβρέω)  α 
streain  or  tank  of  rain-water,  LXX. 

Όμβρηνός,  ή,  όν,  dub.  1.  for  όμβρη- 
ρός. 

Όμβρήρης,  ef,=  sq.,  Nic.  Th.  406. 

Όμβρηρός.  ά,  όν,^όμβριος,  Hes. 
Op.  419.     Adv. -ρώζ•,  Phiio. 

Όμβρία,  ας,  ή,  rain,  rainy  weather. 

Όμβρίζω,  (όμβρος)  to  rain  upon  : 
generally,  to  wet,  moisten. 

ΥΟαβμική,  ης,  ή.  (sc.  χώρα)  Um- 
bria.  strictly,  a  province  of  eastern 
Italy  from  the  Rubicon  to  the  Nar, 
Strab.  p.  217,  226,  etc.  ;  but  the 
Όμβρική  of  the  Greeks  far  exceeded 
this,  extending  north  even  to  the  foot 
of  the  Alps,  v.  Niebuhr  Hist.  Rom.  1, 
p.  144  transl  :  prop.  fem.  from  Όμβρι- 
κός. 

Όμ.βρίΐίία,  τά,  also  όμβρίαι,  οι, 
dub.  1.  for  όβρίκα?ια,  οβρια. 

νΟμβρικός,  ή,  όν,  tlmbrian  ;  ol 
Όμβρικοί,  the  Umbrians,  Hdt.  4,  49, 
etc. :  cf  Όμβρική. 

Όμβρΐμαϊος,  a,  ον,=  δμβριος. 

"Ομβρίμος.  ov,  for  δβριμος,  justly 
rejected  in  Hom.  by  modern  critics, 
though  defended  by  Herrn.  Emend. 
Gr.  Gramm.  p.  21  :  Dind,  reads  oipt- 
μος  in  Aesch.  Theb.  794.  cf  ad  Eur. 
Ion  213  ;  but  δμβριμος  is  still  retain- 
ed in  Find.  P.  9,  46,  O.  4,  12. 

Όμβριος,  ov,  also  a,  ov,  Soph. 
O.  C.  \6θ2{δμβρος)•. — rainy:  of, from, 
or  belonging  to  rain,  Lat.  pluvialis, 
ύδατα.  Find.  O.  11  (10),  3;  χά?Μζα, 
Soph.  1.  c.  ;  νέφος,  Ar.  Nub.  288 ; 
ύδωρ  όμβρ.,  rain-water,  Hdt.. 2,  25. 

Υ0μ3ρίωΐ',  ωνος,  ό,  Ombrion,  a 
Cretan,  Air.  An.  3,  5,  6. 

Όμβροβλνστέω  or  -βλντέω,  ω,  to 
swell  from  rain,  Lob.  Phryn.  623. 

Όμβροδόκος,  ov,  {όμβρος,  δέχοααι) 
holding  or  receiving  rain,  Anth.  P.  9, 
272. 

νθμ3ροι,  ων,  σι,  the  Umbri,  in  Ita- 
ly, Polyb.  2,  16,  3:  v.  sub  Όμβρική. 

Όμβροκτυπος,  ov,  {όμβρος,  κτν 
πέω)  saunding  with  rain,  Aesch.  Ag. 
656. 

Όμ3ροπηιός,  όν,  rain-producing. 

ΌΜΒΡΟΣ,  ov,  ό,  Lat.  IMBER, 
rain,  a  storm  or  shower  of  rain,  Hom., 
and  Hes., \vho  freq.  call  it  At ός όμβρος: 
esp.  a  storm  of  rain  with  thunder,  as  it 
is  always  in  Hom.  and  Hes.,  being 
thus  distinguished  from  νετός  or  com- 
mon rain,  hat. pjluvia,  cf.  Arist.  Mund. 
4,  6  -.—όμβρ.  λάβρος.  Hdt.  8.  12  ;  but 
oft.  simply  rain,  as  Hdt.  8,  98,  Soph. 
Tr.  146,  Eur.  Tro.  78  :  in  plur.,  rains, 
Hdt.  2,  25,  Find,  P.  4, 144.— 2.  gener- 
ally, u'ater.  Soph.  O.  T.  1428,  cf. 
Sturz  Emped.  p.  210  :^in  Soph.  Ant. 
952,  Erfurdt's  conj.  of  όλ;3ο^  is  nearly 
certain. — II.  metaph.,  a  storm  or  show 
.  er  ;  εν  Αιός  πολνφβόρω  δμβρω.  of  a 
'battle.  Find.  I.  5  (4),  61  ;  so,'  ομβρ. 
χαλύ^?ίς  aluarovc,  a  showery  hail  of 
blood-drops.  Soph.  O.  T.  1279  ;  πυ- 
ρός όμβροι,  Opp.  Η•  3,  22  ;  δμβροί 
ΰνα-,καϊοι,  urine.  Id. ;  freq.  in  Nonn. 
1021 


ΟΜΗΛ 

(PoU  compares  Sanscr.  abhra,  niibes, 
irom  ab  aqua,  and  Gr.  αφρός,  Etym. 
Korsch.  1,  3.) 

ΌμβμοΤοκία,  ας,  ?/,  a  producing  of 
rain. 

Όμ3ΐ)0τόκθς,  αν,  {υμβρος,  τίκτω) 
rain-producing,  Oiph.  Η.  20,  2  ;  81,  5. 

Όμβροφόροςι  ον,  {υμβρος,  φέρω) 
rni)i-hrifigiiig,  άνεμοι,  Aesch.  Supp. 
36  ;  παρθένοι  {νεφέ?Λΐί),  βρόντοι,  Ar. 
Nub.  299,  Αν.  1751. 

'Όμβροχΰρής,  ές,  {όμβρος,  χαίρω) 
delighlitig  in  rain,  Orph.  Η.  25,  8. 

'όμβρώόης,  ες,  rainy,  like  rain. 

ΌμίΟνιος,  ον,^όμόεθνος. 

^Ομεϊταί,  3  sing.  fut.  of  όμννμι,  II. 
Ο,  274,  Hes.  Op.  192. 

Όμεμπορος,  ον,  ό,  (ojuof,  έμπορος) 
aftllow-travelier,  traveller,  Nonn. 

Όμέστίος,  ον,  {υμάς,  εστία)  shari7ig 
the  same  hf.arlh,  dwelling  together  with, 
TLvi,  Emped.  410,  Polyb.  4,  33,  5. 

^Ομενναΐος,  a,  <)ν,=^ομεννος,  0pp. 
H.  1,  509. 

Όμεννετέω,  ώ,  to  sleep  together  or 
njith  :  from 

ΌΐΑεννέτης,  ον,  ό,'=δμεννος,  Eur. 
Med.  953,  Ion  894. 

Όμεννέτίς,  ιδος,  ^,=:sq..  Soph.  Aj. 
501. 

Όμεννίς,  ίδβς,  η,  pecul.  fern,  of  sq., 
Lye.  372. 

"Όμεννης,  ον,  {ομάς,  εννή)  sleeping 
together,  a  bed-fellow,  partner  of  the  bed, 
both  of  the  man  and  woman,  Anth. 

Όμέψνος,  ον,  (όμός,  έψία)  playing 
together,  a  playmate,  Anth.  P.  9,  826, 
Norm. 

Όμη,  or  ομ^,  adv.,  {ύμυς)  poet,  for 
ομον,  Jac.  A.  P.  p.  31,  575. 

Όμ7/γερ}'/ξ,  ές,  {όμός,  άγείρω)  as- 
sembled, \1.  15,  84;  Horn.  usu.  joins 
όμηγερέες  έγένοντο,  they  were  all 
assembled. 

Όμηγύρής,  ες,  {όμός,  ύγνρ(ς)= 
foreg.,  Pind.  P.  11,  14. 

Όμηγυρίζομαι,  f.  -<CTO/<a<, dep.  mid., 
to  assemble,  call  together,  ^ Χχαιονς  εις 
ύγορήν,  Od.  16,  376. — Later  the  act. 
occurs  in  same  signf. :  whence  in 
pass.,  to  assemble,  come  tofrether :  from 

Όμί/γϊ'ρις,  ιος,  ή,  Dor.  όμάγ- : 
{ύμός,  άγνρις)  :  —  an  assembly,  meet- 
ing, θεών  όμ.,  II.  20,  142,  Η.  Hon).  Αρ. 
187,  Merc.  332;  so,  όμ.  Ζηνός,  Pind. 
I.  7  (6),  66  :  then  any  assembly,  crowd, 
throuK,  band,  γυναικών,  i/λίκων, 
Aesch.  Cho.  10,  Eur.  Hipp.  1180; 
άστρων  ννκτέρων  όμ.,  Aesch.  Ag.  4. 

'Ομτ/γνρω,=όμηγνρίζομαί,  Hesych. 

Όίΐί]θε(.α,  ας,  ή,  a  living  together, 
Opp.  C.  4,  2. 

Όμί/θειος,  a,  oi',=  sq. 

Όμηθτις,  ες,  {όμός,  ήθος)  living  to- 
gether, Jac.  A.  P.  p.  171.— II.  όμοή- 
θτ/ς.  Αρ.  Rh.  2,  917. 

ΌμηλΙκία,  ας,  η.  Ion.  -ίη,  ης  : — 
sameness  of  age,  esp.  of  young  per- 
sons ;  and,  as  a  collective,  those  of 
the  same  age,  esp.  those  equally  young, 
young  people,  playmates,  II.  3,  175  ;  5, 
326 ;  generally,  contemporaries,  Od.  2, 
158 : — also  of  single  persons,  όμηλι- 
KiTj  δέ  μοί  εσσί,  thou  art  of  the  saine 
age  with  me,  and  so  for  όμη7αξ,  Od. 
22,  209,  cf  3,  49,— where  it  has  been 
wrongly  taken  as  fem.  of  an  adj.  όμψ 
λίκιης,  a,  ον. 

Όμΐ/λιξ,  Ικος,  b,  i/,  of  the  same  age, 
esp.  of  young  persons,  Od.  15,  197, 
etc.,  Hes.  Op.  442,  445,  Eur.  Hipp. 
1098,  etc.  :  fcf.  Hdt.  1,  42|.— II.  of 
like  stature,  Luc.  fpro  Imag.  13. 

"Ομηλνς,  νδος,  ό,  ?/,  {όμός,  ηλυσίς) 
α  companion,  Νοηη.     Hence 

Όμηλϋσία,   ας,   ή,    companionship, 
Aral.  Phaen.  178. 
1022 


ΟΜΗΡ 

I  Όμηραττύτ?!,  ης,  ή,  Όμηρΰπάτης, 
ον,  ό :  ν.  sub  Όμηροτζάτης. 

Όμηρεία,  ας.  ή,  {όμηρενω)  α  giving 
of  hostages  or  securities  :  a  pledge,  se- 
curity. Plat.  Poiit.  310  Ε  ;  a  serving 
as  .luch,  Thuc.  8,  45. 

Όμήρειον,  ον,  τό,  the  temple  of  Ho- 
mer in  Smyrna,  Strab.  p.  646. 

Όμι'ίρείος,  ον,  Homeric,  Hdt.  5,  67. 
Adv.  -ως. 

Όμηρέτης,  ον,  6,=^σννηρέτης. 

Όμήρενμα,  ατός,  τό,  α  hostage, 
pledge,  Plut.  Rom.  16:  from 

Όμηρενω,  {όμηρος)  orig.  to  meet, 
hence  to  agree,  tally  :—\\s\\.  to  be  a 
hostage,  serve  as  a  pledge  or  hostage, 
Aeschin.  72,  35,  Polyb.,  etc. ;  νττέρ 
τίνος,  Isae.  64,  14. — II.  trans,  to  give 
as  a  hostage,  pledge  or  security,  Eur. 
Rhes.  434 ;  the  same  must  be  the 
sense  in  Bacch.  297, — but  prob.  the 
passage  is  spurious,  v.  Dind.     Cf  sq. 

Όμι/ρέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {όμηρος)  orig. 
to  meet,  walk  together  with,  τίνί,  Od. 
16,  468. — 2.  raetaph.  to  accord,  agree, 
φων>)  όμ7]ρενσαι  (Ion.  for  όμηρονσαι) 
Hes.  Th.  39,  ubi  v.  Gcttling.— II.  usu. 
to  he  a  pledge,  serve  as  a  pledge  Or  se- 
curity, cf.  όμηρενω. 

Όμήρης,  ες.  Ion.  for  Όμαρής,  όμη- 
ρος, c.  dat.,  Nic.  Al.  70,  261. 

'Ομηρία,  ας,  ή,=  δμηρεία,  Polyb.  9, 
II,  10,  etc. 

Ό/ιηρίδδω,  Dor.  for  Όμηρίζω  ;  ace. 
to  Hesych.  α\$ο=ζΐρενδομαι. 

Όμηρίδης,  ον,  ό,  usu.  in  plur.  Όμη- 
ρίδαι,  oi,  the  Hnmerids,  a  I'amily  or 
guild  of  poets  in  Chios,  who  pretend- 
ed to  trace  their  descent  from  Homer, 
Strtib.  p.  645,  sq. ; — they  claimed  a 
right  to  his  poems,  and  published 
them  by  oral  recitation  ;  whence  as 
early  as  Pind.  N.  2,  1,  the  βαψωδοί 
who  recited  the  Homeric  ])uems  were 
called  Homerids  :  then  also  the  imi- 
tators or  the  admirers  of  Homer,  Plat. 
Rep.  599  E.  Phaedr.  252  B,  Isocr.218 
Ε  ;  cf.  Stallb.  Plat.  Ion  530  D. 

Όμηρίζω,  {Όμηρος)  to  imitate  Ho- 
mer, to  use  Homeric  phrases,  Liban. — 
II.  (όμον,  μηρός)  to  indulge  unnatural 
lust,  like  διαμηρίζω,  Μηριόνης,  etc., 
with  an  intentiotjal  equivoque,  Jac. 
Anth.  2,  1,  p.  8.— III.  to  cup,  Artemid. 

Όμι/ρικός,  ή,  όν,  Homeric,  in  the 
manner  of  Homer. — II.  used  equivo- 
cally, as  όμηρίζω  II..  Anth.  P.  11,218. 

Όμηριστής,  ον,  ό,  {Όμηρίζω)  an 
imitator  of  Homer,  Ath.  620  B. — II.  a 
cupper,  Artemid.,  v.  όμηρίζω  III. 

Όμηρόκεντρα,  τύ,  and  Όμηροκέν- 
τρωνες,  οι  ;  v.  κέντρων  II. 

Όμηρομύστιξ,  ίγος,  ό,  {"Ομηρος, 
μάστιξ)  scourge  of  Homer,  i.  e.  the 
Grammarian  Zoi'lus,  from  his  spiteful 
criticism  on  the  Homeric  poems,  ap. 
Suid. 

Όμηρην,  ον,  τό,  v.  sub  όμηρος  II. 

Όμηροττύτης,  ον,  ό,  {Όμηρος,  πα- 
τέω)  one  who  tramples  on  Homer,  epith. 
of  Xenophanes  in  Titnon  ap.  Sext. 
Emp.  p.  58,  ace.  to  Kiihn's  emend. :  but 
all  the  MSS.  have  Όμηραπύτης  ίπι- 
κήπτης  (for  the  verse  does  not  admit 
of  έπισκώπτης)  from  απατάω,  i.  e. 
either  the  sneering  perverter  of  Homer, 
by  reason  of  Xenophanes'  parodies  ; 
or  from  a  subst.  ή  Όμηραπύτη,  one 
who  derides  the  Homeric  fiction,  i.  e.  his 
tales  of  the  gods,  etc.,  cf  esp.  Diog. 
L,  9,  18.  [a] 

'Όμηρος,  ον,  ό.  Homer  :  the  name 
first  occurs  in  a  dub.  fragm.  (34)  of 
Hes.  Ace.  to  the  old  Ion.  Life  of 
Hom.  c.  13,  όμηρος  in  the  Cumaean 
dialect  was=rt)i;i»Aof, — whence  some 
explain  the  tradition  of  Homer's  blind- 
ness; 


ΟΜΙΛ 

'Όμηρος,  ον,  {όμός,  όμον,  &ρω)  like 
όμαρής  and  όμήρης,  joined  together, 
bonded,  united,  esp.  by  marriage,  a  hus- 
band, wife,  Eur.  Ale.  870. — II.  ό  όμη- 
ρος, as  subst.,  α  pledge  for  the  main- 
tenance of  unity,  a  surety,  security  ;  of 
persons,  a  hostage,  Hdt.,  etc.  ;  όμή- 
ρονς  λαμβάνειν,  διδόναι,  Hdt.  6,  99, 
Thuc.  7,  83,  etc.  ;  of  things,  την  γην 
όμηρον  εχειν,  Thuc.  1,  82  ;  and  in 
plur.  όμηρα,  as.  όμηρα  δονς,  Lys.  126, 
21,  Polyb.  3,  52,  5,  (where  it  may  be 
taken  as  an  adj.,  sub.  σώματα.) 

ΌμΙλύδόν,  adv.,  {ΰμΰος)  like  ιλα- 
δύν.  in  groups,  bands,  Lat.  turmatim, 
11.  12,3;  15,  277:  in  crowds :  in  Ap. 
Rh.,  like  όμον,  c.  dat.,  together  with, 
3,  596  : — also  όμϊληδόν,  Hes.  Sc.  170. 

Όμΐλέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω :  {όμύιος) :  to 
be  together,  be  or  come  into  company 
with,  join,  stay  with,  c.  dat.  jilur.  pers., 
Od.  2,  21,  etc.,  and  freq.  in  Att.  ;  so, 
όμ.  μετά  Ύρώεσσιν,  'Αχαιοϊς,  to  be 
among  them,  etc.,  II.  5,  86,  834  ;  so, 
ενι  πρώτοισιν  όμιλεϊρ,  II.  18, 194,  cf. 
535 ;  παρά  πανροισιν  όμ.,  to  compa- 
ny with  few,  Od.  18,  383.-2.  absol., 
to  come  or  live  together,  Od.  4,  684  ; 
περί  νεκρόν  όμ.,  to  throng  about  the 
corpse,  II.  16,  641,  Od.  24,  19.— II.  in 
hostile  sense,  to  meet,  come  to  blows 
ivith,  Tivi,  11.  11,  523,  Od.  1,  205,  etc. 
— 2.  absol.,  to  meet  one  another,  11.  19, 
158.  —  III.  of  social  intercourse,  to 
hold  converse,  be  acquainted  with,  τινί, 
Hdt.  3,  130:  to  live  familiarly  with,  as- 
sociate with,  ά'λΧή'Κοις, μετ'  αλλήλων, 
προς  αλλήλους.  Plat.  Symp.  188  D, 
Polit.  272  C,  Legg.  88CC.— 2.  absol., 
to  be  friends,  oi  μάλιστα  όμιλέοντες, 
Hdt.  3,  99. — IV.  of  marriage  or  sex- 
ual intercourse,  όμ.  σνν  τινι.  Soph. 
Ο.  Τ.  307,  etc.  ;  v.  Piers.  Moer.  p. 
276  ;  cf.  σννονσιάζω. — V.  of  things 
or  business  which  one  has  to  do  with, 
to  make  a  pzirsuit  of,  attend  to,  busy 
one's  self  with,  όμιλειν  άρχ?),  πολεμώ, 
Thuc.  6,  55,  70  ;  πράγμασι,  Ar.  Nub. 
1399;  φΰιοσοφία,  ■}νμναστική.  Plat. 
Rep.  496  Β,  410  C  :  also  much  hke 
χρήσθαι,  νομίζειν,  Lat.  jiti,  όμ.  τν- 
χαις,  πλαγίαις  φρένεσσιν,  etc.,  to  be 
in  uood  fortune,  have  a  crooked  mind, 
Pind.  N.  1,  94,  I.  3,  10  ;  so  in  Eur., 
εντυχία  όμιλειν.  Or.  354:  but  also, 
— 2.  o{  the  things  themselves,  νεΐμεν 
εμοί  τέρφιν  όμιλειν,  gave  me  pleasure 
to  be  with  me.  Soph.  Aj.  1201  ;  πλού- 
τος και  δειλοίσιν  ανθρώπων  όμιλεΐ, 
Bacchyl.  4,  cf  Eur.  ΕΙ.  940.  Valck. 
Diatr.  p.  85. — VI.  to  deal  ivith  a  man, 
bear  07i.e's  self  towards  him,  εν.  Κακώς 
όμ.  τινί,  Isocr.  415  C  ;  also,  προς  τίνα, 
Isocr.  19  D :— and  so  prob.  Thuc.  G, 
17,  ταϋτα  ή  ε  μη  νεότης  ές  την  ΤΙε?.ο- 
ποννησίων  δνναμιν .  ■.ώμίλ7/σε,  thus 
hath  my  youth  dealt  with  their  pow- 
er, wrought  upon  it. — VII.  of  place,  to 
come  into,  be  in,  c.  dat.,  Pind.  P.  7,  8, 
Hdt.  7,  26,  214  ■,χώρα  όμ.,  to  haunt 
the  land,  Aesch.  Eum.  720  ;  also,  όμ. 
παρ'  οΊκείαις  άροίφαις,  Pind.  Ο.  12, 
27.  — VIII.  in  Soph.  Aj.  626,  εκτός 
όμιλεΐ  (sc.  τών  ξνντρόφων  οργών)  he 
wanders  from  his  senses. 

Όμϊληδόν,  αάν.,—όμιλαδόν,  Hes. 
Sc.  170. 

Όμί?ιημα,  ατός,  τό,  (όμιλέω)  the 
subject  of  co7iversation.  Plat.  Legg.  730 
B.  [0 

Όμιλητέον,  verb.  adj.  from  όμιλέω, 
Clem.  Al. 

'Ομιλητής,  οΰ,  ό,  {όμιλέω)  a  com- 
panion, Strab.  :  a  scholar,  hearer,  Xen. 
Mem.  1,  2,  12. 

ΌμΟ.ητικός,  ή,  όν,  (όμιλέω)  social, 
conversable,  Isocr.  8  D  ;  εξιςόμ.,  a  hab- 
it of  conversation,  Def.  Plat.  415  Ε  : 


OMIX 

η  •κή  (sc.  τέχνη),  the  art  of  conversa- 
tion, Plut.  2/6.i9  F.     Adv.  -κώς. 

'ΟμΟ-ητός,  ή,  όν,  (όμιλέω)  with 
Uiho/n  one  may  converse,  ονχ  ύμ-,  unap- 
proachable, savage,  Aesch.  Theb.  189. 

Όμιλτ/τμοα,  fein.  of  ομιλητής,  Phi- 
lostr. ;  also,  όμίλητρις. 

ΌμύΛα,  ας,  ή,  {ομι7.ος)  α  being  or 
living  together ;  communion,  intercourse, 
converse,  absol.,  Aesch.  Pr.  39,  etc.  ; 
τινός,  tvith  one,  Hdt.  4,  174  ;  τινί.  Id. 
5,  92,  6 ;  ττρός  τίνα.  Soph.  Phil.  TO, 
Plat.  Symp.  203  A  ;  ή  έμη  όμ.,  con- 
verse with  me,  my  society,  Ar.  Plut. 
776  ;  also  in  plur.,  Hdt.  7,  16,  1, 
Eur.,  and  Plat.  ;  όμ.  χβονός,  inter- 
coarse  with  a  country,  Eur.  Phoen. 
1408  ;  ίχειν  όμ.  εν  τισι,  to  live  among 
them,  Id.  I.  A.  1622 ;  ώ  ποβεινον 
δνομ'  6μί?.ίας  εμης,  for  το  ομιλούν 
έμοί.  Id.  Or.  1082,  cf.  Hipp.  19,  and 
δμμα  sub  fin.  ;  έλθεΐν  εις  όμιλίαν 
τινί.  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  1489  ;  χρησβαι  όμι- 
?ύαις  κακαΐς.  Plat.  Rep.  550  Β  ;  πο- 
?ατεία  καΐ  όμ-,  public  and  private  life, 
Thuc.  1,  68. — 2.  se.rual  intercourse, 
Hdt.  1,  182,  Xen.  Symp.  8,  22.-3.  in- 
struction, Xen.  Mem.  1,  2,  6,  and  15. 
— II.  a  meeting,  assembly,  like  δμι?.ος, 
Hdt.  3,  81,  Aesch.  Eum.  57  ;  so, 
τήςδ'  όμ.  χθονός,  felluw-sojourners  in 
this  land,  lb.  406  :  ναός  όμ-,  ship- 
mates. Soph.  Aj.  872. — III.  persuasion, 
opp.  to  βία,  Dem.  1466,  2  :  hence, — 
2.  in  Eccl.,  α  homily,  sermon  ;  cf.  also, 

I•.  3. 

"Ομϋ.ος,  ov',  6,  {όμός,  όμον,  Ιλη) : 
— any  assembled  crowd,  a  throng  of  peo- 
ple, in  Horn.  esp.  for  a  feast,  Od.  1 , 
225  ;  and  for  a  spectacle,  II.  18,  603  ; 
23, 651 ;  also  freq.  in  Pind.,and  Aesch., 
as  also  in  the  Ion.  prose  of  Hdt. ;  but 
very  rare  in  Att.  prose,  as  Thuc.  4, 
125,  Luc.  Asin.  37,  etc. :  —  esp.  the 
mass  of  the  people,  the  crowd,  opp.  to 
the  chiefs,  II.  3,  22  ;  δμι/.ος  Ααναών, 
Ύρώυν,  etc. ;  also,  δ.  ϊττπων,  II.  10, 
338;  τον  φΰ.ον  δμι/.ον,  Thuc.  1.  c.  : 
—the  mob,  Hdt.  1,  88;  3,81.-2.  the 
throng  of  battle,  την  εξαγ'  6μί?ιον,  II. 
5,  353  ;  cf.  4,  86,  etc. :  —  hence  βο?) 
και  όμί7.φ,  with  shouts,  and  in  confu- 
sion, Hdt.  9,  59  ;  cf.  ομάδος. — II.  like 
ομάδος,  the  confused  noise  of  an  army 
or  throng  of  people,  Aesch.  Eum.  57. 
• — 111.  of  things,  a  throng,  mass. — The 
word  is  hardly  ever  used  in  plur. 

ΌμΙχέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,=  ύμίχω,  Hes. 
Op.  725. 

Όμιχλαίνο),  to  overcloud,  cloud : 
from 

Όμίχ7.η,  ης,  ή,  in  Horn,  and  Ion. 
ομίχλη,  but  never  even  in  Att.  όμί- 
χλα,  Stallb.  Plat.  Phaed.  109  Β  :— α 
mist,  fog  (not  so  thick  as  νεφέ?^η, 
Arist.  Meteor.  1,  9,  4,  cf.  Mund.  4,  4), 
Horn.,  but  only  in  II. ;  εντ'  δρεος  κο- 
ρνφ7ΐσι  'Νότος  κατέχενεν  όμίχ7.ην,  3, 
10 ;  so  Thetis  rises  from  the  sea,  7)1)7' 
ομίχλη,  1,  359;  κονίης  όμ.,  13,  330; 
ομίχλη  ίγένετο.  Xen.  An.  4,  2,  7, 
etc. : — metaph.,  ό«.  ττ'λήρης  δακρύων, 
Aesch.  Pr.  144. — II.  also  smoke,  sleujn, 
=  κιΐσα,  Ath.  ;  the  dimness  caused  by 
vapour  on  a  glass  or  piece  of  metal, 
etc.  ( Pott  would  refer  it  to  the  same 
root  as  δμίχω,  q.  v.)    Hence 

Όμιχ?ί.ήεις,  εσσα,  εν.  Ion.  ομίχλη-, 
misty,  Paul.  S.  Ecphr.  57. 

'όμιχλοειδής,  ες,  Epicur.  ap.  Diog. 
L.  10,  115;  and  όμιχ'λώδης,  ες,  Tim. 
Locr.  99  C,  Polyb.,  etc.  {ομίχλη,  εί- 
δος) ;  like  mist,  misty. 

'Ομιχμα,  ατός,  τό,  urine,  Aesch. 
Fr.  389 :  from 

ΌΜΓΧΩ,  to  make  water :  like  δμι- 
χέω :  of  the  form  δμίχω  only  aor. 
ίύαιξα,  in  Hippon.,  seems  to  be  used. 


OMNT 

(The  root  is  to  be  found  in  Sanscr. 
mih  fundere,  Lat.  ming-o,  mei-o.) 

Όμιώμεβα,  Lacon.  1  p).  fut.  of  δμ- 
ννμι,  Ar.  Lys.  183. 

Όμμα,  ατός,  τό,  the  eye,  freq.  in 
Horn.,  who,  like  Hes.,  always  uses 
pi.,  κατά  χΟονδς  δμματα  ττηξας,  11.  3, 
217:  νττνυν  ειτ'  δμμασι  χενε,  Od.  5, 
492,  etc.  : — δμματι  'λοξφ  ιύεϊν,  to  look 
askance  at,  Valck.  Hipp.  1339,  cf. 
Med.  92 ;  opp.  to  δρθοΐς  δμμασιν 
όράν,  Lat.  rectis  oculis  videre,  to  look 
straight  at.  Soph.  O.  T.  1385,  Xen. 
Hell.  7,  1,  30  ;  so,  εξ  ομμάτων  δρθών, 
Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  528,  cf  Bentl.  Horat. 
Od.  1,3,  18  ;  ποίοις  δμμασι  βλέπειν  ; 
how  dare  to  look  ?  Soph.  O.  T.  1371, 
cf  Aeschin.  70,  32 :  κατ'  δμμα,  face 
to  face,  Eur.  Andr.  1064 ;  hence, 
openly,  lb.  1117,  opp.  to  ννκτωρ.  Id. 
Bacch.  469 :  δπ'  όμματος  ίδείν,  to 
see  by  the  eye.  Aesch.  Sujip.  210,  cf. 
Ag.  988 ;  ώς  ΰττ''  ομμάτων,  to  judge 
by  the  eye,  Lat.  ex  oblulu,  Soph.  O.  C. 
15  :  έν  δμμασι,  Lat.  in  oculis,  before 
one's  eyes,  Aesch.  Pers.  004,  Soph. 
Tr.  240 ;  so  also,  τταρ'  δμμα,  Eur. 
Supp.  484  :  έξ  ομμάτων,  out  of  sight, 
Eur.  I.  A.  684. — 2.  metaph.,  -ψυχΐ/ς 
δμμα,  Plat.  v.  Ruhnk.  Tim.  32.— II. 
that  which  one  sees,  a  sight.  Soph.  Aj. 
1004 ;  70  έμωτικον  δμμα,  Plat.  Phaedr. 
253  Ε — 3.  of  mental  vision,  an  image 
of  fancy.  Soph.  El.  903.-111.  the  eye 
of  heaven,  i.  e.  by  day,  the  sun,  δμμα 
αιθέρος,  Ar.  Nub.  286;  by  night,  the 
moon,  δυμα  νυκτός,  Aesch.  Pers.  426, 
Eur.  I.  T.  110. —  Only  poet.,  Erf 
Soph.  Ant.  104. — IV.  generally,  light : 
hence,  metaph.,  that  which  brings  light, 
esp.  in  Trag. ;  δμμα  ξείνοισι,  a  light 
to  strangers,  Pmd.  P.  5,  70 ;  δμμα 
δόμων  νομίζω  δεσττότον  παρονσιαν, 
Aesch.  Pers.  109 ;  δμμα  φήμης,  the 
light  of  happy  tidings,  Soph.  Tr.  204. 
— 2.  by  a  natural  metaphor,  any  thing 
dear  or  precious,  as  the  apple  of  an  eye, 
Aesch.  Eum.  1025  ;  cf.  Valck.  Phoen. 
809,  V.  sub  οφθαλμός  III.,  ψύος  II. — 
V.  as  periphr.  of  the  person,  like  κάρα, 
δμμα  ττελείας,  νύμώας  for  ττέ/.εια. 
ννμφα.  Soph.  Aj.  140,  Tr.  527;  so. 
ώ  τανρόμορφον  δμμα  Κηφισον,  for  ώ 
ταυρόμορφε  Κηφισέ.  Eur.  Ion  1261, 
cf  Valck.  Phoen.  415.  Pors.  Or.  1090; 
and  V.  οφθαλμός.  (From  the  same 
root  as  αίρομαι,  fut.  of  όράω,  and  pf 
ώμμαι.)     Hence 

Όμμάτειυς,  ov,from  or  seated  in  the 
eyes.  Soph.  Fr.  169.  [u] 

Όμμύτίδιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  sq. 

Όμμάτιον,  OV,  TO,  dim.  from  δμμα, 
a  little  eye,  Anth.   [ά] 

Όμμάτογράώος,  ov,  (δμμα,  γράφω) 
painting  or  staining  the  eyes,  Ion  ap. 
Eust.  ;  V.  στίμμι.  [ά] 

Όμμάτολαμπής,  ές.  {δμμα,  λάμπω) 
with  sparkling  ''yes,  Synes. 

Όμμΰτοττοιός,  όν,  {δμμα,  ποιέω) 
causing  to  see.  Iambi. 

Όμμύτοστερής,  έο,  {δμμα,  στερέω) 
bereft  of  eyes.  Soph.  Ό.  G.  1260,  Eur. 
Phoen.  328. — II.  act.  depriving  of  eyes: 
hence  φ?Μγμυς  δμμ.  φντών,  heat  that 
robs  plants  of  their  eyes  or  buds,  Aesch. 
Eum.  940. 

Όμμάτονργδς,  όν,  {δμμα,  *εργω)= 
όμματοττοιός.  Iambi. 

Όμμΰτδω,  ώ,  (δμμα)  to  furnish  with 
eyes,  e.  g.  a  statue,  Diod.  4,  76. — II. 
to  make  one  see,  open  his  eyes,  τινά  : 
hence,  in  pass.,  φρην  ώμματωμένη,  a 
mind  quick  of  sight,  Aesch.  Cho.  854. 
— III.  to  enlighten  one,  τινά :  also, 
δμμ.  /^ayov,  to  make  it  clear  or  distinct, 
to  erplain.  Aesch.  Supp.  467. 

ΌΜΝΤ'ΜΙ  οτδμννω,  q  v. :  f.  δμοϋ- 


ΟΜΟΓ 

fiai,  -ει,  -εΐται,  inf.  δμεϊσθαι,  aor, 
ώμοσα,  m  Horn.  usu.  without  augm.: 
perf  δμώμοκα,  pass,  δμύμοσμαι,  3 
pers.  ομωμοται,  Aesch.  Ag.  1290: 
Horn,  has  pres.  imperat.  δμννθι  in  II. 
23,  585 ;  the  fut. ;  the  aor.,  usu.  with 
double  σ,  δμόσσαι ;  the  impf  ωμννε 
from  δμννω  :  —  Ion.  part,  δμοϊντες, 
Hdt.  1,  153,  as  if  from  δμόω.  Lacon. 
1  pi.  fut.  δμιώμεθα,  Ar.  Lys.  183. 

To  swear,  Horn.  ;  freq.  δρκον  δμδ• 
σαι,  to  swear  an  oath,  II.  19,  175,  etc, ; 
so,  έπίορκον  δ.,  II.  3,  279,  Hes.  Op. 
280. — II.  to  swear  a  thing,  or  to  a  thing, 
affirm^  confirm  by  oath,  τι,  II.  19,  187, 
Xen.  Ages.  1,  11  :  foil,  by  inf  fut.,  to 
swear  that  one  ivill...,  II.  21,  373,  etc., 
so  commonly  in  Att.,  Lys.  186,  42, 
etc. ;  but  also  by  inf.  aor.  and  ύν, 
Xen.  An.  7,  7,  40 ;  or  without  ύν, 
Hdt.  2,  179,  Xen.  Cyr.  7,  4,  3,  etc., 
cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  750  ;  by.  inf  pres.,  to 
swear  that  one  does....  Soph.  Phil. 
357 ;  by  inf  pf.,  to  swear  that  one 
has...,  Dem.  553,  17  :  η  μήν  is  oft.  in- 
serted before  the  inf,  v.  7)  I.  fin. : — 
δμν.  προς  τίνα,  to  swear  to  one,  Od. 
14,  331,  but  in  this  signf  τινί  is  more 
freq..  Plat.  Charm.  157  C,  etc. :  εΙπεΙν 
δμάσας,  to  say  with  an  oath.  Plat. 
Symp.  215  D. — III.  to  call  as  witness 
of  an  oath,  invoke,  swear  by,  C.  acc, 
Σ7ΐΐ}όζ•  ύδωρ,  Ένΐ'οσίγαιον,  11.  14, 
271  ;  23,  585,  cf.  Valck.  Hipp.  1027; 
so  too  in  Hdt.  5,  7,  Aesch.  Theb.  529, 
etc.  ;  later,  δμν.  κατά  τίνος,  Thuc.  5, 
47,  Dem.  553,  17  : — pass.,  δμώμοσται 
Ζευς,  Jupiter  has  been  sworn  by,  ad- 
jured, Eur.  Rhes.  816. 

'Ομνύω, =  {oreg.,  in  Horn,  only  in 
impf.  ωμνυε  ;  δμνύονσι,  Hdt.  4,  105  : 
most  usu.  in  later  comedy,  Pors.  and 
Elms.  Med.  774  (729).  [v] 

Όμοαϋλαξ,  άκος,  δ,  ή,=  όμανλαξ, 
όμώλαξ. 

Όμόβϊος,  ον,  {δμός,  βίος)  living 
together :  esp.  a  husband,  wife,  Alciphr. 

Όμοβ?ιαστάνω,  or,  better,  όμοβ/.α- 
στέω,  ώ,  to  shoot  or  bud  at  the  same 
time,  Theophr.,  cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  623  ; 
from 

Όμοβλαστής,  ες,  δμόβλαστος,  ov, 
{δμον,  βλαστάνω)  shooting  or  sprout- 
ing at  the  same  time,  Theophr. 

Όμοβονλέω.  ώ,  to  deliberate  together, 
Plut.  2,  96  E. 

Όμόβου/.ος.  ov,  {δμός,  βουλή)  hav- 
ing the  same  wish,  unanimous. 

Όμοβώμιος,  ov,  {δμός,  βωμός)  hav- 
ing one  common  altar,  Thuc.  3,  59 ; 
like  Ceres  and  Proserpina. 

'Ομογάλακτος,  ov=s(\.  [)a] 

Όμο-}  ά/.αξ.  ακτος,  δ,  ή,  {όμός, ;  ά/.α) 
suckled  with  the  same  milk,  a  foster 
brother  οτ  sister  :  in  ρ\υτ.=  γεννηται, 
clansmen,  tribesmen,  Arist.  Pol.  1,  2,  6, 
cf  Arnold  Thi^c.  vol.  i.  append  3.  [;  ά] 

Όμόγαμβροι,  οι,  {όμός,  γαμβρός) 
sons-i}i-law  of  the  same  person.  Poll. 
3,  32. 

Όμδγΰμος,  ov,  {δμός,  γαμέω)  mar- 
ried together,  a  husband,  wife,  Eur. 
Phoen.  137.  H.  F.  339.^ 

Όμογάστριος,  ov,  {όμδς,  γαστηρ) 
from  the  same  womb,  born  of  the  same 
mother,  κασίγνητος,  δ..  Ι).  24,  47  ;  c. 
gen.,  δμ.  Εκτορος,  II.  21,  95;  cf. 
δγύστριος. 

Όμογάστωρ,  ορός,  ό,  ^,=foreg. 

'Ομογένεια,  ας,  ή,  community  of 
origin,  btrab. :  and 

Όμογενέτωρ,  ορός,  ό,  a  bro'I.cr, 
Eur.  Phoen.  165  :  from 

Όμο} ενί,ς,  ές.  {όμός,  γένος)  of  the 
same  race  ur  family,  Eur.  Or.  244,  etc, : 
generally,  akin,  τινί,  to  another,  Eur. 
1.  T.  918 :  of  the  same  kind,  λίθοι, 
Tim.  Locr.  99  D :  and  so,  τα  ou. 
ΐσ23 


ΟΜΟΔ 

Arist.  Categ.  6,  13. — II.  act.  engen- 
dermg  with,  Soph.  O.  T.  1361.  Adv. 
•νώς. 

'όμογένως.  ov,  {όμός,  γένος)  a  rare 
form,  whence  όμόγνιος. 

Όμογέρων,  οντος,  δ,  {όμός,  γέρων) 
α  contemporary  iti  old  age,  Luc.  Merc. 
Cond.  20. 

Όμογλωσσέω,  ώ,  Att.  -γλωττέω,  to 
speak  the  same  tongue  :  from 

Όμόγλωσσος,  ov,  Att.  -γλωττος, 
[ομάς,  γ'Αώσσα)  speaking  the  same 
tongue,  Hdt.  1,  57,  etc. ;  τινί,  with 
one,  1,  171. 

Όμόγντ/Γος.  ον,=  όμογεντ/ς,  related 
hy  birth,  a  brother,  sister:  also  /;  ouo- 
γνητί],  Orph.  Arg.  1213,  Manetno, 
etc. 

Όμόγνιος,  ov,  contr.  for  δμσγένως: 
— of  the  same  race  or  blood,  kindred : 
esp.  of  the  gods  of  a  family  or  race, 
όμόγν.  θεοί,  gods  tvho  protect  a  race  or 
family,  Lat.  Dii  sentilitii.  Soph.  O.  C. 
1333;  Zfiif  όμ.,Έχχχ.  Andr.  921,  Ar. 
Ran.  750,  Plat.,  etc.  ;  cf.  Ruhnk. 
Tim. 

Όμογνωμονέω,  ώ,  to  be  όμογνώμων, 
be  of  one  mind,  to  league  together,  Thuc. 
2,  97 ;  όμ.  τινί,  to  consent  to,  Xen. 
Cyr.  2,  2,  24;  όμ.  τινί  τι,  to  agree 
with  one  in  a  thing.  Id.  Mem.  4,  3, 10. 

Όμογνωμοσύνη,  ης,  ή,  agreeinent  in 
opinion,  Clem.  Al.  :  from 

Όμογνώμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  {όμής, 
γνώμη)  of  one  m.ind,  like-minded,  τινί, 
tvUh  one,  Thuc.  8,  92,  Xen.  Hell.  2, 
3, 1 5,  etc. ;  όμ.  τινϊι  'λαμβάνειν,  ποιεΐν, 
Ίτοιησϋαι,  to  bring  to  one's  own  opin- 
ion, Xen.  Cyr.  2.  2.  24  ;  5.  5,  46,  Lac. 
8,  1.     Adv.  -μόνως,  Lycnrg.  160,  4. 

Όμόγονος,  ov,=  ομογενής.  Find. 
P.  4,  260,  Plat.  Legff.  878  D  ;  όμ.  τινί. 
Plat.  Theaet.  156  B. 

Όμόγραμμος,  ov,  {όμός,  γρα/^μ^) 
of  or  u-ith  the  same  lines. — 2.  {ομάς, 
γράμμα)  of  or  ivitk  the  same  letters, 
Lue.Hermot.  40. 

Όμογρΰφέω,  ώ,  to  write  in  the  same 
manner. 

Όμόόάμος,  Dor.  ίοτόμόδημος,  Pind. 

'Οαόδε'Λφος,ον,=δμο}άστοιος.θ8.[\. 
Fr.  168. 

Όμοόέμνιος,  ov,  {όμός,  δέμνιον) 
sharing  one  bed,  Aesch.  Ag.  1108, 
Musae.  70. 

Ό/ωόηιιέο).  ώ,  to  be  όμόδηαος,  Plut. 
2,  823  Β  :  and     ^ 

Όμοδημία,  ας. '/,  α  living  with  others, 
agreement.  Iambi. :  from 

Όμόδημης,  ov.  Dor.  -δΰμος,  {όμός, 
δήμος)  of  the  same  people  or  race,  γόνος, 
Pind.  O.  9,  69;  τινί,  with  one,  Id.  I. 
1,  140. 

Όμοδίαιτος,  ov,  {όμός,  δίαιτα)  liv- 
ing or  eating  icith  others,  Luc.  Demon. 
δ.  etc. ;  όμ.  τοις  τνολΆοΐς.  common  to 
the  generality.  Id.  de  Hist.  Conscr.  16. 

Όμόδιόρος.  ov,  {όμός,  δίφρος)  in 
the  same  chariot,  driving  together,  Nonn. 

Όμοδογμάτέω,  ώ,  {όμός,  δόγμα)  to 
hold  the  same  opinions,  M.  Anton. 
Hence 

Όμοδογμΰτία,  ας,  ή,  agreement  in 
opiniim,  Stob. 

Όμοδοξέω.  ώ,  to  be  of  the  same  opin- 
ion, τινί,  with  one,  Plat.  Phaed.  83  D  : 
absol.  to  agree  together.  Id.  Rep.  412 
D,  Polyb..  etc. :  and 

Όμοδοξία.  ας,  ή,  agreement  in  opin- 
ion,unanimity.  Plat.  Rep.  433  C,  Arist. 
Elh.  N.  9.  0,  1 :  from 

'Ομόδοξος,  ov,  {όμός,  δόξα)  of  the 
same  opinion,  Luc.  Eunuch.  2. 

Όμοδόρπιος,  ov,  {όμός,  δόρττον) 
a  me.'!s-niate,  ^^onn.  ;  ]ike  σύνδειπνος. 

Όμόόονλος,  ον,{όμός,  δούλος)  a  fel- 
low-slave. Eur.  Hec.  60:  όμ.  τινός. 
Plat.  Phaed.  85  B,  Phaedr,  273  E, 
1024 


ΟΜΟΘ 

Xen.,  etc. :  melaph.,  in  love  with  one  ' 
woman,  Mel.  18,  5. 

Όμοδονπος,  ov,  {όμός,  δουττέω) 
sounding  together,  Nonn. 

Όμοδρομεω,  ώ,  to  run  the  same 
course  with,  Tim.  Locr.  97  A  ;  and 

Όμοδρομία,  ας,  ή,  a  running  tngeth-  \ 
er  or  meeting,  Luc.  Aslrol.  22  :  Irom 

Όμύδρομος.  ov,  {όμίις,  δρημεϊν)  run• 
ning  the  same  coarse  with,  τώ  ήλίφ, 
Plat.  Epin.  987  B. 

Όμοδννΰμέω,  ώ,  to  be  of  the  same, 
power,  Procl.  :  from 

Όμοδννύμος,ον,  {όμός,  δύναμις)  of 
like  power,  [ϋ] 

Όμόεδρος,  ov,  {όμός,  έδρα)  having 
a  like  seat,  Stob. 

Όμοεβνέω,  ώ,  to  be  of  the  same  peo- 
ple or  race,  Diod.  :  from 

'Ομοεθνής,  ες,  {όμός,  έθνος)  of  the 
same  people  or  race,  Hdt.  1,  91;  less 
wide  than  όμόφν?ιος,  Polyb.  11,  19,  3  : 
— generally,  of  the  smne  kind,  προς 
άλ?.ηλα,  Arist.  Eth.  N.  8, 1,  3.  Hence 

Όμοεθνια,  ας,  ή,  descent  from  the 
same  jieople  or  race,  Lat.  genttlitas. — 
11.  in  Hipp.,  connection  and  sympathy 
of  parts,.~zs  he  also  uses  έθνος  ior 
μέρος. 

Όμόεθνος,  ov,=  ομοεθνής. 

'Ομοειδής,  ές,  {όμός.  είδος)  of  the 
same  kind,  Arist.  Rhet.  3,  2,  12:  of 
like  form,  Polyb.  34,  11,  17.  Adv. 
-δώς.     Hence 

'Ομοειδια,  ας.  ή,  sameness  of  nature 
or  form,  Dion.  H.  Rhet.  641,  5,  and 
Strab., — with  v.  1.  -είδεια. 

Όμόειδος,  ον,=  όμοειδής. 

Όμοερκής,  ές,  within  the  sam.e  house 
or  prison,  A.  B. 

Όμοέστιος,  ov,  {όμός,  εστία)  dwell- 
ing in  the  same  house,  v.  1.  in  Polyb.  2, 
57,  7. 

Όμόζενκτος,  ov,  {όμός,  ζεύγννμι) 
yoked  together,  Nonn. ;  cf.  ομόζυγος. 

Όμόζηλος,  ov,  {όμός,  ζήλος)  of  like 
zeal,  Nonn.  | 

Όμοζνγείύ.  ώ,  to  be  ομόζυγος:  gen-  | 
erally,  to  pull  or  work  together :  opp.  to 
έτεροζυγίω. 

Όμοζνγής.  ες.=όμόζνγος,  Nonn. 

Όμοζνγία,  ας,  ή,  α  being  yoked  to- 
gether :  in  Rhet.,  correspondence  of 
parts,  Dion.  Comp.  p.  197  :  from 

'Ομόζυγος,  ov,  {όμός.  ζυγόν)  yoked 
together,  a  yokefellow:  generally, 
bound  together,  esp.  paired :  hence , 
joined  in  marriage,  married,  a  husband 
or  wife  :  metaph.  also,  agreeing,  unani- 
mous. 

Όμόζυξ,  ϋγος,  ό,  ^,—  ioTeg.,  Plat. 
Phaedr.  256  A. 

Όμοζυνέω,  ώ,  to  be  όμόζωνος,  to  be 
in  the  same  zone  :  and 

Όμοζωνία,  ας,  r/,  a  being  in  the  same 
zone  :  from 

Όμόζωνος,  ov,  {όμός,  ζώνη)  in  the 
same  zone. 

Όμοήθεια,  ας.  rj,  agreement  of  man- 
ners or  sentiments,  Philostr. ;  from 

Όμοήθης,  ες,  {όμός.  7/βος)  of  the 
same  manners  or  sentiments,  Plat.  uorg. 
510  C,  Arist.  Eth.  N.  8,  11,  5:  also 
όμήθης. 

Όαοήλιξ,ικος,  ό,  ?/,=όμ7}λιξ,  Αηύι. 
Ρ.  append.  303. 

Όμοθά'λΰμος,  ον,  {όμός,  θάλαμος) 
living  in  the  same  room  or  house,  C.  gen., 
Pind.  P.  11,4.  [ά] 

Όμοθαμνέω,  ώ,  to  grow  up  u-ith  the 
plant,  take  root,  M.  Anton.  11,8. 

Όμόθεν,  adv.,  {όμός)  from  the  same 
place,  of  two  stems  growing  from  the 
same  root,  θάμνοι  έξ  όμόθεν  πεφνώ- 
τες,  Od.  5,  477,  (like  εξ  οίφανόθεν, 
etc.)  :  usu.,  of  the  same  origin,  όμόθεν 
γεγάασιν,  Η.  Hom.  Ven.  135,  Hes. 
Op.  108,  cf.  Xen.  Cyr.  6,  7,  14 ;  τον 


OMOI 

όμόθεν,  a  brother,  Eur.  Or.  486 ;  sO, 
Toi'  όμ.  τϊεφνκοτα,  Id.  I.  A.  501. — II. 
from  near,  hand  to  hand,  όμ.  μάχην 
ττοιεΐοθαι,  like  Lat.  cominus  pujinare, 
opp.  to  άκροβολίζεσθαι,  Xen.  Cyr.  8, 
8,  22  ;  όμόθεν  διώκειν,  Ιο  follow  close 
upon,  lb.  1,  4,  23. 

Όμόθεος,  {όμ<)ς,  θεός)  ό  and  /;,  equal- 
ly a  god  or  goddess. 

Όμόθεσμος.  ov,  {όμός,  θεσμός)  of 
the  same  institution.  Or.  Sib. 

Όμό]θηλος,  ov,=^  όμογά'λαξ. 

Όμόϋηρος,  ov,  {όμός,  θηράω)  hunt- 
ing with,  Call.  Dian.  210. 

'Ομόθρησκος,  ov,  worshipping  alike. 

Όμόθριξ,  τρΐχος,  ό,  ή,  {ομ<'>ς,  θρίξ) 
with  the  same  sort  of  hair,  Sophron  ap. 
Dem.  Phal.,  cf  όθ'ριξ. 

Όμόθρονος,ον,  {όαός,  θρόνος)  shar- 
ing the  same  throne,  Pind.  i\.  11,  2. 

Όμόθροος,  ov,  speaking  or  sounding 
together. 

'Ομοθυμαδόν,  adv.,  ivith  one  accord, 
Ar.  Av.  1015,  Plat.,  etc.:  and 

ΌμοΟνμέω,  ώ,  v.  1.  for  όμονοέω, 
Xen.  Cyr.  4,  2,  47 :  and 

'Ομοθυμία,  ας,  ή,  unanimity,  con- 
cord :  from 

'Ομόθυμος,  ov,  {όμ()ς,  θυμός)  of  one 
mind,  unanimous,  Anth. 

'Ομοιάζω,  {όμοιος)  to  be  like,  resem- 
ble, uitr.,  N.  T. 

Όμοιειδής,  ές.  {όμός,  είδος)  of  like 
nature  or  appearance,  τινί,  with  one, 
Isocr.  Antid.  §  190. 

Όμοίϊος,  όιιοίίον,  Ep.  for  όμοιος, 
όμοιον,  q.  v.,  Horn.,  birI  Hes.  ft  strict- 
ly, but  ί  Ep..  metn  grat.  before  a  long 
syll.,  as  in  genit.  όμοιίον,  Spitzn.  \. 
Her.  p.  83,  Herm.  El.  Metr.  p.  56.] 

Όμοιόαρκτος,  oi>,  beginning  alike. 

Όμοιοβάρής,  ες,  {όμοιος,  βάρος) 
equally  heavy,  Arist.  Coel.  1,  6,  8. 

Όμοιόβΐος,  ov.  {όμοιος,  βίος)  lead- 
i7ig  a  like  life,  Arist.  Part.  An.  3,  1,  17. 

Όμοιοβ'λαστά,νω,  ν.•1.  for  όμο;ίλα- 
στάνω,  q.  v. 

'Ομοιογένεια,  ας,  η.  likeness  of  race 
or  kind,  Dion.  H.  3,  15  :  from 

'Ομοιογενής,  ές,  {όμοιος,  γένος)  of 
like  race  or  kind,  Arist.  Gen.  An.  1,1, 
7.     Adv.  -νώς. 

Όμοιογονία,  ας,  ή,  the  generation  of 
like  bodies. 

Όμοιογρΰφέω,  ώ,  to  write  alike. 

Όμοιοειδής,  ές,=  όμοιειδής,  Plut. 
2,  900  Β. 

Όμοιόθριξ,  τρΐχος,  ό,  ή,  with  like 
hair. 

Όμοιοκαριτέω,  ώ,  to  bear  like  fruit, 
Theophr.  :  Irom 

Όμοιόκαρτνος,ον.  {όμοιος,  καρπός) 
bearing  like  fruit,  Theophr. 

Όμοιοκαταλτικτέω,  ώ,  to  end  alike, 
have  a  like  end  :  Irom 

'Ομοιοκατάληκτος,  ov,  ending  alike, 
of  verses,  Gramm.     Hence 

'Ομοιοκαταληξία,  ας,  ή,  a  like  end, 
rhyming. 

Όμοιόκρίθσς,  ov,  {όμοιος,  κριθή) 
like  barley,  Theophr. 

Όμοιολετϊτομερής,  ές,  consisting  of 
equatly  fine  parts. 

Όμοίο'λογία,  ας,  ή,  uniformity  of 
speech.  Quintil. 

Όμοιομέρεια,  ας.  ί].  a  likene.ts  of  the 
single  parts  : — (lie  quality  of  a  bodi/  con- 
siiilins:  of  like  or  equal  parts,  Plut.  2, 
876  C,  Lucret.  1,  830 ;  cf  sq. :  from 

Όμοιομερής,  ές,  {όμοιος,  μέρος) 
consisting  of  like  parts,  Arfst.  H.  A.  1, 
1,  11. — in  the  philosophy  of  Anaxa- 
goras,  -(i  όμοιομερή  were  the  homoge- 
neous elements  of  the  universe,  Arist. 
Metaph.  1,  7,  3  ^  but  cf  Hitter  Hist, 
of  Phil.  1,  p.  280,  Engl.  Tr. 

Όμοιομήτριος,  ov,  {όμοιος,  μήτηρ) 
born  of  the  some  mother. 


OMOI 

'Ομοιόμορφος,  ov,  {όμοιος,  μορφή) 
of  like  form,  Diog.  L.  10,  49. 

Όμοιύνομος,  ov,  {όμοιος,  νόμος,)  of 
like  Imvs,  Phinyts  ap.  Stob.  p.  445,  6 

Όμοιοονσιος,  ov,  {όμοιος,  ουσία)  of 
like  substaiice,  Eccl. 

Όμοιοτϊάβΐία,  ας,  ή,  likeness  in  con- 
dition, correspondence,  Strab. — 11.  like- 
ness of  feeling,  sympathy,  cf.  Wyttenb. 
Piut.  2,  72  B.  [fi] ;  and 

Όμοιοττάθέο),  ώ,  to  be  in  like  case,  to 
have  the  same  feelings  or  affections, 
sympathize,  τινί,  with  another,  Arist. 
Eth.  N.  1,  5,  .3,  etc. :  from 

Όμοιο— αθής,  ες,  {όμοιος,  παθείν, 
ΐνάθος)  being  in  like  case,  having  like  feel- 
ings or  affections,  syiiipnthising,  TLVL 
with  another,  Plat.  Rep.  409  B,  v. 
Wytteiib.  Plut.  72  Β  :  generally,  of 
like  nature,  Plat.  Tim.  45  C.  Adv. 
θώς. 

Όμοιοτΐάτριος,  ov,  {όμοιος,  πατήρ) 
sprung  from  the  same  father. 

Όμοιο-ρετίής,  ες,  {όμοιος,  πρέττω) 
of  like  appearance  with,  τινί.  Aesch. 
Ag.  793. 

Όμοιο-ροςωττέω,  ώ,  to  be  of  like 
countenance  or  figure  :  from 

Όμοιοπρόςω•^ος,  ov,  {όμοιος,  προς- 
(jTOVj  of  like  countenance  or  figure. — 
II.  itt  the  same  person.  Gramm. 

Όμοιότντερος,  ov,  {όμοιος,  πτερόν) 
with  liki• plumage,  Arist.  H.  A,  1,  1,  21. 

Όμοιόπτωτος,  ov,  {όμοιος,  πτώσις) 
in  a  like  case,  Gramm. 

Όμοιόπνρος,   ov,   {όμοιος,  πυρός) 
like  wheat,  Theophr. 
Όμοιόρυσμος.ον,=6μόρυσμος,ΐΙ\'ρρ. 

"Ομοιος,  a,  ov ;  or,  as  in  Horn., 
Ion.,  and  old  Att.,  όμοιος,  η,  ov,  v. 
Schweigh.  v.  1.  Hdt.  1,  18,  32;  Att. 
freq.  ος,  ov :  so,  in  Ep.  coUat.  form, 
όμοίϊος,  ov, — at  least  no  fern,  is  used 
by  Horn,  and  Hes.  :  {όμός) : — like, 
resembling,  Lat.  similis,  Horn.,  etc.  : 
Proverb.,  ώς  α'ιει  τον  όμοΐον  άγει 
θεόςώς  τον  όμοΐον, '  birds  of  a  featner 
flock  together,'  Od  17,218  ;  so  later, 
ό  όμοιος  τώ  όμοίω.  Plat.  Gorg.  510 
Β  ;  το  όμοϊον  άνταττοδιύόναι,  to  give 
tit  for  tat,  Lat.  par  pari  ref'erre,  Hdt. 
1,  "18,  cf.  Id.  1,  1,  infr.  8.-2.  also 
e.xpressiag  perfect  agreement=o  αυ- 
τός, the  same,  II.  18,  329,  Od.  16,  182. 
— 3.  shared  alike  by  both,  i.  e.  common, 
νείκος  όμ.,  mutual  strife,  II.  4,  444  ; 
όμ.  πό'λεμος,  war  in  ichich  each  takes 
part,  oft.  in  Horn.  :  and  more  widely, 
shared  alike  bi^  all,  common  to  all,  j  ί/ρας 
όμ.,  II.  4,  315  ;  ϋάνατος,  Od.  3,  236  : 
uolpa.  11,  18,  120;  πότμος,  Pind.  Ν. 
10,  107  :  cf.  κοινός,  Lat  communis. — 
4.  esp.  equal  in  force,  a  match  for  one, 
Lat.  par,  II.  23,  632,  Hdt.  9,  96.-5. 
equal  or  like  in  mind  Or  u-ish,  at  one 
with,  agreeing,  Hes.  Op.  180. — 6.  in 
shortd.  phrases,  as,  κόμαι  Χαρίτεσσιν 
όμοιαι,  i.  e.  κόμαι  ταϊς  των  Χαρίτων 
ομοΐαι,  II.  17,  51 ;  so  not  rare  in  Prose, 
as,  άρματα  όμοια  εκείνω  for  τοΊς 
εκείνον,  Xen.  Cyr.  6.  I,  50,  v.  Schaf. 
Dion.  Comp.  p.  170,  Melet.  p.  57,  sq., 
134:  cf.  Ισος  I.  fin.,  συγγενής  II.  1. — 
7.  όμοϊον  ήμϊν  εσται,  it  will  be  all  the 
same,  all  one  to  us,  Lat.  perinde  erit, 
Hdt.  8,  80. — 8.^  ή  όμοια  (sc.  δίκΐ], 
χάρις  etc.),  την  όμοίαν  διύόναι, 
αποόιδύναι  or  άντα—οδιδύναί  τινί, 
to  pay  any  one  like  for  like,  tit  for  tat, 
Hdt.  4,  119;  6,  21;  7//1'  όμοίαν  φέ- 
ρεσθαι  παρά  τίνος,  to  \ia\'ealikereturn 
made  one,  Hdt.  6,  62  ;  έττ'  Ιση  και 
όμοια,  on  iair  and  equal  terms,  lidt.  9, 
7,  1,'cf.  Lob.  Paral.  61. — 9.  iv  όμοίφ 
ποιεΐσθαί  τι.  to  hold  a  thing  in  like 
esteem,  Hdt.  7,  138.— II.  of  the  same 
rank  or  station,  Hdt.  1,  134  :  hence, 
ol  όμοιοι,  in  aristocratic  states,  all 
65 


OMOI 

citizens  who  had  equal  right  to  hold 
slate-ofRces,  (as  the  whole  people  in 
a  democracy,)  jjeers.  so  esp.  at  Sparta, 
Xen.  Lac.  13, 1  and  7  ;  cf.  Arist.  Pol. 
5,  7,  3  ;  cf.  ομότιμος. 

Β.  Construction:  1.  the  word  may 
stand  alone  and  absol.,  as  freq.  in 
Horn.  etc. — 2.  the  person  or  thing 
which  another  is  like,  is  in  dat.,  as  with 
Lat.  similis,  so  always  in  Horn,  and 
Hes.,  and  mostly  in  Hdt.  and  Att. :  but 
sometimes,  as  also  Lat.  .fimilis.  with 
genit..  which  is  easily  explained  from 
the  comparative  signf  ot  όμοιος,  Hdt. 
3,  37,  Pind.  P.  2,  88,  Plat.  Rep.  472 
D.— 3.  that  in  which  a  person  or  thing 
is  like  another,  is  in  ace,  Od.  6,  16, 
II.  5, 778  ;  so,  όμοιος  εν  πο7.έμω,  11. 12, 
270  ;  and  post-Horn.,  όμ.  τινΙ  προς 
τι,  Xen.  Cyn.  5,  29  ;  but,  ουδέν  -ην 
μοι  όμοϊον  προς  τοντον,  Ι  had  nothing 
in  common  with  him,  Isae.  71,  37. — 4. 
with  inf.,  θείειν  άνεμοισιν  όμοιοι, 
like  the  winds  to  run,  or  in  running, 
U.  10,  437  ;  τω  ούπω  τις  όμοιος  κο- 
σμήσαι  'ίππους,  none  is  like  him  to 
trap  or  in  trapping  horses,  II.  2.  553, 
cf  14,  521,  etc. — 5.  foil,  by  οίος,  as, 
όμοίη,  ο'ίην  με  το  πρώτον  έν  όφθαλ- 
μοίσι  νόησης,  like  as  when  thou 
saw'st  me  first,  H.  Horn.  Yen.  180 ; 
so  too  Xen.  ;  also  by  όςπερ,  Xen. 
An.  5,  4,  34.-6.  foil,  by  ώς,  ώςπερ, 
Xen.  Symp.  4,  37  :  also  by  καί  for 
ώς  or  ύςπερ,  like  Lat.  perinde  ac, 
etc.,  γνώμησι  έχρέοντο  όμοίησι  και 
συ,  Valck.'Hdt.  7,  50,  2,  cf.  Thuc.  1, 
120,  Plat.  Crito48  B,  Hemd.  Theaet. 
154  A  et  sub  καί  V. — 7.  όμοιος  ειμί, 
c.  part.,  like  ίοικα,  Jelf  Gr.  Gr. 
^  682.  2. 

C.  Adv.  ομοίως,  in  like  manner,  like, 
Hdt.,  and  Pind.  ;  the  neuters  όμοιου 
and  όμοια.  Ion.  όμοϊον,  όμοια,  were 
also  freq.  as  adv.,  esp.  in  Hdt. ;  όμοιου 
ώςτε-,  like  as  when..,  Soph.  Ant. 
587,  Eur.  Or.  697:  όμοιατοΐς μάλιστα, 
'  second  to  none,'  Hdt.  3,  8,  cf.  Kuhn. 
Gr.  Gr.  590  Anm.  3  :  ομοίως  καί.., 
Hdt.,  7,  86,  100;  ομοίως  τε  καί.., 
Herm.  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  562.  [On  the 
quantity  of  the  form  όμοίϊος,  v.  sub 
voc] 

Όμοιόσημος,  ov,  of  like  sign  or  sig- 
nification. 

Όμοιόσκευος,  ov,  {όμοιος,  σκευή) 
in  like  dress  or  array,  Strab. 

Όμοιόστομος,  ov,  with  a  like  mouth, 
aperture  OT  front. 

Όμοιοσνντακτος,  ov,  of  like  con- 
struction. 

Όμοιοσχημονέω,  ώ,  to  be  όμοιοσχή- 
μων,  to  be  like  inform. 

Όμοιόσχημος,  ον^όμοιοσχήμων. 

Όμοιοσχημοσύνη,  ης,  ή,  likeness  of 
form  or  position,  Arist.  Soph.  El.  6, 
2  :  from 

Όμοιοσχήμων,ον,  gen.  ονος,'Μμοιος, 
σχήμα)  of  like  form,  Arist.  Anal.  Pr. 
1,  5,  11.  Adv.  -μόνωσ.  Id.  Eth.  Eud. 
1,  8,  7. 

Όμοωταχής,  ές,  {όμοιος,  τάχος) 
equally  quick.  Adv.  -χώς,  Arist. 
Mund.  2,  7. 

'Ομοιοτέ?ιευτος,  ov,  {όμοιος,  τε- 
?^εντή)  ending  alike,  Arist.  Rhet.  3,  9, 
9  :  TO  όμοιοτ.,  the  like  ending  of  two 
or  more  clauses  or  verses,  in  the  way  of 
rhyme,  of  which  one  finds  traces 
even  in  the  best  poets,  e.  g.  Soph. 
Aj.  62 — 65  ;  very  froq.  in  the  endings 
of  the  two  halves  of  the  Pentameter. 

Όμοιότης,  ητος,  ή,  (όμοιος)  simi- 
larity, likeness,  Plat.  Phaed.  109  A, 
etc.;  and  in  pi.,  lb.  82  A,  etc.; 
όμοιότητι=ζόμοίως,  Id.  Tim.  75  D. 

Όμοιότονος,  or,  {όμοιος,  τόνος)  of 
like  tone  or  accent,  Dion.  Comp.  p.  66.  | 


OMOK 

Όμοιοτροπία,  ας,  ή.  likeness  of  man- 
ners and  life,  Strab. :  from 

'Ομοιότροπος,  ov,  (όμοιος,  τρόπος) 

of  like  mamurs  and  life,  Thuc.  1,  6  • 

3,  10.     Adv.  -πως.  Id.  6,  20,  Arist. 

Gen.  An.  3,  5,  6. 

Όμοιοτυπωτος,ον,  formed  alike,  [ii] 

'Ομοιούσιος,ον,=  όμοιοούσιος,ΕΕ€ΐ. 

Όμοιόφλοιος,  ov,  {όμοιος,  φλοιός) 

with  like  bark,  Theophr. 

Όμοιοφωνία,  ας,  ή,  likeness  of  voice : 
from 

Όμοιόφωνος,  ov,  {όμοιος,  φωνή) 
tfith  a  like  voice. 

Όμοιόχροια.  ας,  ij,  {όμοιος,  χροιά) 
likeness  of  colour,  Arist.  Meteor.  1, 
5,  5. 

Όμοιόχρονος,  ov,  {όμοιος,  χρόνος) 
of  equal  or  like  duration:  esp.  ni  pros- 
ody, of  equal  length,  Dion.  Comp.  p.  66. 
Όμοιυχρώμάτος,  ov,  {όμοιος,  χρώ- 
μα) of  like  colour,  Callix.  ap.  Ath. 
202  A. 

Όμοιόχωρος,  ov,  (  όμοιος,  χώρα  ) 
occupying  the  same  space,  Hermes  ap. 
Stob.  Eel.  1,  p.  1102. 

Όμοίόω,  ώ,  f.-ώσω,  {όμοιος)  to  make 
like,  assi7mlate,  τινί  τι,  Eur.  Hel.  33, 
Plat.  Rep.  393  C  ;  προς  τα  παρόντα 
τάς  οργάς  όμ.,  Thuc.  8,  82  :  esp.  to 
liken,  compare,  τινί  τι.  Hdt.  8,  28,  etc. ; 
so  in  Mid.,  Hdt.  1,  123;— Pass,  to  he 
made  like,  become  like,  in  Horn,  only 
in  inf  aor.  pass.,  όμοιωθήμεναι  άντην 
(Ep.  for  όμοιωθτ/ναι),  II.  1,  187,  Od. 
3,  120 ;  οργάς  πρέπει  θεούς  ουχ 
όμοιοϋσθαι  βροτοις,  Eur.  Bacch. 
1348,  cf.  Thuc.  5,  103  ;  freq.  also  in 
Isocr.,  Plat.,  etc. — II.  in  Mid.  also  to 
make  a  like  return,  τινί,  Hdt.  7,  50,  2  ; 
158.     Hence 

'Ομοίωμα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which  is 
made  like,  a  likeness,  image.  Plat. 
Phaedr.  250  A,  B,  Soph.  266  D,  etc. 
Hence 

Όμοιωμάτικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to 
resemblance,  Gramm. 

Όμοίωσις,  εως,  ή.  {όμοιόω)  a  making 
like,  likening.  Plat.  Rep.  454  C— II.  a 
becoming  like,  τινί.  Id.  Theaet.  176  B. 
— 2.  a  likeness,  LXX. 

Όμοιωτής,  ού,  ό,  [όμοιόω)  one  who 
likens  :  esp.  a  sculptor  or  painter. 
Hence 

Όμοιωτικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to 
likening :  Subst.  ή  -κή  (sc.  τέχνη), 
the  art  of  likening  or  copying.  Adv. 
-κως,  Se.xt.  Emp. 

Όμόκάπος,  ov,  {όμός,  κάπη)  eating 
together,  Epimenid.  ap.  Arist.  Pol.  1, 
2,  5  ;  where  others  prefer  όμόκαπνος, 
at  the  same  smoke  OT  fire,  i.  e.  dwelling 
together,  v.  Gottling  p.  479. 

Όμοκάτοικος,  ov,  dwelling  together. 
Όμοκελευθος,  ov,  {όμός,  κέλενΟος) 
going  together.  Plat.  Crat.  405  D. 

'Ομόκεντρος,  ov,  ivith  the  samecenire, 
concentric. 

Όμόκλάρος,  Dor.  for  όμόκληρος, 
Pind. 

'Ομοκ?,άω,  :=όμοκλέω, — onl  ν  found 
in  3  impf.  όμόκ'λά,  11. 18,  156  ;  24,  248. 
Όμοκλέω,  ώ,  i.-ήσω,  to  call  out  or 
shout  together,  properly  of  a  number  of 
persons,  and  therefore  properly  in 
plur.,  μνηστήρες  δ'  άμα  πάντες  όμό- 
κ?.εον,  Od.  21 ,  360,  cf  Soph.  ΕΙ.  712  :— 
but  mostly  used  of  single  persons,  to 
call  or  shout  to,  τινί,  whether  to  encour- 
age, II.  15,  658  ;  24, 202  ;  or  to  iipbraid; 
but  mostly  in  latter  sense,  as,  δεινά 
όμοκ?ιήσας,  11.  5,  439,  etc. ;  c.  inf.,  to 
command  bi/  a  loud  call,  call  on  one  to 
do,  11.  16,  714  ;  23,  337  ;  also  c.  dat. 
modi,  ίιμοκλεϊνμύθω.  έπέεσσι,  Horn. ; 
Ion.  aor.  όμοκλήσασκε,  II.  2,  199. — 
Cf.  όμοκλάω. — From 
Όμοκ'λή,  ής,  ή,  {όμός,  όμοϋ,  καλέω)- 
1025 


ΟΜΟΛ 

strictly,  α  calling  out  together,  shouting 
of  several  persons,  11.  16,  147 ;  the 
harmmiy  of  flutes,  Pind.  1.  5  (4),  35  : — 
but  usu.  of  single  persons,  a  loud  call 
or  shout  to  a  person,  whether  to  en- 
courage or  upbraid,  Hom.  mostly  in 
latter  sense,  ol  (5'  ανακτος  vnoSoet- 
σαντες  όμοκλήν,  II.  12,  413  ;  χαλεπαΐ 
όέ  τ'  άνύκτων  είσΐν  όμοκλαί,  Οά.  17, 
189 :  Ιαη.  with  spir.  lenis,  νπ'  ομο- 
κλης,  Η.  Horn.  Cer.  88,  Hes.  So.  341 : 
iu  later  Ep.  also  of  the  voice  of  dogs, 
0pp.  H.  1,  152  ;  the  crackling  of  fire, 
lb.  4,  14  ;  the  roar  of  the  wind,  Nic. 
Th.  311. 

Όμοκληρία,  ας,  rj,  an  equal  lot  or 
share,  joint  possession  :  from 

Όμύκληρος,  ov,  Oor.-κ'λύβος  (όμυς, 
κ2,7/μυς)  :  having  an  equal  share  ;  esp. 
of  an  mheritance,  α  coheir,  Lat.  con- 
sors,  Pind.  O.  2,  89,  N.  9,  11. 
'Ομόκ?.7]σις,  ή,^^όμοκ'λή. 
Όμοκ/.ήτειρα,  ας,  ή,  fein.  from  sq., 
Lye.  1337. 

Όμυκλϊΐτήρ,  ϊ/ρος,  6,  (όμοκλέο)  one 
who  calls  out,  encourages,  rouses,  II.  12, 
273  ;  23,  452. 

ΌμόκΆητος,  ov,  {ομάς,  όμοϋ,  καλέω) 
tailed  together. — 11.  having  the  same 
natne,  Nic.  Th.  882. 
ΌμοκλΙνής,  ef,=  sq.,  Nonn. 
Όμόκ'λίνυς,  ov,  (όμός,  κλίνη)  re- 
clining on  the  same  couch,  at  table,  Hdt. 
9,  16. 

ΌμόκλΙτος,  ov,  founded  together  ; 
V.  1.  for  ΰμόκτιτος. 

Όμοκοί'Αιος,  ον,^^όμογάστριος. 
Όμοκηιτία,    ας,   ή,   α   sleeping   to- 
gether :  from 

Όμόκοιτος,  ov,  (δμός,  κοίτη)  sleep- 
ing together,  a  htisba7id  or  wife :  όμό- 
κοίτις,  ή,  to  explain  άκοιτις,  Plat. 
Crat.  405  D. 

Όμόκραιρος,  ov,  {όμός,  κραΐρα)  with 
equal  horns,  Noim. 

ΌμόκτΙτος,  ov,  {όμός,  κτίζο)  built 
together,  0pp.  H.  4,  352. 
νΟμόλα,  ή,  Όθΐ.='Ομόλ7ΐ. 
Όμόλεκτρος,  ov,  {υμάς,  ?^έκτρον)= 
όμόκοιτος,  γυνή,  Eur.  Or.  508  :  but 
lb.  470,  Ζηνυς  όμόλεκτρον  κάρα,  ol 
Tyndareus,  as  husband  of  Leda. 

Όμη'λεχος,  ov,=foreg.,  unless  it 
should  be  όμόλοχος. 

ΥΟμό'λη,  ης,  ή,  Ho?nole,  a  lofty 
mountain  in  Phthiotis  in  Thessaly, 
where  Pan  was  honoured,  Eur.  H. 
F.  371  ;  Theocr.  7,  103.— 2.  a  city 
of  Thessaly,  in  Magnesia,  also  called 
Όμόλιον,  Strab.  p.  443. 

Όμο'λογέω,  ώ,  ί.-ησω,  (ομόλογος) 
to  speak  or  say  together  :  hence. — 1.  to 
speak  one  language,  tlvl,  with  One, 
Hdt.  2,  18 :  more  fully,  όμ-  κατά 
γλώτταν,  1,  142. — II.  to  hold  the  same 
language,  hence,  to  agree  with,  τινί, 
Hdt.  1,  23,  171,  etc.:  όμ.  τινΙ  περί 
τι,  Hdt.  1,5;  but  also  c.  dat.  rei,  to 
agree  upon  one  thing,  Hdt.  2,  80  : — 
also  of  things,  τοις  λόγοις  οϋχ  όμ.  τίι 
έργα,  Thuc.  5,  55  :  hence — 2.  to  make 
an  agreement,  come  to  terms,  esp.  of 
persons  surrendering  in  war,  τινί, 
with  another,  Hdt.  7,  172,  etc.  ;  ίπί 
τισι,  on  certain  terms,  Id.  1,  60, 
Thuc.  4,  60. — 3.  to  agree  to  a  thing, 
allow,  admit,  confess,  grant  it,  τι,  Hdt, 
4,  154  ;  8,  94,  and  Plat.  :  ομολογώ 
σοι,  I  grant  you,  i.  e.  I  admit  it,  Ar. 
Plut.  94 :  c.  inf.,  όμ.  ΰδικεΐν,  κλέπτειν, 
to  confess  that..,  Eur.  Auge  1,  Ar.  Eq. 
296  ;  όμ.  τι  είναι,  to  allow,  grant  that.., 
freq.  in  Plat.,  e.  g.  Phaedr.  231  D.— 
4.  to  agree,  promise  to  do,  C.  inf.  fut.. 
Plat.  Symp.  174  A,  Phaedr.  254  Β  ; 
but  also  c.  inf  aor..  Lob.  Phryn.  749. 
— 5  tu  have  to  do  with  one,  be  connected 
With  him,  ουδέν  όμ.  τινί,  Hdt.  6,  54. 
1026 


OMOM 

Β.  so  in  mid.,  just  like  the  act., but 
rarely,  Xen.  Mem.  1,  2,  57. 

C.  pass,  to  be  allowed  or  granted. 
Plat.,  etc.  :  c.  inf,  to  be  allowed  or  con- 
fessed to  be,  to  be  confessedly  so  and  so, 
Thuc.  4,  02,  and  i'req.  in  Plat.,  as, 
όμολογειταί  γε  πάρα  πάντων  μέγας 
θεός  είναι,  Symp.  202  Β  :  and  then 
with  the  inf.  omitted,  αντη  ?/  'έξις 
δικαιοσύνη  uv  όμολογοίτο,  this  habit 
should  be  allowed  (to  be)  justice,  Id. 
Rep.  434  A:  ομολογείται,  it  is  granted, 
allowed.  Plat.,  etc. :  hence,  τα  όμολο- 
γούμενα,  τυ.  ύμολογι^μένα,  things 
granted,  acknowledged  jirinciples,  etc., 
freq.  in  Plat.  :  έξ  όμυλογονμένου= 
ομολογουμένως,  Polyb.  3,  111,  7. 
Hence 

Όμολόγηίΐα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which  is 
agreed  upon,  taken  for  granted,  a  postu- 
late. Plat.  Phaed.  93  D,  Gorg.  480  B. 
— II.  a  promise. 

Όμολογησία,  ας,  ή,  a  confession, 
Eccl. — II.  an,  agreement. 

Όμυλόγησις,  ^.^ioreg.,  Diod. 

'Ομο/ιθγτ}τέον,  verb.  adj.  from  όμο- 
λογέω,  one  vnust  confess,  etc.,  Plat. 
Tim.  51  E,  etc. 

Όμολογητής,  οΰ,  ό,  {όμολογέω)  one 
who  confesses. — II.  one  who  promises. 

'Ομολογία,  ας,  η,  agreement.  Plat. 
Symp.  187  B,  etc. :  among  the  Stoics, 
conformity  with  nature,  Cicero's  con- 
venientia,  de  Fin.  3,  0,  21. — III.  an 
aiireement  made,  compact.  Plat.  Crat. 
384  D,  etc.  ;  όμ.  δέξασθαι,  Thuc.  6, 
10  :  esp.  in  war,  terms  of  surrender, 
Hdt.  7,  156  ;  8,  52,  Thuc,  etc.  ;  ouo- 
λογίΐ)χρέεσθαι,  όμο'λογίην  ποιείσυαι, 
εις  όμολογίην  προςχωρειν,  of  the 
conquered,  Hdt.  1,  150;  4,  201;  7, 
150  ;  ες  όμο?.ογίην  προκαλεί αθαι,  of 
the  conquerors,  3,  13. — 2.  an  assent, 
admission,  confession,  Plat.  Gorg.  461 
C,  etc. :  from 

'Ομόλογος,  ov,  {όμός,  όμοϋ,  λέγω) 
assenting,  agreeing,  of  one  mind,  τιΐ'ί, 
with  one,  Arist.  Eth.  N.  3,  6,  9  ;  όμ. 
γενέσθαι  τινΙ  περί  τίνος,  to  agree 
with  one  on  a  point,  Xen.  Symp.  8, 
36,  cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  3  :  also  of  things, 
agreeing,  suitable.  Adv.  -λως,  con- 
fessedly, avowedly  :  but  also,  agreeably 
to,  in  unison  with,  όμ.  εχειν  τινί, 
Arist.  Eth.  Ν.  6,  2,  3  ;— εξ  ομολόγου, 
like  Lat.  ex  confesso,  Polyb.  3,  91, 10, 
etc.  ;  but  also  e.c  compacto,  by  mutual 
agreement,  III.  1,  67,  1,  etc. 

'Ομολογουμένως,  adv.  part.  pres. 
pass,  from  όμολογέω,  confessedly, 
avowedly,  Thuc.  6,  90,  Plat.  Symp. 
186  B,  etc.  : — but  also,  agreeably,  con- 
formably to,  hence  the  Stoical  phrase 
r//  φύσει  όμ.  ζην,  Cicero's  naturae 
convenienter  vivere,  Uiog.  L.  7,  87. 

'Oμoλoγoύvτως,adv.=ίoreg.,C\em. 
Al. 

ΥΟμολοίόες,  ων,αΐ,  (sc.  πνλαί)= 
Όμολωίδες,  q.  v. 

ΥΟμολόίχος,  ov,  ό,  Homolotchus, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Plut.  Sull.  17. 

Όμόλοχυς,  ov,  {όμός,  λόχος  Π)  of 
the  same  band. — H.  {λέχος)=^  ομόλεχος, 
Gramm. 

ΥΟμο^Μίδες,ων,  αΐ,πνλαι,  the  Ho- 
moloian  gate,  in  Boeotian  Thebes,  fac- 
ing towards  Thessaly,  and  so  called 
from  Mt.  Homole,  Paus.  9,  8,  6 :  but 
ace.  to  Schol.  Eur.  Phoen.1120,  from 
Όμολωϊς,  a  daughter  of  Niobe. 

Όμομΰθής,  ες,  learning  together,  v.  1. 
for  όμοπαθής. 

ΌμομαστΙγίας,  ου,  ό,  {όμός,  μύστιξ) 
one  flogged  with  another,  a  fellow-slave, 
comic  word  in  Ar.  Ran.  756. 

'Ομομη7ύς,  ίδος,  η,^ιψαμΊΐ7ύς. 

Όμομί/τριος,  a,  ov,  {ομης,  μήτηρ) 
born  of  the  same  mother,  a  brother  or 


ΟΜΟΠ 

sister,  Hdt.  6,  38,  Plat.  Prot.  314  E, 
etc. ;  όμοματρία  άόελώή,  Ar.  Ach. 
790,  cf.  i\ub.  1372. 

Όμομήτωρ,  ορός,  ό,  r/,=  ioreg., 
Orph.  ap.  Plat.  Crat.  402  C. 

ΥΟμοναόεϊς,  έων,  οι,  the  Homonades, 
a  mountaineer  race  m  Pisidia,  Strab. 
p.  569. 

Όμόνάος,  ov,  having  common  temple; 
cf.  όμοί^ώμιος. 

Όμόνεκρος,  ov,  {όμός,  νεκρός)  com- 
panion in  death,  Luc.  D.  Mort.  2,  1. 

Όμονηδΰίος,  ov,  {όμός,  νηόνς)^ 
όμογάστριος.  [ϋ] 

ΌμονοεΙον,  ου,  τό,  the  temple  oj 
Concord  {'Ομόνοια),  Dio  C. 

Όμονοέω,  ώ,  to  be  όμύνοος,  to  be  of 
one  mind,  agree  together,  live  in  harmony, 
Thuc.  8,  75  ;  opp.  to  στασιύζειν,  Lys. 
196,  29,  etc.  ;  to  live  in  harmony  with, 
τινί,  Plat.  Rep.  352  A;  όμ.  ότι..,  to 
be  agreed  that...  Id.  Meno  86  C  : — me- 
taph.,  αυλός  ομονοεί  χοροίς,  Diogen. 
(Trag.)  ap.  Ath.  036  B,  cf.  Lys.  194, 
36. 

Όμονόης,  ες,=  όμόνοος,  Plut.  2, 
8  D. 

Όμονοητικός,  ή,  όν,  {όμονοέω)  con• 
ducing  to  agreement,  at  unity,  in  har- 
mony. Plat.  Rep.  554  E,  Phaedr.  256 
B.  Adv.  -κώς,  όμ.  έχειν,  to  be  of  one 
mind,  lb.  263  A. 

'Ομόνοια,  ας,  -η,  {όμόνοος)  sameness 
of  thought,  agreement,  unity,  Lat.  Con- 
cordia, Thuc.  8,  93,  Andoc.  14,  19, 
Lys.  150,  43,  etc. — II.  as  n.  pr.,  v. 
όμονοεΙον. 

Όμόνομος,  ov,  {όμός,  νόμος)  under 
the  same  laws.  Plat.  Legg.  708  C. — II. 
{νομός^  feeding  together,  like  σύννομος, 
Ael.  N.  A.  7,  17. 

Όμόνοος,  ov,  contr.  -νους,  ovv, 
{όμός,  νέ)θς)  of  one  mind,  united,  Lat. 
concors.  Adv  -ως,  Xen.  Cyr.  0,  4,  15. 
Ages.  1,  37  :  cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  142. 

Όμόνυμφος,  ov,  allied  by  marriage. 

Όμόοικος,  ov,  dwelling  together. 

'Ομοούσια,  ας,  ή.  [ομοούσιος)  same- 
ness of  substance,  Eccl. 

Όμοονσιαστής,  ov,  ό,  one  who  be- 
lieves in  the  ομοούσια,  Eccl. 

'Ομοούσιος,  ov,  {όμός,  ουσία)  con- 
substantial,  Eccl.     Hence 

Όμοονσιότης,  ητος,  7/,=  όμοονσία, 
Eccl. 

Όμόπΰγος,  ov,  {όμός,  pagus)  from 
the  same  canton,  Dion.  H.  4,  15. 

Όμοπΰθέω,  ώ,  to  have  the  same  feel- 
i7igs  with  one,  τινί,  Plut.  2,  72  Β  : 
from 

Όμοπάθ/'/ς,  ές,  {όμός,  πάθος,  πα- 
θείν)  having  the  same  feclijigs  or  affec- 
tions, Arist.  Eth.  N.  8,  11,  5;  cf. 
Wyttenb.  Plut,  2,  72  Β  :  όμ.  λύπης 
και  ηδονής,  affected  alike  by  pain  and 
pleasure.  Plat.  Rep.  464  D.  Adv. 
-θώς. 

'Ομοπαίκτωρ,  ορός,  ό,  a  play-fellow, 
Lat.  collusor. 

Όμόπαις,  παιδος,  ό,ή,α  twin-brother 
or  sister. 

Όμοπάτριος.  a,  ov,  {όμός,  πατήρ) 
by  the  same  fatlier,  αδελφός,  Hdt.  5, 
25,  Aesch.  Pr.  559,  Antipho  111, 
39  ;  όμοπατρία  άδε?^φή,  Isae.  S3,  7, 
Dem. 

Όμόπατρος,  ov,  {όμός,  πατήρ)  born 
of  the  same  father. 

Όμοπάτωρ,  ορός,  ό,  ?/,=  foreg., 
Plat.  Legg.  924  E,  Jsae.  65,  19. 

Όμύπεδος.  ov,  with  a  plane  surface. 

Όμοπιστία,  ας,  ή,  sameness  of  faith, 
Eccl. :  from 

Όμόπιστος,  ov,  {όμός,  πίστις)  of 
the  same  faith,  Eccl. 

Όμοπλεκής,  ές,  {όμός,  π?.έκω)  plait- 
ed together,  entwined,  χείρες,  Anth. 

Όμόπ?.εκτος,  ov,=iQieg.,  Nonn. 


ΟΜΟΡ 

Όμοπ/.ήθης,    ες,    (ομάς,    πλ.))θος)  | 
equal  in  quantity  or  number,  Euclid.        | 

Όμοττ/ιοέω,  ώ,  (όμύτΐ/Μος)  Ιο  sail 
together  or  in  company,  Polyb.  1,  25,  1. 

Όμόπλοια,  ας,  ή,  (όμόπ'λοος)  a  sail- 
ing in.  company,  (Jic.  Att.  IG,  4,  4. 

Όμόπλοκος,  ον,=όμοπλεκής,  Nonn, 

Όμάπ'λοος,  ov,  contr.  -πλους,  ovv, 
{όμός,  π'λόος,  πλέω)  sailing  together  or 
in  company,  νανς  ομ.  a  consort,  Anth. 
P.  7,  63o. 

Όμοπλώτημ,  ηρος,  ό,  {όμός,  πλώω) 
one  who  sails  in  company,  Opp.  H.  1, 
208. 

Όμοποιός,  όν,  {όμός,  ποιέω)  doing 
the  same,  helping. 

Όμοπολέο),  ώ,  {όμον,  πολέω)  to 
move  together  or  alike,  Plat.  Crat.  405 
D.     Hence 

Όμοπόλησις,  εως,  τι,  joint  motion, 
Procl. 

Όμόπολις,  εως,  b,  ή,  (,^μός,  πόλις) 
from  the  same  city  or  state,  Plut.  2,  276 
B:  poet,  όμόπτολος.  Soph.  Ant.  733. 

Όμοττόρεντος,  ov,  travelling  in  com- 
pany. 

'Ομοπρΰγέω,  ώ,  (όμός,  ττμάγυς)  to 
take  part  in  an  affair,  Joseph. 

Όμοπρά}μων,  ov,  {όμός,  πρύσσω) 
a  coadjutor,  Joseph. 

Όμόπτερος,  ov,  (,όμός,  πτερόν)  with 
the  same  plumage,  κίρκος  όμ-,  Aesch. 
Supp.  224 ;  όμοπτεροι  έμοί,  my  fel- 
low-birds, birds  of  my  feather,  Ar.  Av. 
229  ;  hence,  οι  όμυπτεμοι,  comrades, 
fellows,  Lat.  aequales,  Straltis  Incert. 
17  : — then,  generally,  kindred,  like, 
βόστρυχος  ou..  kindred,  like  hair, 
Aesch.' Cho.  174,  cf.  Eur.  El.  530; 
ναες  όμ-,  consort-ships  (though  Pas- 
sow  takes  it  swift  as  birds).  Id.  Pers. 
559  ;  άπ//νη  όμ.,  i.  e.  the  two  brothers, 
Eteocles  and  Polynices,  Eur.  Phoen. 
329,  ubi  V.  Valck. 

'Ομόπτο?ας,  εως,  ό,  ή,  poet,  for 
ομόποΜς,  q.  v. 

Όμοπτωτος,  ov,  =  όμοώπτωτος, 
susp. 

'όμοργάζω,^^ομόργνυμί,  to  wipe  off , 
ώμύργαζε,  Η.  Horn.  Merc.  361,  e  conj. 
Ilgen.  pro  voce  nihili  ώμαρταζε. 

Όμοργμα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which  is 
wiped  off,  a  spot :  irom 

Όμόργννμι,  fut.  όμόρξω :  aor. 
ωμορξα,  mid,  ώμορξάμην,  to  wipe,  ά~' 
ίχώ  χειρός  όμόργνν,  wiped  off  the 
ichor  /row  her  hand,  11.  5,  416  (though 
this  peril,  belongs  to  άπομόργνυβί) : 
elsewh.  in  Horn,  always  in  aor.  mid., 
δάκρυα  όμόρξασθαι,  to  dry  one's  tears, 
Od.  11,  520  ;  so,  χερσί  παρειάων  δά- 
κρυ' όμορξαμένη,  11.  18,  124,  cf.  Od. 
11,  529: — absol.,  όμόρξασθαι,  to  dry 
one's  tears. — II.  to  press  out. — Rarer 
coUat.  forms  are  όμοργάζω,  Η.  Horn. 
Merc.  301,  and  μόργνυμι,  tirst  in  Q. 
Sm.  Ep.  word.  (Akin  to  άμέργω, 
and  perh.  to  μάσσω  :  the  Sanscr.  root 
is  mrij.) 

Όμορέω,  v.  sub  όμονρέω. 

Όμόρησις,  ή,^όμονρησις. 

ΌμόριοΓ,  oi',=sq.,  epith.  of  Jupiter, 
Polyb.  2,  39,  6. 

"όμορος,  ov.  Ion.  δμονρος,  (.όμός, 
όρος)  having  the  same  borders,  border- 
ing on,  TLv'i,  Hdt.  1,  57  ;  2,  65  :  ό  όμ-, 
a  neighbour,  borderer,  Hdt.  1, 134,  Thuc. 
1.  15,  etc. ;  το  όμορον,  neighbourhood, 
Thuc.  6,  88. 

ΥΟμοροφέω,  ώ,  {όμός,  οροφή)  to 
dwell  under  the  same  roof,  Aesop. 
Hence 

Όμοροφία,  ας,  ι),  a.  dwelling  under 
the  same  roof.     Hence 

Όμορόόιος,  ov,  dwelling  under  the 
same  roof,  Plut.  2,  727  £  :  the  usu. 
form  is  όμώροφος,  or  όμωρόφιος,  Lob. 
Phryn.  709. 


ΟΜΟΣ 

ΌμόΡρειθρος,  ov,  drawing  water 
from  the  same  stream.  ι 

Όμό{)βητος,  ov,  {όμοϋ,  βητός)  spo-  j 
ken  together  or  at  the  same  time, 
Nonn.  I 

Όμοββοή.  7),  (/5εω)  confluence,  dub.   | 

'Ομορροΰέω,  ώ.  {ύμόρβοθος)  to  row 
together,  Orph.  Arg.  254,  Plut.  2,  94  j 
Β  : — metaph.,  to  agree  together.  Soph. 
Ant.  536,  Fr.  435  (ap.  Ar.  Av.  851) ; 
όμ.  Tivi,  to  agree  with..,  Eur.  Or.  530. 

Όμοβρόβιος,  ov,  rowing  or  swim- 
ming with,  αίϋνίαις  όμορρόθιον,  Anth, 
P.  7,  374  :  from 

ΌμόΙ)()θθος,  ov,  {όμοϋ,  βοθέω)  strict- 
ly, rowing  together  :  hence,  all  together, 
στείχοντες  όμόρροθοί,  Theocr.  Ep. 
3,5. 

Όμόί)^)θΐα,  ας,  ή,=όμοββ07ί,  dub.  : 
from 

Ό/ζό/ι/ροοί•,  ov,  contr.  -βονς,  (όμοϋ, 
βέω)  flowing  together,  Plut.  2,  909  C. 

'όμορνθμία,  ας,  ή,  Ion.  όμορυσμίη, 
resemblance,  Hipp. :  from 

Όμόρνθμος,  ov,  Ion.  -ρυσμος,  (όμός, 
{)νθμός)  of  the  same  form,  like,  Hipp. 

ΌΜΟ'2,  ή,  όν,  one  and  the  same; 
hence,  one,  i.  e.  common,  joint,  Lat. 
communis,  ^όμός  θρόος,  II.  4,  437| ; 
όμόν  γένος,  II.  13,  354  ;  όμη  σορός,  II. 
23,  91  ;  όμή  αίσα,  II.  15,  209 ;  όμόν 
ν  εικός,  11.  13,  333  ;  όμή  όϊζνς,  Od.  17, 
5G3 ;  όμόν  ?.έχος,  11.  8,  291,  Hes.  Th. 
508  : — όμα  φρονείν,  to  be  of  one  mind, 
Hes.  Sc.  50  ;  also,  ες  όμά  τινι,  togeth- 
er with  one.  (Akin  to  άμα,  which  is 
mostly  used  of  time,  as  όμός  is  of 
place  ;  also  to  Sanscr.  sa-,  sam,  Lat. 
simul,  similis,  etc.  :  hence  όμοιος,  as 
also  the  advs.,  όμως.  όμως,  όμοϋ,  όμή, 
όμόβεν,  όμόσε,  qq.  ν.) — As  adj.  only 
in  Ep.    . 

Όμάσαι,  όμόσας,  inf.  and  part.  aor. 
of  όμννμι,  Horn. 

'όμόσαρκος,  ov,  (όμός,  σαρξ)  of  the 
same  flesh,  Eccl. 

Όμόσε,  adv.,  (όμός)  to  one  and  the 
same  place,  II.  12,  24;  όμόσ'  ή'/.θ ε  μά- 
χη, the  battle  came  to  the  same  spot, 
i.  e.  the  two  armies  met,  the  fight 
thickened,  11.  13.337:  hence  in  Att, 
όμόσε  ίέναι,  έ'λθείν,  χωρείν,  etc.,  in 
hostile  sense,  like  Lat.  cominus,  to 
come  to  close  quarters,  join  battle,  tl- 
VL,  with  one,  Ar.  Lys.  451 ;  όμόσε  ίέ- 
ναι τοις  έχθροΐς.  to  go  to  meet,  march 
against  them,  Thuc.  2,  62 ;  όμόσε 
θείν,  φέρεσθαι,  to  run  to  meet,  Xen. 
An.  3,  4,  4,  Cyn.  10,  21  ;  όμ.  ταϊς  ?ιόγχ- 
αις  ίέναι,  to  rush  on  the  spear,  Xen. 
Symp.  2,  13  :  metaph.,  ou.  ίέναι  τοις 
έρωτημασι,  to  grapple  with  the  ques- 
tions, Plat.  Euthyd.  294  D;  so,  χω- 
ρείν όμ.  τοις  λόγοις,  Eur.  Or.  921 ; 
cf  Plat.  Rep.  610  C,  Euthyd.  294  D : 
— όμόσε  πορενεσθαι,  Lat.  concedere,  to 
give  way,  Dem.  1287,  18. — II.  like 
ΰμα  or  σνν,  c.  dat.,  Polyb.  3,  51,  4, 
etc. — III.  TO  όμόσε,  level  ground,  Plut. 
1,  559  C. 

Όμοσθενής,  ες,  equally  strong. 
Όμοσίπϋος,  ov,  (όμός,  σίπνη)  eat- 
ing the  same  food,  living  together,  Cha- 
rond.  ap.  Arist.  Pol.  1,  2,  5. 

ΌμοσΙτέω,  ώ,  to  eat  or  live  together 
with,  νινί,  Hdt.  1,  146:  from 
j      ΌμόσΙτος,  ov,  (όμοϋ,  σίτος)  eatitig 
I  together,  μετύ.  τι.νος,  Hdt.  7,  ίΐ9. 

Όμόσκενος,  ov,  (όμός,  σκευή)  equip- 
ped in  the  same  way,  Thuc.  2,  96  ;  3,  95. 
j       Όμοσκηνέω,  ώ,=όμοσκηνόω. 

'Ομοσκ7ίνία,  ας,  ή,  α  living  in  the 
I  same  teat,  v.  1.  Xen.  Cyr.  2,  1 ,  26  :  from 
I  Όμόσκηνος,  ov,  (όμός,  σκηνή)  living 
I  in  the  same  tent,  Lat.  contubernalis : 
I  generally,  living  with,  τινί,  Dion.  H. 
i  1,  55.  Hence 
[      Όμ.οσκηνόω,  ώ,  to  live  in  the  same 


OMOT 

tent  or  house  with,  τινί,  Xen.  Cyr.  2, 

1,  25,  ubi  al.  divisim  όμοϋ  σκ-. 
Όμόσπλαγχνος,  ov,  (όμός,  σττ/.άν- 

χνον)  =  όμο]  αστμιος,  Acsch.  Theb. 
Η72,  Soph.  Ant.  511. 

Όμοσπονόέω,  ώ,  to  join  one  in  a 
treaty :  from 

'Ομόσπονδος,  ov,  (όμός,  σπονδή) 
strictly  sharing  in  the  drink-offering, 
sharing  the  same  cup,  Hdt.  9,  1 U  ;  ύμω• 
ρόφιος  και  όμ.  τινι,  Dem.  321,  14  ;  όμ. 
και  ομοτράπεζος  τινι,  Dinarch.  93, 
18. — 2.  bound  by  treaty,  in  treaty,  LXX. 

Όμόσπορος,  ον,(ομός,  σπορά)  sowh 
together :  sprung  from  the  same  parents 
or  ancestors,  H.  Horn.  Cer.  85,  Pind. 
N.  5,  80,  and  Trag. ;  a  sister,  Soph. 
Tr.  212  : — όμ.  γννή,  a  wife  coinmon  to 
two,  Soph.  O.  T.  260  ;  act.,  τοϋ  πα- 
τρός όμόσπορος,  having  the  same  wife 
with  him,  lb.  460. 

'Ομόσπονδος,  ov,  with  equal  zeal. 

Όμόσσαι,  όμόσσας,  Ep.  for  όμόσαι, 
όμόσας,  Horn. 

Όμόσσυτος,  ov,  (όμοϋ,  σενομαι) 
rushing  together,  Nonn. 

Όμόστεγος,  ov,=  όμώροφος. 

Όμοστίϊίής,  ες,  walking  together : 
agreeing. 

Όμοστιχύω,  ώ,  (όμοϋ,  στιχάω)  /ρ 
walk  together  with,  τινί,  11.  15,  635. 

Όμοστιχέω,  ώ,  =  foreg.,  Nonn.: 
from 

Όμοστΐχής,  ές,  (όμοϋ,  στείχω) 
walking  together,  accom.pan.ying,  Nonn. 

ΌμόστΙχος,  ov,  (όμός,  στίχος)  in 
the  same  line  or  rank  ivith,  τινί- 

Όμόστοιχος,  ov,=fureg.,  v.  1.  Plut. 

2,  503  D. 

Όμόστολος,  ov,  (όμοϋ,  στέλ?ιω) 
sent  together :  accompanying  or  accom- 
panied by,  Βάκχον  Μ,αινύδων  όμόστ- 
υ'λον.  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  212;  όμ.  νμμιν 
έπεσβα/..  Αρ.  Rh.  2,  802.— 11.  (όμός, 
στολή)  clad  alike  ;  generally,  like,  φύ- 
σις, Aesch.  Supp.  496. 

Όμόστοργος,  ov,  (όμός,  στοργή) 
feeling  the  same  affection,  Nonn. 

Όμόσφϊ'ρος,  ov,  walking  in  compa- 
ny, ap.  Hesych. 

Όμοσχήμων,  ov,  (όμός,  σχήμα)  of 
the  same  shape,  Theophr. 

Όμοτΰγής,  ές,  (όμός,  τάσσω)  ranged 
in  the  same  way,  in  the  same  row  or 
line,  Euclid. — 2.  in  the  same  construc- 
tion, Gramm. 

Όμοτά/.αντος,  ov,  =  άτάλ,αντος, 
only  in  Gramm'.  [τά] 

'Ομύτύφος,  ov,  {όμοϋ,  θάπτω)  6ti- 
ried  together,  Aeschin.  20,  fin. 

Όμοτάχής,  ές,  (όμός,  τάχος)  equal- 
ly swij't.  Adv.  -χώς,  Arist.  Probl.  16, 
3,2. 

Όμότάχος,  ov,=foreg.,  Heliod. 

Όμοτέλευτος,  ov,  (όμός,  τελεντϊ/) 
with  the  same  termination,  Gramm. 

Όμοτελής,  ές, paying  the  same  taxes. 

Όμοτέρμων,  ov,  {όμός,  τέρμα)  hav- 
ing the  same  borders,  marching  with, 
joined  with  γείτων,  Plat.  Legg.  842  E. 

Όαοτεχνέω,  ώ,  to  practise  the  sarne 
art,  Hipp. :  from 

'Ομότεχνος,  ov,  (όμός,  τέχνη)  prac- 
tising the  same  art,  trade  or  craft,  τινί, 
with  one.  Plat.  Lach.  186  Ε  :  as  subst., 
ό  όμ.,  a  partner  in  one's  craft,  fellow- 
workman,  Hdt.  2,  89,  Xenarch.  Por- 
phyr.  1.  15  ;  ό  όμ.  τινός.  Plat.  Charm. 
171  C,  cf  Anth.  P.  7,  206. 

Όμότηθος,  ον,—  όμόθηλος,  όμογύ- 
λα^. 

Όμοτής,  οϋ,  ό,  (ομνυμι)  one  who 
administers  an  oath. — II.  one  who  is 
sworn.     Hence 

Όαοτικός.  ή,  όν,  belonging  or  re- 
lating to  swearing. 

ΌμοτΙμια,  ας,  ή,  sameness  of  value 
or  honour :  from 

1027 


OMOT 

'Ομότιμος,  01',  (ϋμός,  τιμή)  equally 
valued  or  honoured,  held  in  equal  hon- 
our, ]1.  15,  186;  tlvc,  with  one,  The- 
ocr.  17,  16;  ηνός,  Pint.  Fab.  9.— o/ 
ομότιμοι,  among  the  Persians,  like 
oi  όμοιοι,  at  Sparta  (cf.  όμοιος  II), 
the  chief  tiobles  who  were  equal  among 
themselves,  the  peers  of  the  realm,  freq. 
in  Xen.  Cyr.,  as  2,  1,3;  7,  5,  85. 
Adv.  -μως. 

Όμότιτθος,  ον,^όμότηΟος,  όμόθη- 
λος,  Dinarch.  ap.  Poll.  6,  156. 

Όμότοιχος,  ov,  {όμός,  τοϊχος)  hav- 
ing one  common  wall,  separated  by  a 
party-wall,  όμ.  οικία,  Isae.  60,  17  ;  όμ. 
οίκείν.  Plat.  Legg.  844  C  :— nietaph., 
νόσος  γείτων  όμ.  έρείδει,  Aesch.  Ag. 
1004 ;  so,  ?ινπη  όμ.  μανίας,  Antiph. 
Incert.  64. 

Όμοτονέο),  ώ,  to  have  the  same  ten- 
sion ;  hence,  to  have  the  same  tone  with, 
Tivi:  from 

Όμότονος,  ov,  {όμός,  τείνω,  τόνος) 
having  the  same  tension  :  hence,  having 
the  same  tone :  το  όμ.,  an  equable  tone, 
between  high  and  low,  Plat.  Phil. 
17  C :  hence  adv.  -ΐ'ως,  uniformly, 
Arist.  Probl.  15,  5,  1.— U.  having  the 
same  accent. 

'Ομοτράπεζος,  ov,  {όμός,  τράπεζα) 
sitting  or  eating  at  the  same  table  with, 
TLvi,  Hdt.  3,  132 ;  9,  16 ;  όμ.  και  συν• 
έστιος.  Plat.  Euthyphr.  4  Β ;  cf. 
ομόσπονδος :  οι  όμ.,  in  Persia,  certain 
of  the  chief  courtiers,  Xen.  Cyr.  7, 1, 
30.  [ά]  ^ 

Όμοτραφής,  ές,^=όμότροφος. 

Όμότpητoς,ov.{όμov,τιτpάu)bored 
at  the  same  time,  Nonn. 

Όμότριχος,  ον,=^όμόθριξ,  susp. 

Όμοτροπέυ,  ώ,  to  have  the  same 
character,  the  same  manners  or  habits, 
Eccl. :  and 

Όμοτροπία,  ας,  i],  sjmeness  of  char- 
acter, Dion.  H.  4,  28:  from 

Όμότροπος,  ov,  {όμός.  τρόπος)  of 
the  same  habits  OV  life,  suitable  to  one's 
habits,  etc.,  Pind.  O.  13,  8  ;  όμ.  7/θεα, 
like  habits,  Hdt.  8,  144;  τινί.  With 
one,  2,  49  ;  also,  ol  όυ,ότροκοί  τίνος, 
Aeschin.  22,  32.  Anv.  -ττυς,  in  the 
same  manner. 

Όμοτρΰφής,  ές,^=όμότροφος. 

Όμοτροφία,  ας.  ή,  α  being  broxight 
up  together,  Joseph. :  from 

Όμότροφος,  ov,  (  όμός,  τρέφω  ) 
brought  up,  reared,  bred  together  with, 
τινί,  Η.  Hom.  Αρ.  199;  but  also  τινός. 
Η.  Horn.  8,  2,  —  in  both  jdaces,  of 
twins :  όμότροφα  τοισι  άνβρώποισι 
θηρία,  of  domestic  animals,  Hdt.  2, 
66:  όμ.  γίγνευβαι,  of  the  mind.  Plat. 
Phaed.  83  D. — 2.  όμότρ.  πεδία,  plains 
where  we  fed  in  common,  Ar.  Av.  329. 
— II.  parox.,  όμοτρόφος,  ov,  act., bring- 
ing up  together. 

Όμοτροχάω,  ώ,  {όμηΰ,  τρέχω)  to 
run  in  company  or  together,  v.  1.  Od. 
15,  451,  for  άματρ-. 

Όμοτϋπία,  ας,  ή,  sameness  of  form, 
Philox.  ap.  E.  M. 

Όμον,  adv.,  strictly  gen.  neut. 
from  όμός.  together,  of  place,  II.  11, 
127  ;  23,  84.-2.  together,  at  once :  in 
Hom.  it  usu.  serves  to  join  twosubsts., 
already  connected  by  καί,  as,  ει  δη 
όμοΰ  πόλεμος  τε  όαμη  καΐ  λοιμός 
'Αχαιούς,  II.  1,  61  ;  όμοϋ  γλυφίδας 
λαβίύν  και  νενρα,  11.  4,  122  ;  αίγας 
όμον  και  όίς,  11,  245;  όμοϋ  καμάτω 
τε  και  ίδρώ,  17,  745 ;  etc  ;  επήγαγε 
λίβόν  όμον  και  ?ιθΐμόν,  Hes.  Op.  241 ; 
— showing  that  the  verb  refers  alike 
to  all  the  objects  ;  so,  άμφω  όμοϋ,  Od. 
12,  424:  so  too  in  Att.  :  —  repeated, 
όμοΰ  μεν. ..όμοϋ  δέ,  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  4 ; 
cf.  όμως. — 2.  together  with,  along  with, 
c.  dat.,  II.  5,  867  ;  όμον  νεκύεσσι,  with 
1028 


ΟΜΟΦ 

or  ajHong  the  dead,  II.  15, 118  (where 
it  may  however  mean  like  the  dead) ; 
όμοϋ  TJj  λίμνιι,  Hdt.  2,  101  :  also  with 
όμοϋ  following  the  dat.,  όσσαι  μοι 
όμοΰ  τράφεν,  Od.  4,  723 ;  and  so, 
θεοΐς  όμον=ξνν  βεοΐς.  Soph.  Aj.  767; 
ό,'ΐοϋ  ίέναι  τινί.  Id.  Ο.  Τ.  1007 ; — 
which  two  passages  were  overlooked 
by  Blomf  Pers.  432. — 3.  near,  hard 
by,  Soph.  Ant.  11Θ0,  Phil.  1218,  Ar. 
Eq.  245  :  also,  c.  dat.,  near  to,  like 
εγγύς,  Plat.  Theag.  120  1);  cf.  Mei- 
neke  Menand.  254. — 4.  nearly,  almost, 
usu.  όμοΰ  τι :  with  numbers  about, 
usu.  less  than,  almost,  Valck.  Hdt.  5, 
97. — 5.  όμοϋ  καί,  just  like,  Lat.  aeque 
ac,  Xen.  Cyr.  3,  3,  64  ;  cf.  όμοιος  Β. 7. 

Όμόϋλος,  ov,  {όμός,  νλ?/)  of  the 
same  wood  or  7naterial.   [fi] 

Όμονμαι,  fut.  o{  όμννμι.  Horn. 

Όμοϋπόστατος,  ov,  of  the  same  hy- 
postasis, Eccl. 

Όμονρέω,  Ion.  for  ύμορέω,  ώ,  to  be 
όμορος,  to  border  on,  march  with,  abut 
upon,  τινί,  Hdt.  2,  33,  65,  etc. — II.  to 
cohabit ;  also  like  πλησιάζειν  τινί,  of 
lewd  women,  prob.  with  allusion  to 
ονρέω.     Hence 

Όμούρησις,  -η.  Ion.  for  όμόρησις, 
Epicur.  ap.  Diog.  L.  10,  64. 

Όμούριος,  ov,  :=  sq.,  Ion.  for  όμό- 
ριος.  Αρ.  Kh. 

"Ομονρος,  ov,  Ion.  for  όμορος,  q.  v. 

Όμονσιος,  ov,  and  όμονσιύτης,  ή, 
for  ομοούσιος,  -ότης.  dub. 

Όμοφεγγής.  ες,  {όμός,  φέγγος)  shi- 
ning together,  Nonn. 

Όμοφήτωρ,  ορός,  ό,  =:  άφήτωρ, 
Gramm. 

Όμόφθογγος,  ον,  {όμός,  φθόγγος) 
sounding  the  same,  agreeing  in  sound, 
Nonn. 

Όμοφλεγής,  ες,  {όμός,  φλέγω)  burn- 
ing together  or  at  once,  Nonn. 

Όμόφλοιος,  ov,  for  όμοιύφλοιος. 

Όμόφοιτος.  ov,  {όμός,  φοιτάω)  go- 
ing together  with,  accompanying,  τινός, 
Pmd'  Ν.  8,  56. 

Όμοφράδής,  ές,  {όμός,  φράζω)  talk- 
ing together. — Π.  agreeing  in  sound  : 
unanimous. 

Όμοφράδμων,  ov,  =  όμοφραδής. 
Poet.  ap.  Ep.  Plat.  310  A. 

Όμοφρονέο).  ώ,  ί.-?/σω,  to  be  of  one 
mind,  agree,  Od.  9.  456,  and  Ildt.  ; 
τινί,  with  one,  Hdt.  8,  75  ;  όμοφρο- 
νέοντενοήμασιν,  Od.  6,  183  ;  πόλεμος 
όμοφρονέων,  a  war  resolved  on  unani- 
mou.<ily,  Hdt.  8,  3  :  and 

Όμοφροσύνη,  ης,  ή,  like  ομόνοια,  a 
being  of  the  same  mind,  asreement,  Od. 
6,  181,  in  plur.,  Od.  15,  198:  from 

Όμόφρων,  όνος,  ό,  ή,  {όμός,  φρτ/ν)= 
όμόνοος,  agreeing,  united,  όμόφρηνα 
θνμον  έρντες,  II.  22,  263,  Hes.  Th. 
60 ;  όμόφρονος  εννας,  Pind.  Ο.  7, 
10. 

Όμοφνης,  ές,  {όμός,  φνή)  of  the 
same  growth,  age  or  nature.  Plat. 
Phaed.  86  A.  Rep.  458  C  ;  τινί,  with 
one.  Id.  lb.  439  E.     Hence 

'Ομοφνια.  ας,  ή,  sameness  of  growth, 
age  or  nature,  Eccl. 

Όμοφνλία,  ας,  ή,  {ομόφυλος)  same- 
ne.'!s  of  race  or  tribe,  Pint.  2,  975  E. 

Όμοφύλιος.  ov,=  sq.  [i] 

'Ομόφυλος,  ov,  {όμός,  φνλον)  be- 
longing to  the  same  race,  tribe  or  people, 
(wider  in  signf  than  ομοεθνής,  q.  v.), 
Thuc.  1,  141,  Xen.  Cyr.  5,  4,  27; 
generally,  of  the  same  race  or  kind, 
όρνιθες,  lb.  1,  6,  39;  φιλία  όμύφ., 
friendship  with  those  of  the  same  stock, 
Eur.  H.  F.  1200;  fo  όμόφυλον,=^ 
όμοφνλία.  Eur.  I.  T.  346 : — 'Ζευς 
Όμ.  Plat.  Legg.  843  A. 

Όμόφντος,  ox',  grown  or  originating 
together. 


ΟΜΠΝ 

Όμοώωνέω,  ώ,  to  speak  the  same 
language  with,  τινί,  Hdt.  1,  142,  cf. 
όμολογέω  1  :  hence,  to  sound  together, 
or  in  unison,  to  chime  iyi  with,  τινί, 
Arist.  Eth.  N.  1,  13,  17:  and 

'Ομοφωνία,  ας,  ή,  sameness  of  lan- 
guage or  sound :  in  music,  sarneness 
of  note,  unison,  Arist.  Pol.  2,  5,  14:  v. 
sq.  :  from 

'Ομόφωνος,  ov,  {ΰμός,  φωνή)  speak- 
ing the  same  language  with,  τινί,  Hdt. 
3,  98,  Thuc.  4,  3:  generally,  agreeing 
in  sound  or  tone,  in  unison  with,  τινί, 
Aesch.  Ag.  158  :  in  music,  in  the  sa7ne 
note  {σύμφωνος,  being  in  har?nony),  \ 
Arist.  Probl.  19,39,  1  :  cf.  σύμφωνος. 
Adv.  -νως,  Strab. 

Όμοχοϊνιξ,  Ικος,  ό,  η,  {όμός,χοϊνιξ) 
one  who  receives  his  χοΐνιζ  with  Others, 
a  fellow-slave,  Piut.  2,  643  D. 

Όμόχορος,  ov,  {όμός  χορός)  be- 
longing to  the  same  chorus,  Plut.  2, 
708  B. 

Όμοχροέω,  ω,  to  he  όμόχροος,  Geop. 

Όμόχροια,  ας.  ή,  {όμόχμοος)  same- 
ness of  colour,  Xen.  Cyn.  5,  18. — II. = 
sq..  Plat.  Ax.  369  D. 

Όμοχροίίη,  ης,  ή.  strictly  Ion.  for 
όμόχροια,  but  in  different  signf.,  a 
level  surface,  esp.  on  the  body,  and  so 
the  surface,  skin,  Wess.  Hdt.  1,74, and 
Valck.  4,  70 ;  cf  χρόα,  χρως- 

Όμοχρονέω,  ω,  to  keep  time  with,  τ(ι 
•χλώττί;  το  πλήκτρον  όμοχρονεΐ,  Luc: 
absol.,  to  keep  time.  Id.  de  Hist.  Conscr. 
50  :  from 

Όμόχρονος,  ov,  {όμός,  χρόνος)  con- 
temporaneous.— II.  in  or  of  the  same 
time  or  measure. 

Όμόχροος,  ov,  contr.  -χρους,  ovv, 
{όμός,  χρόα)  of  one  colour,  opp.  to 
ποικίλος,  Arist.  H.  A.  5,  10,  3,  cf  4, 
1 ,  24 : — also,  όμόχρως,  ων.  Lob.  Paral. 
256. 

Όμοχρώμΰτος,  ov,  Diod. ;  όμόχρω- 
μος,  ov,  and  όμόχρως,  ωτος,  ό,  ή,=^ 
foreg. 

Όμόχωρος,  ov,  {όμός,  χώρα)  α  fel- 
low-countryman, Dio  C. — II.  bordering 
on,  a  neighbour. — The  form  όμοχώριος 
is  dub. 

Όμοψηφέω,  ώ,  to  vote  together,  Jo- 
seph. :  from 

Όμόψηφος,  ov,  {όμός,  φήφος)  voting 
with,  μη  τοΐς  έχβιστοις  όμόψηφοι  γέ• 
νησθε,  Andoc.  23,  17  ;  cf  Lys.  139, 
19. — II.  having  an  equal  right  to  vote 
with,  τινί,  Hdt.  6,  109  ;  μετά  τίνος, 
7,  149. 

Όμο-φνχέω,  ώ,=ύμονοέω,  Eccl.  : 
and 

Όμο-φνχία,  ας,  ή,=  όμόνοια  :  from 

Όμόψνχος,  ον,  {όμός,  -φυχή)=^όμό- 
νοος,  like-minded,  LXX. 

'Ομόω,  ώ,  {.-ώσω,  {όμός)  to'  join  to- 
gether, unite :  in  pass.,  όμωθηναι  φιλό- 
τητι,  like  φιλότητι  μιγήναι,  II.  14, 
209. 

*ΌΜΟΏ,  a  pres.  from  which  we 
have  a  part,  όμοϋντες,  in  Hdt.  1, 153, 
and  which  supplies  the  fut.,  etc.  of 
όμννμι. 

Όμπη,  η,  v.  δμπνη. 

'Ομπνειος,  a,  ον,:!=δμπνιος.  Poet, 
ap.  Suid. 

"Ομπνη.  ης,  ή.  food,  esp.  corn,  wheat, 
and  barley,  Lye.  621,  Sosith.  ap.  Herm. 
Opusc.  1,  p.  55  :  m  pi.,  όμπναι,  cakes 
of  meal  and  honey,  sacrificial  cakes, 
Call.  Fr.  123,268;πολΐ'ω7Γί•αζ•ό//πί.Όζ-, 
of  honey-combs,  Nic.  Al.  450. —  The 
form  όμπη  is  dub.,  Br.  Schol.  Soph. 
O.  C.  489.  (Hence  the  adj.  όμπνιος. 
etc.  :  akin  prob.  to  όφέλ?ιω,  and  the 
Lat.  words  ops.  opes,  coops  (whence 
copia),  inops,  opulentus,  opimus,  o/'ipa- 
rus.  all  vi'hich  words  have  the  common 
notion  of  nourishment,  abundance,  in- 


ΟΜΦΑ 
crease:   but   the  more  prob.  root  of 
dipov,  όφώΐ'ίον,  obsonimn  is  εψω.) 

Όμπνηρός,  ά,  όν,=  δμπνίος. 

Όμπνια,  ή,  ν.  δμπνιος  II. 

ΌμττνΙακός,  ή,  όν,  Anlh.  Ρ.  9,  707  ; 
and  όμττνικός,  ή,  011,= sq. 

Όμττνιος,  ια,  ιον,  (όμπνη)  consist- 
ing of  or  relating  to  corn,  δμπ.  καρπός, 
Moschio  ap.  Stob.  Eel.  1,  242  ;  6μπ. 
έργον,  husbandry,  Call.  Fr.  183;  nour- 
ishing, Philet.  49.— II.  wellfcd,  nour- 
ishing, thriving,  large,  Lat.  npimus,op• 
ulenluSj  opipanis,  νέφος  δμττ.,  a  huge 
cloud,  Soph.  Fr.  2J3  ;  στάχνς  δμπν., 
Αρ.  Rh.  4,  989  ;  όμπνια  κττ/σις,  Lye. 
1264. — II.  Όμπρια,  ή,  epith.  of  Αη- 
μήτ?ιρ,  like  alma  Ceres  trotn  alo,  as 
mother  of  corn  and  fruits,  Anth.  P.  ap- 
pend. 51  ;  cf.  Miiller  Literat.  of 
Greece,  1,  p.  16.  [This  is  one  of  the 
very  few  trisyll.  feminines  in  tu,  of 
the  same  form  as  πότνια,  and  ihe  ac- 
cent conseq.  is  on  the  antepenult., 
Spitzn.  Vers.  Her.  p.  30,  Draco  p.  20, 

Όμφαΐος,  a,  ov,  {όμφή)  prophetic, 
presaging,  Nonn. 

ΥΟμφάκη,  ης,  ή,  Omphace,  a  city  of 
Sicily,  Pans.  8,  46,  2. 

Όμώάκίφς,  ov,  b,  {δμφαξ)  sc.  οίνος, 
wine  made  from  unripe  grapes,  Ath.  26 
D. — II.  as  adj.  masc,  harsh,  austere, 
θυμός,  Ar.  Ach.  352  ;  cf  δμφαξ  IV. — 
2.  όμφακίαι  νεκροί,  unripe  dead,  i.  e. 
young  persons,  Luc.  Cat.  5. 

Όμφΰκίζω,  usu.  as  dep.  mid.  όμφα- 
κίζομαί  {δμφαξ): — to  be  unripe,  strict- 
ly of  grapes,  but  also  of  other  fruit : 
also  of  younggirls,  v.  δμφαξ:  proverb.. 
Σικελός  όμφακίζεται,  the  Sicilian 
steals  sour  grapes,  Epich.  p.  98  :  me- 
taph.  in  Aristaen.  2,  7,  to  deflower  a 
very  young  ^iW.— II.  of  a  vine,  to  bear 
sour  grapes,  LXX. 

Όμφάκΐνος,  η,  ov,  (δμφαξ)  made 
frojnunripe  grapes,  ομφ.  υΙνος,=  ύμφα- 
κίας,  δμφακίτης  : — so,  ό,α~.  ίλαιον, 
oil  made  from  unripe  olives,  Diosc. ;  v. 
sq.  [u] 

Όμφάκιον,  ov,  τό,  ( δμφαξ )  sc. 
ε?.αιον,  oil  made  from  unripe  olives, 
elsevvh.  ωμοτρίβές,  Diosc.  [ΰ] 

Όμφάκίος,  ov,  =  ύμφάκινος  :  6μφ. 
uf/λα  τον  στέρνον,  the  unripe  breasts 
of  a  young  girl,  Aristaen.  2,  7  ;  cf  δμ- 
φαξ'ΐη.  [a]  ^ 

Όμφάκίς,  ίδος,  η,  the  astringent  cup 
of  the  acorii,  used  for  tanning,  Galen. 

Όμφάκίτης,  (sc.  οίνος)  6,=ρομφα- 
κίας,  Diosc.  5,  12. 

'ΟμφάκόμελΙ,  Ί,τος,  τό,  (δμφαξ,  μέ- 
λι) α  drink  made  from  sour  grapes  and 
honey,  Diosc. 

Όμφΰκοράξ,  άγος,  b,  ή,  (δμφαξ,  ^άξ) 
with  sour  grapes,  Anth.  P.  9,  561. 

Όμφακώδης,  ες,  (δμφαξ,  είδος)  like 
unripe  grapes,  Hipp.,  Theophr. 

νΟμφάλη,  ης,  ή,  Omphule,  daugh- 
ter of  the  Lydian  king  Jardanes,  wife 
of  Tmolus,  after  whose  death  she 
herself  reigned,  Soph.  Tr.  252. 

Όμφάλητομία,  ας,  η.  the  cutting  of 
the  navel-etring :  midwifery.  Plat.  The- 
aet.  149  Ε  ;  so,  όμφαλοτομία,  Arist. 
H.  A.  7,  10,  1 :  from 

Όμφΰ?.ητόμος,  ov,  (ϋμφα?ίός,  τέμ- 
νω) ctUling  the  navel-string  :  y  ομφ-,  a 

midwife,  Hipp. ;  so  usii.  in  Ion.  Greek, 
whereas  the  Alt.  word  was  μαία  :  so, 
ομφαΤίοτόμος,  in  Sophron  ap.  Ath. 
324  E. 

'Ομφαλικός,  ή,  όν,=ομφάλίος,  Pha- 
iiias  ap.  Ath,  58  E. 

Όμφΰλίον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  ομφα- 
λός- 

ΥΟμφάλιον,  ov,  τό,  τνέδον,  the  Οηι- 
phalian  plain  in  Crete,  Call.  Jov.  45. 

'Ομφάλιος,  ov,  (ομφαλός)  belonging 


ΟΜΦΗ 

to  the  navel :  having  a  boss,  bossy, 
Anth.  P.  6,  84:  to  όμφ.^=  ομφαλός, 
Leon.  Tar.  [a] 

Όμφΰλιστί/ρ,  ήρος,  ό,  a  knife  for 
cutting  the  nnvel-string. 

ί'Ομφαλίων,  ωνος,  b,  Omphalion, 
father  of  Pantaleon,  Strab.  p.  362. — 
2.  a  painter,  pupil  of  Nieias,  Pans.  4, 
31,  12. 

Όμφά7^οει6ής,  ές,  (ομφαλός,  είδος) 
like  a  navel  or  boss. 

Όμφαλόΐίς,  εσσα.  εν.  (ομφα7ώς) 
having  a  7uivel  or  boss.  Hom.  (esp.  in 
II.) ;  usu.,  ασπίς  δμόαλόεσσα,  a  shield 
with  a  central  boss,  II.  6,  118,  etc.  ;  in 
Od.  only  19,  32  ;  so  ζυγόν  όμφαλόεν, 
a  yoke  with  a  knob  on  the  top,  II.  24, 
269  ;  v.  ομφαλός  II.  2: — οίμωγάς  δμ- 
φαλοέσσας,  Ar.  Pac.  1278, — α  joke, 
παρύ.  προςδοκίαν. 

Όμφΰλόκαρπος,  ov,  {ομφαλός,  καρ- 
πός) bearing  fruit  like  an  ομφαλός, 
Diosc. 

ΌΜΦΑΛΟ'Σ,  oil,  ό,  the  navel,  Lat. 
umbilicus,  II.  4,  525  ;  13,  568.  Hdt.  7, 
60,  etc. — II.  any  thing  like  a  navel,  i.  e. 
in  the  middle,  etc.;  esp.; — 1.  the 
raised  knob  or  boss  in  the  middle  of  the 
.shield,  Lat.  umbo,  II.  11,  34  ;  13,  192  ; 
cf  δμφαλόεις. — 2.  a  button  or  knob  on  j 
the  horse's  yoke  to  fasten  the  reins  j 
to,  II.  24,  273  (not  a  hole  for  the  reins  | 
to  pass  through). — 3.  an  ornament  on 
books,  Luc.  Merc.  Cond.  41. — III.  the 
centre  or  middle  point :  SO  in  Od.  1,  50 
(the  only  place  in  Od.  where  the  word 
occurs),  Calypso's  island  Ogygia  is 
called  ομφαλός  θα?ιάσσι/ς  :  and  by  a 
somewhat  later  legend,  Delphi  (or 
rather  a  round  stone  in  the  Delphic 
temple)  was  called  ύ//0αλόζ•,  as  7?!ar^- 
ing  the  middle  point  of  Earth,  first  in 
Pind.  P.  4,  131  ;  6,  3,  etc.,  cf  Pans. 
10,  16,  2,  Miiller  Eumen.  §  27.-2.  ihe 
central  part  of  a  rose,  where  the  seed 
vessel  is,  Anst.  Probl.  12,  8  ;  the  stalk 
of  thefig,  Geop.  (ό-μφα'λός,  zi-mbil-icus, 
Germ.  7iabel,  Sanscr.  nabhi ;  akin  also 
to  αμβων,  umbo.) 

'όμφαλοτομία,  ας,η,  όμφα?ίθτόμος, 
V.  sub  δμύαλητ-. 

Όμφάλώόης,  ες,  contr.  for  όμφα- 
λοειδής.  Arist.  Η.  Α.  5,  18,  6. 

Όμφάλωτός,  ή,  όν,  as  if  from  δμ- 
φαλόΐύ,  worked  in  the  shape  of  a  navel, 
or  with  bosses,  bossy,  Pherecr.  Pers. 
5 ;  cf.  Meineke  Com.  Fragm.  2,  p. 
49. 

ΌΜΦΑΗ.  ΰκος,  ή,  an  unripe  grape, 
Od.  7, 125,  Hes.  Sc.  399  :  δμφ.  πικρά, 
Aesch.  Ag.  955  :  also  of  olives,  cf  όμ- 
φάκιον : — later,  ό  δμφαξ,  Schol.  Ar. 
Ach.  351,  Lob.  Phryn.  54.— II.  me- 
taph.  a  young  girl  not  yet  ripe  for  mar- 
riage, Jac.  Onest.  Ep.  1,  3. — III.  in 
plur.,  the  unripe  hard  breasts  of  a  young 
girl,  Ariosto's  due  pome  aceroe,  Wern. 
Try  ph.  p.  84;  cf  όμφύκιος.—ΐν .  αϊ 
δμφακες,  your  bitterness,  gibes.  Plat. 
(Com.)  Έορτ.  5  ;  δμφακας  βλέπειν, 
Paroemiogr.  ;  cf  όμφακίας. — V.  δμ- 
φαξ, b,  η,  as  adj.,  unripe  ;  hence,  sour, 
harsh,  δμφ.  βότρυς,  σταφυλή,  έλαια. 
(Prob.  akin  to  ωμός.)  [ά  in  all  e.vam- 
ples ;  but  ace.  to  Draco  18,  15,  u 
also.] 

Όμφή,  ης,  ή,  the  voice  of  God  (opp. 
to  aboil),  θείη  όμφή,  δμφη  θεών  or 
θεον,  II.  20,  129,  Od.  3,  215,  etc.  :  α 
divine  voice,  prophecy,  oracle,  esp.  such 
as  were  conveyed  in  dreams,  II.  2, 
41  ;  in  the  flight  of  birds,  etc.. — much 
like  φήμη,  κ'ληδών  :  also  in  plur..  κατ' 
όμφΰς  τας  'Απόλλωνος,  Soph.  Ο.  C. 
102  ;  later,  ο  sweet  tuneful  voice,  Pind. 
N.  10,  63,  Fr.  266;  όμφ?)  μελέων, 
Pind.  Fr.  45,  17.  cf  Aesch.  Supp. 
808. — 2.  fame,  report,  ση  όμφή,  the  re- 


ΟΜΩΣ 
port  about  thee,  Soph.  O.  C.  550,  cf. 
1351.  —  Ep.  word.  —  II.  Lacon.  for 
οσμή,  Hesych.  :  hence  the  rose  was 
called  in  Arcadia  tiioyiipa/.ov,  Timach. 
ap.  Ath.  682  C.  (From  the  root  ΕΠ-, 
είπ-είν,  δφ,  with /ζ  inserted,  as στρόμ- 
βος.  from  στρέφω.     Hence 

Όμφήεις,  εσσα,  εν,  oracular,  pro- 
phetic, Nonn. :  and 

Όμφητήρ,  ήρος,  ό,  a  soothsayer, 
Tryphiod. 

Όμφύνω,  {όμφή  II)  to  make  famous. 

'Ομώ?ιαξ,  ακος,  b,  ή.  Dor.  for  όμαν- 
λαξ,  q.  V. 

Όμωμι,  τό,  a  Persian  plant,  Plut. 
2,  369  E. 

Όμώμοκα,  perf  of  δμνυμι. 

Όμωνϋμέω,  ώ.  to  have  the  same  name 
uith,  Tivi,  Ath.  491  C. 

'Ομωνυμία,  ας.  ή,  a  having  the  same 
name,  identity,  Plut.  2,  427  E,  etc. — 
II.  of  words,  equivocal  sense,  Arist. 
Soph.  Elench.  4.  5  ;  κατ'  όμωνυμίαν, 
equivocally.  Id.  Anal.  Post.  1,24,  4: 
prop.  fem.  from 

'Ομωνυμίας,  a,  ov,=sq.,  Anth.  P. 
append.  9.  [v] 

'Ομώνυμος,  ov,  (όμός,  δνομα)  having 
the  same  name,  II.  17,  720,  Aesch. 
Theb.  984 ;  τινί,  with  one,  Thuc.  2, 
68,  Plat.  Rep.  330  B,  etc. :  also  τι- 
νός, Pind.  Fr.  71,  Isocr.  223  C  ;  so,  ό 
σαυτον,  or  ό  σος  όμ.,  your  namesake. 
Plat.  Prot.  311  B,  Theaet.  147  D  ;  tu 
όμ.,  synonyms,  Id.  Soph.  234  B. — II. 
ambiguous,  equivocal,  Arist.  Categ.  1, 
1,  cf  Eth.  N.  1.  6, 12  ;— .so,  adv.  -μως, 
Arist.  Eth.  N.  5,  1,  7. 

Όμωρόφιος,  ov,  (όμός,  οροφή)  living 
under  the  same  roof  with,  τινί,  Antipho 
130,  32,  Dem.  321,  14  ;  cf.  ομόσπον- 
δος. 

■Όμώροφος,  oi',=fureg.,  Philostr. 

Όμως,  adv.  from  ομός.  like  ομοίως, 
equally,  likewise,  alike,  Lat.  pariter,  11. 
1,  196;  9,  605,  Od.  11,565,  and  some- 
times in  Trag.,  as  Aesch.  Eum.  388, 
Soph.  Aj.  1372,  Eur.  El.  407  :  in  equal 
parts.  Hes.  Th.  74  ; — like  όμοϋ,  joined 
with  two  subst.  connected  by  και,  to 
show  that  they  stand  in  the  same  re- 
lation to  the  verb,  όμως  ϊππων  τε  και 
ανδρών,  both  man  and  horse  alike,  II. 
8,  214  ;  όμως  νύκτας  τε  και  ήμαρ.  as 
well  by  day  as  by  night,  Od.  10,  28  ; 
so,  εν  τε  θεοίς  κάνθρώποις  όμως, 
Pind.  P.  9,  71  ;  τό  τ'  ήμαρ  και  κατ' 
ενφρόνην  όμως,  Aesch.  Eum.  692; 
also,  πάντεςόμώς,  all  together,  all  alike, 
Od.  4,  775,  iL  17,  422 ;  so  in  Hes. ; 
also,  πύντη  bμώς,  Hes.  Th.  366 ;  ές 
ra  πύνθ'  όμως,  Aesch.  Pr.  736. — II. 
c.  dat.,  like  as,  just  as,  equally  tcith, 
όμως  τοι  ήπια  οίδεν,  he  knows  mild 
thoughts  as  well  as  you,  Od.  13,  405  ; 
εχθρός  όμώς'Αίδάο  πύλησι,  hated  like 
death,  II.  9,  312:— together  with,  The- 
ogn.  252.     Cf  όαοϋ. 

'Όμως.  conj.  (όμός)  nevertheless,  not- 
withstanding, yet,  still,  II.  12,  393  ;  af- 
ter περ,  Hes.  Op.  20  ;  όμως  καί.  Hdt. 
5,  63 ;  very  freq.  in  Att.  who  also 
strengthen  it  by  other  words,  as  άλλ' 
όμως,  Lat.  attamen.  Ar.  Vesp.  1085, 
so  Pind.  P.  1,  163  etc. ;  όμως  γε  μην, 
Ar.  Nub.  631  ;  όμως  γε  μέντοι,  Ar. 
Ran.  61  ;  όμως  μην  or  μέντοι,  but  still, 
for  all  that,  Plat. — 2.  και  ει. ..όμως  (c. 
indie),  κάν.,δμως  (c.  subjunct.),  al- 
though, even  though  or  if, — in  which 
case  it  usu.  stands  last,  κει  στένεις 
κακοις  όμως,  Aesch.  Peis.  295 ;  κει 
θυραίος  εσθ'  όμως.  Id.  Cho.  115;  καν 
ά,ποπτος  ής  όμως.  Soph.  Aj.  15,  cf. 
Ο.  C.  957.-3.  καί  ομως,ΙεΙη  Att.  oft. 
joined  with  a  part,  altera  finite  verb, 
like  καί  περ,  which  then  takes  the 
place  of  the  protasis,  κλΐβί  μου  νο• 
1029 


ONEI 

σώι•  δμως  (i.  e.  ει  και  νοσείς  όμως), 
Soph.  Tr.  1105;  and  strenglhiL,  πί- 
θου καίττίρ  ον  στέργων  ίιμως,  Aesch. 
Theb.  712,  cf.  Eur.  Or.  080,  Meil. 
280:  also  reversely  with  the  verb  af- 
ter a  part.,  ύστεροι  άπικόμενοι  ίμεί- 
ρηντο  δμυς,  Hclt.  6,  120,  cf.  Elmsl. 
Med.  1216,  Jelf  Gr.  Gr.  -i  eu7.  c— 1. 
δμο)ς  used  to  break  off  a  speech,  how- 
ever..., Aesch.  Eum.  74. 

Όμυχετιις,  ου,  ό,  Aeol.  and  Dor. 
for  όμοεχίτης,  {όμός,  εχ(ο)  holding  or 
dwelling  together :  θεοί  όμ.,  like  όμό- 
ναοί,  worshipped  in  the  Aowe  temple. 
Thuc.  4,  97,  where  it  seems  to  be  a 
Boeot.  phrase. 

Όνύγός,  ύ.  Dor.  and  Alt.  for  όν;;- 
yόζ,  ii'i  ass-driver. 

Όναγρα,  ?/,  dub.  1.  for  οίναγρα. 

ΌνάγρΙνος,  η,  ον,  of  or  belonging  to 
a  wild  ass. 

Όναγρόβοτος,ον,  (όναγρος,  βόσκω) 
grazed  by  wild  asses,  Strab.  p.  5G8. 

Όναγρος,  ον,  ό,  for  όνος  άγριος,  the 
wild  ass,  Strab.  p.  312. — II.  an  engine 
for  throwing  missiles,  elsewh.  μονά- 
γκων. 

^'Οναιθος,  ον,  ό,  Onaethus,  a  statu- 
ary, brother  of  Thylacus,  Paus.  5, 
23,  5. 

'ONA'P,  TO,  a  dream,  vision  in  sleep, 
opp.  to  a  waking  vision  (τίτταρ,  q.  v.), 
Od.  19,  547  ;  20,  90  :  only  used  in 
nom.  and  ace.  sing.,  the  other  cases 
being  supplied  from  δνεψης  and  δνει- 
pov  ;  vkdiile  the  usu.  plur.  was  the  ir- 
reg.  form  όνείρατα,  first  in  Od.  20, 
87,  and  freq  in  Att. ;  gen.  όνειρύτων, 
dat.  -ασί,  Hdt.  1,  120,  and  Trag.  ; 
and  sometimes  we  find  a  gen.  'and 
dat.  όνείρατος,  -ατι.  Plat.  Theaet. 
201  D,  Aesch.  Cho.  5.31,  etc.  ;  even  a 
sing.  nom.  δνεφαρ  is  quoted  by  E. 
M.  p.  47,  53. — 2.  proverb,  of  any  thing 
fleeting  or  unreal,  σκιάς  δναρ  άνθρω- 
7701,  Pind  P.  8,  136;  hence  also  in 
prose,  ονό'  δναρ  ελευθερίας,  όόβον, 
etc.,  Schaf.  Dion.  Comp.  p.  70.-11. 
in  Att.,  δναρ  was  mostly  used  as 
adv.,  in  a  dream,  m  sleep,  Aesch.  Eum. 
116,  131,  Soph.  Fr.  63,  and  freq.  in 
Plat.  ;  ονόέ  δναρ,  not  even  in  a  dream. 
Plat.  Theaet.  173  D  :  hence  oft.  opp. 
to  vTvap,  Id.  Tim.  71  Ε  ;  δναρ  η  ν—αρ 
ζην,  in  a  dream  or  in  reality.  Id.  Rep. 
476  D  ;  δναρ  και  vrrap,  sleeping  and 
waking,  i.  e.  always,  like  και  ημέρας 
και  νυκτός,  Deniocr.  ap.  Stob.  Eel. 
2,  p.  408  ;  ovt'  δναρ  ονθ'  νπαρ,  i.  e. 
not  at  all.  Plat.  Phil.  36  E,  cf.  Rep. 
520  C. — This  adverbial  accus.  was 
always  used  alone,  never  κατ'  δναρ, 
Phot.  Lex.  s.  V.  κατ'  δναρ. — III.  ior 
δνειαρ,  Η.  Horn.  Cer.  270,  e  conj. 
Herm.,  as  contrariwise  δνειαρ  is 
sometimes  used  for  δναρ. 

Όνάριον,  ον,  τό,  dim.  from  δνος,  a 
little  ass,  Macho  ap.  Ath.  582  C.   [«] 

ΥΟναρις,  δ,  Onnris,  leader  of  the 
Bisaltae,  Ath.  520  D. 

Όνασθαι,  inf.  aor.  2  mid.  of  όνί- 
τημι. 

ΥΟνασίας,  ον,δ,  Onasias,  a  painter, 
Paus.  9,  5,  11. 

ΥΟνύσιμος,ον,δ,Τ)οτ.='Ονήσιμος, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Theocr.  4,  119. 

Όνάσις,  δνύτωρ.  Dor.  for  δνησις, 
όνήτωρ. 

ΥΟνασσίμήδης,  ους,  δ,  Onassiinedes, 
a  statuary,  Paus.  9,  12,  4. 

t'Oi'uraf,  d,  δ,  Dor.  =  Όί'/ιτης, 
Onatas,  son  of  Μ  icon,  a  celebrated 
statuary  of  Aegina,  in  the  time  of 
Phidias,  Paus.  5,  27,  8 ;  Anth.  P.  9, 
238. 

ΫΟνεάται,  ών,  ol,  the  Oneutae,  a 
tribe  of  the  Sicyonians,  Hdt.  5,  68. 

ΥΟνεια  δρη,  τύ,  the  Onean  mount- 
1030 


ONEI 

ains,  nmning  through  Megaris,  from 
the  Scironian  rocks  lo  Cithaeron, 
now  Macriphtyi,  Strab.  p.  393  ;  Thuc. 

4,  44  mentions  a  smgle  mount- 
ain, TO  Όΐ'ειον  δρος,  east  of  Corinth, 
near  Ceiichreae ;    cf.  Xen.   Hell.  6, 

5,  51.  _ 

Όνεια,  ας,  ή,  (sc.  δορά)  ass's  skin, 
strictly  feni.  from  όνειος. 

Όνειαρ,  δνείάτος,  τό  {δνίνημι) : — 
a?iy  thing  that  profits  or  helps,  profit, 
advantage,  aid,  succour,  II.  22,  433,  486, 
Hes.  Op.  344  ;  a  means  of  strengthen- 
ing, refreshment,  Od.  4,  444  ;  15,  78, 
Hes.  Op.  41  ;  στιβάδεσσιν  δνειαρ, 
l^ooii  for  beds,  Theocr.  13,  34  :— hence 
in  plur.  δνείάτα,  food,  victuals,  freq. 
in  Hom.  (esp.  Od.;  in  the  line,  o'l  6' 
ίτν'  όνείαθ'  έτοιμα  προκείμενα  χείρας 
ιαλλον :  rich  presents  were  also  so 
called,  II.  24,  367  : — also  not  rarely 
metaph.  of  persons,  e.  g.  Hector  is 
called  πύσιν  δνειαρ,  II.  22,  433 : — 
δνειαρ  θνητοϊς,  a  hope  to  mortals,  H. 
Hom.  Cer.  270,  where  however  Herm. 
δναρ,  and  Voss  δνεαρ,  metri  grat.  ;  v. 
δναρ  III. — II.  for  δναρ,  a  dream.  Call. 
Ep.  51,  6,  Jac.  A.  P.  p.  227  :  also  a 
thing  on  which  one  is  always  thinking, 
awake  or  asleep,  cf.  δνειρος  4. — Ep. 
word.  [Those  who  read  δνειαρ.  Η. 
Hom.  Cer.  270,  use  the  middle  syll. 
short,  which  is  very  questionable.] 

Όνείΰρον,  ον,  TO,=  foreg.,  Alcae. 
94  D. 

Όνειδείη,  ης,  η,  poet,  for  όνειδος, 
Ep.  Hom.  4,  12. 

Όνείδειος,ον,  (όνειδος)  reproachful, 
δνειδείοις  έπέεσσι,  with  words  of  re- 
proach, 11.  1,  519,  etc.  ;  in  Od.  only 
once,  18,  326;  also  μύθος  όν.,  II.  21, 
393. 

Όνειδείίύ,  poet,  for  sq.,  dub. 

Όνειδίζο),  f.  -ί'σω,  (όνειδος)  to  throw 
a  reproach  upon  one,  cast  in  one's  teeth, 
object,  impute,  Lat.  objicere,  exprobrare, 
Tivi  Ti.  II.  9,  34,  Od.  18,  380,  Hes. 
Op.  716;  so  usu.  in  Hdt.,  and  Att.  ; 
also,  'Αγαμεμνονι...δνειδίζων  δτι..., 
II.  2,  255  (cf.  Plat.  Apol.  29  E) ;  also 
όν.  τι  εϊς  τίνα,  Soph.  Ο.  C.  754  ;  also, 
(ί  δ'  εις  γάμους  μοι  βασιλικούς  ώνει- 
δίσας,  Eur.  Med.  547 ; — hence  in  pass. 
to  be  objected  or  imputed.  Plat.  Tim. 
86  D. — 2.  omitting  the  ace.  rei,  to  re- 
proach, upbraid,  TLvi,  II.  2,  255,  etc. ; 
Tivl  περί  τίνος,  Hdt.  4,  79  ;  τινί  τί- 
νος, 1,  90  ;  τινι  ΐς  τι,  8,  92.-3.  ο.  ace. 
pers.,  to  reproach,  επεσίν  μεν  όνειοι- 
σον,  II.  1,  211  ;  νείκει  δνειδίζων,  II.  7, 
95:  so  Soph.  Ο.  C.  1002,  Plat.  Apol. 
30  Ε  ;  also,  όν.  τινά  τνφ?Μν  (sc.  όντα), 
to  reproach  one  with  being  blind.  Soph. 
O.  T.  412  : — fut.  mid.  δνειδιεϊσθε  (in 
pass,  signf.).  ye  will  be  reproached. 
Soph.  O.  T.  1500.     Hence 

ΌνείδΙσις,  τ],=^δνειδισμδς. 

Όνείδισμα,  ατός,  τό,  (όνειδίζω)  in- 
sult, reproach,  hlame,  Hdt.  2,  133. 

Όνειδισμός,  ού,  ό.  (όνειδίζω)  α  re- 
proaching :  abuse.  Dion.  Η. 

Όνειδιστεον,  verb.  adj.  from  δνει- 
δίζω,  one  must  reproach.  Plat.  Legg. 
689  C. 

Όνειδιστηρ,  ηρος.  o,=:sq.,  όν.  λό- 
γος, Eur.  Η.  F.  218. 

Όνειδιστης,  ον,  ό,  (όνειόίζω)  one 
who  reproaches.     Hence 

Όνειδιστικός,  ή,  δν,  reproachful, 
abusive,  Diod., είςτι,  Luc.  Contempl.  7. 

Όνείδιστος,  ον,  to  be  reproached : 
disgraceful. 

"ΟΝΕΙΔΟΣ,  TO,  said  to  be  strictly, 
any  report  o{  one,  fame,  character,  like 
κλέος,  κληδών,  hat-fama,  (as  it  seems 
to  be  in  Soph.  Phil.  477  ;  and  so,  θή- 
βαις  κύλλιστον  όν.,  Eur.  Phoen.  821, 
ubi  V.  Valck.  (828) ;— but  v.  derivat.) ; 


ONEI 

but,  at  all  events, — I.  usu.  from  Horn, 
downwds.,  reproach,  blame  ;  esp.  by 
word,  δνείόεα  μνθήσασθαι,  ?ιίγειν, 
βάζειν,  II.  1,  291  ;  2,  222.  Od.  17,  461, 
etc.  ;  αϊ  δη  kpy  κεφαλή  κατ'  ύνείόία 
χεναν,  Od.  22,  463  :  όνειδος  ίχειν,  to 
be  in  disorace,  Hdt.  9,  71  ;  ονείδη 
κλνειν,  Aesch.  Pers.  757  ;  δν.  δνειόί- 
ζειν.  Soph.  Phil.  523  ;  δν.  λΛττειν  τινι, 
Eur.  Heracl.  301  ;  όνειδος  (έστι).  c. 
inf.,  Id.  Andr.  410  :— freq.  also  in  Att. 
prose. — 2.  mat  ter  of  reproach ,  a  reproach, 
disgrace,  τινί,  to  one,  II.  IC,  498;  17, 
556  ;  and  so  Hdt.  2,  36,  and  Att. ;  so 
Oedipus  calls  his  daughters  τοιαϊτ' 
ονείδη.  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  1494  ;  cf.  Ar.  Ach. 
855.  Dem.  558,  5.  (The  Sanscr.  root 
is  }iid  vituperare  :  so  that  a  seems  to 
be  euphon.,  and  its  affinity  to  δνιψαι 
becomes  dub:.  Pott  Forsch.  2,  p.  164.) 

'Oi.'eioj-•,  oil,  TO,  an  ass-stable. 

Όνειος,  υν.  [δνος]  of  an  ass.  Ar.  Eq. 
1399;  όν.  γάλα,  ass's  milk: — also,  a, 
ov,  V.  άνεία. 

'Ονειος,  ον.  Ion.  δνήϊος,  (δνίνημι) 
useful,  rare  word,  to  which  Gramm. 
assign  the  irreg.  compar.  ονείων : — 
cf.  όνήϊος,  όντ/ϊστος. 

'Ονειραρ,  ατός,  όνείρατα,  etc.,  v. 
sub  δναρ. 

Όνειράτιον,  ον,  τό,  dim.  from  όνει- 
ρος,  α  tittle  dream,  [α] 

Όνείρειος,  α,  ον,  (δνειρος)  dreamy, 
of  dreains,  εν  όνειρεί-ησι  πνλτ/σι,  at 
the  gates  of  dreams,  Od.  4,  809. 

Όνειρήεις,  εσσα,  ct'.=  foreg.,  Orph. 
H.  85,  14. 

Όνεφογενής,  ες,  (όνειρος,  *γένω) 
born  of  a  dreaTn,  Heliod. 

Όνειροδότης,  ου,  ό,  -δότις,  η,  giver 
of  dreams. 

Όνειροκρίτης.  ον,  δ,  (δνειρος,  κρι- 
τής) an  interpreter  of  dreams,  Theocr. 
21,  33.     Hence 

ΌνειροκρΙτικός,  ή.  δν,  fit  for  inter- 
preting dreayns,  πινακίοΐ',  Plut.  Aris- 
tid.  27  :  τά  -κά  (sc.  βιβ'λία),  a  book  on 
the  interpretation  of  dreams,  such  as 
that  of  Artemidorus. 

Όνειρολογία.  ας,  ή,  (δνειρος,  ?.ό- 
γ'ος)  α  discourse  about  dreams. 

Όνειρόμαντις,  εως.  ό,  ή,  (δνεφος, 
μάντις)  foreboding  from  drea7ns,  an  in- 
terpreter of  dreams,  Aesch.  Cho.  33, 
Magnes  Lyd.  2. 

'Ονειρον,  ov,  TO,  collat.  form  of 
δνειρος,  Od.  4,  841,  Hdt.  7,  14,  sq., 
and  Trag.,  as,  Aesch.  Cho.  541,  550, 
—  indeed  the  masc.  can  never  be 
proved  in  Aesch.  or  Soph.,  for  the 
plur.  gen.  and  dat.  may  belong  to 
either,  cf.  sub  δνειρος : — τοίμυν  <Ιιρε• 
vCtv  ονειρον,  my  dreaming  phantasy, 
Soph.  El.  1390.  The  plur.  όνειρα 
occurs  in  Eur.  H.  F.  518  ;  elsewh. 
only  in  gen.  and  dat.  ονείρων,  -οις ; 
the  irreg.  form  όνείρατα,  -ων,  being 
more  common  ;  v.  .«ub  δναρ. 

Όνειρόπλ-ηκτος,  ον,(δνειρος,  π/.ήσ 
σω)  struck,  scored  by  a  dream. 

Όνεφοπλήξ,  ηγος,  6,  7;,=foreg., 
Philo. 

Όνειροποιδς,  6v,  producing  dreams. 

Όνεφοπολεω,  ώ,  (ονειροπόλος)  to 
deal  with  dreams,  i.  e.  to  dream,  Plat. 
Rep.  534  C,  etc.  :  δν.  τι,  to  dream  of 
a  thing,  Ιππονς.  Ar.  Nub.  16,  27; 
πολλά  τοιαύτα  όν.,  of  vain  schemes, 
Dem.  54.  10  ;  δν.  τάλαντα,  Luc. 
Merc.  Cond.  20,  cf.  D.  Mort.  5,  2.— 
II.  to  cheat  by  dreams,  etc.,  Ar.  Eq. 
809. — III,  Ρ&Β5.,ύνεΊροπολεϊσθαί  τινι, 
to  dream  of  a  thing,  Diod.     Hence 

Όνειροπόλημα,  ατός,  τό.  a  dream, 
Clem.  Al. 

Όνειροπδλησις,  ij,  a  dreaming. 

Όνειροπο}  ia,  ac,  ή,  a  dreaming,  a 
dream.  Plat.  Epin.  985  C :  and 


ONHI 

Όνειρο-ολικός,  ή,  όν,  of  or  belong- 
ing to  dreaming  :  το  όν.,  the  art  of  in- 
terpreting dreams,  Plut.  2,  904  D.  Adv. 
-κώς:  from 

'Ονειρο— ό'/Λς,  ov,  (δνειρος,  7Γ0?^ω) 
occupied  with  dreams ;  hence  a  dream- 
er; or  an  interpreter  of  dreams,  11.  1, 
63 ;  5,  149. 

Όνειροττομτϊός,  όν,  sending  dreams. 
Όνεφος,  ov,  ό,  the  plur.  is  usu.  in 
the  irreg.  form  όνείρατα.  more  rarely 
όνειρα,  cf.  sub  bvap,  δνειρον : — a 
dream,  freq.  in  Hoin.  (also  in  Hdt.  1, 
34 ;  7,  16,  2,  Eur.  1.  T.  569,  1277,— 
though  elsewh.  ia  Hdt.  and  Trag., 
either  the  form  το  όνεψον  is  used,  or 
the  forms  ονείρου,  -<j,  etc.  leave  it 
doubtful,  which  was  intended ;  cf. 
sub  όνεψον)  :  sent  by  Jupiter,  II.  1, 
63  ;  hence,  called  his  messenger,  II. 
2,  26  ; — after  a  dream  they  purified 
themselves,  hence,  δνειρον  άττοκλύ- 
ζειν,  Ar.  Ran.  1340,  cf.  ad  Aescb. 
Pers.  201. — 2.  as  prop.  n.  Όνειρος, 
god  of  dreams,  11.  2,  6,  etc.,  also  in 
plur.,  Od  24,  12,  and  so  also  Hes. 
Th.  212,  where  dreams  are  the  chil- 
dren of  Night  without  a  father. — 3. 
proverb,  of  any  thing  unreal,  fleeting, 
Valck.  Phoen.  397. — 4.  also  that  which 
one  is  ever  dreaming  of,  v.  Od.  19,  581. 
— On  the  difl'erent  signt  gf  ivvnviov 
V.  sub  voc. 

Όνειροσκόττος,  ov,  an  interpreter  of 
dreams. 

Όνειρόσοφος,  ov,  wise,  versed  in 
dreams. 

Όνεφοτόκος,  ov,  (δνειρος,  τίκτω) 
dream-producing,  Ν  ϋηη. 

Όνειροφαντΰσία,  ας,  ή,  α  vision, 
Artemia. :  from 

Όνειρόί^αντος,  ov,  (δνειρος,  φαί- 
νομαι) appearing  in  dreaTns,  haunting 
one's  dreams,  Aesch.  Ag.  420. 

Όνειρόφρων,  όνος,  ό,  η,  {δνεφος, 
φρήν)  versed  in  dreams  and  their  inter- 
pretation, Eur.  Hec.  708. 

Όνειρωγμός,  ov,  ό,  (όνειρώσσω)  an 
effusion  during  sleep,  Arist.  H.  A.  10, 
6,4. 

'Ονειρώδης,  ες,  like  a  dream,  of  or 
disposed  for  dreaming. 

Όνείρωζΐ€,  εως,  ή,  a  dreaming,  a 
dream.  Plat.'  Tim.  52  'Ά.—\\.=όνει- 
ρωγμός :  from 

Όνειρώσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  to  dream. 
Plat.  Rep.  476  C,  etc. ;  -ερί  τίνος,  lb. 
533  C. — II.  to  have  an  effusion  during 
sleep.    Hence 

'Ονειρωτικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to  or 
coriiisting  in  dreandng. 

νΟνείτης,  ov,  ό,  Onltes,  son  of 
Hercules,  ApoUod.  2,  7,  8. 

'Ονείων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  irreg.  corn- 
par,  of  όνειος,  useful,  q.  v. 

Όνέ/Μοος,  ό,  (όνος,  l/.aoof)  a  kind 
of  antelope,  cf.  τραγέ/Μόος,  Callistr. 
ap.  Ath.  200  F. 

^Όνέστης,  ov,  ό,  Onestes,  an  epi- 
grammatic poet,  Anth. 

'Ονενος,  ov,  ό,=^όνος  VI.,  a  wind- 
lass, pulley :  also  the  persoji  who  works 
it.     JHence 

Όνενω,  to  draw  up  with  a  windlass, 
Thuc.  7.  25:  generally,  to  haul  up, 
Strattis  Mac.  1,  ubi  v.  Meineke. 
Όνήγιισις,  l),  donkey-driving. 
Όνηγός,  ov,  ό,  Dor.  and  Att.  όνΰ- 
γός,  (όνος,  ήγέομαι)  an  ass-driver.         I 
Όνήίος,  ov,  Ion.  for  όνειος,  useful.  \ 
Hence  the  irreg.  superl.,  [ 

Όνήϊστος,  η,  ov,  the  most  useful, 
serviceable,  Anaxag.  4,  Pythag.  ap. 
Diog.  L.  8,  49 ;  όνηίστον  ττονέεσθε, 
exert  yourselves  to  the  utmost,  Ap.  Rh.  ' 
2,  335;  νδρω-ος  όνήίστα,  the  most 
effectual  remedy  for  the  dropsy,  Are- 
tae.  I 


ΟΝΘΥ 

Όνη/.ΰτεω,  ώ,  to  drive  donkeys,  Ar. 
Fr.  598 :  from 

Όνηλάτης,  ου,  ό,  {όνος,  έ?Μννω) 
α  donkey-driver,  Archipp.  Incert.  2, 
Dein.  1040,  fin.  [ΰ] 

Όνήμενος,  part.  aor.  2  mid.,  Od. ; 
όνησα,  Ep.  for  ώνησα,  aor.  1,  II. ;  and 
όνήσει,  3  fut.,  11. ; — of  όνίνημι. 

ΪΌνησιγένης,  ους,  ό,  Onesigenes,  a 
Syracusan,  Polyb.  7,  4,  1. 

Όνησίόωρος,  ov,  or  a,  ov,  (όνησις, 
όώρον)  profitable,  Plut.  2,  317  A.  [I] 

ΥΟνησικρύτης,  ονς,  ό,  Onesicrates, 
a  physician,  Plut. 

ΥΟνησίκριτυς,  ου,  ό,  Onesicritus, 
chief  pilot  in  the  fleet  sent  by  Alex- 
ander the  great  to  explore  the  south- 
ern coast  of  Asia,  Arr.  An.  6,  2,  3 ; 
Plut.  Alex.  8. 

ίΌνήσΰίΟς,  ου,  ό,  Onesilus,  brother 
of  Gorgus  king  of  Salamis  in  Cyprus, 
I  Hdt.  5,  104. 

I       Όνήσιμος,  ov,  (όνησις)  useful,  pro- 
fitable,  beneficial,   Aesch.   Eum.   924, 
i  Soph.  Aj.  665,  etc.  ;  aiding,  succour- 
\  ing.  Soph.  Tr.  1013.     Adv.  -μως.  Plat. 
Legg.  747  C. 

ΥΟνήσιμος,  ov,  ό,  Onesimus,  a  slave 
of  Philemon,  N.  T. 

Όνησίπο/Λς,  εως,  ό,  ή,  (όνίνημι, 
πόλις)  useful  to  the  state,  Simon.  Fr. 
12,  12,  Schneidewin.  [<] 

ίΟνήσιτττζος,  ov,  ό,  Onesippus,  a 
son  of  Hercules,  Apollod.  2,  7,  8. 

'Ονησις,  εως,  ή,  {όνίνημι)  use, profit, 
advantage,  good  luck,  Od.  21,  402  ;  en- 
joyment, delight,  τινός,  of  or  from,  a 
thing,  Aesch.  Ag.  350,  Eur.  Hec. 
1231  ;  όνησιν  εχειν  τινός.  Plat.  Soph. 
230  C  ;  Irr"  όνησιν  έμοί,  for  a  delight 
to  me,  Sappho  33 ;  φέρειν  όν.  τινί. 
Soph.  Ο.  C.  288 ;  etc. 

Όνησϊφόρος,  ov,  (όνησις,  φέρω) 
bringing  advantage,  Hipp.,  Alex.  Prot. 
1,4. 

ΥΟνησίφορος,  ου,  ό,  Onesiphorus,  ι 
masc.  pr.  η.,  IN'.  Τ. 

ΥΟνήτης,  ου,  ό,  Onetes,  a  Carys- 
tian,  said  to  have  been  the  one  who 
betrayed  to  Xerxes  the  pass  over  the  ! 
mountain  at  Thermopylae,  Hdt.  7, 214. 
Όνητικός,  ή,  όν,  profitable,  useful. 
ΥΟνητοριόης,  ου,  ό,  son  of  Onetor, 
i.  e.  Phrontis,  Od.  3.  282.-2.  Onetori- 
des,  masc.  pr.  n.,  Thuc.  2,  2. 

'θνητός,  ή,  όν,  (όνίνημι)  profitable. 
— II.  (όνομαι)  blamed,  dub. 

Όνήτωρ,  Dor.  όνύτωρ,  ορός,  ό,= 
ονήσιαο'',  beneficial,  τόκος  όνύτωρ, 
Pind.'O.  10  (Ιΐ),  12,  e  conj.  Herm. 

νΟνήτωρ,  ορός,  ό,  Onetor,  a  priest 
of  Jupiter  on  Ida,  II.  16,  605.— 2.  fa- 
therof  Phrontis,  V.  Όνητορίόης,  Pans. 
10,  25,  2.-3.  son  of  Philonides  of 
Melite,  Dem.  831,  8. 

'Ονθη'λενω,=^όνθνλενω,  dub. 
ΌΝΘΟΣ,  ov,  ό,  dirt,  dung,  like  κό- 
προς and  ιίόλβιτον,  II.  23,  775,  777 ; 
later  also  ή  άνθος,  like  η  κό-ρος. 

Όνθνλενσις,  η,  like  βονθνλενσις, 
μονθύ/.ευσις,  the  use  of  forced  meat, 
etc..  Meineke  Menand.  p.  160.  [v] 

Όνθϋλεντός,  ή,  όν,  like  μονθυ'Αεν- 
τός,  stuffed,  of  meats  :  from 

Όνθν?^ενω,  to  dress  ivith  forced 
meat,  stuffing,  etc.,  in  cookery",  ώνβυ- 
λενμένος  στέατι  Σικε'/.ικώ,  Diphil. 
Incert.  38,  ubi  v.  Meineke ;  τενθίς 
ώνθοΆενμενη,  Sotad.  'Έ.γκ7.ει.  1,  15; 
—the  collat.  form  μεμονθυλενμένος 
occurs  in  Alex.  Incert.  3  ;  and  a  form 
βυνθν/.ενω  is  quoted,  v.  Lob,  Phryn. 
356, — II.  to  doctor  wine,  Schol,  Ar. 
Plut.  1063  ;  like  καττηλενω  III.  (Pas- 
sow  derives  it  from  όνΟος, — as  if, 
strictly,  to  stuff  with  dirt, — comparing 
the  Germ,  mtisten.  misten  ;  cf.  n"7;AOf,  ; 
and  V.  Herast.  Schol.  Ar.  Plut.  1064.)  \ 


OXIN 

j      Όνία,  ας,  ή,  Aeol.  for  ΰνία,  Alcae. 
I  72 ;  V.  Bast  Greg.  Cor.  p.  600. 

Όνίας,  ov,  ό.  a  sea-fish,  the  scarus, 
,  from  Its  gray  colour,  Ath.  320  C. 
[       ΌνΙδία,  ή,^όνίς,  dub. 
I      Όνίδων,  ου.  το,  dim.  from  όνος,  a 
little  ass,  Ar.  Vesp.  1306.  [i] 

ΌνΙκός,  ή,  όν,  {όνος)  of  or  belong- 
ing to  an  ass :  όν.  μν'/.ος,  a  mill-sione 
turned  by  an  ass  (i.  e.  larger  than  that 
of  the  common  hand-mills),  N.  T. 

Όνίνημι,  inf.  όνϊνάναι,  redupl. 
from  root  ΌΧ-,  which  appears  in  the 
deriv.  tenses  and  forms  :  fut.  όν?)σω  : 
aor.  ώνησα :  mid.  όνίναμαι,  fut.  όνή- 
σομαι :  aor.  2  ώνί/μην,  ησο,  ητο,  or 
ώνύμην,  opt,  όναίμ//ν,  inf  όνασθαι : 
for  the  impf  act.,  ώοέ?.ουν  was  used : 
but  the  inipf.  mid.  ώνινάμην.  Plat. 
Rep.  380  Β :  perf.  ώνημαι,  rare.- 
Horn,  has  pres.  act.,  only  in  II.  24,  45  ; 
fut.  act.  and  mid. ;  aor.  act.,  some- 
times without  augm. ;  but  he  and  all 
Ion.  use  no  other  aor.  mid.  than  ώνη- 
μην,  part,  ώνήμενος.  Od.  2,  33  ;  im- 
perat.  όνησο,  Od.  19,  68; — for  ώνύ- 
μην is  always  the  aor.  1  of  όνομαι : 
even  the  Att.  prefer  ώνήμην,  though 
later  ώνύμην  also  freq.  occurs  :  Xen. 
has  besides  an  aor.  pass,  ώνί/θην.  An. 
5,  5,  2,  rashlv  questioned  by  Valck. 
Adon.  p.  362 Ά,  cl.  Lob.  Phryn.  12, 
sq.— There  are  no  such  presents  as 
όνύω,  όνέω,  όνημι. — I.  act.  to  profit, 
advantage,  help,  support,  absol.,  11.  8, 
36,  467,  Hes.  Th.  429  :  but  usu.  c. 
ace.  pers.  vel  rei,  όν.  τινά  or  τι,  Π.  1, 
395,  503,  etc.,  Od.  14,  67,  Orac.  ap. 
Hdt.  7,  141  ;  also  c.  dupl.  ace,  σε  δε 
τοΐ'τό  γε  '■/■ίιρας  όνήσει,  this  at  least 
will  profit  thine  old  age,  Od.  23,  24: 
to  delight,  cheer,  as  perh.  II.  1,  395  :  όν. 
τινά,  IjZt.  juvare  aliquem,  freq.  in  Att., 
as,  Eur.  Tro.  933,  Xen.  An.  3,  1,  38, 
etc. — II,  mid.,  to  have  profit  or  advan- 
j  tage,  to  enjoy  help,  support,  II.  7,  173, 
I  Od.  14,  415:  also,  c.  partic,  to  have 
the  delight  or  advantage  of  being  or  do- 
ing so  and  so,  Theogn.  1380,  Plat, 
Apol,  30  C,  Rep.  380  Β ;  and  with 
neut.  adj.  as  adv.,  μεγάλα  όν..  Id.  Ale. 

I,  120  D:  but  usu.  c.  gen.,  to  enjoy, 
have  delight  or  enjoyment  of  a  thing, 
like  αττολαύω,  δαιτός  όνησο,  Od.  19, 
68  ;  τι  σευ  άλλος  όνήσεται ;  what  en- 
joyment will  others  have  of  thee  ?  i.  e. 
what  good  will  you  have  done  them  Τ 

II,  16,  31,  cf.  Soph,  Tr.  567,  Ar. 
Thesm.  469 ;  also  in  prose,  όντως 
όναισθε  τούτων,  so  may  ye  have  profit 
of  these  things  !  Dem.  842,  10  :  also, 
δνασθαί  τι  ά-ό  τίνος.  Plat.  Rep.  528 
A,  Charm.  104  B. — 2.  part.  aor.  όνη- 
μενος,  in  an  ellipse,  'εσΰλός  μοι  δοκεΐ 
είναι,  όνημενος  (sc.  εΐη  or  Ιστω),  he 
seems  brave,  may  he  be  fortunate  !  and 
so  for  όναιτο,  answering  to  Lat.  mac- 
te  esto  virtute,  Od.  2,  33.-3.  opt.  aor. 
όναίμην,  aio,  αιτο,  freq.  in  good 
wishes,  ούτως  όναίμην,  so  tnote  1 
thrive !  (v.  Sijpra) ;  and  reversely, 
with  a  negat.,  μή  νϋν  όναίμην,  ά?Λ' 
όλοίμην,  may  I  not  thrive,  but  die. 
Soph,  0,  T.  644  (where  Siov  or  some 
word  must  be  supplied  (cf  supra  1) ; 
ovaio,  sis  felix  !  Eur,  Or,  1677.  etc. ; 
also  with  χάριν,  όναιο  τον  γενναίοι) 
χάριν,  bless  thee  for  thv  noble  spirit, 
Soph.  O.  C.  1042  ;  ovaio  της  ενκλεί- 
ας .'  Luc,  Pseudol.  22, — 4,  also  with 
an  ironical  sense,  όναιο  μέντύν,  el 
τις  εκηλννειέ  σε,  you'd  be  the  better  of 
it,  if  one  were  to  wash  you  clean,  Ar. 
Plut.  1063  ;  α/.σΐν  όιασμηχθείς  όναιτ' 
άν  ούτοσί,  he'd  be  very  nice  if  he  v^'ere 
rubbed  down  with  salt,  Ar.  Nub. 
1237  ;  so  also,  ώνάθην  μεγά'/.ως  ότι.., 
how  lucky  am  J  that..,  Theocr.  15,  55. 

1031 


ONOM 

Όνίνησις,  εος,  ή,=^ύνησις,  Arist. 
Probl.  20,  18,  2. 

Όνίς,  ίύος,  ή,  ass's  dung,  in  plur., 
Ar.  Pac.  4.         ^ 

Όΐ'ΐσκ?!,  ης,  ή,  dim.  from  ή  όνος,  a 
little  she-ass. 

Όνίσκος,  αν,  ΰ,  dim.  I'roin  όνος,  a 
little  ass. — II.  a  sea-fish  of  the  gadas 
or  cod  kind,  Lat.  astllus,  Eulhyd.  ap. 
Ath.  315  F.— 11Ι.=  ίοΐ)λοί•.— IV.^iAe 
wood-louse,  Lat.  muttipes. — V.  like  όνος 
VI.,  a  windlass  or  crane,  Lat.  sucula. 
— VI.  a  saw. 

Όνίσκω,^ΰνίνημι,  Ath.  35  O. 

'0νιτ7ΐς,  υν,  ό,  a  kind  of  Scythian 
stone,  [ij 

Όνϊτις,  ίδος,  ή,  a  kind  of  όρίγανον, 
Nic.  Al.  5ΰ ;  in  Diosc.  3,  33,  ονητις. 

ΥΟνοβα,  ή,  Onoba,  a  city  of  His- 
pania  Baetica,  Strab.  p.  143. 

Όνοβΰτέω,  ώ,  (όνος,  jiariu)  to 
have  a  mare  covered  by  an  ass,  Xen. 
Eq.  5,  8. — II.  of  the  ass,  to  cover. 

Όνοΐ3ύτης,  ov,  ύ,  fern,  όνοβάτις, 
ιδος,  {όνος,  βαίνω)  riding  on  an  ass, 
Plut.  2,  2'Jl  E,  in  fern. 

ΌνόβλΙτον,  ου.  το,  a  plant  of  the 
orach  kind,  v.  1.  Hipp. 

Όνόβρνχις,  ιόος,  ή,  a  leguminous 
plant,  prob.  saint-foin,  hedysarum  ono- 
brychis,  Linn.,  Diosc.  3,  170. 

Όνόγαστρις,  ιος,  ?/,  (γαστήρ)  a  fat 
paunch,  A.  B. 

ΥΟνογλις,  6,  οίνος,  wine  of  "Ovo- 
γλα,  a  hamlet  near  Pitana  in  Laconia, 
Ath.  31  C. 

Όνόγυρος,  ov,  ό,  a  prickly  plant, 
Nic.  Tn.  71,  Diosc, — whether  a  kind 
of  thistle,  and  different  from  ΰνάγν- 
ρις,  ΰνάγνρος,  is  dub.  —  Proverb., 
ovoyvpov  KLvtlv,  to  take  a  prickly 
business  in  hand,  Liban. 

Όνοειόί/ς,  ές,  of  the  ass  kind. 

Όνοβήρας,  ov,  b,  and  ονοθηρίς,  ή, 
dub.  1.  for  οίνοθ-. 

Όνοκενταΰρη,  ας,  ή,  a  kind  οί  tail- 
less ape,  Ael.  N.  A.  17,  9. 

Όνοκεντανρος,  ov,  o,=foreg. 

^Ονοκίνδως,  ov,  ό,  {όνος,  κινέω) 
donkey- driver,  epithet  of  Pisander  in 
Eupol.  Marie.  6 ;  in  Hesych.  also 
όνοκίνδ7ΐς. 

Όνύκλεια.  ας, -ή,  the  plant  άγχονσα, 
Diosc:  cf  όνοσμα,  ύνοχειλές. 

Όνοκοίτης,  ov,  ό,  {όνος,  κοίτη)  ly- 
ing in  the  ass's  stall,  applied  by  the 
heathen  in  mockery  to  our  Lord, 
Tertull. 

Όνοκόπος,  ov,  {όνος  VII.,  κότττω) 
chipping  a  millstone,  Alex.  Amph..l. 

'όνοκρότύλος,  ov,  6,  a  water-bird, 
prob.  the  cormorant,  Plin.  10,  ^  47. 

Όνοκώ/.η,  ης,  ή,  also  όνοκω?.ίς, 
ίδος,  ή,  with  ass's  legs,  epith.  of  the 
hobgoblin  Empusa,  like  όνοσκε'λίς : 
from 

Όνόκωλος,  ov,  {όνος,  κώλον)  hav- 
ing ass's  legs. 

ΌΝΟΜΑ,  ύτος,  τό  :  Ion.  and  poet. 
οννομα :  Aeol.  όννμα : — the  name  by 
which  a  person  or  thing  is  called  (v. 
sub  fin.),  Horn.,  etc. :  he  uses  the 
word  oft.  in  Od.,  only  twice  in  II.,  3, 
235  ;  17,  260,— and  n'lore  freq.  in  the 
common  than  in  the  Ion.  form ;  but 
always  for  the  name  of  a  person  (ex- 
cept in  two  places  quoted  infra  11.). 
— 2.  όν.  θεΐναί  tlvl,  to  give  one  a 
name,  Od.  19,  403  ;  but  in  Att.  more 
usu.  in  mid.  όν.  θέσθαι,  as  first  in 
Od.  19,  40G,  cf  8,  552,  and  \  alck. 
Phoen.  12 ;  όν.  θέσϋαι  αττό  (or  more 
freq.  έτί)  τίνος,  to  give  a  name  from 
or  after  another,  v.  Schiif.  Mel.  p.  93 ; 
cf.  έτϊώννμος ;  so,  όν.  ίχειν  άπα  τίνος, 
to  be  called  after...,  Hdt.  1,  71  :  also, 
όν.  φέρεσθαι,  to  bear  a  name,  Id.  1, 
173. — 3.  the  name  itself,  usu.  in  num., 
1033 


ONOM 

as,  iuol  δ'  ovoua  κλντόν  Αϊθων,  Od. 
19,  183,  cf  Ruhiik.  H.  Hoin.  Cer.  122; 
τνό/Λς  όνομα  Καινοί,  a  city  by  name 
Caenae,  Xen.  An.  2,4,28:  later,  it 
was  otten  put  in  genit.  after  όνομα. 
— Φ.  όνομα  καλείν  τίνα.  to  call  one 
by  name,  as.  e/tt'  όνομ',  όττι  σε  κ^Ιθι 
κά?ίεον,  Od.  8,  550,  so  Plat.  Crat. 
393  Ε  ;  and  so,  όνομα  κεκληταί  δη- 
μοκρατία, Thuc.  2,  37  ;  but  later  also 
freq.  δνόιιατι  καλείν  τίνα. — II.  name, 
good  name,  report,  Od.  13.  248  ;  24,  93  ; 
generally,  όνομα  or  το  όν.  εχειν,  to 
have  the  credit  of  a  thing  (good  or  bad). 
Plat.  Hipp.  Maj.  281  C  ;  μέγιστον  όν. 
έχειν,  Thuc  2,  64  ;  έν  ονόματι  είναι, 
to  have  a  name,  be  much  spoken  of. 
Wolf  Dem.  Lept.  p.  346. — 111.  a  name 
and  nothing  else,  opp.  to  the  real  per- 
son or  thing,  Od.  4,  710 ;  esp.  to  έρ- 
γον, Pors.  Phoen.  512,  cf  Or.  454, 
rlipp.  502:  hence  also,  • —  2.  a  false 
name,  pretence,  pretext,  ονόματι  (or  ir:' 
ονόματι),  under  the  pretence,  Thuc 
4,  60 :  μετ'  ονομάτων  καλών,  like 
Sallust's  honestis  nominibus,  Dion.  H. 
— IV.  όνομα  is  also  used  in  penphr. 
phrases,  όνομα  της  σωτηρίας,  της  ευ- 
γενείας, etc.,  for  σωτηρία,  ευγένεια, 
Pors.  Or.  1080,  Seidl.  Iph.  Τ.  875 
(905),  as  Lat.  nomen,  Markl.  Stat. 
Sylv.  1,  1,  8  ; — so,  with  the  names  of 
persons,  periphr.  for  the  person,  ώ  φί'λ- 
τατον  όν.  ΐίολννείκονς,  Eur.  Phoen. 
1702. — V.  like  λόγος,  a  word,  exprcs- 
sio7i,  esp.  of  technical  terms,  as,  τα 
iv  T?j  I'avTiK))  όν.,  Xen.  Ath.  1,  19: 
generally,  a  saying,  speech. — VI.  in 
grammar,  a  7ioun,  Lat.  7wmen,  opp. 
to  Ρήμα,  verbum,  Plat.  Theaet.  108  B, 
Arist.,  etc  :  also  a  proper  name,  Lat. 
nomen  proprium,  opp.  to  προςηγορία, 
Lat.  nomen  appellativum,  Gramm.  (The 
ό-  in  όνομα  is  euphon.,  cf.  Lat.  nomen, 
Sanscr.  nihna,  our  name,  etc.  ;  the 
common  root  being  ΓΝΟ-,  )'iy-Ni2- 
σκω,  NO-sco,  and  so  strictly,  that  by 
which  one  is  knoivn.) 

'Ονομάζω,  f.  -άσω :  Ion.  οννομ-, 
Hdt.,  but  not  so  in  Horn.  :  Aeol.  and 
Dor.  όνυμύζω,  (.  -άζω  or -ύϊομαι  (Pind. 
P.  7,  6) ;  aor.  ώννμαξε  (Ih. 2, 84).  Horn, 
uses  pres. ;  impf.  (without  augm.) ; 
aor.  ώνόμασα  only  in  Od.  24,  339. 
To  7iame  or  speak  of  by  name,  call  or 
address  by  7ia7ne,  of  persons,  πατρόθεν 
έκ  γενεί/ς  όνομάζων,  II.  10,  68,  etc. ; 
cf  όνομακ'/  7/δην ;  so,  ές  τρις  όνομάσαι 
'Σόλωνα,  Hdt.  1,  86  (who  elsewh.  uses 
the  Ion.  form) ;  so  in  Att. :  of  things, 
to  na7ne,  repeat,  ΤΓερικ/.ντά  δώρ'  ονό- 
μαζαν, II.  18,  449 ;  but  in  11.  9,  515,  to 
name  or  promise,  opp.  to  giving,  cf 
Seidl.  Eur.  El.  33. — 2.  to  7iame  or  call 
after  something,  Hdt,  1,  23;  so,  όν. 
τινά  τι,  to  call  one  something,  Eur. 
Hel.  1193,  cf  Aesch.  Ag.  081,  Thuc. 
1,  3 :  είναι  is  often  added  pleori.,  τας 
όνομύζουσι  είναι  'Ύπερύχην  και..., 
who  they  say  are  called  Hyperoche 
and...,  Hdt.  4,  33 ;  σοφιστην  όνομά- 
ζουσιν  τον  άνδ(>α  είναι.  Plat.  Prot. 
311  Ε,  cf.  Rep.  428  Ε,  v.  sub  ειμί  Χ. : 
—mid.  to  have  one  called,  name.  Soph. 
O.  T.  1021  :— pass,  to  be  called,  Pind. 
O.  9,  71  ;  έκ  τίνος.  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  1036 ; 
έπωννμίαν,  by  surname.  Plat.  Phaedr. 
238  Λ  ;  άπό  τούτον  τούτα  οννομύζε- 
ται,  receives  its  name  from  him,  Hdt. 
6,  129:  c.  dupl.  nom.,  τοντο  ή  νανς 
ώνομάζετο,  this  was  the  ship's  name, 
Anth.  P. — 3.  to  use  7iames  or  words, 
όν.  μάλα  σεμνως,  Dem.  237,  11,  cf. 
268,  13  ;  565,  fin. — II.  to  7nake  famous : 
o'l  ωνομασμένοι  =  ονομαστοί,  v.  1. 
Isocr.  398  D. — Cf  όναμαίνω. 

Όνομαθετέω,  όνομαθέτης,  dub.  for 
όναματοβ-.  Lob.  Phryn.  668. 


ONOM 

ΌΝΟΜΛΙ,  2  sing,  όνοσαι,  3  pi 
δνονται :  imperat.  όνοσο  ;  3  opt.  όνοι- 
to:  fut.  ονόσομαι,  Ep.  ονόσσομαι: 
aor.  ώνάσΰην  and  ώνοσύμΐ)ν,  the  lat- 
ter only  in  Hom. ;  opt.  όνοσαίμην, 
Ep.  int.  όνόσσασϋαι. — Besides  these 
forms  Hom.  has  Ion.  2  plur.  pres.  ov- 
νεσΟε,  II.  24,  241  ;  3  aor.  ώνατο,  11.  17, 
25.  To  blame,  reject,  scorn,  vi'v  σεν 
ώνοσάμ7ΐν  φρένας,  now  scorn  I  thy 
thoughts,  II.  14,  95 ;  7/  οννεσβ',  ότι 
μοι  'Ζείίς  αλ)'ε'  εύωκεν ;  do  ye  find 
fnidt,  are  ye  not  content  that  Jupiter 
iiath  sent  me  woes?  11.21,241 :  cgen., 
ονδ'  ως  σε  εολττα  όνόσσεσϋαι  κακό- 
τητος,  as  it  is,  1  hope  thoxi  wilt  not 
qiiurrel  with  thy  ill-luck  (i.  e.  deem  it 
too  light),  Od.  5,  379 ;  or.  τινά,  to 
throw  a  shir  upon,  Hdt.  2,  167. — Ep. 
and  Ion.  word  :  cf  όνατύζω.  (Hence 
όνοστός,  όνοτός :  but  it  is  prob.  not 
connected  with  όνειδος,  q.  v.) 

Όναμαίνω,  Aeol.  and  Dor.  όννμαί- 
νω  (Tim.  Locr.  100  C):  Ion.  fut.  ov- 
νομανέω,  Hdt.  4,  47  :  Ep.  aor.  with- 
out augm..όvόμηva.  Horn.,  and  Hes. ; 
the  pres  first  in  H.  Hom.  V'en.  291  : — • 
=  Ονομάζω,  to  iinyne  or  call  by  name,  II. 
10,522,  etc. :  of  things,  ίο  ?!(i»?e,  repeat, 

11.  9,  121  ;  or,  simply,  to  utter,  .'.peak, 
Ισχεο  μηδ'  υνομήντις,  Od.  11,  251,  cf. 
Η.  Ven.  291  :  —  then  (cf  ονομάζω)  to 
promise  to  do,  c.  inf  fut.,  Od.  24,  341. 
— 2.  to  name,  call  by  a  name,  Hes.  Op. 
80  ;  καί  οι  τοντ'  όνόμην'  όνομ'  έμμε- 
ναι.  Hes.  Fr.  3,  2. — 3.  to  nominate, 
appoint,  θεράποντα,  as  attendant,  II. 
23,  90. 

Όνομακλήδην,  adv.,  {όνομα,  κα• 
λέω)  calling  by  name,  by  name,  όν. 
όνομάζων  άνδρα  έκασταν,  Od.  4,  278. 

ΥΟνομακ?.τ/ς,  έοΐ'ς,  ό,  Onomacles,  a 
leader  of  the  Athenians,  Thuc.  8,  25. 
— One  of  the  thirty  tyrants,  Xen. 
Hell.  2,  3,  2.-2.  a"  Spartan  ephor, 
Id.  2,  3,  10. 

ΌνομακΤιήτωρ,  οράς,  δ,  (όνομα,  κα- 
λέω)  one  who  annoutices g^tests  by  name, 
Lat.  nomenclator,  Luc  Merc.   Cond. 

12,  Ath.  47  D. 

Όνομακλΰτός,  όν,  of  famous  name, 
renowned,  11.  22,  51  (ubi  Heyne  divisim 
όνομα  κλντός),  Ibyc.  22,  Pind.  Fr. 
279.— II.  act.  celebrating,  Anth.  Br.  2, 
p.  525,  where  it  is  written  όνομάκλν- 
τος. 

νΟνημύκριτος,  ov,  ό,  Onomacritus, 
a  seer  and  poet  at  Athens,  in  the 
time  of  Pisistratus,  Hdt.  7,  C— Oth- 
ers in  Arist.  Pol.  2,  9,  5  ;  etc. 

νΟνομάντιας,  ου,  ό.  Onomantius,  a 
Spartan  ephor,  Xen.  Hell.  2,  3,  10. 

νΟνόμαρχος,  ov,  a,  Onomarchus,  a 
commander  of  the  Phocians  in  the 
sacred  war,  Dem.  413,  27.  —  Others 
in  Plut.  Eum.  18;  etc. 

ΥΟνόμας,  αντυς,  ό,  Onomas,  a  Spar- 
tan, Air.  An.  2,  24.  4. 

'Ονομασία,  ας,  ή,  (ονομάζω)  a  na- 
ming, 7iame,  Lat.  appellatio,  Plat.  Polit. 
275  D,  Arist.  Top.  6,  10,  5. 

Όνομαστέον,  verb.  adj.  from  ονο- 
μάζω, one  7nust  name.  Plat.  Crat.  387  D. 

Όνομαστ7/ρ,  f/μος,  ό,=  ονομαστής. 

Όνομαστήρια  (sc.  ιερά),  τά,  (ονο- 
μάζω) the  festival  or  anniversary  of  one's 
receiiimg  one's  name,  Eccl. 

'Ονομαστής,  ov,  ό,  one  who  gives  a 
name. 

Όνομαστί,  (ονομάζω)  sd  v.,  by  name, 
Lat.  nomiyiatim,  ov.  Tiva  βί^ν,  Hdt. 
5,  1  ;  λέγειν,  Hdt.  6.  79.  Antipho  144, 
7  ;  ϊινακα'λεϊν.  Thuc  7,  70  ;  etc.  [t] 

'Ονομαστικός,  η,  όι\  (ονομάζω)  skil' 
ful  at  7>ainiiig,  Plat.  Crat.  424  A  :  of 
or  belonging  to  naming,  hence  ή  -λ'?/  (se. 
τέχνη),  lb.  423  D,  425  Α.— 11.  also  j) 
-κή  (sc.  'κτωαις),  the  nom.inative  ca^e. 


ONOP 

Gramm. — ΐΙΙ.  το  -κόν  (sc.  βιβ?ύον),  a 
vocabulary,  arranged  ace.  to  the  sub- 
jects, and  not  alphabetically  as  in  a 
λεξίκόν, — such  as  the  work  of  Jul. 
Pollux— IV.  adv.  -κώς,  Ath.  646  A. 

'Ονομαστός,  7/,  όν,  Ion.  οννομ-, 
Hdt.  2,  178;  4,  58— elsewh.  in  the 
common  form,  {ονομάζω) :  —  named : 
to  be  named, — ούκ  ονομαστός,  nol  to  be 
named  or  mentioned,  i.  e.  abominable, 
Lat.  infandus,  κακοί'λίον  ονκ.  όνομα- 
στην,  Od.  19,  200,  597  ;  23,  19,  Hes. 
Th.  148. — JI.  of  name  or  note,  notable, 
famous,  Pind.  P.  1,  73,  Hdt.  4,  47, 
etc. ;  compar.  and  superl.,  Hdt.  2, 
178 ;  6,  126 ;  also  of  things,  notable, 
ονομαστά  ττμύσσειν,  Eur.  Η.  F.  509. 
Adv.  -τώς. 

ί'Ονόμαστος,  ov,  ό,  Onomastus,  son 
of  Aegaeus  of  Elis,  one  of  the  suitors 
of  Agariste,  Hdt.  6, 127.— 2.  of  Smyr- 
na, first  victor  in  boxing  at  Olympia, 
Pans.  5,  8,  7. 

'Ονοματικός,  ή,  όν,  (όνομα)  belong- 
ing to  a  word,  esp.  a  noun  substantive. 
Adv.  -κώς,  Dion.  H. 

'Ονομάτων,  ου,  το,  dim.  from  όνο- 
μα, Longm.  [α] 

Όνομΰτογμύφέω,  ώ,  to  write  names: 
and 

Όνομΰτογράφία,  ας,  ή,  a  writing  of 
names,  LXX. :  from 

Όνομΰτογράφος,  ov,  {όνομα,  γρά- 
φω) writing  or  inscribing  names,   [ά] 

'Ονοματοθεσία,  ας,  η,  {ϋνοματοθέ- 
ΤΤ/ς)  the  giving  a  name,  nomenclature. 

'Ονοματοθεσία  (sc.  Ιερά),  τά,=^όνο- 
ααστήμια. 

Όνημύτοθετέω,  ώ,  (not  όνομαθε- 
τέω.  Lob.  Phryn.  668):  —  to  name, 
prob.  1.  Arist.  Anal.  Post.  1,  22,  3, 
ubi  nunc  νομοθετησαι,  cf.  vv.  11.  ad 
Plat.  Charm.  175  B,  Crat.  389  D: 
from 

Όνομάτυθέτης  (not  όνομαθέτης, 
Lob.  Phryn.  668),  ov,  ό,  {όνομα,  τίβη- 
μι)  one  who  gives  or  assigns  a  name,  a 
namer.  Plat.  Charm.  175  B.     Hence 

Όνομάτοθετιαός,  η,  όν,  belonging  to 
the  giving  of  a  name. 

'Ονομάτοθήρας,  ου,  ό,  {όνομα,  θη- 
ρύω)  α  word-hunter,  Ath.  98  Α.   Hence 

ΌνομΰτοΟηράω,  or  -έω,  ώ,  to  hunt 
after  words,  Ath. 

'Ονομάτοκλ//τωρ,  ορός,  ο,^όνομα- 
κλήτωρ. 

'Ονοματολόγος,  ον,  {όνομα,  "λέγω) 
collecting  words. — II.  telling  people's 
names,  Lat.  nomenclator,  like  foreg., 
Plut.  Cat.  Min.  8. 

Όνομΰτομάχος,  ov,  {όνομα,  μάχο- 
μαι) fighting  about  a  word,  expression  or 
name,  Critol.  ap.  Clem.  Al.  p.  161.  [a] 

Όνομΰτοττοίέω,  ώ,  {όνοματοττοιός) 
to  coin  names,  Arist.  Categ.  7,  11,  Elh. 
N.  2,  7,  11:  esp.  to  form  words  ex- 
pressive of  particular  sounds.  Hence 

Όνομΰτυποίησίς,  ή.  the  making  of  a 
name,  esp.  to  express  a  natural  sound  : 
and 

Όνομάτοττοιητικός,  ή,  όν,  making 
a  name,  esp.  to  express  a  sound. 

'Ονοματοποιία,  ας,  ή,=^όνοματο- 
■ποίησις :  from 

'Ονομάτοηοώς.  όν,  {όνομα,  ποιέω) 
coining  nnrnes,  esp.  to  express  a  natu- 
ral sound,  Ath.  99  C. 

Όνομάτονργέω,  ώ,—όνοματοττοιεω : 
from 

Όνομΰτονργός.όν,  {όνομα.  *^pvu) 
=6νοματοποιός,  Plat.  Crat.  388  Ε. 

Όνομάτώόης.  ες,  {όνομα,  είδος)  like 
α  name  :  ./loyof  όν.,  a  nominal  defini- 
tion. Arist.  Anal.  Post.  2.  10,  2. 

ΌνότΓορόον,  ov,  TO,  a  sort  of  cotton- 
thistle.  Diosc. 

Όνύτννξος,  ov,  ό.  a  plant,  Theophr. 

Όνόρνγχος,  ov,  ή,  a  plant,  Diosc. 


ΟΝΟΥ 

όνος,  ov,  ό  and  ή,  an  ass,  Lat. 
asinus,  asina,  first  in  II.  11,  558;  in 
niasc.  also  in  Hdt. — Freq.  in  proverbs : 
— 1.  όνος  ττρός  Άνραν  or  προς  ανλόν. 
of  a  dunce  who  can  make  nothing  of 
music,  also  όνος  ?d'pac,  Meineke 
Cratin.  Χεφ.  6,  Menand.'p.  184.— 2. 
περί  όνου  σκιuς,for  an  ass'sshadow,  i.  e. 
for  nothing  at  all,  Lat.  de  lana  caprina, 
At.  Vesp.  191  (ubi  v.  SchoL),  Plat. 
Phaedr.  260  C. — 3.  όνου  πόκαι.  ass's 
wool,  like  ορνίθων  γάλα,  of  that 
which  is  not.  Ar.  Ran.  186,  cf.  Mein- 
eke Cratin.  Incert.  80. — 4.  άπ'  όνου 
πεσείν,  of  one  who  gets  into  a  scrape 
by  his  own  clumsiness,  with  a  pun  on 
από  νου  πεσείν,  Ar.  Nub.  1273,  cf. 
Plat.  Legg.  701  D. — 5.  όνος  νεται, 
said  of  obstinate  people  who  feel  no- 
thing, Cephisod.  Amaz.  1. — 6.  όνος 
άγων  μυστήρια,  of  one  heavily  laden, 
Ar.  Ran.  159. — 7.  όνου  νβριστότερος, 
of  brutality,  Xen.  An.  5,  8,  3,  ubi  v. 
Schneid.— II.  a  kind  of  codfish,  Lat. 
asellus,  Henioch.  Polypr.  1  ;  also  όνί- 
σκος. — III.  a  wood-louse,  Theophr.  ; 
also  όνίσκος  and  iorZof.— IV.  a  kind 
of  wingless  locust ;  also  ύσίρακος. — V. 
όνων  φάτνη,  two  stars  in  the  breast 
of  the  crab,  Theocr.  22,  21,  v.  Plin. 
18,  35. — From  the  ass  as  a  beast  of 
burden  (whence  Lat.  onus  -is  said  to 
be  derived)  the  name  passed  to — VI. 
a  windlass,  crane,  pulley,  Lat.  sucula, 
Hdt.  7,  36. — Vli.  the  upper  millstone 
which  turned  round,  όνος  ά7.έτης, 
Xen.  An.  1,  5,  5;  also,  όνος  ά7.ετών, 
Alex.  Amph.  1,  cf.  ad  Hesych.  s.  v. 
μύλη  :  Phot,  also  calls  ihe fixed  nether 
millstone  όνος, — wrongly  ;  for  Arist. 
Probl.  35,  3  says,  όνου  λίθον  u/.ovv- 
τος,  when  tlie  millstone  is  grinding 
stone  (as  it  does  when  no  grist  is  in 
the  mill)  ;  cf.  όνικός. — VHI.  a  beaker, 
wine-cup,  Ar.  Vesp.  616. — IX.  a  spindle 
or  distaff. — X.  the  ace  on  dice,  also 
οίνη,  Lat.  unus,  unio,  akin  to  μόνος. 

iΌvόσavδpoς,  ου,  ό,  Onosander,  a 
Platonic  philosopher,  who  wrote  a 
στρατηγικός  λόγος. 

Όνοσις,  εως,  ή,  {όνομαι)  blame. 

Όνοσκελίς,  ίδος,  ή,  {όνος,  σκέ?.ος) 
she  with  the  ass's  legs,  like  όνοκώ'/.η, 
usu.  epith.  of  the  Έμπονσα,  q.  v.t — 
In  Luc.  V.  Hist.  2,  46  are  mentioned 
certain  females  with  asses'  legs.  Όνο- 
σκελίαι,  αι. 

"Ονοσμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  fragrant  ivild 
boragineous  plant,  Diosc.  3,  147  ;  also 
όνωνις,  όσμάς  ;  cf.  όνοχει'λές. 

Όνοσσάμενος,  Ep.  for  όνοσάμενος, 
part.  aor.  irom  όνομαι,  II. 

Όνόσσεσθαι,  Ep.  for  όνόσεσθαι, 
inf  fut.  from  όνομαι,  Horn. 

Όνοστάσιον,  ov,  τό,  {όνος,  στάσις) 
an  ass-stall,   [ΰ] 


Όνοστός.ή,όν,{όνοιιαι)  tobeblamed 
"      ί,  11. 
τός. 


οτ  scorned,  δώρα,  II.  9,   164:  ci.  όνο• 


Όνοσφαγία.  ας,  τ/,  α  sacrifice  of  ass- 
es. Call.  Fr.  188. 

Όνοτάζω,  like  όΐ'ομαι,  to  blame,  rail 
at,  H.  Horn.  Merc.  30;  σκολιώς  όν., 
Hes.  Op.  256 ;  also  in  mid.,  γάμον 
όνοταζόμεναι,  Aesch.  Supp.  11. 

Oi'orof,  7J,  όν,  for  όνοστός,  Pind. 
I.  4.  85  ;  so,  θαύματος  for  -αστός. 

Όνοτός,  ό,^όνοσις. 

ΥΟνον  γνάθος,  ή,  (ass's  jaw)  Onu- 
gnathns,  a  peninsula  of  Laconia  near 
Malea,  Slrab.  p.  363. 

'Ονονρις.  ιδος,  ή,  a  plant,  Diosc. : 
also  written  όνόθουρις,  όνυθήρας,  όνο- 
θηρίς.  οίνοθί/ρας,  οίνοθηρίς. 

ΥΟνουφίτης  νομός,  ό.  the  Onuphi- 
tic nomeOT district,  in  which  was'Oi'O'j- 
<j>ic,  a  city  of  lower  Aegypt,  Hdt.  2, 
166.  [i] 


ONYX 

Όνοφορβός,  όν,  {όνος.  φερβω)  tin 
ass-keeper,  Hdt.  6,  68,  Θ9. 

Όνοχειλές,  έος,  τό,  Theophr. ;  όνο- 
χειλίς,  ίδος,  ή,  and  όνόχει'λος.  ή,  α 
boragineous  plant,  deemed  an  antidote 
to  venemous  bites.  (Akin  to  όνοσμα  : 
we  also  find,  όνόχηλος,  as  if  from 
χηλή,  strictly  ass's  hoof.) 

^'Ονόχωνος,  ov,  b,  the  Onochonvs,  a 
river  of  Thessaly  falling  into  the  Pe- 
neus,  Hdt.  7,  129. 

Όντα,  τά,  pi.  part.  neut.  from  ειμί, 
the  things  ichich  actually  exist,  the  pr-s- 
ent,  opp.  to  the  past  and  future ;  but 
also, — 2.  reality,  truth,  opp.  to  that 
which  is  not.  Plat.,  v.  εΙμί. — II.  that 
which  one  has,  property ,  fortune,  like  η 
ουσία,  Dein.  260,  12. 

Όντως,  adv.  part,  from  ειμί.  really, 
actually,  verily,  Eur.  1.  A.  1622,  Plat., 
etc. ;  opp.  to  ώς  έπος  ειπείν,  Legg. 
056  Ε. 

Όννμα,  τό,  Aeol.  for  όνομα,  Pind. 
Hence 

Όνϋμάζω,όννμαίνω,ΑεοΙ.  and  Dor. 
for  όνομ-. 

Όννξ,  νχος.  ό,  Ep.  dat.  pi.  όνύχεσ- 
σι:  Horn,  always  in  pi.,  and  of  the 
eagle's  talons  :  so  of  the  falcon,  Hes. 
Op.  202,  203  ;  later  also  of  bea^s  of 
prey,  a  claw,  Pind.  N.  4,  103;  of  hu- 
man beings,  a  nail.  Hes.  Sc.  266,  Hdt. 
4,  64,  and  Att. ;  of  horses  and  oxen, 
a  hoof,  Xen.  Eq.  1,  3  :  metaph.,  προς 
όξυν  όνυχα  πετραίου  λίθον,  Eur. 
Cycl.  401. — Special  phrases: — 1.  εξ 
ονύχων,  Lat.  ex  unguicidis,  εξ  όν.  φι- 
λείν,  to  love  one  from  the  finger-ends  ; 
and  V.  versa,  ό  πόνος  δύεται  εις  όνυ- 
χα, the  pang  thrills  ίο  the  qidck,  both 
in  Anth. :  so,  εις  άκρους  τους  όνυχας 
άφίκετο  (sc.  ό  οίνος)  warmed  me  to 
my  fingers'  ends,  Eur.  Cycl.  159  :  but, 
όνυχας  έπ'  άκρους  στήναι,  to  stand 
on  tip-toe,  Lat.  summis  digitis.  Id.  El. 
840. — 2.  ό  πη/Μς  άοικνείται  εις  όνυ- 
χα, the  model  stands  the  test  of  the 
nail,  like  Horace's  factus  ad  unguem, 
because  the  sculptor  tries  its  polish 
and  the  niceness  of  the  joints  by  draw- 
ing his  nail  over,  Casaub.  Pers.  1,  64, 
Wyttenb.  ad.  Plut.  2,  86  A,  cf.  Horat. 
Sat.  5,  32,  A.  P.  294,  v.  όννχίζω  IV; 
so  too,  ίκμέμακται  εις  όνυχα  ;  and  so 
of  many  things,  e.  g.  ή  δι'  όνυχος  δί- 
αιτα (al.  διώννχος),  a  most  careful, 
close  life,  Plut.  2,  128  Ε  ;  εΙς  όνυχα, 
also  δι'  όνυχος  and  'επ'  όνυχος,  to  a 
nail,  i.  e.  to  a  nicety,  Lat.  ne  traiisver- 
sum  quidem  unguem  :  σνμπηξις  εΙς  όνυ- 
χα, a  nice  fit,  like  Lat.  committere  in 
unguem,  Galen. : — in  all  which  phrases 
we  use  α  hair  for  a  nail. — 3.  έ;  απα- 
λών ονύχων,  from  very  chiklhood, 
Horace's  de  tenero  ungui,  Plut.  2,  3  C. 
^4.  'εκ  τών  ονύχων  τεκμαίρεσθαι,  to 
judge  by  the  claws,  i.  e.  by  a  slight  but 
characteristic  mark  ;  so,  ΐξ  όν.  λέον- 
τα. Lat.  ex  ungueleonem.  Paroemiogr. 
— II.  any  thing  like  a  claw,  Lat.  uncus, 
the  hook  of  an  anchor,  Plut.  2,  247  Ε  : 
also  an  instrument  of  torture. — III.  the 
white  part  at  the  end  of  rose-leaves,  or 
cloves  of  garlic,  by  which  they  are  at- 
tached to  the  stalk,  (as  it  were)  their 
nail-mark,  Lat.  ungues  rosartim,  Dlosc. 
— IV.  a  thickening  like  a  nail  on  the 
cornea  of  the  eye. — V.  η  part  of  the 
liver. — VI.  a  veined  gem,  onyx;  Σαρ• 
δώος  δννξ,  a  sardonyx,  Luc.  Dea  Syr, 
32:  V.  σαρδόννξ.  (Usu.  deriv.  from 
ΐ'ύσσω,  ννχ-θήνηι  with  ό  euphon. : 
this  initial  vowel  appears  also  in 
Lat.  un^-tiis.  ung-ula,  ung-ulus.  unc-us, 
but  not  in  .Sanscr.  nakh-a.  Germ,  nag• 
el,  our  nai-l.)     Hence 

Όννχίζω,  to  pare  the  claws,  hoofs,  or 
?ifli7s.-  pass,  ώννχισμένος,  with  one's 
1033 


ΟΞΤΑ 

nails  pared,  Cratin.  Iiicert.  127,  v.  Lob. 
Pliryn.  289. — II.  lo  kave  the  hoof  cloven 
or  divided,  LXX. — 111.  to  examme  with 
the  nail,  ejcainine  closely,  Clem.  Al.  ;  cf. 
bvvi;  I.  2. — IV.  metapli.  to  overreach, 
Artemid. 

ΌνϋχΙμαΙος,  a,  ov,  like  nail-parings, 
A.  B.  ' 

Όί'ύχΐνος,  η,  ov,  (ϋννξ  VI)  7nade  of 
onyx,  Diosc,  Plut.  Anton.  58. 

Όννχιον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  υννξ 
VI,  Theophr.  [i•]    _ 
.  Όννχισμός,  ου,  ό,  (ϋνυχίζω)  a  par- 
ing of  the  nails. — 11.  examination  by  the 
nail,  close  examination. 

'Ονϋχίστήρ,  ϊ/μος,  ύ,  {ϋννχίζω)  one 
who  pares  nails. — il.  the  hoof,  or  o>ie 
side  of  the  cloven  hoof,  LXX.     Hence 

Όνυχίστήριον,  ου,  τό,  (sc.  μαχαί- 
ptov)  a  nail-knife  OX  scissors. 

Όννχίτ7]ς,  ου,  ύ,  I'em.  -Ιτίς,  (ρννξ 
VI)  of  the  onyx  kind,  DluSC. 

Όνΰχογράφέω,  ώ,  (όννξ,  γράψω)  to 
mark  with  the  claws  or  nails,  Hipp. 

'Ovuxocio/jg,  ές,  (ΰννξ,  είδος)  like  a 
nail  or  an  onyx,  Diosc. 

Όνϋχόυ,  ώ,  to  ?nake  like  a  nail,  claw 
or  hook. 

^Ουώδης,  ες,  contr.  for  ύνοειό/ις, 
Pluti2,  3U2F. 

Όΐ'υΐ'ΐς,  ιδος,  ?),=  υι>οσμα,  also 
written  άνωνις••  Diosc.  3,  147. 

ί'0ξάθρ7/ς,  ου,  ό,  Oxatlires,  Persian 
niasc.  pr.  n.,  Arr.  An.  3,  8,  5. 

Όξύλειος,  or  -iof,  ov,  {οξύς)  sour- 
ish, σνκαΐ,  ApoUod.  Car.  tipoiK.  1. 

Όξΰ'λίς,  ίδος,  ή,  {οξύς)  a  sour  wine. 
—II.  sorrel,  JNic.  Th.  840,  Diosc. 

Όξάλμη,  ης,  ή,  {ύξος,  άλμη)  α  saiice 
made  of  vinegar  and  brine,  Cratm. 
Όδνσσ.  5,  3,  Ar.  Vesp.  331. 

'Οξέα,  ή,  later  form  for  υξύα. 

ΥΟξεΙαί,  al,  νήσοι,  {the  sharp, point- 
ed islands)  Oxtae,  a  cluster  of  islands 
on  coast  of  Aetolia,  ace.  to  Strab.  p. 
453,  belonging  to  the  Echinades  and 
=  Hom.  θοαί,  v.  θοός  11. 

Όξείδιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  δξος. 

Όξέίνος,  η,  ov,  later  form  for  οξύ- 
ϊνος,  Geop. 

'Οξέλαιον,  ov,  τό,  {όξος,  ίλαίον)  a 
sauce  of  vinegar  and  oil. 

Όξκρίας,  (sc.  τνρός),  ό,  cheese  made 
of  sour  milk. 

Όξηρός,  ά,  όν,  {ϋξος)  of  or  belonging 
to  vinegar,  κέραμος  οξ.,  a  jar /or  vine- 
gar. Anth.  P.  12,  108. 

Όξίζω,  {όξος)  to  taste  like  vinegar,  of 
wine,  Diosc. 

Όξίνα,  ή,  {οξύς)  a  harrow  (Lat. 
occa),  so  called  from  its  spikes. 

Όξινης,  ov,  6,  {υξος)  sharp,  sour, 
χυμός,  Plat.  2,  913  Β  -.—όξινης  (sc. 
οίνος),  ό,  sour  wine,  such  (says  Pas- 
sow)  as  the  common  Neckar-wine, 
etc. ;  Plut. ;  distinguished  from  ύξος, 
Plut.  2,  732  B,  1047  Ε  :  hence,  a  sour- 
tempered,  tart  fellow,  Ar.  Eq.  1304.  [i] 
Οξίς,  ίδος,  i],  {όξος)  an  earthen  vm- 
egar-cruet,  Lat.  acetabulum,  Ar.  Ran. 
1440  ;  but  also,  όξίςχαλκ?/  γέγονε,  Id. 
Plut.  812;  so,  o;if)'  upyvpav  έχει, 
Sopat.  ap  Ath.  230  E. — 2.  a  measure, 
at  .Athens  the  same  as  όξύβαφον,  Ar. 
Fr.  550  ;  at  Cleonae=KoriJ^??,  Diphil. 
Incert.  8.— II.  in  Ar.  Vesp.  1509,  a 
sort  of  shrimp. 

ΥΟξοδύτης,  ov,  ό,  Oxodates,  a  Per- 
sian, sitrap  of  Media,  Arr.  An.  3,21, 3. 

Όξαπώλης,  ov,  ό,  {όξος,  πωλέω)  a 
vinegar-merchant. 

Όξος,  εος,  τό,  (ρξνς)  sour  wine, 
Alex,  Incert.  20,  cf.  Xen.  An.  2,  3, 
14,  Eubul.  Μΐ'λωβρ.  1 :  vinegar  made 
therefrom,  Aesch,  Ag.  322,  Ar.  Ach. 
35,  etc. ; — cf.  όξινης,  and  v.  sub  ηδος 
II. 
Όξνα  or  οξϋη,  ή,  a  tree,  prob.  the 
1034 


ΟΞΎΔ 

beech,  elscwh.  φηγός,  Xanth.  p.  175, 
and  Theophr.  ;  later  and  in  modern 
Greek  called  οξέα.  Lob.  Phryn.  301. 
— II.  a  .^pear-shaft  made  from  Us  wood  : 
in  genl.  a  spear.  Archil.  128,  Eur. 
Heracl.  727. 

iΌξvιWpης,  a,  Oxyathres,  brother 
of  Danus  Codomanus,  Strab.  p.  544. 

Όξνάκανθα,  ή,  strictly  sharp-thorn, 
the  barberry-tree,  or  perh.  the  mespitus 
pyracantha,  Theophr.,  Diosc.  1,   122. 

νΟ^νάρτης,  ov,  ο,  Oxyartes,  a  Per- 
sian, father  of  lio.xane,  Arr,  An.  4, 
18,  4. — In  Arr.  7,  4,  5,  also  brother  of 
Daiuis  Codomanus. 

Όξνβάφιον,  ου,  τό,  dim  from  sq., 
Antiph.  Myst.  1,  5.  [ώ] 

Όξνβάφον,  ov,  τό,  {όξος,  βύπτω)  a 
small  vinegar-saucer,  Lat.  acctubuluin  : 
generally,  α  sliallow  earthen  vessel, 
Cratin.  tlvTiv.S,  Ar.  Av.  301,  cf.  An- 
tiph. Myst.  1,  5. — II.  as  a  measure, 
the  fourth  part  of  a  κοτύλη,  about  5  of 
a  pint,  cf.  Eubul.  Μυλωϋρ.  1,  2.  [ίι] 

Όξνβελης,  ές,  {οξύς,  βε2ος)  sharp- 
pointed,  όϊστος,  11. 4,  \'ΔΪ)  : — χαΐται  ός., 
of  the  porcupine's  spines,  Einped. 
234  ;  νώτα  καράρου,  0pp.  Η.  2, 346 ;  όξ. 
πόθος,νο.  4,41. — \\.&ct.  quick-shooting, 
shooting  swift  arrows  :  esp.  όξνβελης, 
ό,  with  and  without  καταπέλτης,  an 
engine  for  throwing  missiles,  of  which 
three  kinds  are  noted  by  Diod.  20,  85, 
86  :  also  όξνβελικόν{&ο.  όργανον),  τό, 
lb.  75. 

νΟξύβιοι,  ων,  οΐ,  the  Oxybii,  a  Li- 
gurian  tribe,  Polyb. 

Όξυβλεπτέϋ),  ώ,  to  be  sharp-sighted, 
Arr.  Epict.  2,  11,  22:  from 

'Οξνβ?ιέ7Γτης,  ov,  ό,  {οξύς,  βλέτϊω) 
one  (jho  is  sharp-sighted.     Hence 

Όξνβλεψία.  ας.  ή.  sharpness  of  sight. 

Όξνβόας,  ov,  0,  and  όξνβόης,  ov,  6, 
shrill-screaming,  of  birds,  Aesch,  Ag, 
57  ;  sharp-buzzing,  of  gnats,  Mel,  93, 
Luc, 

Όξύγάλα,  ακτος,  τό,  {όξος,  γάλα) 
sour  or  curdled  milk,  whey  or  curds, 
Strab.  p.  311,  Plut.  Artax,  3;  cf,  Col- 
uinell.  12,  8.     Hence 

Όξνγάλύκτινυς,  η,  ov,  made  of  sour 
or  curdled  milk. 

Όξνγύρον,  ov,  TO,  a  sauce  of  vine- 
gar and  γάρον,  Ath.  67  E. 

Όξνγένειος,  ov,  ivith  a  pointed  chin. 

Όξύγη,  ή,  a  toad,  dub. 

Όξνγλνκές.έος,τό,Άηά  δξύγλνκον, 
τό,  ποτόν,  a  drink  of  vinegar  and  honey : 
also,  όξύγλϋκν,  Hipp. :  from 

Όξνγλνκνς,  εια,  ν,  {οξύς,  γλυκύς) 
of  α  sourish  sweet,  ()όα,  Aesch.  Fr.  318. 

Όξύγοος,  ov,  {ύξύς,  γοάω)  shrill 
wailing,  Aesch.  Tlieh.  320. 

Όξνγραιρέΐύ,  ώ,  to  ivrite  fast :  and 

Όξνγράίρία,  ας,  ή,  a  writing  fast  : 
from 

Όξνγρύφος,  ον,{όξύς,  γράφω)  wri- 
ting fast,  a  ready  writer,  LXX. 

Όξνγώνιος,  ov,  {  όξνς,  γωνία ) 
acute-angled,  Arist.  Top.  1,  15,  13, 
Eucl.,  etc.     Hence 

Όξνγωνιότης,  ητος,  ν,  the  being 
acute-angled. 

Όξνδερκέω,  ώ,  to  be  sharp-sighted, 
V.  1.  for  όξνδορκέω,  Arist.  Rhet.  Al. 
1, 14:  betterwriters  said  oft) /3At/rftv, 
όξν  όρύν.  Lob.  Phryn.  576. 

'Οξυδερκής,  ές,  {όξνς,  δέρκω)  sharp 
or  quick-sighted.  Hut.  2,  68,  ill  superl. 
οξυδερκέστατος.     Hence 

Όξύδει)κία,  ας,  ή,  sharpsightedness, 
Gnlen.,  etc.  ;  Lob.  Phryn.  576. 

Όξνδερκικός,  ή,  όν,  making  the 
sight  sharp. 

Οξϋδορκέω,  ώ,=:όξνδερκέω  (q.  v.), 
Strab.  ;  Lob.  Phryn.  576. 

Όξνδορκία,  ας,ή,—.όξνδερκία,(ΐ.  v., 


ΟΞΥΚ 

Ilippodam.  ap.  Stob.  p.  555,  7,  Diosc, 
etc. 

Όξνδουπος,  ov,  {οξύς,  δου^τέω) 
sharp,  shrill-sounding,  κυμβαλα,  Anth. 
P.  6,  94. 

^'Οξνδράκαΐ,  ών,  οι,  the  Oxydracac, 
an  Indian  people,  Arr.  An.  5,  22,  2, 

Όξνδρομέω,  ώ,  to  run  swiftly  :  from 

Όξνδρύμος,  ov,  ί,όξυς,  όραμιΐν) 
swift-running.     Adv.  -μως. 

Όξϋεβειρος,  ov,  {όξυς,  έβειρη)  with 
sharp  or  pointed  ΛαΐΓ,  Konn.  :  we  also 
find  a  fem,  όξνέθεφα  ;  and  in  Anth. 
a  metaplast,  plur.  όξνέβειρες. 

Όξνζω,=^όξιζω,  Lob.  Phryn.  210, 

Όξνη,  ή,  ν,  όξνα. 

ΌςΪΊ/κοϊα,  ας,  ή,  α  sharp,  quick  ear, 
Hippodam.  ap.  Stob.  p.  555,  6  ;  cl.  sq. 

Όξυήκοος,  ov,  {οξύς,  ύ/co;))  quick  of 
hearing :  of  quick  perception,  keen, 
αισθησις.  Flat.  Tim.  75  B,  Arist.  H. 
A.  4,  8,  17,  with  v.  1.  όξύκοος  (from 
κοέ(ο),  quick  of  perception  :  SO,  όξυκυία 
is  the  reading  of  the  Mss.  for  όξνΐ]- 
Koia  usu.,  and  is  defended  by  Wyt- 
tenb. 

Όξχη'ικονστος,  η,  ov,  quickly  heard, 
Sext.  Emp. 

Όξνήχιις,  ες,  Philostr. ;  and  0^1;;?- 
χος,  ov,  {οξύς.  ΐ/χέω)  sharp,  shrilly 
sounding,  esp.  of  high  notes. 

ΌξϋΟάνύτος,  ov,  {όξνς,  θάνατος) 
dying  quickly,  short-lived,  Strab.  [u] 

ΥΟξνθεμις,  ιδος,  o,Oxythemis,niiiSC. 
pr.  n.,  Ath.  614  F. 

Όξύθηκτος,  ov,  {όξνς,  θήγω)  sharp- 
edged,  sharp-pointed,  φύσγανον,  βέ?Μς, 
Eur.  Andr.  1150,  El.  1159:  of  a  per- 
son, goaded  to  fury  or  despair.  Soph. 
Ant.  1301.     Adv.  -κτως. 

Όξυθρήνητος,  ov,  bitterly  lamented. 

Όξνθνμέο),  ώ,  {ύξνθνμυς)  to  be 
quick  to  anger,  Eur.  Andr.  689  : — also 
as  pass.,  to  be  provoked,  όξνθνμηβεϊσά 
μοι,  Ar.  Vesp.  501 :  cf.  Thesm.  406. 
Hence 

Όξϋθνμησις,  η,  passionateness,  Ar- 
temid. 

Όξνθνμία,  ας,  ή,  {οξύθυμος) sudden 
anger,  choler,  Eur.  Andr.  728. 

Όξνθύμια,  τά,  places  at  cross-roads 
near  the  statues  of  Hecate,  where  the 
remains  of  the  purifying  and  expia- 
tory sacrifices  were  burnt ;  the  fire 
was  made  of  the  twigs  of  wild  thyme, 
{θύμος)  which  had  been  used  to  fiog 
animals,  Eupol.  Dem.20,  et.  Hyperid. 
ap.  Harpocr.  [ΐ] 

ΌξνΟνμίας,  ov,  ό,  one  who  is  quick 
to  anger. 

'Οξύθυμος,  ov,  {ύξύς.  θυμός)  quick 
to  anger,  quick-tempered,  passionate, 
choleric,  Eur.  Med.  319  :  sharp  to  pun- 
ish, of  the  Areopagus,  Aesch.  Eum. 
705;  TO  οξύθνμον, ^όξνθνμία,  Eur. 
Bacch.  671. 

Όξϋθνμόομαι,Βί5[)Ά88.,^όξνθνμέω. 

Όξνϊνος,  η,  ov,  {όξύα)  of  beech-wood, 
Theopomp.  (Ep.)  ap.  Ath.  183  B,  The- 
ophr. [Ϊ] 

^Όξνκανός,  ov,  6,  Oxycanvs,  a 
nomarch  in  Aegypt,  Arr.  An.  0,  16,  1. 

Όξνκάρδιος,  ov,=  όξνθυμος,  Aesch. 
Theb.  907,  Ar.  Vesp.  430. 

Όξνκάρ7]νος,  ov,  =  όξνκέψαλοΓ, 
Dion._  P.  642.  [ύ] 

Όξύκεδρος,  ου,  ή,  the  red  juniper 
with  pointed  leaves,  Theophr. 

Όξνκέ'λενθος,  ov,  {ύξνς,  κέ?ι.ενθος) 
travelling  quickly,  JN'onn. 

Όξνκέράτος,  or,=sq. 

Όξνκερως,  ωτος,  ό,  ή,  {οξύς,  κέρας) 
with  pointed  horns,  Ορρ.  C.  2,  445. 

Όξνκέόύλος,  01',  with  pointed  tiead. 

Όξνκίν7ΐτος,  ov,  {ύξύς,  κιvέω)qu^ck^ 
ly-moving.  Luc.  Abdic.  28.  [l] 

Όξνκοΐα,  ας,  ?/,  v.  sub  όξνήκοος. 

Όξύκομος,  ov,   {οξύς,  Kotin)  with 


ΟΞΥΝ 

pnivted  hair,  of  the  porcupine,   0pp.  I 
H.  2,  599  ;  of  a  stag,  lb.   )94  :  of  a 
pine  or  fir,  Anth.  P.  append.  129. 

Όξνκοος,  ov,  V.  sub  οξυήκοος. 

Όξύκρΰτον,  ov,  TO,  sour  wine  mixed 
with  water,  Lat.  posca. 

Όξϋκώκντος,  ov,  {οζνς,  κωκνω) 
loudly  ivailed,  ττάθος.  Soph.  Ant.  1316. 

'OfuZuJtia,  ac,  ή,  quickness  in  seiz- 
ing an  opportunity,  [a]  From 

Όξΰλύ,βέω,  ώ,  (οξυλαβής)  to  seize 
quickly :  to  seize  an  opportunity,  Xen. 
Hell.  7,  4,  27.     Hence 

^Οξϋλάίη,  Tj.  a  kind  of  tongs. — Π. 
r=o;t'?.a;ieia,  Palaeph.  72.  [«] 

'Οξύλάβι'ις,  ες,  (όζυς,  λαβείν)  quick 
at  seizing,  Arist.  H.  A.  9,  34.  3. 

Όξνλΰβία,  ας,  ή.^=δξν?.άβεια. 

Όξν/Μ3ος,  ό=όξυλύβη. 

Όξϋ'λά'λος,  ον,  (οξύς,  ?.αλέω)  glib- 
tongued,  Ar.  Ran.  815. 

'Οξνλάπΰθον,  ου.  τό,  a  kind  of  sor- 
rel, rumex  acutus,  Diosc.  [a] 

ΌξυΆίπΰρον,  τό,  so.  τρίμμα,  a  sour 
sauce  with  fat  in  it,  Tirnocl.  Dactyl. 
1.  [I] 

'Οζϋλΐττής,  ό,  άρτος,  bread  dressed 
with  vinegar  and  fat,  Galen. 

Όζνλο3έω,  ώ,  to  have  sharp  ears,  to 
hear  quickly. 

t'OiDAof,  ov,  0,  Oxylus,  son  of 
Mars  and  Protogenia,  Apollod.  1,  7, 
7. — 2.  son  of  Haernon,  conqueror  of 
Elis,  Arist.  Pol.^  6,  2,  5. 

νΟξύμαγίς,  b.  Oxymagis,  a  river 
of  India,  Arr.  Ind.  4,  4. 

Όΐϋμάθεια,  ας.  ή,  quickness  at  learn- 
ing, Strab.  [ά]  :  from 

Όξνμαθης,  ες,  (  οξύς,  μανθάνω  ) 
learning  quickly. 

Όξνμΰβία,  ή,=όξνμύθεια. 

Όξνμάλον,  τό,  Dor.  for  όξνμηλον. 

^Οξΰαελι'ις,  ες,  clear-singing,  ν.  1. 
Ar.  Αν'.  1095. 

Όξύμελι.  Ιτος,  ro,=sq.,  oxymrl, 
Lys.  ap.  Ath.  67  F.  [ϋ] 

Όξνμε?.ίκράτον,  ion.  -κρητον,  τό. 
'  a  mixture  of  vinegar  and  honey,  Hipp. 

Όξνμέριμνος,  ov,  (,όξνς,  μέριμνα) 
producing  sharp  cares  ;  keenly  laboured 
or  studied,  τταΆαίαματα,  Ar.  Ran.  877. 

Όξύμηλον,  ov,  τό,  {όξος,  μήλον) 
strictly  sour-apple, — as  the  Laconians 
called  κοκκνμηλον,  ap.  Ath.  83  A. 

^ΟξϋμήνΙτος,  ον,{οξνς.μ7μ'ίω)  quick- 
ly roused  to  anger,  φόνος  όξ-,  murder 
in  hot  blood,  Aesch.  Eum.  472. 

^Οξύμολπος,  ov,  (οξύς,  μολπή)= 
οξνμελής,  Aesch.  Theb.  1023. 

'Οξνμορφος,  ov,  in  a  pointed  form ; 
or,  quickly  formed  :  dub. 

'Οξϋμνρσίνη,  ης,  ή,  like  κεντρομνρ- 
σίνη,  the  prickly  myrtle,  DlOSC. 

'Οξύμωρος,  ov,  (όξνς,  μωρός)  strict- 
ly, pointedly  foolish  ;  hence,  to  οξύμω- 
pov,  a  witty  saying,  the  niore  pointed  for 
seeming  absurd  or  parodoxical,  such 
as  insaniens  sapientia,  strenua  inertia  in 
Horat.  [ΰ] 

Όξνναΐος,  ό,  οΙνος,=  6ξίν7}ς,  dub. 
1.  in  Hipp. 

νΟξννεια,  ας,  ή,  OxynSa,  a  town  of 
Thessaly,  now  JEuskineh,  Strab.  p. 
327. 

Όξυνος,  ov,  sour:  οίνος,^^οξίνης, 
Geop. 

Όξνντέος,  a,  ov,  verb.  adj.  from 
οξύνω,  to  be  written  with  the  acute  ac- 
cent, Gramm. 

Όξυντήρ.  ηρος,  6,  (οξύνω)  a  sharp- 
ener, ΰξ.  οονακ?'/ων,  i.  β.  a  penknife, 
Anth.  P.  6,  64. 

ΥΟξύντης,  ov,  ό,  Oxi/ntes,  father 
of  Thymoetas,  Paus.  2,  18,  9. 

'Οξνΐ'ω,(όξύς)  to  sharpen.— metaph., 
to  Z"ad  to  anger,  provoke,  Soph.  Tr. 
1 176  :  pass.,  to  be  provoked,  angered, 
ίξυνθείς,  Hdt.  8, 138.— 2.  in  Gramm., 


ΟΞΎΡ 

=6ξντονέ(ΰ,  just  like  Lat.  acuere. — 
Π.  to  make  sour  or  bitter  :  pass.,  to  be 
or  become  so,  Arist.  Gen.  An.  3,  2,  17. 

Όξνόδονς,  οδόντος,  ό,  ή,  (οξύς, 
οδούς)  with  sharp  teeth,  Nonn.,  who 
uses  it  with  a  neut.,  cf.  Lob.  Paral. 
248. 

Όξνόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  in  Horn.  (esp. 
in  II.)  freq.  epith.  of  έγχος  and  εγ;)(;εα, 
also  δονρί.  II.  14,  443  ;  usu.  explained 
Ά8=ζόξύίνος  (from  όξύα),  beechen  ;  but 
ace.  to  Apion,  poet,  for  οξύς,  sharp- 
pointed : — in  the  one  case,  epith.  of 
the  shaft ;  m  the  other,  of  the  point. 

ίΟξνόρνγχος.  ov,  =  ρξύρβνγχος. 
Hes.  ap.  Ath.  116  B.  ^    ^ 

Όξνόστρΰκος,  ov,  (οξύς,  όστρακον) 
with  a  sharp  shell,  Luc.  Lexiph.  13. 

Όξνττύγής,  ές,  (οξύς,  πηγνυμι) 
pointed,  Anth.  P.  6,  109  :  prickly,  0pp. 
H.  1,  261. 

'Όξντίαθής,  ές,  (οξύς,  -καθεΐν)  keen- 
ly sensitive,  επί  tivl. 

Όξύπεινος,  ov,  (όξνς,  πεινάω)  rav- 
enous, greedy,  Arist.  Η.  Α.  9,  34,  3, 
Cic.  Att.  2,  12,  2.^ 

Όξνπέπερι,  τό,  (οξύς,  πέπερι)  α 
mixture  of  vinegar  and  pepper,  Xenocr. 

Όξΰπενκής,  ές,(όξύς,  πενκ?/) sharp- 
pointed,  ξίφος,  Aesch.  Cho.  640. 

Όξνπικρος,  ον,(ΰξύς,  πικρός)  keen, 
smarting :  metaph.  smarting. 

Όξνπλήξ,  ηγος,  ό,  η,  (οξύς,  πλήσ- 
σω)  shrill-dashing,  Άχέρων,  Soph. 
Fr.  469. 

Όξνποδέω,  ώ,  to  be  swift  of  foot. 
Hence 

Όξνποδία,  ας,  η,  swiftness  of  foot. 

Όξϋπόβίον,  ov,  τό,  (sc.  φάρμακον), 
a  digestive  medicine :  also,  όξνπορον. 

Όξνπόρος,  oi>,  with  a  pointed  mouth, 
άγγης,  Opp.  H.  2,  406. 

ί'Οξύπορος,  ov,  ό,  Oxvporas,  son 
of  Cinyras,  brother  of  Adonis,  Apol- 
lod. 3,  14,  3. 

Όξύπονς,  6,  ή,  -πουν,  τό,  (οξύς, 
πους)  siL'ift footed,  Eur.  Or.  1550.   [f] 

Όξύπρωρος,  ον,(όξύς,  πpώpa)sharp• 
prowed  :  sharp-pointed,  αιχμή,  Aesch. 
Pr.  424. 

Όξύπτερος,  ov,  (οξύς,  πτερόν) 
swift-winged,  LXX. 

Όξνπύθμενος,  ov,  (ΰξύς,  πνθμήν) 
with  pointed  bottom,  Xenocr. 

Όξύπυκνος,  ov,  v.  sub  πνκνός. 

Όξνπύνδαξ,  ΰκος,  ό,  ή,=όξνπνθμε- 
νος,  of  a  cup,  Eubul.  Κνβ.  1. 

Όξύρεγμέω,  ώ,=όξνρεγμιάω :  from 

Όξνρεγμία,  ας,  ή,  (οξος,  έρενγμός) 
the  sour  fumes  caused  by  indigestion, 
heartburn,  Hipp.  :  the  peevishness  or 
fretfulness  caused  thereby,  Ar.  Fr. 
398.     Hence 

Όξνρεγμιάω,  ω,  to  be  troubled  with 
heartburn,  Diosc.  ;  and 

Όξνρεγμιώδης,  ες,  causing  heart- 
burn :  troubled  therewith,  Hipp. 

Όξνρεπής,  ές,  poet,  for  όξνΙ)βεπής, 
=  ()ξύβροποΓ,  όξ.  ύόλω.  with  quick- 
turning  art,  Pind.  O.  9,'  138. 

Όξνρίας,  ου,  ό,^ζ:ύξερίας. 

νΟξνρόδΐνον,  τό,  έλαιον,  ν.  οξυρ- 
ρόδινον,  Ath.  67  F. 

Όξύ^ριν  or  όξύ^^Ις,  Ινος,  δ,  tj, 
(οξύς,  βίς)  v>ith  sharp  or  fine  nose, 
Hipp. :  also,  όξύββινος,  ov. 

Όξν^^όδΐνον,  {δξος.  βοδινός)  ελαί- 
ον,  τό,  rose  oil  mixed  with  vinegar, 
Ath.  67  F:  fin  form  όξνροδ. 

Όξύρβοπος,  ov,  {ύξύς.  (ιέπω)  turn- 
ing quickly,  strictly  of  a  delicate  bal- 
ance :  metaph.  easily  turned,  Lat  pro- 
pen.ius,  ϋξ.  προς  τάς  οργάς,  sudden  to 
anger.  Plat.  Theaet.  144  A  ;  also,  6ξ. 
θυμός,  sudden  anger,  Rep.  411  Β  ;  cf. 
όξνρεπής.     Adv.  -πως. 

'Οξίφβνγχος,  ov,  (όξνς,  βνγχος) 
sharp-snouled,  epith.  of  a  kind  of  stur- 


ΟΞΤΤ 

geon,  Ath.  312  Β  : — sharp-pointed,  (la- 
φίς,  Epich.  p.  35. 

ί'Οξυρυγχος,  ov,  ό,  Oxyrynchus,  a 
city  of  middle  Aegypt,  so  called  from 
worship  of  foreg.,  Strab.  p.  812. 

ΌΞΤ'Σ,  εΐα,  {',  sharp,  keen,  pointed, 
cutting,  oft.  in  Horn.,  and  Hes.,  esp. 
of  weapons  or  any  thing  made  of 
metal,  χαλκιΊς,  άκων,  αιχμή,  ξίφος, 
φάσγανον,  σκόλοπες,  λαας,  II.,  etc. ; 
κορυφή,  Od.  12,  74  ;  λίθος  όξνς,  sharp- 
ened so  as  to  serve  as  a  knite,  Hdt. 
3,  8 ;  ες  οξύ  άπιγμένον,  brought  to  a 
point.  Id.  7,  64  ;  το  όξΐ),  the  vertex  of  a 
triangle,  Id.  2,  16. — II.  in  reference 
to  the  senses, — 1.  of  feeling,  sharp, 
keen,  όδύναι,  II.  11,268  ;  οξύς  ήίλιος, 
the  piercing  sun,  H.  Hom.  Ap.  374; 
όξείαι  ακτίνες,  Pind.  Ο.  7,  128;  Σεί- 
ριος,  Archil.  42  ;  so,  χιών  όξεΙα.  like 
Horace's  g-ehi  acutum.  Pind.  P.  1,  30: 
also  of  grief,  άχος,  II.  19,  125  ;  μελε- 
δώναι,  Od.  19.  517  ;  so.  ό^.  νόσοι,  μα- 
νιαι,  Pind.  Ο.  8,  111,  Ν.  11,  fin.  :  cf 
P.  3,  172.— 2.  of  things  that  affect  the 
sight,  dazzling,  bright,  αυγή  Ήελίοιο, 
II.  17,  372 ;  φάος,  II.  14,  345  ;  hence, 
of  colours,  φυινικίς  όξεϊα,  a  bright 
scarlet,  Ar.  Pac.  1173  : — also  of  the 
sight,  όξύτατον  δέρκεσθαι,  to  be  keen 
of  sight,  II.  17,  675  ;  so.  οξύ  νοεΐν.  to 
notice  a  thing  sharply,  11.  3,  374;  οξύ 
προϊόείν,  Od.  5,  393 ;  (so,  όξύ  άκονειν, 
to  be  quick  of  hearing,  II.  17,  256.) — 
3.  of  sound,  sharp,  shrill,  piercing, 
αύτη,  II.  15,  313;  and  of  the  voice, 
οξύ  βοάν,  II.  17,  89  ;  κωκύειν,  18,  71  ; 
όξύ  λε?.ηκώς,  22, 141 ;  οξέα  κεκληγύς, 
etc. ;  of  whinnying  horses,  όξεΙα  χρέ- 
μισαν,  Hes.  Sc.  348,  cf  Hes.  Sc.  233, 
243,  Aesch.  Theb.  954,  etc. :  esp.  of 
musical  tones,  sharp,  high,  opp.  to  βα- 
ρύς. Plat.  Tim.  80  A,  etc.— 4.  of  taste, 
sharp,  pungent,  acid,  φακή,  Hipp. ;  and 
freq.  in  Plat.  —  III.  metaph.,  sharp, 
keen,  quick,  hasty,  esp.  quick  to  anger, 
passionate,  in  11.  freq.  epith.  of  Mars ; 
so,  όξύ  μένος,  Η.  Hom.  7,  14  ;  θυμός 
οξύς.  Soph.  Ο.  C.  1193  ;  νέος  και  οξύς. 
Plat.  Gorg.  463  Ε  : — in  this  sense,  the 
Att.  use  it  more  in  compos. — 2.  sharp, 
quick,  clever,  όξ.  έπινοήσαι,  Thuc.  1, 
70 ;  όξνς  εις  τι,  quick,  Plat.  Rep.  526 
Β  ;  δεινοί  και  όξεις.  Id.  ΑροΙ.  39  Β. — 
IV.  of  motion,  quick,  swift,  from  the 
way  in  which  pointed  things  pierce 
the  air,  post-Horn.,  as  οξυτάτους  ίπ- 
πους, Hdt.  5,  9  (but  with  v.  1.  ώκντά- 
τους),  cf  Herm.  Soph.  Phil.  797 ; 
opp.  to  βραδύς,  Thuc.  8,  96,  Plat. 
Theaet.  190  A  ;  esp.  in  adv.,  soon, 
quick,  immediately,  also  freq.  in  com- 
pos.— V.  οξεία  (sc.  προςωόία),  ή,  the 
acute  accent,  Lat.  acutus,  Gramm. — 
VI.  usu.  adv.  οξέως,  Thuc.  6,  10,  12, 
etc. ; — forwhich  Hom.  uses  neut.  όξύ, 
and  pi.  οξέα,  in  Hes.  also  όξεΐα  : — 
compar.  όξύτερον,  Anth.  P.  6,  220  : 
j  superl.  όξύτατον,  11.  17,  675  ;  or,  όξύ 
τατα,  Luc.  Nigr.  10  :  cf  supra  II.  2. 
!  (Akin  to  ώκύς,  but  prob.  not  to  φοξός, 
Buttm.  Lexil.  s.  v.  φο/.κός  3.)  [ϋ] 

ΌξϋσΙτία,  ας,  ή,  (όξος,  σίτος)  α  dis- 
order in  which  the  food  turns  acid  on  the 
stomach,  like  όξνρεγμία.  Aristid. 

Όξύστομος,  ov,  (οξύς,  στόμα]  with 
a  sharp  mouth  or  beak,  of  the  eagle, 
Aesch.  Pr.  803  ;  of  the  gad-fly,  sharp- 
stinging,  lb.  673,  cf  Ar.  Av.  244  ; — of 
asword, sharp-edged,sharp,KuT.  Supp, 
1206. 

Όξύσχοινος,  ov,  6,  (όξνς,  σχοΐνος) 
a  sharp-pointed  rush,  Theophr. 

Όξντενής,  ές,  (οξύς,  τείνω)  extend- 
ed to  a  point,  pointed,  ap.  Suid. 

Όξύτης,  7/τος,  ή,  (όξνς)  sharpness, 
pointednerss,  of  acute  angles.  Plat. 
Tim.  61  E.— II.  of  the  senses,— 1.  of 
1035 


OON 

sound,  sharptiess,  opp.  to  βαρντης.  Id. 
Phil.  17C,Theaet.  1G3C.— 2.  of  taste, 
pungency. acidity. ^l\\.  metaph.,s/iar/)- 
ness,  cleverness.  Id.  Charm.  lUO  A.  etc. 
— 2.  of  motion,  quickness.  Plat.  Tim. 
56  D,  etc. — 3.  of  action,  quickness, 
haste,  violence,  also  in  phir.,  I)em.  730, 
18. —  \ν.:=όξεϊα ;  v.  sub  οξύς  V. 

Όξντύκίον,  ου,  τό.  (sc.  φάρμακον), 
a  medicine  to  procure  quick  delivery  : 
from 

Όξΰτόκος,  OV,  bringing  forth  quickly. 

Όξντύμος,  ov,  {όζνς,  τέμνω)  sharp- 
cutting,  keen,  Pind.  P.  4,  468. 

ΌξύΓονέο),  ώ,  (οξντονος)  to  end  in 
a  point.— II.  trans,  to  mark  or  pronounce 
with  an  acute  accent,  i.  e.  on  the  last 
syllable,  Gramm. ;  like  ΰξνρω.  Hence 

Όξϋτόνησις,  y,  a  marking  with  an 
acute  accent,  Gratntn. 

Όξύτονος,  ov,  {οξύς,  τείνω)  like 
οξυτενής,  stretched  to  or  ending  in.  a 
point :  sharp,  piercing  ;  esp.  of  sound, 
■γόος,  ωδαί,  iSoph.  El.  243,  Aj.  630. — 
2.  sharp,  violent,  ττνενμα.  Id.  Phil. 
1093. — II.  having  the  acute  accent,  i.  e. 
accent  on  the  last  syllable,  Gramm. 
Adv.  -νως. 

Όξντόρος.  ov.  {οξύς.  ~tίpω)piercing, 
pointed,  πίτνς  οξ.,  the  pme  with  its 
sharp  spines,  Mel.  1,  IG  (ubi  Brunck. 
-πόρος.) 

'Οξντρίφύλλιον,  ov,  τύ, sharp-leaved 
trefoil. 

Όξύτρΐχος,  ov,  with  pointed  hair,  etc. 

Όξύφαγρος,  ου,  6,  a  kind  o[ φύγρος, 
a  sea-fish,  Opp.  H.  1, 140,  ubi  Schneid. 
δψόφηγος. 

Όξνφΰης.  ες,  keen-sighted. 

Όξνφεγγής,  ές,  {οξύς,  φέγγος) 
bright-beaming,  Chaerem.  ap.  Ath.  608 
V. 

Όξύφθογγος,  ov,  (οξύς,  φθόγγος) 
.^harp-toned,  shrill,  Ath.  633  F,  Anth. 
P.  6,  51. 

ΌξνφΤ^εγμΰσία,  ας,  ή,  {οξύς,  φλε- 
γμαίΐ'ω)  violent  inflammation,  Foes. 
Oecon.  Hipp. 

Όξνφρων,  όνος,  ό,  ή,  {οξύς,  φρτ/ν) 
sharp-witted,  Eur.  Med.  641. 

Όξνφνλλος,  ον.{όξνς,  φν?ιλοΐ')  with 
pointed  leaves,  Diosc. 

Όξί'φωνίΐί,  ας,  ή,  sharpness  of  voice, 
Arisl.  Eth.  N.  4,  3,  34  :  from 

^Οξύφωνος,  ov,  {όξνς,  φων>/)=  όξύ- 
φθογγος, Soph.  Tr.  959.  [ΰ] 

Όξνχειρ.  χειρός,  ό,  y,  {όξνς,  χειρ) 

fuick  with  the  hands,  ί.  e.  quarrelsome, 
iys.  101,  20,  Theocr.  Epigr.  20,  2.— 
2.  οξ.  κτντΐος,  quick-beating  with  the 
hsnds  in  lamentation,  Aesch.  Cho. 
23.     Hence 

Όξνχείρία.  ας,  ή,  quickness  of  hand, 
Alex.  Incert.  52. 

ΌξνχοΆία,  ας,  ή,  a  hot  temper:  from 

^Οξύχο'λος,  ov,  {οξύς,  χη7.ή)  quick  to 
anger,  fSolon  5,  26t,  Soph.  Ant.  955, 
(ubi  legend,  videtur  όξνχολος),  Anth. 
P.  9,  127. 

Ό^βωτεω,  ώ,  to  be  sharp-sighted, 
Clem.  Al. :  from 

Όξϋωπής,  ές,  {όξνς,  ωψ)  sharp- 
tighted,  αετός,  Luc.  Icarom.  14 :  su- 
perl.  -έστατος,  Arist.  H.  A.  1,  10,  2, 
etc.  —  II.  act.  sharpening  the  sight. 
Hence 

Όξνωττία,  ας,  η,  sharp-sightedness , 
Arist.  Probl.  4,  3.     Hence 

'Oξvωτ:ίaς,ov,b,onewho  sees  sharply. 

ΌξνωπόΓ.  όν,=  όξυωττής,  Arist. 
Η.  Α.  9,  30,  3. 

Όξώόης,  ες.  {όξος,  είδος)  like  vine- 
gar, sourish,  Galen. 

Όξωρεγμία,  ας,  ή,^=όξυρεγμία. 

^Οξωτός,  ή,  όν,  (as  if  from  όξόω), 
prepared  with  vinegar,  pickled,  Ar.  Fr. 
180. 

Όον,  ov,  TO,  Lat.  sorbum,  the  fruit 
1036 


ΟΠΛΖ 

of  the  service-tree  {sorbus),  the  sorb- 
apple,  which  was  pickled  by  the 
Greeks,  Plat.  Symp.  190  D. 

"Oov,  Ep.  gpn.  from  ός  or  o,  for  ov. 
11.  2,  325,  Od.  1,  70,  H.  ApoU.  156.— 
It  should  strictly  be  oo. 

Όττΰ,  Dor.  for  οτγ?/,  Pind.,  etc. 

ΌτΓάόενω,  Ion.  ό^τ7ιύεύω,=  s^.,  Ap. 
Rh.  4.  974. 

Όπύύέω,  Ep.  and  Ion.  όπηόέω,  ώ, 
to follow,  accompany,  attend,  ri);<,  Horn., 
and  lies. ;  also,  όμα  tlvl,  Od.  7,  105, 
181,  Hes.  Th.  80  :  μετά  τινι,  Hes. 
Op.  228  ;  cf  'έπομαι  II. — II.  of  things, 
70.^^0!  μοι  όττηόεΐ,  the  arrows/oWou;  or 
ge  with  me,  Jl.  5,  216  ;  αρετή,  ή  σοι 
ό~τ/δεί,  the  manhood  which  is  ever 
with  thee,  Od.  8,  237  ;  έκ  όέ  Αιός  τιμή 
και  κνόος  όττηδεί,  11.  17,  251,  οί'.  Hes. 
Op.  141. — Horn,  only  uses  3  sing, 
pres.  and  impf.  όπηδεί  and  όπήδει, 
always  without  augm.,  inf.  όπηδεϊν, 
Η.  Αρ.  530.— Ep.  word. 

Όπάδ7ΐσις,  εως,  ή.  Ion.  όττήδησις, 
a  following  after,  attending,  pursuit, 
Crito  ap.  Stob.  Eel.  2,  p.  350.  [a] 

Όττάδητήρ,  ήρος,  o,^sq. 

Όττΰδος,  όν,  Ion.  όπ7]δός,  following 
or  accompanying,  ότϊ.  Tivi,  H.  Hom. 
Merc.  450;  later  also  c.  gen.,  Pind. 
N.  3,  13,  Aesch.  Ag.  426  ;  pursuing, 
ίλάφων,  Soph.  O.  C.  1093  : — as  subst., 
an  attendant,  Pind.  Fr.  63,  Soph.  Tr. 
1264,  and  Eur.  ;  of  body-guards, 
Aesch.  Supp.  985  ;  τέκνων  όπ.,  of  a 
παιδαγωγός,  Eur.  Med.  53.  The 
Att.  prefer  the  form  οπαδός,  Pors.  Or. 
26,  Lob.  Phryn.  431,  cf  όπιιων.  Most- 
ly poet.,  but  also  in  Plat.  Phaedr.  252 
C,  Phil.  63  E.     (On  the  deriv.,  v.  sq.) 

'07raC(J,  f  -άσω.  used  by  Hom.  in 
pres.,  impf,  fut.,  but  mostly  in  aor. : 
the  pass,  he  has  only  in  pres.  :  the 
mid.  in  aor.;  he  both  uses  and  omits 
the  augm.  of  aor.,  in  latter  case  usu. 
c.  dupl.  σ.  as  also  in  fut.  To  make  to 
follow,  send  with  one,  giiw  as  a  compan- 
ion or  follower,  ττομπόν  όπύζειν  τινί, 
to  send  with  one  as  a  guide  or  leader, 
II.  13,  416;  so,  ηγεμόνα  όπ.,  Od.  15, 
310;  έιρχον  μ^ετά  τινι,  Od.  10,  204; 
άμα  πομπόν  όπύζειν  τινί,  II.  24,  461, 
Od.  9,  89  ;  πολύν  λαόν  όπύζειν  τινί, 
to  giWhim  much  people  to  follow  him, 
i.  e.  make  him  leader  over  many,  II.  9, 
483  ;  cf.  Pind.  N.  1,  23  :— mid.,  to 
make  anoiher  follow  one,  take  with  one, 
take  as  a  companion,  av  δε  χείρον' 
όπάσσεαι,ΙΙ.  10.238;  κήρυκα  τ' όπασ- 
σύμενος  έταιρυν,  Od.  10,  59 ; — Nic. 
uses  the  mid.  in  act.  sense.  —  Hes. 
never  has  it  in  this  signf. — II.  also  of 
things,  in  Horn.,  esp.  κνδος  όπ.  τινί, 
to  give  him  glory  to  be  with  him,  II.  8, 
141,  etc. :  generally,  to  add,  attach  to, 
έργον  έργω.  Η.  Hom.  Merc.  120;  and 
then,  simply,  to  give,  grant,  freq.  in 
Hom.,  07Γ.  κτήματα,  αρετήν.  κύλ?,ος, 
άοιδϊ'/ν,  φί/μιν,  ό'ίζύν,  etc.  :  to  give  as 
a  portion,  II.  22,  51  ;  τέλος  έσθλόν  όπ., 
to  grant  a  happy  end,  Hes,  Op.  472  ; 
ΰλ'βον,  νίκην,  Hes.  Th.  420,  442;  usu. 
with  col  lat.  notion  of  lasting.-  con- 
struct., όπ.  τινί  τι,  v.  supra;  so  in 
Pind.,  and  Aesch.  Pers.  762,  Eum. 
529.  Eur.  Med.  517,  Ar.  Eq.  200  ;  with 
pleon.  inf,  όπύζω  φέρεσΚηι,  11.  23, 
151,  like  δίδωμι  έχειν,  cf.  Pind.  Ο.  9, 
100  : — έργον  προς  ασπίδι  όπύζειν,  to 
put  a  work  of  art  on  the  shield,  Aesch. 
Theb.  402. — III.  like  διώκω,  to  press 
hard,  chase,  "Έ,κτωρ  έοπαζε  καρηκομό- 
ωντας  'Αχαιούς,  11.  8,  311  ;  χηλεπόν 
δέ  σε  γήρας  όπύζει,  lb.  103 :  absol,, 
to  press  on,  force  one's  way,  11  5,  334  ; 
17,  462,  cf  κατοπάζω,  and  Seidl. 
Dochm.  p.  375  : — Pass.,  χειμύρβονς 
όπαζόμενος   Αώς  όμβρω,  a  torrent 


ΟΠΗ 

forced  on,  i.  6.  swoln  and  turbid  with 
the  rain,  II.  11,  493.  (Usu.  deriv. 
from  έπω,  έπομαι :  Pott  considers 
the  0  as  ΰβροιστικύν,  and  traces  the 
root  to  Sanscr.  pad  ire,  πατίϊν,  πόδ- 
ες, etc.  :  to  όπύζω  belong  όπύων, 
όπέων,  οπαδός,  όπαδέω.  Ion.  όπηδός, 
όπηδέω.) 

Όπαιος,  α,  ον,  {όπή)  with  α  hole  or 
opening:  όποια  κεραμίς,  a  tile  ivith  a 
hole  in  it  for  the  smoke  to  escape,  Di- 
phil.  ap.  Phot. ;  so,  όπ.  θνρίς,  or 
όπαία  (sub.  (^ι>ρ/ζ•),  ή  : — το  όπαΐον  or 
όπαιον,  the  hole  in  the  roof,  Pint.  Pe- 
ricl.  13  ;  cf  όπή. — On  thereadmg  ΰν' 
όπαΐα,  Od.  1,  320,  v.  sub  άνοπαϊα. 

ΌπιϊλλΛος,  ov,  ό,  a  precious  stone, 
the  opal,  Orph.  Lith.  279,  Diosc. 

Όπύτριος,  0i',:=o//07rU7piCf,=  sq., 
Lye.  452. 

Όπατρος,  ον,—όμόπατρος,  by  the 
same  father,  κασίγνητος  και  όπατρος, 
II.  II,  257  ;  12,  371.  (Not  όπατρος, 
any  more  than  όγύστριος  or  άίϊελ- 
φός.) 

Όπύων,  όνος,  ό.  Ion.  όπέων,  έωνος, 
as  in  Hdl. ;  {όπύζω) : — like  οπαδός,  a 
companion,  comrade ;  esp.  in  war,  an 
armour-bearer,  esquire,  denoting  the 
slight  subordination  in  which  one  hero 
stood  to  another,  as  Meriones  to  Ido- 
nieneus,  11.  8.  203  ;  10,  58.  etc. ;  Phoe- 
nix to  Peleus,  11.  23,  360  :  later,  a 
servant,  attendant,  slave,  Hdt.  5,  111  ; 
9,  50,  and  Trag.,  as  Aesch.  Cho.  769  : 
όπ.  μήλων,  a  shepherd,  Pind.  P.  9, 
114;  also,  ή  όπύων,  Η.  Hom.  Cer. 
410  : — later  as  iia'].,folloiving,  Opp.  H. 
5,  489. — Only  poet,  and  Ion.  [u] 

Όπεας.  ύτος,  τό,  an  awl,  Lat.  sub- 
ula,  Hdt.  4,  70,  though  the  Mss.  have 
the  Aeol.  form  νπεας :  hence  dim. 
όπ/'/τιον,  όπήτειον,  and  όπητείδιον, 
τό.     (Prob.  from  όπή.) 

Όπερ,  Ep.  for  όςπερ,  II.  7,  114. 

Όπευω.  and  όπέω,^όρύω,  σκοπέω, 
βλ.έπω,  very  dub.,  Meineke  Com. 
Fragm.  3,  p.  224. 

Όπέων,  ωνος,  ό,  Ion.  for  όπύων, 
Hdt.  9,  50 ;  for  Hom.  always  has  the 
usu.  form,  which  also  occurs  in  Hdt. 

Όπή,  ής,  ?'/,  an  opening,  hole,  Ar. 
Plut.  715: — esp.  a  hole  in  the  roof, 
serving  as  a  c\\\vrmey,=  κιΊπvη,  and 
καπνοδόχη,  Ar.  Vesp.  317,  350,  cf. 
Xenarch.  Pent.  1,11  ; — its  covering 
was  called  ή  τηλιία. — 11.  in  architec- 
ture, όπαΖ  were  the  holes  in  the  frieze 
between  the  beam-ends  ;  cf.  sub  με- 
τόπη.— 2.  later,  of  windows,  lights  in 
doors.  .Jac.  Ach.  Tat.  p.  551.  (Prob 
from  oi>.) 

Όπη,  Hom.,  who  also  uses  an  Ep. 
form  όππη ;  Dor.  ΰπύ  (Pind.);  Ion. 
OK7j  (Hdt.) : — adv.,  correlative  to  πή  : 
— I.  of  place,  by  which  way,  Lat.  qua  ; 
hence=o-OD,  where,  Lat.  7ibi,  II.  22, 
321,  Od.  9,  457  ;  but  more  usu.  much 
like  όποι,  whither,  Lat.  quo,  usu.  how- 
ever with  a  pregnant  notion  oi motion 
to,  and  then  rest  in  a  place,  lieq.  in 
Hom.,  cf.  Herm.  Vig.  n.  252  c,  Jelf 
Gr.,Gr.  ij  646  Obs. :  Hom. ;  όππη  τε 
..'.Tfc4,  thither,  whither...,  II.  12,  43.— 
2.  later  c.  gen.,  όπη  γάς,  Lat.  quo  ter- 
rarum.  quo  gentium,  Aesch.  Pr.  563  ; 
but  also  like  Lat.  uhi  terramm.  where 
in  the  world,  Eur.  Heracl.  19,  46. — II. 
of  manner,  how,  II.  20.  25,  Od.  1,  347  ; 
δπη  δή,  II.  22,  185,  Bockh  Expl.  Pind. 
O.  II,  62:  more  freq.  in  Att,.  as 
Aesch.  Pr.  586,  Thuc.  1,  129,  Lys. 
139,  45  : — δπη  ύΐ',  with  the  subj.,  like 
other  conjunctions,  όπη  άν  δόκι;, 
Thuc.  5,  18,  Xen.,  etc.:  —  so  also 
δπηπερ,  δπηπερ  ίΊ,ν.  Soph.  Ο,  Τ. 
1458.  Plat.  Soph.  251  A,  Tim.  45  C, 
etc. : — but,  όπιιοΰν,  in  any  way  what' 


υηιπ 

ei.-fr,  Plat.  Prot.  353  D,  etc. ;  also, 
whithersoever,  Id.  Legg.  950  A  : — cf. 
όττυςηονν. — IIJ.  in  intiiiect  questions, 
Aescli.  Pr.  563,  v.  supra  I.  2.  (Strictly 
dat.  from  an  old  pron.  *πός,  *όπός,  v. 
τϊη :  hence  also  written  as  dat.  tern. 
ottt;,  and  όττπη,  even  in  Wolf's  Odys- 
sey.)     ,  '  . 

^Οττηύεύω,  or  -ew,  υπηδητήρ,  οπη- 
ϋός.  Ion.  for  ό-Ο,ό-,  qq.  v. 

^Ο-πήεις,  εσσα,  εν,  {οπή)  with  an 
opening  or  hole,  δίφρος  όττ.,  a  night- 
stool,  nipp. 

Όττηλικος,  η,  ov,  how  big  or  old  so- 
ever, relat.  to  ττιβικός,  Plat.  Leg-g.  737 
C:  strengthd.,  07τ7/λίκοςονν,  Anst.  [t] 

Όπήμος,  v.  sub  όππήμος. 

Ότϊτμ'ίκΰ,  adv.,  when,  at  what  time. 
Soph.  Phil.  464,  Xen.  An.  3,  5,  18, 
etc. :  also  in  indirect  questions,  Ar. 
Av.  1499:  cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  50.— II. 
like  επειδή,  Lat.  quoniam,  Dein.  527, 
21.  [i] 

Όπηοϋν,  δπηπερ,  advs.,  v.  sub  οπη 
III. 

Όπητείδίον,  ov,  to,  and  όπήτειον, 
ου,  τύ,  dim.  from  δπεας. 

Όπή-Lov,  ου,τό,  dim.  from  δπεας, 
Nicochar,  Cret.  1. 

Όπητιοϋν,  adv.,  v.  όπη  II,  fin. 

'Όπίας,  (sc.  τυρός)  L•,  cheese  made 
from  milk,  curdled  with  fig-juice  {οπός), 
Ar.  Vesp.  353— with  a  pun  on  όπη  : 
in  full  τυρός  όπίας,  Eur.  Cycl.  136  ; 
cf.  Ath.  65S  C  ; — v.  sub  όπίζω  1Γ. 

Όπιδνός,  ή,  όν,  dreaded,  awful,  Αρ. 
Rh.  2,  292  :  from 

Όπίζομαι,  f.  -ίσομαι,  dep.  mid., 
used  by  Horn,  only  in  pres.  and  impf. 
with  or  without  augm.  (όπις).  To 
care  for,  regard,  with  coliat.  notion  of 
dread  of  punishment;  to  dread, fear, 
Lat.  vereri,  revereri,  Αίός  μήνη',  Od. 
14,  283,  Hes.  Sc.  21  ;  συν  Ουμόν,Οά. 
13,  148  ;  μητρός  έφετμήν,  II.  18,  216  ; 
also,  to  look  up  to  with  awe  and  reve- 
rence, to  reverence,  τινά,  li.  22,  332,  H. 
Merc.  332  ;  esp.  of  the  gods,  parents, 
and  superiors;  hence,  όπιζόμενος,  a 
pious,  religious  man.  Find.  P.  4,  152, 
I.  3,  7  :  also  like  the  similar  verbs, 
άλέγω,  άλεγίζω,  επιστρέφομαι,  c.  gen. 
pers.,  Theogn.  732,  1144,  Ap.  Rh.  2, 
181  ;  cf.  όπις  3. — The  act.  only  oc- 
curs in  a  late  epigr.,  Anth.  P.  append. 

Όττί^ω,  (οπός)  to  extract  juice,  esp. 
milky  juice,  Theophr.  :  also  to  get  resin 
from  a  tree  by  making  incisions : — 
pass,  to  ooze  out,  Diod. — II.  όττ.  γάλα, 
to  curdle  milk  with  fig  juice  {οπός), 
Arist.  Meteor.  4,  7,  9  ;  cf  όπίας. 

ΌπΙθε  and  ϋπίθεν,  adv.,  poet,  for 
όπισθε.  όπισθεν,  Horn. 

ΌπΙθόμβροτος,  ov,  poet,  for  όπι- 
σθόμβροτος,  following  a  jnortal,  όπιθ. 
αΰχηιχα,  the  glorj'  that  lives  after  me^n, 
Pmd'.  P.  1,  179.  ^ 

ΥΟπίκία.  ας,  ή,  the  territory  of  the 
Opici,  m  Italy,  Thuc.  6,  4  :  from 

i'OniKoi,  ών,  oi,  the  Opici,  an  an- 
cient race  in  Italy,  Thuc.  6,  4:  v. 
Niebnhr's  Rome,  1,  p.  64,  C6,  sqq., 
transl.     Hence 

Όπΐαός,  ή.  όν,  Lat.  Opicus,  Opican, 
with  a  play  on  οπή,  Anth.  P.  5,  132. 

Όπιυν,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  οπός,  esp. 
poppy-juice,  opium,  Diosc. 

'Οπίονρος,  ου,  ό,  in  Arist.  Probl. 
16,  8,  9,  όπίονροι  κατεαγότες  seem 
to  be  the  stumps  of  nails  broken  in. 
(Prob.  from  όπίς,  οίφύ.) 

ΌπΙπεντήρ,  ήρος,  ό,  late  form  for 
όπιπτεντί/ρ,  Manetho :  from 

ΌπΙπενω,  late  form  for  όπιπτενω, 
q.  V. 

Όπίπης,  ov,  o,  one  who  spies  at : 
mostly  in  compds.,  as  γνναικοπίπης, 


ΟΠΙΣ 

παρθενοπίπης,  παιδυπίπης,  πυ/)ροπί- 
πης.  [ϊ] 

Όπιπτεντήρ,  ήρος,  ό,  α  starer,  ga- 
per, later  όπϊπεντήρ :  from 

Όπιπτεύω,  to  look  around  after,  Osn. 
with  coliat.  notion  of  curiosity,  to 
stare  at,  γυναίκας,  Od.  19,  67 ;  or  of 
fear,  τι  δ'  όπιπτεύεις  πολέμοιο  γέ- 
φυρας, II.  4,  371,  cf.  Hes.  Op.  29: 
hence,  generally,  to  observe,  watch, 
Lye. :  absol.  to  lie  in  wait,  watch  one's 
opportunity,  ov  γύρ  σ'  έΟέλω  βαλέειν... 
Τιάϋρη  όπιπτενσας  ά?ιλ'  άμφαδόν,  II. 
7,  243,  Hes.  Op.  804.  A  later  form 
is  όπίπενω,  Musae.  101.  (From  same 
root  as  όψομαι,  fut.  of  όρύω.) 

"Οπΐς.  Ιδος,  ή,  ace  όπΐν  Hom.,  and 
Hes.,  but  in  Od.  and  other  poets  also 
όπίδα.  Ace.  as  we  derive  it  from 
όψ,  δ-ψομαι  (fut.  of  όρύω),  or  from 
έπω,  'έπομαι,  it  will  be,  either  the  re- 
gard paid  to  men's  deeds,  or  their  con- 
sequence;  and  so, — 1.  in  bad  sense, 
as  always  in  Horn.,  retribution,  ven- 
geance, punishment:  in  Hom.  usu., 
δπις  θεών,  the  vengeance  or  visitation 
of  the  gods,  for  transgressing  divine 
laws,  βεών  δπιν  ουκ  ύλέγειν,  II.  16, 
388,  Hes.  Op.  249 ;  θ.  δπιν  τρομέειν, 
θ.  όπιδα  αίδε'ισθαι,  Od.  20,  215  ;  21, 
28  ;  so,  (Ι.  δπιν  εϊδότες,  Hes.  Op.  185  ; 
and,  lb.  704,  δπιρ  αθανάτων  πεφυ- 
λαγμένος  :  also  without  θεών,  of  the 
future  vengeance  of  the  gods,  δπιδα 
φρονεϊν,  Od.  14,  82;  όπιύος  δέος,  14, 
88  ;  and  of  the  avenging  goddesses, 
κακήν  δπιν  ΰποδοΰναι,  Hes.  Th.  222, 
cf.  'rheocr.  25,  4 :  hence  Ονπις. — 2. 
in  good  sense,  the  care  or  faro ur  of  the 
gods,  θεών  δπιν  αΐτείν,  Pind.  P.  8, 
101.• — 3.  the  awful  regard  which  men 
pay  to  the  gods,  to  their  elders,  and 
to  their  superiors,  religious  awe,  vene- 
ration, obedience,  Lat.  revererdia,  θεών 
δπιν  εχειν,  to  hold  the  gods  in  awe, 
Hdt.  8,  143;  9.  76,  just  hke  ύπίζεσθαι 
θεούς ;  also,  όττίΐ'  (or  δπι)  δίκαιον 
ξένων,  strict  in  his  reverence  ioti-ards 
strangers,  i.  e.  in  the  duties  of  hos- 
pitality, Pind.  O.  2,  10,  ubi  al.  ξένον  : 
so,  αΐδείσθαι  δπιδα  πο'λιοϊο  γενείον, 
to  maintain  due  reverence  for  the  hoary 
beard,  Mosch.  4,  117,  as  if  δπιν  ύπί- 
ζεσθαι.— Π.  attention  to  things,  zeal  in 
the  games,  etc.,  Pind.  I.  5  (4),  74. 

Όπΐσαμβώ,  ή,  {οπίσω,  άμβαίνω, 
αναβαίνω)  α  going  backwards,  Soph. 
Fr.  921. 

Όπισθά,  adv.  Aeol.  and  Dor.  for 
δπισθε. 

Όπισθύγκων,  ωνος,  6,  ή,  with  the 
arms  upon  the  back. 

Όπισθύμβων,  ωνος,  ύ,  a  desk,  read- 
ing-desk, Eccl. 

Όπισθε  and  before  a  vowel  -θεν, 
(in  Horn.,  Hes.  Th.  323,  and  other 
Ep.  also  δπίθε,  and  before  a  vowel  or 
to  make  a  long  syll.,  as  in  II.  16,  791, 
δπίθεν). — Adv. : — I.  of  place,  behind, 
at  the  back,  freq.  in  Horn.  ;  opp.  to 
πρόσθε.  11.  5,  595  ;  πρόσθε  λέων  δπί- 
θεν υί  δρά:«Λ>ν  μέσση  δε  χίμαιρα,  11. 
6,  181  ;  δπισθε  κατα'λείπειν,  Od.  10, 
209;  μένειν,  II.  9,  332,  etc.  :  ο'ι  όπι- 
σθε, those  who  are  left  behind,  e.  g.  in 
dying,  Od.  11,  60  ;  but  also  those  which 
follow,  the  rest,  as,  oi  δπισθε  λό}Όί, 
the  remaining  books,  Hdt.  5,  22  :  τα 
όπισθεν,  the  hinder  parts,  rear,  hack, 
\  11.  11,  613;  εις  τούπισθεν,  back,  hack- 
j  tmrds,  Eur.  Phoen.  1410;  εις  τ.  τοξ- 
εύειν,  i.  e.  '  tiersis  sagit/is.'  like  the 
Parthiaiis,  Xen.  An,  3,  3,  10 :  opp.  to 
!  έκ  τονπισθεν,  Ar.  Eccl.  482 :  όττ.  ΤΓΟί- 
ήσασθαι  τον  ποταμόν,  to  place  the  riv- 
er in  his  rear,  Xen.  An.  1,  10,  9. — 2.  as 
prep,  with  gen.,  behind,  στή  ό'  δπιθεν 
:  όίφροίο,  II.  17,  468 ;  δπισθε  μάχης,  13, 


ΟΠΙΣ 

536;  δπισθε  της  θνρης,  Hdt.  1,  9; 
etc. :  sometimes  alter  its  case,  II.  24, 
15 :  όπισθεν  τίνος  έστύναι,  to  be 
held  second  to...  Soph.  Ant.  640. — II. 
of  time,  after,  in  future,  hereafter,  Od. 
2,  270  ;  18,  167,  Hes.,  etc. ;  either  of 
a  thing  absolutely  future,  or  of  one 
which  follows  something  else,  opp.  to 
αντίκα,  11.  9,  519 ;  έν  τοις  υπ.  λό- 
γοΐΓ,  Hdt.  5,  22  :— cf  οπίσω. — III.  in 
Gramm.,  sometimes  of  what  follotvs, 
sometimes  of  what  has  gone  before, 
Buttm.  SchoL  Od.  1, 127,Lob.  Phryn. 
11. — Comp.  όπίστερος,  superl.  όπί- 
στατος,  q.  v.  (Prob.  Irom  όπις,  akin 
to  άνόπιν.  κατυπιν,  μετύπιν,  όπισω, 
όψέ,  but  yet  not  contr.  for  όπίσωθεν  : 
it  is  dub.  whether  the  Att  form  was 
not  always  όπισθεν,  and  όπισθε  only 
a  poet,  license.  Lob.  Phryn.  8,  284.) 

Όπισθένΰρ,  ΰρος,  τό,  (όπισθε,  θέ• 
ναρ)  the  back  of  the  hand,  Galen. 

Όπισθίδιυς,  a.  ox',=  sq.,  Call.  Dian. 
151.     Adv.  -ως.  [til] 

'Οπίσθιος,  a,  ov,  also  ος.  ov  {όπι- 
σθε) : — hinder,  belonging  to  the  back  or 
hinder  part,  Lat.  posticus,  όπ.  σκέ/ta, 
the  hind-]egs.  Hdt.  3,  103,  Xen.  Eq. 
11.2;— so,  ra  όττ.  Arist.  H.  A.2, 1, 12: 
— opp.  to  πρόσθιος.    Adv.  -ίως,  LXX. 

'Οπισθοβάμων,  ov,  {όπισθε,  βαίνω) 
going,  walking  backwards,  Anth.  P.  6, 
196. — II.  mounting,  covering,  of  male 
animals,  [ΰ] 

Όπισθοβΰρής,  ές,  loaded  behind. 

Όπισθοβύτης,  ov,  ό,  =  οπισθοβά- 
μων II,  Mel.  22.  [ά] 

Όπισθοβύτικης,  ή,  όν,  used  to  go 
backicards,  etc.,  Clem.  Al. 

Όπισθόβολος,  ov  {όπισθε,  βάλλω, 
thrown  backwards,  Noilll. 

Όπισθοβρίθής,  ές,  (όπισθε,  βρίθω) 
loaded  behind,  Aesch.  Fr.  349. 

Όπισθόγράφος,  ov,  {όπισθε,  γρά- 
φω) written  on  the  back  or  cover,  βιβ/Λ- 
ov,  Luc.  Vit.  Auct.  9,  —  Juvenal's 
scriptus  et  in  tergo. 

'Οπισθοδάκτν?Μς,  ov,  {δπισθε,  δά- 
κτνλος)  with  fingers  bent  backwards, 
Strab. 

Όπισθύδετος,  ov,  (όπισθε,  δέω) 
bound  btitind  or  backwards,  Simon.  8. 

Όπισθοδίωξις,  ή,=^παλίωξις. 

'Οπισθόδομος,  ου,  ό,  (όπισθε,  δό- 
μος) a  back  chamber :  esp.  the  inner 
cf'lla  of  the  old  temple  of  Minerva  in 
the  Acropolis  at  Athens,  used  as  the 
treasury,  Ar.  Plut  1193,  Dem.  743, 
1  :  cf  Bockh  P.  E.  2,  189.— II.  as 
adj.,  at  the  back  of  a  building,  στή?  ai, 
Polyb.  12,  12,  2. 

'Οπισθοκάλνμμα,  ατός,  το,  {δπισθε, 
κά?.νμμα)  α  hinder  covering,  Clem.  ΑΙ. 
[α] 

Όπισθοκαρπος,  ον,  {δπισθε,  καρ- 
πός) bearing  its  fruit  under  (instead  of 
above)  the  leaves,  like  some  iig-trees, 
Theophr. 

Όπισθοκέλευθος,  ov,  (όπισθε,  κέ- 
7-ευθος) going  backwards ;  οτ  following, 
Nonn. 

Όπισθόκεντρος,  ov,  {δπισθε,  κέν- 
τρον)  with  a  sting  in  the  tail,  Epich.  p. 
35,  Arist.  H.  A.  1,  5,  12. 

Όπισθοκέφά?.ον,  ου,  τό,  the  hack 
of  the  head,  occiput. 

Όπισθοκόμης,  ov,  o,=  sq. 

Όπισθόκομθ£,  ov.  (όπισθε,  κόμη) 
wearing  the  hair  long  behind,  Nonn. 

Όπισθοκράνιον,  ov,  τό,  the  back 
part  of  the  skull,  occiput,   [a] 

ΌπισθοκρηπΙδες,  ai,  a  kind  of  wo- 
men's shoe. 

Όπισθοκύφωσις,  ή,  a  backward  curv- 
ature of  the  spine.  [£'] 

ΥΟπισθολεπρία.  ας,  ή,  (όπισθε, 
\έπρα)  a  part  of  Ephesus  behind  the 
Lepra,  Strab.  p.  633. 

1037 


ΟΠΙΣ 

Ό~ίσθόμ3ροτος,  ον,  ν.  όιηθόμβρο- 
τος. 

Όττισθομι'/ριον,  ον,  TO,=  sq. 

Όττισβόμηρος,  ον,  ο,  {όπισθε,  μη- 
ρός) the  back  of  the  thigh.  Ptolem. 

Όπισθονόμος,  ον,  (ύττισβε,  νέμω) 
gra:ini;  backwards,  of  Certain  cattle 
Λν^Κ  large  horns  slanting  forwards, 
Hdt.  4,  183,  cf.  Arist.  Part.  An.  2,  16, 
6,  Ael.  N.  A.  16,  33. 

ΌτΓίσθοννγής.  ές,  {όπισθε,  νύσσω) 
pricking  from  behind,  κέντρον,  Aiith. 
P.  6,  104. 

Όπίσθοποί,  o'l,  v.  sub  δπισθόπονς. 

^Οπισθοπόρος,  ov,  =  ότησΟοκέ'λευ- 
θος,  Nonn. 

'ΟτΓίσθότΓονς,  ύ,  ή,  -πουν,  τό,  {ϋτη• 
σθε,  πους) :  walking  behi?id,  following, 
attendant,  προςπόλων  όπισθόπονς  κώ• 
ιιοΓ,  Eur.  Hipp.  54,  ubi  v.  Monk,  et 
Valck.  lb.  1177:— Aesch.,  Cho.  713, 
ha.s  the  ace.  pliir.  όπισθόπονς  τούςδε, 
as  if  from  όπίσβοπος,  cf.  ΰέλλοπος. 

ΌτΓίσθορμέω,  ώ,  to  hasten  back. 
Hence 

Όπισθόρμητος.  ον,  hastening  back. 

Όπισθοσφενδόνη,  ης,  ή,  {ΰπισθε, 
σφενδόνη)  the  back  part  of  the  σφενδό- 
νη (q.  v.,  signf.  11.  3),  Ar.  Fr.  309,  4. 

'Οπίσβοτί?Μ,  ή,  Boeot.  name  for 
the  σηπία  or  cuttle-fish,  which  squirts 
its  liijiiorfrooi  behind,  Strattls  Phoen. 
3,  3.   [f] 

Όπιαθοτονία,  ας,  η,  a  disease  in 
which  the  limbs  are  draicn  back  and 
stiffen,  Pliny's  dolor  inflexibilis,  Hipp.  : 
and 

Όπισθοτονικός,  η,  όν,  of  or  subject 
to  όπισθοτονία :  from 

Όπισθότονος,  ον,  {όπισθε,  τείνω) 
drawn  backwards,  πόδες,  Nonn.  :  sub- 
ject to  όπισθοτονία.  Hipp. — II.  ό  όπι- 
σΟότονος,=  όπισθοτονία.  Plat.  Tim. 
84  Ε  ;  opp.  to  εμπροσθότονος. 

Όπισθοτονώοης,  ες,  (όπισθοτονία, 
είδος)  like,  or,  suffering  from  όπισθο- 
τονία. Hipp. 

Όπισθονρητικός,  η,  όν,  {όπισθε,  ου- 
ρέο))  retromingent,  Arist.  Η.  Α.  2,  1, 
45. 

Όπισθοφάλακρος,  ον,  bald  behind. 

Όπισθοφάνής,  ές,  {όπισθε,  φαίνο- 
μαι) showing  behind,  backward,  LXX. 

'Όπισθοφόρος.  ον,  {όπισθε,  φέρω) 
tending  backward,  in  a  backward  direc- 
tion, Opp.  H.  3,  318. 

Όπισθοών'λακεω,  ώ,  to  guard  the 
rear,  form  the  rear-guard,  Xen.  An.  3, 
3,  8.— Π.  to  command  it,  lb.  2,  3,  10, 
etc. :  and 

Όπισθοφνλΰκία,  ας,  ή,  the  command 
of  the  rear,  Xen.  An.  4,  6,  19  :  from 

Όπισθοφύλαξ,  ύκος,  ό,  //,  {όπισθε, 
φύλαξ)  one  tiho  ivalches  behind,  esp.  in 
the  rear  of  an  army  :  ol  όττ.,  the  rear- 
guard, Xen.  An.  4,  1,6,  etc. 

Όπισθοχειμών,  ώνος,  ό,  {όπισθε, 
χείμών)  α  late,  an  after-winter,  Hipp. 

Όπισθόχειρ,  χειρός,  ό,  ή,  (όπισθε, 
χείρ)  with  the  hands  tied  behind,  Dio  C. 

Όπισμα,  ατός,  τό,  (όπίζω)  the  juice, 
esp.  the  milky  juice  of  trees  or  plants, 
Diosc. 

Όπισμός,  ον,  ό,  {όπίζω)  a  drawing 
out  the  juice,  esp.  the  milky  juice  of 
plants,  Theophr. 

ΌτΓί'σσω,  adv.  Ep.  for  οπίσω,  Horn., 
q.  V. 

Όπίστατος,  η,  ον,  {όπισθε)  hind- 
most or  last,  Lat.  postremns,  11.  8,  312. 
— The  compar.  όπίστερος.  a,  ov,  Lat. 
posterior,  occurs  in  Arat.  284,  and  Nic. 
— No  posit,  occurs. 

'Οπίσω,  Ep.  όπίσσω,  adv.  {όπις). 
— I.  of  place,  behind,  backwards.  Hum., 
and  Hes. :  πάλιν  όπίσσω,  Od.  11, 149; 
opp.  tc  πρόσω,  11.  12,  272  ;  to  προπρη- 
νες,  11.  3,  218:  Att.  also  το  οπίσω, 
1038 


ΟΠΛΙ 

contr.  τονπίσω,  εις  τονπίσω,  back- 
tmrds.  and  so  τό  οπίσω,  Hdt.  1, 207 ;  8, 
108. — 2.  as  prep,  with  gen.,  like  όπι- 
σθε 1.  2,  LXX.,  and  N.  T.— II.  of 
time,  afterwards,  hereafter,  oft.  in 
Hom.,  also  Hes.  Op.  739,  Th.  488; 
ές  όπίσσω,  Od.  20,  199  ;  ύμα  πρόσσω 
και  όπίσσω  νοείν,  ?^:νσσειν,  όράν,  to 
look  at  once  before  and  behind,  i.  e.  to 
the  present  ana  future,  or  to  the  imme- 
diate and  more  distant  future,  II.  1,  343  ; 
3,  109  ;  18,  250,  Od.  24,  452  ;— which 
Hej'ne  and  others  wrongly  explain, 
to  look  forwards  and  backwards  ;  for 
Οπίσω  always  refers  to  a  future  time, 
and  that,  strictly,  m  relation  to  some 
other;  just  so  in  Att.  τό  τ'  έπειτα 
και  TO  μέλλον.  Erf.  Soph.  Ant.  607: 
the  real  oppos.  of  the  past  and  the 
j'uture  is  found  in  προπύροιθε  and 
οπίσω,  Od.  11,  483  :  of  the  present  and 
future  in  vi'v  and  οπίσω,  II.  6,  352  ; 
or  ένθύδε  and  οπίσω,  Soph.  O.  T. 
488 :  o'l  οπίσω  λ.όγοι,  the  following 
books,  Hdt.  1,  75. — III.  as  all  going 
backwards  implies  a  retracing,  and  so 
a  repetition  of  former  motion,  οπίσω 
took  the  signf.  of  over  again,  again, 
άνακτάσΟαι  όπ.,  Hdt.  1,  61  ;  άποδον- 
ναι  όπ.,  5,  92,  3  :  σφραγίζειν  λνειν  τ' 
οπίσω,  Eur.  1.  Α.  38  ;  and  so  just  like 
πάλιν.  Cf.  όπισθε. — Hom.  uses  the 
Ep.  form  much  oftener  than  the  com- 
mon, which  he  has  only  in  signf.  I.  [l] 

ΥΟπιτέργιον,  ov,  τό,  Opitergium,  a 
town  of  Venetia  on  the  Plavis,  now 
Oderzo,  Strab.  p.  214. 

'\"Οπ?.ακος,  ov,  ύ,  Opiacus,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Plut.  Pyrrh.  16. 

Όπλάριον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  δπλον, 
Plut.  Flamin.  17.   [ώ] 

Όπλενδντέω.  ώ,  {δπλον,  ίνδύω)  to 
put  on  armour,  Nicet. 

Υ0π7.ενς,  έως,  ό,  Hopleus,  one  of 
the  Lajiilhae,  Hes.  Sc.  180. — 2.  son 
of  Neptune  and  Canace,  Apollod.  1, 
7,  4. — Others  in  Apollod.,  etc, 

Όπλέω,  (όπ7ιον)  poet,  for  οπλίζω, 
to  make  ready,  άμαξαν  ωπλεον,  Od.  6, 
73. 

Όπλ.ή,  ης,  η,  {όπ?.ον)  α  hoof:  strict- 
ly the  solid  hoof  of  the  horse  and  ass, 
11.  11,  5.36;  20,  501  ;  then  the  cloven 
/ioo/ of  horned  cattle,  H.  Horn.  Merc. 
77,  Hes.  Op.  487  ;  of  swine,  Simon. 
131,  Ar.  Ach.  740. 

'Οπλήεις,  εσσα,  εν,  {δπλον)  armed, 
Dio  Chr. 

νΟ^λης,  ητος,  ό,  Hoples,  father  of 
Meta,  Apollod.  3,  15,  6:  son  of  Ion, 
after  whom  ace.  to  Hdt.  5,  66,  were 
named  the  following. 

"Οπλητες,  ol,  =  όπλΐται,  name  of 
one  of  the  four  old  tribes  at  Athens, 
Hdt.  5,  66,  Eur.  Ion  1580:  cf.  Αίγι- 
κορεις. 

'Οπλίζω,  f.  -ίσω  :  aor.  ωπλισα,  but 
in  Hom.  also,  metri  grat.,  ίΐιπλισσα. 
ώπλίσσατο:  he  always  uses  the 
augni.,  except  in  the  forms  όπλισά- 
μεσθα,  δπ/.ισθεν  :  (δττλοί').  To  make 
or  get  ready ;  in  Horn,  of  meats  and 
drink,  to  dress,  II.  11,  641  ;  so  in  mid., 
δέιρπον  or  δείπνον  όπλίζεσθαι,  to 
7nake  one's  self  a  meal  ready,  freq. 
in  Hom. ;  of  chariot-horses,  ΰμαξαν 
όπ?.ίσαι,  II.  24,  190 ;  and  in  mid., 
'ίππονς  ώπ?.ίσατο,  he  harnessed  his 
horses,  II.  23,  301  :  —  of  soldiers,  to 
equip,  arm,  Hdt.  1.  127,  etc.;  but  also, 
to  train,  exercise,  Id.  6,  12  ;  esp.  to  arm, 
equip  as  όπλίται,  Thuc.  6,  100. 

B.  pass,  and  mid.,  to  be  made  ready, 
get  readi/.  be  ready,  νΐ/ες  οπλίζονται, 
Od.  17, 288,  II.  7, 417,  Od.  14,  526  ;  δπ- 
λισθεν  (3  pi.  aor.  for  ώπλίσθησαν)  δε 
γυναίκες,  the  women  got  ready  (for 
dancing),  Od.  23,  143  ;  to  arm,  prepare 


ΟΠΛΟ 

for  battle,  11.  8,  55,  Od.  24,  495,  Hdt., 
etc. ;  λάμπας  διϋ  χερών  ώπλισ/^νη, 
Aesch.  Theb.  433  :  —  c.  ace,  θράσος 
όπλίζεσθαι.  to  arm  one^s  self  xiitk 
courage.  Soph.  El.  996 ;  but  more 
usu.  c.  dat.  instrum.,  όπ'λιζώ/ιεσθα 
φασγάνω  χέρας,  Eur.  Or.  1223,  cf. 
Phoen.  267  ;  also,  θνρσοις  διύ  χερών 
ώπλισμέναι,  Id.  Bacch.  733.     Hence 

'ΟπλΙσις,  εως,  ή,  a  preparing,  esp. 
for  war,  equipment,  accoutrement,  arm- 
ing, Ar.  Kan.  1036,  Thuc.  3,  22  ;  also 
armour.  Plat.  Tim.  24  B. — The  form 
όπλισία  in  Anth.  P.  6,  210,  e  conj. 
Lobeck. 

"Οπλισμα,  ατός,  τό,  {οπλίζω)  an 
army,  armament,  Eur.  Supp.  714, 1.  A. 
253  : — armour,  defence,  in  plur.,  Plat. 
Polit.  279  D. 

'Οπλισμός,  ov,  ό,=  δπλασις,  Aesch. 
Ag.  405:  said  to  be  less  good  Att., 
Phryn.  511. 

Όπλιστέον,  verb.  adj.  from  οπλίζω, 
one  must  arm,  Xen.  Hipparch.  1,  6. 

Όπλιστης  κόσμοΓ,  ό,  a  warrior- 
dress,  Anth.  P.  7,  230. 

Όπ?ΰτάγωγός,  όν,  {οπλίτης,  άγω) 
commanding  the  heai^y-armed,  Thuc.  6, 
25,  31. 

Όπλιτεία,  ας,  η,  the  service  of  the 
heavy-armed:  όπλ.  ναυτικτ},  a  battle 
fought  by  them  at  sea,  Plat.  Legg. 
706  C :  from 

Όπ/ιΙτενω,  to  serve  as  a  man-at• 
ar7},s,  Thuc.  6,  91 ;  8,  73,  Xen.,  etc. : 
from 

'Οπλίτης,  ov,  ό,  {δπλον)  heavy- 
armed,  armed,  δρόμος  όπλ.,  a  race  of 
men  in  armour,  opp.  to  the  naked  race 
(v.  sub  στάδιαν  il.).  Find.  I.  1,  32,  cf. 
όπλιτοδρομεω  :  όπλ.  στρατός,  an 
armed  host,  Eur.  Heracl.  800 ;  όπλ. 
κόσμος,  xvarrior-dress,  armour,  lb.  099. 
— 11.  mostly  as  subst.,  οπλίτης,  ό,  a 
heavy-artned  foot-soldier,  man-at-arms, 
who  carried  a  pike  {δόρυ),  and  a 
large  shield  {δπλον),  whence  the 
name,  as  the  light-armed  foot-soldier 
{πε'λτάστης)  had  his  from  the  light 
πέ?ιτη : — όπ'λΐται  are  opp.  to  ιΐηλοί, 
Hdt.  9,  30,  Thuc.  1,  106  ;  to  γνμνητες, 
Hdt.  9,  63 ;  to  ΊππεΪΓ,  Plat.  Rep.  552 
A  ;  to  τοξόται.  Id.  Criti.  119  B.    [i] 

ΥΟπλίτης.  ov.  ό,  the  Hoplltes,  a 
river  near  Haliartus,  in  Boeotia,  Plut^ 
Lys.  29  ;  also  Όπλίας. 

Όπλίτικός,  ή,  όν,  {οπλίτης)  of  or 
belonging  to  a  man-at-arms,  μάχ?).  Plat. 
Rep.  374  D. — II.  ή  -κή  (sc.  τέχν?/),  the 
art  of  using  heavy  arms,  and  in  genl. 
the  art  of  war,  lb.  333  D. — 2.  to  όπλι- 
τικόν,=  οί  ύπλίται,  Thuc.  5,  6,  Xen. 
An.  7,  6,  26  :  so,  τα  όπλ.  έπιτηδευειν, 
to  serve  as  a  man-at-arms,  Plat.  Lach. 
183  C. 

Όπ7.1τις,  ιδος,  η,  γννη,  χείρ,  etc., 
fern,  from  οπλίτης.  Pans. 

Όπλιτοδρομεω,  ώ,  to  run  a  race  in 
armour :  from 

Όπλίτοδρόμος,  ov,  running  a  race 
in  armour. 

'Οπ7.1τοπά7ίης,  Dor.  -λαζ•,  ov,  ό, 
{οπλίτης,  πά7.η)  a  heavy-armed  war- 
rior, Aesch.  Fr.  427.  [uj 

'Οπλοδΐδακτ7)ς,  ov,  o,  one  who  teach- 
es the  use  of  arms. 

'Οπ7ΜδΙδάσκάλος,  ov,  o,=  foreg. 

Όπλοδοτέω,  ώ,  {δπ7ίθν,  δίδωμι)  ίο 
give  arms.  LXX. 

'Οπ7ιόδονπος,  ov,  {δπλον.  δονπέω) 
rattling  with  armour,  Orph.  H.  64,  3. 

'Οπλοθήκη,  ης,  ή,  {δπ7ιον,  θήκη)  an 
armoury,  Plut.  2,  159  Ε,  Sull.  14. 

Όπ7•.οκάθαρμός,  ov,  ό,  {δπλον,  κα- 
θαιρώ) the  coyisecration  of  arms,  Lat. 
armilustrum. 

Όπλοκαθαρσία,  ας,  η,  and  -θαρσί- 
ov,  ov,  τό  (sc.  ic'po;'),=foreg. 


ΟΠΛΟ 

ΌττλόκΓν-τος,  ον,  {δτζλον,  κτνπέω) 
=07rAO(Sof -TOf.tSeidl.  conj.in  Aesch. 
Theb.  83. 

Ό-'λο/.ογέω,  ώ,  {δπ?.ον,  λέγω)  to 
collect  arms,  LXX. 

"Οττλομαι,  poet,  for  ΰπ/ύζομαι,  as 
mid.,  όεϊτηον  ο-Άεσθαι,  to  prepare 
one's  self  a  meal,  II.  ]9,  172  ;  23,  159  ; 
ct.  όπ'λίζω  1. 

ΌπΑομανέω,  ώ.  to  be  madly  fond  of 
war,  Leon.  Tar.  50,  cf.  Ath.  234  C  : 
from 

Όπλομάνής,  ες,  {6π?.ον,  μαίνομαι) 
madly  fond  of  war.     Hence 

Όπλομΰνία,  ας,  η,  mad  fondness 
for  war. 

ΌττΆομαχέυ,  ώ,  {όπ?.ομάχος)  to 
serve  as  a  man-at-arms :  to  practise  or 
learn  the  use  of  arms,  Isocr.  Antid. 
ή  269,  Plut.  2,  793  E,  etc. ;  cf.  όττ'λο- 

t^X"?•       ,  ,         ,    ^      , 

Όαλοααχης,  ov,  o,  =  οπ/ίομαχος, 
Plat.  Eiithyd.  299  C.  [a]  ^ 

Όπλομάχητής,  ov,  ό,=^όπ?.ομύχος. 
Hence 

Ό~λομΰχτ]τικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to 
the  use  of  arms:  ή  -κή  (sc.  τέχν?/),  the 
art  of  rising  arms,  Sext.  Emp.  p.  726. 

'Οπ?ίθμΰχία,  ας,  ή,  (όηλομύχος)  a 
fighting  with  heavy  arms  : — lite  art  of 
using  them,  Ephor.  ap.  Alh.  154  D : 
hence,  genferallv,  the  art  of  war,  tactics. 
Plat.  Legg.  833  E,  Xen.  An.  2,  1,  7, 
cf.  Plat.  Legg.  813  E,  833  E.  Cf. 
όιτ/^ομύχος.     Hence 

ΌπΆομάχικός,  η,  όν,  o/or  belonging 
to  οπλομαχία. 

ΌττΆομαχος,  ov,  {οτνλον,  μάχομαι) 
fighting  in  heavy  arms,  Xen.  Lac.  11, 
8. — II.  ό  όττ?^-,  one  who  teaches  the  ttse 
of  arms,  a  drill-sergeant,  as  opp.  to  a 
mere  fencing-master,  Teles  ap.  Stob. 
p.  535,  21.  [u] 

ΌΠΑΟΝ,  01),  TO,  a  tool,  implement, 
usu.  in  plur.,  like  έντεα  and  τεύχεα: 
hence,  —  La  ship's  tackle,  tackling, 
Horn.,  but  only  in  Od.,  as  2.  390,  etc., 
Hes.  Op.  625  ;  esp.  the  cordage,  cables, 
ropes,  Od. ;  in  which  signf  Hom. 
twice  uses  tlie  sing.,  a  rope,  Od.  14, 
346;  21,  390:  generally,  ropes,  Hdt. 
9,  115,  cf.  7,  25.— II.  of  tools,  strictly 
so  called,  in  Hom.  esp.  oi smith's  tools, 
II.  18,  409;  in  full,  όττλα  χαλκήϊα,  Od. 

3,  433  :  ΰρούβης  ύττλον,  a  sickle,  Anth. 
P*6,  95 ;  οτΐ/.ον  γεροντιαόν,  a  staff, 
Call.  Ep.  1,  7. — III.  most  freq.,  δήλο, 
implements  of  war,  all  that  goes  to  fit 
out  a  soldier,  arms,  esp.  offensive 
arms,  but  also  harness,  armour,  Hom., 
but  only  in  H-,  as  10,  254;  11,  17, 
etc. ;  rarely  in  sing.,  a  weapon,  Hdt. 

4,  23,  Eur.  H.  F.  161.  570,  942.  Plat. 
Rep.  474  A  :  —  but  in  the  historical 
writers,  δ~λα  are  generally  the  large 
shields  (from  which  the  men-at-arms 
took  their  name  of  ό-λϊται,  poet,  also 
άστΓίσταί) ;  —  and  then,  generally, 
heavy  arms ; — hence,  tu  'ό~'/.α,^=ό~λι- 
ται.  men-at-arms,  prob.  not  before 
Soph.  Ant.  115,  v.  Francke  Callin. 
p.  188  ;  but  from  Xen.  downwds.  freq. 
also  in  prose,  as  An.  2,  2,  4,  Cyr.  5,  4, 
45  : — rd  ό~?.α,  also,  the  place  of  arms, 
camp,  Hdt.  1,  62  ;  5,  74,  Xen.  Cyr.  7, 
2,  5,  etc. ;  εκ  των  δττλων  προΊέναι, 
Thuc.  1,  11. — Phrases,  ip  δ-λοις,  in 
full  armour.  Plat.  Gorg.  456  D ;  εν 
τοις  δ-λοις  είναι,  to  be  under  arms, 
Xen.  An.  3,  2,  28  ;  so,  ννκτερεύειν  εν 
τοις  ό-.  Id. ;  εις  τά  δ-Άα  παραγγελ- 
/.ειν,  lb.  1,  5,  13:  δπλα  ατχοίίάλ'λειν, 
ρίτΓτειν,  άφιέναι,  κατατίθεσθαι,  ν. 
sub  voce. ;  so,  for  ΰ-/.α  τίθεσθαι,  v. 
τίθημι  Α.  IX.  —  IV.  membrum  virile, 
Nic. — V.  a  gymnastic  exercise,  the  last 
which  came  on  in  the  games,  Arte- 
mid. 


onoo 

ΌττλοτΓΟίέω,  ώ,  ( όπλοττοιός  )  to 
make  arms  or  armour,  LXX.     Hence 

Ό~?.οττοΐ7}Τΐκός,  η,  όν,  v.  1.  for 
όπλοττοΗκός,  in  Plat. 

Όττ/.οττοιΐα.  ας,  ή,  a  making  of  arms , 
Diod.  :  name  of  the  18th  book  of  the 
Iliad,  —  '  the  making  of  Achilles' 
arms,'  Strab.  :  and 

ΌττλοτΓΟίίλόζ•,  ί'ι,  όν,  able  to  make 
arms:  ή  -κή  (sc.  τέχνη),  the  art  of 
forging  arins.  Plat.  Polit.  280  D  :  from 

'Οπλοποιός,  όν,  (  δπλον,  ποιέω  ) 
making  ur/ns,  an  armourer. 

Όπ?.οσκοπία,  ας,  ή,  (δπλον,  σκο- 
πέ<ύ)  an  inspection  of  arms  :  a  review, 
Philo. 

Όπλόσμιος,  ov,  δ,  epilh.  of  Jupiter 
in  Caria,  Anst.  Part.  An.  3,  10.  10  :— 
and,  'Οπ?.οσμία,  ας,  η,  of  Juno  in  Pe- 
loponnesus, Lye.  614  ; — prob.  armed, 
bearing  arms. 

Όπλότερος,  a,  ov,  and  δπ/.ότατος, 
η,  ov,  compar.  and  superl.  without 
any  posit,  in  use ; — poet,  for  νεώτερος, 
νεώτατυς,  the  younger,  the  youngest, 
Hom.  ;  and  more  fully,  δπλ.ότερος 
γενιή,  younger  by  birth,  Lat.  minor 
natu,'  II.  2,  707,  Od.  19,  184,  always 
of  persons  :  the  superl.  is  not  found 
in  11.,  whereas  Hes.  uses  superl. 
only,  though  only  in  Theog.  The 
orig.  signf,  as  is  evident  from  the 
root  δπ/.ον,  was  the  jnore  or  most  fit 
for  bearing  arms  ;  and  so,  we  find  δπ- 
λότεροι  simply  the  youth,  i.  e.  those  ca- 
pable of  bearing  arms,  the  serviceable 
men,  just  like  μάχιμοι,  opp.  to  the  old 
men  and  children,  II.  3.  108,  Ep. 
Hom.  4,  5 : — but  as  the  youngest  are 
the  last  born,  άνδρες  όπλότεροί  also 
means  the  latter  generations,  menof  later 
days,  Theocr.  16,  46. 

Όπλονργία,  ας,  ή,=δπ/.οποιία. 

Όττ'λοφύγος,  ov,  corroding  arms  or 
shields,  [a] 

Όπ/.οφορέω,  ύ.  to  bear  arms,  be 
armed,  Xen.  Cyr.  4,  3,  18. — II.  pass., 
to  have  a  body-guard,  Plut.  Aemil.  27  : 
from 

Ότλοι^όροΓ,  ov,  {δπλ.ον,  φέρω)  bear- 
ing arms,  arrrted  :  an  armed  man,  a  war- 
rior, soldier,  Eur.  Phoen.  789,  Xen. 
Cvr.  8,  5,  7. — ΙΙ.^όορνφόρος,  Xen. 
Hier.  2,  8. 

Όπ?.οφνλάκιον,  ov,  τό,  an  armoury, 
Strab.  [u]  from 

Όπλοφνλαξ,  ακος,  δ,  ή,  (  δπ7.ον, 
φν/αξ)  one  who  has  the  charge  of  arms, 
an  armourer,  Ath.  538  B.  [v] 

Όπ?.οχΰρής,  ες,  {δπλον,  χαίρω) 
delighting  in  arms,  Orph.  H.  31,  6. 

'Οποβύ/.σύμον,  ov,  τό  [οπός,  βά7,- 
σαμος)  the  juice  of  the  balsam-tree,  Di- 
osc.  1,  18. 

Όποδΰπός,  ή,  όν,  correlative  to  ττο- 
δαπός,  in  indirect  questions,  of  what 
country,  what  countryman,  Lat  cujas, 
Hdt.  5,  13  ;  9,  16,  v.  Lob.  Phryn.  57. 

Όποειδής,  ες,  {οπός,  είδος)  like  the 
juice  of  the  fig-tree  {οπός) ;  esp.  fit  for 
curdling  milk,  like  it,  Hipp. 

Όπόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  (  οπός )  juicy, 
Nic.  ΑΙ.  318. 

νΟπόεις,  εντός,  δ,  contd.  Όπονς, 
ονντος,  {Opo'is  or)  Opus,  son  of  Jupi- 
ter and  Protogenia,  king  of  the  Epei, 
Pind.  O.  9,  87.— II.  in  Pmd.  O.  9,  22, 
ή,  capital  city  of  the  Locri  named 
from  it  Opuntii,  native  place  of  Pa- 
troclus,  II.  18,  326 ;  Pind. ;  etc. ;  its 
site  near  mod.  Talanta.—  2.  a  small 
place  in  Elis,  Strab.  p.  425. 

'Οπόθεν,  Ep.  δππόσεν.  Ion.  δκόθεν: 
never  δπόθε — for  δπόθ'  in  Od.  3,  89, 
is  δπόθι : — adv.,  correlative  to  πόθεν, 
whence,  from  ivhat  place,  in  Od.  always 
in  Ep.  form,  in  II.  not  at  all ;  in  indi- 
rect questions,  είρεαι  όππόθεν  είμέν, 


ϋΙΙΟΣ 

Od.  3,  80 ;  ερεσθαι,  όππόθεν  οντος 
ΰνηρ,  Od.  1,  400:  or  simply  relat.,  to 
the  place  from  which,  Xen.  An.  5,  2,  2  : 
— οπόθεν  uv  τύχ-η,  uhencesotver  it  may 
be.  Plat.  Theaet.'  180  C :  —  so,  δποθε• 
voi'v.  Id.  Gorg.  512  A. 

ΌπόθΙ,  Ep.  δππόθΐ :  adv.:  —  cor 
relative  to  πόβι,  where,  poet,  for  δπον, 
11.  9,  577,  Od.  3. 89  (where  t  is  elided), 
— each  time  in  Ep.  form. 

Όποί,  adv.,  correlative  to  ποΐ  : — I. 
of  place,  whither,  also  thither  where, 
Pors.  Hec.  1002  ;  δποι  uv,  with  sub- 
junct.,  whithersoever.  Plat.  Apol.  37  D, 
etc. :  δποιπερ.  Soph.  Aj.  810  :  όποί 
ποτέ.  Plat.  Ax.  365  C  : — δποι  προσω- 
τάτω,  so  far  as  possible  ;  μέχρι  δποι, 
how  far,  Plat.  Gorg.  487  C  : — also  m 
pregnant  signf  with  verbs  of  rest,  cf. 
Lob.  Phryn.  43,  Jelf  Gr.  Gr.  (J  646  :— 
on  its  difference  from  υπη,  v.  sub 
voc. — 2.  c.  gen.,  δποι  γης,  whither  in 
the  world,  Lat.  quo  terrarum,  Ar.  Ach. 
209,  here  too  in  pregnant  signf,  with 
εσμέν. — II.  of  manner,  for  όπως,  how, 
how  Jar,  Lat.  quatenus  or  quam  in  par- 
tem, Reisig.  Enarr.  Soph.  O.  C.  373 
(383). 

ΥΟποίη,  ης,  ή,  Opoee,  wife  of 
Scyles,  Hdt.  4,  78. 

Όποιος,  a,  ov,  Ep.  δπποΐος,  η,  ov, 
as  usu.  in  Hom..  though  in  Od.  he 
sometimes  has  the  conmion  form: 
Ion.  όκοΊος,  η,  ov  : — relative  to  τοιος, 
correlative  to  ποιος,  of  what  sort  or 
quality,  Lat.  qvalis,  δπποΐόν  κ  ε'ιπψ 
σϋα  έπος,  τοίον  κ'  έπακονσαις,  such 
as  (is)  the  word  thou  hast  spoken, 
such  shalt  thou  hear  again,  II.  20, 
250 ;  τοίω  δποϊος  εοι,  such  as  he 
might  be,  Od.  17,  421,  cf  19,  77  :  in 
indirect  questions,  Od.  1,  171  ;  14, 
188;  cf  Pors.  Phoen.  892,  Herm. 
Bacch.  655  (063) : — δποϊός  τις  only 
makes  the  phrase  refer  pointedly  to 
a  special  suliject,  Xen.  An.  2,  2,2, 
etc.  ;  so  in  Hom.,  δπποί'  άσσα,  of 
what  sort  was  it,  for  όποΐύ  τίνα,  Od. 
19,  218  ;  δπυΓ  άττα.  Plat.  Gorg.  465 
A  :  —  δποιονονν,  of  what  kind  soever, 
Lat.  qualiscunque.  Plat.  Theaet.  152 
D,  etc. :  so,  όποιος  όή,  δΖ/ποτε,  δηπο• 
τονν,  and  ονν  δή ;  genit.,  όποιοντι• 
νοςονν.  Xen.  Cyr.  2,  4,  10  ;  ace.  fern., 
δποιηντινονν,  Lys.  130,  37:  όποΐός- 
περ,  Aesch.  Cho.  C69. — II.  adv.  -ως: 
also  in  neut.  pi.,  like  as,  Lat.  qualitcr, 
Eur.  Hec.  398.  [In  h\i.,  oi  is  some- 
times short,  Seidl.  Dochm.  p.  101.] 
Hence 

Όποιότης,  ητηο,  η,  the  quality  of  a 
thing,  cf  Lob.  Phryn.  350. 

Όποκά/.πάσον,  or  -κύρπΰσοί',  ov, 
TO,  the  poisonous  juice  of  the  carpasus, 
a  gum-like  myrrh,  used  to  adulterate 
aloes,  (ace.  to  Bruce,  the  gum  sas.ia, 
still  so  used  in  Abyssinia),  Diosc. : 
also  to  make  the  hair  yellow  and 
curly,  Archig.  ap.  Galen. 

Όποκιννάμωμον,  ov,  τό,  the  juice  of 
the  κιννύμωμον.  [a] 

Όποπάναξ.  ακος,  ό,  the  juice  of  the 
plant  πύναξ,  Theophr. 

ΌΠΟ'Σ,  01',  ό,  juice, — distinguish- 
ed from;^;t;).of  Άηάχνμός,  in  that  οπός 
is  only  vegetable  juice,  the  milky  juice 
which  flows  naturally  from  a  plant  or 
is  drawn  off  by  incision.  Soph.  Fr. 
479  :  esp.,  the  acid  juice  of  the  fig-tree, 
used  as  rennet  {τύμισος)  for  curdling 
milk,  II.  5.  902  ;  cf  όπίας,  δποειδης : 
— rarely  of  animal  juices,  as  in  Plat. 
Tim.  60 : — inetaph.,  οπός  ήβης,  the 
juicy  freshness  of  youth,  opp.  to  βντίς, 
Anth.  P.  5,  258. — II.  the  plant  σί'λ- 
φιον,  Hipp.  ('OmOc is  the  same  with 
our  sap  (Lat.  sap-ere).  Germ.  Soft : 
hence  δπιον,  opium,  the  likeness  ot 
1039 


οποτ 

which  to  sopor  is  merely  accidental, 
cl.  νττιος,  fin.) 

Ό.το^•,  ^en.  from  όψ,  II. 

'0~οσύκΐς,  adv.,  (όττόσος)  as  many 
timrs  as...,  Xen.  Cyr.  2,  3,  23  :  ύποσά- 
Kir  (IV,  so  often  as  ever...,  Plat.  Theaet. 
197  D.  [ΰ] 

Ότΐοσάμηνος,  ov,  (δττόσος,  μην)  as 
man u  months  old  as...,  Hipp,   [ά] 

Όποσάπ'λύσιος,  a,  or.  [ύ]  and 
-π?.άσίων,  ov,  as  many-fold  :  όποσΰ- 
7ΐ?.ΰσίοςονν,  kotu  many  fold  soever, 
Arist. 

ΌτΓοσάτΓονς,  δ,  ή,  -ττουν,  τό,  {όττό- 
σος.  πους)  of  or  untli  as  many  feet  as... : 
■ — in  indirect  questions,  how  many 
feet  long....  Luc.  Gal.  9.  [a] 

Όποσαχή,  (  όττόσος )  Adv.,  at  as 
many  places  as...,  Xen.  Cyn.  6,    23. 

'Onaae,  Ep.  όπττόσε,  poet,  for  οποί, 
Od.  14,  139. 

Όπόσος,η.ον:  Ep.  όιτττόσος,  όπόσ- 
σος, — thougn  Horn,  also  uses  the  sim- 
ple form:  όππόσσος  is  also  quoted: 
ion.  όκόσος: — correlative  to  ττόσος: — 
of  number,  as  many,  as  many  as..., 
Lat.  quot  ;  of  size,  as  great  as,  Lat. 
quantus  ;  ό~όσα  το7.ν~Γνσε  συν  αντώ, 
II.  2t,  7  ;  ότΓττόσα  κήδΐ  ΰνετ/.ης,  Od. 
14,  47  ;  ο-όσσον  επεσχε,  as  far  as  it 
spread,  II.  23,  238;  — freq.  in  later 
writers  : — όττόσος  άν,  with  the  sub- 
junct..  Plat.  Soph.  245  D,  etc. : — όπο- 
σοςοϊη',  how  great  or  7tiuch  soever,  Lat. 
quanJuscunque,  Thuc.  ti,  56,  Plat. 
Soph.  245  D  ;  so,  ό-όσος  περ,  Plat. 
Legg.  753  B: — όποσοντίνοςονν,  for 
however  large  a  price,  Lys.  165,  32. 

Όπόσσος,  η,  ov,  Ep.  for  foreg., 
Horn. 

ΌποσταΙος,  a,  ov,  on  what  day,  e.  g. 
μηνός,  Arat.  739. 

Όττόστος,  η,  ov,  as  it  were,  the  how• 
manietk,  in.  what  relation  of  nmnber, 
Lat.  quotas.  Plat.  Rep.  618  A  :  also, 
δτΓοστοςούν,  Lat.  quotusctmque,  Dem. 
328,  26. 

Όττότΰν,  Ep.  όππότάν  ( both  in 
Hom.),  for  όττότ'  άν,  as  indeed  Wolf 
in  Hom.  writes,  adv.  (πότε)  : — when- 
soever, so  soon  as,  like  όταν.  of  a  pres.' 
or  Alt.  possibility,  usu.  with  the  sub- 
junctive, Horn.,  who  uses  όππότε  κεν 
just  in  the  same  way,  11.  4,  40,  229, 
etc.,  —  although  Herin.  H.  Horn. 
Merc.  287  draws  a  subtle  distinction 
between  όπότ'  άν,  and  οπότε  κεν  : — 
never  with  indie. :  for  φθέγξομαι  (II. 
21,  340),^  Ιμείρεταί  (Od.  L  41),  are 
shortd.  Ep.  forms  for  φθέγξωμαι  and 
Ιμείρηται ;  and  Od.  16,  282  is  made 
suspicious  by  Od.  19,  4  :  Herm.  Vig. 
append.  VIII,  however,  defends  the 
indie. — Strengthd.  όπότ'  uv  to  πρώ- 
τον, Lat.  qnimi  prinmm,\\.  Hom.  Ap. 
71.— 2.  οπόταν  is  joined  with  optat. 
ofpast  actions  ill  11.7,415;  but  never 
so  in  Att.,  except  perhaps  in  oratione 
obliqua,  V.  Herm.  Vig.  uhi  supra. — II. 
in  Att.  also  causal,  v.  sq.  B. 

Όποτε,  Ep.  όππότε,  both  in  Horn., 
adv.,  when,  as,  since,  like  ότε,  correla- 
tive to  πότε :  —  I.  with  the  indie, 
when  a  thing  really  is  coming,  has, 
or  will  come  to  pass,  II.  I,  399,  Od. 
4,  633,  etc.  :  the  indie.  7/μεν  is  omit- 
ted, II.  8,  230:  Att.,  ε/ζ-  ύττοΓε,  like 
Ep.  είςόκε  until  when,  by  ivhat  time, 
Aeschin.  67,  39 ;  so,  μέχρι  τοσούτου 
οπότε,  Xen.  Cyr.  1 ,  4,  23. — 2.  esp.  in 
comparisons,  ώς  οπότε,  as  when,  11. 
11,  492  ;  23,  630  ;  also  with  the  sub- 
junct.,  Od.  4,  335;  17,  120.  — 3.  in 
protestations,  ώς  δφελεν  θάνατος  μοι 
άδεΐν,  όππότε  νίέϊ  σώ  έπόμην,  would 
that  death  had  rather  pleased  me, 
when...  I  11.  3,  173. —  II.  with  the 
subj.,  when  an  action  is  spoken  of 
1040 


ΟΠΟΥ 

without  being  restricted  to  any  time 
or  place,  freq.  in  Hom.  for  όπότ'  άν, 
11.  16,  245,  Od.  14,  170,  lies.  Th.  782  ; 
but  in  Att.  prose  the  άν  must  be  ex- 
pressed with  the  suhjnnct.,  v.  sub 
οπόταν. — III.  with  the  optat.  when 
such  an  action  is  treated  as  past.  freq. 
in  Horn.,  and  Att.,  as  Plat.  Symp. 
220  A,  Xen.  An.  3.  4,  28  :  also  in  ora- 
tione obliqua,  Soph.  Tr.  824,  Xen.  An. 
4,  6,  20. 

B.  in  causal  signf.,  for  that,  because, 
since,  like  Lat.  qunndo  for  quoniam, 
Theogn.  747.  Plat.  Legg.  895  Β  :  also, 
οπότε  ye,  Lat.  quatidoquidem,  Xen. 
Cyr.  8.  3,  7. 

C.  ην  οπότε,  sometimes,  Xen.  An. 
4,  2,  27  :  so,  όποτεοϋν,  at  any  time,  al- 
ways, Arist.  Metaph.  8,  7,  1. 

Όπότερος,  a,  ov,  Ep.  όππότερος, 
as  always  in  Hom. ; — correlative  to 
πότερος,  relative  and  in  indirect  ques- 
tions, which  of  two,  whether  of  the  twain, 
Lat.  titer,  Horn.,  and  Hes. :  also  which 
of  us  two,  11.  3,  71  ;  whichofyou  two, 
11.  3,  92  ;  also  in  plur.  of  several  on 
either  side,  e.  g.  of  two  armies,  like 
Lat.  utrique,  II.  23,  487: — δπ.  άν,  or 
Ep.  δπ.  κε,  with  the  subjunct.,  όττπό- 
τερος  όε  κενικ/'/σ?],  II.  3,71;  δπότεροι 
άν  κρατώσί,  Xen.  Cyr.  4,  2,  37 : — 
δποτεροςονν,  either  of  the  two,  Lat. 
utervis,  vterlibet,  utercunque,  Thuc.  5, 
18,  Plat.,  etc. — 2.  neut.  όπό^ερον  and 
δπότΐμα,  freq.  as  adv.,  for  όποτέρος, 
in  whichever  of  two  ivays  :  also  used  for 
πότεροι',  whether,  Lat.  titntm,  when 
one  has  the  choice  of  two  things, 
utrum...,  an...,  followed  by  η...,  η..., 
Hdt.  5,  119;  ox  όπότερον-..,  η...,  Ar. 
Nub.  157  ;  or  by  είτε...,  είτε...,  Xen. 
Hell.  3,  5.  19.-3.  adv.  -ριος,  Thuc.  1, 
78,  Isocr.  248  B,  and  Plat. :  όποτε- 
ρωςονν,  Arist.  Anal.  Pr.  2,  9,  1. — II. 
one  of  two,  Lat.  alteruler,  Dem.  209, 14. 

ΥΟποτεροςονν,  v.  sub.  foreg.  I.  1. 

Όποτέρωθε,  -θεν,  Ep.  δπποτ.,  II. 
14,  59,  (δπότερος)  adv.,  from  which  of 
the  two,  from  whether  of  the  twain  :  also, 
όποτερωθενονν,  Arist.  Anal.  Pr.  2, 
11,  3. 

Όποτέρωθι,  (δπότερος)  adv.,  on 
whether  of  the  two  sides,  Lat.  ulrubi, 
Hipp.,  Xen.  Hipparch.  4,  15. 

Όποτέρωσε,  (όπότερος)  adv.,  to 
which  or  whichever  of  two  sides,  Thuc. 
1 ,  63  ;  5,  65  :  in  wh  ich  of  two  tvays, 
etc..  Plat.  Symp.  190  A. 

νΟποτερωςοΰν,  v.  sub  όπότερος 
L3. 

"Ottod,  Ion.  oKov,  adv.,  correlative 
to  ποϋ,  relat.  and  in  indirect  ques- 
tions, where,  Lat.  vbi,  Od.  3,  16,  cf. 
the  poet,  όπόθι  :  with  verbs  of  motion 
in  pregnant  sense,  just  as,  reversely, 
δποι  is  used  with  verbs  of  rest,  Jelf 
Gr.  Gr.  iji  646. — 2.  in  prose  also  c.  gen. 
δπον  γης,  where  in  the  world,  Lat.  ubi 
terrarum  ?  Hdt.  4,  150;  όπον  της  πό- 
λεως, δπουτών  ?.εγομενων,  Plat.  Rep. 
429  A,  Prot.  342  Ε:— δπον  μεν..., 
δπον  όέ...,  here...,  there...,  Plut.  2,  427 
C,  etc.  : — εσθ'  δπον,  in  some  places, 
Lat.  est  ubi,  i.  e.  alicubi.  Erf  Soph.  O. 
T.  449  ;  so,  υκον  δ?},  Hdt.  3,  129:— 
δπον  άν,Οΐ δπονπεράν,  wherever,  with 
the  subjunct.,  Trag. ;  who  also  omit 
the  άν,  Pors.  Or.  141  :  but  never  so 
in  prose  ; — όπονοϋν,  liHt.  ubicunque. 
Plat.  Crat.  403  C  :  so,  όπονπερ,  Xen. 
Cyr.  3,  3,  5.— II.  υπον,  of  time,  also 
like  Lat.  ubi,  when,  at  the  time  when, 
Schiif  Soph.  O.  C.  621.— III.  Causal, 
because,  since,  seeing  that,  luai.qiiando, 
quoniam,  Hdt.  1,  68,  Antipho  112.  17; 
so,  δκον  γε.  Lat.  qunndoquidem,  Hdt. 
7, 118.  (Strictly  genit.  of  an  old  pron. 
*δπος,  from  \vhich   come   also  the 


ΟΠΤΕ 

kindred    forms   δποι,    δπη,  οπόθεν, 
όπόβί,  δπόσε,  οπότε,  δπνς,  etc.) 

\Όπονντιος,  α,  ον,  of  Opvs,  Opun- 
tian,  ό  Ό.  κό'λπος,  the  Opuntian  gulf 
a  part  of  the  Euboean  sea,  Strab.  p. 
416  :  ol  Όπονντιοι,  v.  Αοκροί  2. 

'Ι'Οπονντιος,ον.  δ,  Opnntius,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  formed  withallusion  to  Όττοϋο, 
Ar.  Av.  1294. 

\Όπονς.  ονντος,  ό  and  η,ν.Όπόεις. 

Όπόφυλλον,  τό,  (οπός  Π,  φύλ?Μν) 
the  seed  of  the  σίλώιον,  Diosc. 

"Οππα,  poet,  for  δπα,  δπη. 

Όππάτεσσι,  Aeol.  for  δμμασι, 
Sapph,  2,  11. 

Όππη,  Ep.  for  δπη,  Horn.,  and 
Hes. 

Όππήμος,  adv.,  Ep.  for  δπήμος,= 
δπότε,  xvhen,  Arat.  568. 

Ι'ΟτΓΤΓίϋΐ'όζ•,  ov,  ό,  Oppian,  a  Gre- 
cian poet,  who  wrote  of  fishing,  hunt- 
ing, etc. 

Όππόθεν,  Od.,  όππόθΐ,  II.,  Ep.  for 
οπόθεν,  δπόθι. 

ΌπποΙος,  όππόσε,  Ep.  for  όποιος, 
δπόσε,  Hom. 

Όππόσος,  η,  ον,  Ερ.  for  δπόσος, 
Od.  ;  later  al30  δππόσσος. 

Όππόταν,  όππότ'  άν,  Ερ.  for  όπότ' 
άν,  Od. 

Όππότε,  Ερ.  for  οπότε,  Hom. 

Όππότερος,  όπποτέρωθ^ν,  Ερ.  for 
όποτ-. 

Όππως,  Ερ.  for  δπως,  Horn. 

Όπτάζω  and  οπταίνω,  rare  forms  of 
pres.,  formed  from  όψο/tai,  fut.  of 
όοάω,  LXX  :  in  N.  T.  οπτύνω  : — 
also  όπτεύυ  in  Ar.  Av.  1061  ;  and 
δπτίζω  in  Archyt.  ap.  Iambi.  Protr. 
3, — though  this  is  dub. 

Όπτάλέος,  a,  ov,  (όπτάα)  roasted, 
broiled,  κρέα,  Od.  16,  50.  11.4,  345; 
opp.  to  ωμός,  Od.  12,  396;  opp.  to 
έφθός  (boiled).  Ath.  380  C,  cf.  Matro 
ib.  135  Ε : — later  also  baked,  e.  g. 
πλίνθος,  A  nth; 

Όπτΰνεΐον,  ov,  τό,  cf.  sub  δπτά- 
viov. 

Όπτΰνία,  ας,  ή, ^δπτύνιον,  Matro 
ap.  Ath.  134  F. — Ι1.ζ=δπτασία. 

Όπτΰνεύς,  δ,  (δπτύω)  one  who 
roasts. 

Όπτάνιον,  ov,  τό,  (δπτύω)  a  place 
for  roasting,  a  kitchen,  Ar.  Eq.  1033, 
Pac.  891,  Comici  ap.  Ath.  quoted  by 
Lob.  Phryn.  276.  to  show  that  όπτά- 
νιον is  better  Att.  than  δπτανεϊον  : 
the  latter  occurs  in  Luc.  Asin.  27, 
Plut.  Crass.  8,  etc. — II.  dry  fire-wood. 

Όπτάνός,  ή,  όν,  (δπτύω)  roasted: 
to  be  roasted,  opp.  to  έλ^ιανός,  tu  όπτ., 
meat  for  roasting,  Arist.  Probl.  20,  5. 

Όπτύνω,  v.  όπτύζω.     Hence 

Όπτάσία,  ας,  ή,  later  form  of  oi/'/r. 
a  sight,  esp.  a  vision,  Anth.  P.  6,  210, 
LXX,  and  N.  T.  _ 

Όπτύω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  roast,  broil  or 
fry,  κρεα  ωπτων,  Od.  3,  33,  etc. ;  also 
c.  gen.  ))artit.,  όπτήσαί  τε  κρεών,  to 
roast  some  meat,  Od.  15,  98:  opp.  to 
έ-ψείν,  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  2,  6,  etc. :  in  pass., 
δπτηΟήναι,  Od.  20,  27.-2.  to  bake,  of 
bread,  δκως  όπτώτο  ό  άρτος,  Hdt.  8, 
137,  cf  Xen.  An.  5,  4,  29  ;  δπτάν  πλα- 
κούντας, Ar.  Ran.  507  :  — also  of  pot- 
tery, to  bake  or  hum,  κα?,ώς  ώπτημένη 
(χύτρα).  Plat.  Hipp.  Maj.  288  D.— 
3.  to  bake,  harden,  as  the  sun  does  the 
ground,  like  Virgil's  terrain  excoquere. 
Xen.  Oec.  16, 14.  in  pass. — 4.  metaph. 
(as  we  say)  '  to  roast'  a  man,  Ar.  Lys. 
839  : — in  pass.,  like  Lat.  uri,  of  the 
fire  of  love,  Theocr.  7,  55,  cf  Mel.  4. 
(Akin  to  ί'ψω.) 

Όπτέας,  a,  ov,  verb.  adj.  of  δρύω 
((.  δψομαι),  to  be  seen. 

Όπτεύω,  =  δρύω,  to  see,  Ar.  Av 
1061 ;  cf.  δπτάζω. 


ΟΠΩΡ 

Ότττήρ,  ήρος,  ό,  {σψομαι,  όρύω) 
one  who  looks  or  spies,  a  spy,  scout, 
Lat.  speculator,  Od.  14,  2G1  ;  17,  430, 
Aesch.  Supp.  185,  Soph.  Aj.  29. , 

O~~r/pca,  ων,  τύ,  {δψομαι,  όρύω), 
(sc.  ούρα),  presents  made  by  the  bride- 
groom on  seeing  the  bridf  without  the  veil, 
:=ΰνακα'λυπτηρία,  OfupijTpa :  gener- 
ally, presents  upon  seeing  or  for  the  sight 

of  a  person,  -αιόός  όπτ.,  Eur.  Ion 
1 127,  cf.  Call.  Dian.  74,  Aspasia  ap. 
Ath.  219  D. 

ΌτΓτήσιμος,  ov,  for  roasting,  Eubul. 
Anc.  4 :  from 

Όπτησις,  εως,  η,  (οπτύω)  a  roast- 
ing, broiling,  frying,  Arist.  Meteor. 
4,  3,  18 : — a  baking  of  pottery,  Luc. 
Prom.  2. 

Όπτητικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to, 
skilled  in  roasting :  from 

Όπτητός,  ή,  όν,  (ότττάω)  roasted, 

'Οπτίζω,=δρύω,  dub.  1.  in  Archyt. ; 
V.  οτϊτάζω. 

Όπτικια,  τά,  Byzant.  from  Lat. 
officio,  court-places. 

'Οπτικός,  ή,  όν,  (ό-φομαι)  belonging 
to  seeing  or  sight ;  τα  οπτικά,  the  theo- 
ry of  the  laws  of  sight,  optics,  Arist. 
Metaph.  12,  2,  9,  etc. :  ή  -κη  (sc.  θεω- 
ρία). Id.  Anal.  Post.  1,  9,  4. 

'Οπτϊλέτις,  ιόος,  ή,  epith.  of  Mi- 
neri'a.  Plut.  Lycurg.  11. 

Όπτί'λος,  ov,  ό,  (όφομαι)  the  eye ; 
Dor.  for  οφθαλμός,  Metop.  ap.  Stob. 
p.  50,  15,  Plut.  Lycurg.  11.  [i] 

Όπτίων,  όνος,  ό,  Lat.  optio,  the  as- 
sistarU  chosen  by  any  one,  esp.  Jjy  the 
general  of  an  army^  or  aid-de-camp, 
Plut.  ualba  24,  where  οπίων  is  af.  1. 
(Plut.  wrongly  derives  it  from  the 
Greek  ό-ψομαι,  fut.  of  όρύω.) 

Όπτός,  ή,  όν,  Α.  (shortd.  for 
οπτ-ητός,  from  οπτάω)  roasted,  broiled, 
κρέας,  Od.  4,  66,  etc.  ;  σάρκες,  Aesch. 
Ag.  1Ο97,έ©0ά/ίϋίό-Γά, boiled  meats 
and  roast,  Eur.  Cycl.  358,  cf.  Plat. 
Rep.  404  C— 2.  baked,  άρτος,  Hdt.2, 
92,  also  of  pottery  or  bricks,  baked  or 
burned.  Xen.  Ai).  2,  4,  12,  cf.  Oec.  16, 
13  : — superl.  όπτότατος,  best  dressed 
or  done,  Cratin.  Όδνσσ.  5. — 3.  gene- 
rally, prepared  by  fire  ;  of  ίϊΟϊϊ.  forged, 
tempered.  Soph.  Ant.  475. — B.  {όρύω, 
ό^ρομαι)  seen:  visible,  Luc.  Lexiph.  9. 

ΌΠΥΡί2,  or  όπύω  (which  Piers. 
Moer.  p.  278,  Pors.  Od.  4,  798,  holds 
to  be  the  old  and  genuine  form) : 
f.  -νσω  .•  used  by  Horn,  only  in  pres., 
and  impf.  with  or  without  augin. : — I. 
act.  of  the  man,  to  marry,  wed,  take  to 
ivife,  have  to  icife,  τινά,  Horn.,  and 
Hes.  :  absol.,  όπνίοντες,  married  men, 
Od.6,  63,  opp.  to  the  unmarried,  ήίθεοι : 
also  to  have  intercourse  with,  know  a 
woman,  Od.  15,  21,  Ar.  Ach.  255.— II. 
mid.  and  pass.,  of  the  woman,  to  be 
married,  become  a  wife,  11.  8,  304,  Pind. 
I.  4,  102  (3,  77). — Only  poet.,  and  in 
late  prose,  Arist.  Elh.  N.  7,  5,  4, 
Luc,  etc.  [6  in  all  tenses  of  όττύω.] 

Όπώόης,  ες,  contr.  for  όποειόής. 

Όπωπα,  I  have  seen,  Ion.  and  poet, 
pf.  2  of  όρύω,  Horn. 

Όπωπέω,  later  form  for  όρύω, 
formed  from  the  pf.  όπωπα,  Orph. 
Arg.  181,  1020;  όπωπήσασθαι,  Eu- 
phor.  48. 

Όπωπη,  ης,  η,  (όπωπα)  poet,  for 
όφις,  a.  sight  or  view,  όπως  ηντησας 
όπωπής,  Od.  3,  97  ;  4,  327. — II.  sight, 
power  of  seeing,  άμαρτήσεσθαι  όπωπής, 
Od.  9,  512. 

Όπωπτιτήρ,  νρος,  ό=όπτήρ,  Η. 
Horn.  Merc.  15. 

Όπώπιος,  or,  {όπωπη)  o/or  belong- 
ing to  the  eye,  Hipp. 

Όπώρα,  ας,  fj :  Ion.  οπώρη :    La- 
con,  όπάρα  (A  Icman  26)  : — the  part  of 
66 


ΟΠΩΡ 

the  year  between  the  rising  of  Sirius  ' 
and  of  Arcturus  (acc.  to  the  division 
of  the  year  into  seven  seasons,  έαρ, 
θέρος,  όπώρα,  ψθινόπωρον,  σπορητος, 
χειμών,  φυταλιά) ;  and  so,  not  so 
much  the  Lat.  auctumnus,  autumn,  as 
our  dog-days  or  at  most  the  end  of 
summer,  Horn.,  who  names  βέρος  and 
όπώρη  together,  θέρος  τεθαλνϊά  τ' 
όπώρη,  Od.  11,  191  ;  even  in  his  time 
Σείριος  was  known  to  be  the  star  of 
this  season,  II.  22,  27 ;  cf.  όπωρινός. 
It  was  the  proper  time  for  both  the 
field  and  tree  fruits  to  ripen,  Hdt.  4, 
199,  cf.  Ideler  ub.  d.  Kalender  d. 
Griech.  u.  Rom.  p.  15  ;  but  it  was 
also  the  rain-time,  II.  16,  385.  Hes. 
Op.  672  ;  and  windy  season,  of  Boreas, 
acc.  to  II.  21,  346,  Od.  5,  328  ;  but  of 
Notus  acc.  to  Hes.  Op.  675  ;  (these 
diversities  belong  perh.  to  different 
places)  :— Xen.,  Hell.  3,  2,  10,  says, 
ΰρξάμενοςΐ/ρινον χρόνου  προ  όπώρας. 
— II.  since  it  was  the  fruit-time,  (1.  c. 
τεθαλνϊά  όπώρη,  Od. )  όπώρα  also 
means  the  fruit  itself,  esp.  tree-fruit, 
pears,  apples,  g:rapes.  Soph.  Tr.  cf. 
όπωρίζω  :  in  this  signf.  also  in  plur., 
Isae.  88,  27  ;  and  Alcman  (26)  even 
calls  honey  κηρίνα  όπάρα. — HI.  me- 
taph. summer  bloom,  i.  e.  the  bloom  of 
youth,  manhood,  like  ώρα,  Pind.  I.  2, 
8,  N.  5,  11  ;  ripe  virginity,  Aesch. 
Supp.  998,  1015 ;  όττ.  Κύπριόος, 
Chaerem.  ap.  Ath.  608  F. 

νΟπώρα,  ας,  ή,  Opora,  goddess  of 
fruits;  Ibreg.  personified,  Ar.  Pac. 
523.-2.  fern.  pr.  n.,  Ath.  567  C. 

ΌπωριαΙος,  a,  ov,  of  or  belonging 
to  όπώρα:  τύ.  όπ.^όπώρα  11,  fruit, 
Theophr. 

Όπωρίζω,  (όπώρα  II)  to  gather 
fruits,  οπ.  όπώραν,  Plat.  Legg.  844 
E,  845  A  ;  absol.  in  mid.,  to  gather  in 
one's  fruits,  Theopomp.  (Hist.)  ap. 
Ath.  533  Α.— II.  to  gather  fruits  off, 
όπωριενντες  (Ion.  fut.  for  -ιονντες) 
τους  φοίνικας,  Hdt.  4,  172,  182. 

'Οπωρικός,  ή,  όν.  (όπώρα)  belong- 
ing to  fruit-lime  :  made  of  fruit.  Gal. 

Όπώριμος,  ov,=ioTeg. :  όένόρον 
07Γ.  α/ruii-tree. 

Όπωρινός,  ή,  όν,  in  οτ  from  the  time 
of  όπώρα,  autumnal  or  more  strictly 
sununery,  II.  16,  385,  Od.  5,  328,  etc. ; 
άστηρ  όπ.,  the  summer-sta.T,  dog-star, 
also  Σείριος,  whose  rising  marked 
the  beginning  of  όπώρα,  II.  5,  5.  [t 
in  £p.,  if  the  last  syll.  be  long,  as  it 
is  always  in  Horn. ;  but  Hes.  Op. 
676  has  ό-πωρίνός :  in  Alt.  I  al- 
ways.] 

Όπωρισμός,  ov,  ό,  (όπωρίζω)  the 
gathering  of  fruit,  LXX. 

Ό-ωροβάσΏ.ίς,  ίδος,  ή,  (όπώρα  Π, 
βααΐλίς)  the  queen  of  fruits,  a  fine 
kind  oifig,  Incert.  ap.  Ath.  75  D. 

Όπωροθήκη,ης,τ/,(όπώρα\1,  θήκη) 
a  place  for  keeping  fruits,  a  fruit-room., 
Varro. 

Όπωροκάπηλος,  ov,  ό,  a  fruiterer, 
Alciphr.  [«] 

Όπωρο/ίόγος,  ov,  (όπώρα  II,  λέγω) 
plucking  fruit,  Opp.  C.  1,  125. 

'Οπωροπώ)λης,  ov,  ό,  a  fruiterer. 

Όπωροφορέω,  ώ,  to  bear  fruit,  Anth. 
P.  6,  252  :  from 

'Οπωροφόρος,  ov,  (όπώρα  II,  φέρω) 
bearing  fruit,  Anth.  P.  7,  321. 

Όπωροφνλάκιον,  ov,  τό,  the  hut  of 
a  garden-U'atcher,  LXX. — ΙΙ.=  07Γωρυ- 
θήκη.  [ώ]  From 

'Οωροφν?Μξ,  ΰκος.  ό,  ή,  (όπώρα  Π, 
φύλαξ)  α  ivatcher  of  fruits,  garden- 
watcher,  Arist.  Probl.  25,  2,  4,  Diod. 
4,  .6.  [i]  ^ 

Όπωρώνης,  ov,  ό,  (όπώρα  II,  ώνέο- 
uai)  one  who  buys  OT  farms  fruits,  also 


ΟΠΩΣ 

=^όπωροπώ7.ης.   Dem.    314,    14:    c£ 
Lob.  Phryn.  206. 

Όπως,  Ε  p.  όππως,  both  in  Hom.  : 
Ion.  όκως.  A.  as  simple  uonjuxc- 
TioN,  correlative  to  πώς : — 1.  how.  in 
what  way  or  manner,  the  most  freq, 
signf  in  Hom.  :  also  like  ώς,  in  suck 
wise  that..,  so  that..,  11.  1,  136,  Od.  14. 
172  ;  where  in  full  ούτως  or  ώς  would 
stand,  as  Od.  15,  111. — 1.  with  the 
subjunct.,  without  άν,  to  represent  an 
action  as  prese7it,  Od.  1, 349.11.  10,225  : 
— but  with  til',  κε  or  κεν,  to  express  a 
present  possibility,  φρύζεσθαί  σε  άνω- 
γεν,δππως  κεν  νήας  ao?/f,hebidsyou 
think  how  you  maysa\e  the  ships,  11. 
9,  681,  cf.  20,  243,  Od.  1,  270,  295.— 
2.  with  the  optat.  to  represent  an  action 
as  past,  or  in  oratione  obliqua,  II.  18, 
473  ;  21,  137,  Od.  9,  554,  etc.— 3.  with 
the  indie, — a.  of  aor.,  simply  to  relate 
how  a  thing  has  happened,  11.  10,  545, 
Od.  3,  97,  etc. — b.  of  fut.,  when  it  is 
said  or  asked  how  a  thing  will  or  ought 
to  happen.  II.  1,  136,  Od.  13,  376,  386, 
etc. :  in  Horn,  most  freq.  in  phrase, 
ονόέ  τί  πω  σύφα  ιδμεν,  όπως  εσται 
τάδε  έργα,  we  know  not  how  these 
things  will  be,  II.  2,  252,  Od.  17,  78, 
etc. — c.  of  pres.,  in  Hom.  usu.  in 
phrase,  έρξον  όπως  εθέλεΐΓ,  do  as  you 
like,  II.  4,  37,  Od.  13,  145;  besides 
this  only,  έλθοι,  όπως  έθέ'/.ω  (scil. 
αυτόν  έ'λθείν),  Od.  14,  172 ;  and, 
όπως  φρεσΐ  στισι  μενοινας,  ως  τοί 
Ζενς  τελέσειε  νόστον,  Od.  15,  111, 
cf  sq. — 4.  όπως  is  sometimes  (by  an 
easy  anacoluthon)  put  for  οίος,  as, 
τοίόν  με  έθηκεν,  όπως  ίθέλει,  for 
οίον  έόέλει,  Od.  16,  208  ;  and  freq.  in 
Att. — 5.  όπως  εχω,  as  I  am,  i.  e.  im- 
mediately, on  the  spot,  Herm.  Soph. 
Phil.  808. — 6.  c.  gen.,  σονσΟε  όπως 
ποδών  (sc.  έχετε),  run  as  you  are  off 
for  feet,  i.  e.  as  quick  as  you  can, 
Aesch.  Supp.  837,  cf.  Eur.'El.  238, 
Jelf  Gr.  Gr. 'ξ)  528.-7.  όπωςδή,  Hdt. 
1,  22,  etc.  ;  όπωςοϋν,  howsoever,  Lat. 
utcunque,  Isocr.  15  E,Xen.  Cyr.  8,3, 
14,  etc. ;  so,  όπωςδηποτε,  Arist.  Eth. 
N.  3,  5, 18  ;  όπωςτιονν,  Plat.  Phaedr. 
258  C  ;  011(5'  όπωςτιοΰν,  not  in  any 
ivny  whatever,  not  in  the  least,  Id. 
Phaed.  61  C,  etc. — 8.  ονκ  έσθ'  όπως, 
it  is  not  (cannot  be)  that..,  Aesch. 
Ag.  620,  etc.  ;  but,  οί'κ  έςθ'  όπως  ov, 
Lat.  nonfieri potest  quin..,  it  cannot  but 
be  that...  Soph.  El.  1479,  Ar.  Eq.  426  ; 
hence  used  in  strong  asseveration, 
Ar.  Nub.  802.-9.  όπως,  with  the  inf. 
is  always  ellipt.,  as,  πειρύσθαι  όπως 
ώς  βέ?.τιστα  τα  προςήκοντα  έκατέρω 
ημών  διαπράττεσθαι,  for  όπως  άν 
γένοιτο  διαπράττεσθαι,  Xen.  Oec.  7, 
29. — II.  like  δτε  and  Lat.  ut,  of  the 
time  of  a  thing's  happening,  ifAtvi,  as, 
so  soon  as,  c.  indicat.  aor.  II.  12,  208, 
Od.  3,  373,  Soph.  Tr.  765,  etc.— 2. 
with  the  optat.  after  thai,  Hdt.  1,  17, 
etc.,  like  hat.  posiquam  with  the  sub- 
junct. :  όπως  πρώτα,  as  soon  as  ever, 
Hes.  Th.  156.— III.  hke  έπεί,  and 
Lat.  quod,  in  assigning  grounds  for  a 
thing,  with  the  indicat.,  as,  because, 
for  that,  άχος,  όπως  δη  δηρόν  άποί- 
χεται,  grief  for  that  he  hath  been 
long  away,  Od.  4,  109:  this  is  very- 
rare,  vet  found  in  the  best  Att., 
Heind.'and  Stallb.  Plat.  Euthyd.  296 
E. — IV.  likecifand  ότι  and  Lat.juam, 
with  superl.  of  adv.,  όπως  ώκιστα,  as 
quickly  as  jDos«!6/e,  Lat.  quam  celerrime, 
Theogn.  427 ;  όπως  άριστα,  Aesch. 
Ag.  600  :— the  full  phrase  would  bo 
like  όντως  όπως  ηδιστα,  strictly,  in 
a  way  as  pleasant,  as  the  most  pleasant 
is.  Soph.  Tr.  330. — V.  like  ώς,  in  com- 
parison, as,  even  as,  like,  Seidl.  Eur. 
1041 


ΟΠΩΣ 

Tro.  147, yet  rare:  also  redupl.,  ώς... 
διτως,  Eur.  1.  c,  cf.  Diiid.  ad.  Hec. 
398. — VI.  like  wf,  Lat.  quam.  our 
how..!  in  exclamations  of  astonish- 
ment, etc. — VII.  never  ior  πώς  ;  in 
direct  interrog.,  but  usu.  substituted 
for  It  in  repeating  another  person's 
question,  Ar.  Plut.  139,  Eq.  128. 

B.  όπως,  as  FUN.tL  conjunction, 
denoting  an  end  or  purpose,  ikat,  in 
order  that,  so  that,  Lat.  ut,  Horn. — J. 
with  the  subjunct. : — 1.  without  άν, 
V'hen  the  action  is  going  on,  and  the  ante- 
cedent t)erb  is  of  the  present  time,  Horn, 
etc.,  as  II.  3,  110,  Od.  1,  77  ;  but  the 
subjunct.  may  follow,  though  this  an- 
teced.  verb  be  in  past  tune,  if  the 
action  is  marked  as  continuing  up  to 
the  present,  cf.  Jelf  Gr.  Gr.  §  806 :  \n 
Thuc.  the  subj.  is  esp.  freq.  found  in 
narrative,  where  regul.  the  opt.  would 
have  stood,  prob.  to  indicate  a  result 
of  which  the  agent — or  in  oratione 
obliqua  the  speaker — was  confident : 
so  too  the  subj.  usu.  follows  verbs  of 
fearing  in  past  tenses,  Matth.  Gr.  Gr. 
§  518,  4.-2.  with  uv  or  κεν  and  sub- 
[Unct.,  to  denote  a  continuous  action,  or 
an  object  not  to  be  attained  at  once  :  first 
Od.  4,  545,  more  freq.  in  Att.,  Heind. 
Plat.  Phaed.  59  E.— 3.  also  with  sub- 
junct., in  independent  sentences, 
without  any  chief  verb  to  express  a 
caution,  etc.,  usu.  with  μη,  as,  απως 
τοϋτό  γε  μη  ττοιήσΐ)  {see)  thou  do  it 
not ;  and  so  bpa,  σκόπει,  ών'λαξαι, 
etc.,  have  a  care,  beware,  etc.,  are  usu. 
supplied :  so  too  c.  indicat.  fut.,  ΰπως 
άνδρες  ϊσεσθε,  see  that  ye  be  men  ! 
cf.  Pors.  Hec.  402,  and  v.  infra  III.  1. 
— With  the  negat.,  therefore,  it  warns 
01  forbids  ;  without,  it  cheers  or  urges 
on. — II.  with  the  optat.,  ;/'  the  antece- 
dent verb  be  of  past  time,  in  which  case 
the  action  is  represented  not  abso- 
lutely, but  as  the  thought  of  another  : 
—1.  after  imperf ,  Od.  3,  129  ;  6,  319. 
—2.  after  aor.,  II.  1,  344,  Od.  13,319. 
— III.  όπως  άν,  with  the  optat.  is  very 
dub.  in  Att.,  though  it  so  stands  in 
Thuc.  7,  65,  cf  Herm.  Vig.  Append. 
viii. — IV.  with  the  indie. — 1.  of  fut., 
to  denote  an  object  conceived  as  future 
in  regard  to  the  time  of  the  anteced.  verb, 
and  so  after  the  pres.  as  well  as  the 
fut.  and  preterite :  in  Horn.  prob. 
only  once,  Od.  1,  57,  θέ'λγεί  όπως 
ΊΘάκ>]ς  έττιλήσε-αι,  she  beguiles  him 
with  the  view  that  he  should  forget 
Ithaca  (which  therefore  he  could  not 
yet  have  forgotten)  :  in  Att.  the  in- 
dicat. fut.  after  δπως  is  very  freq.  : — 
also  like  B.  I.  4,  to  convey  a  caution, 
etc.,  όεϊ  σ'  ύπως  δείξεις.  Soph.  Aj. 
556,  which  is  better  explained  as 
ellipt.  for  δεΙ  σε  οράν,  όπως  δείξεις, 
than  by  a  mixing  of  two  construc- 
tions, δεΙ  σε  δεικννναι  and  bpa  οττως 
δείξεις. — 2.  of  past  tenses,  to  denote 
an  object  which  itas  intended,  but  not 
effected,  Monk  Hipp.  643,  Herin.  \^g. 
n.  254. — V.  in  Att.  is  freq.  found  the 
oUipt.  phrase,  ονχ  υττως,  a'k'/.ά  or 
άλ,Λ«  και..,  not  only  not  so,  but..,  as,  ονχ 
ΰτνως  χάριν  αντοίς  ίχεις,  άλλα  και 
κατά  TOVTUVI  πολιτενει,  you  not  only 
are  not  grateful  to  them,  but  you  are 
even  taking  measures  against  them, 
Dem.  271,  1, — which  would  be  in  full, 
oil  'λέγω  υπως,  I  do  not  say  that,  etc., 
Herm.  V^ig.  n.  253  ;  so,  ονχ  ΐΊπως, 
ίΐλλ'  ουδέ.  not  only  not  so,  but  not  at 
all.— VI.  οτΓωζ•  u7),=the  conjunction 
<ιή. — Dawes,  Misc.  Crit.  p.  228,  sq., 
lays  it  down  that  όπως  μη  is  never 
used  with  subj.  aor.  1  act.  and  mid., 
but  only  with  aor.  2,  or,  if  the  metre 
will  not  allow  this,  with  indicat.  fut. : 
1042 


ΟΡΑΩ 

wherefore  he  and  Brunck  changed 
all  places  (esp.  in  the  Att.  drama) 
where  they  found  this  aor.  1,  though 
they  allowed  it  after  όπως  and  όπως 
άν  :  some  places  however  escaped 
them,  as  Soph.  Aj.  700,  or  presented 
difficulties,  as  Ar.  Eccl.  117.  Though 
Dawes'  canon  has  been  adopted  by 
many  excellent  critics,  as  Wolf  Dem. 
Lept.  p.  266,  yet  later  editors  have 
begun  to  forsake  it,  as  founded  on 
no  principle,  and  have  returned  to 
the  reading  of  the  Mss.,  v.  Heind. 
Plat.  Prot.  313  C,  Poppo  Obs.  in 
Thuc.  p.  155,  and  Thuc.  t.  1,  p.  136, 
and  esp  Herm.  Soph.  Aj.  557.  ("Οπως 
was  orig.  adv.  of  the  old  ΌΠΟΣ,  v. 
sub  ΐιπον.) 

Όραμα,  ατός,  τό,  (ύράω)  that  which 
is  seen,  a  view,  sight,  Xen.  Cyr.  3,  3, 
66,  Arisl. — Hence  very  late,  οραμα- 
τίζομαι, -τισμός  and  -τιστης. 

Όραμνος,  ό,  later  form  for  ορόδαμ- 
νος,  Nic.  ΑΙ.  154,  Anth. 

"Οράσις,  εως,  η,  (ρρύω)  seeing,  the 
s€?ise  of  sight,  Lat.  visns,  Demad.278, 
41,  Arist.  Eth.  N.  10,  4,  1  :— in  plur., 
the  eyes,  τάς  op.  έκκόπτειν,  Diod.  2, 
6. — II.  thai  which  is  seen,  a  vision, 
LXX. 

Όρατέος,  a,  ov,  verb.  adj.  from 
ύράω,  to  be  seen. 

Όράτ7/ς.  ov,  b,  one  who  sees,  a  be- 
holder, Plut.  Nic.  19. 

Όράτικός,  ή,  όν,  (όράω)  able  to  see, 
Arist.  Metaph.  8,  8,  2,  Plut.,  etc. 

νΟράτιος,  ov,  6,  the  Roman  name 

Horalius,  Plut. 

'Ορατός,  ή,  όν,  (bpuu)  seen : — to  be 
seen,  visible,  freq.  in  Plat.,  esp.  joined 
with  άπτος,  Tim.  28  B,  Rep.  524  D, 
etc.  :  Tu  bp.,  visible  objects,  opp.  to  νο- 
ητά, lb.  509  D. 

Όρανγέομαι,  dep.,  (όράω,  avyif)  to 
inspect  closely,  Aresas  ap.  Stob.  Eel. 
],  p.  854 :  Ibrmed  like  μαρανγέω. 

ΌΡΑΏ,  ώ,  iinpf.  Att.  έώρων,  strict- 
ly ωρών:  pert',  έώράκα  (which  Dawes, 
metri  grat.,  also  wrote  ώρακα  ;  but 
the  more  prob.  Att.,  at  least  comic, 
form  is  έόράκα.  v.  Buttm.  Ausf.  Gr. 
ijS  84  Anm.  12,  not.) — Pass,  όράομαι, 
contr.  όρώμαι :  pf.  έώράμαι :  aor.  mf. 
bpad/jvai  only  in  later  authors  ;  verb, 
adj.  όράτός  and  όράτέος. — Besides 
these,  we  have  from  the  root  ΌΠΤ-, 
fut.  οφομαι,  always  in  act.  signf ,  from 
which  we  have  an  aor.  1  έπόψατο  in 
Pind.  Fr.  58,  11,  and  Herm.  would 
read  υφαιντο  in  Soph.  O.  T.  1271,  cf. 
Lob.  Phryn.  734 :  fut.  jiass.  όφβήσο- 
μαι :  aor.  pass,  ώφθην,  inf.  οφϋήναι : 
rarer  pf.  pass,  ώμμαι,  ώψαι,  ώπται, 
Aescli.  Pr.  998,  etc.,  inf  ώφβαι :  verb, 
adj.  ύπτύς  and  οπτέος. — Again  Iroin 
the  root  J^IA-,  are  formed  aor.  act.  f  ('- 
δον,  inf.  ίδεϊν  :  aor.  mid.  είδόμην,  inf. 
Ιδέσθαι :  perf  with  pres.  signf.  οίδα,  1 
knoiv,  inf  εΐδέναι:  verb.  adj.  Ιστέης : 
(for  these  v.  sub  *εΊδω-) — Of  these 
tenses  Horn.,  besides  those  from  *εΙ- 
δω,  uses  pres.  act.  and  pass.,  3  sing, 
impf.  act.  and  mid.  without  augm., 
ορά,  οράτο,  and  fut.  οφομαι :  he  also 
has  the  perf.  2  οπωπα,  never  found  in 
Att.  prose,  and  in  Od.  3  sing,  plqpf. 
οπώπει,  in  Hdt.  όπώπεε  : — further  to 
be  remarked  in  Hom.  is  ορηαι  or  όρη- 
ai,  Ep.  2  pres.  mid.  for  bpuij  or  bpa- 
εαι,  as  if  from  ορημαι,  Od.'  14,  343. 
He  also  uses  contr.  forms,  as,  ϋρώ, 
ύράν,  όρων,  όρώμαι,  όράσθαι,  όρώμε- 
νος.  no  less  than  lengthd.  Ep.  όράας, 
1  όρόω,  όρόων,  2  pi.  opt.  όρόφτε,  II.  4, 
!  347 ;  όράασθαι,  etc. — In  ΐόη.  prose, 
I  the  pres.  is  όρέω,  W^ess.  Hdt.  2,  148, 
impf.  ωρεον,  yet  Hdt.  also  has  inf. 
I  όράν,  and  in  impf.  the  forms  t>pa  or 


ΟΡΓΑ 

δρα  and  ωρών,  inf.  pass,  όράσθαι,  etc. ; 
he  never  contracts  Ion.  forms  όρέω, 
ορέων,  ώρέομεν  or  όρεομεν,  etc.,  cf. 
Schweigh.  v.  1.  1,  99. 

Orig.  signf,  to  see. — I.  absol.,  to 
look,  oft.  in  Horn.  ;  εις  τι  or  ής  τίνα, 
to  or  at  a  thing,  or  person,  II.  10,239, 
Od.  5,  439,  ct.  Eur.  Peliad.  7  ;  so  in 
mid.,  Hes.  Op.  532,  Fr.  47  :  κατ'  αυ- 
τούς αίέν  bpa.  he  kept  looking  doivn  at 
them,  II.  16,  640;  so,  κατά  Ίροίην, 
II.  24, 291  ;  όρόων  έπι  οΊνοπα  πύντον, 
looking  over  the  sea,  II.  1 ,  350  ;  ύμαΐ' 
προς  τι,  like  Lat.  spectare  ad...,  to  look 
towards,  and  so  to  lonkfor,  prepare  for, 
expect,  long  for,  στρατός  προς  πλουν 
όρα,  Eur.  I.  Α.  1624  ;  so,  όρ.  έπί  τινι, 
Sc'haf.  Dion.  Comp.  p.  143. — 2.  to  have 
sight,  opp.  to  μη  όρΰν,  to  be  blind, 
Soph.  Aj  84:  hence  says  Oedipus, 
όσ' uv  λέγοιμι,  πάνΟ' ορώντα  /Λξομαι, 
(though  I  ain  blind)  my  words  sh(dl 
have  eyes,  i.  e.  shall  be  to  the  purpose, 
have  meaning,  Soph.  O.  C.  74  ;  iv 
σκότω  ό-ψοιατο,  i.  e.  may  they  be 
blind;  O.  T.  1274;  cf.  infra  II.— 3.  to 
see,  look  to,  i.  e.  take  heed,  beware,  esp. 
inimferat. ,hke  βλέπείύρα  ει..., look  to 
!/,  whether..,  Aesch.  Pr.997,cf.  Herm. 
Soph.  Phil.  849;  also,  όρα  μί/..,  Soph. 
Phil.  30,  etc. — 4.  οράς  ;  όρατε  ;  sec'st 
thou  ?  d'ye  see  /  parenthetically,  esp. 
in  explanations,  like  Lat.  viden''  ?  Ar. 
Nub.  355,  Thesin.  490,  etc.,  cf.  Valck. 
Phoen.  726  :  άλλ'  όρζις  at  the  begin- 
ning of  a  sentence,  6«ί,^οι<ίί•ί;..,  Heind. 
Plat.  PfOt.  336  B. — 5.  c.  ace.  cognato, 
like  βλέπω  I,  to  look  so  and  so,  όράΐ' 
άλκάν,  Pind.  Ο.  9,  165. — II.  transit., 
to  see  an  object,  hok  at,  behold,  come  in- 
sight of,  perceive,  observe,  c.  ace  ,  ol t.  in 
Hom. ;  also  pleon.,  όφβαλμυϊσιν  or  kv 
όφθα'λμοίσιν  όράν,  to  see  u'lth  or  before 
the  eyes,  Id.  :  to  have  in  eye,  keep  in 
sight,  II.  23,  323  ;  φιλως  όράν,  with  ei 
and  opt.,  to  be  glad  to  see  a  thing,  11.  4, 
347  ;  ζώειν  και  όρΰν  φάος  Ήελίοιο, 
poet.  .*Όγ  ζην,  like  βλέπειν,  olt.  in 
Horn.;  so  φώς  όράν,  Eur.  Or.  1523, 
Ale.  691  ;  for  which,  later,  όράν  is 
used  alone  :  c.  part.,  όρώ  σε  κρνπτον- 
τα,  just  like  our  I  see  you  hiding..., 
Eur.  Hec.  342;  so,  όρώ  μ'  εξειργασμέ- 
νην,  I  see  that  I  have  done,  Soph.  Fr. 
703  ;  and  often  so  in  Att.,  cf.  Jelf  Gr. 
Gr.  §  683,  and  infra  :  rarely  c.  gen.,  to 
see  something  of  a  thing,  have  a  view 
of,  lb. — The  pf  οπωπα.  I  have  seen, 
belongsexclus.tosignf.il. — 111.  Hom. 
has  no  pass.,  and  always  uses  mid.  in 
act  signf  :  but  in  Att.  the  pass,  has 
not  only  the  signf.  to  be  seen,  but  also 
like  φαίνομαι,  to  let  one^s  self  be  seen, 
appear,  esp.  in  aor.  ύφθ/μ•αι,  freq.  in 
Plat.  ;  c.  part.,  ώφθημεν  όντες  άθλιοι,, 
we  were  seen  to  be...,  Eur.  I.  T.  933  ; 
οφθήσεται  διώκων,  he  ttill  prove  to  be.... 
Plat.  Phaedr.  239  C,  cf  Symp.  178  E, 
and  supra :  τα  όρώμενα,  all  that  is 
seen,  things  visible,  like  τά  ορατά. 
Plat.  Farm.  130  A. — 2.  metaph.  όράν 
is  used  of  mental  sight,  to  discern, 
perceive.  Soph.  El.  945,  etc. ;  so  blind 
Oedipus  says,  ouvfi  γαρ  όρώ,  τό  φα- 
τιζόμενον,  Ι  see  by'sound,  as  the  say- 
ing is.  Soph.  O.  C.  138,  ubi  v.  Brunck. 
(Orig.  prob.  it  had  the  digamma,  for 
the  Sanscr.  root  isrn,  our  ware,  a-ware. 
Germ,  wiihren,  Wehr :  cf.  also  Lat. 
verus.  Germ,  ivahr.) 

νΟρβηλός,  οΰ,  ό,  Orbelus,  a  chain 
of  mountains  in  northern  Macedonia, 
(Paeonia),  Hdt.  5,  16. 

Όρβίκατον  or  όρβίκλ-ατον,  ov,  τό, 
Lfit.  malum  orhicidatum,  Diphil.  Siphn. 
ap.  Ath,  80  F. 

Όργάζω,  f.  -άσω,_^{όργάω)  In  soften, 
knead,  temper,  Lat."s7/K^inf;-4iJie_tia- 


ΟΡΓΑ 

λύσσω.  Soph.  Fr.  432,  Ar.  Αν.  839 ; 

and  in  j)ass.,  ώργασμέρος,  moulded, 
Plat.  Theaet  194  C,  ubi  v.  Slallb., 
cf.  Kuhnk.  Tim. ;  hence  lilie  όέφειν-, 
όειρεΐν.  Ιο  tan,  v.  1.  Hdt.  4,  64,  ubi 
plurimi  ϋργήσας  vel  ύμγίσας,  gener- 
ally, to  make  ripe  or  ready,  ιτμός  tl, 
Anst.  Probl.  2,  32,  2. 

Όργαινω,  f.  -ύνώ,  trans.,  like  οργί- 
ζω, to  make  angry,  enrage,  και  γάρ  αν 
πέτρυυ  φνσιν  σύ  γ'  οργάν&ιας,  tioph. 
Ο.  'Γ.  335. — II.  iutr.  like  ΰί.>γίζομαι, 
to  grow  or  be  ojigry.  Soph.  'I'r.  552 ; 
Tivi,  u'ith  one,  Eur.  Ale.  1106. 

'Οργύ,νέω,=^6ργανόω. 

Όργάνη,  ης,  τ/,  Ι^εργω,  όργανον)= 
epyavij.  [ώ] 

Όογανίζω,^όργανόω,  Hipp. 

Όρ^αΐΊκός,  ή,  ύν,  {όργανον)  instru- 
mented, Arist.  Eth.  ISi.  3,  1,  6,  esp.  of 
music,  Plut.  2.  657  D. — II.  instrumen- 
tal, ejficient,  effectual.  Id.  Adv.  -ίίώ^, 
by  way  of  in,slruments,  Arist.  Eth.  JN. 
1,  9,  7. 

'όργάνιον,  ov,  to,  dim.  from  όργα- 
νον, Mel.  64.  [ά] 

"Οργανον,  ov,  τό,  (*εργο),  έργον) 
aninslrument,  implenvetU,  tool,  or  engine, 
for  7naki7ig  or  moving  a  thing,  Soph. 
Tr.  905,  cf.  άβ-ηρόβρωτυς ;  λογχο- 
ποιών  όργανα,  Eur.  Bacch.  1208 ; 
λαΐνεα  Άμφίονος  όργανα,  i.  e.  the 
wails  of  Thebes,  Id.  Phoen.  115; 
freq.  in  Plat.,  etc.;  όργ.  κνβεντικύ, 
Aeschin.  9,  9.  2.  metaph.,  an  organ 
f^ senae.  Plat.  Rep.  518  C. — II.  a  mu- 
sical instrument,  Aesch.  Fr.  54,  Plat. 
Lacli.  18S  D.— III.  the  material  of  a 
work,  όργανον  kv  όρεσί,  timber.  Plat. 
Legg.  678  D. — IV.  the  work,  product 
itself,  like  έργον,  με?ύσστις  κηρόπλα- 
CTOu  όργ-.  Soph.  Fr.  464. — V.  Aristo- 
tle's logical  writings  were  collected 
under  the  name  of  ro  όργανον,  the  In- 
strument of  all  reasoning,  Amnion. 
Herm.  ad  Categ.  Ibl.  I.  a,  cf  Trende- 
lenb.  Elem.  Log.  p.  48  (Ed.  2).  _ 

Όργάνοπήκτωρ,  ορός,  ύ,7/,=^δργα- 
υοποιυς,  Manetho. 

Όργανοτΐθΐ7]Τίΐίός,  ή,  όν,  fit  for,  be- 
longing to  the  Tiiaking  of  instruments : 
and 

Όργάνοτϊοιία,  ας,  ή,  the  making  of 
instruments,  Tim.  Locr.  101  Ε  ;   from 

Όργάνοποώς,  όν,  {όργανον,  ποιέω) 
making  instruments,  Diod. 

Όργανος,  η,  ov,  {έργω,  έοργα) 
working,  forming,  χείρ,  Eur.  Andr. 
1015. 

Όργΰνόω,  ώ,  {όργανον)  to  furnish 
with  organs,  to  organize,  ηρόζ  Tl,  Sext. 
£inp.     Hence 

Όργάνωσις,  εως,  i],  organization, 
arrangement,  Porph. 

Όργύς,  άδος,  ή,  {οργάυ)  sc.  γη,  any 
well  watered,  fertile  spot  of  larid,  esp. 
meadow-land,  partially  wooded,  with 
or  without  cultivateil  fields,  just  like 
the  Germ.  Au,  Eur.  Bacch.  340,  445, 
Xen.  Cyn.  9,  2. — 2.  esp.,  like  τέμενος, 
Λ  rich  tract  of  land  sacred  to  the  gods, 
comprehending  meadows,  fields,  and 
groves :  such  a  tract  between  Athens 
and  Megara,  sacred  to  Ceres  and  Pro- 
ser])ina,  was  pecul.  called  /}  οργάς,  or 
ιερά  όργύς  by  Plut.  Pericl.  30,  Paus. 
3,  4,  2,  cf  Ruhnk.  Tim. — 11.  as  fern, 
adj.,  teeming,  fruitful,  of  women,  Γ<ί- 
cet. 

ΥΟργΰς,  ύ,  ό,  the  Orgas,  a  tributa- 
ry of  the  Marsyas  in  Greater  Phrygia, 
Strab.  [).  577. 

'Οργασμός,  ov,  ό,  {όργύζω)  a  knead- 
ing-, softening. — U.  [όργύΐύ)  luxuriant 
fulness^  appetite,  Hipp. 

Όργαστήριον,  ου,  τό,  for  όργιασ- 
τήριον,  a  place  uhcre  όργια  were  held. 
iSic.  Λ1.  8. 


ΟΡΓΗ 

'Opyaw,  ώ,  strictly  to  swell,  teem 
with  moisture,  sap,  etc.  :  hence — I.  of 
soil,  to  be  well-watered  and  fertile,  esp. 
to  teem  with  fruits,  abound  in  grass, 
Theophr. :  so  too  of  plants  and  trees  ; 
and  of  fruit,  to  swell  as  it  ripens,  ό 
καρπός  πεπαινεται  και  όργα,  Hdt.  4, 
199;  also,  c.  inf,  οργά  άμασβαι,  is 
ripe  for  cutting,  lb.,  cf  Xen.  Oec.  19, 
19. — II.  to  swell  with  lust,  like  σφρι- 
γά(0,  to  wax  wanton,  be  rampant,  Ar. 
Lys.  1113;  or  of  animals,  to  be  at  heat, 
be  at  the  age  for  sexual  intercourse,  όρ• 
γάν  προς  την  όχείαν,  όργ.  άόρυόια- 
σΟηναι,  Arist.  Η.  Α.  6,  18,  13;  10,  5, 
11  : — then,  generally,  to  be  eager  or 
ready,  to  be  excited,  be  passionate,  op- 
γών  κρίνειν,  to  judge  under  the  influ- 
ence of  passion,  Thuc.  8,  2  : — c.  inf., 
όργα  μαΟεΙν,  Aesch.  Cho.  454  :  όργύν 
τεκείν,  Anst.  Η.  Α.  9,  8,  5  ; — absol., 
Thuc.  4,  108;  cf  Ruhnk.  Tim. :  so 
also  plqpf.  pass.,  in  act.  siguf,  Thuc. 
2,  21. — HI.  in  Ar.  Av.  462,  some  ex- 
plain it  ΆΒ:=όργάζω,  and  at  least  there 
must  be  a  play  on  this  word.  t(v.  sub 
οργή,  όρέγω). 

Όργεών,  ώνος,  ό,  at  Athens  a  citi- 
zen chosen  from  every  όημος,  who  at 
stated  times  had  to  pertorm  certain 
sacnlices,  and  so  a  sort  of  priest,  like 
the  Rom.  curio :  they  were  also  call- 
ed γεννήται  τών  ϋεών.,  Isae.  19,  19; 
20,  20  ;  28,  54 : — poet.,  generally,  for 
ίερενς,  a  priest,  Aesch.  Fr.  135;  cf. 
οργίων.  (Prob.  from  όργια,  not  from 
έργον.) 

Όργεώνη,  ης,  η,  fem.  from  foreg., 
a  priestess. 

Όργεωνικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to  the 
όργεώνες,  όεϊπνον  όργ.,  a  least  of  the 
όργεώνες,  Ath.  185  C  :  cf  όργια. 

'Οργή,  ης,  ή,  natural  i7>ipulse  or  pro- 
pensiu/i  ;  the  character  or  disposition  as 
resulting  from  impulses,  the  disposition, 
nature,  heart,  κηφήνεσσι  κοΟονροις  εΐ- 
κελος  όργήν,  Hes.  Op.  302;  cf  The- 
ogn.  98,  214,  958,  etc. ;  so,  μείλιχος, 
γλυκεία  οργή,  Pind.  P.  9,  76 ;  but 
more  usu.,  ώμ?/,  άτίραμνος  οργή, 
Aesch.  Supp.  187,  Pr.  190,  etc. ;  οργή 
νοσούσα,  'α  mind  diseased,'  Aesch. 
Pr.  378 ;  so  in  plur.,  H.  Hom.  Cer. 
205,  Pmd.  I.  5,  44  (4,  38),  Aesch., 
etc. ;  αλωπεκών  όργαΐς,  Pind.  P.  2, 
141  ;  όργαι  αστυνόμοι,  social  dispo- 
sitions. Soph.  Ant.  354 : — also  in  prose, 
Hdt.  6,  128,  Thuc.  1,  130  ;  όργΰς  ίπι- 
φέρειν  τινί,  to  suit  one's  temper  to  an- 
other, Lat.  morigeruri  alicui,  Thuc.  8, 
83  ;  so,  προς  τα  παρόντα  τας  οργάς 
όμΟιΟνν,  Id.  3,  82. — If  any  violent  pas- 
sion ;  but  most  freq.  (esp.  in  Att.)  an- 
ger, wrath,  op'jy  χμήσΗαι,  to  indulge 
one's  anger,  Hdt.  6,  85  ;  όρ)  ήν  ποιεϊ- 
σθαι,  to  get  into  a  passion,  3.  25  ;  όρ- 
γ?) χάριν  δούναι.  Soph.  Ο.  C.  855; 
όpγ^J  εικειν,  Eur.  Hel.  80 ;  όργήν 
εχειν  τινί,  Ar.  Pac.  659 ;  έν  όργ?/ 
ποιεισθαί  τίνα,  Dem.  14,2;  εις  ορ- 
■}ήν  πεσείν,  Eur.  Or.  096,  etc.;  but, 
άνιέναι  τής  όρ')ής,  όργήν  χαλάν,  to 
be  pacified,  Ar.  Kan.  700,  Vesp.  727: 
όργήν  ίμποιείν  τινι,  to  make  one  an- 
gry. Plat.  Legg.  793  Ε  :  όρ}ής  τνγ- 
χάνειν,  to  be  angrily  received,  Dein. 
571,  11,  etc. :  όργήν  άκρος,  prone  to 
anger,  passionate,  like  άκράχολος, 
Hdt.  1,  73: — hence  όργ?^,  as  adv.,  in 
a7igcr,  in  a  passion,  Hdt.  1,  61,  114, 
etc. ;  so,  όι'  όρ-}ής,  Sojjh.O.  Τ.  807; 
κατ'  όργήν.  Id.  Tr.  933,  etc. ;  μετ' 
οργής.  Isocr.  19  C  ;  προς  όργήν,  Ar. 
Kan.  844,  etc.  ;  οργής  χάριν,  οργής 
νπο,  Eur.  Andr.  688,  I.  A.  353;  cf 
περιόργως. — 3.  ΙΙανός  όργαί,  panic 
lears,  Eimsl.  Eur.  Med.  1140;  οργή 
τίνος,  anger  against  a  person  or  at  a 


ΟΡΓΙ 
thing,  Dem.  1300,  10,  Lys.  107,  I; 
122,  3. — Neither  οργή  nor  όμγαω  oc- 
curs in  11.  or  Od.,  where  ϋνμος  is 
used  instead,  in  Hes.  only  used  once, 
but  very  freq.  from  the  earliest  Eleg, 
and  Lyric  poetry,  and  Ion.  and  Alt. 
prose.  (Clearly  from  όρέγω,  tPseu- 
do-Phoc.  58  where  it  isczόpεξις  and 
distinction  between  it  and μήιJις\,ci'. 
ύργάω,  with  a  notion  of  swelling  with 
e/notwn  or  desire.) 

Όργημα,  ατός,  τό,  =  οργή,  late 
word. 

νΟργης,  εος,  ύ,  Orges,  masc.  pr.  η., 
Hdt.  7,  118. 

Όργητής,  οϋ,  ό,  (οργή  II)  α  passion- 
ate man.  Adamant. 

ΌργΙα,  ίων,  τά,  orgies,  i.  e.  secret 
rites,  secret  worship,  practised  by  the 
initiated  alone,  just  like  μυστήρια: 
of  the  secret  worship  ol  Ceres  at 
Eleusis,  as  early  as  H.  Hom.  Cer. 
274,  476 ;  of  the  rites  of  the  Cabiri 
and  Demeter  (Ceres)  Achaia,  Hdt.  2, 
51  ;  5,  01  :  later,  mostly  of  the  ntes 
of  Bacchus,  with  their  dedications, 
purifications,  etc.,  which  were  indeed 
partly  shown  to  the  uninitiated,  but 
left  unexplained,  Eur.  Baccii.  34,  79, 
etc. — 11.  any  worship,  rites,  sacrifices, 
Aesch.  Theb-.-180,  Soph.  Tr.  765 ."Ant. 
1013. — 2.  any  mysteries,  without  reler- 
ence  to  religion,  e.  g.  the  mysteries 
of  love,  Ar.  Lys.  832,  cf  Jac.  Ach. 
Tat.  p.  689. — The  sing,  όργιον  is  not 
found.  (Prob.  from  έργον,  as  έρόειν 
was  used  of  perlbrming  sacred  ntes, 
like  sacra  facere,  Ugen  H.  Hom.  Ap. 
Pyth.  212;  others  Irom  όργάω,  όρ-)7/, 
οργάς,  on  the  analogy  oi  tlvaia,  bvu, 
θυμός ;  if  so,  the  name  refers  to  the 
furious  transports  oi  those  who  cel- 
ebrated the  όργια:  whichever  root 
is  fixed  upon  for  όργια  must  be  adopt- 
ed also  for  όργεωυ  and  όρθιων.) 
Hence 

'Οργιάζω,  ΐ.  -άσω,  to  celebrate  orgies, 
Eur.  Bacch.  415;  and  c.  ace,  όργ. 
τελεττιν,  ιερά  όργ-,  to  celebrate  orgies. 
Plat.  Phaedr.  250  C,  Legg.  910  C  ; 
όαίμονι,  in  honour  of  a  god,  Legg.  717 
Β  (in  mid.) — II.  όργ.  ίόρνματα,  to  con- 
secrate temples,  lb. — ill.  τ//ν  Οεόν  όρ- 
γιασμοΐς  όργ.,  to  honour  the  goiidess 
by  orgies,  cf  Plut.  Cicer.  1ί) ;  cl.  Dion. 
H.  1 ,  69. — I  V.  όργ.  τινά,  to  initiate 
into  the  orgies  or  mysteries. 

'Οργιάς,  άόος,  ή,  pecul.  poet.  fem. 
of  οργιαστικός. 

'ΟργΙασμός,  ov,  ό,  {οργιάζω)  a  cel- 
ebrating of  orgies,  Plut.  2,  169  D. 

Όργϊαστής,  ov,  ό,  (οργιάζω)  one 
who  celebrates  orgies, μυστήριων  όργια- 
σταί,  Plut.  2,  417  A  ;  όργ.  τής  Άκα- 
όημιας,  an  enthusiastic  adherent  of  the 
Academy,  lb.  717  D.     Hence 

'Οργιαστικός,  ή,  όν.  belonging  to, 
used  in  orgies,  όργανα,  Anst.  Pol.  8, 
6,9. 

Όργιάω,  ώ,  poet,  for  οργιάζω  or 
οργίζομαι,  both  in  Manetho. 

Όρ^ιζω,  f  -ισω  Alt.  -Ιώ  :  (όρ-}ή  II) ; 
— to  make  angry,  provoke  to  anger,  irri- 
tate, τινά,  Al.  Vesp.  223,  Plat.  Phaedr. 
267  C,  etc. — Pass.,  c.  lut.  mid.  op- 
γΐούμαι,  to  grow  angry,  be  wroth,  c. 
part..  Soph.  O.  T.  339 ;  τινί,  Eur. 
Hel.  1646,  Plat.  Apol.  23  C.  etc. ; 
υπέρ  τίνος,  Isocr.  201  Β  ;  τό  όργιζό- 
μίνον  τής  γνώμης,  angry  feelings, 
Thuc.  2,  59. 

Όργίλος,  η,  ov,  (οργή  II)  inclined 
to  anger,  passionate,  irritable,  Xen.  Eq. 
9,  7,  Dem.  73,  27,  cf  Arist.  Elh.  JN. 
4,  5,  8.  Adv.  -λως,  όργ.  εχειν,  to  be 
angry,  Dem.  ί>8'3,  12.  [ij    Hence 

Όρ-'^Ιλότης,  ητος,  ή,  irascibility, 
Arist.  Eth.  N.  2,  7,  10. 

1043 


ΟΡΕΓ 

Όργιον,  ου,  τό,  ν.  όργια,  τύ. 

ΌργΙοΦάντης,  ον,  ό,  {οργιά,  φαίνω) 
one  who  shows  or  teaches  the  orgies :  a 
priest,  one  who  ittitintes  others  into  or- 
gies, formed  like  Ίεροψάντης,  Anth. 
P.  9,  688,  Orph. 

'Οργίων,  όνος,  6,  like  όργεών,  a 
priest,  H.  Horn.  Ap.  389  ;  also  οργίων, 
ων^ς  in  Antini.  Fr.  36  : — in  Herme- 
sian.  19,  it  would  be  for  όργεών?/,  a 
priestess,  but  Bach  reads  ΙΊργι'  Ιινά. 
(On  the  deriv.,  v.  όργια.)  [I  always.] 

Όργνία,  ας,  or  6p)via,  ύς,  ή  :  (ορέ- 
γω,  cf.  αγυιά) : — strictly  the  length  of 
the  outstretched  arms,  11.  23,  327,  Od.  9, 
325,  cf.  Xen.  Mem.  2,  3,  19.— 2.  as  a 
measure  of  length,=4  ^τrίχεις^6feeί 
1  inch,  about  our  fathom,  Hdt.  2,  149, 
— where  he  says  that  100  όργνιαί 
make  one  stadium,  cf  4,  41  ;  but 
Piiny  translates  it  by  nlna=\0  feet. 
— 3.  α  rod  for  measuring  land,^Q^  σττι- 
θαμαι  βασι?ιΐκαί,  instead  of  θ. — Also 
δρήγνια,  q.  v.  (Ace.  to  Arcad.  p.  98, 
3,  always  όργνια,  but  in  nom.  pi.  όρ- 
γνιαί, which  certainly  agrees  with 
the  Homeric  usage :  but  in  prose  the 
sing,  is  also  written  όργνιά.)     Hence 

Όργνιαΐος,  a,  ov,  an  όργνια  long 
or  large,  Anth.  P.  6,  114. 

^Οργνιόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  poet,  for 
foreg.,  Nic.  Th.  216. 

Όργνιόω,  ύ,  (όργνια)  to  extend  the 
aryns  : — in  Lyc.  1077,  to  bind  with  out- 
stretched arms. 

ΫΟργνσος,  ov,  Orgysus,  a  city  of 
lUyria,  Polyb.  5,  108,  8. 

ΥΟρύύνης,  6,  Ordanes,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  Arr.  An.  6,  27,  3. 

Όρόέω,  ώ,  to  begin  a  web,  the  Lat. 
ordior.     Hence 

Όρδημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  ball  or  bottom 
of  V)orsted,^=ToXvK^. 

ΥΟρδησσύς,  ov,  a,  tlie  Ordesstis,  a 
river  of  Scythia,  flowing  into  the 
Danube,  Hdt.  4,  48. 

Όρδϋ?^εύω,  {όρδεω)  =  μοχθέω, 
Gramm. 

Όρεάκόμος,  ου,  δ,=  όρεοκόμος,  q.  v. 

Όρεάνες  or  όρειάνες,  oi,  a  name 
for  7nen  in  the  mystic  language  of  the 
Pythia,  Plut.  2,  406  E.  [ύ] 

Όρέγδην,  adv.,  with  outstretched 
hands  :  eagerly. 

Όρεγμα,  ατός,  τό,  [όρεγω)  a  stretch- 
ing out,  χερός,  Aesch.  Cho.  426  (and 
so  Dmd.  now  reads  with  Herm.  in 
Aesch.  Ag.  1111);  ποδός,  Anth.  Plan. 
189  :  absol.,  a  step,  stride,  Arist.  H.  A. 
9,  50,  9 : — a  holding  out,  offering,  e.  g. 
παριμδων,  Eur.  Phoen.  307.• — 11.  as 
a  measure  of  length,  joined  with  σχοΐ- 
νος  and  πονς. 

Όρέγννμι,  =  sq.,  χείρας  όρεγννΓ, 
(part,  pres.)  11.  1,  351  ;  22,37. 

'OPETii,  {.  -ξω,  to  reach,  stretch, 
stretch  out,  Lat.  porrigo,  χειρ'  όρέγων, 
Od.  17,  366,  etc. ;  εις  ονρανόν,  11.  15, 
371,  Od.  9,  627;— ίο  stretch  out  the 
hands  in  entreaty  to,  τινί,  Od.  12, 
257 ;  προς  τίνα,  Pind.  P.  4,  426,  cf 
Soph.  O.  C.  846,  etc. — 2.  to  reach  out, 
hand,  offer,  give,  κοτύλην  και  πνρνον, 
Od.  15,  312;  δέττας,  11.  24,  102:  κν- 
δος  όρέξαι  τινί,  II.  17,  453,  etc.,  cf 
Hes.  Th.  433  ;  π?.οντύν  τινι,  Pind.  P. 
3,  195 ;  εύχός  τινι.  Soph.  Phil.  1202. 

β.  mid.  ορέγομαι,  aor.  ωρεξάμην, 
also  with  aor.  pass,  ωρέχβην : — to 
stretch  one's  self  out,  .ttretch  forth  one's 
hand,  Od.  21,  53,  (so,  ττοτι  στόμα 
χειρ'  όρέγεσθαι,  II.  24,  506) ;  όρέξα- 
σθαι  ύπό  δίφρου,  to  reach  or  lea7i  over 
the  chariot,  He.s.  Sc.  456  ;  χερσϊ  δρ., 
to  reach  with  the  hands,  II.  23,  99, 
Hes.  Th.  178  (cf  infra  4) ;  op.  έγχεϊ, 
to  lunge  with  the  spear,  II.  4,  307  ;  also 
ηρόσθεν  ύρέξασθαι  ίγχεϊ,  Π.  5,  851  : 
1044 


ΟΡΕΙ 

ΤΓοσσϊν  όρωρέχαται  (3  ρ1.  perf )  πο- 
λεμίζειν,  of  horses,  they  strode,  i.  e. 
galloped  to  the  light,  II.  16,  834:  so, 
ΰρέξατ'  ιών.  he  stretched  himself  as  he 
went,  i.  e.  went  at  full  stride,  II.  13, 
20 :  όρωρέχατο  (3  ]Λ.  plqpf )  προτι 
δειρήν,  .stretched  towards  the  neck,  i.  e. 
forwards,  II.  11,  26: — of  lish,  to  rise 
at  the  bait,  και  τις  των  τραφερύν  ώρέ- 
ξατο,  Theocr.  21, 44  : — lor  Aesch.  Ag. 
llll,  V.  sub  όρεγμα. — 2.  c.  gen.,  to 
reach  at  or  to  a  thing,  grasp  at,  ov  Tcat- 
δός  ορεξάτο,  he  reached  out  to  his  child, 
11.6,  460  ;  to  reach  at,  aim  a  blow  at, 
II.  16,  322;  and  so,  to  attack,  δηίων, 
Tyrtae.  3,  12:  metaph.,  to  reach  after, 
grasp  at,  seek  for,  desire,  γάμων,  Eur. 
Ion  812 ;  freq.  in  Att.  prose,  Thuc.  3, 
42,  Plat.  Rep.  439  B,  485  D,  etc. : 
also  c.  inf.  Plat.  Phaed.  75  Α.— 3. 
C.  ace.  to  reach,  gain,  win  one's  end, 
Od.  11,  392:  to  reach  with  a  tveapon, 
strike,  ivound,  II.  16,  314  :  to  hand  to 
one's  self,  help  one's  self  to,  e.  g.  σί- 
Tov,  Eur.  Or.  303  ;  so,  αιώρημα  δια 
δέρης  όρέξομαι,  1  will  put  the  noose 
on  my  neck.  Id.  Hel.  353. — 4.=  opt- 
χθέω  II,  Αρ.  Rh.  2,  878.— Horn.  usu. 
admits  the  augm. :  there  are  other 
collat.  forms,  όρέγνναι,  11.,  and  όρι- 
γνάομαι,  Hes.,  later  ορεκτέω  and  6ρε- 
κτιύω.  (Clearly  akin  to  Lat.  rego, 
erigo,  porrigo,  Germ,  reichen,  recken, 
our  reach,  and  prob.  άν-αβι^ιχύομαι : 
hence  όργνια,  and  prob.  όργη.) 

Όρειάνες.  οι,  v.  όρεάνες. 

Όρειάρχης,  ov,  ό,  (όρος,  άρχω) 
m.ountain-king,  i.  e.  Pan,  Anth.  P.  6,  34. 

Όρειάς,  άδος,  ή,  (όρος)  pecul.  fem. 
of  όρειος,  of  οτ  belonging  to  mountains, 
πέτρα  όρ.,  a  moiintain  crag,  Anth.  P. 
6,  219. — II.  as  subst.,  an  Oread,  moim- 
tain-nymph. 

Όρείανλος,  ov,  (όρος,  ανλή)  inhab- 
iting the  mountains,  0pp.  C.  3,  18: 
generally,  on  the  mountains,  Id.  H.  4, 
309. 

Όρειβάς,  ύδος,  δ,  η,  {όρος,  βαίνω) 
^ορειβάτης.     Hence 

'Ορειβασία,  ac,  ή,  α  mountaineer's 
life,  Aei.  Ν.  Α.  3^  2  :  and 

'Ορειβασία,  τύ,  Ιερά,  α  festival  in 
which  persons  traversed  the  moimtains 
in  procession,  Strab.  p.  726,  845.  [a] 

Όρειβατέω,  ώ,  to  traverse  mountains, 
c.  acc.  Diod. — II.  intr.  to  roam  the 
mountains.  Anth.  P.  10,  11.     From 

'Ορειβάτ7]ς,  ου,  δ,  {όρος,  βαίνω) 
mountain-ranging,  θήρ,  Soph.  Phil. 
955,  cf  Eur.Tro.  436  ;  also  as  epith. 
of  Theseus,  Soph.  O.  C.  1051,  but 
this  is  a  1.  dub.  Cf  sub  ονριβατάς. 
[α]     Hence 

'Ορειβατικός,  η,  όν,  fit  for  crossing 
mountains,  Clem.  Al. 

Όρειβρεμέτης,  ov,  δ,  roaring  m  the 
mountains, 

Όρείγάνον,  ov,  τό,  and  δρείγάνος, 
ή,  for  όρίγανον. 

Όρειγενής,  ές,  [όρος,  *γένω)  moun- 
tain-born, Nic.  Th.  875. 

Όρειδρομία,  ας,  ή,  α  running  on  the 
hills,  Anth.  P.  7,  413.  ^  Hence 

Όρειδρόμος,  ov,  {όρος,  δραμείν) 
running  on  the  hills,  ελαφος,  Eur.  I.  A. 
1593. 

νΟρείη,  ης,  ή,  Orea,  a  high  hill  in 
Aetoha,  Ath.  297  Α.— II.  a  daughter 
of  Thespius,  ApoUod.  2,  7,  8. 

Όρειβάλής,  ες,  {όρος,  βάλλω)  bloom- 
ing on  the  hills,  Lyc.  1423. 

Όρεικός,  ή,  όν,  (δρεύς)  of  or  be- 
longing to  a  mule  :  ό.  ζεύγος,  a  team 
of  jnules. 

Όρείκτΐτος  or  -κτιστός,  ov,  built  on 
mountains,  dub.,  but  v.  δρικτίτης. 

Όρειλεχής,  ές,  {όρος.  λέχος)  couch- 
ing on  the  hills,  λέων,  Emped.  227. 


OPEK 

Όρειμάλίδες,  αΙ,=  όρομαλίδες. 

Όρειμΰνής,  ές,  {όρος,  μαίνομαι 
raging  a7nong  the  hills,  Tryph.  370.— 
II.  passionately  loviyig  the  hills,  Orph 
H.  30,  5. 

Όρειμελης,  ές,  (όρος,  μέλω)  loving 
the  7nou7itains,  θήρες,  Emped.  220. 

Όρεινομέω,  ώ,  to  graze  or  live  on  th 
hills :  from 

Όρεινόμος,  ov,  (όρος,  νέμω  Β)  feed 
i7ig  on  the  hills,  όέλφαξ,  Anaxil.  Circ 
1  ;  mou7itai7i-ranging.  Κένταυροι.  Eur. 
H.  F.  364  ;  πλάνη  δρ.,  a  roaming  o'ei 
the  hills,  Anth.  P.  6,  107.  (Not  pro 
parox.) 

'Ορεινός,  ή,  όν,  {όρος)  mouniainmts, 
hilly,  χώρη,  Hdt.  1,  110;  2,  34  ;  opp. 
to  πεδινός,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  6.  43.  —  11. 
on,  of,  belongi7ig  to  a  mountai7i,  a  moun- 
taineer, Xen.  An.  7,  4,  11  :  hence  wild, 
opp.  to  domestic,  Arist.  H.  A.  8,  3,  4. 

Όρειοβάτης.  ov,  ό,^δρειβάτης.  [ΰ] 

Όρείοικος,  ov,  {όρος,  οικέω)  vwu7i• 
tain-dwelling. 

Όρειομάνης,  ές,=  δρειμανης,  dub. 

Όρειονόμος,  ον,=  δρειν6μος,  Anth• 
P.  6,  14,  240. 

"Ορειος.  a,  ov.  also  ος,  ov :  =  όρει• 
νός,  Η.  Horn.  Merc.  244  (in  Ion.  forrii 
ουρειος),  Pind.  N.  2,  17;  and  com- 
mon in  Att.,  as,  Soph.  Phil.  937,  etc. 
Hence 

ΥΟρειος,  ov,  δ,  Oreus,  a  centaur, 
who  fought  with  Hercules,  Pans.  3, 
18,  66. 

Όρειοχάρης,  ές,  (όρος,  χαίρω)  de- 
lighting in  the  hills,  Anth.  Plan.  256. 

Όρειπελαργός,  οϋ,  δ,  strictly,  a 
mountain-stork,  a  kind  of  vulture,  also 
γρνπαετδς  (or  νπαετός),  Arist.  H.  A. 
9,  32,  3. 

Όρείπλαγκτος,  ov,=  sq.,  Νύμφαι, 
Ar.  Thesm.  326. 

'Ορείπ?Μνος,  ov,  (όρος,  πλανύομαι) 
mountain-roaming,  Nonn. 

Όρεί7Γολέω,=  δρεοπολίω. 

Όρειπτελέα,  ας,  ή,  Lat.  ulmus  mon- 
ta7ius,  the  wych-ebn,  Theophr. 

Όρείτης,  ov,  δ,  (όρος) a  7nouniaineer, 
Orph.  Lith.  356. 

'Ορειτρεφ7)ς,  ές,  (όρος,  τρέφω)  moun- 
tain-fed, ποταμός,  Tryphiod. 

Όρείτροφος,  ov,  =  foreg. 

Όρειτνπία,  ας,  ή,  mountain-labour, 
esp.  felling  of  wood,  or  quarrying  of 
sto/te,  Hipp. :  from 

Όρειτνπος,  ov,  (όρος,  τύπτω)  v;orh- 
ing  in  the  mountains,  felling  wood  or 
quarrying  st07ie,  Anth.  P.  7,  445 :  also 
δροτυπος,  ύρεοτ.,  δροιτ. — II.  op.  Τί- 
γαντες,  the  giants  swinging  mountain- 
tops  about  as  weapons,  [v] 

Όρείτωρ,  ορός,  δ,~δρείτης,  dub. 

Όρειφοιτέω,  ώ.  to  roa77i  the  moun- 
tains, Sostr.  ap.  Eustalh. :  from 

Όρειφοίτης,  ov,  δ,  {όρος,  φοιτάω) 
mount ai7i-Toaming,  Phanocl.  3:  also, 
δρείφοιτος,  δρεφοίτΊΐς,  όροφοίτης. 

'Ορειχάλκινος,  η,  ον,  of  ορείχαλ- 
κος, Plat.  Criti.  119  C  :  from 

'Ορείχα7.κος,  ov,  δ,  {όρος,  χαλκός) 
Lat.  orichalcu7n  and  aurichalcum,  strict- 
ly yellow  copper  ore  and  the  brass  made 
from  it.  H.  Horn.  5,  9,  Heinr.  Hes. 
Sc.  122,  Stesich.  86,  Bacchyl.  58, 
Plat.  Criti.  114  Ε  :  a  mirror  of  it, 
Call.  L.  P.  19:  —hence  the  French 
archal. 

Όρειώδης,  ες,  (όρος,  είδος)  moun- 
tainous. 

Όρειώτης,  ον,  δ,  (όρος)=  δρείτης, 
Anth.  Ρ.  9,  824. 

'Ορεκτέω,=  όρέγομαι,  Suid. 

Όρέκτης,  ον,  δ,  (όρέγω)  α  close 
combatant,  v.  δρεκτδς. 

Όρεκτιάω,=  όρέγομαι,  late  word. 

'Ορεκτικός,  ή,  όν,  (όρεξις)  appeti- 
tive, Arist.  Eth.  Ν.  6,  2,  5 :  το  δηεκ 


ΟΡΕΣ 

τικόν,  a  collective,  the  desires,  lb.  1, 
13,  18.     Adv.  -κώς. 

Όρεκτός,  ή,  όν,  (ορέγω)  stretched 
out,  μκ/ύαι  δρ.,  pikes  to  be  presented 
(not  thrown),  as  when  the  phalanx 
was  drawn  up,  II.  2,  543 ;  so  in 
Strabo  όρεκτον  δόρυ,  opp.  to  ττα/.τόν, 
a  javelin. — II.  longed/or,  desired,  Arist. 
Eth.  N.  3,  3,  19. 

Όρεμ-πόται,  oi,  ( όρος,  εμττίνω ) 
drainers  of  the  mountains,  epitll.  of 
rivers,  Orac.  ap.  Piut.  2,  406  F. 

Όρεξίς,  εως,  ή,  {ορέγω)  a  longing 
or  yearning  after  a  thing,  desire  for  it, 
c.  gen.,  Def.  "Plat.  414  B,  Arist.,  etc. ; 
more  rarely  προς  τι,  Schaf.  Schol. 
Par.  Ap.  Rh.  2,  878  :  absol.,  propen- 
sion,  desire,  Arist.  Eth.  N.  1,  2,  1. 

^Ορεοζεύκτης,  ov,  b,  {δρεύς,  ζενγ- 
ννμι)  one  who  yokes  mules :  the  form 
δρεωζεύκΓης  is  dub. 

Όρεοκομέω,  ώ,  to  be  an  δρεοκόμος, 
to  keep  or  tend  mules  :  the  form  δρεω- 
κομέω  IS  dub.     Hence 

Όρεοκομία,  ας,  ή,  a  keeping  or 
breeding  of  mules. 

Όρεοκόμος,  ov,  (δρεύς,  κομεω)  keep- 
ing mules,  a  muleteer.  Plat.  L)'S.  208 
B,  and  Xen. :  —  in  Ar.  Thesm.  491, 
we  tind  δρεωκόμης,  for  which  Lob. 
Phryn.  697  would  read  δρεάκόμος, — 
but  needlessly. 

Όρέομαι,  as  pass.,  =  δρννμαι,  to 
move,  stir,  11.  2,  398  ;  20,  140  ;  23,  212. 
— the  act.  δρέω  seems  not  to  occur. 

Όρεο7Τθ/,έ(ΰ,  ώ,  to  haunt  mountains, 
Luc.  Dial.  D.  20,  7 :   from 

Όρεοττό'λος,  ov,  {δρος,  ττολέω) 
haunting  mountains. 

^Ορεοσέ7.1νον,  ου,  τό, mountain-pars- 
ley, Diosc.  3,  76. 

Όρεοτύ-ος,  ov,  usu.  prose  form  of 
δρειτύτΓος  (q.  v.),  Theophr.  [ϋ] 

Όρεοφύ'/.αξ,  ύκος,  ό,  one  who  watch- 
es mountains,  [ϋ] 

Όρίσ3ΐος,  ov,  (δρος,  βίος)  living  on 
mountains,  Opp.  C.  3,  345  ;  also  δρε- 
σίβιος.     Hence 

iΌρέσ:3ίoς,  ov,  δ,  Oresbius,  a  Boe- 
otian from  Hybla,  II.  5,  707. 

ΥΟρέσθείον,  ου,  τό,  Orestheum,  a 
town  of  Arcadia,  Thuc.  5,  64:  in 
Paus.  8,  44,  ^Ορεσθάσων :  so  named 
ace.  to  mvthol.  from  Orestes,  cf.  Eur. 
Or.  1643-7  :^  and  Arnold  Thuc.  4,  134. 

+Ορεσθεύς,  έως,  ό,  Orestheus,  son 
of  Lycaon,  Paus.  8,  3,  1. — 2.  son  uf 
Deucalion,  king  of  Locris,  Id.  10, 
38,  1. 

ΥΟρεσθίς,  ίδος,  ή,  sc.  γη,  Oresthis, 
the  territory  of  'Ορέσθειον,  Thuc.  4, 
134. 

Όρεσίβάτης,  ov,  ό,  poet,  for  ορει- 
βάτης, [ΰ] 

'Ορεσίβιος,  ον,^=ορέσβιος.  [£] 

Όρεσΐγενής,  ες,  and  δρεσίγονος, 
ον,=δρειγενής.  [Ζ] 

Όρεσΐδρόμος,  ον,  =  δρειδρόμος, 
Νοηη. 

ΌρεσΙκοίτης,  ου,  δ,  and  δρεσίκοι- 
Γος,  ον,^δρεί/ίεχ7/ς. 

Όρεσϊνόμος,  ον,=  όρεινόμος. 

Όρεσίοικος,  ον,^=δρείοικος.  [Γ] 

Όρεσίτροίρος,  ον,^δρείτροφος,  in 
Horn,  always  epith.  of  the  lion,  II.  12, 
299,  Od.  6,  130,  etc. 

Όρεσίώοιτος,  ον,=δρείφοιτος,  Phur- 
nut.  de  ^'.  D.  34.  [ΐ] 

Όρεσίχντος,  ov,  poured  from  the 
mountains.  [I] 

Όρεσκενω,  {όρος)  ίο  live  on  mount- 
ains. 

Όρέσκ'ίος,  ov,  (όρος.  σκιά)  overshad- 
owed by  mountains,  Anth,  P,  9,  524, 
16. 

Όρέσκοιος,  ον,=δρεσκωος,  dub. 

Όρέσκοος,  oi',=sq.,  Aesch.  Theb, 
532,  Eur.  Hipp.  1277,  Cycl.  247. 


OPEX 

,  Όρεσκώος,  ov,  {όρος,  κεϊμαι)  lying  ] 
on  mountains,  mountain-bred,  wild,  of 
the  centaurs,  II.  1,  268,  ubiv.  Heyne, 
Hes.  Fr.  31,  5  ;  αι^ες,  Od.  9,  155. 

Όρέσσαν'Αος .  ον,^δρείαυ'/.ος,  λτιύι. 
Plan.  233,  Coluth.  107. 

ΌρεσσΙβάτης,  ov,  δ,=δρεσιβύτης, 
Uuv,  θήρ.  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  1100,  Ant. 
350.  [α] 

Όρεσσίβίος,  ον,=  δρεσβιος.  [ΐ] 

Όρεσσίβοτος,  ον,  ίδρος,  βόσκω)  fed 
on  the  mountains. 

ΌρεσσΙγενής,  ες,  and  in  Ar.  Ran. 
1344,  δρεσσίγονος,  ov,  =  δρεσίγονος. 

t*^  .  ... 

Όρεσσιδρόμος,  ov,  =  ορεσιδρομος, 

Orph.  Arg.  21. 

ΌρεσσΙνόμος,  ov,  =  δρεσινόμος, 
δρεινομος,  Hes.  Sc.  407. 

ΌρεσσΙττάτος,  ov,  walking  the  moun- 
tains, Xonn. 

Όρεσσίχντος,  ov,  =  δρεσίχϋτος, 
Νοηη.  [ij 

νΟρέσται,  ών,  ol,  the  Orestae,  a 
people  between  Epirus  and  lUyria, 
Thuc.  2,  80 :  also  reckoned  in  Mace- 
donia, Strab.  p.  434. 

Όρεστεία,  ας,  ή,  the  tale  of  Orestes, 
the  general  name  for  Aeschylus'  Aga- 
memnon, Choephoroe  and  Eumeni- 
des,  being  the  only  certain  trilogy 
extant,  Ar.  Ran.  1124:  cf.  Αυκονρ- 
γεία. 

ΥΟρέστειον,  ov,  τό,  =^  Όρέσθειον, 
Eur.  Or.  1647. 

Όρέστερος,  a,  ov,  poet,  for  δρεινός, 
epith.  of  the  dragon,  II.  22,  93,  of 
wolves  and  lions,  Od.  10,  212,  Eur., 
etc. :  δρεστέρα  τταμβώτι  yd.  Soph. 
Phil.  391. 

Όρέστΐ/ς,  δ,=δρείτης  :  but  prob. 
only  as  prop.  n. :  v.  sq. 

νΟρέστι/ς,  ου  Ep.  ao,  δ,  Orestes, 
son  of  Agamemnon  and  Clytaemnes- 
tra,  king  of  Mycenae  and  Sparta,  II.  9, 
142  ;  Od. ;  etc. ;  the  sufl'erings  he  had 
to  endure  from  the  Furies  for  having 
slain  his  mother  became  a  frequent 
subject  for  representation  with  the 
tragic  po°ts.  —  2.  son  of  Echecrati- 
das,  tyrant  of  Pharsalus  in  Thessaly, 
Thuc.  1,  III.— 3.  an  Athenian,  Ar. 
Av.  712. — Others  in  ApoUod. ;  etc. 

Όρεστιύς,  ύδος,  ή,  {όρος)  of  the 
mountains,  'ΐ^ϋμφαι  δρεστιάδες=Όρε- 
άδες,  II.  6,  420.  Η.  Hom.  18,  19.— 
Π.  δρεστιάς,  δ,  α  mountain-wind.  Call. 
Fr.  35.  ^ 

ΥΟρεσηάς,  ύδος,  ή,  the  territory  of 
the  Orestae,  in  Epirus,  Strab.  p.  326. 

ΥΟρεστικός,  η.  όν,  of  the  Orestae, 
Orestian,  'Ap}Of  Ό.,  Strab.  p.  326. 

^Ορέστιον,  or  -ειον,  ου,  τό,  an  herb, 
elsewh.  νεκτάριον,  Diosc.  5,  66. 

Όρεστίς,  ίδος,  τ/,=^δρεστιάς. 

νΟρεστίς,  ίόος,  ή,  Orestis,  territory 
of  the  Orestae,  v.  Όρέσται. 

νΟρεστόριος.  ov,  δ,  Orestorius,  a 
Gallic  leader,  Paus.  10,  22,  3. 

Όρεσοι,  όρεσόιν,  Ep.  gen.  and  dat. 
sing,  and  pi.  from  όρος,  11. 

'Ορεσχάς,  άδος,  η,^όσχη,  a  vine 
loaded  with  grapes  ;  also  written  avpo- 
σχάς,  άρασχάς,  άρέσχη. 

Όρενς,  έως,  δ,  α  mule,  freq.  in  II., 
as  a  beast  of  draught  and  burden,  but 
always  in  Ion.  form  ονρενς,  synon. 
vvithV;,MiOi;of,  II.  23,  115;  cf  24,  702 
with  716.  (Prob.  from  όρος,  as  mules 
are  chiefly  used  in  mountainous  coun- 
tries.)— II.  poet,  for  δρείνος.  Lye.  111. 

Όρεύω,  to  watch  or  guard.  (From 
οιφος,  ώρος,  ώρενω,  ώρέω.) 

Όρεφοίτης,  ον,  δ.  =  δρειφοίτης, 
Ε.  Μ.  ρ.  461,  27,  ubi  legend,  videtur 
δρεοΦοίτης. 

Όρεχθέω,  ώ,  f.  •ήσω,=δρέγομαι,  to 
stretch  one's  self ;  βόες  ύρέχθεον  σφα- 


ΟΡΘΙ 

ζόμενοι,  in  II.  23,  30,  is,  either,  the 
steers  lay  stretched  as  they  were  slain 
(cf  ΰες  εύόμενοι  ταννοντυ.  just  be- 
low, and  V.  Gatak.  M.  Anton.  4, 
Heyne  II.  T.  8,  p.  362) ;  or,  lay  stretch 
ing  themselves,  l.  e.  panting  or  heaving 
in  the  throes  of  death  ;  so,  ή  καρδία 
δρεχθεΐ,  my  heart  beats,  pants  with 
eagerness,  Ar.  Nub.  1368,  Opp.  H.  2, 
583 ;  Θά/Μσσαν  έα  ττοτΐ  χέρσον  όρε- 
χθιμ',  let  the  sea  stretch  itself,  i.  e.  roll 
up  to  the  beach,  Tlieocr.  11.  43. — 
11.  metaph.,  like  ορέγομαι,  to  reach  at, 
long  for,  desire,  Ap.  Rh.  1,275.  (Most, 
though  by  no  means  all,  of  the  an- 
cients explained  the  places  in  Hom., 
and  Theocr.,  by  to  roar,  bellow,  in 
which  case  the  word  would  come 
from  βοχθέω.  The  moderns  mostly 
agree  in  taking  it  as  a  collat.  form, 
or  rather  frequentative  of  ορέγομαι : 
the  only  places  which  yet  favour  the 
old  interpr.  are  Aristias  ap.  Ath.  60  B, 
and  a  corrupt  passage,  Aesch.  Fr.  146, 
where  Gorlitz  proposes  έττιρροΟεϊ,  v. 
Sjiitzn.  Excurs.  xxxiv.  ad  II.) 

Όρέω,  V.  όρέομαι. 

Όρέω,  Ion.  for  δρύω,  freq.  in  Hd.. 

Όρεωζενκτης,  ov,  δ,  ν.  όρεοζενκτης 

Όρεωκομέω,  and  δρεωκόμος,  ον,  ν 
sub  optoK-. 

Όρεωττολέω,  ώ,  {όρενς,  ττολέω).-- 
δρεοκομέω,  a  word  probably  invented 
by  Gramm.,  Lob.  Phryn.  696. 

Όρεω-ώλης,  ov,  δ,  (δρενς,  ττωλέω) 
a  mule-dealer,  in  Suid.,  perh.  should 
be  δρεο-ώλης. 

Όρηαι  or  bpr/ai,  2  sing.  pres.  mid. 
of  δράω,  as  if  from  ορημαι,  Od.  14, 
343. 

Όρήεις,  εσσα,  εν,  {όρος)  mountain 
ous,  Gramm. 

Όρημι,  Aeol.  and  Dor.  for  δράω, 
hence  inf.  δρήν,  Ar.  Lys.  1077. 

Όρητο  or  δρητο,  3  sing.  impf.  mid. 
ol  δράω,  as  if  from  ορημαι,  proposed 
by  Zenodutus  in  several  places  of 
Hom.  for  δρΰτο. 

Όρητός,  ή,  όν,  Ion.  for  ορατός. 

Όρθα}  γε'/.έω.  ώ,  [ορθός,  αγγέΧ7Μ) 
to  announce  rightly  and  truly. 

Όρθά}ης,  ου,  δ,ζ=  ξένος.  Lye.  538, 
al.  'Ορθάνης.  [ΰ] 

Όρθάγόρας,  ον,  δ,  {δρθός)  mock 
prop,  η.,  with  an  obscene  allusion, 
Ar.  Eccl.  916. 

ί'Ορθαγόρας,  ov,  δ,  Orthagoras,  a 
flute-player  of  Thebes,  Plat.  Prot. 
318  C,  Ath.  184  Ε  —2.  a  tyrant  of 
Sicyon,  Arist.  Pol.  5,  9,  21.— Others 
in  Plut.  Timol.  4  ;  Strab. ;  etc. 

Όρθΰγορίσκος,  ov,  δ,  or  δρθρΰγο- 
ρίσκος,  a  sucking-pig,  Lacon.  word, 
Ath.  139  B,  140  B. 

Όp6'ά}ω^•of,  ον,^δρβόγωνος,  dub. 

Όρθάόίος,  ov,  poet,  for  όρθιος,  [ώ] 

Όρθαι,  Ep.  form  without  connect- 
ing vowel,  for  όρέσθαι,  inf.  aor.  mid. 
of  όρνυμι,  II.  8,  474,  where  others, 
wrongly,  ώρθαι  ;  others  take  even 
όρθαι,  as  inf.  perif.  for  ώρθαι,  Buttm. 
Ausf.  Gr.  ^  110,  9  n. 

ΥΟρθαία,  ας,  ή,  Orthaea,  daughter 
of  Hyacinthus,  ApoUod.  3,  15,  8. 

Όρθάνης,  ov,  ό,  {δρθός)  a  sort  of 
demon  with  the  attributes  of  Priapus, 
tStrab.  p.  588. 

Όρθατΐτον,  ov,  TO,  a  woollen  cloth 
for  wiping,  Lat.  gausape. 

Όρθεύω,  {δρΟός)=ιδρθόω,  Eur.  Or. 
405. 

ΥΟρθη,  ης,  ή,  Orthe,  a  city  of  the 
Perrhaebi  in  Thessaly,  11.  2,  739. 

Όρθηλός,  ή,  όν,=.δρθός,  dub.  in 
Strab. 

Όρθια,  ας,  ή,  epith.  of  Diana  in 
Laconia  and  Arcadia ;   at  her  altar 
the    Spartan    boys    were    whipped, 
1045 


ΟΡΘΟ 

Xen.  Lac.  2.  9,  Valck.  Adon.  p.  277 
A,  Miiller  Dor.  2,  9,  6  ;  also  Όρθωσία. 

Όρθια,  iieut.  plur.  from  όρθιος. 
Used  as  adv.,  II.  11.  11. 

Όρθιάδε  and  bpOtaCe,  adv.,  (όρθιος) 
straight  up.  upwards,  Xen.  Lac.  2,  3 : 
Stol).  όρύίαγε. 

Όμθιύζω,  f.  -άσω,  (όρθιος)  to  speak 
in  a  hiu,h  tour,  speak  Ισαή.  όρθ.  γόοίς, 
to  shriek  with  land  vvailings,  Aesch. 
Pers.  687,  cf.  1042.— ΙΙ.=  ϋρίί(3ω,  to 
set  upright,  Leon.  Tar.  26. 

Όρθίαξ,  άκος,  δ,  the  hirer  part  of  a 
mast,  Epich.  p.  61.  [(2,  Draco  p.  19,6.] 
— Also,  όρθιας,  ov,  b,  Hesych. 

Όρθίάσις,  ή,  v.  όμθιύω. 

Όρθίασμα,  ατός,  τό,  (όρθιάζίύ)  α 
raised  tone  of  voice,  loud  speaking,  shont- 
ing  or  crying,  Ar.  Ach.  1012. 

ΌρΛα;ω,=  όρί^όω,  late  word:  hence 
ορθίάσις,  ?/,  Ion.  όρθίησις,  a  setting 
vpright,  dtlh. 

^Ορθιόκωπης,  ov,  (όρθιος,  κώπη) 
rowing  upright. 

Όρθιος,  a,  ov,  Att.  also  ος,  ov,  as 
Thuc.  5.  58 :  (ορθός)  : — straight  up, 
going  upwards,  steep,  up-hill,  οΐμος. 
Has.  Op.  288  ;  πάγος.  Soph.  Fr.  110 ; 
■πρός3ασις.  Eur.  El.  489  ;  so  in  Xen. : 
— hence,  όρ^ίοντΓορίίίσίίίΖί,  to  inarch 
■up-hill,  Thuc.  1.  c.  ;  so,  όρθιον  or  τΐμης 
όρθιον  ίέναι,  Xen.  An.  4,  6,  12.  Hell. 
2,  4,  15  ;  ττρός  όρθιον  άγειν,  to  lead 
by  a  steep  path,  Cyr.  2,  2,  24;  ττρος 
6ρθί(.>,  on  rising  ground,  opp.  to  iv 
επιπει^ω.  Id.  Hell.  6,  4,  \-i:—Tu  όρθια, 
the  country  from  the  coast  upwards, 
Hdt.  4,  101. — 2.  upright,  standing, 
Hdt.  9, 102:  esp.  of  hair,  όρθιους  στή- 
σαι  τρίχας.  Soph.  Ο.  C.  1625;  τρί- 
χας όρθιας  πλόκαμος  ισταται,  Aesch. 
Theb.  564,  cf.  Eur.  Hel.  032  :  of  ani- 
mals, rampant.  Pmd.  P.  10,  56. — II. 
of  the  voice,  high-raised,  i.  e.  loud, 
shrill,  clear,  κέΆευσαα,  Aesch.  Cho. 
751,  κωκνματα,  Soph.  Ant.  1206,  etc. : 
esp.  as  adv.,  όρθια  ηϋοε,  she  cried 
aloud,  11.  11,  11  ;  ίάχησε  and  έιΒόησα 
όρθια  ώωνή,  Η.  Horn.  Cer.  20,  432 
(not  found  elsevvh.  in  Horn.) ;  so, 
όρθιον  ώρνσαι,  φωνεϊν,  Pind.  Ο.  9, 
163,  Ν.  10,  142;  όρθια  κηρύγματα, 
Eur.  Ι.  Α.  94:  —  hence, — 2.  νόμος 
όρθιος,  an  air  of  sharp,  stirring  tone, 
like  our  military  music,  Hdt.  1,24; 
so,  ό  όρθιος  alone,  Ar.  Ach.  16,  etc. 
— III.  m  military  language,  όρθιοι 
λόχοι,  Livy's  recti  ordines,  battalions 
in  column  or  file,  Lat.  altitudo,  where- 
as in  φύλαγξ,  the  men  stood  in  line, 
forming  a  long  front  of  various  depths, 
Schneid.  Xen.  An.  4,  8,  10,  cf.  Po- 
lyaen.  5,  16,  1  ;  όρθιους  τους  λόχους 
ποιεϊσθαι,  to  throw  the  battalions 
into  column,  Xen.  Cyr.  3,  2,  6,  An.  4, 
2,  1 1  ;  so,  όρθιους  τους  λόχους  άγειν, 
to  bring  them  up  in  column,  lb.  4,  3, 
17. — I V.  generally,  like  opi^of,.sira(^^A<, 
opp.  to  crooked,  slant,  Xen.  Cyn.  6,  14 
and  15:  metaph.,  7/βη  όρθια,  straight- 
forwardness, Plut.  Sull.  1 : — ή  όρθια, 
a  right  angle,  11.  2,  373  F. 

Όρθούκανθος,  ov,  (ορθός,  άκανθα) 
with  straight  thorns,  Theophr. 

Όρθοι3άτέω,  ώ,  (ορθός,  βαίνΐύ)  to  go 
straight  on  or  upright,  Anth.  P.  9,  11. 

Όρθοβόας,  ου,  ό,  (ορθός,  βοάω)  one 
who  cries  aloud,  Ath. ;  but  όρθροβόας 
is  preferred,  q.  v. 

Όι>θόβολος,  ov,  thrown  straight. 

Όρθοβουλία,  ας,  i],  right  counsel: 
from 

Όρθόβουλος,  ov,  (ορθός,  βουλή) 
right-counselling,  wise,  μήτίς-  μηχαναί, 
Pind.  P.  4,  400  ;  8,  106 ;  of  persons, 
Aesch.  Pr.  18.     Hence 

ΥΟρθόβον?Μς,  ου,  ό,  Orthobulus,  an 
Athenian,  Lys.  146,  lin. 
1046 


ΟΡΘΟ 

Όρθογνωμονεω,  ώ,  to  think  or  judge 
rightly  :  the  less  correct  form  όρθο- 
γνωμέω  also  occurs,  Lob.  Phryn.  382: 
from 

Όρθογνώμων,  ov,  (ορθός,  γνώμη) 
thinking  or  Judging  rightly,  Hipp. 

Όρθογόη,  ης,  ή,  v.  όρθρογόη. 

Όρθογράψέω,  ώ,  (ορθός,  γράφο)  to 
write  correctly.     Hence 

'Ορθογραφία,  ας,  ή,  α  writing  cor- 
rectly, orthography. — 11.  the  elevation  of 
a  building,  opp.  to  the  ground-plan, 
Vitniv.  1,  2. 

Όρθογωχ'ία.  ας,  •  ή,  rectangularity, 
Archyt.  ap.  Stob.  Eel.  1,  p.  784  :  from 

Όρθογώνιος,  ov,  {ορθός,  γώνος)  rec- 
tangular, Tim.  Locr.  98  A  :  also,  όρ- 
θόγωνος. 

Όρθοδάής,  ες,  (ορθός,  δαήναι)  know- 
ing rightly,  c.  inf.,  how  to...,  Aesch. 
Ag.  1022. 

Όρθοόίκαιος,  ov,  (  ορθός,  δίκη  ) 
strictly  just,  πολις,  Aesch.  Eum.  994. 

Όρθοόίκας,  Dor.  for  όρθοδίκης,  ου, 
ό,  (ορθός,  δικάζω)  judging  righleoxisly, 
Pind.  P.  11,  15.  [ί] 

Όρθοδοξαστής,  οϋ,  δ,  (ορθός,  δοξά- 
ζω)^ ορθόδοξος.  Clem.  Αϊ.     Hence 

Όρθοδοξαστικώς,  adv.,  according  to 
a  right  opinion. 

Όρθοδοξέω,  ώ,  to  have  a  right  opin- 
ion, Arist.  Eth.  N.  7,  8,  4 :  and 

'Ορθοδοξία,  ας.  η,  correctness  of 
opinion,  a  right  opinion  :  from 

Όρθόδοξος,  ov,  [ορθός,  δόξα)  having 
a  right  opinion,  Eccl.     Adv.  -ξως. 

'ΟρθοδίΊτειρα  διανοίας,  she  who 
gives  a  right  judgment,  Orph.  H. 
75,  5. 

Όρθοδρομέω,  ύ,  to  rvm.  straight  for- 
ward, Xen.  Eq.  7,  14  :  from 

Όρΰόδρομος,  ov,  (  ορθός,  δραμειν  ) 
running  straight  forward. 

Όρθόδωρον,  ου,  τό,  (ορθός,  δώρον 
II)  the  length  from  the  wrist  (καρπός) 
to  the  finger-ends :  acc.  to  others= 
σπιθαμή. 

Όρθοέθειρος,  ον,=  όρθόθριξ,  Orph. 
Η.  18,  8._ 

Όρθοεπεια,  ας,  ή,  correct  speaking 
or  pronunciation.  Plat.  Phaedr.  207  C, 
cf.  Quintil.  1,  6  :  from 

Όμθοεπέο),  ώ,  (ορθός,  έπος)  ίο  speak 
οτ  pronounce  correctly,  Dion.  Η.  1,  90. 

Όμθύθμιξ,  τρϊχος,  ό,  ή,  (ορθός, 
θμιξ)  tvith  hair  up-standing,  or  making 
the  hair  stand  on  end,  φόβος,  Aesch. 
Cho.  32  ;  cf.  όρθόκερως. 

Όρθοθίψη,  ή,  f.  1.  for  όμσοθύρη. 

Όρθοκάθεδρος,  ov,  {ορθός,  καθέδρα) 
sitting  tipright,  Paul.  Aeg. 

Όρθοκάλαμος.  ov,  (ορθός,  κάλαμος) 
straight-stalked  :  ν  όρθ.,  the  name  of  a 
plant,  Diosc. 

Όμθοκύρηνος,  ov,  =  όρθοκέφαλος, 
\.  1.  Orph.  H.  18,  8.  [ΰ] 

'Ορθόκαν?Μς,  ov,  (όμθός,  καυλός) 
straight.stalked,  Theophr. 

Όρθόκερως,  ωτος,  ό,  ή,  (ορθός,  κέ- 
ρας) straight-homed: — όμθ.  όρίκη, 
horror  which  makes  the  hair  stand  up 
like  horns.  Soph.  Fr.  922.  cf.  Poll.  2, 
31,  who  e.xplains  it  by  όμθόθμιξ. 

Όμθοκέφά/ιος,  ov,  tvith  head  erect. 

ΌρΒόκισσος,  ov,  b,  upward-creeping 
ivy,  opp.  to  χαμαίκισσος. 

Όρθόκοιλος,  ov,  prob.  v.  1.  for  6p- 
θόκωλος. 

ΥΟρθοκορυβάντιοι,  ων,  oi,  the  Or- 
thocorybauiii,  a  people  on  the  borders 
of  Media,  Hdt.  3,  92. 

Όρθοκόμνδος,  ου,  ό,  a  very  lark  (κό- 
ρνδος),  of  one  with  a  thin  bad  voice, 
Alciphr.  3,  48  ;  cf.  Paroemiogr.  p.  48, 
Juven.  3,  91. — The  Mss.  give  όρθοκό- 
ρυζος. 

Όρθόκραιρος,  a,  ov,  (ορθός,  κραΐ- 


ΟΡΘΟ 

pa )  with  straight  or  upright  horns, 
epith.  of  horned  cattle,  11.  8,  231,  Od. 
12,  348  :  xvith  upright  beaks,  of  the  two 
ends  of  a  galley  which  turnetl  up  so 
as  to  resemble  horns,  II.  18,  3 ;  19, 
344. — Hoin.  has  it  only  in  poet.  gen. 
pi.  fern,  όρθοκραιράων. 

Όρθόκρΰνος.  ov,  (ορθός,  κρΰνον) 
having  a  high  head  or  crown  :  τί'μβος 
όρθ.,  a  high  funeral  mound,  Soph. 
Ant.  1203. 

Όρθοκρΐσία,  ας,  ή,  righteous  judg- 
ment, Eccl. 

Όρθόκνλλος,  ov,  lame  from  stiffness 
of  limbs. 

Όρθόκωλσς,  ov,  (ορθός,  κώλον)  with 
straight,  stiffened  limbs,  Galen. 

Όρθολεκτέω,  u,=.sq. 

Ό(^θολογέω,  ώ,  (ορθός,  λέγω)  to 
speak  correctly.     Hence 

Όμθυλογια,  ας,  ή,  exactness  of  lan- 
guage.  Plat.  Soph.  239  B. 

Όί)θομαντεία,  ας,  η,  true  prophecy, 
Aesch.  Ag.  1215:  from 

Όρθόμαντις,  εως  Ion.  ιος,  6,  », 
(όμθός.  μάντις)  a  true  prophet.  Find. 
N.  1,  92  ;  opp.  to  -φενδόμαντις. 

Όρθομαρμάρωσις,  ή,  the  whitewash- 
ing of  upright  walls. 

Όρθόμφά?ι.ος,  ov,  with  an  upright 
boss,  πόπανον,  Inscr. 

Όρθονόμος,  ov,  dispensing  justice. 

Όρθόνοος,  ov,  contr.  -νονς,  ovv, 
(ορθός,  ΐ'όος)  of  upright  mind,  or  sound 
understanding,  Clem.  Al. 

Όμθοπάγής,  ές,  (ορθός,  πήγννμι) 
fixed  erect,  κίδαρις,  Plut.  2,  340  C  ;  cf. 
άπαγής. 

Όρθοπάλη,  ης,  η,  (ορθός,  πάλη) 
wrestling  in  an  upright  posture,  Opp.  to 
κλινοπύλη,  Luc.  Lexiph.  5  ;  cf.  Lob. 
Paral.  370.  [a] 

Όρθοπεριπάτητίκός,ή,  ov,  walkiiig 
about  erect. 

Όρθοπληγιύω,  ώ,  to  rear  up,  as 
horses :  from 

Όρθοπλήξ,  ήγος,  ό,  η.  ( ορθός, 
πλήσσω)  striking  upwards  ;  of  a  horse, 
rearing,  Ar.  Fr.  130. 

Όρθοπλοέω,  ώ,  to  sail  straight  for- 
ward: — to  have  a  fair  voyage;  hence, 
to  be  successful,  Eurypham.  ap.  Stob. 
p.  557,  11,  Cliniasib.  8,  26. 

Όρθόπ?ιθος,  ov,  contr.  -πλονς,  ovv, 
(ορθός,  πλέω)  sailing  straight  forward  : 
— having  a  prosperous  voyage  ;  hence, 
successful,  cf.  Soph.  Ant.  190. 

Όρθόττνοια,  ας,  ή,  (όρθάπνοος)  up- 
right breathing  :  hence,  a  kind  of  asth- 
ma, which  only  admits  of  breathing  in 
an  upright  posture,  Foes.  Oec.  Hipp. 
Hence 

Όρθοπνοϊκός,  ή,  όν,  affected  with 
όρθόπνοια,  Hipp. 

Όμθόιπνοος,  ov,  contr.  -πνονς,  ow, 
(ορθός,  7rvfcj)=foreg.,  Hipp. 

Όρθοποδέω,  ώ,  (όρθύπονς)  to  icalk 
straight  or  uprightly,  N.  T. 

Όρθόπολις,  εως,  ό.  ή,  (ορθός,  πολις) 
■upholding  the  city.  Pind.  Ο.  2,  14. 

Όρθι'ιπονς,  ό,  η,  -πουν,  τό,  (ορθός, 
πους)  with  straight  feet :  standing  up- 
right, going  straight,  Nic.  Al.  419. — II. 
like  όρθιος,  -up-hill,  steep,  όμθόπυδος 
ί>πέρ  πύγον,  Soph.  Ant.  985. 

'Ορθοπράγέω,  ώ,  (δρθός,  πρύγος) 
to  act  uprightly,  Arist.  Pol.  1,  13, 
10. 

Όρθοπρίων,  όνος,  η,  (ορθός,  πρίων) 
an  instrimient  for  trepanning,  elsewh. 
χοινιΐΐίς.  [i] 

Όρθοπρόςωπος,  ov,  of  erect  coumte- 
nance. 

Όρθόπρυμνος,  ov,'with  -upright  stern. 

Όρθύπτερος,  ov,  (ορθός,  πτερόν"^ 
with  upright  feathers  or  xvings.  —  Π. 
with  a  high  row  of  columns^  Soph.  Fr. 
31. 


ΟΡΘΟ 

Όρθοπτωτόν,  οϋ,  τό,  =  ορθί/  πτώ• 
Οίς,  the  nominative  case,  Gramm. 

Όρθοπϋγίάω,  ώ,  =  όρθοττληγιάω, 
dub. 

Όβθοπύγιον,  ον,  τό,—  όρβοττύγιον, 
dub.  [ii] 

Όμθόττνγος,  ον,  iviik  upright  but- 
tocks, dub. 

ΌρθορΙ>ί/μησί'νη,  ης,  i/,  {ορθός,  /S^y- 
μα)  correctness  of  speech  or  pronuncia- 
tion :  the  right  use  of  a  word,  Themist. 

'Ορθός,  ή,  όν,  (akin  to  δρι>νμι,  όρ• 
θαι)  straight,  Lat.  rectus: — L  in  height, 
upright,  standing,  Horn.,  who  USU. 
joins  it  with  στήναι,  στή  <?'  ορθός,  II- 
23,  271,  etc. ;  bpOcii  τρίγες  έσταν,  2-1, 
359,  cf.  Hes.  Op.  538;  so,  όρθώρ 
iaraOTup  ayopi],  II-  18,  246;  freq. 
later,  esp.  of  buildings,  standing,  tvith 
their  ualls  entire,  opp.  to  καθαιρεθείς, 
Thuc.  5,  42.  —  II.  in  line,  straight, 
straight-forward,  in  a  straight  or  right 
line,  opp.  to  σκο/Λός,  crooked,  π/Λγιος, 
aslant,  όρθ.  οδός,  κέ?^ενθος,  αύλαξ. 
Find.,  etc. ;  ορθός  άντ'  7/ελίοίο  τε- 
τραμμένος,  straight,  right  opposite  the 
sun,  Hes.  Op.  725 ;  ορθά  χερί,  straight- 
wav.  Find.  O.  10,  7 ;  so,  δρθώ  ττοδί. 
Id.  13,  102,  Fr.  148 ;  but,  όρθον  πόδα 
τιθέναι  is  prob.  to  put  the  foot  out,  as 
in  walking,  Aesch.  Eum.  294,  cf. 
Eur.  Med.  1166,  (v.  sub  κατηρεφής) : 
for  ορθά  όμματα  v.  sub  όμμα :  /ίλ,έ- 
ττειν  ορθά,  opp.  to  being  blind,  Soph. 

0.  T.  419.— III.  metaph. ;— 1.  right, 
safe,  happy,  well,  prosperous  ; — a.  part- 
ly from  sigr^f.  I.,  as,  όρθυν  στήσαι  = 
δρθώσαι,  to  set  up,  restore.  Find.  F.  3, 
95  ;  so,  στήναι  ες  όρβόν,  to  stand  safe, 
Soph.  O.  T.  50 ;  όρθάν  φνλάσσειν 
Ύένεόον,  Find.  Ν.  11,  5:  π'λέειν  έπ' 
ορθής  (sc.  χθονός,  as  if  νεώς),  Soph. 
Ant.  190.  —  b.  partly  from  signf  il., 
as,  κατ'  ορθόν  'εξελθείν,  of  prophecies. 
Id.  O.  T.  88 ;  κατ'  ορθόν  οίφίσαι,  to 
waft  in  safe  course,  lb.  695  ;  and  so, 
δι'  ορθής,  safely.  Id.  Ant.  994.  —  2. 
right,  true,  όρθ.  άγγελος,  αγγελία, 
νόος.  Find.,  etc. ;  γλώσσα,  Soph.  Fr. 
322 ;  όρθα  φρενί.  Find.  Ο.  8,  32  ;  so, 
έ^  όρθύς  φρενός.  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  528 : 
όρθ'  άκούειν,  to  be  rightly  called,  lb. 
903,  cf  Fr.  408:  όρθώ  λόγω,  strictly 
speaking,  in  very  truth.  Hat.  2,  17 ;  6, 
68: — so  in  adv.,  ορθώς  λέγειν,  Hdt. 

1,  51 ;  ορθώς  έλεξας,  thou  hast  rightly 
spoken,  Lat.  recte  dixisti,  Soph.,  and 
Eur.,  V.  Valck.  Diatr.  p.  103  ;  so,  to 
ορθόν  έξειρι/κέναι.  Soph.  Tr.  374; 
ίς  ορθόν  όωνεΐν,  lb.  347:  κατ'  ορθόν 
ζ=όρθύς.  Flat.  Tim.  44  Β.— 3.  upright, 
righteous,  just,  like  Lat.  rectus,  opp.  to 
pravus,  κατά  τό  ορθόν  δικάζειν,  Hdt. 
1,  96,  etc. ;  τό  ορθόν,  uprightness.  Flat. 
Rep.  540  D. — 4.  of  persons,  highmind- 
ed,  steadfast,  firm,  Lat.  erecto  animo. 
Plat.  Theaet.'  173  A  :  but  also,  roused, 
excited,  like  Lat.  spe,  juetu  ereclus,  k~L 
Tivi,  Isocr.  96  Β  ;  διά  τι,  348  Α.— IV. 
η  ορθή, — 1.  (sub.  γ(^νία)  aright  angle, 
Arist.  Anal.  Fr.  2,  17,  7.-2.  (sub. 
γραμμή)  a  right,  straight  line.  Id.  Anal. 
Post.  1,5,2; — though  ευθύς,  ευθεία 
is  more  common  of  lines. — 3.  (sub. 
ΐΓτώσις)  the  nominative,  Lat.  casus 
rectus,  as  opp.  to  the  oblique  cases, 
Gramm. — V.  Adv.  -θώς,  v.  supra  III. 
2  :  freq.  also  really,  truly.  Flat.  Fhaed. 
67  Β  :  superl.  ορθότατα,  Hdt.  4,  59. 

Όρθοστύδην,  adv.,  {ορθός,  ΐστημι) 
standing  upright,  Aesch.  Fr.  32,  Luc. 
Gymnas.  3,  etc.,  opp.  to  κατακείμε- 
νος.  [ΰ] 

Όρθοστΰδίας,  ον,  6,  and  όρθοστά- 
διος,  ό,  χιτών,  α  loose,  ungirded  tunic, 
which  hung  down  in  straight  folds, 
from  the  neck  to  the  ground,  Lat.  tu- 
nica recta,  talare,  v,  sub  στάδιος,  στα- 


ΟΡΘΟ 

τός ;  Miiller  Eum.  <ίι  34:  in  Ar.  Lys. 

45,  also  όρθοστάδίον,  τό.  [a] 

Όρθοστάδόν,  adv.,  =  όρθοστύδην. 

Αρ.  Rh.  4,  1426. 

Όρθοστάς,  άδος,  ij,  cf.  ορθοστάτης 

m. 

Όρθόστΰσις,  ή,  an  upright  posture, 
=όρθή  στάσις,  dub. 

'Ορθοστάτέω,  ώ,  to  stand  upright, 
Hipp.:  from 

'Ορθοστάτης,  ον,  δ,  {ορθός,  ΐστημι) 
one  who  stands  upright :  an  upright 
shaft,  pillar,  Eur.  Ion  1134  :  κ'Μμακες 
δρθοστάται,  upright  ladders,  Eur. 
Supp.  497.— II.  a  sort  of  cake  used  in 
funeral  oblations.  Id  Hel.  547,  ubi  al. 
δρθοστάύες.  [α] 

Όρθόστρωτος,  ον,  {ορθός,  στρών- 
ννμι)  τοίχος  όρθ.,  an  upright  wall 
cased  with  marble,  Hierocl.  ap.  Stub, 
p.  415,  54. 

Όρθοσύνη,  ης,  ίί,=ΰρθότης. 

Όρθοτενής,  ες,(όρθός,τείνω)  stretch- 
ed out,  straight,  Opp.  C.  1,  189. 

Όρθότης,  7/τος,  ή,  {ορθός)  slraight- 
ness,  upright  posture,  Xen.  Mem.  1,  4, 
11:  straight  direction. — II.  metaph. 
Tightness,  fitness,  τών  επών,  Ar.  Ran. 
1181  ;  oft.  in  Flat.,  and  Arist. 

^Οβθοτίτθίος,  ον,  and  όρθότιτθος, 
ον,  {ορθός,  Τίτθός)  with  out-standing 
breasts,  like  a  young  girl,  stantibus pa- 
pillis  (Stat.  Syiv.  1,  2,  270). 

Όρθοτομεω,  ώ,  to  cut  in  a  straight 
line,  direct  aright,  την  όδόν,  LXX.  : 
and 

Όρθοτομία,  ας,  η,  a  chitting  in  a 
straight  Ιίηε,=  όρΟοδοξία,  Eccl. :  from 

Όρθοτόμος,  ον,  {ορθός,  τέμνω)  cut- 
ting in  a  straight  line,  going  straight. 
— II.  proparox.  δρθότομος,  ον,  pass., 
divided  evenly. 

Όρθοτονέω,  ώ,  to  vjrite  or  pronounce 
with  the  full  accent,  v.  δρθότονος. 
Hence 

Όρθοτόνησις,  ή,  the  xise  of  the  full 
accent. 

Όρθότονος,  ον,  {ορθός,  τόνος)  with 
the  full  accent:  hence  τό  όρθ.,  also 
όρθοτονονμενον,  a  word  with  full  ac- 
cent, opp.  to  TO  έγκλιτικόν. 

Όρθοτριχέω,  ώ,  to  have  one's  hair 
upstanding.     Hence 

ΌρθοτρΙχία,  ας,  ή,  hair  which  stands 
on  end,  Diosc. 

ΌρθοτρΙχιάω,^όρθοτριχέω. 

Όρθόφρων,  όνος,  ό,  ή,  {ορθός,  φρήν) 
of  mind  erect  or  excited,  Lat.  erectus 
animo,  Soph.  Fr.  923. 

Όρθοφνέω,  ώ,  to  grow  straight,  The- 
ophr. 

Όρθοφνής,  ες,  {ορθός,  φνή)  of 
straight  growth,  Theophr.     Hence 

Όρθοφνΐα,  ας,  ή,  straight  growth, 
Theophr. 

Όρθοχαίτης,  ον,  ό,  {ορθός,  χαίτη) 
with  hair  on  end  or  mane  erect. 

Όρθόω,  ώ,  f.  -ώσω,  {ορθός)  to  set 
straight ; — I.  in  height,  to  set  upright, 
gel  up  one  fallen  or  lying  down,  raise 
up,  II.  7,  273  ;  23,  695,  and  Att.  :  freq. 
of  buildings,  to  raise  up,  rebuild,  Eur. 
Tro.  1161, etc.;  or,  generally,  ίο  oiiiW, 
Thuc.  6.  66,  Xen.,  etc. :  hence,  ορθω- 
θείς, raised  up,  II. :  and  so  in  pass.,  to 
stand  upright,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  3,  10. — II. 
in  a  line,  to  set  straight,  send  straight : 
hence  pass.,  ην  τόδ'  όρθωθ?)  Βέλος,  if 
this  dart  go  straight.  Soph.  Phil.  1299  ; 
όρθυνται  κανών,  the  rule  is  straight. 
Id.  Fr.  421,  cf.  Arist.  Eth.  N.  2,  9,  5. 
— III.  metaph.  (mostly  from  signf  I) 
to  raise  up,  restore  to  health,  safety,  hap- 
piness, etc.,  Hdt.  3,  122,  Soph.  O.  T. 
39,  Ant.  167,  etc. ;  δρθ.  αγώνας,  to 
bring  my  trials  to  a  happy  end,  Aesch. 
Cho.  584,  cf.  Eum.  897.-2.  to  exalt, 
honour,  Σικελίαν,  οίκον,  Find.  Ν.  1, 


ΟΡΘΩ 

21,  I.  6  (5),  95 ;  to  make  famous.  Id.  P. 
4,  i06. — 3.  όρθ.  vuvov,  to  raise  the  lofty 
song,  Dissen  Find.  O.  3,  3. — 4.  (from 
signt.  II)  to  guide  aright,  γνώμ7/ν, 
Aesch.  Ag.  1475. 

B.  in  pass.,  of  actions,  to  succeed, 
prosper,  Hdt.  1,  208,  Thuc.  3,  30,  etc.  : 
TO  όρθονμενον,  sticcess,  Thuc.  4,  18  : 
— ot  persons  and  places,  to  be  safe  and 
happy,  flourish.  Soph.  Ant.  675,  Thuc. 
2,  60. — 2.  to  be  right,  be  true,  λόγος  όρ- 
θοϋται,  Hdt.  7,  103;  όρθονσθαι  -)νω- 
μην,  Eur.  Hipp.  247. — 3.  to  be  upright, 
deal  justly,  Aesch.  Eum.  708,  772. 

Όρθράγορίσκος,  δ,  v.  όρθαγορίσκος. 

Όρθρενω,  {όρθρος)  to  rise  early,  to 
wake  early,  Theocr.  10,  58  ;  so,  δρ- 
θρενονσαν  ψνχάν  έκτϊ/.ηχθεϊσα,Έ,ατ. 
Tro.  182  ; — also  in  mid.,  Luc.  Gall.  1  . 
and  so  in  a  general  sense,  to  wake,  be 
restless,  γόοισιν  όρθρενομένα,  Eur. 
Supp.  978. 

Όρθρία,  (sc.  ώρα)  ή,  morning . 
strictly  fem.  from  όρθριος. 

Όρθρίδίος,  a,  ον,  poet,  for  όρθριος, 
Anth.  P.  5,  3.  [ϊ] 

'Ορθρίζω,=:όρθρεύω,  LXX. 

'Ορθρινός,  ή,  όν,  (opt/pof) laterforni 
for  δρθριος,  Anth.  P.  6,  100,  etc. ;  ορ- 
θρινός οιχεσθαι.  Mel.  91 ;  as  adv.,  ορ- 
θρινά τταίζειν.  Id.  73.  [j  usu. :  but  l 
thrice  in  Mel.,  where  Grafe  proposes 
όρθριος,  V.  Jac.  A.  P.  p.  89,  602  ;  cf. 
δπωρινός.'\ 

Όρθριοκόκκνξ,  νγος,  δ,  {δρθριος, 
κόκκνξ)  the  early  crower,  of  the  cock, 
Diphil.  Incert.  12. 

"Ορθριος,  a,  ov,  also  ος,  ον,  {όρθρος) 
at  day-break,  in  the  morning,  early,  H. 
Horn.  Merc.  143,  Theogn.  861  ;  op- 
θριος  τϊαρείναι,  ήκειν,  Ar.  Eccl.  283, 
Flat.  Frot.  313  Β :— -ό  όρθριον,  as 
adv.,  in  the  morning,  Hdt.  2,  173  ;  so, 
όρθρων,  Ar.  Av.  489,  Eccl.  377.— Ir- 
reg.  compar.  and  superl.  δρθριαίτερος, 
-αιτατος. 

Όρθριοφοίτης,  ον,  ό,  an  early  comer 
or  goer. 

Όρθροβόας,  ov,  δ,  {όρθρος,  βοάω) 
the  early  caller,  like  όρθιοκόκκνξ,  epith. 
of  the  cock,  Mel.  72,  cf.  Alexarch.  ap. 
Ath.  98  E. 

Όρθρογόη,  ης,  η,  early-wailing, 
epith.  of  the  swallow,  Hes.  Op.  566, 
ubi  al.  δρθογόη,  loudly-wailing. 

Όρθρολάλος,  ov.  {όρθρος,  λ.αΆέω) 
early  twitterinf^,e^\\h.  of  the  swallow, 
Anth.  P.  6,  247.  [a] 

Όρθρος,  ov,  ό,  the  time  before  or 
about  day-break,  dawn,  cock-crow,  Hes. 
Op.  575,  H.  Horn.  Merc.  93 ;  όρθρον 
γενομένου,  άμα  τω  όρθρω,  Hdt.  1, 
196  ;  7,  188  ;  ϋπ'  όρθρον,  just  at  day- 
break, Batr.  103  ;  δι'  όρθρων,  Eur.  El. 
909  ;  ες  άρθρον,  Theocr.  18,  56  ;  κατ' 
όρθρον,  προς  όρθρον,  Αγ.  Vesp.  772, 
Eccl.  20:  τόν  όρθρον,  absol,,  in  the 
morning,  Hdt.  4,  181  :  όρθρ.  βαθύς,  the 
first  dawn,  the  first  appearance  of 
day-break,  Ar.  Vesp.  216.  Flat.  Crito 
43  A,  Frot.  310  A.  (Fromopi'i'//i,  Lat. 
orior,  ορθός,  the  rising  time  of  the  sun, 
of  man  and  beast.) 

Όρθρος,  ov,  ό,  a  mythical  dog,  son 
of  Typhaon  and  Echidna  that  kept 
the  herds  of  Geryoneus  on  the  island 
Ervthea,  and  was  there  killed  by 
Hercules,  Hes.  Th.  309,  cf.  293. 

Όρθροφοιτοσϋκοφαντοδ'ίκοτΰλαί- 
trupoi  τρόποι,  early-rising  base-inform- 
ing sad-litigious  plaguy  vi^ys,  Ar.  V  esp. 
505. 

ΥΟρθων,  ωνος,  b,  Orthon,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  a  Syracusan,  Anth.  P.  7,  660. 

Όρθώννμος,  ov,  {ορθός,  όνομα) 
rightly  named,  named  aright,  Aesch. 
Ag.  700;  opp.  to  ψευδώνυμος. 

Όρθωσία,  ας,  ή,==^όρθωσις,  Suid. 
1047 


OPIZ 

νΟρθωσία,  ας.  ή,  Orthosia,  a  city  of 
Caria,  Strab.  p.  650. — 2.  a  city  of  Sy- 
ria, Id.  p.  670:  also  called  Όρθωσίς, 
ίδος,  Dion.  P.  914. 

'Ομϋωσία,  ας,  ί/,='Ορθία,  Find.  Ο. 
3,54. 

ΌρΟώσιος,  ου,  ο,  Ζκνς,  hat.  Jupiter 
Stator,  Dion.  Η.  2,  50. 

Όρθωσίς,  εως,  ή,  [ύρΟόω)  α  making 
straight,  direction,  guiding,  όρθ.  έπων 
και  έργων,  Plut.  2,  166  D. 

Όρϋωτήρ,  ί]ρος,  ό,  (όρΟοω)  one  rvho 
sel.i  or  keeps  upright,  a  restorer  or  pre- 
server. Find.  P.  1,  109. 

'Opi-can  hardly  be  right  in  compds., 
of  δρος,  a  muuntatn :  the  regular  form 
is  όρο-,  and  when  a  long  syll.  was 
wanted,  άρει- ;  and  as  this  was  often 
the  case  in  poetry,  the  latter  fonn 
was  adopted  even  in  prose :  rarely 
ορεο-,  όροι-. 

ΌρΙαϊος.  a,  ov,  {όρος)  bordering  on 
or  forming  the  boimdMry,  ?αθος  όρ.,  a 
boundary-sione. 

Όρίβακχος,  ό,  {ύρι-,  Βάκχος)Μοηη- 
tain  Bacchtm,  because  his  orgies  were 
held  there,  0pp.  C.  1,  24  ; — prob.  bet- 
ter Όρόβακχος. 

Όρΐ3άτηΓ,  ov,  ύ,  dub.  1.  for  όρεί- 
3άτ7]ς,  V.  Dind.  Ar.  Av.  276. 

ΌρΙγάνίζω,  to  be  like  όρίγανον. 

Όριγανίς,  ίδος.  ή,=οριγανος,  Diosc. 

^Ορίγάνίτης  οίνος,  ο,  ivine  flavour- 
ed with  όρίγανον,  Diosc.  5,  61. 

ΌρΙγάνόεις,  εσσα,  εν.  made  oj  or 
with  όρίγανον,  Nic.  Th.  65. 

Όριγΰνον,  ov,  τό,  an  acrid  herb,  of 
which  there  were  several  kinds,  The- 
ophr.,  etc. ;  also,  ?'/  ορίγανος,  .\r.  Eccl. 
1030,  Clearch.  ap.  Ath.  116  D|  ό 
ορίγανος.  Ion  ap.  Ath.  68  Β  : — bpt- 
yavov  ί3?ιέ7τείν,  to  look  origanum,  i.  e. 
to  look  sour  or  crabbed,  like  νάττν  βλ., 
Αγ.  Ran.  603.  [t] 

Όρίγναμαι,=  όρι.γνύομαι,  dub.  in 
Clem.  Al. 

Όρίγνύομαι,  dep.  c.  aor.  pass,  ώρι- 
γνηθην  (Isocr.  419  Ε) : — to  stretch 
one^s  self,  like  ορέγομαι,  ίγχεσιν  ?)(5' 
ΐλύτγς  αντοσχεόον  ώριγνώντο,  they 
fought  with  outstretched  spears,  Hes. 
Sc.  190. — 2.  C.  gen.,  to  stretch  one's 
self  after  a  thmg.  reach  at,  grasp  at, 
Eur.  "Bacch.  1255,  Theocr.  24,  44, 
Flat.  Ax.  366  Α.— 3.  c.  ace,  to  reach, 
gain,  Dion.  H.  1,  61. 

'Ορίζω,  Ion.  ovp- :  f.  -ίσω  :  {όρος) : 
— to  divide  or  separate  from,  as  a  border 
or  boundary,  Άσίην  τΐ/ς  Αιβύης.  Hdt. 
2,  16,  of  Soph.  Fhil.  636 ;  also,  op. 
Tivu  άίτό  γί/ς,  to  part,  banish  one 
from...,  Eur.  Hec.  941  :  to  separate, 
Ύύρης  ποταμός  ονρίζει  την  τε  "Σκυ- 
θικί/ν  καΐ  τ}/ν  Νευράΐα  γήν,  Hdt.  4, 
51,  cf  Flat.  Legg.  944  A,  etc.^II.  to 
mark  out  boundaries,  mark  out,  Hdt.  3, 
142,  Xen.Cyr.  8,6,  21,  etc. :  πόρον 
κνματίαν  ύρ.,  to  make  a  track  through 
the  waves,  Aesch.  Supp.  545  : — me- 
taph.,  bp.  Ti  ίς  τι,  to  limit  one  thing 
according  to  another,  Thuc.  3,  82  : — 
in  pass.,  to  be  bounded,  Eur.  Ion  295, 
Thuc.  2,  96  ;  ώρίσθω  μέχρι  τοϋύε,  so 
far  let  it  go  and  no  further.  Id.  1,  71. 
—III.  to  determine,  appoint,  τινί  τι. 
Aesch.  Cho.  927,  Eur.  I.  T.  979; 
hence  c.  inf.,  ώρισαν  θανεϊν,  appoint- 
ed her  to  die.  Id.  Ion  1222,  cf  Soph. 
Fr.  19  : — so,  op.  τινά  θεόν,  to  determine 
one  to  be  a  god,  deify,  Mel.  21  ;  to  ap- 
point, lay  down,  νόμονς,  Soi'ih.  Ant. 
452;  so,  δρ.  ιρι/φον,  to  give  a  vote. 
Eur.  Hec.  259 ;  ύρ.  θάνατον  είναι 
την  ζημίαν,  Lycurg.  156,  13  ;  cf  Di- 
narcii.  98,  6  : — όρ.  τινά  εις  μοίραν,  to 
assign  one  to  his  destiny,  Eur.  Antiop. 
12  : — in  mid.  to  mark  out  for  one's  self 
appoint,  βωαονς.  Soph.  Tr.  237,  cf 
1048 


OPKA 

Xen.  An.  7, 5, 13  : — cf  sub  ντταστρος. 
— 2.  esp.  to  define  a  word.  Flat.,  and 
Arist. ;  more  commonly  in  mid.  than 
act. :  cf.  Arist.  Top.  1,8;  6, 1,  etc. — 
IV.  intr.  to  border  upon,  ττμός  ττ/ν  Άσί- 
ην, Hdt.  4,  42. — V.  διςχίλίων  ώρι- 
σμεΐ'ος  την  οΊκίαν,  having  the  house 
marked  with  όροι  (cf  όρος  I.  3)  to  the 
amount  of  2000  drachms,  Dem.  877, 
11.     Hence 

'Ορίζων  (sc.  κύκλος),  ό,  the  horizon, 
i.  e.  the  boundary  line,  Cicero's  orbis 
finicns,  Tim.  Locr.  97  A. 

ΥΟρίκαδμος,  ov,  o,Oricadmiis.masc. 
pr.  n..  Ael.  V.  H.  11,  1. 

Όρΐκός,  η,  όν,  {όρενς)^=6ρεικός, 
dp.  ζενγοΓ,  a  pair  of  mules,  Flat. 
Lys  208  B,  Isae.  55,  24,  Aeschin.  42, 
36. 

Όρΐκός,  ή,  όν,  (όρος)  belonging  to  or 
like  a  definition,  Arlst.   Top.  1,  5,  1. 

ΥΟρίκης,  ov,  ό,  Oricus,  son  of  Ari- 
apithes,  kmg  of  the  Scythians,  Hdt. 
4,  78. 

Όρικτίτης,  ov,  ό,{όρος,  κτίζω)  dwell- 
ing on,  liaunting  the  hills,  νς.  Find. 
Fr.  267,  ubi  al.  melius  όρείκτίτος. 

Όρΐμάλίδες,  αϊ,  v.  sub  όρομαλίδες. 

Όρίνδα,  ή,=  όρνζα,  Α.  Β.     Hence 

Όρίνδης,  ον,  ό,  άρτος,  bread  made 
of  όρνζα.  Soph.  Fr.  532. 

Όρίνω,  to  stir,  raise,  Lat.  ngitare, 
άελ'λα  or  άνεμοι  ττόντον  δρ.,  11.  9,4  ; 
11,  298,  cf  Od.  7,  273;  mostly  me- 
taph.,  θνμόν  όρίνειν,  to  move  the  mind, 
esp.  by  pity.  Od.  4,  360,  II.  4,  208, 
etc.  :  also  with  desire  or  longing,  11. 
2,  142;  with  sorrow,  14,  459;  fear, 
Od.  24,  448  ;  rage,  8, 178  ;  so,  κ7/ρ  and 
ητορ  όρίνειν.  Oil.  17,  47,  210 ;  also, 
op.  γόον,  11.  24,  700;  όρνμαγδόν,  II. 

21,  313: — pass,  to  be  stirred,  roused, 
ώρίνετο  θνμός,  θυμός  όρίνθη.  his 
heart  was  stirred  within  hiyn,  freq.  in 
Horn.  :  esp.  to  be  affrighted,  thrown 
into  confusion,  II.  11,  521,  525;  18, 
223  ;    όρινθέντες,    the  affrighted,   Od. 

22.  23. — II.  to  jnove,  go,  hasten,  post- 
Hom.  (From  *όρω.  δρννμι,  q.  cf ) 

Όριοδείκτης,  ου,  ό,  {όριον,  δείκνυ- 
μι)=^όριστής. 

Όριοθετέω,  ώ.  (όρων,  τίθημι)  to 
set  boundaries,  LXX. 

"ΟρίοΐΊ  ου,  τό,=^όρος,  α  bound, goal ; 
usu.  in  plur.,  τά  όρια,  the  boundaries, 
bounds,  frontier,  Eur.  Tro.  375,  Thuc. 
2,  12  ;  όρια  κε?.ενΗον,  tite  limits  of  a 
road,  i.  e.  the  road  itself.  Soph.  Fr. 
647.     Dim.  only  jn  form. 

Όριον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  όρος,  a 
small  hill. 

"Οριος,  ov,  (όρος)  of  boundaries, 
'Ζενς  δριος,  guardian  of  boundaries  and 
land-marks,  Flat.  Legg.  842  E,  Dem. 
86,  16. 

Όρισμα,  ατός,  τό.  Ion.  αίφ-,  {ορίζω) 
a  boundary,  Hdt.  2,  17;  and  in  plur., 
like  όρια.  Id.  4,  45,  Eur.  Hec.  10  : — 
proverb.,  Μνσών  και  Φρνγών  ορίσμα- 
τα, of  disputed  points,  Plut.  2,  122  C. 
— II.  a  determination,  appointment. 

'Ορισμός,  ού,  δ,  (δρίζω)  a  viarking 
out : — esp.  the  definition  of  a  luord, 
Arist.  Rhet.  2,  23.  8,  cf  Top.  6,  1. 

Όριστέον,  verb.  adj.  from  ορίζω, 
one  must  determine.  Flat.  Legg.  632  A. 

Όριστί/ς,  οϋ,  ό,  {ορίζω)  one  who 
marks  the  boundaries,  Plut.  Ti.  Gracch. 
21. — II.  one  who  determines,  τον  δικαί- 
ου, Dem.  199,  17 ;  cf.  A.  B.  p.  287. 
Hence 

OpiCT7i/coc,  ή,  όν,  qualified  for  de- 
fining. Plut.'2,  1020  C— II.  y  οριστι- 
κή (sc.  Ιγκλισις),  modus  indicativus, 
Gramm, 

Όρκάνη,  ης,  ή,-^έρκύνη,  ίρκος 
(from  έργω,  εΙργω),αη  enclosure,  Jence, 
όρκ.  ττνργώτις,  Aesch.  Theb.  346  :  a 


ΟΡΚΟ 

net,  trap  or  pitfall,  Eur.  Bacch.  Oil, 
in  plur. 

νΟρκαορικοί,  ων,  οΊ,  Orcaorici,  a 
place  in  Phrygia  near  Fessinus, 
Strab.  p.  567. 

Όρκΰπάτης,  ov,  ό,  an  oath  breaker, 
Anth.  P.  5,  250. 

Όρκη,  ή,  V.  sub  ΐ'ρχη. 

'Ορκίζω,=  ύρκόω,Ιο  make  one  swear, 
adjure,  τινά  :  rejected  indeed  by  the 
Atticists,  but  found  in  good  authors, 
as  Xen.  Symp.  4,  10,  l5em.  235,  fin.; 
678,  5 ;  cf  Lob.  Phryn.  361.— II.  to 
affirm  upon  oath,  τι. 

Όρκιητόμος,  ov,  όρκιηφόμος,  ov. 
Ion.  for  όρκιο-. 

Όρκικός,  ή,  όν,^όρκιος. 

"Ορκιον.  τό,=  όρκος,  an  oath,  II.  4, 
158,  Hdt.  1,  29,  Aesch'.  Ag.  1431.  etc.: 
also  that  which  serves  instead  there- 
of, a  pledge,  surety.  Find.  O.  11,  6. — 
II.  usu.  in  plur.,  όρκια,  τύ,  the  offer- 
ings and  other  rites  iised  at  a  solemn 
oath  or  treati/ :  hence  also  that  which 
is  sivorn  to,  the  treaty,  solemn  agreement, 
oft.  in  Hom.  (esp.  IL),  also  in  Hdt. ; 
most  freq.  in  phrase,  όρκια  τζιστά 
ταμεϊν,  to  conclude  such  a  treaty,  Lat. 
foedus  ferire ,  icisse  foedus ,  II.  2,  124;  3, 
"105,  Hdt.  7,  132  (though  Hdt.  has  sing, 
also  in  this  signf ,  όρκιον  ποιείσθαι,  1, 
141,  143,  etc.) ;  so.  φιλότητα  και  όρ- 
κια πιστά  ταμεϊν,  to  form  friendship 
and  solemn  bonds  of  alliance,  II.  3,  73  ; 
and,  of  two  parties,  όρκια  τάμνεσθαι, 
Hdt.  4.  70  ;  όρκια  δηλήσασθαι,  υπέρ 
όρκια  δηλ.,  to  violate  a  solemn  treaty, 
II.  3,  107 ;  4,  67 ;  so,  νπέρ  όρκια 
πημΐ/ναι,  11.  3,  299  ;  κατά  δ'  όρκια 
πιστά  πάτησαν,  they  trampled  on 
the  treaties,  II.  4, 157  ;  όρκια  σνγχεϋαι, 
II.  4,  269  ;  όρκια  ψενσασθαι,  II.  7, 
351  ;  ορρ.  to  όρκια  φυλάσσειν,  11.  3, 
280  :  but,  όρκια  δούναι,  to  lake  oaths, 
Od.  19,  302,  Eur.  Supp.  1232  ;  so, 
όρκ  πορεΐν.  Αρ.  Rh.  2,  433. — Jupiter 
was  the  witness  of  such  oaths,  II. 
7,  69,  411.— 2.  sometimes  the  victims 
sacrificed  on  taking  these  solemn  oaths, 
II.  3,  245,  269,  just  like  τά  ιερά,  ν.  ίε- 
ρόζ-ΙΙ.  1.  ("Op/i/ovis  not,  with  Buttm. 
Le.xil.  s.  v.,  10  be  regarded  as  dim. 
from  όρκος,  but  rather  as  neut.  from 
όρκιος,  with  which  ιερόν  or  ιερά  may 
usu.  be  supplied.) 

"Ορκιος,  ov,  rarely  a,  ov,  {όρκος) 
— belonging  to  an  oath,  i.  e., —  1.  sworn, 
bound  by  oath,  όρκιος  λέγω,  I  speak 
as  if  on  oath,  Soph.  Ant.  305,  cf  O.  C. 
1037. — -2.  that  is  sworn  by,  όρκιοί  θεοί, 
the  gods  invoked  at  an  oath,  who 
watch  over  its  fulfilment  and  punish 
its  violation,  Thuc.  1,  71,  78;  esp. 
the  office  of'  Jupiter,  Ζενς  υρκιος. 
Soph.  Phil.  1324,  cf  Valck.  Hipp. 
1027  ;  όρκια  θέμις,  Eur.  Med.  2(i9  ; 
ξίφος  όρκιον,  a  sword  sworn  by,  Eur. 
Phoen.  1677. 

Όρκιοταμέω,  ώ,  =  όρκια  τέμνω  : 
from 

Όρκιατόμος,  ov,  {όρκιον,  τέμνω) 
swearing  solemnly  at  a  sacrifice,  Ion. 
όρκιητόμος :  the  form  ύρκοτέψας  is 
dub. 

Όρκιαφόρας,  ov,  taking  an  oath. 
Ion.  δρκιηφόμος. 

Όρκισμός,  ov,  ό.  {ορκίζω)  adniini.i- 
trationof  an  oath,  Plut.  Cat.  Maj.  17. 

Όρκιστ7)ς,  αν,  ύ,  later  and  less 
Att.  form  for  ορκωτής. 

Όρκος,  ov,  ύ,  the  object  by  which  nnt 
swears,  the  tvilness  of  an  oath,  as  tha 
Styx  among  the  gods,  Στν,ας  νδωρ, 
ός  τε  μέγιστος  όρκος  δεινότατης  τε 
πέ?.κι  μακιψεσσι  θεοΐσι,  11.  15,  3S,  of, 
2. 735,  Hes.  Th.  400,  784,  805.  Η.  Hom. 
Cer.260;or  as  Jupiter  among  mortals, 
Find.  P.  4, 297.   (Thig  Buttm.,  LexU. 


0ΡΚί2 

s.  v.,  has  proved  to  be  the  orig.  signf. 
of  the  word  : — Hence, — 2.  an  oath, 
Horn. ;  he  often  has,  δηκον  όμόσαι, 
to  swear  an  oath,  cf  Hes.  Op.  192  ; 
mostly  with  epith.  μέγας,  and  καρτε- 
ράς :  όρκος  θεών,  an  oath  by  the  gods, 
Od.  2,  377  :  όρκος  μακάρων,  Od.  10, 
"299 ;  όρκ.  Ίτ'λαΤνς,  a,  firm-based  oath, 
Emped.  123>  153. — όρκος  μη  ττοιεΐν 
τι,  an  oath  not  to  do  a  thing,  c.  inf 
aor.  et  fut.,  Od.  4, 253 ;  ορκον  k'Kecdai 
τινός,  to  take  an  oath  of  one,  i.  e. 
make  one  swear,  Od.  4,  746 ;  also, 
ΎρωσΙν  ορκον  έ'λέσθαι,  II.  22,  119  : 
όρκους  έττελαννειν  and  προςάγειν 
τινί.  to  lay  oath  upon  a  man,  put  him 
on  his  oath,  Hdt.  1, 146  ;  6,  62  ;  ορκον 
όιόόναι  και  όεξασθαι,  to  tender  an  oath 
to  another  or  accept  the  lender  from  him. 
Id.  6,  23,  Aesch.  Eum.  429:  so, 
ορκον  όιόόναι  και  Άαμ3άνειν,  Arist. 
Khet.  1,  15,  27 ;  αποδιδόναι,  to  take 
it  oneself,  Dem.  443,  15  ;  but  also, 
ορκον  όιδόναι,  to  propose  an  oath — of 
either  party,  hence  generally  to  offer 
to  swear,  Eur.  Supp.  1232,  cf.  I.  T. 
747  :  opKu  έμμένειν,  to  abide  by  it, 
Eur.  Med.  754  ;— for  the  early  usages 
observed  in  taking  oaths,  v.  II.  14,271 : 
for  the  Att.  legal  use  thereof,  Arist. 
Rhet.  1,  15  :— Proverb.,  όρκους  εγώ 
γυναικός  εις  ΰύωρ  γράφω.  Soph.  Fr. 
694,  cf  Meineke  Com.  Fragin.  3,  p. 
C20. — II.  Όρκος,  personified,  son  of 
Eris,  Hes.  Op.  802  (which  Virg.  G. 
1,  277,  strangely  enough,  translates 
by  pallidus  Orcus) ;  a  divinity,  who 
punishes  the  false  and  perjured.  Op. 
217,  Th.  231,  Orac.  ap.  Hdt.  6,  86,  3  ; 
Αιός  Όρκος,  as  servant  of  Jupiter, 
Soph.  O.  C.  1767.  {Όρκος  was  orig. 
equiv.  to  ερκος,  as  όρκύνη  to  έρκύνη, 
όρκοϋρος  to  'έρκουρος,  from  έργω, 
ε'ιργω,  and  so  strictly  a  check,  etc., 
which  holds  one  in  from  doin^  a  thing  : 
hence  Lat.  Orcus,  '  the  bourne  from 
which  no  traveller  returns.') 

Όρκοσψά?.της,  ου,  ό,  {όρκος,  σφύλ- 
λω)  an  oath-breaker. 

Όρκοτόμος,  ον,  ν.  όρκιοτόμος. 

Όρκοϊ'ρος,  ον,  ό,^ρκοίφος,  Mel. 
129,  2  ; — 'έρκος  and  όρκος  being  orig. 
synon.,  Jac.  Α.  P.  p.  785. 

Όρκόω,  ώ,  (όρκος)  to  make  one 
swear,  bind  by  oath,  Ar.  Thesm.  276  ; 
όρκοϋν  Tiva  μη  ττοιείν  τι,  Thuc.  4, 
74 ;  δρκ.  τίνα  η  μην  έμμένειν,  Isae. 
54,  17,  ο.  ace.  cognato,  ορκον  όρκ. 
τινά,  Thuc.  8,  75,  Ar.  Lys.  187  :  cf 
ορκίζω. 

Όυκϋνος,  ου,  ό,—δρκυς,  Ael.  Ν.  Α. 
1,  40,  Dorio  ap.  Alh.  315  C. 

Όρκύ-τω,  {ορθός,  κύπτω)  to  stand 
on  tiptoe  and  lean  forward,  SO  as  to  ex- 
amme  a  thing.  Lob.  Phryn.  669. 

Όρκϋς,  ϋνος,  ό,  ace.  δρκϋν,  a  large 
kind  of  tunny,  Anaxandr.  Protes.  1, 
61,  Arist.  H.  A.  5,  10,  5;  cf  δρκυνος. 

"Ορκωμα,  ατός,  τό,  {όρκόω)  an  oath, 
Aesch.  Eum.  486,  768. 

Όρκωμοσία,  ας,  ή,  {όρκωμοτέω)  α 
swearing,  an  oath,  Ν.  Τ. 

Όρκωμόσια,  ων,  τά,  {όρκωμόσιος) 
asseverations  on  oath.  Plat.  Phaedr. 
241  A. — II.  like  όρκια,  the  sacrifice  on 
taking  a  solemn  oath  or  swearing  to  a 
treaty,  Id.  Criti.  120  B.— III.  όρκωμό- 
σιον,  ου,  τό,  the  place  where  a  treaty  or 
alliance  has  been  sworn  to,  Plut.  Thes. 
27. — Strictly  neut.  from  όρκωμόσιος. 

Όρκωμοσιάζω,  =  όρκωμοτέω,  dub. 
form. 

Όρκωμόσιος,  a,  ον,^δρκιος :  v. 
sub  όρκωμόσια,  τά  :  from 

Όρκωμοτέω,  ώ,  {όρκος,  δμννμι)  to 
take  an  oath,  τινί,  to  one,  Aesch.  Eum. 
764;  νπέρ  τίνος,  for  one,  Eur.  Supp. 
1190;   όρκ.  θεούς  το  μη  δράσαι,  to 


ΟΡΜΑ 

swear  by  the  gods  that  they  did  it  not. 
Soph.  Ant.  265:  όρκ-,  c.  inf.  fut., 
Aesch.  Theb.  46.     Hence 

Όρκωμότης,  ον,  ό,  =  ορκωτής. 
Hence 

Όρκωμοτικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to, 
customary  at  the  swearing  an  oath. 
Adv.  -κώς. 

Όρκώμοτος,  ον,=δρκιος  2,  that 
which  is  sworn  by.  Lye.  707. 

Όρκωτής,  οϋ,  δ,  {όρκόω)  one  who 
bind.•'  by  oath  : — in  a  court  of  justice, 
the  officer  xvho  admiiiisters  the  oath,  An- 
tipho  143,  8,  cf.  Cratin.  Incert.  137  a, 
Xen.  Hell.  6,  5,  3.     ^ 

Όρκωτός,  ή,  όν,  {όρκόω)  bound  by 
oath. 

Όρμα,  ατός,  τό,=  όρμή,  v.  1.  Soph. 
Ei.  1510. 

Όρμάθεΐν,  an  aor.  form  belonging 
to  ορμάω,  to  rush  (as  είκαθεΐν  to  εικω, 
etc.,  v.  sub  σχέθω),  whence  subj. 
όρμάθώ,  Eur.  Andr.  859 ;  but  in  mid. 
189,  όρμύθί)  is  Dor.  for  όρμηθί],  subj. 
aor.  1  pass,  from  ορμάω,  v.  Elmsl.  ad 
1.  (186.) 

Όρμΰθίζω,  to  set  in  a  row,  string  to- 
gether. 

Όρμάθίον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  sq.  [ά] 
Όρμάθός,  ον,  ό,  {όρμος)  α  string, 
chain  or  cluster  of  things  hanging  one 
from  the  other  (strictly,  a  string  of 
beads,  and  the  like,  Plat.  Ion  533  E), 
as  of  bats,  Od.  24,  8  ;  so,  όρμ.  κρφα- 
νιτών,  Ισχύδων,  Ar.  Plut.  705,  Lys. 
647;  μελών.  Id.  Ran.  914;  αμαξών, 
Xen.  Cyr.  6,  3,  2 :  ef  όρμος  I. — In 
Od.  some  wrote  όρμαθός. 

Όρμαίνω,  used  by  Hom.  only  in 
pres.,  iinpf  and  aor.  ωρμηνα,  always 
without  augm. :  {ορμάω).  Strictly, 
to  move  to  and  fro,  set  in  violent  motion  ; 
but  in  Hom.  always,  to  turn  over  or 
revolve  in  the  mind,  to  debate,  ponder, 
like  Lat.  animo  volvere  or  agitare,  όρ- 
μαίνειν  τι  κατά  όρένα  και  κατά  θν- 
μόν,  II.  1,  193,  Od.  4,  120,  etc.  ;  also 
more  shortly,  όρααίνειν  τι  κατά  φρέ- 
να, Π.  10,  507  ;  ενϊ  φρεσί,  Od.  4,  843, 
Η.  Merc.  66,  φρεσί,  II.  10,  4,  Od.  3, 
151  ;  άνά  θνμόν,  Od.  2,  156  ;  and  foil, 
by  δπως,  to  debate,  ponder  how  a  thing 
is  to  be  done,  II.  21,  137  ;  24,  680:— 
hence  also, — 2.  όρμαίνειν  τι  alone, 
to  debate,  ponder  over,  ?nuse  on,  like 
Lat.  meditari,  ■πόλεμον,  Τϊ'/ώον,  etc., 
II.  10,  23,  Od.  3,  169 :  so  also,  ■ηολ'/.ά 
or  άλλα  δέ  οι  κηρ  ωρμαινε,  Od.  7,  83  ; 
18,  345  ;  όρμαίνων  τέρας,  Pind.  Ο.  8, 
54. — 3.  seemingly  intr.  to  titink.  muse, 
ώς  ωρμαινε,  thus  he  debated  tvtth  him- 
self, [1.  14,  20  ;  21,  64  ;  also  followed 
by  T]..,  fj.-,  to  debate  whether..,  or..,  II. 
16,  435,  Od.  15,  300  ;  so  too  by  ε1...η.; 
Od.  4,  789.-4.  to  long  for,  desire,  wish, 
e.  inf,  Ep.  Hom.  4,  10,  Theocr.  24, 
26. — II.  after  Horn., — 1.  trans.,  to  set 
in  motion,  drive  on  or  forth,  θνμόν  ορμ., 
to  gasp  out  one's  life,  Aesch.  Ag.  1388  ; 
to  excite,  urge,  τινά  ποιείν,  Pind.  Ο. 
3,  45. — 2.  intr.  to  get  in  motion,  hasten, 
be  impatient,  e.  g.  Ιππος  όρμαίνει, 
Aesch.  Theb.  394 ;  κέαρ  όρμ-,  Bac- 
chyl.  26,  12 :  so,  όρμαίνων,  eagerly, 
quickly,  Pind.0. 13, 119.— Poet.  word. 
Όρμάστειρα,  ας,  ή,  fern,  from  sq., 
Orph.  H.  31,  9. 

Όρμαστήρ,  ηρος,  ό,  one  who  urges 
or  spurs  on. 

Όρμάω,  ώ,  f.  -ί/σω  :  in  the  augm. 
tenses  Hom.  retains  the  augm  :  (όρ- 
μ;}).— I.  transit,  to  set  in  motion,  urge, 
prick,  spur,  cheer  on,  rouse,  τινά  εις 
■κό7.εμον,  II.  6,  338,  Thuc.  1,  127  ; 
τινά  προς  κλέος,  Pind.  Ο.  10,  24; 
στρατόν  επί  τίνα,  Hdt.  8,  106,  cf  1, 
76,  Eur.  Or.  352  :  to  stir  up,  πόλεμον, 
Od.  18,  376 :  όρμ.  μέριμναν  εις  ίργον, 


ΟΡΜΕ 

Eur.  Phoen.  1063 :  όρμ.  τινά  εκ  χε• 
ρός,  ίο  tear  from  one's  hand,  Eur. 
Hec.  145  ; — pass.,  ορμηθείς  θεον,  ex 
cited,  inspired  by  the  god,  Od.  8,  499, 
cf  4,  282  ;  13,  82.— II.  more  common- 
ly intr.,  to  put  one's  self  into  violent 
motion,  to  hurry,  rush  :  hence  c.  inf, 
to  be  eager  to  do,  ϊρηξ  of  όρμί/στ)  όιώ- 
κείν  δρνεον  άλ/ο,  starts  in  chase  of, 
11.  13,  64 ;  for  which,  v.  02,  he  had 
ώρτο  πέτεσθαι :  όσσάκι  <5'  όρμήσειε 
πν'/.άων  άντίον  άΐξασθαι,  whenever 
he  started  to  rush  at  the  gates,  made 
an  effort  at  them,  II.  22,  194  :  SO.  όσ- 
σάκι d'  όρμήσειε  στήναι  έναντί3ιον, 
II.  21,  265  :  absol.  to  be  eager  or  fore- 
most, Thuc.  8,  34. — 2.  to  purpose,  set 
out  with  a  thing,  Plat.  Prot.  314  Β  ; 
oft.  also  c.  inf,  Hdt.  1,  76;  7,  150, 
Soph.  Ant.  133,  Plat.,  etc.— 2.  to  rush 
headlong,  esp.  at  one,  c.  gen.,  Τρώων, 
II.  4,  335  ;  επί  τίνα,  Hes.  Se.  403, 
Hdt.  1,  1,  Thuc,  etc. ;  όρμ.  ες  φυ- 
γήν.  Id.  7,  179 ;  ες  μάχΐ]ν,  Aesch. 
Pers.  394  ;  έπΙ  πνργωμα,  Eur.  Supp. 
1221,  cf  Plat.  Phaedr.  238  Β,  etc.; 
όρμάν  άπο  τόπον,  just  like  όρμάσθαι 
εκ.,  (cf  infra),  Thuc.  2,  19. 

B.  m  pass.,  intr.,  like  signf  II,  with 
aor.  mid.  όρμήσασθαι,  and  still  more 
freq.  aor.  pass,  όρμηθήναι,  Hom., 
Hes.,  etc. ;  and  so  pf  pass,  ωρμημαι, 
Hdt.  7,  22,  Thuc,  etc. :— 1.  c.  inf., 
μη  φενγειν  όρμήσωνται,  that  they  put 
not  themselves  in  motion  to  flee,  II.  8, 
511  ;  so,  διώκειν  ώρμήθησαν,  II  10, 
359  ;  ώρμήθη  κόρνθα  κράτος  άφαρ- 
πάξαι,  he  hastened  to  snatch..,  11.  13, 
188  ;  ητορ  ώρμάτο  πολεμίζειν  ήόέ 
μάχεσθαι,  was  eager  to..,  11.  21,  572: 
generally,  to  be  eager,  to  long,  purpose 
to  do,  c.  inf,  Hdt.  1,  158  ;  7,  l,etc.— 2. 
the  object /or  or  after  which  one  goes 
is  in  genit.,  II.  14,  488  ;  24,  595  ;  also, 
όρμάσθαι  επί  τινι,  Od.  10,  214 :  also, 
επί,  ες,  προς  τι,  Thuc.  6,  9  ;  8,  47, 
60,  Plat.  etc.  ;  μετά  τίνος,  after  one, 
II.  17,  605  :  the  starting-point  with 
εκ,  ώρμάτ'  έκ  θαλάμοιο,  II.  3,  142.  ci. 
Hdt.  3,  98.  Plat.,  etc. ;  or,  άπό.  Plat. 
Phaed.  101  D,  etc. :— in  historical 
prose,  όρμάσθαι  έκ..,  to  start  from,  be- 
gin from,  esp.  of  the  place  where  one 
carries  on  any  regular  operations,  εν• 
θεντεν  όρμεώμενοι,  living  there  and  go- 
ing out  from  thence  to  do  one's  daily 
work,  "Hdt.  1,  17 ;  so  of  a  general, 
making  that  place  his  headquarters,  or 
base  of  operations,  Hdt.  8,  133,  cf.  3, 
98;  5,  125,  etc.,  Thuc.  1,  64;  2,  69, 
etc. :  άπ'  ελασσόνων  ορμώμενος,  sci- 
ting out. biginuing  withsmdiWeT meAna, 
Id.  2,  65  ;  cf  όρμητήριον. — 3.  absol. 
to  rush  on,  make  a  desperate  attack,  II. 
13,  182,  496,  etc.,  Od.  12,  126,  and 
freq.  in  Horn. ;  also  with  έγχεϊ,  ξιοε- 
σί,  etc.,  added,  II.  5,  855;  17,  530: 
also,  to  be  eager.  Soph.  O.  C.  1008: 
generally,  to  make  a  start,  go,  depart, 
Trag. ;  and  so,  ό  λόγος  ώρμηται,  the 
report  flies  abroad,  the  story  goes, 
Wess.  Hdt.  3,  56,  cf  7,  189;  o.  λ. 
ώρμηται  λέγεσθαι.  Id.  4,  16  ;  6,  8(j,  4  : 
so  too,  νβρις  άτάοβητος  ώρμηται,  in- 
sult has  gone  fearless /οΓίΛ,  Soph.  Aj. 
197. 

Όρμέατο,  Ion.  for  ώρμηντο,  3  pi. 
pf  pass,  from  foreg..  Hdt. 
Όρμειά,  ή,  v.  sub  όρμιύ. 
νόρμενίδιις,  ου  Ep.  ao,  ό,  son  of 
Ormenus,  i.  e. — 1.  Amyntor,  father  of 
Phoenix,  II.  9,  448.-2.  Ctesius,  Od. 
15,  414. 

νΟρμένιον,  ον,  τό,  Ormenium,  a 
city  of  Masrnesia  in  Thessaly,  II.  2, 
738  :  cf.  Strab.  p.  436. 

Όραενόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  having  a  long 
stalk,  'Nic.  Th.  840. 

1049 


ΟΡΜΗ 

Όρμη'ος  or  ΰρμενος,  ον,  ό,  α  shoot, 
sprout,  stem,  stalk,  hence  έξορμενίζω  : 
also  in  pliir.  rtt  άρμενα,  Poskiipp. 
Syntr.  2.  (Orig.  prob.  the  same  with 
ορμενος.  part.  aor.  mid.  of  όρννμι.) 

Όρμενυς,  part.  aor.  mid.  oi  όρννμι, 
q.  v.,  11. 

νΟρμενος,  ov,  6,  Ormenus,  son  of 
Cercaphus,  grandson  of  Aeohis.  ace. 
to  Strab.  p.  43ϋ,  founder  of  Ormeiii- 
um. — 2.  a  Trojan  slain  by  Teucer, 
11.  8,  274.-3.  another,  II.  12,  187 ;  v. 
also  Όρμενίδης. 

Όρμέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (δρμος  II)  to  be 
moored,  lie  at  anchor,  of  a  ship,  iv 
τόπω,  Hdt.  7, 21  ;  ττρος  τη  γ?],  7,  188  ; 
opp.  to  αετεωρος  όρμ..  Thuc.  4,  2G ; 
also  in  mid.,  δρμέονται  ές  τον  ττύντον, 
Hdt.  7,  188 : — Proverb.,  επΙ  της  αυ- 
τής (sc.  άγκυρας)  όρμεΐν  τοϊς  ττολ- 
Αοΐς,  i.  e.  '  to  be  in  one  boat'  with  the 
many,  Dem.  319,  8  ;  ΙπΙ  δυοίν  άγκν- 
ραΐν  όρμεΐν,  '  to  have  two  strings  to 
your  bow,'  Dem.  1295,  fin. ;  so,  me- 
taph.,  μέγας  έπΙ  σμικροίς  όρμεΐν,  to 
depend  on  children  for  one's  safety. 
Soph.  O.  C.  148  ;  of.  sub  σαλεύω : — 
inetaph.  also  to  nestle,  εν  στταργάνοι- 
σι,  Aesch.  Cho.  529. 

Όρμεώμενος,  Ion.  part.  pass,  of 
ορμάω,  Hdt. 

Όρμη,  ης,  fj,  {*δρω,'  δρννμι)  any 
violent  pressure  onwards,  an  assault,  at- 
tack, esp.  the  first  shock,  onset  in  war, 
Lat.  impetus^  li.  9,  355  :  of  a  wild 
beast,  II.  11, 119:  more  freq.  of  things, 
ίγχεος  ΰρμή,  the  force  of  a  hurled 
spear,  II.  5,  118,  Hes.  Sc.  365,  456; 
EO  -πυρός  ορμή,  the  rage  of  fire,  II.  11, 
157  ;  κύματος  ό.,  the  shock  of  a  wave, 
Od.  5,  320  ;  ό  γονάτων,  spring oiknee, 
i.  e.  power  to  spring  or  leap,  Find. 
N.  5,  39  ;  ποδός  ό.,  speed  of  foot,  Eur. 
El.  112. — 2.  esp,  the  first  stir  or  move 
towards  a  thing  ;  in  Horn.,  the  begi?i- 
ning  of  Ά  thing,  first  start  or  eagerness 
in  an  undertaking,  II.  4,  466,  Od.  2, 
403  ;  a  struggle,  effort  to  reach  a  thing, 
Od.  5,  416  ;  so  in  Hdt.— 3.  later  esp. 
eagerness,  violence,  passion  or  appetite, 
joined  with  ίπιθνμία.  Plat.  Phil.  35 
D,  Soph.  Ant.  135,  Thuc.  3,  36  :  όρμη 
επιπίπτει  τινί,  one  feels  an  impulse, 
c.  inf.,  Thuc.  4,  4  ;  θεία  ορμή,  Plat. 
Phaedr.  279  A  ;  μίά  όρμι),  with  one 
impulse,  Xen.  An.  3,  2,  9  :  c.  gen,, 
eager  desire  of  or  for  Ά  thing,  Thuc. 
7,  43. — 4.  simply,  a  start  on  a  march, 
etc.,  έν  όρμϋ  είναι,  to  be  on  the  point 
of  starting,  Xen.  An.  2,  1,3;  an  expe- 
dition, lb.  3,  1,  10,  Polyb.  (Hence 
ορμάω,  όρμαίνω.) 

Όρμηοόν, adv.,  impetuously, tiermes 
ap.  Stob.  Eel.  1,  p.  1070. 

"Ορμι/μα,  ατός,  τό,  {ορμάω)  any  vio- 
lent act  or  feeling,  eager  longing,  vio- 
lence : — only  found  in  a  disputed 
phrase,  11.  2,  356,  590,  'Ελένης  ορμή- 
ματά  τε  στοναχάς  τε,  expl.  by  the  old 
Gramm,,owr  (the  Greeks')  Zorag-m^s  and 
groans/or  Helen  ;  by  others,  the  vio- 
lence suffered  by  Helen,  and  her  groans. 
V.  .plura  ap.  i3uttm,  Lexil.  s.  v. 

Ορμησις,  εως,  ή,  {ορμάω)  rapid  mo- 
tion. 

Όρμητήριον,  ου,  τό,  {ορμάω)  any 
means  of  stirring  up  or  rousing,  a  stimu- 
latit.  incentive,  Isocr.  74  D,  Xen.  Eq. 
10,  15, — II.  (from  mid.  όρμάομαι),  a 
starting  place,  station,  whence  all  oper- 
ations are  carried  on,  as  a  pirate's  nest, 
Dem.  409,  5  ;  445,  fin. ;  a  wild  beast's 
lair,  Plul.  2,  961  Β  ;  esp.  α  military 
position. base  of  operations,  point  d'appui, 
Polyb,  1,  17,5;  5,3,  9.-2.  the  first 
start,  beginning  of  Οι  in  a  thing,  C.  gen., 
Liban. 

ΌρμητΊας,  ου,  o,=sq. 
ΙϋϋΟ 


ΟΡΜΟ 

'Ορμητικός,  ή,  όν,  {ορμάω)  impetu- 
ous, η  όμμ.  δυναμις,  appetite,  Tim. 
Locr.  102  Ε  ;  όρη.  προς  τι,  eager  for 
a  thing,  Arist.  Probl.  2,  31,  2,  etc. 
Adv.  -κώς,  όρμ.  εχειν,  Atli.  401  C. 

ΌρμΙά,  άς,  ή,  {όρμος)  α  fishing-liiie 
of  horse-hair,  Lat.  linea,  Eur.  Hel. 
1615,  Plat.  (Com.)  al  άφ'  ιεράς  3, 
Opp.,  etc.  :  the  form  όρμειά  is  dub. 
in  Theocr.  21,  1),  v.  Spitzn.  Pros, 
ιξιβδ,  1,  c.  [{,  except  Eur.  1.  c.  where 
it  is  short ;  ϊ  also  in  Babrius  6,  3.] 

ΥΟρμίαι,  αί,=  Φόρμιαι,  Strab.  p. 
233. 

Όρμϊεντής,  οϋ,  ό,  an  angler:  from 

ΌρμΙενω,  (ορμιά)  to  angle,  fish  with 
rod  and  line. 

Όρμιηβόλος,  ov,  throwing  a  line, 
angling,  Anth.  P.  6,  196  ;  7,  693.  [iin 
last  passage  ;  the  other  is  uncertain.] 

Όρμίζω  :  fut.  -ίσω  Att.  -ίώ  ;  {όρμος 
Π)  : — to  bring  to  a  safe  anchorage,  bring 
into  harbour,  to  moor,  anchor,  vavv,  Od. 
3, 11  ;  12,  317,  Hdt.  6,  107  ;  επ'  αγκύ- 
ρων όρμ-,  Thuc.  7,  59  ;  νφι  (or  νφον) 
έν  νοτίφ  όρμ.,  to  moor  a  ship  in  the 
open  sea,  let  her  ride  at  anchor,  II.  14, 
77,  Od.  4,  785,  (though  the  anchors  in 
Hom.  were  but  large  stones,  v.  εννή 
II :  ηρμίσας  'έκαστον  άσκόν,  λίθους 
ιφτήσας  καΐ  άφείς  ώςπερ  αγκύρας, 
Xen.  An.  3,  5,  ΙΟ.-^οϊκαδε  όρμ-,  to 
bring  safe  home,  to  land,  Eur.  Tro. 
1155. — il.  mid.,c.  fut.  ύρμιοϋμαι,  aor. 
ώρμισάμην  :  —  to  come  tn  an  anchor, 
anchor,  Hdt.  9,  96  ;  όρμίζεσθαι  προς 
πέδον,  to  come  to  a  place  and  anchor 
there.  Soph.  Phil.  546 ;  so  εις  τόπον, 
Xen.  An.  6,  1,  15,  Dem.  80,  10,  etc.  ; 
ταϊς  ναυσί,  Thuc.  8,  11 :  όρμ.  εν,  ΰπό 
or  παρά  τόπω,  Xen.  ;  but  also, — 2. 
metaph.  to  be  in  haven,  i.  e.  rest  and  in 
safety  ;  also,  to  come  to  man's  last  ha- 
ven  —  death,  Ael.  ap.  Suid.  ;  όρμίζε- 
σθαι εκ  τίνος,  to  rest,  be  dependent  on 
a  thing,  as,  εκ  τύχης,  Eur.  Η.  F.  203. 

"ΟρμΙνορ,  ου,  τό,  Theophr.,  or  δρμί- 
νος,  ό,  Poleino  ap.  Ath.  478  D  :  a  kmd 
of  sage  :  also  written  δρμινον  and 
όρμΐνος.     Hence 

ΌρμΙνώδης,  ες,  like  δρμινον. 

"Ορμΐσίς,  ή,  (όρμίζω)  α  bringing  α 
ship  to  anchor. — II.  (from  pass.)  a  com- 
ing to  anchor,  anchorage,  Ael. 

'Ορμίσκος,  ου,  ό,  dim.  from  δρμος, 
a  small  necklace,  LXX. 

"Ορμισιια,  ατός,  τό,=:δρμος11,  He- 
raclid.  Alleg.  61. 

Όρμιστηρία,  ας,  τ/,  a  cord  or  chai7i 
for  holding  fast  or  hanging  up  a  thing, 
"Diod.  17,  44. 

Όρμοδοτήρ,  ηρος,  δ,  {δρμος  II,  δί- 
δωμι)  harbour-giver,  of  a  god,  Anth. 
P.  10, 16. 

"Ορμος,  ου,  ό,  a  cord,  chain,  esp.  a 
necklace,  collar ;  the  ladies  of  the  he- 
roic age  wore  them  of  gold  and  elec- 
tron, II.  18,  401,  Od.  15,  460,  Hes.  Op. 
74  ;  so,  χρυσεόδμητοι  όρμοι,  Aesch. 
Cho.  616,  cf.  Ar.  Vesp.  677,  Plat.  Rep. 
390  A  :  στεφάνων  δρμος,  a  string  of 
crowns,  i.  e.  of  praises,  Pind.  N.  4, 
28  ;  which  is  perhaps  parodied  in 
όρμαθος  με7^ών,  Ar.  Ran.  914. — 2.  a 
kind  of  dance,  performed  in  a  ring  by 
youths  and  maidens  alternately,  Luc. 
Saltat.  11. — II.  a  roadstead,  anchorage, 
Lat.  statio  navalis  :  esp.  the  inner  part 
of  a  harbour,  where  ships  lie.  (cf.  λίμήν), 
11.  1,  435,  Od.  13.  101,  Hdt.  7,  194, 
Trag.,  etc. — 2.  nielaph.,  a  haven,  place 
of  shelter  or  refuge,  Eur.  Hec.  450: — 
also,  pudenda  mutiebria,  Jac.  Anth.  1, 
p.  64,  3,  p.  210  ;  cf.  λψήν  3.— III.  in 
Anth.  P.  9,  296,  it  seems  to  be  a  ship's 
cable  :  and  Hesych.  quotes  δρμοί  (sic) 
in  the  signf.  of  shoe-strings.  (That 
δρμος  I  belongs  to  the  root  είρω,  Lat. 


OPNI 

sero,  to  tie,  fasten,  and  is  akin  to  ειρ- 
μός and  έρμα  HI,  is  certain  :  Buttm., 
Lexil.  s.  v.  ί^ρμα  2,  assumes  όρμος  U, 
as  radically  different,  and  refers  it  to 
ορμάω,  δρνυμι ;  but  this  seems  need- 
less, since  όρμος  II,  is  nothing  but  α 
place  where  skips  are  fastened.  For 
distinction  some  Gramm.  write  op/iof, 
in  signf.  I.) 

Όρνάπέτιον,  ov,  τό,  Boeot.  for  6p- 
νειον,  Ar.  Ach.  913. 

Όρνεάζομαι,  {δρνεον)  dep.,  to  catch 
birds  .•  proverb,  to  carry  the  head  high, 
like  a  fowler  looking  out  for  birds, 
ap.  Hesych. 

νΟρνεαί,  ων,  al,  and  poet.  Όρνει- 
αί,  Orniae,  an  ancient  city  of  Argolis 
on  the  borders  of  Sicyonia,  seat  of 
the  ancient  Cinyrii,  II.  2,  571  ;  Thuc. 
6,  7.-2.  a  town  between  Corinth  and 
Sicyon,  Strab.  p.  376. 

Όρνεάκός,  ή,  όν,  of  or  belonging  to 
birds. 

νΟρνεάτης,  ου,  ό.  Ion.  Όρνεήτης, 
of  Orneae.  oi  Όρνεάται,  the  Ornealae, 
inhab.  of  Orneae,  Hdt.  8,  73  ;  Thuc. 
6,7.  [a] 

Όρνεόι^ρωτος,  ov,  eaten  by  birds. 

Όρνεοθηρεντικός,  ή,  όν,  {δρνεον, 
θηρεύω)  skdlrd  in  bird-catching ;  ή  •κή 
(sc.  τέχνη),  Ath.  25  D. 

Όρνεόμαντις,  δ,  {δρνεον,  μάντις) 
one  who  predicts  from  the  flight  of  birds. 

Όρνεομιγής,  ές,  {δρνεον,  μίγνυμι) 
half-bird,  half-man. 

Όρνεόμικτος,  ov,=  foreg. 

Όρνεόμορφος,  {δρνεον, μορφή)  bird- 
shaped,  Procl. 

Όρνεον,  ov,  τό,^=δρνις,  a  bird,  II. 
13,  64,  Thuc.  2,  50,  Plat.,  etc.— II. 
~ά  δρνεα,  the  bird-market,  Ar.  Av.  13; 
cf.  Ιχθύς  II. 

ΌρνεοπωλεΙον,  ου,  τό,  a  place  where 
birds  are  sold  :  from 

Όρνεοπώλης,  ov,  ό,  {δρνεον,  πω- 
?ιέω)  a  dealer  in  birds. 

Όρνεοσκοπέω,  ώ,^^δρνιθοσκοπέω. 
Hence 

Όρνεοσκοπητικός,  η,  όν,  of  or  be- 
longing to  augury. 

Όρνεοσκοπία,  ας,  ή,=  όρνιθοσκο- 
πια. 

Όρνεοσκόπος,  ον,=  όρνιθοσκόπος. 

'  Ορνεοτρόφος,  ον,=  δρνιθοτρόφος. 

Όρνεόφοιτος,  ον,  {δρνεον,  φοιτάω) 
frequented  by  birds,  Anth.  P.  10,  11. 

Όρνεόω,  ώ,=  δρνιθόω. 

ΥΟρνεύς,  έως,  δ,  Omeus,  son  of 
Erechtheus,  Pans.  2,  25,  5. 

Όρνεώδης,  ες,  =  όρνιθώδηο,  of  a 
fickle  man.  Pint.  2,  44  C. 

Όρνιθαγρευτής,  ov,  ό,  a  bird-catcher. 

Όρνίθάριον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  όρ- 
νις, Anaxandr.  Protes.  1,  62,  Nicostr. 
"A3pa  2.  [ά] 

Όρνίθορχος,  ov,  ό,  {δρνις,  άρχω) 
kirig  of  birds,  Ar.  Av.  1215.   [i] 

ΌρνίΟεία,  ας,  ή,  {δρνιθενομαι)  ob- 
servatiim  of  the  flight  or  cries  of  birds, 
for  divination,  Polyb.  6,  26.  4. 

Όρνίθειος,  a,  ov,  also  ος,  ov,  Ar. 
Av.  865  (όρνις) :  of  or  belonging  to  a 
bird,  κρέα  6pv.,  birds-flesh,  Ar.  Ran. 
510,  Nub.  338,  Xen.,  etc.  :—τδ  όρνι 
θείον,  a  haunt  of  birds,  A.  B.  p.  54.  [/:] 

Όρνίθεος,  or.  poet,  for  όρνίθειος, 
Arat.  274.  [where  it  must  be  pro 
nounced  as  a  trisyll.l 

Όρνίθευτής,  ov,  h,  {όρνιθενω)  a 
fowler,  bird-catcher,  Ar.  Av.  526,  Plat. 
Legg.  824  B,  Plat.  (Com.)  Symm.  8. 

'Ορνίθεντική,  ης,  η,  v.  sub  δρνιθο- 
θηρεντική. 

Όρνίθεύω,  {όρνις)  to  catch,  nit, 
trap,  snare  birds,  Xen.  Hell.  4,  1,  16. 
— II.  ορνιθενομηι.  dep.  mid.,=  oi(j- 
νίζομαι,  to  ob.ten^e  the  flight  or  cries  of 
birds  for  divination,  Dion.  H.  4.  13. 


OPNI 

ΌρνίθΙάκός,  η,  όν,  {όρνις)  belonging 
to  birds :  τα,  όρνιθιακά,  α  history  of 
birds. 

Όρνίθίας,  ου,  δ,  (όρνις)  ύρνιθίαι 
άνεμοι,  the  north  winds  in  winter 
and  spring,  which  brought  the  birds  of 
passage,  Arist.  Meteor.  2,  5,  10,  Mund. 
4,  15; — hence  in  Ar.  Ach.  877,  χεί- 
μών  όρνιβίας.ζ.  tempest  of  birds. — JI. 
a  dealer  in  birds,  Liban. 

Όρνίβικός,  ή,  όν,  (όρνις)  belonging 
or  peculiar  Ιο  birds,  Luc. 

Όρνίθιον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  όρνις, 
a  little  bird,  Hdt.  2,  77  :  esp.  ο  chicken, 
Cratin.,  etc.  [v<] 

Όρνίθιος,  a,  ον,=  δρνίθειος.  [?] 

'Ορνϊθο3υσκεΐον,  ov,  τό,  a  place 
xehere  birds  are  fed,  an  aviary,  poultry- 
house  :  liom 

Όρνϊθοβόσκος,  ov,  {όρνις,  βόσκω) 
feeding,  keeping  birds  or  poultry. 

^Ορνίθόγύλον,  ου,  τό,  a  plant,  the 
star  of  Bethlehem,  Diosc.  2,  174  :  in 
Plin..  ornithogale. 

Όρνίθογενής,  ες,  =  όρνιθόγονος, 
Artemid.  1,39. 

Όρνίθογνώμων,  ov,  (όρνις,  γιγνώ- 
σκω)  knowing  in  birds,  Ael.  Ν.  Α.  16,  2. 

Όρνι.θογονία,  ας,  ή.  the  generating 
of  birds  : — α  brood  of  chickens  ;  from 

Όρνίβόγονος,  ov,  (όρνις,  *γένω) 
sprung  from  a  bird,  Ελένη,  Eur.  Or. 
1387. 

'Ορνιθοειδής,  ες,  (όρνις,  είδος)  like 
birds :  esp.  like  poultry. 

Όρνίθοθήρα,  ας,  ή,  {όρνις,  θήρα) 
α  catching  or  killing  of  birds.     Hence 

Όρνίθοθήρας,  ου,  ό,  α  bird-catcher, 
fouler,  Ar.  Αν.  62.     Hence 

Όρνιθοθηράω,  ώ,  to  catch  birds,  Te- 
lechd.  Pryt.  8,  Lob.  Phryn.  627. 

Όρνϊθυθτιρεντικός,  ή,  όν,  (όρνις, 
θηρεύω)  belonging  to  bird-catching:  ή 
-κή  (sc.  τέχνη),  the  art  of  bird-catching, 
fowling,  Plat.  Soph.  220  B,  ubi  tamen 
Bekk.  e  Codd.  όρνιθεντική. 

Όρνίθοθηρία,  ας,  ή,=ορνιθοθήρα. 

Όρνίβηκύπηλος,  ου,  ό,  (όρνις,  κά- 
ττη'λος)  α  dealer  in  birds,  Critias  61.  [ώ] 
f  Όρΐ'ίθοκομεΐον,  ov,  τό,  a  place  where 

birds,  esp.  poultry,  are  kept :  from 

Όρνίβοκόμος,  ov,  (όρνις,  κομέω) 
keeping  birds,  esp.  poultry. 

Όρνίθοκόος,  ov,  understanding  birds. 

Όρνίθοκρίτης,  ov,  ό,  (όρνις,  κρίνω) 
one  who  interprets  the  flight  or  cries  of 
birds,   [κοί] 

ΌρνΙσολόγος,  ov,  (όρνις,  λέγω) 
speaking  or  treating  of  birds. 

^Ορνίβο?Μχος,  ov,  Dor.  ορνίχ-,  (όρ- 
νις, λοχάω)  lying  in  wait  for  birds,  ό 
bpV;  a  bird-catcher,  fowler,  Pind.  \.  1, 
67. 

Όρνίθομάνέω,  ώ,  to  be  bird-mad,  Ar. 
Av.  1273,  etc. :  from 

Όpvίϋoμ(iv7/g)^ές,  (όρνις,  μαίνομαι) 
mad  after  birds,  bird-mad,  Ath.  464  D. 
Hence 

Όρνίθομύνία,  ας,  ή,  madness  after 
birds. 

Όρνίβόμορφος,  ov,  (όρνις,  μορφή) 
bird-shaped. 

ΌρνίΟόομαι,  (όρνις)  as  pass.,  to  be 
changed  into  a  bird,  Ath.  393  E. 

Όρνίβόπαις,  παιόος,  ό,  ή,  {όρνις, 
ηαΐς)  born  of  α  bird  :  hence,  like  a  bird, 
Lye.  731,  cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  500. 

ΌρνίΟοπέδη,  ης,  ή,  {όρνις,  πέδτή  α 
snare  fur  birds,  Anlh.  P.  9,  396. 

'ΟρνΐΟοπώ?ί.ης,  ου,  ό,  a  dealer  in 
birds. 

Όρνίθοσκοπέω,  ώ,  like  όρνεοσκο- 
•πέω,  to  observe  birds,  interpret  their 
flight  arid,  cries,  J^at.  augurium  capere, 
LXX. :  from 

Όρνίβοσκόπος,  ov,  {όρνις,  σκοπέω) 
observing  and  predicting  by  the  flight  and 
crUs  of  birds,  Lat.  augur,  auspex :  θΰ- 


OPNI 

κος  bpv.,  an  augur's  seat,  Lat.  teviplum 
augurale.  Soph.  Ant.  999. 

Όρνίθοτροφεΐον,  ου,  τό,  a  bird  or 
poultry-house :  from 

Όρνίθοτροφέο,  ώ,  to  keep  birds,  esp. 
poultry,  Cieop. :  and 

Όρνίθοτροφία,  ας,  ή,  a  keeping  of 
birds,  Plut.  Pericl.  13 ;  from 

Όρνίθοτρόφος,  ov,  (όρνις,  τρέφω) 
keeping  birds,  Diod. 

Όρνίθοφύγος,  ov,  (όρνις,  φαγείν) 
eating  birds,  Arist.  H.  A.  9,  6,  11. 

Όρνίθοφνής,  ες,  (όρνις,  φνή)  of  a 
bird's  nature  or  shape.  Ath.  491  D. 

Όρνίθώδης,  ες,  contr.  tor  ορνιθοει- 
δής, Arist.  H.  A.  6,  10,  2. 

Όρνίθών,  ύνος,  ό,  a  poultry-house 
or  yard. 

iΌpvίθωv  πόλις,  η,  (city  of  birds) 
Ornithopolis,  a  city  of  Phoenicia, 
Strab.  p.  758. 

'ΟρνΙος,  a,  ov,  also  ος,  ov,  poet,  for 
όρνίβειος,  knth.  P.  9,  377. 

Όρνις,  6,  but  also  ή  II.  9,  323  ;  14, 
290,  and  oft.  in  Att. ;  gen.  όρνιθος, 
etc.  ;  ace.  sing,  όρνιθα  and  opviv, 
neither  in  Horn. :  the  plur.  όρνιθες, 
etc.,  post-Hom.  Collat.  forms  of 
nom.  and  ace.  όρνεις  or  όρνις.  Ale- 
man  21  and  Att. ;  gen.  όρνεων  (formed 
like  ττόλις),  cf  Schaf  Greg.  p.  476. 
The  Dor.  form  the  trisyll.  cases  by  χ, 
όρνϊχος.  όρνίχες,  etc.,  as  if  from  a 
nom.  όρνιξ. — On  the  gender  and  de- 
clens.  V.  Ath.  373  sq. — I.  a  bird,  Horn., 
both  the  wild  bird  of  prey  and  the  do- 
mestic fowl :  oft.  added  to  the  names 
of  birds,  όρνις  αηδών,  όρνις  πέρδιί. 
Soph.  Aj.  629,  Fr.  300  :— also  like 
οιωνός,  a  bird  of  omen,  from  the  flight 
or  cries  of  which  the  augur  divined, 
Has.  Op.  826  ;  δεξιός,  αριστερός,  κα- 
κός όρνις, Horn.:  hence, — ll.metaph., 
like  Lat.  avis  for  augurium,  the  omen 
or  prophecy  taken  from  the  flight  or  cries 
of  birds,  Hom.  (in  this  signf  always 
in  sing.) ;  in  full,  ορνίθων  οίωνίσματα, 
Eur.  Phoen.  839  ;  cf  οιωνός. — 2.  gen- 
erally, an  omen,  fatef id  presage,  with- 
out direct  reference  to  birds,  11.  24, 
219,  Pind.  P.  4,  33  ;  cf  sub  οδιος,  et 
V.  Ar.  Av.  719,  who  is  very  witty  on 
this  usage. — III.  in  Att.,  ύ  όρνις  is 
usu.  α  cock.  Soph.  Fr.  900 ;  ή  όρνις,  a 
hen,  being  the  commonest  ana  most 
useful  of  domestic  fowls  ;  more  fully, 
όρνις  ένοίκιος,  Aesch.  Eum.  860  ;  θή• 
λεία  όρνις.  Soph.  Fr.  424,  cf  Br.  Ar. 
Av.  102 ;  and  so  in  Bucolic  writers, 
as  Theocr.  22,  72  ;  24,  63,  cf  Schaf 
Mosch.  3,  50. — IV.  in  plur.  sometimes 
the  bird-market,  Br.  Ar.  Av.  13,  Dem. 
417,  21 ;  cf  όρνεον. — V.  Μοιισώΐ'  όρ- 
νιθες, song-birds,  i.  e.  poets,  Kiessl. 
Theocr.  7,  47. — V^I.  proverbs  :  ποτα- 
vuv  όρνιν  διώκειν,  Aesch.  Ag.  394  ; 
άφαντος,  ως  όρνις  εκ  χερών,  Eur. 
Hipp.  828 ;  ορνίθων  γάλα,  '  pigeon's 
milk,'  i.  e,  any  marvellous  dainty  or 
good-fortune,  Ar.  Vesp.  508,  1671  ;  cf 
όνος.  (Prob.  from  '*όρω,  όρννμι.) 
[Hom.  has  ι  in  nom.,  II.  9,  323  (m  ar- 
sis), II.  12.  218,  H.  Hom.  18,  17  (in 
thesis) ;  but  όρ^Ίς,  II.  24.  219.  In 
Trag.  it  seems  ueu.  όρνις.  -Iv,  but  in 
Aristoph.  usu.  l,  Pors.  Hec.  204.  For 
later  Ep.,  though  they  oft.  use  I  in 
nom.,  no  absolute  rule  can  be  given : 
vet  the  Gramm.  call  όρνΙς  Attic, 
JDiaco  p.  71,  7,  E.  M.  p,  632,  3.  Spitz- 
ner  Anleit.  z.  Griech.  Prosodie,  p.  37, 
tries  to  explain  this  uncertainty  by  a 
double  form,  όρνΙς  -ΐθος  -iv,  όρνΙς  -Ιος 
-Iv.     In  trisyll.  cases  ι  always.] 


Όρνίχολόχος,  ov.  Dor.  for  bpvt 
λόχος,  Pind.         _ 

ΌρνΙχος,  • 
of  όρνις,  Pim 


Ορνίχος,  -χα,  Dor.  gen,,  and  ace. 
"'  d. 


OPNT 

Όρννμι  or  -vo)  [ϋ]  :  lengthd.  form 
of  root  OP-  (v.  sub  tin.,  and  όρος),  to 
stir  up,  Horn.,  who  only  uses  impe- 
rat.  υρννθι,  όρνϋτε,  taking  the  rest  of 
the  pres.  and  impf  from  όρνύω  [ϋ]  ; 
fut.  όρσω,  11.  4.  10  ;  aor.  ώρσα,  ας,  ε, 
part,  όρσας,  very  freq.  in  Horn. :  also 
όρσασκε,  11.  17,  423. — Mid.  όρννμαι, 
to  stir  one's  self,  in  Horn,  only  3  sing. 
opvvTui,  imperat.  όρννσΰε,  part,  oo- 
ννμενος  :  impf  ώρνίψην,  Hom.  only  3 
sing,  and  ))1.  ώρνντο,  ωρνυντο.  F'ut. 
όρσο//αί,  not  in  Hom. .whohas  instead 
a  fut.  2  όρονμαι.  3  sing,  όρείται,  II.  20, 
140.  Aor.  ώρόμην,  3  sing,  ώρετο, 
only  in  II.,  but  much  more  freq.  contr. 
ώρτο,  3  pi.  without  augm.  όροντο,  Od. 
3,  471  ;  also  όρέοντο,  11.  2,  398:  3 
sing.  subj.  όρηται,  Od. :  imperat.  op- 
σο  or  όρσεο.  Horn.,  Ion.  contr.  όρσευ, 
II.  :  inf  όρθαι  (not  ωρθαι),  11.  8,  474, 
contr.  for  όρέσθαι :  part,  όρμενος.  ?/, 
ov,  for  όρόμενος,  11. — Intr.  only  in 
perf  όρωρα,  I  have  arisen,  am  aroused, 
in  Hom.  only3sing.  ορωρε,  subj.  ύρώ- 
py,  plqpf  όρώρει,  also  ώρώρει,  II.  18, 
498  ;  the  form  ώρορε,  is  usu.  aor. 
trans.,  II.  2,  146,  Od.  4,  712,  etc. ;  yet 
as  perf  intr.  in  II.  13,  78,  Od.  8.  539, 
which  however  some  take  as  if  trans. 
— The  pass,  form  όρώρεται,  Od.  19, 
377,  subj.  ύρώρ?;Γαί,  II.  13,271,=  όρω- 
ρε. — There  is  no  pres.  όρω  or  υρομαι, 
V.  sub  opo/iai.—The  tenses  are  formed 
very  like  those  of  *άρω,  q.  v. 

liadic.  signf,  to  stir,  stir  up :  esp., 
— I.  of  bodily  movement,  to  set  on,  oi 
έττ'  αιετον  ώρσε,  to  set  on,  let  loose  his 
eagle  upon  him,  Hes.  Th.  523. — Mid. 
with  perf  όρωρα,  to  move,  s!ir  one's 
self  είςόκε  μοι  φίλα  γοϋνατ'  όρώοΐ), 
while  my  limbs  have  power  to  more,  11. 
9,  610,  Od.  18,  133.  etc.  :  esp.  in  im- 
perat. pres.  and  aor.  mid.,  arouse  thee  ! 
up!  arise!  in  Horn,  used  just  like 
uye  and  Ιθι  in  exhorting,  freq.  with 
collat.  notion  of  haste,  force. — 2.  cau- 
sal, to  make  to  arise,  call  forth,  Ήριγέ- 
νειαν  atf  'Ω,κεανοϋ,  Od.  23,  348,  cf 
Od.  7,  169  :  to  awaken,  arouse  from 
sleep,  II.  10,  518  :  of  animals,  lo  rouse, 
start,  chase,  Od.  9,  154  ;  έξ  εννής,  II. 
22,  190. — Mid.  to  stand  up.  arise,  esp. 
from  bed,  Ήως  έκ  λεχέων  ώρνντο,  II. 
11,2;  άττό  θρόνου,  11.11.  645  ;  absol., 
ύρνυμένοιο  άνακτος,  Hes.  Th.  843 ; 
so,  ώρτο  ίέναι,  Hes.  Sc.  40 ;  hence, 
to  wake  out  of  sleej),  esp.  to  rise  sudden- 
ly, spring  up :  also  c.  inf.,  to  rise  to  do 
a  thing,  set  about  it,  bpv.  ϊμεν,  ίργον 
όέξαι,  εϋδειν,  as  we  say,  to  go  to  sleep, 
Horn. ;  also  with  part.,  όρσο  κέων, 
get  up  and  go  to  bed,  Od.  7,  342 :  lo 
begin,  c.  inf ,  11.  12,  279  ;— just  like  the 
intr.  ορμάω  and  the  pass,  όρμύομαι, 
— 3.  to  stir  up,  rouse,  encourage ,  esp.  lo 
fight,  against  one,  kiti  rivi,  11.  5, 629  ; 
uvTia  Tivor.  11.  20,  79;  τινί,  II.  17, 
72  ;  εις  τι,  Pind.  P.  2,  54  ;  sometimes 
c.  inf,  μάχεσθαι,  άμννειν  ώρσε,  he 
cheered  him  on  to  light,  etc.,  Hom,, 
esp.  of  the  suggestions  of  the  gods: 
so,  τόλμα  μοι  γλώσσαν  όρννει  λέΛ  ειν, 
stirs  my  tongue  to  speak,  Pincl.  O. 
13,  15,  cf  Soph.  Ant.  1000:— pass, 
and  mid.,  lo  be  roused,  stirred  in  mind, 
θυμός,  μένος,  νόος  ώρτο.  etc..  of  any 
vehement,  esp.  hostile,  feeling,  Hom.; 
against  one,  έπί  τίνα,  II.  5,  590;  11, 
343  ;  21.  248  ;  but  elscwh.  mostly  ab- 
sol., whereas  όρίνω.  usu.  has  a  defi- 
nite object  of  the  e.xcitement. — 4.  oft. 
en  used  of  things  as  well  as  persons, 
to  make  to  rise,  call  forth,  cause,  excite, 
Lat.  ciere,  όρσαι  Ιμερον,  γόον,  φόίΒον, 
?pLV.  ιτόλεμον,βίο.,  also  άνεμον,  θνέλ• 
λ-ην,  etc.,  Hom. ;  χειμώνα,  Aesch. 
Pers.  496 :— and  in  mid.,  to  come  eii, 
1051 


ΟΡΟΔ 

to  arise,  ΰ?ίΚη,  κλαγγή,  έρις,  ηόλεμος, 
βοή,  στόΐ'ος,  etc.,  Ηοηι. ;  so  too,  νύξ, 
ιτνμ,  άνεμος  ύρτο,  etc.,  Hoiii. ;  πΐφ 
δρμενον,  a  lire  that  has  arisen,  11.  17, 
738  ;  δοϋρα  άρμενα  τνρόσσω,  the  darts 
flying  onwards,  11.  1 1,  572  :  άφρος  ΰτο 
χροός  ώρνντο,  started  from  the  skin, 
lies.  Th.  191  ;  όρννμένιον  πολέμων. 
Pind.  0.  8,  45  ;  cf.  ττη'/.ινόρμενος  -dnd 
παλίνορσος.  —  Αρ.  Rh.  olteri  uses 
όρωρε  lor  εστί,  and  όρώρει  for  ην- — 
The  word  is  also  freq.  in  Find.,  and 
now  and  then  in  Trag.,  but  very  rare 
in  prose.  (From  the  root  ΌΡ-,  more- 
over come  όηούω,  όρίνω,  οροθύνω,  δρ- 
μή,  ορμάω,  ορμαίνω.  prob.  also  όρνις, 
όρος,  ονρος,  ορθός,  όρθιος. όρθρος,  the 
Lat.  orior,  ortor,  hortor ;  akin  also  ξύ- 
ομαι, riio,  etc.) 

νΟρνντίδης,  ου,  ό,  son  of  Ornytiis, 
i.  8.  Naubolus,  Ap.  Rh.  1,  208. 

νΟρνντίων,  ωνος,  ό,  Ornytion,  son 
of  Sisyphus,  Paus.  2,  4,  3. 

ΥΟρνυτος,  ov,  ό,  Ornytus,  a  Be- 
brycian,  Ap.  Rh.  2,  05. — 2.  v.  Όρνυ- 
τίδης. — Others  in  Paus. ;  etc. 

^Ορννφίον,  {not -ίφίον),  ov,  τό,  dim. 
from  όρνις.  Bast  Ep.  Cr.  195. 

Όρννω,=  όρννμι,  q.  v.,  Horn. 

ί'Ορξίΐ'ης,  ov,  ό,  Orxines,  a  satrap 
under  Alexander  in  Persis,  Arr.  An. 
6,  29. 

νΟρόατις.  ιος,  6,  Oroatis,  a  river  of 
Persis,  Strab.  p.  727. 

Όροβύγχη,  ης,  ή,  (όροβος,  ύγχω) 
a  parasitic  plant,  which  seems  from 
Tiieophr.  to  be  cuscuta,  our  dodder ; 
but  from  Diosc.  2,  172,  it  should  be 
OMX  broom-rapn ,  orobanrhe.  Also  writ- 
ten όροβύκχη.  Said  to  have  been 
called  also  λειμόδωρον,  όσπρο7.έων, 
7ιέων,  7\,εόντειος  πόα,  λεοντεία  βοτά- 
νη  and  7ίύκος. 

^Οροβύδες,  αΙ,-—όρεφάδες,  Gramm. 

Όροβύκχ7ΐ,  ης,  ή,=^δροβύγχη. 

Όρόβακχος,  ην,  ό,  said  to  be  the 
fruit  of  the  πα7ύονρος,  Nic.  Th. 
809. 

Όρόβακχος,  ό,  v.  Όρίβακχος. 

Όρόβα'ξ,  ή,  a  plant,  Diosc. 

νΟρόβατις,  ιδος,  η,  Orobatis,  a  city 
of  India,  Arr.  An.  4,  2S,  5. 

νΟροβίαι,  ών,  at,  Orobiae,  a  city  of 
Euboea,  near  Aegae,  Thuc.  3,  89. 

Όροβιαΐος,  a,  ov,  of  the  size  of  the 
όροβος,  Theophr. 

Όροβίας,  ov,  b,  like  the  όροβος,  Ar- 
chig.,  Diosc. 

Όρη3ίζω,  to  fatten,  feed  with  the  όρο- 
βος, Diod. 

Όρόβίνος,  η,  ov,  made  of  όροβος, 
Diosc. 

Όρόβιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  όροβος, 
Hipp. 

ΥΟρόβι.ος,  ov,  δ,  Orobius,  a  Roman 
praetor,  Ath.  215  A. 

Όροβίτης,  ου.  δ,  like  or  of  the  size 
of  the  όροφος,  Diod. :  fem.  όροβίτις, 
ιδος.  [ί] 

'Οροβοειδης,  ές,  (δοοβος,  είδος)  of 
the  nature  of  the  όροοος,  like  it,  Galen. 

ΌΡΟΒΟΣ,  ov,  ό,  Lat.  ERVUM, 
the  bitter  vetch,  a  kind  of  pulse,  The- 
ophr.— II.  the  plant  which  bears  it.  Id. 

Όροβοφΰγέω,  ώ,  to  eat  όροβος, 
Hipp. 

Όροβώδης,  ες,  contr.  for  όροβοει- 

Όρογενής,  ές,  {όρος,  *γενω)  pro- 
duced on  the  frontier.  Iambi. 

Όρογκοι,  ol,  mountain-tops,  Dion. 
P.  280,  Nic.  Al.  4)  :  in  Hesych , 
όρηχθοι.  (Usu.  deriv.  from  όρος  and 
δγκης.) 

Όρόγνια,  ας,  ή,  poet,  for  όργνιύ, 
Pind.  P.  4,  40C.  Ar.  Fr.  661. 

Όροδαμνίς.  ιδος,  ή,  dim.  from  όρό- 
δαμνος,  Theocr.  7,  138. 
1052 


ΟΡΟΣ 

Όρόδαμνος,  ov,  δ,  a  bough,  branch, 
shortd.  όραμνος,  Nic.  Al.  OIG  (003). 

Opo(5f,ii)'i(ic5ff,  ύδων,  a'l,  {όρος,  δέ- 
μνιον)  couching  on  the  mountains,  epith. 
of  the  mountain-nymphs. 

Όροθεσΐα,  ας,  ή,  the  fixing  of  boun- 
dnrirs,  a  boundary,  N.  T.,  ubl  al.  TU 
δροβέσια  :  and 

Όροθετέω,  ώ,  to  fix  boundaries : 
from 

Όροθέτης,  ου,  δ,  (δρος,  τίθημι)  one 
ivho  fixes  boundaries. 

'όροθννω,^όρΐ'νμι,  to  stir  up,  rouse, 
urge  on,  usu.  of  persons,  U.  10,  332, 
etc. ;  also  of  things,  ένανλονς,  άέλ- 
λας,  11.  21,  312,  Od.  5,  292  .-^-Ep. 
word  used  in  pass.,  στύσις  ώροθννετο, 
by  Aesch.  Pr.  200.  (Merely  a  lengthd. 
form  from  *όρω,  όρίνω,  like  έρέθω, 
ερεθίζω,  ερεθννω.) 

ΥΟροιβάντιος,  ov,  ό,  Oroebantius, 
an  earlv  Grecian  poet,  said  to  have 
lived  before  Homer,  Ael.  V.  H.  11,  2. 

νΟροιόος,  ου, δ  ,Oroedus,  a  king  of 
the  Paravaei  in  Epirus,  Thuc.  2, 
80. 

νΟροίτης,  ον,δ,  Oroetes,  a  Persian 
governor  in  Sardis,  Hdt.  3,  120 :  in 
Luc.  Contempl.  14,  also  Όρδντης. 

Όροιτνπος,  ov,=:  όρειτνπος,  Nic. 
Th.  5,  377.  [e] 

Όροκάρϋον,  ov,  TO,  {όρος,  κύρνον) 
the  mountain-nut,  a  tree  which  grows 
near  the  Black  sea,  Strab.  p.  74  :  but 
others  prefer  δρόκορνον,  Lat.  cornus 
viontana.  [a] 

'Οροκτντϊος,  ov,  sounding  on  the 
mountains,  [fi] 

"Ορομαι,άβγ.  (οίφος,  όράω)  to  watch, 
keep  watch  and  tvard,  Od.  14,  104. 
(Others  refer  this  to  the  root  *όρω, 
όρνυμι,  but  no  such  pres.  as  όρω  is 
ibund  in  use :  nor  would  the  sense 
admit,  of  this  deriv.) 

Όρομύλίδες,  αϊ,  {όρος,  μήλον  Β) 
Dor.  for  όρομηλίδες,  a  kind  of  ivild 
apples,  Theocr.  5,  94,  ubi  olim  δριμα- 
λίδες,  cf.  opt-. 

ΥΟρόντας.  ov  and  a,  and 'OpoiTT/f , 
ov.  δ,  Orontes,  a  Persian  nobleman, 
put  to  death  l)y  order  of  Cyrus  the 
younger,  Xen.  An.  2,  4,  8. — 2.  a  gov- 
ernor in  Armenia.  Id.  3,  5,  17. — 3.  the 
last  Persian  ruler  in  Armenia,  Strab. 
p.  531. — 4.  m  Dem.  180, 25  a  governor 
of  Mysia,  or  ace.  to  others  the  river 
(  sq. ).  —  II.  a  river  of  Syria,  former- 
ly called  Typhon,  flowing  from  Li- 
banus,  Strab.  p.  750. 

νΟροντοβύτης,  ov,  δ,  Orontobates, 
a  Persian,  Arr.  An   1,  2,  3. 

Όροπέδων,  τό,  (  όρος,  πεδίον  )  α 
mountain  plain,  table  land,  Strab. 

Όροπνγιον,  ov,  τό,^όρβοπύγιον. 

όρος,  εος,  τό,  Ion.  ονρος,  α  moun- 
tain, hill,  height,  chain  of  hills,  freq.  in 
Hom.,  who  has  both  sing,  and  plur., 
in  the  usu.  as  well  as  the  Ion.  form, 
οΐ'ρεα  μακρά,  νιφόεντα,  etc.  :  so  also 
in  Hes.,  who  (in  Theog.  129)  calls 
mountains  children  of  Vaia,  γείνατο 
δ'  Ονρεα  μακρά,  θεών  χαρίεντας  έναύ- 
λονς. — Hdt.  indeed  prefers  the  Ion. 
form,  but  in  all  Mss.  the  usu.  one  is 
sometimes  found,  as  1,  43 ;  2,  Θ. 
(Perh.  from  same  root  as  όμννμι, — 
strictly  anything  rising.) 

ΌΡΟ'Σ,  or  όί^^ής  (v.  infra),  οϋ,  ό, 
Lat.  SERUM,  the  tmtcry  or  serous 
part  of  milk,  whey,  Od.  9,  132  ;  17,  225  ; 
cf.  Arist.  H.  A. '3,  20,  0.  Eust.  ad  II.  c. 
—2.  the  watery  part  of  the  Woorf,.  Plat. 
Tim.  83  D.  — 3.  the  watery  port  of  tar, 
elsewh.  δβόπισσα,  όρρόπισση. — 4. 
ό/6/ιοζ•  σπερματικής,  Plut.  2,  909  Ε. 
—  The  form  6ρ/)ός  first  occurs  in 
Arist. — The  Ion.  form  ουράς  is  found 


ΟΡΟΦ 

in  Nic.  Th.  708, — which  may  imlicate 
a  relation  to  οίφος,  urina. 

Opor,  o,=  op/jof,  q.  V. 

ΌΡΟΙ',  ου,  ό.  Ion.  οίφος,  a  boun- 
dary, limit,  frontier,  11. 12,  421  :  a  land- 
mark, 11.  21,  405  ;  (the  word  only  oc- 
curs in  these  two  places  of  Horn.,  and 
each  time  in  Ion.  form,  which  in  Hdt. 
also  is  the  only  one) : — the  boundary 
between  two  objects  is  usu.  expressed 
by  putting  both  in  gen.,  as,  οχψυς  της 
Μηδικής  και  τής  Κυδικής,  Hdt.  1,  7'2  ; 
όρον  προτιθέναι  τινί,  to  fix  as  the 
limit  to  a  thing,  Hdt.  1,  32.  cf.  74; 
όρον  τιθεσθαι,  to  lay  it  down  for  one's 
self,  as  Plat.  Phaedr.  237  D,  Dem. 
548,  24  ;  so  όρον  προγρύφειν,  Dem. 
033,  3;  πήξαι,  Lycurg.  157,  0;  so, 
εις  όρος  παγήσεται,  Thuc.  3, 92  ;  όρος 
πρόκειται  TLVi,  Hdt.  1,  210:  also  in 
plur.,  bounds,  boundaries,  υπό  Κυλλά- 
νας  δροις,  Pind.  Ο.  6,  130;  γής  ίπ' 
έσχάτοις  δροις,  Aesch.  Pr.  060:  — 
metaph.,  όροι  θεσπέσιας  δδον,  Aesch. 
Ag.  1154  ;  for  θήλυς  όρος,  lb.  485,  v. 
sub  έπινέμω. — 2.  in  Hdt.  1,  93,  οίφοΰ 
are  marking  stones  {  στήλαι,  cippi ), 
bearing  inscriptions. — 3.  so,  in  Att., 
this  was  the  name  for  stone  slabs  or 
tablets  set  up  on  mortgaged  properly,  to 
serve  as  a  bond  or  register  of  the 
debt,  opov  τιθεναι,  επιστήσαι  έπϊ  τής 
οικίας,  Isae.  59,  40,  Dem.  876, 9 ;  1029, 
27,  cf.  Herm.  Pol.  Ant.  <^  100,  9.— II. 
the  broad  piece  of  wood  forming  the  up- 
per part  of  the  oil  and  wine  press,  Aesch. 
Fr.  98,  "Menand.  p.  63.— III.  a  rule, 
standard,  bound,  limit,  measure,  των 
αναγκαίων,  Plat.  Rep.  373  Ε  ;  a  prin- 
ciple, as  op.  πολιτείας,  Id.  Rep.  551 
A. — IV.  in  Aristotle's  Logic,  the  term 
of  a  proposition,  subject  or  predicate. 
Anal.  Pr.  1.  1,  5,  etc.  : — but  usu.  the 
definition  of  a  term,  its  species,  Top.  1, 
4,2;  8,  2,  etc. : — 2.  in  mathematics, 
όροι  are  the  terms  of  a  proposition, 
Eucl.  5,  Def.  9. — V.  a  goal,  end,  aim, 
Aristid.  (Akin  to  Lat.  sors,  as  δλκός 
to  sulcus.) 

ΥΟρος.  ov,  δ,  Orus,  son  of  Lycaon,         A 
Apollod.  3.  8,  1. 

Όροσάγγαι,  ol,  Persian  word  lor 
the  Benefactors  of  the  King,  Hdt.  8, 
85,  Soph.  Fr.  193  ;  cf.  Esther  6,  I.  sq. 

Όροσπίζος,  ου,  ό,  the  mountain-finch, 
Arist.  H.  A.  8,  3,  5. 

Όροτνπος,  ον,^=δρειτνπος,  ύδωρ, 
Aesch.  Theb.  85.  [ϋ] 

Όρουμα,  ατός,  τό,  {δρουω)^όρμη- 
μα,  Gramm. 

Όρονσις,  η,  {όρονω)  =  όρμησις, 
δρμή,  defined  as  φορά  διάνοιας  επί 
τι  μέλλον,  Stob.  Eel  2,  p.  102. 

Όρονω,  impf.  ώρονον,  Eur.  Η.  F. 
972:  f.  όρονσω,  Η.  Hom.  Αρ.  417; 
Hom,  and  Hes.  uap  only  the  aor. 
without  augm. : — a  snortd.  part,  όρυϋ- 
σα  or  όρονσα,  Hes.  Sc.  437,  H.  Hom. 
Ap.  417  •.=:όρννμι.,  intr.,  to  rise  and 
rush  violently  on  or  forward,  Lat.  ruo, 
irruo,  to  move  quickly,  hasten,  dart  for• 
ward,  Hom.,  both  of  men  and  things: 
Hom.  always  joins  it  with  a  word  ex- 
pressing motion  to  a  place,  ές  δίφρον 
δρονσας,  πράς  βα  πλατάνιστον  όρον- 
σεν,  II.  11,  359;  2,  310;  έπ'  άλλή- 
?.οισιν  δρούσαν,  14,  401  ;  so  Hes.  Sc. 
412,  436 ;  or  motion  from  a  place, 
αιχμή  από  χειρός  όρονσεν,  Π.  13.  505, 
etc. ;  so,  εκ  μέσων  άρκνστάτων  όρον- 
σεν. Aesch.  Eum.  113  ;  c.  ace.  cog- 
nato,  δρ.  πήδημα.  Id.  Ag.  820  :— in 
Pind.  P.  10,  95,  as  with  all  verbs  of 
desire,  the  object  is  put  in  sen. : — c. 
inf.,  to  be  enoer  to  do,  Pind.  O.  9,  155: 
not  rare  in  Eur.— 2.  generally,  fo  rise, 
tower,  0pp.     (From  *όρω.  όρννμι.) 

νΟροφέρνης,  ονς,  ό,  and  O^^ogif>• 


ΟΡΡΟ 

νης,  in  Αρρ.  Όλοφέρνης,  Orophernes, 
sou  οί  Ariarathes  V.  of  Cappadocia, 
Polyb.  3,  5,  2  ;  etc. 

'Οροφή,  ης,  ?/,  (^έρέφω)  the  roof  of  a 
hnuse  or  deling  of  a  room,  Od.  22,  298, 
Hdt.  2,  148,  and  Att.  ;  pleon..  κατά- 
στέγασμα  της  οροφής.  Id.  2,  155  ; 
όροοήν  όιε'/ΛΪν,  to  take  oft' the  tiling, 
Thuc.  4,  4ij ;  cf.  κέραμος  : — the  wood- 
work of  the  roof,  usu.  in  plur.  like 
Pliny's  contignationes,  Theophr. 

Όροφηφαγύς,  of,  (όρος»},  όαγείν) 
roof  destroying,  ττϊφ,  Anth.   P.  9,  152. 

Όροφηφόρος,  ov.  {οροοή,  φέρω)  \ 
bearing  a  roof,  of  the  tortoise,  Anth.  I 
P.  9,  631.  I 

ΌβοοιαΙος,  a,  ov,  belonging  to  the  [ 
οροφή,  Inscr.  I 

Όροόίας,  ου,  ό,  {οροφή)  living  under  I 
α  roof;  μϊ^'ς  op.,  the  common  mouse,  | 
opp.  to  μυς  αρουραίος.  Ar.  Vesp.  206 ;  : 
op.  όφις,  a  tame  Aouje-snake.  [ 

Όροφίκός,  ή,  όν,  {οροφή)  of  or  be-  ; 
longing  to  a  roof.  j 

ΌρόφΙνος,  »/,  ov,  (όροφος)  covered  \ 
viith  or  made  of  reeds.  1 

'Opoφo^~άω,ώ,=ί^όpεl(|ιoιτάω,L•'K^^.  j 
from 

Όροφοίτης,  ov,  ό,=6ρειόοίτης.        \ 

Όροφος,  ov,  0,  {έρέόω)  the  reeds  used 
for  thatching  houses,  /.αχνήεντ'  όροόον 
λειμώνοθεν  άμήσαντες,  II.  24,  451,  v. 
Spitzner  Exc.  xxxvi.  —  II.  a  roof  . 
Orac.  ap.  Hdt.  7,  140,  Aesch.  Supp. 
650.  Thuc.  1,  134,  Flat.  :— in  plur., 
like  Lat.  tecta,  opoooi  Φοι3ου,  i.  e.  his 
temple,  Eur.  Ion  89.     Hence  j 

'Οροφόομαι,  as  pass.,  to  be  roofed,  ; 
δοκοϊς.  Plut.  2,  210  D.     Hence 

^Ορόφαμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  roof  cieling,  \ 
LXX. ;  and    ^  j 

Όρόφωσις,  η,  a  roofing,  deling.  ι 

Όροφωτός,  η,  όν,  roofed  or  deled.      | 

Όρόχθειος,  ov,  hilly,  mountainous,  ■ 
Aesch.    Fr.    146,   7,   ace.   to  Herm. 
Opusc.  3,  50  : — for  όροχθοι,  v.  sub  \ 
όρογκοι.  I 

Όρόω,  Ep.  for  όράω.  Horn.  | 

Όρπετον,  ov,  τό,  Aeo!.  for  έρττε- 
τόν,  Sappho  37,  Theocr.  29,  13. 

OpT7y5,  Att.  όρ~ηξ,  ηκος,  Aeol. 
and  Dor.  δρ—αξ,  άκος,  ό,  a  sapling, 
young  shoot  or  tree,  II.  21.  38,  cf.  Ap. 
Rh.  4,  1425,  Theocr.  7,  146;  όρ-ακι 
βραΜνφ,  Sappho  34:  hence  of  things 
made  of  such  young  trees,  as  a  goad 
for  driving  cattle,  Hes.  Op.  406;  a 
lance,  Eur.  Hipp.  221. — II.  metaph., 
a  sdon,  descendant.  (Usu.  deiiv.  from 
*«ρω,  as  if  όρόττηξ :  ace.  to  others 
from  άρ-η,  όρ-ή,  so  that  the  original 
notion  would  be  that  of  a  point  or 
spike ;  cf.  Lat.  urpex,  a  harrow.)  [In 
Anth.  we  find  an  ace.  ορπΰκα,  v.  Jac. 
A.  P.  p.  262.] 

Ό^ιρανός,  ov,  ό,  Aeol.  for  ουρανός, 
Sappho. 

Ό^ρό~ισσα,  η,  {ορός  3,  πίσσα)  the 
xeatery  part  of  tar,=πίσσavθoς  (q.  v.), 
Tlieophr. 

Όρρο-οσία,  ας,  ή,  =  6β()ο~οτία : 
from 

Όΐ)ρο~οτεω,  ώ,  (όρθιος,  ττίνω)  to 
drink  whey,  Hipp.     Hence 

Όρ^ο-οτία,  ας,  ή,  a  drinking  of 
whey,  Hipp. 

'Ορροπύγιον,  ov,  τό.  {ΰρ^ος,  ττνγή) 
the  rump  and  tail-feathers  of  birds, 
Arist.  H.  A.  2,  12,  9  -.—the  tail-fin  of 
fish.  Id.  4,  1,  25:— (but  lb.  9,  32,  3 
and  5,  Bekk.  writes  ovporrvyiov) : — 
generally,  the  tad  or  rump  of  an  ν  ani- 
mal, Ar.  Vesp.  1075,  Nub.  162._'[i.] 

'0^^)θ-ϋγόστικτος,  ov,  ( opporrv- 
γιον,  στίζω)  having  spotted  or  barred 
tail  fathers,  Arist.  ap.  Ath.  313  D. 

'01)/)ός,  6,  V.  sub  ορός,  serum. 

ΌΙ)βος,  ov,  b,  the  end  of  the  os  sa- 


ΟΡΣΟ 
crum,  on  which  the  tail  of  beasts  and 
birds  is  set,  cf.  όί^^ο~νγιον : — in  the 
human  body,  strictly  the  space  between 
the  anus  and  pudenda,  =  τράμις,  ταύ- 
ρος :  generally,  the  tail,  rump,  bottom, 
Ar.  Ran.  222,  Pac.  1239,  etc.  —  Also 
written  όρος.  (Akin  to  ονρά :  cf. 
ύβιί)ωόέω.) 

Oppou.  ώ,  (όββός)  to  turn  into  whey. 

Όββωόέω,  ώ,  Ion.  ά/i/S-,  f.  -r/au  : — 
to  fear,  dread,  shrink  from,  C.  aCC, 
Hdt.  1,  34,  etc.  (always  in  Ion.  form), 
Eur.  El.  831,  Ar.  Eq.  126,  etc.;  c. 
gen.  rei,  to  fear  for  or  because  of  a 
thing,  Hdt.  1,  1)1;  so,  ύττέρ  τίνος, 
Lys.  180, 10  ;  όρ/5.  τζερι  έμαντώ,  Thuc. 
6,  9 :  άρβ.  ότι...,  Hdt.  8,  70  ;  but  more 
usu.  μη...,  1.  9,  etc. ;  also  c.  inf..  όββ. 
θανείν,  Eur.  Hec.  768.  (Not  a 
compd.  of  όβρος,  δέος,  from  the  no- 
tion of  dropping  the  tail ;  —  the  Ion. 
form  άβρωόέω  is  enough  to  refute 
this,  and  no  doubt  the  word,  like  the 
kindred  Lat.  horreo,  horresco,  is  ono- 
matop.,  expressing  the  shuddering, 
etc.,  of  fear.)    Hence 

Όββωόής,  ες,  fearful,  shy.  Adv. 
-όώς. 

'Οββώόης,  ες,  {όββός,  είδος)  like 
whey,  serous,  Hipp. 

Όββωδία,  ας,  ή,  {όββωδέω)  fear, 
affright,  dread,  Eur.  Phoen.  1389, 
etc. ;  όββ.  μή:.,  Med.  317 ;  h  όββ. 
εχειν  tl,  Thuc.  2,  89. 

Όρσας.  part.  aor.  of  όρννμι,  Horn. 

Όρσασκε,  Ion.  3  aor.  of  όρννμι,  for 
ωρσε.  11.  17,  423. 

ΥΟρσέας,  ov,  ύ,  Orseas,  masc.  pf. 
n.,  Pind.  L  4,  123. 

νΟρσεδίκη,  ης,  ή,  Orsedice,  daugh- 
ter of  Cinyras,  Apollod.  3,  14,  3. 

Όρσεο,  όρσεν.  Homer,  imperat. 
aor.  mid.  of  όρννμι,  v.  όρσο. 

ί'Ορσηίς,  ίδος,  ή,  Orse'is,  a  nymph, 
Apollod.  1,  7,  2. 

Όρσϊγνναικα,  τόν,  ace.  sing.,  one 
ivho  excites  women,  epith.  of  Bacchus, 
Poet.  ap.  Plut.  2,  607  C,  671  C— No 
nom.  was  in  use,  Lob.  Phryn.  659.  [v] 

Όρσίκτντϊος,  ov,  (όρννμι,  κτύπος) 
stirring  or  making  noise :  Zf Vf,  the 
rouser  of  thunder,  Pind  O.  10  (11),  97. 

V Ορσί/.οχος,  ov,  ό,  Orsilochus,  son 
of  Alpheus,  ruler  of  Pherae  in  Mes- 
senia,  II.  5,  545. — 2.  son  of  Diodes, 
II.  5,  542.-3.  a  Trojan,  II.  8,  274.-4. 
pretended  son  of  Idomeneus,  Od.  13, 
260. — 5.  an  Athenian,  Ar.  Lys.  725. 

Όρσϊνεόής,  ες,  {όρννμι,  νέφος) 
cloud-raising,  Homer's  νεφεληγερέτα, 
Pind.  Ν.  5,  62. 

Όρσΐπετής,  ές,  raising  its  flight, 
soaring. 

Όρσίπονς,  ποδός,  δ,  ή,  (όρννμι, 
πονς)  raising  the  foot ;  hence  swift- 
footed,  ελαώοι,  Anth.  P.  15,  27.  [I] 

νΟρσιππος,  ov,  ό,  Orsippus,  a 
Spartan,  Xen.  Hell.  4,  2,  8.-2.  a 
victor  in  the  Olympic  games,  Paus. 
1,44,  1. 

Όρσίτης,  ov,  ό,  a  Cretan  dance, 
Ath.  629  C. 

νΟρσίώαντος,  ov,  6,  Orsiphantus, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Hdt.  7,  227. 

Όρσο.  imperat.  aor.  mid.  of  όρννμι, 
bestir  thee  !  up  !  Hom.,  who  also  uses 
όρσεο  for  it,  and  (in  II.)  the  contr. 
Ion.  form  όρσεν. 

Ϋ0ρσο3ία,  ας,  ή,  Orsobia,  fem.  pr. 
η.,  Paus.  2,  28,  6. 

Όρσοδάκνη,  7/f ,  ή,  an  insect  which 
eats  the  buds  of  plants,  .\rist.  H.  A.  5, 
19,  21.  —  (The  word  όρσύς,  a  bud,  is 
not  found  in  use.) 

Όρσοθύρη,  ης,  ή,  (όρννμι,  θύρα) 
prob.  a  door  approached  by  steps  or 
stairs,  Od.  22,  126,  333  ;  άν'  όρσοθύ- 
ρην    άναβαίνειν,   lb.    132;    also    in 


OPTT 

Simon.  219  [where  ν  appears  to  be 
long],    [i] 

Όρσολοπεύω  or  -έω,  ώ,  to  provoke, 
assault,  c.  ace,  η  με  βοών  ενεχ'  ώδε 
χο'λονμενος  όρσολοπενεις,  Η.  Horn. 
Merc.  308  ;  μνθω  όνειδείω  όρσο/.ο- 
πεύει.  Max.  Tyr.  107: — pass.,  βνμός 
όρσοΆοπεΙται,  my  heart  is  troubled, 
Aesch.  Pers.  10,  though  the  MSS. 
have  όρσοπολείται :  from 

Όρσόλοπος,  ov,  eager  for  the  fray, 
tempestuous,  epith.  of  Mars,  Anacr. 
74.  (Said  to  be  deriv.  from  όρννμι 
and  λοπός,  /.όόος,  bristling  the  mane : 
but  prob.  only  a  poet,  form  from  όρ- 
ννμι, όρσω,  and  so  is  sometimes 
written  όρσόπολος,  όρσοπο/.ενω.) 

Όρσός,  Lacon.  for  ορθός,  Ar.  Lya. 
995. 

Όρσότης,  ητος,  ή,  =  ορμή,  Cratias 
ap.  Dind.  Gr.  Graec.  1,  p.  40. 

Όρσοτρίαινΰ,  gen.  a,  ace.  άν.  Dor. 
for  -τριαίνης,  ov,  ην,  (όρννμι,  τρίαινα) 
the  tvielder  of  the  trident,  Pind.  O.  8, 
64,  P.  2,  22,"N.  4,  140. 

Όρσύδρα,  ας,  ή,  (όρννμι,  ύδωρ)  α 
water-pipe. 

Όρσω,  fut.  οί  όρννμι,  q.  v.,  II. 

Όρτάζω,  Ion.  for  εορτάζω.  Hdt. 

ΌοτΰΆίζω,  to  bound  or  frisk  about, 
flap  the  wings,  like  a  young  animal, 
Lat.  vitrdari,  lascivire,  v.  άνορταλίζω 
from 

Όρτα7.ίς,  ίόος,  ή,  the  young  of  any 
animal,  Lat.  pullus,  a  young  bird,  a 
chicken:  generally,  afoul,  Nic.  Al. 
295.  —  A  Dor.  word  (cf.  sq.),  which 
passed  into  general  poet.  use.  (Prob. 
from  όρννμι.  akin  to  όρνις:  the  prob. 
orig.  form  όρταλός  does  not  seem  to 
have  been  used.)     Hence 

Όρταλιχενς,  έως,  o,=sq.,  Nic.  Al. 
228. 

Όρτάλΐχος,  ov,  ό,  =  όρτα7.ίς,  a 
chick,  Theocr.  13,  12  ;  a  domestic  fowl ; 
being  Boeot.  for  ΰλεκτρνών,  ace.  to 
Strattis  Phoen.  2,  cf.  Ar.  Ach.  871, 
et  ibi  Schol. : — generally,  any  young 
bird,  .\esch.  Ag.  54. 

Όρτή,  ης,  i/.  Ion.  for  εορτή,  Hdt. 

ΥΟρτήσιος,  ov,  o,  the  Rom.  Hor- 
tensius,  Plut.  :  also  Όρτήσιος,  Strab. 

ίΌρτόσπανα,  ων,  τά,  Ortospana,  a 
city  of  Persia,  Strab.  p.  723. 

Όρτνγία,  ας,  ή,  (όρτνξ)  Ortygia, 
strictly  Quad-island,  the  ancient  name 
of  Delos,  Od.  5,  123  :  also  part  of  the 
city  of  Syracuse,  otherwise  called 
Νασοζ•  or  the  Island,  fStrab.  p.  270; 
cf.  Pind.  N.  1, 1. — II.  name  of  Latona's 
nurse,  Strab.  p.  639. — 1Π.  the  name 
was  also  given  to  a  grove  near  Kphe- 
sus,  where  Latona  is  said  to  have 
given  hirtli  to  her  twins,  Strab.  1.  c. 

'OpTvyiov,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  όρτνξ, 
Eupol.  Pol.  9,  Antiph.  Άγροικ.  3. 

Όρτνγοβήρας,  ov,  ό,  [όρτνξ,  θηράω) 
a  quail-catcher.  Plat.  Euthyd.  290  D. 

Όρτνγοκύμος,  ov,  (όρτνξ,  κομέω) 
keeping  quails,  Ar.  Fr.  36. 

Όρτνγοκοπέω,  ώ.  to  play  at  όρτν 
γοκοπία,  Plut.  2,  34  D. 

Όρτνγοκοπία.  ας,  ή.  quail-striking, 
an  Athen.  game  described  by  Poll.  9, 
102  :  V,  sub  στνφοκόπος :  and 

Όρτνγοκοπικός,  ή,  όν,  skilled  in 
όρτνγοκοπία,  playing  thereat :  from 

Όρτν}θκόπος,  ov,  [όρτνξ,  κόπτω) 
playing  at  όυτν-,οκοπία,  a  quail-striker. 
Plat.  (Com.)  Penal.  4. 

Όρτνγομάνία,  ας,  ή,  (όρτνξ,  μαί- 
νομαι) madness  after  quails,  Chrysipp. 
ap.  Ath.  464  D. 

Όρτνγομήτρα,  ας,ή, (όρτνξ, μήτηρ) 
a  bird  which  migrates  with  the  quails, 
perh.  the  land-rail.  Cratin.Xfip.  15  ; — 
ludicrously  applied  to  Leto.  the  Orty- 
gian  mother,  Ar.  Av.  870  ;  cf  Opwyia. 
1053 


0PY3 

Όρτνγοπώ7^ης,  ου,  ό,  α  dealer  in 
quails. 

Όρτνγοτροφείον,  ον,  τό,  α  quail- 
coop.  Anst.  Probl.  10,  12,  1 :  from 

ΌμτϋγοΓροψέω,  ώ,  to  feed  or  keep 
quails,  M.  Anton.  1,  6:  from 

^Ορήγοτρόφος,  ov.  {όρτνϊ,  τρέφω) 
keeping  quails,  Plat.  Euthyd.  290  D. 

ΌΡΤΤΞ,  νγοι;,  !>,  the  quail,  Lat. 
coturni.i•,  Epich.  p.  25.  Htlt.  2,  77,  Ar. 
Av.  707,  etc.— II.  a  herb,  elsewh.  στε- 
λεφονρος,  Theophr. 

ί'Ορτων,  ωι•ος,  ό,  Ortnn,  a  city  and 
haven  of  the  Frentani,  Strab.  p.  212. 

Όρτώς,  barbarism  for  ορθώς,  Ar. 
Thesm. 

Όρνα,  η,^χορδή,  a  sausage,  name 
of  a  play  of  Epicharmus. 

Όρνγάνω,  όρνγ}ύνω,:=  ^ρνγγάνω  ; 
pf.  ώρϋγα,  Gramm. :  v.  όρνγω. 

Όρνγγος,  ου,  ό,  the  beard  of  a  he- 
goat  ;  also  written  ί/ρνγγος,  q.  v. 

Όρνγή,  ης,  ΐ/,=  όρυχίι,  Dion.  Η.  4, 
59;cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  231. 

Όρύγιον.  ov,  τό.  Dim.  from  δρνξ. 

Όρυγμα,  ατός,  τό,  (όρύσσω)  α  place 
dug  out,  a  pit,  ditch,  hole,  like  βόβρος, 
Lat.  scrobs,  Hdt.  3,  GO;  7,  23,  Plat., 
etc.  ;  an  underground  passage,  Hdt.  4, 
200;  ο  ditch  or  7nnat,  Thuc.  1,  106:  a 
mine,  Polyb.  5,  100,  2,  etc. : — op.  τύμ- 
βου, the  grave,  Eur.  Hel.  546:  —  at 
AUiens,=  i3apaepor, the  pit  intowh'ich 
condemned  cruninals  were  thrown, 
Lycurg.  165,  4,  Dmarch.  98,  13. 

Όρνγμάύός,  υν,  ό,  a  late  form  for 
όρνμαγόός,  Pors.  ad  Od.  9,  235. 

Όρυγμάτιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from 
όρυγμα,  [ά] 

Όρυγμία,  ας,  ?/,=  όρυγμα,  Aretae. 

Όρυγμός,  ό,  as  root  of  ορυμαγδός, 
only  in  Gramm. 

Όρυγξ,  νγγος,  ό,=  όρυξ. 

Όρνγω  and  όρνγάνω,:=ώρύω,  He- 
sych.  [ϋ]. — II.  =  ηρνχω,  όρύσσω,  ci. 
Lob.  Phryn.  318.  [ί>] 

Όρυζα,  ης,  ή,  also  όρνζον,  ου,  τό, 
Theophr.,  rice,  both  the  plant  and  the 
gram.     Hence 

Όρυζίτης  τζλακοϊις,  ό,  rice-cake, 
Ath.  647  D. 

Όρνζοτροφέω.  ώ,  (όρυζα,  τρέφω)  to 
grow  rice,  Strab.  p.  838  Casaub. 

Όρυκτήρ,  ήρος,  o,=  sq.,  Philo. 

Όρί'κτης,  ου,  ό,  {όρύσσω)  one  who 
digs,  a  digger. — II.  atii/  tool  for  digging, 
etc.,  a  spade,  mattock,  pick-axe,  like 
δρυξ. — III  a  plough-share,  hecauae  it 
digs  furrows ;  or  the  furrow  itself, 
Strab.  p.  092  Casaub. 

Όρνκτός,  ?/,  όν,  (όρύσσω)  dug.  τά- 
φροΓ,  U.  8,  179,  etc.,  Xen.  An.  1,  7, 
η^Τίίφος.  Eur.  Tro.  1153.— II.  dug 
(mt,  quarried  ;  ra  ορυκτά,  opp.  to  tu 
μεταλλεντά.  Arist.  Meteor.  3,  6,  10, 
cf.  Polyb.  34,  10,  10;  ιχθύς  δρ.,  fossil 
fish,  Polyb.  34,  10.  2. 

Όρϋμαγδος,  ov,  δ,  a  loud  noise,  din, 
as  ot  a  throng  of  men  fightii)g,  vvork- 
ing  or  runnmg  about,  freq.  in  Horn, 
(esp.  in  II.),  Hes.  Sc.  232,  401  ;  also 
of  horses  and  dogs,  I!.  10,  185-,  17, 
741.  The  word  seems  not  to  have 
been  used  of  loud  voices,  shouting, 
etc.,  but  only  of  confused,  inarticu- 
late sounds;  hence  ^.\so,  δρνμαγόυς 
δρντόμων,  the  sound  of  wood-cutters, 
11.  16,  633 ;  δρνμαγδδν  έθηκε,  of  the 
rattling  made  by  throwing  a  bundle 
of  wood  on  the  ground,  Od.  9,  235, 
cf  II.  21,  313  ;  of  the  roar  of  a  moun- 
tain torrent,  ^έων  μεγύ'λφ  όρυμαγδιΐ), 
II.  21,  256;  and  of  the  sea,  Simon. 
125.  Epic  word.  —  A  later  form  is 
ορνγμαδός-  (From  όρύγω,  δρυγμός, 
ώρυω.  akin  to  αράσσω.) 

Όρνξ,  νγος,  δ,  also  όρυγξ,  νγγος, 
(^όρύσσω)  α  pickaxe,  or  any  sharp  iron 
1054 


ΟΡΦΑ 

tool  for  digging,  etc.,  Anth.  P.  6,  297  ; 
cf.  Lob,  Phryn.  231.— II.  a  kind  of,?^n- 
zelle  or  antelope,  in  Aegypt  and  Libya, 
so  called  from  its  pointed  horns,  v. 
Bahr  Hdt.  4,  192,  cf.  Ath.  200  F,— 
III.  a  great  fish,  prob.  the  narwhal, 
Lat.  orca. 

Όρυϊις,  ή,  (όρύσσω)  a  digging,  τά- 
φρων, Plut.  Pomp.  66. 

Όρυς,  νος,  δ,  an  unknown  wild  ani- 
7nnl  in  Libya,  perh.  the  same  with 
δρυξη,  Hdt.  4,  192. 

ΌΡΎ'ΣΣΩ,  Att.  -ττω:  fut.  όρύξω: 
pf.  δρώρύχα  :  3  piqpf.  pass,  όρώρνκτο, 
Hdt. :  Horn,  never  uses  the  augm. 
To  dig,  τύφρον,  U.  7,  341  ;  βόθρον, 
Od.  11,  25;  έλυτρον,  Hdt.  1,  186; 
γαίας  όρυζας,  having  dug  up  some 
earth.  Soph.  k].  659. — 2.  to  dig  up, 
μώ?.υ,  Od.  10,  305  :  also  in  mid.,  ?ύ- 
Οονς  δρύξασθαι,  to  have  stones  dug  or 
quarried,  Hdt.  1,  186,  cf.  3,  9:  pass.,  ό 
ορυσσόμενος  χους.  the  soil  that  was 
dug  up,  Hdt.  1,  185;  ίιττο  μεταλλείας 
όρύττεσθαι.  Plat.  Criti.  114  Ε;  cf. 
sub  ορυκτός. — 2.  to  dig  through,  i.  e. 
7nake  η  canal  through,  τον  Ισθμόν  (like 
διορύσσειν),  Orac.  ap.  Hdt.  1,  174; 
so,  TO  χωρίον  δρώρυκτο.  Id.  1,  186. — 
4.  to  bury,  τι,  Xen.  Oec.  19,  2.  —  5. 
sensu  obscoeiio,  like  Lnt.fodere,  Ar. 
Av.  412.  (Perh.  akin  to  άράσσω, 
[τήσσω.)     Hence 

Όρνχι'ι,  ης,  ή,  =  όρνξις,  Plut.  2, 
670  A,  Β  :  cf.  όρνγή. 

Όρνχω,^όρυσσω,  Arat.  1086.  [ΰ] 

Όρφΰκίνης.  ου,  δ.  α  young  δρφός, 
Uorion  ap.  Ath.  315  Β. 

Όρφύνενμα.  ατός,  τό,  orphan  state, 
Eur.  Η.  F.  546:  [ΰ]  from 

Όρφύνεύω,  (ορφανός)  to  take  care 
of,  rear  orphans,  παΐδας,  τέκνα,  etc., 
Eur.  Ale.  165,  297:  —  pass.  c.  fut. 
mid. ,=z ορφανός  ειμί,  to  be  an  orphan, 
lb.  535,  Supp.  1132;  cf.  παρθενεύ- 
ομαι. 

Όρόανία,  ac,  ή,  orphanhood.  Plat. 
Legg.  926  Ε  :  generally,  bereavement, 
want  of...,  όρφ.  στεώύνωΐ',  Pind.  I.  8 
(7),  14. 

Όρφΰνίζω,  (ορφανός)  to  make  an  or- 
phan :  generally,  to  bereave,  deprive, 
τινά  τίνος,  Pind.  P.  4,  504  ;  to  make 
destitute,  ΰμυν  βίον.  Eur.  Ale.  397. — 
Pass,  to  be  left  in  orphanhood,  lb.  6,  22  ; 
ώρφανωμένος  βίυν.  Soph.  Tr.  942. 

Όρφΰνΐκός,  ή,  όν,  for  ορφανός,  or- 
phaned, fatherless,  τταΐς,  II.  6,432;  11, 
394:  but,  7/μαρ  όρφανικόν,  the  day 
which  makes  one  an  orphan,  i.  e.  or- 
phanhood, II.  22,  490 ;  so,  όρφ.  τύχη, 
Plat.  Legs'.  928  A  ;  δρφ.  συμβόλαια, 
lb.  922  A." 

Όρφιινιος,  ov,  =  foreg.,  γήρας, 
Leon.  Tar.  99. 

Όρφΰνιστής,  ov,  ό,  (δρφανίζω)  one 
who  takes  care  of  orphans,  a  guardian, 
Soph.  Aj.  512. 

Όρφύνός,  TJ,  όν,  but  in  Att.  (ace  to 
Pors.  Aj.  507,  Hec.  150)  always  ος, 
ov,  (though  Dind.  Eur.  El.  1010  has 
δρφαναί,  and  Plat.  Legg.  926  C  has 
τοις  δρφανοις  και  όρφαναΐς) :  —  or- 
piianed,  without  parents,  fatherless,  δρ- 
φαναί, orphan-daughters,  Od.  20,  68  ; 
όρφανα  τέκνα.  Hes.  Op.  332  :  also, 
δρφ.  πατρός,  reft  of  father,  Eur.  El. 
1.  c. :  and  so,  from  Pind.  downwds., 
more  widely,  bereft  of  εταίρων  I.  7, 
16  ;  κρατός,  Sosith.  ap.  Herm.  Opusc. 
1,  55  ;  op'bavni  ν3ρίος,  free  from  inso- 
lence, Pind.  I.  4,  14;  hence  even  of 
parents,  δρφανοί  γενεάς,  reft  of  off- 
spring, childless.  Id.  O.  9,  92;  δρφ. 
τταίδωΐ',  τέκνων,  Enr,  Hec.  150,  Diet. 
1,  Plat.  Legg.  730  D  ;  νεοσσών  δρφα- 
νόν  ?.έχος,  Soph.  Ant.  425  :— Comic 
metaph.,  δρφ.  ταρίχιον,  salt-iish  with- 


ΟΡΦΟ 

out  sauce,  Pherecr.  Αντομ.  4 ;  cf  χή- 
ρος I.  fin.  (Later  shortd.  form  δρόός, 
Lat.  orbus,  cf.  Germ.  Erbe.  The  root  is 
prob.  Sanscr.  rabh,  Lat,rapio,our  reft.) 

ΌρφΰνοτροφεΙον,  ov,  τό,  an  or- 
phan-hospital: Irom 

Όρφΰνοτροφέω,  ώ,  to  bring  up  or- 
phans :  from 

Όρφανοτρόφος,  ov,  (ορφανός,  τρέ- 
φω) bringing  up  orphans. 

Όρφάνοφύ/.αξ,  ύκος,  δ.  (ορφανός, 
φνλαξ)  one  who  guards  orphans :  at 
Athens,  the  δρφανοφΰλακες  were 
guardians  of  orphans  who  Ixifi  lost 
their  fathers  in  war,  Xen.  V'ectig.  2, 
7,  ubi  v.  Schneid.  [ϋ] 

Όρφάΐ'όομαι,  (ορφανός)  as  pass.,  to 
be  orphaned  or  destitute,  Anth.  P.  6, 101. 

νΟρφειος,  a,  ov,  of  or  relating  to 
Orpheus.  Orphic,  οι  Όρφ.  ύμνοι,  Plat. 

Όρφεοτελεστής,  ov,  ό,  (Όρφ,Η^ς, 
τε'λέω  III. )one  ivho  initiates  into  thejnys• 
teries  of  Orpheus,  in  genl.  ο  hierophant, 
Theophr.,  Plut.  2,  224  E. 

νΟρφενς,  έως,  δ,  Orpheus,  son  of 
Oeagrus  and  Calliope,  a  famous  an- 
cient mystical  poet  of  Thrace,  an 
Argonaut,  torn  in  pieces  by  the  Bac- 
chantes, Aesch.  Ag.  1029,  etc. ;  v. 
Miiller  Lit.  of  Greece,  1,  p.  231  sqq. 

Όρφεύς,  έως,  δ,  =  όρφος,  δρφώς, 
Meineke  Com.  Fragm.  3,  p.  433. 

ΫΟρφικός,  ή,  όν,  Orphic ;  οι  Όρφι- 
κοί.  SC.  ττοιηταί,  the  followers  of  Or- 
pheus, ApoUod. :  V.  Miiller,  1.  c. 

Όρφιον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  δρφος, 
Alex.  Trail. 

Όρφίσκος,  ov,  δ,=.κίχ7ίη  II.,  Pan- 
crat.  ap   Ath.  305  D. 

Όρφνη'ιος,  a,  ov,  dark,  dusky,  in 
Hom.  always  epith.  of  night,  11.  10, 
83,  etc.  ;  which  was  later  called  sim- 
ply op(/>yat??,Ap.  Rh.,  Anth. —II.  night- 
ly, by  night,  ττύρ.  Aesch.  Ag.  21  :  from 

Όρφνη.  ης.  ή,  darkness,  esp.  of  the 
night,  night,  first  in  Theogn.  1075, 
and  Pind.,  who  has  bolh  έν  δρφνφ 
and  εν  δρφναισιν.  Ο.  1,  115,  P.  1,  43; 
so,  ί5ί'  όρφνης,  Eur.  Supp.  994  ;  χθο-  ^ 

νΐ)ς  δρφνη,  Eur.  Η.  F.  46  ;  ένέρων  εις 
όρφναν,  lb.  352  : — also  in  late  prose, 
Polyb.  18,  2,  7,  Phintys  ap.  Stob.  p. 
445,  18.  (Akin  to  adjs.  δρφνός,  δρ- 
φνινος,  hal.  furvus :  the  root  is  έρέφ-ω, 
to  cover,  cf.  έρεβος.) 

Όρφνήεις,  εσσα,  εν,  poet,  for  δρ- 
φνός, Q.  Sm.  3,  657,  Manetho. 

'Όρφν7]θεν,  (όρφνη)  adv., from  dark- 
ness,from  the  night. 

Όρφνΐνος,  η,  ov,  =  δρφνός :  δρφνι- 
νον  χρώμα,  a  colour  mixed  of  black, 
red  and  white  (but  with  most  black), 
a  brownish  gray.  Plat.  Tim.  68  C  ;  put 
by  Xen.  betyv-een  πορφνρεος  and  φοι 
•νίκινος,  Cyr.  8,  3,  3. 

Όρφνιος,  ov,  =  δρφνΟ€,  Plut.  2, 
565  C. 

Όρφνίς,  ίδος,  ή,  (δρφνός)  a  dark 
garment. 

Όρφνίτης,  ου.  ό,  dub.  epith.  of  a 
τύλαρος  in  1/eon.  Tar.  9,  4. 

Όρφνός,  ή,  όν,  dark,  dusky,  like 
όρφνινος,  Nic.  ap.  Ath.  684  C. 

Όρφνώδης,  ες,  (όρφνη,  είδος)  dark, 
dusky,  Hipp. 

Όρφοβότης,  ov,  δ,  for  δρφανοβό- 
της,  =  δρφανοτρόφος,  from  δρφός. 
Hence 

Όρφοβοτία,  ας,  ή,  the  care  or  «Λί 
cation  of  orphans.  Lob.  Phryn.  521. 

Όρόης,  δ,  Att.  δρφώς,  not  δρφώς, 
Meineke  Com.  Fragm.  2,  p.  99 :  —  a 
delicate  sea-fish  of  the  αφνη  kind,  Lat 
orphus,  Ar.  Vesp.  493,  Comici  ap 
Ath.  315. 

Όρφός,  7],  όν,  late  shortd.  ior;n 
from  ορφανός.     Hence 

Όοώοω,  ώ,=  δρφανόω,  δρφανίζω 


ΟΡΧΗ 

\'υρφώνδας,  ό.  Orphondas.  a  The- 
ban.  victor  in  the  Pythian  games, 
Paus.  10,  7,  7. 

Όρφώς,  ό,  Att.  for  δρφος. 

^'Ορχα/.ίδης,   ov,   6,   Orchalides,    a 
hill  near  Haliartus,  Orac.  ap.  Plut.  ; 
Lys.  29.  ■ 

Όρχύμη,  ή,  v.  δρχάνη.  j 

Όρχΰμος,  ov,   ό,  (δρχος)  strictly,  , 
the  first  of  a  row.  a  file-leader  (Germ,  j 
Rittmeisier)  ;    hence,    generally,    the  ' 
first,  in  Horn,  and  Hes.  always  masc,  ! 
and  only  in    the    phrases    δρχαμος  ■ 
ανδρών,  άρχαμε  Ζ.αών  ; — the  former 
beina:  applied  even  to  the  swine-herd  i 
Enmaeus,  oft.  in  Od. ;  and  the  cow- 
herd Philoelius,  Od.  20,  185  :  —  δρχ.  \ 
στρατού,  Aesch.  Pers.  129:  —  in  Alt. 
freq.  for  the  Coryphaeus  or  leader  of 
the  chorus. — Ep.  word.  ] 

Όρχάνη,  rjc.  ή,  a  hedge  ox  fence,  for 
έρκάνη.  as  δργύνη  for  έργύνη :  but  ή 
δρχύμΐ]  in  Poll.,  enclosed  and  planted 
land,  a  park,  ought  prob.  to  be  cor-  i 
rected  δρκύνη.    [α]  | 

Όρχάς,  ύδος,  7ΐ,=δρχάνη :  but  in  ■ 
Soph.  Fr.  935,  it  seems  to  be  enchsing, 
as  epilh.  of  στέγη.  \ 

Όρχύς,  άδος,  η,  {δρχις)  a  kind  of  \ 
olive,  so  called  from  its  shape,  Nic,  ] 
and  Virg.  G.  2,  86  ;  cf.  δρχις  III.  j 

Όρχΰτος,  ov,  b,  a  piece  of  land  en- 
closed and  planted,  an  orchard  (Milton's 
orchat),  garden,  Horn. ;  φντώρ  δρχατος, 
a  kitchen-^fi-ariieiz,  II.  14,  123.  'From 
δρχος,  like  μεσάτος  from  μέσος,  μύ- 
χατος  from  μυχός,  etc.)  | 

Όρχείδίον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  δρχις, 
Diosc.  I 

Όρχέομαι,  f.  -ήσομαι :  aor.  ώρχη- 
σάμην  :  dep.  mid.     To  dance,  11.  18,  I 
591,  Od.  8,  371,  Hes.,  etc. ;  c.  ace.  I 
cognate,  AaKOjviKu  σχήματα  δρχεί- 
σθαι,  to  dance  Laconian  steps,  Hdt. 

6,  129;  δρχ.  τό  ΐίερσικόν,  Xen.  Cyr.  ' 
8,  4, 12  ; — but  also  c.  ace,  to  represent 
by  dancing  or  pantomime,  την  τον 
Κρόνου  τεκνοόαγίαν,  τον  Αίαιτα, 
Luc.  Salt.  80,  83,  cf.  Valck.  Aden.  p. 
390  (so  in  Horace.  Saiyrwn,  Cyclnpa 
moveri,  Heind.  ad  Sat.  1,  5,  63) : — ϋρ- 
χεϊσθαι  ταΐς  χερσί  {\ike  χείρονομέείν 
in  Hdt.),  Antiph.  Καρ.  1 :  also,  δώσω 
TOL  Ύεγί-ην  ποσσίκροτον  δρχήσασθαι, 
to  dance  in  or  on,  Orac.  ap.  Hdt.  1,  66. 
— 2.  generally,  to  leap,  δρχείταί  καρ- 
δία φόίφ,  Aesch.  Cho.  167,  cf.  An- 
axandr.  Incert.  8,  and  Ion  infra  cit.  ; 
θεσσα/.ίη  ώρχήηατο,  Thessaly  shook, 
trembled.  Call.  Del.  139.  — II.  post- 
Hom.  in  act.  δρχέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to 
make  to  dance,  hence  in  genl.  to  put  in 
motion,  shake. ^μετεωρίζω.  ~ύ/λω, cf. 
Plat.  Crat.  407  A  :  very  rare,  but  we 
have  δρχεΐν  φρένας,  to  make  one's, 
heart  leap,  Ion  ap.  Ath.  21  A  ;  δρκήσί 
in  Ar.  Thesm.  is  a  barbarism  for  δρχή. 
(Prob.  from  δρχος,  δρχατος,  as  in 
Germ.  Reige.  Reihe  is  a  row  of  dancers,  ' 
and  so  α  dance.)  \ 

Όρχηδόν,  adv.,  {δρκος)  one  after  ' 
another,  man  by  man,  Lat.  viritim,  Hdt. 

7,  144  ;  like  ή3ηδόν  and  the  Homeric 
ΰνδρακάς. 

'Ορχηβμός,  οϋ,  δ,  Ion.,  but  Att.  δρ• 
χησμός,  (δρχέομαι)  a  dancing,  the 
dance.  όι/ΜΤταίγμων,  Od.  23,  134 ; 
μολτϊτίς  τε  y/.υκερης  και  άμύμονος 
δρχ7}βμοΙο,  11.  13,  637  ;  cf.  Hes.  Sc. 
282  : — later  esp.,  pantomimic  dancing. 

Όρχημα,  ατός,  τό,  [δρχέομαι)  a 
dnncp,  pantomimic  performance.  Soph. 
Aj.  700,  Xen.  Symp.  2,  23,  Luc.  Salt. 
70. 

\Όρχτ]νοί,  ύν,  oi,  the  Orcheni,  a 
class,  a  family  of  the  Chaldaei,  Strab. 
p.  739. 

Όρχησις,  ewf,  ή,  {.δρχέομαι)  dan-  , 


OPXO 

cing,  the  dance,  Epich.  p.  79 ;  esp. pen-  ' 
tomimic  dancing,  Hdt.  6,  129,  olt.  in 
Luc.  de  Salt.  :  —  a  part  of  ή  γυμνα- 
στική ace.  to  Plat.  Legg.  795  D  ;  ή  έν 
δ~/Μΐς  δρχ.,  Id.  Crat.  406  D. 

Όρχησμός,  ov,  ό,  Att.  for  δρχψ 
θμός,  Aesch.  Eum.  376. 

'όρχηστήρ,  f/poc,  ό,  =  sq.,  κούροι 
δρχηστήρες,  II.  18,  494. 

Όρχηστής,  ov,  ό,  (δρχέομαι)  a  dan- 
cer, 11.  16,  617 :  later  esp.  a  panto- 
mimic dancer,  τταντόμιμος,  Luc.  :  δρ. 
■ήο7.έμον,  a  dancer  of  the  war-dance, 
i.  e.  a  warrior,  Wern.  Tryph.  p.  434. 
— II.  α  dancing-master,  Plat.  Euthyd. 
276  D.  —  III.  α  leaping  sea-fish,  0pp. 
Hence 

'Ορχηστικός,  ή,  όν,  of,  fit  for,  given 
to  dancing,  δρχ.  τνοίησις,  a  poem  in  a 
dancing  (i.  e.  trochaic)  metre,  of  the  old 
satyric  drama,  ArisL  Poet.  4,  18,  cf. 
κορδακικός :  ή  -κή  (sc.  τέχνη)  the  art 
of  dancing.  Plat.  Legg.  816  A: — pan- 
tomimic,  Luc.  Salt.  M. 

Όρχηστοδΐδύσκά/.ος,  ov.  δ,  a  dan- 
cing master,  Xen.  Symp.  2,  15. 

Όρχηστομΰνέω,  ώ,  to  be  dancing- 
mad,  Luc.  Salt.  85. 

Όρχηστο-ό/.ος,  ό,  poet,  for  δρχη- 
στής,  Salm.  in  Solin.  986  A. 

'Ορχήστρα,  ας,  ή,  (δρχέομαι)  an 
orchestra,  in  the  Attic  theatre  a  large 
semicircular  space  on  which  the  chorus 
danced,  having  on  its  diameter  the 
stage  (which  was  raised  above  it), 
and  on  its  circumference  the  specta- 
tors' seats :  in  it  stood  the  θναέλη. 
Plat.  Apol.  26  E,  cf.  Diet.  Antiqq. 
p.  968  sq. : — metaph.,  δρχ.  πολέμου, 
Plut.  2,  193  Ε. 

Όρχήστρια,  ας,  ή,  fem.  from  δρχη- 
στήμ,  α  dancing  girl. 

'Ορχηστριάς.  ύδος,  ^,=foreg.,  Arist. 
Eth.  Eud.  7, 13,  2. 

Όρχηστρικός,  η,  όν,=δρχηστικός, 
Ath.  531  C. 

'Ορχηστρών,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  ορ- 
χήστρα. 

Όρχηστρίς,  ίδος,  7),=  δρχήστρια, 
Ar.  Ach.  1093,  Nub.  996,  Plat.,  etc. 

'Ορχ7ΐστύΓ,  ύος,  ή.  Ion.  for  δρχησις, 
the  dance,  Hom.,  also  in  Eur.  Cycl. 
171  ;  contr.  dat.  δρχηστυΐ,  Od.  8,  253  ; 
17,  605.  {v  in  nom.  and  ace.  only.] 

Όρχίδιον,  ου,τό,  dim.  from  όρχις.  [Ζ] 

Όρ,\ίλθΓ,  ov,  ό,  a  bird,  prob.  the 
wren.(ci.  τροχίλος),  Ar.  A  v.  568,  V'esp. 
1513  ;  also  βασύ.ίσκος,  σα/.-ιγκτής  : 
a  bird  of  ill  omen  at  weddings,  Spohn 
de  Extr.  Od.  Parte,  p.  123.  [Ϊ] 

Όρχΐ-(δύω,  ώ,  f.  -7/σω,  (δρχίττεδον) 
to  seize  the  testicles,  Ar.  Av.  142. 

'ΟρχΙ—έδη,  ης,  ή,  (δρχις,  πέδη) 
strictly  restraint  of  the  testicles,  hence 
impotence,  Anth.  P.  10,  100. 

^ΟρχΪ7ίεδίζω,=^  δρχιπεδάω. 

Όρχίττεδον,  ov,  τό,  usu.  in  plur.  τα 
δρχίττεδα.  the  testicles;  δρχίπεδ'  έ'/.- 
κεινζ=δρχίτΓεδύν,  Ar.  Eq.  772,  Αν. 
442.  (From  δρχις  and  πέδον,  like 
λακκόπεδον.)  [ϊ] 

ΌΡΧΙΣ,  ιος  and  εο>ς,  δ,  Att.  nom. 
pi.  όρχεις.  Ion.  δρχιες,  a  testicle,  the 
testicles,  Hdt.  4,  109.— ΪΙ.  the  orcfii.•;,  a 
plant  so  called  from  the  form  of  its 
root.  Diosc.  3,  141. — III.  ή  δρχίς,  a 
kind  oi  olive,  v.  δρχύς. 

ί'Ορχιστηνή,  ής,  ή,  Orchistene,  a  re- 
gion in  Armenia,  Strab.  p.  528. 

Όρχμή,  ης.  ή,^δρχύνη,  Hesych. 

ΥΟρχομενία,  ας,  ή,  the  territory  of 
Orchomc^Ms  in  Boeotia,  Strab.  p.  401 : 
prop.  fem.  from  'Ορχομένιος. 

'Ορχομενίζω,  to  side  with  the  Orcho- 
menians. 

νΟρχομένιος,  a,  ov,  of  Orchomemis, 
Orchomenian. 

'Ορχομενός,  ov,  ή,  fThuc.  1,  113, 


02 

0,  Id.  4,  76,  Orcho7nenus,i  the  name  of 
several  Greek  cities,  the  most  famous 
of  which  was  'Ορχομενός  Μιννειος  in 
Boeotia,  ton  its  site  is  the  modern 
«An7)OK,I1.2,511;Od.ll,284;Thuc.; 
etc  t ;  cf.  Muller's  Orchom.  u.  die 
Minyer. — 12.  a  city  of  Arcadia  ;  on  its 
site  is  mod.  Kalpaki,  11.  2,  605  ;  ό 
Όρχ.,  Thuc.  5,  61. — 3.  a  city  of  Eu- 
boea,  Strab.  p.  416.— II.  as  masc.  pr. 
n.,  ό,  son  of  Minyas,  fabled  founder  of 
Orch.  (1),  Paus.  9,  36,  6.-2.  son  of 
Lycaon,  fabled  founder  of  Orch.  (2), 
Id.  8,  3,  3. —  Others  in  Apollod., 
etc. 

"ΌΡΧΟΣ.  01'.  ό,  a  row  of  trees,  a 
place  planted  with  rows  of  trees,  an  or- 
chard, garden,  vineyard.  Od.  7,  127  ; 
24,  341,  Hes.  Sc.296:  δρχος  δμ- ε /.ί- 
δος, a  vineyard,  Ar.  Ach.  995.  (Όρ- 
χατος  is  a  lengthd.  form.  Hence, 
ορχαμος,  the  first  of  a  row  or  rank. 
Others  derive  it  from  ειργω.  ίρκος, 
and  make  its  orig.  signf.  an  inclosure.) 
— II.  in  Gramm.  also=  opujjua,  tipit, 
fiom  δρύσσω,  although  some  recog- 
nize the  Lat.  Orcus  in  this  signf. 

Όρχοτομέω,  ώ,  (.δρχις,  τέμνω)  to 
castrate :  perh.  better  δρχιτομέω. 
Hence 

Όρχοτομία,  ας,  ij,  castration :  perh. 
better  δρχιτομία. 

Όρωδέω,^δρβωδέω,  dub. 

'Ορώδης,  ες,  (όρος,  είδος)  mountain 
ous,  tor  δροειόής. — II.  (δρός)  like  curds, 
curdled. 

'Ορωρα,  ας,  ε,  2  perf.  of  δρννμι,  II. 

Όρώρει,  3  sing,  piqpf.  of  δρννμι, 
Hom.,  and  Hes. 

Όρώρεται,  pass,  form  of  δρννμι, 
equiv.  to  δρωρε,  θυμός  όρώρεται.  Od. 

19,  377,  524 ;  subj.  δρώρηται,  11.  13, 
271. 

Όρωρέχαται,  3  pi.  perf.  pass,  of 
δρέγω.  11.  16,  834. 

'Ορωρέχατο,  3  pi.  plqpf.  pass,  of 
δρέγω,  11.  11,  26. 

'Ορώρϋχα.  Att.  perf.  from  δρνσσω. 

Όρώρνντο,  3  sing,  plqpf.  pass,  of 
δρύσσω.  Hdt. 

ΌΣ,  Ή,  Ό, — A.  relative  pronoun, 
Lat.  qui :  more  rarely, — B.  demonstr. 
pronoun  for  ούτος,  Lat.  hic  :  and, — 
C.  ός,  i],  ov,  possessive  adject.,  usu. 
of  the  third  pers.  sing..  Lat.  suus. 

Ός  is  declined  just  like  the  article, 
except  that  in  Att.  prose  the  reiat. 
pron.  has  gen.  or,  ής.  ov.  etc..  never 
τον,  της,  τον.  etc.  Further  should 
be  remarked  the  Ion.  gen.  δον.'  11.  2, 
325,  Od.  1.  70,  fem.  εης,  11.  16,  208  ; 
Horn,  always  has  fem.  dat.  pi.  ^ς  and 
yai. — Besides  this  usu.  relat.  prcn., 
the  Ep.  writers  from  Hoin.downwds., 
as  well  as  the  Ion..  Dor  ,  and  the 
Trag.  poets  use  in  same  signf.  the 
article  with  the  accent  δ,  η,  τό, — v. 
sub  ό  C. 

A.  EELAT.  VRONOuN,  who,  which  or 
thnt:\eTY  freq.  even  in  Hom. — I  in  two 
relat.  clauses,  joined  by  και  or  δέ,  the 
relat.  pron.  is  sometimes  omitted  in 
the  second,  though  the  case  be  differ- 
ent from  that  of  the  first  clause,  as, 
δοίη  δ',  ώ  κ'  ίθέ?.οι,  και  οι  κεχαρι- 
σμενος  ε/.θοι  (for  και  δς  οι  κεχαρι- 
σμένος  ε/.θοι),  Od.  2,  54,  cf  2,'  114; 

20,  342 ;  sometimes  also  in  prose, 
cf  Herm.  Vig.  n.  28. — II.  in  two  relat. 
clauses,  joined  by  καί.  τε,  δέ  or  ή,  the 
relat.  pron.  is  oft.  replaced  in  the  sec- 
ond clause  by  a  pers.  pron.,  as,  δς 
μέγα  πάντων  Άργείων  κρατέει,  καί 
οΊ  πείθονται  'Αχαιοί  (for  καΐ  ώ  πεί- 
θονται Ά  ν),  11-  1,  "9.  cf  3,  235,  Od. 

1,  70,  Orac.  ap.  Hdt.  1,  47 ;  a  kind  of 
anacoluthon,  not  rare  even  in  prose, 
Herm.  \'ig.  n.  28. — HI.  the  relat.  pron 

1055 


or 

very  often  takes  the  case  of  the  ante- 
ced.  by  attraction,  as,  της  γενεής,  ης 
Ύρωί  7Γφ  ενρνοττα  Ζενς  όώκε  (for  i/v.. 
ύώκε),  where,  however,  ποιρήν  fol- 
lows in  ace,  just  as  if  it  were  i/v  and 
not  /)ς,  II.  5,  2u5;~this  is  very  Ireq. 
in  Alt.,  V.  Jelf  Gr.  Gr.  §  8-22,  Herm. 
Vig.  Append.  V  :  for  the  contrary  at- 
traction of  the  anteccd.  to  the  case 
of  the  relat.,  v.  Jelf  ^  824.— IV.  the 
relat.  pron.  is  sometimes  replaced  by 
a  relat.  adv.,  esp.  (if,  most  freq.  in 
Horn.,  e.  g.  11.  14,  45  :  23,  50,  but  also 
in  Att. :  but, — 2.  reversely,  the  Att. 
oft.  use  the  relat.  pron.  for  ύςτε,  esp. 
if  οντω  goes  before,  Valck.  Hdt.  4, 
52,  Soph.  Ant.  220,  Ar.  Ach.  737.— V. 
the  neut.  of  the  relat.  pron.  is  used  by 
the  Att.  in  independent  clauses,  ο  όέ 
ττάΐ'των  μέγιστοι',  δ  δε  πάντων  δεί- 
νότατυν,  etc.,  just  as  if  τοντο  with  a 
predicate  went  before :  in  this  case 
the  next  clause  usu.  begins  with  yap, 
ότι,  επειδή,  ει,  etc..  Wolf  Dem.  Lept. 
p.  372,  Matth.  Gr.  Gr.  §  432.  5.— VI. 
the  relat.  pron.  also  stands  for  'ίνα,  as 
in  Lat.  qui  for  ut,  to  express  an  end 
or  intention,  as,  ύγγε?ιον  ήκαν,  υς  άγ- 
γείλειε  γυναικί.  they  send  a  messen- 
ger to  tell..,  Od.  15,  458,  v.  Jelf.  Gr. 
Gr.  ^  83C,  4  ;  though  m  this  case  δς 
κε  is  more  usu.,  v.  Aa.  111.  3. — Vll. 
the  relat.  pron.  is  also  simply  he  who, 
that  which,  as  our  what,  and  in  poetry, 
who  :  so  also  in  indirect  questions  for 
δςτις,  but  only  in  Hdt.,  and  Att.,  v. 
Jelf  §  877,  Obs.  3,  4 :  never  in  direct 
questions  like  τίς ;  τι  ; 

A  a.,  the  relat.  pron.  joined  with 
particles  or  conjunctions  : — I.  ός  γε, 
Lat.  qui  quidem,  gives  the  relat.  a  lim- 
iting or  distinguishing  force,  who  at 
least,  and  so  almost  like  Lat.  quippe 
qui,  since  it  was  he  who..,  Herm.  Soph. 
υ.  Τ.  688  :  post-Hom.— II.  δ?  καί, 
who  also,  who  too,  Hom. :  but  καί  δς, 
and  who,  Herm.  1.  c. ;  cf.  υςτε. — III. 
δς  κε  or  «εν,  Att.  δς  άν,  is  used  in 
case  of  uncertainty,  much  like  δςτις, 
Lat.  qiiicunque,  whosoever,  who  if  any.., 
where  it  is  left  undetermined  wheth- 
er there  be  such  an  one  or  no ;  usu. 
wilh  subj.,  more  rarely  m  opt.,  cf.  ύν 
Β.  Ill,  IV  ;  very  freq.  in  Hom. — 2.  δς 
κε  is  also  used  so  as  to  contain  the 
anleced.  in  itself,  much  like  ει  τις,  as, 
νεμεσσώμαί  γε  μεν  ουδέν  κ'λαίειν,  δς 
κε  βάντισι,  Ι  am  not  wroth  that  men 
should  weep /or  whoever  be  dead,  Od. 
4, 196  :  δστις  is  also  used  in  this  way. 
— 3.  for  Iva,  like  Lat.  qui  for  ut,  to  ex- 
press an  intention,  11.  9,  165,  cf.  A. 
VI. — Όςπερ,δςτε,  of  rtf  will  be  found 
each  under  its  own  head. 

A  b.,  absol.  usage  of  certain  cases 
of  the  relat.  pron. : — I.  gen.  sing.  neut. 
ου.  to  mark — 1.  time,  in  Hom.  only 
in  form  έξον,/τοηι  the  time  whe7i,  since, 
II.  1,  6,  Od.  2,  M,  etc. :  later  also  ου 
alone,  when ;  εστίν  υύ,  sometimes,  at 
titncs  : — in  full,  εξ  ού  χρόνου,  εστίν 
ού  χρόνου. — 2.  place,  of  which  place, 
i.  e.  where,  post-Horn.,  but  very  freq. 
in  Att.  :  εστίν  ού,  in  some  places,  in 
many  places  ;  also,  like  ij,  joined  with 
verbs  of  motion,  cf.  Heind.  Plat. 
Phaed.  108  B.— II.  dat.  smg.  fem.  y, 
of  place,  οπού,  and  Lat.  qua,  at  which 
place,  i.e.tvhere,  verv  freq.  in  Horn.,  and 
Ep. ;  usu.  7/  βα,  also  φ  δ?},  Hom.  also 
has  in  this  signf.  Ep.  dat.  ήχι,  though 
in  Od.  Wolf  writes  ?ιχι : — more  rarely 
of  motion  to  a  place,  whither,  II.  13, 
329:  in  full  τ?},  η..,  there,  where.., 
thither,  whither.. i  ll.'l5,  46,  Hes.  Op. 
206. — 2.  of  the  way  or  manner,  like 
δπως,  as.  which  Hom.  mostly  uses  in 
the  phrase,  ή  θέμις  εστίν,  as  'tis  right, 
1056 


0Σ 

(though  some  write  ?/  θέμις  εστίν,  v. 
sub  θέμις  I) :  in  this  signf.  also  Hom. 
has  ηχι,  e.  g.  Od.  3,  87  :  έστΙ  Ty  με 
νικζις,  you  have  found  a  way  to  con- 
quer me,  Hdt.  1,  40:  freq.  in  Att.,  so 
far  as,  Lat.  qua,  quatenus. — 3.  with 
comparal.  like  Lat.  quo  plus. — 4.  with 
superl.  adv..  y  μάλιστα,  y  ^φστα,  y 
άριστον,  etc.,  like  ύς  μάλιστα,  and 
Lat.  qua7n  celerrime,  etc.,  oft.  ill  Xen.  ; 
cf.  Jac.  A.  P.  p.  901.-111.  ace.  sing, 
neut.  (),  very  freq.  for  δι'  δ  or  δτι,  that, 
how  that,  and  so  also  because,  like  Lat. 
quod,  freq.  in  Honi. — 2.  in  Att.  at  the 
beginning  of  a  clause,  wherefore,  Lat. 
quapropter,  allowed  by  Pors.  Hec.  13  ; 
but  Matthia's  examples,  Eur.  Phoen. 
155, 203,  may  be  more  simply  explain- 
ed ;  also,  the  ace.  neut.  pi.  u  is  taken 
in  this  signf.,  Herm.  Soph.  Tr.  137; 
and  dat.  sing,  ύ,  Valck.  Phoen.  157. 
—3.  δ  tor  whereas  is  ascribed  to  Thuc. 
2,  40,  by  Viger,  Arnold,  etc.,  but  there 
it  must  be  taken  as  a  nomin.,  v.  Pop- 
po  I.  c  ,  and  Proleg.  p.  134 ;  and  for 
Thuc.  3,  12,  v.  Goller  ad  1. 

B.  DEMONSTR.  PRON.  for  oirof  ΟΓ 
δδε,  this,  that :  oft.  also  like  αυτός, 
simply  as  pron.  of  3  pers.  he,  she,  it, 
in  Hom.  usu.  in  nom.  sing,  masc,  as 
II.  6,  59,  Od.  1,  286;  in  nom.  plur. 
only  Od.  4,  653  ;  also  in  noin.  neut., 
U.  23,  9,  Od.  24,  190:  Hom.  usu.  has 
either  the  negat.  ουδέ,  μηδέ,  before 
it,  or,  yap,  και,  immediately  after : 
και  δς  or  kuI  ούτος,  Hdt.  8,  56,  Xen. 
Symp.  1, 15,  Plat.  Theag.  129  Β  ;  also 
in  fern.,  και  ή,  Hdt.  7,  18,  Plat.  Symp. 
201  Ε  ;  in  the  oblique  cases  the  arti- 
cle only  is  used. — II.  in  opposition, 
0Ϊ..,  01..,  these..,  those..,  or  the  one  par- 
ty.., the  other,  11.  21,  353;  so,  ol..,  o'i 
τε-,  11.  23,  498:  in  later  Att.,  esp. 
Dem.,  δς  μέν..,  δς  δε..,  freq-  in  all  ca- 
ses :  «  μέν.;  α  δέ..,  partly..,  partly.., 
Hemst.  Thom.  M.  p.  1,  Valck.  Anriot. 
Ined.  p.  141,  Tittm. :  δς  μέν..,  δς  δέ-., 
first  in Theogn.  205,  though  the  read- 
ing varies. — III.  δς  και  δς,  such  and  such 
a  person,  so  and  so,  Hdt.  4,  68  :  the  obi. 
cases  are  taken  from  the  article. — IV. 
in  Att.  this  pron.  is  most  freq.  used 
for  the  personal  in  the  form  ?;  δ'  δς, 
y  ίΓ  ή,  said  he,  said  she,  esp.  in  the 
Platonic  dialogues  ;  cf.  sub  ήμί. 

C.  POSSESSIVE    PRON.,   Of,    η,    δν, 

(never  δ),  v.  esp.  II.  1,  609,  Od.  11, 
515. — I.  most  usu.  of  the  third  person, 
for  iOf,  his,  her,  Od.  23,  150,  II.  6,  170 : 
in  this  signf.  only  Hom.  has  the  gen. 
010,  II.  4,  333,  Od.  1, 330,  etc. :  not  un- 
known to  Trag.,  as  Soph.  Tr.  525,  cf. 
Seidl.  Eur.  El.  477,  but  never  found  in 
Att.  prose. — II.  of  the  second  person, 
for  σοΓ,  thy,  thine,  Od.  1,  402,  Hes.  Op. 
379,  and  as  v.  1.  II.  19,  174.— III.  of 
the  first  person,  for  έμός,  my,  mine, 
Od.  9,  28;  13,  320,  Ap.  Kh.  4,  1015, 
Mosch.  4,  77. — Signfs.  II  and  III  are 
acknowledged  by  the  old  Gramm., 
and  Wolf  supports  them,  Prolegg.  p. 
ccxlviii;  while  Buttm.,  Lexil.  s.  v. 
ίηος  5  η,  rejects  them,  alleging  the 
ease  with  which  most  of  these  places 
may  be  altered  ;  but  this  alone  is  not 
a  strong  argument,  since  in  the  other 
pronouns  έός,  σφείς,  σφέτερος,  and 
esp.  αντοϋ,  we  find  the  same  confu- 
sion of  persons ;  or  rather  the  pron. 
seems  to  be  orig.  simply  possessive, 
taking  its  person  from  the  coiitext, 
buttohave  been  gradually  superseded 
by  (-'//of  and  CTOf, though  learned  poets, 
like  Ap.  Rh.,  still  retained  it. — .More- 
over Of  always  strengthens  the  notion 
ot  property — his  own,  etc.,  and  even 
absul.  one''s  own,  ής  πατρίδος,  Od.  9, 
34,  where  τις  follows :    hence,  as 


ΟΣΙΟ 

Buttm.  1.  c,  remarks,  Wolf  did  well, 
in  II.  14,221,  264;  16,  36;  19,  174, 
etc.,  to  write  φρεσϊ  ayoiv,  not  όρεσϊν 
yoiv  ;  and  in  Od.  15,  542,  δώμασι  σοι- 
σιν,ηοΐδώμασινοισιν, — because  here 
there  is  no  such  emphatic  notion  of 
property;  not  to  mention  that  the  pos- 
sessive pron.  Of,  ?/,  δν,  always  has  the 
digamma  in  Hom.  ;  cf.  Lat.  s-uus,  i.  e. 
s-vus,  σ-φέτερος :  so  too  ov,  sui ;  ε,  se. 

Όσα,  V.  sub  δσος  IV. 

Όσύκι,  and  -κις,  adv.,  (δσος)  as 
many  times  as,  as  often  as.  Plat.  Theaet. 
143  A  :  in  Hom.  always  in  Ion.  form 
δσσάκι,  II.  21,  265;  22,  194;  relative 
to  τοσσάκι,  Od.  11,  585.  [u] 

Όσαπλάσίυν,  ov,  as  many  fold  as, 
asmany  times  as,  Arist.  Probl.  21, 22,  2. 

Όσ«πoιιf,  -πουν,  gen.  -TtocJof,  with 
as  many  feet  as.   [ά] 

Όσάτιος,  v.  sub  όσσάτιος. 

Όσΰχή,  {δσος)  adv.,  in  as  many 
ivays  as,  also,  όσαχτ/περ.  Plat.  Tim. 
43  E.  (This  and  the  two  next  forms 
come  from  an  obsol.  όσαχός,  as  does 
the  adv.  δσάκι  from  δσακος.) 

Όσαχοϋ,  (δσος)  adv.,  in  as  many 
places  as,  Dem.  682,  12  ;  also=nffa/ci. 

Όσάχώς,  ΆάΎ.^δσαχ?},  Arist.  Me- 
taph.  4,  7,  4,  Top.  1,  14,  1. 

Όσδος,  also  νσδος,  Aeol.  for  όζος, 
Sappho  35. 

Όσ^ω,  Dor.  for  όζω. 

Όσέτειος,  ov,  and  δσέτιος,  ov,  {δσος, 
έτος)  yearly,  Lat.  quotannis,  dub.,  but 
cf  sq. 

Όσημέραι,  adv.  for  δσαι  ημέραι,  as 
viany  days  as  are,  i.  e.  daily,  day  by 
day,  Lat.  quotidie,  Ar.  Plut.  1006, 
Tliuc.  7,  27,  Alex.  Incert.  36  ;  foil,  by 
'έως  άν,  ap.  Dem.  707,  13  ;  cf.  όσof  I.  4. 

Όσια,  ας,  ή,  Ionic  όσίη,  strictly 
fem.  from  δσιος,  divine  law,  the  law  of 
nature,  all  that  is  hallowed,  or  allowed 
thereby :  ονχ  δσίη,  Att.  ούχ  όσία,  c. 
inf.,  it  is  against  the  law  of  God  and  na- 
ture to..,  Od.  16,  423  ;  22,  412,  Pind.  P. 
9,  61,  Hdt.  2,  45  ;  but,  όσύ;  εστί,  Att. 
δσία  εστί,  it  accords  with  such  law,  Hdt. 
2,  171  :  so,  έκ  πάσης  δσίης,  Η.  Hom. 
Merc. 470 ;  αηά,πο'λ^λήν  δσίαν  του  πρά- 
γματος νομισαι,  to  hold  a  thing  fully 
sanctioned,  Ar.  Plut.  682: — cf.  δσιος. 
— II.  the  service  or  worship  owed  by  7/ian 
to  God,  rites,  offering,  eic,  όσίη  κρεάων, 
the  right  to  cat  of  the  meat  of  the  of- 
fering, H.  Hom.  Merc.  130;  δσίης 
έπιβηναι,  to  enter  on,  perform  the  due 
rites,  H.  Cer.  211,  Merc.  173:  δσίη 
γένετο,  the  rites  were  duly  performed, 
H.  Ap.  237.-2.  esp.  the  funeral  rites, 
the  last  honours  paid  to  the  dead,  as  in 
i  Ijat.  justa  facere,  Wyttenb.  Plut.  2, 
375  E. — III.  proverb.,  όσιας  ένεκα 
ποιεισθαί  τι,  to  do  a  thing  ίοτ  form's 
sake,  Lat.  dicis  caussa,  Seidl.  Eur.  I. 
T.  1428  (1461),  an  expression  borrow- 
ed from  the  niere  outward  perforinance 
of  religious  rites  :  cf.  sub  άφοσίόω  IV. 
— \Ύ .τ=όσιότης  2,  Lat.  pietas,  only  iti 
late  authors,  as  Iambi,  [t] 

'Οσΐεύω,=^δσιόω,  dub. 

"Οσιος,  a,  ov,  hallowed,  i.  e.  sanc- 
tioned or  allowed  by  the  law  of  God  or 
of  nature,  hence, — 1.  as  opp.  to  δίκαι- 
ος (that  which  is  sanctioned  by  human 
law),  πρόςθεονΓ  δσιον  και  προς  ανθρώ- 
πους δίκαιον,  cf.  Thuc.  5,  104  :  hence 
also  in  a  freq.  antithesis,  τα  δσια  κα'ι 
δίκαια,  things  of  divine  and  human  or- 
dinance. Plat.  Polit.  301  D,  etc. ;  ex- 
pressed fully,  Tu  προς  τους  άνθρώ 
πους  δίκαια  καί  τα  προς  τους  θεούς 
δσια,  Polyb.  23,  10,  8  ;  cf.  omnino 
Plat.  EuthyphroO  Ε,  sq. : — also,  δσια 
και  νόμιμα,  Ar.  Thesm.  676. — 2.  as 
opp.  to  itpo'f  (that  which  belongs  sole 
ly  to  the  gods),  not  forbidden  by  the  law 


ΟΣΜΗ 

qf  God  or  nature,  Ιερα  καΐ  όσια,  the 
properly  gf  gods  and  men,  things  sacred 
and  profane,  Thuc.  2,  52,  Plat.  Legg. 
β57  β,  etc. :  δσιον  or  δσια  {ίστί)  foil. 
by  inf.,  it  is  lawful,  not  forbidden  by  any 
law,  Hdt.  9,  79,  Find.  P.  9,  62 :  ούκ 
δσιον  ττοιεϋμαι,  I  deem  it  impious, 
Hdt.  2,  170: — hence,  όσων  χωρίον,  a 
place  which,  inay  be  trodden  by  man 
without  impiety,  and  8θ=ζβέί37ΐ?ίθς,  Lat. 
profaniis,  Ar.  Lys.  743,  cf.  Soph.  O. 
C.  167  :  βεονς  όσων  τι  όρΰν,  to  dis- 
charge α  duty  men  owe  the  gods,  Eur. 
Supp.  40,  cf.  Hipp.  1081 :  so,  δσια 
λέγειν,  ττοιείν,  Hdt.  9,  79,  ώρονείν, 
Eur.  El.  120.},  etc.— On  this  twofold 
relation  of  δσιος,  v.  Ruhnk.  Tim., 
Stallb.  Plat.  Rep.  344  Α.— II.  more 
rarely  of  persons,  pious,  devout,  reli- 
gious, Trag.  :  c.  gen.,  ιερών  ττατρώων 
όσιος,  revering  the  sacred  rites  of  his 
forefathers,  Aesch.  Theb.  1010;  so, 
δσιαι  χείρες,  pure,  clean  hands,  Aesch. 
Cho.  37S,  Soph.  O.  C.  470.— III.  adv. 
όσίως,  Eur.  Hipp.  1287,  Plat.,  etc.  ; 
οί'χ  όσίως,  Thuc.  2,  5. — IV.  Homer 
only  uses  subst.  όσίη,  formed  from 
δσιος,  Att.  όσία,  q.  v.     Hence 

'Οσϊότ7ΐς,  Τίτος,  ή,  divine  or  natural 
law,  justice  ;  hence, — 1.  objectively, 
religion,  religious  observance,  Plut.  2, 
359  F,  Alcib.  34.-2.  subjectively,  pie- 
ty, reverence  for  the  gods,  holiness.  Plat. 
Prot.  329  C,  cf  omnino  Euthyphro 
14  E,  sq.,  Xen.  Cyr.  6,  1,47. 

ΌσΙουργέω,  ω,  to  do  a  holy  or  pious 
work :  from 

Όσϊονργός,  όν,  {δσιος,  *εργω)  doing 
a  pious  work,  Eccl. 

Όσίόω,  ώ,  {δσιος)  to  make  holy,  hal- 
low, free  from  guilt  by  expiatory  offer- 
ings, Lat.  expiare,  φυγαΐς  όσιοϋν,  to 
yun/y  by  banishment,  Eur.  Or.  515; 
όσιοϋν  Tiva  κατιόντα,  to  reinstate  a 
citizen  on  his  return  from  exile,  Dem. 
644,  9: — mid.,  στόμα  όσιονσθαι,  to 
keep  one's  tongue  pure,  not  to  speak 
profanely,  for  στόμα  δσιον  εχειν,  Eur. 
Bacch.  70,  cf.  114. — II.  όσιοϋν  τίνα  Ty 
γη,  to  inter  one  out  of  piety,  Philostr. 

ΌσΙριάζο,  to  be  given  to  the  worship 
of  Osiris,  Plut. :  from 

ΌσΙβίς,  ιδος,  ό,  Osiris,  an  ancient 
Aegyptian  king, fhonoured  after  death 
as  a  god,  Hdt.  2,  42  ;  etc. 

ΥΟσίσμιοι,  uv,  o'l,  the  Osismii,  a 
people  ot  Belgic  Gaul,  Strab.  p.  195. 

'Οσίωσις,  εως,  ή,  (όσίόω)  α  hallow- 
ing, purification,  τινός,  from  a  thing, 
e.  g.  τών  μιασμάτων,  Dion.  Η.  1,  88. 

Όσιωτήρ,  ήρος,  ό,  (όσώω)  the  victim 
offered  when  a  priest  is  elected,  Plut.  2, 
292  D. 

Όσκά~τω,=:σκάτϊτω,  Hesych. 

Όσκαλσις,  7ΐ,=  σκύ?.σις,  Theophr. 

νΟσκίος,  ου,  ό,  the  Oscius,  a  river 
of  Thrace,  rising  in  Mt.  Rhodope, 
Thuc.  2,  96. 

ΥΟσκοι,  ων,  ol,  the  Osci,  an  old 
Italian  people,  Strab.  p.  233  :  v.  Nie- 
buhr  Rom.  Hist.  1,  p.  66  sqq.,  transl. 

Όσμάομαι,  {οσμή)  dep.  mid.,  like 
όδμάομαι,  trans,  to  smell,  scent,  track  : 
generally,  to  perceive,  remark,  c.  gen.. 
Soph.  Fr.  186. 

Όσμάς,  ύδος,  ή,  a  fragrant  herb  of 
the  anchusa  kind,  Diosc. ;  also  δνοσμα 
and  όνωσις :  from 

'Οσμή,  ης,  η,  {όζω)  a  smell,  τινός,  of 
a  thing,  Aesch.  Eum.  253  ;  όσμήν  απ' 
αντοϋ.  Soph.  Ant.  412 :  generally,  a 
smM,  scent,  odour.  Plat.,  etc.  ;  καλή 
οσμή,  Eur.  Cycl.  153  ;  but  more  com- 
monly a  bad  smell,  κακή  οσμή.  Soph. 
Phil.  891  ;  όσμαΐ  ονκ  ανεκτοί,  Thuc. 
7,  87. — 2.  the  object  of  smell,  a  scent, 
perfume,  Xen.  Hier.  1,4. — 3.  the  sense 
of  smell. — Horn,  always  uses  Ion.  form 
67  ■ 


ΟΣΟΣ 

όδμη,  q.  v.,  but  οσμή  is  held  to  oe  bet- 
ter Attic,  Lob.  Phryn.  89.     Hence 

Όσμήρης,  ες,  smelling,  odorotis, 
Nic.  Al.  237: — also,  όσμηρός,  ύ,  όν, 
Id.  Fr.  2.        _      _      ^ 

Όσμησις,  ή,  {όσμάομαι)  a  smelling, 
smell,  Aretae. 

Όσμητός,  ή,  όν,  {όσμάομαι)  smelt : 
— that  can  be  smelt,  Theophr. 

Όσμός,  οϋ,  ό,=  όσμή,  Diosc. 

Όσμύλη,  ης,  ή,  α  strong-smelling 
sea-polypus,  Arist.  ap.  Ath.  318  Ε  ; 
also  όσμύλος,  όζαινα,  όζολος,  βολί- 
ταινα  and  βολβίταινα,  ν.  βολβίδιον. 
[ν] 

Όσμν?Λον,  ον,  τό,  and  -ίδιον,  ου, 
τό,  dim.  from  όσμύ?.ος,  Ar.  Fr.  242. 

Όσμΰλος,  ου,  ό,  Arist.  1.  c.  sub 
όσμνλη.  [yj 

Όσμώόης,  ες,=όσμήρης,  Arist.  de 
Sensu  5,  4. 

Όσονών,  Ion.  for  όσον  ουν,  however 
little,  Lat.  quantulumcunque,  Hdt.  1, 
199  ;  2,  22. 

ΌΣΟΣ,  η,  ov,  Ep.  and  Ion.  δσσος, 
freq.  in  Horn,  and  Hes.,  in  both 
forms  ;  Hdt.  uses  only  δσος  : — ^just 
like  Lat.  quantus, — of  size,  as  great 
as,  how  great,  or  quantity,  as  much  as, 
how  much  :  of  space,  as  far  as,  how 
far  :  of  time,  as  long  as,  how  long :  of 
number,  as  many  as,  how  many  :  of 
sound,  as  loud  as,  etc. : — its  antece- 
dent is  τόσος,  after  which  δσος  is 
simply  as :  also  ττάν,  δσον-,  πάντα, 
δσα.,  Hes.  Op.  686:  όσα  πλείστα  or 
πλείστα  όσα,  as  much  as  possible, 
Hdt.  1,  14  :  also,  άφθονοι  όσοι,  Hdt. 
4,  194  :  more  rarely.  Ίσον  όσον..,  as 
much  as..,  Ar.  Eccl.  173,  the  usu. 
Att.  being  τοσοϋτος.  In  plur.,  all 
that,  as  inany  as,  Lat.  quot.  Soph.  O. 
T.  1464. — 2.  periphr.,  c.  gen.,  δσοι^ 
πένβεος,  (for  δσον  πένθος)  11. 1 1 ,  658 ; 
όσοι  'ίππων,  II.  5,  267  :  so  in  Att. — 
3.  δσος  οίος  τε,  quantus  et  qualis.  II. 
24,  630. — 4.  of  periods  of  time,  όσοι 
μήνες,  δσαι  ήμέραι  (contr.  όσημέραι, 
q.  v.),  δσαι  ώραι,  όσα  έτη,  every  month, 
day,  etc.,  monthly,  daily,  etc.,  as  in 
Lat.  quot  menses,  quot  dies,  quot  anni, 
contr.  quotidie,  quotannis :  in  full, 
δσσαι  νύκτες  τε  και  ήμέραι  έκ  Αιός 
είσιν,  Od.  14,  93. — 5.  δσος  for  ότι 
τόσος,  Jac.  Α.  Ρ.  ρ.  861  ;  cf.  οίος,  II. 
3. — 6.  c  ace.  absol.,  λίμνη  μέγαθος 
δστ]  περ  ή  εν  Δτ/Ζω,  a  lake  in  size 
such  as  that  of  Delos,  Hdt.  2,  170,  cf 
1,  199  ;  2,  175. — 7.  όσος  δη,  όσοςδή- 
ποτέ,  how  great  soever  he  {she  etc.)  be, 
Lat.  quantuscunque,  Hdt.  1,  160,  157, 
etc.  ;  υσοςπερ,  no  more  than,  but  so 
great  as,  though  περ  often  merely 
adds  precision,  Hdt.  4,  87  ;  δσος  άν, 
how  great  soever. — On  τών  όσοι,  etc., 
v.  sub  ό,  ?),  τό,  Α.  III.  1.— II.  the  i 
adverbial  usage  of  neut.  όσον,  is 
very  freq.,  usu.  in  Hom.  of  sound  ; 
so  όσα,  11.  23,  431.-2.  in  Ep.  and 
Hdt.,  όσοι'  τε.  as  far  as,  II.  10,  351, 
Od.  10, 1 13 :  also  δσον  alone,  II.  9, 354 : 
the  noun  of  distance  is  often  added, 
όσον  r'  όργυιαν,  about  a  fathom,  Od. 
9,  325 ;  όσον  τε  πνγούσιον,  Od.  10, 
517  ;  also,  δσον  τ'  έπΙ  ήμισυ,  to  about 
half,  Od.  13,  114;  later  also  with 
numerals,  όσον  τε  δέκα  στάδια,  about 
ten  stades,  Hdt.  9,  57,  etc. — 3.  δσον 
ov  or  ύσόνου,  like  Lat.  tanium  non, 
all  όκί,  Thuc.  1,  36  ;  5,  59  :  όσον  or 
όσον  μόνον,  only  so  far  as,  only  just, 
Thuc.  6,  105,  Plat.  Rep.  607  A  ;  also 
όσον  όσον,  only  ju^t,  the  least  bit,  Ar. 
Vesp.  213. — 4.  δσσον  έπί  and  δσσον 
τ'  έπί,  in  Horn.,  as  far  as,  II.  2,  616  ; 
3,  12. — 5.  with  an  adj.  of  quality  or 
degree,  in  Hom.  usu.  with  compar. 
and  superl.,  δσον  βασι?^ύτερος,  so  far 


ΟΣΣΑ 
as,  inasmuch  as,  seeing  that  he  is  a 
greater  king  ;  so  too,  όσον  άριστος,, 
etc. ;  in  Hes.  also  όσον  μέγα,  strictly 
only  a  strengthd.  όσον.  Op.  41,  344; 
so  too,  όσα  πολλά,  Hes.  Th.  582: 
later,  όσον  ολίγον,  όσον  βαιόν,  τντ- 
θόν  όσον,  only  a  little. — 6.  with  prep., 
έφ'  όσον,  ες  όσον,  καθ'  δσον,  so  far 
as,  inasmuch  as  :  εν  όσω,  while :  παρ' 
όσον,  besides  that,  except. — 7.  όσον 
τάχος,  as  quick  as  possible,  Ar.  Thesm. 
727  :  usu.  όσον  τάχιστα  — 8.  δσον 
αντίκα,  also,  δσον  ονκ  ήδη,  all  bui 
now,  i.  e.  immediately,  Eur.  Hec. 
143 ;  so  too,  όσον  ούπω,  Jac.  Ach. 
Tat.  p.  683.-9.  foil,  by  inf.,  e.  g. 
δσον  άποζήν,  just  so  much  as  to  live 
off,  Thuc.  1,  12.— 10.  ονχ  δσον,  not 
only  not,  Lat.  ne  dicam,  Herm.  Vig.  n. 
89. — III.  όσω,  inasmuch  as..,  Hdt.  5, 
49 ;  freq.  with  compar.,  όσω  πλέον, 
Hes.  Op.  40  ;  όσω  μάλ.λον,  the  more 
Since,  especially  since  ;  also  with  su- 
perl., όσω  άριστον,  Hdt.  3,  82,  and 
so  like  ότι:  so  too,  τοσούτω  όσω, 
Hdt.  8,  13. — 2.  όσω,  with  compar. 
when  followed  by  another  compar. 
with  τοσούτω,  the  more..,  so  much  the 
more..,  like  Lat.  quo,  quanto  melior, 
eo..,  etc. :  much  more  rarely  with 
positive,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  3,  14  ;— so  in 
Liv.  1,  25,  eo  majore  cum  gaudio, 
quanta  prope  metum  res  fuerat. — 3. 
δσφπερ,  by  how  much,  in  so  far  as. 
Soph.  Tr.  313.— IV.  όσα  in  plur.  is 
used  just  like  όσον,  but  very  seldom 
in  Hom. :  Att.  esp.  in  signfs.,  so  far 
as,  inasmuch  as. — 2.  όσα  μή,  besides 
that,  except  that,  like  παρ'  όσον  :  also 
=  όσο)'  μόνον,  only  not,  i.  e.  almost, 
Lat.  tantum  7wn. — There  is  no  adv. 
δσως. 

Όσοςδή,  so  some  write  for  όσος 
δη.  V.  όσος,  I.  7. 

Όσοςπερ,  ηπερ,  ονπερ,  however 
great  or  ?nuch,  as  great  or  as  much  as  : 
but  here  too,  as  in  όςπερ  (q.  v.),  περ, 
often  serves  merely  as  a  connecting 
particle,  and  then  should  be  written 
separately,  as  Hdt.  2,  170;  4,  50,  87. 

Όςπερ,  ήπερ,  όπερ,  who,  which  in- 
deed, the  very  man  who  Or  thing  which, 
Lat.  qui  quidem,  Horn.,  and  Hdt. ;  but 
there  are  few  cases  in  which  the  affix 
περ  can  be  rendered  in  English  so 
as  to  distinguish  όςπερ  from  the  sim- 
ple of ;  περ  usu.  serves  to  connect 
the  relative  clause  more  closely  wiuh 
the  antecedent.  Other  words  may 
be  inserted  between  of  and  περ,  II.  5, 
524.  —  For  ύςπερ,  Horn.  oft.  uses 
όπερ. 

'ΟσπρΙοδόχος,  ov,  {όσπριον,  δέχο- 
μαι) holding  pulse. 

'Οσπρΐοθήκη,  ης,  ή,  a  place  to  keep 
pulse  in. 

ΌσπρΙον,  ου,  τό,  pulse,  esp.  heans, 
Hdt.  2,  37,  Xen.  An.  4,  4.  9,  etc. ; 
generally,  vegetables.  Plat.  Criti.  115 
A. — The  form  όσπρεον  is  also  found, 
but  rejected  by  Gramm. :  nor  is  it 
prob.  that  there  was  ever  such  a  word 
as  όσπρον,  τό,  or  όσπρος,  ό,  from 
which  όσπριον  would  be  a  dimj 
(Usu.  deriv.  from  σπείρω,  σπόρος.  ?) 

Όσπριοπώ/.ης,  ov,  ό,  fern,  -ώλις, 
ιόος,  (όσπριον,  πωλέω)  orne  tcho  deals 
in  pulse. 

Όσπρΐοφάγέα,  ώ,{όσπριον,  φαγείν, 
to  eat  pulse,  Hipp. 

Όσπρΐώόης,  ες  {όσπριον,  είδοή 
like  pulse,  Ath. 

Όσπρο/.έων,  οντος,  b,  a  weed  in- 
jurious to  pulse,  Geop. ;  perh.  the  same 
as  όροβάγχη. 

'Οσπρον,  ov,  τό,  and  άσπρος,  ov,  ό, 
V.  όσπριον. 

Όσσά,   ή,  α  voice,  report,  rumour 
1057 


ΟΣΣΟ 

which, fromits  originbeingunknown, 
is  held  divine,  a  word  voiced  abroad 
one  knows  not  how,  οσσα  Έκ  Atof, 
Od.  1,  282  :  2,  216,  cf.  Soph.  Aj.  998  ; 
personified  as  fem.  prop,  n.,  Ossa, 
messenger  of  Jupiter,  11.  2, 93,  Od.  24, 
413. — 2.  generally,  a  voice,  of  the 
Muses,  Hes.  Th.  10,  43;  of  a  bull, 
lb.  832. — 3.  still  more  generally,  a 
sound,  of  the  harp,  H.  Horn.  Merc. 
443  ;  the  din  of  battle,  Hes.  Th.  701. 
— 4.  an  ominous  voice,  prophecy,  warn- 
ing, of  a  god,  a  bird  of  omen,  etc., 
any  ominous  sound,  =  the  Homeric 
bu(pTi,  φήμη,  κλεηδών,  first  in  Find. 
α  6, 106,  Αρ.  Rh.  1,  1087.— Very  rare 
in  Att.  prose, — in  form  ΰττα — as  Plat. 
Legg.  800  C,  so  Ael.  N.  A.  12,  1  ;  cf. 
Ruhnk.  Tim.  (Akin  to  όι/;,  hence 
όττενομαι :  but  δσσομαι  has  nothing 
in  common  with  δσσα,  v.  Buttm. 
Lexil.  s.  v.,  4.) 

ΙΌσσο,  ης,  ή,  Ossa,  a  mountain 
range  of  Thessaly,  separated  by  the 
Peneus  from  Olympus,  now  Kissovo, 
Od.  11,  315;  etc. — 2.  a  mountain  in 
Eiis,  so  named  from  the  Thessalian 
mount,  Strab.  p.  356. 

"Οσσα,  Ion.  neut.  pi.  from  δσος, 
for  όσα,  Hom. 

ΥΟσσάόιοι,  ων,  oi,  the  Ossadii,  an 
Indian  people,  Arr.  An.  6,  15,  1. 

ΥΟσσαΙος,  a,  ov,  and  ^ΟσσεΙος,  a, 
ov,  of  Ossa,  Ossaean,  Call.  Dian.  52. 

Όσσάκΐ,  adv.,  Ion.  for  όσάκι,  Hom. 

Όσσάτιος,  Ep.  for  όσατιος,^οσος, 
II.  5,  758,  Αρ.  Rh.  1,  372,  etc. 

Όσσε,  τώ,  neut.  dual,  the  two  eyes, 
nom.  and  ace.  freq.  in  Hom.,  who 
however  adds  the   adj.   plur.,  όσσε 

ί)αεινά,  αίματόεντα,  11.  13,  435,  616  : 
ater  a  gen.  plur.  was  formed  to  it, 
as  if  of  second  deck,  άσσων,  Hes. 
Th.  826,  Aesch.  Pr.  400,  (though 
Hesych.  also  cites  οσσέων) :  also  a 
dat.  όσσοίς,  οσσοίσι  as  early  as  Hes. 
Sc.  145,  426,  430,  Sappho,  Aesch. 
Pr.  144,  Soph.,  etc. — In  sing.  Eust. 
cites  a  dat.  sing,  δσσεί,  whence  the 
Gramm.  assume  a  double  nom.  τυ 
άσσος  and  ό  δσσος,  which,  however, 
do  not  really  occur,  Spitzn.  Vers. 
Her.  75.     {Hence  δσσομαι,  υψομαι.) 

Όσσεία,  η,  δσσενομαι,  ν.  sub  όττ-. 

"Οσσίχος,  η,  ον,  (not  όσσίχος, 
Meineke  Theocr.  4,  55),  the  only 
used  form  of  όσίκος,  dim.  from  δσος, 
δσσος,  as  little,  how  little,  Lat.  quantu- 
lus,  Theocr.  1.  c. ;  cf.  δσαχή-  [t] 

ΌΣΣΟΜΑΙ,  (from  δσσε)  dep.,  only 
used  inpres.  and  impf.  without  augm., 
— older  form  of  *δπτ-,  όφομαι,  as 
■πέσσω  of  πίπτω,  cf.  Buttm.  Le.xil. 
s.  V. ;  hence,  strictly,  to  see,  as  in  Ap. 
Rh.,  and  in  the  compd.  προτιόσσομαι, 
to  look  to,  look  on,  in  Od.  7,  31  :  but 
mostly,  —  II.  to  see  in  spirit,  δσσόμενος 
πατέρ'  έσβλδν  ivi  φρεσίν  ('  /  see  my 
father....,  in  my  mind's  eye,  Horatio'), 
Od.  1,  115  : — to  presage,  forbade,  κακόν 
or  κακά  δσσεσθαι  θνμώ,  Od,  10,  374  ; 
18,  154  ;  άλγεα,  11.  \β',  224,  cf.  Od.  5, 
389  :  by  imparting  such  presages  to 
others,  to  foretoken,  ώς  δτε  πορφυρή 
πέλαγος  μέγα  κνματι  κωφώ  δσσόμε- 
νον  λιγέων  άνεμων  λαιψηρα  κίλενβα, 
II.  14,  17;  esp.  by  look  or  mien,  κάκ' 
δσσόμενος,  looking  ominously,  II.  1, 
105  ;  so  two  eagles  όσσοντο  όλεθρον, 
boded,  were  a  sign  of  wrath,  Od.  2, 
152  : — generally,  to  foretell,  prophesy, 
TLVL  TL,  11.  24,  172,  Hes.  Th.  551  ;— 
but  apparently,  like  our  ominous,  only 
used  of  evil.  (The  usu.  deriv.  from 
όσσα  is  wrong.) 

Όσσος,  τό,  and  δσσος,  6,  v.  sub 
όσσε. 

1058 


0ΣΤ1 

"Οσσος,  η,  ov,  Ep.  and  Ion.  for  ' 
δσος,  freq.  in  Hom. 

'Οστάγρα,  ας,  ή,  {όστέον,  άγρα)  α 
forceps  or  kind  of  pincers  for  eviracting 
splinters  of  bone,  Galen. — ΙΙ.=  ύσΓεο- 
κόπος  II,  Theophr. 

Όστάκος,  ου,  ό,  Att.  for  αστακός, 
a  crab. 

Όστάριον, ov, TO, dim. from  οστέον, 
a  little  bone,  Anth. 

Όστΰφίς,  ίδος,  ή,  Att.  for  άσταφίς, 
σταφίς. 

"όςτε,  ητε,  δτε,  {δς,  τε)  who,  which, 
etc.,  freq.  in  Hom.,  who  also  uses  masc. 
form  δ  τε  :  usu.  rendered  into  English 
just  like  the  simple  δς  or  δςτις,  but, 
ace.  to  Harm.  Soph.  O.  T.  688,  its  real 
force  is  distinct,  less  strong  than  και 
δς,  yet  still  copulative  ;  cf.  δςτίς. 

'Οστέίνος,  η,  ov,  (όστέον)  made  of 
bone,  bony,  Hdt.  4,  2,  Plat.  Tim.  74 
A^etc.  [t] 

Όστεογενής,  ες,  (όστέον,  *γένω) 
produced  by  the  bone  :  to  δστ.,  the  mar- 
row. Plat.  ap.  Arist.  Top.  6,  2,  4. 

Όστεοκόπος,  ov,  (όστέον,  κόπτω) 
shattering  bones,  ύόύνη  όστ-,  a  pain 
which  racks  every  bone,  Theophr. — II. 
ό  όστ.,  as  subst.,  a  seiise  of  weakness, 
as  if  one's  bones  were  giving  way,  Hipp.: 
also  written  όστόκοπος,  Galen. 

Όστεολογία,  ας,  ή,  (όστέον,  λέγω 
Π)  α  gathering  tip  bories. — II.  (λέγω 
IV)  osteology,  the  science  which  treats  of 
the  bones,  Galen. 

Όστεολόγος,  ov,  {όστέον,  λέγω  II) 

collecting  bones. 

ΌΣΤΕΌΝ,  ov,  TO,  Att.  contr. 
όστοϋν,  όστενν,  Leon.  Tar.  68 :  pi. 
όστέα,  Alt.  contr.  όστΰ,  for  which 
οστά  [α],  0pp.  C.  1,  268: — a  bone, 
freq.  in  Horn,  and  Hdt.  but  not  in  the 
Att.  form :  in  Hes.  only  in  plur. ; 
λευκά  όστέα,  the  bleached  bones  of  the 
dead,  Od.  1,  161,  etc.  ;  σάρκες  τε  και 
όστέα.  lb.  9,  293,  etc. — II.  the  stone  or 
kernel  of  fruit.  (Cf.  Lat.  os,  Sanscr. 
asthi.) 

Όστεονλκός,  οϋ,  δ,  (όστέον,  ίλκω) 
α  forceps  for  extracting  splintered 
bone,  Hipp. 

Όστεόφιν,  poet.  gen.  pi.  from  όσ- 
τέον, Od.  tl4,  134;  dat.  pi.,  Od.  12, 
45  ;  Thiersch  Gr.  Gr.  ()  182,  5a;  cf. 
Kiihner  <^  262,  1. 

Όστΐνυς,  η,  ov,  (όστέον)^=όστέϊ- 
νος.  but  more  Att.,  Lob.  Phryn.  262  : 
Tu  oartva,  Lat.  tibiae,  bone  pipes.  At. 
Ach  828. 

"Οςτις,  ήτις,  δ  τι  (also  written  ο, 
τι),  with  regul.  double  inflections, 
gen.  ούτινος,  ηςτινσς,  dat.  ωτινι, 
yTivi,  etc.  :  Hom.  has  also  the  masc. 
collat.  form  δτις,  esp.  in  Od.,  and 
the  neut.  δ  ττι.  From  δτις  also  come 
cases  with  a  single  inflexion,  but 
usu.  not  as  if  from  τις,  but  like  τον, 
τω,  viz.,  gen.  δτου,  dat.  δτω,  Att., 
whereas  the  Homeric  and  Ion.  gen. 
is  δττεο,  Od.  1,  124,  contr.  δττευ,  17, 
121,  and  δτευ,  17.  421  ;  Hdt.  has 
usu.  δτευ  :  dat.  δτεω,  also  as  dissylL, 
II.  12,  428  ;  and  so  usu.  in  Hdt.  :  ace. 
oTiva,  Od.  8,  204.  Plur.  nom.  neut. 
δτινα,   II.  22,  450:  gen.  δτεων,  Od. 

10,  39,  and  Hdt.  :  Att.  υτων  :  dat. 
ότέοισιν,  II.  15,  491,  and  Hdt.,  also 
fem.  ore7;CTtv.Hdt.,Att.§roiCTi,  Buttm. 
Ausf.  Gr.  i)  77,  Anm.  3  :  ace.  δτινας, 

11.  15,  492.  Cf.  also  the  Ion.  and 
Hom.  ασσα,  Att.  αττα. 

Radic.  Signf.,  whosoever,  whichso- 
ever, any  one  who,  any  thing  which,  thus 
strictly  differing  from  the  simple  δς, 
as  Lat.  quisque,  quicunque  from  qui : 
freq.  without  any  express  anteced., 
ovTLva  κιχείη,  έρητνσασκε,  whom- 
soever he  caught,  he  stopped,  11.  2, 


ΟΣΤΡ 

188  ;  δτις  κ'  έπίορκον  όμόσσί),  rvhoio 
forswears  himself,  11.  19,  260,  Od.  1, 

47,  etc.— 2.  Att.  it  is  freq.  strenglhd. 
by  an  anteced.  πάς,  but  only  in  sing. : 
in  plur.  πάντες  δσοι  is  used,  not 
πάντες  οϊτινες. — 3.  made  still  more 
indefinite  by  adding  γε,  όή,  ούν,  όή- 
ποτε,  όηποτοϋν  or  άν,  ivhosoever  he 
may  be,  etc.,  Pors.  Praef.  Hec.  p.  46 
Scholef.,  Lob.  Phryn.  373. — 4.  ior  εΐ 
τις,  Hes.  Th.  783,  Seidl.  Eur.  El. 
811. — 5.  for  ώστε,  if  ούτως  or  any 
such  word  goes  before,  Schiif.  Mel. 
p.  71. — 6.  ουδείς  δςτις  ov,  every  one, 
ουδέν  δ  τι  ονκ,  every  thing,  Hdt.  5, 
97,  Thuc.  7,  87:  in  which  phrases 
the  case  οίδςτις  usu.  depends  on  that 
of  ουδείς,  sometimes  however  the 
reverse,  v.  Stallb.  Plat.  Prot.  317  C, 
323  B. — 7.  δςτις  sometimes  refers  to 
a  definite  object,  but  never  without 
some  general  notion  therein  implied, 
as  τελενταιόν  σε  προςβλέφαιμι  νυν, 
δςτις  πέφασμαι  φύς  γ'  άφ'  ών  οϋ  χρήν, 
may  Ι  see  thee  now  for  the  last  time, 
since  I  a?n  one  who  was  born  from  un- 
lawful wedlock,  like  Lat.  ut  qui, 
Herm.  Soph.  O.  T.  688.-8.  δςτις, 
who,  what,  in  indirect  questions  not 
unfreq.  even  in  Homer :  in  direct  ques- 
tions only  when  the  person  question- 
ed repeats  the  question  before  he  gives 
the  answer,  Ar.  Ran.  198,  Ach.  595; 
but  in  II.  10,  142,  it  seems  to  be  just 
like  τί ; — II.  neut.  δ  τι  or  δ,  τι  is  oft. 
used  absol.  as  adv.,  wherefore,  for 
what  reason,  esp.  in  indirect  questions 
and  generally  in  dependent  clauses, 
also  καθ'  δ  τι,  Att.,  κατ'  δ  τι,  Hdt. 
6,  3. 

"Οστλιγξ,  ιγγος,  ό,  also  ΰστλιγξ, 
hair,  esp.  curled  hair,  a  lock  of  hair, 
Lat.  cirrus,  cincinnus.  Call.  Fr.  12. — 
II.  any  thing  curled  or  twisted,  as — 1. 
the  tendril  of  the  vine  and  other  creep- 
ing plants,  Theophr. — 2.  forked  light- 
ning, a  flash  of  light,  etc.,  A  p.  Rh.  1, 
1297 ;  cf  βύστρυξ,  βόστρυχος,  ελιξ. 
— 3.  of  the  feelers  of  the  polypus,  Nic. 
Al.  470. 

Όστοδοχεϊον,  ov,  τό,  a  place  for 
keeping  bones  in. 

Όστοειδής,  ές,  (όστέον,  είδο;)  like 
bones,  Hipp. 

Όστοθήκη,  ης,  ή,  (όστέον,  θήκη)  α 
place  for  putting  bones  in,  Lye.  367, 
Inscr. 

Όστοκατάκτης,  ου,  ό,  (όστέον,  κα- 
τάγννμι)  η.  bone-breaker,  an  instru- 
ment, Hipp. 

Όστοκλάστης,  ου,  (5,=  foreg. 

Όστοκόπος,  ό,=  όστεοκόπος  II. 

Όστοκόραξ,  άκος,  ό,  the  osprey,  Lat. 
ossifragus. 

Όστολογέω,  ω,  to  gather  bones,  Isae. 

48,  22 ;  and 

Όστολογία,  ας,  ή,  a  gathering  up  of 
bones  after  the  burning  of  a  body, 
Diod. : — also  όστολόγιον,  ου,  τό,  Lat. 
ossilegium. 

Όστολόγος,  ov,  (όστέον,  λέγω  II) 
collecting  bones :  οι  Όστολόγοι  was 
the  name  of  a  tragedy  of  Aeschylus. 

Όστοιιάχία,  ας,  ή,  and  όστομάχιον, 
ov,  τό  (όστέον,  μάχη)  α  game  like  our 
Chinese  puzzle,  but  played  with  four- 
teen pieces  of  bone  instead  of  seven, 
Auson.  Cento  Nupt.  Praef. 

Όστονν,  τό,  Att.  contr.  for  όστέον, 

q-v-  ,       .      ,      , 

Οστοφάγεω,  ώ,  (οστεον,  φαγεΐν) 
to  eat  bones,  Strab. 

Όστοφάνέω,  ω,  (όστέον,  φαίνω)  ίο 
shoiv  bones,  Hippiatr. 

Όστοφϋής,  ές,  (όστέον,  φυή)  of  α 
bony  nature  or  substance,  Batr.  297. 

'Οστράκεος,  a,  ov,—  όστράκινος, 
Orph.  Arg.  320.  [a] 


ΟΣΤΡ 

*Οστρϋ,Κΐύς•<  ε<•'Γ>  <5)  {όστρακον)  α 
potfr,  Α  nth.  Plan.  191. 

Όστβάκηρός,  ά,  όν,  {όστρακον)  of 
the  nature  nf  earthenware :  ζώα  όστρα- 
κηρά,  testaceous  animals,  Arist.  Η. 
Α.  4,  4,  18  :  cf.  μαλακία,  τά. 

'Οστρακιάς,  ον,  o,=foreg. :  a  kind 
of  cake,  Ath. 

ΌΰΤβάκίζω,  {όστρακον  I.  2)  to  ban- 
ish bi/ potsherds,  ostracisx,  Thiic.  1, 135, 
Andoc.  23,  42,  etc. :  in  Hdt.  also 
εξοστρακίζω. — Ostracism  (όστρακισ- 
μός)  vvas  adopted  at  Athens  not  as  a 
punishment, but  as  a  means  of  check- 
ing the  power  of  individuals,  when  it 
was  thought  to  have  become  too 
great  for  the  liberties  of  the  people, 
V.  Arist.  Pol.  3,  13,  15.  sq.,  5,  3,  3, 
tPlut.  Aristid.  7t,  Diet.  Antiqq.  p.  135 : 
cf.  όστρακισμός,  πεταλισμός. 

^Οστράκίνδα,  (όστρακον)  adv.,  τται- 
όια  όστρ.  a  game  at  potsherds ;  in 
which  a  potsherd,  black  on  one  side 
and  white  on  the  other,  was  thrown 
on  a  line,  and  according  as  the  black 
or  white  turned  up,  one  party  was 
obliged  to  fly  and  the  other  pursued, 
Pollux  9,  111;  the  game  was  also 
called  οστράκου  ττΐρίστροφή.  Plat. 
Rep.  521  C,  cf.  Phaedr.  241  B.— In  Ar. 
Eq.  855,  όστρακίνδα  βλέττειν,  there 
is  a  pun  on  όστρακισμός. 

Όστράκΐνος,  τ/,  ον,  (όστρακον)  like 
earthenware :  earthen,  made  of  clay, 
Lat.  testaceus,  Anth.  Plan.  191,  Luc, 
N.  T.  [a] 

Όστράκιον,  ον,  τό,  dim,  from 
όστρακον.  [α] 

'Οστράκές,  ίδος,  ^,  dim.  from  όστρα- 
κον.—  II.  the  hair  or  scaly  covering  of 
the  pine-cone,  Mnesith.  ap.  Ath.  57  B. 

'Οστρΰκισμός,  οΰ,  ο,  (όστρακίζω, 
<j.  V.)  a  voting  or  banishing  by  potsherds, 
vstracis?n,  Arist   Pol.  3,  13,  15. 

'Όστρΰκίτης,  ον,ό,  fern,  όστρΰκΐτις, 
ιόος,  like  όστρακίας,^όστρακηρός, 
esp., —  1,  a  kind  of  cake,  Ath.  647  E. 
— 2.  όστρ.  Τύθος, s-sort  of  stone,  o.sira- 
cites,  perh.  meerschaum,  Diosc,  Plin. 

'Οστρακόδερμος,  ον,  (  όστρακον, 
δέρμα)  with  a  skin  or  shell  like  a  pot- 
sherd, Batr.  297 :  for  τα  οστρακό- 
δερμα, V.  sub  μα?Μκια,  τά. 

Όστράκόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  poet,  for 
όστράκινος,  Anth.  P.  9,  86. 

'Όστρΰκοκονία,  ας,  ή,  (όστρακον, 
κονία)  α  pavement  made  of  crushed 
potsherds  or  tiles,  Lat.  pavimentum.  tes- 
taccum,  Geop. 

"Οστρακον,  ον,  τό,  burnt  clay  or 
anything  made  therefrom,  an  earthen 
vessel,  Lat.  testa,  Ar.  Ran.  1 190,  cf. 
Eccl.  1033. — 2.  a  tile  or  potsherd  ;  esp. 
the  tablet  used  in  voting,  v.  όστρακίζω  : 
τα  όστρακα  for  όστρακισμος.  Plat. 
(Com.)  Hyperb.  2  ;  also,  to  όστρακον 
έττιφέρείν  τινί.  to  vote  for  any  one's 
banishment,  Plut.,  q.  cf.,Pericl.  14. — 
3.  on  οστράκου  περιστροφή,  v.  sub 
όστρακίνδα. — 4.  a  sort  of  earthenware 
Castanet,  Ar.  Ran.  1305. — II.  the  hard 
shell  of  testacea,  as  snails,  muscles, 
tortoises,  H.  Horn.  Merc.  33  ;  v.  sub 
μαλάκια,  τά :  hence,  tortoise-shell, 
7nother-of-pearl,  Philo. — 2.  an  egg-shell, 
Aesch.  Fr.  390.  (Signf.  II.  seems  to 
have  been  the  oldest  and  makes  its 
affinity  to  όστέον  doubly  probable ; 
cf.  όστρεον,  ostreum,  oyster.) 

Όστρΰκάνωτος,  ον,  (όστρακον,  νύ- 
Τος)  with  a  back  covered  with  a  hard 
shell,  Teucer  ap.  Ath.  455  E. 

Όστρΰκοποιός,  όν,  (όστρακον,  ποι- 
έω)  making  earthenware :  ό  όστρ.,  α 
potter. 

Ό  στρΰκόρίνος,  ον,  (όστρακον,  (5ι- 
νός)=  οστρακόδερμος,  Ορρ.  Η.  1, 
313 ;  5,  589. 


ΟΣΦΡ 

Όστρΰκοφορέω,  ώ,  (όστρακον  Ι.  2, 
φέρω)  to  give  one's  vote  with  a  potsherd. 
Hence 

Όστρΰκοφορία,  ας,  ή,  a  voting  with 
potsherds,  Plut.  Ale.  13. 

Όστρΰκόχροος,  ον,  with  metapl. 
ace.  όστρακόχροα,  (όστρακον,  χρόα) 
with  a  hard  skin  or  shell,  Anth.  P.  6, 
196.     Cf.  μαλάκια,  τά. 

Όστρΰκόω,  ώ,  (όστρακον)  to  turn 
into  potsherds,  dash  in  pieces  :  pass,  to 
be  dashed  in  pieces,  Aesch.  Fr.  166. — 
II.  to  make  the  skin  like  shell,  όστρ.  TO 
δέρμα,  Arist.  Probl.  2,  32,  1  ; — pass. 
to  become  covered  with  a  hard  shell.  Lye. 
88. 

^Οστρΰκώδης,  ες,  (όστρακον,  είδος) 
like  potsherds,  Diosc. 

Όστρέίνος,  η,  ον,  (όστρεον)  of,  be- 
longing to  or  living  in  a  shell,  testaceous. 
Plat.  Phil.  21  C.  [?] 

Όστρειογράφής,  ές,  ίόστρειον,  γρά- 
φω) purple-painted,  Anth.  P.  append. 
330. 

Όστρειον,  ον,  τό,  =  όστρεον  II, 
Plat.  Rep.  420  C.     Hence 

'Οστρειος,  a,  ov,  purple. 

Όστρειώδης,  ες,=^όστρεώδης,  Aris- 
tid. Quint. 

"Οστρεον,  ov,  τό,  an  oyster,  Lat.  os- 
trea,  usu.  λψνόστρεον.  Plat.  Rep. 
611  D. — II.  a  purple  used  in  dyeing, 
prob.  that  produced  from  the  murex, 
Lat.  ostrum.  Plat.  Crat.  424  D,  cf.  όσ- 
τρειον.  (Akin  to  όστέον  and  όστρα- 
κον :  but  όστρον  as  orig.  form  of  όσ- 
τρεον is  no  more  to  be  found  than 
όστόν  of  όστέον.)     Hence 

Όστρεώδης,  ες,  (όστρεον,  είδος)  of 
the  oyster  kind,  Arist.  H.  A.  8,  30,  I. 

ΌστρΙμον,  ov,  τό,  a  stable,  Lye.  94, 
Antim.  ap.  Phot. 

Όστρίτης  λίθος,  6,  a  kind  of  stone, 
Orph.  Lith.  339.  [«] 

Όστρνα,  ας,  ή,  a  tree  with  very 
hard  wood,  like  the  hornbeam:  also 
όστρύς,  Theophr. 

'Οστρνγξ,  νγγος,  ή,  with  dim.  όσ- 
τρνγγιον, — a  dub.,  or  at  least  late  and 
rare  form  of  όστλίγξ. 

Όστρνς,  ή,=^όστρνα. 

Όστώδης,  ες,  (όστέον,  είδος)  like 
bone,  bony,  Xen.  Eq.  I,  8. 

"Οσνρις,  ή,  a  plant,  Diosc.  4,  143 ; 
prob.  the  χηνοττόδιον,  which  the 
Greeks  still  call  άξυρις. 

"Οσφρα,  ας,  ή,=^όσμτι,  Ach.  Tat. ; 
V.  όσφραίνομαι. 

Όσφράδιον,  ου,  τό,  =  όσφραντή- 
ριον  :  from 

Όσφραίνομαι,  dep.  mid. :  fut.  όσ- 
φρήσομαι:  aor.  ώσφρόμην,  όσφρόμε- 
νος,  Ar.  Ach.  179,  Vesp.  792 ;  more 
rarely  ώσφράμην.  Ion.  όσφράιΐ7]ν, 
hence  όσφραντο,  Hdt.  1,  80;  later 
also,  ώσφρησάμΐ]ν,  Arat.  Dios.  223, 
cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  741.  To  smell,  scent, 
track,  c.  gen.,  Hdt.  1.  c,  Ar.  Ran.  654, 
Xen.,  etc. ;  absol.,  Plat.  Phaed.  96  B, 
etc.  ;  c.  ace.  cognato,  ύσφρ.  όδμήν, 
Hdt.  1,  80. — II.  as  pass,  to  be  s7nelt, 
only  in  later  medic,  writers ;  who 
also  have  act.,  όσφραίνειν  τινά  τινι, 
to  make  one  smell  anything,  cf.  Lob. 
Phryn.  468  :  but  the  pres.  forms  όσ- 
φρω,  όσφρομαι,  όσφρύω,  όσφρέω  made 
out  of  the  aorists  are  not  Greek, 
though  όσφράται  is  found  in  Luc. 
Pise.  48,  Lob.  Aj.  p.  220.  (Akin  to 
όζω.)     Hence 

"Οσφρανσις,  εως,  ή,  a  smelling, 
smell,  Clearch.  ap.  Ath.  611  Β :  and 

Όσφραντήρ,  ήρος,  δ,^όσφραντής. 
Hence 

Όσφραντήριος,  a,  ov,  smelling,  able 
to  smell,  sharp-smelling,  μυκτήρες  όσφ., 
Ar.  Ran.  893,  like  Lat.  nares  aculi. — 
II.  pass.,  TO  όσφραντηριον  (sc.  φάρ• 


ΟΣΩΡ 

μακον),  a  medicine  that  one  smells  at 
to  strengthen  or  revive  one's  self, 
Lat.  olfactorium. 

Όσφραντής,  ov,  ό,  (όσφραίνομαι) 
one  who  smells,  scents,  tracks.     Hence 

Όσφραντικός,  ή,  όν,  quick  smelling, 
Arist.  Gen.  An.  5,  2,  7. 

'Οσφραντο,  3  plur.  aor.  1  mid.  Ion. 
of  όσφραίνομαι,  Hdt. 

Όσώραντός,  ή,  όν,  (όσφραίνομαι) 
smelt :  that  can  be  smelt,  Arist.  de  An- 
ima  2,  9,  1. 

Όσφράσία,   ας,    η,  =  όσφρανσις, 

Όσφρήσασθαι,  poet,  inf  aor.  of  όσ- 
φραίνομαι. 

'Οσφρησις,  η,  =  όσφρανσις.  Plat. 
Phaed.  Ill  Β,  Theaet.  156  Β. 

'Οσφρητικός,  ή,  όν,^^όσφραντικός, 
Diog.  L.  9,  80. 

Όσφρητός,  ή,  όν,=  όσφραντός. 

Όσφρόμενος,  part.  aor.  2  mid.  of 
όσφραίνομαι. 

Όσφναλγέω,  ώ,  to  have  the  sciatica, 
Hipp. ;  from 

Όσφί'α'λγής,  ές,  (οσφύς,  άλγος) 
with  a  pain  in  the  hips  and  loins,  Aesch. 
Fr.  363.     Hence 

'Οσφυαλγία,  ας,  ή,  a  pain  in  the  hips 
and  loins,  sciatica,  Hipp. 

Όσφνήξ,  ήγος,  ό,  ή,  (οσφύς,  άγνυ- 
μι)  having  dislocated  one's  hip,  hip-shot. 

ΌΣΦΤ'Σ,  ή,  gen.  όσφνος :  ace.  όσ- 
φνν,  also  όσφνα,  m  Anth.  P.  12,  213  : 
— the  loin,or  the  fleshy  muscular  parts 
in  the  small  of  the  back,  υρρ.  to 
ώμοι,  Hdt.  2,  40,  Aesch.  Pr.  497;  of 
wasps,  εχονσι  κέντρον  εκ  της  όσφν- 
ος, Ar.  Vesp.  225  :— Xen.  Eq.  1,  11 
describes  a  horse's  loins  ; — called  δι- 
πλή οσφύς,  from  the  furrow  or  divi- 
sion that  runs  down  the  back,  and 
which  is  somewhat  inaccurately  ren- 
dered duplex  spina  by  Varro  and  yiig. 
G.  3,  87.  [v  in  dissyll.  cases  ;  hence 
Arcad.  p.  92,  11,  writes  it  όσφϋς,  like 
όφρϋς.] 

Όσχέα,  ή,  όσχεον,  τό,  and  όσχεος, 
δ,  ν.  οσχη  11. 

ΌΣΧΗ,  also  ώσχη,  ης,  ή,  like  όσ- 
χος,  ώσχος  ό,  α  young  branch,  sucker, 
shoot,  Nlc.  Al.  108: — esp.  a  vine-branch 
with  grapes  on  it,  όσχος  ημερίδας, 
Ar.  Ach.  997,  ubi  v.  Dmd.,  cf.  Ath. 
495  F : — μόσχος  with  μ  euphon.,  v. 
M.V.I. — II.  a  bag,  esp.  the  scrotum, 
Hipp. ;  also  called  όσχος,  όσχεον. — 
In  Arist.  Gen.  An.  1,  12,  2,  is  also 
found  όσχέα,  ή ;  if  this  reading  is 
right,  the  word  in  this  signf  should 
be  όσχή,  not  όσχη. 

'Οσχιον,  ov,  τό,  the  raised  margin 
round  the  orifice  of  the  womb,  Hipp.,  but 
the  reading  is  very  dub. 

Όσχοβόρος,  ov,  (όσχη,  βορά)  de- 
stroying young  twigs,  Or.  Sib. 

'Οσχος,  or  ώσχος,  ό,  v.  sub  όσχη. 

Όσχοφορέω,  ώ,  to  celebrate  the  fes- 
tival όσχοφόρια. 

Όσχοφόρια,  or  ύσχ-,  τά,  (όσχοφό- 
ρος)  a  day  of  the  Athen.  festivai  Σκι- 
pa,  on  which  chosen  boys,  sons  of  cit- 
izens, in  women's  dress,  carrying  the 
vine-branches  loaded  with  grapes,  went 
in  procession  from  the  temple  of  Bac- 
chus to  that  of  Αθηνά  Σκιράς,  Plut. 
Thes.  22,  Ath.  495  F. 

Όσχοφορικύς  or  ώσχ-,  ή,  όν,  be- 
longing to  an  όσχοφόρος  or  όσχοφό- 
ρια. Ath.  631  B. 

Όσχοφορίον.  ov,  TO,  a  place  in 
Athens  in  which  stood  the  temple  of 
'Αθηνά  Σκιράς,  Α.  Β.  p.  318. 

Όσχοφόρος  or  ώσχ-,  ον,  (όσχη,  φέ- 
ρω) bearing  vine-branches  laden  with 
grapes,  esp.  at  the  festival  όσχοφόρια, 
Hyperid.  ap.  Harpocr. 

Όσώραι,  adv.  for  δσαι  ωραι,  everu 
1059 


OTE 

hmir,  hourly,  late  word,  formed  after 
όίτημέμαΐ- 

"Οτα,  Aeol.  for  δτε,  like  πάτα  for 
Ίτότε. 

Ότΰν,  for  or'  uv  (ore  ύν)  as  Wolf  | 
always  writes  it  in  Horn.  : — Adv.  ot 
time,  usu.  followed  by  the  subjunct.  | 
of  a  possible  contingency,  present  or 
future,  whenever,  as  soon  as,  tor  which 
the  Att.  also  have  όταν  τάχιστα,  II. 

I,  519,  Od.  9,  6;   δταν  ποτέ,  U.  4, 
164  ;  in  similes,  ώς  ό'  ΰταν,  as  ivhen, 

II.  10,  5,  Od.  5,  394,  etc.— 2.  no  good  [ 
author  has  it  with  the  indic,  for  in 
II.  12,  42,  στρέφιτταί  is  Ep.  form  for  ; 
στρέφηται,   Herm.   Vig.  n.   257,  ap-  , 
pend.  10 :  it  is  true  that  Od.  10,  410,  ι 
ώς  ό'  ύταν...σκαίρονσι  (for  σκαίρωσι), 
seems  to  be  an  exception,  but  this  is  1 
by  anacoluthon. — 3.  it  is  never  used 
with  the  optat.  by  good  authors  (for  j 
in    όταν    νεώιι.-.έκσωζοίατο,    Aesch. 
Pers.  450,   Dind.  now   reads  ot'   f/c  ! 
with  Eimsl.),  except  in  oratione  obli-  \ 
qua  after  another  opt.,  where  in  ora- 
tione recta  the  subjunct.  with  ύταν 
would  have  stood,  Jelf  Gr.  Gr.  ^  844 
Obs. :   so  Horn,  ΰτε  an•,  usu.  with 
subjunct.,  11.  6,  225,  454  ;  but  with 
opt.,  where  a  mere  possibility  is  men- 
tioned, 11.  1,  567,  cf.  9,  525 ;  so,  όταν 
ήβήσειε,  Hes.  Op.  131  ;  οτε  κεν,  even 
with  indic,  Od.  24,   88,   cf.   Herm. 
Vig.  Append.  10.— Strengthd.,  ύταν- 
περ,  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  5,  21,  Plat.  Rep. 
565  A.     Cf.  'ό-όταν.     [Perh.  some- 
times α  in  late  writers,  Meineke  Me- 
nand.  p.  544,  not.] 

νΟτύνης,  ov  Ion.  εω,  ό,  Olanes,  a 
Persian  nobleman,  Hdt.  3,  68.— Other 
distinguished  Persians,  Hdt.  5,  25; 
7,  61  ;  etc. 

ΥΟτάσπης,  ov  Ion.  εω,  ό,  Otaspes, 
a  leader  of  the  Assyrians,  Hdt.  7,  63. 

"Οτε,  adv.  of  time,  usu.  with  indic. 
of  past  tenses,  when,  of  a  thing  actu- 
ally gone  before,  freq.  in  Hom.,  usu. 
with  impf  and  aor.  ;  also  with  perf , 
II.  21,  156;  with  piqpf,  11.  5,  392: 
strengthd.  οτε  δη,  freq.  in  Horn.,  and 
Hes.  :  ijv  ot'  Ijv,  there  was  a  time 
when. ..once  upon  a  time,  formerly,  Rei- 
sig  Comm.  Crit.  de  Soph.  O.  C.  1691 
(1699). — II.  with  pres.  indicat.,  when, 
of  a  thing  actually  exi.sting  at  any 
time,  11.  2,  471 ;  4,  259,  etc.,  cf.  Herm. 
Vig.  append.  10.-2.  also  sometimes 
in  causal  signf.,  since,  seeing  that,  Lat. 
quando  or  quandoquidem,  11.  16,  343, 
etc.,  Herm.  Vig.  ubi  supra ;  so,  οτε 
ye,  Hdt.  5,  92,  1.— III.  with  fut.  in- 
dic, of  a  thing  actually  future,  11.  1, 
518,  Od.  18,  272,  etc.— IV.  with  aor. 
subjunct.,  ij,  in  case  that,  supposing 
that,  like  όταν,  denoting  that  which 
will  be  certain  under  particular  cir- 
cumstances, hence  freq.  in  similes, 
11.  2,  395,  782,  etc. ;  δτε  που,  Lat.  si 
quando,  Od.  10,  486.— V.  with  opt., 
esp.  aor.,  whenever,  as  often  as,  of  re- 
peated actions,  habits,  II.  1,  610;  4, 
263,  etc. ;  also  δτε  όή,  II.  3,  216.-2. 
but  the  opt.  loses  this  signf,  and  is 
used  like  the  subjunct.  of  a  single 
act,  in  clauses  dependent  on  a  verb 
in  the  opt.  or  subj.,  11.  3,  55  ;  18,  465, 
etc.— 3.  δτε  μη,  always  with  the  opt., 
for  ei  μη,  unless,  except,  save  when,  11. 
13,  319,  Od.  16,  197:  so  with  verb 
omitted,  οντέ  τεω  σπένδεσκε  θεών, 
δτε  μη  Δα  πατριέ  save  to  Jupiter,  11. 
16,  227;  and  thus  just=Lat.  nisi. — 
VI.  to  introduce  a  simile,  ώς  δ'  οτε, 
as  when,  usu.  with  the  subj.  pres.  or 
aor.,  II.  2,  147  ;  6,  506.  etc. ;  whereas 
ύς  δτε,  usu.  with  the  indic,  II.  4,  130, 
etc.  :  the  verb  must  usu.  be  supplied 
from  the  context,  as  11.  2,394,  Od.  10, 
1060 


DTI 

462. — VII.  after  μέμνημαι,  δτε  takes 
the  place  of  δτι,  Lat.  memini  cum,  as 
we,  1  remember  when,  for  that,  II.  15, 
18  ;  after  ΰκονειν,  11.  1,  397  ;  Άαθιϊν, 
11.  7,  627  ;  and,  generally,  with  verbs 
of  knowing,  or  not  knowing,  Pors. 
Hec.  109:  in  Hom.  usu.  with  aor.  indic. 
— VIII.  ore  with  other  particles, — 1. 
for  δτ'  άν,  V.  sub  δταν. — 2.  tire  δη  and 
δτε  δη  l)a,  stronger  than  δτε,  Ireq.  in 
Hom.,  and  Hes.,  usu.  with  indic  pres., 
impf.,  and  aor.,  more  rarely  with  opt. 
aor. — 3.  ore  re,  as  in  the  case  of  ofre, 
joming  it  more  closely  to  what  goes  be- 
lore,  treq.  in  Horn.,  and  Hes. ;  also  δτε 
ττέρ  τε,  II.  4,  259,  usu.  with  indic. 
pre.s.  and  aor.,  more  rare  with  aor. 
subj. — 4.  δτε  περ,  II.,  and  Hes.— 5. 
πριν  γ  δτε,  ere  the  time  when,  be/ore 
that,  Od.  13,  322  ;  so,  πριν  y'  δτε  δη, 
II.  9,  488,  etc  ;  also,  πριν  y'  δτ'  άν, 
with  aor.  subj  ,  Od.  2,  374.— -6.  etc  ore 
κεν,  against  the  time  when..,  with  aor. 
subj.,  Od.  2,  99.— IX.  the  usu.  cor- 
relative adv.  is  τότε,— δτε  δη..,  τότε 
δη..,  II.  10,  365  ;  δη  τυτε,  23,  722  ;  καΐ 
τότε  δί/,  22,  209  ;  καΐ  τύτ'  άρα,  24, 
32 :  for  τότε  we  sometimes  have  έν- 
θα, as  in  II.  2,  303  ;  έπειτα,  3,  221  ; 
αντίκα,  4,  210 ;  δέ,  5,  438  ;  ήματι  τω, 
2,  743 ;  but  this  correlative  is,  as  in 
our  own  language,  often  left  out. — 
X.  εσθ'  δτε  for  εστίν  δτε,  like  Lat. 
f."ii  ubi,  there  are  times  when,  sometimes, 
nniv  and  then,  esp.  Att.,  also  in  Hdt. 
εστίν  δτε,  2,  120 :  cf  δπον  I.  5. 

Β.  ore,  as  adv.,  like  ίσβ"  δτε,  some- 
times, now  and  then,  but  (hen  strictly 
used  like  ποτέ  at  the  beginning  of 
each  of  two  corresponding  clauses, 
noiv..,  now..,  sometimes,  sometimes.. :  in 
Att.  usu.  ore  μεν..,  ότέ  δε.. :  but  in  II. 
ore  μεν-,  άλλοτε  or  α'λλοτε  δέ,  18, 
599  ;  also,  ore  μεν  τε-.,  άλλοτε  ύέ.., 
11,64;  and  reversely,  ά?ιλοτε  μεν.., 
ότέ  δέ..,  11,  566 ;  also  ότέ  in  the  sec- 
ond clause,  without  any  correlative 
in  the  first,  17,  178  ;  Soph,  joins  εσθ' 
δτε  and  ότέ,  Aj.  56,  cf.  Herm.  Vig.  n. 
258. 

Ore,  neut.  from  ofre : — also  Ion. 
masc.  for  δςτε,  II. 

Ότέοισιν,  Ep.  for  οίςτισιν,  II. 
"Οτεν,  Ion.  for  ούτινος,  Od. 
"Oretj,  Ep.  for  ώτινι,  Hom. 
"Οτεων,  Ep.  for  ώντινων,  Od. 
"Ori,  Ep.  δττΐ  (both  in  Hom.)  :— 
conjunction,  that,  usu.  after  verbs  of 
seeing  or  knowing:  also  alter  πολύ, 
ώδε,  τόσος  and  the  like,  so  much  so, 
that..,  as  in  II.  4,  32  ;  6,  126,  Od.  5, 
340  :  Hom.  freq.  joins  ori  pa,  also 
δτι  δ?},  11.  7,  448 :  in  Hom.  always 
with  the  indic. — II.  Att.  δτι  is  used 
like  our  that  in  quoting  another's 
words,  instead  of  the  ace  and  inf., 
and  this  is  esp.  freq.  with  verbs  of 
saying,  usu.  with  the  indic.  of  what- 
ever tense  the  speaker  himself  used  ; 
but  also  freq.  with  the  optat.  in  ora- 
tione obliqua,  Jelf  Gr.  Gr.  i^  602. — 2. 
the  opt.  and  indic.  are  found  even  in 
the  same  sentence,  Id.  Obs.  3,  }. — 3. 
so  δτι..,  and  the  ace.  with  inf  are 
found  together.  Id.  §  804,  5.-4.  with 
the  optat.,  δτι  is  sometimes  left  out, 
Soph.  Phil.  617:  but, — 5.  δτι  is  oft. 
followed  by  the  very  words  of  a 
speech  (where  in  our  idiom  the  con- 
junction is  left  out,  its  place  being 
usu.  supplied  by  inverted  commas), 
Plat.  Prot.  317  E,  etc.— 6.  δτι  is  also 
used  pleonast.with  the  infin.and  ace, 
as,  ειπον  ότι  πρώτον  έμέ  χρηναι  πει- 
ραθήναι  κατ'  έμαντόν,  v/hich  is  in  fact 
a  mi.-sture  of  the  two  constructions, 
ειπον  δτι  πρώτον  έμέ  έχρην  and  ειπον 
έμέ  χρήναι  πρώτον,  Plat.  Legg.  892 


ΟΤΙ 

D,  cf  Stallb.  Plat.  Phaed.  63  Β,  Lob. 
Phryn.  772. — III,  ότι  in  Att.  olten  re- 
presents a  whole  sentence,  esp.  in 
affirm,  answers,  as,  ονκονν  KanCi 
νπερβύ/.λον  το  άδικΐΐν  κύκιον  uv 
εΐη  τοϋ  άόικεΐσθαι ;  answer,  Λ}Λοι• 
όή  ότι  (i.  e,  δτι  κακίον  άν  εΐη,  or  ότι 
ταύτα  ούτως  έχει).  Plat.  Gorg.  475 
D  :  there  Is  a  like  ellipsis  in  the  af- 
firmative forms  οίδ'  ότι  οίσϋ'  δτι,  Ισβ' 
ότι.  Wolf  Lept.  508,  ]7,Heind.  Plat. 
Gorg.  486  Β  :  and  hence  arose  the 
practice  of  using  δηλονότι  as  adv. — 
IV.  δτι  μη,  usu.  when  a  negat.  goes 
before,  unless,  except,  except  that,  Lat. 
nisi,  nisi  quod,  and  so  just  like  ei  μτ'/, 
Hdt.  1,  18,  143,  cf.  Malth.  Gr.  Gr. 
^  624,  3,  b.  Herm.  Vig.  n.  347.— V. 
μη  ότι,  foil,  by  άλλα  or  άλλα  καί,  an 
ellipt.  phrase,  like  μη  όπως  and  μή 
'ίνα,  I  do  not  say  that..,  but, — not  only 
not  so,  but, — like  μη  μόνον  μή,  Lat. 
7wn  modo  non..,  sed  ne  quidem  or  nedum, 
Jelf  ή  762,  2,  3.-2.  ονχ  δτι..,  άλλα... 
or  ύ/ίλά  καί..,  is  constructed  in  the 
same  way,  except  that  it  refers  to  :i 
thing  as  really  existing,  not  as  mere- 
ly supposed,  Herm.  Vig.  n.  267. — VI. 
μη  δτι  itself  in  apodosis,  without  an 
answering  άλ'λά,  like  Lat.  nedum,  ne 
dicam,  not  to  mention  that..,  not  to 
say  that..  ;  usu.  after  a  negat. — 2.  ονχ 
δτι,  in  apodosis,  Lat.  quamquam,  Σω- 
κράτει  έγγνώμαι  μή  έπιλήσεσθαι, 
ονχ  hTL  ψησιν  έπιλήσμων  είναι,  Ι 
warrant  him  not  to  forget,  though  he 
says...  Plat.  Prot.  336  D. 

B.  δτι  as  a  causal  particle, /or /Λα/, 
because,  oft.  in  Horn.,  esp.  in  phrase 
δτι  βα ;  in  Hom.  and  Hes.  alway.s 
with  the  indic.  (for  Theog.  199  is 
spurious),  but  from  Hdt.  downwards 
also  with  optat. — 2.  sometimes,  like 
all  relatives,  it  has  a  demonstr.  force, 
therefore,  and  forms  an  independent 
clause,  δτι  τοι  νόος  έστιν  απηνής, 
therefore  is  thy  mind  ruthless,  II.  16. 
35,  cf  23,  484,  Od.  22,  36:  here, 
strictly  speaking,  a  protasis  is  omit- 
ted, roOro  TO  αΙτίόν  έστιν,  δτι... — II. 
δτι  τι ;  always  used  without  a  verb, 
which  must  be  supplied  from  what 
goes  before,  and  so  always  as  a  re- 
joinder, why  so  ?  in  full  it  would  he 
τί  έστι  τοντο  δι'  δ  τι ;  Herm.  Vig. 
η.  348 : — so  too,  δτι  δή  τι;  and  ότι 
δη  τι  μάλιστα  ; — but  δθ'  οννεκα  does 
not  belong  to  this  place,  v.  sub  όθον- 
νεκα. — III.  ότι  in  indirect  questions, 
ivhy  is  it  that.,  ΐ  ότι  γελώην ;  why 
did  1  laugh  ?  Luc  ;  hence  διότι,  q.  v. 

C.  with  super!,  of  adv.,  to  give 
them  the  greatest  possible  force,  in 
Horn,  only  δττι  τάχιστα,  as  quick  as 
possible,  Lat.  quam  celerrime,  II.  4. 
193,  Od.  5,  112,  and  oft.  in  Hes. :  more 
rarely  with  compar.,  as,  ort  πλέον, 
Hdt.  7,  184:  δτι  θάσσον,Ύ\ιβοα:24, 
48. — II.  in  Att.  also  with  superl.  of 
adj.,  as,  δτι  πλείστον  χρόνον,  Xen. 
Cyr.  6,  1,  43;  δτι  πλείστοι.  Lat. 
quam  plurimi. — 111.  with  a  subst.  only 
in  phrase  ότι  τάχος,  for  δτι  τάχιστα, 
Hdt.  9,  7,  2  ;  like  όσον  τάχος. 

D.  ori  was  orig.  neut.  from  δςτις, 
as  Lat.  conjunction  quod,  and  om thai, 
and  so  strictly  is  for  (5(ά  τοντο  δ  τι, 
or  δι'  δ  τι :  hence,  the  readings  vary 
between  ότι  and  δ  τι,  as  in  11.  1,  64, 
where  one  is  as  good  as  the  utiicr. 
The  clearest  traces  of  this  deriv.  re- 
main,— I.  in  its  construction  with  su- 
perl., for  strictly  δτι  πλείστον  is  ό 
τι  το  πλείστον,  that  which  is  the  most, 
i.  e.  the  most  possible  :  and,^2.  in 
ότι  μή,  in  negat.  clauses,  for  strictly 
ονδέν  ότι  μή  'Αθήναι  is  ονόέν  δ  τι 
μή  Ά.  έστι,  nothing  that  is  not  Athens, 


ΟΤΡΤ 

L  e.  nothing  but  Athens,  Herm.  Yig. 
n.  3-17.  {'On  answers  to  Lat.  uti,  ut, 
cf.  id,  ill-ud,  ist-ud.)  [The  last  syll. 
is  short,  but  used  long  in  arsis  by 
Horn.  But  though  short,  the  ι  is 
never  elided  in  Att.,  prob.  to  avoid 
confusion  with  οτε,  Pors.  Hec.  109 ; 
nor  is  the  hiatus  permitted  except  in 
comedy,  Br.  Ar.  Lys.  611,  Ach.  516, 
Kiihner  Gr.  Gr.  (^  30,  2 :  in  Horn,  the 
elision  is  freq.] 

*0  ri  or  ότι,  neut.  from  δςτις, 
Horn,  and  Hdt. 

'Ort^, conjunction, =ότ£  Β, because, 
Ar.  Eq.  29,  428,  etc. ;  hence  ότιητί ; 
for  bTLTj  τι ;  why  so  ?  wherefore  so  ? 
Ar.  Nub.  784;  and,  ότιή  τί  δή ;  lb. 
756. — Cf.  Till,  επειή. 

Ότινα,  ace.  niasc.  sing,  and  neut. 
pi.  from  όςτις,  Ep.  for  ύντινα  and 
άτίνα,  Horn. 

Ότινας,  ace.  pi.  from  δςτις,  Ep. 
for  ονςτινας,  άςτινας,  IL 

Ότιοϋν,  any  thing  at  all,  Thuc. 
7,  48. 

"Οτις,  Ep.  and  Ion.  for  δςτίζ,  Horn. : 
for  further  irregularity  of  declens.  v. 
sub  ocTiQ. 

'Οτλενω,=6τλέω,  Αρ.  Rh.  2, 10O8. 

Ότ/.έο),  to  suffer,  endure,  c.  acc. 
Call.  Fr.  274  ;  absol.,  Ap.  tth.  4, 1227, 
Lye.  819  t(v.  sub  δτλος.)     Hence 

Ότ/.ημα,  ατός,  το,  that  which  is 
suffered,  distress,  hardship. 

Ότ?ίήμων,  ov,  ^  τλήμων,  άθλιος, 
suffering,  unhappy. 

Ότ/Μς,  ov,  a,  suffering,  distress, 
Aesch.  Theb.  18.  ('Or/of,  ότΆέω, 
ότ?^ήμων  seem  to  be  formed  from 
""Γλάω  τληναι,  τλήμων,  τάλας,  with 
ο  euphou.,  just  as  άθλιος  and  άτλας 
come  from  same  root,  with  aeuphon.) 

Ότο3έω,  ύ,  to  sound  loud,  sound 
wildly,  κοτν/.αις  δτοβεΐ,  Aesch.  Fr. 
54  ;  of  the  flute,  ότο'ϊεϊ  όόναξ---ϋ~νο- 
δόταν  νμνον,  Aesch.  Pr.  574 :  from 

Ότο3βς,  poet,  όττ-  (but  v.  Pors. 
Or.  1386),  ov,  6,  any  loud,  wild,  start- 
ling noise,  as  the  din  of  battle,  or.  ά~- 
λ.ητος,  Hes.  Th.  709  ;  the  rattling  of 
chariots,  Aesch.  Theb.  151,  204;  of 
thunder.  Soph.  O.  C.  1479 :  also  of 
the  sound  of  the  flute.  Id.  Aj.  1202. 
(Doubtless  onomatop.) 

Ότοτοΐ.  an  exclamation  of  paiu 
and  grief,  ah !  woe !  Trag. :  also 
lengthd.,  ότοτοτοτοί  τοτοί,  Soph.  EL 
1245 ;  ότοτοΓΟΤοτοτοΙ,  Eur. Tro.  1294. 
Cf.  όττοτοΐ. 

Ότοτνζω,  f.  -fu,  to  cry  δτοτοί,  to 
wail,  Ar.  Pac.  1011:  in  pass.,  to  be 
bewailed,  Aesch.  Cho.  329.     Hence 

Ότοτνζίοί,  ων,  οι,  comic  pr.  η.  in 
Ατ.  Αν.  1043,  the  men  of  Wails,  with 
a  play  on  Όλοόύξωι. 

Ότραλέος,  a,  ov,  (orpuvtO  =  sq., 
Opp.  H.  2,  273,  Q.  Sm.  11,  107  :— in 
Hom.  and  Hes.  only  in  adv.  ότβάλέ- 
ijf,  quickly,  readily,  as  11.  3,  260,  Od. 
19,  100. 

νΟτρενς,  έως  Ep.  ηος,  ό,  Otreus,. 
son  of  Dymas,  king  of  the  Phrygians, 
II.  3,  186. 

ΥΟτρήρη,  ης.  ή,  Otrir?.,  a  queen  of 
the  Amazons,  Ap.  Rh.  2,  387. 

Ότρηρός,  ά,  όν,  (ότρύνω)  quick, 
nimble,  busy,  ready,  in  Hom.  epith.  of 
θερύ-ων,  Jl.  1,  321.  etc. ;  cf  Ar.  Av. 
909  ;  of  ταμίη,  IL  6,  381  ;  μάζ^  ότρη- 
p^,  comically,  Matro  ap.  Ath.  136  D. 
Adv.  -ρύς. — II.=  oft3f,  sharp,  cutting, 
painful,  Opp.  H.  2,  529. 

ΌτρΙχ^ες,  nom.  plur.  from  δθριζ,  II. 

ΥΟτροία,  ας,  ή,  Oiroea,  a  town  of 
Bithymia,  Strab.  p.  566. 

Ότρϋγηφύγος,  ov,  =  τρνγηφάγος, 
Archil.  96. 

\Ότρννεΐς,  έων,  oi,  the  inhab.  of 


OTQ 
Otryna,  an  Attic  deme  ;  in  sing.,  ό 
^Οτρννενς,  έως,  of  (the  deme)  Otry- 
na, Dem.  1083,  5. 

Ότρννέω,  fut.  from  ότρύνω,  Hom. ; 
Att.  ότρννώ. 

νΟτρυνικός,  ή,  όν,  of  Otryna,  Otry- 
nian,  Antiph.  Tim.  8. 

Ότρννσις,  εως,  ή,=ότρνντνς,  q.  v. 

νΟτρυντείδης,  ov,  ό,  son  of  Olryn- 
teus,  i.  e.  Iphition,  IL  20,  383. 

ΥΟτρνντενς,  έως  Ep.  ηος,  ό,  Otryn- 
teus,  a  Lydian  from  Hyda,  11.  20,  384. 

Ότρνντήμ,  ήρας,  o,^sq. 

'Ρτρύντης,  ov,  ό,  (ότρύνω)  one  who 
stirs  up  or  rouses. 

Ότρυντίκός,  ή,  όν,  stirring  up,  rous- 
ing- 

Ότρνντνς,  νος,  ή.  Ion.  for  δτρννσις, 
a  stirring  iip,  rousing,  encouragement, 
II.  19,  234,  235  :  [ϋς,  νος]  from 

ΌΤΡΤ'Νί2  .•  fut.  -ννύ,  Ion.  and 
Ep.  -ϋνέω  .'  aor.  ώτρϋνα : — to  stir  up, 
rotise,  spur  on,  encourage,  esp.  to  bat- 
tle, to  any  sudden  or  violent  e.xertion, 
freq.  in  Hom. ;  to  rouse  from  sleep,  wake 
up,  II.  10,  158 ;  usu.  c.  inf ,  ότρ.  τινά 
Τϊολεμίζειν,  μάχεαθαι,  II.  4,  294,  414, 
etc.  ;  γήμασθαι,  Od.  19,  158,  etc.  ; 
also  ημάς  ότρννων  καταττανέμεν,  Od. 
2,  244 : — also,  ότρ.  τίνα  εις  τι,  II.  15, 
59,  Od.  1,  85  ;  επί  τι.  II.  24,  289  ;  ττό- 
λιν  εϊσω,  Od.  15,  40;  πό?Λνδε,  Od. 
15.  306 ;  πό/.εμόνδε,  II.  2,  589  :  so  too 
in  Pind.,  and  Trag. :  more  rarely  c. 
dat.  pers.,  Pind.  P.  4,  71. — Pass.,  to 
rouse  one's  self,  bestir  one's  self  hence 
to  hasten,  Hoin.  :  the  act.  in  this  in- 
trans.  signf.  is  very  rare,  for  even  in 
II.  7,  420  the  reading  is  dub.,  v.  Heyne 
T.  5,  p.  379. — 2.  more  rarely  of  ani- 
mals, to  urge  on,  cheer  on,  ούρτ/ας,  11. 
23,  111 ;  ί-ττονς,  IL  16,  167,  etc. ;  κν- 
ΐ'ας,  IL  18,  584. — 3.  also  of  things,  to 
push  on,  urge  forward,  quicken,  speed, 
τΓομπήν,  Od.  7.  151  ;  8,  30  ;  όόόν  τινι, 
Od.  2,  253  ;  άγγελίην,  Od.  16,  355  ; 
μύχην,  II.  22,  277.  —  Always  with 
collat.  notion  of  zeal  or  activity,  as  in 
σττενδω,  ττοι^^ννω.  έττω. — Poet.  word. 
(Hence  ότρηρός,  ότρα/.έος.)  {ϋ  in  all 
tenses  except  fut.] 

Όττα,  ή,  Att.  for  δασά. 

Όττάβος,  ό,  a  supposed  collat. 
form  from  κότταβος. 

Όττεία,  ας,  ή,  a  foreboding,  esp.  of 
evil :  the  superstitious  fear  0Γ  dread 
caused  thereby,  Dion.  H.  1,  38  :  cf. 
όττενομαι. 

Όττεο.  Ep.  for  ούτινος,  gen.  of 
δςτις,  Od.  1,  124  ;  22,  377  ;  contr. 
όττεν,  Od.  17,  121. 

Όττενομαι,  {δσσα,  δττα)  Att.  for 
όσσεύομαι,  to  divine  from  omvious 
voices  or  sounds,  Plut.  2,  356  E,  .\el. 
N.  .\.  1,  48: — generally,  to  have  fore- 
bodines  of  a  thing,  το  μέ?.?.ον,  Polvb. 
27,  14,  5  ;  τι  ττερί  τίνος.  Id.  1,  11,  15  : 
—  όττενομένη  δε  κύθηται,  she  sits 
looking  for  omens  of  a  lover,  Ar.  Lvs. 
597. —  ll.  to  deprecate  as  ill-omened, 
Lat.  abominari,  Dion.  H.  2,  19. — κ/.η- 
δονίζομαι  was  the  equiv.  Hellenic 
form,  acc.  to  Moeris. 

Όττι,  Ep.  for  ότι  (the  conjunction), 
Horn.,  and  Hes. 

Όττΐ,  Ep.  for  δ  τι,  neut.  from  δςτις, 
Hom. 

Όττις,  ή,=:δφις,Ή.esycL•  cf.  άσσε. 

Όττυίέω,  δττο3ος,  6,  poet,  for 
ύτοβ;  but  V.  Pors.  Or.  1386. 

Όττομαι,  Att.  for  ΰσσομαι. 

Όττοτοί,  =  OToToi.  disputed  by 
Pors.  Phoen.  1052,  but  defended  by 
Seidl.  Dochm.  p.  44. 

ΤΟτνς,  νος,  ό.  Oiys,  king  of  the 
Paphlagonians,  Xen.  Hell.  4,  1,3; 
more  correctly.  Κότνς. 

"Οτω,  Att.  dat.  of  όςτις,  for  φτινι. 


OT 

'  Ου,  as  a  diphthong  regularly  long, 
except  in  AeoL,  where  it  is  not  sel- 
dom short,  V.  Priscian  1,  6,  SchoL 
Dionys.  Thrac.  ap.  A.  B.  p.  779.  Buttm. 
Lexil.  s.  V.  ιίοί'/.ομαι  7-9.  Later  po- 
ets make  it  short  when  it  represents 
the  Lat.  κ,  only  in  prop,  names,  i.  e. 
ΙΙόστονμος,  'Ρούτονλος,  etc.,  Jac. 
A.  P.  p.  631.926. 

O'Y,  Adverb,  not  (for  its  differ 
ence  from  μή,  v.  μή  sub  init.) ; — be- 
fore a  vowel  with  spiritus  lenis,  ονκ  ; 
with  spiritus  asper,  ονχ ;  but  before 
/3,  oi' :  in  Att.  also  ουχί  [t],  w^hich 
however  also  occurs  in  II.  15,  716; 
16,  762,  though  Hom.  more  usu.  has 
ονκί  [ί],  and  that  always  at  the  end 
of  the  clause  and  usu.  of  the  verse, 
answering  to  an  affirm,  clause  which 
has  gone  before,  as,  ήέ  και  ονκί. — 
From  Hom.  downwards  used, 

A.  strictly  in  absolute,  independent 
clauses  :  when  joined  with  single 
verbs  followed  by  infin.  to  deny  a 
fact,  it  is  rendered  esp.  in  Lat.  by  a 
single  negat.  verb,  as  ov  φηαι,  Lat. 
7iego,  II.  7,  393,  Od.  7,  239,  wliere  we 
join  the  not  to  the  infin.  which  usu. 
follows,  /  say  it  is  not  so,  etc. :  so  oi 
ζ.έγω,  οΰ  δοκέω,  etc.,  oft.  in  Att.;  ονκ. 
έύω,  I  forbid,  Lat.  veto,  II.  5,  256, 
Herm.  Vig.  Append.  IV'.— II.  but  ov 
may  be  used  in  dependent  clauses, — 

1.  afterthedefinite  relative  of  .(where- 
as after  the  indef.  δςτις,  etc.,  it  should 
be  μή).  after  the  conjunctions  δτι,  be- 
cause, έτζεί,  επειδή,  since,  and  others 
which   introduce   a   positive   fact. — 

2.  with  a  single  word  or  phrase,  μή 
is  usu.  found,  the  negation  being  then 
usu.  subjective  :  but" even  here  when 
a  negative  fact  is  intended,  ov  is  pro- 
per, as,  ή  τών  γεφυρών  ov  διάΛ,νσις, 
the  non-breaking  up  of  the  bridge, 
Thuc.  1,  137  :  so,  ή  ov  ττεριτείχισις 

3.  95,  Valck.  Hipp.  191,  and  v.  sub^/)^ 
A.  I.  5.-3.  with  a  partic,  when  this 
is  resolvable  into  though  or  since  with 
the  finite  verb,  whereas  the  part., 
when  resolvable  into  if  unless,  etc., 
with  the  finite  verb,  takes  μή.  v.  sub 
μή  A.  I.  6. — 4.  as  in  ov  φημι  and  ονκ 
έύω,  ov  is  attached  also  to  adjs.  and 
and  advs.,  to  give  the  directly  opposite 
signification,  ov  τζύνν,  on  no  account, 
ονχ  ηκιστα.  above  all, — freq.  in  Att. — 
5.  oil  is  used  where  μή  would  be 
equally  good,  in  such  places  as,  νομί- 
ζει ov  καλόν  είναι,  where  the  ov  is 
retained  in  oratione  obliqua  from  the 
oratio  recta,  ov  καλόν  έστι. — where- 
as strictly  it  should  be  νομίζει  μή 
είναι  καλόν,  Jelf  <^  745  Obs.  1  :  m 
such  a  case  ov  καλ.όν  is  to  be  taken 
as  one  word,  unhandsome.  To  the 
same  class  belong  the  places  where 
εί...ον  occurs,  as,  ει  δε  τοι  ov  δοισει, 
if  he  shall  refu.te.  II.  24,  296:  cf  Herm. 
Vig.  n.  309,  Jelf  «  744,  1  Obs.— ΙΠ. 
ov  is  oft.  emphatically  repeated,  ού 
yup  όιω  ov  σε  θεών  άέκητι  γενέσθαι, 
ι  do  not  think,  no...,  Od.  3.  27  ;  more 
freq.  in  Att.,  as  in  Aesch.  Ag.  1645, 
etc.,  V.  infra  C.  II.  So  ov  and  ονδέ 
occur  together,  ου  μιν  όίομαι  ονδέ 
-επνσθαι  άγγελίης.  II.  17,  641. — 2. 
when  several  negative  clauses  are 
joined,  either  ονδέ  or  ούτε  may  fol- 
low ov.  Hom. ;  for  the  Att.  usage  in 
this  respect,  v.  sub  ονδέ.— 3.  w^hen  a 
negative  sentence  is  strengthened  by 

any,  even,  anywhere,  etc.,  these  also 
take  the  negative,  e.  g.  ονκ  έττοίησε 
τούτο  ονδαμον  ονδείς,  no  one  ever  did 
it ;  -άλλα  τών  μή  δντων  οίδεί'ΐ  ον- 
δαμή  ονδαμώς  ονδεμίαν  κοινωνίαν 
ίχει.  Plat.  Parm.  166  A,  cf.  Eur. 
CycL  120: — this  accumulation  ofeim- 
1061 


ΟΥ 

ilar  negatives  strengthening,  instead 
of  destroying  the  negation  (cf.  οΰ<)είς 

I.  8).— But, — 4.  the  negation  is  de- 
stroyed, as  in  Lat.  and  Engl.,  in  two 
cases : — a.  when  the  two  negatives 
belong  to  dift'ereiit  verbs,  or  to  a  verb 
and  a  partic,  ούύ'  ουκ  έθέλοντα  μά- 
χεσθαι,  II.  4,  224  ;  but  in  this  case, 
for  clearness,  one  negative  is  often 
strengthd.,  as,  μί/  ονχϊ  μισην  αυτόν 
ουκ  αν  όυναίμην,  1  cannot  not  (i.  e. 
must)  hate  him. — b.  ii  μη  precedes  ov 
with  coUat.  signf.  ol  fear,  warning, 
etc.  (as  in  11.  1,  28,  μή  vv  roi  oh  χραί- 
σμί)  σκΐ/πτροί'  θεοΐο,  lest  thy  God's 
sceptre  be  no  help),  μ?/  is  a  conjunc- 
tion, oh  joined  with  χραίαμτ)  so  as  to 
make  one  word  with  it,  as  in  ον-κα- 
λόν,  v.  supra  II.  5,  and  sub  μη  oh. — 

IV.  ov  foil,  by  ace.  in  solemn  dis- 
claimers, for  ov  μά,  Soph.  O.  T.  1088; 
cf.  sub  μά. — V.  oh  is  sometimes  omit- 
ted, but  may  easily  be  supplied  from 
an  ονόέ  or  ovre  in  the  ne.Kt  clause, 
νανσΐν  οντε  πεζός,  lor  οντε  ναυσίν 
ούτε  ττεζος.  Pind.  Ρ.  10,  46,  cf  Herm. 
Soph.  Aj.  239,  (in  which  last  place 
however  δαίμων,  κούόείς  ανδρών 
ought  not  to  be  so  interpreted,  v.  185, 
215.) 

B.  oh  AS  iNTERRoa.  PARTICLE  al- 
ways expresses  a  question  to  which 
an  affirm,  answer  is  expected,  as,  ov 
vv  καΐ  άλλοι  ίασι ;  are  there  not  oth- 
ers too  ?  implying  that  there  certain- 
ly are,  II.  10,  165.— 2.  in  this  case 
the  Att.  oft.  put  oh  after  the  word  or 
words  to  which  it  belongs,  as,  ενδαί- 
μονάς  δε  λέγεις  oh... ;  for  oh  λέγεις...  ; 
Plat.  Symp.  202  C,  cf  Rep.  590  A. 
—II.  the  fut.  with  oh  is  oft.  used  in- 
terrog.  instead  of  the  imperat.,  in 
command,  entreaty  or  exhortation. 
Soph.  Aj.  75,  Phil.  975,  Tr.  1183, 
cf  Herm.  Vig.  n.  U5. — 2.  but  Horn, 
always  uses  opt.  aor.  for  this  purpose, 
OVK  uv  δί]  τόνδ^  άνδρα  μύχ7ΐς  ερνσαιο, 

II.  5,  456,  Od.  7,  22  ;  also  to  strength- 
en the  command,  II.  24,  263. — HI.  be- 
sides this  direct  interrog.  usage,  there 
is  another  half  interrog.  usage  of  ov 
and  fut.  for  imperat.,  as,  ov  φήσεις, 
you  surely  will  not  say  so, — where  the 
speaker  expresses  his  firm  conviction 
that  the  thing  will  not  be. — With  the 
imperat.  itself//?;  only  is  used,  v.  sub 
μή  A.  II.  1. — IV.  for  oi.../i^  interrog., 

V.  sub//^  C.  1. 

C.  ov  takes  the  accent, — I.  when 
it  is  the  last  word  in  the  clause,  καΐ 
Tol  yap  αίθοίσας  έχοντες  σπέρμα  ίνε- 
βαν  φλογός  υν,  Pind.  Ο.  7,  87 ;  ταρ- 
βήσει.  γαρ  ον,  Soph.  Aj.  541  :  esp. 
when  followed  by  an  opposing  clause 
that  ends  with  δέ,  ην  καλός  μεν,  μέ- 
γας δ'  ον,  Xen.  An.  4,  4,  3  ;  similarly, 
κατώρα  ιτάν  μεν  ον  τό  στρατόπεδον, 
Hdt.  7,  208,  ubi  v.  Valck.— ού  in  this 
case  does  not  become  ουκ  before 
άλλα.  Cf.  sub  OVK. — II.  when  it  is 
repeated  singly  after  anegative  clause, 
and  so  forms  a  clause  of  itself;  it  is 
then  esp.  emphatic,  and  may  be  ren- 
dered by  our  no  !  as,  θεοίς  τέθνηκεν 
ούτος,  oh  κείνοισιν,  ov.  Soph.  Aj. 
970  (where,  as  in  Ar.  Ach.  421,Elmsl. 
needlessly  proposes  ούν).  Plat.  Hipp. 
Maj.  292  Β  :  but  if  a  particle  is  added 
to  the  second  ov,  it  loses  its  accent, 
as,  oh  γαρ  uv  δνναίμην,  oh  μέντοι, 
Plat.  Symp.  199  Α.— HI.  when  oh  is 
a  simple  negat.  answer,  710. — IV.  in 
all  phrases  such  as  πώς  γαρ  ov  ;  πώς 
δ'  ov  ;  τι  γαρ  ον  ;  etc.  But  in  the 
protestation  ov  μά  γύρ...,  ού  has  no 
accent,  v.  μά  II. 

D.  Ov  in  connection  with  other 
particles  will  be  found  in  alphabet. 

1062 


OTAT 

order  :  the  corresponding  forms  of 
μή  should  be  compared. 

E.  [In  the  poets,  if  η  stands  before 
oh,  the  two  vowels  coalesce  into  one 
syllable,  esp.  in  ή  oh,  11.  5,  349,  Od. 

I.  298:  Att.  also  in  μή  oh  and  έ}ώ 
oh.  This  synizesis  is  usu.  in  Ep., 
universal  in  Att.] 

Oh,  gen.  of  relat.  pron.  δς,  used 
freq.  as  adv. ,=  Lat.  ubi,  when  01  where, 
v.  sub  ός,  ή,  ο,  A  b.  I.  1. 

Ov,  Lat.  sui,  gen.  sing,  of  3  pers. 
masc.  and  fem.  tor  αντον,  αντής,  and 
ahTov,  αυτής,  freq.  in  Hom.,  but  only 
in  Ion.  and  Ep.  forms,  εο,  εν,  εΐο  (II. 
4,  400,  έείο,  Αρ.  Rh.)  ;  he  uses  eo  en- 
clit.  in  Od.  14,  401  ;  εν,  II.  14,  427, 
etc  ;  εθεν  is  another  old  form,  Hom., 
used  by  Aesch.  Supp.  66  ;  this  also  is 
enclit.  in  II.  9,  686  : — ov  is  rare  in 
Att.,  as  Soph.  O.  T.  1257,  Plat.  Symp. 
174  D,  Rep.  393  E.— II.  dat.  ol,  sibi, 
=  αντώ,  avTy,  to  himself,  to  herself, 
ol  αντώ,  II.  16,  47,  etc. ;  also,  έοΐ  αΰ- 
τώ,  11.'  13,  495,  Od.  4,  38 :  Αρ.  Rh. 
uses  It  in  the  first  person,  3,  99  : — but 
οι  βηο\η..^αντω,  avTy,  to  him,  to  her, 

II.  1,  72,  79,  etc. ;  also  in  Att.,  Aesch. 
Ag.  1147  :  it  is  usetl  pleon.  after  the 
dat.  of  the  person,  Hdt.  2,  175  ;  6,  68  ; 
the  adj.  is  sometimes  added  in  the 
gen.  instead  of  the  dat.,  H.  Hom.  Cer. 
37,  cf  Herm.  H.  Hom.  19  (18),  31.— 

III.  ace.  i,  se,  ε  αντόν,  ε  ahiijv,  Od. 
8,  396,  II.  14,  162;  which  in  Att.  be- 
comes έαντόν,  etc.,  v.  sub  έαντον : — 
also  enclit.,  έ,  and  έέ,  him,  her,  11.  1, 
236  ;  24, 134  :— rare  in  neut.,  H.  Hom. 
Ven.  268. — The  nom.  is  i,  v.sub  voce. 
(These  pronouns  have  the  digamina, 
fov,  fol,  Fέ,  represented  in  Lat.  by 
s^u- ;  c.  ός  fin. ;  σφέ.  Hence  ov  o'l, 
not  ούχοί,  appears  even  in  late  Greek ; 
the  V  έφελκυστικόν  was  omitted  be- 
fore it ;  and  a  short  syllable  before  it 
became  long,  as  γάρ  oi,  μεν  oi.  Heyne 
II.  1,  114.) 

Ova,  exclani.  of  astonishment,  Lat. 
vah  !  in  N.  T.  of  abhorrence,  cf.  Arr. 
Epict.  3,  32. 

Ohui,  exclam.  of  pain  and  anger, 
Lat.  vae,  ah  !  woe!  from  the  Alexandr. 
writers  downwards  ;  c.  dat.,  ohaiuoi, 
ohai  σοι.,  woe  is  me !  woe  to  thee !  N.  Ύ. 

ίΟνακκαΐοι,  ων,  oi,  the  Vaccaei,  a 
people  of  Hispania,  Strab.  p.  152. 

iOvQKOva,  ας,  ή,  the  Vacua,  a  river 
of  Lusitania,  Strab.  p.  152. 

iOhaλεpίa,  ας,  ?;,  Valeria,  Rom. 
fem.  pr.  n.,  Pint. — II.  a  city  of  La- 
tium,  Strab.  ρ  238. 

■ΙΟνα/.εριανός,  ον,  ύ,  the  Rom. 
name  Valerianus,  Plut.  Dio  74. 

\Ohaλέpιoς,  σο,  b,  the  Rom.  name 

Valerius,  Plut. 

■\Ohά7.ης,  ητος  and  εντός,  b,  the 
Rom.  name  Valens. 

iOhapia,  ας,  ή,  Varin,  a  city  of 
Hispania  on  the  Baetis,  Strab.  p.  162. 

■\Οναρος,  ov,  a,  the  Rom.  name 
Varus. — II.  the  Varus,  western  bound- 
ary of  Italy,  Strab.  p.  177. 

tOua/i/)(jc,  ωνος,  ό,  the  Rom.  name 
Varro,  Plut. 

Ovaf,  ατός,  τό,  poet,  for  ονς,  the 
ear :  the  usu.  form  in  Hom.,  though 
he  only  uses  it  in  sing,  gen.,  ονατος, 

11.  22,  454  ;  m  plur.  nom.  and  ace. 
ονατα,  άμφΐ  κτύπος  ονατα  βάλλ,ει, 

10,  535,  etc. ;   and  once  dat.  ονασι, 

12,  442  : — Hes.  also  has  only  nom. 
and  dat.  plur. — II.  an  ear,  i.  e.  handle, 

11.  11,  633;   18,  378.  cf  ονς. 
^Ονάσκονες,  ων,  ol.  the  Vascones,  a 

people  of  Hispania,  Strab.  p.  155. 

Ονάτίος,  a,  01»,=  sq.,  dub. 

Ονάτόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  (ονας)  long- 
eared.  Call.  Fr.  320,  Mel.  12a 


ΟΤΔΑ 

Ονΰτοκοίτης,  ov,  ό,  (οΰας,  κοίτη) 
one  who  lies  upon  his  ear,  a  sleeper, 
Nonn. 

^Ονβιοι,  uv,  ol,  the  Ubii,  a  Ger- 
man people,  Strab.  p.  194. 

Ov  γάρ,  in  oratione  recta,  for  not, 
in  assigning  a  negative  reason,  Hom. : 
other  particles  are  sometimes  put  be- 
tween, as,  oh  μεν  γάρ,  11.  5,  402.— 
II.  in  answers,  it  gives  a  strong  neg- 
ative, as,  ουδέ  τούτο  με  θέμις  είδέναι, 
may  I  not  know  that  cither  '.  Answ. 
oh  γύρ,  no — why  should  you...  ?  Luc. — 
HI.  in  questions,  where  an  aifirm. 
answer  is  expected,  is  not...  ?  Ar.  Eq. 
1389,  etc. ;  so,  ov  γάρ ;  alone,  Lat. 
quid  enim  ?  is't  not  so  .'  Plat. 

Ού  γάρ  αλλά,  an  ellipt.  phrase, 
freq.  in  Att.,  expressing  a  negation 
and  giving  a  reason  for  it,  Lat.  immo 
vera,  as,  μή  σκώπτέ  μ',  ού  γάρ  άλ.λ' 
έ^ω  κακώς  (which  in  full  would  be 
μη  σκώπτέ  με'  ού  γαρ  σκωπτικώς, 
άλλα  κακώς  ίχω),  Ar.  Ran.  58 ;  άρ' 
oh  παρεϊναι  τας  γνναΐκας  δήτ'  ίχρήν  ; 
ought  not  the  women  to  be  here  long 
ago  ?  Answ.  ov  γαρ,  μά  Αι',  άλλΛ  πε- 
τομένας  ήκειν  πάλαι,  no,  by  Jupiter, 
(they  are  not  here),  but  they  ought 
to  have  come  flying  long  ago,  Ar. 
Lys.  55,  cf  Nub.  232,  Ran.  192,  Eccl. 
386,  Eq.  1205. 

Ov  γάρ  αν,  for  probably  not,  mnch 
like  ov  γάρ,  except  that  άν  adds  a 
degree  of  uncertainty,  oi  γάμ  κεν, 
Od.  12,  107  ;  so  in  Att.,  ov  γιφ  άν 
ποτέ,  ov  γάρ  άν  πον,  for  by  no  means, 
for  never,  Soph.  O.  T.  1456,  Plaf^ 
etc.  ;  oi)  γάρ  αν  κοτε,  Hdt.  1,  124. 

Ov  γάρ  δη,  like  oh  δή,  only  with 
the  reason  added  by  γάρ.  Soph.  O.  T. 
576,  Ant.  46,  etc. :  so,  ov  γάρ  δήπον. 
Plat.  Prot.  309  C  ;  ov  γάρ  όηπαυ  γε. 
Id.  Rep.  509  A. 

Ov  γάρ  ούν,  a  negat.  answer  to  a 
negat.  propos.,  where  ovv  refers  to  a 
foregone  proof  as  conclusive,  ivhy 
then,  certainly  not,  Plat.  Pann.  134  B. 

Oi'  yap  ποτέ,  for  never.  Soph.  El. 
482,  cf.  sub  συ  γύρ  άν. 

Oh  γάρ  πον,  for  in  no  manner,  Plat. 
Phaed.  62  D,  etc. ;  oh  γύρ  πού  γε. 
Id.  Symp  199  A,  etc. 

Ov  γάρ  TOi,  merely  ov  γάρ  strength- 
ened, Od.  21,  172,  etc. 

Ov  γάρ  Toi  αλλά,  merely  ov  γαρ 
ύλλά  strengthd.,  Plat.  Euthyd.  286C. 

Ονγγία,  ας,  ή,  also  ούγκία,  Lat. 
uncia,  an  ounce. 

'[Ονγερνον,  ov,  τό,  Ugemum,  a 
town  of  Gallia  Narbonensis,  Strab. 
p.  178. 

Ον>'ώ,  Att.  contr.  for  δ  εγά,  Ar. 
Pac.  64,  etc. 

ΟύδαΙος,  a,  ov,  (ονδας)  like  χθό- 
νιος, on  the  earth,  earthly,  Orph.  Arg. 
396. — II.  in  the  earth,  infernal,  like 
καταχθόνιος,  of  gods,  Lye.  49,  698, 
Dion.  P.  789. 

■\Ονδαιος,  ov,  b,  TJdaevs,  one  of  the 
Sparti,  who  survived,  and  assisted 
Cadmus,  Apollod.  3,  4,  7. 

Ονδΰμά,  Ion.  ohδάμή,  adv.  from  ov- 
δαμός,  nowhere,  in  no  place,  ονδαμή 
έστήρικτο,  Hes.  Sc.  218  ;  to  no  place, 
no  way,  Hdt.  1,  24,  34,  56,  etc.— II. 
in  no  way,  in  no  wise.  freq.  in  Hdt. — 
In  the  poets  also  ούδαμά  [μά].  Jac. 
A.  P.  p.  914,  which  Schweighiiuser 
also  rightly  prefers  in  Hdt..  except 
when  the  form  ονδαμή  is  used  :  ον- 
δαμή was  orig.  dat.  fem.,  ούδαμά  neut. 
pi.  from  ονδαμύς,  cf.  Reisig  Enarr. 
Soph.  O.  C.  508  (517):  ούδαμή,  ού- 
δαμά, was  the  old  way  of  writing. 

Ονδάμϊνός,  ή,  όν,  {ονδαμός)  worth- 
less, good  for  nothing  :  hence  also  jioui- 
erZess,  feeble.    Η  ence  • 


ΟΥΔΕ 

Ονδΰμΐνότι/ς,  ητος,  ή,  nothingness, 
tDort/dessness. 

Όνόΰμόθεν,  adv.  from  οϋδαμός, 
from  no  place,  from  no  side.  Plat. 
Phaed.  70  D,  Xen.  An.  2,  4,  23. 

ΟνόΰμόθΙ,  adv  from  ονόαμός,  poet, 
and  Ion.  for  ονόαμον,  nowhere,  in  no 
place,  Hdt.  7,  49 ;  έτέρωθι  ονδαμόθι, 
3,  113  ;  c.  gen.,  ονό.  της  Έ,νρώπί/ς,  7, 
126. 

Οΰδΰμός,  ή,  όν,  for  ουδέ  ΰμός,  not 
even  one,  i.  e.  none,  like  ουδείς,  freq. 
in  Hdt.,  though  he  uses  only  plur. 
ονδαμοί,  οΰδαμών,  etc.,  like  ονδένες, 
1,21,  etc. ;  much  more  rarely  in  fem., 
as  Hdt.  4,  114.     Hence 

Ονδάμόσε,  adv.,  to  no  place,  to  no 
side,  no  way,  Thuc,  and  Plat.  Phaed. 
108  A,  109  A,  etc. 

Όνδΰμον,  adv.  from  ονδαμός,^οϋ- 
δαμόθι,  nowhere,  answering  to  ποϋ ; 
where  ?  Hdt.  2,  150,  etc. ;  also  c.  gen., 
ονδαμοϋ  γης,  Hdt.  7,  166,  cf  V'alck. 
Hipp.  1012  ;  sometimes  with  verbs 
of  motion,  Xen.  An.  6,  1,  16; — οΰδα- 
uov  '/.έγειν  τινά,  to  esteem  as  nought, 
Lat.  nalto  loco,  nulla  numero  habere, 
Aesch.  Pers.  498,  Soph.  Ant.  183,  cf 
Ruhiik.  Xen.  Mem.  i,  2,  52 ;  so,  oh- 
δαμού  είναι,  φαίνεσθαι,  like  Cicero's 
HP  apparere  quidem,  not  to  be  taken 
into  account.  Plat.  Phaed.  70  A,  72 
C,  ubi  V.  Stallb.  ;  δειλοί  δ'  εισίν 
ουδέν  ονδαμού,  Eur.  I.  Τ.  115.— Π. 
of  manner,  άλλοθι  ούδαμού,  in  no 
other  way.  Plat.  Symp.  184  E,  Prot. 
324  E. 

Ουδαμώς,  adv.  from  ούδαμός,  in  no 
wise,  freq.  in  Hdt.,  etc. ;  άλλως  ουδα- 
μώς, Hdt.  1,  123,  etc. ;  ονδαμ^  ουδα- 
μώς. Plat.  Phil.  29  B.  ^ 

ΟΤ'ΔΑ2,  TO,  gen.  ούδεος,  dat.  οϋ- 
δεί,  ούδεϊ : — the  ground,  earth,  strict- 
ly, the  surface  of  the  earth,  hence  ίσ~ε- 
Tov  οί'δας,  like  άττείρων  yij,  Od.  13, 
395,  and  elsewh.  in  Hom.  :  πΐαρ 
οί'δας,  the  rich  soil,  Od.  9,  135;  ov- 
όας  όδάξ  έλείν,  to  bite  the  dust,  of 
wounded  men,  freq.  in  Hom.,  as  II. 
11,  749,  Od.  22,  269;  άπ'  ονδεος, 
from  the  ground,  II.  12,  448,  Od.  9, 
242;  ονδύςδε>  to  the  ground,  to  earth, 
11.  17,  457,  Od.  10,  440;  προς  ονδας 

ίορεισθαι,  ττεσείν,  βέβλησθαι.  Soph. 
:ΐ.  752,  Eur.  Hec.  405,  1.  Τ.  49,  etc. 
— 2.  esp.  the  floor  or  pavement  in 
rooms  and  houses,  freq.  in  Hom. ;  κρα• 
ταίπεδον  ούδας,  Od.  23,  46  ;  tv  Αώς 
ονδει,  on  the  floor  of  Jupiter's  abode, 
11.  24,  527;  so  too,  πατρός  έπ'  ούδει, 
5,  734;  8,  385.— Proverb,  έπ'  ούδεί 
καθίζειν  τινά,  to  bring  a  man  to  the 
pavement,  i.  e.  Strip  him  of  all  he  has, 
H.  Hom.  Merc.  284,  like  έπΙ  ξηροίς 
καθίζειν  τινά,  inTheocr.  1, 51.  (Akin 
to  ό  ονδος,  a  threshold,  to  η  οδός,  and 
to  έδαφος-  No  nom.  το  ούδος  oc- 
curs, and  the  Ion.  cases  ούδεος,  ονδεί 
may  be  explained  by  the  usu.  change 
of  a  into  ε,  cf  βρετας  and  κώας.) 

Οί'δέ,  adv.  (ού  δε)  but  not,  Horn., 
and  Hes.  ;  though  in  this  signf  the 
Att.  prefer  to  write  separately  οΰ  δέ, 
and  so  Heyne  has  written  here  and 
there  in  II.,  against  the  Ep.  usage. — 
II.  and  not,  connecting  two  whole 
clauses,  either  so  as  to  put  them  in 
strong  opposition,  or  simply  in  transi- 
tion, while  ούτε  is  used  to  connect 
parts  of  claiises  only  :  further,  the  δε 
in  ουδέ  gives  it  rather  a  distinctive 
force,  while  the  τε  in  ούτε  makes  it 
eiinply  connective,  V.  Herm.  ad  Elmsl. 
Med.  4. — 2.  ουδέ...,  ουδέ...,  at  the  be- 
ginnmg  of  two  following  clauses,  not 
even....  nor  yet...,  Hom.,  etc.  ;  thus 
marking  a  stronger  opposition  than 
οντε,..,  υντε..-,  neither...,  nor...; — the 


ΟΥΔΕ 

second  negation  is  usually  the  strong- 
er, as,  Kul  μην  ονδ^  ή  επιτείχισις 
ουδέ  το  ναντικον  άξιον  φοβηθήναι, 
and  so  we  have  7io  reason  at  all  to 
fear  their  fortifications,  no  nor  yet 
their  navy,  Thuc.  1, 143  ;  so,  we  have 
ουδέ  thrice  repeated,  not  even...,  nor..., 
nor  yet...,  Od.  22,  221,  Soph.  O.  T. 
1378. — But  ουδέ  oft.  also  follows  the 
simple  negat.  οΰ...,  as,  οΰκέτι  μένος 
εμκεδον  ουδέ  τις  ά?Μή,  lb.  220;  ονκ 
έχων  βάσιν  ουδέ  τιν'  έγχώρων.  Soph. 
Phil.  691,  cf  lb.  681  ;  it  may  also  fol- 
low ούτε,  as  in  Soph.  O.  C."  1297, 
Plat.  Rep.  499  Β  ;  but  whether,  in 
Att.,  ούτε  may  follow  ουδέ  (as  in  II. 

1,  115,  H.  Hom.  Cer.  22)  is  question- 
able, Elmsl.  Med.  4,  et  Herm.  ibid. : 
— ουδέ  may  also  follow  a  negative 
compound,  as,  άστειπτος  ονδ'  οικου- 
μένη, άθικτος  ονδ'  0ΪΚ7/τός,  Soph. 
Phil.  2,  Ο.  C.  39,  ubi  v.  Reisig.— 
When  the  first  clause  is  affirm.,  ουδέ 
should  be  written  οΰ  δέ,  v.  sub  μ7ΐδέ. 
— ΠΙ.  when  joined  with  a  single  word 
or  phrase,  not  even,  Lat.  ne  quidem, 
Horn.,  etc. :  Hom.  usu.  joins  it  with 
advs.,  as  οΰδ'  τ/βαιόν,  ουδέ  τντθόν, 
ουδέ  μινννθα,  etc.,  not  even  a  little, 
no  not  a  bit,  i.  e.  not  at  all.  Hom. 
oft.  joins  both  these  last  signfs.  in  one 
clause,  ουδέ  μεν  ουδέ,  II.  2,  703,  etc., 
ουδέ  γάρ  ουδέ  τις  άλλος,  Od.  8,  32, 
etc.,  where  the  former  ουδέ  is  con- 
junctive, neither,  the  latter  adverbial 
conj.  ne...  quidem:  their  juxta-position 
is  accidental,  and  each  retains  its 
proper  signf  :  so  ού  and  ουδέ  stand 
in  one  clause,  v.  ού  A.  Ill,  cf  ού  μάν 
ουδέ. — IV.  ουδέ  is  oft.  foil,  by  the 
same  particles  which  follow  ov,  as 
in  Hom.,  ονδ'  άν  and  ονδέ  κεν,  ουδέ 
yap,  ουδέ  μέν,  ουδέ  μήν,  ουδέ  νυ, 
ονδ'  άρα  περ,  ουδέ  τι  πω,  etc.  ;  but 
these  particles  retain  each  their  own 
signf,  for  in  such  cases  δέ  serves  as 
a  conjunction ;  v.  therefore  ούκ  άν, 
οΰ  μέν,  etc. 

όΰδείς,  ουδεμία,  ουδέν,  gen.  ονδε- 
νός,  ουδεμιάς,  οΰδενός,  etc.,  (declined 
like  εΙς,  μία,  εν) ; — for  ουδέ  εις,  ουδέ 
μία,  ουδέ  εν,  and  not  one,  i.  e.  no  one, 
none,  no,  as  Lat.  nullus,  for  ne  ullus, 
oft.  in  Horn.,  and  Hes. — 1.  the  neut. 
ουδέν,  as  adv.,  like  ουδαμώς,  in  no- 
thing, by  no  means,  in  no  wise,  the  most 
freq.  use  in  Hom.,  also  oft.  in  Att. — 

2.  in  plur.  ούδένες,  gen.  owi/i'cji',  dat. 
ουδέσιν,  for  οΰδαμοί,  none.  Hdt.  9,  58, 
Xen.,  etc. — 3.  ό  and  /;  ουδέν,  a  good- 
for-7iothing,  a  worthless,  useless  person, 
Trag. :  so  in  masc.  ουδείς,  a  nobody, 
one  of  no  mark  or  likelihood,  όντες  ov- 
δένες,  being  nobodies,  Eur.  Andr.  700. 
— 4.  ουδέν  Ti,=  Lat.  nihil  quicquam, 
Stallb.  Plat.  Phaed.  65  E.— 5.  ουδέν  δ 
τι  οΰ,  Lat.  nihil  non,  every,  all,  Hdt.  5, 
97  ;  so  in  masc,  οΰδεις  όστις  οΰ,  Lat. 
ne77io  non,  every  one,  Hdt.  3,  72  :  also, 
ουδέν  όποιον  οΰ.  Soph.  Ant.  4. — 6.  το 
ουδέν,  nought,  in  Arithm.  writers.— 7. 
ή  τις  -η  ουδείς,  v.  sub  τις  VII.• — 8.  ου- 
δείς ούκ  έπασχε  τι,  like  Lat.  ne77io 
non,  every  one,  in  Xen.  Symp.  1,9,  is 
contrary  to  usu.  Greek  idiom,  cf.  sub 
οΰ  III,  Herm.  Soph.  Ant.  4.— II.  the 
more  emphatic  and  literal  signf,  no, 
7iot  even  07ie,  i.  e.  7ione  whatever,  belongs 
to  the  full  form,  ουδέ  εις,  ουδέ  μία, 
ουδέ  έΐ',  which  is  never  elided,  even 
in  Att.,  but  oft.  has  a  particle  insert- 
ed between,  as  οΰδ'  άν  εΙς,  ονδέ  προς 
μίαν,  etc.,  Pors.  Hec.  Praef  p.  31 
Scholef  Later  form,  οΰθείς,  οΰθέν, 
q.  v.— (Zenob.  in  E.  M.  639,  17,  and 
others  assume  οΰδεις,  as  a  compd. 
not  of  ονδέ  and  εΙς,  but  ού  and  the 
Aeol.  δεις,  δέν,  το  δεν  η  το  μηδέν,  ap. 


ΟΥΔΗ 

Plut.  2,  1109  Α  ;  ουδέν  εκ  δενός,  Α1- 
cae.  89  : — thusJEt'f,  δέν  (whciice  δεί- 
να, δεΙνος,  όεινι)  would  be=Tif,  τι, 
j  and  ουδείς  =  ούτις.     But  the   argu- 
ments from  the  accent,  and  from  the 
I  use  of  a  plur.,  are  insufficient :  and 
j  the  fem.  ουδεμία,  with  the  adj.  ουδέ- 
I  τερος  and  οΰόοπότερος,  are  decisive 
I  on  the  other  side,  v.  Buttm.  Ausf  Gr. 
ί)  70  Anm.  7,  n.     Might  not  the  Aeol. 
δεις  be=£<f  rather  than  τις]) 

Ονδέκοτε,  Ion.  for  ουδέποτε,  Hdt. 

ΟύδενύκΙς  and  οΰδενύκΐ,  adv.  from 
ουδέν,  only  in  later  Arithmet.,  jio<  mice, 
no  times,   [ά] 

Οΰδενία,  ας,  ή,  (ουδέν)  nothingnexs, 
weakness,  worthlessness.  Plat.  Phaedr. 
235  A,  Theaet.  176  C,  with  v.  1.  οΰ 
δένεια. 

Ούδενίζω,  (ουδέν)  to  bring  to  nought, 
Anth.  P.  5,  138. 

Οΰδενόςωρος,  ov,  (  ουδείς,  ώρα  ) 
worth  no  notice  or  regard,  τείχεα... 
άβλήχρ'  οΰδενόςωρα,  II.  8,  178. 

Οΰοενόω,  ώ,  (ουδέν)  ίο  bring  to 
nought. 

Ουδέ  πη,  adv.,  in  nowise,  i.  e.  by  no 
means,  certainly  7iot,  Od.  12,  433;  ουδέ 
πη  εστίν,  c.  inf.,  'tis  in  nowise  possi- 
ble, H.  Hom.  6,  58 ;  also  written  in 
one  word  ούδέπη  and  οΰδέπτ),  cf. 
ούπη.  (  Wolf  writes  in  Od. '  ουδέ 
πτ}.)  ^ 

Ουδέποτε,  m  Ion.  prose,  ούδέκοτε, 
adv.  (ουδέ,  ποτέ)  and  not  ever,  i.  e.  never, 
in  Hom.  mostly  with  past,  but  also 
pres.  tenses,  Od.  10,  464  ;  and  with 
fut.,  Od.  2,  203,  Hes.  Op.  174.  In 
Att.,  ουδέποτε  usu.  has  the  pres.  or 
fut.,  and  ούδεπώποτε,  the  past,  Piers. 
Hdn.  p.  461,  Br.  Ar.  Eccl.  384;  but 
ουδέποτε  is  likewise  found  with  past 
in  the  best  writers,  as  in  Xen.  An.  2, 
6,  13,  Aeschin.  75,  8,  like  Lat.  7iu7i- 
quam,  cf  Priscian,  Gramm.  18,  p. 
1196,  Wolf  Dem.  Lept.  485,  23,  Lob. 
Phryn.  458.  Cf  ούποτε.  —  Wolf  in 
Hom.  sometimes  writes  ουδέποτε, 
sometimes  separately  ουδέ  ποτέ: 
sometimes  a  word  is  put  between,  as 
in  II.  6,  99. 

Ουδέ  πω,  adv.,  and  not  yet,  not  as 
yet,  Aesch.  Pr.  320,  Plat.  Symp.  172 
E,  etc. : — in  Horn.,  usu.  with  a  word 
between,  ουδέ  τί  πω,  οΰδ'  άν  πω,  etc., 
always  of  the  past,  cf  ούπω.   Hence 

Οΰ&επώποτε,  adv.,  and  not  yet,  never 
yet  at  any  time,  always  of  the  past,  as 
Soph.  Phil.  250,  Plat.  Prot.  313  Β  ;  cf 
Interpp.  ad  Thom.  M.  p.  662,  and  v. 
sub  ουδέποτε,  οΰ  πώποτε. 

Ουδέτερος,  a,  ov,  (ουδέ,  έτερος)  not 
either,  7ieither  of  the  two,  like  Lat.  neu- 
ter for  ne  uter,  first,  but  only  in  plur., 
in.  Hes.  Th.  638,  Sc.  171 ;  so  too  in 
Hdt.  3, 16 ;  fin  Solon  20,  6,  strengthd. 
by  oii/ct ;  also  in  sing.,  Hdt.  1,  51, 
Plat.,  etc. :  neut.  pi.  as  adv.^oi'dere- 
ρως.  Plat.  Theaet.  184  A. —  II.  in 
Gramm.  τόούδέτερον  (sc.  γένος),  Lat. 
ge7i7is  neutrum.     Hence 

Οΰδετέρωθεν,  adv.,  from  neither 
side. 

Οΰδετέρως,'Άάν.  from  ουδέτερος,  in 
neither  of  two  icays.  Plat.  Legg.  902  Β  : 
in  Gramm.  in  the  neuter  ge/ider,  Ath. 
701  A. 

Οΰδετέρωσε,  adv.  from  ουδέτερος, 
to  or  towards  neither  of  two  sides,  no• 
whither,  II.  14,  18. 

Ονδ'  έτι,  and  no  more,  no  longer, 
Hom.,  V.  οΰκέτι :  freq.  confused  with 
ουδέ  τι. 

Οΰ  δή,  certai7ily  not,  in  sooth  not,  Lat. 
7wn  sa/ie,  Horn.,  also  strengthening 
the  negat.  interrog.  with  ού,  Od.  7, 
239. 

Οΰδήεις,  εσσα,  εν,  (οΰδας)  on  the- 
1063 


ΟΥΕΡ 

ground,  terrestrial,  v.  1.  Od.  5,  334  ;  10, 
136. 

Oh  δη  TTOV  or  ov  δηπον,  I  suppose 
not,  probably  not,  surely  not,  cf.  Sub  ov 
γάρ  δη  : — also,  ονδηπουθηκ 

Ov  δί/τα,  no,  truly,  Aesch.  Pr.  347, 
770,  etc.  ^ 

Ού(5Όπότ£•ρο£•,  a,  ov,  =  ουδέτερος, 
Dion.  H. 

Οΰδοπωςοϋν  and  ονδοπωςτιοϋν, 
adv.  for  ονδ'  όπως  ούν,  οΰδ'  υττως  τι 
ονν,  in  no  wise,  by  no  means. 

Ουδός,  6,  Ion.  for  Alt.  ύ  οδός,  Me- 
nand.  p.  233  : — a  threshold,  esp.  the 
threshold  of  a  house,  in  Horn,  either 
χάλκεος  ;  λύίνος  9,  404  ;  μέλίνος  or 
δρύινος,  Od.  :  in  Hes.  always  χάλ- 
κεος : — the  threshold  or  sill  of  any  door, 
etc.,  to  a  chamber,  court-yard  :  even 
to  the  nether  world,  11.  8, 15,  cf.  Soph. 
O.  C.  1590  :— in  plur.,  perh.,  the  lintel, 
Wustem.  Theocr.  23,  50: — ίπΐ  γή- 
ραος  ούδω,  on  the  threshold,  verge  ot 
old  age,  or,  more  prob.,  on  the  threshold 
that  leads  from  old  age  to  death,  (so, 
σνδος  βιότου,  the  end  of  life,  Q.  Sm. 
10, 426),  11. 22, 60,  Od.  1 5, 348,  Hes.  Op. 
329  ;  also  in  Hdt  3,  14  ;  cf.  Plat.  Rep. 
328  Ε  ;  so,  γήραος  οϋδιιν  ικέσθαι,  Od. 
15,  246  ;  23,  212.— Poet,  word,  used 
by  Luc.  (Ό  ουδός  must  be  carefully 
distinguished  from?;oti(5oi•,  and  το  ου- 
δας  :  and  note,  that  though  ό  όδύς  and 
ή  οδός  are  kindred  words,  it  is  quite 
wrong  to  think  that  ό  ουδός  is  Ion.  for 
7/  ()δός,  a  way  :  ουδός  and  ούδας,  are 
also  akin.) 

Ουδός,  ή.  Ion.  for  ij  οδός,  a  way, 
Horn,  only  in  Od.  17,  196,  Hdt.  2,  7  ; 
3, 126 :  but  even  he  has  the  usu.  form 
far  more  freq. 

*Οϋδος,  TO.  V.  sub  οϋδας. 
Ονδοςτιςονν,  neut.  οϋδοτιοΰν,  for 
ονδέ  δςτις  ούν,  ουδέ  δ  τι  ούν,  no  one 
soever,  nothing  whatever  :  in  neut.  also 
as  adv.  not  in  the  least,  not  at  all. 

Ουδών,  ώνος,  ό,  a  kind  of  shoe  made 
of  felt  OT  fur,  Lat.  udo. 

■\Οϋελία,  ας,  ή,  =  'Ελέα,  Velia, 
Pint.  ^ 

■\Ουέλιτραι,  ων,  al,  Velilrae,  a  city 
of  Latium ;  hence  oi  Οϋελιτρανοί, 
the  inhab.  of  V.,  Strab.  p.  237  :  and 
adj.  Οΰελίτερνος,  of  Velitrae,  ό  οίνος, 
Ath.  27  A. 

■\Ονελλάίοι,  ων,  ol,  a  people  of 
Aquitanic  Gaul,  Strab.  p.  190. 

^Ούέναφρορ,  ου,  τό,  Venafrum,  a 
city  of  Campania,  now  Venafri,  Strab. 
p.  238. 

'[Οϋενδον,  ov,  τό,  Vendiim,  a  city  of 
the  lapodes,  Strab.  p.  207. 

ή;Οΰένετοι,  ijv,  ol,  the  Veneti,  a  peo- 
ple of  Gallia  Cisalpina,  Polyb.  2,  17, 
5. — 2.  a  people  of  Gallia  Transalpine, 
Strab.  ρ  194. 

^Οΰίνονες,  ων,  οι,  the  λ^enones,  an 
Alpine  race,  Strab.  p.  204. 

ίΟνενονσία,  ας,  ή,  the  city  Venusia 
in  lower  Italy,  now  Venosa,  ace.  to 
Strab.  of  the  Samnites,  p.  254. 

■^Ονεντίδιος,  ov,  ό,  the  Rom.  name 
Ventidius,  Strab.  p.  751. 

^Οίερβάνός,  οϋ,  ή, λίμνη,  lacusVer- 
banus,  now  lago  Maggiore,  in  Gallia 
Cisalpina,  Sirab.  p.  209. 

'ίΟύέρεσις,  δ,  the  Veresis,  a  small 
river  of  Latium  near  Praeneste, 
Strab.  p.  239. 

tOuip^/roi»,  ov,  TO,  Veretum,  a  city 
of  Calabria,  the  earlier  Boris,  Strab. 
p.  291. 

]Ονέρκελ?.οί,  ων,  oi,  Vercellae,  a 
city  of  Gallia  Cispadana,  Strab.  p. 
218. 

\Ουερκιγγέτοριξ.  ιγος,  6,   Vercin- 
getorix,  a  cnief  of  the  Arverniin  Gaul, 
Strab.  p.  191. 
1064 


OTK 

^Ονέττονες,  uv,  oi,  Vettones,  a  peo- 
ple of  Hispania,  Strab.  p.  162. 

tOiV}iOi,  ων,  ol.  Veil,  a  city  of 
Etrnria,  Strab.  p.  226. 

iOiiY/vaaa,  τά,  Venesa,  a  place  in 
Cappadocia,  Strab.  p.  536. 

^Οϋήρων,  ωνος,  ή,  Verona,  a  city 
of  northern  Italy,  Strab.  p.  213. 

^ΟυήστΙνοι,  ων,  oi,  the  Vestini,  a 
Samnite  people,  Strab.  p.  219. 

ΟΤΌΑΡ,  ΰτος,  τό,  the  breast  of  fe- 
males, orig.  only  of  animals,  the  udder, 
Od.  9,  440,  Hdt.  4,  2  ;  distinguished 
from  oi  μαστοί,  by  Plut.  2,  496  C  : — 
later  also,  of  women,  the  breast, 
Aesch.  Cho.  532,  cf.  531  ;  with  collat. 
notion  oi  fulness,  fruitfulness  :  hence 
— II.  metaph.,  ονβαρ  αρονρης,  the  rich- 
est, most  fertile  lamf,  II.  9,  iu,  283.  H. 
Cer.  450  ;  lilie  Lat.  uber  arvi,  Virg. 
Aen.  7,  262.  (Sanscr.  udhas.  Germ. 
Eater,  our  udder,  Lat.  uber :  but  it 
has  nothing  to  do  with  uterus.  Pott 
Et.  Forsch.  1,  p.  106,  170.)     Hence 

Οΰθάτιος.  a,  ov,  belonging  to  the  ud- 
der, μαστός,  Anth!  P.  9,  430.  [a] 
Οί'θάτόεις,  εσσα,  εv,=  (oτeg. 
Ονθείς,  ονβέν,  later  form  for  the 
common  ουδείς,  ουδέν,  freq.,  esp.  in 
prose,  after  the  time  of  Aristot.  and 
Theophrast.,  Lob.  Phryn.  182,  cf. 
Gottliug  Arist.  Pol.  p.  278 :  the  fern. 
ουδεμία  never  passed  into  ονθεμία. 
Hence 

Ονθένεια,  ας,  η,  later  form  for  oi- 
δένεια. 

Ονθέτερος,  a,  ov,  later  form  for  ου- 
δέτερος. 

Ονβην,  surely  not,  certainly  not,  only 
poet.,  freq.  in  Horn.  :  also  strengthd. 
ov  θην  δη,  Od.  3,  352,  nearly  equiv. 
to  ov  δη,  but  less  definite,  v.  θήν. 

\Ονιβώνα  Οναλεντία,  ή,  Vibo  Va- 
lentia,  later  name  of  ΊτττΓώνιον  (q.  v.), 
Strab.  p.  256. 

Ονϊγγον,  ονϊπον,  ονϊτον  ( for  the 
spelling  varies),  ov,  τό,  an  Aegyptian 
plant,  the  root  of  which  was  eaten, 
Theophr.  ;  perh.  the  arum  colocasia, 
which  has  a  bulbous  root,  used  for 
food. 

^Ονίεννα,  ης,  ή,  Vienna,  capital  of 
the  Allobroges  in  Gaul,  Strab.  p.  185. 
^Οΰικεντίι,  ας,  ή,  Vicentia,  a  city 
of  Gallia  Transpadana,  Strab.  p.  214. 
■\Οϋιμίνύλις,  ως,  δ,  λόφος,  collis 
Viyninalis,the  Viminal  mount  in  Rome; 
after  which  was  named  the  πύλη  Ov- 
ιμιναλία,  Strab.  p.  234. 

^Ούίΐ'δαλος,  ov,  Vindalus,  a  city  of 
Gallia  Narbonensis,  Strab.  p.  185; 
ubi  Kramer  Οννδαλος. 

■\Ονινδελικ.οί,  ων,  ol,  the  Vindelici, 
a  German  people,  Strab.  p.  206. 

tOi'tViOi,  ων,  ol,  the  Vitii,  a  people 
on  the  Caspian  ;  their  territory  Oi/i- 
τία,  Strab.  p.  508. 

Οϋίτυλος,  ov,  δ,  the  Lat.  vitulus, 
Hellanic.  ap.  Dion.  H.  1,  35. 

Ουκ.  for  oi'i  before  a  vowel  with 
spiritus  lenis.  Ion.  also  before  spiritus 
asper ;  usu.  also  when  it  concludes 
the  sentence,  but  with  exceptions. 
as  in  Soph.  Aj.  970,  where  oh  κεί.νοι- 
σιν,  ου  is  right ;  and  so  in  Ar.  Ach. 
422,  oh  Φοίνικος,  ου;  —  but  in  Ar. 
Ran.  1308,  ουκ  έλεσβίαζεν,  ουκ,  is 
right ;  and  in  Menand.  p.  99  the  read- 
ing must  be  ουκ  Ιλαττον,  ουκ  ; — be- 
cause, generally,  emphasis  requires 
the  same  negative  word  to  be  repeated. 
■^Ούκαλέγων,  οντος,  ό,  Ucalegon,  a 
Trojan,  II.  3,  147. 

Ούκ  uv,  surely  not,  hardly,  freq.  in 
Horn.,  who  also  uses  Ion.  ov  κε  or  ov 
κεν.  to  soften  the  negation,  both  with 
subj.  and  opt.,  uv  being  used  by  him 
with  both  moods. — II.  in  negat.  ques- 


OTAA 

tions  il  limits  the  absoluteness  with 
which  an  ailirm.  answer  is  expected, 
in  Horn,  then  usu.  ουκ  uv  δη,  with 
opt.,  II.  3,  52 ;  5,  32;  10,  204,  Od.  0, 
57. 

Ουκ  άρα,  so  not,  not  then,  Horn. ; 
surely  not,  \\.  16,  33. — II.  in  questions, 
ovK  up'  εμε?Λες  ονδέ  θανών  λήσεσθαι 
χολον  ;  so  not  even  in  death  canst 
thou  forget  thine  anger?  Od.  1 1.  553  ; 
but  the  words  ονκ  άρα,  always  denote 
an  inference  from  something  foregone; 
V.  ovy  3. 

Ov  κε,  ov  κεν,  v.  ούκ  άν. 

Ονκέτι,  adv.,  {ονκ,  έτι)  no  more,  no 
longer,  no  further,  and  generally,  not 
710W,  freq.  m  Hom.,  and  Hes.,  so  also 
in  Hdt.,  and  Att.  ;  οΰκέτι  ττύμτταν,  II. 
13,  701  :—ούό'  ετι,  and  no  more,  nor 
more,  Horn. ;  sometimes  also  reversely 
ir'  OVK,  Soph.  Tr.  161  ;  tr'  ουδέν, 
Phil.  1217. — Opp.  Ιοονπω,  not  yet. 

Ονκί,  Ion.  adv.  for  ονχί,=ονκ.  in 
Hom.  always  at  the  end  of  a  clause, 
and  usu.  of  a  verse,  after  a  foregone 
affirm. ;  hence  always  και  ονκί  ΟΓηέ 
και  οίκί:  also  in  Hdt.  ],  132,  173.  [ϊ] 

Ονκονν,  Ion.  ονκων,  adv.  (οί'κ,ονν), 
in  positive  clauses,  ίροί  therefore,  so  not, 
Lat.  non  ergo,  very  freq.  in  Att. — 2. 
generally,  in  truth  not,  indeed  not,  Lat. 
non  sane,  esp.  after  an  affirm.,  always 
implying  an  inference  from  something 
foregone,  though  oft.  this  is  scarce 
discernible,  and  the  negation  alone 
remains  in  full  force.  At.  Plut.  889, 
Eq.  465,  Soph.  Phil.  872.  907.— 11.  in 
interrog.,  not  therefore  i"  not  then  ?  and 
so  not  ?  like  Lat.  nonne  ergo  ?  used 
when  the  question  is  an  inference 
from  something  foregoing,  and  an  af- 
firm, answer  is  expected,  ονκονν  γέ- 
λως  ηδιστος  εις  εχθρονς  γελάν  ;  is  it 
not  then  the  sweetest  laughter,  to 
laugh  over  one's  enemies?  Soph. 
Aj.  79  ;  also  sometimes  separately, 
ov  δεινον  συν  άήτα  ;  Ar.  Eq.  875. 

Β.  ohKOVV,  therefore,  then,  according- 
ly, Lat.  ergo.  freq.  in  Att. — When  the 
word  has  this  accent,  the  negat.  signf. 
appears  to  vanish,  so  that  the  adv. 
ovv  alone  remains  in  force:  but  strict- 
ly ονκονν  is  a  negat.  interrog.  like 
ονκονν  II,  not  indeed  to  be  referred  to 
the  whole  sentence,  which  is  posi- 
tive, but  to  be  taken  as  having  orig. 
formed  a  separate  clause  ;  as  in  Soph. 
Ant.  91,  ohKobv,  όταν  δη  μη  σθένω, 
ττεπανσομαι.  therefore  I  will  cease, 
seeing  I  have  no  power,  —  it  ought 
strictly  to  be  δταν  δη  μη  σθενω,  πε- 
παύσομαι '  ούκονν ;  seeing  1  have  no 
power,  I  will  cease — shall  I  not  ? — So 
Plat.  Phaedr.  274  B,  ονκού-ν  ίκανώς 
έχέτω,  for  ίκανώς  έχέτω  '  ονκονν  ; 
enough  of  this  :  is  it  not  ?  i.  e.  there- 
fore enough  of  this. — The  difference 
between  οΰκονν  and  ονκονν.  by  which 
the  latter  in  practice  loses  the  negat. 
signf.,  was  clearly  laid  down  by  the 
old  Gramm.,  v.  Amnion,  s.  v.  A.  B.  p. 
57,  10  ;  525,  28.  The  explanation  of 
it  here  given  is  due  to  Herin,  Vig.  n. 
261  :  Elmsl.  Heracl.  256  proposed  to 
write  OVK,  ovv,  divisim  in  all  oases, 
making  it  interrog.  or  not.  as  the 
sense  required  ;  but  this  could  not  be 
applied  to  the  imi)erat.  mood,  as  in 
the  place  quoted  Irom  Plato. 

^Ούκρόμυρος,  ov,  δ.  Ucromynis,  a 
prince  of  the  Chatti,  Strab.  p.  202. 

Οΰκω  or  ov  κω,  Ion.  ί'οτονπω.  Hdt. 

Ονκων  and  ούκών.  Ion.  for  ονκονν 
and  ονκονν,  Hdt. 

Ούκως  or  ού  κως.  Ion.  for  ονττως, 
Hdt. 

Οΰλαδώνϋμος,  ov,  v.  ονλαμώννμης. 

Ούλαί,  ai,  Alt.  όλ,αί,  coarse  barlei^ 


OYAI 

which  (mixed  with  salt)  was  sprinkled 
on  the  head  of  the  victim  before  the 
sacritice,  like  the  mola  salsa  of  the 
Romans,  except  that  this  was  of  spelt, 
Od.  3,  441,  Hdt.  1,  132,  Ar.  Eq.  1167, 
Pac.  948,  900  ;  in  Hdt.  1,  IGO,  οϋλαΐ 
κριθών :  the  sprinkling  was  called 
πρόχυσις,  cf.  also  πβυχνται,  ονλοχν- 
ταΐ- — Ace.  to  the  usu.  mterpretation, 
derived  from  ancient  authors,  οΰλαί 
or  όλαί  are  the  whole,  unground  barley 
corns,  as  if  όλαί  κριθαί  :  and  so  there 
would  be  a  difference  between  the 
custom  of  the  Greeks  and  Romans, 
since  it  is  certain  that  the  mota  of  the 
latter  (from  molere)  was  of  barley 
coarsely  ground  or  bruised,  Heyne 
Opusc.  Acad.  1,  ρ  368  sq.,  Voss  Virg. 
Eel.  8.  82.— On  the  otherhand  Buttm. 
Lexil.  in  voc.  has  raised  objections 
against  the  deriv.  from  δ?.ος,  from  the 
change  in  the  accent  and  breathing  ; 
and  gives  a  new  deriv.  from  *ίλω, 
άλέω,  άλενρον,  so  that  όλαί.  Ion.  ov- 
λαί.  would  be  from  the  same  root  as 
Lat.  molo,  mola,  our  meal,  malt.  Germ. 
malmen,  mahlen,  with  μ  euphon.  v.  Μ 
V.  (hence  also  the  name  of  the  kindred 
grain  δλνρα) :  it  would  also  be  equiv. 
to  mola,  and  so  there  would  be  no 
ground  for  assuming  a  difference  be- 
tween the  Gr.  and  Rom.  custom,  on 
which  cf.  Dion.  Hal.  Antiqq.  7,  72. 
Accordingly  the  obsol.  sing,  ΰλή  must 
have  been  the  oldest  name  for  bread- 
corn,  as  prepared  for  use  by  grinding  or 
bruising  :  but  this  name  was  later  ap- 
plied to  barley  only,  as  the  most  com- 
monly used  grain,  just  as  our  corn, 
and  the  Vtenchfrornent,  is  chiefly  ap- 
plied to  wheat,  and  the  German  Korn 
to  rye:  but  the  word  κριθή  came 
soon  into  use  for  barley  itself,  while 
όληί.  ούλαί,  was  confined  to  the  sa- 
cred cake  opposed  on  the  one  hand  to 
the  whole  barkij-corns,  and  On  the  other 
to  the  fine  barley-7neal. 

Ούλΰμτ]φόρος,  ov,  {ονλαμός,  φέρω) 
bringing  an  army,  Lyc.  32. 

Ον?.ΰμόζ,  ov,  0,  a  band,  throng  of 
warriors,  esp.  in  battle,  Lat.  globus,  in 
Horn,  always  ονλαμος  ανδρών,  as  II. 
4,  251,  273,  etc.,  (never  in  Od.) ;  ov?.. 
μελισσαίος,  Nic.  Th.  611. — II.  later, 
only  of  cavalry,  a  troop,  consisting  of 
a  certain  number,  Lat.  turma,  ata, 
Polyb.  6,  28,  3,  etc.,  Plut.  Lycurg.  23. 
(Like  είλη,  ΐλη,  όμιλος,  from  ειλω, 
Ιλλω,  cf.  Buttm.  Lexil.  s.  v.  είλείν 
21.), 

Οΰλάμώννμος,  ov,  (δνομα)  named 
from  the  armed  throng  (οϋλαμός),  Lyc. 
183  :  al.  ονλαδώνυμος,  named  from 
barley  (ονλαί),  or  from  the  shepherd's 
scrip  (ονλύς). 

Ουλάς,  άδος.  ή,  pecul.  poet.  fern. 
οί  ούλος  for  ούλη,  Nic.  ΑΙ.  260. — II. 
as  subst.  =  7Γί;ρα,  Tzetz.  Lyc.  183, 
dub. 

Ούλε,  a  salutation,  v.  ov?m. 

Ονλέυ,  V.  ονλω. 

Ουλή,  ης,  ή,  α  wound  healed  νρ, 
scarred  or  skinned  over,  a  scar  from  a 
wound.  Lat.  cicatrix.  Od.  19,391,303, 
etc  ,  never  in  II. ;  also  in  Eur.  El. 
573  ;  τάς  οϋλάς  τών  τραυμάτων,  Xen. 
Mem.  3,  4,  1  ;  ούλάς  Ίχνη  τών  πλη- 
γών. Plat.  Gorg.  524  C.  (It  is  usu. 
explained,  healed  flesh,  as  if  an  adj., 
τ=δλος,  with  σύρξ  understood,  ivhole, 
but  in  that  case  it  should  be  parox. 
ονλη  :  hence  it  is  better  to  make  ού- 
λη a  verbal  from  οΰλω,  strictly,  a 
healing,  and  so  esp.  a  wound  healed  up.) 

Ονλημα,  ατός,  τό,  =  οΰλαί,  Phe- 
recr.  ? 

\0ν7ύας,  a,  b.  Ulias,  father  of  The- 
aeus  of  Argos,  Pind.  N.  10,  44. 


OYAO 

Ονλ'ιμος,  η,  01^,= sq.,  Hesych. 

Ούλιος,  a,  ov,  {ούλος  II,  ολεΐν)  like 
ολόος,  ονλόμενος,  pernicious,  hurtful, 
deadly,  ούλ.  αστήρ,  of  the  dog-star, 
II.  11,  62;  epith.  of  Mars,  Hes.  Sc. 
192,  441,  Pind.  O.  9,  116;  of  spears, 
and  of  dirges,  Pmd.  O.  13,  33,  P.  12, 
14,  and  once  in  Trag.,  ουλ.  πάθος. 
Soph.  Aj.  932  :  cf.  Buttm.  Lexil.  s.  v. 
ούλος  7. — II.  as  epith.  of  Apollo  and 
Diana,  in  Fherecydes,  some  explain 
it  in  like  maimer,  because  both  gods, 
as  is  well  known,  had  to  do  with 
death,  so  that  'Κπόλλων  is  derived 
by  many  from  απόλ7.νμι,  the  destroyer : 
others  take  it  inexactly  the  contrary 
signf.,  healing,  saver,  deriving  it  from 
ούλος,  ού?Μ. — Which  deriv.  is  right, 
can  scarcely  be  determined,  as  both 
may  equally  suit  the  language  and 
sense,  and  the  ancients  themselves 
are  divided  on  the  point :  perh.  the 
whole  word  should  be  derived  from 
ονλω,  and  the  .signf.  whole,  strong, 
mighty,  be  everywhere  adopted,  cf. 
ούλος. 

Ονλις,  ιδος,  ή,=^ον?-ον,  the  gums. 
Alex.  Trail. 

Ονλοβόρος,  ov,  (ον?Μς  II,  βορά) 
with  deadly  bile,  or  {ούλος  I)  all-devour- 
ing, Nic.  ap.  Ath.  312  D. 

Ον?Μδέτης,  ov,  6,  (o  ον?.ης,  δέο) 
one  who  binds  sheaves. 

Ονλόδετον,  ov,  τό,  (ό  ονλος,  δεω) 
a  straw  band  for  binding  sheaves,  also 
ώρόδεσμης. 

Ούλοέθειρος,  ov,  (eflcipa)=sq. 

Ονλόθριξ,  -τρΐχος,  ό,  ή,  (οίλοζ•  Ι.  4, 
θρίξ)  with  crisp  curly  hair,  like  negroes, 
Hdt.  2,  104. 

Ονλόβϋμος,  ov,  (ούλος  II,  θυμός) 
of  pernicious  mitid,  like  όλοόφρων. 

Ονλ.οβνσία,  ας,  ή,  a  whole  or  perfect 
sacrifice :  from 

Ονλοθΰτέω,  ώ,  (ού?^ος  I,  θύω)  to 
offer  up  a  U'hole  or  perfect  sacrifice,  or 
(from  ονλαί)  to  streiv  the  sacred  barley 
before  the  sacrifice,  like  ονλοχντέομαΐ. 

Ούλοκάρηνος,  ov,  (ού?ιθς  I.  4,  κά- 
ρηνον)  with  thick,  curling  hair,  Od.  19, 
246. — II.  ούλόποδ'',  ονλοκάρηνα,  Η. 
Horn.  Merc.  137,  for  όλονς  πόδας, 
όλα  κύρηνα,  cf.  ονλοκίκιννα.  [ά] 

Ονλόκερως,  ων,  gen.  ω,  (ούλος  Ι. 
4,  κέρας)  with  curling  or  crumpled 
horns,  Strab. 

Ον?.οκέφα?Μς,  ov,  (κεφαλή)^  ονλο- 
κάρηνος,  Pherecr.  Incert.  66. 

Ον?Μκίκιννα,  poet,  for  ούλοι  κι- 
Kivvoi(c{.  ονλοκύρηνος  II),Telesilla 
ap.  Poll.  2,  23  :  Bergk  would  read 
οΰλοκίκιννος. 

Οΰλοκομάυ,  ώ,  to  have  curling  hair: 
from 

Ονλοκόμης,  ov,  o,==sq.,  Plut. 

Ού?ΜΚομος,  ov,  {ούλος  I.  4,  κόμη) 
like  ον?.όθριξ,  with  curling  hair,  Alex. 
Incert.  49. 

Ον?.όκράνος,  ov,  (κρΰνον)=ονλο- 
κάρηνος,  Arr.  Indie.  6. 

Ονλομελής,  ές,  {ού?.ος  I,  μέλος) 
like  όλομελής,  sound  of  limb.  Parmen. 
ap.  Plut.  2,  1114  C.     Hence 

Ον?^ομέλεια  or  -ία.  ας.  ^,tcholeness 
of  limbs  :  hence,  generally,  ivholeness, 
entireness,  ονλομελία  τινός,  a  thing  in 
general,  Hipp.,  cf.  Arist.  Metaph.  13, 
6,  8  ;  ονλομε?ύη,  as  adv . ,=^ καθόλου, 
upon  the  whole,  Heysch. 

Ον?.όμενος,  η,  ov,  poet,  for  ολόμε- 
νος.  part.  aor.  mid.  from  όλ'λνμι,  used 
as  adj .  in  act.  sense, periiiWoMs,  destruc- 
tive, deadly,  mischievous,  of  persons 
and  of  things,  II.  1,  2,  etc.  ; — the 
pass,  signf.  unhappy,  ruined,  undone, 
lost,  Lat.  perditus,  cannot  be  proved 
from  such  passages  as  II.  14,  84,  Od. 
i  4,  92,  where  it  is  better  taken  as  act., 


ΟΤΛΟ 

hence  later,  sad,  mournful,  δάκρυ  όλά- 
μενον,  Aesch.  Cho.  132. 

Ov7mv,  to,  only  used  in  pl.,  ούλα, 
τά,  the  gums,  Aesch.  Cho.  898,  Plat. 
Phaedr.  251  C. 

Οΰ?'ΜΟς,  ή,  όν,  Ep.  for  ό/.οός,  cf. 
ονλόμενος.  Αρ.  Rh.  2,  85,  etc. 

Ονλοποίησις,  ή,  (ον?Μς  I.  4,  ποιέω) 
a  making  curly,  Galen. 

Ούλόπονς,  ποδός,  v.  sub  ονλοκάρη- 
νος  II. 

ΟΥ'ΑΟΣ,  η,  ον:—\.  old  Ep.  and 
Ion.  form  oi  όλος,  whole,  entire,  ονλος 
άρτος,  a  ivhole  loaf,  Od.  17,  343;  μηνΐ 
ονλω,  afull  month,  Od.  24,  1 18  ;  κύλα 
ούλα,  Η.  Merc.  113  ;  cf  ον/.οκύρηνος, 
-κίκιννα,  -πους,  -θντέω,  -μελής. — Im- 
mediately akin  to  this  is  the  signf. 
undivided,  unhurt,  like  Lat.  integer,  our 
whole,  (whence  the  verbs  ονλω,  σύλ.έω, 
and  ov7Jj,  a  wouyid  healed,  made  whole, 
also  perh.  οιι7Λος) :  hence, — 2.  of  full 
force,  able,  powerful,  substantial,  like 
Lat.  solidus :  ονλος  Όνειρος,  not  a 
mere  unsubstantial  vision,  but  the  very, 
actually  existent  Dreamgod,  II.  2,  6, 
8,  (where  others  render  it  pernicious; 
but  the  sense  requires  a  general  epith., 
and  pernicious  cannot  be  so  applied 
to  the  Dream-god) :  later  in  signf. 
vigorous,  esp.  in  Call.  Jov,  52,  Ep. 
5,  5. — 3.  applied  to  sound,  -undivided, 
i.  e.  continuous,  incessant,oi  the  screams 
of  fugitives,  compared  to  birds  Hying 
from  the  hawk,  ούλον  κεκλήγοντες, 
screaming  incessant,  11.  17,  756,  759, 
where  however  Buttm.  takes  it  from 
όλεΐν,  screaming  vilely,  horribly  ;  but 
Passow,  compadly,  in  one  inb'ed  cry; 
and  Ilgen  refers  it  to  the  subst.  ούλος 
II  (q.  v.),  crying  oh  !  oh  !  Later  it  is 
used  for  strong,  i.  e.  loud,  ούλον 
άείδειν,  Anth.  P.  7,  27  ;  ούλ.α  κατα- 
κροταλίζειν,  Call.  Dian.  247. — 4.  of 
sight  or  touch,  Horn,  uses  ού'Αος,  esp. 
as  epith.  oifine,  thick  woolens,  cloaks, 
rugs,  etc.,  χ7ΜΪναι,  τάπητες,  11.  16, 
224,  Od.  4,  50,  etc. :  so,  ov7iti  7Μχνη, 
thick,  fleecy  wool,  II.  10,  134:  ov7.aL 
κόμαι,  a  thick  head  of  hair,  Od.  6, 
231  : — in  the  same  sense  Horn,  has 
ον7ιθκύρηνος,  others  ούλόκρανος,  oix- 
7ιόθριξ,  ον7ιόκομος,  ούλότριχος,  etc. ; 
and  Hdt.  7,  70,  describes  by  ούλότα- 
τον  τρίχωμα,  the  thick  woolly  hair  ot 
the  negro  ;—οί'λθΓ  then  does  not  apply 
to  soft  and  flowing  hair,  e.  g.  of  Apollo, 
of  Paris  ;  but  to  that  crisp,  short,  curly 
hair  which  bespeaks  manly  strength, 
as  in  the  case  of  Ulysses  and  Eu- 
rybates ;  and  thus.  Ιων  ούλαι  κορω- 
νίδες are  close-plaited  violet-wreaths, 
Stesich.  46  :  later,  generally,  twisted, 
crooked,  ούλα  σκέλη,  Incert.  ap.  Arist. 
Rhet.  3,  11,  13;  of  a  dance,  mazy. 
(From  the  signf.  of  thick,  close-pressed, 
come  ό  ον/Μς,  a  sheaf  of  corn,  aud 
ούλαμός,  so  as  to  prove  an  intimate 
connexion  with  εΐλω,  εΐλέω,  Ι7.λω.) 
— II.  Ep.  adj.  from  όλεΐν,  άλλνμι,  as 
υΙΟ.όμενος,  ονλοός,  for  ό/.όμενος, 
ο7ιθός,  destructive,  deadly,  pernicious, 
epith.  of  Mars,  II.  5,  461,  of  Achilles, 
II.  21,  536;  though  here  too  it  is 
a  great  question  whether  the  signf. 
be  not  mighty,  powerful,  and  so  tev 
rible,  as  this  would  quite  suit  the 
sense :  and  thus  ούλος  might  be 
wholly  referred  to  one  root  ο7.ος,  cf 
ον?Λος.  Compds.  such  as  ονλοβόρος, 
ού/.όθνμος,  do  not  make  against  this  : 
for  they  are  of  a  very  late  age,  when 
we  know  that  many  held  ούλος  to 
be  =  όλοός.  Nay,  many  of  these 
words  admit  of  other  explanations. 

(Buttm.  Lexil.  in  voc.  assumes 
three  roots, — 1.  όλος. — 2.  ό/.είν  όΧ• 
?.νμι,  to  which  he  refers  our  sigafs. 
1065 


ΟΤΜΕ 

I,  2,  and  3  (very  unsatisfactorily), — 3. 
είλω,  ίί'λίω,  to  which  he  refers  our 
I.  4,  prob.  rightly,  except  in  thinking 
that  this  could  not  come  from  δλος, 
of.  Lexil.  V.  ίίλείν  22.  The  subst. 
TO  υύλον,  the  gum,  and  ούλίς  are 
clearly  nothing  akin  to  this  family.) 

Ούλος,  ου,  ό,  a  sheaf  of  corn,  Arte- 
mid.  ;  also  Ιον'λος.  from  adj.  οί<λος  I. 
4. — II.  a  cry  or  song,  oho  !  in  honour 
of  Ceres,  who  was  herself  from  this 
word  named  Ον/.ώ,  v.  Ath.  618  D,  E, 
Ilgen  Praef  Scol.  Gr.  p.  xxi;  cf. 
Ιονλος,  Ίονλώ. 

Ονλότης,  ητος,  η,  {ούλος  1. 4)  curli- 
nes.1,  Arist.  Probi.  14,  4. 

ΟύλοτρΙχέω,  ώ,  to  have  curly  hair, 
Strab. :  from 

Οΰλύτρϊχος,  ov,  {ονλος  I.  4,  θρίξ) 
like  οίΟίοθριξ,  curly-haired. 

Ον?•,οφόνος,  ov,  {ούλος  I,  φονεύω) 
very  deadly,  Nic.  Al.  280. 

Ον'λοψορος,  ov,  {0  ούλος,  φέρω) 
bearing  sheaves. 

Οΰ'λοφνής,  ές,  {ούλος  I,  φύω)  utterly 
ina  stale  of  nature, uncultivated,  Emped. 
198,  cf.  Arist.  Nat.  Ausc.  2,  8,  12. 

Οΰλόφνλλος,  ov,  {ούλος  I.  4,  φνλ- 
λον)  with  curling  or  (rather)  downy 
leaves,  opp.  to  ?.είόφνλ?ίθς,  Theophr. 

Ού'λοχοεϊον  or  -χόϊον,  ov,  τό,  the 
vessel  in  which  the  sacred  barley  for 
sacrifices  was  kept :  for  Other  rarer 
forms  V.  όλβακήίον. 

Ον?.όχντα,  Ta,=  sq. 

Ονλο^νται  or  ace.  to  Lob.  Paral. 
^b6ovλoχvτaL,ai,i.oί'λaί,χεω)bruised 
or  coarsely-ground  barley  sprinkled  over 
the  victim  and  the  altar  before  a  sac- 
rifice, ονλοχντας  άνελέσθαι,  ττροβα- 
^.έσβαι,  11.  1,  449,  458;  ούλ.  κανέφ 
ένθέσθαι,  Od.  4,  761 :  hence,  ονλοχύ- 
τας  κατύρχεσθαι,  of  the  ceremony  of 
sprinkling  the  barley,  Od.  3,  445, 
elsevvh.  called  πρόχνσις :  cf.  ττροχύ- 
ται,  uL  [v\     Hence 

Οϋλοχϋτέομαι,  dep.,  to  sprinkle  the 
sacred  barley  at  a  sacrifice,  Theophr. 

Ού?Μθμαι,  as  pass.,  {ονλος  1,  ουλή) 
to  be  scarred  over,  Arist.  Probl.  10, 
22,  2. 

Ού?.νμπος,  ov,  6,  Ion.  ίοτ'Ολνμπος, 
freq.  in  Horn.,  who  also  uses  Ονλνμ- 
πόνδε  for  Όλναττόνδε,  esp.  in  II. :  so 
too  Hes. 

Ούλω,  (ονλος  I)  strictly,  to  be  whole 
or  sou7id  :  but  only  the  poet,  imperat. 
ούλε  was  used,  as  a  salutation,  like 
χαίρε,  health  to  thee,  hail,  Lat.  salve, 
ούλε  τε  και  μέγα  χαίρε,  health  and 
joy  be  with  thee,  Od.  24,  402,  H.  Ap. 
466 ;  cf.  Buttm.  Lexil.  s.  v.  ού?Μς  8, 
η.,  who  justly  rejects  the  deriv.  of 
Lat.  vale,  valeo,  etc.  from  ούλε,  ούλω, 
ού?^ος.  Heysch.  also  gives  ονλίω  or 
ονλέω. 

Οΰλώ,  ους,  i],  (ό  ούλος)^Ιουλώ, 
Ath.  618  D  :  fcf.  sub  ούλος  II. 

Ούλως,  adv.  from  ούλος,  dub. 

Oil  μά.  ov  μί  yap,  v,  sub  μχΊ  II. 

Oil  μάλλον,  no  more,  just  as  little. 

Οϋ  μάν,  in  truth  7iot,  assuredly  not, 
a  strong  denial,  strictly  Dor.  for  ov 
μην,  but  also  freq.  in  Horn.,  who  has 
too  01'  μύν  ουδέ  and  ού  μάν  ούτε,  v. 
μάν  3. 

Ov  μέν,  without  δε  after  it,  no  truly, 
nay  verily,  like  oh  μην,  strengthening 
the  negation,  Horn. 

Οΰ  μεν  δη,  in  truth  not,  nay  verily, 
also  ov  μεν  δη  ουδέ,  in  sooth  not  at  all. 

Οίιμενονν,  for  ού  μέν  ούν,  then  not, 
Ar.  Plut.  870,  Ran.  1183;  ονμενονν 
ιιε  ττροςεδόκας  άναγνώναι  σ'  έτι,  so 
then  you  thought  I  should  not  know 
you  again  ?  Plat.  Symp.  201  C— 11. 
in  answers,  έγω  σοι  ονκ  αν  δνναίμην 
ΰντΛέγειν  •  answ.,  ονμενονν  τη  άλν- 
1066 


ΟΥΝ 

θε'ιφ  δννασαι  άντιλέγειν,  nay  it  is 
not  1,  but  rather  truth  that  thou  canst 
not  gainsay,  Stallb.  Plat.  Symp.  201 
C  ;  V.  μέν  ούν. 

Ούμενοϋν  ye,  surely  not  then,  Paus. 

Οΰ  μέν  ηως,  like  ονττως,  by  no  means, 
in  no  wise,  without  δέ  afterit,  II.  2, 203. 

Ού  μέντοι,  not  hoivever,  ov  μέντοι, 
αλλά  not,  however,  otherwise  than..., 
but  only...,  not,  however,  but  that.  Plat. 
Phaed.  62  Β  ;  ov  μέντοι  άλ/.ά...γε, 
Id.  Symp.  173  B. — II.  in  interrog. 
ov  μέντοι..,  is  it  not  surely  !  where  an 
affirm,  answer  is  expected,  Plat. 
Phaedr.  229  B. 

Ονμές,  -ίων,  Aeol.  or  Boeot.  for 
νμείς,  νμων,  Corinna  ap.  Ap.  Dysc. 

Οΰ  μή,  in  independent  sentences 
oft.  used  to  strengthen  the  simple 
negative,  most  freq.  with  indicat.  fut.. 
yet  not  rare  with  subj.  aor.  Dawes' 
rule  (that  in  the  latter  case  it  is  used 
with  subj.  aor.  1  pass.,  and  aor.  2  act. 
and  mid.,  never  with  subj.  aor.  1  act. 
and  mid.)  is  disproved  by  many  pas- 
sages which  cannot  be  altered,  Elmsl. 
Soph.  O.  C.  177,  cf.  όπως  Β.  VI; 
though  certainly  the  aor.  2  was  pre- 
ferred.— I.  when  used  with  fut.  indie, 
the  clause  is  always  interrog.,  ov  μή 
τις  άξει ;  where  the  actual  construc- 
tion seems  to  be  ούτις  άξει. ..μη  άξει ; 
no  one  shall  lead  thee  off..,  shall  he  ? 
— so  that  οΰ  μή  τίς  άξει ;  is  merely 
a  strengthd.  way  of  saying  ού  τις 
άξει.  no  one  shall  lead  thee  :  and  the 
2d  pers.  of  fut.  becomes  merely  a 
strong  prohibition,  ού  μή  φλυαρήσεις ; 
=μή  φλυύρει.  Ar.  Ran.  202,  v.  Herm. 
against  Elmsl. ,  Med.  1120.— Elm- 
sley's  explanation  (that  ov  μή  φλνα- 
ρήσεις ;  means  'will  you  not  notttifie  V, 
i.  e.  do  not  trifle),  neglects  the  dis- 
tinction between  ov  and  μή. — II.  with 
subj.  aor.  the  simplest  way  seems  to 
suppose  an  ellipse  of  δεινόν  έστι, 
δέος  εστί,  etc.,  which  is  actually 
found  in  some  passages,  as,  οϋκ  ην 
δεινόν  μή  άλω,  Hdt.  1,  84;  ωστ' 
ονχΐ  δέος  μή  σε  φύιήση,  Ar.  Eccl. 
650;  cf.  Plat.  Apol.  28 Ά,  Rep,  465 
Β,  Xen.  Mem.  2,  1,  25 ;— so  that, 
here  too,  ov  τι  μή  ληφθώ  is  merely  a 
strong  negation  for  ov  ληφθήσομαι : 
in  this  case  ού  μή  is  sometimes  used 
in  dependent  clauses,  e.  g.  Xen.  Hell. 
4,  2,  3,  εύ  έπίστασθε,  δτι  ού  μή  λά- 
θωμαι  νμ.ών. — Other  words  are  oft. 
put  between  ov  and  μή,  and  οΰ  is  oft. 
replaced  by  its  compds.  ονδέ,  ουδείς, 
etc. 

Οΰ  μην,  indeed  not,  surely  not,  not 
at  all,  Horn. 

Οΰ  μην  αλλά.. .ye ;  also  οΰ  μην 
αλλά  κaί■..yε,  nevertheless,  notwith- 
standing, yet,  still.  Plat.  Gorg.  449  C, 
Polit.  263  B. 

Οΰ  μήν  γε,  after  a  negative,  no  nor 
even  yet,  Lat.  nedum,  Αφροδίτης  yup 
ού  μοι  ώαίνεται,  οΰ  μήν  Χαρίτων  γε, 
Ar.  Pac.  41. 

Ού  μήν  ουδέ,  nay  not  even,  v.  ov 
μάν  ονδέ. 

Ονμός,  Att.  contr.  for  ό  έμός  ;  also 
in  II.  8,  360. 

OT'N,  Ion.  ων,  adv.,  then,  denoting 
the  mere  sequence  of  one  clause  upon 
another,  Hom.,  and  Hes.,  who  often 
use  έπεί  ούν,  to  continue  the  narrative, 
now  when,  xvhen  then,  II.  1,  57,  Od.  14, 
407,  etc.  ;  also,  οντ^  ούν,  Od.  i,  414, 
etc.,  μήτ'  ούν,  Od.  17,  401  ;  in  which 
cases  ούι^  is  usu.  put  only  in  the  first 
clause,  though  there  are  some  few 
exceptions,  as  Soph.  O.  T.  90,  O.  C. 
1135. — II.  therefore,  accordingly,  conse- 
quently, to  denote  the  consequence  of 
one  clause  upon  another,  esp.  in  Att. 


OYNN 

— So  ούν  always  marks  a  sentiment 
dependent  on  one  that  has  gone  be- 
fore :  and  the  following  cases  may  be 
distinguished  : — 1.  when  a  speech  is 
brought  to  an  end,  and  the  result  of 
what  has  been  said  is  to  be  collected, 
then  οΰΐ'  or  rather  ούν  όή  is  used  to  in- 
troduce that  result. — 2.  when  a  speech 
has  been  interrupted  by  parenthetic 
clauses,  ούν  serves  to  take  it  up 
again,  like  our  /  say,  why  then,  Lat. 
dico,  inquam,  igitur,  Matth.  Gr.  Gr. 
'5i  625. — 3.  at  the  beginnmg  of  a  new 
speech,  in  reference  to  a  proposition 
implied,  but  not  expressed  ;  esp.  in 
passionate  exclamations,  so  then ! 
what  then  !  σν  c5'  oiw  τεθνηκας,  thou'rt 
dead  then  ! — 1.  in  questions,  after  an 
assertion  which  one  allows,  usu.  τι 
ούν ;  suppose  it  be  so,  what  then — what 
follows  ? — 5.  in  rejjetitions  οΰΐ"  implies 
the  truth  of  what  is  repeated,  surety, 
of  a  truth,  verily  ;  esp.  in  parenthetic 
relative  clauses,  as,  ει  δ'  έστιν  ύςπερ 
ούν  εστί,  θεός,  il  he  is,  as  he  snrely 
is,  a  god.  Plat.  Phaedr.  242  Ε  :  so, 
ίόςπερ  ούν,  even  us,  just  as,  Aesch. 
Cho.  96,  888 :  so  too,  είτ'  ούν,  είτε 
μή  γενήσεται,  whether  it  shall  be 
so  (as  it  surely  will)  Or  no,  Eur.  Heracl. 
149  ;  also,  yup  ούν,  of  a  surety,  Pors. 
Med.  585  ;  but  ύλλ'  οΰι^,  introducing 
an  objection,  certainly,  but..,  but  still.. ; 
and  μεν  ούν,  v.  sub  μέν,  Β.  II.  5. — 6. 
attached  to  a  relat.  pron.  or  adv.,  ovv 
makes  it  less  definite,  as,  όςτις,  who- 
ever, ύςτιςονν,  whosoever :  όπως,  how, 
όπωςονν,  howsoever  :  άλλος  όςτιςονν 
another,be  he  who  he  may  :  so,  όποιος- 
οϋν,  όποιοςτιςονν,  όποσοςονν,  όπως- 
δηποτοϋν,  όπητιονν,  ύποϋενοϋν,  etc., 
just  like  Lat.  cunque.  Lob.  Phryn.  373. 

Ovv,  contr.  for  ό  ev,  Ar.  Thesm. 
1105. 

Οννεκα,  and  before  a  vowel  οννε- 
κεν,  adv.  for  ού  ένεκα,  on  which  ac- 
count, wherefore.  Od.  3,  61. — 2.  usu. 
relative  to  τοννεκα,  since,  for  that, 
because,  II.  3,  403,  cf.  11,  21  ;  also 
after  τονδ'  ένεκα,  II.  1,  111  ;  after  τώ, 
Od.  13,  332 :— but  it  mostly  stands 
alone  without  any  antecedent  ex- 
pressed, freq.  in  Horn.,  who  also  joins 
οννεκ'  άρα  (Herm.  Η.  Ven.  200;,  and 
οννεκα  δη,  11.  3,  403  : — also  in  Pmd. 
N.  9,  85,  and  Trag. — 3.  after  certain 
verbs,  just  like  ότι,  ΰβοννεκα,  that, — 
after  οίδα,  Od.  5,  216;  γνώναι,  Η. 
Αρ.  376;  νοείν,  Od.  7,  300;  έρεϊν, 
Od.  16,  379;  νεμεσΰν,  Od.  23,214; 
so  loo  in  Trag.,  e.  g.  after  Ισθι,  Soph. 
Phil.  232 ;  εννοείν.  Ant.  63 ;  μανθάνω, 
Ο.  Τ.  7. — Hom.  always  joins  it  with 
indie. ;  he  has  not  the  form  οννεκεν, 
which  first  occurs  in  Pind. 

II.  as  prep.  c.  gen.,  just  equiv.  to 
'ένεκα,  on  account  of  freq.  in  Att. 
poets,  as  Aesch.  Ag.  823,  Soph.  Phil. 
774,  El.  387,  etc.  ;  usu.  following  its 
case ;  whereas  reversely  in  Call., 
Bion,  and  even  in  H.  Hom.  Ven.  199, 
εϊνεκα  and  ένεκα  are  used  for  οννεκα, 
because.  Ahlwardt  (zweite  Beytrag 
zu  Schneider's  Worterb.  1813)  pro- 
poses, with  much  plausibility,  that 
wherever  οννεκα  stands  as  prep,  for 
ένεκα,  it  must,  oft.  with  the  consent 
of  the  MSS.,  be  changed  into  the  so- 
called  Ion.  εϊνεκα,  which  form  is  not 
unknown  even  to  Attic  prose  :  cf. 
ho\veverjMf;{;pd,I.4. — ύβοΰΐ'ίκα  proves 
nothing  for  οννεκα  as  prep.,  but  rather 
makes  against  it,  being  derived  from 
oTov  ένεκα. 

Ούνεσθΐ,  II.  24,  241,  Ion.  2  pi.  pres. 
from  όνομαι,  q.  v. 

jOi'vvoi,  ων,  οι,  the  Huns,  Dion. 
P.  730. 


ΟΤΠΩ 

Ουνομα,  τό,  Ion.  for  όνομα,  Horn., 
thougli  with  him  the  usu.  forai  is 
more  freq.,  while  Hdt.  uses  only  the 
Ion. :  ουνομα  also  occurs  in  Trag., 
ace.  to  Schaf.  and  Buttin.  Soph. 
Phil.  251,  denied  by  Herm.  ibid., 
Elmsl.  Bacch.  320 ;  certainly  never 
in  comedy,  Br.  Ar.  Av.  812. 

Οί'ίομαζω,  Ion.  for  όΐ'ομάζω,  Hdt.; 
though  i,  80,  we  have  ονομάζω. 

Οννομαίνω,  Ion.  for  ονομαίνω,  Hdt. 
4,  47. 

Οννομαστός,  τ;,  όν.  Ion.  for  ονο- 
μαστός, Hdt.  2,  178. 

Ov  vv,  nearly  like  oi  δή,  strength- 
ening the  negation  by  an  implied 
conclusion  from  the  foreg.,  surely  not, 
only  in  Horn.,  and  Ep.,  Jelf  Gr.  Gr. 
^  732.  Also  to  strengthen  a  negative 
question,  II.  4,  242,  etc. 

Οί'ί,  contr.  from  ό  εξ. 

^Ουξίοι,  ων,  oi,  the  Uxii,  a  people 
between  Persis  and  Susiana,  Strab. 
p.  728  ;  Arr. 

■\Οί'ξίσάμη,  ης,  η,  Uxisame,  an  isl- 
and on  the  Gallic  coast,  Strab.  p.  64. 

tOw/coiTtoi,  uv,  Oi,  the  Vocontii,  a 
Gallic  people,  Strab.  p.  178. 

■\Οί)θλατέ()βαι,  ων,  αϊ,  Volaterra,  a 
city  of  Etruna ;  oi  -τεββΰνοι,  the 
inhab.  of  v.,  Strab.  p.  222.^ 

+Οί'θΛΟνεσοζ•,  ου,  δ,  Vologesus,  a 
king  of  the  Parthians,  Luc.  Hist. 
Scrih.  31. 

tOt'oZffiViOi,  ων,  ol,  Vulsinii,  a  city 
of  Etruria,  now  Bolsena,  Strab.  p.  226. 

tOi'o/tff/coi,  ων,  ol,  Volsci,  a  people 
of  Latium,  Strab.  p.  237. 

Oi'or,  TO,  another  form  of  δον. 

iOvoυ?.τoΰpvoς,  ου,  ό,  the  Vultnr- 
nus,  a  river  of  Campania,  with  a  city 
on  it  of  the  same  name,  Strab.  p.  238, 
in  Polyb.  Ούλθορνος,  in  Plat.  Όλ- 
θορνος. 

Οΰττά,  Dor.  for  οί/τω,  Ar.  Lys.  1157. 

Oi  TZfp  or  ούττερ,  a  strengthd.  nega- 
tive, 6^  710  means,  Horn. :  Wolf  some- 
times writes  it  in  one  word,  some- 
times in  two. 

Ούττη,  {οΰ,  ηή)  nowhere,  in  no  wise, 
n.  13,  191,  Od.  5,  410  ;  ονδε  πη,  li.  6, 
267. 

Ού~Γ/γος,  ov,  6,  a  song  on  Diana, 
of  Ath.  619  B,  Ilgen  Scol.  Praef  not. 
47. 

Oi-if,  ιος,  ή.  Ion.  for  Dor.  ^Ώ,τΐίς, 
epith.  of  Diana,  Call.  Dian.  204.— 11. 
name  of  a  Hyperborean  maiden  : — on 
their  voyage  to  Delos,  v.  Bahr  Hdt. 
4,  35. — III.  later,  epith.  of  Is'emesis. 
(Prob.=  07rif,  Miiller  Dor.  2,  9,  i)  2.) 

Ού  τϊοθί,  nowhere,  II.  13,  309  :  ουδέ 
ποβι,  in  nowise,  Od. 

Οϋποκα,  Dor.  for  sq. 

Οΐ)~οτε,  adv.,  not  ever,  never,  freq. 
in  Hom.,  who  joins  it  as  well  with 
fut.,  as  with  pres.  and  past  tenses  : — 
sometimes  he  puts  one  or  more  words 
between  ol•  and  ποτέ,  as  II.  1,  163  ;  4, 
48,  etc.,  cf  Plat.  Phaedr.  245  C. 

Ούπο-ψ,  contr.  for  ό  i-οφ,  Ar.  Av. 
226. 

Οΰττω,  adv.,  (οΰ,  πω)  not  yet,  Lat. 
nondum,  freq.  in  Hom.,  who  oft.  puts 
another  word  between,  esp.  oi  yap 
πω:  so  also  Hes. :  usu.  with  past 
tenses,  much  more  rarely  with  pres., 
11.  14,  143,  Od.  2,  118,  etc. ;  with  fut. 
only  in  Od.  5,  358.  0pp.  to  οΰκέτι, 
no  more. 

Οΰ-ώποτε,  {ονπω,  ποτέ)  never  yet 
at  any  time,  Horn.,  usu.  with  past 
tenses  ;  with  pres,  only  in  Od.  12,  98, 
cf.  Aesch  Eum.  616; — with  γύρ  in- 
serted, οϋ  γύρ  πώποτε,  II.  1,  154;  3, 
442,  etc. 

Ούκως,  adv.,  (οΰ,  πως)  no-how,  in 
nowiae,  not  at  all,  giving  the  greatest 


OTPA 

possible  strength  to  the  negation, 
Hom.,  etc. 

OT'PA',  ας,  ή,  Ion.  οΰρ7/,  ης,  the 
tail,  of  a  lion,  11.  20,  170  ;  Od.  10.  215  ; 
and  of  other  animals,  Hdt.  2,  38,  etc. 
— 2.  generally,  the  hinder-parts  ;  esp. 
the  after-part  of  a  ship,^7rpt;//J'7;. — 3. 
of  an  army  in  marching,  the  rear- 
guard, rear,  Xen.  An.  3,  4,  38,  etc.  ; 
the  rear  rank.  Id.  : — κατ^  ονρύν  Τίνος 
έπεσθαι,  to  follow  in  his  rear.  Id.  Cyr. 
2,  3,  21  ;  ό  κατ'  ονρύν,  the  rear-rank 
man,  lb.  5,  3,  45 :  έπι  or  κατ'  οίφύν, 
to  the  rear,  backwards,  strictly  tailwards. 
Id.  Ages.  2,  2,  Cyr.  2,  4,  3  ,  έττ'  ουρά, 
in  rear,  Id.  Hell.  4,  3,  4.  (Akin  to 
ό/ί^ος.) 

Οί'ρα,  τά,  for  ovpoi,  δροι,  bounda- 
ries, limits,  Horn.  ;  v.  sub  oi'pov. 

Ονρΰγέω,  ώ,  to  be  ουραγός,  to  lead 
the  rear-guard ;  generally,  to  be  in  the 
rear,  Polyb.  4,  11,6,  etc. :  and 

Ονραγία,  ας,  ή,  a  leading  of  the  rear- 
guard :  generally,  the  rear  itself,  Polyb. 
6,  40.  6,  etc. :  from 

Οίφαγός,  όν,  [ουρά,  ήγέομαι)  lead- 
ing the  rear  of  an  army  on  march  :  ό 
ουραγός,  the  leader  of  the  rear-guard, 
Xen.  An.  4,  3,  26,  Cyr.  2,  3,  22,  etc.  : 
hence  any  thing  which  is  hindmost,  ου- 
ραγοί των  καρπίμων,  the  stalk-ends 
on  which  the  ears  of  corn  grow,  Ael. 
N.  A.  6,  43 ;  as  Schneid.  corrects 
from  Diosc.  4,  179 :  al.  ονραχοί. 

Ούράδιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  ουρά, 
Geop.  [α,  Drac.  p.  13,  10.] 

Ουραία,  ας,  ή,  poet,  for  ονρά,  cf  sq. 

Ουραίος,  a,  ov,  (ονρά)  of  the  tad, 
τρίχες  oiip.,  the  iai/hair,  11.  23,  520  ; 
generally,  at  the  hinder  parts,  hindmost, 
οΰρ.  τϊόόες,  the  hi»d-ieet,  Theocr.  25, 
269. — 2.  TO  ovpacov,  the  tail,  Achae. 
ap.  Ath.  277  Β  :  in  fish,  the  tail-fin. 
Soph.  Fr.  700  : — generally,  τά  ουραία, 
the  hinder  parts,  Eur.  Ion  1154,  Luc. 
V.  Hist.  1.35. 

Οί'ρακός,  ov,  ό,  the  middle  part  of 
the  oar.  [a  .''] 

Ονράνη,  ης,  ή.  a  chamber-pot,  Aesch. 
Fr.  166,  Soph.  Fr.  147.  [ά] 

Ουρανία,  ας,  ή,  Urania,  strictly,  the 
heavenly  one,  name  of  one  of  the  Muses, 
Hes.  Th.  78  :  later  she  was  looked  on 
esp.  as  the  Muse  of  Astronomy. — II. 
name  of  Venus,  the  heavenly,  opp.  to 
nai'(5?iuof,Plat.  Symp.  181  C.cf  Hdt. 
4,  59.  Pind.  Fr.  87,  3.— III.  the  Ara- 
bians called  the  moon  Ονρανίη,  Hdt. 
3, 8.— 12.  a  nymph,  daughter  of  Ocea- 
nus  and  Tethys,  H.  Hom.  Cer.  423. 

Ούράνιάζω,  to  throw  a  ball  up  high 
in  air. 

Οΰράνίΰώι,  al.  ώρ.,  poet.  dat.  for 
ovpavig,  Alcman  5. 

Ονράνίδης,  ov,  6,  son  of  Uranus, 
i.  e.  Kpoj^of ,  or  Saturn,  fHes.  Th.  486t, 
Pind.  P.  3,  5  : — Οίφανίδαι,  to/,  de- 
scendants of  Uranus,  i.  e.t  the  Titans, 
Hes. Th. 502 :  tbut  as  appell.  inhabitants 
of  heaven,  Lat-  coeliles,  opposed  to  oi 
{θεοί)  νπο  γαίαν,  Eur.  Hec.  148t.  [tj 

Ονρΰνίζομαι,  (ουρανός)  as  pass.,  to 
reach  to  heaven,  Aesch.  Fr.  391. 

Ουράνιος,  a,  ov,  Att.  also  ος,  ov, 
(ουρανός)  : — heavenly,  of,  from  or  in 
heaven,  dwelling  in  heaven,  θεοί  ovp., 
H.  Hom.  Cer.  55,  Aesch.  Ag.  90,  Eur. 
H.  F.  758  ;  οί'ράνιαι,  the  goddesses, 
Pind.  P.  2,  70  ;  θέμις  οίφ..  Id.  Fr.  6  ; 
etc. ;  cf  sub  Ουρανία. — 2.  generally, 
in  or  of  heaven,  αστήρ,  Pind.  P.  3, 
175:  πόλος,  Aesch.  Pr.  430  ;  αστρα- 
πή, Soph.  O.  C.  1466;  oip.  ΰδατα, 
i.  e.  rain,  Pind.  O.  11,  2  ;  and  so,  οΰρ. 
άχος,  of  a  storm.  Id.  Ant.  418  (not  i^e- 
hement,  as  infra  III.  2,  cf  EUendt  s. 
V.)  :  iTu  ουράνια,  the  heavenly  bodies, 
phenomena,  Xen.  Mem.  1,  1,  Uf. — II. 


ΟΥΡΛ 

reaching  to  heaven,  high  as  heaven,  πή- 
δημα, Eur.  El.  860  ;  σκέλος ονράνιον 
βίτϊΤίΐν  or  ίκλακτίζειν,  for  εις  ούρα- 
νόν,  to  kick  up  sky-high,  Ar.  Vesp, 
l'lu2,  1530:  hence, — 2.  nietaph.,  like 
ονρανομήκης,  enormous,  awful. furious, 
ούρ.  άχη,  Aesch.  Pers.573 ;  ΰτη.  Soph. 
Aj.  196  ;  ονράνιον  όσον,  like  θαυμά- 
σιον  όσον,  Lat.  immane  quantum,  Ar. 
Ran.  781,  1135 :  ουράνια,  as  adv., 
vehemently,  Ιππον  ovp.  βρέμοντα, 
Eur.  Tro.  519.  [ά] 

Ουρανίσκος,  ov,  ό,  dim.  from  ουρα- 
νός, a  little  heaven  or  sky,  hence — I. 
the  vaulted  deling  of  a  room,  esp.  the 
top  of  a  tent,  a  canopy,  Plut.  Alex.  37, 
Phoc.  33. — II.  the  Tonf  of  the  mouth, 
Ath.  315  D  ;  v.  οίφανός  II.  2.— III.  a 
constellation  of  the  southern  hemi- 
sphere, Corona  Australis,  Procl. 

Ουρανίων,  ωνος,  ό,  (ουρανός)  like 
Οΰρανίόης,  the  heavenly  one,  in  Hom. 
always  in  plur.  Οίρανιωνες  θεοί.  also 
Ονρανίωνες,  the  gods,  Lat.  coehtes ; 
so  Hes.  Th.  919,  929  :— also  the  Ti- 
tans, as  descendants  of  Uranus,  11.  5, 
898.^ 

Ονρανοβάμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  tra- 
versing heaven,  [β] 

Ονράνοβάτέω,  ώ,  (οίψανός,  βαίνω") 
to  walk  or  move  in  heaven,  Eccl. 

Οϋράνογνώμων,  ov,  (ουρανός,  γνω- 
μών) skilled  in  the  heavens,  Luc.  Ica- 
rom.  5. 

Ονρΰνογράφία,  ας.  η,  (ουρανός,  γρά- 
φω) α  description  of  the  heavens,  title  ot 
a  work  by  Deniocritus,  Diog.  L.  9, 48. 

Οΰρΰνοδεικτος,  ov,  (ουρανός,  δεί- 
κνυαι)  shown  from  heaven,  showing  it- 
self in  heaven,  αίγλη  μήνης,  Η.  Horn. 
32,  3. 

Οίψΰνοδρομέω,  ύ,  to  run  along  the 
sky,  Clem.  Al. :  from 

Οϋρΰνυόρόμος,  ov,  (οί'ρανός,  δρα- 
μείν)  running  along  the  sky. 

Οί'ράνοειδής,  ες,  (ουρανός,  είδος) 
like  the  sky :  like  a  tent-cieling  (v.  ουρα- 
νός II). 

Οίφάνόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  poet,  for  foreg., 
Manelho:  νπήνη  ουρ.^ονρανός II.  2, 
the  roof  of  the  mouth,  Jsic.  Al.  16. 

Ουράνόθεν,  adv.  (old  genit.  of  οΰ 
ρανός),  from  heaven,  down  from  heaven, 
Hom.,  and  Hes. ;  pleon.,  απ'  ουρανό^ 
θεν,  II.  21,  199,  Od.  11,  18,  Hes.  Sc. 
384  ;έ|οΰραχ'ό0εν,  II.  8,19,21;  17,548. 

Ονράνοθεσία,  ας,  η,  (οίφανός,  τί- 
θημι)  the  position  of  the  const  ell  at  imis. 

Οΐφάνόϋί,  adv.  (strictly  an  old  genit. 
or  dat.  of  ουρανός),  in  heaven,  in  the 
heavens :  ουρανόθι  πρό,  II.  3,  3,  is  ex- 
plained by  the  ancients  by  -po  ουρα- 
νού, εν  Τω  υπό  τα  νέώη  τοπω  (like 
Ίλιόβι  πρό  and  ήώθι  προ),  so  that  οΰ- 
ρανόθι  must  here  be  for  οίφανόθεν  or 
οΐφανοϋ. 

Ονρανοκάτοικος,  ov,  dwelling  in 
heaven. 

Οίφάνολ.έσχης,  ov,  6,  one  who  talks 
of  heavenly  things. 

Οί'ράνομήκης,  ες,  (οίφανός,  μήκος) 
as  high  as  heaven,  shooti7ig  up  to  heaven, 
exceeding  high  Or  tall,  έ'/.άτη,  Od.  5, 
239  ;  δένδρεα,  Hdt.  2,  138  ;  λαμπάς, 
Aesch.  Ag.  92:  —  then,  generally, 
mighty,  prodigious,  φωνή,  κλέος,  Ar. 
Psub.  357,  459 ;  κακόν.  Jncert.  ap. 
Arist.  Rhet.  3,  11,  7;  ovp.  ποιεΐν  τι, 
to  exalt  it  to  the  skies,  Isocr.  Άντιό 
^  142. 

ΌνρΰνόνΙκος,  ov,  (ουρανός,  νικάω) 
conquering  heaven:  ΰτη  οί>ρ.,=:ζοίφά- 
viov  άχος,  .\esch.  Supp.  165. 

Ονρανυπαις,  παιδος,  ό,  ή,  (Οίφα 
νός,  παις)  child  of  Uranus,  Orph.  Η. 
26,  13. 

Ονράνοπετής.ές,  (οίρανός,  πίτίτω) 
fallen  from  heaven,  Plut.  2.  830  Ε,  etc 
10(j7 


ΟΥΡΑ 

Ονρανόπλαγκτος,  ον,  {ουρανός, 
Λ"λά^ω)  wandering  through  heaven, 
Orph.  Η.  20,  1. 

Ούμάνοποίία,  ή,  (ουρανός,  ποιέω) 
the  creation  of  heaven,  Diog.  L.  3,  77. 

Οίφύνύπολις,  εως•  ή,  {ουρανός,  πό- 
λις)  the  celestial  city,  Ath.  20  C.  Hence 

Ονρανοπολίτης,  ov,  ό,  a  citizen  of 
heaven,  Eccl.   [i] 

Οϋρανόροφος,  ov,  {ουρανός,  όροφη) 
with  a  vaulted  deling  or  canopy,  Ath. 
48  F ;  V.  sq.  II. 

Ουρανός,  Aeol.  ΰρανός,  οϋ,  ό, — I. 
heaven:  in  Horn., — 1.  the  vault  or  fir- 
mament of  heaven,  the  sky  represented 
as  a  concave  hemisphere  resting  on 
the  verge  of  earth,  with  an  opening 
in  it,  through  which  the  peak  of 
Olympus  stretched  upward  into  pure 
ether.  It  was  upborne  by  the  pillars 
of  Atlas,  έχει  όέ  τε  κίονας  αΰτος  (sc. 
Άτλας)  μακράς  αϊ  γαΐύν  τε  καΐονρα- 
νον  άμφις  εχουσίν,  Οά.  1,  54  :  it  was 
γύλκεος,  II.  17,  425;  ττολύχαλκος, 
11.  6,  504,  Od.  3,  2  ;  σιόήρεης,  Οά.  15, 
329  ;  enwrapt  in  clouds,  II.  15,  192 ; 
described  sometimes  as  above  the 
ether,  II.  2,  458;  19,  351.  On  this 
vault  the  sun  performed  his  course, 
whence  an  eclipse  is  described  by  ^e- 
?.ιος  όέ  ουρανού  έξαπό'λωλε,  Od.  20, 
357  ;  the  stars  too  were  fixed  upon  it, 
and  moved  with  it,  for  it  was  sup- 
posed to  be  always  revolving,  11.  18, 
485 ;  22,  318  ;  hence  οίφανός  άστε- 
ρόεις,  the  starry  firmament,  olt.  ill 
Horn. — 2.  heaven,  as  the  seat  of  the 
gods,  outside  or  above  this  skyey 
vault,  hence— Όλυμπος,  II  6,  108, 
Od.  1,  67,  etc. ;  also  ουρανός  Ούλυμ- 
πός  τε,  II.  1,  497  ;  8,  394  ;  Ού?Λμπός 
τε  και  οίφανός,  II.  19,  128  ;  πύλαι 
ούρανοϋ-  Heaven-gate,  i.  e.  a  thick 
cloud,  which  the  Hours  rolled  back 
and  forward,  11.  5,  749  ;  8,  393  ;  so  in 
Find-,  Trag.,  etc. — 3.  in  common  lan- 
guage, the  space  above  the  earth,  the  ex- 
panse of  air  and  sky,  Hom.,  etc.  ;  εις 
or  ττρός  ούρανόν,  heavenwards,  i.  e. 
aloft :  esp.  in  such  phrases  as,  κλέος 
οίιρανόν  Ίκει,  κλέος  οΰρανόν  evpiip 
Ίκάνει,  renown  reaches  to  heaven,  tills 
the  sky;  so  αίγλ?},  κνίση,  σκόπελος 
οΰρανόν  ϊκει,  etc.,  cf.  οίφάνίος,  οΰ- 
μανομήκης :  and,  inetaph.,  ύβρις  τε 
3ίη  τε  σιόήρεον  οΰρανόν  ϊκει,  deeds 
of  violence  '  cry  to  heaven,''  Od.  15, 
329  ;  17,  5G5  :  προς  οΰρανόν  βιβάζειν, 
to  exalt  to  heaven,  as  in  Horat.  evehere 
ad  Deos,  Soph.  0.  C.  391.— 4.  later 
esp.  the  astronomical  heaven  ;  general- 
ly, the  universe,  v.  Arist.  Coel.  1,  9,  9. 
— 5.  a  region  of  heaven,  climate. — II. 
any  thing  shaped  like  the  vault  of  heav- 
en, as— -1.  a  vaulted  roof  or  cieling  (cf. 
French  del),  Matro  ap.  Ath. :  esp.  of 
a  tent,  a  canopy. — 2.  the  roof  of  the 
mouth,  palate,  Arist.  H.  A.  1,  11,  2, 
Part.  An.  2.  17,  12;  as,  conversely, 
Ennius  coeli  palatum. — III.  as  niasc. 
prop.  n.  Uranus,  son  of  Erebus  and 
Gaea,  Hes.  Th.  127,  sq.  :  but  in  Honi., 
II.  15,  36,  Od.  5,  184,  ουρανός  and 
yala  as  witnesses  of  an  oath  are  sim- 
ple appellatives.  (Ace.  to  Arist.  1.  c, 
from  όρος,  a  boundary,  cf.  ορίζίον  :  bet- 
ter, from  ΌΡ-,  όρνυμι.  άείρω,  αίωρέω, 
akin  to  μετέωρος, — like  our  heaven, 
from  heave.) 

Οΰράνόσε,  adv.,  heavemvard. 

Οϋρΰνοσκόπος,  ov,  {ουρανός,  σκο- 
πέω)  observing  the  heavens. — [I.  ό  οΰ- 
ρανοσκ..  a  kind  of  fish,  elsewh.  καλ- 
λιώνυμος,  Plin.  Η.  Ν.  32^  7.^ 

Οϋράνοστεγής,  ες,  {ουρανός,  στέγω) 
covering  heaven  :  άθλος  ονρ.,  the  task 
of  bearing  up  tlie  heaven,  Aesch.  Fr. 
285. 

1063 


OYPH 

Οΰράνοϋχος,  ov,  {ουρανός,  Ιχω) 
holding  heaven  ;  αρχή  ούρ-,  the  rule  of 
heaven,  Aesch.  Cho.  960. 

Οΰράνοφάντωρ,  ορός,  6,  η,  {ουρα- 
νός, φαίνομαι)  appearing  in  the  heav- 
ens, or  shining  tip  to  heaven. 

Ονρανοφοιτύω,  ώ,  to  walk  ox  move 
in  heaven  :  from 

Οΰράνοφοίτι^ς,  ου,  o,=sq. 

Οΰρΰνόφοιτος,  ov,  {ουρανός,  φοι- 
τάω)  walking  in  heaven  :  soaring  aloft, 
opp.  to  νευστικός,  Philo. 

Ονρανοφόρος,ον,{οΰρανός\\,φερώ) 
with  a  canopy,  Casaub.  Ath.  48  F. 

Οΰρανόφρων,  υνος,  {ουρανός,  φρήν) 
heavenly-minded,  Eccl. 

Ονρΰνοφυτευτος,  ov,  planted  or 
made  from  heaven. 

Ούρΰνόφΰτος,  ov,  heaven-sprung. 

Οΰράνοχρώμΰτος,  ov,  {ουρανός, 
χρώαα)  sky-coloured,  sky-blue,  v.  1. 
Diph.  Siphn.  ap.  Ath.  90  D. 

Οΰράνόω,  ώ,  {ουρανός)  to  remove  to 
heaven,  deify.     Hence 

Ονράνωσις,  ή,  a  removing  to  heaven, 
deification. 

Ουραξ,  gen.  άγος  (not  ακος),  ή, 
Attic  name  of  the  bird  τέτριξ,  Arist. 
H.  Α..  6,  1,7. 

Οΰρύχός,  ου,  ό,  {ονρον)  the  urinary 
canal  of  a  foetus,  Hipp. 

Ούρεα,  τά,  nom.  and  ace.  pi.  from 
οΰρος.  Ion.  and  poet,  for  όρος,  τό,  η 
mountain,  Hom.  (esp.  in  11),  Hes.,  and 
Hdt.^ 

Οΰρειβύτας,  οΰρείθρεπτος,  v.  sub 
οΰρι-. 

iOύpειov,  ov,  τό,  Ureum  (Hyrium), 
a  town  of  Apulia,  Strab.  p.  284. 

Ούρειος,  η,  ov,  Ion.  and  Ep.  for 
όρειος,  {όρος,  τό)  Νύμφη  ούρ.,  α  moun- 
tain nymph,  Η.  Hom.  Merc.  244,  Hes. 
Fr.  13;  ονρ.  τέρας,  of  the  Sphinx, 
Eur.  Phoen.  806  ;  etc. 

iOύpειoς,  ον.ό,  Ureus  {mountaineer), 
a  centaur,  Hes.  Sc.  187. 

Ονρεόφοιτος,  ov,  poet,  for  όρεόφ-, 
mountain-haunting,  Jac.  A.  P.p.  82: 
fem.  ονρεοφοιτύς,  ύόος,  Anth.  P.  11, 
194.  _ 

Ονρεσιβώτης,  ου,  ό,  poet,  for  όρε- 
σι3.,  feeding  on  the  mountains,  θήρες. 
Soph.  Phil.  1133. 

Οΰρεσιόροιιος,  ov,  poet,  for  όρεσίόρ., 
v.  1.  Eur.  Bacch.  986. 

Οΰρεσίοικος,  ov,  poet,  for  όρεσίοι- 
κος,  Anth.  P.  6,  181. 

Οΰρεσιφοίτης,  ου,  ο,  fem.  -φοίτις, 
ιδος,=^οΰρεόφοιτος,  -φοιτάς,  Anth.  P. 
9,  524 ;  525,  16,  Nonn.,  etc. 

Οΰρεσίφοιτος,  ον,=όρεσίφ-,  Mel. 
92,  Nonn. 

Οΰρεύς,  ήος,  ό.  Ion.  for  όρενς,  a 
mule,  II.  1,  50,  etc.— 11.  in  II.  10,  84, 
ήέ  Tiv'  οΰρήων  διζήμενος  ή  τιν'  εταί- 
ρων, it  is=  οΐ'ροζ•,  φίιλαξ,  α  guard, 
warder,  cf  Arist.  Poet.  25,  16. 

Οΰρέω,  ώ,  (A)  f.  -ήσομαι ;  in  impf. 
etc.,  with  syllabic  augm.,  έούρουν : 
an  irreg.  inf.  pres.  ούρήν,=^οΰρεϊν  also 
occurs,  Buttm.  Ausf.  Gr.  >5>  105  Anrn. 
14:  {ovpov).  To  make  water,  Hes. 
Op.  727,  756,  Hdt.  1,  133,  etc.— 2.  c. 
ace.  rei,  to  pass  with  the  water,  Hipp. : 
hence  pass..  τόοΰρούμενον,=ούμ//μα, 
Hipp. — II.  like  Lat.  meiere,  SlIso  semen 
emittere.  Foes.  Oecon.  Hipp. 

Οΰρέω,  ώ,  (Β)  f.  -ήσω,  {ούμος  Α)= 
οϋρίζω. 

Οΰρέω,  ώ,  (C)  f.  -ήσω,  {ονρος  Β)  to 
watch. 

Ονρηόόχος,  ον,=  οΰροδόχος. 

Οΰρ7/0ρα,  ας,  ή,  {οΰρέω)  the  urethra, 
passage  of  the  urine,  beginning  from 
the  neck  of  the  bladder,  Hipp.,  v. 
Foes.  Oecon. 

Ούρημα,  ατός,  τό,=^ονρον,  urine, 
Hipp.,  in  plur. 


ΟΥΡΙ 

Οΰρηρός,  όν,  {οΰρέω  A)  urinary, 
οΰρ.  άγγείον,  a  chamber-pot. 

Οΰρησείω,  desiderat.  of  οΰρέω,  to 
want  to  make  water. 

Οϋρησις,  εως,  ή,  {οΰρέω)  a  making 
water,  Hipp. ;  ουμησιν  λύείν,  Mnesith. 
ap.  Ath.  121  D. 

Oi'p7/r//p,^por,o,=  ovp^flp«,Hipp.: 
but,  OL  ουρητήρες,  the  urinary  ducts, 
leading  from  the  kidneys  to  the  blad- 
der. Foes.  Oecon. 

Οΰρητιύω,  ώ,=οΰμησείω,  Ar.  Vesp. 
807. 

Ουρητικός,  ή,  όν,  {οΰρέω  A)  of  or 
belonging  to  urine :  inclined  to  make 
water  much  or  often,  Hipp. — II.  promo- 
ting urine,  Ath.  54  A,  371  B. 

Οΰρητρίς,  ίόος,  ή,  a  chamber-pot. 

Ουρία,  ας,  ή,  v.  sub  ούριος  II.  2. 

Ουρία,  ας,  w,  α  water-bird,  Ath.  395 
D. 

Ούρια,  τά,  Ion.  for  όρια,  but  not  in 
Hdt.  _ 

tOt'ip/a,  ας,  f],  Uria,  λίμνη,  a 
marsh  near  Oeniadae  in  Acarnania, 
Strab.  p.  459.   v.  'Ύρία. 

^Οΰρίαθος,  ov,  ό,  Viriathus,  a  rob- 
ber chief  in  Hispania,  Strab.  p.  158. 

Οΰρίύ,χος.  ου,  ό,  {ονρά)  the  hindmost 
part,  bottom,  hence  in  11.,  εγχεος  οΰρ., 
the  butt-end  of  the  spear,  shod  with 
iron,  opp.  to  the  αιχμή,  13,  443  ;  16, 
612;  17,  528;  elsewh.  στύραξ  and 
σαυμωτήρ. 

Οΰριβάτας,  ου,  ό,  poet,  for  ορειβά- 
της, walking  the  mountains ,  Eur.  El. 
170,  Phacth.  1,  27  ;  όριβύτας,  Ar.  Av. 
276 :  the  forms  οΰρειβ-,  όριβ-,  seem 
not  to  occur,  cf.  Dind.  Ar.  1.  c,  and  v. 
sub  οΰρίθρεπτος. 

Οΰρίζω,  Ion.  for  ορίζω,  to  bound, 
limit,  Hdt. 

Ο  νρίζω,  f.  -ίσω  ;  {ούρος  A) : — to  car- 
ry with  a  fair  wind,  to  waft  on  the  way, 
of  words  and  prayers,  Aesch.  Cho. 
319:  to  speed  on  the  way,  guide  prosper- 
ously, κατ'  ορθόν  οΰρ-.  Soph.  Ο.  Τ. 
695 ;  so,  an  accus.  αυτούς  may  be 
supplied  in  Aesch.  Pers.  602, — or  it 
may  be  taken  intr.  to  be  fair  and  fa- 
vourable, cf  έπονρίζω,  κατονρίζω. 

Οΰρίβρεπτυς,  η,  ov,  Eur.  Hec.  204, 
{όρος,  τρέφω),  poet,  for  όμείβρ.,  moun- 
tain-bred, where  Pors.  ουρειϋρεπτος  ; 
but  cf.  Lob.  Paral.  p.  455,  et  v.  sub 
οΰριβύτας. 

ΟύμΙνος,  η,  ov,  v.  1.  for  ονμιος  III. 

Οΰμιυόρομέω,  ώ,  to  run,  i.  e.  sail 
with  a  fair  wind,  Pherecyd.  ap.  Diog. 
L. ;  cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  617:  from 

Οΰριοόμόμος,  ov,  {ούριος,  όραμεϊν) 
running,  i.  e.  sailing  with  a  fair  wind, 
etc. 

Ούριον,  τό,  {ονρος  Β)  watch  ;  dub. 

Ούριος,  a,  ov,  also  ος,  ov.  Soph. 
Phil.  355  ;  {ονρος  A) ; — with  a  fair 
irind,  Lat.  vento  secundo,  esp.  of  a  ship, 
πλάτη.  Soph.  I.e.;  οΰρ.  πλους,  δρό- 
μος, etc.,  a  prosperous  voyage,  etc., 
Soph.  Phil.  780,  Aj.  889  :  hence,  gen- 
erally, prosperous,  successful,  πρύξις, 
Aesch.  Cho.  814,  cf.  Eur  H.  F.  95; 
neut.  pi.  as  adv.,  ούρια  θείν,  to  run 
before  the  wind,  Ar.  Lys,  550,  cf.  infra 
II.  2. — II.  prospering,  favouring,  fair, 
πνεύμα,  πνοαί,  Eur.  Hel.  1663,  Hec. 
900  ;  οΰρ.  άνεμος  επί  τι,  Thuc.  7,  53  ; 
hence  "Ζευς  οΰρ-,  as  sending  fair  winds, 
as  conducting  things  to  a  happy  issue, 
Aesch.  Supp.  590,  or  (ace.  to  Buttm. 
Lexil.  s.  v.  TTfpa  fin.),  the  ruler  of  the 
elements. — 2.  ή  ουρία  (sc.  πνοή),=: οΰ- 
ρος, a  fair  wind,  hence  ουρία  έφιέναι, 
to  commit  one's  self  to  the  breeze,  sail 
before  the  wind,  Plat.  Prot.  338  A  ;  έξ 
οΰμίας  διαδραμείν,  πλείν,  Arist.  Me• 
chan.  7,  1,  Polyb.  1,  47.  2;  also,  'εξ 
ούριων  όραμεϊν,  Soph.  Aj.  1083, — IIL 


ΟΥΡΟ 

οίρ.  ώόν,  α  tvind-egg,  elsewh.  νττηνί- 
μιοι>,  Lat.  subventanum  ;  those  laid  in 
spring  were  called  ζεφύ/ηα,  those  in 
autumn  κυνόςονρα,  Arist.  H.  A.  6, 
2,  13. 

Οίφιοστάτης,  ov,  ό,  (ούριος, ίστημι) 
standing  prosperous  or  secure,  or  trans. 
securing  fortune,  Aesch.  Cho.  821.  [«2] 

Οΰριόω,  ώ,  {οίρος  A)  to  give  to  the 
winds,  ΐθήρας,  Anth.  P.  9,  777. 

Ονρισμα,  ατός,  τό.  Ion.  for  όρισμα, 
a  bound,  boundary-line,  Hdt.  2,  17 ; 
4,45. 

Ονρισμα,  ατός,  τό,  (ονρίζω)  a  fair 
wind,  dub. 

Ονρνις,  contr.  for  ό  όρνις,  At.  Αν. 
284. 

Οίφοόοχεΐον,  ov,  -o,=sq. 

Οί'ροδόχη,  ης,  ή,  {οίφον.  δέχομαι) 
α  chamber-pot,  Xen.  ap.  Phot. 

Οίψοόόχιον,  ov,  70,=foreg. :  from 

Οϊ'ροδόχος,  ov,  {οίφον,  δέχομαι) 
holding  urine. 

Ovpor,  ov,  TO,  urine,  Hdt.  2,  111, 
etc.  (Lat.  urina.  Germ.  ham.  In 
Sanscr.  vari  is  water,  cf.  Lat.  urinari 
to  dive,  Pott  Et.  Forsch.  1,  p.  122. 
Prob.  akin  to  ορός  2,  q.  v.) 

Οίφον,  τό,  poet,  for  ονρος,  ορός,  a 
boundary :  found  in  three  places  of 
Horn.,  viz.,  II.  23,  431,  οσα  δίσκον 
ovpa  ~έ/.ον~αι.  as  far  as  the  bounda- 
ries of  the  quoit  reach,  i.  e.  a  quoit's 
throw  (for  which  in  23,  523,  we  have 
the  word  δίσκονρα): — but  the  sense 
is  more  dub.  in  the  other  two  passa- 
ges, viz.  Od.  8,  124,  δσσον  τ"  έν  νειώ 
οίφον  πέλει  ήμιόνοιϊν  τόσσον  νζεκ- 
Τϊροθέ(ύν...Ικετο :  and  II.  10,  351,  δσ- 
σον τ'  έ—Ι  ονρα  πέ/.ονται  ήμιόνων 
(ai.  επίονρα),  but  ν.  Spitzn.  Excurs. 
XX.  ad  II.) : — in  both  these  passages,  a 
certain  distance  is  expressed  by  ov- 
pov  ήμώνοίίν,  οίφα  ήμιόνων ;  and 
in  the  latter  the  explanation  is  added, 
al  yap  τε  (sc.  ημίοιοι)  douv  ττροψε- 
ρέστεραί  είσιν  έ'λκέμεναι  νειοΐο  fja- 
θείης  πηκτον  άροτρον,  whence  the 
common  explanation,  viz.,  that  the 
distance  meant  is  that  by  which  mule& 
would  beat  oxen  in  ploughing  a  furrow  at 
the  same  time,  cf  Nitzsch  Od.  I.  C. 

Οίφοαύγιον,  ov,  τό,=όί)ύθ'!ζνγιον, 
q.v.[i.] 

Ονρος.  ov,  6,  (A)  a  fair  wind,  right 
astern,  Horn.,  etc.  ;  ί/μίν  δ'  αν  κατό- 
Τίΐσθε  νεως.,.Ικμενον  οίφον  ίει  ττ/.η- 
σίστιον,  Od.  Ιΐ,  7  ;  so,  τζομπαίος  ον- 
ρος, Pind.  Ρ.  1,  66;  ττρνμντιθεν  ον- 
ρος, Eur.  Tro.  20  ;  -?.ενστικός  ονρος. 
Theocr.  13,  52 ;  (rarely  of  a  rough 
breeze  OT  storm,  11.14,  19,  Ap.  Rh.  2, 
900) ;  in  plur.,  Od.  4,  360  ;  άψ  δέ  θεοί 
οίφον  στρέΦαν,  the  gods  changed  the 
wind  agam  to  a  fair  one,  Od.  4,  520 ; 
πέμπειν  κατ'  οίφον,  to  send  down 
(i.  e.  with)  the  wind,  speed  on  its  way, 
Orac.  ap.  Hdt.  4,  163  ;  so.  κατ'  οίφον 
ίέναι,  ρεϊν,  metaph.  of  good  luck  and 
success,  Aesch.  Theb.  090,  Soph.  Tr. 
468 ;  so,  ενθννειν  δαίμονος  οίφον, 
Pind.  Ο.  13,  38:  ούρος  όό()α7.μών 
έμών  αί'-η  γένοιτ'  ίτζωθεν  έρπονστι, 
let  α  fair  wind  be  with  her  as  she  goes 
from  my  sight,  i.  e.  let  her  go  as  quick 
as  may  be.  Soph.  Tr.  815:  ονρός  (ίστι) 
like  καιρός,  'tis  a  fair  time,  Soph.  Phil. 
855  :  ονρος  έττέων,  ύμνων,  Pind.  Ο.  9, 
72,  P.  4,  5,  Ν.  6,  48.  (Usu.  deriv. 
from  OP-,  όρννμι :  better,  with  Coray 
Heliod.  2.  345,  from  αύρα,  cf  οίς, 
fin. :  or  perh.  from  οίφά,  a  tail-wind, 
stern-wind.) 

Ονρος,  ov,  6,  (B)  a  watcher,  warder, 
Od.  15,  89  ;  Nestor  is  in  Hom.  ονρος 
'Αχαιών,  II.  8,  80,  etc. ;  so,  οίφος  Αί- 
ακιδάν,  Pind.  I.  8  (7),  121 ;  cf.  οίφενς 
II : — hence    έττίονρος.    (Usu.  deriv. 


ΟΤΣΙ 

I  from  όράω  :  better,  with  Damm,  re- 
I  ferred  to  ώρα,  as  we  have  ηνλονρός 
''  τνν/.ωρός,  cf.  θνρυρός, — ovv  ών,  ουρα- 
νός ώρανός:  cf.  φρουρά.) 

Ονρος,  ov,  ό,  (C)  Ion.  for  δρος,  a 
boundary,  11.,  and  freq.  in  Hdt. 

Ονρος,  ov,  ό,  (D)  βονς,  a  wild  bull, 
Lat.  urus,  perh.  formed  from  the 
Germ.  Auer-ochs,  Anth.  P.  6,  332. 

Ονρος,  εος,  τό.  Ion.  for  δρος,  a 
mountain,  freq.  in  Horn.,  and  the  usu. 
form  in  Hdt. 

Ονρός,  ov,  6,  a  trench  or  cha?inel{oT 
hauling  up  ships  and  launching  them 
again,  ονρονς  έξεκάθαιρον,  II.  2,  153; 
— i.  e.,  the  οίροι  had  got  choked  up 
and  had  to  be  cleared  before  the 
ships  could  be  laurnf-hed  :  in  Ap.  Rh. 
this  trench  is  called  δλκός. 

Ονρός,  ov,  δ.  Ion.  for  ορός,  ό/3/50£•, 
serum,  Kic. 

Οϋροτάλ,   the   Arabian    name    of 
Bacchus,  prob.  as  the   Sun-god,  v. 
Bahr  Hdt.  3,  8. 
I      Οίφοτομέω,  ώ,  (οίφά,  τομή)  ίππον 
ονρ-,  to  dock  a  horse's  tail. 

Ovpou,  ώ,  {ονρος)  to  have  a  fair  wind : 
usu.  κατονρόω. 

\Ονρσον  ά/.σος,  τό,  =  Arsia  sylva 
(Liv.  2,  7)  near  Rome,  Plut.  Poplic.  9. 

ίΟνρσωΐ',  ωνος,  ό,  Urso,  a  city  of 
Hispania  Baetica,  Strab.  p.  141. 

ΟΎ'Σ,  τό,  gen.  ώτός,  dat.  ώτί: 
plur.  nom.  ώτα,  gen.  ώτων,  dat.  ώσίν, 
very  late  ί1)τοις.  Lob.  Phryn.  211: 
Hom.  has  only  ace.  sing,  and  dat. 
plur.,  II.  11,  109;  20,  473,  Od.  12, 
200 ;  the  other  cases  he  forms  as  if 
from  οίας,  q.  v. ;  Hdt.  usu.  employs 
plur.  Ttte  ear,  Hom.,  etc.  ;  fjoa  έν 
ώσι  κέ/.αδος,  rings  in  the  ear,  Aesch. 
Pers.  605  ;  οθόγ)  ος  βύλ'λει  δι'  ωτων. 
Soph.  Ant.  1188  ;  δι'  ΰτυν  ήν  Ρ.ό)θζ•, 
Eur.  Med.  1139;  so,  άμίν  τοντο  δι' 
ώτός  έγεντο,  Theocr.  14,  27 ;  -ψιθν- 
ρονς  λογούς  εις  ώτα  φέρει.  Soph.  Aj. 
149  ;  so,  ττρος  τό  υνς,  into  the  ear, 
i.  e.  whispering,  Plat.  Euthyd.  275  Ε  ; 
τταρέχειν  τά  ώτα,  to  lend  the  ears, 
i.  e.  to  attend.  Id.  Crat.  396  D,  etc. ; 
so,  έττισχέσίΐαι  τα  ώτα,  Id.  Symp. 
216  A  : — metaph.  of  spies,  like  ό  ό^- 
βαλμης  3ασι/.έως,  in  Persia,  Plut.  2, 
522  Ε,  Luc.  adv.  Indoct.  23.— Athle- 
tes are  described  as  having  their  ears 
bruised  and  swollen,  τεβλαγμένοι 
ούατα  ττυγμαΐς,  Theocr.  22,  45  (cf. 
κατάγννμι,  ώτοκάταξις) ;  and  so  they 
are  represented  in  statues  of  Her- 
cules and  of  Pancratiasts,  Winckelni. 
Werke  2,  p.  432  ;  4,  p.  411,  sq.,  plate 
viii.  B. — If.  an  ear,  handle,  esp.  of 
pitchers,  cups,  etc. ;  in  this  signf. 
Horn,  always  uses  the  longer  forms 
ούατα.  etc. — 111.  ους  Αφροδίτης,  a 
kind  o{  shell- fish,  Antig.  Car.  ap.  Ath. 
88  A.  (In  Cret.  and  Lacon.  ανς, 
αντός,  and  Dor.  ώς,  ώτός ;  cf.  Lat. 
auris,  audio,  ausculto.  Germ.  Ohr,  our 
ear,  and  mod.  Greek  αίτιον,  the  hear• 

Ουσία,  ας,  ή,  {ών,  ονσα,  ειμί)  that 
which  is  one's  otcn,  one's  property,  sub- 
stance, Hdt.  1,  92  :  6,  86,  1,  and  Att., 
as  Lys.  150,  41,  Plat.  Phaedr.  252  A. 
etc.:  so  in  Soph.  Tr.  911,  ύ-αις  ουσία 
is  prob.  property  without  its  fitting  heir, 
not  childlessness,  for  Deianira  had 
children,  v.  Ellendt  Lex.  s.  v.  ΰτταις. 
— II.  the  being,  essence,  true  nature  of  a 
thing,  Plat.  Phaed.  78  C,  etc. ;  πάν 
σώμα  φνσικόν  μετέχον  ζυής,  ace.  to 
Arist.  de  Anima  2,  1,  3 :  the  first  of 
the  categories,  Id.  Categ.  5. — 2.  in 
Stoic  philosophy,=j'v.)?,  matter,  Ritter 
Hist,  of  Philos.  3,  p.  515.     Hence        ; 

Ονσίδιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  ουσία  1,  ' 
Nicom.  Incert.  1.  [i] 


OTTI 

Οΐισίόω,  ώ,  (ουσία  II.)  to  invest  with 
being  or  reality,  call  into  existence,  cre- 
ate :  pass,  to  be  existent. 

Wvai-iot,  uv,  oi,  the  Usipii,  a 
Geriiian  nation,  Strab.  p.  292. 

Ουσιώδης,  ες,  (,οί•σ(α  II.,  είδος)  e.i- 
sential;  substantial,  Plut.  2,  lOSo  D. 
Adv.  -δώς. 

Ονσον,  τό,=οισον,  q.  v.,  Lye. 
Οντύζίύ,  ί.  -ύσω,  V.  sq. 
Οντύω,  ώ,  fut.  οϊτήσω  ;  aor.  1  ον- 
τησα.  pass,  οντήθην,  both  in  Horn. ; 
and  besides  these  he  has  3  impf  ου- 
τΰε,  Od.  22,  356,  usu.  contr.  οντά, 
and  of  the  poet,  syncop.  aor.  ηνταν, 
3  sing,  οντύ,  inf  οίτάμεναι  and  ov- 
τάμεν,  part.  aor.  pass,  οΰτάμενος  [ΰ]  ; 
also  the  forms  οντασκε  and  οϊ'τήσα- 

j  σκε,  II.  15,  745;  22,375.  As  pres., 
he  uses  the  collat.  form  οντύ^^ω,  of 

I  which  he  also  has  impf.  act.  and 
pass.,  aor.  act.  οντΰσε,  and  pf.  pass. 
3  sing,  ούτασται,  part.  οντασμένοΓ : 

I  there  is  no  such  lorm  as  ούτημι.— 

I  To  wound,  hurt,  hit  with  any  kind  of 
weapon,  χα7.κ<ο,  δουρί,  ξιφ'έεσσι,  εγ- 

',  χει,  etc.,  Hom. ;  freq.  also  opp.  to 
βά?./:ειν  (q.  v.),  to  wound  by  strikitig 
or  thrusting,  11.  11,  659,  826,  etc.  ; 
which   is   more  fully  expressed   by 

!  σχεδόν  and  αΰτοσχεδίην  οντά,  οΰτύ- 

I  ζοντα,  etc.,  as  m  II.  5,  458,  Od.  11, 
536 :  usu.  c.  ace.  of  pers.  or  part 
wounded,  hence  also  c.  dupl.  ace, 
Κν-ΰριδα  οντασε  χείρα,  II.  5,  458 ; 
elsewh.,  οντ.  τινά  κατά  χρόα,  κατά 
ώμον,  κατ'  άσττίόα,  etc. ;  more  rarely 
c.  ace.  rei,  ούταζον  σάκος,  they  hit, 
shattered  the  shield,  11.  7,  258,  etc., 
Hes.  Sc.  363 : — also  c.  ace.  cognato, 
έλκος,  δ  με  βροτός  ούτασεν  ανήρ,  the 
wound  which  a  man  struck  me  withal, 
U.  5,  361  ;  hence,  ονταμένη  ώτειλή, 
the  wound  inflicted,  II.  14,  518  :  some- 
times, generally,  to  wound,  like  /iu/,- 
/.ω,  with  lightning,  Eur.  Hipp.  684  ; 
with  arrows,  H.  F.  199;  cf.  Opp.  H. 
2.  373.  (From  οντύω  comes  ώτειλή  : 
akin  to  ώθέω.) 

Ούτε,  adv.,  (ov,  τέ)  and  not,  II.  22, 
265,  for  which  however  καΐ  ov  is  not 
unfreq..  Plat.  Legg.  806  C,  Xen.  An. 
2,  1,  10. — II.  usu.  repeated,  ούτε..., 
ούτε...,  neither...,  nor...,  like  Lat.  ne- 
que...,  neque...,  connecting  clauses  in 
such  manner  that  the  things  denied 
are  placed  in  reciprocal  relation,  freq. 
from  Hom.  downwds.  In  such  cases 
not  only  ούτε...,  ούτε....  correspond, 
but  also  ούτε...,  τε...,  as  in  Lat.  7ie- 
que...,  et...,  11.  24.  185,  cf.  Bockh 
Simon,  p.  XV.,  Stallb.  Plat.  Apol.  26 
C;  ούτε....  δέ....  Hdt.  1,  108;  8.  142, 
cf.  Schaf.  Dion.  Comp.  p.  297,  Stallb. 
Plat.  Rep.  388  Ε  ;  also,  ούτε...,  ονδέ.... 
Schaf.  ut  supra  p.  36,  299,  sq. ;  and 
(though  perh.  not  in  Alt),  ονδέ..., 
ούτε...,  V.  sub  ονδέ :— freq.  also  ού- 
τε..., οι'...,  Hdt.  8,  98,  Eur.  Or.  41 : 
also  ov...,  ούτε...,  II.  6,  450.  Od.  9, 
147  :  ούτε  is  sometimes  wholly  omit- 
ted in  the  first  clause,  Bockli  Pind. 
P.  6.  48 ;  10,  41.  See  further  Jelf  Gr. 
Gr.  ιξ»  775,  Herm.  ad  Elmsl.  Med.  4, 
1321. 

Οντερος,   Ion.   for  ό  έτερος,  Hdt. 
I,  34,   134;  neut.   τούτερον,  Hdt.  1, 
32. 
Οντήσασκε,  Ep.  3  sing.  aor.  1  act. 

for  ούτησε,  from  οντύω.  11. 

Ούτησις,  ή,  (υϋτύω)  a  wounding. 
Οντήτειρα,  ας,  ή,  Anth.  P.  7,  172, 

— fem.  from 

Οντητηρ,  ήρος,  ό,  {οντύω)  one  who 

wounds. 

Ούτι,  neut.  from  οντις,  q.  ν. 
Οντΐδΰνός,  ή,  όν,  Att.  also  ος,  ov: 

{ονης) : — useless,  in  Hom.  always  of 
1069 


ΟΥΤΟ 

persons  of  small  esteem,  fnble.  pow- 
erless, cowardly,  ovT.  KM  δίΐλός,  11.  1, 
293;  ava'AKic,  ohr.,  11,  390:  later, 
generally,  worthhss,  poor,  sorry,  ovri- 
όανοίς  kv  ^οθίοίς  φορε'ιται,  are  swept 
away  leaving  nought  behind,  Aesch. 
Theb.  301.  {-όανος  is  a  mere  suffi.x, 
as  in  ί/πεδανός.  etc.) 

tOirioi,  ur,  οι,  the  Utii,  a  people 
of  Persia,  Hdt.  3,  93  ;  7,  68. 

Ούτιπον,  for  ού  τι  πον,  tiot,  I  sup- 
pose;  not,  I  ween;  used  in  a  half  inter- 
rog.  vvay,  Find.  P.  4,  155,  Soph.  Phil. 
1233,  Ar.  Ran.  522,  Plat.,  etc. 

Ourt— ω,  for  οϋ  τι  πω,  like  ονπω, 
not  yet. 

όντις,  neut.  οντι,  gen.  οντινος : 
{ού,  τις) : — no  one.  nobody,  neut.  no- 
thing, Lat.  ne  ullus,  nullus,  freq.  in 
Horn.,  who  also  puts  other  words 
between  ού  and  τι ;  so  in  Hes. ;  also 
as  an  adj.,  μέμφιν  ovtivu,  Aesch.  Pr. 
445  ;  αρωγή  οντίς.  Id.  Pers.  413,  etc. : 
— the  neut.  ούτι  is  freq.  used  as  adv. 
in  strong  denial,  not  a  whit,  by  7w 
means,  nut  at  all,  Horn.,  and  Hes. — II 
Οί'Τίς,  0,  ace.  OvTLV,  Nobody,  Noman, 
a  fallacious  name  assumed  by  Ulys- 
ses to  deceive  Polyphemus,  Od.  9 ; 
and  further  carried  out  by  Eur.  Cycl. 
549,  672,  sq. :  hence— 2.  Οντις,  the 
name  of  a  particular  fallacy,  Diog.  L. 
7,  44,  82,  with  pi.  οντιδες. 

OvToi,  adv.,  {οϋ,  τοέ)  indeed  not, 
Lat.  noil  sane,  Hom.,  and  Hes.  ;  ούτοι 
ηοΤΐ,  certainly  never.  Soph.  Ant.  522, 
etc. :  also  before  protestations,  ούτοι, 
μα  την  Α-ήμητρα.  Ar.  Plut.  64 ;  so 
too,  μα  τον  Δ/',  ου  τοίννν,  Id.  Vesp. 
1141,  cf  τοίννν:  οντοι  μενονν.  Plat. 
Phaedr.  271  Β;  ούτοι  δη,  Id.  Crito 
43  D.  (Oiroi  is  often  confounded 
with  ovTi. 

Ούτος,  αύτη,  τοντο•,  gen.  τούτον, 
ταύτης,  roiiroi»,  etc.,denionstr.  pron., 
this,  very  freq.  from  Hom.  downwds. : 
mostly  used  to  refer  to  the  latter  of 
two  objects,  as  being  the  nearer  to  the 
subject;  hence  also  ταύτα  are  the 
things  round  and  about  us,  earthly 
things,  =  Tu  'ενταύθα,  Heind.  Plat. 
Phaed.  75  E.  —  Yet  it  often  stands, 
esp.  in  Hdt.,  without  any  such  rela- 
tive sense,  just  like  αυτός,  he,  it, 
Hdt.  1.  180.— II.  but  ούτος  often  re- 
fers not  to  what  has  gone  before,  but 
ίο  what  follows,  and  serves  to  intro- 
duce a  narration,  the  following,  as  fol- 
lows, where  we  also  say  this,  II.  13, 
377,  Od.  2,  306 ;  though  δδε  is  more 
freq.  in  this  sense. — 3.  ούτος,  followed 
by  ός  with  a  relative  clause,  answers 
to  our  he  who...,  the  ?nan  who...,  as 
Od.  2,  40  ;  6,  201.— IV.  referring  em- 
phat.  to  a  person,  it  means  the  well- 
known,  famous,  notorious  person,  Lat. 
hie,  Bentl.  Ter.  Adelph.  5  8,  23, 
Heind.  Plat.  Phaed.  69  C— V.  refer- 
ring emphat.  to  the  place  of  its  subject, 
ούτος,  αύτη,  are  a  kind  of  vocat.  like 
Lat.  hexis  !  you  there  !  holla  you  !  hear  ! 
Eur.  Hec.  1127,  Ale.  773;  so,  ούτος 
σύ,  hexts  tu!  Hec.  1280,  Or.  1567  ;  and 
doubled,  Ar.  Thesm.  689  ;  so,  ώ  ούτος, 
ούτος  Οίδίττονς,  Soph.  Ο.  C.  1627  ; 
ούτος,  σε  λέγω,  Ar.  Ran.  171  ;  oft. 
with  an  angry  or  scornful  expression : 
the  fem.  is  much  more  rare  than 
masc,  as  in  Ar.  Thesm.  610.  Cf 
οδε  II. — VI.  ^τοιούτης,  e.  g.  ούτος 
έγώ  ταχντατι!  Pind.  Ο.  4,  38. — Vlt. 
in  Att.  law-pleadings,  ούτος  was  ap- 
plied sometimes  to  the  plaintiff,  some- 
times to  the  judge  or  defendant  :  in 
plur.  it  meant  all  present  in  co\irt, 
Wolf  Dem.  Lept.  p.  222,  283.— VIII. 
after  a  parenthesis,  the  subject, 
though  already  named,  is  oft.  em- 
1070 


OYTO 

phat.  repeated  by  ούτος,  as,  ονδί  yhp 
ουδέ  Άριστέης...ούδέ  ούτος  προσω- 
τέρω  εφηαε  άπικέσθαι,  Hdt.  4,  16, 
cf  4,  81,  etc. — IX.  the  deinonstr.  is 
oft.  omitted  before  the  relat.  pron.,  II. 
10,  305,  Od.  24,  286.— X.  oft.  strength- 
ened, esp.  in  neut.,  tout'  uvto,  τούτο 
έκεΐνο,  αντό  τούτο,  Lat.  id  ipsum. — 
XI.  τούτο  μεν...,  τούτο  δέ...,  also 
ταύτα  μεν...,  ταϋτα  δέ...,  form  cor- 
relative clauses,  on  the  one  hand...,  on 
the  other...,  partly...,  partly...,  very  freq. 
in  Hdt.,  who  in  latter  clause  oft.  re- 
places TovTo  δέ  by  another  word,  ό 
δέ,  ή  δέ,  μετά  δέ,  etc.,  cf  Schweigh. 
Hdt.  7,  22,  cf  3,  108,  etc.  ;  so  too, 
τούτο  μεν...,  έπειτα  δέ....  Erf  Soph. 
Ant.  61  ;  τούτο  μέν...,  oi  δέ...,  Ο.  C. 
441  ;  τούτο  μεν...,  τοντ'  αύθις...,  Ant. 
165,  etc. — XII.  ταϋτα  is  oft.  used  to 
refer  to  a  more  remote  stibject,  with- 
out regard  to  gender  or  number, 
Soph.  El.  1366,  ubiv.  Schaf— XIII. 
when  a  circumstance  is  added  as 
strongly  confirmatory  of  what  has 
been  said,  the  demonslr.  pron.  is  freq. 
joined  with  the  connectmg  καί,  και 
ταύτα,  and  that  too,  and  especially, 
often  without  any  verb  expressed, 
as,  και  ταύτα  τηλικοντος,  Soph.  ΕΙ. 
611,  cf  Aesch.  Eum.  627:  but  usu. 
with  a  partic,  when  it  may  be.  ex- 
plained by  although.  Plat.  Rep.  404  B, 
cf  Jelf  Gr.  Gr.  697  c :  also  in  masc, 
Hdt.  1,  147;  6,  11.— XIV.  και  ταϋτα 
μέν  δη  ταϋτα,  like  εΐεν,  to  close  one 
part  of  a  subject,  so  much  for  this, 
Lat.  haec  hactenus,  oft.  in  Att.  ;  but, — 
2.  ταϋτα  μέν  δη  υπάρξει,  so  it  shall  be, 
Heind.  Plat.  Phaed.  78  Α.— XV.  ταϋ- 
τα in  ace.  as  adv., /or  this  reason,  like 
δια  ταϋτα,  Theocr.  14,  3  ;  freq.  also 
ταϋτ'  άρα  and  ταϋτ'  ούν,^Γ  this  rea- 
son then,  accordingly,  Br.  Ar.  Nub. 
319,  Vesp.  1358,  etc.— 2.  ταύτα  (sc. 
δράσω  or  ποιήσω),  in  affirm,  answers, 
ταϋτ'  ώ  δέσποτα,  yes  sir,  Ar.  Pac. 
275,  cf  Eq.  HI  :  so,  ταϋτα  δή,  Elmsl. 
Ar.  Ach.  815  :  ταϋτά  νυν,  Vesp.  1008  : 
— so  too,  ήν  ταϋτα,  e^en  so,  true,  yes, 
Lat.  ita  est,  Valck.  Phoen.  420.  —  3. 
=^οΰτως,  thus,  ταϋτ'  (but  al.  τοϋτ') 
έργον  τελέσαις,  Pind.  P.  4,  408.  — 
XVI.  dat.  fem.  sing,  ταύττι  was  also 
used  as  adv., — 1.  of  place,  suh.  χώρα, 
in  this  spot,  here,  Soph.  Phil.  1331. — 
2.  of  manner,  in  this  way,  so.  Id.  O.  C. 
1300  ;  ού  ταϋτ'  εστί  πω  ταύττι,  Ar. 
Eq.  843,  cf  Eur.  Med.  365 ;  'ταύτη 
κα'λεΐσθαι,  προςαγορεύεσθαι,  etc.,  to 
be  so  called,  like  ούτω. — 3.  in  this  re- 

feet,  so  far,  for  the  matter  of  that. — 
VII.  the  article  is  often  added  to 
the  pron..  to  strengthen  its  demonstr. 
force :  the  pron.  usu.  precedes  the 
article,  but  sometimes  follows  the 
subst.,  ούτος  h  άνήρ  or  ό  άνήρ  ούτος: 
the  article  is  in  this  case  sometimes 
omitted,  esp.  in  contempt,  Stallb. 
Plat.  Gorg.  467  C— XVIII.  ούτος  is 
oft.  strengthd.  Att.  by  the  demonstr. 
-i,  ούτοσί,  αντηΐ,  τουτί,  gen.  τοντουι, 
nom.  plur.  οντοιΐ,  neut.  ταυτί,  etc., 
this  man  here,  Lat.  hicce,  French  celui- 
ci :  before  a  vowel  ι  becomes  iv,  but 
prob.  only  after  σ,  as  ούτοσίν,  Buttm. 
Ausf  Gr.  §  80  Anm.  3  ;  the  neut.  also 
τουτί,  ταυτί,  esp.  in  Com.,  became 
τοντογί,  ταυταγί,  to  avoid  the  hiatus 
in  τούτοι,  ταντάι,  but  τοντοδί  is  al- 
so found,  though  wrongly  defended 
by  comparison  with  όίίε,  ένθαδέ, 
Elmsl.  Ar.  Ach.  108,  Dind.  Ar.  Av. 
18  : — in  Trag.  this  is  very  rare,  Pors. 
Med.  157.  [This  ι  is  always  long, 
and  a  long  vowel  or  diphthong  before 
it  becomes  short,  as  αύτήί,  του• 
τοϋί-Ί 


0ΥΤί2 

Ούτοσί,  αύτηί,  τουτί,  ν.  sub  oirae 
XVIII. 

Οντως,  and  before  a  consonant 
usu.  ούτω  (v.  sub  fin.) : — adv.  from 
ούτος,  in  this  way  or  manner,  i.  e.  so, 
thus,  esp.  so  much,  Hom.,  and  Hes,: 
hence,  under  these  circumstances  or 
conditions,  accordingly  :  in  full,  όντως 
is  antec.  to  ώς,  so...,  as,  Lat.  sic...,  ut, 
II.  4,  178,  Od.  4,  148,  etc. :  but  wf  is 
oft.  left  out  after  ούτως,  and  v.  versa 
sometimes  ούτως  after  ώς,  ώς  έδοξε... 
καΐ  έποίονν,  Thuc.  8, 1,  cf  Theocr.  7, 
45,  sq.  In  Att.  ούτως  usu.  follows 
ώςπερ,  but  in  comparisons  is  used 
without  it,  Heind.  Plat.  Phaed.  72  C. 
The  relat.  pron.  oft.  follows  in  Att. 
instead  of  ώστε,  so...,  as  to,  Soph. 
Ant.  220,  Ar.  Ach.  736.-2.  redupl., 
ώς  ό  μέν  ούτως,  Od.  19,  300. — 3.  ον- 
τως  εσται,  so  it  shall  be,  ratifying 
what  goes  before,  Od.  1 1,  348  ;  16,  31, 
etc. — 4.  emphatical,  c.  imperat.,  κεϊσ' 
ούτως,  lie  thou  thus,  of  one  who  is 
stricken  down  forever,  II.  21.  184,  cf 
Od.  5,  146.— 5.  ούτω  δή,  .to  then,  II.  2, 
158,  Od.  5,  204 ;  ούτω  γαρ  δή  τοι,  II. 
15,  201  ;  ούτω  που,  so  Ι  ween,  11.  2, 
116,  etc. ;  ούτω  πη,  II.  24,  373  ;  7ύην 
ούτω,  all  too  much,  so  utterly,  Od.  13, 
239. — 6.  c.  gen.,  like  εΙς  τούτο  or  εις 
τοσούτο,  Valck.  Phoen.  364.  —  7. 
where  ούτως  stands  for  so  much,  ώςτε 
or  wf  usu.  follows  to  define  the  quan- 
tity more  strictly  :  yet  not  always,  as, 
κεφαλαί  είσι  ούτω  δή  τι  ίσχνραί,  μό- 
γίς  αν  λίθω  παίσας  δια^βήξειας,  (as 
we  also  say)  so  hard,  you  could  scarce- 
ly break  them,  Hdt.  3,  12,  etc. :  in 
this  case  too  ούτω  is  oft.  followed  by 
the  relat.  pron.,  Valck.  Hdt.  4,  52; 
cf  Of  A.  IV.  2. — II.  with  a  qualifying 
or  diminishing  power,  like  αντως,  so, 
only  so,  simply,  no  more  than,  like  Lat. 
sic,  Donat.  Ter.  Andr.  1,  2,  4:  in 
Hom.  always  μαψ  ούτω,  II.  2,  120, 
for  without  μύ-ψ  he  always  has  av- 
τοις  or  αύτως. — III.  in  wishes  for  one's 
self  or  others,  always  with  oplat.,  Od. 
8,  465  :  also  after  ει  and  α'ιθε,  εϊ  ■)  up 
έγών  ούτω  γε  Λώς  παις  (ΐην,  would 
Ι  were  the  son  of  Jove  so  (truly)  as..., 
II.  13,  825,  cf  Od.  17,  494.-2.  so  Att. 
in  protestations,  as,  έγωγ\  ούτως  οναί- 
μην  των  τέκνων,  μισώ  τον  άνδρα  (as 
we  say,  '  so  help  me  God'),  Ar. 
Thesm.  469,  cl.  Nub  520— IV.  ούτω 
"λεγόμενος,  καλούμενος,  ονομαζόμε- 
ν'ος,  etc.,  the  so-called...,  Schaf  Mel. 
1,  p.  14,  82.  —  V.  ούτω  μέν...,  ούτω 
δέ...,  partly...,  partly,  ci.  ούτος /ϋ..; 
but  ονχ  όντως. ..ώς,  not  so,  nut  so 
much...,  as. — VI.  in  colloquial  phrase, 
beginning  a  story,  ούτω  ποτ'  ήν  μύς 
και  γαλή,  so  there  were  once  on  a 
time...,  Ar.  Vesp.  1182.  —  VII.  ούτω 
oft.  introduces  the  apodosis  after  a 
long  protasis,  or  expresses  the  se- 
quence of  several  things  when  a  long 
participial  clause  has  gone  before,  cf. 
Hdt.  1,  94,  196,  etc..  cf  Matth.  Gr. 
Gr.  ^  565,  1  :  also,  ούτω  δι/,  in  this 
state  of  things...,  Valck.  Hdt.  7,  174: 
είθ'  ούτω,  Schaf.  Dion.  Comp.  p.  414. 
— VIII.  ούτως  oft.  stands  at  the  end 
of  a  sentence  descriptive  of  the  na- 
ture or  manner  of  a  thing,  to  take  up 
the  thread  of  the  discourse,  in  which 
case  it  (req.  cannot  be  translated, 
Schweigh.  Hdt.  7.  170  ;  cf  ούτος  VII. 
— That  ούτως  is  found  even  before 
consonants,  is  shown  by  Jac.  A.  P. 
p.  159,  503  :  indeed  it  is  not  improb. 
that  ούτως  was  the  orig.  form,  for 
which  ούτω  came  into  use  for  conve- 
nience before  a  conson. :  οντω  before 
a  vowel  is  quite  inadmissible,  except 
in  Ion.  prose. 


ΟΦΕΙ 

Οντωσί,  and  before  a  vowel  some- 
times οϋτωσέν,  =  όντως,  strengthd. 
by  the  Att.  -<  demonstr.  [i] 

Ουχί,  adv.  for  ού,  II.,  but  more 
freq.  in  Att.,  as  Aesch.  Pr.  932.  [tj 

Ούχϊνος,  for  ό  έχΐνος,  Ar.  Vesp. 
1437. 

■\Ονχορενς,  έως,  ό,  Uchoreus,  found- 
er of  the  Aegyplian  Memphis,  ace.  to 
Diod.  S.  1,  50. 

^Ούώλκαι,  ών,  οι,  the  Volcae,  a 
people  of  Gaul,  Strab.  p.  186;  ubi 
Kramer  Ονολκαι. 

Όφείδιον,  ου,  τό,  like  οφίδιον, 
dim.  from  όφις,  Strab. 

ΌφείΆέσιον,  ου,  τό,  α  small  debt. 

'Οφειλέτης,  ου,  ό,  {οφείλω)  α  debtor, 
τινί.  Soph.  Aj.  590. 

Όφείλέτις,  ίδος,  ή,  fern,  from  foreg., 
α  debtor,  Eur.  Rhes.  965. 

Όώειλή,  ης,  ή,  {οφείλω)  α  debt,  duty, 
Ν.  Τ.,  and  Xen.  ap.  Ε.  Μ. 

Όψείλημα,  ατός,  τό,  (οφείλω)  that 
which  IS  owed,  a  debt,  Tliuc.  2.  40 ; 
ά:Γοτίνειν  όφ-.  Plat.  Legg.  717  B. 

Όφει?.όντως,  adv.  part,  from  δφεί- 
?.ω,  as  of  debt,  deservedly. 

ΌΦΕΙ'ΛΩ,  fut.  οφεύ.ήσω :  aor.  2 
ώφελον.  Ion.  and  later  in  Att.  prose 
οφε/.ον,  cf.  sub  όφέλ/.ω  (A).  To  owe, 
have  to  pay  or  account  for,  -^ρείός  τινι, 
II.  11,  688;  τινί  τι,  Pmd.  Ο.  10  (11), 
3,  Aesch.,  etc. ;  absoL,  to  be  in  debt, 
Ar.  Lys.  581 ; — pass,  to  be  due,  τινί, 
II.  11,  680,  Pmd.  P.  4,  4,  etc.— II.  in 
wider  siguf.,  to  be  under  an.  obligation, 
to  be  bound,  usu.  c.  inf.,  oft.  in  Hdt., 
as  1,  41,  42,  111:  hence  part,  pass., 
οφειλόμενος,  bounden,  due,  fitting,  to 
όφ.,  one's  due;,  Aesch.  Cho.  310 : — in 
this  signf.  the  aor.  ώφε/.ον  is  esp. 
use;l,  /  ought  to  have...,  of  that  which 
one  has  not  done,  ώφε/.εν  αΟανύτοι- 
σιν  εύχεσθαι,  II.  23,  540;  νυν  δφελεν 
πονέεσβαι  λισσόμενος,  II.  10,  117,  cf. 
Od.  4,  97,  472:  and  so,— 2.  this  aor. 
is  usu.  in  wishes  that  a  thing  had  hap- 
pened,  which  has  really  not  happened, 
e.  g.  την  δφελ'  kv  νήεσσι  κατακτάμεν 
Άρτεμις,  v:oald  that  Diana  had  slain 
kerf  (but  she  had  not),  Lat.  utinam  in- 
terfecissel  !  II.  19,  59  :  usu.  with  a  conj. 
which  expresses  the  wish  still  more 
strongly ,_^  e.  g.  with  είθε.  Ep.  αίθε, 
αΙΟ'-δφελες  or  ωφελλες,  Ο  that  thou 
hadst...  !  II.  1,  415,  etc. ;  and  so  with 
the  other  persons.  aW  ωφελλε,  Od. 
18,  401  ;  uW  ώφέ'λετε,  II.  24,  254  ; 
aW  όςιελον,  Od.  13,  204  :  so  with  ώ'ς. 
ώς  οφε/.ον  or  ώφελλον,  Ο  that  I  had... ! 
etc.,  U.  11,  380,  Od.  14,  274;  «o,  ώς 
δφελες,  Od.  2,  184;  ώς  δφελεν  or 
ώφελ?^εν,  II.  3,  173,  Od.  14,  68,  etc. : 
strengthd.  ώς  όή,  Od.  1,  217,  etc.: 
also  with  negat.,  μη  δφε?.ες,  would 
thou  hadst  never...  !  li.  9,  698,  Od.  8, 
312.  —  In  Att.  poets  usu.  with  the 
augm.,  ώφελον,  εΐϋ'  ώφε?.ον,  etc.  ; 
but  sometimes  without  it,  είθ'  δφελεν, 
Aesch.  Pers.  915  ;  δφε7.ε  όύναι.  Soph. 
Aj.  1192. — 3.  οφείλει  occurs  once  in 
Piiid.  (N.  2,  9)  as  an  impers.,  it  is  fit- 
ting, Lat.  decet,  oportet. — III.  hence, 
of  any  thing  binding  upon  us  neces- 
sarily by  the  laws  of  nature,  etc., 
esp.  in  pass.,  πάσιν  ημίν  τοντ'  οφεί- 
λεται τταθεϊν,  this  is  a  debt  we  all 
must  pay.  Soph.  El.  1173,  cf.  Phil. 
1407  ;  so,  τνάσιν  ήμΙν  κατθανείν  οφεί- 
λεται, Horace's  debemur  morti.  Bur. 
Ale.  419,  cf.  782,_and  Or.  1245  :  hence, 
generally,  to  δφειλόμενον,  destiny, 
Jac.  Ep.  Ad.  692. — 2.  of  the  natural 
and  fitting  results  of  men's  dealings, 
that  which  they  have  deserved,  and 
conseq.  will  receive,  ζημίαν  δφείλειν, 
to  be  liable  to,  be  in  danger  of  a.  penalty, 
etc.,  Lys.  115,  10:  so,  βλάβην  δφεί- 


ΟΦΕΑ 

7.ειν,  Id.  94,  40  :  but, — 3.  of  retribution 
in  good  or  evil,  βλάβην  δφ.  τινί,  to 
owe  one  an  ill  turn,  Eur.  Andr.  360  ; 
so,  αγαθόν  or  κακόν  δφ.  τινί,  to  have 
to  render  one  good  for  good,  evil  for 
evil.  Plat.  Rep.  332  Α.— In  pres.  and 
impf.  Hom.  sometimes  uses  the  form 
δφέλλω,  cf.  also  δφ7.ω  and  δφλισκύνω. 

ΥΟφέ?.ας,  a,  δ,  Ophelas,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  Alh.  243  B. 

fOφελέστης,  ου,  δ,  Ophelestes,  a 
Trojan.  II.  8,  274. 

ΌΦΕΆΛΩ  (A),  in  pres.  and  impf. 
not  rare  in  Hom.  for  οφείλω,  to  owe, 
μοιχάγρια,  ζωάγρια,  Od.  8,  332,  462  ; 
pass.,  χρεΐός  μοι  δφέ/.λεται,  Od.  3, 
367. — IJ.  to  be  obliged,  bound,  δφέλλετε 
ταύτα  ττένεσΟαι.  you  are  bound,  you 
ought  to  do  this,  II.  19,  200  ;  the  form 
ώφελλον  is  also  frcq.  in  Hom.  for  the 
aor.  ώφελον,  11.^7,  390,  etc. ;  δφελλον, 

I,  353.  (This  δφέλλω  must  not  be 
confounded  with  sq.) 

'0ΦΕΆΛί2  tB),f.  δφελώ,  aor.  ώφει- 
λα,  old  poet,  word,  ίο  increase,  enlarge, 
elevate,  strengthen,  Horn.,  who  how- 
ever only  uses  pres.  and  impf.  act. 
and  pass.,  and  Ion.  opt.  aor.  δφέλ- 
'λειεν, — στόνον,  πονον,  ανδρός  έρωήν, 
δέμας,  ηβην,  μένος,  άρετήν,  Horn.  ; 
Ις  ανέμου  κύματ'  δφέλλει,  the  force 
of  the  wind  raises  high  the  waves,  II. 
15,  383  ;  μϋβον  δφ-,  to  multiply  words, 

II.  16,  631  :  also,  δφ.  τινά  τιμ^,  to 
raise  one  in  honour,  Lat.  honore  augere, 
II.  1,  510,  cf.  Pmd.  P.  4,  404;  ϋβριν 
δφ.,  to  increase,  add  to  insult,  Hes.  Op. 
211  ;  so,  πόλεμον  και  δτ/ριν  δφ.,  Hes. 
Op.  14,  33  ;  to  further,  forward,  help, 
serve,  make  to  thrive,  οίκον,  Od.  15,  21, 
cf.  Aesch.  Theb.  193  — Pass,  to  wax, 
grow,  thrive,  οίκος  δφέλ'Αεταχ,  Od.  14, 
233  ;  and,  generally,  ίο  increase,  A.esc\\. 
Theb.  249.— II.  from  the  signf.  of  in- 
creasing, heaping  up  0Γ  together,  to 
sweep,  Hippon.  8  ;  cf.  δοε/.μα  II,  δφελ- 
τρον.     (Cf.  όφελος,  fin.) 

Όφελμα,  ατός,  τύ. [δφέλλω)  increase, 
advaiitage.  Soph.  Fr.  920. — II.  a  broom, 
besom,  Hippon.  8  :  also — 2.  sweepings. 

Όφελος,  τό,  (δφέλλ,ω)  only  used  in 
nom.,  furtherance,  advantage,  help, 
Horn.,  and  Att. :  ai  κ'  όφελος  τι  γενώ- 
μεβα,  whether  we  can  be  any  help,  of 
any  use,  II.  13,  236;  so,  of  TOI  ττόλλ' 
οφεΐΜς  γένετο,  who  was  a  great  help 
to  thee,  II.  17,  152  ;  and,  ονδέν  σοίγ' 
όφελος,  it  is  no  ^ood  to  thee,  11.  22, 
513  ;  so  in  Att.  /λέγεις  Άτρείόαις  όφε- 
λος η  ν  έμοί  τόόε.  Soph.  Phil.  1384  ; 
τι  δήτ'  UV  είης  όφελος  ημΙν ;  what 
good  conldst  thou  be  to  us  ?  Ar.  Plut. 
1152;  cf.  Plat.  Rep.  505  A,  etc.— 2. 
but  c.  gen.,  τών  όφε'/.ος  ούδεν,  whose 
iise  was  nothing,  i.  e.  who  were  quite 
useless,  Hdt.  8,  68,  3  ;  so,  φν^  άς  όφε- 
λος ει  τι  μοι.  Aesch.  Supp.  737  ;  εάν 
τι  ημών  όφελος  ij.  Plat.  Rep.  530  C  : 
όφελος  ονδέν  γεωργού  αργού,  Xen. 
Cyr.  1,6,  18;  μαγειρω  μαχαίρας  ου- 
δέν όφελος  ήτις  μη  τέμνει,  Dem.  784, 
11  ;  etc. — 3.  ό  τι  ττέρ  έστ'  όφελος,  all 
that  are  good  for  aught,  Ar.  Eccl.  53  ; 
so  c.  gen.,  ό  τι  όφε/.ος  στρατεύματος, 
the  really  useful  part,  the  floicer  of  the 
army,  Xen.  Hell.  5,  3.  6.  (The  usage 
of  όφ-ε/.ος  (εστί)  agrees  remarkably 
with  that  of  the  Lat.  op-us  (est) ;  and 
prob.  the  words  are  from  the  same 
root.) 

Όφέ?.σϊμος.  ov,  poet,  for  ωφέλιμος, 
Call.  Ap.  94,  Orph.  Arg.  467,  0pp.  H. 
3,  429. 

ΥΟφέλτας,  δ,  Ophelias,  a  king  of 
Thessaly,  Plut.  Cim.  1. 

νΟφέλτης,  ov,  ό,  Opheltes,  son  of 
Lycurgus,  Apollod. — 2.  son  of  Pene- 
leus,  Pans.  9,  5,  16. 


ΟΦΘΑ 

νΟφέλτιος,  ov,  δ,  (Jpheltim,  a  Trc• 
jan,  11.  6,  20. 

Όφελτρευω,  to  sweep,  cleanse,  clean, 
Lye.  1165. 

"Οφελτρον,  ov,  TO,  (.δφέλλω  II)  a 
broom,  like  όφελμα. 

Όφεώδης,  ες,  (όφις,  είδος)  snake- 
like.  Plat.  Rep.  590  Β. 

Όφβα'λ.μια,  ας,  ή,  (οφθαλμός)  a  dis- 
ease of  the  eyes  accompanied  by  the 
discharge  of  humors,  ophthalmia,  Lat. 
lippitudo,  Ar.  Plut.  115,  Xen.  Mem.  3, 
8,  3,  Plat.,  etc.  ;  δφβ.  ξηρά,  Arisl, 
Probl.  1,  9,  3. 

Όφθαλμιας,  ου,  δ,  (οφθαλμός)  the 
quicksighted,  name  of  a  kind  of  eagle, 
αετός  δφθ.,  Lye. 

Όφθα'λ.μιάω,  ώ,  (δφβαλμία)  to  have 
the  ophthalmia,  to  have  running,  tvatery 
eyes,  Hdt.  7,  229,  Ar.  Ran.  192,  Xen., 
etc. — 11.  metaph.  of  the  pain  causerl 
by  envy  at  the  sight  of  Other  men's 
prosperity,  δφβαλμιΰν  ττερί  τι,  to  be 
envious  or  covetous  of  any  thing,  Polvb. 
2,  17,  3  ;  so,  δφθ.  επί  τινι,  to  fed  a 
painful  longing  for  any  thing,  e.sp.  ol 
lovers,  Incert.  ap.  Suid.  ;  and  c.  acc.^ 
to  look  longingly  at,  Polyb.  32,  2,  1  :— 
so  beautiful  women  are  called  δφ 
θαλμών  αλγηδυνίς.  Hdt.  5,  18. 

Όφθαλμιόιον.  ov.  τό,  dim.  from 
οφθαλμός,  Ar.  Eq.  909.  [l] 

Όφόα/.μίζομαι,  (οφθαλμια)  as  pass., 
to  be  ill  of  ophthalmia,  Plut.  2,  633  D. 

'Οφθα?.μίκός,  ή,  όν.  (οφθαλμός)  be- 
longing to  the  eyes,  Diosc.  :  ό  δφθ.,  an 
oculist,  Galen. 

Όφβαλμϊτις.  ιδος,  ή,  epith.  of  Mi- 
nerva as  goddess  of  the  moon,  Paus.  3, 
18,  1. 

'Οφθαλμοβο?ίέω,  ώ,  (οφθαλμός,  βάλ- 
λω)  to  cast  the  eyes  upon  an  object )  v. 
έτΓοφθαλ.μέω. 

Όφβαλμοβόρος,  ov,  (οφθαλμός,  βο- 
ρά) picking  out  eyes,  Arisl.  H.  A .  9, 1 8, 2, 

Όφθα/ μοόονλ.εία,  ας,  ή,  eye-service, 
Ν.  Τ.  :  from 

Όφθα?.μόδου/.ος,  ov,  (δφθα/ιμός, 
δούλος)  doing  eye-service  :  susp. 

Όφθαλ μοειδής,  ες,  (οφθαλμός,  εί- 
δος) like  or  in  the  nature  of  eyes,  Diosc. 

'Οφθαλμός,  ού,  δ :   (όφομαι,  part. 
I  aor.  δφθείς) : — the  eye,  freq.  in  Hom., 
]  who  like  Hes.  mostly  uses  plur. ;  he 
]  also    oft.   joins    δφθαλμοίσιν    ίδείν, 
όρΰ.ν,  etc. :  the  plur.  continued  most 
common,  but  the  dual  recurs,  as  in 
Ar.   Nub.    362. — 2.   generally,   sight, 
presence,  ες  οφθαλμούς  Τίνος,  belbre 
one's  eyes  or  face,  11.  24,  204  ;  γίγνε- 
σθαι τινι  έξ  οφθαλμών,  to  get  out  of 
i  any  one's  sight,  Hdt.  5,  106  ;  f  j;  δφ- 
'  θαλμοΐς.  Lat.  in  ocii/i«,  before  the  eyes, 
I  Xen.  An.  4,  5,  29 ;  κατ'  οφθαλμούς 
'  λ.έγειν  τινί,  to  tell  one  to  one's  face, 
\  At.   Ran.  626  ;  so,  κατ'  δφθαλμονς 
κατηγορείν  τίνος,  to  accuse  one  to 
his  face,  Xen.  Hier.  1,  14.     Cf   έκ- 
;  κότΓτω. — II.  the  eye  of  heaven,  as  the 
moon  is  called,  έσ-ηέρας,  νυκτϊιΓ  δφθ., 
Pind.  Ο.  3,  36,  .Aesch.  Theb.  390 ;  cf. 
Blomf.  ad.  1.  (386),  and  v.  sub  όμμα 
'  111. — III.  the  dearest,  best,  as  the  eye 
is  the  most  precious  part  of  the  body, 
hence  of  men,  first  in  Pind.  οφθαλ- 
μός Σικελίας,  στρατιάς,  etc.,  Ο.  2, 
Ι  18  ;  6,  27  ;  also  Ugh/,  cheer,  comfort, 
!  Soph.  O.  T.  987,  cf  Eur.  Andr.  406: 
cf  όμμα  IV.— IV.  in  Persia,  οφθαλμοί 
βασιλ.έως,  the  king's  eyes,  were  coiiti- 
dential  officers,  through  whom  he  be- 
I  held  his  kmgdom  and  subjects,  Hdt. 
I  1,  114,  V.  Stanl.  Aesch  Pers.  985  ;  cf. 
ους:  so  the  Chinese  state  paper  of 
\  1834  called  the  British  Superinten- 
dent 'the  barbarian  Eye.' — V.  thetye 
',  or  bud  of  a  plant  or  tree,  Thcophr. 
I       Όφθαλμυσοφος,  ov,  (δώθαλμας,  σο- 

mi 


ΟΦΙΟ 

ίός)  skilled  in  the  eyes,  an  oculist,  Luc. 
lex.  4. 

Όφθαλμότεγκτος,  ov,  {οφθαλμός, 
τέγγω)  wetting  the  eyes,  ττ'λημμυρίς, 
Eur.  Ale.  181. 

'Οφθαλμοφανής,  ές,  {οφθαλμός,  φαί- 
νομαι) manifest,  open,  Strab.  Adv. 
-νώς,  LXX. 

Όφθαλμώόιις,  ες,=  όφθαλμοΐΐόί'ις. 
^Οφθαλμώμνχος,     ov,     {οφθαλμός, 
όρνσσυ)  tearing  out  the  eyes,  Aesch. 
Eum.  186. 

ΌφΙΰκός,  ?/,  όν,  {όφις)  belonging  to 
or  treating  of  serpents. 

Όφίάσις,  ή,  {όφις,  as  if  from  a  verb 
όφιάζω)  a  bald  place  on  the  head,  of  ser- 
pentine or  winding  form,  Cels.  [i] 
Όφίόίον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  όφις.  [I] 
^Οφιεϊς,  έων,  οί,  also  Όφιονεϊς, 
the  Ophies,  or  Ophiones,  a  people  of 
Aetolia,  Thuc.  3,  94  ;  Strab.  p.  451. 

Όφιήτης,  ov,  ό,^=οφίτιις  :  fern,  ύφΐ- 
ήτις  πέτρα,  serpentine,  Orph.  Litii. 
336,  Dion.  F.  1013. 

Όφΐοβόλος,  ov,  {όφις,  βάλλω)  ser- 
pent-slaying, Anth. 

Όφίθΐ3όρος,  ov,  {όφις,  βορά)  ser- 
pent-eating, Orac.  ap.  Plut.  2,  406  F. 

Όφϊογεν/'/ς,  ές,  {όφις,  *γένω)  be- 
gotten of  serpents. 

Όφϊύόειρος,  ov,  {όφις,  δειρή)  ser- 
pent-necked, Orac.  ap.  Arist.  Mirab.  24. 
Όφϊόόηκτος,  ov,  {όφις,  δάκνω)  bit- 
ten by  a  serpent,  Diosc. 

Όφϊοειδής,  ές,  {όφις,  είδος)  like  or 
in  the  nature  of  a  serpent. 

ΌφΙόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  {όφις)  of  or  be- 
longing to  serpents,  poet,  ior  όφιόνεος. 
— II.  abounding  in  serpents,  Antim.  70, 
[who  has  ΰφ-,  cf.  όφις.] 

ΌφίοΟριξ,  τρΐχος,  ύ,  ή,  {όφις,  θρίξ) 
snake  haired,  TzetZ. 

Όφίοκτόν?],  ης,  ή,  serpent-killer,  a 
kind  of  σκολοπένδρα,  Diosc. :  from 

ΌφΙοκτόνος,  ov,  {όφις,  κτείνω)  ser- 
pent-killing. 

Όφιομάχης,  ov,  6,  and  -μύχος,  ov, 
{όφις,  μύχ?ί)  fighting  ivith  serpents:  ό 
οφ.,  a  kind  οί  locust,  LXX.  [u] 

νΟφιονεϊς,  έων,  oi,y.  sub  Όφιεΐς, 
Thuc. 

ΌφΙόνεος,  a,  ov,  {όφις)  of,  belonging 
to  or  like  a  serpent,  Lat.  anguineus.  [I 
in  0pp.  C.  2,  237 ;  3,  436.] 

^'Οφιονενς,   έως,    ό,    Ophionetis,    a 
blind  seer  of  Messenia,  Paus.  4,  10,  5. 
Όφ'ίοττ/.όκάμος,  ov,  {όφις,  πλόκα- 
μος) ivith  snaky  curls,  Orph.  H.  68,  12. 
Όφϊόπονς,  ποδός,  (όφις,  πους)  with 
serpents  for  legs,  LuC.  Phllops.  22. 

ΌφΙοπρόςωπος,  ov,  {όφις,  πρόςω- 
ττον)  with  serpent's  face. 

Όφίοσκόροδον  and  -σκορδον,  ου, 
τό,  wild  garlic,  allium  scorodoprasum, 
Diosc. 

Όφΐύσπαρτος,  ov,  by  poet,  metath. 
ύφΐόσπρύτος,  {όφις,  σπείρω)  sown  or 
engendered  by  serpents. 

ΌφΙοστύφύλη,  ης,  ή,  or  -στάφνλον, 
ov,  τό,  Diosc.  4,  184,  a  kind  of  bryony, 
also  άμπελος  λενκή. 

Όφίουρος,  ov,  {όφις,  ονρά)  serpent- 
tailed. 

Όφιοϋσσα,  contr.  for  όφιόεσσα,  v. 
οφιόεις. 

f  Οφιοϋσσα,  ης,  ij,  more  correct 
than  'Οφιούσα,  Ophiussa,  a  city  of 
European  Scythia  on  the  Tyras, 
Strab.  p.  306.— II.  one  of  the  Pityu- 
sae  islands  near  Hispania,  Id.  p.  167. 
— 2.  ancient  name  of  Rhodes,  Id.  p. 
653. 

ΌφΙονχος,  ov,  {όφις,  έχω)  holding  a 
serpent :  esp.  the  constellation  Ophi- 
uchus,  Serpentarius  or  Anguitenens, 
Aral.  76,  etc.     Hence 

Όφϊονχεος,  a,  ov,  belonging  to  Ophi- 
uchus,  Arat.  75,  521. 
1072 


ΟΦΛΙ 

Όφΐοφάγος,  ov,  eating  serpents.  [2] 
ΌΦΙ'Σ,  εως  Ion.  ιος,  ύ,  a  serpent, 
snake,  α/όλος,  II.  12,  208  ;  -ν^^νκώπα 
ποικιλόνωτον  όφιν,  Find.  P.  4,  443  ; 
freq.  in  Hdt.  and  Trag. ;  ύ  τΙ/νχρός 
όφις,  Theocr.  15,  58 ;  equiv.  to  δρά- 
κων in  Hes.  Th.  322,  323,  825 ;  me- 
taph.,  πτηνόν  άργηστήν  όφιν,  of  an 
arrow,  Aesch.  Eum.  181. — II.  like 
δράκων,  a  serpent-like  bracelet.  Me- 
nand.  p.  135,  Pierson  Moer.  288.— III. 
the  constellation  Serpens,  Arat. — IV. 
in  Hipp,  a  creeping  plant. — \  .  =  ύφία- 
σις.  Medic.  [The  first  syll.  is  some- 
times made  long  in  the  older  poets, 
prob.  by  the  pronunciation  of  i;&,  II.  12, 
208,  cf.  Wolf  Praef.  11.  p.  Ixxi,  Herm. 
El.  Metr.  p.  57,  Spitzn.  Vers.  Her.  p. 
78,  in  which  case  some  would  need- 
lessly write  όπφις,  Schiif.  Theogn. 
1057.  The  ace.  όφιν  is  used  by  Hes. 
Th.  334  with  I  in  arsis,  of  which  also 
Aesch.  Cho.  928  is  an  example.] 

νΟφις,  εως,  ό,  the  Ophis,  a  river 
near  Mantinea,  Paus.  8,  8,  4. 

ΥΟφιτεία,  ας,  ή,  Ophitea,  a  city  of 
Phocis,  the  earlier  Amphiclea,  Paus. 
10,  33,  9. 

Όφίτης,  ov,  ό,  fem.  όφίτις,  ιδος, 

{όφις)  of,  or  like  a  serpent,  Diosc.  [l] 

Όφΐώδης,  ές,  =■  ϋφιοειδής,  Arist. 

Part.    An.   4,    13,   19.— II.  =  όφιόεις, 

snaky,  Τοργών,  Pind.  O.  13,  89. 

νΟφιώδης,  ονς,  ή,  Ophiode.s,  an 
island  on  the  coast  of  the  Troglody- 
tae,  Strab.  p.  653. 

Όφίων,  όνος,  ό,  a  fabulous  animal 
in  Sardinia,  Plin.  28,  9.  [i] 

ΥΟφίων,  ωνος,  ό,  Ophton.  a  Titan, 
Ap.  Rh.  1,  503;— in  Lye.  1192  king 
of  the  Titans  :  cf.  Schol. 
Όφλέω,  V.  sub  όφλισκάνω- 
Όφλημα,  ατός,  τό,  {όφλω)  α  debt, 
esp.  α  fine  incurred  in  a  law-suit,  etc., 
damages,  Isae.  88,  28. 

Όφλησις,  ή,  an  owing,  debt,  like 
όφλημα. 

'Οφλητ7]ς,  ov,  b,  {όφλω)  a  debtor. 
ΥΟφλιμος,  ov,  b,  Mt.  Ophlimus,  in 
Pontus,  Strab.  p.  556. 

Όφλισκάνω,  the  only  form  of  the 
pres.  in  Att.,  whereas  Hdt.  8,  26  has 
impf.  ωφλεε,  as  if  from  ΌΦΛΕΏ, 
but  with  V.  1.  ωφλε  (aor.  2) :  fut. 
όφλήσω :  perf.  ώφληκα.  The  aor. 
is  ώφ'λον,  inf.  όφλείν,  —  sometimes 
wrongly  written  όφλειν,  όφλων,  as  if 
there  were  a  pres.  όφλω,  Elmsl.  Ar. 
Ach.  689,  Eur.  Heracl.  985.  Strictly 
=όφείλω,  but  usu.  in  the  technical 
phrases  δίκην  όφλεΙν  or  υφλισκάνειν, 
to  be  cast  in  a  suit,  lose  one's  cause, 
freq.  in  Alt.,  as,  όφλων  αρπαγής  τε 
και  κλοπής  δίκην,  Aesch.  Ag.  534,  cf. 
Ar.  Nub.  34,  etc. ;  also,  θανάτου  δί- 
κην όφλ.,  to  be  found  guilty  of  a  capi- 
tal crime.  Plat.  Legg.  856  D ;  then 
oft.  without  δίκην,  όφλ.  φόνου,  to  be 
found  guilty  of  murder,  lb.  873  B,  sq. ; 
όφλ.  άστρατείας,  άποστασίον,  Dem. 
732,  23  ;  790,  2  ;  and  absol.,  to  be  cast, 
be  found  guilty,  Thuc.  3,  70,  Plat. 
Legg.  755  A,  etc.  ;  hence,  ό  όφ'λών, 
the  losing  party  : — also  c.  acc,  to  lose 
one's  suit,  as,  όφλείν  ερήμην  {δίκην), 
to  let  judgment  go  against  one  by  de- 
fault, Antipho  131,  1  ;  ζημίαν  όφλείν, 
etc.,  to  incur  a  penalty,  Eur.  Med.  581, 
Dem.,  etc. :  δίαιταν  όφλείν,  to  lose  in 
an  arbitration,  Isae.  111,7,  Dem,  etc. ; 
ύφ?^.  έξούλας,  etc.,  Andoc.  10,  15: 
hence, — II.  generally,  of  any  thing 
which  one  deserves  or  brings  on  one's 
self,  -/έλωτα,  αίσχϋνην,  βλάβην  όφ- 
λείν, to  bring  laughter,  infamy,  loss 
on  one's  self,  incur  them,  Eur.  Med. 
403,  Hel.  67,  Andr.  188;  όφλισκά- 
νειν  γέλωτα  τινι,  to  be  laughed  at 


ΟΦΡΥ 

by  one,  Eur.  Bacch.  854 ;  also,  παρά 
τινι,  προς  τίνα.  Plat.  Phaed.  117  A, 
Hipp.  Maj.  282  Α.— 2.  expressions  like 
δειλίαν  όφλ.,  to  be  thought  a  coward, 
are  elliptic  for  όφλ.  olkijv  or  αΐτιαν 
δειλίας,  to  get  a  character  for  coward- 
ice, etc.,  as,  δειλίην  ωφλεε  προς  βα- 
σιλήος,  he  drew  upon  himself  the  re- 
proach of  cowardice  from  the  king, 
Hdt.  8,  26  :  also,  μώρω  μωρίαν  όφλι- 
σκάνω. Soph.  Ant.  470 ;  so  ό<ρλ.  κα• 
κίαν,  σκαιοτητα.  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  511, 
Ant.  1058,  άμαθιαν,  Eur.  Hec.  327. 

ΌΦΡΑ",  conjunction,  marking  end 
or  intention,  only  used  in  Ion.  and 
Dor.  poets,  that,  in  order  that,  to  the 
end  that. — I.  with  the  subjunct. — 1. 
after  pres.  and  fut.,  like  Lat.  subj. 
pres.,  the  most  common  usage,  also 
όφρα  κε,  freq.  in  Horn. — 2.  after  past 
tenses,  II.  5,  128 ;  Od.  9,  13,  Pind.  P. 
4,  163 :  see  the  account  of  this  in  the 
Grammars,  e.  g.  Jelf  §  806  sqq.— 
Where  the  indie,  seems  to  stand  for 
the  subj.,  it  is  in  lact  only  the  Ep. 
suhj.  aor.,  as  ϊομεν  for  Ιωμεν,  II.  2, 
440. — II.  with  the  optat.,  after  past 
tenses,  like  Lat.  impf,  .subj.,  v.  Jelf 
ubi  supra. — III.  όφρα  μη,  like  ϊνα  μη, 
Lat.  ut  ne,  II.  1,  118,  578. 

B.  όφρα  as  adv.  of  time,  like  Lat. 
donee, — 1.  of  the  indefinite  time  during 
which  a  thing  happens  to  be,  and  so 
marking  the  relation  of  two  actions 
in  point  of  time,  so  long  as,  white, — 

I.  usu.  with  the  indie,  11,  2,  769,  Od. 
20,  136,  etc.  ;  the  sentence  is  com- 
plete when  τόφρα  answers  to  όφρα, 
as  II.  4,  220,  Od.  9,  56,  etc.  :  the 
clause  with  τόφρα  regul.  follows  that 
with  όφρα.  seldom  goes  before,  as  in 
Od.  4,  289;  orjipa  τε  is  also  found, 
and  maintained  by  Schiif.  Theogn. 
953,  by  comparison  with  εςτε- — 2. 
more  rarely  with  the  subjunct.,  II.  4, 
346,  Od.  15,  81,  etc.;  and  with  an- 
swering τόφρα,  II.  7,  193.— 3.  also 
with  άν,  κε,  κεν,  and  the  subjunct., 

II.  6,  1!3,  Od.  2,  124,  etc.;  and  with 
answering  τόφρα,  Od.  2,  204  ;  some- 
times also  with  other  conjunctions, 
όφρ'  άν  μέν  κεν.  II.  U,  202,  Od.  5, 
361  ;  6,  259,  in  which  case  τόφρα  al- 
ways follows. — 4.  όφρα  κεν  with  the 
indicat..  11.  24,  553. — II.  of  duration 
of  time  up  to  a  definite  limit, — until. —  1 . 
with  past  tenses  of  the  indic,  always 
of  things  represented  as  really  past, 
and  so  the  limit  is  already  reached, 
όφρα  και  ηΐ'τώ  κατέκταθεν,  till  at  last 
they  too  were  slain,  11.  5,  557,  cf. 
588,  Od.  5,  57,  etc.— 2.  with  subjunct. 
aor.,  if  the  limit  is  not  yet  reached, 
έχει  κότον,  όφρα  τελέσση,  he  bears 
malice  tdl  he  shall  have  satisfied  it, 
II.  1,  82,  cf.  14,  87;  16,  10.-3.  also 
with  άν,  κε  or  κεν  and  subj.,  il.  6, 
258,  etc. ;  and  with  τόφρα  going  be- 
fore, II.  1,  509.— HI.  absol.  of  indefi- 
nile  duration  o/ii'me  without  reference 
to  another  act,  like  έως  III,  for  a 
while,  only  in  II.  15,  547,  v.  Jelf  §  816 
e. — Ep.  and  Lyr.  word ,=  Att.  έως, 
and  also  ϊνα :  used  only  once  or 
twice  by  Trag.  in  former  sense,  and 
that  only  in  lyric  passages. 

Όφρνα,  ή,  V.  όφρύη :  also  rarer 
acc.  of  όώρνς. 

Όφρναζω,  {όφρνς)  to  signify  any 
thing  with  the  eye-brows,  to  knit  or  raise 
the  eye-brows  in  rage  or  scorn,  A.  B. 

Όφρνάνασπΰσίδης,  ov,  ύ,  {όφρύς, 
άνασπάω)  one  ivho  raises  his  eye-brows 
in  scorn,  Epigr.  ap.  Ath.  162  A. 

Όφρνάω.  ω,  {όφρύς  II)  to  have  ridges 
or  hills,  Κόρινθος  όφρνα  τε  καΐ  κοι• 
λαίνεται,  Poet.  ap.  Strab.  p.  382  Ca- 
saub. 


OXAN 

^Οφρνη.  τ/ζ,  ή.  Ion.  for  όφρΰς  Π,  Hdt. 
4,  181,  182, 185  :  the  same  form  (not 
όόρύα)  is  used  by  Eur.  Heracl.  394. 

'0(j>fH;KVt;aro^,  ov,  (οφρνς,  κναω) 
nebbing  the  brows  to  conceal  a  blush,  opp. 
to  Lat.  homo  fronte  perfricta,  one  who 
has  rubbed  it  so  often  as  to  blush  no 
more. 

ί'Οφρννίΐϋν-,  ov,  TO,  Ophryneum,  a 
city  of  Troas,  Hdt.  7,  43  :  also  called 
^Οφρύνων,  Xen.  An,  7,  β,  5  ;  Dem. ; 
etc.     Hence 

'■^Οώρύνειος-,  a,  ov^  of  Ophryneum, 
Ophryiiiaii^  Lyc.  1208. 

Όφρϋόΐΐς,  εσσα,  εν,  (όφρύς  II)  on 
the  brow  or  edge  of  a  steep  rock,  beet- 
ling, Ίλιος,  li.  22,  411  :  of  the  Acro- 
corinthus,  Orac.  ap.  Hdt.  5,  92,  2. — 2. 
metaph.,  lofty,  pompous,  όφρνόεσσα 
άοιόή,  of  Aeschylus'  poetry,  Anth. 
P.  7,  39. 

Όφρνόομαι,  (όφρύς)  as  pass.,  to  be 
sHpercilious,  Timon  Fr.  13 ;  ώφρνω- 
μένος,  supercilious,  Luc.  Amor.  2. 

Όφρϋοσκϊος,  ov,  {όφρνς.  σκιά)  sha- 
ded by  the  eye-brows,  οφθαλμός,  Plat. 
(Com.  ?)  ap.  Arist.  Top.  6,  2,  4. 

ΌΦΡΤ'Σ,  ύος,  ή  :  ace.  οφρνν,  but 
in  late  poets  αφρύα,  Opp.  C.  4,  405, 
Anth.  P.  12.  186:  ace.  plur.  όφρνας 
(in  the  fourth  foot),  Od.  9,  389 ;  but 
οφρνς  (in  the  third),  II.  16,  740 ;  cf. 
Ιχθύς,  Thiersch  Gr.  Gr.  <5  191.  The 
eye-brow,  Lat.  supercilium,  in  plur. 
οφρύες  always  in  Hes.,  nearly  always 
in  Horn.,  esp.  in  phrases  έπ'  όφρνσι 
νενσε  Κρανίων,  II.  1,  528,  etc. ;  ϋ-' 
όφρνσι  ούκρνα  λεϊβον,  Π.  13,  88,  etc. 
— Since  by  the  motion  of  the  eye- 
brows men  show  earnestness,  grief, 
rage,  and  esp.  scorn  or  pride,  various 
phrases  arose,  as,  raf  όφρϋς  άνα- 
σπάν,  in  token  of  grief,  Ar.Ach.  1069  ; 
of  pride  (cf.  όφρνόομαι),  Dem.  442, 
11  ;  so,  αίρειν  τάς  όφρνς,  Menand.  p. 
159 ;  so,  οφρνς  ετταίρειν,  Eur.  Incert. ; 
έφέλκεσθαι,  Leon.  Tar.  85  ;  τύς  όφρ. 
οννάγειν,  ίο  knit  the  brows,  frown. 
Soph.  Fr.  752,  Ar.  Nub.  582,  cf.  τοξο- 
τΓΟίέω :  so,  τας  ό-  σνσττΰν,  Luc.  \'it. 
Auct.  7:  but,  καταβάλ/.ειν,  ?\.νειν, 
αεθιεναι  τας  όφρνς,  to  let  down  or 
unknit  the  brow,  to  become  calm  or 
cheerful  again,  Eur.  Cycl.  167,  Hipp. 
290,  1.  A.  648 ;  so,  σχάζεσθαι  τάς 
όφρνς,  Plat.  (Com.)  'Εορτ.  5 :  the 
brow  was  also  the  seat  of  smiles  and 
joy,  άγανα  γε'λαν  όφρύϊ,  Pmd.  P.  9, 
67. — 2.  όφρνς  alone,  like  Lat.  super- 
cilium, scorn,  pride,  Anth.  P.  10,  122. 
— II.  from  likeness  of  shape,  the  bruw 
of  a  hill,  a  ridge  with  overhanging  bank, 
a  beetling  crag,  II.  20,  151,  Pind.  O.  13, 
150;  the  overhanging  bank  of  a  river, 
Polyb.  2,  33,  7,  etc. ;  of  the  sea,  Ap. 
Rh.  1,  178,  etc. — In  this  sejise  Hdt. 
always  uses  the  form  ή  όφρύη.  (Cf. 
Sanscr.  bhni,  Pers.  abru,  our  brow, 
•fLat.  frons.\)  [v  in  nom.  and  ace. 
sing.,  I3uttm.  Ausf.  Gr.  ^  42  Anm.  3  ; 
whence  many  Gramm.  wrote  these 
cases  όφρνς,  όφρνν.  But  all  compds. 
have  V,  and  the  accent  on  antepenult., 
εύοφρνς,  λασίοόρνς,  λενίίοφρνς.  etc.] 

Όφρνωσις,  ή,  {.όφρνόομαι)  α  raising, 
elevation,  Paul.  Aeg.  [ν] 

Όχΰ,  Ερ.  adv.,  only  found  in  Horn., 
Λvhere  it  is  pretty  freq.,  though  only 
as  intensive  before  superl.  άριστος, 
δχ'  άριστος,  etc.,  far  the  best,  for 
which  later  writers  have  εξογα. 
(Prob.  from  εχω,  to  seize,  grasp  ;  for 
as  Doderlein  remarks,  δχα  is  to  όχν- 
ρός  as  the  old  Germ,  fast,  very,  to 
fest.  fast,  tight.) 

Όχάνη,ης,τ/,=  5(ΐ.,ΡΙ\ιί.Ο[βοχηΛΙ. 

Όχάνον,  ov,  TO,  (.όχέω,  ΐχω)  the 
63 


OXET 

handle  of  a  shield,  consisting  of  two 
bands  fastened  crosswise  on  the  un- 
der side  of  the  shield,  through  which 
the  bearer  passed  his  arm,  to  sway  it 
(οΐακίζειν),  with  greater  ease  ; — an 
invention  ascribed  by  Hdt.  1,  171  to 
the  Carians,  cf  Bergk  Anacr.  91  :  for 
in  earlier  times  the  great  shield  {θν- 
ρεός,  in  Hom.  άσττίς  τερμιόεσσα) 
was  hung  by  a  leather  strap  (τελα- 
μών)  passing  round  the  neck  and  left 
shoulder :  hence  Hom.  only  speaks 
of  these  straps,  and  the  cross  pieces  of 
wood  (κανόνες)  which  served  for  han- 
dles. The  κανόνες  were  ne.xt  sup- 
planted by  the  κρίκος  or  τζόρπαξ, 
prob.  a  metal  ring  which  was  taken 
out  at  need.  cf.  Ar.  Eq.  849  sqq. :  and 
this  was  succeeded  by  the  more  con- 
venient handle  of  the  Carians,  though 
the  ττόρ-αξ  still  continued  in  use, 
Ar.  Ach.  1.  c. :  ace.  to  Lessing  (.\n- 
tiq.  Briefe  Th.  2,  p.  51),  πόρπαξ  was 
the  upper  or  arm-strap,  όχύνη  or  όχα- 
VOV,  the  lower  or  hand-strap,  in  which 
case  we  need  not  assume  that  Soph. 
Aj.  576,  used  πόρπαξ  for  όχανον.  [ά] 

Όχεύ,  ή,^^χειά,  a  cave,  grot,  Nic. 
Th.  139,  Orph.  Arg.  78:  also  όχή, 
Arat.  956. 

Όχέεσκον,  Ion.  impf.  from  όχέω, 
Od. 

Όχεία.  ας,  f),  {οχενω)  a  covering  or 
impregnating,  of  the  horse,  Xen.  Eq. 
5,  8  ;  όχείαν  δέχεσθαι,  of  the  female, 
Arist.  Gen.  An.  2,  8,  14  ;  όχείαν 
ττοιεΐσθαι,  of  the  two.  Id.  H.  A.  5,  2, 
8. — II.  τΓοί'τία  όχεία,  {όχέω)  the  hold- 
er of  the  ship,  i.  e.  an  anchor,  Hesych. 

ΌχεΙον,  ov,  TO,  {όχεύω)  a  male  ani- 
mal kept  for  breeding,  a  stallion,  Arist. 
Gen.  .\n.  2,  8,  15,  etc. ;  a  cock,  lb.  1, 
21,  10. — 2.  the  place  for  the  όχεία, 
Harpocr.  s.  v.  —  II.  (όχέω)=όχημα, 
όχος.  Aesch.  Fr.  180. 

'όχείος,  a,  ov,  {όχεία)  belonging  to 
Οτ  capable  of  covering  0Ϊ  breeding,'ί7ΐτcoς, 
Lycurg.  ap.  Harp. 

Όχεσφι,  -σφιν,  poet.  dat.  plur.  for 
όχεσι,  from  τό  όχος,  Hom. 

Όχετΰγωγέω,  -}ω} ία,=  όχετηγέω, 
-για.  Plat.  Legg.  844  Α. 

Όχετΰγωγός,  όν,^όχετηγός. 

Όχετεία,  ας,  η,  [όχετεύω)  α  draw- 
ing off  by  a  ditch,  a  conducting  \vater 
bij  a  canal  or  aqueduct  irrigation,  Arist. 
Part.  An.  3,  5,  11. 

Όχέτενμα,  ατός,  τό,  {όχετενω)  wa- 
ter conducted  by  an  aqueduct,  etc.  :  an 
aqueduct,  a  canal : — also  the  passage 
of  the  nose,  Arist.  H.  A.  1,  11,  8. 

Όχετεύω,  {οχετός)  to  carry  off  by  a 
ditch,  to  conduct  water  by  a  canal  or 
aqueduct,  τζοταμον  όχ-,  Hdt.  2,  99  ; 
νοωρ  όχετενόμενον,  Hdt.  3,  00 ;  hence 
metaph.,  (;iarif  ώχετενετο  ~ρυς  οίκον, 
Aesch.  Ag.  867  ;  πνρ  έττΐ  τυ  πνρ  όχ. 
είς  το  σώμα,  Plat.  Legg.  666  Α. — In 
mid.,  Anth.  P.  9,  162. 

Όχεττ/γέω,  ω,  to  carry  off  or  con- 
duct by  ditches  or  canals  :  and 

Όχετηγία,  ας,  τ/,  a  conducting  by 
ditches  or  canals,  irrigation  :  from 

Όχετηγός,  όν  {οχετός,  άγω)  con- 
ducting or  drawing  off  water  by  π  ditch 
or  canal,  II.  21,  257;  πνεύμα  όχ.,  of 
the  flute,  Anth.  P.  9,  505,  6:  όχ. 
ερώτων,  Anth.  9,  362,  cf  5.  235. 

Όχέτιον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  οχετός. 

Ό;^;εΓλοΐ',  ov,  τό,=  όχημα,  Gramm. 

Όχετογνώμονες,  oi,  {οχετός,  γνω- 
μών) sluices  to  supply  canals  with  wa- 
ter, and  keep  it  at  the  proper  height. 

Όχετοκράνιον,  ov,  ro,=sq.  [a] 

Όχετόκράνον,  ov,  τό,  { οχετός, 
κράνον)  the  end  or  issue  of  an  aque- 
duct, Hyperid.  ap.  Poll.  10,  30:  also 
—κη?,ώνειον. 


OXHM 

'Οχετός,  ov,  o,  (ό  δχος,  όχέω)  a 
conduit,  ditch,  canal,  aqueduct,  water 
pipe,  Hdt.  3,  9,  Plat.  Phaed.  112  C, 
etc.  :  in  plur.,  waters,  streams,  Pind. 

0.  5,  29,  cf.  Eur.  Or.  809,  I.  A.  767  : 
metaph.,  όχετόν  παρεκτρέ-ειν,  to 
make  a  side  channel  or  means  of  escape. 
Id.  Supp.  1111 ;  cf  sub  ίζω  11.  2. 

Όχενμα,  ατός,  τό,  {όχίύω)  the  re- 
sult of  όχεία,  the  foetus  or  embryo, 
Arist.  H.  A.  6,  23,  3. 

Όχενς,  έως  Ion.  -ηος,  ό,  [όχέω,  εχω) 
any  thing  for  holding  or  fastening  :  in 
Hom.,  the  band  or  strap  for  fastening 
the  helmet  under  the  chin,  II.  3,  372  : 
in  plur.,  the  clasps  of  the  belt,  11.  4, 
132  ;  20,  414 :  most  freq.  of  bolts  on 
the  inner  side  of  the  door,  II.  12, 121, 
Od.  21,  47,  etc. 

Όχενσις,  εως,  τι,-=όχενμα. 

Όχεντί/ς,  ov,  ό,  {όχ(νω)  any  ani- 
mal kept  for  breeding,  a  stallion  :  met- 
aph., a  lewd  person,  lecher,  Anth.  P. 
11,  318.    Hence  ^ 

Όχεντικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to,  capa 
ble  of  covering :  salacious,  of  animals, 
Arist.  Gen.  An.  3,  1,  6,  sq. 

Όχεντός,  ή,  όν,  covered,  impregna- 
ted, Diosc.  I  from 

Όχεύω,  orig.  like  όχέομαι,  to  ride  ; 
but  only  used  of  male  animals,  to  rov- 
er, impregnate,  την  Ίππον,  Hdt.  3,  85 ; 
την  κύνα.  Plat.  Euthyd.  298  Ε,  etc. : 
— also  of  the  groom,  to  put  the  horse  to 
the  mare,  Arist.  Gen.  2,  8,  13. — In 
pass.,  όχενε.σθαι,  of  the  female,  to  bt 
covered  or  impregnated,  όχενονσι  και 
όχενονται,  Arist.  Η.  Α.  5,  14,  12  ;  but 
in  mid.  of  both  sexes,  to  copulate,  Hdt. 
2,  64.  —  Rarely  of  mankind,  Nake 
Choeril.  p.  245. 

Όχέω,  ώ,  f.  -ησω,  {όχος)  collat. 
form  of  εγω,  as  φορέω  of  φέρω: — to 
bear,  endure,  support,  suffer,  όίζνν,  κα- 
κόν μόρον,  άτην,  Od.  7,211  ;  11,  619  ; 
21,  302  ;  ν7]•7τιάας  όχέειν,  to  play 
childish  tricks,  like  έχειν,  άγειν,  Od. 

1 ,  297  ;  φρονραν  όχείν,  to  keep  watch, 
Aesch.  Pr.  143  : — to  uphold,  άγκνρα 
τύς  τύχας  όχεϊ,  Eur.  Hel.  277. — 2.  to 
carry,  τινά.  Id.  Or.  802  ;  φια?.ήν, 
Xen.  Cyr.  1,3,  8  ;  also,  to  let  another 
ride,  to  mount,  αντος  βαδίζω. ..τούτον 
δ'  όχώ,  Ar.  Ran.  23  ;  so  of  a  general, 
to  let  the  men  ride,  Xen.  Hipparch. 

4,  1. — II.  much  more  freq.  in  pass., 
with  fut.  mid.  όχήσομαι : — to  be  borne 
or  carried,  fiave  one's  self  borne,  κύμα- 
σιν  όχεΐσθαι,  Od.  5,  54  ;  νηνσΐν  όχή- 
σονται,  II.  24,  731 ;  ϊπ-οισιν  όχείτο, 
Η.  A'en.  218:  hence,  often,  without 
the  dat.  'ί~ττω,  νηΐ,  etc.,  just  like  the 
kindred  Lat.  vehi  (sc.  equo,  curru,  navi), 
to  drive,  ride,  sail,  etc.,  ΐ—ποι  ά/ιεγει 
vol  όχέεσθαι,  hard  to  drive,  II.  10,  403  ; 
17,  77 :  also,  έφ'  άμάίης,  εφ'  ϊτηζων 
όχεΐσθαι,  Hdt.  1,  31,  Xen.  Cyr.  4,  5, 
58  : — έ~'  άγκυρας  όχεΐσθαι,  to  ride  at 
anchor,  hence  metaph.,  έττΐ  /.ετττης 
ελπίδος  όχεΐσθαι,  to  have  but  a  slight 
hope  for  a  stay  or  anchor,  Ar.  Eq. 
1244,  v.  Pors.  Or.  68,  cf.  όρμέω  :~ 
Arat.  sometimes  uses  it  ίοΐόχεύεσθαι. 
(Cf  Sanscr.  vaha,  Lat.  veho,  our  wag- 
on.) 

Όχη,  ης,  ή,  {εχω)  support,  nourish- 
ment, food,  Lyc.  482. — \\.=^όχεά,  q.  v. 
—\\\.=  όχεία,  Arat.  1069. 

νΟχη^  ης,  ή,  Oche,  a  mountain  in 
south  of  Euboea,  Strab.  p.  445. — Also 
ancient  name  of  the  island.  Id.  ib. 

Όχημα,  ατός,  τό,  {όχέω)  any  thing 
that  bears  or  supports,  hence  Jupiter  is 
called  γης  όχημα,  prop  of  earth,  like 
γαιήοχος,  Eur.  Tro.  884. — II.  α  car 
riage,  a  chariot,  Lat.  vehictdum,  Hdt. 

5,  21,  and  Trag. ;  properly  α  mule-car 
as  opp.  to  apua  (the  u'nr-car),  Pind 

1073 


υΧΛΑ 

Fr.  73  ;  but  also,  όχημα  ίππικόν,  \ 
Soph.  El.  740 ;  ιππέων,  ■ko7uk.6v, 
Eur.  Ale.  67,  Rhes.  621  :— also  of 
ships,  hut  usu.  with  some  addition, 
as,  λινόπτερα  οχ.,  Aesch.  Pr.  468  ; 
οχ.  ναός.  Soph.  Tr.  656 ;  vutov  οχ., 
Eur.  I.  T.  410;  for,  strictly,  it  is  opp. 
to  a  ship,  Plat.  Hipp.  Maj.  295  D  :— 
όχημα  κανθύβου.  a  nrfm,!; -beetle,  (as 
we  say  a  riJing-horse),  Ar.  Pac.  866. 
— 2.  Pind.,  Fr.  89,  calls  an  ode  οχημ' 
άοιδάν.     Hence 

ΌχημάτΙκός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to  a 
vehicle. 

'Οχημάτων,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  όχη- 
μα. 

"Οχησις,  ή,  {όχέω)  α  bearing,  carry- 
ing. Plat.  Tim.  89  Α.— Π.  (from  pass.) 
a  driving,  riding,  sailing.  Id.  Rep.  452 
C  :  δχησιν  ποιεΐσθαί  =  όχεΐσθαί, 
Strab.  p.  55  Casaub. 

Όχθύoμaί,=  sq.,  Gramm. 

Όχθέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  strictly  to  be 
heavy  laden,  but  only  used  metaph., 
to  be  heavy  or  big  with  anger,  wrath, 
grief,  to  be  vexed  in  spirit,  esp.  in  SO 
far  as  this  is  expressed  in  words,  αέγ' 
οχθήσας  προςέφη,  11.  1,  517,  θα.  4, 
30,  etc.  ;  οχθήσας  (5'  άρα  είπε,  II.  Π, 
403,  Od.  5,  298,  etc. ;  οχθήσας  προς- 
εφώνεε,  Od.  23,  182,  ivraihfully  he 
spake.  Besides  this  part.,  Horn,  only 
uses  3  plur.  aor.  ωχθησαν,  they  were 
heavy  at  heart,  11.  1,  570  ;  15,  101. 
Later  we  have  in  compos,  the  pres. 
■προςοχθέω. — Ep.  word.  (Prob.  from 
άχθος,  only  diflenng  from  άχθομαι  in 
that  this  was  used  in  the  strict  sense, 
of  bodily  burdens,  as  well  as  metaph., 
^while  οχθήσαι  was  only  used  met- 
aph. :  οχθήσαι  is  to  άχθομαΐΆΒ  οχεω 
to  εχω,  ύγμος  to  άγω,  βολή  to  ΐ3ύλλω, 
etc.,  Buttm.  Lexil.  s.  v.) 

"Οχθη,  ης,  ή,  older  form  of  όχθος, 
any  height  or  rising  ground,  natural  or 
artificial,  a  batik  or  dyke, — mostly  in 
plur.,  the  raised  bank  of  a  river,  in  full, 
δχθαι  ποταμοΊο,  II.  4,  487,  Od.  6,  97, 
Hes.  Fr.  12,  Pind.  P.  4,  81,  Aesch. 
Pr.  810,  etc.  ;  δχθαι  καπετοιο,  the 
raised  banks  of  the  trench,  dykes,  II. 
15,  356  ;  also,  άΤώς  δχθαι,  like  ΘΙνες 
(V.  sub  Θίς),  Od.  9,  132,  cf  Pind.  P. 
1,  34  ;  so  of  crags  by  a  river,  Xen. 
An.  4,  3,  3  and  5,  cf  11  and  17.— 
Many,  both  ancients  and  moderns, 
have  thought  that  δχθη  is  always  the 
bank  of  a  river,  etc.,  όχθος  always  a 
hill ;  but  v.  Mehlh.  Anacr.  22,  2,  p. 
98  ;  cf.  δχθος.     Hence 

Όχθηρός,  ά.  όν.  raised,  hilly,  Eu- 
phor.  91,  Anth.  Plan.  256  :  rough, 
warty,  Diosc. 

Όχθησις,  ή,  (όχθέω)  indignation, 
vexation,  Gramm. 

Όχθίζω,  later  form  for  όχθέω,  Opp. 
H.  5,  179,  540  :  v.  προςοχθίζω. 

Όχθοιβος,  ου,  δ,  a  purple  stripe 
doum  the  front  of  the  χιτών,  Ar.  Fr. 
309,  2  :  cf.  the  clavus  on  the  Roman 
tunica. 

Όχθος,  ov,  b,  later  form  from  δχθη 
(a.  v.),  a  rising  ground,  hill,  first  in  H. 
Horn.  Ap.  17,  Pind.  O.  9,  5,  freq.  in 
Hdt.,  as  4,  203  ;  of  the  Areopagus, 
Id.  8,  52  ;  also  freq.  in  Aesch.,  and 
Eur. ;  of  a  barrow  or  tumulus,  Aesch. 
Pers.  647,  659  :  rarely,  like  δχθη,  of 
a  river's  bank. — Aesch.  Cho.  955,  has 
dat.  δχθει  as  if  from  όχθος,  εος,  τό, 
but  the  place  is  corrupt. 

Όχθοφν'λαξ,  άκ,ος,  6,  η,  {όχθη  or 
δχθος,  φνλαξ)  α  watchman  071  α  hill. 

Όχθώδης,  ες,  (όχθος,  είδος)  mound- 
like, hilly  :  with  a  raised  edge  or  bank, 
Dion.  H. 
'Οχ?Μγωγενς,  ό,^ όχ?ίαγωγός. 
Όχλάγωγέω,   ώ,    {δχλαγωγός)    to 
1074 


ΟΧΑΟ 

collect  the  people,  stir  them  up  to  sedi- 
tion. Polyb.  25,  8,  2  :  to  lead  a  mob  by 
the  nosr,  Strab. 

Όχλάγωγία,  ας,  η,  a  collecting  a 
mob.  crowd,  Pint.  Pyrrh.  29:  and 

Όχλάγώγων,  ου,  τό,  a  riotous  as- 
semblage, mob ."  from 

Όχλάγωγός,  όν,  {όχλος,  άγω)  col- 
lecting a  mob.  esp.  for  sedition,  a  mob- 
leader,  Joseph. : — generally,  collecting 
a  crowd,  ό  όχλαγωγός,  a  mountebank. 

Όχλύζω,  {όχλος)  to  come  together  in 
a  riotous  manner,  Eccl. 

Όχλενς,  ό,=μοχλός,  a  lever,  hence 
έποχλενς :  from 

Όχλενω,^μοχλεύω,  to  move  by  a 
lever.  (The  root  is  όχος,  όχέω,  όχενω, 
δχενς,  hence  όχλέω,  όχλεύω,  όχ/ί,εΰς, 
όχλίζω,  and  prefixing  μ,  μοχ'λός,  μο- 
χλέω,  μοχλεύω.) 

Όχλέω,  Ion.  for  foreg..  ψηφίδες 
άπασαι  όχλεννται,  all  the  pebbles 
are  rolled,  swept  away  by  the  water, 
II.  21,  261. 

Όχλίω,  ώ,  (όχλος)  to  disturb  by  a 
mob ;  in  genl.  to  trouble  or  importune, 
c.  ace,  Hdt.  5,  41,  Aesch.  Pr.  1001  ; 
absoL,  to  be  troublesome,  Soph.  O.  T. 
446.    More  usu.  in  its  compds.  Hence 

Όχλΐ]μα,  ατός,  τό,  annoyance,  Sext. 
Emp. 

Όχληρία,  ας,  ή,  troublesomeness,  im- 
port imi  ι  y,  hXX:  from 

Όχ?\.ηρός,  ά,  όν,  {δχ7Λω)  trouble- 
some^ importunate,  Hdt.  1,  186;  τινί, 
to  one,  Eur.  Ale.  540,  Plat,  etc.— II. 
riotous,  ξν μπάτης.  Plat.  Rep.  569  A. 
Adv.  -ρώς,  Dion.  H. 

Όχλησις,  εως,  η,  (όχλέω)  disturb- 
ance, annoi/ance,  Pint.  2,  1127  D. — II. 
=όχλης,  Moer.  p.  289. 

Όχλητικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to  a 
rnuliilude  or  mob,  Procl. 

Όχλίζω,  f.  -ίσω,=  όχ?.έω,  όχλεύω, 
strictly  to  remove  by  a  lever,  hence  in 
genl.  to  move  a  great  weight,  roll  it  away 
by  dint  of  strength,  II.  12,  448,  Od.  9, 
242,  (in  both  passages  in  Ep.  opt.  aor. 
ύχλίσσειαν) :  στόμα  όχλίζειν.  to  open 
the  mouth  violentltj,  i.  e.  begin  talking 
violently,  Nic.  Al.  225.— II.  (όχλος) 
to  raise  a  tumult,  like  όχλάγωγέω. 

Όχλικός,  ή,  όν,  (όχλος)  suited  to 
the  mob,  όχλ.  Kui  θεραπευτικός.  Pint. 
Num.  2,  Pericl.  5 ;  ΰποδοχαι  όχλ., 
public  entertainments,  Posidon.  ap. 
Ath.  540  C.  Adv.  -κώς,  Plut.  2, 
484  B. 

Όχλούρέσκης,  ου,  6,  {δχλος,  αρέ- 
σκω) one  ivho  flatters  the  mob,  prob.  1. 
Timon  ap.  Diog.  L.  4,  42. 

Ό  χλοκοπέω,  ώ,  (όχλοκόπος)  to  court 
the  mob,  Plut.  2,  790  E. 

Όχλοκοπία,  ας.  ή,  the  conduct  or 
disposition  of  an  όχλοκόπος. 

Όχλοκοπικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to  an 
όχλοκύπος :  ή  -κή  (sc.  τέχνΊ})  the  art 
of  cajoling  a  mob,  Sext.  Emp.  p.  299  : 
from 

Όχλοκόπος,  ov,  (όχλος,  κόπτω) 
courting  the  mob:  6  όχλ.,  a  mob-court- 
ier, Polyb.  3,  80,  3  ;  cf.  όημοκόπος 
and  δοξοκόπος. 

Όχλοκράσία,  ας,  η,  (όχ?Μς,  κρά- 
σίς)  mixture  with  the  populace,  doubted 
by  Lob.  Phryn.  520. 

Όχ?ιθκρΰτέομαι,  {δχλος,  κρατέω) 
as  pass.,  to  live  under  mob-rule,  as  opp. 
to  δημοκρατέομαι.     Hence 

Όχλοκρΰτία,  ας,  ή,  inob-rule,  the 
lowest  grade  of  democracy,  Polyb. 
0,  4,  6 :  in  Philo  also  όχλοκράτεια, 
Lob.  Phryn.  526. 

Όχλο7•.οίόορος,  ov.  (όχ7ίθς,  ?.οιδο- 
ρέω)  reviling  the  mob.  Timon  Phi. 

Όχλομανέο),  ώ,  (δχλος.  μαίνομαι) 
to  be  mad  after  mob  popularity,  Plut.  2, 
603  D. 


OXYP 

Όχ7.οποιέω,  ώ,  (δχλος,  ιτοιέω)  to 
make  a  riot :  οχλ.  την  πάλιν,  to  set  it 
iti  an  uproar,  N.  T. 

όχλος,  ov,  b,  a  throng  of  people, 
an  irregular  crowd,  Pind.  P.  4,  150, 
Aesch.,  etc.  i^e.sp.  the  populace,  7nob, 
Lat.  turba,  opp.  to  δήμος  (the  jieople, 
popidus  or  plebs).  Plat.  Polit.  304  C, 
Legg.  707  E,  etc.  ;  προς  δχλον  ζην, 
Id.  Αχ.  368  D  ;  cf  όχλοκόπος,  όχλο- 
κρατία,οΐο.:  thecamp-folloivers, opp.  to 
the  army,  Xen.  An.  3,  4,  26 ;  4,  3,  26, 
etc.  :---Proverb.,  δι'  δχλου  ηδη  τούτο 
γε,  this  is  already  m  the  mouths  of  the 
people,  Dion.  H.  :  in  Polyb.  also  in 
plur.  : — generally,  a  mass,  multitude 
of  any  thing,  ϊππων,  Eur.  I.  A.  191  ; 
σαρκών.  Plat.  Tim.  75  Ε  ;  cf  Valck. 
Phoen.  204. — 2.  the  noise  made  by  such 
a  crowd,  a  riot,  tumult,  Lat.  turba 
then,  generally,  disturbance,  trouble, 
like  δχλησις,  δχλον  παρέχειν  τινί, 
to  give  one  trouble,  Hdt.  1,  86,  and 
Att. ;  δι'  όχλου  είναι,  γενέσθαι,  to 
become  trouhleso?ne.  At.  Eccl.  888, 
Plat.  Ale.  1,  103  A.  (Aeol.  δλχος, 
Cret.  πόλχος,  cf.  volgus,  valgus, 
Germ.  Volk,  our  folk :  perh.  also  akin 
to  όχλεύω,  όχ7.ίζω.) 

Όχλοτερπής,  ές,  (δχ7Μς,  τέρπω) 
delighting  the  mob. 

Όχλοχΰρής,  ές,  (δχλος,  χαρά) 
courting  the  mob,  Μ.  Anton.  1,16. 

Όχ7:ώδης,  ές,  contr.  for  όχλοειδής, 
(όχλος,  είδος)  like  α  mob,  turhident,  un- 
ruly, θηρίορ,  Plat.  Rep.  590  Β  :  το 
όχλ.,  troublesomeness,  Thuc.  6,  24. 

Όχμα,  ατός,  τό,  (εχω)  like  εχμα,  α 
hold,  band,  fetter.     Hence 

Όχμάζω,  like  έχμύζω,  to  grip  fast, 
Eur.  Cycl.  484  ;  μέσον  τίνα  όχμ.,ΑΑ. 
Or.  265  ;  to  bind,  τις  έν  φάραγγί  σ' 
ώχμασεν,  Aesch.  Pr.  5,  618;  ίππους 
όχμ.,  to  bit  or  rein  horses,  Eur.  El. 
817. — II.  to  bear,  support,  Ap.  Rh.  I, 
743. 

Όχμή,  ης,  ή,=δχμα:  esp.  the  han 
die  or  strap  of  a  sh\e\a,z=oxavTi,  δχα• 
vov  or  πόρπαξ. 

Όχμος,  ov,  b.  (εχω)  a  strong  hold, 
fortress,  Lyc.  443. 

Όχνη,  ή,  later  way  of  writing 
όγχνη,  q.  V. 

"Οχος,  εος,  τό,  {έχω,  όχέω)  α  car- 
riage, Lat.  vehiculum :  Horn,  always 
uses  it  in  plur.,  even  of  a  single  cha- 
riot, έξ  όχέων,  II.  4,  419,  etc.  ;  and  in 
poet.  dat.  όχεσφι.  -φιν.  II.  4,  297  ;  5, 
28,  107,  etc.  ;  so  in  Pind.  O.  4,  20; 
P.  9,  18.  (Strictly  old  neut.  collat. 
form  of  sq.,  but  alwa3's  in  this  special 
signf) 

"Οχος,  ov,  b,  (έχω)  any  thing  which 
holds:  thus  hnrbmirs  are  called  ΐ'ηών 
δχοι,  steads  for  ships,  Od.  5,  401. — II. 
any  thing  tvhich  bears,  hence  esp.,  like 
foreg.,  a  carriage,  chariot,  mostly  in 
plur.,  H.  Hotn.  Cer.  19,  Aesch.  Pr. 
710,  and  freq.  in  Eur.  ;  but  also  sing., 
Hdt.  8,  124,  Aesch.  Ag.  1070,  etc. ; 
periphr..  άρματος  δχης^=όχη€.  όχημα, 
Eur.  Hipp.  1160,  I.  T.  370;  '\mi,Tpo- 
χα7.οι  όχηι  απήνης,  the  swift  or  round 
hearers  of  the  chariot,  i.  e.  the  wheels, 
Eur.  I.  A.  140,  cf  Phoen.  1190  -.—όχος 
ταχυήρης,  of  a  ship,  Aesch.  Supp. 
33;  cf.  όχημα. —  Dor.  δκχος,  Pind. 

Όχός,  η,  όν,  {έχω)  holding,  securing, 
bearing,  Philo. 

Όχνροποιέομαι,  dep.,  (  οχυρός, 
ποίέω)  to  fasten,  fortify,  Polyb.  1,  18, 
4 :— the  act.  is  in  Philostr. 

Όχνρός,  ά,  όν,  (έχω)  like  έχνρός, 
firm,  lasting,  durable,  of  wood,  Hcs. 
Op.  427,  in  superl.  όχνρώτατος :  of 
men,  Aesch.  Pers.  78,  Ag.  44  :  esp. 
firm,  .leciare,  of  places,  παρθενώνες, 
Eur.  1  A.  738 :  esp.  as  military  term 


ΟίΈΣ 

of  a  strong  hold  or  position,  ορός,  χ(Δ• 
piov,  Xen.  An.  1,  2,  22,  etc.  Adv. 
-ρύς,  Eur.  Med.  134.     Hence 

'Οχνρύτης,  ητος,ή,  firmness,  strength, 
esp.  of  a  stronghold  or  country,  Po- 
lyb.  5,  62,  6,  Diod.,  etc. 

Όχϊφόω,  ύ,  (όχνρός)  to  make  fast 
and  sure,  fortify.  Plat.  Ax.  371  Β  :  so 
in  mid..  Xen.  Cyr.  5,  4,  39,  Polyb., 
etc.     Hence 

Όχίφωμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  stronghold, 
fortress,  LXX. — fAs  pr.n.  of  a  strong- 
hold near  lalysus  in  Rhodes,  Ochy- 
roma,  Strab.  p.  655.t  [ΐ'] 

Όχίφωμίτιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from 
foreg..  LXX. 

Όχύρωσις,  εως,  η,  (όχΐ'ρόω)  a  mak- 
ing jirm,  secure,  fortifying,  LXX. 
Hence 

'Όχϊ'ρωτικός,  ή,  όν,  serving  to  fasten 
or  secure,  Se.xt.  Emp. 

Όψ,  /),  gen.  όττός,  dat.  δττί,  ace. 
OTTO,  a  voice,  whether  in  speaking,  11. 
16,  76 :  or  singin?,  Od.  10.  221,  etc. ; 
so  in  Pind.,  and  Trag.,  of  the  human 
voice ;  but  al.so  of  the  cicada,  11.  3, 
152  ;  of  lambs,  II.  4,  435.— II.  a  dis- 
course, word,  II.  7,  53 ;  11,  137,  etc. — 
Poet.  word.  Horn,  and  Hes.  never 
use  the  iiom.,  and  no  one  seems  to 
have  the  plur.     (From  *έ-ω,  έπος, 

ε/τΤΕίΙ'.) 

ΌχΙ>,  η,  gen.  οπός,  {ό-φομαί)~ό-φις, 
the  eye,  face,  Emped.  284,  and  Antim. 

Όψαμάτης.  ov,  ό,  (όφέ,  άμύω)  one 
«cAo  7/iOiOS  till  late  at  even,  Μίλυν  όψα- 
udra  (vocat.)  Theocr.  10,  7. 

Όψανθ/ις,  ές,=όφιαΐ'θής. 

Όφΰνην,  ov,  τό,  (δΦομαι}=5φις, 
Aesch.  Cho.  530. 

'Όψάομαί,  (όφον)  dep.,  to  cat  as 
δψον.  τι,  Plut.  2,  668  Β. 

Όφάρίόιβν,  ov.  τό,  dim.  from  sq., 
Spohn  de  Extr.  Od.  Parte  p.  130. 

Όφάριον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  oibov, 
esp.  fish,  Ar.  Fr.  140. 

'Οφάρότης,  βν.  6,  {όφέ,  ΰρόω)  one 
who  ploughs  late,  Hes.  Op.  488. 

Όφάρτνμα,  ατός,  τό,  (όφαρτνω) 
food  dressed  or  seasoned,  a  made  dish, 
Nicet. 

Όφαρτϋσία,  ας,  i],  {οφαρτνω)  the 
art  of  cookery  :  a  cookery-book.  Plat. 
(Com.)  Pha.  1,  4,  Alex.  Lin.  1,  9. 

Όφαρτντής,  ov,  6,  (ό-ύ•αρτνω)  a 
cook,  Polyb.  12,  9,  4.     Hence 

Όφαρτντικός,  ή,  όν,  of,  belonging 
ίο  a  cook  or  cookery  :  hence  ή  -κή  (sc. 
τέχνίιΐ),  the  art  of  cookery,  Ath. :  r« 
όψ.  βιβλία,  cookery-books,  lb. 

Όφαρτνα.  {δφον,  ίιρτνω)  to  dress 
or  season  food,  Polyb.  12,  24,  2.  [ΰ] 

Όί"Ε',  adv.,  after  a  long  time,  at 
length,  late,  Lat,  sero,  Horn.,  etc.  : 
όφέ  δίδάσκεσθαι,  μανθύνειν,  to  be 
late  in  learning,  learn  too  late,  Aesch. 
Ag.  1425,  Soph.  O.  C.  1264  ;  so,  δφέ 
ήιρονείν  εύ,  Eur.  Or.  99  ;  cf.  όφιμα- 
θής ;  also,  όφέ  δη,  II.  7,  399,  etc.,  όφέ 
γονν,  Aesch.  Ag.  1425 ;  όφέ  περ,  Pind. 
Ν.  3,  140. — 2.  esp.  late  in  the  day,  at 
even,  opp.  to  πρωί,  II.  21,  232,  Od.  5, 
272 :  late  in  the  season,  Hes.  Op.  483  : 
δφέ  ην,  έγίγνετο,  it  was,  was  getting 
late,  Xen.  An.  2,  2.  16  ;  3,  4,  36 ;  έως 
δφέ,  εις  όφέ,  until  late,  Thuc.  3,  108, 
Dem.  1303.  14.— 3.  c.  gen  ,  δφέ  της 
ημέρας,  late  in  the  day,  Livy's  serum 
diei,  Xen.  Hell.  2,  1,  23;  also,  δφέ 
της  ΰρας,  Dem.  541,  fin. ;  δφέ  της 
ηλικίας,  late  in  life,  Luc.  Dem.  En- 
com.  14,  cf.  Amor.  37.— For  the  com- 
par.  and  superl.  adverbs,  v.  sub  δφιος. 
(Perh.  akin  to  έπομαι,  οπίσω.) 

Όφείω,{6φπμηι)άβ9\άβΤΆΐ.θ(όράω, 
to  wish  to  see.  c.  gen.,  άντης  και  πολε- 
μάω, II.  14,37. 

Όφεσθαι,  inf.  fut.  of  όρύω,  Horn. 


Oi^IM 

Όφέω,^=δφίζω,  dub. 

Όφημα,  ατός,  τό,=^δφον,  Plut.  2, 
664  A,  for  έφημα. 

Όφημέρα,  ή,  {δφέ,  ήμερα)  evening, 
like  όφία. 

Όι1)ητήρ,  ηρος,  6,  ιρτο\).=^έφητήρ, 
Theodond.  ap.  Ath.  229  Β. 

Όώί,  adv.,  Aeol.  for  δφέ,  ap. 
Apoll.  Dysc. 

Όφία,  ας,  «/.(so.  ύρα)  the  latter  part 
of  the  day,  evening,  oft.  also  joined  with 
δείλη,  δ.  ήν  όφία.  Hdt.  7,  167;  περί 
όείλην  δφίαν,  Thuc.  8,  26  ;  so,  δεί- 
λης όφίας,  Dem.  1301,  lin.  Cf.  όφι- 
ος. — Ορρ-  to  όρθρος. 

Όφιαίτερος,  δφιαίτατος,  Att.  com- 
par.  and  superl.  from  όφως- 

Όφϊανθέω,  ώ,  to  bloom  late,  The- 
ophr. :  from 

Όφΐανθης,  ες,  {δψέ,  άνθέω)  late- 
blooming,  Theophr. 

ΌφΊΓινός  Λίθος,  δ,  a  black  stone, 
perh,  a  kind  of  agate,  obsidian,  Pliny's 
lapis  Obsidianus  or  Obsianus,  Arr.  Pe- 
ripl.,  Orpli. 

Όψιβλαστέω,  ώ,  to  sprout  or  shoot 
late.  Theophr.  :  from 

Ό-ώιβλαστι'ις,  ές,  and  δφιίβλαστος, 
ov,  {οφέ,  β'λαστάνω)  late  sprouting  or 
shooting,  Theophr. 

Όφίγΰμίον  γραφή,  ή,  a  prosecution 
for  putting  off  marriage  beyond  the  ap- 
pointed age,  Plut.  Lysand.  fin. ;  cf. 
Miiller  Dor.  4,  4,  3 :  from 

Όφίγΰμος,  ov,  {δφέ,  γαμέω)  late- 
marrying,  [ί] 

ΌψΙγενής,  ές,  late-born. 

Όψίγονος,  ov,  {δφέ,  *γένω)  late- 
born,  11.  16,  31 :  usu.  in  plur.,  δφιγό- 
νων  ανθρώπων,  of  men  after-born,  II. 
3,  353,  etc. — 2.  of  a  son,  late  born,  born 
in  07ie's  old  age,  H.  Cer.  165,  Hdt.  7, 
3. — 3.  later  born.  i.  e.  younger,  Aesch. 
Supp.  360.  [I] 

Όφιέστερος,  όφΐέστατος,  compar. 
and  superl.  o{  δφιος. 

Όφίζω,  f.  -ί'σω,  {δφέ)  to  do,  go  or 
come  late,  Xen.  An.  4,  5,  5,  Hell.  6,  5, 
21  :  to  be  too  late  in  doi7ig,  etc.  :  so  too, 
in  Pass.,  δφίζεσθαι  εν  ταΊς  δδοϊς,  to 
be  in  the  streets  late  at  night,  cf.  Xen. 
Cyn.  6,  4,  Lys.  Fr.  8;  δφισθέντες, 
belated,  benighted.  Id.  Lac.  6,  4. 

ΌφΙκαρπέω.  ώ,  to  be  late  in  fruiting, 
Theophr. :  and 

ΌφΙκαρπία,  ας,  ή,  a  late  fruiting, 
Theophr.  :  from 

Όφίκαρπος,  ov,  (όφέ.  καρπός)  fruit- 
ing late,  late-bearing,  Theophr.   [J] 

ΌφΙκέλενθος,  ov,  {δφέ,  κέλενθος) 
coming  or  going  late,  Nonn. 

Όφίκλωφ,  ωπος,  δ,  {δφέ,  κλώφ) 
one  who  steals  in  the  eveniyig  or  at  night. 

Όφίκοιτος,  ov,  {όφέ,  κοίτη)  going 
late  to  bed,  late-watching,  όμματα, 
Aesch.  Ag.  889.  [Z] 

Όφιμάθεια,  ας,  ή,=  όφιμαθία.  [α] 

Όψϊμάθέω,  ώ,  to  learn  late,  Luc.  : 
from 

ΌφΙμάθής,  ές,  {δφέ,  μανθύνω)  late 
in  learning,  late  to  learn,  Horace's  senis 
studiorum',  Isocr,  208  B,  252  D ;  too 
late  OTtoo  old  to  learn,  c.  gen.,  αδικίας. 
Plat.  Rep.  409  Β  ;  πλεονεξίας,  Xen. 
Cyr.  1,  6,  35. — II.  vain  of  late-gotten 
learning,  pedantic  ;  SO  Cicero,  δφιμα- 
θείς  qiiarn  .tint  insolentes  non  ignoras, 
ad  Fam.  9,  20,  2 :  also  misapplying 
what  one  has  learnt,  Polyb.  12,  9,  4. 
Hence 

ΌφΙμΰβία,  ας,  ή,  late-gotten  learn- 
ing, pedantry.  Lat.  sera  eruditio,  Plut. 
2,  634  C. 

Όφίμορος,  ov,  {δφέ.  μόρος)  dying 
late  or  with  difficidty,  Ojip.  H.  1,  142. 

ΌφΙιιος,  ov,  {όφέ)  poet,  for  δφηος, 
late,  slow,  τέρας  όφ..  a  prognostic  that 
is  late  of  fulfilment,  II.  2.  325  ;  also  in 


Ο-ί^ΟΔ 

later  prose,  as  Xen.  Oec.  17,  4,  and 
5  ;  cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  52. 

Όφίνοος,  ov,  (όφέ,  νοέω)  late-ob- 
serving, i.  e.  remiss,  inobservant,  of 
Epimetheus,  Pind.  P.  5,  36.  [r] 

Όφινός,  ή,  όν,^όφίος,  somewhat 
rare  and  wholly  rejected  by  Phryn. 
p.  51. 

Όφΐος,  α,  ov,  (δφέ)  late,  όφία  iv 
ννκτί,  Pind.  I.  4,  59  (3, 53) ;  cf.  δ'φία. 
— II.  Att.  compar.  όφιαίτερος,  a,  ov, 
superl.  δφιαίτατος,  ?/,  ov,  Xen.  Hell. 
5,  4, 3  :  hence,  as  compar.  and  superl. 
of  δφέ,  όφιαίτερον,  Plat.  Crat.  433  A  ; 
δφιαίτατα,  opp.  to  πρωίαίτατα,  Xen. 
Hell.  4,  5,  18,  etc. : — we  also  find  a 
compar.  δφίτερον,  in  Plut.  2,  119  C  : 
and  δφιέστερος,  in  Theophr.  Opp. 
to  πρώίος.     Hence 

'ΟψΙότ7ΐς,ητος,  ή,  lateriess,  sloivness, 
Theophr.  :  opp.  to  πρωϊότης. 

ΌφΙπέδων,  ωνος,  ό,  {δφέ,  πέδη) 
one  who  has  long  been  in  fetters,  Me- 
nand.  p.  287. 

Όφίπλοντος,  ov,  {όφέ,  π?^οντέω) 
that  has  grown  rich  late. 

Όφίπορος,  ov,  {όφέ,  πορεύομαι) 
going  late,  Nonn. 

Όφις,  ?/,  genu,  εως  Ion.  ιος:  {δφο- 
μαι) : — I.  objective,  a  sight,  hence  an 
appearance,  figure,  fnr7n,  πατρός  φίλου 
δφιν  άτνχθείς,  II.  6,  468  ;  όφις  φοβε- 
ρά, άήθης,  Aesch.  Pers.  48,  Supp. 
567:  esp.  a  vision,  apparition,  Hdt.  1, 
39,  etc. ;  also  joined  with  other 
words,  δψις  έν  ϋπνφ,  δφις  έννπνίου 
or  δνείρον,  freq.  in  Hdt.,  as  1,  38  ;  7, 
18 ;  δφεις  ένννχοι,  Aesch.  Pr.  645, 
cf.  Soph.  El.  413,  etc. : — όφις  οικο- 
δομημάτων, (as  we  might  say)  a  sight 
of  buildings,  Hdt.  2,  136.— 2.  outward 
appearance,  look,  ol  οφιν  έειδόμενας, 
Pind.  Ν.  10,  20  ;  cf.  Thuc.  1 ,  10  ;  6,  58; 
7,  44  :  the  face,  visage.  Plat.  Phaedr. 
240  D.  254  B.— II.  later  also  subjec 
live,  the  power  of  sight  Or  seeing,  eye- 
sight, δφ'ει  ίδεϊν,  έηόείν,  II.  20,  205, 
Od.  23,  94 ;  so  in  Hdt.  2,  99 ;  9,  93, 
Eur.,  etc. ;  προφαίνειν  τινι  ές  δφιν, 
to  put  it  before  his  eyes,  Hdt.  4,  81 ; 
δτΐιεις  μαρΰναι,  to  quench  the  orbs  of 
sight.  Soph.  O.  T.  1328,  cf.  Ant.  52.— 
2.  a  viewing,  vieu•,  sight,  Lat.  conspec- 
tus, τον  κόσμου,  etc..  Plat.  ;  εις  δφιν 
εμπίπτει  τι,  Plat.  Tim.  67  D;  άπι- 
κέσθαι  ές  δφιν  τινί,  to  come  into 
one's  sight,  i.  e.  presence,  Hdt.  1,  136  ; 
εις  δφιν  μολείν,  Aesch.  Pers.  183,  cf. 
Eur.  Or.  513 ;  so,  καλεΐν  τίνα  ές 
δφιν,  Hdt.  5,  106. 

Όφισμός.  ov,  ό,  {όφίζω)  α  being  too 
late,  Dion.  Η.  4,  46. 

Όφισπορέω,  ώ,  to  sow  late,  The- 
ophr.:  from 

Όφίσπορος,  ov,  {δφέ,  σπείρω)  late 
sown,  to  be  sown  late,  Theophr. 

Όφίτεκνος,ον,  {όφέ,  τέκνον)  alate 
descendant,  Lyc.  1272.  [Z] 

ΌφΙτέλεστος,  ov,  {δφέ,  τελέω)  late 
of  fulfilmejit .  to  he  late  fulfilled,  τέρας, 
II." 2," 325,  like  δφιμος. 

Όφϊτέλεντος,  ov,  {δφέ,  τελεντη) 
= foreg. 

Όφίτερον,  compar.  of  δφέ,  q.  v.  [ϊ] 

Όφίτομος,  ov,  {όφέ,  τέμνω)  cut  late, 
to  be  cut  late,  Theophr.  [i] 

Όφίτνχος.  ov,  {δφέ,  τνγχύνω)  late 
gotten,  Aianetho.  [ΐ] 

Όψίφάνής,  ές,  {όφέ,  φαίνομαι)  ap- 
pearing or  rising  late,  Nonn. 

Όφϊφόρος,  ov,  {όφέ,  φέρω)  late 
bearing,  Theophr. 

Όφίφνγος,  ov,  {όφέ,  φενγω)  flying 
1  late,   [i] 

I      Όφίχα,  adv.,  Byzant.  for  δφέ,  cf. 
'  Lob.  Phryn.  51. 

Όφοδαίδα7.ος,  ov,  {δφον,  δαίδαλος) 
skilful  in  dressing  food,  a  clever  cook, 
1075 


OiOH 

epith.of  Archestratusin  Ath. :  formed 
like  7.ογο6αίδαΑος. 

Ό-ήιοδΐία,  ας,  ?},  (oipov,  δέω)  a  want 
of  food  or  fish,  Suid. 

Όψοδόκη,  ■τ/,=^6φοθήκη. 

Όψηδόκος,  ov,  receiving  food. 

Όφοθήκ?!,  ης,  η,  {όψον,  βήκη)  α 
place  for  keeping  victuals  in,  like  γν• 
λίος. 

'OipoXoyia,  ας,  ή,  a  treatise  on  food 
or  cookery,  Ath.  284  Ε  :  from 

Ό-φολόγος,  ov,  (όψον,  Άέγω)  dis- 
coursitig  onfood or  cookery,  Ath.  337  B. 

Όψομαι,  fut.  of  ύράω,  Horn.,  etc. 

Όχρομύνής,  ές,  (  ύφον,  μαίνομαι ) 
mad  after  dainties,  Ath.     Hence 

Όψομανία,  ας,  ή,  madness  after 
dainties. 

Όψον,  ov,  TO,  (ίψω)  strictly  boiled 
meat,  as  opp.  to  bread  ;  then,  general- 
ly, meat,  flesh,  ένέθι/κε  σίτον  και  ol- 
νον  όφα  τε,  Od.  3.  480,  of.  5.  267  ;  6, 
77,  II.  9,  489.-2.  then,  any  thing  eaten 
with  bread  or  food,  to  give  it  iiavor 
and  relish ;  hence  onions  are  called 
oipov  πατώ,  a  zest,  relish  to  wine,  11. 
11,  630,  cf.  Plat.  Rep.  372  C  .—hence, 
—  3.  seasoning,  sauce,  like  ί/δνομα. 
Plat.  Theaet.  175  £,  Xen.,  etc. ;  me- 
taph.,  λιμώ  όσαπερ  όφφ  διαχρήσθε,  ή 
επιθυμία  τον  σίτου  όψον,  '  hunger  is 
the  best  sauce,'  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  5,  12, 
Mem.  1,  3,  5;  so,  oi  ττόνυι  όψον  τοις 
ΰγαθοίς,  Id.  Cyr.  7,  5,  80 ;  so,  Ij^iov 
δε  λύγοι  φθονεροΐσι,  are  α  treat  to  the 
envious,  Piiid.  N.  8,  35. — 4.  in  plur., 
generally,  rich  fare,  dainties,  όψα  και 
αύρα,  υψα  και  τραγήματα,  etc.,  Plat. 
Rep.  372  Ε. — 5.  at  Athens,  fish,  the 
chief  dainty  of  the  Athenians  (πολ- 
λών όντων  όψων  εκνενίκηκεν  ο  ιχ- 
θύς μόνος  η  μάλιστα  -/ε  όψον  καλεί- 
σθαι,  Plut.  2,  667  F,  cf.  Ath.  276  Ε), 
freq.  in  comedy,  v.  ap.  Ath.  648  F  : 
in  Hipp,  also  όψον  βαλύσσιον :  cf. 
omnino  Buckh  P.  E.  J,  137.-2.  the 
market-place,  esp.  the  fish-market, 
Aeschm.  9,  41. — Όψον  then  is 
used  of  all  kinds  of  food  eaten  with 
something  else,  though  very  rarely,  if 
ever,  of  vegetables. 

Όψονομέω,  ώ,  to  be  an  όψονόμος, 
Critias  50. 

Όψονόμος,  ov,  6,  {όψον,  νέμω)  one 
who  watches  the  price  of  provisions,  esp. 
of  fish,  Sophil.  Andr.  2. 

Όψοποιέω,  ώ,  (όψον,  ποιέω)  to  dress 
food  nicely,  Plut.  2,  063  B,  etc.  ;  όψ. 
λόγον,  to  make  a  dainty  speech,  lb.  55 
A :  —  mid.,  to  eat  όψ'ον  with  bread, 
Xen.  Mem.  3,  14,  5,  Hell.  7,  2,  22. 
Hence 

Όψοποίημα,  ατος,τό,  a  dainty  dish  : 
generally, /ood,  LXX.     Hence 

Όψοποιητίκός,  ή,  όν,  of  or  fit  for 
delicate  cookery  :  ή  -κή  (sc.  τέχνη)  the 
art  of  cookery,  Arist.  Eth.  N.  7,  12,  6, 
Metaph.  5,  2,  8 :— but  in  Plat.,  Bekk. 
reads  όψοποιίκή  always. 

Όψοποιΐα,  ας,  η,  skilfid,  fine  cook- 
ery, Xen.  Mem.  3,  14,  5,  Plat.  Gorg. 
462  D :  name  of  a  cookery-book,  Ath. 
112  D  :  and 

Όψοποιϊκός,  ή,  όν,  =  όψοποιητι- 
κός :  ή  -κή  (sc.  τέχνη),==όψοποιητι- 
κή.  Plat.  Gorg.  463  Β,  etc. ;  v.  sub 
όψοποιητικός ;  from 

Όψοποιός,  όν,  (όψον,  ποιέω)  cook- 
ing food  skilfully  :  ό  όψ-,  α  cook,  Hdt. 
9,  82  ;  esp.  α  fine  cook,  opp.  to  μάγει- 
ρος. Plat.  Rep.  373  C,  cf  omnmo 
Oionys.  (Com.)  Thesm.  1,  5,  sqq. 

Όφοπόνος,  oi>,  (σιΐ'ον,  πονέω)  dress- 
ing food  elaborately,  Anth.  P.  6,  306. 

ΌψοπωλεΙον,  ου,  τό,  a  cook-shop, 
eating-house  :  from 

Όψοπώλης,  ov,  ό,  (όψον,  πωλέω) 
a  victvaller :  esp.  a  fishmonger :  fem. 
1076 


Π 

όψοπώλις,  ιδος,  Plut.  Timol.  14. 
Hence 

Όψοπωλία,  ας,  ή,  a  dealing  in  vict- 
uals, Clearch.  ap.  Ath.  6  A. 

Όψοπωλιον,  ου,  τό,^όψοπωλείον. 

Όψοφάγεω,  ώ,  strictly,  to  eat  things 
meant  to  be  eaten  only  ivith  bread  (as 
we  might  say,  to  eat  butter),  hence  to 
live  daintily,  Ar.  Nub.  983  :  and 

Όψοφάγία,  ας,  ή,  dainty  living,  Aes- 
chin.  6,  33,  Muson.  ap.  Stub.  p.  166, 
15 :  from 

Όψοφάγος,  ov,  {όψον,  φυγείν) 
strictly  eating  things  meant  to  be  only 
eaten  with  bread  :  hence  lickerish- tooth- 
ed, a  dainty  fellow,  epicure,  gourmand, 
Ar.  Pac.  810  ;  cf  omnino  Xen.  Mem. 
3,  14,  2,  sq. — Irreg.  Att.  superl.  οψο- 
φαγίστατος,  lb.  3,  13,  4.  [ά] 

Όψόφαγρος,  δ,=  ύξύφαγρος,  dub. 

Όψοφίλία,  ας,  ή,  love  of  dainties  ; 
dub. 

Όψοφόρος,  ov,  (όψον, φέρω)  bearing 
or  carrying  food,  Matroap.  Ath.  135  D. 

Όφ'ών,  ώνος,  ό,  a  basket  for  fish, 
etc.,  ap.  Hesych. 

iΌψωvάτωp,  ορός,  ό,  the  Lat.  op- 
sonator,  Ath.  171  A. 

Όψωνέω,  ώ,  to  buy  fish,  dainties, 
etc  ,  Ar.  Vesp.  495,  etc. ;  cf.  Amphis 
Plan.  1  ;  generally,  to  buy  victuals, 
Xen.  Mem.  3,  14,  1  ;  proverb.,  Δελ- 
φοίσι  θνσας  αυτός  όψωνεΐ  κρέας,  ap. 
Plut.  2,  709  A  :  from 

Όψώνης,  ov,  ό,  {σφον,  ύνέομαι) 
one  who  buys  fi^h  Or  victuals,  a  purvey- 
or, Ar.  Fr.  424.     Hence 

Όψωνητικός.  ή,  όν,  practised  inpur- 
veying,  τέχνη,  Ath.  313  F. 

Όψωνία,  ας,  ή,  the  purchase  offish  : 
purveyance,  Critias  50. 

Όψωνιάζω,  (όφώνισΐ')  to  furnish 
with  provisions,  to  victual,  όψ.  δνναμιν, 
to  furnish  an   army  with  supplies  or 

ftay,  Died. — Pass.,  to  be  supplied,  Po- 
yb.  23,  8,  4.     Hence 

Όψωνιασμός,  ov,  b,  a  furnishing 
with  provisions,  the  pay  and  provisions 
of  an  army,  Menand.  p.  289,  Polyb.  1, 
66,  7  ;  69,  7  ;  but  v.  Lob.  Phrj-n.  420. 

Όψωνιοδόκος,  ον,^όψοόόκος. 

Όψώνιον,  ov,  τό,  provisions,  esp. 
supplies  and  pay  for  an  army,  Lat.  sa- 
larium,  stipendium,  like  όψωνιασμός, 
Polyb.  6,  39,  12  ;  in  plur..  Id.  1,  67,  1  : 
— questioned  by  the  Atticists,  Lob. 
Phryn.  420. 


11 

Π,  π,  πι,  indecl. :  si.xteenth  letter 
of  Gr.  alphabet.  As  numeral  π'— 
80,  but  ^7Γ=80,000.  But  m  Inscrr., 
Π  is  for  πέντε:  [^1.  |Hl,  1x1,  [mI, 
for  πεντάκις  δέκα,  π.  ίκατον,  π.  χί- 
λιοι, π.  μύριοι. 

Changes  of  π,  esp.  in  the  dialects, 
— 1.  π  as  the  hard  labial,  interchanges 
with  the  soft  β,  as  in  πάλλω  βάλλω, 
πατειν  βατείν,  πλαδαρός  βλαδαρός : 
— oft.  also  with  the  aspirate  φ,  which 
is  most  common  in  Aeol.  and  Ion.,  as 
άμπί  for  ύμφί,  πανός  for  φανός,  πά- 
τνη  for  φάτνη,  άπηγέεσθαι  for  άφηγ. ; 
so  also  m  Dor.,  esp.  Lacon.,  Koen. 
Greg.  p.  344  ;  and  π  was  retained,  in 
apostrophe,  even  before  an  aspirate, 
by  the  Ion.,  as,  άπ'  τ/μών,  ίπ'  ήμέ- 
ρην,  νπ'  υμών,  etc. :  on  the  contrary 
the  aspirated  form  seems  to  have  been 
always  preferred  in  Ait.,  as,  άσφάρα- 
γος  for  άσπάραγος,  ?ιίσφος  for  λισπος, 
οφόγγος  for  σπόγγος,  etc.,  hoii.  Phryn. 
113. — II.  in  Ion.  prose,  ττ  becomes /c 
in  relatives  and  interrogatives,  as 
κώς  όκως  κοΐος  όκοίος  κόσος  όκόσος 


ΠΑΓΓ 

for  πώς  όπως  ποίος  δποΐσς  iroffO^ 
όπόσος,  Greg.  Cor.  \ι.  413  :  this  took 
place  in  other  words,  also  in  old 
Aeol.  Greek,  with  the  forms  of  which 
the  Lat.  corresponds,  as  λνκος  lupus, 
ίππος  equus,  σηκός  sepes,  έπομαι  se- 
quoT,  οφθαλμός  όκος  oculus,  Greg. 
Cor.  579,  sq. — III.  in  Aeol.  π  is  used 
for  μ,  as  όππα  for  o/i/ia,  πεδά  for  με- 
τά, Greg.  Cor.  p.  580. — IV.  in  Aeol. 
and  Dor.  π  is  for  r,  as,  πέτορες  for 
τέσσαρες,  πέμπε  for  πέντε,  σπάδιον 
{spatiu7n}  for  στάδιον,  σπολύς  for  στο- 
λάς,  σπaλείςίr)r  σταλείς.  Koen.  Greg, 
p.  364,  615;  ct.  studeo,sludiu7n,  σπου- 
δή.— V.  π  is  sometimes  interchanged 
with  γ,  as  in  7.απαρ6ς  /.αγαρός,  λα- 
πάρα  λαγών,  λάγος  lepus.  —  VI.  in 
Aeol.,  and  generally  in  poetry,  π 
is  oft.  redupl.  in  relatives,  as  όππη 
δππωςόπποίος  όππόσος,  for(i7r7?,elc., 
Greg.  Cor.  p.  588. — Vli.  in  poetry,  τ 
is  inserted  after  π,  esp.  in  πτό?ας  and 
πτcJλεμoςfor  πόλις  and  πόλεμος  with 
their  derivatives. 

Πα,  Dor.  for  πή  or  πώς ;  how  ?  Ar. 
Ach.  785,  Lys.  175.— II.  πα,  enclit.. 
Dor.  for  πη  or  πως,  somehow,  Theocr. 

Πα,  shortd.  Aeol.  and  Dor.  for  πα- 
τήρ.  πάτερ,  cf  μΰ,  and  βΰ. 

ΥΙάα,  Lacon.  for  πάσα,  like  Μώα 
for  Μώσα,  Ar.  Lys. 

^ΐΐάγαί,  αί,  ΐ>οτ.=  Ί\ηγαί,  (\.  v. 

Ύϊαγανάλια,  τά,  the  Latm  Pagana 
lia,  Dion.  H.  4,  15. 

'\Υϊαγασαί,  ών.  a'l,  Pagasae.  the 
port  of  lolcos,  and  afterwards  of  Phe- 
rae,  famed  as  the  harbor  from  which 
the  Argo  set  out,  subsequently  merged 
in  Demetrias,  Hdt.  7,  193;  Ap.  Rh. 
1,  238.  (On  deriv.  of  name  v.  Strab. 
p.  436.) 

^ΐΐαγασαίος,  a,  ov,  poet,  -στ/ϊος,  η, 
ov,  of  or  relating  to  Pagasae,  Pagasae- 
an,  Ap.  Rh.  1,  524  ;  Apollo  was  styled 
Π.,  from  his  temple  in  that  place, 
Hes.  Sc.  70. 

^Υ\αγασ7ρς.  ίδος.  ή,  fem.  to  foreg., 
Ap.  Rh.  1,  319. 

^ΤΙαγασητικός,  ή,  όν,  of  Pagasae;  b 
Π.  κό'/.πος,  the  gulf  of  Pagasae  ;  now 
gufof  Volo,  Strab.  p.  438'] 

■\ΙΙάγασίς,  ίδος,  ή,  Dor.  for  ΤΙηγα- 
σίς.  Mosch.  3,  78. 

^ΥΙαγασίτης,  ου,  ό.  κόλπος,^=11α• 
γασητικος  κ.,  Dem.  159,  26. 

^ΥΙύγασος,  ον,  ό,  Dor.=  nJ7}'Cffor, 
Pind.  Ο.  13,  91. 

iΐlaγγalov,  ον,  τό,  Pnngaeum,  a 
range  of  mountains  on  the  borders  of 
Thrace  and  Macedonia,  containing 
gold  and  silver  mines  ;  now  Pundhar 
Dagh,  Pind.  P.  4,  320  ;  Hdt.  5,  16. 

ΤΙαγγέλοιος,  ov,  (πάς,  γελοίος) 
thoroughly  ridiculous  or  absurd,  Plat 
Phaedr.  260  C. 

ΪΙαγγενεί,  adv.,  v.  sub  παγγενής. 

Ώαγγενέτειρα,  ας,  ή,  fem  to  sq., 
mother  of  all,  Anth.  P.  12,  97. 

ΐΐαγγενέτης,  ov,  b,  and  παγγενέ- 
τωρ.  ορός,  b,  (πάς,  γενετής,  -έτωp)fa 
ther  of  all,  Orph.  H.  19,  5  ;  3,  1,  etc. 

Παγγενής,  ές,  (πάς,  *γένω)  of  all 
races  or  kinds. — 2.  with  one's  whole  race, 
in  which  signf  παγγενεί,  and  παγγε- 
νή,  were  used  as  adv.,  Xanth.  p.  182  ; 
παγγενεί  και  πάνδημη,  Ael.  Ν.  Α.  17, 
27;  cf  Lob.  Phryn.  515. 

ΊΙάγγεος.  ov,  for  πάγγειος,  (πάη, 
γη,  γέα)  holding  the  whole  earth,  π.  άρ- 
μα,   Orph.  Η.  58,  8. 

Παγγέωργος,  ov,  (πάς,  γεωργός) 
training  all  as  a  husbandman,  Jo.seph. 

Τίαγγλνκερής,  ά.  όν,  (πας,  γλυκε- 
ρός) sweetest  of  all,  Ar.  Lys.  970. 

ΙΙαγγλωσσία,  ας.  ή.  (πάς,  γλώσσα) 
wordiness,  Pind.  Ο.  2,  157. 

ΙΙάγγνμνος,  ον,  quite  naked. 


ΠΑΓΚ 

Τίαγγνναικί,  (πάς,  γννή)  adv.,  with 
all  the  vmrnen,  -ίταμπαιδί  και  παγγ., 
with  all  their  women  and  children,  Dio 

C.  41,9. 

ΐίαγγώνιος,  ov,  with  angles  all  about. 

Τ1άγ(τ,  Aeol.  for  ίτΐάγησαν,  3  pi. 
aor.  pass  from  πήγννμι,  1!. 

ΐΐίγερός,  ά,  όν,  frozen  .-frosty,  cold, 
Aretae. 

Πά}'ε70ξ•,οίί,  ό,  (.πάγος)  icy  coldness, 
frost,  hoar-frost,  ice,  Find.  Fr.  74,  10, 
Xen.  Cyn.  5,  1. 

Ί\α-/ετώόης,  ες,  {τζαγετός,  ε16ος) 
frosty,  ice-cold.  Soph.  Phil.  1071, 
Arist.  Mund.  5,  13. 

ΤΙάγη,  Ep.  for  έττάγη,  3  aor.  pass, 
from  πήγννμι,  II.  [ά} 

ΤΙάγη,  ης,  ή,  {ττί/γννμι)  strictly  any 
thing  that  fixes  or  holds  fast ."  hence  α 
STiare,  noose,  trap,  Hdt.  2,  121,  2;  the 
toils  used  in  fowling,  νττότϊτεροι  τ.. 
Soph.  Fr.  378  (Virgil's puniceaeformi- 
dine  pennae),  cf.  Plat.  Legg.  824  A  ; 
afowling-net,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,6,  39;  cf. 
ηαγίς. — 2.  metaph.  a  snare,  stratagem, 
και  -ϊϊαγάς  (sed  nunc  Dind.  χάρπα- 
γάς),  Aesch.  Ag.  822.  [ά] 

ΤΙάγή  or  ττάγά,  ή,  Dor.  for  πηγή. 

ΤΙαγΙδενο),  {παγίς)  to  layasnarefor, 
LXX,  N.T. 

ΙΙάγιος,  a,  ov,  (πήγννμι)  firm,  fast, 
close,  solid,  lasting,  λόγος  π-,  a  close, 
well-formed  argument.  Plat.  Epin.  984 

D.  Adv.  παγίως  λέγειν,  metaph., 
like  όιωρισμένως,  to  say  with  confi- 
dence or  certainty,  Plat.  Rep.  434  D  ; 
so,  παγίως  νοήσαι,  Theaet.  157  A, 
ubi  V.  Heind. ;  π-  διϊσχυρίζεσθαι,  Id. 
Tim.  49  D.  [a]     Hence 

ΪΙΰγιότης,  ητος,  ή,  firmness,  cer- 
tainty. 

Τίάγιάω,  ύ,  (πάγιος)  to  make  firm  or 
fast.     Hence 

ΙΙαγέωσις,  εως,  f],  a  making  fast,  ap. 
A.  B.  1408. 

ΐΐάγίς,  ίόος,  ή, (πήγννμι)  like  πύγη, 
any  thing  which  fixes  or  holds  fast,  a 
tinare  or  trap,  Batr.  117,  Ar.  Av.  194, 
527.  —  2.  metaph.  a  trick,  snare,  of 
women,  Amphis  Kovp.  1,  Menand.  p. 
219;  cf.  Ar.  Fr.  663. — U.  άγκυρα  πα- 
■γιςνεών,  the  anchor  which  holds  ships, 
Anth.  P.  6,  δ. 

ΙΙαγκαίν ιστός,  ov,  (πας,  καινίζο) 
ever  new  ΟΓ  fresh,  κηκίς,  Aesch.  Ag. 
960. 

Ώ.ύγκ.ακος,  ov,  (πάς,  κακός)  quite  or 
utterly  bad,  π.  ήμαρ,  a  most  unlucky 
day,  Hes,  Op.  811:  in  moral  sense, 
tUterly  bad,  most  evil  or  wicked,Ύheoga. 
149,  Plat.  Legg.  928  E,  etc.:  very 
noxious.  Id.  Prot.  334  B. — Superl.  ω 
παγκάκιστε.  Soph.  Ant.  742,  Eur. 
Med.  465.  —  Adv.  -κως,  π.  εχειν, 
Aesch.  Cho.  729 ;  τιβέναι.  Id.  Pers. 
282;  τεβνύναι,  Eur.  Med.  1135. 

ΪΙαγκάκονργος,  ov,  utterly  wicked. 

Τίάγΐίά?Μς,  ov,  also  η,  ov.  Plat. 
Legg.  722  C,  etc.  (πάς,  κα/.ός) : — all 
beautiful,  good  or  noble,  Ar.  Plut.  1018, 
Plat.  Symp.  216  E,  etc.— Adv.  -λως, 
Eur.  Bell.  20,  7;  π.  ίχειν.  Plat. 
Phaedr.  230  C. 

Τίαγκάρπεια,  ας,  ^,=sq.,  Eur.  Fr. 
103. 

ΐΐαγκαρπία,  ας,  -f),  an  offering  of  all 
kinds  of  fruit,  Soph.  Fr.  464  .•  from 

ΐΐαγκάρπιος,  ov,=  sq.,  μελ^ττοντα, 
Theophr.,  cf.  Anticlid.  ap.  Ath.  473 
C,  Harp.  ibid.  648  B. 

ΐΐάγκαρπος,  ov,  (πΰς,  καρπός)  of 
all  kin'L•  of  fruit,  θύματα.  Soph.  El. 
635 :  rich  in  every  fruit,  rich  in  fruit, 
φυτόν,  χθων.  Find.  P.  9,  101, 1.  4,  70  ; 
γονή  π.,  produce  of  all  kinds.  Plat.  Ax, 
371  C. 

Ιίαγκατάμικτος.  ov,  (πΰς,  καταμί- 
γννμί)  mixed  of  all  sorts,  prob.  L  in 


ΠΑΓΚ 
Philoxen.  ap.  Meineke  Com.  Fr.  3,  p. 
636. 

ϋαγκαταπύγων ,  όνος,  ό,  ή,  (πάς, 
κaτaπvγωV)^^ιterly  lewd,  Ar.  Lys.  137. 
[ν] 

ΪΙαγκύτύρΰτος.  ov,  (πΰς,  καταρα- 
τος)  utterly  accursed,  abominable,  Ar. 
Lys.  588. 

ΥΙαγκενθής,  ες,  (πΰς,  κενθω)  all- 
concealing,  νεκρών  πλάξ,  Soph.  Ο.  C. 
1563. 

ΐΐαγκλαδία,  ας,  ή,  (πάς,  κλάδος)  at 
Rhodes,  the  season  when  the  vine  was 
pruned. 

ΐΐύγκλανστος  or -κ?.αντος.ον,(πΰς, 
K?.aiij)  all-lamented,  much  to  he  lament- 
ed, most  lament(ώle,  Aesch.  Pers.  822  ; 
π.  αιώνα  κοινόν,  i.  e.  death.  Soph. 
El.  1086. — II.  act.  mu^h  weeping  or 
wailing,  tearful.  Soph.  Tr.  652,  Ant. 
831. — On  the  form,  v.  sub  κλαντός- 

ΪΙάγκλειτος,  ov,  (πύς,  κλείω)  all- 
renowned,  Castorio  ap.  Ath.  455  A. 

αίαγκλέων,  οντος,  ό,  Pancleon,  an 
Athenian  against  whom  one  of  the 
orations  of  Lys.  is  directed. 

Τ1αγκ?.ηρία,  ας,  ή,  a  sole  inheritance, 
fortune,  possession,  Aesch.  Cho.  486, 
Eur.  Ion  814  :  from 

ΙΙύγκ?.ηρος.  ov,  (πΰς,  κλήρος)  all- 
inheriting,  sole  heir  :  δόμος  π.,  a  house 
held  in  full  possession,  Eur.  Ion  1542. 

ΤΙάγκ/.ΰτος,  ov,  dub.  1.  for  πάγκ?.ει- 
τος. 

ΤΙάγκοινος,  ov,  (πάς,  κοινός)  com- 
mon to  all,  π.  χώρα,  of  Olympia,  Find. 
O.  6, 107,cf  Soph.  Ant.  1119;  of  death 
and  the  nether  world,  Aesch.  Theb. 
608,  Soph.  El.  138  -.—universal,  π. 
άπέχθημα,  Eur.  Tro.  425  ;  π.  στάσις, 
all  the  band  together,  Aesch.  Cho.  459. 

ΤΙαγκοίράνος.  ov,  (πΰς,  κοίρανος) 
lord  of  aU,  Opp.  C.  4,  21. 

ΥΙαγκοίτης,  ov,  6,  (πΰς,  κοίτη)  θά- 
λαμος π.,  where  αϊ!  must  sleep,  i.  e.  the 
grave.  Soph.  Ant.  804 ;  π.  Άιδας,  lb. 
811. 

ΪΙαγκόνΙτος,  ov,  (πΰς,  κονίω)  cover- 
ed all  over  with  dtist,  άεθλα  παγκ., 
prizes  gained  by  all  kinds  of  contests. 
Soph.  Tr.  505. 

ΐΐαγκήσμιος,  a,  ov,  (πΰς,  κόσμος) 
common  tn  all  the  world. 

ΤΙύγκρΰνον,ου,τό,αρΙαηΙ,=^θα-ψία, 
Diosc.  4,  157. 

ΤΙαγκρΰτής,  ες.  (πΰς,  κράτος)  αΙΙ- 
pnwerful,  all-mighty,  epith.  of  Jupiter, 
Trag.,  as  Aesch.  Theb.  255  ;  also,  π. 
έδραι,  of  his  throne.  Aesch.  Pr.  389: 
of  the  gods,  Eur.  Rhes.  231,  etc.:  of 
things,  π.  πΐφ,  Pind.  Ν.  4,  ΙΟΙ  ,  ό  π. 
ύπνος,  χρόνος.  Soph.  Aj.  675,  Ο.  C. 
609  : — τοΐνδε  π.  φονενς,  their  victo- 
rious slayer,  Aesch.  Ag.  1648. 

αίαγκράτης.  οις,  ό.  Pancrates,  an 
Ale.xandrean  poet,  Ath.  677  D.— 2. 
another  poet,  an  .\rcadian,  Id.  13  B. 
— 3.  an  Aegvptian  conjurer,  Luc. 
Philops.  34.— Others  in  Plut. ;  etc. 

ΤΙαγκρΰτησία,  ας,  ή,  (παγκρατής) 
full  power  or  possession,  Philo. 

ϋαγκράτιάζω,  to  perform  the  exer- 
cises of  the  παγκράτιον  or  the  παγκρα- 
τιαστής. Plat.  Gorg.  456  D,  Xen. 
Hence 

ΤΙαγκράτιαστής,  ov,  6,  one  who 
practises  the  παγκράτιον.  Plat.  Rep. 
338  C,  etc. ;  title  of  plays  by  Alexis, 
Philemon,  etc.     Hence 

ΤΙαγκρύτιαστικός,  ή,  όν,  skilled  in 
the  παγκράτιον,  cf.  sub  παγκράτιον  : 
7/  πανκ.  τέχνη,  the  pancratiast's  art, 
Plat.  Euthyd.  272  A. 

ΙΙαγκράτι,ον,  ov,  τό,  (παγκρΰτής) 
strictly  a  complete  contest,  hence  an 
exercise  of  the  Greek  youths  which 
combined  both  wrestli__ng  and  boxing 
(6  θλίβειν  και  κατέχειν  δυνάμενος. 


ΠΑΓΧ 

παλαιστικός•  ό  δε  ώσαι  ry  πληγ^, 
πνκτικός•  ύ  δ'  αμόοτέροις  τούτοις, 
παγκρατιαστικοΓ,  Arist.  Rhet.  1,  5, 
14),  Hdt.  9,  105,'  and  freq.  in  Find., 
who  celebrates  several  victories  in  the 
Pancration  in  his  Psem.  and  Isthm. 
Odes. 

ΤΙαγκράτιστος,  η,  ονί=πανάριστος, 
Anth. 

ΐΐάγκρεας,  ατός,  τό,  (πΰς,  κρέας) 
the  sweetbread,  Lat.  pancreas,  Arist. 
Η.  Α.  3,  4,  5. — II.  a  nickname  given 
by  Tiinonto  the  skeptic  Pyrrho.  Diog. 
L.  4,  33. 

ΤΙαγκρότως,  (πάς,  κρότος)  ερεσ- 
σειν,  to  row  all  in  time  (cf  σνγκροτέω 
II.  3),  or  with  a  great  noise,  Aesch. 
Supp.  723. 

Ώάγκρνφος,  ov,  quite  concealed,  dub. 

ΤΙαγκτήμων,  ov,  (πΰς,  κτήμα)  pos- 
sessing all,  Clem.  Al. 

Τϊαγκτησία,  ας,  ή,  entire  possession. 

Τίαγκύνιον,  ου,  τό,  a  kind  of  bent- 
grass,  Ael.  N.  A.  14,  24. 

ΐΐάγκϋφος,  τό,  (πΰς,  κνφός)  quite 
crooked :  π.  ελαία.  the  sacred  olive- 
tree  in  the  citadel  at  Athens,  because 
of  its  dwarfed  shape,  Ar.  Fr.  664,  cf. 
Miiller  Archaol.  d.  Kunst  (^  371,  3. 

^ΐΐαγξανοί,  ών,  οι,  the  Panj:ani,  a 
nomadic  people  in  north  of  Cauca? 
sus,  Strab.  p.  506. 

ΐΐάγξενος,  ov,  (πΰς,  ξένος)  all-hos- 
pitable, common  to  all.  Soph.  Fr.  68. 

ΤΙΰγό?.ΰτος,  ov,  (πάγος,  /.vu)  thaw- 
ed, νδωρ  π.,  the  water  from  thawed 
ice. 

ΤΙαγοπληξία,  ας,  ή,  (πάγος,  πλήσ- 
σω)  α  being  frost-bitten. 

ΤΙάγος,  ov,  ό,  (Α)  α  firm-set  rock, 
esp.  a  mountain  peak,  (or,  in  Cum- 
berland, pike),  Od.  5,  405,  411  : — then, 
generally,  a  hill,  Hes.  Sc.  439,  Pind. 
O.  10  (11),  59,  I.  2,  47;  esp.  Άρειος 
(Ion.  Άρήϊος)  πάγος,  the  Areopagus  at 
Athens,  Hdt.  8,  52,  Aesch.  Eum.  685 
sq.  ;  also,  Άρείοις  έν  πά-γοις.  Eur.  L 
Τ.  1470 :  cf.  πηγάς.  (From  same 
root  with  sq.)  [a] 

Πάγος,  ov,  6,  (B),  (πή^,-ννμι)  any 
thing  that  has  become  solid,  stiff,  thick 
or  hard  ;  hence, — 1.  frozen  water,  ice, 
frost.  Soph.  Phil.  293,  Plat.  Symp. 
220  B,  etc.  ;  also  in  plur.,  Aesch.  Ag. 
335,  Soph.  Ant.  357  ;  also,  dat.  pi. 
πάγεσι  (as  if  from  to  πάγος),  Arist. 
Probl.  12,  6;  cf  παγετός,  πάχνη, 
πηγάς,  πηγνλίς. — 2.  the  scum  on  the 
surface  of  milk  and  Other  liquids, 
elsewh.  γρανς  (hence  έπίπαγος) : — 
also,  the  salt  deposited  by  the  evapora- 
tion of  sea- water :  and  poet,  for  ά?.ς, 
the  sea,  Lyc.  134. — 2.  the  peritoneum, 
Medic,  [ύ] 

αίαγονρίδαι,  ών.  οι,  the  Paguridae, 
a  name  formed  with  comic  allusion 
to  sq.,  in  Luc.  V.  Hist.  1,  35. 

ΙΙά-}θΐ'ρος,  ου,  ό,  a  kind  of  crab, 
prob.  the  common  crab.  At.  Eq.  606, 
Arist.  H.  A.  4.  2,  3  ;  in  Plin.  pagyrus, 
Ital.  paguro: — Lyc.  calls  the  old  Phoe- 
nix by  this  name.  (Either  from  πή- 
γννμι alone,  that  which  has  a  solid 
coat :  or  from  πήγννμι  and  οίρά,  hard- 
tail,  shell-tail.)  [ττώ] 

ΊΙάγόω,  ώ,  (πάγος)  to  freeze  or  cur- 
dle. 

ϋΐάγραι,  ών,  αϊ,  Pagrae,  a  strong 
place  in  Syria,  Strab.  p.  751. 

ΐΐάγρος,  ov,  6.  an  unknown  bird. 

-\ΤΙαγχαία,  ας,  ή,  Panchaea,  a  fabled 
island  in  the  Erythraeummare,  Strab. 
p.  104. 

ΤΙαγχάλεπος.  ov,  (πάς,  χαλεπός) 
very  hard,  7nost  difficult  and  dangerous, 
Xen.  An.  5,  2,  20,  Plat.  Phaed.  85  C, 
etc.  Adv.  -πως,  Xen.  An.  7, 5, 16.  [χά} 

ΙΙαγχάλ.κί^ς,  ov,  (πάς.  χα?.κός) 
1077 


ΠΑΘΗ 

aii-brazen,    all-brass,   άορ,    {}ότζάλον,  1 
Od.  8, 403;  11, 574;  of  a  man,  11.20,102. 

'Ώ.άγχα7Μος,  ον,=^ϊθϊβξ.,κννέη,  Od. 
18,378;  άσ-if,  Aesch.Theb.591 ;  etc. 

ΙΙαγχάρής,  {πάς,  χαίρω)  gladdening 
all,  Herinapio  ap.  Amm.  Marc.  17,  4, 
22. — II.  pass,  viuch  rejoiced. 

ΠύγχΙ,  Άά\'.,=  πάγχν,  Orph. :  but 
the  form  ττύγχη  in  Anth.  is  very  dub. 

ΤΙύγχορτος.  ov,  (ττάς,  χόρτος)  all- 
satiating,  σϊτα.  Soph.  Fr.  579. 

ΤΙάγχρηστος.  ov,  {ττάς,  χρηστός) 
good  for  all  work,  άγγος,Ατ.  Ach.  936; 
κτήμα,  Xen.  Mem.  2,  4,  5. 

ΙΙάγχριστος,  ov,  (ττΰς,  χρίω)  all- 
anointed  :  τύς  ττειθοϋς  παρχριστώ 
stands  without  a  subst.  in  Soph.  Tr. 
C61  of  the  robe  anointed  with  the 
blood  of  Nessus ;  the  Schol.  supplies 
ττέττΑω ;  but  this,  as  Dmd.  remarks, 
cannot  be ;  he  proposes  παγχρισμώ 
— the  potent  unction  of  persuasion  ; — a 
word  equally  doubtful. 

ΐΐαγχρύσεος,  ov,  (πάς,  χρυσός)  all- 
gold,  of  solid  gold,  11.  2,  448,  H.  Horn., 
Hes.  Th.  335.  [v] 

ΐΐάγχρνσος,  ov,=foreg.,  Pind.  O. 
7,  4,  P.  4, 121,  Soph.  El.  510,  Eur.,  etc. 

ΊΙάγχν,  adv.  {πάς,  πάν)  Ion.  and 
poet,  for  πάνυ,  quite,  wholly,  entirely, 
altogether,  Horn.,  and  Hdt. ;  πάγχν 
όοκεϊν  or  ε/.πί^ειν,  c.  inf.,  to  believe 
or  hope  fully  that...,  Hdt.  1,  31 ;  4, 
135,  etc. : — strengthd.,  μάΙα  πάγχν, 
11.  14.  143;  πάγχν  μύλα,  11.  12,  105; 
άγαν  πάγχυ,  Pmd.  Ρ.  2,  150;  also 
έπϊ  πάγχν,  Hes.  Op.  262.— Also  in 
Att.  poets,  Aesch.  Theb.  641,  Ar. 
Kan.  1531. 

ΙΙάγώ,  1  sing.  subj.  aor.  pass,  of 
πηγνυμι. 

ίΐΰγώδης,  ες,  (πάγος,  εΙδος)=πα- 
γετώδης,  Theophr. 

αίαγώνόας,  ον,  δ,  Pagondas,  a 
Boeotarch  of  Thebes,  Thuc.  4,  91.— 
Ace.  to  Eustath.  father  of  Pindar. — 
2.  a  Theban  of  this  name  first  con- 
quered at  the  01.  games  with  the 
chariot,  Paus.  5,  8,  7. 

tnaJc'.ypof,  ov,  b,  the  Padngrus,  a 
river  of  Persis,  Arr.  Ind.  39,  2. 

+Πβ(5αίθί,  ων,  oi,  the  Padaei,  an  In- 
dian nomadic  people,  Hdt.  3,  99. 

Πα(5ύω,  Dor.  for  πηδάω. 

ΊΙάδΙνος,  η,  ov,  of  or  from  the  tree 
■πάδος.  [ά] 

αΐαδόα.  ας,  η.  the  Padusa  (in  Virg. 
Aen.  11,  456),  one  of  the  arms  of  the 
Padjis,  Polyb.  2,  16,  11. 

tlIa<5of,  ov,  0,  the  Padus,  now  Po, 
the  principal  river  of  Italy,  flowing 
through  Gallia  Cisalpina  into  the 
Adriatic,  Polyb. ;  Strab. ;  etc. 

ΊΥάδος,  ov,  η,  a  tree,  perh.  Lat.  pru- 
nus  padus,  Theophr.  ;  cf  πήδος. 

fTlίtζaλaι,  oi,Pazaiae,  a  city  of  In- 
dia, Arr.  Ind.  4,  5. 

ΤΙΰβαίνω,  (πάθος)  to  make  impas- 
sioned. Dion.  H.  de  Thuc.  23  :— Mid. 
to  represent  passion,  sjjeak,  etc.,  with 
passionate  gestures,  etc..  Id.  Antiqq.  3, 
73  ;  of  an  orator,  Id.  de  Lys.  9,  Plut. 
2,  447  F,  etc. ;  so  of  a  mimic  actor, 
Anth.  P.  5, 129;  of  a  musician.  Plut. 
2,  713  A. 

Ώάθε,  for  επαθεν,  Ep.  3  aor.  of 
πάσχω,  Horn,  [o] 

ΙΙΰθέειν,  Ep.  inf.  aor.  of  πάσχω, 
for  παθείν,  Horn. 

ΊΙΰβεΐν,  inf.  aor.  of  πάσχω. 

ΤΙάθη,  ης,  ή,  =  πάθος,  πάθησις, 
mostly  in  first  signf.,  s-nffering,  pain, 
misfortune,  Pind.^P.  3.  73,  171,  etc., 
Hdt.  1, 122,  Soph.,  Plat.,  etc. ;  ή  πάθη 
των  οφθαλμών,  blindness,  Hdt.  2,  1 1 1. 

ΤΙύθημα,  ατός,   τό :  Aeol.  pi.  dat. 
■Ηαθ7/μάτοις  for  -ήμασί,  ap.  Eust. : — 
=^πάθος,   a   suffering,   misfortune^    in 
1073 


ΠΑΘΟ 

plur.,  Hdt.  8, 136,  Soph.  Fr.  142,  etc  ; 
άκούσιαπ.  opp.to  εκούσια  καΐέκ  προ- 
νοίας αδικήματα,  Antipho  114,  19: — 
the  lessons  of  experience,  whence  the 
proverb,  τα  παθήματα  μαθήματα, 
Hdt.  1,  207. — II.  a  passive  condi'ion, 
such  as  results  from  suflering,  feel- 
ing, etc.,  a  situation,  state  of  jnind,  opp. 
to  ποίημα,  Plat.  Soph.  248  B,  Rep. 
437  C. — III.  in  Medic,  an  attack  of 
sickness. — IV.  in  plur.,  the  incidents  of 
quantities,  magnitudes,  etc.,  Arist. 
Anal.  Post.  J ,  10,  4  ;  τα  της  σελήνης 
π..  Id.  Metaph.  1,  2,  9.  Cf.  πάθος, 
[ά]     Hence 

ΤΙαθηματικός,  τγ,  όν,  liable  to  παθή- 
ματα, Sext.  Emp.  Αά\•.-κώς,  Id.  p.  68. 

Ί1άθ7]σις,  εως.  ή,  {πάσχω,  παθεΙν) 
α  suffering  or  enduring,  Arist.  de  Ani- 
ma  3,  2,  7.  [ΰ]    Hence 

Τίάθητικός,  ή.  όν,  subject  to  feelijig 
ov  passion,  sensitive,  Tim.  Locr.  102  Ε  ; 
c.  gen.  lei,  capable  of  feeling,  Arist. 
Eth.  N.  2,  5,  2.— 2.  full  of  feeling,  sen- 
suous, impassioned,  pathetic,  λέξις, 
Arist.  Rhet.  3,  7,  3 ;  so,  παθητικώς 
είρήσθαι,  lb.  2,  21,  13. — II.  passive, 
ποιότητες,  Arist.  Categ.  8,  8: — and 
freq.  in  Gramm.  of  verbs. 

ΊΙάθητός,  ή,  όν,  (πάσχω,  παθεΙν) 
one  who  has  suffered,  Menand.  p.  331. 
— II.  subject  to  suffering  or  passion. 
Cicero's  patibilis  ;  to  θνητον  καΐ  πα- 
θητόν,  Plut.  Peiop.  16,  cf.  Num.  8.— 
III.  liable  to  change,  opp.  to  ΰπαθί/ς, 
ap.  Plut,  2,  887  D. 

Υίάθϊκενομαι,  dap.,  to  be  a  παθίκός, 
Anth.  P.  11,73. 

Πυθικός,  ή,  όν,  (πάσχω)  strictly 
remaining  passive :  s-ubject  to  unnatural 
lust,  Lat.  qui  muliebria  patitur,  cf. 
Juven.  2,  99. 

ΤΙάθνη,  ή,  vulgar  form  of  φάτνη, 
Moer.  p.  391. 

ΐΐάθόγνωμονικός,  ή,  όν,  (πάθος, 
γνώμων)  skilled  in  judging  of  affections 
or  diseases,  Galen. 

ΐΙάΟοκράτεια,  ας,  ή,  and  in  Joseph 
πάθοκράτορία,  ας,  ή,  (πάθος,  κρατέω 
the  government  of  the  passions,  self-re- 
straint. 

ΤΊάθοκτόνος,  ov,  killing  passions. 

ΤΙάθο/Μγέω,  ώ,  (πάθος,  λέγω)  to 
treat  of  the  πάθη,  Μ.  Anton.  8, 13,  Ga- 
len. 

Τίάθολογικός,  ή,  όν,  able  to  treat  of 
the  πάθη  :  ή  •κή  (sc.  τέχνη),  the  art 
or  science  which  treats  of  diseases,  pa- 
thology, Galen. 

ΐΐΰθοποιΐα,  ας,  η,  excitement  of  the 
passions. 

ΐΐάθοποιός,  όν,  causing  bodily  dis- 
ease, Galen. 

ΤΙάθος,  εος,  τό,  (πάσχω,  πάθεΐν) 
suffering, — 1.  of  the  \>oay,pain,  Aesch. 
Pr.  703,  and  freq.  in  Trag. ;  hence  also 
the  last  suffering,  death,  Hdt.  2, 133. — 2. 
external,  a  distress,  misfortune,  misery, 
calamity.  Hdt.  1,  91  ;  5,  4,  etc.;  cf. 
πάθη  and  πάθημα  :  hence,  πάθος  ip- 
δείν,  to  do  an  act  which  is  a  suffering 
to  another,  do  him  a  ynischief  Hdt. 

1,  137. — 3.  of  the  soul,  any  passive 
emotion,  passion,  violent  feeling,  wheth- 
er love,  hale,  etc.,  διά  πάθους,  Thuc. 
3,  84;  έρωτικόν  πάθος,  etc.,  Plat.; 
opp.  to  όύναμις  (capacity  for  action), 
and  to  πράξις  (action),  Arist.  Eth.  N. 

2,  5  ;  to  ^pyav,  ποίημα,  Plat.  Phaedr. 
245  C,  Soph.  248  D;  πάθος  ποιεΐν. 
to  e.xcite  passion,  Arist.  Rhet.  3,  17, 
8. — H.  ani/  passive  state,  either  of 
body  or  soul  ; — 1.  outward  or  inward 
condition,  state,  incident.  Plat.,  etc.  : — 
also  πάθη,  of  things,  their  incidents, 
the  changes  to  which  they  are  liable  (ποί- 
ότης  καθ'  ην  ΰ^.λΜίοϋσθαι  ενδέχεται, 
Arist.  Metaph.  4, 21),  τα  περί  τον  ου- 


ΠΑΙΑ 

ρανσν  π..  Plat.  Phaed.  96  C  ;  esp.  in 
relation  to  colour,  quantity,  magni- 
tude, etc.,  Arist.  Metaph.  1.  c. ;  τα 
σνμβεβηκύτα  πάθη  τοις μεγέθεσι.  Id. 
Rhet.  1,  2,  1,  cf.  Anal.  Post.  1,7,  1. 
— 2.  esp.  of  the  mind,  sensibility,  a 
feeling  or  natural  taste,  e.  g.  for  art, 
opp.  to  επιστήμη,  Dion.  H. — 111.  m 
Gramm.  the  inflexion  of  a  word,  declen- 
sion, conjugation,  etc. 

fΐlaθvμίaς,ov,ό,Paίhyniias,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Ath.  48  B. 

ΐΐάθω,  subj.  aor.  of  πάσχω,  Horn. 

Hat,  vocat.  from  παις,  Od.,  poet, 
also  πάϊ,  Od.  24,  192. 

Huiav,  άνος,  ό,  Ion.  and  Ep.  Tlai 
ήων,  όνος  (as  always  in  Horn.;,  and 
later  ΤΙαιών,  ώνος.  Paean.  Paeon,  the 
physician  of  the  gods,  who,  in  11.  5, 
401,  899,  cures  the  wounded  Hades 
(Pluto)  and  Mars,  cf.  Pind.  P.  4,  481 : 
hence, ΐίαιήονοςγενέθ'λη,  physicians, 
Od.  4,  232. — 2.  alter  Horn.,  the  name 
and  office  of  healing  were  transferred 
to  Apollo,  hence  invoked  by  the  cry 
ίήΐε  Παίύιι,  Aesch.  Ag.  146,  Soph. 
O.  T.  154  ;  so  too.  ίω  Τίαιάν,  Id.  Tr. 
221 :  also  his  son  Aesculapius :  hence 
also, — 3.  as  appell.  α  ρΛι/siciCH  ;  and, 
generally,  a  saviour,  eleliverer,  ώ  θάνα- 
τε Π.,  Aesch.  Fr.  229,  cf.  Eur.  Hipp. 
1373  :  cf.  παιών,  and  v.  sub  παιώνιος. 
— II.  παιάν,  Ion.  παιήων,  a  paean,  i.  e. 
a  choral  song,  a  hymn  or  chant,  addrcss- 
eil  to  Apollo  or  Diana,  the  burden 
being  Ιή  or  ίώ  Τίαιάν,  etc..  ut  supra, 
esp.  in  thanksgiving  for  deliverance 
from  evil,  as  in  II.  1,  473,  cf.  ProcL 
ap.  Phot.  p.  523: — strictly  therefore 
opp.  to  cries  for  help,  wailing,  and 
the  like.  Soph.  O.  T.  5, 187,  cf.  Scho!. 
Ar.  Plut.  636 :  also  addressed  to  other 
gods  on  like  occasions,  as  to  Neptune, 
Xen.  Hell.  4,  7,  4. — 2.  esp.  a  song  of 
triumph  after  victory,  properly  to 
Apollo,  II.  22,  391.  sq. ;  αλάσιμος  -., 
Aesch.  Theli.  635;  so  in  Xen.  Hell. 
7,  4,  36,  etc. ;  but  also  a  triumphant 
song  even  before  battle,  a  war-song, 
Aesch.  Pers.  393,  wliich  was  address- 
ed to  Mars,  cf.  Schol.  Thuc.  1,  50. — 
The  phrase  was,  ίξύρχείν  τον  παιά- 
να, Xen.  Cyr.  3,  3,  58  ;  out  also,  αλα- 
?ι,άζείν  Έννα?ύω,  cf.  Zeun.  Xen.  Cyr. 
7,  1,  26. — 1.  any  solemn  song  or  chant, 
esp.  at  beginning  an  undertaking,  in 
omen  of  success,  Thuc.  7,  75 ;  so, 
ίηπαιηών.  Η.  Hom.  Αρ.  517  ;  also 
sung  at  feasts,  Xen.  Symp.  2,  1. — 
See  further  Miiller's  Literat.  of 
Greece,  l,p.  19. — 5.  Aesch.  also,  by  an 
oxymoron,  joins  π.  ^Έ,ριννων,  π-  τοΰ 
θανόντος,  Ag.  615,  Cho.  151. — II). 
Κρητών  παιήονες,  paean-singers.  Η. 
Hom.  Αρ.  518. — IV.=  7raioyIlI,Arist. 
Rhet.  3,  8,  4. 

illatuvia,  ας,  ή,  Paeania,  two  bo- 
roughs of  Attica,  both  belonging  to 
the  tribe  Pandionis.     Hence 

αίαιανιενς,  έως,  ό,  of  or  belonging 
to  Paeania,  Paeanian,  Dem.  243,  15; 
ό  ΤΙαιανιενς  δήμος,  Hdt.  1,  60. 

ΐίαιανίζω,  f.  -σω,  (παιάν  II)  to  chant 
thepaean,  singa  song  of  triumph,  Aesch. 
Theb.  268,  Plat.  Ax.' 364  D;  used  of 
a  song  after  dinner,  Xen.  Symp.  2,  1 : 
— cf.  παιωνίζω- 

ΐίαιάνΐκός,  ή,  όν,  (παιάν  II)  belong- 
ing to  a  paean,  of  the  cry  ϊώ,  Ath.  696 
D. 

'\TlaiavLov,  ov,  TO,  Paeaniu^n,  an 
Aetolian  town,  Polyb.  4.  65,  3. 

ίΤΙαιάνιος,  ov,  o,  Paeamus,  an 
Elean,  an  Olympic  victor,  Paus.  6, 
15,  10. 

ϋαιάνις,  ιδος,  ή,  (παιάν  Π)  of  or 
like  a  paean,  άοιόαί,  Pind.  Fr.  103. 

ΙΙαιάνισμός,  οϋ,  ό,  (παίανίζω)  the 


ΠΑΙΔ 

^Jtanting  of  the  paean,  Strab.  p.  422, 
Dion.  H.  2,  41 ;  cf.  τταιωνισμός. 

Ίίαιανιστής,  ov,  6,  (παιανίζω)  one 
who  chants  the  paean. 

Γίαιύνογράφος,  ov,  tilting,  compos- 
ing paeans. 

ΤΙαιάων,  όνος,  b,  Dor.  for  ΤΙαιήον. 

[α] 

ηαϊγμα,  ατοζ^  το,  {παίζω)  play, 
sport :  'λωτοϋ  παίγματα,  &ate  playing, 
Eur.  Bacch.  161. 

ΊΙαιγμής,  ov,  ό.,=^παίγνιύ,  παιδιά, 
ploy,  sport. 

ΤΙαιγμοσννη,  ης,  ή,  poet,  for  παί- 
γνια, παιδιά,  as  if  from  παίγμων, 
Stesich.  Fr.  68. 

ΤΙαιγνιύ,  not  -ία,  ή,  (παίζω)  like  τΓΟί- 
όιύ,  play,  sport,  a  game,  Hdt.  1,  94  ;  2, 
173. — ϊΙ.=έορτή,  At.  Lys.  700. 

Ίϊαιγνιαγρύφος,  ov,  (παίγνιον  III, 
γράφω)  writing  playful  poetry,  Ath. 
638  D. 

ΐίαι-','νΐ'ήμων,  ov,  like  παιγνιώδ?]ς, 
fond  of  a  joke,  Hdt.  2,  173. 

ΐίαιγνιογράφος,  ov,  v.  1.  for  παι- 
γνιαγρ-. 

ΐΐαίγνιον,  ου,  τό,  (παίζω)  α  play- 
thing, toy,  άνθρωπος  θεού  παίγνιον 
{εστί),  Plat.  Legg.  803  C,  cf  Polit. 
288  C:  oft.  in  plur..  Ephipp.  Incert. 
3,  Plat.  Legg.  797  B,  etc. : — in  plur. 
alsO.  a  person  to  toy  with,  Lat.  deliciae, 
Ar.  Eccl.  923,  Plut.  Ant.  ό9.— II.  in 
Theocr.  15,  50,  the  Aegyptians  are 
called  κακά  παίγνια,  roguish  cheats, 
— unless  here  it  be  the  ace.  cognat. 
after  παίζω. — III.  a  sportive  poem,  etc., 
Polyb.  16,  21,  12,  and  Anth. ;  of  The- 
ocritus' poems,  Ael.  N.  A.  15,  19 ;  of 
the  jnerry  chirp  of  the  cicada,  Mel. 
111,6. 

Παίγνιος,  ov,  (παίγνια)  sportive, 
droll.  Anth.  P.  12,  212. 

ΐίαιγνιώδης,  ες,  (παίγνια,  είδος) 
playful,  sportive,  merry,  Plut.  Ages.  2, 
etc.  :  TO  π.,  playfulness,  Xen.  Hell.  2, 
3,  56  ;  rb  παιγνιωδέστερον.  Id,  Symp. 
2,  26. 

ΤΙαιδαγρεται,  οι,  officers  at  Sparta, 
:=ίπ~αγρέ~αι,  Ruhnk.  Tim. 

ΐίαιδΰγωγεΐον,  ov.  τό,  (παιδαγω- 
γόο)  a  school-room  or  house,  Dem.  313, 
12.'  Plut.  Pomp.  6. 

ΤΙαιδΰ^ωγέω,  ω,  f.  -ήσω,  to  be  a 
παιδαγ^/ός,  to  guide,  attend  boys :  to 
lead  or  watch  like  a  child,  Soph.  Fr. 
623.  Eur.  Bacch.  193.— 2.  in  genl.  to 
lead,  guide,  train,  leach,  freq.  in  Plat. 
Hence 

Τίαιδΰγώγτιμα,  ατος,τό,  themethodof 
a  παιδαγωγός,  plan  of  training,  educat- 
ing, Clem.  Al. — II.  the  subject  of  edu- 
cation, a  pupil,  like  παίδενμα. 

ΤΙαιδάγώγησις,  ^,=sq.  I,  όφθα?.- 
μών,  Clem.  Al. 

ΤΙαιδύγωγία,  ας,  ή,  (παιδαγωγός) 
the  ojfice  of  a  παιδαγωγός :  a  guiding, 
attending,  training  boys :  education. 
Plat.  Rep.  491  E.'etc. ;  of  trees,  Plut. 
2,  2,  Ε  :  generally,  attendance,  Eur. 
Or.  883. 

Παιδαγωγικός,  ή,  όν,  suitable  to  a 
teacher  or  to  education  :  ή  -κή  (sc.  τέ- 
χνη), the  art  of  training  and  teaching  : 
but  also  of  tending,  taking  care  of,  νο- 
σημάτων. Plat.  Rep.  4θ6  A. — II.  in 
gan\.  guiding,  forwarding.  Adv.  -κως, 
Plut.  2,  73  A  :  from 

Τ1αιδύ.-/ωγός,  όν,  (παις,  άγω,  αγω- 
γή) guiding,  attending,  and  training 
boys:  usu.  as  subst.,  one  who  trains 
and  teaches  boys,=zπaιδ^ς  αγωγός:  at 
Athens  strictly  the  slave  who  went  with 
a  boy  from  home  to  school  and  back 
again,  a  kind  of  tuinr.  Hdt.  8.  75,  Eur. 
Ion  725,  (cf  Med.  53),  v.  omnino  Plat. 
Lvs.  208  C  : — hence  Phoenix  is  called 
the  τ:αιό.  of  Achilles,  Plat.  Rep.  390 


ΠΑΙΔ 

E,  etc. ;  and  in  Plut.  Fab.  5,  Fabius 
is  jeeringly  called  the  -αιδ.  of  Han- 
nibal, because  he  always  followed 
him  about. — Cf  Diet.  Antiqq.  s.  v. 

Ώ.αιδάρίδίον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from 
παίδαρων,  [ΐ] 

ΤΙαιδάρϊενομαι,άβρ.,  to  behavechild- 
ishly,  Stob.  :  Irom 

ΊΙαιδάριον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  παις, 
a  young,  little  boy,  Ar.  Av.  494,  Plut. 
536  ;  a  Uttle  girl.  Id.  Thesm.  1203  ;  τα 
παιδάρια,  young  children,  Id.  Yesp. 
I  568;  cf  Moer.  p.  321.— II.  a  young 
slave,  Xen.  Ages.  1,  21.   [ά] 

ΐίαιδύμίσκος,ον,  6,  like  παίδαρων, 
dim.  from  παις,  Heliod. 

ίΠαιδάριτος,  ov,  6,  v.  ΤΙεδύριτος. 

ΤΙαίδάρϊώδηΓ.  ες,  (παίδαρων,  είδος) 
childish,  trifling,  silly.  Plat.  Phil.  14 
D,  Nicoch.  Incert.  7.  Adv.  -δώς, 
Polyb.  27,  2,  10. 

Τίαιδαρτάω,  said  to  be  a  Dor.  (or 
Pythagorean)  word  for  νονθετεω,  to 
warn,  dub.  in  Iambi.:  but  cf  πε- 
/.αργάω. 

ΙΙαιόάρτησις,  ή,=^•ονθέτησις:  dub., 
V.  foreg. 

ΙΙαιδύρ{'λλιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from 
παιδύριον. 

Τίαιδόοάν,  Lacon.  for  παιζονσών, 
fern.  gen.  plur.  of  participle,  Ar.  Lys. 
1313;  cf.  πΰα.  Μύα. 

ΐίαιδεία,  ας,  ή,  (παιδεύω)  the  rear- 
ing or  bringing  up  of  a  child,  Aesch. 
Theb.  18  :  but  esp.  its  training  and 
teachino,  education,  Opp.  to  τροφή.  Ar. 
Nub.  9'61.  Thuc.  2,  39.  Plat.  Phaed. 
107  D,  Phil.  55  D,  etc. ;  for  its  con- 
stituent parts,  V.  Plat.  Rep.  376  E, 
Arist.  Pol.  8,  3. — 2.  then,  generally, 
mental  culture,  civilization,  as  we  too 
use  education,  (rendered  bv  Gell.  13, 
16,  humanitas).  Plat.  Prot.  327  D  : 
and  so,  objectively,  the  literature  and 
accomplishments  of  an  age  or  people. 
— 3.  the  practice  of  an  art,  6.  g.  of 
music.  Plat.  Symp.  187  D.— 4.  the 
culture  of  trees,  Theophr.  C.  PI.  3,  7, 
4.  —  5.  π'/.εκτή  λΓ,νπτον  π.,  the 
twisted  handiwork  of  Aeg^'pt,  i.  e. 
(says  the  Schol.)  ropes  of  papyrus, 
Eur.  Tro.  128.— II.  youth,  childhood, 
Theogn.  1.305,  1348,  cf  παιδία.  (To 
be  carefully  distinguished  from  παι- 
διά.) 

ΐΐαίδειος,  ov,  (παις)  ^  παιδικός, 
νμνοι  π.,  songs  to  the  boys  (they 
loved),  Pind.  I.  2.  5  ;  π.  κρέα,  Aesch. 
Ag.  1242  ;  π.  τροφή,  a  mother's  cares, 
Soph.  Ant.  918 ;  π.  μάθημα,  Plat. 
Legg.  747  B,  etc. 

Τίαιδεραστεω,  ω,  to  be  a  παιδερα- 
στής. Plat.  Symp.  192  A,  etc. 

ΐίαιδεραστής,  ov,  ό,  (παις,  ίρύω)  a 
lover  of  boys,  usu.  in  obscene  sense, 
Ij'eA.  paedico,  paedicator,  Ar.  Ach.  265, 
Plat.  Symp!  192  B.  _  Hence 

ΤΙαιδεραστία,  ar,  ή,  puerorum  amor. 
Plat.  Symp.  181  C.     Hence 

ΤΙαιδεραστικός,  ή.  όν.  belonging  to 
παιδεραστία,  Luc.  de  Dom.  4. 

ΤΙαιδεράστρια,  ar.  ?;,  Lat.  puerorum 
amatrix,  v.  1.  Ath.  601  B. 

Ώαιόέρως,  ωτος,  ό,^=παιδεραστής, 
Teleclid.  Incert.  26  Β.— II.  a  plant 
tvith  ro.iy  floivtrs  used  for  wreaths, 
Diosc.  3,  19,  Nic.  Fr.  2,  55.— 111.  a 
kind  of  opal,  Plin.  37,  5,  cf  Orph. 
Lith.  280. — IV.  a  red  pigment,  rouge, 
Alex.  Isost.  1,  18. 

ΤΙαίδενμα,  ατός,  τ6,  (παιδεύω)  that 
tvhich  is  reared  up  or  educated,  i.  e.  a 
nursling,  scholar,  pupil,  Eur.  El.  887  : 
freq.  also  in  plur.  for  sing.,  Eur.  Hipp. 
11.  Plat.  Tim.  24  D;  cf  Pors.  Or. 
1051. — II.  a  thing  taught,  lesson,  μον- 
σικϊ/ς  παιδεύαατα.  Soph.  Fr.  779  : 
Plat.  Legg.  747  C,  Xen.  Oec.  7,  6 ; 


ΠΑΙΔ 

I  θεών  παίδεϋμα,  heaven-taught   wis- 
dom, Luc. 
I      ΙΙαίδενσις,  εως, ή,  (παιδεύω)  a  rear- 
:  ing,  training,  and  teaching  ;  education, 
I  Hdt.  4,  78;  a  system  of  education,  Ar. 
I  Nub.  986  ;  την  ΰπ"  ύρετης  Ήρακ'λε- 
I  ονς  παίδενσιν,  his  education  by  virtue, 
Xen.  Mem,  2,  1,34: — its  result,  tticti- 
tal  culture,  learning,   accomplishments, 
\  Ar.  Thesm.  175,  Plat.  Rep.  424  A.etc. 
I  — II.    fj    ημετέρα    πόλις    'Ελλάδος 
παίδενσις,  our  city  is  the  school  of 
I  Greece,  Thuc.  2,  41. 
j      ΤΙαιδεντέος,  a,  ov,  verb,  adj.,  from 
παιδεύω,  to   be  educated.  Plat.  Rep. 
526  C. — II.  παιδεντέον,  one  must  train 
I  up,  instruct,  lb.  377  A. 

ΤΙαιδεντήρων,  ov,  τό,  a  school,  Diod. 
13,  27,  Strab. :  from 
ΤΙαιδεντήρ,  ήρος,  o,=sq. 
ΤΙαιδεντής,    ov,    ό,   ( παιδεύω )    a 
teacher,  master,  tutor.  Plat.   Rep.  493 
C,  etc. — II.  a  chastiser,  N.  T.  Hence 
Τίαιδευτικός,  ή,  όν, fitted  for  teaching, 
δύναμις,  Tim.  Locr.  103  Ε  : — ;;  -κή 
(sc.    τέχνη),   education.    Plat.    Soph. 
231    Β  ;   so,   TO  παιδεντικόν,   Plut. 
Lycurg.  4. 

ΐίαιδεντός,  ή,  όν,  to  be  taught, 
άρετήν  παιδεντήν  είναι.  Plat.  Prot. 
324  Β  :  from 

ΐίαιδενω,  f  -ενσω,  (παΙς)  to  bring 

up,   rear  a  child,    αντήν  έπαίδενσεν 

γάλα.  Soph.  Fr.  433:  but  usu.,— 2. 

opp.    to    τρέφω,    to    train    and    teach, 

educate.  Soph.  Tr.  451,   Eur.,   Plat., 

etc. :    hence   also   of   animals,   like 

διδάσκω. — Construct.,  π.  τινά  τινι, 

to  educate  in  or  by...  as,  ίθεσι.μονσικη. 

Plat.  Rep.  522  A,  530  A  ;    also  π. 

τινά  τι,  to  teach  one  α  thing.  Plat. 

Rep.  414  D ;  and  so,  c.  ace.  rei  only, 

to  teach  a  thing,  Arist.   Pol.  8,  3,  1  ; 

also,  π.  τινά  εν  τινι,  Lys.  190,  33 ; 

εις  τι,  Plat.  Gorg.  519  Ε;   περί  τι, 

Xen.  Αροΐ.  29  :  also,  π.  τινά,  c  inf , 

as  κιθαρίζειν,  Hdt.  1,  155  ;  and  with 

inf  omitted,  π.  τινά  κακόν,  σώόρονα 

(sc.  είναι).  Soph.   Ο.  C.  923,   Eur. 

Andr.  602.— So  in  pass.,  παιδεύεσθαι 

ύρχειν,  Xen.  Mem.  2,  1,  3,  freq.  also 

c.  ace.  rei,  to  be  taught  a  thing,  Plat., 

etc.  ;  and  c.  ace.  cognato,  παίδενσιν 

παιδεύεσθαι,  Hdt.  4,  78 :    ό  πεπαι- 

δενμένος,  a  man  of  education,  one  who 

is  versed  in  a  science  or  art,  opp.  to 

απαίδευτος  or  Ιδιώτης  fa   layman), 

Plat.  Legg.  658  D,  Xen.  Cyr.  5,  2, 

I  17;cf  Epich.p.80:— Mid.  to  have  any 

!  one  taught,  educated,  etc..  Eur.  Incert. 

I  38,  Plat.  Meno  93  D  ;  but  so  also  in 

[  act.,  as  lb.  E,  Prot.  319  E.— Cf  δι- 

[  δάσκω. — 3.  to  accustom,  use  to  a  thing, 

'  TO  σώμα  διαίτη  π.,  Xen.  Mem.  1,  3, 

5.  —  4.    to    chasten,    discipline,    ν3ρις 

πεπαιδευμένη,   chastened    sauciness, 

1  Aristotle's  definition  of  wit,  Khet. 

2,  12,  10.— 5.  fo  chastise,  punish,  N.  T. 

I      ΤΙαιδήϊος,  ιη,  iov,  Ion.  for  παίδειος. 

ΥΙαιδιά,  άς,  ή,  (παίζω)  childish  play, 

'  sport,  pastime.  liKe  παίγνια,  opp.  to 

σπονδή.  Plat.  Rep.  Coi  B,  etc. ;  π. 

παίζειν,  to  play  a  game,  Ar.    Plut. 

1056 ;  μετά  παιδιάς,  in  sport,  Thuc. 

'  6,  28  ;  έν  π..  Plat.  Crat.  406  C  ;  - 

Kul  φ/.ναρία.  Id.  Crito  46  D  ;  παιδιά 

ποιεισθαι,   to   be    done   in  fun,   la. 

Phaedr.  265  C  : — metaph..  ώςτε  τον 

!  νυν  χ6?.ον...παιδιαν  είναι  δοκεΐν,  will 

Ι  seem  mere  child's  play,  Aesch.    Pr. 

314  :  Plato  plays  on  the  words  παιδία 

and  παιδεία,  Legg.  656  C  ;  cf.  sq. 

ΤΙαιδία,  not  -ιά,  ;),  v.  1.  for  παιδειύ 
Π. 

ΤΙαιδικά,  ών,  τά,  α  darling,  love,  but 

USU.  of  α  buy,  and  though  plur.  always 

relating  to  a  single  person,  Lat.  ama- 

,  sins,  deliciae,  Soph.  Fr.  165,  Thuc   1, 

1079 


ΠΑΙΔ 

132,  cf.  Heind.  Plat.  Phaed.  73  D: 
hence  used  with  masc.  adj.,  Thuc. 
1.  c,  Stallb.  Phaedr.  238  Ε  :— also  of 
a  girl,  Cratin.  Ώρ.  7,  Eupol.  Incert. 
38;  metaph.  of  all  that  is  pursued 
with  ardor  or  pleasure,  φιλοσοφία 
Tu  έμα.  π..  Plat.  Gorg.  482  A  ;  cf 
Lob.  Phryn.  420. — U.=  παιδεραστία. 
-^ΙΙί.  παιδικά  (sc.  μέλι]),  songs  to  or 
about  a  beloved  boy,  as  that  of  Theocr. 
29.— Neut.  from 

ΐίαιδικός,  ij,  όν,  {παΙς)  belonging  to 
a  child,  whether  boy  or  girl,  but  more 
usu.  the  former,  Lat.pucn/is,  childish, 
boyish.  Soph.  Fr.  721,  Ar.  Lys.  415, 
Fiat.,  etc. — 2.  playful,  sportive,  λόγος 
1Γ.,  Plat.  Crat.  406  C,  cf.  Xen.  Ages. 
8,  2  ;  so,  adv.  -κώς,  opp.  to  σπονδαίως. 
Plat.  Crat.  406  C.  —  II.  belonging 
to  παιδεραστία,  or  α  beloved  youth 
(cf.  παιδικά) :  ύμνοι  π.,  /ore-songs, 
Bacchyl.  12,  cf.  foreg.  Ill ;  π.  λόγος, 
a  foue-tale,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  4,  27 : — 
(from  παιδικός  in  this  signf.  come 
Lat.  paedicare,  paedico,  paedicator.) 

ΤΙαιδιόβεν,  adv.,  frorn  childhood, 
from  a  child,  N.  T. :  from 

ΤΙαιδίον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  παΙς,  a 
little  or  young  child,  Hdt.  6,  61,  Ar. 
Pac.  50,  Plat.,  etc.:  Proverb.,  τον 
ττατρός  τό  παιδίον,  father's  own  son, 
a  chip  of  the  old  block,  A.  B. ;  so. 
Γης  μητρός  τό  π.,  Strab. — II.  a  young 
ilave-lad,  Ar.  Ran.  37,  Nub.  132. 

ΤΙαιδιοτροφέω,  ώ,^^παιδοτροφέω, 
Μ.  Antim.  4,  32. 

Τίαιδισκύριον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from 
παιδίσκη,  Strab.,  Luc.  D  Mort.  27,  7. 

ΐίαιδισκειον,  ου,  τό,  a  house  for 
girls,  a  brothel,  Ath.  437  F  :  from 

ΐίαιύίσκη,  ης,  ή,  dim.  from  ή  παις, 
a  young  girl,  maiden,  Xen.  An.  4,  3, 
11  ;  π.  νέα,  Plut.  Cic.  41. — II.  α  young 
female  slave,  Lys.  92,  41,  Isae.  58,  13  : 
esp.  a  prostitute,  Hdt.  1,  93,  Plut. 
Pericl.  24,  ('ato  Maj.  24,  etc. :— the 
Gramm.  deny  that  its  use  for  slave 
was  correct,  cf  Lob.  Phryn.  239. 

ΙΙαιδίσκος,  ου,  ό,  dim.  from  ό  παις, 
a  young  boy  or  son,  boy,  Xen>  Hell.  5, 
4,  32. 

ΤΙαιδιώόης,  ες,  (παιδιά,  είδος)  fond 
of  play,  playful,  Lat.  ludibundus,  Ion 
a,p.  Ath.  003  F,  Arist.  Eth.  N.  7,  7,  7. 
— II.  {παιδίον)=παιδικός,  childish. 

ΤΙαιδνός,  ή.  όν,  also  ός,  όν  Anth. 
P.  6,  269,  (strictly  shortd.  from  παίδι- 
νός,  as  πυκνός  from  πυκινός,  etc.) 
childish,  silly,  Aesch.  Ag.  479  :  παιδναί 
χέρες  for  παιδός  χ.,  Anth.  P.  7,  632. 
— II.  as  subst.  7rai(5t'of.=o  παις,,  a 
boy.  lad,  Od.  21,21:  24,338. 

ΐίαιδοβόρος,  oi>,  {παις,  βορά)  child- 
enling ;  μόχθοι  π.,  said  of  Thyestes, 
Aesch.  Cho.  1068,  ubi  olim  παιδο- 
μόροι. 

ΐίαιδοβοσκός,  όν,  {παις,  βόσκω) 
keeping  boys,  Luc.  Lexiph.  13. 

ΐίαιδοβρώς,  ώτος,  v.  1..  for  -βρωτος,. 
q.  ν.    Hence 

ΐίαιδοβρωσία,  ας,  ή,  an  eating  of 
children. 

ΐίαιδόβρίιίτος,  (  παΙς,  βιβρώσκω  ) 
θοίνα,  Ά  fea.st  at  which  children  were 
eaten,  Lyc.  1199. 

ΐίαιδογέρυν,  οντυς,  ό,  an  old  child, 
dotard. 

ΤΙαιόύγονια,  ας,  η,  (π.αιόογόνος)α 
begettmo  of  children,  Plat.  Symp.  208 
E,  etc.     Hence 

ΤΙαιδογόν ίος,,ον ,^=π,αί^υγόνος  :  τά 
'παιδογόνια  (sc.  ιερά),  a  festival  at  a 
child's  birth,  Diod.  Ejcc.  p.  595,  3. 

ΐίαιδογόνος,  ov,  {παις,  γονή)  beget- 
ting boys  or  children,  γυναικός  on  the 
person  of  a  woman,  Eur.  Supp.  628  : 
-fpossessing  the  power  of  generation,  π. 
ύ,ρσην  κούρος,  Pseudo-Phoc.  173|. 
IQSO 


ΠΛΙΔ 

— II.  giving  generation  vigour,  making 
fruitful,  Κνπρις,  Anth. :  π.  ύδωρ, 
a  spring  tvith  aphrodisiac  properties, 
Theophr.  H.  PI.  9,  18,  10,  Ath.  41  F. 

ΐίαιδόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  v.  sub  παιδοΐ'ς. 

ΐίαιδύθεν,  {παις)  adv.,  from  child- 
hood,ihyc.  1.  Luc.  (?)  Philopatr.  19. 

ΐίαιδοκσαέω,  ώ,  to  take  care  of  a 
child,  Anth.  P.  7,  623  :  and 

ΤΙαιδοκομία,  ας,  ή,  the  care,  educa- 
tion of  a  child  :  from 

ΐίαιόοκόμος,  ov,  (παϊς,  κομεω)  tak- 
ing care  of.  educating  children.  Νυηη. 

ΪΙαιδοκόραξ,  άκος,  ό,  {παις,  κόραξ) 
α  boy-raven,  \.  e.  greedy  after  boys, 
Anth.  P.  12,  42. 

Ώαιδοκτίζίο.  a  late  bad  word  for 
παιδοποιέω,  Erot. 

ΐίαιδοκτονέω,  ώ,  to  murder  children, 
Eur.  H.  F.  1280  :  and 

ΐίαιδοκτονία,  ας,  ή,  child-murder, 
Phi  Ιο :  from 

ΐίαιδοκτόνος,  ov,  {παις,  κτείνω) 
child-murdering,  Soph.Ant.  1305,  Eur. 
H.  F.  835. 

ϋαιδολέτεψα,  ας,  ή,  murderess  of 
her  children,  Eur.  Med.  849,  Anth. 
Plan.  138:  fem.  from 

ΐΙαιδολ..ετήρ,  ήρος,  ί),^=παιδολέτωρ. 

ΐΙαιδολέτις,ιδος,ή,=παιδολέτειρα, 
Anth.  P.  3,  3  ;  so,  τταιδολέτρια. 

ΙΙαιδολέτωρ,  ορός,  ό,{παΐς,  δλλνμι) 
α  child-murderer,  Aesch.  Theb.  726, 
Eur.  Rhes.  550. 

ΤΙαίόυλνμας,  ov,  ό,  (τταΐς,  7\.νμη) 
ruining,  destroying  children,  Aesch. 
Cho.  605,  with  a  fern,  subst.  [*] 

Τ1αίδομΰ&]ς,  ές,  {παϊς.  μανΟάνυ) 
having  learnt  or  being  taught  in  child- 
hood, Hipp.  2  ;  7Γ.  προς  τι,  Antidot. 
Ρ  rot.  1 ;  περί  τι,  Polyb.  3,  71,  0. 
Hence 

Υίαιδομάθία,  ας,  ή,  a  learning  in 
childhood,  Hipp.  2. 

ΤΙαιδομΰνης,  ές,  {παις,  μαίνομαι) 
mad  after  boys,  Anth.  P.  5,  19,  302, 
Plut.  2,  88  F.     Hence 

Π  αιδομάνία,  ας,  η,  inad  love  of  boys. 
Pint.  2,  769  B. 

αίαιδομουσεια,  ων,  τά,  {παις,  μου- 
σεία) α  school-festival.  Theophr.  Char. 
22  (Didot)  ;  cf  Bremi  Aeschin.  Ti- 
march.  ()  5,  Diet.  Antiqq.  s.  v.  Mou- 
seia  p.  613. 

ΤΙαιδονομέω,  ώ,  to  be  a  παιδοΐ'όμος, 
(Artemid.  2,  30?):   and 

ϋιιιδονομία,  ας.  ή,  the  office  of  a 
παιδονόμος,  Arist.  Pol.  6,  8,  23  :  from 

ΙΙαιδονόμος,  ov,  {παις,  νέμω)  taking 
care  of  boys  :  Τίαιδονόμοι,  magistrates 
who  superintend  the  education  of  youths, 
esp.  at  Sparta,  Xen.  Lac.  2,  2,  cf.  lb. 
11';  and  Arist.,  Pol.  4,  15,  13,  says  it 
was  an  aristocratic  institution,  cf.  lb. 
7,  17,  5,  and  v.  sub  γνναικονόμος. 

ΤΙαιδοπίπης,  ου,  ό,  {παις,  οπίπης) 
spying  after  boys,  and  80=:παιδερασ• 
τής ;  cf  γνναικοπίπης,  παρθενοπί- 
πης,  οίνοπίπης.  \_1\ 

ΐίαιδοποιέω,  ώ,  {παιδοποιός)  to 
beget  children,  of  the  man,  Ar.  Eccl. 
615  ;  εκ  γυναικός,  Eur.  Heracl.  528  : 
also  of  the  woman,  μετά  τ.ινος  π.,  to 
cohabit  with.  Soph.  El.  589 : — more 
commonly  as  dep.  mid.,  of  the  man, 
Eur.  Or.  1080,  Plat.  Rep.  449  C,  Xen. 
Mem.  2,  2,  4  ;  έξ  έταιρών,  Aeschin. 
52,  3.     Hence 

ΤΙαιδοποιήσιμος,  ov,  able  to  beget 
children. 

Τίαιδοποίησι^,  εως,  ή,=παιδοποιία. 
Plat.  Legg.  947  D. 

ΙΙαιδοποιητής,  οϋ,  6,=:παιδοποώς, 
dub. 

ΤΙαιδοποιΐα,  ας,  ή,  α  begettim;  or 
bearing  children,  procreation.  Plat.  Rep. 
423  E,  Sy.mp.  192  A,  etc.  :  from 

Τίαιδοπαιός,  όν,  {παις,  ποίέω)  he• 


ΠΑΙΔ 

getting  or  hearing  children,  δάμαρ,  Eur. 
Andr.  4  ;  generative,  σπέημη^  fldt.  6, 
68 ;  ήδονη  παιδ-,  Eur.  Pnoen.  338. 

Τίαιδοήόρυς,  ov.  {παις,  πόοος) 
through  wim.h  a  child  passes,  γένεσις, 
Anth.  P.  '>,  311. 

Τίαιδοσπορέω,  ώ,  to  sow,  i.  e.  beget 
children.  Plat.  Phaedr.  251  A  :  from 

Τίαιδοσπόρος,  ov,  {παις,  σπείρω) 
sowing,  i.  e.  begetting  children,  Ar.  Fr. 
328. 

ΤΙαιδοσννη,  ης,  ή,  poet,  for  παιδεία. 

ΐίαιδοτόκος,  ov,  {παις.  τίκτω)  be- 
getting or  bearing  children,  Nonn. 

Τίαιδοτρίβεια,  ας,  ή,  the  art  of  a 
παιδοτρίβης,  Meineke  Archipp.  In- 
cert. 7. 

ΪΙαιδοτρΐβεΊον,  ov,  τό,  the  school  of 
a  παιδοτ()ίβης. 

ΤϊαιδοτρΙβέω,  ύ,  to  teach  boys  wrest 
ling  :  generally,  to  train,  exercise,  prac- 
tise, π.  τινά  πονηρόν  είναι,  Dem. 
771,26  ;  metaph.,  π.  τυραννίδα,  Plut. 
Cic.  et  Dem.  'ί.—\\.^παιάεραστέω, 
Anth.  P.  12,34,222:  from 

ΤΙαιδοτρίβης,  ov,  ό,  {παις,  τρίβει) 
who  teaches  boys  ivrestling,  a  gymnastic- 
master,  Ar.  Nub.  973,  Antipho  123,  7, 
Plat,  etc. ;  iv  παιδοτρίβον,  at  his 
school,  Ar.  Eq.  1238  :  generally,  α 
trainer,  teacher,  master,  Luc. — 11.= 
παιδεραστής,  [ΐ] 

ΐίαιδοτρϊβία,  ή,  v.  1.  for  παιδοτρί 
βεια,  q.  v. 

ΥΙαιδοτρΙβίκός,  if,  σο,  belonging  to 
a  παιόοτρίβης  :  ή  -κή  (sc.  τέχνη),  the 
art  of  the  παιδοτρίβης,  the  art  of  wrest 
ling,  IsQcr.  Antid.  ^  194,  Arist.  Pol. 
8,  3,  13.  Adv.  -κώς,  like  a  gymnastic 
master,  Ar.  Eq.  492. 

TlaioOTpiip,  Ίβυς,  ό,  {παις,  τρίβω) 
a  slave  thai  attends  upon  the  children  or 
household  slaves,  iormed  like  οίκήτρηΙ,ι, 
Luc.  Tim.  14;  nisi  legend  πεύοτριψ. 

ΙΙαιδοτροφέω,  ώ,  to  rear  children, 
Ar.  Lys.  956,  Luc.  D.  Mer.  2,  1  : 
and 

ΐίαιδοτηοφία,  ας,  τ;,  the  rearing  nf 
children.  Plat.  Rep.  465  C,  etc. :  from 

Τίαιδοτρόφος,  ov,  {παις,  τρέφω) 
feeding,  rearing  children,  Simon.  18  ;  7 
π.,  a  mother.  Eur.  H.  F.  902 ;  ~.  έλαια. 
Soph.  O.  C.  701,  cf  Hesych. 

ΤΙαιδότρωτος.  ov,  {παΙς,  τιτρώσκω) 
woundedby  children  ;  πάθεα π.,  wounds 
and  death  at  children's  hands,  Aesch. 
Eum.  490. 

Τίαιδονργέω,  ώ,  {παϊς,  *ίργω)=:: 
παιδοποιέω,  Eur.  Ion  175.     Hence 

ΪΙαιδονργία,  ας,  ή.=ζπαιδοποιΐα. 
Plat.  Legg.  775  C:  also,=  )/Dv^  πα^^ο- 
ποιοΓ  (abstract  for  concrete).  Soph. 
O.  T.  1248. 

ΐίαιδοϋς,  ονσσα,  οϋν,  contr.  for 
παιδόεις.  όεσσα,  όεν,  {παις)  rich  in 
children,  the  fem.  in  Callim.  ap.  Schol. 
Soph.  Tr.  308  ;  cf.  τεκνονς. 

ΐίαιόοφάγος,  ov,  {παΙς,  φαγεΐ-ν 
child-devouring,  Pind.  Fr.  143.   [a] 

ΤΙαιδοφθορέω,  ώ,  to  kill  children :  to 
seduce  boys,  Clem.  Al.  ;  and 

ΤΙαιδοφθορία,  ας,  η,  a  ruining,  se- 
duction of  boys,  Clem.  Al. :  from 

ΤΙαιδοφΰόρος,  ov,  {παϊς,  φθείρω) 
ruining,  seducing  boys. 

ΐίαιδοφίλέω,  ώ,  {παιδόφι?Μς)  to  love 
boys,  like  παιδερηστέω,  fSolon.  4,  If, 
Theogn.  1318,  1315  :  in  pass.,  of  the 
boy.  Plat.  (Com.)  Incert.  47. 

ΤΙαιδοφιλτίΓ,  ου,  o,=sq.,  Theogn. 
1357,  Teledid.  Incert.  26  A.  [Ϊ] 

ΪΙαιδόφΙλος,  ov.  {παις,  φιλεω)  lov- 
ing boys.=:  παιδεραοττής. — 2.  fem. 
παιδοφιλη,  epith.  of  Ceres,  Orph. 
H.  .39.  13. 

Τίαιδοφονενς,  δ,=:παιδοφάνος,  Q. 
Sm.  2,  322. 

ΙΙαιδοφανέω,  ώ,  to  hill  children ;  and 


ΠΑΙΟ 

'  Tlaiduipovia,  ας,  ή,  child-murder, 
Piut.  2,727  D:  from 

ΪΙαίύοφόνος,  ov,  (τταϊς,  φονεύω)  kill- 
ing children,  11.  24,  506,  Eur.  Med. 
1407  ;  TT.  συμφορά,  the  accident  or 
calamity  of  having  killed  a  son,  Hdt. 
7,  190  ;  π.  αίμα,  the  blood  of  slain 
children,  Eur.  H.  F.  1201. 

ΙΙαιδοφόρτης,  ου,ό,=παιδοφονενς, 
Philo. 

ΐίαιδοφορέω,  ω,  to  bear  οτ  waft  away 
a  boy,  άνεμος,  Mel.  7  ;  from 

ΐίαιδοώορος,  ov,  (παις,  φέρω)  bear- 
ing away  children  or  a  hoy. 

ΙΙαίδοφύλαξ,  ύκος,  ό,  {καΐς,  φνλαξ) 
one  who  guards  boys,  Bockh  Inscr.  2, 
p.  482.  [ϋ] 

ΐίαιδόω,  ώ,  {παις)  to  get  with  child. 
Hence 

ΙΙαίδωσις,  ή,  the  procreation  of  chil- 
dren, Joseph. 

ΐΐαίζω,  f.  παίξομαι  and  παιξοϋμαι: 
aor.  1  in  good  Att.  always  επαι,σα, 
and  pf.  pass,  πέπαισμαι  (notwith- 
standing that  the  same  forms  belong 
to  παίω) :  aor.  pass,  έπαίχθην  :  later 
■writers,  as  Plut.,  have  the  more 
analogous  forms,  aor.  έπαιξα,  pf.  πέ- 
παιχα,  pass,  πέπαιγμαι,  Lob.  Phryn. 
240,  Stallb.  Plat.  Euthyd.  278  C, 
Horn,  has  usu.  pres.  and  impf. ;  im- 
perat.  aor.  παίσατε,  only  in  Od.  8, 
251  :  (παις).  Strictly,  to  play  like  a 
child,  to  sport,  play,  Od.  C,  106  ;  7,  291 
(never  in  II.),  Hdt.  etc.  ;  to  jest,  joke, 
Hdt.  2,  28  ;  opp.  to  σπουδάζω.  Plat. 
Legg.  636  C  ;  to  trifle,  Hdt.  9,  11.— 2. 
to  dance,  Od.  8,  251;  23,  147,  Hes. 
Sc.  277  ;  and  in  Mid.,  lb.  299  :  so, 
often  in  Ar. — 3.  to  play  (a  game), 
σφαίρΐ)  π.,  to  play  at  ball,  Od.  6,  100  ; 
so,  π.  προς  κότταίΒον,  Plat.  (Com.) 
Ztiif  Κακ.  1 ;  περί  τίνος,  for  a  stake  : 
μετά  τίνων,  with  others,  Hdt.  1,  114  ; 
also,  c.  ace.  cognato,  π.  κότταβον, 
Anacr.  53  ;  π.  παιόιαν  προς  τίνα,  Ar. 
Piut.  1055-7,  cf.  Plat.  Ale.  I,  110  B. 
— 4.  to  play  (on  an  instrument),  H. 
Hom.  Ap.  206.— 5.  to  sing.  Pmd.  O.  1, 
24,  referring  however  also  to  the 
dance  ;  cf.  μολπή. — 0.  to  play  amor- 
ously, IS'ake  Choeril.  p.  245. — 7.  π. 
προς  τίνα,  to  make  sport  of  one,  mock 
him,  Eur.  H.  F.  952.  Plat.  Euthyd. 
278  C  ;  εΙς  τι  π.,  to  jest  upon  a  thing, 
Plat.  Phaed.  89  B.— 8.  transit,  c.  ace. 
rei,  to  treat  jocosely,  satirize,  Luc. 
Nigr.  20  ;  hence  in  pass.,  ό  λόγος 
πέπαισται,  Hdt.  4,  77,  cf.  Plat. 
Phaedr.  278  B,  Tmiarch.  ap.  Ath. 
501  Ε  : — in  Grainm.,  of  words  played 
ιψοη  or  coined  for  the  jokers  sake. 

Τίαιηόνιος,  a,  ov,  healing,  like 
ΤΙαιώνιος,  Anth.  Plan.  270 :  fem. 
ΙΙαιηονίς,  ίδος,  Anth.  :  and 

ΤΙαιηοσύνη,  νς,τ)'  '''*  healing  art: 
from 

ΐίαιήων,  όνος,  ό.  Ion.  for  ΤΙαιάν, 
ΤΙαιών,  Paeon,  the  physician  of  the 
gods,  Hom. — II.  παιήων  as  appellat. 
for  παιάν,  a  festal  song,  II.  Plura 
V.  sub  ΐΐηιάν. 

ΐίαιι'ίων,  όνος,  ό,  ή,  as  adj.^Haijyo- 
νιος,  Anth. 

ϊίαίκτης,  ου,  ό,  (παίζω)  α  dancer  or 
player,  Leon.  Tar.  84 ;  fem.  παίκτεφα, 
Orph.  H.  2,  9.     Hence 

ΙΙαικτικός,  ή,  όν,  of ,  fit  for, practised 
in  playing,  etc.     Adv.  -κώς. 

Τίαικτός,  ή,  όν,  (παίζω)  played  with, 
joked  upon,  comical. 

Τίάϊν,  Ep.  acc.  sing,  from  παΙς,  Αρ. 
Rh. 

ΐΐαίνεται,  barbarism  for  φαίνεται, 
Ar.  Thesm.  1114. 

'\Υ\.αίονες.  ων,  ol.  the  Paeenes,  Paeo- 
nians,  a  people  inhabiting  the  districts 
on  the  rivers  Strymon  and  Axius,  and 


παις 

the  countries  to  the  north  of  Mace- 
donia, II.  2,  848  ;  Thuc.  2,  96  ;  etc.  ; 
V.  MuUer  Dor.,  vol.  1 ,  Append.  1 ,  ξ.  22 
transl. — In  Hdn.  the  Pannonians,  2, 
9;  etc. 

iUaiovia,  ας,  η,  Paeonia,  a  large 
country  north  of  Macedonia,  II.  17, 
350  :  Hdt.  3,  13 ;  etc. :  v.  Midler, 
Dor.  vol.  1,  Append.  1,  ij  11  transl. 

iTlaιovίδ7|ς,  ου,  b,  son  of  Paeon, 
i.  e.  Agastrophus,  a  Trojan,  II.  11, 
339. — !n  pi.  oi  ΐίαιονίδαι,  descendants 
of  Paeon,  son  of  Antilochus,  Pans.  2, 
18,  9.-2.  In  Ar.  Lys.  852,  pr.  n., 
with  obscene  allusion  to  παίειν,  or 
πέος,  whence  Enger  reads,  with 
Bentley,  ΙΙεονίδιις,  v.  ad  1. 

Τίαιονίδι/ς,  ov,  6,  v.  ΤΙαιάν  2. 

^ΐίαιονικός,  η,  όν,  of  or  relating  to 
thePaeovians  or  Paeonia,  Paeonian,  Π. 
έθν?],  Thuc.  2,  96  :  ή  ΥΙαιονική,  sc. 
γη,  Hdt.  7,  125,  v.  Miiller  quoted  sub 
ΐίαιονία.  —  In  late  wr.  confounded 
with  ϋαννονικός,  Dio  C. ;  etc. 

Μίαιονίς,  ίδος,  ή,  fem.  to  foreg.  ; 
Hdt.  4,  33. 

illaio~?.ai,  ων,  oi,  the  Paeoplae,  a 
Paeonian  race  around  Pangaeum, 
Hdt.  5,  15. 

αίαίος,  ου,  ή,  Paeus,  a  city  in 
western  Arcadia,  Hdt.  6,  127. 

ΐίαιπάλάω,  ώ,  to  be  subtle,  artful ; 
yvvTj  παιπαλώσα,  a  cunning  woman, 
Suid.  s.  V.  Κίρκ?/ :  from 

ΤΙαιπάλη,  ης,  ή,  (redupl.  from  πύ- 
7.η  or  πάλη,  like  παιπάλ?.ω  from 
ττάλλω)  the  fiyiest  flour  or  meal,  Lat. 
pollen,  flos  farinae :  any  fine  dust,  cf. 
πασπάλ?] : — hence  metaph.  παιπάλη 
λέγειν,  of  a  subtle  talker,  Ar.  Nub. 
260 ;  and  in  the  literal  signf ,  lb. 
262  :  cf.  sq.  [a] 

ΤΙαιπά'/ημα.  ατής,  τό,  like  παιπά- 
λη,  of  a  subtle  fellow,  π.  όλον,  Ar.  Αν. 
430  ;  cf.  Aeschin.  33,  24 ;  cf.  αλημα. 
[ά] 

Υίαιπά7ΰμος,  ov,  subtle,  sly.  \a] 

ΤΙαιπάλλω,  redupl.  for  πάλλω, 
Hesych. 

Ϊ1αιπά7.όεις,  εσσα,  εν,  an  old  Ep. 
word  of  rather  uncertain  signf  ;  in 
Hom.  epith.  of  hills,  όρος,  11.  13,  17; 
σκοπιά,  Od.  10,  97 ;  also,  π.  βησσαι, 
Hes.  Th.  860 ;  of  Mimas  and  Cynthus, 
H.  Hom.  Ap.  39,  141  :  of  mountain- 
paths,  όδος,  II.  12,  168,  Od.  17,  204 ; 
ΰταρπός,  11.  17,  743  ;  of  the  rocky 
islands  Imbros,  Chios,  Samos,  Ithaca, 
11.  13,  33,  Od.  3.  170;  4,  671  ;  11,480, 
H.  Ap.  172.  The  best  general  signf. 
for  all  these  cases  is  craggy,  nigged, 
but  the  origin  is  very  dub.  Danim 
derives  it  from  αΐπύς,  αίπήεις,  cf. 
παίπαλος,  πολυπαίπαλος.  Herm. 
Η.  Hom.  Αρ.  39,  refers  it  to  πάλλω, 
παίπάλλω.  Lat.  crispare,  torquere,  in 
the  signf.  twisted,  crooked,  Lat.  torluo- 
sus,  flexus ;  this  however  scarcely 
accords  with  any  sense  of  πάλλω. 
Schneider  seems  to  refer  it  to  πά?.?ι, 
by  comparing  it  with  δυςπα?.ής,  rough, 
toilsome,  wearisome,  Lat.  diflicitis. 

ΤΙαίπάλος,  op,  later  form  for  παι- 
παλόεις,  q.  v. ;  Call.,  Dian.  194,  has 
παίπαλύ  τε  κρημνούς  τε,  steeps  and 
crags. 

ΤΙαιπάλώδης,  ές,(παιπάλη2,εΙδος) 
of  a  subtle,  wily  nature. 

αΐαιρ(σάδ?)ς.  ov,  ό,  Pirisades,  an 
elder  and  a  younger,  rulers  of  Bos- 
porus, Strab.  p.  309. 

ΠΑΓΣ,  παιδός,  ό  and  ή,  gen.  plur. 
παίδων,  only  Dor.  παίδων,  dat.  plur. 
παισί.  in  Horn.,  Hes..  and  Ion.  παί- 
δεσσι :  in  Ep.  nom.  oft.  as  dissyll. 
TTUif,  which  Buttm.  and  Herm.  pro- 
pose to  restore  always  in  Horn.,  un- 
less the  verse  requires  it  to  be  mon- 


ΠΑΙΦ 

osylL,  whereas  Wolf  so  writes  it  only 
where  the  second  syll.  begins  a  foot, 
and  is  long  by  position  or  in  arsis, 
which  agrees  with  the  usage  of  έΰ  : 
besides  the  nom.,  the  vocat.  πάϊ  is 
found  once  in  Hom.  with  i  in  arsis, 
Od.  24,  192:  acc.  πύϊν,  Αρ.  Rh.  4, 
697  ;  cf.  Jac.  A.  P.  p.  37,  Spitzn.  Exc. 
vi.  ad  II. — I.  in  relation  to  descent, 
α  child,  whether  ό  π.,  a  son,  or  ή  rr.,  a 
daughter,  Horn.,  and  Hes. :  also  of  an 
adopted  son,  II.  9,  494  ;  παις  παιδός,  a 
child's  child,  grandchild,  II.  20,  308 ; 
παίδων  παίδες,  Pind.  Ν.  7, 147,  etc.: 
of  animals,  Aesch.  Ag.  50,  Pers.  578: 
— metaph.,  Pind.  calls  wine  άμπέλον 
παις,  Ν.  9, 124  (as,  reversely,  the  vine 
is  the  mother  of  wine,  Eur.  Ale.  757), 
cf.  Chaerem.  ap.  Ath.  608  C ;  and 
Echo  is  όρείας  πέτρας  παις,  Eur. 
Hec.  1110:  periphr.  in  phrases  like 
oi  Αυδών  παίδες,  sons  of  the  Lyilians, 
i.  e.  the  Lydians,  Hdt.  1,  27 ;  cf.  5, 
49  ;  παίδες  Άσκ?.ηπιηϋ,  i.  e.  physi- 
cians, Plat.  Rep.  407  Ε  ;  oi  ζωγράφων 
π.,  Id.  Legg.  769  Β  ;  so,  παίδες  ()J]to• 
ρων,  i.  6.  orators,  Luc.  Gymn.  19,  etc. 
— II.  in  relation  to  age,  a  child ;  ό  π., 
α  boy,  youth,  lad,  η  παις,  a  girl :  νέος 
παις,  νεαροί  παίδες,  Hom. ;  also  with 
another  subst.,  παις  σνφορβός,  a  boy- 
swineherd,  II.  21,  282  ;  ^j;  παισι  νέοι- 
σι  παις,  Pind.  Ν.  3,  125  ;  παίς  έτ'  ών, 
έτι  παις,  Aesch.  Cho.  755,  Plat.  Prot. 
310  Ε ;  opp.  to  μειράκιον,  έφηβος, 
Xen.  Symp.  4,  17,  Cyr.  1,  2,  4  ;  έκ 
παιδός  or  παίδων,  from  a  child,  from 
childhood,  Plat.  Rep.  374  C,  386  A, 
etc.  ;  έκ  παίδων  εί'βνς.  Id.  Legg.  694 
D;  ήλικίαν  έχειν  την  άρτι  έκ  παίδων, 
to  be  just  out  of  one's  childhood ,  Xen. 
Hell.  5,  4,  25 ;  cf  έφτ/βος.—2.  later 
freq.  a  beloved  boy  or  grrl,  Anth. — III. 
in  relation  to  condition,  like  hat. puer, 
ό,ή  π.,  a  slave,  and  in  genl.  a  senant, 
maid,  etc.,  Aesch.  Cho.  653,  Ar.  Ach. 
395,  etc. :  esp.  in  Att.,  and  for  persons 
of  all  ages,  Moer.  p.  297  ;  —  as  the 
French  use  gar^on,  and  we  say  '  posl- 
6oi/.' — 2.  ή  π.,  oft.,  like  παιδία κη,  for 
a  courtesan,  as  they  were  mostly  slaves 
or  foreigners. — IV.  ΐΐαίς,  like  Κόρη, 
was  prop.  n.  of  Proserpina  in  relation 
to  her  mother  Ceres. 

Hiiic.  ό,  V.  foreg. 

Τϊαίσδω,  Dor.  for  παίζω. 

^ΥΙαισηνοί,  ών,  oi,  the  inhab.  of 
Paesiis,  Strab.  p.  589. 

αίαισίκαι,  ών,  oi,  the  Paesicae,  a 
Persian  people  between  the  Ox  us  and 
laxartus,  Hdt.  3,  92,  with  v.  I.  Uav- 
σίκαι. 

^ηαισός,  ov,  η,  Paesus.^ Απαισός, 
q.  v.,  II.  5,  612,  Hdt.  5,  117. 

\ΤΙαιστανός,  ov,  6,  κό?.πος,  the  sinus 
Paestanus,  west  of  Italy,  Strab.  p. 
251  :  Irom  ΤΙαίστος,  q.  v. 

ΐίαιστέον,  verb.  adj.  from  παίζω, 
one  must  play.  Plat.  (Com.)  Ζενς 
Κακ.  1. 

ΐίαιστικός,  ή,  όν,  (παίζω)  playful, 
sportive. 

iΐlaίστoς,  ov,  ή,  Paestum,  a  city  of 
Lucania,  the  earlier  Posidonia,  Strab. 
p.  231. 

^ΥΙαιτικός,  η,  όν,  of  the  Paeti ;  η 
ΤΙαιτική,  sc.  γη,  the  coitntry  of  tk.e 
Paeti.  Arr.  An.  1,  II,  4. 

■\Ώαΐτοι,  ων.  oi.  the  Paeti,  a  people 
of  Thrace.  Hdt.  7,  110. 

Τίαιφάσσω,  (redupl.  form  from  ΦΑ  -, 
φαίνω)  to  look  wildly,  to  stare  wildly 
about,  παιφύσσονση  διέσσντο  λαορ 
'Αχαιών,  II.  2,  450;  in  Hipp.,  tn  he 
mad :  later,  generally,  to  run  iiildbj 
about,  rush.  Lat.  mere,  Ap.  Rh.  4, 
1442  ;  to  quiver,  hat.  patpilare.  Opp.  G 
2,  250,  H.  2, 288. 

1081 


ΠΑΙΩ 

ΠΑΓΩ,  fut.  usu.  παιησω,  more 
rarely  τταίσω,  but  aor.  enacaa :  perf. 
ττέτταίκα:  aor.  pass,  επαίσθην.  To 
strike,  smite,  whether  with  the  hand, 
with  a  rod,  or  weapon,  like  υντάω, 
Hdt.  3,  137,  Aesch.,  etc. :  ττ.  τινά  ές 
την  γη»,  Hdt.  9,  107 ;  παισθης  ίπαί- 
σας,  Aesch.  Theb.  901 ;  παίσαντές  τε 
καΐ  τΐ'Αηγίντες,  Soph.  Ant.  171  ;  νφ' 
ήτταρ  π.  τινά,  lb.  1315;  ττ.  τινά  ες 
την  γαστέρα,  Ατ.  Nub.  549;  εΙς  τά 
στέρνα,  Xen.  Cyr.  4,6,4;  ναύς  έν 
νηΐ  στόλον  επαισε,  Aesch.  Pers.  409  ; 
ολίγας  π.  (sc.  π'ληγάς),  Xen.  An.  5, 
8,  12  ;  τι  μ'  υνκ.  ΰνταίαν  έπαισέν  τις 
(sc.  ττληγήν) ;  Soph.  Ant.  1307 : — 
sometimes  reversely,  π.  λαιμών  είσω 
ξίι^ιος,  Eur.  Or.  1472,  of.  τίλήσσω : 
mid.,  επαίσατο  τον  μηρόν,  he  smote 
his  thigh,  Xen.  Cyr.  7,  3,  6 : — rarely, 
like  βάλλω,  of  missiles,  Xen.  Cyr.  6, 
4,  18,  An.  1,  8,  2G,  and  Pint.  —  2.  of 
sexual  intercourse,  like  κρούω  and 
Lat.  tundo,  Ar.  Pac.  874. — 3.  to  hit 
hard  in  speaking,  like  βήματα  έρείδείν, 
Ar.  Ach.  086. — 11.  intr.  to  strike  against, 
to  dash,  knock,  beat,  fall  against  or  upon, 
like  πταίω,  Lat.  illido,  λόγοι  τταίονσ' 
εική  προς  κνμασι,  Aesch.  Pr.  885 ; 
so,  προς  τας  πέτρας  π.,  Xen.  An.  4, 
2,  3,  ubi  Schneid.  e  conj.  πταίοντες ; 
hence  εμπαιος,  πρός^αιος,  παραπαίω. 
(With  παίω  of.  Lat.  pavio, pavimentuin, 
depavio  and  obpavio  in  Festus.) 

Παίω,  f.  παίσω,  to  eat,  παίειν  έφ' 
u?u  την  μάδδαν,  Ar.  Ach.  835. — (He- 
sych.  gives  εσβίω  as  one  interpr.  of 
•παίω,  and  Elmsl.  ad  1.  c.  connects 
this  signf.  with  πατέομαι,  έπάσύμην, 
Lat.  pasco :  —  but  perh.  it  is  only  a 
modification  of  παίω,  to  strike, — nmch 
as  έρείδω  is  used  in  Ar.  Pac.  25.) 

ΐίαιών,  ώνος,  ύ,  like  ΤΙαιάΐ',  Paeon, 
the  physician  of  the  gods,  the  god  of 
medicine ;  in  Ar.  Plut.  636,  of  Aescu- 
lapius :  hence,  generally,  a  physician, 
healer,  Aesch.  Ag.  99,  1248  ;  π.  κακών, 
Soph.  Phil.  108.— II.  like  παιάν,  a 
solemn  song  or  chant,  Aesch.  Cho. 
343. — in.  in  prosody,  a  paeon,  a  foot 
consisting  of  three  short  and  one  long 
syll.,  with  four  variations,  -  -./  ^  -, 
,./_vyw,  ww-^  and  ^^^-. 

^ΐίαίων,  όνος,  ό,  a  Paeonian ;  as 
adj.  Paeonian,  στρατός,  Eur.  Rhes. 
541. — II.  as  masc.  pr.  n..  Paeon,  son 
of  Endymion,  Paus.  5,  1,  4. — Others 
in  Plut.  Thes.  20,  etc. 

^ΥΙαιωναΐος,  ου,  δ,  Paeonaeus,  one 
of  the  Curetes,  Paus.  5,  7,  6. 

ΤΙαιωνεΙον,  ov,  τό,  (ΐίαιών)  like 
Ιατρεΐον,  a  physician's  fee. 
ΐίαιώνειος,  ον,^^ΐίαιώνιος. 
ΤΙαίωνία,  ας,  ή,  (Παιών)  like  γλν- 
κνσίδη,  the  peony,  Theophr. — 2.  an 
antidote,  named  after  its  discoverer 
Paeon :  al.  παιονία. 

ΤΙαιωνιύς,  άδος,  ή,  v.  sub  ΤΙαιώνιος. 
ΤΙαιωνίζο),=  παιανίζω,  Hdt.  5,  1, 
Ar.  Eq.  1318,  Thuc,  etc.  : — pass,  in 
3  sing.,  the  paean  is  sung,  Aesch.  Fr. 
147  ;  so,  έπεπαιώνιστο  αντοίς,  Thuc. 
1,  50. 

ΤΙαιωνικός,  ή,  όν,  (ΤΙαιών)  belong- 

ing  to  Paeon,  skilled  in  medicine,  of.  sq. 

— II.  (ΐίαιών  IIL)  consisting  of  paeons. 

ΐίαιώνιον,  ov,  τό,  a  hospital,  Crates 

Ther.  2. 

ΐίαιώνιος,  a,  ov,  (ΐίαιών)  belonging 
to  Pneon  or  medicine,  heali?ig,  χειρ, 
Aesch.  Supp.  1067  ;  φάρμακα.  Id.  Ag. 
848  :  cf.  Soph.  Phil.  1345  :  c.  gen.,  ών 
έχω  παιώνιον,  Soph.  Tr.  1208 ;  χρυ- 
σϋς  ίρωτης  ύεΐ  παιώνιος^  Anth.  Ρ.  9, 
420:  —  ΐίαιωνιας  σοφία,  the  healing  • 
art,  medicine,  Anth.  P.  11,  382;  SO, 
Τίαιωνίς,  ίδος,  ή  : — η  παιωνική  : — τά 
τι  αιώνια,  α  festival  of  Paeon,  Ar.  Ach. 
i032 


ΠΑΑΑ 

1213.— IL  in  Aesch.  Pers.  605,  κέλα- 
δος  ού  π.,  seems  rather  to  refer  to 
the  paean  or  song  of  victory. 

^,ϊίαιώνιος,  ov,  h,  Paeonius,  a  statu- 
ary of  Mende  in  Thrace,  Paus.  5, 
10,  8. 

ΐίαιωνισμός,  ov,  6,  =  παιανισμοΓ, 
Thuc.  7,  44. 

^ΐίακάτη,  ης,  η,  Pacate,  a  courte- 
san of  Larissa,  beloved  of  Alexander, 
Luc.  Imag.  7 :  in  Ael.  V.  H.  12,  34, 
ίίαγκάστη. 

Ίΐίάκορος,  ov,  ύ,  Pacorus,  son  of 
Orodes,  a  Parthian  prince,  Strab. 
p.  748. 

ΐίακτά,  -τίς,  -τός,  Dor.  for  πηκτή, 
etc.,  qq.  v. 

ΐίακτυω,  ω.  (πακτός)  to  fasten,  make 
fast,  close.  Archil.  117:  δώμαπακτονν, 
to  rnakefast  the  house.  Soph.  Ai.  579  ; 
π.  τά  προπύλαια  μηχ7Μσι  και  k7Jj- 
θροισι,  Ar.  Lys.  265,  hence  also — 2. 
to  stop  up,  stop,  caulk,  τάς  αρμονίας 
Ty  βνβλω,  Hdt.  2,  96,  ubi  v.  Valck. ; 
7Γ.  τά  τετρημένα  βακίοις,  Ar.  Vesp. 
128.— 3.  to  bind  fast,  λαίφεα,  Anth.  P. 
10,  23. 

^ΐίάκτνες,  ων,  ol,  the  Pactyes,  a 
people  of  Asia,  Hdt.  7,  67 ;  v.  sub 
ΐίακτνϊκή . 

^ΐίακτνη,  ης,  ή,  Pactya,  a  city  of 
the  Thracian  Chersonese,  on  the  Pro- 
pontis,  Hdt.  6,  30 ;  Strab.  p.  331. 

ίΐίακτνης.  ov  Ion.  εω.  ό,  Pactyes, 
a  Lydian,  an  ofl'icer  under  Cyrus, 
Hdt.  1,  153,  sqq.— II.  Mt.  Pactyes,  in 
the  territory  of  Ephesus,  Strab.  p. 
636. 

'[ΐίακτνϊκή.  ης,  {/,  sc.  γη,  the  terri- 
tory of  the  Pactyes,  a  district  of  cen- 
tral Asia,  in  the  same  νομός  with  the 
'Αρμένιοι,  Hdt.  3,  93 :  hut  also  bor- 
dering on  India,  hi.  3,  102  ;  4,  44.  and 
hence  Rennel  supposes  two  of  this 
name. 

iΐίaκτωλός,  ov,  b,  the  Pactohis,  a 
river  of  Lydia  rising  in  Mt.  Tmolus 
and  falling  into  the  Hermus,  and 
flowing  with  golden  sands,  now  Ba- 
gouly,  Hdt.  5,  101. 

ίΐίακτώλιος,  a,  ov,  of  Pactolus, 
Lye.  1352. 

ΐίακτών,  ώνος,  ό,  (πακτός)  a  light 
boat  which  might  be  taken  to  pieces 
and  put  together  again  at  pleasure, 
Strab.  p.  818. 

ΐΐάκτωσις,  εως,  ή,  a  fastening  or 
putting  together. 

ΐίάλαγμός,  ov,  6,  (παλάσσω)  a 
sprinkling,  πα?ιαγμοΐς  αίματος  χοι- 
ροκτόνην,  Aesch.  Fr.  329. 

ΐίΰλάθη,  ης,  η,  α  sort  of  shape  or 
cake  7nade  nf  preserved  fruit,  mostly  of 
figs,  but  also  of  olives,  grapes,  etc. 
(like  our  damson-cheese),  Hdt.  4,  23, 
cf.  Luc.  Pise.  41,  Amynt.  ap.  Ath.  500 
D,  Wessel.  Diod.  17,  67.  [λα] 

ΐΐΰλύθιην,  ου,  τό,=  παλάθη,  Pole- 
mo  ap.  Ath.  478  D.   [2a] 

ΐΐάλάθίς,  ίδος,  ή,  —  foreg.,  Strab. 
p.  99. 

Ήάλαθον,  ov,  τύ,=  παλάθη,  dub. 
ΐίάλΰθώδης,    ες,   (παλύθη,    είδος) 
like  a  παλάθη,  Diosc.  1,  80. 

ΠΑΆΑΙ,  adv.,  long  ago,  in  olden 
time,  in  days  of  yore,  in  lime  gone  by, 
Horn.  ;  opp.  to  νέον.  II.  9.  527  ;  πύ?Μΐ 
ποτέ,  Ar.  Pint.  1002.  —  II.  formerly, 
erst,  before,  denoting  no  duration  of 
time,  but  merely  the  past :  also  of 
time  just  past.  opp.  to  the  present,  11. 
23,  871  ;  opp.  to  νϋν,  II.  9,  105,  Soph. 
Ant.  181  :  hence  πά?,αι  comes  to 
mean  not  long  ago,  but  now,  just  now, 
Aesch.  Pr.  845,  cf.  Valck.  Hipp. 
1095,  Stallb.  Plat.  Apol.  18  B,  Xen. 
Oec.  18,  10 ;  but  opp.  to  άρτι,  Plat. 
Theaet.  142  A  :— so,  το  πάλαι,  Hdt. 


ΠΑΛΑ 

1,  δ ;  4,  180,  and  freq.  in  Att.  :—6,  ^ 
πάλαι  for  ό  παλαιός,  ή  παλαιά,  Pind. 
L  2,  1.  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  1,  etc.  Cf.  πα- 
λαιός, [ττύ] 

ΐίΰλαίβίος,  ov,  long-lived. 

[ΐίαλαίβνβλης,  ov,  ή,  old  Byblus, 
in  Phoenicia,  Strab.  p.  755. 

'\ΐίαλαιγάμβριον,  ov,  τό,  Palae- 
gambrium,  a  city  of  Aeolis,  on  the 
coast  of  Asia  Minor,  Xen.  Hell.  3, 
1,6. 

ΐΐύλαιγενής,  ές,  (πάλαι,  *γένω) 
bom  long  ago,  i.  e.  aged,  full  of  years, 
ancient,  γεραιέ  παλαιγενές,  addressed 
to  Phoenix,  II.  17,  561  ;  γρηνς  π.,  Od. 
22,  395 ;  π.  Κρόνος,  θέμις,  Molpac 
Aesch.  Pr.  220,  873,  Eum.  172  ;  έχ. 
θρός.  Id.  Ag.  1637;  άοί(5α<,  Eur.  Med. 
421,  etc. 

ΐίάλαιγονία,  ας,  ή,  the  olden  time, 
antiquity,  v.  1.  Orph.  Lith.  182:  from 

ΐΐάλαίγονος,  ov,  =  παλαιγενής, 
Pind.  O.  13,  70;  14,5. 

'\ΐίαλαιεΙς,  έων,  οι,  =  ΐίαλεϊς,  Ρο- 
lyb.  5,  3,  4. 

ΐίαλαι.ένδοξος,  ov,  {πάλαι,  ένδοξος) 
of  old  renown,  Philo. 

ΐίαλαιεΤ7/ς,  ές,  old  in  years. 

ΐίά'λαίθεος,  ή,  for  παλαιά  θεός, 
Gramm. 

ΐίάλαίθετος,  ov,  (πάλαι,  τίθημι) 
established  long  ago ;  generally,  an- 
cient, old,  νμνος.  Ion  ap.  Ath.  634  F. 

ΐίάλαιμονέω,  ω,  as  if  from  παλαί• 
μων  for  παλαιστής,— παλαίω,  to  wres- 
tle or  fight,  Pind.  P.  2,  112. 

ΐΐΰ'λαιμόνια,  ων,  τά,  the  festival  of 
Palncmon,  Lat.  Portunalia. 

\ΐία'λαιμόνιος,  ov,  6,  an  Argonaut, 
=  sq.  2,  Ap.  Rh.  1,  202. 

ΐΐάλαίμων,  όνος.  ύ,  Palaemon,  masc. 
prop,  n.,  sU\ct\y=  παλαιστής,  and  so 
as  a  name  of  Hercules  ;  or  (more  freq.) 
of  Melicertes,  son  of  Ino,  who  was 
adored  under  this  name  as  a  sea-god 
friendly  to  the  shipwrecked,  cf.  Virg. 
G.  1,  437,  Aen.  5,  823:  in  Lat.  also 
Portunus.-\ — 2.  son  of  Vulcan  or 
Aetolus,  an  Argonaut,  Apollod.  1,9, 
10:  cf.  ΐίαλαιμόνιος. — 3.  son  of  Her- 
cules and  Autonoe,  Apollod.  2,  7,  8. 

ΐίαλαιογενής,  ές,  =  παλαιγενής, 
Ar.  Nub.  358. 

ΐίάλαιόγονος,  ov,  =  παλαίγονος. 
Plat.  (Com.)  Xant.  1,  Anth.  Plan. 
295. 

ΐίάλαιολογέω,  ώ,  (παλαιός,  λέγω) 
to  speak  of  or  examine  antiquities,  App. 
Hispan.  2. 

ΐΐάλαιομάτωρ,  ορός,  ό,  (παλαιός, 
μήτηρ)  ancient  mother,  Eur.  Supp. 
028.   [α] 

ΐίαλαιομάγαδίΓ,  ό,=μύ.γαδΐΓ.  Ath. 
182  D. 

Ί1ύ?ιαίομώλωψ,  ωπος,  ό,  an  old 
rogue,  Lat.  veterator. 

ΐίΰλαιοπενβής,  ές,  one  that  ?nourned 
long,  opp.  to  νεοπενθής. 

ΐΐάλαιόπλοντος,  ov,  ( παλαιός, 
π?Μντος)  rich  from  early  times,  like 
άρχαιόπλοντος,  Thuc.  8,  28  ;  opp.  to 
νεόπλοντος. 

ΐίάλαιόπολις,  εως,  ή,  (παλαιός, 
πόλις)  Old-toum,  Pularpolis,  a  name 
given  to  Parthenope,  the  city  sup- 
planted by  Naples  (1^εάπο7ας',  New- 
town). 

ΐΐύλαιοπράγμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  old 
in  bttsiness. 

ΐΐΰληιοράφος,  ov,  a  cobbler,  [ά] 
ΐίά?ΜΐόριζΌς,   ov,  (πα?ιαιός,  βίζα) 
with  old  roots,  Luc. 

ΐίάλαιός,  ύ,  όν,  (πάλαι)  old,  aged, 
Hom.,  etc.  ;  i)  νέος  ήέ  παλαιός,  II.  14, 
108,  etc.  ;  παλαίω  φωτι  έοικώς.  lb. 
130  ;  also,  π.  γέρων,  π.  γρηνς,  Οά  13, 
432 ;  19.  340. — 2.  ancient,  of  olden  times, 
II.  11,  166,  Od.  2,  118;  κατά  τον  π. 


ΠΑΛΑ 

Τίόγον,  Plat.  Gorg.  499  C ;  ^  ττ.  πα- 
ροιμία, Id.  Rep.  329  A :  το  πα/Μΐόν, 
as  adv.  like  το  ττύλαι,  anciently,  for- 
merly, Hdt.  1,  171,  Plat.,  etc. ;  τό  γε 
ττα/.αιόν,  Plat.  Crat.  420  Β  ;  also,  e/c 
■πα/ΛΜυ,  from  of  old,  Hdt.  1,  157, 
Antipho  115,  23  ;  αρχαία  καΐ  πα'λαιά 
joined,  Lys.  107,  40,  Dem.  597,  18 
(cf.  Soph.  Tr.  555), — as  in  Lat.  prisca 
et  vetusta,  Ruhnk.  Veil.  Pat.  1,  IC,  3. 
— 0pp.  to  νέος  and  καινός,  Hdt.  9,  26. 
— 3.  old,  in  a  good  sense,  as  ττ.  οίνος, 
Od.  2,  340 ;  freq.  in  Pind.,  π.  ΰ/φος, 
όυξα,  φήμη,  etc. :  and  so  more  strong- 
ly, time-honoured,  venerable,  α~ερ  77α- 
Λαιότατα  άνθρώποις,  quae  hominihus 
antiquissima  sunt,  Antipho  141,34: 
but, — 4.  in  bad  sense,  antiquated,  ob- 
solete, like  αρχαίος,  Aesch.  Pr.  317, 
Soph.  O.  T.  290. — 5.  also  iveak  or  silly 
from  age,  doting,  cf.  Κρόνιος  II. — II. 
regul.  compar.  and  superl.,  παλαιό- 
τερος, Pind.  N.  6,  90,  Thuc,  etc.; 
τζα/.αιότατος,  Thuc,  etc. — The  more 
usual  forms  παλαίτερος,  πα/Μίτατος, 
(from  πάλαι),^  Pind.  P.  10,  90,  N.  7, 
65,  and  .\tt.  ;  έκ  ττα/.αιτέρον,  from  old 
time,  Hdt.  1,G0. — Cf.  παλεόρ.  [at  not 
unfreq.  in  Att.,  Eur.  El.  497,  cf.  Ar. 
Lys.  988,  Gaisf.  Hephaest.  p.  21G.] 
Hence 

ΊΙάλαώτΐΐς,  ητος,  ή,  age,  length  of 
time,  antiquity,  obsoleteness,  Eur.  Η  el. 
105G,  Plat.  Crat.  421  D;  ττ.  καΐ  σα- 
ΊτρότηΓ,  Id.  Rep.  609  F :  —  dotage, 
Aeschin.  33,  34. 

ΐΙαΑαιοτόκος,  ov,  {τταλαιός,  τίκτω) 
having  brought  forth  long  ago,  opp.  to 
νεοτόκος,  Aretae. 

ΐίΰ/.αώτροττος,  ov,  of  ancient  fash- 
ion :  by  aticient  custom. 

ΐΐΰίιαιουργύς,  ov,  b,  a  cobbler. 

Τίύ/Μίοφΰνής,  ές,  (τταλαίόζ",  ψαίνο- 
uai)  appearing  old,  Geop. 

ΤΙΰλαώφρων ,  όνος,  6,  η,  (πα?Μΐός, 
φρήν)  old  in  mind,  with  the  wisdom,  of 
age,  Aesch.  Eum.  838.  Supp.  593. 

Πώλαίόω,  ώ,  {πα?Μΐός)  to  make  old  : 
hence  to  abrogate,  Lat.  antiquare  legem, 
Plut. : — pass,  to  become  old  or  obsolete, 
Plat.  Symp.  208  B,  Tim.  59  C  ;  Arist. 
H.  A.  5,  32,  2. 

+ΊΙα/Μί7ταόος,  ov,  η,  Palnepaphus 
(old  Paphus),  in  Cyprus,  Strab.  p. 
683.      . 

+Παλαιρός,  οϋ,  ή,  Palaerus,  a  city 
on  the  coast  of  iicarnania,  Strab.  p. 
450  :  hence  οι  Ιία/.αιρεΙς,  έοιν,  the  in- 
hab.  of  P..  Thuc.  2,  30. 

Πάλαίσμα,  ατός,  τό,  (παλαίω)  a 
trick  of  the  παλαιστής,  a  bout  or  fall 
in  wrestling,  Hdt.  9,  33,  Aesch.  Eum. 
589  ;  πα?ιαίσματα,  deeds  of  wrestling, 
Pind.  O.  9,  20,  P.  8,  49,  etc.-2.  any 
struggle.  Id.  Ag.  63,  Eum.  776,  cf. 
Soph.  O.  T.  880 ;  παλαίσμαΟ'  ημών 
ό  βίος.  Eur.  Supp.  550. — 3.  any  trick 
or  artifice,  Ar.  Ran.  689  ;  — .  δικαστη- 
ρίου, a  trick  of  the  courts,  Aeschin. 
83,  19.  [ά]  _ 

ΐΐά/.αισμοσννη,  ης,  ή,  poet,  for  πύ- 
λ.?!,  wrestling,  the  wrestler's  art,  II.  23, 
701,  Od.  8,  103,  126. 

ΐίάΛαιστύγής(πύ?.αι, στάζω)  οίνος, 
ό,  wine  that  runs  thick  or  has  become 
oilvfrom  age,  Nic.  Th.  591. 

ΐΐά/αιστέω,  ω,  to  thrust  away  with 
the  hand,  Luc.  (?)  Philopatr.  1. — II. 
to  measure  by  the  παλαιστή,  dub.  in 
Eust. 

ΐΐύλαιστή,  ης,  ή,  =  παλύαη,  the 
patm  of  the  hand:  hence, — 2.  a  meas- 
ure of  length,  a  palm,  four  fingers 
'br/eadth  (a  little  more-  than  three  inch- 
es), Cratin.  Nom.  9: — Att.  παλαστή, 
to  distinguish  it  from  signf.  1,  Lob. 
Phryn.  295  ;  Alexandr.  παλαιστής. — 
The  same  measure  was  also  called 


ΠΑΑΑ 

τέταρτον,  either  because  it  was /our 
fingers  broad  or  because  it  is  the 
fourth  part  of  a  πους,  Lat.  palmus. 

ΐΐύ/.αιστής,  οϋ,  ό,  (παλαίω)  a 
wrestler,  one  who  practises  the  πάλη, 
Od.  8,  246,  Hdt.  3,  137  ;  άνδρες  π., 
Ar.  Lys.  1083  :  generally,  a  rival,  ad- 
versary, Aesch.  Pr.  920,  Eur.  Supp. 
704  :  a  candidate,  suitor,  Aesch.  Ag. 
1296. — 2.  metaph.  an  expert,  cunning 
fellow.  Soph.  Phil.  431,  cf.  Valck. 
Hipp.  921 ;  cf.  πάλαισμα  2.— II.  Al- 
exandr. for  πα/Μίστή  2. 

ΐΙά/Μίστιαΐος,  a,  ov,  (πaλaιστή)of 
a    hand's-breadth,    Hdt.  1,  50. 

Ιίαλαιστίκός,  ή,  όν,  (πα/ιαιστής) 
expert  in.  wrestling,  Arist.  Rhet.  1,  5, 
14  ;  7/  -κή  (so.  τέχνη),  the  art  of  wrest- 
ling ; — cf.  πα?Μΐστρικός. 

^Πα'λαιστινη,  ης,  ή,  Palaestina, 
Palestine,  a  country  of  Syria  lying 
along  the  eastern  shore  of  the  Medi- 
terranean, south  of  Phoenicia,  Hdt. 

1,  105 ;  2,  104,  where  it  is  also  called 
i]  Π.  Συρίη.  [ί]    Hence 

\ΥΙα7.αιστΙνοί,  ών,  οι,  the  inhab.  of 
Palestine. 

ΪΙάλαίστρα,  ας,  ή,  a  palaestra,  wrest- 
ling-school, wherein  wrestlers  (παλαι- 
σταί)  were  trained,  usu.  by  public 
officers,  Hdt.  6,  126,  Eur.  'El.  528, 
Ar.,  etc.,  cf.  πάλη. — Π.  metaph.  any 
school  or  institution  even  for  menial 
training,  as  in  Lat.  ludus  came  to  be 
used. 

ίΐΙα?.αίστρα,  ας,  η.  Palaestra,  name 
of  female  slave  in  Luc.  Asin.  2. 

ΐΐΰλαιστρικός,  ή,  όν,  {πα?Μίστρα) 
later  form  for  παλαιστικός  (q.  v.), 
Alex.  Incert.  70,  Arist.  Categ.  8,  26 : 
π.  επιστήμη,  Arist.  Ibid.  —  Cf.  Lob. 
Phryn.  242.     Adv.  -κώς. 

ΐΙά/Μίστρίτης,  ov,  li,  like  a  παλαι- 
στής, Call.  Fr.  191,  Plut.  2,  274  D.  [i] 

ΊΙά?ιαίστροφύλαξ,  άκος,  ό,  [παλαί- 
στρα, φνλαξ)  one  who  ivatches  or  super- 
intends a  wrestling-school  (παλαίστρα), 
Hipp.  1201.  [ii] 

ίΐά/Μίτερος  and  πϋ.7.αίτατος,  irreg. 
compar.  and  superl.,  v.  παλαιός  fin. 

iϊlaλat-vpoς,  nv,  η,  Palaetyrus  {old 
Tyre),  in  Phoenicia,  Strab.  p.  758. 

Ί\ά7-αίφά}ος,  ov,  consumed  by  age ; 
cf.  sq.  II. 

Τία/Λίόΰτος,  ov,  spoken  long  ago, 
esp.  epith.  of  ancient  oracles  (θέσφα- 
τα), Od.  9,  507  ;  13,  172,  cf.  Pind.  O. 

2,  72,  Soph.  O.  C.  454,  etc.— II.  spo- 
ken nf  long  ago,  having  a  legend  attached 
to  it,  legendary,  δρυς  π.,  an  oak  of  an- 
cient story,  Od.  19,  163  (with  v.  11. 
παλαίφαγος,  παλαίφυτος) :  hence, — 
III.  generally,  primeval,  primitive,  an- 
cient, γενεά,  Pind.  N.  6,  54 ;  γένος, 
Aesch.  Supp.  532 ;  so,  ττ.  πρόνοια. 
Soph.  Tr.  823;  Μκα,  Id.  O.  C.  1381. 
Adv.  -τως. — Poet.  word.  (Usu.  deriv. 
πάλαί,  and  φημί.  φατός :  but  prob. 
better  with  Doderl.  from  ΦΑ-,  φαίνω. 
and  so  strictly,  shown  forth,  declared 
long  ago  :  cf  πρύςφατος.) 

iTla/Μίοατος,  ov,  6,  Palaephatns,  a 
mythological  writer:  also  an  Epic 
poet,  and  a  historian  of  this  name, 
Suid. 

ΐΐάλαίφΰτος,  ov,  (πάλαι,  φύω) 
planted  long  ago  ;  v.  παλαίς,ατος  II. 

ΤΙΰλαίχθων,  ovoc.  6,  ή,  (πύ?ίαι, 
χθων)  that  has  been  long  in  a  country, 
an  ancient  inhabitant,  indigenous,  Aesch. 
Theb.  105  :  almost  like  αυτόχθων,  cf, 
Anth.  P.  append.  362. 

\Τ1αληί\βων,  όνος.  ό,  Palaechfkon, 
father  of  Pelasgus,  Aesch.  Suppl.  250. 

Πα/  α/ω,  f.  -αίσω  :  aor.  έπάλαισα, 
Ion.  έπάλησα,  Hdt.  8,  21  (though  one 
MS.  has  παλαίσειεν)  :  (πύλη).  To 
wrestle,  Horn.,  etc. ;  tlvl,  with  one, 


ΠΑΔΑ 
Od.  4,  343  ;  17,  134  ;  λέοντι,  Find.  P, 
9,  45: — metaph.,  to  wrestle  with  a  ca- 
lamity, άττισι,  Hes.  Op.  41 1  ;  ψονφ, 
Pind.  N.  8,  47 ;  πολλαίς  ζημιαίς, 
Xen.  Oec.  17,  2  ;  —  pass.,  to  be  strug- 
gled with  or  overcome,  βαρνς  πάλαιε- 
σθαι,  Eur.  Cycl.  678.  —  2.  absol.  to 
struggle,  fight.  Plat.  Meno  94  C  :  but 
also  to  suffer  or  be  unfortunate  in  battle, 

Hdt.  8,  21.  In  this  signf.  the  pass, 
also  occurs,  παλαισθείς,  beaten,  Eur. 
El.  686. 

ΐΐάλαίωμα,  ατός,  τό,  (παλαιόω) 
that  which  is  made  old:  also,=  παλαί- 
ωσις,  LXX. 

Πάλαίωρ,  Lacon.  for  πα7Μΐός. 

Ι1ΰ?Μίωσις,  εως,  ή,  (παλαιόομαι)  α 
growing  old,  esp.  of  wine,  Strab.  p. 
243,  Plut.  2,  656  B,  Ath.  33  B. 

\ΤΙαλύκιον,  ov,  TO,  Palacium,  a  city 
in  the  Tauric  Chersonese,  Strab.  p. 
312. 

^ΤΙά7.ακος,  ov,  b,  Palacus,  a  Scy- 
thian, Strab.  p.  306. 

Τίΰλάμάομαι,  f.  -ησομαι,  dep.  mid. : 
(παλάμη):  —  to  manage,  work,  bring 
about,  ταΐς  χεμσι  πα?Μμάσθαί  τι, 
Xen.  Cyr.  4,  3,  17  :— hence,— II.  like 
μηχανάομαι,  τεχνύζω,  to  lay  hold  of 
any  thing  adroitly,  dei:ise  skilfiiliy, 
contrive  cunningly,  Ar.  Ach.  659,  Nub. 
176;  τό/,μημα  παλαμήσασθαι,  to  plan. 
a  daring  deed,  Ar.  Pac.  94.  (Hence 
the  name  of  Παλαμήδης ;  and  so  the 
artist  Daedalus  was  said  to  be  the 
son  of  ΪΙα'λαμάων  or  Ενπάλαμος.) 

ΠΑ'ΛΑ'ΜΗ,  ης,  ή  :  Ερ.  gen.  and 
dat.  πα'λάμηφί,  -φιν : — Lat.  ΡΑ  LMA, 
the  palm  of  the  hand  ;  generally,  the 
Λα?ιό?, esp  asusedin grasping,striking, 
etc.,  πα?.άμ7ΐ  ό'  εχε  χύ?.κεον  εγχος, 
Od.  1,  104  ;  έγχος  παλάμτ/φιν  ά[ιηρει, 

II.  3,  338  ;  etc. ;  πάσχειν  τι  νπ'  'Αρ?)ύς 
πα/.αμάων,  by  the  hands  of  Mars.  11.  3, 
128,  cf.  5,  558  :  hence  a  deed  of  force, 
ρέζειν  πα7.άμαν.  Soph.  Phil.  1^06. — 
2.  also,  of  the  hand  as  used  in  works  of 
art,  etc.,  Hes.  Th.  580,  So.  219,  330  : 
hence,  — II.  metaph.  a  device,  skilful 
plan  or  method,  means,  πα/ιύμη  βιότον, 
a  device  for  one's  livelihood,  Theogn. 
624,  cf.  1022,  Hdt.  8,  19;  sometimes 
in  good,  sometimes  in  bad  sense: 
esp.  of  the  gods,  βεον  σνν  παλάμα, 
θεών  πα'λύμαις,  παλάμαις  Αιός,  by 
their  arts,  Pind.  Ο.  11  (lOi,  25,  P.  1, 
94,  Ν.  10,  121;  cf.  Aesch.  Pr.  165; 
παλάμας  παντοίας  π'λέκειν.  Ar.  Vesp. 
645 ;  π.  πνριγεν-ής,  a  fire-born  instru- 
ment, i.  e.  a  sword,  Eur.  Or.  820. — 

III.  hatidiwork,  a  work  of  art,  esp.  of 
painting  or  statuary,  cf.  Lat.  7naniis 
Meyitiiris,  as  we  say  '  the  master's  own 
hand'  Ruhnk.  Ep.  Cr.  p.  101.— Poet, 
word,  [λα] 

■\Τία7.αιιηδης,  ους,  ό,  Palamedcs, 
son  of  Nauplius,  king  of  Enboea, 
famed  for  many  inventions.  Eur.  1.  A. 

I  198  ;  Apollod.  3,  2,  3.     Hence  appell. 

I  of  ingenious  men.  as  6 'Ελεατικός  11., 

I  of  Zeno,  Plat.  Phaedr.  261  :  cf.  Ar. 
Ran.  1451.  (v.  sub  πα/.αμάομαι  fin.) 

j  ίΐίαλαμηδικός.  ή,  όν,  of  Falomedes, 
TO  Π.  ενριιμα.  an  invention  worthy  of 

I  Palamedes.  prov.  of  a  diliicult  and  in- 

I  genious  invention,  Eupol.  ap.  Alh. 

I  17  E. 

Τ1ύ.7.άμημα,  ατός,  τό.  (παλαμύομαι) 

!  a  device,  scheme,  Ael.  N.  A.  1,  32.  [ά] 
ΤΙάλαμί'αΙος,  ov,  ό.  (παλάμη)  like 
αντόχειρ,  a  murdirer,  one  deliled  bii  a 
deed  of  blood,  blood-guilty,  Soph.  Tr. 
1207,  El.  587  :  esp.,  the  svppliant  not 
yet  purified,  like  προςτρυπαιος,  Aesch. 
Eum.  426  ;  πά'.'.αμναΐαι  ίκεσίαι,  a 
murdFrcr''s  supplications,  Ap.  Rh.  4, 
709.  —  II.  general ly,=  u/a(7r(jp,  /.^» 
avenger  of  blood,  μί/  παλημναΐον,  λά• 
1083 


ΠΑΛΗ 

3(j,  Eur.  I.  Τ.  1218  :  δαίμονες  ττ., 
«ccng^iH"- deities,  Tim.  Locr.  105,  Xen. 
Cyr.  8,  7,  18  : — also  ή  παλαμναία, 
Babrius  ap.  Suid. 

ΐίαλάσίον,  ov,  τό,=  παλάβιον,  πα- 
?Μβτι,  Ar.  Pac.  574.  [ύ] 

Πύλύσσω,  f.  -ξω :  pi.  pass,  ττεπά- 
Α.αγμαι  : — to  besprinkle,  stain,  befoul, 
defile,  α'ίματι  τ'  έγκεφάλω  τε,  Od.  13, 
395;  αίματι  καΐ  'AvOpuJlb.  22,  402; 
εγκέφαλος  πεπά?ίακτο,  the  brain  uias 
scattered  about,  ]\.  11.98;  12,186:  in 
mid.,  τταλάσσετο  χεϊμας,  he  defiled  his 
hands,  11.  11,  1(59:  in  Horn,  the  part, 
pf.  pass,  πεπαλαγμένος  is  esp.  freq., 
also  in  Hes.  Op.  731. — ll.  to  draw  lots, 
Horn.  ;  but  always  in  pf.  pass.  c.  act. 
signf.,  κλήρφ  τΓεττά?.αχθε,  settle  the 
matter  by  lot,  11.  7.  171  ;  κΤιηρω  πε- 
πα?ιύχβαι,  Od.  9,  331  ;  so,  ττεπάλα- 
χθε  κατά  κληΐδας  ερετμύ.  Αρ.  Rh.  1, 
358. — Ερ.  word.  (Both  signfs.  come 
from  the  common  root  πάλλω,  to 
shake:  for  1st,  a  thing  is  sprinkled  or 
scattered  by  shaking  or  swinging  it 
about,  and  2ndly,  the  Homeric  lots 
were  always  shakeii  m  a  helmet,  v.  ττάλ- 
λω  I.  2,  and  κλήρος :  hence  πάλος. 
πα'λαχή.  —  Τίαλύνω  is  akin  to  first 
signf.) 

Παλαστεω,  ώ,  Att.  for  παλαιστέω, 
V.  1.  Od.  1,252:  from 

Τίάλαστη,  τταλαστιαΐος,  Att.  for 
τταλαιστ•-. 

ΤΙαλάτιον,  ου,  ro,=Lat.  Palatium. 

Ύίάλαχη,  ης,  ή,  {παλάσσω  II)  any 
thing  gotten  by  lot,  an  office,  rank,  He- 
svch. :  also/aie,  lot,  εκ,  τναλαχης,  Nic. 
Th.  419. 

ϋάλΰχήθεν,  adv.  for  Ik  τταλαχης. 

^ΥΙαΚεΙς,  Ion.  ΐίαλεες,  Att.  ΥΙα'λής, 
έων,  οι,  the  Palians,  inhab.  of  Pale,  a 
town  of  Cephallenia,  Hdt.  9,  28 ; 
Thnc.  1,  27  ;  etc. 

Παλεόρ,  τταλί-ύζ-,  Lacon.  for  πα- 
Ιαιός,  Dmd.  Eur.  El.  497,  Ar.  Lys. 
988. 

ΤΙαλενμα,  ατός,  τό,  an  allurement. 

Τίΰλευτής,  οΰ,  ο,  (παλεύω)  a  decoy- 
bird. 

ΤΙάλεντρια,  ας,  ή,  fem.  of  παλεν- 
Tf/ς,  Arist.  Η.  Α.  9,  7,  8  ;  metaph.  of 
courtesans,  φειδωλοί  κερμάτων  η., 
Eubul.  Pann.  1. — Also,  παλεντρίς, 
ίδος. 

Παλεύω,  to  catch  by  decoy  birds,  Ar. 
Av.  1083. — II.  in  genl.  ττ.  τινά,  to  de- 
coy, ensnare,  entrap  into  one's  own  de- 
signs, like  παγιδεύω  and  Lat.  illicerc, 
Piut.  2,  52  B,  cf  Jac.  Philostr.  Imag. 
p.  341,  569.  (Akin  to  παλαίω,  πά- 
λαισμα.) 

*Πάλέω  ."  the  aor.  έπύλησα,  is 
found  in  Hdt.  8,  21,  but  v.  παλαίω. 

Γίάλη,  ης,  ή,  wrestling,  Lat.  lucta, 
II.  23,  635  ;  ή  πυξ  ηε  πάλι)  y  και  πο- 
σίν,  Od.  8,  206 ;  πυγμήν  και  πάλην, 
Eur.  Ale.  1031  ;  π.  μανθάνειν,  Ar. 
Eq.  1238 ;  etc.  The  παλαιστής  had 
to  throw  his  adversary  either  by 
swinging  him  round  or  tripping  him 
up,  and  then  to  keep  him  down,  θλί- 
βειν  καΐ  κατέχειν,  ace.  to  Arist. 
Rhet.  1,  5,  14:  on  the  various  modes 
of  wrestling  and  the  customs  observ- 
ed therein,  v.  esp.  Plat.  Legg.  796, 
Theocr.  24,  109,  Plut.  2,  638  D.— 2. 
in  gen\.  fight,  battle,  Aesch.  Cho.  866; 
π.  (5o/)0f,  Eur.  Heracl.  159.  (Like 
sq.,  from  τταλλ,ω.  to  swing  round  : — 
not  from  sq.  II.,  the  wrestler's  sand  or 
d7ist ;  for  this  did  not  come  into  use 
till  later,  and  must  itself  be  derived 
from  πάλλω,  though  in  a  different 
way.)  [a] 

Πΰλ;;,  ης.  Ij,  {or  παλή  ace.  to  Schol. 
Ven,  11,  10,  7,  to  distinguish  it  from 
lOSi 


ΠΑΑΙ 

foreg.)  : — the  finest  sifted  meal,  Lat. 
pollen,  flos  farinae,  Hipp,  hence  7ra<- 
ΤΓάλ?/. — II.  any  fine  dust,  sifted  sand  ; 
esp.  that  xvhich  was  sprinkled  before 
wrestling  on  the  anointed  bodies  of  the 
πα?ιαισταί  to  give  them  a  good  grip 
of  one  another,  Pherecr.  Ipn.  5  ;  cf. 
Kovia  III,  κονίω.  {Vtom  πάλλω,  i.  c. 
any  thing  which  is  sifted  by  shaking, 
akin  to  παλάσσω  and  παλννω.)  [ά] 

ΥΙάλημα.ατος,τό,=^  πύλη, fine  meal, 
Nic.  Al.  551.  [ά] 

ΐίάλημάτιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  πά- 
λημα,  Ar.  Fr.  548. 

Πάλ7}σαί,  inf.  aor.  of  πα?Μίω. 

Πάλί,  shortd.  poet,  form  of  πάλιν, 
not  m  Ep.,  fPseudo-Phoc.  80,t  Anth. 
P.  7,  520,  etc.  ;  cf.  Wern.  Tryph.  p. 
417.  [a] 

Πάλία,  ας,  ή,  {πάλιν)  —  ίπίβδα, 
Hesych. 

Ώάλίβλαστος  for  παλιμβλαστής, 
Theophr. 

\ΙΙαλίβοθρα  or  'Π.α?.ίμβοθρα,  ων, 
τύ,  Palibothra.  capital  of  the  Prasians 
in  India,  Strab.  p.  689. 

Πάλί7ioλof ,  01', =  παλίμβολος. 

Τίύλιγγέλως,  ωτος,  ό,  (πάλιν,  γέ- 
λως)  mutual  mockery,  Philo. 

ΐΐύλιγγενεσία.  ας,  ή,  (πάλιν,  γε• 
νεσις)  new  birth,  Plut.  2,  998  C,  Luc. 
Muse.  Enc.  7  : — regeneration,  N.  T.  : 
restoration  to  life,  resurrection,  N.  T. 
Hence 

Ήαλιγγενέσιος,  ov,  belonging  to  re- 
generation, Clem.  Al. 

Τ1ύ?ιΐγγενης,  ες,  (πάλιν,  *γένω) 
born  again,  INonn. 

Πάλί')'>'λωσσοζ•,  ov,  like  παλί?.λο• 
γος  II.  2,  {πάλιι•,  γ'λωσσα)  contradicto- 
ry, false,  αγγελία,  Pind.  Ν.  1,  88. — 
II.  of  strange  OT  foreign  tongue,  Id.  I.  6 
(5),  35. 

ΤΙαλίγγναμπτος,  ov,  (πάλιν,  γνάμ- 
πτω)  bent  or  doubled  back,  0pp.  C.  2, 
305,  H.  1 ,  54. 

ΊΧάλίγγνωστος,  ov,  learnt  or  known 
again. 

ΤΙάλιγκάπηλενω,  to  be  a  παλιγκά- 
πηλός,  to  sell  over  again,  sell  wares  by 
retail,  Dem.  1285,  6. 

Πάλί^'κάτΓτ/λοζ•,  ov,  b,  {πάλιν,  κά- 
πηλος)  one  who  buys  and  sells  again,  a 
petty  retailer,  huckster,  Ar.  Plut.  1156  ; 
π.  πονηρίας,  Dem.  784,  9.   [ά] 

ΤΙΰλιγκΙνής,  ες,  moved  back,  going 
back. 

ΐΐύλίγκλαστος,  ov,  broken  again  or 
refracted,  crooked. 

ΤΙάλιγκοταίνω,  coUat.  form  of  sq., 
Hipp.  760. 

ΐΐΰλιγκοτέω,  ώ,  (παλίγκοτος)  to 
grow  malignant  again,  recur,  of  relap- 
ses in  sickness :  of  wounds,  to  break 
out  afresh,  Hipp,  ubi  supra.     Hence 

ΥΙάλιγκότησις,  ή,  a  return,  relapse 
of  a  sickness,  the  breaking  out  again 
of  a  wound,  Hipp.  772. 

ΐΐάλιγκοτία,  ας,  7/,=  foreg.,  Hipp. 
422. 

Ήά?ύγκοτος,  ov,  strictly  of  disease 
or  wounds,  growing  malignant  again, 
breaking  out  afresh,  π.  παθήματα,  like 
Lat.  dolores  recrndescentes,  denuo  ex- 
candescentes,  Hipp.  796  : — hence  adv. 
-τως,  π.  σννεφέρετο  αντω,  according 
to  his  old  ill-hick  fared  it  with  him, 
Hdt.  4,  156  ;  μή  π.  φέρειν  τα  σνμπί- 
πτοντη,  to  bear  accidents  not  as  if 
they  were  inveterate,  Eur.  Oenom.  3, 
2;  hence, — II.  metaph.,  of  fresh  out- 
breaks of  passion,  malignant,  .ipiteful, 
iaveternte,  Sappho  29,  Pind.  O.  2,  30; 
κληδόιης  π.,  hostile,  injurious  reports, 
.\e8ch.  Ag.  863,  874  ;  ττ.  τύχη,  adverse 
fortune,  Aesch.  Ag.  571  :  of  persons, 
hostile,  malignant,  τίνί,  Ar.   PaC.  390, 

cf.  Theocr.  22,  58 ;  qI  παλίγκοτοι, 


ΠΑΑΙ 

adversaries,  Pind.  N.  4,  fin.,  Aesch. 
Supp.  376.  (Usu.  deriv.  from  πάλιν, 
κότος  .•  but  V.  αλλόκοτος  sub  fin.) 

ΤΙΰλίγκραιπνος,  ov,  {πάλιν,  κραΐ 
πνός)  very  swift,  Anth.  P.  15,  27. 

Πάλί}7ί7ίσ7"θί•,  ov,  rebuilt,  restored. 

Τΐάλίγκνρτος,  ου,  6,  a  fishing-net, 
Polyb.  Fr.  Gramm.  99. 

Πάλί)'λωσσοί•,-}'να/ί7Γτο^,  etc.  later 
poet,  forms  of  παλίγγ.- 

ΤΙύλΙόερκ/'/ς,  ες,  (πάλιν,  δέρκομαι) 
lookirig  back,  for  παλινδερκης,  v.  1. 
Orph.  Η.  61,  1. 

Πάλί'ίΓωο£•,  ον,^=παλίνζωος. 

Ι1ά?ί.1  καμπής,  ές,  (πάλιν,  καμπή) 
for  παλιγκαμπής,  bent  back,  Αρ.  Rh. 

ίΐίαλίκοί,  ών,  οι,  the  Palici,  sons 
of  Jupiter  and  the  nymph  Thalia 
(daughter  of  Vulcan),  or  of  Vulcan 
and  Aetna,  worshipped  in  Sicily, 
Diod.  S. :  ΐίαλικών  λίμνη,  a  marsh 
emitting  from  its  waters  a  sulphure- 
ous stench,  in  Sicily,  Strab.  p.  275. 

Πΰλ/λλ/;7ΓΓ0ζ-,  ov,  (πάλιν,  λαμβά- 
νω) to  be  taken  back. 

ΐΙάλι?ι2.ογέω,  ώ,  to  say  again,  repeat, 
Hdt.  1, 18  (V.  Schvveigh.'ad  1,90):  and 

Πάλίλλογί'α,  ας,  ή,  a  repeating  of 
ivhat  has  been  said,  recapitulation,  Arist. 
Rhet.  Al.  21,  1,  Theophr.  Char.  2: 
from 

Πδλίλλο}'θζ•,  ov,  (πάλιν,  λέγω  II, 
to  gather)  gathered  or  collected  again, 
II.  1,  120.— Π.  (ττάλίν,  λ67ω  IV,  to 
say)  saying  again,  repeating. 

Ί1ά?ύλλντος,  ov,  (πάλιν,  λύω)  re- 
laxed, loosed  again,  Nonn. 

ΤΙάλιμβάκχειος,  ov,  ό,  a  metrical 
foot,  Lat.  antibacchius .  Draco  128,  22, 
Schol.  Hephaest.  159:  strictly  α  re- 
versed  'Βάκχειος. 

ΤΙΰλίμβάμος,  ov,  (πάλιν,  βαίνω) 
walking  back,  ιστών  παλίμβαμυι  οδοί, 
of  women  working  at  the  loom,  where 
they  had  to  walk  back  and  forwards, 
Pind.  P.  9,  33,  cf.  Leon.  Tar.  78. 

ΤΙα?ύμβΙος,  ov,  living  again. 

ΤΙάλιμβλαστής,  t'f.=sq.,  Eur.  H.  F. 
1274. 

ΤΙαλίμβλαστος,  ov,  (πάλιν,  βλα• 
στάνω)  sprouting,  growing  again. 

ίΐίαλίμβοθρα,  τά,  ν.  ΐίαλίβοθρα. 

ΤΙάλιμβολία,  ας.  ή,  change  of  mind, 
repentance,  Anth.  P.  5,  302  :  from 

ΥΙάλίμβολος,  ov,  {πάλιν,  βάλλω) 
throwing  back  again  :  metaph.  change- 
able, fickle,  false,  ηθη.  Plat.  Legg.  705 
A  ;  δολερός  και  π.,  Plut.  Crass.  21  ; 
cf.  Aeschin.  33,  24: — hence=■7rαλ^μ- 
πρατος,  Menand.  p.  155. — II.  pass., 
turned  rotmd,  reversed,  πέδιλα  π.,  turn- 
ed or  patched  sandals,  Nic.  ap.  Ath, 
370  A  :  iarofTT.,  the  web  of  Penelope, 
which  was  undone  every  night,  Aristaen. 
1,  29. 

ΤΙά?^μβορέας,  ov,  6,  (πάλιν,  βαρέ- 
ας) a  local  wind  counter  to  the  monsoon 
or  prevalent  north  wind,  Lat.  aquilo  re- 
currens,  Theophr.  de  Vent.  28. 

ΤΙάλιμβονλία,  ας,  η,  change  of  coun- 
sel or  plan :  from 

ΤΙΰλίμβονλος,  ov,  (πάλιν,  βονλή) 
changing  counsel  or  plan. 

Τίάλιμμετάβολή,  ης,  ή,  (πάλιν,  με- 
ταβολή) α  continual  change  back  and 
forwards. 

ΤΙάλιμμήκης,  ες,  (πάλιν,  μήκος)  as 
long  again  :  very  long,  χρόνος,  Aesch. 
Ag.  196. 

ΐΐύλίμπαις,  παιδος,  6,  ή,  (πάλιν, 
παις)  again  a  child,  Luc.  Saturn.  9. 

ΐΐύλιμπετής,  ές,  {πάλη',  πίπτω) 
falling  back: — only  used  in  neut.  as 
adv.,  like  πάλιν,  ίεργε  παλιμπετές,  ; 

he  forced  back,  II.  16,  395  ;  παλι/ιπε- 
τες  άπονέωνται,  they  may  go  back, 
Od.  5,  27  ;   so  in  Ale.\.  poets,  Call.        *i 
Del.  294,  Ap.  Rh.  2,  1350.— Some 


ΠΑΛΙ 

(Sramm.  took  the  adv.  as  a  nom.  plur. 
shortd.,  V.  Buttm.  Lexil.  v.  έπιτηόές  1. 
ΤΙαλίμττηγα,  τύ,  {πάλιν,  ττήγννμι.) 
cobbled  shoes,  Comici  Anon.  Fr.  321. 

Ιίάλίμπηξις,  εως,  ή,  (ττάλίν,  ττήγνυ- 
μι)  α  patching  up  again,  a  soling  or  cob- 
bling of  shoes,  Theophr.  Char.  22. 

ϋΰ/αμπισσα,  r/f,  ;},  piCch  rehuiled, 
dry  pitch,  Diosc. 

ΤΙάλίμ-λαγκτος,  ov,  wandering  back, 
returning,  δρόμοι,  Aesch.  Pr.  838 : 
from 

ΤΙάλιμπλύζομαι, (πάλιν,  πλάζομαι) 
as  pass.,  to  wander  back,  only  found  in 
part.  aor.  παλιμπλαγχθεις,  11.  1,  59, 
Od.  13,  5. 

Ί1ύ?.ιμπλάν7ίς,  ές,  (πάλιν,  πλάνη) 
wandering  to  and  fro,  Anth.  P.  6,  287. 
ΤΙάλιμπλεκής,  ές,  {πάλιν,  π?^κω) 
twined  or  plaited  back,  Opp.  H.  4,  47. 

ΙΙάλίμπλονς,  b,  η,  -πλουν,  τό,  (πά- 
λιν, πλέω)  sailing  back,  Ael.  Ν.  Α.  3, 
14. 

ΐΐΰλίμπ/.ϋτος,  ον,  {πάλιν,  πλύνω) 
washed  up  again,  va7>iped  up  :  metaph. 
of  a  plagiarist  who  retouches  the 
works  of  others  and  passes  them  off 
for  his  own,  Anth.  P.  7,  708. 

ΐΐάλίμπλωτος,  ov,  loa.  for  παλίμ- 
πλονς,  Lye.  1431. 

ΤΙάλ.ιμπνόη,  ης,  ή,  poet,  -πνοίη, 
{πάλιν,  πνέω)  α  counter-wind.  Αρ.  Rh. 
1,  586. 

ΙΙΰλίμποινος,  η,  ον,  Maxim. ;  also 
ος,  ον,  {πάλιν,  ποινή)  requiting,  re- 
venging :  το  π.,  requital,  retribution, 
Aesch.  Cho.  793. 

ΙΙάλιμπόρεντος,  ov,=sq.,  Lye.  180, 
628. 

ΙΙάλίμπορος,  ov,  {πάλιν,  πορεύο- 
μαι) going  back,  Nonn.  :  going  to  meet, 
Opp.  H.  4,  529. 

ΐΐΰλίμπους,  b,  ή,  {πάλιν,  πους)  go- 
ing back,  returning,  Mel.  108,  Lye. 
126 :  7Γ.  τύχη,  a  reverse,  Joseph. 

ΤΙΰλίμπράτης,  ου,  ό,  like  παλιγ- 
κάπηλος,  one  who  sells  again,  a  huck- 
ster, Epist.  Socr.  1 :  and 

ΐΐάλίμπράτος,ον.  Ion.  ■πρητος,{πύ- 
7.1V,  πιπράσκω)  sold  again  or  by  retail, 
often  sold,  esp.  of  a  good  fur-nothing 
slave  who  passes  from  hand  to  hand ; 
generally,  α  worthless  fellow,  Philo  ; 
cf.  τρίπρατος. 

ΤΙύλιμπροόοσία,  ας,  ή,  double  treach- 
ery, treachery  to  both  sides,  Polyb.  5, 
90,  4,  Dion.  H.  8,  32 :  from 

ΙΙάλιμπροδότης,  ov,  b,  {πάλιν, 
προδίόωμι)  a  double  traitor,  traitor  to 
both  sides,  Dinarch.  ap.  Poll.  6,  164. 

ΤΙύ/.ιμπρνμνηδόν,  adv.,  stern-fore- 
most, as  Herm.  (and  now  Dind.)  reads 
in  Eur.  I.  T.  1395,  from  Hesych. : 
from 

Ήάλ.ίμπρνμνος,  αν,  {πάλιν,  πρύ- 
μνη) slernforemost. 

ΤΙάλιμπϋγηδόν , (πάλιν, πνγή)  ^άν ., 
rump-foremost,  ν.  1.  Arist.  Part.  An.  2, 
16,6. 

ΐίάλίμπωλος,  ον,=^παλιμπράτης. 
ΤΙΰλίμφηιιος,  Dor.  -φαμος,  ον,  dis- 
sonant, like  δνσφημος,  Eur.  Ion  1096. 
ΤΙάλίμφοιτος,  ον,  returning. 
ΊΙάλίμφρων,    όνος,   ύ,   /;,    (πάλιν, 
φρήν)  changing  one's  mind,  Lyc.  1349. 
ΐΙά?Λμφϋής,  ές,  {πά?.ιν,  φύω)  grow- 
ing again,  of  the  Hydra,  Luc.  Amor.  2. 
'Π.ΰ?.ίμψηστος,   ov,   {πάλιν,   -φάω) 
scratched  or  scraped  again:  as  subst., 
παλίμψηστον,  τό,  parchment,  from 
which  one  writing  has  been  erased  to 
make  room  for  another,  Plut.  2,  504 
D,  779  C,  cf  Ctc.  Fam.  7,  18. 

ΙΙά/.ίμφνχος,  ov,  with  a  new  soul, 
re-animated. 

ΠΑΆΙΝ,  adv.,  hack,  backwards,  in 
Horn,  and  Hes.  the  only  signf.,  most- 
ly joined  with  the  verbs  to  go,  come, 


ΠΑΛΙ 

'  turn,  move,  etc. ;  so  also,  but  less 
!  freq.,  in  Hdt.,  e.  g.  5,  72 ;  and  Att., 
!  cf.  Valck.  Phoen.  732,  1409  :  so,  πύ- 
?\.iv  δούναι,  to  give  back,  restore,  II.  1, 
116  ;  more  rarely  c.  gen.,  πάλιν  τρά- 
πεθ'  νιος  έοΐο,  she  turned  back  from 
her  son,  II.  18, 138  ;  δόρυ  πάλιν  ετρα- 
πεν  ' Κχιλλήος,  11.  20,  439  ;  πάλιν  κίε 
θυγατέρας  ης,  II.  21,  504,  cf  Od.  7, 
143. — The  same  notion  is  expressed 
by  the  double  adv.  πάλιν  αντις,  back 
again,  Hom.,  and  Pmd. ;  also,  aire 
πάλιν,  Od.  13,  125  ;  άψ  πάλιν,  II.  18, 
280;  Άηά, πάλιν  οπισσω,Οά.η,\Α9; 
πάλιν  έξοπίσω,  Hes.  Th.  181  ;  πά/uv 
αύ.  Plat.  Prot.  318  Ε,  etc. ;  πά/.ιν  οι- 
καδ'  αν,  Ατ.  Ran.  1486  :— in  Att.  with 
the  article,  ;;  π.  οδός,  Eur.  Or.  125. 
Connected  herewith  is — 2.  the  notion 
of  opposition,  where  it  is  variously 
rendered,  as,  πάλιν  έρεΐν,  to  gainsay 
(i.  e.  say  against),  U.  9,  56  ;  μνθον  πά- 
λιν λάζεσθαι,  to  take  back  one's  word, 
unsay  it,  II.  4,  357 ;  opp.  to  άληθέα 
ειπείν,  Od.  13,  254  ;  so,  πά?.ιν  ποίη- 
σε γέροντα,  she  iransformed  him  into 
an  old  man,  Od.  16,  456;  π.  δοκείν, 
to  think  contrariwise,  Aesch.  Theb. 
1040  :  freq.  in  compos. — In  this  signf. 
also  sometimes  c.  gen.,  το  πάλιν  νεό- 
τητας, youth's  opposite,  Pmd.  0.  11 
(10),  104  :  γρόΐΌυ  το  πάλιν,  the  change 
of  time,  Eur.  H.  F.  778,  cf  εμπαλιν. 
— 3.  in  Hdt.  and  Att.  usu.,  again,  once 
more,  anew ;  so  also  ανθις  πάλιν.  Soph. 
Phil.  342 ;  or,  more  freq.,  πάλιν  αύ- 
θις;  αύ  πάλιν,  Soph.  Tr.  1088  ;  or, 
more  freq.,  πά?ιΐν  αύ,  Ar.  Plut.  622, 
etc. ;  also,  av  πάλιν  ανθις,  Ar.  Nub. 
975  ;  or,  more  freq.,  αύθις  αύ  πάλιν  : 
— this  signf  freq.  coincides  with  that 
oi  back,  as  is  seen  from  πάλιν  δούναι. 
— Τίάλι  (q.  V.)  was  a  later  poet,  form, 
Anth.  P.  append.  19.  (In  compos., 
πάλιν  sometimes  merely  strengthens, 
as  in  πaλιμμήκης,Άslong again, πα?ιί- 
σκιος,  etc.,  v.  Jac.  A.  P.  p.  653.) 

ΐΐα/ΰνάγγελος,  ov,  bringing  messages 
to  and  fro. 

ΤΙύ?.ΐνάγρετος,  ov,  {πά?.ιν,  άγρέω) 
taken  back  :  to  be  taken  back  or  recalled, 
έπος  ού  π αλινάγρετον ,  an  irrevocable 
word,  11.  1,  526  :  π.  άτη.  Hes.  Sc.  93. 
— II.  act.  retracting  one's  word,  Euseb. 
ΤΙάλΐναίρετος,  ov,  {πά/uv,  αίρέω) 
removed  from  office  and  re-elected,  USU. 
of  public  officers,  Eupol.  Bapt.  5. — 
— II.  pulled  down  and  then  rebuilt,  usu. 
of  buildings,  Find.  Fr.  54 :  hence, — 
2.  generally,  ill-conditioned,  corrupt, 
αίμα.  Plat.  Tim.  82  E. 

ΙΙά/ΰναυξτ/ς,  ές,  {πάλιν,  αΰξω) 
waxing  or  growing  again,  Anth.  Plan. 
221. 

ΐ1ά?ιΐναντόμολος,  ov,  {πάλιν,  αυ- 
τόμολος) deserting  back  again,  a  double 
deserter,  Xen.  Hell.  7,  3,  10,  ubi  al. 
πάλιν  avT-. 

ΤΙΰλινδάής,  ες,  (πά?ιΐν,  *δάω  II) 
learnt  again. 

ΤΙάλινδϊκέω,  ύ,  go  to  law  again, 
bring  afresh  action:  and 

ΤΙάλινδϊκία,  ας,  ή,  a  bringing  of  a 
fresh  action  :  hence,  frivolous,  pro- 
tracted litigation,  Plut.  Dem.  6 :  from 
ΤΙά^ύνδικος,  ov,  {πά?.ιν,  δίκη)  going 
to  law  again.  Crates  Incert.  15. — 11. 
unjust, ^βίαιος,  Dem.  ap.  Poll.  8,  26. 
ΐίαλινδίνητος,  ov,  (πά?.ιν,  δινέω) 
ivhirling  round  and  round,  θάλασσα, 
Anlh.  P.  9,  73  ;  άστρώι^ν.-.παλινδί- 
νητον  ανάγκην,  lb.  9,  505. 

YluJuvolvia,  ας,  η,  {πά?.ιν,  δίνη) 
the  eddying  of  water  or  air. 

ΐΙά?^νδιωκτός,  όν,  chased  again  or 
back,  Hesych. 

ΤΙάλινδίωξις,  ή,  pros,  for  παλίωξις, 
App.  Pun.  46. 


ΠΑΛΙ 

I  ΊΙαλινδορία,  ας,  ή,  (πάλιν,  όορά) 
α  piece  of  stout  leather  for  shoe-soles, 
Plat.  (Com.)  Syrph.  1,  cf.  Pore.  Praef. 
Hec.  p.  55  Scholef 

Πΰλινδρομέω,  ώ,  (πα'λίνδρομος)  to 
run  back  again,  of  a  ship,  Vita  Horn. 
19,  Plut,  Cic.  22  ;  to  recur,  of  a  disease, 
Hipp.  1034:  π.  προς  τι,  to  fall  back 
upon...,  Polyb.  7,  3,  8. 

ΙΙάλινδρομή,  -ης,  ή,=  πα/.ινδρομία, 
Hipp.  1136. 

ΐΐάλινδρομής,  ές,  =  πα?.ίνδρυμος, 
Aretae. 

Τίάλινδρόμησις,  7j,=sq. 

ΤΙάλινδρομία,  ας,  ή,  α  running  back, 
going  backwards,  ^\.e\.9\  :  a  recurrence, 
νόσου,  Hipp.  91  C  :  and 

ΙΙάλινδρομικός,  ή,  όν,  recurring,  of 
the  tide,  Strab.  p.  53  :  from 

ΙΙάλίνδρομος,  ov,  {πά/uv,  τρέχω, 
δραμείν)  running  back  again,  π.  άπιθι, 
Luc.  Timon  37  :  recurring,  πένθος, 
Bockh  Inscr.  2,  p.  210. 

ΤΙα/Λνδωμήτωρ,  ορός,  ό,  a  re-build- 
er, Paul.  Sil. 

Τίΰ?Λνζωία,  ας,  ή,  a  second  life, 
Eccl. :  from 

ΙΙάλίνζωος,  ov,  (πάλιν,  ζωή)  living 
anew.  Nonn. 

ΐΙά?.ΐνηνεμία,  ας,  ή,  {πά/uv,  νήνε- 
μας)  α  returning  calm,  dub.  in  Anth.  P. 

10,  102. 

iTlά'λιvθoς,  ου,  ό,  Palinthus,  tomb 
of  Danaus  in  Argos,  Strab.  p.  371. 

ϋάλίνίδρϋσις,  ή,  {πά/uv,  ιδρύω) 
an  establishing  again,  Hipp.  47. 

ΐΐάλίννοστος,  ov,  returning,  Nonn. 

Τίά/ΰνοδέω,  ώ,  (πά/uv,  όδος)  to 
trace  a  path,  return,  cf.  τριοδέω. — II. 
in  genl.  to  repeat. 

ΤΙαλινοδία,  ας,  ή,  (πάλιν,  όύός)  α 
retracing  one's  path,  return. 

ΐίαλίνοπτος,  ov,  (πάλιν,  όφομαι) 
looking  the  reverse  way,  Hipp.  ap.  Ga- 
len. 

Τίάλΐνόρμενος,  η,  ov,  rushing  back, 

11.  11,  326;  cf  παλίνορσος. 
ΤΙΰλΐνόρμητος,  ov,  (πάλιν,  ορμάω) 

=foreg. 

Ί1ά?ύνορβος,  ov,  Att.  for  sq.,  Ar. 
Ach.  1179,  ubi  V.  Elmsl. 

Τίάλίνορσος,  ov,  (πά/uv,  δρννμι) 
rushing,  darting  back,  ώς  οτε  τίς  τε 
δοάκοντα  ίδών  παλίνορσος  άπεστη, 
II.  3,  33 ;  νήα...π.  ίς  Έ/.λάδα,  Αρ. 
Rh.  1,  410;  cf.  παλινόρμενος : — π. 
μήνις,  recurring,  inveterate  wrath,  like 
πα?ύγκοτος,  Aesch.  Ag.  154  (ubi  ai. 
παλίνορτος,  sed  legendum  c.  Schiitz. 
παλίνορσον) : — also  in  neut.  as  adv., 
back  again,  Emped.  271. 
ΙΙαλίνοστέω,  ώ,  to  return. 
Ί1ά?ΰρόστψος,  ov,  of  or  belonging 
to  a  return,  όρμη  π.,  a  desire  of  return- 
ing, Opp.  H.  1,616:  from 

Τίάλ.ίνοστος,  or  παλίννοστος,  ov, 
(πάλιν,  νοστέω)  returning,  Nonn. 

ΊΙύλίνουρος,  ov,  (πάλιν,  ovpov) 
making  water  again.  Martial. 

ίΐίαλίνουρος,  ov,  b,  Palinurus,  a 
promontory  of  Lucania,  Strab.  p. 
252. 

ΤΙάλινπροδοσία,  ας,  ή,  v.  1.  for  πα- 
7uμ-poδoσίa,  in  Dion.  H. 

ΤΙύλινρύμη,  ης,  ή,  =  πa?uβ^vμη, 
q.  v.,  Polyb.  [y] 

ΤΙάλίνσκΐος,  όν,=  παλίσκως.  Ar- 
chil. 26,  Soph.  Fr.  272. 

ΐίαλινσκοπία,  ας,  ή,  (πάλιν,  σκο- 
πέω)  α  looking  back  again  ;  the  acc. 
as  adv.  in  Eur.  Or.  1262,  e  conj. 
Pors. 

ΐΐάλινστομέω,  ύ,  (πάλιν,  στόμα) 
to  speak  again  or  against,  Aesch.  Tneb. 
258. 

ΐΐΰλίνστρεπτος,  ov,  (πά?αν,  στρέ- 
φω) turned  back  or  round,  Nic.  Th. 
679 :  al.  παλιστρ-. 

10S5 


ΠΑΛΙ 

ΓΙΰλ;ΐ'στρό/37/Γο{•,  ον,  {■ΰάΤιΐν,στρο- 
βέω)  whirled,  twirled  round,  Lye.  739. 

ΙΙΰλίνατροι^ης,  ον,  =  παλίνστρετν- 
τος,  Ορρ.  G.  2,  99. 

ΪΙΰ'λίντΐτος,  ον,  {'!τά?Λν,  τίνω)  re- 
quited, repaid ;  hence,  avenged,  ■pun- 
ished, 7Γ.  ipya,  Od.  1,  379  ;  Ί,  111. 

ΊΙάλίντοκύι,  ας,  η,  {τΐαλιν,  τόκος) 
α  demanding  the  repayment  of  interest 
paid.  Plut.  2,  295  D. 

ϋάλίντονος,  ον,  {πάλιν,  τείνω) 
stretched  back  :  \n  Horn,  always  epith. 
of  the  bow,  TirJ-ivTova  τόξα,  and  said 
to  be  iLsed,  soiiii3times,  of  the  strung 
or  bent  bow,  which  the  archer  pulls 
towards  him  by  the  string  that  it  may 
fly  hack  with  greater  force,  cf.  11.  8, 
266;  15,  443,  Soph.  Tr.  511  ;  some- 
times, of  the  unstrung  boiv,  which  bends 
back  in  the  contrary  direction,  II.  10, 
459,  Od.  21,  11.— But  all  the  passa- 
ges may  be  reduced  to  one  sigiif.,  de- 
noting the  form  of  the  bow  ( 5  ),  back- 
bending  (not  merely  supple,  elastic) ;  cf 
sub  Σ,  σ :  so  that  it  denotes  not  a  par- 
ticular slate  of  the  bow,  but  its  gen- 
eral appearance  or  quality,— which 
sort  of  epithet  seems  required  in  Hdt. 
7,  69,  cf.  Aesch.  Cho.  160,  Soph.  Tr. 
δ11  : — Eust.  therefore  rightly  ex- 
plains it  by  έπΙ  βύτερα  μέρη  κλινό- 
μενα,  and  so  Attius  ap.  Varr.  renders 
It  arcus  reciproci. — In  Ar.  Av.  1738, 
also  vviat  ττ.,  back-stretched  reins. — II. 
τταΤύντονα,  τά,  military  engines  for 
casting  stones,  as  a  mortar  throws 
shelIs,also  called  λίβό,'ίολβ,  the  Rom. 
Batista :  whilst  the  ενθύτονα,  like 
the  Rom.  Catapulta,  threw  large  ar- 
rows or  darts  point-blank. 

ΐΙύ'λιΐ'τρά~εΛία,  ας,  ή,^παλιντρο- 
τ:ία  :  from 

ΤΙύ?Λντράπε?.οΓ,  ον,  =  παλίντρο- 
ττος,  Find.  Ο.  2,  69.  [ΰ] 

ίΐάλίντρϊ,^ής,  ές,  (ιτάλίν,  τρίβω) 
Tubbed  again  and  again,  hence  of  the 
ass,  obstinate,  resisting  all  blows,  Si- 
mon. Araorg.  43,  cf.  Herm.  Soph. 
Phil.  448,  where  it  means  hardened, 
obdurate  in  vice. 

ΙΙάΤιίντριψ,  ΐβος,  Ό,  ^,=;foreg. 

ΐΐΰλιντρυπάομαι,  (παλίντροπης) 
as  pass.,  to  tvm  about,  Ap.  Rh.  1,  165, 
643. 

ΊΙάλιντροττής,  ες,  =  Τίολίντροπος, 
Nic.  Th.  403. 

ϋαλίντρο—ία,  ας,  η,  a  turning  about : 
hence,  in  Ap.  Rh.  3,  1157,  doubt,  fear : 
from 

ΐΙΰ?ιίντροττος,  ον,  {πάλιν,  τρέπω) 
turned  back  or  away,  Lat.  retorius,  π. 
όμματα,  όφις,  an  averted  face,  Aesch. 
Ag.  778,  Supp.  172. — II.  turning  back, 
TT.  'έρπειν,  Soph.  Phil.  1222  ;  π-  εκ. 
ΤΓολέμοιο,  Anth.  P.  9,  61. — 2.  chang- 
ing to  the  other  side,  reverse.  Soph.  Fr. 
14;  π.  άποβαίνειν,  Polyb.  14,  6,  6. 

ΙΙάλιντνπής,  ές,  (πάλιν,  τνπτω) 
beaten  back,  neut.  as  adv.,  Ap.  Rh.  3, 
1254. 

ΐ[άλιντνχ7)ς,  ές,  {πάλιν,  τύχη) 
with  a  reverse  of  fortune,  Aesch.  Ag. 
464  :  opp.  to  τυχηρός. 

ΙΙαλΙνφόέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {πάλιν, 
ώδή)  to  recant  an  ode,  and  so,  general- 
ly, to  revoke,  recant,  Plat.  Ale.  2,  142 
D  ;  π.  προς  το  χείρον,  Luc.  Merced. 
Cond.  1.     Hence 

Πάλίνωίί'α,  ας,  ή,  a  recantation, 
strictly  of  an  ode,  as  one  of  Stesicho- 
rus,  V.  Kleine  p.  96  sq. ;  so  Horat. 
Od.  1,  16.  is  a  palinode  to  Epod.  5, 
and  17  ;  generally,  a  recantation.  Plat. 
Phaed.  243  B,  257  A. 

ΤΙΰλίνωρος,  or,  dub.  1.  for  παλί- 
νορβος :    ace.    to    some    from    ώρα, 
changing  and  returning  ivith  Or  like  the 
seasons,  v.  Aral.  452. 
1086 


ΠΑΑΛ 

iTla^uov,  ov,  TO,  Dor.  for  Πήλιον. 

Τίύλΐονρϊνος,  ον,  made  of  the  παλί- 
ονρος.  Strab.  p.  776. 

ΥΙαλίουρος.  ov,  ή,  a  kind  of  thorny 
shrub,  rhamnus  paliurus,  Linn.,  Eur. 
Cycl.  394,  Theocr.  24,  87  ;  cf.  βύμνος. 

Πα/.ϊονροφόρος,  (πα?.ίονρος.  φέρω') 
θρίναξ,  ό,  a  three-pronged  ibrk  made 
of  the  wood  of  the  πα'λίονρος.  or  with  a 
handle  of  that  wood,  Anth.  P.  6,  95 ; 
ubi  al.  πα?ανονρόφορος. 

ή-Τίαλιρεΐς,  οι,  earlier  reading  for 
ΤΙαλαιρείς  in  Thuc.  2,  30,  v.  sub 
ΤΙαλαιρύς. 

ΤΙΰλιρροέω,  ω,  {παλίρΙ)θος)  to  flow 
back  again,  esp.  of  the  sea  in  a  storm  ; 
also  to  ebb  and  flow,  Strab.  p.  153  ;  of 
the  wind,  Theophr.  Vent.  10. 

ΤΙάλφροθία,  ας,  ή,  =  παλί'/ι/^οία ." 
from 

ΤΙΰλφβόΟιος,  η,  ον,  {πά?αν,  [ιόβος) 
dashing  or  floiving  back,  κνμα  π.,  a 
wave  dashing  to  and  fro,  ebbing  and 
flowing,  Od.  5,  430  ;  9,  485  :  general- 
ly,=πn/lί/ι/ίιoof,  νανς  π.,  Arat.  347  : 
Tu  π. , =  παλίρροια,  Ap.  Rh.  1,  1170. 

ϋΰλίίφοθος,  ov,  =■  foreg.,  Aesch. 
Ag.  191. 

IlaAi^f)ota,  ας,  ή,  the  flux  and  re- 
flux of  water,  esp.  of  the  stormy  sea,  an 
eddy,  Hdt.  2,  28  :  also  the  ebb  and  flow, 
tide.  Soph.  Fr.  716,  Polyb.  34,  9,  5: 
metaph.  of  fortune,  Polyb.  1,  82,  3. 
[In  old  Att.  poets  also  παλφβοίΰ, 
Soph.  1.  c. ;  cf.  uyvota.'\ 

Τ1άλί^)ροι3δος,  ov,  {πάλιν,  βοι- 
βόέω)  dashing  to  and  fro,  of  waves, 
olvat,  Opp.  H.  5,  220,  with  v.  1.  πο- 
λύβ^Μίζος. 

ΐίαλί/φοιος,  τ),  ον,  poet,  for  sq., 
Lye.  380,  tubi  Seal,  παλφβοίβόγσιν, 
Dind.  Thes.  -βδοισιν. 

\\αλίΙ)()οος,  ov,  contr.  -βους,  ovv, 
{πάλιν,  βέω)  flowing  backwards,  π. 
κ'λνόων,  a  returning  wave,  Enr.  I.  T. 
1397  :  also  ebbing  and  flowing,  of  the 
sea;  and  of  the  breath,  Opp.  H.  2, 
398. — II.  metaph.,  recurring,  returning 
upon  ofie's  head,  πότμος,  δίκη,  Eur. 
Η.  F.  739,  El.  1155. 

ΤΙύ?.ίι'φοπος,  ov,  {πάλιν,  βέπω, 
βοπή)  turning  itself  back,  π.  γόνν,  back- 
ward-sinking knee,  Eur.  El.  492. 

Τ1ΰ?ίφρνμη,  or  παλινρνμη.  ης,  ή, 
any  movement  backwards,  π.  τύχης,  a 
reverse  of  fortune,  Polyb.  15,  17,  1. 
Iv] 

ΐΙΰ?ύββντος,  ον,=παλίβροος,  Phi- 
lo.x.  ap.  Ath.  043  B. 

Τΐΰλίσκίος,  ov,  {πάλιν,  σκιά)  shad- 
owed over  and  over,  murky,  gloomy,  άν- 
τρον,  Η,  Hom.  Merc.  6 ;  έν  παλι- 
σκίω,  in  α  thick-shaded  place,  Plut. 
Num.  10.  Also  πα?.ίνσκιος,  v.  Wern. 
Tryph.  p.  217. 

ΐΐΰλισσντέω,  ώ,  to  rush,  go,  or  turn 
quickly  back,  Diod.  1,  32  :  from 

Τίάλίσσντος,  ov,  (πάλιν,  σενω,  ίσ- 
ονμαι)  rushing  hurriedly  back ;  δρό- 
μημα  π.,  a  backward  course.  Soph. 
O.  T.  193;  στείχειν  π.,  to  go  back, 
Eur.  Supp.  388  ;  so,  π.  δρμΰν,  Polyb. 

ΐΐάλίστρεπτος,  ον,^πα?ύνστρεπ- 
τος,  q.  v. 

ΤΙάλΐσύ?ίλεκτος,  ov,  gathered  togeth- 
er again. 

Ώά2ΐσύρβαπτος,  ov,  seivn  together 
or  patched  again. 

ΐΙά?ιίψηστος,  ov,=  πα7.ίμ•φηστος. 

Τίά7ύωξίς,  ή,  (πάλιν,  Ιωκή)  α  beat- 
ing back  Οΐ  pursuing  in  turn,  as  when 
fugitives  rally  and  turn  on  their  pur- 
suers, II,  12,  71  ;  15,  69,  Hes.  Sc.  154 : 
opp.  to  προίωξις.  [λΐ  in  arsis.] 

ΤΙάλλα,  ή,  a  ball,  ί'οτ  the  usu.  σφαί- 
ρα, and  so  some  would  even  read  in 
Od.  6,  115.  (Cf.  πάλλω,  βάλλω,  our 
ball,  hat. pila.    Acc.  to  Hesych.,  σφαΐ- 


ΠΑΛΛ 

pa  ίκ  ποικίλων  νημάτων  πεττοιημέ• 
νη  ;  cf.  βάλιος,  pie-ball.) 

ΐίαλλαγμα,  ατός,  τό,=  παλ7.άκια' 
μα,  Aesch.  Supp.  296. 

'\ΙΙα7ίλάδας,  α,  δ,  Palladas,  a  poet 
of  the  Anthology. 

ΙΙαλλάδιον,  ου,  τό,  the  statue  of 
Pallas,  Hdt.  4,  189,  Ar.  Ach.  547.— Π. 
a  place  at  Athens  vihexe  the  court  of 
the  εφέται  was  held  :  hence  they 
were  said  to  sit  επί  ΤΙαλλαόίω,  fPlut. 
Thes.  27 ;  etc.f ;  it  was,  however, 
likewise  used  by  the  Heliasts,  Att. 
Process  p.  143.  [λα] 

Παλλά(5ίθζ•,  a,  ov,  (ΪΙαλλάς)  of  or 
sacred  to  Pallas,   [λά] 

ΐίαλλάκεία,  ας,  ή,  concubinage, 
Strab.  p.  816,  cf.  Ath.  573  B. 

ΙΥαλλάκενομαι, — I.  as  dep.,  π.  τινά, 
to  keep  as  a  concubine,  Hdt.  4,  155. — 
II.  as  pass.,  to  be  a  concabiiie,  Plut. 
Them.  26  ;  τινί,  to  one,  Id.  Fab.  21 : 
— so  the  Act.  παλλακεΰω  in  Strab. 
p.  816.     From 

ΎΙαλλάκή,  ης,  fj,  a  concubine,  like 
πάλλαξ,  Hdt.  1,  84,  135,  Plat.,  etc.  : 
usu.  a  captive  or  bought  slave,  dis- 
tinguished on  the  one  hand  from  the 
lawful  wife  (γννη),  on  the  other  from 
the  mere  courtesan  (εταίρα),  Uem. 
1386,  20.     Cf  παλλακίς. 

ΐίαλλάκίδιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from 
πα?,λακίς,  Plut.  2,  789  Β. 

ΐΐα'λλάκΐνος,  ον,  ό,  {πα?ιλακή)  α 
so?i  by  a  concubine,  Sophron.  ap.  Et, 
Gud.  450,  18. 

ΐΙαλ?Μκιον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  παλ- 
λακός.  Plat.  (Com.)  Incert.  45. 

Τ1αλ?.άκίς,  ίδος,  7/,=  πάλλαξ,  a  con- 
cubine ;  opp.  to  a  lawful  wife  (άκοι- 
τις),  11.  9,  449,  452  ;  freq.  a  purchased 
slave,  as  in  Od.  14,  203.  Cf.  παλλα- 
κή. 

ΤΙαλλάκισμα,  ατός,  τό,  concubinage. 
— 11.^=παλ'λακίς. 

ΐίαλλάκός,  ον,  δ,  amasius,  from 
πάλλαξ,  q.  v. 

αΐαλ?Μντία,  ας,  η,  Pallantia,  a 
city  of  Iberia,  Strab.  p.  162. 

ΫίαλΆαντιάς,  άδος,  ή,  =  ΐΙα?.?Μς, 
Jac.  Phil.  Th.  18,  7. 

^ΐίαλλαντίδης,  ου,  δ,  son  of  Pallas  ; 
01  Π.,  the  Pallantidae,  descendants  of 
Pallas  (brother  of  Aegeus),  a  celebra- 
ted Athenian  family,  Eur.  Hipp.  35; 
Plut.  Thes.  3. 

^ΤΙα'λλύντιον,  ov,  τό.  Pallantium, 
a  city  of  southern  Arcadia,  said  to  be 
so  named  from  Pallas  a  son  of  Ly 
caon.  Pans.  8,  3,  1 ;  etc. :  from  this 
Evander  passed  into  Italy,  and  hence 
by  some  is  derived  the  Palatine  hill 
in  Rome. — Pans.  8,  44,  5  mentions 
also  70  ΤΙαλ'λαντικον  πεδίον  in  Ar 
cadia. 

αΐα7ί?ίάντιος,  ου,  ό,  λόφος,  the 
Palatine  hill,  in  Rome,  Ael.  V.  H. 
11,  21. 

ΠΑ'ΑΛΑΗ,  άκος,  orig.  ό  and  ^,= 
βονπαις,  νέος,  a  youth,  maiden,  esp. 
one  beloved  :  but  the  fem.  appears 
soon  to  have  prevailed,  esp.  in  signf. 
of  a  concubine,  like  Lat.  pellex ;  cf. 
sub  παλλακί],  παλλακίς.  The  form 
πάλληξ  is  also  quoted. — Acc.  to  Rie- 
mer,akintOyueAXaf=^tipa^,  ayouth, 
cf.  sq. 

ΤΙαλλάς,  άδος,  ή,  Pallas,  epith.  of 
Minerva,  hence  in  Hom.  always 
ΪΙαλλάς  Άβήνη  or  Παλλάζ•  'Κβηναίη, 
but  after  Pind.  also  used  alone,= 
Άθήνη. — II.  plur.  Τίαλλάδες.  αϊ,  vir- 
gin pricsfesse.i,  whether  of  Minerva  0Γ 
other  deities,  Strab.  (Usu.  deriv. 
from  πάλλω,  the  Brandisher  of  the 
spear  or  aegis,  as  goddess  of  war. 
But  it  is  not  only  as  such,  that  Mi- 
nerva is  called  Pallas  m  Hom. :   a 


ΠΑΑΑ 

more  prob.  deriv.  is  from  ■7Γά7./.αξ  in 
the  most  ancient  signf.,  the  maiden, 
virgin  ; — τζαλλάς  being  related  to  it, 
as  όρνις  to  όρνιξ,  etc.,  v.  sq.  fin.)  [μς] 

Ιίάλλάς,  αντος,  ό,  Pallas,  masc. 
prop,  η.,  Η.  Horn.  .Merc.  100. — 12.  son 
of  Crius  and  Eurybia,  a  Titan,  Hes. 
Th.  375. — 3.  son  of  Tartarus  and 
Gaea,  a  giant  slam  by  Minerva,  Apol- 
lod.  1,  6,  2. — 4.  son  of  Pandion  king 
of  Athens,  brother  of  Aegeus,  Id.  3, 
15,  5  ;  Plut.  Thes.  3  ;  etc.— Others 
in  Fans. ;  etc.,  toi.  Π.=»'έοί,  Bust.  p. 
1419,  50. 

tliaAAarif ,  ίδος,  ή,  of  or  relating 
to  Pallas ;  ai  ΐΙα?./.ατίδες  τϊέτραι, 
the  Tocks  of  Pallas,  a  part  of  Mt.  Cri- 
us  near  Argos,  Call.  Lav.  Pall.  42. 

ηά'Λ/.ενκος,  ov,  {~ας,  λευκός)  all- 
white,  Aesch.  Eum.  352,  Eur.  Aled. 
30,  etc. :  also  πάι>?,ευκος. 

ίΐΙα/././'/ναίος,  a,  ov,  of  οτ  belonging 
to  Pallene,  Pallenian,  Ap.  Rh.  1,  599. 

tna/-A7}i-7/,  ης.  //,  Pallene,  a  penin- 
sula of  Macedonia,  earlier  called  also 
Φλέγρα,  Hdt.  7,  123  ;  Thuc.  4,  120. 
— II.  an  Attic  deme  of  the  tribe  An- 
tiochis,  with  a  temple  of  Minerva, 
who  was  hence  called  ΪΙαΆ/αινίς, 
Pallenian,  Hdt.  1,  62. 

αία'/./.ήνιος,  a,  ον,^^ΤΙα/.λήναιος, 
Lye.  1407. 

tlloA^o/cOTraf,  (5,  Pallocopas,  a  riv- 
er or  canal  from  the  Euphrates,  Arr. 
An.  7,  21,  1. 

ΠΑΆΑΩ,  aor.  ίττηλα,  Ep.  aor.  2 
part,  τνεττά'/.ών  used  in  Horn,  only  in 
compos,  with  άνύ,  as  in  redupl.  form 
άμπεπα/MV  :  so,  the  syncop.  form  of 
aor.  mid.  in  pass,  signf  is  only  found 
in  the  compds.  άνέτταλτο,  εκττα/.το, 
except  πύΆτο  in  11.  15,  645  (for  in  II. 
13,  643  ;  21,  140,  έ-ύλτο  from  έοάλ- 
/ίΟμαι  is  admitted  to  be  the  true  read- 
ing). To  wield,  brandish,  sway,  in 
Horn.  esp.  of  missiles,  δόρυ,  αίχμήν, 
έγχος,  etc. ;  (also,  π.  σάκος,  Hes.  Sc. 
321);  to  swing,  pitch,  hurl,  /.ίθον,  II. 
5,  304  : — generally,  to  toss  with  the 
arms,  as  Hector  —ηΑε  χερσίν,  dandled 
his  son,  II.  6,  474,  cf  Eur.  Hec.  1158; 
Ί\νζ  όχημ'  ίτταλλεν,  she  drave  it  fu- 
riously, Eur.  Ion  1151. — 2.  κ'/ήρονς 
'^ά'λ/.ειν  kv  Kwi-g,  to  shake  the  lots 
together  in  a  helmet,  till  one  leapt 
forth,  Hom.  :  hence  πάλλειν  absol., 
to  cast  lots,  II.  3,  324;  7,  181:  but, 
κλί/ροις  επη/.αν  αυτούς,  they  ranged 
them  as  the  lots  came  forth,  drew 
their  places  by  lots.  Soph.  El.  710 : — 
in  mid.  ττάλλεσθαι,  to  draw  lots,  έλα- 
χαν τνο/.ιην  αλα  ■ηαλ?^ομένων  (so. 
ττύλων  or  κ/.ήρων)  as  the  lots  were 
drawn,  Hoyne  II.  15,  191,  cf  Hdt.  3, 
128,  Soph.  Ant.  396  :  in  Att.  usu.  κ/.η- 
ρυϋν  and  κληρονσθαι. — II.  mid.  ττάλ- 
?.εσβαι,  to  set  one's  self  a-going,  move 
swiftly,  kv  ΰντνγι  πάλτο,  he  hit  him- 
self {in  turning)  on  the  shield-rim,  II. 
15,  645  :  to  spring  or  fly,  Pind.  N.  5, 
33 ;  to  quiver,  leap,  as  tish  on  land, 
Hdt.  1,  141,  cf  9,  120  ;  esp.  to  quiver, 
quake  for  fear,  τναλ/Μμενη  κραδίη.  II. 
22.  461  ;  δείματι  πάλλεσβαι,  Η.  Hom. 
Cer.  294,  Orac.  ap.  Hdt.  7,  140,  etc., 
cf.  infra  II ;  so,  στήθεσι  ττά/.'/.ε-αι 
ητορ  ύνα  στόμα,  the  heart  in  his 
breast  sprang  up  to  his  mouth,  II.  22, 
452. — III.  intr.,  like  7:ά7.λομαί,  to  leap, 
bound,  Eur.  El.  435,  ubi  v.  Seidl.,  Ar. 
Lys.  1304:  to  quiver,  quake,  όείματι, 
Soph.  O.  T.  153  ;  to  quiver  in  death, 
Eur.  El.  477:  cf  supra  L  1.— Cf. 
Plat.  Crat.  407  A,  Jelf  Gt.Gt.^  360  ; 
and  V.  sub  ρίτττω.  (Πύλ/ω  is  orig. 
only  another  form  of  βά/./Μ,  hence 
Lai.  pello,  palpo,  palpito,  to  which  are 
akin  τΐά/^  in  both  signfs.,  παλαίω, 


ΠΑΜΒ 

ττα/.άσσω,  παλύνω,  ιτά?,μη,  πέλτη, 
ττε/.εμίζο),  τζόλεμος :  to  the  sense  of 
casting  lots  belong  esp.  ττάλος,  πα- 
λ.αχή,  and  prob.  τζήλ-ηξ.)    Hence 

ΙΙάλμα,  ατός,  τό,  any  thing  swung 
or  shaken. — II.  a  swinging,  a  spring. 

■flla/.pa,  ή,  Palma,  a  city  on  the 
larger  of  the  Balearic  isles,  Strab. 
p.  167. 

ΐίαλματιανός,  6,  v.  sq.  Π. 

ΤΙα/.μΰτίας,  ου,  ό,  σεισμός  π.,  an 
earthquake  with  violent  shock.•!,  Arist. 
Mund.  4,  31. — II.  τταλμάτίας  or  τταλ- 
μάτιΰνός  (sc.  οίνος),  ό,  palm-wine. 

ΙΙα/ιμΰΤίκός,  ή,  ον,=  παλμικός. 

Τίάλμη,  ης,  ή,  α  shield,  the  Lat. 
parma. 

ΐία/ψικός,  7],  όν.,  belonging  to  palpi- 
tation. 

ΤΙαλμός,  οΰ,  ό,  (τΓάλλω)  α  swinging, 
rapid  motion,  Χοηη.,  etc.  ; — α  quiver- 
ing, leaping,  Nic.  Th.  744  :  a  palpita- 
tion, Hipp.  167,  Arist.  Respir.  20,  2 ; 
of  the  pulse,  Anth. 

ΐία/.μοσκοττία,  ας,  η,  divination  from 
the  pulse :  from 

'ύ.α74ΐοσκότζος,  ov,  [ττα/μός,  σκο- 
ττέι•))  divining  from  the  pulse. 

ΐΐάλμϋς,  νος,  ό,=βασι?ίεύς.  Hip- 
ροπ.  Fr.  ],  2,  3  :  epith.  of  the  king  of 
the  gods,  Jupiter,  Lye.  691. — f2.  Pal- 
mys.  masc.  pr.  n.,  a  Trojan,  son  of 
Hippotion,  U.  13,  792. 

ΐΐα/.μώδης,  ες,  {παλμός,  είδος) 
pulse-like,  Hipp.  70. 

IlaAof ,  ου,  ό,  (π-άλλω  L  2)  the^  lot 

I  cast  from  a  shaken  helmet,  αμ  ττύ/.ον 

θεμεν,  to  cast  the  lot  again.  Pind.  O. 

;  7,  109 :  used  generally  for  κλί/ρος  in 

r  Ion.  writers,  πά/.φ  ?.αχείν,  Hdt.  4, 

94,  153  ;  αρχάς  πάλω  άρχειν,  to  hold 

public  offices  by  lot :  but  also  not  sel- 

άοη\  in   Trag.,   as,    -ύλου    κύμσαι, 

I  .\esch.  Pers.  770 ;  πάλω  and  πάλον 

I  λαχείν.  Id.  Theb.  126,  374:  τύχ7}ς  π., 

'  Id.  Ag.  333  ;  κληροΙ  πά/.ος,  Eur.  Ion 

416.  etc.  [(2] 

ΙΠαλοΰζ•,  οΐντος,  ό.  Pains,  the 
city  of  the  ΎΙαλεϊς  in  Cephellenia, 
Polyb.  5,  5.  10. 

ΐΐά'/.σις,  εως,  ή,  {~άλ?.ω)  a  swing- 
ing or  brandishing. 

Jln/.τάζω,  to  throiv  a  dart  {πα/.τόν). 

ΐΐάλτο,  Ep.  syncop.  aor.  2  mid.  of 
πάλλω,  c.  signf  pass.,  II. 

ΐΐα/.τόν,  οΰ,  τό,  any  thing  brandish- 
ed or  thrown,  esp.  a  dart,  Aesch.  Fr. 
14  :  described  by  Xen.  as  a  light  spenr 
used  by  the  Persian  cavalry,  either 
as  a  lance  or  javelin,  perh.  hke  the 
jerid,  Cyr.  4,  3,  9  ;  6,  2,  16.  Strictly 
neut.  from 

Τ1α7~ός,  ή,  όν,  {πά7.7.ω)  brandished, 
hurled,  πυρ.  Soph.  Ant.  131. 

Υία/υντή.  ης,  ή,  Lat.  polenta,  malt. 

Ώ.ά/.ύνω,  to  strew,  scatter  upon,  uZ- 

φιτα,  11.  18,  560.  Od.  10,  '520  ;  τι  επί 

TivL,  Soph.  Ant.  247. — II.  to  bestrew, 

άλφίτον  uKTy  π-,  to  besprinkle  with 

flour,  Od.   14,  429 ;   χιών  έπά/.ννεν 

!  άρονρας,  snow  sprinkled  the  fields,  II. 

'  10,  7  :  so  in  Pass.,  νιφέτω  δ'  ίπαλ.ύ- 

νετο  πάντα.  Αρ.  Rh.  3,  69 ;  ά  σνριγξ 

!  είφώτι  παλύνεται,  Theocr.  4,  28. — 2. 

[  Ιο  besmear,  ίςω,  .\nlh.  Ρ.  10,  II.    (Akin 

j  to  ττύλλω  :   usu.  deriv.  from  πα?.η, 

fine  flour ;    strictly   to   sprinkle  with 

flour.)  [0] 

Π(7/ία,  τό,  {πέπαααι)  property,  The- 
ocr. Fistula  12,  Anih.  P.  15.  25. 

ΐΐαμβάσιλεία,  ας,  ή,  {πάς,  βασι- 
λεία) absolute  monarchy,  Arist.  Pol.  3,  ι 
15,  1.  ^  I 

ΤΙημβάσίλεια.  ας,  ή,  queen  of  all,  ι 
all-poiierful queen,  Ar.  JSub.  357,  1150,  ' 
Ap.   Rh.  4,  382,  Orph.,  etc.     Fem. 
I'rom 

ΏαμβασΙλ.ενς,  έως,  ό,  {πάς,  βασι-  . 


ΠΑΜΜ 

'  λεύς)  an  absolute  monarch,  Arist.  Pol. 
,  3,  16,  2. 

^  ΐΐαμβδε'/.ϋρός,  ά,  όν,  (πάς,  βδε?^ν- 
ρός)  all-abominable  Ατ.  Lys.  969,  EccL 
1043. 

ϋαμβέβη/.ος,  ov,  all-profane,  Eccl. 

ΐίαμβιας,  ov,  ό,  {πας.  βια)  all-subdu- 
ing, κεραυνός,  Pind.  Λ".  9,  53. 

ίΐαμβλΰβΐις,  ές,  {πάς,  β/.ύπτω) 
hurtful  to  all,  Manetho. 

ΤΙαμ307]τος,  ov,  {πάς,  βοάω)  all- 
renowned  :  notorious. 

Τίαμβοιώτια,  ων,  τά,  (sc.  ιερά) 
the  festival  of  the  united  Boeotians,  like 
ΤΙαναθήναια,  Πανιώνια,  etc.,  Polyb. 
4,  3,  5 ;  cf.  Herm.  Pol.  Ant.  %  160, 1. 

ΤΙάμβορος,  ov,  {πάς.  βορά)  all-de- 
vouring, Ael.  N.  A.  1,  27. 

ΤΙαμβότΰνον,  ου,τό,  {πάς,  βοτάνη) 
herbage  of  all  kinds,  LXX. 

ΤΙάμβοτος,  ov,  {πάς,  βόσκω)  all- 
nourishing,  Aesch.  Supp.  559. 

ΤΙάμβου/.ος,  ov,  {πάς,  βουλή)  all- 
counselling,  v.  1.  Orph.  24,  4. 

iTlaμβωτάδης,ov,^,ofPambotadae, 
a  demus  of  Attica  of  the  tribe  Erech- 
thels,  Dem.  1250,  20. 

Ί1αμ3ώτις.  ίδος,  ή,  fem.  of  sq., 
Soph.  Phil.  392. 

ίΐαμβώτωρ,  ορός,  ό,  η,  {πας,  βώ• 
της,  βώτωρ,  βόσκω)  all-nourishing, 
Fr.  Hom.  25,  cf.  ap.  Schol.  II.  1,  5. 

αίαμένης,  ους,  ό,  v.  ΐΐαμαένης. 

αΐάμΐσος,  ov,  ό,  the  Pamisus,  a 
tributary  of  the  Peneus  in  Thessaly, 
Hdt.  7,  129.— 2.  a  river  of  Messenia, 
flowing  into  the  Messenian  gulf, 
Strab.  p.  361.— 3.  a  river  of  Ehs,  Id. 
p.  336. — 4.  a  small  river  of  Laconia, 
Id.  p.  361. 

ΐΐάμμα.  τό,  f.  1.  for  πάμα. 

ΐΐάμμΰκύρ,  άρος.  ό,  ή,  {πάς. μάκαρ) 
a!l-btissf'Hl,  Orph.  Η.  18,  3. 

ΤΙαμμακάριστος,  ον,  to  be  deemed 
perfectly  happy. 

ΐΐαμμάταιος,  ov,  (πάς,  μάταιος)  all 
in  vain,  all-useless,  Aesch.  Ag.  388. 
[μά] 

ΐΐαμμάχί,  adv.,  in  which  all  fight. 

ΐΐαμμάχιον,  ov,  τό,  the  cemibination 
of  all  kinds  of  battles:  hence=7raj  κρύ- 
Tiov :  from 

ΐΐάμμΰχος,  ov,  {πάς,  μάχη)  fighting 
every -tvhere :  all-conquering,  triumphant, 
Aesch.  Ag.  169,  Ar.  Lys.  fin.— II.= 
παγκρατιαστής,  ready  for  every  kind 
ofcontesie.  Plat.  Euthvd.  271  C,  The- 
ocr. 24,  112. 

ΤΙαμμέγάς,  -μεγάλη,  -μεγΰ,  {πάς, 
μέγας)  very  great.  Plat.  Phaedr.  273 
A.  Tim.  20  Ε  :  superl.  παμμέγιστος, 
Ael.  V.  H.  10,  2,  cf.  Lob.  Phryn. 
516. 

ΤΙαμμεγέθης,  ες,  {πάς,  μέγεθος)= 
foreg..  Plat.  Legg.013  D,  Xen.  Mem. 
3,  6,  13:  —  παμμέγεΟες  άναβοάν, 
Aeschin.  42,  4. 

Τίαμμεδέων,  οντος,  ό,  {πάς,μεδέων) 
all-ruling:  fem.  παμμεδέοισα,  Nonn. 

ΙΙαμμείλΙχος,  ov,  exceeding  mild. 

ΤΙαμμέ/.άς.  aiva,  αν,  (πάς,  με'/.ας) 
all-black,  ταύροι,  Od.  3,  6;  10,  525; 
ϋίΓ,  11,  33. 

Τ1αμμε?.ής,  ές,  {πάς.  μέλος)  in  all 
kinds  of  melodies,  LXX. 

ίΐΐαμμένης,  ους,  ό,  Pammenes,  an 
Athenian,  masc.  pr.  n.,  Dem.  521. — ■ 
Others  in  Luc. ;  etc. — In  Paus.  8, 
27,  2.  is  wr.  ΤΙαμένης. 

αίαμαερόπη,  ηο,  ή,  Pammerope, 
daughter  of  Ccieus,  Paus.  1,  38.  3. 

ΐΐάμμεστος.  ov.  {πάς,  μεστός)  quits 
full,  c.  gen.,  Theophr. 

Τίάμμετρος.  ov,  (πάς,  μέτρον)  in  all 
kinds  ef  metres,  Diog.  L.  7,  31. 

ΤΙαμμήκης,  ες,  {πάς,  μήκος'^  very 
long,  prolonged.  Soph.  O.  C.  1069  ;  π. 
1087 


ΠΑΜΠ 

λόγος,  Plat.  Polit.  286  Ε ;  π.  ζήσεις 
ποιεϊν,  Id.  Phaedr.  268  C. 

ΤΙάμμηνις,  (TTUf,  μήνη)  ννξ,  η,  a 
night  lighted  by  the  full-moon,  A  rat. 
18i). 

Τίύμμηνος,  ov,  (Jruf,  μήν)  through 
all  months,  the  whole  year  long,  Sojjh. 
El.  851  ;  7Γ.  σελήνη=^πανσέληνος,  ij, 
Plut.  2,  93G  A. 

Τ1αμμ7}σΓωρ,  ωρος,  ό,  ή,  all-inventive, 
Lye.  490. 

ΐΐαμμ/ιτειρα,  ας,  ■ή,=-παμμ7'/τωρ,  Η. 
Horn,  30,  1. 

ΤΙαμμηης,  ιόος,  ό,  ή,  (πάς,  μητίς) 
all-knowing,  all-planning,  Simon.  221. 

ϋαμμήτωρ,  ορός,  ή,  (ττΰς,  μι)τηρ) 
mother  of  all,  π.  -γη,  Aesch.  Pr.  90. — 
II.  α  very  mother,  γυνή  τούδε  π.  νε- 
κρού, Soph.  Ant.  1283. 

ΐΐαμμήχανος,  ον,  (πάς,  μηχανι'/) 
all-devising,  exceeding  crafty. 

ΐΐαμμίάρος,  ον,  {■η-ύς,  μίαρός)  all- 
abominable,  A.t.  Pac.  183,  Ran.  466. 

ΤΙαμμΙγής,  ες,  (πάς,  μίγννμι)  mixed 
of  all  sorts,  all-confounded,  Aesch.  Pers. 
269.  Adv.  τταμμιγή,  like  παγγενή, 
Lob.  Phryn.  515. 

ΙΙάμμικρος.  ον,  (πάς,  μικρός)  very 
small,  Arist.  Poet.  7,  9. 

ΤΙάμμικτος,  ον,~τταμμιγής,  όχλος, 
Aesch,  Pers.  53. 

αΐύμμιλος,  ου,  6,  and  Τ1άμο2.λος, 
Pammilus,  a  Megarian,  founder  of 
Selinus  in  Sicily,  Thuc.  6,  4. 

Τίάμμορος,  ον,  {ττάς,  μόρος)  all- 
hapless,  Soph.  Ο.  C.  161. 

ΤΙύμμορφος,  ον,  (ττΰς,  μορψή)  of  all 
shapes. 

ΙΙαμμνσάρός,  ά,  όν,=παμμίαρος, 
Ar.  Lys.  969. 

iΐlύμμωv,  ωνος,  ό,  Pammon,  a  son 
of  Priam  and  Hecuba,  II.  24,  250.— 
2.  a  Scyrian,  Hdt.  7,  183. 

ΤΙΰμουχέω,  ώ,  to  have  property,  be 
rich  •  from 

ΐΐαμονχος,  οτπάμουχος,  ον,(τταμα, 
εχο))  having  property. 

Ι1αμπάθ7'/ς.  ές,  (πάς,  πάσχω,  ττα- 
θεΐν)  all-suffering,  Manetho. 

Τίαμπαιοί,  adv.,  ν.  sub  παγγυναικί. 
[ί] 

ΐΙαμπά?ίαιος,  ον,  {πάς,  παλαιός) 
very  old.  Plat.  Theaet.  181  Β,  Arist. 
Metaph.  1,  3,  6. 

Τίαμπαμων,  ον,  gen.  όνος,  (πάς,  πέ- 
ΤΤάμαΐ)  possessing  all,  Ruhnk.  Tim. 

ΙΙάμπάν,  adv.,  (πάς,  πάς)  like  the 
more  common  prose  πάνυ  or  παντε- 
λώς, quite,  wholly,  altogether,  II.  1 ,  422, 
Od.  2,  49 ;  also  in  Pmd.,  and  Eur. : 
— freq.  preceded  by  a  negat.,  ουδέ  τι 
Ίΐάμπαν,  not  at  all,  by  no  means,  11.  9, 
435,  cf  21,  338  : —  rare  in  prose,  as 
Plat.  Polit.  270  E,  Tim.  41  B. 

Υ\.άμπύνν,  adv.,  strengthd.  for  πύ- 
vv.  dub.  in  Dio  C. 

Παμπειθής,  ές,  {πάς,  πείθω)  all-per- 
suasive, Pind.  P.  4,  327. 

'Π.αμπτ/07ΐν,  adv.,  (πάς)  like  πάμ- 
ιταν,  πάνυ,  παντελώς,  entirely,  The- 
ogn.  615,  Aesch.  Pers.  729,  Ϋί.  151, 
Soph.  Aj.  916.  (Not  a  compd.  with 
*πά-ομαι,  πέπαμαι :  but,  like  πάμ- 
παν,  a  redupl.  form  of  πάν  with  the 
adverbial  termin.  -δι/ν.) 

ΐΙαμπΐ]σία,  ας,  fj,  (πάς,  πέπαμαι) 
entire  possession,  the  full  property, 
Aesch.  Theb.  817,  Eur.  Ion  1305,  Ar. 
Eccl.  868. 

ΐΐάμπλειστος,  η,  ον,  7nosi  of  all, 
dub.  1.  Menand.  p.  220.^ 

ΊΙαμπλείων,  όνος,  ό,  ή,  (πάς,  πλεί- 
ων)  much  more,  Arist.  Audib.  63. 

ίΐαμπ?ί.ηβεί,  adv  ,  of  οι  with  the  whole 
multitude,  V.  1.  Plat.  Criti.  Ill  A,  N. 
T.,  etc.:  from 

ΐΙαμπληθ7Ίς,  ές,  (πάς,  π?ί.ήθος)  of 
or  with  the  whole  7nultitude,  Xen.  Hell. 
1088 


ΠΑΜΦ 

6,  5,  26,  Plut.,  etc. : — also=7ra/iTro- 
?Λΐς,  very  many,  7nost  numerous.  Plat. 
Legg.  782  B,  etc.  ;  very  mtich,  ουσία, 
Isocr.  Antid.  ^  165. — Neut.  as  adv., 
Dem.  347,  8.     Hence 

\1αμπληθία,  ας,  ή,  the  e7itire  multi- 
tude. Soph.  Fr.  342. 

ϊ1άμπλ7/κτος,  ον,  (πάς,  πλήσσω) 
άεβλα  π.,  battles  in  which  all  sorts  of 
blows  are  given  and  received,  or,  prizes 
for  which  all  sorts  of  blotvs  have  been 
endured.  Soph.  Tr.  505. 

ΤΙαμπλονσιος,  ον,  (πάς,  πλοντος) 
very  rich.  Plat.  Legg.  743  C. 

ΐΐύμπλοντος,  ον,  =  foreg.,  Soph. 
Fr.  572. 

ΐΐαμποίκΐλος,  ον,  also  η,  ον,  Plat. 
Tim.  82  Β  (πας,  ποικίλος)  : — all-vari- 
egated, of  rich  and  varied  work,  πέπλοι, 
11.  6,  289,  Od.  15,  105 ;  of  sacred 
vases,  Pind.  N.  10,  68  ;  of  fawn-skins, 
all  spotted,  Eur.  Hel.  1359.— II.  me- 
taph. all-changeable,  very  various,  Plat. 
1.  c. 

ΙΙύμπολις,  εως,  ό,  η,  (πάς,  πόλις) 
prevailing  in  all  cities,  universal,  νόμος, 
Soph.  Ant.  614  : — the  passage  is  cor- 
rupt, V.  Dind. 

ηάμπολνς,  πολλ7],  πολν,  (πάς,  πό- 
λνς)  very  7nuch,  very  great,  Ar.  Eq. 
320,  Plat.  Rep.  373  C,  etc.  ;  and  in 
plur.  very  many,  Ar.  Pac.  694,  Plat., 
etc. :— in  Pind'.  P.  3,  190,  Soph.  Ant. 
614,  it  is  a  mere  conj. — Neut.  πύμπο- 
λν.  as  adv.,  very  much,  freq.  in  Plat. 
Cf.  παμπλείων,  πάμπλειστος. 

ΐΐαμπολϋτελί/ς,  ές,  very  expensive, 
Joseph. 

ΐΐαμπονηρία,  ας,  ij,  utter  depravity, 
V.  1.  Dem.  521,  7:  from 

ΤΙαμπόνηρος,  ον,  (πάς,  πον7}ρός) 
all-depraved,  most  villanous,  Ar.  Ach. 
854,  Nub.  1319,  and  Plat. :  generally, 
very  bad,  όφον,  Epich.  p.  53.  Adv. 
-ρως,  Luc.  Abdic.  14. 

Ίΐαμπόρφϋρος,  ον,  (πάς,  πορφύρα) 
all-purple,  Pind.  Ο.  6,91. 

ΐΐαμπότνια,  ας,  ?),  (πάς,  πύτνια) 
all-venerable,  Leon.  Tar.  7. 

ΤΙαμπράσία,  ας,  ή,  an  unreserved 
sale  of  properly,  Poll. 

ΐΐάμπρεπτος.  ον,  (πάς,  πρέπω)  all- 
conspicuous,  splendid,  έδραι,  Aesch. 
Ag.  117  :  the  form  πύμπρεπος  is  dub. 

Παμπρόσθη,  1.  corrupta  in  Aesch. 
Ag.  714. 

ΐΙπμπρύτΓη'ΐς.  εως,  ό,  one  of  un- 
bounded power,  Philo.  [ϋ\ 

ΐΐάμπρωτος,  7/,  ον,  {πάς,  πρώτος) 
the  very  first,  first  of  all,  II.  9,  93,  Pind. 
P.  4,  19(5,  etc,  ;  also  in  neut.  πάμπρω- 
Tov  and  -τα,  as  adv.,  Od.  4,  577  ;  10, 
403,  etc.:  —  Superl.  παμπρώτιστα, 
Αρ.  Rh.  4,  1693. 

ΐΐάμπύος,  ον,  (πάς,  πνον)  quite  full 
of  pus  or  matter,  Hipp.  177. 

ΐΐαμίρύγος,  ον,  (πάς,  φαγεΐν)  all-de- 
vouring, Alcnian  23,  Eur.  Med.  1187  : 
—  Arist.  divides  animals  into  ςωοψά- 
γα,  καρποφάγα,  and  παμφάγα,  Pol. 
1,  8,  5. 

ΐΐαμφάής,  ές,  (πάς,  φύος)  quite  light, 
translucent,  μέλι,  Aesch.  Pers.  612: 
of  fire,  bright-shining.  Soph.  Phil.  712: 
of  the  sun,  Eur.  Med.  1251  ;  etc. 

^ΤΙαμφύης,  οκ,  ό,  Pa?nphaes.  an  Ar- 
give,  who  entertained  the  Dioscuri, 
Pind.  N.  10,  92.— Others  in  Ael.  ;  etc. 

ΐΐαμφαίνω,  to  shine  or  beayn  brightly, 
Ilom.,  who  freq.  uses  the  Ep.  part. 
παμφανόων  (q.  v.)  in  same  signf.,  of 
burnished  metal,  11.  11,30;  14,  11, 
etc. ;  of  a  star,  λαμπρόν  παμφαίνησι, 
(as  if  3  sing,  from  παμφαίν7/μι),  11.5, 
6  ;  πρώτον  παμφαίνων,  of  a  star  just 
rising,  Hes.  Op.  565.  (ΐΐαμφαίνω  is 
no  compd.  of  παι»  and  φαίνειν,  to  ap- 
pear entirely,  which  would  be  against 


ΠΑΜΦ 

[  all  analogy,  but  is  a  poet,  fotm  Oi 

φαίνω,    strengthd.  by   redupl.,    like 

παιπύλλω    from    πάλλω,    παφλάζω 

j  from  φλίΐζω,  παιφύσσω  from  *φύω, 

I  -μ  being  inserted  for  euphony,  as  in 

I  ^^-^ 

Παμφαλύω,  redupl.  form  like  παι- 
φύσσω, to  look  around,  esp.  in  fear, 
rare  Ion.  word  in  Anacr.  124,  and 
Hippon.  105,  akin  to  παπταλάω  and 
παπταίνω. 

ΤΙαμφύνόων,  gen.  ωντος,  fern,  παμ- 
φανόωσα,  Ep.  part,  of  παμφαίνω,  as 
if  from  παμφάνάω,  of  which  however 
no  other  forms  occur,  bright,  shining, 
beaming,  freq.  in  Horn.,  esp.  as  epith. 
of  fiery  or  metallic  substances,  II.  2, 
458;  18,  144,  Od.  13,  29,  etc, :— for 
the  true  deriv.  v.  sub  παμφαίνω. 

ΙΙαμφύρμάκος,  ον,  (πάς,  φάρμακον) 
skilled  in  all  charms  or  drugs,  epith.  of 
Medea,  Pind,  P.  4,  415. 

ΊΙαμφεγγής,  ές,  (  πάς,  φέγγος  )= 
παμφαής,  Soph.  El.  105. 

ΙΙαμφερής,  ές,  (πάς,  φέρω)  all-bear- 
ing, all-including,  Galen. 

Πάμφημος,  ον,  all-speaking,  Zonar. 

Πάμφύαρτος,  ον,  (πάς,  φθείρω)  all 
destroying  or  ruining,  μόρος,  Aesch. 
Cho.  296. 

ΙΙύμφθερσις,  η,  [πάς,  φθείρω)  de- 
stroyer of  all,  Bacchyl.  Fr.  36. 

Τίάμφθογγος,  ον,  with  or  of  all 
sounds. 

ΙΙύμφΙ,  adv.,  =  πάγχν,  from  πάν, 
Hesych. 

iΠaμφίλη.  ης, if,  Pamphile,  fern.  pr. 
n.,  Ath.  ;  Diog.  L  ;  etc. 

αίαμφιλίδας,  ον,  ό,  Pamphilidas,  a 
naval  commander  of  the  Rhodians, 
Polyb.  21,5,  5. 

ΐΐάμφιλος,  ον,  also  η,  ον,  beloved  of 
all. 

^ΤΙάμφιλος,  ον,  ό,  Pamphilus,  an 
Athenian  commander,  Xen.  Hell.  5, 
1,  2. — 2.  a  demagogue,  banished  for 
peculation,  Ar.  Plut.  174,  Schol.  adl. 
— 3.  a  celebrated  Athenian  painter. 
Id.  385. — Many  others  of  this  name  in 
Dem.  ;  Ath. ;  etc. 

ΪΙύμφλεκτος,  ον,  (πάς,  φλέγω)  all- 
burnt,  blazing,  ι3ωμοί.  Soph.  Ant. 
1006  ;  so,  π.  πυρ.  Id.  El.  1139,  Axio- 
nic.  Phileur.  1,  11. 

ΐΐαμφόβερος,  ον,  very  dreadful. 

Ώάμφορβος,  η,  ον,  (πάς,  φορβή)  all 
feeding,  Anth.  P.  7,  698. 

Ώάμφορος,  ον,  (πάς,  φέρω)  all-bear- 
ing, all-productive,  Lat.  oynnimn  ferai; 
χωρι/,  Hdt.  7,  8,  1  ;  γαία,  Aesch. 
Pers.  018 ;  so  in  Plat.,  Xen.,  etc.  :  a 
friend  is  called  παμφορώτατον  κτήμα, 
by  Xen.  Mem.  2,  4,  7. — II.  bearing  all 
things  with  it,  π.  χεράς,  a  mixed  mass 
of  rubbish,  Pind.  P.  6,  13. 

ΐΐαμφύγδ/μ',  (πάς,  φυγή)  adv.,  in  to- 
tal rout,  Opp.  H.  2,  548. 

^ΐΐαμφϋλία,  ας,  ή,  Pamphylia.  a 
province  of  Asia  Minor  between  Ci- 
licia  and  Lycia,  Strab.  p.  667. 
Hence 

■\ΐΙαμφνλιΰκός,  ή,  όν  and  -λικός, 
ή,  όν,  of  Pamphylia,  Pamphylian. 

■\ΤΙαμφνλιος,  a,  ον,  Pamphylian, 
Strab.  p.  064,  sqq. 

^Π,αμφυλίς,  ίδος,  ή,  pecul.  fem.  to 
foreg.,  ala,  Dion.  P.  639. 

^ΤΙάμφϋλοι,  ων,  ol,  the Pamphylians, 
inhab.  of  Pa?nphylia,  Hdt.  1,  28  ; 
Aesch.  Snpp.  552  ;  etc. — 2.  a  tribe  of 
the  Sicyonians,  Hdt.  5,  68. 

iΠ.άμφϋ?ιoς,  ov,  ό,  Pamphylus,  son 
of  Aegiinius,  king  of  the  Dorians 
around  Pindus,  one  of  the  Heracli> 
dae,  Pind.  P.  1,  121  :  after  him  were 
the  ϋάμφυλοι  (2)  named  ace.  to  Hdt. 
1.  c. 

Ί1ύμφϋ?Μς,  ov,  (πάς,  φυλή,  φϋλον) 


ΠΑΝΑ 

vf  mingled  tribes  or  races,  Plat.  PoUt. 
291  A :  of  all  sorts,  θήρες  At.  Av. 
Ιυ63. 

ΪΙαμφύρδην,  adv.,  (πΰς,  φυρω)  in 
titter  confusion,  V,  1,  for  παμφνγόην, 
Opp. 

Πάμφυρτος,  ov,  {ττας,  φνρω)  mixed 
of  all  sorts,  Opp.  H.  1,  779,  Longin. 

ΙΙάμφωνος,  ov,  {πάς,  φο>ι•ή)  with  all 
tones,  many-tonf.d,  epith.  of  ilutes, 
Pind.  O.  7,  21,  P.  12,  34,  I.  5  (4),  35; 
also,  7Γ.  νμέιαίος,  Id.  P.  3,  30 :  gene- 
rally, expressive,  χείρες,  Antli.  Plan. 
290 :  π.  οίνος,  Philox.'ap.  Ath.  35  D. 

αΐύμφως,  ω,  ό,  Pamphos,  an  Athe- 
nian poet  before  Homer,  writer  of 
hymns,  etc.,  Paus.  1,  28,  3 ;  7,  21,  9  ; 
etc. 

ΤΙάμφεκτος,  ov,  {πάς,  ■ψέγω)  much- 
blamed.  Manetho. 

ΐΐαμφέκταιρ,  ορός,  ό,  (τνάς,  ipiyu) 
one  that  blames  all,  Manetho. 

ΐΐαμφτιφεί,  {πάς,  ιρήφος)  adv.,  with 
all  the  votes,  π.  νικΰν,  Anth.  P.  II, 
239. 

ΤΙάμψϋχος,  ov,  ( πΰς,  φνχη )  in 
Soph.  El.  841,  7Γ.  άνάσσει,  ace.  to 
Schol.,^7raCTwv  ψνχών  άνάσσει,  cf. 
Od.  11,  483  sq.,  Aesch.  Cho.  355. 

ΐΐάμωχέω,  and  πάμωχιώ,  Dor.  for 
παμουχέω :  from 

ΙΙύμώχος,  ov.  Dor.  for  τναμονχος. 

Παΐ',  gen.  παντός,  neut.  from  πάς, 
q.  V. 

Πάν,  gen.  ΤΙάνός,  6,  Pan,  a  rural 
god  of  Arcadia,  son  of  Mercury  and 
a  daughter  of  Dryops  :  drawn  with 
goat's  feet,  horns  (these  distinguish 
him  from  the  Satyrs),  and  shaggy 
hair,  v.  Miiller  Archaol.  d.  Kunst  ^ 
.387  :  called  Pan,  ace.  to  H.  Horn.  18, 
because  he  delighted  all.  Hdt.,  2,  145, 
makes  the  worship  of  Pan  later  than 
the  Trojan  war ;  indeed  at  Athens, 
ace.  to  6,  105,  106,  it  did  not  begin 
till  after  the  battle  of  Marathon,  cf. 
ΤΙανεΐα.  Later,  the  legends  of  Pan 
were  much  enlarged  and  varied,  and 
supi)0sed  to  contain  mysterious  sym- 
bols of  nature. — The  plur.  Παι-Γτ  oc- 
curs Theocr.  4,  C3,  =  Lat.  Fauni, 
which  word  is  merely  another  form 
of  ΙΙάν. 

ΐΐάναβρος,  ov,  {πΰς,  αβρός)  quite 
or  very  soft,  Luc.  Rhet.  Praec.  11. 

ΤΙΰνάγαβία,  ας,  ή,  perfect  goodness, 
Theag.  ap.  Slob.  p.  8. 

ΤΙάνύγύθος,  ov,  also  η,  ov,  (πάς, 
αγαθός  )  perfectly,  absolutely  good, 
Cratin.  Incert.  114,  Ep.  Plat.  354  E. 

["^  ,    „ 

ΐΐάνάγήράος,  ov,  never  growing  old, 

immortal. 

ΐΐάνΰγτίς,  ες,  {πάς,  άγος)  all-hal- 
lowed, Lat.  sacro-sanctus,  Dion.  H.  6, 
89,  Plut.  Camill.  20.— II.  under  an 
άγος,  Philonid.  Cothurn.  1. 

ΤΙάνάγία,  ας,  ή,  perfect  purity,  holi- 
ness, Eccl. :  from 

ΐΐάνάγιος,  a,  ov,  {πάς,  άγιος)  quite 
pure  and  holy,  LXX.   [ά] 

ΤΙάνάγίς,  ( sc.  ημέρα )  η,  a  holy- 
day. 

ΐΐάνάγ ιστία,  ας,  i],  thorough  purifi- 
cation. 

ΤΙάναγνος,  ov,  all-pure  and  chaste. 

ΤΙάνύγρειος,  ον,=πανύγριος,  Pseu- 
do-Phocyl.  I'JO. 

ΤΙανάγρετος,  ov,=sq.,  Anth.  P.  6, 
75. 

Τίάναγρενς,  έως,  ό,  {πάναγρος)  one 
who  catches  every  thing,  Anth.  P.  5. 
219. 

ΤΙάνύγριος.  ov,  {πάς,  άγριος)  quite 
wild  or  rude,  Opp.  C.  2,  45. 

ΤΙάναγρον,  ov,  τό,  a  fishing  or  hunt- 
ing net  {v.  sq.),  Opp.  C.  1,  151,  H.  3, 
83. — II.  α  large  hen-coop  in  which  fowls 
69 


ΠΑΝΑ 

are  fattened,  Ath.  22  D.— Strictly 
neut.  from 

ΙΙάναγρος.  ov,  {πάς,  άγρα)  catching 
or  grasping  all,  "λίνον  π.,  of  a  large 
fishing-net,  II.  5,  487,  cf.  Ath.  25  B. 

ΤΙάνάγρνπνος,  ov,  {πάς,  άγρυπνος) 
quite  sleepless,  wakeful,  μερίμνη,  Mel. 
112. 

Πανάγνρις,  Dor.  for  πανήγνρις, 
Pind. 

ΤΙάνΰεργής,  ες,  (πάς,  άεργης)  un- 
wrought,  undigested,  όόρπον,  Nic.  Al. 
66. 

ΐΐάνάθέμΐτος,  ov,^sq. 

ΤΙάνάθεσμος,  ov,  (πάς,  άθεσμος) 
quite  lawless,  Opp.  C.  2,  438  ;  3,  224  : 
— the  form  πάνάθέσμιος,  in  Manetho, 
is  doubted,  [ά] 

ΐΐάνάθεστος,  ov,  {πάς,  a  priv.,  θεσ- 
σασθαι )  quite  inexorable,  Hesych. 
[a] 

ίΐάνάθήναια,  ων,  τά,  (sc.  ίερά)  the 
Panatheyiaea,  two  festivals  of  the  Ath- 
enians, τά  μεγάλα  and  τά  μικρά,  in 
honor  of  Minerva  :  the  greater  cele- 
brated in  the  third  year  of  each  Olym- 
piad, prob.  on  the  28th  of  Hecatom- 
baeon  ;  the  latter  annually,  or  ace.  to 
others  in  the  same  month  in  each  of 
the  other  three  years.  (On  the  day 
of  their  celebration,  v.  Clinton  F.  H. 
2,  325,  note,  3.32  sqq.)     Hence 

ΤΙάνάθηναϊκός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to, 
spoken  at  the  Panathenaea  ;  ό  Π.  (sc. 
/.όγυς).  name  of  a  speech  of  Isocr. : 
τά  77.,  name  of  certain  cups,  Posidon. 
ap.  Ath.  495  A. 

ΤΙάνάθ?ίΐος,  a,  ov,  (πάς,  άθ?.ίος)  all 
wretched,  Trag.,  as  Aesch.  Cho.  695, 
Soph.  O.  C.  1110. 

ΐΙάναιγ?.ήεις,  εσσα,  εν,  {πάς,  αΐ- 
γ?.τ/)  all-shining,  radiant,  Anth.  P.  9, 
806. 

ΐΐάναιθος,  η,  ov,  {πάς,  αίθο)  all- 
blazing,  κόρνθες,  II.  14,  372.  [α] 

^ΤΙάναινος,  ου,  ύ,  Panaenns,  a  cel- 
ebrated painter  of  Athens,  Strab.  p. 
.354. 

iUavaloi,  ων,  ol,  the  Panaei,  a 
Thracian  people.  Thuc.  2,  101. 

ΤΙάναίολος,  ov,  {πάς,  a/o/lof) epith. 
of  ζωστήρ,  σάκος,  II.  4,  186  ;  13,  552, 
Hes.  Sc.  139,  either  all-variegated, 
sparkling  ;  or  quite  light,  easily  moved, 
V.  sub  αίόλος. — II.  metaph.  manifold, 
βάγματα,  Aesch.  Pers.  635. 

αΐάναφος,  ου,  ό,  Panaerus.  a  Thes- 
salian  of  Pharsalus,  Thuc.  4,  78. 

Ώάναίσνλος,  ov,  all-impious. 

Πάναισχής,  ef,=  sq.,  Arist.  Eth.  N. 
1,  8,  16. 

Τίάναισχρος,  ov,  {  πάς,  αισχρός ) 
wholly  ugly,  base,  shameful :  irreg.  su- 
perl.  παναίσχιστος,  Mel.  115.  Adv. 
-ρως,  V.  1.  Polyb.  4,  58,  11. 

'Ώ.άναίτιος,ον,{πάς,  αίΛα)  the  cause 
of  all,  Ζευς,  Aesch.  Ag.  I486:— to 
whom  all  the  guilt  belongs,  opp.  to  με- 
ταίτιος,  Aesch.  Eum.  200. 

\ΐΙαναίτιος,  ov,  b,  Panaetitts,  masc. 
pr.  η  ,  Hdt.  8,  82  ;  Andoc.  ;  etc.  ;  asp. 
a  celebrated  Stoic  philosopher  of 
Rhodes,  Plut. ;  Strab. 

ΜΙαναίτωλος,  ov,  6,  Panaetolus, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Polyb.  10,  49,  11. 

Ώάνάκαρπής,  ες,  {πάς,  άκαρπος) 
all-barren,  Nic.  Th.  612. 

ΤΙάνάκεια,  ας,  ή,  {πάς,  άκεομαι)  an 
universal  remedy,  panacea  : — name  of 
a  healing  herb,  also  πάνακες.  Call. 
ApoU.  39. — II.  personified  as  daugh- 
ter of  Aesculapius,  -fPanacea-f,  Ar. 
Plut.  702,  730.  [ώΛ.•] 

Πανάκεια,  ων.  τά,  (sc.  Ιερά)  a  fes- 
tival, prob.  celebrated  in  honor  of 
Aesculapius  :  strictly  neut.  from 

ΐΐάνύκειος,  ον,^=πανακ!/ς,  Nic.  ? 

Ώύνακες,  τό,  v.  πανακ?'/ς  II. 


ΠΑΝΑ 

ΤΙανάκη,  τις,  ή,=  πανάκεια.  Anth. 
Plan.  273.  [ΰ/c] 

ΐΐάνάκήράτος,  ov,  all-unhurt :  invi- 
olable, Nonn. 

ΐΐάνάκτ/ς,  ες,  {πάς,  άκος)  all-heal- 
ing, πανακές  φάρμακον.  Call.  Ερ.  49 : 
so,  πανακες  alone.  — II.  το  π.,  α  herb 
Strab. 

ΪΙάνάκίτ-ης,  (sc.  οίνος),  ό,  wine 
prepared  with  the  herb  πάνακες. 

iTlavuKpa,  τά,  Panacra,a  mountain 
range  in  Crete,  branch  of  Ida,  Call, 
Jov.  50. 

ΤΙάνάκτειος,  ov,  =  πανύκειος,  all- 
healing,  Nic.  Th.  626. 

^Πάνακτον,  ov,  TO,Panaclum,a{oT- 
tress  of  Attica  on  the  borders  of  Boe- 
otia,  Thuc.  5,  42. 

ΤΙάνάλάστωρ,  ορός,  6,  strengthd. 
for  άΆάστωρ,  Anth.  P.  9,  269. 

ΙΙάνάλτ/θής,  ες,  {πάς,  ά'ληβής)  quite 
true.  Plat.  Rep.  583  Β  ;  π.  κακόμαν- 
τις,  an  evil  prophet  all  too  true,  Aesch. 
Theb.  724.     Adv.  -θώς,  Id.  Supp.  85. 

ΤΙάνάλήμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  {πάς, 
άλΖ/μων  )  roving  all  about,  Procl. 
Hymn.  2,  15. 

ΤΙάναλθής,  ες,  {πάς,  ά/.θω)  all-heal- 
ing, Nic.  Th.  939. 

ΤΙάνάΤίίγκίος,  ov,  exactly  like,  Nic. 
Th.  739  ;  v.  1.  προςαλ-.  _ 

Τίάναλκής,  ες,  {πάς,  αλκή)  all-poti- 
erfiil,  Aesch.  Theb.  1C6. 

ΤΙάνάλονργης,  ές,  {πάς,  ά?.ονργής) 
all-purple-dyed,  Xenophan.  ap.  Ath. 
526  Β. 

ΐΐάνάλωτος,  ov,  {πάς,  άλίσκομαι, 
άλωτός  )  all-catching,  all-embracivg. 
γάγγαμον  άτης,  Aesch.  Ag.  361.  [α] 

ΐϊάνύμείδητος,  ov,  {πάς,  άμείδητος) 
all-unsmiling,  Ορρ.  C.  3,  141. 

ΤΙάνάμείλικτος,  ον,  {πάς,  άμεΟακ- 
τος)  all-implacable,  Opp.  C.  3,  223. 

ΤίάνάμειλΙχος,  ov,  {πάς,  άμεί?ιΐχος) 
all-unkind,=  i'ureg.,  Opp.  C.  2,  203. 

ΐΐάνάμερος,  ov.  Dor.  for  πανήμε 
ρος.  Soph. 

ΤΙάνύμαορος,  ov,  (πάς,  άμμορος) 
withoxU  all  share  in,  τινός,  Anth.  P.  14, 
125.— II.  all-luckless. 

ΐΐάνάμωμος,  ov,  {πάς,  άμωμος)  all- 
blameless,  Smion.  139  ( Schneidew 
12,  19).  [ά] 

ΙΙάνάνθρωπος,  ov,  for  πάντων  αν- 
θρώπων, belonging  to,  common  to,  con- 
sisting of  all  men,  Eccl. 

ϋάνάνντος,  ov,  {άνύτω)  fully  ac- 
complishable, [ώ] 

ΤΙάναξ,  άκος,  (ό  ?)  the  plant  πάνα- 
κες, the  juice  of  which  is  όποπάναξ. 

ΐϊάνάξιης,  ov,{  πάς,  άξιος)  all-wor- 
thy, Opp.  C.  3,  407. 

ΤΙάνάοίδιμος,  ov,  sung  by  all,  Anth. 
P.  1,  9,  Plan.  71. 

ΤΙάνάπά?.ος,  ov,  {πάς,  άπα?.υς)  all- 
tender  or  soft,  delicate,  νέος,  Od.  13, 
223,  [where,  πάνάπάλος,  metri  grat.] 

Πΰΐ'ά/ταστ-οζ-,  ov,  {πάς,  άπαστος) 
without  tasting,  έδωδής,  Nic.  Al.  605. 

ΐΐάνάπειθής,  ές,  all-incredible,  Par- 
menid.  Fr.  42. 

Τΐάνάπείρϊτος,  ov,  {  πάς,  άπείρι- 
τος)  all-unbounded,  immense,  Opp.  C. 
2,517. 

ΐΐάνάπείρων,  ov,  gen.  oi'Of, =::foreg., 
Orph.  H.  58,  10. 

ΤΙάνάπενθής,  ές,  (πάς,  άπενβής) 
wholly  without  grief  Anth.  Plan.  265, 
—nisi  legend,  ταλαπενθής. 

ΤΙάνάπτ/μων,  ov,  {πάς,  άπήμων)  all- 
harmless,  Hes.  Op.  809 ;  of  Apollo, 
Anth.  P.  9,  525,  17. 

Υ1άνάπ7]ρής,  ές,  {πάς,  άπηρής)  all- 
mimutilated,  Call.   Car.   125. 

ΤΙάνάπιστος,  ov,  all-incredible,  [ά] 

ΥΙάνύποινος,  ov,  all-unpunished,  [a] 

Τ[άνάπόπλ7]κτος,  ov,  all-astounded, 
Ep.  Socr. 

1089 


ΠΑΝΔ 

ΤΙΰνύ-οτμος,  ον,  {πάς,  ΰποτμος) 
all-hapless,  11.  24,  255,  493.  [ά] 

ΐΐάνύπνστος,  ον,  all-unheard  of. — 
II.  act.  all-ignorant,  [ύ] 

ΐΐάνύργϋρος,  ον,  (  πάς,  άργυρος ) 
all  of  silver,  κρητήρ,  Od.  9,  203  ;  24, 
275. 

ΤΙάνύρετος,  ον,  (πάς,  αρετή)  all  vir- 
tue, quite  virtuous,  Luc.  Phllops.  G.  [ΰ] 

iΐlavύβετoς,  ον,  ό,  Panaretus,  an 
academic  philosopher,  Alh.  552  C. 

Yiaviiptov,  ov,  TO,  the  Lat.  panari- 
um,  in  Greek  strictly  ΰρτοφαριον  and 
άρτοφορίς,  Sext.  Emp.  p.  265. 

ΙΙάνάρίστυς,  ov,  (  πας,  άριστος ) 
best  of  all,  Has.  Op.  291,  Anth.  P.  11, 
394. 

ΤΙάνάρκετος,  η,  ov,  all-effective,  vio- 
lent, νόσος,  Aesch.  Cho.  70, — a  corrupt 
passage. 

ΙΙάναρκής,  ες,  (πας,  αρκεω)  all-suf- 
iicing,  ηλίος  π.,  the  sun  that  shines  on 
aZZ  αΖΛί,  Call.  Fr.  48,  1. 

ΤΙΰναρμόνιος,  a,  ov,  (πάς,  αρμονία) 
consisti?ig  of  all  modes,  το  π.,  sc.  όρ- 
γανον, an  instrument  on  which  all  modes 
can  be  played.  Plat.  Rep.  399  C,  sq., 
Alex.  Incert.  62. — 2.  harmonizing  with 
all,  all-harmonious,  λόγοι,  Id.  Phaedr. 
277  C. 

ΐΙΰνύβ^>ητος,  ov,  all-unutterable. 

ΐΐάναρχαίος,  ov,  most  ancient,  pri- 
meval. 

ΐΐάναρχος,  ov,  (πάς,  άρχω)  all-porv- 
erful,  ruling  all,  Soph.  O.  C.  1293. 

llavupxuv,  οντος,  6,  ruler  of  all, 
Philo. 

ΊΙάνΰσεβής,  ές,  all-impious. 

ΤΙάνασθεΐ'ής,  ές,  all-impotent. 

ΤίανάσΙτία,  ας,  ή,  α  total  want  of 
provisions. 

ΐΐάνασκηθής,  ές,  all-unharmed,  He- 
sych. 

ΐΐάνάστερος,  ov,  all-starry. 

Ώΰνατρεκής,  ές,  (πάς,  άτρεκής)  all- 
exact,  infallible,  Anth.  P.  7,  594. 

ΤΙάνανγεια,  ας,  ή,  the  fount  of  light, 
whence  the  sun  etc.  are  fed,  Philo. 

Τίάνανγής,  ές.  {πας,  αυγή)  all-bright, 
all-brilliant,  Orph.  Η.  9,  3. 

Ιίάνάύπνος,  ov,  (πάς,  άϋπνος)  all- 
sleepless,  Ορρ.  Η.  2,  659.  [ά] 

Τίΰνΰφάνής,  ές,  all-invisible. 

ΤΙάνάφήλιξ,  Ικος,  ό,  η,  (πάς,  άφή- 
Χΐξ)  ail-away  from  the  friends  of  one^s 
youth,  7/μαρ  υρφανικον  παναφήλικα 
παΐδα  τίθησιν,  11.  22.  490. 

ΤΙάνύφθΙτος,  ον,  (πάς,  ΰφθιτος)  all- 
imperishable,  Anth.  P.  7,  14. 

ΙΙάιιαώραόής,  ές,  all-unadvised. 

ΪΙάνύφνκτος,  ον,  (πάς,  άόνκτος) 
all-inevitable,  Anth.  P.  9,  396.  [ώ] 

ΙΙΰνάφν?:λος,  ον,  (πάς,  αφνλ?ίθς^ 
aU-hafless,  Η.  Horn.  Cer.  452. 

ΐΐάναχαάς,  ή,  (sc.  γη)  all  Achaia, 
Αρ.  Rh.  tl,  243. 

Ιίάνάχαωί,  ών,  οΐ,  all  the  Achaians, 
Horn. 

ΐΐάνάχραντος,  ov,  all -unstained. 

Τΐάνάώριος,  ov,  (πάς,  άωρος)  all- 
untimely,  παΙς  π.,  a  boy  doomed  to  an 
all-untimely  death,  W.'ii.,  540,  cf.  Anth. 
P.  5,  264. 

'Π.ανβδε7.υρός,  etc.,  better  παμβδ-, 
etc. 

ίΤΙανδαία,  ας,  ή,  Pandaea,  a  daugh- 
ter of  Hercules,  Arr.  Ind.  8,  7. 

ΐΙανδαίδά?Μς,  ov,  (πάς,  δαίδαλος) 
all-wrought,  jnuch-wrought,  Pind.  Fr. 
45,  5. 

ΤΙανδαισία,  ας,  ή,  (πάς,  δαίς)  α  com- 
plete banquet,  a  banquet  at  ivhich  no  one 
and  nothing  fails,  Hdt.  5,  20,  Plut.  2, 
1102  A;  cf.  Oratt.  ap.  Harp.  s.  v.— 
Later  also  πανδαίσιον,  τό. 

ΤΙανδάκέτης,  ου,  ό,  (πάς,  δύκνω) 
biting  all,  of  Cato,  Epigr.  ap.  Plut. 
Cat.  Maj.  1. 
1090 


ΠΑΝΔ 

ΤΙανδάκρντος,  ov,  (πάς,  δακρνώ) 
all  in.  tears,  all-tearful,  όδύρματα, 
Soph.  Tr.  50.  —  II.  all-bewtpt,  most 
miserable,  γένος,  Aesch.  Theb.  654  ; 
βιοτή.  Soph.  Phil.  690 ;  έφαμέρων 
έθνη,  Eur.  Or.  976. 

ΐΐανδά'λητος,  ov,  Dor.  for  πανδή- 
λητυς.  [ά] 

ΥΙανδάμάτήρ,  f/ρος,  ό,  -τείρα,  ?/, 
Orph.  Η.  9,  26.=sq. 

ΥΙανδάμάτωρ,  ορός, 6,  (πάς.  δαμάω) 
the  all-subduer,  all-tamer,  esp.  epith.  of 
sleep,  11.  24,  5,  Od.  9,373;  π.  χρόνος, 
Simon.  16  ;  δαίμων.  Soph.  Phil.  1467. 

ΐΐανδαμεί.  Dor.  (or  πάνδημε i.  Soph. 

\ΐΙανδάρεος,  ov,  ύ,  Pandareus.  son 
of  Merops  of  Miletus,  Od.  19,  518,  sq. 

^ΐΐάνδαρος,  ov,  ύ,  Pandarus,  son  of 
Lycaon,  leader  of  the  Lycians  in  the 
Trojan  war,  II.  2,  827. 

^ΥΙανδαταρία,  ας,  ή,  Payidataria, 
an  island  on  the  coast  of  Italy  near 
Formiae,  Strab.  p.  123. 

Υ\.άνδει7Μς,  ov,  (πάς,  δειλός)  all- 
cowardly,  all-miserable,  Opp.  C.  3,  230. 

Ώανδείμαντος,  ov,  all-dreaded,  ap. 
Stob. 

ΤΙάνδειματι,  as  if  from  πύνδειμα, 
TO,  with  the  fear  of  all,  Pind.  Fr.  197, 
si  vera  1.,  v.  Bergk  ad  1. 

Ώύνδεινος,  ov,  (πάς,  δεινός)  all- 
dreadful,  Plat.  Rep.  605  C  :  π.  πράγ- 
μα, a  terrible  thing,  Dem.  1267,  17. — 
II.  clever  at  all  things,  very  clever,  Plat. 
Polit.  290  B. 

ΐΐανδεκτήρ,  ηρος,  ό,  =  sq. :  fern. 
πανδέκτειρα,  Hipp. 

Τίανδέκτης,  ov,  6,  (πάς,  δέχομαι) 
all-receiving,  all-containing  :  hence,  oi 
ΧΙανδέκταί,  name  for  an  Universal 
Dictionary  or  Encyclopedia,  Tiro  ap. 
Cell.  13,  9;  but  later,  the  Pandects  or 
General  Code  of  Law  drawn  up  by  or- 
der of  Justinian. 

Τίανδέκτωρ,  ορός,  o,=foreg. 

^ΐΐανόελέτειος,  ov,  of  or  relating  to 
Pandeletus  (a  pettifo£;ging  Athenian 
rhetorician),  γνώμαι  Π.,  Ar.  Nub.  924. 

Τίανδέξιος,  oisstrengthd,  for  δεξιός, 
Synes. 

Ϊ1ανδερκέτ7]ς,  ου,  o,=  sq.,  Eur.  El. 
1177. 

Τίανδερκής,  ές,  (πάς,  δέρκο)  all- 
seeing,  Anth.  P.  9,  525,  17,  Q.  Sm.  2, 
443. 

Τίανδεχής,  ές,  {πάς,  δέχομαι)  all- 
embracing,  Plat.  Tun.  51  A. 

ΐΙανδή?.ητος,  ov,  (πάς,  δηλέομαι) 
all-dcstroyi7ig,  gluttonous,  Hippon.  5. 

ΤΙάνδ7]/.ος,  ov,  all-visible :  visible  to 
all. 

Τίανδημεί  or  -μί,  adv.  of  πάνδημος, 
with  the  whole  people,  in  a  mass  or  body, 
Hdt.  6,  16,  63,  etc.  ;  πανδημεί  πανο- 
μιλεί,  Aesch.  Theb.  296:  esp.  of  a 
whole  peoA  going  out  to  war,  π. 
βοηβεΐν,  σ-ηιατεΰειν,  Thuc.  1,  126; 
5,  33  ;  έξέρχεσθαι,  Lys.  195,  19.  [-i  ; 
but  -l  in  Anth.  P.  5,  41.] 

ΐΐανδημία,  ας,  ή,  the  whole  people, 
Plat.  Legg.  829  A :  πανδημία,  as 
adv..=foreg.,  altogether,  Aesch.  Supp. 
602:  from 

ΥΙανδήμιος,  ov,  (πάς,  δ//μος)  of  or 
belonging  to  all  the  people,  public,  gen- 
eral, π.  πτωχός,  one  who  begs  of  all 
people,  a  public  beggar,  Od.  18,  1  ;  π. 
ήμαρ,  εορτή,  a  public  day  or  festival, 
Nonn. ;  π.  άγρη,  a  draught  of  all  kinds 
offish,  Anth.  P.  9,  383. 

ΤΙάνδημος,  ov,  in  prose  the  more 
usu.  form  of  foreg.,  of  or  belonging  to 
all  the  people,  public,  common,  βονς. 
Soph.  Aj.  175,  άγων,  Eur.  Ale.  1026; 
στέγαι,  Id.  Bacch.  227 :  π.  πό?Λς, 
στρατός,  the  ivhole  body  o/the  city,  of 
the  army.  Soph.  Ant.  7,  Aj.  844;  π. 
χάρις,  general  favour,  Arist.  Rhet.  3, 


ΠΑΝΔ 

3,  3. — II.  7Γ.  'Έ,ρως,  common,  sensual 
love,  as  opp.  to  the  spiritual  sort, 
Lat.  Venus  vulgivaga.  Plat.  Symp. 
180  E,  sq.,  Xen.  Symp.  8,  9 ;  .so,  τγ, 
μουσική,  vulgar  music,  Ath.  632  B. 

Τΐάνδϊα,  uv  (sc.  Ιερά),  ret,  a  festival 
of  Jupiter  in  Athens,  Dem.  517,  10. 

ϋΐανδίη,  ης,  ή,  Pandia,  daughtei 
of  Jupiter  and  Selena,  H.  Horn.  32, 
15. 

ΤΙάνδίκος,  ov.  (πάς,  δίκΐ])  all  right- 
eous, Aesch.  Theb.  171,  Soph.  Tr. 
294.  Adv.  -κως,  most  justly.  Id.  Theb. 
670,  Cho.  241  ;  duly,  Spph.  Tr.  Oil. 

■\ΐ1.ανδΐονίδης,  ov,  ό,  son  ofPandion, 

1.  e.  Aegeus,  Dion.  P.  1024. 
ΤΙανδϊονίς,  ίδος,  ή,  fem.  patronym., 

daughter  of  Pandion,  i.  e.  the  swallow, 
Hes.  Op.  566.— II.  one  of  the  Attic 
tribes,  fPandionisj,  Aeschin.  50,  43. 

ΤΙανδΐος,  ov,  all  divine. 

^ΤΙανδίων,  όνος,  ό,  Pandion,  son  of 
Erichthonius.  father  of  Erechtheus 
and  Procne,  king  of  Athens,  Thuc. 

2.  29,  etc. — 2.  a  later,  son  ol  Cec-Ops 
II.,  being  banished  from  Athens 
reigned  in  Megara,  Eur.  Med,  665.— 

3.  a  companion  of  Teucer,  II.  12,  372. 
— Others  in  Apollod.,  etc. 

ΤΙανδοκεία,  ας,  ή,  the  trade  or  life 
of  an  i7in-keeper.  Plat.  L^gg.  918  D 
and 

ΤΙανδοκεΙον,  ov,  τό,  a  house  for  tne 
reception  of  strangers,  an  inn,  Ar.  Ran. 
550,  Aeschin.,  etc. :  also,  πανδόκιον, 
cf  Lob.  Phryn.  307 ;  from 

ΐΐανδοκεύς.  έως,  ύ,  =  πάνδοκος , 
usu.  a  host.  Plat.  Legg.  918  Β  :  me- 
taph.,  πάσης  κακίας  π.,  Id.  Rep.  580 
A  ;  π.  "Αιδης,  Lye.  655. 

ΐΐανδόκενσις,  ή,  =  πανδοκία.  Plat. 
Legg.  842  D. 

ΤΙανδοκεντι'ις,  ov,  ό,  a  host,  inn- 
keeper;  and 

ϊίανδοκεντρια,  ας,  ή,  a  hostess,  Ar. 
Vesp.  35,  Ran.  114:   from 

ΐΐανδοκενω,  (πάνδοκος)  to  receive 
all,  take  charge  of  all,  esp.  to  receive 
and  entertain  as  a  host,  Hdt.  4,  95, 
Plat.  Legg.  918  Ε  ; — pass,  to  be  fur- 
nished with  inns,  Dion.  H.  4,  53. 

ΐίανδοκέω,  iZi,=forRg. ;  metaph.,  π. 
δτλον,  Aesch.  Theb.  18. 

ΐΐανδοκία,  πανδόκιον,  v.  1.  for  παν- 
δοκεία,  -εΐον. 

ΐΐανδόκισσα,  η,^=πανδοκεντρια. 

Τίάνδοκος,  όν,  or  parox.  πανδόκος, 
(πάς,  δέχομαι)  all-receiving,  of  Cha- 
ron's boat,  Aesch.  Theb.  860,  ubi  v. 
Blomf. :  common  to  all,  of  the  sacred 
places  at  Elis  and  Delphi,  Pind.  O.  3, 
30,  P.  8,  88  : — esp.  hospitable,  ξενίαι, 
Id.  O.  4,  25 ;  δόμοι  π.  ξένων,  Aesch. 
Cho.  662 ;  π.  ξενόστασις.  Soph.  Fr. 
258.  (The  forms  with  χ,  πάνδοχος, 
πανδοχενω,  πανδοχεύς,  etc.  were  not 
considered  pure  Alt.,  Lob.  Phryn. 307, 
Thorn.  M.  676.) 

ϋίάνδοκοΓ,  ου,  ό,  Pandocus,  a  Tio- 
jan,  II.  11,  490. 

ΤΙανδυξία,  ας,  ή,  absolute  fame,  per- 
fect glory,  Pind.  N.  1,  14:    from 

ΤΙάνδοξος,  ov,  (πάς,  δόξα)  all-fa- 
mous. 

\ΤΙανδοσία,  ας,  ή,  Pandosia,  a  city 
of  Cassopia,  Dem.  84,  22,  Strab.  p. 
324. — 2.  a  city  of  Bruttium,  Strab.  ρ 
256. 

ΤΙάνδονλος,  ov,  (πάς,  δούλος)  all  a 
slave,  Anth.  P.  5,  22. 

Τίανδοϊφα,  ή,  and  πανδονρίς,  ίδος, 
ή,  a  musical  instrument  with  three 
strings.  Poll.  4.  60,  cf  Ath.  183  F  :— 
also  written  φύνδονρα :  it  has  been 
compared  to  the  pandura  or  pandorc 
of  the  Italians,  and  the  four-stringeu 
7naiirfo;e  of  the  French.     Hence 

ϋανδουρίζω,  to  play  the  παιδοϋρα 


IIANE 

Ήανδονρίς,  (δος.  ή,  ν.  ηανδονρα. 

ΐΐανδονριστήί;,  οϋ,  ό.{~ανδουρίζω) 
One  who  plays  the  ιταΐ'όθνρα,  Euphor. 
31. 

ΤΙάνδβνροζ,  6,=travoovpiaTiig,  He- 
sych. 

ΤΙανδοχΐϊον^  πανδοχεύς,=πανδοκ-, 
Polyb.  ;  cf.  πάνδοκος. 

ΐΙανδοχενω,^=7τανδοκεύω. 

Πανδοχίς,  ίδος,  ή,  pecul.  fern,  of 
sq. 

ΤΙάνδοχοζ  or  7τανδόγος,=  ίί\β  more 
Att.  πάνδοκος.  Lob.  I^hryn.  307. 

iTlavδβόσιov,  ov,  τό,  the  temple  ef 
Pandrosus  in  Athens,  ApoUod.  3,  14, 
2 :   from 

^ΐίάνδροσοςι  ου,  ή,  Pandrosus, 
daughter  of  Cecrops  and  Agraulos, 
Paus.  1,  2,  6. 

ΤΙανόΰνϊιμος,  ov,  (jraf,  δνναμαι) 
all-powerful,  [ΰ] 

ΥΙάνδνρτος,  ov,  poet,  for  πανόόυρ- 
τος,  all-lamentable,  ανδή,  Aesch.  Pers, 
940 ;  all-plaintice,  αηδών.  Soph.  El. 
1077. 

ΐΥανδνσία,  ας,  ή,  the  total  settiiig  of 
a  star,  etc.,  Leon.  Tar.  90. 

ΙΙαί-'δώρα,  ας,  η,  giver  of  all,  epith. 
of  Earth,  Ar.  Λν.  971. — II.  pass,  as 
fem.  prop,  n.,  Pandora,  i.  e.  the  All- 
eu.doived,  a  beauiiful  female,  made  by 
Vuican,  who  raftved  presents  from  all 
the  fiods  in  order  to  win  the  heart  of 
Epimetheus,  Hes.  Op.  81,  cf  Th.  571, 
s<].    From 

ΙΙάνδωρυς,  ov,  {πάς,  όώρον)  giver 
of  all,  epith.  of  Earth,  Ep.  Horn.  7, 
Opp.  C.  1,  12. 

ΙΤανδώτείρα,  ας,  ή,  giver  of  all,  v.  1. 
Orph.  H.  9,25. 

ΐΐανδώτηρ,  ηρος.  πανδώτης,  ιταν- 
δώτωρ,  6,  giver  ofaU. 

ΐΐάνεβνεύ  adv.,  with  the  whole  na- 
iiOH.,Strab.  p.  213. 

ϊίανεΐα  or  Τίάνεια,  ων,  τά,  (Πα!.') 
(sc.  ιερά)  the  feast  of  Pan.  the  Roman 
litipercaiia. — II.  sub.  δείματα,  panic 
fears,  any  sudden  fright  without  vi- 
sible cause  being  ascribed  to  Pan, 
who  ace.  to  Hdt.  assisted  the  Athe- 
nians at  Marathon  by  striking  such  a 
terror  into  the  Persians:  cf.  Eur. 
Rhes.  36. 

ΐΐΰνείδΰτος,  ov,  (ττΰς,  είδαρ)  fur- 
nished with  all  sorts  of  food,  Q.  Sm.  1, 
89. 

ΐΐΰνείδεος,  ov,=sq.,  dub. 

ΐΙάνειδ/ις,  ές,  {πάς,  είδος)  of  all 
shapes  or  kinds,  Arithm.  Vett. 

ΐΙανεικέ?Λος,  oi',=sq.,  Manetho. 

ΤΙανείκελος,  ov,  {πάς,  είκε'λος)  like 
in  all  points,  Opp.  C.  1,  433,  Anth.  P. 
12,  156. 

^ΐΐάνεΐος,  a,  ov,  of  or  relating  to 
Pan  ;  το  ΫίανεΙον,  the  temple  of  Pan, 
Strab.  p.  795  :  v.  ΙΙανεΙα. 

Τίάνελεύθερος,  ov,  {πάς,  ελεύθερος) 
entirely  free,  Anth.  Plan.  338. 

ΤΙύνέλληνες,  g)v,  οι,  {πΰ,ς,  Έλλ7;ν) 
all  the  Hellenes.  II.  2,  530,  Hes.  Op. 
526  : — on  the  Panhellenic  assembly, 
V.  Bockh  Inscr.  1,  p.  789.  The  sing. 
δ  ΐΐανέλλι/ν  in  an  Inscr.  in  Walpole's 
Travels  2,  p.  508.     Hence 

ΙΙΰνελλήνια,  uv,  τά,  (sc.  ιερά),  a 
festival  celebrated  in  Attica  and  other 
Hellenic  states,  Inscr. 

ΙΙάνελλήνίον,  ov,  τό,  the  whole  body 
of  Hellenes  ;  their  place  of  meeting  and 
common  temple,  Wachsmutli  Gr.  An- 
tiqq.  1,  p.  60. 

ύηνελλήνως  Ζευς,  the  chief  God 
of  the'united  Greeks,  Paus. 

ΤΙάνέλοφ,  ό,  Dor.  and  Aeol.  for 
πηνέλοψ.  Alcae.  53. 

ΙΙάνεμος.  6,  among  th^  Boeotians, 
name  of  the  month  Μεταχειτνιών,  or 
among  the  Corinthians  of  Βοηδρομι- 


ΠΑΝΗ 

ώΐ',  Philipp.  ap.  Dem.  280,  14  :  —  in 
Call.  Ep.  48,  ίίανημος. 

ΙΙάνέντΙμος,  ov,  in  full  honour  or 
rights. 

Πίίΐ'ίίαλλοζ•,  ov,  quite  different. 

ΐίΰνέξοχος,  ov,far  above  all,  Orph. 
Arg.  80. 

ΐΐύνεττάρκιος,  ov,  all-sitfficient. 

ΤΙάνεπήράτος,  ov,  all-lovely,  Anth. 
P.  append.  237. 

ΤΙΰνεπήτρΙμος,  ov,  of  very  close 
texture,  Opp.  C.  3,  172. 

ΙΙΰνεπιθϋμος,  ov,  all-covetous. 

ΤΙάνεπίκλοττος,  ov,  all-treacherous, 
Opp.  H.  2,  28. 

ΤΙάνεπίσκοπος.  ov,  all-surveying, 
Anth.  P.  7,  215,  Manetho. 

ΤΙΰνεπιστήμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  all- 
knoiving. 

ΐΐάνεπίφρων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  (πάς, 
έπίφρων)  all-remarking,  crafty :  τά 
πανεπίφρονα,  great  cunning,  Opp.  C 
1,328. 

Τίάνεπόπτης,  ου,  ό,  all-observing, 
LXX. 

ΙΙΰνεπόρφνιος,  (πάς,  έπί,  όρφνη) 
all  night  long,  Leon.  Tar.  1. 

Tlΰvεπόφιoς,ov^all-s^ιrveying,Nonτ\. 

ΤΙανεργέτης,  ου,  ό,  (πάς,  εργάτης) 
all-effecting,  Aesch.  Ag.  1486. 

ΐΐάνέρημος,  ov,  {πάς,  έρημος)  all- 
desolate,  Slrab.  p.  805,  Luc.  D.  Mort. 
27,2. 

ΐΐάνέσπερος,  ov,  {πάς,  έσπερος) 
lasting  the  whole  evening,  Anth.  P.  7, 
194. 

ΤΙΰνεστίος.  ov,  (πΰς,  εστία)  with 
all  the  house,  Plut.  Solon  24. 

ΤΙύνέσχάτος.  ov,  {πάς,  έσχατος) 
last  of  all,  Ap.  Rh.  4,  308. 

Πάνέτης,  ες,  {πάς,  έτος)  lasting  the 
whole  year :  neut.  πάνετες,  as  adv., 
the  whole  year  long,  Pind.  P.  1,  38. 

ΤΙάνετήτνμος,  ov,  (πάς,  έτητνμος) 
all-true,  Orph.  Arg.  538. 

ΐΐΰνετώσιος,  ov,  {πάς.  ίτώσιος)  all- 
ineffectual,  Orph.  Arg.  1220. 

ΤΙΰνευδαίμων,  ov,  (πάς,  ευδαίμων) 
quite  happy,  Plut.  2,  1063  B,  Luc. 
Contempl.  14. 

ΤΙάνεύδιος,  ov,  all-serene. 

ΐΐάνενέφοδος,  ov,  {πάς,  ενέφοδος) 
allowing  an  easy  access,  Polyb.  4, 
56,  6. 

ΐΐΰνενκηλος,  ov,  (πάς,  ενκηλος) 
all-silent.  Αρ.  Rh.  3,  1196. 

Τίάνενπρεπής,  ές,  all-becoming. 

ΐΐάνεντελης,  ές,  very  cheap,  vile. 

ΤΙΰνεύτονος,  ov,  (πας,  έντονος) 
much  strained,  very  active,  Anth.  P.  7, 
425. 

ΤΙάνενφημος,  ov,  all-praiseworthy, 
Eccl. 

ΤΙΰνενφρων,  oi',  all  night  long, 
strange  word  in  Cratin.  Incert.  114. 

ΐΐάνεύω.  (Πύΐ')  to  ρΐΛ  the  part  of 
Pan:  but  transit.,  π.  ■)vvalKa,to  have 
intercourse  with  a  female,  Heraclit. 

ΙΙάνεφθος,  ov,  (πάς,  έψω)  quite 
boiled  :  of  metals,  quite  purified,  quite 
cleansed  from  dross,  κασσίτερος,  Hes. 
Sc,  208.    [ά] 

ΤΙύνεχβης,  ές,  {πάς,  εχθος)  all-hos- 
tile:  all-hateful,  Orph.  Η.  60,  11  :  su- 
perl.  πανέχθιστος.  Lye.  1057. 

ΤΙάνιρ,εαών,  όνος,  h,  {πάς,  ήγεμών) 
ruler  of  all,  Philo,  and  Clem.  Al. 

^ΤΙανΖ/γορος,  ov,  ό,  Panegorus,  a 
Macedonian,  Arr.  An.  1,  12,7. 

Τίάνηγϋριαρχέο).  ώ,  to  be  president 
of  a  πανήγνρις,  Bcickh  Inscr.  2,  p. 
157. 

ΤΙάνηγνρίάρχης,  ov,  δ,  (πανήγνρις, 
ιφχΐύ)  the  president  of  a  πανήγνρις, 
Plut.  2,  679  B. 

Τίάνηγϊ'ρίζω,  (πανήγνρις)  to  cele- 
brate or  attend  a  public  festival,  πανη- 
γΰρις  π.,  to  keep  holy-days,  Hdt.  2,  59 ; 


ΠΑΝΘ 

π.  ίς  πύ?Λν,  to  go  to  a  city  to  attend  a 
festival,  Hdt.  2,  59  ;  generally,  to  en- 
joy one's  self,  Ael.  V.  H.  13,  1.  —  II. 
later,  to  ?nake  a  set  speech  in  a  public 
assembly,  esp.  a  panegyric,  Isocr.  85  A: 
hence•  C.  ace,  to  praise  highly,  pane, 
gyrize. 

ΐΐάνηγϊφικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to, 
fit  for  a  public  festival  or  assetnbly, 
δχλοί,  Isocr.  288  Β  :  soletnn,  festive, 
adorned,  δ  π.,  (sc.  ^oyor),  a  festival 
oration,  such  as  those  pronounced  at 
the  Olympic  games,  a  panegyric,  eu- 
logy. Id.  84  B,  etc. : — hence  flattering, 
false,  π.  7.ήμοι,  Wyttenb.  Plut.  2,  6 

A.  Adv.  -κώς,  pompously,  Plut.  2,  79 

B,  etc. ;  compar.  -κώτερον,  Polyb.  5, 
34,  3 :  from 

Ίΐίνήγϋρις,  Dor.  πανάγ-,  εΐύς,  ή, 
{πάς,  άγνρις,  αγορά)  an  assembly  of  α 
whole  nation,  etc.,  esp.  for  a  public 
festival  such  as  the  Olympic  games, 
a  high  festival,  a  solemn  assembly  on 
such  festival.  Archil.  68,  Hdt.  1,31, 
Pind.  O.  9,  145,  etc.  ;  cf  Herm.  Pol. 
Ant.  ^  10,  sq.,  and  ΐΐανιώνια,  etc.: 
Hdt.  has  πανη}ύρις  πανηγνρίζειν, 
(ϊνάγειν  and  ποίεΐσθαι,  to  hold  such 
festivals,  keep  holy-days,  2,  58,  59  ;  6, 
111 ;  σννύγειν,  Isocr. 41, 1 : — metaph., 
π.  οφθαλμών,  Ael.  V.  Η.  3,  1. 

ΐΐάνηγϋρισμός,  ov,  ό,  {πανηγυρίζω) 
the  celebration  of  a  πανήγνρις,  Dion. 
H.  7,  71,  Plut.,  etc. :  display,  ostenta- 
tion, Plut.  2,  791  B. 

Τίάν7ΐγνριστής,  ov,  b,  {πανηγυρίζω) 
one  who  attends  a  πανήγνρις,  Luc 
Herod.  2,  etc. 

ΎΙάνήκοος,  ov,  hearing  all,  more 
usu.  παντήκοος. 

Υίάνήλιος,  ov,  all-sunny,  sun-bright. 
Ί1άν>;μύδόν,  adv.,  late  poet,  form 
for  sq.,  V.  1.  Opp.  H.  3,  .360. 

ΤΙΰι^ήμαρ,  {πάς,  ήμαρ)  adv..  all  day; 
the  livelong  day,  Od.  13,  31.     Hence 

ΐΐάνημάτιος,  a,  ov.  late  poet,  form 
for  πανημέριος,  Opp.  H.  1 ,  696. 

ΤΙάνημερενω,  to  spend  the  whole  day 
in  a  thing,  keep  it  up  all  day  long,  θιά- 
σους, Eur.  Rhes.  361 :  from 

Τίΰνημέριος,  a,  ov,  (πάς,  ήμερα)  all 
day  long,  used  with  verbs,  oi  δε  π. 
μο?.π?)  θεον  Γλάσκοντο,  II.  1,  472,  of. 
Hes  Sc  396  ;  νηνς  πανημερίη.  a  ship 
which  sails  all  day,  Od.  4,  356,  cf. 
πανννχιος :  neut.  πανημέριον,  as 
Άά\.,=  ττανήμαρ,  II.  11,279:  π.  χρό- 
νος, the  livelong  day,  Eur.  Hipp. 
369. 

ΐΐΰνήμερος,  ov,  (πάς,  ήμερα)  every 
day,  Aesch.  Pr.  1024.  —  11.  =  foreg. ; 
neut.  πανημερόν  (oxyt.)  as  adv..  Hdt. 
7,  183.— 111.  in  Soph.  Tr.  660,  ττ.  μο- 
λεϊν=πάντως  Τ7)δε  τι)  ήμερα  μ.,  acc. 
to  Herm.  ;  al.  πανίμερος. 

Τίάνήμερος,  ov,  (πάς.  ήμερος)  quite 
tame,  soft,  gentle,  mild. 

ΤΙάνήπορος,  ov,  for  πανάπορος, 
quite  in  want,  Hesych. 

Τίάντ'/ρης,  ες,  convenient  for,  agreea- 
ble to  all,  like  θνμήρης. 

αΐανθα?.ίς,  ίδος,  ή.  Panthalis,  a 
handmaid  of  Helen,  Paus.  10,  25,  4. 

Τίανθαρσής,  ές,  exceeding  bold,  Ma- 
netho. 

ΤΙανθαύμαστος,  ov,  all-wonderful, 
Suid. 

αΐάνθεια,  ας,  ή,  Panthea,  wife  of 
Abradates.  Xen.  Cyr.  6,  1,  45,  sqq. — 
2.  wife  of  the  emperor  Marcus  Anto- 
ninus, Hdn. 

Τίάνθειον,  ov,  τό  (sc.  ιερόν),  a  tem- 
ple or  place  consecrated  to  all  gods,  also 
ΤΙάνθεον,  Arist.  ap.  Schol.  Ar.  Plut. 
586:  from 

ΤΙάνθειος,  ov,  (πάς,  θεός)  of  or 
common  to  all  gods,  τε?.ετή,  Orph.  H. 
34,  7. 

1001 


ΠΑΝΙ 

Πανθελ'/τ/ς,  ές,  (,ττάς, θέλγω)  charm- 
ing all,  Nonii. 

Τ1ανθΐλκτ//ρ,  νρος,  b,  {ττΰς,  θέλγω) 
α  charmer  of  all :  hence  lem.  πανΟέλ- 
κτειρα,  Simon.  51. 

ΤΙανθεός,  ό,  and  πανθεά,  ή,  epith. 
applied  by  the  Romans  to  deified 
personages,  Lat.  Divus,  Diva. 

Τ1ανβεφΐ}ς,  ου,  ύ,  {πάς,  έψω)  α  ves- 
sel for  cooking,  digester,  Lat.  sartago, 
cacabus,  like  ανθέψης- 

ΤΙανθηλής,  ές,  (ττάς,  βάλλω)  ύλη 
7Γ.,  a  wood  sprouting,  flourishing  with 
all  manner  of  trees,  Anth.  P.  9,  282. 

ΐΐάνθηρ.  νρος,  ό,  "  panther,  Lat. 
panthfra,  Hdt.  4,  192,  Xen.  Cyn.  H, 
J,  Arist.  H.  A.  6,  35,  3. 

ΐΐανϋί/ρα,  ή,  the  whole  booty,  very 
late. 

ΐΐανθηρίσκος,  ov,  b,  dim.  from 
Truvtiijp- 

ΪΙάνθηρος,  ov,  (jraf,  θ7]ρύω)  catch- 
ing all.  Anth. 

\ΙΙαιβίαλαίθΐ,  ων,  οι,  the  Panlhia- 
laei,  a  division  ol  the  Persians,  Hdt. 
1,  125. 

αίανθίας,  συ,  b,Panthias,  of  Chios, 
a  statuary.  Paus.  6,3, 11. 

\ΥΙανβοίδας,  ύ,  Panthoedas,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Plut. ;  etc. 

+  Πανθθί(5?/ζ•,  ου,  δ,  son  of  Panthoiis, 
i.  e.— 1.  Polydarnas,  II.  13,  756.-2. 
Euphorbus,  11.  16,  808. 

ύανθοινεί,  Άάν.—ττανθοινί. 

ΊΙαί'βοινέω,  ώ,  to  give  a  high,  stately 
feast. 

ΐΐανθοινί,  also  -i-et,  adv.,  at  a  high 
festival.   [(] 

ηαΐ'θοινία,  ας,  r/,  a  high  festival, 
Ael.  N.  A.  2,  5~  -.—(πανθοίνη  is  f.  I., 
V.  Lob.  Phryn.  499). 

ΐΐάνθοινος.  ov,  [πάς,  θοίνη)  feast- 
ing high  or  splendidly,  with  δαίς,  etc. 
=:-ανθοινία,  Babrius,  Opp.  H.  2, 
221. 

\Π.ύΐ'θοος,  ov,  contd.  Ιϊάνθονς,  ov, 
6,  P'tnthoiis  or  Panthus,  a  priest  of 
Apollo  at  Delphi,  conveyed  by  Ante- 
nor  to  Troy,  and  priest  of  Apollo 
there,  II.  17,  9  sqq.,  Luc.  Gall.  17. 

ΐΐάνθροος,  ov,  contr.  -θρους,  ovv, 
bratiling  on  all  occasions. 

ΊΙαί'θνμΰύόν,  adv.,  in  high  tvrath, 
Od.  18,  33 ;  formed  like  ομοθυμαδόν. 

ΐΐάνθϋτος.  ov,  (ττΰς,  θνω)  celebrated 
with  all  kinds  of  sacrifl.ces  :  generally, 
all-hatloived,  θέσμια.  Soph.  Aj.  712. 

Ilavia,  ας,  //,=:7Γλ/;σμοΐ';/,  and  ττά- 
via,  τύ,=  7Γλ//σ/ζ<α,  dialectic  forms, 
Dinoloch.  ap.  Ath.  Ill  C. 

ΤΙανίάς,  άδος,  pecul.  poet.  fern,  of 
Πανι/cof. 

Ύίάνίερος,  ov,  all-holy,  Philo.  Adv. 
-ρως. 

ϋΰ,νΐκός,  η,  ov,  in  Aesch.  Fr.  92, 
also  Πάΐ'ίΟζ-,  a,  ov,  (Πάΐ')  belonging, 
sacred  to  Pan  :  esp.  το  Ιίανικόν,  with 
or  without  δεΐμα.  Panic  fear,  cf.  Πα- 
νεΐα  II,  Polyb.  5,  96,  3. 

ΐϊΰνΐλάόόν,  adv.,  iyi  ivhole  troops. 

ΐΐύνίλάος,  ov,  {πάς.  ϊλαος)  all- gra- 
cious, Opp.  H.  2,  40.  [i] 

ΐΐΰνίλϋ,ρος,  ov,  {Ίϊΰς,  ιλαρός)  all- 
cheerful,  Nonn. 

ΙΙάνίμερος,  ov,  (πάς.  ίμερος)  all- 
lovely,  Anth.  P.  2, 169;  cf.  τνανημερος. 

Πάνων,  ov.  τό,  (Πάν)  (so.  ιερόν), 
the  festival  of  Pan,  like  ΐΐανεΐα.  [α] 

ΐΐάνίον,  ov,  τό.  Dot.  for  ττηνίον, 
Leon.  Tar.  8.  [a] 

ΐΐύνιον,  ov,  τό,^=πλήσμιον,  v.  πα- 
νιά. 

ΐϊάνως,  a,  ον,=  ΤΙανικός.  [ώ] 

ΤΙάνίσδομαι,  Dor.  for  ■κηνίζομαι, 
Theocr. 

ΤΙανίσκος,  ov,  δ,  dim.  from  Πάν, 
Cic.IS.  D.  3,  17. 
1093 


ΠΑΝΟ 

Τίύνισμός,  οϋ,  ύ,  Panic  fear,  dub. 
in  Plut. 

tΠβI'iσόf,  ov,  b,  the  Panisus,  a  riv 
er  of  Thessaly,  Howing  into  the  Pe 
nens,  Ap.  Rh.  3,  1085. 

ΙΙάνίσχϊφος,  ov,  very  strong  or  firm. 

iTlai'iTfjr,  ov,  δ,  Panites,  masc.  pr, 
n.,  Hdt.  0,  52. 

Τίάνίχνιον,  ov,  TO,  the  whole  track, 
usu.  Ill  plur.,  Opp.  C.  1,  454. 

ΥΙΰιίωνες,  ων,  οι,  the  whole  body  of 
Jonians.  [I]     Hence 

ΤΙάνΙώνιον,  ov,  TO,  the  body  or  com- 
munity of  lonians  :  esp.  their  place  of 
meeting  at  Mycale,  and  the  common 
temple  there  built,  Hdt.  1,  141,  etc., 
cf.  ΙΙανελ7•.ήνιον.  — 11.  τα.  ΪΙανιώνια 
(sc.  ιερά),  the  festival  of  the  united 
lonians,  Hdt.  1,  148,  cf.  Herm.  Pol. 
Ant.  §  77,  18. 

^ΥΙανιώνιος,  ov,  6,  Panionius,  a  citi- 
zen of  Chios,  Hdt.  8,  103, 

ΐΐάνλ.ίνκος,  or,  all  white,  more  usD. 
πάλλενκυς,  Nonn. 

ΤΙαν'λώιϊητος,  ov,  {πας,  λιωβάομαι) 
grievously  disfigured,  hideous,  Luc. 
Tox.  24. 

ΙΙαννέφε?.ος,  ov,  {πάς,  νεφέλ.η)  all- 
cloudy,  Orph.  H.  18,  4. 

iTlavvovioi,  ων,  o'l,  the  Pannonians, 
a  people  dwelling  north  of  lllyricum, 
Strab.  p.  313,  sqq. 

Ώάνή'χα,  v.  πύνννχος. 

Τίανννχίζω,  {πανννχίς)  to  celebrate 
a  night -festival.  Ty  θεά,  Ar.  Ran.  445, 
cf  Tiinae.  ap.  Ath.  250  Α.— II.  gen- 
erally, to  xvatch  or  do  any  thing  the 
livelong  night,  Ar.  Fr.  116  ;  φ?.όξ  σν-ύ 
νεχές  π.,  il  lasts  all  night  long,  Pind. 
1.  4, '110(3,  83):  c.  ace,  π.  την  νύ- 
κτα, to  spend  the  livelong  night,  Ar. 
Nub.  1069. 

ΤΙανννχικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to  a 
πανννχίς,  Anth.  P.  append.  68. 

ΤΙανινχιος,  η.  ov.  Att.  also  ος,  ov, 
{πάς,  νί'ξ)  all  night  long,  used  with 
verbs,  ενδειν  π.,  11.  2,2;  π.  "φνρ^η 
έφεστήκει,  11-  23,  105  ;  π.  ύ'  άρ  ελε- 
κτο  συν  aiooir/  παράκοιτι,  Hes.  Sc. 
46  ;  άνεμοι  π.,  winds  which  blow  all 
night  long,  II.  23,  217  }  νΊ)νς  π..  Od.  2, 
434;  7Γ.  χοροί.  Soph.  Ant.  153;  Eur., 
etc. : — n'ent.  as  adv.,  11.  2,  24. — Opp. 
to  πανημέριος.  Cf.  πάνννχσς.  [ί] 
Hence 

ΐΐανννχίς,  ίδος,  η,  a  night-festival, 
Lat.  pervigilium,  πανννχίόα  στήσειν, 
Hdt.  4,  76  ;  πανννχίδες  θεάς,  Eur. 
Hel.  1365  ;  π.  ποιείν,  θεάσασθαι. 
Plat.  Rep.  328  A  :— in  EccL,  a  mgil. 
— 1  ] .  α  »Y!  tching,  keeping  awake  all  night. 
Soph.  El.  92. 

αίανννχίς,  ίδος,  ij,  Panmichis, 
fem.  pr.  n.,  Luc. 

ΠίΐνινχισμΜ,  ατός,  TO,=  sq.  [ί•] 

ίλανννχισ^ς,  ov,  b,  the  keeping  a 
iiight -festival. 

ΤΙαννϊ'χιστής,  ov,  b,  one  who  keeps 
a  night-festival. 

ΤΙάρννχος,  ον,=:πανννχιος.  II.  10, 
159,  Aesch.  Pers.  382,  Soph.  Ant. 
1152,  Eur.  Al.  451  :— asadv.,  in  neut. 
pi.,  πάνννχα,  the  livelong  ni^^ht.  Soph. 
Aj.  930 :  also  in  Hdt.  2,  130. 

Ιίύνξενος,  ov,  should  be  written 
πάγξενος,  q.  ▼. 

ίΐΰνόδνρτος,  ov,  most  lamentable, 
Mel.  109. — II.  act.  L•menting  sorely; 
V.  πανδ: 

ΥΙάνοιζνς,  ν,  gen.  νος,  [πάς,  όϊζνς) 
all-unhappy,  Aesch.  Cho.  49. 

Υϊανοίκεί,  -κεσία,  -κησία,  and  πύ- 
νοικί,  ν.  sq.  [ί] 

ΙΙάνοικία,  Ion.  -κίτι,  adv.,  {πΰς, 
οικης)  strictly  dat.  from  a  supposed 
num.,  πανοικία,  ivith  all  the  house, 
household  and  all,  Hdt.  7,  39;  8,  106, 
Philem.  p.  373 :  (the  nom.  πανοικία 


ΠΑΝσ 

only  in  Philo) : — we  also  und  iraf&i- 
κησία,  Tbuc.  2,  16;  3,  57;  and  ~av- 
οικεσία,  Dion,  H.  7,  18,  — likewise 
without  nom. ;  whilst  the  real  παν- 
οικεί,  -κι,  (found  in  Plat.  Eryx,  392 
C)  are  rejected  by  the  strict  Atticisis, 
Lob.  Phryn.  516  sq. :  cf,  πανστρατιά, 
πανσνδίϊβ. 

ΤΙΰνοίκιος,  ov,  (πΰς,  οίκος)  with  all 
one's  house,  Diod.  5,  20,  Strab. 

ΪΙύνοίκος,  oi',=  foreg.,  dub. 

ΊΙανοίμοι,  oh  utter  woe !  Aescd. 
Cho.  875. 

Υϊάνόλβιος,  ov,  {,πΰς,  όλβιος)  tndy 
happy,  H.  Hum.  6,  54,  Theogn.  441  . 
jrreg.  superl.  πανό'λβιστος.  Or.  Sib. 

ΪΙύνο?,βος,  oi'r=^breg.,  Aesch.  Supp. 
582. 

ΤΙΰνολ.έθριος,  ov,  and  πΰνόλεθρος, 
ov,  worse  forms  for  πανωλ-.  Lob. 
Phryn.  705. 

ΪΙάνομΟεί,  adv.,  in  whole  troops,  cf 
sub  πανδημεί. 

ϊΐύνόμμάτος,  ov,  {πΰζ,  όμμα)  all- 
eyed,  Anlh.  P.  1,  117. 

Ώΰνόμοιος,  ov,  Ep.  -μοϊίος.  {πΰς, 
όμοιος)  just  like,  Anth.  P.  7,  599. 
Adv.  -υς,  Hipp.  21. 

ΊΙάνομφαϊος,  ov,  δ,  {πΰς,  όμόί/)  a 
sender  of  ominous  voices,  or,  generally, 
of  divination,  epith,  of  Jupiter,  11.  8, 
250,  Simon.  φ, 

ΤΙύνομφής,  ef,  =  foreg.,  Poet.  ap. 
Euseb.  Praep.  5,  8, 

■\ΐΙανοπεΙς,  έων,  ol,  the  Panopiims, 
inhab.  of  Panopeus,  Strab. ;  hence  ή 
ΙΙανοπεων  πολις=  Ιίανοπενς,  Hdt, 
8,35. 

^ΐΐανοπείχ.  έως  Ερ.  τ/ος,  ό,  Pano- 
peus, a  city  of  Phocis  on  the  borders  of 
Boeotia,  on  the  Cephisus,  II.  17,  307  ; 
Od.  11,  581. — II.  son  of  Phocus,  one 
of  the  Calydonian  hunters,  II.  23,  665. 

^ΪΙανόπη,  ης,  ή,  Panope,  daughter 
of  Nerens  and  Doris,  II.  18,  45  ;  Hes, 
Th.  250.— Others  in  ApoUod.  ;  etc. 

αίανοπηίάδης,  ου.  ό,  son  of  Pano- 
peus, i.  e.  Epens,  Anth,  appernl.  88. 

iΠavo—ηiς,  ίδος,  ?/,daughter  of  Pa- 
nopeus, Αίγλη,  Hes.  Fr.  51. 

ϋΐανοπίς,  ίόσς,  ή.  the  territory  of 
Panopeus,  Hes.  Fr.  15. 

ΠΰΐΌττλί'α,  ας,  ή,  {πάνοπλος)  the 
full  armour  of  an  οπλίτης,  i.  e.  shield, 
helmet,  breastplate,  greaves,  sword, 
and  lance,  a  full  suit  of  armour,  Ar. 
Av.  434,  Thuc.  3,  114,  I.socr,  352  D  : 
πανοπ/ίτ),  Att,  -/«,  in  full  armcmr. 
cap-a-pie',  ViAX..  1,  60,  Plat.  Legg,  796 
B. — II.  a  troop  of  men-at-arms,  dob. 
[On  the  supposed  i  in  Tyrtae.  2,  38, 
V,  Fraucke  Callin.  p.  188.J    Hence 

Ί\ανοπ7.ί~ΐίς,  of,  ό,  a  man  in  full 
armour,  Tyrtae.  2,  38  ;  v.  foreg.  11. 

ΤΙάνοπλος,  ov,  {πΰς,  οπ/Ιοί')  infill 
armour, '  with  all  his  harness  on'  Aesch. 
Theb.  59  ;  π.  όχλος,  Eur.  Phoen.  149. 

ΐΐΰνοπλότατος,  η,  ov,  {πάς,  δπλό- 
τατος)  the  very  youngest.  Αρ.  Rh.  3, 
244. 

iUav&πoλις,  η,τζ^ΤΙανύν  πόλις. 

ΤΙΰνόπτης,  ov,  δ,  {πάς,  όψομαι)  the 
all-seemg,  of  the  8un,  Aesch.  Pr.  91 ;  of 
Jupiter,  Id.  Eum.  1015  ;  of  the  herds- 
man Argus,  Id,  Supp.  304, — who  is 
called  simply  ό  ΤΙανόπτης  in  Eur. 
Phoen.  1115,  Ar.  Eccl.  80. 

Ώίϊνοπτος,  ov,  {πάς,  δψομαι)  seen 
of  all,  fully  visible,  [a] 

ΤΙάνόπτρια,  ας,  ή,  fem.  of  πανό- 
πτης,  late. 

Ώάνόράτος,  ov,  {όρύώ)='πάνο^τος. 

ΠάΐΌρι/fi  and  -μι,  adv.,  {ορμή)  with 
all  one's  force. 

ΐΐάι-ορμος,'  ov,  (πΰς,  όρμος  II)  al- 
ways lit  for  landing  in,  λιμ"'ες,  Od. 
13;  195. 


ΠΑΝΣ 

^ΊΙύνορμοζ,  ον,  ό,  Panormus.  a  city 
and  port  of  Sicily,  founded  by  the 
Phoenicians,  Thuc.  G,  2. — 2.  a  city 
of  Epirus,  serving  as  port  to  Oricum, 
Strab.  p.  316. — 3.  a  harbour  of  Achaia, 
opposite  Naupactus,  Thuc.  2,  66. — 
4.  a  harbour  on  the  Ionian  coast  of 
Asia  Minor,  port  of  Ephesus,  Hdt.  1, 
157  ;  Strab.  p.  639. 

Τίανός,  ό,=  άρτος,  bread,  among  the 
Messapians  :  cf.  Lat.  panis,  and  v. 
Ath.  inc. 

Ilarof,  (5,  Aeol.  for  φανός,  like  πά- 
τνη  for  φάτνη,  etc.,  α  torch  or  beacon, 
Aesch.  Ag.  280,  Eur.  Ion  195:  also 
α  lantern,  A.  B. 

ΤΙΰνόσμισς,  or  -μεος,  ov,  b,  (πας•, 
οσμή)  all-scent :  name  of  a  flower, 
Nic.  ap.  Ath.  684  C. 

fTlavoς  όρος,  τό,  a  mountain  near 
Marathon  with,  a  grotto  of  Pan, 
Paus. 

ϋύνοσττρία,  ας,  η,  a  mixture  of  all 
sorts  nf  pulse  ;  cf.  Τϊανσ~ερμία. 

ΤΙύνοί'ργενμα,  ατός.  τό,  a  knavish 
trick,  subtle  dealing,  LXX  :  from 

ΐΐαΐ'ονργεύομαι,  dep.  mid.,=:sq., 
LXX. 

ΤΙΰνονργέώ,  ώ,  £  -ήσυ,  to  be  παν- 
ονργος,  to  play  the  knave  or  villain, 
Eur.  Med.  583.  Ar.  Ach.  658,  etc. ; 
δσια  77.,  to  do  a  holy  deed  in  an  unholy 
way.  Soph.  Ant.  74  ;  πανουργίας  π. 
■περί  τι,  Dem.  943,  1.     Hence 

ΐΐΰνούργημα,  ατός,  τό,^πανούρ- 
γενμα.  Soph.  ΕΙ.  1387. 

ύύνονργία,  ας,  ή,  ^ττανοϋργος)  un- 
scrupulous conduct,  knavery,  villany, 
Aesch.  Theb.  590,  Soph.  Phil.  915; 
and  in  plur,  knavish  tricks^  Id.  Ant. 
300,  Ar.  Eq.  684,  etc. 

ΤΙάνουργικός,  ή,  όν,  knavish.  Adv. 
-κ,ύς. 

ΐΐΰνονργηττϊαρχίδας,  ov,  ό,  a  cap- 
tain of  rascals  ;  or  perh.,  knave-Hip- 
parchides,  Ar.  Ach.  603. 

Ίΐΰνονργος,  ov,  (~ας,  *εργω)  strict- 
ly ready  to  do  any  thing,  hence,  almost 
always  in  bad  sense  (v.  Arist  Eth. 
N.  6,  12,  9),  knavish,  roguish,  vilianous, 
treacherous,  first  in  Att.,  as  Aesch. 
Cho.  383,  Eur.  Ale.  766,  etc.,  and 
freq.  in  Ar. :  like  δεινός,  shrewd,  Po- 
!yb.  31,  20,  3  : — as  subst.  ό  or  ή  ττ.,  a 
knave,  rogue,  villain,  deceiver,  Eur. 
Hipp.  1400;  so,  τα  ττ.,  the  knavi^. 
Soph.  Phil.  448  ;  to  π.^-ζανονργία, 
Id.  El.  1507.  Adv.  -y«f,  Ar.  Eq.  317, 
Plat.,  etc. 

Ή.άνούρίος,  ov,  (ουρος)  quite  fair,  of 
the  wind. 

Τ1άνό•φια,  τά,  V.  πνανέψια. 

ΤΙάνόίριος,  ov,  {πΰς,  όφις)  all-seen, 
catching  every  eye,  epith.  of  a  bright- 
glancing  spear,  II.  21,  397  (where 
others  falsely  derive  it  from  όψε,  and 
expl.  it  ■πάντων  τε/.ενταΐος). — II.  all- 
seeing,  Nonn. 

ΙΙάνρντος,  ov,  (πάς,  ^ω,  ()έω)  quite 
liquid,  Orph-  H.  9,  23. 

Π.ανσάγία  or  —ασσαγία,  ας,  ή,  (πάς, 
σύγη)  =^  τνανοπ/.ία  :  ττανσαγία.  as 
adv.,  in  full  armour.  Soph.  Ant.  107. 

ΤΙανσέ3αστος,  ov,  all-reverend. 

Ι1ανσε?.ηνίάζω,  to  be  at  the  full 
moon,  Procl. :  and 

ΊΙανσε/.ηνιακός,  ή,  όν.  belonging  to 
the  full  moon,  ProcL  :  from 

ΤΙανσέληνος,  ov,  or  πασσ-,  (as 
Bekk.  Arist.  Anal.  Post.  2,  8.  6,  etc.) 
(πάς,  σε/.ήνη) : — of  the  moon,  at  the 
full,  η  σελήνη  ετύγχανε  ονσα  π., 
Thuc.  7.  50;  ώρα  π.,  the  time  of  full 
moon,  Hdt.  6,  106  : — π.  κύκλος,  the 
moon  s  full  oib,  Eur.  Ion  1155;  and, 
η  π.,  absol.,  the  full  mooti,  Hdt.  2,  47, 
Aesch.  Theb.  389;  ή  avpiov  ττ..  to- 
iS^xxof/'s full-moon.  Soph.  0.  T.  1090. 


ΠΑΝΤ 

— Π.  round  as  the  full  moon,  χρνσίς, 
Hermipp.  Cere.  2. 

ΤΙύνσεμνος,  ov,  (πάς,  σεμνός)  all- 
reverend,  very  stately,  Luc.  Vit.  Auct. 
26. 

ΤΙάνσεπτος,  ov,  all-respected :  also 
=foreg. 

ΤΙανσθενεί,  adv.,  with  all  one's 
strength:  from 

Τίανσθενής,  ες,  {πάς,  σθένος)  all- 
powerful,  almighty,  όνναμις,  Clem. 
ΑΙ. 

Τίανσκύήιεία,  ας,  ή,  α  digging  pits 
for  planting,  Geop. 

ΪΙάνσκοπος,  ov,  {πάς,  σκοπέω)  all- 
seeing,  all-surveying,  Anth.  Plan.  233. 

ΤΙύνσμικρος,  ov,  {πάς,  σμικρός) 
very  small.  Plat.  Legg.  903  C. 

ΤΙύνσοφος,  ov,  {πάς,  σοφός)  all-wise, 
very  wise.  Soph.  Fr.  784,  Eur.  H.  F. 
188;  7Γ.  όνομα,  .A.esch.  Supp.  319.  In 
Plat,  written  also  πάσσοφος,  Stallb. 
w.  11.  Protag.  315  E,  Buttm.  Ausf. 
Gr.  %  120  Anm.  12.  Adv.  -φως,  Phi- 
lostr. 

Ίλανσπερμηδόν,  adv.  {πάνσπερμος) 
with  all  sorts  of  seeds,  Nic.  ap.  Ath. 
372  F. 

ΤΙανσπερμία,  ας,  η,  a  mixture  of  all 
sorts  of  seeds,  like  πανοσπρία,  Luc. 
Hermot.  61 : — metaph.  of  a  mixture 
of  the  elements,  Democr.  ap.  Arist. 
de  Anima  1,  2,  3,  Plat.  Tim.  73  C  : 
so,  παθών  π.  δ  θυμός,  Plut.  2,  462  F  : 
from 

ΪΙάνσπερμος,  ov,  (,πΰς,  σπέρμα) 
composed  of  all  sorts  of  seeds,  Anth.  P. 
€,  !)8• 

Παΐ'σΓρΰτεί  and  -τί,  adv.  later 
forms  for  sq.,  q.  v.  [i] 

ΐΐανστράτια.  Ion.  -Tty,  {πΰς,  στρα- 
τός) with  the  iihole  army,  Hdt.   1,  62  ; 

3,  39,  etc.,  Thuc.  6,  7,  etc.  ;  dat., 
used  as  adv.,  without  any  nom.  παν- 
στρατίά  in  use  ;  though  we  find  a 
gen.  πavσTfJaτιΰς  γενομέν7/ς  in  Thuc. 

4,  94.  The  regtil.  advs.  πανστρατεί 
and  -τί  are  only  in  Gramm.,  cL  πα- 
νό ικ  ία. 

ϋανσνδεί  and  -δί,  also  written 
πασσ-,  adv.,  v.  sq. 

ΤΙανσϋδίτι  or  πασσνδίΐ),  adv.,  (πάς, 
σενω,  εσσνμαι)  :  —  with  all  speed,^ 
πάσ>}  τη  σπονδή,  11.  2,  12,  29,  66.  etc., 
where  Aristarcn.  reads  πανσνδίτ), — 
whereas  Ap.  Rh.  etc.  prefer  the  soft- 
er form,  1,  323,  etc.;  Att.  πανσνόία 
in  Eur.  Tro.  792.— II.  later,  with  the 
whole  body,  all  logether.=πavστaτιά, 
Wem.  Tryph.  112.  —  Strictly  dat. 
from  a  nom.  πανσνδίη,  not  in  use, 
from  which  also  we  have  ace.  πανσν- 
δίην  or  πασσνδίην  in  same  signf., 
Ap.  Rh.  3,  195,  cf.  Buttm.  cit.  sub 
πύνσοφος.  The  adv.  πανσυδεί,  or 
πασσυδί.  occurs  Thuii  8,  1,  Xen. 
Hell.  4,  4.  9,  Ages.  2,  19.  Cf.  πανοι- 
κία.  πανστρατία. 

Υίάνσυρτος,  ov,  {πας,  σύρω)  swept 
together  from  every  side,  αιών  πάνσνρ- 
τος  ΰχεων,  a  life  of  accumulated  woe. 
Soph.  El.  851. 

Υίάνσχημος,  OV,  and  πανσχήμων, 
ov,  of  all  shapes. 

ΙΙαντά,  adv..  Dor.  for  πάντη,  q.  v. 
(Not  παντά.) 

ΤΙανταγήρως,  ων,  ν,  sub  παντογή- 
ρως. 

^Υίαντάγνωτος,  ον.  ό,  Pantagnotus, 
brother  of  Polycrates  tyrant  of  Sa- 
mos,  Hdt.  3,  39. 

^ΤΙανταίνετος,  ov.  h.  Pantaenetus, 
an  Athenian  against  whom  one  of  the 
orations  of  Dem.  is  directed. 

HavTuKr/.an  Ion.  form  οίπανταχή, 
and  so  written  in  Hdt.  2,  124  in  the 
best  MSS.,  which  elsewh.  agree  in 
πανταχη. 


ΠΑΝΤ 

^ΤΙαντακ/.ήΓ,  έονς,  ό,  Pantactes.  an 
Athenian,  Ar.'Ran.  1036.— 2.  a  Spar- 
tan ephor,  Xen.  Hell.  2,  3,  10.— Oth- 
ers in  Andoc. ;  etc. 

ϋΐαντακνας,  ov,  ό,  the  Pantacyas, 
a  river  of  Sicily,  between  Megara  and 
Syracuse,  Thuc.  6,  4. 

ΤΙαντά/Λς,  aiva,  άν,  {πάς,  τά/.ας) 
all-uretched,  Aesch.  Pers.  638,  Eur. 
Andr.  140. 

ίΏανταλέων,  οντος,  ό,  Pantaleon, 
son  of  Alyattes,  brother  of  Croesus, 
Hdt.  1,  92.— Others  in  Strab. ;  Arr. ; 
etc. 

ΤΙαντάναξ,  ακτος,  ό,  king  of  all. 
[ar] 

Τίαντάνασσα,  ή,  fern,  of  foreg., 
queen  of  all.   [ar] 

Τίαντάπάσί,  -πασιν,  adv.,  (πάς  re- 
dupl.)  a/Z  in  all,  altogether,  wholly.  Plat., 
etc. ;  π.  ολίγοι,  very  few  indeed.  Id. 
Polit.  293  A  ;  π.  β/.άξ,  quite  a  simple- 
ton, Xen.  Cyr.  1,  4,  12  :  to  tt..  Thuc. 
3,  87.  In  replying,  it  affirms  strong- 
ly, by  all  means,  quite  so,  undoubtedly, 
and  then  π.  μεν  ovv  is  usu.  employ- 
ed. Plat.  Phaedr.  278  B,  Soph.  227 
A  ;  so,  π.  γε,  Xen.  Mem.  4,  5,  3 ;  cf. 
παντε?.ής  III. 

Τίανταρ3ής,  ες,  {πΰς,  Tap,ei(j)fear 


ίανταρ 
oil,  Ma 


ΙΙάνταρίος,  η,  ov.  {πΰς,  ταρβέω  II) 
scaring  all,  Anth.  P.  9,  490.— II.  ή 
παντάρβη,  a  precious  stone,  Ctes.  p. 
265,  Bahr. 

αίαντύρης,  ονς,  ό,  Pantares,  father 
of  the  tyrant  Hippocrates  in  Gela, 
Hdt.  7.  154. 

αίαντύρκης,  ονς,  ό,  Pantarces, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Paus.  5,  11,  3. 

Τίανταρκής,  ες,  {πάς,  όρκέω)  all- 
powerful,  Aesch.  Pers.  855. 

ΐΐαντάρχας,  ου,  6,  Dor.  for  παν- 
τάρχης,  {πΰς,  άρχω)  ruler  of  alt,  Ar. 
Αν.  1059  and  v.  1.  Soph.  O.  C.  1085. 

ΤΙανταμχία,  ας,  ή,  universal  sway . 
from 

ΙΙάνταρχος,  ov,  {πΰς,  άρχω)  all- 
ruling.  Soph.  O.  C.  1085. 

Τίαντύσκΐος,  ov,  all-shadowless. 

ΤΙαντανγής,  ές,  eyeing  all,  Manetho. 

ίΤίύντανχος,  ov.  ό,  Pantavchus,  a 
Macedonian  of  Alorus,  .\rr.  Ind.  18,6. 

Τίαντάφοβος,  ov,  f.  1.  for  παντόφο- 
βος. 

Ώαντΰχη  or  -χ^.  Ion.  παντακή, 
q.  v.,  {πΰς),  adv.  of  place,  every  tvhere, 
like  πανταχού,  c.  gen.  loci,  Hdt.  7, 
106,  Eur.  Ion  J 107  : — in  every  direc- 
tion, every  way.  Id.  2,  124.  etc.,  and 
Att.  ;  cf.  Valck.  Phoen.  272.— II.  by 
all  means,  absolutely,  Hdt.  3,  38  :  in  all 
respects,  altogether.  Id.  5,  78,  Aesch. 
Pr.  198,  etc. 

ΤΙαντάχόθεν.  adv.,  from  all  pieces 
or  .'Sides,  Ar.  Lys.  1007,  etc. 

ΐΐανταχόθι,  adv.,  =  πανταχού,  c. 
gen.,  Luc.  D.  Deor.  9,  1. 

ΪΙαντάχοϊ,  adv..  in  every  direction, 
every  way.  Ar.  Vesp.  1004. 

ΙΙαντΰχόσε,  adv..=  foreg.,  Thuc.  7, 
42.  Plat.  Rep.  539  E,  etc. 

ΙΙαντύχον,  adv.,  every  where,  like 
πανταχή,  Hdt.  3,  117  (though  the 
reading  varies),  and  freq.  in  Att. 

ΙΙαντηγώς.  adv.,  in  all  ways,  alto- 
gether, Piat.  Farm.  143  C. 

ΤΙαντέλεια,  ας,  ή,  {παντε?.ής)  per- 
fection, completion  ;  π.  της  διαφοράς, 
the  utter  ruin,  Polyb.  1,  48,  9. — Π.  τριε- 
τή ρική  π.,  of  the  great  mvsteries, 
Plut.  2,  671  D.— III.  παντέλεια  was 
a  Pythagorean  name  of  the  number 
j   Ten. 

I      Υίαντελειος,  ov,  later  form  of  sq. : 

τά  π.,  the  completion,  i.  e.  chief  oay  of 

the  festival,  Heraclid.  ap.  Ath.  647  A. 

J      Ώ.αντε/.ής,    ές,   {πάς.    τέλος)  αΙΙ- 

1093 


IIANT 

complete,  all-perfect  ;  then,  simply, 
complete,  entire,  σάγη,  Id.  Cho.  5ϋΟ, 
ττανοπλία,  ί?^ευβΐρια,  ηδονή,  etc., 
Plat. :  π.  δάμαρ,  a  perfect  wil'e,  i.  e. 
one  who  has  borne  children,  or  ace. 
to  Herm.  uxor  legitima,  the  mistress 
of  the  house,  Soph.  O.  T.  030  ;  π.  μο- 
ναρχία, Id.  Ant.  1163. — 2.  all,  i.  e. 
fully  accomplished,■ψr|φίσμaτa,  Aesch. 
Supp.601. — 3.  generally,  n//,  the  whole, 
Lat.  viiiversiis,  π.  έσχάραι,  all  the  sac- 
rificial hearths,  Soph.  Ant.   lOlG. — 

11.  act.  all-accomplishing,  all  achieving, 
Ζευς,  Aesch.  Theb.  118;  χρόνος.  Id. 
Cho.  965.— III.  adv.,  παντΛώς,  Ion. 
-έως,  also  πανηλές,  completely,  entire- 
ly, absolutely  ;  τταντελεω^•  είχε,  it  was 
accomplished,  Hdt.  4,  95  ;  ττ.  θανεϊν, 
to  die  outright.  Soph.  O.  T.  609  :— in 
answers,  like  παντάπασί,  most  cer- 
tainly. Plat.  Rep.  379  Β  ;  π.  μεν  ούν, 
Id.  Parm.  155  C. 

ΤΙαντεπίϋνμος,παντεπίσκοπος,παν- 
τεπήπτης,=^πανεπ-. 

Τ1αντεργέτ7ΐς,  ου,  ΰ,=^τΓανεργέτ7]ς. 

ΊΙαντερ-ής,  ές,  {ηΰς,  τέρπω)  all- 
delighting,  Poeta  ap.  Plut.  2,  1104  Ε, 
0pp.  C.  3,  149. 

αίαντενς,  έως,  ό,  Panteus,  a  Spar- 
tan, Plut.  Cleom.  23. 

ΤΙαντενχία,  ας,  ih  {πας,  τενχος)=^ 
ΊτανοΤίΆία,  complete  armour,  Eur.  He- 
racl.  720,  787 :  esp.  in  dat.  as  adv., 
ξνν  or  EV  παντενχία,  in  full  armour, 
Aescli.  Theb.  31,  Fr.  291  :— also,  τγ. 
ΊΓολέμιος,  πολεμίων,  enemies  in  full 
array,  Eur.  Supp.  1192. 

ΐΐαντέφορης,  ov,  all-surveying. 

ΤΙύρτεχνος,  ov,  (πας,  τέχνη)  skilled 
in  all  arts  : — all-working,  πυρ,  Aesch. 
Pr.  7. 

ΤΙύντη  (less  good  πάντη),  Dor. 
πάντα,  Buckh.  v.  1.  Pind.  O.  1,  47  ; 

3,  22  ;  (πύς),  adv. : — every  where,  on 
every  side,  every  way,  Hom.,  etc. ;  often 
followed  by  a  prep.,  πάντη  uvu  στρα- 
τόν,  11-  1,  384  ;  πάντη  περί  τείχος, 

12,  177,  etc.  ;  so,  πάντη  φοιτώντες 
έπ'  αίαν,  Hes.  Op.  124  ;  ιερόν  δύο 
σταδίων  πάντη,  Hdt.  1,  181  ;  and 
freq.  in  Att. — 11.  in  every  way,  by  all 
■means,  altogether,  entirely,  Eur.  Incert. 
87 ;  πάντη  πάντως.  Plat.  Phil.  60  C, 
Arist.  Eth.  N.  1,  10, 11.— III.  ύ  πάντη 
=ό  πάνυ,  Alciphr. 

ΐΙαντ>]Κθος,  ον,  [άκοη)  all-hearing. 

ΙΠαρΤίκα,  ή,  Pantica,  a  beautiful 
woman  of  Cyprus,  Ath.  609  C. 

ϋίαντικαπαΐοί,  ων,  οι,  the  Panti- 
capaeans,  Strab.  p.  494  :  from 

^ϋαντίκάπαιον,  ov,  τό,  Pantica- 
paeum,  a  city  in  the  Tauric  Cherso- 
nese, a  colony  of  Miletus,  now 
Kertsch,  Dein.  933,  12. 

\ΥΙαντικάπης,  ov  Ion.  εω,  ό,  the 
Panticapes,  a  river  of  European  Scy- 
thia,  joining  the  Borysthenes,  Hdt. 

4,  54. 

■\ΙΙαντίμαθθί,  ων.  oi,  the  Pantima- 
thi,  a  people  around  the  Oxus,  Hdt. 
3,  92. 

ΐΐύντίμος,  ov,  {πάς,  τιμή)  all-hon- 
ourable, νίκης,  π.  γέρας,  Soph.  El. 
687. 

αίαντίτης,  ov,  ό.  Pantiles,  a  Spar- 
tan, the  only  one  that  survived  at 
Thermopylae,  Hdt.  7,  232. 

ΤΙαντλήμων,  ov,  gen  όνος.  (πάς, 
τλτιμων)=παντάλας.  Soph.  Ο.  Τ. 
1379,  El.  150,  Eur.  Hec.  198. 

ΤΙαντοΒιης.  ov,  ό,  (πάς,  βία)  all- 
overpowering,  Anth.  P.  7,  732.  [t] 

ΐΐαντογένεβλος,  ov,  {πάς.  γενέθλια) 
all-generating,  father  of  all,  Ζευς,  Orph. 
H.  14,  7. — II.  of  every  kind,  πνεύματα, 
lb.  57.  6. 

ΤΙαντογήρως,  ων,  gen.  ω,  (πάς,  γή- 
ρας) makini;  all  old,  i.  6.  weakeni7ig  or 
1094 


ΠΑΝΤ 

subduing  all,  νπνος,  Soph.  Ant.  60C  : 
Kiemer  conjectures  πανταγήρως, 
never  growing  old,  not  improb. 

ΥΙαντογόνος.  ov,  all-generating. 

ΙΙαντοδάής.  ές,  (κάς,  δαήναι)  all- 
knowing,  Epigr.  ap.  Diog.  L.  9,  44. 

ΤΙηντοδάπί/ς,  ές,  rare  form  for  sq., 
V.  1.  Arist.  Mirab. 

ΐΐαντοδάπύς,  ?'/,  6v,  (πάς)  of  every 
kind,  of  all  sorts,  manifold,  like  παν- 
τοίος, first  in  H.  Hom.  Cer.  402, 
Aesch.  Theb.  357,  etc. ;  π.  γίγνεται 
=^παντοΙος  γίγνεται.  Plat.  Rep.  398 
A  ;  also,  παντοδαποί  της  στρατιάς 
—  π.  στρατιώται,  Hdt.  7,  22,  cf.  Wytt. 
Ep.  Cr.  134.  —  A  superl.  -ώτατος, 
Hipp.  286,  Isocr.  Antid.  i^  315.  Adv. 
-πώς,  in  all  kinds  of  ways,  Poeta  ap. 
Arist.  Eth.  N.  2,  C,  14,  Plat.  Parm. 
129  E.  (Not  a  compd.  of  έδαφος: 
but  on  the  terniin.  -δαπος  v.  sub  πο- 
δαπός.) 

ΙΥαντοδήλητος,ον,^πανδί/λητος. 

ΙΙαντοδίαιτος,  ov,  (πάς,  δίαιτα)  all- 
consuming,  Orph.  Η.  65,  5.   [t] 

Τίαντοδίδηκτος,  ov,  all-learned.    \ΐ] 

ΐίαντοδότειρα,  ας,  ή,  dub.  1.  for 
πανδώτειρα,  Orph.  Η.  39,  3. 

ΐίαι^τοδύνάμος,  ον,  all-powerful,  [ϋ] 

ΐΐαντοδννάστης,  ον,  ό,  =  foreg., 
Orph.  Η.  11,4. 

ΐΐαντοεπής,  ές,  all-chattering,  Phy- 
sioiin. 

ΐΐαντόεργος,  ον,  (πάς,  *έργω)  all- 
effective,  δνναμις,  Philolaos  ap.  Stob. 
Eel.  1,  p.  8. 

ΐΙαντοθά?^'/ς,  ές,  (πάς,  θάλλω)mak- 
ing  every  thing  bloom,  Orph.  H.  33, 
IG. 

ΐΐάντοθεν,  (πάς)  ?idv.,  from  all  quar- 
ters, from  every  side,  Lat.  undique, 
Hom.,  etc. ;  oft.  with  a  prep.,  πάντο- 
ϋεν  εκ...,  II.  13,  28,  etc.  ;  περί  γαρ 
κακά  πάντοθεν  εστη.  Od.  14,270:  c. 
gen.,  Arat.  455. — The  form  πάντοθε 
(post-Horn.)  occurs  in  Theocr.  17,  97, 
and  is  read  as  Ion.  by  Schweigh.  Hdt. 
7,  225. 

ΤΙάντοθΐ,  (πάς)  adv.,  every  where, 
like  πάντη,  Mel.  I,  47,  Arat.  743. 

ΐΐαντοϊος,  a,  ov,  (πάς)  of  all  sorts 
or  kinds,  manifold,  freq. in  Horn.,  Hes., 
etc. :  a  freq.  phrase  is  παντοίος  γίγνε- 
ra<, strictly  he  lakes  all  possible  shapes, 
i.  e.  tries  every  shift,  turns  every 
stone  (in  order  to  effect  something), 
usu.  of  persons  in  danger  or  difficulty, 
Hdt.  9,  109  ;  παντοίοι  ίγένοντο  δεό- 
μενοι.  Id.  7,  10,  3  ;  παντοίη  έγίγνετο 
(sc.  δεομενη),  μη  άποδημήσαι  τον 
ΙΙολνκράτεα,  Id.  3,  124  ;  π.  ην  δεόι- 
ώς,  Luc.  D.  Deor.  21,  2:  π.  γενόμε- 
νος υπέρ  τού  σώσαι,  Plut.  Mar.  30  ; 
rarely  of  joy,  παντοίοι  νπ'  ευφροσύ- 
νης γενόμενοι,  they  played  alt  sorts  of 
antics  from  joy,  Luc.  Demon.  6  ;  (παν- 
τοδαπός  was  used  in  the  same  way 
by  Plat.) ;  also  πάντα  γίγνεσθαι  and 
εν  παντί  είναι.  Adv.  -ως,  in  every 
way,  Hdt.  7,  211,  Plat.,  etc.     Hence 

ΤΙαντοιότροπος,  ov,  of  every  kind. 
Adv.  -πως. 

ΐΐαντυκράτειρα,  ας,  ή,  fern,  from 
sq.,  Orph.  H.  9,  4.         ^ 

ϊΐαντοκράτήρ,  ηρος,  ό,— παντοκρά- 
τωρ. 

ΐΐαντοκράτορία,  ας,  ή,  supreme  pow- 
er, omnipotence,  LXX.     Hence 

ΤΙαντοκράτορικός,  η,  ύν,  qf  or  be- 
longing  to  παντοκρατορία,  Clem.  Al. 

ΤΙαντυκράτωρ,  ορός,  δ,  {πάς,  κρα- 
τέω)  omnipotent,  Anth.  P.  append.  282, 
Orph. 

ΐΐαντοκτίστης,  ov,  6,  (πάς,  κτίζω) 
Creator  of  all,  Eccl. 

ΤΙαντολάβος,  ov,  (πάς,  λαμβάνω) 
taking  all ;  as  a  pr.  n.,  Grasp-all,  in 
Herat. 


ΠΑΝΤ 

Ί1αντο7^ετήρ,  f/ρος,  o,=sq. :  fein 
-λέτειρα,  Orph.  H.  25,  2. 

Τίαντολέτωρ,  ορός,  6,  (πάς,  δλλν 
μι)  destroyer  of  all,  Anth.  P.  11,  348. 

ΤΙαντολΙγοχρόνιος,  ov, utterly  short 
lived,  V.  1.  Anth.  P.  7,  167. 

Παντολμία,  ας,  ή,  high-daring : 
from 

ΤίάντοΤιμος,  ov,  {πάς,  τόλμα)  all 
daring,  shaineless,  Aesch.  Theb.  C71, 
Cho.  430,  Eur.  I.  A.  913. 

ΙΙαντο?Μγος,  ov,  all-speaking. 

Τίαντομάντειρα,  ας,  ή,  all-predict- 
ing, epith.  of  the  Molpai,  dub. 

ΤΙαντομετύβολος,  ov,  exchanging 
alt  things  :  ]\€.ηοβ=παντοπώ/ιης. 

Τίαντομϊγής,  ές,mixed  of  every  thing. 

ΤίαντόμΙμος,  ov,  {πάς,  μιμέομαι) 
nll-imitating :  ό  π.,  a  word  adopted  in 
Italy  about  the  time  of  Augustus  for 
the  Greek  όρχηστής,  one  ivho  plays  a 
part  by  dancing  arid  duinb-show,  or  who 
acts  to  another's  words,  a  pantomimic  act- 
or, Sueton.,  etc.  ;  v.  Diet.  Antiqq. 

ΙΙαντομΙσής,  ές,  (πάς,  μίσος)  αΙΙ- 
hatiful,  Aesch.  Eum.  644. 

ίϊαντυμορφος,  ov,  =  πάμμορφοΓ, 
Hipp.  1289,  Soph.  Fr.  548. 

Ϋίαντύμωρος,  ov,  an  arch-fool,  dub. 

ΎΙαντονίκης,  ov,  o,  (πάς,  νικάω) 
all-conquering,  Dio  C.  63,  10. 

ΥΙαντοτζάΟής,  ές,  (πάς,  παθείν)  all- 
suffering,  sensu  obscoeno,  Anth.  P. 
5,  5. 

ΥΙαντοπλάνης.  ες,  roving  everywhere. 

ΤΙαντοποιός,  όν,  (πάς,  ποιέω)  ready 
for  all,  reckless,  Theophr.  Char.  6. 

ΤΙαντοπόρος,  ov,  (πάς,  πόρος)  al- 
ways ready  with  expedients,  all-inven- 
tive. Soph.  Ant.  360. 

Τίαντοπτας,  Dor.  for  παντόπτης, 
ov,  ό,=^πανόπτης,  Aesch.  Supp.  139, 
Fr.  178,  Soph.  O.  C.  1085. 

ΙΙαντοπω?.εϊον,  oi>,  τό,  a  place  where 
all  sorts  of  things  are  for  sale,  a  general 
market,  bazaar :  from 

ΤΙαντοπω?.έω,  ώ>  to  deal  in  all  surls 
of  things:  from 

ΤΙαντοπώλης,  ov,  6,  (πάς,  πωλέω) 
a  dealer  in  all  kinds  of  things,  huckster, 
Anaxipp.  Έγκαλ.  1,  10.    Hence 

ΤΙαντοπωλία,   ας,  ή,  the  selling  or 
dealing  in  all  kinds  of  wares,  Archipp.  ' 
Ίχβ.  16. 

Παντύπώλιην,  ov,  τό,^=παντοπω- 
λείον.  Plat.  Rep.  557  1). 

ΐΐαντοπώλις,  ιδος,  fern,  from  παν- 
τοπώλης,  a  female  huckster. 

ΤΙηντοραίστης,  ov,  ΰ,  ravager  of  all. 

αίαιττόρόανος,  ot>,  ό,  Panturdanas, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Arr.  An.  2,  9,  3. 

Τίαντορέκτης,  ov,  6,  {πάς.  ^έζω)  at- 
tempting all,  audacious,  Anacreont.  10, 
11.     (Others  from  ορέγομαι.) 

ΤΙύντοσε,  {πάς)  adv.,  every  toay,  m 
all  directions,  II.  13,  649,  etc.  ;  cf.  sub 
έίσος  :  also  in  Xen.  An.  7,  2,  23, 
etc. 

Ίΐαντόαεμνος,  ov,  =  πάνσεμνος, 
Aesch.  Eum.  637. 

ΙΙαντάσοφος,  ον,^=πάνσοφος.  Plat. 
(Com.)  Xant.  1. 

ΤΙαντόστικτος,  ov,  spotted  all  over, 
late. 

ΐΐύντοτε,  adv.,  always,  proscribed 
by  the  Atticists,  who  recommend  δια- 
παντός:  but  v.  Sturz  Dial.  Mac.  p. 
187. 

ΤΙαντοτελής,  ές,=  παντελής. 

Ήαντοτεχνής,  ές,  =:  πάντεχνος, 
Orph.  Η.  9,  20. 

ΎΙαντοτϊνάκτης,  ον,  6,  (πάς,  τι- 
νάσσω) shaker  of  all,  Orph.  Η.  14,  8. 

ΐlavτoτόκoς,ov,engenderingo{  bear 
ing  alt. 

ΐΐαντότολαος,  ov,  =  πάντο7.μος, 
Aesch.  Ag.  221,  1237. 

ΊΙα.ντοτράπος,  αν,^=^παυτ()όπας. 


ΠΑΝΥ 

Ήαντοτρόόος,  ον,  =  τζαντρόόος, 
Aesch.  Fr.  178,  dub. 

Τίαντονργίκός,  ή,  όν,=:πανονργι- 
κός. 

Τ[ην7ονργός.όν,=τϊανοΐφ}  ος.  Soph. 
Aj.  445. 

ΤΙαντοφάγία,  ας,  ή,  indiscriminate 
feeding  on  nil  things  :  from 

ΥΙανζοόύγης,  ov,  (  ~ΰς,  φαγείν ) 
eating  every  thing,  Anlh.  P.  8,  213. 

ΐίαντόόθα/  μος,  ον,(ττΰς,  οφθαλμός) 
all  eyes,  Ar.  Fr.  525. 

ΤΙαντόόοβος,  all-fearing. 

ΤΙαντοόόρος,  ον,=~αμφόρος,  Arist. 
Pol.  7,  5,1. 

ΤΙαντοόνής,  εο,  {ττΰς,  φύω)  all-pro- 
ducing, Orph.  Η. Ίο,  10. 

ΐΐαντόόνρνος,  ον,  =  πάμφνρτος, 
Aesch.  Eum.  530. 

ϋαντόχροος,  ον,  (πύς,χρόα)  of  all 
or  all  hinds  of  colottrs,  Orph.  H. 
42,  4. 

ΙΙάντρητος,  ον,  (τϊΰς,  τιτράω)  bored 
quite  through, pierced  with  holes  :  av?MV 
^ϊάvτpητov,one  of  the  pieces  of  a  dute, 
Plut.  2,  853  E. 

ΤΙάντρομος,  ον,  very  fearful,  v.  1.  for 
παντρόφος. 

ΪΙύν-ροττος,  ον,  {τζάς,  τρε-ω)  utterly 
routed,  τϊ.  φυγά,  Aesch.  Theb.  955. 

Ώάντροφος,  ον.  {~ύς,  τρέφω)  all- 
nourishing  or  rearing,  yij,  Mel.  109  : 
but  in  Aesch.  Theb.  294,  for  ττ.  ττε- 
/.εΐύς,  a  dove  that  rears  all  hernestlings, 
the  V.  1.  ττάντρομος,  (in  the  Med. 
MS.)  is  very  prob. 

ΤΙάΐ'τως,  adv.,  {ττΰς)  wholly,  alto- 
gether :  in  Horn,  always  followed  by 
OV,  ill  no  wise,  by  no  means,  Lat.  omnino 
non,  IL  8,  450,  Od.  19,  91  :  so  in  prose, 
not  at  all,  Hdt.  5,  34,  etc. :  without 
OV,  first  in  Hdt.,  «See  ττάντως,  it  was 
altogether,  absolutely  necessary,  1,31  ; 
7Γ.  έθέ/^ιΐ',  to  wish  at  all  hazards,  2, 
42 ;  ει  π.  έ?,ί-ύσεσθε,  if  ye  positively 
will  go,  6,  9  ;  in  any  way,  5,  111. — II. 
in  strong  affirmation,  at  all  events,  at 
any  rate,  at  least.  Plat.  Gorg.  497  Β  ; 
and  so,  •^τάντως  γε  μην,  Ar.  Eq.  232  : 
πάντως  ~αρα~ίθετε..,  only  add...  Plat. 
Symp.  175  Β : — in  answers  too  it 
affirms  strongly,  yes,  by  all  means,  yes 
no  doubt,  like  ττύνν.  Plat.  Rep.  574 
Β  ;  so,  πάντως  }ap...Ar.  Plut.  273.  π. 
δή-ον.  Plat.  Phaed.  75  E,  etc. :— cf 
6ub  τϊύντη. 

Τίύνΰ,  adv.,(AUi•)  altogether,  Aesch. 
Cho.  861,  Thuc,  Plat.,  etc.  ;  in  all, 
Dem.  1347,  14;  ov  —.  ri,  not  at  all, 
Plat.  Phaed.  57  A,  Xen.  An.  G,  1,  26. 
— 2.  very,  very  much, exceedingly.  Soph. 
O.  C.  144,  etc. ;  freq.  with  adjs.,  ττ. 
7Τολ?.οί,  6?ύγοι,  μικρός,  μέγας.  etc.. 
very  many  or  few,  very  small  or  large, 
etc.,  Aesch.  Ag.  1456,  Ar.  Eq.  1134, 
Plat.,  etc. ;  also  after  the  adj.,  ολίγοι 
-τϊάνν,  σπάνιος  π.,  Xen.  An.  4,  7,  14; 
so  with  advs.,  π.  σφόδρα,  Ar.  Plut. 
25 ;  τ:άνν  οΐκείως,  μόγις  πάνυ,  ρα- 
δίως  πάνυ,  etc.,  Xen.,  etc.,  -πάνν 
καλώς,  like  Lat.  benigne,  no  I  thank 
you!  Ar.  RaiL  512:  also  with  a  subst., 
■πάνν  kv  τω  μεγίστω  κινδύνω.Ύϊινιο. 
8,  50;— with  a  part.,  π.  άόικύν,  if 
ever  so  criminal,  Thuc.  3,  44. — 3.  ό 
■πάνυ  (where  περιβόητος  or  the  like 
may  be  .supplied),  the  well-known,  fa- 
mous, o'l  π.  των  στρατιωτών,  Thuc. 
8.  1,  cf.  89:  ό  πάνυ  Περίκλϊ/C.  Xen. 
Mem.  3,  5,  1. — II.  in  answers  it 
affirms  strongly,  yes  by  all  means,  no 
doubt,  certainly.  Ar.  Plut.  393  ;  esp. 
when  joined  to  particles,  as,  πάνυ 
γε,  πάνυ  μεν  ούν,  lb.  97,  Plat.  Eu- 
thyphr.  1.1  D;  so,  και  πάνν,  και  π. 
μάλα,  και  πάνυ  ττο/,ΰ,  etc.,  cf  Heind. 
Plat.  Phaed.  80  C— First  in  Att., 
Mid  mostly  in  prose,  [ά] 


ΠΑΟΜ 

^ΤΙαννασις,  ιδος,  ό,  Panyasis,  an 
old  epic  poet,  Apollod.  1,  5,  2  ;  etc. 

ΤΙύννγρος,  ov,  {πάς,  ί'γρός)  quite 
damp  or  wet,  dub.  in  Plut.  2,  355  F. 

["^  ,    ,  , 

ΐΐαννπείροχος,  ov,  (■πάς,  υπέροχος) 

eminent  above  all,  Opp.  C.  2,  63,  Anth. 

P.  9.  741. 

ΐΐΰνϋπενθής,  ές,  (πάνν,  πένθος) 
very  sad,  dub.,  V.  Jac.  A.  P.  p.  872. 

ΐΙάννπέρτατοΓ,  η,  ov,  {πάς. υπέρτα- 
τος) highest  of  all,  Od.  9,  25,  Arist. 
Mund.  5,  9. 

ΙΙΰννπέρφρων,ον,  exceeding  haughty, 
Orph.  H.  eo,  12. 

ΠύΐΊ'σσα,  η,  from  πάνος.  Dor.  for 
ΤΓτ/νος,  a  fillet,  the  hat.  panuclum.  [ττα] 

ΪΙάνυστάτιος.  a.  ov,  later  form  for 
sq..  Call.  Pall.  54,  Anth.  [ά] 

ΥΙάννστάτος.  η,  ov,  {πάς,  ύστατος) 
last  of  all,  II.  23,  532,  Od.  9,  452, 
Soph.  Tr.  874,  etc. : — παννστατον, 
as  adv., /or  the  very  last  time,  Soph. 
Aj.  858,  Eur.  Ale.  164;  so,  παννστα- 
τα.  Id.  Η.  F.  457. 

ΤΙύνχορτος,  ov,  should  be  written 
πάγχορτος. 

ΤΙύνώόΰνος,  ov,  {■πάς,  οδύνη)  all- 
grievous,  App. 

ΊΙάνω?.εβρία,  ας,  ή,  utter  destruction, 
utter  ruin  :  mostly  used  in  dat.,  πα- 
νωλεβρίτι  όλλυσθαι,  Hdt.  2,  120  ;  πα- 
νωλεθρία 07/  {τολεγόμενον)...  άπώλε- 
το,  Thuc.  7,  fin. : — the  genit.  in  Dio 
C.  56,  4. 

ΤΙΰνώλεθρος,  ov,  [-πάς,  όλεθρος, 
όλλνμι)  utterly  ruined,  destroyed,  π. 
έξαπόλλνται.  Hdt.  6,  37  ^λvhere  how- 
ever most  MSS.  have  the  adv.  -θρως); 
π.  πίπτειν,  γενέσθαι,  Aesch.  Cho. 
934,  Eum.  552  ;  πόλιν  πανώλεθρον 
εκθαμνίζειν.  Id.  Theb.  71  ;  π.  ξν- 
ναρπάζειν  τινά.  Soph.  Aj.  839  ;  etc. 
— 2.  also  in  moral  signf ,  utterly  aban- 
doned. Soph.  Phil.  322.— II.  act.  all- 
destructive,  all-ruinovs,  π.  κακόν,  Hdt. 
6,  85;  έμ3ο?.αί,  Aesch.  Pers.  562; 
cf  Supp.  414. 

Ϊ1άνώ7.εια,  ας,  η,^=πανωλεθρία: 
from 

'Π.άνώ?.ης,  ες,  {πάς,  όλλνμι)  utterly 
ruined,  destroyed,  or  miserable,  Aesch. 
Pers.  732  ;  -π.  όλλνσθαι,  lb.  Theb. 
552 :  also  in  moral  sense,  bitterly 
abandoned  or  ivicked.  Soph.  O.  C.  1264. 
El.  534,  Eur.  El.  60.— H.  act.  all-de- 
strvclive.  Soph.  O.  C.  1015. 

Παΐ'ωλί'α,  ας,  ή,-=πανω7.εθρία. 

ϋίανών  πό7.ις,  ή,  Panopolis,  a  city 
of  the  Thebaid  in  Aegypt,  Strab.  p. 
813. 

Τίάνωνία,  ας,  ή,  a  general  sale  of 
wares. 

ΐίανωπήεις.  εσσα,  εν,=  πανόιΐΊος, 
visible  to  all,  Anth.  Plan.  166. 

ΤΙάνωρης,  ov,  (πάς,  ώρα)  in  every 
season,  Aesch.  Supp.  690.  [«] 

ΐΐάξ,  an  exclam.,  like  Lat.  pax! 
hush !  still  !  also  to  end  a  discussion, 
well !  enough !  like  είεν.  cf  Lob. 
Aglaoph.  p.  778,  sq.— II.  in  Ar.  Nub. 
390,  onomatop.  for  a  crepitus  ventris  ; 
and  redupl.  παππάξ,  παπαπαπάξ. 

Χίάξαιτο,  Dor.  for  πήξαιτο,  aor.  1 
opt.  mid.  oi  πήγννμι,  Pind. 

'\ΐίάξαμος,  ov.  ό,  Paxamus,  a  writer 
on  cookery,  Ath.  376  D. 

^ΙΙαξαυγονστα,  ή,  Paxaugusta,  a 
Celtic  city  of  Spain,  Strab.  p.  151. 

tlTaiOi,  ών,  αϊ,  Paxi,  two  islands 
near  Corcyra,  Polyb.  2,  10,  1. 

*ΠΑΌΜΑΙ,  dep.,  to  get,  acquire, 
but  chiefly  used  in  pf  πέπάμαι,^ 
κέκτημαι,  to  possess.  Pind.  P.  8,  103, 
Fr.  72,  Ar.  .-iv.  943  ;  inf  πεπάσθαι, 
Sol.  5,  7,  Theogn.  146,  Eur.  Andr. 
641  ;  part,  ■πεπάμένος,  Xen.  Au.  5, 
9,  12 : — fut.  ■πάσομαι,  Aesch.  Eum. 


ΠΑΠΠ 

!  177  :  the  aor.  1  έπύσάμην  occurs  in 
I  later  poets,  as  in  the  proverb  πασά- 
'  μένος  επίτασσε,  i.  e.  order  vour  own 
slaves,  Theocr.  15,  90  ;  t3  sing,  plpqf 
πέπατο^,  in  Xen.  An.  1,  9, 19.— This 
word  must  not  be  confounded  with 
aor.  £7raffa/i7/r,perf7re7raa//a<,  which 
belong  to  πατέομαι,  to  eat,  taste; — 
indeed,  the  aorists  έπύσάμην,  I  got, 
and  έπάσάμην,  I  ate,  are  sufficiently 
distinguished  by  the  quantity  of  the 
radic.  sylls.,  Valck.  Ammon.  in  voc. 
(From  πέαάμαι  come  πΰμα,  παμον- 
χος,  -πολνπαμων.  Ion.  τΐολνπήμων : 
and  ποιμήν,  ■ποιμαίνω  may  be  akin 
to  it.) 

ΐΐΰός,  6,  Dor.  for  -πηός. 

+naof,  ov,  ή,  Paiis,  a  village  of 
Arcadia,  Paus.  8,  23,  9. 

Πΰτταί,  exclam.  of  suffering,  Trag.; 
esp.  of  bodily  pain,  Lat.  vae,  Aesch. 
Pers.  1029,  Soph.  Phil.  734,  sq.— II. 
of  surprise,  like  Lat.  papae,  rah.  atat, 
first  in  Hdt.  8,  26,  Soph.  Fr.  165,  and 
freq.  in  Eur. ;  c.  gen.,  παπαι  τών 
επαίνων,  Luc.  Contempl.  23.  (Usu., 
but  wrongly,  written  παπαί,\.  Herm. 
Soph.  Phil.  735.) 

ΐΐάπαιάξ,  a  burlesque  on  παπαΐ. 
hence  only  comic,  as  Ar.  Lys.  924  : 
also,  άππαπαι  παπαιάξ.  Id.  Vesp. 
235,  cf  Luc.  Fugit.  33.— II.  so  loo 
as  exclam.  of  surprise,  Eur.  Cy  cl .  1 53. 

ΤΙαπαΙος,  ov,  b,  a  Scythian  name 
of  Jupiter,  Hdt.  4,  59. 

ΙΙαπαπαπαΐ,  an  exclamation  of 
joyous  surprise  in  Ar.  Thesm.  1191. 

ΐίάπας,  πάππΰ,  v.  sub  πάππας. 

ΊΙάποκα,  Dor.  for  πή  ποτέ,  Theocr. 
8,  34;  11,68. 

ΙΙαππάζω,  (πύππας)  to  call  any  one 
papa,  as  a  child,  II.  5,  408;  also  of 
grown  up  persons,  to  wheedle  one's 
father  in  this  way,  Ar.  Vesp.  609. — II. 
absol.  to  say  papa,  hence  to  prattle  like 
a  child,  παππάζεσκες.  Q.  Sm.  3,  474. 

ΤΙαππάξ.  v.  sub  πάξ  Π. 

ΠΑ'ΠΠΑΣ,  ov,  ό,  papa,  childish 
word  for  πaτήp,father,  (just  Ά5μάμμα, 
mamma,  for  μητήρ,  etc.),  as  is  com- 
mon in  many  languages ;  usu.  in 
vocat.  πάππα,  Od.  6,  57,  cf  Philem. 
p.  370,  Valck.  Hdt.  4,  59.•  πάππαν 
καλεΐν,  like  παππάζειν,  Ar.  Pac. 
120,  Eccl.  645.  —  So,  -πάπα  from 
πάπας :  cf.  also  ΰττ πα,  ά•χφά,  ΰττα, 
~έττα. 

Ώαππασμός,  ον,  ό,  (■παπάζω)  calling 
out  papa. 

Πα-πε•πίπαπτΓθς,  ον,  ό,  {πάππος, 
έπί, πάππος)  one's  grandfather's  grand- 
father, Nicoph.  Incert.  1  ;  cf  οανλε- 
πίφαν?.ος. 

ΪΙαππίας.  ov,  ό,  dim.  from  πάππος, 
dear  little  papa,  a  term  of  endearment. 
Ar.  Vesp.  297,  Pac.  128,  Ephipp. 
Phil.  2. 

Υίαπ-πίδίον,  ov,  τό.  =  foreg.,  Ar. 
Eq.  1215,  Vesp.  655.  [t] 

Ι1αππίζω,=^παππάζω. 

ΊΙαππικός.  ή,  όν,  {πάππος)  belong- 
ing to  a  grandfather,  like  παππώος. 

ΙΙαπποκτόνος.  οι•, grandfather-slay- 
ing. Lye.  1034. 

ΠΑ'ΠΠΟΣ,  ov,  ό.  (akin  Ιοπάπττας) 

a  grandfather,  Ar.  Eq.  447,  etc.;  προς 

μητρός  η  πατρός,  on  the  mother's  or 

father's  side.  Plat.  Legg.  856  D  ;  also 

of   any   ancestors,   δυο   π.   ή   τρεις, 

Arist.   Pol.  3,  2,   1  ;    εις  τρίτον  π., 

Dion.  Η.   4,  47. — 2.   a  character  in 

com.  dramas,  also  ΙΙαπποσεί/.ηνος,. 

cf  Poll.  4,  142,  sqq. — IT.  the  down  oh 

'  the  seeds  of  certain  plants,  e.  g.  the 

dandelion,   which    serves   as  wings 

for  them.    Soph.    Fr.    748,    Eubul. 

Sphing.  1,  19  ;  cf.  παπποσπέρματα  ■ 

I  — hence  (from  the  likeness),— 2.  the 

1095 


ΠΑΡΑ 

first  down  on  the  cheek,  Lat.  lanugo. — 
Jll.  a  little  bird,  also  νπολαίς,  Ael. 
iJ.  A.  3,  30. 

ΤΙαπποσπέρματα,  τύ,  (ττάττπος  II, 
σπέρμα)  seeds  crowned  with  light  down, 
Theophr. 

Ιίαπποφόνος,  ον,^τζαπποκτόνος, 
Theocr. 

ΐΐα-ττώδης,  ες,  {πύττττος,  είδος) 
woolly,  downy,  Tlieophr. 

ΐΐατΐττωνύμικός,  ή,  όν,  called  after 
one^s  grandfather,  tonned  like  ττατρω- 
νυμίϋός. 

ΐίαπτζώος,  a,  ον,=ιταππικός,  Ar. 
Αν.  1452;  Plat.  Lach.  179  A,  etc. ;  π. 
έρανος,  the  contribution  appointed  by 
our  grand  fathers,  Ar.  Lys.  653,  alluding 
to  the  fact  in  Thuc.  1,  96. 

ΙΙύπραξ,  ακος,  ό,  a  Thracian  lake- 
fish,  Hdt.  5,  16. 

^ΐΐάπρημις,  ιος,  ή,  Papremis,  a  city 
in  the  western  part  of  the  Aegyptian 
Delta,  Hdt.  2,  59,  63  ;  from  this  was 
named  ύ  ΐίαπρημίτης  [i]  νομςις,  the 
PapremXtic  7io?ne,  Id.  2,  71. 

ίΐαττταίνίύ :  fut.-actj;  aor.  επύπτη- 
να,  in  Horn,  always  without  augm. : 
to  look  about  or  around  :  he  oft.  has 
ττύντοσε  τταπταίνειΐ',  mostly  with 
collat.  notion  of /tar  or  caution,  to  took 
timidtyrotmd,  11. 13,  551,  etc.;  followed 
by /i?/,  to  take  heed  lest..,  11.  13,  649, 
Aesch.  Pr.  331;  by  οττη,  to  look  about 
(to  see)  how..,  II.  IG,  283 ;  also  in 
full,  άμφΐ  ε  τταττταίνειν,  II.  4,  497  ; 
15,  574  ;  but  with  other  preps.,  τγ. 
■ϊϊρός  τι,  to  look  at  a  thing,  11.  11,  546  ; 
so  too,  7r.  μεθ'  ομήλικας,  to  look  wist- 
fully after  her  playmates,  Hes.  Op. 
442 :  TT.  άΐ'ά  τι  and  κατά  τι,  to  look 
up  at..,  look  along... — II.  c.  ace.  to  look 
round  for,  seek  after  a  person  or  thing, 
II.  4,  200;  17,  115;  π.  τα  ττόρσω, 
Pind.  P.  3,  39,  cf.  O.  1, 183  :— simply, 
to  look  at.  Id.  P.  4,  169,  Soph.  Ant. 
1231.  (As  the  word  seems  orig.  to  ex- 
press a  iiVwiii peep,  it  is  prob.,  like  sq.,  a 
redupi.  form  from  the  root  ΠΤΑ-. 
πτήσσω.) 

ΙΙατττύλύω,  rare  form  for  foreg.. 
Lye.  1162;  cf.  παμφαλάω. 

Τίύπνρος,  ov,  b  and  ή,  the  papyrus, 
an  Aegyptian  kind  of  rush  or  flag,  of 
which  writing  paper  was  made  by 
cuttmg  its  inner  rind  (/iii/i/iof)  into 
strips,  and  glueing  them  together 
transversely,  Theophr. ;  it  was  also 
used  for  making  ropes,  etc.,  Juvenal ; 
or  linen,  Anacreont.  [Usu.  w--,  but 
in  Antip.  Thess.  13,  2,-^^^  ;  cf.  Piers. 
Moer.  p.  311.] 

ΐΐάπϊφοφάγος,  ov,  eating  the  papy- 
rus, esp.  i/s  stalk  or  root,  [a] 

ΙΙώ7Γί;ρώ(5/;ζ•,  ες,  {είδος)  like  papyrus. 

ΤΙύρ,  poet,  abbrev.  for  παρά,  used 
before  consonants,  very  freq.  in  Horn, 
before  δ,  esp.  before  δέ,  also  freq. 
before  π  and  ν ;  but  rarely  (and  only 
in  II.)  before  y  ζ  ξ  στ,  in  Od.  only 
before  κ  and  μ ;  in  compds.  before 
β  θ  κ  μπ  στ  τ  φ. — II.  it  is  also  used 
for  πύρα  (i.  e.  πύρεστι) ;  and  in  Ar. 
even  for  πάρειμι. 

ΠΑΡΑ',  prep,  with  gen.,  dat.,  and 
ace.  ;  the  radic.  signf.  being  beside, 
which  is  variously  modified  by  its 
relation  to  its  different  cases. — Cf. 
Ep.  πάρ  and  παρηί.  (Παρά  is  prob. 
akin  to  Lat.  prae  and  praeter.)  [-^^: 
in  Ep.  when  ult.  is  to  be  long,  παραί 
is  used,  Hoin.] 

A.  WITH  GENiT.  it  denotes  the 
object  from  the  side  of  which  some- 
thing comes  or  issues,  from  beside, 
from  alongside  of,  just  like  French  de 
chf.z  moi,  as  in  the  Homeric  phrase 
φύσγανον  ερνσσασΟαι  πάρα  μηρού, 
from  beside  his  tliigh :  and  so,— I. 
1096 


ΠΑΡΑ 

motion  from  a  place,  like  άπό  and 
εκ,  esp.  with  verbs  of  going  or  com- 
ing,  freq.   in   Horn. :  —  rare    usage, 
πλευρά,  παρ'  άσπίδος  εξεφαάνθη,  the 
side  was  exposed  by  its  going  from  the 
shield,  II.  4,  468. — 2.  so  loo  from  a 
person,  ίλθίΐν  παρά  Αιός,  παρ'  Αίή- 
ταο    πλέουσα,   etc.,   oft.   in    Horn. ; 
άγγελύ]  ϊ/κει  παρά  ι3ασι/ί7/ος,  Hdt. 
8,   140,   1  ;    hence  oi  άγγελοι  παρά 
τίνος,  or  simply,  oi  παρά  τίνος,  per- 
sons  sent  from   or  by   any  one. — 3. 
melnph.  issuing,  derived  from  a  person 
or  thing,  μαρτυρία  παρ'  'A&jjvniuv, 
Hdt.  8,  55  ;  /;   παρά  των  άνβμώπων  ! 
δόξα,  glory  from,  given  by  men.  Plat,  i 
Phaedr.  232  A  ;  ή  παρά  τίνος  ενί'οια,  \ 
the  favor /rom,  i.  e.  of  any  one,  Xen.  j 
Mem.  2, 2,  \2;esp.  μανβύνειν,πννϋά- 
νεσθαι,  άκονειν  παρά  τίνος, eXc,  Hdt.  j 
2,  104;   7,   182:    τά  παρά  τίνος,  all 
that  issues  from  any  one,  as  well  com-  ; 
mands,    resolves,    commissions,    as  ' 
promises,  gifts,  presents  ;  hence  παρ'  \ 
εαυτού  διδάναι,  to  give/rom  one's  self,  j 
i.  e.  from  one's  own  means,  Hdt.  2,  ! 
129  ;  8,  5 ;  elsewh.  παρ'  εαυτού  and  : 
Trap'  εαυτών,  is  of  one's  self,  i.  e.  of  ^ 
one's  own  accord. — 4.  in  Att.  prose, 
παρά  is  oft.  used  like  υπό  with  pass, 
verbs  to  denote  the  agent,  as,  σοφίας  \ 
παρά  τίνος  πληρούσΟαι,  Plat.  Symp.  ί 
175  Ε. — 11.  rarely  παρά  c.  gen.,  lor  ! 
παρά  c.  dat.,  by,   near,    πάρ   ποδός,  i 
Pind.    P.    10,   97,    Soph.    Ant.   966, 
1123;    though    these  examples   are 
only  in  lyric  poetry  :  so  in  late  prose,  , 
V.  Schaf.  Dion.  Comp.  119. 

B.  WITH  D.iT.  it  denotes  the  ob- 
ject by  the  side  o/ which  anything  is, 
beside,  alongside  of,  by,  and  SO  in 
case  of  a  number  of  objects,  among, 
freq.  in  Horn.,  and  Hdt.,  only  with 
verbs  implying  rest,  είναι,  στηναι, 
ησΰαι,  etc.,  and  so  used  to  answer 
the  question  where  ? — not  only  of  pla- 
ces and  things,  but  also  of  persons, 
like  Lat.  apud  and  coram,  ηειδε  παρά 
μνηστήρσιν,  he  sang  by  or  before  the 
suitors,  Od.  1,  154,  cf.  Wolf  Dem. 
Lept.  p.  249 :  παρ'  εμοί,  Lat.  me 
judice,  Ϊ\ά1.  1,32;  so  παρά  Ααρείω 
KpiT7j,  Hdt.  3,  160,  cf.  V'alck.  Hipp. 
324  : — τα  τταρά  τινι,  that  which  is  or 
happens  near  or  by  any  one,  one's 
state  or  circumstances:  παρ'  έωντώ, 
at  one's  home  or  house,  Lat.  apud  se, 
Hdt.  1,  105,  cf.  ],  86;  hence  παρ' 
έμοί,  παρά  σοι,  mine,  yours,  etc.. 
Erf.  Soph.  O.  T.  611 :— as,  in  Lat., 
penes  me  may  be  put  for  meum. 

C.  WITH  Accus. — -I.  of  place,  where 
a  thing  moves  alongside  of,  near  or  by 
another, — 1.  along,  beside,  παρά  ϋΐνα, 
παρά  ποταμόν,  along  the  shore  or 
river,  Horn. ;  and  so  expressing  mo- 
tion, not  to  a  single  point,  but  to  one 
point  after  another,  i.  e.  motion  in  an 
extended  line. — 2.  also  simply  motion 
to  a  place,  to,  towards,  i.  e.  to  the  side 
of,  and  so  usu.  of  persons,  ε'ιςιέναι, 
ηκειν,  άγειν  παρά  τίνα,  Od.  1,  285, 
Hdt.  1,  36,  73,  86:  beside,  near,  by, 
but  always  with  reference  to  past 
motion,  κυιμί/σαντο  παρά  πρυμνί/σια, 
they  went  and  lay  down  6^..,  Od.  12, 
32,  cf  3,  460  ;  so  Hdt.  4,  87,  cf.  Valck. 
ad  8,  140,  1,  and  supra  B.  II :  also, 
τταρά  νί/ας,  II.  1,  347. — 3.  in  pregnant 
construct,  with  verbs  of  rest,  παρ' 
ημάς  'εστί,  it  rests  with  us. — 4.  with 
the  notion  oi  alongside  of  is  connected 
that  of  going  by,  leaving  on  one  side, 
11.  22,  145,  Od.  3,  172;  πάρα  την 
Έαί3υλώνα  παριεναι.  to  go,  pass  by 
Babylon,  Xen.  Cyr.  5,  2,  29  :  esp.,— 
b.  metaph.  in  signf  oi  going  by,  beyond 
or  beside  the  mark,  π.  δνναμιν,  be- 


ΠΑΡΑ 

yond  one's  strength,  II.  13,  787,  opp 
to  κατά  δ. :  and  as  what  goes  wrong 
is  contrary  to  right,  it  may  usu.  be 
rendered  by  contrary  to,  against,  παρά 
μοιραν,  beyond,  contrary  to  ilesliiiy, 
Od.  14,  509  (just  like  νπί-ρ  μοΙραν, 
II.  20,  336) ;  opp.  to  κατά  μοιραν,  oft. 
in  Horn.  ;  so,  παρά  τά  δίκαια,  παρ' 
άξίαν,  παρά  φνσιν,  παρά  μέλος,  etc., 
cf.  Dissen  Pind.  Ν.  7,  69  (iUl);  v. 
also  sub  κατά  Β,  IV,  infra  G,  111 : 
hence,  —  5.  beside,  except,  which 
strictly  is  the  same  notion  with 
foreg.,  oiiK  εστί  παρά  ταύτ'  άλλα, 
besides  this,  there  is  nothing  else,  Ar. 
Nub.  698,  where  άλλος  is  pleon.  ;  so, 
έτερος  with  παρά,  Schaf  Dion.  Comp. 
p.  117  ;  παρά  πάντα  ταύτα,  besidex 
all  this,  Wolf  Dem.  Lept  490,  23  :  so 
in  the  following  examples,  παρά  εν 
πά?.αισμα  ίδραμε  νικάν  'Ολυμπιάδα. 
he  won  the  Olympic  prize  save  in 
one  exercise,  he  was  within  one  of 
winning  it,  Hdt.  9,  33 ;  so,  παρύ 
τέτταρας  ιΐιήφους  μετέσχε  της  πή- 
λρως,  Isae.  41,  36  ;  reversely  in  Auth., 
it  IS  said  of  one  Map/iOf,  θημιον  εΐ 
παρά  γράμμα,  you  are  but  one  letter 
from  a  bear  {άρκος'ι,  Jac.  A.  P.  p. 
695.  —  6.  in  comparison,  because 
things  are  best  compared  when  put 
side  by  side,  παρά  τά  άλλα  ζώα,  com- 
pared with  all  other  animals,  αυτός 
παρ'  εαυτόν,  etc.  :  hence  may  be 
explained, — a.  παρ'  ουδέν  έστι,  il  is 
as  nothing.  Erf.  Soph.  Aat.  35  ;  παρ' 
ουδέν  or  παρ'  ολίγον  αγειν,  ψμίσΰαι, 
τίθεσθαι,  ποιείσβαί  τι.  to  consider  as 
nothing,  make  no  account  of,  Valck. 
Diatr.  p.  9,  A. — 6.  παρά  μικρόν,  παρ' 
ολίγον,  παρά  βραχύ,  by  a  little,  ι.  e. 
v^ell-nigh,  almost,  παρά  πολν,  by 
much,  παρά  τοσούτον,  by  so  much, 
παρ'  όσον,  by  how  much,  Lat.  qua- 
tenus. — All  these  phrases  imply  com- 
parison, which  we  mark  by  by  or 
within,  but  their  special  signf.  can 
only  be  determined  by  the  context, 
as,  παρά  μικρόν  ήλβεν  άποϋανεϊν, 
he  came  within  a  little  of  (i.  e.  off) 
dying,  Isocr.  388  Ε  ;  so,  παρά  τοσού- 
τον κίνδυνου  έλθείν,  Thuc.  3,  49 ; 
παρά  πολν  άμείνυν,  by  lar  better, 
παρά  πο'/ύ  περ',)ί)ν{σ6'α(,  to  conquer 
by  a  great  deal ;  παρά  πολν  της 
άξιας,  τί/ς  ελπίδος,  by  much  otherwise 
than  one  deserves  or  hopes,  quite 
contrary  to  one's  merit  or  hope. — c. 
the  notion  ot  comparison  is  closely 
followed  by  that  of  alternation,  as, 
παρ'  ήμέραν,  day  by  day,  etc.  ;  so, 
παρά  μήνα  τρίτον,  every  third  month, 
Arist.  H.  A.  7,  2,  1  ;  ήμέραν  παρ' 
ήμέραν,  every  other  day,  Dem.  1360, 
20;  cf  Antipho  137,  44,  Soph.  Aj. 
475 :  hence,  παρά  μίαν,  every  other 
day,  Polyb.  3,  110,  4: — πλτιγή  παρά 
πληγήν,  blow  for  blow,  Ar.  Ran. 
643  :  παρ'  ενα  γέροντες  και  νεανιαι, 
old  men  and  young  alternately. — d. 
the  notion  of  comparison  oft.  implies 
that  ot  superiority,  as  m  Lat.  prae,  be- 
fore, παρά  τά  άλλα  ζώα  ώςπερ  θεοί 
οι  άνθρωποι  βιοτεύονσι,  men  before 
all  other  animals  live  like  gods,  Xen. 
Mem.  1,  4,  14;  παρά  τους  άλλους 
πονεΐν,  to  labour  7nore  thmi  the  rest  : 
freq.  joined  with  uλλof  or  έτερος,  cf. 
supra  5  ;  also  pleon.  with  compar., 
like  πρό,  αμεινον  παρά  τι,  Hdt.  7, 
103. — 7.  also  esp.  in  Gramm.,  like, 
παρά  TO  "Σοφοκλειον,  παρά  τά  'Σοφο- 
κλέους, etc.,  Schaf.  Schol.  Αρ.  Rh. 
3,  158.— 8.  metaph.  to  denote  depend- 
ence on  a  thing,  when  it  may  be 
be  rendered  by  on  accomit  of,  because 
of,  answering  to  the  vulgar  English 
along  of,  Arnold,  Thuc.  1,  141,  c£ 


ΠΑΡΑ 

Find.  Ο.  2,  116,  Isocr.  120  Ε,  Dem. 
43,  15;  305,  3. — 9.  in  Gramin.it  marks 
the  deriv.  ot  one  word  from  another, 
Schaf.  Schol.  Ap.  Rh.  2,  624.— II.  of 
time,  much  less  freq.,  and  not  till 
after  Horn., — 1.  usu.  of  duration  of 
time,  and  with  the  notion  of  an  action 
or  event  that  accompanies  another, 
daring,  παμά  τον  ττο'λεμον,  in  the  course 
of  the  war  :  also  without  such  notion, 
Trap'  δ'λον  τον  βίυν,  one's  life  long, 
παρά  ττότον,  Aeschin.  49,  14 ;  so, 
παρ'  olvov,  at  wine,  Jac.  A.  P.  p. 
895  ;  more  usu.  τταρ'  οίνφ,  Erf.  Soph. 

0.  T.  773. — III.  also,  like  iv,  of  a 
■  point  of  tune,  τζαρ'  αντον  τον  κίνόν- 

νον,  in  the  moment  of  danger  :  SO,  τταρ' 
αϋτα  τάόικϊ/ματα,  Dem.  229,  19 ; 
nap'  αΐ'τά  τοϋ  θανείν,  in  the  moments 
of  death. 

D.  Position  : — παρά  may  follow 
its  subst.  in  all  three  cases,  but  then 
becomes  by  anastrophe  -upa,  except 
when  the  ult.  is  elided,  as  II.  4,  97  ; 
18,  400. 

E.  τταρά,  absoi.,  as  Adv.,  near,  to- 
gether, at  once,  oft.  in  Horn. :  this  must 
be  distinguished  from  παρά  in  tmesis, 
which  is  also  freq.  in  Horn. 

F.  πάρα  oft.  stands,  esp.  in  Horn, 
and  Hes.,  for  πάρεση  and  πάρείσι, 
when  it  always  suffers  anastrophe :  so 
in  Att.,  as  Aesch.  Pers.  167,  Soph. 
El.  285. 

G.  IX  Compos.,  it  retains  the  chief 
usages  it  had  as  prep. ;  esp., — I.  along- 
side of,  beside,  as  ill  παρίστ7]μ,ί,  παρά- 
κειμαί,  παρέζομαι. — II.  to  the  side  of 
to,  as  in  παραόιύοιμι,  παρέχω,  to  hand 
to. — Hi.  to  one  side  of,  by,  past,  purely 
local,  as  in  παρέρχομαι,  παροίχομαι. 
παρατρέχω :  but  also  oft.,— IV.  me- 
taph., — 1.  aside  or  beyond,  i.  e.  amiss, 
wron^,  as  in  παραι3αίνω,  παράγω, 
παροράω,  παρόμννμι,  παρακάνω,  ττα- 
ρα•} ΐ}νώσκω,  just  like  German  ver-  in 
i;erschworen,  our  forswear. — 2.  be- 
yond, contrary  to,  as  in  παραρρητύς, 
παραίσιυς. — 3.ofalteration.orchange, 
as  in  παράφημι,  παραπειθω,  παρατεκ- 
ταίνω,  παραυόάω. 

Πάρο,  ν.  πάρα  D,  and  F. 

ΙΙαρα^αθηναί,  aor.  1  pass,  of  sq. 

Άαραβαίνω,  f.  -βϊ/σομαι ;  pf.  -/3ε- 
βϊΐκα,  part,  -βεβώς,  Ερ.  -βεβάώς :  pf. 
pass,  -βέβασμαι :  aor.  2  παρέβην 
{παρά,  βαίνω).  Το  go  by,  by  the  side 
of:  in  Horn,  only  twice,  both  times 
in  Ep.  part.  perf.  παρβεβάώς,  stayid- 
ing  beaide,  c.  dat.,  II.  11,  522  ;  13,  708  ; 
so  too  impf.  παρέβασκε  is  used  as=: 
ην  παραβάτ7}ς,  i.  e.  tlie  combatant  in 
the  chariot,  il.  11,  104  ;  but  reversely 
in  Hdt.  7,  40,  παραβέβηκέ  oi  ηνίο- 
χος.— II.  usu.,  to  pass  by  the  side  of, 
and  esp.  metaph.,  in  trans,  signf., — 1. 
to  overstep,  transgress,  Tu  νόμιμα,  Hdt. 

1,  65;  ύίκι/ν,  Aesch.  Ag.  789;  θεσ- 
μούς, σπονόάς,  όρκους,  etc.,  Ar.  Αν. 
331,461,  Thuc.  1,  78,  etc.;  also,  π. 
τινά  δαιμόνων,  to  sin  against  a  god, 
Hdt.  6,  12:  hence  absol.,  ό  παραβάς, 
the  transgressor,  Aesch.  Ag.  59  : — pass. 
to  be  tran.-'gressed  or  offended  against, 
Thuc.  3,  45. — 2.  to  pass  over,  omit, 
Dein.  298,  11. — 3.  to  let  pass,  καιρόν, 
like  Lat.  omiitere,  Dmarcli.  94,  44. — 1. 
ov  με  παρέβα,  it  escaped  me  not,  Eur. 
Hec.  704. — III.  to  pass  on,  εις  το  πρό- 
σω (al.  προβαίνειν),  Hdt.  1,  5. — In 
comedy,  παραβαινειν  ές  or  Trpof  το 
θέατρον.  Ιο  step  forward  to  address  the 
spectators,  Ar.  Ach.  029,  Eq.  508, 
etc.  ;  cf.  παρά3ασις  III. 

Ιίαραβάκτρος,  ov.  {παρά,  βύκτρον) 
near  or  like  a  staff,  π.  σε-ραπευματα, 
services  as  of  a  staffEm.  Phoen.  1564, 
Fors. 


ΠΑΡΑ 

ΤΙαρύβαχκος,  ov,  (παρά,  βύκχος) 
nearly  Bacchanalian,  Plut.  Demosth.9. 

ϊίαραβά'/.Άω  :  f.  -βάλω  :  aor.  2  πα- 
ρέβύλον  :  pf.  -βέβληκα  (παρά,  βάλ- 
Άω).  Το  throw  beside  or  by,  throw  to 
one,  as  fodder  to  cattle,  'ίππυις  εδω- 
δήν,  etc.,  Lat.  ohjicere,  projicere,  II.  8, 
504,  etc.  (always  however  in  tmesis) ; 
παρ.  φακέλ'/ιονς  εις  το  μέταξν,  Thuc. 

2,  77  ;  π.  τινά  τω  οχλω,  Polyb.  40.  4, 
2  : — so  in  pass.,  κνβοισι  παραάεβ7ί,ιι- 
μένος,  given  up  to  dice,  Ar.  Plut.  243. 
— 2.  to  hold  out  to  one,  hold  out  as  a 
bait,  Xen.  Cyn.  11,  2. — 3.  to  hold  out. 
cast  in  one's  teeth,  Lat.  objicere.  τίτί 
τι,  Aeschin.  81,  3. — II.  to  set  side  by 
side,  and  so  to  stake  one  thing  against 
another,  esp.  in  games  of  chance,  m 
genl.  to  venture,  hazard :  mostly  in  mid. 
to  expose  one's  self  to  danger,  Lat.  ob- 
jicere se  periculo,  projicere  se,  usu.  C. 
ace.  αίεν  έμί/ν  ψυχήν  παραβαλΆόμε- 
νος  ποΆεμιζειν,  setting  jny  hie  upon  a 
cast,  risking  it  in  war,  II.  9, 322  ;  so,  πα- 
ραβά'/./.εσβαι  τέκνα,  Hdt.  7,  10,  8,  cf. 
Thuc.  2,  44  ;  ουκ  Ισα  παραβα'/.λόμε- 
VOl,  not  having  equal  interests  at  stake, 
Xen.  Cyr.  2,  3, 11  ;  falso  c.  ace.  of  an- 
other, μηδέ  έμέ  παραβά/.τ/,  Hdt.  1, 
108t ;  also,  κίνόυνον  π.,  like  κίνό.  {)ίπ- 
τειν  or  παραρριπτειν  (q.  v.),  Lat.  ale- 
am  jacere,  Thuc.  3,  14  :  παραβά?.?.ε- 
σθαι  προς  τ  ι,  to  expose  one's  se//  ίο  a  risk, 
Polyb.  1,  37,  9  ;  7Γ.  τοΙς  ο'/.οις,  Id.  2,  26, 
0,  etc.  :  cf.  παράβο/.ος. — 2.  to  set,  place 
side  by  side,  and  SO  to  compare  one  with 
another,  τινι  τι,  Hdt.  4,  198 ;  τι  προς 
τι,  Xen.  Mem.  2,  4,  5,  Isocr.  195  G  ; 
Ti  παρά  τι.  Plat.  Gorg.  475  Ε : — 
hence  in  mid.,  παραβά'/.λομαι  θρή- 
νους bpviOi,  I  set  my  songs  against  It's, 
rival  It  in  singing,  Eur.  I.  T.  1094 ; 
and,  absol.,  παραβα'λλόμεναι,  vieing 
with  one  another.  Id.  Andr.  290 . — so  in 
pass.,  άπατα  δ'  άπάταις  παραβαλ- 
λομένα,  one  piece  of  treachery  set 
against  another.  Soph.  O.  C.  231  ;  cf. 
infra  B.  3. — III.  to  bring  to  the  side  of 
or  to,  or  near :  esp.  as  naval  term,  to 
bring  to,  put  to  land,  to  come  to,  Ar. 
Ran.  180,  269  ;  cf.  infra  B.  2.— IV.  to 
throw,  turn,  bend  sideways,  όμμα  π.,  to 
cast  it  askance,  like  a  timid  animal, 
Aesch.  Fr.  284 ;  ους  π.,  to  turn  one's 
ear  to  listen.  Plat.  Rep.  531  A  :  so 
too,  π.  στόμα  ΉρακΆεϊ,  to  lend  one's 
mouth  to  Hercules,  i.  e.  join  in  his 
praise,  Pind.  P.  9,  152  ;  π.  τους  γομ- 

fi'oiif,  to  lay  to  one's  grinders,  Ar. 
ac.  34  ;  π.  τω  όφθα/.μω,  to  cast  both 
eyes  sideways,  Ar.  Nub.  362,  cf.  Eq. 
173  ;  π.  το  θυρίον,  to  put  to  the  door, 
shut  il,  Plut.  2,  940  F. — V.  to  deposit 
with  one,  entrust  to  him,  Lat.  commit- 
tere,  Tivi  Ti,  Hdt.  2,  154  :  pass.,  πλεί- 
στον τινι  παραβεβλιιμένοι,  Thuc.  5, 
113. — VI.  ace.  to  Suid.  to  deceive,  be- 
tray;  so  prob.  Hdt.  1,  108,  Thuc.  1, 
133,  cf.  Alcae.  (Com.)  Incert.  5. 

B.  intr.  for  mid.  of  sigiif.  Ill,  to  come 
near,  approach,  usu.  τινι  or  εις,  Heind. 
Plat.  Lys.  203  E,  Polyb.  12,  5,  1, 
Plut.,  etc. ;  π.  άλ'λήλ.οις,  to  meet  one 
another.  Plat.  Rep.  550  C,  cf.  499  B. 
— 2.esp.,  to  go  by  sea  Ιο.παρέβαλε  νην- 
σι  Ιθυ  Σκιάθου,  Hdt.  7,  179;  more 
rarely  to  come  to  shore,  land,  π.  εις 
Ίωνιαν,  to  push  across  to  Ionia,  Thuc. 

3,  32,  cf.  Dem.  163,  3;  opp.  to  άπαί- 
ρω,  Arist.  Η.  Α.  8,  12,  11  ;  so,  παρα- 
βαλ^/.εσθαι  άκατον,  Ar.  Eq.  762:  v. 
supra  III. — 3.  to  vie  with,  τινι,  Xen. 
Eq.  9,  8  ;  v.  supra  II. 

}ΐΙαραβάλ/.ων,  ωνος,ό,  Paraballon, 
niasc.  pr.  n.,  Paus.  6,  0,  3. 

ΐίαραβάπτισμα,  ατός,  τό,  false  bap- 
tism, Eccl. 

ϋαραβαπτιστής,    οϋ,    6,     (.παρά, 


ΠΑΡΑ 

βαπτίζω)  m  Epict.,  one  falsely  bap 
tized,  a  spurious  Christian. — 2.  in  Eccl., 
one  who  baptizes  irregularly. 

ΐίαραβύπτω,  f.  --ψω.  (παρά,  βάπ- 
τω)  to  dye  at  the  same  time,  Piut.  Phoc. 
28. 

Ώαραβΰσϊ/.ενω,  {παρά,  βασιλεύω) 
to  reign  beside  or  along  with. — 11.  to 
govern  ill,  or  to  commit  treason.  LXX. 

ϊίαραβύσια,  ας,  i/.  usu.  lorni  lor 
παραιβασία,  q.  v.,  cf.  also  sq. 

llapupatTif,  εως,  ή,  Ep.  παραιβ., 
q.  v.,  {— upa ;■! αινώ)  a  going  asiue,  de- 
viation, Plut.  ϋ,  649  Β. — 11.  an  ovir- 
stfpping,  transgression,  extravagance, 
Plut.  2,  746  C,  etc.;  a  digression, 
Strab.  p.  15. — 111.  the  parabusis,  a  part 
ol  the  old  comedy,  in  which  the  cho- 
rus came  forward  and  addressed  the 
audience  in  the  poet's  name ;  not 
however  indispensable,  for  in  three 
of  the  extant  pieces  of  Aristoph.,  viz., 
Eccl.,  Lysist.,  Plut.,  it  is  wanting: 
the  parabasis  was  in  no  way  con- 
nected with  the  main  action  (whence 
the  name,  as  if  a  walking  beside,  di- 
gression from  the  plot) ;  and  so  was 
like  the  prologue  of  Roman  comedy, 
except  that  it  was  always  in  the  mid- 
dle of  the  piece,  usu.  soon  alter  the 
lirst  chorus  ;  and  even  this  was  imi- 
tated by  Plautus  in  the  Curculio  and 
Cistellaria.  When  complete  it  con- 
sisted of  seven  ditierent  parts,  κομ- 
μύτιον,  παράβασις  proper,  μακρόν  οι 
πνίγος,  στροφή,  έπιρ()ημα,  άντιστρο 
ώος,  άντεπφριιμα :  the  lirst  three 
with  the  'επίρρημα  and  άντεπίρρημα 
were  spoken  by  the  Coryphaeus,  the 
στροφή  and  αντίστροφος  by  the  w  hole 
chorus,  Herm.  El.  Metr.  3, 21.  There 
are  complete  παραβάσεις  in  Ar.  Ach., 
Eq.,  and  Vesp. 

ΐίαραβατεω,  ώ,  to  stand  beside  the 
combatant  in  a  chariot,  Philostr. : 
generally,  to  sit  by  the  driver,  Ath.  609 
D,  111  poet,  form  παραιβ- :  from 

ΙΙαραβάτης,  ov,  ό,  {παραβαίνω  I) 
one  who  stands  beside :  esp.  the  unrriot 
or  combatant  who  stands  beside  the  cha 
rtoteer,  II.  24,  132  (in  Ep.  form  παραι 
βάται),  and  so  in  Eur.  Supp.  677, 
Xen.  Cyr.  7,  1,  29;  two  παραβάται 
are  mentioned  Ijy  Strab.  p.  709. — The 
παραβάται,  in  Plut.  Aemil.  12.  were 
light  troops  {velites)  who  ran  beside 
the  horsemen,  cf.  Liv.  44,  26. — II. 
{παραβαίνω  II.  1)  α  transgressor, 
Aesch.  Eum.  553,  in  poet,  form  παρ- 
βατής,  [ά] 

ΙΙαραβάτικός,  ή,  όν,  {παράβασις) 
of  or  disposed  J'or  transgressing. — 11. 
belonging  to  the  comic  παράβασις. 

ΙΙαραβάτις,  ιδος,  fern,  from  παρα- 
βάτης, poet,  παραιβ-,  a  woman  who 
follows  the  reapers,  'I'heocr.  3.  32. 

ΤΙαραβάτος,  η,  όν,  poet,  παρβιτός, 
{παραβαίνω)  to  be  gone  beyond,  over 
come,  or  overreached,  Αώς  ov  παρβα- 
τύς  ίστι  φρήν,  Aesch.  Supp.  1049  ; 
κράτος  oil  παραβ-.  Soph.  Ant.  874. 

ΐίαραβάφής,  tf ,=  παραλονργης. 

Ίίαραβεβάσθαι,  inf.  peri.  pass,  of 
παραβαίνω. 

ΐίαραβεβ/.ιιμένως,  adv.  part.  pf. 
pass,  ot  παραβάλλω,=  παραβο/,άδην. 

ΐίαραβεβνσμένως,  adv.  part,  perf 
pass,  of  παραγίνω. 

ΙΙαραβ-ηναι,  inf.  aor.  2  of  παραβαί 
νω. 

Ιίαραβίάζομαι,  f.  -άσομαι,  {παρά, 
βιάζομαι)  dep.  mid. ; — ίο  do  a  thing 
by  force  against  nature  0Γ  law,  LXX  : 
— to  use  violence,  περί  τίνος.  Polyb. 
26,  1,  3. — 11.  c.  ace,  π.  χάρακα,  to 
force  the  palisade.  Id.  22,  10,  7. — 2. 
to  constrain,  compel,  X.  T. 
i  ΪΙαραβίας,  ov,  ό,  a  drink  made  from 
1097 


ΠΑΡΑ 

millet  and  κόΐΊ/ζα,  Hecatae.  ap.  Ath. 
447  D. 

Παραβιασμός,  οϋ,  6,  (παραβιάζο- 
μαι) a  Jorciiij•  of  nature  or  law,  Plut. 
2,  1097  F. 

ΪΙαραβΙβύζω,  {παρά,  βφύζω)  to  put 
aside,  carry  away,  LXX. 

ΐίαραβλάπτω,  {παρά,  βλάπτω)  to 
hurt  or  damage  beside. 

ΙΙαραβλαστάνω,  f.  -βλαστήσω,  {πα- 
ρά, β'λαστάνω)  to  sprout  or  shoot  up 
beside,  to  grow  up  beside  or  by,  Hipp. 
401,  Plat.  Rep.  573  D. 

ΪΙαραβλάστη,  ης,  ή,  a  sucker,  off- 
shoot, Theophr. 

ΐίαραβλάστημα,  ατός,  τό,  (πάρα- 
βλαστάνω)  that  which  shoots  or  grows 
beside,  and  so=foreg.,  Theophr. 

Τ1αραβ?.άστι/σις,  ή,  {παραβλαστά- 
νω)  a  shooting  or  growing  beside,  The- 
ophr. 

ΐίαραβλαστικός,  ή,  όν,  (παραβλασ- 
τάνω)  shooting  or  growing  beside,  The- 
ophr. ;  V.  1.  for  παραβλαστητικός. 

ΙΙαράβλεμμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  side- 
glance,  sideling  look  :  Irom 

ΐίαραβλέπω,  f.  -ψω,  {παρά,  βλέπω) 
to  look  aside,  lake  a  side  look,  Ar.  Ran. 
409 :  π.  θατέρω  (sc.  οφθαλμώ)  to 
wink  with  one  eye,  Ar.  Vesp.  497 ; 
but  also,  to  peep  out  of  the  corner  of 
one's  eye,  Id.  Eccl.  498  : — to  look  as- 
kance,  look  stern,  Nicostr.  ap.  Stub.  p. 
427. — 2.  to  see  ivrong,  Luc.  Necyoin. 
• — II.  to  overlook,  neglect,  C.  acc,  Po- 
lyb.  6,  40,  0.     Hence 

ΐίαράβλεφις,  εως,  >),  a  looking  at  in 
passing,  or  askance,  Piut.  2,  521  B. 

ΤΙαραβλήόην,  adv.,  {παραβάλλω) 
thrown  in  by  the  way,  π.  αγορενειν, 
either  to  speak  ivith-a  side-meaning, 
i.  e.  with  malicious  insinuations,  or  to 
speak  with  side-glances,  i.  e.  askance, 
in  rnockery,  opp.  to  fair,  open  attacks, 
11,  4,  6  ;  acc.  to  others,  merely  to 
speak  ες  άντίβο?^/ς,  in  objection  or  to 
answer,  as  Ap.  Rh.  seems  to  take  it, 
2,  448;  3,  107,  cf.  Opp.  H.  2,  113.— 
IJ.  parallel-wise,  Arat.  535. 

ίίαράβλημα,  ατός,  τό,  {παραβάλ- 
λω) that  which  is  thrown  beside  or  be- 
fore, fodder. — II.  that  ivhich  hung  be- 
fore to  protect  or  cover,  esp.  a  kind  of 
curtain  or  screen  used  to  cover  the  sides 
of  ships,  Xen.  Hell.  2,  1,  22 ;  cf.  παρ- 
ύ()^υμα. 

ΐίαραβλής,  f/τος,  ό,  η,  (παραβάλ- 
λω) distraught,  Manetho. 

ΐίαμαβλητεος,  α,  υν,  =  παραβλη- 
τός,  Plut.  Ciuioii  3. 

ΤΙαραβλητικός,  τ'/,  όν,  fitted  for  put- 
ting  aside  or  comparing. 

ΐίαραβλητός,  ή,  όν,  (παραβά?ίλω) 
placed  by  one  another :  to  be  compared, 
comparable,  Plut.  Aemil.  8,  etc. 

Παραβλνζω,  f.  -υσω,  (παρά,  βλνζω) 
to  tnake  gush  out  beside,  both  C.  acc. 
μέθυ,  and  c.  gen.  οίνου,  κραιπάλης, 
Jac.  Philostr.  Imag.  p.  340. 

ΤΙαραβλώσκω,  pf.  παραμέμβ?•.ωκα, 
poet,  παρμεμβλ-,  to  go  beside,  e.sp.  for 
the  purpose  of  protecting,  11.  4,  11  ; 
24,  73, — both  times  in  the  poet,  perf 

ΙΙαραβλώφ,  ώπος,  ό,  ή,  looking 
askance,  squinting,  ΰφϋαλμώ,  II.  9,  503, 
cf,  Luc.  adv.  hid.  7.  (From  παρα- 
βλέπω, like  κλώψ  from  κλέπτω.) 

ΤΙαραβοάω,  ώ,  f.  •ήσω,  (παρά, 
βοάω)  to  call  or  cry  out  to,  Dem.  1359, 
16. 

ΐίαραβοήθεια,  ας,  η,  help,  aid,  suc- 
cour, Plat.  Legg.  778  A :  from 

ΤΙαραβοηθέω,  ω,  (παρά,  βοηθέω) 
to  help  in  a  thing,  to  come  to  aid,  τινί, 
Thuc.  1,  47,  etc.:  absol.  come  to  the 
rescue,  Ar.  Eq.  257,  Thuc.  3,  22: — 
also  to  aid  on  the  other  hand,  like  uv- 
ηβοηΟέω,  Plat.  Rep.  572  E.  Hence 
1098 


ΠΑΡΑ 

ΤΙαραβοήθημα,  ατός,  τό,  help,  aid, 
succour. 

ΤΙαραβολάδην,  poet,  παρβ-,  adv.=: 
παραβλήδην.  Αρ.  Rh.  4,  936.   [«] 

ίίαραβολίνομαι,άβ^.,  {παράβολος) 
to  venture,  expose  one's  self,  like  παρα- 
βάλλομαι, π.  τ?)  τρνχΐ],  v.  1.  Ν.  Τ.,  re- 
ceived by  Scholz. 

ΐίαραβολή,  ης,  ή,  (παραβάλλω  Π.) 
α  placing  beside  or  together,  esp.  a  com- 
paring, comparison.  Plat.  Phil.  33  Β  : 
an  illustration,  Isocr.  280  A. — Arist. 
Rhet.  2,  20,  expressly  distinguishes 
it  from  the  λόγος  {apologue  or  fable), 
which  answers  to  ihe parable  of  scrip- 
ture.—II.  (παραβάλλω  HI,  and  B)  a 
ranging  ^ide  by  side,  a  meeting  AO.Plat. 
Tim.  40  C  :  έ«  παραβολής  {νεών)  μά- 
χεσθαι,  Ιο  fight  a  sea-fight  broadside 
to  broadside,  Polyb.  15,  2, 13,  Diod.  14, 
60. — III.  «  sidelong  direction,  obliquity, 
δια  πολλών  ελιγμών  και  π-,  Plut. 
Arat.  22.— IV.  (παραβάλλω  I,  mid.) 
the  making  a  venture,  a  venture. — V.  di- 
vision, as  opp.  to  multiplication. — VI. 
the  conic-section  parabola,  SO  called  be- 
cause its  axis  IS  parallel  to  the  side  of 
the  cone.  Math.  Vett.— νΐΙ.=;παρά- 
βολον  (v.  sub  παράβυ?Μς  III),  Arist. 
Oec.  2,  IG,  3,  with  v.  11.  παράβολον, 
-βόλιον.     Hence 

Τίαραβολικός,  ή,  όν,  comparative, 
figurative.     Adv.  -κώς. 

Παραβόλων,  ου,  τό,  later  form  for 
παράβολον,  v.  παράβολος  III. 

ΙΙαρύβολος,  ov,  (παραβάλλω  IT, 
mid.)  putting  upon,  1.  e.  staking,  risk- 
ing:  hence, — 1.  of  persons,  venture- 
some, reckless,  Ar.  Vesp.  192  :  so,  πα- 
ραβόλως  μύχεσβαι,  like  'ψυχην  πάρα- 
βαλλόμενος,  to  fight  desperately,  Lat. 
projecta  audacia,  παραβύλως  πλείν, 
etc.,  Meineke  Menand.  p.  227. — 2.  of 
things  and  actions,  hazardous ,  perilous, 
έργον,  Hdt.  9,  45  ;  π.  και  χαλεπόν, 
Isocr.  120  A,  Polyb.,  etc. :  hence  τό 
π-,  dauntlessness,  Polyb.  3,  61,  6: — 
adv.,  -'λως,  in  Polyb.,  suddenly,  by  a 
coup-de-main,  1,  23,  7. — II.  as  law- 
term,  deposited,  το  π.,  a  deposit  made 
in  appeal-cases  as  security  for  the 
fine  due  in  case  of  failure,  later  παρα- 
βόλων, Herm.  Pol.  Ant.  ^  140,  16 : 
cf.  παρακαταβολή,  παρακαταθήκη. — 
See  the  poet,  form  παραίβολος. 

ΥΙαραβομβέω,  ώ,  ί.  -ήσω,  {παρά, 
βομβεω)  to  hum  beside  or  after,  Synes. 

ΐίαράβορ^ος,  ov,  having  the  north 
wind  at  the  side. 

ΤΙαραβόσκω,  {παηά,  βόσκω)  to  feed 
beside,  entertain,  Epilipp.  Epheb.  1. 

11αραβυνκο?,έω,  ώ.  {παρά,  βονκο- 
?ιέω  II)  like  παραπλανάω,  to  lead 
astray  by  fraud  or  treachery,  mislead, 
Oenom.  ap.  Euseb. 

Τίαραβυνκολίζω,  =  foreg.,  dub.  I. 
Lye.  i094. 

Τίαραβουλεύομαι,  =  παραβολεύο- 
μαι,  Ν.  Τ. ;  cf.  sub  παραβολ-. 

Παραβρύβεύω,  (παρά,  βραβεύω) 
strictly  to  give  an  unjust  judgment  m 
an  athletic  contest  :  generally,  to  decide 
unfairly,  Polyb.  24,  1,12. 

Τίαραβράχν,Άάν.  for  παρά  βραχύ, 
nearly ;  v.  παρά  I.  7,  b. 

ΤΙαράβνσμα,  ατός,  τό,  (παραβύω) 
that  which  is  stuffed  in  beside,  a  stopper. 

Ιίαράβυστος,  ov,  {παραβυω)  stuffed 
or  forced  in,  hence  of  a  self-invited 
guest,  Timoth.  (Com.)  Κυναρ.  1,  cf. 
Ath.  257  A  :  hence,  εκ  παραβΰστου, 
Plut.  2,  617  Ε. — II.  crammed  together 
in  a  body  or  throng. — III.  το  παράβνσ- 
τον  (sc.  δικαστήρων),  an  Athenian 
law-court  lying  in  a  distant,  back  part 
of  the  town,  Lys.  ap.  Poll.  8,  121, 
Paus.  1,  28,  8:' hence,  έν  παραβύσ- 
τω,  in  a  corner,  Dem.  715,  20,  Arist. 


ΠΑΡΑ 

Top.  8,  1,  17,  cf.  Hemst.  Luc.  Ne- 
cyoin. 17. 

ΪΙαραβύω,  (παρά,  βνω)  to  stuff  in, 
insert,  Luc. — II.  lo  stop  up,  tu  ώτα, 
Sext.  Emp.  p.  15.  \v  in  Anth.  P.  11, 
210.] 

ΤΙαραβώμιος,  ov,  (παρά,  βωμός)  be- 
side or  at  the  altar,  v.  1.  Soph.  0.  T. 
184,  Philo. 

Τίαραγγελεύς,  έως,  ό,  (παραγγέλ- 
λω) an  informer,  accuser. 

Ιίαραγγελία,  ας,  ή,  a  proclamation, 
public  notice,  command :  esp.  as  milit. 
term,  a  general  order,  the  word  of  com- 
mand, signal,  Xen.  Hell.  2,  1,  4,  Po- 
lyb. 6,  27,  1. — 2.  the  summoning  oriels 
partisans  to  support  one  in  a  suit  at 
law,  exertion  of  influence,  Dem.  34 1 ,  2  ; 
432,  1 1  ;  hence  canvassing  for  ]iublic 
offce,  the  Lalin  ambitus,  Plut.  Crass. 
15,  cf  Id.  2,276  C. — 3.  instruction,  ad- 
vice, Diod.  15,  10. — 4.  a  rule,  system, 
Arist.  Eth.  N.  2,  2,  4:  from 

Τίαραγγέλ?.ω,  f.  -ε?.ώ,  (παρά,  άγ• 
γέλλω)  strictly  to  announce  beside,  i.  e. 
to  hand  an  announcement  from  one  to 
another,  pass  it  on,  τινι  τι,  Aesch.  Ag. 
289,  cf.  294. — II.  esp.  as  military  term, 
to  give  the  watch-word,  which  was 
passed  from  man  to  man,  Lat.  impe- 
rium  per  manus  tradere,  Xen.  All.  1,  8, 
3 ;  cf.  παράγγελμα,  παράγγελσις : 
then, — 2.  to  give  the  word,  give  orders, 
Tivi  ποιείν  τι,  Hdt.  4,  89  ;  8,  70,  etc. : 
and  so,  generally,  to  order,  recommend, 
exhort,  not  so  strong  as  κελεύω,  π. 
τινι  ποιεΙν  τι.  Soph.  Phil.  1178,  Plat. 
Phaed.  116  C,  etc. ;  Tiw  ri,  Eur.  Supp. 
1173,  Heracl.b25,  etc. ;  π.τινί  όπως.... 
Plat.  Rep.  415  Β  :— c.  acc.  rei  only, 
to  order,  π.  παρασκενήν  σίτου.  Ιο  or- 
der corn  to  be  prepared,  Hdt.  3,  25 ; 
σιτία,  Thuc.  7,  43 ;  π.  στρατείαν, 
like  Lat.  indicere,  Aeschin.  63,  7  ;  τα 
παραγγελλόμενα,  orders,  Thuc.  2,  11. 
— III.  also,  to  encourage,  cheer  on,  c. 
acc,  'ίππους,  Theogn.  992;  π.  εις 
όπλα,  to  cull  to  arms,  Xen.  An.  1,  5, 
13. — IV.  to  summon  one\i  help,  esp.  at 
Athens,  to  summon  one's  partisans,  en- 
deavour to  gain  anything  by  their 
means,  Dem.  515,  19,  cf.  Lys.  95,  28, 
sq.  ;  esp.,  π.  την  άρχην,  to  canvass 
for  the  chief  power,  lilie  Lat.  magis- 
tratum  ambire,  Dion.  H.  11,  61,  Plut.  ; 
also,  7Γ.  εις  νπατείαν,  Plut.  Caes.  13, 
cf.  Cat.  Min.  8 :  άντιπαραγγέλ'λειν 
τινι  εις  τι,  to  oppose  one  in  a  contest 
for  an  otiice,  App. :  cf.  παραγγελία 
2;  so  too  παρακελεύομαι. —  V.  to 
teach,  admonish,  Plut.  2,  12  D,  210  E, 
etc. —  VI.  of  a  divorced  wife,  to  an 
nounce  to  her  husband  that  she  is  preg- 
nant by  him:  if  the  latter  declares 
that  she  cannot  be  so,  he  is  said  άν 
τιπαραγγέλλειν.     Hence 

ΐίαραγγελμα,  ατος,  τό,  an  announce- 
ment, Aesch.  Ag.  480  :  an  order,  word 
of  command,  Thuc.  8,  99,  Lys.  121, 
32;  ίκ  παραγγέλματος,  Fo\yh.  1,27, 
8. — 2.  instruction,  precept,  Xen.  Cyn. 
13,  9.     Hence 

Τίαραγγελμΰτικός,  -ή,  όν,  admoni 
tory,  Dion.  H.  de  Comp.  p.  302. 

ίίαράγγελσις,  εως,  ή,  (παραγγέλ- 
λω) an  announcing,  connnanding  .-—in 
war  esp.  a  giving  an  order,  an  order, 
word  of  command,  which  was  passed 
from  one  to  another,  Thuc,  5,  66, 
Plat.  Legg:.  942  Β  ;  άπο  παραγγέλ- 
σεως  πορενεσβαι,  Xen.  An.  4,  1,  5  • 
cf.  παρεγγνησις,  παραγγέλλω. 

ΙΙαραγγελτικός,  ή,  όν,  ν.  1.  for  πα 
ραγγελματικός. 

Hapuynof,  ov,  {παρά,  γη)  haunting 
the  shallow  water  ytear  the  shore,  opp. 
to  πελάγιος,  Arist.  H.  A.  8,  19,  18. 

ΪΙαραγέν7]σις,  ή,  presence,  Epicur. 


ΠΑΡΑ 

ΤΙαραγεύω,  (παρά,  γενώ)  to  give 
just  a  taste  of  a  thing,  τινά  τίνος : 
metaph.,  φρονήματος  παραγεύειν  τύ 
θηλν,  ίο  give  women  a  slight  taste  (i.  e. 
share)  of  courage,  Plut.  Lycurg.  14: 
— mid.,  to  taste  just  slightly,  ττότον, 
Anaxil.  Calyps.  2  ;  καινού  τίνος,  An- 
tiph.  Incert.  14. 

ΐίαραγηρύω,  ω,  f.  -άσομαι,  {παρά, 
yijpatjj)  to  be  the  worse  for  old  age,  be- 
come childish  or  doting,  Aeschin.  89, 28. 

Τίαραγίγνομαι,  Ion.  and  in  later 
Gr.  -γίνομαι  [ί]  ;  fut.  -γενί/σομαι : 
aor.  τταρεγενόμτ/ν  {παρά,  γίγνομαι). 
To  be  at  hand,  by  or  near,  be  present 
with  or  at,  c.  dat.  pers.  et  rei,  καί 
σφιν  τταρεγίγνετο,  δαιτί,  Od.  17,  173  ; 
c.  dat.  pers.  only,  to  sta?ui  beside  or 
near,  Hes.  Th.  429  ;  π.  Σοφοκλεϊ  ερω- 
τώμενο), I  was  by  when  he  was  asked. 
Plat.  iiep.  329  Β  ;  hence,— 2.  π.  τινί, 
to  stand  by,  second,  support  one,  Hdt. 
8, 109,  Aesch.  Eum.  319,  Ar.  Eq.  242  ; 
to  come  to  aid,  τινί,  Hdt.  3,  32  ;  έκί 
Τίνα,  against  one,  Thuc.  2,  95. — 3.  of 
things,  to  be  at  hand,  to  come,  happen 
or  accrue  to  one,  tlvL,  Lat.  contingere 
alicui,  Thuc.  1,  15,  Xen.  Mem.  4,  2, 
2  ;  φό,βοι  παραγιγνόμενοί  τινι,  Isocr. 
69  Α. — II.  to  come  to,  arrive  at,  τινί, 
Theogn.  139  ;  also,  εις  τόπον,  Hdt. 

I,  185  ;  and  absoL,  to  arrive,  Id.  6,  95 ; 
— ες  τωυτό,  to  come  to  the  same 
point,  Id.  2,  4. — 2.  to  come  to  maturity, 
of  corn,  etc.,  Hdt.  1,  193;  4,  29. 

ΤΙαραγιγνώσκω,  later  form  -γΐνώ- 
σκω,  fut.  -γνώσομαι :  aor.  παρεγνων 
{παρά.  γιγνώσκω) : — to  decide  beside 
the  right,  hence  to  judge  wrong,  give  an 
unjust  judgtnent,  Xen.  Mem.  1,  1,  17. 

ΐίαρανκάλίζομαι,  {παρά,  άγκαλί- 
ζομαι)  uep.,  to  take  into  one's  arms. 
Hence 

ΊΙαραγκύλισμα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which 
is  taken  into  the  arms,  of  a  mistress  or 
wife.  Soph.  Ant.  650,  cf.  Lye.  113. 
[ku] 

ΤΙαραγκιστρόομαι,  {παρά,  άγκι- 
στρόω)  as  pass.,  to  be  furnished  with 
barbs,  Diod.  17,  43,  Plut  2,  631  D. 

ΐίαραγκωνίζω,  {παρά,  άγκών)  to 
fold  the  arms,  set  them  a-kimbo,  Ath. — 
raid,  to  push  aside  with  the  elbows,  el- 
bow, Luc.  Tim.  54,  etc. ;  hence,  gen- 
erally, to  push  aside,  supplant,  Strab.  p. 
229.     Hence 

Τίαραγκωνιστής,  ov,  b,  one  who  el- 
bows, Clearch.  ap.  Ath.  258  A. 

ΙΙαραγ'λνφω,  f.  -ψω,  {παρά,  γλύφω) 
to  counterjeit.  forge  a  seal,  τάς  σφρα- 
γίδας, Diod.  1,  78  :  cf  παρακοπτω. — 

II.  to  scratch  slightly,  Hipp.  773.  [v] 
ΐίαραγνύθίόιης,  ov,  on.  or  belonging 

to  the  cheek  :  [ΐ]  Irom 

Τίαραγνΰθίς,  ίόος,  ij,  {παρά,  γνά- 
θος) the  cheek-piece  of  a  helmet  or 
tiara,  Strab. 

ΐίαραγνάμπτω,  (.  -ψω,  (παρά,  γνά- 
υ,πτω)  Ιο  bend  to  one  side,  Coluth.  239. 

ΥΙαραγονάτιον,  ov,  τό,  {παρά,  γόνυ) 
the  space  between  two  joints  in  a  reed, 
etc..  Synes.  [a] 

ΤΙαρύγοράζω,  f.  -άσω,  =:  παροψω- 
νέω,  A  lex.  Αρωπίό.  3. 

ΐίαρΰγορέυμαί.  Dor.  for  παρηγ-. 
Find. 

ΐίαρΰγόρενσις,  εως,  η,  a  denial,  Jo- 
seph. 

ΐίαράγραμμα,  ατός,  τό,  {παραγρά- 
φω) that  which  one  writes  beside,  an  ad- 
ditional  clause,  codicil,  rider,  Dem.  997, 
10. — II.  an  altering,  falsifying  of  a 
writing. — III.  dub.  for  παραγραμματι- 
σμός.     Hence 

ΙΙαραγραμμάτίζω,  to  alter  by  chang- 
ing a  letter,  Strab.  p.  41  ;  cf  sq. — II. 
TT.  τινά,  to  make  a  pun  vi  One,  Diog. 
L.  3,  20.    Hence 


ΠΑΡΑ 

ΤΙαραγραμμάτισμός,  ov,  6,  a  put- 
ting one  letter  for  another,  esp.  in  puns 
{σκώμματα  παρά  γράμμα,  Arist 
Rhet.  3,  11,  6) ;  such  as  Caldius  Bi- 
berius  Mero  lor  Claudius  Tiberius 
Nero,  Suet.  Tib.  42,  cf.  Cic.  Fam.  7, 
32,2. 

ΤΙαραγράφη,  ής,  ή,  (παραγράφω) 
any  thing  written  beside,  a  marginal 
note,  Isocr.  322  A  :  esp.,  a  critical  or 
grammatical  mark  of  punctuation,  esp. 
to  mark  the  end  of  a  sentence,  Arist. 
Rhet.  3,  8,  6  ;  or  to  mark  that  a  pas- 
sage is  spurious,  Luc.  Imag.  24.^ — II. 
an  exception  taken  by  the  defendant  to 
the  indictment,  {γραφί/),  a  demurrer, 
Isocr.  371  A  ;  παραγραφην  παραγρά- 
φεσθαι  or  όοϋναι,  Dem.  912,  15  ;  939, 
11,  cf  Diet.  Antiqq.  in  voc. — III.  a 
figure  in  rhetoric,  a  brief  final  summa- 
ry of  one  subject  before  passing  on  to 
another.     Hence 

ΐίαραγράφικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to  a 
παραγραφή  (signf.  Ill),  π.  λόγος,  the 
speech  of  the  defendant  against  the  in- 
dictment {γραφτ]),  the  constitutio  trans- 
lativa  of  Cic.  Inv.  Rhet.  1,  8. 

ΐίαραγράφίς,  ίόος,  ή,  a  writing  in- 
strument. 

ΤΙαράγρΰφος,  ov,  }),  (sc.  γραμμή),  a 
line  or  stroke  drawn  in  the  margin,  with 
a  dot  over  it,  to  mark  the  correspond- 
ing parts  of  a  chorus  or  parabasis, 
which  are  interrupted  by  parts  of  the 
dialogue,  Hephaest. — II.  as  a  mark  of 
punctuation, prob.=  77apQ;}7jai>/; :  perh. 
also  the  middle  line  dividing  two  col- 
umns of  a  writing. — III.  ό  παράγρα- 
φος, in  later  Greek,  a  pencil  for  draw- 
ing lines,  Salmas.  Solin.  p.  643,  sq. 
From. 

ΙΙαραγράφω,  f.  -φω,  {παρά,  γράφω) 
to  write  beside  or  in  addition  to,  to  sub- 
join, esp.  a  clause  to  a  law,  a  con- 
tract, or  the  like,  Ar.  Lys.  513,  Dem, 
1237,  1,  to  write  up,  post  up  in  public. 
Plat.  Legg.  785  A  : — esp.ol  fraudulent 
interpolations,  ά/Λον  πατρός  εαυτόν 
παραγράφειν,  to  enroll  one's  self  u'i'iA 
a  wrong  ifather's  name,  Dem.  1003, 
fin. — 2.  to  imitate,  esp.  in  Gramm. ; 
cf  Schaf  Schol.  Ap.  Rh.  3,  158; 
παραφράζω  IV. — II.  mid.,  παραγρά- 
φεσθαί  τίνα  διαιτητήν,  to  have  him 
registered  as  arbiter,  Dem.  1013,  4. — 
2.  παραγράφεσθαι  μη  είςαγώγιμον  εί- 
ναι (sc.  την  γραφ'ην),  to  take  an  excep- 
tion to  an  indictment,  Dem.  939,  11  ; 
984,  fin.,  sq.,  etc. ;  and  absol.  παρα- 
γράφεσθαι, to  demur,  Isocr.  371  Β  ;  cf 
παραγραφή  III,  παραγραφικός:  hence 
also  in  act.,  παραγράφειν  τους  δανει- 
στάς,  to  cheat  the  usurers,  Synes. — 3. 
to  have  a  thing  copied  out,  Dem.  23, 
60,  cf  73. — III.  ant.,  to  draw  a  line 
across,  cancel,  Polyb.  9,  31,  5  :  hence 
to  end,  as  elsewh.  περιγρ. ;  cf.  παρα- 
γραφή I.     Hence 

ΐίαραγράψίμος,  ov,  exceptionable, 
Sext.  Emp.  p.  406. 

ΤΙαράγνμνος,  ov,  (παρά,  γυμνός) 
naked  at  the  side,  half  naked,  Diog.  L. 
2,  132. 

Παραγνμνόω,  ώ,  (παρά,  γνμνόω) 
to  lay  bare  at  the  side,  expose,  Dio  C. 
49,  6 :  metaph.  to  lay  bare,  disclose, 
λάγον,  etc.,  Hdt.  1, 126  ;  8, 19  ;  9,  44. 
Hence  , 

ΤΙαραγνμνωσις,  εως,  ή,  a  laying 
bare  at  the  side,  Clem.  Al. 

Τίαραγνρο>ς,  adv.,  moving  along  a 
circle,  i.  e.  round  and  round,  unceasing- 
ly, ap.  Hesych.  [ϋ] 

ΤΙαράγω,  f.  -ξω,  {παρά,  άγω)  to  lead 
beside,  π.  πτέρνγας,  use  your  wings 
and  be  off,  Eur.  Ion  160: — hence, — I. 
to  lead  by  or  past  a  place,  c.  ace.  loci, 
Hdt.  4,  158 ,  9,  47.-2.  as  military 


ΠΑΡΑ 

term,  to  make  the  men  march  off  side- 
ways, file  them  off,  Xen.  An.  3,  4,21 : 
also  to  wheel  them  from  column  into 
line,  Id.  Cyr.  2,  3,  21,  An.  4,  6,  6  ;  cf. 
sq.  I.  2. — II.  to  lead  aside  from  the  way, 
lead  away,  τινά  εις  άρκνστατα,  Aeseh. 
Pers.  99,  etc.  :  π.  άπάττ,.  Thuc.  1, 
34,  ■ψενύεσι.  Plat.  Rep.  383  A  :  hence 
absol.,  to  mislead,  beguile,  Lat.  sedu- 
cere,  Find.  P.  11,  40,  N.  7,  34,  Plat. 
Phaedr.  202  D,  aftd  very  freq.  in  Att. ; 
cf.  παραγωγή  II. — 2.  to  lead  aside,  and 
so  to  change,  alter  the  course  of.,  π. 
τάς  μοίρας,  Hdt.  I,  91  ;  π.  τους  νό- 
μους επί  τι,  like  Lat.  dtflectere.  Plat. 
Rep.  550  D;  π.  όνομα,  γράμμα.  Id. 
Crat.  398  D,  400  C,  cf  Plut.  2,  354 
C  :  esp.  to  distort,  pervert,  distract, 
φρένας,  Lycurg.  159,  20. — 3.  general- 
ly, to  persuade,  lead  to  or  into  a  thing, 
εις  τι,  Theogn.  404:  but  usu.  of 
something  bad  : — pass,  to  be  persuaded. 
Plat.  Legg.  885  C  ;  c.  inf ,  παράγε- 
σθαι  μισθοίς  εΙρ}άσθαι  τι.  Soph. 
Ant.  294,  cf.  Thuc.  2,  64,  Bornem. 
Xen.  Mem.  4,  8,  5 :  to  avert  anger, 
etc.,  Diod. — III.  to  bring  and  set  beside 
or  before  others,  to  bring  forward,  π. 
ες  μέσον,  Hdt.  3,  129,  etc.  ;  so,  π.  εις 
τον  όήμον.  to  bring  before  the  people, 
Lys.  132,  38  ;  εις  τό  δικαστήριον,  be- 
fore the  court,  Dem.  805,  14  :  and  ab- 
sol., to  bring  forward,  as  on  the  Stage 
(sc.  εις  τό  Οέατρον),  Meineke  Com. 
Fr.  1,  p.  536;  cf.  Thuc.  5,  45,  etc.: 
also  to  bring  forward  as  a  witness, 
proof,  etc.,  Plat. :  and  so  in  mid..  Id. 
Legg.  830  C. — Cf  παρέρχομαι. — W . 
to  lead  on,  protract,  τήν  πράξιν,  Diod. 
18,  65  : — to  put  off,  συμμαχίαν.  Id. ; 
π.  τον  χρόνον,  to  pass  it  away,  Plut. 
Agis  13,  etc. — V.  to  direct,  guide  hith- 
er and  thithtr.  Id.  2,  981  Α.— VI.  to  de- 
rive one  word  from  another,  Grainm. 

B.  intrans.  to  pass  by,  pass  on  one's 
way,  Xen.  Cyr.  5,  4,  44,  Polyb.  5,  18, 
4,  etc. — 2.  to  pass  away,  N.  T.  :  so 
also  in  pass.,  lb.    Hence 

Τίαραγωγή,  ης,  ή,  a  leading  by  or 
past,  carrying  across,  Xen.  An.  5,  1, 
16. — 2.  as  military  term,  a  wheeling 
from  column  into  line.  Id.  Lac.  11,  6, 
"Polyb.  10,  21,  5;  cf  foreg.  I.  2.-3. 
7r.  των  κωπών,  a  sliding  motion  oi  the 
oars,  so  that  they  made  no  dash,  {βά- 
θος, πίτνλος)  in  going  in  and  out  of 
the  water,  Xen.  Hell.  5,  1,  8. — II.  a 
leading  aside  or  away,  misleading,  άπα- 
της π.,  Hdt.  6,  62  :  esp.  as  law-term, 
a  false  argument,  false  light,  jallacy, 
quibble,  Dem.  652,  14  ;  693,  2  :  π.  τυύ 
πράγματος,  a  matter  foreign  to  the 
subject,  871,7;  περίπλοκα!  καϊ  77., 
Plut.  Fab.  3: — also  delay,  Id.  Lucull. 
29. — 2.  an  alteration,  change,  variety, 
as  of  language,  Hdt.  1,  142  :  α  devia- 
tion from  right,  a  transgression.  Plat. 
Legg.  741  D. — 3.  a  persuading,  turn- 
ing, τών  θεών.  Id.  Rep.  364  D.— HI. 
derivation,  Gramm. — iV.  (from  pass.) 
a  coming  to  land,  Polyb.  8,  7,  4. 

ΐίαράγωγίάζω,  to  demand  a  transit 
duty  from  one,  τινά,  Polyb.  4,  44,  4, 
cf.  3,  2,  5  :  from 

ΤΙαράγώγιον,  ov.  τό,  (παραγωγή) 
a  tra7isit  duty  (such  as  is  paid  by  ships 
passing  the  Sound),  Polyb.  4,  47,  3  ; 
cf  διαγώγιον. 

ΐίαράγωγίς,  ίδος,  ή,  the  carriage  of 
a  military  engine.  Math. 

Τίαρΰγωγός,  ov,  {παράγω)  leading 
or  guiding  by,  past  or  aside :  hence — 
1.  misleading,  dectilfid.  Com.  Anon. 
219. — 2.  pass,  led  astray,  δστέον  π-,  a 
dislocated  bone,  Hipp, — II.  derived 
from  another  word,  Gramm.:  adv. 
-γως,  by  a  slight  change,  in  the  deriva- 
tion of  one  word  from  another,  cf. 
1099 


ΠΑΡΑ 

ΗοΓ.  pnrce  detorta,  Plut.  2,  31C  A,  cf. 
Ath.  480  F. 

ΙΙίίμαόαίΐ'νμι,  f.  -δαίσομαι,  (τταρά, 
δαίί'υμί)  Ιο  dine  with,  τινί,  Siininias 
ap.  Tzetz. 

ΤΙαραόακρύω,  (τταρά,  όακρνω)  to 
weep  beside  or  («ίΛ,  rcvi,  Luc.  Navig.  2. 

ΙΙαραόαρΟάνω,  f.  -όαρθήσομαι  : 
aor.  τταρεόαρβον,  poet,  τταρίδραβον 
(as  always  in  Horn.]  (παρά,  όαρΟάνω) : 
— /u  s/i-e/»  beside  or  6y,  Γί  w,  Od.  20,  88  ; 
τταραόραθέίΐν  φίλοτι/τι,  II.  14,  1C3. 

ll«pti(5ti}'//a,  a70f,  ro,  (παραδίί- 
κννμι)  .1  pattern,  model,  plan,  as  of  a 
building,  Lat.  crenip/ar,  Hdt.5,  62,  and 
freq.  in  Plat.  :  a  copy,  representation, 
Hdt.  2,  86. — 2.  a  precedent,  example, 
Soph.  0.  T.  1193,  Plat.,  etc. ;  ττ.  ΐχειν, 
1.  c. ;  π.  λαβείν  παρά  τίνος,  Plat. 
Meno  77  Β  ;  παραδείγματι  χρηαθαι, 
Thuc.  3,  10  ;  ττ.  έκφέρειν,  κατα'λεί- 
πεσθαι,  Dinarch.  103,  38,  Lycurg. 
149,  5 ;  π.  είναι  τυϊς  άλλοις,  Ar. 
Thesm.  670 ;  π.  ποιείν  τίνα,  Dem. 
373,  22  ;  έπΙ  παραδείγματος,  byway 
of  example,  Aeschin.  25,  16 :  so,  πα- 
ραδείγματος (ϊνεκα,  Lys.  166,  8. — 3. 
Oil  argument,  proof  from  example,  Thuc. 
1,  2,  etc. :  for  Aristotle's  logical  ex- 
pansion of  this  argument,  v.  Anal. 
Pr.  2,  24. — 111.  in  Gramm.  a  paradigm. 
Hence 

ΙΙαραδειγματίζω,  to  make  an  exam- 
ple of  one,  Polyb.  29,  7,  5  :  to  make  a 
show  of,  point  at,  put  to  shame,  N.  T. 
Hence 

ΐίαραδειγμΰτικός,  ή,  όν,  consisting 
of  examples,  Rhet.  Adv.  -κώς,  Arist. 
Metaph.  1  M.  3,  2:  and 

ΐίαραδειγματισμός,  ov,  b,  the  mak- 
ing an  example  of  one,  the  pointing  out 
to  public  shame,  Polyb.  15,  20,  5 ; 
30,  8,  8. 

ΤΙαραδειγματιστέον,  verb.  adj.  from 
παραόειγματίζω,  one  must  punish  for 
example's  sake,  Polyb.  35,  2,  10. 

ΐίαραδειγμάτώδης,  ες,  like  a  παρά- 
δειγμα, Arist.  Rhet.  1,  2,  10. 

ΤΙαραδειγμύτωσις,  εως,  ή,=  παρα- 
δειγματισμός,  dub.  [ΰ] 

Τίαραδείκ,ννμι,  and  -vu,  f.  -δείξω, 
(παρά,  δείκννμι)  '■ — to  show  by  the  side 
of,  to  set  beside  and  exhibit,  hold  up  to 
view:  hence — 1.  to  set  up  as  an  exam- 
ple, model  or  pattern,  represent.  Plat. 
Legg.  829  E.— 2.  to  set  by  the  side  of 
and  so  compare,  Isocr.  240  E. — 3.  to 
hand  over,  give  an  order  for  money,  Xen. 
Hell.  2,  1 ,  14  ;  2,  3,  8.-4.  to  use  as  an 
example,  prove,  show,  Polyb.  4,  28,  4  : 
— so  in  mid.,  Dem.  178,  11. 

ΤΙαραδειπνέω,  ώ,  f  -ήσω,  {παρά, 
δειπνέω)  to  dine  with,  \'ϊβηοο=παρασι- 
τέω  :  but, — Π.  in  pass,  to  go  without, 
lose  one's  dinner,  Theophr.  Char.  8,  4  ; 
and  so  prob.  in  Amphis  Plan.  2. 

ΤΙαραδείπνια,  τύ,  side-dishes,  dain- 
ties, Porphyr. 

ΤΙαραδειπνίς,  ίδος,  6,ή,=  παράίτι- 
τος,  αλλότριων  κτεύνων,  Eubul.  1η- 
cert.  16. 

ΐίαράδεισος,  αν,  6.  α  park  or  plea- 
sure-grounds:  an  Oriental  word  in 
Xen.  Hell.  4,  1,  15,  Cyr.  1,  3,  14,  etc. ; 
and  used  by  LXX,  for  the  garden  of 
Eden.  (In  Hebr.,  pardes ;  in  Arab. 
firdaus ;  in  Sanscr.  paradesa.)    Hence 

'\\].αράδεισος,  ov,  ;/,  Paradisus,  as 
name  of  a  city  in  Coele-Syria,  Strab. 
p.  756. 

Παραδέκομαι,  Ion.  for  παραδέχο- 
uai. 

Παραδείίτέυν,  verb,  adi^  of  πα- 
ραδέχομαι, one  must  admit,  Plat.  Rep. 
378  L). — II,  —αραδεκτέος,  a,  ov,  to  be 
admitted,  lb.  595  A, 

ΙΙαραδεκτιΐίός,  7J,  ov,  (παραδέχο- 
μαι) receiving  readily,  Clem.  Ai. 
1100 


ΠΑΡΑ 

'  ΤΙαράδεκτος,  ov,  accepted :  accepta- 
ble. 

ΐίαραδέρω,  {παρά,  δέρω)  to  skin, 
flay,  Hipp.  914. 

Παραδέχομαι,  Ion.  -δέκομαι,  f.  -ξο- 
μαι,  {παρά,  δέχομαι)  dcp.  mid. :— ίο 
accept,  take,  receive,  II.  6,  178,  Pind. 
O.  7,  134 :  esp.  to  receive  from  ano- 
ther, esp.  as  hereditary,  τήν  αρχήν, 
Hdt.  1, 102  ;  so,  π.  τον  πόλεμον  παρά 
τού  Trarpofld.  1,  18. — 2.  to  take  upon 
o?ie's  self,  μάχ7]ν  π.,  to  take  up  and 
continue  a  battle,  Lat.  excipere  or  sus- 
cipere  pugnam,  Hdt.  9,  40:  c.  inf.,  π. 
Tivi  πράττειν  τι,  to  engage  to  ano- 
ther to  do  a  thing,  Lat.  rectpere  sefac- 
turum,  Dem.  1334,  16. — 3.  to  admit, 
let  in,  εις  πόλιν.  Plat.  Rep.  605  B, 
etc. ;  εΙς  τους  αγώνας,  Aeschin.  25, 
25  : — hence  to  admit  of,  allow,  Lys. 
138,  3,  Plat.  Legg.  935  D  ;  cf  επιδέ- 
χομαι.— 4.  to  hear  of,  like  Lat.  acci- 
pere,  lb.  713  C,  Tim.  23  D.— In  later 
writers  also  in  pass.  esp.  in  aor.  πα- 
ρεδέχΰην. 

ΐίαραδέω,  {παρά,  δέω)  to  fasten  to 
or  alongside  of,  Moschio  ap.  Ath.  208 

B.  ; 

ΤΙαραδηλόω,  ώ,  {παρά,  δ7]λόω)  to 
make  known  by  a  side-wind  or  hitit, 
Dem.  348,  7,  Plut. :  to  accuse  under- 
hand, inform  against,  Plut.  Alex.  49: 
pass.,  Hipp.  1275.     Hence 

ΐληραδήλωαις,  ή,  a  jnakitig  known 
by  hints  and  the  like. 

ΙΙαραδιαζενγννμι  and  -νύω,  f.  -ζεν- 
ξω,  {παρά,  διά,  ζενγννμι)  to  join  dis- 
junctively, αξίωμα  παραδιεζενγμένον, 
α  rfiii/imciiDe  proposition,  Aul.  Cell.  16, 
8.     Hence 

ΤΙαραδιαζενκτικός,  ή,  όν,  disjunc- 
tive.    Adv.  -κώς:  and 

ΐίαραδιάζευξις,  ή,  aputting  together 
disjunctively. 

ΙΊαραδιάκονέω,  ώ,  {παρά,  διακο- 
νέω)  to  live  with  one  and  serve  him, 
τινί,  Ar.  Av.  838. 

λίαραδιαστέλλω,—  'παραδιαζενγνν- 
μι.     Hence 

ΐίαραδιαστολή,  ης,  ή,=^παραδιά- 
ζενξις,  Qumtil.  9,  3. 

ύαραδιατάσσυμαι,  Att.  -τάττομαι, 
{παρά,  διατάσσω)  dep. :  to  transpose, 
change,  Hierocl.  ap.  Stob.  ρ  229. 

ΊλαραδιατρΙβι'ι,  ής,ή,  useless  dispu- 
tation, Ν.  Τ. 

ΤΙαραδιδωμι,  f  -δώσω,  {παρά,  δίδω- 
μι)  to  give  or  hand  over  to  another,  as 
a  torch  in  the  torch-race.  Plat.  Legg. 
770  B,  etc.  ;  then,  in  various  ways, 
like  Lat.  tradere,  as  a  kingdom  to 
one's  son,  answering  to  παραδέχε- 
σϋαι,  Hdt.  2,  159  ;  one's  son  to  a  tu- 
tor, Hdt.  I,  73,  etc.;  a  prize  to  the 
winner,  Soph.  Phil.  399 ;  a  purchase 
to  the  buyer,  Xen.  Oec.  20,  28 ;  and 
so  on  : — so,  π.  την  προξενίαν,  to  hand 
it  doivnlo  one's  posterity,  Xen.  Hell.  0, 
3,  4  ;  π.  αυτόν  τύχΐ),  to  com-mit  one's 
self  to  fortune,  Time.  5,  16  : — c.  inf, 
iiv  έμ?)  μητρι  πα(ΐεδωκεν  τρέώειν, 
Eur.  Or.  64,  ττ.  τινί  τους  νέους  διδά- 
σκειν,  Plat.  Legg.  811  Ε. — 2.  esp.  to 
give  a  city  or  person  into  another^s 
hands,  esp.  as  a  hostage,  or  to  an  en- 
emy who  requires  it,  Lat.  dedere,  to 
deliver  up,  surrender,  Ildt.  1,  45  ;  9,  87, 
etc.;  also,  with  .collat.  notion  of 
treachery,  like  πρυδιδόναι,  Lat.  pro- 
dcre,  Xen.  Cyr.  5,  4,  51  :  so,  π.  τινά 
εις  δικαστύς,  Dem.  515,  6;  to  give  up 
to  justice,  Antipho  146,  19.  etc. — 3.  to 
hand  down  legends,  opinions,  and  the 
like,  Lat.  inemoriae  prodere.  παραδε- 
δημένα  και  μυβώδη,  Dem.  641,  19  ;  οΐ 
παραδίδομίνοι  θεοί,  the  traditionary 
gods,  Dinarch.  102,  13. — II.  to  grant, 
bestow,  κΰδός  τινι,  Pind.  P.  2,  96 ;  to 


ΠΑΡΑ 

grant,  offer,  τι,  Id.  N.  10,  155,  Eur., 
etc. :  c.  inf.,  to  grant,  allow  one  to  .  , 
Hdt.  1,  210  ;  6,  103,  etc. ;  and  so  ab- 
sol.,  τον  θεού  πότμον  παραδοντοΓ, 
Hdt.  7.  18,  Pind.  P.  5,  4  :— so  in  pass"., 
πλ.ί/γ?/  πηραδοβησα.  a  blow  being  of- 
fered, i.  e.  it  being  in  his  power  to 
strike,  Eur.  Phoen.  1393. 

ΪΙαραδιηγέομαι.  f  -ήσομαι.  {παρά, 
διη}έομαΐ)  dep.  mid.,  to  relate  inci- 
dentally or  by  the  way,  Arist.  Rhet.  3, 
16,  5.     Hence 

ΤΙαραδιήγημα,  ατός,  τό,  an  inci- 
dental narralive,  Phllo  :  and 

ΪΙαραδιήγησις,  εως,  ή,  a  relating  in- 
cidentally :  also^foreg. 

Τϊαραδιοικέω,  ώ,  {παρά,  διοικέω) 
to  govern  with  another,  interfere  with  his 
government,  Plul.  2,  817  D. — II.  to  gov- 
ern baiUy,  Synes. 

ΊλαραδιορΟυω.  ώ,  {παρά,  διορθάω) 
to  correct  blunderingly,  Euseb.     Hence 

ΙΙαραδιύρθωμη,  ατός,  τό,  a  blunder- 
ing correction,  Porphyr. :  and 

ΙΙαραδιόρβωσις,  εως,  i/,  a  marginal, 
or  parenthetic  correction,  Plut.  2,  33  B. 

ΏαραδΙώκω,  f.  -ξω,  {παρά,  διώκω) 
to  follow  closely,  Dion.  H.  de  Comp.  p. 
284. 

ΙΙαραδοκέω,  ώ,  f.  -δόξω,  {παρά,  δο- 
κέω)  to  entertain  a  false  opinion  ;  πα- 
ρέδοξε  μοι,  I  was  wrong,  v.  1.  Xen. 
Ath.  3,  1. 

ΙΙαράδολεσχέω,  ώ,  {παρά,  άδολε- 
σχέω)  to  chatter,  gossip  by  or  near, 
Plut.  2,  639  C. 

ΐίαραδοξάζω,  {παρά,  δοξάζω)  to 
make  wonderful,  LXX.     H^nce 

ΙΙαραδοξασμός,  οϋ,  ό,  an  object  of 
wonder,  LXX. 

ΤΙαραδοξία,  ας,  ή,  {παράδοξος) 
marvellousness ,  Strab.  p.  36,  etc. — il. 
surprise  thereat.  Id. 

ΐίαραδοξολογέω,  ώ,  to  tell  of  mar- 
vels, Strab.  p.  626  : — pass.,  πολ.λ,α 
παραδοξολογείται,  many  marvels  are 
told.  Id.  p. 248 :  τα  παραδοξολογούμενα 
περί  τίνος,  Diod.  2,  1  :  and 

Ιίαραδοξο/,ογία,  ας,  ή,  α  tale  of 
umuler,  marvel,  Aeschin.  72,  24,  Polyb. 
3,  47,  6  :  from 

ΐίαραδοξολόγος,  ov,  { παράδοξος, 
λ.έγω)  telling  of  marvels,  Diog.  L.  8,  72. 

ίίαραδοξονίκης,  ου,  ύ,  {παράδοξος, 
νικάω)  conquering  marvellousli/,  of  one 
who  conquers  in  the  πά/ι/  and  καγ- 
κράτιον  on  the  same  day,  Plut.  Cun. 
tt  Lucull.  2.  [(-] 

ΙΙαραδοξοποιέω,  ώ,  to  work  wonders 
or  miracles,  Eccl.  :  and 

ΐίαραδοξοποιία,  ας,  ή,  a  working  of 
wonders,  a  miracle,  Eccl. :  from 

ΤΙαραδοξοποώς,  όν,  {  παράδοξος, 
ποιεω)  wonder-working.  Eccl. 

ΙΙαράδοξος,  ov,  (παρά,  δόξα)  contra- 
ry to  opinion,  unexpected,  strange,  mar- 
vellous. Plat.  Rep.  472  A,  Xen.  Cyr. 
7,  2,  16,  etc.  ;  εκ  τοϋ  παραδόξου,  con- 
trary to  all  expectation,  Dem.  780,  4. 
Adv.  -ξως,  Aeschin.  33,  23.     Hence 

ΪΙαραδοξότης,  ητος,  ή,  marvellous- 
ness, rhoniist. 

ΤΙαραδοσΐμος,  ov,  (  παραόιδωμι ) 
handed  down,  transmitted,  hereditary, 
δόξα,  Polyb.  6,  54,  2  :  π.  ατήλΐ],  a 
conimeworative  tablet,  Id.  12,  11,9. — 
II.  handed  over,  given  up  to  punishment, 
Diod.  10,  92. 

ΐίαράδοσις,  εως,  ή,  {παραδίδωμι)  a 
giving  up,  surrender,  πόλεως,  Thuc.  3, 
53 :  ίκ  παραδόσεως,  opp.  to  κατά 
κράτος,  Polyb.  9,  25,  5  :  a  giving  up  to 
punishment  or  torture,  Isocr.  301  E.-  - 
2.  a  handing  over  or  down,  leaving  as 
inheritance,  bequeathing,  transmission, 
Thuc.  1,  9. — 3.  pass,  a  being  given  up 
or  over. —  II.  esp.  the  transmission,  oral 
ly  or  by  writing,  of  legends,  doctrinee 


ΠΑΡΑ 
etc.,  the  ■propagation  thereof,  tradition, 
Plat.  Legg.  803  A ;  ίν  τταραδόσει 
Ιχειν,  Polyb.  12,  6,  1.— 2.  that  which 
is  handed  down  Ot  bequeathed,  any  thing 
founded  on  tradition  or  prescription,  a 
tradition,  N.  T. 

ΐΐαμαόοτέος,  a.  ov,  verb.  adj.  of 
•παραδίδωμι,  to  be  given  up.  Plat.  Legg. 
802  E. — IJ.  -παραδοτέα,  one  must  give 
up,  Thuc.  1.86.      ^ 

ΤΙαραόοτύς,  ή,  όν,  (παραδίδωμι) 
given  «p.— 2.  to  be  delivered  or  taught, 
capable  of  being  taught,  Plat.  Meno 
93  B. 

ΤΙαραδοχή,  ης,  ή,  (παραδέχομαι)  a 
receiving  from  another,  Plut.  2,  1056 
F. — 2.  that  which  has  been  received,  a 
hereditary  custom,  Eur.  Bacch.  201  :  ο 
frarfiVio/!,  Hippodam.  ap.  Stob. — II.  ac- 
ceptance. Polyb.  1,  5,  5,  etc. 

ΠαραδρΰβεΙν,  poet.  inf.  aor.  2  of 
ΐΐαραδαρβάνω  :  Ep.  -θέειν,  11. 

ΪΙαραδρύμεΙν,  inf.  aor.  of  παρατρέ- 

Παραδρύω,  f.  -ασω  [α],  poet,  πάρα- 
όρώω,  {παρά,  δράο))  to  be  near  one  as 
a  servant,  to  serve,  π.  Tivi  Tl,  to  do  one 
α  service,  υίά  τε  τηϊς  άγαθοίσι  τταρα- 
δρώωσι  χέρηες,  Od.  15,  324  ;  ct.  ν~ο- 
δρύω. 

ΐίαραδρομύδηΐ',  adv.,  in  running  or 
passing  by,  Orph.  Arg.  856. 

ΪΙαραδρημή,  ης,  η,  (τταραδραμεΐν) 
a  running  beside,  κοΆύκυν  π.,  η  con- 
course, accompanying  swarm  ot  flatter- 
ers, Posidon.  ap.  Ath.  542  B. — II.  a 
running  or  passi7tg  by,  έϋ  -παραδρομής, 
in  passing,  Polyb.  22,  17,  2  ;  έν  π.  λέ- 
γειν, to  treat  οί  by  the  way,  Lat.  obiter, 
Arist.  Pol.  7,  17,  12.  ^ 

ΐίαραδρομίς,  ιδος,  ή,  a  place  for  tak- 
ing the  air,  like  the  Roman  Xystus, 
Vitruv.  5,  11  :  from 

ΤΙαράδρομος,  ov,  (  τταραδραμεΐν  ) 
that  may  be  run  or  passed  through  :  τα 
τταρύδρημα,  spaces  for  getting  through, 
gaps,  Xen.  Cyn.  6,  9. 

ΤΙαραδρύπτω,  {παρά,  δρύπτω)  to 
scratch  or  scrape  off  at  the  side.  Liban. 

ΤΙαραδνμεναί.Ερ.  for  τταραδϋναι, 
jnf  aor.  2  of  παραδίω,  II.  [ti] 

Τίαραδνναστενω,  ( παρά,  δννα- 
(ΤΤενω)  to  govern,  reign  with  one,  Thuc. 
2,97. 

Π  αραδννω  ,=  παραδύω. 

ΐίαρηόνομαι,  as  mid.,  with  intr. 
aor.  act.  παρέδνν  (πηρά,  δύω):  —  to 
creep  in  underhand,  stink  or  steal  in,  II. 
23,  416,  (in  Ep.  inf  aor.  παραδνμε- 
ναι  for  παραδνναι) ;  εις  τόπον.  Plat. 
Rep.  421  Ε  :  so  too  in  mid.,  ;}  παρα- 
νομία Άανθάνει  παραδυομένη,  lb.  424 
D:  π.  επί  τι,  Dem.  608,  3. 

ΙΙαρύδνσις,  εως,  ή,  α  creeping  in  be- 
side, encroachment,  Dem.  219,  7. 

ΐίαραδωσείω,  desiderat.  from  πα- 
ραδίδωμι, to  be  disposed  to  deliver  up, 
Thuc.  4,  28. 

Παράείδυ,  (παρά,  ύείδω)  to  sing  be- 
side or  to  one,  τινί,  Od.  22,  348. 

ΐίαράείρω,  contr.  πηραίρο)  (παρά, 
υ,είρω)  :  to  lift  up  and  set  beside,  π. 
ψρενας.  to  lift  up  and  pervert  the  mind, 
Archil.  84,  of.  0pp.  H.  4,  19:— pass. 
to  hang  beside  or  at  one  side,  κάρη  πα• 
ρηέρβη.  Π.  16,  341. 

Παραέξω,  poet,  for  παραύξω,  ίο 
make  to  grow  or  thrive  beside  :  pass,  to 
grow  beside,  λιβάσι,  Nic.  Th.  01  : — 
more  usu.  παραυξάνω. 

ΤΙαραζάω,  (παρά,  ζύω)  to  live  beside, 
in  close  connexion  with,  -ψνχη  τφ  σώ- 
ματι παραζώσα,  the  soul  living  as  a 
mere  accompaniment  o/' the  body,  Plut. 
2,  672  D  :  hence  to  live  merely,  with- 
out doing  any  thing,  οντω  παρέζων, 
κονκ  εζων,  i  was  alive,  but  lived  not, 
Anaxandr.  Άγροικ.  3,  4 :  and  so,  to 


ΠΑΡΑ 
live    amiss,    cf.    Wyttenb.    Plut.    2, 
13  B. 

ΐίαραζεύγννμι  and  -ννω,  f.  -ζενξω, 
(παρά,  ζενγννμι)  to  yoke  beside,  couple, 
τινά  Tivi,  Eur.  Mel.  9  : — to  set  beside, 
Eur.  Ion  22  : — pass,  to  be  joined  side 
by  side,  coupled  together,  Dem.  1460, 
fin.     Hence 

ΐίαράζενξις,  εως,  ή,  a  yoking  beside, 
co7<p?in^,  Plut.  2,  1110  A. 

ΙΙαραζηλόω,  ω,  (παρά,  ζη7Μω)  to 
provoke  to  jealousy,  LXX.     Hence 

Παραζτιλωσις,  ή,  jealousy  :  emula- 
tion, Philo. 

ΐίαραζητέω,  ώ,  (παρά,  ζητέω)  to 
pursue  a  fruitless  inquiry,  M.  Anton. 

ΐίαράζνξ,  νγος,  ό,  ή,  (παραζεύγνν- 
μι)  yoked  beside  :  hence  inetaph.=  7re- 
ρισσός,  superfluous,  Anst.  Pol.  2,6,  11, 
cf  Sclineid.  Xen.  Cyr.  6,  2,  32. 

ΐΙαραζώΐΊΐ,  ης,  ή,  (παρά,  ζώνη)  α 
girdle.  LXX.     Hence 

ΐίαραζωνίδιος,  a,  ov,  at  the  girdle : 
Tu,  π.,  daggers  or  hangers  worn  at  the 
girdle,  Posidoii.  ap.  Ath.  176  B. 

ΤΙαραζώνιος,  ov,— foreg. 

ΐίαραζώνννμι  and  -ννω :  f.  -ζώσω 
{παρά,  ζώννυμι) :  — to  gird  at  the  side, 
hang  at  the  girdle,  άκινάκας.  Plat. 
Rep.  553  C  ; — mid.,  to  wear  at  the  gir- 
dle, Dion.  H.  2,  70,  cf  Plut.  Anton. 
79:  —  pass.,  νέφη  παραζώνννται  το 
όρος,  gird  it,  Theophr.  Sign.  4,  2. 
Hence 

Παραζωστρίς,  ίδος,  ή,  a  dagger 
hanging  at  the  girdle. 

Παραθύ?.ασσίδιος,  ov,=sq.,  Thuc. 
6,  62.  [i] 

ΐΙαραθΰ?.άσσίος.  a.  ov,  Att.  -ττιος ; 
also  or,  ov,  Thuc.  4,  50  {παριϊ,  θάλασ- 
σα) '■ — beside  the  sea.  lying  on  the  sea- 
side. Hdt.  3,  135;  4,  109,  etc.  :  ή  π., 
(sc.  γη)  Xen.  Hell.  4,  8,  7. 

Ώαραβάλπω,  i  παρά,  θάλπω )  to 
warm,  soften,  assuage,  cheer,  Eur.  Med. 
143. 

ΤΙαραβαρσύνω,  new  Att.  ■Θα1)βννω, 
(παρά,  θαρσννω)  to  embolden,  cheer  on, 
encourage,  Thuc.  4,  115,  Xen.  An.  3, 
1,  39,  etc. 

ΤΙαραθεύομαι :  f.  -άσομαι,  Ion.  -^σο- 
μαι,  (παρά,  θεάομαι)  dep.  mid. :  — to 
inspect  side  by  side,  confront,  compare, 
Tl  παρά  τι,  Ep.  Plat.  313  C. 

ΐίαραθέλγω,  f.  -ξω,  (παρά,  θέ/^γω) 
to  soften,  assuage,  soothe,  Aesch.  Ag.  7 1 . 

Ιϊαράθεμα,  ατός,  τό,  {παρατιθημι) 
any  thing  fixed  on  or  at  the  side,  v.  1. 
LXX. — II.  an  extra  dish,  delicacy. 

αίαραθεμιδας,  δ,  Parathemidas, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Paus.  9,  13,  5. 

ΐίαραθεμιστεύω,  {παρά,  θεμιστενω) 
to  transgress  a  law,  and  injure  thereby  ; 
τινά,  Hermes  ap.  Stob.  Eel.  1,  p.  984. 

Ώαραθερίζω,  contr.  παραθρίζω, 
(παρά,  θερίζω)  to  mow  or  cut  down  in 
passing,  like  παρατέμνω.  Αρ.  Rh. 

Ιίαραθερμαίνω,  (παρά.  θ(ρμαίνω) 
to  heat  to  excess  ;  παραθερμανθεις,  ot 
a  man  become  quarrelsome  in  his  cups, 
Aeschin.  49,  18. — II.  to  warm,  cheer, 
Ath.  185  C. 

ΤΙαράθερμος,  ov,  (παρά,  θερμός) 
over-hot:  metaph.  over-hasty,  Diod., 
Plut.  Pelop.  et  Marcell.  3. 

ΐίαράθεσις,  εως,  ή.  {παρατιθημι)  a 
putting  beside,  opp.  to  κρύσις,  Chry- 
sipp.  ap.  Diog.  L.  7,  151  :  an  adding, 
annexing,  ονομάτων,  Polyb.  3,  36,  3. 
— 2.  pass,  α  being  placed  near,  neigh- 
bourhood, connexion,  Polyb.  2,  17,  3, 
etc. — II.  a  comparing,  έκ  παραθέσεως, 
on  comparison.  Id.  3,  62,  11,  etc. — 2.  α 
matching  of  wrestlers,  Lat.  commissio, 
Plut.  2,  638  P.— III.  a  setting  before 
one,  e.  g.  of  a  dish  :  α  dish  or  dinner 
so  set  out,  Polyb.  31,4,5,  Ath.  664  C  : 
so  νγρών  π.,  Polyb.  13,  2,  6. — 1V\  a 


ΠΑΡΑ 

storing  tip,  Polyb.  3,  17,  Π. — 2.  a  store 
of  provision,  etc..  Id.  2,  15, 3. — V.  what 
is  laid  before  one,  advice,  τών  όίλων. 
Id.  9,  22,  10. 

ΐίαραθετέον,  verb.  adj.  from  παρα- 
τιθημι, Dion.  H. 

ΤΙαραθέτης,  ov,  6,  (  παρατιθημι ) 
one  who  serves  dishes.     Hence 

ΐίαραθετικός,  ή,  όν,  placing  beside  ; 
presenting,  recoinmending . 

Τίαραθέω,  f.  -θενσομαι,  (παρά,  θέω) 
to  run  beside  or  alongside,  Plat.  Lach. 
183  E,  Xen.  Hell.  7,  1,  21.  etc.— II. 
to  run  to  one  side  of,  deviate  from,  το 
ορθόν.  Plat.  Theaet.  171  C— III.  to 
run  beyond,  cnitrun,  τινά,  Xen.  An.  4, 
7,  12,  etc. 

ΐίαραθεωρέω,  ώ,  (παρά,  θεωρέω)  to 
consider,  examine  a  thing  beside  anoth- 
er, compare,  τινά  προς  Τίνα,  Xen. 
Mem.  4,  8,  7  ;  τινά  τινι,  Luc. — II.  to 
overlook,  slight,  Dem.  1414,  22. 

ΥΙαραθήγω,  f.  -ξω,  (παρά,  θήγω)  to 
whet  or  sharpen  upon,  άκόνη,  Hermipp. 
Moer.  1  : — metaph.  to  incite,  provoke, 
Dion.  H.  8,  57,  Plut.,  etc. 

ΐίαραθήκη,  ης,  ή,  (παρατίθημι)  any 
thing  put  beside,  an  addition,  Plut.  2, 
855  D  (al.  παρενβήκη). — II.  any  thing 
entrusted  to  one.  a  deposit,  Hdt.  9,  45, 
elsevvh.  παρακαταθήκη :  also  of  per- 
sons, a  hostage,  Hdt.  6,  73. 

ΪΙαράθηξις,  η,  a  sharpening  :  incite- 
ment. 

ΐίαραθητεύω,  (  παρά,  θητενω  )  to 
serve  one  for  hire,  τινί,  Poeta  ap.  Plut. 
2,  761  E. 

ΤΙαραθιγγάνω,  (παρά,  θιγγάνω)  to 
touch  at  the  side  or  in  passing. 

ΤΙαραθ/ύβω,  (παριϊ,  θλίβω)  to  press 
at  the  side,  Sext.  Emp.  p.  14.  [t] 
Hence 

ΙΙαράθ?Λ-ψις,  εως,  ή,  pressure  at  the 
side,  Galen. 

ΤΙάραθλον,  ου,  τό,  a  bye-contest,  cf. 
πάρεργον. 

ίίαράθρΰνος.  ov,  beside  or  along  the 
seats  of  the  θρανϊται. 

Τ1αραθράσννω,=.παραθαρσύν<ύ. 

ΤΙαράθρανμα,  ατός,  τό,  any  thing 
broken  off,  At.  Ft.  335  :  from 

ΐίαραθραύω,  (παρά,  θραύω)  to  break 
off  from,  or  at  the  side :  metaph.  to  break, 
weaken,  Lat.  infringere.  Plat.  Legg. 
757  E. 

ΤΙαραθρέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,=^παρορύω. 

ΪΙαραθριγκίζω,  to  make  a  θριγκός 
alongside  ;  to  edge,  Theophr. 

ΐίαραθρίζω,  contr.  for  παραθερίζω, 
q.  V. 

Παραθρώσκω,  f.  -θορονμαι,  (παρά, 
θρώσκω)  to  run  or  leap  past,  Dion.  P. 
286. 

ΙΙαραθνμιάω,  ώ,  (παρά,  θνμιάω)  to 
burn  incense  beside,  fumigate,  τινί, 
Diod.  3,  47,  etc. 

Tiapa'^vpa,  ας,  ή,  a  side-door,  wicket 
[t'] 

ΐΐαοαθνριον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  Irom 
foreg.  [i] 

ΐίαράθϊ'ρος,  ov,  (παρά,  θίφα)  by  the 
door  :  ή  παρ.  =  παράθυρα,  Plut.  2, 
617  Α. 

Τίάραί,  poet,  for  παρά,  Horn., hence 
Lat.  prae. 

ϋαραφάόόν,  (παραβαίνω)  adv.,  in 
going  beside  or  7iear  to,  c.  gen.,  άτρα 
πιτοΐο,  Opp.  C.  1,  483. 

ΐίαραφάσία,  ας,  ή,  poet,  for  πάρα- 
βασια,  =παράβασις,  transgression,  a 
going  wrong,  Hes.  Th.  220. 

■\ΙΙαραι3ύσιθΓ,ον,  TO.Paraebasium, 
a  monument  in  Arcadia,  Paus.  8, 28,7. 

ΤΙαραίβάσις,  ή,  poet,  for  παράβα 
σις  : — α  bye-way,  means  of  escape,  Ap. 
Rh.  4,  832. 

ΐίαραιβάτίω,  παραιβάτης,  παραι• 
βάτις,  poet,  for  παραβ-. 

1101 


ΠΑΡΑ 

+TIa/)fii.3ar??f,  οι•  Ion.  ευ,  b,  Parae- 
bates,  a  Spartan,  Hdt.  5,  46. 

αΊημα4ι^ίος,υν.  o,Paraehiits,  attend- 
QiU  ot  Phincus,  Ap.  Kh.  2,  4oti. 

Ώαραί,βολος,  ov,  poet,  for  τταρύ^ο• 
?.ος  .•  —  napai.)io7.a  κεμτομεϊν,  piob. 
like  παραβλήύην  ΰγορενειν,  to  teaze 
with  sneering  side-speeches,  H.  Horn. 
Merc.  56. 

ΙΙαρΜγϊάλίος,  ov,  or  -αλός,  ov,= 
sq..  Xenocr.  Aquat. 

Παραίγΐάλίτης,  ov,  ό,  haunting  the 
shore,  of  certain  fish,  Clearch.  ap.  Ath. 
J32  C. 

ΐίαραίζω,  poet,  for  παρέζω. 

ΐίαραΐβεναμ,  ατός,  τό,  for  τταρύθε- 
ναρ,  the  hand  from  the  little  finger  to  the 
wrist,  ap.  Hesych. 

ΙΙαραιθνσσω,  ΐ.-ξω,{τΓαρύ,  αίθύσσω) 
to  stir  up,  7Γ.  θόμνϋον,  to  raise  a  shOTIt 
in  applause,  Pind.  O.  10  (11),  90  ;  λαί- 
φεα,  Λρ.  Rh.  2,  1253.— II.  intr.,  of 
words,  to  fall  hy  chance  from  a  person, 
Find.  P.  1,  169. 

Ιίαραίνεσί-ς.  εως,  τ/,  (παραινεω)  an 
adiisoig,  exhortation,  address,  esp.  ad- 
vice, counsel,  Aesch.  Eum.  707  ;  τινός, 
of  a  person,  Hdt.  5,  II,  51  ;  but  also, 
τινός,  of  or  towards  a  thing,  Thuc.  4, 
59. 

Τίύραινετήρ,  ηρος,  ό,  Ath.  14  Β  ; 
and  7ταραινέτ?ις,  ov,  δ,  {παραινεω)  an 
eiicourager,  adviser.     Hence 

ΤΙαμαινετίκός,  y,  ov,  hortatory, 
Sext.  Emp.  p.  372. 

ΊΙαραινεω,  ω,  fut.  -έσω  Ep.  -τ/σω 
[τταρύ,  αίνέω): — to  recommend,  adinse, 
TivL  Ti,  Pind.  P.  6,23,  Aesch.  Pr.  307, 
etc.  ;  also  τγ.  τινι  ποιείν  τι,  Hdt.  3,  4. 
Plat.  Phaedr.  234  Β,  etc. ;  oft.  also  c. 
dat.  pers.  only,  Aesch.  Cho.  903,  etc.; 
rarely  c.  ace.  jiers.,  Pors.  Med.  719, 
Reisig  Cornm.  Cr.  Soph.  O.  C.  1397 
(1402): — esp.  to  advise  publicly,  as  a 
speaker  in  the  assembly,  παρίινει 
τοιάόε,  Thuc.  1,  139,  etc.  ;  also  περί 
τίνος.  Id.  2,  13 :  ov  π.,  to  advise  not..., 
c.  inf.,  like  ov  φημι,  etc.,  Thuc.  2,  18. 
Cf  u'l/viu. 

Τίαρηινίσσομαι,  Att.  -ττομαι,  ί. 
-ίί;()/ιαι,  dep.  mid.  : — to  intimate  darkly 
and  enigmatically,  Ath.  C04  F. 

ΐΙαραίννμαι,=  παραίρέημαι. 

ΙΙαραιολίζω,  to  trick,  Lye.  1094, 
13S0. 

Τίηραιπεπίθ-ησιν,  -θοϋσα,  Ep.  for 
παραπίθτι,  -θονσα,  3  sing.  subj.  and 
fern.  part.  aor.  2  act.  trom  παρα- 
πείθω. 

Τ1(ψαίρεσις,  εως,  ή,  {παραιρέω)  α 
taking  away  from  beside,  stripping  one 
of,  της  ουσίας,  των  προςόδων,  Thuc. 

1,  122,  Plat.  Rep.  573  Ε;  π.  ποιεί- 
σβηι  όπλων,  Arist.  Pol.  5,  10,  11. 

ΤΙαραιρέω,  ώ.  f.  -ήσω  ;  aor.  παρεΐ- 
λον  {παρά,  αίρέω)  '■ — Ιο  take  aivay  from 
beside,  τι  τίνος,  Eur.  Heracl.  908;  to 
withdraw, remove,  E,UT.  Hec.  591, Thuc. 

3,  89,  etc. — 2.  π.  άράν  εις  παίήα.  thou 
hast  drawn  aside  the  curse  on  thy  son's 
head,  Eur.  Hipp.  1316.  —  II.  mid.  to 
draw  οβοΐ  away  from,  draw  over  to  otie^s 
own  side,  seduce,  detach,  Xen.  Mem.  1, 
6,  1. — 2.  generally,  to  take  awny  from, 
Ti  τίνος,  Hdt.  2,  109,  Eur.  1.  T.  25, 
etc.  ;  TL,  Dem.  289,  5 ;  to  lessen, 
damp,  την  θρασύτητα.  Id.  406,  3. 
Hence 

ΐίαραίρημα,  ατός,  τό,  the  edge  or 
selvage  of  cloth  {which  is  cut  off  by  the 
tailor) :  generally,  α  ftanrf,  strip,  Thuc. 

4,  48. 

ΤΙαραίρω,  contr.  for  poet,  παραείρω, 
q.  V. 

Τίαραισθύνομαι,  f.  -σθήσομαι,  {πα- 
ρά, αισθάνομαι)  dep.  mid. :  to  remark, 
hear  of  by  the  way,  Tivor,  Xen.  Cyr.  4, 

2.  30  ;  absoL,  Theocr.  'δ,  120.— Π.  to 

1102 


II  ΑΡΑ 

let  onfi's  Si^lf  he  deceived  by  one's  senses. 
Plat.  Theaet.  157  E. 

ΤΙαραίσιμος,  07',=  sq. 

ΙΙαραίσιος,  ov,  {παρά,  αίσιος)  of  ill 
omen,  ominous,  σί/ματα.  II•  4,  381. 

ΥΙαραΙσσω,  ί.  -ξω.  {παρά,  αίσσω)1ο 
rush,  dart  by  the  side  of  or  past,  II.  5, 
090  ;  8,  98  ;  π.  τινά,  to  dart  past  one, 
II.  11,  615.  [In  Ep.,  ά  in  arsis;  cf 
όί'σσω.] 

ίΤΙαραιτάκαι,  ών,  ol,  in  Arr.  An. 
3,  19,  2,=  nnpn<ra/i7?voi'. 

^ΤΙαραιτακηνή,  ης,  ή,  Paraetacene, 
a  mountain  district  in  northern  Per- 
sia, Strab.  p.  522  :  from 

αίαραιτακηνοί,  ών.  ol,  the  Parae- 
taceni,  a  people  of  Persia,  Hdt.  1, 101. 

ΤΙαραιτέομαι,  f  -ήσομαι,  {παρά,  αί- 
τέομαι)  dep.  mid.  : — to  beg  of  or  from 
another,  Lat.  exorare  ab...,  τινά  τι, 
Aescb.  Supp.  521,  Eur.  I.  A.  C85,  Ar. 
Eq.  37,  Plut.,etc. :  then, — 2.  to  obtain 
by  prayer,  c.  acc.  cognato,  παραίτη- 
σιν  π.,  Plat.  Criti.  107  A  : — also  to  beg 
iL'ithout  obtaining,  Hdt.  1,  24.  —  3.  C. 
acc.  pers.  only,  to  ?nove  by  entreaty, 
obtain  leave  from,  τινά,  Hdt.  6,  24: 
also  to  intercede  with  a  person,  prevail 
■upon  him  bi/  supplications.  111,  3,  132, 
Eur.  Heracl.  1025,  Ar.  Vesp.  1257, 
Xen.  Mem.  2,  2,  14  ;  π.  θεονς  λιταΐ'ς, 
Aesch.  Supp.  521. — 4.  c.  acc.  et  ml., 
to  entreat  one  to  do,  Hdt  1,  90;  also 
c.  gen  pers.,  παραιτζ/σει  πατρός  φν- 
γάς  άώεϊναι,  Eur.  Med.  1154  (so,  π. 
Ttvu  ώς....  Hdt.  4,  158) ;  c.  inf  only, 
to  obtain,  leave  to  do,  Hdt.  4,  146,  etc.  ; 
π.  μη  δρΰν,  Thuc.  5,  03. — II.  c.  acc. 
rei,  like  Lat.  deprecari,  to  avert  by  en- 
treaty, deprecate,  bpyjjv,  Aeschin.  82, 
17  ;  τας  ζημίας  υπέρ  τίνος.  Id.  30,  31  ; 
αίκίαν,  Polyb.  1,80,8:  πόνους,  πό- 
λεμον,  Plut.,  etc. — 2.  to  decline,  beg  to 
be  excused,  τι,  Pind.  N.  10,  56,  Plat. 
Prot.  358  A. — III.  c.  acc,  also  to  en- 
treat earnestly  for,  intercede  for,  beg  off, 
esp.  from  punishment,  την  ιΙ'νγήν, 
Hdt.  1,24;  τινά,  Hdt.  3,  119;  also, 
π.  Ttvu  τιμωρίας,  Dion.  H. ;  also,  π. 
περί  τίνος,  Xen.  An.  6,  6,  29. — 2.  to 
renounce  a  slave,  Diog.  L.  6,  82. 
Hence 

ΐίαραίτησις,  εως,  η,  an  obtaining  by 
prayer,  also  the  obtaining  of  a  request, 
Plat.  Legg.  915  C  :  arequest,  entreaty, 
Id.  Criti^  107  A. — II.  a  deprecating, 
preventing  by  entreaty,  Thuc.   1,  73. — 

2.  an  excuse  :  pardon,  Synes. — III.  an 
interceding  for,  begging  off,  Dem.  120, 
26. 

ΐίαραιτητέος,  a,  ov,  verb.  adj.  from 
παραιτέομαι,  to  be  declined,  Plut.  2, 
709  D. 

ΐίαραιτητής,  οϋ,  ό,  {παραιτέομαι) 
an  intercessor,  Plut.  SuU.  26. 

ΐίαραιτητικός,  ή,  όν,  {παραίτησις) 
fit  for  deprecating,  λόγοι  οργής  π., 
words  fit  for  turning  away  wrath,  Dion. 
H.  de  Thuc.  45. 

ΤΙαραιτητός,  ή,  όν,  {παραιτέομαι) 
appeased  by  entreaty,  placable,  Lat.  ex- 
orabilis.  Plat.  Legg.  905  D.  etc.— II. 
to  be  deprecated,  Plut.  2,  23  A. 

ΤΙαραιτία,  ας,  ή,  a  secondary  or  col- 
lateral reason. 

ΐίαραίτιος,  ov.  also  a,  ov,  Aesch. 
Cho.  yiOC7rapa,OiriOf) : — being  in  part 
the  cause,  τινός,  of  a  thmg,  Eur.  An- 
tig.  14  :  in  bad  sense,  accessary  to  a 
crime,  Aesch.  1.  C,  cf  Polyb.   18,  24, 

3,  etc. 

^HapaiTOVLOV,  ov,  τό,  Paraetonium, 
a  city  and  port  of  Aegyptian  Marma- 
rica,  also  called  'Αμμωνία.  Strab. 
pp.  40,  799  ;  in  Luc.  ή  ΥΙηραιτονία. 

Τίαραιφάμενος,  η,  ov,  Ep.  for  πα- 
ρηφάμενος,  part.  pres.  mid.  from 
παράψημι,  exhorting,   encouraging,  II. 


ΠΑΡΑ 

21.  771,  Horn  Cer.  3.37,  Hes.  Th.  00. 
[ά] 

ΤΙαραιφύσία,  ας,  ;),=  8q.,  Λ  p.  Rh. 

ΪΙαραίψάσις,  ή,  poet,  for  παράύα' 
σίς,  counsel,  encimragement.  persuasion, 

II.  11,793;  15,  404:  also  παρφασις, 
(q.  v) :  a  beguilement,  πόνου,  A  nth.  P. 

5,  285. 

ΤΙαραιφρονέω,  poet,  for  παραφρο- 
νέω. 

ΐίαραιωρέω,  ώ,  {παρά,  αίωρέω)  ίο 
hang  up  beside : — jiass.  to  he  hung  or 
hang  beside,  εγχειρίδια  πάρα  την  δε- 
ξιόν  μηρόν  παραιωρενμενα  in  της  ζώ• 
νης,  Hdt.  7,  61,  cf  Achae.  ap.  Ath. 
45i  D;  ξιφίδιαπαρψΌρηνΤΟ,  they  had 
daggers  hung  at  their  side,  Hdn.  2,  13, 
19  :— absol.  to  hang  upon  another,  Plut. 
Anton.  77.     Hence 

ΤΙαραιώρημα.  ατός,  τό,  that  which 
hangs  by  the  side. — II.  that  by  which  07ie 
hangs  one's  self :   and 

Ώαραιώρησις,  εως,  η,  a  hanging  up 
beside,  Arist.  Coel. 

ΐίαρακάββάλε,  Ep.  for  παρακατέ- 
βαλε,  3  sing.  aor.  2  of  παρακαταβύλ- 
λω,  II.  23,  127,683. 

ΤΙαρακαθαπτω,  f.  -ι/ιω,  {παρά,  κα- 
θύπτω)  to  fasten,  join,  hang  by  the  side. 

ΤΙαρακαθέζομαι,  f.  -εδονμαι,  {πα- 
ρά, καθίζομαι)  dep.  mid. :  to  sit  down 
beside  or  near,  τινί,  Ar.  Plut.  727, 
Xen.  Mem.  4,  2,  8,  etc. 

Τίαρακαθεκτικός,  ή,  όν,  keeping  or 
holding  by  one. 

ΤΙαρακαθενδω,  f.  -ενδήσω,  {παρά, 
καβι-νδω)  to  sleep  beside,  of  a  dog,  Ael. 
V.H.I,  13. 

ΤΙαρακάθημαι,  inf  -καθήσθαι,  {πα- 
ρά, κάθημαι)  dep.  mid.  :  to  sit  beside 
or  near,  τινί,  Ar.  Ran.  1492,  Thuc. 

6,  13.  Plat.  Crito.  43  B,  etc. 
ΤΙαρακαβίζω,  f.  -ιζησω,  Att.  -ιώ,  πα- 
ρά, καθίζω)  to  set  beside  or  near.  Plat. 
Rep.  553  D. — II.  mid.  to  sent  one's  self , 
sit  down  beside  or  near  another,  τινί, 
Id.  Theaet.  144  D,  Xen.  Cyr.  5.  5,  7. 
— 2.  c.  acc.  pers.,  π.  τινά  εαντω,  to  let 
another  sit  down  beside  one,  Lycurg. 
167,  42  ;  but  also,  π.  τινά,  to  make  a 
man  assessor  or  arbiter,  Dem.  897,  3. — 

III.  intr.  in  Act.,  Diod. 
ΤΙαρακαθίημι,  f  -κα.θήσω,  {παρά, 

καθίημι)  to  let  down,  drop,  τι,  Plut.  2, 
63  Ε  ;  so  in  mid.,  Eur.  Hel.  1536 :  cf 
Arist.  H.  A.  9,  .37.  30  -.—to  let  drop  or 
sink  by  the  side,  τάς  χείρας,  Plut.  Nic. 
9  : — intr.  (sub.  εαυτόν),  to  sink  down, 
π.  σώματι,  Polyb.  35,  1,  4. 

ΊΙαρακαθίστημι,  f.  -στήσω,  {παρά, 
καθίστημι)  to  set  down  beside  or  near, 
Dem.  47,  5  :  to  establish  beside,  πολι- 
τείας εναντίας,  Isocr.  C2  Β ;  ττ.  έπί- 
τροπόν  τινι,  Diod.  16,  38. — Π.  in  intr. 
tenses  (v.  sub  'ίστ7]μι),  to  stand  beside 
or  near. 

ΤΙαρακαίριος,  ov,  {παρά,  καιρός) 
untimely,  unseasonable,  Hes.  Op.  327. 

ΤΙαράκαιρος,  ov,  commoner  form 
for  foreg.,  Epich.  (?)  p.  124,  Menaiid. 
p.  321,  Luc.  Nigr.  31.  Adv.  -ρως, 
innnoderately,  Isocr.  2  E. 

ΐίαρακαίω.  f.  -καύσω,  {παρά,  καίω) 
to  light,  kindle,  burn  beside  or  near, 
Hdt.  2,  1.30,  in  pass. 

ΤΙυρακΰλίω,  ώ,  f  -έσω,  {παρά,  κα• 
λέω)  Ιο  call  ίο  one  :  hence, — ].  to  caU 
to  aid,  call  in,  send  for,  summon,  Lat. 
arcessere,  Hdt.  1,  77,  Ar.  Vesp.  215 
etc. ;  π.  τίνα  σύμμαχον,  Hdt.  7,  158 
π.  ές  πόλεμον,  7,  205  ;  ές  ξυμμαχίαν 
Thuc.  5,  31  ;  π.  τίνα  σύμβονλον 
Xen.  An.  1,  6.  5.-2.  esp.  to  summon 
one's  friends  to  attend  one  in  a  trial, 
7Γ.  φίλους,  Isae.  30,  I,  etc. :  hence, 
παρακεκλημενοι,  .lummoned.  Aeschin. 
24,  30  :  to  call  as  ivitness.  Lys.  142,  19, 
Dem.  9)5,  25:  ττ.  θεονς,  Id.  227,  fin. ; 


ΠΑΡΑ 

παρακαλούμε ΐΌς  και  ΰκλητος,  '  voca- 
ius  atque  non  vocattts,'  Thuc.  1,  118. — 

3.  to  invite,  εττΐ  όαΐτα,  Eur.  Bacch. 
1247 ;  ίττΐ  θήραν,  ης  ίρανον,  Xen.  Cyr. 

4,  6,  3,  etc.  ;  ττ.  ΙπΙ  το  βί/μα,  to  invite 
him  to  mount  the  tribune,  Aeschin. 
64,  5. — III.  to  call  to,  call  on,  exhort, 
cheer,  encourage,  τινά,  Aesch.  Pers. 
380;  τινά  εις  μάχην,  Eur.  Phoen. 
1254;  Γίΐ'ά  έπϊ  τά  κάλλιστα  έργα, 
Χβη.  Απ.  3,  1,  24;  π.  τίνα,  c  inf.,  to 
exhort  one  to  do,  Eur.  Cycl.  156,  and 
Xen.  —  2.  to  excite,  τινά  εις  φόβον, 
Eur.  Or.  1583 ;  εις  δάκρυα,  Id.  I.  A. 
497  : — of  things,  ττ.  <p7Mya,  Xen.  Cyr. 
7,  5,  23.  —  IV .  to  dematid,  require,  6 
θάλαμος  σκεύη  ττ.,  Id.  Oec.  9,  3. 

ΐίαρακα'λπάζω,  (τταρά,  «αλττύςω) 
to  trot  beside  a  horse  and  pat  him,  π. 
και  κατατίιήσας,  Plut.  Alex.  6. 

ΐίαρακά'λυμμα,  ατός,  τό,  any  thing 
hung  up  beside  or  before  so  as  to  cover  a 
thing,  a  covering,  curtain,  Plut.  Alex. 
51,  etc. — 2.  metaph.  a  veil,  cloak,  κα- 
κών, Antiph.  Ncai».  2 ;  —  an  excuse, 
τινός,  for  a  thing.  Plut.  Pericl.  4,  of. 
Wyttenb.  2,  27  Ε  :  from 

ΐίαρακάλύητω,  f.  -ψω,  {τταρά,  κα- 
λ.ντττω)  to  cover  by  hanging  something 
beside,  to  cloak,  veil,  disguise,  τζαρακε- 
κά/.υπται  ό  ?.όγος,  Plat.  Rep.  503  A  : 
mid.  to  veil  one's  self  and  weep,  Plut. 
2,  161  D,  cf.  Id.  Alcib.  34. 

ΤΙαρακαμμύω,  poet,  for  παοακατα- 
UVU,  to  give  a  side  ivink  at. 

ΙΙαρακάμτττω,  f.  -φω,  {τταρά,  κάμ- 
iTTu)  to  bend  sideways. — II.  to  shun  by 
turning  aside,  decline,  C.  acc,  Diod. 

ΐίαράκανθίζω,  (παρά,  άκανθα)  to 
be  thorny  0Γ  prickly  on  the  side,  The- 
ophr. 

ΐίαρακαταβαίνω,  f.  -βήσομαι,  (πα- 
ρά, καταβαή'ίύ)  to  dismount,  alight 
beside,  of  horsemen  who  dismount  to 
fight  on  foot,  Polyb.  3,  115,  3,  etc. 

ΐΙαρακαταβάλ^Λύ,  f.  -βάλω,  (παρά, 
καταβάλλω)  strictly  to  throw  or  put 
down  beside  or  near,  II.  23,  127;  ΤΓ. 
ζύμά  τινι,  to  put  a  girdle  round  one, 
11.  23,  683  (in  both  passages  πάρα- 
κάββάλον,  poet,  for  παρακατέβαλον). 
— II.  as  law-term,  π.  τινι  τοϋ  κλήρυν, 
to  deposit  a  sum.  of  money  to  be  forfeited 
in  case  of  failure,  preparatory  to  com- 
mencing a  suit  for  the  recovery  of  an 
inheritance,  like  Lat.  sacramento  con- 
tendere cum  aliquo,  Isae.  40,  43,  cf. 
Dem.  1092,  20  ;  π.  έαυτώ  κατά  δόσιν, 
to  bring  such  action  to  prove  that  the 
inheritance  belonged  to  himself  by 
gift,  Isae.  47,  25.  —  Cf  παρακαταβο- 
λή. — HI-  παρακαταβά7Λεσθαι  ■ψήφι- 
σμα, to  publish  it  with  their  manifesto, 
append  it  thereto.  Polyb.  4.  25,  6. 

ΐίαρακατάβΰσις,  εως,  ή,  (παρακα- 
TaSaivu)  a  descending  so  as  to  place 
one's  self  beside  another :  esp.  an  ap- 
pearing in  a  court  of  law  to  answer  an 
accusation,  and  that  esp. /"or  the  second 
time  in  the  same  cause,  Plat.  Legg. 
950  E. 

ΤΙαρακαταβολ.ή,  ης,  ή,  (παρακατα- 
βά?.λω)  money  deposited  by  the  plain- 
tiff or  appellant,  esp.  in  suits  for  re- 
covery of  an  inheritance,  to  be  for- 
feited in  case  of  failure,  Lat.  sacra- 
mentum,  Isocr.  395  B,  Dem.  978,  20, 
etc. ;  cf.  Bockh  P.  E.  2,  84  sqq.,  Att. 
Process  p.  616,  sq.,  and  v.  sub  παρά- 
βο7Μς,  παρακαταθήκη. 

ΐίαρακατάγογή,  ΐ/ς,  ή,  α  trick  in 
wrestling,  a  tripping  up. 

ΐίαρακαταθήκη,  ης.  ή,  (παρακατα- 
τίθημί)  any  thing  deposited  with  one, 
esp.  of  money  or  property  entrusted 
to  one's  care,  a  deposit,  trust,  Hdt.  5, 
92,  7 ;  π.  όέξασθαι  παρά  τίνος.  Id.  2, 
156,   ίχειν,  Thuc.  2,  72,  Aeschin., 


ΠΑΡΑ 

etc. ;  cf.  παραθήκη :  π.  της  τραπέζης, 
money  deposited  m  a  bank,  Dem.  946, 
1. — 2.  a  pledge,  security,  π.  έχετε  τονς 
νόμους.  Id.  572,  7. — II.  in  law  pro- 
ceedings=7rGpaKara/3o^^.  Cf.  Lob. 
Phryn.  313. 

ΤΪαρακαταθνήσκω,  (παρά,  κατα- 
θνήσκω)  to  die  beside  or  near,  Anth. 
P.  9,  735. 

ΤΙαρακατάκειμαι, inf. -κεΐσθαί,(πα• 
ρά,  κατάκειμαι)  dep.  mid. :  to  lie,  rest 
beside  or  near,  esp.  to  sit  by  at  meals, 
Lat.  accumbtre,  τινι,  Xen.  Cyr  2,  2, 
28,  Ep.  Plat.  360  A. 

ΤΙαρακατακ/Λνω,  (παρά.  κατακλί- 
νω)  to  lay  doiim,  beside,  to  put  to  bed 
with,  τινά  τινι,  Aeschin.  48,  10,  Luc. 
D.  Deor.  6,  4. 

'Π.αρακατα?.έγομαι,  (παρά,  κατα- 
λέγω) as  pass.,  to  lie  down  beside,  to 
lie  or  sleep  with,  τινι,  II.  9,  565,  604 
(in  form  παρκατέλεκτο,  3  sing,  aor., 
by  syncop.  for  παρακατέλεκτο). 

Τ1αρακατα?•,είπυ,  (παρά,  κατα?.εί- 
πω)  to  leave  with  one,  τινά  τινι, 
Thuc.  6,  7. 

ΐΙαρακατα7ιογή,7)ς,  η,  in  music,  an 
irregular  kind  of  chanting,  Arist.  Probl. 
19,  6,  cf.  Plut.  2,  1140  F. 

ΐίαρακαταπήγννμι,  (παρά,  κατα- 
πήγνυμι)  to  drive  in  alongside,  σταυ- 
ρούς, Thuc.  4,  90. 

ΙΙαρακαταρτνομαι,  dep.,  to  adjust 
or  arrange  beside. 

ΤΙαρακατάστάσις,  ή,  -=  παρακατα- 
βοΤ,ή. 

ΐίαρακατάσχεσις,  ή,  α  keeping  back, 
restraining. 

ΤΙαρακατατίθημι,  (παρά,  κατατί- 
θημι)  to  deposit  a  thing,  jmt  it  in  a 
persons  hands. — Mid.  to  deposit  one's 
own  property  with  another,  entrust  it 
to  his  keeping,  give  it  him  in  trust, 
τινι  τι,  Hdt.  3,  59,  Xen.  Hell.  6,  1,2, 
Plat.,  etc.  ;  παρκάτθετο  ΐ^νμίραις.  Αρ. 
Rh.  2,  504. 

ΐίαρακαταχρύομαι,  (παρά,  κατα- 
χράομαι)  dep.  inid.,  to  use  beside,  make 
a  different  or  additional  use  of  a  thing, 
Tivi,  Arist.  Part.  An.  2,  16,  6,  etc. 

ΐίαρακάτειμι,  inf.  -ιέναι,  toga  down 
beside. 

ΐίαρακατεσθίω,  (παρά,  κατεσθίω) 
to  eat  with  something  else,  Sotad. 
Τ1αρα?.υτρ.  1. 

ΐίαρηκατέχω,  f.  -καθέξω,  (παρά, 
κατέχω)  to  keep  back,  restrain,  detain, 
Thuc.  8,  93,  Polyb.  1,  66,  5,  etc. 

ΤΙαρακατηγόρημα,  ατός,  τ6,  a  col- 
lateral notion ;  v.  παρασύμβαμα. 

ΤΙαρακατοικίζω,  (παρά,  κατοικίζω) 
to  make  to  dwell  beside,  τινά  τινι,  Isocr. 
121  C  ;  7Γ.  (poSnv  και  ώρουράν  τινι,  to 
make  fear  and  watching  his  compan- 
ions. Plut.  Pericl.  11.— Mid.  to  settle 
another  near  one's  self,  τινάς,  Isocr. 
134  A. 

ΤΙαρακατορύσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  (παρά, 
κατορύσσω)  to  bury  beside  or  7itar, 
Hipp.  813. 

ΤΙαρακαττνω,  Att.  for  -κασσύω, 
(παρά,  καττύω)  to  sew  on:  in  mid., 
generally,  to  put  all  in  order,  στιβάδα 
παρεκαττύετο.  Ar.  Plut.  663.  [v] 

Τ1αρακην?.ίζω,  {παρά,  καυλίζω)  to 
put  out  side-shoots.  Theophr. 

ΤΙαράκειμαι,  inf.  -κείσθαι :  Ep. 
impf.  παρεκέσκετο,  Od.  14,  521,  {πα- 
ρά, κεΊμαι)  dep.  mid.  —  To  lie  beside, 
Yiear  or  before,  τράπεζα,  II.  24,  476 : 
generally,  to  be  ready  at  hand,  Od.  21, 
416,  Plat.,  etc. :  metaph.,  νμΐν  παρύ- 
κειται  ήέ  μάχεσθαι  η  φενγειν,  the 
choice  is  before  you,  to  fight  or  flee, 
Od.  22,  P5  ;  Άί'δα  παρακείμενος,  li/ing 
at  death's  door.  Soph.  Phil.  861  ; 
παρκείμενον  τέρας,  Pind.  Ο.  13,  103 ; 
το  παρκείμενον,  the  present,  Id.  Ν.  3, 


ΠΑΡΑ 

131•;  Tu  παρακείμενα,  Ar.  Lys.  1048; 
but  TU  π.,  also,  the  dishes  on  table, 
Polyb.  3,  57,  8  : — ή  π.  πν/.η,  the  yiear- 
est  gate,  Id.  7,  16,  5 ;  eii  μνήμτι  παρα- 
κείμενα, things  present  in  memory, 
Plat.  Phil.  19  D.— II.  in  Gramm.,  ό 
παρακείμενος  χρόνος,  tempus  perfec• 
turn.     Hence 

ϋαρακειμένως,  adv.,  parallel,  Ath. 
489  Β  ;  similarly,  Plut.  2,  904  Α.— II. 
next,  thereupon,  Lat.  deinceps,  Id.  2, 
882  B. — III.  conveniently,  Arr.  Epict. 
3,  22,  90. 

ΤΙαρακεκάλνμμένως,  adv.  part.  pf. 
pass,  from  παρακαλύπτω,  under  cover, 
concealedly,  Clem.  Al. 

ΐίαρακεκινδννευμένως,  adv.  part, 
pf.  pass,  from  παρακινδυνεύω,  in  a 
bold  dashing  style.  Plat.  Legg.  752  B. 

ΙΙαρακεκλΊμένως,  adv.  part.  pf. 
ρΆ^8.,=:παρακλιδον. 

ΐίαρακεκομμένως,  adv.  part,  pf, 
pass.,  briefly,  Luc. 

ΐίαρακέλενμα,  ατός,  τό,  as  Bekk. 
reads  for  παρακέλενσμα,  Plat.  Rep. 
407  B,  Legg,  688  A,  etc. :  from 

Τίαρακελενομαι,  (παρά.  κελεύω) 
dep.  mid.,  to  order  one  to  do  a  thing, 
advise,  prescribe,  τίνί  Tl,  Hdt.  1.  120, 
Thuc.  7,  63 ;  π.  τινι,  c.  inf..  Plat. 
Syrnp.  221  A,  etc. ;  also  foil,  by 
όπως...,  Hdt.  8,  15. — 11.  to  exhort,  en- 
courage, Tivi,  Heind.  Plat.  Phaed.  60 
Ε  :  abso!.,  to  encourage  one  another  by 
shouting,  Hdt.  8,  15;  9,  102,  and 
Thuc. ;  so,  εν  έαντοίς  π.,  Thuc.  4, 
25  ;  cf.  διακε/ιεύω. — The  act.  is  very 
rare,  as  in  Polyb.  7,  16,  2 ;  16,  20,  8  ; 
— but•  we  have  παρακεκέ?Λνστο,  as 
pass.,  orders  had  been  given,  Hdt.  8,  93  ; 
and  so.  τά  παρακελενόμενα,  Ep.  Plat. 
333  A,  cf  Polyb.  10,  39,  2.     Hence 

Ί1αρακέ7^ενσις,  εως.  ή,  a  calling  out  to, 
cheering  on,  Thuc.  7,  70,  etc. ;  in  plur., 
Xen.  Cyr.  3,  3.  50,  etc. — II.  the  organ- 
izing a  party  at  elections,  Dio  C.  53, 
21 :  and 

ΐίαρακέλενσμα,  ατός,  τό,  an  exhort- 
ation, encouragement,  Eur.  Supp.  1156, 
I.  T.  320  ;  cf.  παρακέλενμα.     Hence 

Ϊ1αρακε7.ενσμάτικός,  ή,  όν,  horta- 
tory.    Adv.  -κώς. 

ΐίαρακελ.ενσμός,  ov,  δ,  =  παρακέ- 
λενσις,  Thuc.  4,  11,  Xen.  Cyr.  3,  3, 
59. 

ΐίαρακε^.ευστής,  ov,  ό,  (παρακε- 
Άεύομαι)  one  who  calls  out  to  or  en- 
courages.    Hence 

ΤΙαρακελενστικός,  ή,  όν,  calling  out 
to,  encouraging,  urging  on,  επί  Tl,  Plat. 
Euthyd.  283  B.     Adv.  -κώς. 

ΐίαρακελενστός,  ή,  όν,  (παρακε• 
7.εύομαι)  called  out  to,  summoned,  of  a 
packed  audience,  Thuc.  6,  13  (ubi  al. 
παρασκευαστονς'^ ;  v.  παρακέ/.ενσις, 
and  cf.  παρακ7,ητός. 

ΙΙαρακελεύω,  v.  παρακελενομαι. 

ΐίαρακελ.ητίζω,  (παρά,  κε7ητίζω) 
to  ride  by  or  past,  τινά,  Ar.  Pac.  900. 

ΤΙαρακέλομαι,  (παρά.  κέ/ομαι) 
dep.,  only  used  in  pres.  and  impf,  to 
call  to,  call  upon.  τάς--παρεκέκ7.ετ' 
άοιδαϊς,  Αρ.  Rh.  4,  1668. 

ΤΙαρακενόω,  ώ,  (παρά,  κενόω)  to 
empti/  beside  or  near,  το  παρακενωβέν, 
a  void,  vacuum,  Plut.  2,  903  D,  907  C. 

ΤΙαρακεντέω,  ώ,  (παρά.  κεντεω)  to 
pierce  at  the  side,  Theophr. :  esp.  to 
tap,  in  case  of  dropsy  :  also  to  courh 
for  a  cataract.  Medic.     Hence 

ΤΙαρακέντησις,  ή,  perforation,  esp. 
tapping  lor  the  dropsy,  or  couching  for 
cataract. 

Τίαρακεντητήριον,  ov,  τό,  a  kind 
of  needle  for  tapping  or  couching  :  from 

ΤΙαρακεντητής.  ov,  ό.{παρακεντέω) 
one  who  taps  for  the  dropsy  or  couches 
for  a  cataract. 

1103 


ΠΛΡΑ 

■Ώ.α)>ακερόαίνω,   {παρά,  κερδαίνω) 
to  make  /iain  by  the  way  or  unlawfully. 
Παμακίμκίς,  Ιόος,  ?/,  the  small  bone 
of  the  leg,  also  ntpovrj. 

ΐίαρακίναίδος,  ό,=  κίναιδος,  Diog. 
L.  I,  34. 

ΙΙαρηκινδύνευσις,  εως,  ή,  {τταρα- 
κιΐ'δννίύω)  α  desperate  venture,  Thuc. 
5,  100. 

Παρακινδϋνεντέον,  verb.  adj.  from 
Ίταμακίνδυνενο),  onr  must  hazard  some- 
what, Dion.  H.  9,  57. 

ΐίαρακίνδϋνητίκύς,  ή.  όν,  venture- 
somr,  λύγος,  P1:U.  Soph.  242  B.  Adv. 
-κώς,  Plat.  Rep.  497  Ε  :  from 

Ώ.αρακινδύνενο),(':Γαρύ,κινδννεύω) 
to  make  a  rash  venture ;  c.  ace.  rei,  to 
venture,  risk  a  thing,  Ar.  Eq.  1054, 
and  Pint.  ;  c.  inf ,  to  have  the  hardihood 
to...,  Ar.  Ach.  045,  Xen.  Hell.  3,  5, 
16;  absol.  to  venture,  run  the  risk,  Ar. 
Vesp.  0,  Andoc.  21,  11,  Plat.,  etc.; 
7Γ.  εΙς  Ίωνίαν,  to  venture  to  Ionia, 
Thuc.  3,  56  :  —  for  Plat.  Euthyphr. 
15  U,  V.  Stallb. :  —  έπος  παρακεκιν- 
δννεν/ιένον,  a  bold,  venturous  phrase, 
Ar.  Ran.  99  ;  so,  rr.  μύχαι,  desperate 
battles,  Dion.  H.  9,  30;  etc. 

Παρακίΐ'δϋνος,  ov,  {τταρά,  κίνδυ- 
νος) dangerous.  Adv.  -vwf,  Strab. 
p.  231. 

ΪΙαρακινεω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσο),  {πcψά,  κι- 
νεω)  to  move  aside,  disturb :  to  move 
one  from  his  purpose,  alter,  Dion.  H. 
■ — 2.  to  stir  up  in.  passing,  make  passing 
mention  of.  τινά,  Plut.  2,  656  C  —  3. 
to  excite,  stir  up  violently,  Luc. :  hence, 
in  pass.,  to  be  distracted,  Lat.  pcrmo- 
veri  mente,  Herm.  Soph.  Aj.  Argum. 
• — II.  intr.  to  shift  one's  ground,  change. 
Plat.  Kep.  540'A,  cf.  591  E.— 2.  to  be 
fdghlii  excited  or  impassioned,  έπί  TLVL, 
Xen."  Mem.  4,  2,  35  ;  ττρός  τι,  Theo- 
ponip.  (Hist.)  ap.  Alh.  531  B:  hence 
to  be  mad.  Plat.  Phaedr.  249  D.  —  3. 
also  to  raise  troubles,  enter  into  plots, 
like  νεωτερίζειν,  Dem.  193,  27,  Dion. 
H.  7,  55.     Hence 

ΊΙαρακίνημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  thing  dis- 
placed :  dislocation.  —  II.  a  derivative, 
Gramm.  [i] :  and 

ΥΙίΐρακίνησις,  εος,  ή.  an  excitement, 
arousing. — 11.  dislocation,  derangement. 
— HI.  derivation,  Gramm.  [("]  Hence 
ΤΙιφακΙνητίκύς,  ή,  όν,  given  to  dis- 
placing ;  deranged,  Philo  ; — adv.  -κώς, 
τ.  εχειΐ',  to  show  symptoms  of  madness, 
Plut.  Solon  8. 

ΐίαρακιρνύω,  ώ,  {παρά,  κιρνάω)  to 
mir.  with,  Joseph. 

ilapaKUj.  (παρά,  κίω)  to  pass  by, 
τινά,  11.  16,  263,  m  tmesis.  [I] 

HapuK?Mio),  (παρά,  κλαίω)  to  weep 
beside  or  at,  Theogn.  1037.     Hence 

Τίαρακ/Μυθμός,  οϋ,  ό,  a  weeping  at 
or  about. 

ΐΐαμακλανσίθΐ'ρον,  ov,  τό,  {παρά, 
K?.ai(j,  Ούρα)  a  lover's  complaint  sung 
at  his  7nistres.i's  door,  a  serenade,  Plut. 
2,  753  B.  We  have  examples  in  Ar. 
Eccl.  900,  Theocr.  3,23,  Propert.  1, 
16,  17.   [i] 

ΐΐηρακλείδιον,  ov,  τό.  {παρά,  κλει- 

δίοι•)  a  false  key.  Plat,  (('om.)  Met.  1. 

ΤΙαραΐίλείο),    Ion.    -κΆι/ιυ,    {παρά, 

κ'λείω)  to  shut  out,  Hdt.  6,  00  : — to  shut 

in.  Polyb.  5,  39,  3,  si  vera  I. 

ΙΙαρακλέπτω,  {παρά,  κλέπτω)  to 
steal  from  the  side  or  in  passing,  filch 
underhand,  Ar.  Pac.  414,  Isae.  88, 
33. 

ΤΙαρακ^Λ/ίω,  Ion.  for  παρακ7ιείω, 
Hdt. 

Τίαράκλησις,  εως,  ή,  [παρακαλεω) 
a  calling  to  one,  .summons,  esp.  to  one's 
■  aid,   έκ   παρακλήσεως,   on  summons, 
Dem.  275,  20.: — 2.  a  calling  upon,  im- 
ploring, an  appeal  to,  τινόζ,  Thuc.  4, 
1104 


ΠΑΡΑ 
61.  —  3.     exhortation,    encouragement, 
προς  Tiva,  Id.  8,  92,  opp.  to  παραίνε- 
σις,  Isocr.  2,  2.  etc. ;  π.  των  πολιτών 
προς  ΰρετήν,  Aeschin.  16,  33. 

Μαρακλητίος,  α,  ον,  {πηρακα7ιεω) 
to  lie  callxl  in  or  quoted,  Luc.  PsPU_^dol. 
4. — II.  παρακλητέον,  one  must  call  on. 
Plat.  Legg.  893  B. 
Ώαρακλ7/τενω,=παρακα7ιέω,ΐΊΛ\\ο. 
ΙΙαρακ'λητικοΓ,  ή,  ov,  exhorting,  en- 
couraging. Plat.  Rep.  523  D,  521  D: 
7Γ.  τινός,  e.vhorting  to  a  thing,  Dion. 
H.  4,  20  :  from 

Τίαράκ/.7ΐτος,  ov,  {παρακαλέω)  call- 
ed to  one's  aid,  assisting,  esp.  in  a 
court  of  justice,  Lat.  advocatus  :  hence 
ό  π-,  as  subst..  a  legal  assistant,  advo- 
cate, Dem.  341,  10,  cf  Herm.  Pol. 
Ant.  §  142, 14. — 2.  generally,  a  helper: 
— ό  Π.,  the  Comforter,  N.  T. 

ΙΙαρακλήτωρ,  opor,  ό,  {παρακαλέω) 
one  who  exhorts,  encourages,  LXX. 

ΙΙαρακλΙύόν,  adv.,  {παρακλίνω) 
bending  sideways,  turning  aside,  swerv- 
ing, άλλα  παρεξ  ειπείν  παρακλιδόν, 
to  speak  swerving  from  the  truth,  Od. 
4,  348;  17,  139;  υσσε  παρακλιδόν 
έτραπεν  ΰλ?.η,  she  turned  her  eyes 
aside,  H.  Ven!  183. 

ΥΙαρηκλίντωρ,  ορός,  ό,=παρακλί- 
της,  Anth.  P.  9,  257. 

ΙΙαρακλίνω,  {παρά,  κ?.ίνω)  to  turn 
or  bend  aside,  κεφαλήν,  Od.  20,  301  ; 
κράτα.  Αρ.  Rh.  2,  93  ;  π.  τονς  μνκτή- 
ρας  προς  τι,  Ar.  Pac.  157  ;  π.  θύραν, 
πύλτ/ν,  to  set  the  gate  ajar,  open  it  a 
little,  Hdt.  3,  156  ;  so,  π.  της  ανλείας, 
to  open  a  bit  of  the  hall  door,  Ar.  Pac. 
981. — 2.  metaph.,  ά/,λ?/  παρακλίνυνσι 
δίκας,  they  turn  ]visuce  from  her  path, 
Hes.  Op.  260;  so  also,  ~.  τυν  νόμον, 
Arist.  Rhet.  Al. ;  of  words,  in  pass., 
to  be  slightly  altered  {parce  delorta), 
Plat.  Crat.  400  B,  410  A.— 3.  to  lay 
beside,  Ath. :  —  pass,  and  mid.  to  lay 
one's  self  or  lie  down  beside,  esp.  at 
meals,  Lat.  accumbcre,  τινί,  Theocr. 
2,  44,  etc.  ;  to  lie  side  by  side,  Arist.  H. 
A.  5,  2,  5:  of  adjacent  lands,  ΐίελο- 
πηΐς  όση  παρακέκλιται  Ίαθμώ,  Call. 
Del.  72. — II.  intr.  to  turn  aside,  slip 
away,  escape,  II.  23,  424,  Aeschin.  25, 
9.  —  2.  to  turn  aside,  swerve  from  the 
right  way,  Aesch.  Ag.  745.  [I,  hut  ί 
in  perf  and  aor.  pass,  παρακέκλίμαι 
and  παρεκλίβην.}    Hence 

Τίαρακλίτης,  ου,  ό.  one  who  lies  be- 
side, esp.  at  meals,  Xen.  Cyr.  2,  2, 
28.  [Z] 

ΤΙαρακλνω,-=παρακονω  IV.,  Anth. 
Plan.  255.  ^ 

Π  αρακμάζω,  f.  -άσο;,  to  be  past  {πα- 
ρά) the  prime  {άκ/ιή),  Xen.  Mem.  4,  4, 
23  :  hence  to  be  faded,  to  be  gone  by,  Id 
Symp.  4,  17;  8,  14;  and  metaph.  of 
persons,  Ale.x.  Dem.  6,  5  ;  πρεσβύτε- 
ροι καΐ  παρηκμακότες,  Arist.  Rhet.  2, 
13,  1,  cf.  Polyb.  6,  51,  5,  Plut.  Caes. 
69.     Hence 

ΊΙαράκμάσις.  ■}/,=  παρακμή,  dub.  1. 
Theophr. :  and 

ΤΙαρακμ αστικός  πνρετός,  ό,  a  fever 
that  is  past  its  crisis.  Medic. 

ΐίαρακμη,  τ/ς,  ή,  {παρά,  ακμή)  the 
point  at  which  the  prime  is  past,  Plut. 
Marc.  24. 

ΤΙαρακνάω,  (.παρά,  κνάω)  to  scrape 
or  rub  against,  Philostr.  Imag.  1,  28. 

ΐίαρακνημίδια,  ων,  τύ,  {παρά,  κνή- 
μη) armour  for  horses'  legs.  Poll.  1,  140. 

ΐίαρακνήμΐον,  ου,  τό,  (παρά,  κνή- 
μη) the  outer  shin-bone,  cf.  προκνήμιον- 

ΤΙαρακνημόημαι,  as  pass. , ^/τορεΰ- 
ομαι,  Hi[)pon.  78. 

riapiiKriOj,  to  tickle  a  little:  me- 
taph. to  make  jealous,  Eccl. 

Τίαρακοάω.  Ion.  for  παρανοέω. 

ΙΙαράκοή,  ης,  ή,  {παρακούω)   that 


ΠΑΡΑ 

which  haft  been  heard  amts.i,  or  tmili 
half  heard,  hearsay,  Ep.  Plat.  341  B. 
— ll.  unwillingneae  to  hear,  disobedience, 
Galen.,  N.T. 

Ώαρακοιμάομαι,  {παρά,  κοιμάω)  as 
pass,,  to  sleep  beside  or  near,  τισί,  Ath. 
189  E.    Hence 

ίίαρακοίιιημα,  ατυς,  τό,  sexual  in- 
tercunrse  :  and 

ΥΙαρακοίμησις,  ή,  a  sleeping  beside 
or  near :  and 

ΤΙαρακοιμητής,  ov,  6,  one  who  sleeps 
beside,  a  bed-fellow. 

ΪΙαρακοι/ιιζω,  {παρά,  κοιμίζω)  to 
lay  (isteej),  put  to  bed  beside  or  with. 

Ti αρακοινάομαι,  {παρά,  κοινός)  as 
mid.,  /ο  communicate  a  thing  to  another, 
TLvi  Ti,  Pind.  P.  4,  236. 

ΙΙαρακοιτέω.  ώ,  =  παρακοιμάομαι. 
— II.  to  keep  watch  or  guard  beside,  TIVL, 
Polyb.  0,  33,  12:  from 

ΐίαρακηί.της,  ov,  ύ,  {παρά,  κοίτη) 
one  who  sleeps  beside,  a  bedfellow,  USU. 
a  husband,  spouse,  11.  6,  430,  etc.,  Hes. 
Th.  928. 

ΥΙαράκοιτΊς,  Χος,  ή,  ace.  ΐν,  fern, 
from  fbreg.,  a  wife,  llom.,  and  Hes.: 
Ep.  dat.  παρακοίτϊ,  Od.  3,  381,  Hes. 
Sc.  14,  46. 

ΤΙαράκοιτος,  oi',  sleeping  beside  :=: 
παμακοιτης,  Diod.  5,  32. 

ΤΙαρακολ'λάω,  ώ,  {παρά,  κολλάω) 
to  glue  or  fasten  on,  Hipp.  846.     Hence 

Τίαρακόλ/.ημα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which 
is  glued  on,  esp.  carved  woodwork 
glued  on  furniture  by  way  of  orna- 
ment, Theophr. :  and 

ΐίαρακόλλησις.  ή,  a  glueing  or  fast- 
ening on,  Hipp.  745  :  and 

Υίαρακολλητικός,  ή,  όν,  glueing  or 
fastening  on,  CelsUS. 

ΤΙαράκο'λλος  {παρά,  κόλλα)  χαμεύ- 
νη,  α  low  couch,  with  only  one  end  to  it ; 
when  it  had  two,  it  was  called  άμιρί- 
κολλος.  Poll.  10,  36. 

Ώαρΰκο?ιθνβέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {παρά, 
άκο?.ονβέω)  to  go  he.-)ide  or  near,  follow 
close  or  on  the  heels,  τινί,  Ar.  Eccl. 
725,  Plat.,  etc.  :  to  follow  clo.se,  stick 
to,  dog  one's  steps,  Dem.  519,  12, 
etc. :  to  attend fuwningly ,  as  a  parasite, 
Id.  281,  22:  of  rules,  to  hold  good 
throughout,  π.  δι'  όλης  της  ίππικής, 
Xen.  Eq.  8,  14  :  π.  χρόνοις,  to  follow 
all  the  times  and  dates,  to  trace  accu- 
rately, Nicom.  ap.  Ath.  291  B.  —  II. 
metaph.  to  f,lhw  with  one's  thoughts, 
i.  e,  to  understand,  τοις  πράγμασι., 
Dem.  285,  21  ;  τοις  δικαίοις,  Demad. 
178,  32,  etc. :  so  esp.  as  Stoical  term, 
usu.  absol. ;  they  also  said  έαυτώ 
παρακολονθείν  ότι...,  to  understand 
that...,  Epict.  2,  26,  3;  also  c.  part., 
Id.  4,  5,  21.    Hence 

ΤΙαρΰ.κο?.σΰβημα,  ατός,  τό,  that 
which  follows  besides,  an  additional  con- 
sequence, Plut.  2,  885  C  :  and 

ΐίαράκολούθησις,  εως,  ή,  a  folloie- 
ing  or  resulting,  Plut.  2,  1144  B. 
Hence 

ΐίαράκολονθητικός,  ή,  όν.  ready  at 
following  or  understanding,  M.  Anton. 
5,  9.     Adv.  -κώς.  Id.  0,  42. 

ΐίαρακομίδή,  ης,  ή,  a  carrying  be- 
side :  a  carrying  over,  transporting, 
Thuc.  7,  28,  Polyb.  10,  10,  13.  —  II. 
(from  pass.)  a  going  beside  or  near,  a 
sailing  along  shore,  coasting-voyage, 
Thuc.  5,  5 ;  —  a  going  across,  Polyb. 
3,  43,  3,  etc. :  from 

ΐίαρακομίζω :  f.  -ίσω  Att.  -t& : 
{παρά,  κομίζω)—  to  carry  beside  or 
along  with,  escort,  Eur.  H.  F.  126. — 2. 
to  cam/  or  convey  over,  to  transport, 
Xen.  Hell.  5,  4,  61,  Diod.  2,  17;  esp. 
to  a  place,  Xen.  Hell.  1,  4,  7  ;  π.  vav<: 
έπί  τι,  to  bring  ships  to  an  anchorage 
Dem.  1208,  4 ;  generally,  to  convei, 


ΠΑΡΑ 

carry,  Hdt.  7,  U7. — II.  pass.,  to  ρ  or 
■sail  beside,  coast  along,  την  Ίταλίαν, 
Thuc.  6,  44 :  also,  ές  τόπον,  έπι  τό• 
■πον,  Id.  4,  25  ;  6,  52  : — to  go  or  sail 
across-,  to  cross,  pass  over,  Polyb.  1,  52, 
6,  etc.— HI.  niid.,  to  have  a  thing 
brought  one,  σϊτον,  Xen.  Hell.  5,  4,  57. 
Hence 

ΐίαρακομιστής,  οΰ,  ό,  one  mho  car- 
ries beside  or  over. 

ΤΙαρύκομμα,  ατός,  τό,  (τταρακόπτω) 
money  with  a  false  stamp :  metaph.,  a 
counterfeit,  Philo, 

ΤΙαψάκομος,  ov,  {trapi,  κόμη)  cov- 
ered with  hair.  Com.  Anon.  313. 

ΐίαράκονάω,  ύ,  f.  -ήσω,  {παρά,  άκο• 
νύω)  to  sharpen  or  whet  besides,  Ar. 
Ran.  1116,  in  pass.:  ό  λύγχην  ακο- 
νών,  ίκεΐνος  καΐ  την  'φνχήν  τι  παρα- 
^iova,Xen.  Cyr.  6,  2,  33. — II.  in  genl. 
to  rub  against. 

ΙΙαρύκοντίζω,  {παρά,  ακοντίζω)  to 
throw  the  dart  with  others,  Luc.  Paras. 
61. 

ΤΙαρακοπή,  ης,  ή,  (παρακόπτω)  a 
striking  falsely,  esp.  of  money  ; — me- 
taph. madness,  frenzy,  Aescll,  Ag.  223, 
Eum.  329,  Polyb.  40,  3,  2. 

Ilapάκ.oπoς,ov,{πapaκόπτω)struck 
falsely,  counterfeit: — metaph.,  mad, 
Aesch.  Pr.  581 ;  π.  φρενών,  Eur. 
Bacch.  33 ;  λνσσ^  π.,  Ar.  Thesm. 
€68.     Hence 

Τίαρακοπτικός-,  η,  όν,  mad,  frantic, 
raring. 

ΤΙαοακόπτ(^  f.  -ιΐιω,  {παρά,  κόπτω) 
to  strike  aside  or  awry,  and  SO  to  strike 
falsely,  properly  of  nioi'iey,  Diod.  1, 
78  : — hence,  generally,  to  falsify,  Luc. 
Le.xiph.  20  : — in  mid.,  to  cheat,  swindle 
out  of  a  thing,  c.  gen.,  αγαθών,  Ar. 
Eq.  807  ;  simply  to  cheat,  τινά,  lb. 
859  :  pass,  to  be  cheated,  Tivi,  in  a 
thing,  Ar.  Nub.  640.— II.  metaph.  to 
.strike  the  mind  awry,  drive  mad,  de- 
range, π.  φρένας,  Eur.  Hipp.  238  :  so 
too,  τον  νοϋ  παρακοπέντος,  Hipp. : 
but,  παρακεκομμενα  άνόράρια,  base 
coin,  knavish  fellows,  Ar.  Ach.  517. — 
2.  so  too,  intr.,  παρακόπτειν  Ty  διά- 
νοια, to  be  mad,  Arist.  Mirab.  31  ;  ab- 
sol.,  παρακόψας,  in  a  ft  of  7nadness, 
Diog.  L.  4,  44,  cf.  Pluc.  2,  1123  F: 
hence  παρακοπή,  παράκοπος  II.— III. 
to  cut  ill  pieces,  cut  up,  μέλη,  Polyb. 
10,  15,  5. 

ΥΙαμακορέω,  ω,  f.  -ήσω,  {παρά,  κο- 
ρέω)  to  sweep  out;  to  cleanse.  Plat. 
(Com.)  Lac.  1,  3. 

ΐίαραΐίοσμος,  ov,  {παρά,  κόσμος)  out 
of  order,  improper  :  adv.  -μως,  Joseph. 

ΐίαρύκονσις,  ή,  a  hearing  amiss  or 
wrong,  dub.,  Lob.  Phryn.  352.  [ά] 

ΐίαράκουσμα,  ατός,  τό,  {παρακάνω) 
α  thing  heard  wrong  or  misunderstood, 
Dion.  H.  9,  22,  Strab.— II.  a  iirotig 
doctrine,  bad  advice,  Ep.  Plat.  338  D, 
340  B.   [ά] 

Ίλαρακουσματίον ,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from 
foreg.,  Plut.  2,  354  A. 

ΐίαρακονστέον,  verb,  adj.,  o?ie  must 
disobey,  Muson.  ap.  Stob,  p.  458,  11 : 
from 

ΪΥαρακονω,  f.  -σομαι,,  {παρά,  άκονω) 
to  hear  beside,  esp.  to  hear  accidentally, 
to  hear  talk  of,  τέχνην,  Hdt.  3,  129 — II. 
to  hear  or  learn  underhand,  listen  un- 
derhand to  any  one,  τινός,  Ar.  Ran. 
750,  Luc.  Merc.  Cond.  37  :  to  overhear 
something/rom  another,  Lat.  subnns- 
cultare,  tl  παρά  τίνος.  Plat.  Euthyd. 
300  D.— in.  to  hear  wrong,  misunder- 
stand, Plat.  Prot.  330  E,  Theaet.  195 
A. — IV.  not  to  listen  to,  take  no  heed  of, 
Polytj.  26,  2,  1,  etc. ;  περί  τίνος.  Id. 
30,  18,  2  :  also  to  pretend  not  to  hear, 
Id.  3,  15,  2. 

ΙΙαρακρΰτέω,  ώ.  {παρά,   κρατέω) 
70 


ΠΑΡΑ 

to  hold  back^  restrain,  0pp.  :  also  to  re- 
strain against  nature,  M.  Anton.  :  π. 
τρίχας,  to  bind  up  the  hair,  Diosc. 

ΐίαρακρέμαμαι,  {παρά,  κρέμομαι) 
as  pass.,  to  hang  beside  :  τά  παρακρε- 
μάμενα, appendages, dependencies,  such 
as  the  far  provinces  of  an  empire,  Po- 
lyb. 5,  35,  10. 

ΐίαρακρεμάνννμι,  and  -ννω ;  fut. 
■κρεμάσω  Att.  -κρεμώ,  {παρά,  Kpt- 
μάνννμι).  To  hang  beside,  χεΐρα  πάρα- 
κρεμύσας,  letting  the  hand  hang  down, 
li.  13,  597. 

ΐίαρύκρημνος,  ov,  {παρά,  κρημνός) 
steep  OH  the  side,  Strab.  γ.  391,  Diod. 
11,8. 

ΐίαρακρίνω  [i],  f.  -ΐνώ ;  aor.  παρέ- 
κρίνα ;  pf.  -κέκρίκα,  pf.  pass,  -κέκρΐ- 
μαι ;  aor.  pass,  παρεκρίθην  [Ζ] ;  aor. 
mid.  παρεκρίνάμι/ν,  (παρά,  κρίνω). 
To  separate  and  place  beside  :  in  pass., 
πεζός  παρακεκριμένος  παρά  τον  ai- 
yiuAov,  the  land  force  drawn  up  along 
the  shore,  Hdt.  9,  98  ;  παρεκρίθησαν 
διαταχθέντες,  Hdt.  8,  70;  cf.  Plut. 
Cat.  .\lin.  13. 

ΐίαρακροάομαι,  f.  -ύσομαι  [ά]=:7Γα- 
ρακονω,  Joseph.     Hence 

ΐίαρακρόάσις,  ή,  a  hearing  wrongly : 
disobedience,  Joseph. :  and 

ΐίαρακροάτής,  οϋ,  6,  one  who  hears 
'Wrong. 

ΥΙαρακροκίζω,  {παρά,  κρόκος)  to  be 
somewhat  saffron-coloured,  Diosc.5, 145. 

ΙΙαρακροτέω,  ώ.  f.  -ήσω,  {παρά, 
κροτέω)  to  pat  or  clap  one,  π.  εις  τον 
ώμον,  Luc.  Gymn.  1. 

ΐίαράκρονσις,  εως,  ή,  {παρακρούω) 
α  striking  beside  or  wrongly,  esp.  strik- 
ing a  false  note  in  music,  a  discord, 
Plut.  2,  826  Ε  : — a  missing,  mistake, 
Anst.  Pol.  2,  5,  13  ;  7nadness,  Hipp. 
68. — II.  a  cheating,  deceiinng,  fraud, 
Bern.  679,  3  :  760,  fin.— III.  a  draw- 
ing in  or  checking  of  an  eruption,  TOV 
θερμον,  Arist.  Probl.  3,  12. 

ΐίαρακρονσΐχοίνίκος,  ov,  {παρα- 
κρούω. χοΐνιξ)  cheating  with  false  meas- 
ures. Com.  Anon.  318. 

ΐίαρακρουστικός,  ή,όν,=^παρακοπ- 
τικός,  Hipp.  68.     Adv.  -κώς  :  and 

ΙΙαράκρουστος,  ov,  =  παράκοπος : 
from 

ΐίαρακρούω,  f.  -σω,  {παρά,  κρούω) 
to  strike  aside  ;  Strictly  (ace.  to  Harp.), 
of  persons  who  strike  the  scale  so  as 
to  weigh  falsely  :  hence,  of  persons, 
to  mislead.  Plat.  CritO  47  A  ;  ίο  deceive, 
cheat,  Dinarch.  103,  13 ;  but  much 
more  freq.  in  mid.,  lb.  95,  22,  Plat. 
Crat.  393  C,  Dem.  19,  18,  etc.,  cf. 
Wolf  Lept.  p.  291 :  in  pass.,  παρα- 
κρονεσθαι  νπό  τίνος,  to  be  led  astray 
by  one,  Plat.  Theaet.  168  A ;  περί 
τίνος,  in  a  thing,  Polyb.  24,  3,  3  ;  but 
Luc.  Tim.  57  uses  the  pf.  παρακέ- 
κρουσμαι  in  an  act.  sense. — 11.  in 
mid.,  to  strike  aside  from  one's  self, 
parry,  ταϊς  μαχαίραις  τονς  κόντονς, 
Plut.  Lncull.  28,  cf.  Id.  Sull.  18 :  to 
shun,  avoid.  Id.  2,  198  Β  : — παρακε- 
κροϋσθαι  τών  φρενών,  to  be  driven  from 
one's  senses,  A.  B. :  so  also  intr.  in 
act ,  Hipp.  966. 

ΐίαρακρύπτω,  f.  -ψω,  {παρά,  κρύπ- 
τω) Ιο  hide  beside  or  near :  to  hide  or 
disguise,  Diod.  18,  19. 

ϊίαρακρώζω,  f.  -ξω,  to  croak  beside. 

ΤΙαρακταΙος,  a,  ov,  {παρά,  ακτή) 
on  the  shore  or  bank,  0pp.  H.  4,  316. 

ΐίαρακτάομαι,  f,  -ήσομαι,  {παρά, 
κτάομαι)  dep.,  to  get  over  and  above : 
in  pf.  -κέκτημαι,  to  have  over  and 
above,  ξενικούς  νόμονς,  Hdt.  4,  80. 

ΐίαράκτης,  ov,  ό,  {παράγω)  one  who 
brings  hounds  to  the  chase. 

ΤΙαράκτησις,  ή,  {παρακτάομαι) pos- 
session beside  or  near,  Clem.  Al. 


ΠΑΡΑ 
ΊΙαρακτίδιοΓ,  oi',=sq.,  Anth.  P.  9, 

ΐίαρύκτιος,  a,  ov,  {παρά,  ακτή)  on 
the  sea-side,  κέ?^ευθος,  λειμών,  Aesch. 
Pr.  836,  Soph.  Aj.  654 ;  π.  όραμεΐν, 
Eur.  I.  T.  1424. 

ΐΙαράκνκ/Μς,  ov,  ό,  a  part  of  a 
chariot-wheel. 

ΐίαρακν/^ω,  f.  -ίσω,  {παρά,  κν?ύω) 
to  roll  beside  or  past,  [i] 

ΤΙαρακϋμάτιος,  ov,  {παρά,  κνμα) 
wavy,  χιτυνίσκος,  Bockh  Inscr.  1,  p. 
249. 

Τίαρακνπτω,  f.  -•φω,  {παρά,  κύπτω) 
to  stoop  aside,  throw  one's  head  conceit- 
edly on  one  side,  Ar.  Ach.  16. — 2.  gen- 
erally, to  stoop  and  take  a  careless  side 
glance  at  a  thing,  έπί  τι,  Dem.  46,  27. 
— 3.  to  peep  out  of  a  door,  window, 
etc.,  like  Horace's  despicere,  Ar.  Vesp. 
178  ;  esp.  of  girls  peeping  after  a  lover, 
Id.  Pac.  982,  985 ;  also,  π.  έκ  θνρίδος. 
Id.  Thesm.  797  ;  π.  εις  τόπον,  Hipp. 
884  : — metaph.,  σωτηρία  παρέκνφε,  &. 
hope  of  safety  peeped  out,  Id.  Eccl. 
202.     Hence 

ΤΙαρακϊφέω,  ώ,  f.  -κνρσω,^=παρα- 
τνγχάνω,  Q.  Sm.  11,  423. 

ΐίαράκν-φις,  εως,  ή,  {παρακνπτω) 
α  stooping  to  one  side,  peeping  in  : — pro- 
verb., υνον  π.,  like  our  '  bull  in  a 
china  shop,'  Menand.  p.  86. 

ΤΙαρακωμωδέω,  ώ,  {παρά,  κωμω- 
δέω)  to  satirize  incidentally  in  a  com- 
edy, Ath.  525  A. 

ΥΙαρακωχή,  -ης,  ή,  or  rather  παρά- 
κωχή  (V.  sub  ανακωχή)  : — a  yielding, 
contribution,  νεών,  v.  1.  Thuc.  6,  85, 
ubi  Bekk.  παροχή. 

ΐίαρα7\,άλέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {παρά,  λα- 
7ίέω)  to  chatter  beside  :  to  prate  or  talk 
at  random,  cf.  Meineke  Menand.  p. 
202. 

ΐίαραλαμβάνω,  f.  -λή-φομαι.  Ion. 
■λάμιΐιομαι,  {παρά,  λαμβάνω)  to  re- 
ceive from  another,  τι  παρά  τίνος,  as 
a  successor  does  the  command,  like 
παραόέχεσθαι,  to  take  possession  of, 
freq.  in  Hdt.,  and  Att.  prose  ;  π.  βα- 
σιληίην,  Hdt.  2,  120,  cf.  Thuc.  I,  9, 
etc. ;  7Γ.  νόμον,  opp.  to  θεΐναι,  Id.  5, 
105,  cf.  Isocr.  180  A;  esp.  to  inherit, 
Eur.  Ion  814;  opp.  to  έπικτάσθαι. 
Plat.  Rep.  330  A ;  π.  αράς,  to  inherit 
curses,  Eur.  Phoen.  1611. — 2.  to  take 
in  pledge,  Hdt.  3,  136;  also,  to  take  by 
force  or  treachery,  seize,  get  possession 
of,  Hdt.  7,  211,  Xen. — 3.  c.  ace.  pers., 
to  take  to  one'.s  self,  as  a  wife  or  mis- 
tress, Hdt.  4,  155,  Xen.  Oec.  7,  6 ;  as 
an  adopted  son,  Hdt.  1,  113;  as  a 
partner,  helper,  or  ally.  Id.  1,  76;  2, 
121,  4,  Thuc,  etc. : — π.  μάρτυρα,  to 
bring  forward  as  a  witness,  Dem.  1 159, 
27. — II.  to  receive,  έπι  ξείνια,  in  hos- 
pitality, Hdt.  4,  154;  π.  έπος,  to  re- 
ceive an  answer.  Id.  1,  126. — 2.  esp. 
to  receive  by  hearsay  or  tradition,  Opp. 
to  παραδιδόναι,  and  so  to  learn,  hear, 
Lat.  accipere,  Hdt.  1,  55  ;  2,  19,  etc. ; 
TL  παρά  τίνος,  2,  51. — III.  to  take  upon 
one's  self,  undertake,  Lat.  suscipere  ;  π. 
τι  πράγμα,  Ar.  Eq.  344 ;  της  πό7.εως 
τά  πράγματα.  Id.  Eccl.  107  ;  την  έπι- 
μέλειαν,  Aeschin.  20,  13  :  hence,  τα 
παραλαμβανόμενα,  things  taken  in 
hand,  undertakings,  Hdt.  1,  38. — IV.  to 
wait  for,  intercept,  Lat.  excipere.  Id.  4,. 
203. — V.  to  take  up,  τον  λόγον,  Po- 
lyb. 33,  16,  9 :  τγ.  έπι  βραχύ,  to  state 
concisely,  Id.  6,  58,  1. — VI.  to  take 
prisoner,  Id.  3,  69,  2. 

ΐΙαρα?Μμπω,  f.  -ψω,  {παρά,  λάμ- 
πω) to  shine  beside  0Γ  a  little,  Plut.  2, 
889  D.     Hence 

ΙΙαρά?Μμφις,  ή,  a  shining  spot  on 
the  cornea,  prob.  in  Hipp.  102. 

']1αρα7Λνθάνω,    f.   -'λήσω,    {παρά, 
1105 


ΠΑΡΛ 

Τ-ανθάνω)  to  escape  the  notice  of,  τινά, 
Plat.  Hipp.  Maj.  298  B. 

i ΙΙαοα'λάται,  ώι»,  ο/,  the  Paralatae, 
a  Scytliiaii  people,  Hdt.  4,  6. 

ΙΙαρα'λεαινω,  {■καρά,  Ataivu)  to 
smooth,  polish,  Clearch.  ap.  Ath.  522 
D.     Hence 

Τίαραλεαντικός,  η,  όν,  viaking 
smooth  ;  lenitive,  Diph.  Siphll.  ap.  Ath. 
62  D. 

Παραλε)'ω,  f-  -^ω,  (τταρύ,  λέγω)  to 
lay  beside  or  near :  usu.  in  mill.,  to  lay 
one's  self  or  tie  with  one,  τινί,  in  Horn, 
usu.  οΓ  clandestine  intercourse,  11.  2, 
515,  etc. ;  also  with  tl•»  φι'λότητι  add- 
ed, 11.  14,  237 ;  generally  of  inter- 
course with  a  woman,  ττ.  τινί,  11.  20, 
224  ;  when  the  woman  is  in  nom.  and 
the  man  in  dat.,  simply  to  He  down  be- 
side, be  his  bedfellow,  II.  24,  670,  Od.  4, 
305.  Homer  usu.  has  3  aor.  παρε- 
λέξατο,  also  fut. :  but  3  aor.  syncop. 
παρέλΐκτο  does  not  occur  till  H.  Ven. 
168. — II.  τταραλέγο),  to  speak  beside  the 
purpose,  wander  in  one's  talk,  rave, 
Lat.  delirare,  Hipp.  976. — 111.  Ttapa- 
λέγομαί,  like  παρατίλλω,  to  gather 
superfluous  hair :  hence,  ■παραλέ'λΐξαι, 
you  have  had  your  eyebrows  polled,  Ar. 
Eccl.  904. — IV.  παραλίγομαί  yijv, 
νήσον,  to  sail  by  or  along  the  land,  like 
Lat.  legere  Oram,  Diod.  13,  3,  Strab. 

Ίίαραλειπτέον,  verb.  adj.  from  ττα- 
ραλείττω,  one  must  pass  over,  ri,  Xen. 
Ages.  8,  3 ;  περί  τίνος,  Diod.  5,  83. 

ΠαραλείΤΓΤίκόζ•,  ?/,  όν,  leaving  on 
one  side,  passing  by  :  irom 

ΐίαρα'λείιτω,  f.  -ψω,  (παρά,  λείπω) 
to  leave  on  one  side,  leave  remaining, 
Thuc.  3,  26.  Xen.  Hell.  4,  6,4.-2.  to 
leave  on  one  side,  leave  utmoticed,  pass 
by,  pass  over,  τινά,  Ar.  Eccl.  1145  ;  as 
dogs  a  hare,  Id.  Cyn.  3,  6,  etc. — 3.  to 
neglect,  Lat.  omitiere,  Ar.  Ran.  1194, 
Av.  456  ;  of  orders,  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  6, 
10  ;  opportunities,  Dem.  24,  25,  etc. : 
esp.  Itj  leave  untold,  pass  over,  Lat.  prae- 
termitlere,  Eur.  Hel.  773,  Plat.  Symp. 
188  E,  etc. ;  -.  το  ευσεβές,  Eur.  Tro. 
43. 

Παρίίλεί'ώω,  f.  -ψω,  {παρά,  αλείφω) 
to  rub  along,  bedaub  with  ointment,  Ar. 
Eccl.  406  ;  σιάλω,  Arist.  Rhet.  3,  4,  3. 

ΙΙαρά^ιει-ψις,?/,  (παραλείπω)  a  pass- 
ing over,  omitting,  Plut.  2,  33  A. 

ΊΙαράλευκος,  ov,  (παρά,  λευκός) 
whitish,  partly  white,  Arist.  H.  A.  4, 1, 

10• 

ΐίαραλενσσω,  =  παροράω,  in  tme- 
sis, Eur. 

ΐίαραλήγω,  (παρά,  λ/ρ/ω)  to  make 
to  cease  beside. — II.  intr.  to  be  all  but 
ceasing :  hence  ή  παρα?^ιγονσα,  with 
and  without  συλλαβή,  the  penultima, 
Gramm.     Hence 

'Π.αράλ7)ξις,  ή,  the  penultima  of  a 
word,  Uramm. 

Τίαραληπτίον,  verb.  adj.  of  παρα- 
λαμβάνω) one  must  take  to  one's  self, 
get,  Dem.  910,  4. 

Ϊ1αραλ7]πτυς,  ή,  όν,  (παραλαμβά- 
νω) to  be  accepted,  τινΙ  παρά  τίνος. 
Plat.  Meno  93  Β.— Π.  to  be  used  or 
applied,  προς  τι,  Chrysipp.  ap.  Plut. 
2,  1035  p. 

Υίαραλ7)πτωρ,  ορός,  δ,  (παραλαμ- 
βάνω) a  receiver,  Hermes  ap.  Stob. 
Eel.  1,  p.  932. 

Ϊ1αρα?.ιιρεω,  ω,  (παρά,  ?.ηρέω)  to 
talk  nonsense,  babble,  Hipp.  401  ; — gen- 
erally, to  dote,  Lat.  delirare,  Ar.  Eq. 
531,  Ran.  594.     Hence 

Ϊ1αρα7,7)ρημα,  ατός,  τό,  silly  talk, 
071  absurdity,  Dio  C.  59,  26 :  and 

Τ1αραλίιρ7]σις,  ή,  a  talking  foolishly, 
dotage,  Hipp.  1210. 

Παράλί/pof,  ov,  (παρά,  λ-ήρος)  talk- 
ing foolishly,  Lat.  dclirus,  Philo. 
1106 


ΠΑΡΑ 

Τίαρύλη'φις,  εως,  η,  (παραλαμβά- 
νω) α  receiving  from  a7iother,  succession 
to,  άρχ7'/ς,  Polyb.  2,  3,  1,  etc.— 2.  the 
taking  nf  a  town.  Id.  2,  46,  2. — 3.  learn- 
ing, Epict. 

Παραλία,  ας,  η,  (πάραλος)  the  sea- 
coa.it,  land  on  the  sea,  Hdt.  7,  185  ;  esp. 
applied  to  the  maritime  district  of 
Attica,  Hdt.  5,  81,  cf.  1,  59;  strictly 
fem.  from  παράλιος  (sc.  y?}) ;  and  in 
Thuc.  2,  56,  we  have  in  lull,  παρα- 
λία γη :  also  ή  παράλιος  (sc.  γη), 
Polyb.  3,  39,  3. 

Παραλί(?ύζω,  (παρά,  λίθος)  to  he 
stony  at  the  side,  Theophr. 

ΐίαράλιμνος,  ov,  (παρά,  ?.ίμνη)  ly- 
ing by  lakes  or  marshes,  Plut.  951  E. 

Παραλί^πύΐ'ω,  collat.  form  of  πα- 
ραλείπω, Arist.  Probl.  29,  13,  4. 

ΠαράλίΟί^,  ov,  τό,(ΐlάpaλoς)thesta- 
tion  of  the  ship  Paralos,  Dem.  1191,  25. 

ΐίαράλ.ιος,  ov,  also  ία,  lov,  Aesch., 
and  Eur.,  and  cf.  παραλία  : — =πά- 
ρα'λης,  -φάμμος,  Aesch.  Pr.  573,  όρνι- 
θες. Soph.  Aj.  1065. 

ΤΙαρύλίσκομαι,  as  pass.,  to  be  caught 
beside  or  7iear. 

Παρΰλίταπ'ω,  f.  -?;σω  ;  aor.  παρ'η- 
λίτον,  (παρά,  άλιταίνω)  to  do  amiss, 
sin,  Ti,  Q.  Sm.  13,  400;  παραλιτείν 
θεούς,  to  sin  against  the  gods,  Ap.  Rh. 
2,  246. — ΐίαραλιτεω  is  a  late  collat. 
form  ;  παραλίτω  a  corruption. 

ΐΙά/Μλίτης,  ου,  ό,  a  sailor  of  the  ship 
ΙΙάραλος,  q.  v.  [j] 

ΙΙ«ρύλίώΓ7/ί•,  ov,  b,  an  inhabitant  of 
the  παραλία. 

ΐίαραλλάγή,  τ/ς,  y,  (παραλλάσσω) 
a  passing  from  hand  to  hand,  transfer, 
πυρός  παραλΛαγαί,  Aesch.  Ag.  490  ; 
a  passing  over,  τινός  προς  τι,  of  one 
thmg  into  another.  Plat.  Theaet.  196 
C  :—π.  ποδών,  of  the  alternate  motion 
of  the  feet,  or  their  crossing,  Critias 
29  ;  cf.  θερμαστρίς  2.— II.  difference 
between  things,  Theophr.  H.  PI.  6,  6, 
5,  Polyb.  6,  7,  3  ;  μεγάλην  εχειν  π., 
Diod.  5,  37. — III.  α  changing,  cha7ige, 
N.  T. 

ΊΙαράλ2.αγμα,  ατός,  τό,  (παραλ- 
λάσσω) thai  which  passes  by:  παραλ- 
7.ά\ματα  όστέων,  the  overlapping  ends 
of  oroken  bones,  Hipp.  792. — II.  an 
i^iterchange,  exchmige,  Plut.  Num.  16. 

ΠαραΛΛα/creov,  verb,  adj.,  one  must 
pass  by,  Strab.  p.  591. 

ΙΙαράλ.λ.ακτος,  ov,  (παραλλάσσω) 
altered :  changeable. 

ΐΙαραλ?ΛΊξ.  (παραλλάσσω)  adv.,  al- 
ternately,  Soph.  Aj.  1087  (ubi  v.  Lob.), 
Tim.  Locr.  95  C. — II.  in  quincuncial 
order,  i.  e.  in  alternating  rows,  Thuc. 
2,  102. 

Παράλλα^<ζ•,  εως,  η,  alternation,  π. 
όστέων,  Hipp.  762,  cf.  παρύλλαγμα  : 
π.  κεφαλ)'/ς,  α  7noving  of  the  head  to 
and  fro,  Plut.  2,  977  B. — II.  a  passing 
by  or  away,  change  for  the  7iorsc,  de- 
clensio7i.  Plat.  Tun.  22  D,  Polit.  269 
Ε ;  π.  φρενών,  mental  aberration, 
Hipp.  369. — III.  the  7nutval  inclination 
of  two  lines  forming  an  angle,  Theophr., 
Plut.  2,  930  A  ;— esp.  the  angle  formed 
by  lines  from  a  heavenly  body  to  the 
earth's  centre  and  the  horizo7i,  Math. 
Vet. :  from 

Παραλλάσσω,  Att.,  -ττω:  f.  -^ω, 
(πάρα,  άλλάσσω)  to  make  things  alter- 
nate, Lat.  alternare,  e.  g.,  π.  τους  οδόν- 
τας, to  77iake  the  teeth  of  the  saw  stand 
contrary  ways,  Theophr. — 2.  to  change 
or  alter  a  little,  Hdt.  2,  49  :  esp.  for 
the  worse,  to  corrupt,  π.  φρένας.  Soph. 
Ant.  298. — 3.  of  place,  to  pass  by  or 
beyond,  go  past,  ένέδραν,  Xen.  Hell. 
5,  1,  12,  Polyb.  5,  14,  3,  etc.  .—to  go 
beyond,  s^irpass,  Tivu  τω  τάχει,  Arist. 
Meteor.  1,  4,  14. — 4.  to  elude,  avoid, 


ΠΑΡΑ 

Plut.  Camill.  24  ; — to  get  rid  of,  πάθος, 
Id.  Caes.  41. — 11.  intr.  to  pass  by  one 
another,  of  two  tunnels  or  the  like, 
which  start  from  opposite  directions, 
and,  instead  of  meetmg,  overlap  each 
other,  Hdt.  2,  11  ;  cf.  παρύλλαγμα, 
and  V.  sub  σνντίτραίνω  : — to  alternate, 
reciprocate,  Arist.  Anal.  Pr.  1,  26,  fin. 
— 2.  to  be  interchanged,  altered,  different, 
τινός,  from  a  thing,  Plat.  Legg.  957  Β  ; 
absol..  Id.  Rep.  530  D,  Tun.  71  E, 
etc. : — impers.,  παραλλάσσει,  it  vtakes 
a  difference,  like  Lat.  refert.  Plat.  The- 
aet. 169  Ε  : — part.  pf.  pass,  παρη?^• 
λ,αγμένος,  different  from  a  thmg,  τι- 
νός, Polyb.  7,  17,  7;  and  so  unusual, 
strange.  Id.  2,  29,  1  ;  3,  55,  1.-3.  to  go 
aside,  turn  from  the  path,  Xen.  Cyr.  1, 
4,  21 :  hence  to  slip  aside,  escape,  δια 
χερών,  Aesch.  Ag.  424. — 4.  π.  τον  σκο- 
πού, to  go  beside  the  77iark,  Plat.  The- 
aet. 194  A,  Tim.  27  C,  71  Ε  :  hence 
usu.  nietaph.,  to  go  wrong,  err.  Id.  Rep. 
530  Β  :  so  too,  λόγοι  παραλλάσσον- 
τες  εξεδροι  φρενών,  words  that  wander 
from  reason's  seat,  Eur.  Hipp.  935. 

Παραλλ;/λε7Γί•7Γε(5οί',  ov,  τό,  (πα- 
ράλλ7/λος,  επίπεδον)  a  body  with  par- 
allel surfaces,  Plut.  2,  1080  B. 

Παραλλ7;λία.  ας,  -ή,  (παράλλτ]7νθς) 
a  being  side  by  side,  parallelism. 

ΤΙαραλληλίζω,     (παράλληλος)    to 
place  side  by  side,  or  parallel.     Hence 
Ιίαραλληλισμός,  όν,  ό,  α  comparing 
of  parallels. 

ΙΙαραλληλ.ύγραμμος,  ov.  (παράλ- 
ληλος,  γραμμ?'/}  bounded  by  parallel 
lines,  Strab.  p.  178  :  το  π.,  a  parallel- 
ogra7n,  Plut.  2,  1080  B. 

Παράλλ7;λο^ ,  ov,  (.παρά,  αλλήλων) 
beside  one  another,  side  by  side,  Arist. 
Coel.  2,  6,  14  (ubi  Bekk.  divisim)  : 
a'l  π.  (sc.  γραμμαί),  parallel  lines, 
Arist.  Anal.  Pr.  2, 16,  2,  etc.: — c.  gen., 
parallel  with,  Polyb.  9,  21, 10  .—έκ  πα- 
ραλλήλου, parallel-wise,  Plut.  Agis  et 
Gracch.  1  :  so  adv.  -λωΓ,  Arist.  Muiid. 
7,  1. 

ΐίαραλογή,  ης,  i;,=  sq.,  Plut.  Ti- 
mol.  9. 

ΤΙαραλογία,  ας,  ή,  (παρά?Μγος)  cni 
excuse,  subterfuge  :  a  fallacy. 

ϋαραλογίζομαι,  f.  -ίσημαι,  (παρά- 
λογος) dep.  mid.  ; — to  reckon  wrong  or 
falsely,  jnisreckon,  miscou7it,  esp.  on 
purpose,  Dem.  822,  25;  1037,  15: 
hence, — 2.  to  reason  falsely,  draw  a 
false  conclusio7i,  use  fallacies,  Arist. 
Phys.  Ausc.  1,  3,  2. — II.  to  cheat,  de- 
lude by  false  reasoning  or  fallacies, 
Isocr.  420  C,  Aeschin.  1,117;  π.  τινά 
τι,  to  cheat  a  person  out  of  a  thing, 
Arist.  Rhet.  1,  14,  1  : — also  in  pass., 
Id.  Sophist.  1,  5;  παραΤιογισθήναι 
και  παρα?ιθγίσασθαι.  Id.  Top.  1,  18, 
2.     Hence 

ΤΙαΐ)α?ιογισμός,  οϋ,  ό,  false  reckon- 
ing :  a  false  co7iclusion,  fallacy ,  quibble, 
Lycurg.  152,  4,  Arist.  Pol.  2,  3,  3,  etc. 
— II.  a  cheating  by  false  recko7iing  or 
reasoning,  outwitting,  Menand.  p.  218  : 
a  deceit.  Polyb.  1,  81,  8,  etc.  :  and 

ΐΙαρα?Μγιστής.  ov,  ό,  07ie  who  cheats 
by  false  reasoning,  M.  Anton.  6,  13. 
Hence 

ΙΙαραλογιστικός,  ή,  όν,  fitted  for 
deceiving  by  false  reasoning,  fallacious, 
Arist.  Rhet.  1,  9,  29.     Adv.  -κώς. 

ΐΙαρα?.ογιστός,  ?'/,  όν,  (παραλογί- 
ζομαι)  deluded,  or  suffering  one's  self  to 
be  deluded  by  false  reasoning. 

ΐίαράλογος,  ov,  (παρά,  λόγος  Β. 
Ill)  strictly,  beyond  or  co7itrary  to  calcu- 
lation, unexpected,  Jinlooked  for,  Thuc. 
1,  65;  hence  neut.  παράλογων,  as 
adv.,  Eur.  Or.  391  (nisi  legend,  παρά 
Άόγον) ;  and  so  adv.  -γως,  Dem.  835, 
7 : — casual,  uncertain,  έφοδος,  Polyb. 


ΠΑΡΑ 
2,  35,  6. — 2.  beyond  the  usual  calcula- 
tion ;  hence,  ru  παράλογα,  the  over- 
portiotis  of  food  given  to  guests  which 
were  not  to  be  reckoned  upon,  Xetl.  Lac. 
5,  3,     Hence 

ΐίαράλογος,  ου,  6,  as  subst.=  το 
•παράλογον ,  that  which  is  beyond  all 
calcxdalmn,  ττολνς, μέγας  6  ττ-,  an  event 
much,  greatly  contrary  to  calculation, 
Thuc.  3,  16 ;  7,  55 ;  so,  ποιείν  το- 
σούτον τον  ΤΤ;  ΰςτε.--,  Id.  7,  28 :  iv 
άνβρωπείοις  τταρα?ιόγοις,  by  miscal- 
culations such  as  men  make,  Id. 
8,  24 :  TO  π7χίστφ  π.συμβαΐνον.,2, 61. 

Τίαράλοιπος,  ov,  (παρά,  λοιπός) 
remaining  besides,  Arist.  Anal.  Post. 

2,  8,  7. 

'Π.αρα?^οξαίνω,  (παρά,  λοξός)  to 
make  crooked,  Hipp. 

ΤΙάράλος,  ov,  {παρά,  ΰλς)  by  or 
near  the  sea,  άντρα.  Soph.  Aj.  412  ; 
χέρσοι,  Eur.  Ion  1584 ;  jy  πύραλος 
(so.  y-7/'!=  παραλία,  Thuc.  2,  55: — 
generally,  concerned  with  the  sea,  naml, 
ό  π.  στρατός,  Hdt.  7,  161. — II.  oi  Πά- 
ρα?ιθΐ  in  Attica,  the  people  of  the  sea- 
coast  (Tlapa?J.a),  Hdt.  1,  59;  opp.  to 
the  ΙΙεδιαϊοι  or  dwellers  on  the  plain, 
and  the  Αιύκριοι  or  mountaineers, 
Herm.  Pol.  Ant.  (}  106.— III.  ή  Τιάρα- 
?ίθς  (sc.  ναϋς  or  τριήρης),  the  Paralos, 
one  of  the  Athenian  sacred  galleys, 
reserved  for  state-service,  for  the  θε- 
upiai  and  religious  missions,  for  em- 
bassies, the  conveyance  of  public 
monies  and  persons ;  and  freq.  em- 
ployed as  admiral's  galleys  in  sea- 
fights,  B5ckh  P.  E.  1,  321  ;  the  other 
was  called  Σα?Μμίνία  :  hence, — 2.  oi 
ΤΙύραλοι,  also  oi  ΐΙαρα?ΰται,  the  crew 
of  the  Paralos,  which  contained  none 
but  free  citizens.— IV.  name  of  a 
plant  which  probably  grew  near  the 
sea,  Mel.  1,  20. 

tn«pa?iOf,  ου,  6,  Paralvs,  founder 
of  Clazomenae,  Strab.  p.  633. — 2.  sou 
of  Pericles,  Plat.  Prot.  315  A  ;  etc.— 

3.  son  of  Demodocus,  a  pupil  of  So- 
crates, Id.  Apol.  33  E. 

ΤΙαράλονργής,  ές,(παρά,  ίλονργής, 
edgedon  both  sides  with  purple,  Clearch. 
ap.  Ath.  255  E. — II.  oi  παραλουργεΐς, 
among  the  Persians,  the  second  order, 
tchose  garments  ivere  only  bordered  with 
purple:  the  first,  called  by  Xen.  An. 
1,  2,  20,  φοινικισταί,  had  them  all  of 
purple. 

ΤΙαράΆουργίς,  ίδος,  ή,  pecul.  fem. 
of  foreg.,  dub. 

Τίαράλονργός,  όν,  =  παραλονργής 

1,  Plut.  2.  583  Ε.  ^ 
ΐίαραλοΐ'ται,  oi,  those  who  bathe  to- 
gether, Ar.  Fr.  436  :  from 

ϋαραλονομαι,  (παρά,  λούω)  as 
pass,  to  bathe  together,  Ar.  Fr.  150,  in 
contr.  inf  παραλούσβαι. 

ΐίαραλοφία,  ας,  ή,  the  back  of  the 
horse's  neck,  where  the  mane  grows. 

ΙΙαρύ/.πιος,  ov,  (παρά,  Άλπεις) 
dwelling  near  the  Alps,  Plut.  Aemil.  6. 

ΤΙαρα/Λ^γίζω,  to  bend  or  twist,  prob. 
I.,  Theophr. 

Τίαραλνκίζω,  (παρά,  άλυκός)  to  be 
changed  and  become  salt,  Plut.  2,897  A. 

Παραλϋττέω,  ώ,  (παρά,  λυπέω)  to 
^n>i;<?a/o)i^untAsomethingelse,Tliuc. 

2,  51,  Plat.  Phaed.  65  C  :  oi  παραλν- 
πονντες,  the  refractory,  Xen.  An.  2,  5, 
29. 

Τίαρα}Μπρος,  ov,  (παρά,  λυπρός) 
rather  safL:  of  soil,  rather  poor,  Strab. 
p.  142. 

Ήαράλνσις,  εως,  ή,  (παράλυα)  a 
loosening  aside  :  hence  a  breaking  open 
illicitly,  Plut.  2.  519  C— II.  a  disabling 
the  nerves  m  the  limbs  of  one  side, 
palsy,  paralysis.  Medic.  :  SO,  π.  της 
τρυχης,  Polyb.  31,  8,  10. 


ΠΑΡΑ 

Παρολΐ'7£ον,  verb.  adj.  from  πσ- 
ρα7.νω,  one  inusl  loose,  set  free,  τινός, 
from  a  thing,  Plat.  Legg.  793  E. 

Τίαραλϋτικός,  ή,  όν,  affected  with 
παράλνσις,  paralytic,  Ν.  Τ. 

Τίαρά?Λτος,  ov,  loosened  along  the 
side. — II.  impotent. 

ΐΙαρα?ίντρόω,  ύ,  (παρά,  ?ιυτρόω) 
to  release  071  receipt  of  a  ransom  : — mid. 
to  redeem  from  a  person  6^^  ransom  : — 
ό  Τ1αρα?.υτρονμενος,  name  of  a  play 
of  Sotades. 

Παραλύω,  f.  -νσω,  (παρά,  λύω)  to 
loose  from  the  side,  loose  and  take  off, 
Tu  πηδάλια  των  νέων,  Hdt.  3,  136; 
so  in  mid.,  παρα?.νόμενοί  τά  πηδάλια, 
taking  off  our  rudders,  Xen.  An.  5,  1, 
1 1 ;  and  in  pass.,  παρα?^ε?ιΐ'μέναι  τους 
ταρσούς,  with  their  oars  taken  away, 
Polyb.  8,  6,  2  :— ;r.  τον  θώρακα,  Plut. 
Anton.  76 : — to  separate,  part  from, 
τινά  της  δάμαρτος,  Eur.  Ale.  933  : 
pass,  to  be  parted  from,  τινός,  Hdt.  1, 
149. — 3.  to  release  or  set  free  from, 
στρατηΐης,  military  service,  Id.  7,  38  ; 
and  in  pass.,  to  be  exempt  from  it,  5, 
75  : — so,  π. τινά  δυςόρόνων,  to  set  free 
from  cares,  Pind.  O.  2,  95 ;  π.  τινά 
στρατηγίης.  to  discharge,  dismiss  from 
command,  Hdt.  6,  94,  cf  Thuc.  7,  10  ; 
8,  54  ;  7Γ.  τινά  όργης,  to  remove  from 
anger,  Thuc.  2,  65 :  c.  ace.  only,  to 
set  free,  δνστάνου  ψυχήν,  Eur.  Ale. 
115. — 4.  to  undo,  put  an  end  to,  πόνους, 
Eur.  Andr.  305. — 5.  to  undo  secretly, 
σάκκια  χρημάτων,  Diod.  13,  106. — II. 
to  loose  beside,  i.  e.  one  beside  another, 
π.  Tijv  έτέραν  κύνα.  Xen.  Cyn.  6,  14. 
— III.  to  relax  or  disable  at  the  side  ; 
esp.  of  a  stroke  of  palsy:  pass,  to  be 
so  disabled,  be  palsied,  Arist.  Eth.  N. 
1,  13,  15  ;  then,  generall}',  to  be  enfee- 
bled ofexhausted,  to  flag,  Hdt.  3,  105, 
Polyb.,  etc. 

ϋαράλωμα,  ατός,  το,  (παρά,  λύμα) 
α  hem,  α  border. 

ΐίαραμαίνομαι,  (παρά,  μαίνομαι) 
dep.,  to  be  quite  mad,  Aineips.  Conn.  2. 

ΐίαράμαρτάνω,  (παρά,  άμαρτάνω) 
to  miss  by  going  on  one  side,  to  fail,  Ar. 
Fr.  283. 

ΐίαραμαρτϋρία,  ας,  ή,  as  Att.  law- 
term=  παραγραφή. 

Τίαραμάσήτης,  ου,  δ,  (παρά,  μασά- 
ομαι)  α  trencher-companion,  parasite, 
like  παράσιτος,  Alex.  Troph.  2. 

ΙΙαραμάσύντης,  υυ.  o.=foreg.,  Alex. 
Tarent.  4,  8,  Ephipp.  Epheb.  1. 

ΐίαραμάχαιρίδιον,  ου,  τό,  a  small 
side-dagger.  [Z] 

ΐίαραμβ'λύνω,  (παρά.  αμβλύνω)  to 
blunt  rather,  οϊ  by  degrees,  Plut.  2, 788  E. 

ΐίαραμεθίημι,  (παρά,  μεθίημι)  to  let 
pass   beside : — to  relax   07ie's  hold   of, 

^W-  ,    ,        ^ 

ΐίαρΰμείβω,  f.  -ψω,  (πάρα,  αμείβω) 
to  change  o?ie's  place  and  pass  on,  to 
leave  at  one  side,  pass  by,  Ap.  Rh.  2, 
660  ;  hence  to  exceed,  excel,  σοφία  σο- 
Φίαν,  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  504  ;  but  very  rare 
in  act. 

B.  USU.  in  mid.,  to  pass  beside,  pass 
by,  go  past  one,  τινά,  Od.  6,  310  ;  very 
freq.  in  Hdt.,  παραμείβεσθαι  πόλιν, 
τείχος,  χωρην,  έθνος,  etc. ;  also  of 
rivers,  Hdt.  1,  72,  75. — 2.  topassover  in 
narrative,  make  no  meiition  of,  Hdt.  2, 
102  :  also  to  run  past,  outrun,  Pind.  P. 
2,93,  Eur.  I.  A.  146. — 3.  of  time,  to  pass, 
go  by,  Hes.  Op.  407. — II.  to  change  for 
one's  self,  i.  e.  the  arrangement  of 
troops,  Xen.  An.  1,  10,  10. — III.  to 
lead  aside  from  the  road,  turn  aside, 
πλόον,  Pind.  N.  3,  47  :  cf.  παραμεύω. 
Τίαρΰμε?ίέω,  ώ,  (παρά,  άμελέω)  to 
disregard,  USU.  c.  gen.,  Thuc.  1,  25, 
Xen.  Mem.  2,  2,  14,  Plat.,  etc. :  ab- 
soL, παρημελήκεε,  herecked  little,  Hdt. 


ΠΑΡΑ 

I ,  85. — pass,  to  be  slighted  or  abandon- 
ed, θεοΐς,  by  the  gods,  Aescb.  Theb. 
702.  cf.  Eum.  300,  Plat.  Rep.  620  C. 

ΤΙαραμέμβλωκα,  perf.  of  παρα- 
βλώσκω,  q.  v. 

ΐίαραμέμνημαι,  perf.  of  παραμι- 
μνήσκομαι. 

ΐίαραμένω,  f.  -μενώ  :  poet,  παρμέ• 
νω,  etc.  (παρά,  μένω) : — to  stay  beside, 
with,  or  near,  τινί,  II.  11,  402;  15, 
400;  παρά  τινι,  Aeschin.  8,  6. — II. 
absol.  to  stand  one's  ground,  standfast, 

II.  13,  151,  cf.  Hdt.  6,  14,  15.— 2.  to 
stay  at  a  place,  stay  behind  or  at  home. 
Hut.  1 ,  64. — 3.  esp.  to  survive,  remain 
alive,  Hdt.  1,  30,  cf.  3,  57. — 4.  of  wme 
and  other  liquors,  like  συμμένειν,  to 
last,  keep  their  strength  and  quality, 
opp.  to  τρέπεσθαι.  Strab. 

Τίαράμερος,  ov,  Dor.  for  παρί/μερος, 
Pind.  [a] 

ΐίαράμέση,  ης,  η  (sc.  χορδ?'/),  the 
string  next  the  middle,  e.  g.  the  second 
of  five,  Arist.  Probl.  19,  47  :  strictly, 
fem.  from  sq. 

Τίαράμεσος,  ov,  (παρά,  μέσος)  be- 
side or  7iext  the  middle. 

ΤΙαραμετρέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (παρά, 
μετρέω)  to  measure  δι/  or  ivith  another 
thmg,  Plut.  2,  1042  D,  cf.  Luc,  Imag. 
21  : — also  as  dep.  mid.,  Plat.  Theaet. 
154  A. — II.  π.  ^οάς,  tomeasure  alike  dis- 
tance of  water  with  another,  i.  e.  sail 
alongside  of,  Ap.  Rh.  2,  939.— IIL  to 
measure  falsely,  cheat  by  a  false  meas- 
ure.    Hence 

ΤΙαραμέτρησις,  ή,  a  measuring  by  or 
with  another  thing,  comparison. — II. 
retribution. 

ΙΙαράμεύω,  a  Dor.  form  of  παρα- 
μείβω :  mid.,  παραμεύεσθαί  τίνος 
μορφάν,  to  surpass  the  beauty  of 
others,  Pind.  N.  11,  17. 

ΐίαραμήκης,  ες,  (παρά, μήκος) some- 
what long,  Lat.  oblongus,  Polyb.  1,  22, 
6. — II.  extending  beside  or  along,  as 
Euboea  along  the  mainland,  Strab. 

Τία.ραμηκννω,  (παρά,  μηκύνω)  ίο 
make  a  thing  long  or  oblong. — II.  me- 
taph .  to  prolong,  Ath.  502  D. 

ΥΙαραμήρια,  ων,  τά,  (παρά,  μηρός) 
the  inside  of  the  thiξhs,  Lob.  Soph.  Aj. 
814,  p.  361.     Hence 

ΐίαραμηριαίος.  a,  oi',=sq. 

ΐίαραμηρίδως,  ov,  (παρά,  μηρός) 
at  the  side  of  or  along  the  thighs ;  τά 
παραμ.,  armour  for  the  thighs,  cuisses, 
Xen.  An.  1,  8,  6.  [t] 

Τίαραμίγννμι  ami  -νύω :  f.  -μίξω 
(παρά,  μίγΐ'νμι) : — to  mingle,  intermix 
with,  τινί  τι,  Ar.  Vesp.  878 :  to  mix 
in,  add  by  mixing,  ύδωρ,  Hdt.  1,  203 
(in  Ion.  form  -μίσγω),  4,  61. 

ΐίαραμικρόν,  adv.,=  7rapu  μικρόν, 
within  a  little,  almost. 

Τίαράμι'λ7.άομαι,  dep.,  c.  fut.  mid., 
aor.  pass,  et  mid. : — to  outvie,  τινά, 
Polyb.  12,  11,4. 

Παρά/ί/ίλλοζ•,  ov,  (παρά,  άμΟ.λα) 
vicing  with,  Anth.  [a\ 

ΐίαραμιμνήσκομαι,  dep.  c.  fut.  mid. 
-μνήσομαι,  pf.  pass,  -μέμνημαι  (παρά, 
μιμνήσκομαι)  :• — to  mention  besides  or 
by  the  way,  to  make  mention  of  one 
thing,  along  with  another,  c.  gen.  rei, 
Hdt.  7,  96,  99,  Soph.  Tr.  1124. 

Τίαραμίμνω,  poet,  for  παραμένω, 
ά\)80\. , to  abide, tarry, Od. 2,297  i'S, 115. 

ΪΙαραμΙνϋθέω  or  -νθω,  to  lessen ;  or, 
intrans.,  to  fall  below  the  right  ineasure, 
c.  gen.,  Hipp.  Foes.  Oecon.  [f] 

ΐίαραμίξ,  (παραμίγννμΐ)  adv.,  mix• 
edly. 

ΐϊαραμιξολΰδιάζω,  {παρά,  μιξολύ 
δίος)  to  introduce  the semi-Lydian  inode 
Plut.  2,  1144  F. 

Τ1αραμίσγω,=  παραμίγννμι  (q.  v.), 
1  only  used  in  pres.,  and  impf. 
1107 


ΠΑΡΑ 

ϋΐαμάμμων,  ωνος,  ό,  Parnmmon, 
appell.  οί  Mercury  in  Al'rica,  Paus.  5, 
15,11. 

ΤΙαραμί'ύημαί,  Ion.  ior  παραμιμνή- 
σκυμαι. 

Τίηραμολεΐν,  inf.  aor.  2  of  παρα- 
3?Μσκω. 


Παραμονή,   ης,   ή,   (παραμένω)    α     μύω.] 


ΠΑΡΑ 

μνκάομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  hdlow  beside 
or  near,  of  thunder,  Aesch.  Pr.  1082. 

ΙΙαρΰμνσσω,  f.  -ξω,  {παρά,  μύσσω) 
to  tear,  scratch  slightly. 

ΐίαραμύω,  f.  -νσω,  {παρά,  μύω)  to 
be  closed  at  the  side,  to  be  partly  closed, 
i.  e.  to  be  half  open,  v.  1.  Dion.  H.  [v. 


staying  by  a  person  or  at  a  place : 
hence  a  persisting  :  steadfastness,  Ath. 
— 2.  of  time,  duration. 

ΐίαραμόνίμος,  ov,  poet.  fem.  -μη, 
Piiid.  P.  7,  21  :  {παραμένω)  .—staying 
by  a  person  or  at  a  place  :  hence  last- 
ijtg,  constant,  steadfast,  ινύαιμονία, 
Pind.  1.  c.  :  ωφέλεια.  Plat.  Theag. 
130  A  :  of  persons  or  dogs,  faithful, 
Xen.  Mem.  2,4,  5;  3,  11,  11.  Neut. 
παρμόνιμον.  as  adv.,  steadfastly,  The- 
ogn.  198.     Cf.  sq. 

ΙΙαρύμονος,  ov,  poet,  πάρμονος, 
rarer  form  for  foreg.,  υπηρέτης,  Xen. 
Mem.  2  10,  3  ;  όλβος  παρμονωτερος, 
Pind.  Ν.  8,  29. 

ΐίαράμουσος,  ov,  {παρά,  Μονσα) 
contrary  to  the  Muses  or  music,  i.  e.  out 
of  tune,  discordant  unih  a  thing,  C.  dat.. 
Βρομών  έορταΐς,  Eur.^Phoen.  78C: 
hence  harsh,  horrid,  άτης  πλαγα, 
Aesch.  Cho.  407:  cf.  άπύμονσος. 

ΙΙαραμπέχω  or  -ίσχω,  f.  -αμφέξω  : 
aor.  -ήμπισχον  {παρά,  άμπέχω) : — to 
cover  with  a  cloak  or  robe,  Arist.  Rhet. 
3,  3,  3 :  hence  to  cloak  any  thing 
shameful  or  bad,  π.  7.όγους,  to  cloak 
OT disguise one'sv/ords,  Pors.  et  Elmsl. 
Med.  234  (ubi  olim  περίαμπ.) :  also 
in  mid.,  to  allege  as  a  pretext,  c.  ace, 

Τίαραμπϋκίζω,  {πάρα,  αμπν!;)  to 
bind  the  hair  with  a  fillet  or  headband, 
At.  Lys.  1316,  in  Dor.  form  παραμ- 
πνκίδδω. 

ΐίαραμπνκιον,  ov,  τό,  {παρά,  άμ- 
πνξ)  an  additional  fillet,  head-band. 

ΤΙαραμνθέομαι,  {παρά,  μνΟέω) 
dep.  mid.,  to  address  in  words  of  en- 
couragement or  consolation,  τινί,  11.  9, 
684  ;  15,  45. — II.  c.  ace,  to  encourage, 
e.vhort,  advise,  Aesch.  Pr.  1063,  Plat., 
etc.  ;  c.  inf..  to  advise  one  to  do.  Soph. 
Ant.  935.  Plat.  Legg.  606  A;  also 
foil,  by  ώς..,  Xen.  Hell.  4,  8,  1  :  to  en- 
courage a  dog,  Id.  Cyn.  6,  25. — 2.  to 
console,  appease,  soothe,  Hdt.  2,  121,4, 
Thuc.  2,  44,  Plat.,  etc. ;  π.  τινά  7m- 
yoiai.  Ax.  Λ^ε^ρ.  115.— 3.  of  pain,  sor- 
row, losses,  etc.,  to  relieve,  assuage, 
repair,  τι,  Locella  Xen.  Epli.  p.  153  : 
π.  όνομα,  to  soften  down,  avoid  the  use 
of  a  name,  Piiit.  Cleomen.  11,  cf  Id. 
2,  248  B.     Hence 

ΥΙαραμυβητέον,  verb,  adj.,  one  must 
exhort.  Plat.  Legg.  899  D  :  and 

ΪΙαραμνθητής,  ov,  6,  an  encourager 
or  consoler.     Hence 

ΤΙαραμύθητίκός,  ή,  όν,  consolatory, 
Arist.  Elh.  N.  9,  11,  3,  Pint.,  etc. 

Τίαραμϋθία,  ας,  η,  (παραμνθέομαι) 
addressing,  and  so  encouragement,  ex- 
hortation, Plat.  Rep.  450  D  :  also  per- 
suasion, argumentation,  Heind.  Plat. 
Phaed.  70  B. — 2.  consolation.  Plat. 
Λχ-  .365  A. — 3.  pleasure,  amusement, 
opp.  to  σπονλή.  Plat.  Soph.  224  Α.— 
4.  a  defence,  Longin. 

ΐίαραμνθικός,  ή,  (>v,  late  and  dub. 
form  for  παραμνβητικός- 

Υίαραμύθιον,  ov,  τό,  {παραμνθέο- 
μαι) an  address,  exhortation,  Plat. 
Legg.  773  E. — 2.  a  consolation,  etc., 
Soph.  El.  130,  Thuc.  5,  103  ;  etc.— 
3.  Plat  calls  certain  fruits  παραμύ- 
θια πλησμονής,  stimulants  of  a  sated 
appetite,  Criti.  115  B. — He  is  fond  of 
this  form,  on  which  v.  Lob.  Phryn. 
517. 

ΐίαραμνκάομαι.  f.  -τ/σοααι,  {παρά, 
1108 


ΐίαράμωρος,  ov,  almost  foolish, 
ΐίαραναβαίνω,  f.  -βήσω,  {παρά, 
αναβαίνω)  to  mount,  ascend  a  chariot  be- 
side or  with  one,  CaWix.  ap.  Ath.  200  F. 
ΤΙαραναγιγνώσκω,  later  -γίνώσκω : 
f.  -γνώσομαι  (^παρά,  αναγιγνώσκω) : 
— to  read  beside,  near  or  with,  esp.  io 
read  an  accusation  or  defence  in  public, 
Dem.  712,  9. — II.  also  to  read  side  by 
side,  compare  or  collate  one  document 
with  another,  π.  τω  ιΐιηφίσματι  τονς 
νόμονς,  Aeschin.  82,  35  ;  τι  και  τι, 
Isocr.  65  D  ;  τι  παρά  τι,  Dem.  315,21  ; 
so  in  pass.,  Plat.  Theaet.  172  E.— III. 
to  read  wrong. 

ΐίαρΰναγκύζω,  f.  άσω,  to  accomplish 
a  thing  by  force,  Dion.  H.  de  Lys.  13  : 
—π.  όστέα,  to  force  the  ends  of  a  bone 
together,  Hipp.  800. 

ΙΙαρανάγνωσις,  ή,  a  reading  side  by 
side,  collating. 

ΐίαραναδύυμαι,  {παρά,  αναδύομαι) 
as  mid.,  c.  aor.  2  et  pf.  act.  : — to  come 
out,  come  forth,  appear  beside  or  near, 
Plut.  Alex.  2. 

ΐίαραναιετάω,  ώ,  {παρά,  ναιετάω) 
to  dwell  beside  or  near,  c.  acc,  Soph. 
Tr.  635. 

ΐίαραναίω,  {παρά,  ναίω)  to  make  to 
dwell,  set  beside  or  near: — mid.  c.  aor. 
1  -ενασσάμην,  to  dwell  beside  or  near, 
τινί.  Call.  Fr.  143,  2.     ^     ^ 

ΙΙαρανακλίνω,  {παρά,  άνακλίνω) 
to  lay  beside  or  near,  τινί  τι,  LXX.  [t] 
ΤΙαράνα?Λσκω,  f.  -αναλώσω,  {παρά, 
αναλίσκω)  to  spend  beside  or  amiss,  to 
ivasle,  throw  away,  Dem.  1432,  16 : 
also,  7Γ.  εις  ονδέν  δέον,  Id.  167,  14  ; 
cf.  παρανάλωμα. 

Παραΐ'ΰλόω,  rarer  pres.  for  παρ- 
αναλίσκω,  Antijjh.  Myst.  2,  5. 

ΐίαράνύλωμα,  ατός,  τό,  {παρανα- 
λίσκω)  an  additional  or  useless  expense, 
Plut.  Pyrrh.  30  :  hence  a  mere  make- 
weight, Wessel.  Diod.  14,  5. 

ΤΙαραναπανομαι,  as  pass.,  to  take 
rest  beside  or  xvilh. 

ΐίαραναπίπτω,  {παρά,  ϊιναπίπτω) 
to  fall  back  beside,  Artemid. 

Ιϊαρανατέλλω,  {παρά,  ανατέλλω) 
ta,rise  or  appear  beside  or  near,  Anlh. 
P.  9,  614. 

ΤΙαρανδρόομαι,  {παρά,  άνδρόω)  as 
pass.,  to  be  fit  for  marriage ;  of  girls, 
to  be  marriageable,  Hipp. 

ΐίαρανεύτη,  ης,  ή,  =  παρανίιτη, 
Cratin.  Nom.  14. 

ΥΙαρηνείσσομαΐΆηά  -νύσομαι,  rarer 
forms  for  παρανίσσομαι. 

Ώαρανέμω,  {παρά,  νέμω)  to  pasture 
beside  or  tiear,  Ael.  N.  A.  1,  20. 

ΙΙαρανέομαι,  {παρά,  νέομαΐ)  dep., 
to  go  by,  sail  by,  Ap.  Rh.  2,  357. 

ΐίαρανίνμίζομαι,  {παρά,  νεϋρον) 
as  pass.,  to  be  ill  strung,  χ()f)δai  π-,  of 
bad  strings,  which  sound  dull  and 
harsh  {σαθρόν) ;  to  jar,  Arist.  H.  A. 
7.  1,  3,  Probl.  11,  31. 

Γιαμανέχω,  f.  -ξω,  {παρά,  άνέ^ω) 
to  raise  beside. — Π.  intr.  to  rise  beside : 
V.  παρανίσχω. 

ΐίαρανέω,  f.  -νεύσηααι,  {παρά,  νέω) 
to  sicim  beside  or  by,  Luc.  Lexipli.  5. 
ΊΙαρανέω,  f.  -νήσω,  {παρά,  νέω) 
to  heap,  pile  up  be.sidc,  near  or  in  :  more 
used  in  Ion.  forms  παρανηω  and  -νη- 
νέω,  Horn,  only  having  the  last,  σΐ- 
Tov  παρενήνεον  tv  κανέοισιν,  Od,  1, 
147  ;  16,  51. 
ΤΙαρανηνέω,  ν.  foreg. 


ΠΑΡΑ 

ΤΙαρανήτη,  ης,  ή,  (sc.  χορδί]),  the 
string  next  the  undermost,  i.  e.  the  last 
but  one  of  five,  Arist.  Metaph.  4,  11, 
4 :  cf.  παρανεάτη. 

ΊΙαρανήχαμαι,  f.  -ξομαι,  {παρά,  νή• 
χομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  swim  beside,  by, 
beyond,  round,  Od.  5,  417. 

ΙΙαρανθέω,  ω,  ί.  -ήσω,  {παρά,  αν• 
θέω)  to  bloom  beside  or  near,  of  plants 
which  have  a  succession  of  blossoms, 
like  monthly  roses,  or  which  blow 
and  fruit  at  the  same  time,  like  the 
orange-tree,  Theophr. — II.  like  παρ- 
ακμάζω, to  be  past  the  bloom,  y.  1.  Plut. 
Brut.  21,  ubi  nunc  μαρανΟϊ^. 

ΐίαρανϊκάω,  ω,  t.  -ήσω,  [παρά,  νι- 
κάω) to  conquer  and  so  corrupt,  Aesch. 
Cho.  600. 

Ί1αρανίσσομαι,άβρ.,=^παρανέομαι, 
to  go,  pass  beside,  near  or  beyond,  c. 
acc,  H.  Horn.  Ap.  430. 

ΤΙαρανίστημι,  f.  -στήσω,  {παρά, 
ανά,  ϊστημ)  to  set  up  beside,  Ath.  150 
C. — II.  mid.  io  stand  up  beside,  Joseph. 

ΐίαρανίσχω,—  παρανέχω,  but  al- 
ways trans.,  to  raise,  set  up  beside  or 
by,  Thuc.  3,  22. 

ΐίαρανοέω,  ω,  f.  -ήσω,  {παρά,  νοέω) 
to  misunderstand.  Plat.  Theaet.  195  A. 
— II.  like  παραφρονέω,  to  be  deranged, 
senseless,  Eur.  1.  A.  Θ38  :  to  go  mad. 
At.  Nub.  1480. 

ΐίαράνοια,  ας,  ή,  (παράνοος)  de- 
rangement, madness,  folly,  Aesch. 
Theb.  756,  Ar.  Nub.  845,  Plat.,  etc.: 
— but  also  παράνοια,  Ar.  Fr.  29  ;  cf. 
άγνοια. 

ΐίαρανοίγννμι  and  -οίγω  :  f.  -οίξω 
{παρά,  άνοίγννμι) — to  open  at  the  side 
or  a  little,  set  ajar,  Dem.  778, 12,  Plut. 

2,  903  D. 

ΐίαρανομέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω ;  irapf.  and 
aor.  παρηνόμονν,  παρ7ΐνόμησα,  as  if  a 
compd.  of  παρά  and  ιΊνομέω,  Thuc. 

3,  67,  Lys.  98,  2  ;  though  the  pf.  is 
regul.,  παρανενόμηκα,  Xen.  Hell.  2, 
1,  31,  etc.  {παράνομος).  To  be  a  πα- 
ράνομος,  to  transgress  the  law,  act  ille- 
gally, Thuc.  3,  65,  Plat.,  etc.  :  and  so 
— 2.  to  commit  an  outrage  upon  one, 
Ti  εΙς  Tiva,  Hdt.  7,  238.  Lys.  98,  2 ; 
Ti  περί  Tiva,  Thuc.  8,  108  ;  κάθοδος 
παρανομηθεΐσα,  a  return  illegally  pro- 
cured,W.h, 16. — II.  c. acc.  pers.,/0  treat 
as  law  forbids,  wrong,  7naltreat,  τινά, 
Plut.  : — whence  we  have  the  pf.  and 
aor.  pass,  to  be  ill-used,  Dem.  1090,  6, 
Plut.  Timol.  13.     Hence 

ΐΐηρανόμημα,  ατός,  τό.  an  illegal  act 
or  conduct,  transgression,  Thuc.  7,  18, 
freq.  in  Plut. :  and 

ΪΙαρανόμτισις,  ή,  an  acting  illegally, 
transgression,  App. 

Παρανομία,  ας,  ή,  the  character  and 
conduct  of  a  παράνομος:  transgression 
of  law,  of  decency  or  order,  Thuc.  4, 
98,  Plat."  Rep.  537  E,  etc.  :  ή  κατά  τό 
σώμα  π.  εις  τήν  δίαιταν,  loose  and  dis- 
orderly habits  of  life,  Thuc.  6,  15,  cf. 
28:  from 

Παράνομος,  ov,  {παρά.  νόμος)  con- 
trary to  law  and.  custom,  Thuc.  2,  17  ; 
unlawful,  illegal;  and,  generally,  wn- 
just,  violent,  cruel,  οργή,  δέικος,  Eur. 
Bacch.  997,  Tro.  284  ;  freq.  in  Plat., 
etc.  ;  άδικα  καΐ  π.,  Plat.  Apol.  31  Ε  ; 
TO  π.,  illeguliiy,  Aeschin.  82,  15: — so 
in  adv.,  -μως,  illegally,  Thuc.  3,  65, 
freq.  in  Plat. — II.  esp.  as  Att.  law- 
terms,  παρανόμων  γράφεσΟαί  τίνα, 
κατηγορείν  τίνος,  to  indict  one  for 
proposing  unconstitutional  measures, 
Dem.  515,  27,  etc. ;  the  indictment 
itself  being  παρανόμων  γραφή,  παρά- 
νομα γράφειν,  Aeschin.  82,  12,  etc. ; 
hence,  παρανόμων  ώεύγειν  (sc.  γρα- 
όήν)  to  be  indicted  on  this  score, 
Lys.  150,  32  :— cf.  Diet.  Anliqq. 


ΠΑΡΑ 

ΊΙαρύνοος,  ον,  contr.  -νονς,  ονν, 
{■παρά,  νόος)  distrajight,  Aesch.  Ag. 
1455. 

Τίάραντα,  adv.  of  παρύντης,  side- 
ways, sidewards,  II.  23,  116,  ττολ-Λα  δ" 
ύναντα,  καταντά,  πάραντά  τε,  δόχ- 
μιά  τ'  rf/Sov. 

Ιίαραντελ7χΜ,  poet,  for  παρανα- 
τε?.λω. 

ΤΙαράντης,  ες,  {τίορά,  ΰντα)  prob. 
only  found  in  adv.  ττάραντα,  q.  v. 

ΐΙαραννκτερεύω,{~αρά,ννκΓερενω) 
to  pass  the  night  beside,  Plut.  Pelop. 
35,  etc. 

Τίαραννμφιος,  ου,  6,  (-ΰαρά,  ννμφί- 
ος)  the  bridegroo?n's  friend,  who  went 
beside  him  in  his  chariot  to  fetch  his 
bride :  also  -ύροχος. 

ΤΙαρύννμφος,  ον,  η,  {τταρύ,  νύμφη) 
the  bride' s-maid,  who  conducts  her  to 
the  bridegroom,  one  of  the  dramatis 
personae  m  Ar.  Ach. 

ΙΙαρανύσσω,  Att.  -ttu,  f.  -ξω,  (ττα- 
ρύ, νύσσω)  to  prick  or  sting  beside  or 
near :  metaph.  to  prick  on  to  do  a 
thing,  c.  inf ,  Luc.  Philops. 

ΐίαρύξενος,  ον,  (τταρά,  ξένος) slight- 
ly intimate  :  hence  a  pretended  guest, 
fahe  friend :  in  genl.  false,  spurious. 
Ar.  Ach.  518,  (where  however  it  in- 
cludes a  charge  of  ξενία.) — 2.  strange, 
rare. 

ΊΙαραξέω,  f.  -έσω,  (τταρύ,  ξέω)  to 
graze  or  rub  in  passitig,  like  τταρατρί- 
βω,  Leon.  Tar.  67. — II.  to  be  always 
at  anotheis  side  ;  and  so,  generally, 
to  imitate,  τινί,  Eunap. 

ΤΙαρύξ7]ρος,  ον,  {τταρύ,  ξηρός)  some- 
what dry,  Strab. 

ΤίαραξΙφίδιον,  ον,  τό,  dim.  from 
sq.  [t] 

ΤΙαραξΙφίς,  ίδος,  η,  (τταρύ,  ξίφος)  α 
dagger  or  knife  worn  beside  the  sword,  a 
dirk.  Wessel.  Diod.  5,  33. 

ΤΙαραξόνως,  ον,  (τταρύ,  άξων)  be- 
side or  near  the  axle  :  to  tt.,  a  linch-pin, 
A.  B.  58  ;  also  called  τταραξονιτης 
and  άξονίόιον. — But  σχινδαλμών  ττα- 
ραξόνια,  in  Ar.  Ran.  819,  seems  to 
be  the  rapid  whirling  of  <7χίνδα7.μοί. 

Τίαραξονίτης,  ου,  6,  v.  foreg. 

ΤΙαραζονϊτις,  ίδος,  ή,  the  nave  of  a 
wheel. 

Ίίαραξννεσις,  ?/,  Att.  for  τταρασύ- 
νεσις,  q.  v. :  and  so  for  all  compds. 
with  τταραξυν-,  v.  sub  τταρασυν-. 

Τίαραξνρύω,  ώ,  ί.  -ήσω.  Ion.  -ξνρέω, 
{τταρύ,  ξνράω)  to  shave  beside  or  near, 

ΙΙαρά^νσμα,  ατός,  τό,  (τΐαραΐ;νω) 
that  which  falls  off  in  carving,  etc.  :  in 
plur.  chips  or  shaviyigs,  superfluities, 
Dem.  Phal. 

ΤΙαρύξνστον,  ον,  τό,  a  mason's  tool : 
used  by  Schol.  Ar.  to  explain  ντταγω- 
γεύς :  cf.  ξνστόν. 

Τίαραξνω,  f  -ύσω,  (τταρύ,  ξύω)  to 
scrape  or  smooth  at  the  side,  Anth.  P.  6, 
65.  To  graze  beside :  metaph.  ίο  cZose- 
ly  border  on,  c.  ace.  Longin.  31,  2. 

ΊΙαρύορος,  v.  sub  τταρήορης. 

ΙΙαρύτταγος,  ό,  poet,  ττύρττΰγος,  the 
upper  bolt  of  a  door,  ap.  Hesych. 

ΙΙαρατΐαιδΰγωγέω,  ω,  to  kelp  to  train 
or  educate,  Plut.  2,  321  13. — II.  to  train 
gradually  :  gradually  to  alter  what  is 
had,  TT.  nai  μεθαρμόττείν,  Luc.  Nigr. 
12. 

ΙΙαραπαίζω,  £.  -ξομαι  and  -ξοϋμαι, 
ίο  jest  by  the  ivay. 

Τίαρατταιόντως,  adv,  part,  from  ττα- 
ματταίω  II.,  in  a  foolish  way. 

ΪΙαρύτταισμα,  ατός,  τύ,  (τταρατταίω) 
folly,  m.ad)uss  :  in  Hesych.  τταραί• 
παιμα~ 

Ίίαράτταιστος,  ον,  foolish,  mad : 
from 

Τίαραιταίω,  (τταρύ,  ιταίω)  to  strike 


ΠΑΡΑ 

on  the  side,  tt.  χέ?.νν,  to  sweep  the  lyre, 
Aesch.  Fr.  308 :  but  usu., — 11.  intrans. 
like  τταραττίτττω,  to  strike  or  fall  aside, 
slip  out,  Lat.  excidere,  esp.  of  the 
plough  slipping  out  of  the  furrow,  like 
Lat.  delirare,  Theophr.  :  hence, — 2. 
metaph.,  to  wander, fly  off  from  a  thing, 
c.  gen.,  της  ύληθειας,  Polyb.  3,  21,  9 ; 
τον  δέοντος  4,  31,  2;  also  ττ.  τι,  to 
commit  a  folly,  Luc. — 3.  τταρατταίΐίν 
φρενών,  to  wander  from  one's  mind, 
lose  one's  wits,  go  mad  or  be  so ;  but 
more  usu.  without  φρενών,  Aesch. 
Pr.  1050;  cf.  Interpp.  ad  Ar.  Plut. 
508,  Pac.  90,  Plat.  Symp.  173  E. 

Τ1αρηττύ?.'λω,  (τταρύ,  ττύλλω)  to  hurl, 
throw  besides  or  with  : — mid.,  to  run, 
bound  beside,  τινί,  Eur.  I.  A.  228. 

ΤΙαράτταν,  adv.  for  παρύ  ττύν,  alto- 
gether, absolutely,  freq.  in  Hdt.,  who 
always  joins  it  with  art.,  to  tt.,  1,  Gl, 
oft.  with  a  negat.,  to  π.  ονδεν,  Hdt. 
1,  32,  cf  Plat.  Apol.  26  C  :— in  reck- 
oning, έττΐ  διηκόσια  τό  τταρύτταν,  up 
to  two  hundred  altogether,  i.  e.  at  least 
two  hundred,  Hdt.  1,  193.  [-τται^,  but 
perh.  also  ΰν,  Buttm.  Ausf.  Gr.  ij  62 
Anm.  5,  not.] 

Τίαρατταντύω,  ύ,ί.-ησω,  to  meet  ac- 
cidentally. 

Παρατάσσω,  Att.  -ττω  :  f.  -άσω 
(τταρύ,  ττύσσω) : — to  strew,  sprinkle  be- 
side or  near,  v.  1.  Theophr.  [άσω] 

Παρατάσσω,  Ion.  for  τταραφάσσω. 

ΤΙαράπΰτύω,  ώ,  ί.  -ήσω,  (τταρύ, 
ίίττατύω)  to  mislead,  cajole,  Aesch. 
Eum.  728. 

Τίαράττΰφίσκω  :  fut.  -τταφήσω :  aor. 
τταρήττΰφον  :  poet,  for  παραττατύω  : 
—to  mislead,  Od.  14,  488.  Ap.  Rh., 
etc.  :  c.  inf ,  to  induce  to  do  a  thing  by 
craft  or  fraud,  II.  14,  360,  where  the 
aor.  is  used  in  just  the  same  signf.  as 
τταραττείθω,  by  which  Hesych.  ex- 
plains it. 

Παρατείνω,  {.-7τείσω,(•παρύ,  πείθω) 
to  persuade  by  craft  or  fraud,  to  cajole, 
beguile ;  and  sometimes  in  good  sense 
to  appease,  soothe,  witi  over,  c.  acc.  ττα- 
ρέπεισεν  άδε/.φείον  φρένας,  II.  13, 
788,  etc.  ;  c.  inf,  to  persuade  to...,  Od. 
22,  213,  Eur.  Supp.  59.— Hom.  freq. 
uses  an  Ep.  redupl.  aor.  2,  e.  g.  3  sing, 
subj.  τταραιττεττίθησι,  Od.  22,  213  ; 
part,  τταραίττεττίθονσα.  11.  .14.  208  ; 
τταρττεττιβών,  Od.  14,  290  ;  τταρττεττι- 
θόντες,  II.  23,  37,  Od.  24,  119.  [t] 

Τίαραττειρύομαι,  f  -άσομαι  [  α  ], 
{τταρα,  ττειράομαι)  dep.  mid.  :  —  to 
make  trial  of  one,  so  as  to  ascertain 
his  will,  c.  gen.,  Αιός,  Pind.  O.  8,  4. 

ΐίαραττειστέον,  verb.  adj.  from  ττα- 
ραττείθω, one  7nust  persuade,  win  over 
to  the  wrong  side,  Sext.  Emp.  p.  290. 

Παρα77ε£σ7ί/ιό(•,  ή,  όν,  able  to  per- 
suade or  cajole. 

ΤΙαραπε'λεκύω,  ώ,  (παρά,  πε?.εκύω) 
to  hew  at  the  side  with  an  axe,  Theophr. 

Τίαραπεμτττέην,  one  must  dismiss, 
Clem.  Al. :  verb.  adj.  from 

ΤΙαραττέμττω,  ί.-τΐ'ω,  (τταρύ,  πέμπω) 
to  send  by  or  beyond,  make  to  pass,  carry 
clear  past  or  through,  Od.  12,  72  ;  hence 
also — 2.  to  scud  by  or  along  the  coast, 
Thuc.  8,  61,  in  pass. — 3.  to  escort,  at- 
tend, convoy,  Xen.  Hell.  7,  2,  18,  Phi- 
lipp.  ap.  Dem.  251,  6,  etc. :  so  too  in 
mid.,  to  convoy  ships,  etc.,  Dem.  96, 
10 ;  esp.  to  attend  to  the  grave,  Diog. 
L.  3.  41,  cf  Ath.  594  E.— II.  to  send 
besides  or  ίϊΐ  addition,  Xen.  An.  6,  3, 
15,  cf  Hell.  4,  3,  4•— HI.  to  send  to, 
of  an  echo,  π.  στόνον  τινί.  Soph. 
Phil.  1459;  so,  θόρνβον  π..  Ιο  waft 
hini  applause,  Ar.  Eq.  546. — IV.  me- 
taph., to  let  pass,  take  no  heed  of,  ap. 
Dem.  283,  24 :  hence  also  to  put  off, 
neglect,  pass  over,  Lat.  praetermittere, 


ΠΑΡΑ 

Polyb.  30,  17,  17,  etc.— 2.  mid.,  to 
send  away  from  one,  put  away,  e.  g 
one's  wife,  ApoUod. 

ΥΙαραπεπλ-ε^ίμένως,  adv.  part.  pf. 
pass,  from  παραπ/.έκω,  twined  or 
bound  together. 

Τίαραπεριπύτέω,  ώ,  to  walk  beside 
or  near,  Joseph. 

ΠαραττεΓάλοΓ,  ον,  covered  with  leaves 
or  plates,  esp.  of  gold  or  silver. 

Τίαρατϊέταμαι,  Ion.  for  παραπέτο- 
μαι. 

ΤΙαραπέτανννμι  and  -ννω :  f.  -πε- 
τύσω :  pf  -πέτττΰμαι  (παρά,  πετάν- 
ννμι)  - — to  stretch  a  curtain  before: — 
pass.,  to  be  stretched  or  draivn  as  a  cur- 
tain. Polyb.  33,  3,  2,  etc.  -.—παραπέπ- 
ταται  όρνις,  the  bird  hovers  before  it 
with  out-spread  wings,  Arat.  312;  so, 
παραπέττταται  ισθμός,  Dion.  P.  98. 

ΐίαραπετάομαι.  Ion.  for  παραπέ- 
τομαι. 

Παραπέτασμα,  ατός,  τό,  (παρά, 
πετάνννμί)  that  which  is  spread  out  be- 
fore a  thing,  a  curtain,  covering,  veil, 
Hdt.  9,  82 ;  Trap.  'Μηδικά,  Ar.  Ran. 
938  ;  metaph.,  a  cloak,  screen,  ταΐς 
τέχναις  ταύταις  παραπετάσμασιν 
έχρήσαντο.  Plat.  Prot.  316  Ε,  cf. 
Dem.  1107,  1 ;  π.  τον  βίου,  Alex.  Ιη- 
cert.  41. 

ΤΙαραπέτομαι,  i.  -πετήσομαι,  usu. 
-πτήσομαι :  Ion.  παραπετάομαι  and 
παραπέταμαι,  (παρά,  πέτομαι)  dep. 
mid.  : — to  fly  beside,  near,  by  or  beyond, 
Ar.  Thesm.  1014,  Arist.  H.  A.  6,  6,  6  : 
to  fly  along,  v.  sub  παράπτω  : — to  fly 
to,  τινί,  Simon.  214. 

ΤΙαράπη'} μα,  ατός,  τό,  any  thing 
fixed  beside  or  wear,  esp.  a  tablet  on 
which  were  written  laws,  chronolo- 
gical or  astronomical  observations, 
etc.,  a  sort  of  calendar,  Cic.  Att.  5, 
14,  1  :  π.  ιστορικόν,  chronological 
annals,  Diod.  1,  5  ;  v.  Salmas.  in 
Solin.  p.  520:  —  a  rule,  order,  Sext. 
Emp.  p.  263  :  from 

ΤΙαραπήγννμι  and  -ννω  :  f.  -πήξω 
(παρά,  πήγννμι)  : — to  fix.  plant  beside 
or  near,  as  a  spear  in  the  ground,  Hdt. 
4,  71  :  esp.  to  engraft  a  twig,  Plut.  2, 
640  F  : — pass.,  c.  pf.  2  -πέπηγα,  to  be 
bound  up  with,  αϊ  /.ϋπαι  παραπεπή- 
γασι  ταις  ήδοναΐς,  Isocr.  12  Β  ;  so  in 
Theophr.  : — mid.,  to  set  up  a  calendar 
(παράπηγμα,  q.  v.).  Plat.  Ax.  370  C, 
cf  Wyttenb.  Plut.  4  C. 

Παρα7Γ>;(5άω,  ώ,  f  -7;σω,  (παρύ,  πη- 
δύω)  to  spring  by  or  beyond :   also  C. 
acc,  to  overleap,  transgress,   τονς  νό- 
μους, Aeschin.   81,   28. — II.    to  leap 
I  upoyi,  of  hounds,  Xen.  Cyn.  6,  22. 

ΤΙαραπη/^ωτός,  ή,  όν,  (παρά,  πη- 
?.όω)  besmeared  with  mud,  Geop. 

ΐίαραπήχιον,  ον,  τό,  (παρύ,  πήχνς) 
the  small  bone  of  the  elbow,  also  κερκίς : 
the  large  one  in  front  of  it  was  ττρο- 
πήχιον. 

ΤΙαράπηχνς,  ν,  gen.  εος,  (παρύ,  πψ 
χνς)  beside  the  elbow  :  το  παράπ7ΐχν, 
α  tvoman's  loose  garment,  with  a  purple 
border  on  each  side,  also  παρυφές, 
Stratocl.  ap.  Ath.  582  D. 

ΤΙαραπϊέζω,  f  -εσω,  {παρύ,  πιέζω) 
to  press  from  one  side,  to  press  down, 
6φθα?.μόν,  Sext.  Emp.  p.  410.  Hence 

ΤΙαραπΐεσμός,  οϋ,  6,  pressure  from 
one  side. 

Τίαραπικραίνω,  (παρύ,  πικραίνω) 
to  embitter,  provoke,  LXX.     Hence 

ΤΙαραπικρασμύς,  οί,  ό,  provocation, 

ΤΙαραπίμπρημι,  f.  -πρησω,  (παρά, 
πίμπρημι)  to  kindle,  bum  beside  or 
7iear.  Pass.,  to  be  inflamed,  Xen.  Eq. 
1,4. 

ΤΙαραπίπτω,  ί.  -πεσονμαι,  (παρά, 
πίπτω)  to  fall  beside  or  at  the  side, 
1109 


ΠΑΡΑ 

Plut.  Lysand.  29.— II.  to  fall  in  with 
by  chance,  fall  upon,  παμαπεσονσα 
V7ivg,  lidt.  8,  87,  Xen. :  to  come  upon, 
happen  to,  nvi.  Plat.  Legg.  686  U:  — 
καιρός  παμηπίπτει,  an  opportunity 
offers,  Thuc.  4,  23,  Xen.  Hipparch. 
7,  4  ;  so,  εϊ  TTotif.v  αέ'λΐΐτως  παμαπέ- 
σοι  σωτ)/ρία,  Eur.  Or.  1 173  : — ό  παμα- 
πεσών,  like  ποφατυχών,  the  first  that 
comes  ;  6  παματνετττωκώς  λόγος,  that 
happened  to  arise,  Plat.  Legg.  832  B, 
cl.  Phil.  14  C— 111.  to  fall  or  rush  iti, 
εις  τόπον,  Polyb.  4,  80.  9.— IV.  to  fall 
aside,  fall  away  from,  c.  geii.,  της  αλη- 
θείας, Polyb.  12,  7,  2,  cf.  8.  13,  8 ;  to 
7nistake,  err,  ΐν  TlVi,  Xen.  Hell.  1,  6,4. 

ΐΙαρατηστεύω,=  τηστενο>,  dub.  in 
Heliod.  6,  8. 

ΙΠαρστΓίτσ,  ας,  η,  Parapita,  a  Per- 
sian female,  Xen.  Hell.  4,  1.  39. 

ΤΙαραπλΰγίάζΐΛ,  (■παμαπλάγιος)  ίο 
make  sloping  or  oblique  at  the  side. 
Hence 

'ηαραπ?Μγιασμός,  ov,  6,  a  trick  in 
boxing. 

ΤΙαραπλύγως,  ov,  {παρά,  πλάγιος) 
sloping,  slanting,  sideways,   Theophr. 

["]  ,    ,  , 

ΐίαραπλάζο),  f.  -πλάγξο),  (πάρα, 
πλάζω)  only  used  by  Horn,  in  aor. 
act.  and  pass.  To  make  to  wander 
from  the  right  way,  lead  astray,  of  sea- 
men, to  drive  out  of  their  course,  άλλα 
με...Βορίης  παρέπλαγξε  Κυθήρων, 
Od.  9,  81;  19,  187;  metaph.,  to  per- 
plex, νόημα,  Od.  20,  346  ;  in  moral 
sense,  to  lead  astray,  mislead,  Pmd. 
O.  7,  50. — Pass.,  Ιος  παρεπλάγχθη, 
the  arrow  went  aside,  II.  15,  464  : — to 
wander  away  from,  γνώμης  αγαθής, 
Eur.  Hipp.  240  ;  absol.,  to  err,  be 
wrong,  Pind.  N.  10,  10. 

B.  The  act.  also  occurs  in  intr. 
signf.,  poet,  logo  astray,  Nic.  Th.  757, 
Nonn.,  etc. 

ΙΙαραπΛανάω,  ij,=:foreg. 

ΥΙαράπ/.ασμα,  ατός,  τό,  (παραπλά• 
ζ(^)  any  thing  stuck  beside  another  :  esp. 
the  coloured  wax  put  in  the  margin  of 
books,  to  mark  doubtful  or  obscure 
passages,  etc.,  Lat.  cera  miniata,  Cic. 
Att.  15,  14,  4;  whence  cera  signare  \n 
Vitruv. 

ΤΙαραπλασμός,  ov,  b,  (τταραπλάζω) 
the  wax  used  to  stop  the  holes  of  flutes, 
Arist.  Probl.  —  II.  change  of  form, 
Sext.  Emp.  p.  254.  ^ 

ΤΙαραπλάσσω,  f.-άσω,  {παρά,  πλάσ- 
σω) to  change  the  form,  esp.  for  the 
worse,  to  deform  : — pass.,  to  receive  or 
take  such  a  form. 

ΤΙαράπλαστος,  ov,  counterfeit,  spu- 
rious. 

ΙΙαράπλεγμα,  ατός,  τό,  (παραπλέ- 
κω)  any  thing  plaited,  woven  beside  or 
on. 

ΙΙαράπλειος,  a,  ov,  (παρά,  πλεΐος) 
almost  full,  παμαπλεΐαι  ώσι  τράπεζαι, 
as  Plat.  Rep.  390  A  quotes  Od.  9,  8, 
where  our  text  has  παμα  ύέ  πλήθωσι 
τμάπεζαι. 

ΐίαραπλέκω,  f.  -ξω,  {παρά,  πλέκω) 
to  braid  beside  or  among :  esp.  of  wo- 
men, to  put  on  false  curls,  Hipp.,  etc. ; 
7Γ.  έαντον,  Plut.  2,  785  Ε  ;  simply  = 
■πλέκω.  Id.  2,  357  Β  : — pass.,  to  be  in- 
woven with,  Tivi,  Strab.  p.  33. 

Ϊ1αραπ?.ενρίόια,  τά,  covers  for  the 
sides  of  war-horses,  Xen.  Cyr.  6,  4,  1  : 
Strictly  neut.  from 

ΙΙαραπλενρίόιος,  a,  ov,~sq.  [i] 

ΤΙαμύπλενρος,  ov,  {παρά,  πλευρά) 
on  or  along  the  sides.     Hence 

ΐΐαμαπλενμόω,  ώ,  to  cover  on  the 
sides  with  a  thing,  τινί,  Philostr. 

ΪΙαμαπλέω,  Ion.  -ττλώω  :  f.  -πλεν- 
σομαί  Άηά-πλενσονμαί{παμά,  πλέω): 
— to  sail  beside,  near  or  alongside,  έν 
1110 


ΠΑΡΑ 

χρζ)  'παραπλέοντες,  shaving  close 
past,  Thuc.  2,  84  :  to  sail  by  or  alurig, 
esp.  along  a  coast,  τόπον  or  παμα 
τύπον,  Hdt.  4,  99  ;  7,  100,  Thuc,  etc. 
—II.  to  sail  past,  Od.  12,  69,  Xen. 
Hell.  5,  4,  61,  etc.— III.  to  sail  to  land, 
Xen.  Ath.  2,  4. — IV.  to  sail  along  with : 
ύ  παραπλέων,  a  supercargo. 

ΙΙαμαπληγια,  ας,  ή.  Ion.  for  πάρα- 
πληξία.  Lob.  Phryn.  530. 

ΙΙαμαπληγικός,  ή,  όν.  Ion.  for  πα- 
μαπληκτικός,  Hipp.     Adv.  -κώς,  Id. 

ΙΙαμαπ'λήθω,  {παρά,  πλήβω)  to  be 
full  at  the  side,  Od.  9,  8,  in  tmesis. 

ΐίαραπληκτικός,  ή,  όν,{παραπλήσ- 
σω)  stricken  iyi  one  side  or  limb,  para- 
lyzed, Hipp. 

ΐίαράπληκτος,  m>,  {παραπλήσσω) 
frenzy-stricken.  Soph.  Aj.  230. 

ΥΙαμαπλήξ,  ήγος,  ό,  ή,  {παραπλήσ- 
σω) strictly  struck  sideways:  {μονές  π., 
a  coast  which  slopes  off  towards  the 
sea,  a  shelving  beach,  on  which  the 
waves  break  sideways,  and  not  di- 
rectly as  against  clitls  {προβλήτες 
άκταί),  Od.  5,  418.  —  II.  metaph.  = 
παμάπ7.ηκτος,  mad,  Hdt.  5,  92,  0,  Ar. 
Plut.  242,  Xen.  Oec.  1,  13,  etc. 

ΥΙαραπληξία,  ας,  ή,  {παραπλήσσω) 
paralysis.  —  II.  derangement,  Oenom. 
ap.  Euseb. 

ΤΙαραπληρόω,  ώ,  {παρά,  πληρόω) 
to  fill  beside,  near,  over  and  above :  esp. 
to  fill  ivith  something  unnecessary  or 
superfluous.     Hence 

ΐίαραπλήρωμα,  ατός,  τό,  any  thing 
added  to  fill  up,  a  stop-gap,  make-weight, 
όvo/^(irωl'παpα7Γλ.,words  and  phrases 
of  such  kind,  Cicero's  complementa 
nuvurorum,  Dion.  H.  de  Demosth.  39. 
Hence 

ΪΙαμαπλημωματικός,  ή,  όν,  serving 
to  fill  up.     Adv.  -κώς. 

ΐΐαμαπλήρωσις,  ή,  a  filling  up  with 
things  superfluous. 

ΐίαραπλησιύζω,  {παρά,  πλησιάζω) 
to  be  a  neighbour.  —  2.  to  approach  in 
way  of  sexual  intercourse,  Lat.  coire, 
Arist.  H.  A.  10,  3,  1. 

ΥΙαραπλήσιος,  ov,  also  a,  ov,  Hdt. 
1,  202  ;  4,  128,  and  Plat,  {παρά,  πλη- 
σίος) : — coming  alongside  of,  lying  close 
to ;  hence,  near,  like,  τινί,  Hdt.  4,  78, 
etc.  ;  kv  τή  %'ανμαχίη  παμαπλτ'/σιοι 
ά?.λήλοις  έγένοντο,  they  were  about 
equal  in  the  sea-fight,  had  a  drawn 
battle,  Hdt.  8,  16  ;  τοιαύτα  και  παρα- 
πλήσια, such  and  such-like,  Thuc.  1, 
22  ;  π.  και....  Id.  5,  112. — Supcrl., 
έσθής  Ty  Κορινθίη  παραπλησιω- 
τάτη,  Hdt.  5,  87  ;  compar.  παραπλη- 
σιαίτερον.  Plat.  Pol.  275  C— Neut. 
παραπλήσιον,  παραπλήσια,  as  adv., 
nearly  alike,  almost.  Id.  4,  99  ;  SO  adv. 
-ίως.  Plat.  Apol.  37  A,  etc. :  but,  πα- 
ραπλησίως  άγωνίζεσθαι,  to  tight  with 
nearly  equal  advantage,  Lat.  aequo 
Marte  contendere,  Hdt.  1,  77,  like  νεί- 
κος  όμοϋον  :  π.  και...,  Lat.  aeque  ac. 
Id.  1,  94;  7,  119. 

Τίαραπλήσσω,  Att.  -ττω :  f.  -ξω 
{παρά,  πλήσσω):  —  to  strike  beside, 
near,  at  the  side. — Pass.,  to  be  stricken 
on  one  side  or  in  one  limb,  be  palsy- 
stricken : — to  be  deranged,  frantic,  mad, 
like  παραπλήξ,  Ar.  Lys.  831,  Eccl. 
139  ;  γελως  παραπεπληγμένος,  Eur. 
Η.  F.  935. 

ΥΙαμαπλόκάμος,  ov,  having  curls  or 
locks  at  the  sides. 

ΤΙαραπλοκή,  ης,  ή,  (παραπλέκω) 
a  braiding  beside  or  at  the  side  :  an  in- 
tertwining :  intermingling,  union,  Sext. 
Emp.  p.  236. 

ΪΙαμαπλόμενος,  η,  ov,  coming  to  a 
place,  Ep.  syncop.  part,  from  a  pres. 
παραπελομαι,  which  is  not  in  use. 

ΥΙαράπλοος,  o.contr.  -πλονς,{παρά, 


ΠΑΡΑ 

πλόος)  a  sailing  beside  or  alongside,  a 
coasting  along ;  a  coasting  voyage,  Ιτα- 
λίας, to  Italy,  Thuc.  1,  36,  cf.  1.  44  ; 
2,  33 ;  cf.  Jelf.  Gr.  Or.  <i  502.-2.  a 
point  sailed  by  or  doubled,  Strab. 

ϋαραπλώω,  Ion.  for  παραπλέω,  to 
sail  by  or  beyond,  Od.  12,  09:  παμέ- 
πλω  3  aor.  Ep.  syncop. 

ΪΙαμαπνέω,  ί.-πνεύσω,{παρύ,  πνέω) 
to  blow  beside  or  by  the  side,  to  escape 
by  a  side-way,  of  the  winds  confined 
by  Aeolus,  Od.  10,  24.— II.  to  smell 
of  one  thing  beside  another,  to  have  a 
slight  smell  of  a  thing,  τινός,  Diosc. 
Hence 

ΙΙαραπνοή,  ης,  ή,  a  breathing  through 
a  side  aperture,  Hipp. 

ΪΙαραπύι^ΰς,  adv.  for  παμά  πόδας, 
in  the  track,  close  behind,  straightway. 
— 2.  at  the  feet,  close  to;  v.  sub  πους 
L3. 

ΤΙαραπούίζω :  f.  -ίσω  Att.  -ίώ  {πα- 
ρά, πονς)  :—to  entangle  the  feet,  gen- 
erally, to  hinder,  Lat.  impedire,  Polyb. 

2,  28,  8  ;  to  perplex,  ensnare,  Ep.  Plat. 
330  Β  ;  and  so  to  deceive.  Plat.  Legg. 
652  B. 

ΐίαραπόδιος,  ov,  poet,  παρ^πόδιος, 
{παρά,  πονς)  at  the  feet,  i.  e.  present, 
Pmd.  N.  9,  90. 

ΐίαραποόισμός,  οϋ,  δ,  {παραποδί- 
ζω)  an  entangling,  hindrance,  Artemid. 

ΪΙαραποδνομαι,  [παρά,  υποδύομαι) 
as  mid.,  c.  aor.  2,  perf.,  ct  piqpf.  act., 
to  pull  off  one's  clothes  along  κϋίΛ  ano- 
ther, esp.  in  order  to  fight  with  him, 
Plat.  Theaet.  102  B. 

ΐίαραποιέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {παρά, 
ποιέω)  to  n,aki  a  thing  wrong  or  amiss, 
spoil. — II.  to  copy  a  thing,  counterfeit : 
and,  in  mid.,  to  imitate  for  one's  self, 
counterfeit,  σφραγΙιΊα,  Thuc.  1,  132, 
cf.  παμάσημος  : — to  forge,  falsify,  τι, 
Ath.  513  A.     Hence 

ΐΐαμαποίημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  counterfeit, 
dub.  I.  Hipp. :  and 

ΤΙαμαποίησις,  ή,  a  copying,  forging, 
adulterating. 

ΤΙαμΰπολανω,  {  παρά,  άπολανω  ) 
to  have  the  benefit  of  a  thing  besides, 
τινός,  Luc.  Alex.  45. 

Τ1αραπό?.λνμι :  f.  -ολέσω  Att.  -ολώ 
{παρά,  άπό,  όλλνμι)  : — to  destroy,  ruin 
besides,  Dio  C.  74,  2  :  π.  τον  ναϋλον, 
to  lose  one's  passage-money  besides, 
Plut.  2,  439  E.— Pass.,  c.  perf.,  e« 
plqpf.  2  act.,  to  perish  beside  or  near,  to 
be  ruined  by  the  way,  Ar.  Vesp.  1228, 
Dem.  543,  tin. 

ΙΙαραπολν,  adv.  for  πάρα  πολύ, 
by  much,  by  far,  by  a  great  deal,  opp. 
to  παραμικρόν,  Luc.  Nigr.  13. 

ΤΙαραπομπή,  ης,  ή,  {παραπέμπω) 
an  attending,  convoying,  σίτον,  Decret. 
ap.  Bern.  249,  16 :  a«  escort,  π.  ύιόό• 
να£,  Anst.  Oec.  2,  31,  1,  Polyb.  15, 
5,  7. — II.  a  procuring,  importing  OT  ex- 
porting, Arist.  Pol.  7,  5,  4  :  that  which 
is  procured,  supplies,  proitisions,  Xen. 
Hell.  7,  2,  18;  π-  ιχθύων,  Antiph. 
Πλουσ-,  1,  15.    Hence 

ΊΙαραπόμπιμος,  oi<,  attending,  escort- 
ing. 

ΐΐαμαπομπός,  όν,  (  παραπέμπω  ) 
escorting,  ή  παρ.  νανς,  a  ship  attending 
as  convoy,  Polyb.  1,  52,  5,  etc. — II, 
procuring,  convoying  supplies  or  pro- 
visions, 

ΤΙαραπόντιος,  ov,  {παρά,  πόντος) 
beside  or  near  the  sea,  A  nth.  P.  7,  71. 

ΐίαραπορενομαι, (παρά,  πορεύομαι) 
dep.,  c.  fut.  mid.,  et  aor,  pass.,  to  go 
beside  or  alongside,  Arist.  H.  A.  6,  24, 
3  ;  to  escort,  Dion.  H,  7,  9.— II.  to  go 
past,  Ti,  Polyb.  3,  99,  5 ;  παρά  τι.  Id, 

3,  14,  6;  νπό  τι,  Id.  2,27,  5. 
ΤΙαμαπόμφιψος,  ov,  edged  with  jnir- 

pie. 


ΠΑΡΑ 

\ΤΙαραπο~άμιοί,  ων,  οι,  and  -μία, 
ας,  ή,  Parapotaynii,  an  ancient  city  of 
Phocis  on  the  river  Cephisus,  Hdt.  8, 
33,  34  ;  Strab.  p.  424  :  also  oi  liap... 
μιοί,  the  Parapotamians. — 2.  ή,  a  tract 
of  Syria,  Polyb. :  from 

ΙΙαρατΓοτάμίΟζ,  a,  ov,  {παρά,  πο- 
ταμός) beside  or  near  a  river,  lying  or 
dwelling  on  a  river,  πόλΐζ,  Hdt.  2,  60  ; 
oi  π.,  people  who  live  on  a  river.  Id.  8, 
34  t(here  it  is  the  name  of  foreg.  city, 
q.  v.)t;  π.  ζώον,  Arisi.  Η.  Α.  9,  46, 
2.  [«] 

ΤΙαραπράσσω,  Att.  -ττω:  f.  -ξω 
{παρά.  πράσσω): — to  do  a  thing  be- 
side οΐ  beyond  the  main  purpose,  Hdt. 
5,  45. — IL  to  do  a  thing  with  another, 
join  or  help  in  doing.  Soph.  Aj.  261. — 
III.  ίο  do  or  act  unjustly,  esp.  to  exact 
nuoney  illegaUy,  Piut.  Agis  16. 

ϋαραπρεσβύα,  ας,  ή,  an  embassy 
executed  in  a  faithless  manner,  dishonest 
embassage,  Dein.  515,  27.  We  have 
a  speech  of  his  on  the  παραπρεσ- 
βεία,  (Falsa  Legatio)  of  Aescliines  : 
from 

ΤΙαραπρεσβενομαί,  {παρά,  πρεσ- 
βεύομαι) dep.,  to  exeetite  an  embassy 
faithlessly  or  dishonestly.  Plat.  Legg. 
941  A,  Isocr.  375  D ;  εις  τόπον,  Dem. 
740,  17  : — rare  in  act.,  as  Dem.  401, 
4.     Hence 

ΤΙαραπρεσβεντής,  οΰ,  ό,  a  dishonest 
ambassador. 

ΪΙαράπρισμα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which 
falls  off  in  sawing,  sawdust,  Ar.  Ran. 
881  :  from 

ΤΙαραπρίω,  {παρά,  πρίω)  to  saw 
beside  or  a  little,  [i] 

Τίαραπροθεσμέω,  ώ,  {παρά,  προ- 
θέσμιος)  to  miss  the  appointed  time. 
Hence 

Τίαραπροθεσμία,  ας,  η,  a  missing  of 
the  appointed  time,  Schol.  Luc.  Tox.  44. 
ΤΙαραπρονοέυ,  ώ,  to  coTisider  before- 
hand. 

ΤΙαραπροςδέχομαι,  dep.,  ίβ  admit 
inconsiderately,  xCpict. 

ΐίαραπροςποιέομαί,άορ.,  to  dissem- 
ble.    Hence 

ΐίαραπροςποίησις,  φ  dissimulation. 
ΤΙαραπροςωπις,  ίόος,  ή,  a  mask, 
ΐίαράπταισμα,  ατός,  τό,  α  stumble, 
mistake,    trip,   Oenom.    ap.    Euseb. : 
from 

ΐίαραπταίο),  (παρά,  πταίω)  to  stum- 
ble by  the  way,  blunder,  Plut.  :  7Γ.  τής 
ύληΟείας,  v.  L  pro  παραπαίειν,  in 
Polyb. 

ίΙαραπτερνγέζω,=κο?.ακεύω,Ρ\ιοί. 
ΐίαραπτύω,  f.  -νσω,  {παρά,  πτύω) 
ίο  spit  beside  or  aside,  άφρον  π.,  to 
foam  at  the  corners  of  the  mouth : 
also  c.  gen.,  Jac.  Philostr.  Imag,  p. 
398;  cf.  παραβλύζω. 

ΐίαράπτω,  f.  -ψω,  (παρά,  άπτω)  to 
fasten  beside,  near  or  alongside: — Pass., 
■παρσ,πτομενα  χερσι  π'λάτα.  the  oar 
grasped  or  plied  by  the  hands,  Soph. 
O.  C.  716  (though  others  take  this 
to  be  part.  aor.  2  of  παραπέτομαι): — 
mid.  to  touch  beside  or  at  the  side :  to 
touch  in  passing  or  slightly,  Menand. 
p.  27,  Plut.  Cleom.  37. 

ϋαράπτωμα,  ατός,  τό,{παραπίπτω) 
a  fall  beside : — a  faUe  step,  blunder, 
Polyb.  9,  10,  6:  a  defeat.  Diod.  19, 
100:  a  transgression,  N.  T. 

ΙΙαράπτωσις,  εως,  η,(παραπίπτω) 
a  falling  beside,  slipping  off,  Arist.  Gen. 
An.  1,  7,  2. — II.  a  falling  off  from  the 
nglit  way,  π.  τον  καθήκοντος,  Polyb. 
15,  23,  5  :  ξ6ηβτΆί[γ,=παράπτωμα, 
I<L  16,  20,  5. — III.  Jr.  τού  τόπον,  the 
gituaiion  of  a  place  off  the  road.  Id,  4, 
32,5, 

ΙΙαραπνθια,  τά,  comic  word,  a 
gickn£ss  which  prevented  one  from  being 


ΠΑΡΑ 

victor  at  the  ΤΙνθια,  Anth.  P.  11,  129  ; 
cf.  παρίσθμια.  [ί] 

ΐίαραπνίσκω,   {παρά,  πνον)   of  a 
sore,  to  begin  to  discharge  matter,  Hipp. 
Ι1αραπν?.η,  ης,  ή,  a  side-door,  [ϋ] 
ΥΙαραπύλων,   ου,    τό,  dim.    from 
παραπν'λη,  Inscr.  [ν] 

ΐίαραπύλίς,  ίόος,  ή,^παραπνλη, 
Heliod. 

Τίαράπνξος,  ον,  {παρά,  πύξος)  with 
sides  of  box-ivood,  or  covered  therewith, 
Cratin.  Dionys.  11. 

ΐίαραπωμάζω,  {παρά,  πωμύζω)  to 
cover  with  a  lid,  Arist.  de  Virt.  et  Vit. 
ΤΙαραραθνμέω,  παραραίνω,  παρά- 
ραμμα,  παραρέγχω,  ν.  παραΐ)β-. 
ΤΙαρΰρέω,  to  be  mad. 
ΤΙαράρέω,  παραρητός,  ν.  παρα/)ρ-. 
Τίαραρθρέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {παρά,  άρ- 
θρον) to  dislocate  a  limb,  Hipp.,  Plat. 
Ax.  367  Β  :  like  έξαρθρέω.     Hence 

ΥΙαράρθρημα,  ατός,  τό,  a.  dislocation, 
Galen. :  and 

ΤΙαρύρθρησις,  εως,  ?/,  dislocation, 
Plut.  Cimon  et  Luc.  2. 

ΐίαραρθρόω,  ώ,^παραρθρέω. 
ΐίαραρϊγόω,  ώ,  v.  παραββίγόω. 
ΤΙαρΰριθμέο),  ώ,  f.  -ησω,  {  παρά, 
άριθμέω)  to  count  beside  or  among, 
reckon  in  or  besides,  Plut.  2,  78  F. — 
II.  to  deceive  in  counting ;  and,  gene- 
rally, to  cheat,  τινά,  Stob.  Eel.  2,  p. 
232. 

ΤΙαραρίπτω,  -πτέω,ν.  παραί^βίπτω. 
Τ1αραρκέω,=^άρκέω,  dub.  1.,  Luc. 
Cyn.  5. 

ΐΐάραρμα,  ατός,  τό,  (παρά,  *άρω) 
ν.  1.  for  παραίρημα,  in  Thuc.  4,  48. 

ΤΙάρΰρος,  ον.  Ion.  πάρηρος,  like 
παρι/ορος,  inad,  deranged  in  mind, 
The'ocr.  15,  8.  (Rather  as  Valck. 
Adon.  p.  241  sq.,  from  αείρω,  άέρω, 
than  with  Eust.  from  *άρω.) 

ΤΙαραρπάζω,  {παρά,  αρπάζω)  to 
take  away  from  the  side, filch,  Anth.  P. 

II,  153. 
Τ1αραβ/)αθνμέω,  ώ,  {παρά,{)αθνμέω) 

to  be  neglectful  of,  τινός,  Diod.  14, 
116. 

ΙΙαραββαίνω,  {παρά,  βαίνω )  to 
sprinkle  besides,  Posidon.  ap.  Ath. 
692  D. 

ΐίαράββαμμα,  ατός,  τό,  any  thing 
sewed  on,  a  border. 

ΤΙαραββάπτω,  ί.-φω,  {παρά,  βάπτω) 
to  sew  beside  or  along ; — Pass,  to  be 
sewn  as  a  fringe  along,  Hdt.  4,  109. 

ΤΙαραββέγχω,  to  snore  beside  or  near. 

Τίαραββέω,  f.  -^ενσομαι :  aor.  -ερ- 
βύην :  pf.  -εββύηκα,  {παρά,  βέω) : 
to  flow  beside,  by  or  past,  c.  ace,  τό- 
πον or  παρά  τόπον,  Hdt.  2,  150 ;  6, 
20,  etc. — 2.  π.  τινί,  to  slip  off  one, 
δτωμή  παραββυείη  {sc.  ή  χιών),  Xen. 
An.  4,  4,  11. — II.  to  drop  or  slip  away, 
escape :  hence  to  drop  or  slip  from 
one's  memory,  Soph.  Phil.  653,  cf. 
ad  Plat.  Legg.  781  A. — 2.  of  persons, 
7Γ.  των  φρενών,  to  slip  away  from  one's 
senses.  Eupol.  Incert.  1,6;  cf.  Valck. 
Adon.  242  A,  and  v.  sub  έκπ?ίέω. — 

III.  to  slip  in  unawares  or  by  stealth, 
Dem.  170,  25,  Plut.  2,  969  E;  cf. 
Arist.  Part.  An.  3,  3,  6.  (The  forms 
παραββύω,  -βυέω,  -βνημι,  are  only 
assumed  by  Gramra.  to  derive  cer- 
tain tenses  from  them,  v.  βέω.) 

ΐίαραββήγννμι,  {.  -βήξω,  {  παρά, 
βήγννμι)  to  break  at  the  side,  esp.  to 
break  a  li.ie  of  battle,  Thuc.  4.  96 ; 
and  in  pass.,  to  be  broken.  Id.  5,  73  ;  6, 
70. — II.  in  pass.,  c.  perf.  2  παρέββωγα, 
to  break  or  burst  out  beside  or  from, 
παρερβωγεν  ποδός  φλέ-φ.  Soph.  Phil. 
824 ;  χιτωνίου  παρα/φαγέντος,  being 
rent  at  the  side,  Ar.  Ran.  412  ;  φωνή 
παρερβωγνΐα,  a  cracked,  broken  voice, 
Theophr. :  όι'  όργήν  παραββήγννσθαι, 


ΠΑΡΑ 

to  break  out  in  a  passion,   Plut.   T. 
Gracch.  2.     Hence 

ΐίαράρβί/ξις,  εως,  ή,  a  breaking  at 
the  side,  breaking  of  a  line  of  battle, 
Arr.  An.  2,  11,  9. 

ΤΙαράββησις,  ή,  an  incorrect  expres- 
sion, Plut.  2,  994  D. 

ΙΙαραββητός,  ή,  όν,  {παρά,  βητός, 
β?]θήναι,  έρείν,  ειπείν)  of  persons, 
that  may  be  7noved  by  words,  π. 
έπέεσσιν,  II.  9,  526. — 2.  prayed  to, 
worshipped,  Eccl. — II.  of  words,  spo- 
ken to  one,  παραββ?/τοΙσι  πιθέσθαι, 
to  listen  to  exhortations,  II.  13,  726. 

ΪΙαραββϊγόω,  ώ,  {παρά,  βιγόω)  to 
freeze  beside  or  near,  τινί,  Anth.  P.  5, 
43. 

ΐίαραββίπτω  and  -πτέω,  { παρά, 
βίπτω)  to  throw  beside :  inetaph.  to 
run  the  risk  of  doing  a  thing,  c.  part., 
π.  λαμβάνων  ονείδη.  Soph.  Ο.  Τ. 
1493. — 2.  c.  ace.  rei,  to  risk,  hazard, 
venture  a  thing,  τι.  Id.  Fr.  499  ;  π. 
σώματα  κινδννφ,  Diod.  13,  79. — II.  to 
throw  away,  Anth.  P.  6,  74  :  to  reject, 
scorn,  lb.  9,  441.  Cf.  άναββίπτω, 
παραβάλ?Μμαι. 

ΙΙαραββοιζέω,  ώ,  {παρά,  βοιζέω) 
to  whiz  or  rustle  past,  Joseph.,  in  mid. 
ΙΙαράββνθμος,  ov,  out  of  time  {ρυθ- 
μός), irregular  in  measure,  Ar.  Thesm. 
121  (in  poet,  form  παράρνθμος) ;  of 
the  pulse,  Galen.  —  II.  in  time  or 
measure,  Orph.  H.  30,  3 ;  but  dub. 

ΐίαράββνμα,  ατός,  τό,  any  thing 
drawn  along  the  side  for  shelter,  etc.  : 
esp.  a  leathern  or  hair  curtain,  stretched 
along  the  sides  of  ships  to  protect  the 
men,  Xen.  Hell.  1,  6,  19;  elsewh. 
παμαβλήματα,  παραρτήματα,  like 
the  Lat.  cilicia,  storeae,  plutei,  also 
παραββύσεις  νεώς,  Aesch.  Snpp.  715: 
—παράββυμα  ποδός,  a  covering  for  the 
foot.  Soph.  Fr.  475  :  from 

ΐίαραββνομαι,  dep.,  to  cover  as  with 
a  curtain. 

ΤΙαραββύπόω,  ώ,  to  mark  with  the 

παράπλασμα. 

ΐίαράββϋσις,  ή,  v.  sub  παράββυμα, 

ΤΙαραρτάω,  ώ,  Ion.  -τέω :   f.  -ήσω 

{παρά,  άρτάω)  : — to  hang  alongside,  to 

or  upon,  Ael.   N.  A.  1,  2.— II.  Hdt. 

uses    the    Ion.    mid.    παραρτέομαι, 

either, — 1.  in  trans,  signf ,  to  fit  out, 

equip,  get  ready,  στρατι>/ν,  etc.,  7,  20, 

142,  etc.,  like  παραρτίζομαι  and  παρ- 

αρτύω. — 2.   as   pass,  or  mid.,  to  get 

ready,  hold  07ie's  self  in  readiness,  π.  ώς 

άλεξησόμενοι,  ώςές  πόλεμον,  8, 108  ; 

9>  29. — '3.  also,  παραρτάσθαι  πήραν, 

to  have  it  hanging  by  one,  Luc.  Peregr. 

15;  cf.  Plut.  Anton.  4. 

ΐίαραρτεω.  Ion.  for  foreg.,  Hdt. 

ΊΙαράρτημα,  ατός,  τό,  (παραρτάω) 

any  thing  hanging  at  the  side,  a  periapt, 

amulet,  Luc.  Philops.  8. 

ΤΙαραρτίζομαι,  {παρά,  άρτίζω)  dep., 
to  make  ready  beside. 

'napapτvω,=:ίoτeg.,  esp.  of  food,  to 
season  by  the  way  or  incidentally,  Philo : 
— mid.. =  foreg.,  Plut.  Lucull.  7.  [ϋ] 
ΐίαράρνθμος,  παράρϋμα,  παραρν- 
πόω,  ν.  παράββ-. 

ϋαρασάγγης,  ον,  ύ,  α  parasang,  the 
Persian  farsang,  containing,  ace.  to 
Hdt.  2,  6,  thirty  stades. 

ΐίαρασύλενω,  {παρά,  σαλεύω)  t« 
shake  or  agitate  beside,  Philo. 

ΐίαρασάρόω,  ώ,  to  sweep  beside  or 
at  the  side. 

ΐίαρασάττω,  ί.•ξω,{παρά,σύττω)ΐο 
stuff  in  beside,  τί  παρά  τι,  Hdt.  Ο,  125. 
ΐίαράσειον,  ον,  τό,  the  topsail,  Lat. 
supparum,  Luc.  Navig.  5.  (Prob. 
from  παρασείω,  and  akin  to  έπι• 
σείων.) 

Τίαράσειρος,  ov,  {παρά,  σειρά)  be- 
side or  fastened  to  a  cord  or  line :  usu. 
1111 


ΊΙΑΡΑ 

7Γ.  ίΤΓΤΓΟζ•,  a  horse  lokich  ions  fas/encd  ' 
alongside  of  the  regular  pair  by  a  rein 
or  trace,  an  otilrigi^er,  elsevvh.  aeipa- 
φόρος,  opp.  to  ζνγιοΓ : — hence  ine- 
taph.  a  true  associate,  or  a  yoke-feltow, 
Eur.  Or.  1017. — II.  generally,  at  the 
side,  Ael.  N.  Λ.  15,  10  : — tu  παμά- 
σειρα,  sometimes  wrongly  written 
παράσνρα,  the  hollows  at  both  sides  oj 
the  tongue,  in  Heysch.  τταρασείρία. 

ΙΙαράσείσμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  dangling 
of  the  anns  beside  one,  a  swinging  of 
the  arms  in  walking,  etc.,  Hipp. :  irom 

Rapaat:iij,  {παρά,  σείω)  to  shake  at 
the  side,  τάς  χείρας,  to  swing  one's  nrms 
beside  one,  Gasaub.  Theophr.  Char.  3, 
of.  Arist.  Incess.  An.  3,  4 ;  φινγην 
Ίταρασείσας  (sc.  χείρας),  Arist.  Eth. 
N.  4,  3,  15;  like  demissis  mambus 
fugere  in  Plaut. 

[Ιαρασεύυ,  pf.  pass,  παρέσσνμαι 
{τταρά,  σενω) :  to  drive  beside,  by  or 
beyond  : — Pass,  to  rush  past,  παρεσσΐ)- 
μένος,  Q.  Sm.  2,  214. 

ΤΙαρασημαίνω,  {τταρά,  σημαίνω)  to 
mark  at  the  side,  or  by  the  way,  Arist. 
Rhet.  2,  22,  17,  Top.  1,  14,  3.— Mid. 
τταρασημαίνομαι,  to  mark  something 
for  one's  self,  seal  up,  e.  g.  a  house, 
Dein.  1039,  11,  etc.;  to  sign  and  seal, 
διαϋήκας,  Id.  837, 13 ;  τα  σεσημασμένα 
τταρασ-,  to  countersign  what  is  already 
signed  and  sealed.  Plat.  Legg.  954 
B,  cf.  Piers.  Moer.  p.  313.— II.  in 
inid.  to  note  for  one's  self,  remark  in 
passing,  όύξας,  Arist.  Top.  1,  14,  6, 
cf.  Polvb.  16.  22,  1.— III.  to  mark 
falsely,  forge,  Poll.  3,  86.     Hence 

Γίαρασημάσία,  ας,  η,  a  critical  mark 
at  the  side  :  any  incidental  remark  on  a 
thing:  jiofice,  Polyb.  23,  18,  1. 

ΙΙαρασημεΙον,  ov,  τό,  {παρά,  ση- 
ΐιεΐον)  a  marginal  mark  or  note. — II.  a 
counterfeit  seal,  Plat.  (Com.)  Met.  1. 
Hence 

ΤΙαρασημειόίύ,  ώ,  to  make  a  marginal 
note  on  or  uf  a  thing.     Hence 

ΐίαρασημείωσις,  ή,  the  making  a 
marginal  note. 

ΐίαράσημον,  ov,  τό,  a  mark  of  dis- 
tinction ;  esp.  the  ensign  or  flag  of  a 
ship,  Plut.  2,  162  A  ;  the  badge  of  a 
soldier.  Id.  Coriol.  20 ;  cf.  Stanl. 
Aesch.  Theb.  214  :  the  badge  of  a  state, 
Plut.  2,  399  F,  — whence  figs  are 
called  π.  τών  'Αθηνών,  Alex.  Κνβερν. 
2  :  strictly  neut.  from 

ΐίαράπημος,  ov,  {παρά.  σήμα)  mark- 
ed amiss  or  falsely,  or  marked  as  base 
or  counterfeit,  esp.  of  money,  Ar.  Ach. 
518,  Dem.  766,  6,  cf.  παρακύπτω : 
hence  counterfeit,  spurious,  debased, 
<]όξα,  Eur.  Hipp.  1114,  iibi  v.  Valck.; 
7Γ.  βήτωρ,  Dem.  307,  26  :  όνναμις  π. 
αινφ,  power  falsely  stamped  with 
praise,  i.  e.  praised  by  a  wrong  stand- 
ard, Aesch  Ag.  780,  ubi  v.  Blomf.- — 
Π.  later,  vxnrked  in  any  way,  and  so=: 
επίσημος,  Hdn.  Adv.  -μως. — On  the 
word,  V.  Jac.  A.  P.  p.  084. 

ΪΙαράσηρος,  ov,  in  Xen.  Cyn.  5, 
23,  usu.  explained  with  a  white  stripe 
pn  the  side,  or  ivhite  along  the  side  : 
others  would  read  παράσνρος,  others 
παράσημος  in  same  signf. 

tlapaar/au,  ώ,  {παρά,  σιγάω)  to 
pass  by  in  silence,  Strab. 

tUapdaioi,  ων,  ol,  dub.  I.  in  Thuc. 
2,  22,  as  name  of  a  Thessalian  city, 
,v.  Comment,  ad  1. 

ΙΙαρύσιον,  7(3,  very  dub.  1.  for  παρύ- 
σειον- 

ΐίαραβίτέω,  ύ,  f.  -ήσω,  {παρά,  σι- 
τέω)  to  eat  beside,  with  or  in  the  house 
of  one,  board  or  lodge  tilth  one,  τινί, 
Plat.  Lach,  179  C  -.—to  live  at  another's 
table,  and  play  the  parasite  or  toad-eater, 
Luc.  Paras.  4,  freq.  in  oome(iy,'=II, 


ΠΑΡΑ 
to  be  honoured  with  a  seat  at  the  public 
table,  Plut.  Solon  24  ;  cf.  παράσιτος, 
lin.     Hence 

ΐίαρασϊτία,  ας,  η,  an  eating  at 
another's  table  :  hence,  toad-eating. 

ilapnσiτΐκός,i/,όv,of  a  παράσιτος: 
ij  παρασιτική  {sc.  τέχνη). the  trade  of  a 
παράσιτος,  toad-eatmg,  Luc.  Paras. 
4,  Alh.  240  B. 

ΥΙαρασίτειον  or  lov,  ov,  τό,  the 
meeting-place  of  the  priests,  called  παρά- 
σιτοι, V  rates  ((iramm.)  ap.  Ath.  235 
D :  from 

ΙΙαράσίτος.  ov.  {παρά,  σιτέω)  eating 
beside,  ivith,  at  the  table  of  another  :  as 
subst.,  6  π.,  one  who  lives  at  another's 
expense,  and  repays  him  with  flattery 
and  buffoonery,  a  parasite,  toad-eater, 
name  of  a  play  by  Antiph.,  cf.  Corn, 
ap.  Ath.  235-240  ; — Luc,  Lexiph.  6, 
calls  oifiov,  ϊχθ'νς  π. — Orig.  there 
was  no  bad  sense  in  the  word  ;  and 
so  it  was  the  name  of  a  class  of 
priests  who  prob.  had  their  meals  in 
common,  Ath.  234  sq.,  cf.  Bergk  ap. 
Meineke  Com.  Fragin.  2,  p.  1022. 

Τίαρασίωπάω,  ώ,  1.  -ήσω,  {παρά, 
σιωπάω)  to  pass  over  in  silence,  omit 
mentioning,  tl  and  περί  τίνος,  Polyb. 
2,  13,7;  20,  11,  1.^  Hence 

ΤΙαρασΙώπησις,  η,  a  passing  over  in 
silence. 

ΤΙαρασκαίρω,  {παρά,  σκαίρω)  to 
bound  beside  or  near,  JSonn. 

ΤΙαρασκέπασμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  side- 
covering. 

ΪΙαρασκέπω,  to  cover  beside  or  at  the 
side. 

ΤΙαρασκενάζω,  f.  -άσω,  (  παρά, 
σκεναζω)  to  get  ready,  prepare,  όεϊπνον, 
lldt.  9,  82.  Xen.,  etc. ;  στρατείαν. 
Time.  4,  74  ;  orrAa,  νανς.  Ιππέας, 
etc.,  Xen. :  to  hold  ready,  την  θνραν, 
Lys.  94,  7  : — κατασκευάζω  is  rather 
to  fit  otit,  and  so  prepare  what  one  has, 
παρασκενάζω,  to  get,  provide,  and  so 
prepare  what  one  has  not,  cf .  παρασκευή, 
lin. — 2.  to  procure,  provide,  τινί  τι. 
Plat.  Symp.  188  D,  Xen.,  etc.— 3.  to 
make,  render  so  and  so,  with  an  adj. 
or  part.,  rr.  τινά  εν  έχοντα,  ότι  βέλ- 
τιστον,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  6,  18;  5,  2,  19: 
also,  π.  δπως,  c.  ind.  fut..  Plat.  Apol. 
39  ϋ :  c.  inf.,  π.  τονς  θεονς  ίλεως 
tivai.  Id.  Legg.  803  Ε  ;  π.  τινά  ώς 
μή  ποιεΐν,  to  accustom  him  not  to  do, 
Xen.  Hell.  7,  5,  19,  Eq.  2,  3  :  absol. 
to  make  one's  friend,  Dem.  501,  21  ;  cf. 
infra  B.  2. 

B.  mid.  to  get  ready  or  prepare  for 
one's  self,  but  oft.  much  like  the  act., 
and  more  freq.  than  it  in  Hdt.,  and 
Thuc.  ;  7Γ.  ό-Άα  ες  τι,  Hdt.  Ί,'2ί>;  π. 
τά  πολέμια,  νανς,  etc..  Thuc.  and 
Xen. — 2.  esp.  in  Oratt.,  to  procure  per- 
sons as  witnesses,  partisans,  etc.,  so 
as  to  obtain  a  sentence  by  fraud  or 
force,  7Γ.  άντίόοσιν  έπί  τίνα,  Dem. 
840,  27  ;  π.  βήτορας,  -φενδεΐς  λόγους, 
μάρτιφας,  etc.,  Isae.  36,  2 ;  37,  5, 
Dem.  852,  fin.,  etc. ;  and  ai)sol.,  to 

form  a  party,  get  supporters,  Dem.  813, 
20 ;  7Γ.  τιράς,  to  bring  men  over  to 
one's  party.  Andoc.  14,  17,  Dem.  1092, 
13:  also  in  act.,  as  Xen.  Hell.  1,  5, 
1 1  ;  παρασκενάζειν  όικαστήριον,  to 
pack  a  jury,  Lys.  130,  41  ;  cf.  πάρα- 
κελενστύς. 

C.  pass,  to  get  one's  self  ready,  pre- 
pare ;  and,  in  pf.  παρεσκενασμαι,  to 
be  ready,  be  prepared,  freq.  in  Hdt., 
etc.  :  π.  ες  τι,  Hdt.  3,  150,  etc.  ; 
προς  τι,  Id.,  Xen.,  etc.  ;  Ιπί  τι,  Xen.  : 
also,  ώς  έπι  νανμαχίαν,  ώς  εΙς  θήραν, 
Thuc.  4,  13,  Xen.,  etc.:  foil,  by  ώς, 
c.  part,  tut.,  as,  π.  ώς  άπολονμενοι, 
Hdt.  7.  218;  ώς  προςβαλοϋντες, 
Thuc.  4,  8,  and  freq.  in  Xen. ;  less 


ΠΑΡΑ 

freq.  without  ώς,  as,  π.  έπιθησόμενοι, 
Thuc.  5,  8,  cf.  6,  54,  Xen.  Hell.  4,  1, 
41  :  loll,  by  ώςτε,  c.  inf.,  π.  ύςτε 
κατϋιινείν,  Eur.  Η.  F.  1241,  cf.  Xen. 
An.  7,  3,  35  ;  and  freq.  c.  inf.  only, 
Hdt.  1,  71,  Aesch.  Theb.  440,  eic: 
foil,  by  υπως,  c.  iiidic.  fut.,  π.  όπως 
δώσεις.  Plat.  Theaet.  183  D.— 2.  παρε- 
σκευάσϋαι  τι,  to  be  prepared, provided, 
furnished  with  a  thing.  Plat.  Rep.  3G5 
B. — II.  of  things,  to  be  got  ready,  pre- 
pared, ώς  παρεσκεναστο,  when  prepa- 
rations had  been  made,  Thuc.  4,  67  ; 
and  so,  παρεσκεναδατο  (plur.  for 
sing.)  τοΙς  'Κλλησι,  Hdt.  9,  100. 
Hence 

Τίαρασκενάσις,  ή,  =  παρασκενή, 
Diod.  Excerpt,  p.  491,  7:  and 

Ώαρασκενασμα,  ατυς,  τό,  any  thing 
got  ready  or  prepared:  also=;7rapa- 
σκενή,  Xen.  Oec.  11,  19. 

ΙΙάρασκευασμός,  ov,  ύ,  =  foreg. : 
susp. 

ΊΙαρασκεναστέον,  verb.  adj.  from 
παρασκενάζω,  one  must  prepare,  etc., 
Plat.  Gorg.  480  E,  etc.— II.  (from 
pass.)  one  must  prepare  one's  self,  be 
ready,  μη  δεϊσθαι,  id.  Gorg.  507  D. 

ϋαρασκευαστής,  ov,  o,  (  παρα- 
σκενάζω) a  provider,  procurer,  Plat. 
Gorg.  518  C.    Hence 

ΥΙαρασκεναστικός,  ή,  όν,  preparing, 
Xen.  Mem  3,  1,  6. 

ΐίαρασκεναστός,  i),  ov,  {  παρα- 
σκευάζω) that  can  be  prepared,  to  be 
prepared,  provided, jjrocured.  Plat.  Prot. 
319  B,  324  C. 

Τίαρασκενή,  ης,  ij,  a  getting  ready, 
preparing,  preparation,  Hdt.  7,  18  ;  π. 
δείπνου,  Hdt.  9,  82 ;  παρασκενήν 
σίτου  προαγγέ/ιλειν,  to  order  corn 
to  be  prepared.  Id.  3,  25  ;  π.  νέων, 
Ar.  Ach.  190:  pnparation,  practice,  as 
of  a  speaker  preparing  his  speech, 
Isocr.  43  C,  Lvs.  127,  7,  Xen.  Mem. 
4,  2,  6;  π.  επί  τι,  Plat.  Gorg.  5J3  D :. 
— εκ  παρασκευής,  of  set  purpose,  by 
arrangement ,  Lai.  ex  institulo,  Alltipho 
143,  33,  Lys.  189,  34  ;  so,  άπό  παρα- 
σκευής, Thuc.  1,  133;  so  also  εις 
παρασκευής, seenistobe  used,  Elinsl. 
Bacch.  457  ;  (5i'  όλίγης  παρασκενής, 
at  short  notice,  off-hand,  Thuc.  4,  8. 
• — -2.  a  plan,  method.  Plat.  Gorg.  510 
E,  513  D. — 3.  a  plot,  intrigue,  cabal, 
Antipho  138,  37  ;  cf.  παρασκενάζω 
Β.  2. — II.  that  which  is  prepared,  furni- 
ture, provision,  etc.,  Lat.  apparatus, 
Plat.  Rep.  495  A,  etc. :  pomp,  Xen. 
Cyr.  8,  3,  14. — 2.  esp.  of  warlike 
preparation,  of  men,  arms,  ships,  etc., 
a  force,  power,  Thuc.  5,  7  ;  6,  31,  and 
Xen. :  m  genl.  power,  means.  Thuc. 
1,  1. — On  lis  difference  from  κατα- 
σκευή, cf.  Arnold  Thuc.  1,  10,  and  v.. 
sub  παρασκενάζω  init. 

ΤΙαρασκτ/νύω,  or  παρασκηνέω,  ύ, 
{παρά,  σκ7/νή)  to  pitch  one's  tent  beside 
or  near,  τινί,  Xen.  An.  3.  1,  28. 

ΤΙαρασκήνια,  τύ,  m  Dem.  520.  18, 
either  the  space  at  the  sides  of  the  .vtage, 
{παρά,  σκηνή),  the  side-scenes,  Mein- 
eke Comment.  Miscell.  p.  12  sq. ;  or, 
the  side-entrances  to  the  theatre  through 
the  orcliestra,  and  δο=ζπάρυδοί. 

ϊϊαρασκηνόω,  ώ,  {παρά,  σκτ/νή)  φά- 
ρος παρ.,  to  throw  a  wide  gariiieni 
like  a  tent  over  one,  Aosch.  Eum.  634  ; 
which  he  calls  κατασκήνωμα,  in  Cho. 
999. — II.  V.  1.  tor  παμασκηνάω  or  -έω, 
Xen.  ubi  supra. 

ΤΛαρασκήπτω,  {παρά,  σκήπτω)  to 
strike  into  or  near,  of  lightning,  είςτι, 
Luc.  Tim.  10. 

Γίαρασκιρτάω,  ώ,  {πcψύ,  σκtpτάω') 
to  spring  or  leap  beside  or  near,  Plut. 
Mar.  38. 

ΊΙαρασκοπέω,  ώ,  {παρά,  σκοπέω)  to. 


ΠΑΡΑ 
look  beside,  miss  the  meaning  of,  c.  gen., 
χρησμών,  Aesch.  Ag.  1252, — nisi  leg. 
δρον,  pro  ap'  άν...,  ut  nunc,  Dmd. — 
2.  to  give  a  sidelong  glance  at,  τινά,  Plat. 
Symp.  221  B. 

ΤΙαρασκώπτο),  f.  -ψω,  (παρά,  σκώ- 
ΤΓΤω)  to  jeer,  jest  beside  or  indirectly, 
H.  Horn.  Cer.  203  ;  π.  τί  εΙς  τίνα, 
Pint.  Cic.  38. 

ΐίαρασοβέω,  ώ,  f.  -ησω,  {παρά,  σο- 
βέω)  Ιο  scare  away,  esp.  birds,  v.  1. 
Arist.  Mirab.  118,  2.  —  II.  to  stalk 
haughtily  by,  Plut.  Cat.  Maj.  24. 

ΐίαρασοφίζομαι,  f.  -ίσομαι,  {παρά, 
σοφίζω)  dep.  mid. : — to  apply  art  at  the 
wrong  place,  π.  πονηρύς,  Chrysipp. 
ap.  Ath.  137  F;  —  τον  ίατρόν,  towish 
to  be  wiser  than  the  physician,  Arist. 
Rhet.  1,  15,  12. 

Ιίαρασπάς,  ύδος,  ό,  ή,=:τΓαραφνάς, 
Theophr. 

ΊΙαμύσπΰσις,  7/,=  sq. 

ΤΙαρασπασμός,  ον,  ό,  α  twisting 
aside,  Plut.  2,  906  F  :  from 

ΐίαρασττύω,  f.  -ύσω,  [a]  fto  draw  or 
tear  from  the  side  of,  strictly  of  young 
shoots  from  the  parent  trunk,  Theo- 
phr., cf  Wagner  Virg.  G.  2,  23t  ;— 
to  wrest,  draw  aside.  Soph.  El.  732  ;  7Γ. 
Tiva  γνώμης.  Id.  O.  C.  1185  ;  π.  φρέ- 
νας  έ~ι  λώρ';/.  Id.  Ant.  792  :— mid.  to 
draw  off  or  away  from  a  thing,  τί  τίνος, 
Heind.  Plat.  Soph.  211  C  t(rather,  to 
draw  off  or  gather  for  one^s  self  from,  c. 
gen.,  Stallb.  Plat.  1.  c.)+  :  also,  παρα- 
σπύσθαί  τινά  τίνος,  to  detach  him  from 
another's  side  ω  one's  own,  Xen.  Hell. 
4,  8,  33,  cf  Dem.  10,  6. 

Τίαρασπεφύω,  ώ,  f.  -άσω  [ά],  (πα- 
ρά, σττειράυ) : — to  wind  or  fold  beside 
or  near : — pass,  to  be  entwinid  or  coil 
beside,  Apollod.  3,  14,  0. 

ΙΙαρασπείρω,  f.  -σπερώ,  ( παρά, 
σπείρω)  to  sow  or  scalier  beside.  Plat. 
Ax.  366  A  : — in  pass.,  of  places,  to  lie 
scattered,  Stral).  p.  829. 

ΐίαρασπίζω,  f  -ίσω,  {παρά,  ασπίς) 
to  bear  a  shield  beside,  i.  e.  to  fight  be- 
side, stand  by  another,  Eur.  Ion  1528, 
Phoen.  1435  :  metaph.,  (τόξα)  παρ- 
ασπίζοντ'  εμοΐς  βραχίοσι.  Id.  Η.  F. 
1099.     Hence 

ΙΙαρασπιστί/ς,  ον,  ό,  α  shield-bearer, 
or  rather  a  companion  in  arms,  comrade, 
Eur.  Phoen.  1165,  Cycl.  6. 

ΐίαρασπονδέω,  ώ,  f-  -ήσο),  to  be  πα- 
ράσπονόος,  to  act  contrary,  to  an  alli- 
ance or  compact,  break  a  treaty,  Dem. 
85,  22  ;  εΙς  τίνα,  Dion.  Η.  2,  98  ;  π. 
TLva,  to  break  faith  with  one,  Polyb.  ] , 
7,  8,  Plut.  Sull.  3  ;— pass.,  to  suffer  by 
a  breach  of  faith,  Polyb.  3,  15,  7,  etc. 
Hence 

ΐίαρασπόνδημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  breach 
of  faith,  Polyb.  2,  58,  4,  etc.  :  and 

ΙΙαρασπόνόησις,  εως,  ?/,  a  breaking 
of  faith,  Polyb.  2,  7,  5,  etc. :  and 

ΤΙαρασπονδητής,  οϋ.  o,=  sq, 

ΐίαρύσπονδος,  ον,  (παρά,  σπονδή) 
contrary  to  a  compact  or  treaty,  Thuc. 
4,  23  ;  μηδέν  παράσπονδον  ποιείν  or 
παθεϊν,  Xen.  Hell.  2,  4,  30,  Ages.  3, 
5. — 2.  faithless,  foresworn,  Lys.  127,  4. 
— II.  θεοί  παράσπονδοι,  the  gods  in- 
voked at  the  σπονδαί. 

ΐίαρασπορά,  άς,  ή,  (παρασπείρω) 
α  sowing  beside,  mingling  with,  Sext, 
Emp.  p.  14. 

ΤΙαρΰσσον,  adv.,  (παρά,  άσσον)=: 
παραυτίαα,  immediately,  at  once,  Ap. 
Rh.  1,  383;  2.  961,  etc. 

ΥΙαραστΰδόν,  adv.  (παρίστημι) step- 
ping beside,  going  iip  to,  II.  15,  22,  Od. 
10,  173. — II.  standing  beside,  at  the  side, 
Theogn.  473,  Aesch.  Cho.  983  ;  π. 
iyyt^f,  Theocr.  25,  103. 

ίίαραστάζω.  f  -ξω.  (παρά,  στάζω) 
to  drop  upon,  Hipp.,  Diod.  2,  4. 


ΠΑΡΑ 

ΤΙαρασταθμίδες,  αϊ,  the  parts  of  the 
door  next  the  door  posts. 

ΐίαραστάς,  άδος,  ή,  (παρίσταμαι) 
strictly,  any  thing  that  stands  beside  or 
next  to  :  esp.  a  post,  pillar :  hence  in 
plur..  al  παραστάδες,  acolonnade  :  and 
as  this  was  usu.  at  the  entrance  of  a 
house,  an  entrance,  portico  of  a  house 
ortemple,  hat. vestihulum,  Eur.  Phoen. 
415,  etc.,  Cratin.  Dionys.  9,  Xen.  Hier. 
11,2;  elsewh.  πρόδομος  and  αϊθονσα. 
— Also  in  sing,  a  house,  chamber,  Eur. 
Androm.  1121. 

ΐίαράστάσις,  εως,  ή, — I.  (παρίστη- 
μι) a  pulting,  setting  aside  or  away, 
banishing,  v.  Ast  Plat.  Legg.  855  C, 
Arist.  Pol.  5,  8,  12. — 2.  α  setting  out 
things /or  sale,  retail-trade,  Arist.  Pol. 
1,  11,  3. — 3.  metaph.  a  placing  before 
one,  a  representation,  explanation,  proof,  ! 
Hipp. — II.  (παρίσταμαι)  intr.  a  being  ' 
beside,  hence, — 1.  a  position  or  post 
near  another,  as,  near  a  king,  Xen. 
Cyr.  8,  4,  5. — 2.  that  which  is  present  to 
the  soul,=^TO  T?)  ^JV^ij  παριστάμενον  :  ι 
α  judgment,  thought,'  Polyb.  5,  9,  6. — 
3.  presence  of  mind,  courage,  Polyb.  16, 
33,  2,  etc. :  ready  wit,  Plut.  2,  589  A  : 
but  also, — 4.  a  being  beside  one's  self, 
absence  of  mind,  violent  passion,  rashness 
and  thelike,  Polyb.  8,  23,  4,  etc. ;  π. 
της  διανοίας,  Id.  3,  84,  9  : — also  de- 
sire, wantonness,  Αηύ\Λι.Ή.νίοχ.  l.cf 
Meineke  Menand.  p.  199.— 111.  asAtt. 
law-term,  a  small  money-deposit  on  en- 
tering certain  public  suits,  prob.  as  a 
fee  to  the  court,  Andoc.  16,  5,  Isae. 

42,  31  ;  cf  Herm.  Pol.  Ant.  ij  140,  11,  I 
Bockh  P.  E.  2,  69  sq.  i 

ΙΙαραστάτέω,  ώ,  f.  -ησω,  to  stand 
by  or  near,  absol.,  Aesch.  Ag.  14,  etc. ;  ' 
Tivi,  Id.  Theb.  669,  Soph.  O.  T.  400,  ! 
etc. :  from  i 

ΤΙαραστάτης,  ον,  δ,  (παρίσταμαι) 
one  who  stands  by  or  near,  c.  gen.,  Eur. 
Beller.  6  :  absol.,  one's  comrade  on  the 
flank  as  προστάτης,  is  one's  front- 
rank-man,  έττ/στάτί/ζ•,  one's  rear-rank 
man,  Xen.  Cyr.  3,  3,  59  :  generally, 
a  comrade  in  battle,  etc.,  Hdt.  6,  107,  ! 
117,  Pind  N.  3,  62,  and  Trag. :  hence 
in  genl.  a  helper,  assistant,  companion. 
— 3.  one's  right  or  left-hand  man  in  a 
chorus  when  drawn  up  in  order, 
Arist.  Pol.  3,  4,  6.— II.  in  anatomy, 
=  επιδιδυμίδες,  the  testicles,  Plat. 
(Com.)  Pha.  2,  13. — III.  in  a  ship,  two 
stays  of  the  mast. 

ΐίαραστΰτικύς,  ή,  όν,  able  to  exhort 
or  rouse,  c.  gen.,  αγωνίας,  Polyb.  3, 

43,  8  ;  δρμ7]ς,  Plut.  Lye.  21.— II.  hav-  ■ 
ing  presence  of  mind,  collected,  calm, 
courageous,  Polyb.  16,  5,  7. — III.  beside 
one's  selj,  transported,  7nad,  furious,  Id. 
1,  67, 6,  etc. — Adv.  -κώς,  compar.  -ότε- 
pov,  Id. 

ΤΙαραστύτΙς,  ΐδος,  fem.  from  παρα- 
στάτης, a  helper,  assistant,  Soph.  O. 
C.  559,  Tr.  889,  Xen.  Mem.  2,  1,  32. 

ΐίαραστανρόω,  ώ,  to  enclose  by  pali- 
sades placed  along  or  before. 

ΤΙαραστείχω,  aor.  παρέστίχον  (πα- 
ρά, στείχω) : — to  go  by,  past  or  beyond, 
pass  by,  c.  ecc.  loci,  H.  Hom.  Ap.  217, 
c.  dat.,  Aesch.  Cho.  568: — in  Soph. 
0.  T.  808,  the  gen.  υχου  should  be  al- 
tered into  δχους,  or  it  must  be  taken 
with  όρα. 

Τ1αραστέλ?^ω,  (παρά,  στέ/^^ω)  to  set  \ 
on  one  side,  turn  sideu-ay.t,  e.  g.  a  sail, 
Heliod.  —  II.  =  άναστέ'λλω,  ap.  He- 
sych.  I 

ΐίαραστενάχω,  (παρά,  στενάχω)  to 
sigh  beside  or  near  :  to  check,  Hipp.,  in 
mid    [ι•α] 

ΐίαράστημα,  ατός,  τό.  (παρίστα- 
μαι) calmness,  self-possession,  courage,  I 

Diod,  17,  11,  Dion.  H.  de  Dem.  22.—  \ 


ΠΑΡΑ 
'  Π.  θείον  π-,  divine  inspiration,  Dion 
Η.  8,  39.— III.  in  plur.  principUs,  max 
ims,M.  Anton.  3,  11. 

ΐίαραστίζω,  f.  -ξω,  to  mark  by  prick 
ing  at  the  side. 

ΐίαραστίλβω,  L  -ι/)ω,  (παρά,  στίλ 
βω)  Ιο  shine  beside,  at  the  side,  Stob 
Eel.  l,p.  590. 

Τίαραστΐχίδιον,  ον,  τό,  dim.  from 
sq.,  Diog.  L.  8,  78. 

ίίαραστϊχίς.  ίδυς,  ή,  (παρά,  στίχος) 
any  thing  written  beside  or  at  the  side, 
esp.  the  title  of  a  book,  wliich  was 
written  at  each  end  of  the  roll,  or  ap- 
pended on  a  label,  Diog.  L.  5,  93,  cf. 
A.  Cell.  14,  6. 

Τίαραστορέννυμι,  f.  -στορέσω  and 
•στρώσω  (  παρά,  στορένννμι ) :  —  to 
stretch  beside  or  near,  to  lay  flat,  throw 
a  person,  Ar.  Eq.  481. 

Tlapaστόpvvμ^,={oτeg. 

ΐίαραστυχάζομαί,  (παρά,  στοχάζο- 
μαι) uep.,  to  aim  at,  τινός,  Sext.  Emp. 
p.  183. 

ΐίαράστρΰβος,  ον,  squinting  side- 
ways. 

ΤΙαραστρΰτεύομαί,  ( παρά,  στρα- 
τεύω) dep.  to  inarch  beside  or  with  an 
army. 

ΤΙαραστράτηγέω,  ώ,  (παρά,  στρα- 
τηγός) to  be  at  the  generaVs  side,  act 
with  him,  like  σνστρατηγέω,  Dion.  H. 
10,  45,  Plut.,  etc. — II.  to  meddle  with 
the  general,  Plut.  Aemil.  11. 

ΐίαραστράτοπεδεύω,  (παρά,  στρα 
τοπεδίύω)  to  encamp  near  or  opposite, 
Tivi,  Polyb.  2,  6,  3  ;  3,  17,  4,  etc. 

ΊΙαράστρεμμα,  ατός,  τό,  that  lohich 
is  twisted  :  a  twist,  distortion,  Hipp.  : 
from 

Τίαραστρέφω,  f.  -φω,  (παρά,  στρέ- 
φω) to  twist  aside  or  from  its  proper 
place,  Hipp.  589  :  to  distort  the  eyes, 
Nic.  Th.  758.• — 2.  to  turn  aside, prevent, 
μοιραν,  Eur.  Melan.  9  :  generally,  to 
change.  Plat.  Crat.  418  A  ;  esp.  for 
the  worse,  to  pervert,  c.  gen.  Anst. 
Pol.  8,  7,  7. 

ΤΙαραστρόγγν?Μς,  ον,  roundish. 

ΤΙαραστρώνννμι,  f.  -στρώσω, =7ra- 
ραστορένννμι,  Joseph. 

ΎΙαραστρωφάω,  ώ,  ί.  -ήσω,  poet,  for 
παραστρεφω,  Αρ.  Rh.  2,  665. 

ΐίαραστνφω,  (  παρά,  στύφω  )  Ιο  be 
rather  astringent,  Diph.  Siphn.  Ath. 
73  A. 

ΤΙαρασνγγράφέω,  ώ,  to  cheat  one  in 
breach  of  contract  (σνγγραφή),  to  break 
contract  with,  τινά,  Dem.  1291,  17  j 
1293,  7. 

ΪΙαρασυγγρ&φή,  ης,  ή,  a  breach  of 
contract. 

ΊΙαρασνγχέω,  f.  -χεύσω,  to  mingle 
improperly. 

Τίαρασϋκοφαντέω,  ώ,  (παρά,  σνκο- 
φαντέω)  to  calunuiiate beside  or  secretly, 
Plut.  2,  73  B.^ 

ΙΙαρασνλ/^έγομαι,  (παρά,  συλλέ- 
γω)  as  pass.,  to  assemble  beside  or  with 
others,  Andoc.  17,  24. 

ΐίαρασυμβά/ίλω,  (  παρά,  σνμβά?.- 
λω)  to  compare  :  pass,  to  be  like,  τινί, 
LXX. 

Τίαρασύμβάμα,  ατός,  τό,  ( παρά, 
συμβαίνω)  in  ihe  technical  language 
of  the  Stoics,  a  subordinate  notion  or 
circumstance,  Luc.  Vit.  Auct.  21  ;  cf. 
παρασνμπτωμα,  σύμβαμα. 

Τίαρασύμπτωμα,  τό,  v.  foreg. 

ΐΙα()ασννάγχ}ΐ,  ης,  ?/,  inflammation 
of  the  throat,  Hipp.,  v.  κυνάγχη. 

ΐίαρασυνάγω,  to  assemble  illegally 
or  secretly,  [a]     Hence 

Τ1αρασννά'}ωγή,  ής,  ή,  ari  illegal, 
secret  meeting. 

ΤΙαρασύναξις,  7/,=foreg. 
ΤΙαρασνναπτιΐίός,    fj,    όν,   binding 
along  with, 

1113 


ΠΑΡΑ 

ΤΙαρασυνάτΓΤω,  f.  -φο,  to  bind  with. 

ΙΙαρασννεσις,  ή,  {παρά,  συνίημι)  α 
niisunderslandiiig,  Hipp. 

ΐίαρασύΐ'βεσις,  ή,  formation  from  a 
compound,  Graiiim. 

\ίαρασύνθετος,  ov,  esp.  in  neut. 
plur.  :  "ά  7Γ.,  words  formed  from  com- 
pounds, 

ΥίαρασννΟημα,  ατός,  τό,  {παρύ, 
σύί'θι/μα)  α  collateral  signal,  a  signal 
added  to  the  watch-word,  Polyb.  9,  13, 
19 ;  V.  σννθημα. 

ΐίαρασϋρίζυ,  {■ΰαρύ,  συρίζω)  to  play 
the  σύριγξ  beside  or  near,  Nonn. 

ΐίαρασνρω,  f.  -υρώ,  (παρύ,  σύρω) 
to  hurry  away  or  along,  carry  with  the 
stream,  Diod.  17,  55 :  metaph.,  π.  της 
στάσεως,  Ar.  Eq.  527.-2.  π.  έπος,  to 
dra^  a  word  in,  use  it  out  of  time  and 
place,  Aesch.  Pr.  1065. — 3.  ταρσούς 
■παρ.,  to  sweep  off  the  oars  of  a  ship  by 
brushing  past  her,  Polyb.  16,  4,  14. 
-^4.  OL  παρασεσΐ'ρμένοί,=  νπεσκελί- 
σμένοί,  wrestlers  tripped  up.   [v] 

ΐίαρασφύγίς,  ίόος,  ή,  the  part  near 
the  throat. 

ΤΙαρασόάλής,  ες,  {παρά,  σφάλλω) 
wandering  by  οτ  past,  Nic.  Al.  416. 

ΙΙαρασςιΰλίζω,  {παρά,  άαφα?ύζω)  to 
secure  by  placing  beside,  to  fortify,  LXX. 

ΐίαρασφάλ/.ω,  fut.  -α/.ώ  .•  aor.  πα- 
ρέσφτβα  {  παρά,  σφάλλω  ) ;  to  push 
sideways,  hence  to  make  a  thing  glance 
off  to  the  side,  e.  g.  an  arrow,  to  jnake  it 
fail  Οι  miss,  foil  it,  II.  8,  311  ;  π.  τινά 
Τίνος,  to  foil  oneo/(obtaining)  a  thing, 
Pind.  N.  11,  41 :  π.  τινά  νόοιο,  0pp. 
Η.  3,  200. — Pass,  to  err.  be  deceived, 
νους  παρεσφαλται,  Critias  2,  13 ; 
also  to  wander  from,  c.  gen..  Plat. 
Epin.  976B.^ 

ΙΙαρασφηκόω,  ώ,  to  wedge  in  beside 
or  7)ear. 

ΐίαρασφηνόω,  ώ,  to  bind  in  at  the  side. 

ΐίαρασφίγγω,  f.  -γξω,  to  bind,  fasten 
beside  or  on. 

ΐίαρασφρΰγίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  ( παρά, 
σφραγίζω)  to  set  a  seal  beside  :  to  seal 
up.  Teles  ap.  Stob.  p.  523,  11 ;— pass. 
to  be  sealed  up,  lb.  14. — II.  to  counter- 
feit a  seal.     Hence 

ΐίαρασφράγΐσις,  ?/,  the  counterfeiting 
of  a  seal. 

Τίαρασφνριος,  ov,  {παρά,  σφνρόν) 
beside,  near  the  ankles.  0pp.  H.  3,  307. 

ΙΙαρασχάζω,  to  detain,  dub. 

ΙΙαρασχεδιάζω,  fut.  -άσω,  to  perforin 
or  execute  in  haste,  off-hand,  carelessly  : 
hence  Ά\50=παραχαράσσω. 

ΤΙαρασχεδόν,  {παρά,  σχεδόν)  adv., 
beside,  near :  of  time,  like  παραχρήμα, 
straightway,  Ap.  Rh.  1,  354,  Nic.  Th. 
799.— II.  nearly,  well  nigh,  Dion.  H. 

11αρασχέθω,=  παρέχω,  poet. 

Παρασ^Γίΐ',  παρασχέμεν,  inf.  aor. 
2  of  παρέχω,  Horn. 

ΐίαράσχεσις,  εως,  ή,  an  offering, 
Dio  (5. 

λίαρασχετεος,  a,  ov,  verb.  adj.  from 
παρασχεθώ,  v.  παρέχω. 

ΐίαρασχημΰτίζω,  t.  -ίσω,  {παρά, 
σχηματίζω,)  tochange  from  the  true  or 
ri''ht  form,  to  alter,  disfigure,  disguise, 
Theophr.  ap.  Ρ1υ1.2,63ΓΕ,  Diog.  L.  6, 
9. — II.  to  imitate,  copy,  Pausan.  Hence 
ΐίαρασχημάτισμός,  οϋ,  ύ,  the  form- 
ation of  a  word  from  another  by  a  change 
of  tfiinination,  gender,  etc.,  Gramm. 
Τίαρασχίδες,  αϊ,  chips  which  fall  by 
the  side  in  cleaving,  hewing,  etc.,  Hipp, 
[i] :  from 

ΙΙαρασχίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {παρά,  σχίζω) 
to  rip  up  lengthwise,  π.  παρά  την  λα- 
ττάρην,  Hdt.  2,  86  ;  to  open  fish,  Epich. 
p.  104,  Alex.  Leuc.  1.     Hence 

ΤΙαρασχιστής,  ov,  ό,  ο?ίβ  who  slits 
or  rips  up  lengthwise,  e.  g.  a  COok  who 
guts  ftsh,  etc.  -.—one  ivho  opens  corpses 
1114 


ΠΑΡΑ 

to  embalm  them,  Diod.  1,  91. — Tl.  a 
housebreaker  ivho  breaks  through  doors 
or  walls,  Polyb.  13,  6,  4. 

ΐίαρασχοινίζω,ί.  -ίσω,  {παρά,  σχοι- 
νίζω)  to  fence  with  lines,  Strab.  p.  710. 
Hence 

ΐίαρασχοίνισμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  cord 
drawn  beside  or  along. 

ΐίαρασχολέω,  ώ,  to  busy  one's  self 
with  trifling  things. 

■^ΙΊαρασωπία,  ας,  ή,  Parasopia.i.e. 
lying  along  the  Asopus,  a  district  of 
Boeotia  ;  hence  ol  ΐίαρασώπιοι,  the 
Parasopii,  inhab.  of  P.,  Strab.  pp.  404, 
408. 

ίΤΙαρασωπιάς,  άδος,  ή,  Parasnpias, 
a  town  or  district  of  Thessaly,  Strab. 
p.  424  :  prob.  near  source  of  "Ασωττοί, 
II.  3. 

Παραταιναρίζω  or  -ιάζω,  to  celebrate 
the  Taenaria  like  the  Laconians,  Her- 
mipp.  QroL  7. 

ΤΙαράταξις,  εως,  η,  {παρατάσσω)  a 
placing  beside,  esp.  a  disposing  soldiers 
in  array  ;  hence  also  an  army  in  array, 
a  line  of  battle,  π.  ποιεϊσΟαι,  Isocr. 
210  D  :  έκ  παρατάξεως,  in  regular  bat- 
tle, Thuc.  5,  11,  Dem.  123.  24,  Aesch. 
00,  15;  so,  έν  τ?)  παρατάξει.  Polyb. 
— 2.  metaph.  emulation,  π.  και  φιλο- 
νεικία,  Plut.  Cim.  8  : — the  regular  par- 
ty of  a  demagogue,  Lat.  ambitus,  Dem. 
1081,  12,  cf.  Aeschin.  53,2. 

ΙΙαρατάράσσω,  Att.  -ττω ;  f.  -ξω, 
{παρά,  ταράσσω)  to  confuse,  confound, 
Epict. 

ΐίαράτάσις,  εως,  ή,  {παρατείνω)  ex- 
tension by,  near,  before. — II.  in  Gramm. 
χρόνον  π.,  Lat.  tetnpus  imperfectum, 
also  χρόνος  παρατατικός,  because 
the  impf.  expresses  continuance  οϊ  du- 
ration of  time  in  the  past. 

Υίαρατάσσω,  Att.  -ττω  :  f.  -ξω  {πα- 
ρά, τάσσω)  .—to  place  or  post  beside 
others,  to  draw  up  an  army /or  battle, 
esp.  in  battle-order,  Hdt.  9,  31,  Xen. 
Hell.  1,  1,  33,  etc.  ;  and  in  mid.,  to 
draw  up  one's  men  in  battle  order,  Xen. 
Hell.  7,  5,  23,  etc. : — pass. :  to  be  set 
or  posted  beside  in  array,  παρά  τίνος, 
Hdt.  8,  95  ;  to  be  drawn  up  in  battle 
order,  Thuc.  4,  32,  43,  etc.:  mid.,  to 
meet  one  another  in  battle,  άλ.λτίλοίς, 
Xen.  Hell.  4,  3,  5  ;  absol.  to  staiid 
side  by  side  in  battle,  ov  μά  τονς  έν 
ΤΙλαται,αΊς  παραταξαμένονς,  Dem. 
297,  12;  cf.  Thuc.  1,  29.-2.  in  mid. 
and  pass.,  also,  to  prepare  one's  self, 
slaiid  prepared,  παρατετάχθαΐ  πρύς 
τι,  Plat.  Prot.  333  E.^ 

ΐίαρατάτικός,  -η,  όν,  {παράτασις) 
stretching  out,  lengthetiitig. — II.  χρόνος 
παρατατικός,  theimperfect,Sext.  Emp. 
p.  049  ;  V.  παράτασις  II. 

ΤΙαρατείνω,  {παρά,  τείνω)  to  stretch 
out  along,  beside  or  near,  Hdt.  1,  185  ; 
to  stretch  out  the  line  of  battle,  Lat.  or- 
dines  explicare,  Xen.  An.  7,  3,  48  ;  π. 
τάφρον,  to  draw  a  long  trench,  lb.  1,  7, 
15  ;  ίο  produce  in  a  straight  line.  Plat. 
Rop.  527  A  ;  π.  λόγον,  Arist.  Poet. 
17,  5  — 2.  of  time,  to  protract,  prolong, 
exhaust  or  wear  out  by  delay,  Xen.  Cyr. 
1,3.  11,  of  Mem.  3, 13,  6.-3.  to  stretch 
on  the  rack,  torture,  bring  to  extremity. 
At.  Eq.  ;  metaph.,  in  pass.,  Plat.  Lys. 
204  C  ;  πολιορκία  παρατείνεσθαι  εΙς 
τοΐ'σχατον,  to  strain  themselves  to  the 
uttermost,  hold  out  to  the  last,  Thuc. 
3,  46. — 4.  in  pass.,  also,  to  be  laid  pros- 
trate, laid  low,  λιμω  παρατείνεσθαι, 
Plat.  Symp.  207  Β  ;  so,  of  a  corpse, 
Valck.  Phoen.  1691,  cf.  infra  II.— 5. 
κοιλίαν  π.,  to  relax  the  bowels,  Ath. 
115  E. — 6.  ot  pronunciation,  to  pro- 
nounce a  word  long  or  slowly,  lengthen 
it  in  promincialion.  Ii'dt.producere. — 11. 
intr,  to  stretch  out,  lie  beside,  before  or 


ΠΑΡΑ 

along,  of  a  wall,  a  line  of  country, 
etc.,  Hdt.  1,  180,  Thuc.  4,  8,  etc.  :  c 
ace.  loci,  Tu  προς  την  ίσπέρην  φέ- 
ροντα 6  Καύκασος  παρατείνει,  Hdt. 

1.  203 :  80  also  in  pass.,  Hdt.  2,  8  ;  4, 
38,  etc.,  Ar.  Nub.  212,  sq.— 2.  of  time, 
to  extend,  Luc.  Macrob.  3,  etc. — III. 
as  auxil.  verb,  c.  part.,  ποϊ  παρατε- 
νεϊς  δεδιώς  ταύτα  ;  how  long  will 
you  go  on  fearing  this  .'  Lat.  quousque 
tendes  Or  perges  haec  timere,  Philostr. 

ΐίαρατειχίζω,  {  παρά,  τειχίζω  )  to 
build  a  wall  beside  ;  to  fortify  beside. 
Hence 

ΐίαρατείχισμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  wall  or 
fort  built  beside :  a  side  or  cross-wall, 
Time.  7,  11,  42  (v.  Arnold  42). 

ΤΙαρατεκταίνω,  aor.  παρετεκτηνα : 
in  Horn,  only  in  mid.  {παρά,  τεκταί- 
νω) : — strictly  of  timber,  to  work  into 
another  form :  hence,  generally,  to 
transform,  niter,  ονδέ  κεν  ΰλ?.ως  Ζενς 
παρατεκτήναιτο,  not  even  be  could 
make  it  any  way  else  {άλλως  being  al- 
most pleonast.),  II.  14,  54. — 2.  to  alter 
from  the  truth,  disguise,  falsify,  έπος, 
Od.  14,  131.— II.  to  botch,  alter  clumsi- 
ly, of  carpentry,  Plut. — 111.  to  build  or 
make  besides,  Plut. 

ΤΙαρατελενταΐος,  a,  ov,  {παρά,  τε 
?.εντη)  the  last  but  one,  Ath.  106  C. 

napaTeAei'rof,ov,=foreg., Gramm. 

Τίαρατε?Μνέομαι,  {παρά,  τελωνέω) 
dep.  to  cheat  the  revenue,  Tt,  Diog.  L. 
4,46. 

ΐίαρατέμνω :  f.  -τεμω.  Ion.  and  poet. 
-τύμώ,  {παρά,  τέμνω)  : — to  cut  or  cut 
vp  at  the  side  or  lengthunse,  π.  τίνος 
θημισν,  to  cut  in  half,  Ar.  Lys.  117, 
132,  cf.  Posidon.  ap.  Ath.  152  A. 

ΥΙαρατεταγμένως,  adv.  part.  pf. 
pass.  Irom  παρατάσσω,  in  battle-array, 
well-prepared.  Plat.  Rep.  399  B. 

ΤΙαρατετηρημένως,  adv.  part.  pf. 
pass,  from  παρατηρέω,  carefully,  ex- 
actly, Philo. 

ΤΙαρατεχνο7.ογέω,  ώ,  to  introduce  a 
thing  incidentally  and  without  system, 
Dem.  Phal. 

ΙΙαρατηρέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {παρά,  τη• 
ρέω)  to  watch  closely,  obser^'K  narrowly, 
c.  ace,  Xen.  Mem.  3,  14,  4,  Arist. 
Rhet.  2,  6,  20,  etc. ;  esp.  with  evil 
design,  to  lie  in  wait  for,  Polyb.  17,  3, 

2,  etc. — 2.  to  observe  constantly,  take 
care,  foil,  by  δπως...,  Dem.  281,  16. 
Hence 

ΐΙαρατ7/ρημα,  ατός,  τό,  any  thing 
observed,  an  observation,  esp.  of  the 
flight  of  birds:  and 

ΥΙαρατήρησις,  εως,  ή,  an  observing 
or  remarking  beside  or  near,  also=: 
foreg.,  Diod.  1,28. — 2.  awatching  or  /y- 
in^init'ai7/ora  person,  Polyb.  10,22,8. 

ΤΙαρατηρητέον,  verb.  adj.  from  πα- 
ρατηρέω, one  must  take  care,  Arist. 
Anal.  Pr.  2,  19,  1. 

ΤΙαρατηρητής,  ov,  6,  {παρατηρέω) 
a7iobserver,overseer,OiO(.\.  1, 16.  Hence 

Τίαρατηρηηκός,  i],  ov,  belonging  to, 
fit  for  observing. 

ΐίαρατίθημι,  also  3  sing.  pres.  πα- 
ρατιθεϊ,  Od.  1,  192,  {παρά,  τίθημι). 
To  place  beside  or  before,  esp.  of  meais, 
to  set  something  before  one,  π.  τινί  τι, 
in  Horn.  (esp.  in  Od.)  theusu.  signf., 
as  II.  18,  408,  Od.  4,  06  ;  παρ.  δαίτα. 
II.  23,  810;  τράπεζαν.  Od.  5,  92;  δί• 
φρον,  Od.  21,  177,  cf.  Hdt.  4,  73,  etc. : 
hence,  generallv,  to  offer,  provide,  fur- 
nish, ξίίνια,  II.  11,  779,  cf.  Od.  5,"91  ; 
9,  517  ,  όδοιπόριον, Od.  15,  506;  π.δύ- 
ναμίν  τινι,  to  place  power  at  one's  dis- 
posal, Od.  3,  205:  π.  τινί,  c.  inf.,  to 
enable  one  to  do.  Plat.  Prot.  325  E, 
Theaet.  157  C— Hom.  oft.  has  it  in 
tmesis. — 2.  to  place  by  or  upon,  στε- 
φάνονς  παρέθηκε  καρήατι,  Hes.  Th, 


ΠΑΡΑ 

577. — 3.  to  lay  before  one,  to  propose, 
represent,  declare,  explain,  τινίτι,Χ.βη. 
CjT.  1,  6,  14;  to  allege,  produce,  Isae. 
78,  13 ;  also  in  mid. ;  cf.  infra  B.  6. 
— t.  to  set  over  against,  Tivi  ri,  Plat. 
Phil  47  A,  Demad.  179,  16.— 5.  to  set 
side  by  side,  compare,  rivi  ~i,  Plut. 
Demetr.  12  ;  τι  -^ρός  tc,  Luc.  Prom. 
15. — 6.  to  place  as  a  pledge  ivith  some 
one,  give  into  another's  charge  or  keep- 
ing, to  deposit  in  his  hands,  τινί  τι : 
but  also  in  mid.,  as  Hdt.  6,  86, 1,  Xen. 
Ath.  2,  16 ;  (hence  παραθήκη,  the  de- 
posit.) 

B.  mid.,  to  set  by  or  before  one's  self, 
have  set  before  one,  δαίδας,  Od.  2,  105  ; 
19,  150;  24,  140;  σκνφος,  Eur.  Cycl. 
390;  τράπεζαν,  Thuc.  1,  130;  esp. 
to  take  to  one's  self,  take  as  an  assistant 
or  helper. — 2.  to  give  as  a  deposit,  v. 
supra  6. — 3.  to  venture,  stake,  hazard, 
κεφάλας,  -ψνχάς  τταρθέμενοι,  Od.  2, 
237 ;  9,  255,  Tyrtae.  3,  18 ;  cf.  παρα- 
βά'/./.cj  mid. — 4.  to  lay  by  one's  self  or 
by  one's  side,  lay  up  or  set  aside  for 
something,  χρήματα  εις  τι,  Polyb.  3, 
17,  10. — 5.  to  apply  something  o/ one's 
own  to  a  purpose,  employ  it,  τι  εν  τινι. 
Plat.  Phaed.  65  Ε. — 6.  to  bring οτ  quote 
in  one's  own  favour,  quote  as  evidence  or 
as  an  authority,  —.  μνβον,  ~αράδείγμα, 
Plat.  PoUt.  275  B,  279  A  :— but  most 
freq.  in  Gramm.,  and  that  sometimes 
in  act.,  Schaf.  Dion.  Comp.  p.  84,  359. 

Παρατίλλω,  {~αρά,  τι/J.iS)  to  pluck 
the  hair  from  any  parts  of  the  body 
but  the  head,  ττ.  τάς  ,3?.εφαρίδας,  Ar. 
Eq.  373  :  a  practice  among  voluptu- 
aries and  women.  Id.  Lys.  89,  151  ; — 
also  the  penalty  inflicted  on  adulter- 
ers when  detected.  Id.  Plut.  168,  cf. 
Valck.  Hipp.  415,  and  v.  sub  τίλλω : 
— mid.,  to  pull  hairs  out  of  one's  self, 
Ar.  Ach.  31  ;  cf.  t'O'/.u.     Hence 

Υίαρατύ.μός,  ov,  ό,  a  plucking  the 
hair  from  any  parts  but  the  head  :  and 

ΤίαράτΓ/.σις,  7/,=  foreg.,  Clem.  Al. 

ΐίαράτι/^τος,  ον,{-αρατί'/.7.ω) strip- 
ped of  hair  in  any  parts  but  the  head. 

ΐίαρατί/.τρια,  ας,  ή,  {παρατ'ύ.λω) 
a  female  slave  who  plucked  the  hairs  from 
her  mistress's  body,  Cratin.  Ώρ.  2. 

Τίαρατμίζω,  (ττσρά.  άτμίζω)  to  fu- 
migate, smoke  on  ail  sides,  Geop. 

ΐίαρατο/.μάω,  ώ,(— αρό,τολωάω)  to 
be  fool-hardy,  Polyb.  Fr.  Gramm.  102. 

ΤΙαρύτολμος,  ov,  (rrapu,  τόλμα) 
fool-hardy,  Plut.  Pomp.  32,  etc.  Adv. 
-^<jf,  Heliod.  9,  21. 

Τίαρύτονος,  ov,  (παρατείνω)  stretch- 
ed out  beside  or  along,  ττ.  χέρες,  hands 
hanging  down  by  the  side,  Lur.  Ale.  399. 

ΐίαρατόξενσις,  εως,  ή,  (παρά,  το- 
ξεύω) CL  shooting  as  with  an  arrow  in 
passing,  Plut.  2,  521  B. 

ΙΙαράτοπος,  ov,  at  the  wrong  or  α 
bad  place. 

ΐΐαματράγεΐν,  inf.  aor.  2  of  παρα- 
τρώγω. 

'n.apaTpUYiKevu,=sq. 

ΤΙαρατρΰγφδέω,  ώ,  to  tell  in  fahe 
tragic  style,  to  exaggerate. 

ΤΙαρατρύγωδος,  ov,  (παρά,  τραγφ- 
δός,  pseudo-tragic,  bombastic,  Plut.  2, 
7  A,  Longiii. 

'Π.αρατραν7.ίζω,ΙοΙί$ρ  like  a  child. 

ΪΙαρατρέττω,  f.  -τρέψω,  {~αμύ,  τρέ- 
-jzu)  to  turn  aside,  off  or  away,  ιππονς, 
II.  23,  398;  έκτος  όδον,  423;  ττοτα- 
μόν  παρ-,  to  turn  a  river/rom  its  chan- 
nel, Lat.  derivare,  Hdt.  7,  128,  cf.  130. 

,2.  to  turn  one  from  his  opinion,  change 

his  ?nind,  Hes.  Th.  103  ;  and,  in  bad 
•sense,  to  mislead,  seduce,  Plat.  Legg. 
885  D  ;  so  in  mid.,  Theocr.  22,  151  : 
ίτ.  Αόγον,  to  pervert  οτ  falsify  a  stor\', 
Hdt.  3, 2  :— generally,  toal'ter,la.  7,  lb. 

B.  mid,  to  turn,  deviate,  εις  τύπον, 


ΠΑΡΑ 

Xen.  Hell.  5,  1.  G ;  π.  τον  7^όγον,  Id. 
Oec.  12,  17.  Cf.  παρατροπέω,  πα- 
ρατρωπάυ. 

Τίαρατρέόω,  f.  -θρέψω,  (παρά,  τρέ- 
φω) to  feed  beside  ΟΤ  with  : — pass,  to  live 
at  the  expense  of  another,  Dem.  403, 
23. — Π.  to  feed  to  no  purpose,  of  men 
and  animals  that  are  not  worth  their 
keep,  Schaf.  Greg.  p.  1041,  Meineke 
Menand.  p.  85. 

ΙΙαρατρέχω,  f.  -θρέξομαι,  usu.-Jpa- 
μονμαι :  aor.  παρέδράμον  (the  only 
tense  used  by  Horn.) ;  part.  aor.  1 
παραθρέξας.  Αρ.  Rh.  3,  955,  Anth. 
{παρά,  τρέχω).  To  run,  rush  by  or 
past,  II.  10,  350 ;  c.  dat.  loci,  22,  157  ; 
later  also  c.  ace,  to  escape,  τα  κακά, 
Eur.  Η.  F.  1020 ;  hence,— 2.  to  out- 
run, overtake,  rivu  πόδεσσιν,  II.  23, 
636,  cf.  Ar.  Eq.  1353:  generally,  to 
excel,  surpass,  Polyb.  32,  15,  12. — 3. 
to  overreach,  outwit,  0pp. — 4.  to  run 
through  or  over.  Lat.  cursu  conficere, 
ήμίπ?.εθρον,  Xen.  An.  4,  7,  6. — 5.  to 
run  over,  i.  e.  treat  in  a  cursory  way,  Lat. 
percurrere,  Isocr.  55  C  :  also  to  pass 
over,  omit,  Polyb.  10,  43,  1  :  to  slight, 
neglect,  Theocr.  20,  32. — 6.  to  escape 
unnoticed,  Polyb.  6,  6,  4  :  so  of  time, 
Hdn.  2,  12,  7. — II.  to  run  up  to,  run 
quickly  to,  εις,  επί  or  παρά  τι,  Xen. 
An.  7,  1,  23,  etc. 

Τίαρατρέω,  f.  -τρέσω,  (παρά,  τρέω) 
to  start  aside  from  fear,  παρέτρεσσαν 
δε  o'l  ϊπποι,  the  horses  swerved,  II.  5, 
295. 

ΐίαράτρητος,  ov,  (παρά,  τιτράω) 
pierced  at  the  side,  ανλος  π.,  a  kind  of 
flute  for  playing  mournful  airs. 

Ϊ1αρατρϊ3ή.  ής,  η,  a  nibbing  against 
one  another :  hence,  metaph.,  collision, 
clashing,  enmity.  Polyb.  2,  36,  5  :  from 
ΙΙαρατρίβω,  f.  -ι/'ω,  {παρά,  τρίβω) 
to  rub  beside  or.  alongside,  π.  χρνσον 
άκήρατον  ύλλω  χρνσώ  (sc.  εις  βάσα- 
\  νον),  to   rub  pure  gold  beside  other 
I  gold  on  the  lapis  Lydius  and  see  the 
difference  of  the  marks  they  leave, 
;  Hdt.  7,  10,  1  ;  hence  in  pass.,  to  be 
riobed  beside  baser  metal,  and  SO  test- 
!  ed,  ές  βάσανον  δ'  έ'λθών  παρατρί3ο- 
i  μαι,  ϋςτε  μο?.ί3δω  χρυσός,  Theogn. 
j  417,  cf.   1101.-2.  Ίο   rub   .''lightly,   π. 
1  ονρω  τους  οδόντας,  Diod.  5,  33. — II. 
ι  pass.,   παρατρίβεσθαί   τινι   or  προς 
'■  Τίνα,  to  clash  against,  fall  out  v.ith  one, 
■  Polyb.  4,  47,  7,  etc. ;  cf.  παρακρονω. 
I  — III.  m\d. ,  torubone  againstanother : — 
but  also,  παρατρίτΐ'ασθαι  το  μέτωπον, 
Ι  like  Lat.  os  or  frontem  perfricare,  to 
harden  the  forehead  as  it  were  by  per- 
petual rubbing,  and  so  to  be  utterly  hard- 
ened, dead  to  shame,  Strab.  p.  603  ;  cf. 
οφρυόκνηστος.  [ί]     Hence 

ΐίαράτριμμα.  ατός,  τό,  inflammation 
caused  by  friction  in  riding  or  walking, 
Lat.  intertrigo,  Diosc:  and 

ΐίαρύτρι-ψις,  εως,  η,  a  rubbing  against 
one  another,  Diod.  3,  36,  Plut. 

ΐΙαρατροπέω,=^παρατρέπω :  τι  με 
ταντα  παρατροπέων  αγορεύεις ;  wny 
tell  me  this,  leading  me  astray,  mis- 
leading me  ?  Od.  4,  465 ;  cf.  Ap.  Rh. 
3,  946. 

ΤΙαρατροπη,  ής,  ή,  (παρατρέπω)  a 

turning  off  or  away,  averting,  means  of 

averting,  θανάτου,  Eur.  Ion  1230. — 2. 

a   slight  alteration,   inflexion,   Plut.   2, 

376  Α.. — 3.  a  misleading,  τον  φρονούν• 

τος.  Id.  2,  758  Ε.— II.  mir.  a  falling 

away,  degeneracy  ;  error,  Plut.  2,  40  Β  : 

madness,  ia.  2,  759  A. — 2.  α  bye-way, 

\  side-stream,    Longin.  : — a    digression, 

\  Plut.  2,  8.55  C,  Luc.  Encom.  Dem.  6. 

ΤΙαρατροπικός,  ή,   όν,=:τταράτρο• 

πος  II. 

ΐίαράτροπος,  ov,  (παρατρέπω)  turn- 
ed aside :  turned  from  the  right  way, 


ΠΑΡΑ 

latvless,  ενναί,  Pind.  P.  2,  65  ;  cf.  0pp. 
H.  1,  515  : — strange,  unusual,  lb.  4,  18. 
— II.  act.  turning  auay  .averting  athing, 
τινός,  Eur.  Andr.  528. 

ΤΙαράτροφος,  ov,  (παρατρέφω)  rear- 
ed beside  or  in  the  same  house,  Lat. 
verna,  Polyb.  40,  2,  3. 

ΤΙαρατροχάζω,  poet,  for  παρατρέ- 
χω,  to  run  past,  Anth.  P.  9,  372  :  to 
outrun. — II.  to  run  alongside,  App.  Civ. 
3,  70. 

ΤΙαρατρόχιος,  ov,  (παρά,  τροχός) 
beside  the  wheel. 

ΐίαρατρνγάω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (παρά, 
τρυγάω)  to  pluck  grapes  by  the  way  or 
by  stealth :  hence,  like  ομφακίζομαι, 
of  lovers'  pleasures,  Aristaen.  2,  7. 

ΙΙαρατρύζω,  to  coo  beside  or  riear. 

ΐίαρατρνπημα,  ατός,  τό,  (παρά, 
τρυπάω)  α  side-hole,  Procl. 

ΐΙαρατρνφάω.=  τρυφάω  :  susp. 

ΤΙαρατρώγω,  fut.  -ξομαι :  aor.  πα- 
ρέτρΰγον  (παρά,  τρώγω) : — to  gnaw  at 
the  side,  nibble  at,  take  a  bite  of,  c.  gen., 
έλύας,  Ar.  Ran.  988,  Pac.  415:  also 
metaph.,  π.  της  αρχής,  ηγεμονίας, 
etc.,  Sueton.  Galb.  4. 

ΤΙαρατρωπάω,  ώ,  poet,  for  παρα- 
τρέπω, θεονς  θυέεσσι  παρατρωπύσ' 
άνθρωποι, mox^^lsturn  aica  ι/ the  anger 
of  the  gods  by  sacrifices,  11.  9,  500. 

ΤΙαράττω.  Att.  for  παραΐσσω,  Arr. 

ΤΙαρατνγχάνω  :  f.  -τεί'ξομαι :  aor 
παρέτνχον  (παρά.τνγχάνω) : — tohap 
pen  to  be  at  hand,  come  to,  τινί,  II.  11, 
74  :  to  be  present  at,  Lat.  interesse,  π.  τύ 
λόγω,  τώ  πάθει,  Hdt.  7,  236 ;  9, 107,  cf. 
Plat.  Pr'ot.  340  Ε  :  absol.,  to  be  present, 
Hdt.  6,  108;  and  of  things,  to  offer,  pre- 
sent themselves,  Lat.  praesto  esse,  Thuc. 
4, 19,  Plat. :  hence,  όπαρατυχών,  who- 
ever chanced  to  be  by,  i.  e.  the  first  comer, 
any  chance  person,  Thuc.  1,  22  ;  το 
παρατυγχάνον  or  παρατυχόν,  what- 
ever turns  up  or  chances,  an  emergency, 
Thuc.  1,  122  ;  5,  38 ;  έκ  τον  παρα- 
τυχόντος  λ.έγειν,  to  speak  off-hand : 
παρατυχόν,  absol.  like  παρασχόν, 
it  being  in  one's  power,  since  it  was  in 
one's  power  to  do,  Thuc.  1,  76;  5,  60. 

ΐίαράτνπος,  ov,  (παρά,  τνπτω) 
marked  with  a  false  impress,  counterfeit, 
Valck.  Hipp.  1115.    Hence 

ΐίαρατϋπόω,  ώ,  to  marktvith  a  false 
impress,  form  wrongly.     Hence 

ΤΙαρατνπωσις,  εως,  ή,  a  false  copy, 
wrong  impression,  reflection,  etc,  Plut. 
2,  404  C  :  and 

ΐίαρατΐ'πωτικός,  ή,  όν,  giving  a 
wrong  or  false  impression,  Sext.  Emp. 
p.  470.     Adv.  -κώς. 

fHapavaia,  ας,  ή,  Parauaea,  the 
territory  of  the  Parauaei,  Arr.  An.  1, 
7,  6. 

Τίαραναίνω,  (παρά,  αναίνω)  to  dry 
beside  or  between,  Theophr. 

iUapavaloi,  ων,  o'l,  the  Parauaei, 
i.  e.  dwellers  along  the  Auas,  in  Thes- 
saly,  Thuc.  2,  80. 

ΤΙαρανγάζω,  (παρά,  αΰγά'ω)  to  il- 
lumine from  the  side,  Dion.  P.  89? — Π. 
intr.,  and  in  pass.,  to  he  lighted,  illu- 
mined on  the  side,  Strab, 

ϊϊαραΐ'όάω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (παρά,  av- 
δάω)  to  speak  to,  address,  άνανοΐς  μν- 
θοις.  μείλίχίοις  έπέεσσι,  Od.  15,  53  ; 
16,  279  ;  θάνατον  π.  τινι,  to  make  light 
of  death  to  any  one,  Od.  11, 488,— II. 
to  try  to  persuade  of  a  thing,  μή  ταϋτα 
παρανδα,  Od.  18,  178. 

ΙΙαραυλέω,  ώ,  to  play  on  the  flute 
beside  or  near. 

ΤΙαρανλ.ίζω,  {παρά,  αν?.ίζομαι)  to 
dwell  or  lie  near,  παραν?,ίζουσα  πέτρα, 
Eur.  Ion  493 : — also  in  mid.,  τινί, 
Ath.  189  E.      * 

Τίαραύ'λιον,  ov,  τό,  a  court  at  the 
side  or  front  of  a  hotise. 

IH5 


IIAPA 

ΙΙάραν?Μς,  ov,  {καρά,  αυλή)  dwell- 
ing beside  ;  neighbouring,  near,  Soph. 
Aj.  892  (which  others  refer  to  sq.), 

0.  C.  785. 

Πύραυλοζ• ,  ov,  {τταρά,  ανλός)  piping 
amiss,  discordant,  out  of  tune,  Uf?-?/, 
Incert.  ap.  Ath.  1G4  K,  ci.  \  alck. 
Adon.  p.  225  A. 

ΤΙαρανξάνω,  f.  -ήσω,ίπαρά,  αυξάνω) 
to  increase  by  putting  beside  or  to,  Strab. 

ΪΊίΐρανξι/,  1/ς,  ή,  Att.  for  sq.,  Philo. 

ΙΙαρανξησις,  //,  {τταραυξάνω)  en- 
largement by  pieces  placed  beside,  Strab. 
Hence 

ΐίαρανξι/ηκός,  ή,  όν,  tending  to  in- 
crease.    Adv.  -κώς,  Sext.  Emp.  p.  318. 

Παραί'^ω,=π•αραυίάΐ'ω,δβχΙ.  Emp. 
p.  362. 

Ώαμανστηρος,  ov,  {τταρά,  αυστη- 
ρός) exceeding  hoarse  or  austere,  Dicae- 
arch. 

ΙΙάραντα,  adv.  for  παρ'  αυτά  (sc. 
Tu  7Γρύγματα),=ΤΓαραντίκα  or  παρ- 
αχρί/μα,  immediately,  opp.  to  ΰστίρον, 
Eur.  Incert.  47,  Polyb.  24,  5,  11.— JI. 
in  like  manner,  Lat.  perinde,  Aesch. 
Ag.  737.  [-a] 

ϊίαραυτίκύ,  (.τταρά,  αυτίκα)  adv., 
immediately ,  forthwith,  straightway  (cl. 
foreg.),  Aesch.  Supp.  767,  Eur.  Ale. 
13  :  TO  TT.,  Hdt.  1,  19,  etc.,  and  Thuc. ; 
iv  τω  TT;  Thuc.  2,  11,  Plat.  Phaedr. 
240  B,  Xen.,  etc. : — also  with  sub- 
stantives, to  express  brief  duration, 
T)  TT-  λαμττρότης,  momentary  splendour, 
Thuc.  2,  (34  ;  ai  π.  ί/όοναί,  Xen.  Cyr. 
8,  1,  32;  etc.  [I] 

ΤΙοραυτύθεν,   ad\.=  avTOdev,  Att. 

ΙΙαραυτύθΙ,  αάν.=  αντόθι,  Tzetz. 

Ίίαραυχενίζω,  to  Lend  the  neck  on 
one  side,  and  so  to  cut  the  throat  or 
break  the  neck. 

ΐίαρανχένιος,  η,  ov,  {παρά,  ανχήν) 
beside  or  on  the  neck,  hanging  from  the 
neck,  φαρέτρη,  Anth.  Plan.  253. 

ΐίαραψάγείν,  inf.  aor.  2  of  παρε- 
σθίω. 

ΐίαραφαίνο) :  f.  -φΰνώ  :  poet.  παρφ. 
(παρά,  φαίνω) : — to  show,  make  appear 
hesi/le  or  at,  Hes.  Op.  732  :  to  show, 
produce,  At.  Lys.  183 :  π.  τον  σώμα- 
τος, to  give  a  glimpse  of  it,  Ar.  Eccl. 
94. — 2.  to  walk  beside  and  light,  show 
the  way  to  a  place,  Ar.  Ran.  1362, 
Plut.  T.  Gracch.  14. — II.  pass,  to 
show  one's  self,  appear  beside  or  near  ; 
generally,  to  appear.  Plat.  Theaet.  199 
C,  Soph.  231  B,  Xen.,  etc. 

ΐίαραφαίρεσις,  ή,  a  taking  away  from 
the  side,  secret  stealing. 

ΤΙαρύφάσις,  η,  poet,  παραίφΰσις 
and  ττάρφασις  (—αράφημι) : — β  speak- 
ing to,  an  address,  esp.  in  the  way  of 
exhorting,  comforting,  etc.,  II.  11, 
793;  15,  404:  —  π.  ερώτων,  calming 
them,  Anth.  Plan.  373. — 2.  allurement, 
persuasion,  said  of  the  cestusof  Venus, 
il.  14,  217,  cf.  Arist.  Elh.  N.  7,  6,  3  : 
deceitful  speaking,  εχβρά  ττάρφααις, 
Pind.  Ν.  8,  54  ;  cf.  τταρύφημι. 

Y\apάφάσLς,  ή,  {  ζαραούσσω )  a 
touching  slightly,  Galen,   [u] 

ΐΐηρύφΰσις,  ή,  {τταρά,  φάης)  the 
seeing  an  image  behind  a  mirror. 

ΤΙαράφάσσω,  {παρά,  άφάσσω)  to 
touch  at  the  side,  touch  slightly  or  se- 
cretly, Hipp. 

ΤΙαράφερνα,  τά,  {παρά,  φερνή)  that 
which  a  bride  brings  over  and  above  her 
dower,  {προίξ). 

ΙΙαραφέρω,  f.  παροίσω  {παρά,  φέ- 
ρω) : — to  bear,  bring,  carry  along  to,  of 
meats,  like  παρατίθημι,  to  hand  to 
one,  serve  up,  Hdt.  1,  119,  Xen.  Cyr. 

1,  3,  6,  etc. ;  so  in  pass.,  Hdt.  1,  133. 
— 2.  to  bring  forward,  produce,  Hdt.  4, 
65  ;  in  full,  π.  ες  μέσον.  Id.  3,  130  :  to 
allege,  mention,  Id.  9,26;  ττ.^Μγονς, 

1116 


ΠΑΡΑ 
Eur.  I.  A.  981,  cf.  Herm.  Soph.  O.  C. 
1671  ;  7Γ.  νόμον,  to  bring  forward,  pro- 
pose a  law,  Antipho  124,39.  —  II.  to 
carry  past  or  beyond,  Plat.  Rep.  515  A, 
cf.  Plut.  Sull.29,elc.: — to  sweep  aivay, 
as  a  river  does,  Plut.  Timol.  28  ;  cf. 
Id.  2,  432  A,  Anst.  H.  A.  4,  8,  17,  etc. 
2.  to  turn  aside  or  away  from,  Ttjv  oipiv 
τινός,  Xen.  Cyn.  5,  27. — 3.  to  turn  in 
a  wrong  direction,  Dem.  305,  5  ;  —  to 
lead  aside,  hence  to  mislead,  lead  away. 
Pint.  2,  15  D,  41  D  ;  and  oft.  in  pass.. 
Plat.  Phaedr.  265  B,  etc.— Pass,  lobe 
mad,  παρενεχβείς  (sc.  ττ/ς  ■■/νώμης), 
mad,  Hipp. ;  cf.  —αράώορος.  —  HI.  to 
let  pass,  let  slip,  την  ωραν.  Orac.  ap. 
Dom.  531,  16;  το  βηθεν,  Plut.  Arat. 
43.  —  IV.  to  overcome,  τινά.  —  V.  to 
change,  alter. 

B.  pass,  παραφέρομαι,  to  tie  borne 
past  or  round,  Thuc.  4,  135:  hence  to 
go  past  or  beyond,  metaph.  to  go  past 
or  beside  the  truth,  to  waiuler,  err,  Plat. 
Phaedr.  265  B,  Phil.  60  D  :  of  danger, 
to  be  past,  orer. 

C  mtrans.,  like  pass.,  to  go  past: 
to  be  beyond  or  over,  ημερών  ό'λίγων 
παρενεγκουσών,  ημέρας  ου  ποΆ'λάς 
παρενεγκονσας.  a  few  days  over,  more 
or  less,  Thuc.  5,  20,  26  ;  cf  διαφέρω 
II. — 2.  to  change,  differ,  Dion.  H.  1,28. 

ΐίαραφενγω,  f.  -ξομαι  and  -ξονμαι 
{παρά,  φεύγω)  : — to  flee  close  by,  past, 
beyond,  c.  dat.,  Od.  12,  99,  in  Ep.  inf. 
aor.  2  παρφϋγέειν. 

Ίίαραφηλόω.  ώ,^φηλόω. 

ΙΙαράφημι,  f.  -φήσω,  {παρά,  φημί) 
like  παραμυθέομαι,  to  speak  to,  c.  dat. 
pers.,  11.  1,  577;  in  mid.  also  c.  ace. 
pers.,  to  exhort,  persuade,  appease,  μνη- 
στήρας παρφάσβαι,  Od.  16,287;  19, 
6  :  also,  έπέεσσι  παρφάμενος  and  πα- 
ραιφύμενος,  II.  12,  249,  Od.  2,  189, 
Hes.  Th.  90.  —  2.  often  with  collat. 
notion  of  deceit,  to  speak  deceitfully 
or  insincerely,  παρφάμεν  ορκον,  λό- 
γον,  Pind.  Ο.  7,  121,  P.  9,  76 ;  and,  in 
mid.,  to  speak  so  for  one's  oivn  interest. 
Id.  N.  5,  58  :  cf.  παράφασις. 

Τίαραφθάόόν,  adv.,  overtaking,  c. 
gen.,  Opp.  H.  3,  298. 

ΙΙαρηφβάνω,  (■  -φθάσω  and  -φθήσο- 
μαι :  aor.  1  παρέφβύσα :  aor.  2  παρέ- 
φθην,  inf.  -φθήναι :  perf.  παρέφβάκα, 
{παρά,  φθάνω)  ίο  anticipate,  overtake, 
excel,  in  act.  and  mid.  c.  ace.  pers., 
II.  22,  197  ;  also,  π.  τινά  πόσι,  τάχει, 
11.  10,  346;  23,  515.  —  Horn,  has  it 
only  in  II.,  and  always  in  aor.  opt. 
παραφθαίησι,  part,  παραφθάς,  and 
part.  mid.  παραφθάμενος. 

ΤΙαραφθέγγομαι,  f.  -γξομαι,  {παρά, 
φθέγγομαι)  dep.  mid.: — to  speak,  say 
beside,  to  add  aijualificalionin  speaking. 
Plat.  Eulhyd.  29G"A,  ubi  v.  Stallb.— 2. 
to  say  by  the  way,  to  let  drop,  τι,  Isae. 
71,  23,  uTi,  Polyb,  28,  15,  13.— 3.  to  in- 
terrupt, Plut.  Alex.  9,  etc. — 4.  to  say 
secretly,  Heliod.  5,  8.     Henco 

ΐίαραφθεγκτί/ριος,  ov,  belonging  to 
addressing :  and 

ΐίαρύφθεγμα,  ατός,  τ6,  a  thing  spo- 
ken by  the  way,  a  qualification  added. 
Plat.  Euthyd.  296  Β  ;  cf  παραφθέγγ- 
ομαΐ-  —  II.  a  fault  of  speech  or  false 
note,  etc. 

ΤΙαραφθείρομαι,  as  pass.,  pf.  παρέ- 
φθορα,  {παρά.  φθείρω)  to  be  partly  de- 
stroyed or  injured,  την  φωνήν.  to  lose 
one's  voice,  Plut.  2,  848  B.     Hence 

ΐίαραφθορά,  ύς,  ή,  a  slight  or  grad- 
ual corruption,  Plut.  2,  1131  E. 

ΐίαραφίημι,  f.  -αφί]σω,  to  dismiss  he- 
side. 

ΪΙαραφίμωαις,  ή,  {παρά,  φιμόω)  a 
disorder  of  the  penis,  in  which  the  pre- 
puce cannot  be  drawn  over  the  gland. 

m 


ΠΑΡΑ 

Τ[αραφ7.όγισμα,  ατός,  τό,  {παρά, 
φλογίζω)  α  savoury  roasted  dish,  Achae. 
ap.  Ath.  368  A. 

ΙΙαραφορά,  άς,  ή,  {παραφέρω)  de 
rangement,  distraction,  διανοίας, kmch. 
Eum.  330,  Plut.  2,  249  B,  etc. 

λίαραφορεω,  ώ,=  παραφέρω,  to  bring 
forward,  Hdt.  1,  133  :  to  set  before,  τί 
Tivi,  Ar.  Eq.  1215: — mid.  to  collect, 
Plat.  Legg.  858  B. 

Τίαράφυρος,  ov,  {παραφέρω)  borne 
aside,  carried  away :  hence, — 2.  wan- 
dering, reeling,  staggering,  πους.  Eur. 
Hec.  1050:  of  a  drunkard,  unsteady. 
Plat.  Legg.  775  D ;  π.  γλώσσα,  a 
stammering  tongue,  as  of  a  drunkard. 
—  3.  metaph.  wandering  away  from,  c. 
gen.,  7Γ.  ξννέσεως,  deranged,  Plat. 
Soph.  228  D  ;  παράφορον  όέρκεσβαι, 
άναβοαν,  to  look  or  shout  like  a  mad- 
man, Luc.  Fugit.  19,  Amor.  13. — II. 
melajih.  confusing,  ?naddening,  γνώ- 
μης, Hipp.     Adv.  -ρως.     Hence 

Παραφορότης,  ητυς,  -ή  : — π.  σώμα- 
τος, awkwardness  of  the  body,  mis- 
management of  the  limbs.  Plat.  Tim.  87 
Ε  ;  v.  τναράφορος. 

ΥΙαραφορτίζομαι,  {icapa,  φορτίζω) 
dep.  mid.,  to  load  or  put  in  besides,  to 
cram  into,  C.  dat.,  τω  λόγω,  Plut.  2, 
BE.  ' 

ΐίαράφραγμα,  ατός,  τό,  {  παρα- 
φρύσσω)  α  place  enclosed  by  a  fence, 
etc. — II.  a  fence,  fortification,  Thuc.  4, 
115  :  and  in  a  ship,  the  rail,  bulwarks. 
Id.  7,  25  :  a  low  screen  or  curtain.  Plat. 
Rep.  514  B. 

ΐίαραφρύζω,  f.  -άσω,  {παρά,  φράζω) 
to  speak  at  the  same  time  ivith  another  : 
— to  add  to  another's  words  :  to  amplify 
or  paraphrase.  —  II.  to  imitate,  esp.  in 
Gramin.,  Schiif.  Schol.  Ap.  Rh.  3, 
158;  cf  παραγράφω  2.     Hence 

11α(>άφράσις,  ή,  a  paraphrase. 

ΤΙαραίρράσσω,  Att.  -ττω :  f.  -ξω 
{παρά,  φράσσω) :  —  to  enclose  with  a 
fence,  etc.,  Polyb.  10,  46,  3. 

Ώαραφραστής,  ov,  a,  {παραφράζω 
II)  a  paraphrast. 

ΐίαραφράττω,  Att.  for  παραφρασ- 
θώ. 

Παραφρίζω,  {παρά,  αφρίζω)  to  foam 
at  the  side,  esp.  of  the  mouth,  JNic.  Al. 
223. 

ΤΙαραφρονέω,  ω,  {παράφρων)  to  be 
beside  one's  self,  mad,  Hdt.  3,  34,  35, 
Aesch.  Theb.  806,  Soph.,  etc. :  poet. 
παραιφρ-,  Thcocr.  25,  262.     Hence 

ΙΙαραφρόνησις,  ή,  and  in  N.  T., 
παραφρονία,  ή, ^^παραφροσύνη. 

ΪΙαραφρόνιμος,  ov,  =  παράφρων. 
Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  691. 

ΐίαραφρυσννη,  ης,  ή,  {παράφρων) 
α  waneteniig  of  mind,  derangement, 
Hipp.,  Plat.  Soph.  228  D. 

ΐίαραφρονρέω,  ώ,  {παρά,  φμονρέω) 
to  keep  guard  beside  or  7iear,  Strab. 
p.  166. 

ΤΙαραφρνκτωρεύομαι,  dep.  mid.,= 
sq.,  Lys.  136,  7. 

Παραφρυκτωρέω,  ώ,  {παρά,  φρνκ- 
τωρέω)  to  make  signals  to  the  enemy 
underhand. 

Ώαράφρων,  ov,  {παρά,  φρί/ν)  wan- 
dering from  reason  or  truth  ;  hence,  out 
of  one's  wits,  mael.  Plat.  Legg.  649  D  ; 
7Γ.  ίπος,  Eur.  Hipp.  2.32  -.—false,  fool- 
ish, μύντις.  Sofih.  El.  473. 

ΪΙαραφνάς,  ύόυς,  ί/,  {παρά,  φύω)  α 
sucker,  an  off-shoot,  Lat.  soboles,  stolo, 
Anst.  Eth.  N.  1,  6,  2:  opp.  to  παρα- 
σπά,ς,  Theophr. :  of  the  veins,  etc., 
Hipp.;  cf  Part.  An.  3,  10,5.  [v :  in 
Nic.  Fr.  12  should  be  read  παραφνιάς, 
cf.  δεκάφνιος.'} 

Ώαραφνης,  ές,  {παραφνω)  groiiing 
beside  or  near;  το  TT-,  an  off-shoot,=s 
παραφνάς.  Arist.  Khet.  1,  2,  7. 


ΠΑΡΑ 

ΊΙαραφνκισμός,  ον,  ό,  {παρά,  φϋκος) 
α  painting,  rouging,  Clem.  ΑΙ. 

ΪΙαραφνκτός,  όν,  ν.  παρφνκτός. 

Ώαραοΰ'λακή,  ης,  ή,  (τταρά,  ρυλα- 
κή)  α  guard,  garrison,  Polyb.  2,  58,  1. 
— 2.  a  watching  beside  or  near,  observa- 
tion, Hipp. 

ΐΙαραον?.ακτέον,  verb,  adj.,  one 
ηιηί•1  observe,  take  care. 

ΤΙαραφϋλακτίκός,  ή,  όν,  serving  for 
watching  or  observing. 

Τλαραόνλαξ,  άκος,  6,  a  watcher,  [i] 

ΤΙαραψν/Μξίς.  εως,  ή,  a  watching 
beside  or  near,  Euseb. :  from 

Παραόϊ'λάσσω,  Att.  -~roi :  f.  -ξω 
{τϊαρά,  φν/.άσσω) :  —  to  watch,  keep 
guard  beside  or  near,  to  watch  narrowly, 
c.  acc,  Plat.  Polit.  297  A,  Xen.  Lac. 
4,  4;  7Γ.  Tivu  ο~ως  μή....  Plat.  Legg. 
715  A  ;  7Γ.  ~ερί  τι,  to  take  precautions 
about...,  Id.  Polit.  284  A.  —  Mid.,  to 
guard  watchfully.  Polyb.  5,  92,  8  ;  c. 
dat.,  (o  be  on  one's  guard  against,  Id. 
16,  U,  10. 

TlapaoiOJ.ig,  ίδος,  ή,  {τταρά,  φν/.- 
?,ον)  an  off-shoot  or  sucker  which  is 
hurtful  to  the  parent  stock. 

Τίαραφϋσάω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  [παρά,  φυ- 
σύω)  to  puff  up,  Ν.  Τ. 

ΐίαράφνσίς,  f/,  =  τταραφνάς,  Arist. 
Gen.  An.  4,  4,  45. 

Τίαραφύτευσις,  ή,  a  planting  beside, 
Geop. :  [ϊ']  from 

ΐίαραφϋτεύω,  {τταρά,  φυτεύω)  to 
plant  beside,  Plut.  2,  92  B. 

ΤΙαράφϋτος,  ov,  that  has  grown  be- 
side or  near,  Theophr.  :  from 

Παραόΰω,  f.  -νσω,  (τταρά,  ψνυ)  to 
produce  beside,  to  rnake  grow  beside, 
Theophr. — Mid.,  c.  perf  -ττέφνκα  et 
aor.  2  act.  τταρέόϋν,  intr,  to  spring 
up,  grow  beside  or  at  the  side,  Hdt.  2, 
92,  Arist.  Part.  An.  2,  14,  4.— II.  ττα- 
ραονόβενος,  growing  over  and  above, 
esp.  of  the  limbs  of  the  body ;  unnxU- 
urally  shaped  or  sized,  Arist. 

ΤΙαραφωνέω,  ώ,  f.  -//σω,  {τταρά,  φω• 
Ι'έω)  to  say  beside  or  near  :  to  say  in  a 
low  tone  or  aside,  Plut.  2,  183  B. 

Παρσόωι•;),  ής,  ή,  a  side  sound,  an 
echo,  as  it  wore  the  image  formed  by 
a  sound  in  the  ear,  Epicur.  ap.  Por- 
phyr. 

ΐίαραφώνησις,  η,  {τταραφωνέω)  a 
calling  to. 

Tlapaoui'ia,  ας,  ?/,  an  accomjianying 
sound  in  imison  or  harmony  ;  on  the 
musical  use  of  the  word,  v.  Bockh 
Coinm.  de  Metr.  Pind.  p.  254  :  from 

ΥΙαρύφωνος,  ov,  { τταρά,  φωνή  ) 
sounding  beside  ΟΓ  with,  harmonious, 
Longin. 

ΤΙαραφώτισμα,  ατός,  τό,  false  bap- 
tism, Eccl. 

ΤΙαραΰωτίσμός,  ov,  a,  {τταρά,  φω- 
τίζω) false  illumination,  false  light,  as 
of  the  sun  after  setting,  Strab.  p.  138, 
ubi  a!,  ττερίφωτ-. 

ΤΙαραχάζομαΐ,  dep.,  to  step  aside 
and  give  place. 

ΐΙαραχά?ιασμα,  ατός,  τό,  {τταραχΰ- 
Χάω)  any  thing  relaxed. 

ΐίαραχάλασμάτίον,  ov,  τό,  dim. 
from  loreg. 

ΐίαραχά/.άω,  ώ,  f.  -άσω.  {τταρά, 
χα/.άω)  to  sL•cken  beside  :  of  a  ship,  to 
let  in  water,  leak,  Ar.  Eq.  430.  —  2.  to 
slacken  the  reins,  unbend  a  bow  :  me- 
taph.  to  slacken  in  zeal  or  strength, 
Hipp,  [ώ] 

ΤΙαραχαλκεύω,  to  forge  beside,  near 
or  upon. 

ΤΙαραχάραγμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  fake 
stamp,  Clem.  ΑΙ.:  α  counterfeit  coin: 
[χάΐ  and 

ΙΙαραχΰβάκτης,  ov,  b,  a  forger,  a 
falsifier :   froui 

ΤΙαραχάράσσω,   Att.  -ττω  :  f.  -ξω 


ΠΑΡΑ 

{τταρά,  χαράσσω) :  —  to  mark  with  a 
false  stamp,  forge,  Luc.  Demon.  5  ;  to 
coin  with  a  different  stamp,  Plut.  2, 
332  B. 

ΐίαραχειμάζω,  f.  -άσω,  {τταρά,  χει- 
μάζω)  to  winter  at  a  place,  Dem.  909, 
14  ;  1292,  4,  Polyb.,  etc. :  and 

ΐίαραχειμάσία,  ας,  ή,  a  wintering  in 
a  place,  Polyb.  3,  35,  1. 

ίΤΙαραχί/.ωΐται,  ων,  οι,  the  Para- 
chelo'itae,  i.  e.  dwellers  along  the  Acht- 
loiis,  in  Thessaly,  Strab.  p.  434.  —  2. 
also  others  in  Aetolia,  Strab.  1.  c. 
Hence 

■\ΐΙαραχε?.ωίτις,  ιδος,  ή,  Parache- 
loUis,  the  country  along  the  Acheloiis, 
of  the  Paracheloitae  (2).  Strab.  p.  458. 
ΤΙαραχέω,  f  -χεύσω ;  aor.  pass. 
τταρεχέβην,  Arist.  Probl.  20.  35,  2 
{τταρά,  χέω) :  —  to  pour  in  beside,  pour 
in,  Hdt.  4,  75  :  to  throw  beside,  throw 
up  in  a  heap  beside,  like  τταραχώνννμΐ. 
Id.  1,  185. 

ΤΙαραχ/Λαίνω,  f.  -άνω,  {τταρά,  χ?.ι• 
αίνω)  to  warm  a  little. — II.  to  warm  by 
or  at,  e.  g.  the  fire,  Hipp.  [Γ:  v.  χ7.ί- 
αά'ω.] 

ϋαραχνανω,  { τταρά,  χνανω )  to 
gnaw  beside,  nibble  at,  τινός,  Ael. 
N.  .\.  1,  47. 

\Ί1αραχοάθρας,  ov,  6,  Parachoa- 
thras,  a  mountam  of  Media,  Strab. 
p.  511. 

ΤΙαραχορδίζω,  {τταρά,  χορδή)  to 
strike  beside  the  right  string,  i.  e.  to 
strike  a  ivrong  7iote  ;  generally,  to  blun- 
der, made  a  slip,  Ar.  Eccl.  295. — The 
form  τταραχορδενω  is  dub. 
j  ΐίαράχορδος,  ov,  {τταρά,  χορδή) 
I  striking  a  wrong  note  :  generally,  blun- 

dering,  V.  1.  Arist.  Probl. 
j      ΐίαραχορενω,    {τταρά,  χορεύω)    ίο 
ι  dance  in  the  chorus  beside  or  near : — 
pass,  to  have  dances  performed  by  or 
near,  v.  1.  Eur.  Ion  463. 

Ι1αραχορηγέω.ώ,{τταρά.χορηγέω)  to 

make  an  additional  outlay  as  χορη'}ός : 

,  in  genl.  to  furnish  or  supply  over  and 

I  above,  Ath.  140  E.     Hence 

I       ΤΙαραχορήγ7ΐμα,  ατός,  τό,  the  part 

I  of    a    second    or    sιώordinate    chorus, 

I  which   retires   when   it  has  ceased 

singing,  as  the  cliildren  of  Trygaeus 

in  Ar.  Pac.  114  ;  the  frogs  in  Ar.  Ran. 

I  — The  Schol.  of  Ar.  Pac.  1.  c.   has 

1  τταραχόρημα,  perh.  better. 

ΤΙαραχραίνω,    {τταρά,  χραίνω)   to 
j  mix,  defile  beside. 

I      ΤΙαραχράομαι.  f.  -ήσομαι,  {παρά, 

I  χράομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  use  improperly 

I  or  obscenely,  misuse,  τοΙς  σώμασι,  Po- 

j  lyb.  C,  37,  9,  etc. :   to  maltreat,  ώς  άν- 

δραττόδοις.  Dion.  Η.  0.  93  :  —  to  act 

wrongly  or  ill,  εΙς  τίνα,  Hdt.  5,  92,  1  : 

— hence, — 2.  to  use  a  little  or  too  little, 

to   disregard,    neglect,   slight,  c.   acc, 

Hdt.  1,  108;  8,20;  cf  άλογία :  the 

Ion.    part,    τταραχρεώμενοι    is    used 

absol.,  Hdt.  4,  159  ;  7,  223,  of  furious 

I  combatants,   to  fight   without  thought 

I  of  life,  set  nothing  by  their  life  (where 

σωμάτων  or  ^ινχών  is  usu.  supplied), 

!  equiv.  to  αφειδώς  χρησθοι  τοις  σώμα- 

ί  σ<,  in  Diod. 

I      ΤΙαράχρεος.  adv.,  poet,  for  sq.,  Nake 
Choeril.  p.  214  sq. 

ΐίαραχρήμα,  adv.  for  τταρά  το  χρή- 
I  μα,  on  the  spot,  forthwith,  straightway, 
like  τταραντίκα,  Hdt.  3,  15 :  also,  to 
TT.,   Id.  6,   11,  and  Att.:    εκ   τοϋ  ττ. 
I  ε'ιττείν,  to  speak  off-hand,  on  the  spur 
I  of  the  moment,  Dem.  9.  7  ;   έκ   τον  ττ. 
στρατεύεσθαι,  Xen.   Hell.  6,  4,  11  : 
αί  ίκ  τοϊ•  ττ.  ήδοναί,  pleasures  which 
offer    themselves    without    seeking 
after,  Xen.  Mem.  2,  1,  20;  εν  τώ  ττ., 
Antipho  138,  5:— Thuc.  1,  138  oppo- 
ses Tu  τταραχρήμα  and  τα  μέ?.?.οντα, 


ΠΑΡΑ 

the  present  and  future  ;  ττ.  ενθνς,  ενθνς 
ττ.,  Isae.  36,  17,  Dem.  1178,  14;  ευ- 
θέως ττ.,  Antipho  113,  31.— The  word 
is  freq.  found  m  Hdt.  and  the  best 
Att.  prose,  but  was  unknown  to  the 
graver  sort  of  poetry,  ISake  Choeril. 
p.  215. 

ΤΙαράχρησις,  η,  {παραχράομαι)  a 
misuse. 

Παραχρηστηριάζω,  (  παρά,  χρη- 
στήριον)  to  play  a  trick  upon  the  oracle, 
Strab.  p.  402. 

ΐίαραχρίω,  f.  -σω,  (τταρά.  χρίω)  to 
anoint  along  or  all  over,  Hippon.  35. 

ΤΙαράχρυος,  ov,  contr.  -χρονς,  ovv, 
{τταρά,  χρόα)  of  a  false  or  altered 
colour,  colourless,  faded,  Luc.  de  Hist. 
Consor.  51. 

Τίαράχρωμος,  ov,=foreg. 

ιίαραχρώννϋμι  and  -νω,  f.  -χρώσω 
{τταρα,  χρώνννμι) :  to  cohmr  falsely, 
falsify,  esp.  to  corrupt  music  by  intro- 
ducing the  αρμονία  χρωματική,  Arist. 
Pol.  8,  7,  7.    Hence 

ΤΙαράχρωσις,  εως,  ή,  false  colouring, 
falsification:  esp.  τταραχρώσεις με/.ών, 
corruption  of  music  by  introducing  the 
αρμονία  χρωαατική,  Plut. 

ϋαράχϋσις,  εως,  ή,  {τταραχέω)  α 
pouring  in  or  upon,  Strab. 

ϋαραχντης.  ov,  b,  {τταραχέω)  one 
tcho  pours  in,  esp.  tvho  brings  water  for 
bathing,  Cle.arch.  ap.  Ath.  518  C.   [v] 
I      ΐίαράχωμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  side-embank- 
ment, Strab.  p.  212  :  from 
I      ΤΙαραχώννϊμι,    ί.    -χώσω,    {τταρά, 
I  χώνννμι)  tu  throw  up  near  Or  beside, 
raise  a  jnound  beside,  Hdt.  1,  185  ;  cf. 
τταραχέω. 

ΪΙαραχωρέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {τταρά,  χω- 
ρεω)  to  go  aside,  and  so  to  make  room, 
give  place,  absol.,  Ar.  Ran.  767,  Plat. 
Symp.  213  A:  τινί.  to  one,  Plat. 
Prot.  336  Β  :  ττ.  τίνος,  to  retire  from 
a  place  or  thing,  as  της  τάξεως,  Dem. 
38,  24  :  hence  in  full,  ττ.  τινι  τής  όδον, 
Xen.  Cyr.  7,  5,  20,  cf  Isocr.  118  D; 
so  too,  TT.  τής  ελευθερίας  Φι/.ίττττω, 
to  give  up  freedom  to  Philip,  Derh. 
247,  24 ;  ττ.  τινί  τιμωρίας,  αρχής.  Id 
525,  23  ;  655,  17  :  also  ττ.  έκ  τής  ττό- 
?.εως,  Dion.  Η. — 2.  to  give  way,  yield, 
τινί,  to  one,  Dem.  212.  4  ;  to  obey,  τώ 
νόμω.  Plat.  Legg.  959  E.— 3.  ττ.  τινι 
ττοιειν  τι.,  to  allow,  grant,  Id.  Polit. 
200  E.     Hence 

ΤΙαραχώρημα,  ατός,  τό,  an  acces 
sion :  and 

ΪΙαραχώρησις,  εως,  ή,  a  giving  way, 
Dion.  H.  4,  27,  Diod.,  etc. 

Ώαραχωρητέον,  verb.  adj.  from 
τταραγωρέω,  one  must  give  way,  Xen. 
Lac.  9.  5. 

ΐίαραχωρητικός,  ή,  όν,  {παραχω- 
ρέω)  disposed  to  give  way,  Μ.  Anton. 
1,  16. 

ΊΙαραχώριος,  ov,  situated  beside. 

Ίίαραφά/.ίζω,  to  clip  with  scissors, 
and  £0  to  spoil.     Hence 

Τίαραψΰ/Λστής,  ov,  b,  one  who  clips 
and  spoils. 

ΤΙαραψάλλω,  {παρά,  -ψάλλω)  την 
νενράν,  to  touch  it  lightly,  Plut.  De- 
nietr.  19. 

ΐίαράφανσις,  εως,  ή,  a  touching 
gently  or  lightly,  Plut.  2,  588  Ε  :  from 

ΤΙηραφαύω.  {τταρά,  ψαύω)  to  touch 
gently  or  lightly,  Hipp. ;  Plut.  2,  971  C. 

ΤΙαραψάω,  {τταρά.  Φάω)  to  rub  at  the 
side  or  lightly,  τας  τρίχας  π-,  to  smooth 
down  the  hair  :  cf  Ροίΐ.  4, 152. 

ΊΙαραψε/Λίζω,  {τταρά,  ψ<ελ7.ίζω)  to 
stammer  sUshtly,  Strab.  p.  70. 

ΤΙαραψενδομαι, ^ψεύδομαι. 

ΎΙαράψηστος,  ον,{τταραψάω)  a  mask 
(for  female  characters)  with  the  hair 
straight  down. 

ΐίαραψήχω,  f.  -ξω,  {παρά.  ■φήχω)  to 


ΠΑΡΕ 

strike,  rub  down,  scrape  at  the  side.  Plut. 
2,  G  tl  Ε  :  metaph.  to  caress,  soothe,  v.  1. 
Call.  Cer.  46,  for  τταραψνχω. 

ΤΙαρύψογος,  ov,  {παρά,  τράγος)  in- 
cidental censure,  a  rhetorical  word  used 
by  Evenus  of  Paros,  blamed  by  Plat. 
Phaedr.  267  A. 

ΤΙαραφιιχύομαι,  v.  sub  παρατρύχω. 
ΐίαραψί'χή,  ?/ς,  ή,  a  cooling,  refresh- 
men',  consolation,  Eur.   Hec.  280,  Or. 
02  [ubi  V.  Pors.j ;  ττ.  βίου,  Isae.  19, 
17  :  from 

ΐίαραψνχω.  (τταρά,  φνχω)  to  bring 
coolness  to  one,  to  cool,  refresh.  Call. 
Cur.  46 :  also  as  dep.,  παραψύχομαι, 
to  refresh,  comfort,  επέεσσι,  Theocr. 
13,  54  Gaisf.,  ubi  al.  παρεψυχώντ'  έττ-. 
[ν] 

ΐίαρβύτης,  ov,  ο,  poet,  for  παρα- 
βάτης, [βά] 

ΊΙαρβεβΰώς,  poet.  part.  perf.  of  πα- 
ραβαινω,  for  παραβεβαώς,  II. 

ΐίαρβολάδην,  adv.  poet,  of  παρα- 
βολάοι/ν,  Αρ.  Rh.   [λΰ] 

ΙΙαρόάκύς,  όν.  wet,  damp,  χωρίον, 
Ar.  Pac.  1147;  the  Schol.  quotes  the 
word  from  Archil.,  and  Simon. ;  the 
latter  also  quoted  in  Strab.  p.  619, 
but  in  the  form  πορδακός  (cf.  ττύρδα- 
λις,  πόρδαλις).     (Prob.  from  (Ίρόω  ) 

ΐίαρδάλέη,  7(ς,  ή,  (sc.  δορά),  α  leop- 
ard-skin, II.  3,  17,  Hdt.  7,  69,  Pmd. 
P.  4,  143 : — in  Alt.  contr.  παρδαλή, 
strictly  fem.  from  παρδάλεος. 

ΥΙηρδάλεως.  a,  ov,  also  ος,  ov,^ 
sq.,  LXX.  [δα] 

ΤΙαρδά?ιεος,  a,  ov.  (πάρδαλις)  of  or 
belonging  to  a  leopard  ;  v.  παρδαλέ?/. 

ΤΙαρδάλή,  ή,  contr.  for  παρδαλέη. 
Hence 

ΤΙαρδάλήφορος,  ov,  leopard-borne,  δέ- 
ρος  π.,  a  leopard's  skin.  Soph.  Fr.  16. 

ΐίαρδάλια,  τύ,  an  unknown  animal, 
Arist.  H.  A.  2,  11,  6. 

ΙΙαρδάλίαγχες,  εος,  τό,  a  plant, 
leopard's-batie. 

ΤΙαρδάλΙδεύς,  έως,  ό,  dim.  from 
Τϊύρδαλις,  a  young  leopard. 

ΤΙαρδαλιοκτύνος,ον,  leopard-killing. 

ΤΙύρδΰλις,  εως  Ion.  ιος,  ή,  =  πάρ- 
δος,  Lat.  pardalis,  in  Hom.  also  πάν- 
βηρ :  the  older  form  was  πόρδαλις, 
which  is  everywhere  found  in  the 
text  of  Horn.,  though  Aristarch.  pre- 
ferred πάρδαλις  and  all  agree  in  read- 
ing παρδαλέη.  —  Ace.  to  Apion  and 
Hesych.  2,  p.  1006,  πόρδαλις  was  the 
male,  πάρδαλις  the  female :  others 
say  that  πορδ-  was  used  of  the  ani- 
mal, and  παρδ-  of  its  skin,  v.  Jac.  A. 
P.  p.  367.  Cf.  πύρδος.—U.  a  raven- 
ous sea-fish,  prol).  a  speckled  shark, 
Ael.  N.  A.  9,  49,  Opp.  H.  1,  368. 

ΤΙάρδΰλος,  ου,  ό,=  ν.  1.  for  πάρδος, 
Ael. — II.  a7i  ashen  coloured  bird,  Arist. 
H.  A.  9,23,  1. 

'Π.αί)δάλώδης,  ες,  {πάρδαλις,  είδος) 
leopard-like,  Ath.  38  Ε. 

Τίαρδάλωτός,  ή,  όν,  spotted  like  the 
pard,  Luc.  Bis  Ace.  8. 

ΐίαρδεϊν,  inf.  aor.  2,  and  παρδήσο- 
μαι,  fut.  of  πέρδω. 

ΤΙαρδίδωμι,  jjoet.  for  παραδίδωμι, 
Pind. 

Ώάρδιον,  ov,  TO,  an  unknown  ani- 
mal. Arist.  H.  A.  2,  1,  20. 

^ΤΙαρδόκαΓ,  6,  Pardocas,  name  of  a 
slave.  Ar.  Ran.  608. 

ΠΑΤΔΟΣ,  ov,  6,  like  πίρδαλις 
and  πάνθηρ,  a  pard,  i.  e.  a  leopard, 
panther,  or  ounce  (which  the  ancients 
do  not  seem  to  have  distinguished), 
Ael.  N.  A.  1,  31  ;  cf.  πάρδαλις: — auc 
to  Plin.  the  pardus  was  the  male  of 
the  panthera. 

ΐΐάρδω,  subj.  aor.  2  of  πέρδω,  never 
pres  for  πέρδω- 

ΐίαρεύω,  f.  -άσω,  to  let  pass,  susp. 
1118 


ΠΑΡΕ 

ΤΙαρεγγΙζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {παρά,  εγγίζω) 
to  come  rather  near,  Theophr. 

Ιίαρέγγραπτυς,  oi',=  sq.,  Aeschin. 
51,  fin. 

ΐίαρέγγράφος,  ov,  secretly,  and  so 
illegally  introduced,  enrolled,  Ath.  180 
F  ;  esp.  among  the  citizens,  an  intru- 
sive citizen,  lb.  211  F ;  cf.  Herm.  Pol. 
Ant.  ^  123,  13:  from 

ΤΙαρεγγράφω,  f.  -ψω,  {παρά,  εγγρά- 
φω) to  write  by  the  side,  add,  subjoin. 
Plat.  Legg.  753  C  :  usu.  in  bad  signf. 
to  interpolate,  Aeschin.  64,  15  :  to  enrol 
secretly  or  illegally  amojtg  the  citizens, 
παρεγγραφεϊς  (part.  aor.  2  pass.)  ττο- 
λίτης.  Id.  38,  10.  [ΰ] 

ΤΙαρεγγνάω,  ω,  f.  -ήσω,  {παρά,  έγ- 
γνάω)  to  hand  on  to  one's  neighbour,  to 
pass  on,  κελενσμυν  ΐιλλήλοισι,  Eur. 
Supp.  700;  esp.  in  war,  π.  το  ξύνθη- 
μα,  to  pass  o7i  the  watch-word  or  word 
of  command  along  the  whole  line,  1  ,at. 
imperium  tradcre  per  manus,  Xen.  Cyr. 
3,  3,  58,  like  παραγγέλλω,  cf  Moer. 
p.  324  : — hence  to  give  the  word  of  com- 
mand, comynand  off-hand  or  suddenly  to 
do  a  thing,  c.  inf,  lb.  2,  3,  21,  An.  4, 
1,  17,  etc.  ;  and  so,  to  exhort,  encourage. 
Id.  Cyr.  3,  3,  42  and  61  : — also  in  mid., 
Xen.  Lac.  11,  8,  Plut. — 2.  to  pass  one's 
word,  give  a  pledge  or  promise,  c.  acc. 
et  inf.,  7Γ.  ηξειν  σημεία,  Soph.  Ο.  C. 
94. — II.  to  commit  or  co?nmend  to  ano- 
ther, τον  ξείνον  τοΐσι  φί'λοισι,  Hdt. 
3,  8;  την  αρχήν  τινι,  Plut.  Ant.  11. 

ΤΙαρεγ^'νη,  ης,  7/,=  sq.,  Xen.  An.  6, 
5, 13.  On  the  accent,  v.  Lob.  Phryn. 
302. 

ΪΙαρεγγνησις,  εως,  ij,  {παρεγγνάω) 
a  handing  over,  passing  on,  esp.  the 
watch-word  or  word  of  command,  a 
sudden  command,  like  παράγγελϋΐς, 
Xen.  Lac.  11,  4.  [ϋ] 

Υ\.ύρεγγϋς,  {παριΊ,  εγγύς)  adv.,  close 
by,  τινός,  Arist.  Pol.  2,  10,  1,  cf.  7, 
16,  3. 

ΊΙαρεγείρω,  {παρά,  εγείρω)  to  raise 
partly,  Plut.  Eumen.  11. 

nrtpe)'KU^7;^ai,mf.  -ήσθαι,  as  pass., 
to  sit  in  beside. 

ΐϊαρεγκάπτω,  {παρά,  έγκάπτω)  to 
swallow  up  besides  or  over  and  above, 
of  superfluous  dainties,  like  παρεν- 
τρώγο),  Eubul.  Ανγ.  1,  8. 

ΙΙαμέγκειμαι,  (τταρά,  ίγκειμαι)  to 
lie  among,  to  be  inserted,  Galen. 

ΤΙαρεγκελεύομαι,  dep.  mid.,  =  πα- 
ρακελενομαι,  Plut.  2,  188  Ε. 

ΐίπρεγκεφάλίς,  ίδος,  η,  {παρά,  εγ- 
κέφαλος) the  cerebellum  or  hinder  parts 
nf  the  brain,  Arist.  H.  A.  1,  16,  3. 

ΪΙαρεγκλίνω,  {παρά,  έγκλίνω)  to 
make  incline  sideways  or  away,  Arist. 
Eth.  N.  [I]     Hence 

ΤΙαρέγκλΐσις,  ή,  a  slanting  direction 
or  inclination,  Plut.  2,  883  A,  etc. 

ΤΙαρεγκόπτω,  {παρά,  έγκόπτω)  to 
shut  in  unawares,  stop,  to  πνεύμα, 
Wytt.  Plut.  2,  130  B. 

ΤΙαρεγκρύνίς,  ίδος,  ή,  =  παρεγκε- 
φα'λίς. 

ΤΙαρεγκύκλημα,  ατός,  τό,  {παρά, 
έγκνκλημα)  the  stage  directions  for 
exits,  entrances,  and  changes  of 
scenes,  entered  on  the  margin  of  a 
MS.  play;  cf.  παρεπιγραφή. 

ΤΙαρεγχειρέω,  ώ,  ι.  -ήπω,  {παρά, 
εγχειρέω)  to  undertake,  but  with  col- 
lat.  notion  of  something  faulty  :  esp. 
to  argue  falsely,  Plut.  Timol.  et  Aemil. 
1.  —  II.  to  undertake  with  another. 
Hence 

ΤΙαρεγχείρησις,  εως,  η,  a  false  ar- 
gument, Cic.  Att.  15,  4,  3. 

ΙΙηρεγγέω,  {παρά,  εγχέω)  to  pour  in 
beside,  Arist.  Meteor.  2,  3, 33,  Ath.,  etc. 

ΤΙαρεγχρώνννμι,  {παρά,  έν,  χρών- 
ννμι)  to  touch  very  slightly,  Ath.  215  E. 


ΠΑΡΕ 

ΊΙαρέγχνμα,  ατός,  τό,  {παρεγχέω) 
any  thing  poured  in  beside  :  the  name 
given  by  Erasistratus  to  the  peculiar 
substance  of  the  lungs,  liver,  kidneys, 
and  spleen,  as  if  formed  separately  by 
the  blood  of  veins  that  run  into  those 
parts  :  the  word  σαρξ  he  used  only  ol 
the  muscular  flesh. 

ΤΙαρέγχϋσις,  ή,  {παρεγχέω)  a  pour 
ing  in  beside  :  in  Manetho  also  παρεγ 
χνσίαι,  al. 

Ιίαρεδρεντικός,  ή,  όν,  sitting  con 
statitly  beside,  Lat.  assiduus  :  from 

ΤΙαρεδρεύω,  {πάρεδρος)  to  sit  con 
stantly  beside,  to  be  always  with,  Lat 
assidere,  "Αιδον  ννμφα  παρεδρενυις, 
Eur.  Ale.  746;  so  m  tOlyb.,  etc. — 2. 
to  be  an  assessor,  πάρεδρος,  τινί,  Dem. 
572,  10. 

ΙΙαρεδρησσω,  poet,  for  foreg.,  Nonn. 

Ίίαρεδρια,  ας,  ή,  {πάρεδρος)  a  sit- 
ting beside  :  addition,  Arist.  Part.  An. 
2,  7,  2. — 11.  the  office  or  dignity  of  πά- 
ρεδρος, ap.  Dem.  1373,  22.     Hence 

Ιί«ρ£(ϊρί(ίω,=  παρεδρενω,  παρεδρι- 
όω!-.  Αρ.  Rh.  2,  1040. 

ΐΐάρεδρος,  ov,  {παρά,  έδρα)  silting 
beside,  as  at  table,  Hdt.  5,  18:  ^en- 
erally,  beside,  near,  τινί,  Eur.  Or.  S3, 
Hec.  GI6. — II.  sitting  beside ;  and  so, 
attending,  assisting  another ;  and  as 
subst.,  an  assessor,  assistant,  coadjutor, 
associate,  foil,  by  dat.  or  gen. ;  hence 
Themis  is  Αώς  π-,  Pind.  Ο.  8,  22; 
but  Rhadamanthys  αντώ  π-  έτοιμος, 
lb.  2,  139  ;  έρως  is  π.  μεγάλων  ti εσ- 
μών. Soph.  Ant.  796:  but,  Ty  σοφίφ 
π-,  Eur.  Med.  843.-2.  in  prose,  πάρ- 
εδρος was  the  assessor  or  coadjutor  of 
a  magistrate,  as  of  old  kings,  lldt.  8, 
138;  of  the  three  chief  archons  at 
Athens  (each  of  whom  had  two  al- 
lowed him  by  law,  to  assist  ihein 
chiefly  in  judicial  duties) ;  and  of  oth- 
er magistrates, — freq.  in  Oratt.  ;  cf. 
Diet.  Antiqq.  s.  v. 

ΤΙαρέζομαι,  1.  -εδονμαι,  {παρά,  έζο- 
μαι)  dep.  mid. : — to  sit  beside,  τινί,  II. 
1,  557,  Od.  4,  738,  etc.  :  esp.  to  sit 
down  to  talk  with  one,  Herm.  H.  Hom. 
Ap.  315. 

ΙΙΰρειά,  άς,  ή,  the  cheek,  Hom.,  al- 
ways in  plur.,  as  11.  3,  35,  Od.  2,  153  ; 
whereas  he  has  the  Ion.  παρίβον  usu. 
in  sing. :  oddly  of  an  eagle,  Od.  2, 
153  :  the  irreg.  dat.  παρειασιν  occurs 
in  Ap.  Rh.  4,  172  (si  vera  1.): — an 
acc.  pi.  παρειά,  was  assumed  by  Aris- 
tarch., etc.,  11.  3,  35  :  cf.  παρήϊον  and 
παρη'ις. — The  word  is  also  used  by 
Trag.  (usu.  in  sing.),  as  Aesch.  Pr. 
400,  Soph.  Ant.  1239;  but  rare  in 
prose,  as  Xen.  Cyr.  6,  4,  3. — II.  the 
cheek-piece  of  a  helmet,  Herm.  H. 
Hom.  31,  11,  cf.  μετωπον  in  II.  10,  70. 
(Prob.  from  παρά,  the  sides  of  the 
face.) 

■\ΐΙάρεια,  ας,  ή,  Parea,  a  nymph, 
Apollod.  3,  1,2. 

ΐΐύρείας,  ov,  6,  =  παρώας  (q.  v.), 
Cratin.  Troph.  6. 

ΐίαρεϊδον,  aor.  2,  with  no  pres.  in 
use,  παρορίιω  being  used  instead, 
{παρά,  ειδον)  to  observe  by  the  way,  to 
remark,  notice,  τινί  Tl,  something  in 
one,  as,  δειλίην  τινί,  Hdt.  1,  37,  cf. 
38,  108. — II.  to  look  past,  overlook,  disre- 
gard, v.  1.  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  6, 37,  and  Plut. 

ΤΙαρείθη,  usu.  παρέθη,  3  aor.  1  pass, 
of  παρίημι,  11.  23,  868. 

ΤΙαρεικάζω,  ί-  -άσω,  {παρά,  εικάζω) 
to  compare,  τινί  τι.  Plat.  Rep.  473  C, 
cf  Polit.  260  Ε. 

ΤΙα.ρείκαθον,  Att.  aor.  form  of  πα- 
ρείκω.  Soph.  Ο.  C.  1334,  Ant.  1)02; 
v.  sub  σχέθω,  and  cf  Ellendt  Lex. 
s.  V.  είκαθεΐν.  [ΰ] 

ΤΙαρείκω,  f.  -^ω,  {παρά,  είκω)  to  go 


ΠΑΡΕ 

aside,  yield,  give  way ;  like  kau,  to  I 
permit,  allow,  υσον  όύναμίς,  Plat.  Rep. 
374  Ε  ;  ~.  TLvl  ποιείν  τι.  Id.  Legg. 
934  C. — II.  impels.,  παρείκει  μοι,  it 
is  competent,  allowable  for  me,  tl  μοί 
παρείκοί.  Soph.  Phil.  1048,  ubi  v. 
Schaf. ;  oTvy  τταρείκοι,  wherever  it 
was  practicable,  Thuc.  3,  1  ;  καθ'  όσον 
παρείκοι.  Plat.  Symp.  187  Ε  ;  κατά 
το  αεί  τΐαρείκον,  by  such  ways  as  they 
found  practicable,  Thuc.  4,  36. 

ΤΙαρειλίσσω,  poet,  for  παρελίσσω. 

ΤΙαρειμένοις,  adv.,  part.  pf.  pass, 
from  τναρίημι,  re?7iissly. 

ΐΐάρειμι,  inf.  τταρεΐναι :  f.  παρέ- 
σομαι  .•  (παρά,  ειμί  to  be).  To  be  by 
or  present,  Horn.,  who  oft.  has  part., 
παρεών,  one  present,  oh  παρεών,  one 
absent. — 2.  to  be  by  or  near  one,  c.  dat., 
Od.  5,  105 ;  μίι/Μίσι.,  Od.  4,  640 ;  π. 
παρά  τινι,  Soph.  Phil.  1056 : — to  be 
present  in  or  at,  μά\7],  Od.  4,  497  ;  kv 
δαίτι/σι,  II.  10,  217, 'cf  Ar.  Ach.  513, 
Plat.'  Prot.  335  B. — 3.  esp.  to  be  pres- 
ent to  help,  come  to  aid,  stand  by,  like 
Lat.  adesse,  τινί,  II.  18,  472,  Od.  13, 
393  ;  and  in  Att. — 4.  to  be  by,  i.  e. 
ready  or  at  hand,  Lat.  praesto  esse,  of 
things,  property,  etc.,  Horn. ;  χαριζο- 
μένη  παρεοντων,  giving  freely  of  what 
was  ready,  such  food  as  did  not  need 
dressing,  Od.  1,  140:  εΐ  μοι  δύναμίς 
γε  παρείη,  if  power  were  at  my  co7n- 
mand,  if  1  had  the  power,  Od.  2,  62 ; 
όση  δύναμίς  γε  πάρεση,  so  far  as 
power  is  mine,  11.  8,  294  i- — so  of  feel- 
ings, states  of  mind,  etc.,  φόβος  fiap- 
βάροις  παρίμ),  Aesch.  Pers.  391 ;  βαν- 
μα  παρήν.  Soph.  Ant.  254.- — 5.  παρεί- 
vai  εις..,  to  arrive  at,  or  strictly  to  have 
arrived  at..,  oft.  in  Hdt.,  as  1,  9,  Thuc. 
6,  88,  etc.,  cf  Valck.  Hdt.  1,  21, 
Heind.  Plat.  Phaed.  57  A  ;  so  too  c. 
ace.  loci  only,  Eur.  Cycl.  95,  106  ; 
so,  π.  έπϊ  το  στράτευμα,  Xen.  An.  7, 
1,35;  π.  προς  την  κρίσιν,  lb.  6,  4, 
26 ;  π.  ΌΆυμπίαζε,  Thuc.  3,  8.-6. 
inipers.,  πάρεστί  μοι,  c  inf.  like  έξ- 
εστι,  it  depends  on  me,  is  in  my  power, 
Hdt.  8,  20 ;  τοιανΟ'  έ'λέσθαι  σοι  πύ- 
ρεστιν  ες  εμού,  Aesch.  Eum.  867  ; 
and  freq.  in  Att.  ; — so  also  the  part. 
παρόν.  Ion.  παρεόν,  is  used  absol.  c. 
inl.,  it  being  possible  or  easy,  since  it  is 
allowed,  Hdt.  1,  129,  etc.,  Thuc.  4,  19, 
etc. ;  like  εξόν.— 7.  τα  παρόντα,  in 
Att.,  USU.  the  present,  the  present  cir- 
cumstances, state  or  condition  ;  also  τα 
παρεόντα  πρίρ,ματα,  Hdt.  6,  100  ;  so 
neut.  70  παρόν,  first  in  Hdt.  1,  20. — 
8.  the  part.  masc.  παρών  oft.  stands, 
esp.  in  Trag.,  at  the  end  of  a  verse 
almost  like  an  expletive  to  round  off 
the  sentence,  like  λαβών,  e.  g.  Soph. 
El.  300,  Tr.  422,  cf.  Valck.  Phoen. 
481,  Lob.  Aj.  57,  and  v.  sub  παρίστη- 
μι  Β.  Π.  1. 

ΤΙάρειμι,  inf.  παριεναι,  {παρά,  εΙμι 
to  go).  To  go  by,  beside,  or  near,  to 
pass,  παριών,  Od.  4,  527 :  17,  233  :  to 
go  alongside,  Thuc.  4,  47,  and  Xen. — 
2.  to  pass  by,  pass  over,  omit,  π.  τώ 
λόγω.  Plat.  Legg.  776  D. — 3.  to  pass 
by,  overtake,  surpass,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  4,  5. 
— 4.  of  time,  to  pass  on,  pass,  Hdt.  4, 
181. — II.  tn  pass  on  one's  way,  π.  εις.., 
to  pass  into,  enter,  Hdt.  3,  84,  etc. ; 
and  absol.,  to  approach,  Id.  3,  72: 
sometimes  with  a  notion  of  secresy, 
as,  εις  μυχον  παρ.,  Eur.  Ion  229  ;  but 
not  necessarily,  for  we  also  have  βία 
παριεναι  εις  οΊκίαν,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  2, 
2. — III.  to  come  forward,  opp.  to  ΰπά• 
γειν,  Xen.  An.  7,  3,  46;  πάριτ'  ές  το 
πρόσθεν,  Ar.  Ach.  43,  cf  Plat.  Phaed. 
59  Ε  ;  esp.  to  come  forward  to  speak. 
Plat.  Ale.  1, 106  C,  Dem.  285,  6 ;  also, 
π.   έπΙ   το  βήμα,   Aeschin.   76,   18 ; 


ΠΑΡΕ 

hence  at  Athens,  οι  παριόντες,  the 
public  orators,  Andoc.  19,  37,  Dem. 
170,  6;  νεωστι  παριών  ές  τα  πρώτα, 
Hdt,  7,  143  :  cf.  παρέρχομαι  VTl. — 
IV.  to  pass  from  one  to  another,  το  σύν- 
θημα παρί/ει,  the  word  passed  from 
man  to  man. 

ΐίαρειπον,  aor.  2,  with  no  pres.  in 
use,  παράψημι  being  used  instead, 
{παρά,  ειπον) — I.  c.  ace.  pers.,  to  talk 
over,  persuade,  like  παραπείθειν  with 
collat.  notion  of  deception,  11.  1,  555  ; 

6,  337,  Aesch.  Pr.  130:  hence  ex- 
pressly, to  cheat,  beguile,  Valck.  Adon. 
p.  350  ; — c.  ace.  cognato,  to  give  such 
and  such  advice,  αίσιμα  π.,  11.  6,  62  ; 

7,  121  : — absol.,  to  persuade,  advise,  U. 
11,  793  ;  15,  404.  [In  11.  the  first  syll. 
of  part,  παρειπών,  παρειπούσα  is  al- 
ways long  in  arsis,  prob.  by  the  di- 
gamma.] 

ΪΙαρείργω,  f.  -ξω,  to  keep  off  or  back, 
shut  out. 

ΐίαρεφύω,  poet,  and  Ion.  for  παρε- 
pvu,  Hdt. 

Ιίαρείρω,  {παρά,  ειρω)  to  fasten  be- 
side or  near,  insert,  Aesch.  Fr.  265, 
Xen.  Symp.  6,  2 :  νόμους  παρείρων, 
adding  observance  of  the  laws.  Soph. 
Ant.  368,  as  the  Schol.  seems  to  ex- 
plain it  ;  but  the  word  is  prob.  cor- 
rupt ;  Dind.  (v.  ad  1.)  proposes  παραι- 
ρύν,  EUendt  (after  Musgrave)  γεραί- 
ρων. 

Τίάρεις,  2  sing,  indie,  pres.  from 
πάρειμι. 

Ιίΰρείς,  part.  aor.  2  act.  from  παρί- 
ημι. — II.  part.  aor.  2  pass,  from  πείρω. 

ΐίαρειςάγω,  1.  -ξω,  {παρά,  είςάγω) 
to  lead  in  by  one's  side,  bring  forward, 
introduce,  Isocr.  175  C. — II.  to  bring 
in  beside,  introduce  secretly,  Polyb.  1, 
18,  3.  [ά] 

\ΥΙαρεισάδης,  ου,  δ,  v.  I.  for  B;?- 
ρισάδης,  q.  v.,  Dem.  624,  1. 

Ίίαρείςακτος,  ov,  {παρειςάγω) 
brought  in  beside,  introduced  privily, 
N.  T. 

ΤΙαρειςαρθρόω,  ώ,  to  incorporate. 

ΤΙαρειςβάλλω,  {παρά,  είςβάλλω) 
to  throw  in  beside  or  secretly. — II.  intr. 
to  get  in  beside,  etc. 

ΐίαρειςγρΰφή,  ης,  ή,  {παρά,  εις- 
γράφοή  an  i7iscribing  secretly  and  ille- 
gally, Plut.  2,  756  C. 

ΐίαρειςδέχομαι,  f.  -ξομαι,  {παρά, 
είςδέχομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  take  in  be- 
sides or  along  with  a  thing.  Soph.  Tr. 
537,  Arist.  Part.  An.  3,  1,  10:  to  take 
171  secretly. 

Τίαρειςδύνω,^παρειςδνυ,  Demad. 
178,  41.  [v] 

ΊΙαρειςδυομαι,  {παρά,  είςδύω)  as 
pass.,  with  aor.  2,  pf ,  and  plqpf.  act.  : 
- — to  get  in  by  the  side,  to  slip  in,  insin- 
uate one's  self,  Hipp.,  Plut.  Agis  3,  etc. 
[v.  δύω.]     Hence 

ΤΙαρείςδνσις,  εως,  ή,  a  getting  by  the 
side,  a  slipping  in  :  also  a  way  to  get  in, 
loop-hole,  Plut.  2,  476  C, 

ΤΙαρειςεΐδον,  inf  -ΐδείν,  aor.  with 
no  pres.  in  use,  (cf  παρεΐδον).  To 
look  at  from  the  side,  catch  a  sight  of, 
v.  1.  Ar.  Lys.  155. 

ΤΙαρείςειμι,  {παρά,  εις,  εΐμι)=sq., 
Philippid.  ap.  Ath.  262  A. 

ΤΙαρειςέρχομαι,  {παρά,  είςέρχομαι) 
dep.  mid.,  c.  aor.  et  perf.  act. :  to 
come  or  go  in  beside  or  by  stealth,  Po- 
lyb. 1,  7,  3,  etc. 

ΐίαρειςκομίζο),  f.  -ίσω,  {παρά,  εις, 
κoμιζω)to  bring  in  by  the  side  or  secret- 
ly, Joseph. 

ΐίαρειςκνκλέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {παρά, 
είςκυκ'Λ^:ω)  to  roll  in  by  the  side  or  se- 
cretly, smuggle  in,  Juba  ap  Ath.  661  B. 

Tlapειςoδεvo],=πapειςκoμίζω,huc. 
(?)  Philopatr.  12. 


ΠΑΡΕ 

ΤΙαρειςοδιάζω,  v.  παρεπειςοδιάζω. 

ΤΙαρειςπέμπω,  ί.  -ψω,  {παρά,  εις• 
πέμπω)  to  let  in  secretly,  Plut.  2,  700  Β. 

ΙΙαρειςπίπτω,  {παρά,  είςπίπτω)  to 
get  in  by  the  side  or  secretly,  Polyb.  1, 
18,  3,  etc. 

ΤΙαρειςπορενομαι,  as  pass.,  c.  fut. 
mid.  -εύσομαι,  {παρά,  είςπορενω)  to 
go  in  at  the  side  or  secretly,  LXX. 

ΤΙαρειςπράσσω,  Att.  -τ~τω :  ί.  -ξω, 
{παρά,  είςπράσσω) : — ίο  demand  or  ex- 
act besides  or  beyond,  i.  e.  illegally,  of 
tax-gatherers. 

Παρειςρέω,  f.  -ρεύσομαι,  aor.  -έρ- 
(yvijv,  {παρά,  είςρέω)  to  glide  in  by  the 
side,  by  chance,  or  secretly,  Arist.  Part. 
An.  3,  3,  6,  etc. 

Hap  εις  φέρω,  {παρά,  είςφέρω)  to 
bear  or  bring  in  beside:  esp.,  π.  νό- 
μον,  to  propose  a  new  law  inconsistent 
with  another,  Dem.  484,  1,  12,  etc. 

ΐίαρειςφθείρομαι,  {παρά,  ε'ιςφθείρο- 
μαι)  as  pass.,  to  steal  in  to  the  loss  or 
ruin  of  another,  Philo. 

ΥΙάρέκ,  before  a  vowel  πΰρέξ. 
{παρά,  έκ) — Α.  as  prep., — 1.  c.  gen. 
loci,  outside,  before,  Od.  9,  116,  II.  10, 
349. — 2.  like  χωρίς,  besides,  except,  ex- 
clusive of,  Hdt.  1,  14,  93,  192,  etc.— IL 
freq.  c.  ace,  out  by  the  side  of,  out 
along,  beyond,  II.  9,  7,  Od.  12,  27C,  etc.  ; 
in  11.  24,  349,  the  prep,  follows  its 
case :  παρέκ  νόον,  out  of  sense  and 
reason,  ioulishly,-ll.  10,  391  ;  20,  133. 
— 2.  except,  besides,  II.  24,  434. 

B.  more  freq.  as  adv., — 1.  of  place, 
out  by,  out  over,  Horn.  :  hard  by,  II.  11, 
486. — 2.  metaph.  beyond  or  beside  right 
and  truth,  and  so  wide  of  the  question, 
beside  the  7nark,  παρέξ  ειπείν,  Od.  4, 
348  ;  παρέξ  άγορενειν,  II.  12,  213 : 
senselessly,  foolishly,  Od.  23,  16. — 3. 
άλλα  παρέξ  μεμνώμεθα,  let  us  talk 
of  somethmg  else,  Od.  14,  168:  hence 
except,  Hdt.  7,  196 ;  παρέξ  ή  όσον.., 
except  so  long  as..,  η,  Hdt.  1,  130,  cf. 
Clinton  F.  H.  1,  p.  258,  200. 

(This  word  includes  the  signfs. 
both  of  παρά  and  έκ,  though  one 
often  prevails  over  the  other.— In  re- 
gard to  Hdt.  it  may  be  observed, — 1. 
that  in  him  it  is  usu.  written  πάρεξ, 
but  in  Horn,  and  Hes.  παρέξ,  παρέκ, 
except  Hes.  Sc.  352,  353,  Gaisf  : — 2. 
the  rule,  that  παρέκ  is  used  before  a 
conson.,  παρέξ  before  a  vowel,  is  al- 
together neglected  by  Hdt.,  who  al- 
ways has  πίιρεξ :  so  even  in  Od.  14, 
168,  παρέξ  μεμνώμεθα,  cf  Od.  12, 
276,  443,  11.  11,  486.— Ace.  to  E.  M., 
and  Eust.,  the  word  was  written  dif- 
ferently ace.  to  its  signf .  scil.  παρέξ 
=  έκτός  in  Horn,  and  Hes.,  πύρεξ= 
χωρίς  in  Hdt. ;  v.  plura  ap.  Spitzn, 
Exc.  xviii.  ad  11.) 

Παρεκβαίνω,  f.  -βήσομαι,  {παρά, 
έκβαίνω)  to  step  or  turn  aside  fro7n,  de- 
viate from,  c.  gen.,  δίκαιον,  Hes.  Op. 
224,  cf  Polyb.  12,  8,  1  :— but  also  c. 
ace,  to  overstep,  tran.sgress,  Αιός  σέ- 
βας, Aesch.  Clio.  645,  Plut.  Num.  9  : 
— absol.  to  exceed  botuids,  Arist.  Eth. 
4,  5,  13,  etc. ;  to  make  a  digression,  lb. 

1,  5,  1,  Polyb.,  etc. 
ϋαρεκβάλλω,  {παρά,  έκβάλλω)  to 

compile  a  set  of  critical  remarks  ;  v.  παρ- 
εκβολή. 

ΐίαρέκβΰσις,  εως,  ή,  {παρεκβαίνω) 
α  turning  from  the  right  way,  a  devi- 
ation, declension,  Arist.  Eth.  N.  8,  10, 

2,  Pol.  3,  7,  2,  etc.  :  a  digression,  Isae. 
62,  13,  Polyb.,  etc.     Hence 

Τίαρεκβΰτικύς,  ή,  όν,  apt  to  wander 
from  the  right  uny  ;  a  digressing  from 
the  subject :  extravagant.     Adv.  -κώς. 

Ιϊαρεκβολενομαι,  dep.  mid.,=^7ra- 
ρεκβάλλω  :  from 

ύαρεκβολή,  ης,  ή,  {παρεκβύ?^λώ) 
1119 


ΠΑΡΕ 

the  compilation  of  a  set  of  critical  re- 
marka,  .IS  those  of  Eustathius  on  Ho- 
mer.    Hence 

ΙΤαρεκίίο'λικός,  η,  όν,  belonging  to 
ιταρεκ3ο'/,αί :  το  π..=^•καμεκβο'Ααί. 

ΥΙαρεκόέχομαί,  f.  -ξομαι,  (τταρά, 
έκόεχομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  lake  in  a  dif- 
ferent or  wrong  sense,  misconceive,  mis- 
construe, M.  Anton.  5,  6. 

Παρ£Λ(5<(5ω/ίί,  (παρά,  έκδίδωμι)  to 
give  out  beside  or  underhand,  esp.  in 
marriage  ;  //  ΐίαρεκόίόομέΐ'η,  name  ol 
a  play  of  Antiphanes. 

ϋαρεκδύομαι,  (τταρά,  έκδνω)  as 
pass.,  c.  aor.  2  et  pf.  act.,  to  slip  out 
by  the  side,  steal  away,  Luc.  Jup.  Trag. 
11. 

Παρεκέσκετο,  Ep.  for  παρέκειτο, 
frequentat.  impf.  from  τταράκειμαι, 
Od. 

Ώαρεκθέω,  (παρά,  έκθέω)  to  run  out 
by  or  past,  c.  acc,  Ap.  Rh.  1,  592. 

ΐ\.αρεκθ7ύ;3ο,  (παρά,  έκθ?Λ3ω)  to 
press  out  of  the  right  course,  jostle  aside, 
Arisl.  Probl.  23,  5,  3,  in  pass. 

Παρεκκλίνω,  (παρά,  εκκ'λίνω)  to 
turn  aside  from,  to  alter  slightly,  of  the 
infle.xions  of  words,  Dion.  H.  5,  47. — 
H.  intr.,  to  turn  aside  from,  shun,  C. 
acc,  Arist.  H.  A.  6,  29,  1  ;  π.  εις..,  to 
deviate  towards...  Id.  Part.  An.  3,  4, 
19;  absol.  to  turn  aside,  Aescliin.  25, 
9. — Oft.  confounded  with  παρεγκ'λί- 
νω.  [ι]    Hence 

ΙΙαρέκκλισις,  εος.  ή,  α  turning  aside 
from  the  way,  Stob.  Eel.  1,  p.  40. 

Υ1αρεκ7.έγω,  {παρά,  έκ?.έγω)  to  col- 
lect secretly,  π.  τα  κοινά,  to  embezzle 
the.  pubhc  monies,  Dern.  435,  21  :  of 
birds,  to  collect  food,  Ael.  N.  A.  8,  25. 
ΐίαρεκ'λείπω,  (παρά,  έκ/.είπω)  to 
let  out.  let  pass. — II.  intr.  to  go  out,  be 
wanting,  fail,  LXX. 

ΤΙαρεκνέομαι,  (παρά,  έκνέω)  dep. 
mid.,  to  sail  out  by  υτ  past,  Ap.  Rh.  2, 
941. 

ΐίαρεκπέμπω,  (παρά,  εκπέμπω)  to 
send  out  beside  or  past,  Philo. 

ΤΙαμεκπεράω,  ώ,  f.  -άσω  [α],  (πα- 
ρά, εκπεράω)  to  go  out  past,  c.  acc, 
Aesch.  Fr.  23. 

\1αρεκπίπτω,  f.  -πεσονααι,  {παρά, 
εκπίπτω)  to  fall  out  secretly  or  by 
chance,  to  fall  from  One,  of  words, 
Dion.  H.  de  Comp.  c.  25. 

Παρεκπροφεύ}ω,  f.  -φενξομαι  and 
-φενξύύμαί,  (παρά,  έκπροφενγω)  to 
flee  out  away  from,  to  escape,  of  prizes 
which  elude  the  grasp  of  the  con- 
queror, τινά,  11.23,  314. 

ΐίαρεκπίφόομαι,  {παρά,  ίκπνρόω) 
as  pass.,  to  take  fire  meanwhile,  Arist. 
Meteor.  1,  4,  6. 

ΤΙαρεκστροφή,  ης,  ?),  an  averting: 
perversion. 

ΐίαρεκτάννω,  f.  -νοω,=  παρεκτεί- 
νω,  .\nth.  P.  5,  251,  Q.  Sm.  3,  337. 

Τίαρεκτάαις,  ij,  a  stretching  out  be- 
side, a  lengthening,  esp.  of  a  sj'Uable : 
from 

ΙΙαρεκτείνω,  f.  -τενώ,  (παρά,  εκ- 
τείνω) to  stretch  out  along,  esp.  in  mil- 
itary tactics,  to  deploy.  Polyb.  11,  12, 
4,  etc. ;  so  of  a  fleet,  π.  επΙ  μίαν  vavv. 
Id.  1,  26,  15. — 11.  intr.  to  stretch  out 
along  or  beside,  Arist.  Anal.  Post.  2, 
17,  5,  Strab.  p.  631  ; — so  in  pass., 
Thcophr. ;  also,  παρεκτείνεσθαί  τινι. 
to  miasure  one's  self  with  one,  Democr. 
ap.  Stub.  p.  189,  47:  c.  gen.,  π.  τον 
avu'j  καίου,  to  extend  beyond  what  is 
required. 

Παρεκ-ελεω,  ώ,  f.  -έσω,  (παρά,  ίκ- 
Τε/.έω)  to  accomplish  otherwise,  or 
against  one's  iiisk,  Mosch.  4,  125. 

ΤΙαρεκτέον,  verb.  adj.  from  παρέ 
χω.  one  must  afford,  furnish,  Xen.  Cyr 
2,  2,  15. 

1120 


ΠΑΡΕ 

ΤΙαρεκτικός,  ή,  όν,  (παρέχω)  in- 
clined to  give,  offering  readily. 

ΙΙαρέκτοπος,  ov,  somewhat  out  of 
the  way,  dub. 

ΙΙαρεκτός,  (παρά,  έκτος)  adv.,  out 
of,  without,  besides,  LXX.,  and  N.  T. 

ΪΙαρεκτρέπω,  f.  -ι/ίω,  (τταρά,  εκ- 
τρέπω) to  turn  aside,  ύχετόν,  Eur. 
Supp.  1111  : — pass.,  to  be  turned  aside, 
distorted,  Arist.  Gen.  An.  4,  4,  4β. 

Παρεκ-ρε;^"'  ('^αρά,  έκτρέχω)  to 
run  out  past,  Plut.  Flainin.  8. 

ΤΙαρεκτρίβω,  f.  -^pω,  (παρά,  έκτρί- 
βω)  to  rub  along  or  against  a  thmg ; 
pass,  to  sziffer  great  friction,  Arist. 
Coel.  2,  7,  2.   [i] 

ΐίαρεκτροπή,  ης,  if,  (παρεκτρέπο- 
μαι) a  turning  from  the  right  way,  a  bye- 
path,  Clem.  Al. 

ΤΙαρεκφαίνομαι,  (παρά,  έκφαίνω) 
as  pass.,  to  appear  beside,  Galen. 

ΐίαρεκφέρομαι,  (παρά,  εκφέρω)  as 
pass.,  to  be  carried,  go  beyond  bounds, 
Plut.  2,  102  C. 

ΠαρεΛ:;\;εω,  f.  -χενσω,  (παρά,  έκ- 
χέω)  to  pour  out  at  the  side  : — pass.,  of 
rivers  and  lakes,  to  overflow,  Strab.  p. 
760  :  Diod.  5,  47.     Hence 

ΐίαρέκχνσις,  εως,  ή,  a  pouring  out, 
running  otit  on  one  side  or  the  other,  esp. 
of  a  river  overflowing,  etc.,  Polyb.  34, 
10.  4,  Strab. 

ΤΙαρεΆαννω,  \.  -ε?.άσω  [α],  Ep. 
-ε'/.άσσω,  Att.  παρε/ώ:  aor.  παρή/.ΰ- 
σα,  Horn.,  Ep.  also  παρέ'λασσα,  II., 
(παρά,  έ'λαύνω).  To  drive  by  or  past, 
Theocr.  5,  89 ;  8,  73.— II.  usu.  as  if 
intr. — 1.  to  drive  by  (sc  δίφρον,  άρμα, 
'ίππους,  etc.),  II.  23,  382,  427  :— then 
with  a  new  acc,  to  drive  past,  overtake 
another,  οΊοισίν  μ'  ϊπποισι  παρήΆα• 
σαν,  II.  23,  638 ;  but,  π.  ΎρτιχΙνα,  to 
drive  on  to  Trachis,  Hes.  Sc.  353. — 
Later  π.  δίφρον,  ϊππον  are  added,  .-Vr. 
Av.  1129,  Xen.  Cyr.  5,  3,  55;  also,  π. 
έφ'  (ϊρματος,  έφ'  ίππου,  Xen.  An.  1, 
2,  10  ;  3,  4,  46. — 2.  to  row  or  sail  by, 
past  (sub  vavv),  but  also,  νηι  παρη- 
λασε,  Od.  12,  186:  then  c.  acc.  rei 
aut  pers.,  to  sail  past..,  Od.  12,  197. — 3. 
in  prose,  also,  to  ride  by,  run  by,  etc. 
(sub.  ϊππον,  εαυτόν,  etc.),  freq.  in 
Xen.  ;  π.  τάς  τάξεις,  Id.  An.  3,  5,  4, 
Cyr.  4,  3,  12  ; — more  rarely  to  ride  up 
to,  rush  towards,  προς  or  επί  τίνα, 
Xen.  (^yr.  4,  2,  12,  Hipparch.  8,  18  : 
— to  ride  on  one's  way,  lb.  3,  3,  4. — 
Arat.  uses  mid.  παρελαύνεσθαι,  in 
intr.  signf. 

Παρε/.έ}';^ω,  f.  -γξω,=^ ελέγχω,  Ga- 
len. 

ΐίαρέλιενσις,  εως,  ή,  a  passing  by  or 
beyond. — II.  the  tvay  past  to  a  place. 

ΙΙαρελίσσω,  f.  -ξω,  (παρά.  ελίσσω) 
to  turn  beside,  turn  round,  also  παρει- 
λ.ίσσω. 

Παρελκόντως,  adv.  part.  pres.  from 
παρε/ικω,  dragging  beside,  hence  su- 
perfluously, Gramm. 

ίϊαρέλ.κνσις,  ή,  a  protracting,  delay- 
ing. 

Τίαρελ.κνστής,  οϋ,  ό,  one  who  pro- 
tracts, delays,  Irom  παρελ.κνω. 

ΐίαρΐλ.κνστρια,  ας,  ή,  fem.  of  foreg. 

Παρε^ι,κω ;  f.  -ξω,  also  -ελκύσω  : 
aor.  παρείλκνσα  :  {παρά,  έλκω) : — to 
draiv  aside  or  to  the  side,  Pind.  O.  7. 
84 ;  π.  εαυτόν,  to  withdraw  secretly, 
Plut.  Cieom.  8: — mid.  to  draw  aside 
for  one's  self,  get  hold  of  by  craft  or 
evil  device,  δώρα  τίνος,  Od.  18,  282. — 

2.  to  lead  alongside,  as  one  does  a  led 
horse,  Hdt.  3. 102  :  παρέλ.κειν  εκ  γι/ς, 
to  tow  from  the  bank.  Id.  2,  96. — 2.  to 
distort,  twist,  π.  κενάς  (sc.  τάς  yva- 
θονς),  Ar.  Pac.  1306,  \ibi  v.  Interpp. 
— II.  of  tifne,  to  spin  out,  Polyb.  2,  70, 

3,  etc.;  ahsol., μή μννι^σι  παρέλ.κετε, 


ΠΑΡΕ 

put  not  things  o^by  excuses,  Od.  21, 
HI  ;  in  pass.,  to  be  delayed,  Polyb.  5, 
30,  5. — HI.  also  intr.  to  drag  beside, 
hence  to  be  redundant:  so  in  pass., 
Tu  παρε?.κόμενα  τοις  έπιτηόεύμασι, 
things  merely  appended  to  the  arts,  ex- 
traneous additions  to  them,  Polyb.  9, 
20,  6. 

Τίαρέλλειφις,  ή,  (παρά,  ελλείπω) 
the  omission  of  something  at  the  side, 
esp.  of  a  letter,  Gramm. 

ΤΙαρεμβαίνω,  f.  -βήσομαι,  (παρά, 
έμβαίνω)  to  go  beside  or  near,  π.  τε- 
Ομίππω,  to  drive  along  in  a  four-horsed 
chariot,  Dion.  H.  2,  34. 

ΤΙαρεμβάλ/Μ,  f.  -βΰ?.ώ,  (  παρά, 
έμβάλ.λω)  to  put  in  or  beside  or  between, 
Ar.  Vesp.  481  :  to  insert  things  foreign 
to  the  subject,  interpolate,  λ,όγονς  ετέ- 
ρους, Dem.  1026,  20  :  hence,  to  throw 
in  by  the  way,  π.  νποφίας,  to  drop 
hints  in  speaking,  Aeschin.  24,  6,  cf. 
41,  Arist.  Rhet.  3,  14,  9.— 2.  esp.  to 
put  in  rank,  draw  up  in  battle  order, 
Polyb.  2,  27,  7,  etc.  ;  strictly  of  put- 
tiiig  in,  distributing  au.xiliaries  among 
the  other  troops,  cf.  Id.  1,  33,  7  :  gen- 
erally, to  place  a?nong  a  class  or  order, 
Plat.  Legg.  741  A. — II.  intr.  to  fall  into 
line  with  the  rest  of  the  army,  Polyb. — 
2.  of  an  army,  to  encamp.  Id.  1 ,  77,  6, 
etc. — 3.  to  fall  upon,  attack,  τινί,  also 
εΙς  τι.  Id.  29,  7,  8. 

•  ΐίαρεμβάτικώς,  adv.,  parenthetical- 
ly, Gramm. 

ΤΙαρεμβλΜστάνω,  (παρά,  Ιμβλα- 
στάνω)  to  grow  up  in  beside,  Phllo. 

ΐίαρεμβ/.έπω,  f.  -ψω,  {παρά,  έμβλέ- 
πω)  to  look  askance,  εΙς  τι,  Eur.  Hel. 
1558. 

Παρεμβολή,  ης,  i],  (παρεμβάλλω) 
insertion  beside,  between  or  amon^  Oth- 
ers, Aeschin.  83,  21,  cf  23,  41,  cf. 
Lob.  Phryn.  377  :  esp.  in  dramas,  an 
insertion,  interpolation.  —  II.  a  putting 
in  or  distributing  men  through  an 
army,  a  drawing  up  in  battle-order,  Po- 
lyb. 11,  32,  6  :  also  a  body  so  drawn 
Zip,  Id.  6,  28,  1 ;  and  then,  like  στρα- 
τόπεδον,  a  crnnp.  Id.  10,  35,  7,  etc.  : 
hence,- — 2.  any  fortified  place,  a  castle, 
N.  T.  —  III.  = —αρείειρεσία  (q.  v.), 
Polyb.  21,  5,  4,  nisi  legend,  παραβο- 
λαί. — IV.  a  pugilist's  and  wrestler's 
phrase,  π.  βά/Λειν.  to  trip  an  adver- 
sary by  a  twist  of  the  leg,  Plut.  2, 
638  F,'Luc.     Hence 

ΠαρεμβολικοΓ,  ή,  όν,  m  a  camp, 
like  a  camp,  Plut.  2,  643  C. 

Παρεμβολοειδτ/ς,  ές,  (παρεμβολ.ή, 
είδος)  like  an  interpolatioyi,  Gramin. 

Παρεμβύω,  {παρά,  έμβνω)  to  push 
or  stuff  in,  Luc.  de  Hist.  Conscr.  22. 

[i'l 

Παρεμμαίνομαι,  as  ■[>ΆSs.,^=kμμaί• 
νομαι.  but  somewhat  milder. 

Παρεμμύντ/ς,  ές,  =  έμμανής,  but 
rather  milder. 

Παρέμμεναι,  Ep.  inf.  from  πάρειμι, 
for  παρείναι,  Horn. 

Παρεμμίγνυμι,  {παρά,  έμμίγνυμι) 
to  7nix  in  besides,  Ael.  N.  A.  3,  30. 

Παρεμπάσσω,  f.  -πάσω,  (παρά,  έμ- 
πάσσω)  to  stretv  beside,  among,  with, 
Diosc. 

Παρεμπίνω, (παρά,  έμπίvω)to  drink 
to  excess. 

Παρεμπίπλ.ημι,  (παρά,  έμπίπλημι) 
to  fill  secretly  with  a  thing,  τί  Tivor, 
Pint.  Marcell.  18. 

Παρεμπίπρημι.  f.  -πρήσω,  (παρά, 
έμπίπρημι)  to  inflame,  gall  by  rubbing, 
Strab. 

Παρεμπίπτω,  f.  -πεσοΰμαι,  (παρά, 
εμπίπτω)  to  fall  in  by  the  way.  creep 
or  steal  in.  Plat.  Cliarmid.  173  D: 
7Γ.  ε<ν  την  πολιτείαν,  of  intrusive  cit- 
izens, Aeschin.  51, 20 :— of  a  word  or 


ΠΑΡΕ 

teTiri,  to  be  inserted,  Arist.  Anal.  Pr.  1, 
S3,  11,  Post,  2,  12,  8.— II.  to  coincide 
with,  Tim,  Plut.  2,  570  F,  etc.  [i] 

ΤΙαρφτΓ/.άσσυ,  Att.  -ττω  :  f.  -άσω 
(,τταρα,  έμτΓ/.άσσω) : — to  plaster  at  the 
side  :  generally,  to  stop  up,  plaster, 
Diosc-    Hence 

'Π.αρεμ7ΐ?^αστικός,ή,  όν,  stopping  up. 

ΊΙαρεμτΓλέκω,  f.  -ξω,  {~apu,  εμπλέ- 
κω) to  entwine,  interweave  with  0Γ  be- 
tween, Diphil.  Siphn.  ap.  Ath.  57  C. 

Παρε/ζτλί/^ω,  to  be  filled  to  excess. 

ϋαρεμτϊ/.οκή,  ης,  ή,  an  entwining 
leith,  interweaving. 

ΤΙαρεμΰοδίζα,  {παρά,  ίμποδίζα)  to 
be  in  the  way,  be  a  hindrance,  rtvi ,  Luc. 
Amor.  15. 

ΊΙαρεμποδών,  adv.,  like  έμποδών, 
in  the  way. 

ΐΐαβεμπολάυ,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (παρά, 
έμπολάω)  to  traffic  underhand  or  besides 
in  a  thing,  to  smuggle  a  thing  in,  π. 
γάμους,  Eur.  Med.  910  :  παρημ.πο7^]- 
μένος,  a  falsely  enrolled,  intrusive  citi- 
zen, like  παρέγγραφος,  Poll. 

Ιίαρεμπόρενμα,  ατός,  τό,  an  infe- 
rior article  in  trade,  merchandize  of  small 
value,  elsewh.  ^ώπος: — hence,^7rap- 
εργον,  Luc.  Dem.  Encom.  22,  M. 
Anton.  3, 12  :  from 

Τίαρεμπορεύομαι,  {παρά,  έμπορενο- 
uai)  dep.,  to  traffic  in  besides  : — me- 
taph.,  TO  τερπνόν  π.,  to  yield  deUght 
besides  instruction,  Luc.  de  Hist. 
Conscr.  9. 

ΐίαρέμπτωσις,  εως,  ή,  {παρά,  εμπί- 
πτω) α  coming  in  besides,  of  superflu- 
ous nutriment,  etc.,  v.  Foes.  Oecon. 
Hipp.,  Arist.  Respir.  11,  5. 

ΤΙαρεμφαίνω,  ί.-όάνώ,{παρά, εμφαί- 
νω) to  show,  display  beside  or  along 
with,  Plat.  Tim.  50  Έ,  Plut. :  to  show 
by  the  way,  indicate,  δια  λόγων  π., 
Polyb.  28,  3,  4,  cf.  12,  24,  2.-2.  π. 
δφιν,  δσμήν,  to  show  the  aspect  or 
smell  of,  i.  e.  to  look  or  smell  like, 
Diosc. — II,  pass.,  to  be  shown,  appear 
beside,  near  or  at  the  side,  Arist.  de 
Anima  3,  4,  3,  or  by  the  won/.  Id.  Phys. 
Ausc.  4,  4,  16  ;  παρεμφαινόμενον 
νδωρ,  water  in  which  objects  are  reflect- 
ed. Id.  Probl.  23,  9,  2.  ^  Hence 

ΤΙαρεμφαντικός,  ή,  όν,  showing  be- 
side, near,  or  by  stealth :  and 

ΙΙαρέμφάσις,  εας,  η,  a  showing  be- 
side or  near. 

ΐίαρεμφάτικός,  ή,  όν,=^παρεμφαν- 
τικός. — II-  usu.  in  Gramm.  τα  π.,  the 
finite  moods  of  the  verb,  opp.  to  the 
infinitive  {απαρέμφατος). 

ΊΙαρεμφερής,  ες,  somewhat  like,  v.  1. 
Arist.  H.  A.  4,  1, 18,  Diod.  1,  35  :  from 

ΐίαρεμφέρω,  {παρά,  εμφέρω)  to  come 
near,  be  somewhat  like,  τινί,  Diosc. 

ΐίαρεμφράσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  {παρά, 
έμφράσσω)  to  block  up  beside,  Galen. 

ΙΙαρεμφνομαι,  {παρά,  έμφνω)  as 
pass.,  to  grow  in  at  the  side,  hang  upon, 
Luc.  Fugit.  10.  [i] 

ΤΙαρενδείκννμι,  like  παρεμφαίνω, 
to  show  by  the  way  or  secretly. 

Τϊαρενδΐάω,  ώ,  to  dwell  beside. 

Τίαρενδίδωμι,  f.  -δώσω,  {παρά,  tv- 
δίδωαι)  to  give  or  yield  up,  Plut.  2, 
813  t). 

ΤΙαρενδυομαι,  {παρά,  ένδνω)  as 
pass.,  c.  aor.  2  et  pf  act.,  to  slip  in  by 
the  side,  Plut.  2,  479  A. 

ΐίαρενείδον,  inf  -ιδείν,  aor.  2  with 
no  pres.  in  use  (cf.  παρεΐδον),  to  take 
a  side  look  at,  παρενιδών  τι,  Ar.  Lys. 
156. 

ΊΙαρενείρω,  (.παρά,  ενείρω)  to  put 
in  by  the  side  or  secretly,  έαντόν  εΙς 
πάντα,  to  intrude  one's  self  into  every 
thing,  Plut.  2,  793  D. 

ΊΙαρενί/νεον,  ες,  etc.,  impf.  from 
ιταρανηνέω,  Od. 

71 


ΠΑΡΕ 

ΤΙαρενήνοθε,  to  be  by  or  near,  ημέ- 
τερη τοίη  παρενήνοθε  μήτις,  such 
was  our  plan  therein,  Ap.  Rh.  1,  664 ; 
πυρετός  παρενήνοθε  γνίοις,  Orph. 
Lith.  628. — In  form  it  seems  to  be 
perf ,  but  with  signf.  of  pres.  or  aor., 
cf.  Ιπενήνοθε  and  κατενήνοθε :  there 
is  no  simple  ενήνοθε. 

ΤΙαρενθεΐν,  Dor.  for  παρελθείν, 
Theocr. 

Τίαρένθεσις,  εως,  ή,  {παρεντίθημι) 
a  putting  in  beside,  inserting. — II.  an  in- 
sertion :  esp.  a  parenthesis,  Gramm. 

ΙΙαρένθετος,  ov,  {παρεντίθημι)  put 
in  beside,  parenthetic,  Gramm. 

ΐίαρενθήκη,  ης,  ή,  (παρεντίθημι) 
something  put  in  beside,  an  addition,  ap- 
pendix:, Hdt.  1,  186  ;  6, 19  ;  π.  ?νόγον, 
a  digression,  Hdt,  7,  5,  171,  cf.  Plut. 
Pomp.  41. — II.  smaller  ware  packed 
within  larger. 

Τίαρενθϋμέομαι,  {παρά,  ενθνμέο- 
μαι)  dep.,  c.  fut.  mid.,  et  aor.  pass.: 
to  disregard,  neglect,  M.  Anton.  5,  5, 
Philo.     Hence 

ΤΙαρενθνμησις,  εως,  ή,  want  of  at- 
tention, disregard,  [ϋ] 

ΤΙαρένθνρσος,  ov,  ό,  false  sentiment 
or  affectation  of  style,  Longin.,  cf.  Win- 
kelm.  Gesch.  d.  Kunst  5,  3,  '^  23. 

ΐίαρενίαντοφόρος,  ov,  (παρά,  ενι- 
αντός,  φέρω)  fruiting  every  other  year, 
Theophr. 

ΤΙαρεννέπω,  {παρά,  εννέπω)  like 
παρανδάω,  to  speak  to  one,  Ap,  Rh, 
3,  367. 

Ήαρενοπλίζω,^ένοπλίζω. 

ΐίαρενοχλέω,  ώ,  ί.  -ήσω,  {παρά,  Ινο- 
χλέω)  to  trouble  or  annoy  one  while 
about  something,  Hipp.,  and  (in  pass.) 
Dem.  242,  16 ;  rr.  τινι  περί  τίνος, 
Polyb.  1,  8,  1,  τινά.  Id.  16,  37,  3. 
Hence 

ΤΙαρενόχλημα,  ατος,τό,=  5^.,  Phi- 
lo :  and 

ΤΙαρενόχλησις,  εως,  ή,  annoyance 
while  one  is  doing  something. 

ΤΙαρενράπτω,  f.  -ψω,  {παρά.  ένρά- 
πτω)  to  sew  to  or  on,  τινί,  Anth. 

ΐΙαρενσά}.ενσις,  ή,  a  shaking  to  and 
fro :  [a]  from 

ΤΙαρενσάλεύω,  (παρά,  εν,  σαλεύω) 
to  shake  to  and  fro  : — intr.  to  move  to 
and  fro,  π.  τοίν  ποδοΐν,  Ar.  Plut.  291 ; 
π.  προς  ανλόν,  Philostr. 

ΤΙαρενσπείρω,  to  sow  or  strew  in 
among. 

ΐίαρένταξις,  εως,  ή,  a  putting  in  be- 
side, insertion,  Plut.  2,  1022  D  ;  like 
παρένθεσις :  from 

Τίαρεντάσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  i.  -ξω, 
(παρά,  εντάσσω)  to  put  in  beside, 
Plut.  2,  1022  C. 

ΤΙαρεντείνω,  {παρά,  εντείνω)  to  ex- 
ert beside  or  near,  την  φωνήν,  Plut.  2, 
623  Β,  cf  Dion.  H.  de  Dem.  54. 

Τίαρεντίθημι,  f.  -θήσω,  {παρά,  εν- 
τίθημι)  to  put  in  beside,  mix  up,  Galen. 

ΤΙαρεντρώγω,  f.  -τρώξομαι,  {παρά^ 
i.vτpώyω)to  eat  ox  gnaw  besides,  Eubul. 
Aug.  1,8;  cf.  παρεγκάπτω. 

ΐίαρεντνχία,  ας,  ή,  a  meeting  by 
chance. 

ΊΙάρέξ  or  πάρεξ,  Horn.,  Hes.,.  and 
Hdt. ;  v.  παρέκ.  1 

Τίαρεξάγω,  {παρά,  εξάγω)  to  lead  , 
out  beside,  lead  out  past,  C.  acc.  loci,  \ 
V.  1.  Hdt.  4,  158:  hence  to  mislead, 
to  which  is  referred  the  phrase  παρέκ 
νόον  άγαγεΐν,  II.  10,  391,  Η.  Ven.  36 ; 
v.  παρέκ  Β. — II.  to  lead  out  against : 
intr.  to  march  out  against  the  enemy, 
[a]    Hence 

ΤΙαρεξΰγωγή,  ής,  ή,  a  leading  or 
marching  out  against  the  enemy,  Ar- 
temid. 

ΤΙαρεξαίρω,  {παρά,  εξαίρω)  to  lift 
up  beside,  Strab.  p.  528 : — ^pass.,  to  be 


ΠΑΡΕ 

lifted  up  ;  oi  παρεξαρθέντες,  the  arro- 
gant, Lat.  nijnis  elati,  Scymnus  342. 

Τ1αρεξα?.λάσσω,  Att.  -ττω :  f.  -ξω 
{παρά,  έξαλ?.άσσω)  : — to  exchange  by 
the  way. 

ΊΙαρεξάμείβω,  ί.  -•ψω,  {παρά,  έξα- 
μείβω)  to  go  or  sail  by.  Αρ.  Rh.  1, 
581. 

ΤΙαρεξαυλέω,  {  παρά,  έξαν?.έω  ) 
whence  part.  pass.  pf.  παρεξην?.ημέ- 
VOl,  strictlj'  worn  out  by  being  played 
upon,  and  so,  generally,  worn  out.  hav- 
ing lost  voice,  strength  and  all  things, 
Ar.  Ach.  681,  cf  Suid. 

ΤΙαρέξειμι,  inf  παρεξιέναι :  {παρά, 
εκ,  ειμί  to  go) : — to  go  out  beside,  pass 
by  or  alongside,  c.  acc.  loci,  Hdt.  7,  58, 
109  ;  absol.,  3,  14  ;  4,  92.-2.  to  over- 
step, transgress,  H.  Horn.  Cer.  478, 
Herm.  ;  παρ.  άρμονίαν  Λιός,  to  thwart 
the  rule  of  Jupiter,  Aesch.  Pr.  551 
cf.  Soph.  Ant.  60. — 3.  to  pass  by,  omit. 
Plat.  Rep.  503  A. 

ΤΙαρεξειπεΐν,  v.  1.  for  παρεξ  ειπείν, 
Od.  4,  348. 

ΐίαρεξειρεσία,  ας,  ή,  {παρέκ,  είρε• 
σία)  that  part  of  the  ship  which  is  be- 
yond, i.  e.  unoccupied  by,  the  rowers, 
and  so  either  end  of  the  ship,  the  bows 
or  the  steerage,  but  usu.  the  former, 
Thuc.  4,  12,  cf.  esp.  7,  34,  Plut.  2, 
347  B. 

Τίαρεξειρέσιον,  ov,  TO,=foreg. 

Τ1αρεξε?.αννω  :  f.  -ελάσω  Att.  -ελώ 
{παρά,  έξε?.αύνω) : — seemingly  intr. 
(sub.  άρμα,  ϊππον,  etc.),  to  drive  or 
ride  out  beside,  esp.  to  march  out  against 
the  enemy  (cf.  παρε?.αννω,  παρεξά- 
γω),  v.  1.  for  παρέξ  έλ.,  II.  23,  344, 
Od.  12,  55.^2.  to  go  or  march  by, 
Hdt.  8,  126,  Plut.,  etc. 

'Π.αρεξέ?^εγχος,  ov,  6,  {παρά,  εκ, 
έ?^εγχος)  a  fallacy  used  in  refutation, 
Arist.  Soph.  El.  17,  12. 

ΐίαρεξελέγχω,  f.  -γξω,  {παρά,  εξε- 
λέγχω) to  refute  by  fallacies,  Arist. 
Top.  2,  5,  3. 

ΤΙαρεξέμεν,  Ep.  for  παρεξείναι,  infl 
aor.  2  of  παρεξίημι. 

ΐίαρεξερέω.  Ion.  fut.  of  πύρεξεί- 
πείν,  for  παρεξερώ,  v.  1.  for  παρέξ 
έρ..  Od.  23,  16. 

ΤΙαρεξέρχομαι,  f.  -ε7.ενσομαι,  {πα- 
ρά, εξέρχομαι)  dep.  mid.,  c.  aor.,  et 
perf  act. ;  the  aor.  -ηλθον  being  the 
only  tense  used  by  Hom.,  and  that 
only  in  inf  and  part.  To  go  out  be- 
side or  near,  to  slip  out  or  away,  past, 
Od.  10,  573  ;  to  go  past  or  over,  c.  gen., 
πεδίοιο,  II.  10,  344  ;  but,  π.  της  ά?.η- 
θείας,  to  go  beyond  or  aside  from  the 
truth,  Plat.  Phil.  66  Β  :— also,  c.  acc, 
παρεξελθεΐν  τίνα,  to  pass  by  one, 
Hdt.  6,  117  ;  παρά  τι.  Pint.  Alex.  76. 
- — II.  to  overstep,  transgress,  c.  aCC, 
Λώς  νόον,  θεόν,  Od.  5,  104,  138 ;  δί- 
αην.  Soph.  Ant.  921. 

ΤΙαρεξετάζω,  f.  -άσω,  {παρά,  εξετά- 
ζω) to  put  one  thing  by  another,  so  as 
to  compare  them,  τι  παρά  τι,  Dem. 
742.  1.     Hence 

ΊΙαρεξέτασις,  ή,  a  comparison. 

ΐϊαρεξενρίσκω,  (παρά,  έξενρίσκω) 
to  fiiid  out  besides  or  in  addition,  π. 
u?Jmv  νόμον,  to  find  out  a-  law  which 
neutralizes  another,  Hdt.  3,  31. 

ϋαρεξηγέομαι,  f  -ήσομαι,  {παρά, 
έξηγέομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  misinterpret. 
Hence 

ΤΙαρεξήγησις,  ή,  misinterpretation. 

ΤΙαρεξης,  adv.  for  παρ''  έξης,=:έξής, 
formed  like  παραντίκα,  etc. 

ΐίαρεξίημι,  f-  -ξήσω,  {παρά,  ίξίημι) 
to  let  out  beside,  Dio  C.  40,  2  ;  of  time, 
to  let  pass,  τέσσερας  ημέρας,  Hdt.  7, 
2J0. 

ΊΙαρεξίμεν,  Ep.  for  παρεξιέναι,  int 
of  παρέξειμι  {εΙμι),  Η.  Hom.  Cer.  478. 
1121. 


ΠΑΡΕ 

ΤΙάρεξίς,  ή,  (τναρέχω)  α  presenting, 
furnishing,  procuring,  Hipp. 

Παρκ^ίσοω,  ώ,  {πάρα,  ίξισόω)  to 
place  beside  as  equal,  rank  with,  TLvi  τι, 
Archestr.  ap.  Ath.  29  B. — 2.  to  com- 
pare. 

ΐίαρεξίστημι,  f.  -εκστησω  (παρά, 
ίξίστημι) :  to  remove,  change :  to  drive 
out  of  one's  senses,  Plut.  2,  713  A. 

B.  in  pass.,  c.  aor.  2,  pf.,  et  piqpf. 
act., ίο  undergo  a  change, change,  Epich. 
p.  76 ;  παρεκστηναι  ry  όιανοία  to  go 
mad,  Polyb.  32,  7,  6  ;  οίνος  παρεξε- 
στηκώς,  wine  that  has  turned,  sour 
Avine,  Lye.  ap.  Ath.  420  C. 

Τίαρέξοόος,  ov,  ή,  a  side  way  out, 
Hipp. 

ΐίαρεξωθέω,  ύ,  (,παρά,  έξωθέω)  to 
push  out  at  the  side,  Arist.  Mund.  4, 
29,  in  pass. 

ΪΙαρέπαινος,  ov,  δ,  (παρά,  έπαινος) 
bye-praise  :  esp.  subordinate  or  second- 
ary praise,  such  as  Was  rhetorically 
used  by  Evenus  of  Paros,  Plait. 
Phaedr.  267  A  ;  of.  παρύψογος. 

ΐίαρεπύλλομαι,  Ion.  for  παρεφύλ- 
λομαι. 

'Π.αρεπειςοδιύζυ,(παρα.,ί'πειςόδιον) 
to  introduce  by  the  way,  i.  8.  as  an  epi- 
sode, prob.  1.  Eust. 

ΤΙαρεπφοηβέυ,  ώ,  (παρά,  ίπιβοη- 
θέο)}  to  come  from  the  side  to  help,  Diod. 
2,  6. 

Παρεπιγρΰφή,  ης,  η,  something  writ- 
ten in  addition  at  the  side  :  esp.  α  stage- 
direction  ivritten  in  the  margin,  such 
as,  αΰλεΐ  τις,  Ar.  Αν.  223,  cf.  Aesch. 
Eum.  116,  127.  These  often  crept 
into  the  Scholia,  esp.  those  on  Aris- 
toph.     Cf.  παρεγκύκλημα  :  from 

ΙΙαρεπιγράφω,  (παρά,  επιγράφω) 
to  write  by  the  side  of  an  inscription, 
and  so  correct  it,  Strab.  p.  675.  [u] 

ΙΙαρεπιύείκννμαι,  ( παρά,  ίπιδεί- 
κννμι)  as  dep.  mid.,  to  exhibit  out  of 
season,  make  a  display,  Plut.  2,  43  D, 
Luc.  de  Hist.  Conscr.  57.  —  Π.  the 
act.  έπιόείκνϋμι  is  found  in  LXX,  to 
point  out  beside  or  along  with. 

ΐίαρεπιδημέω,  ώ,  i.  -ήσυ,  to  be  so- 
journing as  a  stranger  in  a  place,  Polyb. 
27,  7,  3,  Macho  ap.  Ath.  579  A :  and 

ΐίαρεπιδημία,  ας,  ή,  a  sojourn  in  a 
strange  place.  Plat.  Ax.  365  B,  Polyb. 
4,  4,  2  :  from 

ΤΙαρεπίδημος,  ov,  (παρά,  έπίδημος) 
sojourning  in  a  strange  place,  Polyb> 
32,  22,  4,  LXX. 

ΤΙαρεπικονρέω,  ώ,  to  assist  along 
■mth,=πapεπιβoηθέω,  Sext.  Emp. 

Ί1αρεπινοέ(Λ>,  ώ,  (παρά,  έπινοέω)  to 
invent  besides,  Diod.  12,  11,  in  mid. 

Τίαρεπιπλέκω,  (παρά,  έπιπλέκω) 
to  interweave  besides,  Galen. 

ΤΙαρεπιπνέίΔ,  poet,  -πvείu^  {παρά, 
ίπιπνέω)  to  waft  to  from  the  side  or 
gently,  of  a  side-wind,  Ap.  Rh.  2,  961. 

ΤΙαρεπιπορεΰομαι,  as  pass.,  to  go 
towards  at  the  side. 

ΤΙαρεπισκοπέϋ).  ώ,  (παρά,  έπισκο• 
•πει•))  to  inspect  beside  •  to  compare, 
Plut.  2,  129  E,  Aemil.  5. 

Τίαρεπισπύομαι,  (παρά,  ίπισπάω) 
as  mid.,  to  draw  gently  to  one's  self, 
Philo.   [a] 

ΙΙαρεπιστρέφω,  f.  -ψω,  (παρά,  επι- 
στρέφω) to  turn  to  the  side  : — pass.,  to 
turn  round  in  passing  and  look  after  a 
thing,  Plut.  2,  521  B.     Hence 

ΤΙαρεπιστροφη,  ης,  ή,  a  turning 
round  in  passing,  Plut.  Sull.  25. 

ΤΙαρεπιτρέχω,  to  run  to  beside. 

ΐίαρεπιφέρω,  (παρά,  επιφέρω)  to 
carry  to  beside  or  to  the  side,  Arr. 
Peripl. 

ΙΙαρεπι-ψανω,  (παρά,  έπι•φανω)  to 
touch  at  the  side,  just  touch,  Plut.  2, 
888  C. 

1122 


ΠΑΡΕ 

ΤΙαρέπλω,  3  sing.  aor.  2  (by  syncop.) 
of  παραπλέω,  Od.  12,  69. 

ΤΙαρέπομαι,  f.  --φημαι,  (παρά,  έπο- 
μαι) dep.  mid.,  to  follow  along  aside, 
follow  close,  Tivi,  Plat.  Legg.  667  Β  ; 
esp.  as  an  escort,  Xen.  Apol.  27 ;  ab- 
sol.,  Plat  Phaed.  89  A,  etc. 

ΪΙαρεργάσία,  ας,  ή,  [παρά,  εργα- 
σία 1.  4)  bye-gains. 

Ι1αρίργάτ7ΐς,  ov,  ό,  (πάρεργον)  one 
who  is  occupied  with  petty  things,  π.  Αό- 
γων,  an  idle  babbler,  Eur.  Supp.  426. 

[ώ] 

Παρεργολάβέω,  ώ,  (sq.,  and  λαμ- 
βάνω) to  fake  something  as  an  acces- 
sory, Philo. 

ΪΙάρεργον,  ov,  τό,  a  bye-work,  sub- 
ordinate or  secondary  business,  append- 
age or  appetidix,  Eur.  Or.  610,  and 
freq.  in  Plat.  ;  kv  παρέργω,  as  a  bye- 
work,  as  subordinate  or  secondary,  Lat. 
obiter,  bv  π.  βέσβαι,  to  treat  in  such 
way,  Soph.  Phil.  473,  (so,  εθεντο 
may  be  supplied  in  Thuc.  6,  69) ;  εκ 
πάρεργου  μελετΰσθαί  τι,  πύλεμον 
ποιείσθαι,  Thuc.  1,142;  7,27;  also, 
πάρεργον  νομίζειν  τι  προς  τι,  Dem. 
1233,  5  ;  π.  γίγνεσθαι.  Plat.  Legg. 
766  A,  cf.  Eulhyd.  273  D;  more  fully, 
π.  οδού,  Eur.  El.  509. — 2.  in  painting, 
a  subordinate  object,  an  accessory. — 3. 
that  which  has  but  little  to  do  with,  is 
not  part  of,  c.  gen.,  π.  τύχης,  κακών, 
an  addition  little  needed  to  one's  lot, 
one's  misfortunes,  etc.,  Eur.  Hel. 
925,  H.  F.  1340  ;  πάρεργα  δόμων, =^ 
νόθοι,  Seid!.  Eur.  El.  63. — 4.  π.  γί- 
γνεσθαι, to  be  slain  among  the  rest, 
Paus.  10,  27,  2. — Strictly  neut,  from 
sq. 

ΐΐάρεργος,  ov,  (πάρα,  έργον)  vol 
belonging  to  the  main  subject,  subordi- 
nate, incidental,  λόγος  π.,  a  discourse, 
narrative  introduced  incidentally,  Plat. 
Tim.  38  D  ;  παρέργω  ry  ποιήσει  ku- 
ταχρήσθαι,  to  treat  it  as  a  mere  acces- 
sory, lb.  21  C  ;  cf.  foreg.  Adv.  -γως, 
by  the  way,  cursorily,  Id.  Legg.  793  Ε  ; 
π.  ίχειν  προς  τι,  Dinarch.  110,  3. 

Ιίαρερεθίζω,  (παρά,  ερεθίζω)  to  irri- 
tate, excite  beside,  Hipp. 

ΤΙαρερέσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  to  move  from 
the  side  as  with  oars. 

ΐΐάρερμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  side-prop,  sup- 
port or  stay,  susp.  in  Hipp. 

Παρερμηνεία,  ας,  ή,  a  false  interpre- 
tation :  from 

ΤΙαρερμηνενω,  to  misinterpret. 

Τίαρέρπω,  {παρά,  έρπω)  to  creep  se- 
cretly up  to,  Theocr.  15,  48  :  so  in  aor. 
1  παρείρπνσα,  Ar.  Eccl.  511  ;  but  lb. 
398,  comic  for  παριέναι,  of  an  orator, 
to  creep  forward  (to  speak.) 

ΤΙαρερνω,  ί.-νσω,  poet,  and  Ion.  παρ- 
ειρνω,  (παρά,  έρύω)  to  draw  along  the 
side,  φραγμόν,  fidt.  7,  36. — II.  to  draw 
on  one  side,  π.  το  στόμα,  to  distort  the 
mouth,  Hipp. 

ΤΙαρέρχομαι,  fut.  -ελενσομηι,  aor. 
-ηλθον,  m(.  -ελθείν,  more  rarely  -ήλϋ- 
θον,  (παρά,  έρχομαι)  dep.  mid.,  c.  aor. 
et  perf  act.  To  go  by,  beside  or  past, 
pass  by,  Od.  12,  62  ;  16,  357  ;  also  c. 
ace,  II.  8,  239,  Hdt.  3,  72,  etc.— II.  to 
go  on  one's  way,  pass  on,  Od.  5,  429, 
cf.  Soph.  O.  C.  902.  2.  also  of  time, 
to  pa.is,  Hdt.  2,  86  ;  6  παρελθών  χρό- 
νος, time  past.  Soph.  Fr.  304  ;  ο  π. 
άροτος,  the  past  season.  Id.  Tr.  69  ; 
π.  οδοί,  wanderings  noiv  gone  by.  Id. 
O.  C.  1397,  as  in  Lat.  arti  labores  ; 
της  παρελθούσης  ννκτός.  Plat.  Prot. 
310  A  ;  εν  τώ  παρελθόντι,  in  time 
past,  of  old,  3ien.,  etc. — III.  to  pass 
by,  outstrip,  surpass,  esp.  in  speed, 
τινά,  II.  23,  345  ;  sometimes  with  πο- 
σίν  added,  Od.  8,  230;  but,  π.  έν  δό- 
λοισιν,  to  surpass  in  wiles,  Od.  13, 


ΠΑΡΕ 

291 ;  so,  7Γ.  Tivu  δόλω,  Theogn.  1283, 
δννάμει,  Eur.  Bacch.  906;  αναιδείς, 
Ar.  Eq.  277;  —  hence  to  circumvertt, 
outwit,  Αώς  νόον,  Hes.  Th.  613,  cf.  II. 
1,  132  ;  so,  π.  αίτίαν,  Dem.  227,  20.-^ 
IV.  to  pass  by,  pass  over,  disregard, 
slight,  11.  8,  239  ;  esp,  in  word,  Ar 
Veep.  636,  Plat.  Phaedr.  278  E,  etc. 
— 2.  also  to  transgress,  τυνς  i^oiioiif, 
Lys.  107,  42,  Dem.  977,  15.— V.  of 
things,  to  pass  unnoticed,  escape  the 
notice  of,  τινά,  Theogn.  419,  cf.  Soph. 
Tr.  226;  τούτο  γαρ  παρήλθε  με  ει- 
πείν, Dem.  550,  26 :  also,  to  pass 
away,  vanish,  Id,  291,  12. — V^I.  to  come 
up  alongside  of,  come  to  a  place,  arrive 
at,  Hes.  Op.  214:  εις  τι,  Hdt.  3,  77: 
esp.  logo  into  a  hou-se,  etc.,  π.  έσω, 
Aesch.  Cho.  849,  Soph.,  etc.,  v.  Elmsi. 
Med.  1105: — also,  π.  εις  την  δυνα- 
στείαν,  to  arrive  at  the  chief  power, 
Dem.  117,  4  ;  cf.  Luc.  Gall.  12.— VII, 
to  come  forward,  esp.  to  speak,  π.  εις 
Tm>  δήμον,  Thuc.  5,  45  ;  and  so  al)sol., 
Hdt.  8,  80,  Ar.  Thesm,  443,  Thuc, 
etc. ;  cf  πάρειμι  (ε'ψι)  III,  παρηκω 
VI,  παρέρττω. 

ίΐάρεσαν,  Ερ.  3  ρΐ.  impf,  from 
πάρειμι,  for  παρήσαν,  11.  11,  75. 

ΐίαρεςαρΟρόω,  ώ,  to  insert  beside, 
incorporate,  v.  1.  Diog.  L. 

ΐίαρεσθέω :  i.  -έδομαι :  aor.  -έφΰ,• 
γον,  inf.  -φΰγεϊν  (παρά,  εσ&ίω)  : — to 
eat  besides  or  also,  Hipp. — 11.  to  gnaw 
or  nibble  at,  c.  gen.,  Ar.  Eq.  1026: — 
hence  to  disparage,  sneer  at,  like  Lat. 
rodere.  [Ϊ} 

ΤΙάρεσις,  εως,  ή,  (παρίημί)  a  letting 
pass,  Hipp. — 11.  a  letting  go,  dismissal, 
Plut.  Dion,  et  Brut.  2.— HI.  a  slacken- 
ing, esp.  of  strength,  i.  e.  weakness, 
Plut.  2,  652  D. 

ΤΙαρεσκενάδαται,  τταρεσκενύδατο. 
Ion.  3  pi,  pf  plqf.  pass,  from  παρα- 
σκευάζω, [ά] 

ΪΙαρεσκενασμένως,  adv.  part.  perf. 
pass,  from  παρασκενάζω,  with  prepa- 
ration, ready, 

Τίαρεστάμεν,  Hes.,  and  παρεστά- 
μεναι,  Horn.,  poet.  inf.  perf,  from 
παρίστημι. 

ΪΙαρέστιος,  ov,  (παρά,  εστία)  by  or 
at  the  hearth,  λοιβαί.  Soph.  El.  209  ' 
— genera\\y,=  έφέστιoς,  Soph.  Aat. 
372,  Eur.  Med.  1334. 

Ήαρέσχΰτος,  ov,  {παρά,  έσχατος) 
the  last  but  one,  v.  Schaf.  Greg.  p. 
65. 

Τίαρετάζω,  f  -άσω,  (παρά,  ετάζω) 
to  put  beside  and  compare. 

ηαρετίον,  verb.  adj.  from  παρίημι, 
one  must  let  pass,  neglect,  Plat.  Legg. 
796  A. 

ΤΙαρετοιαάζω,  to  make  ready  bcsidis, 
Aesop.     Hence 

ΐίαρετοιμάσία,  ας.  η,  preparation. 

ΤΙάρετος,  ov,  (παρίημι)  relaxed,  lan- 
guid, μέλη,  Anth.  Η.  5,  55  ;  ποιειν 
τίνα  πάρετον,  Diod.  3,  26. 

ΙΙαρετύμυλογέω,  to  give  the  deriva- 
tion of  a  word  by  the  way,  Ath.  35  C, 
etc. 

ΐίαρενδΐάζομαι,  dep.  mid.,^7rapei'- 
διάω,  Polyb.  4,  32,  5.     Hence 

Τ1αρίνό1αστ//ς,  ov,  ό,  όρνις  π-,  a 
kind  of  water-fowl  that  comes  on  land 
in  fine  weather,  prob.  1.  in  Ath.  332  E. 

ΤΙαρενδΙύω,  ώ,  to  live  peacefully 
among  or  beside. 

ΥΙαρενδοκΐμέω,  ώ,  (παρά,  ενδοκι- 
μέω)  Ιο  surpass  in  fame,  influence, eic, 
τινά,  Plut.  Pomp.  37,  etc. 

ΐίαρενημερέω,  ώ,  (παρά.  ενημερέω) 
to  surpass  in  fortune,  etc.,  Philo. 

ΤΙαρενθννω,  (παρά,  ενβύνω)  to  lead 
one  from  the  path  ;  hence  to  constrain 
one's  actions,  χερσι  π.,  Soph.  Aj.  1009  ; 
cf  κατευθύνω. 


ΠΑΡΕ 

Τίαρενθύς  and  -θύ,  adv.  =  ενθνς, 
tidv,  immediately,  Dio  C  63,  19. 

ΐίαρΐνκηλέυ,  ύ,  (ταρύ,  ενκηλος) 
to  calm,  soothe,  Eur.  Η.  F.  99. 

IlapEV/.aJiouai,  dep.,  to  be  afraid 
durinjy  or  meantime. 

ΙΙαρεννάζομαι,  (παρά,  εννύζω)  as 
pass.  c.  fut.  mid.,  to  lie,  sleep  beside, 
όμω^σι,  Od.  22,  37. 

ΐίαρενναϊνς,  a,  ov,  —  πάρεννος : 
dub. 

ΐίαρεννάομαι,  f.  •ήσομαι,^=:•καρευ- 
νύζομαι,  Orph.  Arg.  134. 

ΤΙαρεννέτης,  ov,  ό,  a  bed-fellow : 
fem.  -έτις,  ιόος,  Nonn. 

ΤΙάρευνος,  ov,  {παρά,  εννή)  lying 
beside  or  with,  rtvi,  Aesch.  Theb. 
1004  :  a  husband  or  wife,  [on  ap.  Ath. 
463  C. 

ΤΙαρεύρεβις,  εως,  ή,  {παρενρίσκω) 
the  invention  of  a  false  pretext,  a  sub- 
ttrfuge.  pretence,  ap.  Dem.  238,  6. 

ΐίαρενρημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  false,  treach- 
erous device.  Pans.  2,  16,  2 :  and 

ΙΙαρενρημένως,  adv.  part.  pf.  pass., 
with  crafty  devices  ;  from 

Τίαρενρίσκί^,  ί.-ενρί/<ϊω,  aor.  -εΐφον, 
{παρά,  είφίΰκω)  to  find  out,  discover 
besides,  Hdt.  3,  31  :  to  invent,  Id.  1, 
26 :  to  detect  something  in  one,  τι 
TivL  and  τι  εϊς  τίνα. — II-  to  fabricate 
a  narrative. 

ΐίαρεντακτέω,  ώ,{παρά,  εντακτέω) 
to  perform,  one's  duty  regularly,  Polyb. 
3,  50,  7. 

Παρεντρεπίζω,  {παρά,  εντρεπίζω) 
to  put  in  order,  arrange,  make  ready, 
Seidl.  Eur.  I.  T.  707 ;  and  in  mid., 
Polyb.  5,  lOS,  4. — 2.  to  arrange  badly, 
neglect,  Eur.  Cycl.  594. 

ΐίαρενωχέομαι,  (παρά,  ενωχέω)  to 
feast  beside,  App.  Civ.  1,  48. 

Τίαρεφύλ/ίομαι,  dep.,  to  leap  on  at 
the  side. 

ΐίαρεφάπτομαι,  {παρά,  έπί,  ύπτιο) 
dep.,  to  touch  ΌΗ  the  side,  Plut. 

ΐίαρεφεδρενω,  (  παρά,  έφεδρεύω  ) 
to  sit  beside,  to  watch  dosely,  Polyb.  3, 
100,  7,  etc. 

ΙΙαρεχω  :  3  impf.  παρεχέσκετο,  v.  1. 
for  παρεκέσκετο,  Od.  14,  521  :  f. 
παρέξω  :  pf.  παρεσχηκα  :  aor.  παρέ- 
σχον, 3  sing,  παρέσχεθεν,  Hes.  Th. 
639,  {παρίΐ,  έχω)  to  hold  beside,  hold 
in  readiness,  have  ready,  Od.  18,  317, 
II.  18,  556. — II.  usu.  to  offer,  furnish, 
supply,  ίερήϊα,  δώρα,  σίτον,  βρώσιν, 
ποσιν,  etc.,  Hom.  (esp.  in  Od.),  etc.; 
c.  inf.,  π.  έωυτον  όιαφβαρηναι,  to 
offer,  devote  himself  to  destruction, 
Hdt.  9,  17,  cf.  Thuc.  8,  50 ;  so,  π. 
εαυτόν  τινι  εμμελεταν,  to  give  one's 
self  up  to  another  to  practise  upon. 
Plat.  Phaedr.  228  E,  cf  Xen.  Cyr.  1, 
2,  9  ;  TT.  έαντόν  τινι,  to  put  one's  self 
at  the  disposal  of  another,  like  Lat. 
suppediiare,  SO,  σώμα  π.,  Ar.  Nub. 
441 ;  also  without  έαντόν,  Hdt.  1,  9, 
π.  ίατρώ,  (foil,  by  inf )  Xen.  Jlem.  1, 
2,  54  ;  esp.  of  a  woman,  Ar.  Lvs.  227  ; 
cf  Stallb.  Plat.  Gorg.  475  E,  Klausen 
Aesch.  Ag.  1429. — 2.  of  immaterial 
things,  to  afford,  cause,  bring,  grant, 
give,  φι/.ότητα,  άρετην,  γέ/.ω  τε  και 
εύφροσννην,  II.  3,  354,  Od.  18,  133  ; 
20,  8 ;  s^  π.  ε'ιράναν  τινί,  Pind.  Ρ. 
9,  41  ;  οχλον,  πράγματα  π.  τινί,  to 
cause  trouble  or  suffering  to  one,  Hdt. 
1,  86,  155,  172;  rr.  αίσθησίν  τίνος, 
Thuc.  2,  50  ;  etc. :  cf.  Lat.  praebere 
(from  praehibeo,=  exhibeo}. — 3.  π.  έαν- 
τόν, to  show  or  bear  one's  self  so  and 
so,  as,  ενπειθή,  Xen.  Cyr.  2,  1,  22  ; 
μέτριον,  Aeschin.  1,  3;  π.  έαντόν 
τοιούτον  πολίτην,  Lys.  1 39, 29  : — so, 
δέμας  ΰκέντητον  παρέχων,  Pind.  Ο. 
1 .  32  : — to  put  forward  or  exhibit  that 
which  has  been  made,  and  so  to  make, 


ΠΑΡΗ 

render,  as  π.  τινά,  like  άποδείκννμι. 
Plat.  Phaedr.  274  E,  277  A:  so  with 
part.,  π.  τονς  ξνμμύχονς  τας  σπονδάς 
δεγομένονς,  Thuc.  5,  35 ;  so  also  m 
mid.,  Plat.  Rep.  432  A,  Legg.  809  D. 
— III.  to  allow,  grant,  τινί  Tl,  Hdt.  3, 
4 :  also  c.  inf.,  to  allow  one  to  do  or 
be,  Id.  1,  170;  9,  17.— 2.  impers., 
παρέχει  τινί,  c.  inf.  (where  ό  καιρός 
is  usu.  supplied),  it  is  time,  it  is  allowed, 
easy,  in  one's  power  to  do  SO  and  so, 
Lat.  licet..,  Hdt.  1,  9  ;  3,  73,  142;  8, 
75,  etc.,  Pind.  L  8  (7),  152,  cf.  Seidl. 
Eur.  El.  1075 :  hence  neut.  part., 
used  absol.,  παρέχον  and  παρασχόν, 
it  being  in  one's  power,  since  one  can  or 
could,  like  Hdt.  5,  49 :  εν,  καλώς 
παρασχόν,  Thuc.  1,  120;  4,  14.— V. 
absol.  in  imperat.,  πάρεχ'  εκποδών, 
put  yourself  aside,  get  away,  Ar.  V'esp. 
949:  for  άνεχε,  πάρίχε,  Eur.  Cycl. 
203,  v.  sub  άνέχω  1.  1. 

Β.  the  mid.  παρέχομαι  is  used 
much  like  the  act.,  the  refle.x  sense 
often  disappearing; — 1.  to  offer  or 
supply  of  one's  self  Οΐ  from  one's  own 
means,  Hdt.  4,  44  ;  6,  15,  etc. :  to  pro- 
duce, bring  forward,  display  on  one's 
own  part,  προθνμίαν,  Xen.  An.  7,  6, 
1 1  ;  εννοιαν,  Dem.  228,  26 :  also, 
παρέχεσθαί  τίνα  μάρτυρα,  π.  τεκμή- 
ριον,  to  bring  forward  as  a  witness,  as 
proof  for  one's  self.  Plat.  Apol.  19  D, 
Parm.  128  B,  etc. — 2.  to  have  as  one's 
own,  possess,  esp.  to  show,  produce  as 
one's  own,  παρέχεσθαί  τίνα  άρχοντα, 
to  acknowledge  as  one's  general,  Hdt. 
7,  61 .  62,  67  :  to  represent,  be  so  and 
so.  Id.  7,  161  ;  π.  πάλιν  μεγίστην,  of 
an  ambassador,  Thuc.  4,  64 ;  cf 
supra  III. — 3.  to  bring  about  for  one's 
self,  to  gain,  win,  παρασχέσθαι  θεόν 
ευμενή,  Eur.  Andr.  55. — 4.  in  arith- 
metic, to  make  up,  amount  to,  give, 
παρέχονται  ημέρας  διηκοσίας.  Hdt. 

1,  32,  cf  Xen.  Cyr.  6, 1,  28.  [In  Od. 
19,  113,  παρέχει  in  arsis.] 

ΤΙαρέψημα,  ατός,  τό,  {παρά,  έφω) 
α  side-dish,  dainty. 

ΐίαρέιΐ'ησις,  ή,  {παρά,  ί-φω)=^εψη- 
σις,  Palaeph.  44,  2. 

Ί1αρη3άω,  ώ,  ί.  -ήσω,  to  be  past  one's 
prime,  to  be  growing  old,  Hdt.  3,  53, 
Thuc.  2,  44 ;  also  ina  corrupt  passage, 
Aesch.  Ag.  985  :  from 

ΤΙάρη^ος.  ov,  {παρά,  η3η) pastone's 
prime,  Anth.  Plan.  289. 

ΐΐαοηγορέω,  ώ,  (παρήγορος,  αγο- 
ρεύω) to  address,  exhort,  τινά,  Hdt.  9, 
53,  Aesch.  Pr.  646 :  c.  ace.  pers,  et 
inf,  π.  Tiva  μη  κινδννεύειν,  Hdt.  9, 
55,  cf  Soph.  Fr.  186. — II.  more  freq. 
as  dep.  mid.,  παρηγορέομαι,  f.  -ησο- 
μαι,  to  console,  comfort,  Aesch.  Pers. 
530  :  to  appease,  soothe,  Eur.  Phoen. 
1449. — 2.  generally,  to  speak  to  one, 
advise,  counsel,  Aesch.  Pr.  616,  1001, 
Eur.  Hec.  288  :  c.  inf,  Hdt.  5,  104, 
Pind.  O.  9,  117. — In  Att.  prose  παρα- 
μνϋέομαι  is  more  used.     Hence 

ΐίαρηγόρημα,  ατός,  τό,  encourage- 
ment :  consolation,  Aesch.  Fr.  405. — 

2.  something  that  passes  behind  the 
scenes  or  (as  we  say)  ivithin,  but  is 
intended  to  be  heard  by  the  spectators. 

ΤΙαρηγορητικός,  ή,  όν,=:παρηγορι- 
κός,  Schaf.  Schol.  Αρ.  Rh.  2,  628. 

ΤΙαρηγορία,  ας,  ή,  an  addressing, 
address,  exhortation.  Αρ.  Rh.  2,  1281  : 
a\so  ^  παρηγόρημα,  consolation,  π. 
πένθους,  rkit.  Cimon  4: — metaph., 
άδυ/.οι  π.  χρίσματος,  Aesch.  Ag.  95. 
— 2.  Ιση  παρ7ρ/ορία,^ίσηγορία,\\'\11. 
Ep.  Cr.  p.  173. — 3.  a  surname,  Joseph.: 
and 

ΤΙαρηγορικός,  ή,  όν,  addressing,  en- 
couraging. —  2.  consolatory,  soothing, 
Hipp.    Adv.  -κώς,  Id. :  from 


n.VPH 

ΤΙαρηγορος,  ov,  (παρά,  αγορεύω)  ad• 
dressing,  encouraging :  consoling,  sooth- 
ing, Soph.  El.  229,  Ap.  Rh.  1,  479.— 
II.  ή  ΐίαρήγορος  or  ΤΙαρηγόρα,  a 
goddess,  like  Πειθώ,  Paus.  1,  43,  6. 

ΤΙαρηδύνω,  (παρά,  ήδννω)  to  sueeten 
or  season  a  little,  Dorio  ap.  Ath.  309 
F  ;  metaph.  of  language,  Dion.  H.  de 
Dem.  45. 

ΐίαρηέρθη,  3  sing.  aor.  1  pass,  from 
παραειρω,  11. 

ΐίαρηθέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {παρά,  f/θέω) 
to  filler  through,  v.  Foes.  Oecon.  Hipp. 

ΤΙάρήιον,  ov,  TO,  Ion.  for  παρείον, 
which  IS  not  in  use,=  n-apeia,  the 
cheek,  Hom. :  also  of  the  jaw  of  a 
wolf,  II.  16,  159 ;  of  a  lion,  Od.  22, 
404. — II.  παρήϊον  'ίππων,  the  cheek- 
ornament  of  a  bridle,  II.  4,  142 :  also 
παραγναθίδιον.     Strictly  neut.  from 

ΐΐάρηίος,  ov,  of  or  belonging  to  the 
cheeks. 

ΤΙύρηις,  ιδος,  η,=^παρειά,  παρήϊον, 
Aesch.  Cho.  24,  Eur.  Hec.  410; 
contr.  παρ7)ς,  ^δος,  Eur.  I.  A.  187, 
Anth.  P.  9,  745.— From  the  epith. 
λευκή,  Eur.  El.  1023,  it  would  seem 
to  be  the  lower  part  of  the  face,  or  the 
neck. 

ΙΙαρήκοος,  ov,  hearing  wrong,  mis- 
understanding.— II.  disobedient. 

ΐίαρηκονσμένως,  adv.  part.  pf.  pass. 
=foreg..  Iambi. 

ΐίαρήκω,  f.  -ξω,  {παρά,  ηκω)  ίο  be 
come  to  ;  hence, — I.  to  arrive  at,  Henn. 
Soph.  Aj.  723. — II.  to  reach,  extend  to 
or  towards,  έως  τινός,  μέχρι  τινός, 
Duk.  Thuc.  4,  36;  εΙς  τι,  Xen.  Cyn. 
4,  1. — III.  so,  of  time,  εις  τό  παρήκον 
τον  χρόνου,  up  to  the  present  time. 
Plat.  Ale.  2,  148  C— IV.  to  lie  beside, 
stretch  along,  Hdt.  5,  114  ;  9,  15  :  also, 
π.  παρά  τι,  to  stretch  alongside  of  it, 
Hdt.  2,  32  ;  4,  39,  Thuc.  2,  96.— V.  to 
be  over,  past,  gone  by,  Pind.  P.  6,  43. 
—  VI.  to  come  forth,  appear,  like  ττάρ- 
ειμι  III,  παρέρχομαι  VII,  Soph.  O. 
C.  570,  Aj.  742. 

Ιίαρηλάσε,  3  aor.  of  παρελαύνω, 
Hom. 

ϋαρηλίκία,  ας,  ή,  the  decline  of  life, 
dub. :  from 

ΐίαρήλιξ,  Ικος,  ό,  ή,  (παρά,  ήλιξ) 
like  πάμηβος,  past  one's  prime,  Plut. 
Alex.  32,  Anth.  P.  12,  228. 

ΤΙαρ/ι?.ιος,  ov,  (παρά,  7/?αος)  beside 
or  tiear  the  sun : — as  subst.,  ό  π.,  a 
parhelion,  Arist.  Meteor.  3,  2,  6. 

Ι1αρηλλα•;μένως,3.άν.ρΆτΙ.  pf  pass, 
from  παραλλάσσω,  differently,  unusu- 
ally. Pohb.  15,  13,  6,  Diod.  14,  112. 

ΤΙάρημαι,  inf  -ί/σθαι,  (παρύ,ήμαι) 
as  pass.,  to  sit  by,  beside  or  at,  c.  dat., 
νηνσί,  δπιτί,  Hom. :  to  sit  by  one,  so 
as  to  converse,  τινί,  Od.  17,  456, 
etc.  ;  but  also  so  as  to  annoy  or  dis- 
tress, 11.  9,311,  Od.  11.578:  generally, 
to  dwell  or  abide  by  one,  Od.  13,  407, 
Eur.  Supp.  290:  to  be  present  or  at 
hand,  Od.  19,  209. 

ΐίαρημελημένως,  adv.  part,  pf  pass, 
from  παραμελέω,  negligently,  reckless- 
ly, Dion.  H.  7,  12. 

Τίαρημερενω,  to  pass  the  day  with 
one  or  in  doing  a  thing,  τινί. 

ΤΙαρήμερος,  ov,  Dor.  παράμ-,{παρά, 
ήμερα )  coming  day  by  day,  daily, 
έσθλόν,  Pind.  O.  1,  160.— II.  every 
other  day,  like  έτερήμερος. 

ΤΙαρηνόμονν  and  ^•ap;/ro/z77ffa,impf. 
and  aor.  from  παρανομεω,  q.  v. 

ΙΠαρ^νοζ•,  ov,  ό,  the  Parenus,  a 
river,  Arr.  Ind.  4,  12. 

Π(ίρ;7^ίζ•,  εως,  ή,  an  arrival :  land 
ing  place,  Aesch.  Ag.  556,  in  plur. 

ΐίαρηονίτης,  ov,  ό,  (παρά,  ήών)  on 
the  shore :  fem.  -ΐτις,  ιδος,  Anth.  P. 
7,  693. 

1123 


1ΙΑΡΘ 

ΪΙαρηορία,  ας,  ή,  the  reins  by  which 
the  TTop/yopof  was  fastened  beside  a  pair 
of  horses  in  the  yoke  (ξννωμίς),  II. 
8,  87;  16,  152,  (both  times  in  plur.) 
— II.  Me  side  of  a  ship,  Ap.  Rh.  4, 
943  :  the  side  of  a  river,  Aral.  uOU. — 
111.  folly,  madness. 

ΐίαρηόρως,  a,  ov,=sq.,  Anth.  P.  9, 
603,  A  p.  Rh. 

Xlapz/opof,  (not  παρ^ορος).  Dor. 
■παράορος,  ov : — strictly  hanging  be- 
side, hence  παρήορος  (sc.  ϊππος),  a 
horse  which  draws  by  the  side  of  the 
regular  pair  (ξννωρίς),  cm  outrigger,  II. 
16,  471,  474  ;  elsewh.  παράσείρος  or 
σΐψαφόροΓ. — II.  lying  beside,  at  the 
side  or  out  of  the  way.  li.  7,  150  ;  hence, 
— III.  beside  otie's  self,  mad,  foolish,  II. 
23,  603  ;  in  full,  νόον  ττ..  Archil.  15, 
5 ;  άχρεΐον  και  παρτ,ορον  δέμας, 
Aesch.  Pr.  363. — Cf.  παραείρω,  πάρα• 
ρος.  (The  root  is  prob.  αείρω,  αίωρέω, 
of.  μετέωρος,  μετήορος,  σννήορος,  and 
llgen  Scol.  p.  196  sq.) 

ΙΙαρήπάφε,  3  sing.  aor.  2  of  πάρα- 
Ίταφίσκω,  II. 

ΥΙαρηρία,  ας,  ή,  madness:  rare  word 
from 

ΤΙάρηρος,  ον,=  παρ7/ορος,  mad,  ap. 
Hesych.  ;  Dor.  πάράρος,  q.  v. 

ΤΙαρίις,  γόος,  ή,  contr.  lor  παρηίς, 
q.  V.     '      ' 

ΤΙαρησυχύζω,  f.  -άσω,  to  pass  over 
in  silence,  rhilo. 

ΤΙαρηχέω,  ώ,  f.  -7/σω,  to  imitate  in 
sound.     Hence 

ΤΙαρήχημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  like  tone  or 
sound  :  and 

ΤΙαρήχησις,  ευς,  ή,  likeness  of  a 
tone  or  soutid,  alliteration,  ct.  Mei- 
neke  Com.  Fragm.  3,  p.  618.  Hence 
ΐίαρηχητίκός,  ή,  όν,  of  like  sound. 
αίαρΟείνοί,  ών,  οι,  the  Parthini, 
an  Illynan  people,  Polyb.  2, 11,11 ;  in 
Strab.  p.  326,  Ίίαρθινοί. 

Παρθέμενος,  poet.  part.  aor.  2  mid. 
from  -παρατίθημί,  for  παραθεμένος, 
Od. 

Τίαρθενεία,  ας,  ή,  (  παρθενενω ) 
maidenhood,  virginity,  Eur.  Heracl. 
592,  Tro.  980  :  also  παρθενία,  q.  v. 

Τίαρθενεία,  or  παρΟενεΙα,  τά :  v. 
sub.  παρθενία. 

ΐίαρθένείος,  ov,  Ion.  and  poet. 
•ήίος  (παρθένος)  :  of  or  belonging  to  a 
maiden,  π.  γλεφαρα,  Pind.  Ν.  8,  3  ; 
aii>v  π.,  the  maiden's  life,  Aesch.  Ag. 
229;  π.  λέχος,  etc.,  Eur.  Tro.  671, 
etc. :  also  παρθενιάς,  q.  v. 

ΐίαρθένενμα,  ατός,  τό,  the  slate  of  a 
virgin,=  πaptkvείa,  Eur.  Ion  1425, 
1472  :  in  plur.  the  pursuits  or  amuse- 
ments of  maidens,  Phoen.  1265  :  and 

ΤΙαρθένενσις,  ή,=  παρθενεία,  Luc. 
Salt.  44  :  from 

ΤΙαρθενενω,  [παρθένος)  to  bring  -up 
as  a  maid  or  virgin,  Eur.  Supp.  452. 
— 2.  usu.  in  pass.,  παρθενενομαι,  to 
lead  a  maiden  life,  remain  a  maiden, 
Hdt.  3,  124,  Aesch.  Pr.  648,  Eur. 
Hel.  283.-3.  also  intr.  in  act.  -φνχη 
παρθενεύουσα,  a  soul  of  virgin  purity, 
Philo. 
ΐίαρθενεύν,  ώνος,  ό,^=παρθενών, 

<1•  ^• 

ΐίαρθενία,  ας,  ή,=παρθενεία,  Pind. 
Ι.  8  (7),  96,  Aesch.  Pr.  898,  Eur. 
Phoen.  1487  ;  never  for  παρθένος. 

^Παρθενία,  ας,  ή,  Parthenia,  the 
ancient  name  of  Samos,  Ap.  Rh.  1, 
188. — II.  appell.  of  Juno  from  Mt. 
Parthenius  in  Arcadia,  Pind.  O,  6, 
150.— Others  in  Paus.  ;  etc. 

ΤΙαρθένια,  ων,  τά,  {50.μέλη)  songs 
sung  by  maidejis  to  the  flute  [αυλός 
παρθένως)  with  dancing,  of  which 
some  remains  will  be  found  in  Pind. 
Fri.  62—70;  cf.  Miiller  Literat.  of 
1124 


ΠΑΡΘ 

Gr.  1,  p.  194;  also,  παρθένεια,  At. 
Av.  919. — II.  signs  of  virginity,  LXX. 
— Strictly  neut.  from  παρθενιάς. 

ΐίαρθενίας,  ov,  ό,  (παρθένος)  the 
S071  of  an  unmarried  woman,  esp.  used 
of  the  Spartan  ΐίαρθενίαι,  Arist. 
Pol.  5,  7,  2;  cf.  Muiler  Dor.  4,  4, 

iUapdevLac,  ov,  δ,  the  Parthenia», 
a  river  of  Elis,  Strab.  p.  357. 

ΐίαρθενική,  ης,  ή,  poet,  for  παρθέ- 
νος, Horn.,  and  Hes.  ;  παρθινικη 
νιηνις,  Od.  7,  20:  strictly  fern,  from 
sq.  (sub.  κόρη),  cf.  Seidl.  Eur.  El. 
174. 

Τίαρθενικός,  η,  όν,  like  παρθενιάς, 
maidenly. 

ΊΙσρθένιον,  ov,  τό,  a  plant,  perh.  a 
kind  of  pellitory,  Theophr.,  Plut.  Sull. 
13  ;  elsewh.  έλξίνη. — II.  cf.  sub  παρ- 
θένια, τά. 

ΊΐΙαρθένιον,  ov,  τό,  Parthenivm,  a 
city  of  Mysia,  Xen.  An.  7,  8,  15.— 2. 
a  place  in  the  Tauric  Chersonese 
sacred  to  Diana  Parthenos,  Strab.  p. 
308. — II.  όρος,  Mt.  Parthenius,  a  range 
in  Arcadia,  now  Mt.  Partheni,  Hdt. 
6,  105  ;  Strab. ;  etc. 

ΐίαρθένιος,  a,  ov,  also  ας,  ov,  Eur. 
Phoen.  224,  {παρθένος)  like  παρθέ- 
νειος  and  παρθενικός,  of  a  maiden  or 
virgin,  maiden,  maidenly,  ζώνι/,Οά.  11, 
245  ;  δαηοι,  Hes.  Th.  205. — 2.  παρθέ- 
νιος,  like  παρθενίας,  the  son  of  an 
unmarried  girt,  II,  16,  180;  SO  also, 
παρθενία  ώδίς,  Pind.  Ο.  6,  51  :— but, 
π.  άνήρ,  a  woman's  first  husband, 
Plut.  Pomp.  74. — II.  metaph.  pure, 
tindefiled,  esp.  epith.  of  spring  water, 
Rulink.  H.  Horn.  Cer.  99,  as  in  Lat. 
aqua  virgo,  cf.  νύμψτ/  III. 

^ΤΙαρθένιος,  ov,  a,  the  Parthenius, 
a  river  of  Paphlagonia,  falling  into 
the  Eu.xine,  now  Bartan,  II.  2,  854  ; 
Hes.  Th.  334.— II.  Parthenius,  an 
erotic  writer  of  Nicaca,  Luc.  Hiat. 
Scrib.  57. — Others  in  Anth. ;  etc. 

^ΙΙαρθενίς,  ίδος,  fj,Parthenis,  fem. 
pr.  n.,  Anth. ;  etc. 

ΐίαρθενισκάριον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from 
παρθένος. 

ΐίαρθενογενής,  ες,  {παρθένος,  *γέ- 
νω)  virgin-born,  Eccl. 

ΐίαρθενοκομία,  ας,  η,  the  care  of 
maidens. 

ΐίαρθενοκτσνία,  ας,  ν,  the  slaughter 
of  a  maiden,  Plut.  Parall.  35:  from 

ΐίαρθενοκτόνος,  ov,  {  παρθένος, 
κτείνω)  maiden-slaying.  Lye.  22. 

ΐίαρθενομήτωρ,  ορός,  ή,  {παρθένος, 
μήτηρ)  the  maiden-mother,  the  Virgin 
Mary.  Eccl. 

ίϊίαρθενόπαια,ή,  ροβΙ.=ΤΙαρθενό- 
πη,  Anth. 

ίΐίαρθενοπαϊος,  ov,  ό,  Partheno- 
pacus,  son  of  Atalonta  and  Milanion, 
one  of  the  '  Seven  against  Thebes', 
Aesch.  Theb.  547. — 2.  son  of  Talaus, 
Apoliod.  1,  9,  13. 

\Ιίαρθενόπη,  ης,  ή.  Parlhenope, 
daughter  of  Stymphalus,  mother  of 
Eueres,  Apoliod.  2,  7,  8.-2.  ace.  to 
Schol.  Od.  12,  39,  and  Arist.  Mir. 
Ausc.  103,  one  of  the  Sirens. — 3. 
daughter  of  Ancaeus,  Paus.  7,  4,  1. 
— II.  early  name  of  Νεάττολίζ-,  in 
Italy,  Dion.  P.  358. 

ΤΙαρθενοπίπης,  ου,  b,  {παρθένος, 
οπιπτενω)  one  who  looks  after  maidens, 
a  seducer,  II.  11,  385;  cf.  yvvaiKO-, 
παιδο-,  οίνο-πίπης.  [t] 

T[kYQY,'^0'Z,OV,ij.amaid,maiden, 
Lat.  virgo,  Horn.,  etc. ;  also,  γννη 
παρθένος,  Hes.  Th.  514;  π.  κόρα, 
Eur.  Phoen.  1730  : — generally,  a  girl 
(not  yet  married),  II.  2,  514,  Soph. 
Tr.  1219,  Ar.  Nub.  530  :  opp.  to  γννη, 
Soph.  Tr.  148,  Theocr.  27,  64  :  so  in 


ΠΑΠ 

Lat.  virgo  and  puella,  cf.  κόρη. — 2.  ^ 
παρθένος,  as  a  name  of  divers  god- 
desses, of  Minerva  at  Athens,  Paus.; 
of  Diana  and  the  Tauric  Iphigenia, 
Hdt.  4,  103.— II.  as  adj.  like  παρθέ- 
νιος,  maidenly,  maiden :  hence  chaste, 
pure,  π.  πηγή,  Aesch.  Per».  C13,  cf. 
παρθένιος  11  :  παρθένοι  τριήρεις, 
maiden,  i.  e.  7iew  ships,  Ar.  Eq.  1302  ; 
cf.  Valck.  Hipp.  1005. — III.  as  masc. 
ό  παρθένος,  a  yoking  unmarriid  man, 
late,  esp.  in  Eccl.,  cf.  Jac.  A.  P.  in 
Indice, 

ΤΙαρθενόσώάγος,  ov,  (  παρθένος, 
αφύζω)  π.  ()εεθρα,  streams  of  a  slaugh- 
tered inaiden's  blood,  Aesch.  Ag.  209. 

ΐίαρθενοτροφέω,  ώ,  to  bring  up  from 
girlhood.    Hence 

ΤΙαρθενοτροφία,  ας,  η,  bringing  up 
of  maidens,  Clem.  Al. 

ϋαρθενόχρίύς,  ωτος,  ό,  ή,  {παρθέ- 
'νος,  χρως)  of  maidenly,  delicate  colour, 
κρόκος,  Mel.  1,  12. 

napi^fi'U)(5?;f,  ες,  {παρθένος,  εΐ&ος) 
maiden-like. 

ΤΙαρθενών,  ώνος,  δ ;  also  παρθενί- 
ων, ιη  late  £ρ.,  as  Musae.  263,  Anth.  P. 
9,  790 (παρβκνο^): — lhemaidens\yowig 
women's  chambers  in  a  house,  usu.  in 
plur.,  Aesch.  Pr.  046,  Eur.  I.  T.  826, 
etc. — II.  esp.  the  temple  of  Athena 
(Minerva)  Parthenos  in  the  citadel  at 
Athens,  the  Parthenon,  rebuilt  under 
Pericles  on  the  site  of  the  old  Heca- 
tompedon,  Dem.,  etc. ;  cf.  Miiller 
Archaol.  d.  Kunst  <i  109,  2. 

Ώαρθενωπός,  όν,  {παρθένος,  Cnp) 
of  maidenly  aspect,  Eur.  El.  949  :  me 
tapli.  effeyninale,  π.  ονόματα,  Dion.  Η. 
de  Comp.  c.  23. 

ΙΙάρθεσαν,  poet,  for  παρέθεσαν,  3 
pi.  aor.  2  act.  from  παρατίθημι,  Od. 

ΤΙαρθεσίη,  ης,  ή,  {παρατίθημι)  a  de- 
posit, pledge,  Anth.  P.  7,  37. 

^ΐίαρβικός,  ή,  όν,  Parthian,  Strab. 
p.  525. 

ίΤΙαρθινοί,  σί,=^ΪΙαρθεινοί,  Strab. 

tnap^iof,  a,  ov,  Parthian,  Anacre- 
ont.  55,  3. 

αίαρθίς,  ίδσς,  ή,  pecul.  fem.  to 
foreg. ;  esp.  Parthian  history,  Luc. 
Hist.  Scrib.  32  ;  cf.  Άτθίς. 

'\Τ\.αρθιστί,  adv.  in  the  Parthian  lan- 
guage, Π.  ύιαλεχθήναι,  ap.  Plut.  An- 
ton. 46. 

ΐΐύρθνος,  b,  shortd.  form  oi  παρθέ- 
νος, dub.  in  Anth. 

tHupPoi,  ων,  ol,  the  Parthians,  a 
people  of  central  Asia,  Hdt.  3,  93, 
117  :  cf.  ΠαρθναΙοι. 

ίΤΙαρθονίκικά,  ύν,  τά,  {ΤΙάρθοι, 
νίκη)  books  ο/ or  relating  to  Parthian 
victories,  Luc.  Hist.  Scrib.  32. 

ϋΐάρθος,  ov,  b,  a  Parthian. — II. 
Parthus,  a  Persian  leader,  Aeech. 
Pers.  984. 

^ΙΙαρθναία,  ας,  ή,  the  territory  of  the 
Parthians,  Parthia,  in  Asia  bordering 
on  Media,  Strab.  p.  491. 

^ΐίαρθναίοι,  ων,  οί.='Π.άρθοι,  the 
more  usu.  form  in  Strab. 

1:ΤΙαρθνηνή,  ης,  ή,  =  ΤΙαρθναία, 
Polyb.  10,  28  ;  Strab.  p.  514. 

Παρ^ύω,  poet,  for  παραθνω. 

ΤΙαρϊαμβίς,  ίδος,  ή,  an  <ur  set  for  the 
harp,  π.  νπάδειν  έν  κιθάρφ,  Epich.  p. 
62.  —  II.  α  stringed  instrument,  Alh.  : 
from 

ΪΙαρίαμβος,  ov,  δ,  inpro3ody=7n'^- 
βίχιος  (-  ").  [t]  ^  .       ^  r. 

^ΤΙαριΰνός,  ή,  ov.  Ion.  -ηνος,  ofPa- 
rium,  Parian,  ol  Π.,  the  inhab.  of  Pa- 
rium,  ή  ΤΙαριανή,  the  territory  of  P., 
Strab.  p.  588. 

ΙΙαρΐαύω,  (παρά,  ίανω)  to  sleep  be- 
side or  with,  τινί,  II.  9,  336  ;  and  (m 
tmesis)  9,  470. 

ΐίαρΐδεϊν,  inf.  from  παρεϊδον. 


ΠΑΡΙ 

ΤΙαριδρνω,  {παρά,  ίδρνω)  to  set  up, 
establish  beside,  Aiith.  P.  9,  315. 

ΤΙαρΐέρη,  (  παρά,  ιερή )  τ/,  an  ex- 
priestess,  Plut.  2,  795  D. 

Παρί'ςω,  (τΓ αρά,  ίζω)  to  seat  one's  self 
beside  one,  θα.  4,311:  to  sit  beside, 
Hdt.  6,  57,  etc.  IJut  as  early  as  Hdt. 
7, 18  ;  8,  58,  the  mid.  was  used  in  this 
signf. ;  and  the  act.  became  trans.,  to 
set,  make  to  sit  beside,  τινά  τινι,  to  place 
one  beside  another,  Hdt.  5,  20. 

Τίαρίημι,  fut.  τταρήσω,  {παρά,  ΙημΟ 
to  let  drop  beside  or  at  the  side,  let  fall, 
τα  πτερά,  Sappho  8,  cf.  Soph.  El. 
819,  Eur.  H.  F.  1203;  so  in  pass.,7ra- 
ρείθη  μήρινθος  ποτΐ  γαΐαν,  it  hung 
down  to  earth,  II.  23,  868.— II.  to  let 
by,  past,  through,  τινά  εις  or  έπΙ  τό- 
πον, Hdt.  8,  15  ;  9,  1  ;  freq.  also,  π. 
τινά  or  Γί,  and  so  in  Att. :  hence, — 
2.  metaph.  to  pass  unnoticed,  disregard, 
neglect,  Lat.  praetermittere,  τι,  Pind. 
P.  1,  165,  Hdt.  1,  14,  177,  Aesch.  Ag. 
291,  etc.;  cf.  Valck.  Diatr.  p.  71.— 3. 
of  time,  to  let  pass,  τον  χειμώνα,  Hdt. 
I,  77;  την  νύκτα,  8,  9;  τον  καιρόν, 
Thuc.  4,  27 ;  etc. — III.  to  unloose,  re- 
lax, Lat.  remittere,  κήαρ.  Soph.  O.  T. 
688;  χόλον,  Eur.  I.  A.  1609,  etc.; 
also,  π.  υπέρ  τίνος,  Arist.  Eth.  Ν. 
10,  1,  2 ;  περί  τίνος,  Polyb.  2,  59,  3. 
— 2.  c.  gen.,  τον  ποδός  παριέναι,  like 
ποδός  χαλάσαι,  to  let  go  one's  hold  of 
...,  slack  away  the  sheet, — a  metaph. 
for  yielding,  giving  way.  At.  Eq.  436  ; 
cf.  πονς  III  ;  so,  perhaps,  τον  μετοίον 
πάρεις,  letting  go  one's  hold  of  moder- 
ation, i.  e.  letting  it  go.  Soph.  O.  C. 
1212  (though  Herm.  joins  τοϋμετρίον 
with  χρήζει),  cf.  Plat.  Phaedr.  225 
E. — 3.  in  mid.  and  pass,  to  be  relaxed, 
weakened,  hence  part,  παριεμενος,  πα- 
ρέμενος,  παρειμένος,  exhausted,  lan- 
guid, Lat.  renussus,  freq.  c.  dat.  γηρα, 
νόβφ,  κ,όπφ  παρειμένος,  Valck. 
Phoen.859;  also,  σώμασι  παρειμέναι, 
Elmsl.  Bacch.  682. — i.  to  remit  pun- 
ishment, Lat.  condonare,  τιμωρίαν, 
Lycurg.  148,  41  ;  ίο  forgive,  pardon, 
TTjv  σνμφοράν,  Ar.  Ran.  699. — IV.  to 
yield,  give  up,  Lat.  concedere,permittere, 
νίκην  τινί,  Hdt.  6,  103  :  also  c.  dat. 
pers.,  Ar.  Eq.  341,  Plat.,  etc. ;  foil. 
by  inf.,  Hdt.  7,  161 ;  μη  παρ^ς  το  μη 
ον  φράσαι.  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  283 : — also, 
παρές  υπερβώ,  Eur.  Bellev.  16  : — ab- 
sol.  to  allow,  give  way,  Soph.  O.  C. 
591,  Plat.  Symp.  199  C,  etc.— 2.  of 
place,  to  make  room  for,  admit,  λόγον 
π.  εΙς.-,  Plat.  Rep.  561  Β  ;  μη  παρί- 
ωμεν  εις  την  ^υχην.  Plat.  Phaed.  90 
Ε  ;  so  in  pf.  pass.,  Dem.  194,  27. — V. 
the  mid.  παρίεσθαι  has  also  the  signf. 
of  παραιτεΐσθαι,  to  try  to  bring  over, 
u'ina  person  to  one's  self,  Ruhnk.  Tim, ; 
usu.  c.  gen.  pers.,  as  Plat.  Apol,  17 
C ;  yet  also  c.  ace.  Plat.  Legg.  742 
B,  951  A,  cf.  Herm.  Soph.  O.  C. 
1662 :  to  beg  off  a  thing,  beg  to  be  ex- 
cused or  let  off  something,  ουδέν  σου 
παρίεμαι,  I  ask  no  quarter.  Plat.  Rep. 
341  C  :  to  ash  pardon,  Eur.  Med.  892. 
[Usu.  ι  Ep.,  I  Att.,  V.  Ιημι.] 

illapLKavioi,  ων,  ol,  the  Paricanii, 
a  people  in  the  neighbourhood  of 
Colchis,  subject  to  the  Persian  em- 
pire, Hdt.  7,  68. — 2.  another  Asiatic 
people,  adjacent  to  the  Medes,  id.  3, 
92. 

Παρ/κω,  old  poet,  form  of  παρήκω, 
Pind.  P.  6,  43,  cf.  Biickh  v.  1.  Pind. 
0.4,  11.  [i] 

Ί1αριλ?.αίνο,  to  look  askance  at. 

tnupioi',  ov,  TO,  Parium,  a  city  of 
Mysia  on  the  Propontis,  Hdt.  5,  117  : 
cf.  ΤΙαριανός. 

^ΤΙάριος,  a,  ov,  of  Paros,  Parian, 
6  IL  ?άθος,  Parian  marble,  Pind,  N. 


ΠΑΡΙ 

4, 131  ;  Hdt.  5,  62  :  oi  Πάριοι,  the  Pa- 
rians, Hdt.  5,  28,  etc. — 2.  o'l  Hapioi, 
the  Parii,  a  race  of  the  Dai  in  Margi- 
ana,  Strab.  p.  515. 

ΙΙαριππάζομαι,  dep.  mid.,=sq. 

ΤΙαριππεύω,  {παρά,  ιππεύω)  to  ride 
along  or  over,  πόντον,  Eur.  Hel.  1665  : 
to  ride  alongside,  Thuc.  7,  78. — 2.  to 
ride  past,  τι,  Eubul.  Orth.  2. — II.  to 
o-utride ;  and,  generally,  to  surpass, 
Philostr. 

ΤΙάριππος,  ov,  {παρά.  Ιππος)  riding 
beside  one,  a  comrade,  Polyb.  11,  18, 
5 ; — keeping  pace  with  a  horse,  like 
άμιππος. 

ΤΙαρίπταμαι,  dep.  mid.,collat.  form 
from  παραπέτομαι. 

^ΤΙάρις,  ιδος  Ion.  ιος,  6,  Paris,  son 
of  Priam,  seduced  Helen  and  thus 
gave  occasion  to  the  Trojan  war ;  II. 
3,  325;  etc. 

ίΐίαρισάδης,  ου,  ό,^^ΐίαρεισάδης, 
q.  V. 

Τίσ.ρϊσάζω,^παρισόω,  Sext.  Emp. 
p.  252. 

ΐίαρίσθμια,  τά,  {παρά,  ισθμός)  the 
tonsils,  Arist.  Η.  Α.  1,  11,  12. — II.  an 
inflammation  of  the  tonsils,  Anth.  P. 
11,  129,  (with  a  pun  on  the  Isthmian 
games), 

fTlapiaioi,  ων,  oi,  the  Parisii,  a 
people  of  Gaul  pn  the  Sequana,  Strab. 
p.  194. 

ΙΙάρισας,  ov,  {παρά.  Ισος)  almost 
equal,  evenly  balanced,  άγων,  Polyb.  2, 

10,  2,  etc. : — adv.  -σως,  almost,  nearly, 
V.  1.  Dem.  606,  fin. — II.  in  rhetoric,  of 
clauses  of  a  sentence,  which  are  exactly 
balanced  and  even,  π.  και  όμοιοτέ'λεν- 
τον,  Arist.  Rhet.  3,  9,  9,  cf.  Diod.  12, 
53 ;  cf.  παρίσωσις.  [l  Ep.,  I  Att.] 
Hence 

Τίαρισόχρονος,  ov,  almost  contempo- 
raneous, [i] 

ΤΙαρισόω,  ώ,  {παρά.  Ίσος)  to  make 
just  like,  τινί  τι.  Plat.  Rep.  498  E. 
Pass,  to  place  one's  self  beside,  measure 
one's  self  with,  τινί,  Hdt.  4,  166 ;  8, 
140,  1,  Theocr.  18,  25. 

ΤΙαριστάνω,  collat.  form  of  sq., 
Polyb.  3,  113,  8. 

ΐίαρίστημι  {τταρά,  Ιστημι)  : — Α.  in 
pres.,  impf.,  fut.  and  aor.  1,  transit., 
to  place  by,  beside,  Polyb.  3,  72,  9  :  to 
present  to  one,  όπλα,  Dem.  286,  20  : 
π.  τινά  φνλάττειν,  to  set  one  near  a 
thing  to  guard  it,  v.  1.  Id.  1194,  19.— 

11.  to  set  before  the  mind,  present,  offer, 
την  ουκ  ούσαννπόθεσιν,  Id.  28,  9  :  π. 
όργήν,  δέος,  αίσχννην,  to  cause  anger, 
etc.,  Id.  519,  20,  etc.  ;  so,  π-  τινιγνώ- 
ναι,  to  give  one  opportunity  to  know, 
Id.  228,  4;  also,  π.  τινι  δτι,  ώς..., 
Xen.  Oec.  13,  1,  Plat.  Rep.  600  D.— 
2.  to  prove,  show,  τι  πολλοίς  τεκμηρί- 
οις,  Lys.  125,  1. — III.  to  set  side  by 
side,  and  so  to  compare,  Isocr.  240  E. 
— The  use  of  these  act.  tenses  is  first 
in  Plat.,  but  first  becomes  common  in 
Oratt. 

B.  pass.,  c.  aor.  2,  perf ,  et  plqpf. 
act.,  intr.  ; — I.  to  stand  or  be  by,  beside 
or  near,  τινί,  oft.  in  Horn.,  esp.  of  per- 
sons attending  on  a  great  man,  Od. 
1,335;  8,  218,  etc.— 2.  to  stand  by,  i.e. 
to  help  or  defend,  τινί,  oft.  in  Hom., 
and  Hes.  ;  so  too  Hdt.  I,  87  ;  hence 
just  \ikeάμvveιv,'ll.  15,255;  21,  231. 
— 3.  to  stand  near,  to  be  by,  be  beside 
one,  τινί,  II.  7,  467,  etc. — 4.  of  events, 
to  be  near,  be  at  hand,  τινί,  as  άλλα 
Toi  ηδη  άγχι  παρέστηκεν  θάνατος, 
II.  16,  853 ;  κακή  Αιός  αίσα  παρέστη 
ήμΐν,  Od.  9, 52  : — hence,  τά  παρεστώ- 
τα.  present  circumstances,  Aesch.  Ag. 
1053,  Soph.,  etc. ;  so,  to  παρεστώς, 
or  -ός,  Ar.  Eq.  564  ;  το  παριστάμενον, 
Xen.  Hipparch.  9,  1.— II,  to  set  one's 


ΠΑΡΙ 

self  near,  stand  by,  approach,  come  to, 
τινί,  oft.  in  Horn.,  as  well  in  hostile 
as  in  friendly  relation,  II.  20,  472  ;  22, 
371,  etc.  :  to  approach  one  to  beg  of 
him,  Od.  17,  450  :  π.  δενρο,  to  be  come 
hither,  II.  3,  405 :  esp.  freq.  in  Hom. 
in  part.  aor.  2  παραστάς,  also,  άγχι 
παραστάς,  usu.  at  the  end  of  the 
verse,  and  almost  superfluous  as  to 
sense,  like  παρών  in  Trag.,  cf  πύ- 
ρειμι,  sub  fin. — 2.  to  come  to  the  side 
«/"another,  come  over  to  his  opinion,  ττα- 
ραστήναι  εις  γνώμην  τινός,  Hdt.  6, 
99  :  absol.  to  come  to  terms,  surrender, 
submit,  Hdt.  3,  13  ;  6,  65,  etc. :  also, 
παραστήναι  τω  πολέμω,  to  yield  to 
war,  Dem.  597,  ult. ;  cf!  infra  C.  I. — 

3.  παρίστασθαι  or  παρεστάναι  τινί, 
to  come  into  one's  head,  occur  to  one, 
foil,  by  ώς...,  Thuc.  4,  61,  95,  etc.: 
also  c.  inf,  Hdt.  7,  46;  so,  παρίστα- 
ται μοι  φιλοσοφείν,  etc.,  or  c.  ace.  et 
inf..  Plat.  Phaed.  58  Ε  :  also,  δόξα 
μοι  παρεστάθη  ναούς  ίκέσθαι.  Soph. 
Ο.  Τ.  911  ;  το  παριστάμενον,  το  πα- 
ραστάν,  that  which  comes  into  one's 
head,  a  thought,  v.  Hemst.  Luc.  Con- 
tempi.  13  ;  έκ  τον  π.  ?.έγειν,  to  speak 
οίΓ-hand,  Plut.  Dem.  9. — 4.  to  collect 
one's  self,  take  courage,  τΐινχη,  θνμύ 
παραστήναι  προς  τι,  Diod.  17',  43,  99  , 
7Γ.  Ty  διάνοια,  Polyb.  14,  5,  7  ;  cf  πα- 
ράστημα :  hence,  οίνος  παρίσταται, 
the  wine  improves,  becomes  fit  for 
drinking,  opp.  to  έξίσταται,  Theophr. : 
but — 5.  παρεστηκέναι  φρενών,  to  be 
beside  one's  self,  lose  one's  wits,  Polyb. 
18,  36,  6 ;  cf  παρεξίστημι  II.  2. — 7. 
absol.  παρεστ7}κός,=:παρόν,  εξόν,  c. 
inf ,  it  being  in  one's  power  to  do,  Thuc 

4,  133. 

C.  The  fut.,  and  aor.  1  of  mid.  are 
used,  trans.,  in  pecul.  senses: — I.  to 
put  by  one's  side,  set  by  one,  Dem.  546, 
20,  etc.  : — esp.  to  bring  to  one's  side, 
make  one's  own,  and  SO, — 1.  to  bring 
over  by  force,  overcome,  subdue,  Hdt.  3, 
45,  Thuc.  1,  29,  etc.  ;  and  so  in  pres.. 
Soph.  O.  C.  916  ;  or,— 2.  to  gain  by 
kindness,  win  over,  παραστήσασθαι 
έθνη,  πόλ.ιν,  etc.,  Thuc.  4,  79  : — cf. 
supra  B.  II.  2. — II.  to  arrange  or  dis- 
pose for  one's  own  views  or  purposes, 
οντω  παραστήσασθαι  τίνα  ώςτε...,50 
to  dispose  a  person  that...,  Hdt'  4, 136  : 
but,  —  III.  we  find  the  fut.  mid.  in- 
trans.,  to  happen,  take  place,  Hdt.  7, 
46  :  and  of  men,  to  come  to  terms,  sub- 
mit. Id.  3,  155. 

ΐίαριστία,  ας,  ή,  {παρά,  εστία)  α 
side  hearth. 

Τίηριστίδιος,  α,  ον,  {παρά,  ιστός 
II)  at  the  loom,  Leon.  Tar.  78. 

Ώαριστορέω,  ώ,  {παρά,  Ιστορέω)  to 
inquire  by  the  jvay,  Cic.  Att.  6,  1,  25: 
to  notice  incidentally,  Plut.  2,  891  A. 
— II.  to  narrate  falsely. 

ΤΙαρισχναίνω,  {  παρά,  Ισχναίνω  ) 
to  make  thin  or  lean,  Arist.  H.  A.  5, 
14,  18. 

Ιϊαρίσχω,  collat.  form  of  παρέχω, 
to  hold  in  readiness,  II.  4,  229:  to  pre- 
sent, offer,  11.  9,  638,  Pind.  P.  8, 
109. 

ΤΙαρισώδης,  ες,  (είδος)  like  the  πά- 
ρισα.  [ί] 

ΤΙαρίσωμα,  ατός,  τό,  {παρισόω)  α 
resemblance.  —  Π.  in  rhetoric,  =:  sq., 
Cratin.  (Jun.)  Tar.  1 ;  cf  πάρισος  Π, 
[ί] 

Τίαρίσωσις,  εως,  ή,  { παρισόω )  α 
making  even,  equalizing,  esp.  in  rheto- 
ric, an  eve7i  balancing  of  the  clauses  ia 
a  sentence,  Isocr.  233  B,  cf  Arist. 
Rhet.  3,  9,  9,  Rhet.  Al.  28. 

ΤΙαρΙσωτικός,  ή,  όν,  making  like. 

ΤΙαρΙτέος,  a,  ov,  to  be  approached, 
Philo. 

1125 


ΠΑΡΟ 

Παρίτ;;7έοΐ',αη(1-6α,  verb.  adj.  from 
ηάι>ιιμι,  one  must  approach  0Γ  go,  εΙς 
τι,  Thuc.  1,  72. 

ΐίαρΐτός,  ή,  όν,  {πάρειμι,  ημι)  ac- 
cessible, Call.  Lav.  Pall.  90. 

Ilaf)ixvtv(j,  {τϊαρά,  Ίχνενω)  to  track 
closely,  to  run  at  the  side  of ;  hence  to 
emulate,  imitate,  v.  1.  in  Pint. 

ΙΎαμκατέλεκτα,  Ep.  form  of  aor. 
Irom  παρακαταλέγομαι,  11. 

Π  αρκ  είμενος,  Ep .  for  παρακείμενος, 
Pind. 

\ΐΙάρκεινται,  poet,  for  παράκ., 
Xenophan.  1,  9.  Bgk. 

Τίαρκλίνω,  Εμ.  for  παρακλίνω, 
Hes.  tOp.  260. 

Παρκνπτω,  Ep.  for  τταρακυπτω. 

αΐάρμα,  ης,  η,  Parma,  a  city  of 
Gallia  Cispadana,  Strab.  p.  216 : 
hence  oi  Υίαρμησταί  or  ΪΙαρμηταί 
Id.  p.  217. 

ΤΙαρμέμβλωκε,  Ep.  for  παραμ.,  3 
perf  oi  παραβλώσκω,  II.  4,  11. 

^ΐίαρμενίδϊΐς,  ov,  ό,  Parmenides,  a 
celebrated  philosopher  of  Elea,  Plat. ; 
Strab.  p.  252  :  in  pi.  oi  Π.,  Plat.  The- 
aet.  180. 

\ΥΙαρμενΙ(ΤΚος,  ov,  ό,  Partneniscus, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  an  Athenian,  Dem.  1284, 
sqq. — Others  in  Ath. ;  etc. 

ίΐίαρμενίων,  ωνυς.  ό,  Parmenio,  a 
celebrated  general  of  Philip  and  Al- 
exander, Dem.  3G2,  tin. :  Arr. ;  etc. 
— 2.  a  poet  of  the  Anthology. 

Παρμένω,  poet,  for  παραμένω,  II. 
13,  151,  Find. 

^ϋαρμίνων,  οντος  and  υνος,  ό, 
Parmenn,  an  Athenian,  Ar.  Eccl.  868  ; 
a  frequent  name  in  Menander,  as 
slave,  cf  Terent.  Eunuch.  —  2.  a 
comic  actor,  Aeschin.  22,  26. — 3.  a 
Byzantian,  Dem.  894,  sqq.  —  Others 
in  Ath. ;  etc. 

ΤΙάρμη,  ης,  η,  a  li<;ht  shield,  buckler, 
Lat.  parma,  Polyb.  6,  22,  1. 

tnaputf,  ιδος,  ό,  Ραπ/iis,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  Anth.  P.  6,  95  ;  etc. 

ΐίαρμόνιμος,  ov,  poet,  for  παραμό- 
νιμος,  Theogn.,  Pind. 

ΤΙάρμονος,  ov,  poet,  for  παρύμονος, 
Pind. 

ϋΐάρμνς,νος,  ή,  Parmys,  daughter 
of  Smerdis,  wife  of  Darius  Hystas- 
pis,  Hdt.  3,  88. 

ΤΙαρνάσίάς,  άδος,  pecul.  poet.  fern. 
of  ΥΙαρνάσιος :  Ion.  ΐίαρνησιάς,  Eur. 
Ion  86. 

ΥΧαρνάσιος,  a,  ov,  also  ος,  ov,  tEur. 
I.  T.  1244t,  Ion.  ΤΙαρνί]σίος,  of  or 
from  Parnassus  ;  tpecul.  feni.  Tlup- 
νάσίς,  ίδος,  Ion.  -νησίς,  Orph.f  [νά]: 
from 

ΤΙαρνΰσός,  ov,  ό.  Ion.  Ι1αρν7)σός, 
Parnassus,  a  mountain  of  Phocis,  ton 
which  lay  Delphi,  with  two  summits 
Ανκώρεια  and  Ύίθορέα  ;  it  is  now 
Liakura,  Od.  19,  394t ;  Hes.  ;  Pmd.  ; 
etc. :  later  usu.  Παρνασσός,  Schaf. 
Mel.  p.  1. — 12.  a  mountain  of  Asia, 
at  the  base  of  which  dwelt  the  Bac- 
trians,  Dion.  P.  737. 

ΤΙάρνης,  φος,  ή,  more  rarely  ό, 
Parnes,  jnow  Xozeaf,  a  mountain  of 
Attica,  v.  Bentl.  et  Pors.  Ar.  Ran. 
1057,  Nake  Choeril.  p.  53,  sq. 

ΐίαρνησός,  ό,  Ion.  lor  ΐίαρνασός, 
Od. 

ΤΙάρνοφ,  οπός,  ό,  a  kind  of  locust, 
Ar.  Ach.  150,  etc.  :  also  κόρνωφ. 

αΐάρνων,  ωνος,ίί,Ρατηοη,  a  moun- 
tain on  the  borders  of  Laconia  and 
Argolis,  Paus.  2,  38,  7. 

Παρό,  i.  e.  παρ'  ο,  wherefore,  cf  δώ- 
• — II.  besides  that. 

Τίαροδεία,  ας,  ή,  a  passing  by. 

ΐίαρόδενσις,  ;/,  =  foreg.,  Procl. : 
from 

ΙΙαροδενω,  (παρά,  Qδεύu)  to  pass 
1126 


ΠΑΡΟ 

bij,  Theocr.  23,  47  ;  c.  ace.  to  go  past, 
Luc.  Nigr.  30,  Plut.  2,  759  F. 

Παροδικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to  a 
πάροδος.     Adv.  -κύς. 

ίίαρόδιος,  ov,  {πάροδος)  by  or  on 
the  road-uay,  street  :  θυρίδες  —.,  win- 
dows looking  to  the  street,  Plut.  2,  521 
D. 

Τίαροδίτης,  ov,  6,  a  passer  by,  trav- 
eller, Hipp.  1280:— fem. -£-tf,  ιδος, 
Anth.  [i] :  from 

Ώαροδος,  ov,  i],  {παρά,  οδός)  a  rvay 
or  road  by,  past,  through,  or  along, 
Thuc.  3,  21. — 2.  a  going  by  or  past, 
passing,  passage,  Thuc.  4,  82:  έκ  πα- 
ρόδου, έν  παρόδω,  in  passing,  by  the 
wai/,  much  like  έν  παρέργω,  Polyb. 
5,  C8,  8,  Plut.  2,  212  Α.— 11.  Ό  side-en- 
trance, a  narrow  entrance  or  approach, 
Lys.  193,  29,  Xen.  An.  4,  7,  4,  etc. ; 
opp.  to  δίοδος,  Xen.  Cyn.  6,  6 :  πά- 
ροδοι, the  side-entrancis  on  the  stage, 
opp.  to  a'l  μέσαι  θνραι,  Ath.  622  C. 
— III.  a  coming  forivard,  appearance, 
esp.  before  the  assembly,  to  speak, 
Dem.  1481,15,  cf  παρέρχομαι :  hence 
also, — IV^.  the  first  enlrariie  of  a  chorUS 

in  the  orchestra,  which  was  made 
from  the  side :  their  departure  was 
called  μετάστασις,  and  their  reappear- 
ance επιπάροδος.  —  3.  the  first  song 
sung  by  the  chorus  after  its  entrance, 
Herm.  Arist.  Poet.  12.— V.  in  a  ship, 
a  passage  from  one  end  of  the  deck 
to  the  other  by  the  side  of  the  rowers, 
Lat.  agda,  Plut.  Demetr.  43. 

ΙΙαροδοϋμα^  =^  παροιμιύζομαι, 
Grainm. 

ΤΙαροδνρομηι,  ( τταρά,  οδύρομαι ) 
dep..  Ιο  lament  beside  or  cdortg  with, 
Dio  C.  43,  19. 

ΐίαροίγνυμι  and  παροίγυ  :  f.  -οίξω : 
aor.  -έφξα  {παρέι,  οίγννμι): — to  open 
at  the  side  or  α  little,  half -open,  Herm. 
H.  Horn.  Merc.  152;  ~ν?Μς  π.,  Eur. 

I.  A.  857  ;  παροίξας  της  θύρας,  open- 
ing a  little  of  the  door,  Ar.  Pac.  30.— 

II.  to  open  by  degrees, 
ϋαροιδαίνω,  intr.,  to  swell  at  the  side, 

Diosc. 

ΐίαροίδίσκομαι,  dep.,=foreg.,  Are- 
tae. 

ΐΐάροιθε,  and  before  a  vowel  πύ- 
poiOtv  :  (πάρος). — I.  as  prep.,  c.  gen. 
loci,  before,  and  c.  gen.  pers.,  before, 
in  the  presence  of,  hence=;Lat.  ante 
and  coram,  Hom.  —  2.  of  time,  π. 
έμοϋ,  before  me,  Aesch.  Pr.  503  ;  κεί- 
νοι' π.,  Soph.  Tr.  605. — II.  as  adv., 
of  place,  before,  in  front,  ot  δεύτεροι 
oi  τε  πάροιβεν,  II.  23,  497. — 2.  of  time, 
before  this,  erst,  formerly,  Horn.,  who 
in  Od.  has  also  το  πύροίθεν,  like  το- 
πρίί>,  1,  .322  ;  2,  312,  etc. ;  οι  π.,  men 
bygone,  Pind.  P.  2,  111  ;  της  π.  ?'/μέ- 
ρας,  Eur.  Phoen.  853,  cf  Aesch.  Pers. 
180  ■.—πάροιθεν  πριν.  Soph.  El.  1130. 
(Hence  come  παροίτερος,  παροίτα- 
τος.)  [πΰ] 

Τίαροικεσία,  ας,  η,  =  παροικία, 
LXX. 

Ώαροικέω,  ώ,  f  -ήσω,  (παρά,  οΐ- 
κέυ)  to  dwell  beside,  c.  acc,  π.  την 
Άσίην,  to  dwell  along  the  coasts  of 
Asia,  Isocr.  74  D  :  but  also  intr.  c. 
dat.,  to  live  near,  Thuc.  1,71;  3,  93  : 
absol..  Id.  6,  82. — II.  to  live  in  a  place 
as  πάροικος,  sojourn.  Died.,  and  N.  T. 
Hence 

Παροίκησία,  ας,  ή,  and  in  Thuc. 
4,  92  παροίκησις,  εως,  ή,  a  dwelling 
beside  or  near,  neighbourhood. 

ΙΙαροικία,  ας,  ?/,  (πάροικος  II)  a 
living  in  a  place  as  πάροικος,  sojourn- 
ing, LXX. — II.  an  ecclesiastical  district, 
much  like  διοίκησις,  Suicer  s.  v. 

ΐίαροικίζυ,  f  -ίσω,  {παρά,  οΐκίζω) 
to  place  one  near  another,  τινά  τινι : 


ΠΑΡΟ 

ί  so  in   Mid.,  Call.  Ep.   25.— Pass,  to 
!  settle,  live  by  or  near,  Hdt.  4,  180. 
I      ΤΙαροικίς,  ίδος,  pecul.  fem.  of  πά- 
ροικος, Strab.  p.  237. 

ΙΙαροικοδυμέω,  ώ,  {παρά,  οικυδο- 
I  μέω)  1.  -ί/σω,  to  build  beside  or  near, 
build  a  wall  along  or  across,  Thuc.  2, 
75  ;  7,  6,  11. — II.  to  keep  off  by  a  wall 
or  batik,  TO  ύδωρ,  Dem.  1276,  10. 
Hence 

ΐίαροικοδόμημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  side- 
building,  Arist.  Part.  An.  3,  10,  3. 

Πάροικος,  OV,  {παρά,  οίκος)  dwell 
ing  beside  or  near,  neighbouring,  ά  neigh- 
bour, Tivi,  Hdt.  7,  235 ;  τινός.  Soph. 
Ant.  1155;  so,  πόλεις  πάροικοι  Opy- 
κίων  έπην/.ων,  Aesch.  Pers.  869 ; — 
absol.  a  neighbour,  Sappho  45. — II.  ό 
πάροικος,  an  alien,  foreigner  who  lives 
in  a  place  without  civil  rights,  α  so- 
journer, Lat.  inquilinus,  LXX. 

Παροιμία,  ας,  ij,  {πάροιμος)  a  pro- 
verb, common  saying,  saw,  ."Vesch.  Ag. 
204,  Soph.  Aj.  604.  Ar.  Thesm.  528, 
Plat.,  etc. :  /cam  την  π.,  as  the  say- 
ing goes.  Plat.  Symp.  2'22  Β  ;  v.  πύ- 
ροιμος. — 2.  α  parable,  dark  saying,  iu 
St.  John's  Gospel ;  the  same  as  πα- 
ραβολή in  the  other  Gospels.     Hence 

Πηροιμιάζω,  to  make  a  proeerb  of, 
make  proverbial : — Pass,  to  pass  into  a 
proverb,  become  proverbial.  Plat.  Phil. 
45  D,  περί  τίνος,  Arist.  Gen.  An.  2, 
7,  12  :  mill,  to  use  a  proi'erbial  expres 
sion,  speak  iu  proverbs,  Plat.  Hipp. 
Maj.  301  C,  Theact.  162  C  ;— but  the 
mid.=:act..  Id.  Legg.  Θ1Θ  A  :  and 

Παροιμιακός. ή ,  όν. proverbial,  Plut. 
2,  636  Ε. — II.  ό  π.,  sub.  στίχος,  a  ρα- 
roeminc,  L  e.  an  Anapaestic  diiiietei 
catalectic,  usu.  at  the  end  of  an  An- 
apaestic system,  and  sometimes  ia 
the  middle  of  a  long  one,  Gramm. 
Adv.  -κώς. 

Παροιμιογράφος,  ov,  colUctitig  pro- 
verbs. 

Παροίμιον,  ου,  τό,  =  παροιμία,  a 
proverb.     Hence 

Παροιμιώδης,  ες,  {είδος)  like  a  pro- 
verb, proverbial :  that  becomes  a  proverb 
for  absurdity,  Plut.  2,  616  C,  etc. 

Πύροιμος,  ov,  {παρά,  οίμης)  by  the 
road,  at  the  roadside :  hence  παροιμία 
and  παι>οίμιοι\  away-side,  trite  expres- 
sion, a  proverb. 

Παροινέω,  ω,  {πάροινος) :  in  the 
augm.  tenses  usu.  with  double  augm. 
έπαρώνονν,  etc.,  Xen.  An.  5,  8,  4,  v. 

I.  Deiii.  612,  20,  etc.:  ])i  πεπαράινη- 
κα,  v.  Moer.  p.  332,  Lob.  Phryn.  154. 
To  behave  ill  at  icine.  play  drunken 
tricks,  Ar.  Eccl.  143,  Plat.,  etc.:  ου 
δεΙ  νήφοντα  παροινείν,  .'^nliph.  Ar- 
cad.  1  ;  also,  μεθνων  π.,  Xen.  1.  c.  ; 
εις  Tiva,  towards  one,  Ar.  Fr.  213. — 

II.  trans,  to  maltreat  one  in  dru  kin- 
ness  :  in  geill.  to  act  ill.  treat  with  vio- 
lence or  itisult,  like  νβμίζειν,  Dem. 
1257,  13  :  hence  in  pass.,  to  be  so  treat- 
ed. Id.  403,  8,  etc.    Hence 

Παροίνημα,  ατός,  τό,  any  thing 
misused  during  drunkenness,  a  drunk- 
ard's laughing-stock. 

Παροινία,  ας,  ή,  {πύροινος)  ill  be- 
haviour under  the  influence  of  leine, 
drunken,  violence,  Xen.  Symp.  6,  1,  2, 
Amphis  Pan  1  :  a  drunken  frolic, 
Aeschin.  9.  19. 

ΠαροιίΊαζω,^^παροινέω,  Gramm. 

Παροινικός,  η.  of,=sq.,  Ar.  V'esp. 
1300.     Adv.  -κώς,  Cic.  Att.  10,  10,  1. 

Παροίνιος,  ov.  {παρά,  αίνος)  belovg- 
ing  to  ti'iiie  or  a  drinking  parly,  suita- 
ble thereto,  ξισμα,  όρχησις,  etc.,  Ath. 
629  E,  Luc.  Salt.  34  :  tu  παρυίνια  or 
πάροινα  {sc.  μέ?.η),  drinking  songs, 
Bockh  Pind.  Fr.  p.  555,  cf  Plut.  Do 
mosth.  4.— II.  of  persons,  like  -tipui- 


ΠΑΡΟ 

rof,  drunken,  quarrelsome  over  one's 
cups,  At.  Ach.  981. 

ΠάροίΐΌζ-,  ov,=foreg.  II,  Lys.  101, 
20,  Antiph.  Lyd.  1. 

ΐίαροιί'οχοέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (παρά, 
οίνοχοΐυ)  to  stand  beside  one  and  pour 
out  wine  for  him,  Q.  Sm.  4,  279. 

ΐΙαροιστράω,ώ,Ιοη.  --ρέω:  ί  -ήσω, 
r=oia~piuj,  LXX. 

ϋάροιστρος,  ον,{παρά,  οΙστροςΙΙΙ) 
half -frantic,  passionate. 

ΊΙάροίτατος,  η,  ον,  superl.  of  πά- 
ροιθε,  ττάρος,  the  foremost : — of  time, 
the  first,  earliest,  oldest,  Ap.  Rh.  2,  29. 

ΐΐάροίτερος,  a,  ov,  compar.  of  πά- 
ροίθε,  πύρος,  the  one  before  or  in  front, 
11.  23,  459,  480  :— of  time,  the  former, 
earlier,  older.  Adv.  -ripu,  Ap.  Rh.  3, 
686. 

ΙΙαροίχνενω  and  τταροιχνέω,  poet 
for  sq. 

ΤΙαροίχομοί,  f.  -χήσομαι :  pf.  τνα- 
ρώχηκα.  Ion.  τταροίχωκα,  (.παρά,  ol- 
χομαι)  dep.  mid. : — to  have  past  by,  πα- 

ί\ώχετο,  he  passed  on,  went  on  his  way, 
1.  4,  272. — 2.  of  time,  etc.,  to  be  gone 
by,  ννϊ  παρώχηκε,  II.  10,  252  ;  ή  πα- 
ροιχομένη  ννξ,  the  by-gone  night,  Hdt. 

1,  209 ;  ό  ~.  χρόνος,  by-gone  time,  Id. 

2,  14  ;  άνδρες  τταροιχόμενοι,  men  of 
by -gone  times,  Pind.  N.  6,  50;  δεΐμα 
παροιχόμενον,  like  Virgil's  acti  labo- 
res.  Id.  L  8  (7),  23;  sc.  τα  παροίχό- 
ιιενα,  the  past,  Hdt.  7,  120 ;  also  το 
παρωχηκός : — in  Gramm.,  ό  παρφχη- 
ιιένος  (sc.  χρόνος),  tempus  praeteritum. 
— II.  to  be  gone,  be  dead,  δείματι,  with 
fright,  Aesch.  Supp.  738.— III.  c.  gen. 
to  shrink  aside  from,  shrink  from,  νεί- 
κους,  lb.  452  : — όσον  μοίρας  παροίχη, 
bow  art  thou  fallen  from  thine  high  es- 
tate. Elmsl.  and  Herm.  Eur.  Med.  964. 

ΤΙαροκ7Λζω,=^6κ}.άζω. 

Ίίαροκωχή,  ή,  v.  τταρακωχή. 

'Ώ.αρολΙ-/ωρέω, ώ,=^6'/Λγυρεω,  Plat. 
Epin.  991  D,  Luc,  etc. 

ΊΙαρο/.ισθαίνω  and  -σθάνω  :  f.  -σθή- 
cu,  {~αρά,  ό'/Λσθαίνυ)  '■  to  slip  beside, 
near,  aside,  Plut. ;  to  fall.  Id. — 2.  to 
slip  in  secretly,  Luc.  Laps.  15.  Hence 

ΤΙαρο/.ίσθησις,  ή,  a  slipping  in  se- 
cretly. 

'Ώ.αρο?.ΐίή,  ί/ς,  ή,  a  spinning  out  of 
time,  delay. — IL   Gramm. =  τλεονασ- 

μός-  ^ 

Υίάρο/.κος,  ου,  δ,  (,παρέ?ικω)  α  tow- 
rope. 

ΤΙαρομαρτέω,  ώ,  {τταρά,  όμαρτέω) 
to  accompany,  Plut.  Anton.  26,  Luc. 
Tim.  55. 

ΤΙαρομοίάζω,  f.  -άσο,  =  ομοιάζω, 
Ν.  Τ. 

Ήαρομοίϊος,  poet,  for  sq. 

ΐίαρόμοιος,  ov,  also  a,  ov,  Hipp. 
{παρά,  όμοιος) : — nearly  like,  τινί.  Hdt. 
2,  73  ;  π.  προς  τίνα,  a  match  for,  Thuc. 
1,  80:  nearly  equal,  π.  τοις  Έ/.?,7ΐσι 
τον  αριθμόν,  Xen.  HelL  3,  4,  13  ;  κώ- 
y^a  παρόμοια,  clauses  which  sound 
alike. — Adv,  -ως,  opp.  to  ομοίως,  Arist. 
Respir.  17,  2. 

ΐίαρομοιόω,  ώ,  {παρά,  όμοιόω)  to 
make  nearly  alike.     Hence 

ΐίαρομοίωσις,  εως,  ή,  assimilation, 
esp.  of  sound  in  the  ends  of  succes- 
sive clauses,  Arist.  Rhet.  3,  9,  9. 

Ώαρομο/Μγέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (παρά, 
6μο?.ο')  έω)  to  grant,  admit,  usu.  treach- 
erously :  generally,  =  όμολογέω,  Po- 
lyb.  3,  89,  3.     Hence 

ΐίαρομο'/.ογία,  ας,  ή,  a  pretended  ad- 
mission or  concession,  Quintil. 

ΤΙαρόμφτιμα,  ατός,  τό,  (ύμφή)~πα- 
ρωννμίασμα. 

ΙΙαρόν,  όντας,  τό,  neut,  part.  pres. 
from  πάρειμι  (ειμί). 

ΤΙαρονειδίζω,^όνειδίζω. 

Ώαρονυμύζω,  {παρά,  ονομάζω)  to 


ΠΑΡΟ 

form  α  word  by  a  slight  change,  e.  g. 
Άκτικτ/ν  την  vvv  Άττικην  παρονο- 
μασβεΐσαν,  Strab.  p.  391.    Hence 

ΐίαρονομάσία,  ας,  ή,  a  slight  change 
in  a  name  or  word,  esp.  so  as  to  give 
it  a  new  shade  of  meaning,  Lat.  par- 
va  verbi  immutatio,  in  littera  posila,  Cic. 
de  Orat.  2,  63 :  hence, — II.  a  play 
upon  words  which  sound  alike  but  have 
different  signfs.,  a  pun,  playing  on  a 
name,  Lat.  annominatio.  Quint.  6,  3, 
53,  etc. — The  form  παρωνομασία  is 
rejected  bv  Spalding  ad  1.  with  Scha- 
fer.  cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  712. 

ΤΙαροξίζω,  f.  -ίυω,  to  have  a  some- 
what sour  taste,  Diosc. 

ΤΙαροξνντής,  ov,  b,  one  who  incites, 
rouses :  and 

ΊΙαροξυντικός,  ή,  όν,  fit  for  inciting 
or  urging  on,  εΙς  τι,  Xen.  Cyr.  2,  4, 
29 ;  προς  τι,  Dem.  489,  4 ;  επί  τι, 
Plut.  Pomp.  37  : — exasperating,  Isocr. 
9  A ;  from 

ΤΙαροξννω,  f.  -ννώ,  (παρά,  οξύνω)  : 
— like  παρακονάω  and  παραθήγω,  to 
sharpen  for  a  thing : — metaph..  to  urge, 
prick  or  spur  on,  προς  τι,  Xen.  Hell. 
6,  4,  6;  έπί  τι,  Isocr.  82  C  ;  c.  inf, 
Xen.  Mem.  3,  5,  3  :  to  anger,  provoke 
against  one,  επί  τινι,  Polyb.  :  π.  τινά, 
to  stir  up,  provoke,  irritate,  exasperate, 
Eur.  Ale.  674,  Thuc.  1,  84  :— in  pass. 
to  be  provoked,  τινί,  at  a  thing,  Thuc. 
5.  99,  διύ  τι,  6,  56 ;  επί  τι,  Isocr.  82 
C:  προς  τι,  Dem.  1299,  17.— 2.  in 
pass.,  also  of  sickness,  to  grow  violent, 
esp.  to  take  an  inflammatory  character. 
Medic. — II.  in  όιαταϊη.,—  παροξντο- 
νέω. 

ΤΙάροξνς,  ν,  {παρά,  οξύς)  precipi- 
tate, Antiph.  Uidym.  2,  8. 

ΤΙαροξνσμός,  οϋ,  ό,  (παροξύνω)  ir- 
ritation, exasperation,  Dem.  1105,  25. 
— 2.  in  Medic,  the  severe  fit  of  a  dis- 
ease, a  paroxysm. 

ΤΙαροξντονέω,  ώ,  to  put  the  acute 
accent  on  the  penultima  :  from 

ΤΙαροξύτονος,  ov,  (παρά,  οξύς,  τό- 
νος) paroxytone,  i.  e.  marked  with  the 
acute  accent  (όξεϊα)  on  the  penultima. 
Adv.  -νως,  Ath.  409  A.  [ii] 

αίαροπαμίσάδαι,  ών,  οι,  the  Ρατο- 
pamisadae,  a  people  dwelling  around 
Paropamisus.Strab.  p.  823,etc. :  their 
territory  ΤΙαροπαμισύς,  άδος,  η,  Arr. : 
from 

αίαροπάμϊσος,  ov,  ό,  Paropamisus, 
a  high  mountain  of  Central  Asia,  on 
the  northern  borders  of  Ariana,  a 
branch  of  Taurus,  Strab.  p.  723,  etc. 

Παροπλίζω,  f  -ίσω,  (παρά,  οπλίζω) 
to  disarm,  Polyb.  2,  7,  10,  etc. :  in 
mid.,  Numen.  ap.  Ath.  306  C. 

Παροττάω,  ώ,  (παρά,  όπτάω)  to 
roast  slightly,  half-roast,  Polyb.  12, 
25,  2. 

ΤΙαροπτέος,  a,  ov,  {παροράω,  πα- 
ρόψομαι)  to  be  overlooked  or  disregard- 
ed, Strab.,  Luc.  Tim.  9. 

ΤΙαρόπτησις,  ή,  a  half -roasting. 

ΐίαρόράμα,  ατός,  τό,  (παροράω)  an 
oversight,  error,  Plut.  2,  1123  B. 

Τίαρόράσις,  εως,  ή,  (παροράω)  an 
overlooking :  carelessness,  Luc. 

ΤΙαροράτικός,  lj,  ov,  apt  to  overlook, 
τινός,  Plut.  2,  716  Β  :  from 

ΐίαροράω,  ύ,  f.  -όφομαι,  aor.  τταρ- 
εΐδον,  (παρά,  όράω)  to  look  at  by  the 
way,  notice,  remark,  Xen.  Cyr.  7,  1,  5  ; 
τινί  τι,  something  in  one,  Ar.  Av.  454. 
— II.  to  look  past  a  thing,  overlook,  Arist. 
Pol.  6,  4, 17,  H.  A.  8, 19, 12  -.—to  slight, 
make  light  of,  τονς  νόμονς,  .4ntipho 
114,  6,  etc.  ;  cf.  Xen.  Hell.  7,  4,21.— 
III.  to  see  amiss,  see  wrong.  Plat.  The- 
aet.  157  E,  cf  Hipp.  Maj.  300  C— IV\ 
to  look  side-ways,  εις  τίνα  or  Trpof  τι, 
Xen.  Symp.  8,  42,  Cyr.  7,  1,  4 ;  εις 


ΠΑΡΟ 

το  π?.άγιον  π.  μΰ?.?.ον  η  εις  το  πρό- 
σθεν,  Arist.  Η.  Α.  9,  45,  5.  Of.  παρ- 
εϊδον. 

ΐίαροργίζομαι,  (παρά,  οργίζω)  as 
pass.,  to  be  or  be  made  angry  at,  Dem. 
805,  19. — The  act.  παροργίζω,  to  pro- 
voke to  anger,  only  in  LXX.    Hence 

ΐίαρόργισμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  provoca- 
tion, cause  of  anger,  LXX. :  and 

ΤΙαροργισμός,  ov,  o,=foreg.,  LXX. 

ΤΙαρορέγω,  (παρά,  όρέγω)  ίο  stretch 
out  beside,  Ael.  N.  A.  1,  4. 

ΐίαρόρειος,  ov,  (παρά,  όρος)  along 
a  mountain,  also  παρόριος,  but  παρώ- 
ρειος  as  adj.  is  dub. ;  though,  as 
subst.,  the  form  παρώρεια  (q.  v.)  is 
preferred  to  παρορεία  Eind  παρορία. 
Lob.  Phryn.  712. 

Τίαρόρθιος,  ov,  (παρά,  όρθιος)  tol- 
erably straight.  Math.  Vett. 

ΐίαρορίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (παρά,  ορίζω)  to 
border,  limit,  Longin.  2,  2. — II.  to  out- 
step one's  boundaries,  encroach  on  a 
neighbour's  property,  Anth.  P.  ]  1,  209. 
— III.  to  drive  over  the  borders,  banish, 
Plut. 

ΤΙαρορίνω,  (παρά,  ορίνω)  to  excite 
a  little,  Aicae. 

ΤΙαρόριος,  a,  ov,  {παρά,  όρος)= 
παρόρειος,  q.  v. 

ΐίαρόριος,  a,  ov,  {παρά,  δρος)  on 
the  frontier. 

ΐίαρορισμός,  ov,  b,  a  passing  of 
boundaries,  an  encroaching. 

ΤΙαροριστής,  ov,  ό,  an  encroacher. 

ΤΙαρορκέω,  ώ,  (παρά,  όρκος)  to  for- 
swear one's  self,  App. 

ΤΙαρορμάω,  ω,  f  -ήσω,  (παρά,  ορ- 
μάω) to  put  in  motion,  urge  or  prick  on, 
Xen.  Cyr.  2,  4,  10;  τταρ.  εις  τι,  to 
urge  on  to  a  thing,  lb.  2,  2,  1  ;  επί  τι, 
lb.  8,  1,  12;  Trpoc  τι,  Arist.  Magn. 
Mor.  2,  7.  27 ;  c.  inf,  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  1, 
43  ; — pass.  c.  fut.  mid. :  to  be  eager 
for,  'επί  τι,  Polyb.  2, 22.  6.— II.  some- 
times also  in  act.,  παρ.  τι,  to  strive 
after  a  thing,  Lob.  Phryn.  439. 

ΐίαρορμέω,  ώ,  (παρά,  όρμέω)  to  lie 
at  anchor  beside  or  near,  Diod.  14,  49, 
Plut. 

Τίαρόρμημα,  ατός,  τό,  an  incitement, 
stimulus. 

Τίαρόρμησις,  εως,  ή,  (παρορμάω) 
an  urging  on,  incitement,  Xen.  Hip- 
parch.  1,  25,  Polyb.  6,  39,  8. 

Τίαρορμητικός,  ή,  όν,  (παρορμάω) 
urging  on,  προς  τι,  Plut.  Lye.  15. 

ΐίαρορμίζω :  fui.  -ίσω  Alt.  -ιώ  (πα- 
ρά, όρμίζω)  : — to  bring  to  anchor  beside 
or  near,  and  in  genl.  to  anchor,  νανσί, 
with  ships,  Lys.  132,  6  (nisi  legend. 
παρορμήσαντες). 

ΐΐάρορνϊς,  Ιθος,  b,  ή,  (παρά,  όρνις) 
having  ill  omens,  πάρ.  πόρος,  an  ill- 
omened  voyage,  Aesch.  Eum.  770 ;  ci. 
sub  όδιος. 

ΐίαρόρννμι,  (παρά,  όρννμι)  to  urge 
on.  Αρ.  Rh.  3,  486,  in  tmesis. 

ΤΙαρορνασω,  Att.  -ττω :  i.  -ξω  (πα- 
ρά, όρνσσω)  to  dig  by,  beside  or  along, 
Thuc.  6,  101. — II.  to  dig  alongside,  i.  e. 
one  against  another,  a  preparatory 
exercise  performed  for  40  successive 
days  by  those  who  were  to  contend 
as  boxers  at  the  Olympic  games,  In- 
terpp.  ad  Theocr.  4,  10. — III.  as  a 
term  in  boxing,  to  punch  in  the  side, 
Lat.  latus  fodere,  παρ.  και  λακτίζειν, 
Diog.  L.  6,  27. 

ΤΙαρορχέομαι,  f.  -ήσομαι,  (παρά, 
όρχέυμαι)  dep.  mid. :  to  dance  ainiss, 
dance  the  wrong  dance,  c.  acc,  of  pan- 
tomimic actors.  Luc.  Sah.  80. 

Πύρος, — A,  adv.  of  time,  before,  erst, 
formerly,  one  time,  in  Horn.,  who  uses 
τοπάρος  just  like  πρίν  and  τοπρίν  . 
the  same  use  of  it  occu  rs  in  Hes.,  and 
Hdt. :  usu.  opp.  to  vvv,  II.  1, 553,  etc. 
1127 


ΠΑΡΟ 

οΐ  πύρος,  forefathers,  Pind.  I.  7,  1  ; 
SO,  θεοί  οι  πύρος,  Aesch.  Pr.  405  ;  τα 
ίτ.,  ορρ.  to  τύ  ΐίςέτζειτα.  Soph.  Aj. 
34,  etc. — 2.  with  a  pres.,  this  long  time, 
as  in  hat.,  jamdiidum  video,  Heync  11. 
12,  347  ;  15,  256,  Od.  5,  88.-3.  c.  inf. 
aor.  like  πρίν,  before,  πύρος  τάδε  έρ- 
γα γενέσθαι,  πύρος  ην  γαίαν  ίκέσθαι, 
etc.,  II.  6,  348,  Od.  1,  21 :  very  rarely 
with  inf.  pres.,  as,  πύρος  όόρποιο  μέ- 
δεσθαι,  II.  18,  245. — 4.  foil,  by  πριν 
γε,  rather..,  than,  11.  5,  218,  Od.  2,  127. 
— 5.  before  the  time,  too  soon,  II.  23, 
474. — 6.  rather,  sooner,  II.  8,  166. — II. 
of  place,  before,  in  front,  post-Hom. 

B.  prep.,  c.  gen.  loci,  poet,  for  πρό, 
before,  in  Horn,  only  once,  II.  8,  254  ; 
δωμύτων  πύρος,  Soph.  Ai.  73,  Eur. 
Hec.  1049;  cf  Valck.  Phoen.  310. 
— When  πύρος  is  a  prep.,  it  seems 
always  to  follow  its  case ;  not  to 
have  been  used  of  time,  and  not  in 
prose. — (In  form,  πύρος  stands  be- 
tween παρά,  πρό  and  προς,  though 
in  signf.  it  belongs  to  πρό  :  from  πύ- 
ρος again  comes  πύροιθε,  παροίτε- 
ρος,  παροίτατος.)  [α] 

ΪΙύρος,  ου,  ή,  Paros,  one  of  the 
Cyclades,  famous  for  its  white  mar- 
ble, fnow  Paro-f,  H.  Horn.  Ap.  44, 
Cer.  491.— V.  Τίύριος.  [ύ] 

Hapoaippaivo,  f.  -σφρήσω,  {παρά, 
δσφραίνω)  to  hold  beside  one  to  smell  at, 
Geop. 

ΙΙαροτρνντικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to, 
fit  for  inciting :  from 

ΐίαροτρννω,  f.  -ννώ,  (παρύ,  ότρν- 
νω)  to  urge  on,  c.  inf ,  παρ  θνμός  ότρν- 
νει  φάμεν,  Bockh  Pind.  Ο.  3,  68  (38) ; 
cf.  Luc.  Tox.  35. 

ΤΙαρονύτιος,  ov,  (παρά,  ους)  with 
ears  by  the  side,  with  hanging  ears, 
Kvuv,  Call.  Dian.  91.  [o] 

ΤΙαρουλίς,  ίδος,  ή,  a  gum-boil;  cf. 
επου'λίς. 

Πάροΐ'λοζ•,  ov,  {παρά,  ούλος  II.  4) 
somewhat  curled.     Hence 

'Π.αρον?Μτρΐχος,  ov,  with  slightly 
curling  hair,  Geop. 

Τίύρονρος,  b,  one  who  keeps  watch 
beside,  \.  1.  Od.  11,489. 

Παρουσία,  ας,  fj,  (πύρειμι)  a  being 
present,  presence,  τινός,  of  a  person  or 
thing,  Trag.,  as  Acsch.  Pers.  169, 
Eur.  Hec.  227  ;  παρονσίαν  εχειν  for 
παρεΐναι.  Soph.  Aj.  540. — 2.  esp.  pre- 
sence for  the  purpose  of  assistmg. 
Soph.  El.  948.-3.  arrival,  Thuc.  1, 
128;  εΙς  τόπον,  Dion.  Η.  1,  45.— II. 
like  τα  παρόντα,  present  circumstances. 
Soph.  El.  1251. — III.  substance,  pro- 
perty, like  ουσία  and  περιουσία,  Me- 
nand.  p.  163,  cf  Piers.  Moer.  297.-2. 
abundance,  παρόντων  δα-ψίλεια,  Plat. 
(Com.)  Pha.  6.     Hence 

ΙΙαρονσιάζω,  to  be  present. — ^11.  to 
arrive,  Eccl, 

ΤΙαροχέομαι,  f.  -ήσομαι,  dep.  mid., 
to  be  a  πάροχος. 

ΐίαροχέτενσις,  ή,  ο  turning  of  water 
into  a  side  channel,  Galen.  :  from 

ϋαροχετεύω,  {παρύ,  οχετεύω)  to 
turn,  as  water  from  its  course,  Plat. 
Legg.  844  A,  Pint.  Themist.  31  -.—to 
tur?i  off  into  a  side  channel;  and  me- 
taph.  tO  turn  off  from,  evade,  c.  gen., 
Eur.  Bacch.  479. 

Παρο;^^^^,  έως,  ό,  one  who  supplies, 
afarnisher. 

Ίίαροχεύω,  (παρά,  οχενω)  to  have 
vadawful  intercourse  with  a  female: — in 
pass,  of  the  female,  Arist.  H.  A.  9, 
7,5.       _ 

ϊίαροχεω^  t  -ήσω,  {παρά,  όχέω)  to 
carry  by  or  beside:  in  mid.,  to  sit  be- 
side one  in  a  chariot,  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  3, 
14. 

Παρο,\-^,  7/ζ;  ή,  (παρίχω)  a  supply- 
1128 


ΠΑΡΡ 

ing,  firnishing,  νεύν,  Thuc.  6,  85. — 
II.  a  present,  gift,  esp.  such  as  is  of- 
fered to  ambassadors,  etc.,  hospitality, 
Polyb.  22,  1,  3,  etc. 

ϊίαροχλίω.  ώ,  {παρά,  όχλέο)  to 
trouble  by  being  near  to,  like  Tfupt'VO- 
χ?ιέυ,  'I'heophr. 

Τίαροχ/ίίζω,  f-  -ίσω,  {παρύ,  όχλίζω) 
to  move  aside  with  a  lever :  generally 
to  remove  a  weight,  Anth.  P.  9,  204. 

ΪΙύροχος,  ov,  o,  {παρά,  όχος)  one 
who  sits  beside  another  in  a  chariot, 
esp.  ^=παράννμφος,  π.  γάμων,  Ar.  Αν. 
1740. 

ΐΐύροχος,  ov,  {παρέχω)  supplying, 
fur7iishing :  οι  π.,  in  the  Roman  pro- 
vinces, those  who  supplied  public  offi- 
cers with  necessaries,  Hor.  Sat.  1,  5, 
46,  cf.  Cic.  Att.  13,  2,  2. 

Τίαροφάημαι,  {παρύ,  ό-φάομαι)  dep., 
to  eat  dainties,  Luc.  Merc.  Cond.  26. 
Hence 

ΐΙαρό•φημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  dainty  side- 
dish,  Ath.  367  C. 

ΤΙαροιΙ)7]μάτιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from 
foreg.  [ά] 

ΐίαρο-φίδιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  παρ- 
οψίς.  [ι] 

ΐίαροψίόιος,  a,  ov,  belonging  to  a 
παροχί'ίς.  [ί] 

Παροψί'ί•,  ίδος,  η,  {παρά,  ό•φον)  α 
dainty  side-dish,  entremet,  Ar.  Fr.  236, 
etc.,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  3,  4:  metaph.,  π. 
κακών,  afresh  taste  of  misery,  Magnes 
Dwn.  1,  ubi  V.  Mcineke  ;  cf.  παροΦώ- 
νήμα. — II.  α  dish  on  which  such  7neats 
are  sened,  Antiph.  Boeot.  3  :  but  the 
Atlicists  condemn  this  use  of  the 
word.  Lob.  Phryn.  176,  cf.  Comici 
ap.  Ath.  367,  sq. 

Τίαμόψομαι,  fut.  of  παροράω. 

ΐίαροιί'ωνέω,  ώ,  {παρά.  όψωνέω)  to 
buy  a  dainty  side-dish  and  set  it  before 
one,  Ttvi,  Cratin.  Cleobul.  8,  Ar. 
Eccl.  226.     Hence 

ΙΙαροιρώνημα,  ατός,  τό,=  παρό-φη- 
μα,  metaph.,  π.  τί/ς  έμής  είπ'ης  χλι- 
δής, α  new  relish  to  the  pleasures  of 
my  bed,  Aesch.  Ag.  1447 ;  cf.  παρο- 
-φίς  I.  fin. 

ΪΙάρπάγος,  b,  Ep.  for  παράπαγος. 

^Ιίαρπύνισος.  ov,  ό,^ΤΙαροπάμι- 
σος.  V.  1.  Dion.  P.  1097. 

ΐίαρπεπίθών,  όντος,  Ep.  for  πα- 
ραπιθών,  redupl.  part.  aor.  2  of  πα- 
ραπίίβω,  Horn. 

ΐίαρπύδιος,  ov,  poet,  for  ιταραπό- 
διος,  q.  V. 

ηα/)βύλιος,  η,  ov,  Ep.  for  παρά- 
λιος,    [ρά] 

|Πα/)/5ασ£α,  ας,  ή,  Parrhasia,  a  city 
of  Arcadia,  II.  2,  608:  only  in  Horn. 
as  city.     Hence 

\ΧΙαΙφασική,  ης,  i),  sc.  χώρα,  the 
territory  of  the  Parrhasii,  in  the  south- 
west of  Arcadia,  Thuc.  5,  33. 

\Ila})()aaiOi,  ων,  οι,  the  Parrhasii, 
in  Arcadia,  Thuc.  5,  33. 

αΐαΙι/)ύσιον,  ov,  τό,  όρος,  Mt. 
Parrhasius,  in  Arcadia,  Call.  Dian.  99. 

^ϋαΐφύσιος,  ov,  6,  a  Parrhasian. — 
II.  Parrhasius,  a  celebrated  painter 
from  Ephesus,  flourished  at  Athens 
in  the  time  of  Socrates,  Xen. ;  Plut. 
Thes.  4  ;  etc. — 2.  a  poet  of  the  An- 
thology. 

Τίαβ/)ησία,  ας,  ή,  {παρά,  βήσις) 
free-spokenness,  openness,  boldness, 
frankness,  freq.  in  Eur.,  as  Ion  672, 
Plat.  Rep.  557  B,  etc.  :  also  in  bad 
sense,  license  of  tongue,  Isocr.  229  B. 
Hence 

αΐαΙ)βησιάδης,  ov,  6,Parrhesiades, 
(free-spoken),  as  pr.  n.,  in  Luc.  Pise. 

ΙΙαρβησιάζομαι,  (παβρησ-ία)  dep., 
to  speak  freely,  openly,  boldly,  Plat. 
Gorg.  487  D;  τινί  τι,  lb.  491  Ε; 
προς  τίνα.  Id.  Lach.  178  A  ;  περί  τι- 


ΠΑΡΥ 

νος.  Id.  Charm.    156  A: — in  pass., 
Isocr.  312  B.     Hence 

ΤΙαΙ^βησιαστής,  ov,  ό,  a  free  speaker, 
Arist.  Eth.  N.  4,  3,  28,  Diod.,  etc. 
Hence 

ΪΙαΙ}()τισιαστικός,  ή,  όν,  disposed 
to  speaking  freely,  free-spoken,  Arist. 
Rhet.  2,  5,  11.     Adv.  -κώς. 

\ϊ.αΙ)ί>ησιώδτίς,  ες,  {παββησία,  εΐ 
δος)  free-spoken,  Diod.  15,  6.  Adv. 
-δώς. 

|Πύ/>όων,  ωνος,  ό,  Parrhon,  masc 
pr.  η.,  Arist.  Pol.  5,  8,  12. 

Ίϊαρσένης,  Lacon.  for  παρθέ-νος, 
Ar.  Lys.  1263. 

^αρσταίη,  παρστΰσα,  etc.,  Ep.  for 
παρασταίη,  παραστάσα,  from  παρ 
ίστημι,  Ho;n. 

Υίαρστήετον,  Ep.  for  παραστητον, 
2  dual  subj.  aor.  2  from  παρίστημι, 
Od.  18,  183. 

ΤΙαρτίμνω,  παρταμείν,  Ep.  for  πα- 
ρατέμνω,  παραταμεϊν. 

ϋαρτίθεί,  Ep.  for  παρατιθεΐ,  Od. 
1,  192. 

Τίαρτομίς,  ίδος,  ή,  (παρατέμνω) 
like  {■•'/χειρίδιον,  α  small  book. 

'\ΐΙαρνάδρης,  ov,  b,  Paryadres,  a 
mountain  range  in  northwestern  Ar- 
menia, Strab.  p.  547. 

Παρυ}'ραά'ω,  {παρά,  νγραίνω)  to 
moisten  or  soften  a  little,  Ath.  356  E. 

ΐΐύρνγρος,  ov,  {παρά,  νγρός)  some- 
what wet,  Galen. 

ΙΙαρνδάτιος,  ov,  by  or  near  the  wa- 
ter, [a] 

ΤΙύρυδρος,  ον,^^ΐτάρνγρος,  Arist. 
Η.  Α.  8,  3,  13. 

ΤΙαρνπαντάω,  ώ,  f.  -ijffw,  {παράτ 
νπαντύω)  to  come  into  the  may  of, 
meet,  Joseph. 

Παρνπάρχω,  (παρύ,  ίτπάρχωι)  to  be 
near,  assist,  like  πάρειμί- 

ΙΙαρνπάτη,  ης,  i/,  (sc.  χορδή),  the 
string  next  the  first  OT  uppermost,  .\risi. 
Probl.  19,  3 ;  fern,  from  παρύπατος. 
[ΰ]    Hence 

ΐίαρϋπύτοειδής,  ες,  (εϊδος)  sound- 
ing like  the  παρνπάττ). 

napt)rrarof,  η,  ov,  next  the  upper 
most,  [v] 

ΤΙαρνπνώω,  (παρά,  ντη'ώω)  to  sleep 
by  or  with,  Tivi,  Qu.  Sm.  10,  128. 

λλαρνπολαμβύνω,  to  assume  falsely, 
Aristo.x. 

Τίαρνπομι μνί/ϋκω,  flit.  -%)πομνήσω, 
(πάρα,  νπομιμντ/σκω)  to  remind  by  the 
way  or  in  secret,  Polyb.  5,  31,  3. 
Hence 

ΙΙαρνπόμΐ'ησις,  εως,  ή,  a  reminding 
by  the  way,  M.  Anton.  1,  10. 

ΐίαρνπόστΰσις,  ij,  co-existence  :  cas- 
ual existeyice. 

ΐίαρνποιρύχω,  f.  -ξω,  to  cool  gmtly, 
Diosc.  [il>v] 

■\ΐΙαηνσατις,  ιδος,  ή,  Parysatis, 
wife  01  Darius  Ochus,  mother  of  Ar- 
taxerxes  II.,  and  the  younger  Cyrus, 
Xen.  An.  1,  1,  1  ;  etc. 

Ώαρϋφαίνω,  (παρά,  υφαίνω)  to 
weave  beside  or  along,  attach  to,  έσθης 
παμνφασμέν?},  a  garment  with  a  pur- 
ple hem  or  border  (παρνφ//),  Diod.  12, 
21 : — δπλα  παρνφασμένα  (as  it  were), 
armed  men  hemmirig  in  an  unarmed 
crowd,  Xen.  Cyr.  5,  4,  48. — 2.  to  ex- 
cel in  weaving,  Jac.  Philostr.  Imag.  p. 
549.     Hence 

ΤΙαρυφαντος,  ov,  woven  along  with 
a  hem  or  border,  [ϋ] 

ΐϊσρνφασμα,  ατός,  ro.=  sq.  [ν] 

Ίλαρνφή,  7/f,  ή,  (παρνφαίνω)  α  hem 
or  border  woven  along  any  thing,  esp. 
of  purple,  Lat.  clavus,  Plut,,  cf.  Ath. 
521  B.     Hence 

ΐίαρνφί/ς,  ές,  wearing  a  rttbewith  α 
παρυφή,  Lat.  praetextaius :  to  τγ.)= 
παρυφή,  Ar.  Fr.  309. 


ΠΑΡΩ 

ΤΙαρνόίσττ/μι,  {παρά,  νφίστημί)  to 
etfdoiparf  of  a  substance,  rare  in  act.: 
— pass,  to  coexist  with,  Diog.  L.  9,  105. 

ΙίάρφΜνε,  poet,  for  παράφαινε, 
Ar.  Lys. 

ΤΙαρφάμενος,  παρφάσθαί,  poet,  for 
παραφ-,  Horn.  • 

ΤΙαρφάσία,  ας,  η,  poet,  for  παραφα- 
σία. 

ΐΐύρόάσις,  Tj,  poet,  for  τταράφασις, 
II.  14,  217. 

ΤΙαρφέρομαι,  poet,  for  παραφέρο- 
μαι. 

tn«p©o/30f,  on,  (5,  Parpkorus,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Paus.  7,  3,  8. 

Παρ0ϋ>'εείΐ',  poet,  for  παραφνγείν, 
inf.  aor.  2act.,  Od.  12,  99. 

ΐΐάρφνκτος,  ov,  poet,  for  παράφνκ- 
τος,  to  be  avoided,  το  μόρσιμον  ού  π.. 
Find.  P.  12,  53.^ 

ΐΐάρώας,  ου,  δ,  [τταρωός)  α.  reddish- 
brown  snake,  sacred  to  Aesculapius, 
Ar.  Plut.  690,  Dem.  313,  25 ;— also 
written  παρείας,  cf.  Schneid.  ad 
Stob.  Eel.  1,  p.  22.— II.  ττ.  'ίππος,  a 
horse  of  the  same  colour,  Arist.  H.  A. 
9,  45,  3. 

ΐίαρφδέω,  ύ,  f.  -ijau,  (παρφδός)  to 
sing  beside : — to  sing  a  song  with  cer- 
tain changes,  esp.  to  burlesque  or  par- 
ody a  song,  Ath.  364  B. — II.  to  cele- 
brate by  the  way,  sing  of,  Diod.  Hence 

Ίίαρφδή,  ης,  ^,=  sq. 

Tlapudia,  ας,  ή,  a  song  sung  beside : 
— α  parody,  Arist.  Poet.  2,  5,  Ath. 
698  Β :  and 

ΪΙαρφόικός,  ή,  όν,  in  the  way  of 
parody,  burlesque,  μέλη,  Dion.  H.  de 
Dem.  54 :  from 

ΤΙαρφδός,  όν,  (παρά,  ωδή)  beside  a 
song : — singing  a  song  with  certain 
changes,  esp.  burlesquing  a  song  :  6  π., 
a  parodist,  such  as  Matro  and  Sopa- 
ter  in  Ath. :  on  the  parodies  of  the 
Greeks  v.  G.  H.  Moser  in  the  Heidelb. 
Studien  6,  2,  p.  267,  sq.— II.  describ- 
ing indirectly,  π.  αινίγματα,  Eur.  I.  A. 
1147. 

IIapw0ei5(j,=  sq. :  dub. 

Παρωθέω,  ώ,  fut.  -ώσω  and  -ΐύβψ 
σο  [παρά,  ώθέω) : — to  push  aside  or 
away,  slight,  δον'λον  7.εχοΓ,  Eur.  Andr. 
30,  cf.  El.  1037,  and  so  Xen.,  etc. :  to 
put  aside,  keep  secret,  slur  over,  έρωτα. 
Soph.  Tr.  358 : — mid.  to  push  away 
from  one's  self,  reject,  etc.,  Eur.  He- 
racl.  237;  of  time,  to  put  off,  Plat. 
Rep.  471  C. 

ΤΙαρωκεάνιος,  ov,  {παρά.  ωκεανός) 
near  or  on  the  ocean,  Plut.  Caes.  20. 

Ήαρωκεάνίτης,  ov,  b,  =  foreg.  : — 
fem.  ^lτLς,  -ίη,δος,  (sc.  γή)  the  sea- 
coast,  Polyb.  31,  5,  6,  Diod.,  etc.  [f] 

ΤΙαρωκεανΙτίκός,  ή,  όν,  =  foreg., 
Strab.  p.  189. 

ΤΙαρωλένίος,  ov,  {παρά,  ωΚένη)  next 
the  elbow,  on  the  arm. 

ΤΙαρώμύ^ος,  ov,  {παρά,  ομαλός) 
nearly  smooth  or  even,  Strab.  p.  167. 

Ilaptjfiif,  ίδος,  ή,  {παρά,  ώμος) 
clothing  worn  upon  the  shoulder,  LXX  : 
cf.  ίπωμίς  and  περιωμίς. 

Πάρώΐ',  ό,  α  kind  of  light  ship,  Po- 
lyb. Fr.  Hist.  65  ;  cf.  μνοπύρων. 

ΐΠάρωί',  ωνοΓ,  ό,  Paron,  niasc.  pr. 
η.,  Arr.  An.  3,  16,  2. 

ΤΙαρωνομΰσία,  ας,  ή,  f.  1.  for  παρο- 
νομασία,  q.  v. 

Παρωί'ϊ'μεω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,^παρωνν- 
μιάζω,  Philo.     Hence 

ΤΙαρωννμησις,  ii,^sq.,lamh\.  [ΰ] 
ΤΙαρωννμία,  ας,  ή,  {παρώννμος)  the 
formation  of  one  teord  from  another  by 
inflexion, — II. =  παρονομασία.  Hence 
ΤΙαρωνΰμίύζω,  to  derive  a  name  from 
a  word,  call  by  a  derivative  name  or 
word,  Arist.  Phys.  Ausc.  7,  3,  2  ;  cf. 
sub  παρώννμος.    Hence 


ΠΑΣ 

ΊΙαρωννμίασμα,  ατός,  τό,  an  epi- 
thet. 

ΐίαρωννμίζω,^^παρωννμιύζω. 

ΤΙαρωνύμιος,  ov,  also  a,  oi',=  sq., 
Plat.  Legg.  757  D  :  hence,  το  παρω- 
νύμων, =:  παρωνυμία  II,  Id.  Soph. 
268  C.   [v] 

ΐίαρώννμος,  ov,  {παρά,  όνομα) 
formed  from  a  word  by  a  slight  change 
(Arist.  Categ.  1,  5),  Φοίβης  όνομ' 
εχεί  π.  (i.  e.  the  name  of  Φοίβος) 
Aesch.  Eum.  8 ;  cf.  Arist.  Categ.  8, 
25,  sqq.  ;  παρωννμως  λέγεσθαι  από 
Τίνος.  Id.  Top.  2,  4,  4 :— τό  παρώνν- 
μον^παρωννμία  II. 

ΐΙαρωννμόω,=  παρωννμιάζω. 

ΤΙαρωννχία,  ας,  ή,  {παρά,  όννξ)  α 
whitlow,  Lat.  reduvia,  Hipp.,  Plut.  2, 
440  A*,  etc. — II.  a  plant,  Diosc.  4, 
54. 

ΐίαρωννχίς,  ίδος,  ^,=foreg. 

ΐΐύρωός,  όν,  also  written  πάρωος, 
παρώος,  reddish-brown  or  bay,  usu. 
Ιππος :  cf.  παρώας. 

ΐίαρωπία,  ας,  f],  {παρά,  ώψ)  the  cor- 
ner of  the  eye  next  the  temple. 

ΤΙαρώπιον,  ov,  τό,  {παρά,  ώφ)  in 
harness,  α  blinker,  blinder. — II.=  foreg. 

ΤΙαρωπίς,  ίδος,  ή.—  παρωπία. 

αίαρωραία,  ας,  ή,  Paroraea.  a  dis- 
trict between  Macedonia  and  Epirus, 
Strab.  p.  325 ;  the  inhab.,  ol  Παρω- 
ραΐοί. 

^ΥΙαρωρεΰται.  ών.  ol.  Ion.  -ρεήται, 
the  Paroreatae  (dwellers  on  a  moun- 
tain-side), dwelling  on  the  mountains 
that  stretched  ffom  Arcadia  into 
Triphylian  Elis,  Hdt.  4,  118;  Strab. 
p.  346. 

ΤΙαρώρεια,  ας,  ή,  {παρά,  όρος)  η  dis- 
trict on  the  side  of  a  mountain,  Polyb. 
2,  14,  6,  etc.  : — παρορεία,  -ορία  are 
less  correct.  Lob.  Phryn.  712. 

ΐίαρώρειος,  ov,  v.  παρόρειος. 

ΐίαρωρείτης,  ov,  6,  (παρώρεια)  one 
who  lives  on  a  mountain-side,  Τίάν, 
Anth.  Plan.  235. 

tnnp(,jpfi'f,  έως,  ό,  Pnroreus,  son 
of  Tricolonus,  Paus.  8,  35,  6. 

Τϊαρωρμημένως,  adv.  part.  pf.  pass., 
violently. 

ΐΐάρωρος,  ov,  (παρά,  ωρα)  out  of 
season,  imtimely  :  neilt.  πάρωρα,  as 
adv.,  Anth.  P.  12,  199,  Cic.  Att.  10, 
12,  2. — II.  beyond  the  proper  time,  too 
late.  Epicur.  ap.  Diog.  L.  10,  122. 

ΤΙαρωροφίς,  ίδος,  η,  {παρά,  οροφή) 
the  eaves  or  cornice  of  a  roof,  Hdt.  2, 
155. 

ΐίαρώτιον,  ov,  τό,  {παρά,  ονς)  a 
covering  or  ornament  for  the  ears. 

Υίαρωτίς,  ίδος,  ή,  {παρά,  ονς)  the 
gland  beside  and  behind  the  ear,  the  pn- 
rotis,  Lyc.  1402. — 2.  a  tumour  of  the 
parotid  gland. — II.  in  architecture,  an 
ornament  on  the  upper  part  of  door-posts, 
Vitruv.  4,  6,  4 

ΤΙαρφχημένος  (sc.  χρόνος),  ό,  the 
past  tense,  Lat.  praeteritum,  Gramm.  : 
strictly  part.  pf.  pass,  from  παροίχο- 
μαι. 

ΤΙάρωχρος,  ov,  {παρά,  ωχρός)  rath- 
er pale,  sallow,  Plut.  2,  364  A. 

ΠΑ"Σ,  πάσα,  πάν  :  gen.  παντός, 
πάσης,  πάντος  :  gen.  plur.  masc.  and 
neiit.  πάντων  (not  πάντων)  :  dat. 
plur.  masc.  and  neut.  πΰσι,  besides 
which  Horn,  and  Hes.  use  the  poet, 
form  πάντεσσί :  gen.  plur.  fem.  πα- 
σών, for  which  Horn,  and  Hes.  al- 
ways use  πΰσέυν  dissvll.,  once  πΰ- 
σάων,  Od.  6,  107.  Radic.  signf.,  all: 
hence,  of  one,  the  whole,  entire,  all 
the....  like  δ?ιος  : — of  several,  every, 
like  έκαστος: — in  plur.  all.  Even  in 
Horn,  and  Hdt.  the  signf.  ivhole,  en- 
tire, and  the  use  of  the  plur.  prevail : 
— πάσα  ύλη,  all  the  wood,  Hes.  Op. 


ΠΑΣ 
509,  cf.  Th.  695,  etc. ;  also  of  imma- 
terial things,  πάσα  αλήθεια,  all,  the 
whole  truth,  II.  24,  407,  Od.  11,  507: 
πάν  δεϊμα,  an  utter  horror,  Soph. 
Phil.  927  ;  ή  πάσα  βλάβη,  nothing 
but  mischief,  lb.  622,  cf.  El.  301  ;  -ΰ- 
σαι  πνλαι,  all  the  gates,  i.  e.  the  uhole 
gate.  11.  2,  809  : — in  prose,  -ό  πχΐν, 
the  wiiverse.  Plat.  Tim.  28  C,  etc., 
talso  in  pi.  τα  πάντα,  Xen.  Mem.  1, 
1,  lit;  but  also,  that  on  which  all  de- 
pends, the  whole  matter.  Id.  Theaet. 
204  B,  etc. :  ες  πάν  κακόν,  to  the  ut- 
termost, the  height  of  evil,  Hdt.  7,  118; 
9,  118;  and  so  later,  ες  πάν  κακόν, 
and  ες  πάν,  v.  Valck.  ad.  11.  cc. — 
The  signf.  every  occurs  in  II.  10.  265, 
Od.  13,  313,  cf.  Soph.  El.  972,  Herm. 
Bacch.  1127. — When  a  relat.  pron.is 
to  follow,  Hom.  usu.  has  πάντες, 
όσοι...,  Lat.  omnes  quicunque...,  which 
is  also  usu.  in  prose. — In  Att.  oft.  c. 
art.,  but  only  in  signf.,  the  whole,  and 
in  plur.  :  πάς  τις,  every  single  one, 
first  in  Theogn.  621,  andfreq.  in  Hdt., 
as  1,  50;  3,  79. — Emphat.,  with  the 
art.  repeated,  τάς  νέας  τάς  πάσας, 
Hdt.  7,  59. — II.  several  adverbs  are 
used  to  strengthen  πάς,  esp.  in  plur., 
as,  άμα  πάντες,  all  together,  at  once, 
Hom.  ;  in  prose  more  usu.  άπαντες, 
but  not  always  ;  even  άμα  πάς  oc- 
curs, Schaf.  Dion.  Comp.  p.  124:  so 
too,  πάντες  όμως,  II.  15,  98  ;  in  prose 
also  πάντες  όμον.  Bast  Ep.  Cr.  p. 
164;  μάλα  πάντες,  Horn.:  but  παν- 
τός μά'/.7Μν,  above  every  thing,  most 
exceedinslv,  Lat.  ita  ut  nihil  supra, 
Heind.  Plat.  Phaedr.  228  D.  — IIL 
joined  with  a  superl.  πάντες  άριστοι, 
all  the  noblest,  like  Lat.  optimus  tfuis- 
que,  II.  9,  3,  Od.  4,  272,  etc.— IV.  with 
numerals  it  marks  an  exact  number, 
εννέα  πάντες,  quite  nine,  full  nine,  no 
less,  Od.  8,  258,  etc.,  cf.  Wess.  and 
Valck.  Hdt.  4,  88,  (where,  and  in  1, 
50;  9,  81,  others  make  πάντα=έκά- 
στον  γένους,  as,  πάσι  δέκα,  with  ten 
of  every  hind,  Bahr  Hdt.  1,  50  ;  Herm. 
Vig.  n.  94  thinks  it  would  otherwise 
he  Tu  πάντα  ;  but  v.  Schaf.  Dion. 
Comp.  335).— Horn,  always  puts  πάν- 
τες after  the  numeral  ;  Hdt.,  who  has 
it  only  in  neut.,  always  before  :  later 
they  stand  indiscriminately. — 2.  with 
the  article,  tu  πάντα  δέκα.  ten  in  all : 
so,  TU  πάντα  μνρία,  Hdt.  3,  74,  cf. 
Thuc.  3,  85  ;  so  in  Lat.  omnia  tria 
genera  sunt  causarum,  Cicer.  de  Inv. 
1,  9. — V.  in  dat.  pi.  masc.  πάσι,  with 
or  in  the  judgment  of  all,  11.  2,  285, 
Herm.  O.  C.  1448,  Erf.  O.  T.  40,  Tr. 
338. — 2.  πάσι  as  neut.,  in  all  things, 
altogether,  Hdt. ;  SO,  έπι  πάσιν,  Hes. 
Op.  692. — VI.  varioususagesofneut. : 
— 1.  πάντα,  not  merely  all.  but  also 
all  kinds  of  things,  Hom.,  most  freq. 
in  phrase  δαίδα?.α  πάντα :  so  too 
ο'ιωνοΐσι  πάσι,ίοτ παντοδαποΐς,  παν- 
τοίοις,  11.  1,  5. — 2.  πάντα  γίγνεσθαι 
(strictly)  Ιο  become  all  things,  i.  e.  as- 
sume every  shape,  Od.  4.  417  ;  hence, 
like  παντοίος  γίγνομαι,  to  turn  every 
wat/,  try  every  expedient,  Schaf.  Mel. 
p.  98  ;  so,  έν  παντι  είναι,  for  εν  παν- 
τι  κακόν  είναι,  to  be  in  great  danger 
or  fear.  Plat.  Symp.  194  A,  Rep.  579 
Β  ;  εις  πάν  άφικνείσβαι,  to  venture 
niery  thing,  Xen.  Hell.  6,  1,  4,  cf. 
Valck.  Hdt.  7,  118. — 3.  πάντα  είναι 
τινι,  to  be  fiiery  thing  to  One,  Hdt.  1, 
122,  Dem.  240,  11,  cf.  Herm.  A'ig.  n. 
95  ;  also,  πάντα  είναι  h>  τινι.  to  be 
all  in  all  to  one,  Hdt.  3.  157  ;  7.  156  ; 
and  ττερί  παντός  ποιεισβαί  τίνα.  to 
esteem  or  love  one  above  all,  Xen. 
Hell.  7,  1,  26,  An.  1,  9,  16.— 4.  πάντα 
as  adv.  for  πάντως,  entirely,  utteriy, 
1129 


ΠΑ  ΣΙ 
wholly,  oft.  in  Horn.  :  and,  as  one 
word,  πάντ'  έττιστήμη,  complete,  abso- 
lute knowledge,  Herm.  Soph.  Ant. 
717  :  but,  Td  τνάντα,  in  evert/  way,  by 
all  means,  altogether,  Hdl.  1,  122  ;  5, 
97  ;  7"a  πολλά  πάντα,  far  the  most, 
Hdt.  1,  203  ;  2,  35  ;  and  so,  ΐΐς  πάν- 
τα, V'alck.  Phoen.  622  ;  ες  το  πάν,  on 
the  whole,  altogether,  Aesch.  Ag.  682, 
etc. ;  for  which  we  find  το  πάν.  Plat. 
Legg.  959  A  ;  or  πάν  alone,  Hdt.  1, 
32,  etc. ;  so,  -ώ  παντί,  and  strengthd., 
τώ  παντΙ  και  δλω.  Plat.,  v.  ύλυς  sub 
fin. — 5.  όιά  παντός  (sc.  χρόνου),  or 
as  one  word  διαπαντός,  through  all 
time,  continually,  always.  Soph.  Aj. 
705 ;  also  like  εις  το  πάν,  altogether, 
thoroughly,  frcq.  in  Plat.,  who  also 
has  όίά.  πάντων.  Soph.  254  Β  ;  so 
also  ύιά  πάντα,  Orac.  ap.  Hdt.  7, 
220  ;  κατά  πάντα.  Plat.  Tim.  30  D.— 
6.  έπϊ  πάν,  on  the  whole,  in  general, 
generally.  Plat.  Legg.  875  D  ;  esp., 
ώς  έπΙ  πάν  ειπείν.  Id.  Euthyd.  279 
Ε.  etc. — VH.  ή  δια  πασών  (sc.  χορ- 
όών),  ν.  sub  διαπασών,  [ΰ  always, 
except  in  neut.  of  its  conipds.,  as  in 
ύπάν,  πάμπάν,  πρόπΰν,  σύμπαν,  and 
even  τόπάν,  or  (as  it  should  be  writ- 
ten) τοπάν,  Bockh  Pind.  O.  2,  93 
(152):  yet  the  -παν  of  coinpds.  is 
sometimes  long  in  Att.,  A.  B.  p.  416, 
13,  Buttm.  Ausf.  Gr.  §  62  Anm.  5, 
Meineke  Menand.  p.  51.] 

ΐΐάσάμην,  Ep.  and  Ion.  aor.  1  of 
πατέομαι,  II. ;  inf.  πάσασθαι,  Hom., 
and  Hdt. 

^Ώ.aσaρyύδaι,  ών,  ol,  the  Pasarga- 
dae,  the  first  and  noblest  of  the  Per- 
sian tribes,  Hdt.  1,  125. — II.  ai,Pasar- 
gadae,  the  ancient  capital  and  treas- 
ure-city of  the  Persian  kings,  founded 
by  Cyrus,  Strab.  p.  728  sqq. 

ϋΐάσέας,  ου,  6,  Paseas,  an  Atheni- 
an, Dem.  1266,  26.— Others  in  Paus. ; 
etc. 

αΐασιάδτ]ς,  ov,  6,  Pasiades,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Plut. 

ΐίάσΐάναξ,  ακτος,  δ,  =  παντύναξ, 
universal  king,  v.  Bast  Ep.  Crit.  p. 
72.  [άν] 

\ΐ\.ασιάνοί,  ών,  ol,  the  Pasiani,  a 
Scythian  people,  Strab.  p.  511. 

iΠάσiaς,  ov,  6,  Pasias,  a  usurer  in 
Athens,  Ar.  Nub.  21. 

ΤΙάσίγνωστοΓ,  ον,(πάς,  γιγνώσκω) 
all-known,  faiTums. 

ΤΙάσίδι/λος,  ον,=  πύνδηλος. 

αίασιθέα,  ας,  ή,  Ion.  and  Ep.  -θέη, 
Pasithea,  one  of  the  Graces,  II.  14, 
268,  276.-2.  a  daughter  of  Nercus 
and  Doris,  Hes.  Th.  247. — 3.  a  nymph, 
otherwise  called  ΙΙραξιθέα,  Apollod. 
3,  14,  6. 

ίΤΙασίθεος,  ου,  6,  Pasitheus,  a  Tro- 
jan, Q.  Sm.  10,  86. 

αίασιθόη,  ης,  ή,  Pasithoe,  a  daugh- 
ter of  Oceanus  and  Tethys,  Hes.  Th. 
352. 

ΤΙάσίΟρύλλ-ητος,  ov,  better  divisim 
ττάσι  ΟρυλΊ}τός. 

\ΙΙασικλής,  έονς,  b,  Pasicles,  father 
of  Philistus  of  Athens,  Hdt.  9,  97.— 
2.  an  illegitimate  son  of  Pasion,  Dem. 
— Others  in  Ael. ;  etc. 

^ΙΙασικρύτης,  ους,  ό,  Pasicrates, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Arr.  An.  2,  22,  2,  Plut. 
Ale.x.  29. 

^ασίκυπρος,  ου,  δ,  Pasicyprus,  a 
king  of  Cyprus,  Ath.  167  C. 

^ΐίησίμαχος,  ου,  ό,  Pasimachus,  a 
Lacedaemonian,  Xen,  Hell.  4,  4,  10. 

ΙΠασ/^τ/λος,  ου,  δ,  Pasimelus,  a 
Corinthian,  Xen.  Hell.  6,  4,  4. 

ΐΐάσίμελονσα,  ή,  {πάς,  /^έλω)  epith. 

of  the  ship  Argo,  a  care  or  interest  to 

all,  i.  e.  known  to  all,  famous,  Od.  12, 

70,  ef.  9,  19 : — hence  was  formed  a 

1130 


ΠΑΣΣ 

masc.    πασιμέ?Μν    by   Strabo,    and 
Eust., — quoting  Od.  12,  70. 

αίασϊνος,  ου,  ό,  Pasinus,  an  Athe- 
nian, Isocr.  397  D. 

αίασιππίδης,  ου,  ό,  Pasippidas,  a 
leader  of  the  Lacedaemonians,  Xen. 
Hell.  1,  1,  32. 

Ώάσις,  ή,  (*πάομαι)  gain,  posses- 
sion. 

■\Ί1ασισωκλής,  έους,  δ,  Pasisocles, 
masc.  pr.  η.,  Ath.  473  A. 

^ΤΙασιτελιδας,  ov,  ό,  Pasitelidas,  a 
leader  of  the  Lacedaemonians,  Thuc. 
5,3. 

iΊIάσιτίγpης,  T^rofand  Τίασιτίγρις, 
ιόος,  δ,  a  name  applied  to  the  Tigris 
after  its  junction  with  the  Euphrates, 
Strab.  p.  729. 

ίηάσιφάη,  ης,  ή,  Pasiphai•,  daugh- 
ter of  Helius  and  Perseis,  wife  of 
Minos,  mother  of  the  Minotaur,  Ap. 
Rh.  3,  1016  ;  Apollod.  ;  etc. 

ΥΙάσΙφΰής,  {πάς,  *<j)uu)  shining  on 
all,  Orph.  H.  7,  14  :  so  -φάνής,  ες, 
Nonn. 

Τϊάσίφϊλος,  η,  ον,^πάμφιλος,  dear 
to  all,  Ath. 

^ΤΙασιφών,  ώντος,  δ,  Pasiphon,  a 
physician  at  Athens,  Dem.  873,  21. — 
Others  in  Plut. ;  etc. 

αΐάσίων,  ωνος,  6,  Pasion,  a  Me- 
garean,  a  Grecian  leader  under  the 
younger  Cyrus,  Xen.  An.  1,  2,  3. — 
2.  a  banker  at  Athens,  freq.  in  Dem. 
ΙΙάσμα.  ατός,  τό,^πεϊσμα,  the  stalk 
of  a  fig,  Hesych. 

ΐΐάσμα,  ατός,  τό,  (πάσσω)  a  sprink- 
ling, Axionic.  Philem.  1,  9. 

Τίασπά?ιη,  ης,  ?;,=  παιπάλη,  the 
finest  meal :  metaph.,  ύπνου  ουδέ  πα- 
σπάλη,  not  α  morsel  of  sleep,  Ar. 
Vesp.  91  ;  cf.  άχνα  fm.  [ττΰ] 

ΥΙασπαλ.ηφάγος,  ov,  meal-fed,  γρομ- 
φίς,  Hippon.  48,  e  conj.  Porsoni. 

ΐΐασσάγία,  ας,  η,  for  πανσαγία, 
q.  V. 

ΐΐασσακίζω,  { πάσσαξ )  =  πασσα- 
λεύω. 

Υΐασσάλεντός,  ή,  όν,  pinned  down, 
Aesch.  Pr.  113  :  from 

ΧΙασσάλ.ενω,  Att.  παττ-,  {πάσσα- 
λος) to  peg,  pin  or  fasten  to,  τινά  προς 
πέτραις,  Aesch.  Pr.  56,  cf.  Eur.  Rhes. 
180. — 2.  to  drive  in  like  a  peg  or  bolt, 
Aesch.  Pr.  65. 

ΐΐασσάλίον,  ου,  τό,  and  πασσάλί- 
σκος,  ου,  ό,  dim.  from  πάσσαλιος,  α 
pin  in  musical  instrU7nents. 

ΤΙασσύλοκοπία,  ας,  ή,  α  driving  in 
of  pegs,  Math.  Vett. 

Πάσσώλος•,  ου.  δ,  Att.  πύτηιλος,  a 
peg  on  which  to  hang  clothes,  arms, 
etc.,  Hom.,  who  oft.  uses  the  old  gen. 
πασσαλοφι,  as  α'ιρείν  άπο  πασσα- 
λόφι,  to  take  down  from  a  peg,  U.  24, 
268,  cf.  Pind.  0.  1,  25  ;  but,  κρεμάσαι 
εκ  πασσαλοφι,  to  hang  ujion  a  peg, 
Od.  8,  67,  V.  sub  ^λ  I.  3  :  also  as  dat., 
περί  πασσαλόφιν,  Hermipp.  Strat.  3. 
— II.  from  the  likeness  of  form  ; — 
1.  a  gag,  Ar.  Eq.  376.  —  2.=  πόσθη, 
Ar.  Eccl.  1020.-3.  the  fall  of  a  mouse- 
trap.— 4.  a  wooden  peg  οτ  pin  for  boring 
holes. — 5.  a  sucker  or  cutting  for  plant- 
ing. (From  πήγννμι,  πα}  τ/ναι,  pango : 
Lat.  pessulus  paxillus,  palus.)  Hence 
ΤίασσάλΜω,  ώ,  to  furnish  with  pegs. 
ΤΙασσύμενος,  πάσσασθαι,  Ep.  for 
πΰσύμενος,  πάσασθαι,  part,  and  inf. 
aor.  1  mid.  of  πατέομαι,  Od. 

ΤΙάσσαξ,  άκος,  ό,  rarer  collat.  form 
of  πάσσαλος,  Ar.  Ach.  763. 

ίΐΐασσαρών,  ώνος,  ή,  Passaron,  a 
city  of  Molossis  in  Epirus,  Plut. 

ΥΙασσελ^ηνης,  for  πανσ-,  as  Bekker 
writes  in  Arist. 

Τίάσσος  οίνος,  Lat.  vinum  passum, 
raisin  wine,  Polyb.  6,  2,  3. 


ΠΑΣΧ 

ΤΙάσσοφος,  ov,  for  πάνσοφος,  as 
Bekker  writes  in  Plat.,  v.  Buttm. 
Ausf.  Gr.  ^  120  Anm.  12. 

ϋασσνδεί,  -δι,  -δίτι,  -δίην,  adv.  lo' 
πανσυδεί,  etc.,  and  so  Bekker  writes 
in  Thuc.  8,  1.     Hence 

•ΐΐασσνδιάζω,  to  assemble. 

Τίασσϋρεί,  Άάν.,^πασσνδεί,  dub., 
V.  Lob.  Phryn.  515. 

ΠΑ'ΣΣίΖ,  Att.  πάττίΰ  :  f.  πάσυ 
[ά]  :  pf.  pass,  πέπασμαι.  To  strew 
or  sprinkle,  π.  φάρμακα,  to  lay  healing 
drugs  upon  a  wound,  II.  5,  401,  900, 
etc.  ;  πάσσειν  αλός,  to  spri?ikle  some 
salt,  II.  9,  214.-2.  metaph.,  θρόνα 
πάσσειν,  to  sprinkle  the  seals  with  em- 
broidery, i.  e.  embroider  them,  II.  22, 
441  ;  hence, =  πο(«ί/Ιλω,  π.  άέθλονς, 
to  U'ork  battles  in  embroidery,  \\.  3,  126: 
cf.  έμπύσσω.  (Not  in  Od.,  and  in  II. 
only  in  pres.  and  impf.)— 3.  π.  τινί, 
to  besprinkle  with  a  thing,  χρυσώ,  ()ό• 
δοις,  Ar.  Nub.  912,  1330  ;  of.  πα- 
στέος. 

ΤΙάσσων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  irreg.  corn- 
par,  of  παχύς,  for  παχύτερος  and  πα- 
χίο>ν,  like  βάσσων  from  βαθύς,  γλ.ύσ- 
σων  from  γ?ίυκύς  : — thicker,  broader, 
in  good  sense  of  a  stout  man,  μακρό- 
τερος  και  πάσσων,  taller  and  broader, 
Od.  6,  230  ;^  8,  20  ;  of  a  woman,  μα- 
κροτερη  και  π.,  Od.  18,  195. 

ΐΐαστάς,  άδος,  ή,  α  kind  οί porch  in 
front  of  the  house,  Hdt.  2,  148,  169; 
like  Homer's  αίθουσα :  later,  like 
στόα,  a  colonnade,  piazza,  esp.  round 
temples,  Lat.  porticus,  Xen.  Mem.  3, 
8,  9,  cf.  Hier.  11,2;  but  even  in  Hdt. 
the  παστάς  is  of  stone,  and  adorned 
with  pillars: — in  Plut.,  etc.,  it  repre- 
sents the  Roman  basilica. — II.  the  part 
of  the  house  next  the  porch,  a  hnll,  Lat. 
vestibulum,  Anth.  P.  6,  172  ;  the  πρό- 
δόμος  of  Hom. ^111.  like  θάλαμος,  an 
inner  room,  occupied  by  the  women, 
Eur.  Or.  1371  ;  but  also  the  bed-room 
of  the  master  and  mistress,  Theocr. 
24,46. — 2.  a  bridal-cha>nber  ;  whence 
Soph.  Ant.  1207  calls  the  cave  in 
which  Antigone  was  immured  her 
παστάς  : — in  this  signf.  πασΓΟί- is  also 
used.  (Usu.  deriv.  from  πάσσω  in 
the  signf.  ποικίλλω,  cf.  παστός  :  ace. 
to  Passow,  shortened  from  παρστύς, 
παραστάς.) 

ΐΐαστείλη,  ης,  ή,  the  last  day  of  the 
year,  E.  M.  (Said  to  be  from  πάς 
and  τέλ-,ος,  as  if  the  end  of  all.) 

ΤΙαστέος,  a,  ov,  verb.  adj.  from  πάσ- 
σω, to  he  besprinkled,  Ar.  Pac.  1074. 

ΐίάστη,  ης,  ή,  a  mess  of  food,  expl. 
by  ζωμός  άλφίτων,  Ar.  Fr.  547:  strict- 
ly fem.  from  παστός. 

ΤΙαστόν,  ov,  τό,  an  embroidered  cur- 
tain before  the  παστός  or  θάλαμος, 
dub.  :  strictly  neut.  from 

ΤΙαστός,  ή,  όν,  {πάσσω)  besprinkled, 
esp.  with  snlt,  hence  salted. 

Παστός,  οϋ,  ό,  strictly  masc.  from 
foreg.,=  7ra(Truf  III,  a  ivomans  cham- 
ber, sleeping  room,  bridal  chamber,  like 
θάλαμος,  also  the  bridal  bed  itself, 
Anth.  P.  5,  52;  7,  711.— II.  a  small 
chapel  in  which  stands  the  image  of 
a  god. 

ΤΙαστοφορεΐον,  ov,  τό,  and  παστό- 
φόριον,  ου,  τό,  that  which  is  borne  by  a 
παστοφόρος. — \\.^=παστός  II. 

Ιίαστοφόρος,  ov,  {παστός  Π,  φέρω) 
carrying  the  image  of  a  god  in  a  shrine, 
esp.  ol  π.,  a  set  of  priests,  appointed 
for  this  purpose,  Diod. — II.  epith.  of 
Venus,  Anth.  P.  append.  40. 

ΤΙασχητιασμός,  οΰ,  ό,  hist,  esp.  un- 
natural lust,  Luc.  Gall.  32  :  from 

ΤΙασχι/τιάω,  ώ,  to  be  lustful,  esp.  to 
feel  unnatural  lust,  Luc.  Amor.  26, 
Ath.  187  C;  πασχητι,ΰντα  βρύματα, 


ΠΑΣΧ 

provocatives  of  lust,  Meineke  Menand. 
p.  161  sq.     From 

ΠΑ'ΣΧί2,  fut.  ττΕΐσομαί  (just  like 
fut.  mid.  of  πείθυ) :  aor.  ίπάθον : 
perf.  πέπονθα,  vvhich  tenses  occur  in 
Horn. ;  in  Has.  only  pres.  and  aor. — 
Rarer  collat.  forms,  2  pi.  pf.  πέποσθε 
for  πεπόνθατε,  Horn. ;  fem.  part.  pf. 
πεπάθνία,  Od.  17,  555 ;  fut.  πήαω, 
and  in  Hdt.  9,  37,  τΐήσομαι :  aor.  έ-η- 
σα,  V.  1.  Aesch.  Ag.  1624  :  pf.  πέηηθα  : 
Epich.  p.  6  has  also  a  Sicd.  form  ττέ- 
ποσχα,  v.  Koen.  Greg.  455. 

Radical  signf. :  to  be  subject  to  action 
from  without,  one's  self  being  passive, 
to  receive  or  feel  ati  impressionwhether 
pleasant  or  unpleasant,  to  svffer  any 
thing,  and  so  directly  opp.  to  free  ac- 
tion, as  even  m  Od.  8,  490  εμξαί  and 
τταθείν  are  opposed,  cf.  /Sefw  ;  but 
more  usu.  ir.  and  6pav,  v.  sub  ύράω: 
in  Soph.  O.  C.  267,  q.  v.,  the  part. 
τϊεπονθώς  takes  a  sort  of  adjective 
sense  :  εγΐ'ω  παθών,  he  has  learnt  by 
hard  experience,  Hes.  Op.  216,  cf.  πά- 
θημα :  m  Horn.  oft.  joined  with  μο- 
γείν,  e.  g.  ττολλα  επαθον  και  πολ?.α 
μόγησα,  Od.  5,  223. — 2.  so  also  the 
Homeric  phrase  παθείν  τι,  esp.  μί/ 
τι  πάθτις  or  πάθ^ι,  lest  thou,  he  suffer 
any  ill':  in  Att.,  ει  τι  πάθοιμι  or  ην 
τι  πάθω  was  usu.  a  euphemism,  if 
aught  were  to  happen  to  me,  i.  e.  if  I 
were  to  die,  like  Lat.  si  quid  mihi  ac- 
ciderit  or  si  humani  quid  acciderit,  first 
in  Callin.  El.  17.  and  Hdt.  8,  102,  cf. 
Br.  Ar.  Eccl.  1105,  Theocr.  8,  10.— 
3.  interrog.,  τί  πάθω  ;  or  τι  πείσυ- 
uai  ;  expressing  the  extreme  of  per- 
plexity ;  what  is  to  become  of  me  ?  i.  e. 
what  can  I  expect  but  the  worst  ?  \[.  11, 
404,  Hdt.  4,  118;  and  freq.  in  Att., 
•who  also  have  τί  πάσχω ;  τί  χρήμα 
■πάσχω;  and,  τί  πάσχεις;  what  are 
you  about?  Ar.  Nub.  708,  Av.  1044, 
(in  all  which  cases,  though  the  Lat. 
quid  faciam  ?  quid  agam  ?  quid  agis  ? 
etc.,  conveys  somewhat  the  same  no- 
tion, cf.  Valck.  Phoen.  902,  it  must 
not  be  supposed  that  πάσχειν  here 
=^πράττειν  or  δράν,  the  coincidence 
of  sense  being  merely  casual : — in  II. 
23,  96,  πείσομαι,  ώς  σν  κελεύεις,  πει- 
σομαι  belongs  to  πείθω,  Ι  will  obey) : 
— also  to  express  an  unwilling  assent, 
ώμολύγηκα'  τί  γαρ  πάθω  ;  I  allow 
it, — how  can  I  help  it  ?  Plat.  Euihyd. 
302  E. — 4.  so  the  freq.  Att.  interrog. 
τί  παθών  ;  of  itself  expresses  some- 
thing ill  or  amiss ;  as  even  in  Hem.,  τί 
παθόντε  ?.ε'/.άσμεθα  βούριόος  ά'/.κής ; 
what  atls  us  that  we  have  forgotten...  ? 
11.  11,313;  τί  παθόντες  γαίαν  εύντε ; 
what  came  upon  you  that  you  died  1 — 
Od.24, 106; — which  places  sufficient- 
iy  show  the  difference  between  τί 
■παθών  ;  and  τί  μαθών  ;  pointed  out 
in  μανθύνω  V. — II.  πάσχειν  with  its 
general  signf.  limited  by  other  words, 
as, —  1.  κακώς  πάσχειν,  to  be  ill  off,  in 
evil  plight,  unlucky,  Od.  10,  275,   Hdt. 

3,  146,  etc. :  also,  κακώς  π.  νπό  τί- 
νος, to  be  ill  used,  ill  treated  by...,  also 
έκ  and  προς  τίνος,  Aesch.  Pr.  92,  759, 
etc.  :  Horn.  usu.  expresses  this  by  a 
snbst.,  as,  άλγεα,  κήδεα,  πήματα  π. ; 
also  with  an  adj.,  κακά.  αΐνά,  λνγρά 
7Γ.,  Horn. ;  and  so  in  Trag.,  π.  δνς- 
οιστα,  τά?.ανα,  αμήχανα,  οΙκτρά, 
σχέτλια.  ανάξια,  and  freq.  in  prose 
δεινά  π. — Generally,  the  use  of  πά- 
σχειν absol.  for  κακώς  πάσχειν  is  not 
very  freq.  in  .Vtt.,  as  Soph.  Phil.  323, 
Pla't.  Legg.  730  A,  878  C  ;  though  π. 
τι  is  freq.  in  this  signf,  Xen.  Cyr.  1, 

4,  22,  etc. ;  cf  supra  I.  2.-2.  εν  πά- 
ΰΎ,ειν,  to  be  well  off,  in  good  case,  lucky, 
first  in  Theogn.,  and  Pind. ;  c.  gen., 


ΠΑΤΑ 

των  αντον  κτεάνων  εν  πασχεμεν,  to 
have  the  good  of,  enjoy  one's  own,  like 
απολαύω,  γεύομαι,  etc.,  Theogn. 
1003,  cf.  Pind.  N.  1,  46;  κραδίτ)  εν 
πείσομαι,  I  shall  feel  well  at  heart, 
Theogn.  971,  ubi  al.  κραδίην:  also,  ευ 
πάσχειν  τι.  Wolf  Dem.  Lept.  p.  271  : 
εν  π.  νπό  τίνος,  to  be  well  used,  well 
treated  by...,  receive  kindness  from... : 
also  with  an  adj.,  αγαθά  π.,  Hdt.  2, 
37  ;  γλυκέα,  χαρίεντα  π.,  Ar.  Pac. 
591,  Eccl.  794,  etc. — But  πάσχειν, 
in  good  sense,  must  have  some  other 
word  to  mark  this,  being  never  used 
absol.  in  this  sense,  and  in  Horn,  and 
Hes.  never  in  this  sense  at  all. — Also 
of  things,  Tu  εν  πεπονθότα,  kindness- 
es, favours,  Aeschin.  79,  fin. — III.  in 
Att.  freq.  metaph.  of  the  mind  or  feel- 
ings when  excited  by  something  ex- 
ternal, to  be  actuated  by  feeling  or  im- 
pulse, to  be  influenced  by  a  passion  : 
hence,  ό  πάσχων,  the  man  of  feeling 
or  impulse,  and  ό  μη  πάσχων,  the  un- 
impassioned,  apathetic  man,  Arist.  M. 
Mor.  2,  6,  47. — 2.  πάσχειν  τι  προς 
τίνα,  to  feel  in  any  way  towards  one. 
Plat.  Tim.  19  B,  Xen.  Symp.  4,  11  ; 
and  so,  έπί  τινα,  Jac.  Ach.  Tat. 
p.  865. — 3.  πάσχειν  τά  τίνος,  be  in 
the  same  case  with,  feci  with  him,  τα 
τοϋ  Όμηρου,  Plat.  Symp.  198  C  : 
more  precisely,  'ίνα  μη  ταύτό  πάθητε 
τώ  Ιππφ,  that  it  be  not  with  you  as 
with  the  horse  in  the  fable,  Arist. 
Rhet.  2,  20,  5  ;  so,  π.  τοιούτον  τι, 
Plat.  Apol.  21  C  ;  ταντον  υπέρ, 
δμοιον  όπερ,  etc.,  Plat.,  Xen.  etc. ; 
sometimes  an  adj.  is  used,  as,  νϊκον 
πάσχει,  he  is  swinishly  disposed,  Xen. 
Mem.  1,2,  30.— 4.  also  of  things,  to 
be  liable  to  certain  affections,  be  subject 
to  them.  Plat.  Soph.  253  A,  etc. ;  πά- 
σχει τούτο  και  κάρδαμα,  this  is  just 
the  way  with...,  Ar.  Nub.  234.^5.  as 
a  technical  term  of  the  Stoic  school, 
πάσχειν  is  to  he  acted  upon  by  outward 
objects,  take  impressions  from  them, 
usu.  foil,  by  ότι,  to  be  led  to  suppose 
that...,  Epict.  1,  2,  3  ;  18,  1,  etc. :  opp. 
to  άποπάσχειν.—6.  in  Gramm.,  of 
the  changes  that  words  undergo. 

(The  simplest  form  of  the  root  is 
ΠΑΘ-,  which  appears  in  παθειν,  πά- 
θος, Lat.  potior,  passus  : — a  stronger 
form  is  ΠΕΝΘ-,  whence  πε-πονθ-α, 
πένθος,  cf.  βένθος,  βάθος :  prob.  πόθος 
also  is  akin.  In  Sanscr.wefindanact. 
verb,  biidh,  to  make  to  suffer,  trouble.) 

ΤΙατά,  Scythian  νίοτά,ζ=  κτείνειν, 
Hdt.  4.  110. 

ή-ΐΐατάβιον,  ov,  τό,=  ΤΙαταονϊον, 
Plut. 

Πά~ά}'είθΐ',  ov,  τό,  a  golden  stripe, 
border  or  facing  on  a  woman's  gown, 
hence  Lat.  patagium,  tunica  patagiata, 
answering  to  the  clavws  of  a  man's 
dress  :  from 

ΠΰΓα}'ε'ω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (πάταγος)  to 
clatter,  clash,  clap,  of  the  sharp  loud 
noise  caused  by  the  collision  of  two 
bodies,  Ar.  Nub.  378,  sq. :  of  the  waves, 
etc.,  to  dash,  plash,  Theocr.  22,  15  :  ίο 
chatter,  as  scared  birds,  Soph.  Aj.  168  ; 
to  gnash  the  teeth,  Philostr. : — in  mid., 
of  thunder,  Luc.  Tim.  3. — Proverb., 
καλά  δη  παταγείς,  well  hit !  prob. 
from  the  game  described  under  πλα- 
ταγών,  v.  Ar.  Fr.  171.     Hence 

ΐΐύτάγή,  ης.  ^,=  foreg.,  χειρός,  a 
clapping  of  hands.  Long. 

ΐΐάτάγημα.  ατός,  τό,  (παταγέω)  a 
clash,  clatter,  like  πάταγος. — 2.  a  body 
or  instrument  tvhich  makes  such  noises, 
a  rattle :  hence  of  persons,  a  chatterer, 
rattle,  Menand.  p.  276.  [ΰ] 

ΤΙάτάγητικός,  η,  όν,  (παταγέω) 
clattering,  etc.,  Clem.  ΑΙ. 


ΠΑΤΑ 

ϋΰτάγοδρόμης,  ov,  {πάταγος,  τρέ 
χω,  δραμείν)  clattering  as  it  runs,  Orph. 
Η.  19,  3. 

Tik'T  k'T  ΟΥ., ov,  a, a  clattenng, clash- 
ing, etc.,  any  sharp,  loud  noise  made  by 
the  collision  of  two  bodies,  II.  16.  769  ; 
π.  χύτρειος,  Ar.  Lys.  329;  π.  οδόν- 
των, a  chattering  of  the  teeth,  11.  13, 
283  :  the  dashing  or  plashing  of  the 
waves  or  of  a  body  falling  into  water, 
11.21,9,  Pind.  P.  1,46;  the  raii/in^  of 
the  wind,  Schaf  Mel.  in  Indice  :  also 
of  the  voices  of  animals  and  the  sound 
of  musical  instruments,  but  never  of 
the  human  voice,  so  that  βοΐ]  καΐ  πα- 
τάγω  χρεωμένοι  means,  with  a  great 
shouting  and  clashing  (prob.  of  arms), 
Hdt.  3,  79  ;  7,  211,  cf.  8,  37  ;  as  like- 
wise, 77.  δορός,  Aesch.  Theb.  104 ; 
τόξων.  Soph.  Tr.  517  ;  ασπίδων,  Ar. 
Ach.  539.  (Akin  to  πατάσσω  and 
πλαταγών,  π'Ααταγέω.)  [~(ί] 

^ΥΙαταγύας,  ov,  b,  Patagyas,  a  Per- 
sian. Xen.  An.  1,  8,  1. 

ΤΙάταικίων,  ωνος,  ό,  Pataecion,  the 
name  of  a  notorious  impostor  and  mis- 
chief-maker :  hence  any  one  of  like  kid- 
ney. 

ΙΙάταικυι.  ων,  oL  also  written  Πα- 
ταικοί,  Phoenician  deities  of  strange 
dwarfish  shape,  whose  images  form- 
ed the  figure  heads  of  Phoenician 
ships,  Hdt.  3,  37.  [a] 

ϋΐατάϊκος,  ov,  6.  PataYcus,  father 
of  Aenesidemus  in  Sicily,  Hdt.  7, 154. 
— Others  in  Dem.  Ep. ;  etc. 

αίαταληνή ,  ή,=  Ώ.ατταλτινή,ΐ>\0Ώ. 
P.  1093. 

ΐΐατάνειον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  πα- 
τάνη,  Ath.  [α] 

ΧΙατάνεφις,  ή,  (πατάνη,  Γφέω)  an 
eel,  because  dressed  in  a  πατάνη, 
Epich.  p.  109,  cf.  p.  45. 

ΐΐάτάνη,  ης,  ή,  and  πάτΰΐ'ον,  ov 
τό,  also  Sicil.  βατάνη,  a  kind  oi  flat 
dish,  cf.  πάταχνον,  and  πάτελλα.  alsc 
Lat.  patina,  patena,  patella,  like  τρι» 
τάνη,  trulina.  [ΰ] 

Τίύτάνιον,  ov,  τό,  Sicil.  βατ.,  dim 
from  foreg.,  Antiph.  Ταμ.  2.  [τά] 

αίατανίων,  ωνος,  ο,  Patanion 
name  of  a  cook,  formed  as  if  patron 
from  πατάνη,  Philetaer.  ap.  Ath.  16! 
E. 

ΤΙάτάνον,  ov,  τό-;  v.  πατάνη. 

ΤΙατάξ,  v.  είφάξ. 

ΜΙαταονίον.  ov,  τό,  Patavimn,  ί 
city  of  Gallia  Cisalpina,  now  Padua , 
the  inhab.,  o'l  ΐΐαταονίνοί,  Strab.  ρ 
213. 

ίΠάταρα,  ων,  τά,  Palara,  capita! 
and  a  seaport  of  Lycia  at  the  nioutk 
of  the  Xanthus.  containing  a  temple 
and  oracle  of  Apollo,  Hdt.  1.  162; 
Strab.  p.  665,  sqq. :  its  site  is  still 
called  Patera. 

αίατάρβημις,  ιος,ό,  Patarbemis,  an 
Aegyptian,  Hdt.  2,  102. 

ίίΐαταρεύς,  έως,  ό.  and  fem.  -ρηΐς, 
ίδος,  an  inhab.  of  Patara,  Patareau ; 
as  adj.  ή  ΤΙαταρηϊς  άκρη,  the  Patarean 
promontory  in  Lycia,  Dion.  P.  129, 
507. 

^ΐΐατηρικός,  ή,  όν,  of  Patara,  Pa- 
tarean, Π.  σάνδαλα.  Luc. 

ή-ΤΙάταρμις,  ιδος.  ό.  Patarmis,  a  king 
of  Aegypt,  Ath.  6S0  C. 

ϋΐάταρος,  ov,  ό.  Patarus.  son  o< 
Apollo  and  Lycia,  fabled  founder  ol 
Patara,  Strab.  p.  605. 

ΤΙάτάσσω.ί.  -ξω,  intr.  to  beat,  knock. 
"Έκτορι  θνμός  ίνι  στίβεσσι  πάτασ- 
σεν  his  heart  brat  within  his  breast, 
as  II.  7,  216,  cf.  23,  370 ;  so  too.  κρη- 
δίη  στέρνοισι  πατάσσει,  11.  13,  282, 
(as  Shaksp., '  my  seated  heart  knock» 
at  my  ribs') :  πάταξαν  εις  άκρον  πόδα.. 
Soph.  Phil.  743,-2.  to  dap  the  hands 
1131 


ΠΑΤΗ 

— II.  trans,  like  πλήσσυ,  to  strike, 
iDound,  beat,  smile,  π.  δορί,  Eur.  Phoen. 
1463  ;  πνξ,  Ar.  Ran.  548,  cf.  Lys.  94, 
9 :  and  freq.  in  prose  :  π.  θύραν,  v. 
sub  dvpa : — metaph.,  άττι  πατύξαι 
ϋνμόν.  Soph.  Ant.  1097 ;'  πόθος  π. 
καρδίαν,  Ar.  Ran.  54. — Aor.  pass. 
παταχθείς;  but,  in  Att.,  π7^'ηγηναί 
was  always  used  instead,  Valck.  Hdt. 
5,  120.  (Akin  to  πάταγος,  παταγέω, 
but  not  to  πάτος,  πατέω.) 

ΤΙάταχνον,  ου,  τό,  α  broad, flat  drink- 
ing-cup,  akin  to  πατάνη  and  πάτελ?ι.α. 

["] 

^ΙΙατεισχορεΐς,  έων,  ol,  the  Patis- 
chores,  a  Persian  race,  Strab.  p.  727. 
Πάτελλα,  ή,=  πατάνη,  hat.  patel- 
la, [τΰ] 

ηάτέλλίον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  foreg. 
ΙΙάτεΏΜχύρίύν,  οντος,  b,  {πάτελ- 
λα,  χαίρω)  comic  name  of  a  parasite, 
as  it  Dish-friend,  Alciphr. 

Τίΰτέομαί,  aor.  έπάσάμην :  perf. 
πέπασμαι :  of  these  the  pres.  first  oc- 
curs in  Hdt.  2,  47,  66  :  Horn,  uses  the 
aor.  always  except  in  II.  24,  642 :  in 
the  part,  he  has  σσ  metri  grat.,  πασ- 
σύμενος.  To  feed  on,  eat,  in  Horn, 
sometimes  c.  gen.  partitivo,  π.  σίτου, 
οίνου,  εδητύος,  ποτήτος,  etc.,  to  eat 
of... ;  sometimes c.  ace,  τγ.  σπλάγχνα, 
Αημήτερος  άκτήν ;  sometimes  absol.  ; 
in  Hes.  only  once,  Th.  642,  and  that 
c.  ace. :  in  Hdt.  always  c.  gen.,  as  1, 
73 ;  2,  37  ;  opp.  to  τρώγω  (q.  v.).— 
The  whole  word  is  only  Ep.  and  Ion. 
— [<2  always  in  radio.  sylL,  which  at 
once  distinguishes  the  aor.  έπΰσά- 
μην,  πάσάμενος  (poet,  also  πασσάμε- 
νος)  of  πατέομαι,  from  επάσάμ7]ν, 
πάσάμενος,  aor.  of  *πάομαι, :  but  the 
perfs.  πέπασμαι  of  πατέομαι,  and 
πέπάμαι  of  *πάομαι.  are  sometimes 
confounded  in  the  Edd.,  v.  Bekker 
Tlieogn.  663  :  πέπασμαι  however  is 
also  perf.  from  ττάσσω.] 

Τίάτερίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {πατήρ)  to  say 
or  call  father,  Ar.  Vesp.  652. 

ΤΙάτέριον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  πατήρ, 
little  father,  Luc.  Necyom.  21. 

ϋάτέω,  ώ,  i.  -ήσω,  (πάτος)  to  tread, 
laalk,  π.  σκολιαΐς,  όδοϊς,  Pind.  P.  2, 
156  ;  προς  βωμόν,  Aesch.  Ag.  1298  ; 
νφοϋ  π.,  to  walk  on  high,  of  a  king, 
Find.  O.  1, 185:  more  usu., — II.  trans. 
to  tread  on,  tread,  πορφίφας,  Aesch. 
Ag.  957;  χώρος  ουκ  αγνός  πατεΐν. 
Soph.  Ο.  C.  37. — 2.  to  tread  constantly, 
frequent,  traverse,  A^/ivof  πατών,  i.  e. 
dwelling  in  it.  Soph.  Phil.  1060;  πα- 
τεΐν εΰνάς,  Aesch.  Ag.  1193;  and 
later,  π.  πόντον,  oka,  Jac.  A.  P.  p. 
358  :  hence  metaph.  like  Lat.  terere, 
to  use  much  or  constantly,  π.  Αίσωπον, 
to  be  alivays  thumbing  Aesop,  Ar.  Av. 
471,  cf.  Plat.  Phacdr.  273  Α.— 3.  to 
tread  under  foot,  trample  on.  Soph.  Aj. 
1144,  and  Plat. :  freq.  metaph.,  πα- 
τεΐν δρκια,  II.  4,  157 ;  π.  κλέος,  τι- 
μάς, δίκαια,  Aesch.  Ag.  1357,  Soph. 
Ant.  745,  Fr.  606 :  and  in  pass.,  το 
θέμις  λαξ  πέδον  πατονμενον,  Aesch. 
Cho.  644,  cf.  Eum.  110.— 4.  later  also 
to  plunder,  Coray  Heliod.  p.  166. 
Hence 

ΐΐάτημα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which  is 
trodden  or  trampled  upon:  hence — 1. 
a  step,  Aretae. — 2.  a  contemptible  per- 
son or  thing,  LXX. — 3.  dirt,  filth,  [u] 
IIA'TH'P,  0,  gen.  πατέρος,  dat. 
πατέρι  (but  as  early  as  Ilom.  and 
Hes.  more  commonly  πατρός,  πατρί), 
ace.  always  πατέρα :  in  dual  and 
plur.  ε  is  always  retained,  except  in 
gen.  pi,  πατρών,  Od.  ;  in  dat.  pi. 
always  πατράσι  [ώ],  which,  however, 
was  not  used  by  Horn,  and  Hes. — A 
f other,  Hom.,  etc, ;  πατρός  πατήρ, 
1132 


ΠΑΤΡ 

a  gra7idfather,l\.  14,  118,  Od.  19,  180; 
πατρός  κεκλήαθαι,  to  be  one's  father's 
own  son,  Soph.  Fr.  107.— Π.  among 
the  gods  Jupiter  is  emphat.  called 
πατήρ,  πατήρ  Ζευς  or  Κμονίδης,  πα- 
τήρ ανδρών  τε  θεών  τε,  Hom.,  and 
Hes. — III.  a  respectful  mode  of  ad- 
dressing persons  older  than  one's 
self,  as  in  all  languages,  Od.  7,  48 ; 

8,  145,  etc.— IV.  metaph.,  the  father  of 
any  thing,  like  αίτιος,  αρχηγός,  Lat. 
auctor,  as  Orpheus  is  π.  άοιδάν,  Pind. 
P.  4,  314 ;  cf  Plat.  Tim.  41  A,  Symp. 
177  D;  etc. — V.  in  plur., — I.  fathers, 
i.  e. forefathers,  Horn.,  etc.;  hence, 
ίκ  πατέρων,  inherited /rom  o?ie's/a- 
tkers,  Jac.  A.  P.  p.  792. — 2.  one's  pa- 
rents, Schaf  Mel.  p.  45 ;  so  also  Lat. 
patres,  Burm.  Ov.  Met.  4,  61,  and  so- 
ceri  (for  socer  et  socrus),  Gron.  Liv.  1, 
39,  2. — 3.  like  Lat.  parens,  the  parent 
nation  or  state,  opp.  to  the  colony 
{αποικία),  Wess.  and  Valck.  Hdt.  7, 
51;  8,  22,  Duker  Flor.  1,  3,  9:  cf. 
πρόγονος.  (The  word  recurs  in  all 
the  cognate  tongues,  Sanscr.  pitri, 
Lat.  paler.  Germ.  Vater,  our  father, 
etc. ;  cf  μήτηρ. 

^Ιίατησιάδης,  ου,  6,  Patesiades,  a 
Spartan  ephor,  Xen.  Hell.  2,  3,  10. 

ΐΐάτησμός,  οΰ,  ό,  {πατέω)  a  tread- 
ing on,  trampling,  ε'ιαάτων,  Aesch.  Ag. 
963. 

ΤΙύτητήριον,  ου,  τό,  a  place  where 
grapes,  etc.  are  trodden :  from 

Πΰτ?/Γ7/ζ•,  οϋ,  6,  one  who  treads 
grapes,  olives,  etc. 

Τίάτ7]τός,  ή,  όν,  (πατέω)  trodden 
upon  ;  to  be  trodden  upon,  LXX. 

ϋΐατιζείθης,  ου  Ion.  εω,  6,  Pati- 
ztthes,  one  of  the  magi,  brother  of  the 
false  Smerdis,  Hdt.  3,  61. 

■\ΐΙατφάμφ7ΐς.  ου  Ion.  εω,  ό,  Pati- 
ramphes,  a  Persian,  charioteer  of  Xer- 
xes, Hdt.  7,  40. 

^Ιάτμος,  ov,  ij,  Patmus,  a  small 
island  of  the  Sporades,  Thuc.  3,  53, 
V.  1.  Αάτμος. 

TlaTvrj,  ή.  Dot.  and  Lacon.  for  φά- 
τνη. 

ΠΑ'ΤΟΣ,  ου,  ό,  a  trodden  or  beaten 
way,  path,  footpath,  II.  20,  137. — II.  a 
treading,  stepping,  step,  πάτος  ανθρώ- 
πων, the  steps  of  man,  II.  6,  202,  Od. 

9,  1 19  ;  δ  τις  πάτου  ίκτοθεν  ήεν  αν- 
θρώπων. Αρ.  Rh.  3,  1201  :  έξω  πάτου, 
07U  of  the  7vay,  Luc.  de  Hist.  Conscr. 
44. — III.  dirt,  mud,  dung,  like  άποπά- 
Τ7ΐμα,  Nic.  Al.  535,  Th.  933.  (The 
root  appears  in  Sanscr.  pad,  to  go : 
hence  ραίΛα,  our  path,  etc.,  cf  πους.) 

ίΥΙάτουμος,  ov,  ή,  Patinnus,  a  city 
of  Arabia,  at  the  northern  end  of  the 
Sinus  Arabicus,  Hdt.  2,  158. 

Πάτρα,  Of,  ή.  Ion.  and  Hom.  πά- 
τρη  (πατήρ) : — one's  father-land,  7ia- 
tive  land,  country,  ho7ne,  just  like  πα- 
τρίς, II.  12,  243  ;  24,  500,  Pind.  O.  12, 
24,  Hdt.,  and  Att. — ΙΙ.=  7Γατρίά,  of 
persons  claiming  descent  from  a  com- 
mon ancestor ;  and  so,  a  stock,  house, 
fa/nily,  hut. getis,  such  as  in  the  Greek 
states  formed  themselves  into  guilds 
or  houses,  Pind.  N.  7,  103;  8,  79. 
Though  πάτρα  does  not  seem  to  have 
been  used  for  φρατρία  (in  the  strict 
Attic,  Spartan,  or  Sicyonic  sense)  to 
denote  a  civic  union  of  families  recog- 
nized by  the  state,  v.  Bockh  v.  1. 
Pind.  N.  4,  77,  Miiller  Dor.  3,  5,  §  5, 
— still  it  is  prob.  that  both  words  be- 
long to  the  same  root ;  and  in  some 
Greek  states,  as  Aegina,  φρατρία 
was  just  equiv.  to  πατριά,  πάτρα. — 
This  sense  does  not  occur  in  Hom. ; 
for  though  II.  1,  30  ;  13,  354  are  some- 
times referred  to  this  head,  they  be- 
long to  signf  L — Cf.  φράτρα. — III.  as 


ΠΑΤΡ 

a  relationship,  πάτρα  is  that  between 
parents  and  children,  Dicaearch. 

ΤΙατράγάθία,  ας,  ή,  (πατήρ,  αγα- 
θός) the  virtue  and  good  deeds  of  one's 
father  or  ancestors,  Pint.  2,  534  C. 

Τ1ατρΰδε?.φεός,  οϋ,  ό,  poet,  for  πα- 
τράδελφος,  Pind.  I.  8  (7),  144. 

ΐΐατράδέλφη,  ης,  ή,  a  father's  sister, 
aunt  by  the  father's  side. 

'Π.ατρύδε?..φία,  ας,  ή,  relationship  by 
a  father's  brother  or  sister ;  a  family  of 
cousins  by  the  father's  side,  Aesch. 
Supp.  39,  [ubi  t,  nisi  legend,  πάτρα- 
δελφεία'\ :  from 

ΤΙατράδελφος,  ου,  δ,  (πατήρ,  αδελ- 
φός) α  father's  brother,  uncle,  Isae.  49, 
11,  Dem.  1084,  17:  later  word  for 
αδελφός  πατρός,  πάτρως  or  θείος. 
Lob.  Phryn.  304,  306. 

ΙΙύτράθε,  adv.,  Dor.  for  πάτρηθε, 
Pind.  ^ 

αΐάτραι,  ών,  ai,  Patrae,  one  of  the 
twelve  ancient  chief  cities  of  Achaia, 
earlier  called  Αρόη,  now  Patras, 
Thuc.  2,  83  ;  Strab.  p.  384 :  in  Hdt. 

1,  145,  ol  Τίατρέες,  the  inhab.  of  Pa- 
trae;  in  Polyb.  ΤΙατραιεΐς,  έων,  ol, 
Polyb.  4,  6,  9. 

Τίατράλοίας,  a  and  ov,  6,  (πατήρ, 
αλοιάω)  one  uho  strikes  or  slays  his 
father,  a  parricide,  Ar.  Nub.  911,  Ran. 
274,  Plat.,  etc. 

Τ1ατρά?.ώας,  ov,  ό,= foreg. 

ΐΐύτραρχος,  6,  (πάτρα,  άρχω')  the 
chief  of  a  πάτρα,  tutelary  god,  LXX. 

'ΙΤΙατρενς,  έως,  ό,  Patreus,  grand- 
son of  Agenor,  said  to  be  founder  of 
Patrae,  Pans.  7,  18,  5. 

Τίάτρη,  ή.  Ion.  and  Hom.  for  πάτρα, 
q.  V.     Hence 

naTp7?(/£and  -θεν,  adv.,=  £/c  πά- 
τρης,  from  07ie's  native  land,  Ap.  Rh. 

2,  541,  etc. — 1\.  from  a  race  or  family. 
Dor.  πάτράθε,  Pind.  N.  7,  103. 

Πατρίά.  άς,  ή,  (πατήρ)  Uncage,  ped- 
igree, descent,  esp.  by  the  father's  side, 
Hdt.  2,  143;  3,  75;  who,  in  2,  146, 
uses  γένεσις  instead — II.  a  race,  line, 
stock  ;  hence  also  a  division  of  the  peo- 
ple founded  on  an  ancient  union  of 
families,  a  house,  clan,  Hdt.  1,  200  :  cf. 
φρατρία  and  πάτρα  II. 

ΤΙατριάζω,  f.  -άσω,  (πατήρ)  to  lake 
after  07ie's  father,  be  or  live  like  /um, 
Lat.  patrissare ;  also  πατρώζω. 

ΤΙατριαρχεΙον,  ου,  τό,  a  patriarch's 
house :  from 

Πατριάρχης,  ov,  ό,  (πατριά,  αρχή) 
the  father  or  chief  of  a  race,  a  patriarch, 
LXX.    Hence 

ΐΐατριαρχία,  ας,  ή,  a  patriarchate 
and 

ΤΙατριαρχικός,  ή,  όν,  patriarchal, 
Eccl.     Adv.  -κώς. 

ΤΙατρίδιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  πα- 
τήρ, Ar.  Vesp.  986,  Xenarch.  Pent.  1, 
15.  [i]   ,  , 

Ώατρίκιος,  ου,  b,  the  Roman  patri- 
cius,  Dion.  H.  2,  10.  [t] 

ΤίατρΙκός,  ή,  όν,  {πατήρ)  from  one's 
fathers  or  ancestors,  paternal,  ancestral, 
Lat.  paienms,  Ar.  Av.  142,  Thuc.  7, 
69,  etc.  ;  esp.  hereditary,  ΐ3ασιλεΙαι, 
Id.  1,  13  ;  ή  πατρική  (sc.  }ή)=πάτρα, 
Eur.  Ion  1304.— Cf  ττατρώοί"  sub  fin. 
Adv.  -/cijf,  Arist.  Pol.  5,  11,29.  Hencu 

ΤΙατρΐκότης,  ητος,  ^,fathership,  Lat. 
paternitas. 

ΊΙάτριος,  a,  ov,  Trag.,  but  also  ος, 
ov,  Eur.  Hel.  222,  as  mostly  in  Att. 
prose,  cf.  however  Andoc.  26,  45  • 
(πατήρ).  —  Of,  from,  established  by 
forefathers,  Lat.  patrius,  Pind.  0.  2, 
26,  N.  2,  9,  Trag.  (though  they  more 
freq.  use  πατρώος,  q.  v,  sub  fin.), 
Plat.,  etc.  :  hence  hereditary,  custom- 
ary, lo7)g- established,  πάτριόν  έσην 
αίτοΐς,  it  is  an  ancient  custo7n  among 


ΠΑΤΡ 

them,  Ar.  Eccl.  778,  Xen.  Hell.  7, 1, 
3  :  Tu  ττύτρια,  manners,  customs,  in- 
stitutions of  ancestors,  Lat.  inslituta  ma- 
jorum,  Kara  τα  ιτάτρια,  Ar.  Ach. 
lOOO,  Xen.  Cyr.  Θ,  7,  1,  etc. ;  opp.  to 
■napa  tu  tt.,  Plat.  Polit.  296  C  ;  ttol- 
εΐν  προς  την  ττόλίν  τα  ττύτρια,  to 
serve  the  state  as  our  fathers  before 
us,  Isocr.  46  E.    Adv.  -ως,  Joseph. 

ΐΐατρίς,  ίδος,  poet.  fern,  of  πάτριος, 
of  one^s  fathers,  πατρίς  γαϊα,  ala, 
άρονρα,  one^s father-land,  country,  freq. 
in  Horn. ;  but  he  also  uses  πατρίς 
alone  as  subst.,  like  πάτρα,  11.  5, 213, 
Od.  9,  34,  etc.  ;  so  too  Hdt.  3,  140, 
and  freq.  in  Att. ;  Hes.  only  has  πα- 
τρίδα γαΐαν,  and  that  only  in  Scut. 

1,  12 :  π.  πό?Λς,  one's  native  city, 
Find.  O.  10  (11),  45.  Proverb.,  πα- 
τρίς γάρ  εστί  πασ'  iv'  uv  πράτττ}  τις 
ει;  Ar.  Plut.  1151.  ^ 

Τίατριώτης,  ον,  6,  {πάτριος)  one  of 
the  same  country,  a  fellow-countryman. 
Ales.  Incert.  74  ;  but  the  wora  was 
A  ong.  only  used  wUh  regard  io  foreign- 
ers, whereas  Greeks  were  fellow-citi- 
zens {πο'/ΰται),  cf.  Poll.  3,  54 :  hence 
Ιπποι  π.— εγχώριοι,  Xen.  Cyr.  2,  2, 
26 :  Plat,  however  uses  the  word 
quite  generally,  Legg.  777  D  ;  and,  by 
a  metaph..  Soph,  calls  the  mountain 
Cithaeron,  the  Taroiur^^f  of  Oedipus, 
O.  T.  1091 ;  and  Plut.  calls  the  The- 
ban  Bacchus  his  πατριώτης  θεός,  2, 
671  C.     Hence 

ΤΙατριωτικός,  η,  όν,  of,  belonging  to 
a  πατριώτης  or  πατριά,  Arist.  Oec. 

2,  4,  1,  Dicaearch.  ap.  Steph.  B.  s.  v. 
πάτρα. 

ΤΙατριώτις,  ιδος,  fem.  from  πατρι- 
ώτης ;  π.  γή=πατρίς,  Eur.  Heracl. 
755 :  7Γ.  στολή,  one's  own  country's 
dress,  Luc.  Scyth.  3. 

\'Ώ.ατρό3ας,  a,  ύ,  Pairobas,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  N.  T. 

ΤΙατρογένειης,  b,  epith.  of  Neptune, 
perh.=sq.,  Plut.  2,730  E. 

ΤΙατρογενής,  ές,  {πατήρ,  *γέν(ύ)  of 
one's  fathers,  ancestral,  v.  1.  for  προ• 
γείΊ'ις  (q.  v.),  πατρογενεΐς  θεοί,  Soph. 
Ant.  938. 

ΤΙατρόδοτος,  ov,  {πατήρ,  δίδωμι) 
late  word  for  sq. 

ΐΐατροδώρητος,  ov,  {πατήρ,  δωρέω) 
given  by  a  father,  Luc.  Tragop.  268. 

ΐΐατρόθεν,  adv.,  {πατήρ)  from  or 
after  a  father,  e.  g.  πατρόβεν  ονομά- 
ζειν  τινά,  to  accost  him  as  his  father's 
son,  U.  10,  68,  cf.  Hdt.  3,  1,  T'huc.  7, 
69  ;  άναγραόήναι  πατρόθεν  έν  στή7.η, 
to  have  one's  name  inscribed  on  a  ta- 
blet as  the  son  of  such  a  father,  Hdt.  6, 
14,  cf.  8,  90  ;  so  too,  γράφειν  τοννομα 
πατρόθεν  και  φυλής  και  δήμου,  to 
write  one's  name  adding  that  of  one's 
father,  tribe,  and  township.  Plat. 
Ij€gg.  753  C  : — also,  coming  from,  sent 
by  one's  father,  π.  άλάστωρ,  Aesch. 
Ag.  1508  ;  — .  ευκταία  φύτις,  a  father's 
curse,  Id.  Theb.  841. 

ΤΙατροκΰσιγνήτη,  ης,  ή,  a  father's 
sister,  aunt,  Q.  Sm.  10,  58. 

Πατροκάσίγνητος,  ov,  6,  a  father's 
brother,  uncle,  II.  21,  469,  Od.  13,  342, 
Hes.  Th.  501  ;  also  πάτρως  and  θείος. 

Τίατροκίνητος.  ov,  moved  by  a  father. 

■\Τίατροκλεία,  ας,  ή,  the  Pairoclea, 
the  16th  book  of  the  Iliad,  which  de- 
scribes the  death  of  Patroclus,  Ael. 
V.  H.  13,  14. 

■\'Π.ατρηκ?.είδης,  ου,  6,  Patroclides, 
an  Athenian  public  speaker,  Ar.  Av. 
790. 

iTlaTpoK/.ής.  έονς,  ό,=  'Π.άτροκ?,ος, 
Theocr.  15,  140;  from  wh.  oblique 
cases  come  in  Horn.,  though  he  has 
not  nom.,  v.  sub  ΙΙάτροκλος. — 2.  a 
wealthy  Athenian,   who  affected  a 


ΠΑΤΡ 

Spartan  mode  of  living,  esp.  in  neg- 
lect of  bathing,  Ar.  Plut.  84.-3.  an 
Athenian,  nephew  of  Socrates,  Plat. 
Euthyd. — 4.  a  king  archon  in  the 
time  of  the  thirty  tyrants,  Isocr.  372  A. 
— 5.  a  Lacedaemonian,  father  of  Tan- 
talus, Thuc.  4,  75.— Others  in  Xen. 
Hell.  6,  5,  38,=  npo«/.7}f,-  Dem. ;  etc. 

'Π.άτροκ?.ος,  ου,  ό,  Patroclus,  fson 
of  Menoetius  and  Sthenelef,  the  friend 
of  Achilles,  Horn.,  esp.  II. :  he  has 
the  oblique  cases,  gen.  ΊΙατροκλήος, 
ace.  ΙΙατροκλήα,  voc.  ΤΙατρόκλεις ; 
but  there  is  no  nom.  ΊΙατροκ7^ενς  or 
-κ7.ής. 

■\'ύ.ατρόκ7.ον  νήσος,  ή,  the  island  of 
Pa?roc/us,  a  small  island  near  Sunium, 
Paus.  1,1,1:  also  called  'Π.ατρόκ7.ου 
χάραξ,  Strab.  p.  398. 

ΐΐατροκόμος,  ov,  {πατήρ,  κομέω) 
taking  care  of  his  father,  Nonn. 

ΤΙατροκτονέω,  ώ,  to  murder  one's 
father,  Aesch.  Cho.  909  :  and 

ΐΐατροκτονία,  ας,  ή,  murder  of  a  fa- 
ther, parricide,  Plut.  Rom.  22,  etc. : 
from 

ΤΙατροκτόνος,  ov,  {πατήρ,  κτεί- 
vu)  murdering  one's  father,  parricidal, 
Trag.,  as  Aesch.  Theb.  752,  etc.; 
δίκη  π-,  vengeance  on  a  parricide, 
Soph.  Fr.  624  :  but,  je?p  πατροκτόνος 
is  (strangely)  a  father's  murdering 
haad  in  Eur.  I.  T.  1083.— II.  propa- 
rox.,  πατρόκτονος,  ov,  pass.,  slain  by 
a  father. 

ΐΐατρο/έτωρ,  ορός,  δ,  {πατήρ,  67.- 
/Λμΐ)  α  parricide,  jac.  Α.  Ρ.  ρ.  ΙχΧΣ. 

ΤΙατρομήτοιρ,  ορός,  ό,  {πατήρ,  μή- 
τηρ)  α  mother's  father,  Luc.  Alex.  58  : 
ή  π.,  a  grandmother.  Lye.  502. 

Τίατρομύστης,  ov,  6, pater  mystarum 
Bacchi,  Inscr. 

Τίατρονομέο),  ώ,  {πατρονόμος)  to 
rule  like  a  father : — pass,  to  be  under  a 
fatherly  or  patriarchal  government, 
Plat.  Legg.  680  E,  Plut.  Dicn.  10. 

ΤΙατρονομία,  ας,  ή,  the  authority  of 
a  πατρονόμος :  a  father's  power,  Luc. 
Dem.  Encom.  12 :  and 

ΤΙατρονημικός,  ή,  όν,  of  or  tike  a 
πατρονόμος  or  πατρονομία :  ή  -κή 
(sc.  -£ji'?/)=foreg..  Plat.  Legg.  927 
Ε  :  from 

ΤΙατρονόμος,  ov,  {πατήρ,  νέμω) 
strictly,  ruling  as  a  father,  Plut.  2,  795 
F  : — 01  πατρονόμοι,  at  Sparta,  the 
great  council,  after  the  reform  of  Cle- 
omenes,  answering  to  the  earlier  γέ- 
ροντες, Paus.  2,  9,  1  ;  cf  Bockh 
Inscr.  1,  p.  006,  Miiller  Dor.  3,  7,  <i  8. 

ΤΙατροπαράδοτος,  ov,  {πατήρ,  πα- 
ραδίδυμι)  handed  down,  inherited  from 
one's  fathers,  Dion.  H.  5,  48. 

ΤΙατροπάτωρ,  ό,  {πατήρ,  πατήρ)  a 
father's  father,  Pind.  P.  9,  144,  N.  6, 
29.  ^ 

ΐΙατρόπο7ας,  εως,  ή,  {πατήρ,  πό- 
7.ις)  one' S  father' S  town,  Antiph.  Philo- 
mel. 1,  ubi  V.  Meineke. 

ΐίατροΙ)^αίστης,  ου,  ό,  a  parricide. 

ΤΙατροστερής,  ές,  {πατήρ,  στερέω) 
reft  of  one's  father,  fatherless,  Aesch. 
Cho.  253. 

ΤΙατρότης,  ητος,  ή,  paternity,  dub. 

ΤΙατροτύπτης,  ov,  ό,  {πατήρ,  τύ- 
πτο))  one  who  beats  his  father,  Sext. 
Emp.  p.  298.     Hence 

ΙΙατροτυψία,  ας,  ή,  beating  of  one's 
father,  Sext.  Emp.  p.  298. 

ΤΙατρονχος  παρθένος,  ή,  a  sole- 
heiress,  opp.  to  a  coheiress,  Hdt.  6,  57, 
cf.  Ruhnk.  Tim. : — in  Dor.  πύμωχος 
for  παμονχος,  and  in  Att.  έπίκ7.ηρος. 

ΤΙατροφυνεύς,  έως  poet,  ήος,  b, 
{πατήρ,  όονεύω)  the  murderer  of  one's 
father,  Od.  1,299;  3,  197. 

ΤΙατροφόνος,  ov,  {πατήρ,  φονεύω) 
parricidal,  χειρ,  Aesch.  "Theb.  783; 


ΠΑΤΡ 

μητήρ,Έητ.  Or.  193  :—ό  π.,  a  parri- 
cide. Plat.  Legg.  869  B. 

ΤΙατροφύντης,  ov,  o,=foreg..  Soph. 
O.  T.  1441  :  also  as  fem.,  Soph.  Tr. 
1125. 

ΙΙατρνιός,  ου,  δ,  also  πατρνός,  a 
step-father,  like  μητρνιά,  a  step- 
mother :  also  πατρώος. 

ΐΐατρνός,  o,=foreg. 

tHarpw,  off,  ή,  Patro,  a  daughter 
of  Thespius,  Apollod.  2,  7,  8. 

Τ1ατρώζω,~πατριάζω,<\.ν.,1ύζ\γ\\χ., 
Philostr.,  etc. 

ΐΐατρώϊυς,  η  Dor.  a,  ov,  poet., 
esp.  Ep.,  lengthd.  form  of  πατρώος 
(q.  v.),  in  Hom.,  Hes.,  and  Ion.  prose. 

ΙΠαΓρων,  ωνος,  ό.  Patron,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Paus.  10,  33,  3 ;  etc. 

ΤΙάτρων,ωνος,  ό,=^πάτρωνος,  Plut. 
Fab.  13. 

ΤΙατρωνεία,  or  -via,  ας,  ή,  the  Lat. 
patronatus,  Dion.  H.  2,  10. 

ΤΙατρωνεύω,  the  Lat.  patrocinari, 
to  be  a  patron,  Inscr. 

ΊΙατρωνικός,  ή,  όν,  of,  peculiar  to, 
like  a  πάτρωνας. 

ΤΙάτρωνος.  ov,  b,  theljat. patronus, 
Welcker  Syll.  Epig.  135,  7. 

ΤΙατρωννμέω,  ώ,  {πατήρ,  όνομα) 
to  name  after  a  father.     Hence 

ΐΐατρωννμία,  ας,  ή,  a  name  taken 
from  one's  father,  a  patronymic,  as 
ΤΙη/^είδης  is  the  patronymic  of  Achil- 
les, 'Α.τρείδης,  of  Agamemnon,  etc. 
Hence 

Πατρωνυμικός,  ή,  όν,  of,  belonging 
to  one's  father's  name,  formed  after  it  : 
TO  π.  (sc.  jiήμa)=ίoτeg.     Adv.  -κώς. 

Πατρωνύμιος,  ov,  {πατήρ,  όνομα): 
in  Aesch.  Pers.  146  -ό  — .,  as  adv.,  by 
the  father's  side  or  family. 

ΤΙατρώος,  a,  ov,  also  ης.  ov  :  poet, 
and  Ion.  πατρώϊος,  η  Dor.  a,  ov, 
which  form  only  is  used  in  Horn., 
Hes.,  and  Hdt. ;  the  former,  or  Attic 
form,  is  first  found  in  Theogn.  and 
Pind.  :  {πατήρ).  Of  a  father,  coming 
or  inherited  from  him,  Lat.  paternus, 
freq.  in  Horn.,  Pind.,  and  Att.  ;  ήμίν 
πατρώϊόν  έστι,  Hdt.  9,  27,  cf  1,  41  ; 
yala  πατρωίη,  one's  father-land,  like 
πάτρα,  πατρίς.  Od.  13,  188,  etc. ;  so, 
πατρώα  γή,  Pind.  P.  4,  516,  and  Att. ; 
7Γ.  ΰρχή,  Xen.  An.  1,  7,  6;  π.  δόξα, 
hereditary  glory.  Id.  Hell.  7,  5,  16 ;  77. 
οΙκία,  κ7.ήρος.  Plat.  Charm.  157  E, 
Legg.  923  D,  etc. ;  τά  πατρώα,  one's 
patrimony,  Arist.  Pol.  5,  4,  4  ; — — . 
θεοί,  tutelary  gods  of  a  family  or 
people,  as  Apollo  at  Athens,  Soph. 
Phil.  933,  Plat.  Euthyd.  302  D  ;  Ju- 
piter among  the  Dorians,  Id.  Legg. 
391  E,  cf  Lob.  Aglaoph.  1,  769, 1206, 
1238. — ΐΐάτριος,  πατρικός  and  πα- 
τρώος seem  often  to  be  used  quite 
as  synon. ;  but  the  ancients  dis- 
tinguished them,  as,  πατρώος,  de- 
scending from  father  to  son,  as  prop- 
erty, fortune  ;  πάτριος,  that  handed 
down  from  one's  forefathers,  as  man- 
ners, customs,  institutions :  πατρικός, 
esp.  of  hereditary  friendships  and 
feuds,  Ammon.  s.  v.,  A.  B.  p.  297, 
30  ;  Hermann  hoviever  distinguishes 
thus,  πάτρια,  quae  sunt  patris,  πα- 
τρώα, qriae  a  patre  veniutit,  πατρικά, 
qualia  patris  sunt,  v.  ad  Elmsl.  Med. 
420,  and  Eur.  Bacch.  1302  ;  cf  also 
Eilendt  Lex.  Soph.  s.  v.  [Seidl. 
Dochra.  p.  101  maintains,  against 
Pors.  Hec.  80,  that  the  ώ  is  some- 
times short  in  Eur.] 

ΤΙατρωός,  οΐ;  ό,^πατρνιός,  a  step 
father,  Plut.  Cleom.  11,  Arat.  41. 

ΐΐάτρως,  ό,  gen.  ωος  and  ω,  ace 

ωα  and  ωΐ',  in  plur.  only  of  3d  decl 

{πατήρ)=  πατροκασίγνητος,  πατρύ 

'  deA^Of,  an  uncle  by  the  father's  side 

'  1133 


ΠΑΥΣ 
Lat.  palruus,  Hdt.  2,  J 33,  etc.;  opp. 
to  μήτρί^ς,  one  by  the  mother's  side. 

\ΐΙατ7αλα,  τα,  Fattala,  a  city  of 
India,  Strab.  p.  701,  in  ΐίαττα7.ην>ι, 
Vi'y  >1'  Pattalcne,  a  district  of  India, 
1(1.  p.  700  stjq. 

ΙΙαΓΓαΛευω,  Alt.  for  ττασσαλενω. 

ϊϊαττάλίας,  ov,  ό,  α  stag  in  his 
second  year,  when  hi.s  horns  begin  to 
shoot,  a  pricket,  Lat.  subulo,  (from  the 
likeness  of  his  horns  to  πύτταλοι), 
Arist.  H.  A.  9,  5,  4. 

UurraAof,  0,  ττάττω,  Att.  for 
ϊτάσσ-. 

II  ο  Ολα,  η,  (,πανω)  rest,  a  resttng- 
poinf,  stop,  end,  pause.  Soph.  O.  C  88, 
and  Plat. ;  c.  gen.,  π.  νόσου,  κακών, 
rest  from  them.  Soph.  Phil.  1329,  Tr. 
1255  ;  κινήσεως.  Plat.  Phacdr.  245  C  ; 
etc. ;  ovK  iv  παν'λιι  έφαίνετο,  there 
seemed  to  be  no  end  of  if,  Thuc.  6, 
CO  ;  recreation,  amusement. — II.  a  bring- 
ing to  an  end  :  means  of  stojtpiyig,  Xen. 
An.  5,  7.  32. 

ΙΠαίλα.  7ΐς,  ή,  the  Rom.  fem.  n., 
Paula.  A  nth. 

tnau/iiOf,  ov,  ύ,  the  Rom.  Pauli- 
nus,  A  nth. 

ϋίανλος,  ου,  6,  the  Rom.  n.  Paulus, 
Paul,  esp.  the  distinguished  apostle 
of  the  Gentiles,  N.  T. 

*ΙΙανλος,=  παΰβος,  with  the  freq. 
interchange  of  λ  and  ρ ;  it  remains  in 
Lat.  paulus. 

fllrttSi'a,  7/,  Pauna,  a  city  of  the 
Samnites,  Strab.  p.  250. 

ϋαυρύκις  or -kc,  adv.,  like  ΰλιγύκις, 
few  times,  seldom,  as  some  read  in 
Theogn.  857.  [pa] 

Παυράς,  άδος,  pecul.  poet.  fem.  of 
Tiovpoc,  for  παίψα,  Nic.  Th.  210. 

ίΐανρίόιος.  a,  ov,  poet,  for  παΰρης, 
little,  of  time,  Hes.  Op.  132 :  neut. 
'travpiSiov,  as  adv.,  a  very  little.  [Ϊ] 

ΙΙανροε-ής.  έ-ς,  {πανρος,  ίττος)  of 
few  words,  Anth.  P.  7,  713. 

Πηϊφος.  a,  ov,  though  the  fem.  is 
never  used  m  Hom.,  or  Hes. ;  little, 
sjnall,  σΤΓ/μων,  Hes.  Op.  536  :  π.  ΐπος, 
Pind.  Ο.  13,  138  ;  π.  νττνος.  Id.  P.  9, 
43;  and  Att.: — of  time,  short,  Hes. 
Op.  324:  but — 2.  usu.  in  plur.,  of 
number, /<?!(',  Hom.,  Hes.,  etc. ;  παϋ• 
ροί  Τίνες,  Paid.  Ο.  11,26: — with  a 
collective  subst.,7r.  λαϋί-,/ειχ)  people, 
11.  2,  675  ;  opp.  to  πολύς,  II.  9,  333, 
Od.  2,  241,  Ar.,  etc. :— the  compar. 
τνανράτερος,  fewer,  is  not  unfreq.  in 
Hom. — 3.  neut.  pi.  πανρα  as  adv., 
seldom,  Hes.  Th.  780. — ΐΐανρίδως  is 
qnother  form :  but  both  are  poet., 
ό'λίγος  being  the  jirose  word.  (Cf. 
φαϊφος,  φαν/ι-ος,  and  Lat.  paulus  and 
paucus.) 

Ώαυσάνεμης,  ov,  {ττανω,  άνεμος) 
stilling  the  wind,  θυσία,  Aesch.  Ag. 
215.  [a] 

ΐΐανσΰνίας,  ov,  6,  {παύω,  ανία)  one 
who  allays  sorrow.  Soph.  Fr.  765  ;  like 
λνσανίας. 

■[ΙΙανσανίας,  ov,  ύ.  Ion.  -ανίης, 
εω.  Pausanlas,  son  of  Cleombrotus, 
brother  of  Leonidas,  leader  of  the 
Spartans  in  the  battle  at  Plataeae, 
Hdt.  4,  81  ;  Thuc.  1,  132.— 2.  son  of 
king  Plistoanax,  grandson  of  foreg., 
a  king  in  Sparta  during  the  Pelopon- 
nesian  war,  Thuc.  3,  26 ;  Xen.  etc. 
— 3.  an  Athenian,  a  friend  of  the  poet 
Agatho,  Plat.  Symp. ;  Xen. — 4.  the 
celebrated  traveller,  and  author  of  a 
description  of  Greece,  Ael.  V.  H.  12, 
61.— Others  in  Dem.  Ep. ;  etc. 

αίανσίας,  ov,  6,  Pausias,  a  cele- 
brated painter  of  Sicyon,  Paus.  2, 
27,  3. 

ϋίαυσίκαι,  ών,  ol,  the  Pausicae,  a 
people  on  the  Caspian  sea,  Hdt.  3, 92. 
1134 


ΠΑΥΩ 

ΤΙανσΙκάπη,  ης,  ή,  (παύω,  κύπη) 
α  sort  of  round,  projecting  collar  worn 
by  slaves  white  grindmg  corn  or 
kneading  breau,  by  way  of  muzzle, 
to  prevent  them  from  eating  any  of 
the  άλφιτα,  Ar.  Fr.  287,  cf.  Interpp. 
ad  Pac.  20  :  also  for  animals  used  to 
turn  a  mill :  elsewh.  καρόοπείον.  [κά] 

ΐίαυσίλϋπος,  ov,  (  παύω,  λύπη  ) 
ending  pain,  Ζευς,  Soph.  Fr.  375 ; 
άμπελος,  Eur.  liacch.  772.  [Ϊ] 

ΐίαυσίμαχος,  ov,  {παύω,  μάχη)  end- 
ing the  fight,  Welcker  Syll.  Ep.  142. 

\ΤΙανσίμαχος,  ην,  ό,  Pausimachus, 
a  geographer  of  Samos,  Avien. — 
Others  m  Ath. ;  etc. 

ΐΐανσίνοσος,  ov,  (  παύω,  νόσος  ) 
curing  sickness,  Anth.  P.  append.  234. 

ΐΐανσϊνύστάλος,  ov,  (πάνω,  ννστα- 
λος)  stopping  drowsiness,  in  Gramm. 
to  explain  έγρηγόρσιος. 

Ιίαυσίπονος,  ov,  {παύω,  πόνος) 
ending  labour  or  hardship,  Eur.  I.  T. 
451,  et  ap.  Ar.  Ran.  1321.  [Ϊ] 

ΙΠαΰσίΤΓΤΓΟζ•,  ου,  ό,  Pausippus,  a 
Spartan,  Arr.  An.  3,  24,  4. 

^\\lavσίpLς,  ιος,  ό,  Pausiris,  son  of 
Amyrtaeus,  king  of  Aegypt,  Hdt.  3, 
15. 

ΐΐαϋσις,  εως,  η,  {παύω)  a  stopping, 
ending,  relieving. — ll.  (  παύομαι  )  a 
ceasing,  ending,  end,  LXX. 

Τίανστέον,  verb.  adj.  from  ■tfaύω, 
one  must  stop,  put  an  end  to.  Plat.  Rep. 
391  E,  etc. — 11.  from  παύομαι,  one 
must  cease. 

Ιϊανστήρ,  ηρος,  6,  (παύω)  one  who 
stops,  calms,  a  reliever,  νόσου.  Soph. 
Phil.  1438,  cf.  El.  304,  Alex.  'Ύπν.  1. 
Hence 

Ώανστήριος,  ov,  fit  for  ending  or 
relieving,  νόσου,  Soph.  O.  T.  150. 

Ιϊανστικός,  η,  oi',=foreg. 

Τίαυσώόννος,  ov,  {παύω,  οδύνη) 
soothing  pain. 

Τ1ανσω?ιή,  ης,  η,  like  παύλα,  rest, 
II.  2,  386. 

ΠΑΥ'ί2,  f.  παύσω:  but  no  pf.  act. 
seems  to  have  been  used  ;  fit  occurs 
in  inf.  πεπανκέναι,  Dem.  478,  7 ;  3 
sing,  πέπανκεν,  Antisth.  Soph.  183, 
22t :  impf.  παύεσκον,  in  Soph.  Ant. 
962. — Mid.,  fut.  πανσομαι.  Soph.  O. 
C.  1040,  etc.  ;  though  πεπανσομαι 
(Soph.  Ant.  91,  Tr.  587)  is  said  to  be 
more  Att.,  v.  Piers.  Moer.  p.  293 : 
aor.  έπαυσάμην  ; — pass.,  pf.  πεπαν- 
μαι :  Hes,  Th.  533,  and  Hdt.  1,  130, 
have  an  Ion.  (and  perh.  old  Att.)  aor. 
pass,  έπαύθην,  while  in  later  Att. 
έπανσβην  and  pf.  πέπανσμαι,  are 
preferred,  cf.  Lob.  Soph.  Aj.  321  :— a 
form  επύ.7]ν  is  also  quoted  in  A.  M. 
in  Indice.  (From  Lacon.  aor.  πάξαι 
for  πανσηι,  of  which  Hesych.  quotes 
a  pres.  πάζω,  πάζομαι,  it  has  been 
thought  that  παύω  is  the  root  of  the 
exclam.  πύξ,  and  of  Lat.  pax.) 

I.  transit,  to  tnake  to  end  or  cease,  to 
stop,  bring  to  an  end,  make  an  end  of, 
π.  άγριυν  άνδρα,  i.  e.  to  strike  him 
dead,  II.  21,  314,  cf.  Od.  20,  274, 
Aesch.  Ag.  1024,  Soph.  Ant.  962, 
etc.  : — more  freq.  of  things,  to  make 
an  end  of;  and  of  suffering,  etc.,  to 
allay,  soothe,  calm,  χόλον,  μένος,  νεί- 
κος,  πόλεμον,  βόον,  όδννας,  etc., 
Hom.  ;  π.  λύπας  ύόαΐς,  Eur.  Med. 
197,  etc.  ;  π.  τόξον,  to  let  one's  bow 
rest,  Od.  21,  279  :— Pass,  and  mid.,  to 
come  to  an  end,  take  one's  rest,  cease, 
rest.  freq.  from  Hom.  downwds. ; 
πανεσϋαι  h  κλισίτι,  II.  14,  260  ;  v. 
infr.  3.— Generally,  the  mid.  denotes 
willing,  the  pass,  forced  cessation. — 
Construction  : — 1.  c.  ace.  pers.  vel  rei 
only,  V.  supra. — 2.  c.  ace.  pers.  et  gen. 


ΠΑΦΛ 
rei,  to  make  to  rest,  stop,  hinder,  keep 
back  from  a  thing,  π.  'Εκτορα  μάχης, 
Άχι?υ?/απονοιο,θάμνρινάοιδής, etc., 
Hom.  ;  χείρας  πολέμοιο  II.,  etc. :  πό- 
^ο-ς  όρχηθμοΐο,  Od. ;  π.  τινά  της 
βασιλείας,  to  depose  one  from  being 
king,  Hdt.  1,  123:  c.  gen.  only,  ai 
κε  "Ζευς  παύση  όϊζύος,  Ο  that  Jupiter 
would  make  an  end  of  woe  !  Od.  4,  35  ; 
and  in  Att.,  as  Soph.  El.  798,  etc. : — 
so  in  pass,  and  mid.,  to  leave,  rest  ο  ■ 
cease  from  a  thing,  take  or  have  rest 
from..,  πολέμου , μάχης,  έργων,  πόνου, 
γόου,  κλανθμον,  υδννάων,  κλαγγής, 
etc.,  Horn.,  etc. ;  δρόμου,  Hdt.  4,  124  ; 
παύεσθαι  άρχης,  to  be  deposed  from 
office,  Hdt.  1,  56,  cf.  6,  66;  also, 
παύεσθαι  έκ  μεγάλων  άχέων,  Ar. 
Ran.  1531,  Eur.  El.  1108.-3.  c.  part., 
to  stop  a  person  from  doing  or  being 
so  and  so,  π.  τινά  άριστεύοντα,  to 
stop  him  from  being  first,  II.  11,  506  ; 
τον  άνδρα  πανσον  ταύτα  ποιενντα, 
Hdt.  5,  23  ;  and  very  freq.  in  Att. 
παύσω  σε  λαλοϋντα,  I  will  stop  your 
talking,  etc.,  cf.  ¥alck.  Phoen.  1723,  ' 
Jelf  Gr.  Gr.  'ξι  688  ;— but  the  inf.  was 
also  used  for  part,  in  the  oldest  Greek, 
as,  Ιμ'  Ιπανσας  έπι  Ύρώεσσι  μάχε• 
σθαι,  II.  11,  442,  so  Hdt.  5,  67  ;  7,  54  ; 
in  Att.  the  part,  was  almost  universal, 
though  we  have  θνητούς  έπαυσα  μη 
προδέρκεσθαι  μόρον,  Aesch.  Pr.  248, 
CI.  Ar.  Ach.  634  : — the  inf.  or  part, 
must  oft.  be  supplied  from  context, 
as  in  Hdt.  8,  99  tin.  ;  and  so  in  most 
cases  where  the  ace.  only  follows 
παύω. — So  in  pass,  and  mid.,  to  leave 
off  doing  or  being  SO  and  SO,  υθ'  ύπνος 
'έλοι,  παύσαιτό  τε  νηπιαχεύων,  when 
he  stopt  playing,  II.  22,  502:  freq.  in 
Hdt.,  and  Att. — Theconstruct.  of  the 
pass.  c.  inf.,  is  rejected  by  Thom.  M. 
p.  096,  and  several  modern  critics,  but 
it  occurs  oft.  in  later  authors,  v.  SchUf. 
Schol.  Ap.  Rh.  3,  48  :— here  too  the 
part,  must  often  be  supplied  from  the 
context,  as,  αίμα,  φλόξ,  άνεμος  έπαύ- 
σατο,  the  blood  stopt  (flowing),  the 
fire  (burning),  the  wind  {blowing),  etc., 
Hom.  ;  so,  'Ροδώπης  πέρι  πέπανμαί 
(sc.  λέγων),  Hdt.  2,  135,  cf.  7,  9,  hn. 

II.  intr.,  just  like  παύομαι  or  7ίήγω, 
to  cease,  leave  off,  άέθλων,  Od.  4,  659  ; 
μάχης,  Hes.  Sc.  449,  cf.  Herm.  H. 
Hom.  Cer.  351  :  but  in  Att.,  so  only 
in  imperat.,  πάνε,  stop !  have  done  !  be 
ψιίκΐ !  Soph.  Phil.  1275,  Ar.  Vesp. 
1194.  Ran.  122,  269,  Plat.  Phaedr. 
228  Ε  ;  so,  παν'  ες  κόρακας,  Ar.  Ach. 
864,  where  the  other  verbs  are  plur. 

^ΥΙαύσων,  ωνος,  ό,  Pauson,  an 
Athenian,  derided  by  Ar.  Ach.  854. 
— '.i.  a  celebrated  painter  of  Athens 
in  the  time  of  Aristophanes,  Ar.  Pint. 
602;  Arist.;  etc.— Others  in  Ath.; 
etc. 

tna^iOf,  a,  ov,  ofPaphvs,  Paphian : 
ή  ΐΐαφία,  the  Paphian  goddess,  epith. 
of  Venus  from  her  temple  in  P., 
Theocr.  27,  15. 

αΐαφλαγονία,  ας,  //,  Pnphlagonia, 
a  province  of  Asia  Minor  between 
Pontus  and  Phrygia,  Xen.  An.  7, 
8,  25. 

tHaoAnyovt/cof,  η,  6v,  of  Paphla- 
gonia,  Paphlagonian,  Xen.  An.  5,  4, 
13  :  ij  ΐΙαφ...κή,=:ΙΙαφλαγονία,  Id.  6, 
1,  15. 

Τ1αφ?Μγών.όνυς,  ό,  a  Paphlagonian, 
in  II.  always  in  plur. : — in  Ar.  Eq.  2, 
6,  etc.,  Cleon  is  represented  as  a 
Τίαφ?.αγών,  doubtless  with  a  play  on 
παφλάζω  II,  and  III. 

ΤΙαφ?ΛΪζω,  f.  -ύσω.  to  bubble,  froth, 
foam,  of  the  sea  in  a  storm,  II.  13, 
798  ;  of  boiling  water,  Ar.  Fr.  423 ; 
of  the  wind,  to  bluster,  Emped.  255; 


ΠΑΧΎ 

aiso  in  mid.,  Antiph.  Philoth.  1,  4.— 
li.  to  slammer,  stutter,  Hipp.  —  ΙΠ. 
metaph.  to  splutter,  fret,  fume,  of  the 
angry  Cleon.  Ar.  Pac,  314,  Eq.  919, 
cf.  foreg.  (Redupl.  form  from  φλύζω, 
(j)AaivQ,  like  the  kindred  καχ?Μζω 
from  χΤ,ύζο).)     Hence 

ΐΐύφ/ιασμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  bubbling, 
frothing,  foaming,  of  the  sea,  boiling 
water,  etc. — Π.  metaph.,  παφλάσμα- 
τα, spluttering,  big  words,  Ar.  Av. 
1243. 

ΤΙάφος,  ov,  ή,  Paphus,  a  town  in 
Cyprus  celebrated  for  its  temple  of 
Venus  as  early  as  Od.  8,  363,  cf.  H. 
Van.  59:  fStrab.,  p.  083,  calls  this 
Ί\α7Μίτταφος,  and  mentions  in  its 
vicinity  the  later  city  'Ν(άιταφος, 
founded  by  Agapenor :  its  site  is 
still  called  Baffo,  cf  ΤΙάφιος. 

ΤΙάχετος,  τό,  poet,  for  πάχος,  thick- 
ness, Od.  23,  191,  cf  Nic.  Th.  385, 
465. — Π.  in  Od.  8,  187,  λάβε  δίσκοι• 
μείζονα  και  πάχετον,  usu.  taken  as 
irreg.  compar.  for  τϊαχντεμον,  he  took 
a  quoit  larger  and  thicker :  ace.  to 
others  accus.  of  a  subst.  πάχετυς 
(not  found  elsewh.),  a  quoit  larger  as 
to  its  thickness,  [a] 

tllu  \'/;f .  ητος,  6,  Paches,  a  general 
of  the  Atheniansin  thePeloponnesian 
war.  who  reduced  Miletus,  Thuc. 
3,  18. 

ΪΙάχίστος.  η.  ov,  irreg.  superl.  of 
παχύς,  11.  16,  314.  [ώ] 

Τίάχίων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  irreg.  com- 
par. ot  παχύς. 

ΐΐύχνη,  ης,  η,  {πήγννμι,  πα^-ηναι) 
hoar-frost,  rime,  Lat.  pruina,  Od.  14, 
476,  cf.  Plat.  Tim.  59  Ε  ;  also  in 
plur.,  πάχναι  και  χάλ.αζαι.  Plat. 
Symp.  188  Β ;  γήρυς  είφώτα  και 
πύχνην,  the  mould  and  frost  of  age, 
cornic  description  of  an  old  man's 
gray  hair,  Incert.  ap.  Arist.  Gen.  An. 
5,  4.  8: — κονροβόρος  π.,  the  clotted 
blood  of  the  slaughtered  children, 
Aesch.  Ag.  1512.  (Akin  to  πάγος.) 
Hence 

Ώαχνήεις,  εσσα,  εν.  frosty,  Nonn. 

ΤΙαχνίζω,  to  freeze  with  hoarfrost ." 
impers.  παχνίζει,  έπάχνιζε,  it  is,  was 
a  white  frost. 

Τίαχνόω,  ώ,  (πάχνη)  to  cover  with 
hoar-frost  or  rime.— 2.  to  thicken,  make 
solid.  Pint.  2,  396  B,  736  Α.— II.  nsu. 
metaph.,  like  πήγννμι,  to  strike  chill, 
έπάχνωσεν  φίλ.ον  ητορ.  he  made  his 
blood  run  cold,  made  it  curdle.  Has. 
Op.  358  :  mostly  in  pass.,  to  be  struck 
with  chill,  shiver,  shudder,  εν  φρεσιν 
ijTop  παχνονται.  his  blood  rmis  cold 
oris  curdled  within  him,  II.  17,  112: 
later,  παχνονσθαι  πένβεσιν,  λ.ύπη, 
Aesch.  Cho.  83,  Eur.  Hipp.  803,  ubi 
V.  Valck.,  and  cf  Ruhnk.  Ep.  Cr. 
p.  120. 

ΊΙαχνώδης,  ες,  [πάχνη,  είδος)  = 
παχνήεις. 

Πάχος,  εος,  τό,  (παχύς)  thickness, 
Od.  9,  324;  absol.,  πάχος,  in  thick- 
7iess,  Hdt.  4.  81  ;  πάχει  μάκει  τε, 
Pind.  P.  4,  43G  ;  π.  σαρκός,  fatness, 
Eur.  Cycl.  380  :  breadth,  τείχους, 
Thuc.  1,  90 :  opp.  to  λ.επτότης.  Plat. 
Rep.  523  E,  etc. 

ίΐάχύαιμος,  ov,  {παχύς,  αίμα)  thick- 
blooded,  Hipp. 

ΐίάχνδάκτνλ.ος,  ov,  thick  fingered. 

ΤΙάχνδενδρος.  ov.v-'ith  thick  trees: 
thick  with  trees,  άλσος,  Himer. 

Τ1ΰχνδίρμέ(ύ,  ύ,  to  be  thick-skinned, 
to  have  a  thick  skin  :  and 

ΤΙύχνδερμία,  ας,  ή,  thick-skinned- 
ness  :  a  thick  skin,  Hipp. 

ΐΐΰχί'δερμος,  ov,  (παχύς,  δέρμα) 
thick-skinned,  Arist.  Gen.  An.  5,  3, 10, 
Luc. 


ΠΑΧΤ 

ΤΙάχνθριξ,  6,  i],  {παχύς,  θρίξ)  with 
thick  hair.  Arist.  Gen.  An.  5,  3,  10. 

ΐΐάχνκάλαμος,  ov,  {παχύς,  κάλα- 
μος)  thick-stalked,  Theophr.  [α] 

ΙΙάχνκάρδιος,  ov,  =  βαρνκάρδιος, 
Eccl. 

ΐΐύχνκανλος,  ov,  with  a  thick  stalk 
or  stem. 

ΙΙάχύκνημος,  ov,  (παχύς,  κνήμη) 
with  stout  calves,  Ar.  Plut.  560. 

ΤΙάχνλός,  ή,  όν,  a  sort  of  dim.  from 
παχύς,  thickish,  rather  coarse:  adv. 
-λώς,  coarsely,  rovghly.  opp.  to  ακρι- 
βώς, Arist.  Eth.  jN.  1,  3,  4.  Cf.  πα- 
χύς III. 

ΐΐάχνμέρεια,  ας, η,  thickness  of  parts, 
Galen.  :  from 

ΙΙάχνμερής,  ες,  (παχύς,  μέρος)  con- 
sistiui;  of  thick  or  coarse  parts,  Tim. 
Locr.  100  E,  Plut.  2,  626  A,  etc.— II. 
metaph.,  coarse,  clumsy,  stupid,  Strab., 
like  παχύς  III,  and  παχν?ιός.  Adv. 
•ρώς,  Strab. 

ΐΐΰχννενρέω,  ώ,  (παχύς,  νεΐφον) 
to  have  su-ollen  sinews,  as  in  gout. 

Ίΐύχύνοος,  ov,  contr.  -νονς,  ovv, 
thick-witted,  [ΰ] 

ΤΙαχννος.  ov,  poet,  for  foreg.  [ϋ] 

αίαχϋνος,  ov,  ό  and  T],Pachijnus,  the 
southeastern  promontory  of  Sicily, 
now  Cape  Passaro,  Strab.  p.  265  :  in 
Polyb.  1,  54,  also  άκρα  τον  ΪΙαχννον. 
[ν  also  in  Dion.  P.  409,  471.]  ' 

αίαχννιος,  a,  ov,  of  Pachynns, 
Pachynian  ;  and 

αίαχννικός,  ή,  όν,  Ath.  4  C. 

ΤΙύχννσις,  ευς.  ή,  (παχύνω)  α  thick- 
ening. Arist.  Meteor.  4,  6,  4. 

Τίΰχνντικός,  i],  όν,  of  or  fit  for 
thickening,  etc. 

ΤΙάχύνο),  (παχύς)  to  thicken,  to  fat- 
ten. Plat.  Gorg.  518  C,  Rep.  343  Β  ; 
KOTm>  Ζ7μ'ύς,  Aesch.  Supp.  618,  si 
vera  1. — Pass,  to  become  thick,  of  the 
skull.  Hdt.  3,  12;  to  grow  fat.  Ar. 
Ach.  791  ;  to  be  swolleji.  δαιτί,  Mel. 
120  ;  to  be  enlarged,  of  the  sun  in  a 
mist,  Dion.  P.  35;  metaph..  όλβος 
άγαν  παχννθείς,  wealth  '  that  has 
waxed  fai,'  Xesch.  Theb.  771.— Phi- 
lostr.  and  Galen,  have  a  pf  pass. 
πεπάχνσμαι.  [ϋ] 

ΥΙάχύπονς,  ποδός,  6,  ή,  thick-footed. 

ΤΙάχύραβδος.  ov,  with  thick  rods  or 
stripes :  better  παχνρβ. 

ΪΙάχνρΙν,  Ινος,  ο,  η,  thick-nosed, 
better  παχύ^βιν. 

Τίΰχνβ^ιζος,  ov,  thick-rooted. 

ΤΙάχνρ^νγχος,  ov.  thick-snouted. 

ΙΙΑ'ΧΤ'Σ,  tta,  ύ,  thick,  large,  .itout, 
χειρ.  ανχήν,  μηρός,  Horn.,  always  in 
good  signf,  of  large,  stout  limbs  ;  so, 
-.  πους.  Has.  Opp.  495 :  also,  τγ. 
λ.άας.  a  large,  heavy,  stone,  II.  12. 446  ; 
π.  αυλός  αίματος.  Od.  22,  18;  π. 
ελάτη,  Hes.  Op.  507  ;  βρναλ.λίδες, 
Ar.  Nub.  59  ;  of  linen,  thick,  coarse, 
opp.  to  λ.επτός.  Plat.  Crat.  389  B.— 
2.  of  the  con.'^istenca  of  a  mass,  thick, 
curdled,  clotted,  opp.  to  thin  and 
liquid,  αίμα,  II.  23,  697.-3.  later,  fat, 
opp.  to  λεπτός,  π.  χοΐρης,  Ar.  Ach. 
766 ;  γη  π.,  rich  land,  Lat.  pinguis 
terra,  Xen.  Oec.  17,  8. — i.  generally, 
great,  π.  πράγμα,  χάρις,  Ar.  Lvs.  23, 
Eccl.  1048.— II.  in  Hdt.  5,30,  77,  etc., 
οι  παχεες.  are  the  men  of  substance, 
the  wealthy  ;  so  in  Ar.  Eq.  1139,  Vesp. 
287,  Pac.  639  :  in  Hesych.  oi  πάχη- 
τες.  —  III.  in  prose,  thick-witted,  dull, 
stupid,  like  Lat.  pinguis,  crassus,  opp. 
to  ακριβής,  λ.επτός.  οξύς — άμαθης 
και  π.,  Ar.  Nub.  842  ;  παχνς  ες  τάς 
τέχνας,  too  dull  for  the  arts,  Hipp. ; 
π.  την  μνήμην,  Philostr.  : — παχέα 
κρώζειν,  to  croak  hoarsely,  Arat.  953. 
— IV.  proverb.,  παχεια  παρά  σφνρόν 
γυνή,  of  a   lewd  woman,  v.  χαμαι- 


ΠΕΔΑ 

Ti^ffj;.— -V.  Adv.-ecjf :  whence  compar. 
-ντερ^ίςοχ-ύτερον.  Plat.  Pout.  294  E, 
295  A. — VI.  compar.  πάσσων,  ov,  Od. 
6,  230,  etc.;  πάχιΐύν,  ov.  Arat.;  cf. 
πάχετος  II : — Superl.  πάχιστος,  II. 
16,  314  ;  regul.  παχύτερης  and  παχύ' 
τατος,  post-Hom.  (From  πήγννμι, 
παγήναι.)  [^^} 

ΤΙΰχνσκελής,  ες,  {παχύς,  σκέλος) 
thick-legged,  Poeta  ap.  Plut,  2,  1101  F. 

Ώάχνστομέω,  ώ,  to  speak  broad  or 
roughly,  Strab. ;  and 

ΤΙάχυστομία,  ας,  ή.  broadness  of 
pronunciation,  Strab.  ;  from 

ΙΙάχύστομος,  ov,  (παχύς,  στόμα) 
wide-mouthed,  of  a  drinking  cup,  He- 
nioch.  Gorg.  1. — II.  metaph.,  speaking 
broad  or  roughly,  Strab.  :  but  Schnei- 
der prefers  τραχνστ-. 

ΤΙαχυσχοίνω  πτωκί — corrupt  read- 
ing in  Antn.  P.  9, 227 :  Br.  δασνκνήμφ, 
Jacobs  ταχνσκύρθμφ. 

ΊΙάχύτης,  ητος,  ή,  (παχύς)  thick- 
7tess,  of  stalks,  skin,  etc.,  Hdt.  4,  74, 
173  :  the  thick  part  or  sediment  of 
liquor,  lb.  23. — II.  thickness  of  wit, 
dulness.  [ΰ] 

ΤΙάχντράχηλ.ος,  ov,  thick-necked, 
Geop. 

ΊΙύχντρΐχος,  ον,=:παχύθριξ. 

ΐΐάχύφ/.οως,  ov,  (παχύς,  φλοιός) 
with  a  thick  rind  or  bark,  Diosc. 

ΤΙάχύφρυν,  ov,  gen.  ονος,=  παχύ- 
νοος. 

ΥΥάχύφυλλ.ος,  ov,  (παχύς,  φύλ.λ,ον) 
thick-leaved. 

ΤΙάχνχειλίής,  ef,=sq.,  Leon.  Tar. 
1,  e  conj.  Reisk. 

ΐΐαχύχειλ,ος,  ov,  (παχύς,  χείλος) 
thick-lipped,  Arist.  H.  A.  4,  4,  7. 

ΤΙάχύχνλος,  ov,  (παχύς,  χν?ιός) 
with  thick  juices,  Theophr.  :  also 
■χυμός. 

ΪΙάώτης,  ov,  ό,  Lacon.  for  παύς, 
πηός,  η  blood-relation. 

^ΤΙεγκά/ιας,  ό,  the  Pencalas,  a  river 
of  Phrygia,  Paus.  8,  4,  3. 

Τΐέδά,  Dor.  and  Aeol.  for  μετά, 
Pind. ;  less  correctly  πεδά,  Bockh 
V.  1.  Pind.  P.  5.  47  ;  but  v.  Buttm. 
Ausf  Gr  ^  117  Anm.  8,  n. 

Ώεδάα.  Ep.  for  πεδα,  3  sing.  pres. 
from  TTfi^au,  Od. 

ΐΙεδάσσκον.Ερ.  and  Ion.  impf  from 
πεδάω,  Od.  [δά] 

ΤΙεδάγρετος,  ov.  Dor.  and  Aeol.  for 
μετάγρετος  (άγρα),  caught  in  its  flight 
or  by  pursuit. 

Τίεδαίρω,  Dor.  and  Aeol.  for  μεταί• 
ρω,  Eur.  Phoen.  1027,  etc. 

ΙΙεδαίχμιος,  ov.  Dor.  and  Aeol.  for 
μετ;  Aesch.  Cho.  589. 

Ιίεδάμαρος  or  πεδύμερος,  ov,  v, 
sub  πεδάορσς. 

ΤΙεδάαήβω,  Aeol.  and  Dor.  for  με• 
ταμείβω,  Pind.  Ο.  12,  18. 

ΙΙεδάνός,  ή,  όν,  (πέδον)  like  πεδι- 
νός :  —  growing  low,  short,  little,  Lat. 
humilis,  Nic.  Th.  226,  289. 

ΐΐεδάορος,  ov,  Aeol.  and  Dor.  for 
πεδήορος  (q.  v.),  μετήορος,  Aesch. 
Cho.  590,  e  conj.  Stanl. :  the  old 
reading  is  πεδάμαρος.  supposed  to 
be  a  Dor.  and  Aeol.  form,  deriv.  from 
ήμαρ,=μεθημέρος.  which  at  all  events 
should  be  πεδάμερος.  [ά] 

ίΤΙεδάριτος.  ov,  ό,  Pedaritus,  son 
of  Leon,  a  leader  of  the  Lacedaemo- 
nians, Thuc.  8,  28,  sqq. 

ΤΙεδάρσιος.  ov,  Aeol.  and  Dor.  for 
μετάρσ-,  Aesch.  Pr.  269,  etc. 

ΤΙεδανγάζω.  Aeol.  and  Dor.  for  με- 
rat•}  άςω,  Pind.  Ν.  10,  115. 

Τίέδανρος,  or,  Aeol.  for  μετέωρος, 
Sappho,  dub. 

ΤΙεόάφρων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  in  Pind. 
P.  8,  103,  has  been  usu.  taken  as 
Dor.  and  Aeol.  for  μετάφρων,  wise  too 
1135 


ΠΕΔΙ 

late :  but  it  is  now  read  πίδ'  αφρόνων, 
with  the  foolish. 

Πε(5άωι  ώ,  f.  -ήσω :  Ep.  and  Ion. 
impt.  ττεόύασκον,  Od.  23,  353  :  {πέδη). 
Strictly,  to  bind  with  fetters  ;  general- 
ly, to  bind,  fasten,  θνρας,  Od.  21,  391  ; 
to  bind,  shackle,  trammel,  hinder,  δύλφ 
άρμα  πεδήσαι,  II.  23,  585,  cf.  Pind.  P. 

6,  32,  N.  5,  49;  so,  ττ.  γυΐα,  II.  13, 
435;  νήα  π.  ίνΐ  πόντφ,  Od.  13,  168; 
C.  dupl.  ace,  ΰς  μ'  έπέδησε  βλέφαρα, 
Od.  23,  17  :  in  Horn.  esp.  of  a  Deity 
overruling  a  mortal's  will,  'Κτη,  Μοί- 
ρα, θεός, Άθήνη  έπέδιισε,  ο.  ace. pers., 
11.  4,  517  ;  19,  94,  Od.  23,  353  ;  of  sleep. 
Soph.  Aj.  676 :  also  c.  inf ,  "Εκτορα 
uelvat  uolp'  έπέδησε,  fate  chained 
Hector  to  the  spot,  U.  22,  5,  cf  Od. 
3,  269  ;  18,  155  ;  so,  c.  gen.  pro  inf,  as 
with  κωλύω,  ΰςτις  μ'  αθανάτων  πε- 
όάα  και  έδησε  κελενθου,  Od.  4,  380 
(unless  here  the  gen.  be  confined  to 
δέω,  q.  V.) :  —  rare  in  prose,  π.  τον 
μούναρχον,  Hdt.  6,  23 ;  καθ''  ϋπνον 
πεόηθεις  δύναμιν.  Plat.  Tim.  71  Ε. 

Ώεδΰωριστής,  υν,  ό.  Dor.  and  Aeol. 
for  μετεωριστής,  'ίππος  π.,  α  rearing 
horse. 

ΥΙεδεινός,  η,  όν,=  πεδίνός,  dub.  in 
Theophr. 

ϋεδέρχομαι,  Aeol.  and  Dor.  for 
μετέρχομαι,  to  follow,  ensue,  Pind.  N. 

7,  109. 

ΊΙεδέχω,  Dor.  and  Aeol.  for  μετέχω, 
Sappho  19. 

ίΐεδέω,  contr.  πεδώ,  Ion.  for  πεδάω, 
post-Hom. 

ΤΙέδη,  ης,  η,  (πέζα)  a  fetter,  Lat. 
pedica,  compes,  usu.  in  plur.  πέδαι,  for 
horses,  II.  13,  36;  for  men,  fSol.  15, 
33t,  Theogn.  539  ;  ζεϋγος  πεδών,  a 
pair  of  fetters,  Hdt.  7,  35;  ες  πέδας 
δησαί  τίνα,  to  put  one  in  fetters,  Hdt. 
5, 77  ;  ai  πέδαι,  kv  Tyat  έΰεδέατο,  lb. ; 
έν  πέδαις  δησαι.  Plat.  Legg.  882  Β  : 
— in  sing.,  of  the  poisoned  robe,  Soph. 
Tr.  1057. — II.  a  term  of  the  menage, 
amode  of  breaking  in  a  horse,  Xen.  Eq. 

3,  5 ;  7,  13  and  14,  cf.  Sturz.  Lex. 
Xen.,  Herm.  Opusc.  1,  p.  73,  sq. 

ΤΙεδήορος,  =  πεδάορος,  Nic.  Th. 
729. 

ΤΙεδήρης,  ες,  =  ποδήρης,  very  dub. 

Τίεδητής,  ού,  ό,  (πεδάω)  one  iiho 
fetters,  a  hinderer,  Anth.  P.  9,  756. 

ΙΙεδήτης,  nv,  6,  (πεδάω  pass.),  one 
fettered,  a  prisoner,  Ar.  Fr.  720. 

ΤίεδΙαΐος,  a,  ov,  v.  sq. 

ΤΙεδιακός,  ή,  όν,  (πεδίον)  of  the 
plain,  dwelling  on  the  plain,  opp.  to 
mountaineers,  maritime  people,  etc. : 
— oi  πεδιακοί,  in  Arist.  Pol.  5,  5,  9, 
the  partu  of  the  plain,  i.  e.  those  who 
opposed  Peisistratus,  called  oi  έκ  τοΰ 
τζεδίου  by  Hdt.  I,  59 ;  o'l  πεδιεΐς  by 
Plut.  Solon  13  ;  also  oi  πεδι,αίοι,  and 
ττεδίάσιοι.  —  Cf.  πάραλος  II,  ΰπερά- 
κρίος. 

Τίεδιάς,  άδος,  pecul.  poet.  fern,  of 
πέδίος,^=πεδινός,  flat,  even,  ■)'η,  Hdt. 

4,  43,  47,  etc. ;  ή  π.  (sc.yij),  Id.  9, 
122 :  π.  οδός,  αμαξιτός,  rind.  P.  5, 
123,  Eur.  Rhes.  283.— II.  on  or  of  the 
plain,  ϋλη.  Soph.  Ant.  420  :  λόγχη  π-, 
an  army  in  the  open  field,  i.  e.  a  battle 
ore  a  fair  field.  Soph.  Tr.  1058. 

fflftJiuf ,  άδος.  ή,  Pedias,  daughter 
of  Menys  of  Lacedaemon,  Apollod.  3, 
14,  5. — II.  an  Attic  deme  ace.  to  Plut. 
Themist.  14. 

ΤίεδΙάαιος,  ov,=  πεδιαΐος : — πεδι- 
άσιμος  is  quite  a  late  form. 

iΐlεδιέες,  ων,  oi,  contd.  ΤΙεδιεΐς, 
Pedies,  a  citv  of  Phocis  on  the  Cephi- 
sus,  Hdt.  8,'83. 

ΊΐΙεδιενς,   έως,  6,  Pedieus,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  an  Athenian  archon,  Diod.  S. ; 
others  in  Dion.  H. ;  etc. 
1136 


ΠΕΔΟ 

I      ΤΙεδιενς,  έως,  ό,  =  πεδιακός,  q.  v. ; 
I  in  Diog.  L.  1,  58,  a  dweller  in  the  plain : 
'.  oi  πεδιείς,  v.  πεδιακός. 
j       ΤΙεδίζω,  (πέδη)  like  ποδίζω,  to  fetter. 

ΪΙεδιήρης,  ες,  (πεδίον,  άρω)  consist- 
ing of  or  abounding  in  plains,  Aesch. 
Pers.  566,  where  the  usu.  reading 
άμπεδιηρεις  should  be  separated,  άμ 
πεδ-. 
J  Πεδικός,  ή,  όν,  (πεδίον)  of  a  plain 
or  surface,  π.  μέτρησις,  iand-measur- 
ing,  Strab. 

ΐΐέδίλον,  ου,  τό,  mostly  in  plur.  (as 
always  in  Hom.  and  Hes.),  sandals,  a 
pair  of  sandals,  put  on  by  persons  go- 
mg  out,  like  υποδήματα :  made  of  ox- 
hide, Od.  14,  23,  etc. ;  adorned  with 
gold,  II.  24,  341,  Od.  1,  97.— II.  any 
covering  for  the  foot,  shoes  :  also,  boots, 
brogues,  ές  γόνν  άνατείνοντα  π.,  Hdt. 
7,  67  ;  περί  τους  πόδας  τε  και  τύς 
κνήμας  π.,  lb.  75. — III.  α  tie  for  cows 
at  milking  time  ;  cf.  καλοπέδιλα. — 
IV.  metaph.,  Δωρί'ω  πεδίλω  ψωνάν 
έναρμόξαι,  i.  e.  to  write  in  Doric 
rhythm,  Pind.  0.3,9:  also,  έι>  τούτω 
πεδιλφ  πόδ'  έχειν,  to  have  one's  foot 
in  this  shoe,  i.  e.  to  be  in  this  condi- 
tion or  fortune,  lb.  6,  11,  ubi  v.  Don- 
alds.    (From  πέδη,  q.  v.) 

Ώ,εδινός,  ή,  όν,  (πεδίον)  flat,  level, 
χώρος,  Hdt.  7,  198,  and  Xen.— II.  of 
the  plain,  opp.  to  ορεινός,  λαγώς,  Xen. 
Cyn.  5,  17. 

ΤΙεδώθεν,  adv.  (πεδίον)  from  the 
plain  orfleld. 

ΤΙέδιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  πέδη. 

ΤΙεδίον,  ου,  τό,  (πέδον)  α  plain,  flat, 
open  couyitry,  a  field  or  succession  of 
fields,  freq.  from  Hom.  and  Hes. 
downwds. :  they  have  it  both  of  cul- 
tivated fields  and  battle-fields :  Hom. 
uses  it  almost  always  in  sing.,  though 
we  find  plur.  in  II.  12,  283,  Hes.  Op. 
386,  as  mostly  in  Att. :  πεδία  πόντου, 
the  oceaM-plains,  Lat.  Neptunia  prala, 
aequora  ponti,  Valck.  Phoen.  216,  cf. 
Aesch.  Fr.  142. — 2.  in  Att.,  the  sing. 
is  used  of  some  particular  plain,  -ό 
θήβης  π.,  Soph.  Ο.  C.  1312 ;  esp.  the 
plain  of  Attica,  Thuc.  2,  55,  Fsae.  53, 
5,  cf.  sub  πεδιακός. — II.  the  bones  be- 
hind the  toes,  Lat.  metatarsi. — III.  pu- 
denda muliebria,  Ar.  Lys.  88.  Cf.  πέ- 
δον.    Hence 

ΐΐεδίονδε,  adv.,  to  the  plain  οτ fields, 
II.  11,492,  etc. 

ΐΐεδιονύμος,  ov,  (πεδίον,  νέμομαι) 
dwelling  in  plains,  π.  θεοί,  the  rural 
deities,  gods  of  the  country,  Aesch. 
Theb.  272.  ^ 

ΐΐεδίοπλόκτϋπος,  in  a  corrupt  pas- 
sage, Aesch.  Theb.  83,  where  Seidl. 
Dochm.  p.  187,  πεδί^  όπλόκτυπα, 
hoof-stricken  plains  :  aliter  Dind.,  q.  v. 

ΊΙέδιος,  ov,  very  dub.  for  πεδιαϊος. 

ΐίεδίονχος,  ov,  (πεδίον,  έχω)  hav- 
ing a  plain,  hence  level,  flat,  used  by 
Schol.  (Soph.  O.  C.  691,  with  s.  q.) 
to  explain  στερνοϋχος. 

ΙίεόΙώδης,  ες,  (πεδίον,  είδος)  like  a 
plain,  level,  v.  foreg. 

iΐlεδvη7ιίσσός,  ov,  ή,  Pednelissus,  a 
city  of  Pisidia,  Strab.  p.  570 :  hence 
Ώεδνηλισσεύς,  έως,  b,  an  inhab.  of  P., 
Polyb.  5,  72,  1. 

Τίεδοβάμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος.  Dor.  for 
πεδοβήμων,  (πέδον,  βαίνω)  walking 
upon  earth,  of  the  earth,  Aesch.  Cho. 
591.  [a] 

Π,εδόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  (πέδον)=πεδι- 
νός,  Nic.  Th.  662. 

ΤΙεδόθεν,  adv.,  (πέδον)  from  the 
ground,  like  χαμόθεν,  Hes.  Th.  680, 
Eur.  Tro.  98  -.—from  the  bottom,  Pind. 
O.  7,  112;  metaph.,  αϊ  τοι  πεδόθεν 
φίλοι  είσίν,  who  are  dear  to  thee  from 
the  bottom  of  thy  heart,  Od.  13,  295 ; 


ΠΕΖΕ 

from  the  beginning,  Pind.  I.  5  (4),  48 : 
cf  Nake  Choeril.  p.  107. 

ΤΙέδοι  (not  πεδοΐ,  cf.  sub  ινδοί), 
adv.,  on  the  ground,  (m  earth,  Aesch. 
Pr.  272. 

Πεδοικέω,  Aeol.  and  Dor.  for  με• 
τοικέω :  from 

ΙΙέδοικος,  ov,  Aeol.  and  Dor.  for 
μέτοικος,  Aesch.  Fr.  45. 

ΐΐεδοκοίτης,  ov,  b,  (πέδον,  κοίττ/) 
lying  on  the  ground,  Anth.  P.  6,  102. 

ΤΙέδον,  ov,  TO,  the  ground,  earth,  H. 
Hom.  Cer.  455,  then  freq.  in  Pind., 
and  Att.  poetry,  πεδίον  only  being 
used  in  prose ;  πέδον  κελενθου  στρών 
vvvai,  Aesch.  Ag.  909;  πέδω  πεσών, 
having  fallen  to  earth.  Id.  iiuni.  479, 
cf  Soph.  El.  747 ;  so,  ^ίπτειν  πέδω, 
Eur.  I.  A.  39,  etc.,  v.  Dind.  Aesch. 
Pr.  749 :  —  also,  πέδον  πατείν,  to 
trample  to  earth,  Id.  Ag.  1357;  λα^ 
πέδον  πατονμενον.  Id.  Cho.  044  : — 
never  used  in  plur.,  Elmsl.  Bacch. 
585.  (Of  same  origin  as  πους:  for 
the  Dor.  altered  the  inflections  gen. 
ποδός,  δίποδος,  etc.  into  πεδύς,  δίπε- 
δος,  etc.,  whence  έκατόμπεδος,  and 
Lat.  pes,  pedis,  akin  to  πέζα,  and  πά- 
τος, q.  V.)     Hence 

ΙΙέδονδε,  adv.,  to  the  grmtnd,  earth- 
wards, II.  13,  796,  Od.  11,  598,  Soph. 
Tr.  786. 

ΤΙεδόσε,  ad  v., ==  foreg.,  Eur.  Bacch. 
137,  599. 

ΤΙεδοσκάφής,  ές,  (πέδον,  σκάπτω) 
digging  the  earth,  Nonn. 

ΙΙεδοστΙβής,  ές,  {πέδον,  στείβω) 
treading  the  earth,  opp.  to  πτεροΰς, 
Aesch.  Supp.  1000;  ΰχος,  πους,  Eur. 
Med.  1123,  Hel.  1516;  ενδεινπ.,ΐά. 
Rhes.  763. — 2.  on  foot,  opp.  to  ίππη- 
/.άτης,  Aesch.  Pers.  127. 

ΐΐεδοτρεφής,  ές,  (πέδον,  τρέφω)  fed 
on  οτ  by  earth,  Nonn. 

ΐΐεόοτρίβής,  ές,  (πέδον,  τρίβω) 
wearing  away  the  ground,  Nonn. 

ΐΐεδότρι-ψ,  Ιβος,  b  and  ή,  (πέδη, 
τρίβω)  wearing  out  fetters,  comic  epith. 
of  good-for-nothing  slaves,  like  πέ• 
δων,  τριπέόων,  Lat.  furcifer,  Luc. 
Saturn.  8. 

ϋέδονρος,  ov.  Dor.  =  πέδαυρος ; 
dub. 

ΐΐέδων,  ωνος,  b,  (πέδη)  a  good-for- 
nothing  slave,  like  πεδότριψ,  hence 
τριπέδων :  cf  κέντρων. 

^ΤΙεδωριστάς,  b,  for  πεδαωριστάς 
Dor.  for  μετεωριστής,  Theocr.  Ep. 
17,  5. 

ΐΐεδώρϋχος,  ov,  (πέδον,  όρύσσω) 
digging  the  soil,  Anth.  P.  10,  101. 

Τίέζύ,  ης,  η,  the  foot,  orig.  Dor.  and 
Arcad.  for  πους,  Anth.  P.  12,  176:— 
usu.  metaph.,  the  bottom  or  end  of  a 
body,  έπΙ  βνμφ  πέζ^  έπι  πρώττ),  on 
the  pole  at  the  very  etid,  II.  24,  272 : 
also,  π.  βνμοϋ,  the  pole-end,  Eust. : 
— in  a  garment,  the  hem,  tuck,  border, 
Ap.  Rh.  4,  46,  Anth.  P.  6,  287.— II.  α 
round  fishing-net,  Opp.  H.  3,  83. 

ΐΐίζΰκοντιστής,  ov,  b,  (πεζός,  ακον- 
τίζω) afoot-javelin-man,  Polyb.  3, 72,2. 

ΤΙέζαρχος,  ov,  (πεζός,  άρχω)  lead- 
ing infantry  or  a  land-army :  ό  7Γ.,  β 
leader  of  foot,  Xen.  Cyr.  5,  3,  41. 

ΙΙεζέμπορος,  ov,  (πεζός,  έμπορος) 
trafficking  by  land,  Strab. 

ΐΐίζέταιροι,  oi,  (πεζός,  εταίροι)  the 
foot-guards  in  the  Macedon.  army,  the 
horse-guards  being  called  simply  εταί- 
ροι, Dem.  23,  2,  Plut.  Flamin.  17  ;  cf. 
Thirlw.  Hist,  of  Gr.  5,  p.  179. 

ΪΙέζενμα,  ατός,  τό,  infantry,  foot. 

ΙΙεζεντικός,  ή,  όν,  able  to  walk,  go- 
ing on  foot ;  π.  ζώα,  opp.  to  πτηνά, 
νευστικά,  Arist.  Gen.  An.  1,  1,  5: 
from 

Τίεζεύω,  (πεζός)  to  go  or  travel  on 


ΠΕΖΟ 
.  foot,  walk,  opp.  to  riding  or  driving, 
έτΓΐ  γαίας  πόδα  πε^ενων,  Eur.  Ale. 
869,  cf.  Jac.  A.  P.  pi  592.-2.  to  go  or 
tTavd  by  land,  opp.  to  going  by  sea, 
Xen.  An.  5,  5,  14;  ai  ττεζενοντες, 
land-forces,  Arist.  Pol.  7,  6,  -8 :  c.  ace. 
cognato,  7Γ.  όδόρ,  Strab. :  ττ.  δια  της 
θαλάσσης,  of  Xerxes  at  the  Helles- 
pont, Isoer.  58  E. 

Τίεζ^,  V.  sub  ττεζός  IV. 

ΐΙε•,ικός,  ή,  όν,  {ττεζός)  on  foot  ot  by 
land,  belonging  to  a  walker,  or  foot-sol- 
dier, ο~Λα  Ίτζττικά  η  S".,  Plat.  Legg. 
753  Β  :  7Ϊ.  Ζ^εώς,  infantry,  or  simply 
«it  army,  opp.  to  a  fleet,  dub.  1.  in  a 
Fr.  of  Aesch. :  also,  στρατιά  -.,  Thu&. 

6,  33  ;  7,  16  (but  Bekk.  ■:τεζός) ;  or  -6 
■K.,  Xen. ;  ότλα  ττ..  Plat.  Legg.  753  B. 
— The  old  Gramm.  condemn  the  use 
of  this  word  in  prose  for  πεζός,  v.  Ar* 
nold  Thuc.  6,  33. 

ΐΐέζιϊ,  ικος,  and  ιτέζις,  ιος,  ή,  a  kind 
o{ fungus  mthout  a  stalk,  Theophr.  ap. 
Ath.  62. 

ΤΙεζίς,  ίδος,  ^,=^πέζα,  Ar.  Fr.  409, 

ΙΙεζίτΐίς,  βν,  ό,^=πεζός.  [ί] 

ΐΙεζοι3άτέω,  ύ,  {πεζός,  βαίνυ)  τβ 
πέλαγος,  to  walk  the  sea,  v.  1.  Anth. 
P.  9,  551. 

ΙΙεζοβόας,  Dor.  for  -βόης,  ov,  δ, 
(τΐεζός,  βοάί,ί)  strictly,  one  who  shouts 
the  battle-cry  on  foot ;  hence,  a  foot- 
soldier,  Pind.  N.  9,  81. 

ΙΙεζογραφέο),  ύ,  to  write  prose:  from 

ΐίεζογράφος,  ov,  (πεζός,  γράφω) 
writing  prose  :  ό  7Γ.,  a  prose-ioriter. 

ΐίεζοθηρία,  ας,  ij,  {πεζός,  θηράω) 
hunting,  as  opp.  to  fishing.    Hence 

ΤΙεζοθηρικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to  πε- 
ζοθηρία ;  -ο  π.  =  foreg..  Plat.  Soph. 
220  Α. 

Τίεζο%εκτέω,=πεζολογέω :  from 

Τνεζο7^κτης,  ου,  ό,  (πεζός,  /.έγω)= 
πεζο'λόγος. 

ΐίεζο'λογέω,  ώ,  (πεζο2.όγος)  to  speak 
or  ivrite  in  prose.     Hence 

ΐίεζολογία,  ας,  η,  a  speaking  or 
writing  in  prose. 

Τίεζο'λογίκώς,  adv.,  in  prose. 

ΤΙεζοΑ-όγος,  ov,  (πεζός,  λέγω)  speak- 
ing ov  writing  iti  prose. 

ΐίεζομάχέω,  ώ,  (πεζομάχος)  Ιο  fight 
on  foot:  to  fight  by  land,  opp.  to  vav- 
μαχέω,  Hdt.  3,  45,  Ar.  Vesp.  685, 
Thuc,  etc. 

ΤΙεζομάχης,  ov,  6,  =  πεζομάχος, 
Pind.  P.  2, 121.  [ώ]    Hence 

ΐίεζομαχία.  ας,  ή, a  battle  of  infantry : 
a  battle  by  land,  opp.  to  νανμαχία,  Hdt, 
8,  15,  Thuc.  1,  23,  etc. 

ΐίεζσμάχος,  ov,  (πεζός,  μάχομαι) 
fighting  on  foot  or  by  land,  Luc.  Ma- 
crob.  17. 

ΐίεζονομικός,  ή,  όν,  {πεζός,  νομός) 
belonging  to  grazing  or  pasturage  :  ή  π. 
(so.  επιστήμη),  grazing,  Plat.  Polit. 
264  E,  cf.  265  C. 

ΤΙεζονόμος,  ov,  (πεζός,  νέμω)  dwell- 
ing on  land,  commanding  by  layid,  opp. 
to  θαλασσονόμος,  Aesch.  Pers.  76. 

ΐίεζοπορέω,  ω,  to  go  on  foot  or  by 
land,  Xen.  Hipparch.  4,  1,  Luc.  Alex. 
53  :  from 

ΐίεζοπόρος,  ov,  (πεζός,  πορεύομαι) 
going  on  foot,  Mel.  80  ;  π.  πελάγους, 
Anth.  P.  9,  304. 

Τίεζός,  ή,  όν,  (πεζά,  πέδον,  πους) 
on  foot,  walking,  Hom.,  who  oft.  op- 
poses πεζοί,  fighters  on  foot,  to  'ιππείς. 
Ιπποι :  in  Hdt.  πεζός  στρατός  is  some- 
times/ooz-soWiery,  opp.  to  ή  ϊππος,  as 
I,  80 ;  4,  128  ;  sometimes  a  land-army, 
opp.  to  ή  ναυτικί].  Id.  4,  97,  etc. :  also, 
ό  π.  (sc.  στρατός),  3,  25 ;  and  το  πεζόν, 

7,  81  ;  for  which,  later,  το  πεζικόν  is 
also  found. — II.  on  land,  going  or  trav- 
elling by  land,  Horn.  (esp.  in  Od.),  πε- 
ζός ιών,  opp.  to  tv  VTjt,  Od.  II,  58; 

72 


ΠΕΙΘ 

hence  also  το  πεζόν,  cf.  supra. — III. 
metaph.  of  language,  not  rising  above 
the  ground,  prosaic,  opp.  to  poetic,  and 
so,  π.  λόγος,  like  Lat.  oralio  jxdeslris, 
prose,  cf.  IV.  2. — 2.  hence  also  of  the 
lower  comic  poetry,  as  opp.  to  the 
loftier  style  of  tragic  and  lyric,  as 
Horace  calls  his  satires  sermoni  pro- 
piora,  and  repentes  per  humum. — 3.  in 
music,  like  ψιλός,  of  either  vocal  or 
instrumental  music,  without  the  accom- 
paniments of  the  other.  Soph.  Fr.  15. — 
4.  so,  πείαι  εταίροι,  and  ih  Plat. 
(Com.)  Symm.  12,  πεζαΐ  μόσχοι,  com- 
mon courtesans,  opp.  to  έταϊραι  μου- 
σικαί  or  μονσοποιοί:  —  v.  Ellendt 
Lex,  Soph,  in  voc. — IV.  dat.  fem.  πε- 
ζ^,  as  adv., — 1.  (sub.  o<5w).  on  foot  or 
by  land,  usu.  the  latter,  Hdt.  2,  159, 
Thuc,  etc. ;  πεζι)  επεσθαι,  to  follow 
by  land.  Hdt,  7,  110,  115  :  so  too,  ret 
πεζά,  Thuc.  4,  12, — 2,  in  prose,  πεζ^ 
μοι  φράσον.  Plat,  Soph.  237  A. 

ΤΙεζοφΰνής,  ες,  (πεζός,  φαίνομαι) 
like  prose. 

Τίεζόψορος,  {πεζός,  φέρω)  χιτών,  ό, 
a  gown  reaching  to  the  feet ;  or,  better, 
act.,  πεζοφόρος,  having  a  tuck  or  bor- 
der, Aesch.  Fr,  226  ;  v.  πέζα. 

ΐΐεΐ.  Dor.  for  πή,  που,  like  εΐ  for 
f),  ov. 

ΧΙεΙαρ,  τό,  f.  1.  for  πΐαρ ;  also  f.  1. 
for  πεΐραρ,  Od.  5,  289. 

ϋίειθαγόρας,  ov,  6,  Pithagoras,  a 
seer,  Arr.  An.  7,  18. 

\ΤΙειθαγόρης,  ου  Ion.  εω,  ο,  lon.^ 
foreg.,  a  tyrant  of  Selinus  in  Sicily, 
Hdt.  5,  46. 

ΤΙειθΰνάγκη,  ης,  η,  (πειθώ,  ανάγκη) 
compulsion  under  the  disguise  of  persua- 
sion or  request,  Polyb.  22,  25,  8,  cf. 
Cic.  Att.  9,  13:— the  Thessalian  and 
Spartan  πειθανάγκη  became  prover- 
bial, Wyttenb.  Ep.  Cr.  p.  196. 

Τίειθανός,  πειθανολογία,  etc.,  f.  1. 
for  πιθαν-. 

ΤΙειθάνωρ,  ορός,  ό,  η.  Ion.  πειθ/'/- 
νωρ,  {πείθομαι,  ΰ,νήρ)  obeying  men, 
obedient,  Aesch.  Ag.  1639.  [α] 

ΐίειθαρχέω,  ώ,  f  -ήσω,  (πείθαρχος) 
to  obey  one  in  authority;  generally,  ίο 
be  obedient,  τινί.  Soph.  Tr.  1178,  Eur., 
etc.  ;  τοις  νόμοις,  Ar.  Eccl.  762,  etc. : 
— the  mid.  is  used  in  the  same  signf. 
by  Hdt.  5,  91.    Hence 

ΙΙειθάρχησις,  ^,=sq.,  Euseb. 

ΤΙειθαρχία,  ας,  η,  obedience,  Aesch. 
Theb.  224,  Soph.  Ant.  676 :   and 

ΤΙειθαρχικός,  ή,  όν,  obeying  readily, 
obedient,  Arist.  Eth.  N.  1,  13,  18  :  from 

Τίείθαρχος,  ov,  (πείθομαι,  αρχή) 
obeying  one  in  authority,  obedient,  π. 
φρήν,  Aesch.  Pers.  374. 

ΤΙείθημι,  Aeol.  for  πείθω,  Sappho. 

ΤΙειθήμων,  ov,  (πείθομαι)  obedient, 
obsequious,  τινί,  to  one,  Anth.  :  in 
Eccl.,  having  faith. — II.  act.  persuad- 
ing, convincing,  Wem.  Tryph.  455. 

ΐίειθήνιος,  ov,  {πείθομαι,  ηνία)  obe- 
dient to  the  rein,  of  a  horse,  Flut.  2, 
592  Β  :  generally,  obedient,  lb.  90  B, 
etc. — II.  act.  that  makes  obedient,  χα- 
λινός, lb.  369  C. 

^Τίειθιάνασσα,  ης,  ή,  Pithianassa, 
an  attendant  of  Semele,  Nonn. 

ίΐίειθίας,  ου,  ό,  Pithias,  a  Corcy- 
rean,  a  friend  of  the  Athenians,  Thuc. 
3,70. 

ίΐΙειθο?Μς,  6, 1.  e.  'Π.ειθό?.αος,  Pi- 
tholas,  a  Thessalian,  Dem.  1376,  5. 

ΤΙειθός,  ή,  όν,  a  form  of  πιθανός, 
against  analogy,  in  1  Cor.  2,  4. 

ΠΕΓΘί2,  to  per.<niade,  Hom..  and 
Has. :  fut.  πείσω,  Hom. :  aor.  1  εττεί- 
σα  (of  which  Hom.  has  only  opt.  πεί- 
σειε,  Od.  14, 123) :  aor.  2  έπΐθον,ΐΜΒ  in 
Hom.  never  in  indie,  and  always  with 
Ep.  redupl.,  πεπϊθεϊν,  πεπίθών,  πεπί- 


ΠΕΙΘ 

θωμεν,  πεπίθοιμεν,  etc.,  ■πέπίθε,  Η. 
Αρ.  275  ;  pf.  πεπεικα. — Mid.  and  pass. 
πείθομαι,  to  obey,  Hom. :  fut.  πείσο- 
μαι  (just  like  the  fut.  of  πάσχω), 
Hom. :  aor.  2  έπϊθόμην,  έπίθοντο, 
Hes, ;  imperat,  πιθον,  Hes.  ;  inf.  πι- 
θέσθαι,  Hom. ;  and  redupl.  in  opt., 
πεπίθοιτο,  II.  10.  204.  —  Intr.  tenses 
of  act.,  in  pass>  signf.,  pf.  2  πέποιΟα, 
Horn.,  and  Hes..  Ion.  plqpf.  πεποίθεα, 
Od.  4,  43^  ;  8,  181,  syncop.  1  pi.  έπέ- 
-ίθμεν,  II.  2,  341 ;  4,  159  :  in  same 
signf.  pf  pass,  πέπεισμαι,  an  imperat. 
πέπεισθι  in  Aesch.  Eum.  599  : — Pind. 
also  uses  a  part.  aor.  2  πιθών=πιθό- 
μενος,  P.  3,  50  ;  and  πεπιθών  in  same 
signf.,  I.  3  (4),  fin.  ;  but  Herm.  alters 
both  passages,  to  avoid  the  solecism. 
— As  if  from  a  collat.  form  πίθέω, 
Hom.  has  a  fut.  πΐθήσω  and  part.  aor. 
πίθήσας,  both  intr.  (the  latter  also  in 
Pind.  P.  4,  194,  Aesch.  Cho.  619); 
but  the  redupl.  subj.  aor.  πεπίθήσω, 
transit.,  II.  22,  223  :  πιθήσας  is  also 
in  Hes,  (With  πείθω,  έπΐθον,  cf. 
Lat.  fido,  fides.) 

I.  act.  to  prevail  upon,  win  over  by 
any  fair  means,  esp.  by  words,  to  talk 
over,  persuade,  τινά,  oft.  in  Horn.,  who 
oft.  adds  φρένας,  θνμόν,  θνμόν  ένΐ 
στήθεσσιν :  later  usu.  c.  ace.  pers., 
π.  Tivu  λιταΐς,  Pind.  O.  2, 144,  Trag., 
etc.  ;  c.  ace.  pers.  et  inf.,  II.  22,  223,. 
etc. ;  in  prose  also,  π.  τινά  ώςτε  δού- 
ναι, etc.,  Hdt.  6,  5;  π.  τίνα  εΙς  τι,. 
Thuc.  5,  76:  πείθω  έμαντόν,  Ι  per- 
suade myself,  am  persuaded,  believe, 
like  πείθομαι.  Plat.  Gorg.  453  A,  etc. : 
^'req.  in  part.,  πείσας,  by  persuasion, 
i.  e.  by  consent  of  the  other  party,  by 
fair  means,  opp.  to  kv  δό7.ω.  Soph. 
Phil.  102,  cf.  612  ;  πόλιν  πείσας,  hav- 
ing   obtained    the   city's    consent,   Id. 

0.  C  1298 ;  oi)  πείσας,  without  con- 
sent obtained, — but,  μη  πείσας,  unless 
by  leave.  Plat.  Legg.  844  E,  Aeschin., . 
etc.  : — in  impf.,  to  endeavour  to  per- 
suade.— II.  special  usages  : — I.  to  talk 
over,  mislead  by  cunning,  lead  into  ill,  . 
merely  euphem.  for  ίο  cheat,  betray,  11. 

1,  132,  Od.  2,  106,  etc.— 2.  to  move,  pre- 
vail on  by  entreaty,  II.  24,  219,  Od.  14, 
363. — 3.  to  soften,  appease,  propitiate, 
make  one's  friend,  II.  1,  100;  9,  112, 
Hes.  Sc.  450,  and  so  in  Att. ;  and  thus 
too  in  bad  signf.,  π.  τίνα  χρήμασι,  to 
bribe,  Hdt.  8,  134  ;  so,  π.  έπι  μισθφ  or 
μισθία,  Id.  8,  4  ;  9,  33  ;  proverb.,  δώρα 
θεονς  πείθει,  Hes.  Fr.  87  (ap.  Plat. 
Rep.  390  E) ;  so,  later,  πείθειν  τινά, 
alone,  Lys.  110,  13. — 4.  to  move,  im- 
pel, stir  up,  θνέλλας,  II.  15,  26. — 5.  to 
bring  to  obedience,  make  to  obey,  II.  9, 
345. — 6.  c.  dupl.  ace,  πείθειν  τινά  τι, 
to  persuade  one  of  a  thing,  first,  in 
Hat.  1,  163;  so,  έπειθαν  ουδέν  ονδε- 
va,  Aesch.  Ag.  1212 ;  also  c.  ace.  rei 
only,  to  carry,  establish  a  point,  π.  pfj- 
σιν.  Id.  Supp.  615  ;  μη  πεϊθ'  a  μή 
δει.  Soph.  Ο.  C.  1442  ;  cf.  infra  II.  3. 

B.  Pass,  and  mid.,  to  be  moved  by 
fair  means,  esp.  by  words,  to  be  won 
over,  prevailed  on,  persuaded  to  comply, 
very  freq.  in  Hom.,  usu.  absol. :  also 
Att.,  esp.  in  imperat.,  πείθου  or  πί- 
θου, listen,  yield,  Herm.  Soph.  El. 
1003  ;  he  explains  πείθου  by  sine  tibi 
persuaderi,  πιθον  by  obedi,  implying 
immediate  compliance,  cf,  Ellendt 
voc,  sub  fin. — 2.  πείθεσθαί  τινι,  to 
listen  to  one,  obey  him,  freq,  from 
Hom.  downwds. ;  εις  αγαθόν,  II,  Π; 
788,  also  sometimes  c,  dupl.  dat,, 
έπεσι,  μύθοις  π.  τινί.  Π,  1,  150;  23, 
157  ;  γήραϊ  πείθεσθαί,  to  yield  to,  bend 
under  old  age,  Π.  23,  645  :  so,  στιιγε- 
pf]  δαιτι  πείθεσθαί,  to  comply  with  the 
custom  of  eating,  sad  though  the 
1137 


ΠΕΙΝ 

meal  be,  Γ.  23,  48  :  but,  πείθεσβαι 
ννκτί,  to  comply  with  night's  invita- 
tion to  sleep,  U.  8,  502 ;  9,  65 :  also 
with  adj.  iieut.,  πάντα  ττιθέσβαι,  to 
obey  in  all  things,  Od.  17,  21,  cf.  Jl.  1, 
289  ;  20,  4ϋϋ  (where  πείσεσΟαι  is  usu. 
wrongly  explained  as  pass.  I'or  πει- 
σβήσεσΟαι),  11.  4,  93  ;  7,  48,  Hdt.  G, 
100,  etc. ;  so  soinctunes  in  Att.,  as, 
πείβεσβαι  τα  δίκαια,  Valck.  Hipp. 
1288  :— lor  the  dat.,  Hdt.  sometimes 
has  the  gen.,  ττείθεσθαί  τίνος,  1,  12G, 
ubi  V.  Bahr,  5,  29,  33 ;  so  also  Thuc. 
7,  73,  cf.  Matth.  Gr.  Gr.  S^  3G2  :  the 
gen.  occurs  as  v.  1.  in  11.  10,  57. — 3. 
-πείθεσβαι  τινι,  to  believe  or  tnt^t  in  a 
thing,  be  persuaded  of  it,  Hoin.  USU. 
with  μνθω :  C.  int.,  to  believe  that.., 
Od.  IG,  192,  Hdt.  1,  8,  etc. :  later  also 
sometunes  with  an  adj.  neut.,  τα  περί 
Αίγνπτον,  τα  εξαγγελθέντα  π.,  Hdt. 
2,  12;  8,  81  ;  so  c.  dat.  pers.,  ταντα 
Αίσχίνΐ}  πείθονται,  Hdt.  G,  100 ;  πεί- 
θεσθε  τοντφ  ταύτα,  Ar.  Thesin.  592  ; 
ταϊιτ'  εγώ  σοί  ον  πείθομαι,  Ι  do  not 
take  this  on  your  word,  Plat.  Phaedr. 
235  B. — II.  intr.  2  pf.  πέποιθα,  inf. 
πεποιθέναι,  to  trust,  rely  on,  have  con- 
fidence in,  c.  dat.  pers.  vel  rei,  Horn., 
and  Hes.  ;  c.  dat.  pers.  et  inf.,  II.  13, 
90,  Od.  IG,  71  :  absoL,  δφμα  πεποί- 
θηζ,  that  you  may  feel  confidence,  II.  1, 
524,  Od.  13,  344;  also  c.  inf.  only, 
πέποιθα  τούτ'  έπισπάσειν  κλέος.  I 
trust  to  win  this  fame,  Soph.  Aj.  7G9  ; 
χρημασι  έπεποίθεσαν  όιωθέεσθαι, 
Hdt.  9,  88  ;  σέβειν  πεποιθώς,  daring 
to..,  Aesch.  Theb.  530. — III.  the  post- 
Hom.  perf.  pass,  πέπεισμαι  has  usu. 
.the  signf.  to  be  fully  persuaded,  believe, 
trust  in,  τινί,  Aesch.  Bum.  599,  etc. : 
but  also  of  things,  to  be  believed,  ad- 
mitted, Ar.  Thesrn.  1170.     Hence 

ΐΐείθώ,  ύης  contr.  ονς,  ή,  Puho, 
Persuasion  as  a  goddess,  Lat.  Suada, 
Suadila,  Hes.  Op.  73,  Th.  349,  Piiid., 
and  Trag.,  cf.  Hdt.  8,  111,  Isocr.  An- 
tid.  §  2UG.  She  is  the  handmaid  of 
Venus,  Pind.  P.  9,  70,  Aesch.  Supp. 
1040  ;  opp.  to  ΒΑϊ,  Jac.  Philostr.  p. 
245  ;  had  a  temple  at  Corinth,  Paus. 
2,  4,  6. — II.  as  appellat.,  the  faculty 
of  persuasion,  winning  eloquence,  persua- 
siveness, πειθούς  ΙπαοιόαΙσιν,  Aesch. 
Pr.  172,  etc. — 2.  a  persuasion  ill  the 
mind,  Aesch.  Ag.  385. — 3.  α  means 
of  persuasion,  inducement,  argument, 
.Eur.  I.  A.  104;  πειθώ  τίνα  ζητείν, 
Ar.  Nub.  1398. — 4.  obedience,  Xen. 
Cyr.  2,  3,  19 ;  3,  3,  8.-5.  dat.  πειθοΐ, 
by  fair  means,  opp.  to  βία,  Xen.  Mem. 
1,7,5. 

t  Πείθων,  όνος,  ό,  Plthon,  a  Mace- 
donian, son  of  Crateas,  Arr.  An.  G, 
28,  4. — 2.  son  of  Agenor,  satrap  of 
Alexander  in  a  part  of  India,  Id.  C, 
15,  4. — Others  in  Arr.  ;  etc. 

Πείκω,  Ep.  for  πέκω. 

ϋείν,  bad  form  for  πιείν,  πίνειν, 
for  which  we  also  find  πίν  lor  πιναι, 
Jac.  A.  P.  p.  684. 

Πείνα,  7j,  Ion.  and  Ep.  πείνη,  hun- 
ger, famine,  Od.  15,  407  :  both  forms 
are  found  in  Att.,  πείνα  in  Plat.  Rep. 
585  A,  πείνη  in  Phil.  31  E,  Lys.  221 
A  ;  cf  Piers.  Moer.  194,  Lob.  Phryn. 
438,  499. — 2.  metaph.,  hunger  or  long- 
ing for  a  thing,  μαθημάτων.  Plat.  Phil. 
52  A.  (Akin  to  πένομαι,  πένης,  πε- 
νία, penuria.)     Hence 

Πείναλέος,  α,  ον,  also  ος,  ον,  hun- 
gry, Opp.  C.  4,  94,  Plut.  2, 129  Β :  το 
πεινα'/.έον,  hunger. 

ΤΙεινατικός,  ή,  όν,  =  πεινητικός 
(q.  v.),  Plut.  Pomp.  51. 

Πεινάω,  contr.  πεινώ,  τ/ς,  f) :  inf. 
πεινήν,  Ar.  Nub.  441,  etc.,  Ep.  πει- 
νήμεναι,  Od.  20,  137 :  fut.  πεινήσω, 
1138 


ΠΕΙΡ 

more  rarely  πεινάσυ  [ά],  Lob.  Phryn. 
204 :  but  from  Arist.  downwds.  we 
also  find  the  un-Att.  forms  πείνας, 
-φ,  -αν,  lb.  61 :  (πείνα.)  To  be  hun- 
gry, suffer  hunger,  λέων  πείνάων,  U. 
3,25;  IG,  758;  and  Att.:  κακώς  π., 
to  be  starved,  Hdt.  2,  13,  14:— pro- 
verb., πεινών — τι  μη  προςελθΐις,  cf 
Theocr.  15,  148. — 11.  c.  gen.,  to  hun- 
ger after,  σίτου,  Od.  20,  137  :  hence, 
— 2.  metaph.  to  hunger  after,  long  for, 
χρημάτων,  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  3,  39  ;  επαί- 
νου, Id.  Oec.  13,  9;  but  also,  siinjily, 
to  be  in  want  of,  lack,  τινός.  Plat.  Rep. 
521  A.  [a  in  pres.,  11.,  but  then  it  is 
always  followed  by  a  long  syll. :  it  is 
not  found  in  Od.] 

ΤΙεινευ,  Ion.  for  ττείνάω. 

ΤΙείντ],  ή.  Ion.  and  Ep.  for  πείνα, 

^■''•       , 

ΐίεινήμεναι,  Ep.  for  πεινήν,  inf 
from  πείνάω,  Od. 

ΙΙεινητικός,  η,  όν,  (.πείνη)  suffering 
from  hunger,  hungry,  Plut.  2,  635  D  : 
cf  πεινατικός. 

ΤΙειόλης,  ον,  b,  (πέος)  v.  πειώλης. 

ΠΕΓΡΑ,  ή,  Ion.  πείρη,  α  trial,  at- 
tempt, essay,  εν  πείρψ  τέλος  διαφαί- 
νεται, Pind.  Ν.  3,  122  ;  ΰ,πο  πείρης 
πάντα  άνθρώποισι  φιλ.έει  γίγνεσθαι, 
by  means  of  experiment,  etc.,  Hdt.  7, 
9,  3  ;  πείρα  δ'  oi  προςυμίλησά  πω, 
Soph.  Tr.  591  :  hence,  πεϊραν  εχειν, 
to  be  proved,  Pind.  N.  4,  123 ;  but, 
πεϊραν  εχειν,  to  have  experience  of., 
Xen.  An.  3,  2,  16,  etc.;  or,  to  make 
proof  o{..,  test,  try,  Thuc.  1,  140;  πεϊ- 
ραν τίνος  λαμβάνειν,  to  make  trial 
or  proof  of.,  Xen.  An.  6,  6,  33,  etc. ; 
εις  πεϊραν  τίνος  ερχεσθαι,  Eur.  He- 
racl.  309,  Plat.,  etc.  ;  πείραν  διδόναι, 
Lat.  specimen  sui  edere,  Thuc.  1,  138, 
(and  so  he  uses  εΙς  πεϊραν  ερχεσθαι, 
2,  41) ;  π.  αλλήλων  λαμβάνοντες  και 
δίδοντες.  Plat.  Prot.  348  A  ;  ιέναι  εις 
πείραν  τοϋ  ναυτικού,  to  try  an  action 
by  sea,  Thuc.  7,  21 ;  πεϊραν  ποιεϊ- 
σθαι  ει..,  Thuc.  2,  20:  πείρα  θανά- 
του πέρι  και  ζωάς,  i.  e.  a  contest. 
Pind.  Ν.  9,  67  :  έπι  πείρα,  by  way  of 
test  or  trial,  Ar.  Av.  583  ;  εν  πείρα 
τινός  γίγνεσθαι,  to  be  acquainted,  as- 
sociate with  one,  Xen.  An.  1,  9,  1. — 
II.  esp.  an  attempt  on  or  against  one, 
τινός,  Soyjh.  Aj.  2  :  an  assault,  attack, 
Aesch.  Theb.  499  : — esp.  an  attempt 
to  seduce  a  woman,  cf.  πειράω  II.  1  : — 
an  attempt  upon  one's  property,  robbery, 
hence  πειραττ'/ς,  q.  v. — III.  generally, 
ari  attempt,  enterprise,  Aesch.  Pers. 
719,  Thuc.  3,  20,  cf  Lob.  Aj.  2 :  hith- 
er must  also  be  referred  πεϊραν  ΰφορ- 
μάν,  to  go  forth  upon  an  enterprise, 
Soph.  Aj.  290, — where  πεϊραν  has 
been  strangely  explained  by  πορείαν, 
πύρον.  (For  kindred  words  v.  ττεί- 
ράω,  lin.) 

Πεφύ,  άς,  f/,  (πείρω)  a  point,  edge, 
Aesch.  Cho.  800,  ace.  to  Schol. 

Πείράςω,  f  -άσω  :  pf  pass,  πεπεί- 
ρασμαι:  aor.  επειράσθην,=^πειράω : 
— to  make  proof  or  trial  of  one,  τινός, 
Od.  16,  319  ;  23,  114  ;  and  absol.,  9, 
281. — 2.  absol.  to  make  an  attempt,  Po- 
lyb.  Fr.  Hist.  60. — II.  to  tempt,  seek  to 
seduce,  τινά,  LXX.,  N.  T. 

iU.ειpaΐδης,  ου,  6,  son  of  Piraeus, 
i.  e.  Eurymedon,  II.  4,  228. 

ΤΙειραιεύς,  Att.  Ιίειραεύς,  έως, 
tPlat.  Menex.  243  E,  in  Thuc.  al- 
ways -αιώς,  1,  93  ;  2,  13,  etc.,  ace. 
ΙΙεφαιύ,  Id.  1,  93  ;  v.  Buttm.  Ausf 
Gr.  Gr.  ^  53,  2,  Lob.f,  ό,  Peirceeus, 
the  most  noted  harbour  of  Athens, 
tjoined  to  the  city  by  the  long  walls, 
and  containing  within  itself  three 
ports,  Cantharus,  Aphrodisius,  and 
Zea  ;  it  is  now  called  Porto  Leone  or 


ΠΕΙΡ 

Draco. — 2.  ace.  to  Strab.  p.  547  also 
a  name  of  the  city  Amisusf.  [<t 
sometimes  in  comedy,  Dind.  Ar.  Par 
145.] 

^ΤΙειραϊκός,  ή,  όν,  of  or  relating  to 
the  Pineeiis,  Pira'ic,  a'l  Π.  πνλαι,  the 
Pira'ic gate,  in  Athens,  Plut. ;  //  11.  γη 
in  Thuc.  2,  23,  v.  sq. 

ΤΙειραϊκός,  η,  όν,  over  the  border,  γη 
π.,  border-connUy ,  the  March,  v.  Ar- 
nold Thuc.  2,23;  3,  91. 

\\είραίνω,  f  -ανώ  :  aor.  έπείρηνα : 
(πεϊραρ)  : — to  tie  on  or  to,  strictly,  to 
fasten  two  ends  together  by  a  knot,  σεΐ- 
ρην  εξ  αυτού  πεψήναντε,  tying  a  rope 
to  It,  Od.  22,  175,  192  :  on  έκ  in  this 
signf ,  V.  ίκ  I.  3. — II.  like  περαίνω,  to 
end,  complete,  π.  δίκας  τινί,  Pind.  1,  8 
(7).  50:  and  so  in  i)ass.,  πάντα  πε- 
πείρανται,  Od.  12,  37 ;  πεπείρανται 
τάοε,  this  is  accomplished,  Soph.  Tr. 
581  (but  with  V.  1.  πεπείραται). 

]Τ\ειραιοϊ,  adv.  in  Pireeeus,  Ae}. 
V.  H.  2,  13. 

^Υίείραιον,  ον,  τό.  Piraeum,  a  sea- 
port on  the  Corinthian  gulf,  belong- 
ing to  Corinth,  Xen.  Hell.  4,  5,  3  :  cf. 
sq.  II. 

'\\\είραιος,  ον,  6,  Piraeus,  son  of 
Clytius,  companion  of  Telemachus, 
Od.  15,  540.— 11.  ace.  to  Thuc.  a  har- 
bour of  Corinthia,  8,  10  ;  now  Frang- 
Limiona,  v.  Blooinf  ad  1. 

ΤΙείράμα,  ατός,  τό,  (πεφάω)  a  tried. 
— II.  temptation. 

αίειράνά,  ή,  Όοτ.=  ΤΙειρ7ΐνη,  Pind. 
[ΰν] 

ΠΕΓΡΑΡ  (in  Pind.,  πείρας),  ατός, 
τό,  poet.  esp.  Ep.  for  πέρας,  an  end, 
usu.  in  plur.,  πείρατα  γαίης,  II.  8,  478, 
Od.  4,  503,  etc. :  πειρατα,  the  ends 
or  ties  of  ropes,  hence  knotted  ropes, 
Od.  12,  51,  162,  H.  Ap.  129.— II.  the 
end,  issue  of  a  thing,  πεϊραρ  έλέσθαε, 
to.  reach  the  goal  or  end,  11.  18,  501  ; 
πείρατα  νίκης,  complete  victory,  II.  7, 
102  ;  πεϊραρ  ποΆέιιοιο,  the  issue  of  a 
conflict,  II.  13,  359;  πείρατ'  άέθλων, 
the  ways  of  accomplishing  them,  Pind. 
P.  4,  391  ;  cf.  σννταννω. — III.  the 
farthest  or  highest  point,  the  extreme; 
usu.,  πείρατ'  όλέθρον,  -utter  destruc- 
tion, II.  6,  143,  Od.  22,  33,  etc. ;  so, 
πεϊραρ  ύίζνος,  Od.  5,  289;  πείρας 
θανάτου,  Pind.  Ο.  2,  57,  cf.  τέλιος: 
hence  the  chief,  most  important  object, 
point,  II.  23,  350. — IV.  act.  that  which 
gives  the  finish  to  a  thing  :  hence  a 
goldsmith's  tools  (ace.  to  Schol.)  are 
called  πήρατα  τέχνης,  the  finishers 
of  art,  Od.  3,  433. 

ΥΙεϊρας,  ατός,  τό,  poet.,  cf  foreg., 
Pind.  O.  2.  57. 

^ΤΙειρασία,  ας,  ή,  Pirasia,  a  city 
of  Magnesia  in  I'hessaly,  Ap.  Rh.  1, 
37.     Hence 

■\Ι[ειρίισιοι,  ων,  οι,  the  Pirasii,  in- 
hab.  of  foreg.,  Thuc.  2,  22. 

Τίείράσις,  εως,  ή,  (πειράω)  a  trying  : 
an  attempt,  Thuc.  6,  56. 

Πειρασμοί,  oi,  b,  (πειράζω)  tempta- 
tion, LXX. 

ΙΠεφάσοζ•,  ον,  ό,  Pirasus,  a  Tro 
jan,  Qu.  Sm.  II,  52. — 2.  son  of  Ar- 
gus, Paus.  2,  16,  1. 

ΐίειραστής.  ον,  ό,  (πειράζω)  a  tempt- 
er, seducer.     Hence 

ΤΙειραστικός,  ή,  όν,  fitted  for  trying 
or  proving,  ή  -κή  (sc.  τέχνη,  επιστή- 
μη), as  a  branch  of  dialectics,  Arist. 
Sophi-st.  El.  8;  11,  etc. 

ΥΙειράτεία,  ας,  ή,  (πειρατεύω)  pi- 
racy. 

ΐίειρατέον,  verb.  adj.  from  πειράω, 
one  jnust  make  trial,  attempt.  Plat.  Rep. 
453  D,  Isocr.,  etc. :  also  -τέα,  Plat. 
Legg.  770  B. 

Τίειράτενω,  (πειρατής)  to  be  a  pi- 


ΠΕ1Ρ 

rate,  Strab. — II.  trans,  to  capture  by 
piracy: — pass.,  to  be  attached  by  pi- 
rates. 

ΤΙειράτήρ,  ήρος,  ό,  rarer  form  for 
πεΐ(Μτής. 

ΐίειράτήριον,  ου,  τό,  =  πείρα: 
hence,  όόνια  ττειρατήρια,  the  mur- 
derous ordeal,  i.  e,  torture,  the  qiies- 
lio/L,  Eur.  I.  T.  967. — II.  a  pira/e's  nest 
or  lurking-place,  Plut.  Pomp.  21. 

Ίίει^Μτής,  ov,  ύ,  (ττειράω)  a  pirate, 
Lat.  pirata,  from  TKaking  attempts  Οι 
attacks  on  ships,  Polyb.  4,  3,  Θ,  Strab. 
etc.j — ill  earlier  Greek.  Ayarz/cValck. 
Ammoa.  s.  v.    Hence 

ΐΐείρΰτικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to  a  pi- 
rate, piratical:  Tu  —.,  pirates,  Plut. 
Pomp.  45.     Adv.  -κύς. 

ΐίειράω,  ώ,  ί.  -άσω  Ion.  and  Ερ. 
•ήσω:  but  much  more  freq.  as  dep. 
πειράομοί  :  f.  -ΰσομαι.  Dor.  2  pi.  rrit- 
οασεϊσΟε,  Ar.  Ach.  743  ;  pf.  pass,  πε- 
πείράμαι.  Ion.  and  Ep.  ττεπείρημαι : 
aor.  mid.  έ—ειράσάμην.  Ion.  and  Ep. 
έττεφησάμην,  and  Hom.  has  the 
much  rarer  aor.  pass,  επειρήθην,  Att. 
ΐτζεφάθψ,  which  Thuc.  2,  5,  33  uses 
in  act.  signf ,  of.  Plat.  Lach.  188  Ε  ; 
but  in  Tbuc.  6,  54,  πει.ραθείς,  being 
attempted,  as  a  real  pass. :  (the  pf. 
and  aor.  pass.,  ττεπείρασμαι.  ετζειρά- 
σθι/ν,  belong  to  πειράζω  ,ν.  Bast  Ep. 
Cr.  p.  199.  (ττείρα.) 

A.  to  attempt,  undertake,  endeavmcr, 
try.  c.  inf.,  H.  8,  8,  Hdt.  6,  84,  and 
Att. ;  foil,  by  ώς..,  11.  4,  66,  Od.  2, 
316;  by  δ-ως-.,Οά.  4,  545:  with  an 
adj.  neut.,  π.  πο?Λά,  Thuc.  6,  38. — 
II.  c.  gen.  pers.,  to  make  trial  of  a  per- 
son, i.  e.  put  him  to  the  proof  or  trial, 
II.  24,  390 ;  to  try  to  persuade  him,  II. 
9,  345  ;  2-1,  433  :  also  in  hostile  signf, 
to  make  an  attempt  on,  attack,  II.  12, 
301,  Od.  6,  134  ;  so.  ττόλιοζ  πειράν, 
to  attempt  a  city,  Hdt.  6,  82  ;  ττ.  τον 
χωρίον,τών  τειχών, Thuc.  1,61, etc.: 
more  freq.  in  mid.,  v.  infra. — III.  after 
Hom.,  c.  acc-,  to  make  an  attempt  on, 
bring  into  temptation,  esp., — 1.  to  at- 
tempt a  woman's  honour,  Interpp.  Ar. 
Eq.  517,  Xen.  Cyr.  5,  2,  28,  Ruhnk. 
Tim.,  like  Lat.,  tentare,  Hor.  Od.  3, 
4,  71;  (so,  ννμφείας  πειράν  εΰνύς, 
Find.  Ν.  5.  55) : — the  mid.  in  same 
signf.,  Pind.  P.  2,  62,  Lys.  92,  40.— 2. 
absol.  to  try  one's  fortune,  to  try  one's 
skill  in  thieving,  H.  Horn.  Merc.  175 : 
(whence  πειρατής). 

Β.  much  more  freq.  as  dep.  (v.  sub 
init.),  to  attempt,  make  an  attempt,  try, 
prove,  Horn.,  and  Hdt.  :  to  try,  prove 
one's  self,  II.  16,  590  :  π.  περί  τίνος, 
to  try  for  a  prize,  II.  23,  553  : — gene- 
rally, to  attempt,  try,  undertake,  ven- 
ture: — I.  when  absol.,  usu.  foil,  by 
inf.,  to  try  to  do,  as  in  II.  4,  5,  12,  Hdt. 
6,  138,  and  Att. — 2.  sometimes  also 
c.  part-,  v4oi  θά'λποντες  επειρύντο, 
Od.  21,  184;  then,  freq.  in  Hdt.,  cf. 
Wess.  et  Valck.  ad  1,  77;  7,  148; 
rare  in  Att.,  Plat.  Theaet.  190  E.— 3. 
foil,  by  ει,  II.  13,  806,  and  in  Att.  ;  by 
tav,  Aesch.  Pr.  325. — II.  most  freq., 
as  also  sometimes  in  act.,  c.  gen. ;  in 
various  usages : — 1.  c.  gen.  pers.,  to 
make  trial  q/One,  put  bim  to  the  proof, 
as  one  does  in  case  of  suspicion,  to 
see  whether  a  person  is  trustworthy  ; 
hence  also  to  examine,  question,  11.  10, 
444,  Od.  13,  336,  etc.;  π.  θεοϋ,  to 
tempt  a  god,  Hdt.  6,  86,  3 :  also  to  try 
one's  self  against  ariother,  usu.  in  hos- 
tile sense,  to  match  one's  self  with  him, 
sorneiimeswithcollat.  signf.  of  strug- 
gling for  the  mastery.  II.  21,  225,  5>^0, 
Od.  8,  23;  oft.  in  Hdt.,  who  mostly 
joins  ύλ?^ή?.ων  πειράσβαι,  as,  επεί- 
ρύντο  κατά  τό   ίσχνρόν  ά?>?.ή?Μν, 


ΠΕΙΡ 

Hdt  1,  76 ;  so  in  Att.,  as  Aesch.  Ag. 
1401.— 2.  c.  gen.  rei,  to  make  proof  or 
trial  of..,  σθένεος,  II.  15,  359 ;  χειρών 
και  σθένεος,  Od.  21,  282:  esp.  to  try 
otie's  chance  at  OX  in  a  work  or  con- 
test, ipyov,  Od.  18,  369 ;  ΰεθλου,  II. 
23,  707;  πα7..αίσμοσύν7]ς,Οά.  8,  126: 
also  to  make  proof  of  a  thing,  to  see 
what  it  is  good  for,  τόξον,  Od.  21, 
159:  νευρής,  Od.  21,  410,  cf  394; 
οίστοί,  τύν  τύχ'  ίμελΆον  πειρήσε- 
σθαι,  arrows  whose  force  they  were 
soon  to  prove,  i.  e.  feci,  Od.  21,  418  ; 
and  so,  like  γενέσθαι,  not  without  a 
touch  of  satire: — so  also  in  Att.,  to 
make  proof  of ,  have  experience  of,  esp. 
in  pf  pass.,  which  occurs  as  early  as 
Hes.,  πεπείρημαι  νηών.  Op.  658 ;  so, 
oh  πεπειρημένοι  πρότερον  oi  αιγύπ- 
τιοι 'Ελλήνων,  Hdt.  4,  159  ;  π.  αγα- 
θών, δουλείας,  Thuc.  2,  44  ;  5,  69.— 
III.  C.  dat.  modi,  to  make  a  trial  or  at- 
tempt with  words,  with  the  spear,  II. 
2,  73  ;  5,  279  ;  but,  π.  ποσί,  to  try  one's 
self  on  foot,  i.  e.  prove  one's  speed, 
Od.  8,  120,  205  ;  also,  π.  kv  εντεσι, 
συν  τενχεσι  πειρηθήναι,  11.  5,  220, 
etc. ;  but  in  pf ,  πεπείρημαι  μνβοις, 
I  have  tried  myself,  i  e.  /  am  practised, 
skilled  in  words,  Od.  3,  23  ;  so  in  Att., 
πεπειρτ/σθαί  τινι,  to  be  practised  in  a 
thing. — IV.  c.  acc,  ή  πρώτ'  έξερέοι- 
το  έκαστα  τε  πειρήσαιτο,  one  should 
first  inquire  and  examine  each  partic- 
ular, Od.  4,  119  ;  24,  238  (where  some 
old  Gramm.  read  μνθήσαιτο) :  π.  )  i'- 
ναΐκα,  V.  supra  A.  III. — 2.  later,  with 
neut.  adj.,  to  make  an  attempt,  attempt, 
μεγάλα  και  μικρά,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  5,  14. 
(From  the  subst.  πείρα,  whence 
also  adj.  έμπειρος,  ίμπέραμος :  the 
Lat.  root  is  PERI-,  as  in  pieritus,  pe- 
riculum,  comperio,  experior.  Is  this  root 
connected  with  that  of  περύω,  πό- 
ρος, πορεύω  ? — Pott  points  out  the 
curious  likeness  oi  Germ,  fiihren,  f ah- 
ren  (πορεύειν  πopεvεσθac},fahrt  (πύ- 
ρος), erfahren  (peritus),  Etym.  Forsch. 

2,  329.)  [a  by  nature  in  all  tenses  e.x- 
cept  pres.  and  impf,  and  so  Ep.  it 
changes  into  ?/.] 

iΊlε^pεσιaί,ώv,  αΙ,==-ΐίειρασία,  Αρ. 
Rh.  1,  584. 

ΐΐείρη,  ή.  Ion.  for  πείρα,  Hdt. 
iTlειpJ/v,  ήνος,  ό,  Piren,  father  of 

10,  elsewhere  called  Inacluis,  Apol- 
lod.  2,  1,  2.-2.  son  of  Glaucus,  Id.  2, 

3,  1. 

ίΤΙειρηναΐος,  a,  ov,  of  Pirene,  Pi- 
reman,  $  Π.  πώλος,  i.  e.  Pegasus, 
Eur.  El.  474  :  from 

^Ιειρήνη,  ης,  ή.  Dor.  Τίειράνΰ, 
Pirene,  one  of  the  Danai'des,  ApoUod. 
2,  1.  5. — 2.  daughter  of  the  Acheloiis, 
or  of  Oebalus,  Paus.  2,  2,  3,  cf.  II.— 

11.  a  fountain  of  Corinth  on  the  Acro- 
corinthus,  Eur.  Med.  69:  Strab.  p. 
379 :  from  this  Piud.  styles  Corinth 
άστυ  Τίειράνας,  Ο.  13,  66. 

ΤΙεφητίζω,  ί.  -ίσω,^πειρύω,  to  at- 
tempt, try,  prove,  absol.,  II.  15,  615, 
Od.  24,  221  ;  c.  inf.,  II.  12,  257.— II. 
foil,  by  a  case, — 1.  c.  gen.  pers.,  to 
make  trial  of,  put  to  the  proof,  Od.  14, 
459;  π.  τινός  εί.,Οά  15,  ;«)4:  also 
to  try  another  in  battle,  fight  with  him, 
II.  7,  235. — 2.  c.  gen.  rei,  σθένεος  και 
αλκής,  Od.  22,  237;  τόξον,  Od.  21, 
124,  149 ;  cf.  πειρύω  Β.  II.  2.-3.  c. 
acc,  7Γ.  στίχας  άνόρών,  to  attempt, 
i.  e.  attack  the  lines,  11.  12,  47.  (Hom. 
only  in  pres.  and  impf.) 

αΐεφίθοος,  ov,  ό.  contd.  ΐΐεφί- 
θονς,  Pirifhoiis,  son  of  Ixion  or  Jupi- 
ter and  Dia,  one  of  the  Lapithae,  a 
friend  of  Theseus,  of  LarissainThes- 
saly,  II.  14,318;  Od.  11.  630. 

ύείρινθος,  ov,  ή,  later  form  from  sq. 


ΠΕΙΣ 

ΤΙείρινς,  ινβος.  ή,  the  wicker- basket, 
which  held  the  load  of  a  cart  or  wag- 
on, II.  24,  190,  267  ;  so  that  it  was  in 
fact  the  body  tied  upon  the  άμαξα  or 
carriage,  cf.  Od.  15,  131. — Hom.  only 
uses  the  acc.  πείρινθα. 

tHfipoof,  ό,  (and  ϋείρως,  Suid.) 
gen.  εω,  II.  20,  484,  Plroiis,  son  of 
Imbrasus  of  Aenos,  leader  of  the 
Thracians  before  Troy,  II.  2,  844. 

tHeZpof,  ov,  ό,  Plrus,  a  river  of 
Achaia,  rising  in  Arcadia .  Hdt,  1 ,  145 : 
acc.  to  Paus.  7,  22,  1  also  Τϋερος. 

ίΤΙεψονσται,  ών,  oi,  the  Pirustae, 
a  people  of  Illyria,  Strab.  p.  314. 

ΠΕΓΡί2,  fut.  περώ :  aor.  1  ίπειρα . 
aor.  2  επύρον:  pf.  pass,  πέπαρμαι . 
(πέρας).  Strictly,  to  pierce  quite 
through  ;  to  run  through,  pierce,  spit, 
κρέα  επειρον,  they  spitted  meat,  Od. 
3,  33  ;  also  in  full,  π.  όβελοίσιν,  II.  7, 
317,  Od.  19,  422,  cf  Od.  10,  124 ;  κρεα 
άμψ'  όβελοίσιν  επειραν,  they  stuck  the 
meat  around,  i.  e.  on  the  spits,  11.  1, 
465,  Od.  3,  462,_  etc.  (v.  άμφί^  Β.  I.) : 
also,  δια  δ'  αντον  πειρεν  οδόντων 
εγχεϊ,  he  ran  him  through  the  teeth 
with  a  spear,  II.  16,  405  ;  and  c  acc, 
aixpy  τονγε  φίλης  δια  χειρός  επει- 
ρεν,  Ίΐ.  20,  479: — pass.,  ήλοισι  πε- 
παρμένον,  stuck,  studded  w'ith  golden 
nails,  II.  1,  246;  11,  633;  but,  οδν- 
ν7]σι  πεπαρμένος,  piercM  with  pain, 
II".  5,  399,  Archil.  24;  also,  πεπαρμέ- 
νη  περί  δονρί,  11.  21,  577  ;  άμφ'  όνΰ• 
χεσσι,  Hes.  Op.  203. — II.  nietaph., 
κύματα  πείρειν,  to  cleave  the  waves, 
II.  24,  8,  Od.  8,  183  ;  so,  π.  κέλευθον, 
to  cleave  the  ocean-way,  Od.  2,  434 : 
Ap.  Rh.  uses  πείρειν  absol.  in  the 
same  signf.,  just  like  περάν  όδόν,  to 
cut  through,  i.  e.  to  pass  over,  accom- 
plish a  way,  2,  326,  398. 

αίειρωσσός,  ov,  ό,  Pirossiii,  a  city 
of  Mysia,  Strab.  p.  589. 

Τίεΐσα,  ης,  ή,  (πείθω)  poet,  for  πει- 
θώ,  persuasion,  or  rather  obedience,  τώ 
ό'  έν  πείσει  κραδίη  μένε,  i.  e.  it  re- 
mained calm,  Od.  20,  23 :  others 
make  ^^=πεΙσμα,  an  anchor  :  cf.  Plut. 
2,  453  D. 

ίϋεισαιος,  ov,  b,  Pisaeus,  masc.  pr. 
n..  Arr.  An.  6,  28,  4. 

ΤΙείσανδρος,  ov,  ό,  (prop.  Persuader 
of  men),  in  Horn,  only  as  pr.  name 
^Pisandtr,  son  of  Antimachus,  a  Tro- 
jan, II.  11,  122. — 2.  son  of  Maemalus, 
a  leader  of  the  Myrmidons.  II.  16, 293. 
— 3.  son  of  Polyctor,  a  suitor  of  Pe- 
nelope, Od.  18,  299.-4.  a  Lacedae- 
monian, Xen.  Hell.  3,  7,  29.-5.  an- 
other, brother-in-law  of  Agesilaus, 
Plut.  Ages.  10. — 7.  another,  a  naval 
commander,  Paus.  3,  9,  6. — 8.  a  poet 
of  Camirus  in  Rhodes,  Strab.  p.  655. 
— 9.  an  Athenian  statesman,  Ar.  Pac. 
395. 

Τίείσεα,  τά,  f.  1.  for  πίσεα,  q.  v. 

αίεισηνορίδης,  ου  Ep.  ao,  ό,  son  of 
Pisenor,  i.  e.  Ops,  Od.  1,  429  ;  2,  347. 

i^Iεισήvωp,  ορός,  ό,  (prop.  Persua- 
der of  men),  as  prop,  n.,  Pisenor,  a  no- 
ble "Trojan,  11.  15,  445. — 2.  a  herald 
in  Ithaca,  Od.  2,  38. 

ϋίίεισθέταφος,  ov,  ό,  Pisthetaerus, 
one  of  the  characters  in  Ar.  Av. 

■\Τίεισίας,  ου,  ό,  Pisias,  an  Argive, 
Xen.  Hell.  7,  1,  41.— 2.  a  statuary, 
Paus.  1,3,  5. 

ΐίεισίβροτος,  ov,  (πείθω,  βροτός) 
persuading  mortals,  π.  βάκτρον,  i.  e. 
the  sceptre,  Aesch.  Cho.  362 ;  ubi 
olim  πεισίμβροτον. 

ϋίεισίδαι.  οί,=^ΤΙισίδαι. 

ΤΙεισίύϊκος,  ov,  (πείθω,  δίκη)  per- 
suadmg  before  a  tribunal :  hence  fem. 
prop,  n.,  ίίεισιδίκη,  ης,  ή,  jPisidice 
Apollod.  1,  7,  3 ;  etcf  [i] 
1139 


ΠΕΚΤ 

ΤΙεισΐθάνΰτος,  ον,  persuading  to  die. 
[α] 

iIleiaif)fioooc,  ον,  6,  Pisirrhodjis, 
an  Olympian  victor,  Paus.  6,  7,  2. 

ΤΙεΐσις,  εως.  ή,  {πΐίΰω)  persuasion  : 
thence  I'ein.  pr.  n.,  ΐΐείσις,  ;/,  Plsis, 
a  Trojan  female,  Paus.  10,  26,  1. 

ΤΙεΐσις,  εως,  ή,  {πάσχω,  ττείσομαι) 
=  πάθος,  Hipp. :  in  later  philoso- 
phers, πείσεις  are  the  softer  feelings, 
affections,  and,  generally,  susceptibility, 
Gataker  M.  Anton.  3,  6. 

^Πεισιστρατίδι/ς.  ον,  b,  son  of  Pi- 
sistralus  ;  oi.  ΐίεισιστρατίόαι,  the  sons 
of  P.,  Hippias  and  Hipparchus,  Hdt. 
5,  62  ;  in  8,  52  Bahr  makes  it  refer 
to  Hippias  and  the  Athen.  exiles  who 
accompanied  him. 

iϊlnσίστβaτoς,  ov,  6,  Pisistratus, 
the  youngest  son  of  Nestor,  Od.  3, 
36;  Hdt.  5,  65.-2.  a  son  of  No.  1, 
grandson  of  Nestor,  Paus.  2,  18,  8. — 
3.  son  of  Hippocrates,  became  tyrant 
of  Athens,  Hdt.  1,  59;  Thuc.  1,  20; 
for  origin  of  name  v.  Hdt.  5,  65. — 4. 
son  of  Hippias,  grandson  of  No.  3, 
archon  at  Athens,  Thuc.  6,  54. — Oth- 
ers in  Diog.  L. ;  etc. 

ΤίεισΙχάλίνος,  ov,  {πείθομαι,  χαλι- 
νός) obeying  the  rein,  Pind.  P.  2,  21. 
[a] 

ΥίεΙσμα,  ατός,  τό,  (πείθω)  strictly 
=  πρνμντ/σιον,  the  cable  by  which  the 
ships  were  secured  to  the  land, 
Blomf  Aesch.  Pars.  117  ;  while  those 
from  the  prow  were  fastened  to  εν- 
ναί,  q.  V. :  then,  generally,  a  cable,  of 
any  kind,  v.  esp.  Od.  9,  1.36,  cf. 
Nitzsch  ad  13,  77.— Π.  the  stalk  of  the 
fig,  Geop.  ;  also  πάσμα. — ΠΙ.  like 
πείσις.  persuasion,  confidence,  trust, 
Sext.  Enip.  p.  6. — IV.  that  on  which 
one  may  trust.  (Strictly,  that  which 
holds  in  obedience,  or  which  is  obeyed, 
whence  both  signfs. :  cf  ίρμα,  and 
Wytt.  Ep.  Cr.  p.  251.) 

ΙΙεισμΰτίας,  ov,  ό,=  πεισμάτιος, 
dub.  1.  Orph.  Arg.  626. 

Πεισ/ιύτιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  ττεϊ- 
σμα.  [ά\ 

ΥΙεισμάτίος,  a,  ον,  (πείσμα)  belong- 
ing to  cables :  engaged  with  them,  v.  1. 
Orph. 

ΐίεισμονη,  τ/ς,  η,^=πεΊσμα  III,  Ν.  Τ. 

ΐΐείσομαι,  fut.  mid.  from  πείθω, 
Hom. 

Τίείσομαι,  irreg.  fut.  of  πάσχω,  Od. 

ΐΐεΐσος,  τό,  v.  πίσεα. 

^ΐΐεϊσος.  ου,  ό,  Pisus,  son  of  Apha- 
reus.  Apollod.  3,  10.  3. 

ΤΙειστέον,  verb.  adj.  from ττΓί'ί^ω,  one 
must  persuade,  Plat.  Rep.  421  C. — II. 
from  pass.,  one  must  obey.  Soph.  O.  T. 
1516,  Plat.,  etc. 

ΐίειστήρ,  ήβος,  6,  (πείθω)  a  per- 
suader : — one  who  is  persuaded,  an  obe- 
dient subject. — ]].=^πεισμα,  a  cable, 
rope,  dub.  1.  in  Theocr.  21,  58.  Hence 

ΐίειστί/ριος,  a.  ov,  persuasive,  win- 
ning, Eur.  I.  T.  1053. 

ΤΙειστίκός,  ή,  ov,^ioxeg.,  Plat. 
Legg.  723  A :  ή  -κ?)  (sc.  τέχν?!).  Id. 
Polit.  304  D  ;  so,  to  πειστικόν,  lb.  C 

Υίείσννος,  η,  ον,^=πίσννος,  prob. 
only  f.  I. 

Πεί'σω,  fut.  from  πείθω,  Hom. 

iTlείσωv,  ωνος,  ό,  Pison,  one  of 
the  thirty  at  Athens,  Xen.  Hell. 2,3,2. 
— 2.  the  Roman  Piso,  Strab. — Others 
in  Anth. 

Υίειώλης,  ov,  6,  (πέος)  a  leivd  /e/- 
ioii),  Lat.  peni  deditus ;  also  πειόλης, 
like  οΊφόλης,  Lob.  Phryn.  613. 

Υίέκος,  τό,  (πέκω)  wool,  a  fleece  .• 
also  πέσκυς,  but  usu.  πόκος. 

ΥΙεκτέω,  ω,  f.  -ήσω,=πέκω.  to  comb. 
Ιο  shear,  Ar.  Av.  714. — ΙΙ.=:7Γεκω  1.2, 
Ar.  Lys.  685. 
1140 


ΠΕΑΑ 

Ώεκτήρ,  νρος,  ό,  (πέκω)  a  shearer, 
plucker  off  of  wool. 

ΤΙεκτύς,  Τ),  όν,  combed,  shorn,  Lat. 
pexii.i :  verb.  adj.  from 

ΠΕ'ΚΩ,  f.  -ξω,  To  comb,  είρια  πεί- 
κειν,  to  card  it,  Od.  18,  316:  hence 
mid.,  χαίτας  πεξαμει>η,  when  she 
combed  her  hair,  II.  14,  176. — 2.  to 
shear,  πείκειν  δις,  Hes.  Op.  773,  cf 
Theocr.  5,  98  ;  so,  κριός  ώς  έπέχθη, 
Simon.  (Fr,  124)  ap.  Ar.  Nub.  1356 : 
also — 3.  metaph.  from  carding  wool, 
like  Lat.  pectere  pugnis,  to  comb  a  per- 
son's head  for  him,  i.  e.  pummel  him. 
— II.  to  shear,  clip,  also  to  pull,  pluck 
out,  Vike  τί?.λω.  (Hence  pecto,pecten, 
prob.  also  pecus.) 

Πελ,α  or  πέλλα,  ή,  for^eAa,  ψέΧλα, 
φελλός,  Macedon.  for  a  stone,  cf. 
φε7.'λός  II. 

ΊΙελΰ,•/αϊος,  ov,  dub.  form  of  sq., 
Paus. 

ΐίελύγειος,  a,  ον,=  πελάγιος.  [ά] 

ΤΙελάγίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (πέλαγος)  to 
form  a  sen  or  lake :  of  a  river,  to  over- 
flow, πελαγίζει  b  ποταμός,  Hdt.  1, 
184  ;  of  places,  to  be  flooded,  underwa- 
ter, πελαγίζει  τα  πεδία,  Hdt.  2,92. — 
2.  trans,  to  overflow,  swamp,  only  late, 
cf.  Jac.  Ach.  Tat.  p.  724,  sq. — II.  to 
be  out  at  sea,  to  cross  the  sea,  Xen.  Oec. 
21,  3,  Hyperid.  ap.  A.  B: — so,  later, 
in  mid. 

ΐίελΰγικός,  ή,  όν,  (πέλαγος)  fre- 
quenting the  open  sea  :  πελαγικοί  θεοί, 
sea-gods,  dub.  I.  Plut.  2,  685  E. 

ΐίελάγιος,  a,  ov,  Att.  also  ος.  ov, 
Eur.  Hel.  1436,  but  cf  1062:  (πέλα- 
γος) : — of,  on,  by  the  sea,  Lat.  marinus, 
κλνδων,  etc.,  Eur.  Hec.  701,  ΰγκά- 
λαι  π..  Id.  11.  cc.  (v.  αγκάλη) ;  π. 
πλάξ,  Ar.  Ran.  1438 ;  cf.  sub  πέλα- 
γος :  esp.  out  at  sea,  on  the  open  sea, 
Soph.  Tr.  649  ;  of  ships,  π.  φανήναι, 
Thuc.  8,  44,  etc.  ;  ανάγεσθαι,  Xen. 
Hell.  2,  1,  17:  opp.  to  αίγιύλειος : — 
also  epith.  of  Neptune.  The  forms 
πελαγαιος  and  πελαγιαϊος  are  dub. 
[a] 

ΥΙελάγισμός,  ov,  b,  (πε?ιαγίζω)=^ 
νανσία,  usu.  in  plur.,  Alciphr. 

Ϊ1ελΰγίτ7/ς,  ov,  ό,  fem.  -ϊτις,  ιόος, 
(πέλαγος)  of  or  on  the  sea,  νήες,  Mel. 
80. 

ΐίελΰγοόρομέω,  ώ,  to  run  or  sail  on 
the  open  sea  :  from 

ΤΙε'λΰγοόρόμος,  ov,  running,  sailing 
on  the  sea. 

ΤΙελΰγολΊμήν,  ένος,  ό,  (πέλαγος, 
λίμήν)  α  harbour  formed  in  the  open  sea 
by  means  of  sand-bags,  Polyaen.,  etc. 

αίΙε?.αγόνε(,,  ων,  οι,  the  Pelagones, 
=  the  later  Paeonians,  Strab.  p.  331. 

Μ\ελαγονία,  ας,  •//,  Pelagonia,  a 
district  of  upper  Macedonia,  prop,  be- 
longing to  Perrhaebia,  Strab.  p.  326 sq. 

ΐΐέλάγος,  εος,  τό,  the  sea,  esp.  the 
high,  open  sea,  Lat.  pelagus,  hence  in 
Horn.  usu.  πέλαγος  μέγα:  in  plur., 
αλός  kv  πελάγεσσιν,  Od.  5,  335,  for 
which  Ap.  Rh.  has  πέ?ιαγος  θαλάσ- 
σης;  and  Pind.  πόντιοι'  π.,  or  πόν- 
τον  π.,  Ο.  7,  104,  Fr.  259;  Aesch. 
u?.r  πελαγίη,  Pers.  427,  467  (cf.  (Ιλς, 
ή) ;  Eur.  αλιον  π.,  π.  αλός,  Hec.  938, 
Tro.  88 :  so,  εν  πελίιγεϊ  άναπεπτα- 
μένω,  Hdt.  8,  60,  \.—ΤΙελαγος,  strict- 
ly, is  to  θάλασσα,  as  the  part  to  the 
whole,  and  therefore  often  takes  an 
epith.  from  the  adjacent  countries, 
like  πόντος  :  in  Hdt.  4,  85,  the  Black 
sea  is  called  πέλαγος:  he  also  ap- 
plies it  to  a  flooded  plain,  γίνεται  πέ- 
λαγος, 2,  97.  cf.  3,  117  ;  cf.  πελαγίζω. 
— II.  metaph.,  of  any  vast  quantity, 
πλούτου,  Pind.  Fr.  239  ;  π.  κακών, 
a  'sea  of  troubles,'  Aesch.  Pers.  433  ; 
so,  π.  άτηράς  δνης.  Id.  Pr.  746 ;  π. 


ΠΕΛΑ 

ύτης,  Id.  Supp.  470,  cf.  Valck.  Hipp 
822  : — of  a  vast  distance,  μακρόν  τό 
δενρο  π.  ονδέ  πλώσψον.  Soph.  Ο.  G. 
663. — III.  personified  as  a  god,synon. 
with  ΙΙόντος,  born  of  the  earth  with- 
out a  father. — Υίέ'λαγος  is  not  unfreq. 
omitted,  e.g.  τό'Ικάριον,  Luc.  (Prob. 
akin  to  πλέω,  q.  v.,  fluo,  fluctus. 
Others  compare  Hebr.  peleg,  a  river.) 
Hence 

ΤΙέλύγόςδε,  adv.,  to.  into  or  towards 
the  sea,  Ap.  Rh.  4,  1233. 

Τίελΰγόστροφος,  ov,  ( πέ7.αγος, 
στρέφω)  roving  about  the  sea,  that  is, 
upon  or  frequenting  the  sea,  Opp.  H.  3, 
174. 

ΤΙελΰγότροφος,  ov,  (πέλαγος,  τρέ- 
φω) sea-nourished,  V,  1.  for  foreg. 

ϊίελΰγόω,  ώ,  (πέ^,αγος)  to  turn  into 
sea,  swamp,  Jac.  Ach.  Tat.  p.  724. 

'^ΤΙελάγων,  οντος,  b,  Pelagon,  a 
Py  lian,  11.4.  295. — 2.  a  Lycian,  a  com- 
panion of  Sarpedon,  II.  5,  695.-3.  a 
Persian  leader,  Aesch.  Pers.  958. — 
Many  others  of  this  name  in  Apollod. ; 
Arr. ;  etc. 

ΤΙελάζο),  f.  -άσω,  Att.  ττελώ,  cf. 
Elmsl.  ap.  Dind.  Aesch.  Pr.  282  :  aor. 
επέλυσα,  Horn,  έπέλασσα  and  πέλασ- 
σα  :  aor.  mid.  επελασύμην,  II. :  opt.  in 
trans,  signf  πελασαίατο,  11.  17,  341  : 
aor.  pas*ifff?iufff^7;v,  II. :  poet,  syncop. 
aor.  επλήμτιν,  ahvays  intr.,  hence  3 
sing,  ana  pi.  πλΐ/το.  πλτ/ντο  and 
επληντο,  II. :  in  later  poets  also  Ιπλά- 
σθην  and  έπ?Μθ>/ν  [ΰ]  :  pf.  pass,  πέ- 
π'λημαι,  part,  πεπλημί-νος,  Od.  12, 
108. — ΙΙελάω,  πελύθω,  qq.  v.,  are  col- 
lat.  forms. — (πέλας). 

I.  intrans.  to  approach,  hence  to  go 
to  any  point,  and  absol.  to  come  near, 
draw  near  or  nigh,  c  dat.,  νηεσσι,  II. 
12,  112  ;  πολεμίοισι,  Hdt.  9,  74  ;  ός- 
τις  αίδρείτ/  πελάση,  Od.  12,  41  ;  freq. 
in  Trag. : — Proverb,  ομοιον  όμοίω  αε\ 
πελάζει,  like  draws  to  like,  !Plat. 
Symp.  195  Β  : — also  with,  a  prep.,  π. 
προς  τοΊχον,  Hes.  Op.  730  ;  ές  τον 
αριθμόν,  Hdt.  2,  19 ;  εΙς  δφιν,  εΙς 
σον  ιίλέφαρον,  Eur.  Ι.  Τ.  1212,  ΕΙ. 
1332  ;  later  also,  έπί  τι,  Anth. ;  έπί 
τινι  and  έπί  τίνος,  Orph. — II.  like 
πλησιάζω,  cf  infra  Β.  II.  2. 

Β.  transit.,  only  poet.,  to  bring  near 
or  to,  make  to  approach.  Construct. : 
— 1.  in  full,  c.  ace,  et  dat.,  freq.  in 
Horn.  (Hes.  only  in  Op.  429),  both  ol 
persons  and  things,  π.  νηας  Κρήτη, 
Αίγνπτω,  π.  τινά  γαίη,  Άχιλήί,  etc., 
Hom. ;  also.  Τρώας  νηνσϊ  π.,  to  let 
them  approach  the  ships,  II.  13,  1 ; 
νενρην  μεν μαζώ  πέλασεν  τόξω  δε  σί• 
δημον,\\.^,  123;  π.  στήθος  θαλάσστι, 
οί  one  swimming,  Od.  14,  350:  π. 
τινά  χθονί  or  ονδει,  to  bring  one  to 
earth,  level  him  to  the  earth.  II.  8, 
277,  etc. ;  π.  ίστόν  ίστοδόκη,  to  put 
the  mast  in  the  hole  for  it,  ll.  1,  434  : 
— metaph.,  π.  τινά,  όδννησι.  to  bring 
him  near  to,  i.  e.  into  anguish,  II.  5, 
766  ;  so,  δεσμοΐς  π.,  Aesch.  Pr.  155  : 
— the  ace.  is  sometimes  left  out,  έπος 
έρέω,  άδάμαντι  πελάσσας  (sc.  αυτό), 
having  made  it  like,  i.  e.  firm  as  ada- 
mant, Orac.  ap.  ildt.  7,  141  ;  κράτει 
πέλασον,  bring  (him)  to  strength,  i.  e. 
make  him  strong,  Pind.  O.  1,  126  ;  cf. 
προςμίγννμι :  sometimes  the  dat.,  as, 
φνγιΐ  /ι'  ονκέτ'  άπ'  ανλίων  πελάτε 
(sc.  ΰμϊν),  no  more  will  ye  draw  me 
after  you...  Soph.  Phil.  1150,  ubi  v. 
Herm. :  sometimes  both  cases  omit- 
ted, as  II.  15.  418  ;  21,  93  ;  γόμφοισιν 
πε?.άσας  (sc.  έλνμα),  when  he  has  fix- 
ed, secured  (the  share  to  the  plough- 
tail)  with  nails,  Hes.  Op.  429  : — rare- 
ly c.  gen.  pro  dat.,  πάρα  πελάσηι  φάος 
νεών,  thou  may'st  bring  back  light  to 


ΠΕΛΑ 

the  ships,  Soph.  Aj.  709,  cf.  infra  II. 
1,  fin. — 2.  followed  by  a  prep.,  πελά- 
ζειν  τινά  ες  νήσον,  Od.  7,  254 ;  κΗ]- 
ματα  εν  σηηεσσι  ττί'.λάζειν,  Od,  10, 
404. — 3.  with,  an  adv.,  όενρο  πελάζειν 
τινά,  Od.  5,  111;  ονδάςυε  πελάζειν 
τινά,  Od.  10,  440;  cf  11.  23,  719,  and 
Niike  Choeril.  p.  108. — II.  hence  in 
pass.,  like  the  intr.  act.,  to  come  nigh, 
approach,  etc.,  έπεί  τα  πρώτα  πέλα- 
σθεν  (sc.  τείχεσι),  11.  12,  420 ;  so  in 
syncop.  aor.,  ασπίδες  επληι>τ'  άλλ?;- 
?^ijGi,  II.  4,  449  ;  πλήτο  χθονί,  he  came 
near,  ί.  e.  sa7ik  to  earth,  II.  14,  438  ; 
ούδεϊ  πλήντο,  lb.  468:  and  in  pf, 
σκοπέλφ  πεπλτί-μένος,  Od.  12,  108  ; 
also,  πελασθ/jvai  ίπΐ  τον  θεόν.  Soph. 
Ο.  Τ.  213  :  rarely  c.  gen..  Χρυσής 
πελασθειςφύλακυς.  Soph.  Phil.  1327; 
(but  not  so,  lb.  1407,  v.  Dind.  ad  1.); 
cf  supra  B.  I.  1,  fin. — 2.  to  approach 
or  wed,  tsaid  oft  a  woman,  μτ/δέ  πλα- 
θείην  γαμέττι,  Aesch.  Pr.  896,  fEur. 
Andr.  25t,  ci".  Pind.  N.  10,  152,  and 
πε?ΜΤ7ΐς:  cf  A.  II. — The  word  is  rare 
in  prose,  though  used  by  Hdt. ;  once 
by  Plat.  (v.  supra) ;  and  a  few  times 
by  Xen.  in  intr.  signf 

ΤΙελάθω,  Alt.  intr.  collat.  form  from 
foreg.,  Aesch.  Fr.  125,  Eur.  El.  1293, 
Ar.  Thesm.  58,  always  intr.  [ά] 

ΤΙέλ.ανος,  δ,  any  half-liquiC  mixture, 
of  various  consistency,  as  oil,  Aesch. 
Ag.  96 ;  honey,  π.  μελίσσης,  Eur. 
Cress.  13  ;  foam  at  the  mouth,  Id.  Or. 
220 ;  clotted  blood,  Aesch.  Eum.  265, 
Eur.  Ale.  851  ;  whence,  ττ.  αίματο- 
σταγής,  a  reeking  mass  of  slaughter, 
Aesch.  Pers.  816,  ubi  v.  Blomf  (821). 
— II.  esp.  of  a  mixture  offered  to  the 
gods,  of  meal,  honey  and  oil  (cf  Tim. 
Lex.  S.  v.),  liquid  enough  to  be  poured, 
Aesch.  Cho.  92;  joined  with  libations, 
Eur.  Incert.  103;  burnt  on  the  altar. 
Id.  Ion  707,  Tro.  1063  ;  hence,  ϋύσαι 
π.,  Aesch.  Pers.  204,  Eur.  Ion  226, 
etc. ;  cf  infra  III.— 2.  the  meal  of 
which  this  mixture  was  made,  in 
\>1•ατ.,  μνλ?}ς  πέ?Λνοι,  Αρ.  Rh.  1,  1077. 
— III.  in  Nic.  Al.  488,=  ύ,^ολόζ•,  perh. 
because  the  ttDmvoi  came  to  be  made 
up  into  round  cakes  when  offered,  cf. 
Paus.  8,  2,  3.— First  in  Trag. :  rare  in 
prose,  though  Plat.  Legg.  782  E,  has 
it  in  signf  II. 

Πελαρ>'άω,  ώ,  Pythag.  word  in 
Diog.  L.  8,  20,  and  ^Μΐά.,^^νουθετέω, 
to  admonish,  warn,  prob.  taken  from 
the  caution  of  storks  {πελαργοί), 
which  set  a  watch,  like  rooks,  to 
warn  the  rest  of  coming  danger. 

trifAapyr/,  ης,  η,  Pelarge,  daughter 
of  Potneus,  Paus.  9,  25,  7. 

Ι1ελ(ψγίδεύς,  b,  [πελαργός]  ayoung 
stork,  Ar.  Av.  1356. 

ίίελ,αργικός,  ή,  όν,  {πελαργός)  of 
or  belonging  to  the  stork. — II.  in  Call, 
also  for  Ιίε?Μσγικός,  Fr.  283. 

ΤΙελαργΙτις,  ιδος,  ή,  an  unknown 
herb,  perh.  storksbill,  Galen, 

Υίε7.αργός,  ov,  ό,  the  stork.  Ar.  Av. 
1355.— IL  sometimes  for  ΤΙελασγός, 
prob.  from  the  notion  that  the  word 
Πελασ/οί  designates  a  roving  tribe, 
and  so  orig.  was  the  same  with  Πε- 
7.apyoL,  storks  being  birds  of  passage. 
Lob,  Phryn.  109.  (It  comes  from  ττε- 
/of,  άργος,  strictly  the  black-white. 
Pott  Et.  Forsch,  1,  131 :  cf.  Πελα- 
σγός.) 

Ί1ε?.αργοχρώς,  ώτος,  ο,  η,  {πελαρ- 
γός, χρως)  stork-coloured,  Lyc. 

ίίελαργώδτις ,  ες,  {πελαργός,  είδος) 
stork-like,  Strab, 

ΪΙΕΆΑ'Σ,  adv.,  near,  hard  by,  close, 
opp.  to  εκας,  Rom.,  hut  only  in  Od. : 
usu,  c.  gen.,  which  stands  before  the 
word,  as  in  Od.  15,  257,  Hdt.  8,  39 ; 


ΠΕΑΑ 

in  Trag.  also  after  its  case,  Νείλου 
πέλας,  Aesch.  Supp.  308;  in  Pind. 
also,  like  Ηγνς,  c.  dat.,  Pind.  O.  7, 
34  (ubi  V.  Bockh),  N.  11,  4:  c.  gen., 
it  answers  to  Lat.  prope  ab  aliquo  loco  ; 
c.  dat.  to  Lat.  prope  ad  aliquem  locum, 
Herm.  de  Dial.  Pmd.  p.  xi  (Opusc.  1, 
p.  254)  sq.  :  oft.  also  absol.,  χριμφθεϊς 
πέλας.  Od.  10,  516  ;  π.  στείχειν,  πάρ- 
ε ivai,  στήναι,  etc.,  Trag. — II.  οι  πέ- 
λιας  (sc.  δντες,  γενόμενοι),  one's  neigh- 
bours, i.  e.  fellow-creatures,  all  inen, 
Hdt.  1,  97,  and  Trag,  v.  Elmsl.  Med. 
85;  in  Hdt.  7.  152,  τά  τών  πέλας  are 
opp.  to  Tu  οίκήϊα  κακά : — the  sitig.  ό 
πέλας,  one's  neighbour,  any  man,  just 
like  o'l  πέ'λας,  is  rare,  as  Hdt.  3,  142, 
Eur.  1.  c. ;  cf  π7.ησίον.—\\\.  superl. 
πελαστάτω,  nearest,  Hipp. :  a  superl. 
adj.  πελάστατος,  η,  ov,  occurs  in 
Inscrr.  (From  πέλας  comes  πελά- 
ζω :  hence  too  was  formed, by  abbrev., 
the  synon.  word  πλησίον,  πλησίος,  as 
if  for  πελάσιος :  it  seems  akm  to  πέ- 
λω,  πέλομαι.) 

ίΤΙελασγία,  ας,  Ion.  -ίη,  ης,  η, 
Pelasgia,  land  of  the  Pelasgi,  original- 
ly, early  name  of  Greece,  Hdt.  2,  56  : 
also, — 2.  the  Peloponnesus,  Eur.  I.  A. 
1498  ;  cf  Strab.  p.  221  ;  and  esp.  Ar- 
gos,  Eur.  Or.  960.— 3.  in  Strab.  the 
district  of  Thessaly  otherwise  called 
ΐίελ.ασγιώτις,  p.  329. 

ΐΙε?Μσγιάς,  άδος,  pecul.  poet.  fern. 
of  sq. 

ΐίελ.ασγικός,  ή,  όν,  Pelasgic,  ^Ζενς 
Π.,  appell.  of  Jupiter  at  Dodona,  II. 
16,  234 ;  το  Π.  "Αργός,  in  Thessaly, 
II.  2,  681  :  τά  Π.  πεδία,  the  Pelasgic 
plains,  at  the  southern  base  of  Oeta, 
Strab.  p.  436:  το  Π.  τείχος  is  the 
northern  part  of  the  walls  of  the  cita- 
del of  Athens  which  the  P.  had  built, 
Hdt.  5,  64 :  and  το  ΐίελασγικόν,  the 
Pelasgicum  (Pelasgic  quarter),  a  space 
of  ground  at  the  foot  of  this  wall, 
Thuc.  2,  17,  V.  Arnold  ad  1.— In  genl. 
Grecian,  Eur.  Phoen.  106. 

ΙΠελάσ)  iof,  a,  oi',=foreg. ;  ή  Π. 
TTo/lii^Argos  m  Peloponnesus,  Aesch. 
Suppl.  634. 

iΐlελaσγίς,  ίδος,  ή,  fern,  of  foreg. ; 
appell.  of  Juno  in  Argos  and  Samos, 
Ap.  Rh.  1,  14:  also  of  Ceres,  Paus. 
2,  22,  1. 

|Πε/ασ}'<ώΓαί,  ών,  οι,  the  Pelasgi- 
otae,  in  Thessaly,  Strab. 

^ΐίελασγιώτις,  ιόος,  η,  Pelasgiotis, 
a  district  in  south  east  of  Thessaly, 
so  named  from  the  Pelasgi,  Strab.  p. 
430  ;  etc. 

ΐΐε/^ασγός,  ov,  6,  a  Pelasgian:  usu. 
in  plur.,  the  Pelasgians,  placed  in 
Thessaly  by  Hom.  in  II. ,  but  among 
the  allies  of  the  Trojans  ;  in  Od.  we 
hear  of  them  in  Crete,  and  about  Do- 
dona in  Hes.  Fr.  18. — The  locus  clas- 
sicus  is  Hdt.  1,  56,  57  ;  no  doubt  the 
Hellenes  were  a  kindred  race,  v. 
Wachsm.  Hist.  Antiq.  of  Gr.  vol.-  1, 
^Q,  Clinton  F.  H.  1,  92,  Thirlwall 
Hist,  of  Gr.  1,  c.  2  ;  though  Niebuhr 
seems  to  hesitate.  (The  word  has 
been  referred  to  πέλ.ας,  π?Μζω,  etc., 
but  with  little  success.  Its  likeness 
to  πελαργός  seems  accidental.  Pott 
Et.  Forsch.  1,  131.) 

ϋϊελασγός,-οϋ,  b,  Pelasgus,  son  of 
Jupiter  and  Niobe,  in  inythol.  from 
whom  the  Pelasgi  were  named,  Apol- 
lod.  2,  1,1:  ace.  to  Aesch.  Suppl.  250 
son  of  Palaechthon,  ruler  in  Argos  in 
the  timeof  Danaus. — 2.  fatherof  Hae• 
mon,  grandfather  of  Thessalus,  Dion. 
H.  1,  17— Others  in  Paus. 

Τίε?ίάστατος,  -άτω,  v.  ττε'/Ιαζ- subfin. 

ΙΙε?ιάστ7!ς,ου,ό,{πελάζω)— πελάτης. 

Ιίελ.ύτεία,  ας,  ή,  (as  ι1'  from  πελα- 


ΠΕΛΕ 

τεύω)  the  relation  of  dependents  to  their 
patron  or  jnaster,  Lat.  clientela :  de- 
pendence. 

ΤΙελάτης,  ov,  b,  fem.  -άτις,  ιδος, 
{πελάζω)  one  who  approaches  or  comes 
near.  Soph.  Phil.  1164:  a  neighbour, 
Lat.  accola,  π.  μώ/^υ,  Aesch.  Pers. 
49  :  τον  πελάταν  /.έκτρων  Αιός,  of 
Ixion,  Soph.  Phil  679  :  cf  πελάζω  Β. 
il.  2. — II.  esp.  one  who  approaches  to 
seek  protection,  a  dependent,  hireling, 
Lat.  mercenarius.  Plat.  Euthyphr.  4 
C,  cf  Ruhnk.  Tim. :  used  to  trans- 
late the  Rom.  cliens,  Plut.  Rom.  13, 
etc.  (Cf  ικέτης  from  ίκνέομαι.)  [ΰ] 
Hence 

ΤΙελάτικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to  a  πε- 
λιάτης  :  το  π.,  the  body  of  clients ;  the 
working  class. 

ΐίελάτις,  ιδος,  fem.  from  πελάτης, 
Plut.  Cat.  Maj.  24.  [a] 

ΐίελάω,  poet,  collat.  pres.  form  for 
πελάζω,  both  trans,  and  intrans.,  first 
in  H.  Hom.  6,  44 ;  but  never  in  Att., 
Herm.  Soph.  O.  C.  1063  ;— for  πελώ 
is  Att.  fut.,  cf  πελΑζω  sub  init. 

ΤΙέλεθος,  ό,  also  σπέλεθος,  human 
ordure,  Ar.  Ach.  1169,  Eccl.  595. 

ΊΙελεθρίζω,=  π?ίεθρίζω.     Hence 

ΤΙε/ιέβρισμα,  ατός,  το,=πλέθρισμα. 

ΤΙέλεβρην,  ου,  τό,  lengthd.  poet, 
form  for  πλέθρον,  a  measure  of  land, 

11.  21,  407,  Od.  11,  577. 

Πελεία,  ας.  ή,  {πε7ώς,  πέλιειος.  πελ- 
?.ός)  the  wood-pigeon,  ring-dove,  cushat, 
from  its  dark  colour,  in  Hom.  usu.  an 
emblem  of  timorousness,  φνγεν  ώς  τε 
πέλεια,  II.  21,  493  ;  hence  with  epith. 
τρήρων,  Hom. ;  so,  Soph.  Aj.  140, 
Lur.  Ion  1197. — II,  πέλειαι,  αϊ,  the 
name  of  the  prophetic  priestesses  of 
antiquity,  prob.  borrowed  from  the 
prophetic  pigeons  of  Dodona,  also 
πελειάδες,  cf  Hdt.  2,  55,  57. 

ΐίελειάδες.  αι.=  Υ17ιειάδες,  Hes. 
Fr.  44,  Pind.  N.  2,  17,  Pors.  Or.  1001 ; 
also  in  sing,  a  Pleiad. 

ΐίελειάς,  άδος,  ή,=πέλεια,  II.  5,  778, 
etc.  (but  only  in  plur.) ;  so  in  Hdt.  2, 
55,  Aesch.  Supp.  223,  etc.  ;  but  in 
sing..  Soph.  O.  C.  1081 :— distinguish- 
ed from  περιστερά  by  Arist.  H.  A.  5, 
13,  3  ;  but  used  lor  περιστερά  by  the 
Dorians,  e.  g.  Sophron,  ace.  to  Ath. 
394  D:  οί.πέλειαΙΙ. 

ΤΙελειοθρέμμων,  ov,  {πέλεια,  τρέ- 
φω) pigeon-feeding,  Aesch.  Pers.  309. 

ΐΐέλειος,  a,  ον,{πε7ιός)  black,  blackish. 

ΤΙελεκάν,  άνος,  b,  Arist.  H.  A.  8, 

12,  13  ;  also  πελεκάς,  άντος,  ό,  or  ττε- 
λιέκας,  αντος,  Ar.  Αν.  1155  :  Dor.  πε- 
λεκάς, ά  :  {πελεκάω) : — strictly  the 
wood-pecker,  the  joiner-bird  of  Aris- 
toph.,  Av,884,  1155.— II.  a  water-bird 
oi  the  pelican  kind,  elsewh.  πελεκίνος, 
Arist.  H.  A.  9,  10,  2,  Ael.  N.  A.  3,  20 ; 
— perh.  from  some  resemblance  to  the 
woodpecker. — The  forms  πελικάν., 
and  πελ.εκάνος,  if  not  false,  are  at 
least  late. 

αίελ.εκάς,  ΰντος,  b.Pelecas.  a  moun- 
tain in  Asia  Minor,  Polyb.  5.  77,  8. 

Πελεκάω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (πέλεκυς)  to 
hew  or  shape  with  an  axe,  Lat.  dolare, 
Od.  5,  244  (in  Ep.  form  πελέκκησε), 
Ar.  Av,  1157;  cf.  πέλεκκον  and  ήμι• 
πέλεκκον. — II.  sensu  obscoeno,  Ara- 
ros  Caen.  4.     Hence 

ΐίελέκηαα,  ατός,  τό,  hewn  wood, 
chips :  and 

Πελε/ί?;σί(•,εω^,^,αΛβΜ)ίη^ of  wood, 
Theophr. 

ΪΙελιεκητής,  οϋ,  ό,  α  hewer  of  wood. 

ΤΙελ.εκητύς,  ή,  όν,  {πελεκάω)  hewn, 
Theophr. 

ΐίελεκι/τωρ,  ορός,  ό,  poet,  for  πελε- 
κητής,  Manetho. 

ΐίελεκηφόρος,  ον,=^πελεκυώόρος. 
1141 


ΠΕΛΙ 

TlF7.ΐKίζω,  f.  -<σω,  (ττέλτ/ϊυ^)  to  ait 
offu'ilh  an  axe,  esp.  to  behead,  Lat.  se- 
curi  perctilere.  τινά,  Polyb.  1,7,  12; 
11,  30,2,  Strab.,  etc. ;  cf.  Lob.  Phryn. 
341. 

ΐΙε?.εκΐι>ος,  ov,  6,  a  water-bird  of 
the  pelican  kind,  Ar.  Av.  884  ;  cf.  τζε- 
"λεκύνϊΐ. — Il.aii'eec/that  grows  among 
lentils,  Lai.  securidaca,  Theophr. — 111. 
in  carpentry,  dovetailing,  Lat.  securi- 
cula,  Vitruv.     Hence 

ΙΙελεκΙνωτός,  ή,  όν,  (πελεκΐνοςΙΙΙ) 
dovetailed,  Vitruv. 

ΐίελεκκι/σε,  Ep.  3  sing.  aor.  from 
ττελεκύω,  Od. 

Ίλελεκκον,  ov,  τό,  {πέΤι,εκνς)  an  axe- 
handle.  11.  13,  612. 

ΐίελεκοεα^ής,  ές,  {πελεκυς,  είδος) 
like  an  axe,  Procl. 

ΥΙελεκί'όίον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  ττε- 
7.εΐννς.  [ν] 

Ίίελεκννάριον,  ov,  τό,  a  piece  of 
wood  like  an  axe-handle. 

ΤΙέλεκνΓ,  εως Ion.  εος,  δ .•  dat.  pi.  τΓε- 
λέκεσι,  Ep.  ττελεκεσσι,  II. :  in  Aelian, 
and  other  late  writers,  are  sometimes 
found  gen.  τ:ελέκνος,  dat.  pi.  ττε'λέκνσι, 
etc.,  V.  Lob.  Phryn.  24G.  An  axe  or 
hatchet,  χά?.κεος,  ΰμώοτερωθεν  ύκα- 
χμένος,  Od.  5, 235  (cf.  σκέπαρνον) ;  a 
battle-axe,  U.  15,711  ;  a  sacrificial  axe,  \l. 
17, 520,  Od.  3, 442 : — but,  usu.,  a  carpen- 
ter's axe,  νλοτόμονς  πελέκεας,  II.  23, 
114,  etc.  ; — hence  the  phrase,  ov  όό- 
ρασι  μάχεσθαι,  άλλα  και  ττελέκεσι, 
ί.  e.  to  fight  to  the  last,  not  soldiers 
only  but  every  man,  Hdt.  7,  135  ;  as 
an  image  of  perseverance,  κραδίη  πέ- 
λεκυς  ως  άτειρ/'/ς,  11.  3,  60  ; — in  The- 
ophr. Char.  5  (3),  πέλεκνς  as  a  child's 
nickname  seems  to  mean  α  sharp 
blade,  opp.  to  άσκός.  q.  v. — II.  amath- 
ematical  figure.  (Sanscr.  parafu,  cf. 
Pott  Et."Forsch.  1,  117.  231.)  [The 
ϋ  of  nom.  and  ace.  smg.  is  in  Horn, 
sometimes  iengthd.  in  arsis,  II.  3,  60  ; 
17,  520 :  ace.  plur.  πελέκεας  is  in 
Horn,  ahvays  trisyll.,  ^^-]. 

ΤΙελεκνψόρος,  ov,  {πέλεκνς,  φέρω) 
carrying  an  axe,  an  axe-bearer  :  used  to 
translate, — 1.  the  Lat.  lictor. — 2.  con- 
sul or  praetor,  before  whom  axes  are 
earned,  Polyb.  2,  23,  5. 

Τίελεμίζω,  fut.  -ξω  :  aor.  pass,  έπε- 
λεμίχθηΐ',  in  Horn,  always  without 
augm.  : — like  έ'λελίζω,  to  swing,  shake, 
and,  generally,  to  make  to  shake,  quiver 
or  tremble,  βαθέην  πελεμιζέμεν  νλην, 
11.  16,  766:  τρις  μεν  μιν  πελέμιξεν, 
II.  16,  108,  cf  13,  443 ;  π.  (τόξον),  to 
struggle  at  (the  bow),  m  order  to  bend 
it,  Od.  21,  125  : — pass.,  to  be  shaken,  to 
tremble,  quake,  νπο  ποσσί  μέ^'ας  πελε- 
μίζετ'  Όλνμπος,  11.16,  612,  Hes.  458 ; 
in  aor.  pass.,  to  be  shaken,  i.  e.  driven 
back,  χασσάμενος  πελεμίχθη,  II.  4, 
535 ;  5,  626 ;  so,  πελεμιζύμενος  ντίο 
2.όγχα,  Pind.  Ν.  8,  51.  (From  πάλ- 
λω, 7Γα?ιύμη,  akin  to  πόλεμος.) 

Πελε'σκεο,  Ep.  2  sing.  impf.  from 
πέλημαι,  II.  22,  433. 

ΐΐέ'/.εν,  Ep.  2  sing,  imperat.  from 
Ίζέλομαι,ΙΧ.  24,  219. 

ΙΙεληίάς,  άδος,  ή.  Ion.  for  πελειάς, 
Opp.  C.  1,  350. 

Πελίά,  ή,=  πελίωμα,  susp. 

Πελίαί'νω,  to  make  livid  : — pass.,  to 
be  or  become  so,  Hipp. 

Πε/ϊάζ•,  ύδος,  pecul.  poet.  fern,  of 
ηελίός,  Hipp. 

]ϋελίας.  Ion.  -ίης,  gen.  ov  Ion.  εω 
Dor.  a,  6,  Pelias,  son  of  Neptnne  and 
Tyro,  half  brother  of  Aeson,  whom 
he  deprived  of  his  kingdom,  and 
whose  son  Jason  he  compelled  to 
undertake  the  Argonautic  expedition, 
Od.  11,  254,  sqq. ;  Apollod. ;  etc. — 
2.  son  of  Aeginetes,  Paus.  7,  18,  5. 
1142 


ΠΕΛΛ 

ίΠελ/<ί(•,  ύδος,  ή.  fcm.  adj.,  of  Pe- 
lias, αϊ  ΤΙελιάδες  κήραι,  the  daughters 
ofPelta.y;  Eur.  Med.  0. 

αίελ.ίγνας,  ov,  6,  Pelignas,  the 
cook  of  Olympias  and  Alexander, 
Ath.  059  F. 

■\ΙΙελιγνοί,  ων,  οι,  the  Peligni,  a 
people  of  Italy,  Strab.  p.  219. 

ΤΙελιδναΙος,  a,  ον,=  ίτε?.ιδνός. 

ΊΙελίδνη,  τι,=πελιδνότης. 

ΊΙελιδνήεις,  εσσα,  εν,  poet,  for  sq. 

Ώελιδνός,  ή,  όν,  =  πελιός,  livid, 
Soph.  Fr.  577,  and  (in  the  so-called 
Att.  form  πε?ατνός)  Thuc.  2,  49, 
Alex.  Κρατεν.  1,  17.     Hence 

ΤΙελιδνότης,  ητος,  ή,  the  livid  colour 
caused  by  extravasated  blood,  Lat. 
livor. 

ΊΙΐλιδνόω,ώ,(πελιδνός}=πελιαίνω: 
in  pass.,  Arist.  Probl.  8,  1.     Hence 

Τίελίδνωμα,  ατός.  τό,  a  livid  spot 
from  extravasated  blood. 

ΎΙελίδνωσις,  7ΐ,=ζπελιδνότης,  Are- 
tae. 

ΎΙελΙκύνιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  sq., 
Theophr. 

Τίελίκτ),  ης,  ή,  a  sort  o{  wooden  howl, 
basin  or  cup,  Cratin.  Θράττ.  5. — II.  a 
hole  or  basin  in  the  sea,  Theophr. 
(Hence  πελίχνη,  akin  to  ττέλί^,  πέ- 
λις,  πέλνξ,  πέ'λλα,  πελλύς,  πελλίς, 
Lat.  pelvis.)  [ί] 

αίελιναΐον,  ον,  τό,  Pelinaevm, the 
highest  mountain  in  the  island  Chios, 
Strab.  p.  645. 

Πελίν?7,  ή,  an  Attic  measure  con- 
tainmg  eight  ήμίναι. 

αΐέλιννα,  ης,  ή,  and  ΤΙελινναΐον, 
ov,  τό,  Pelinna.  a  strong  city  of  Thes- 
saly,  on  the  Peneus,  Pind.  P.  10,  7 ; 
Strab.  p.  437. 

Πελί^,  ικος,  ό,^^πελίκη,  πελίς. 

ΐίελώς,  ά,  όν,  (πε?ώς,  πελλός) 
strictly  of  parts  of  the  boiy,  discolour- 
ed by  extravasated  blood,  black  and  blue, 
livid,  Dem.  1157,6:  generally,  rfarA:- 
coloured,  blackish,  Anth.  (Πελίόζ•,  like 
πολίόζ•,  seems  to  be  belter  than  the 
usu.  ττελίοζ•,  Arcad.  p.  41,  3.) 

ΤΙελώτης,  ητος,  7ΐ,-=πε7.ιδνότης. 

Πελίόω,  ώ,  (πελίόζ•)=πελίαά'ω. 

ΤΙέλις,  or  πελίς,  ό  or  η,  Lat.  pelvis, 
^=πελίκη,  πελλίς. 

Ίίελιτνός,  ή,  όν,  ν.  sub  πελιδνός. 

ΤΙελίχνη,  ης,  ή.  dim.  from  πελίκη, 
Alcman  17,  cf.  Ath.  495  Β. 

ΙΙελίωμα,  ατός,  τό,  (πελιόω)=πε- 
λίδνωμα,  Hipp.,  Arist.  Probl.  9,  14. 

ΪΙελίωσις,  εως,  ή,  (πελίόω)  like  πε- 
?ίίδνωσις,  extravasation  of  blood,  a  livid 
spot.  Lat.  livor,  Hipp. 

ΠΕΆΛΑ,  ης,  ή,  (A)  Ion.  πέλλη,  a 
wooden  boui,  milk-pail,  Lat.  mulctra, 
II.  16,  642,  Theocr.  1,  26,  cf  Ath. 
495. — II.  a  drinking-cup,  Hippon.  24. 
(Cf.  πελ'ικη,  πελ?.ύς,  πελλίς,  πέλιξ, 
Lat.  pelvis,  OUT  pail.) 

ΠΕ'ΛΑΑ,  ή,  (Β)  a  hide,  leather. 
(Lat.  peliis.  Germ.  Fell,  Pelz,  our 
peltry,  etc.:  prob.=:foreg.,  cf.  κντος, 
σκντος  and  Lat.  cutis,  the  skin  being 
as  it  were  a  vessel  to  hold  the  body.) 

Πέλλα,  ή,  a  stone,  v.  ττίλα. 

ίΐΐέλλα,  ης,  η.  Pella,  an  early  city 
of  Macedonia,  the  royal  residence, 
Hdt.  7,  123 ;  Thuc.  2,  99.     Hence 

'(ΐίελλαίος,  a,  ov,  of  Pella,  Petlaean, 
Luc. 

Πελλαϊοζ•,  a,  ον,=πελλός,  ιτελιδ- 
νός. 

ΤΙελλαιχνός,  όν,  and  -χρός,  όν, 
collat.  forms  of  πελλαΐος. 

αΐε7.λάνα,  ή,  Pellana,  an  old  city 
of  Laconia,  Strab.  p.  386  :  in  Xen. 
Hell.  7,  5,  in  Att.  form  ΙΙελλ^ΐ'??, 

ΜΙελλανίς,  ίδος,  ή,  prop,  adj.,  of 
Pellana;  of  a  fountain  near  Pellana, 
Paus.  3,  21,  2. 


ΠΕΛΟ 

ΓΓελλην-^ρ,  ΐψος,  i,  also  πελίη- 
της,  ov,  ti,  {πι /.λα.  A)  one  who  milks 
into  a  pail,  Thessal.  for  άμολ\ενς, 
Ath.  495  E. 

Πελλύζ-,  άδος,  7/,=  πελλα,.  Α. 

Πελλαστ^.  ης,  ή,  (πελλα.  Β)  α  sort 
of  bandage  or  buskin  worn  by  runners 
next  the  foot  and  ancle,  also  πελ.- 
λντή,  πέλιπ'τρον  and  πέλλντρον  or 
πέλντρον. 

'^ΐΐέλλην,  ηνος,  ό.  Peilen,  an  Ar- 
give,  son  of  Phorbas,  Paus.  7,  26,  12. 

^ΤΙε/ληναϊον,  ov,  τό,=  'ηελιναΐον, 
Dion.  P.  535. 

αΐε/Ληνενς,  έως,  ό,  an  inhab.  of 
Peltene,  oi  ΊΙελΆτινεϊς,  Alt.  •νής,  the 
Petlenians,  Thuc.  2,  9. 

"|•ΠελλΛ/('??,  7/f,  ή.  Dor.  Τ1ε/λά>•α, 
Pellene,  an  old  city  of  Achaia,  be- 
tween Sicyon  and  Aegira,  with  a 
temple  of  Juno,  to  whom  games  were 
here  celebrated,  11.  2,  574  ;  Pind.  O. 
7,  156;  Ar. ;  etc.— 2.  v.  Πελλάνα.— 
3.  a  village  of  Achaia  between  Aegae 
and  Pellene  (1),  Strab.  p.  386. 

^Ώελ7.7μ'ίκός,  ή,  όν,  of  Pellene,  Pel- 
tenian.  Τίελ/ηνικαι  χλαϊναι,  cloaks 
that  were  given  as  prizes  in  the  games; 
from  Pellene  (3)  ace.  to  Strab.  p.  386. 

■^ΐΐέλιλ.ης,  ό,  Pelles,  grandfather  of 
Asterius  and  Amphion,  founder  of 
Pellene  in  Achaia,  ace.  to  Ap,  Rh. 
1,  177. 

Ί1ε7.7.ητής,  οϋ,  ό,  v.  πελλαντήρ. 

Πελλί'ζ•.  ίδος,  ^,=  πέλλο  (Α),  Hip- 
pon, 23,  Nic.  ΑΙ.  77. 

+Πέλλί^οζ•,  ον,  ό,  Pellichus.  a  Co- 
rinthian, father  of  Aristeus,  Thuc.  1, 
29. 

ΤΙελλιοράφος,  ov,  (πελλα  Β,βύπτω) 
sewing  skins  together,   [ΰ] 

ΠΕΑΑΟ'Σ,  or  πελός,  ή,  όν,  Lat. 
PULLiUS,  dark-coloured,  dusky,  ash- 
coloured,  πε7.η  μηκάς,  Soph.  Fr.  122  ; 
πελλ^  όϊς,  Theocr.  5,  99  ;  πε7.λός 
ερωδιός.  Arist.  Η.  Α.  9, 1,  23. — Synon. 
forms  are  πελόζ•,  πελίόζ•,  πο7.ιός,  πελ- 
7.αϊος,  πελιδνός,  πελιδναϊος,  Koen 
Greg.  288,  Piers.  Moer.  325.  (The 
accent.  πέ77.ος  is  less  correct,  v. 
Valck.  Theocr.  5,  99.)    Hence 

Πελλόω,  ώ,=  πελίόω. 

Πελλυτρα  or  πέλντρα,  τά,=  πελ- 
λασταί,  Aesch.  Fr.  238. 

Πελ/ζα,  ατός,  τό,  the  sole  of  the  foot, 
of  camels,  Hdn.  4,  15,  8  ; — the  sole  of 
the  shoe.  Polyb.  12,  6,  4  :  also  the  shoe 
itself,  Nic. — II.  the  stalk,  esp.  of  ap- 
ples and  pears,  Geop. — III.  generally, 
Uke  πέζα,  the  end  of  a  thing.  (Ace. 
to  some  from  τέλμα,  others  from  σώε- 
λας.) 

ΤΙελμύτώδης,  ες,  (πέλμα,  είδο€)  like 
the  sole  of  the  foot. 

Ώέ7.ομαι,  V.  πελω. 

|Πελόπε£π,  ας,  ή.  Pelopla,  daugh- 
ter of  Pelias,  Αρ.  Rh.  1,  326.-2.= 
Πελοπί'α. 

^ΤΙε7.οπηίάδης,  ov  Dor.  a,  ό,=  Πε- 
λοπιδης,  Pind.  Ν.  8,  21  ;  Theocr.  15, 
142. 

ίΤΙελοπηίς,  ίδος,  ή,  fern,  to  sq.,  Π. 
γαία,  the  Peloponnesus,  Αρ.  Rh,  4, 
1570:  alone,  Call.  Del.  72. 

iTLελoπr/ioς,  η,  ov,  ροεΙ.  =  Πελό- 
πειος,  of  Petops,  Ap.  Rh. 

ΙΠελοπί'α,  ας,  η.  Pelopia,  mother 
of  Cycnus,  Apollod.— 2.  dauchterof 
Thyestes,  Ael.  V.  H.  12,  42.— Others 
in  Apollod.     Cf.  Πελόπεία. 

^ΤΙελοπίδας,  a,  6,  ϋθΓ.=  Πελοπ<- 
δης.  —  2.  Petopidas,  the  celebrated 
Theban  leader,  friend  of  Epaminon- 
das,  Xen.  Hell. 

αΐε/οπίδης,  ov,  6,  son  or  descend- 
ant of  Pelops  ;  esp.  Agamemnon  ;  also 
in  pi,  Trag, ;  Plut,  Thes.  3. 

ΪΪΙε7.όπιος,  a,  ov,  of  or  belonging  to 


ΠΕΛΤ 
Pehps;  η  Π.  χώρα,^ΐΠβ Peloponnesus, 
Eur.  Hipp.  374. 

+IIe7.o~<'f,  ίόος,  ή,  pecuL  fern,  to 
foreg. 

+Τίε/.ο-όι•νασος,  ου,  ή,  Dor.  for 
-νήσος,  Thuc.  5,  77. 

iJIe?J}~ovv^aiaKOc,  ή,  όν,  of  the 
Pdopotinestts,  PdopoTuusian,  Plat. 
Legg.  708  A. 

ϋίε/Μ-οννήσιοζ,  a,  01»,= foreg.; 
oi  Π.,  ike  Peloponnesians,  Hdt.  7,  137  ; 
9,  73. 

'Ώ.ε7Λ•:τοννησιστί,  adv.,  in  the  Pelo- 
ponnesian,  i.  e.  Dorian  dialect,  Π.  λα- 
?.εϊν,  Theocr.  15,  92,  fin  Dor.  form 
-vaoia~i. 

ΙΙελοπόννησος,  ου,  η,  for  TUXottqc 
νήσος  t(so  written  in  Tyrt.  5,  4)t, 
tfie  Peloponnesus,  fthe  southern  part 
of  Greece,  connected  with  the  main- 
land b)-  the  isthmus  of  Corinth,+  now 
the  Morea,  H.  Hom.  Ap.  250,  290,  etc 
ΊΙελός,  7/,  όν,  v.  τίε/.λός :  others 
write  τϊέλος. 

ΊΙέ/.οφ,  οπός,  δ,  (ττέλος,  όφ)  strict- 
ly the  Dark-eyed,  Pelops,  son  of  Tan- 
talus, said  to  have  migrated  from 
Lydia,  and  to  have  given  his  name  to 
the  Peloponnesus,  11.  Ϋ2,  104;  usu. 
ό  Φρυξ,  Pind. ;  Trag. — 2.  a  son  of 
Agamemnon  and  Cassandra,  Paus.  2, 
10,6. 

Ϊ1ε7.τύζυ,  (Ίτέ'λτη)  to  he  a  κ ελτ α- 
στής or  targeteer,  opp.  to  6~/Λτεύω, 
Xen.  An.  5,  Θ,  5,  Vect.  4,  52. 

^ΤΙέλται,  ών,  at,  Peltae,  a  city  of 
Greater  Phrygia,  near  Apamea,  Xen. 
An.  1,2,3. 

ΐΙε/~ύμιον,  ov,  to,  dim.  from  πελτη, 
Callix.  ap.  Ath.  200  F. 

Ύίε\τασττ{ς,  ov,  b,  (ττε/.-ά^ω)  one 
who  bears  a  target  or  light  shield  {7ϊέ?.τ-η) 
instead  of  the  largero7r?:.oi',a  targeteer, 
Lat.  cetratus,  first  in  Eur.  Rhes.  311, 
Thvic.  2, 29,  and  Xen. ;  usu.  mention- 
ed with  the  τοξόται,  as  Cyr.  2,  1.5. 
The  peltasts  were  orig.  Thracian 
mercenaries ;  they  held  a  place  be- 
tween the  OTz/'iTat  and  -φίΑ.οί  ;  hence 
οι  π.,  generally,  for  light  troops,  levis 
armaturae  milites  ;  first  made  an  effi- 
cient force  in  the  Greek  armies  by 
Iphicrates  the  Athenian,  v.  Xen. 
Hell.  4, 4, 16,  and  5, 12,  sq.  Cf  πέλτη. 
Hence 

Τίε/.ταστικός,  η,  όν,  skilled  in  the 
use  of  the  ττέλτη.  Plat.  Theaet.  165  D  ; 
οι  ττελταστικοί.  Id.  Prot.  350  A : — 
η  -κή  (sc.  τέχνη),  the  art  or  skill  of  a 
targeteer,  Id.  Legg.  813  D  :  το  -κόν,= 
oi  ττελτασταί,  Xen.  Hell.  6,  1,  4  : 
-κώτατα,  in  the  best  style,  quite  in  the 
manner  of  -jTEATacTai,  Xen.  Oec.  21,  7. 
ΧΙελτάφόρος,  ov,  {ττέλτη,  φέρω)  = 
Ίτελτοφόρος. 

ΠΕ'ΛΤΗ,  ης,  τ),  α  small,  light  shield 
of  leather  without  a  rim  (Ιτνς),  orig. 
used  by  the  Thracians,  Hdt.  7,  75,  cf 
89,  Eur.  Ale.  498,  Bacch.  783  ;  on  its 
form,  V.  Diet.  Antiqq.  s.  v. — 2.  a  body 
of  ττελτασταί,  Eur.  Rhes.  410;  cf. 
άσττίς  2,  λόγχη  HI,  brr/.ov  HI.  3. — 
II.  a  shaft,  pole,  Xen.  An.  1,  10,  12; 
cf  Philostr.  Imag.  2,  32. — III.  α  horse's 
ornament,  Eur.  Rhes.  305. 

ΪΙέ/.της,  ov.  6.  the  Nile  fish,  κορα- 
eIvoc,  saked,  Diphil.  Siphn.  ap.  Ath. 
121  B. 

αίελτινον  (ΐΐέλταί)  ττεδίον,  τό, 
the  plain  of  Peltae,  Strab.  p.  629. 

ήε/.τοφόρος,  ov,  ( ττέλτη,  φέρω ) 
bearing  a  target:  ό  ΤΓ.,=  τ:κλταστής, 
Xen.  Cyr.  7,  1,  24 ;  ττ.  Ιττττεΐς,  light 
horse,  Polyb.  3,  43,  2. 

ΊΙέλυντρα,  τά,  v.  sub  ττέ?.7.ντρα. 
ΐίέλυξ,  νκος,  ό,=ττέλιξ,  Ath.  392 
Β.—11=πέλεκνς,  LXX. 
Ιίέλνς,  6,—πέ?^ις. 


ΠΕΑΩ 

Πελυτρον,  ον,  τό,  ν.  sub  πελλαστ^. 
ΠΕΆΩ,  only  used  in  3  sing.  pres. 
and  impf  ττέλει,  ττέ'/.εν,  syncop.  Ιττλεν, 
II.  3,  3  ;  5,  729  ;  12,  11,  etc. ;  inf  ττε- 
λεναι,  Parmeu.  Fr.  65  : — much  more 
freq.  as  dep.,  3  sing,  ττελεταί,  II.  11, 
392,  etc. ;  imperat.  ττέλεν,  II. ;  syncop. 
2  sing,  εττλεο,  contr.  έπλεν,  II. :  3  sing. 
έπλετο,  freq.  in  Hom.  and  Hes. :  the 
other  forms  do  not  occur  syncop., 
except  that  Euphor.,  55,  used  part, 
pres.  τΐ7.όμενος {AS  Hom.  in  thecompd. 
έττι~7ί.όμενος,  ττεριττ/.όμενος) :  impf 
mid.  freq.  has  the  signf  of  pres. — Ep. 
lengthened  forms,  2  impf  mid.  ττε/.έ- 
σκεο,  II.  22,  433  ;  3  impf  ττελέσκετο, 
Hes.  Fr.  22,  4.— The  word  is  only 
poet,  and  Dor. 

The  orig.  signf,  to  be  in  motion, 
seems  to  have  been  soon  lost,  the 
only  Homeric  examples  being  11.  3, 3, 
κ7.αγγη  πέλεί  οίφανόθί  ττρό,  the  cry 
goes,  rises  to  heaven  ;  and  Od.  13,  60, 
jT/paf  Koi  θάνατος  έττ'  ανθρώτϊθΐ.σι 
πέ7χ)νται,  old  age  and  death  come 
upon  men  ;  so,  νονσος  έττΐ  στνγερη 
ττέ7.εται  όει7.οϊσί  βροτοΐσιν,  Od.  15, 
408  ;  but  the  signf  is  plain  in  the 
compd.  participles  ετηττ7.όμενος  and 
-ερί-Λό|ϋενοζ•.•  hence  naturally  comes 
the  notion  of  busy  traffic  in  εμττο7.α- 
σΟαι  and  ττω7.εΐν,  as  in  Lat.,  venio 
veneo,  ventito  vendito,  are  connected, 
Lob.  Phryn.  583.  Hence, — 11.  springs 
the  more  common  signf  to  be,  very 
freq.  in  Horn.,  but  usu.  distinguished 
from  είναι  in  implying  a  continuance, 
to  be  used  or  wont  to  be,  and  so  often 
used  in  similes,  as  11.  2,  480 ;  3,  3 ; 
)'et  sometimes  quite=  εΖναι,  e.  g.  11. 
11,  736;  and  m  Trag.,  who  oft.  use 
it,  it  would  be  hard  to  draw  any  dis- 
tinction :  rarely  with  έκ,  τον  ό'  ίξ 
άργύρεος  βνμος  ττέ7^εν,  11.  5,  729,  cf 
έκ  1.  3  ;  σέο  δ'  έκ  τάδε  ττάντα  ττέ/.ον- 
ται,  all  this  is  from  thee,  II.  13,  632 : 
c.  part,  of  another  verb,  periphr.  for 
the  verb  itself,  έμεΐο  Λελασμέιοζ• 
έ-λευ,  11.  23,  69  :  τά  δ'  όλοά  ττε7Μμεν 
ον  τταρέρχεται,  when  once  in  being  they 
pass  not  away,  Dind.  Aesch.  Theb. 
768,  ubi  vulg.  τε7.λόμεν'. — The  signf. 
to  become,  assumed  for  places  like  II. 
22,  443  ;  24,  219,  524,  Od.  1,  393, 
comes  easily  from  the  radic.  signf, 
but  is  not  wanted. 

Πέλωρ,  τό,  a  monster,  but  only  of 
living  beings,  and  mostly  in  bad  signf, 
as  of  the  Cyclops,  Od.  9,  428  ;  of 
Scylla,  Od.  12,  87  ;  of  the  serpent 
Python,  H.  Ap.  374 ; — of  a  dolphin, 
merely  to  denote  its  hugeness,  H.  Ap. 
401  ;  and  even  of  Vulcan,  11.  18,  410  ; 
cf  ίτε/ωρον.— The  word  is  Ep.,  only 
occurs  in  nom.  and  ace.  sing.,  and 
seems  to  be  no  further  declined :  it 
was  not  used  as  a  regul.  adj.,  but  al- 
ways put  in  appos.'to  another  subst. 
tHence — II.  b,Pelor,  as  name  of  one 
of  the  surviving  Sparti,  ApoUod.  2, 
4,  1. 

Πελωρίάζ•,  άδος,  ή,^ττε7.ωρίς,  Ar- 
chestr.  ap.  Ath.  92  C. 

ίΠελωρίύζ•,  άδος,  ή,  (sc.  άκρα)  the 
promontory  o/Pe/orus,  northeast  point 
of  Sicily,  now  Cape  Faro,  Polyb.  1, 
42.  5. 

Πε?.ώρ<θξ•,  α.  ov,  also  ος,  ov.  Hes. 
Th.  179,  and  Att.,=  ττε/ωροζ-,  freq.  in 
Horn.,  usu.  of  gods,  as  'Κίδης,  Άρης ; 
or  heroes,  as  'Έκτωρ,  Αίας,  etc. ;  but 
also  of  things,  as  arms,  II.  8,  424  ;  a 
stone,  Od.  11,  594;  waves,  Od.  3, 
290,  etc.  ;  also  in  Pind.,  π.  ΰνηρ.  Ο. 
7,  26  ;  κ7^ος  10  (11),  25;  but  rare  in 
Trag.,  γΰςττ.  τέρας,  of  a  dragon,  Eur. 
1.  T.  1248  ;  tu  ττρίν  πελώρια,  the 
1  mighty  ones  of  old,  Aesch.  Pr.  151 ; — 


ΠΕΜΠ 

also  in  late  prose,  Ath.  84  E,  cf.  Ar. 
Av.  321. — 2.  τά  πε7Μρια  (sc.  Ιερύ), 
the  great  harvest  feast,  celebrated  in 
honour  of  Jupiter  in  Thessaly,  Bate 
ap.  Ath.  p.  639  E,  sq..  falso  called  ή 
Πελωρί'α,  Id.  610  A  ;t  and  Jupiter 
himself  was  called  ΐΐε/.ώριος,  Q.  Sm. 

11,  273. — Hom.  has  no  fem. ;  and  it 
is  only  once  in  Hes.,  1.  c. 

Πελωρίζ-,  ίόος,  ή,  also  ~ε7.ωριύς, 
άδος,  η,  the  giant-muscle,  elsewh.  χτ/μη 
or  κόγχη  βασύ.ική,  Ath.  4  C,  92  F. 

\\Ιε7.οιρίς,  ίδος,  ή,  (sc.  άκρα)— ths 
promontory  of  Pelorus,  Thuc.  4,  25. 
Cf  Πελωρίάς. 

Πέ/.ωρον,  ου,  τό,:=πέ7.ωρ,  a  mon- 
ster, prodigy,  of  the  Gorgon,  II.  5,  741, 
Od.  11,  634  ;  of  the  offsprmg  of  the 
earth,  Hes.  Th.  295,  cf  845,  856 ;  of 
a  large  stag,  Od.  10,  168 ;  of  the  en- 
chanted animals  of  Circe,  Od.  10, 
219;  —έ7.ωρα  θεών,  portents  sent  by 
the  gods,  11. 2, 321 ;  cf.  πέλωρ :  strict- 
ly neut.  from  sq. 

ΐΙέ7.ωρος,  η,  ov,  (πέ7,ωρ)  monstrous, 
prodigious,  huge,  usu.  with  coUat.  no- 
tion of  terrible,  in  Hom.  much  rarer 
than  the  form  πε/,ώριος,  but  in  Hes. 
much  the  most  usu.:  epith.  of  the 
Cyclops,  Od.  9,  257;  of  a  serpent,  Π. 

12,  202, 220,  Hes.  Th.  299  ;  of  a  goose, 
Od.  15,  161 : — neut.  pi.  as  adv.,  πέ• 
λωρα  βι3α,  he  strides  gigantic,  H. 
Merc.  225,  cf  349  : — Hom.  has  not 
the  fem. :  but  γαία  πε7.ώρη  is  freq.  in 
Hes.  Th. 

ΙΠέΡ.ωροί,  ov,  ό,=  Πέλωρ  II.,  Paus. 
9.  5,  3. — 2.  Pelorus,  helmsman  of 
Hannibal,  said  to  have  given  name 
to  the  northeast  promontory  of  Sicily, 
Strab.  p.  257  :  cf  Πελωρίάζ-. — 3.  ap- 
pell.  of  Jupiter,  Bato  ap.  Ath.  640  A  ; 
v.  πε7.ώριος  2. 

ΐΐέμμα,  ατός,  τό,  (πέσσο,  πέτττω) 
orig.  any  kind  of  dressed  food  ;  but, 
mostly  in  plur.,  pastry,  cakes,  sivcet- 
meats^  Hdt.  1,  1,  160.  v.  Valck.  ad  1, 
132.  Plat.  Rep.  404  D  ;  cf  ττόπανον. 

ΐΐεμμάτιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  foreg., 
a  .vmall  cake,  Ath.  645  E.  [ά] 

ΤΙεμμύτο7.όγος,  ov,  {ττέμμα,  7.έγω) 
discoursing  of  cakes,  Ath.  648  A. 

ΐΐεμμΰτονργός,  ό,  {πέμμα,  *έργίύ) 
a  pastry-cook,  Luc. 

ΐΐεμττΰδάρχης,  ου,  o,^sq. 

Τίεμπάόαρχος,  δ,  (πεμττάς,  άρχω)  α 
commar.der  of  α  πεμπάς,  or  body  of  five, 
Xen.  Cyr.  2,  1,  23,  Hipparch.  4,  9. 

ΤΙεμπαζω,  f  -ασω,  {πέμπε,  πέντε) 
strictly  to  count  on  five  fingers  or  count 
by  fives  ;  then,  generally,  to  count, 
Aesch.  Eum.  748,  Ap.  Rh.  2,  975  ;  so 
in  mid.,  έπήν  πάσας  πεμπάσσεται, 
when  he  is  done  counting  them  all, 
Od.  4,  412. — 11.  metaph.,  to  count  up, 
reckon  over,  consider,  πάντα  νόω  πεμ• 
πάσσατο,  Αρ.  Rh.  4,  350. — III.  hence 
of  animals,  to  chew  the  cud,  as,  reverse- 
j  ly.  Lat.  ruminari. — In  prose,  άναπεμ- 
I  πάζω  is  more  usu.  (Some  derive  it 
in  the  last  two  signfs.  from  πέμπω, 
as  if  to  setid  up  the  food,  others  even 
from  ττέτΓτω.) 

ΐΐεμπάς,  άδος,  ή,  Aeol.  for  πεντάς, 
the  number  five  :  a  body  of  five  ;  used 
also  in  Att.,  Plat.  Rep.  546  C,  Xen. 
Cyr.  2,  1,  24,  etc.,  Arist  Pol.  5,  12,  8 
Bekker ;  but  in  Anal.  Post.  2,  13,  2, 
he  writes  πεντάδι. 

ΐΐεμπαστης,  ov,  b,  {πεμπάζω)  one 
who  counts ;  used  as  a  verbal  c.  ace.,, 
μύρια  π-,  reviewing  by  tens  of  thou- 
sands, Aesch.  Pers.  981,  cf  Hdt.  7, 
60. 

ΤΙέμπε,  Aeol.  for  πέντε,  five,  Vit. 
Hom. 

ΤΙέμπελος,  ov,  an  obscure  epith.  of 
1143 


ΠΕΜΠ 

very  old  persons,  π.  χρόνω,  etc.,  Lye. 
682,  826  : — perh.  fi  om  the  same  root 
as  όνςττέμφε^.ος. 

ΤΙιμτϊταίος,  a,  ov,  (ττέμπτος)  in  five 
days,  on  (he  fifth  day,  ■αΐμττταϊοι  ίκό- 
αεσθα,  on  the  fifth  day  we  came,  Ud. 
14,  257 ;  τζεμπταϊος  iytvero,  it  was 
on  the  fifth  day,  Dem.  359,  19,  cf. 
Pind.  0.  6,  89;  νεκροί  ηόη  πεμπταϊοι, 
Xen.  An.  6,  2,  9,  cf.  Ar.  Av.  474. 

ΤΙεμ-τύκις,  αά\.,=πεντύκις,  very 
dub. 

ΙΙεμτττάμερος,  ov,  Dor.  for  πενθή- 
μερος, Pind.  O.  5,  13.  [a] 

Πεμπτάς,  άόος,  ή,=  7Γεντύς,  as  Bek- 
ker  Plat.  Phaed.  Ju4  A,cf.  Xen.  Hell. 
7,  2,  6. 

ΤΙεμπτεον,  verb.  adj.  from  πέμπω, 
one  mnst  send.  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  1,  11. 

ΐΐεμπτημόριον,  ov,  τό.  the  fifth  part, 
Hipp.,  and  Plat.  Legg.  956  C. 

Πέμπτος,  η,  ov,  {πέντε)  the  fifth, 
vne^s  self  with  four  others,  Hoin.,  etc.  ; 
πέμπτος  μετά  τοϊσιν,  Od.  9,  335  ;  so 
in  prose: — (sc.  οδός),  via  quintana, 
one  of  the  lanes  in  a  camp,  Polyb.  6, 
30,  6,  7/  πέμπτη  (sc.  ήαέρα),  the  fifth 
day,  lies.  Op.  800,  801  ;  but,  ή  π. 

Υίεμπτί^ς,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from 
sq.,  sent,  'I'huc.  8,  86. 

ΠΕ'ΜΠί2,1ηΙ.  ττί/ίψω.-  Horn.,  only 
in  pres.,  iinpf.,  lut.  and  aor.  of  act. : 
Pind.  has  also  the  pass,  in  part.  i)res. 
and  aor.  ;  Hdt.  the  last :  all  these  are 
freq.  in  Att.,  but  the  pf.  act.  πέπομφα 
is  later,  Thuc.  7,  12,  etc. :  3.  pf.  pass., 
πέπεμπται  in  Aesch.  Theb.  473  ;  but 
part,  pf  pass,  πεπεμμένος  only  in 
Phot. — The  defective  tenses  are  sup- 
plied by  (Ίποστέλλω. 

To  send,  tlv'l  Tiva  or  Ti,  oft.  in 
Hom.,  anil  Hes.  ;  also  to  let  go :  as 
well  of  persons  as  thnigs,  esp.  of  am- 
bassadors and  heralds  :  π.  κακόν  τινι, 
to  send  one  evil,  II.  15,  109  ;  of  a  ship, 
to  conduct,  carry,  Od.  8,  556.  —  Con- 
struction : —  1.  foil,  by  a  prep.,  εις, 
προς,  with  ace,  also  έκ,  από,  Ηυΐη.  ; 
πέμπειν  έπί  τι,  to  send  for  a  purpose, 
έπ'  ύδωρ,  Hdt.  5,  12  ;  έπΙ  νίκ7]ν, 
Aesch.  Gho.  477 ;  (so,  π.  εις  κατά- 
σκοπων. Soph.  Phil.  45) ;  π.  έπί  τίνα 
or  τι,  to  send  for  some  one  or  thing, 
also  against  one,  as  II.  10,  464  ;  so  too 
έπί  TLVi,  Lob.  Phryn.  475  ;  περί  τίνος, 
about  something  ;  παρά  τίνα,  to  some 
one. — 2.  by  an  adv.,  ένθύδε,  οίκαδε, 
ρΐκύνδε,  ΰνδε  δόμονδε,  θύραζε,  πόλε- 
μόνδε,  etc.,  Hom. ;  "Μδόςδε  πέμπειν 
is  indeed  usu.  to  send  a  living  maii  to 
Hades,  i.  e.  kill  him  ;  but  in  11.  23, 
137,  to  condtict  a  dead  man,  i.  e.  attend 
his  funeral  procession,  cf  infra  III. — 

3.  by  inf ,  πέμπειν  τίνα  νέεσθαι,  Od. 

4,  8  ;  'έπεσϋαι,  II.  16,  575  ;  Ίέναι,  Od. 
14,  396 ;  Ίκάνειν,  Od.  4,  29  ;  άγειν, 
Od.  24,  419  ;  φέρειν,  II.  16,  454  ;  φέ- 
ρεσθαι,  II.  16,  681  ; — where  the  inf. 
is  only  poet.,  and  for  the  most  part 
pleonast.,  as  in  βί}  δ'  Ιέναι,  μάστιξεν 
(5'  έλυαν,  etc.  ;• — but  not  so  in  Soph. 
El.  406,  μήτηρ  με  πέμπει  πατρί  τυμ- 
βεϋσαι χους. — II.  to sendforthor  away, 
dismiss,  like  ΰποπέμπίύ,  esp.  to  send 
home,  Od.  4,  29 ;  7,  227,  etc.  ;  more 
rarely  in  II.  ;  χρή  ξείνον  παρεόντα 
φι/.είν,  έθέλοντα  δε  πέμπειν,  '  wel- 
come the  coming,  speed  the  parting 
guest,'  Od.  15,  74  ;  also  of  the  father 
who  dismisses  his  daughter  to  go  to 
her  hu.sband's  house,  Od.  4,  5,  8  ;  π. 
tivu  άποικορ.  Soph.  O.  T.  1518  ;  etc. 
— 2.  of  missiles,  to  discharge,  shoot 
forth,  like  έιφίημι,  Hes.  Th.  716  ;  also 
to  throw  away  presents,  throw  about 
money,  like  Lat.  mittere  missilia,  post- 
Horn. — 3.  of  words,  to  send  forth,  lit- 
ter, Aesch.  Theb.  443,  Soph.  Phil.  I 

U44 


ΠΕΝΕ 

846,  1445,  etc. — III.  to  lead  away,  ac- 
company, attend,  escort,  11.  1,  390,  Od. 
11,  626;  so  in  Att.,  as  Soph.  Tr.  571  ; 
ό  πέμπων,  of  Mercury,  Id.  Phil.  133 
(cf  πομπός,  πομπαίος,  etc.)  :  —  so 
also,  πομπϊ/ν  πέμπειν,  to  conduct  a 
procession,  Thuc.  6,  56  ;  χορούς,  Eur. 
El.  434  ;  έορτάς,  ΙΙαναϋήναια  πέμ- 
πειν, Meineke  Menanil.  p.  166,  just 
like  άγειν:  hence  in  pass.,  πέμπε- 
σβαι  Αιοννσφ,  to  be  carried  in  proces- 
sion in  his  lionour,  Hdt.  2,  49 ;  cf 
Plut.  Aemil.  32,  Demetr.  12.— 2.  to 
send  with,  esp.  to  give,  to  take  ivith  one 
on  a  journey,  ε'ίματα,  σϊτον,  Od.  16, 
83. — \\ .  like  αναπέμπω,  to  send  τφ, 
produce,  δσα  πέμπει  βιόδωρος  ula, 
Soph.  Phil.  1161. 

B.  in  mid.,  πέμπεσθαί  τινα=μετα- 
πέμπεσθαι,  to  serid  for  one,  Schaf. 
Soph.  O.  C.  602 :  esp.,  πέμπεσβαί 
Tiva,  to  send  for  one  in  one's  own  mat- 
ter, Herm.  Soph.  O.  T.  555,  Polyb. 
32,  5,  2 :— cf  Ellendt  Lex.  Soph.  s.  v., 
sub  fin. — 2.  πέμπεσθαι  θυγατέρα,  ίο 
send  one's  daughter,  Eur.  Or.  111. 

Ώεμπώβολον,  ov,  τό,{πέμπε.  πέντε, 
όβολός,  όβελός)  a  five-pronged  fork, 
for  stirring  the  sacriiiciai  fire,  11.  1, 
463,  Od.  3,  460  ;  also  used  as  a  kitch- 
en utensil,  Vit.  Hom.  37. 

\\εμφηρίς,  ίδος,  ή,  a  kind  οί  fish, 
Psumen.  ap.  Ath.  309  F. 

ΊΙεμφίγώδης,  ες,  (πέμφιξ,  είδος) 
full  of  blisters,  looking  like  blisters, 
Hipp. 

Ϊ1εμφιδώδ7;ς,  ες,=foreg. 

ΤΙέμφίξ.  Ιγος,  ή,  (also  πεμφίς,  ίδος 
fi],  in  Lye.  686): — breath,  air:  some- 
thing filled  with  air,  a  blister,  Lat.  ptis- 
tvla,  Hipp.  ;  usu.  φνσα?ιίς  : — α  bub- 
ble, φλνκταιναι  πέμφιξιν  έειδόμενοι 
νέτοίο,  blisters  like  the  bubbles  formed 
by  rain  in  falling,  Nic.  Th.  272;  so, 
π.  αίματος,  Aesch.  Fr.  169. — 2.  a  flash 
of  light,  ήλίον  π.  (as  it  were)  a  sun- 
bubhle,  Aesch.  Fr.  158  ;  so,  π.  τηλέ- 
σκοπος  χρυσέα.  Soph.  Fr.  319  ;  κε- 
ραννία  π.  ί3ροντής.  Soph.  Fr.  483. — 

3.  a  mass  of  clouds  driven  together  by 
the  wind,  Ibyc.  43  ;  also,  a  storm,  π. 
δνςχείμερος,  Aesch.  Fr.  181. — 4.  Lye. 

1.  c.  speaks  of  πεμφιδων  όπα,  the 
voice  of  departed  souls. — For  all  these 
meanings  v.  Galen,  ap.  Herm.  Opusc. 

4,  p.  27G.  (The  same  with  πομφός, 
πομφόλνξ,  akin  to  βόμβος,  βυμβνλις, 
etc.) 

αΐεμφρηδώ,  ους,  η,  Pemphredo,  one 
of  the  Graeae,  Hes.  Th.  273 :  v.  11. 
ΤΙεφρηδώ,  Μεμφρηδώ  and  ΐΐεφριδώ, 
V.  Heyne  ad  Apollod.  2,  4,  2. 

Πεμφρηδών,  όνος,  i/,  like  τενθρ?]- 
δών,  a  kind  of  wasp  that  built  in  hol- 
low oaks  or  underground,  Nic.  Al. 
183,  Th.  812. 

ΤίέμιΙιις,  εως,  ή,  (πέμπω)  a  .lending : 
a  mission,  Hdt.  8,  54  ;  νεών,  Thuc.  7, 
17. 

^ΐίενελόττη,  ης,  η,  =  ΐΐηνελόπτ), 
Anth. 

ΐίενεστεία,  ας,  ή,  the  state  or  posi- 
tion of  a  πενέστης. — ΙΙ.=:;οί  πενέσται, 
the  body,  class  of  Penestae,  Arist.  Pol. 

2,  9,  2. 

ΤΙενέστερος  and  πενέστατος,  corn- 
par,  and  superl.  from  πένης. 

ΤΙενέστης,  ov,  ό,  a  servant,  labourer, 
workman.  One  who  serves  for  hire,  like 
θτ'ίς  :  the  πενέσται  were  the  Thes- 
salian  serfs  or  villains,  Ar.  Vesp.  1273 
(with  a  pun  on  πένης),  Xen.  Hell. 
2,  3,  36  : — like  the  Έ,ιλωτες  in  Laco- 
nia,  they  were  orig.  a  conquered  tribe, 
afterwards  increased  by  prisoners  of 
war :  for  they  formed  a  link  between 
the  free-men  and  the  born  slaves ; 
cf.  Schol.  Theocr.  16.  35,  Ath.  265, 


ΉΕΝΘ 

Thirlvv.  Hist,  of  Gr.  1,  p.  437.— Π. 

generally,  any  slave  or  bondsman,  τι- 
νός, Eur.  Heracl.  639,  Phrix.  61  :  a 
poor  man:  cf.  Rnhnk.  Tim.  (Some 
make  it=jrtr7/r,  from  πένομαι:  but 
more  prob.  from  Peuestia,  on  the  bor- 
ders of  Macedonia  and  lUyna,  Bar- 
tholdy  Beitr.  z.  Kenntn.  v.  Griechenl. 
45,  sq.)     Hence 

ΐίενεστικός,  ή,  όν,  in  the  state  of  a 
πενέστης :  τό  π.  εβνος,  the  senile 
caste,  Plat.  Legg.  776  D  : — slavish. 

ΤΙενέω,  to  be  poor,  Hesych. 

ΐΐένης,  7)Τος,  ό,  (πένομαι)  strictly 
one  who  works  for  his  daily  bread,  a 
day-labourer,  hence  a  poor  tnnn,  Hdt. 
1,  133,  etc.,  Soph.  Phil.  584,  Eur., 
etc.  ;  πένητες  άνθρωποι,  Hdt.  8,  51. 
— II.  also  as  regul.  adj.,  π.  δόμος, 
Eur.  El.  1139;  and  c.  neut.,  έν  πένητι 
σώματι,  lb.  372:  c.  gen.,  π.  χρημά- 
των, poor  in  money,  lb.  38  ;  π.  φίλων, 
Ep.  Plat.  332  C  : — also  fem.  •//  πένησ- 
σα,  ap.  Hesych. ;  compar.  πένεστε- 
ρος,  Xen.  Ath.  1,  13 ;  superl.  πενέ- 
στατος.    Hence 

Ώενητενω,  to  be  poor,  Pseudo-Pho- 
cyl.  26  :  jc.  gen.  to  be  without,  want, 
Emped.  234  Karsten. 

ΪΙενητοκόμος,  ov,  tending  the  poor, 
Anth.  P.  8,  31. 

Ώενθάλέος,  a.  ov,  ( πένθος )  sad, 
mourning,  Anth.  P.  7,  604. 

■\Ώενθα'λίδαι,  ών,  οί,  the  Penthali- 
dae,  a  family  in  Mytilene,  Arts».  Pol. 
5,  8,  13. 

ΤΙενθάς,  άδος,  pecul.  poet.  fem.  of 
foreg.,  Noim. 

ΤΙένθεια,  ας,  ή,  poet,  collat.  form 
of  πένθος,  Aesch.  Ag.  430. 

Ώενθείετον,  Ep.  lor  πενθεΐτον,  3 
dual  of  πενθέω,  11.  23,  283,  ace.  to 
others  πενθήετον. 

ΐίενθερά,  ας,  ή,  fem.  from  πενθε- 
ρός,  a  mother-in-law,  Lat.  socrus,  Dem. 
1123,1. 

ΥΙενθέριος,  a,  ov,  of,  belonging  to  a 
πενθερός,  Arat.  252  :  from 

ΙΙενβερός,  ov,  b,  a  father-in  law, 
Lat.  socer,  II.  6,  170,  Od.  8,  582,  Hdt. 
3,  52,  and  Att. ;  λαβών  "Αδραστον 
πενθερόν,  Soph.  Ο.  C.  1302  :  —  in 
Horn,  also,  έκνρός.—\\.  generally  a 
connexion  by  marriage,  e.  g.  brother-in- 
law,  Valck.  Phoen.  431  : — ?ί\90=γαμ• 
βρός,α  son-in-law.  A.  B.  229,  2.  (Pott 
F,t.  Forsch.  1,  251  compares  Sanscr. 
handhu,  a  relation,  from  root  bandh  to 
join,  our  bind,  bond;  to  which  also 
Lat.  af-fin-is  prob.  belongs.)    Hence 

ΪΙενθεροκτόνος,  oj',=sq. 

Ώενθεροφθόρος,  ov,  (πενθερός.φθεί- 
ρΐύ)  slaying  one's  father-in-law,  Lye. 
161. 

^ΊΙενθεσίλεια,  ας,  ή,  Penthesilia, 
daughter  of  Mars  and  Otrere,  queen 
of  the  Amazons,  Q.  Sm.  1,  40. 

tHei'^^eiV,  έωι,,  ό,  Pentheus,  son  of 
Echion  and  Agave,  king  of  Thebes, 
torn  in  pieces  by  his  mother  and  sis- 
ters inspired  with  bacchanal  fury,  be- 
cause he  had  insulted  Bacchus,  Eur. 
Bacch.  ;  Apollod.  3,  5,  2 ;  etc. 

Τίενθίω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω :  Ep.  3  dual 
πενθείετον  for  πενθέετον,  πενβείτον, 
II.  23,  283:  inf.  pres,  πενθήμεναι  for 
.πε^θέμεναι,  πενβεϊν,  Od.  IH,  174  ;  19, 
120;  this  form  used  to  be  wrongly 
called  inf.  aor.  for  πενθήναι  from  an 
old  form  πίνβημι,  υ.  Buttm.  Ausf. 
Gr.  4  105  Anm.  15,  cf.  καλήμεναι, 
ποθήμεναι,  φύ.ήμενηι,  from  κηλέί^, 
etc.  (πένθος).  To  bewail,  lament, 
mourn  for,  esp.  one  dead,  νέιη'ν  πεν^ 
θήσαι.  II.  19,  225  ;  πενθεϊν  τίνα  wj 
τεθνεύτα,  Hdt.  4,  95 ;  ττ.  γόοις,  Aesch. 
Pers.  545;  π.  τίνα  δημοσίφ,  Lys  19G. 
43 ;  absol,  to  nxourn,  go  into  mowniiag 


ΠΕΝΙ 
Plat.  Phaedr.  258  Β  ;  c.  ace.  cognato,  | 

•πενθεΐνέον  οίκτον, Aesch.  Supp.  63: — 
pass,  to  be  mourned  for,  Isocr.  213  C. 
— 2.  of  things,  πήματα,  τνχας,  Soph., 
and  Eur. 

Ήενθι'μτον,  v.  πενθείετον. 
Ιίένθημα,    ατός,    τό,    lamentation, 
mourning,  Aesch.  Cho.  432. 

Τίενθήμεναι,  Ep.  for  πενθέμεναι, 
πενθείν,  Od.  ;  v.  sub  ττενθέω. 

ΐίενθήμερος,  ov,  (ττέντε.  ήμερα)  of 
five  days :  το  τϊ.,  a  space  of  five  days, 
Xen.  Hell.  7,  1,  14 :  cf.  πεμπτάμε- 
ρος- 

ΤΙενθημΐμερής,  ές,  (ττεντε,  ήμιμε- 
ρής)  consisting  of  five  halves,  i.  e.  of 
two  and  a  half: — hence  in  prosody, 
τομή  π.,  the  caesura  after  two  feet  and 
a  half,  esp.  in  Hexam.,  and  Iamb. 
Trim.  ;  to  πενθημιμερές  (  with  or 
without  μέτρον),  the  first  two  feet  and 
a  half  oi  a  verse,  Quintil. 

ΪΙενβημΙτνοδίαΐος,  a,  ov,  ( πέντε, 
ίίμιπόόιον)  consisting  of  five  half  feet, 
i.  e.  of  2J  feet,  prob.  1.  for  -ττόόίος, 
Xen.  Oec.  19,  3  and  5,  v.  Lob.  Phryn. 
540,  sq. 

ΐίενθημισπίθάμος,  ov,  {πέντε,  ημι-, 
σπιθαμή)  five  half  spans,  i.  e.  2^  spans 
long. 

ΤΙενθημΙτά^Μντιαΐος,  a,  ov,  (πέντε, 
ήμι-,  τάλαντον)  weighing  ox^worth five 
half-talents,  i.  e.  2\  talents. 

ΙΙενθήμων,  ov,  (πενθέω)  mournful, 
torrowful.  sad,  Aesch.  Ag.  420. 

ΐίενθήρης,  ες,  {πένθος,  άρω  ?)  la- 
menting, mourning,  formed  like  φρε- 
νήρης, etc.,  Eur.  Phoen.  323,  Tro. 
141. 

ΤΙενθηρός,  ά,  όν,  {πενθέω)  of  or 
for  mourning,  ίμάτιον,  Anaxil.  In- 
cert.  5. 

ΤΙενθητήρ,  ήρος,  6,  ή,  {πενθέω)  a 
mourner,  Aesch.  Pers.  946,  Theb. 
1002  :  —  fem.  πενθήτρια.  κακών,  for 
evils,  Eur.  Hipp.  805.     Hence 

ΊΙενθτ]τήρίος,  a.  ov,  of  ox  in  sign  of 
mourning,  Aesch.  Cho.  9. 

ΤΙενθητίκός,  ή,  όν,  {πενθέω)  dis- 
posed to  mourn.  Adv.  -κώς,  Plut.  2, 
113  D. 

ΙΙενθήτρια,  ας,  fj,  fem.  from  πεν- 
θητήρ,  q.  v. 

ΥΙενθΙκός,  ή,  όν,  {πένθος)^  sq., 
Plut.  2,  102  Β.  Adv.  -κώς,  π.  έχειν 
τινός,  to  be  in  mourning  for  a  person, 
Xen.  Cyr^  5,  2,  7. 

■\ΙΙενθί7ιθς.  ov,  6,  Penthilus,  son  of 
Orestes  and  Erigone,  leader  of  a  col- 
ony of  Aeolians  to  Thrace,  Arist.  Pol. 
5,  8,  13:  Strab.  p.  582.-2.  son  of 
Periclymenus,  Paus.  2,  18,  8. 

ΐΐένθϊμος,  ov,  {πένθος)  of  or  belong- 
ing to  anguish  or  grief,  mourning,  sor- 
rouful,  Aesch.  Supp.  579,  Eur.  Or. 
458,  etc. — II.  mournful,  sorry,  wretched, 
γΐρας,  Eur.  Ale.  622. 

ίίένθος,  εος.  τό,  grief,  sadness,  sor- 
row, freq.  in  Hom.,  Hes.,  etc. ;  πέν- 
θος τινός,  sorrow  for  one,  Od.  24,  423, 
etc.  :  esp.  mourning  for  the  dead,  π. 
ττοιήσασθαι,  to  make  a  public  mourn- 
ing, Hdt.  2,  1 ;  so,  π.  προεθήκαντο, 
Hdt.  6,  21  ;  πένθος  τίθεται.  Id.  2,  46  ; 
kv  πένθει  είναι,  Soph.  El.  290,  Plat., 
etc. — II.  an  unhappy  event,  misfortune, 
TT.  τινός,  one's  illfortune,  Hdt.  3,  14  ; 
ίτλαν  πένθος  ov  τ/.ατόΐ',  Pind.  I.  7 
(6),  51  : — of  persons,  a  misery.  Soph. 
Aj.  615.  (Not  from  πένομαι :  but  a 
collat.  form  of  πάθος,  as  βένθος  of 
βάθος,  and  so  from  same  root  as  πε- 
πονθ-α.  perf.  of  πάσχω.) 

■^ΐΙενθνΑος.  ov,  ο,  Penthylus,  a 
leader  of  the  Paphians,  Hdt.  7,  195. 

Πενία,  ας,  ή.  Ion.  and  Ep.  πενίη, 
(^πίνομαι)  poverty,  need,  Od.  14,  157  ; 
freq.  m  Hes.,  Hdt.,  and  Att. ;  έν  πε• 


ΠΕΝΤ 

νια  είναι,  -γίγνεσθαι.  Plat.  Αροΐ.  23 
C,'  Rep.  613  Α : — the  plur.  πενίαι,  in 
Plat.  Prot.  353  D,  Rep.  618  A,  etc. 
Cf.  πένομαι. 

ΤΙένισσα,  ή,  like  πένησσα,  fem.  of 
πένης,  Gramm. 

Ώενΐτεύω,=^πενητεύω,  Plut.  ap. 
Stob. 

ΙΙενιχρύ/ίέος,  a,  ov,  collat.  form  of 
πενιχρός,  Anth.  P.  6,  190. 

'Π.ενίχρομαι,=^πένομαι,  Or.  Sib. 

ΐίενιχρός,  ύ,  όν,  like  πένης,  poor, 
need,),  Od.  3,  348.  Theogn.  621, 
Pind.  N.  7,  27,  Ar.  Plut.  970  :— poet, 
word,  used  by  Plat.  Rep.  578  A, 
Polyb.,  etc.    Adv.  -χρως,  Arist.  Pol. 

1,  2,  3. 

ΙΙενιχρότης,  ητος,  ή,^=πενία. 

ΠΕ'ΝΟΜΑΙ,  dep.,  only  used  in 
pres.  and  impf. : — I.  intr.  to  work  for 
one's  daily  bread  ;  generally,  to  toil, 
work,  Od.  10,  348  ;  π.  περί  όείπνον, 
to  be  busy  preparing  a  meal,  Od.  4, 
624 :  hence, — 2.  to  be  poor  or  needy, 
Theogn.  315,  Eur.  Hec.  1220,  Thuc. 

2,  40,  Plat.,  etc. ;  c.  gen.,  to  be  poor 
in.  have  need  of,  των  σοφών  (i.  e.  τής 
σοφίας),  Aesch.  Eum.  431,  cf.  Eur. 
Supp.  210. — II.  more  freq.  trans.,  to 
work  at,  prepare,  get  ready,  άριστον, 
II.  24,  124  ;  δόμον  κάτα  όαΐτα  πένον- 
το,  Od.  2,  322  ;  έργα,  Hes.  Op.  771  ; 
όππότε  κεν  δη  ταύτα  πενώμεθα, 
when  we  are  α-doing  this,  Od.  13, 
394. — On  the  precise  meaning  of  πέ- 
νομαι, πενία,  cf.  omnino  Ar.  Plut. 
551,  sqq.  (From  πένομαι  come  πέ- 
νης, πενία,  πείνα,  and  Lat.  penuria, 
also  πόνος,  πονέω,  etc.  :  but  πένθος 
πενθέω  do  not  belong  to  it.) 

ΤΙενόομαι,  =  πένομαι,  only  found 
in  part.  aor.  πενωθείς.  poor,  needy. 
Sent.  Sing.  508,  Brunck. 

ΤΙεντάβιβλος,  ov,  {πέντε,  βίβλος) 
consisting  of  five  books  :  ή  πεντάβι- 
βλος  (sc.  συγγραφή),  a  work  in  five 
books,  [ά] 

ΐίεντύβόειος,  ov,  {πέντε,  βοεία) 
consisting  of  five  ox-hides ;  v.  πεν- 
τεβ-. 

ΐίεντάγαμβρος,  ov,  {πέντε,  γαμ- 
βρός) with  five  sons-in-law,  Lye.  146. 

ΤΙεντάγραμμος,  ov,  or  πεντέγρ-, 
{πέντε,  γραμμή)  of  five  lines  or  strokes, 
Soph.  Fr.  381,  Lue.  Laps.  1,  5. 

ΐίεντύγωνικός,  ή,  όν,  like  a  penta- 
gon :  from 

Ίλεντάγωνος,  ov,  {πέντε,  γώνος) 
pentagonal :  τοπ.,  a  pentagon,  Plut.  2, 
1003  D. 

ΐίεντάδάκτνλος,  ov,  {πέντε,  δάκτν- 
7•.ος)  with  five  fingers  or  toes,  Arist.  H. 
A.  2,  1,5:  five  fingers  long :  also  πεν- 
τεδάκτνλος. 

ΤΙεντάδάρχης,  ov,  δ,  and  -χος,  6, 
=-πεμπαδύρχης,  q.  v. 

Τίεντΰόεκάέτης,  ov,  δ,  { πέντε, 
δέκα,  έτος)  one  who  is  fifteen  years 
old:  fem.  πεντάδεκΰέτις,  ιδος :  but, 
—  II.  πενταδεκαετής,  ές,  for  fifteen 
years. 

ΐίεντάδϊκός,  ή,  όν,  {πεντάς)  con- 
sisting of  five,  of  the  number  five. 

Τίεντάδιον,ον,  τό,=  πεντάς,  a  dim. 
only  in  form,  [ά] 

ΙΙενταδραχμία,  ας,  ή,  five  drachms, 
Xen.  Hell.  1,  6,  12:  also,  πεντεδρ., 
Dinarch.  97,  18  :  from 

ΤΙεντάδραχμος,  ov,  {πέντε,  δραχ- 
μη)  of  the  weight  OX  value  of  five 
drachms,  Hdt.  6,  89  :  ro  π.,  a  piece  of 
five  drachms. 

ΐίεντάδωρος,  ov.  {πέντε,  δώρον  Π) 
five  hand-breadths  wide. 

ΐΙενταέθ?.ιον,  ov,  τό,  poet,  and  Ion. 
for  πεντάθλων. 

ΤΙεντάεθ/.ον,  ov.  τό,  poet,  and  Ion. 
for  πένταθ/iov,  Hdt•,  and  Pind. 


ΠΕΝΤ 

ΤΙεντάεθλος,  ov,  ό,  poet,  and  Ion. 
for  πένταθλος,  q.  v.,  Hdt. 

ΐίεντΰετηρής,  ές,=^πενταετής. 
Τίεντύετηρία.  ας,  ή,  (πενταετής)  α 
period  of  five  years.     Hence 

ΤΙεντΰετηρικός,  ή,  όν,  falling  every 
five  years,  άγων,  Plut.  2,  748  F. 

ΤΙεντύετηρίς,  ίδος.  ή,  {πενταετής) 
a  space  of  five  years,  Lycurg.  161,  40, 
V.  1.  Dem.  740,  1  :  the  Roman  lustrum, 
Polyb.  6,  13,  3. — II.  as  adj.,  coining 
every  five  years. =  πετ'ταετηρικός,  π. 
έορτά,  Piiid.  Ο.  10  (11),  70,  Ν.  11, 
35 ;  also  alone  in  same  signf.,  Id.  O. 
3,  38 ;  cf.  πεντετηρίς. 

ΐίεντάέτηρος,  ov,  j)oet  for  πενταε- 
τής, five  years  old,  βοϋς,  νς,  II.  2,  403, 
Od.  "14,  419. 

ΤΙεντύετής,  ές,  {πέντε,  έτος)  five 
years  old,  Hdt.  1,  136,  Thuc.  1,  112, 
etc. : — fem.  πενταετίς,  Plut.  2,  844 
A. — II.  of  time,  πενταετής,  lasting 
five  years :  πενταετές,  as  adv.,  for 
five  years,  Od.  3,  115.     Hence 

ΤΙεντάετία,  ας,  ή,  =  πενταετηρίς, 
Luc.  Vit.  Auct.  3,  Plut.  Pericl.  13,  etc. 

Τίεντάζωνος,  ov.  {πέντε,  ζώνη)  with 
five  girdles  or  zones,  Strab. 

Ίϊενταθ?^ενω,  to  be  a  πένταθ?.ος  ;  to 
practise  the  πένταθλον,  Xenophan. 
ap.  Ath.  413  F. 

ΤΙενταθλέω,  ώ,  =  foreg.,  Artemid. 
1,  59.    Hence 

ΤΙενταθλητικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to 
the  πένταθλον. 

ϋεντάθλιον,  ov,  τό,  rarer  collat. 
form  of  sq.,  Pind.  P.  8,  95,  I.  1,  35. 

Τίένταθλον,  ov,  τό.  Ion.  πεντάε- 
θλον  (πέντε,  άθλον) : — the  contest  of 
the  five  exercises,  Lat.  quinquertium, 
Pind.,  who  in  O.  13,  41  has  πέντα- 
θλον. and  N.  7,  12  πεντάεθλον  :  πεν• 
τάεθλον  άσκεϊν  or  έπασκεΐν.  Hdt.  6, 
92  ;  9.  33  :— in  Soph.  El.  691,  Dind. 
(after  Pors.)  gives  άθλ'  άπερ  νομίζε- 
ται, instead  of  the  reading  of  the 
MSS.,  πεντάεθλ'  αν.;  but  in  his 
notes  he  follows  Harm,  in  rejecting 
the  line. — These  five  exercises  were 
ά7.μα,  δίσκος,  δρόμος,  πάλη,  πυγμή, 
the  last  being  afterwards  exchanged 
for  the  άκοντισις  (also  άκων,  ακόν- 
των, and,  in  Schol.  Plat.  p.  87 
Ruhnk.,  called  σίγνννος) :  no  one 
received  the  prize  unless  he  got  the 
better  in  all  of  them,  v.  Bbckh  Inscr. 
l,p.  52.  On  the  order  in  which  they 
followed,  see  Bockh  and  Donalds,  on 
Pind.  N.  7;  against  them  Herm. 
Opusc.  3,  p.  26  sq.     Hence 

ΤΙένταθλος,  ov,  δ.  Ion.  πεντύεθ/.ος, 
one  who  practises  the  πένταθλον,  the 
conquerer  therein,  π.  άΐ'ήρ,  Hdt.  9,  75. 
— li.  metaph.  of  one  who  tries  evrry 
thing.  Plat.  Rival.  138  D  ;  πένταθλος 
έν  φι?Μσοφία,  versed  in  every  depart- 
ment of  philosophy,  Diog.  L. :  also 
used  in  depreciation,  of '  a  jack  of  all 
trades,'  Xen  Hell.  4,  7,  5. 

αΐένταθλος,  ov,  δ,  Pentathlus,  a 
Cnidian,  who  led  a  colony  to  Lipara, 
Paus.  10,  11,  3. 

ΙΙένταιχμος,  ov,  {πέντε,  αιχμή) 
five-pointed.  Anth. 

ΤΙεντάκέ/.ενθος,  ov,  (πέντε,  κέλευ 
θος)  with  five  ways,  Orac  ap.  Paus. 

Τίεντάκέφύλος,  ov,  fire-headed. 

ΤΙεντάκις,  adv..  {πέντε)  five  times, 
Pind.  N.  6,  33,  Aesch.,  etc." 

Ώεντΰκιςμνριοι,  ai,  a,  (πεντάκις, 
μίφιος)  five  times  ten  thousand,  i.  6. 
50,000,  Hdt.  7,  103,  etc.  [fi] 

ΤΙεντΰκιςχίλιοι,  ai,  a,  fivethovsand, 
Hdt.  1.  194,etc.  [χΐ] 

ΐίεντάκ/.ύόος,  ov,  five-branched. 

'ΠεvτάκλCvoς,  ov,  {πέντε,  κλίνη)  ο 
a  room,  with  five  beds  or  couches,  Arist. 
1  Mirab.  127,  2. 

lUS 


ΠΕΝΤ 

Τίεντάκόρωνος,  ον,  {-έντε,  Κορώ- 
νη) five  crows'-lives  old,  v.  τρικόρο- 
νος. 

Πεντΰκοσιάρχης,  ον,  6,  (πεντακό- 
σιοι, ύρχίο)  the  commander  of  500  jneii. 
Hence 

ΙΙεντΰκοσιαρχία,  ας,  ή,  the  office  of 
■κεντακοσιάρχης,  Ael.  Tact. 

ΐίεντακούίαρχος,  ον,  ό,^=πεντακο- 
σιάρχης,  Plut.  Alex.  70. 

ίϊΐντάκοσιαστός,  ή,  ύν,=  πεντακο- 
σιοστύς. 

ΥΙεντάκόσιοι.  αι,  α,  Ερ.  τζεντηκό- 
σίοι,  five  hundred.  Oil.,  etc. :  also 
sing.,  πεντακόσια  ΐττπος,  five  hundred 
horse,  Longus. — II.  at  Athens  ol  πεν- 
τακόσιοι,=ή  βουλή,  the  senate  cho- 
sen by  lot  [ol  άπό  κνύμον),  50  IVotn 
each  tribe,  ace.  to  the  constitution  of 
Cleisthenes,  Lycurg.  152,  30:  under 
Solon  It  had  been  400. 

ΐίεντΰκοσιομέδιμνος,  ον,  {πεντα- 
κόσιοι,  μέδιμνοζ)  possessiyiglatid  which 
produced  500  medimni  yearly,  Thuc.  3, 
16 : — ace.  to  Solon's  distribution  of 
the  Athen.  citizens,  the  πεντακοσιο- 
μέδιμνοιίοηπβά  the  first  class,  Bockh 
P.  E.  2,  259  sqq.,  272  sq.,  Thirlw. 
Hist,  of  Gr.  2,  37. 

ΐίεντάκοσωστύς,  ή,  όν,  (πεντακό- 
σιοι) the  fir'e-huridredth,  Ar.  Eccl. 
1007.     Hence 

ΤΙεντάκοσιοστνς,  νος,  ή,  a  number 
of  five  hundred. 

ΤΙεντύκϋμία,  ας,  ή,  (πέντε,  κνμα) 
the  fifth  wave,  supposed  to  be  larger 
than  the  four  preceding,  Luc.  Merc. 
Cond.  2:  cf.  τρικυμία- 

Τίεντύλεκτρος,  ον,{πεντε,  λέκτρον) 
of  five  marriage-beds,  1,  e.  five  times  mar- 
ried, Lye.  142. 

ΙΙεντάλίθίζω  or  πεντελ-,  Hermipp., 
V.  sq. 

ΪΙεντάλΙθος,  ον,  (πέντε,  λίθος)  of 
or  with  five  stones  :  πενταλίθοις  παί- 
ζειν  or  πενταλιθίζειν,  a  game  played 
by  women,  in  which  five  pebbles,  pot- 
sherds, dice,  αστράγαλοι,  etc.  were 
tossed  up  from  the  back  of  the  hand 
and  caught  in  the  palm,  Poll.  9,  120  ; 
like  the  French^ew  des  osselets,  Span- 
ish juega  de  tahas. 

Τίεντάλίτρος,  ον,  (πέντε,  λίτρα) 
weighing  five  λίτραι  or  pounds. 

ΐίεντάμερής,  ές,  (πέντε,  μέρος)  in 
five  parts,  Strab. 

Πεντάμετρος,  ον,  (πέντε,  μέτρον) 
consisting  of  five  measures  Οϊ  feet :  ό  π., 
a  pentameter. 

ΙΙεντάμηνος,  ον,  (πέντε,  μι/ν)  of 
five  months,  Arist.  Η.  Α.  7,  4,  19,  Plut. 
2.  933  Ε  ; — rejected  by  Phryn.  as  un- 
Att.,  cf.  Lobeck  p.  412. 

ίίεντάμορφος,  ον,  having  five  shapes. 

ΐίεντάμνρον,  ου,  τό,  a  kind  of  oint- 
ment. 

ΐίεντΰναία,  ar,  i],  (πέντε,  νανς)  a 
squadron  of  five  ships,  Polyaen.  3,  4, 
2 ;  also  written  πεντεναΐα,  Phryn. 
432. 

ΤΙενταξός,  η,  όν,  (πέντε)  five-fold, 
five,  Arist.  Metaph.  1 2,  2,  7. 

ΪΙεντύ,οζος,  ον,  five-branched,  e,  g. 

χειρ- 

ηεντύπαλαιστος,  ον,  (πέντε,  πα- 
λαιστή) five  hand-breadths  wide,  Xen. 
Cyn.  9,  14  ;  10,  3.  [ά] 

ΤΙεντάπετές,  έος,  τό,=;πεντύφνλ• 
/.ον,  Theophr. 

1'Ιεντΰπέτη?ίθν,  ον,  τό,=  πεντά- 
φυ?Μν,  Mic.  Th,  839  :  neut.  from 

ΐίεντύπέτηλος,  ον,  (πέντε,  πέτη- 
λ,ον)  five-leaved, 

Ϊ1εντύπήχ7]ς,  8f,=;8q.,  Strab. 

ΐίεντάπηχυς,  υ,  gen.  εος,  (πέντε, 
π!}χι>ς)  five  cubits  long  or  broad,  Hdt. 
9.  83,  Alh.  202  ;— -rejected  by  Phryn. 
as  un-Att.,  v.  Lobeck  p.  412. 
1116 


ΠΕΝΤ 

ΤΙενταπλΰσιάζο),  to  make  five  times 
as  much  or  as  large:  from 

Τίενταπλιισιος,  a,  ov.  Ion.  -π?.ή• 
σιος,  five-fold,  Hdt.  0,  13,  Arist.  Pol. 
2,  G,  15.     Adv.  -ως,  LXX.  [λύ] 

ΤΙενταπλάσίων,  ον,  gen.  ονος,= 
foreg. 

Τίεντύπλεθρος,  ον,  (πέντε,  πλέ- 
θρον)  five  πλέβρα  broad,  long  or  large, 
Joseph. 

ΤΙενταπλ?'/σιος,  η,  ον.  Ion.  for  πεν- 
ταπλάσιος, Hdt.  6,  13. 

ΐίενταπ/.όα,  ας,  ή,  α  cup  of  five  in- 
grediettts,  Callix.  ap.  Ath.  495  C. 

ΥΙεντύπλοκος,  ov,  five  times  twisted. 

Πev7απλόof,  τ/,  ov,  contr.  -πλους, 
ovv,  fivefold,  LXX. 

ΤΙεντάπολις,  ή,  (πεντέ,  πόλις)  a 
state  of  fine  towns,  jthe  Pentapolisj,  as 
Doris,  ton  the  coast  of  Asia  Minor, 
composetl  oi  lalysus,  Camirus,  Liiidus, 
Cos,  and  Cnidus\,  Hdt.  1,  144. 

ΙΙεντάπορος,  ov,  (πέντε,  πόρος) 
with  five  passages,  Dion.  P. 

Πεντάπονς,  ποόος,  ύ,  ή,  (πέντε, 
πονς)  with  five  feet. — Π.  five  feet  long 
or  broad  :  also  written  πεντέπονς. 

Τίενταπρωτεία,  ας,  ή,  the  office  or 
rank  of  the  πεντάπρυτοι. 

ΤΙεντάπρωτοι,  οι,  (πέντε,  πρώτος) 
the  five  first  men  in  the  state,  Byzant. 

ΐίεντάπνλος,  ov,  (πέντε,  πύλη) 
with  five  gates :  τα  π.,  part  of  Syra- 
cu.se;  Plut.  Dion.  29. 

ΙΙεντάριθμος,  ov,  five  in  number, 
dub. 

ΎίεντάΙ)ί}αβδος,  ov,  (πέντε,  ράβδος) 
consisting  of  five  staves  or  strokes,  Te- 
lest.  ap.  Ath.  637  A. 

ΤΙεντάρβάγος,  ov.  (πέντε,  ()άξ)  with 
five  berries,  Leon.  Tar.  13. 

ΙΙενταρχία,  ας,  ή,  (πέντε,  αρχή) 
the  magistracy  of  the  Five,  Lat.  quia- 
queviratus  :  at  Carthage  the  highest 
political  authority  after  the  Suffetes, 
Arist.  Pol.  2,  11,7,  V.  Gottlingp.48G. 

ΪΙεντάς,  ύδος,  ή,  v.  sub  πεμπύς. 

ΤΙεντύσι/μος,  ov,  with  five  signs. 

ΤΙεντύσκα'λμος,  ov,  {πέντε,  σκαλ- 
μός)  with  five  places  or  benches  for  oars, 
Ephipp.  Geryon.  1,  17. 

ΐίεντασπίθάμος,  ov,  (πέντε,  σπιθα- 
μή) five  spans  long  or  broad,  Xen.  Cyn. 
2,  4.  and  7.  [I] 

ΤΙενταστάδίος,  ov,  (πέντε,  στά• 
διυν)  five  stades  long,  of  five  stades, 
Strab. 

ΐίενταστάτηρος,  ov,  (πέντε,  στα- 
Ti'/p)  five  στατήρες  in  weight  or  value, 
Sosicr.  Parac.  1.  [στα] 

ΐίεντάστϊχος,  ov,  (πέντε,  στίχος) 
of  five  lines  or  verses,  Anth.  P.  9,  173. 

ΤΙεντάστομος,  ov,  {πέντε,  στόμα) 
tvilh  five  mouths  or  openings,  of  the 
Nile  and  Danube,  Hdt.  2,  10;  4,  47. 

ΤΙεντΰσυλ.λαβία,  ας,  ή,  the  having 
five  syllables :  from 

ΐίεντύσνλλάβος,  ov,  (πέντε,  συλ- 
λαβή) office  syllables.     Adv.  -βι,ις. 

ΐίεντύσύριγγος.  ov,  {πέντε,  συριγξ) 
with  five  pipes  or  holes,  cf.  πεντεσ-. 

ΐίεντάσχημος,  ov,  (πέντε,  σχήμα) 
of  five  different  shapes,  Plut. 

ΐίεντύσχοινος,  ov,  five  σχοΐνοι 
long  or  broad. 

ΪΙεντατύλαντος,  ov,  (πέντε,  τύ- 
λαντον)  five  talents  in  iveight  or  value, 
also  written  πεντετ-.  [ru] 

ΐϊεντύτευχος,  ov.  (πέντε,  τενχος 
5)  consisting  of  five  books  in  one  volume  : 
as  subst.,  ό  71•.,  the  five  books  of  Moses, 
Pentateuch,  Eccl. 

ΤΙεντάτονος,  ov,  (πέντε,  τόνος)  of 
five  tones  :—ή  πεντάτονος,  a  term  in 
music. 

ΤΙενταφάρμάκος,  ov,  consisting  of 
five  colours  or  drugs. 

ΤΙεντΰψϋί/ς,  ές,  (πέντε,  φνή)  of  five- 


ΠΕΝΤ 

fold  nature,  five,  όνυχες,  Anth.  P.  7, 
383. 

ΙΙενταφνλακος,  ov,  (πέντε,  φυλα- 
κή)) divided  into  five  watches,  ννξ,  Ste- 
sich.  52. 

ΐίεντάφυλλον,  ov,  (πέντε,  φνλλον) 
τό,  cinque-foil,  Lat.  qiiinquefoliiun, 
Diosc.  4,  42. 

ίίεντάφνλλος,  ov ,  five-leaved,  The- 
ophr. 

ΙΙεντάφΐύνος,  ov,  five-voiced. 

Πεΐ'τύ;^;ΰ,  adv.,  {πέντε)  five-fold,  in 
five  divisions,  11.  12,  87. 

ΤΙεντΰχϊ},  adv.,=  foreg.,  Strab. 

ΤίεντάχϊλΙοστός,  ή,  όν,  (πέντε,  χί- 
λιοι) the  five  thousandth,  one  ο/' 5000. 

Πεντάχορδος,  ov,  {πέντε,  χορδή) 
five-stringed,  Ath.  037  Α. 

ΐίενταχοΐι,  adv.,  (πέντε)  in  five 
places.  Hut.  3,  117. 

ΐίεντάχρονος,  ov,  (πέντε,  χρόνος) 
consisting  of  five  different  times,  Ρυθ- 
μός, Dion.  H.  de  Comp.  p.  238. 

ΙΙεντάχώς,  adv.,  (πέντε)  infiveways. 

ΠΕ'ΝΤΕ,  o'l,  a'l,  τύ,  indecl.^re, 
Horn.,  etc.:  Aeol.  πέμπε.  In  compos, 
it  takes  the  form  πεντα-  as  well  as 
πέντε-,  e.  g.  πεντετάλαντος  and 
πεντατάλαντος,  but  the  forms  in  e 
are  thought  more  Att.,  Herm.  Ar. 
Nub.  755  (759),  Lob.  Phryn.  413. 
(The  ΑερΙ.  πέμπε  becomes  in  Lat. 
quinque,  acc.  to  the  change  of  π  which 
takes  place  in  Ιππος,  ικκος,  equus : 
the  Sanscr.  pancha  stands  between 
them  :  Germ./tt/i/,  our  five,  etc.) 

ΐίεντεβόειος,  ov,  Aeol.  πεμπεβόηος, 
^^πενταβύεως,  Sappho  38. 

1Ίεντέγραμμος,ον,=πεντύγραμμυς, 
Soph.  Fr.  381. 

ΐΙεντεδάκτνλος,ον,=πενταδάκτν• 
λος,  ov,  Hipp. 

ΙΙεντεόέκάτος,  η,  ον,=^πεντεκαιδέ• 
κατος,  like  ενδέκατος,  etc. 

ΐίεντεδραχμία,  ας,  ή,  ν.  sub  πεντα- 
δραχμία. 

\\εντεκαίδεκα,  οΊ,  αϊ,  τύ,  indeci., 
fifteen.  Hdt.  1,  203,  etc.     Hence 

ΥΙεντεκαιδεκύετηρίς,  ίδος,  ή,  (έτος) 
α  term  of  fifteen  years. 

Τίεντεκαιδεκύετής,  ές,  (πεντεκαί 
δέκα,  έτος)  fifteen  years  old,  Arist. 
Η.  Α. 

Τίεντεκαιδεκαμναιος,  α,  ον,  weigh- 
ing  or  worth  fifteen  minae. 

Πεντεκαιδεκύναία,  ας,  ή,  (πέντε• 
καίδεκα,  νανς)  α  squadron  of  fifteen 
ships,  Dem.  183,  2. 

ΐίεντεκαιδεκύπηχυς,  υ,  (πεντεκαί- 
δέκα,  πήχυς)  fifteen  cubits  long  or  broad, 
Diod. 

ΥΙεντεκαιδεκαπλάσίίύν,  ov,  fifteen- 
fold,  Plut.  2,  892  A. 

\\εντεκαιδεκάταΙος,  a,  ov,  (πέντε- 
καίδεκα)  on  the  fifteenth  day,  Strab. 

1\εντεκαιδεκατάλαντος,ον,(πεντε- 
καίδεκα,  τάλαντον)  of  fifteen  tale/its' 
worth  or  iveight,  Dem.  838,  25. 

ΐίεντεκαιδεκάτημόριον,  ov,  τό,  the 
fifteenth  part,  Hipp. 

ΙΙεντεκαιδέκΰτος,  η,  ov,  (πεντεκαί- 
δεκα)  the  fifteenth,  Plut.  2,  1084  D. 

ΪΙεντεκαιδεκήρΊ]ς,  ες,  (πεντεκαί- 
δέκα,  *ύρω?)  with  fifteen  banks  of  oars, 
Diod.  Plut. 

ΤΙεντεκαιδεχήμερος,  ov,  (πεντεκαί- 
δέκα,  ήμερα)  of  fifteen  days,  Polyb. 
18,  17,  5. 

ΤΙεντεκαιεικοσάιτ))μος,  ov,  (σήμα) 
with  twejity-five  marks  :  [u]  from 

ΐίεντεκαιείκοσι,  ol,  a'l,  τύ,  indeci., 
twenty-five,  also  written  πέντε  και 
είκοσι.     Hence 

ΤΙεντεκαιεικοσιέτης,  ες,  (  έτος  ) 
twenty-five  years  old,  DlO  C 

ΤΙεντεκαιιικοστός,  ή,  όν,  (πεντε- 
καιείκοσι.)  the  twenty-fifth.  Plat.  The- 
aet.  175  13, 


ΠΕΝΤ 

'ηεντεκαΐ7τεντηκοι>ταεΤ7ίς,ές,{ετος) 
■fifty-five  years  old,  Plat.  Rep.  460  E. 

ίΐεΐ'τεκαίτεσσαιίακορθημερος,  ov, 
(ττέντε,  και,  τεσσύβακοντα,  τ/μέρα) 
of  or  lasting  forty-five  days,  Hipp. 

ΤΙεντεκαίτριΰκοντονττίς,ες.Ιπέντε, 
και,  τριάκοντα,  έτος)  of  thirty-five 
years,  thirty-five  years  old,  Plat.  Legg. 
774  A. 

ΤΙεντεκτεντ'/ς,  ες,  and  πεντέκτενος, 
ov,  (πέντε,  κτείς)  :  το  π.,  α  variegalfd 
garment  with  a  purple  border,  Alltiph. 
Incert.  76,  Meineke  Menand.  p.  34. 

^ΙΙεντελή,  ης,  ή,  Pentete,  an  Attic 
deme  of  the  tribe  Antiochis ;  hence 
adv.  Τίεντελήθεν,  from  or  of  Pentele, 
Luc.  Jup.  Trag.  10  :  ΐίεντελήσιν,  at, 
in  Pentele,  6  ΐίεντε/.-ησιν  ?ύβος,  Plut. 
Fopl.  \5,=  Ώ.εντε?ΛΚος  λίθος. 

ΐΐεντέ?ιΐθος,=^πεντάλιϋος,  Ar.  Fr. 
335. 

αίεντελήσιος,  a,  ov  ;  Π.  λίθος,= 
ΐίεντελικος  ?.ίθος,  Paus.  7,  23,  6;  etc. 

αίεντελικός,  ή,  όν,  of  Pentele  :  το 
Π.εντε?.ίκόν  όρος,  Mt.  Pentelicus,  in 
Attica,  famed  for  its  marble,  now  Mt. 
Pendele,  Paus.  1 ,  32,  1 :  Π.  λίθοι.  Plat. 
Eryx.  394  E,  ΐίεντελικη  μαρμαράς, 
Strab.  p.  399,  the  Pentelic  marble,  usu. 
called  by  Paus.  ΪΙεντελ.ησίος  λ.ίθος  : 
also  ή  ΐίεντελιΐκη  πέτρα,  Anth.  P.  6, 
317. 

ΐίεντέμορφος,  ov,  =  πεντάμορφος, 
V.  1.  Soph.  Fr.  548. 

ΙΙεντεπικαιδέκύτος,  η,  ov,  poet. 
for  ττεντεκαιδέκατος,  Anth. 

Τίεντέπονς,  ποδός,  δ,  ή,=^πεντά- 
πονς.  Plat.  Theaet.  147  D. 

ΐίεντεσύριγγος,  ον,=πεντασνριγ- 
γος: — ξνλον  π-, α  sort  of  pillory,  being 
a  wooden  machine /urai'i/iei/  ivithfive 
holes,  through  which  the  head,  arms 
and  legs  of  cruninals  were  passed, 
Ar.  Eq.  1019:  metaph.,  π.  νόσος,  of 
the  palsy,  Polyeuct.  ap.  Arist.  Rhet. 
3,  10,  7.  [v] 

Ώεντετάλαντος,  ον,^^πεντατάλαν- 
τος.  ουσία,  Oratt. :  π.  δίκη,  an  action 
for  the  recovery  of  five  talents,  Ar.  Nub. 
758,  774. 

Τίεντετηρίκός,  ή,  όν,  happening 
every  five  years  :  of  five  years,  Strab. : 
from 

ΤΙεντετηρίς,  ίδος,  ή,  a  term  of  five 
years,  δια  πεντετηρίδος,  every  nve 
years,  Hdt.  3,  97  :  4,  94.— II.  a  festival 
celebrated  every  five  years,  such  as  the 
Panathenaea  at  Athens,  Hdt.  6,  111, 
Thuc.  3,  104.     From 

ϊίεντέτης,  ες,  {πέντε,  έτος)  of  five 
years,  σπονδαί,  Ar.  Ach.  188. 
.   ίϊεντετρίάζω,  {πέντε,    τριάζω)   (ο 
conquer  five  times,  Anth.  P.  11,  84. 

ΐίεντεχονς,  ovv,  of  five  χόες,  Ar. 
Fr.  183. 

Π.εντηκονθήμερος,ον,(πεντήκοντα, 
ΐ]μέρα)  nf fifty  days,  Dion.  H. 

ύεντήκοντα,  οι,  αϊ,  τύ,  indecl., 
fifty,  Horn.,  etc. 

ΤΙεντηκοντύδραχμος,  ov,  {πεντή- 
κοντα, δραχμή)  of  fifty  drachms^  weight 
or  value.  Plat.  Crat  384  B. 

ΐίεντηκοντάετηρίς,  ίδος,  ή,  a  period 
of  fifty  years  :  from 

ΐίεντηκοντΰέτης,  ες,  {πεντήκοντα, 
έτος)  of  fifty  years,  Plat.  Alc.  1,  137 
Ε  :  contr.  -τούτης,  Thuc.  5,  27. 

ΤΙεντηκοντάετία,  ας,  ή,  a  space  of 
fifty  years. 

ΐίεντηκοντ&έης,  ιδος,  fem.  from 
Ίτεντηκονταέτης,  Thuc.  5,  32. 

ΥίεντηκοντάκαιτρΙέτης,  ες,  (έτος) 
of  fifty-three  years.  Polyb.  3,  4,  2. 

ΐίεντηκοντάκάρηνος,  ov,  (πεντή- 
κοντα, κάρηνον)  fifty-headed,  Hea. 
Th.  312, 

ΐίεντηκοντύκέφαλ.ος,  ov,  =  foreg. 
V  1.  Hes,  Th.  312. 


ΠΕΝΤ 

ΤΙεντηκοντάλιτρος,  oi>,  {πεντήκον- 
τα, λύτρα)  weighing  fifty  λίτραι,  Diod. 
11,  26. 

ΙΙεντηκοντάπαις,  παιδος,  b,  ή, 
{πεντήκοντα,  παΐς)  consisting  of  fifty 
children,  Aesch.  Pr.  853;  ubi  al. 
πεντηκοντόπαίς. 

ΐίεντηκονταπέλιεθρος,  ov,  {πεντή- 
κοντα, πλεθρον)  fifty  plethra  large, 
Nonn. 

ΐίεντηκοντΰπηχναϊος,  a,  ov,  and 
πεντηκοντάπηχυς,  ν,  gen.  εος,  fifty 
cubits  long  or  broad,  Joseph. 

ΥΙεντηκονταρχέυ,  ώ,  to  be  a  πεντη- 
κόνταρχος,  Dem.  1215,  1. 

ΤΙεντηκονταρχία,  ας,  ή,  the  office  of 
πεντηκόνταρχος.  Plat.  Legg.  707  A  : 
from 

ΤΙεντηκόνταρχος,  ov,  b,  {πεντή- 
κοντα, άρχο)  the  commander  of  fifty 
men. — II.  one  who  commands  or  steers 
a  πεντηκόντορος  (q.  v.),  the  captain  of 
a  penteconter,  Xen.  Ath.  1,  2. 

ΐΙεντηκοντύς,άδος,ή,{πεντήκοντα) 
the  number  fifty,  a  number  of  fifty,  Soph. 
Fr.  379. 

ΤΙεντηκοντάτάλ.αντία,  ας,  ij,  fifty 
talents,  Dem.  ap.  Poll.  9,  52 :  from 

ΐίεντηκοντάτάλαντος,  ov,  weighing 
or  worth  fifty  talents. 

Ώεντηκοντάτέσσάρες,ηβηί.  a,  gen. 
o)v,  fifty-four. 

Τϊεντηκοντΰτήρ,  ήρος,  ό,=^πεντη- 
κοστήρ,  dub. 

ΤΙεντηκοντύχοος,  ov,  contr.  -χονς, 
ovv,  {πεντήκοντα,  χέ(ύ)  yielding  or 
multiplying  itself  fifty-fold,  Theophr., 
Strab. 

Ίλεντηκόντερος,  ή,  v.  -τορος. 

ΊΊεντηκοντήρ,  ήρος,  ό,=^πεντηκο- 
στήρ,  Thuc.  5,  66,  Xen. 

ΐίεντηκοντήρης,  ες,  with  fifty  banks 
of  oars.  {*άρω  ?) 

ΤΙεντηκοντηρικός,  ή,  όν,  ν.  1.  for 
-τορικός. 

ίίεντηκοντόγνος,ον,  {πεντήκοντα, 
γύα)  of  fifty  acres  of  corn  land,  II.  9, 
579. 

ΐίεντηκοντόργνιος,  ov,  {πεντήκον- 
τα, οργνια)  fifty  fathoms  deep,  high, 
etc.,  Hdt.  2,  "149. 

ΤΙεντηκοντορίκός,  ή,  όν, fifty-oared, 
Polyb.  25,  7,  1  :  from 

ΤΙεντηκόντορος,  (sc.  νανς),  ή,  a 
ship  of  burden  with  fifty  oars,  Pind.  P. 
4,  436,  Eur.  I.  T.  1124,  Thuc.  1,  14, 
etc.  In  Hdt.  we  find  also  the  form 
πεντηκόντερος,  which  Schweigh.  has 
restored,  3,  124,  and  6,  138,  though 
Schneider  considers  the  other  best. 

ΤΙεντηκοντοΰτης,  ες,  contr.  for 
πεντηκονταέτης,  q.  v. 

ΐίεντηκόσιοί,  at,  a,  Ep.  for  ττεντα- 
KOaioitfive  hundred,  Od.  3,  7. 

ΙΙεντηκοσταΙος,  a,  ov,  on  the  fiftieth 
day. 

ΐίεντηκόσταρχος,  υν,  δ,  (  άρχο  ) 
the  chief  of  the  body  which  farmed  the 
tax  πεντηκοστή,  ihe  farmer-general  of 
the  taxes,  who  represented  the  whole 
body,  also  άρχώνης,  Bockh  P.  E.  2, 
not.  70. 

ΪΙεντηκοστενυ,  to  exact  or  collect 
the  tax  πεντηκοστή  : — Pass.,  to  pay 
such  tax,  Dem.  932,  27. 

ΐίεντηκοστήρ,  ήρος,  b, [πεντήκοντα) 
the  commander  of  fifty  men,  a  title 
pecul.  to  the  Spartan  army,  Xen. 
Lac.  11,  4,  Hell.  3,  5,  22  :  the  Athen. 
said  πεντηκόνταρχος  : — also,  πεντη- 
κοντήρ,  q.  V. 

ΤϊεντηκοστολΜγέο,  ύ,  to  collect  the 
tax  πεντηκοστή. 

ΐίεντηκοστολόγιον,  ov,  τό,  the  cus- 
tom-house where  the  πεντηκοστή  was 
paid. 

ΤΙεντηκοστολ^όγος,  ov,  {πεντηκο- 
ατή,  Xiyu)  collecting  or  receiving  the 


ΠΕΠΑ 

tax  πεντηκοστή :  as  subst.,  b  π.,  the 
collector  or  farmer  of  the  πεντηκοστή, 
Dem.  558,  18;  909,  10;  cf.  Lob. 
Phryn.  638. 

Τίεντηκοστόπαις,  ό,  ή,  {παις)  with 
fifty  children,  Aesch.  Supp.  32(5. 

ΐίεντηκοστός,  ή,  όν,  {πεντήκοντα) 
fiftieth.  Plat.  Theaet.  175  Β.— II.  as 
subst.,  ή  πεντηκοστή, — 1.  {suh  μερίς), 
the  fiftieth  part,  esp.  in  Athens  the  tax 
of  the  fiftieth,  or  2  per  cent.,  imposed 
on  all  exports  and  imports,  as  im- 
ported corn,  π.  σίτου,  Dem.  1353.21, 
Bockh  P.  E.  2,  24,  and  Diet.  Antiqq. 
s.  V. — 2.  (sub  ημέρα),  the  fiftieth  day, 
Pentecost,  LXX,  N.  T.^  "Hence 

ΐίεντηκοστνς,  νος,  ή,  the  number 
fifty,  a  number  of  fifty,  esp.  as  a  division 
of  the  Spartan  army,  Thuc.  5,  68, 
Xen.  An.  3,  4,  22  :  v.  sub  λόχος. 

ΪΙεντηκοστώνης,  ov,  b,  (πεντηκο- 
στή, ώνέομαι)  one  who  farms  the  tax 
πεντηκοστή,  like  πεντηκόσταρχος. 

ΐίεντήρης,  ες,  {πέντε)  with  five 
bariks  of  oars :  ή  π.  (sc.  νανς),  a 
quinquereme,  Hdt.  6,  87.  (v.  sub  τριή- 

ρνς)  ,       ^  ^  ^  ^ 

ΙΙεντηρικος,  ή,  ov,=foreg.,  Polyb. 
1,  59,  8,  etc. 

ΐΐέντοζος,  ov,  {πέντε,  όζος)  like 
πεντύοζος,  with  five  branches  or  points; 
Hes.  Op.  470  calls  the  hand  πέντοζον, 
the  five-pointed. 

Τίεντόργνιος,  ov,  (πέντε,  δργνια) 
of  five  fathoms,  Xen.  Cyn.  2,  5. 

Ιίεντόροί3ον,  το,  -όροβος,  ov,  ή,  a 
plant,  elsewh.  γλΜκνσίδη,  Diosc. 

Τίεντόροφος,  ov,  less  usu.  form  for 
πεντώροφος,  q.  v. 

ΐΙεντώ3ολος,  ov,  {πέντε,  δβολώς) 
of  οτ  worth  five  obols';  π.  ήλιύσασθαι, 
to  sit  in  the  Heliaea,  at  5  obols  a  day, 
Ar.  Eq.  798  ;  κυλ.ίκιον  τον  πέμπω- 
βόλ.ον,  a  cup  of  five-obol  wine.  Lye. 
ap.  Ath.  420  B. 

ΤΙεντώννχος,  ov,  {πέντε,  δννξ)  with 
five  7iails  Or  claws ;  v.  Lob.  Phryn. 
708. 

ΤΙεντώροφος,  ov,  {πέντε,  όροφος) 
with  five  stones  :  the  form  πεντόροφος 
is  less  usu.,  Schaf  Dion.  Comp.  p. 
203,  Lob.  Phryn.  709. 

*Πένω,  V.  πένομαι : — πενωθείς,  v. 
πενόομαι. 

ΤΙέξις,  εως,  ή,  {πέκω)  α  shearing  or 
combing. 

ΐΐεοίδης,  ες,  {πέος,  οΐδάω)  with  α 
swollen  πέος. 

ΠΕΌΣ,  εος,  τό,  {  also  written 
σπέος),  membrum  virile,  ptjiis,  freq.  in 
Ar. 

ΤΙεπάθνΐα,  Ep.  for  πεπονθνϊα,  from 
πάσχω,  Od.  17,  555. 

ΐΐεπαιδενμένως,  adv.  part,  pf  pass, 
from  παιδεύω,  in  a  well-bred  manner, 
Ael.  V.  H.  2,  16. 

ΐΐεπαίνω,  f.  •άνώ,  (πέπων)  to  ripen, 
make  ripe  or  mellow,  Hdt.  1,  193,  Lur. 
Incert.  115  :  of  pain,  to  soothe,  assuage, 
awl  so  of  anger  and  other  passions, 
πεπΰναι  δργήν,  Ar.  Vesp.  646,  cf. 
Xen.  Cyr.  4,  5,  21:— Pass.,  fut. 
πεπανθήσομαι,  aor.  έπεπάνθην,  to 
become  ripe,  soft,  etc.,  Hdt.  4.  199:  to 
be  softened,  appeased,  Eur.  Heracl.  159, 
Meleag.  55 :  in  Medic,  of  tumours, 
etc.,  to  soften  and  suppurate,  Hipp.  ; 
cf  πεπασμός. — II.  intr.,=  pass.,  ίο  be 
come  ripe,  Ar.  Pac.  1163. 

ΐΐεπαίτερος  and  'Τατος,  irreg.  com 
par.  and  superl.  oi  πέπων. 

ΙΙεπαλΰγμένος,  part.,  πεπά?.ύχθαι, 
inf  of  pf  pass. ;  πεπάλακτο  3  sing, 
plqpf.  pass,  from  παλύσσω,  Horn. 

ΤΙεπΰλών,  Ep.  for  παλών.  part, 
aor.  2  of  πάλ/.ω.  cf.  ύμπεπαλ.ών. 

ΤΙέπύμαι,  ρβΐί.οί*πάομαι,  Theogn. 
663. 

IH7 


ΠΕΠΑ 

ΤΙέττΰνος,  ον,  rarer  collat.  form 
from  πέπων,  Artemid.  1,  75. 

Τίέπανσίς,  εως,  ή,  {πεπαίνω)  α  mel- 
lowing, ripening,  Arist.  Meleor.  4,  2, 1. 
Hence 

ΤΙεπαντίκός,  η,  όν,  making  ripe, 
bringing  to  maturity,  c.  gen.,  Hipp. 
395. — 11.  intr.  becoming  ripe. 

IleTiupdv,  an  old  (prob.  Aeol.)inf. 
aor.  2,  only  found  in  i'ind.  P.  2,  105, 
where  the  Greek.  Inlerpp.  explain  it 
by  ένδαξαι,  σημήναι,  to  display,  mani- 
fest. Ace.  to  Bockh  (57),  akin  to 
Lat.  parere.  Hence  πεπΰρενσιμος, 
explained  in  Hesych.  by  ενφραστος, 
σαφής:  hence  also  the  name  of  the 
island  ΤΙεπάρηθος. 

■^Rεπapήϋιoς,  a,  ov,  of  Peparethus  : 
ol  il.,  tke  Peparethians,  Dem.  162,  4 : 
from 

\ΙΙε-π:άρηθος,  ov,  ή,  Peparethus.  one 
of  the  Cyclades,  opposite  Magnesia, 
famed  for  its  wine,  now  Piperi,  H. 
Horn.  1,  32;  Thuc.  3,  89. 

ϋεπαρμένος,  part.  pf.  pass,  from 
πείρω,  W-,  and  Hes. 

ΪΙεπάσμην,  Ep.  plqpf.  of  πατέομαι, 
II.  24,  042. 

ΐΐεπασμός,  ov,  ό,  (7Tf7raiV(j)=Tr£- 
πανσις:  esp.  in  Medic,  a  proper  mix- 
ing of  the  juices,  like  Lat.  concoctio, 
Hipp. :  also  suppuration,  Foes.  Oecon. 
Hipp. 

ΊΙέπειρος,  ov,  in  Soph.  Tr.  728 
also  fern,  πέπειρύ  .—like  πέπων  and 
πέπανος,  ripe,  mellow,  Lat.  maturtis, 
esp.  of  fruit,  inetaph.  of  men,  opp.  to 
νέος,  Ar.  Eccl.  896  :  c.  dat.,  ripe  for 
a  thing,  π.  γύμφ ;  also  φιλέυνσι, 
Anth.  P.  12,  9.-2.  in  gen.  soft,  boiled 
down:  melaph. mild, softened,  appeased, 
οργή  πέπειρύ.  Soph.  1.  c. ;  π.  νόσος, 
a  disease  come  to  its  crisis,  Hipp.,  v. 
Foes.  Oecon. 

ηέπείσθί,  an  irreg.  2  imper.  pass, 
of  πείθω,  Aesch.  Eum.  599. 

ΙΙεπεισμένως,  adv.  part.  pf.  pass, 
from  πείθω,  boldly,  confidently,  Strab. 

Τίεπερασμενακίς,  a  definite  nu?nber 
of  times,  as  Bekker  Arist.  Anal.  Post. 
J,  21,  5,  ubi  vulg.  πεπερασμένως. 

ΧΙεπεριψένος,  Ep.  part.  pf.  pass. 
from  πεμάω,  II.  21,  58. 

ΤΙέτϊερΙ,  τό,  pepper,  the  pepper-tree, 
Lat.  piper,  Antiph.  Incert.  18 : — gen. 
■πεπέρεως,  Plut.  Sull.  13,  Ath.  381 
Β  :  πεπέριος  or  -ιδος,  Eubul.  Incert. 
15  B,  ubi  V.  Meinek. :  an  ace.  πέπε- 
piv  occurs  in  Nic.  Al.  332,  Th.  876, 
with  nothing  in  either  passage  to 
mark  the  gender,  which  some  refer 
to  πεπερίς ;  others  read  πέπερι  with 
I  in  arsis.     Hence 

ΙΙεπερίζω,  to  be  or  taste  like  pepper, 
Diosc. 

ΐΐεπέρίον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  πέ- 
περι, a  pepper-corn,  Ath.  126  B. 

ϋεπερίς,  ίδος,  ή,  a  pepper-corn :  in 
genl.=:πέτepί,  q.  v. 

ΤΙεπερίτης,  ov,  δ,  fem.  -ΐτις,  -ιδος, 
(πιπέρι)  like  pepper,  peppered,  Phn. 

ΤΙεπερόγύρον,  ου,  τό,  peppered  γά- 
pov- 

ΐΐεπερόπαστος,  αν,{πεπερι,  πάσσω) 
sprinkled  with  pepper. 

ΙΙέπηγε,  3  sing.  perf.  2  of  πήγνυμι, 
11. 

ΤΙεπΙθεΙν,  Ep.  redupl.  inf  aor.  2 
act.  of  πείθω,  11. ;  πεπ'ιθονσα,  fem. 

δ  art.,  II. ;  πίπίθοιμεν,πεπίθοιεν,  opt., 
L  ;  πεπιθήσω,  fut.,  II. 
ίΐέπιϋμεν,  Ep.  syncop.  1  plur.  pf. 
pass,  ot  πιίθω. 

ΐΐεπΐνωμένως,  adv.  part.  pf.  pass, 
from  πινόω,  of  simple  beauty,  ClC.  Att. 
15,  16  a;  of.  εΰπινής. 

Ϊ1επλύν7ΐμένως,  adv.  part,  pf  pass, 
from  π'λανάω,  roaming,  π.  έχειν,  Isocr, 
ΙΗΘ 


ΠΕΠΝ 
197  C  :  esp.  of  the  tits  of  diseases,  ir- 
regularly, Hipp.,  V.  Foes.  Oecon. 

ΐΐεπλασμενως,  adv.  part.  pf.  pass, 
from  πλάσσω,  by  pretence,  feignedly, 
opp.  to  άλι/θώς.  Plat.  Rep.  485  D. 

ΐΐεπλΰτνσμενως,  adv.  part.  pf.  pass, 
from  πλατννω,  widely. 

ΪΙίπληγον,  πεπ'Αηγέμεν,  πεπλήγε- 
το,  Ep.  redupl.  aor.  2  act.  and  mid. 
from  πλήσσω,  Hom. 

Πεπληγώς,  via,  ός,  part.  pf.  2  of 
πλήσσω,  Horn. 

ύεπλημένος,  syncop.  part,  pf  pass. 
οίπελάζω,  Od.  12,  108. 

ΤΛέπλιον,  ov,  τό,  (7r£7r?i.Of)=:Sq. 

ΐΐεπ'λίς.  ίδος,  ?/,  a  plant,  euphorbia 
peplis,  purple  spurge,  Diosc. 

ΪΙεπλογράψία,  ας,  ή,  (πέπλος,  γρά- 
φω) α  description  of  the  peplos,  or  the 
subjects  worked  on  it, — name  of  a 
work  by  Varro,  being  a  sort  of  '  Book 
of  Worthies,'  Cic.  Att.  16,  11,  3,  of 
Ern.  Clav.  s.  v. 

Πε7Γλο(5ό/νθ(•,  ov.  Ion.  for  sq. 

Tlεπ/.oόόχoς,ov,{δέχoμaι)receiυing 
or  keeping  the  πέπ?Μς. 

Πέπλος,  ov,  b,  in  late  poets  also 
c.  heterog.  plur.  tu  πέπλα  : — Lat. 
peplum,  orig.  any  woven  cloth  used  for 
a  covering,  a  sheet,  carpet,  curtain,  veil ; 
as  cover  of  a  wagon,  II.  5,  194  ;  of  a 
funeral-urn,  I!.  24,  796;  of  a  seat, 
Od.  7,  96. — II.  esp.,  a  large,  full  robe  or 
shawl,  strictly  worn  by  women,  opp. 
to  the  men's  dress,  11.5,  734 ;  it  was 
made  of  line  stuff,  ίανός,  μαλακός, 
λεπτός,  11.  5,  734  ;  24,  796,  Od.  7,  96  ; 
usu.  with  rich  patterns,  ποικίλος,  II. 
5,  734  (cf  πεπλογραφία) ;  and  being 
worn  over  the  common  dress,  fell  in 
rich  folds  about  the  person  ;  answer- 
ing therefore  to  the  man's  Ίμύτιον  or 
χ'λαϊνα ;  that  the  πέπλος  of  the 
woman  imght  cover  the  face  and 
arms  is  plain  from  Xen.  Cyr.  5,  1,  6 ; 
but  it  must  not  be  hence  inferred 
that  it  was  merely  a  veil  or  shawl. 
Most  famous  was  the  splendidly  em- 
broidered πέπ?Μς  of  Minerva,  which 
was  carried  like  the  sail  of  a  galley 
in  public  procession  at  the  Panathe- 
naea,  Plat.  Euthyphr.  6  C,  etc. :  it 
may  be  seen  on  several  ancient  statues 
of  the  goddess,  Batr.  182,  sq.,  Virg. 
Ciris  21,  sq,cf  Meurs.  Panath.  17, 
Winckelmanns  Werke,  t.  5,  p.  26, 
Diet.  Antiqq.  s.  v. — 2.  later,  some- 
times, a  man's  robe,  esp.  of  the  long 
Persian  dresses,  Aesch.  Pers.  468, 
1028,  1060,  cf.  Poppo  Xen.  Cyr.  3,  1, 
13  ;  a  man's  cloak.  Soph.  Tr.  602, 
Eur.  Cycl.  301,  Theocr.  7,  17.— HI. 
from  its  likeness,  the  peritonaeum,  dub. 
in  Orph.  Arg.  310;  elsewh.  ώιμός 
and  κνίσα. — IV.  also,  like  πεπ?ύς,  a 
kind  of  spurge,  Diosc.  4,  168.  (The 
deriv.  is  dub.  :  ace.  to  Damm  from 
πετάνννμι,  πέπταμαι :  ace.  to  Rie- 
nier  from  πέλλα,  Lat.  pellis,  palla, 
pallium,  etc. ;  akin  to  ίπιπλα  and 
έπίπλοον. 

ΥΙέπλωμα,  ατός,  τό,  as  if  from  πε- 
πλόω,  a  robe,  garment,  Aesch.  Theb. 
1039,  Soph.  Tr.  613,  Eur.  Supp.  97, 
cf.  Ar.  Ach.  426. 

ΙΙίπννμαι,  strictly  poet.  (esp.  Ep.) 
pf  pass,  of  πνέω,  with  pres.  signf , 
to  have  breath  or  soul,  usu.  metaph.  to 
be  wise,  discreet,  prudent :  Hom.  uses 
its  2  sing,  πεπνϋσαι  νόω,  II.  24,  377  ; 
inf  πεπννσθαι,  II.  23,'  440,  Od.  10, 
495  (where  it  is  still  wrongly  written 
πεπννσθαι),  2  sing,  plqpf  with  impf 
signf.,  πέπνϋσο,  Od.  23,  210  ;  but  far 
most  freq.  in  part,  πεπνϋμένος  (Hes. 
has  this  only  in  Op.  729,  and  does  not 
use  the  other  forms  at  all) ; — always 
in  metaph.  signf,  usu.  epith,  of  men, 


ΠΕΠΩ 

but  also,  π.  μϋθος,  π.  μήδεα,  Od.  1, 
361,  II.  7, 278  ;  πεπννμένα  ΰ,γορενειν, 
βύζειν,  ειδεναι,  νο/'/σαι,  etc. : — this 
part,  also  occurs  in  later  prose,  ζών 
και  πεπν.,  living  and  breathing.  Polyb. 
6,  47,  9  ;  53,  10 ;  (so,  πέπννται.  Id. 
30,  6,  6) : — Nic.  has  an  opt.  aor.  pass. 
πννθείη.  (From  the  old  root  ΠΝΤ- 
some  remains  in  the  compds.  άμπννω, 
αμπννμι,  i.  e.  αναπνύω.  άνάπννμι  are 
preserved  in  Hom.,  v.  αναπνέω. — 
Others  consider  πέπννμαι  with  its 
derivs.  to  be  shortd.  from  πιννω,  πι- 
νύσσω,  hence  πινυτός,  etc.,  and  none 
of  these  akin  to  πνέω.) 

ΐΐέποιθα,  perf  2  from  πείθω,  v. 
πείθω  Β.  Π. 

Πεποίθησις,  ή,  trust,  confidence, 
boldness,  Ν.  Τ.,  v.  Lob.  Phryii.  295 ; 
also,  πεποιθία,  ή. 

ΐΐεποιϋότως,  adv.  part,  pf  2  from 
πείθω=^  πεπεισμένως. 

ΊΙεποίθω,  subj.  perf  2  from  πείθω, 
hence  πεποίθομεν,  Ep.  for  πεποίθω- 
μεν,  Od.  10,335. 

ΐΐέπονθα,  perf  2  of  πάσχω,  Od. 
ΤΙεπορειν,  v.  πεπαρείν. 
ϋεπορθημένως,  adv.  part,  pf  pass, 
from  πορθέω. 

ΐΐέποσθε,  Ep.  2  pi.  pf  2  of  πάσχω 
for  πεπόνθατε,  Hom.  :  v.  Buttm. 
Catal.  Verb.  s.  v.  πάσχω. 

ΤΙέποσχα,  poet.  pert,  of  πάσχω  for 
πεπονθα,  Epich.  p.  6. 

ϋεπυτήαται,  Ep.  3  pi.  pf.  ποτάο- 
μαι.  11.  2,  90. 

ΐίεπράδίλη,  ή,  (πέρδω)  crepitus  ven- 
tris. — II.  α  sort  offish,   [ί] 

Τίέπρωται.  Ep.  3  perf  pass,  from 
the  root  HOP-,  which  occurs  in  aor. 
πορειν,  Hom,,  q.  v.  ;  hence  also  part. 
πεπρωμένος,  Hom.,  and,  in  Hes.,  πέ• 
πρώτο,  3  plqpf  pass.,  v.  sub  *πόρω. 

ΐΐέπτύμαι,  πεπτάμένος,  pf  pass, 
from  πετάνννμι,  Hom. 

ΙΙεπτεωτα,  Ep.  for  πεπτώτα,  neut. 
pi.  part,  pf  of  πίπτω,  II.  21,  503. 

ίΐεπτήριος,  a,  ov,  =  πεπτικός, 
Aretae. 

ΙΙεπτηώς,  Ep.  for  πεπτηκώς,  part, 
perf  2  of  πτήσσω,  frightened,  timid, 
shy,  Od. 

ΐΐεπτικός,  η,  όν,  (πέσσω)  conducive 
to  digestion,  Diosc. 

ΐΐεπτός,  τ),  όν,  verb.  adj.  from  πέσ• 
σω,  later  πέπτω,  cooked,  but  distin- 
guished from  έφθά  και  όπτά  Plut.  2, 
126  D.— II.  digestible. 
ΤΙέπτωκα.  pf  of  πίπτω. 
ΐΐεπτώς,  Att.  part.  pf.  2  of  πίπτα 
or  πτήσσω. 

Ώεπνθοιτο,  3  sing,  of  Ep.  redupl. 
opt.  aor.  2  oi  πυνθάνομαι,  II. 

Πέπυσμαι,  perf.  from  πυνθάνομαι, 
Hom. 

ΠΕΠΩΝ,  ov,  gen.  όνος:  compar. 
andsuperl.TreTrairepoc-Tarof.•  strict- 
ly of  fruit,  cooked  by  the  sun,  i.  e.  ripe, 
mellow,  Hdt.  4,  23,  Soph.  Fr.  190; 
opp.  to  ωμός,  Ar,  Eq.  200,  Xen.  Oec. 
19,  19: — esp.  σίκνος  πίπων,  or  more 
freq.  ύ  πέπων  alone,  a  kind  of  gourd 
or  melon,  not  eaten  till  quite  ripe,  where- 
as the  common  σίκνος  was  eaten  un- 
ripe, Arist.  Probl.  20,  32,  1  ;  hence 
proverb.,  πέπονος  μαλακώτερος,  v. 
Comiciap.  Ath.  68  C,  D. — II.  gener- 
ally, soft,  tender,  πεπαίτερος  μόρων, 
Aesch.  Ft.  244  ;  π.  άπίοιο,  Theocr.  7, 
120:  hence, — III.  metaph.  soft,  tender, 
etc.,  as  always  in  Hom,,  though  more 
freq.  in  II.  than  in  Od.,  and  in  Hes., 
in  addressing  a  person,  πέπον,  ώ  πε• 
πον,  ω  πέπον  ες,  sometimes  as  adj., 
sometimes  as  subst.  masc:  and  that, 
— 1.  usu.  like  Lat,  mollis  and  miiis  in 
good  sense,  as  a  term  of  endearment : 
so  Polyphemus  says,  κρίέ  πέπον,  my 


ΠΕΡΑ 

pet  ram,  Od.  9,  447  :  and  in  Att.  mere-  ι 
ly  as  an  Adj.,  mild,  gentle,  μοίρα  πε• 
Ίταιτέρα,  Aesch.  Ag.  1365;  μόχθος 
ιζέηον,  softened  pain,  Soph.  O.  C. 
437,  etc.;  c.  dat.,  εχθροίς  πέπ<,)ν, 
gentle  to  one's  foes,  Aesch.  Euin.  66. 
— 2.  in  bad  sense,  soft,  weak,  in  Horn, 
only  once,  ώ  πεπονες,  ye  weaklings, 
11.  2,  235 ;  so.  Κύκνε  πέττον,  Hes.  Sc. 
350,  ci.  Hes.  Th.  544,  560.  (The  root 
is  the  same  as  πεσσω,  πέπτω.) 

ΠΕΤ,  enclit.  particle,  adding  force 
ΌΤ  positiveness  to  the  word  to  which 
it  is  added,  being  in  fact  a  shortd. 
form  of  περί,  and  its  strenglhd.  ττε- 
ρισσώς :  hence, — I.  much,  very,  like 
πάνυ,  simply  strengthening,  in  Hom. 
usu.  with  an  adj.  and  the  part,  ών, 
έπεί  μ'  έτεκές  γε  μινννθάόών  περ 
έόντα,  all  short-lived  as  1  am,  II.  1, 
352 ;  Ιθάκης  κραναης  περ  έοΰσης,  Π. 
3,  201 ;  but  also  with  the  part,  omit- 
ted, μίνυνθά  ττερ,  ολίγον  περ,  etc.,  II. 
1,416;  11,391.-2.  usu.  however  it 
serves  to  call  attention  to  something 
which  is  objected  to,  like  the  stronger 
καίττερ,  albeit,  though,  however,  as, αγα- 
θός, κρατερός  περ  έών,  brave,  strong 
though  he  be,  Aou^erer  brave,  strong  he 
be,  like  Lai.  quamvis  fortis ;  SO,  ?,ιγνς 
•περ  έών  ύγορητής...,  κυνεός  περ  έών, 
όονρικτήτη...,  φίλη  περ  έονσα,  etc. 
In  such  cases  it  stands  between  the 
emphatic  word  and  the  part,  ών. 
But  it  is  subjoined  immediately  to 
other  participles,  which  are  them- 
selves emphatic,  as,  ίέμενός  περ.  how- 
ever eager;  άχννμενός  περ,  grieved 
though  he  be,  etc. :  but  in  μάλα  περ 
μεμαώς,  πνκα  περ  φρονέοντες,  'Μδός 
Τΐερ  ιών,  περ  refers  to  the  word  which 
it  follows  : — more  rarely  with  an  adj. 
alone,  φρύδμων  περ  uvr/p,  however 
shrewd,  II.  16,  638;  κρατερός  περ, 
21,  63  ;  χερείονά  περ,  17, 539.-3.  also 
to  strengthen  a  negation,  ονόέ  περ, 
no,  not  even,  not  at  all,  where,  as  m 
Lat.  ne...quidem,  ουδέ  is  divided  by 
one  or  more  words  from  περ,  as,  οΰδ' 
νμίν  ποταμός  περ  έύβ^οος  αρκέσει, 
11.  21,  130,  cf.  8,  201  :  Hdt.  6,  57  has 
μη  περ :  also,  πολληπλάσια  η  περ, 
Hdt.  4,  50,  etc. — II.  to  call  attention 
to  one  or  more  things  of  a  number, 
however,  at  any  rate,  yet,  much  like 
ye,  as,  τιμήν  περ  μοί  δφελλεν  έγγν- 
αλίξαι,  honour  however  {whatever  else) 
he  owed  me,  II.  1,  353  ;  τόδε  περ  μοι 
έπίκρήηνον  έέλδωρ,  II.  8,  242 ;  ά'λ- 
λονς  περ  έλέαιρε,  II.  9,  301.  —  III. 
when  περ  refers  to  an  imperat.  sen- 
tence it  may  be  variously  placed,  as, 
οίκαδέ  περ  συν  νηνσΐ  νεώμεθα,  let  us, 
aye  let  us,  go...,  II.  2,  236;  καΐ  αυτοί 
περ  πονεώμεθα,  II.  10,  70 ;  ήμεϊς  (V 
αυτοί  περ  φραζώμεθα,  II.  17,  712. — 
IV.  περ  oft.  stands  after  a  relat.  pron., 
an  adj.  or  adv.,  and,  unless  some 
word  comes  between,  is  usu.  written 
as  one  word  with  it,  όςπερ,  {/περ,  δώ- 
περ,  ώςπερ,  etc.,  which  will  be  found 
in  their  places,  cf.  also  είπερ,  ηπερ, 
καίπερ :  but  in  Horn.,  οίσί  περ  and 
αίσί  περ  are  written  divisim  :  so  in 
Hdt.  οίος  περ,  or  as  adv.,  οίον  περ, 
just  so  as.  Id.,  etc.  :  in  marking  time 
or  place,  ένθα  περ,  δθι  περ,  ύτε  περ, 
τ/μός  περ,  πριν  περ,  just  where  or 
when,  II.  4,  259  ;  5,  802,  etc.— In  Att. 
this  particle  is  much  more  rare  than 
in  Hom.,  and  Hdt.,  and  is  almost  al- 
ways used  with  a  pron.  or  adv. — The 
•per  in  Lat.  parumper,  paulisper,  etc., 
can  scarcely  be  the  same  as  περ. 

Πέρα,  adv.,  beyond,  across  or  over, 
further,  Lat.  ultra,  μέχρι  τοΰ  μέσου 
καθιέναι,  πέρα  ό'  ου,  Plat.  Phaed. 
112  Ε. — 2.  c.  gen.,  'ατλαντικών  πέρα 


ΠΕΡΑ 
όεύγειν  ορών,  Eur.  Η.  F.  234 :  also 
πέρα  έχθρων,  above  them,  ορρ.  to 
ένερθεν.  Soph.  Phil.  666. — II.  more 
rarely  of  time,  beyond,  loriger,  ονκέτι 
πέρα  έπολιόρκησαν,  Xen.  An.  0,  1, 
28. — 2.  c.  gen.,  πέρα  μεσονσης  ημέ- 
ρας, lb.  6,  5,  7  ;  πέρα  τον  καιρόν,  Id. 
Hell.  5,  3,  5. — III.  lar  most  freq.  me- 
taph.,  beyond  measure,  excessively,  ex- 
travagantίy,=vπέp  μέτρον,  absol.,  πέ- 
ρα λέγειν,  φρύζειν.  Soph.  Phil.  332, 
1275,  cf.  Valck.  Hipp.  1032,  Heind. 
Plat.  Phaedr.  241  D  ;  πέρα  παθειν, 
Eur.  El.  1185. — 2.  c.  gen.,  beyond, 
exceeding,  π.  δίκης,  καιρόν,  Aesch. 
Pr.  30,  507  ;  τον  εικότος  π..  Soph.  Ο. 
Τ.  74,  etc. — IV.  expressing,  general- 
ly, something  more  or  greater,  άπιστα 
και  πέρα  κλνων,  things  incredible, 
and  }nore  than  that,  Ar.  Av.  416. — 2.  c. 
gen.,  πέρα  τον  μεγίστου  ^ojdov, beyond 
the  greatest,  i.  e.  the  most  excessive. 
Plat.  Phileb.  12  C  ;  θαυμάτων  πέρα, 
7nore  than  marvels,  Eur.  Hec.  714 ; 
δεινόν  και  πέρα  δεινού,  Dem.  1123, 
22  ;  πέρα  μεδίμνον,  more  than  a  me- 
dimnus,  Isae.  80,  30. — V.  very  singu- 
larly, from  the  notion  of  beyond  and 
away  froin,::::^ πλην,  except,  Xen.  Symp. 
8,  19,  where  however  παρά  is  now 
usu.  read :  so,  ονδέν  πέρα,  nothing 
else,  V.  Markl.  Eur.  I.  T.  91.  — In  all 
senses  πέρα  may  stand  either  before 
or  after  the  gen.,  but  usu.  before. — 
Comp.  περαίτερος,  a,  ov,  adv.  πε- 
ραιτερον  and  -ρω,  qq.  v.  —  ΤΙέρα  oc- 
curs first  in  Att.,  and  so  there  is  no 
Ion.  form  πέρη,  which  one  might  in- 
fer from  πέρην,  Ion.  for  πέραν.  On 
the  difference  between  πέραν  and 
πέρα,  v.  sub  πέραν  fin. 

ΐΐέρα,  J],  for  πέρας,  v.  sub  πέραν 
fin. 

ΙΙερΰΰν,  Ion.  and  Ep.  inf.  pres. 
from  περάω,  for  περάν,  Hom. 

ΤΙεράασκε,  Ion.  and  Ep.  3  sing, 
impf.  from  περάω,  Od.  [pu] 

ΤΙέράθεν,  Ion.  πέρηθεν,  adv.  {πέρα) 
from  beyond,  from  the  far  side,  Hdt.  6, 
33,  Eur.  Heraci  82,  Xen.  Hell.  3, 

2,  2. 

^ΤΙεραία,  ας,  ή,  v.  περαΐος  Π. :  η 
Π.  'Ϋοδίων,  the  coast  of  Caria  opposite 
Rhodes,  Strab.  p.  651. 

ΥΙεραίας,  ου,  b,  {πέρα)  a  kind  of 
mullet  {κεστρενς)  found  beyond,  i.  e.  at 
a  distance  from,  the  bank,  Arist.  H.  A. 
8,  2,  26. 

αίεραφία,  ας,  ή,  and  ΤΙεραιβοί, 
ών,  οι,  11.  2,  749,  poet.  =  ΐίεββαιβία, 
etc. 

Τίεραίη,  ης,  ή,  ν.  sub  περαΐος  Π. 

^ΤΙεραιθεΙς,  έων,  οΊ.  the  Peraethians, 
a  people  of  Arcadia,  Paus.  8,  3,  4. 

^[Ιέραιθος,  ov,  6,  Peraethus,  son  of 
Lycaon,  Paus.  8,  3,  4. 

ΐίεραίνω,  in  Pind.  also  πειραίνω : 
aor.  έπέρΰνα  :  pf.  pass,  πεπέρασμαι. 
Plat.  Parm.  145  A;  but  3  pi.  πε- 
πέρανται,  Arist.  Org. ;  inf.  -άνθαι, 
Plat.  Gorg.  472  B,  etc. :  {πέρας).  To 
bring  to  an  end.  π.  τινά  προς  έσχατον 
πλόον,  Pind.  P.  )0,  45:  to  end,  finish, 
πράγος.  Soph.  Aj.  22,  etc. :  π.  δίκας 
τινί,  Pind.  I.,  8  (7),  49  ;  and  so  with- 
out δίκην,  Dem.  991,  24:  to  bring 
about,  accomplish,  Aesch.  Cho.  830  ;  to 
execute,  το  προςταχθέν,  Xen.  Cyr.  5, 

3,  50,  cf  4,  5,  38  :  οί'(5έι.'  περάνει,  will 
do  no  good,  Thuc.  6,  86,  cf.  Plat.  Rep. 
426  A  : — Pass,  to  be  brought  to  an  end, 
end,  be  finished,  Aesch.  Pr.  57,  etc.  ; 
to  be  fulfilled,  accomplished,  χρησμός 
περαίνεται,  Eur.  Phoen.  1703 ;  cf. 
Ar.  V^esp.  799. — 2.  esp.,  π.  μνθον,  λό- 
γον,  etc.,  to  end  a  discourse,  finish 
speaking,  Aesch.  Theb.  1051,  Plat. 
Tim.  29  D : — hence  absol.,  είπε  και 


ΠΕΡΑ 

πέραινε,  speak  and  make  an  end  of  it, 
Aesch.  Pers.  699 ;  πέραιν' ώςπερ  ήρξω, 
Plat.  Prot.  353  Β  ;  also  to  repeat  from 
beginning  to  end,  Dem.  417,  16 :  hence, 
ό  περαίνων  (sc.  λόγος),  a  kind  of 
syllogism  in  Diog.  L.  7,  44.  —  3.  to 
draw  a  conclusion,  to  conclude,  infer, 
Arist. — II.  to  transfix,  pierce  :  esp.  sen- 
su  obscoeno,  π.  γυναίκα,  KOprjv,  like 
τρνπάν,  Anth.  P.  11,  339.— 111.  mtr. 
to  make  way,  reach  Or  penetrate,  δι' 
ώτων,  Aesch.  Cho.  55  :  προς  έγκέφα- 
λον,  Arist.  Top.  Cf.  πειραίνω  and 
πείρω. 

ΪΙεραιόθεν,  adv.,  =  πέραθεν,  Αρ. 
Rh.  4,  71,  Aral.  606. 

ΐίεραϊος,  a,  ov,  {πέραν)  being  on  the 
other  side,  beyond  the  sea  or  river. — II. 
ή  περαίη  (sc.  γ?],  χώρα),  as  subst., 
the  opposite  country,  ή  π.  τήςΈοιωτίης, 
the  country  over  against  Boeotia,  Hdt. 
8,  44;  cf.  Ap.  Rh.  1,  1112. 

ϋεραιόω,  ώ,  (πέρα)  to  carry  or  con- 
vey to  the  opposite  country  or  bank,  car- 
ry over  or  across,  π.  στρατιάν,  like 
Lat.  trajicere  exercitmn,  Thuc.  4,  121  ; 
c.  dupl.  ace,  7Γ.  τονς  7ίθΐπονς  το  βεΐ- 
θρον,  Volyb.  3,  113,  6.— Pass,  (with 
fut  mid.  in  Thuc.  1,  10),  to  pass  over, 
cross,  pass,  Od.  24,  437,  in  aor.  pass., 
περαιωθέντες  :  c.  ace.  loci,  έπεραιώ- 
θη  τον  Άραξέα,  Hdt.  1,  209,  ci'.  5,  14  ; 
τό  τΓίΛΟ)  Of ,  Thuc.  1,  10;  π.  νανσί. 
Id.  1,  5;  π.  ές..,  Id.  5,  109.— II.  mtr. 
in  act.,=pass.,  c.  ace.  loci,  περαιοϋν 
τον  'Έλλήςποντον,  Thuc.  2,  67. 

ΐίεραίτερος,  a,  ov,  compar.  from 
πέρα,  beyond,  όδηι  περαίτεραι,  roads 
leading  further,  Pmd.  O.  9,  159. — Adv. 
περαιτέρω,  beyond,  c.  gen.,  Aesch. 
Pr.  247 ;  π.  τον  δέοντος.  Plat.  Gorg. 
484  C  :  absol.,  αανθάνειν  π.,  to  learn 
further,  Eur.  Phoen.  1681  ;  έν  οΐόα 
κού  π..  Id.  I.  Τ.  247  ;  cf.  Ar.  Αν.  1500  : 
beyond  what  is  fit,  too  far.  Soph.  Tr. 
063  : — the  neut.  περαίτερον  was  also 
used  as  adv.,  π.  άλ'λων,  better  than 
others,  Pind.  O.  8,  82. 

ΐίεράιτης,  ου,  ό,  {περαΐος  Π)  one 
of  the  opposite  country,  Joseph.   [<] 

Ίίεραιωσις,  εως,  ή,  {περαιοω)  a  car- 
rying over,  Strab.     Hence 

ΐίεραιωτικός,  ή,  ov,for,  fit  for  car- 
rying over. 

ΤΙέράμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  place  for  carry- 
ing over,  ferry. 

ΙΙέράν,  Ion.  and  Ep.  πέρην,  adv. : 
on  the  other  side,  across,  Lat.  tra7is,  in 
oldest  poets  always  c.  gen.,  and  usu. 
with  notion  of  water  lying  between, 
πέρην  αλός,  II.  2,  626  (never  in  Od.) ; 
πέρην  κλντον  Ώκεανοΐο,  Hes.  Th. 
215  ;  πέραν  πόντοιο,  Pind.  Ν.  5,  39 ; 
Tu  πέρην  τον  Ίστρου,  Hdt.  5,  9 ;  so 
in  Att.,  πολιού  πέραν  πόντου.  Soph. 
Ant.  334  ;  π.  τοΰ  Έλληςπόντου,  τού 
ποταμού,  Thuc.  2,  67,  Xen.  An.  4,  3, 
3 :  (c.  ace,  πέραν  'Έβρον,  Eur.  Η. 
F.  386,  ubi  περών,  conj.  Dind.) : — 
hence  also  of  any  intermediate  space, 
and  so,  πέρην  χάεος  as  early  as  Hes. 
Th.  814. — 2.  absol.  over,  on  ..he  oppo- 
site side,  esp.  of  water,  πέραν  είναι, 
Xen.  An.  2,  4,  20 ;  πέραν  γενέσθαι, 
lb.  6,  5,  22 :  foil,  by  εις,  πέρην  ές  την 
Άχαιίην  διέπεμψαν,  Hdt.  8,  36 ;  πέ- 
ραν εις  την  'Ασιαν  διαβήναι,  Xen. 
An.  7,  2,  2:  also  without  εις,  as,  έκ 
Θάσου  διαβα/.όντες  πέρην,  having 
crossed  over  (sc.  ές  την  ήπειρον),  Hdt. 
6,  44  :  oft.  with  the  art.,  to  πέραν 
τον  ποταμού,  Xen.  An.  3,  5,  2,  etc.  ; 
TU  πέραν,  things  done  or  happening  on 
the  opposite  side,  Thuc. : — ή  πέραν  γη, 
Thuc.  3,  91,  is  interpr.  the  country 
just  over  the  border,  the  border-country, 
V.  Arnold  ad  1.:  hence, — II.  over 
against,  usu.  c.  gen.,  πέρην  ιερής  Εύ- 
1149 


ΠΕΡΑ 

βοίης,  II.  2,  535 ;  Χαλκίδος  πέραν, 
Aesch.  Ag.  190;  here  also  usu.  in  re- 
gard to  water  lying  between,  though 
this  notion  is  quite  lost  in  Pans.,  who 
oft.  uses  the  word  in  this  signf. :  ab- 
sol.  in  Hdt.  C,  97. — Hi.  much  rarer, 
=7repa,  out  beyond,  and  then  usu.  ab- 
sol.,  Eur.  Hip|).  1053,  Ale.  585,  cf. 
Herni.  Eur.  tjupp.  CTIi;  but  c.  gen., 
Pind.  1.  d  (5),  33.— When  ττΓραν  lias 
a  gen.,  it  rcgul.  precedes  its  cases, 
but  in  Paus.  sometimes  follows. — 
The  difference  between  ττίμαρ  and 
πέρα  is  laid  down  by  Herm.  Soph. 
O.  C.  869  to  be,  that  ττέραν  means 
beyond  in  a  place,  without  reference 
to  motion,  and  is  never  used  nietaph. ; 
πέρα  means  beyond  with  a  sense  of 
motion,  and  is  most  commonly  used 
metaph.  beyond  or  exceeding  measure : 
Buttni.  (Lexil.  s.  v.)  compares  πέρα 
to  Lat.  ultra,  πέραν  to  trans,  and 
draws  out  the  distinction  at  great 
length. — They  are  no  doubt  the  dat. 
and  ace.  of  an  old  subst.  ;/  πέρα,= 
πείραρ,  πείρας,  πέρας,  end,  boundary, 
from  which  we  .still  have  a  (doubtful) 
gen.  in  Aesch.  Supp.  262,  έκ  πέρας 
ΐΐανπακτίας,  cf.  Ag.  190.— (Akin  lo 
πείρω,  περάω,  περαίνω,  πέρατος,  πέ- 
ραΟεν,  πέρηθεν,  etc. ;  prob.  also  to 
Lat.  per.) 

ΪΙερανόο),  f.  1.  for  περατόω. 

tllf/jui'raf,  0,  Perantas,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  Paus.  2,  4,  4. 

ΐίεραντίϋός,  ή,  όν,  (περαίνω)  con- 
clusive, Αγ.  Eq.  1378. 

ΙΙεράπτυν,  Aeol.  for  περιάπτων, 
as  liockh  now  reads  in  Pind.  P.  3,  93. 

ΙΙέράς,  άτος,  τό,  {πέρα)  an  end, 
Aesch.  Pers.  032,  Eur.,  etc. ;  εκ  πε- 
ράτων γτ/ς,  Thuc.  1 ,  69 ;  of  persons, 
ov  π.  εχειν  τινός,  Eur.  Andr.  1216, 
Lys.  128,  19 ;  οϋ  π.  εστί  τινι,  Thuc. 
7,  42  ;  also  of  things,  πέρας  έχειν,=^ 
περαίνεσθαι,  Isocr.  42  Β  ;  so,  π.  ?Μμ- 
βάνειν,  Polyb.  a,  31,  2;  πέρας  έπι- 
θεΐναί  τινι.  Id.  1,  41,  2. — 2.  in  a  race- 
course, the  goal,  Lat.  meta. — 3.  esp. 
as  philosoph.  term,  the  finite,  opp.  to 
TO  άπειρον,  Plat.  Phil.  30  A,  Par- 
men.  165  A. — II.  metaph.  accomplish- 
ment, achievement,  full  power,  hence 
like  τέλος,  οί  το  πέρας  έχοντες  των 
έν  Ty  πάλει  απάντων  δικαίων,  the 
supreme  court,  from  which  there  is 
no  appeal,  the  French  ccnir  de  dernier 
ressort,  Dinarch.  110,  15. — III.  πέραςτ 
or  TO  πέρας,  as  adv.,  like  τέλος,  of 
length,  at  last,  Aeschin.  9,  22,  Polyb., 
etc.     Cf.  πεΙραρ,  πείρας. 

ΤΙέράς,  έκ  πέρας,  ν.  sub  πέραν,  fin. 

trif ρασί'α,  ας,  ί/,  appell.  of  Diana 
at  ('astabala,  Strab.  p.  537. 

ΤΙεράσιμος,  ov,  {περάω)  that  may 
be  crossed  or  traversed,  passable,  αήρ, 
Eur.  Incert.  19  ;  so,  π.  ποταμός.  Αιτ. 
An.  5,  9,  8.  [α] 

ΤΙέρΰοις,  εως,  ή,  (περάω)  α  crossing 
over:  βίου  π.,  the  passage  from  life 
(to  death).  Soph.  O.  C.  103. 

ΐίερασμός,  ov,  b,  (πέρας)  a  finish- 
ing, LXX. 

ΤΙερύτενω,'^περαίνω,  Hesych. 
ΐίεράτη,  ή,    v.    sub    πέρατος    II. 
Hence 

ΪΙερύτηθεν,  adv.,  =  πέραθεν.  Αρ. 
Kh.  4,  54.  [ά] 

ΤΙερέιτης,  ov,  ό,  one  who  carries  over, 
like  πορθμεύς.  [ά] 

'Π.εράτίΚ(>ς,  ή,  όν,  (πέρατος)  dwell- 
ing on  the  other  side. 

ΪΙερΰτοειδής,  ες,  (πέρας,  είδος)  of 
a  limited  or  Unite  nature,  opp.  lo  άπει- 
ρος. Plat.  Phileb.  25  D. 

Ιίέράτος,  η,  ov,  (πέρα)  on  the  op- 
posite side,  over  a^jainst,  Lat.  ulterior  : 
— usu.  ή  περάτιι  (sc.  χώρα),  as  subst., 
1150 


ΠΕΡΑ 

the  opposite  land  or  country,  also  the  [ 
opposite  quarter  of  the  heavens,  esp.  of  ' 
the  west,  as  oi)p.  to  the  east ;  iv  πε-  ' 
ράτ-η.  in  the  u-est,  opp.  to  'Huf,  Od.  I 
23,  243,  Ap.  Kh.    1,   1281  ;  but  also 
conversely,  y  περάτη,  the  east,  Call. 
Del.  169  :  in  Aral.  499,  the  lower  (as 
opp.  to  the  uj>per)  hemisphere. 

Ιίεράτός,  ή,  όν.  Ion.  περητός  (πε- 
ράω) like  περάσιμος,  that  may  be  cross- 
ed OT  passed  over,  passable,  Pind.  N.  4, 
114;  ποταμός  ν?/υσϊ  η.,  Hdt.  1,  189, 
193;  5,52. 

^Πέρατος,  ov.  ύ.  Peratus,  successor 
of  Leucippus  in  Sicyon,  Paus.  2, 5,  8. 

Τϊεράτόω.  ω,  {πέρας)  to  end,  limit, 
determine,  inclose :  pass,  to  he  limited, 
Arist.  Mun.  2,  2  ;  to  be  completed.  Id. 
Anim.  1,  3,  20.     Hence 

ΤΙεράτωσις,  εως,  η,  afirdshing,  lim- 
itation, [uj 

Περάω,  ώ,  (A) :  fut.  περάσω  [ΰ]. 
Ion.  and  in  Hom.  περήσω  :  aor.  έ-έ- 
ράσα.  Ion.  and  Hom.  έπέρησα : — 
Hom.  uses  the  pres.,  impf.,  fut.,  and 
aor.  ;  with  pres.  inf.  περάαν  [ρώ],  fut. 
inf  περτ/σέμεναι,  and  3  impf.  περάα- 
σκε :  {πέρα).  Strictly,  to  drive  right 
through,  like  πείρω,  οδόντας  π.,  II.  5, 
291. — 2.  esp.,  like  πείρω  II,  to  pass 
right  across  or  through  a  space,  to  pass 
over,  pass,  cross,  traverse,  Θά7\.ασσαν, 
πόντον,  Od.  6,  272  ;  24,  118  ;  λαΐτμα 
θαλάσσης,  Od.  5,  174 ;  ύδωρ,  Hes. 
Op.  736;  πνλας  Άΐδαο,  II.  5,  646, 
Theogn.  427  ;  τάφρος  άργα7ίέΐ]  περά- 
αν, hard  to  pass,  II.  12,  63,  cf.  53  ;  φύ- 
λακας π.,  to  pass  the  watch,  whether 
secretly  or  by  force,  Hdt.  3,  72  ;  π. 
πλ.ονν,  tv  accomplish  it,  Xen.  Oec.  21, 
3 ;  τέρμα  βίου  π..  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  fin. : 
— met  aph.,/i<V(5iii'0V  π. .  to  pass  through, 
i.  e.  overcome,  a  danger,  Aesch.  Cho. 
270  : — π.  δρκον,  prob.,  to  go  through 
the  words  of  the  oath,  Lat.  jusjuran- 
dum  peragere.  Id.  Eum.  489  ;  cf.  πε- 
ραίνω I.  2. — 3.  rarely  of  time,  οί  την 
ή'λικίαν  πεπερακότες,  Xen.  Lac.  4,  7. 
— 4.  to  let  go  through,  π.  κατά  δειρής, 
to  let  go  down  one's  throat,  swallow, 
H.  Hom.  Merc.  133. — II.  intr.  to  pen- 
etrate or  pierce  right  through,  of  iron, 
πόδα,  βάσιν.  Ιχνος  περάν,  II.  21,  594  ; 
of  violent  rain,  Od.  5,  480  ;  δια  κρο- 
τάφοιο,  through  the  temples,  11.  4, 
502 ;  όστέον  είσω,  into  the  bone,  II. 
4,  460  :  to  extend,  reach  to  a  place. 
Xen.  Cyn.  8,  5. — 2.  esp.,  to  pass  right 
across  or  through,  pass,  go,  travel,  jour- 
ney through  or  over,  (5/.'  ΏκεανοΊο,  Od. 
10,  508  ;  δια  (or  δι'  έκ)  προθίφοιο,  Η. 
Hom.  Merc.  271,  158  ;  so,  έπί  πόντον 
and  έ0'  νγρην  π.,  II.  2,  613,  Od.  4, 
709  ;  περά  νόημα  δια  στέρνοιο,  the 
thought  passes  or  shoots  through  one's 
breast,  H.  Merc.  43  ;  π.  εις  ^Αΐδαο,  to 
reach  the  abode  of  Hades,  Theogn. 
902;  ποτΐ  Φΰσιν  π.,  Pind.  1.  2,  61 ; 
εΙς  χώραν,  δια  πόρον  π.,  Aesch.  Pers. 
C5,  501  ;  εξ  ένέρων.  Id.  Pr.  573;  έξω 
δωμάτων.  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  531  ;  γί/ς  έξω, 
Eur.  Med.  272,  etc. : — rarely  of  time, 
δια  γίφως  π.,  Xen.  Mem.  2.  1,  31  ; 
ευδαίμων  π.,  to  live  happy,  Orac.  ap. 
Xen.  Cyr.  7,  2,  20. — 2.  c.  ace,  π.  πό- 
δα. Ίχνος,  Pors.  Orest.  1427,  cf.  βαί- 
νω 11.  4. — 3.  rarely  c.  gen.,  θνμοϋ  πέ- 
ραν, to  go  too  far  in....  Soph.  O.  T.  670. 

Πί-ράω,  ώ,  (Β) :  fut.  περάσω  [Γι], 
Att.  περώ :  aor.  έπέρΰσα :  hence 
lengthd.  Ep.  περάσσω,  έπέρασσα  ■  pf. 
pass,  πεπέρημαι.  To  carry  over  I  he  sea 
for  sale ;  hence,  generally,  to  sell,  m 
Hom.  almost  always  to  sell  men  or 
slaves,  c.  ace.  pers.,  II.  21,  102,  Od. 
14,  297  ;  π.  τινά  Αήμνον,  to  sell  one 
to  Lemnos,  II.  21,  40;  which  last  is 
\  more  usu.  expressed  by  a  prep.,  π. 


ΠΕΡΔ 

Tiva  ές  Αημνον,  Π.  21,  78  ;  προς  δώ- 
ματα τίνος,  Od.  15,  387  ;  κατ'  ύλλο- 
θρόονς  ανθρώπους,  Od.  15,  453  ;  έπι 
νήσων,  II.  21,  454. — Ηοιη.  uses  the 
pres.,  the  aor.  (with  doubled  σ  or  not 
as  the  metre  requires),  and  part.  pf. 
pass,  πεπερημένος.  11.  21,  ba. — The 
verb  in  this  sense  seems  not  to  have 
been  merely  Ep.  ;  πιπράσκω  being 
the  Att.  form:  οί.α^οπέρνημι.  (From 
περάω  in  this  signf.  comes  πράσις  and 
πιπράσκω). 

ΤΙεργΰμηνή,ής,  ή,  (sc. χάρτη),  f  and 
pi.  -μηναί,  ών,  αϊ,  (sc.  όείφεις  or  δι• 
ώθέραι)^,  parchment,  from  the  city  of 
Pergamus  in  Asia,  where  it  was 
brought  into  use  by  Crates  of  Mallos, 
when  Ptolemy  cut  off  the  supply  of 
biblus  from  Aegypt :  fprop.  fem.  from 

^ΙΙεργαμηνύς.  ή,  όν,  of  Pergamus 
or  Pergnmum,  Pergamenian,  Strab.  p. 
615,  625 :  oi  Π.,  Luc.  Long.  12 :  ν 
ΤΙεργαμηνή,  sc.  χώρα,  the  territory  rf 
P.,  Strab.  p.  571. 

Περγάμία,  ας,ή,=  'Πέργαμος,  Pind. 

I.  6,  45. 

ϋϊεργαμίδης,  ov,  ό,  an  inhahitan'  of 
Pergamus  (the  citadel  of  Troy),  Anth. 
Append.  9,  83. 

Υίέργΰ,μον,  ov,  τό,  "fin  Hdt.  7,  43, 
and  Trag.t,  for  ΤΙέργαμος,  v.  Lob. 
Phryn.  422. — 2.  and  ή  Πέργαμος, 
Pergamum  or  -mus,  a  city  of  Mysia  on 
the  Carystus,  became  celebrated  un- 
der the  Attali  for  its  library,  Strab. 
p.  623  :  v.  also  ΤΙεργαμηνή. 

ΜΙεργάμιος,  a,  ov,  of  or  relating  to 
Pergamus,  Pergamian,  Anth.  Plan.  4, 
91. 

ΤΙέργΰμος,  ov,  ή,  Pergamus,  the  cit- 
adel of  Troy,  11.  :  later  usu.  τά  Τίέρ- 
γαμα,  freq.  in  Eur.:  hence — II.  -ώ 
πέργαμα,  as  appellat.,  like  ακρόπο- 
λις, Lat.  arx.  the  citadel  of  a  town, 
Aesch.  Pr.  950,  Eur.  Phoen.  1098, 
1176.  (Akin  to  πύργος.  Germ.  Burg, 
Berg,  and  so  to  our  -burgh,  -bury  :  to 
this  also  belong  Βέργη  in  Thrace, 
and  Τίεργη  in  Pamphylia). 

-[ΐΐέργαμος.  ov,  ή,=  Ί\έργαμον  2,  q. 
v.  :  Pind.  O.  8,  55.-2.  a  fortress  in 
Pieria  on  the  Strymonicus  sinus,  Hdt. 
7,  112. 

αΐέργαμος,  ov,  6,  Pergamus,  son  of 
Pyrrhus  and  Andromache,  Paus.  1, 

II,  1. 

αίεργασήσι,  adv.  at  or  in  Pergase, 
a  deme  of  the  tribe  Erechthel's,  Ar. 
Eq.  321. 

^ΤΙεργασίδης,  ov,  6, son  of  Pergasus, 
i.  e.  Deicoon,  II.  5,  535. 

^ΤΙέργη.  ης.  ή,  Perge,  a  city  of  Pam- 
phylia on  the  Oestrus  with  a  temple 
of  Diana,  Call.  Dian.  187;  Strab.  p. 
667. 

ΤΙέρδησις,  η,  (πέρόω)  a  breaking 
wind,  Hipp. 

ΐίερδϊκιάς,  άδος,  7ΐ,=  περδίκιον. 

ΐίερδϊκΐδενς,  έως,  ό,{πέρδιξ)  ayoung 
partridge. 

Ώερδίκικός,  ή,  όν,  (πέρδιξ)  of  or 
belonging  to  a  partridge,  Ar.  ap.  Poll. 
10,  159  (V.  Dind.  ad  Fr.  358). 

Υϊερδικιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  πέρ- 
διξ, Eubul.  Incert.  11. — II.  a  plant, 
pellitory,    elsewh.    έλξίνη,   Theophr. 

m 

αΤερδίκκας,  ov,  Ion.  -κης.  εω,  ό, 
Pcrdiccas,  esp.  Macedonian  name, — 
1.  a  descendant  of  Temenus  of  Ar- 
gos.  founder  of  the  kingdom  of  Mac- 

I  edon,  Hdt.  8,  139.-2.  son  of  Alexan- 
der, king  of  Macedon  in  the  time  of 

'.  the  Peloponnesian  war,  Thuc.  1,  57. 

j  — 3.  son  of  Amyntas  II.  brother  of 

j  the  celebrated  Philip. — 4.  a  general 
of  Alexander  the  great,  Arr.  An. 

1      Περδίκοθήρας,  ov,  ό,  (πέρδιξ,  θ  η- 


ΠΕΡΙ 
ράω )  α  partridge-catcher,   Ael.   Ν.  Α. 
12,  4. 

ΐίεμδίκοτροφείον,  ον,  τό,  ο  par- 
tridge-coop :  Iroin 

ΤΙεμδϊκοτρόφος,  ον,{-ηέρδιξ,  τρέφω) 
keeping  partridges,  Strab.  fp.  652. 

ΐΐέρδιξ,  Ικυς,  6  and  /;,  α  partridge, 
Lat.  perdix.  [gen.  -Ικος,  as  Soph.  Fr. 
300  ;  but  -Ικος,  Archil.  51,  Epich.  p. 
51.] 

|Πέρ(5ίί,  ίκος,  ή,  Perdix,  fern.  pr. 
II.,  sister  of  Daedalus,  mother  of  Ta- 
lus, Apollod.  3,  15,  9. — 2.  ό,  as  inasc. 
pr.  n.,  Soph.  Fr.  300;  Ar.  Av.  1292, 
Fr.  148,  ace.  to  Schol. 

ΠΕ'ΡΔΟΜΑΙ ;  dep.,  fut.  τταρδήσο- 
μαι :  usu.  aor.  ετταρδον :  pf.  πέττορ- 
δα.  To  break  wind,  freq.  in  Ar.  : 
hence  πορδή.  (The  same  root  ap- 
pears in  Sanscr.  pard,  Lat.  ped-ere, 
whence  podex.  Germ,  farzen,  etc.) 

iJIepsypivog,  ov,  ό,  Τίρωτενς,  Pe- 
regrinus,  a  cj'nic  philosopher  of  Pari- 
um,  Luc.  Peregr. 

ΐίερεμμένον,  Aeol.  for  περίειμένον : 
V.  ττεμί  Η,  and  περιένννμι. 

ΙΠερεύξ-,  έως,  ό,  Pert-us,  son  of 
Elatus  and  Laodice,  Apollod.  3,  9, 1. 

ΐΐέρηθεν.  Ion.  adv.  for  ττέραθεν. 

ΐΐέρην.  Ion.  and  Ep.  adv.  for  πέ- 
ραν, q.  v.,  Horn.,  and  Hes. 

ΙΙερητήριον,  ου,  τό,  (περύω)  a  borer. 

ΊΙερι/τος,  η,  όν,  Ion.  lor  πέρατος, 
Hdt. 

Ίΐέρθαί,  Ep.  syncop.  inf.  aor.  mid. 
of  sq.,  c.  pass,  signf ,  II. 

ΠΕ'ΡΘΩ,  fut.  τϊέρσω :  aor.  1  έττερ- 
ca :  aor.  2  Ιπρΰθον,  inf.  πρύϋείν, 
poet,  ττρΰθέειν,  but  in  Horn.  aor.  1  is 
more  freq. :  besides  these  tenses,  he 
uses  the  pres.  and  impf.  pass.  ;  fut. 
mid.  πέρσομαι,  in  pass,  signf,  II.  24, 
729  ;  and  a  syncop.  inf  aor.  mid.  ττε'ρ- 
Oat,  in  pass,  signf,  like  δέχθαί  from 
δέχομαί.  II.  16,  708  ;  pf.  act.  ττέπορθα 
is  post-Horn.  To  waste,  ravage,  sack, 
destroy,  in  Horn,  only  of  towns  :  and 
so  mostly  in  later  poets  ;  but  also, — 
2.  of  persons,  to  destroy,  kill,  στρατόν, 
άνθρω-ους,  Pind.  0.  10  (11),  40, 
Soph.  Aj.  1198  ;  ubi  v.  Lob. ;  δειματα 
θΐ]ρων,  Eur.  Η.  F.  700 ;  and  even  of 
a  single  man,  έπραθέ  {viv)  φασγάνου 
άκμα,  Pind.  P.  9,  141  ;  μήτε  μ'  αννό- 
σον  μήτ  άλλο  ττέρσαι  μηδέν.  Soph. 
Ο.  Τ.  1456  : — so  vastare  nationes,  in 
Tacit.  Ann.  14,  38.-3.  of  things  in 
general,  to  destroy,  πυρί  Τϊερθόμενοι 
δέμας,  Pmd.  P.  3,  88.  — II.  to  get  by 
plunder,  take  at  the  sack  of  a  town, 
II.  1,  125,  Eur.  El.  316.— Πέρβω,  and 
its  coUat.  form  πορϋέω,  are  poet, 
words,  cf  Heind.  Plat.  Prot.  340  A. 
(Akin  to  ττρήθω,  Buttm.  Lexil.  s.  v. 
πρί/θειν,  not.  5.) 

ΠΕΡΙ',  San.scr.  PARI,  prep,  with 
gen.,  dat.,  and  ace. :  radic.  signf 
around,  about,  expressing  the  relation 
of  circumference  to  centre,  and  so 
strictly  difl'erent  from  άμφί :  cf.  the 
form  πέριξ. 

A.  WITH  Genitive, — I.  of  place, 
araund,  about,  περί  απείονς,  Od.  5, 
68  ;  περί  }t2f,  Sappho  1,  10  ;  cf  Eur. 
Tro.  818. — 2.  about,  near,  Mosch.  3, 
60. — But  this  literal  signf  of  place, 
c.  gen.,  is  very  rare  and  only  poet. — 
II.  usu.  causal,  of  the  object,  o/ which 
one  speaks,  etc., /or  which  one  does 
something: — and  so, — 1.  with  verbs 
of  hearing,  knowing,  speaking,  etc., 
about,  concerning,  on,  of,  περί  νόστον 
άκουσα,  I  have  heard  of  his  return, 
Od.  19, 270  ;  οίδα  περί  κείνου,  I  know 
about  him,  Od.  17,  563  ;  λέγειν  or 
έμεΐν  περί  τίνος,  to  speak  of  a.  subject, 
Hdt.  ;  πεποίηκε  περί  τίνος,  has  made 
a  poem  on  it,  etc. : — the  prep,  is  often 


ΠΕΡΙ 

omitted  after  a  subst.,as,  ?Μγος  τινός 
for  λόγος  περί  τίνος,  etc.,  Schal. 
Dion.  Comp.  p.  213 :  so  in  Hom. 
sometimes  even  after  verbs,  είπε  δέ 
μοι  πατρός,  ει  τι  πέπνσσαι  ΐΐ7]'ληος, 
for  τΓίρί  πατρός,  περί  ΐίηλήος,  Od. 

11,  174,  494.-2.  more  strictly  causal, 
with  words  which  denote  caring  or 
being  anxious,  about,  for,  on  account 
of,  μερμηρίζειν  περί  τίνος,  II.  20,  17  ; 
άχος  περί  τίνος,  Od.  21,  249;  βου• 
λενειν  περί  φόνου,  Od.  16,  234  ;  περί 
πομπής  μνησόμεθα,  for  πομπής  μν., 
let  us  be  heedful  of,  about  it,  Od.  7, 
191 ;  so  that  περί  τίνος  is  freq.  only 
periphr.  of  the  simple  gen. :  — περί 
ποτού  γοϋν  εστί  σοι;  what?  are  you 
all  for  drinkmg  ?  Ar.  Eq.  87. — 3.  in 
Hom.  most  freq.  of  fighting  or  con- 
tending, περί  τίνος,  for  an  object, — 
from  the  notion  of  the  thing's  lying 
in  the  middle  to  be  fought  about,  περί 
θανόντος,  II.  8,  476  ;  περϊ  vr/ός,  11. 
15,  416  ;  θεϊν  περί  ^'νχής,  II.  22, 161  ; 
so,  τρέχειν  περί  ίωντον,  περϊ  τής 
'φνχής,  Hdt.  7,  57  ;  9,  37  ;  αγώνας 
οραμέονται  περί  σώέων  αντέων,  Hdt. 
8,  102,  cf  Ar.  Ran.  191  ;  so,  μάχεσθαι 
περί  πτό?αος,  II.  17,  147 ;  άμύνεσθαι 
περί  πάτρης,  τέκνων,  νηών,  etc.,^ 
ίμ.,  C.  gen.  only,  to  tight  jbr  them,  II. 

12,  142,  etc.  ;  έρίζειν  περί  μνβων,  to 
contend  about  speaking,  i.  e.  who  can 
speak  the  better,  II.  15,  284  ;  ep.  περί 
τόξων,  Od.  8,  225;  24,  515:— by 
which  examples  the  gradual  change 
from  the  literal  to  the  metaph.  signf. 
is  easily  traced. — 1.  rather  of  the  im- 
pulse or  motive,  than  the  object,  περϊ 
έριδος  μάρνασθαι,  to  tight  for  very 
enmity,  11.  7,  301,  cf  10,  476;  20, 
253  ;  περί  τώvδε,for  these  reasons,  II. 
23,  659. — 5.  generally,  with  a  subst. 
independent  of  a  verb,  as  to,  in  refer- 
ence to,  about,  Lat.  quod  attinet  ad..., 
where  the  genit.  alone  would  express 
the  same,  αριθμού  πέpL,as  to  number, 
Hdt.  7,  102  ;  ή  περί  των  παίδων  αγω- 
γή, α'ι  περί  'ϊίρακλέονς  πράξεις,  etc., 
ν.  Heind.  Plat.  Gorg.  467  D  :  αιτία 
περί  τίνος,  for  αιτία  τινός,  Bockh 
Plat.  Min.  p.  155 ;  so,  τα  ττερί  τι  or 
Τίνος,  the  circumstances  of..,  Xen. 
Hell.  I,  6,  37,  etc.  — III.  like  Lat. 
prae,  before,  above,  beyond,  of  compar- 
ative excellence,  freq.  in  Horn.,  ττερί 
πάντων  έμμεναι  άλλων,  II.  1,  287  :  in 
this  signf.,  the  prep,  is  oft.  divided 
from  its  gen.,  ττερΐ  φρένας  έμμεναι 
ά/./.ων,  in  understanding  to  be  beyo?id 
them,  II.  17,  171,  cf  1,  258,  Od.  1, 
66 :  with  superl.,  περί  δ'  έγχει 
Άχαιων  φέρτατός  εσσι,  II.  7, 289,  un- 
less we  should  in  this  last  read  πέρι, 

V.  infra  E.  II. — IV.  from  Hdt.  down- 
wards, esp.  in  Att.,  the  phrase  περϊ 
πολλού  έστιν  ήμίν,  it  is  ο/ much  con- 
sequence, worth  much  to  us ;  and, 
περί  πο'λ?Μΰ  ποιεισθαι  or  ήγεΐσθαί 
τι,  to  reckon  a  thing  for,  i.  e.  worth 
much  ;  so,  περϊ  πλείονος,  πλείστου, 
περί  ολίγου,  ε/.άττονος,  ονδενός 
ποιεισθαι,  are  very  freq.,  just  like 
the  simple  πο?.7.οϋ  ποιεΙσθαι,  Lat. 
magni  facere  ;  but  the  notion  is.  Strict- 
ly, that  the  thing  belongs  to  the  sphere 
or  region  of  great,  small,  etc. ;  cf.  πάς 

VI.  3,  πολύς  I.  3. 

Β.  WITH  Dative  of  the  object, 
about,  or  near  which  a  thing  is,  aroiiiid, 
about, in  answer  to  the  question  where? 
— I.  of  place,  around,  round  about,  usu. 
of  things  close  fitting  round,  περί 
Xpot,  περϊ  στήθεσσι,  περϊ  χερσί,  περί 
κροτάφοις,  etc.,  very  Ireq.  in  Horn., 
and  Hdt. :  esp.  of  armour  and  wea- 
pons, χειρ  περϊ  εγχεϊ,  the  hand  round, 
grasping  the  spear,  11.  2, 389 ;  θώρηκα 


ΠΕΡΙ 

ττερί  στήθεσσιν  εδυνε,  περϊ  χροί  Ισ- 
σατο  τενχεα,  Horn. :  and  freq.  in 
prose,  as,  δακτύλων  περί  τΐι  χειρί 
φέρειν.  Plat.  Rep.  359  Ε  : — tlien  va- 
riously applied, — 2.  of  any  thing  which 
is  all  round,  ττερΐ  δονρϊ  πεπαρμενη, 
stuck  on  the  lance,  so  as  to  close  round 
it,  II.  21,  577;  so,  άσπαίρειν  περί 
δονρί  i.  e.  with  it  sticking  in  his  body, 
II.  13,  570  ;  κνλίνδεσθαι  περϊ  χαλκώ, 
II.  8,  86,  cf.  αμφί  Β.  I :  so,  πίπτε'ιν 
περϊ  ξίφει.  Soph.  Aj.  828  ;  cf.  περι- 
πετής. — 3.  in  wider  signf.  of  neigh- 
bouring, for  which  the  ace.  is  more 
usu.,  hard  by,  near,  yet  always  of  many 
neighbours  rather  than  one,  so  thai 
the  notion  of  being  round  about  is  re- 
tained, ττερί  δαιτί,  Od.  2,  245  ;  ττερί 
ττΰλ^σί,  II.  18,  453:  so,  ττερ*  φρεσιν 
αλκή  implies  more  than  in  one's 
heart,  it  denotes  strength  like  mail 
about  it,  robur  circa  pectus,  II.  IG,  157. 
— II.  causal,  of  an  object /«r  or  about 
which  one  struggles,  etc.,  πόνος αάχης 
περϊ  παιδί,  II.  16,  568  ;  μάχεσθαι  περί 
οίσι κτεάτεσσι,Οά.  17,471;  almostlike 
signf.  Α.  II.  3,  but  still  more  strictly 
local,  as,  είστήκει  περϊ  οΙσι  τέκεσσι, 
11.  17,  133,  cf  137,  355,  v.  sub  άμφι- 
βαίνω : — in  prose  this  signf.  always 
takes  the  gen.  Hence, — 2.  of  anxi- 
ety, care,  for,  about,  on  account  of  an 
object,  II.  5,  566,  etc.  ;  and  reversely, 
θαρβείν  περί  τινι,  Plato  Phaed.  114 
D  ;  κνβενειν  περί  τινι,  Id.  Prot.  314 
A  ;  γηθεϊν  περί  τινι,  Theocr.  1,  54  ; 
so,  perh.,  the  dat.,  ττερΐ  Σικελία,  may 
be  defended  inThuc.  6,  34. — 3.  gener- 
ally, of  the  cause  or  occasion, /br,  on 
account  of,  by  reason  of,  άτνζεσθαι  περί 
καπνω.  II.  8,  183,  where  however 
Wolf  {ιττό /caTTj'oi  ;  more  freq.=  Lat. 
prae,  περϊ  δείματι,  for  fear,  Pind.  P. 
5,  78  ;  ττερΐ  τύρβει,  περϊ  φόβω,  Aesch. 
Pers.  696,  Cho.  35  ;  ττερΐ  χάρματι.βΓ 
joy,  Ilgen  Η.  Hom.  Cer.  429 :  ττερΐ 
θυμώ  έχειν=.περιθύμως  εχειν,  Hdt. 
3,  50,  nisi  legend,  πέρι. 

C.  WITH  THE  Accus.  of  the  object 
round  about  which  a  thing  goes  or 
moves,  around,  round  about,  answer- 
ing the  question  whither  or  ivhere  ? — 

1.  of  place,  about,  around,  and  in  gen. 
near,  by,  without  the  notion  of  very 
close  proximity  ;  very  freq.  in  Horn., 
and  Hdt. :  esp.  of  events  in  war  con- 
nected with  a  place,  as,  ή  περϊ  Κνί- 
δον  ναυμαχία,  the  sea-fight  off.  near 
Cnidos  :  then  of  any  action  about  or 
7iear  a  point,  περϊ  φρένας  ?/λνθ'  ιωή, 
II.  10, 139  ;  ττερΐ  φρένας  ή/.νθεν  οίνος, 
Od.  9,  362  :  so,  without  signf.  of  ac- 
tion or  motion,  έστάμενοι  περϊ  τοΊχον, 
II.  18,  378 ;  έ?Λσσόμενοι  περϊ  δινας, 
II.  21,  11  ;  also  in  prose,  ττερΐ  τα  ίλεα 
οικέηνσι,  alt  about,  throughout  them, 
Hdt.  2,  95  ;  ττερΐ  Ίταλίτιν,  Hdt.  1,  24, 
cf  8,  133,  Thuc.  6,  2  :— but,  πλεύνες 
περϊ  ένα,  many  ίο  one,  Hdt.  7,  103. — 

2.  also  strengthd.,  ττερΐ  τ'  άμφί  τε  τά- 
φρον,  round  and  about  the  ditch.  II. 
17,  760  ;  περίτ'  άμφί  τε  κύματα,  Hes. 
Th.  848  ;  ττερΐ  πίδακας  άμφί,  Theocr. 
7,  142;  —  like  Lat.  ciratmcirca,  also 
άμφϊ  περί. —  II.  of  persons  who  are 
about  one,  his  suite,  attendants,  con 
nexions,  associates,  II.  3,  408:  in 
prose alwaysin  plnr..  as,  oi  περϊ  Ήρά 
κλειτον,  etc.,  just  like  ol  άμφί...,  cf. 
άμφί  C.  I.  2  :  but,  τα  περί  η,  all  that 
belongs  to  a  thing  ;  and  so,  τα  ττερί 
την  άρετήν=ή  αρετή. — III.  of  the  oD 
ject  with  which  one  is  occupied  or  con- 
cerned, esp.  and  orig.  where  one  is  lo• 
cally  busied  about  it,  περϊ  δόρπα  πο• 
νείσθαι,  περϊ  δείπνον  πένεσθαι,  II. 
24,  444,  Od.  4,  624 ;  so,  ττερΐ  τεΐ';^;εα 
έπονσι,  II.  15,  555 :  but  afterwards 

1151 


ΠΕΡΙ 

metapli.  in  Att.,  ή  (ριλοσοφία  περϊ 
u/J/βΐΐάι•  έστι,  is  occupied  about  or 
UHih  truth  :  herice,  oi  rrtpi  rr/v  φιλο- 
σοφίαν,γί)αμματικήν,^7ΐτορίκ/μ>, etc., 
=■01  φιλόσοφοι,  etc. ;  and  είναι  περί 
τι,  more  rarely  εχειν  περί  τι,  to  be 
busied  about  a  thing. — 2.  of  the  object 
to  which  an  action  refers,  in  relation  or 
reference  to,  τά  περί  τον  Κϋρον,  την 
'Ελένην,  etc.,  freq.  in  Hdt. ;  περί 
τούτους  ούτω  είχε,  Hdt.  8,  85  ;  etc. ; 
so  c.  gen.,  1,  117:  πηνιιρος  περί  τι, 
bad  in  a  particular  thing.  Plat.  Prot. 
313  D  ;  ενσεβείν  περί  Toijg  θεούς,  Id. 
Symp.  193  Β  ;  opp.  to  έξαμαρτύνειν 
■περί  τίνα,  Xen.  An  3,  2,  20  :  al  περί 
TO  σώμα  ήδοναί,  the  pleasures  of  the 
body  :  περί  iiv  ψνχην  γηθείν,  to  re- 

i"oice  in  his  neart,  Pind.  P.  4,  217. — 
V.  after  Horn.,  of  time,  in  a  loose 
way  of  reckoning,  about,  Lat.  circa, 
ΊτερΙ  7^xvuv  άφύς,  about  the  time  of 
lamp-lighting,  Hdt.  7,  215  ;  περί  τού- 
τους χρόνους,  Thuc.  3,  89. — 2.  also 
of  numbers  loosely  given,  περί  τρις- 
χιλίονς,  about  3000  ;  sometimes  even 
πενταχιςχίλιοι  περί,  5000,  more  or 
less.  Lob.  Phryn.  410. 

D.  Position  :  περί  may  follow  its 
subst.  in  all  cases,  becoming  by  ana- 
str.  πέρι.  It  is  sometmies  put  far 
behind  its  case,  of  which  a  striking 
example  may  be  seen  in  Plat.  Legg. 
809  E. 

E.  περί,  absol.,  as  adv.,  around, 
about,  also  7iear,  by,  oft.  in  Horn. ; 
strengthd.,  περί  τ'  άμφί  τ  ε,  round 
about,  Η.  Horn.  Cer.  277. — Not  less 
freq.  in  Hom.  is  the  separation  of 
this  prep.,  from  its  case  by  tmesis. — 
II.  with  accent  thrown  back,  before, 
above,  and  so  exceedingly,  especially, 
or,  generally,  very,  very  much,  only  in 
Ep.  poets,  as  II.  8,  161 ;  9,  53,  100, 
Od.  1,  CC;  2,  88,  etc.;  so  prob.  it 
should  be  written  in  Od.  14,  433.-2. 
Hom.  is  very  fond  of  joining  7repi/c;/pi, 
right  heartily,  II.  4,  46,  53;  13,  119, 
Οά.  5,  36;  6,  158,  etc.  ;  so,  πέρι  θυ- 
μώ,  11.  22,  70,  Od.  14,  146,  Uahr  Hdt. 
3,'  50  ;  πέρι  σθένεϊ,  II.  17,  22  ;— in 
which  places,  πέρι  must  not  be  join- 
ed, as  prep.,  with  the  dat. — 3.  some- 
times just  like  a  superl.  foil,  by  gen., 
πέρι  μεν  σε  τίω  Ααναών,  Ι  honour 
thee  7nost  among  the  Danaans,  II.  4, 
257  ;  πέρι  μεν  είδος,  πέρι  δ'  έργα  τέ- 
τυκτο  των  άλλων  Δίίΐ'αώΐΊ  11.  17, 
279,  Od.  11,  550;  unless  in  these 
places  it  be  better  to  write  περί  as 
prep.,  V.  supra  A.  III. — 4.  strengthd. 
περί  πρό,  where  περί  recovers  its 
HSU.  accent,  II.  11,  180;  16,  699; 
sometimes  written  as  one  word  πε- 
ριπρό. — The  usage  of  the  adv.,  which 
seems  so  little  connected  with  that 
of  the  prep.,  maybe  explained  from 
A.  III. :  hence  comes  περισσός. 

F.  πέρι  sometimes  stands  for  περί- 
εστί,  but  always  with  anastrophe. 

G.  IX  COMPOS,  all  its  chief  signfs. 
recur,  esp., — I.  extension  in  all  di- 
rections as  from  a  centre,  around, 
about,  as  in  περι3ά'λ/.ω,  περιβλέπω, 
περιέχω. — II.  completion  of  an  orbit 
and  return  to  the  same  point,  about, 
as  in  περιβαίνω,  περίειμι  (εΙμι),  πε- 
ριέρχομαι.—lU.  a  going  over  or  be- 
yond, above,  before,  as  in  περιγίγνομαι, 
περιεργάζομαι,περιτοξενω. — IV.  gen- 
erally, a  strengthening  of  the  simple 
notion,  beyond  measure,  very,  exceed- 
ingly, as  in  περικαλλής,  περίισ/?.ος, 
περιδείδω,  like  Lat.  per-  in  permultus, 
pergratus,  perquam.  etc. — V.  the  notion 
of  (ioiift/c-ness  which  belongs  to  άμΦί, 
is  found  in  only  one  compd.  of  περί, 
viz.  περιδέξιος,  q.  v. 

1152 


ΠΕΡΙ 

Η.  Qu.vNTiTY.  Though  t  in  περί 
is  short,  yet  regul.  it  is  not  cut  ofl' 
before  a  vowel,  as  in  ΰμφί,  αντί  and 
έπί :  with  περί  this  was  allowed  only 
in  Aeol.  dialect,  as,  περεμμένον  for 
περιειμένον,  Sappho  21  ;  Pind.  has 
followed  this  usage,  Bockh  O.  6,  38 
(05),  P.  3,  52  (93)  ;  even  Hes.,  Theog. 
678,  has  ventured  περίαχε  for  περιί- 
αχε,  like  αμφίαχε,  and  has  been  imi- 
tated by  Q.  Sm.  3,  601  ;  11,  382.— In 
Att.  comedy  Trtpt,  as  prep.,  was  al- 
lowed before  a  word  beginning  with 
a  vowel,  Ar.  Eq.  1005,  sqq.,  etc. :  but 
never  in  Trag.,  except  now  and  then 
in  choruses,  Pors.  Med.  284,  cf.  Herm. 
El.  Metr.  p.  50. 

ΤΙεριύγΰμαι,  dep.,  to  admire  very 
much,  [ά] 

ΤΙεριΰγΰπάζω  and  περιάγΰπάω,  to 
love  very  much. 

ΤΙεριαγγέλλω,  (περί,  ΰγγέλλω)  to 
announce  around,  τι,  Thuc.  4,  122  : 
absol.,  to  send  or  carry  a  message  round, 
Hdt.  6,  58  ;  7,  119,  and  Thuc— II.  c. 
dat.  et  inf ,  to  send  round  orders  for 
people  to  do  something,  π.  παρασκευ- 
ύζεσθαι,  Thuc.  2,  10 ;  so,  π.  νανς, 
σιδηρον  (so.  παρέχειν,  διδόναι).  Id. 
2,  85  ;  7,  18. 

ΐίεριάγείρω,  (περί,  άγείρω)  to  collect 
all  round,  to  go  round  and  collect  as  pay 
or  salary,  Lat.  stipem  cotligere ; — in 
mid.,  to  do  so  for  one's  self.  Plat.  Rep. 
621  D. 

ΤΙεριύγή,  ης,  ή,  (περιάγνυμι)  curva- 
ture, Arat. 

Τίεριύγ?'/ς,  ες,  (περιάγννμι)  bent  all 
round,  broken  in  pieces,  αίγανέαι,  Mel. 
115. — II. =  πεpιη}ής{q■  v.),  quite  round, 
τρύπανοχ',  Leon.  Tar.  28 ;  convex, 
Plut.  2,  404  C. 

ΤΙεριαγινέω,  =  περιάγω,  Arat.  23, 
in  tmesis. 

ΤΙεριαγκωνίζω,  (περί,  άγκών)  to 
tie  the  hands  behind  the  back,  Hipp. 
Hence 

ΤΙεριαγκώνισμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  tying 
of  the  hands  behind  the  back. 

ΤΙεριαγνίζω,  (περί,  άγνίζω)  to  wash 
all  round,  ϋδατι,  Dion.  H.  7,  72,  δαδί, 
Luc.  Necyom.  7,  etc. 

Τίεριάγνϋμι  and  -νύω  :  f.  -άξω  (πε- 
ρί, άγννμι) :  to  bend  and  break  all 
round  : — pass.,  οφ  περιάγννται,  the 
voice  is  broken  all  round,  i.  e.  spread 
all  round,  II.  16,  78  ;  so  περί  δέ  σφισιν 
ύ,γνυτο  'Ηγώ,  echo  broke  forth  arunnd 
them,  Hes.  Sc.  279 ;  μέλαν  περιά- 
γννται ϋδωρ.  Αρ.  Rh.  2,  791. 

ΐίεριάγοραϊος,  ύ,  {περί,  αγορά)  α 
haunter  of  the  jnarket-place. 

ΙΙεριάγχω,  f.  -γξω,  to  strangle, 
throttle. 

ΤΙεριάγω,  f.  -ξω,  {περί,  άγω)  to  lead 
or  carry  round,  Hdt.  1,  30,  etc. :  also 
c.  ace.  loci,  περιύγουσι  την  λίμνην 
κνκλφ.  Id.  4,  180: — mid.  to  lead  about 
with  one,  have  always  by  one,  Xen. 
Mem.  1,  7,  2,  etc. — 2.  to  turn  round, 
την  κεώα?^ιν,  Ar.  Pac.  682;  τον  αυ- 
χένα. Plat.  Rep.  515  C  ;  π.  τινά  προς 
Tu  αριστερά,  Eur.  Cycl.  686:  —  π. 
την  σΐίυτα/.ίδα,  to  twist  it  round  in  or- 
der to  tighten  a  noose,  Hdt.  4.  60  ; 
περίάγειν  τω  χεΐρε  εις  τονπισθεν,  to 
twist  back  the  hands,  to  tie  them  behind 
the  back,  Lys.  94,  10  ;  περιαχθεις  τώ 
χεϊρε,  Jac.  Philostr.  Imag.  p.  464  : — 
in  pass.,  to  go  round,  οίον  τροχού  πε- 
ριαγομένου.  Plat.  Tim.  79  Β. — II. 
intr.,  to  go  round  ;  alsoc.  ace.  loci,  π. 
την  έσχατιάν,  Dem.  1040,  14  ;  π.  τάς 
πόλεις,  Ν.  Τ.   [μ]     Hence 

ΤΙεριάγωγενς,  έως,  ό,  α  machine  for 
turning  round,  Luc.  :  and 

ΤΙεριάγωγή,  ης,  η,  a  turning  round, 
revolution,  στρέφεσθαι  διττάς  και  εν- 


ΠΕΡΙ 

αντίας  π.,  Plat.  Polit.  269  Ε,  cf.  Rep. 
518  D  :  the  whirling  of  α  sltng.  Polyl). 
27,  9,  6.-2.  a  going  round  or  about, 
Lat.  ambages,  καμπή  και  π.,  Plut.  2, 
818  F,  cf.  407  C  : — distraction,  bustle, 
lb.  588  D. 

ΤΙεριάγωγίς,  ίδος,  ή^^περιαγωγενς, 
Heuod. 

Ώεριάγωγός,  όν,  (περιάγω)  leading, 
turning,  twisting  round. 

ΐίεριφδω,  (περί,  (ιδω)  to  sing  round : 
in  pass.,  to  be  buzzed  about  by  flies, 
Plut.  2,  663  D.  [(2] 

Τίεριαθρέω,  ύ,  f.  -ήσω,  {περί,  άβ- 
ρέω)  to  inspect  all  round,  consider  nar- 
rowly, την  φνσιν.  Plat.  Ax.  370  D. 
Hence 

ΤΙεριάθρησις,  ή,  a  looking  at  on  all 
sides. 

ΤΙεριαθνρω,  {περί,  άθνρω)  to  sport 
or  play' about,  Ael.  N.  A.  1,  11  :  ubi 
Jacobs  περιβνρέω,  q.  v. 

ΐίεριαίννμαι,  =  περιαιρέομαι,  to 
take  away  all  round. 

ΤΙεριαίρεσις,  ή,  a  taking  aivay  all 
round,  Theophr. 

ΤΙεριαιρετέον,  verb.  adj.  from  πε- 
ριαιρέω,  one  must  take  off,  Arist.  Oec. 
2,  1.  4. 

ΐίεριαιρετός.  ή,  όν,  that  may  be  ta- 
ken off,  removable,  Thuc.  2,  13 ;  π.  τι 
ποιεϊν,  Plut.  2,  828  Β  :  from 

ΙΙεριαιρέω,  ώ,  f.  -ησω  :  aor.  περιεί- 
λον,  inf.  περίε?.εϊν{περί.  αίρέω).  Το 
take  away  something  that  is  all  round, 
take  away  all  round,  τά  τείχη,  Hiit.  3, 
159,  cf.  6,  46,  Thuc.  4,  133;  π.  τον 
κέραμον,  lakingoffthe  earthen  jar  into 
which  the  gold  had  been  run,  Hdt.  3, 
96 :  generally,  to  take  off,  strip  off 
from,  π.  δέρματα  σωμάτων.  Plat. 
Polit.  288  Ε  ;  αντοϋ  πάντα  περιελ- 
όντες.  Id.  Soph.  264  Ε  ; — but  c.  gen. 
rei,  to  strip  one  of  a.  thing,  περιελώ  σ' 
αλαζονείας,  Ar.  Eq.  290  ;  cf.  έκδΰω. 
— II.  mid.,  to  take  off frotn  one's  self,  π. 
κννέην,  σφρηγίδα,  to  take  off  one's 
helmet,  one's  ring,  Hdt.  2, 151  ;  3,  41  ; 
τας  ταινίας.  Plat.  Symp.  213  A:  so, 
βιι3λίον  περιαιρεόμενος,  taking  (the 
cover)  off  one's  letter,  i.  e.  opening  it, 
Hdt.  3,  128:— but  the  mid.  is  oft. 
used  just  like  the  act.,  to  take  off,  or 
away,  Plat.,  and  Dem.  ;  and  so,  c. 
gen.,  π.  της  ποιήσεως  το  μέλ.ος.  Plat, 
(iorg.  502  C  ;  π.  τίνος  όπλα,  Xen. 
Cyr.  8,  1,  47. — III.  pass.,  to  be  stript 
off,  taken  away  from  one,  Thuc.  3,  11, 
Plat.,  etc. :  but, — 2.  περιαιρεΙσΟαί  τι, 
to  have  a  thing  taken  off  or  away 
from  one,  Dem.  409,  18;  559,  26. 
Hence 

ΐίεριαίρημα,  ατός,  τό,  any  thing 
taken  off  or  laid  aside. 

ΐίεριακμάζω,  f.  -άσω,  (περί,  ακμά- 
ζω) to  nourish  exceedingly,  Clem.  Al. 

Τϊεριΰκο7.ονθέω,  ώ,  if.  -ησω,  to  at- 
tend or  accoinpany  from  all  sides. 

ΤΙεριΰκοντίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (περί,  ακον- 
τίζω) to  dart  at  froin  all  sides,  Plut. 
Galb.  26. 

ΐίεριακτέον,  verb.  adj.  from  περιά- 
γω, one  must  bring  round.  Plat.  Rep. 
518  C. 

ΐίερίακτος,  ov,  (περιάγω)  to  be 
turned  round,  turning  on  a  centre,  δίφροι 
π.,  (like  our  music-stools)  Artemo  ap. 
Ath.  637  C. — II.  TO  περίακτον,  an  en- 
gine for  throwing  missiles,  which  turn- 
ed on  a  kind  of  swivel.  Math.  Vett. 
— 2.  a  sentiment  which  begins  in  praise 
and  ends  in  blame,  Plut.  Lys.  et  Sull. 
3. — III.  7Γ.  άπο  σκηντ/ς μηχανή,  a  ma- 
chine for  changing  the  scene  on  the  stage, 
Plut.  2,  348  E. 

ΤΙεριαλγέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {περί,  ΰ?ι- 
γέω)  to  be  greatly  pained  at  a  thing,  Tj 
συμφορά,  Antipho  ap.  Stob.  p.  155^ 


ΠΕΡΙ 

28 ;  τύ  πάθει,  Thuc.  4,  14 ;  rj/  άτι- 
μί^,  Plat,  de  Lucr.  229  Β. 

ί1εΑΐα?.γ>/ς,  ές,  {περί,  άλγος)  feel- 
ing extreme  pain  :  metaph.  very  sad, 
melancholy,  opp.  to  περιχαρής,  Plat. 
Rep.  462  B.     Adv.  -γώς. 

ΐίεριάλειμμα,  ατός,  ro,  a  plastering 
ell  over,  [ΰ]  :  from 

Ί1εριύΛεί<^ω,  f.  -Tbu,  {περί,  αλείφω) 
to  anoint  or  smear  all  over,  Plut.  Alex. 
35  ;  cf.  2,  745  Ε  : — νεών  άργύρφ  π., 
to  hang  the  temple  with  silver,  Plat. 
Criti.  116  D. 

Τ1ερία?.?.α,  adv.,  v.  περίαλ?.ος. 

■\ΙΙερίαλλα,  ή,  Perialla,  a  priestess 
at  Delphi,  Hdt.  6,  66, 

ΤίερίαλλόκανΑ.ος,  ov,  (περί,  άλ?^ος, 
καν?.ός)  twisting  its  stalk  around  other 
plants,  of  creepers,  Theophr. 

Τίερίαλλος,  ov,  {περί,  άλλος)  be- 
fore all  others,  extraordinajy ,  Lat.  prae 
aliis,  A  nth. — Adv.  περίαλ/.α,  before 
all,  H.  Horn.  18,  46,  Pind.  P.  11,  8, 
Ar.  Thesni.  1070 ;  exceedingly.  Soph. 
O.  T.  1219. 

ΤΙερίαλος,  ό,  =  ίσχίον,  only  in 
Graram. 

Ήεριά?.ονργής,  er,=  sq. 

Τίεριΰ?.ονργός,  όν,  {περί,  άλονρ- 
γός)  dyed  ivith  purple  all  round :  κα- 
κοίς  π.,  double-dyed  in  villainy,  Ar. 
Ach.  856. 

ΐίεριαμάω,  ω,  f.  -ήσω,  (περί,  άμάω) 
to  gather  from  all  sides,  Geop. 

ΤΙερίαμμα,  ατός,  τό,  (περιάπτω) 
any  thing  worn  about  the  body,  as  amu- 
lets, charms,  etc.,  Polyb.  Fr.  Gramm. 
63,  Anth.  P.  11,  257. 

ΤΙεριαμπέχω,  f.  -αμφέξω :  aor.  2 
περιημπεσχον  (περί,  ύμ~έχω):—ίο 
put  round  about,  π.  τινά  τι,  to  put  a 
thing  round  or  over  one,  Ar.  Eq.  893  : 
also,  to  cover  up,  τί  μετά  τίνος.  Plat. 
Phaed.  98  D  : — mid.,  to  put  around 
one's  self,  put  on.  Id.  Symp.  221  E. 

ΐlεpιaμ-ίσχω,=  {oτeg.,  v.  1.  Ar.  Eq. 
S93  ;  cf  sub  παραμπέχω. 

ΐίεριΰμύρω,  (περί,  αμννω)  to  defend 
or  guard  all  round,  Plut.  Alc.  7. 

ΤΙεριΰμύσσω,  Att.  -ττω :  fut.  -ξω, 
(περί,  άμύσσω) : — to  scratch,  prick, 
wound  on  all  sides.  Plat.  Ax.  365  D. 

ΤΙεριαμφιένννμι,  f.  -ιεσω,  (περί, 
ύμώίένννμι)  to  clothe  or  cover  on  all 
sides.  Plat.  Tim.  76  A ;  bke  περιαμ- 
πέχω- 

ΙΙεριύμφοδος,  ov,  (περί,  άμφοδος) 
having  a  way  all  round  it,  esp.  (in 
towns)  of  single  buildings  and  a  par- 
cel of  houses  standing  separate,  else- 
where 6ιά?.αυρος  and  συνοικία^  Lat. 
insula. 

ΤΙεριάναγκάζω,  f.  -άσω,  (περί, 
αναγκάζω)  to  force  round,  Hipp. 

ΤΙεριαναιρέω,  ώ.^περιαιρέω,  dub. 
in  Ocell.  Luc.  4,  13. 

^ΐίερίανδρος,  ov,  b,  Periander,  son 
of  Cypselus,  tyrant  of  Corinth,  reck- 
oned among  the  seven  wise  men  of 
Greece,  Hdt.  1,  20;  Pans.  1,  23,  1  ; 
etc. ;  but  not  by  Plat.  Protag.  343  B. 
— 2.  a  tyrant  of  Ambracia,  Ael.  V.  H. 
12,  35. — 3.  an  Athenian,  son  of  Poly- 
aratus,  Dem.  1009,  37. — 4.  another, 
whose  νόμος  relating  to  the  symmo- 
riae  is  mentioned.  Id.  1 145,  16. 

ΤΙεριανθέω,  ύ,  f.  -ήσω,  (περί,  άν- 
θέω)  to  bloom  or  glow  all  round,  of  heat, 
Plut.  2,  648  A. 

ΐίεριανθής,  ές,  (περί,  άνθος)  with 
flowers  all  round,  Nic.  ap.  Schol.  Ar. 
Eq.  406. 

ΤΙεριανθίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  to  hang  with 
flowers  :  to  paint  ivith  divers  colours. 

ΤΙεριανίσταμαι,  (περί,  άνίσταμαι) 
as  pass.,  with  aor.  2  pf ,  et  plqpf  act. : 
to  rise  up  round  about,  to  start  up  at  a 
thing,  ApoUod.  2,  1,4. 
73 


ΠΕΡΙ 

Τίεριαντλέω,  ώ,  f.  -ησω,  (περί,  άν- 
τλέω)  to  pour  over  or  upon,  Plut.  2, 
502  B. 

αίερίαπις,  ιδος,  ή,  Periapis,  mo- 
ther of  Patroclus,  ApoUod.  3,  13,  8. 

ΤΙεριαπ/.όω,  ώ,  {περί,  ύπ/.όω)  to 
unfold  and  spread  around,  Plut.  2,  809 
C,  in  pass.. 

ΤΙερίαπτος,  ov,  hung  about,  or  upon  : 
TO  π.=  περίαμμα,  an  appendage,  Arist. 
Eth.  N.  1,  8,  12:  esp.  an  amulet.  Plat. 
Rep.  426  B,  Philo,  etc. :  from 

ΤΙεριάπτω,  f.  -ψω,  (περί,  άπτω)  to 
tie,  fasten,  hang  about  or  upon,  apply 
to,  γνίοις  φάρμακα  περάπτων  (Aeol. 
form),  Pind.  P.  3,  94:— metaph.,  π. 
τιμάς,  αίσχος  τινι,  etc.,  to  attach  hon- 
our, etc.,  to  fix  it  upon  one,  Ar.  Ach. 
640,  Plut.  590 ;  π.  αίσχύνην  τή  πά- 
λει. Plat.  Apol.  35  A,  cf.  Xen.  Mem. 
2,  6,  13,  Dem.  460,  4,  etc. :— mid.,  to 
put  round  one's  self,  wear  ornaments, 
etc..  Plat.  Rep.  417  A;  π.  άνελενθε- 
ρίαν,  to  gain  a  character  for  illiberality, 
Xen.  Cyr.  8,  4,  32.— II.  to  light  a  fire 
all  round,  Phalar.  Ep.  5,  p.  28. 

ΐίεριΰράσσω,  Att. --τω;  fut.  -ξω  : 
— to  break  all  in  pieces. 

Τίεριάργϊ'ρος,  ov,  (περί,  άργυρος) 
cased,  set  in  silver,  Chares  ap.  Ath. 
538  D.    Hence 

ΐίεριαργίφόω,  ώ,  to  case  with  silver, 
Ath.,  and  LXX. 

ΤΙεριαρμόζω,  Att.  -ττω  (περί,  αρ- 
μόζω) : — to  fasten  or  fit  on  all  round, 
Plat.  Ajc.  366  A: — pass.,  to  have  fas- 
tened OT  fitted  on,  Ar.  Eccl.  274. 

Τίεριάροσις,  εως,  ή,  a  ploughing 
round,  χωρίων,  Dion.  H.  1,  88  :  from 

ΤΙερίύρόω,  ώ,  (περί,  άρόω)  to  plough 
round,  Plut.  Pophc.  16,  Id.  2,  820  E. 

ΤΙεριαρτάω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (περί,  άρ- 
τάω)  to  hang  round,  Plut.  Pericl.  38, 
Id.  2,  168  D. 

'\Υίεριάς,  άδος,  ή,  Perias,  a  city  of 
Euboea,  Strab.  p.  445. 

ΐίεριασθμαίνω,  {περί,  ασθμαίνω)  to 
breathe  round :— to  breathe  hard,  Heliod. 

ΙΙερίασις,  εως,  ή,  {περιάδω)  a  mod- 
ulation of  the  voice,  Plut.  2,  41  D  ; — 
but  the  readmg  varies,  and  some  pro- 
pose περίκ7.ασις  or  περίαξις,  a  weak, 
broken  voice,  Lat.  vox  fracta. 

ΙΙεριαστρύπτω,  f.  -^pω,  {περί,  άσ- 
τράπτω)  to  lighten  or  flash  all  round, 
N.  T. 

ΐΙεριασχο?.έω,  ώ,  (περί,  άσχο?.έω) 
to  be  busy  about  a  thing,  Luc.  Bis  Ace. 
11. 

Τίεριανγάζω,  f.  -άσω,  (περί,  αύ- 
γάζω)  to  beam  round  about,  Heliod. 
Hence 

ΤΙεριανγασμα,  ατός,  τό,  an  object 
illumined,  Heliod. 

ΐίεριαύγεια,  ας,  ή,  light  round  about, 
illumination,  Clem.  Al. 

ΤΙεριαυγέω,  ώ,=περιανγάζω,  Strab. 

ΐίεριαυγή,ής,  ή,=περιανγεια,  Plut. 
2,  936  Α. 

ΥΙεριαυγης,  ές,  (περί,  ανγή)  sur- 
rounded with  light,  illumined,  Plut.  2, 
404  C. — II.  act.  beaming  round  about. 

ΤΙερίαυγος,  ov,  =  foreg.,  Arist. 
Mund.  4,  22. 

ΐίεριανθάδίζομαι,  dep.  mid.,  to  be 
exceedingly  wilful. 

ΥΙεριαντίζομαί,  f.  -ίσομαι,  as  mid., 
(περί,  αυτός)  to  be  busy  about  one's 
self. — II.  to  speak  much  on  one  subject. 

ΐίεριαντο/.ογέω,  ώ,  (περί,  αυτός, 
?.έγω)  to  speak  about  one's  self,  brag. 
Hence 

ΤΙεριαυτολογία,  ας,  ή,  a  speaking 
about  one's  self,  bragging,  Plut.  2,  41 
C,  ubi  V.  Wyltenb. 

ΐίεριαυχένιος,  ov,  (περί,  ανχήν) 
put  round  the  neck :  to  περιανχένιον, 
a  necklace,  also  στρεπτός  π.,  Hat.  3, 20. 


ΠΕΡΙ 

ΤΙεριανω  for  περιϊαύω,  to  sleep  near, 
very  dub. 

ΐίερίαχε,  Ep.  for  περύαχε,  Hes. 
Th.  678. 

Ιίεριάχνρίζω,  (περί,  άχνρον)  to 
take  off  the  husks. 

Τ1ερι3άδην,  adv.,  going  round :  esp. 
of  men  on  horseback,  astride,  where- 
as Avomen  rode  sideways,  Plut.  Ar- 
tax.  14 ;  cf  sq.  [ΰ] 

ΤΙεριβαίνω,  f.  -ί^ήσομαι,  aor.  περί 
έβην:  Hom.  (though  never  in  Od.) 
uses  only  aor.  2  without  augm.,  {περί, 
βαίνω).  To  go  round,  esp.  of  one  de- 
fending a  fallen  comrade  ;  either  (like 
άμφιβαίνω)  to  walk  round  and  round 
him ;  or,  rather,  to  bestride  him  (as 
FalstafF  says,  'bestride  me,  Hal'), 
u/Jm  βέωνπειύβη  και  οι  σάκος  άμόε- 
κάλν-φε,  II.  8,  331  ;  13,  420,  cf  Pliit. 
?sicjas  12 ;  also  c.  gen.,  περι.βηναι 
άδελόειοϋ  κταμένοιο,  II.  5,  21  ;  and 
c.  dat.,  II.  17,  313 ;  cf.  άμφιβαίνω  and 
περί  A.  I.  3  ;  B.  II.  1. — 2.  to  bestride, 
as  a  rider  does  a  horse,  Plut.  2,  213 
E,  ubi  V.  Wyttenb.,  ef  Jac.  Ach.  Tat. 
p.  403 ;  V.  loreg. : — sensu  obscoeno, 
Ar.  Lys.  979. — II.  of  sound,  to  come 
round  one's  ears,  τινί,  Soph.  Ant. 
1209 ;  cf  περιάγννμι. 

ΤΙεριβάλλω :  ί.  -βΰλω :  aor.  περι- 
έβαλαν ;  (περί,  βάλλω)  Ιο  throw  round, 
about  or  over,  put  on  or  over,  φίλας 
περί  χεΐρε  βαλόντε,  Od.  11,  210,  cf. 
11.  18,  479;  χείρας  π.,  Eur.  Or.  1044, 
Ar.  Thesm.  914  :— c.  gen.,  περίβαλλε 
θόλοιο,  Od.  22,  466  ;  later  usu.  c.  dat., 
as,  π.  τινι  δεσμά,  βρόχους,  Aesch. 
Pr.  52,  Eur.  Bacch.  619  ;  οίκτόν  τινι 
π.,  Eur.I.  Α.  9.34  ,  (cf  infra  II)  -.—π. 
τινά  χαλκενματι,  to  put  him  round  or 
upon  the  sword,  i  e.  sheathe  it  in 
him,  Aesch.  Cho.  576,  cf  περιπετης : 
also,  7Γ.  τιπερίτινα,  HdL  1,215,  etc. ; 
π.  vavv  περί  έρμα,  to  wreck  it  on.., 
Thuc.  7,  25  : — mid.,  to  throw  round  or 
over  one's  self,  put  on,  c.  acc.  rei,  τει>- 
χεα  περιβα/ν.όμενοι,  putting  on  their 
arms,  Od.  22,  148  :  περί  δε  ζωνην  βά- 
λετ'  ΙξνΙ,  Od.  5,  231  ;  so,  είμα,  φά- 
ρος περιβάλλεσθαι,  etc.,  Hdt.  1,  152  ; 
9,  109,  Eur.,  etc.  : — to  throw  round  one's 
self  for  defence,  ερνμα,  έμκος,  τείχεα, 
Hdt.  1,  141  ;  9,  96,  97  ;  also,  ταΐς  πό- 
λεσιν  έρύματα  περιβάλλεσθαι.  Xen. 
Mem.  2,  1,  14  ;  and  c.  dupl.  acc,  τεί- 
χος περιβά'/.λεσθαι  πόλιν,  to  build  a 
wall  round  it,  Hdt.  1,  103,  cf  6,  46  : 
— in  pf  pass.,  to  have  a  thing  put 
round  one.  Plat.  Symp.  216  D. — 2.  me- 
taph. to  put  round  or  upon  a  person, 
i.  e.  invest  him  with  it,  like  περιτι- 
θέναι,  περιάπτειν,  π.  τινΙ  βασιληίην, 
τυραννίδα,  Hdt.  1,  129,  Eur.  Ion  829. 
— 3.  Ιο  attribute  to  a  person,  esp.  some 
quality,  άνανδρίαν  τινί,  Eur.  Or. 
1031. — II.  reversely,  c.  dat.  rei,  to  sur- 
round or  encompass,  enclose  with..,  πε• 
ριβα/.είν  πλήθος  των  ιχθύων  (sc.  τω 
άμφιβλήστρω),  Hdt.  Ι,  141  ;  so  iii 
Att.,  π.  τινά  ύφάσματι,  πέπλοις,  δο• 
ραϊς,  etc.,  Eur.  Or.  25,  etc.  ;  π.  τινά 
χερσί,  to  embrace,  lb.  372  (cf  sub 
iiiit.) ;  and  then  metaph.,  περιβάλ- 
λειν  τινά  συμφοραΐς,  κακοΐς,  ονείδε- 
σι,  κινδννοις,  to  involve  one  in  calam- 
ities, evils,  etc.,  lb.  906,  Antipho  122, 
25,  Dem.  604,  9,  etc. ;  π.  τινά  φυγι), 
i.  e.  to  banish  him,  Plut.  2,  775  C  : — 
so  in  mid.,  to  surround  or  enclose  for 
one's  defence,  την  νήσον  π.  τείχει, 
Plat.  Criti.  116  A,  cf  Xen.  Cyr.  6,  3, 
30. — III.  c.  acc.  only,  to  encompass, 
surround,  περι3άλλει  με  σκότος,  νέ- 
φος, Eur.  Phoen.  1453,  Η.  F.  1140:— 
το  πεpLβε3'/.ημtvov,1he  enclosure,  Hdt. 
2,  91. — 2.  of  ships,  to  fetch  a  compass 
round,  double,  τον  Άθων,  Hdt.  C,  44  j 
1153 


ΠΕΡΙ 

Σοννιον,  Thuc.  8,  95 ;  like  περιττλέω 
in  Hdt.  7,  21. — 3.  to  frequent,  be  fond 
of  a  place,  Xen.  Cyn.  5,  29;  G,  18.— 
IV.  in  mid.,  to  bring  into  one's  power, 
aim  at,  Lat.  affectare,  as  we  say  to 
compass  a  thing,  π.  πόλιν,  Ktpota, 
χρήματα,  Hdt.  8,  8,  Xen.,  etc. ;  also 
witn  έαυτώ  expressed,  Hdt.  3,  71 : — 
in  pf.  pass.,  to  have  come  into  posses- 
sion of,  be  invested  ttnth..,  ττόλιν,  Hdt.  C, 
25;  δνναστείαν,  Isocr.  79  C. — 3.  to 
appropriate  menially,  comprehend,  περί- 
βαλλεσθαι.  rj  όιανοίφ,  Jsocr.  106  C  ; 
also,  to  grasp  in  intention,  to  purpose. 
— 4.  to  cloak  or  a>ei7  in  words,  Plat. 
Symp.  222  C  :  generally,=Lat.  am- 
bagibus  uti,  Id.  Phaed.  272  D.—V. 
(from  περί  Ε.  3)  to  throw  beyond,  beat 
in  throwing  ;  and  so,  generally,  to  beat, 
excel,  surpass,  περιβώλλειν  τινά  τινι, 
Od.  15,  17;  or  simply,  π.  τινί,  to  be 
superior  in  a  thing,  II.  23,  276. 

Ώερίβάρα,  Ta,=  sq. 

ΐίερφάρίδες,  al,  {περί,  βύρις)  a 
sort  of  women's  shoes,  Ar.  Lys.  45, 
Theopomp.  (Com.)  Σειρ.  3. 

ΤΙερίβύρνς,  ν,  gen.  εος,  {περί,  βα- 
ρύς) exceeding  heavy,  Aesch.  Euni. 
161. 

ΤΙεριβάσίη,  ης,  ή,  Clem.  ΑΙ. ;  and 
•περίβάσώ,  ονς,  ή,  ap.  Hesych. ; — the 
protectress,  epith.  of  Venus  in  Argos. 

ΤΙερίβάσις,  ή,  {περιβαίνο))  a  walk- 
ing round,  a  bestriding. 

ΐίεριβάσώ,  υος  contr.  οΰς,  ή,  v.  sub 
περιβασίη. 

ΐίεριβεβλημένως,  adv.  part.  pf. 
pass.,  clothed,  dressed. 

ΐίεριβιβρώσκω,  {περί,  βιβρώσκο)) 
to  gnaw  all  round,  Diod.  2,  4,  Plut.  2, 
1059  E. 

ΙΙεριβίόω,  ώ,  f.  -ώσομαι,  {κερί, 
βιόω)  to  survive,  Plut.  Cor.  11,  Anton. 
53. — II.  trans,  to  keep  alive,  LXX. 

ΙΙεριβλαστάνω,  {περί,  βλαστύνώ) 
to  grow  round  about,  Plut.  2,  829  A. 

ΊlFpίβλεπτoς,oι>,{πεoιβλέπω)look- 
ed  at  from  all  sides,  admired  of  all  ob- 
servers, notable,  Eur.  Andr.  89,  Xen. 
Cyr.  6,  1,  5 ;  π.  βροτοίς,  Eur.  Η.  F. 
508.     Hence 

Ή.εριβ?.επτότης,  ητος,  η,  celebrity. 

ΐίερίβλέπο),  f.  -φω,  {περί,  βλέπω) 
intr.,  to  look  round  about,  gaze  around, 
Ar.  Eccl.  403. — il.  trans,  to  look  at  on 
all  sides;  hence,  to  gaze  on,  admire, 
IT.  τοϋνύίκον,  Soph.  O.  C.  990 ;  π. 
βίαν,  to  be  jealous  of,  suspect  force,  or 
to  covet  it,  Eur.  Ion  624:  so  in  pass., 
ιτεριβλέπεσθαι  τίμιον,  like  Lat.  digi- 
to  monstrari,  Id.  Phoen.  551,  cf.  περί- 
βλεπτος-— 2.  to  look  round  after  some- 
thing, hence  to  rniss,  seek  for,  like 
Lat.  circumspicere  aliquid,  Polyb.  5, 
20,  5  :— so  in  mid.,  Id.  9, 17,  6.    Hence 

ΐίερίβλετρις,  εως,  ή,  a  looking  or 
gazing  about,  Hipp. ;  π.  ομμάτων, 
Arist.  Physiogn.  3,  9. — 2.  close  exam- 
ination, Plut.  Alex.  23. 

ΙΙερίβλημα,  ατός,  τύ,  {περιβάλλω) 
any  thing  put  round  one,  a  cloth,  cover- 
ing, like  περιβό?Μων  (q.  v.).  Plat. 
Polit.  288  B,  cf.  Democr.  ap.  Ath. 
525  D. 

ΐίεριβλητέον,  verb.  adj.  of  περι- 
βάλλω, one  must  put  round,  τινί  τι, 
Anst.  Pol. 

ΤΙεριβλητικός,  ή,  όν,  {περιβάλλω) 
that  may  be  thrown  round  or  put  on,  fit 
for  putting  on,  σχήμα,  Spohn  de  Extr. 
bd.  Parte,  p.  199. 

ΤΙερίβλητος,  ov,  {περιβάλλω) 
thrown  round,  put  on,  esp.  of  clothes 
and  arms,  Mel.  17,  2. 

ΤΙερίβληχρος,  ov,  {περί,  βληχρός) 
very  weak,  Ap.  Rh.  4,  621. 

1ίΙ.εριβλνζ,ω,=.  sq.,  νάμασι,  Arist. 
Mund.  5,  li. 
1154 


ΠΕΡΙ 

Ώεριβλνω,  {περί,  /!ίλΰω)  intr.  to 
boil  or  bubble  up  all  round,  Ap.  Rh.  4, 
788;  also,  c.  ace.  cognate,  Philostr. 

ΙΙεριβούω,  ώ,  f.  -r/σω,  to  shout  round 
about. 

ΙΙίριβοησία,  ας,  ^,=  sq.,  Artemid. 

Ϊ1εριβύ)ΐσις,  εως,  ή,  {περιβοάω) 
great  clamour,  Artemid. 

\\εριβ07]τος,  ov,  (περιβοάω)  noised 
abroad  or  much  talked  of,  notorious, 
Dem.  324,  tin. ;  famous,  Thuc.  6,  31  ; 
and,  in  bad  sense,  infamous,  scanda- 
lous, Lys.  99,  7,  Dinarch.  107,  4  ;— 
adv.  -τως,  notoriously,  Aeschin.  16,  6. 
— II.  act.,  crying  aloud,  περιβ07)τόν 
Tiva  απεργάζεται,  makes  him  cry 
aloud.  Plat.  Phil.  45  Ε  :— so,  in  Soph. 

0.  T.  192,  as  epith.  of  Mars,  or  the 
plague,  περιβόητος  άντιάζωΐ',  meet- 
mg  me  with  shrieks  and  cries. 

ΐίεριβοθρόω,  ώ,  {περί,  βοθρόω)  to 
dig,  trench  round,  Theophr. 

ΙΠερί'/ϊοία,  ας,  ή,  Periboea,  daugh- 
ter of  Acesamenus,  mother  of  Pela- 
gon,  II.  21,  141.— 2.  daughter  of  Eu- 
rymedon,  mother  of  Nausithotis  by 
Neptune,  Od.  7,  56. — 3.  daughter  of 
Hipponous,  wife  of  Oeneus,  Apollod. 

1,  8,  4. — 4.  daughter  of  Alcathoiis, 
wife  of  Telamon,  mother  of  Ajax,  Id. 
3,  12,  6  ;  in  Pind.  I.  6,  65  called  'Ept- 
βοια  and  so  Soph.  Aj.  569, — Others 
in  Apollod. ;  etc. 

ϋεριβόλαιον,  ου,  τό,  {περιβάλλω) 
that  which  is  thrown  or  put  round  one, 
esp.  for  covering;  hence  usu.  of 
clothes  and  arms,  θανάτου  π.,  a  poi- 
soned garment,  Eur.  H.  F.  549 ;  a 
covering,  σαρκός  π.,  lb.  1269  :  cf.  Plut. 
Alex.  67. 

ΪΙεριβολ?'/,  ης,  ή,  {περιβάλλω)  a 
throwing  or  putting  round  (or  that  which 
is  put  round),  χειρών  περιβολαί,  em- 
braces, Eur.  I.  T.  903 ;  so,  περιβολαί 
alone,  Xen.  Cyn.  7,  3 ;  περιβολαί 
χβονός,  of  the  grave,  Eur.  Tro.  389  ; 
π.  (ξίφεος),  a  scabbard.  Id.  Phoen. 
276  ;  7Γ.  σκηνωμάτων,  tents.  Id.  Ion 
1133;  π.  σφραγισμάτων,  seals,  Id. 
Hipp.  864 :  absoL,  of  walls  round  a 
town,  επτάπηργοι  π.,  Valck.  Phoen. 
1085. — II.  a  space  enclosed,  cnmvass, 
οίκίης  μεγάλης  π.,  a  house  of  large 
compass,  Hdt.  4,  79. — 2.  α  circumfe- 
rence, circuit,  as  of  a  coast,  Thuc.  8, 
104  ;  π.  ποιείσθαι,  to  make  a  circuit, 
Xen.  Cyr.  6,  3,  30 ;  π.  Ιχονσα  οδός, 
Plut.  Lucull.  21.— III.  metaph.,— 1.  a 
compassing,  endeavouring  after,  π.  της 
αρχής,  Lat.  affectatio  imperii,  Xen. 
Hell.  7,  1,  40. — 2.  π.  τον  λόγου,  the 
whole  compass  of  the  matter,  long  and 
short  of  it,  Isocr.  85  D,  284  A  ;  π.  των 
πραγμάτων,  Polyb.  16,  20,  9. — 3.  in 
Rhet.  the  dress  in  which  thoughts  are 
clothed,  circumlocution,  diction,  the  cir- 
cumjecta  oratio  of  Quintil. 

ΙΙερίβολον,  ov,  70,=  sq.  2. 

Ώερίβολος,  ov,  (περιβάλλω)  going 
round,  compassing,  encircling,  στεφεα, 
Eur.  I.  A.  1477. — 2.  usu.  as  subst., 
περίβολος,  ό,=^περιβολή,  π.  έχίδνης, 
of  serpent-scales,  Eur.  Ion  993  ;  oi 
π.,  walls  round  a  town,  Hdt.  1,  181, 
Eur.  Tro.  1141 ;  and  in  sing.,  Thuc. 
1,  89,  Plat.,  etc. :— so  in  Plat.,  of  the 
body  as  the  case  of  the  soul,  Crat.  400 
C. — 3.  an  enclosure,  circuit,  π.  νιωρίων, 
Eur.  Hel.  1530;  freq.  in  Plat.:  esp. 
of  a  temple,  the  whole  sacred  precincts, 
Plut.  Solon  32,  etc. 

ΙΙεριβομβέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {περί, 
βομβίω)  to  hum  round,  Luc.  Lexiph. 
16,  Imag.  13. 

ΤΙεριβόσκω,  f.  -κήσω,  {περί,  βόσκω) 
to  let  cattle  feed  around,  Nic.  Al.  391, 
Th.  611 : — pass.,  to  feed  on. ..all  round, 


ΠΕΡΙ 

περιβόσκεται  άνθρακα  τεφρή,  Call. 
Αρ.  84. 

ϊίεριβοτΰνίζω,  to  weed  round  about. 

ΤΙερίβοννος,  ov,  (περί,  βοννός)  sur- 
rounded by  hills,  Piut.  Philop.  14. 

ΎΙεριβράζω,  to  boil  or  bubble  up  round. 

ΊΙεριβράσσο),  Att.  -ττω,  {περί, 
βράσσω)  to  shake  all  round  : — pass., 
περιβράσσεσΟαι  γέλωτι,  to  laugh  till 
one  shakes  again,  Nicet. 

ΐίεριβράχϊόνιος,  a,  ov,  (περί,  βρα- 
χίων)  round  or  on  the  arm,  Plut.  De- 
mosth.  30  ;— TO  περιβραχώνιην,  an 
armlet  or  piece  of  armour  for  the  arm, 
Xen.  Cyr.  6,  1,51;  4,  2. 

ΐίεριβρέμω,  {περί,  βρεμω)  to  roar, 
bellow  round  about,  Ap.  Rh.  2,  323 ; 
also  in  mid.,  c.  dat.,  Opp.  C.  2  67, 
Dion.  P.  131. 

ΙΙεριβρϊθής,  ες,  {περί,  βρίθω)  very 
heavy,  Orph.J''r.  38,— al.  πνριβριθής. 

ΐίεριβρίθω,  {περί,  βρίθω)  to  weigh 
down  round  about. — II.  intr.  to  hang 
down  the  head  very  much,  Nic,  Th.  851. 
[βρί] 

Ώ.εριβρομέω,=περιβρέμω,  Αρ.  Rlr. 
4,  17. 

ΐίεριβρϋής,  ες,  {περί,  βρνω)  very 
luxuriant,  Nic.  Th.  531,  841, 

ΐίεριβρνχιος,  a,  ov,  engulfed  by  the 
surge  all  round,  οίδματα  π.,  waves 
swalloived  up  by  one  a/iothcr,  i.  e.  wave 
upon  wave,  Soph.  Ant.  336 ;  cf.  υπο- 
βρύχιος. (Prob.  not  from  βρύχω,  as 
Lllendt,  v.  sub  βρνχιος.)  [ϋ] 

ΊΙεριβρνχω,  to  roar  around,  dub.  [υ\ 

ΐίερίβρωσις,  ή,  a  gnawing  round 
about. 

ΐίερίβρωτος,  ov, gnawed  round  about. 

Τίεριβνω,  to  stop  up  round  about,  [ij 

ΤΙεριβωμίζω,  to  go  round  about  the 
altar. 

Ίίεριβώμιος,  ov,  {περί,  βωμός) 
around  the  altar,  LXX. 

ΐίερίβωτος,  ov.  Ion.  contr.  for  πε- 
ριβόητος. 

ΐίεριγάνόω,  ώ,  to  make  bright  all 
round  :  melaph.  to  cheer  greatly. 

ΐίεριγεγραμμένως,  adv.  pt.  pass, 
from  περιγράφω,  definitely. 

ΙΙεριγέγωνα,  to  shout  round  about. 

ΪΙερίγειος,  ov,  {περί,  γέα,  γή)  about 
or  upon  the  earth,  earthly,  opp.  to  ου- 
ράνιος, Plut.  2,  745  B,  887  B,  1029  D. 

αίεριγένης,  ονς,  ύ,  Perigenes,  a 
general  of  Antiochus,  Polyb.  5,  C9,  7 

ΙΙεριγενητικύς,  ή,  όν,  (περιγίγνο- 
μaι)superior,  victorious,  Plut. 2, 1055  Ε. 

ΤΙεριγηθής,  ες,  {περί,  γηθέω)  very 
joyful.  Αρ.  Rh.  3,  814;  4,  888.— II. 
act.  giving  much  joy,  Emped. 

ΤΙεριγι/ράσκω,  {περί,  γηράσκω)  to 
grow  old  in  succession,  Joseph. 

ΐϊεριγίγνομαι.  Ion.  and  later  form 
■γίνομαι  [ϊ]  :  fut.  -γενήσομαι :  aor. 
-εγενόμην,  {περί,  γίγνομαι).  To  be  su- 
perior, to  overcome,  excel,  c.  gen.  pers., 
υσσον  περιγιγνόμεθ'  άλλων,  Od.  8, 
102,  Hdt.,  etc. ;  perh.  also  c.  ace.  pers., 
Hdt.  9,  2  (ubi  v.  Schweigh.) ; — τινί, 
in  a  thing,  μήτι..,  ηνίοχος  περιγίγνκ- 
ται  ήνιόχοιο,  II.  23,  318  ;  so,  π.  τινυς 
πολυτροπίτι,  Hdt.  2,  121,  5;  etc.; 
also  c.  acc.'rei,  π.  τά  'Ολύμπια,  Plut. : 
— ην  τι  περιγένηταί  σφι  τον  πολέ- 
μου, α  they  gain  any  advantage  in  the 
war,  Thuc.  6, 8  ;  π.  νμίν  π7ιήθος  νεύν, 
you  have  a  superiority  in  number  of 
ships,  Id,  2,  87;  π.  ήμίν  τό  μη  προ- 
κάμνειν,  c  inf.,  ue  have  the  advantagt 
in  not..,  Id.  2,  39.— II.  to  live  over,  to 
survive,  cicape,  Lat.  salvus  evadere, 
freq.  in  Hdt.,  as  1,  82, 122,  etc.,  Thuc 
4,  27,  etc. ;  also  c.  gen.,  περιεγένετο 
τούτον  τυϋ  πάΟεος,  he  escaped  from 
this  disaster,  Hdt.  5,  46;  π.  της  δί- 
κης. Plat.  Legg.  905  A ;  so,  εκ  τίνος, 
Thuc.  2,  49 ;  cf.  περίειμι  II.— 2.  also 


ΠΕΡΙ 

ΟΓ  things,  to  remain  6i<er  and  ahove, 
τάλαντα  ά  περιεγένοντί)  τών  φόρων, 
which  remained  from  the  tribute,  the 
surplus,  Xen.  Hell.  2,  3,  8  ;  so,  ττ.  έκ 
τών  φόρων,  Isocr.  175  Β. — III.  to  come 
round,  turn  out,  περιεγένετο  ώςτε  κα- 
λώς εχειν,  Xen.  An.  5,  8,  26:  also, 
to  result  or  proceed  from,  έκ  τούτων 
περιγίγνεταί  Τι,  the  upshot  of  the  mat- 
ter is.,,  Dem.  102,  fin. ;  περίεστι  δέ 
μοι  ταντα  οΙα  τοις  κακόν  τι  νοοϋαιν 
νμίν  ΊΤεριγένοίτο,  this  is  what  I  have 
got  by  the  business,  and  I  hope  that 
you  who  evil  think  may  get  the  like, 
Dem.  1493,  18 ;  άγαθα  έκ  φιλοσο- 
φίας ττεριγιγνόμενα,  Plut.  2,  44  Β. 

ϋεριγλαγής,  ές,  {περί,  y?Mγoς)f^dl 
of  milk,  II  16,642. 

Τίεριγληνάομαι,  dep.,  {ττερί,  γ/.ή- 
V?])  to  turn  round  the  eye-balls,  glare 
around,  ττεριγλτϊνώμενος  δσσοις,  of  a 
lion.  Theocr.  25,  241. 

ΪΙεριγληνής,  ές,  {ττερί,  γλήνη)  very 
bright,  Arat.  476  :  so,  ττερίΎληνος,  ov, 
V.  1.  for  ττνριγ.,  Orph.  Lith.  651. 

Τίερίγλισχρος,  ov,  {περί,  γ?ύσχρος) 
very  sticky,  Hipp. 

ΪΙεριγ/Λκύνομαι,  as  pass.,  to  become 
very  siveet :  from 

Τίερίγ?ιϋκνς,  εια,  ν,  {ττερί,  γλυκύς) 
very  sweet : — superl.  -/ctffrof,  Ael.  N. 
A.  15,7. 

ΪΙεριγ/.ύφω,  f.  -ψω,  (ττερί,  νλύ^ω) 
to  peel  round  about,  Aristid.  [ϋ] 

ΤΙεριγ?Μξ,  ώχος,  ό,  ή,  {περί,  γλώ- 
χες)  surrounded  with  beards  of  corn,  v. 
i;  Hes.  Sc.  398. 

Τ1ερίγ7υωσσος,  ov,  {περί,  γλώσσα) 
ready  of  tongue,  eloquent.  Find.  P.  1,  82. 

ΤΙεριγλωττίς,  ίδος,  ή,  a  covering  of 
the  tongue,  Ath. 

ΐίεριγνάμπτω,  f.  -φω,  to  bend  round, 
double  a  headland,  Μύ^.ειαν,  Od  9,  80. 

ΐΙεριγογ'}'νζω,  to  murmur  roundabout, 
of  a  secret  or  uncertain  rumour,  Pho- 
cyl.  6. 

τΐίεριγούνη,  ης,  J],Perigune,  daugh- 
ter of  the  robber  Sinis,  Plut.  Thes.  8. 

Τίερίγρα,  ή,  a  pair  of  compasses; 
for  which  others  propose  πυράγρα, 
Gramm. 

ΙΙερίγραμμα,  ατός,  τό,  (περιγράφω) 
any  thing  marked  round  by  a  line,  an 
outline  : — an  enclosed  space,  ring,  Luc. 
Anachars.  38. 

ΤΙεριγραπτέον,  verb.  adj.  from  πε- 
ριγράφω, one  must  trace  out,  sketch, 
Plat.  Rep.  365  C. 

ΐίεριγραπτός,  σν,{περιγράφω)  mark- 
ed round,  έκ  περιγραπτοϋ,  trom  a  cir- 
cumscribed space,  Thuc.  7,  49. 

ΤΙεριγραφενς,  έως,  ό,  one  who  marks 
round,  etc. 

ΐίεριγρΰφή,  ης,  ή,  a  line  draion  round, 
an  outline,  sketch,  π.  τις  έξωθεν  περι- 
γεγραμμένη. Plat.  Legg.  768  C,  of 
Pollt.  277  C  :  a  circumference,  circuit, 
Polyb.  4,  39,  1.— 2.  that  which  is  mark- 
ed by  an  outline,  an  impression,  π.  πο- 
δοΐν,  Aesch.  Cho.  207. 

ΐίεριγράφω,  f.  -ψω,  {περί,  γράφω) 
to  draw  a  line  round,  mark  round,  περι- 
γράφει τη  μαχαίρη  τον  ηλιον  ές  το 
έδαφος,  Hdt.  8,  137 ;  π.  κνκλον,  to 
draw  a  circle  round.  Id.  7,  60  :  hence 
— 2.  to  define,  determine,  Xen.  Mem.  1, 
4,  12,  Arist.  Eth.  N.  1,  7,  17.— II.  to 
draw  in  outline,  sketch  out,  Lat.  delin- 
eare.  At.  Pac.  879,  Arist.  Top.  1,  1, 
6 :  cf  περιγραφή. — III.  to  enclose  words 
within  brackets,  hence  to  cancel,  elsewh. 
διαγράφω,  Plut.  2,  334  C:  π.  έκ  πο- 
λιτείας, to  exclude  from  civic  privi- 
leges, Aeschin.  83,  fin.,  cf.  Ruhnk. 
Tim. — IV.  to  bring  within  limits,  to 
finish,  conclude,  Plut.  2,  14  A,  895  C. 

ΤΙεριγϋρίς,  ίδος,  ή,  {περί,  γνρος)  α 
circumference. 


ΠΕΡΙ 

ΊΙεριγνρόω,  ώ,  to  bend  or  lead  round. 

ΤΙεριδαίδαλος,  ov,  {περί,  δαίδαλος) 
all-variegated,  0pp.  C.  4,  388. 

ΐίερίδαιος,  a,  ov,  {περί,  Ίδα)  around 
mount  Ida,  νόμος  Κρήτας  περιδαιος, 
land  near  Ida,  in  Crete,  Pind.  Fr.  126, 
2. — On  the  elision  of  i,  v.  περί  Η. 

Τίεριδαίω,  {περί,  δαίω)  to  set  on  fire 
all  round,  0pp.  H.  5,  411,  in  mid. : — 
pass.,  to  burn  round  about :  metaph., 
περιδαίομαι  'Έ,νδνμίωνι,  to  burn  with 
love  for  him  (as  in  Lat.  ardere  aliquem), 
Ap.  Rh.  4,  58. 

ΐίεριδάκρϋτος,  ov,  weeping  much, 
tearful. 

ΊΙεριδάμάω,  ώ,  {περί,  δαμάω)  to 
tame  all  round  or  thoroughly. 

ΤΙεριδύμναμαι,  dep.  mid.=foreg., 
Q.  Sm.  1,  165. 

ΙΙεριδέεια,  ας,  ή,  exceeding  fear: 
from 

Τίεριδεής,  ές,  {περί,  δέος)  very  timid 
or  fearful,  π.  γενέσθαι,  Hdt.  5,  44  ; 
τινί,  at  a  thing,  Id.  7,  15  ;  μή..,  Thuc. 
3,  80,  Andoc.  34,  22.— Adv.  -ώς,  in 
great  fear,  Thuc.  6,  83,  etc. 

ΤΙεριδείδω,  f.  -δείσομαι :  aor.  1  πε- 
ριέδεισα,  in  Horn,  (though  only  in  II.) 
always  περίδδεισαν,  περιδδείσασα, 
etc. :  pf.  περιδέδοικα,  but  in  Hom. 
περιδείδια{περί,  δείδω).  To  fear  very 
much,  be  in  great  fear  or  dread  about 
one,  τινός,  II.  10,  93;  17.  240;  but 
more  usu.  τινί,  II.  11,  508;  15,  123, 
etc.  ;  so  also  c.  dat.  rei,  to  be  much 
afraid  for  or  αί  a  thing,  17,  242;  21, 
328. 

Τϋερίδεινος,  ov,  f.  1.  for  περίδινος. 

ΐίεριδειπνέΐύ,  ω,  to  give  a  funeral 
feast,  LXX  :  from 

ΤΙερίδειπνον,  ov,  τό,  {περί,  δεΐ- 
πνον)  a  funeral  feast,  Dem.  321,  25, 
Plut.  2,  286  E. 

ΤΙερίδειρον,  ου,  τό,  {περί,  δειρή)  the 
circumference  of  the  neck.  Poll.  2,  135. 

ΤΙεριδέξιον,  ov,  τό,  an  armlet,  LXX : 
strictly  neut.  from 

ΤΙεριδέξιος,  ov,  {περί,  δεξιός)  like 
άμφιδέξιος,  with  two  right  hands,  i.  6. 
using  both  hands  alike,  Lat.  ambidexter, 
II.  21, 163  : — so  that  ττερί^έ^ίος  seems 
to  be  used  for  άμφιδέξιος,  metri  grat. ; 
for  though  περί  has  in  the  main  the 
same  signf  with  ΰμφί,  yet  this  is  the 
only  compd.  in  which  it  has  the  notion 
of  dotift/e-ness  proper  to  άμφί,  Buttm. 
Lexil.  s.  v.  άμφίς  III. — II.  very  dexte- 
rous or  expert,  Ar.  Nub.  949.  Adv. 
-ίως,  Philostr.     Hence 

ΤΙεριδεξιότης,  ητος,  ή,  equal  dexter- 
ity with  both  hands, 

ΤΙεριδέραιος,  ov,  (περί,  δέρη)  pass- 
ed round  the  neck,  Plut.  2,  647  E,  cf. 
Jac.  Ach.  Tat.  p.  519: — το  περιδέ- 
paiov,  a  necklace.  At.  Fr.  309,  5,  Luc. 
Pise.  12,  etc. 

ΤΙεριδερίς,  ίδος,  η,  a  necklace. 

ΤΙεριδέρκομαι,  poet,  for  περιβλέπω, 
Anth.  P.  5,  289. 

ΐίεριδεσμεύω,  and  -μέω,  ώ,  {περί- 
δεσμος)  to  lie  round,  Geop. 

ΤΙερίδεσις,  εως,  ή,  {περιδέω)  a  tying 
round,  Muson.  ap.  Stob. 

Τίερίδεσμος,  ov,  ό,  {περί,  δεσμός) 
a  band,  belt,  girdle,  Aristaen. 

Τίερίδετος,  ov,  bound,  tied  round  or 
to  :  verb.  adj.  from 

ΤΙεριδέω,  f.  -δήσω,  {περί,  δέω)  to 
bind,  tie  round  or  on,  τινί  τι,  Hdt.  1, 
193,  Ar.  Eccl.  127 ;— mid.,  περιδέε- 
σθαί  τι,  to  bind  something  round  one's 
self,  περισφνριον,  Hdt.  4,  176 ;  πώ- 
γωνα.  στέφανους,  Ar.  Eccl.  100,  122; 
esp.  of  pugilists,  ιμάντων  σφαίρας  πε- 
ριεδούμεθα.  Plat.  Legg.  830  Β,  cf. 
Plut.  2,  825  Ε. 

ΐίερίδι/λος,  ov,  very  clear,  quite  ma?i- 
ifest. 


ΠΕΡΙ 

Τίερίδημα,  ατός,  τό,  {περιδέω)  any 
thing  bound  round,  a  band. 

ΤΙεριδηρΙάομαι,  {περί,  δηριύομαι) 
dep.,  to  fight  round  about,  Q.  Sm.  4, 
165. 

ΥΙεριδήρΙτος,  ov,  {περί,  δηρίομαί) 
fought  for,  like  περιμάχητος,  Anth. 
P.  5,  219. 

ΊΙεριδίδωμι,  ί.  -δώσω,  {περί,  δίδω• 
μι)  to  give  all  round. — Mid.  περιδίδο- 
μαι,  ίο  stake  or  wager,  c.  gen.  rei,  τρί- 
ποδος περιδώμεθον  ήέ  λέβητας,  let  us 
stake  a  tripod  or  caldron,  II.  23,  485  ; 
έμέθεν  περιδώσομαι  αυτής.  I  will  wa- 
ger for  myself,  i.  e.  pledge  myself.  Od. 
23,  78  ;  also  περιδίδομαι  περί  της  κε- 
φαλής, I  stake  my  head,  Ar.  Eq  791  ; 
περίδηυ  μοι  περί  θνματιδΰν  ύ7.ών, 
havea  wager  with  me  for  a  little  thyme- 
salt,  Ar.  Ach.  772  ;  also  absoL,  περί- 
δον  νυν  έμοί,  ει  μή.--,  Ar.  Nub.  644. 
— The  geriit.  in  these  phrases  must 
be  considered  as  a  genit.  of  the  price 
one  engages  to  pay  for  losing  one's 
wager,  cf.  Jelf  Gr.  Gr.  ^  515,  2. 

Περ<(5ίείρω,  {περί,  διείρω)  to  fasten 
together  round,  Philostr. 

Τίεριδϊνέω,  ώ,  {περί,  δινέω)  tovihirl 
or  wheel  round,  εαυτόν,  Aeschin.  77, 
29  : — pass.,  to  run  round  and  round, 
πό7ιΐν  περιδινηθήτην  (aor.  pass.),  11. 
22, 165  (ubi  Spitzn.  divisim  πέρι  διν-) : 
to  spin  round,  like  a  top,  Xen.  Symp. 
7,  3. — II.  act.  in  intr.  signf.,  like  pass., 
Soph.  Fr.  310. 

ΐίερϊδίΐ'ής,  ές,  {περί,  δινέω)  whirled 
round,  Anth.  P.  6,  23. 

ΙΙεριδίνησις,  εως,  η,  {περιδινέω) 
a  whirling  round,  Plut.  Flamin.  10,  Id. 
2,  888  D. 

ΐίεριδίνητος,  ov,  whirled  round. 

ΐίερίδινος,  ό,  ή,  (περιδινέω)  one 
who  roams  about,  a  vagabond :  also  a 
pirate.  Plat.  Legg.  777  C,  cf.  Ath.  264 
F. 

ΤίεριδιπΑοω,  ώ,  to  fold  round  about, 
wrap  around. 

ΤΙεριδίω,  {περί,  δίω)  old  Ep.  form 
for  περιδείδω,  to  be  much  afraid  about 
one,  τινί.  II.  9,  433  ;  1 1,  557  ;  π.  μη.., 
II.  17,  666,  Od.  22,  96  ;  alsoTr.  τινιμή.., 
II.  5,  566.  In  Horn.,  περί  is  metri 
grat.  always  separated  from  the  sim- 
ple verb ;  lie  only  uses  3  sing,  impf , 
ττερί  γαρ  δίε.-  [ϊ] 

Τίεριδίώκω,  t.  •ξω,  {περί,  διώκω) 
to  pur.'iue  on  all  sides,  Strab. 

ΥΙεριδνοφέω,  ώ,  {περί,  δνόφος)  to 
wrap  round  ivith  darkness,  Arat.  876. 

Τίεριδονέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,ί,περί,  δονέω) 
to  move  or  drive  round,  Dion.  H. 

ΥΙερίδοσις,  εως,  ή,  {περιδίδομαι)  a 
bargain,  wager. 

ΤΙεριδονπέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {περί,  δου 
πέω)  to  sound  with  a  heavy  noise,  Phi- 
lostr. 

ΤΙερίδουπος,  ov,  sounding  with  a 
heavy  noise. 

Tlεpιδpάμητέov,{πεpιδρaμεiv)\eτh. 
adj.,  one  must  run  round. 

ΤΙερίδρΰμον,  Ep.  for  περιέδραμον, 
aor.  2  of  περιτρέχω,  II. 

Τίερίδραξις,  εως,  η,  a  grasping  with 
the  hands,  Plut.  2,  392  A,  cf.  979  D  • 
from 

ΐίεριδράσσομαι,  Att.  -ττομαι,  fut. 
-ξομαι,  (περί,  δράσσομαι)  dep.  mid.: 
to  grasp  with  the  hand,  τινός,  Plut. 
Camill.  26,  Lysand.  17. 

Περίίϊρο/ζά^ ,  άδος,  pecul.fem.  ofπε- 
ρίδρομος,  surrounding,  μίτρη,  Anth. 
P.  5,  13 

Περί(5ρο/ζείΐί•,  έω^,  ό,  one  who  runs 
round. 

ΥΙεριδρομή,  ης,  ή,   {περίδρομος)  a 

running  round  :  a  revolution,  orbit,  πε- 

ριύρομαΐ   ετών,   Eur.   Hel.   776 ;    π. 

ποιεΐσΟαι,  to  wheel  about,  Xen.  Cyn. 

1155 


ΠΕΡΙ 

JO,  11. — IT.  a  round-about  way,  circuit, 
Plut.  2,  493  D. — III.  α  getting  round, 
cheating,  Meintion  8. 

ΤΙεριδρομις,  ίί'ίος,  ή,=ζπαραόρομίς. 

Περίόρομος,  ον,  (πΐριδραμεΐν,  πε- 

ίιίτρέχο)  running  round,  encompassing, 
ike  the  rim  of  a  shield,  Eur.  El.  458, 
cf.  Aesch.  Theb.  495 :  generally, 
round,  circidar,  II.  5,  720,  728. — 2.  go- 
vig  about,  roaming,  Aesch.  Supp.  349  ; 
κννες,  Ar.  Ran.  472  :  so,  yvv/i  ττ.,  a 
roaming,  lend  woman,  Theogn.  581. 
— II.  pass,  that  can  be  run  round,  and 
SO  standing  apart,  detached,  κολώνη  7Γ. 
ένθα  καΙ  ένθα,  II.  2,  812  ;  so,  αυλή  π., 
Od.  14,  7.     Hence 

ΪΙερίδρομος,  υυ,  6,  as  subst.,  that 
which  surrounds,  as  the  rim  of  a  shield, 
Eur.  Tro.  1197;  the  string  that  runs 
round  a  net  for  closing  it,  Xen.  Cyn.  2, 
6  :  a  gallery  running  round  a  building. 
Id.  Cyr.  6,  1,53,  cf  Plat.  Criti.  11GB. 

ΐίεριόρνπτϋ),  f.  -ψω,  {περί,  δρύπτω) 
to  tear  all  round  about :  pass,  lo  be  so 
torn,  αγκώνας  περιδρύφθη  (Ep.  aor. 
pass.),  11.  23,  395. 

ΤΙεριδύω,  f.  -νσω,  (περί,  δύω)  to  pull 
off  from  round,  strip  off  (cf  περίαιρέο), 
χιτώνας,  II.  11,  100;  ττ.  το  μέτρον, 
ilpich.  p.  82  :  hence,  to  plunder,  de- 
spoil, τινά,  Antipho  117,  3.— Mid.  πε- 
ρίδύομαι,  to  take  off,  put  off.  [ν'ω, 
νσω  :  but.  cf.  δνω.^ 

ΤΙερίδώμεθον.  1  dual  subj.  aor.  2 
mid.  from  ττεριδίδωμι,  11. 

ΊΙεριεγείρω,  (περί,  ίγείρω)  to  arouse 
round  about,  Joseph. 

ΤΙεριεδρενω,  {περί,  'έδρα)  to  sit  round 
or  invest  a  town. 

Ί1εριεθέ?.ω,=  αγαπάω,  ap.  Hesych. 

ΤΙεριεΙδον,  {περί,  εΙδον)αοτ.  2,  with 
no  pres.  in  use,  περωρύω  being  used 
instead  : — to  overlook,  i.  e.  to  yieglect, 
disregard :  also,  to  let  pass,  alloiv,  suf- 
fer, c.  part.,  like  νπερορΰν,νπεριδεϊν, 
as,  οϋ  περίείδον  airtjv  άναρπασβέντα, 
they  did  not  suffer  him  to  be  carried 
off^cf  Hdt.  1,  89;  3,  65,  Bergl.  Ar. 
Pac.  10,  and  v.  sub  περωρύω;  so, 
also,  freq.  in  Att.  prose :  but  also  c. 
ace.  pers.  only,  Hdt.  3,  155,  Ar.  Ach. 
55  ;  very  rarely  c.  inf ,  like  έύω,  Hdt. 

1,  24  ;  4,  113.— Cf  περίοιδα. 
ΐΙερίεί?ιάς,  άδος,  ή,  encircling,  ζώνη, 

Erastosth.  2,  3. 

ΐίεριείλέω,—  περιείλω,  cf  περιε- 
λίσσω-    Hence 

Ϊ1εριεί?.ημα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which  is 
wound  round. 

ΤΙεριείλησις,  εως,  ή,  {περιειλεω)  α 
ivindin ground:  also=fOreg. — In  Hdt. 

2,  123,  Plut.  Cat.  Maj.  13,  f.  1.  for  πε- 
ριήλυσις. 

ΐίεριειλίσσω,  Ion.  for  περιελίσσω, 
Hdt.  8,  128,  but  also  Plat.  Prot.  342 
C. 

Περίείλω,  {περί,  ε17.ω)  to  fold  or 
wrap  round,  τι  περί  τι,  Xen.  An.  4,  5, 
fin. : — pass,  to  be  wrapped  round,  βάκε• 
σι,  Ar.  Ran.  1064. 

ΙΙερίειμι,  {περί,  εΙμί)  to  be  around, 
χωρίον  ώ  τειχίον  περιην,  Thuc.  7, 
81 :  but  usu., — II.  like  νπερειμι,  to 
be  belter  than,  superior  to  another,  sur- 
pass, excel  one  in  a  thing,  περίεσσι 
γυναικών  εΙδός  τε  μεγίθύς  τε,  Od.  18, 
248,  cf  19,  326,  Hdt.  3,  146,  etc. ;  in 
Att.,  also  c.  dat.  rei,  νανσΐ  πο/.ν  π., 
Thuc.  6,  22  ;  σοφία  π.  των  Ελλήνων, 
Plat.  Prot.  342  Β,'  cf.  Symp.  222  Ε, 
Xen.  An.  1,  9.  24: — έκ  περιόντος,  at 
an  advantage,  Thuc.  8,  46. — Cf  περι- 
γίγνομαι. — 2.  to  exceed  in  number, 
ηλήθεϊ,  Hdt.  9,  31  ;  and  so  in  Att.— 
III.  to  be  over  and  above,  outlive,  τινί, 
Hdt.  1,  121  ;  3,  119  :  absoL,  to  survive, 
remain  alive,  freq.  in  Hdt.,  as  1,  11, 
120 ;  and  of  things,  to  be  extant,  be  in 
1156 


ΠΕΡΙ 

existence,  Id.  1,  92,  etc. — 2.  of  prop- 
erty, etc.,  to  be  over  and  above,  to  re- 
main when  debts  are  paid,  τα  περι- 
όντα,  the  surplus,  balance.  Plat.  Legg. 
923  D,  Isae.  55,  13 ;  τα  περιόντα 
χρήματα  της  διοικήσεως,  the  money 
remaining  after  paying  the  expenses, 
the  balance  in  hand,  Dern.  1346,  18  ; 
so,   ή  περιονσα    κατασκενή,    Thuc. 

1,  89. — 3.  to  be  left  as  a  result  or  con- 
sequence, περίεστιν  ί•μΙν  εκ  τούτων, 
what  you  have  got  by  all  this  is..., 
Dern.  172,  9;  esp.  in  bad.  signf,  το- 
σούτον νμίν  περίεστιν  του  προς  εμε 
μίσους,  you  have  got  so  much  hatred 
against  nie  left,  Philipp.  ap.  Dem.  160, 
12  ;  περιείναι  αντώ  μηδέν  άλλ'  η  τάς 
αισχύνας,  Aeschin.  22,  8  ;  ιΐηιώίσμαΰ^ 
νμΙν  περίεσται  βελτίω  δ'  οναίν  εσται 
τα  πράγματα,  you  will  have  plenty  of 
statutes,  but...,  Dein.  1432,  16;  cf 
περιγίγνομαι  III :  hence  also,  τούτοις 
τοσούτον  περίεστιν,  ωςτε  προςσνκο- 
φαντοΰσιν,  so  far  are  matters  come 
with  them,  that....  Id.  1280,  1  ;  εκ  τοϋ 
περιόντος,  from  sheer  wantonness.  Id. 
1483,  15,  cf  Luc.  Amor.  33. 

Τίερίειμι,  (περί,  εΙμι)  to  go  round, 
fetch  a  compass,  Hdt.  2,  138  ;  etc.  ;  π. 
κατά  νώταν  τινί,  to  get  round  and 
take  him  in  rear,  Thuc.  4,  36.-2.  c. 
ace,  to  go  round,  compass,  π.  τον  vrjbv 
κύκλω,  Hdt.  1,  159;  π.  φι>?Μκάς,  to 
go  round  the  guards,  visit  them,  Id.  5, 
33  ;  so,  έν  κύκλω  περιήει  πάντα,  Ar. 
Plut.  708  ;  κύκλί)  π.,  I^lat.  Lach.  183 
Β  ;  Tijv  'ΡΛλάδα  περιψι,  Xen.  An. 
7,  1,  33. — II.  to  come  round  to  one,  esp. 
in  one's  turn  or  by  inheritance,  ή  αρ- 
χή, βασιληίη  περίεισι  εις  τίνα,  Hdt. 
1, 120;2, 120. — 2.  of  revolvingperiods, 
χρόνου  περιόντος,  as  time  came  round, 
Hdt.  1,  4,  155,  cf  2,  4.— Cf.  περιέρ- 
χομαι, -ήκω. 

ΐίεριείργω,  Att.  for  the  older  form 
περιέργω,  q.  v. 

Τίεριείρω,  {περί,  είρω)  to  insertoxfix 
round,  ξύλα  περί  γόμφους,  Hdt.  2,  96. 

ΐίεριεκτικός,  ή,  όν,  {περιέχω)  com- 
prising, containing,  cf  Luc.  Vit.  Atict. 
24  :  hence,  inetaph.,  universal,  general, 
like  TO  περιέχον,  Plut.  2,  886  Α.— II. 
TO  περιεκτικόν.  Gra.mm.^μέσov,ver- 
bum  medium. — III.  in  Η1ρρ.=σωΓ7;ρίθ(•, 
but  dub. ;  v.  περαστικός. 

ΐίεριέλασις,  εως,  ή,  a  driving,  lead- 
ing, riding  round  about ;  a  place  for 
driving  round,  Hdt.  1,  179  :  from 

ΤΙεριελαννω,  fnt.  -ελάσω,  {περί, 
έλαύνω)  to  drive  round,  τάς  κύλικας 
π.,  to  push  the  cups  round,  Xen.  Symp. 

2,  27  :■ — to  drive  together,  collect,  as  cat- 
tle, booty,  etc.,  Polyb.  4,  29,  6,  etc., 
in  mid.• — 2.  to  drive  about,  harass,  dis- 
tress, περιελαυνόμενος  τη  στύσει, 
Hdt.  1,  GO,  cf.  Ar.  Eq.  887.— 3.  to  draw 
or  build  round,  περί  δ'  ερκης  ελασσε, 
II.  18,  564  ;  περί  (5'  ίρκος  'ελήλαται, 
Od.  7,  113. — II.  seemingly  intrans. 
(sub.  άρμα,  ϊππον,  etc.).  to  drive  or 
ride  round,  Hdt.  1,  106,  Thuc.  7,  44, 
and  Xen. ;  but  also  c.  ace.  loci,  π.  τι 
ϊππω,  Hdt.  4,  7. 

ΊΙεριέλευσις,  εως,  ή,  {περιέρχομαι) 
α  coming  ΟΤ going  round,  Plut.  2,  916  D. 

ΐίεριέλιξις,  εως,  ή,  α  winding,  roll- 
ing, turning  round :  from 

ήεριελίσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  Ion.  -ειλίσ- 
σω  :  f.  -ξω  {περί,  ελίσσω) : — to  roll, 
wind  round,  τι  περί  τι,  Hdt.  8,  128  : — 
mid.  to  roll  round  one's  self.  Plat.  Prot. 
342  C  : — pass,  to  be  rolled,  twistedrnund, 
περί  τι.  Plat.  Phaed.  112  D;  άλλή- 
λοίζ•,  Arist.  Η.  A.5,  4  ;  Vi\so  to  be  encom- 
passed, νπό  τίνος,  lb.  1 13  Β. 

Ιϊεριε?.κυσμός,  οϋ,  6,  a  drawing  or 
dragging  round. 

ΐίεριέλ,κω,  f.  -ξω  :  Att.  aor.  περί- 


ΠΕΡΙ 

Ι£ί7,κνσα  (cf.  sub  έλκω) : — to  drag  roun•!, 
drag  about,  Xen.  An.  7,  6,  10. — 2.  10 
draw  round  another  way,  divert,  distract, 
Lat.  hue  illiic  ducere.  Plat.  Charm.  174 
Β  ;  so  in  pass.,  Id.  Prot.  352  C. 

ΤΙεριένννμι,  {περί,  ενννμι)  to  put 
round,  περί  δ'  άμβροτα  εΐματύ  έσσον, 
II.  16,  670; — in  mid.,  to  draw  round 
one,  χλαΐναν  περιέσσασθαι,  to  put  on 
a  cloak,  Hes  Op.  537  :  ιτερέμμενον, 
rare  Aeol.  form  for  περιειμίνον,  Sap- 
pho 21. 

ΤΙεριέξειμι,  {περί,  Ικ,  εΙμι)  logo  en• 
tirely  round,  App. 

ΐίεριεπτισμένως,  adv.  part,  pf  pass. 
from  περυπτίσσω,  husked,  winnowed, 
clean. 

ΤΙεριεπω :  impf  -περιειπον,  Xen. 
Mem.  2,  9,  5  :  fut.  περιέψω  :  aor.  πε- 
ριέσπον,  inf  περισπεΐν, — this  aor. 
only  poet,  and  in  Ion.  prose  :  fut.  mid. 
περιέΦεσθαι  in  act.  signf,  Hdt.  2, 
115  ;  7,  149  ;  and  aor.  pass,  περιεφθή- 
ναι,  Hdt.  (v.  infra) : — only  the  pres. 
and  impf  occur  in  Att.  prose  {περί, 
*έπω).  To  be  busy  all  round;  hence 
to  tend  diligently,  to  treat  with  care  or 
honour,  ευ  π.  τινά,  to  treat  him  well, 
Hdt.  1,  73,  etc. ;  Βο,μάλα  π.  τινά,  to 
court  much,  Xen.  Mem.  2,  9,  5 ;  π. 
τινά  ταΐς  μεγίσταις  τιμαΐς.  Id.  Symp. 
8,  38  ;  π.  τινά  ώς  φίλον.  Id.  Cyr.  4, 
4,  12:  — contrariwise,  τρηχέως,  κάρτα 
τρ-ηχέως  π.,  to  handle  roughly,  Hdt. 
1,  73,  114  (and  more  freq.  in  pass., 
τρηχέως  περιεφθήναι  νπό  τίνος,  5, 1, 
81,  etc.);  so,  άεικίτι  περισπεΐν  τίνα, 
Lat.  ignominia  afficere,  Hdt.  1,  115; 
κάρτα  τρηχέως  π.  άεικίη,  1,  73  ;  π. 
τινά  ώς  or  άτε  πολέμων,  δοϋλον,  etc., 
Hdt.  2,  09,  Xen.  Cyr.  4,  4,  12.— The 
synon.  άμφιέπω  is  only  poet. 

Ώερίεργάζομαι,  f.  -σομαι,  {περίερ- 
γος) dep.  mid. : — to  take  more  pains  than 
enough  about  a  thing,  hence  to  busy 
one's  self  with  trifles,  to  waste  one's  la- 
bour, Hdt.  2,  15;  so,  πειχεργύζεται 
ζητών  τά  νπό  γήζ,  Plat.  Apol.  19  Β  ; 
so,  εργάζεσθαι  και  π.,  to  be  busy  and 
over-busy,  Dem.  150,  24  ;  τώ  θυ'λάκω 
περιειργάσθαι,  that  they  had  overdone  it 
with  their  '  sack'  (i.  e.  need  not  have 
used  the  xvord),  Hdt.  3,  46  ;  π.  τι  και- 
νόν,  to  be  busy  about '  some  new  thing,' 
Ar.  Eccl.  200.— 2.  to  be  a  busy-body, 
meddle  ivith  other  folk's  affairs,  Dem. 
805,  4 ;  π.  τά  κατά  την  'Ιτα?ύαν,  to 
interfere  in  Italian  affairs,  Polyb.  18, 
34,  2. — II.  late,  the  pf.  pass,  περιείρ- 
γασμαι.  Ιο  be  superfluous,  Ael.     Hence 

Τίεριεργαστέον,  verb,  adj.,  one?nust 
do  more  than  needful,  Antipho  119,  31. 

ΤΙεριεργάσία,  af,  ^,and  περιέργεια, 
/;,=  sq. 

ΐίεριεργία,  ας,  ij,  {περίεργος)  over- 
diligence,  over-exactness  in  domg,  writ- 
ing, etc..  Plat.  Sisyph.  387  D.— 2.  an 
intermeddling  with  other  folk's  affairs, 
officiou.sness,  Theophr.  Char.  13,  Luc. 
V.  Hist.  1,  5,  etc. 

ΤΙεριερ}οπένητες,  ol,  {περίεργος, 
πένης)  name  of  a  book  written  for 
poor  scholars,  Hesych. 

ΤΙερίεργος,  ov,  {περί,  "έργω)  careful 
over  much,  over-carrful,  taking  needless 
trouble,  Lvs.  123,  21 ;  of  grammarians, 
Anth.  P.'ll,  322.-2.  busy  about  other 
folk's  affairs,  meddling,  curious,  a  busy- 
body, Lat.  officiosus,  Isocr.  102  A,  Xen. 
Mem.  1,3,  1  ;  περίίργα  βλέπειν,  to 
look  curiously,  Anth.  P.  12,  175. — II. 
pass,  done  zvith  especial  care,  π.  πόλε- 
μος, a  very  expensive  war,  Isocr.  An- 
tid.  ^  124:  esp., — 2.  over-wrought,  too 
elaborate,  Plut.  2,  64  A  ;  το  της  κόμης 
π.,  Luc.  Nigr.  13. — 3.  svptrfluous,  πε- 
ρίεργα 'λέγειν.  Plat.  Polit.  286  C  ;  π. 
εστί  τι,  Andoc.  27,  35,  cf  Isae.  1,  38, 


ΠΕΡΙ 

Isocr.,etc. — in.  περίεργα,  curious  arts, 
magic,  N.  T.  Act.  19,  19. 

ΪΙεριέργω,  f.  •ξω  :  Att.  -είργω  {περί, 
ίργυ,  ε'ίργίο)  : — to  inclose  all  round, 
encompass,  Hdt.  2,  148,  Thuc.  1, 106  ; 
5,11. 

ΤΙεριερέσσο),  Att.  -ττω,  f.  -έσω,  to 
row  round. 

ΤΙερίερκτος,  ov,  (τζεριέργω)  shut  in 
all  round. 

ΤΙεριέρττω,  f.  -ψω,  (τερί,  ερττω)  to 
creep,  steal,  wind  round,  Ael. 

Ίίεριέρ^ω,  {περί,  ε/>/3ω)  to  wander 
about,  Ar.  Eq.  533. 

Περιέρχομαι,  impf.  περιηρχόμην, 
in  Ar.  Thesm.  50i:  dep.  mid.  witli 
aor.  2  and  pf.  act.  {περί,  έρχομαι).  To 
go  round,  like  a  beggar,  Xen.  Cyr.  8, 
2, 16  ;  or  a  stranger  seeing  sights,  Id. 
Oec.  10,  10 ;  lilve  a  canvasser,  Lat. 
ambire,  Dem.  129,  20:  and  c.  ace,  π. 
την  πόλιν,  Andoc.  13,  25  ;  τηρ  άγο- 
ρύν,  Dem.  411,  16;  c.  part.,  to  go 
about  doing  a  thing,  Plat.  Apol.  30  A. 
— 2.  to  go  round  about,  about  or  round, 
Hdt.  7,  225,  Thuc.  4,  36;  π.  απέ- 
ραντον  οδόν.  Plat.  Theaet.  147  C. — 
11.  to  go  round  and  return  to  a  spot,  to 
come  up  to  a.  person  or  place,  hence  to 
arrive  at  last  somewhere,  εις  τόπον, 
Hdt.  1,  96,  etc. ;  to  come  round  to,  ή 
ήγεμονίΐ],  ij  βασιληιη  περιή7Με  ες 
τίνα,  Hdt.  1,  7,  187,  etc. ;  also,  Ές 
φθίΰΐν  περιήλθε  ή  νοϋσος,  the  disease 
ended  in...  Id.  7,  88  :  also  c.  ace,  ή 
τίσις  περιήλθε  τον  ΐΐανιώνιον,  ven- 
geance came  at  last  upon  him,  Hdt.  8, 
106. — 2.  of  time,  to  come  round,  Xen. 
Cyr.  8,  6,  19.— III.  c.  ace.  pars.,  like 
Lat.  circumvenire,  to  come  round,  take 
in,  i.  e.  to  overreach,  cheat,  Od.  9, 302 ; 
σοφίτ^  π.  τινά,  Hdt.  3,  4,  c£  Ar.  Eq. 
1142;  ταϋτα  Ισχυρώς  περιελήλνβε 
τους  πολλούς,  Luc.  Luct.  10.  Cf. 
■περίειμι  (ειμί),  περιηκω. 

Τίεριεσθίω,  {περί,  εσθίω)  to  eat  all 
round,  nibble  at,  Luc.  Lexiph.  23. 

ΤΙεριεσαεμμενως,  adv.  part.  pf.  pass, 
from  περισαέπτομαι,  circumspectly, 
Plat.  Ax.  365  B,  etc. 

Τ1εριεστα?.μένως,  adv.  part,  pf  pass, 
from  περιστέλλω,  secretly,  covertly. 

ΤΙεριεστικός,  ή,  όν,  in  Hipp.  ap. 
ΕτοΙ.,=σωτηριος,  restorative,  for  which 
■περιεκτικός  had  been  proposed  :  but 
περιεστικός  is  correctly  formed  from 
περίειμι  {ειμί). 

ΤΙεριέσχάτος,  η,ον,  {περί,  έσχατος) 
about  the  last,  Hdt.  1,  86  ;  5,  101. 

Τίερίεφθος,  ον,(περί,εφω)  thoroughly 
well-boiled,  Luc. 

ΤΙεριεχής,  ές,  {περί,  έχω)  surround- 
ing, embracing,  Philostr. 

ΤΙεριέχω,  also  -ίσχω,  Thuc.  5,  71 : 
f.  περιέξω  and  περισχήσω :  aor.  πε- 
ριέσχον,  inf  περισχείν:  aor.  mid. 
περιεσχόμην,  inf  περισχέσθαι,  {περί, 
έχω)  To  encompass ,  embrace,  surround, 
Lys.  110,  40,  Xen.,  etc.;  fj  περιέ- 
χουσα πέλαγος  γη.  Plat.  Tim.  25  A  : 
— Pass.,  to  be  shut  in  or  beleaguered, 
υπό  τίνος,  Hdt.  θ,  10,  80.— 2.  to  em- 
brace, comprise,  comprehend,  take  in, 
like  περιλαμβάνω  II,  τα  μέρη  νπό 
τοϋ  δ?ιον  περιέχεται.  Plat.  Parm. 
145  Β. — 3.  το  περιέχον,  as  subst., 
that  which  is  about  and  around  us, 
infinite  space  beyond  the  άήρ  and 
αίθήρ,  Anaxag.  Fr.  2  ;  also  simply  the 
air,  heaven,  climate,  Polyb.  4,  21,  1  ;  5, 
21,  8  : — but, — 4.  in  Aristot.  το  περιέ- 
χον is  the  universal,  like  το  γενικόν 
or  TO  καθό/ι,ον,  genericum,  generate ;  so, 
όνομα  περιέχον,  a  generic  term  or 
notion,  Hhet.  3,  5,  3 ;  (and,  conversely, 
he  uses  περιέχεσθαι,  in  pass.,  of 
particulars,  .\nal.  Pr.  1,  27,  10;  cf 
περιεκτικός. — II.  to  surpass,  overcome, 


ΠΕΡΙ 

conquer,  like  υπερέχω,  Thuc.  5,  7  ; 
also  to  outnumber,  Thuc,  3,  108  :— of 
an  army,  to  outflank  the  enemy,  Thuc. 
5,  71,  73.- — III.  mid.  περιέχομαι,  to 
hold  ones  hands  round  or  over  another, 
and  so  to  protect,  defend,  take  charge 
of,  c.  gen.  pers.,  περίσχεο  (Ion.  im- 
perat.  aor.  2  mid.)  παιδος  έήος,  II.  1, 
393  ;  also  c.  ace,  οννεκά  μιν  περισχό- 
μεβα,  Od.  9,  199.-2.  to  hold  fa.<:t  on 
by,  and  so  to  cling  to,  cleave  to,  be  fond 
of  a  person  or  thing,  c.  gen.,  Hdt.  1, 
7 1 ,  etc. ;  τωΰτοϋ  περιεχόμεθα,  we 
are  compassing,  aiming  at  the  same 
end.  Id.  3,  72,  cf  Plut.  Them.  9: 
rarely  c.  inf,  περιείχετο  μένοντας 
μη  έκλ^είν,  he  was  urgent  with  them 
that  they  should  stay  and  not  leave 
him,  Hdt.  9,  57. 

ΤΙεριζΰμεΐ'ώς,  adv.,  very  powerfully 
01  violently,  H.  Hom.  Mere.  495. 

Υίεριζέω,  {περί,  ζέω)  to  boil  round 
about,  Luc.  Tox.  20:  poet,  -ζείω, 
Anth.  P.  9,  632. 

ΐίερίζϋγος,  ov,  also  περίζυξ,  ϋγος, 
{περί,  ζυγόν)  over  and  above  a  pair, 
more  than  a  pair ;  so,  speaking  of  horses' 
harness,  περίζυγα  are  spare  straps 
for  repairing  breakages,  Poppo  Xen. 
Cyr.  6,  2,  32,  where  Schneider  need- 
lessly proposed  παρύζνγας. 

ΤΙερίζωμα,  ατός,  τό,  {περιζώνννμι) 
that  which  is  girded  round  one,  under- 
clothing, εν  περιζώμασιν,  opp.  to  έν 
θώραξι,  Polyb.  6,  25,  3  ; — an  apron, 
esp.  of  smiths,  cooks,  etc.,  Hege- 
sipp.  Adelph.  1,  7,  Wytt.  Plut.  2, 
182  D  :  hence,  ασκώ  έκ  περιζώμα- 
τος,  Dion.  Η.,  to  practise  with  the 
apron  on,  i.  e.  merely  with  the  outward 
appendage  of  an  art,  superfkially. 

ΤΙεριζωμάτιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from 
foreg.  (a] 

Τίεριζώννΰμι,  also  -νύω  :  f.  -ζώσω 
{περί,  ζώννυμι) : — to  gird  round  ox  on: 
— mid.,  to  gird  round  one's  self,  put  on 
as  a  belt  or  apron,  c.  ace,  Ar.  Pae 
687,  Theopomp.  (Com.)  ΐίαιδ.  2  :— 
περιεζωσμένος,  with  his  apron  on,  of  a 
cook,  Plut.  2,  668  D.     Hence 

ΐίερίζωσις,  εως,  ή,  a  girding  round 
or  oji,  belting :  and 

ΐίεριζώστρα,  ας,  ή,  a  belt,  girdle, 
apron,  band,  Theocr.  2,  122. 

ΤΙεριηγέομαι,  f  -ήσομαι,  (  περί, 
ήγέομαι)  dep.  mid.: — to  lead  round,  π. 
TiVL  TO  ούρος,  to  show  one  the  way 
round  the  mountain,  guide  him  round 
it,  Hdt.  7,  214  : — absol.,io  shou}  round 
and  explain  what  is  worth  notice ;  hence, 
generally,  to  explain,  describe,  Luc. 
Contempl.  1,  D.  Mort.  20, 1  ;  cf  περι- 
ήγησις and  περιηγητής. — II.  to  draw 
an  outline,  describe  in  general  terms,  opp. 
to  σνμπληροϋν.  Plat.  Legg.  770  B. 
— The  act.  περιηγέω,  only  in  Heliod. 
Hence 

ΤΙεριήγημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  thing  de- 
scribed :  hence 

Τίεριηγηματικός,  ή,  όν,  descriptory. 

ΤΙεριηγής,  ές,  {περιάγω,  -7]γέομαι) 
like  περιφερής,  led  round  in  a  circle, 
hence  lying  in  a  circle,  of  the  Cyclades 
lying  round  Delos,  Call.  Del.  198  ;  cf 
τροχοειόής :  generally,  round,  convex, 
Emped.  24,  Dion.  P.  157.     Cf.  περιά- 

y^i;     .  -  .       Ν 

ΪΙεριηγησις,  εως,  η,  (περιηγεομαι) 
α  leading  round  and  explaining  ivhat  is 
worth  notice:  hence,  generally,  descrip- 
tion, Luc.  Contempl.  22 :  esp.  geo- 
graphical description,  Aristid. :  cf.  πέ• 
ριηγητής. — II.  like  περιγραφή,  an 
outline  :  περιήγησιν,  in  shape  and  fig- 
ure, Hdt.  2,  73. — III.  a  revolution,  orbit, 
Lat.  orbis. 

ΤΙεριηγητής,  ov,  6,  {περιηγεομαι) 
one  who  leads  about,  esp.  one  who  guides 


ΠΕΡΙ 

strangers  about  and  shows  what  is  worth 
notice,  a  showman,  cicerone,  Plut.  2, 
675  D  ;  and,  at  t)e[phi,=  εξηγητής, 
Plut.  2,  395  A:  hence, — 2.  generally, 
a  describer,  esp.  of  geographical  de- 
tails, as  Dionysius  ό  περιηγητής,  cf. 
Luc.  Ver.  H.  2,  31;  α  show-man.  Id. 
Calumn.  5.     Hence 

ΐίεριηγητικός,  ή,  όν,  of  or  like  a 
general  description,  of,  belonging  to  a 
περιηγητής,  Plut.  2,  386  B.— 2.  de- 
scriptory, βιβλιά,  guide-books,  lb.  724 
D.     Adv.  -κώς. 

Τίεριήγητος,  ov,  {  περιηγεομαι  ) 
drawn  round,  put  round  as  a  border. 

ΤΙεριήδη,  Att.  plqpf  from  περίοιόα 
(q.  v.),  also  Od.  17,  317. 

ΐίεριηθέω,  ώ,  f  -ήσω,  {περί,  ήθέω) 
to  strain  through.     Hence 

Τίεριήθημα,  ατός,  τό,  any  thing 
strained,  Galen. — II.  that  which  remains 
after  straining,  dregs,  refuse. 

ΐίεριήκης,  ες,  { περί,  άκή )  very 
pointed  OV  sharp. 

ΐίεριήκω,  f  -ξω,  {περί,  f/κω)  to  have 
come  round  to  one,  like  περίειμι  {εΙμι), 
εΙς  τίνα,  Xen.  Cyr.  4,  6,  6 : — c.  ace, 
to  come  round  to  one  at  last,  τα  σέ 
περιήκοντα,  that  which  has  fallen  to 
thy  lot,  Hdt.  7,  16,  1  :  τούτον  τον 
άνδρα  φαιιεν  περιήκειν  τα  πρώτα, 
we  say  that  the  greatest  luck  befet 
this  man.  Id.  6,  80,  1  ;  (here  it  is 
possible  to  make  τα  πρώτα  the  ace 
after  the  verb,  as  we  say  that  this 
man  compassed,  gained  the  greatest 
luck  ;  and  so  Schweigh.  would  take 
even  the  former  passage,  but  not  so 
well). — 2.  of  time,  to  have  come  round, 
Plut.  Ages.  35. — Cf  περίειμι  {εΙμι), 
-έρχομαι. 

ΐίεριήλϋσις,  ή,  like  περιέλενσις.  α 
coming  round,  revolution,  Hdt.  2,  123  ; 
cf  περιείλησις.     Hence 

ΊΙεριη?.ντέομαι,  dep.,=  περιέρχο- 
μαι, LXX. 

ΐίεριημεκτέω,  ώ,  f  -ήσω,  strictly 
to  feel  violent  pain  ;  hence,  usu.,  to  be 
or  become  aggrieved,  sad,  angry ;  τινί, 
at  a  thing,  as,  τή  σνμφορή,  τη  δονλο- 
σννη,  τή  άπατη,  etc.,  Hdt.  1,  44,  164; 
4,  154  ;  but,  e  gen.  pers.,  to  be  ag- 
grieved at  or  with  him.  Id.  8,  109 ; 
absoL,  Id.  1,  114.  (The  simple  ήμε- 
κτέω  or  ήμεκτέω  does  not  occur. 
This  word,  which  is  Ion.  and  little 
used  except  in  Hdt.  and  late  Greek, 
as  N.  T.,  is  by  some  derived  from 
έμέω,  έχω  ;  by  others  from  αίμα, 
αΐμάσσω,  like  ήμωδία,  ήμωόιύω,  for 
αίμ- :  but  at  any  rate  it  need  not  be 
written  περιημεκτέω.) 

Τίεριήνεικα,  Ion.  aor.  1  οίπεριφέρω, 
Hdt.  1,  84. 

ίΐίεριήρης,  ους,  6,  Perieres,  son  of 
Aeolus  and  Enarete,  king  in  Messe- 
nia,  ApoUod.  1,  9,  5. — 2.  charioteer  of 
Menoeceus  of  Thebes,  ApoUod.  2,  4, 
11.— 3.  father  of  Borus,  II.  16,  177, 
— 4.  a  Cumaean,  who  founded  Zancle 
in  Sicily,  Thuc.  6,  4.  Others  in 
Paus. ;  etc. 

Περιηχέω,  ώ,  f.  -τ/σω,  {περί,  ήχέω) 
to  ring  all  round,  χα?.κός,  II.  7,  267  ; 
also  in  Plut.    Hence 

ΐίεριήχημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  resounding. 
Iambi.  :  and 

ΐίεριήχησις,  εωο,  i,=foreg.,  Plut 
Sull.  19. 

Ί1εριθα?.πής,  ές,  very  warm,  Nic. 
Th.  40,  Anth.  P.  7,  742 :  from 

ΐίεριθάλπω,  f.  -τ/'ω,  {περί,  θάλπω) 
to  warm  exceedingly. 

ΤΙεριθαμβής.  ές,  {  περί,  θάμβος ) 
much  alarmed,  .\p.  Rh.  2,  1158,  Plut. 

ΤΙεριθαρσύνω,  to  make  very  bold : 
from 

ΊΙεριθαρσυς,  v.  {περί,  θαρσνς,  θρα 
1157 


ΠΕΡΙ 

σνς)  very  bold,  confident,  Αρ.  Rh.  1, 
152,  195. 

ΤΙερίθειος,  ov,  most  divine,  dub. 

ΙΙβριθειόω,  ώ,  [περί,  θειόω  I)  to 
fumigate  all  round  with  sulphur,  to 
purify  :  also  περιθεόω,  q.  v.     Hence 

ύ.ερίθείωσις,  εως,  ή,  a  fumigating 
all  round  with  sulphur,  a  purification. 
Plat.  Crat.  405  A. 

ΪΙερίθεμα,  ατός,  τό,  any  thing  put 
or  placed  round. 

ΙΙεριθεύω,  ώ,  rarer  form  for  περί-• 
θειόω,  Meineke  Menand.  p.  42. 

ΤΙΐοίθερμος,  ov,  {περί,  θερμός)  very 
hot,  Plut.  2,  642  C. 

ΐίεριθέσιμος,  ov,  to  be  put  or  placed 
round,  Joseph. :  from 

ΙΙερίθεσις,  εως,  ή,  (περιτίθημι)  a 
putting  round,  piUting  on,  N.  T. 

ΤΙεμίθετός,  η,  όν,  and  περίθετος, 
ov,  Ar.  Thesm.  258 :  {περιτίθημι) : 
— put  round,  put  to  or  Ίΐροη  :  also  to 
be  put  round  or  upon,  it.  ττρύςωττον,  a 
7nask,  Aristomen.  Τόητ.  2;  κεφαλή 
π.,  a  head-dress,  Ar.  1.  c,  ubi  v. 
Schol. : — 7/  ττεριθετή  (sc.  κόμη),  false 
hair,  a  wig,  Aniphis  Alcin.  1,  Polyb. 
3,  78.  3,  Ath.  415  A  :  also  φενάκη. 

ΤΙεριθέω,  f.  -θενσομαί  and  -θευσον- 
μαι  {περί,  θέω) : — to  run  round,  περί 
όέ  χρνσεοΓ,  ϋεε  ττόρκης,  II.  β,  320,  ct'. 
Od.  24,  207  ;  τάφρος,  τείχος  ιτεριβέει, 
Hdt.  1,  178,  181  ;  c.  ace.  objecti,  ττ. 
T7/V  νήσον,  Plat.  Criti.  115  Ε  ;  also 
c.  dat.,  Hdn.  5,  5. — II.  to  run  about. 
Plat.  Rep.  475  D. 

ΤΙεριθεωρεω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {  περί, 
θεωρέω)  to  go  round  and  observe,  Luc. 
Hermot.  44. 

ΤΙεριθήκη,  ης,  ή,  that  which  one  puts 
round,  a  ltd,  cover. 

ΐίερίθημα,  ατός,  τό,=  περίθεμα,  an 
ornament,  Nicostr.  ap.  Stob.  p.  445, 
47. 

ΤΙερίθ?Μσις,  ή,  a  bruising,  Plut.  2, 
609  D :  from 

Περίθλάω,  (περί,  θλύω)  to  bruise  or 
squeeze  all  round,  Plut.  2,  341  A. 

Ί1εριθ7.ί3ω,  f.  -ψω,  {περί,  θλίβω) 
to  press  all  round,  Nonn.   [^λί] 

■\ΐΙερίθοίδαι,  ων,  ai,  Prrithoedae,  a 
deme  of  Attica,  of  the  tribe  Oenei's. 
Hence 

ΜΙερίθοίδης,  ov,  a,  of  (the  deme) 
Perithoedae,  ap.  Dem.  1219,  20. 

■^ΤΙερίθοος,  contd.  -θους,  gen. -θον, 
ό,^τίειηίθοος,  Soph.  Ο.  C.  1594. 

ΤΙεριβρΰσννω,  περιθρασύς,=^περι- 
θαρσ-,  q.  v. 

ΐίερίθραυσις,  εως,  ή,  α  breaking  all 
in  pieces,  Ε.  Μ.  :  from 

ΧΙερίθρανω,  {περί,  θραύω)  to  break 
all  round,  break  off,  Hipp.  Plut.  2, 
626  B. 

ΐίερίθρεκτέον,  verb.  adj.  from  περι- 
τρέχω, one  must  run  round,  Plat.  The- 
aet'.  160  E. 

ΐίεριθρηνέω,  ώ,  f  -ησω,  {περί,  θρψ 
νέω)  to  bewail  very  much  : — pass,  to 
resound  with  wailing,  Plut.  Anton.  56. 

ΪΙεριθριγκόω,  ω,  {περί,  θριγκόω) 
to  edge  all  round,  Plut.  Mar.  21. 

ΐίερίθρίξ,  ό,  the  fir.^t  growth  of  hair 
before  it  is  cut,  ap.  Suid. 

ΐίεριθρομβόομαι,ί,περί,θρομβόομαι) 
as  pass.,  to  congeal  all  round,  Galen. 

ΐίεριθρόνιος,  a,  ov,  {περί,  θρόνος) 
round  about  the  throne,  Orph.  H.  6,  4. 

ΤΙερίθρνλλέω,  or -θρί'λέω,  ώ,ί.-ήσω, 
{περί,  θρυλέω)  to  make  a  noise  round : 
— Pass.,  περιθρνλλεΐσθαί  ru  ώτα,  to 
have  one's  ears  still  ringing  iviih  the 
noise,  Greg.  Naz.     Hence 

ΐίερίθρνλλος,  ov,  like  περιβόητος, 
notorious,  fa7nous. 

ΐίεριθρύπτω,  f.  -φω,  {περί,  θρνπτω) 
to  rub  or  pound  in  pieces,  Diod. 

ΙΙερίθνμος,  ov,  {περί,  θνμός)  very 
1158 


ΠΕΡΙ 
wrathful,  Aesch.   Theb.   725.      Adv. 
■μως.  Id.  Cho.  40  ;  περιθνμως  ίχειν, 
to  be  very  angry,  Hat.  2,  162,   and 
pcrh.  3,  50. 

ΐίεριθϊφέω,  ώ,  {περί,  θύρα)  to  be 
about  the  door,  v.  1.  Ael.  N.  A.  1,  11. 

ΙΙεριθνω,  {περί,  θνω)  to  sacrifice 
round  about : — pass,  to  have  sacrifices 
offered  to  one  all  romid,  Plut.  2,  1C8  D. 

ΤΙεριθωρΰκίόιον,  ov,  τό,  v.  1.  for 
ίπιθωρακίδίον  in  Plut. 

ΐίαραάπτω,  {περί,  ίάπτω)  to  wound 
all  round,  περί  θνμός  ίάφθη,  Theocr. 
2,  82.  [ί] 

ΐίεριϊάχω,  {περί,  ίύχω)  to  sou7hI  all 
round,  re-echo,  περί  δ'  Ιαχε  πέτρα,  Od. 
9,  395 :  Ερ.  impf  περίαχε  [ί]  for 
περιίαχε,  Hes.  Th.  078. 

ΤΙεριϊδεΙν,  inf  of  aor.  περιεΐδον.  [«] 

ΤΙερίίδμεναι,  Ερ.  inf  of  perf  πε- 
ρίοιδα,  II.  13,  728. 

Πίράορόω,  ώ,  to  sweat  all  over. 
Hence 

ΤΙεράδρωσις,  εως,  ή,  a  sweating  all 
over,  Diosc. 

ΙΙερηζομαι,  {περί,  ϊζω)  dep.,  to  sit 
round  about,  κύκλω  περιίζόμενοι,  Hdt. 
1,  202,  cf  5,  41  ;'also  c.  ace.  objecti, 
π.  Tiva,  Id.  5,  4. 

ΤΙερίίππεύω,  {περί.  Ιππεύω)  to  ride 
round,  Polyb.  5,73,  12,  Luc.  Gall.  12. 

ΙΊερύπταμαι,  later  form  for  περι- 
πέτομαι. 

Τίεριϊστύνω,  later  collat.  form  of 
sq.,  to  place  roztnd,  τινί  τι. 

Τίεραστημι,  {.-στ/'/σω'.περί,  ίστημι): 
— in  trans,  tenses,  to  put,  place,  set, 
lay  round  a  thing,  τινί  τι,  Hdt.  3,  24, 
Plat.  Tim.  78  C ;  στρατον  περί  πάλιν, 
Xen.  Cyr.  7,  5,  1 ;  metaph.,  π.  φόβους 
τινί,  Critias  9,  37;  κίνδννόν  τινι, 
Polyb.  12,  15,  7. — 2.  to  7noiie  about, 
shift,  transfer,  τι  εις  τίνα,  to  another's 
shoulders,  Dem.  1014,  17  : — hence, 
— 3.  to  bring  round,  π.  πολιτείαν  εις 
εαυτόν,  to  bring  it  to  his  own  views, 
Arist.  Pol. :  esp.  into  a  worse  state, 
εις  τοϋθ'  ή  τύχη  τα  πρύ}•ματα  αντών 
περιέστησε,  isocr.  125  D,  cf  Aeschin. 
65,  24  ;  π.  εΙς  μοναρχίαν  την  πολι- 
τείαν, Polyb.  3,  8,  2  ;— and,  rarely,  in 
mid. — II.  in  aor.  1  mid.,  usu.  trans., 
to  place  round  one^s  self,  ξνστοφόρονς, 
Xen.  Cyr.  7,  5,  41  ;  cf  infra. 

B.  Pass.,  with  aor.  2.  pf ,  and  plqpf 
act.  : — to  sta7)d  roimd  about,  11.  4,  532  ; 
17,  95,  etc. ;  κνμαπεριστύθη,  a  wave 
ro.^!e  around  (Ep.  aor.  pass.),  Od.  11, 
212;  c.  ace.  objecti,  to  stand  round, 
encircle,  surround,  χορόν  περιίσταθ' 
όμιλος,  U.  18,  603  ;  (so  in  aor.  mid., 
βονν  περιστησαντο,  11.  2,  410,  Od. 
12,  356  ;)  μήπως  με  περιστήωσ'  h>a 
πολΛοί  (3  pi.  subj.  Ερ.  aor.  2  for 
-στώσί),  that  their  numbers  surround 
me  not,  II.  17,  95,  cf  Od.  20,  50  ;  so, 
περιστάντες  τό  θηρίον  κύκλω,  Hdt. 
1,  43  ;  cf  9,  5,  Eur.  Bacch.  1106  ;  to 
περιεστός  ημάς  δεινόν,  Thuc.  4,  10  : 
— but  also  c.  dat.,  though  not,  prob., 
in  the  literal  signf,  τον  πολέμου 
περιεστηκότος  τοϊς  θηβαίοις,  Dem. 
209,  22;  πηλίκα  τΐι  πάλει  περιέστηκε 
πράγματα.  Id.  450,  13,  etc.  :  —  τ« 
περιεστηκότα  πράγματα,  Lys.  193, 
36  ;  οΐ  περιεστώτες  καιροί,  Polyb.  3, 
80,  7. — II.  to  come  round,  turn  out,  esp. 
for  the  worse,  ίς  τοντο  περιέστη  ή 
τύχη,  fortune  was  so  completely  re- 
versed, Thuc.  4,  12,  cf  Isocr.  93  C, 
etc.  ;  τουναντίον  περιέστη  αντω,  it 
turned  out  quite  contrary  for  him, 
Thuc.  6,  24,  Plat.  Meno  70  C  ;  also, 
περιέστ7]κέ  τι  εις  τουναντίον.  Plat. 
Rep.  343  A  ;  περιίστασθαι  εις  τύχας, 
to  co7ne  to  be  dependent  on  chances, 
Thuc.  1,  78  ;  περιέστηκενή  πρότερον 
σωφροσύνη  νυν  ύ/3ου/ ta  φαινόμενη. 


ΠΕΡΙ 

Id.  1,  32;  τό  πράγμα  εις  νπέρδεινόν 
μοι  περιέστη,  Dem.  551,  2,  cf  969, 
10,  so,  c.  inf,  περιειστι'ικει  τοις  βοη- 
θείας δεομένοις  αυτούς  έτεροϊς  βοη- 
θεΤν,  Id.  301,  8;  περιέστηκεν  εις 
τοντο  ΰςτε..,  Lycurg.  148,  10. — III.  to 
step  aside,  out  of  the  way,  Luc.  Hermot 
86 :  hence  to  simn,  dread,  Joseph. — 
IV.  to  be  close  at  ha7id.  Lob.  Phryn 
377. 

ΤΙεριΙσχναίνω,  {περί,  ίσχναίνω)  to 
dry  exceedingly,  Hipp. 

ΪΙερύσχω,^περιέχω,  Thuc.  5,  71. 

ΊΙεριϊτεον,  verb.  adj.  from  περί- 
ειμι  (εΙμι),  one  must  go  about,  7nake  a 
circuit.  Plat.  Phaedr.  274  A.  [t] 

ΤΙερικαγχάλάω,  ω,  {περί,  καγχα- 
?Λω)  to  laugh  all  round,  Opp.  H.  4,  326. 

Τϊερικάδομαι,  Dor.  for  -κηδομαι, 
Pind. 

Ώεοικΰής,  ες,  {περικαίω)  on  fire 
all  round :  burning  hot,  Hipp.  Adv. 
-ως,  Plut.  Ages.  11. 

ΐίερικάβαίρω,  {περί,  καθαίρω)  to 
purify  on  all  sides :  go  round  a7id  purify. 
Plat.  Criti.  120  A. 

ΐίερικαθάπτω,  f.  -ψω,  {περί,  κα- 
θάπτω)  to  fasten,  hang  on  alt  roimd 
about :  in  mid.  to  fasten  on  one's  self, 
put  on,  νεβρίδας,  Plut.  2,  304  E. 

ΐίερικάθύρίζω,  =  περικαΟαίρω, 
LXX. 

ΤΙερικύθαρμα,  ατός,  τό,=κάθαρμα, 

ΐίερικαθαρμός,  ov.  ό,{περικαθαίρω} 
α  purification.  Plat.  Legg.  815  C. 

ίίερικάθαρσις,  εως,  ή,  α  clearing 
round,  των  βιζών,  Theo[)hr. 

ΤΙερικαθέζομαι,  {περί,  καθίζομαι) 
dep.,  to  sit  doum  round  or  invest  a 
town,  c.  ace,  Dem.  1379, 23,  Luc.  V. 
Hist.  1,23. 

ΐίερικάθημαι.  Ion.  -κάτημαι,  inf. 
-ησθαι :  strictly  perf  of  the  foreg. : 
— to  be  seated  or  to  sit  all  roai7id,  τρα- 
πέζι, at  table,  Hdt.  3,  32  ;  but  us», 
c.  ace.  objecti,  esp.  π.  πάλιν,  to  be- 
leaguer, invest,  besiege  a  town,  Hdt.  I, 
103  ;  5,  126,  etc. ;  also  of  ships,  to 
blockade.  Id.  9,  75 :  c.  ace.  pers.,  to  sit 
down  by  one  as  a  companion.  Id,  3, 
14.     Hence 

ΤΙερικάθησις,  ή,  a  sitting  round 
about :  esp   a  besieging. 

ΤΙερικαβίζω,  {περί,  καθίζω)  to  sit 
round  about,  LXX, 

ΤΙερικαίυνμαι,  {περί,  καίνιψαι)  ta 
overcome,  e.vcel,  c.  ace.  Nic.  Th.  38. 

ΠίρίΛ-«ίω,  ί\ιί.-κανσω,{περί,  καίω) 
to  burn  or  scorch  round  about : — Pass., 
to  be  all  scorched,  Hdl.  4,  69  ;  metaph. 
to  be  inflamed,  excited,  Andoc.  20,  1. 

Τίεμικΰκέω,  ώ,  {περίκακος)  to  be  in 
ea'tre7ne  ill-luck,  to  be  plunged  in  despair, 
Polyb.  1,  58,  5  ;  τοις  ΰλοις.  Id.  3,  84, 
6.     Hence 

ΤΙερικάκησις,  εως,  ή,  extreme  ill- 
luck,  Polyb.  1,  85,  2,  etc. 

ΤΙερίκάκος,  ov,  {περί,  κακός)  very 
u7ifortunate,  in  despair.  Prod. 

Ι1ερικάλινδέω,^=  περικνλινόέω. — 
Hence 

Τ1ερικά?.ίνδησις,  τι,=^περικνλίνδη- 
σις,  Plut.  2,  919  Α. 

ΐίερικαλλής,  ές,  {περί,  κάλλος) 
right  beautiful,  very  beautiful,  freq.  in 
Hom.,  usu.  of  things,  φόρμιγξ,  κίθα 
ρις,  11.  1,  603,  Od.  1,  153  ;  α%λ.ή,  εννή, 
δίφρος,  βωμός,  etc. ;  of  women  only 
in  11.  5,  389;  16,  85,  Od.  11,  281  ;  and 
of  men  first  in  H.  Hom.  Merc.  323, 
397,  504  ;  but  of  a  man's  eyes  in  Od. 
13,  401,  433;  of  a  statue,  Orac.  ap. 
Hdt.  5,  60;  of  a  country,  Hdt.  7,  5. 
Adv.  -λέως,  -λώς,  post-Horn.  Com- 
par.  -έστερος,  superl.  -έστατος,  Ath 
555  C,  680  C. 

Ί1ερικαλ?ύμάχοι,  ων,  oL  those  wha 


IIEPI 
ere  about  Callimachus,  his   adherents, 
comic   word   in   Phil.  Thess.  44,  6, 
needlessly  altered  into  ΐίαρακαλλί- 
μαχοι ;  v.  ττερί  C.  II.  [d] 

ΪΙερικά/.νμμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  covering, 
garniKnl,  Plat,  Polit.  279  D:  [a]  from 

ΤΙερίχάΆν~τω,  L  -■ψω,  (τνερί,  κα- 
?.ν77Γω)  to  cover  all  round,  cover  quite, 
νέφος  'ΰερί  πάντα  καλύπτει,  II.  17, 
243,  cf.  10,  201 ;  π.  τινά  εν  ίματίω, 
Χβα.  Cyr.  7,  3,  13 ;  τό  σώμα.  Plat., 
etc.  —  II.  to  put  round  as  a  covering, 
Tivi  Ti,  Hdt.  4. 23  ;  metaph.,  π.  πράγ- 
μασι  σκότον,  to  throw  a  veil  of  dark- 
ness over  the  deeds,  Eur.  Ion  1522. 
Hence 

ΐ]ερικΰ?Λφή,  ης,  η,  a  wrapping, 
covering.  Plat.  Legg.  942  D. 

ΙΙερικαμπή,  ης,  ή,  a  bending  round, 
Hipp. :   from 

ΐίερικύμπτω,  f.  -φω,  {περί,  κάμ- 
πτω) to  bend  round,  την  χείρα  τοις 
β'Αεφάροις  π.,  Luc.  (?)  Philopatr.  19. 
— II.  seemingly  intr.,  to  drive  round 
(sub.  άρμα  or  ϊππους).  Plat.  Euthyd. 
291  B.     Hence 

ΤΙερίκαμιΡις,  εως,  ή,  a  bending  round. 

ΐίερικάρόιος,  ov,  {περί,  καρδία) 
about  or  near  the  heart,  αίμα,  Emped. 
317,  Critias  8  : — το  π.,  the  membrane 
round  the  heart. 

ϊίερικαρ-ιάκ,ανθος,ον, having  thorns 
or  prickles  upon  the  περικύρπίον,  of 
the  τρί;3ολος,  Theophr. 

Ίίερικάρπιον,  ου,  τό,  {περί,  καρ- 
πός k)  the  case  of  the  fruit  or  seed,  the 
pod,  htisk,  etc. ;  the  skin,  peel,  shell  of 
fruit,  Arist.  Probl.  20,  25,  Theophr. 
— II.  {καρπός  Β)  α  bracelet. 

ΊΙερίκαρφισμός,  ού,  6,  {περί,  κάρ- 
φος)  a  practice  of  hens,  so  called  by 
Plut.  2,  700  D;  and  described  by 
Arist.  H.  A.  6,  2,  20,  thus,  αί  όρνιθες 
όχενθεΐσαι  κάρφος  περιβύλ/Μνται, — 
by  PlirL  thus,  villares  gallinae  festuca 
aliqua  se  et  ova  lustrant. 

ίΐερικαταβάλ/uj,  {περί,  καταβάλ- 
7aj)  to  lay  down  around  or  upon,  τί 
Tivi,  Ap.  Rh.  3,  707. 

ϋερικατάγνϋμί,  ί.  -άξω,  {περί,  κα- 
τάγννμι)  to  break  all  round,  π.  ξν/.ον 
τύπτοντα,  to  break  it  about  his  back, 
Ar.  Lys.  357. 

Περίκατακλάω,  f.  -άσω,  to  break  all 
round  about,  OsanQ.  Auctar.  Lex.  p. 
126.  [a] 

ΙΙερικαταλα/ιβύνω,  £  -^άιφομαι, 
{περί,  καταλαμβάνω)  to  embrace  or 
enclose  all  round,  Arist.  Probl.  25,  56, 
2. — 2.  metaph.,  to  overtake,  ό  νέος 
καρπός  περικατα/.αμβάνει  άει  τον 
ενόν,  Theophr. — 3.  to  seize  and  force, 
■περικαταλαμβανόμενος  τοις  καιροΐς, 
compelled  by  circumstances,  Polyb. 
16,  2,  8,  ct  Arist.  Mund.  6,  33.— II. 
intr.,  περικαταλαβονσης  της  ώρας, 
the  season  having  come  round  or  re- 
turned, Theophr. ;  v.  περί  G.  II. 

ΤΙερικατάλαμψις,  εως,  ή,  {περί, 
κατά.  7Αμπω)  α  shining  over  against, 
Tim.  Locr.  97  Β,  cf.  Ast  Lex.  Plat. 

ΐίερικαταλείπω,  f.  -ψω,  to  leave 
over,  V.  1.  in  Polyb.  4,  63,  10. 

ΙΙερικατάληπτος,  ov,  {περικατα- 
λαιι3άνω)  overtaken  and  surrounded, 
LXX. 

ΙΙερικατάληφις,  ή,  an  overtaking, 
detaining,  Theophr. 

Τίερικαταπίπτω,  {περί,  καταπίπ- 
τω) to  fall  down  around  ocupon,  δονρί, 
Αρ.  Rll.  2,  831. 

ΐίερικαταρβέω,  {περί,  καταββέω)  to 
fall  in  and  go  to  ruin,  Lys,  185,  20. 

Ι1ερικαταρ()ήγννμι,  f.  -βήξω,  {περί, 
καταρρήγννμι)  to  tear  down  all  round 
about:  —  mid.,  περικατε^ιβί/ξατο  τον 
άνωθεν  πέπλον,  she  tore  off  and  rent 
L•r  outer  garment,  Xen.  Cyr.  5,  1,6. 


ΠΕΡΙ 

ΙΙερικαταστρέφω,  ί.--φω,(περί,  κατα- 
στρέφω) to  overturn,  throw  down,  Strab, 

ΐίερικατασφάζω,  or  -σφάττω,  f.  -ξω, 
{περί,  κατασφάζω)  to  slaughter  over, 
Ti  περί  τι,  Polyb.  1,  86,  6. 

Ιίερικατατίθημι,  to  put  over  round 
about. 

ΐίερικαταχέω,  f.  -χεύσω,  to  shed 
around  or  over. 

ΤΙερικατέχω,  f.  -καθέξω,  to  shut  in 
all  round,  Joseph. 

Τίερικάτημαι,  Ion.  for  περικάθημαι, 
Hdt. 

ΙΙερίκανσις,  εως,  η,  {περικαίω)  a 
burning  or  heating  all  round,  Theophr. 

ΙΙερικανστός,  ή,  όν,  {περικαίω) 
burnt  all  round. 

ΐίερικάω,  Att.  for  περικαίω.  [ά] 

ΐίερίκειμαι,  inf.  -κείσθαι :  ί.-κείσο- 
μαι  (περί,  κείμαι) : — as  pass.  To  lie 
round  about,  π.  τινί,  to  lie  stretched 
upon  one,  εύρε  όέ  ΐΐατρόκ/.φ  περικεί- 
μενον  δν  φίλον  νίόν,  II.  19, 4 ;  γωρντός 
τάξω  περίκίΐτο,  a  case  was  round  the 
bow,  Od.  21,  54;  οις  στέφανος  περί- 
κειται,  Pind.  Ο.  θ,  100  :— absol.,  τεί- 
χος περίκειται,  Hes.  Th.  733 ;  τα 
περικείμενα  χρνσία,  plates  of  gold 
laid  on  (an  ivory  statue),  Thuc.  2,  13. 
— 2.  metaph.,  ov  τι  μοι  περίκειται, 
there  is  no  advantage  for  me,  It  is  no- 
thing to  me,  II.  9,  321  ;  like  ov  τι  πε- 
ριττόν  or  πλέον  έχω. — II.  c.  ace,  to 
have  round  one,  to  wear,  περικείμενοι 
τε?^αμώνας  περί  τοΐσι  ανχέσι,  Hdt.  1, 
171  ;  so,  π.  πτέρυγα,  προςωπεΐον, 
Luc.  Icarom.  14,  Nigr.  11  ;  περικεί- 
μενος  νβριν,  clad  in  arrogance,  The- 
ocr.  23,  14 ;  cf  έπιένννμι. 

ΤΙερικείρω,  {περί,  κείρω)  to  shear  or 
clip  all  round,  κακώς  π.  την  κόμην, 
Hdt.  3,  154  ;  mid.,  περικείρεσθαι  τρί- 
χας, to  clip  one^s  hair.  Id.  4,  71. 

ίίερικε καλνμμένως,  adv.  part,  pf 
pass.,  covertly. 

ΐίερικεκομμένως,  adv.  part.  perf. 
pass.,  briefly,  Lat.  concise. 

ΐίεριχεντέω,  ώ,  ί.  -ήσω,  {περί,  κεν- 
τέω)  to  prick  on  all  sides,  App. 

ΙΙερικεράω,  ώ,  {περί,  κερύω)  to  out- 
flank, of  an  army,  like  νπερκεράω,  π. 
τους  νπεναντίονς,  Polyb.  11,  1,  5  ; 
υπέρ  τά  θηρία.  Id.  5,  84,  8. 

Τλερικερδής,  ες,  greedy  of  gain. 

ΐίερικεφάλαιος,  a,  ov,  {περί,  κεφα- 
λή) tied  round  the  head  ;  hence, — II.  as 
subst.,  ή  περικεφα'/.αία  and  τό  περι- 
κεφά/.αιον,  a  covering  for  the  head,  hel- 
met, etc.,  Polyb.  3,  71,  4;  6,  22,  3.— 
2.  a  disorder  of  the  head,  Theophr.  [ά] 

ΊΙερικέφά/.ος,  ov,  =  foreg..  Math. 
Vett. 

Τίερικηδομαι,  {περί,  κήδομαι)  dep., 
to  be  very  anxious  or  concerned  about 
one,  c.  gen.,  ^Οδνσσήος,  Od.  3,  219; 
δικαίων  περικαδόμενοι,  Pind.  Ν.  10, 
99  :  —  π.  τινΙ  βιότου,  to  take  care  of  a 
living  for  him,  Od.  14,  527. 

ΐίερίκηλος,  ov,  {περί.  κηλον)  ex- 
ceeding dry,  all  dry  or  parched,  δένδρεα, 
Od.  5,  240  ;  ξύλα,  18,  308. 

ΐίερίκηπος,  ov,  b,  {περί,  κήπος)  a 
garden  round  a  town  or  house,  Diog. 
L.  9,  36.  —  2.  α  way  or  space  round  a 
garden,  Longus  4,  20. — 3.  the  border 
of  a  garden-plot. 

Τίερικίδναμαι,  {περί,  κίδναμαι)  as 
pass.,  to  spread  round  about,  Anth. 

ΤΙερικΙνέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  move 
round,  drive  round. 

ΤΙερικΙόνιος,  ov,  6,  a  name  of  Bac- 
chus at  Thebes,  Orph.  H.  46,  I. 

ΐίερικίων,  ov.  {περί,  κίων)  like  πε- 
ρίστν/ος,  surrounded  with  pillars,  Eur. 
Erechth.  13, 7.— II.  as  subst.,  6  and  ή 
ΤΓ. .  a  colonnade. 

ΤΙερικλάδής,  ές,  {περί.  κ?.άδος)  with 
branches  all  round,  Ap.  Rh.  4,  216. 


ΠΕΡΙ 

Τίερικ/.ύζω,  {περί.  κ?.άζω)  to  make 
a  noise  round  about,  Tryph.  249. 

ΤΙερικ/.αίω,  (ττερί,  κ/.αίω)  to  stand 
weeping  round,  0pp.  H.  5,  674 ;  π.  τό 
σώμα,  Plut.  Brut.  44. 

ΐίερίκλάσις,  εως,  ή,  a  breaking 
round :  a  twisting  about,  clumsy  gestic- 
ulation, σώματος,  Plut.  2,  45  D. — II. 
the  wheeling  round  of  an  army,  Polyb. 
10,  21,  6.  —  UL  of  ground,  the  being 
broken,  ruggedncss.  Id.  3,  104,  4  :  from 

ΐίερικλύω,  f.  -άσω,  {περί,  κλύω)  to 
break  round  0Γ  off,  Theophr.  —  II.  to 
lead  an  army  round,  wheel  it  round  to 
right  or  left,  Polyb.  11,  ]2,  4,  cf. 
23,  2.  —  III.  τόποι  περικεκ/.ασμένοι, 
rough,  broken  ground.  Id.  12,  20,  6; 
so,  /.όφοί  περικεκλ..  Id.  18,  5,  9;  πό- 
7.εις  περικεκλ.,  cities  «»  such  ground. 
Id.  9,  21,  7.  [ά] 

ΤΙερικλεης,  ές,  {περί,  κ?.έος)  fa- 
mous all  round,  far-famed,  Anth.  P.  7, 
119. 

αΐερίκ7.εια,  ας,  η,  Periclea,  fern. 
pr.  n.,  Anth.  P.  7,  552. 

αΐερίκ?.είδης,  ου,  ό.  Dor.  -δας, 
Periclides,  a  Lacedaemonian,  Ar. 
Lys.  1138,  Thuc.  4, 119.— 2.  an  Athe- 
nian, Aeschin.  22,  20. 

Ί\ερικ7.είζω,  Ϊ.  -ξω,  to  celebrate  all 
round. 

ΐίερίκλεισμα,  ατός,  τό,  {περικ7.είω) 
a  place  shut  in  all  round. 

ΤΙερικλέϊστος,  ov,  later  form  for 
περικ7.εής,  from  περικ7.είζω. 

ΐίερικλε ιστός,  όν,  nhut  in  all  round, 
V.  1.  Plut.  Cim.  et  Luc.  1. 

'ί1ερικ7.ειτός,  ή,  όν,  {περί,  κ7.είω, 
κ7.έος)  famous  all  round,  far-famed, 
Theocr.  17,  34,  Q.  Sm.  3,  305 ;  cf. 
I  περικ7.ντός. 

^ΐίερίκλειτος,  ου,  ο,  Periclltus, 
masc.  pr.  n_,  Plut.,  etc". 

Περίκλεί'ω,  Ion.  -κ/.ηίω,  Hdt.  ;  and 
in  Thuc.  -κλ-ί/ω,  -κ7ι^σω :  { περί, 
κ7.ειω,  κ7.είς).  Το  shut  in  all  round, 
ονρος  περικ7.ηίον,  πεδίον  περικεκ7.η- 
ϊμένον  οΰρει,  Hdt.  3,  117;  7, 129,  etc. ; 
to  surround,  of  ships,  Thuc.  2,  90 ;  and 
so  in  mid.,  7,  52. 

Τίερικλιμζω,  Ion.  for  περικ7.είζω. 
Hence 

'Π.ερικ7.ηίστός,  όν,  Ioxl  for  περί- 
κλειστος, Coluth.  266,  285. 

Τ1ερικλ?μω,  Ion.  for  περικλείω, 
Hdt. 

^ΐίερικλής,  έονς,  ό,  Pericles,  son  of 
Xanthippus  and  Agariste,  the  cele- 
brated Athenian  statesman  and  gen- 
eral, on  account  of  his  eloquence 
styled  ο  '07.ύμπιος,  Hdt.  6,  131  ; 
Thuc.  2.  65  ;  Ar. ;  etc.— 2.  son  of  the 
preceding,  one  of  the  generals  at  the 
battle  of  the  .\rgiausae  insulae,  Xen. 
Hell.  1,  5,  16. — 3.  son  of  Periclitus, 
Ath.  234  F. 

'Ώ.ερίκ7.ησις,  εως,  η,  {περί,  κα7.έω, 
κ7.ήσις)  =  παράκ7.ησις,  Spohn  de 
Extr.  Od.  Parte,  p.  199. 

Ϊ1ερικ7^φω,  v.  sub  περικ/^ίω. 

ΐίερικ/ύνής,  ες,  {περί.  κ/Μ-ω)  slo- 
ping on  all  sides,  of  the  roof  of  the 
Odeum,  Plut.  Pericl.  13;  so,  λόόοί 
π..  Id.  Pelop.  32,  etc. 

ΊΙερίκ7ΰνον,  ov,  τό,  {περί,  κ7Λνη) 
a  couch  or  sofa  round  a  table,  Philo. 

Περί/ίΡ,οΐ'ί'ω,  ώ,  f.  -ησω,  (περί,  κ7.ο- 
νέω)  to  confuse,  stir  up  a  struggle  all 
round,  κνδοιμον,  Q..  Sm.  2,  649. 

ϋΐέρικ/ος,  ov,  ό,  Periclus,  one  of 
the  Codridae,  Paus.  7,  3,  10. 

ΐίερικ/.νδην,  {  περικ7.νΜ  )  adv., 
pouring  round  about  or  over,  Hipp.   [v\ 

Ίίερικ7.νδωνίζομαι,  as  pass.,  to  be 
washed  round  by  the  waves,  v.  1.  Plut. 

Τίερίκλνζω,  f.  -νσω,  {περί,  κ/ΰ^ω) 
to  wash  all  round,  of  the  sea  :  pass,  to 
be  washed  all  round,  νδατι,  Eur.  (?) ; 
1159 


ΠΕΡΙ 

esp.  of  an  island,  Thuc.  6,  3 ;  /z^  πε- 
ρικλνζοιο  θαλασσί),  i.  e.  venture  not 
on  the  sea,  Aral.  287. 

Τίερίκλνμενον,  ov,  τό,  also  περί- 
κλνμενος,  ου,  ό,  a  creeping  kind  of 
shrub,  perh.  the  honeysuckle,  caprifo- 
Uum.  Diosc.  4,  14.  [i'] 

\ΥΙερικ'λύμενος,  ov,  o,P(ricli/jnSniut, 
son  of  Neleus,  brother  of  Nestor,  an 
Argonaut,  Od.  11,  280,  Find.  P.  4, 
312,  Ap.  Rh.  1,  156.— 2.  son  of  Nep- 
tune, engaged  in  the  iirst  Theban 
war,  Eur.  Phoen.  11C4.— Others  in 
Pans.,  etc. 

ΐίερίκλνσις,  ή,=  περικλνσμός,  Ael. 
Ν.  Α.  16,  15. 

ΤΙερίκλνσμα,  ατός,  τό,  (περικλνζω) 
α  washing  all  round.  —  II.  water  for 
washing,  Galen. 

Τ1ερίκ?.νσμός,  οΰ,  6,  a  washing  all 
round :  ablution. 

ΤΙερίκλνστος,  η,  ov,  Att.  also  ος, 
ov,  Aesch.  Pers.  879  (περικ'λύζω) : — 
washed  all  round,  esp.  of  islands,  sea- 
washed,  ί^ήλος,  Η.  Horn.  Αρ.  181,  cf 
Aesch.  Pers.  596  and  1.  c,  Eur.  H. 
F.  1080. 

ΤΙερικλντός,  ή,  όν,  {περί,  κλνώ) 
strictly,  heard  of  all  round,  and  so  fa- 
mous, renowned,  Lat.  inclytus,  esp.  of 
artists,  ΰοίδός,  Od.  1,  325,  etc. ;  of 
the  god  Vulcan.  II.  1,  607,  Od.  8,  287, 
and  Hes. ;  but  also  of  things,  π.  όώρα, 
έργα,  excellent,  noble,  II.  6,  324  ;  7,  299. 

Ηίερίκλντος,  ov,  6,  Periclytus,  a 
statuary,  pupil  of  Polycletus,  Paus. 

5,  17,  4. — Others  in  Paus. 
'Π.ερίκ7<,ώζυ,  to  drive  off  by  clapping 

of  hands  on  all  sides. 

ΐΙερικ?Μβω,  f.  -σω,  (ττερί,  κλώθω) 
to  spin  round  about,  LXX. 

ΤΙερίκνημίδίος,  a,  ov,=  sq. 

ΙΙερικΐ'7/μίος,  ov,  {περί,  κνήμη) 
round  the  leg :  as  subst.  to  π.,  Hipp. 

ΐίερικντ/μίς,  Ιόος,  ή.  {περί,  κνήμη) 
α  covering  for  the  leg,  Dion.  Η. 

ΐίερικνίδίον,  ov,  τό,  in  Anth.  P.  9, 
226,  θύμων  περικνίδια,  prob.  stalks  or 
leaiies  of  thyme.  [t(5] 

ΐίερικνίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {περί,  κνίζω)  to 
giiaw  all  round,  of  bees,  Anth.  P.  9, 
220  :  metaph.  to  keep  nibbling  at,  try- 
ing a  thing,  Plut.  2,  10  B. 

ΤΙερικνύω,  to  scratch  or  rub  all 
round,   [ϋ] 

ΙΙερίκοκκνζω  or  -άζω,  {περί.  κοκκν- 
ζω)  to  cry  cuckoo  all  round,  Ar.  Eq.  697. 

ΤΙερίκολλύω,  ώ,  {περί,  κολλάω)  to 
glue  all  round,  Geop. 

ΊΙερικο?.ονω,  {περί,  κολονω)  to  cut 
xhort,  clip  all  round,  Nic.  Al.  267.— II. 
metaph.  to  humble,  Plut.  2,  139  B. 

ΤΙερικολπίζω,  {περί,  κόλπος  II.  2) 
to  sail  round  a  bay,  Arr.  Peripl.  40. 

ΤΙερίκομϊδή,  ης,  η,  a  carrying  round, 
Geop. :  from 

Τίερικομίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (περί,  κομίζω) 
to  carry  round,  Thuc.  7,  9: — pass.,  to 
go  round.  Id.  3,  81. 

Τίερίκομμα,  ατός,  τό,  {περικόπτω) 
that  which  is  cut  off  all  round,  mince- 
meat, Alex.  Pannych.  4,  Metagen. 
Thuriop.  1  :  περικόμματα  ίκ  σον 
σκευάσω,  Ar.  Eq.  372. — II.  =  περι- 
κοπή II.,  Plut.  2,  765  C. 

ΐίερίκομμύτιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from 
foreg.,  Ar.  Eq.  770. 

ΐίερίκομος,  ov,  {περί,  κόμη)  covered 
all  over  with  leaves,  Theophr. 

ΊΙερικομπέω,  ώ,  {περί,  κομπέω)  to 
sound  round  about,  LXX.,  v.  1.  Thuc. 

6,  17. 

ΐίερίκομψος,  ov,  {περί,  κομφός) 
very  elegant,  exquisite,  Ar.  Pac.  994. 

ΐίερικονδνλοπωροφίλα,    ή,    (περί, 
κόνδν?Μς,  πώρος,  φολέω)  loving  swelled 
knuckles,  epith.  of  the  gout  in  Luc. 
Tragop.  201. 
1160 


ΠΕΡΙ 

ΊΙερικοπή,  ης,  i],  {περικόπτω)  a 
cutting  all  round,  mutilation,  esp.  of 
the  Herniae  at  Athens,  Thuc.  6,  28, 
Andoc.  3,  13. — II.  the  outline  or  gen- 
eral form  of  a  person  or  thing,  Polyb. 
6,  53,  6 :  κατά  τι/ν  περικοπήν,  in  ex- 
ternals, Id.  10,25,5:  even  household 
ornaments,  plate,  etc.,  32,  12,  0.— 111. 
a  section:  in  Eccl.,  a  portion  of  scrip- 
ture for  reading,  as  the  Sunday  epis- 
tles and  gospels  ;  elsewh.  ρί/σις. 

ΪΙερικόπτης,  ου,  ό,  a  thief,  robber : 
from 

ΤΙερικόπτω,  f  -ψω,  {περί,  κόπτω) 
to  cut  all  round,  clip,  mutilate,  Thuc. 
6,  27,  Lys.  143,  34  ;  cf  περικοπή  I.— 
2.  to  lay  ivaste  an  enemy's  country, 
from  the  practice  of  cutting  down  the 
fruit-trees,  etc.,  Dem.  92,  9:  hence, 
generally,  to  waste,  plunder,  Id.  110, 
19,  Diod.  4,  19,  Strab.,  etc. ;  cf  κεί- 
ρω  I.  3. — 3.   to  lessen,  weaken. 

ΤΙερικορδύκίζω,=^  κορδακίζω. 

Ώερικορεω,  ώ.  i.  -ήσω,  {περί,  κο- 
ρίω)  to  sweep  together  from  all  sides. 
Hence 

ΪΙερικόρημα,  ατός,  τό,  sweepings. 

ΙΙερικοσμέω,  ώ,  ϊ.  -ήσω,  {περί,  κοσ- 
μέω)  to  deck  all  round,  App. 

ΐίερικόσμιος,  ov,  round  the  world. 

ΤΙερίκονρος,  ov,  {περικείρω)  shorn 
all  round,  as  was  done  to  boys,  Lat. 
circumtonsus. — II.  surrounded  and  taken 
prisoner,  like  άμφίκουρος. 

ΐίερικόχλιον,  ov,  τό,  {περί,  κοχ- 
λίας) the  female  screw. 

Ώερικράζω,  (περί,  κράζω)  to  croak 
or  scream  all  round,  0pp.  Ix.  1,  7. 

ΤΙερικράνία,  ας,  ή,  the  skin  round 
the  skull  (sub.  μτ/νιγξ). 

ΤΙερικράνιον,  ov,  τό,  a  pillow:  [ti] 
strictly  neut.  from 

ΤΙερικράνιος,  ov,  {περί,  κρανίου) 
passing  round  the  skull,   [ά] 

ΤΙερίκρΰνον,  ου,  τό,  a  covering  for 
the  head,  helmet,  Strab.  tp•  502. 

ΤΙερικράτέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  conquer, 
Joseph.  :  from 

ΐίερικρΰτής,  ες,  (περί,  κρατέω)  con- 
quering, powerful,  0pp.  Η.  4,  540, 
Anth. 

ΐίερίκρεμάυνϋμι :  f.  -κρεμάσω  [ΰ]. 
Att.  -κρεμώ  (περί,  κρεμάνννμι) :  —  to 
hang  round,  Anth. : — pass,  to  be  hung 
about,  to  cling  to,  c.  dat.,  ματρί,  Leon. 
Tar.  4,  4.     Hence 

Τίερικρεμής,  ες,  hung  round  with  a 
thing,  άναθήμασι,  Luc.  Tragop.  141. 

ΐίερίκρημνος,  ov,  {περί,  κρημνός) 
steep  all  round,  {SlTah.'?)  Plut.  Sull.  10. 

ΐίερικρυτέω,  ώ,  to  rattle  all  round : 
from 

Περίκροτος,  ov,  (περί,  κροτέω)  rat- 
tling all  round,  Noiiu, 

ΤΙερικρονω,  {περί,  κρούω)  to  strike 
all  round,  περικρονσθείσα  πέτρας  τε 
και  όστρεα,  having  stones  and  shells 
struck  down  from  it.  Plat.  Rep.  611  Ε : 
but,  περικρούειν  πέδας,  to  fasten  fet- 
ters on  one,  Plut.  2,  499  A.  —  2.  to 
strike  all  round,  as  one  docs  an  earthen 
vessel,  etc.,  to  see  if  it  be  sound,  Plat. 
Phileb.  55  C  :  περικεκρονσμένος,  un- 
sound, cracked,  ap.  A.  B.  p.  00. 

Ώερικρνερής,  όν,  very  cold  or  frosty. 

ΤΙερικρύπτω,  f -ψω,  {περί,  κρύπτω) 
to  conceal  by  wrapping  up,  Strab.,  Luc. 
D.  Mort.  ίο,  θ. 

ΐίερικρώζω,  f  -ξω,  {περί,  κρώζω)  to 
caw  all  round,  of  the  crow,  Dio  C. 

ΐίερι κτάομαι,  f  -ήσομαι,  dep.  mid., 
to  acquire. 

ΐίερικτείνω,  i.  -κτενώ,  {περί,  κτεί- 
νω)  to  kill  round  about,  to  slay  near  or 
beside :  once  read  in  U.,  now  divisim 
περί  KT: 

ΤΙερίκτησις,  ή,  acquisition,  posses- 
sion. 


ΠΕΡΙ 

ΊΙερικτίονες,  όνων,  οΙ,{περί,  κτίζω) 
like  ΰμφικτίονες,  the  dwellers  around, 
neiglibours,  Horn.  ;  who  also  has  π. 
άνθρωποι,  π.  Ιπίκονροι,  Od.  2,  65,  11. 
17,  220  ;  explained  by  the  words  oi 
περιναιετιϊονσι,  Od.  2,  05  ;  also  in 
Orac.  ap.  Ildt.  7,  148,  Pind.  N.  11, 
24,  I.  8  (7),  136.  This  sing,  is  not  in 
use,  as  in  the  case  of  περικτίται :  in 
Att.  prose  περίοικοι,  but  Thuc.  3, 
104  has  περικτιονες  :  cf  ύμφικτίονες, 
-νονές,  [τϊ] 

^ΐίερικτιόντ},  ης,  ή,  Perictione, 
daughter  of  Critias,  mother  of  Plato, 
Ael.  V.  H.  10,  21.— 2.  a  female  of  the 
Pythagorean  sect,  Stob.  1,  02  (Dind. 
ap.  Steph.  Thes.  for  -κτυόνη). 

ΐίερικτίται,  ών,  ol,  =  περικτίονες, 
Od.  11,288.   [τϊ} 

Τϊερίκτϋπέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσΐΛ,  to  crash  or 
sound  around. 

ΤΙερικϋδαίνω,  {περί,  κνδαίνω)  to  ex- 
tol all  round.  Or.  Sib. 

ΤΙερικϋδής,  ές,  {περί,  κνδος)  very 
famous,  Nic.  Th.  345. 

ΤΙερικνκλάς,  άδος,  ή,  {περικνκλέω) 
revolving,  ώραι,  Orph.  Η.  46,  5. 

Περικυκλενω,  {περί,  κνκλενω)  to 
move  in  a  circle. — II.  ίο  encircle,  encom- 
pass. 

ΤΙερικνκλέω,  ώ,  f.  -ή/τω,  {περί,  κν• 
κλέω)  to  move  in  a  circle.  Mid.,  in 
pres.  and  impf ,  to  encircle,  encompass, 
enclose,  Hdt.  8,  78 ;  so  that  περιεκν- 
κλέοντο  is  used  =^  the  Ati.  περιεκυ- 
κλόοντο,  just  as  other  verbs  in  έο 
are  used  by  Ion.  for  those  in  όω. 
Hence 

ΐίερικνκλησις,  εως,  ή,  a  tumhrg 
round,  revolution. 

Ώερίκνκλος,  ov,  (περί,  κνκλος)  all 
round,  spherical : — περικνκλω,  as  adv., 
round  about,  Plut.  2,  755  A,  si  vera  !. 

ΧΙερίκυκλόω,  ώ,  {περί,  κνκλόω)  to 
encircle,  encompass,  enclose  : — in  mid., 
Ar.  Av.  346,  Xen.  An.  6,  3,  11  ;  cf. 
περικνκλεω.     Hence 

ϋερικνκλωσις,  εως,  ή,  an  encircling, 
encompassing,  Thuc.  3,  78. 

ΤΙερικνλίνδω  or  -δεω,  aor.  1  -εκύ 
λίσα  {περί,  κνλίνδω) :  to  roll  round, 
Ar.  Pac.  7  : — pass,  to  be  rolled,  and  so 
roll  about,  Plat.  Legg.  893  E. 

ΤΙερικύλισις,  ή,  a  rolling  round,  re- 
volution, [ii] 

ΤΙερικνμαίνω,  {περί.  κυμαίνω)  to 
heave  or  surge  around,  C.  acc,  Orph. 
H.  82,  3. 

Τίερικύμων,  ov,  {περί,  κνμα)  sur- 
rounded by  ihe  waves,  Eur.  Tro.  790.  [fi] 

ΐίερίκνρτος,  ov,  {περί,  κυρτός)  con- 
vex, Sext.  Emp.  p.  430.     Hence 

ΤΙερικνρτόομαι,  as  pass.,  to  be  bent 
all  round,  Ath.  783  B. 

ΤΙερικντύω,  ώ,  {κύτος)  to  cover  with 
leather. 

Ήερικνφόω,  ώ,  to  bend  down  round. 

Τίερικωδωνίζω,  to  carry  a  bell  round; 
cf  κώδων  1. — II.  to  prove  or  test  all 
round. 

ΤΙερικωκνω,  (περί,  κωκνω)  to  wail 
around,  0pp.  H.  4,  259.   [v'] 

ΤΙερικωμάζω,  f  -ύσω,  {περί,'κωμά 
ζω)  to  go  about  in  a  κώμος  :  also  c.  acc. 
loci,  to  carouse  round,  Ar.  Vesp.  1025. 

Τίερικωνέω,  ώ,  (περί,  κώνος  II.  1) 
to  smear  all  over  icith  pitch,  ττ.  τα  ίμ- 
βάδια,  to  black  shoes,  Ar.  Vesp.  000. 

ΊΙεριλΰκίζω,  to  rend  all  round. 

Ώεριλακτίζω,  {περί,  λακτίζω)  to 
kick  all  round,  Clem.  Al. 

ΙΙεριλύλεω,  ώ.  f  -ήσω,  (περί,  λα 
λέω)  to  chatter  on  all  sides,  chatter  ex 
ceedingly,  Ar.  Eccl.  22,0:  —  to  talk 
about,  describe,  Philostr.     Hence 

ΤΙεριλά'λ-ηαα,  ατός,  τό, prating,  gos 
sip  :  [a]  and 

ΤΙεριλάλητος,  ov,  talked  to  death. 


ΠΕΡΙ 

ΤΙερβΑλος,  ον,  {περί,  ?^αλέω)  very 
talkative. 

ΐίερίλάμβάνω,  f.  -λ7ρΙ)ομαι :  aor. 
•κεριέλΰβον  {περί,  λαμβάνω) :  —  to 
seize  around,  embrace,  Χ  en.  An.  7,  4, 
10  :  to  grasp,  πέτρας  ταΐς  χερσί,  Plat. 
Soph.  246  Α. — 2.  to  encompass,  sur- 
round, Hdt.  8,  16:  —  to  get  into  one's 
power,  catch.  Id.  5,  23,  cf.  Plat.  Soph. 
235  Β  ;  μετεώρους  τας  νανς  π.,  to 
catch  them  at  sea,  Thuc.  8,  42 :  — 
pass,  to  be  caught,  trapped,  Ar.  Plut. 
934. — 3.  to  compass,  get  possession  of, 
Ti,  Isae.  73,  9,  cf.  25,  43.  —  II.  like 
Ίϊεριέχω,  to  take  in,  enclose.  Plat. 
Criti.  116  B,  and  oft.  in  Polyb.  —  2. 
to  take  in,  comprehend,  a  number  of 
particulars,  Isocr.  16  D,  187  Β  ;  π. 
λόγ(ο.  Plat.  Soph.  249  D ;  πολλά 
εΐόη  έΐ'ί.  ονόματι,  lb.  226  Ε.  —  3.  to 
define  strictly,  to  determine  in  express 
words,  draw  up  in  a  legal  form,  Flat. 
Legg.  823  B,  cf  Coray  Lycurg.  3,  p. 
46.  —  III.  in  pass.,  to  be  constrained, 
forced,  τοις  καιροϊς,  Polyb.  6,  58,  6. 

ΐίεριλαμπης,  ές,  {περί,  7.ύμπω) 
very  brilliant,  Plut.  Fab.   19,  Crass. 

Τίερί?.αμπρος,  ov,  {περί,  λαμπρός) 
very  brilliant,  radiant.     Adv.  -πρως. 

ίίεριλάμπω,  f.  -ι//ω,  {περί,  λάμπω) 
to  beam  around,  Plut.  Camill.  17,  etc. 
• — II.  c.  ace,  to  shine  around.  Id.  Cicer. 
35  :  hence  in  pass.,  to  be  shone  around. 
Id.  Pericl.  39,  etc.     Hence 

Πφίλα«ι/ίίζ•,  η,  a  shining  round, 
Plut.  2,  931  A. 

iΠ.εpίλaoς,  ov,  6,  Ion.  ΐίερίλεως, 
Perilaus,  son  of  Icarius  and  Periboea, 
brother  of  Penelope,  Apollod.  3,  10, 
1.— 2.  a  Trojan,  Qu.  Sm.  8,  294.-3. 
a  Sicyonian,  a  commander  in  the  bat- 
tle at  Mycale,  Hdt.  9,  103.— 4.  a  Me- 
garian,  a  partisan  of  Philip  of  Mace- 
don,  Dem.  242,  2  ;  etc.— 5.  the  Athen- 
ian artist,  who  is  said  to  have  con- 
structed the  brazen  bull  of  Phalaris, 
Luc.  Phalar.  I :  also  called  Πφίλ- 
λος,  Anth. — Others  in  Plut. ;  Paus. ; 
etc. 

ΎΙερίλεγνης.  ες,  (περί,  λίγνη)  sur- 
rounded with  a  variegated  border. 

ΤΙεριλέγω,  {περί,  λέγω)  to  express 
by  circumlocution,  Hermipp.  Incert. 
11. 

ΤΙεριλείβομαι,  {περί,  λείβομαι)  as 
pass.,  to  be  shed  all  over,  c.  dat.,  Anth., 
and  Nic. 

Περίλειμμα,  ατός,  τό,  {περί?.είπω) 
that  which  remains,  a  remainder,  residue, 
Plat.  Menex.  236  B. 

ΤΙερΰ.ΐΐπής,  ες,  =  περιλιπής,  dub. 
in  Dio  C. 

ΐίεριλείπω,  f.  -ψω,  {περί,  λείπω)  to 
leave  remaining : — pass.,  to  be  left  re- 
maining, remain  over,  survive,  Hdt.  1, 
82,  Piat.  Legg.  677  E,  etc. ;  τινός, 
Eur.  Hel.  426. 

Ώεριλείχω,  f  -£ω,  {περί,  λείχώ)  to 
lick  all  roMtd,  Ar.  Plut.  736  ;  to  lick  off, 
Luc.  Icarom.  30. 

ΓΤφίλε^ίζ•,  εως,  ή,  circumlocution, 
like  περίόρασις,  Ar.  Nub.  318. 

Τίεριλεπίζω,=^5^. 

ΤΙεριλέπω,  f  -ψω,  {περί,  7-επω)  to 
strip  off  all  round,  περί  γαρ  (>ύ  έ  χαλ- 
κός έλε-ψεν  φν/.λα,  II.  1,  236 ;  π.  τον 
φ7Μΐόν,  Hdt.  8,  115. 

ΤΙεριλεσχήνεντος,  ον,  {περί,  ?<.εσχη- 
νενω)  talked  about  on  all  sides,  much 
talked  of  Hdt.  2,  135. 

Περιλενκαίνω,  {περί,  λενκαίνω)  to 
surround  with  white,  Ach.  Tat. 

Ί1ερί?.ενκος,  ov,  {  περί,  λευκός  ) 
edged  with  white,  to  π.,  (sc.  Ιμάτιον) 
Antiph.  Incert.  76  ;  cf  περίνησος. 

ίΐίερίλεως,  ό,  Ιοη.=  Περί'λαοί•  (3), 
Hdt. 

ΙΙεριλημμα,  ατός,  τό,  {περιλαμβύ- 


ΠΕΡΙ 

νω)  that  which  is  embraced,  an  embrace, 
LXX. 

Ϊ1ερι7,ηπτικός,  ή,  όν,  able  to  be  ta- 
ken hold  of,  of  a  loose  skin,  Arist. 
Gen.  An.  1,  12,  3. — II.  comprehensive, 
Plut.  2,  1003  D,  etc.  :  embracing,  col- 
lective, Gramm. :  from 

Ιίεριληπτός,  ή,  όν,  {περι?.αμβάνω) 
embraced  :  to  be  embraced  or  comprised, 
comprehensible.  Plat.  Tim.  28  A,  C, 
etc.  Adv.  -τώς,  Epicur.  ap.  Diog.  L. 
10,  40.  _  ^ 

ΤΙερί/.ηψις,  -ή,  an  embracing,  LXX. 

ΐίεριλιμνάζω,  (.περί,  'λιμνάζω)  to 
surround  with  water,  insulate,  πόλιν, 
Thuc.  2,  102.— II.  intr.  to  become  all  a 
lake,  Ael.  N.  A.  16,  15. 

ΙΙεριλιμπάνω,  rarer  coUat.  form  of 
περιλείπω. 

Ώεριλιπής,  ές,  (περι?.είπω)  left  re- 
maining, over  and  above,  Plat.  Legg. 
702  A,  Polyb.  1,  73,  2. 

ΐίερύ.ιχμύομαι,  άβρ.,=  περι?.είχω, 
Plat.  Ax.  372  A,  Luc.  Prom.  10,  Plut. 
Pyrrh.  32. 

Ι1ερι?.ιχνενω,  {περί,  ?.ιχνεύω)  to  lick 
all  round,  nibble,  prob.  1.  Philo. 

ΤΙερι/.ογισμός,  ov,  b,  v.  1.  for  έπι- 
7.ογισμός,  in  Thuc. 

ίλερί/.οιπος,  ov,=  περι7.ιπής,  Ar. 
Fr.  208,  Thuc.  1,  74. 

'Π.ερι7.οπίζω,  =  περιλεπίζω,  Theo- 
phrastus. 

ΐΙερι?.ονω,  (περί,  7.ούω)  to  wash 
all  round  or  carefully,  Plut.  Lycurg. 
15. 

ΤΙεριλϋμαίνομαι,  dep.,  to  maltreat 
sadly. 

ΤΙεριλϋπία,  ας,  ή,  extreme  grief, 
Diog.  L. :  from 

Τίερί?.νπος,  ov,  {περί,  λύπη)  very 
sad.  deeply  griex^ed,  Isocr.  11  B. 

ΐΙερΓλ.ωπίζω,  to  wrap  or  envelope 
round  about. 

ΐίεριμάδάρος,  ov,  (περί,  μαδαρός) 
bald  round  about : — Ion.  -δηρος,  Hipp. 
[d] 

Ιίεριμΰθής,  ές,  {μαθεΐν)  very  learned. 

ΐίεριμαιμύω,  ώ,  to  gaze  or  peep  ea- 
gerly round,  ίχθνάα  σκόπε7.ον  περιμαι- 
μώωσα  (Ερ.  part.),  Od.  12,  95. 

ΤΙεριμαίνομαι,  {περί,  μαίνομαι)  as 
pass.,  to  rage  round  about,  C.  ace,  π. 
άλσος,  to  rush  furiously  up  and  down 
the  grove,  Hes.  Sc.  99. — II.  c.  dat.,  to 
have  a  violent  desire  for...,  χρνσίΐ),  Nau- 
raach. 

ΤΙεριμύκτρια,  ας,  η,  {περιμάσσω) 
one  that  purifies  by  magic,  γραϋς  π.,  a 
witch,  Plut.  2,  166  A,  ubi  v.  Wyt- 
tenb. 

ΤΙεριμΰνης,  ές,  {περιμαίνομαι) furi- 
ous, mad,  Plut.  2,  43  D,  52  D,  etc. 
Adv. -rdif,  lb.  1100  A. 

Ώεριμαρμαίρω,  {περί,  μαρμαίρω)  to 
sparkle  all  round,  Q.  Sm.  5,  114. 

ΤΙεριμάρναμαι,  poet,  for  περιμάχο- 
μαι,  q.  v. 

Περιμάσσω,  Att.  -ττω  :  f.  -ξω  {περί, 
μάσσω)  : — to  wipe  or  cleanse  all  round  : 
esp.  to  purify  by  magic,  disenchant  by 
purification,  Menand.  p.  42,  cf.  Wyt- 
tenb.  Plut.  2,  166  A. 

ΐίεριμάχητος,  ov,  (περιμάχομαι) 
fought  about,  fought  for,  πασι,  by  all, 
Ar.  Av.  1404,  cf  Thuc.  7,  84  ;  esp.  of 
things,  πενία  ηκιστα  περιμάχητον, 
not  a  thing  one  would  fight  for.  Xen. 
Symp.  3,  9,  cf.  Plat.  "Legg.  678  Ε  ; 
δυναστεία  νπο  πάντων  ερωμένη  και 
π.,  Isocr.  172  Β,  cf  144  C.  211  C  :— 
in  Ar.  Thesm.  319,  prob.  with  collat. 
signf.  of  fought  around,  surrounded  by 
battle,  [a] 

ΤΙεριμάχιμοο,  ov,  very  desirable, 
Plut.  ? 

ΤΙερίμύχομαι.  {περί,  μάχομαι)  dep. 
mid.,  to  fight  all  round  or  on  all  sides, 


ΠΕΡΙ 

Xen.  Cyr.  7,  1,  41. — II.  to  fight  abovt 
OT  for  a  thing,  [a] 

Τ1εριμε7.αίνω,  {περί,  μελαίνω)  to 
dye  black  all  round  :  m  pass.,  π.  /.αμ- 
πρί σκιεροΐς,  to  have  them  darkened 
or  shaded  off,  Plut.  2,  368  C. 

ΐίεριμεμφής,  ές,  {περί,  μέμφομαι) 
blaming  greatly,  v.  1.  Arat.  1U9. 

ΤΙεριμενεαίνω,  {περί,  μενεαίνω)  to 
wish  for  ardently,  Ap.  Rh.  1,  670,  771. 

ΐίεριμενετέον,  verb.  adj.  from  sq., 
one  must  await,  Dion.  H.  :  from 

ΐίεριμένω,  {περί,  μένω)  to  wail  for 
one,  await,  τινά,  Hdt.  4,  89,  Soph. 
Ant.  1296,  etc.  ;  c.  part.,  π.  τινά  /.έ- 
γοντα,  Plat.  Legg.  890  Ε,  etc. : — -. 
τι,  to  wait  for,  expect  it.  Plat.  Phaed. 
116  A,  etc.  ;  to  long  for,  desire,  Plut. 
2,  172  D  : — ov  περιμένει  τι  ο  καιρός, 
does  not  admit  of..,  Plut.  Caes.  17. — 
II.  intr.  like  the  simple  μένω,  to  wait, 
Hdt.  7,  58,  Ar.  Ach.  815. 

ΤΙερίμεστος,  ov,  {περί,  μεστός)  full 
all  rouTid,  very  full,  Xen.  Symp.  2,  11. 

ΤΙεριμετρέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  measure 
all  round. 

ΤΙερίμετρον,  ov,  τό,=ή  περίμετρος, 
the  circumference,  Hdt.  1,  185;  2,  15, 
etc.     Strictly  neut.  from 

ΤΙερίμετρος,  ov,  (περί,  μέτρον)  like 
νπέρμετρος,  above  measure,  in  size  or 
beauty,  Od.  always  epith.  of  cloth, 
ιστός  π.,  as  2,  95 ;  19,  140;  where 
others  not  so  well  explain  it  of  exact 
measure,  others  round :  π.  δέμας,  κή- 
τεα,  Ορρ.  Η.  3,  190;  5,47. 

Ιίερίμετρος,  ον,  η,  (sc.  γραμμή)  the 
circumference  or  periphery  of  a  circle, 
Polyb.  1,  56,  4,  etc.  ;  cf  διάμετρος. 

αίεριμήδη,  ης,  ή,  Perimede,  daugh- 
ter of  Aeolus  and  Enarete,  Apollod. 

1,  7,  3.-2.  in  Theocritus  2, 16,  a  eel 
ehrated  sorceress,  cf.  Άγαμήδη.  — 
Others  in  Apollod. ;  etc. 

ίΤΙεριμήδης,  ονς,  b,  Perimedes,  a 
companion  of  Ulysses,  Od.  11,  23. — 

2.  a  centaur,  Hes.  Sc.  187. 
ΤΙεριμήκετος,  ov,  poet,  for  sq.,  very 

tall  or  high,  έ/.άτη,  Τηνγετος,  11.  14, 
287,  Od.  6,  103. 

ΤΙεριμήκης,  ες,  {περί,  μήκος)  very 
tall  or  long,  κοντός,  Od  9,  488  ;  πέτρα, 
όρος,  II.  13,  63,  Od.  13,  183  ;  77.  άνδρό- 
σφιγγες,  Hdt.  2,  175  : — a  superl.  -μή- 
κιστος,  in  Plut.  2,  1077  Β. 

ΐίεριμηρια,  τά,  (περί,  μηρός)  any 
covering  round  the  hips  or  thighs. 

ΤΙεριμηρίδιον,  TO,=  forpg. 

Τίερίμητρος,  ov,  {περί,  μήτρα): — 
ξν7.α  π.,  the  heart  of  timber,  next  to  the 
pith,  Theophr. ;  elsewh.  ξ.  ίμμητρα. 

Τίεριμηχΰνάομαι,  f.  -ήσομαι  (περί, 
μηχανάομαι) : — dep.  mid. : — to  prepare 
very  craftily,  contrive  cunningly,  Od.  7, 
200  ;  δούλων  ημαρ,  Od.  14,  340. 

ΐίεριμίννθω,  to  decrease  on  all  sides. 
[v] 

ίΤΙέριμος,  ov,  ό,  Perimus,  a  Trojan, 
son  of  Megas,  11.  16,  695. 

ΙΙεριμοτόω,  ώ,  to  dress  a  wound  with 
lint  (μοτόν).     Hence 

ΤΙεριμότωσις,  ή,  a  dressing  with  lint. 

αίεριμούδα.  ή,  Perimuda,  a  city  of 
India,  Ael.  H.  A.  15,  8. 

ΐίεριμοχθέω,  ώ,  f-  -ήσω.  (περί,  μοχ- 
θέω)  to  suffer  toil  for  one,  τινί,  Ορρ 
Η.  4,  258. 

ΤΙεριμνκάομαι,  {περί,  μνκάομαι) 
dep..  Ιο  roar  round,  τινά,  Plut.  Crass 
26.     Hence 

ΤΙεριανκής,  ές,  loud-roaring,  Orph. 
Arg.  311. 

ΤΙεριμνρομαι,  {περί,  μύρω  II)  dep., 
to  lament  around,  Q.  Sm.   12,  489.   [f] 

Τίεριναιετύω,  ώ,  {περί,  ναιετάω)  ta 

dwell  round  about  or  in  the  »eighbour- 

hood,  Od.  2,  66;  23,  136,  Hes.,  ani 

Pind.  —  2.   like  ναιετάω,    in    pass» 

1161 


ΠΕΡΙ 

sigiif.,  to  be  inhabited,  Od.  4,  177. 
Hence 

Τίεριναιέτης,  ov,  a,  one  of  those  who 
dwell  round  about,  a  neighbour,  II.  24, 
488,  Ap.  Rh.  4,  470. 

ΐίεριναίος,  ό,=  περίνεος,'ν.  1.  Hipp. 

ΙΙεριναίο),  (  πε/ύ,  ναιω  )  to  dwell 
round,  Aesch.  Supp.  1021,  in  pass. 

ΤΙερίναντιος,  ov,  also  -acoc,  (ττερί, 
vavTia)  sea-sick, squearnish,  Diod.2,58. 

ΐίερινέμομαι,  (ττερί,  νέμω)  as  pass., 
to  spread  around,  of  fire,  Plut.  Dio  46. 

ύερινενο!/μένυς,Άά\.ρΆτΙ.  pf.  pass., 
considerately. 

ΤΙερινεον,  τό,  the  space  between  the 
fundament  and  the  scrotum,  also  τό 
■περίναων,  Hipp. 

Ιίερίνεος,  b,  also  περίναιος,  = 
foreg.,  V.  1.  Hipp.,  Arist.  H.  A.  1,  14, 
2.— II.  the  penis,  Arist.  Gen.  An.  1,  2, 
7;  4,  1,31. 

ϋερίνεύω,  f.  -εύσω,  {περί,  νεύω)  to 
bend  forward  and  look  around  timidly, 
App.  Civ.  4,  40. 

ίλερινέφελος,  ov,  (  περί,  νεφέλη  ) 
cverclouded,  άηρ,  Ar.  Αν.  1194. 

ΤΙερίνεφρος,  ov,  (περί,  νεφρός)  fat 
about  the  kidneys,  Arist.  H.  A.  3,  17,  6. 

ΐίερινέω,  (περί,  νέω)  to  swi7n  round 
a  tiling,  Arist.  H.  A.  9,  37,  10. 

ΙΙερινέω,  f.  -7/σω  :  aor.  inf.  περινή- 
σαι,  Hdt.  4,  164,  but  also  lengthd. 
-νηήσαι,  2,  107,  as  in  Q.  Sm.  3,  678 
(cf.  νέω) :  but  the  only  pres.  he  uses 
is  περινέω,  6,  80.  To  pile  or  heap 
round,  ύλην  περί  τον  πνργον,  4,  164  : 
also,  π.  την  οίκίην  vkij,  to  pile  it 
round  with  wood,  2,  107. 

ΐίερίνεως,  ό,  gen.  -νεω,  nom.  pi. 
-νεφ  [νανς,  Att.  gen.  νεώς): — strictly, 
a  supernumerary  in  a  ship,  a  passenger  ; 
&\Β0=έπίί3άτης,  opp.  to  πρόςκωπος. 
Tfauc.  I,  10,  AeL  N.  A.  2,  15. 

ΐίεριντ/σας,  and  -ηήσας,  aor.  part, 
of  περινέω,  Hdt. 

Ίίερίνιισος,  ov,  edged  with  purple : 
hence,  to  π.,  (so.  Ιμάτιον),  a  woman^s 
robe  with  a  purple  border,  Antiph.  In- 
cert.  76,  Menand.  p.  34. — The  form 
περίνήσαως,  ov,  is  very  dub. 

ΙΙερίνήχομαι,  (περί,  νί/χομαι)  dep., 
to  swim  round  and  round,  Plut.  2, 
977  A. 

■^ΐίερίνθιος,  a,  ov,  of  Perinthus  ;  ol 
Τίερένθιοι,  the  Perinihians,  Xen.  : 
from 

ϋΐέρινθος,  ov,  ή,  Perinthus,  a  city 
of  Thrace,  on  the  Propontis,  later 
Heraclea,  now  Erekli,  Hdt.  4, 90 ;  Xen. 
Hell.  1,  1,21. 

Ιίερινίζω,  f.  --φω,  (περί,  νίζο))  to 
wash  off  all  round,  Hipp. :  περί  ό'  αίμα 
νένιπται,  II.  24,  419. 

Τίερινίπτω,  rare  form  of  pres.  for 
foreg..  Died. 

ΐίερινίσσομαί,  (  περί,  νίσσομαι ) 
dep.  mid.,  to  go  round  about,  κυλίκων 
περινισσομενύων,  as  the  cups  go 
round,  Phocyl.  7  :  to  come  round,  of 
time,  μην  περινίσσεταί,  Eur.  Ale. 
449. 

Τίερινοέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (περί,  νοέω) 
to  contrive  cunningly,  Ar.  Ran.  958. 
Hence 

Τίερινόηαις,  εως,  ή,  shrewdness, 
subtlety,  Plut.  2,  509  Ε  :  and 

ΐίερινοητικός,  ή,  όν,  thoughtful, 
considerate.     Adv.  -κώς. 

ΤΙερίνοια,  ας,  η,  intelligence,  τινός. 
Plat.  Αχ.  370  A : — over-wiseness,  Thuc. 
3,  43. 

Τίερινομή,ης,  ό,(περί,  νέμω) : — εκ. 
περινομής,  in  turns,  in  order, 

Τίερίιοος,  ov,  contr.  -νους,  ovv, 
(νοέω)  very  intelligent ;  in  superl.  πε- 
ρίνονστατος,  Sext.  Emp.  p.  434,  v. 
Lob.  Phryn.  144. 

ΪΙερινοστέω,  ώ,  f.  -ησω,  {περί,  vo- 
1162 


ΠΕΡΙ 

στέω)  to  go  round,  περί  τι,  Ar.  Thesm. 
796,  Plat.  Rep.  558  A:  to  go  about  like 
a  beggar,  like  περιέρχομαι,  Ar.  Plut. 
121.  Dem.  421,  22. 

ΐίερινοτίζω,  to  moisten  all  round. 

ΙΙέριξ,  strengthd.  for  περί,  mostly 
in  Ion.  prose,  and  Trag.,  (though  in 
latter  usu.  as  adv.):  —  I.  as  prep., 
round  about,  all  round;  in  Hdt.  both 
c.  gen.,  and  ace,  cf.  1,  179,  196  ;  but 
the  latter  far  most  usu.,  Valck.  ad  4, 
15  ;  rarely  after  its  ace,  yet  v.  4,  52, 
79,  Aesch.  Pers.  368,  Eur.  H.  F.  243. 
— II.  as  adv.,  round  about,  5,  115;  πέ- 
ριξ λαβείν  άνθρωπον,  to  surround 
him,  5,  87  ;  κύκλω  πέριξ,  Aesch.  Pers. 
418  ;  rare  in  Att.  prose,  πέριξ  πολι- 
ορκεΐν,  Thuc.  6,  90  ;  ό  πέριξ  τόπος, 
TU  π.  έθνη,  Plat.  Tim.  62  Ε,  Xen. 
Cyr.  1,  5,  2. 

Τίεριξαίνω,  (περί,  ξαίνω)  to  scratch 
or  strike  round  about,  near,  Joseph. 

ΤΙεριξεστός,  ή,  όν,  (περί,  ξεστός) 
polished  round  about,  πέτρη,  Od.  12,  79. 

Ώερίξέω,  f.  -έσω,  {περί,  ξέω)  to  pol- 
ish all  round,  Theocr.  22,  50. 

ΐίεριξηραίνο),   (περί,   ξηραίνω)    to 

make  dry  all  round: — pass.,  to  be  or 

I  become  so,  Arist.  Gen.  An.  3,  9,  Θ. 

j       ΤΙερίξηρος,  ov,   {περί,   ξηρός)   dry 

\  round  about,  dry  at  the  surface,  Arist. 

Gen.  An.  2,  3, 19. 

ΤΙεριξϋρύω,  ώ,  Ion.  -ρέω :  ί.  -ήσω 
{περί,  ξνράω) '.  —  to  shave  all  round, 
τονς  κροτάφους,  Hdt.  3,  8  ;  περιεξυ- 
ρημένος  τον  πώγωνα,  Luc.  Merc. 
Cond.  33. 
I  ΪΙεριξνστήρ,  ηρος,  6,  a  surgical  in- 
strumentfor  scraping  or  smoothing  bones : 
from 

Τίεριξύω,  (περί,  ξύω)  to  scrape  all 
round ;  to  nibble  at,  Opp.  H.  3,  525. 

ΐίερίογκος,  ov,  (περί,  όγκος)  of 
great  size,  bulky,  Arist.  Physiogn.  6,  9. 

ΪΙεριοδεία,  ας,  ή,  (περιοδεύω)  a 
journey  round,  circuit,  Strab. 

ΤΙεριοδεύσιμος,  ov,  with  circuitous 
ways :  from 

ΐίεριόδενσις,  εως,  ή,^=περιοδεία. 

Τίεριοδευτης,  ov,  ό,  one  who  travels 
round. 

ΐίεριοδεντικός,  ή,  όν,  disposed  to 
travel  round,  Diosc.  :  from 

ΐίεριοδενω,  (περί,  οδεύω)  to  travel 
round,  mostly  by  land  ;  cf.  περίπλοος : 
— to  go  all  round,  Plut.  Camill.  32, 
Phoc.  21. — II.  metaph.,  to  go  all 
through,  βίον  τινός,  Id.  2,  87  Β  :  to  go 
regularly  over,  treat  of.  Id.  892  D,  897 
Ε  :  also  to  study  a  composition,  Epicur. 
ap.  Diog.  L. — III.  to  come  round,  take 
in,  cheat,  like  Lat.  circumvenire,  Luc. 
— IV.  to  cure  by  systematic  regimen, 
Lat.  cyclo  curare:  generally. =Λρα- 
πεύω,  to  cure,  heal. —  V.  to  write  in  pe- 
riods, Dem.  Phal.     Hence  \ 

ΙΙεριοδία,  ας,  ή,  a  travelling  round, 
esp.  by  land. — II.  a  book  nf  travels,  ac- 
count of  a  country  visited,  Strab.  ;  cf 
περίπλοος. 

Ίίεριοδίζω,  to  be  periodical,  πυρετός 
π.,  an  intermittent  fever,  Galen. 

Τίεριοδικός,  ή,  όν,  coming  round  at 
certain  times,  periodical,  Plut.  2,  1018 
D. — II.  in  periods.  Adv.  -κώς,  Plut. 
2,  893  B. 

ΤΙεριοδοιπορέω,  ώ,  to  travel,  go  round 
about,  Hipp. 

Τίεριοδονίκης,  ov,  6,  v.  sub  ή  περίο- 
δος IV.  [vi] 

ΐίερίοδος,  ov,  6,  one  who  goes  the 
rounds,  Lat.  circulator,  Aen.  Pol. 

ΐίερίοδος,  ή,  Aeol.  πέροδος  (q.  v.) 
(περί,  οδός)  : — a  going  round,  march- 
ing round,  Hdt.  7,  219,  229.— II.  a  way 
round,  Hdt.  7,  223  :  the  circumference, 
circuit,  compass,  τον  τείχεος,  της  λίμ- 
νης, Hdt.  1,  93,  163,  185;  so  Xen., 


ΠΕΡΙ 

'  etc.  :  absol.,  την  π.,  in  circumference, 
Hdt.  7,  109.— III.  a  book  of  travels,  ac- 
count of  countries  travelled  over,  γης  πε- 
ρίοδος, Hdt.  4,  36,  cf.  Arist.  Pol.  2,  3, 
9,  Rhet.  1,  4,  13 ;— but  in  Hdt.  5,  49, 
and  Ar.  Nub.  206,  γτ/ς  περίοδος  is  α 
map  or  chart  of  the  world,  cf.  πίναξ. — 
CI.  περιήγησις,  περίπλοος. — IV.  ago- 
ing round  in  a  circle,  a  coming  round  to  the 
starting  point,  esp.  of  time,  a  period  of 
lime,  π.  έτεων,  revolving  years,  Pind. 
N.  11,  51  (in  Aeol.  form  πέροδος); 
freq.  in  Plat.  :  esp.  the  period  embracing 
the  four  great  public  games,  hence,  ό 
την  περίοδον  νενικηκώς  or  ό  περιο- 
δονίκης,  one  who  has  conquered  in 
all  the  games,  Ath.,  Dio  C.  63,  8. — 2. 
in  medic,  a  regular  prescribed  course 
of  life,  έν  Ty  καθεστηκυία  περιύδφ 
ζην,  to  live  in  the  regular  course,  or  by 
the  prescribed  system.  Plat.  Rep.  407 
Ε  ;  ιατρική  π.,  a  course  of  medical 
discipline,  Luc.  Gall.  23. — 3.  π.  λόγων, 
a  conversation  in  which  each  speaks  in 
turn,  Xen.  Symp.  4,  64. — 4.  also=:Tre- 
ρίφορύ,  a  course  at  dinner.  Id.  Cyr.  2, 
2,  2. — 5.  the  orbit  of  a  heavenly  body. 
Id.  Mem.  4,  7,  5.-6.  a  fit  of  intermit- 
tent fever,  or  the  like,  Dem.  118,  20. 
— 7.  εκ  περιόδου,  in  rotation,  Polyb. 
2,  43,  1,  etc. — V.  α  well  rounded  sen- 
tence, period,  Arist.  Rhet.  3,  9,  3,  cf. 
Cic.  Orator  61. 

Περιοδννάω,  -νέω,  -νος,  ov,  v.  πε- 
ριωδ-. 

ΐίερίοίδα,  περιήδη,  perf  and  plqpf , 
in  pres.  and  impf!  sign!'.,  (περί,  οίδα) 
to  know  better,  c.  inf.,  περίοιδε  νοήσαι, 
11. 10, 247  ;  c.  dat.,  Ίχνεσι  γύρ  περιήδη, 
for  he  was  better  skilled  in  the  tracks, 
Od.  17,  317 ;  c.  ace.  rei  et  gen.  pers., 
to  know  better  than  others,  περίοιδε  δί- 
κας  ήδέ  φρόνιν  άλλων,  Od.  3,  244 ; 
also,  βονΑ?)  περίίδμεναι  άλλων,  to  be 
better  skilled  in  counsel  than  others, 
11.  13,  728.— Cf  περιείδον. 

ΤΙεριοιδάω,  ώ,  (περί,  οιδάω)  to  swell 
round  about  or  very  much,  Hipp. 

ΙΙεριοικέω,  ώ,  (περίοικος)  to  dwell 
round  a  person  or  place,  Hdt.  1,  57  ; 
5,  78,  etc.,  Xen.  An.  5,  6,  16.    Hence 

ΙΙεριοίκημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  neighbour- 
ing dwelling. 

ΤΙεριοικία,  ας,  ή,  a  dwelling  round 
a  town,  Strab. 

ΤΙεριοίκιον,  ov,  τό,  like  περίβολος, 
the  space  round  a  dwelling  or  toum, 
Aristid. 

ΐίεριοικίς,  ίόος,  η,  pecul.  fem.  of 
περίοικος,  dwelling  or  lying  round 
about,  neighbouring,  πόλεις,  Hdt.  1, 
76  ;  9,  1 15  :  νήσοι,  Thuc.  1,  9.— Π.  η 
περιοικίς  (sc.  γή,  χώρα),  the  country 
round  a  town,  Thuc.  3,  16;  the  sub- 
urbs. Id.  2,  25  ; — the  Dorians  called 
it  κώμη,  Arist.  Poet.  3,  6  ;  and  Po- 
lyb. 5,  8,  4  speaks  of  ai  περ.  κώμαι. 
— 2.  a  town  of  περίοικοι,  a  dependent 
town,  Arist.  Pol.,  cf  περίοικος  II. 

ΙΙεριοικοδομέω,  ώ,  t.  -ήσω,  (περί, 
οίκοδομέω)  to  build  round  about,  αίμα- 
σιάν,  Dem.  1274,  fin. — II.  to  enclose 
by  building  round,  to  χωρίον,  Dem. 
1272,  17  ;  in  pass.,  to  be  built  up,  wall- 
ed in,  Thuc.  3,  81  ;  τό  περιοικοόομη- 
μένον,  the  space  built  round,  Lat.  ovile, 
Hdt.  7,  60. 

ΐίερίοικος,  ov,  (περί,  οίκος)  dwell- 
ing round  or  near,  a  neighbour,  Hdt.  1, 
160,  175,  etc.,  and  Att. — II.  ol  περί- 
οικοι were,  in  Laconia,  the  free  inhab- 
itants of  the  towns,  except  Sparta  it- 
self, the  provincials,  who  enjoyed  civil 
but  not  political  liberty,  opp.  on  the 
one  hand  to  the  Spartans,  and  on  the 
other  to  the  Helots  and  Neodamodes, 
Valck.  Hdt.  9,  11,  Muller  Dor.  3,2, 
Thirlw.  Hist,  of  Gr.  1,  307,  sq.,  Diet. 


ΠΕΡΙ 
Antiqq.  s.  v. ;  so  also  in  Crete,  Arist. 
Pol.  2,  10,  5: — so  Plat,  says,  δονλω- 
σύμενοί  τότε  περίοικους  τε  και  οίκέ- 
τας  έχοντες,  Rep.  547  C. — III.  geo- 
graphically, περίοικοι  were  those  who 
were  in  the  sa?)ie  parallel,  but  opposite 
meridians  ;  άντοικοι  those  under  the 
same  meridian  but  opposite  parallels  ; 
αντίποδες  those  who  were  in  oppo- 
site parallels  and  meridians,  diame- 
trically opposite,  Cleomed. 

ΙΙεριοιστέος,  a,  ov,  verb,  adj.,  to  be 
borne  round  about. 

ΤΙεριοίσω,  fut.  of  περιφέρω. 

ΙΙεριοιχνέο),  ώ,  (περί,  οίχνέω)  to 
go  round  about,  Agathocl.  ap.  Ath. 
376  A. 

ΐίεριοκέλλω,  (περί,  όκέλλώ)  strict- 
ly of  a  ship,  to  run  aground  ;  general- 
ly, to  be  in  difficulties,  π-  εις  χειρίστης 
επιτηδεύσεις,  to  engage  in  the  most 
disastrous  undertakings,  Diod. 

ΙΙερωκωχή,  ή,—περιοχή,  ap.  He- 
sych. 

ΐίεριο'λισθαίνω  and  -θάνω  :  f.  -σβή- 
σω {περί,  δ?ασθάνω) : — to  slip  about, 
Plut.  Marcell.l5,  Id.  2, 1089  D.  Hence 

ΤΙερίο?.ίσθησις,  ή,  a  slipping  away, 
Plut.  Camill.  26,  Id.  2,  930  E. 

ΤΙεριολκή,  ης,  ή,  (περιέλκω)  a  draw- 
ing round  about. — II.  the  drawing  away 
from  a  thing,  esp.  in  war,  α  diversion, 
Joseph. 

ΤΙεριομμΰτοποιός,  όν,  making  to  see 
entirely,  τινός.  Iambi. 

ΤΙεριομφΰκοειδής,  ες,  looking  quite 
unripe  :  contr.  -ώδης,  Hipp. 

ΤΙεριοννχίζω,  (περί,  όννχίζω)  to 
pare  the  nails  round,  LXX. 

ΤΙεριοπτέος,  έα,  έον,  verb.  adj.  of 
■περιοράω,  to  be  overlooked  or  suffered, 
c.  part.,  οΰ  π.  Έλλάζ•  άπολλνμένη, 
Hdt.  7,  168  ;  c.  inf  οΰ  π.  γένος  γενέ- 
σθαι έξίτηλον,  Id.  5,  39. — II.  περιοπ- 
τέον,  one  must  overlook  or  suffer,  Xen. 
Lac.  9,  5. 

ΤΙερίοπτος,  ov,  (περιόφομαι)  to  be 
seen  all  round,  in  a  commanding  posi- 
tion, τόπος,  Plut.  Arat.  53  :— hence, 
— 2.  like  περίβλεπτος,  conspicuous, 
Id.  Pyrrh.  16  ;  admirable,  κύ/Λος, 
Anth.  P.  5,  27,  etc. ;  έργα,  Plut.  Caes. 
16  ;  of  Valck.  Phoen.  554.  Adv. 
-τως,  gloriotisly,  Plut.  Sull.  21,  etc. 

Τίεριόράσις,  εως,  ή,  (περιοράω)  a 
looking  round  about. — II.  an  overlook- 
ing, a  looking  on  and  allowing,  Clem. 
Al.  p.  821,36. 

ΤΙεριορατέον,  verb,  adj.,  one  must 
look  round,  Diod. :  from 

ΙΙεριοράω,ώ,  impf  περιεώρων.  Ion. 
περιώρων :  perf.  περιεώρΰκα,  pass. 
Ίτεριεώράμαι : — also  f.  περιόφομαι  : 
pf.  pass,  περιωμμαι :  aor.  pass,  περιώ- 
φθην: — (for  aor.  περιεΐδον,  pf.  περίοι- 
6a,  V.  sub  voce.)  (τΓφί,  όράω).  To  look 
around. — II.  to  overlook,  hence  to  dis- 
regard, look  on  and  allow  a  thing  to 
happen,  usu.  c.  part.,  Hdt.  2,  110;  4, 
118,  etc. ;  the  part,  is  rarely  omitted, 
ov  μη  με  περιόψεται  άνιππον  (sc. 
δντα,  Ar.  Nub.  124  ;  also  not  seldom 
c.  inf,  Hdt.  1,  191  ;  2,  64  ;  also  c.  ace. 
pers.  sine  inf.,  ουκ  αν  με  περιεΐδες 
(sc.  ποιέειν)  Hdt.  3,  155  :  to  this 
signf.  also  belongs  the  fut.  περιόψο- 
μαι,  Hdt.  1,  152,  Thuc.  2,  20.— III. 
mid.,  to  look  about  before  doing  a  thing, 
hence  to  tarry,  delay,  wait,  Thuc.  6,  93. 
— 2.  c.  gen.,  to  look  round  after,  to  take 
thought  about,  Lat.  respicere.  Id.  4,  124. 

ΤΙεριοργής,  ες,  {περί,  οργή)  very 
angry  or  wrathful,  Thuc.  4,  130.  The 
adv.  -γώς,  in  Aesch.  Ag.  216,  is  now 
judged  by  Dind.  to  be  a  gloss. 

ΐίεριοργίζομαι,  {περί.  οργίζω)  as 
pass.,  to  be  very  angry,  Polyb.  4,  4,  7. 

ΤΙεριοργυώω,  ώ,  {περί,  δργνια)  to 


ΠΕΡΙ 

encompass  with  the  arms  :  also  in  mid., 
with  pf  pass.,  Ctesias. 

Τίερώρθριος,  ov,  {περί,  όρθρος)  to- 
wards the  -morning,  about  day-break  :  το 
περιόρθριον,  dawn,  Hdn. 

Τίερίορθρον,  ου,  τό,— περιόρθριον, 
Thuc.  2,  3. 

ΤΙεριορίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {περί,  ορίζω)  to 
mark  out  the  boundaries  of,  γήν,  Hipp., 
Plut.  2,  226  C  : — τούτω  όιαστήματι 
περιωρίσβω,  Luc.  Salt.  37.     Hence 

ΐίεριόρίσις,  ή,  a  marking  out  by 
bonndanes :  and 

ΤΙεριόρισμα,  ατός,  τό,  any  thing  sur- 
rounded with  limits. 

ΤΙεριορισμός,  οϋ,  δ,  =  περιόρισις, 
Plut.  Num.  16. — II.  as  law-term,= 
Lat.  deportatio. 

ΙΙεριόριστος,  ov,  to  be  bounded,  de- 
termined, etc. 

ΐίεριορμέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,{περί,όρμεω) 
to  anchor  round,  SO  as  to  blockade, 
Thuc.  4,  23,  26,  Plut. 

ΐίεριορμίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {περί,  ορμίζω) 
to  bring  round  (a  ship)  to  anchor,  Dem. 
1229,9: — mid.  and  pass.,  to  come  to 
anchor  round,  like  foreg.,  Thuc.  3,  6. 

ΤΙεριορνσσω,  Att.  -ττω :  ί-  -ξω  (περί, 
δρύσσω) : — to  dig  round,  π.  λίμνην,  to 
dig  a  lake  round...,  Hdt.  2,  99  ;  τάφρου 
κύκλω  περιορνχθείσης.   Plat.  Criti. 

use'. 

ΊΙεριορχέομαι,  ( περί,  δρχέομαι ) 
dep.  mid.,  to  dance  round  about,  in 
tmesis,  Call.  Dian.  240. 

ΤΙερίοσμος,  ov,  strong  smelling. 

ΤΙεριόστεος,  ov,  {περί,  δστέον) 
round  the  bones,  Galen.  :  TO  π.,  the 
membrane  of  the  bo?ies. 

Τίεριοσφραίνομαι,  dep.  mid.  .  to 
smell  round,  s?nell  at. 

Ώερίουσία,  ας,  ή,  {περίειμι,  ειμί) 
that  which  is  over  and  above  necessary 
expenses:  the  residue,  surplus,  balance ; 
hence  abundance,  plenty,  opp.  to  έν- 
δεια. Plat.  Gorg.  487  E;  π.  έρίων, 
Ar.  Nub.  54;  νεών,  Thuc.  3,  13:— 
χρημάτων  π.,  abundance  of  means, 
riches,  wealth,  opp  to  αναγκαία  χρ., 
Thuc.  1,  2,  cf.  142,  etc. ;  so,  περιου- 
σία alone,  Isocr.  224  C,  Xen.,  etc. : 
άπυ  παντός  περιονσίαν  ποιείσθαι,  to 
enrich  one's  self  by  every  means, 
Plat.  Rep.  554  A  : — absol.,  also,  supe- 
riority of  numbers  or  force,  Thuc.  5, 
71  ;  άττό  περιουσίας,  with  plenty  of 
other  resources.  Id.  5,  103  ;  έκ  π.,  su- 
perfluously, needlessly,  wantonly.  Plat. 
Theaet.  154  D,  Dem.  226,  19  ;  έκ  π. 
πονηροί,  wantonly  wicked,  Dem.  1 122, 
3  ;  so,  περιουσίας  χάριν,  Polyb.  4, 21 , 

1,  etc.     Hence 

ΊΙεριουσιάζω,  f.  -άσω,  to  have  plenty, 
π.  τινί,  to  abound  in  a  thing,  e.  g.  πε- 
ριονσιάζει  πόλις  δυναστεία,  Dion.  Η. 
6,  75  ;  δκα&ν  περιουσιύζτ),  whenever 
there  is  a  surplus,  Callicrat.  ap.  Stob. 
p.  485,  54. — 2.  to  distinguish  one's  self 
in  any  way,  τινί,  Diod. — 3.  to  expend 
one's  means,  εις  τους  αναγκαίους  on 
one's  relations,  Phalar.     Hence 

ΤΙεριονσιασμός,  οϋ,  ό,=:περιουσία, 
LXX. 

ΤΙεριονσιαστικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to 
περιουσία. 

ΪΙεριούσιος,  ov,  {περιουσία)  abun- 
dant : — peculiar,  proper,  LXX. — II.  of 
persons,  ivealthy  : — also  distinguished, 
like  περιώσιος. 

ΤΙεριόφθαλμος,  ov,  {περί,  οφθαλ- 
μός) round  the  eye,  Galen. 

ΐίεριοχέω,  ώ,  to  carry  about : — pass., 
to  drive  or  ride  about. 

Τίεριοχή,  ης,  ή,  {περιέχω)  an  em- 
bracing :  circumference,  σφαίρας,  Plut. 

2,  892  Ε  : — also  a  mass,  body.  Id.  Ly- 
sand.  12. — 2.  full  extent,  the  full  mean- 
ing or  contents,  Oic.  Att.  13,  25,  3. — 


ΠΕΡΙ 

II.  a  portion  of  a  thing  parted  off  so  a* 
to  form  a  whole,  e.   g.  a  section  of  a 
work,  Dion.  H. — III.  that  which  sur- 
rounds,e%^.  apod,husk,shell,TheophT. 
ΤΙερίοχος,  ov,  {περιέχω)  surrounded, 
enclosed. — -11.  superior  to,  τινί,  Sappho 
Fr.  69,  in  Aeol.  form  πέββοχος. 
ΤΙεριόφομαι,  fut.  of  περιοράω. 
ΤΙεριπάθέω.  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  be  or  seem 
in  a  state  of  violent  passion  or  emotion, 
Plut.  2,  168  C,  etc.:  from 

ΐίεριπάθής,  ες,  {περί,  πάθος,  πά- 
σχω) in  violent  excitement,  greatly  dis- 
tressed, τινί,  at  or  by  a  thing.  Polyb. 
1,  81,  1,  etc.  ;  cf  Wyttenb.  Plut.  2, 
130  C.    Adv.  -θώς,  Luc.  Tim.  46,  etc. 

ΤΙεριπαιφάσσω,  (περί,  παιφάσσω) 
to  look  wildly  round,  Q.  Sm.  13,  72. 

Ήεριπύ'λλω,  {περί,  πάλλω)  to  shake 
all  round  : — pass.,  to  tremble  all  round, 
Q.  Sm.  10,  371. 

ΐίεριπαμφάνόων,  fem.  -όωσα,  Ep. 
part,  of  περιπαμφαίνω,  as  if  from  πε- 
ριπαμφανάω,  beajning  all  araund,N  onn. 

ΤΙεριπαπταίνω,  {περί,  παπταίνω) 
to  look  timidly  round,  Mosch.  4,  109. 

ΐίεριπάσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  f.  -άσω,  {πε- 
ρί, πάσσω)  to  strew  or  sprinkle  all  round, 
Ti,  Sotad.  Έγκλει.  1,  28;  τινί  τι, 
Theophr.     Hence 

Ίίερίπαστος.  ov,  strewed  round  about, 
Archestr.  ap.  Ath.  293  F. 

ΊΙεριπΰτέω,ώ,ί-ήσω,{περί,πατέω) 
to  walk  round,  walk  about,  Plat.,  etc. ; 
π.  άνω  κάτω,  Ar.  Lys.  709  ;  π.  περί- 
πατον,  Xen.  Mem.  3,  13,  5. — 2.  esp. 
to  walk  about,  while  teaching  or  dis- 
puting ;  hence,  to  argue,  dispute,  dis- 
course, Ep.  Plat.  348  C,  Diog.  L.,  etc. ; 
cf  περιπατητικός  II.     Hence 

ΤΙεριπάτησις,  εως,  η,  a  walking 
about,  Diog.  L.  7,  98  ;  esp.  while 
teaching  or  disputing ;  hence, — 2.  a 
philosophical  discussion,  esp.  by  way 
of  dialogue  :  [ά]  and 

Τίεριπάτητής,  οϋ,  ό,  one  who  walks 
about. 

ΤΙεριπάτητικός,  ή,  όν,  {περιπάτη- 
σις)  given  to  walking  about  ;  esp.  while 
teaching  or  disputing:  hence, —  II. 
Aristotle  and  his  followers  vvere  call- 
ed περιπατητικοί.  Peripatetics,  Cic. 
Acad.  Post.  1,  4,  v.  περίπατος  IV; 
Tu  περιπατητικά,  their  doctrines,  Id. 
Att.  13,  19,  4.     Adv.  -κώς. 

ΤΙερίπάτος,  ου,  δ,  (περιπατέω)  α 
walking  about,  walking,  ποιείσθαι  π., 
εις  π.  ίέναι.  Plat.  Phaedr.  227  A,  D, 
228  Β  ;  ίν  π.  είναι,  Xen.  An.  2,  4, 
15  ;  cf.  περιπατέω. — II.  a  place  for 
walking,  esp.  α  covered  walk,  Xen. 
Mem.  1,  1,  10 :  v.  infra  IV.— III.  a 
conversation  during  a  walk  ;  generally, 
a  philosophical  discussion,  argumenta- 
tion, like  διατριβή,  Ar.  Ran.  942  ;  π. 
περί  τίνος,  lb.  953. — IV.  ol  έκ  τού 
περιπάτου,  the  peripatetic  philosophy, 
school  of  Aristotle,  because  he  taught 
walking  in  a  περίπατος  of  the  Lyceum 
at  Athens,  Amnion.  Herm.  ad  Categ 
f.  1,  a ;  cf  Plut.  Alex.  7,  and  v.  περί- 
πατητικίις  Π. 

ΤΙεριπάττω,  Att.  for  περιπάσσω. 

ΤΙεριπαύω,  {περί,  παύω)  to  calm  all 
round  ; — pass.,  to  become  quite  quiet, 
Ach.  Tat. 

Ώεριπαχνδω,  ώ,  {περί,  παχνόω)  to 
congeal  all  round,  Orph.  Lith.  520. 

ΐίεριπεδίνός,  ή,  όν,  flat  or  even  all 
round. 

Τίεριπεζίδες,  al,  (περί,  πέζα)  orna 
mentsfor  the  feet,  a?iklets. 

ΐίεριπέζιυς,  a,  ov,  {περί,  πέζα)  round 
the  fool  or  edge. — II.  very  flat  or  toiv : 
περιπεζία,  ή,  a  flat  country.  Adv. 
-ζίο)ς,  Suid. 

Τίερίπεζος,  ov,=foreg. 

ΙΙεριπείρω,  {περί,  νείρω)  to  put  on 
ilG3 


ΠΕΡΙ 

a  spit,  spit: — pass.,  to  be  spitted  or 
pierced,  σκύλοττί,  Ael.  N.  A.  7,  48  ; 
ύβέλοΐζ,  Luc.  Gall.  2. 

ΐΐ^ριπέλομαι,  dep.,  of  which  Horn, 
only  uses  syncop.  Ep.  part,  ττερίττλό- 
μενος,  {περί,  πίλω).  To  move  round, 
be  round:  and  so, — 1.  of  place,  c.  ace, 
αστν  ττεριττλομένων  δηιων,  while  the 
pnemy  are  about  the  town,  II.  18,  220. 
— 2.  more  commonly  of  time,  περι- 
πλομίνου  ένιαντον,  περην?\ομενων 
ίνιαυτύν,  as  the  year  or  years  u'ent 
round,  went  on,  passed,  Virgil's  volven- 
tibus  annis,  Od.  1,  16;  11,  247,  etc., 
Hes.  Op.  384,  Th.  184;  (so  in  Horn., 
περιτελλομένον  ένιαντον) :  also,  πέν- 
τε π.  ένιαντονς,  during  five  revolving 
years,  11.  23,  833. — II.  like  περίειμι,  to 
surpass,  conquer,  τινός,  Αρ.  Rh.  3,  130. 

ΤΙερίπεμπτοΓ,  ov,  sent  round  about ; 
cf.  sub  θυοσκινέω  :  from 

ΊΙεριπέμπω,  f.  -φω,  (περί,  πέμπω) 
to  send  round,  Hdt.  8,  7  : — in  mid., 
Thuc.  4,  96: — to  send  all  round,  send 
about,  οι  περιπεμφθέντες,  Hdt.  1,  48. 

ΤΙεριπένομαι,  {περί,  πένομαι)  dep., 
only  used  in  pres.  and  impf.,  to  be  busy 
about  a  thing,  Od.  4,  024,  in  tmesis. 

ΤΙεριπέπτω,  late  pres.  for  sq. 

ΤΙεριπέσσω,  Att.  -ττω:  f.  -ψω  {περί, 
πέσσω)  : — strictly  of  bread,  to  bake 
round  about,  bake  hard  all  over,  Lat. 
obcrusiare :  but  only  used  metaph,,  to 
crust  or  gloss  over,  ονόματι  π.  την  μο- 
χθηρίαν,λτ.  Plut.  159;  so,  λνπαι  ήδο- 
ναϊς  περιπεπεμαέναι,  prob.  1.  Xen. 
Oec.  1 ,  20  (ubi  al.  περιπεπλεγμένοι) ; 
?6γοισιν  εν  πως  εΙς  το  πιθανόν  π., 
Plat.  Legg.  886  Ε  :  but,  βηματίοις 
περιπεφβείς,  cajoled  by  words,  Ar. 
Vesp.  668:— also,  to  conceal,  Plut. 
Mar.  37. 

ΐίεριπετάδην,  adv.,  spread  round 
about  [u]  :  from 

ΤΙεριπετάννϋμι,  also -ννω  .'  f. -ττε- 
τάσω  [ά]  :  pf.  pass. -πέπτΰμαι  {περί, 
πετάνννμι)  : — to  spread  or  stretch 
around,  χέρα  τινί,  Eur.  Hel.  628  ;  to 
spread  out,  as  a  cloak,  Aeschin.  04, 
27.     Hence 

ΤΙεριπέτασμα,  ατός,  τό,  any  thing 
spread  out  as  a  cloak  or  covering,  and 
so  metaph.,  Menand.  p.  147. 

ΤΙεριπεταστύς,  ή,  ύν,  {περιπετάν- 
ννμι)  spread  out  round  about,  spread 
over,  7Γ.  ώίΆημα,  a  lewd  kiss,  Ar.  Ach. 
1021  ;  ci.  χαννόω. 

Ώεριπέτεια,  ας,  ή,  {περιπετής)  α 
turning  right  about,  ί.  e.  a  sudden 
change,  reverse  of  fortune,  Arist.  Rhet. 

1,  11,  24,  Polyb.  1,  13,  11,  etc. ;  rare- 
ly from  bad  to  good.  Id.  22,  9,  16.— 

2.  esp.  the  sudden  reversal  of  circum- 
stances on  which  the  plot  in  a  tragedy 
hinges,  such  as  Oedipus'  discovery 
of  his  parentage,  Arist.  Poet.  11,  1. 

Τίεριπετίις,  ες,  {περιπίπτω)  falling 
round,  άμφΐ  μέσστ)  προςκείμενος  π., 
lying  with  his  arms  clasped  round  her 
waist.  Soph.  Ant.  1223  ;  cf.  περίκει- 
uai. — 2.  surrounded  by,  πέπ?ίθΐσί  π., 
enshrouded  in  her  robes,  Aesch.  Ag. 
233  ;  but,  ίγχος  π.,  the  sword  round 
which  was  his  body,  i.  e.  sheathed  in 
liis  body.  Soph.  Aj.  907  ;  (so,  πεπτύ- 
τα  περί  ζίφει,  lb.  828) ;  cf  περιπίπτω 
1,  περί  Β.  Ι,  and  περιπτνχής  ;  also 
περιβάλλω- — Π•  falling  in  with,  full- 
ing into  evil,  c.  dat.,  Dem.  1490,  3.— 
III.  changing  Or  turning  suddenly,  of  a 
man's  fortunes,  esp.  from  good  to  had, 
π.  πρήγματα,  a  sudden  reverse,  Hdt. 
8,  20  :  SO,  π.  τύχη,  Eur.  Andr.  982  : 
cf  περιπέτεια. 

ΤΙεριπέτομαι,  f.  -πετησομαι,  usu. 
-πτήσομαι,  {περί,  πέτομαι)  dep.  mid.. 
In  flu  around,  V.  1.  Xen.  All,  6,  1,  23, 

aid  Luc. 

1104 


ΠΕΡΙ 

ΤΙεριπετρίζομαι,  {περί,  πέτρα)  as 
pass.,  to  be  dashed  against  rocks  all 
round,  ap.  Hesych. 

ΤΙεριπέττω,  Att.  for  περιπέσσω, 
q•  V.  ^ 

ΤΙεριπενκτις,  ές,  {περί,  πενκη)  very 
sharp,  keen  or  painful,  βέλος,  II.  11, 
845 ;  cf  έχεπενχής. 

Τίεριπεφρασμένως,  adv.  part,  pf 
pass.,  very  thoughtfully. 

ΤΙεριπιιγτ'ις,  ές,  {περιπήγννμι)  con- 
gealed around  or  on,  Nic.  Al.  107. 

ΤΙερίπηγμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  piece  of  wood 
fastened  around :  from 

ΤΙεριπηγννμι,  also  -ννω :  f.  -πήξω 
{περί,  πήγννμι) ;  —  to  fix  round;  to 
make  a  fence  round,  c.  ace.  loci,  περί 
δε  πύξαις  Άλτιν,  Pind.  Ο.  10  (11), 
54  ;  so,  π.  κα?Μμοις,  Diosc. — 3.  to 
stiffen  or  congeal  all  round  : — pass.,  to 
grow  stiff  round  ;  as  of  shoes,  to  be 
frozen  on  the  feet,  Xen.  An.  4,  5,  14. 

Τίεριπηδάω,  ω,  f.  -ήσω,  {περί,  πη- 
δάω) to  leap  round  about,  Luc. 

ΤΙερίπηξις,  εως,  ή,  {περιπήγννμι) 
a  fastening  round  about  or  inserting. — 
II.  a  congealing  all  round,  π.  υλών, 
Strab. 

ΤΙεριπηχννω,  {περί,  πηχννω)  to  put 
into  another'' s  arms:  mid.,  to  take  into 
one's  arms.  Call.  Fr.  344. 

ΥΙεριπΙαίνω,  {περί,  πιαίνω)  ίο  make 
very  fat,  Dion.  P.  1071. 

ΐϊεριπϊέσματα,  τά,^  .περιπτίσματα. 

ΤΙερίπικρυς,  ov,  {περί,  πικρός)  very 
harsh  or  biller,  Procl. 

ΤΙεριπίμελος,  ov,  very  fat. 

Τίεριπίμπλημι,  f.  -πλήσω,  ( περί, 
πίμπλ^7]μι)  to  fill  very  -much  or  entirely : 
—  \mss.=zπεpιπλ^ιθω,  Plat.  Theaet. 
156  E. 

ΤΙεριπίμπρημι,  {περί,  πίμπρημι)  to 
burn,  set  on  fire  round  about,  Thuc.  3, 
98. 

ΤΙεριπίπτω,  f.  -πεσονμαι,  {περί,  πί- 
πτω) to  fall  or  throw  one's  self  around, 
upon,  τω  ξίφει,  Ar.  Vesp.  523  ;  cf.  πε- 
Ωίπετης  I.  2. — II.  c.  dat.,  tofallin  with, 
like  έντνγχάνω,  esp.  of  ships  meeting 
by  chance  at  sea,  Hdt.  6,  41  ;  8,  94,  cf 
thuc.  8,  33.-2.  but,  also,  to  fall  foul  of 
other  ships, π/σί  a^erep^/a/.Hdt.  8, 89; 
περί  ϊιλληλας,  of  one  another,  lb.  16: 
also,  7Γ.  περί  τόπον,  to  be  wrecked  on 
a  place.  Id.  7,  188. — 3.  usu.  metaph., 
to  fall  in.  with,  fall  into,  ϊιδίκοισΐ  γνώ- 
μησι,  τνχΐ)σι,  δουλοσύνΐ}  π.,  to  fall 
ίηίο  iniquity,  misfortune, slavery,  Hdt. 
1,  96  ;  6,  106.  etc.  ;  so  too  freq.  in 
Att.,  π.  κακοισι,  σνμφοραϊς,  κινδννω, 
νύσω,  etc.  ;  also,  έαντώ  περιπίπτειν, 
to  be  caught  in  one's  own  snare,  Hdt.  1, 
180,  cf  Luc.  D.  Mort.  26,  2 ;  so,  τοίς 
έαντον  λόγοις  περιπίπτειν,  Aeschin. 
47,  13;  also,  έν  σφίσι  κατά  τι  π., 
Thuc.  2,  65. — 2.  also  of  a  thing,  to  be- 
fal  one,  7Γ.  μοι  κακόν,  Ar.  Thesm. 
271. — III.  to  turn  right  about,  suffer  a 
sudden  reverse  of  fortune,  cf.  περιπε- 
τής,  and  περιπέτεια. 

ΐίεριπίσματα,  τά,  cf.  περίπτισμα. 

ΊΙεριπίτνω,  =  περιπίπτω,  c.  ace, 
καρδίαν,  to  come  over  or  upon  the 
heart,  Aesch.  Theb.  834. 

Περιπλι'ιζω,  f.  -yfu,=  sq. 

ΤΙεριπλάνίιω,  ώ,  {περί,  πλανάω)  to 
make  Ιο  wander  about  .'—pass,  περι- 
π7.ανάομαι,  to  loander  about,  νήϋον, 
Hdt.  4,  151,  cf  Valck.  ad  7,  16,  2: 
metaph.,  to  float  round  about  one,  of 
the  lion's  skin  round  Hercules,  Pind. 
I.  6  (5),  69.     Hence 

Τνεριπ7.ΰνής,  ές,  wandering  about, 
Plut,  2,  1001  I) :  and 

ΤΙεριπ^ΜνησίΓ,  ή,  a  wandering  about. 
Pint,  [ά]  ^ 

ΤΙεριπ2.ύνιος,  ov,  poet,  for  περι- 
π?ίανής,  Leon.  Tar.  55.  [2] 


ΠΕΡΙ 

ΤΙερίπλασμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  plaster  put 
round.  Medic. :  from 

ΊΙεριπ?ιύσσω,  Att.  -ττω  :  f.  -άσω 
{περί, πλάσσω): — to  smear  round  about, 
piaster  over,  τί  τινι,  Plat.  Rep.  588  D  : 
metaph.,  to  put  over  so  as  to  conceal, 
τί  τινι,  Menand.  p.  229  : — pa.ss.,  to  be 
plastered  over,  τίνί,  with  a  thing,  Eu- 
bul.  Stephan.  I :  from 

ΐίερίπλαστος,  ov,  plastered  over. — 
2.  spurious. 

ΤΙεριπλΰτΰγέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {περί, 
πλαταγέω)  to  rattle  all  round,  Q.  Sm. 
7,  500. 

ΪΙεριπλέγδην,  {περιπλέκω)  adv., 
wound  round  about,  Opp.  H.  2,  376, 
Luc. 

Ι\.εριπ7νεγννω,  later  form  for  περί 
πλέκω,  Suid. 

ΤΙεριπλεκής,  if,=  sq.,  Nonn. 

ΤΙερίπλεκτος,  ov,  twined  round,  m 
tertieined,  of  the  feet  of  dancers,  v.  1. 
for  -πλικτος,  Theocr.  18,  8;  cf.  ούλος, 

1.  4  :  from 

ΊΙεριπλέκω,  f.  -ξω,  {περί,  πλέκω) 
to  twine  round  about : — pass.,  to  fold 
one's  self  round  a  thing,  to  cling  to,  c. 
dat.,  /στώ  περιπλεχϋείς,  Od.  14,  313; 
to  embrace,  γρηΐ  περιπλέχθη,  Od.  23, 
33  : — mid.,  to  embrace  or  hug  one  an- 
other, Luc.  Gymn.  1. — 2.  to  intertwine, 
entangle,  τον  λόγον,  Luc.  Hermot.  81  ; 
π  εριπεπ7ίεγ μένος, intncate  and  obscure. 
Plat.  Polit.  265  C  ;  περιπεπλ.  φιλία, 
of  a  flatterer,  Plut.  2,  62  D.— 3.  to  di- 
gress, Arr.     Hence 

ΤΙερίπλεξις,  ή,  a  winding  round. - 

2.  an  entangling. 

Ήερίπλεος,  ov,  {περί,  πλέος)  very 
or  quite  full,  Xen.  Cyr.  6,  2,  33. 

ΤΙεριπλενμονία,  ας,  ή,  {περί,  πλεύ 
μων)  inflammation  of  the  lungs,  Hipp. 
Plat.  Lach.  192  E.    Hence 

Τϊεριπλεΐ'μονιάω,  ώ,  to  have  περί 
πλενμονία,  be  affected thereuith:  and 

ΤΙεριπλενμονικός,  7/,  όν,  affected 
with  περιπ7\,ενμονία,  Hij)p.  Adv. 
-κως.  Id. 

ΐίεριπλενρίδιον,  ου,  τό,  a  covering 
for  the  sides. 

ΤΙεριπλενρίζω,  to  embrace. 

ΤΙεριπλενρϊτΙκός,  ή,  όν,  suffering 
from  πλενρίτις,  Hipp, 

ΐίερίπλενρος,  ov,  {περί,  πλευρά) 
surrounding  or  covering  the  side,  KVTOC, 
Eur.  El.  472. 

ΤΙεριπλέω,  Ion.  -πλώω,  though 
Hdt.  uses  both  forms  {περί,  π7.έω) : — 
to  sail  or  swim  round,  c.  ace,  Αιβύην, 
ΐΐε/ιοπόννι/σον,  etc.,  Hdt.  4,  42,  179, 
etc.  ;  7Γ.  αντονς  κύκλω,  Thuc.  2,  84  ; 
εις  λιμένα,  to  sail  round  into  a  harbour, 
Id.  5,  3. — II.  metaph.,  to  totter. 

ΤΙερίπλεως,  ων,  Att.  for  περίπλεος, 
Thuc.  4,  13.^ 

ΐίεριπληθτ/ς,  ές,  {περί,  πλΐ/θος) 
very  full,  esp.  of  people,  νήσος,  Od. 
15,  405  :  c.  dat.,  Opp. — 2.  very  large, 
Luc.  Gymn.  25. 

ΤΙεριπλήθω,  f.  -σω,  {περί,  πλήθω) 
to  be  quite  full,  Opp.  H.  5,  591,  678. 

ΊΙεριπλίγδην,  adv.=:sq. 

Ώεριπλίξ,  adv.,  tvilh  the  feet  apart, 
Lat.  dii'aricatis  pedibus  :  from 

Τίεριπλίσσομαι,  Att.  -ττομαι :  f. 
-ξομαι  {περί,  πλίσσω) :  dep.  mid. — to 
spread  out  the  legs  and  put  them  round, 
περί  τι,  like  διαβαίνω. 

ίΐεριπλοκάδην,ο.άν.=περιπλέγδην, 
Anth.  P.  5,  252.  [ώ] 

'Περιπ?ιθκή.  ής,  ή,  {περιπλέκω)  α 
twiniyrg  round,  embracing,  γνναικών, 
Polyb.  2,  56,  7,  etc. — 2.  entanglement, 
intricacy,  λόγων,  Valck.  Phoen.  497  ; 
περιπ7.οκήν  ΐχειν,  Plut.  2,  673  F. 

ΤΙερίπληκος.  or,  (περιπλέκω)  en. 
folded,  δεσμοίς,  Anth, — 2,  entangled, 
intricate. 


ΠΕΡΙ 

ΥΙεριπλόμενος,  Ερ.  syncop.   part. 

ires,  from  περιπέλομαί,  Horn.,  and 
[es. 

Περί'ττλοοί,  ov,  contr.  -πλους,  ovv 
(περίττλ^ω)  :  act.  sailing  round. — II. 
pass,  that  may  be  sailed  round,  γη, 
Thuc.  2,  97.     Hence 

ΤΙερίπλοος,  ό  :  contr.  -'!Τ?ιους,  gen. 
•πλου,  nom.  plur.  -ττλοι : — a  sailing 
round,  c.  gen.  loci,  Hdt.  6,  95 ;  περί 
τόπον,  Thuc.  2,  80 ;  esp.  round  the 
enemy's  fleet,  Xen.  Hell.  1,  6,  31.— 
2.  the  account  of  a  coasting  voyage, 
whence  Pcriplus  is  the  title  of  geo- 
graph.  works,  still  extant,  by  Scyla.x, 
and  Nearchus  (in  Arrian)  :  opp.  to 
περίοδος,  a  land  journey. — II.— περί- 
τόναων. 

Τίερίπλνμα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which  is 
washed  off,  offscourings  :  from 

ΤΙεριπλί'νω,  (περί,  πλύνω)  to  wash 
clean,  scour  well,  Dem.  1259,  27  : — 
pass.,  περιπλύνεσθαί  τι,  to  have  it 
washed  off  one,  Arist.  H.  A.  8,  2,  26  ; 
but,  γαστηρ  περιπλνθεΐσα,  like  sq. 
Hence 

ΙΙερίπλνσις,  i],  a  washing  out :  π. 
κοιλίας,  a  thin  discharge  from  the 
bowels,  Hipp. 

ϊίεριπλώυ.  Ion.  and  poet,  ίοΐ  περι- 
πλέω, Hdt. 

Τίεριπνείω,  poet,  for  περιπνέω. 

ΤΙεριπνενμονία,-νιάω,-νικός,ίπνεύ- 
μων)=  περιπ?.ενμ-. 

ΊΙεριπνέω,  f  -πνενσω,  (περί,  πνέω) 
to  breathe  round,  c.  ace.  νύαονς  Μακύ- 
ρων,  Pind.  Ο.  2,  130 :  also— II.  intr. 
to  breathe  around. 

ΤΙεριπνΐγής,  ες,  pressed  all  round  to 
suffocation,  Nic.  Th.  432:  from 

ΤΙεριπνίγω,ί.  -ξοϋμαι,{πε^ί,  πνίγω) 
to  press  all  round  to  suffocation,'  Geop. 

ΐίεριπνοή.  7)ς,  and  -πνοια,  ας,  ή,  a 
blowing  round  about,  Diod.  3,  19. 

ΐίερίπνοος,  ov,  contr.  -πνονς,  ovv, 
{περιπνέω)  blown  round  about,  The- 
ophr. 

ΤΙεριπόδιον,  ου,  τό,  like  πέζα,  a 
border :  Strictly  neut.  from 

ΐίεριπόδιος,  a,  ov,  (περί,  πους)  go- 
ing round  the  feet ;  cf  έπιπόδιος. 

ΤΙεριπόθητος,  ov,  (περί,  ποθέω) 
much- beloved,  Luc.  Tim.  12. 

Τίεριποιέω,  ώ,  f  -ήσω,  (περί,  ποιέω) 
to  make  to  remain  over  ayid  above  ;  hence 
to  keep  safe,  save,  opp.  to  διαφθείρω, 
Hdt.  1,  110 ;  7,  52,  etc. ;  π.  έκ  κακών, 
έκ  κινδύνων,  hys.  107,22. — 2.  of  mo- 
ney, etc.,  to  save  up,  lay  by,  Isae.  CO, 
10. — 3.  to  put  round,  put  upon  or  reserve 
for,  αίσχύνην  τι)  πό7.ει,  Isocr.  Antid. 
%  322  ;  όυναατειαν  έαυτοϋ,  Aeschin. 
54,  12,  cf  Dem.  193,  20.— II.  in  mid. 
to  keep  or  get  for  one's  self,  to  compass, 
win,  gain  possession  of,  όνναμιν,  Ίσχύν, 
Thuc.  1,  9,  15,  Xen.  An.  5,  6,  17,  and 
freq.  in  Oratt. :  περιποιεΐσθαι  άπό 
τίνος,  to  make  gain  from...,  Xen.  Mem. 
4, 2,  38. — 2.  the  act.  is  sometimes  used 
in  same  sense,  περιποιεΐν  χωρίον, 
Thuc.  3,  102  ;  π.  πράγματα  εις  αυ- 
τούς, to  get  things  into  their  own 
hands,  Id.  8,  48,  cf  Isae.  64,  2.  Hence 

ΤΙεριποίησις,  εως,  ή,  a  keeping  safe, 
Def  Plat.  415  C. — II.  an  acquiring, 
gaining  possessio)i,  LXX.     Hence 

ΐίεριποίητικός,  ή,  όν,  keeping  safe. 
— 2.  productive,  c.  gen.,  Mnasith.  ap. 
Ath.  357  F. 

ΤίεριποίκΙλος,  ov,  (περί,  ποικίλος) 
variegated  all  over,  Xen.  Cyn.  5,  23. 

ΐίεριποιπννω,  (περί,  ποιπνύω)  to 
pursue  quickly,  Q.  Sm. :  also  in  mid., 
Opp.  H.  2,  615. 

ΤΙεριπολύζω,^^επιπολύζω,  dub.  1. 

ΤΙεριπολαΙος,  ov,  {περί,  πέλω)  open 
all  round. flat,  of  eves,  Arist.  Physiogii. 
5, 11. 


ΠΕΡΙ 

ΤΙεριπολάρχης  or  -άρχος,  ου,  ό, 
(περίπολος,  άρχω)  α  superintendent  or 
inspector  of  police,  the  genit.  in  Thuc. 
8,  92. 

ΤΙεριπολεύω,  and  -λέω,  f.  -ησω, 
(περίπολος)  to  go  round  or  about,  wan- 
der about.  Soph.  O.  T.  1254,  Eur.  I. 
T.  84,  1455 ;  also,— 2.  c.  ace.  loci,  to 
traverse,  π.  ονρανόν.  Plat.  Phaedr. 
246  B,  cf  Theaet.  176  A  ;  so,  π.  στρα- 
τόν,  Eur.  Rhes.  773. — 3.  esp.  to  walk 
round,  as  a  patrol,  Xen.  Vect.  4,  52  ; 
cf  περίπο?.ος. — 4.  also  to  walk  (in  pro- 
cession) round  the  fields  for  purposes 
of  purification  (htstratio).     Hence 

ΐίεριπόλησις,  ή,  agoing  about,  Diog. 
Ij. 

ΤΙεριπολίζω,  (περί,  πόλις)  to  go 
about  towns,  Strab.  fp.  675. 

ΐίεριπόλιον,  ov,  τό,  like  φρονρίον, 
a  station  for  περίπολοι  (q.  v.),  a  guard- 
house, Thuc.  3,  99  ;  6,  45  ;  7,  48. 

Περιπό/αος,  ov,  (περί,  πόλις)  lying 
round  or  going  about  a  town. 

ΤΙερίπολις,  6,  ή,  (περί,  πόλις)  going 
about  towns :  a  vagabo7id,  vagrant,  stroll- 
er, Phryn.  (Com.)  Mus.  3. 

ΤΙεριπολιστικός,  ή,  όν,  (περί,  πο- 
λίζω)  disposed  for  wandering  about, 
strolling,  σύνοδος  π.,  Inscr. 

ΤΙεριπολλόν,  Ερ.  adv.  from  περί, 
πολύς  (πολλός),  very  much.  Αρ.  Rh. 
2,  437. 

ΐίερίπολος,  ov,  (περί,  πολέω)  going 
round,  esp.  goitig  the  rounds,  patrolling  : 
hence,  as  subst., — 1.  oi  π.,  the  patrol, 
police,  Epich.  p.  15 :  esp.  at  Alliens 
young  citizens  between  18  and  20, 
who  formed  a  sort  of  horse-patrol  to 
guard  thefrontier,  Ar.  Av.  1176, Thuc. 
4,  67  ;  8,  92  :  hence  περιπόλων. — 2. 
generally,  ό  π.,  an  attendant,  follower, 
Soph.  Ant,  1151. — 3.  ή  π.  (sc.  ναΰς), 
a  guard-ship. 

ίΤΙεριπόλτας,  ό,  Peripoltas,  a  seer 
ofThessaly,  Plut.  Cim.  1. 

ΙΙεριπομπεύω,  tolead roundor  attend 
in  procession. 

ΥΙεριπομπή,  ης,  ή,  a  sending  round 
about. 

ΐίεριπόνηρος,  ov,  very  rascally,  as  a 
pun  on  περιφόρητος,  Ar.  Ach.  850. 

ΤΙεριποππύζω,  strengthd.  for  ποττ- 
πύί^ω. 

ΙΙεριπόττπνσμα,  ατός,  τό,  parasitic 
conduct. 

ΤΙεριπορεύομαι,  (περί,  πορεύω  Β) 
dep.  pass.  c.  fut.  mid. : — to  travel  OT go 
about.  Plat.  Legg.  716  A. — II.  trans. 
to  go  round,  πόλιν,  Polyb.  4,  54,  4,  etc. 

ΤΙεριπορπύομαι,  as  pass.,  to  hang 
something  about  one  and  fasten  it  with 
a  clasp  (πόρπη),  App. 

Τίεριπόρφνρος,  ον,(περί,  πορφύρα) 
edged  with  purple,  Crates  Sam.  3,  Plut. 
Rom.  26,  etc. : — ή  π.  (with  or  without 
εσθής),  a  robe  with  a  purple  border,  esp. 
the  Roman  toga  praetextata  or  laticla- 
via,  Polyb.  6,  53,  7,  Plut.  Rom.  25, 
etc.  :— hence,  π.  παις,  the  Lat.  prae- 
textatus,  Plut.  Poplic.  18. 

ΤΙεριπορφνρόσημος,  (foreg.,  σ?]μα) 
παις,  ό,  a  bov  in  the  pratexta,  praetex- 
taius,  Anth.  P.  12,  185. 

ΐίεριπορφύρω,  strengthd.  for  πορ- 
φύμω,  Manetho.  [{ι] 

ΤΙεριποτάμιος,  a,  ov,  dwelling  by  a 
river,  [a] 

ΪΙεριποτύομαι,  poet,  for  περιπέτο- 
μαι,  to  hover  about,  metaph.,  τύ  (5'  άει 
ζώντα  (sc.  τα  μαντεία)  περιποτάται, 
Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  482. 

ΪΙερίποτος,  ον,  (περί,  πίνω)  of  a 
cup,  to  be  drunk  from  on  all  sides  (cf 
άμφικύπελλος),  Ath.  783  B. 

ΐίερίπου,  adv.  for  περί  που,  about, 
Lat.  circa,  circiter. 

Τίερίπους,  ποδός,  ό,  ή,^περιπόδιος. 


ΠΕΡΙ 

— Π.  fitting  close  round,  tight,  like  a 
shoe  to  the  foot. 

Ή,εριπρήθω,  f.  -σω,  poet,  for  περί• 
πίμπρημι. 

Τίεριπρό,  adv.,  very  especially,  II. 
11,  180;  16,  699,  where  however 
Wolf  writes  περί  πρό  divisini ;  cf. 
διαπρό,  έπίπρό. 

ΤΙεριπροβάλλω,  (περί,  προβάλλω) 
to  throw  round  before  :  al80=  περιβάλ- 
λω, Opp.  H.  4,  657. 

ΐίεριπροθέω,  (περί,  προθέω)  to  go 
forward  and  run  round.  Opp,  H.  2,  440. 

ΪΙεριπροχέω,  f.  -χενσω,  (περί,  προ- 
χέω)  to  pour  out  all  round  or  over . 
hence  in  pass.,  έρος  θνμην  περιπρο- 
χυθείς  (part,  aor.)  έδάμασσε,  love 
rushing  in  a  flood  over  his  soul  over- 
came it,  II.  14,  316. 

ΐίεριπταίω,  (περί,  πταίω)  to  stumble 
upon  or  against,  τινί,  Plut.  Pyrrh.  10, 

ΪΙεριπτέρνεον,  τό,  that  which  sur- 
rounds the  πτέρνα.  Math.  V^ett. 

ΐίερίπτερος,  ov,  (περί,  πτερόν)  fiy 
ing  round  about;  περίπτερα  πυρός, 
sparks  of  fire,  LXX. — II.  usu.  in  ar- 
chitecture of  a  temple,  with  a  single 
row  of  columns  all  round  it,  Vitruv. ; 
οίκος  π.,  Callix.  ap.  Ath.  205  A:  cf. 
δίπτερος,  μονόπτερος. 

ΐίεριπτίσματα,  τύ,  the  skins  of 
grapes,  Dind.  Schol.  Ar.  Nub.  45,ubi 
olim  περιπίσματα  οτ-πιέσματα:  from 

Περιπτίσσω,  (περί,  πτίσσω)  to  strip 
off  the  husk  or  skin,wi7inow,  Theophr.  : 
metaph.,  περιεπτισμένοι,  free  from  the 
chaff,  clea7i  winnowed.  Αι.  Ach.  507  ; 
so,  7Γ.  TO  είδος,  clean-built,  taper  of 
form,  Philostr. 

ΙΙερίπτνγμα,  ατός,  τό,  any  thing 
folded  round,  a  covering,  Eur.  Ion  1391 : 
and 

ΐίερίπτνξις,  εως,  ή,  a  folding  one's 
self  round,  embracing,  τοϊι  νεκρού,  Plut. 
Cat.  Min.  11  ;  from 

ΤΙεριπτνσσω,  f.  -ξω,  (περί,  πτύσ- 
σω) to  enfold,  enwrap,  enshroud,  τίνα 
τνμβφ.  Soph.  Ant.  886 ;  πέπ/.οι  πε- 
ριπτνσσοντες  δέμας,  Eur.  Hec.  735  , 
π.  γύνυ,  δέμας,  to  clasp,  embrace  it.  Id. 
I.  A.  992,  Med.  1206  :— as  military 
term,  to  surround,  take  in  flank,  Xen. 
An.  1,  10,  9,  cf  Cyr.  7,  1.  26.— II.  to 
fold  round,  π.  χέρας,  to  fold  the  arms 
ro7md  another,  Eur.  Ale.  350,  Andr. 
417  :  hence  in  pass.,  to  fold  one's  self 
round,  coil  round.  Plat.  Symp.  196  A. 
Hence 

ΤΙεριπτνχή,  ης,  ή,  something  which 
enfolds,  a  cloak,  fence,  etc.,  like  περι- 
βο?ιαί,  usu.  in  plur.  ;  τειχέων  περι- 
πτνχαί,  Eur.  Phoen.  1357,  δόμων, 
Ar.  Αν.  1241  (prob.  a  parody  on  Eur.) ; 
'Αχαιών  νανλοχοι  π.,  their  naval  c/οαί 
or  fence,  Eur.  Hec.  1015. — 2.  an  enfold- 
ing, embracing,  Eur.  Supp.  815:  έν 
■ηλίου  περιπτνχαΐς,  in  all  the  sun 
embraces,  i.  e.  all  the  world,  Eur.  Ion 
1516. 

ΐίεριπτνχής,  ές,  (περιπτνσσω)^Μ• 
ed  round,  φάρος.  Soph.  Aj.  915:  hence, 
φασγύνφ  π.,  fallen,  around,  upon  his 
sword,  lb.  899 ;  cf  περιπετής. 

ΐίεριπτνω,  f.  -νσω,  (περί,  πτύω)  to 
spit  upon :  hence  to  abhor,  Aristaen. 
1,  21. 

ΐίερίπτωοα,  ατός,  τό,  (περιπίπτω) 
a  calamity.  Plat.  Prot.  345  B. 

Ώερίπτωσις,  εως,  ή,  (περιπίπτω) 
an  accident,  opportunity,  Plut.  2,  440  A. 

ΤΙεριπτώσσω,  (περί,  πτώσσω)  to 
fear  very  much.  Anth.,  Philostr. 

Τίεριπτωτικός,  ή,  όν,  accidental, 
subject  to  accident,  τινί,  Epicur.  ap. 
Plut.  2,  420  D. 

ΤΙεριπύημα,  ατός,  τό,  (περί,  πυέω) 
suppuration  round  about,  Hipp,  [ί] 

ΐίεριπϋκύζω,  f.  -ύσω,  (περί,  πνκά 
1165 


ΠΕΡΙ 

ζ(ύ)  to  put  thiclily  round  about : — pass. 
to  have  dose  or  thick  round,  Tug  τρί• 
χαζ  irepl  τό  σώμα,  Ctes. 

ΪΙεμιπνρ/'/νιον,  ov,  τό,  (he  husk 
round  the  kernel,  Theophr. 

ΐίερίπνστ.ος,  ov,  {ττερί,  πννθύνομαί) 
known  all  around  about,  Ap.  Rh.,  Co- 
luth.  75. 

ϋερητωμάζω,  f.  -άσο,  {περί,  Τΐωμά.- 
ζω)  to  cover  with  a  lid  all  round,  The- 
ophr., cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  671. 

ΐίεριττωμάτίζω,  =  foreg,,  Arist. 
Probl.  22,  4,  Theophr. 

ΙΙερφβάγής,  ές,  {περιΙ>βήγννμι) 
torn  or  broken  round  about,  περφβαγης 
Γα  χείλτ],  tiith  the  Ups  far  apart,  open- 
mouthed,  Clem.  Al. — II.  act.  tearing 
round  about,  consuming,  Anth. 

ΙΙερι/φάύίξ,  Ικος,  ή,  v.  βαδίξ- 

ΤΙερφβαίνω,  f.  -άνώ,  {περί,  βαίνω) 
to  besprinkle,  loet  round  about,  esp.  in 
sacreci  ntes,  βωμούς,  Ar.  Lys.  1130. 
Hence 

ΤΙερίΙφανσις,  εως,  ή.  a  besprinkling, 
wetting.  Plat.  Crat.  405  Β  :  and 

ΐίερφβαντήριον,  ov,  τό,  an  utensil 
for  besprinkling,  esp.  a  kind  of  whisk 

{'or  sprinkling  Water  at  sacrifices,  etc., 
.at.  aspergillum  :  also  a  vessel  for  lus- 
tral  water,  Hdt.  1,  51,  Luc.  Sacrif.  12, 
sq. — II.  περίββαντϊ/ρια  αγοράς,  the 
parts  of  the  forum  sprinkled  with  lus- 
tral  water.  Lex  ap.  Aeschin.  4,  2,  cf. 
79,  2 ;  cf.  καθάρσων. 

Περίββαντίζο),  collat.  form  of  πε• 
ρφ)1)αίν(ύ,  LXX. 

ΪΙερφΙ)άπίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {περί,  βαπί- 
ςω)  Ιο  lash  round  about,  T7j  ονρφ  π.  το 
έύωδιμορ,  offish,  Plut.  2,  977  Α. 

Περφβάπτω,  t  -ι/;'",  {περί,  βάπτω) 
to  stitch  all  round,  Diod. 

ΐίερφφέζα,  to  purify  by  expiatory 
sacrifice^  like  περίκαθαίρο). 

ΐίεριββέμβομαι,  dep.,  to  roam  or 
wander  about. 

Τίεριρβέπω,  f.  -ψω,  {περί,  βέπω)  to 
turn  round,  incline  to  one  side.     Hence 

ΐίερίββεφίς,  ή,  inclination  to  one  side, 
Hipp. 

Χίερφβέω  :  f.  φενσομαι :  aor.  pass, 
(in  same  signf.)  περιείφνην  {περί, 
βίω) : — I.  c.acc.  loci. /ο  ftou•  round,  Οά. 
9,  388,  Hdt.  2,  29,  127  :  hence  in  pass., 
to  be  surrounded  by  water,  Xen.  An.  1, 
5,  4. — II.  absol.,  to  floirall  round,  Xen. 
Hell.  4,  1,  16:  tos'lipfrom  o/f  athing, 
η  ΰσπ]ς  περίεββνη  είςτί/ν  θάλασσαν, 
his  shield  slipt  off  his  arm  into  the  sea, 
Thuc.  4,  12,  cf.  Xen.  An.  4,  3,  8.-2. 
to  overflow  on  all  sides,  σοι  περίββείτω 
βίος.  may  thy  means  of  living  abound. 
Soph.  El.  362. — 3.  to  be  all  running  or 
dripping,  Greg.  Naz. 

ΤΙεριββηγννμι  and  -vvu) :  f.  φήξυ 
{περί,βψ/ννμι) : — Ιο  breakoffall  round, 
τον  γήλοώον.  Plat.  Criti.  113  Ό -.—to 
rend  all  round,tear  off,  τον χίΤωνίσκον, 
Dem.  403,  3  ;  την  χ^Μμνύα,  Polyb. 
15,  33,  4  ;~so  in  pass.,  περφβη}νν- 
μένυν  φαρέων,  Aesch.  Theb.  329. — 
II.  in  pass.,  also,  κατά  τό  οξυ  τοϋ 
Αέλτα  περφρήγννται  ό  Νείλος,  at 
the  apex  of  tne  Delta  the  Nile  is  bro- 
ken round  it,  i.  e.  broken  into  several 
branches,  Hdt.  2,  16,  cf.  Isocr.  227  D, 
and  V.  sub  περισχίζω. 

ΪΙερίββήδην,  adv.  of  sq.,  Ap.  Rh.  4, 
1581. 

ΙΙεριββηδής,  ές,  falling  over  or  upon 
a  thing,  π.  δε  τραπέζι)  κύππεσε.  he 
fell  over  the  table  to  the  ground,  Od. 
22,  84  :  turning  or  moving  to  either  side, 
Hipp.  ;  so  too,  αμφιββηδής.  (Prob. 
from  περιββέω.) 

ΙΙερίρβηξίς,  fl,  a  breaking  off  rouyid 
about. 

ΤΙεριββήσσω,  poet,  collat.  form  of 
πεοφρήγννμί. 
1166 


ΠΕΡΙ 

Ήερίββογχήζω,  to  mock,  ridicule. 

ΙΛερφβοή,  ης,  ή,  {περφβέω)  a  flow- 
ing round,  about,  οίς  uv  ij  π.  γίγνηται, 
whichever  happens  to  be  surrounded. 
Plat.  Phaed.  HI  E. 

ΐίερίββοια,  ας,  ?/,=  foreg.,  Plut.  2, 
1128  C.—η.^περίββοος  II,  Hipp. 

ΤΙερφβομβέω,  ώ,  f.  -?)σω,  {περί, 
βομβέω)  to  spin  round  like  a  top,  Plut. 
Anton.  67. 

Ιίερίρροος,  ov,  contr.  -βονς,  ovv, 
{περφρεω)  like  περίρβντος,  surround- 
ed with  water,  Hdt.  1,  174. — II.  π.,  ό, 
a  flux  of  humours  from  all  parts,  Hipp., 
V.  Foes.  Oecon. 

ΪΙεριββΰής,  ές,  (περφβέω)  falling 
down  all  round,  E.  M. 

ΐίερίββνπος,  ov,  {περί,  βύπος)  dirty 
all  round,  very  dirty,  Anth. 

ΤΙερφβύπτω,  f.  -ι//ω,  {περί,  βνπτω) 
to  scour  all  round,  Diosc. 

ΤΙερίββϋτος,  ov,  also  η,  ov,  Alcman, 
Aesch.  Eum.  77  {περφβέω)  ■.=  περίβ- 
βοος,  surrounded  with  water,  ττ.  Κρί/τη, 
sea-girt  Crete,  Od.  19,  173,  cf.  Hes. 
Th.  193,  290,  Hdt.  4,  42,  45,  Aesch. 
I.e.,  etc. — 2.  RCt.  flowing  round,  C.  gen., 
πεδία  περίββυτα  Σικελίας,  i.  e.  the 
sea,  Pors.  Ptioen.  216. 

Ώερφβώξ,  ώγος,  ό,  ή,  {περιββήγνν- 
μι)  broken  off  all  round,  rugged,  steep, 
Polyb.  9,  27,  4  ;  cf.  άποββώξ. 

^ΤΙερισύδιες,  ων,  οι,  the  Perisadies, 
a  people  in  Epirus,  Strab.  p.  326. 

ΐίερισαίνω,  (περί,  σαίνω)  to  wag  the 
tail  round,  fawn  upon,  τινά,  Od.  16,  4  ; 
οϊφΐισι,  Od.  10,  215;  metaph.,  π. 
γλωσσί},  Orph.  Lith.  424. — Horn,  has 
It  only'  in  Od.,  in  poet,  form  περισ- 
σαίνω. 

ΐίερισαλπίζω,  f.  -γξω,  {περί,  σαλ- 
πίζω) to  sound  a  trumpet  round  one  : — 
pass,  to  Jiave  trumpets  souttding  round 
one,  Plut.  2,  192  B.     Hence 

Περισαλπισμός,  ov,  ό,  a  blowing  the 
trumpet  round  about,  Julian.  :  and 

ΤΙερισαλπιστός,  ή,  όν,  having  trum- 
pets sounded  round  one. 

ΤΙερίσαξις,  ή,  a  heaping  round. 

ΐίερισαρκίζω,  {περί,  σαρκίζω)  to  cut 
into  the  flesh  all  round,  Chirurg.  Vett. 
Hence 

ΤΙερισαρκισμός,  ov,  6,  an  incision  all 
round,  Diosc. 

ΤΙερίσαρκος,  ov,  {περί,  σαρξ)  sur- 
rounded with  flesh,  very  fleshy,  Arist. 
Physiogn.  5,  5.     Hence 

ΙΙερισαρκόω,  ώ,  to  surround  or  cover 
with  flesh.     Hence 

ΤΙερισάρκωσις,  η,  a  covering  with 
flesh,  Chirurg.  Vett. 

ΤΙερισάρωμα,  ατος,  τό,  sweepings, 
like  περίκόρημα.  [α] 

ΐίερισάττω,  f.  -ξω,  {περί,  σάττω)  to 
heap  ιιραΙΙ  round,  Arist.  Probl.  20, 14, 2. 

ΐίερισβένννμι,  also  -νϋω,  {περί, 
σβένννμΐ)  to  extinguish  all  round, 
Plut.  2,  997  A. 

Περισείρια,  τύ,  the  holloxvs  at  each 
side  of  the  tongue  ;  also  written  παρα- 
σείρια,  -σύρια. 

Ύίερισείω,  poet,  περισσείω,  {περί, 
σείω)  to  shake  all  round  or  violently  : — 
pass,  to  be  shaken  all  round,  (θειραι  π., 
the  hair  floated  round,  11.  19,  382  ;  22, 
315,  in  poet.  form. 

ΤΙερίσεμνος,  η,  ov,  (περί,  σεμνός) 
very  solemn,  Ar.  Vesp.  604. 

ΐίερίσεπτος,  η,  ov,  {περί,  σεπτός) 
much-revered,  much-honoured,  Aesch. 
Eum.  1038,  Ath.  376  A. 

ΤΙερίσημος,  ov,  {περί,  σήμα)  very 
famous  or  notable,  Lat.  insignis,  Eur. 
H.  F.  1018,  Mosch.  1,  6. 

ΙΙερισήπω,  f.  --φω,  {περί,  σήπω)  to 
bring  to  titter  decay  : — pass.,  with  pf. 
act.  περισέσηπα,  to  be  utterly  decayed, 
Theophr. 


ΠΕΡΙ 

ΤΙερισθενέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  be  exceed- 
ing powerful,  over-strong,  part,  περίτ 
σΟενέων,  Od.  22,  368 :  from 

Ίλερισθενής,  ές,  (περί,  σθένος)  ex- 
ceeding powerf  id,  very  mighty,  Pind.  N. 
3,  26,  Fr.  96,  2. 

ίηερισθέν7ΐς,  ονς,  ό,  Perislhenes, 
one  of  the  sons  of  Aegyptus,  ApoUod. 
2, 1,  5. — Father  of  Dictys  of  Seriphus, 
ace.  to  Pherecyd.  ap,  Schol.  4,  1091, 

Τ1ερισΙά7ώω,  ώ,  to  edge  with  a  vari- 
egated border  or  riin,  LXX. 

ΐίερισίγύω,  ώ,  ί.  -τ'/σω,  to  bury  in  si- 
lence,  keep  secret,  dub. 

ΤΙερισίόηρος,  ov,  {περί,  σίδηρος) 
surrounded  or  covered  with  iron,  Diod. 

m 

ΤΙερισκαίρω,  {περί,  σκαίρώ)  to  jump 
about,  Opp.  :  to  palpitate. 

ΐίερισκάλλω,  {περί,  σκάλλω)  to 
hack  round  about,  Geop. 

ΤΙερισκύπτω,  f.  -ψω,  to  dig  or  turn 
up  all  round. 

ΐΙερισκΰρίζω,=^  περισκαίρω. 

Τίερίσκα-ψις,  ή,  a  digging  up  all 
round. 

ΐίερισκέλεια,  ας,  ή,  dryness  : — me- 
taph., obstinacy  ;  hardness,  Arist.  ap. 
Sext.  Emp.  p.  370  :  from 

Τίερισκελής,  ές,  {περί,  σκέλλω)  dry 
and  hard  all  round,  very  hard,  Lat.  re- 
torridus,  rigidus,  of  iron.  Soph.  Ant. 
475. — 2.  metaph.  hard,  obstinate,  stub- 
born, φρένες,  ηβος,  etc..  Soph.  Aj.  649, 
ubi  V.  Lob. ;  no,  περισκελύς  φέρειν, 
to  take  a7niss,  Lat.  aegre  ferre,  cf, 
Meineke  Menand.440.— 3.  aTroJeifeif 
π.,  dry  investigations,  Nemes. 

ΤΙερισκελής,  ές,  (περί,  σκέλος) 
round  the  leg,  τά  περισκελη,  breeches 
{βράκαι)  '.  άγαλμα  π.,  a  statue  tuith 
the  legs  apart,  such  as  Daedalus  first 
made. 

ΤΙερισκελία,  ας,  ή,=  περισκέλεια, 
Paul.  Aeg. 

ΤΙερισκελίς,  ίόος,  η,  {περί,  σκέλος) 
α  leg-band,  garter,  or  rather  anklet,  Me- 
nand.  p.  291,  Plut.  2,  142  C  ;  cf  Diet. 
Antiqq.  s.  v. 

ΤΙερισκελιστής,  οΐ',ό,  {περισκελ^ής, 
σκέλος)  one  who  wears  breeches,  susp. 
in  Strab. ;  cf  περισκνθιστής. 

Ώερισκεπάζω,  ί.  -άσω,  {περί,  σκε- 
πάζω) to  cover,  screen  all  round,  The- 
ophr. 

ΐίερισκεπί/ς,  ές,  {περί,  σκέπας) 
covered  all  round,  θάμνοισι.  Call.  Jov. 
11. — Π.  covering  or  screening  all  round, 
Theophr.,  Call.  Del.  23. 

ΤΙερισκέπτομαι,  late  pres.  for  περι- 
σκοπέω,  q.  v. 

ΙΙερίσκεπτος,  ov,  {περισκοπέω)  te 
be  seen  on  all  sides,  hence  far-seen,  con- 
spicuous, like  περίοπτος,  Od.  1,  426; 
10,  211.— 2.  worth  seeing,  Call.  Epigr. 
5. — II.  of  persons,  circumspect. 

ΤΙερισκέπω,—  περισκεπύζω,  Polyb. 
2,  20,  3. 

Ώερίσκεφις,  ή,  circumspection. 

Τίερισκήνιον,  ov,  τό,  {περί,  σκήντ)) 
a  tent,  hut :  metaph.  the  dwelling  of  the 
soul,  i.  e.  the  body,  Eccl. — ΙΙ.^τταρα- 
σκήνιον,  dub. 

ΐίερισκήπτω,  f.  -φω,  to  support  or 
prop  all  round. 

ΐίερισκϊύζω,  f  -άσω,  {περί,  σκιάζω) 
to  overshadow,  Plut.  Nic.  21,  in  pass. 
Hence 

Ώερισκίασμός,  ov.  6,  an  overshadow- 
ing, obscuration,  of  the  moon,  Plut.  2, 
372  D. 

ΤΙερίσκΙος,  ov,  (περί,  σκιά)  throw- 
ing a  shadow  all  round,  of  the  inhabit- 
ants of  the  polar  circles,  where  the 
shadow  (in  their  summer  season) 
travels  all  round  in  the  24  hours, 
Posidon.  ap.  Strab,  p,  135  ;  cf  άμφί 
σκιος,  έτερόσκιος. 


IIEPI 

ΙΙΐρισίίίρτύω,  ώ,  {ηερί,  σκιρτάω) 
to  leap  about  a  thing,  c.  acc,  Anth.  P. 
12,  181,  Luc. 

lie pia κλήρος,  ov,  (ττερί,  σκληρός) 
vert/  hard,  Antiph.  Στρατιώτ.  2,  17. 

ΙΙερισκληρύνω,  {ττερί,  σκληρύνω) 
to  make  very  hard,  Hipp. 

ΐίερισκόπενσις,  ή,  =  περίσκεψις : 
dub.  from 

Περισκοιτέω,  ώ,  f.  -σκέ/φομΜ :  pt'. 
•έσκεμμαι :  (v.  sub  σκοττέω.)  To  look 
round,  Soph.  El.  897  :  to  consider  on 
all  sides  or  loell,  ευ  ττερίσκέφασθαί 
6  τι...,  Hdt.  1,  120  ;  to  watch,  Thuc.  6, 
49 :  c.  acc,  ir.  τάφανη,  to  speculate  on 
hidden  things,  Soph.  Fr.  770  :  also  c. 
gen.,  7Γ.  τίνος,  Arat. :— mid.,  to  look 
about  one,  take  care.  At.  Eccl.  487  : — 
cf.  περιεσκεμμένως.  Hence 
ΤΙερισκόπησις,  ή,^περίσκεφις. 
ΐίερισκνθίζω,  toscalp  in  the  Scythian 
fashion,  cf.  Σκνθίζω  : — sensu  obsc, 
Mel.  5.     Hence 

ΐίερισκϋθισμός,  ov,  a,  a  scalping ; 
also  α  surgical  operation  :  and 

ΐίερισκϋθιστης,οΰ,  a,  one  who  scalps, 
prob.  I.  in  Strab.  for  ττερισκελιστής. 
ΤΙερισκϋλΰκισμός,  οϋ,  ό,  (  περί, 
σκύλαξ)  α  sacrifice  in  which  a  puppy 
was  sacrificed  and  carried  about,  Plut. 
Rom.  21  "etc.;  cf  Schol.  Theocr.  2. 12. 
ΐίερισκϋτίζω,  (περί,  σκντος)  to  draw 
off  the  skin  all  round,  LXX. 

ΤΙερισμΰράγέω,  ώ,{περί,  σμαραγέω) 
to  rattle  all  round,  Luc.  Hist.  Conscr. 
22. 

ΐίερισμάω,  f.  -ήσω,  to  rub  about  or 
upon. 

ϋερισμηχω,  f.  -ξω,  {περί,  σμήχω) 
to  wipe  off  round  or  upon,  Diosc. 

ΤΙερισμΰχω,  {περί,  σμνχω)  to  con- 
sume on  all  sides  or  utterly  by  a  slow, 
smouldering  fire,  Anth.  P.  5,  292.  [ϋ] 
ΐίερισοβέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {περί,  σο- 
βέω)  Ιο  chase  or  drive  about,  π.  ποτή- 
ριον,  to  push  round  the  wine-cup, 
Menand.  p.  79,  cf  Luc.  Symp.  15. — 
11.  intr.  to  run  round  abmt  a  thing,  C. 
acc,  Ar.  Av.  1425. 

ΐίερισοφίζομαι,  {περί,  σοφίζω  Β) 
dep.,  to  overreach,  cheat,  τινά,  Ar.  Av, 
1646. 

Ώ.ερισπαίρω,{περί,  σπαίρω)  to  quiver 
round  or  near,  Lyc.  68. 

Περίσπάσις,  ή,  {περισπάω)  a  mark- 
ing with  the  circumflex,  Gramm. 

Περισπασμός,  οϋ,  ό,  {περισπάω)  a 
wheeling  round,  Polyb.  10,  21,  3. — II. 
α  having  one's  attention  drawn  off,  dis- 
tracting business,  Polyb.  3,  87,  9  ;  έν 
περισπασμοϊς  είναι.  Id.  4,  32,  5  : — a 
diversion,  in  military  sense. — III.  the 
circumflex  accent,  Gramm.    Hence 

ΐίερισπαστέον,  verb,  adj .  from  περι- 
σπάω) one  must  circumflex,  Ath. 

ΙΙερισπαστικός,  ή,  όν,  diverting  or 
distracting,  Sext.  Emp.  p.  360  :  from 
ΪΙερισπάω,  f.  -άσω,  {περί,  σπάω) 
to  draw  off  from  around,  to  strip  off,  like 
περιαιρεω,  Isocr.  p.  615  Bekk.: — Mid. 
to  strip  one's  self  of  a  thing,  π.  την 
τιάραν,  Xen.  Cyr.  3,  1,  13. — 2.  to  strip 
bare,  ξίφος,  v.  1.  Eur.  I.  T.  296.— II. 
to  draw  round,  wheel  about,  of  an  army, 
Polyb.  1,  76,  5  : — περισπώμενος  τας 
όΦεις,  turning  about  one's  eyes,  Luc. 
D.  Deor.  20,  11.— III.  to  draw  off  to 
another  place,  Theophr.,  πόλεμον, 
Polyb.  1,  26,  1,  etc. :  hence  to  divert 
one's  attention,  distract,  Polyb.  15,  3, 
4,  in  pass.  :  to  make  a  diversion.  Lob. 
Phryn.  415. — IV.  in  Gramm., — 1.  to 
mark  a  vowel  or  word  with  the  circum- 
flex, esp.  on  the  last  syllable :  ή  περι- 
σπωμένη (sc  προςφόία),  the  circumflex 
accent. — 2.  to  pronounce  a  syllable  long, 
lengthen  it.  Lat.  producerc,  more  usu. 
εκτείνω,  [ΰω,  άσω] 


ΠΕΡΙ 

ΤΙερισπεΐν,  inf  aor.  of  περιέπω. 
Hdt. 

ΐίερισπειρύω,  ώ,  f.  -άσω,  {περί, 
σπειράω)  to  wind  round,  την  ίσθήτα 
Ty  κεφαλή,  Plut.  Camill.  25: — in 
mid.,  to  form  soldiers  round  one's  self, 
Id.  Ages.  31  ;  and  pass.,  of  soldiers, 
to  form  round  a  leader,  τινί,  Id.  Cicer. 
32. 

ΐίερισπείρω,  {περί,  σπείρω)  to  streiv 
or  scatter  about,  v.  I.  Eur.  Andr.  167. 

ΐίερισπέρχεια,  ας,  ή,  expedition, 
quickness. 

ΐίερισπερχέω,  in  Hdt.  7,  207,  Ao- 
κρων  περισπερχεόντων  τή  γνώμη, 
the  Locrians  being  much  angered  by 
this  opinion, — so  that  thus  it  would 
be  =  περισπέρχομαι  or  περισπερχής 
ειμί.  But  the  word  is  doubted  by 
Valck.,  who  proposes  περισπερχθέν- 
των,  and  by  Schaf  Mel.  p.  69,  who 
would  read  περισπερχέων  (fromsq.). 

ΤΙερισπερχής,  ές,  (περί,  σπέρχω) 
very  hasty,  π.  πάθος,  a  rash,  ovcrhasly 
death,  (because  Ajax  might  have 
lived,  had  he  waited  a  little  longer,) 
Soph.  Aj.  982  :  π.  δδύνησι,  goaded  by 
pains,  Opp.  C,  4,  218,  cf  H.  5.  145. 

ΐΙερισπέρχω,{περί,  σπέρχω)  todrive 
round  about,  press,  agitate,  Opp.  H.  2, 
334. — II.  intr.  to  be  in  great  agitation, 
lb.  3,  449  ;  4,  330. 

ΙΙερισπενδω,  (  περί,  σπεύδω )  to 
press,  pursue  on  all  sides,  τινά,  Joseph.: 
to  go  after, go  in  search  of  a  thing,  τινί, 
Arat.  1122. 

ΙΙερίσπλαγχνος,  ov,  (περί,  σπλά- 
γχνον)  great-hearted,  Theocr.  16,  56. 

Περισπογγίζω,  {περί,  σπογγί.ζω) 
to  wipe  with  a  sponge  all  round,  Hipp. 

ΐίερισπούδαστος,  ov,  {περί,  σπου- 
δάζω) much  sought  after,  much  desired, 
Luc.  Tim.  38.  Adv.  -τως,  diligently, 
Ath. 

ϋερίσπουδος,  ov,  {περί,  σπουδή) 
very  eager,  τινός,  for  a  thing. 

ΐίερισπωμένως,  adv.  part.  pres. 
pass,  from  περισπάω,  marked  with 
a  circumflex,  esp.  on  the  last  syllable, 
Gramin. 

ΐίερισσαίνω,  poet,  for  περισαίνω, 
Od. 

Περίσσά/ϊίζ•,  later  Att.  περιττ-,  adv. 
of  περισσός,  of  numbers,  an  odd  num- 
ber of  times,  i.  e.  mulliplied  by  an  odd 
number,  e.  g.,  9  is  the  square  of  the 
uneven  root 'i,  and  therefore  is  περιττά- 
κις  περισσοΓ,  Plat.  Parmen.  144  A, 
Plut.  2,  744  A,  etc.  [u] 

ΐΙερισσάρτιος,ον,{περισσός.  άρτιος) 
odd  and  even  :  in  ancient  arithmetic, 
of  those  numbers  which  become  uneven 
when  divided  by  any  power  of  two,  such 
as  24,  for  24  -;-(2)3=3. 

ΤΙερισσεία,  ας,  ή,  {περισσεύω)  su- 
perfluity.—  II.  superiority,  advantage, 
LXX. 

ΐίερισσείω,  poet,  for  περισείω. 

Π.ερίσσενμα,  ατός,  τό,  Att.  -ττενμα, 
=περίσσωμα,  ν.  1.  Plut.  2,  905  Α, 
etc. 

ΐίερίσσενσις,  ή, ^=  περισσέ  ία:  from 

Τίερισσεΰω,  later  Att.  -ττενω :  impf 
έπερίσσενον.  later  also  περιέσσενον, 
Buttm.  Ausf  Gr.  ό  86  Anm.  6  not., 
but  only  by  a  confusion  with  σεύω, 
έσσενον,  cf.  also  Lob.  Phryn.  28 : 
(περισσός).  To  be  over  and  above  the 
number,  first  in  Hes.  Fr.  14,  4;  πε- 
ριττεύσονσιν  ημών  o'l  πολέμιοι,  the 
enemy  will  outnumber  (or  perh.  out- 
flank) us,  Xen.  An.  4,  8, 11 ;  cf  περιέ- 
χω II. — II.  to  be  more  than  enough, 
remain  over,  Plat.  Legg.  855  A  ;  tu 
περιττεύοντα,  the  residue,  surplus, 
Xen.  Symp.  4,  35 ;  τοσούτον  τφ  ΐΐε- 
ρικλεΐ  έπερίσσευε  κ.  τ.  λ.,  so  much 
more  than  sufficient  were  the  grounds 


ΠΕΡΙ 

which  Pericles  had  for  thinking.,, 
Thuc  2,  65  ; — to  abound  in,  τινί,  opp, 
to  έλλεί-ω,  Polyb.  18,  18,  5;  τινός, 
Luc  : — περιττεύει  μοι  Τι,  1  have  an 
abundance  of  any  thing,  Dion.  H.  3, 
11. — 2.  in  bad  sense,  to  be  superfluous 
or  excessive,  τά  περισσεύοντα  τών 
?Μγων  άφες.  Soph.  El.  1288.— III.  to 
be  preeminent  or  superior,  LXX. — IV. 
later  as  act.,  to  make  to  abound,  N.  T, 

Τίερισσόβοτος,  ov,  {περισσός,  βό- 
σκω) with  superfluous  food,  Nonn. 

Τίερισσογωνία,  ας,  ή,  inequality  of 
angles. 

ΙΙερισσοδάκτϋλος,  ov,  with  more 
than  the  usual  number  of  fingers  or  toes, 
Geop. 

ΐίερισσοέπεια,ας,ή,  poet.=^  περισ- 
σολογία ;  and 

ΐίερισσοεπέω,  poet.  =  περισσολσ• 
γέω  :  from 

ΐίερισσοεπής,  ές,  (  έπος )  poet.= 
ττερισσολόγος. 

ΤΙερισσοκαλ?^ής,  ές,  {  περισσός, 
κάλλος)  exceedingly  beautiful,  Cratin. 
Χεφ.  1. 

ΐίερισσόκομος,  ov,  (περισσός,  κόμη) 
exceeding  hairy,  Opp.  C.  3,  317. 

ΙΙερισσο/.ογέω,  ώ,  {περισσο/.όγος) 
to  speak  more  than  enough  :  to  speak 
dffusely.  —  II.  to  speak  or  write  of' 
fected.ly. 

ΙΙερισσολογία,  ας,  η,  useless  talking, 
wordiness,  Isocr.  250  E,  Antid.  (j  288. 
— II.  an  affected  style,  Dion.  H.  From 

ΐίερισσολόγος,  ov,  {περισσός,  λέ- 
γω) talking  too  ?nuch,  wordy, — II.  speak- 
ing or  writing  affectedly,  Dion.  H. 

Πιρισσόλοφος,  ov,  {περισσής,  λό- 
φος) with  an  over-big  crest,  Opp.  C.  3, 
369. 

ΐΙερισσομε?.ής,  ές,  (περισσός,  μέ- 
λος) with  disproportioned  /i7?)6s,Maneth. 

ΐίερισσόμϋθος,ον, (περισσός,  μύθος) 
:=περισσο'/.όγος,  λόγος  π . , superfluous 
discourse,  Eur.  Alex.  16. 

ΤΙερισσόνοος,  ov,  {περισσός,  νόος) 
eminent  for  understanding,  Opp.  H.  3, 
12,  Nonn. 

ΤΙερισσοπάθέω,  ώ,  (παθεϊν)  to  suffer 
exceedingly. 

ΐίερισσόπονς,  παδος,  {  περισσός, 
πους)  with  a  font  too  many,  Nonn. 

Τίερισσός,  ή,  όν,  in  later  Att.  πε- 
ριττός : — more  than  the  regular  number 
or  size,  extraordinary,  uncommon,  pro- 
digious, δώρα,  Hes.  Th.  399  (but  never 
in  Hom) ;  ε'ι  τι  περισσόν  ε'ιδείη  σο- 
φίτας, if  he  has  any  uncommon  gift  of 
wisdom,  Theogn.  767 ;  ει  φρονείς 
και  περισσόν  έχεις,  Philisc.  ap.  Plut. 
2,  836  C  ;  (for  Find.  P.  2,  167,  v.  sub 
έλκω) : — c.  gen.,  περ.  άλλων  προς  τι, 
beyond  others  in..,  Soph.  El.  155. — 2, 
strange,  unusual.  Soph.  O.  T.  841, 
Eur.  Hipp.  437  :  usu.  in  bad  sense, 
mnnsirous,  π.  και  Τερατώδη.  Isocr. 
248  C  ;  Ίδια  και  π..  Id.  Antid.  ^  155 : 
but  in  good,  extraordinary,  uncommon, 
π.  άνήρ,  Eur.  Hipp.  948.^11.  more 
than  sufficient,  περιττόν  έχειν,  to  have 
a  surplus,  Xen.  An.  7,  6,  31  ;  to  π.,  a 
surplus,  residue.  Id. :  and  c.  gen.,  πε- 
ριττά τών  άρκούντων,  more  than  suf- 
ficient. Id.  Cyr.  8,  2,  21  :  oi  π.  ιππείς, 
the  reserve  horse.  Id.  Hipparch.  8, 14  ; 
π.  σκηναί,  spare  tents.  Id.  Cyr.  4,  6, 
12:  hence, — III.  oft.  in  bad  sense, 
superfluous,  excessive,  extravagant,  π. 
μόχθος,  Aesch.  Pr.  383 ;  περισσά, 
μηχανάσθαι,  to  make  extravagant 
preparations,  over-do  the  thing,  Hdt. 
2,  32  ;  π.  δράν.  πράσσειν,  to  be  over- 
busy,  Soph.  Tr.  617,  Ant.  68:  π. 
φρονεΐν.  to  be  orer-wise,  etc.,  A'alck. 
Hipp.  444. — 2.  esp.,  of  speeches,  over- 
subtle  or  over-wrought,  curious,  fine- 
spun, π.  7.όγοι,  Eur.  Med.  819  ;  π.  iv 
1167 


ΠΕΡΙ 

TOif  Χόγοις  Αημησθ^νης,  Aeschin. 
IG,  41,  cf.  Eur.  Bacch.  429,  and  v. 
eub  περισσολογία :  hence,  later,  as 
a  term  of  praise,  subtle,  acute,  ΰκρφης 
και  ττ.  διάνοια,  Arist.  Top.  6,  4,  5  ;  cf. 
Schaf.  Dion.  Comp.  26,  47.— IV.  with 
numbers  it  simply  implies  something 
yet  more,  είκοοι  περιττά,  twenty  and 
upwards,  Iiat.  viginti  amplius : — but 
in  Arithmetic,  αριθμός  ■κεριττός  is 
an  odd,  uneven  number,  Lat.  impar 
numerus,  opp.  to  άρτιος,  Epich.  p.  76, 
Plat.  Gorg.  451  C,  etc. — V.  adv.  -σώς, 
exceedingly,  Hdt.  2,  37,  etc. ;  also, 
περισσά.  Find.  N.  7,  63,  Eur.  Hec. 
S79  : — Compar.  -aaOTepov,more  sump- 
tuously. Hdt.  2,  129 :  but  -οτέρως, 
Isocr.  35  E.— 2.  but,  ουδέν  περισσό- 
τερον  is  Lat.  nihil  aliud,  οϋδ.  ττ.  των 
άλλων  πραγματενεσθαι.  Plat.  Apol. 
20  C  ;  so,  ουδέν  π.  ?}  ei..no  otherwise 
than  if..,  Id.  Symp.  219  C.  (ΙΙερισ- 
σος  is  adj.  from  πέρι,  v.  περί,  A.  Ill, 
and  E.  II:  cf.  έπισσαι,  μέτασσαι.) 

ΐίερισσόσαρκυς,  ov,  over-fleshy  or 
corpulent. 

ΪΙερισσοσνλλάβέω,  ω,  Ιο  have  one 
syllable  more  than,  τινός  Or  Tivi, 
Gramm. :  from 

ΙΙερίσσοσύ?.λάβος,  ov,  {περισσός, 
σνλλα3>})  with  a  syllable  more :  in 
Gramm.,  epith.  of  the  third  declen- 
sion, imparisyllabic,  opp.  to  those 
whichwere  ίσοσνλλαβοι.  Adv.  -βως. 

ΤΙερισσοτύγής,  ες,  (περισσός,  τάσ- 
σω) put  in  an  uneven  place,  or  in  a 
series  of  uneven  numbers,  Arithm.  Vett. 

Τίερισσοτεχνία,  ας,  ή,  {περισσός, 
τέχνη)  over-exactness  in  art,  Dem. 
Plial. 

Τίερισσύτης,  ητος,  η,  Att.  περιττ- : 
{περισσός) :  superfluity,  excess,  Isocr. 
209  C  ; — esp.  excess  of  ornament,  pomp, 
Polyb.  9,  10,  5. — II.  eminence,  excel- 
lence. 

Τίερισσοτρΰφητος,  ov,  {περισσός, 
τρνφάω)  over-luxurious,  Timon  ap. 
Ath.  IGO  A. 

ΤΙερισσόφρων,  6.  ■ή,=  περισσόνοος, 
over-UHse,  Aescli.  Pr.  328. 

ΤΙερίσσωμα,  ατός.  τό,  Att.  περίττω- 
μα, (περισΟός,  as  if  from  περισσόω) 
any  thing  over  and  above,  a  remainder, 
residue,  Plut.  2,  424  A,  etc.— 2.  esp. 
that  which  remains  after  the  digestion 
of  food,  excrement,  Arist.  Rhet.  3,  3, 
4,  Plut.  Artax.  19,  etc.  :—π.  σπέρμα- 
Τίκύν,  Id.  2,  04 1  Α. — 3.  generally, 
refuse,  dregs,  της  πόλεως,  Plut.  Cor. 
12:   impure  humours,  eic.     Hence 

ΐίερισσωματικός,  ή,  όν,  Αΐί.περιττ-, 
of  excrement  or  refuse,  superfluous  ,vy  po- 
της,  Plut.  2,  130  Β  :  and 

ΐίερίσσωσις,  η,  Att.  περίττωσις : — 
an  overflowing,  superfluity  :  in  genl.= 
περίσσωμα,  Hipp. 

Ιϊεριστΰδόν,  adv.,  (περιΐσταμαι) 
standing  round  about,  II.  13,  551,  Hdt. 
2,  225,  Eur.  Andr.  1136,  Thuc.  7,  81. 

ΙΙεριστύζω,  f.  -ξω,  (περί,  στάζω)  to 
drop  round,  drip  upon,  Anth.,  Nonn. 

ΐίεριστάθη,  Ε  p.  3  smg.  aor.  pass. 
of  περιίστημι,  Od.  [ΰ] 

ΐίεριστΰλάδην,  οτ-αδόν,  adv., {περί, 
σταλάζω )  dropping  or  dripping  all 
round  ;  v.  sub  περιστο'λάδην. 

ΐίερισταλτικός, ή, όν, {περιστέλλω) 
clasping  and  compressing,  δνναμις  π., 
the  peristaltic  action  of  the  bowels,  by 
which  digestion  is  effected,  Galen. 

ΐίεριστάσιμος,  ov,  surrounded ;  στοά 
π.,  a  full,  crowded  auditory,  Timon 
ap.  Ath.  163  F,  ubi  v.  Casaub.  [a]  : 
from 

ΐίερίστΰσις,   ή,   (περιίστημι)    any 

thing  that  is  round  about,  the  country 

round,  neighbourhood. — 2.  α  crowdstand- 

ing  round,  a  crowd,  Lat.  corona,  Casaub. 

1168 


ΠΕΡΙ 

Theophr.  Char.  8 ;  cf.  Polyb.  18,  36, 
11. — II.  circumstances,  one's  condition, 
state,  Polyb.  1,  32,  3;  35,  10,  etc.: 
state  of  the  weather,  Id.  3,  84,  2  ;  Diod. 
4, 22,  etc. — 2.  α  change  of  circumstance, 
esp.  in  bad  sense,  a  reverse,  peril, 
Polyb.  2,  21,  2,  etc.— III.  outward 
pomp  and  circumstance.  Id.  3,  98,  2  ; 
32,  12,  3. — IV.  the  theme,  subject  of  a 
discourse  or  treatise,  Lob.  Phryn.  376. 

ΤΙεριστάτέω,  ω,  (  περίστατος  )  to 
stand  round  about : — pass,  to  be  sur- 
rounded by  a  throng. 

ΤΙεριστάτικός,  ή,  όν,  of  circum- 
stances: Tu  π.  πράγματα,-=περιστά- 
σεις,  critical  circumstances,  Plut.  2, 
169  D :  oi  π.,  busy  people,  Galen. 
Adv.  -κώς.     From 

Ίίερίστατος,  ov,  (περιίστημι)  sur- 
rounded and  admired  by  the  crowd,  π. 
υπό  πάντων,  Isocr.  135  Ε,  cf.  Antid. 
1^288. 

ΤΙεριστανρόω,  ώ,  (περί,  στανρόω) 
to  fence  about  with  a  palisade,  secure, 
fortify,  Thuc.  2,  75,  and  Xen.  :— 
mid.  to  fortify  one's  self  with  a  palisade, 
Xen.  Hell.  3,  2,  2.    Hence 

ΐίεριστανρωμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  place 
surrounded  with  a  palisade. 

ΤΙεριστάχνώδης,  ες,  (στάχνς)  with 
an  ear  (as  of  corn)  growing  round  or 
0)1  it,  μόσχος,  Theophr. 

ΐίεριστεγάνός,  ov,  covered  all  round, 
well-covered. 

Τίεριστέγω,  f.  -ξω,  (περί,  στέγω) 
to  cover  all  round,  Hipp. 

ΤΙεριστείνω,  (  περί,  στείνω  )  to 
straiten  all  round,  Q.  Sm.  3,  23. 

Τίεριστείχω,  f.  -ξω,  (περί,  στείχω) 
to  go  round  about,  c.  acc,  Od.  4,  277. 

ΐίεριστείωσι,  Ep.  3  pi.  subj.  aor.  2 
of  περιίστημι  for  περιστώσι,  v.  1.  II. 
17,  95. 

ΐίεριστέλλω,  (  περί,  στέλλω )  to 
dress,  clothe,  Find.  N.  11,  20:  esp.  to 
dress  or  lay  out  a  corpse,  Lat.  com- 
ponere,  Od.  24,  293,  Hdt.  2,  90  ;  6,  30, 
Soph.  Ant.  903,  etc.,  (also,  π.  τάφον. 
Id.  Aj.  1171);  hence,  to  bury,  Anth. 
P.  7,  613,  Plat.  Hipp.  Maj.  291  D.— 
II.  to  surround,  wrap  up,  cloak,  τΰδικ' 
εν  π.,  Eur.  Med.  582  :  and  so  in  mid., 
TU  σα  περιστέλλον  κακά.  Id.  Η.  F. 
1129. — III.  to  take  care  of,  protect,  de- 
fend, rnaintain,  αλλήλους,  Hdt.  9,  CO  ; 
πό7ασμα.  Id.  1,  98  ;  π.  τους  νόμους, 
to  maintain  the  laws.  Id.  2,  147  ;  cf. 
Aesch.  Eum.  097,  Soph.  Phil.  447  ; 
TU  πΐίτρια,  Dem.  24,  150: — to  attend 
to,  cherish,  άυιδύν,  Pind.  I.  1,  47  ; 
έργα.  Theocr.  17, 97  : — Ιπηξ'  ευ  περι- 
στείλας,  fixed  it  carefully.  Soph.  Aj. 
821. 

Ίΐεριστενύζω,  f.-ξω,  {περί,  στενάζω) 
to  lament  vehemently,  Plut.  Anton.  56, 
in  mid. 

Τίεριστεναχέω,  v.  περιστοναχίζω. 

ΐίεριστενάχίζω,  f.  -ίσω,^περιστε- 
νάζω  .• — mid.,  to  resound  around  or  re- 
echo with. ..μέγα  δώμα  περιστεναχιζετο 
ποσσιν  έινδρών  παιζόντων,  Od.  23, 
140,  cf.  10,  454  ;  κνισΐ/εν  δε  τε  δώμα 
περιστεναχιζετο  αΰλ'η  (ubi  legend, 
videtur  αν?ίω),  Od.  10,  10 :  cf.  περι- 
στένω. 

ΤΙεριστενάχω,  =  περιστενάζω,  Q. 
Sm.  9,  49.    [α] 

ΐίεριστένω,  (περί,  στένω)  ίο  sigh 
about  or  over,  sound  round  about,  c.  acc, 
H.  Horn.  18,  21. — 2.  to  bemoan,  Luc. 
Dem.  Encom.  9. — IL  γαστηρ  περι- 
στένεται,  his  full  stomach  groans 
again,  11.  16,  163,  or  perh.  better 
derived  from  στενός,  is  filled  to  reple- 
tion :  but  this  comes  orig.  from  the 
same  root. 

Γίερίστεπτος,  ov,  (  περιστέφω  ) 
crowned,  wreathed,  Anth. 


ΠΕΡΙ 

ΤΙεριστερά,  άς,  ή,  a  dove,  ■pigeon, 
Hdt.  1,  138,  Soph.,  etc.  ;— ό  περί- 
στερος, a  cock-pigeon,  Pherecr.  Tpa. 
2,  Ale.x.  Σνντρέχ.  2, — blamed  by  Luc. 
Soloec.  7. — Cf.  πελειάς.     Hence 

Τίεριστερεών,  ώνος,  b,  a  dovecote, 
Plat.  Theaet.  197  C,  D,— II.  a  kind 
of  verbena,  Diosc. 

ΤίεριστερΙδευς,  έως,  b,  a  young 
pigeon. 

ΤΙεριστερίδίον,  ov,  TO,=sq.  Ath., 
654  A. 

ΐίεριστέριον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  πε- 
ριστερά, Pherecr.  Petal.  2. 

ίΠεριστερίς,  ίδος,  ή,  Peristeris, 
fern.  pr.  n.,  Anth.  P.  7,  662. 

ΐίεριστερνίδιος,  ov,=  περιστέρνιος. 

ϋεριστερνίζω,  (περί,  στέρνον)  Ιο 
put  round  the  breast,  Aristaen. 

ΤΙεριστέρνιον,  ov,  τό,  the  region 
round  the  breast :  strictly  neut.  from 

ΤΙεριστέρνιος,  ov,  round  the  breast, 
or  worn  upon  it. 

Τίεριστεροειδής,  ές,  contr.  -ώδης, 
(περιστερά,  είδος)  dove-like,  Arist. 
Gen.  An.  3,  1,7. 

ΤΙεριστερόεις,  εσσα,  εν,{περιστερά) 
of  or  from  a  περιστερεών,  Nic.  Th. 
860. 

ΐίεριστερός,  b,  v.  sub  περιστερά. 

ΐίεριστεροτροφείον,  ov,  τό,  a  place 
where  doves  are  reared. 

ΤΙεριστερώδης,  ες,  v.  περιστεροει- 
δής. 

ΐίεριστερών,  ώνος,  6,  =  περιστε 
ρεών,  Aesop. 

Υίεριστεφάνόω,  ώ,=  περιστέφω,  ίο 
enwreathe,  encircle,  πίλοι  πτεροίσι 
περιεστεφανωμένοι,  Hdt.  7,  92 ;  ου- 
ρεσι  περιεστεφάνωται  ιτΰσα  θεσσα• 
λίη,  lb.  130. — II.  to  form  a  crowd 
around,  Ar.  Plut.  787. 

ΐίεριστεφής,  ές,  wreathed,  crowned, 
ανθέων  π.,  with  a  crown  of  flowers. 
Soph.  El.  895.— II.  act.  twining,  encir- 
cling, κισσός,  Eur.  Phoen.  651.  From 

ΐίεριστέφω,  f.  -ψω,  {περί,  στέφω) 
to  enwreathe,  ovpavbv  νεφέεσσι,  Od. 
5,  303. 

ΐίεριστήθιος,  ov,  (περί,  στήθος) 
round  the  breast :  το  π.,  a  breast-band, 
LXX. 

ΐίεριστηρίζω,  ί.-ξω,(περί,  στηρίζω) 
to  prop  all  round,  steady,  Hipp. 

ΐίεριστήωσι,  Ep.  for  περιστώσι,  3 
pi.  subj.  aor.  2  of  περιίστημι,  11.  17, 
95. 

ΤΙερίστια,  τά,  the  sacrifice  of  a  pig 
at  the  lustration  of  the  popular  as- 
sembly at  Athens :  the  lustration  itself. 
(Usu.,  but  dub.,  deriv.  from  περί  and 
ίστίη,  εστία.)    Hence 

ΤΙεριστίαρχος,  ov,  b,  one  who  offers 
the  περίστια,  Ar.  Eccl.  128. 

ΐίεριστ'ιβής,  ές,  (  περί,  στείβω ) 
trodden  all  round  ;  compact,  v.  1.  forsq. 

ΤΙεριστϊγής,  ές,  spotted  all  over,  vari- 
egated, Nic.  Th.  376  :  from 

ΐίεριστίζω,  f.  -ξω,  (περί,  στίζω)  ίο 
stick,  dot  all  round,  περιέστιξε  τοις 
μαζοίς  το  τείχος,  she  stuck  the  wall 
all  round  with  breasts,  Hdt.  4,  202: 
and  so,  to  set  round  at  equal  distances, 
περιστίξαντες  κατά  τά  άγγί/ία  τονς 
τυφλούς,  Id.  4,  2: — (though  Poppo 
may  be  right  in  assuming  a  verb  περί- 
στίχω,  synon.  with  περιστιχίζω  and 
περιστοιχίζω,  for  these  signfs.)— II. 
όβελός  περιεστιγμένος,  χΐ  περιε- 
στιγμένον,  ν.  sub  οβελός  111.  and  χ. 
Hence 

Ίίερίστικτος,  ον,  spotted  all  about, 
dappled,  Nic.  Th.  464. 

ΤΙεριστίλβω,  f.  -ψω,  {περί,  στί?.βω) 
to  glitter  all  round,  Diod.,  Plut.  2, 
693  D. 

ΤΙεριστίξ,  ίχος,  b.  ή.  (περί,  στίχος) 
set  round  in  rows,  Nonn. 


ΠΕΡΙ 

ΤΙεριατΙχάω,  ώ,  to  stand  round  in 
rowx,  Nic.  Th.  442. 

ΐίεριστϊχίζω,  =  περιστοιχίζω, 
Aesch.  Ag.  1383. 

ΙΙερίστίχω,  v.  sub  περιστίζω. 

Τίεριστλεγγίζω,  to  scrape  ail  over 
with  a  στλεγγίς. 

ΐίεριστοιχίζω,  {περί,  στοιχίζω)  to 
surround  as  with  toils  or  nets,  ol  a  be- 
sieging army,  Polyb.  8,  5,  2 :  in  mid., 
περιστοιχίζεσθαί  τίνα,  to  encompass 
or  hedge  in,  Dem.  43,  1 : — pass,  to  be 
hedi^ed  in,  Id.  72,  13. 

ΐίερίστοιχος,  ov,  (περί,  στοίχος) 
set  round  in  rows,  Dem.  1251,  23,  ci. 
στοιχάς. 

Τίεριστο7ίύδτιν,  {περιστέλλω)  adv., 
surrounding,  Nic.  Al.  475 ;  v.  1.  -στα- 
λαδόν  or  -σταλύδην,  ct'.  Schol.  ad.  1. 
[ά] 

Τίεριστολή,  ης,  ?/,  {περιστέ?Λω)  a 
dressing  out,  esp.  ol  a  corpse,  Dion.  H. 

ΙΙερίστόμιος,  a,  ov,  {περί,  στόμα) 
round  a  mouth  or  aperture,  0pp.  H.  3, 
60J  :  TO  π.,  the  7nouth  of  a  vessel,  Po- 
lyb.  22,  11,  15. 

ΤΙίρίστομος,  ov,  {περί,  στόμα)  with 
mouths  all  round,  with  several  jnouths 
or  apertures,  Ael.  Tact. 

ΐίεριστονΰχίω,  (D,=  sq. 

ΎΙεριστονάχίζω,  to  sigh,  groan  round 
about  or  exceedingly,  γαία  π-,  the  earth 
groaned  around,  Hes.  Sc.  344 ;  where 
several  MSS.  have  περιστενύχησε  οτ 
-στενάχιζε, — the  latter  perh.  best,  v. 
στεναχίζω. 

ΐίερίστοον,  ου,  τό,  {περί,  στοά)= 
περίστυ/.ον,  Diod. 

Τίεριστορέννϋμι,  {περί,  στορέννυ- 
Ul)  to  spread  all  round  Or  over,  Orph. 
Arg.  1332.  Nonn. 

ΐίεριστράτοπεδεύσμαι,  {περί,  στρα- 
τοπεδεύω) dep.  mid. : — to  encamp  about, 
invest,  besiege ;  absol.  or  c.  acc,  Xen. 
Hell.  3,  1,  7,  Cyr.  3,  1,  6,  etc.— The 
act.  occurs  later,  as  in  Polyb. 

■[ΤΙερίστρατος,  ov,  a,  Peristralus, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Anth.  Plan.  189. 

ϋερίστρεπτον,  ov,  τό,  a  sort  of  ves- 
sel, ρ  rob.  made  by  turning  round,  Inscr. : 
from 

ΪΙεριστρέώω,  f.  -ψω,  {περί,  στρέφω) 
to  turn  round,  whirl  round,  11.  19,  131, 
Od.  8.  189 ;  π.  τω  χεΐρε,  to  tie  his 
Hands  behind  him,  Lys.  94,  19. — pass., 
περιστρέφομαι,  to  be  turned  or  turn 
round,  spin  round,  II.  5,  903  :  to  turn 
about,  look  round.  Plat.  Lys.  207  A  : 
7Γ.  t/i"  τα/.ηθη,  to  come  round  to  it,  Id. 
Rep '519  B;  cf.  Polit.  303  C. 

ΤΙεριστροβέω,  ω,  to  turn  round  about. 

ΤΙεριστροφάδην,  {περιστρέφω)  adv., 
spinning  round,  0pp.  H.  5,  146.  [ά] 

Τίίρίστροφέω,  =  περιστρέφω,  Q. 
Sm.  6,  504. 

ΐίεριστροφή,  ης,  ή,  (περιστρέφω) 
α  turning  or  spinning  round,  οστράκου 
jr.,  Plat.  Rep.  521  C ;  άστρων  περι- 
στροφαί,  the  courses  of  the  stars.  Soph. 
Fr.  379. — II.  intercourse,  concourse, 
LXX. 

Περιστροφίς,  ίδος,  ή,  a  wooden  im- 
plement that  is  turned  round,  a  strickle, 
Poll. :  from 

ΐίερίστροώος,ον, {περιστρέφω)  turn- 
ed round: — 0  π.,  a  twisted  rope,  v.  1. 
Xen.  Cyn.  2,  6. 

Ώερίστρωμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  covering, 
like  περιπέτασμα:  usu.  in  plur.,— I. 
the  carpets,  curtains,  etc.,  of  rooms  :  in 
Alh.  48,  C,  opp.  to  στρώματα,  as  the 
outer  wrappers  or  coverlets. — II.  the 
ditches  and  walls  of  fortified  places. 
From 

Περιστρώνννμι,  f.  •στρύσω,=:πε- 
ριστορέννυμι.  ^ 

ΤΙεριστρωφάοααι,  as  pass.,  fiequen- 
tat.  of  περιστρέφομαι,  περιστρωφώμε- 
74 


ΠΕΡΙ 

νος  πάντα  τα  χρηστηρια,  going  round 
to  all  the  oracles,  Hdt.  8,  135. 

Ί\ερίστϋ7ιθν,  ου,  τό,  a  colonnade, 
gallery,  Polyb.  10,  27,  10 :  from 

ΪΙερίστνΑος,  ον,{περί,  στν'/ιος)  with 
pillars  round  the  wall,  surrounded  with 
a  colonnade,  ανλτ},  Hdt.  2,  148,  153  ; 
δόμος,  Eur.  Andr.  1099.— II.  ό  π.,= 
foreg.,  Diod.  1,  48. 

'Π.εριστνφε?ύζω  and  -ίζομαι,  {περί, 
στνφελίζω)  to  beat  all  round,  ill-treat, 
maltreat,  Opp.  H.  3,  23. 

ΙΙεριστνφω,  f.  --φω,  {περί,  στύφω) 
to  dry  up  by  absorbent  acids,  Plut.  2, 
659  C. 

Τίερίστωον,  ου,  τό,=  περίστοον. 

ΤΙερισνλάω,  ώ,  ί.  -ήσω,  {περί,  συ- 
λύω)  to  strip  off  all  round : — pass.,  πε- 
ρισυλάσθαι  την  ονσίαν,  to  be  stripped 
of  all  one's  property.  Plat.  Gorg.  486 
C,  cf.  Luc.  Philops.  20. 

ΤΙερισννέχω,  to  hold  together  all 
round,  dub. 

Τ1ερισνρίζω,ζ=περισύρω. 

ΤΙερίσνρμα,  ατός,  τό,  {περισνρω 
II)  ynockery. 

ΤΙερισνρμός,  οΰ,  ό,  α  drawing  from 
the  right  way,  Theophr.  :  from 

ΤΙερισύρω,  (περί,  σύρω)  to  strip  off, 
LXX.  :  to  tear  away  from  one,  τί  τί- 
νος, Polyb.  3,  93,  1  ;  4,  19,  4.— II. 
metaph.  to  satirize,  ridicule.  [ϋ'Ι 

ΐίερισφαιρηδόν.  adv.  strengthd.  for 
σφαιρηδον .  Arat.  531. 

ΊΙερισφΰ?.έω,  ώ,^περισφά?.λομαι, 
to  stagger,  Nic.  Al.  555  (542). 

ΤΙερισφάλής,  ές,  very  slippery :  from 

'Π.ΐρισφά?.λω,  {περί,  σφάλλω)  to 
make  one  slip  and  fall,  upset : — pass. 
περισφά?ι'λομαι,  to  slip,  stumble  about, 
Hipp.     Hence 

ΐίερίσφαλσις,  εως,  fj,  an  upsetting, 
upset,  Hipp. 

ΐίερισφαράγέω,  ώ,  {περί,  σφαραγέ- 
ouai)  to  overflow,  γάλακτι,  Nic.  Th. 
553. 

ΤΙερίσφάτος,  ον,=  έπιθρήν'ητος,  πε- 
ριώδννος,  Hesych. 

Τίερισφηκόω,  ώ,  {περί,  σφηκόω)  to 
tie  tight  all  round,  as  one  does  a  jar, 
Diosc. 

ΐίερισφηνόω,  ω,  to  wedge  all  round. 

ΐίερισφίγγω,  f.  -ξω,  {περί,  σφίγγω) 
to  tighten  all  round,  Hipp.,  Luc.  Amor. 
41,  etc.     Hence 

ΙΙερίσφιγξις,  ή,  a  tying  tight  all 
round,  Stob.  Eel.  1,  1096. 

ΤΙερισφύριον,  ου,  τό,  a  band  for  the 
ankle,  anklet,  Hdt.  4,  176,  Anth.  P.  6, 
172.  [C]     Strictly  neut.  from 

ΐίερισφύριος,  ov,  {περί,  σφνρόν) 
round  the  ankle,  Anth.  P.  6,  207.  [i;]  ^ 

ΐίερίσφΰρος,  ov,=foreg. ;  hence  το 
π.^=περισφνριον. 

ΤίερισχεΙν,  inf.  aor.  of  περιέχω. 

ΤΙερισχελής,  ε.ς,=περισκελής,  He- 
sych. 

Περισχέμεν,  Ep.  inf.  aor.  of  περιέ- 
χω for  περισχεϊν,  II. 

ΙΙερίσχεο,  Ep.  imperat.  aor.  mid. 
of  περιέχω  for  περίσχηυ,  II. 

ΤΙερίσχεσις,  εως,  η,  (περιέχω)  α 
surrounding  the  enemy,  Dio  C. 

Π£•ρίσ;^;ε-θζ•,  ov,  (περιέχω)  sur- 
rounded, encompassed,  Opp.  H.  4, 
146. 

ΤΙερισχΙδης,  ές,  slit  all  round  .•  al 
περισχιδεις,  a  kind  of  shoe,  Ephipp. 
Olynth.  ap.  Ath.  537  Ε  :  from 

ΤΙερισχίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {περί,  σχίζω)  ίο 
slit  and  tear  off,  εσθήτα,  Plut.  Cicer. 
36.— II.  pass.,  περισχίζεσθαι  χώρην, 
of  a  river,  to  split  round  a  country,  i.  e. 
divide  into  two  branches  and  surround 
it,  Hdt.  9,  51,  cf  Polyb.  3,  42,  7,  etc. ; 
also  absol.,  to  part  and  go  different 
ways.  Plat.  Prot.  315  Β  :  cf.  περί^φη- 
γννμι.     Hence 


ΠΕΡΙ 

ΤΙερισχισμός,  οϋ,  ό,  α  slitting  all 
round,  Plut. 

ΐίερισχοινίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (περί,  σχοΐ 
νος)  to  tie  round  with  a  rope  ox  cord : — 
esp.,  to  part  off  by  a  rope,  as,  in  the 
Athen.  law-courts,  the  judges  were 
separated  from  the  people  by  a  rope ; 
so,  the  rope  served  as  α  6ar  in  the  coun- 
cil-chamber, Dem.  776,  20.     Hence 

ΤΙερισχοίνισμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  place 
surrounded  by  a  rope,  to  keep  the  coun- 
cil separate,  Plut.  2,  847  A  :  and 

ΐίερισχυινισμός,  οϋ,  ό,  a  surround- 
ing ivith  a  rope. 

Τίερισώζω,  {περί,  σώζω)  to  save  alive 
(in  full,  σώζειν  τινά  ώςτε  περιείναι), 
to  save  from  death  or  ruin,  Xen.  Hell. 
2,  3,  25;  4,  8,  21: — pass.,  to  escape 
with  one's  life,  lb.  2,  3,  32. 

ΐίερισωρενω,  (περί,  σωρεύω)  to  heap 
up  all  round,  τινί  τι,  Plut.  2,  690  C  : 
in  pass.,  to  be  heaped  up  with,  τινί.  Id. 
Timol.  29. 

ΤΙερισώφρων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  very 
moderate  or  temperate. 

ΐίερισωφρονέω,  ώ,  to  be  very  tempe- 
rate. 

ΙΙερισωφροσύνη,  ης,  ή,  great  tem- 
perance. 

ΤΙεριταινία,  ας,  ή,  =  περίτασις, 
susp. 

ύεριτύμνω,  Ion.  and  Ep.  for  πε- 
ριτέμνω,  Od.  and  Hdt. 

ΧΙερίτΰνος,  ό,  Arcad.  for  ευνούχος. 

ΤΙεριταρχύοααι,  dep.  mid.,  to  burn 
all  round,  0.  Sm.  7,  157. 

ΤΊερίτΰσις,  ή,  {περιτείνω)  extension 
on  all  sides,  Plut.  2,  1003  C,  etc.; 
a  swelling  all  round,  Theophr. 

Τίεριταντολογέω,  ώ,  strengthd.  for 
ταντο?Μγέω. 

ΤΙεριταφρεύω,  (περί,  ταφρενω)  to 
surround  with  a  trench,  τόπος  περιτε- 
ταφρενμένος,  Xen.  Cyr.  3,  3,  28,  Po- 
lyb., etc. 

Υίεριτείνω,  {περί,  τείνω)  to  stretch 
all  round  or  over,  τί  τινι,  Hdt.  1, 
194 ;  τι  περί  τι,  Hdt.  4,  73 ;  νοτίδος 
περί  αέρα  περιταθείσης,  being  spread 
throughout...  Plat.  Tim.  66  Β.— 2.  to 
cause  to  stvell  up  all  round. 

ΤΙεριτείρω,  (περί.  τείρω)  to  rub  all 
round  or  very  much,  Orph.  Arg.  876. 

Περιτειχίζω ,  f.  -ίσω,  {περί,  τειχίζω) 
to  wall  all  round ;  and  so, — 1 .  to  wall  in, 
fortify,  π7ιίνβοΐΓ,  Ar.  Av.  552. — 2.  to 
draw  lines  round,  blockade,  Thuc.  2,  78  ; 
4,  69;  τείχει  διπλω,  Dem.  1380,  1. 
Hence 

ΤΙεριτείχΐσις,  εως,  7],awalling  round, 
circumvallation,  Thuc.  2,  77  ;  4,  131  : 
and 

ΤΙεριτείχισμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  place 
availed  round,  a  fortress,  Thuc.  3,  25, 
Xen.  Hell.  1,3,  5. 

ΤΙεριτειχισμός,  ov,  δ.^=περιτείχι- 
σις  2,  Thuc.  4,  131 ;  6,  88. 

ΥΙερίτειχος,  τό,  =  περιτείχισμα, 
LXX. 

Περίτελεω,  ώ,  f.  -έσω,  to  finish  all 
round,  susp. 

'Π.εριτέ?ι,λομαι,  (περί,  τελλω)  as 
pass.,  to  go  or  run  round,  esp.  of  time, 
έτεος  περιτελλομένου,  as  the  year 
came  round,  Od.  11,  295;  περιτελλο- 
μένων  ένιαντών,  as  years  go  round, 
II.  2,  551,  cf.  8,  404,  418  ;  so,  π.  ωραις. 
Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  156,  Ar.  Αν.  696:  cf  πε- 
ριπέλομαι,  περιέρχομαι. — The  act. 
περιτέλλω  occurs  in  later  poets,  as 
Arat.  828,  in  signf  to  rise,  of  the  sun 
and  stars.     Cf  τέλλω. 

ΐίεριτέμνω,  f.  -τεμώ:  Ion.  and  Ep^ 
περιτάανω,  as  always  in  Horn.,  Hes., 
and  Heft.:  (περί,  τέμνω)  To  cut  round, 
clip  round  about,  Hes.  Op.  572,  Hdt.  4, 
64  ;  7Γ.  τα  ωτα  και  την  βίνα.  Id.  2, 
162 ;  περιτάμνειν  τα  αιδοία,  Ιο  cir- 
1169 


ΠΕΡΙ 

cumcise,  practise  circumcision,  Hclt.  2, 
36  ;  so  absol.,  lb.  104  ;  τζεριτύμνεσθαι 
Βραχίονας,  to  make  incisions  all  over 
one's  arms,  Hdt.  4,  71  ;  so  absol.,  lb. 
104  : — pass.,  παρατέμνεσΟαί  -/ην,  to 
be  curtailed  o/ certain  land,  like  στερί- 
σκεσθαι  γϊ/ς,  Hdt.  4,  159.— II.  to  cut 
off  and  hem  in  all  round,  cut  off,  Lat. 
intercipere ;  hence  in  mid., /ioif  πε• 
οιταμνόμενος,  cutting  off  cattle  so  as 
to  drive  them  off,  '  lifting''  cattle,  Od. 
11,  402;  24,  112  (nearly  like  περί- 
βαλλεσθαι  λείαν):  so  also  is  ex- 
plained 11.  18,  528,  τάμνοντ'  άμφΐ 
βοών  ΰγέλας  : — in  pass.,  to  be  cut  off 
or  intercepted,  Xen.  Cyr.  5,  4,  8. 

ΎΙεμίτένεια,  ας,  ή,  a  straining, 
stretching,  also  περιτονία  :  from 

ΤΙεριτενής,  ές,  {ττεριτείνο)  stretched 
all  round,  distended,  swoln,  Hipp. 

ΐίεριτεραμνίζω,  {περί,  τέραμνος) 
to  enclose  in  a  covering  or  case,  Pole- 
mo  ap.  Ath.  474  D. 

ΐίεριτέρμων,  ov,  {περί,  τέρμα) 
bounding  all  round,  κύκλος,  Orph.  H. 
82. — II.  pass,  bounded  all  round,  ώκε- 
ανώ,  Anth.  P.  9,  297. 

'Π.εριτετραίνω,^='!τεριτιτρύο). 

ΐίεριτεχνύομαι,  dep.,  to  contrive 
with  great  art.     Hence 

ΐίεριτέχνησις,  εως,  η,  eminent  art 
or  cunning,  Thuc.  3,  82. 

Τ1ερίτ7]}μα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which  is 
cast  off  in  smelting,  dross,  Lat.  scoria  : 
of  persons,  refuse,  scum,  as  Chrysip- 
pus  called  the  nobility,  Plut.  de  No- 
bil. :  from 

ΙΙεριτήκω,  f-  -ξίύ,  (περί,  τήκω)  to 
melt  all  round,  smelt,  Hipp.,  Plat.  Criti. 
112  A. — II.  π.  τι  καττιτέρφ,  ίο  cover 
with  a  coat  of  tin,  lb.  116  13.'    Hence 

Τίερίτηξις,  ή,  a  melting  all  round. — 
II.  α  discharge  of  humour,  as  in  the 
dropsy,  Foes.  Oec.  Hipp. 

ύεριτίβημι,  aor.  2  πεοιέθην,  im- 
perat.  περίθες :  {περί,  τίβημι)  to  place 
round  about,  put  round  or  on,  κννεην 
τινί,  Hdt.  2,  162;  πίλίδιον  περί  την 
κεφαλήν.  Plat.  Rep.  406  D  :  hence, 
— 2.  to  bestow,  confer  upon,  τινί  Tl,  e.  g. 
βασιληΐι/ν,  ίλενθερίην,  κράτος,  Hdt. 
1,  129 ;  3,  81,  142  ;  so  in  Att.,  π.  τινΙ 
όόξαν,  αξίωμα,  κάλλιστον  όνομα, 
etc. ;  7Γ.  άτιμίαν  τινί,  to  put  dishon- 
our upon  him,  Thuc.  6,  89  ;  συμφο- 
οάν,  Andoc.  118,  3:  but,  π.  την  Μη- 
δικήν  αρχήν  τοις  Έλ?ι,7?σ<,  to  put  the 
Median  yoke  round  their  necks,  Thuc. 
8,  43. — 11.  mid.  to  put  round  one's  self, 
put  on,  ξίφος,  Od.  2,  3,  in  tmesis  ;  στέ- 
φανον,  Eur.  Med.  984,  etc. 

ΙΙεριτίλλω,  {περί,  τίλλω)  to  pluck 
all  round,  περ.  θρίδακα,  to  pluck  the 
outside  leaves  off  a  lettuce,  Hdt.  3,  32  ; 
so,  θρίδαξ  περιτετιλμένη,  lb. 

ΐίεριτίμύω,  ω,  t.  -ησω,  {περί,  τι- 
μάω) to  honour  or  value  very  much,  Or. 
Sib.     Hence 

ΐίεριτίμήεις,  εσσα,  εν,  much-hon- 
oured, Η.  Hom.  Αρ.  65. 

ΤΙεριτιος,  ο,  the  month  February 
among  the  Gazaeans. 

ΐίεριτίταίνω,  to  stretch  round  about. 

ΙΙεριτιτράω,  ώ,  also  -τετραίνω,  to 
pierce  or  bore  all  round. 

ΐίερΐτίω,  {περί,  τίω)  to  honour  very 
highly,  Ap.  Rh.  3,  74. 

ΐίεριτμηγω,  f.  -ξω,  Ep.  collat.  form 
from  περιτέμνω. 

ΙΙερίτμημα,  ατος,  τό,  {περιτέμνω) 
any  thing  cat  off,  a  slice,  shaving.  Plat. 
Hipp.  Maj.  304  A. 

ΙΙεβίτομννς,  έως,  ό,  {περιτέμνω) 
one  who  cuts  all  round : — α  shoemaker's 
knife. 

ίίεριτομή,  ης,  ή,  {περιτέμνω)  a 
cutting  all  round. — II.  circumcision, 
LXX. 

1170 


ΠΕΡΙ 

Ήεριτομίς,  ίδος,  ή,  an  unknown 
part  of  a  ship. 

Ιίερίτομος,  ov,  {περιτέμνω)  cut  off 
all  round  about :  abrupt,  steep,  Lat. 
praeruptus,  abruptus,  Polyb.  1,  56,  4. 

ΤΙεριτόναιος,  a,  ον,^=περιτόνιος, 
stretched  or  strained  over:  hence,  TO  π., 
the  mcTiibrane  which  contains  the  lower 
viscera,  the  peritoneum  ;  also  π.  νμί]ν 
or  χιτών,  Galen,  ap.  Greenhill  The- 
ophil.  p.  299. 

ϋεριτόνειος,  a,  ov,=foreg. 

ΐίεριτονία,  ας,  ή,  {περίτονος)  a 
straining,  stretching. 

ΤΙεριτόνιον,  ov,  τό,  in  a  press,  the 
lever  by  which  one  turns  it. 

ΐίεριτόνιος,  ον.=  περιτόναιος. 

ΤΙερίτονος,ον,  {περιτείνω)  stretched 
round  or  over. — II.  ru  π.,  a  kind  of 
platform  or  deck  at  each  side  of  the  after 
part  of  a  ship,  Lat.  rejectum  or  tabula- 
turn,  iPoU.  1,  89:  in  the  fore-part  of 
the  vessel  called  παρειά  and  πτερόν. 

ΤΙεριτοξενω,  {περί,  τοξεύω)  to  shoot 
arrows  from  all  sides. — 11.=νπερτο- 
ξεύω,  to  overshoot,  outshoot,  τινά,  Ar. 
Ach.  712. 

ΙΙεριτορεύω,  {περί,  τσρεύω)  to  round 
on  all  sides ;  metaph.  of  style,  Dion.  H. 

Ιλεριτορνεύω,  {περί,  τορνεύω)  to 
turn  as  in  a  lathe,  round  on  all  sides, 
Plat.  Tim.  69  O,  73  E. 

Τίερίτρΰνος,  ov,  {περί.  τρανής) 
very  distinct,  περίτρανα  λαλεΐν,  Plut. 
2,  4  Β,  ubi  V.  Wyttenb.  Also  περί- 
τρανης, ές,  with  adv.  -νώς,  Μ.  Anton. 
8,  30. 

ΤΙεριτραχήλιος,  ov,  {περί,  τράχη- 
λοζ• )  round  the  neck  :  το  π.,  a  neck- 
piece, gorget,  Plut.  Ale.x.  32. 

Γίεριτρέμω,  to  tremble  all  round,  cf. 
περιτρομέω. 

ΐίεριτρέπω,  f.  -φω,  {περί,  τρέπω) 
to  turn  round  about,  π.  εις  έαντον.  to 
bring  on  one's  own  head,  Lys.  104, 
25  :  c.  inf.  to  turn  one,  induce  one  to 
do  a  thing,  Plat.  Crat.  418  Β  :  to  turn 
upside  down,  to  overturn,  ?Jjy'Ol',  Plat. 
Phaed.  95  B,  cf  Ax.  370  Α.— 2.  π. 
τινά.  to  turn  away  from,  turn  one's  back 
on  him,  dub.  in  Simon.  Amorg.  58. — 
II.  intr.  to  turn  or  go  round,  περί  δ' 
ετραπον  ώραι,  Od.  10,  469. 

ΤΙεριτρέφω,  f.  -θρέψω,  {περί,  τρέφω) 
to  make  to  congeal,  πάχνην,  Αρ.  Rh. 
2,  738 : — pass.,  σακέεσσι  περιτρέφετο 
κρύσταλλος,  the  ice  froze  round  the 
shields,  Od.  14,  477. 

Υίεριτρέχω :  i.  -θρέξομαι,  usu.  -δρΰ- 
μονμαι  :  aor.  περιέόρΰμον,  { περί, 
τρέχω).  To  run  round,  spin  or  whirl 
round,  Theogn.  505,  Plat.,  etc.— 2.  to 
run  about  every  where,  be  at  large,  Lys. 
185,  13  ;  π.  εις  ταντόν,  to  come  round 
to  the  same  point,  Lat.  redire.  Plat. 
Theaet.  200  C  :  metaph.,  to  be  current, 
in  vogue,  ή  π.  εταιρεία,  common  socie- 
ty, Ep.  Plat.  333  Ε  ;  ονόματα  περι- 
τρέχοντα,  like  όν.  περιέχοντα.  Dion. 
Η.  de  Dinarch.  2  ;  so,  rhetoric  was 
called  τέχνη  περιτρέχονσα.  a  univer- 
sal art,  quod  in  omni  materia  diceret. 
Quint.  Inst.  2,  21,  7.— II.  c.  ace.  ob- 
jecti,  to  run  round,  τινά,  Hdt.  8,  128  ; 
λίμνην,  Ar.  Ran.  193  ;  to  run  round 
searching,  την  Τίί'κνα,  Ar.  Thesm. 
657. — 2.  metaph.,  to  come  round,  take 
in,  Lat.  circumvenire,  Ar.  Eq.  56.  Cf. 
περιέρχομαι. 

ΤΙεριτρέω,  f.  -τρέσω,  {περί,  τρέω) 
to  tremble  round  about,  λαοί  περίτρε- 
σαν,  the  people  stood  trembling  round, 
11.11,676. 

ΐίερίτρησις,  ή,  a  piercing  on  all 
sides,  Chirurg.  Vetl. :  from 

Τίερίτρητος,  ov,  {περί,  τιτράω) 
pierced  on  all  sides,  Vitruv. 

ΤΙεριτρηχής,    ές,    {περί,    τραχύς) 


ΠΕΡΙ 

rotigh  all  round,  very  rough,   Numen. 
ap.  Ath.  315  B. 

ΤίεριτρΙι^'/ς,  ές,  worn  all  round  by 
use,  Anth.  P.  6,  63:  metaph,  U)or«  o«i 
with  work,  Lat.  attritus,  Ap.  Rh.  1, 
1175. — 2.  practised,  shrewd,  cunning. 
From 

ΤΙερΊτρίβω,  f  -ψω,  {περί,  τρίβω)  to 
rub  or  wear  down  all  round,  part.  aor. 
2  pass,  περιτρίβεις,  Lye.  790. 

ΪΙεριτρίζω,  pf  περιτέτρίγα,  {περί, 
τρίζω)  to  creak  all  round,  Q.  Sm.  12, 
431. 

ΥΙερίτριμμα,  ατος,  τό,  {περιτρίβω) 
any  thing  worn  smooth  by  rubbing  : 
metaph.,  a  practised  knave,  π.  δικών 
or  αγοράς,  of  a  pettifogging,  litigious 
knave,  Ar.  Nub.  447,  Dem.  269,  19  ; 
cf  έπίτριμμα.  επίτριπτος. 

ΤΙερίτριπτος,  ov,  {  περιτρίβω  ) 
smooth-worn,  όδΟΓ,  Orac.  ap.  Schol. 
Eur.  Phoen.  638. 

Τίεριτρομέω,  ώ.^^^περιτρίβω  :  usu. 
as  pass.,  σάρκες  περιτρομεσντο  μέ- 
λ.εσσιν,  all  the  flesh  crej)!  on  his  lunbs, 
Od.  18,  77. 

ΪΙερίτρομος,  ov,  {περιτρέμω)  all- 
trembling  :  much-scared,  0pp.  Adv. 
■μως. 

ΤΙεριτροπάδην,  (περιτρεπω)  adv., 
putting  to  rout,  Ap.  Rh.  2,  143.  [a] 

ΊΙεριτροπέω,  Ion.  and  Ep.  collat. 
form  o{ περιτρεπω,  intr.,  to  turn  round, 
περιτροπέων  ενιαντός,  a  revolving 
year,  II.  2,  295. — 2.  μήλα  περιτροπέ- 
οντες  έλαννομεν,  sweeping  aboiil  in  all 
directions  we  drove  away  the  sheep, 
Od.  9,  465  ;  where  others  understand 
it  in  signf  of  περιτέμνομαι,  v.  sub 
περιτέμνω  II. — 3.  c.  ace,  περιτρο- 
πέων φϋλ'  ανθρώπων,  perh.  driving 
about, perplexing  ihem,  H.  Horn.  Merc. 
542. 

ΐίεριτροπή,  ής,  ή.  {περιτρεπω)  a 
turning  round.  Plat.  Theaet.  209  Ε  : 
υπέρου  π.,  proverb,  of  never-ending 
labour,  Plat.  (Com  )  Adon.  2.-2.  a 
turning  about,  changing,  εν  περιτροπή, 
by  turns,  one  after  another,  Hdt.  2,  168; 
3,  69  :  later  also  έκ  περιτροπής. 

ΊΙερίτροπος,  ov,  {περιτρεπω)  turn 
ed  round,  whirled  round,  κίνησις  π., 
rotatory  motion,  prob.  1.  Plut.  Lysand. 
12. 

ΤΙερίτροπος,  ov,  a,  a  vertigo,  dizzt 
ness,  Ael.  N.  A.  16,24? 

Τίεριτρόχύ?.ος,  ov,=  περίτροχος : 
esp.,  περιτρόχαλα  κείρεσϋαι,  to  nave 
one's  hah•  dipt  round  about,  a  tonsure 
strictly  called  σκάφιον,  Valck.  Hdt. 
3,  8,  Wyttenb.  Plut.  2,  2G1  F. 

ΙΙεριτροχάζω,=  5(ΐ.,  Philo. 

ΊΙεριτροχάω,  collat.  form  of  περί 
τρέχω,  to  run  round,  c.  ace,  πολ.εέζ 
σε  περιτροχόωσιν  άοιδαί,  Call.  Dei. 
28 :  to  crowd  or  dance  round  about, 
Arat.  815,  Anth.  P.  7,  338. 

Τλεριτρόχιον,  ov,  τό  {περί,  τροχός) : 
άξων  εν  περιτροχίω,  the  axle  round 
which  the  wheel  revolves,  wheel  and  axle, 
Papp. 

ΐίεριτροχισμός,  ov,  ό,  a  running 
round  about. 

ΤΙερίτροχος,  ov.  {περιτρέχω)  run- 
ning round,  11.  23,  455. 

Άεριτρύζω,  f  -ύσω,  {περί,  τρνζω) 
to  murmur,  grunt  round  about,  Q.  Sm. 
14.  36. 

ΥΙεριτρώγω,  f.  -τρώξομαι,  {περί, 
τρώγω)  to  gnaw  round  about,  to  carp  at, 
Ar.  Vesp.  596  ;  π.  τάχρνσία  τίνος,  to 
nibble  off,  purloin  her  jewels,  Ar.  Ach. 
258. 

ΤΙεριτρωχάω.  Ep.  collat.  form  of 
περιτρέχω,  Q.  Sm. 

ΙΙεριττός,  -άκις,  -ενω,  -ωμα,  etc., 
v.  sub  περισσ-. 

ΪΙεριτνγχάνω  :   ί.  -τενξομαι :   aor 


HEPI 

Κΐρΐετνχον  (ίτερί,  τυνγάνω) :  —  to 
happen  to  be  about,  at  or  near,  hence 
fo  ti^kl  upon,  fall  in  with,  meet  with, 
Ttii,  Thuc.  1V2O;  4,  120,  Plat.,  etc.; 
also  c  dat.  rei,  jr.  τύ  ττράγματι,  An- 
doc.  6,  8 ;  όαρμακίοις,  Plat.  Phaedr. 
268  C  ;  ά-νχήμασι,  Polyb.  1,  37,  6 ; 
— but,  reversely,  ττεριτνγ χύνει  μοι  ή 
σνμόορά,  an  accident  happens  to,  be- 
falls me,  Thuc.  4,  55  : — ττ.  Ιητρικ^,  Ιο 
stumble  upon  medical  success,  of  a 
quack-doctor,  Hipp.  v.  Foes.  Oecon. 

ΐίεριτνκίζ^,  to  hew  round  about. 

ΤΙερίτνμβιος,  ov,  {~ερί,  τύμβος) 
round,  or  at  the  grave,  Anth.  P.  7,  500. 

Ώεριτνμ~&νίζ».  f.  •ίσω,  (περί,  τνμ- 
Τΐανίζοι)  ίο  beat  the  τύμττανον  round : 
—pass,  to  be  stunned  with  drutns.  Plut- 
2,  144  D,  167  C. 

Hepi~v~oto,  ύ,  to  examine  by  feeling 
nil  round,  Aristaen.  1,  1. 

ΤΙεριτυχής,  ές,—έττίτνχής,  dub.  • 

ΊΙερινβρίζω.  f.  -<σω,  strengthd.  for 
υβρίζω,  to  treat  very  ill,  to  insult  wan- 
tonly, τινά.  Hdt.  5,  91 ;  τινά  τι,  Ar. 
Thesm,  535: — pass.,  to  be  so  treated, 
ηρός  Τίνος  and  ν~ό  τίνος,  Hdt.  2, 
152;  4,  159;  ταντα  π..  Id.  3,  137. 

11εριν?<,ακτέω,  ύ,  {περί.  νλαχτέω) 
to  k'Mvl,  bark  around,  Ach.  Tat. 

ΤΙερίνττνίζα,  to  arcaken  all  round. 

ϊϊεριϋφαίνω,  to  weave  round  or  all 
OOer. 

Περινο»,  (περί,  vu)  to  rain  round, 
rain  upon,  dub.  I.  Strab.  [v] 

Ώ.εριφάγεΐν,  inf.  aor.  of  περιεσθίω, 
ί«  eat,  gnaw  all  round.  Died, 

ίίεριόάής,  ές,  {περί,  (ράος)  ghaming 
all  TOund.  βλεφάρων  κύκ/.α,  0pp.  Η. 
2,  6  [where,  on  the  analogy  of  ^άεα, 
he  writes  -εριφάέα]. 

Περ(»αίνομαι,  (περί,  φαίνω)  as 
pass.,  to  appear  or  be  visible  all  round, 
II.  13,  179;  έν  περιόαινομένω,  on  an 
eminence  seen  far  around,  Od.  5,  476  ; 
SO,  jr.  ένί  χώρω.  Η.  Ven.  100. — Η.  to 
be  lighted  on  all  sides,  be  in  full  light. 

ΐίεριφάνεια,  ac,  hj  tbe  clear  look  of 
an  object  infull  light,  Plut.  2,  674  A  : 
— hence,  disttjictness,  full  knowledge, 
<πο7.7.η  περιφάνεια  της  χώρης,  Hdt, 
4,  24 ;  7Γ.  ποσαντη  τβν  πράγματος 
έγένετο,  so  great  was  the  publicity  of 
the  matter,  Dera.  1102,  2,  of.  Isae.  66, 
17 :  [a]  from 

ΐίερι&άνής,  ές,  {περιχύνομαι)  seen 
all  rouTvi,  Thuc.  4,  102  :  τά  π-,  figures 
in  high  relief  Stallb,  Plat.  Symp.  193 
A.  —  2.  in  full  light,  clear,  manifest, 
Soph.  Aj.  66,  Ar.  Eq.  206,  etc.  ;  π. 
άναισχνντία.  Dem.  825,  20 ;  τεκμή- 
piov,  Lys.  165,  15  : — adv.  -νώς,  mani- 
festly. Soph.  Aj.  81,  Ar.  Plut.  948, 
Thuc.  6,  60,  Dem.,  etc.— II.  famous, 
Lat.  illusiris :  also  in  bad  signf.  noto- 
rious, LXX. 

ΐίεριφαντάζομαι,  dep.,  to  judge  su- 
^srficially  of  a  thing, 

Υίερίύαντος,  ov,  =  περιφανής,  π. 
θανείται,  too  plainly  he  will  die.  Soph. 
Aj.  229. — II.  famous,  reTtowned,  Lat. 
illuslris,  lb.  599. 

αίερίφας,  αντος,  6,  Periphas,  a  son 
of  Aegyptus,  Apollod.  2,  1,  5. — 2.  son 
of  Echesius,  an  Aetolian,  II.  5,  842. 
—3.  sop  of  Erytus,  a  Trojan  herald, 
II.  17,  324. —  Others  in  Anton.  Lib., 
etc. 

ΙΙερί'^ΰσίζ•,  η,=  περιφάνεια,  π.  των 
τόπων,  α  wide  view  over  the  country, 
Polyb.  10,  42,  8. 

ΐίεριφέγγεια,  ας,  ή,  the  light  sur- 
rounding an  object,  radiance,  Plut.  2, 
894  Ε :  from 

ΙΙεριφεγγής,  ες,  {περί,  φέγγος)  sur- 
rounded with  light,  V.  1.  Orph.  Arg. 
212. 

Υίεριφείδομαι,  {περί,  φείδομαι)  dep. 


ΠΕΡΙ 

:  mid.,  to  spare  and  save  alive,  Ap.  Rh. 
I  1,  620;  τηος,  Plut.  Lucull.  3. 
I       ΙΙεριψέρεια,  ας.  ή,  the  line  round  a 
I  circular  body,   a  periphery,   circumfer- 
ence, Tim.  Locr.  100  E,  Arist.  Eth. 
N.  1,  13,  10: — the  outer  surface,  Plut. 
Camill.  40 :   roundness,  a  round  body. 
— il.  a  wandering  about,  hallucination, 
LXX. :  from 

Ίίεριφερης,  ές,  {περιφέρω)  moving 
round,  going  about,  π.  στί3ος  χθονός, 
Eur.  Ion  743 ;  π.  οφθαλμοί,  rolling 
eyes,  Lj'c. — 2.  round,  circular,  opp.  to 
ενβνς.  Plat,  Parm.  137  E,  Phaed. 
108  E,  etc. :  τη  περιόερές,  roundness, 
Arist.  Anal.  Post.  1,  4.  3.  —  3.  sur- 
rounded by,  θριγκοις  π.,  Eur.  Hei.  430. 
—II.  Περιφερέες,  v.  1.  in  Hdt.  4,  33, 
for  ΊΙερφερέες,  q.  v. 

Τίεριφερόγραμμος,  ov,  {περιφερής, 
γραμμή)  bounded  by  a  circular  line, 
opp.  to  ευθύγραμμος  and  όρθόγραμ- 
μος,  Arist.  Coel.  2,  4,  1. 

ΤΙεριφέρω,  f.  περιοίσω :  aor.  περι- 
ήνεγκα,  περιήνεγκον  (περί,  φέρω) : 
to  carry  round,  τον  όϊστός  περιέφερε 
κατά  πασαν  την  γήν,  Id.  4,  36 ;  but 
in  1,  84,  c.  ace.  objecli,  λέοντος  πε- 
ριενειχθέντος  το  τείχος :  to  carry 
about  v^ith  one.  Id.  4,64  ;  παΖό'  ΰγκά- 
?iaiai  π.,  Eur.  Or.  464.  —  2.  to  move 
round:  to  hand  round  at  table,  Xen. 
Cyr.  2,  2,  2  ;  3,  4 :  τ.  τον  πόδα,  to 
bring  the  foot  round  in  mounting  a 
horse.  Id.  Eq.  7,  2. — 3.  to  carry  round, 
publish,  make  known.  Plat.  Prot.  343 
B,  Rep.  402  C— 4.  to  bring  round  (into 
one's  own  power),  περιήνεγκεν  εις 
εαυτόν  τάς  Αθήνας,  Plut.  Pericl.  15 
— II.  ov  με  περιφέρει  ονδέν  είδέναι 
τούτων  (sc.  ή  μνήμη),  my  memory 
does  not  carry  me  back  to  these  thmss, 
Hdt.  6,  86,  2;  cf.  Plat.  Lach.  180  E. 
— ΠΙ,  to  endure,  hold  out,  like  άντέ- 
χειν,  Thuc.  7,  28.  cf.  Theophr.  H. 
PI.  9,  12,  1. — IV^  intr.  to  come  round, 
recover,  cK  Της  νόσου,  Gramm. 

Β.  pjiss.  περιφέρομαι,  to  move,  go 
rattnd,  revolve,  έν  τω  avTiJ  κύκλω. 
Plat.  Parm.  138  C,  etc. ;  περιφερόμε- 
νου ένιαντού,  like  περιπλομένου  and 
περιτε7,7.ομένον,  Hdt.  4,  72  ;  also  of 
argument,  περιφέρεσθαι  εις  ταντό. 
Plat.  Gorg.  517  C. — 2.  to  wander  about, 
Xen.  Cyn.  3,  5.  —  3.  περιφερόμενος 
τω  μεγέθει  των  το/.μημύτων,  giddy 
with  the  greatness  of  the  venture, 
Pint.  Caes.  32 ;  cf.  Id.  Dio  1 1 :— so 
mid.,  in  LXX.,  περιφέρεται  τον  σο- 
φόν,  turns  the  wise  man  mad. 

ΐίεριφεύγω,  f.  -φενξομαι  {περί,  φεύ- 
γω) :  —  to  flee  from,  escape,  πόλ,εμον 
περί  τόνδε  φυγόντε,  11.  12,  322  ;  -ψάμ- 
μος  αριθμόν  περιφεύγει.  the  sand 
mncks  thy  numbering,  Pind.  O.  2, 
178.  —  2.  esp.  to  escape  from  illness, 
come  out  of  il  alive,  Dem.  1256,  4,  cf. 
Plat.  Legg.  677  B. 

ΙΙερίφημος,  ov,  (περί,  φήμη)  very 
famous,  Orph.  Arg.  24. 

ίΐίερίφημος,  ov,  b,  Periphemvs,  a 
hero  honoured  in  Salamis,  Plut. 
Solon  9. 

ίΤΙεριφήτης,  ov  Ep.  ao,  b,  Periphe- 
tes,  son  of  Vulcan  and  Anticlea,  a 
famous  robber  in  Argolis,  slain  by 
Theseus,  Paus.  2,  1,  4,  Plut.  Thes. 
— 2.  son  of  Copreus  of  Mycenae,  II, 
15,  639.— Others  in  Paus.,  etc. 

ΤΙεριφθείρομαι,  {περί,  φθείρω)  as 
pass.  : — to  ivander  about  in  destitution, 
Isocr.  p.  615  Bekk. 

ΐίεριφθΐννθω,  {περί,  φθινύθω)  logo 
all  to  ruin,  Orph.  Lith.  515.  [ΰ] 

ΤΙερίφΙλέω,  ύ,  f.  -7/σω.  {περί,  φιλέω) 
to  lo^'e  greatly.     Hence 

ΤΙεριφί7,ητος,  ov,  greatly  beloved, 
A  pp. 


ΠΕΡΙ 

I  ΊΙεριφίμωσις,  εως,  ή,  (περί,  φιμοω) 
an  unnatural  obstruction  in  the  bowels, 
Paul.  Aeg. 

Ήεριφλεγής,  ές,  {περί,  φλέγω)  very 
burning,  δίφος,  Plut.  2,  699  Ε.  Adv. 
•γώς,  7Γ.  διψήσαι.  Id.  Cat.  Maj.  1. 
I  Ϊϊεριφ7.έγω.  f.  -ξω,  {περί,  φλέγω) 
to  burn,  blaze  all  round  or  about,  Plut. 
2,  648  C.  —  II.  trans.,  to  set  on  fire  all 
round:  in  pass.,  Polyb.  12,  25,  2. 

ΤΙεριφ/.ενω,  to  scorch,  singe  or  char 
all  round,  Hdt.  5,  77,  in  pass. ;  cf.  πε- 
ριφλύω. 

Ι1εριφ7.ΐδάω,  ώ,  {περί,  φλΛδάω)  to 
be  ahnost  bursting  with...,  τινί,  Nic. 
Al.  62. 

Τίεριφ7.ογίζω,  f.  -ίσα,  {περί,  φ?.ο• 

γίζω)  to  set  on  fire  all  round,  dub.,  v. 

Spohn  de    ExtV.   Od.    Part.  p.  199. 

Hence 

:      ΐΙεριφ7ιθγισμός,  ov,  a,  a  setting  on 

fire  all  round,  LXX. 
I      ΐΙεριρ7^οίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {περί,  φ/,οΐζω) 
I  to  strip  off  the  bark,  Theophr. 

Ιίερίφ/.οιος,  ov,  {περί,  φ7.οιός)  with 
j  bark  all  round,  Xen.  Cyn.  9,  12. 

ΤΙεριφ7.οίσμός,  οϋ,  b,  {περιφ7.οίζω) 
a  stripping  off  the  bark,  rinding,  The- 
ophr. 

ΤΙερίφλοος,  ον,=  περίφ7Μΐος. 
Τ1εριό7.νω.  =  περιο7.ενω,  of  light- 
ning, Ar.  Nub.  396.  [i] 

ΤΙεριφοβέομαι,  {περί,  φοβέω)  as 
pass.,  c.  fut.  mid.,  to  fear  greatly,  only 
in  Xen.  Cyn.  9,  17 ;  and  here  L. 
Dindorf  writes  πεφοβήσθαι. 

ΤΙερίφοβος,  ov,  {περί,  φόβος)  in 
great  fear,  exceeding  fearful,  Aesch. 
Supp.  730.  Thuc.  6,  36 ;  τινός,  of  a 
thmg.  Plat.  Phaedr.  239  B;  περί 
τίνος,  Polyb.  5,  74,  3. 

Τίεριφοιτύω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {περί.  φοι- 
τάω)  to  wander  about,  Cratin.  Χεφ. 
16.     Hence 

ΤϊεριΦοίτησις,  εως,  η,  α  wandering 

about,  Plut.  Lysand.  20,  Id.  2,  592  D. 

ΤΙερίφοιτος,    ov,    { περί,    φοιτύω ) 

wandering  about,  Lat.  vulgivagus,  CalL 

Ep.  30,  3  ;  40. 

Περιφορά,  άς,  ή,  {περιφέρω)  a  car- 
rying round,  handing  round,  of  dishes 
at  table,  Xen.  Cyr.  2,  2,  4 ;  (also  ol 
the  meats  carried  round,  Lat.  gustalio- 
nes,  Ath.  120  B).  —  II.  (from  pass.)  a 
going  or  turning  round,  circuit,  revolu- 
tion, e.  g.  of  the  heavens  and  heavenly 
bodies,  Ar.  Nub.  172,  Plat.  Phaedr. 
247  C,  etc. :  hence,  —  2.  α  revolving 
body  ;  the  universe.  Jd  Rep.  616  C,  of. 
Heind.  Theaet.  153  D  ;  ή  νπερθε  π., 
the  heavens,  Critias  9,  31.  —  3.  the  cir- 
cumference of  a  circle  ;  also  the  area  or 
space  included  in  it,  Herm.  Eur.  Bacch. 
1059. — 4.  inetaph.  in  plur.  twists,  cir- 
cumvolutions, EubuL  Oenom.  1.  —  5. 
error,  LXX.     Hence 

ΤΙεριφοράδην,  adv.,  carrying  round, 
trailing  about,  Hipp,   [a] 

Ώεριόόρεινος.  ov,  v.  περιφήρινος. 
Ώεριφορέω^περιφέρω,  Hdt.  2,  48. 
Hence 

Τϊεριφόρημα,  ατός,  τό,  any  thing, 
handed  round,  a  dish. 

Τίεριφορητικός,  ή,  oi',=sq.,  dub.  1.. 
Sext.  Emp. 

ΐίεριφορητός,  όν,  {περιφορέω)  car• 
ried  about :  to  be  carried  about,  οίκημα^ 
τα,  Hdt.  4,  190.  — •  II.  going  or  roving 
about. — III.  notorious,  infamous,  Anacr. . 
19,  2,  ubi  V.  Bergk  :  —  with  a  pun  in 
Plut.  Pericl.  27." 

ΤΙεριόόρΙνος.  ov,  {περί,  φορίνη) 
covered  with  skin,  χοιρίδια,  Diphil. 
incert.  7,  ubi  al.  περιφόρεινα. 

ΙΙερίφορος.  ον.^περιφόρητος, susp,. 
Τίερίοορτος,  ov,  much  laden,  susp. 
Τίεριφρά-;ή,  ης,  ^,=  sq.,  Geop. 
ΙΙερίφρα•) μα,  ατός.  τό.  {περιφράσ* 
1171 


ΠΕΡΙ 

υω)  α  fence  round  a  place,  Tim.  Locr. 
100  B. 

ΐίερίφραγμέω,  ώ,  =  περιφράσσω  : 
from 

ΤΙεριφραγμός,  ov,  ό,  afencinp;  round. 

ΙΙεριφράύής,  ές,  very  lliou<;lttful,  very 
careful,  H.  Horn.  Merc.  461,  v.  1.  Od. 
23,  73.  Adv.  -ύέως,  freq.  in  Horn., 
always  in  phrase  ώπτησαν  ττ.,  U.  1, 
460,  etc. :  from 

ΤΙεριφρύζυμαι,  (περί,  φράζω)  as 
mid.,  to  think  about,  turn  over  in  one's 
mind,  consider  on  alt  sides,  νόστον.  Od. 
1,  76,  cf.  Nic.  Th.  715.  —  II.  much 
later  as  pass.,  to  be  expressed  peri- 
phrastically,  involved,  Pkit.  2,  407  A. 

ΐίερίφρακτος,  op,  (  περιφράσσω) 
fenced  round,  Luc.  Bacch.  C:  τοπ., 
an  indosure,  Plut.  Thes.  12. 

ΤΙερίφραξις,  εο>ς,  ή,  a  fencing  round. 

ΙΙεριφρύσις,  εως,  ή,  (περιφράζομαι) 
circumlocution,  periphrasis,  Plut.  2,  406 
F,  etc. 

ΤΙεριφράσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  {.  -ξω, 
(περί,  φράσσω)  to  fence  round,  Hipp, 
p.  291,  in  pass.  :  also  to  fortify  all 
round,  Plat.  Rep.  305  B. 

ΤΙεριφραστίκός,  ή.  όν,  (περίφρασις) 
periphrastic.     Adv.  -κώς,  Grainm. 

ΙΙεριφρίσσω,  (  περί,  φρίσσω  )  to 
shudder  around,  τον  νέκνν,  Q.  Sm.  : 
— to  shudder  at  a  thing. 

Τίεριφρονέω,  f.  -//σω,  (περί,  φρονέω) 
to  turn  over  in  the  mind,  speculate  about, 
c.  ace.  rei,  τον  ηλιον,  τα  πράγματα, 
Ar.  Nub.  225,  734. — II.  to  pass  over  in 
thought,  i.  e.  neglect,  despise,  c.  acc. 
Thuc.  1,  25  ;  later  also  c.  gen..  Plat. 
Ax.  372  B.— III.  intr.,  to  be  xvise  above 
others,  περιφρ.  ιστορία  του  δήμου, 
Aeschin.  —  2.  to  be  very  thoughtful, 
περιφρονούσα  ηλικία,  Plat.  Ax.  305 
B.     Hence 

ΤΙεριφρόνησις,  εως,  ή,  speculation. — • 
Π.  contempt,  Plut.  Camill.  6,  Pericl. 
5,  etc. 

Περιφροσύνη,  ης,  r/,  =  foreg.  II., 
V.  1.  Plut. :  in  pi.,  Colulh.  190. 

ΐίεριφρουρεύω,  =  sq.,  Opp.  H.  4, 
233. 

ΙΙεριφρονρέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (περί, 
φρουρέω)  to  guard  on  all  sides,  blockade, 
Thuc.  3,  21.^ 

ΐίεριφρϋγί/ς,  ές,  quite  dried  up, 
parched  ;  from 

ΐίεριφρνγω,  f.  -^ω,  (περί,  φρύγω) 
tu  dry  up,  parch  all  round,  LXX.   [ϋ] 

ΐίερίώρων,  όνος,  σ,  ή,  (περί,  φρήν) 
very  thoughtful,  very  careful ;  freq.  in 
Od.  as  epith.  of  Penelope  ;  of  other 
notable  dames,  Od.  11,  341 ;  19,  357  ; 
and  (only  once)  in  II.  5,  412 ;  of  men 
first  in  Hes.  Sc.  297,  313;  τέκνα. 
Has.  Th.  894.  —  Π.  like  νπέρφρων, 
haughty,  overweening,  Aesch.  Supp. 
740  ;  so,  περιφρονά  d'  ελακες.  Id.  Ag. 
1426. 

ΪΙεριφυγή,  ης,  ή.  (περιφενγω)  a 
place  of  refuge,  Plut.  Demetr.  40. 

ΐίεριφϋής,  ές,  (περιφνω)  growing 
round  about  or  on,  π.  τη  γη,  growing 
close  to  the  ground,  Diosc. 

Τίεριφύλΰκή,  ης,  ή,  an  outpost,  pi- 
quet :  from 

ΐίεριφνλύσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  to  guard 
all  round. 

Περιφύρω,  to  mingle  round  about, 
confound  utterly,   [i] 

ΐίεριφνσάω,  ώ,  ί.  -ήσω,  to  blow  round 
about.     Hence 

ΤΙεριφύσητος,  ov,  blown  upon  from 
all  sides,  Ar.  Lys.  323.  [ϋ] 

ΐΐεμίφϋσις,  εως,  ή,  (περιφνω)  α 
growing  around  ;  or,  that  which  grows 
round,  Theophr. — II.  of  corn,  the  com- 
ing to  full  growth. 

ΐίεριφϋτεύω,  (περί,  φυτεύω)  to  plant 
round  about.  Plat.  Legg.  947  E. 
1172 


ΠΕΡΙ 

Ήερίφϋτος,  ov,  planted  or  sown  round 
about,  Λ  ρ  p.  :  from 

Περιφνω  [ν],  fut.  -φνσω  [ν]  ;  aor. 
1  περιέφνσα  (περί,  φύω)  :  to  jnake  to 
grow  round  or  ujion,  make  to  stick  on  a 
thing  as  if  it  had  grown  there,  stick 
or  fi.v  upon,  Ti  περί  τι.  Plat.  Tim.  78 
D.— II.  pass.,  περιφύομαι  [ν];  with 
fut.  mid.  -νσομαι  [ί]  ;  pf  and.  aor.  2 
act.  περιπέφϋκα  ;  περιέφϋν,  inf  πε- 
ριφνναι,  part,  περιφνς  [f  ],  in  un-Att. 
writers  also  περιφνήναι  and  περιφνείς 
(Hom.  has  it  only  in  Od.) : — to  grow 
round  about  or  upon,  περί  (5'  αίγειροι 
πεφνασι,  Od.  9,  141  ;  c.  dat.,  κισσός 
καλάμω  περιφύεται,  Eubul.  Stephan. 
2 :  but  in  Hom.  to  cling  to,  c.  dat., 
Όδυσήι  περιφνσα,  Od.  19,  416  (so  of 
shoes,  περιέφνσαν  ΐΙερσικαί,Ατ.  Nub. 
151,  cf  Plat.  Rep.  ei2A);-also  c. 
acc,  to  embrace,  hug.  Oil.  24,  236,  cf 
16,  21  ;  24,  320. — 2.  of  corn,  to  come  to 
fill  growth,  Theophr.  —  3.  metaph. 
of  a  report,  togain  currency  about,  rivi, 
Isocr.  97  E. 

ΤΙεριφωνέω,  ώ,  f.  -ησω,  (περί,  φω- 
νέω)  to  sound  round,  re-echo,  Plut. 
Mar.  20. 

ΤΙερίφωρος,  ov,  (περί,  φώρ)  easy  to 
detect,  Plut.  2,  49  C,  ubi  v.  Wyttenb. 

ΤΙεριφωτίζω,  ΐ.  -ίσω.  (περί,  φωτίζω) 
ίο  shine  round  about,  Plut.  2,  953  Α. 
Hence 

ΐίεριφωτισμός,  οϋ,  b,  a  shining  round 
about,  Heliod. 

ΐίεριχαίνω,  (περί,  χαίνω)  like  αμ- 
φίχαίνω,  to  swallow' with  wide-opened 
mouth,  Ael.  N.  A.  4,  33,  Luc.  Merc. 
Cond.  3  : — also  to  gape  at  with  aston- 
ishment, c.  acc,  Nicet. 

Περιχαίρω,  f.-χαιρήσω,  to  rejoice  at 
a  thing:  also  in  mid. 

ΥΙεριχάλάω,  ώ,  f  -(ίσω,  to  loose  all 
round,  stack  one's  hold. 

ΤΙεριχάλίνόω,  ώ,  (περί,  χαλινόω) 
to  bridle  all  round,  hem  in,  .4pp. 

ΤΙερίχαλκος,  ov,  (περί,  χαλκός) 
covered  with  brass  or  copper,  Ath.  1 1 3  ti. 

ΙΙεριχαλκόω,  ώ,  (περί,  χαλκ9ω) 
to  cover  with  brass  or  copper,  copper, 
LXX. 

ΐΙεριχανδ/'/ς,  ές,  (περί,  χανόάνω) 
much-containing,  Nic.  ap.  Atn.  372  E. 

ΥΙεριχΰράκόω,  ώ,  (περί,  χαρακί>ω 
to  surround  with  a  palisade,  τΓ.  Tr>  τεί- 
χος, Aeschin.  87,  30:  generally,  to 
fortify,  Polyb.  4,  50,  8 : — pass.,  to  be 
all  hemmed  in,  Dinarch.  98,  22. 

ΤΙεριχάρακτήρ,  ήρος,  6,  (περιχα- 
ράσσω) an  in.strume?it  for  cutting  away 
the  gums  from  teeth  to  be  drawn, 
Medic. 

ΐίεριχάρακτικός,  ή,  όν,  fit  for  cutting 
rou7id,  Diosc. 

ΥΙεριχάράκωμα,  ατός,  τό,  an  in- 
trenchment,  LXX.   [ά] 

ΤΙεριχάρηξις,  εως,  ή,  a  cutting  round, 
scarifying,   [χΰ] 

ΤΙεριχΰράσσω,  Att.  -ττω  :  fut.  •ξω 
(περί,  χαράσσω) : — to  scratch  or  cut  all 
round,  scarify  :  esp.  to  engrave  letters 
which  form  a  circle  or  part  of  one,  such 
as  O,  P,  C,  V.  Bourdin  ad  Ar.  Thesm. 
782. 

Τίεριχάρεια,  ας,  ή,  excessive  joy. 
Plat.  Phil.  05  D,  Legg.  732  G  ;  opp. 
to  περιωδννία :  [ΰ]  from 

ΐίεριχάρής,  ές.  {περί,  χαίρω)  exceed- 
ing joyous  or  glad.,  opp.  to  περιώδυΐ'ος, 
Hdt.  3,  35,  etc.,  Soph.  Aj.  693,  Plat., 
etc.;  Tivi,  at  a  thing,  Polyb.  1,34, 
12  ;  επί  τινι,  1,  41,  1  ;  διά  τι,  4,  80, 
5;  το  ff.=foreg.,  Thuc.  2,  51  ;  7,  73. 
Adv.  -ρώς.     Hence 

ΐίεριχάρία,  ας,  ή,  poet,  for  περιχά- 
ρειη. 

ΪΙεριχάσκω,  collat.  pres.  form  of 
περιχαίνω,  Hipp. 


ΠΕΡΙ 

Περιχειλιιω,  ώ,  (περί,  χει?.ύυ)  ίο 
edge  round,  σιδήρφ,  Xen.  Eq.  4,  4- 

Περιχειρίδιος,  ov,  =■  περιχείριος. 
[ΐ] 

Περιχειρίί,ομαι,  (  περί,  χειρίζω  ) 
dep.  mid.,  to  subdue  entirely,  Dion.  H. 

Υίεριχείριος,  ov,  (περί,  χειρ)  round 
the  hand  :  to  π.  (sc.  -φέλιον)  a  bracelet. 

ϊίερίχειρος,  ovj^foreg. :  also,  το 
περιχειρον,^=τό  περιχειριον,  Polyb. 
2, 29,  8  :  cf  περίσφνρον,  περισφύριον. 

ΙΙερίχευμα,  ατός,  τό,(περιχέω)Λαί 
which  is  melted  round,  a  rim  or  edging, 
V.  1.  II.  23,  501,  ubi  nunc  divisim  πέρι 
χενμα. 

Ώεριχέω,  f.  -χενσω :  aor.  περιέχεα : 
Ep.  pres.  περιχενω,  aor.  περιχεϋα 
(περί,  χέω).  Γο  pour  round  about, 
over  or  upon,  11.  21,  319  :  e.>>p.  of  nu-tal- 
workers,  π.  χρυσον  κεράσι,  Ιο  put 
gold  round  the  horns,  i.  e.  gild  them, 
11.  10,  294,  Od.  3,  384  ;  also  in  mid., 
χρνσόν  περιχεύεται  ΰμγνρω,  he  puts 
gold  round  his  silver,  1.  e.  gdds  his 
silver,  Od.  0,  232  ;  23,  159. —In  pass., 
to  be  poured  or  spread  all  about.  Hdt.  3, 
12  ;  of  persons,  to  pour  or  crowd  round. 
Id.  9,  120;  τιι•ί.  round  one.  Plat. 
Rep.  488  C  ,  also  riva,Xen.  Hell.  2, 
2,  21. — 2.  in  aor  mid.  περιχέασϋαι,  to 
take  a  moderate  bath,  Mnesith.  ap.  Ath. 
484  B. 

ΤΙεριχθών,  Ό,  ή,  {περί,  χθων)  roimd 
about  the  earth,  Anth.  P.  9,  778,  acc. 
to  Brunck's  conjecture. 

Περιχίλόω,  ώ,  to  eat  one's  fill. 

Ώεριχλαινίζω,  to  wrapi  one's  self  in 
a  χλαίνα. 

Tlεpίχλavίζω,=ΐoτcg.,  dub. 

ΙΙεριχολος,  ov,  (περί,  χολή)  full  of 
bile,  very  bilious,  Hipp. 

ϋεριχορενω,  {περί,  χορεύω)  to  dance 
roundoT about,  Eur.  Phoen. 315;  τινά, 
Luc.  D.  Marin.  15,3. 

ΐίερίχρεμπτυς,  ov,  spat  upon,  de- 
spicalile. 

ΐϊεριχρήμάτος,  ov,  surrounded  with 
possessions,  rolling  in  wealth. 

Ώεριχριμπτός,  ή,  όν,  drawing  near, 
f.  1.  Aesch.  Supp.  878;  v.  Dind. 

ΤίερΙχρΙσις,  εως,  ή,  (περιχρίω)  a 
plastering  over,  besmearing,  Diosc 

ΤΙερίχρισμα,  ατός,  τό,  (περιχρίω) 
ointment. 

ΐϊερίχριστος,  ov,  plastered  over,  be- 
smeared, Plut.  2,  102  A  :  from 

ΤΙεριχρίω,  f  -ίσω,  (περί.  χρίω)  to 
plaster  over,  besmear,  Hipp,   [χρί^ 

ΙΙερίχρϋσος,  ov,  {περί,  χρυσός)  cov- 
ered with  gold  or  set  in  gold.  Chares 
ap  Ath.  538  D,  Luc.  Nee  12.    Hence 

Τίεριχρϋσόω,  ώ,  to  gild  all  over,  Hdt. 
4,  65. — )l.  to  set  in  gold. 

ΪΙερίχνδά,  (περιχέω)  adv.,  Shrd 
around,  Hipp. 

ΐίερίχΰμα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which  is 
poured  round  or  over. 

Ιϊερίχϋσις,  ή,  a  pouring  round  ov 
over. 

ΤΙεριχντήρ,  ήρος,  6,  one  ivho  po  'vs 
over.  • 

ΤΙεριχϋτήριον,  ov,  τό,  a  vessel  for 
pouring  over :  neut.  from 

Ώ,εριχϋτήριος,  a,  ov,  pouring  >-cnind 
about  or  over,  bathini;. 

ΤΙεριχύτης,  oy,  ό,=  περιχυτήρ.  [ν] 

ΤΙεριχώνννμι.  {περί,  χωνι•υμι)  Ιο 
heap  around  with  earth,  Diod. 

ΙΙεριχώομαι,  f.  -χώσομαι,  (περί, 
χώομαι)  to  be  exceeding  angry,  τινι, 
with  one,  ττερ/  τίνος,  about  a  thing,  II. 
9,  449  ;  14,  200,— both  times  in  aor. 
περιχώσατο. — Ep.  word. 

ΐίεριχωρέω,  ώ,  t.  -ήσω,  (περί,  χω- 
ρέω)  to  go  round,  Ar.  Λ  v.  958. — II.  like 
περιέρχομαι,  to  come  roinid  to  the  same 
place,  to  revolve,  as  the  heavenly  bo- 
dies, Anaxag.  Fr.  8. — 2.  to  :ome  round 


ΠΕΡΙ 

tOfCome  to  in  succession,  ττ.  εις  ^αρεΐον 
ή  βασιληιη,  Hdt.  1,  210;  cf.  περιέρ- 
χομαι, περίειμι  {ε'ιμι).     Hence 

ΐίεριχώρησις,  εως,  ή,  α  going  round 
about. — JI.  a  coming  round  to  the  same 
place,  a  revolution,  Auaxag.  Fr.  8. 

Ίίερίχορος,  ov,  {περί,  χύμος)  round 
about  a  place  :  οι  ττεριχωρυι,  the  people 
about,  Plut.  Cat.  Maj.  25,  etc. :  //  π. 
(sc.  yij),  the  country  round  about,  LXX. 

Περίψαΰω,  {περί,  -φάνω)  to  touch  or 
handle  all  round,  τινός,  Kic.  Al.  122. 

ΙΙεριψύω,  inf.  -iltf/v,  Ar.  Eq.  909  sq. ; 
fut.  -Tpr/aij  {περί,  -ίράω)  :—to  u'ipe  alt 
round,  esp.  to  wipe  the  eyes,  Ar.  1.  c, 
Plut.  730.     Hence 

ΤΙερίψημα,  ατός,  τό,  anything  wiped 
off,  filth,  offscouring,  N.  T. : — also  me- 
taph.,  like  κάθαρμα  :  and 

Τ1ερίφ7ΐσις,  ή,  a  wiping  or  cleaning. 

ΐίερίψι/φος,  ov,  ό,  a  master  of  arith- 
metic, Suid. 

Τ1ερι•φήχω,=περι•φά(ι). 

ΐίερι-ίρίβυρίζω,  ί.  -ίσω,  to  murmur, 
whisper  around. 

ΐΙεριφΛόω,  ώ,  {περί,  -φιλόω)  to 
make  bald  all  round,  περιφιλωθήναι 
τας  σάρκας,  to  have  one^s  flesh  stript 
all  off,  Hdt.  9,  83.^    Hence 

Ι1εριψί?.ο)σις,  ή,  a  stripping  of  hair 
all  round.  [ψΖ] 

ΤΙερίφοώέω,  ώ,  f.  -ησω,  {περί,  ψο- 
φέω)  to  sound  loudly,  Plut.  2,  266  Ε. 
Hence 

ΤΙεριφόφησις,  ή,  a  loud  noise,  Plut. 
2,  549  C. 

Περι-ψυγμός,  ov,  ό,  =  περίψνξις. 
Plat.  Ax.  366  D. 

ΐίερίψυκτος,  op,  (περίίΡύχω)  cooled 
all  round,  quile  cool,  very  cold,  Anth. : 
— cooled  on  the  surface,  chill,  of  places, 
Plut.  Aemil.  14,  Id.  2,  649  C— II. 
faniud  all  round,  hence  made  nxuch  of, 
fondled,  beloved,  Alciphr.  (The  deriv. 
from  "ώνχή,  in  this  last  signf.,  has 
been  aisproved  by  Riemer,  ci.  Jac. 
A.  P.  p.  Ixxxiv.) 

ΤίερίΦυξις,  εο)ς,  ή,  {περι-φύχί,))  a 
cooling  thoroughly. — IL  a  being  chilled 
on  the  surface  or  extremities,  Lat.  per- 
frictio,  Hipp.,  and  off.  in  Plut. ;  v. 
περιφΰχω  II. 

ίίερίφυχρος,  ov,  cold  all  round  or 
very  cold. — The  form  περίψϋχος,  ov, 
is  very  dub.  in  Anth. 

Ίλεριφνχω,  f.  -ξω,  {περί,  4'^X(j)  to 
cool  all  round :  to  cool  or  chill  on  the 
surface  or  extremities  of  the  body,  Lai. 
verfrigerare  : — pass,  to  become  so  chilled, 
Hipp.,  and  oft.  in  Plut. ;  v.  Foes.  Oe- 
con.  [ύ] 

Ώεριωδευμένως,  adv.  part,  pf.  pass, 
from  περιοδεύο),  by  digressions,  circuit- 
ously,  Plut.  2,  537  D. 

Πφίωίϊέω,  ώ,  {περί,  φδή)  like  πε- 
ριάδω,  to  subdue  by  spells,  Luc.  (?) 
Pliilopatr.  9. 

ΥΙεριωδννύω,  ώ,  f.  -Τίοΐύι  {περιώδυ- 
νος)  to  cause  excessive  pain  :  pass,  πε- 
ριωδυνάομαι,  to  suffer  excessive  pain, 
Hipp. 

ΐίερίίύδϋνέύ),  ώ,  ί.  -ήσο),  {περιώδυ- 
νος)  to  feel  excessive  pain,  Hipp. 

Υίεριυδϋνία,  ας,  ή,  excessive  pain, 
Hipp.,  Plat.  Rep.  583  D,  Plut.,  etc.; 
V.  Foes.  Oecon. :  opp.  to  περιχάρεια  : 
from 

ΤΙεριώδΰνος,  ov,  (περί,  οδύνη)  ex- 
ceeding painful,  of  death,  Aesch.  Ag. 
1448,  cf.  Plat.  Legg.  873  C— II.  siif- 
fering  great  pain,  Hipp.,  and  Dein. 
1200,  25.  Adv.  -νω^.— The  form  πε- 
οιύδννος  is  bad,  but  περιοδυνάυ,  -veu 
not  to  be  rejected,  Lob.  Phryn.  712. 

ΥΙεριυβέυ,  ώ,  f  -ωθήσο  and  -ώσω, 
{περί,  ώθέυ)  to  push  or  shove  about, 
Dem.  570,  17,  Plat.  Tim.  79  C,  Ε  :— 
yass.,  to  be  shoved  away,  pushed  out  of, 


ΠΕΡΚ 

έκ  ττάιτων  περιεώσμεθα,  Thuc.  3, 
57  ;  π.  εν  τινι,  to  lose  one^s  place  in  a 
person's  favour,  lb.  67 :  absol.  to  he 
rejected,  defeated,  Lat.  repulsam  ferre , 
Arist.  Pol.  5,  4,  β,  cf.  6,  14. 

ΐίεριωθίζω,  f.  -ί'σω,  v.  1.  for  foreg. 
in  Arist.  Pol.  5,  4,  6. 

ΐίεριώμίον,  ov,  τό,  a  garment  worn 
round  the  shoulders,  Lat.  supparum  or 
supparus  :  strictly  neut.  from 

ΤΙεριώμιυς,  ov,  {περί,  ώμος)  round 
the  shoulders.     Hence 

ΐίεριωμίς,  ίδος,  τ/.^περιώμιον. 

ΥΙεριώννμος,  ov,  {περί,  όνομα)  far- 
famed,  Orph.  Arg.  147. 

Περίωττέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {περιωπής) 
to  gaze  around,  Philostr. 

ΐίεριοπή,  ης,  ή,  (περί,  ώφ)  α  place 
commanding  a  wide  view,  like  σκοπιά, 
a  watch-tower,  II.  14,  8,  Od.  10,  146, 
etc.  ;  so  Plat.  Polit.  272  Ε  ;  έκ  περι- 
ωπής, by  a  bird^s-eyeview,  Luc.  Symp. 
11. — II.  circumspection,  πολλην  π.  τί- 
νος ποιείσθαι.  to  show  much  caution 
in  a  thing,  Thuc.  4,  86.  (The  form 
περωπή  is  only  a  f.  1.) 

ΐίεριωπής,  ές,  {περί,  ω-φ)  far-seen, 
dub.  in  Orph.  Arg.  14. 

ΐίεριωπίζομαι,  dep.  mid.,— περιω- 
πέω. 

ΐίεριώσιος,  ov,  immense,  vast,  extra- 
ordinary, like  περισσός,  Solon  12,  7  ; 
μτ'/δεα.  Soph.  Fr.  604  ;  περιώσια  εί• 
όώς,  of  Pythagoras,  Emped.  419: — 
usu.  as  adv.  περιώσιον,  exceeding,  be- 
yond 7neasure,  11.  4,  359,  Od.  16,  203  ; 
so,  περιώσια  in  H.  Horn.  18,  41 : — 
alsoc.  gen.,  just  like  περί,  περιώσιον 
άλ?Lωv,far  beyotid  the  rest,  fi.  Horn. 
Cer.  363,  Pind.  L  5  (4),  3.  (Prob. 
orig.  an  Ion.  form  for  περιούσιος  from 
περίειμι,  CΌnseq.=  πεpιώv■) 

ΐίερίοισις.  ή,  {περιωθέω)  a  shoving 
about,  Arist.  Rerumpubl.  Fragm. 

Τίεριωτειλόω,  ώ,  {περί,  ώτειλή)  to 
cicatrise  all  round,  Hipp. 

ΤΙεριωτίς,  ίδος,  ή,=  άμφωτίς. 

ΪΙέρκα.  ή,  ν.  sub  πέρκη. 

Ώερκάζω,  ί.  -άσω,  {πέρκος)  to  turn 
to  a  dark  or  blackish  colour,  strictly  of 
Qfrapes  and  olives  beginning  to  ripen, 
Chaerem.  ap.  Ath.  608  F.  Theophr.— 
2.  meiapli.  of  young  men,  whose  beard 
begins  to  darken  their  faces.  Call. 
Lav.  Pall.  76  ;  cf.  σκιάζω. 

Τίερκαίνω,  to  make  dark-coloured, 
blacken. 

αΐέρκα?.ης,  ov,  ή,  Percalus,  daugh- 
ter of  Chilon,  wife  of  Demaratus, 
Hdt.  6,  65. 

Τίέρκΰνα,  τά,  a  sort  of  woven  stuff. 

ΤΙερκάς,  άδος,  poet.  fern,  oi  πέρκος, 
Eratosth.  ap.  Ath.  284  D. 

ΤΙέρκη,  ης,  ή,  {πέρκος)  a  river-fish 
so  called  from  its  dusky  colour,  the 
perch,  Lat.  perca,  Coniici  ap.  Ath.  319 
13  ;  also ττέράα,  7/,  V.  MeinekeMenand. 
p.  181. 

ΤΙερκίδιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  πέρ- 
κη, Anaxandr.  Lycurg.  1.  [ϊ] 

ΐίερκίς,  ίδος,  ή,=  πέρκη. 

ΤΙερκνόπτερος,  ov,  {περκνός,  πτε- 
ρόν)  dusky -winged,  αετός,  Arist.  Η. 
Α.  9,  32,  3. 

ΠΕΡΚΝΟ'Σ,  ή,  όν,  dark-coloured, 
Strictly  of  grapes  or  olives  when  be- 
ginning to  ripen,  hence  dark,  dusky, 
name  of  a  kind  of  eagle,  II.  24,  316, 
cf.  Arist.  H.  A.  9,  32,  and  v.  foreg. : 
livid,  like  πελιτνός,  Foes.  Oec.  Hipp., 
etc. :  cf.  επιπερκνός. — Less  usu.  col- 
lat.  forms  are  πέρκος.  πρεκνός,  πρα- 
κνός. — II.  ό  περκνός,  as  subst..  a  kind 
of  hawk,  Arist.  ubi  supra.     Hence 

ΤΙερκνόω,  ώ,^περκαίνω.     Hence 

Τίέρκνωμα,  ατός.  τό.  a  dusky  spot. 

Πέρκος,  η,  ον,=  περκνός,  Anth.  P. 
6,  102,  Arist.  Η.  Α.  9,  36,  1. 


ΠΕΡΟ 

ΟΊερκώπη,  -ης,  7/,=  ΐΙερκώτη,  Xen. 

ίΐΙεμκώσιοΓ,  α,  ον,  of  Percote,  ύ  Π., 
II.  2,  831  :  from 

^Τίερκώτη,  ης,  ή,  Percote,  a  city  of 
Mysia  on  the  Hellespont  between 
Abydus  and  Lampsacus,  11.  11,  229; 
Hdt.  5.  117:  also  called  ΤΙερκώπη, 
Xen.  Hell.  5,  1,  26  (ubi  v.  Schneid.): 
in   Strabo    ΐίαλαιπερκώτη. 

αίερμησός.  and  -μησσός,  ov,  ό,  the 
Permesus,  a  river  of  Boeotia,  vvhich 
unites  with  the  Olmius  and  empties 
into  the  Copaic  lake,  now  Panitza, 
lies.  Th.  566 ;  Strab.  p.  407. 

ΤΙέρνα.  ης,  ή,  a  ham,  Lat.  perna, 
Strab.  (Either  from  περόνη  II,  or 
the  same  word  with  πτέρνα,  which 
might  itself  be  derived  Irom  τΓερό 
νη. 

ΤΙέρνημι,  part,  περνάς,  3  Ep.  impf. 
πέρνασκε  in  Horn.  To  carry  out,  esp. 
for  sale,  to  export,  sell,  esp.  of  trade  in 
slaves,  of  captives,  who  were  trans- 
ported to  countries  beyond  the  seas 
and  sold,  πέρνασχ'  δντιν'  έλεσκε  πέ- 
ρην  αλός  ές.Σάμον,  II.  24,  752;  so, 
περνάς  έπι  νήσων,  II.  22,  45  ;  also  of 
other  merchandise,  κτήματα  περνά- 
μενα,  goods  sold  or  for  sale,  II.  18,  292, 
cf.  Pind.  I.  2,  11  ;  so,  τοις  ξένοις  τά 
χρήματα  περνάς,  Eur.  Cycl.  271,  cf. 
Ar.  Eq.  176. — A  poet.,  and  mostly  Ep. 
word.  (From  περάω  Β,  akin  to  πι- 
πράσκω,  hence  πόρνη,  q.  v.) 

ΙΙέρνης,  ό,  name  of  a  bird  of  prey, 
prob.  f.  1.  for  πτέρνις. 

Ώέροδος,  ή,  Aeol.  for  περίοδος, 
Pind.  Ν.  11,  51,  cf.  Bockh  ad  O.  6, 
38  (55). 

ίΐίεροίδας,  ό,  Peroedas,  a  cavalry 
officer  of  Alexander  the  Great,  Arr. 
An.  2,  9,  3. 

Ιϊερόνάμα,  τό.  Dor.  for  περόνημα. 

Τίερονάω,  ώ,  f.  -?;σω,  {περόνη)  to 
pierce,  pin,  δονρϊ  μέσον  περόνησε,  II. 
7,  145  ;  13,  397. — 2.  in  mid.,  χ'λαΐναν, 
έανον  περονήσασθαι,  to  buckle  on  one^s 
mantle,  one's  robe,  II.  10,  133  ;  14,  180, 
cf.  Theocr.  14,  66. 

ΤΙερόνη,  ης,  ή,  {πείρω,  περάω)  orig. 
any  thing  pointed  for  piercing  or  ptn- 
7iing,  esp.  the  tongue  of  a  buckle  Of 
brooch  :  hence,  a  buckle,  brooch,  Lat. 
fibula,  II.  5,  425,  Od.  19,  226  ;  a  state- 
robe  with  twelve  brooches  is  mention- 
ed in  Od.  18,  293  :  also  a  large  pin  used 
for  fastening  on  the  outer  garment  or 
cloak  {Ίμάτίον),  Hdt.  5,  87,  Soph.  O. 
T.  1269. — Cf.  πόρπη. — 2.  a  pin  for 
twisting  ropes  round,  on  board  ship, 
Ap.  Rh.— 3.  a  linchpin,  Parthen.  6  ;  cf. 
Diet.  Antiqq.  s.  v.  fibula. — II.  the  small 
bone  of  the  arm  or  leg.  Lat.  os  radii, 
Xen.  Eq.  1,  5;  cf.  κνήμη: — also  an 
excrescence  from  a  bone,  Hipp.  :  v. 
Foes.  Oecon. — III.  a  sea-fish,  so  called 
because  like  a  pin  in  shape. 

ΐίερόνημα,  ατός,  τό,  {περονάω)= 
πόρπηματ<ι  garment  pinned  or  buckled 
on,  like  περονητρίς,  Theocr.  15,  79. 

ΤΙερονήτις,  ιδος,  ^,=  sq.,  άμπεχό- 
ναι  π.,  Anth.  P.  7,  413. 

Τίερονητρίς,  ίδος,  ή.  Dor.  -άτρίς, 
{περόνη)  α  robe  fastened  on  the  shoulder 
with  a  buckle  or  brooch,  Theocr.  15,  21, 
the  same  as  (lb.  34)  is  called  κατα- 
πτνχές  εμπερόναμα,  cf.  περόνημα. 
It  was  a  woollen  garment  worn  by 
Dorian  women ;  being  sleeveless,  fast- 
ened on  each  shoulder  by  a  brooch  ; 
closed  on  the  right  side,  but  on  the 
left  only  kept  together  by  a  few  clasps, 
hence  called  σχιστός  χιτών  and  δι- 
πλούν Ίμάτιον  :  whereas  the  Ion.  and 
Att.  women's  χιτών  was,  like  a  mod- 
ern shirt  or  shift,  of  linen,  close  at 
both  sides,  etc.,  v.  Miiller  Dor.  4,  2, 
<}  3.— Ace,  to  Hdt.  5,  87,  the  Dorian 
1173 


ΠΕΡΣ 

was  the  original  Hellenic,  and  even 
Athenian,  dress. 

Hepoviov,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  περό- 
νη. 

ΙΙερονίς,  ίδος,  τ/,=  περόνη,  Soph. 
Tr.  925. 

^Περουσία,  ας,  ή,  Perusia,  a  city  of 
Etruria,  now  Perugia,  Strab.  p.  226. 

ΐίερκΐρεία,  ας.  ή,  idle  boasting, 
vaunting,  Clem.  Al.  :  from 

ΤΙερπερενομαί,  (TtpTrt-pof)  dep.,  to 
boast  or  vaunt  one's  self,  like  άλαζονεν- 
ομαι,  Ν.  Τ. ;  of.  έμπερπ-. 

αίερπερήνα,  ή,  Perperena,  a  city 
of  Mysia,  Strab.  p.  607. 

ΙΙερττερία,  ας,  ή,^τζεμπερεία. 

^[Ύερ-έρνας,  a,  ύ,  the  Rom.  name 
Perperna,  Strab.  p.  646. 

ΤΙέρττερος,  ov,  vain-glorious,  brag- 
gart, like  άλαζών,  Polyb  32, 6,  5  ;  40, 
6,  2.     (Cf.  Lat.  perperus,  perperittido.) 

Ϊ1έβ1)α,  ή,  only  in  Lye.  1428,  where 
an  old  gloss  explains  it  as  a  dialectic 
word  for  γη,  which  gives  a  sutficient 
sense. 

^Πε()/)αιβία,  ας,  ή,  and  ΐίεραιβία, 
Thuc.  4,  78,  Perrhaebia,  a  district  of 
Thessaly  between  Olympus  and  Tem- 
pe,  Strab.  p.  440  sqq.     Hence 

αίεββαιβίς,  ίδος,  η,  Perrhaebian, 
ττόλις,  Strab.  1.  c. 

ϋίερ^αιβοί,  ών,  οΊ,  and  ΙΙεραιβοί, 
the  Perrhaebi,  Perrhaebians,  a  Thes- 
ealian  tribe,  Strab.  p.  439  sqq. 

Πέρ^ο,γοζ•,  ov,  Aeol.  for  περίοχος, 
ι=νπέμοχος,  τινί,  Sappho  69. 

Πέρσα,  Ep.  for  ίττερσα,  aor.  from 
-κέρθω,  11. 

Περσαία,  ή,  v.  ττερσεα. 

iYlερσaIoς,  ov,  ό,  Persaeus, — 1.= 
ΤΙέρσης,  father  of  Hecate.  H.  Hom. 
Cer.  24. — 2.  a  stoic  philosopher  from 
Citium  in  Cyprus,  at  first  a  slave, 
Ath.  140  Β ,  etc. 

ίΠέρσας,  Όοτ.^ΐΙέρσης. 

Τίερσέα  or  ττερσίη,  ας,  ή,  poet,  also 
περσεια  (q.  v.).  Lat.  Persea,  a  kind  of 
Aegyptian  tree  with  the  fruit  grow- 
ing from  the  stem,  perh.=  περσίομ, 
Hipp.,  and  Theophr. : — often  con- 
fo\mded  with  the  peach-tree,  μηλέα 
ΙΙερσική,  Lat.  Persica ;  prob.  also 
dinerent  from  the  poison-tree,  ή  ττερ- 
caia.  which  is  said  to  have  been 
brought  to  Aegypt  by  Cambyses,  v. 
Schneid.  Ind.  ad  Theophr. 

Περσεία,  ή,  poet,  for  περσέα,  Nic. 
Al.  99. 

ίΐίερσεία,  ας,  ή,  Persia,  a  fountain 
near  Mycene,  Paus.  2,  16,  6. 

^ΐίερσείδης,  ov,  6,  son  of  Perseus  : 
— oi  ΐίερσεΐόαι,  the  Persidae  : — 1.  de- 
scendants of  Perseus,  Thuc.  1,9:  and 
— 2.  of  the  Persian  kings  of  the 
Achaemenid  family,  Hdt.  1,  125  ;  de- 
scendants of  Perses  (II.  2). 

ίΐίερσεΐος,  a,  ov,  of  Perseus,  Per- 
sian, Eur.  Hel.  1464. 

Περσε'τΓολίξ-,  εως,  ό,  η,  {ττίρθω,  πό- 
λΐ(•)  destroyer  of  cities,  Lamprocl.  ap. 
Ar.  Nub.  967  ;  poet,  also  περσέπτο- 
λις,  Aesch.  Pers.  65. — II.  ή,  Persepo- 
lis,  the  ancient  capital  of  Persia  and 
burial-place  of  herkmgs,  also  written 
Περσαί7Γ0/ί(:,  tStrab.  p.  728  sqq. — 
111.  ό,  son  of  Telemachus  and  Poly- 
caste,  Hes.  Fr.  7,  3. 

ΪΙερσέπτολις,  εως,  ό,  τ},  poet,  for 
foreg. 

Περσεΰf,  ευς  Ion.  and  Ep.  7/ος  later 
Ion.  εος,  ό,  Perseus,  son  of  Jupiter  and 
Danae,  one  of  the  most  famous  Gre- 
cian heroes,  11.  14,  320,  and  Hes. — 
+2.  son  of  Nestor  and  Anaxihia,  ()d.  3, 
414.— 3.  the  last  king  of  Macedonia, 
reduced  to  subjection  by  Paullus  Ae- 
milius,  Polyb. t — II.  afish,  Ael.  N.  A. 
3,  28. 

1174 


ΠΕΡΣ 

ΤΙερσέφασσα,  ή,  Att.  Περτε'όατ-τα, 
Eur.  Phoen.  684  ;  also,  Ιίερσέ^ασσα 
(q.  ν.),=  Περσε^όΐ'?;. 

ΤίΙερσεφόνεια,  ή,  poet.,  esp.  Ep.  for 
Περσεφύν?/.  fH-  9,  457  ;  Od.  frcq. 

Μερσεφόνη.  ης,  ή,  poet.,  and  esp. 
Ep.,  Περσεφόνεια,  as  always  in  11. 
and  Od.,  while  the  common  form  first 
appears  in  H.  Hom.  Cer.  56,  Hes. 
'I'h.  913;  later  also  ΐίερσεφασσα  (q. 
V.)  : — Persephone,  Lat.  Proicrpinn, 
daughter  ot  Jupiter  and  Ceres,  II.  14, 
326,  Hes.  Th.  912  :  Pluto  carried  her 
off,  and  as  his  consort  she  continued 
to  reign  in  the  lower  world,  see  H. 
Hom.  (Usu.  deriv.  from  φέρειν  φό- 
νον,  Bringer  of  death,  cf  Plut.  2,  942 
D). 

.  ίΤΙερσέως  σκοπιά,ή.  the  watch-tower 
of  Perseus,  in  the  Aegyptian  Delta, 
Hdt.  2,  15. 

ΙΠερσ;;,  ης,  ή,  Perse,  daughter  of 
Oceanus,  wife  of  Helius,  mother  of 
Aeetes  and  Circe,  Od.  10,  139:  Ap. 
Rh.  4,  591 :  also  ΙΙερσηίς,  Hes.  Th. 
356,  956. 

+Περσ;?ϊύ(5??ί•,  gen.  αο,ό,Ερ.  patron. 
=  Τ1ερσειδης,  i.  e.  Sthenelus,  II.  19, 
116. 

^ΤΙερστ/Ιος,  a,  ον,γ>οβΙ.=^ΤΙερσεΙος, 
Theocr.  24,  72. 

αίερσηΐς.  ίδος, ή, danghterof  Perses 
01  Perseus, —  1.  appell.  of  Hecate,  Lyc. 
1173:  V.  ύέρσης  II.  1. — 2.  Alcmene, 
Eur.  H.  F.  801  ;  as  granddaughter  of 
Perseus. — 3.  v.  Πέρση. 

Ϊ1έρσ7]ς.  ov,  ό,  a  Persian,  inhabitant 
of  Persis  or  Farsistan,  first  in  Hdt. 
(who,  in  8,  108,  109,  has  theheterocl. 
ace.  Τίέρσεα  or  ΙΙέρσην,  but  the  read- 
ings vary) :  voc.  Πέρσα,  but  ΤΙέρση 
when  it  is  the  name  of  an  individual, 
Buttm.  Ausf  Gr.  §34,4.  (The  Greeks 
derived  the  name  of  the  people  from 
fPerses  son  off  Perseus,  Hdt.  7,  61). 
— til.  as  masc.  pr.  n.,  Perses,  son  of 
the  Titan  Crius  and  Eurybia,  father 
of  Hecate,  Hes.  Th.  377, 409.— 2.  son 
of  Perseus  and  Andromeda,  gave 
name  to  the  Persians,  Hdt.  7,  61,  150  ; 
Apollod.  2,  4. — 3.  brother  of  Hesiod, 
to  whom  is  addressed  Hesiod's  poem 
'  Works  and  Days.' — 4.  a  poet  of  the 
Anthology. t— III.  thename  of  α  throw 
on  the  dice. 

ΤΙερσία,  i/,  v.  Περσέα. 

ΪΙερσιζω,  (ΤΙέρσης)  to  hold  or  side 
with  the  Persians  :  to  imitate  them  :  to 
speak  Persian,  Xen.  An.  4,  5,  34. 

Περσικός,  ή,  όν,  Persian,  fAesch. 
Pers.  116;  ύ  Περσικός  κόλπος  and 
7/  Περσίκ^  θάλασσα,  the  Persian  gulf, 
Strab.  ;  ή  Περσική,  sc.  ;^;ώρα,=  Περ- 
σίς,  Hdt.  4,  39  :|  hence— 1.  ul  Περ- 
σικοί, a  sort  of  thin  shoes  or  slippers, 
Ar.  Nub.  151,  Lys.  229.-2.  ό  Περσ*- 
κός  or  το  Περσικόν,  the  peach,  Lat. 
malum  Persicum,  cf.  μηλέα,  μηλίΟν  : 
π.  κάρνα  or  ai  Πέρσι καί,  Persian 
nuts,  our  walnuts,  Theophr. — 3.  π.  όρ- 
νις, the  common  cock,  Ar.  Av.  485,etc. 
— 4.  TO  Περσικόν,  a  Persian  dance, 
Schneid.  Xen.  An.  6,  1,  10  ;  cf  &κ?.α- 
σμα  II. 

ίΠερσίνοος,  ov,  ό,  Persinous,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Qu.  Sm.  1,227. 

Περσίοι•,  τό,  prob.=^  περσέα,  The- 
ophr. 

Πέρσίζ-,  εως,  ή.  (πέρθυ)  α  destroy- 
ing, taking,  e.  g.  Ί/ύου  π.,  a  poem  of 
Arctinus,  forming  one  of  the  Epic 
cycle. 

Περσίς,  ίδος,  pecul,  poet.  fem.  of 
Περσικός,  Persian,  Aesch.  tPers.  59, 
406t,  etc. — IL  as  subst., — 1.  (sub.}-^), 
Pesis,  Persia,  now  Farsistan,  Hdt.  3, 
97,  etc. — 2.  (sub  γννή),  a  Persian  wo- 
1  vian,   Id. ;    [Aesch.    Pers.    155t. — 3. 


ΠΕΣΣ 

(sub.  ;^λαΓΐ'α),  a  Persian  cloak,  Ar. 
Vesp.  1137. — f4.  Persis,  fem.  pr.  n., 
N.  T.  Rom.  10,  12. 

Περσιση.  adv.  (Περσί^ω)  in  Per- 
sian fashion  ;  esp.  in  the  Persian  tongue, 
Hdt.  9,  110,  and  Xen.  [τϊ] 

ΠερσοόΙώκτης,  ό,  (Πίρσαι,  διώκι,)) 
cha-ter  of  the  Persians,  .\lith.  Plan.  233. 

Περσοκτόνος,  ov,  (Πέρσαί,  κτείνω) 
slaying  Persians. 

Περσοιομέομαι,  {Πέρσαι,  νέμομαι) 
as  pass.,  to  be  governed  by  the  Persian 
laws  or  hy  Pirsians,  Aesch.  Pers.  585. 

Περσονόμος,  ov,  (Πέρσαι,  νέμω) 
ruling  Persians,  Aesch.  Pers.  919. 

Περσίας,  περσννός,  =  περνσίας, 
περνσινός. 

Πέρυσι  or  πέρϋσιν,  adv.  (πέρας) 
α  year  ago,  last  year,  Cratin.  θραΓΓ.  6, 
Ar.  Vesp.  1038  ;  ή  π.  κωμωδία,  Ar. 
Ach.  378.     Hence 

Περνσίας,  or  περσνας  (sc.  οίνος), 
ό,  last  years  wine,  Galen. 

Περυσινός,  η,  όν,  (πέρνσι)  nf  last 
year,  last  years,  Ar.  Ran.  986 ;  άρχον- 
τες, Plat.'Legg.  855  C. 

Πέρ^ερεζ•,  oi,  the  name  of  the  five 
officers  who  escorted  the  Hyperbo- 
rean maidens  to  Delos,  Hdt.  4,  33,  cf. 
Niebuhr  Rom.  Hist.  1,  n.  267,  sqq. 

ΙΠέρωί',  ωΐΌ^•,  ό,  Peron,  a  dealer  in 
unguents  at  Athens,  Ath.  553  £  ;  etc. 

Περύσιος,  ov,  Aeol.  lor  περιώσιος, 
dub. 

Πεσδά,  adv.,  Dor.  for  πεζτ),  The- 
ocr. 

Πεσειν,  Ep.  πεσέειν,  inf  aor.  oi 
πί'τΓΓω.     Hence 

Πέσ;/;^α,  ατός,  τό,  a  fall,  Aesch. 
Supp.  937,  Soph.  Aj.  1033,  and  Ireq. 
in  Eur. — II.  that  winch  fat's  ovt,  a  hap, 
Anth. 

ΠέιTA;of,  τ6,=^πέκος,  a  hide,  skin, 
rind.  Nic.  Th.  549.  (Ace.  to  old 
Gramm.  by  transpos.  from  σκέπω.) 

Πέσμα,  τό,=  πεΐσμα,  dub. 

Πέσος,  τό,=πέσημα,  πτώμα,  Eur. 
Phoen.  1299.— II.  weight. 

Πεσσεία,  ας,  Att.  πεττ-,  ή,  α  game 
at  draughts,  Soph.  Fr.  381,  Plat. 
Phaedr.  274  D,  etc. ;  v.  sub  ττεσσόί-. 
— II.  in  music,  a  striking  the  samt 
string  several  times  in  succession. 
Hence 

Πε  σσείάω,=  πεσσενίΛ. 

Πέσσενμα,  Att.  ττεττ-,  ατός,  τό,  α 
game  at  draughts  :  in  plur.  draught-men. 

Πϋοσεντηριον,  ov,  τό,  an  astronom- 
ical draught-board  of  the  Aegyptian®, 
on  which  Mercury  is  said  to  have 
played  with  Selene,  and  won  five 
days,  V.  Ruhnk.  Tim. :  from 

Πεσσειιτ?/ρ,  ϊ/ρος,  o,=  sq. 

Πεσσεντής,  ov,  ό,  (πεσσενω)  a 
draught-player,  Plat.  Polit.  292  Ε  ;  ap- 
plied to  divine  Providence,  Id.  Legg. 
903  D. 

Πεσσεντικός,  -η,  όν,  Att.  πεττ-,  fit 
for  draught-playing  (πεσσοί),  skilled 
therein,  ό  π.:=πεσσεντης.  Plat.  Rep. 
333  B:  ή  -κή  (sc.  τέ)(νη),=^πεσσήα. 
Id.  Gorg.  450  D  ;  so,  το  π..  Id.  Charrn 
174  Β  :  from 

Πεσσενω,  Att.  πεττ-,  (.πεσσός)  to 
play  at  draughts,  Plat.  Rep.  487  β  ;  v. 
sub  πεσσός:  proverb.,  τύχη  ανω  καί 
κάτω  τα  ανθρώπεια  πεττευει,  fortune 
plays  at  draughts  with  human  affairs, 
Philo. 

ίΠεσσινόεις,  εντος,ζ=Πεσσινονς. 

^Πεσσινυϋντιος.  a,  ov,  of  Pessinus, 
Hdn. 

^Πεσσινονντίς.  ιδος,  ή,  of  Pessinus, 
Pessinuntian,  appell.  of  Cybele,  Strab. 
p.  469. 

ίΠεσσινοϋς,  οϋντος,  ή  and  ό,  Pes- 
sinus, a  large  commercial  city  of 
Phrygia,  later  reckoned  in   Galatia. 


ΠΕΤΑ 

celebrated  for  the  worship  of  Cybele,  [ 
Strab.  p.  5C7.  ^        I 

Γίεσσόν,  Att.  ττεττόν,  ού,  τό,  a 
draugJtt~board,=a,3UKiov,  called  πεν- 
τέγβαιιμον  by  Soph.  Fr.  381,  because 
it  was  divided  by  five  lines  both  ways, 
and  so  into  thirty-six  squares  :  the 
middle  line  cross-wise  was  called 
ιερά  γραμμή  (cf.  -^ραμμι)  III). — On 
the  nature  of  the  game,  v.  Diet.  An- 
tiqq.  s.  V.  Latrunculi. 

ύεσσονομέω,  ώ,  (πεσσός, νέμω  III. 
2)  to  set  the  πεσσοί  in  order  for  play- 
ing :  generally,  to  arrange,  dispose, 
Aesch.  Supp.  13. 

Πεσσοποιέομαι,  as  mid.,  to  make 
and  apply  a  πεσσός  to  one's  self. 

ΠΕΣΣΟ'2,  Att.  πετ-ός,  ov,  δ,  an 
oval-shaped  stone  for  playing  a  game 
like  our  draughts  ;  usu.  in  plur.,  as  it 
is  found  so  early  as  Od.,  πεσσοίσι  θυ- 
μοί' ετερ-ον  1,  107;  cf  Hdt.  1,  94, 
Find.  Fr.  95,  4,  Soph.  Fr.  380,  Eur., 
etc. ;  πεττών  θέσις,  Plat.  Rep.  333 
Β  : — proverb.,  πεττών  όίκην  μετατι- 
θέναι,  Plut.  2,  1068  C— 2.  also  the 
board  on  which  it  was  played ;  cf.  πεσ- 
σόν. — 3.  οί  πεσσοί,  the  place  in  which 
the  game  was  plaj'ed,  also  the  game 
itself,  Eur.  Med.  68;  for  which  usu. 
πεσσεία  or  πέσσευμα  v^ras  used. — II. 
a  kind  oi  plug  of  linen,  resin,  wax,  etc., 
mixed  with  medicinal  substances  to 
be  introduced  into  the  uterus,  etc.,  a 
pessary,  Cels.  5,  21. — 2.  any  oval  body, 
π.  εκ  μο/.νβόου,  App.  Mithr.  31.— 111. 
in  architecture,  a  cubic  mass  of 
building  to  support  the  piers  of 
arches,  Strab.  (Perh.  akin  to  Lat. 
tessera,  tessella,  like  πίσνρις  to  τέσ- 
σαρες) 

ΠΕ'ΣΣΩ,  Att.  πέττω  (with  later 
collat.  form  πέπτω) :  fut.  πέφω  :  pi. 
pass,  πέπεμμαι,  inf  πεπεψθαι :  Horn, 
uses  only  pres.  Orig.  signf ,  to  soften, 
make  soft ;  and  so, — I.  of  the  sun,  to 
soften,  ripen,  Od.  7,  119:  (hence,  πέ- 
1ZUV,  πεπαίνω,  etc.). — II.  in  artificial 
ways,  to  boil,  like  tibu :  hence  in  genl. 
to  cook,  dress,  Hdt.' 2,  37  ;  8,  137,  Ar. 
Plut.  1 126,  etc. :  also,  expressly,  to 
bake,  like  όΰτάω,  άρτους,  Ar.  Ran. 
505,  cf  Plat.  Rep.  372  13  (but  v.  sub 
πεπτός) : — mid.,  πέσσεσθαι  πέμματα, 
to  cook  one's  self  cakes,  Hdt.  1,  160: 
(hence  πέμμα,  ποπάς,  πόπανον,  άρ- 
τοπόπος). — 3.  to  make  to  ferment. — III. 
of  the  action  of  the  stomach,  to  di- 
gest, like  Lat.  coquere,  concoquere,  Plut. 
2,  917  D;  opp.  to  κατεργάζεσθαί  (to 
chew),  Id.  Eumen.  11:  hence, — 2. 
nietaph.,  χό?.ον  πέσβειν,  to  stomach, 
i.  e  smother  one's  wrath,  II.  4,  513; 
9,  501,  cf  Arist.  Eth.  N.  4.  5,  10;  so, 
κήόεα  π.,  11.  24,  617,  639  ;  ώλ}  εα,  Phi- 
let.  1  : — but,  γέρα  πεσσέμεν,  to  feed 
on  one's  honours,  brood  over  them,  en- 
joy them,  II.  2,  237 ;  so,  ακίνόννον 
αιώνα  πέσσειν,  to  lead  a  sodden  life 
of  ease,  Find.  P.  4,  330,  cf  εφω :  βέ- 
?.ος  πέσσειν,  to  have  a  dart  in  one  to 
brood  over  or  to  take  care  of,  11.  8,  513. 
(The  root  no  doubt  is  ΠΕΠ-,  as  ap- 
pears from  the  collat.  form  πέπ-τω, 
and  the  deriv.  πόπ-αι•ον :  it  occurs 
in  the  Sanscr.  pac/i,  and  prob.  is  akin 
to  έψ-ω.  Is  not  also  Lat.  roquo  the 
same,  by  the  same  change  of  π  into 
c  or  qu,  that  occurs  in  ϊππος  cquus, 
πώς  κώς,  etc.  ?  Cf  our  bake,  Phryg. 
3έκος.) 

ΙΙεσών,  part.  aor.  of  πίπτω,  Horn. 

ΤΙετά  or  πέτα,  Aeol.  for  μετά,  cf. 
πέόα. 

ΐΐέταϋνον,  ov,  τό,=^πέταχνον. 

ΤΙετά/,ειον,  ov,  τό,  poet,  for  πέτα- 
?ίον.  Nic.  Th.  629.  [ά] 

■iUera?-ia,  ας,  ή,  Petalia,  a  rocky 


ΠΕΤΑ 

island  at  the  entrance  of  the  Euripus, 
Strab.  p.  444. 

Ώετύ7.ίζο),  {πέτα?ιθν)  to  banish  by 
petalism. — II.  the  signf,  to  put  forth 
or  drop  leaves,  only  in  Hesych. 

ΤΙεταλίς  νς,  ή,  a  full-grown  sow, 
Achae.  ap.  Ath.  376  A  :  v.  πέτα'λος  II. 
ϋετάλισμός,  oi,  6,  {πετα'λι^ω)  pe- 
talism, a  mode  of  banishing  citizens 
pi-actised  in  Syracuse,  just  like  the 
όστρακισμός  of  Athens,  except  that 
their  name  was  written  on  olive-leaves 
instead  of  pot-sherds,  Died. ;  v.  Herm. 
Pol.  Ant.  s*!  06,  13,  Niebuhr  Rom. 
Hist.  1,  n.  1119.— The  same  custom 
also  existed  in  Athens,  v.  sub  έκφυλ- 
Αοφορέω. 

ίίετύλϊτις,  ιδος,  ή,=φνλ7ΰτίς,  Nic. 
Th.  864. 

ΪΙέτάλον,  ov,  τό,  indat.  pi.  πέτάλ- 
σί  as  well  as  πετάλοις,  Buttm.  Ausf 
Gr.  li  56  Anm.  13  n. :  the  Ion.  form 
πέτη'/.ον,  first  in  Hes.  Sc.  289  : — a 
leaf,  usu.  in  plur.,  11.  2,  312,  Od.  19, 
520,  etc.,  Eur.  Hel.  245,  etc. ;  but 
rare  in  prose,  though  used  by  Xen. 
An.  5,  4,  12,  Cyn.  9,  15  -.—νεικέων 
πέτα/.α,  contentious  votes,  (cf.  πετα- 
λισμός),  Pind.  I.  6  (7),  91.— II.  a  leaf 
or  plate  of  metal :  hence  of  the  High- 
priests'  mitre,  in  LXX,  and  EccL 
(Strictly  neut.  from  πέτα?.ος.) 

ΐίετά/.οποιός,  όν,  {πέτα?.ον,  ποιέω) 
making  leaves  of  metal,  a  gold-beater. 

Πέτά/Μς,  η,  ov.  Ion.  πέτ)βος,  {πε- 
τάνννμι)  outspread,  broad,  flat,  Anth. 
P.  9,  226  ;  usu.  in  compd.  έκπέταλος. 
— II.  metaph.  of  young  animals,  futl- 
grown,  μόσχοι,  etc.,  Ath.  376  A  :  ;/ 
πετά/Jl,  a  young  girl,  Alith. 

ΪΙετάλονργός,  όν,^πετα?.οποιός, 
Clem.  Al. 

Τίετΰ?ιό(ο,  ώ,  {πέτα?.ον)  to  make  into 
leaves.— II.  to  cover  with  metal-plates, 
as  gold,  etc. 

ΠεΓάΛώ(5?/ς,  ες,  {πέτα7.ον,  εΐΰος) 
leaf-like,  Lyc.  —  II.  flaky,  in  flakes, 
Hipp.,  V.  Foes.  Oecon. 

ΐίετά/ίωσις,  i],  {πετα/.ou  II)  a  cov- 
ering with  gold,  [ύ] 

Τίετά/.ωτός,  ή,  όν,  {πεταλόω)  leaf- 
shaped. 

ΤΙέτάμαι,  =  πέτομαι,  Pind.  Ρ.  8, 
129,  Ν.  6,  81,  and  in  later  prose,  cf 
sub  πέτομαι. 

ΙΙετύννϋμι  and  -νύω,  lengthd.  from 
the  root  ΠΕΤ-  (cf  sub  fin.) :  f.  ττε- 
τάσω  [ΰ],  Att.  πετώ:  aor.  έπέτύσα, 
Ep.  πέτασσα,  etc.  :  pf  pass,  πέπτά- 
μαι,  also  πεπέτασμαί,  Orac.  ap.  Hdt. 
11,  62,  Luc.  Somn.  29):  aor.  pass. 
I  ίπετάσβην :  of  which  tenses  Horn. 
j  uses  only  aor.  act.  (both  in  common 
j  and  Ep.  form),  with  pf,  plqpf ,  and 
aor.  pass.  To  spread  out,  nnj'old,  un- 
furl, ιστία,  πέπλα,  11.  1,  480  ;  5,  195  : 
π.  χεΐρε,  to  stretch  out  both  arms,  to 
embrace  a  person,  11.  13.  549 ;  tlvI, 
towards  one,  11.4,523:  metaph..  θν- 
μον  πετύσαί,  to  open  one's  heart,  Od. 
18,  159. — In  pf.  pass.,  to  be  spread  on 
all  sides,  αίθρη.  αίγλη  Ήελίυνπέπτα- 
ται,  Od.  6,  45,  II.  17,  371 ;  part,  pf , 
spread  wide,  opened  wide,  of  folding 
doors,  πνλ.αι  πεπταμέναι,  51.21,531, 
cf  Od.  21,  50 ;  later,  πεπταμένον 
κώας,  Αρ.  Rh.  2,  405 ;  πεπταμέναι 
περί  τέκνα,  Opp.  C,3,  106.-^1η  Π.  1, 
351,  Zenodot.  read  χείρας  άναπτάς  ; 
and  in  Parmen.  Fr.  v.  IS,  is  found  a 
part.  aor.  άναπτύμενος,  having  opened, 
which  arose  from  a  confusion  with 
πέτομαι. — Poet,  collat.  forms  πιτνύω, 
πίτνημι,  and,  but  very  late,  πετάω. 
(From  the  same  root  come  πέταλος, 
πέταλον,  and  prob.  Lat.  pateo,  patu- 
lus.  —  Πέτομαι,  πέταμαι,  are  prob. 
I  akin,  to  spread  the  wings,  fly,  the  op- 


ΠΕΤΗ 

posite  being  expressed  by  πτύσσω. 
Perh.  also  from  notion  of  bei?ig  ex- 
tended, falling  flat,  πίπτω  (ΠΕΤ-), 
πεσονμαι.) 

ΤΙετάομαι,  pres.  in  later  prose  for 
πέτομαι,  Lob.  Phryn.  581. 

Τίετάσιμος,  ή,  όν,  flying,  made  for 
flying,   lu] 

ΐίετάσιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  πέτα- 
σος, Posidon.  ap.  Ath.  176  B.  [ώ] 

ΐίετάσίτης,  ov,  ό,  (πέτασος)  a  plant 
with  a  broad  leaf  like  a  hat,  a  kind  of 
colts- foot,  tussilago  petasites,  Linn., 
Diosc.  4,  108. 

ΐΐέτασμα,  ατός,  τό,  (πετάνννμι) 
any  thing  spread :  in  plur.  hangings, 
carpets,  Aesch.  Ag.  909. 

ΐΐέτΰσος,  ov,  ό,  (πετάνννμι)  a 
spreading  or  broad-brimmed  hat  used 
for  protection  against  the  sun  and 
rain,  chiefly  by  shepherds,  hunters, 
etc.,  and  esp.  by  έφηβοι,  with  the 
χλαμνς :  in  this  dress  their  tutelary 
god  Mercury  was  usu.  represented, 
Ath.  537  F,  cf  Miiller  Archaol.  d. 
Kunst,  {)  380,  3  :  hence,  as  the  badge 
of  the  palaestra,  νπο  πέτασον  άγειν, 
to  make  one  practise  gymnastics,  2 
Maccab.  4,  12. — On  its  various  kinds 
and  shapes,  v.  Diet.  Antiqq.  s.  v.  Pi- 
leus. — II.  from  its  shape,  a  broad  um- 
bcllated  leaf  e.  g.  of  the  lotus,  Theo- 
phr.  ;  and  coltsfoot :  also  the  umbel  of 
umbelliferous  plants : — cf  πετασίτης. 
In  botanical  signf,  also  ή  πέτασος, 
Theophr.,  etc. 

Τίετάσώδης,  ες,  {πέτασος,  είδος) 
like  πετασίτης,  hat-shaped :  esp.  of 
plants,  with  umbellated  leaves  OT flowers, 
Phanias  ap.  Ath.  371  D. 

ΤΙετάσών,  ώνος,  ό,  a  fore-quarter  of 
pork,  a  ham,  Lat.  petaso. 

ΐίετανρίζο),  ί.  -ίσω,  (πέτανρον)  to 
dance  on  a  rope.     Hence 

ΤΙεταυρισμός,  ov,  ό,  a,  rope-dance : 
metaph.,  π.  της  τύχης,  Plut.  2, 
498  C. 

ΤΙετανριστήρ,  ήρας,  o,=sq.,  Ma 
netho. 

ΐίετανριστής,  ov,  ό,  a  rope-dancer, 
Lat.  peta  arista. 

ΤΙέτανρον  or  πέτενρον,  ov,  τό,  a 
pole  or  perch  for  fowls  to  roost  at 
night,  Ar.  Fr.  667,  Theocr.  13,  13,  in 
form  πέτενρον  :  hence  any  pole,  spar, 
plank,  Lyc.  —  II.  a  stage  for  rope- 
dancers  :  generally,  a  platform,  stage, 
Polyb.  8,  6,  8.  (Prob.  from  πέδαν- 
poc,  Aeol.  for  μετέωρος.) 

ΐΐέταχνον,  ov,  τό,  (πετάνννμι)  a 
broad,  flat  cup,  Alex.  Drop.  1 :  also 
written  πέτακνον  or  πάτακνον. 
Hence 

Ίίεταχνόω,  ώ,  to  spread  out,  expand. 
In  pass.,  metaph.,  to  boast,  play  the 
braggart,  Ar.  Fr.  279. 

Πετάω,  very  late  form  of  pres.  for 
πετάνννμι. 

ΙΙετεεινός,  ή,  όν,  poet,  for  πετει 
νός. 

Τίετεηνός,  ή,  όν,  Ερ.  lengthd.  form 
for  πετηνός,  q.  v.,  Hom. 

ΤΙετεινός,  ή,  όν.  Att.  for  πετηνός, 
Aesch.  Theb.  1020,  Eur.  Rhes.  515, 
cf  Pors.  Hec.  Praef  p.  vii ;  but  also 
in  Theogn.  1097,  and  Hdt.  1,  140 ;  2, 
123,  and  v.  I.  3,  106.— Cf  πετηνός. 

Ώέτενρον,  ov,  τό,^πέτavpov,q.y. 

αίετεών,  ώνος.  η,  Peleon,  a  small 
town  of  Boeolia  near  Haliartus,  II.  2, 
500;  Strab.  p.  410,  who  places  it  in 
the  territory  of  Thebes. 

αίετεώς.  ώ  and  ώο,  ό,  Peteiis,  son 
of  Orneus,  father  of  Menestheus,  ex- 
pelled from  .\ttica  by  Theseus,  II.  2, 
552  ;  Plut.  Thes.  .32. 

^'Πετη?.ία,  ας,  η,  Petelia,  a  city  oi 
Lucania  in  Italy,  Strab.  p.  254. 
1175 


ΠΕΤΟ 

Τίετηλίας  καρκίνος,  ύ,  α  kind  of 
crab,  prob.  from  ττετύνννμι,  from  its 
outspread  clatvs,  Ael.  N.  A.  7.  30. 

ΠεΓ)•/λοΐ',  ov,  TO,  Ion.  for  πέτά?Μν, 
esp.  of  the  stalks  of  corn,  Hes.  Sc. 
289,  usu.  in  plur. 

Υίέτη'λος,  η,  οι•,  Ion.  for  πέτα?•.ος, 
outspread,  stretched  at  ease,  hence  rest- 
ing, έττΐ  σκελίεσσι  πέτηλον,  kneeling, 
Arat.  271. 

ΐίεττινός,  ή,  όν,  Ερ.  lengthd.  πετε- 
ηνός  (like  τνετεεινός  for  τζετεινός),  as 
always  in  Horn.,  and  then  shortd. 
again,  ■πτηνύς,  q.  ν  {ττέτομαι)  : — able 
to  fly,  winged,  flying,  as  a  general 
epith.  of  birds,  ορνίθων  -κετεηνών 
Ιθνεα,  II.  2,  4ό9 ;  and  absol.,  ττετεη- 
νά,  birds,  fowls,  αίετός-. .τελειότατος 
πετεηνών,  II.  8,  247,  etc. ;  so  τα  πε- 
τψηί,  fowls,  Hdt.  3,  306.— 2.  of  young 
birds,  fledged,  ττύρος  πετεηνα  γενέ- 
σθαι, Od.  16,  218.— Cf  the  Att.  form 
■πετεινός : — Thorn.  M.  p.  765,  is  perh. 
right  in  rejecting  πετηνός,  in  Att. ; 
cf  Jac.  A.  P.  p.  126,  535,  Bockh  v.  1. 
Pind.  N.  3,77(140).  (Festus connects 
it  with  petna,  pesna,  penna.) 

ΊΐΙετίνιις,  ov,  6,  Petines,  a  com- 
mander of  the  Persians,  Arr.  An.  1, 
12,8. 

■^ΐΐέτισις,  b,  Petisis,  a  prefect  of 
Alexander  the  Great  in  Aegypt,  Arr. 
An.  3,  5,  2. 

ΐίετοΐσαι.  Dor.  for  ττεσοϋσαι,  aor. 
2  part,  of  πίπτω,  Pmd. 

ΠΕ'ΤΟΜΑΙ,  dep.  mid.,  impf.  ίπε- 
τόμιμ',  έπτόμην :  f.  πετήσομαι,  Ar. 
Fac.  77,  in  Att.  prose  usu.  shortd. 
πτί/σομαι :  —  syncop.  aor.  έτττόμην, 
inf  τϊτέσθαι ;  but  freq.  also  έπτάμην, 
inf.  τΓτάσθαι,  with  Ep.  subj.  πτηται 
for  τϊτϋ,ται.  II.  15,  170  (as  if  from  ϊπ- 
ταμαι.  V.  infra) ;  also  an  aor.  of  act. 
form  Ιητην,  inf  πτήναι.  part,  πτάς 
(as  if  from  'ίτττιιμι,  which  is  never 
found),  first  in  compd.  έξέτττη,  Hes. 
Pp.  98,  and  freq.  in  late  writers  :  pf 
■ηέπτΐ/κα,  only  in  Gramm.,  for  the 
Att.  always  use  πεπότημαι  (v.  ττοτά- 
ομαι)  :  aor.  pass,  επετάσθην,  first  in 
Arist.  H.  A.  9,  40,  12,  and  Luc,  cf 
Lob.  Phryn.  582.  —  Horn,  uses  the 
pres.,  impf,  and  once,  (II,  4,  126)  inf. 
aor. — The  only  pres.  used  in  strict 
Att.  is  πίτομαι :  the  pres.  πέταμαι, 
used  by  Pind.  and  late  writers  (v.  suh 
voc),  prob.  never  occurs  in  good  Att., 
Pors.  Eur.  Med.  1,  Dind.  Ion  90,  etc. ; 
and  Ιπταμαι  (q.  v.),  first  occurs  in 
later  prose. — Cf  the  lengthd.  forms 
ιτοτάομαι,  πωτάομαι. 

Orig.  signf  (resting  on  its  connex- 
ion with  πετάνννμι),  to  spread  the 
wings  to  fly,  hence  usu.  to  fly,  of  birds, 
Hom.,  Hdt.,  etc.  ;  hence  of  arrows, 
stones,  javelins,  etc.,  II.  13,  140;  20, 
99  ;  and  of  any  quick  motion,  to  fly, 
dart,  rush,  of  men,  11.  23,  372,  etc.;  of 
horses,  μάστιξεν  δ'  έ'λάαν,  τώ  δ'  ονκ 
άέκοντε  πετέσθην,  II.  ;  of  chariots, 
Hes.  Sc.  308  ;  of  dancers,  Eur.  Cycl. 
71  ;  of  the  oar,  Id.  Hel.  G73  ;  πέτου, 
fly.'  i.  e.  make  haste,  Ar.  Lys.  321, 
cf  55  : — of  a  departing  soul,  εκ  μελέ- 
ων  θυμός  πτάτο,  II.  23,  860. — II.  me- 
taph.,  of  young  children,  ονδέπω  μα- 
κράν πτέπθαι  σθένοντες.  Soph.  Ο.  Τ. 
17. — 2.  to  be  on  the  iving,  flutter,  Lat. 
volitare,  hence,  π.  εξ  ελπίδων,  Pind. 
P.  8,  129;  π.  ελπίσιν,  Soph.  Ο.  Τ. 
486:  εφ'  'έτερον  π.,  to  fly  off  to  ano- 
ther, of  inconstant  people,  Ar.  Eccl. 
899  : — όρνις  πετάμενος,  a  bird  ever  on 
the  wing,  proverb,  of  fickle  people,  Ar. 
Av.  169  ;  so,  πετόμενόν  τίνα  διώκεις, 
'you  are  chasing  a  butterfly,'  Plat. 
Euthyphr.  4  A  ;  cf  ποτανός,  πτηνός. 
«—3.  to  fly  abroad,  of  fame,  πέτατα 
1176 


ΠΕΤΡ 

τή?Μθεν  αυτών  όνομα,  volitat  per  ora, 
Pind.  N.  6,  81.— HI.  c.  ace,  πτάμε- 
νος  νόημα,  flying  in  mind,  Pind.  Fr. 
87,  3 ;  like  βαίνειν  πόδα.  (On  the 
root,  V.  sub  πετύΐ'ννμι) 

ΥΙετόντεσσι.  Aeol.  for  πέσουσι, 
dal.  plur.  part.  aor.  2  of  -πίπτω, 
Pind. 

^ΥΙετόσιρις,  ύ.  Petosiris,  an  Aegyp- 
tian  philosopher  and  astrologer,  Anth. 
P.  11,  164;  cf  Juvenal.  6,  577. 

ΠΕ'ΤΡΑ,  ας,  ή.  Ion.  and  Ep.  πέ- 
τρη.  a  rock,  generally,  whether /leoA-eci 
or  ridf^ed,  Lat.  petra,  π.  αίγί'λιψ,  ηλί- 
βατος,  α'ιπεία,  7ύς,  /.ίσσα,  Hom. ; 
when  in  or  by  the  sea,  a  ledge  or  shelf 
of  rock  (cf  χοιρύς),  hence  of  the 
beach,  ?.είος  πετρύων,  free  from  rocks, 
Od.  5,  443  :— then,  freq.  in  all  authors. 
— There  is  no  example  in  good  au- 
thors of  πέτρα,  in  the  signf  of  πέ- 
τρος,  for  a  single  stone :  for  even  in 
Od.  9,  243,  484,  Hes.  Th.  C75,  Pind. 
P.  1,  42,  πέτραι  are  not  loose  stones, 
but  masses  of  living  rock  torn  up  and 
hurled,  cf  Buttm.  Lexil.  s.  v.  ήλίβα- 
τος: — πέτρη  γ?.αφνρ7/,  a  hollow  rock, 
i.  e.  a  cave,  11.  2,  88  ;  so,  δίστομος  π., 
a  rock  with  double  entrance,  i.  e.  a 
cave,  Soph.  Phil.  16,  cf  937  ;  but  πέ- 
τρα can  hardly  be  said  to  be  a  cave 
simply,  as  appears  to  Elmsl.  Med. 
1326. — II.  On  ονκ  άπο  δρνος  οϋό'  άπα 
πέτρης,  ν.  sub  δρυς : — as  a  symbol  of 
firmness,  Od.  17,  463  ;  of  hardheart- 
edness,  V^alck.  Hipp.  305.  Cf.  πέ- 
τρος- 

tilf -ρα.  ας,  ή,  Petra,  a  village  near 
Corinth,  Hdt.  5,  92.-2.  της  Ύηγίνης, 
in  Thiic.  7,  35,=  AcDK07rtTpa.— 3  ή 
των  Ναβαταίων,  a  large  city  of  Ara- 
bia, Strab.  p.  776  :  hence  o'l  ΥΙετραΙοι, 
the  inhab.  of  Petra,  Id.  p.  729. 

ΪΙετραΙος,  a,  ov,  (πέτρα)  of  a  rock, 
σκιή,  Hes.  Op.  587  ;  living  on  or  among 
the  rocks,  Σκύλλη,  Od.  12,231  ;  όρνις, 
Aesch.  Fr.  291,  3  ;  'Νύμφαι  π.,  rock- 
Nymphs,  Eur.  El.  805  ;  τα  π.  των 
ίχθυδίων,  rock-fish,  Lat.  saxatiles  pis- 
ccs,  Theopomp.  (Com.)  Phin.  1,  ubi  v. 
Meineke. — 2.  of  rock,  rocky,  τάφος  π.. 
Soph.  El.  151,  cf  sub  αγκύλη:  π. 
δειράς,  χθων,  άντρα,  Trag. — II.  Πε- 
τραΐος,  ο,  epith.  of  Neptune  in  Thes- 
saly,  as  he  v:ho  clave  the  rocks  of 
Tempd,  and  drained  Thessaly,  Pind. 
P.  4,  245: — +and — 2.  ΤΙετραία,  ή,  a 
daughter  of  Oceanus,  Hes.  Th.  357. 

ϋίετραιος,  ου,  ό,  Pelraeus,  a  cen- 
taur, Hes.  Sc.  185. — As  masc.  pr.  n., 
Polyb. ;  Plut. ;  etc.  —  II.  as  adj. :  v. 
HfT-pa  (3). 

ΥΙετράκης,  ες,  gen.  εος,  (πέτρα)  hard 
as  rock,  dub.  in  Orph.  Lith.  228.  [ύ] 

ΊΙετρηγενής,  ές,  (  πέτρα,  *γένω  ) 
rock-horn,  Anth. 

ΙΙετρηδόν,  {πέτρα)  adv.,  like  rock, 
Luc.  Tim.  3. 

Ώετρί/εις.  εσσα,  «',  (πέτρα)  rocky, 
in  Hom.  always  epith.  of  countries, 
Α,νλις,  ΤΙνθών.  Καλνδών,  II.  ;  γλάφυ 
πετρήεν,  Hes.  Op.  531. 

^Πετρήίος,  ov,  ό,  the  Rom.  name 
Petreius,  Strab.  p.  161. 

ΤΙετρηρεφτ/ς,  ές,  (  πέτρα,  έρέφω  ) 
o^er-arched  with  rock,  άντρον,  Aesch. 
Pr.  300,  Eur.  Cycl.  82. 

Πε7ρ//ρ7;ζ•,  ες,  {πέτρα,  *ΰρω  ?)  of 
rock,  rocky,  στέγαι.  Soph.  Phil.  1202. 

ϋετβίδιον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  πέ- 
τρα. [Ϊ] 

ΙΙετρίδίος,  a,  ov,  poet,  forsq.,  Anth. 
P.  9,  570.  [I] 

ΤΙέτρΙνος,  7),  ov.  (πέτρα)  of  rock, 
rocky,  όρος,  Hdt.  2,  8  ;  κοίτη.  Soph. 
Phii.  160  ;  όχθος,  δειράς,  etc.,  Eur.  ; 
— cf  χα?.ινός. 

ΊΙέτριον,  ov,  TO,  an  herb,  perh.  πε- 


ΠΕΤΡ 
τροσέλινον.  Γί  in  Nic.  Fr.  5, 


but 


Schneid.  reads  πετραϊον.] 

ΊΙετροβΰτέω,  ω,  to  climb  ox  frei]uent 
rocks,  Diod.  2,  6,  Strab. :  from 

ΐίετροβάτης,  ov,  6,  (πέτρα,  βαίνω) 
one  who  climbs  rocks,  App.  Civ.  4,  56. 

Ώετρόβλ^ητος,  ov,  (πέτρα,  /3άλλω) 
thrown  at,  pelted  with  stones. — 2.  very 
late,  νεφρονς  η.,  suffering  from  the 
stone. 

Τ1ετι>οβολέω,  ώ,  (  πετροβολάς)  to 
throw  stones.    Hence 

ΤΙετροβολία,  ας,  ή,  a  stoning,  Xen. 
An.  6.  6,  15  ;  and' 

ΐΙετροβο?ακσς,  ή,  όν,  fit  for  throw- 
ing stones,  π.  όργανα,  the  Lat.  balis- 
tae,  Polyb.  5,  99,  7. 

ΊΙετροβολισμός,  ov,  b,  a  throu-ing 
stones  at,  stoning,  late. 

Ίίετροβύλ^ος,  ov,  [πέτρα,  βάλλω) 
throwing  slo7ics,  Xen.  Hell.  2,  4,  12. — 
2.  as  subst.,  ό  π.,  the  Lat.  balista, 
Polyb.  5,  4,  6,  etc. 

ΊΙετρο)ενής,  ές,=^πετρτιγενης. 

Ώετροόνμων,  ov,  (πέτρα,  δύω) 
haunting  rocks,   [r] 

Ίλετρόκοιτος.  ov,  (πέτρα,  κοίτη) 
lying  or  sleeping  in  a  rock,  Anth. 

ΠεΓρο/ιΟττεω,  ώ,  to  dash  in  pieces 
against  a  rock. 

αίετρυκόριοι,  ων,  οι,  the  Petroco- 
rii,  a  people  of  Aquitanic  Gaul,  Strab. 
p.  190. 

ΤΙετρο κυλιστής,  ov,  6,  (πέτρα,  κν- 
λ.ίνδω)  aroller  of  rocks  or  gtones,  Strab. 

ΐίετροπούα,  ας,  η,  (πέτρα,  ποιέω) 
α  making  or  using  of  stones,  stonework, 
Callix.  ap.  Ath.  205  F. 

Γίετρηββϊφής,  ές,  [πέτρα,  ^τίπτω) 
hurled  from  a  rock,  ΤΓ.  θανεϊν,  Eur. 
Ion  1222. 

Ώετρόρντος,  ov.  (πέτρα,  βέω)  floii>• 
ing  from  a  rock,  Orph.  H.  50,  9. 

ΠΕ'ΤΡΟΣ,  ov,  ό,  a  piece  of  rock,  a 
stone,  and  thus  distinguished  from  πέ> 
Tpa  ;  in  Hom.,  used  by  warriors,  λά• 
ζετο  πέτρον  μάρμαρον  ΰκριόεντα,  11. 
16,734;  βαλων  μυ7Λειδέϊ  πέτρω,  II. 
7,  270,  etc.  (never  in  Od.):  so  in 
Pind.,  εδικέ  πέτρω.  Ο.  10  (II),  86; 
νιφάς  πετρών,  Aesch.  Fr.  182  ;  πε- 
τροισι  λενσθηναι,  Soph.  Ο.  C.  436  : 
βύ/.λειν  πέτρον  or  πέτρω,  Eur..Andr. 
1128,  1153:  έν  πέτροισι  πέτρον  εν- 
τριβών, to  produce  fire.  Soph.  Phil. 
296  ; — proverb.,  πάντα  κινησαι  πέ- 
τρον, Eur.  Heracl.  1002,  cf  Plat. 
Legg.  843  A  :— but, — 2.  it  is  some- 
times used  for  πέτρα,  as,  Θορίκιοςπ., 
κατηρεφης  π.,  where  caves  are  spoken 
of.  Soph.  O.  C,  1595,  Phil.  272;  cf 
sub  πέτρα. — In  later  poets  also  ή  πέ- 
τρας, like  ή.  λίθος,  Jac.  Α.  P.  p.  327. 
— The  prose  word  is  λίθος. 

αΐέτρος,  ov,o,Pelrus,  Peter,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Anth.  P.  7,  579  :  esp.  appell. 
of  the  distinguished  apostle,  whose 
name  was  Simon,  N.  T. 

^ΤΙετροσάκα,  η,  Petrosaca,  a  town 
of  Arcadia,  Pans.  8,  12,  4. 

'Π.ετροσε?.Ινίτης,  ου.  ό,  οίνος,  wine 
of  πετροσέλινον,  Diosc. :  from 

ΤΙετρησέλίνον,  ov,  τό,  a  plant,  rock- 
parsley,  Diosc.  3,  77. 

ΐίετροτόμος,  ov,  (πετρος,  τέμνω) 
cutting  stones,  like  λαοτόμος,  Anth. 
Plan.  221  :  as  subst.,  a  stone-cutter : 
but, — II.  proparox.,  πετρότομος,  ov, 
pass,  cut  or  hewn  in  stone. 

Ώετροόνής,  ές,  (πέτρας,  φύω)  grow- 
ing upon  rocks,  πο/^υπους,  Pseudo 
Phocyl.  44  : — το  πετροψυές,  a  plant, 
Diosc. 

ΠεΓρόω,  ώ.  (πέτρος)  to  turn  into 
stone,  petrify,  Lyc. — II.  in  pass.,  to  fe 
stoned,  Eur.  Or.  564 ;  πετροίμενος 
θανεϊν,  lb.  946. 

ΐίετρώδης,  ες,  (πέτρα,  ύόος)  likt 


IIEYK 

TOCK  or  sfnne,  rocky,  stony,  like  πε- 
τραίος.  Plat.  Rep.  612  A  ;  ττ.  κατώ- 
ρνξ.  of  a  grave,  Soph.  Ant.  774,  cf. 
948. 

ΤΙετρώεις,  εσσα,  εν,^πετρήεις. 

ΤΙέτρωμα,  ατός,  τό,  {ττετρυω)  petri- 
Jactinn. — II.  λενσίμω  ττετρωματι  βα- 
νεΐν,  to  die  by  stoning,  Eur.  Or.  50, 
442. 

Πε7ρώι-•,  ώνος,  b,  a  rocky  or  stony 
place,  Inscr. 

^ΐίετρώνίος,  ov,  6,Petronius,  Rom. 
pr.  n..  Strab.  p.  788. 

Τίετρώροόος-  ον,^ττετρηρεόής. 

αΐέττα,  ή.  Petta,  daughter  of  king 
Nanus  in  Massilia,  Alh.  576  B. 

ϋεττεία,  -ενμα,  -εντης,  •ενω,  Att. 
for  -εσσεία,  etc.,  qq.  v. 

ΤΙεττικός,  τ),  όν.  {τ:έσσω)^=ττε7ζτί- 
κός,  dub.  in  Theophr. 

ΤΙεττός.  ό,  Att.  for  ττεσσός. 

ΪΙεττούγκίον,  ov,  τό,  five  ounces, 
Lat.  quincunx,  Epich.  p.  5. 

Πετ7-ΰκία,τά,=  — tn-a/cm,  ap.  Moer. 

ΠέτΓω.  Att.  for  ττέσσω. 

ΤΙενθη,ΐ/,  {~ενθομαί):=πενσίς,  ap. 
Hesych. 

Ώενθήν,  ηνος,  ό,  an  inquirer,  a  spy, 
Luc.  Alex.  23,  37,  Arr. 

Τίενθομαι,  poet.  pres.  for  the  prose 
πννβάνομαι  (q.  v.),  freq.  in  Horn, 
(who  uses  the  common  form  only 
twice  in  Od.),  once  in  Hes.  Th.  463, 
in  Find  P.  4.  66.  193  ;  and  sometimes 
in  Traa.,  as  Aesch.  617.  988,  Soph. 
O.  T.  604.  etc. :  hence  fut.  πενσομαι. 
perh.  also  ττενσουμαι,  Aesch.  Pr. 
988  :  pf.  ττέ-νσμαι.     Hence 

ΤΙενθώ,  ους,  η,  tidings,  news,  Aesch. 
Theb.  370. 

ΤΙενκάΐΐς,  Dor.  for  ττενκήεις,  Soph. 

ίΙΙενκα?.έες,  ol,  v.  ΤΙενκανεες. 

ΤΙενκα/.έος,  a,  ov,=  ξηρός,  only  in 
Hesych. 

Τίενκά?.ίμος.  η,  ov,  Homeric  word, 
which  however  only  occurs  in  II.  8, 
366;  14,  165;  15,  81  ;  20,  35,  in  the 
phrase,  φρεσϊ  πενκαλίμησι.  and  so 
in  Hes.  Fr  33 :  usu.  referred  to  τεΰ- 
κϊ],  as  denoting  a  sharp,  piercing  intel- 
lect;  but  others,  as  Buttm.  (Lexil. 
s.  V.  έχεπενκής)  rightly  explain  it  by 
the  old  gloss,  ττνκίνός,  ττνκνός,  of 
which  ~ενκά?.ιμος,Ϊ5  merely  a  length- 
ened form,  T.  φρένες  hemg=KVKival 
φρένες,  for  which  v.  sub  ττνκινός  :  so, 
ττραττίόεσσίν  ΰρηρότα  πενκαλίμτισιν, 
Orac.  ap.  Diog.  L.  1,  30.  Cf.  ττν'κνός, 
ττνκάζω. 

αίενκανέες,  οί,  the  Peucanes,  a 
people  of  India.  Dion.  P.  1143  more 
correctly  'Π.ενκα7.έες. 

Τίενκέδΰνον,  ov,  τό,  a  bitter,  um- 
belliferous plant,  like  onr  hog' s-fennel 
or  sulphur-wort,  Theophr.: — also,  ή 
πενκέδανος. 

Τϊενκεόάνός,  oi^epith.  of  war.  rrro- 
7έμοίο  με^/α  στόιια  'ττενκεδανοΐο,  the 
huge  maw  of  bitter,  or  rather  keen, 
heart-piercing  war,  II.  10.  8  (v.  ττενκη, 
fin.,  and  -ίκ,ρός) ;  π.  θά?ιασσα,  0pp. 
Η.  2.  33. 

fΐίεvκείδης,  ov,  ό.  son  of  Peuceus, 
a  centaur,  Hes.  Sc.  185. 

^.ενκελα,  ων,  τά,  Peucela,  a  city 
of  India,  Arr.  Tnd.  1,  8. 

}ΐ1.ενκε7.αΰτίς.  ιδος,  ή,  Peuceladtis, 
a  district  of  India,  Arr.  Ind.  4.  11, 
with  V.  1.  ΐίευκελαυιτις.  An.  4,  22, 7  : 
in  Strab.  ΤΙενκολαΙτις.  —  2.:=foreg.. 
Arr.  An.  4,  28,  6. 

αίενκεντϊνος,=  'Π.ίκεντίνος,  Dion. 
P.  361. 

^ΐίενκέστης,  ov,  6,  Peucestes,  son 
of  Macartatus,  a  Macedonian,  Arr. 
An.  3,  5.  5:  Pint.  Eum.  14. 

ϋίεναετία.  ας,  η,  Peucetia,  a  prov- 
ince of  Apulia  from  the  Aufidus  to 


ΠΕΦΑ 

Brundisium  ;  oi  ΤΙενκέτιοι,  the  inhab. 
of  Peucetia,  Strab.  p.  277. 

αίενκέτιος,  ov,  ό,  Peucetius,  son  of 
Lycaon.  in  myth,  said  to  have  led  a 
colony  from  Arcadia  to  Italy  with  his 
brother  Oenotrus,  Apollod.  3,  8,  1. 

ΠΕΥ'ΚΗ,  rjr,  ή.  the  fir,  Lat.  picea, 
II.  11,  494  ;  23,'  328,  Hes.,  etc. ;  dis- 
tinguished from  the  έ/.άτη  and  ττίτνς. 
Flat.  Legg.  705  C,  Pint.  2,  676  A,  cf 
Theophr.,  Lob.  Phryn.  397.— II.  any 
thing  made  from  theivood  OT  resin  of  the 
ττεί'κη,  a  torch  nf  fir-wood.  Aesch.  .\g. 
288.  Soph.  O.  T.'214,  etc.  :  a  wooden 
UTiting-iablet,  Eur.  I.  A.  39,  etc. — 
(Buttm.,  Lexil.  s.  v.  έχεττενκής.  makes 
it  very  prob.,  that  the  radic.  notion  of 
πεύκη  is  not,  as  usii.  supposed,  that 
of  bitterness,  but  of  shnrp-pointedness  : 
the  fir  being  so  called  either  from  its 
pointed  shape  or  from  its  spines. 
The  same  root  appears  in  πικρός. 
Lat.  pugo.  pungo,  and  onx  pike,  peak  ; 
and  this  enables  us  to  determine  more 
accurately  the  signf  of  ττενκεδανός, 
ίγεττενκής  and  ττεριτϊενκής,  words  in 
which  the  signf  of  bitter  is  out  of  the 
question,  and  only  that  of  keen,  pierc- 
ing appears.  From-ενκη,  moreover, 
comes  ττίσσα,  ττίττα,  as  the  produc- 
tion of  the  tree  ;  whence,  again,  — £- 
ri'c,  pi'ius,  as  also  hat.  pix,  our  pitch.) 

αίενκη,  ης.  η.  Pence  (fir-island),  an 
island  at  the  mouth  of  the  Ister, 
Strab.  p.  301 .  etc. :  οί  Πενκηνοί  and 
ΐίενκϊνοί,  the  inhab.  of  Pence. 

ΤΙενκήεις,  εσσα.  εν.  Dor.  ττενκύείς, 
'ττεύκη)  grown  u-ith  firs,  οίφεα,  Dion. 
P.  678. — 2.  nf  fir  or  fir-wood,  π.  σκά- 
φης, Eur.  Andr.  863;  π.  'ΥΙόαιστος, 
the  fire  of  fir-tnrches.  Soph.  Ant.  123. 
— II.  inetaph.  sharp,  keen. piercing,  sad, 
6/.ο?:νγμός.  Aesch.  Cho.  385 ;  also, 
7Γ.  κέντρα,  0pp.  H.  2,  457 ;  of.  πεν- 
κεόανός. 

*'Πενκ!ΐς,  ες,  =  ττενκεόανής,  only 
found  in  compd.  ίχεττευκής. 

Τϊεύκϊνος,  η,  ov,  (τνενκη)  of,  from 
or  7nade  of  fir  or  fir-imod,  τΓ.  κορμός, 
Eur.  Hec.575  ; 'τΓ.  "/.αμ-άς.  Soph. 
Tr.  1198  ;  ητ.  δάκρυα,  tears  of  the  fir, 
i.  e.  the  resinous  drops  that  ooze 
from  it,  Eur.^Med.  1200. 

αΐενκο?.αΊ:τΐΓ.  ή,  v.  sub  ΤΙενκελαύ- 
τις,  Strab.  p.  698. 

Πεί•σίζ•.  εως,  η,  {πενθομαΐ)  an  ask- 
ing, inquiry,  question,  Plut.  2,  614  D. — 
2.  information  :  cf.  πνστις. 

ΤΙεϋσμα,  ατός,  τό,  rarer  form  for 
ττύσμα. 

Ώενσομαί,ΐΏί.οΐτννθάνομαι.ΐΙοπι. 

ΤΙενστέον,  Verb.  adj.  of  πεύθομαι, 
ττννθύνοίΐαί,  one  must  learn  or  ask, 
Plat.  Soph.  244  B. 

Ήενστι/ρ,  Τ/ρος,  δ.=ΤΓενστής.  Hence 

ΤΙενστ?/ριος,  a,  ov,  of  or  for  inqui- 
ry .•  7/  πενστηρία  (sc.  θυσία)  a  sacri- 
fice for  learning  the  u'ill  of  the  gods, 
Eur." El.  835.  ubi  v.  Seidl. 

ΤΙενστής,  ov.  a,  (-ενθομαι)  an  ask- 
er,  inquirer.     Hence 

Τίευστικός,  η,  όν,  fond  of  asking. 
Adv.  -κώς,  by  way  ofquestio7i. 

Ήενστός,  ή,  όν,  {ττεύθομαι)  asked 
after,  learnt. 

ΤΙέφανται,  in  Aesch.  Ag.  374,  prob. 
3  sing,  pf  pass,  from  Φαίνω.  q.  v. ; 
ace.  to  others,  3  plur.  pf  pass,  of 
*φένω. 

ΤΙεφύσθαι,  inf  pf  pass,  of  *Φέν(Δ, 
II.  24,  254. 

Τίεφασμένος,  η,  ov.  part,  pf  pass. 
οίφημί,  said,  spoken,  II.  14,  127,  though 
it  might  be  referred  to  sq. 

Ώεόασμένος,  η,  ov,  part,  pf  pass, 
of  φαίνω,  brought  to  light,  made  mani- 
fest, visible,  declared.  Solon  5,  71, 
Aesch.  Pr.  843.      Adv.  -ν<ύς,   mani- 


ΠΗ 

festly,  declaredly.  Lex  ap.  Lys.  117, 
40. 

ΤΙεφασμένος,  η,  ov,  part,  pf  pass, 
of  *Φένω,  slain,  Lye. 

ΉεΦεισμένως,  adv.  part,  pf  pass, 
from  φείδομαι,  forhearingly,  sparingly. 

Tleorjva,  perf  from  φαίνω. 

ΤΙεΦήσομαι,  poet.  lut.  pass,  of  φαί- 
νω, II.  17,  155. 

ΐΐεφήσοααι.  poet. fut.  pass,  of  *ρέιω, 
II.  13,  829';  15,  140. 

ΤΙεφΐδέσθαι,  redupl.  inf  aor.  of 
φείδομαι,  II.  21,  101;  redupl.  opt. 
■πεφΐδοίμην,  Od.  ;  fut.  τζεφιδήσομαι, 

Τίεφναΐος,  a,  ον,^=φονικός,  Lye. 
87. 

Τίέφνε,  ττεφνέμεν,  πέφνων,  etc.,  v. 
sub  *οένω. 

iTlέφ^•oς.  ov,  ή,  Pephnus,  a  city  on 
the  coast  of  Laconia,  and  an  island 
near,  Pans.  3,  26,  2. 

Τ\.εοο3ημένος,  η,  ov,  part,  pf  pass, 
from  φοβίω,  II. :  adv.  -νως,  timorously, 
Xen.  Hell.  7,  5,  25. 

ΤΙεφραγμένως,  adv.  part,  pf  pass, 
from  φράσσω,  close-pressed,  thickly, 
Joseph. 

ΐΐέόρΰδε,  3  sing.  aor.  Ep.  ττέφρα- 
δον,  οί  φρά^ω,  Horn,  :  Ep.  inf  ττεορά- 
δέειν  and  ττεόράδέαεν,  Od.  7,  49  ;  19, 
477.  Hes.  Op.  764.' 

ϋΐεφρ-ηδώ,  ή,^ΤΙεμφρηδώ. 

ΊΙέΦρΙκα,  pf  from  φρίσσω,  II. 

Ώεφρονημένως,  adv.  part,  pf  pass, 
from  φρονέω,  thoughtfully. 

ΤΙεφροντισμένυς.  adv.  part,  pf  pass, 
from  φροντίζω,  carefully,  Strab. 

Ώεόνΰσι,  Ep.  3  pi.  pf.  of  φνο>, 
Horn.,  and  Hes.  [v] 

Τίεόνγμένος,  η,  ov,  part,  pf  pass, 
of  φεύγω.  Horn. 

ΤΙεφνγω  or  ττεφνγ}'ω,  Aeol.  pres. 
for  φεύγω,  Alcae. 

ΤΙεφνζότες,  nom.  pi.  part,  pf  Ep. 
for  πεφενγότες,  from  supposed  pres. 
*φνζω,^φενγω,  II.;  cf.  φΐζα. 

ΤΙεφνκώς,  part.  pf.  from  φύω : — 
hence,  πεφΰκότως,  adv.,  naturally, 
opp.  to  τζεπ7χ.ασμένως,  Arist.  Rhet.  3, 
2,  4. 

ΤΙεΦνκω.  Ep.  pres.  formed  from  pf. 
πέόϋκα,^=φνω,  hence  έττέφνκον,  Hes. 
Op.  148,  Th.  152.  Sc.  76.  [ϋ] 

Τ1εφν?.α} μένος,  η.  ov,  part.  pf.  pass, 
from  φν}.ύϋσω,  11.  and  Hes. — II.  adv. 
-νως,  cautiously.  Xen.  An.  2,  4,  24, 
Dem.  83,  fin. : — 11.  safely,  Xen.  Hip- 
parch.  6,  2. 

ΤΙεφνρμένως,  adv.  part.  pf.  pass, 
from  φνρω,  indiscriminately,  confused- 
ly, M.  Anton.  2,  11. 

ΤΙεΦννΐα,  Ep.  fem.  part,  pf  of  όΰω, 
II.  14,'  288. 

ΤΙεφνώτες,  Ep.  pi.  part,  pf  of  φύω, 
Od.  5,  477. 

Πή/'if,  εως,  ή,  (πέσσω,  ττέτττω)  a 
cooking. — 2.  a  digesting,  digestion.  Lat, 
concoctio,  Hipp.,  etc.  ;  joined  with  σή 
ιΙ'ΐς,  Plut.  2,  636  D.— 3.  of  wine,/er- 
mentation,  lb.  656  A. 

ΤΙεώδης,  ες,  (τέος,  είδος)  with  a 
large  τΐέος,  also  ττεοίδης.  Lnc. 

ΤΙη,  Ion.  (but  not  in  Horn.)  κη. 
Dor.  τνύ  :  enclit.  particle:  —  1.  of 
manner,  in  some  way  orOlher,  somehow, 
Horn.;  in  questions,  at  all,  11.  6, 
378,  383  ;  οντω  πη.  at  all  so,  II.  24, 
373  ;  so,  τνδέ  ~/;,  Tbiic. ;  εΙττη...αΧ• 
λο.  Plat.  Prot.  354  E;  η  έχεις  -ττη 
ά'λ/.τ^  7.έ:.ειν,  Id.  Crat.  427  Ε  :  oft. 
joined  with  demonstr.  and  other  pro 
nouns,  to  make  their  signf  more  in- 
def ,  ταντύ  κη.  Hdt.  5,  40.  etc.  ;  Horn, 
sometimes  adds  it  to  the  neeat.  ονδέ 
ττη  ;  so,  ovTt  ηη.  Hes.  Op.  105. — 2.  of 
space,  to  some  place,  11.  3,  400,  Od.  3, 
12" ;  also,  to  any  place,  Od.  22,  23 : 
1177 


ΠΗΓΑ 

generally,  like  ποί,  but  prob.  not  in 
Att.  prose  ;  cf.  infra  II.— 3.  πη  μεν-.., 
mj  (5έ...,  now  one  way,  now  another,  part- 
ly..., partly...,  Xen.  An.  3,  1,  12;  here, 
there,  Plut.  : — (this  is  usu.  written  π// 
μέν...,  πή  δέ-.,  properisp.,  but  π// 
must  be  always  interrog.,  Herni.  Vig. 
n.  200  c). 

II.  ttF/,  Ion.  (but  not  in  Horn.)  κη. 
Dor.  πα;  interrog.  particle: — 1.  of 
Dianner,  Λοίΐ'.''  Lat.  qua  rationc  f  Od. 

2,  36t:  hence  also  why?  II.  10,  385; 
in  Att.  how  ?  Plat.  Phaed.  7C  B,  Prot. 
353  C,  etc. — 2.  of  space,  which  way  ? 
Lat.  qua  ?  and  so  sometimes  like  πηΐ ; 
whither  f  in  Hom.  the  usu.  signf.  ; 
more  rarely  like  ττοϋ ;  where  ?  as  U. 
13,  307  ;  in  Att.  it  seems  to  fluctuate 
between  both  signfs.,Pors.  Hec.  1062; 
but  V.  sub  τΓΟί.  (As  it  is  dat.  of  an 
obsol.  *Τκος,  of  which  πυς  is  adv., 
some  write  it  iry  and  ττ//,  as  Wolf  in 
his  Homer,  Ed.  1804  :  but  no  one  has 
dared  to  write  πω  for  πω,  and  Wolf 
returned  to  ττη.  πή,  as  also  to  υπη.) 

Π7;;ύίω,  ί. -άσω,  {πηγή)  to  spring 
οτ  giish  forth,  Anth.  Plan.  310. — II.  c. 
ace.  cognato,  to  gush  forth  with,  νάμα 
αέλισσα  πηγάζει,  Anth.  P.  9,  404. 

■ϊΙΙη}αέ,  ών,  ai.  Dor.  ΤΙαγαί,  {the 
Springs j  Pegae,  a  town  of  Megaris  on 
the  Halcyonium  mare,  now  prob. 
Psato,  Thuc.  1,  103;  4.  21;  Strab. 
p.  380. — 2.  a  place  m  Arcadia,  Paus. 
8,  44,  4. 

tn7;>'0i'a,  ας,  ή,  Pegaea,  a  nymph, 
Paus.  G,  22,  7  :  froii 

Il/yyaiOf,  a,  ov,  also  or,  ov,  Eur. 
Ale.  99  :  {πηγή)  : — from,  at  or  near  a 
well,  Jr.  ^έος,  spring-water,  Aesch. 
Ag.  901 ;  χέρνιψ,  Eur.  1.  c.  ;  π.  άχ- 
θος, a  weight  of  water.  Id.  El.  108. 

ύηγάνέλαιον,  ov,  τό,  {πήγανον, 
ε?Μΐηι•)  oil  of  rue. 

ΐΐηγάνίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (πήγανον)  Ιο  be 
like  rue,  Diosc. 

ΤΙτ^γΰ,νΙνός,  ή.  όν,  {πήγανον)  made 
of  rue,  Galen,  [ά] 

ΤΙηγάνίον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  fromπ7;yα- 
νον. — Π.  α  herb  with  fleshy  leaves  like 
rue,  Theophr.  Nic.  Th.  531,  Al.  49.  [a] 

ΙΙηγάνίτης  οίνος,  ό,  wine  flavoured 
with  rue. 

ΤΙηγΰνόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  made  of  rue, 
Nic.  Al.  154  :  from 

ΐίήγάνον,  ου,  τό,  rue,  (in  Nic.  (ιντή, 
Lat.  rula) ;  π.  κηπευτόν  and  όμεινύν, 

farden  and  wild  rue: — proverb.,  ονδ' 
V  σε/ίνω  οΰδ'έν  πηγάνω,  ί.  e.  scarce- 
ly at  the  beginnmg  of  a  thing,  because 
these  herbs  were  planted  for  borders  in 
gardens,  Ar.  Vesp.  480.  (Prob.  from 
πήγννμι,  from  its  thick,  fleshy  leaves.) 
Hence 

ΐΐηγάνόσπερμον,  ov,  τό,  {σπέρμα) 
rue- seed,  Geop. 

ΐΐηγΰνώδης,  ες,  {είδος)  like  rue. 

ΙΙηγάς,  άδος,  ή,  {πήγννμι.)  any 
thing  that  has  become  thick  or  hard : 
esp., — 1  .=i  πάχνη,  παγετός,  hoar-frost, 
rime,  Hes.  Op.  503. — 2.  (sub  γή),  earth 
dried  and  hardened  after  rain:  also,  a 
rock,  like  πάγος. 

ΙΙηγύσιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  Tlj/ya- 
σος,  Ar.  Pac.  76.  [a] 

ίΤΙηγασίς,  ίζος.  ή.  Dor.  Τίάγ-,  fem. 
adj.  from  sq.,  of  or  relating  to  Pegasus, 
7}  n.  κρήνη,  the  fountain  o/ (produced 
by)  Pegasus,  i.  e.  Hippocrene,  Mosch. 

3,  78.— II.  Pegasis,  a  nymph,  Qu.  Sm. 
3,  301. 

ΐΐήγασης,  ου,  6.  Pegasus,  a  horse 
sprung  from  the  blood  of  Medu.sa, 
and  named  from  the  springs  (π^}αί) 
of  Ocean,  near  which  she.was  killed, 
Hes.  Th.  281,  325.— Later  writers 
make  him  the  winged  horse  which 
Bellerophon  rode  when  he  slew  Chi- 
1178  ' 


ΠΗΓΝ 

maera ;  and,  then,  the  favourite  of 
the  Muses,  under  whose  hoof  the 
fountain  Hippocrene  {'ίππου  κρτ/νη) 
sprang  up  on  Helicon. 

ϊϊηγεσίμα'λ?ι.ος,  ov,  {πήγννμι,  μαλ- 
λός)  thick-fleeced,  ΰρνειός,  II.  3,  197 ; 
cf.  πηγός.  ^ 

Πι/γετός,  οΰ,  ο=παγετός,  Dion.  P. 
667. 

ΠΗΓΗ',  ης,  η.  Dor.  πάγά,  άς,  α 
spring,  well,  hat.  fans,  rarely  in  sing.,  as 
Aescti.  Pers.  202  (cf.  infra) ;  in  Hom. 
always  in  plur.  of  the  .source  of  rivers, 
πηγαι  ποταμών,  II.  20,  9,  Od.  6,  124, 
so  always  in  Hdt.,  as  1,  189,  etc. ;  ex- 
pressly distinguished  from  κρουνός, 
the  spring,  κρουνό)  δ'  ϊκανον  κα'λ'λφ- 
βόω,  ένθα  δέ  πηγαι  δοιαι  άναίσσονσι, 
11.22,  147: — metaph.,  πηγαι  κ'λαν- 
μύτων,  δακρύων,  the  source  οχ  fount 
of  tears,  i.  e.  the  eyes.  Aesch.  Ag. 
888,  Soph.  Ant.  803  ;  and,  strangely, 
πηγή  άκονονσα,  the  fount  of  hearing, 
i.  e.  the  ear,  Soph.'O.  T.  1387:  π//- 
γαΐ  γά?•Μκτος,  βοτρνων,  streams  of 
milk,  of  wine,  id.  El.  895,  Eur.  Cycl. 
496  :  so,  παγαι  πυρός,  Pind.  P.  1, 
42  ;  but,  πηγή  πνρός,  the  fount  or 
source  of  fire,  Aesch.  Pr.  110;  πηγαι 
ήλίον.  the  fount  of  light,  i.  e.  the  East, 
lb.  809  ;  so,  πηγαι  νυκτός,  the  West, 
Soph.  Fr.  655  :  πηγή  αργύρου,  a  well, 
(i.  e.  rich  vein)  of  silver,  Aesch.  Pers. 
238 ;  παγά  επέων,  Pind.  P.  4,  fin. — 
2.  then  more  completely  metaph.,  the 
fount,  source,  origin,  cause,  when  it  is 
more  freq.  in  sing.,  πη}ή  κακών, 
Aesch.  Pers.  743  ;  καλών,  Xen.  Cyr. 
7,  2,  13;  πηγή  καΐ  αρχή  κινήσεως. 
Plat.  Phaedr.  245  C,  and  freq.  in  Plat. 

1\7ΐγίδιον,  ου,  τό,  like  πηγίον,  dim. 
from  π;/)  ή.  [ί] 

ΤΙηγΙμαΙος,  α,  ον,  {πηγή)  from  or 
out  of  a  fountain. 

Πηγίον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  πηγή.  [Γ] 

Τίήγμα,  ατός,  τό,  {πήγννμι)  any 
thing  fastened  or  joined  together,  a  plat- 
form, stage,  etc. :  metaph.,  of  an  oath, 
π.  γενναίως  παγέν,  a  bond  in  honour 
bound,  Aesch.  Ag.  1198,  cf.  sq.  HI.— 
II.  any  thing  that  has  become  hard,  any 
thing  congealed,  π.  χιόνος,  frozen 
snow,  Polyb.  3,  55,  5. — HI.  that  which 
jnakes  to  curdle,  as  rennet  does  milk, 
Arist.  H.  A.  3,  6,  2. 

ΤΙήγνϋμι  and  -νύω,  lengthd.  from 
root  ΠΑΓ-,  which  appears  in  aor  2 
pass.  (v.  sub  fln.):  fut.  πήξω:  aor. 
έπηξα. — Pass,  πήγνϋμαι:  fut.  παγή- 
σομαι :  aor.  1  έπήχθην,  but  more 
usu.  aor.  2  έπάγην  [α]. — Intr.  like 
pass.,  in  pf.  2  πέπηγα  :  aor.  mid. 
έπηξάμην.  A  later  aor.  2  mid.  έπη- 
γόμην  is  found  in  Fab.  Aesop.  146, 
Ern. — Of  these  tenses  Hom.  uses  the 
three  aors.,  perf.  2,  with  plqpf. ;  and 
of  pass,  the  pres.,  and  impf — ΪΙήσσω, 
Att.  πήττω,  is  a  late  form. 

Radio,  signf.,  to  ?nake  fast ;  intr. 
and  pass.,  to  be  solid. — I.  to  stick  or  fix 
in,  as  a  nail,  a  spear  or  other  weapon, 
oft.  in  Horn.,  sometimes  with  έν,  πή- 
ξαι  δόρυ,  ί3έλος,  έν  γαστέρι,  etc. ; 
sometimes  c.  dat.  only,  έγχος  στηθεί, 
έρετμόν  τνμ3ω  (or  έπί  τυμβω) :  so, 
later,  of  plants  or  trees,  to  stick  in, 
set  or  plant :  σκηνήν  π.,  to  fix,  pitch 
a  tent,  Andoc.  33,  9,  Plat.  Legg.  817 
C  ;  π.  σταύρωμα,  Thuc.  6,  66 :  π. 
θύρας,  to  make  fast  the  door,  The- 
ophr. : — intr.,  δόρυ  δ'  έν  κραδίτι  έπε- 
πήγει,  the  spear  stuck  fast  in  his 
heart,  II.  13,  412  ;  έν  χροί.  δονρα  πή- 
γνντο,  II.  15,  315;  [ξίφος]  πέπη^,εν 
έν  γτι.  Soph.  Aj.  819. — 2.  to  stick  or 
fix  on.  κεφα?.ήν  ανά  σκολ.όπεσσι,  to 
stick  the  head  on  stakes,  II.  18,  177 ; 
so,  κράτα  πήξασ'  έπ'  άκρον  θνρσον, 


ΠΗΔΑ 
Eur.  Bacch.  1141  :— in  pass.,  πηχθεν 
τας  μέλη  όβε'λοΐσί,  having  their  \uwh9 
fixed  on  spits,  Eur.  Cycl.  302  ;  νπό 
ράχιν  παγέντες, impaled,  kesc\\.Y.\im. 
190. — 3.  to  fix  upon  an  object,  κατά 
χθονός  όμματα  π.,  Π.  3,  217  ;  προς  τι. 
Plat.  Rep.  530  Ο :— intr.  c.  inf.,  άρε- 
σκειν  πέπηγε,  is  bent  upon  pleasing, 
Lat.  in  eo  drfixus  est  ut...,  lb.  605  A. 
— II.  to  fasten  (dift'erent  parts)  togeth- 
er, to  put  together,  unite,  and  so  to 
build,  νήας  πήξαι,  II.  2,  664  (hence 
νανπηγέομαι)  :  so  in  mid.,  άμαξαν 
πηξασθαι,  to  build  one's  self  a  wagon, 
Hes.  Op.  453  ;  νήας,  σκηνάς  πήξα 
σθαι,  Hdt.  5,  83;  6,  12:— intr.  to  be 
joined  or  put  together.  Plat.  Phaedr. 
246  C  ;  σώμα  δια  τών  νεύρων  πέπηγε, 
the  body  is  strung  together  by  sinews 
— III.  to  make  solid,  stiff,  hard,  esp.  of 
liquids,  ίο /rcece  them,  Aesch.  Pers. 
496,  Ar.  Ach.  139 ;  to  freeze  men, 
Xen.  An.  4,  5,  3  : — in  intr.  tenses  and 
pa.ss.,  to  become  solid,  stiff  or  hard, 
γούνα  πήγννται,  the  limbs  stiffen,  II. 

22,  453  ;  so,  άρθρα  πέπηγε  μοι,  Eur. 
Η.  F.  1395;  of  liquids,  to  become  con- 
gealed, freeze,  Hdt.  4,  28  ;  ΰλιες  πή• 
γνννται,  the  salt  hardens,  i.  e.  sepa- 
rates from  the  water  and  crystallizes, 
Hdt.  4,53;  6,  119;  φόνος  πέπηγεν, 
Aesch.  Cho.  67 ;  γάλα  πεπηγός,  curds, 
Diosc. : — cf.  πάγος,  παγετός,  πάχνη, 
πηγάς,  πηγνλύς. — IV.  metaph.,  to  fix, 
appoint,  Lat.  pangere  (foedus,  etc.), 
δρονς  τινί,  Lycurg.  157,  7 :  κακώς 
παγέντας  όρκους,  Eur.  I.  Α.  395,  (v. 
sub  πήγμα) ;  in  mid.,  όφρα  [τι]  έν 
φρασι  πάξαιτο,  that  he  might  keep  it 
fixed  in  his  heart,  Pind.  N.  3,  108: — ■ 
in  intr.  tenses  and  jjass.,  to  be  fixed,  be 
firmly  established,  εις  όρος  ήμίν  πα- 
γήσεται.  Thuc.  4,  92  ;  μή  γάρ  ώς  θεώ 
νομίζετ'  έκείνφ  τα  παμόΐ'τα  πεπηγέ- 
ναι  πράγματα  αθάνατα,  Dem.  42,  15, 
cf.  797,  10.  (From  the  same  root, 
Sanscr.  par,  to  tie,  comes  Lat.  pango 
{pugo),  pepigi,  pactum,  pax,  paco,  pa- 
ciscor  ;  also  hat.  figo,0\il  fix,  peg  ;  cf. 
πάσσα7.ος.) 

Ώηγόβρντος,  ov,  {πηγή,  βρνω) 
gushing  from  a  spring,  v.  1.  for  sq. 

Τίηγοββντος,  ov,  {πηγή,  (>έ ω)  flow- 
ing from  a  spring,  Orph.  H.  82,  5. 

Τίηγός,  ή,  όν,  {πήγννμι  III)  firm, 
solid,  strong,  'ίπποι  πηγοί,  well-fed, 
powerful  steeds,  U.  9,  124  ;  κνμα  πή- 
γαν, a  huge,  swelling  wave,  Od.  5,  388  ; 

23,  235,  like  κναα  τρόφι,  τροφόεν. — 
Some  of  the  old  interpp.  of  Horn,  ex- 
plain πηγός  by  black;  —  others  by 
white  ;  these  therefore  render  π'λόκος 
πηγός  (in  Lye.  336)  a  white  lock,  πη• 
γεσίμαλλος,  white-i\eecea,  etc. ;  so, 
πηγός  (as  a  subst.)  a  pedantic  word 
(or  salt  {ci.  πήγννμι  III),  Strato  Phoe- 
nic.  1,  36. — Prob.  they  got  tins  signf. 
simply  from  the  fact  that  hoar-frost, 
πάγος,  παγετός,  πηγετός,  πηγνλίς, 
was  white. 

ΐΐηγνλίς,  ίδος,  ή,  {πήγννμι  III)  cov- 
ered with  hoar-frost  or  rime,  frozen,  and 
SO  icy-cold,  icy,  ννξ,  Od.  14,  476  ;  άϋ- 
τμή,  Αρ.  Rh.  2,  737. — II.  as  subst.  = 
πάγος,  παγετόο,  πάχνη,  hoar-frost, 
rime,  Anth.  P.  9,  384,  Alciphr.  ;  in 
plur.  snow-fiakes,  Orph. 

tn?;J(iioi',  ου,  τό,  Pedaeum,  a  place 
in  Troas,  II.  13,  172. 

ΊΏηδαϊος,  ov,  ό,  Pedaeus,  son  of 
Antenor  by  a  female  slave,  II.  5,  69. 

iTlηδάλιov,  ov,  τό,  Pedalium,  a 
promontory  of  Cyprus,  Strab.  p.  682. 

ΤΙηδάλιον,  ου,  τό,  {πηδόν)  a  rudder, 
Od.  5,  270.  etc.  (never  in  II.),  Hes., 
etc.  :  a  Greek  ship  usu.  had  two, 
hence  we  oft.  find  it  in  plur.  πηδά?,ια, 
Od.  8,  558,  Hdt.  4,  110;  they  were  in 


ΠΗΔΟ 

fact  moved  like  large  oars,  whence 
Hdt.  2,  96,  describing  an  Aegyptian 
boat,  says,  πηδύλιυν  όέ  εν  ττοιεϋνται 
Kui  τοΐ'Γο  δια  της  τρόττιος  διαβννε- 
ται  •■  the  upper  part  with  the  tiller 
was  called  οίαξ.  (πηδαλίων  οίακος 
αοεαενος.  Plat.  Polit.  27'.^  Ε)  ;  and 
the  two  were  oft.  joined  by  cross- 
bars (ςείνλαί,  Eur.  Hel.  153C,  ζευ• 
κτήριαι,  Ν.  Τ),  so  as  to  work  togeth- 
er.— 2.  metaph.,  ιππικά  π.,  of  reins, 
Aesch.  Theb.  206,  cf.  Find.  P.  1, 166. 
— 11.  the  long  hind  legs  of  the  locust, 
etc.,  from  their  appearance,  Arist. 
H.  A.  4,  7,  9.  [a] 

ΤΙηδΰλιονχεω,  ώ,  to  hold  the  rudder 
and  steer,  LXX  :  from 

ΊΙηδύ?αοϋχος,  ov,  {πηδύλιον,  εχω) 
holding  the  rudder  ;  a  steersman,  Phllo. 

ΐίηδαλιώδης,  ες,  (πηδάλων,  είδος) 
rudder-shaped,  Arist.  Η.  Α. 

ΐΐηδύλίωτός,  η,  όν ,  furnished  with  a 
rudder,  Arist.  Categ.  7,  12. 

■\ΐνήδασα,  uv,  τύ,  and  ΐΐήδασον, 
ov,  TO,  Pedasa,  Pedasum,  a  city  of 
Caria,  earlier  capital  of  the  Leleges, 
united  by  Mausolus  with  Halicar- 
nassus,  Hdt.  5,  121 ;  8,  104 :  the  ter- 
ritory was  named  in  Strabo's  time 
ΤΙηδασίς,  ή,  and  the  inhab.  ΤΙηδα- 
σεις,  οι,  p.  611 :  v.  Bahr  Hdt.  5,  121. 
Hence 

iHηδaσεvς,  έως  Ion.  έος,  ύ,  of  Pe- 
dasa, a  Pedasian,  Hdt.  8,  104  :  oi  ΤΙη- 
ύασεϊς.  Ion.  ΐΐηδασέες,  Hdt.  1,  175. 

\ΧΙήδασος,  ου,  ή,  Pedasus,  a  city 
of  the  Leleges  in  Troas,  on  the  Sat- 
niois,  residence  of  king  Altes,  laid 
waste  by  Achilles,  II.  6,  21,  35  ; 
Strab.  p.  321. — 2.  a  city  of  Messenia, 
II.  9.  150  ;  the  later  Mothone,  Strab. 
p.  359 :  ace.  to  some  the  later  Corone, 
Id.  1.  c. — II.  0,  son  of  Bucolion,  bro- 
ther of  Aesepus,  11.  6,  21. — 2.  one  of 
the  horses  of  Achilles,  II.  16,  152. 

ΤΙηδάω,  ώ.  Ion.  inf.  πηδέειν,  Hdt. 
8,  118:  Cut.  -?/σω,  usu.  -Yjaouai.  To 
spring,  bound,  leap,  II. ;  ποσσιν  επήδα, 
II.  21,  269  ;  metaph.  of  things,  ουκ 
οίω..ΰ/.iov  πηδησαι  άκοντα,  II.  14, 
455: — c.  ace.  cognato,  πήδημα  πηδύν, 
to  take  a  leap,  Eur.  Or.  263  ;  π.  μείζο- 
να (sc.  πηδι'/ματα)  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  1300, 
cf.  Eur.  Ion  717  :  but  c.  ace.  loci, 
πεδία  πηδύν,  to  bound  over  them, 
Soph.  Aj.  30.  cf.  Elmsl.  Bacch.  307. 
— II.  metaph.,  esp.  in  Eur.,  of  pulsa- 
tions, to  leap,  throb,  κατά  τ'  έγκέψα- 
λον  πηδά  σφάκελος,  Eur.  Hipp.  1353 ; 
7Γ.  ι)  καρδία,  Ar.  Nub.  1392 ;  πηδώ- 
σα  οίον  TU  σφύζοντα.  Plat.  Phaedr. 
251  D: — of  sudden  changes,  τι  πη- 
δάς εις  άλ?.ονς  τρόπους,  Eur.  Tro. 
67  ;  so,  εις  τάπίσημα  6  φθόνος  πηδάν 
φίλεΐ.  Id.  Beller.  5,  2.    Hence 

ϋηδηθμός,  οϋ,  6,  α  springing,  bound- 
ing :  the  beating  of  the  heart  or  veins, 
pulsation,  Hipp. 

ΐΐήδημα,  ατής,  τό,  (πηδάω)  a  leap, 
Aesch.  Pers.  95,  etc.,  cf.  sub  πηδάω  ■ 
— a  leaping  up  in  admiration,  Plut.  2, 
41  C. — II.  α  beating  or  throbbing  of  the 
heart,  καρδία  πήδημ'  έχει,  Eur. 
Bacch.  1289,  cf.  Plut.  2,  83  B. 

ΙΙήδησις,  εως,  ή,  (πηδάω)  a  leaping. 
— II.  α  beating  or  throbbing  of  the 
heart,  Plat.  Tim.  70  C,  Legg.  791  A. 

ΤΙηδητής,  οϋ,  ό,  (πηδάω)  a  leaper, 
a  dancer.     Hence 

ΐΐηδητικός,  ή,  όν,  good  at  leaping, 
springing,  Arist.  Part.  An.  4,  6,  15, 
Luc.  Bis  Ace.  10. 

ϋήδίνος,  η,  ov,  v.  sq. 

Τ^,ηδόν,  οϋ,  τό,  the  flat  or  blade  of  an 
oar,  elsewh.  πλάτη  :  generally,  an 
oar,  Od.  7,  328  ;  13,  78.— II.  a  rudder, 
like  πηδάλιον,  Arat.  Phaen.  155. — 
Some  take  the  nora.  to  be  not  το  πψ 


ΠΗ.νΕ 

δόν,  but  ό  πηδάς,  which  is  refuted  by 
Arat.  1.  c. ;  others  distinguish  πηδύν 
Ά3=κώπη,  πηδός^π'λάτη.  (Either 
from  πέζα.  πέδυν,  πους.  ποδός,  pes, 
pedis,  or  from  πηδάω- — Some  think 
πήδος  was  a  kind  of  wood,  because 
the  Gauls  called  the  urpados  or  pades ; 
and  so,  in  II.  5,  838,  they  would  read 
πτ/δινος  for  φήγινος  ;  cf.  πάδος.) 

ΐΐηκτή,  ή.  Dor.  πακτύ,  v.  πηκτός. 

ΤΙηκτικός,  η,  όν,  (πήγννμι)  belong- 
ing to  or  fitted  for  thickening,  congeal- 
ing, freezing,  curdling,  Theophr. 

ΐΐηκτίς,  ίδος,  η,  (πήγννμι  II)  an  an- 
cient sort  of  harp  with  twenty  strings, 
mostly  used  by  the  Lydians,  also  call- 
ed μαγάδις,  Hdt.  1,  17,  Pind.  Fr.  91, 
Soph.  Fr.  227,  361 ;  in  plur.  αϊ  πηκτί- 
Jef.A-r.Thesm.  1217;  said  to  have  been 
introduced  (from  Lydia)  by  Sappho, 
Ath.  635,  E,  cf.  Aristox.  lb.  182  F  :— 
the  word  was  later  also  used  for  λίφα, 
Luc.  :  Soph.  Fr.  228,  has  πηκταΐ  λν- 
pai-  —  2.  a  sort  of  shepherd's  pipe, 
joined  of  several  reeds,  like  Pan's 
pipes  (σϋριγξ),  Anth.  Plan.  244. — 3. 
a  cage  or  net  for  birds,  0pp.  —  II.  = 
πήγμα  ΠΙ.  —  III.  in  Suid.  a  knife, 
dub. 

ΐΐηκτός,  η,  όν,  (πήγννμι  I)  stuck  in, 
fixed,  εγχος  εν  χθονί.  Soph.  Aj.  909. 
— II.  (πήγννμι  Π)  made  out  of  pieces 
joined,  put  together,  jointed,  built,  Opp. 
to  αντόγνον,  and  esp.  used  of  wood- 
work, άροτρον,  II.  10,  353,  Od.  13,  32, 
Hes.  Op.  431  (as  being  formed  of 
three  pieces  of  wood,  Voss  Virg.  G. 
1,  169) ;  7Γ.  εδος,  a  chair  of  several 
pieces,  H.  Hom.  Cer.  196  ;  π.  κ7ΰμαξ, 
Eur.  Phoen.  489  ;  π.  λύρα.  Soph. 
Fr.  228. — 2.  ή  πηκτή,  a  sort  of  net  or 
cage  set  to  catch  birds,  Ar.  Av.  528 ; 
cf.  π7}ΚτΊς  I.  3. — 3.  τα  πηκτά  (Dor.  πα• 
κτά)  των  δωμάτων,  that  which  closes• 
the  house,  the  door.  Eur.  Incert.  145 
(parodied  in  Ar.  Ach.  479). — II.  (πή- 
γννμι III)  stiff,  thick,  as  opp.  to  soft 
or  liquid,  esp., — -1.  congealed,  czirdled, 
γάλα,  Eur.  Cycl.  190  :  ή  πηκτή.  Dor. 
πακτά,  cream-cheese,  Theocr.  11,  20  : 
— άλς  π.,  salt  obtained  from  brine,  Nic. 
Al.  5i8.  —  2.  stiff  from  cold,  frozen, 
numbed. 

Ύίηλάγόνες,  οι,  v.  πηλόγονος. 

Ώή?Μΐ.  inf.  aor.  from  πάλλω,  II. 

ΤΙηλαΙος,  a,  ov.  (πηλός)  made  of 
clay,  πλίνθος,  Manetho. — II.  ό  τγ.,  α 
kind  of  fish. 

Ύίηλάκίζω,  f.  -ίσο,  to  throw  dirt  at ; 
usu.  προπηλακίζω.     Hence 

ΤΙηλάκισμός,  ov,  o,=  the  more  usu. 
προ  πηλακισμός. 

ϊϊηλάμίς,ίδος,ή,=^πηλαμνς,8α}ιάί. 
Greg.  p.  541. 

'\ΐΙή?.αμος,  ου,  6,  Pelamus,  a  ficti- 
tious name  in  Luc.  V.  H.  1,  38. 

ΐΐ7)λάμϋδεία,  ας,  ή,  the  palamyde 
fishery,  Strab. :  cf.  πηλαμύς- 

ΊΙη?ιάμϋδεϊον,  ov.  τό,  a  place  where 
the  πηλαμύς  is  caught  and  cured,  Strab. 

ΤΙηλάμνδιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  πη• 
λαμνς. — Π.  =πτιλαμνδεΙον.  [ϋ] 

Υϊ.η7.άμνς  or  -μις:  νδος,ή.{πη7.ός); 
— α  sort  of  tunny,  Lat.  pelamys.  Soph. 
Fr.  446,  Arist.  H.  A.  6,  I"'  11  :  the 
same  as  όρκννος,  and  still  called  pa- 
lamyde  at  Marseilles,  cf  κύΘιον. 

Τίήλαξ,  ΰκος,  ό,  a  bird  of  the  _^ncA- 
tribe  ;  cf.  πλονταξ. 

ΤΙήλε,  Ion.  for  ίπη?ιε,  3  sing.  aor. 
from  πάλλω,  II. 

ΜΙηλεγών,  όνος,  ό.  Pelegon.  son  of 
the  river-god  Axius  and  the  nymph 
Periboea.  II.  21,  141. 

ΎΙηλείδης,  ov  Ep.  εω  and  ao,  6, 
patron,  from  Τίηλεύς,  Peleus'  son, 
+i.  e.  Achilles,  II.  ),  146,  etc.f  :  also, 
τΐηλείδας,  Pind.  P.  6,  22. 


ΠΗΑΟ 

+Π7/λΓίθΓ,  a,  ov,  of  or  belonging  to 
Pel,  us.  Anth. 

ΐΐ7ΐ?,είων,  ωνος,  6,  the  same  as  Τΐψ 
λείδης,  II.  fl,  188,  etc. 

ΐΐηλεύς,  έως  Ep.  ήος,  ό.  Peleus,  son 
of  Aeacus.  husband  of  Thetis,  father 
of  Achilles,  prince  of  the  Myrmidons 
inThessaly,  Hom.,tasll.9,252,etc.t, 
and  Hes.  Th.  1006 :  adj.  ΙΙηλήϊος,  ΐη, 
lov,  II. 

ίΤΙίίλη.  ης,  ή,  Pele,  an  island  on  the 
Ionian  coast  of  Asia  Minor  opposite 
Clazomenae,  Thuc.  8,  31. 

Τίηληίάδης,  ov  Ep.  εω,  b,  Ep.  for 
Ίΐ7βείδης,  Horn,  fas  II.  1,  1,  etc. 

]Υΐ7]7•.7μος,  η,  ον,=^Ίλήλειος,  II.  18, 
60,  441. 

'\ΪΙήληκες,  ων,  οι,  Peleces,  an  Attic 
derne  of  the  tribe  Leontis ;  hence 
ΤΙήληξ,  ηκος,  ό,  one  of  (the  deine) 
Peleces,  Aeschin. 

ΤΙήληξ,  7]Κος,  ή,  a  helmet,  casque, 
άμφΐ  δε  οι  κροτάφοισι  φαεινή  σείετο 
πήληξ.  11.  13,  805,  etc.  ;  ήμνσε  κάρη 
πηληκι  βαρννθέν,  8,  ,308  ;  π.  ίππόκο- 
μος,  16,  797.  (Usu.  deriv.  from  πά'λ- 
λω,  πήλαι,  either  from  the  custom  of 
shaking  up  the  lots  in  a  helmet,  v.  11. 
7,  171  sq. ;  or  from  the  nodding  of  the 
plume,  V.  II.  16,  797  ;  ace.  to  others 
akin  to  πέ?ίΐς,  πέλιξ,  πε'/.νξ,  pelvis, 
etc.  Also  written  πίληξ,  which 
might  point  to  a  deriv.  from  πίλος). 

■[ϋηλιακός,ή,  όν,=^ΎΙήλειος,  Anth. 
Plan.  110. 

ϋηλιάοφόνος,  ov,  (ΎΙηλίας,  *φένω) 
murdering  Pelias,  Pind.     fP-  4,  446. 

ΤΙηλίας,  ου,  6,  Pelias,  kingof  lolcos. 

Ώηλιύς,  άδος,  ή,  of  or  from  Mmint 
Pelion,  με71η,  11.  16,  143,  and  Eur. 
H.  F.  370.— fAlso  appell.  of  the  ship 
Argo,  Ap.  Rh.  1,525. 

Π7/λί«οζ•,  η,  ov,  interrog.  of  τηλ,ί- 
κος,  ήλικος,  how  great  or  large  ?  Lat. 
nuantus  Ί  Plat.  Meno  82  D,  83  E.  [t] 
Hence 

ΎίηλίκότΊΐς,  ητος,  η,  size:  age: 
quantity,  Quintil. 

ΊΙήλϊνος,  η,  ov,  (πηλός)  of  clay, 
eartlie7i,  Isocr.  p.  618,  Bekk.,  Dein. 
47,  15. 

ΎΙήλων,  ου,  τό,  Pelion,  a  mountain 
in  Thessaly,  fnow  Zagora  or  Petras, 
II.  2,  743,  etc.t,  and''Hes. :  also  a 
town  in  Thessaly,  11. — 12.  a  town  ol 
lllyria  on  the  Macedonian  border, 
Arr.  An.    1,  5,  5. 

ΤΙηλιώτης,  ov,  b,  fern,  -ώτις,  ιδος, 
(ΥΙηλιον  1)  of  or  from  Pelion.  τ'Ιωλ- 
κος  Π.,  lolcos  at  the  base  of  Peliuni, 
Eur.  Med.  484. 

Τίΐίλοβύτης,  ov,  b,  (πηλός,  βαίνω) 
mud-walker,  name  of  a  frog  in  Batr.  [ΰ] 

ΤΙηλόγονος,  ov,  (πί//.ός.*•)  h'u)l>orn. 
from  clay:  in  Call.  Jov.  3,  the  giants 
are  called  π7ίλυγονοι.  =  ■γηγενείς, 
earth-bom,  for  which  Hesych.  and 
E.  M.  read  ΤΙΐ]λάγονοι  or  ΐΐιιλαγό- 
νες,  Peliigonians,  but  needlessly,  Lob. 
Phryn.  658. 

ΐΐ/βοδομέω.  ώ,  to  build  of  clay, 
Anth.  P.  10,  4  and  5  :  from 

Τίη?.οδόμος,  ov,  (πηλός,  oiuu)buitd 
ing  of  clay  or  earth  :  but — II.  proparox. 
πηλόδομος,  ov,  pass.,  clay-built,  Anth. 
P.  9.  662. 

ΊΙιβΑοεργίη,  ή.  Ion.  for  πηλοιφγία. 

Ίΐ7ΐλοπάτέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσΐύ,  to  walk  on 
clay  or  7>md.     Hence 

ΪΙηλοπάτίδες,  at,  mud-treoders .  a 
kind  of  shoes  or  boots  with  thick 
soles,  Hipp. 

ΤΙηλοπ'/ ύθος,  ov,  (πηλός,  πλάσσω) 
7)}oulding  clay,  a  potter,  Luc.  Prom.  I, 

["J 

Τΐ7]?ιύπ? αστός,  ov,  (πτ^λός,  πλάσ- 
σω)  moulded  from   clay,  Aesch.  Ft 
,  362. 

11T9 


ΠΗΜΑ. 

ΤΙηλοποιέο),  ώ,  (,πηλός,  ποιεώ)  to 
makf  miiJily,  χθο}>α,  Lye.  473. 

ΠηΆοποιητικός,  ή,  όν,  Diosc. ;  and 
πηλοποηκός,  ή,  όν,  of  or  belonging  Ιο 
a  πι/λητΓοιός :  from 

ΙΙη'/.07Γ0ΐός,  όν,  {πη?,ός,  ποιέο)  ma- 
king mud  or  dirt. — 11.  =πηλο•κ7ιάΰος, 
«lui). 

ΠΗΛΟ'Σ,  ου,  δ,  which  form  re- 
mains unchanged  in  Dor.  ;  also  7)  π.. 
ace.  to  Eust.  : — clay,  earth,  esp.  such 
as  was  used  by  the  mason  and  potter, 
Lat.  liiium,  Hdt.  2,  36,  136,  Ar.  Av. 
Θ3ί1,  Plat.  Theaet.  147  A:  though 
πηλός  was  sometimes  used  merely 
for  7nud,  Lat.  coetmm,  Hdt.  2,  5  ;  4, 
28  (for  which  βόρβορος.  Ιλύς,  were 
the  proper  words) ;  proverb.,  έ^ω  κο• 
μίζειν  ττηλον  πόδα,  Aesch.  Cho.  697 ; 
and  dust  is  called  κάσις  7Γ?/λοί  ξν- 
νονρυς,  Id.  Ag.  495.-2.  metaph.,  the 
clay  or  matter  from  which  things,  and 
esp.  man  are  made ;  no  doubt  from 
the  legend  of  Prometheus,  whence 
Call,  calls  man  ό  π.  ύ  ϋρομηθέως, 
Fr.  87,  cf.  133,  Ar.  Αν.  686.  —  II.  m 
poets  also,  thick  or  muddy  wine,  wine- 
lees.  Soph.  Fr.  928,  cf.  Casaub.  et 
Schweigh.  ad  Ath.  383  C  ;  lience  it 
has  been  punningly  connected  with 
κάΐϊΊ/λος.  cf  ύΐ'θνλεύω  : — πηλός  was 
even  used  for  οίνος  itself,  but  prob. 
only  in  very  late  poets,  Wern.  Tryph. 
349.     (Akin  to  Lat.  pal-us.) 

Πηλότμοφος,  ov,  {πηλός,  τρέφω) 
reared  in  mud  or  soft  soil,  0pp.  C.  1, 
288. 

ΙΙηλουργία,  ας,  ή.  Ion.  -εργίη,  the 
business  of  a  πηλονργός,  Aretae. : 
from 

ΤΙηλονργός,  όν,  {πηλός,  *ipytj)  a 
worker  in  clay,  Luc.  Prom.  2. 

αΐ7ΐ?Μνσιακός,  ή,  όν,  of  Pelusium, 
Pclusiac,  Hdt.  2,  15. 

iTLrpiOvaiov,  ov.  τό,  Pelusium,  a 
city  of  Aegypt,  at  the  eastern  mouth 
of  the  Kile,  Slrab.  p.  802  ;  cf.  Hdt.  2, 
15,  sqq. 

^Ιηλονσιος,α,οΐ',^Τίιιλονσιακός; 
esp.  TO  ΐΐ7ΐ'λονσιον  στόμα,  the  Pelusiac 
mouth  of  the  Mle,  Hdt.  2,  17;  cf. 
Bahr  Hdt.  vol.  1,  p.  905. 

ΪΙϊ/λοφορίο),  ώ,  to  carry  clay,  Ar. 
Av.  1142,  Eccl.  310;  from 

Πη?ίθφόρος,  ov,  {πηλός,  φέρω)  car- 
rying clay. 

ΐΐηλόχντος,  ov,  {πηλός,  χέω)  cast 
in  clay,  earthen,  Anth.  P.  10,  16. 

Τΐ7/'λυομαι,  {π?ί'λός)  as  pass.,  to  be- 
come clay.  —  II.  to  be  covered  with,  roll 
in  mire,  Plut.  2,  831  A,  980  Ε  ^ 

ΐΐ71/.νξ,=:βαγύς,α  rent,  cleft.Gxa.mm. 

ΐΐηλώδης,  ες,   {πηλός,   εΐύος)    like 

clay  or  earth,  clayey,  Thuc.   6,  101  : 

muddy,   dirty.    Plat.    Phaed.    113    B. 

Hence 

ϋΐηλώόης  λιμην,  6,  {7nuddy  haven) 
Pelodes  partus,  the  outer  bay  of  Bu- 
throtum,  Strab.  p.  324. 

ΥΙηλώεις,  εσσα,  εν,  poet,  for  πηλώ- 
δης,  0pp.  Η.  4,  520,  Nonn. 

Π;}λωσίζ•,  εως.  ή,  {π7]λόομαι)  α  wal- 
lowing in  mire,  Plut.  2,  166  A,  ubi  v. 
Wyttenb. 

ΐΐι'/μα,  ατός,  τό,  which  remains  un- 
changed in  Dor. :  (.πάσχω,  πησομαι, 
πέπηθα)  '. — suffering,  misery,  woe,  ba7ie, 
freq.  in  Horn.,  and  Hes.,  Pind.,  and 
Trag,,  both  in  sing,  and  pi.:  strength- 
ened, κακόν  π.,  πημα  δνης.  Od.  5, 
179;  14,  338  ;  π.  της  άτης.  Soph.  Aj. 
363  ;  πΥ/ματα  ίπΐ  πημασι.  Soph.  Ant. 
593,  cf.  Wese.  Hdt.  1,  68  :— in  Horn., 
a  pere.  is  freq,  called  πημύ  tlvl.  a 
bone  to...,  (cf  Soph.  O.  T.  379) ;  and 
he  oft.  uses  the  phrase  πι'/μα  κνλιν- 
δει,ν,  τιθέναι  tlvl  ;  and  so  in  pass., 
ZTiua  κνλίνόεταί  tlvl,  11.  Γ ,  317,  Od. 
1180 


ΠΗΝΙ 
2,  163:  —  of  the  iron  and  anvil,  πημ^ 
έπΙ  πτ/ματι  κείται.  Orac.  ap.  Hdt.  1, 
67. — Poet.  word.     Hence 

ΪΙημαίνω :  f.  -ύνώ,  the  fut.  mid. 
πημάνονμαι  is  only  used  in  pass, 
sigiif  Soph.  Aj.  1155  (wherefore 
Elmsl.  and  Dind.  read  πημανεΐ  τις 
or  TL,  in  Ar.  Ach.  842) :  aor.  pass. 
έπι^μάνΟην.  Ίο  bring  into  inisery, 
plunge  in.  woe,  rui7i,  undo:  and  in 
milder  signf  to  grieve,  distress,  Horn., 
Hes.,  and  Trag.  ;  to  harm,  injure,  την 
yfji',  Hdt.  9,  13:  absol.,  νπερ  opKLa 
π7ΐμ7/νεΐαν,  might  work  mischief  111 
transgression  of  oaths,  11.  3,  299  :  for 
which  Q.  Sm.  has  ορκια  πημήνασβαι, 
to  violate  one's  oath,  13,  379. — Pass., 
to  suffer  hurt  or  harm,  ουδέ  τις  ovv 
μοί  νηών  πημύνθη,  Od.  14,  255,  cf.  8, 
563,  Aesch.  Pr.  334,  etc. — Poet,  word, 
used  also  bv  Hdt.  1.  c,  and  Plat.  Rep. 
304  C,  Legg.  862  A,  933  E.     Hence 

ΐΙ>}μανσις,  ή,  a  violation,  injuring  : 
and 

ΤΙημαντέος,  a,  ov,  to  be  violated, 
violable :  and 

Ώημαντός,  ή,  όν,  injured,  violated. 

ΊΙημυνή,  7/ς,  ή,  {πήμων)  poet,  for 
πημα,  freq.  in  Trag.,  as  Aesch.  Pr. 
237,  Soph.  Tr.  1189,  etc.— Poet,  word, 
used  also  by  Thuc. 

ΐΐήμος,  interrog.  partic,  whe7i  ΐ  cf. 
■ημος  and  τήμος. 

ΤΙημοσννη,  ης,  7ΐ,=.πημονή,  πημα, 
Aesch.  Pr.  1058. 

ΐΐήμων,  ov,  {πΐ/μα)  baneful,  Orph. 
Η.  1,  31  :  cf.  ΰπί/μων. 

'{ΤΙηνειός,  οιΊ.  ό,  the  Penlus,  the 
chief  river  of  Thessaly,  rises  in  Mt. 
PinduSjflowsthroughthe  valeofTem- 
pe,  and  empties  into  the  Thermaicus 
sinus,  now  the  i^elimbria,  11.2,  752  ; 
Strab.  p.  327. — 2.  a  river  of  Elis,  emp- 
ties into  the  Ionian  sea  near  Cape 
Chelonalas,  now /^/iflco,  Strab.  p.  337. 

αΐηΐ'έλεως,  ω  Ep.  gen.  -έοιο  in 
II.  14,  489  (as  if  from  a  nom.  Π?/χ'ί•- 
λεος),  ό,  PeneUus,  a  leader  of  the 
Boeotians  before  Troy,  11.  2,  494  :  in 
ApoUod.  son  of  Hippalmus,  an  Argo- 
naut, 1,  9,  16. 

Ίΐ7]νελόπη,  7/ς,  ή,  Pe7ielope.  daugh- 
ter of  ticarius  and  Periboea,  niece 
oft  Tyndareiis,  wife  of  Ulysses,  Hom. 
always  in  poet,  form  \\7ΐνελόπεια. 
tAcc.  to  Hdt.  2,  145,  mother  of  Pan 
by  Mercury,  cf  Luc.  Dial.  D.  22,  2, 
Cic.  N.  D.  3,  22t.  (Prob  deriv.  from 
πήνος,  πηνίζω,  Welcker  Nachtr.  zur 
Trilogie,  p.  223.) 

Π7;ΐ'έλοψ,  οτΓΟζ•,  ό,  a  kind  of  duck 
with  purple  strijies,  Alcae.  53,  Ar. 
Av.  298,  cf  Arist.  H.  A.  8,  3,  16. 

ΠΗ'ΝΗ,  ης,  ή,  like  πηνος,  the 
thread  on  the  bobbin  in  the  shuttle,  the 
wonf  and  in  plur.  the  web,  Eur.  Hec. 
471,  Ion  197:  more  usu.  in  the  dim. 
form  π/μ'ίυν.  (Prob.  from  same  root 
as  Lat.  pannus.) 

Τίηνι'/κη,  ης,  ή,  v.  sub  πηνίκη. 

ΪΙιΐνητις,  Dor.  ΙΙανΰτις,  ι.δος,  ή, 
the  Weaver,  i.  e.  Minerva. 

ΪΙηνίζομαι,  dep..  Dor.  πΰνίσδομαι ; 
{π//ΐ'7ί)  : — ίο  wind  thread  off  a  reel  for 
the  tfoof ;  generally,  to  vmid  off  a  reel, 
Theocr.  18,  32. 

Τίηνίκα,  adv.,  interrog.  to  τ7'/νικα, 
ηνικα,  at  what  point  of  Ii7ne  ?  at  what 
hour?  as  always  in  Att.,  cf  Lob. 
Phryn.  50,  (whereas  πότε  asks  vague- 
ly, xvhen?);  πτινίκα  μάλιστα;  about 
what  o\loek  is  it  ?  Plat.  Crito  init.  ;  so 
too,  πηνίκ'  ύττα  ;  Ar.  Av.  1514  ;  in 
full,  π7ΐνίκ'  έστΙ  της  ημέρας;  lb. 
1498.  [ί] 

Τίηνίκη  or  πηνηκη,  ης,  7),  false  hair, 
a  wig,  Luc.  D.  Meretr.  5,  3 :  also, 
φενάκη,  ίντριχον,  προκόμιον.     (The 


ΠΗΡΩ 

following  derivs.  from  πηνίκη  make 
it  very  prob.  that  it  is  only  another 
form  for  φενάκη,  in  the  orig.  signf. 
of  false  hair :  others  from  πηνος, 
π7]νη.)  [t.^] 

\\7]νίκίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  like  φενακίζω,  to 
cheat,  gull,  ape.     Hence 

ΙΙηνίκισμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  decejdion, 
cheat. 

ΥΙηνίον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  form  from 
πηνος  or  πι/νη,  the  thread  u<oimd  on 
the  bobbin  for  weaving,  the  thread  of 
the  woof,  11.  23,  762  ;  (ace.  to  others 
the  bobbin  or  spindle  of  the  shuttle 
itself).  —  Damm  makes  it  an  adj. 
agreeing  with  μίτον,  the  thread  upon 
the  spindle. — II.  a  kind  of  gnat,  Arist. 
H.  A.  5,  19,  9. 

Τ\.7]νισμα,  ατός,  τό,  {πηνίζω)  the 
thread,  the  spindle,  the  woof:  general- 
ly, a  thread,  (Eur.  ap.)  Ar.  Ran.  1315. 

ΠΗ'ΝΟΣ,  ύ,  like  πήνη,—  lhe  more 
usu.  πηνίον.     Hence 

ΐΙήνω,=.πηνίζω,  Gramm. 

ΙΥηξΙβάλαττα,  η,  {πήγννμι,  θάλατ- 
τα)  she  that  freezes  the  sea,  A.  B. 

ΙΙήξις,  εως,  ν,  {πήγννμι)  a  fixing  in. 
— II.  a  nutting  together,  esp.  of  wood- 
work. Plat.  Polit.  280  D.— HI.  a  hard- 
ening: esp.  α  congealing,  coagulation, 
freezing,  Id.  Phil.  32  Λ  :  α  curdling, 
Arist.  Gen.  An. 

αΐηξόδωρος,  ov,  b,  Pexodorvs,  a 
Persian  satrap  of  Caiia,  Plut.  Alex. 
10 :  cf  ϋιξοδαρος. 

\1ηός,  ov.  ό.  Dor.  πΰός,  which  be- 
came the  common  form  : — a  kins7nan, 
II.  3,  163,  Hes.  Op.  343  ;  esp.  by  mar- 
riage, a  connexion,  Lat.  affinis,  Od.  8, 
581  ;  10,  441  ; — nor  was  it  ever  used 
by  the  ancients  expressly  of  blood- 
relations,  Valck.  Phoen.  431.  (From 
πέπΰμαι,  the  πηοί  being  επίκτητοι 
συγγενείς,  cf  Callicrat.  ap.  Stub.  p. 
485,  24,  Eur.  Andr.  641.)     Hence 

ΐΐηοσύΐ'η,  ης.  ή,  relationship  by  mar- 
riage, Ap.  Rh.  1,  48. 

ΓΙΗΤΑ,  ας.  Ion.  ΤΙήρη,  ης.  ή,  a 
leathern  pouch  for  victuals,  etc.,  a 
wallet,  scrip,  slung  over  the  shoulders, 
Lat.  pera,  Od.,  Ar.  Plut.  298,  Anth. 

tIL;pEia,  ας,  ή,  Perm,  a  region  of 
Thessaly,  II.  2,  766,  with  v.  1.  ΙΙιερίη. 

ΐΐηρίδιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  πήρα, 
Ar.  Nub.  923.  [pi] 

ΤΙηρίν,  Ινος,  6,  also  πηρίς,  Ivor,  η, 
{πήρα)  the  scrotum  or  bag  of  the  testi- 
cles, Nic.  V.  Foes.  Oecon.  Hipp. 

ΤΙηρόδετος,  ov,  {πί/μα,  δέω)  binding 
a  wallet,  ιμάς,  Anth.  P.  9,  150. 

ΐΐηρομελής,  ες,  {πηρός,  μέλος)  dis- 
abled in  the  limbs,  mai7ned,  Epigr.  ap. 
Diog.  L.  5,  40. 

ΠΗΡΟ'Σ,  ά,  όν.  disabled  in  a  limb, 
maimed,  Lat.  debilis :  esp.  in  the  or 
gans  of  sense,  blind,  II.  2,  599  ;  gen 
erally,  stupid,  Anth.: — also  with  dat. 
of  parts  affected,  π.  γνίοις,  όμμασι, 
etc.,  Anth. 

ΤΙηροφόρος,  ov,  {πήρα,  φέρω)  car 
rying  a  ivallet. 

Ώηρόω,  ώ,  {πηρός)  to  lame,  maim, 
esp.  in  the  limbs,  Ar.  Ran.  622,  and 
freq.  in  Hipp.,  v.  Foes.  Oecon. ;  τό 
σκέλος  πεπηρωμένος,  Dem.  247,  12 : 
— metaph.,  to  incapacitate,  π.  TLva  (5t' 
6ργ7'/ν,  Plat.  Phaedr.  257  A  ;  πεπη- 
ρωμένος εις  ηρετήν,  incapacitated  for 
reaching  virtue,  Arist.  Eth.  N.  1, 
9,  4. 

ϋΐηρώ,  ους,  η,  Pero,  daughter  of 
Neleus  and  Chloris,  famed  for  her 
beauty,  wife  of  Bias,  Od.  11,  287.— 2. 
mother  of  the  river-god  Asopus  by 
Neptune,  Apollod.  3,  12,  6. 

ΙΙί/ρωμα,  ατός.  τό.  {πηρόω)  a  7naim• 
ing  in  the  limbs  or  senses,  Arist.  Me- 
taph. C,  9,  5. 


/ 


ΠΙ  ΑΙ 

ΤΙηρώνϋμος,  ον,  ( πήμα,  όνομα ) 
named  after  a  wallet. 

ΤΙήρωσις,  εως,  ή,  {ττηρόω)  η.  maim- 
ing or  being  maimed  in  the  limbs  or 
senses,  Hipp.,  and  Plat.  Legg.  874  E, 
925  Ε  ;  7Γ.  τών  όφθαλμύρ,  Luc.  D. 
Marin.  2,  4. 

Il^ffif,  ή,  late  form  for  τνεϊσις. 

Τίήσομαι,  Ion.  fiit.  of  πάσχω,  Hilt. 

ΐίησομαι,  late  form  for  πεισομαι, 
fut.  of  τνείΟω. 

Π//σσω,  Alt.  πήττω,  late  pres.  form 
for  πηγνυμι,  Diosc. 

XI/^Ttia,  7/,=  7rvrta,  very  dub. 

ιΐηχίσκος,  ο,  a  piece  of  wood  a  ττη- 
χνς  long. 

Τί7]χναΙος,  a,  ov,  (πήχνς)  a  cubit 
long,  Hdt.  2,  48,  78,  Plat.,  etc. 

ΤΙι/χυίος,  a,  ov,=foreg.,  ττ.  χρόνος, 
(as  we  say)  '  but  a  span,^  Miainenn. 
2 ;  cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  494. 

ΐΙηχνα?.ες  ίμάηον,  τό,  Ion.  word 
ζ=τταραλουργές,  Poll.  7,  53. 

ΊΙηχννω,  {πήχυς)  to  give  into  the 
arms: — mid.  πηχννομαι,  to  take  into 
one's  arms,  embrace,  χείρεσσι,  Rhian. 

12,  121;  άγοστφ,  ISonn. :  —  but  Αρ. 
Rh.,  4,  972,  uses  the  act.  much  in 
the  signf.  of  the  mid. 

ΐΐήχνς,  εως,  ό,  gen.  pi.  πήχεων, 
only  late  contr.  πηχών,  Lob.  Phryn. 
246.  The  fore-arm,  from  the  wrist  to 
the  elbow,  Lat.  ulna,  opp.  to  βραχίων. 
Plat.  Tim.  75  A  :  —  poet.,  generally, 
the  arm,  αμφϊ  δε  bv  φί'/.ον  νίόν  έχεύα- 
το  πηχεε  λευκώ,  11.  5,  314,  cf.  Od.  17, 
38;  so,  λενκον  πήχνν,  Eur.  Or.  14C6. 
■ — II.  the  centre-piece,  which  joined  tlie 
two  horns  of  an  ancient  bow,  the  handle, 
τόν  ()'  (sc.  τον  όϊστόν)  επΙ  πήχεί 
έλών-.-έ?,κείν  νενρήν,  Od.  21,  419;  ό 
δε  τόξον  πήχνν  άνε/.κεν,  11.  11,  375  ; 

13,  583,  (though  in  the  last  place  it 
is  usu.  taken  for  the  horns).  —  III.  in 
plur.,  ol  πήχεες,  are  (he  horns  or  sides 
of  (he  lyre,  opp.  to  ζνγόν,  the  bridge, 
Hdt.  4,  192,  where  they  are  made  of 
the  horns  of  the  όρνς.  a  kind  of  ante- 
lope :  hut  πτ/χνς  seems  also  to  be  = 
ζνγόν,  the  cross-piece  or  bridge  in  which 
the  horns  were  fitted,  and  the  strings 
fixed  with  κόλλοπες,  v.  Artemo  ap. 
Ath.  C37  C,  et  ibi  Schweigh.— IV.  m 
the  balance,  the  beam. — V.  as  a  meas- 
ure of  length,  the  space  from  the  point 
of  the  elbow  to  that  of  the  little  finger, 
Lat.  cubitu.t,  a  cubit,  orig.  contammg 
24  δάκτυλοι,  Hdt.  2,  175;  but,  in  1, 
178,  he  distinguishes  the  π.  βασι7.ή- 
ϊος  as  longer  by  three  δύκτνλοί.  than 
the  μέτριος :  so  then,  the  royal  or 
Persian  cubit  =  27  δάκτυ/ίοι  or  20έ 
inches ;  the  μέτριος  was  the  same 
with  the  ιδιωτικός,  or  κοινός,  or 
Asiatic,  which  like  the  Samian  and 
Aegyptian,  was  έξαπάλαιστος  =  24 
δύκτν?Μΐ  or  18|  mches,  Wess.  ad 
1.  c. :  — •  but  later  this  was  taken  at 
two  feet,  except  that  in  measuring 
wood  and  stone  the  old  size  was  re- 
tained ;  hence,  π//χνς  τον  πριστικον 
ξύλου  and  πήχνς  λιβικός  always  IJ 
feet : — the  πήχυς  was  sometimes  in- 
terchanged with  πυγμή  and  πνγών. 
— VI.  a  cubit-rule,  as  we  say  '  a  foot- 
rule,'  Ar.  Ran.  799,  cf.  Leon.  Tar.  28. 
— Vll.  an  angle,  only  in  the  later  poets 
of  the  Anth.     (Prob.  akin  to  παχύς.) 

m,  V.  Π. 

ΐΐΐάζω.  Dor.  for  πιέζω.  Dor.  part, 
aor.  πΐάξας,  Theocr.  4,  35. — II.  to  lay 
hold  of  τινά,  Ν.  Τ. 

ΠίΟί'ί'ω;  aor.  pass,  επιάσθην  :  pf 
πεπίασμαι,  Ael.  Ν.  Α.  13,  25  :  [-ίων): 
— to  make  fat,  fatten,  feed,  Pind.  N.  9, 
55,  Eur.  Cycl.  333,  Plat.,  etc. ;  π. 
χθόνα,  to  fatten  or  enrich  the  soil, 
Aesch.   Theb.   587 :    metaph.   to  in- 


ΠΙΔΤ 

crease,  enlarge,  π'λοντον,  Pind.  P.  4, 
267. — 2.  metaph.,  to  make  wanton, 
Aesch.  Ag.  276  -. — pass.,  to  wax  fat 
and  υ-anton,  lb.  1669  ;  εχθεσιν  πιαί- 
νεσβαι,  to  batten  on  quarrels,  Pmd.  P. 
2, 101. — 3.  to  cherish,  foster,  έήν  φρένα, 
Opp.  Η.  5,  372 ;  μέλος,  lb.  620  ;  μύ- 
στακα, Anth.  P.  5,  294.  [ί  only  in 
Greg.  Naz.] 

ΐΐΐάλέος,  έα,  έον,  poet,  for  πίων, 
Anth.  P.  6,  190,  299. 

ϋίαλος,  ov,=  foreg.,  Hipp. :_  but, — 
2.  ace.  to  Hesych.,  =  παράλενκος, 
whitish,  [i] 

Τΐΐαντήριος,  a,  ov,  fattening,  Hipp. 

ΐΐΐαντικός,  ή,  oi',=foreg.,  ApoUon. 
Lex. 

T\lap,  TO,  (πίων)  fat.  tallow,  suet, 
βοών,  II.  11,  550  ;  J  7,  659  :  any  fatty 
substance,  oil,  even  milk,  Anth. : — 
hence  fatness,  the  fat  part,  Foes.  Oe- 
con.,  Hipp.  ;  then,  metaph.,  like  Lat. 
ubertas,  the  fat  of  the  land,  choicest,  best, 
H.  Horn.  Ven.  30  ;  so,  π.  χθονός,  like 
ονθαρ  άρονρης,  Anth.  P.  9,  555. — In 
έπει  μα/Μ,  πΐαρ  υπ'  οί'δας  (Od.  9,  135, 
Η.  Horn.  Αρ.  60),  πιαρ  is  usu.  taken 
as  an  adj.,  since  of  a  suiety  the  ground 
is  fat  beneath;  but  Buttm.,  Lexil., 
proposes  to  write  πΙαρ  νπ'  ούδας,  fat- 
ness is  beneath  the  surface,  i.  e.  the 
soil  is  rich  ;  and  this  sense  might  be 
given  to  the  common  reading,  if  νπ' 
be  taken  for  νπεστι : — Passow's  ob- 
jection, that  then  it  should  be  νπ' 
(or  υπ')  ονδει,  is  of  little  moment,  v. 
Nitzsch  ad  1. — Ep.  word,  never  de- 
clined. 

Ιΐΐάρός,  ύ,  όν,  fat,  rich,  like  πίων, 
Anth. 

ΙΙίασμα,  ατός,  τό,  (πιαίνω)  that 
which  makes  fat,  an  enricher,  faltener, 
of  a  river,  Aesch.  Pers.  806.  [rri] 

ΙΙίασμα,  ατός,  τό,  {πιέζω)  Dor.  for 
πίεσμα,  Eubul.  Orth.  1,  11.  [πι] 

ΐΐϊασμός,  ov,  ύ,  (πιαίνω)  a  fattening. 
-II.,/ii/,  Ael.  Ν.  Α.  13,  25. 

αΐιασος,  ov,  ό,  Piastis,  an  ancient 
hero  of  the  Peiasgi,  Strab.  p.  621. 

ΤΐΊαστήριος,  ον,^πιεστήριος. 

ΤΙΐάτήριος,  ov,=foreg.,  Heliod. 

ίΐΐίγρης,  7/τος,  6,  Pigres,  a  Paeo- 
nian,  Hdt.  5,  12. — 2.  son  of  Seldomus, 
commander  of  the  Carian  fleet.  Id.  7, 
98. — A  brother  of  Artemisia,  compo- 
ser of  a  Batrachoinyomachia,  Plut. 
— 3.  an  interpreter  of  the  younger 
Cyrus,  from  Caria,  Xen.  An.  1,  2,  17. 
— Others  m  Anth. 

ΤΙΐδύκϊτις,  ιδος,  η,  (πΐδαξ)  growing 
at  or  about  the  spring,  βοταναί,  Hipp.  : 
of  the  spring  or  fountain,  νύμφαι,  Anth. 
No  masc.  πιδακίτ7]ς,  is  found. 

ΥΥΐόΰκόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  (πΐδαξ)  gush- 
ing, λιβύς,  Eur.  Andr.  116. 

ΐΐΐδακώδης,  ες,  {πιδαξ,  είδος)  fidl 
of  springs,  τόποι,  Plut.  Aemil.  14 : 
π.  σαρξ,  of  a  woman's  breasts,  Id.  2, 
490  A. 

ΐΙΙδαξ,  άκος,  ή,  a  spring,  fountain, 
II.  16,  825,  Hdt.  4,  198,  Eur.  Andr. 
285;  π.  ί>αγός,  Anth.  P.  6,  238.— 
The  masc.  b  πΙδαξ  is  very  dub.  (Cf. 
πιδνω^ 

Πί(5άω,=7Γί(5ΐ'ω,  very  dub. 

Υί'ιδήεις,  εσσα,  εν,  (πΐδαξ)  rich  in 
springs,  Ίδη,  II.  11,  183. 

αΐίδοκος,  ov,  ό,  Pidocus,  an  Athe- 
nian, father  of  Demarchus,  Xen.  Hell. 
1,  1,  29. 

ΙΙΐδύεις,  εσσα,  εν,=πιδήεις,  dub. 

\ΥΙΐδί)της,  ου.  δ,  (strictly  the  spring- 
er) Pidutes,  a  Trojan  from  Percote,  11. 
6,  30  ;  [Ϊ']  from 

ΥΙΐδνω,  to  make  to  gush  forth,  τάς 
ηρχας  των  ποταμών,  v.  1.  Arist.  Me- 
teor. 1,  13,  10: — pass,  πίόύομαι,  to 
gush  forth,  Nic.  Th.  302.     (Ace.  to 


ΠΙΕΡ 
old  Gramm.  πιδύω  and  πηδ  Ίω  were 
the  same  word,  as  (accidentilly)  our 
spring  is  Used  in  both  senses  ;  hence 
πΐδαξ :  others  refer  it  to  πιπίσκω, 
πίσω.)  [ν] 

ΐΐίε,  for  επιε,  3  s'mg.  aor.  cf  πίνω, 
Od.  [ί] 

Ώϊέειν,  Ep.  inf.  aor.  of  πίνω  for 
πιεϊν,  Horn.,  and  Hes. 

ΐΙΙεζέω,  v.  sq. 

Πΐί'ςω,  f.  πιέσω :  aor.  pass,  έπα- 
σθην,  in  Hipp,  επιέχ^ην :  pf.  pass. 
πεπίεσμαι,  in  Hipp,  πεπίεγμαι,  inf. 
πεπιέχβαι ;  cf  πίεξίς.  In  Od,  we 
find  also  an  impf  πιέζενν  for  έπιέ- 
ζονν,  as  if  from  πιεζέω,  12,  174:  also 
part.  pass,  πιεζεύμενος,  Hdt.  3,  146; 
6,  108  ;  έπιεζονντυ,  Polyb.  11,  33,  3  ; 
act.  πιεζονντος.,  Plut.  Thes.  6 : — cf. 
also  πίαζω. 

To  press,  squeeze,  so  as  to  extract 
juice  : — hence  to  press  tight,  make  fast, 
Od.,  Hes.,  &c. ;  πιέζειν  τινά  ίν  δεσ• 
μοΐς,  Od.  8,  336. — II.  metaph.,  to  op- 
press, straiten,  distress,  π.  ή  δαπάνΐ], 
Hdt.  5,  35 ;  π.  'λιμός,  Aesch.  Cho. 
250;  and  so  freq.  in  Ar.,  as  Eq.  259, 
Nub.  437,  etc. ;  +so  m  pass.  Wol.  5, 
37t  :  esp.  to  press  hard,  follow  close, 
Lat.  premere,  urgere,  τονς  εναντίους, 
Hdt.  9,  63  : — so  in  pass.,  πολεμώ  πιε- 
σθείς. Id.  4,  11,  etc.,  and  freq.  in  Xen. 
— 2.  to  repress,  stifle,  χόλον,  Pind.  O. 
6,  61  :  to  press  in  argument,  insist  on, 
Ti,  Polyb. 

Ώΐίΐν,  inf  aor.  of  πίνω,  Horn. 

ΤΙίειρα,  ?/,  pecul.  fern,  of  πίων  or 
πιαρός,  fat,  rich,  in  Horn.  UiU.  π. 
upovpa,  yjj  πίειραι  πόλεις,  rich,  pros- 
perous cities,  II.  18,  511,  cf  Plat. 
Criti.  Ill  B;  δαις  πίειρα,  a  rich, 
plenteous  meal,  II.  19,  180;  of  wood, 
resinous,  juicy,  Soph.  Tr.  7G6  :  in 
Theocr.  18,  29,  Wordsw.  proposes 
πιείρα  έλατα  ar'..,  v.  ad  I. — This 
fem.,  which  also  occurs  in  Att.  prose, 
was  seldom  used  of  animal  fatness  ; 
but  Arist.  Probl.  10,  19,  has  γ'λώττα 
πιέρα.  [ϊ] 

αΐίελος.ου,  δ,  Pielus,  son  of  Pyr- 
rhus  and  Andromache,  Paus.  1,11.1. 

ΤΙΙέμεν,  Ion.  inf.  aor.  of  πίνω  for 
πιεϊν,  Horn.,  and  Hes. 

Πίε^ίζ•,  εως,  ή,  (πιέζω)  a  pressing, 
squeezing,  but  only  in  the  new  Icnic 
of   Hipp.,   for   the   common  πίεσις. 

i^n  ,     „.     „.  . 

αΐίερες,  ων,  σι,  thePieres.Pierians, 
aThracian  people,  dwelling  originally 
on  the  borders  of  Thessaly,  later 
around  Mt.  Pangaeus,  Hdl.7,  112; 
Thuc.  2,  99 ;  Strab.,  who  calls  them 
also  ΐίαρώται,  p.  443,  places  them 
on  the  Therma'icus  sinus. 

iTiispia,  ας.  Ion.  -ίη,  ης,  and  ΤΙιερίς. 
ίδος,  ή,  Pieria,  a  province  of  the  later 
xMacedonia,  on  the  coast  of  the  Ther- 
maicus  sinus,  north  cf  Mt.  Olvmpus, 
11.  14,  226;  Strab.  etc.,  p.  330,  p. 
410.— 2.  a  district  of  Syria,  Strab.  p. 
749. — II.  fem.  pr.  n.,  wife  of  Oxylus, 
Paus.  5,  4,  4. 

ϋίερίδες,  ul,  the  Pierides,  name  of 
the  Muses,  either  as  daughters  oi 
Pierus,  or  as  haunting  Mount  Pierus 
in  Thessaly.  cf  Miiller  Literat.  ot 
Greece  1,  p.  27,  Hes.  Th.  53,  and 
Pind.  P.  6,  49:  the  sing.  Πίερίς  is 
little  used,  tv.  Hor.  OJ.  4,  3,  18. 

ΤΙϊερίηθεν,  adv.,  from  Pieria  in 
Thessaly,  Hes.  Op.  1,  H.  Horn.  Merc. 
85. 

■\ΤΙιερικάς,  ή,  όν,  of  Pieria  (L  1), 
Pierian,  ή  Π.  πίσση,  Hdt.  4,  195  :  ό 
Π.  κόλπος,  Thuc.  2,  99. 

αΐιέρίος,  α,  oi',=foreg.,  το  ΤΙιέ- 
ριον  ϋρος,=  'Π.ίερος  (1. 1),  Thuc.  5, 13. 

•\Ώΐερίς,  ίδος,  ή,  ν.  sub  ΤΙιερίδες. 
1181 


ΠΙΘΑ 

tllifpiwv,  iovof,  ό,  Pierion,  masc. 
pr.  11.,  Plut.  Alex,  60. 

ΤΙϊΐμός,  ά,  oi>,=iKiapoc,  Anth. 
tlTifpof,  Of,  0,  Μλ  Picrm,  in  Thes- 
saly  on  the  Macedonian  bonier,  sacred 
to  the  Muses,  in  Thuc.  5, 13,  ΙΙιίρων 
όρος :  in  Pans.  9,  29,  3,  also  ;/  Παρία. 
— 2.=  n£ipof,  q.  v.— II.  masc.  pr.  n., 
Picni.t,  a  Thracian,  son  of  Magnea 
and  the  Muse  Clio,  Apollod.  1,  3,  3. 
—2.  a  Macedonian,  who  introduced 
the  worship  of  the  Muses  into  Thes- 
piae,  Paus.  9,  29,  3. 

ΐΐϊέσ/μος,  ov,  (πιέζω)  pressing. 
ΤΙιεσις,  εως,  ή,  {ττάζω)  a  pressing, 
squeezing,  Arist.  Part.  An.  4,  10,  2δ  : 
cf.  ττίεξις.  [ί] 

ΤΙίεσμα,  ατός,  το,  {ττιέζω)  any  thing 
pres'-erl  ot  squeezed:  whether, the  pulpy 
mass  left  after  pressing,  Hipp.  ;  or, 
the  juice  pressed  out,  Diosc,  V.  Foes. 
Oecon. — Ι1.=  πίεσις.  Mel.  49. 
Ώΐεσμός,  ov,  ό,^πίεσις,  Hipp. 
ΙΙϊεατήρ,  ήρος,  ό,  a  squeezer :  also 
=:sq.,  Diosc, 

ΙΊΪ6στήριον,  ov.  το,  (sc.  δργαγον), 
a  tnachine  for  pressing,  a  press,  Diosc; 
also  πιαστήριον,  πιατήριον.  Neut. 
from 

ϊϊϊεστήρως,  ov,  also  πιαστ-  and 
Τΐΐατ-,  pressing,  squeezing. 

ίΐΐεστός,  ή,όν,  {τηέζω)  compressible, 
yielding  to  pressure,  Arist.  Meteor. 
4,9,  19. 

ηίεστρον,  ov,  τό,  —  πιεστήριον, 
Galen,   [ϊ] 

HU'iF.ic,  εσσα,  εν,  poet,  for  πίων, 
Leon.  Tar.  13. 

Ώΐθάκνη,  ης,  η,  Att.  φΐδάκνη,  La- 
con.  -Ισάκντι :  (πίθος) : — a  sort  of 
tnine-cask  or  jar,  Ar.  Plut.  546:  hence, 
in  Ar.  Eq.  792,  οΊκεΙν  έν  ταΐς  πιΑΙά- 
κναις,  to  live  in  casks,  as  some  of  the 
poor  Athenians  were  forced  to  do 
during  the  Pelopoiin.  war,  cf.  Thuc. 
2,  14,  17  : — a  drinking  cup: — in  Dem. 
871,  22,  reckoned  among  σκεύη  γεωρ- 
γικά.—The  word  is  taken  for  a  dim. 
from  πίθος. 

nWuKviov,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  ττί- 
θάκνη.  Eiibul.  Incert.  7. 

Τΐώΰκος,  Dor.  for  πίθηκος,  Ar. 
Ach.  907. 

Πϊθΰνεύο/ιαι,  {πιθανός)  dep•  mW., 
=  sq.  Artemid.,  Clem.  A  I. 

Ιίίθΰνολογέω,  ώ,  (^πιβανολόγος)  to 
bring  reasons  for  persuading  or  making 
probable,  to  use  probable  arguments, 
Arist.  Elh.  N.  1,  3,  4  ;  cf.  Epicur. 
ap.  Diog.  L.  10,  87.     Hence 

ΐΙΊθΰΐΌ?.ογία,  ας,  ή,  a  bringing  of 
persuasix^e  or  probable  arguments,  Plat. 
Theaet.  163  A. 

ΐ[1θάνο7Μγίκής,  ή,  όν,  able  to  bring 
probable  arguninils  :  ή  -κ//  (sc.  τέχνη), 
—{oreg.  Arr.  Ejiict.:  from 

ΤΙΙΘΰνολόγος,  ov,  (πιθανός,  λέ)'ω) 
speaking  so  as  to  persuade. 

ΐΙΙΘύνοποιέω,  ώ,  (πιθανός,  ποιέω) 
to  make  shrewd,  sharpen  the  wits  of  one. 
ΐΐΐθάνός,  ή,  όν,  (πείθω)  calculated 
to  persuade  ;  and  so,— 1.  of  persons, 
persuasive,  having  the  power  of  persua- 
sion., influential,  esip.  ot  popular  speak- 
ers, π.  τοις  πολλοίς,  Thuc.  6,  35 ; 
and  of  their  arguments,  Ar.  Thesm. 
464;  λόγοι  θανμασίως  ώς  π.,  Dem. 
928,  14  : — c.  inf.,  persuasive  in  doing, 
Eur.  Or.  906 ;  π.  ?.έγειν.  Plat.  Gorg. 
479  C  :  c.  gen.,  π.  όχλου,  Meineke 
Menand.  p.  222.-2.  so  of  mantuTs, 
persuasive,  winning,  Xen.  Mem.  3,  10, 
3;  cf  Meineke  ibid.  p.  575.-3.  of 
reports,  and  iheVike, plausible. credible, 
Hdt.  2,  123  : — hence,  jtrobabte,  likely, 
Lat.  verisimilis.  Id.  1,  214,  freq.  in 
Plat. — 4.  of  works  of  art,  producing 
illusion,  ti-ue  to  nature,  natural,  Xen. 
1182 


ΠΙΟΟ 

Mem.  3,  10,  7. — II.  pass.,  easy  to  per- 
suade, credidous,  Aesch.  Ag.  485,  cf. 
Heind.  Plat.  Parm.  133  B.— 2.  obedient, 
Xen.  Cyr.  2,  2,  16  ;  π.  λόγφ.  Id.  Oec. 
13,  9. — ill.  Adv.  -νώς,  persuasively, 
plausibly,  Ar.  Thesm.  268,  Plat. 
Phacdr.  269  C,  etc.;  compar.  -ώτερον, 
Id.  Gorg.  456  C.     Hence 

ΐΐΐθάνότης,  ητος,  ή.  persuasiveness, 
plausibility,  Vlut.  2,  1040  Β  :— of  argu- 
ments, speciousness,  Plat.  Legg.  839 
D,  etc. 

Τΐϊθάνονργικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to 
a  πιθανονργύς :  ή  -κή  (sc.  τέχνη), 
persuasiveness,  Plat.  Soph.  222  C  sq.: 
from 

Πίθάνονργός,  όν,  (πιθανός,  *έργω) 
making  probable  or  persuasive. 

ηΐθΰνόω,  ώ,  (πιθανός)  to  make  prob- 
able, Arist.  Rhet.  3,  7,  4. 

ΥΙϊθάριον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  πίθος, 
a  keg.   [a] 

ΪΙϊΟείας.  ου,  ό,  a  meteor  shaped  like 
ajar,  Procl. :  also  πίθος. 

Ώϊθέσθαι,  inf.  aor.  2  mid.  from 
πείθω,  Horn. 

ΐΐΐθεών,  ώνος,  ό,  (πίθος)  a  place 
where  casks  are  put,  a  cellar,  Diod.,  v. 
Lob.  Phryn.  166.— Il.=  m7?0f,  Anth. 

ΐΐιθηκάλώπηξ,  εκος,  b,  (πίθηκος, 
άλώπηξ)  an  ape-fox,  an  animal  in 
Ael.  N.  A. :  also  a  nickname  for 
men. 

Γίίθήκειος,  a,  ov,  apish. 

ΤΙΙΘηκΐόενς.  έως,  ό,  (πίθηκος)  a 
young  ape,  Ael.  N.  A.  7,  47. 

ΐΐϊθηκίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (πίθηκος)  to  play 
the  ape,  Ar.  Vesp.  1290,  cf.  ύποπιθ-. 
Hence 

ΐΙΊθηκισμός,  ov,  ό,  a  playing  the 
ape,  aping,  playing  jackanape's  tricks, 
hke  flatterers,  Ar.  Eq.  887,  M.  Anton. 
9,  .37. 

ΐΐΐθηκοειόής,  ές,  (πίθηκος,  είδος) 
ape-tike,  Arist.  Η.  Α.  2,  1,  16. 

ΪΪΙΘηκόμορφος,  ον,(πίθηκος,  μορφή) 
ape-shaped,  Lyc.  1000. 

ΐΐίθηκος.  Dor.  πίθακος,  ov,  ό,  an 
ape,  Archil.  59,  Ar.  Ach.  120,  etc. ; 
also  πίθ7]ξ  and  πίθων :  hence,  as 
nickname  for  a  trickster,  Ar.  Ach. 
907.  as  also  Domosth.  calls  Aeschines 
IT.  αντοτραγικός,  307,  25  : — proverb., 
avTi  λέοντος  π.  γίγνεσθαι,  Plat.  Rep. 
590  Β;  π.  έν  πορφύρα,  Paroemiogr. 
— II.  a  sort  of  σελύχή.  (Doubtless 
from  πείθω,  πίθανός,=μίμώ,  from 
ifs  propensity  to  mimic,  cf.  πιθανός  ; 
like  Lat.  simia  from  similis,simulo.)  [?] 

ίΐΐίθηκοΰσαι,  uv,a'i.the  Pithecusae 
insulae,  two  islands  on  the  coast  of 
Campania,  Strab.  p.  247:  ol  ΤΙ...σαΐοι, 
inhnb.  of  P.,  Id.  p.  246. 

ΙΙΐθηκοφΰγέω,  ώ,  (πίθηκος,  φαγεΐν) 
to  eat  ape's  flesh,  Hdt.  4,  194. 

αίθηκοφόρης,  ov,  (πίθηκος,  φέρω) 
carri/ing  apes,  Luc.  Pise.  47. 

ΐΙίθηκώύης,ες,=  πιθηκοείδης,  Arist. 
Physiogn.  6,  31. 

ΐΐΐθίιμων,  πΐθήνιος,  ον,=  πειθ-. 

ΐΐίθηξ,  ηκος,  ό,  —  πίθηκος.  —  2.  α 
dwarf,  aj).  Suid.  [Γ] 

ΐΐιθήσας,  part.  aor.  1  of  πείθω, 
without  any  pres.  πιθέω  in  use. 

ΤΙΐθι,  irreg.  2  sing,  imperat.  aor.  2 
of  πίνω. 

ΤΙιθίσκος,  ov,  6,  dim.  from  πίθος, 

Lat.  doliohis,  prob.  1.  Plut.  Camill.  20. 

ΐΙΊθίτης,  ov,   ό,   fem.   -Ιτις,   ιδος, 

cask-shaped,  Diosc. 

ΤΙΐθόγαστρος,  ov,  (πίθος,  γαστήρ) 
pot-bellied,  Euthyd.  ap.  Ath.  116  B. 

ΙΙΙΘογάστωρ,  ορός,  ό,  7/,=foreg., 
Lob.  Phryn.  660. 

ΤίΙθοιγία.  ας,  η,  (πίθος,  οϊγννμι) 
an  opening  of  casks,  esp.  to  taste  new 
wine.— II.  τα  πιθοίγια,  a  festival  on 
the  11th  of  Anthesterion,  being  the 


ΠΙΚΡ 

first  of  the  Anthesteria,  like  the  Vina• 
lia  of  the  Romans,  Plut.  2,  055  E, 
735  D. 

ΐΐιθοκοίτης,  ov,  ό,  (πίθος,  κοίτη) 
one  who  sleeps  in  a  cask,  epith.  of 
Diogenes. 

Ώιθης,  ov,  ό,  a  wine-jar,  Od.  2,  340  ; 
23,  305,  Hes.,  etc.  ;  not  like  our  cast, 
for  it  Was  usu.  of  earthenware,  π.  κερά- 
μινος,  Hdt.  3,  96  (cf.  Plat.  Lach.  187 
B,  Gorg.  493  A);  having  a  wide 
mouth,  Od.  23,  305 ;  covered  with  a 
close-fitting  lid,  Hes.  Op.  98 :  Croesus 
sent  silver  πίθοι  to  the  Delphic  tem- 
ple, Hdt.  1,51. — Proverbs,  ζωη  πίθου, 
from  Diogenes,  Paroemiogr. ;  πίθος 
άπ?.ηστος,  from  the  pierced  cask  ot 
the  Dana'ids,  cf.  Luc.  D.  Mort.  11,4. 
— II.  any  thing  like  a  cask  or  jar,  esp. 
=:πιθείας,  Arist.  Mund.  4,  24.  (Ace. 
to  Buttm.=  0i(Sor,  whence  also  Lat, 
fidelia  :  prob.  akin  to  our  butt,  Germ. 
' Biiite,  Butte.){i]     Hence 

Τίΐθώδης,  ες,  (πίθος,  είδος)  like  a 
cask. 

Ώίθων,  ό,=  πίθηκος,  an  ape,  i.  e.  α 
flatterer,  Pind.  P.  2,  132.  [I] 

Τΐΐθών,  €)vor,  ό,=^πιθεων,  Pherecr. 
Pet.  5. 

Πιθών,  part.  aor.  2  of  πείθω,  Pind. 
P.  3,  50. 

ΙΠίβων,  ωνος,  ό,  Pithon,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  in  Arr. ;  etc. 

^Πίκεντες,  ων,  οΙ,=  ΙΙικεντΐνοι, 
Strab. 

ϋίικεντία,  ας,  ή,  Picenfia,  capital 
of  the  Picenlini,  Strab.  p.  251. 

"^ΤΙικεντΐνοι,  ων,  οι,  the  Picentini 
or  Picentes,  a  branch  of  the  Sabines, 
Strab.  p.  240. — 2.  a  people  on  the 
Tyrrhenian  sea  between  Campania 
and  Lucania,  planted  there  by  the 
Romans  as  a  colony,  Id.  251  :  hence, 
ή  ΐίικεντίνη,  the  territory  of  the  P., 
Id.  p.  240. 

ΤΙικέριον,  ον,τό,=  βοντνρον,  Hipp.: 
said  to  bei  a  Phrygian  word. 

^ΐΐΐκος,  ov,  0,  the  Rom.  name 
Picus,  Plut.  Num.  15. 

Tϊικpύζω,=  sq.,  Epict,  ap.  Stob.  p. 
31,  Clem.  Al. 

ΐίικραίνω,  (ττί/ίρόζ•)  strictly,  to  make 
sharp,  keen  or  bitter,  esp.  to  the  taste, 
pungent  or  bitter. — 2.  metaph.,  to  em- 
bitter, anger,  irritate,  LXX  :— Pass., 
to  grow  angry,  Theocr.  5,  120 ;  to 
foster  bitter  feelings.  Plat.  Legg.  731 
D;  to  vex  07ie's  self.  Antiph.  Lenin.  3. 
— 3.  of  style,  to  make  harsh  or  rugged, 
διύ?^εκτον,  Dion.  H.,  Demosth.  55. 
Hence 

ΐίικραντικός,  ή,  όν,  embittering. 
Adv.  -κώς,  διατίθεσθαι,  Sext.  Emn. 
p.  442. 

ΐΐίκράς,  ύδος,  pecul.  fem.  of  πι- 
κρός, for  πικρά. 

ΤΙικρασμός,  ov,  ό,  (πικράζω)  bitter- 
ness :  bitter  feeling,  LXX. 

TiiKpia,  ας,  ή,  (πικρός)  bitterness, 
LXX. — 2.  of  temper,  harshness, cruelty, 
Dem.  580,  1,  Polyb.  15,4,  11;  προς 
Tiva,  Plut.  Cor.  15. 

ΐίικρίδιος,  a,  ov,  (πικρός)  somewhat 
bitter ;  as  name  of  a  kind  of  olive,  Ath. 
78  A.  [pi.] 

ΐίικρίζω,  (πικρός)  to  be  or  become 
bitter,  taste  bitter,  Strab. 

ΐίικρίς,  ίδος,  ή,  (πικρός)  a  bitter 
herb,  esp.  succory,  endive,  Arist.  H.  A. 
9,  6,  8,  Theophr. 

ΐίικρόγΰμος,  ov,  (πικρός,  γαμέω) 
whose  nuptials  are  embittered,  Od.  1, 
266,  etc.  :  married  unhappily. 

ΊΙικρόγλωσσος,  ov,  (πικρός,  γλώσ 
σα)  of  sharp  or  cutting  tongue,  π.  άρα/, 
bitter  curses,  Aesch.  Theb.  787. 

Πικρόκαρπος,  ov,  (πικρός,  καρπός) 
bearing  bitter  fruit,  Aesch.  Theb.  693 


ΠΙΛΗ 

ΐΙικρο~οι.ός,  όν,  [πικρός,  ττοίέω) 
making  bitter. 

Ώιΐ(ρος,  ά,  όν,  poet,  also  of,  ον 
Od.  4,  406.  Strictly  (as  Buttm. 
Lexil.  s.  V.  ίχεττενκής  has  shown) 
pointed,  sharp,  keen,  οίστός,  βέ?^εμνα, 
Horn.:  hence,  generally , piercing,  pun- 
gent to  the  sense  ; — 1.  of  taste,  sharp, 
pungent,  bitter,  ()ίζα,  II.  11,  846  ;  άλμη, 
Od.  5,  323,  etc.  (which  is  the  pre- 
vailing signf.  in  the  derivs.) ;  so  of 
salt-water,  opp.  to  γλυκύς,  Hdt.  7, 
35;  αλμυρός  καΐ  π.,  Plat.  Legg.  705 
A  ;  ύπ'  ΰμφακος  πίκρας  oivov,  Aesch. 
Ag.  970. — 2.  of  smell,  sharp,  pungent, 
Od.  4,406. — 3.of  feeling, /ceere,piei-cmg, 
ωόΐνες,  II.  11,  271. — 4.  oi  sound,  pierc- 
ing,  shrill,  οιμωγή,  Soph.  Phil.  189, 
φθόγγος,  Id.  O.  C.  1010;  δψ,  Ar.  Pac. 
805. — 5.  generally,  painful,  cruel,  hate- 
ful, Od.  17,  448,  cf  Hdt.  7,  35  :— so 
of  acts,  words,  etc.,  bitter,  harsh,  stern, 
cruel,  π.  ηλεντύ,  Pind.  I.  7  (6),  69  ; 
τιμωρία,  άγων,  νόμος,  Aesch.  Pers. 
473,  Soph.  Aj.  1239,  Ar.  Av.  1045  ; 
ονδέν  της  ανάγκης  πικρότερον,  Αη- 
tipho  116,  42;  etc.  —  6.  of  persons, 
cruel,  ες  τίνα,  Hdt.  1,  123;  also  hate- 
ful, hostile,  Tivi,  to  one,  Aesch.  Cho. 
234.  Eum.  152,  Soph.  Phil.  254,  etc., 
cf.  Valck.  Phoen.  963.-7.  bitter,  sad^ 
sorrowful,  δύκρνον,  Od.  4,  153  ;  πικρά 
όρνις,  Soph.  Ant.  424.— II.  compar. 
and  superl.  πικρότερος,  πικρότατος, 
never  πικρότερος,  Buttm.  Ausf  Gr. 
^  65  Anin.  2,  and  Addenda.  —  III. 
Adv.  -ρώς,  bitterly,  Soph.  O.  C.  994  ; 
harshly,  severely,  freq.  in  Dem. :  su- 
perl. -ότατα,  Polyb.  1 ,  72, 3.  (On  the 
root,  V.  πεύκη  sub  fin.)  [I  in  Horn, 
and  Ep.  ;  but  ϊ  oft.  in  Trag.,  as 
Aesch.  Pers.  473,  Ag.  970.  Soph.  Aj. 
500,  and  in  Theocr.  8,  74  : — ι  there- 
fore not  long  by  nature  as  in  μικρός-Ί 
Hence 

ΤΙικρότης,  ητος,  fj,  bitterness,  esp. 
of  taste.  Plat.  Theaet.  159  E,  Tim. 
83  B,  etc. — II.  metaph.  harshness, 
cruelty,  Hdt.  1,  130,  Eur.  El.  1014, 
Pint. 

ΙΙικρόχολος,  ov,  {πικρός,  xo7J])full 
of  bitter  gall,  bilious,  Hipp. :  metaph. 
splenetic,  Anth. 

ΥΙικρόω,  (3,  (πικρός)  to  make  bitter  : 
to  embitter,  like  πικραίνω. 

fHiKTui,  ών,  αϊ,  Piciae,  a  place  on 
the  Latina  via,  Strab.  p.  237. 

ΐίικτίς,  V.  sub  πυκτίς. 

^Μίκτονες,  ων,  οι,  the  Pictones,  a 
people  of  Aquitania,  on  the  Liger, 
Strab.  p.  190. 

ΐίίλεος,  ου,  6.  {πΐλος)  the  pileus  or 
cap  given  to  Roman  slaves  when 
freed,  Polyb.  30,  16,  3.  [t] 

ΤΙΐλέω,  ώ,  ί.-7Ίσω,=: πιλοω,  in  pass., 
Anth.  P.  6,  282  :— also  in  pass.,  to  be 
close  pressed,  Ap.  Rh.  4,  678,  Anth. 
Plan.  333.    Hence 

Τίίλημα,  ατος,τό,  wool  or  hair  made 
into  felt,  a  piece  of  felt,  Galen. — 2.  any 
thing  made  thereof:  hence=7ri/lof. 
Call.  Fr.  124,  125.— II.  in  gen.  any 
thing  pressedchse,iT.  νέφους,  a  pack  of 
cloud,  Arist.  Mund.  4,  17.  [(] 

ΙΙιλήσει,  for  φιλήσεις,  barbarism 
in  Ar.  Thesm.  1190. 

Υ\.ί7.ησις,  εως,  7/,  (ττίλε'ω)  a  felting 
^  wool :  also  —  2.  =  πί'λημα.  Plat. 
Legg.  849  C. — II.  generally,  a  pressing 
close,  making  close  or  compact,  thicken- 
ing, Parmenid.,  Plat.  Tim.  58  B,  76  C. 

ΐΐίλητής,  ov,  6,  (  πιλέω  )  a  felt- 
maker,  hatter. — II.  in  genl.  one  who 
pre.':ses  tight  or  close.     Hence 

Τίϊλητικός,  ή,  όν,  of,  belonging  to 
felt-making,  etc.  :  ή  -κή  (sc.  τέχνη), 
the  fetter's  or  hatter's  trade,  Plat.  Polit. 
280  G. 


ΠΙΛΩ 

ΤΙίλητός,  ή,  όν,  {πι?ι.έω)  felted,  of 
felt,  Plat.  Tim.  74  B.— II.  generally, 
that  may  be  pressed  close  without  re- 
turning to  its  shape,  opp.  to  elastic, 
Arist.  Meteor.  4,  9,  23. 

ΐΐΐλίδιον,  ov,  TO.  dim.  from  πΐλος, 
Lat.  pileolus,  Ar.  Ach.  439,  Plat.  Rep. 
406  D,  Dem.  421,  22.  [λί] 

1\ίλϊνος,  η,  ov,  {πίλος)  made  of  felt. 

ΤΙΐλίον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  πίλος, 
Polyb.  35,  6,  4. 

ΐΐϊ'λίσκος,  ov,  ό,  dim.  from  πΙ?Μς, 
Diosc. 

Πίλνάω,  ώ,=  πελύζω,  to  bring  near 
to,  TLVL  Ti :  but  only  found  once, 
βορέας  δρνς  πιλνα  χθονί,  brings  them 
to  earth,  Hes.  Op.  508. — More  freq. 
as  pass.,  πίλναμαι  (but  with  no  act. 
form  πίλνημι),  to  draw  near  to,  come 
near,  approach,  c.  dat.,  άρματα  χθονϊ 
πίλναντο,  the  chariots  go  close  to  the 
ground,  II.  23,  368 ;  so,  έπ'  ονδεϊ 
πίλναται,  II.  19,  93;  δόμοισι  πίλνα, 
thou  drawcst  nigh  the  house,  H.  Hom. 
Cer.  115;  and,  when  there  are  two 
subjects,  absol.,  γαία  και  οίφανός 
πίλνατο,  earth  and  sky  threatened  to 
meet  in  the  storm,  Hes.  Th.  703 : — in 
II.  22.  402,  absol.,  χαΐται  πίλναντο, 
— which  gives  no  tolerable  sense  ; 
Spitzn.  receives  the  old.  v.  1.  πί- 
TvavTO. 

Τίΐλοειδής,  ες,  {π'Λος,  είδος)  like 
fell,  Stob. 

ΐΐϊλοποιέω,  ώ,  to  make  fdt  or  hats: 
in  genl.=  7riAew.    Hence 

ΐΐΐλοποιητικός,  η,  όν,  of,  belonging 
to  felt-making. 

ΐΙί?.οποιΐα,  ας,  ή,  felt-making. 

ΐΐί/.οποιϊκός,  ή,  όν,=  πι7ιοποιητι- 
κός. 

ΐΐϊλοποΐός,  όν,  making  felt :  όπ.,α 
hatter. 

ΠΓΑΟΣ,  ου,  ο,  wool  or  hair  wrought 
into  felt,  used  as  a  lining  for  helmets, 
II.  10,265;  or  shoes,  Hes.  Op.  540. 
cf  Plat.  Symp.  220  Β  :  also,  the  lining 
of  a  cuirass,  Arist.  H.  A. — II.  any  thing 
madeoffelt,esp.  a  felt-hat.  hat,  Hes.  Op. 
544  ;  πίΑ.ονς  τιάρας  φορέονσι,  they 
wear  turbans  for  hats.  Hdt.  3,  12,  cf. 
7,  02,  et  V.  sub  πιλίδιον  (such  hats 
were  also  called  πέτασοι  from  the 
shape)  :  π.  χα?ικοϋς,  a  brazen  hat,  i.  e. 
helmet,  Ar.  Lys.  562.-2.  feU-clolh, 
used  for  carpets,  mats,  teiits,  Hdt.  4, 
23,  73,  cf  Xen.  Cyr.  5,  5,  7  :  α  felt- 
cuirass,  Thuc.  4,  34. — III.  a  ball,  globe, 
esp.  that  of  the  heavens  and  of  the 
earth,  Lat.  pila,  Paus.  (nisi  legend. 
πόλος). — IV.  for  the  Lat.  pilus,  i.  e. 
ordo  triariorum,  as  in  priynus  pilus. 
(Lat.  PILUS,  Germ.  FILZ,  our 
FELT.) 

ΤΙΐλοφορέω,  ώ,  (πιλοφόρος)  to  wear 
a  felt-hat  ;  to  wear  an  apex,  like  the 
Έ-ΟταΛη  flamines,  App.  Civ.  1,  65. 

ΐΐΐλοφορικός.  ή,  όν,  accustomed  to 
wear  a  πίλος,  Luc.  Scyth.  1  :  from 

Τίΐλοφόρος.  ov,  {πΐ7.ος,  φέρω)  xvear- 
ing  a  πίλος,  Anth.  P.  9,  430. — IT.  esp. 
ivearing  an  apex,  like  the  Roman  /7a- 
mines. 

ΤΙίλόω,  ω,  {πίλος)  to  felt  wool :  hence 
to  press  close,  squeeze  tight,  Eubul.  In- 
cert.  15  a;  metaph..  π.  εαυτούς  έπι 
ταίς  άρχαίσι,  Ar.  Lys.  577  : — pass,  to 
be  pressed  close,  Ar.  Fr.  235. 

ΐΐΐλύδης,  ες,  like  felt :  generally, 
close-pressed,  close. 

ΊΙΙίλωρος,  ου,  ή,  Pilonis,  a  city  of 
Macedonia  near  Mt.  Athos,  Hdt.  7, 
122. 

Πίλωσίζ-,  ή,=  πίλησις,  Theophr. 

Πϊλωτός,  ή,  όν,  {πι?.όω)^πι?.ητός : 
hence,  τιάρας  περικείμενοι  πιλωτύς, 
Strab. :  and  Dion.  Η.  calls  the  pilei 
of  the  Roman  Flaminea  πΟ^-ωτά. 


ΠΙΜΠ 

ΤΙΐμελη,  ής,  ή,  {πίων,  n7.ap)fat,  Hdt. 
2,  40,  47,  Soph.  Ant.  1011  ;  distin- 
guished from  στέαρ  as  χντόν  καΐ 
άπηκτον,  soft  fat.  Lat.  adeps,  Arist.  H, 
A.  3,  17,  1.     Hence 

Ϊ1ϊμε7:ής,  ές,fat,  compar.  -έστερος, 
Luc.  Symp.  43  : — πιμελός  is  dub. 

Ϊ1ϊμε7.ώδης.  ες,  (.πιμ.ε7ιή,  εiόoς)fatty, 
Arist.  Part.  An.  2,  6,  2. 

ϋΐίμπλα,  ή,=  11ίμπλεια,  Strab.  p. 
471. 

ΐίιμπλάνω,  poet,  for  πίμπ7ιημι, 
hence  pres.  mid.  πιμπλάνεται  for 
πίμ-λαται,  II.  9,  679. 

Τ[ιμπ7ιύω,  Ion.  έω,  =  πίμπ7.ημι : 
hence  Ion.  fem.  part.  pres.  πιμπ?ίεν• 
σαι  for  πιμπ/.ονσαι,  Hes.  Th.  880, 
with  V.  I.  πιμπ7ίάσαι. 

^ΥΙίμπλεια,  ας,  ή,  Pimplla,  a  city 
of  Macedonia,  in  Pieria,  where  Or- 
pheus lived.  Call.  Del.  7,  and  sacred 
to  the  Muses,  Strab.  p.  471.     Hence 

^Ιίιμπ7.ηίς,  ίδος,  ή,  fem.  adj.,  of 
Pimplea,  Pimplian,  Π.  σκοπιά,  of  He- 
licon, Ap.  Rh.  1,  25;  in  Lye.  275 
ΤΙιμπλειας  σκοπή,  cf.  Schol.  Ap.  Rh. 

I.  c. : — ai  Ϊ1ιμπ7.ηΐδες.  the  Muses, 
Leon.  Tar.  1  :  cf  Hor.  Od.  1,  26,  9. 

ΤΙίμπλημι  (lengthened  from  root 
ΠΑΕ-,  ΠΛΗ-,  which  appears  in  πλέ 
ος,  πλησω,  etc.),  inf.  πιμπ/^άναι  [α], 
in  pres.  and  impf  just  like  ϊστι/μι: 
fut.  πλήσω  :  aor.  επ7,ησα.  aor.  mid. 
έπλησάμην :  pf.  pass,  πέπ/ίησμαι: 
aor.  pass,  επλήσθην :  also  irreg.  aor, 
2  mid.  Ιπ7.ήμ?ιν,  opt.  πλτ/μην  or  bet- 
ter πλείμην  (like  β/.είμην),  Ar.  Ach. 
236,  imiierat.  πλήσο. — Inthe  compds., 
where  μ  comes  before  πι,  the  μ  be- 
fore πλ  is  dropt,  as  εμπίπλημι  (q.  v.), 
but  it  returns  v^'iih  the  augm  ,  as  in 
ένεπίμπλασαν.  Lob.  Phryn.  95.  The 
poets  use  the  forms  with  and  without 
μ,  as  suits  their  verse,  Buttm.  Catal. 
s.  v. — The  forms  πιμπ7.άω,  πιμπ/ιέω, 
πιμπ/ιάνω  are  not  Att.  :  πλήϋω,  πέ- 
πληβα  (q.  v.)  is  always  intr. ;  though 
the  other  tenses  of  πίμπ7^ημι  formed 
from  it  are  trans  ,  and  are  treated  of 
here. 

To  fill,  fill  up,  τι  τίνος,  one  thing 
with  anotlier,  as,  όέπας  olvoio,  τρά• 
πεζαν  άμβροσίης,  πηρην  σίτον,  φρένας 
Οάρσονς,  etc.,  Hom.,  Hes.,  Hdt.,  and 
Att. ;  also  τί  τινι,  as  δακρύοισ,,ν 
Έλλά(5α  επλησεν,  filled  it  with  tears, 
Eur.  Or.  1363,  cf  Aesch.  Pers.  134, 
Soph.  Fr.  483;  but,  πίμπ7.ημ'  όμμα 
δακρύων.  Soph.  El.  906;  δακρνι,.ν 
επλησεν  έμέ,  filled  me  full  of  tears, 
Eur.  Or.  368.-2.  c.  ace.  only,  to  fill, 
ιχθνες  πιμπ7Μσι  μνχονς  7αμένος.  II. 
21,23;  to  fill  full,  satisfy,  glut.  Eur. 
Cycl.  146,  etc. — 3.  to  fill,  disci. urge  an 
office,  Aesch.  Cho.  370.-11.  mid., 
esp.  in  aor.,  to  fill  for  one's  self,  or 
what  is  one's  own,  π7.ήσασθαι  δέπας 
olvoio,  to  fill  one's  self  a  cup  of  wine, 

II.  9,  224  ;  θυμόν  π7ιήσασθαί  τίνος,  to 
fill  up  the  measure  of  one's  wraih  wilh 
a  thing,  like  Lat.  animum  explere,  Od. 
17,  003  :  μητρόθεν  δυςώννμα  7Λκτρ' 
έπλήσω,  Soph.  Ο.  C.  528;  πεδία 
πίμπλασθ'  αρμάτων,  fill  the  plain  full 
of  your  chariots,  Eur.  Phoeii.  522; 
etc. — III.  pass.,  to  become  or  be  full  of, 
τινός,  Horn.,  Hdt.,  etc.  :  to  be  filled, 
satisfied,  have  enough  of  a  thing,  της 
νόσου,  Phil.  520  ;  ηδονών.  Plat. 

■\ΐΙίμπραμα,  τά,  Pimprama,  a  place 
in  India,  Arr.  An.  5,  22,  3. 

ΐlιμπpύω,=  sq.,  never  in  Att. 

ΤΙίμπρημι,  (lengthened  from  root 
ΠΡΗ-.  cf.  suli  tin.),  inf  πιμπρύναι 
[ά],  only  used  in  pres.  and  impf.  ;  the 
fut.  being  πρήσω,  aor.  έπρησα,  as  if 
from  πρήβω.  Hom.  only  uses  aor. 
ίπρησα,  except  that  he  has  impi 
1183 


ΠΙΝΑ 

ίιτρηθον  in  compos,  with  έν  :  the  aor., 
in  Hes.  Th.  85ϋ,  is  shortd.  into  enpt- 
σε:  the  pres.  in  Aesch.  Pers.  810, 
Eur.  ΊΊό.  81  :  wherever  in  compels. 
μ  occurs  before  ττί-,  the  μ  before  πρ- 
is  dropped,  as  έμπίπρημι  (q.  v.),  but 
it  returns  with  the  augin.  as  in  ίνε- 
Τϊίμτϊρασαν  :  the  poets  neglect  this 
rule  metri  grat. 

Radic.  signf.  to  kindle,  burn,  νήας 
TTvpi,  11.  22,  374 ;  also,  θύρετρα  πυ- 
ρόί\  11.  2,  415 ;  and  freq.  absol.,  as 
Hes.  1.  c,  etc. : — pass,  τημπραμαι,  to 
be  burnt,  Ar.  Lys.  341  ;  imperat.  pf. 
pass.,  πέπρησο,  Pherecr.  Crap.  1,4; 
έπί  ran  πίμτνρασθαι,  Luc.  Jud.  Voc. 
8.  Cf.  πρ>ίθω.  (The  root  ΠΡΗ-  ap- 
pears in  Germ,  brcnnen,  our  burn.) 

|Πί/ίώλ<σα,  τά,  Pimolisa,  a  moun- 
tain lastness  in  Pontus,  Strab.  p.  5G2. 

αΐιμωλι.σην?/,  ης,  and  ΐΐι.μωλϊτις, 
ιόος,  ή,  Pimolisene  or  -litis,  a  district 
in  Pontus  by  the  Halys,  Strab.  p.  5G1. 

lliv  or  rra',  comic  abbrev.  tor  πΐ- 
vai  from  πίνω,  Lucill.  28,  3 ;  but  Ja- 
cobs prefers  the  form  ιτείν,  as  in  Cod. 
Palat. 

Tiiva,  ή,^=-ττίνος,  very  dub. 

^ΪΙίνακα,  τά,  Finaca,  a  town  of  the 
Gordyaei  in  Mesopotamia,  Strab.  p. 
747. 

ΙΙΙνΰκηδόν,  adv.,  (πίναξ)  likeplanks, 
Ar.  Ran.  824,  cf.  Schol. 

ΐΐΐνάκιαΐος,  a,  ov,  {-ίναξ)  of  the 
size  or  thickness  of  a  plank,  Hipp. 

Τίΐράκίόιον,  ov,  ro,=  sq.,  Arist.  Mi- 
rab.  57,  2.  [<] 

ΐΐϊνάκιον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  πίναξ, 
a  little  tablet,  esp.  that  on  which  the 
δικασταί  wrote  their  verdict  of '  guil- 
ty' or  '  not  guilty,'  Lat.  tabella  {con- 
demnatoria  vcl  absolutoria),  Ar.  Vesp. 
107  ;  or  on  which  the  information  in 
case  οίίϊςαγγελία  was  written,  Dem. 
90,  fin.  :  a  mcnioraiidum-book.  Plat. 
Legg.  753  C. — 2.  a  small  plate  or  dish. 
— 3.  a  small  or  bad  picture,  Isocr.  310 
B,  and  Theophr.  [a] 

ΙΙΙνάκίς,  ιδος,  ?/,=  7rtva«i(5ioi',  Phi- 
lyll.  Pol.  3.-11.  in  plur.,  like  όέλτοι, 
Lat.  codicilli,  Plut.  T.  Gracch.  6,  Id. 
2,  47  E. 

ΪΙινακίσκων,  ου,  τό,  second  dim. 
of  τΐΐ.νας,  Antiph.  Άόρ.  γον.  1.  8. 

ΙΪΙΐ'άκίσκος,  ov,  ο,  =  πινακίδιον, 
Ar.  Plut.  813,  Fr.  449. 

ΙΓινάκογράφέω,  ώ,  to  ivrite  or  pai7it 
upon  a  ττίναξ :  and 

ΙΙϊνακογρύφία,  ας,  i],  a  writing  or 
painting  upon  a  πίναξ,  Strab. :  and 

ΪΙΙνάκογράφίκός,  ή,  όν,  able  to  paint 
on  a  πίναξ :  from 

ΙΙΐνΰΐίογρύφος,  ov,  (πίναξ,  γράφω) 
writing  or  painting  upon  a  πίναξ. 

ΤΙινακοεώής,  ες,  like  a  tablet. 

ΐΓίΐύκοθήκη,  Ι/ς.  ή,  a  collection  of 
pictures  or  maps,  Strab. 

Γίίνΰκοπώ'λης,  ov,  b,  {πίναξ,  πω- 
Τί,έω)  one  who  sells  πίνακες. — II.  one 
who  sells  Utile  birds  plucked  and  ranged 
upon  a  board,  Ar.  A  v.  14. 

iΠιvaκ.όσπoγγoς,  ύ,  {πίναξ,  σπόγ- 
γος) plate-sponge,  comic  name  of  a 
parasite,  Alciphr. 

ΤΙΙνύκωσίς,  εως,  ij,  timber-work,  Lat. 
contabulatio,  Plut.  2,  658  D. 

ΙΙίναξ,  άκος,  ύ,  α  board,  plank,  Od. 
12,  67,  cf  Opp.  H.  1,  191,  and  v.  sub 
πινακηδύν  : — hence  of  various  things 
made  of  Hat  wood, — 1.  a  writing  tablet, 
=the  later  ύέΆτος,  first  in  II.  6,  109  ; 
πτνκτος  π.  (Uiougli  here  not  for  writ- 
ing on,  v.  sul)  σήμα),  Aesch.  Supp. 
946,  etc.;  also,  πινάκων  δέλτοί,  Ar. 
Thesm.  778,  cf  πινάκων,  πινακίς : 
— a  votive  tablet,  Simon.  60. — 2.  α  wood- 
en trencher,  dish  or  plate,  Od.  1,  141  ; 
16, 49  ;  and  the  name  continued  when 
1184 


niJMO 

the  material  was  changed,  Ar.  Plut. 
990. — 3.  a  board  for  painting  on,  hence 
a  picture,  Lat.  tabula,  Theophr. :  then, 
— 4.  generally,  a  plate  with  any  thing 
drawn  or  graven  on  it,  χάλκεος  π.,  ot 
a  map,  Hdt.  5,  49 :  πίνακες  were 
used  esp.  for  astronomical  schemes, 
hence,  ;)  Trtpt  πίνακα  μέθοδος,  the 
art  of  casting  nativities,  Plut.  Rom. 
12,  cf.  Wyttenb.  2,  3K6  B.— 5.  a  board 
on  ivhich  public  notices  were  inscribed  ; 
generally,  a  register,  list,  Lat.  album, 
Dem.  1091,  7  :  a  table  of  accounts. — G. 
a  kind  oi  strop  to  sharpen  knives  on, 
Schneid.  Theophr.  H.  PI.  5,  5,  1. 
(Ace.  to  Hemst..  from  an  old  word 
*πίνος,  i.  e.  pinus,  and  so  strictly  a 
deal  board.  Acc.  to  Buttm.,  Ausf  Gr. 
'^  16  Ainn.  1  n.,  from  πλάξ,  so  that 
acc.  to  the  Dor.  custom  ν  would  he 
put  for  λ,  and  ι  be  inserted,  as  in  πι- 
νντός.  [ι] 

illivcipa,  τά,  Pinara,  a  town  of 
Lycia,  Arr.  An.  1,  24,  4. 

ΤΙινύριον,  ου,  τό,  a  sort  of  vitriol, 
elsewh.  σταλακτίς,  Dinsc. 

^Πίνάρος,  ου.  ύ,  the  Pinarus,  a 
small  river  of  Cilicia  near  Issus,  Arr. 
An.  2,  7,  1 :  Dion.  P.  807. 

Ilii'upof,  ά,  όν.  Ion.  πινηρός,  {πί- 
vor)  dirty,  squalid,  Eur.  El.  183,  Anth. 
Plan.  190,  Luc,  etc.     Hence 

Πϊΐ'ίϊρόω,  ώ,  to  defile,  make  dirty. 

Ππ'ίίω,  ώ,  {πίνος)  to  be  dirty,  Ar. 
Plut.  297  (V.  1.  πεινώντα),  Lys.  279. 

ΥΙίνδΰΆος,  ου,  ό,  an  unknown  bird, 
Ael.  N.  A.  13,  25. 

^ΐΐινδάρείος,  ov,  of  or  relating  to 
Pindar,  Pindaric,  II.  έπος,  Ar.  Av. 
939:  from 

tnu'dapof,  ov,  6,  Pindar,  the  cel- 
ebrated lyric  poet,  of  Thebes  in  Boe- 
otia.  Plat.  Theaet.  173  E,  etc.— 2.  a 
tyrant  of  Ephesus,  Ael.  V.  H.  3.  20. 

αΐινδόβεν, adv., from  Pindus,  Pind. 
P.  1,  126. 

^ίΐίνδος,  ov,  6,  Strab.  p.  329,  usu. 
7/,  Mt.  Pindus,  a  range  in  Thessaly  on 
the  borders  of  Epirus,  now  Agrnpha, 
Pind.  P.  9,27;  Hdt.  1,  50;  etc.— 2. 
6,  the  Pindus,  a  river  of  Lociis  join- 
ing the  Cephisus,  Strab.  p.  427. — 3. 
7/,  a  city  of  Doris  on  the  Pindus,  also 
called  Άκύφας,  Hdt.   8,  43;   Strab. 

1.  c,  p.  427. 

ΥΙΙνηρύς,  ή,  όν.  Ion.  for  πιναρός, 
Hipp. 

ΪΙΙνικόν,  τό,  V.  πιννικόν. 

Tlivva  and  πίννη,  ή,  the  pinna  ma- 
rina, Cratin.  Archil.  5;  cf.  πιννοτί/- 
ρης,  and  v.  Arist.  H.  A.  5,  15,  17.— 2. 
a  kind  oi  muscle  which  fixes  itself  to 
the  bottom  of  the  sea  by  silken 
threads  which  it  spins,  v.  sq. ;  one 
variety  is  said  to  produce  the  oriental 
pearl,  v.  Ath.  93  E. 

ΙΙιννικόν  or  πίννικον,  ου,  τό  (sc. 
εριον),  a  kind  of  whitish  silk  spun  by 
the  πίννα,  which  was  and  still  is  wo- 
ven for  divers  uses. 

ΐΐιννόθριξ  μάλλος,  ο,  wool  like  the 
silk  of  the  πιννα. 

ΐΐιννοτήρης,  ov,  ό,  [πίννα.  τηρέω) 
the  pinna-guard,  a  small  crab  that  lives 
in  tlie  pinna's  shell,  described  by  Plut. 

2,  980  B,  cf.  πιννοφν'λαξ :  hence, — 2. 
of  a  little  parasitical  fellow.  Soph.  Fr. 
116,  Ar.  Vesp.  1510. 

ΐΐιννοτρόφος,  ov,  {πίννα,  τρέφω) 
nourishing  the  pinna. 

ΐΐιννοφνλαξ,  ΰκος,  ό.^=πιννοτήρηΓ, 
Arist.  Η.  Α.  5,  16,  2.  [ϋ] 

ΤΙιννώδτις,  ες,  {πίννα,  είδος)  like 
the  pinna. 

Υϊΐνόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  poet,  for  πίνα- 
ρός,  dirty,  Αρ.  Rh.  2,  301. 

ΠϊΐΌΐ'.  τό,  liquor  7nade  from  barley, 
beer,  Arist.  ap.  Ath.  447  13. 


niN« 

ΊΙΐνόομαι,  as  pass.,  to  be  rusted,  d 
statues,  Plut.  Alex.  4;  cf.  πίνος: 
from 

ΠΓΝΟΣ,  ov,  !),  dirt, filth,  Lat.  squa- 
lor, Soph.  O.  C.  1259,  Eur.  El.  305; 
inetaph.,  συν  πίνω  χερών,  i.  e.  by  foul 
means,  Aesch.  Ag.  776: — their  πίνος 
ό  της  άρχαιόΤ7/τος  was  much  prized 
in  bronzes,  whence  freq.  mctaph.  of 
stvle,  Dion.  H.,  Demosth.,  39,  cf. 
Plut.  2,  395,  B,  etc.  ;  and  v.  sub  πι- 
νύομαι,  εΰπινής.  [Usu.  properisp.  πΐ- 
νος  as  in  Ε.  Μ.  p.  672,  40,  and  A.  B. 

1,  p.  22,  11,  prob.  as  if  derived  from 
πίων  [t] :  but  it  has  I,  cf  Soph.  O.  C. 
1259,  Ap.  Rh.  2,  200,  and  so  in  δυσ- 
πϊν7'/ς  am\  all  compds. :  indeed  Draco 
121,  17,  and  Arcad.  63,  21,  write  it 
πίνος.} 

tlla'Of,  ov,  6,  Pinus,  a  son  of  Nu 
ma,  from  whom  the  Pinarii  were  so 
called,  acc.  to  Plut.  ΛΛιιη.  21. 

Τίινϋμϊ,=^πίννσκω,  πινύσσω.  [ί] 

ΤΙινϋσις,  ή,  prudence :  [ϊ]  from 

Ώ.lvύσκω,=  sq.,  Aesch.  Pers.  830, 
Call.  Dian.  152. 

ΙΙΐννσσω,  to  make  wise  or  prudent, 
admonish,  instruct,  11.  14,  249  :  cf.  πι- 
ννσκω,  πιΐ'ύω.  (From  πνέω,  πέπνυ- 
μαι,  with  L  inserted.)     Hence 

ΥΙΐνντή,  ης,  η,  understanding,  ivis- 
dom,  11.  7,  289,  Od.  20,  71. 

Ώΐνΰτής,  ήτος,  7/,=foreg.,  Antli. 
P.  7,  490. 

ΤΙΐνϋτός,  ή,  όν,  wise,  prudent,  saga 
cious,  Od.  1,  229;  4,  211.  Solon  15, 
39,  Pind.  L  8  (7),  56.  (Cf.  sub  πι- 
νύσσω.) 

αΐινυτός,  ου,  6,  Pinytus,  a  poet  of 
the  Anthology. 

Τίΐνντότης,  ητος,  ή,=  πίννσ(ς,  πι 
νυτή. 

ΐΐΐνϋτόφρων,  όνος,  ύ,  ή,  {πινυτος, 
φρ7]ν)  of  wise  or  prudent  mind,  of  Ul\  s- 
ses,  Anth.  P.  3,  8 ;  σιγή,  Anth.  Plan. 
325. 

Τίΐννω.^=πιννσσω,  πιννσκω. 

ΠΓΝΩ,  fut.  πίομαι.  and  after 
Ari«t.  πιηνμαι,  found  indeed  as  early 
as  Xen,,  v.  Bornem.  Symp.  4,  7,  Lob. 
Phryn.  31  :  aor.  έπιον,  inf  πιείν,  im- 
perat. πίε,  Od.  9,  347,  only  poet.  ;  in 
comedy  also  πίΟι,  Ameips.  Sphend. 

2,  Antiph.  Myst.  1.  Other  tenses  are 
formed  from  a  root  ΓΙΟ-,  pf.  π'επωκα, 
pass,  πέπομαι  :  aor.  pass,  επόθην  : 
verb.  adj.  ποτός,  ποτέον.  Ion.  part. 
πινενμενος,  for  πινάμενος :  syncop. 
inf.  πΐν  or  πεΐν,  also  written  πιν, 
πεΐν.  Anth.,  cf  Meineke  Euphor.  Fr, 
105. — We  also  have  collat.  form  πιο 
μαι  as  pres.,  Pmd.  O.  6,  147. — Hom. 
uses  all  the  act.  tenses,  except  the 
pf  ;  of  the  pass.,  only  pres.,  and  impf. 

To  drink,  oft.  in  Horn. ;  so  too  in 
lies.,  Pind.,  Hdt.,  and  Att. ;  usu.  c. 
acc. ;  but  also  c.  gen.,  to  drink  nf  a 
thing,  drink  wine,  etc.,  Od.  11,  96; 
15,  373  ;  also,  πίνειν  κρητήρης  οϊνοιο, 
to  drink  bowls  of  wine,  II.  8,  232  ;  also, 
π.  έκ  φιαλών,  Xen.  Cyr.  5,  3,  3  ;  εν 
κερατίνοις  ποτιιρίυις.  Id.  An.  5,  9,  4  ; 
absol.,  to  drink,  εσβιέμεν  καϊ  πινεμεν, 
Od.  2,  305  ;  πίνε,  πΙν'  έπι  σνμφοραΐς, 
Ar.  Eq.  404  : — metaph.  to  drink  up,  as 
the  earth  does  rain,  Hdt.  3,  117;  so, 
πιοΐισα  κόνις  μέλαν  αίμα,  Aesch. 
Eum.  980,  cf.  Theb.  736:-in  pf  πέ• 
πωκα.  to  have  drunk,  to  be  drunk,  Eur. 
Cycl.  536  ;  and  of  plants,  Xen.  Symp. 
2,  25  ;  also,  π.  με'Αη,  to  drink  in  mu- 
sic, Jac.  A.  P.  p.  96. — Cf.  πιπίσκω, 
to  give  to  drink,  [i  always  in  πίνω, 
for  which  reason  in  Strato  96,  we 
must  read  πίε :  ΐ  in  fut.  πίομαι,  but 
in  Ep.  mostly  i,  as  always  in  πιόμζ- 
vor.  iiictii  grat. ;  Theogn.  956  and 
1125  has  both  quantities;  in  Ar.  Eq. 


ΠΙΠΤ 

1289,  1401,  ι,  but  elsewh.  in  comedy 
t ;  ia  fut.  τΓίοϋμαι  and  in  aor.,  except 
the  imperat.  πϊθι.  ΐ  always.] 

ΐΐϊνωόιις,  if,  (τύνος,  ε'ώος)  dirty, 
squalid,  Hipp.,  Eur.  Or.  225.     Hence 

ΤΙΐνωόία,  ας,  ή,  dirt,  filth. 

ΤΙινωσις,  ή,  (ηΐνόω)  a  dirtying,  foul- 
ing. 

'[Τίίξόδαροζ,  ου,  b,  Pixodnrus,  a  Ca- 
rian,  Hdt.  5,  118:  son  of  Hecatom- 
nus,  king  of  Caria,  Strab.  p.  6.5C:  cf. 
ΐίηξάόωβος. 

Τίίοειδης,  ες,  (πι,  είδος)  shaped  like 
the  letter  πϊ.  Math.  Vett. 

ΙΙίομαι,  fut.  of  πίνω,  q.  v.,  Horn. — 
II.  as  pres.  rare  coUat.  form  from  πί- 
νω (q.  v.),  Pind.  O.  6,  147. 

Tllov  (sc.  γάλα),  τό,  fat,  rich  milk, 
Nic.  Al.  77. 

illiovia,  ας,  ή,  Pionia,  a  city  of 
Mysia.  Strab.  p.  610:  in  Paus.  Πίο- 
νιαί,  ών,  αϊ,  9,  18,  4. 

ΐΙΙος,  α,  ον,  rare  poet,  form  for  πί- 
ων,  Pind.  P.  4,  99,  Epich.  p.  74,  Orph. 
Arg.  508  ; — hence  πιότερος,  πΐότατος, 
compar.  and  superl.  of  πίων. 

ΐΐίος,  εος,  το,^πίαρ,  dub. 

ΙΙΐότης,  ητος,  ή,  fatness,  fat,  Arist. 
Η.  Α.  3,  17,  4,  Luc.  Amor.  14. 

ΐΐίπερι,  εως,  τό,=^πέπερι,  pepper. 
Hence 

ΪΙιπερίς,  ίδος,  ή,  the  pepper-tree, 
A  el.  Ν.  Α.  9,  48,  ubi  Jacobs  πεπε- 
ρίόι. 

Πιπίζω. =sq^.,  οτ^πιππίζω  ? 

ΤίΙπίσκω,  ί.  πίσω  [ί].  aor.  έπίσα  ; 
(πίνω).  Το  give  to  dritik,  c.  dupl. 
ace.  πίσω  σοε  Αίρκας  νόωρ,  I  uitU 
give  them  the  water  of  Dirce  to  drink, 
Pind.  I.  6  (5),  108 ;  π.  τινά  τοϋ  φαρ- 
μάκου, Luc.  Lexiph.  20  : — fut.  also  in 
Eupol.  Dem.  24 ;  the  aor.  ένέπισα  in 
Pind.  Fr.  77. 

ΐΐιπ/.ύω,  πίπλημι,  v.  πιμπλάω, 
πίμπλημι. 

ΙΙίπλω,  poet,  for  πίμπλημι,  only 
extant  in  impf  επιπλον  in  Hes.  Sc. 
291,  and  retained  by  Gaisf,  though 
Heinr.,  Gottl.,  etc.,  from  MSS.  give 
επίτνον. 

JliTTOf  or  πίπος,  η,=  πίπώ,  Arist. 
Η.  Α.  9,  1,  17. 

HiTOc,  ό,  a  young  piping  bird,  Lat. 
pipio,  Ath.  368  F  :  perh.  better  πίπ- 
noc,  cf.  sq. 

ΤΙιππίζω,  to  pipe  or  chirp  like  young 
birds,  Ar.  A  v.  307. 

Πίτρα,  //,  a  bird,  perh.  =  πιπώ, 
Arist.  H.  A.  9,  1,  13. 

ΤΙιπρύσκω,  Ion.  πιπρί/σκω,  shortd. 
from  πιπεράσκω,  redupl.  form  of  πε- 
ούω  (q.  V.) :  pf.  πέπράΐία,  pass,  πέ- 
πρύμαι,  inf.  περπράσθαι :  aor.  έπρύ- 
θην  [α],  Ion.  έπρτ/θιιν,  Hdt.  :  fut.  3 
πεπβάσομαί  [ΰ],  Ar.  Vesp.  179,  and 
Xen. ;  the  fut.  1  πραθήσομαι  is  not 
Alt. — The  fut.  and  aor.  act.  are  bor- 
rowed from  περύω. — Note  that,  in 
Ion.,  ά  becomes  ?/  in  all  tenses  ;  also 
that  the  pf  πεπρασθαι  oft.  stands  for 
the  aor.  πραθήναι. 

To  sell,  the  act.  first  in  Dem.  17, 
16  (cf  πρατέον),  though  Hdt.  and 
Trag.  have  pass.  (v.  infra), — the  Ho- 
meric words  being  περάω  (Β),  πέρνη- 
μι. — Pass,  to  be  sold,  esp.  for  exporta- 
tion, Hdt.,  and  Att. ;  opp.  to  ώνεϊ- 
σβαι.  Plat.  Phaed.  69  B,  etc.  ;  π.  ες 
τονς  θεσπρωτούς,  Hdt.  2,  56,  cf  απο- 
δίδομαι :  metaph.,  πέπραμαι,  I  am 
bought  and  sold  !  i.  e.  betrayed,  ruined, 
undone,  πέπραμαι  κάπό?.ω/.α.  Soph. 
Phil.  978 ;  so,  ενμορώία  πραθεΐσα, 
Eur.  Tro.  936 ;  cf  πωλεω. 

Πίττράω,  πίπρημι,  poet,  for  πιμ- 
πράω,  πίμπρημι. 

Τίιπρήσκω,  Ion.  for  πιπράσκω. 

Πίτττω,  redupl.  from  root  ΠΕΤ-  (v. 
75 


ΠΙΠΤ 

sub.  fin) :  fut.  πεσονμαι.  Ton.  ■^εσεο- 
μαι :  aor.  επεσον,ίηί.  πεσείν,  in  Pind. 
επετον  :  pf.  πέπτωκα. — Horn.  oft. 
uses  pres.  and  aor. ;  of  pf.,  only  part. 
πεπτεώς.  ωτος.  as  dissyll. ;  Att.  πε- 
πτώς,  ώτος  :  there  is  also  a  poet.  aor. 
1  έπεσα,  claimed  for  the  Trag.  by 
Wustem.  Eur.  Ale.  477  (463).  Buttm. 
Catal.  s.  V.  πίπτω,  but  rejected  in 
them  by  Herm.  ad  1.  c,  cf  Meineke 
Phitem.  p.  414,  Lob.  Phr>-n.  724.— 
Cf.  the  coUat.  form  ιτίτνω. 

A.  Radic.  signf  to  fall,  fall  down, 
and  (when  intentional)  to  cast  one's 
self  down,  Hom.,  etc. — Construct. :  in 
prose  usu.  πίπτειν  εις..,  to  fall  into.., 
first  in  Hes.  Op.  618,  Th.  791,  cf 
Pors.  Hec.  1048 ;  but  Hom.  always 
says  πίπτειν  έν..,ε8ρ.  π.  εν  κονίτ^σιν, 
to  fall  in  the  dust,  i.  e.  to  rise  no  more, 
to  fall  and  lie  there,  freq.  in  II.,  as  11, 
425  ;  13,  205  ;  this  phrase  also  in  Att. 
expresses  a  falling  into  and  remaining 
in  a  thing,  whereas  πίπτειν  εις...  is 
used  of  falling  into  alone  ;  cf  βύ'λ?.ειν 
εις..,  βάλλειν  εν..,  and  Lat.  ponere, 
collocare  in.. :  SO  c.  dat.  only,  πεδίω 
πίπτειν,  to  fall  and  lie,  II.  5,  82  ;  and 
SO  in  Att.,  Herm.  Soph.  El.  420,  Seidl. 
Eur.  El.  424 ;  also,  π.  έπι  χθονί, 
Od.  24,  535,  cf  Hes.  Fr.  47,  7  ;  επι 
γύν,  Aesch.  Ag.  1019  ;  έπι  γα,  Soph. 
Ant.  134;  προς  πέδφ,  Eur.'  Bacch. 
605 ;  oft.  also  in  Horn,  with  an  adv., 
έ ξ  ίππων  χαμάδις  πέσε,  II.  7,  16,  cf. 
Aesch.  Theb.  358 ;  χαμαι  πέσεν,  II. 
4,  482  ;  c.  ace.  cognato,  π.  πτώματα, 
πεσήματα,  Aesch.  Pr.  919,  Eur.  Andr. 
653  ;  absol.,  11.  8,  67,  etc. ;  esp.  in  pf , 
to  be  fallen,  lie  low,  Aesch.  Cho.  263, 
etc. 

B.  special  usages  : — I.  πίπτειν  εν 
τινι,  to  throw  one's  self,  fall  upon  a 
thing  violently  or  resolutely,  to  attack, 
storm,  kvi  νήεσσι  πέσωμεν,  II.  13,  742  ; 
επ'  ΰλ/^ήλοισι,  of  combatants,  Hes. 
Sc.  379,  cf  375  ;  kv  βονσΐ  π..  Soph. 
Aj.  375;  προς  πνλαις,  Aesch.  Theb. 
462. — II. πίπτειν εκτινος,  tofalloutof, 
lose  a  thing,  unintentionally,  esp.,  εκ 
θνμοϋ  πίπτειν  τινί,  tofalloutof,  lose  his 
favour,  11.  23,  595  ;  so,  π.  εξ  ελπίδων, 
Eur.  Ion  23  :  but  also  of  set  purpose, 
Od.  10,  51  ;  π.  έξ  αρκνων,  to  escape 
from..,  Aesch.  Eum.  147:  and  reverse- 
ly, πίπτειν  εις  ερον.  έριν,  όργήν,  φό- 
βου. Eur. ;  but,  π.  έν  φόβφ.  Id.  Or. 
1418  :  ονκ  οίδα  ποΐ  πέσω,  Ι  know  not 
which  way  to  turn.  Soph.  Tr.  705. — 
III.  πίπτειν  μετά  ποσσι  γυναικός,  to 
fall  between  her  feet,  i.  e.  to  be  born, 
II.  19,  110,  cf  Deuteron.  28,  57;  so, 
in  Engl.,  a  foal  or  calf  is  said  to  be 
dropt.—lV.  to  fall  in  fight,  very  frcq. 
in  Horn,,  e.  g.  11.  8,  67,  Od.  8,  524; 
and  so  later. — V.  to  fall,  sink,  leave  off, 
esp.,  άνεμος  πέσε,  the  wind  fell,  Od. 
19,  202  ;  14,  475,  cf  Lat.  cadxint  ans- 
tri,  Virg.  G.  1,354.  cf  Eel.  9,  58: 
(but  in  Hes.  Op.  545,  Βορέαο  πεσόν- 
τος is  used  for  εμπεσόντος,  falling  on, 
blowing  on  one) :  metaph.,  πέπτωκε 
κομπάσματα,  Aesch.  Theb.  794,  cf 
Soph.  474;  c.  dat.  ταις  ελπίσι  πε- 
σείν, to  sink,  fail  in  one's  hopes,  Po- 
lyb.  1,  87,  1.— VI.  π.  νπό  τίνος,  to  fall 
by  another's  hand,  Hdt.  9,  67  ;  to  be 
overthrown,  overcome,  νπό  τίνος,  esp. 
of  an  army,  μεγά?.α  πεσόντα  πρήγμα- 
τα  νπό  ησσόνων,  Hdt.  7, 18  ;  ο  στρα- 
τός αυτός  νπ'  έωντοϋ  έπεσε,  Lat. 
mole  sua  corruit.  Id.  8, 10  ;  so  in  Thuc, 
etc. — VII.  7Γ.  εΙς  νττνον,  to  fall  asleep 
(old  Engl.,  on  sleep).  Soph.  Phil.  826; 
also  ΰπνφ  π.,  Aesch.  Eum.  68:  re- 
versely, ύπνος  πίπτεν  έπι  βλεόάροις, 
Hes.  Fr.  47.— VIII.  to  fall  short,  fail, 
hence  τα  πεπτωκότα, failures,  Valck. 


ΠΙΣΙ 

Hipp.  718  :  so  of  a  play,  to  fad,  break 
down,  Lat.  cadere,  explodi,  Ar.  Eq. 
540  ;  cf  εκπίπτω. — IX.  of  the  dice, 
τα  δεσποτών  ευ  πεσόντα  θήσομαι,  Ι 
shall  count  my  master's  throws  good 
or  lucky,  Aesch.  Ag.  32  ;  άει  γαρ  ευ 
πίπτουσιν  oi  Αιός  κύβοι,  Jove's 
throws  are  always  good,  Soph.  Fr. 
763  :  generally,  εν,  καλώς  πίπτειν,  to 
be  lucky,  Eur.  Or.  603,  etc.— 2.  to  fall, 
turn  out,  π.  παρά  γνώμαν,  Pind.  Ο. 
12,  14  ;  and,  of  a  battle,  καραδοκήσας 
η  πεσέεται,  waiting  to  see  how  it 
wouldfall,  Hdt.  7,  163,  cf  8,  130, 
Valck.  Hipp.  388  ;  έν  ΰ/.αθεία  π.,  to 
turn  out  true,  Pind.  O.  7,  126  : — gen- 
erally, to  happen,  Trag. ;  προς  τά  πε- 
πτωκότα,  according  to  events,  Plat. 
Rep.  604  C,  where  however  κύβοι 
goes  before. — X.  to  fall  in  with,  fall 
into,  of  a  period  of  time,  πίπτει  νπό 
τους  ημετέρους  χρόνους,  π.  κατά  την 
ρκθ'  'Ο/.νμπιάόα,  Polyb.  1,  5,  1,  etc. 
— 2.  to  fall  in  with,  agree  with,  fit,  suit, 
εΙς  τι,  Diosc. — 3.  to  fall  under,  belong 
to  a  class,  νπό  τι,  Polyb.,  είςτι,  Plut. 
— XI.  to  fall  to  one,  i.  e.  to.  his  lot, 
τινί,  esp.  of  revenues,  πρόςοδος  τω 
δήμω  πίπτει,  Lat.  redit  ad..,  Polyb. 
31,  7,  7;  or  absol.,  πίπτει  τά  τέ'λτ], 
the  taxes  come  in  or  are  due,  Strab., 
TO  πεσόν  από  της  τιμής  άργνριον, 
Dion.  Η. 

Β.  in  Plat.  Polit.  272  Ε,  εις  γην 
σπέρματα  πεσονσης  (sc.  της  'ψνχής), 
has  been  explained  as  trans,  to  let  fall, 
which  cannot  be  correct,  v.  Stailb. 
ad  I. 

(The  root  is  ΠΕΤ-,  Sanscr.  pat: 
whence  επεσον.  Dor.  έπετον,  (as  in 
Pind.  O.  7,  126,  P.  5,  66),  πίτ-νω : 
hence  by  redupl.  πιπέτω,  πίπτω,  as 
βίπτω  from  βέπω,  μίμνω  from  μένω, 
γιγνομαι  from  *γένω.  [t  by  nature, 
as  in  βίπτω,  Herm.  Eur.  H.  F.  1371.] 

ΤΙϊπώ,  ους,  ή,  a  kind  of  woodpecker, 
Lye. 

n/pujtiif,anAeg)'ptianwordinHdt. 
2,  143,  said  Ιο\)β=καλός  κάγαθός : 
but  in  modern  Coptic,  Komi  is  sim- 
ply=Lat.  vir ; — pi  is  said  to  be  the  • 
article :  cf  Jablonski  Prolegg.  p. 
xxxviii,  Wilkinson's  Aegyptians,  1, 
p.  17.       ^ 

Π/σα,  η,  (πιπίσκω)=πίστρα.  [ί] 

ΙΠίσα,  τ/ς,  ή,  Pisa,  an  ancient  city 
of  Elis,  but  ace.  to  Strab.  p.  356,  its 
existence  was  questioned,  and  it  was 
believed  by  some  that  only  a  spring 
had  been  so  called :  in  historical 
times  the  name  was  applied  to  the 
buildings,  etc.,  of  Olympia,  first  in 
Pind.  O.  2,  4  ;  6,  8  [who  has  t ;  [  in 
Theocr.  4,  29.  and  Eur.  I.  T.  1.]— 2. 
and  ΤΙίσαί,  at,  Pisae,  or  Pi.ia,  a  city 
of  Etruria,  Strab.  p.  217  ;  Polyb. 

iΐIlσύτης,  ov  Dor.  -τας,  a,  ό,  an 
inhab.  of  Pisa,  Pmd.  O.  1, 112  ;  Strab. 
[ά] 

αΐισάτις,  ιδος,  ή,  fem.  from  foreg., 
of  or  relating  to  Pisa,  Pind.  O.  4,  20: 
ή  Τίισάτις  (sc.  γη),  Pisatis,  a  district 
of  Elis,  Strab.  pp.  337.  355,  etc. — 2. 
also  the  territory  of  Pisa  in  Etruria,  Id. 
p.  211. 

t  ΐίίσενς,  εως,  ό,=  ΤΙισύτης,Ύ\χβοοτ. 
23,  201. 

αΐισίας,  ον,  ό,  Pisias,  masc.  pr.  η., 
Ar.  Αν.  766. 

αΐΐσίδαι,  ών,  οι,  the  Pisidae.  a  peo- 
ple of  Asia  Minor,  Xen. ;  Strab.  p. 
569,  sqq. ;  in  Xen.  An.  Πείσί<5αί,  1. 
1,  11,  etc. ;  and  Mem.  3,  5,  26  Πίσεϊ- 
δαι. 

ίΐΐϊσίδης,  ον  and  ΤΙισιδεύς,  έως,  ό, 
α  Pisidian,  Dion.  Ρ.  858. 

αΐίσιδία,  ας,  ή,  Pisidia,  the  coun- 
try of  the  Pisidae,  a  province  of  Asia 
1185 


ηΐΣΣ 

Minor  north  of  Pamphylia,  Strab.  p. 
570  sqq. 

αΐισίύικός,  η,  όν,  Pisidian,  οι  Π., 
=  Τίι.σιόαι,  Strab.  p.  571. 

■\ΙΙισι'λις,  εωζ•,  ή,  Ptsilis,  a  city  of 
Caria,  Strab.  p.  651. 

ΊΙισΐΐ'ος,  rj,  ov,  {niaog)madeofpeas, 
ΐτνος  7Γ.,  peasoup,  Ar.  Kq.  1171,  An- 
tiph.  Parasit.  5,  7.  [ττί] 

ΐΐισμός,    6,  Ιπίπίσκω)=ποτισμυς, 
Gramm. 
Τίισον,  ro,=  sq. 

ΪΙίσος  or  πιαυς,  ov,  ύ,  a  kind  of 
pulse,  prob.  a  kind  of  jota,  Lat.  pisum, 
Ar.  Fr.  88,  Ath.  lOG  C  :  also  τήσσος, 
■κίσον  (ro).  (Prob.  from  τΓτίσσω.)  [ΐ, 
Ar.  1.  c] 

ΙΙισος,  τό,  (ττίνω,  πιπίσκω,  πίσω) 
prob.  only  useti  in  nom.  and  ace.  plur. 
ηίαεα,  wdl-ivatered  spots,  meadows,  11. 
20,  9,  Od.  6,  124,  H.  Ven.  99.  Not 
so  well  written  πίσσος  or  πεϊσος, 
Ruhnk.  Ep.  Cr.  p.  53.  —  Old  Ep. 
word. 

tlliffoc,  ov,  0,  Pisus,  son  of  Perie- 
res.  Pans.  5,  17,  9. 

ΠΓΣΣΛ',  Att.  τΓί'ττ-α,  τ/ς,  ψ  pitch, 
whether  solid  or  liquid ;  also  tar, 
Hdt.,  etc.  Proverb.,  μελάντεροι>  ηντε 
■πίσσα,  black  as  pitch,  II.  4,  277,  cf. 
Bast  Ep.  Cr.  p.  90  ;  aprt  μνς  πίττης 
γένεται,  i.  e.,  now  he  hnds  what  mis- 
ery he  is  in,  Dem.  1215,  10,  Theocr. 
14,  51. — II.  the  resin  as  it  flows  from 
a  tree,  turpentine. — III.:=7rfi'KJ7,  the 
pitch-tree,  fir,  Q.  Sm.  (From  same 
root  as  πίτνς :  cf.  also  ττεύκη).  Hence 
ΐΐίσσάλΐφέω  or  -οιφέω,  ώ,  to  smear 
ivith  pilch  or  tar. 

ΐΐισσύλϊφης  or  -οι,φής,  ές,  tarred, 
ΐΐίσσανθος,  εος,  τό,  the  tvatery  fluid 
that  floats  on  the  surface  of  pitch,  Lat. 
flos  picis,  Galen. ;  called  by  Hipp.  6^- 
'Ι)ος  ττίσσης,  v.  Foes.  Oecon.  ;  also 
πισσέΤίΟΐον. 

■\ΐΙισσαντΙνοι,  uv,  o'l,  the  Pissan- 
tini,  a  people  of  lUyria,  Polyb.  5, 
108,  8. 

ΙΙι.σσάσφαλτος,  ov,  η,  a  compound  of 
asphalt  and  pitch,  Diosc.  1,  100. 

Υνισσίλαίυν,ον,τό,  {πίσσα. ελαων) 
a  mixture  of  oil  and  pitch,  Galen. — II. 
—  πίσσανθος,  Diosc.  1,  95. 

ΤΙισσίμις,  εσσα,  εν,  {πίσσα}  like 
pitch,  Nic.  Th.  716. 

^Ιίσσήρης,  ες,=πισσήεις,  Aesch. 
Cho.  2C8. — II.  ό  π.,  (sc.  κηρωτής),  a 
pitch-plaster,  Hipp. 

ΤΙισσηρός,  ά,  ύν,=  πισσήεις,  Galen. 
Πίσσίί,'ω,  f.  -ίσω,  {πίσσα)  to  be  like 
pitch,  Diosc. 

ΐΐίσσίνος,  η,  ov,  Att.  πίττινος, 
{πίσσα)  of  o^c  from  pitch,  pitched,  κά- 
δοΓ  π.,  Ar.  Fr.  262,  cf.  Luc.  V.  Hist. 
2,  29. 

ΤΙισσίτης,  {πίσσα)  οίνος,  ό,  wine 
flavoured  with  pitch,  Diosc.  5,  48.  [[] 
ΐΐίσσοείδής,  ές,  {πίσσα,  είδος)  like 
pitch,  pitchy. 

ΪΙίσσοκαντεω,  ώ,  {πίσσα,  καίω) 
πενΐί7ΐν,  to  extract  pitch  from  the  pine 
by  burning,  Theophr. 

ΐΐισσόκηρος,  ov,  Ij,  {πίσσα,  κηρός) 
beeswax,  with  which  bees  line  their 
hives,  Arist.  H.  A.  9,  40, 10. 

Πισσοκονεω,  -κονία,  v.  πισσοκω- 
vuu,  -κωνία. 

Τίισσυκοπέω,  ώ,  {πίσσα,  κόπτω) 
like  πισσόω,  to  pitch,  S7near  unth  pilch, 
Theophr. — II.  to  remove  hair  by  pitch- 
plasters,  Alex.  Incert.  10,  in  pass.,  cf. 
Meineke  Philem.  p.  376. 

ΤΙίσσυκοπία,  ας,  ή,  a  pitching. — II. 
a  removing  hair  by  pitch-plasters,  Are- 
tae. :  and 

ΤΙισσοκοπιΐίός,  ή,  όν,  of  or  belong- 
ing to  a  πισσοκόπος :  from 
ΐΐίσσοκόπος,  ov,  {πίσσα,  κόπτω) 
1186 


Π1ΣΤ 

daubing  with  pitch. — U.  removing  hair 
by  pitch-plasters. 

ΙΙίσσυκωνάω  or  -εω,  ώ,  {πίσσα, 
Κωνάω  11.)  to  daub  with  pitch  or  tar  : 
— the  same  as  πισσοκονέω,  except 
that  the  latter  is  a  compd.  with  κόνις, 
Kovia,  κονέω.  Hence 
.  Τί\ισσοκώντ/τος,  ov,  daubed  with 
pilch  ;  π.  μόρος,  the  death  of  one  who 
is  pitched  and  burnt  alive,  Aesch.  Fr. 
110. 

Πισσοκωνία,  ας,  ή,  a  daubing  with 
pilch,  pitching.  —  On  the  synon.  form 
πισσοκονία.  formed  like  ύμμοκονία, 
οστρακοκονία,  v.  sub  πισσυκωναω. 

ϋίσσοκωνίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  =  πισσοκω- 
νάω. 

\\ίσσος,  6,  ν.  sub  πίσος  and  πίσος. 
ΪΙισσοτρόφος,  ον,   {πίσσα,  τρέφω) 
yielding  pitch,  Plut.  2,  648  D. 

^Πισσούϋνι/ς,  ov,  6,  Pissuthnes, 
son  of  Hystaspes,  governor  of  Sardis, 
Thuc.  1,  115;  3,31. 

ΐΐισσονργέω,  ώ,  to  make  pitch,  Dion. 
H.:  and 

ΊΙισσονργιοΐ',  ov,  τό,  a  place  where 
pilch  is  made,  Strab.  :  from 

ΙΙισσονργός,  όν,  Att.  πιττ-  {πίσσα, 
*έργω)  :  making  pitch. 

■^ηίσσονροι,  ων,  οι,  the  Pissuri,  a 
race  of  the  Dai,  Strab.  p.  511. 

ΐΐισσόω,  Alt.  πιττόω,  ώ,  {πίσσα) 
to  pitch  over,  pitch,  tar.  —  II.  esp.,  to 
pilch  bronze  siatues,  in  order  to  take 
casts  of  them.  —  III.  to  remove  hair 
from  the  body  by  means  of  a  pitch- 
plaster,  a  custom  among  women  and 
efleminate  men,  Luc. 

Ώισσώδ/ις,  ες,  {πίσσα,  είδος)  like 
pitch,  Arist.  Η.  Α.  9,  10,  5. 

ΤΙίσσωσις,  ή,  Alt.  πίττωσις,  α  pitch- 
ing over. 

ΙΙισσωτής,  ον,  ΰ,  [πισσόω)  one  who 
pilches,  Luc.  Fugit.  33.     Hence 

Πίσσωτόζ-,  i],  όν,  Att.  πιττωτός, 
pitched,  Theophr. 

ΐίιστύκ)],  ης,  ή,  the  pistachio-tree, 
also=sq.,  Alciphr.  1,  22.  [a] 

ΐΐιστύκια,  τύ,  the  fruit  of  the  πιστά- 
κη,  Nic.  Th.  891  ;  also  written  βιστύ- 
Kia,  φιττύκια,  'φιττάκια,  v.  Ath.  649 
C,  sq.    [ά] 

ΤΙίστενμα,  ατός,  τό,  {πιστεύω)  α 
pledge  of  good-failh,  Aesch.  Ag.  878. 

ΐΐιστενσις,  εως,  η,  {πιστεύω)  α  con- 
fiding, Joseph. 

Τίιστεντέον,  verb.  adj.  from  πι- 
στεύω, one  must  trust.  Plat.  Tim.  40  E. 
Ώιστεντικός,  η,  όν,  disposed  to 
trust,  confiding:  but  also  creating  be- 
lief, πειθώ  π.,  Stallb.  Plat.  Gorg.  455 
A.  Adv.  -κώς,  π.  έχειν  τινί,  to  rely 
upon  a  thing.  Id.  Hipp.  Min.  364  A. 

ΐΐιστεντός,  η,  όν,  trusted,  conflded  : 
from 

ΎΙιστενω,  f.  -ενσω,  {πίστις)  to  be- 
lieve, trust,  trust  in,  put  faith  in,  rely 
on.  a  person  or  thing,  τινί,  first  in 
Hdt.  1,  24,  etc..  and  Trag.,  as,  π. 
θεσφύτοισι,  Aesch.  Pers.  800  ;  χαλε- 
πόν  πιστενειν,  hard  to  believe.  Thuc. 
1,20;  tcf  also  Pseud-Phocyl.  74t : 
with  an  adj.  neut.,  ?Μγοις  εμοίσι  πί- 
στενσον  τάδε,  believe  my  words  here- 
in, Eur.  Hel.  710  :  later,  esp.  in  N.  T., 
we  find  also  π.  εις  τίνα,  εν  τινι,  and 
more  rarely  'επί  τινι,  to  believe  on  or 
in  :  —  pass,  to  be  believed  or  trusted, 
Xen.,  etc. ;  άξιος  πιστενεσθαι.  Plat. 
Lach.  181  Β  ;  πιστενεσθαι  νπό  τίνος, 
to  enjoy  his  confidence,  Xen.  Cyr.  6, 
1,  39  :— mid.,  to  believe  mutually,  έπι- 
στενοντο  a  περί  αλλήλων  έλεγον, 
Dem.  883,  14.  —  2.  to  believe,  comply, 
obey,  Soph.  O.  T.  625,  646,  Tr.  1228. 
— 3.  c.  inf  to  believe  that,  feel  sure  or 
confident  that  a  thing  is,  will  be,  has 
,  been,  Eur.  H.  F.  146 ;  ΰλι/θ?/  είναι-. 


ΠΙΣΤ 

Plat.  Gorg.  524  A,  etc. ;  also,  π.  ώς..., 
Xen.  Hier.  1,  37  ;  πιστεύω  έμέ  προέ• 
χειν  είδέναι,  etc.,  Thuc.  2,  62,  Plat., 
etc. :  π.  ποιείν,  to  dare  to  do  a  thing, 
Dem.  806,  1  :  —  in  pass.,  to  be  believed 
to  be.  Plat.  Legg.  636  D.  —  4.  c.  dat. 
el  inf.,  π.  τινι  σιγάν,  to  trust  to  hiin 
to  be  silent,  i.  e.  to  feel  confidence  in 
his  secresy,  Hdt.  8, 110,  cf.  Xen.  Cyr. 
3,  3,  55. — 11.  π.  τινί  τι,  to  entriist  some- 
thing to  another,  Xen.  Mem.  4,  4,  17, 
Symp.  8,  36:  hence  later  in  pass., 
πιστεύομαι  τι,  I  am  entrusted  with  a 
thing,  hace  it  committed  to  me,  Ep. 
Plat.  309  A,  cf.  Xen.  Cyr.  4,  2,  8, 
Wessel.  Diod,  19,  20. 

\\ιστηρ,  τ/ρος,  ύ,  {πιπίσκω)=^ποτι- 
στήρ,  ποτιστής.     Hence 

\\ιστηριον,  ον,  τό,  =  ποτιστήριον. 

■\\.νιστιας.  ον,  ό,  Pistias,  an  Areopa- 
gite,  Diiiarch.  96,  iin. 

Τίιστικύς,  »/,  όν,  (πίνω)  liquid, 
νάρδος,  Ν.  Τ.;  bnt  perh.  better  re- 
ferred to  seq.,  like  πιστός,  in  sense 
of  genuine,  pure. 

ΙΙιστικυς,  ή,  όν,  {πιστός)  faithful, 
πιστικως  εχειν  τινί,  Pint.  Pelop.  8  ; 
v.  foreg. — II.  freq.  for  πειστικός,  con- 
vincing, persuasive,  βήτωρ,  Plat.  Gorg. 
455  A,  λόγοι,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  6,  10,  cf. 
Arist.  Khet.  1,  2,  1.  —  2.  pass,  obe- 
dient. 

ΪΙίστιος,  δ,  Τ,ενς,  the  Jupiter  Fidius 
of  the  Rom.,  Dion.  H. 

ΐΐιστις,  εως,  ή,  (πείθω,  πείθομαι) 
trust  in  others,  /'α;ίΛ,  hat.  fides,  fidu- 
cia,  πίστεις  και  άπιστίαι  ωλεσαν  άν- 
δρας, Hes.  Op.  370:  esp.  faith  or  be- 
lief in  a  higher  power,  π.  θεών,  faith 
in  them,  Eur.  Med.  414,  Hipp.  1037  ; 
(hence  the  theol.  sense,  which  must 
be  sought  elsewhere) :  —  generally, 
persuasion  of  a  thing,  confidence,  as- 
surance, Pind.  N.  8,  73,  and  freq.  in 
Att.  ;  πίστιν  σωφροσύνης  ίχειν  περί 
τίνος,  to  be  persuaded  of  another's 
moderation,  Dem.  300,  10.  —  2.  in 
subjective  sense,  good  faith,  faitif ill- 
ness,honesty,  ΥιΐΛ. fides,  Theogn.  1133, 
Hdt.  8,  105;  θν'ηπκει  δε  πίστις  β'λα- 
στίινει  δ'  απιστία.  Soph.  Ο.  C.  611. 
— 3.  credit,  trust,  also  like  hat.  fides, 
πίστις  εστί  μοι  παρά  τινι,  Ι  have 
credit  with  him.  Dem.  962,  4,  cf.  958, 
3  ;  fiV  πίστιν  διδύναι,  to  give  in  Int.il, 
Id.  886,  25  ;  so,  h•  πίστει  άπολειφϋη- 
vai,  to  be  left  m  trust,  as  guardian, 
Plut.  Cicer.  41.  —  II.  that  which  gives 
persuasion  OT  cotfldence  ;  hence,  —  1. 
like  TO  πιστόν,  an  assurance,  pledge 
of  good  faith,  a  treaty,  warrant,  alsc 
like  Lat.  fides,  ονκ  ανδρός  όρκος  πι 
στις  αλλ'  όρκων  άνήρ,  Aesch.  Fr. 
276.  cf.  Valck.  Hipp.  1321;  distin- 
guished from  όρκος,  etc.,  by  Pors. 
Med.  21  ;  πίστιν  και  όρκια  ποιεϊσθαι, 
to  make  a  treaty  by  exchange  of  as- 
surances and  oaths,  Hdt.  9,  92 ;  so, 
πίστις  (Ion.  for  πίστεις)  ποιεϊσθαι, 
Hdt.  3,  8  ;  προς  τίνα,  Thuc.  4,  51  ; 
άλλί/λοις,  Xen.  Hell.  1,  3,  12;  πί- 
στης  διδύναι,  to  give  assurances,  Hdt. 
9,  91  ;  διδόναι  και  λαμβάνειν,  or  δ. 
και  δέγεσβαι,  to  interchange  them, 
Xen.  Cyr.  7,  1,  Ί4,  Plat.  Phaedr.  25G 
D ;  πίστει  λαβίΐν  or  καταλαβείν 
τίνα,  to  receive  into  friendship  on 
assTirance  g\\en,  Hdt.  3,  74;  9,  106. — 
2.  a  means  of  persuasion,  an  argument, 
proif,  Plat  "Phaed.  70  B,  Isocr.  28  Β  ; 
esp.  of  a  moral  rrature,  opp.  to  a  de- 
monstrative proof  {απόδειξις),  Arist. 
Rhet.  1,  1,  11. 

ΊΙιστόν,  τό,  v.  πιστός  Π.  2. 

\\\.ιστόξενος,  ον,  ό,  PistoxSmis,  an 
Athenian,  Isae. 

Ίαιστοποιέω,  ώ,  {πιστοποιός)  to  ac 
credit,  confirm,  Joseph.     Hence 


ΠΙΣΤ 

ΙΙΐΰτοτΓοίησις,  ή,  confirmation. 
ΤίίστοίΓοιός,    όν,   {ττιστός,   ποιέω) 
accrediting,  confirming. 

ΐΐιστοττοβθής,  ες,  (ττίστις,  ττέρθω) 
fiailh-destroying,  Or.  Sib. 

ΐΐίστός,  ή,  όν,  (πίνω)  drinkable, 
liquid ."  τα  ττιατά,  liquid  7nedici?tes, 
draughts,  ορρ.  to  βρώσιμα,  χριστά, 
Aesch.  Pr.  480,  cf.  Blomf.  (488). 

Ώ-ΐστός,  ή.  όν,  {πείθω) — Ι.  of  per- 
sons one  believes  or  irvists,  faithful, 
trusty,  true,  εταίρος,  II.  15,  331,  etc.  ; 
ovAaKec,  Hes,  Th.  735 ;  μάρτυρες, 
Find.  P.  I.  172  ;  άγγελος,  Aesch.  Pr. 
969;  etc.:  freq.  also  c.  dat.,  as  in 
Honi.,  πιστότατος  δέ  οι  εσκε,  II.  16, 
147  ;  πιστός  εις  ξνμμαχίαν.  Thuc.  3, 
Π,  cf.  8,•9  ;  7Γ.  προς  τι,  Arist.  Pol.  3, 
13,2:  —  in  Persia  ot  πιστοί  were  a 
sort  of  privy-councillors,  '  our  right 
trusty  and  well-beloved,'  Xen.  An.  1, 
5,  15;  cf.  Aesch.  Pers.  2;  so,  πιστά 
πιστών  =  πιστότατοι,  lb.  681 :  το 
■πιστόν=ζ  πιστίς,  good-faith,  Thuc.  1, 
68. — 2.  believed,  trusted,  thought  trusty. 
Antipho  129,  37,  cf  Thuc.  3,  42.-3! 
of  things  one  trusts  or  builds  on, 
trustworthy,  to  be  trusted,  sure,  δρκία 
πιστά,  Horn.,  Pind.,  etc. ;  ονκέτι  πι- 
οτά γνναιξίν,  no  longer  can  one  trust 
women,  Od.  1 1 ,  456  ;  deserving  belief, 
persuasive,  credible,  κ.  και  οίκότα, 
Hdt.  6,  82,  etc. ;  made  credible,  έλπίς 
πίστη  /.όγω,  Thuc.  3,  40  :  hence, — 
II.  TO  πιστόν,  as  subst.,  like  π'ιστις 
H.,  a  pledge,  security,  warrant,  freq.  in 
Att.,  as  Soph.  Tr.  398,  etc.;  so,  tu 
ιτιστά  ποιεϊσθαί,^=7ήστιν  ποιεϊσθαι, 
Hdt.  3,  8;  πιστά  θεών  π.,  of  oaths, 
Xen.  Cyr.  4,  2,  7 ;  πιστον  or  πιστά 
δούναι  και  λαβείν,  to  give  and  re- 
ceive pledges,  interchange  pledges,  c. 
inf.  fut.,  Xen.  An.  3,  2,  5  ;  so,  πιστά 
δΐίκνύναι,  Aesch.  Ag.  651 ;  παρέχε- 
σθαι,  Eur.  Phoen.  268 ;  ηξίου  πιστά 
γενέσθαι,  Xen.  Cyr.  7,  4,  3. — III.  act. 
like  πίσννος  or  πιστενων,  believing, 
trusting  in,  relying  on,  τινί,  Theogn. 
283,  Aesch.  Pers.  55,  Schaf  Soph. 
O.  C.  1031,  Pors.  Hec.  1117.— 2.  obe- 
dient, Xen.  Hell.  2,  4,  30.  —  IV.  adv. 
•τώς,  in  a  trustworthy  manner,  Antipho 
120,  5:  persuasively,  Id.  122,  41.-2. 
with  disposition  to  believe,  Dem.  922,  1, 
cf  Lys.  150,  37.     Hence 

Ώχστότης,  ητος,  ή,  good,  faith, faith- 
fulness, honesty,  Hdt.  7,  52,  Andoc.  4, 
30,  Plat.  Legg.  630  C,  etc. 

ΙΙιστοφνλαξ.  ΰκος,  b,  ή,  (πίστις, 
^ρύλαζ)  a  guardian  of  truth,  Orph.  H. 
7,  17. 

ΐΐιστόω,  ώ,  f.  -ώσω,  [πιστός)  to 
make  trustworthy  ;  πιστονν  τίνα  δρ- 
κοις,  to  bind  him  by  oaths,  Thuc.  4, 
88.— II.  pass.,  to  be  made  trust-worthy , 
give  a  pledge  or  warrant,  πιστωθείς, 
Η.  Horn.  Merc.  536 ;  and  more  fully, 
ττιστωθήναι  δρκω  τινί,  to  bind  one's 
self  to  another  by  oath.  Od.  15,  436 
— 2.  to  feel  trust  or  confidence,  i.  e.,  to 
trust,  to  be  persuaded,  πιστωθήναι  ένΐ 
βνμύ,  Od.  21,  218,  cf.  Eur.  1.  A.  66: 
hence,  πιστωθείς,  like  πιστός  II., 
ττίσνίΌΓ,  trusting,  confiding.  Soph.  O. 
C.  1039.  —  III.  mid.',  to  give  mutual 
pledges  or  guarantees  of  fidelity,  ex- 
change troth,  l\.  6,  233 ;  more  fully, 
ττιστύσασθαι  έπέεσσιν,  II.  21,  286; 
7Γ.  προς  αλληΪΜνς  περί  τίνος,  Polyb. 
18,  22,  6.  —  2.  πιστοϋσθαί  τίνα  νφ' 
όρκων,  to  secure  his  good  faith  by 
oaths.  Soph.  O.  C.  650,  cf.  Polyb.  8, 
17,  2.  —  3.  πιστωσασθαί  τι,  to  believe 
or  be  confident  in  a  thing,  Eur.  Incert. 
43,  6,  0pp.  C.  3,  355. 

ΐΐίστρα,  ας.  //,  (πιπίσκω)  a  drinking- 
trough,  for  cattle,  Lat.  alveus,  Eur. 
Cycl.  47. 


ΠΙΤΝ 

ΤΙίστρις,  εως,  ή,  a  sort  of  ship-of- 
war,  also  πρίστις,  q.  v. 

ΤΙίστρον,  ου,  τό,  =  πίστρα,  Eur. 
Cycl.  29. 

ίΐΐίστνρος,  ου,  η,  Pistyrus,  a  city 
of  Thrace  near  the  Nestus,  Hdt.  7, 
109. 

ΐΐίστωμα,  ατός,  τό,  (πιστόω)  an 
assurance,  guarantee,  pledge,  like  πί• 
στις,  πιστόν,  usu.  in  plur.,  Aesch. 
Cho.  977,  Eum.  214  :  liut,  γηρα?,εα 
πιστώματα  for  πιστοί  γέροντες.  Id. 
Pers.  171. 

iΐlίστωv,  ωνοΓ,  ό,  Piston,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Paus.,  Ath.  220  D. 

ΤΙίστωσις,  εως,  ή,  (πιστόω)  an  ac- 
crediting, giving  assurance,  confirmation. 
Plat.  Legg.  943  C.     Hence' 

ΐΐιστωτικός,  ?/,  ov,  (πιστόω)  con- 
firmatory. 

Τΐίσνγγιον,  ov,  τό,  a  shoemaker's 
shop.  Poll. 

ΐΐίσνγγος,  ov,  b.  a  shoemaker,  Sap- 
pho 38.  (From  πίσσα?)  [tin  Alex. 
Aet.  ap.  Ath.  699  C  :  but  perh.  we 
should  write  πίσσνγγος,  πισσνγγιον 
with  Dind.] 

Τίίσννος,  7],  ov,  (πεΐσα,  πείθω) 
trusting  on,  relying  or  depending  on, 
confiding  in,  always  c.  dat..  Δίί,  τόξοι- 
σι,  ήνορέ?],  11.  9,  238 ;  5,  205,  etc.  ; 
(Horn,  and  Hes.  only  use  masc.)  ; 
χρησμω,  Hdt.  1,  66;  Pind.,  and  Trag. 
— II.  obedient,  τίνί,  Orph.  Arg.  263, 
705.  [r] 

ΤΙίσίφες,  o'l,  at,  neut.  πίσνρα,  τά, 
Aeol.  and  old  Ep.  for  τέσσαρες,  τέσ- 
σαρα, four,  II.  15,  680,  Od.  5.  70,  etc. 
[ij ;  πέσσνρες  and  πέσνρες  are  also 
mentioned  as  Aeol. 

Πί'σω,  fut.  of  πιπίσκω,  q.  v.  [t] 
iTiiTOvaloi,  ων,  οι,  the  Pitanaei,  a 
people  on  the  coast  of  the  Leleg^s, 
Strab.  p.  611. 

αΐιταναΐος,  a,  ov,  of  Pitane  (I.  1), 
Pitanean,  Ath.  5  A. 

iTlίτavάτ7|ς,  ov,  a.  Ion.  -ήτης,  fem. 
ΤΙίτανΰτις,  ίδος,  of  Pitane  (].  2);  oi 
ΤΙιταναται,  the  Pitanatae,  whence  ό 
ΐΐιτανητέων  λόχος,  Hdt.  9, 33,  though 
the  existence  of  such  λόχοΓ  denied 
by  Thuc.  1,  20;  v.  Biihr  Hdt.  1.  c, 
Miiller  Dor.  3,  3,  §  7,  n.  t.  [dr] 

αΐιτύνη,  ης,  ή.  Dor.  -άνα,  ας,  ή, 
Pitane,  a  city  of  Aeolis,  near  the 
mouth  of  the  Ca'icus,  Hdt.  1,  149. — 
2.  a  town  of  Laconia  on  the  Eurotas, 
containing  a  temple  of  Diana,  Eur. 
Tro.  1112:  Call.  Dian.  172:  v.  Muller 
Dor.  3.  3,  <is  7.  —  II.  daughter  of  the 
river-god  Eurotas,  mother  of  Euadne 
by  Neptune,  Pind.  O.  6,  46. 

ΤΙιτάριον ,  ov,  τό,  a  figure  shaped 
like  the  letter  Π. 

■[ΤΙιτθείδης,  ov,  ό,  son  of  Pittheus. 
αΐιτθενς,  έως,  ό,  Pittheus,  son  of 
Pelops,   father    of  Aethra,   king  of 
Troezene,  Eur.,  etc. :  cf   Strab.  p. 
374. 

ϋΐιτίας,  ov,  6,  Pitias,  a  Spartan 
ephor,  Xen.  Hell.  1,  6,  1. 
ΠίΠ'έω,  V.  sub  πίτνω. 
ΤΙίτνημι,  part,  πιτνύς : — poet,  col- 
lat.  form  frotn  πετάνννμι,  to  spread 
out,  ήέρα  πίτνα  (for  έπίτνα),  11.  21, 
7  ;  πιτνας  εις  έμέ  χείρας,  stretching 
out  his  arms  to  me,  Od.  11,  392; 
πίτναν  εις  αιθέρα  χείρας  (impf  or 
aor.  2,  for  έπίτναν),  Pind.  N.  5,  20: — 
pass.,  to  be  spread  out  or  opened,  Eur. 
El.  713;  cf  Anth.  P.  7,  711. 

ΐΐίτνω,  =  πετάω,  πετάνννμι,  only 
in  Hes.  Sc.  291,  έπιτνον  άλω^  στά- 
χνας,  and  here  Gaisford  gives  επί- 
πλου :  cf.  Heinrich  ad  1.,  Heyne  II. 
23,  402. 

Ήίτνω,  aor.  2  επιτνον,  =  πίπτω, 
Pind.,  and  Trag. — Herm.  indeed,  ad 


ΠΙΤΥ 

Elmsl.  Med.  53,  supposes  the  pres.  to 
be  always  πιτνέω,  with  the  aor.  έπι- 
τνον, πιτνείν,  πιτνών.  But  Elmsl. 
seems  to  be  justified  in  considering 
πίτνω  as  merely  a  collat.  form  of 
*πέτω  (πίπτω),  used  by  Pmd.  N. 
5,  76,  1.  2,  39,  and  oft.  in  Trag., 
when  the  penult,  is  required  to  be 
short,  (just  as  μίμνω  is  merely  a 
collat.  form  of  μένω,  cf  πίπτω  sub 
fin.) ;  hence  he  altogether  denies  the 
existence  of  a  pres.  πιτνέω,  and  of 
any  such  aor.  forms  as  πιτί'ειν,  πι- 
τνών, V.  ad  Eur.  Heracl.  77,  Med. 
55,  Soph.  0.  C.  17.Ϊ2;  and  herein  he 
is  followed  by  Ditid.  in  the  Poetae 
Scenici,  v.  ad  Soph.  Aj.  58,  Eur. 
Heracl.  77. 

Ιίίττά.  ή,  Att.  for  πίσσα. 

ΥΙιττάκιον,  ov,  τό,  Lat.  pittacium, 
a  patch  of  leather  for  laying  salve  on, 
a  plaster,  Dinoloch.  ap.  A.  B.  p.  112, 
25:  πεττνκιον  also  occurs.  Piers. 
Moer.  p.  306.  —  II.  a  leaf  out  of  a 
writing  tablet,  Polyb.  31,  21,  9,  Diog. 
L.  0,  89.  [ά] 

•ϋΐιττάκειος.  ov,  of  or  relating  to 
Pittacus,  Plat.  Prot. :  from 

iΐlιττaκoς,  ov,  b,  Pittacus,  one  of 
the  seven  sages  of  Greece,  of  Myti- 
lene  m  Lesl)Os.  Hdt.  1,  27,  Plat.  Prot. 
343.  —  2.  a  king  of  the  Edoni  in 
Thrace,  Thuc.  4,  107. 

iΏιττά?.aκoς,  ov,  6,  Pitialacus, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  an  Athenian,  Dem. ; 
Aeschin. 

■\ΐΙίτταΑος,  ου,  ό,  Pittalus,  a  phy- 
sician in  .\thens,  Ar.  Ach.  1032. 

ΐΐίτταξις  or  πίτταξνς,  η,  the  fruit 
of  the  κρανεία,  corriel-tree,  also  μάραον 
and  μάραος. 

ΤίίττΙνος,  η,  ov,  Att.  for  πίσσινος. 

ΤΙιττόω,  πιττωσις,  πιττωτός,  ή,  όν, 
Att.  for  πισσόω,  etc. 

ΠίΓΐ'α,  ή,  dub.  1.  Theophr.,  for 
πντία. 

rTliTva,  ας,  ή,  and  ΤΙιτνεια,  Pitya, 
a  city  of  Lesser  Mysia,  between  Pa- 
rium  and  Priapus,  II.  2,  829 ;  Strab. 
p.  588  :  in  Orph.  ΓΙιγι'7?.^2.  an  island 
in  Ihe  Adriatic,  Ap.  Rh.  4,  565. 

^Υίιτνασσός,  οϋ,  ή,  Pityassus,  a 
town  of  Pisidia,  Strab.  p.  570. 

Ώιτύϊνος,  η,  ov,  (πίτνς)  made  of  or 
from  the  pine ;  ^/ητίνη  π.,  pine-resin; 
π.  κώνοι,  pine  cones,  Ales.  Mynd.  ap. 
Ath.  57  B. — II.  7/  πιτνΐνΐ],  an  unknown 
parasitic  plant,  Theophr.  [ϋι] 

ΤΙΙτνίς,  ΐδος.  ή,  (πίτνς)  the  fruit  of 
the  pine,  kernel  of  the  pine-cone  (κώνος). 
Lob.  Pliryn.  397. — II.  ^jine-resin,  Ga- 
len, [ϊς] 

ΤΓιτνκάμπτης,  ου,  ό,  =  πιτνοκύμ• 
πτης,  prob.  1.  Anth. 

Τίϊτνλενω,  (πίτνλος)  to  move  quickly 
to  a7idfro,  as  in  rowing  :  hence,  gen- 
erally, to  plu  one's  task,  Ar.  Vesp.  678. 

ΤΙΙτνλίζω,  (πίτνλος)  to  make  a 
plashing  sound  as  with  oars ;  hence, 
7Γ.  γάλα  έν  φνλλοις,  to  drop  milk  upon 
leaves,  Hipp.,  cf.  Foes.  Oecon.  —  II. 
to  practice  a  regular  swingnig  of  the 
arms,  as  with  dumb-bells,  Galen. 
Hence 

ΐΐιννλισμα,  ατός,  τό,  any  quick,  reg- 
ular movement,  v.  1.  Juven.  11,  173. 

HI  ΤΥ'ΛΟΣ,  ov,b,  the  regular  sound 
of  oars  pulled  in  time,  the  measured 
plash  of  oars,  νεώς  π.  εί'ήρης,  Eur. 
I.  Τ.  1050 ;  νεως  π-,  periphr.  for  a 
ship.  Id.  Tro.  1123:  hence,  ένι  πι- 
τνλω,  with  one  stroke,  all  together, 
Aesch.  Pers.  975.  —  II.  any  quick  re- 
peated lOund  or  movement ;  as, — 1.  the 
plash  o/'fast-falling  drops,  π.  δακρύων, 
Eur.  Hipp.  1464;  π.  σκνφον,  of  wine 
pouied  into  a  cup,  Id.  Ale.  798 :  cf. 
πιτυλίζι.).  —  2.  of  blows,  esp.  of  the 
1187 


ΠΙΤΥ 

beating  of  the  breast  and  cheeks  by 
mourners,  clapping  of  the  hands,  etc., 
Aesch.  Theb.  856,  Eur.  Tro.  1236, 
Theocr.  22,  127. — 3.  α  hraniHshin/r  of 
the  spear,  π.  όορός,  Eur.  Heracl.  834. 

4.  a  gymnastic  exercise  (soiuevvhat  like 
our  dumbbells),  in  which  one  stood 
on  tiptoe  and  swung  the  arms  back- 
wards and  forwards  as  in  rowing. — 

5.  metaph.,  of  violent  frantic  gestures, 
violence,  passion,  it.  μανίας,  φό3οι<, 
Eur.  I.  T.  307,  H.  F.  816;  μαινομένω 
π.  πλαγχθίίς,  lb.  1187.  (Prob.  ond- 
inatop.,  to  express  U\e  plash  of  oars.) 

U] 

Πιτννη,  η,  dub.  1.  for  πντίνη. 
Ιΐϊτΰόεις,   εσσα,   εν,   abounding  in 
pine-trees  : — like  a  pine. 

ΪΙϊτνοκύμπη,  ης,  ή,  (πίτνς,  κάμπη) 
α  poisonous  grub  found  on  pine-trees. — 
II.  a  sort  of  small  pine-cone. 

ΤίϊΓνοκάμτττιις,  ov,  ύ,  (πίτνς,  κάμ- 
πτω) the  pine-bender,  epith.  of  the  rob- 
ber Sinis,  who  killed  travellers  by 
tying  them  between  two  pine-trees 
bent  down  so  as  nearly  to  meet,  and 
then  let  go  again,  Plut.  Thes.  8  :  also, 
πίτνκάμτζτης,  q.  v. 

ΪΙΙτνυστεπτος,  ov,  pine-croumed,  cf. 
ιτιτνστεπτος. 

ΐΐϊτνοτρόφος,  ov,  (πίτνς,  τρέφω) 
growing  pines,  Anlh.  Plan.  8. 

αΐιτνονς,  ονντος,  ό,  [πίτνόείς)  Pi- 
tyus,  a  city  on  the  Euxine,  near  Col- 
chis, Strab.  p.  496.-2.  the  territory  of 
Pilya,  Id.  p.  588. 

ΐνίτνουσα,  ή,  a  plant,  Euphorbia 
pityiisa,  Diosc.  4,  166. 

illiTvovaa,  ης,  ή,  and  -οϋσσα,  (ττί- 
τνόεις)  Piiyusa,  ancient  name  of 
Lampsacus,  Salamis,  and  Chios, 
Strab. — 2.  a  small  island  in  the  Ar- 
golicus  sinus,  Paus.  2,  34,  8. — 3.  at 
HlTVoIiaai,thePityusae  or  Pine  islands, 
near  Hispania,  Strab.  p.  167. 

Yllτvp7Jvός,  ή,  όν,  made  of  bran. 

ΐΐίτϋρίας  άρτος,  ό,  bread  made  from 
bran. 

Ιϊΐτϋρίασις,  ή,—πίτυρον  II,  Hipp. 

ΤΙΐτνριος,  a,  οι>,=  7ητνρηνός.  [ϋ] 

ΙΙίτνρίς  έλαία,  ή,  α  small  kind  of 
olive,  of  the  colour  of  πίτνρα,  which 
was  pricked  before  it  was  ripe,  and 
then  preserved,  Call.  Fr.  50,  Philem. 
ap.  Ath.  56  C. 

ΐΙΙτνρισμα,  ατός,  τό,=^πίτνρίασις. 

Πΐτνρίτης,  ov,  ό,—πίτνρίας,  Ath. 
114  Ε. 

ΐΐΐτΰροειδης,  ες,  (εΐόος)  bran-like. — 
Π.   like  scurf. 

ΤΙίτνρα,  τά,  (πτίσσω)  the  husks  of 
corn,  bran:  then,  generally,  grounds 
or  refuse,  Lat.  furfura,  Hipp.,  and 
Dem.  313,  17. — II.  a  bran-like  eruption 
on  the  skin,  esp.  the  head,  scurf  dan- 
driff, hat.  furfures,porrigo,  Diosc. :  also, 
τητνρίασις,  πιτύρισμα.  [ϊ]     Hence 

ΤΙϊτνρόομαι,  as  pass.,  to  be  scurfy, 
Hipp. 

ΐΐΐτϋρώ'ίης,  ες.{πίτνρα. ειοος) bran- 
like, Hipp. — ίΐ.  like  .icurf  Id.,  v.  Foes. 
Oecon. 

■\Π.ίτνς,  νος,  ή,  Piiys,  a  nymph  be- 
loved by  Pan,  changed  into  a  pine, 
Luc.  D.  Dial.  22,  4  :  from 

ΠΙ'ΤΤΣ,  νος,  ή,  poet.  dat.  plur. 
ττίτνσσιν,  Od.  9,  186  :  the  pine-tree, 
Lat.  pinus,  Horn.,  and  Hdt. : — it  dif- 
fers from  the  τνεύκη  (v.  sub  πενκη) : 
0pp.  calls  it  όίπ?ι.ύθριί,  like  the  pinus 
silvestris,  montana  and  rubra. — Pro- 
verb., πίτνος  όίκ7ΐν  έκτρίβεσβαι,  to 
be  destroyed  like  a  pine-tree,  \.  e.  ut- 
ter/i/, because  the  pine-tree  wben  once 
cut  down  never  grows  again,  Hdt.  6, 
37  ;  cf.  Bentl.  Phalar.  p.  \&)  sq.— II. 
poet,  also  any  thing  made  from  the 
1188 


ΠΑΑΓ 

pine.  (From  the  same  root  come 
πίσσα,  etc. ;  cf.  πενκη  sub  fin.)  [t] 
Hence 

Τίϊτύστεπτος,  ον,^πιτνόστεπτος, 
Anth.  P.  6,  253. 

ΙΙΙτνώύι^ς,  ες,  (πίτυς,  είδος)  like  the 
pine  :  abounding  in  pijies,  Plut.  2,  676 
A. 

ΤΙΐτνών,  ώνος,  δ,  a  pine-forest. 

ΙΙιφαλλίς,  ίδος,  ή,=^πίφιγξ. 

ΤΙΙφύσκοααι,  =  πιφαύσκομαι,  Hes. 
Th.  655. 

ΤΙιφανσκίύ,  redupl.  form  of  root 
ΦΑ-,  φαίνω,  akin  to  φάσκω,  φημί,  (as 
διδάσκω  of  ΔΑ-,  δαίω,  ύαήναι) :  only 
used  in  pres.  and  nnpf  : — strictly,  to 
let  be  seen,  show,  give  a  token,  τινί,  II. 

10,  502  ;  esp.  by  words,  to  make  known, 
tell,  tell  of,  τι,  Η.  Horn.  Merc.  540 ; 
τινί  Τι,  II.  10,  478,  Od.  11,  442  ;  επεα 
aWij'koLOi,  or  πάντεπσι  πιφανσκειν, 
Od.  22,  131,  247.  — Ep.  word,  used 
also  by  Aesch.  Pers.  061,  Ag.  23,  Cho. 
279,  Eum.  620. — 2.  so,  also,  ττιφαν- 
σκομαΐ  as  dep.,  to  make  manifest,  show, 
Ti,  II.  12,  280  ;  21,  333  ;  esp.  by  words, 
to  make  kywwn,  τινί  τίνα,  Od.  15,  518  : 
hence,  as  in  act.,  to  tell  of,  narrate,  τι, 

11,  15,  97,  Od.  2,  32,  Hes.  Th.  655 
(where  however  πιφάσκεαι  stands) ; 
τινί  TL,  II.  16,  12,  etc. — II.  later  also 
τΓίφανσκομαι  as  pass.,  to  have  told  one, 
hear,  learn,  Nic.  [πι-  in  the  for- 
mer half  of  a  hexam.  before  the  pen- 
themimer,  II.  10,  478,  502;  18,  500, 
H.  Hom.  Merc.  540 :  m  the  latter 
half  always  πΐ- :  the  depon.  seems  to 
occur  only  in  the  latter,  conseq.  with 
τΓί- ;  so  in  Aesch. :  and  this  is  the 
real  quantity  of  ι  in  redupl.,  ace.  to 
the  analogy  of  δίδύσκω,  πιπίσκω,  τΙ• 
ταίνω,  τίτΰσκομαι,  etc.] 

Ή-ίφηξ,  ηκος,  ό,  ν.  1.  for  sq. 

ΐΐίφιγξ,  ιγγος,  ό,  an  unknown  bird, 
Arist.  Η.  Α.  9,  1,28. 

ΤΙίφρημι,ν.  thecompd.  είςπίφρημι. 

Τίίω,  subj.  aor.  of  πίνω,  Od. 

ΤΙίώδης,  ες,  {πΐος,  είδος)  fatty. 

ΠΓΩΝ,  ό,  ή,  neut.  πΐον,  gen.  πίο- 
νος : — fat,  well-fed,  plump,  sleek,  esp. 
of  animals,  πίονος  αίνος,  II.  9,  207  ; 
μ?/?Μ  πίονα  δήμω,  θα.  9,  464  ;  βονν 
πίονα  δημύ,  II.  23,  750;  έγκατα  πιό- 
νι δημώ,  Hes.  Th.  538 : — also,  π.  δή- 
μος, rich  fat,  II.  22,  501,  cf  Hdt.  2, 
91:  JTvpov  καΐ  μέλιτος  π.,  Xenoph. 
1,  lot.— II.  metaph.  of  soil,  rich,  fer- 
tile, αγρός,  δήμος,  etc,  II.  23,  832  ;  16, 
437,  etc.  ;  πίονα  έργα,  pingues  segeies, 

12,  283  ;  so,  of  wine.  Soph.  Tr.'  703  : 
— hence,  generally,  like  παχύς,  of 
•persons  and  places,  rich,  wealthy,  οί- 
κος, νηός,  Od.  9,  35.  II.  2,  549  ;  πίονας 
πλούτου  πνοής,  Aesch.  Ag.  820 ;  of 
persons,  πλούσιοι  και  π..  Plat.  Rep. 
422  Β ;  πίονι  μέτρω,  in  plenteous 
measure,  Theocr.  7,  33. — Ill.compar. 
and  superl.  πιότερος,  πΐότατος,  as  if 
from  πιος,  II.  9,  577,  Η.  Αρ.  48,  Hes. 
Op.  387.  [ί] 

ΤΙΙών,  όντος,  part.  aor.  of  τπ'ω.  Od. 

\ΥΙίων.  όνος,  ό,  Pion,  a  mountain 
near  Ephesus,  Paus.  7,  5,  10 :  cf 
ΐίριών. 

Πλιαγύ,  Dor.  for  πλ.ηγή. 

ΐΐλαγγόνιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from 
πλαγγών. — II.  a  kind  of  ointment. 

ΤΙλάγγος,  ov,  ό.  a  sort  of  eagle,  also 
νηττοκτόνος  or  μόρφνος,  Lat.  plancus, 
Arist.  H.  A.  9,  32,  2. 

ΥΏ.αγγών,  όνος,  ό,  {πλάσσω)  a  wax- 
puppet,  doll.  Call.  Dem.  91. 

αίλαγγών,  όνος,  ή,  Plango,  fem. 
pr.  n.,  concubine  of  Mantias,  Dem.  p. 
994.  sqq. — 2.  ΤΙλάγγων ,  ωνος,  o,masc. 
pr.  n.,  Ath.  690  C. 

Τ1?.ΰγιάζω,  f.  -άσω,  (πλάγιος)  like 
πλ.αγιόω,  to  turn  sideways  or  aside,  πλ. 


ΠΛΑΓ 

προς  τους  άντίονς  άνεμους  (sc.  ttju 
ναϋν),  to  tack  to  and  fro  so  as  to  make 
way  against  adverse  winds,  Luc. 
Nav.  9  ;  metaph.,  πλ.  η  φων'ην  η  πρά- 
ξιν,  Plut.  Demosth.  13. — II.  pugilist, 
term,  to  make  a  feint :  hence  metaph., 
to  deceive,  LXX. — III.  in  Gramm.  to 
inflect,  decline.     Hence 

ΐΙ?,άγιασμός,  ού,  6,  a  placing  tide• 
wai/s,  makiyig  slanting. 

Τίλύγιαυ'/ίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  to  play  upon 
the  cross  flute  :  from 

ΐΐλάγίανλος.  συ,  ό,  {πλάγιος,  αν- 
λύς)  the  cross-flute,  German  flute,  as 
opp.  to  the  fli)te-abec,  Theocr.  20, 
29,  Bion  3,  7  :— elsewh.  πλάγιος  av- 
?Μς. — II.  as  adj.  πλάγίανλ.ος,  ov, play- 
ing upon  the  cross-flute.  (Aemil.  Por- 
tusin  Lex.  Dor.  compares  the  French 

word  flageolet.) 

ΤΙλΰγώκαρπος,  ov,  {πλάγιος,  καρ- 
πός) having  fruit  at  the  sides,  The- 
ophr. 

Ώλΰγιύκανλος,  ov,  (πλάγιος,  καν- 
λίός)  having  stalks  at  the  sides,  The- 
ophr. 

ΤΙλαίγιος,  a,  ov,  also  ος,  ov : — placed 
sideways,  slanting,  aslant,  athwart,  Lat. 
obliquus,  transversus,  Thuc.7,  59,  and 
Xen. ;  opp.  to  καταντικρύ,  Plat.  Rep. 
598  A  ;  είςπλ.,  sideways,  Xen.  An.  1, 
8,  10  : — Tu  πλάγια,  the  sides,  Hdt.  4, 
49  ;  esp.  in  military  sense,  the  flajiks 
of  an  army,  Thuc.  4,  32  ;  κατά  πλ.ύ- 
για,  on  the  flanks,  Xen.  Cyr,  5,  2,  1  ; 
εις  τά  πλ.  παράγε tv,  to  make  an  army 
file  off  right  and  left ;  Id.  An.  3,  4, 
14  ;  εκ  πλαγίου,  from  the  side  or  in 
flank,  Thuc.  4,  33 ;  7,  6,  and  Xen. ; 
so,  έκ  των  πλ.,  Polyb.  1,  22,  8  ;  ττ/α- 
γίονς  λαβείν  τους  πολεμίους,  to  take 
the  enemy  in  flank,  Xen.  Cyr.  7,  1, 
26,  etc.  ;  πλύγιον  παραδιδόναι  έαν- 
τόν,  to  lay  one's  sell  open  in  flank, 
i.  e.  open  to  attack.  Plut.  2, 28  D,  ubi 
V.  Wyttenb.— 2.  of  places,  sloping. — 
II.  metaph.,  as  opp.  to  straightfor- 
ward, sideways,  crooked,  treacherous, 
φρένες,  Find.  I.  3,  8,  cf  N.  1,  97  ;  so, 
πλάγια  φρονεΐν,  Eur.  I.  A.  332;  tim- 
id, wavering,  Polyb.  30, 1,6,  etc.— III. 
in  Gramm.  πτώσεις  πλάγιοι,  Lat. 
casus  obliqui,  Diog.  L. — IV.  adv.  -ίως. 
(Usu.  deriv.  from  πλάγος,  but  ττλά- 
γιος  has  α;  others  from  πλάξ,  v. 
πλαίσιον.)  [ΰ] 

Τίλ.ΰγιοσύντακτος,  ov,  constructed 
with  the  oblique  cases,  Gramm. 

ΤΙλάγώτης,  ητος,  i],  (πλάγιος)  a 
slanting  direction. —  II.  casus  obliquus, 
Gramm. 

ΐΐλύγιοφύλ.αξ,  άκσς,  {πλάγιος,  φν• 

λαξ)  one  who  guards  the  flanks  of  an 

army  on  the  march,  Diod.  19,  82.  [i] 

ΐίλΰγιόω,  ώ,  =  πλαγιάζω  1,  Xen. 

Eq.  7,  16.       ^     ^ 

}Ώ.λαγκται  πέτραι,αί,\.  sub  πλα- 
γκτός. 
ΤΙλ.αγκταϊς,  v.  π?Μξ. 
Ώλαγκτήρ,  ήρος,  δ,  (πλάζω)  either 
(act.)  he  that  leads  a.tfray,  or,  less 
pro!).,  (pass.)  the  roomer,  epith.  of  Bac- 
chus. Anth.  P.  9.  524,  17. 

ΤΙλαγκτός,  ή,  όν,  also  ός,  6v  Aesch. 
Ag.  593  (ττλάζω)  : — wandering,  roam- 
ing, πέτραι  ΐΐ'λαγκτηί,  Od.  12,  61 ; 
ΤΙλα•)  κταΐ  ΤΙίτραι,  Od.  23,  327  ;  these 
are  confounded  by  later  writers  (as 
Hdt.  4,  85)  with  the  Symplegades,  v. 
Nitzsch  ad  I.  ;  of  ships,  Aesch.  Pers. 
277  (v.  sub.  δίπλαξ) ;  π.  νεψέλα, 
Eur.  Supp.  961. — II.  metaph.  wander- 
i7ig  in  mind,  distraught,  Od.  21,  363. — 
III.  uncertain,  tvavering,  Aesch.  Ag. 
593. 

ΐΐλαγκτοσύνη,  ης,  ή,  poet,  for  πλά- 
νη, ά/.η,  a  wandering,  roaming,  Od.  15, 
343. 


ΠΑΑΚ 

Ι1?.αγκτνς,  νος,  )7,=foreg.,  dub.  1. 
Lye.  1045. 

ΤΏ.ΰγος,  τό,  the  side,  old  Dor.  word, 
whence  ττ/ιύγως  (cf.  Lat.  plaga)  is 
usu.  deriv.,  Tab.  Heracl.  p.  189. 

ΤΙλαγχθηναι,  -θείς.  inf.  and  part, 
aor.  1  pass,  from  7Γ?.ύζω. 

ΙΙλΰδΰρός,  ά,  όν,  (-/.αόάω)  wet, 
damp,  -λαδαρη  ίδρύη  κόμη,  Agath. 
50  :  esp.  of  the  hody,  flabby,  soft,  loose, 
σαρξ.  διαχώρημα,  etc.,  Hipp.  (v.  sub 
7Γ/^ί(5θζ•> :  —  soft,  tender,  Ap.  Rh.  3, 
1393.     Hence 

Ϊ1'/άδάβ07τις,  tjtoc,  f/,  dampness, 
Hermes  ap.  Stob.  Eci.  1,  p.  1096. 

ΐΐλαδαρώδης,  ες.  (πλαδαρός,  είδος) 
tike  wet.  wettish,  liquid,  Hipp. 

ΐΐ'λΰδύρωμα,  ατός,  τό,  as  if  from 
7Γ/.αδαρόω,^π•?.άδος.  [ώ] 

ΤΙ/.ύδάω,  ύ,  {7ϊ?.ύδος)  to  be  wet  or 
damp  ;  hence,  to  be  or  become  flabby, 
soft,  Hipp.,  Arist.  H.  A.  3,  6,  2  :  cf. 
π/.άδος. 

ΤΙλαδδιάω,  ώ,  to  talk  nonsense,  La- 
con,  word  in  Ar.  Lys.  171,  990.  (Perh. 
from  -/.ατύς,  like  des  platitudes  in 
French  :  or  it  may  be  merely  onoma- 
top.,  like  τζαο7Μζειν,  Lat.  blaterare, 
Scottish  blether.) 

ΠΑΑ'ΔΗ,  ^,=7rZa{5of,  Emped.ap. 
Simplic.  [ά] 

ΐΐλάδόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  =  πλαδαρός, 
Hipp. 

ΠΛΑ'ΔΟΣ,  τό,  moisture,  wet,  damp- 
ness, Hipp.  :  hence  flabbiness,  soft- 
ness. Id. ;  cf.  Foes.  Oecon.  [ά] 
Hence 

ΤΙ'/.ΰδύδης,  ες,  {εΙδος}=πλαδαρ6ς. 

ΠΑΑ'ΖΩ,  with  (as  if  from  root 
ΠΑ.\ΓΧ-)  fut.  π'/Λγξω,  aor.  έ7τ?.α- 
ySa.  Like  tt/mvuu,  to  make  towander 
or  roam,  drive  about,  esp.  to  drive  from 
the  right  course,  cast  away,  II.  17,  751, 
Od.  20,  307  :  metaph.,  to  lead  astray, 
mislead,  Od.  2,  39G  ;  to  lead  from  a 
plan  or  purpose,  II.  2,  132. — Pass.  c. 
fut.  mid.,  ΤΓ/Μγξομαι,  aor.  έττ/.ύγχθην, 
to  wander,  rove,  roam  about,  go  astray, 
ος  μύ'/.α  πολλά  πλΜγχθη,  Od.  1,2; 
π'λαγχθέντα  ής  από  νηός,  6,  278  ;  άττό 
χα?.κόφι  χαλκός  επλάγχθη,  brass 
glanced  off  from  brass,  11.  11,  351;  — 
so  in  Find.  N.  7,  55,  and  Trag.  ,  ομ- 
μάτων επλά-γχθη,  Aesch.  Theb.  784  ; 
τις  π/Λγχθη  ποζ-ύμοχθος  ^ξω ;  i.  e. 
τις  επ'/.άγχθη  έξω  ττο/.λών  μόχθων  ; 
Soph.  Ο.  C.  1231.— Also  in  Hdt.  2, 
116.  but  never  in  Att.  prose. 

Τίλάθάνη,  ης,  ή,  a  platter,  dish  or 
mould  in  which  bread,  cakes,  etc., 
were  baked ;  hence  the  baking-wo- 
man in  Ar.  Ran.  549  is  called  Πλα- 
θύνη.  (Either  from  πλάσσω  or  from 
πλΛτος.)  [a] 

Τίλ.άθανον,  ov,  TO,  and  πλΑθανος, 
ov,  ό.=^πλύθάνη,  Theocr.  15,'115. 

ΐΙ/Μθήναι,-ϋείς,=π?.ασθήναι,-θείς, 
V.  sob  πελ.άζω. 

ΤΙ/Αβω,  poet,  collat.  form  of  πελά- 
ζω,  but  seemingly  only  intr.,  to  ap- 
proach, draw  near,  Tivi,  Soph.  El.  220, 
Phil.  728,  Eur.  Ale.  119.  So  also  in 
mid..  π/Αθομαι. 

ΐΐλ.αίσιον,  ου,  τό,  an  oblong  figure 
or  body,  Ar.  Ran.  800  ;  ίσόπλενρον 
πλ.,  a  square,  hke  πλινθίον,  Xen.  An. 
3,  4,  19,  cf  Sturz  Lex.  s.  v. :  esp.  of 
an  army,  εν  πλαισίφ  τετύχθαι,  to  be 
drawn  up  in  square  or  mass,  Lat.  ag- 
ndne  quadrato,  as  opp.  to  marching  or- 
der, Lat.  agmen  hngum,  Thuc.  7,  78, 
cf  6,  67,  and  Xen.  (cf  sub  τετράγω- 
νος) :  εις  τά  πλαίσια  3ύ/.λειν,  for  εις 
τα  π/.άγια,  Όίο  C.  40,  2,  cf  Interpp. 
ad  Xen.  Cyr,  5,  3,  39.  ( Akin  to 
-/Μ.ξ,  π/ΜΤος,  ττλ.ατνς,  —/Αγιος.) 

ΐίΛηισός,  ή,  ύν.:=:βλαισής. 

■Hl/MKevTia,  ας,  τ/,  Placentia,  in 


ΠΑΑΝ 
Gallia     Cisalpina,     now     Piacenza, 
Strab.  p.  216. 

ΤΙ?Μκερός,  ύ,  όν,  {πλύξ)=πλΛτνς, 
broad,  Theocr.  7,  18.   _ 

ΙΙ/.άκία,  ας,  ή,  for  ΰμπλακία,  very 
dub.,  Seidl.  Dochm.  p.  25. 

ΙΠλαΛί'α,  ας.  Ιση.  -ίη,  ης,  ή,  Placia, 
a  city  of  Lesser  Mysia,  a  colony  of  the 
Pelasgi,  Hdt.  1,  57.— Π.  wife  of  Ilus 
in  Troy,  ApoUod.  3,  12,  3. 

αίλακίάνός,  η,  όν,  Ion.  -ιηνός,  of 
Placia  ;  oi  ΐΐ/.ακιηνοί,  the  inhab.  of 
Placia,  Hdt.  1,  57. 

ΊΙ?.ΰκίνος,  η,  ov,  (πλάξ)  made  out 
of  a  board,  wooden,  τρίπονς,  Anth.  P. 
6,  98.  [ά] 

ΐ17,άκίς,  η,  a  bench,  seat,  couch  of 
flowers,  Hesych. 

ΐΙ?.άκίτης,  {π?.ύξ)  άρτος,  ό,  a  flat 
cake,  Sophron  ap.  Ath.  HOC  :  fem. 
-ΐτις,  ιδος,  Diosc. 

ΤΙλ.ακόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  (,πλάξ)  flat, 
Orph.  Arg.  949  ;  cf.  πλακονς. 

ί17.άκος,  ov,  J],  fPlacus,  a  mount- 
ain of  Mj'sia  above  Thebe,  which 
was  hence  called  Hypoplacian,  II.  6, 
396:  ace.  to  Strab.  p.  614  there  is 
no  such  mountain  theref  :  v.  νποπλ.ά- 
κιος. 

ΐΐ/.ακοΐ'ντάριον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from 
πλακοϋς,  Strab.  [ά] 

ΐΙ?.ακονντικός,  ή,  όν,  (π?•.ακονς) 
like  α  cake,  Ath.  58  Ε. 

ΤΙ/.ΰκούντιον,  ον,  τό,  dim.  from 
πλακονς. 

ΤΙ/.άκονντοποιϊκός,  ή,  όν,  of  or  for 
the  baki?ig  of  cakes,  Ath.  643  Ε  :  from 

ΙΙ?Μκουντοποιός,  όν,  ( πλακονς, 
ποίέω)  cake-baking,  Sopat.  ap.  Ath. 
644  C. 

ΙΙλακονντώδης,  ες,  {πλακοϋς,  εί- 
δος) like  cakes,  Ath. 

ΐΐλάκονς,  οϋντος,  ό,  contr.  from 
π/.ακόεις,  aflat  cake,  freq.  in  Ar.,  as, 
π/.ακοϋντος  κνκ?,ος,  Ach.  1125;  cf. 
Ath.  pp.  644-6 : — also  resolved  πλ.α- 
κόεις,  Anth. 

Ώλάκόω,  ώ,  {πλάξ)  to  cover  vrith 
flat  pieces  or  plates. 

ΤΙλάκτωρ,  ορός.  6,  Dor.  for  π?.ή- 
κτωρ.  Anth.  P.  6,  294. 

Ί1?.ΰκώδης,  ες,=  πλ.ακόεις,  Arist. 
Η.  Α.  2,  17,  10. 

ΐΐλάκώτης  μαρμάρον,  ό,  one  who 
overlays  with  marble. 

ill/.avaaia,  ας,  ή,  Planasia,  an  isl- 
and in  the  sinus  Gallicus,  Strab.  p. 
185. 

ΐΐλΰ,νύω,  ω.  Ion.  πλανεω  in  Hdt. : 
f.  -ήσω  {πλ.άνη) : — like  πλάζω,  to  lead 
astray,  lead  from  the  right,  road,  lead 
wandering  about,  Hdt.  4,  128,  Aesch. 
Pr.  573  :  to  lead  from  the  subject,  in 
talking,  Dem.  448,  fin.  —  2.  to  lead 
astray,  mislead,  η  γνώμη  π?.ανφ  (olim 
γνωμί)  τ,λανώ) ;  Soph.  Ο.  C.  316 ;  cf 
Plat.  'Prot.  356  D,  Legg.  655  D  ;  also 
to  seduce  from,  c.  gen.,  Schaf.  Mel.  p. 
88. — II.  pass.  π?.ανάομαι,  f.  -ήσομαι : 
aor.  έπ/,ανήθην  :  pf  πεπλΑνημαι : — 
to  wander,  roam,  about,  stray,  II.  23, 
321,  Hdt.,  and  Trag.,  as  Aesch.  Pr. 
564  ;  c.  ace.  loci,  π/.ανάσθαι  χθόνα, 
to  wander  over  it,  Lat.  oberrare,  Eur. 
Hel.  598 ;  but  c.  ace.  cognate,  πολ- 
?.ονς  έλ.ιγμονς  π/.ανάσθαι,  to  wander 
about  a^  in  a  labyrinth,  Xen.  Cyr.  1, 
3,  4 ;  π/.ανάσθαι  εν  λόγω,  Hdt.  2, 
115  ;  to  do  a  thing  at  random.  Id.  6,  52  ; 
esp.  of  reports,  to  be  spread  about. 
Soph.  0.  C.  304  : — c.  gen.,  πλαναβεϊς 
καιροί',  having  missed  one's  opportu- 
nity. Find.  N.  8,  6. — 2.  to  wander  in 
mind,  Aesch.  Pr.  473  ;  io  be  at  a  hss, 
Hdt.  6.  37 ;  πλ.ανώμαι  και  απορώ. 
Plat.  Hipp.  Maj.  304  C  ;  πλανάσθαι 
κηΐ  ταράττεσθαι,  Id.  Phaed.  79  C, 
etc. 


ΠΑΑΞ 

ΤΌ.ΰνίω,  π7.άνέομαι.  Ion.  for  π7.α- 
νύω,  πλ.ανάομαι,  Hdt. 

ΠΑΑ'ΙΝΉ,  ης,  ή,  like  ύ7.η,  α  wan 
dering  or  roaming  about,  straying,  Hdt. 

I,  30  ;  2,  103,  and  freq.  in  Aesch.,  as 
Pr.  576,  585,  622;  cf.  Elmsl.  Soph. 

0.  T.  67  :  π7..  λόγον,  a  digression, 
discursive  argument.  Plat.  Parm.  136 
E,  Legg.  683  A. — II.  metaph.  a  going 
astray,  Lat.  error,  βίοτος  ανθρώπων 
π7.άνη,  Eur.  Rhaid.  1,  8;  πλ.  και 
άνοια,  Flat.  Phaed.  81  A,  etc.  [ΰ] 

Ϊ17.άν7/μα,  ατός,  τό,  {π7.ανάω)  α 
wandering,  going  astray,  Aesch.  Pr. 
828  ;  -λ.  ■ψνχης.  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  727.— 

II.  an  error,   [ά] 

ΐ17.άντις,  ητος,  ό,  {π7.ανάω)  one  who 
wanders  or  roams,  a  wanderer,  roomer, 
rover,  vagabond,  Lat.  erro.  Soph.  O. 
T.  1029,  and  Eur. ;  c.  gen.,  πόντου 
πλανήτες,  roamers  of  the  sea,  Eur. 
Ino  25.-2.  πλανήτες  αστέρες,  the 
planets,  Xen.  Mem.  4,  7,  5  ;  and,  sim- 
ply, o'l  π7Ανητες,  Arist.  Anal.  Post. 

1,  13,  1. — 3.  π7..  πνρετοί,  fevers  that 
come  in  irregular  fits,  Hipp.  ;  also  π7.α• 
νί]ται,  cf  Foes.  Oecon. 

^117jivrjaLa,  ας,  ή,  Planesia,  an 
island  onthecoastofHispania,  Strab 
p.  159. 

Τίλάνησίεδρος,  ov,  (πλανάω,  έδρα) 
having  a  wandering  seat,  i.  e.  moving 
about  freely,  of  the  knee-pan,  Arist.  H. 
A.  1,15,  5. 

ΊΏΑνησις,  εως,  ή,  (πλανάω)  a  mak- 
ing to  wander :  a  dispersing,  τών  νεών, 
Thuc.  8,  42. — II.  metaph.,  a  mislead- 
ing, [ά] 

Τί/.ανητέον,  verb,  adj.,  from  π7.α- 
νάω,  one  must  wander,  Xen.  Lac.  9,  5. 

ΤΙ/Ανητεί'ω,  to  wander  about :  from 

Τ17.ΰνήτης,  ov,  ό,=  -/άι•7?ζ•.  Soph. 
O.  C.  3,  124 ;  πλ.  άθλιου  βιον,  Eur. 
Heracl.  878  :  —  of  merchants,  Plat. 
Rep.  371  D;  ττλαι.'.  έ-ί  πάντας  τό• 
πονς,  of  hares,  Xen.  Cyn.  5,  17  :  cf. 
π7άνης.     Hence 

ΊΏ.άνητικός,  η,  όν,  disposed  to  wan- 
der, roaming,  Strab.  p.  345. 

ΐ17.άνήτις,  ιδος,  ή,  fem.  from  π7.α• 
νήτης.  Lye.  998. 

ΙΓ/.άνητός,  ή,  όν,  (π7ανάω)  wander 
ing  about.  Flat.  Tim.  19  Ε.— II.  me- 
taph., erring,  Plut.  2,  550  D. 

ΊΓ/.ύνιος,  ov,  poet,  for  π7.άνος 
Leon.  Tar.  100.  [ά] 

ΤΙλανοδία,  ας,  ή,  (πλ.άνος,  οδός)  α 
UTOng  way,  bye-way,  Η.  Horn.  Merc. 
75  [where  πλά-,  but  only  metri  grat.]. 
— Others  take  it  as  adj.,  π?ιανοδιος, 
a,  ov,  going  by  bye-paths,  wandering, 
in  which  case  πλανόδιας  βοϋς  must 
be  joined. 

ΠΑΑ'ΝΟΣ,  η,  ov,  also  ος,  ov,  act 
leading  astray,  cheating  :  ό  πλ-,  a  de 
carer, N.T. — 2.  pass. ita/wfen'n^.  roam 
ing,  π7..  πράγμα  ή  τύχη,  fortune  's  a 
wandering,  fickle  thing,  Menand.  p.  97, 
cf  Nicostr.  Syr.  1 :  but  π7.άνοι  αστέ- 
ρες—πλανήτες,  opp.  to  o'l  άπλ.ανοι. — 
II.  π7Ανος,  ό,  as  subst.  a  wandering 
about,  roaming,  straying,  like  π/.άνη. 
Soph.  O.  C.  1114,  Eur.  Ale.  482,  etc. : 
φροντίδας  π7.άνοι,  the  wanderings  of 
thought.  Soph.  O.  T.  67  ;  but,  ττλ. 
ώρενών.  wandering  of  mind,  madness, 
Eur.  Hipp.  283,  cf  Fr.  Incert.  164: 
πλάνοις,  in  uncertain  fits,  of  a  disease. 
Soph.  Phil.758,v.  Ellendt  s.v.  Ίσως:— 
κερκίδος  πλ.άνοι,  of  the  act  of  weav- 
ing, Eur.  Ion  1491. 

ΐΙ/ΑνοστΊβης,  ές,(π/Ανος,  στείβω) 
trodden  by  wanderers,  Aesch.  Eum.  76. 

ϋ/.άννττω,^π/.αχΑομαι,  to  wander 
about,  Ar.  Av.  3. 

1ϊ7άνώδης,  ες,=^π7.αν7]τικός,  Hipp, 
ap.  Erotian. 

ΙΙΑΑ'Ξ,  ή,  gen.  π7.ΰκός,  any  thing 
11Θ9 


ΠΛΑΣ 

fi,al  and  broad,  esp.  flat  land,  a  plain, 
7/πείμον  πλάκα,  Aesch.  Pers.  718,  cl'. 
Euiu.  295.  St)])!!.,  etc. ;  vtKpCrv  πλά- 
κα, the  nether  world,  Soi)h.  O.  C. 
1564  ;  so,  πόντου  πλύξ,  the  ocean- 
plain.  Find.  P.  1,21,  and  Kiir. ;  αι- 
θέρια πλύξ,  Eur.  El.  1310;  cf.  Jac. 
A.  P.  p.  521 :  the  flat  top  of  a  hill.  Σου- 
νίου, ΟΙτας,  ΐίαρνασυύ,  πλ-,  iSoph.  Aj. 
1220,  etc.  ;  so,  άπ'  άκρας  πνργώδους 
■πλακός,  irom  the  top  story  ot'a  tower, 
ld.Tr.273 : — also, «  flat  stone,  tovibstotie, 
Anth.  P.  7, 324.— The  irreg.  dat.  πλαγ- 
κταΐςοϊπλακταϊς,  in  Orph.  ίοϊπλαξί, 
is  very  dub.  (Hence  πλακονς,  πλα- 
κερός,  Lat.  placenta :  also,  lanx  lanc-is, 
a  dish  :  same  root  as  Geim.  flach,  and 
so  akin  to  π'λατ-νς,  q.  v.  Bultni.  also 
refers  πίναξ,  q.  v.,  to  it,  cf.  our  plank, 
Fr.  planche,  etc.) 

ΤΙλάξιππος,  ov.  Dor.  for  πλί/ξιπ- 
πης,  Pind. 

ΐΐλύσις,  εως,  ή,  {πλάσσω)  α  mould- 
ing, conformation,  Einped.218,  cf.  Po- 
lyb.  0,  53,  5. — 11.  in  iiiusic=^Aaa//a. 

["] 

Πλάσμα,  ατός,  τό,  (πλάσσω)  any 
thing  formed  or  moulded,  esp.  froijp  clay 
or  wax,  an  linage,  figure,  πλάσματα 
πηλοϋ,  Ar.  Αν.  686 ;  κηρινα.  Plat. 
Theaet.  200  Β.— II.  that  which  is  imi- 
tated, a  counterfeit,  forgery ,  Dem.  1110, 
18  ;  an  assumed  form  or  manner,  like 
χαρακτήρ. — III.  in  music,  an  affected 
'execution,  such  as  the  use  of  shakes, 
falsetto,  etc.,  instead  of  full,  natural 
tones,  μετά  πλάσματος,  Theophr.  Η. 
PI.  4,  11,5,  cf.  Interpp.  ad  Persium, 

1,  17,  and  Quint.  Inst.  1,8,2:  of  like 
affectation  in  orators,  actors,  etc.,  Plut. 

2,  405  D. 

ΐΐλασμάτίας,  ov,  6,  {πλάσσω)  fabri- 
cated, counterfeit,  Arist.  Gen.  An.  4,3, 
30. — II.  one  addicted  to  lying,  Plut.  Ca- 
mill.  22. 

Τίλασμΰτικός,  ή,  όν,  {πλάσμα)  imi- 
tating.    Adv.  -κώς. 

Iίλaσμάτoγpά(poς,ov,wriling  speech- 
es for  possible  (not  real)  occasions. 

ΐΐλασμάτώδης,  ες,  [πλάσμα,  είδος) 
feigned,  unreal,  Arist.  Gen.  An.  4,  1,  12. 

ΠΑΑ'ΣΣΩ,  Att. -rrw:  fut.  πλάσω, 
[(i].  To  form,  mould,  shape,  Lat.  fin- 
gere,  strictly  used  of  the  artist  who 
works  in  soft  substances,  such  as 
earth,  clay,  wax,  πλ.  εκ  γαίης,  Hes. 
Op.  70,  Hdt.  2,  47,  73,  Plat,  etc.; 
mostly  opp.  to  -/ρύφειν,  as  the  statu- 
ary's art  to  the  painter's.  Plat.  Rep. 
510  Ε  ;  πλ.  τι  πήλινον,  κήρινον,  to 
mould  in  clay,  in  wax,  Deni.  47,  15, 
Plat.  Legg.  668  Ε  ;  also,  kn  χρυσού 
πλάσας,  Id.  Tim.  50  Α.— Pass.,  to  be 
moulded,  made,  ό  μεν  πλάσσεται  one 
is  in  course  of  formation,  Hdt.  3,  108. 
—II.  generally,  to  bring  into  shape  or 
form,  —λ.  την  -φυ,χήν,  το  σώμα,  Ό  mould 
and  form  the  mind  or  body  by  care, 
diet  and  exercise.  Plat.  Rep.  460  A, 
cf.  377  C. — III.  to  form  in  the  mind, 
form  a  notion  of  a  thmg.  Id.  Phaedr. 
246  C,  cf  Rep.  420  C.— IV.  Λ  put  in 
a  certain  form.  πλ.  τό  στόμα  (SO  as  to 
pronounce  more  elegantly).  Plat. Crat. 
414  D:  so  in  mid.,  π?..ασάμενυς  tj) 
όψει,  having  formed  hnnsrtfm  face,  i.e. 
composed  his  countenance,  Thuc.  0, 
58,  cf.  Dem.  1122,  12,  20.— V.  metaph. 
to  make  up,  fabricate,  forge,  λόγους 
■φιθΰρονς  πλάσσων.  Soph.  Aj.  148  ; 
and  freq^  in  Dem. .who  also  uses  mid. 
in  same  signf. ;  cf.  Xen.  An.  2,  6,  20  : 
absol.,  δόξω  πλάσας  λέγειν,  1  shall 
bethought  to  speak  from  invention, i.e. 
not  the  truth,  Hdt.  8,80.  cf.  Xen.  Mem. 
2,  6,  37 : — pass.,  κόμπος  οΰ  πεπλα- 
σμέvoς,nofalsebo■ΛSl.  Aesch.  Pr.lOSO; 
φασκοντες  πεπλάσβαί,  saying  !<  was 
1190 


ΠΛΑΤ 

a  forgery,  Isae.  63,  9  ;  μη  πλασθέντα 
μϋθον  αλλ'  άλτ/θινυν  Aoyov, Plat. Tim. 
26  Ε. — 2.  of  an  actor  or  singer,  to  use 
studied  and  affected  ornaments,  v.  πλά- 
σμα III. 

ΥΙλαστήρ,  ηρος,  o,=sq. :  fern,  πλά- 
ΰτειρα,  Anth.  Plan.  310. 

ΧΙ'λάστης,  ου,  ό,  (πλάσσω)  a  moidd- 
er,  modeller,  an  artist  who  works  in 
clay  or  wax.  Plat.  Rep.  588  D,  Plut., 
etc. 

ΐΐλαστίγγιον,  ov,  τό,  Dim.  from 
sq. 

ΪΙλάστιγξ,  ιγγος,ή,Ιοζι.πληστιγξ: 
the  scale  nf  a  balance,  Ar.  Pac.  1248, 
Ran.  1378,  Plat. Tim.  63  B,  etc.— 2.  the 
scale  on  which  the  wine  was  thrown  in 
playing  at  cottabus,  Antiph.  Άψρ.  γον- 
1 . — 3.  from  the  likeness,  the  shell  of 
an  oyster,  Opp.  H.  2,  179. — II.  a  pair  of 
scales,  balance.  Soph.  Fr.  14,  cf.  El- 
lendt  Lex.,  s.  v.  1  :  hence,  a  yoke  for 
horses,  Eur.  Rhes.  303. — III.  a  splint 
for  keeping  broken  bones  in  their  place, 
Lat.  regida  or/i?ni/a,Hipp. — IV.  from 
{πλήσσω)  a  whip,  Aesch.  Cho.  290. 

ΐΐλαστικός,  ή,  όν,  {π?Μσσω)  fit  for 
or  skilful  in  inoulding :  al  πλ.  τέχναι 
the  arts  of  moulding  clay,  wax,  etc.,  the 
plastic  arts,  statuary,  etc.,  Plat.  Legg. 
679  Α.— II.  well  formed  or  7nade,  Id. 
Tim.  55  E. 

Πλάστίζ- ,  ιδος,  fem.  from  π?ιάστί)ς, 
Ael.  N.  A.  5,  42. 

Πλασ7"0}'ρΰφίω,  ώ,  to  counterfeit 
writing,  Artemid.  4,  29  :  and 

ΤΙλάστογρύφία,  ας,  ή,  a  forgery, 
Joseph.  :  Irom 

ΐΐλαστογράφος,  ov,  {πλαστός,  γρά- 
φω) forging,  Artemid.  1,  52? 

λίλαστοκύμης,  ου,  ό,  ( πλαστός, 
κόμη)  one  who  wears  false  hair,  Mane- 
tho. 

ΊΙλαστολάλος,  ov,  (πλαστός,  λα- 
λέω)  talking  fictions. 

ΐΐλαστολογέω,  ώ,  to  tell  fictions, 
lie :  from 

Τίλαστολόγος,ον,  {πλαστός,  λέγω) 
telling  fictions  :  ό  πλ.,  a  liar. 

Πλαστός,  όν,  contr.  for  πελαστός: 
v.  sq.  sub  fin. 

ΠλσσΓόζ•,  η,  όν,  {πλάσσω)  formed, 
moulded,  esp.  in  clay  or  wax,  Hes. 
Th.  513. — II.  metaph.,  7nnt/e  up,  fabri- 
cated,forged,  counterfeit,  πλ.  βακχείαι, 
sham  inspiration,  Eur.  Bacch.  218  ; 
πλαστός  πατρί.  a  supposititious  son, 
Soph.  O.  T.  780:— and  so  perh.  in 
Aesch.  Eum.  53,  ov  πλαστοίσι  φν- 
σιάμuσι,wilhΏOsharn,unrealsnoήngs, 
i.  e.  snoring  so  as  to  show  they  are 
really  asleep  ;  but  here  it  is  usu. 
taken  for  πελαστοϊς  (Elmsl.Med.  1 19 
would  read  πλατοϊς),  with  snorings 
unapproachable,  adv.  -τως,  opp.  to 
όντως,  άληβώς.  Plat.  Soph.  210  C, 
Legg.  642  D.  ^ 

Πλαστουρ)'έω,  ώ,  to  form,  mould. 
Hence 

Πλαστονργημα,  ατός,  τό,  any  thing 
formed:  an  image,  etc. 

Πλαστουρ>•ίσ,  ας,  ή,  a  forming, 
moulding  :  from 

Πλαστουργός,  όν,{πλαστός,*  έργω) 
forming,  moulding  :  creating. 

Πλάστρα,  τά,  ear-rings,  Ar.  Fr. 
309,  10. 

Πλάστρια,  ας,  i/,  fom.  of  πλαστηρ, 
Hermes  ap.  Stob.  Eel.  I,  1084. 
Πλάτη,  η,  v.  sub  ηλάττ). 
Πλάτάγέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  clap,  cIoo 
the  hands,  Theocr.  8,  88  ;  of  broad, 
flat  bodies  coming  together,  to  clash, 
crack.  Id.  3,  29  ;  so  in  mid.,  Mel.  125 : 
cf.  π?.αταγώνίθν. — II.  to  beat,  so  as 
to  make  a  loud  noise,  στήθεα,  Bion 
1,  4;  πλ.  τύμπανα,  Anth.  P.  0,  218. 
From 


ΠΛΑΤ 

Πλάτάγή,  ijif,  η,  {πλατάσσυ,  πλά- 
τος, πλατύς)  any  noise  caused  by  the 
collision  of  two  flat  bodies  : — a  rattle, 
Arist.  Pol.  8,  6,  2  (ubi  cf.  Guttling) 
Diod.  4,  13,  cf.  Leon.  Tar.  33. 

Πλάτάγημα,  ατός,  τό,(πλατατί'ω) 
α  clapping,  Theocr.  3,  29,  Anth.  P.  5, 
296.  [u] 

Πλαταγίζω,  =  πλαταγέω.  —  II.  to 
cackle,  v.  I.  for  πλατνγ-. 

Π?.άτάγωνέω,  ώ,=πλαταγέω :  from 

Πλάτάγών,  ώνος,  ή,  {πλαταγη)  α 
clapper,  rattle. — Π.  ό,  the  petal  of  the 
poppy,  etc.,  cf.  sq. 

Πλατά}'ώΐ'ίο»',  ov,  τό,  dim.  from 
foreg.,  a  small  rattle  for  children. — IJ. 
the  broad  petal  of  the  poppy  and  aneinonif 
so  calle(i  because  lovers  took  omens 
from  it,  laying  it  on  the  upper  part  oJ 
the  left  band  or  arm,  and  striking  it 
with  the  right ;  and  it  was  a  good 
omen  if  it  burst  with  a  lo-ud  crack, 
7'heocr.  3,  29  ;  11,  57  ;  cf.  τ?]λέφιλον. 

^Πλάταια,ας,  ή.  P/ii/nfa,daughtei 
of  the  Asopus,  Paus.  9,  1. — 11.  Poet. 
=  sq.,  11.  2,  504. 

Πλαταιαί.  ών,  αί,  uSu.  in  prose, 
poet,  also  Πλάταια  (τ.  foreg.) ;  Pla• 
taeae,  a  city  in  Boeotia,  tHdt.  9,  29, 
etc.,  who  calls  it  also  ή  Πλαταιέων 
πόλις,  9,  51  f  hence  adverbial  dat^ 
Πλαταιάσί,  at  Plataeae,  v.  Buttm. 
Ausf.  Gr.  ^  116,  6.— 12.  a  deme  ol 
Sieyonia,  Strab.  p.  412  ;  whence  ό 
Πλαταιάδας,  of  Plataeae,  Id.  lb.  [a] 

\Πλαταιενς,  έως,  ό,  a  Plateiean  ;  οί 
ΠλαταίεΙς,  Ion.  -έες,  έων,  the  ΡΙα- 
taeans,  Hdt.  6,  108,  etc. 

■\Πλαταίϊκός,  -ή,  όν,  of  Plataeae, 
Platacan,  ό  Π.  χώρος,  Hdt.  9,  25. 

]Πλαταάς,  ίύος,  ή,  fern,  to  foreg., 
ή  Π.  γη,  the  Plataean  territory,  Hdt. 
9,  25.  [ά] 

Πλ.ΰτΰμώδης,  ες,{πλαταμών,  είδος) 
of  flat  shape,  broad  and  even,  Arist.  H. 
A.  5,16,  1. 

^Πλαταμώόης,  ους,  ό,  Platamodes, 
a  promontory  of  Messenia,  also  called 
Cyparissium,  Strab.  p.  348. 

Πλάτύμών.  ώνος,  δ,  {πλατύς)  any 
broad,  flat  body  or  space,  esp.  aflat 
.stone,  H.  Hom.  Merc.  128  ;  ο  flat 
beach,  Ap.  Rh.  1,  365;  aflat  reif  ol 
rocks  at  the  water's  edge,  Polyb.  10, 
48,  7,  A  rat.  993.  (The  form  πλάτα- 
μος  is  very  dub.) 

Πλΰτάΐ'ίο^,  a,  ov,  of  or  belonging  to 
the  πλάτανος. — II.  πλατάνια  (sc.  μή- 
λα), τά,  a  kind  of  apple,  Ath.  ?1  A. 

^Πλατάνιος,  ου,  υ,  the  PIntanius,  a 
small  river  of  Boeotia,  emptying  near 
Halae,  Paus.  9,  24,  5. 

Πλάτΰΐ'ίσΓ^ί•,  οΰ,  ό.  Dor.  πλητα- 
νιατάς,  =  πλατανών,  tin  Sparlat, 
Paus.  |3,  14,  Sf. — II.  an  unknown 
fish,  Plin. 

ΠλάτάνίστΧνος,η,  oi',=  πλατανιάς, 
Galen. 

Πλάτάι•ίστο(-.  ov,  ■ή.=ζπλΜτανος, 
11.2.307,  310,  Hdt.  5,  119,  etc. 

Πλάτύνιστοϋς,  οΐητος,  ό,  contr. 
for  π'λατανιστόεις,  =  πλ,ατανών, 
Theogn.  878.     Hence 

■ΙΠλατύνιστονς,  ονντος,  ό,  Plata 
nistvs,  ace.  to  Strab.  p.  345  another 
name  for  Macistus. — 2.  a  promontory 
of  Laconia,  Paus.  3,  23,  1. 

\Πλατη.ν ιστών,  ώνος,  ό,  Platanis 
Ion,  a  river  of  Arcadia  near  Lycosura. 
Paus.  8,39,  1. 

Πλάτανος,  ov,  //,  the  oriental  plane, 
Lat.  pldtanvs,  a  tree  of  the  maple 
kind.  Ar.  Eq.  528,  Plat.  Phaedr.  229 
A,  sqq.  (From  πλάτος,  ■3rλα-^if,  bo 
cause  of  its  broad  leaves  and  spreading 
forni.l   ^^ΰ] 

^Πλύτανος,ου,  η,  Platanus,  a  city 


ΠΛΑΤ 

of  Phoenicia :  τα  κατά  Ί1?~.ύτανον 
στενά,  Polyb.  5,  68,  6. 

ΙΙ'λύτάνώόιις,  ες,{~λάτανος,  είδος) 
like  α  plane-tree  :  τα,  πλατανωόη,βαΐ 
substances  like  plane-leaves,  Plut.  2, 
896  Ε. 

ΐΐλάτάνών,  ώνος,  ό,  (π?Μ.τανος)  α 
grave  of  plane-trees,  Lat.  platanetum. 

ΐΐλάταξ,  ύ,κ,ος,  b,  Alexandr.  name 
oithe  fish  κορακίνος,  Ath.  309  A.  [Λά] 

ΠλύΓΰσβΓω,  {πλατύς)  to  slap  Qr  clap 
two  fiat  bodies  together. 

iSl'/.ατέα,  ας,  ή,  Plalea,  an  island 
on  the  coast  of  Africa,  east  of  Cyrene, 
now  Βοηώα,  Hdt.  4,  151  ubi  v.  Bahr; 
also  ΐίλατεΐα  and  Τίλατειαί. 

ΊΙλύτεΙα,  ας,  ή,  v.  sub  πλατύς. 

Ώ-'λΰτείάζω,  Dor.  -ύσδω:  {ττΐ,ατύς): 
— to  speak  or  pronounce  broadly,  esp. 
like  the  Doric,  Theocr.  15,  88,  ubi 
V.  Valck. ;  π'λατεάζω  occurs  in 
Hesych.     ileace 

Ιϋ.ατειασμός,  ov,  o,  a  broad  (esp. 
Doric)  dialect  or  accent,  Quintil. 

ϋλ,ατεϊον,  ov,  τό,  (π/Μτύς)  a  plate, 
table,  tablet,  Polyb.  6,  34,  8. 

Πλΰτέως,  adv.  from  π?^ατνς. 

H/MTij  or  πλάτα,  ης,  ή  :  (πλάτος, 
πλατύς) : — the  fiat  or  broad  surface  of 
a  body,  esp., — 1.  the  blade  of  an  oar, 
Lat.  paimula  remi ;  hence  also  the 
whole  oar,  Trag.,  as  Aesch.  Ag.  695, 
Soph.  Aj.  359,  and  very  freq.  in  Eur.; 
hence,  ναυτί?ιω  πλάτΐ),  by  ship,  by 
sea.  Soph.  Phil.  220  ;  ονρίω  πλάττ/, 
with  a  fair  voyage,  lb.  355  : — χερσαία 
πλ.,  i.  e.  the  shepherd's  croolt,  Lye. 
96. — 2.  the  broad  Γώ$ ;  \ιβηοβ=ώμο- 
πλά-αί,  the  shoulder-blades,  [a] 

Τίλάτιγξ  or  πλύτυγξ,  7/,=ioieg., 
Lob.  Phryn.  72.  [a] 

H?MTiov,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  π7ί.άτη. 

ΐΐλάτίον,  adv.  Dor.  for  πλησίον, 
Theocr.,  Anth.  Plan.  249. 

ΤίΆάτις,  ιδος,  ή,  [πελάζυ)  poet,  for 
πελάτις,  a  wife.  At.  Ach.  132. 

Τίλύτίστΰκος,  ov,  ό,  a  large  species 
of  the  fish  μνλλος,  v.  Dorio  ap.  Ath. 
118  C :  also,=  ό  σαπέρδης,  Ath.  308  F. 

ΤΙλάτόομαι,  (πλατύς)  as  pass.,  to 
be  made  fiat  like  the  blade  of  an  oar 
(of.  κωπενς),  Ar.  Ach.  552. 

ΐΐλάτος,  εος,  τό,  (πλατύς)  breadth, 
width,  (opp.  to  μήκος  and  ιίάβος,  Plat. 
Soph.  235  D),  Simon.  66,  Hdt.,  etc.  ; 
— absol.,  πλ.,  or  to  πλ.,  in  breadth, 
Hdt.  I,  193;  4,  195;  έν  πλάτεί  or 
κατά  πλάτος,  Plat.  Soph.  235  D, 
266  A.  [a] 

ΙΙλάτός,  η,  όν,  {πε7Λζω)  of.  πλα- 
στός fin.  ίπλατος. 

Υίλάττω,  Att.  for  πλάσσω. 

ΧΙλατναλονργής,  ες,  with  broad,pur- 
ple  border,  Inscr, 

ΤΙλΰτνύμφοδος,  ov,  with  broad  roads. 

ΤΙλΰτναύχιρ',  ενός,  ό,  ή,  (πλατύς, 
avx7'jv)  broad-necked,  Manetho. 

Τί?.άτνγάστωρ,  ορός,  ό,  ή,  (^πλατύς, 
■γαστήρ)  broad-bellied. 

ϋλάτυγίζω,  {πλατύς,  πλάτυγξ)  to 
beat  the  ivater  with  tlie  broad  end  of  an 
oar,  generally,  to  splash  about  in  the 
water,  of  a  goose,  Eubul.  Char.  1  ; 
to  make  a  splash,  splutter,  swagger,  Ar. 
Eq.  830. 

Τίλάτνγλωσσος,ον,  Alt. -ττος,{πλα- 
τύς,  γ?.ώσσα  )  broad-tongued,  Arist. 
Part.  An.  2,  17,  4. 

ΐΙ?Μτνγξ,  ?),  V.  sub  πλάτίγξ.  [ά] 

Ήλάτυζομαί,  dep.,  (  πλατύς  )  to 
speak  big,  boast,  swagger. 

ΐΐλάτνιιαρπος,  ον,(πλατνς,  καρπός) 
with  broad  fruit,  Diosc.  [v] 

Τίλάτνααρφος,  ov,  (πλατύς,  κάρ- 
φος)  broad-boughed,  Diosc.  [ΰ] 

Ώ.λάτνκαυ?Μς,  ov,  (πλατύς,  καυ- 
Αός)  broad-stalked,  Theophr.   [ν] 

ίΐλ,άτύκερκος,  ov,  {πλατύς,  κέρκος) 


ΠΑΑΤ 

broad-tailed,  Arist.    Η.   Α.   8,    10,  5. 

1^^^  ,    .        .       . 

ΤΙλΑτύκερως,  ωτος,  ο,  η,  (πλατύς, 

κέρας)  broad-horned,  Diosc.  [ϋ] 

Ιίλάτϋκέφάλος,  ον,  (πλατύς,  κε- 
φα?ίή)  broad-headed. 

ΐΐλάτϋκορία,  ας,  η,  (πλατύς,  κόρη 
111)  α  disease  of  the  eye  from  dilatation 
of  the  pupil,  also  πλατνκ,ορίασις  and 
μυδρίασις,  opp.  to  στενοκορί.ααις. 

ΤΪΑΰτϋκύς,  ή,  όν,  (πλατύς)  in,  de- 
tail, diffuse,  Paul.  Aeg. 

Τίλύτϊιλέσχης,  ου,  ό,  ( πλατύς, 
?.έσχη)  α  wide-mouthed  babbler,  Anth. 
P.  11,382. 

Π'λύτν'λάγος,  ov,  (π?Μτνς,  λέγω) 
babbling. 

Ϊ1λάτύ7.ογχος,  ov.  (πλατύς,  λόγχη) 
broad-pointed:  τό  πλ.,  as  subst.,  a 
broad-pointed  spear,  partisan,  Strab.  ; 
in  full,  π.  ακόντια,  Ar.  Fr.  401,  of. 
Alex.  Leucad.  3. 

ΐΙ?Μτνντέον,  verb,  adj.,  one  must 
widen,  Xen.  Hipparch.  4,  3  :  from 

ΤΙ?Μτύνω,  (πλατύς)  to  make  broad, 
widen,  extend;  hence  in  mid.,  πλατν- 
νεσθαι  γτ/ν,  to  widen  one's  territory, 
Xen.  Cyr.  5,  5,  34. — 2.  to  open  wide, 
T.  στόμα,  to  talk  impudently,  LXX  : 
so  in  pass.,  to  talk  big  of  one^s  self, 
Timon  ap.  Diog.  L.  4,  42. 

ΐΙ?Μτύνωτος,  ov,  (πλατύς,  νώτος) 
broad-backed,  Batr.  298  [ϋ] 

Ί1?ιάτϋόννχυς,   ov,   v.    πλατνώνυ- 

Χϊλίτνονρος,  ov,  (πλατύς,  ουρά) 
broad-tailed,  Opp.  Η.  1,  99.  [ν] 

ΐΐ'λύτνόφθαλμος,  ov,  (π/ιατύς,  όφ- 
θα/.μός)  having  wide  or  large  eyes. — IL 
act.  widening  the  eyes,  to  πλ.^=στίμμι, 
Diosc.  5,  99. 

ΤΙλάτνπϊλος,  ov,  of  broad  felt,  [ϋ] 

ΙΙλάτϋπόρφϋρος,  ov,  (πλατύς,  πορ- 
φύρα) with  broad  purple  stripe  or  bor- 
dtr,  ίμάτιον,  Archipp.  Plut.  5. 

Ώ-λΰτύπονς,  ό,  ή,  -πουν,  τό,  broad- 
footed,   [ϋ] 

ΐΐλύτνπρόςωπος,  ον,  (  πλατύς, 
πρόςωπον)  broad-faced,  Ael.  Ν.  Α.  15, 
26. 

ΐΐλ&τύπϋγος,  ον,  (πλατύς,  πνγή) 
broad-bottomed. 

ΐΙ^Μτνρημοσννη,  ης,  ή,  (πλατύς, 
1>7/μα)  breadth  (we  say  length)  in  speak- 
ing, Diog.  L. 

Τ1?ιύτύ^()[ς,  Ινος,  ό,  ή,  (πλατύς, 
βίς)  broad-nosed,  Strab. 

ήλάτύβδοος,  ον,  contr.  -βους,  ονν, 
(π?.ατνς,  ρέω)  broad-fiowing,  ΝεϊλίΟς, 
Aesch.  Pr.  852. 

ΐΐλΰτύββνγχος,  ον,  (πλατύς,  βύγ• 
χος)  broad-snouted  or  beaked,  Timocl. 
Tear.  2,  Arist.  Part.  An.  3,  1,  16. 

ΐΐλάτύββύμος,  ov,  (πλατύς,  βύμη) 
with  broad  streets. 

ΙΙλατύς,  ela,  v,  fem.  also  πλατέα, 
Hdt.  2,  {56:— fiat,  wide,  broad,  even 
(opp  to  στρογγυλός.  Plat.  Phaed.  97 
D),  Horn.,  Hdt.,  etc.  :  far-spread,  11. 
2,  474,  Od.  14,  101,  Hes.  Th.  445  :  of 
a  man,  broad-shouldered,  huge.  Soph. 
Aj.  1250: — ττλ.  όρκος,  a  broad,  strong 
oath,  Emped.  153 :  πλατνς  κατά- 
γε?.ως.  flat  (i.  e.  downright)  mockery, 
Ar.  Ach.  1126;  but,  πλατν  j'fAdi',  to 
laugh  loud  and  rudely  (so,  πΛατν  κα- 
ταχρέμ-φασθαι,  Ar.  Pac.  815),  of.  Lob. 
Phryn.  472. — 2.  η  π?Μτεία  (sc.  οδός), 
a  street : — also  (sub.  χείρ),  the  fiat  of 
the  hand,  ταΐς  π/.ατείαις  τνπτόμενος, 
Ar.  Ran.  1096.-11.  salt,  brackish,  πό- 
μα,  Hdt.  2,  108,  prob.  because  orig. 
πλατν  ύδωρ  was  used  generally  as 
epilh.  of  the  sea :  but  π7Λτνς  'Έλλής- 
ποντος,  11.  7,  86  ;  17,  432,  is  not  the 
salt,  but  the  broad  Hellespont  (i.  e. 
considered  as  a  river),  cf.  Aesch.  Pers. 
875 ;— though  Ath.  42  Β  thought  oth- 


ΠΛΕΘ 
erwise.  —  III.  compar.  and  superl, 
πλατύτερος,  πλατντατος, — also  ττλα- 
τνστατος,  Timon  ap.  Diog.  L. — IV. 
adv.  -έως.  (Cf.  πλάτη,  π/Ατος,  Germ. 
platt,  our  fiat,  whence  plate,  etc  , 
and  π7Λτανος,  planus  :  also  through 
Germ,  fiach  connected  with  (πλάξ) 
π7.ακ-ός,  etc.,  Pott  Et.  Forsch.  1,  93.) 
iv] 

Τί7ιατύσημος,  ov,  (.π7Λτνς,  σήμα) 
with  broad  border :  ή  πλατνσημος,  Lat. 
tunica  laticlavia,  a  tunic  with  a  broad 
purple  border,  Strab.  ;  esp.  that  of  the 
Roman  senators :  opp.  to  η  στενό- 
σημος,  tunica  angusticlavia  :  τό  π.,  ta- 
lus clavus.  [fi] 

ΐΐλάτνσμα,  ατός,  τό,  (π7ιατννω) 
any  thing  widened  or  spread  out,  a  fiat 
piece,  plate,  as  ττΛ.  σιδήρου,  etc.  [ΰ] 

Τ17Μτυσμάτιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  Irom 
foreg. 

ΐΐλΰτυσμός,  οϋ,  ό,  (πλατύνω)  a 
widening,  enlarging,  LXX.  :  metaph., 
a  boasting,  bragging,  Timon  ap  Ath. 
610  C. 

ΐΐλάτν στέρνος,  ov,  (π?ιατύς,  στέρ 
νον)  broad-breasted,  Geop. 

Υ17Μτυστομέω,  ω,  to  speak  broadly, 
like  πλατειάζω :  from 

Ίί7ΜΤνστομος,  ov,  (πλατνς,  στόμα) 
tvide  mouthed,  Ath.  :  hence,  speaking 
with  a  broad  accent. 

ΤΙ/Μτύσχιστος,  ov,  (πλατνς,  σχίζω) 
with  broad  slit,  Theophr. 

ΤΙλάτύτης,  ητος, ή. (πλατύς)  breadth, 
width,  Hipp. :  size,  bulk,  Xen.  Cyr.  1, 
4,  11.  [ig 

ΐΙ7Ατύφνλλος,  ov,  (π7<,ατνς,  φνλ 
7iOv)  broad-leaved,  Arist.  An.  Post.  2, 
16,2. 

Τ17.ατνχωρος,  ov,  (πλατύς,  χώρος) 
with  broad  place  or  space,  Geop.   [ii] 

Τ17Λτνώννξ,  νχος,  ό,  ή,  atid 

Ί17Μτνώνϋχος,  ον,  (π7.ατύς,  όννξ) 
with  broad  nails  or  hoofs,  Def.  Plat. 
415  A  :  the  form  πλ.ατνόννχος  is  bad. 

^ΤΏ.άτων,  ωνος,  ό,  Plato,  son  of  Ly 
caon  king  of  Arcadia,  Apollod. — 2. 
son  of  Ariston,  the  celebrated  Athe 
nian  philosopher,  pupil  of  Socrates. 
— 3.  a  poet  of  the  old  comedy,  Mei- 
neke  2,  p.  615,  sqq. 

αίλατωνικός,  ή,  όν,  of  or  relating 
to  Plato  (2),  Platonic ;  oi  Πλατωνικοί, 
the  followers  of  PL•to,  Platonists, 
Strab.  p.  541. 

ΐίλάτωχέτης,  ov,  b,  (π7.άτίος  for 
π7ιησίος,  έχω)  one  who  dwells  near, 
perh.  to  be  read  Plut.  2,  292  D. 

ΐΐλέας,  ace.  ο[π?^ες,  q.  v. 

Τ17ίέγδην,  adv.,  (π7ιέκω)  in  plaits  or 
braids  ;  also,  in  bonds,  tied. 

ΐΐλέγμα,  ατός,  τό,  (πλέκω)  any 
thing  twined  or  plaited,  πλ,  έ7.ικος,  the 
twisting  tendril  of  the  vine,  Simon. 
51  :  wicker  work,  to  πλ.  τον  κύρτον. 
Plat.  Tim.  79  I) ;  hence=o  κνρτος, 
Xen.  Cyr.  1, 6,  28  :— in  plur.,  wreaths, 
chaplets,  Eur.  Ion  1393: — πλ.  γνιών, 
an  embrace,  cf.  Jac.  A.  P.  p.  590. 
Hence 

ΥΙλεγμάτεύω,  to  make  plaited  work. 

ΎΙλεγμάτιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from 
πλέγμα,  Arist.  Part.  An.  4,  9,  13. 

Τίλεγννω,  poet,  for  πλέκω,  Opp. 
C.  3,213,  H.  1,311.  [i] 

Τϊλέες,  oi,  ace.  π7.έύς,  Ep.  compar. 
of  πολύς,  II.  2,  129;  11,  395;  only 
found  in  nom.  and  ace.  plur.  masc. ; 
hence  Dor.  contr.  form  πλεΐς. 

ΐ17^εθρΐαϊος,  a,  ov,  of  the  size  of  a 
π7.έθρην,  Xen.  Cyr.  7,  5,  11. 

ΤΙλεθρίζω,  orig.  to  run  the  πλέθρον : 
metaph.,  to  take  long  strides,  'shoot 
with  a  long  bow,'  Theophr.  Char.  23 
(25). 

'Π7.έθριον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  τρ/Ιέ 
θρον. — II.  the  Rornan  circus. — f2.  also 
1191 


ΠΛΕΙ 
name  of  a  gymnasium  in  Elis,  Paus. 
6,  23,  2. 

Τ1?.ίθρισμα,  ατός,  τό,  (π?^ΐθρίζω)  a 
race  of  a  πλεθρον  in  length. 

ΠΛΕ'ΘΡΟΝ,  ov,  TO.  as  measure 
of  length,  a  plethron,  being  100  Greek 
or  101  English  feet,  the  sixth  part  of 
a  stade,  Hdt.  2,  124,  etc. ;  also— 2.  ο 
race-course  of  this  length:  and,  racing 
in  one. —  II.  as  a  square  measure, 
10,000  square  feet,  Dein.  491,  27,  cf 
Herm.  Eur.  Ion  1152  (1 137) :— also, 
uSed  to  translate  the  'Ron\.  jagerum, 
though  this  was  about  28.800  square 
feet. — In  Horn.,  who  always  uses  the 
form  τζέλΐβμον,  it  only  occurs  as  a 
square  measure. 

ϋλΐΐάόίς,  ai.  Ion.  ΤΙληϊύίϊες,  the 
Pleiads,  seven  daughters  ol  Atlas  and 
Plei'one,  who  were  placed  by  Jupiter 
among  the  stars,  II.  18,  48ΰ,  Od.  5, 
272  (in  Ion.  form): — later,  in  sing., 
ΰττο  ΙΙληίάδος,  i.  e.  about  Autumn, 
Vergiliarum  occasu,  Hipp.  (ΙΙλειύς  is 
nsu.  deriv.  from  πλέω,  because  Greek 
navigation  began  at  the  rise  and  closed 
at  the  setting  of  the  Pleiads,  cf 
'Ύύδες.) 

ΤΙλείμα,  τό,  old  way  of  writing 
πλτ/μα,  π?ι7/σμα,  v.  πλειών. 

ΰ/.εΐν,  Att.  for  πλέον,  like  δεΐν  for 
δέον,  more,  freq.  in  Ar.,  as  Ach.  858, 
Eq.  444  ;  cf  Koen  Greg.  p.  140,  Piers. 
Moer.  p.  294. 

ΐΐ'λειονομοίρεω,  ώ,  (πλείων,  μοίρα) 
to  have  a  plurality  of  parts. 

ΤΙλειονότης,  ητος,.η,  (ττλείων)  plu- 
raliti/,  greater  length. 

ΪΙλειόνως,  adv.  from  πλείων,  more. 

ϋλεϊος,  η,  ov.  Ion.  and  Ep.  for 
■ηλέος,  full,  in  Horn.,  and  Hes.  the 
usu.  form  ;  v.  sub  πλέος. 

ΤΙλειότερος,  η,  ov.  Ion.  and  Ep. 
compar.  from  πλεΐυς,  fuller,  Od.  11, 
359  ;  hence  richer,  Nic.  Th.  119,  Arat. 
644. 

ΤΙλειότης,  ητος,  ή,^ττλειονότης, 
dub. 

ΤΙλεϊς,  V.  η7.έες. 

\Π.λεισθένης,  ονς,  6,  Plisthenes,  son 
of  Atreus,  father  of  Agamemnon  and 
Menelaus,  Aesch.  Ag.  1G02;  Apollod. 
3,  2.  2. 

]ΤΙλείσθενίδης,  ov,  δ,  son  of  Plis- 
thenes ;  ol  ΤΙ'λεισθενίδαί,  ών  Dor.  ΰν, 
the  Plisthenidac,  i.  e.  Agamemnon  and 
Menelaus,  Aesch.  Ag.  1569. 

iTl'λειστaίvετυς,  ov,  δ,  Plistaenetus, 
a  painter,  brother  of  Phidias,  Plut. 

ΐΐ'λειστάκίς,  adv.,  (ττ'λεϊστος)  most- 
ly, hence  very  often.  Plat,  and  Xen.  ; 
OTL  ττλ.,  Xen.  Oec.  16,  14  ;  ώς  πλ.. 
Plat.  Rep.  459  D. 

αίλείσταρχος,  ov,  6,  Plistarchiis, 
son  of  Leonidas,  a  king  of  Sparta, 
(19th  Agid),  Hdt.  9,  10;  Thuc.  1, 
132.— Others  in  Paus. ;  Diog.  L. ;  etc. 

ΤΙλειστΰχόθεν,  adv.,  {πλείστος) 
from  most  or  many  places,  Ar.  Fr.  668. 

Πλειστάχώς,  adv.,  {π?.εΙστος)  in 
manifold  ways. 

Ιλλειστηρης,  ες,  (ττλείστοξ•)  mani- 
fold, άπας  πλ.  χρόνος,  all  the  whole 
leiigth  of  time,  Aesch.  Eum.  763. 
Hence 

Υνλείσττ)ριύζ(ύ,  also  as  dep.  mid. 
πλειητηρίύζομαι  :  to  increase,  Ne- 
mes.  ;  esp.  of  the  price  of  a  thing,  to 
raise  the  price,  make  dear.  Lys.  Fr.  4, 
Plat.  (Com.)  Gryp.  4  (in  act.).    Hence 

ΐΐλειστηριασμός,  οϋ,  δ,  a  raisi/ig  the 
price,  making  dear. 

ΐΙλειστηρίζομα•ι,  dep.  mid.,  (πλεΐ- 
ητος)  to  accuse  one  as  taking  the  chief 
part  in  a  thing ;  to  assign  as  the  chief 
agent  or  cause  of  a  thing,  τινά  or  r< 
Tivor,  Aesch.  Cho.  1029. 

■\ύ?.ειστοάναξ,  ακτος,  ό,  PUstoa- 
1192 


ΠΑΕΙ 

nax,  son  of  the  general  Pausanias,  a 
king  of  Sparta,  successor  of  Plistar- 
chus  (20th  Agid),  Tbuc.  1,  107;  3, 
26:  also  written  ΪΙλειστώναξ.  Plut. 

Τίλειστυβο/ιέω,  ώ,  {πλειστοβό?ιθς) 
to  throw  the  most  or  highest  number. 
Hence 

ΤΙλε ιστοβολίνδα  (sc.  παιδιά)  ^, 
dice-playing. 

ΤΙ'λειστοβόλος,  ov,  (πλ,εϊστος, βάλ- 
λω) throwing  the  most,  throwing  high, 
of  dicing,  Leon.  Tar.  84. 

ΙΙ?.είστοδί'νΰμέω,  {π?.εϊστος,  δννα- 
μίς)  to  have  very  great  might  or  power. 

^Ώ?.ειστόλάς,  a,  ό,  ΟθΓ.=  Πλεί- 
στόληος,  PUstolas,  Spartan  masc.  pr. 
n,,  Thuc.  5,  19,  25:  an  ephor,  Xen. 
Hell.  2,  3,  10. 

ΤΙ?ίείστολόγο)ς,α(ΐΛ'.,{πλεΐστος,λό- 
γον)  in  various  ways. 

ΤΙλειστόμβροτος,  ov,  ( πλείστος, 
βροτός)  crowded  with  people,  crowded, 
εορτή,  Pind.  O.  6,116.  _ 

ίΐΐλειστόνϊκος,  ov,  b,  Pliston'icus, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  a  physician,  Ath.  45  ϋ. 

Ώλεϊστος,  η,  ov,  superl.  of  πολύς, 
most,  hence  also,  a  great  deal,  very 
much,  Horn.,  etc. :  not  only  in  num- 
ber, but  also  generally  of  bulk,  size, 
strength,  rank  or  worth,  e.  g.  πλεί- 
στον κακόν,  Od.  4,  097  ;  ol  πλείστοι, 
the  noblest,  best.  Hes.  Fr.  73 ;  περϊ 
π?.είστον  ποιεϊσβαί  τι,  to  consider  of 
the  highest  value,  cf.  περί,  A.  1 V. :  av- 
τώ  7]  πλείστ?]  γνώμη  i/r,  his  opinion 
was  mostly..,  Hdt.  5.  126;  but  also, 
πλ.εΐστός  είμι  τ?;  γνώμτ),  Hdt.  7,  220  ; 
πλείστος  έστιι>  εν  τινι,  he  is  mostly 
engaged  in..,  Lat.  plurimus  est  in  hac 
re:  όσοι  πλείστοι,  όσα  πλείστα,  the 
most  possible,  Hdt.  1,  14;  6,  44:  so, 
ύς  πλ.,  Plat.  Gorg.  481  B,  etc.  :  ότι 
πλ-,  Thuc,  etc.  :—είς  άνηρ  πλείστον 
πόνον  έχθρηίς  παράσχων,  Aesch. 
Pers.  327  (cf  sub  εΙς) : — τά  πλείστα, 
at  the  most,  τό  πλείστοι'  τίνος,  the 
highest  degree  of  a  thing,  Hdt.  : — πλεί- 
στα η..,  like  the  compar.  πλεϊον, 
Hdt.  2,  35  ;  sometimes  also  πλ^εΐστον 
is  added  to  a  superl..  Soph.  Phil.  631, 
O.  C.  743,  Eur.  Ale.  790,  cf  Med. 
1323:  —  iv  τοις  πλείστοι  or  even 
πλεισται,  about  the  most,  Thuc.  3,  17  ; 
cf  sub  πρώτος,  V. 

^ΪΙλε.ιστός,  ov,  ό,  the  Plistus,  a 
small  river  of  Phocis,  in  the  territory 
of  Delphi,  falling  into  the  Crissaean 
bay,  now  Sizaliska,  Aesch.  Eum.  27  ; 
Strab.  p.  418. 

ΊΙλειστοτόκος,  ov,  {πλείστος,  τί- 
κτω) bringing  forth  most,  Manetho. 

ΤΙλειστοφύρος,  ov,  {πλείστος,  φέ- 
ρω) bearing  most,  Theoplir. 

ίΤΙλείστωρ,  ορός,  δ.  Plistor,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  an  Athenian,  Dem  967,  21. 

αίλείστωρος,  ov,  ό,  Plistorus,  a 
Thracian  deity,  Hdt.  9, 119. 

ΙΙλείω,  poet,  for  πλέω,  to  sail,  Od. 
15.34;  16,368. 

ΙΙλείων,  ό,  ή,  neut.  π7ιειον,  more 
usu.  in  Att.  than  the  other  form  πλέ- 
ων, neut.  πλέον,  compar.  of  πολύς: 
on  the  other  forms  v.  sub  fin.  More, 
Horn.,  etc. :  not  only  of  number,  but 
also  generally  of  bulk,  etc.,  like  πλ.εΐ• 
στος :  οι  πλ,,έονες,  the  greater  number, 
hence,  like  ol  πο?Λυί,  the  viass  or 
croivd,  11.  5,  673,  Od.  2,  277;  so  oi 
πλεννες  in  Hdt.  ;  and  c.  gen.,  τας 
πλεννας  των  γυναικών,  Hdt.  1,  1  ; 
esp.,  the  many,  the  people,  opp.  to  the 
chief  men,  Hdt.  7. 149  ;  also  the  dead, 
ες  πλΐόνων  Ικέαθαι,  like  ίς'Αιδον, 
Br.  Ar.  Eccl.  1073,  Leon.  Tar.  79,  6  : 
TO  πλεΐυν  πολέμηιο,  the  greater  part 
of.,  II.  1,  165,  Od.  8,  475;  and  freq. 
in  Att.:  —  of  time,  greater,  longer, 
π?.ΐίων  χρόνος,  Hdt.  9,  111,  Soph., 


ΠΑΕΚ 

etc. ;  πλέων  νύξ,  the  greater  part  of 
night,  II.  10,  252. — II.  pecul.  usages 
of  neut.,  TO  πλ.έον,  mostly,  to  πλεϋν, 
Hdt.  3,  52  ;  περί  πλείονος  ποιεϊσβαί 
τι,  to  consider  of  a  higher  value,  Hdt. 
etc. :  to  δε  πλέον,  but  what  is  7nore, 
but  what  is  the  real  truth  :  έπΙ  π?Λθν, 
mure  and  more,  Hdt.  2,  171,  etc.  :  ro 
πλέον  τινός,  a  higher  degree  of  a  thing, 
esp.,  έπΙ  τό  πλ^έον  τινός  ίκέσΟαι  or 
έπι  πλέον  τινός,  Theocr.  1,  20  ;  πλέ- 
ον έφερε  οι  ή  γνώμη,  his  opinion  rather 
tended,  Hdt.  8,  100:  πλέον  έχειν,  to 
haw  the  advantage,  have  the  best  of  it, 
win,  conquer,  like  πλεονεκτέω,  c. 
gen.,  Hdt.  9,  70,  cL  Valck.  Diatr.  p. 
150 ;  so,  πλέον  τινός  φέρεσθαι.  Hdt. 
8,  29,  opp.  to  ελαττον  έχειν  :  more 
fully,  πλεϊον  μοίρης  έχειν,  Theogn. 
606 :  ές  πλέον  ποιείν  or  έργάζεσθαι, 
to  get  on  ov  forward  with  a  thing,  gain 
by  It,  Lat.  proficere,  c.  ace.  Erf  Soph. 
O.  T.  911  ;  so,  πλέον  ποιεϊν  τι,  e.  g. 
βονλοίμην  π?^ον  τί  με  ποιήσαι  άπο- 
λογούμενον.  Plat.  Λροΐ.  19  Α  : — τι 
πλέον ;  what  more,  i.  e.  what  good  or 
vse  is  it?  Antipho  140,  42,  etc.  ;  so, 
πλέον  εστί  μοι,  1  get  something  by 
it,  Valck.  Hipp.  284  ;  opp.  to  ουδέν 
μοι  πλέον  εστί,  Plat.  Symp.  217  C  ; 
πλέον  (or  ονδέν  πλέον)  γίγνεταί  τινι, 
Isocr.  41  Β,  Dem.,  etc. : — έπΙ  πλέον, 
as  adv.,  more,  further,  also  written 
επιπλέον  (q.  v.),  Plat.  Gorg.  453  A, 
etc.  :  but  πλέον  also  is  oft.  used  as 
adv.,  esp.  foil,  by  ή...  Lob.  Phryn.  410 ; 
when  a  number  follows,  ή  is  omitted, 
as  is  Lat.  cptam  after  plus,  and  the 
number  remains  unchanged,  έτη  γε• 
γονώς  π7.είω  έβδομήκοντα,  annos 
plus  septuaginta  natus.  Plat.  Apol.  17 
1),  Matth.  Gr.  Gr.  §  4.55,  4:  yet  the 
number,  esp.  if  it  be  in  ace,  often 
passes  into  the  gen.,  Xen.  An.  3,  2, 
34  ;  7,  3,  12  : — as  adv.  with  another 
compar.,  Pors  Hec.  624;  and  some- 
times for  αάλλον,  Herm.  Eur.  Ion  p. 
xii. 

The  nom.  and  ace.  pi.  πλέες,  πλέ- 
άς.  II.  2,  129  ;  1 1,  395  are  only  Ep. ;  in 
Dor.  contr.  πλείς:  the  contr.  πλεϋν  for 
τλέον,  πλ.εννος,  πλ.εννες, etc.,  are  Ion. 
and  Dor.,  and  in  Hdt.  the  prevailing 
forms :  πλεϊν,  nom.  and  ace.  sing, 
neut.  for  πλ,έον,  like  δεϊν  for  δέον,  is 
pecul.  Att.,  though  only  in  phrases 
like  πλεϊν  η  χίλιοι,  π?-εϊν  η  μαίνο- 
μαι, etc.,  Ar.  Αν.  6,  Ran.  751,  cf 
Buttm.  Ausf  Gr.  /)  105  Anm.  23,  n. : 
Ion.  dat.  plur.  πλεόνεσι,  Hdt.  7,  224. 
Hom.,  like  Hes.,  uses  πλείων  or  πλέ- 
ων as  his  verse  requires,  pi.  πλείοσι 
and  π?ιεόνεσσι :  in  Att.  prose,  πλείων 
is  far  the  most  freq. ;  but  in  neut., 
π?ίέον  is  more  usu.,  esp.  as  it  ap- 
proaches the  adverbial  signf :  in  the 
Att.  contraction,  πλείω,πλείονς,  etc.. 
are,  if  not  the  only,  yet  the  older  and 
belter  forms  ;  for  even  the  neut.  πλέω 
is  rejected  by  Buttm.  Ausf  Gr.  2,  p. 
411  ;  this  neut.  pi.  is  by  later  writers 
strangely  enough  joined  with  a  sing, 
subst.,  Wess.  Diod.  1, 63,  Schaf.  Dion. 
Comp.  p.  229. 

Πλεζύν,  ώνας,  6,  {πλεϊος,  πλεος) 
a  full  time  or  period,  a  year,  Hes.  Op. 
615,  Call.  Jov.  89,  Ant'h.  P.  6,  93;  cf. 
π'λεΐμα. 

ΪΙλέκος,  εας,  τό,  (π?.έ>;ω)  any  thing 
twintd  ox  plaited,  wicker-work,  Ar.  Ach. 
454,  Pac.  528. 

ΤΙλεκόω,  ώ,  v.  σπλεκόω. 

Ώλεκτύναω,  =  πλεκτανόω  : — xe- 
πλεκτανημέναι  όμύκονσι,  ot  the  Eri- 
nyes, Aesch.  Cho.  1049. 

Ιϊ/.εκτάνη.  ?;{■,  ή,  (πλέχω)  an^  ehi/ig 
twined  or  plaited,  a  coil,  wreath,  οφέων, 
Aesch.  Theb.  495;  πλ.  κατπΌϋ,  α 


ΠΛΕΟ 

wreath  of  smoke,  Ar.  Av.  1717: — in 
plur.  the  arms  OT  feelers  of  the  polypus- 
tribe,  Lat.  cirri,  cf.  Foes.Oecon.  Hipp, 
[ά]     Hence 

Πλίκτύνων,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from 
foreg.  II,  α  little  aryn  of  a  polypus, 
Eubul  Ύιτθ.  1,  cf  foreg. 

ΙΙλεκτΰνόστολος,  ov,  {πλεκτάνη, 
στέλλω)  corded,  rigged,  of  ships,  Lye. 
230. 

WkeKTuvoo),  ώ,  {πλεκτάνη)  to  twine 
into  wreaths,  braids,  etc.,  Hipp. 

ΐΐλεκτή,  ης,  ή,  strictly  fem.  from 
κ'λεκτός,  a  coil,  wreath,  Aesch.  Cho. 
248. — 2.  a  twisted  rope,  cord,  string, 
Eur.  Tro.  958,  1010,  Plat.  (Com.) 
Hell.  4. — 3.  a  fishing-basket  or  net  (cf. 
πλέγμα).  Plat.  Legg.  824  B.— 4.= 
πλεκτάνη,  Plat.  (Com.)  Pha.  1,  16. 
ΤΙλεκΓΐκός,  ή,  όν,  {πλέκω)  of,  occu- 
pied with  plaiting,  τέχναι,  Plat.  Legg. 
670  A,  cf  Polit.  288  D.— II.  disposed 
for  twining  or  becoming  entangled,  Epi- 
cur.  ap.  Diog.  L.  10,  43. 

ΤΙλεκτός,  ή,  όν,  {πλέκω)  plaited, 
ttvisted,  τάλαροι,  άναόέσμη,  σειρά, 
Od.  9,  247  ;  22,  175,  11.  22,  469  ;  άρ- 
ματα, Hes.  Sc.  63 ;  and  Trag. :  π. 
στέγαι,  wicker  mansions,  i.  e.  cars, 
Aesch.  Pr.  709 :  τη  πλεκτόν  and  τα 
πλεκτά,  any  plaited  or  twisted  instru- 
ments, ropes,  Xen.  Oec.  8,  12  :  πλέκτη 
Αιγύπτου  παιδεία,  the  twisted  task- 
work of  Aegypt,  i.  e.  ropes  of  biblus, 
Eur.  Tro.  128.— 3.  for  ;)  πλεκτή,  v. 
sub  voc. 

ΠΛΕ'ΚΩ,  fut.  -ξω  :  aor.  mid.  έπ?.ε- 
ξύμην  .•  pf  pass,  πέπλεγμαι,  Hdl. : 
aor.  pass,  έπλάκην  [ά]  or  έπλέκ7/ν, 
the  latter,  ace.  to  Bekk.,  always  in 
the  best  MSS .  To  twine,  twist,  weave, 
tie,  enfold,  Lat.  plicare,  plectere,  esp.  of 
braiding  the  hair,  twining  wreaths, 
making  baskets,  helmets,  Hdt.  7,  72  ; 
and  twisting  ropes,  Hdt.  7,  85 ;  πλ. 
στέφανον,  Pind.  I.  8  (7),  146 ;  and  in 
Att. :— Horn,  only  uses  aor.  mid.,  τΓλέ- 
ξασθαι  π?ιοκάμους,  πείσμα,  to  braid 
one's  hair,  twist  one's  self  a  rope,  II.  14, 
176,  Od.  10,  168 ;  cf  Hdt.  2,  28,  Ar. 
Lys.  790 ;  generally,  to  contrive  or 
make  by  art,  Jac.  A.  P.  p.  440 :  hence, 
— 3.  metaph.  to  plan,  devise,  contrive, 
like  ^άπτειν,  Lat.  nectere,  texere,  usu. 
in  a  sly,  tortuous  manner,  πλ.  δό'λον 
άμφί  τινι,  Aesch.  Cho.  220;  πλ.  μ?)- 
χανάς.  Id.  Fr.  299,  Eur.  Andr.  995 ; 
so,  πλ.  πλοκύς,  τέχνην,  Eur.  Ion  826, 
1280  ;  πλ.  παλάμας,  Ar.  Vesp.  644, 
cf.  Valck.  Phoen.  497  ;  in  Pind.  also, 
πλ,.  νμνον,  (>ηματα,  Ο.  6,  146,  Ν.  4, 
154 ;  so.  πλ.  λόγους,  like  Homer's 
μήτιν  νφαίνειν.  Plat.  Hipp.  Min.  369 
Β  ;  but,  βιον  πλέκειν,  to  form  a  ra- 
tional plan  of  life,  v.  διαπ?ιέκω,  κατα- 
πλέκω. — II.  pass.,  to  be  plaited  or  twist- 
ed, κράνεα,  σειραι  πεπλεγμέναι,  Hdt. 
7,  85  ;  βρόχος  πε πλεγμένος  σπάρτου, 
Xen.  Cyn.  9,  13  :  to  twist  one's  self 
round,  περιβρέτει,  Aesch.  Eum.  259  : 
to  clasp,  embrace,  τινά,  .\nth. — 2.  me- 
taph., to  be  entwined  or  involved ;  in  ke.\. 
N.  A.  5,  30,  of  words,  to  be  compound- 
ed.    Hence 

'Άλέξις,  εως,  ή.  a  plaiting,  weaving. 
Plat.  Polit.  308  D. 

Πλέον,  neut.  from  πλέων  (v.  πλεί- 
ων),  and  from  πλέος. 

Τίλεοναζόντως,  adv.  part,  from  πλε- 
ονάζω, superfluously. 

ΐίλεονάζω,  f.  -άσω  :  (πλέον) : — to  he 
more.  esp.  to  be  more  than  enough,  opp. 
to  ελλείπω  (Arist.  Eth.  N.  2,  6,  5): 
to  abound  or  be  frequent,  Tim.  Locr. 
102  C,  Polyb.  4,  3,  12:— πλεονάζει 
μοι  τοϋτο.  this  often  happens  to  me, 
Strab. — II.  of  persons,  to  go  beyond 
bounds,  take  or  claim  loo  much,  Isocr. 


ΠΑΕΟ 

21  D,  Dem.  117,  5;  to  presume  on 
something,  c.  dat.,  τ?;  ευτυχία,  Thiic. 
1,  120. — 2.  πλεονάζειν  τινός,  to  have 
an  excess  of,  abound  in  a  thing,  Arist. 
Pol.  1,  9,  7. — 3.  to  have  the  belter  of 
one,  τινός,  Strab. — 4.  to  bid  higher, 
raise  the  price,  Aristid. — III.  in  pass., 
to  be  magnified  Or  exaggerated,  Thuc. 
2,35. 

ΐίλεονάκις,  adv.,  [πλέωΐ')  more  fre- 
quently, oftener,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  3,  14, 
Plat.  Phaed.  112  D,  etc.  [ά] 

"Άλεόνάσις,  ή,  {πλεονάζω)  super- 
abundance, excess,  LXX. 

Ι1?'.εόνασμα,  ατός,  τό,  {πλεονάζω) 
superfluity  :  a  doing  frequently. 

Πλεονασμός,  ov,  ό,  {π?.εονάζω) 
abundance,  excess,  LXX. — II.  act.  a 
magnifying,  exaggeration,  Polyb. 12, 24, 
1,  etc. — III.  in  Gramm.,  the  rise  of  re- 
dundant words.     Hence 

ΪΙλεοναστικός,  η,  όν,  redundant, 
ΐΐλεόναστος,    ?;,    ov,    {πλεονάζω) 
abundant,  rich,  LXX. 

Τίλεοναχή,  adv.,  in  many  points  of 
view.  Plat.  Rep.  477  A. 

ΐΐ'λεοναχόθεν,  adv.,  (πλέων)  from 
several  sides,  Arist.  Coel. 

ΐΐλεονάχον,  adv.,  in  many  places, 
Epicur.  ap.  Diog.  L.  10,  95. 

ΐΐ'λεοναχώς,  adv.,  in  various  xvays, 
Arist.  An.lPost.  1,33,  6,  Eth.  N.,etc. 
ΤΙλεονεκτέω,  ώ,  ί.  -ήσω,  also  -ήσο- 
μαι  (Plat.  Lach.  192  Ε)  ■,=  πλέον  έχω, 
to  have  or  claim  more  than  another,  to 
have  ox  claim  a  larger  share.  Plat.  Gorg. 
491  A,  Xen.,  etc. :  esp.  in  bad  sense, 
to  be  πλεονέκτης,  have  or  claim  more 
than  one's  due,  to  be  greedy  and  grasp- 
ing, Hdt.  8,  112,  Plat.,  etc.  :  to  gain  or 
have  some  advantage,  Thuc.  4,  62  ;  άπό 
τίνος,  Polyb.  6,  56,  2 :  freq.  with  a 
neut.  adj.,  πλ.  τι,  τοϋτο, τοιαύτα,  etc., 
Thuc.  4,  61,  Plat.,  etc.— 2.  c.  gen.,  to 
have  or  gain  the  advantage  over  another, 
τίνος.  Plat.  Rep.  362  B,  etc.,  and 
Xen. ;  τινί,  in  a  thing,  Xen.  Cyr.  4, 
3,  21,  etc. ;  κατά  τι,  Plat.  Euthyd. 
15  A  :  also,  πλ.  παρά  τίνος  (for  τι- 
νός) Xen.  Cyr.  1,  6,  32,  ubi  v.  Poppo  : 
πλ.  των  νόμων,  to  lord  it  over  the  laws. 
Plat.  Legg.  691  A ;  ττλ.  τ7/ς  ενηθείας 
υμών,  to  take  advantage  of  your  sim- 
pleness,  Dem.  1434,  iin. — 3.  c.  gen. 
rei,  to  have  a  greater  share  of  a  thing, 
Xen.  Oec.  7,  26 :  but,  πλ.  ή?.ίον,  φν- 
νονς,  to  bear  more  heat,  cold,  Xen. 
Cyr.  1,  6,  25. — 4.  later,  c.  ace,  to  gain 
the  advantage  over,  τινά,  Died.,  Plut. 
Marcell.  29 :  but  it  occurs  as  pass. 
earlier,  to  be  overreached,  defrauded, 
υπό  Τίνος,  Xen.  Mem.  3,  5,  2 ;  πλεο- 
νεκτεΐσθαι  χι?ύαις  δραχμαΐς,  to  be  de- 
frauded in  or  of  1000  drachmae,  Dem. 
1035, 26.     Hence 

Ώ,λεονέκτημα,  ατός.  τό,  advantage, 
gain.  Plat.  Legg.  709  C,  Dem.  245, 
13  :  in  plur.  gains,  successes,  Xen. 
Hipparch.  5,  11. — II.  an  act  of  over- 
reaching, trick.  Dem.  1218,  29. 

ΐΐλεονεκτητέοΐ',  verb.  adj.  from 
π7\.εοΐ'εκτέω,  one  7nust  take  more  than 
one's  share.  Plat.  Gorg.  490  C. 

ΤΙλεονέκτης,  ov,  ό,=  ό  πλέων  ίχων, 
one  who  has  or  claims  more  than  his 
share,  hence  greedy,  grasping,  selfish, 
Thuc.  1,  40;  πλ.  τινός,  making  gain 
from  his  Josses,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  6,  27  : — 
also  as  adj.,  λόγος  πλ..,  a  grasping, 
overbearing  speech,  Hdt.  7,  158;  and 
so  superl.  π7,εονεκτίστατος,  v.  I.  Xen. 
Mem.  1,  2,  12,     Hence 

ΥΙλεονεκτικός,  ή.  όν,  like  a  πλεονέ- 
κτης, greedy,  etc.,  Isocr.  283  D.  Adv. 
■κώς.  Plat.  Phaed.  91  A  ;  πλ.  ίχειν 
προς  τινη,  Dem.  610^  10. 

ΐΐλεονεξία,  ας.  Ion.  -ίη,  ης,  ή,  (πλε- 
ονέκτης) the  character  and  conduct  of  a 


ΠΑΕΤ 

πλεονέκτης,  greediness,  grasping  self- 
ishness, Thuc.  3,  82,  Plat.,  etc. :  over- 
bearing teniper,  arrogance,  Hdt.  7,  149: 
later,  concupiscence,  v.  Jacobs.  Patr. 
Apost.  p.  485. — 2.  advantage,  superior- 
ity, Isocr.  79  Β  ;  esp.  in  plur.,  advan- 
tages. Id.  31  B,  etc. :  πλ.  τινός,  ad- 
vantage over  another,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  6, 
28 :  έπι  π7.εονεξία,  for  one's  advan- 
tage, Thuc.  3,  84,  Xen.  Mem.  1,  6, 12  : 
πλ.  εκ  τινυς,  gain  made  from  a  thing, 
Polyb.  6,  56,  3. — 3.  abundance,  opp.  to 
ένδεια.  Plat.  Tim.  82  A. 

Πλεοΐ'οσΐ'λλ.ΰ/3έω,  ώ,  to  be  of  many 
or  too  many  syllables. 

ΐΐλεονότης,  ητος,  η,  {πλείων)= 
π'λειονότης. 

'ί\7ιεόνως,  adv.  from  πλέων,  too 
much,  Hdt.  3,  34. 

ΠΑΕΌΣ,  α,  ov ;  Ion.  πλείος,  η, 
ov  (as  usu.  in  Horn.,  though  he  has 
πλέον,  Od.  20,  355) ;  but  also  πλέος, 
πλέη,  πλέον,  Hdt,  1,  178,  194:  Att. 
πλέως,πλέα,  πλέων, hence  fem.  nom. 
plur.  πλέα,  not  πλεαι,  as  usu.  written, 
Herm.  Soph.  El.  1397,  Elmsl.  Med. 
259  ;  but  neut.  plur.  πλε'ΰ.  Full, fill- 
ed, c.  gen.,  Hom.,  Hdt.,  11.  c,  etc.; 
hence  also,/«W  of  food,  satisfied,  also 
satiated,  cloyed  :  oiime,  fitll,  complete, 
δέκαπ?ιείους  ένιαυτονς, ten  full  yeiirs, 
Hes.  Th.  636;  π?.έω  ηματι,  Hes.  Op. 
790. — Compar.  πλειότερος,  Od.  11, 
359.  (Akin  to  out  full,  hat.  plenus.) 
ΙΙλέτο,  poet,  for  έπλετο,  from  πέ- 
λ.ομαι. 

ΙΙλεναάω,  shorter  form  for  sq., 
Hipp. 

ΤΙλενμονάω,  ώ,  {πλεύμων)  to  havt 
a  disease  of  the  lungs. 

ΐΐλευμονία,  ας,  ή,  {πλεύμων)  a  dis- 
ease of  the  lungs. 

ΤΙλενμονίς,  ίδος,  ^,=foreg.,  Hipp. 
ΤΙλενμονώδης,  ες,  {π?ι.ενμων,  είδος) 
like  the  lungs,  of  sponges,  Arist.  H.  A. 
5,  16,  10. 

ΤΙλενμος,  ό,=  πλενμονία,  Galen. 
Hence 

Τ1?^ευμώδης,  ες,  of,  like  a  disease  of 
the  lungs,  Galen. 

ΤΙλεύμων,  όνος,  ό,  v.  sub  πνενμων. 
■ — II.  a  kind  οι  mollusc,  pulmo  marinus, 
Plat.  Phileb.  21  C. 

Πλείφ,  Ion.  and  Dor.  for  πλέον, 
so  also  πλεννος,  πλεννες,  etc.,  Hdt. ; 
V.  sub  πλείων. 

ΊΙλεννως,  adv..  Ion.  for  πλεόνως, 
too  much,  Hdt.  5,  18. 

ΠΛΕΤΡΑ',  ΰς,  ή,  a  rib,  Lat.  casta, 
Hdt.  4,  04 :  but  mostly  in  plur.,  like 
Lat.  costae,  the  ribs,  i.  e.  the  side,  of  a 
man  or  other  animal,  II.  20,  170  ;  24, 
10,  Hes.  Sc.  430,  Hdt.  9,  72,  etc.  ; 
though,  later,  we  find  the  sing,  in  this 
plur.  signf  of  side,  as  Soph.  O.  C. 
1200,  Aj.  834,  etc.  :  indeed  Elms!. 
Herael.  824  thinks  that  the  Trag. 
used  the  fem.  form  in  sing,  only,  and 
for  πλενραί,  πλευραΐς,  etc.,  would 
always  read  (ra)  πλ.ευρύ,  πλ^ενροις, 
etc. ;  he  quotes  Pors.  Hec,  820,  Or. 
217,  but  perh.  not  to  the  purpose,  v. 
Herm.  Soph.  Aj.  1389.-2.  also,  the 
membrane  that  lines  the  chest,  the  pleura. 
— II.  the  side  of  a  rectangle.  Plat.  Tim. 
53  D,  etc. :  also  the  factor  that  enters 
into  any  number,  Nemes. — III.  the 
page  of  a  book,  like  Germ.  Seite,  Anth. 
P.'6,  62.— IV.  in  Eccl.,  α  wife,  Jac, 
A.  P.  p.  418.  Cf  π?.ενρόν.  Hence 
ΤΙλενράξ,,  adv.,  sideivays,  Gramm. 
αίλενρΰτος.  ου,  ό,  Pleiiratus.  an 
Iliynan,  Polyb.  10,  41,  3  :  cf  2,  2,  4. 
ΎΙλενριάς.  άδος,  ή,  rarer  Dor.  form 
for  πλευρά,  Tab.  Heracj. 

ΐΐλενρίον,  ov,  TO,  dim,  from  πλευρά. 
Πλί tviiVi/f ,  ου,  ό,  on  or  at  the  side . 
cf.  π/.ενοΐτις. 

1193 


ΠΛΕΩ 

ΙΙλευρΙ•^ίκ6ς,  ή,  όν,  suffering  from  ] 
jsleurisy :  troin  Ι 

ΠλειφΙτις,  ή,  {ηλενρύ)  sc.  νόσος, 
pleurisi/,  Hipp.,  and  Ar.  Eccl.  417. 

ΙΤλενρόθεν,  adv.,  {ττίευρά)  from  the 
side.  Soph.  Tr.  938. 

Τίλενροκοπέυ,  ώ,  {πλευρά,  κόπτω) 
to  smite  the  ribs.  Soph.  Aj.  'i3u. 

IIAETPO'N,  ov,  TO.  a  rib,  an  older, 
esp.  poet.,  form  oi'  πλευρά,  but  most- 
ly in  plur.,  the  ribs,  side,  11.  4,  408, 
Hdt.  9,  22,  72,  and  the  more  usu.  form 
in  Trag. ;  the  sing,  in  Soph.  O.  C. 
1112,  Aj.  874  (where  we  have  πλενρυν 
νεών,  the  side  of  the  intrenchment 
where  the  ships  lay).  Cf.  sub  πλευρά. 
ΙΙλενροτνπ//ς,  ές,  {πλευρά,  τύπτω) 
striking  the  sides  or  ribs,  Mel.  72. 

ΐΐλεύρωμα,  ατός,  τό,  like  πλευρόν, 
a  rib,  Aesch.  Theb.  890 :  in  plur.,  the 
sides,  λίίίΐ}-ος.  Id.  Cho.  686. 

^Ώ.λενρών,  ώνος,  ή,  Pleuron,  an  an- 
cient city  of  Aetolia,  on  the  Euenus, 
containing  a  temple  of  Minerva,  11. 2, 
639 ;  Thuc.  3,  102 :  Strab.  distin- 
guishe'S  between  ?/  παλαιά  and  // 
νεωτέρα,  pp.  451,  459,  sqq.— II.  ό,  son 
of  Aeolus  and  Pronoe,  Apoilod.  1,  7, 6. 
αΐ?^ενρώνως,  a,  oc,  of  Pleuron, 
Pleuronian^  oi  Π.,  the  Pleuronians, 
Strab.  p.  401 ;  ;)  ΐΐλευρωνία,  the  terri- 
tory of  P.,  Id.  lb. 

ΐνλευστέον  or  -εα,  verb.  adj.  from 
πλέω,  one  must  sail,  Ar.  Lys.  411. 

ΤΙλευστικός,  ή,  όν,  (πλέω)  jit  m  fa- 
vourable for  sailing,  οίφος,  Theocr.  13, 
52.    Adv.  -κως,  Arist.  Meteor.  2,  3,  34. 
ΙΠλευτ-αίροί,  ων,  oi,  the  Pleutauri, 
a  people  of  Hispania,  Strab.  p.  155. 

ΠΑΕΏ,  fut.  πλενσομαι  or  usu. 
τ[λευσοϋμαι :  aor.  1  έπλευσα :  perf 
■πέπλενκα,  pass,  πέπλευσμαι:  aor. 
pass,  έπλεύσθην :  Hom.  uses  only 
pres.  and  impf ,  and  in  compos,  also 
fut.  πλεύσομαι,  II.  U,  22:  besides 
which  he  has  Ep.  and  Ion.  collat. 
forms  πλείω  and  πλώω,  with  Ep. 
syncop.  aor.  επλων.  Though  Hdt. 
mostly  uses  πλώω,  all  MSS.  give  the 
common  form  in  some  places,  as  2, 
96, 156. — The  contr.  into  ει  is  oft.  neg- 
lected in  this  verb  even  by  Alt. 
writers,  as  Thuc.  4,  28  Bekk. 

To  sail,  go  by  sea,  Hom. ;  also,  ττλ. 
ένι  πόντω,  έπΙ  πόντον,  ποντοπορεύ- 
ων.  Id.;  c.  ace.  cognato,  υγρά  κέλίν- 
θα  πλείν,  to  sail  the  watery  ways, 
Od.  3,  71  Hike  Ιέναι  όδόν,  etc.) ;  but 
this  will  hardly  defend  the  reading 
•πλέων  οίνοπα  πόντον,  Od.  1,  183, 
though  πλεΙν  θάλασσαν  is  found  in 
ace,  as  Andoc.  18,  3,  Lys.  105,  4, 
Isocr,  163  Β ;  and  pass,  το  πεπλευσ- 
μένον,  Xen.  Cyr.  6,  1,  16:  πλεΙν  εν 
vi/t,  h  Ty  θαλάττ-η,  Plat.  Rep,  341 
D.  346  B': — late  poets  seem  to  use 
π'/.εΐν.  generally,  for  to  travel,  even  by 
land,  like  the  French  voyager,  Schol. 
Nic.  Th.  295,  Merrick  tryph.  614.— 
II.  to  swim,  like  νέω,  Hdt.  2,  156. — III. 
jnetaph.  to  be  unsteady,  like  things 
lloating  in  water,  to  totter,  stagger, 
Polyb.  3,  55,  2. — IV.  proverb.,  ταύτης 
tTi- (sc.  της  πατρίδος)  πλέοντες  dp- 
β/'/ς,  while  we  keep  (the  ship  of)  our 
country  right,  Soph.  Ant.  190,  cf 
Dein.  419,  tin.  (Hence  πΛοίον.  The 
root  is  ΠΑΕ-  or  ΠΑΎ-,  Sanscr.  plu, 
to  swim:  cf  Lat.  flu-erc,  our  flow, 
flood,  anil  plunge  :  also  Lat.^ere,  Gr. 
άλύζω,  βρύω,  φλέω,  so  that  φλυηρεω 
and  πλάύος  are  prob.  akin,  arid  so  no 
doubt  is  π?.νιειν.) 

Πλέω,  Att.  contr.  nom.  and  ace. 
neut.  1)1.  for  πλέονα,  from  π?Jωv  :  as 
ace.  sing,  masc,  v.  πλεΖων. 

Ήλέων,  neut.  πλέον,  for  πλείων, 
ς.  V. :  freq.  in  Horn.,  and  Hes.,  but 
1194 


ΠΛΗΘ 

also  in  Att.  who  even  prefer  the  neut. 

of  this  form. 

[Ιλέως,  πλέά,  π?.έων,  neut.  plur. 

πλεά,fulί,  Att.  for  πλέος,  q.  v. 

ΙΙλήγύι•ον,  ov,  τό,  {πλήσσω)  a  stick, 

rod,  like  βάκτρον.  _ 

Πλ/ρ/άς,  άοος,  ή,  {π?.ήσσω)=δρέ- 

πανον,  α  sickle,  flesych. — II.  ai  ΐίλη- 

γάόες,—  Συμπλΐ/γάδες,  Αρ.  Rh.   t^j 

655. 

ΙΙληγενής,  έος,  ό  and  ή,  {πελας,  πλτ?- 

σίον,  *γένω)  ο.  half-brother,  half-sister, 
ΐνληγή,  ης,  ή,   {πλήσσω)   α   blow, 

stroke,  shock,  Horn.,  Hdt.,  etc. ;  πλη- 

γάς  λαβείν,  Ar.  Ran.  674,  Thuc,  etc. ; 

πλτ/γάς  μαστιγούσϋαι.   Plat.   Legg. 

914  B;   πληγών   όεϊσθαι,  Ar.  Nub. 

493  ;  opp.  to  πληγάς  προςτρίβεσθαι, 

ooiJvai,  Ar.   Eq.  5,  Dem.   1261,  20; 

πληγή    τραύματος.   Plat.   Legg.  877 

Β  ;  hence  absol.,  a  wound,  Lat.  jAaga  ; 

of  a  stroke  by  lightning,  Hes.  Th.  857  ; 

also  a  beating  or  fighting,  battle  with 

clubs,  Hdt.  2,  64:   metaph.,  a  blow, 

stroke,  πληγαϊ  βιότον,  Aesch.  Eum. 

933  ;  άτης.  Id.  Cho.  468  ;  πλ.  θεον,  a 

heaven-sent  plague.  Soph.  Aj.    137, 

279  : — also,  a  defeat,  loss,  Polyb.  14,9, 

6,  etc. 

αίληγήριον,  ου,  τό,  v.  1.  -γνριον, 

Plegerium,  a  city  of  India,  Strab.  p. 

697. 

ΪΙ^-ϊ/γμα,  ατός,  τό,=  πληγή.  Soph. 

Tr.  522,  Eur.  I.  T.  1366  :  α  wound.  Id. 

Ant.  1283. 

Ώληγμός,  οϋ,  ύ,  {πλήσσω)  an  apo- 
plectic stroke. 

ΐΐλήγννμι,  rare  Att.  collat.  form 

from  πλήσσω  :  Thuc.  4,  125  has  the 

compd.  ίκπλήγννσθαι. 

ϋλήθος,  εος,  τό,  {πίμπλημι,  πλή- 
θω)   fulness,   α   mass,    throng,    croud, 

esp.  of  people,  II.  17,  330,  Hdt.  1,  77, 

etc.  ;  a  number,  Hdt.  6,  44,  etc.  : — to 
πλήθος,  the  greater  number,  like  το 
πολύ,  oi  πολλοί,  the  greater  part,  the 
mass,  main  body,  TO  πλ.  τον  στρατού, 
Hdt.  1,  82  ;  cf  5,  92  :— hence,  the  peo- 
ple, Eur.  Phoen  715;  esp.=  (5//^of, 
tite  commons,  Lat.  plebs,  Thuc.  1,  9, 
Plat.,  etc. ;  but  also  as  opp.  to  δήμος, 
the  mob,  Xen.  Ath.  2,   18  :  also,  the 

government  of  the  people,  democracy, 
Hdt.  3,  81,  Lys.  124,  5,  etc.  :  στρατού 
πλήθος,  periphr.  for  στρατός  πο?ιύς, 
Hdt.  9,  73  ;  as  a  noun  of  multitude 
with  a  plur.  verb,  Jac.  Ach.  Tat.  p. 
416. — 11.  in  Hdt.  also  oft.  of  magni- 
tude, size,  extent,  όρος  πλήβεϊ  μέγισ- 
τον,  πεδίον  πλήθος  άπειρον,  πλήθος 
οδού,  etc.,  1,  203,  204 ;  4,  123  :  and 
of  (juantity,  πλήθος  ουσίας.  Plat.  Rej). 
591  Ε  ;  TO  πλ.  τού  βεύματος,  Polyb. 
1,  75,  5  ; — of  time,  length,  πλήθος  χρό- 
νου, Thuc.  1,1,  Plat.  Theaet.  158  D, 
Isocr.  271  A. — III.  ώς  πλήθει,  upon 
the  whole,  in  general.  Plat.  Rep.  389  D  : 
ώς  έ~1  TO  πλήθος,  usually,  mostly, 
Lat.  ut  plurimum.  Id.  Phaedr.  275  B. 
ΐ{7.Ίΐβοχορία,  ας,  ή,  a  dancing  much 
or  nfirn  :  trom 

ΐίληθόχορος,  OV,  much  dancing, 
ΐίληθύχωρος,  ov,  {πλήθος,  χωρέώ) 
containing  much. 

ΙΙ'ληθνντικός,  ή,  όν,  (πληθύνω)  in- 
creasing;  in  Gramm.,  plural:  ύ  πλ. 
αριθμός,  the  plural,  lb.     Adv.  -κώς. 

Γίληθύνω,  (πληθύς)  to  7nake  full : 
to  increase,  multiply. — II.  intr.,  to  be, 
become  full,  like  πληθνω  :  also  to  wax 
large  or  immoderate,  Hdn.,  and  N.  T. 
— 2.  to  be  full  of  a  resolution  to  do  a 
thing,  προς  tl,  Polyb.  3,  103,  7.~III. 
pass.,  πληθύνομαι,  to  be  filled  or  full, 
to  abound,  Theophr.  ;  cf  πληθνω.  [C] 
ΙΙλήθυς,  ύος,  ή,  Ep.  dat.  πληθνΐ, 
not  -Ovi,  II.  22,  458,  Od.  11,  514;  16, 
105 : — Ion,  for  πλήθoςJ'ulness,a  throng, 


ΠΑΗΚ 

a  crowd,  esp.  of  people,  freq.  in  Hom, 
as  noun  of  multitude  with  pi.  verb, 
II.  2,  278,  etc.  [ϋ  in  nom.  and  ace. 
sing,  always  in  Hom. ;  later,  as  in 
Ap.  Rh.,  sometimes  ΰ,  though  the  ex- 
amples are  rather  dub.,  Wern.  Tryph. 
322  ;  in  the  other  cases,  ν  always.] 

Τ1?>,ηθνσμός,  ού,  ύ,  {πληθύνω)  an  in- 
creasing, enlargement. 

ΐίληθνω,  {πληβνς)=  πληθύνω  II,  to 
be  or  become  full,  τινός,  of  a  thing, 
Aesch.  Pers.  420,  Eur.  H.  F.  1172  :— 
absol.,  ύγορής  πληθνούσης,  Hdt.  4, 
181  (cf  αγορά  V);  of  rivers,  to  swell, 
rise,  Hdt.  2,  19,  20.— 2.  to  abound. 
Soph.  Fr.  043 ;  τινί,  in  a  thing.  Id. 
Tr.  54  :  to  increase  in  immber,  multiply, 
Aesch.  Cho.  1052,  Plat.  Legg.  678  Β  : 
— to  spread,  prevail,  Lat.  invalescere, 
ώς  έπλήθνον  λόγοι,  Aesch.  Ag.  800 ; 
ό  πληθνων  λόγος,  the  current  story, 
Soph.  O.  C.  377  ;  ύ  πληθύων  χρόνος, 
increasing  time,  age,  lb.  930. 

II.  Pass.,  to  be  filled  or  full,  Hdt.  2, 
93  (v.  1.  ττλήθομαι) :  c.  inf ,  to  be  fully 
resolved  to...,  Aesch.  Ag.  1381,  cf  πλη- 
θύνω II.  2. — 2.  to  be  la  the  majority, 
prevail.  Id.  Supp.  604. 

ΤΙλήθω,  only  found  in  pres.,  impf, 
and  poet,  pf  πέπληθα,  with  pres. 
signf  ;  Hom.  and  Hes.  use  only  the 
pres.:  (the trans,  aor.  εττλί^σα belongs 
to  πίμπλημι,  q.  v.) : — like  πληθνω, 
π?ι,ηθννω  (intr.)  II,  to  be  or  become  full, 
τινός,  II.  21,  218,  etc.  ;  rarely  c.  dat., 
ΰμβρωχειμερίωπλήθων, swelling  with 
winter's  rain,  Hes.  Sc.  478,  (and  in 
late  writers,  cf  Schaf  Long.  p.  410, 
Bast  Ep.  Cr.  229,  sq.) :— absol.,  πλή- 
θονσα  Σε/ιήνη,  the  moon  at  full,  11. 
18,  484:  of  rivers,  to  swell,  rise,  II.  5, 
87  ;  11,  492  ;  in  prose,  esp.,  εν  αγορά 
πληθούση.  Plat.  Gorg.  469  Γ),  άμφΐ 
άγοράν  π?.ήθονσαν,  Xen.  An.  1,  θ,  1, 
etc.  (V.  sub  αγορά  V) ;  so,  εν  αγορά 
πλήθοντος  όχλου,  Pind.  4,  110: — to 
complete  or  pass  a  full  period,  Pors.  Or. 
54. — ΐΙ?.ήθω  is  never  trans.,  and  only 
late  writers  use  mid. 

ΐίληθωρέω,  ώ,=  πλήθω,  to  be  full  οτ 
satisfied :  also  as  dep.  mid. 

ΐίληθώρη,  ης  ή,  fulness  :  πλ.  ΰγο- 
ρής,=  ί.γορά  πλήθουσα,  Hdt.  2,  173; 
7,  223  ;  ν.  sub  αγορά  V. — 11.  fulness, 
satiety,  Hdt.  7,  49,  2. — III.  in  medic, 
repletion  of  blood  or  humours,  fulness 
c;  habit,  plethora.  (Formed  from  π?.ή 
θω,  as  ίλπωρή  from  ελπω,  not  compd. 
of  ώρα.) 
ΪΙλιιθωρία,  ας,  ^,=  foreg. 
ΐίληθωρικός,  ή,  όν,  {πληθωρή  III) 
of  full  habit,  plethoric. 

^ΤΙλιμάς.  άδος,  ή,  Ion.=nAei(if,  II 
18.  480  ;  also  in  Apoilod.  3,  10,  1. 

■\ΐΙληιόνη,  ης,  ή',  Ple'ione,  daughter 
of  Oceanus,  mother  of  the  Pleiades 
hy  Atlas,  Pind.  Fr.  Dith.  8  :  Apoilod 
3,  10,  1. 

Πλήκτης,  ου,  ό,  {πλήσσω)  a  striker, 
quarrelsome  person  :  a  disputer.  fighter, 
railer,  Plut.  Dion.  30,  etc.,  cf.  Wyt 
tenb.  2,  132  D :— Att.  superl.  πληιιτί- 
στατος.     Hence 

Ώληκτίζομαι,  f  -ίσομαι,  dep.  mid., 
to  fight,  τινί,  with  one,  II.  21,  499. — 
II.  to  beat  one's  breast  for  grief,  Lat. 
plangere,  Anth.  l•  .  1 ,  574. — III.  to  ex- 
cite by  lustful  looks,  etc.,  Ar.  Eccl. 
1000. — Cf  διαπληκτίζομαι. 

ΤΙληκτικύς,  ή,  όν,  (πλήσσω)  of  or 
fit  for  striking  :  ή  -κή  (sc.  τέχνη)  fish- 
ing by  means  of  striking  or  spearing. 
Plat.  Soph.  220  E,  cf  200,  C— 2.  dis- 
posed to  strike,  quarrelsome,  Arist.  H.  A. 
9,  1,7. — II. metaph.,  striking  the  senses, 
overpowering,  οσμή.     Adv.  -κώς. 

Τϊληκτισμός,  ov,  b,  {πλη κτίζομαι) 
amorous  toying,  Anth.  P.  12,  209 


ΠΛΗΜ 

Πλί/κτρον,  ου,  τό,  (ττλήσσω)  any 
thing  to  strike  with  ;  esp. — 1.  an  instru- 
ment for  striking  the  lyre,  Lat.  plectrum, 
usu.  of  gold  or  ivory,  H.  Hom.  Ap. 
185,  Pind.  N.  5,  43,  Eur.,  etc.— 2.  a 
spear-point,  Soph.  Fr.  164 ;  ττ.  oiojSo- 
?u)v,  of  lightning.  Eur.  Ale.  125. — 3.  a 
cock's  spur,  Lat.  calcar,  Ar.  Av.  759, 
1365. — 4.  α  punting-pole  or  boat-hook. 
Hdt.  1,  194,  Soph.  Fr.  151. 

ΠΛ;;κΓ/3θτοίόζ",  όν,  (  πΆήκτρον, 
ποιέω)  making  a  πλήκτρον. 

Ίλληκτροοόρος,  ον,  {—/.ήκτρον,  φέ- 
ρω) with  spurs,  Arist.  Η.  Α.  2,  12,  11. 

ΐίλι'ικτωρ,  ορός,  ό,—π'/.ήκ,της,  Anth. 
Ρ.  6.  294. 

ΥΙλήμα,  τ6,=^πλήσμα,  Hesych.,  cf. 
Lob.  Phryn.  254.     Hence 

Τί/.ημάω,^=η?.ηρόω,  Hesych. 

ΙΙλημη,  ης,  ή,  also  written  ττλήμμη, 
a  rare  form  for  τϊλ.ήσμη,  Polyb.  34,  9, 
5,  cf.  Wessel.  Diod.  1,  208. 

ϋ/.ημμέ/.εία,  ας,  ή,  {7τλημμε71ις)  a 
mistake  in  music,  false  note :  generally, 
a  mixtake,  faultiness.  Plat.  Apol.  22  D, 
Legg.  691  A. 

ΤΙλημμε/.έω,  ύ,  f.  -ησω,  (ττ?.ημμε- 
λής)  to  make  a  false  note  in  music  : 
hence,  to  err,  make  a  mistake,  do  wrong, 
Ti,  in  a  thing,  Eur.  Phoen.  1650,  and 
freq.  in  Plat. ;  'ΰερί  τι,  Antipho  123, 
10 ;  εΙς  τίνα,  Aeschin.  24,  3  ;  with  a 
part.,  μη  ovv  ri  τϊλημμελήσομεν  κα- 
λουντες... ;  Plat.  Rep.  480  A  : — pass., 
•ϊτΑ-ημμελεΙσθαί  νττό  τίνος,  to  be  mal- 
treated, insulted  by  one,  Stallb.  Plat. 
Phaedr.  275  E,  cf.  ap.  Dem.  279,  11. 
Hence 

Ή-λημμέλημα,  ατός,  τό,α  fault, error, 
εις  θεούς,  Aeschin.  68,  35,  etc. 

ΥΙ'/.ημμελής,  ές,{~λήν,μέ?.ος)  strict- 
ly, out  of  tune,  making  a  false  note,  opp. 
to  έμμε?.ης  :  hence,  failing,  erring:  of 
things,  unpleasant  fharsh,^τaθεlv  τι  τίλ-, 
Eur.  Med.  306,  and  Plat.;  ττλ.  τι 
δράν  τινά,  Eur.  Hel.  1091 :  cf.  Plat. 
Soph.  243  A.  Adv.  -λώς.  Plat.  Legg. 
793  C.  (Acc.toButtm.  Ausf.  Gramm. 
^  120.  7,  from  ~?.ήν,  μέλειν). 

ΤΙλημμέλησις,  ή,  ('ΰλημμελέω)  α 
failing,  sinning,  LXX. 

ΤΙλήμμη,  ij,  v.  sub.  π7.ήμη. 

ΐΐ/.ήμμϋρη,  ας,  ή,^=7τ/.ημμνρίς,  α 
flood  or  tide,  Plut.  2,  897  Β,  etc. :  also 
written  πλήμνρα-  (The  paroxyt.  ac- 
cent, πλημμύρα,  is  wrong  before  -pa, 
cf.  Buttm!  Ausf.  Gr.  ^  7  Anm.  17,  n.) 

ΐίλημμϋρέω,  ώ,  to  flow,  of  the  tide  : 
generally,  to  overflow,  pour  over,  be  full 
to  overflowing,  Hipp.  Mel.  117.  Hence 

ΐίλημμϋρία  or  πλημϋρία,  ας,  ή,=: 
•κ7.ήμμνρα. 

ΐίλημμΰρίζω  or  πλημϋρίζω,  f.  -ίσω, 
:=7Γ'/.7ΐμμνρέω. 

^ΐΐ'/.ημμνριον,  ον,τό,  Plemmyrium, 
a  promontory  on  the  east  coast  of 
Sicily,  now  Punta  di  Gigante,  Thuc. 
7,  4,  22  :  Plut.  Nic.  20. 

ΐίλημμυρίς,  ίδος,  ή,  the  flow  of  the 
sea,  πλ.  έκ  παντοίο,  the  flood  setting 
in  towards  land,  Od.  9,  486  ;  so,  πλ. 
της  θα/.ύσσης,  Hdt.  8,  129,  where  it 
is  also  the  flood-tide,  opp.  to  ίίμπωτις, 
άνάββοια,  the  ebb,  cf,  βαχία :  also, 
generally,  a  fl/)od,  as  of  tears,  Aesch. 
Cho.  186,  Eur.  .Ale.  184 :  hence,  me- 
taph.,  over-fulness,  esp.  of  the  fluids 
of  the  body.  Hipp.,  cf.  Foes.  Oecon. 
(All  words  of  this  family  are  usu. 
written  with  μμ,  upon  the  old  deriv. 
from  π/.ήν,  μύρυ  :  some  would  write 
it  with  single  μ,  taking  it  to  be 
lengthd.  from  π'/,Ϋ/μα,  ττλημη,  ττ'/.ή- 
αμη,  πλημάω,  πλήΟυΛ-  Buttm.  Ausf. 
Gr.  ^  7  Anm.  17,  η.)  [Ο  in  the  one  pas- 
sage where  it  occurs  in  Hom.,  but  in 
Alt.  V  always,  as  Aesch.  Cho.  186, 
Eur.  Ale.  184 ;  hence  later  it  varies, 


ΠΛΗΡ 

V.  Br.  Ap.  Rh.  4,  1269,  but  ν  most 
usu. :  in  the  other  words  from  same 
root  V  always.]     Hence 

ΐίλημμϋρός,  όν,  overflowing,  running 
over,  full,  Hesych. 

ΐΐ'λημμνρο)  or  π?:ημύρω=7Ζ?.ημμυ- 
ρέω,  Panyas.  1,  18,  Αρ.  Rh.  4,  706. 

[*] 

αΐ?,.ημναίος,  ον,  ο,  Plemnaeus,  son 
of  Peratus,  Paus.  2,  5,  8. 

ΤΙ/.ήμνη,  ης,  η,  the  nave  of  a  wheel, 
II.  5,  726  ;  23,339,Hes.  Sc.309  ;  else- 
wh.  χοινικίς.  (From  πλήθω,  τί?.?'/μη  ; 
and  so,  strictly,  any  thing  that  is  filled 
up.)    Hence 

ίνλημνόδετον,  ον,  τό,  {δέω)  a  hoop 
to  secure  the  spokes  of  a  \vheel  in  the 
nave  (πλήμνη). 

ΙΓ/.ημοχοή,  ης,  (πλ,ήμη,  χέο)  an 
earthen  vessel  for  water,  Eur.  Pirith.  1, 
Pamphil.  ap.  Ath.  496  A ;  also  κοτν- 
/.ίσκος. — It  was  used  on  the  last  day 
of  the  Eleusinian  mysteries,  which 
was  thence  itself  called  αϊ  πλημο- 
χοα'ι. 

ΊΏ.ήμνρα,  πλ/ημυρέω,  πλημνρίς, 
π7.ημνρω,  etc.,  ν.  πλήμμ-. 

ΐΐλήν,  as  prep,  with  gen.,  (strictly 
from  πλέον,  and  so)  more  than,  over, 
beyond  :  hence,  except,  once  in  Horn., 
and  Hes.,  viz.,  Od.  8,  207,  Scut.  74 ; 
freq.  in  Hdt.,  and  Att. — When  found 
with  any  other  case  than  gen.,  it  is 
not  a  prep.,  but  adv.,  as,  ονκ  οιδα 
πλην  εν  (as  if  it  were  ϋλλ'  η  fv,  ότι 
μη  ει^).  Soph.  O.C,  1161,  Eur.  El. 
752  ;  θνησκονσι,  πλην  εΙς  τις.  Soph. 
Ο.  Τ.  118  ;  παντί  δή/.ον  πλην  έμοί. 
Plat.  Rep.  529  Α.— II.  as  adv.,  be- 
sides, unless,  save,  freq.  in  Hdt.,  and 
Att. ;  πλην  εάν,  π/.ην  ει...,  except  if, 
or  when,  unless,  save  that.  Soph.  Phil. 
710,  etc. ;  so,  π?.ήν  ει  μη..,  Dem.  141, 
21  ;  so,  πλην  ότι,  Ar.  Nub.  1429 ; 
πλην  όταν...  Soph.  El.  293;  π7.ηνί].., 
except..,  Plat.  Apol.  fin. : — π}.ην  άλ- 
λα, although,  notwithstanding ,  however ; 
also  after  parenth.,  yet,  still,  but;  and 
so,  π7,ην  άλλα  η..,  Jelf  Gr.  Gr.  φ  773 
Obs.  4  :  π'λ.ήν  όσον,  except  so  far  as. 
Soph.  O.T.  1509;  π/ψ  καθ'  όσον 
ει..,  Thuc.  6, 88 :  π/.ί^ν  ούτω  for  πλην, 
only  so,  much  like  άλλα,  Hdt.  7,  32, 
Dem.  241.3  ;  also,  ουδέν  ύ'λ/.ο  π/.ήν 
or  ουδέν  άλλο  ή,  Soph.  Aj.  125,  Ant. 
236,  etc. :  hence  also  like  ?;,  after  a 
compar..  ταντ'  έστΙ  κρείσσω  π?.ην 
πεσεΐν,  Eur.  Heracl.  231,  cf.  Jelf  Gr. 
Gr.  ^  779  Obs.  2. — A  finite  verb  rarely 
follows  without  ει  or  some  other  con- 
junct., as,  πλην  άποίχεται.  only  he  is 
gone,  Soph.Tr.  41, cf.  O.C.  1643 ;  ;Γλ^ν 
'Χπολλωνίδης  τις  ην,  for  πλην  Άπολ.• 
λωνίδον  τινός,  Xen.  An.  3,  31,  26,  cf. 

I,  8,  20. 

ΪΙληνόδιος,  ον.  Ion.  for  π^Μνόδιος. 

ΥΙληντο,  3  ρ1.  aor.  pass,  from  πίμ- 
πλημι,  Od.  8,  57,  Hes.  Th.  688.— IL 
3  pi.  aor.  syncop.  poet,  from  πελάζω, 

II.  14.  468. 

αίληξανρη,  ης,  r;,P/eTa?/re,  daugh- 
ter of  Oceanus  and  Tethys,  Hes.  Th. 
353. — 2.  daughter  of  Nereus,  Apollod. 

ΙΙ/^ήξιππος,  ον,  (π?.τ/σσυ,  ίππος) 
striking  Or  driving  horses,  Horn.,  and 
Hes.,  epith.  of  heroes,  like  ίππόδα- 
μος. 

ίΐΙ?.ήξιππος,  ου,  ό.  Plexippus,  son  ! 
of  Thestius,  si;  'n  by  Meleager,  Apol- 
lod. 1,  7,  10. — 2.  .--on  of  Phineus  and 
Cleopatra,  Id.  3,  ' :.  3. 

ΐίλήζΐς,  εως.  ή,  {πλήασω)  a  stroke, 
blow,  thrust.  Ding.  L.  2,  17. 

αΐ?.ηραΖοι,  ων,  o'l,  the  Pleraei,  a 
people  of  Dalmatia,  Strab.  p.  315. 

ΤΙληρενντες,  -ρενμεναι.  Ion.  for 
πληρονντες,  -ρονμεναί,  Hdt. 


ΠΑΗΡ 

ΤΙλήρης,  ες,  gen.  εος,  contr.  ονς 
(π/.έος)  -.—full  of,  filled  with,  τινός, 
Hdt.  1, 180, etc.,  andveryfreq.  inAtt'; 
more  rarely,  ττλ.ύττό  ri^of.  Soph.  Ant. 
1017  :— absol.,/«//,  Hdt.,  and  Att. ;  of 
a  swollen  stream,  Hdt.  2,  92  ;  of  the 
full  moon.  Id.  6, 106:  hence, — 2.  gen- 
erally, full,  complete,  sufficient.  Id.  8, 
122  ;  TTjv  χάριν  πλήρη  λαβείν,  Eur. 
Hel.  1411;  of  an  assembly, /«//,ττλ^- 
ρης  ό  δήμος.  Ar.  Eccl.  95,  cf.  Andoc. 
15,  10  :  of  a  pebble  (τΐ^ηφος),  ivhole, 
opp.  to  τετρνπημένη,  Aeschin.  11,34: 
of  numbers  or  periods  of  time,  τέσσε- 
ρα ετεα  πλ.ήρεα,  iour  full  years,  Hdt. 
7,  20. — 3.  satisfied,  satiated,  τινός,  with 
a  thing.  Soph.  Ant.  1052;  c.  part., 
π/.ήρης  εστί  θηενμενος,  he  has  gazed 
h\9fill,  Hdt.  7,  146,  cf.  Valck.  Hipp. 
1327. 

Ί1?.ηροσέληνος,  ον,  (πλ.ήρης,  σελ.ή- 
νη)  of  the  full  moon  :  τό  πλ.,  the  full 
moon. 

Πλ^ηρότης,  ητος,  ή,  {πλήρης)  ful- 
ness. 

ΤΙληρονντως,  adv.  part.  pres.  from 
πληρόω,  Arithm.  Vett. 

Τίληροφορέω,  ώ,  {πλήρης,  φέρω)  to 
bring  full  measure,  give  entire  satis- 
faction or  certainly,  Ctes.  Pers.  39  : — 
in  pass.,  of  persons,  to  have  full  satis- 
faction, to  be  fxdly  assured,  know  cer- 
tainly ;  and  of  things,  to  be  fully  be- 
lieved, both  in  Ν .  T.     Hence 

ΐΐ/.ηροφόρημα,  ατός,  τό,  full  meas- 
ure ;  certainty,  Eccl. 

ΤΙληροφορία,  ας,  ή,  full  conviction, 
certainty,  IS.  T. 

ΐίληρύω,  ω,  i.  -ώσω  {πλ.ήρης,  for 
πλήρος  does  not  occur).  "To  fill, 
make  full,  τι  τίνος,  Hdt.  3,  123,  etc. ; 
and  in  pass.,  to  be  filled  οΐ  full,  τινός, 
of  a  thing.  Plat.,  etc. ;  rarely  τινί, 
as  πνενμασιν  πληρούμενοι,  filled  by 
breath,  Aesch.  Theb.  464 :— rarely, 
πληρούν  τι  εις  τι,  to  pour  one  thing 
into  another  till  it  is  full,  as,  ττλ.  εις 
άγγος,  Eur.  I.  Τ.  954 :  esp.,— 2.  ττλ. 
vavv,  to  man  a  ship,  Hdt.  1,  171 ;  6, 
89,  etc. ;  also,  πλ.  ναύν  ανδρών.  Id. 

3,  41,  cf.  Dem.  1211,  J2,  and  πλήρω- 
μα ;  so,  π/.ηροντε  θωρακεΐα,  man  the 
walls,  Aesch. Theb.  32;  in  mid.,  π7.-η• 
ρονσθαι  την  ναύν,  to  mayi  one's  ship, 
Isae.  89,  10,  Dem.  1208,  14.— 3.  πλ. 
γυναίκα,  to  make  a  woman  pregnant. 

4.  to  fill  or  satiate  with  food,  Hipp.,  in 
pass. ;  so,  δαιτυς  πλ.ηρωθείς,  Eur. 
Antiop.  45 : — hence,  to  satisfy,  sate, 
π7.ηρονν  θυμόν,  to  glut  one's  rage, 
Soph.  Phil.  324,  Eur. Hipp.  1328;  τύς 
επιθυμίας.  Plat.  Gorg.  494  C— 5.  to 
make  a  number  full  or  complete,  πλ.. 
τους  δέκα  μήνας,  Hdt.  6,  63,  cf.  7,29, 
Plat.  Tim.  39  D :  oi  π7.ηρονντες  την 
βον7^ήν,  τον  χορόν,  those  who  ynake 
up  the  entire  number  of  the  council, 
chorus: — pass,  with  fut.  mid.  (Xen. 
Hipparch.  3,  6),  to  befall,  of  an  assem- 
bly, Ar.  Eccl.  89,  and  Oratt.  ;  of  the 
moon,  Soph.  Fr.  713.— 6.  to  fulfil  a 
duty  towards  one,  τινί  τι,  Aesch. 
Theb.  464 ;  πληρούν  την  χρείαν,  to 
supply  it,  Thuc.  1,  70:  generally,  to 
fulfil,  accomplish,  perform,  Aesch.  Ag. 
313,  in  Pass. — II.  intr.  to  be  complete, 
ή  οδός  π7.ηροΙ  ές  τον  αριθμόν  τού- 
τον, the  way  comes  in  full  to  this  num- 
ber, Hdt.  2,  7.— The  mid.  is  used 
like  the  act.  in  N.  T.,  Ephes.  1,  23. 
Hence 

ΊΏ'.ήρωμα,  ατός,  τό,  that  by  which  a 
thing  is  filled,  hence  a  full  measure, 
complement,  νεών,  Hdt.  8,  43,  45  ;  esp. 
of  the  men  in  a  ship,  a  ship's  comple- 
ment, her  crew,  Thuc.  7,  4,  12,  Xen., 
etc.  :  so.  77/.  πύ7.εως.  Plat.  Rep.  371 
Ε  : — of  number,  the  sum,  όγδώκοντα 
1195 


ΠΛΗ2 

Ιτεα  ζόης  ττλ.  μακρότατον  πρόκειται, 
80  years  are  fixed  as  life's  longest 
sum,  Hdt.  3,  22,  cf.  Ar.  Vesp.  CCU  :— 
Eur.  oft.  uses  the  word  with  a  genit. 
of  the  tiling  tilled,  as,  ττλ.  χβονός,  of 
men,  Or.  I(il2  ;  κυλίκων  πλ.,  of  wine, 
Tro.  824,  cf.  Ion  1051, 1 112:  but,  πλ. 
δαιτός.  the  satiety  of  the  feast,  Eur. 
Med.  203 ;  πλ.  τυρών,  their  fill  of 
cheese,  Id.  Cycl.  209. — II.  a  filling  up, 
completing,  like  sq..  Soph.  Tr.  1213. 

ΙΙλήρω'Τίς,  εως,  ή,  {πληρύω)  a  fill- 
ing up,  filling,  making  full,  satisfying. 
Plat.  Gorg.  190  E,  etc.— 2.  Pass,  like 
foreg.  i\,fuln,ss,  Plat.  Lcgg.  956  Ε  : 
fulfilment,  payment,  completion. — 3.  the 
completing  a  number,  Ildt.  3,  07. 

ΤΙληρωτής.  ov,  b,  (πλ^ηρύω)  one  who 
fills  or  completes  a  number,  πλ.  ipa- 
tOv=  έρανιστι/ς,  Dem.  517,  18,  cf. 
Inter()p.  ad  Hesych.  2,  p.  980. 

ΙΓλί/ρωτικός,  ή,  όν,  (πληρόω)  mak- 
ing full,  filling  up. 

Πλησιάζω,  f.  -άσω,  {πλησίος)  to 
bring  near,  Ttva  TLVL,  Xen.  Eq.  2,  5 : 
pass.,  to  come  near,  approach,  τινί, 
Eur.  El.  631.— II.  intr.,  in  signf.  of 
pass.,  πλησιάζειν  τινί  or  τινός,  Xen. 
Cyr.  7, 3, 17;  3,2,8;  ahsol. ,  to  be  jiear, 
Soph.  O.  T.  91  ;  πλ.  τόπω.  Ainphis 
Auip.  2 :  hence  c.  dat..  to  be  always 
near,  live  or  associate  with,  Ijat.famili- 
ariter  uti,  τώ  άνδρί.  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  1136, 
cf.  Plat.  La'ch.  197  D,  Theaet.  144  A  ; 
oi  πλί,ησιάζοντες,  a  m^vCs  followers  or 
disciples,  Isocr.  Antid.  t)  187,  etc.  ;  but, 
πλ.  γνναικί,  like  πελάζω,  to  go  in  to  a 
woman,  have  sexual  intercourse  with 
her,  Isocr.  34  C,  Dem.,  etc. 

ΊΙλησΐαίτερος  and  πλησΐηίτατος, 
V.  sub  πλησίυς. 

Τίλτ/σίύ'λος,  ov,  (πλησίος,  άλς)  near 
the  sea,  like  άγ'ίίαλος,  Posidon.  ap. 
Alh.  333  C.  [/]  ' 

ΐί/.ησίησμα,  ατός,  ro,=  sq. 

ΪΙλησϊασμός,  οϋ,  ό,  (πλησιάζω)  an 
approaching,  approach,  τού  φοβεροϋ, 
Arist.  Rhet.  2,  5, 2  :  sexual  intercourse, 
Diog.  L.  2,  100. 

ΤΙλησιαστός,  ή,  όν,  (πλησιάζω) 
broiight  near,  near. 

ΊΏ.ησίγνάΟος,  ov,  (πίμπλημι,  πλή- 
σω,  γνάθος)  filling  the  cheeks,  Sopat. 
Cnid. 

ΐίλησϊέστερος,  -έστατος,  v.  πλησί- 
ος fin. 

fΐlλησίμaχoς,  ov,  6,  Plesimachus, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Plut. 

ΤΙλι/σίμοχβος,  ov,  (πίμπλημι)  full 
of  distress,  very  dub. 

ΤΙλησιογείτων,  όνος,  b,  a  near  neigh- 
how,  next  neighbour,  Boeot.  πλεισιο- 
γείτων,  Inscr.  ap.  Miiller  Orchom.  p. 
472.  ^ 

ΐίλησίοικος,  ov,  (πλησίος,  οίκος) 
near  the  house,  dwelling  near,  Dio  C. 

ΐίλησίος,  a,  ov,  {πέλ.ας,  πελάζω) 
near.  Hotn. ;  τινός,  II.  6,  249,  Od.  5, 
71  ;  τινί,  II.  23,  732,  Od.  2,  149.— II. 
as  subst.,  a  neighbour,  Hom.,  also  Hdt. 
7,  152: — adv.,-  πλ.ησίον,  near,  nigh, 
hard  bi/,  τινός,  Horn.,  and  Hdt.  4,  HI ; 
τινί,  Horn.  : — ό  πλησίον,  (so.  (jv)one^s 
Ticig^Aoour,  Theogn.221,Gll,Eur.  Hec. 
996,  and  freq.  in  Plat.  ;  so  in  Dor.,  6 
πλάτιον,  Theocr.  5,  28  ;  10,  3.— The 
adj.  is  mostly  poet,  and  Ion.,  though 
it  also  occurs  in  Trag.,  as  Ae.sch. 
Eum.  195,  Soph.  Ant.  761  ;  but  in 
Att.  prose  only  the  adv.,  v.  supra. 

B.  Compar.  πλί/σύστερος,  Xen. 
Mem.  2,  1,  23  ;  superl.  -εστατος:  also 
πλησιαίτεροΓ,  -τατης,  Id.  An.  1,  10, 
5;  7,  3,  29  (but  with  v.  1.  -έστατος, 
ώτατος,  v.  Poppo  ad  1.) ;  nearer,  near- 
est or  next,  both  forms  Att.,  though 
the  latter  more  freq. — Adv.  πλησιαι- 
τέρω,  Hdt,  4,  112.  \ΐ] 
1196 


ΠΛΗΣ 

ΤΙλησϊόχωρος,  ov,  (πλησίος,  χώρα) 
near  a  country,  bordering  upon,  τινί, 
Hdt.  3,  97 ;  but  he  more  usu.  has  it 
absol.  of  persons  who  live  in  a  near 
country,  neighbours,  as  3,  89;  4,  13, 
etc. ;  Tbv  σαυτον  πλησιόχωρον,  Ar. 
Vesp.  393. 

ΪΙλησίστιος,  ov,  (πίμπλημι,  πλ^ήσω, 
ίστίον)  filling  or  swelling  the  sails,  ov- 
ρος,  Od'.  11,  7;  12,  149;  πνοαί,  Eur. 
I.  T.  430. 

ΙΙλησϊφΰής,  ές,  (πίμπλημι,  πλήσω, 

ίάος)  in  the  full  light,  esp.  of  the  moon, 
lanetho. 

ΊΙ'λησίφωτυς,  ov,  (φώς)^foτeg. 

ΙΙλ/ισμα,  ατός,  τό,  (πίμπλημι,  πλή- 
σω)  like  πλήρωμα,  that  which  fills  or 
sati.tfiis,  V.  1.  Ath.  HI  C. — 11.  impreg- 
natio'i,  conception,  like  δχενμα,  Arist. 
H.  A.  6,  23,  3. 

ΤΙλτ'/σμη,  ης,  ή,  also  πλήμη  and 
πλί/μμη,  (πλεος,  πληθω) :  like  π?•.ημ- 
μνρις,  tlie  fiood-tide ;  and  in  plur.,  gen- 
erally, the  rising  of  water,  ίν  πλήσμη- 
σι  διίπετέος  ποταμοΐο,  Hes.  Fr.  25. 

ΤΙλίτ'/σμιος,  a,  ov,  (πίμπλα/μι) filling, 
gorging,  Plut.  Timol.  6  :  ro  πλήσμιον, 
a  surfeit,  disgu.it.  Id.  Anton.  24.    . 

ΤΙλησμονή,  ης,  ή,  (πίμπλημι)  a  fill- 
ing up,  satiety,  Eur.  Tro.  1211,  Plat., 
etc.;  esp.  with  food,  repletion,  a  sur- 
feit, Hipp.:  generally,  fulness,  plenty, 
Eur.  Incert.  112  :  πλ.  εστί  τίνος,  one 
has  enough  of  a  thing,  Ar.  Plut.  189  ; 
cf  Plat.  Symp.  186  C,  etc. ;  πλ.  από 
τίνος,  Luc.  Nigr.  33.     Hence 

ΪΥλησμονικής,  ή,  όν,  fond  of  gorging. 

ΐΙ?ι.ησμονώδης,  ες,  (πλησμονή,  εί- 
δος) of  a  filling  or  cloying  nature,  Hipp. ; 
like  πλ.ησμιος. 

ΤΙλήσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  (cf.  sub  fin.) : 
f.  -ξω  :  pf  2  (sometimes  with  pass, 
signf.)  πέπληγα  :  pf.  pass,  πέπλη- 
γμαι :  aor.  pass,  έπλ.ήγην,  but  in 
compds.  usu.  επλάγην  (as  έξεπ?Μ- 
γην,  κατεπλάγην,  etc.),  [ΰ]  :  Hom. 
uses  pf.  2  always  in  act.  signf.  and 
Ep.  redupl. ;  aor.  2  act.  and  mid.  πέ- 
π'ληγον,  inf  πεπλ.ηγέμεν,  πεπληγό• 
μην,  and  with  augm.  έπέπληγον,  II. 
5,  504  ;  also  in  II.  3,  31,  we  have  κα- 
τεπλήγην  for  κατεπλάγην  :  fut.  2 
pass,  πληγτ/σομαι,  Xen.  Cyr.  2,  3, 
10  ;  fut.  3  πεπλήξομαι,  Eur.  Hipp. 
894,  and  Plat. 

To  strike,  smite,  wound,  oft.  in  Hom. ; 
esp.  of  a  direct  blow,  as  opp.  to  βάλ- 
λ.ειν,  Hdt.  6,  117:  c.  ace.  dupl.  pers. 
et  rei,  to  strike  one  on...,  πλήσσειν  τινά 
αυχένα,  II.  Η,  240,  etc.;  and  still 
more  closely,  τον  κατ'  ΰκνηστιν  μέσα 
νώτα  πληξα,  Od.  10,  161  : — ποδΙ  πλή- 
ξαι,  to  kick  or  spurn,  Od.  22,  20  ;  but, 
πεπληγον  χορον  ποσίν,  like  Lat.  tcr- 
rayn  pulsare  or  pede  quatere,  Od.  8,  264  ; 
πλήσσειν  πληγί/σι,  II.  2,  264  ;  ϊππυνς 
ές  πόλεμον  πεπλιηγέμεν,  to  whip  on 
the  horses  to  the  fray,  II.  16,  728  ;  of 
Jupiter,  to  strike  with  lightning,  Hes. 
Th.  855  : — sometimes  c.  ace.  objecti, 
Koviaa?Mv  ές  ovpuvov  έπίπλ.ηγον  πό- 
δες ίππων,  struck  the  dust  up  to  heav- 
en, II.  5,  504  ;  and  so,  Ζενς  έπ'  Ίδαν 
πλΰξε  κεραυνόν  (for  Ίδαν  πλιΰξε  κε- 
ραυνώ)  Pind.  Ν.  10,  132  ;  (so  in  pass., 
πέπληκται  χαρακτηρ  έν  τνποις.  Juts 
been  stamped,  Aesch.  Supp.  283) ;  cf. 
παίω  : — mid.,  πλήξασθαι  μηρώ,  etc., 
to  smite  one's  thighs,  Hom.  ;  so  πλτ/• 
ξησθαι  την  κεφαλήν,  Hdt.  3,  14  ;  this 
was  to  e.xpress  grief,  like  κύπτεσθαι 
and  τύπτεσθαι,ίιΆΐ. plangere pectus  : — 
pass.,  to  be  struck,  stricken,  smitten,  κε- 
ραννφ  πληγείς,  stricken  by  lightning, 
Hom. ;  80  Hes.  Sc.  422,  cf  Th.  861, 
and  freq.  in  Trag.  ;  also,  πληγείς  τί- 
νος, stricken  by  a  man,  Eur.  Or.  497  : 
also  to  be  beaten,  worsted,  or  conquered, 


ΠΛΙΝ 

Hdt.  5,  120,  Thuc.  8,  38 :  to  be  strick- 
enhy  misfortune,  Hdt.  1,  41  :  but,  πλ, 
δώρηισι,  to  be  touched  by  bribes.  Id.  8, 
5  :  στρατον  τοσούτον  πέπληγμαι.  i.  e. 
I  have  lost  it  by  this  blow,  Aesch.  Pers. 
1014. — 11.  inetaph.  of  sudden,  violent 
emotions,  to  strike  one  from  one's 
senses,  amaze,  confound,  εκ  με  πλήσ- 
σονσι,  Od.  18,  231,  cf  11.  13,  394, 
(though  these  places  properly  belong 
to  εκπλήσσω) :  later,  of  vehement 
passion,  esp.  in  pass.,  ίμέρω,  χο'λί/ 
πεπληγμένος,  Aesch.  Ag.  544,  1660; 
πληγείς  ερωτι,  etc.,  like  Lat.  pcrciis- 
sus  or  ictus  amore,  V^alck.  Hipp.  38, 
1303  :  rz/f  καρδίαν  πληγείς,  Plat., 
etc. — The  Att.  usage  of  this  word  is 
confined  to  the  pass.,  though  the  fut. 
act.  is  used  by  Aesch.  Fr.  255;  the 
aor.  by  (Eur.)  I.  A.  1579;  the  pf.  2 
πέπληγα,  by  Ar.  Av.  1350, — but  this 
itself  took  a  pass:  signf.  in  late  wri- 
ters, Oudend.  Thorn.  M.  p.  703  :  for 
the  act.  the  Att.  preferred  πατάσσω, 
Valck.  Act.  Apost.  12,7:  Hdt.  also 
mostly  uses  pass.  (From  the  same 
root  ΠΛΗΓ-,  ΠΑΑΓ-,  comes  πληγή, 
Lat.  plaga  and  plango :  perh.  also  akin 
to  πλάσσο),  q.  v.) 

ΐίληστεύω,  (πλή ρη ς)  =^  πίμπλημι, 
πληρόω,  dub. 

ΤΙλήστιγξ,  ή.  Ion.  for  πλάστιγξ. 

ΤΙλίήτης,  πλιήτις.  Ion.  for  πελάτης, 
πλάτις. 

ΤΙλητίς,  Ινος,  ή,=  το  πλατίον,  lie- 
sych. 

ΤΙλήτο,  3  sing.  aor.  pass,  from  πίμ- 
πλημι,  Horn.,  anil  Hes. — II.  3  sing. 
aor.  syncop.  poet,  from  πελάζω,  11. 
14,  438. 

ΥΙλήων,  ov.  Ion.  for  πλ.είων,  dub. 

ΎΙλ.ίγμα,  ατός,  τό,  (πλίσσω,  πλας) 
α  step :  α  standing  with  the  legs  far 
asunder. — II.  in  wrestling,  a  tripping 
up. — \\\.=ίπλ.ιχάς. 

Τίλινθεία.  ας,  ή,  (πλινθενω)  amak- 
ing  of  bricks,  LXX. — 11.  α  drawing  up 
of  an  army  in  square. 

Ίίλινθεϊον,  ov,  TO,  a  brick-kiln,  Lys, 
ap.  Harpocr. 

ΥΐΛίνθευσις,  a  making  of  bricks  :  and 

ΙΙλινθεντής,  ov,  6,  a  brick-maker : 
from 

ΤΙλιμθενω,  (πλίνθος)  to  make  into 
bricks,  γήν,  Hdt.  1,  179  :  nowhore  else 
in  this  signf — 2.  to  make  bricks.  Thuc. 
2,  78,  in  mid. — II.  to  build  nf  brick, 
Ar.  Nub.  1126;  πλ.  τείχη,  Thuc.  4, 
07. — in.  to  make  in  the  form  nf  a  plinth 
or  brick,  πλαίσια,  Ar.  Ran.  800. 

ΐΐλανθηδόν.  adv.  (πλύνΟος)  in  the 
shape  of  a  brick,  Hdt.  2,  96. 

ΤΙλινθιακός,  ή,  όν,  (πλίνθος)  be• 
longing  to  a  brick,  ό  πλ.,^=πλινθευτής, 
Diog.  L.  4,  36. 

ίΤΙλινΟίνη,  ης,  ή,  Plinthine,  a  city 
of  lower  Aogypt,  Strab.  p.  799;  Ath. 
34  A.     Hence 

ΜΙλινβινήτης,  6,  κόλπος,  gulf  ο/ 
Plinthine,  forming  the  eastern  bound- 
ary of  Aegypt,  Hdt.  2,  6. 

ΥΙλίνθίνος,  η,  ov,  (πλίνθοο)  made 
or  built  of  brick,  Hdt.  5,  101,  Xen.  An. 
3,4,  11. 

ΐίλινθίον,  ov,  TO,  dim,  from  πλίν 
θος,  a  small  hrick,  Thuc.  6,  88,  Xen. 
Cyr.  7,  1,  24:  hence,  like  πληίσιον, 
a  plinth-shaped  body,  a  chest,  pedestal, 
sock,  die. — 2.  in  the  catapult,  the  parts 
by  which  the  arms  are  strained. — 3.  in 
Arithm.,  the  proportion  of  twice  fo^n 
times  four. — 4.  πλινθιων  νπογραφαί, 
the  fields  or  squares  into  which  the 
augurs  divided  the  heavens,  templa  oi 
regiones  coeli,  Plut.  Camill.  32, 

Πλινθίς,  ίδος,  ή,  dim.  from  πλίν 
θος,  Anth.  P.  6,  295,  Diod. 

ΙΙλινθοειδής,  ες,  (είδος)  brick-like. 


ΠΛ01 

Π7.ίν&07Γ0ίεω,  ώ,  to  make  bricL•,  Ar. 
Ran.  1139.    Hence 

'η?.ινθοποαα,  ας,  ή,  brick-making. 

ΪΙΆίνθος,  ου,  ή,  α  brick  or  ΐιΐβ, 
whether  baked  in  the  sun  or  bv  fire, 
πλίνθοι  όπταί,  Hdt.  1,  180, 186;  πλ. 
Kspu/jcai,  γήίναί,  Xen.  An.  3,  4,  7  ;  7, 
8,  14  (opp.  to  ώμη  ττΛ•,  Paus.)  ;  πλίν- 
θους έ'λκνσαι,  εϊρύσαί,  like  Lat.  du- 
cere  laleres,  to  make  bricks,  Hdt.  1, 
179  ;  2,  136  ;  όΰτΰν,  to  bake  them,  Id. 
1,  179;  δόμοι  πλίνθου  collectively, 
layers  of  brick,  lb. : — proverb.,  ττλ. 
ίΤ/.υνειν,  laterem  lavare,  of  useless 
trouble,  Paroemiogr. — 2.  any  brick- 
shaped  body,  a  plinth,  esp.  of  gold,  an 
ingot,  like  Lat.  lateres  aurei,  Polyb. 
10,  27,  12,  etc. ;  cf.  ήμιττλίνθιον :  the 
otinth  of  a  column,  Vitruv. 

ΐΙλινθουΤικέω,  ώ,  to  make  bricks : 
from 

ΙΙ?.ίνθονλκ6ς,  όν,  (πλίνθος,  έ'λ«ω) 
making  bricks  :  β  πλ.,  a  brick-maker. 

Ίϊ?ιΐνθονργέθ),  ώ,  to  make  bricks,  Ar. 
Plut.  514:  and 

ΤΙλινθουργία,  ας,  ή,  brick-making, 
LXX.:  from 

Πλινθουργός,  όν,  (πλίνθος,  *ίργω) 
making  bricks:  a  brick  maker,  Plat. 
Theaet.  147  A. 

ΙΙλινθοφορέω,  ώ,  to  carry  bricks,  Ar. 
Av.  1149:  from 

ΤΙλιΐ'θοφόοος,  ov,  (πλίνθος,  φέρω) 
carrying  bricks,  Ar.  Av.  1134. 

ΐίλινθόω,  ύ,=  πλινθενω  : — to  make 
of  brick,  ληύι.  P.  9,423. 

Πλινθνφης,  ες,  {πλίνθος,  υφαίνω) 
built  of  brick,  Aesch.  Pr.  450. 

ΐΐ/.ινθωτός,  όν,  (πλινθόω)  brick- 
shaped,  oblong. 

ΙΙλίξ,  ή,=πλίγμα,  Gramm. 

ΊΙλίξ,  adv.,  for  which  άμφιπλίξ 
(q.  V.)  is  more  usu. 

ΐΐλίξις,  εως,  ή,  a  stepping,  striding 
forward. — II.  α  stretching  out :  hence 
also  a  span-measure  :  from 

ΠΑΙ'ΣΣΩ,  f.  -if(j.•  — strictly,  like 
Lat.  pltco,  to  fold :  but  mostly  in  mid., 
to  cross  one's  legs  inwalking,  and  hence 
to  stride,  step  out,  once  in  Hom.,  εύ 
7Γ?ύσσοντο  πόδεσσιν,  of  mules,  Od. 
6,318;  ci.  διαπλίσσω.  (Hence  ττλί- 
χύς,  q.  v. :  akin  also  to  πλέκω.) 
Hence 

Π?.ΐχάς,  άδος,  η,  the  inside  of  the 
thighs,  which  is  chafed  in  walking,  Lat. 
interfcmininum.  Foes.  Oecon.  Hipp. 

Πλοάζ-,  ύδος,  ^,=  πλωάς,  νήσοι, 
flonring  islands,  Tlieophr. 

'Π.?ιοητόκος,  ov,  {πλόος,  riKTu^pro- 
diicing  navigation,  Ζέφνρος,  Anth.  P. 
10,  6. 

ΤΙλοιάριον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from 
ττλοΐον,  α  skiff,  boat,  Ar.  Ran.  139. 
la] 

ΐυ.οΐζω,  more  freq.  as  dep.  ΤΓ/Ιοί- 
ζομαι,  =  πλωΐζο),  from  πλόος,  but 
prob.  not  before  Polyb.,  Lob.  Phryn. 
614,  sq. 

ΤΙ?.οίκός,  ή,  ov,=sq.,  dub. 

Τί/όϊμος,  ov,  V.  sub  πλώϊμος. 

ΤΙλοιοειδής,  ές,  (είδος)  ship-shaped  : 
from 

ΠλοΓον,  ου,  τό,  (πλέω)  strictly  ο 
floating  vessel,  hence  α  ship  Or  vessel  in 
the  most  general  sense,  Hdt.  1,  168, 
etc. ;  then  more  nearly  defined,  as, 
πλοία  λεπτά,  small  crnft.  Id  7,  36. 
Thuc.  2,  83  ;  πλ.  ίππαγωγά,  trans- 
■poTt-vessels,  Hdt.  6,  48 ;  πλ.  μακρύ, 
ships  of  war,  Id.  5,  30,  Thuc.  1,  14  ; 
πλ.  στρογγυλά,  ships  of  burthen, 
merchantmen,  Xen.  Hell.  5,  1,  21:  — 
as  distinguished  from  νανς,  πλοΐον 
was  mostly  used  for  a  merchant-ship 
or  transport,  νανς  being  a  ship  of  war, 
Valck.  Hdt.  6,  48,  cf.  Sturz.  Lex. 
Xen.  s.  V.  ναϋς. 


ΠΑΟΥ 

Τ1?ί,οιοφόρος,  ov,  (  πλοϊον,  φέρω  ) 
bearing  ships. 

ΐΐλοκΰμίς,  ϊδος,  ή,  poet,  for  πλό- 
καμος, a  lock  or  curl  of  hair :  also  col- 
lectively, curly  hair,  Theocr.  13,  7, 
Bion.  1,20,  Euphor.  52.— Others  take 
it  as  dim.  from  πλόκαμος.  [Ις  Ion., 
ϊς  Att.  in  nom.,  ace.  to  Draco  p.  23, 
20  ;  45,  23  ;  in  trisyll.  cases  t  always, 
as  in  Bion  1.  c] 

ΐΐλόκύμον,  ov,  TO,  =  πλόκανον, 
dub. 

ΙΙ?.όκΰμος,  ου,  6,  (πλέκω)  a  lock  or 
curl  of  hair,  like  π/.όκος,  Aesch.  Cho. 
7,  etc. ;  in  plur.,  the  locks,  hair,  11. 14, 
176 ;  κομάν  πλόκαμοι,  Pind.  P.  4, 
145 :  but  also  in  sing.,  collectively, 
=κόμη,  Hdt.  4,  34,  and  Trag.  ;  τρι- 
χός  πλ.,  Aesch.  Theb.  564.— II.  a 
twisted  rope,  Xen.  Cyn.  9,  12,  cf.  sq. 

ΐΐλόκΰνον,  ου,  τό,  also  written  πλό- 
χανον  {πλέκω): — any  thing  twined 
or  plaited.  Plat.  Tim.  78  C  :  esp.  a 
wicker  sieve,  fan,  or  winnow,  Lat.  van- 
nus.  Ibid.  52  E. 

ηλοκύς,  άδος,=π?^6καμος,  Phe- 
reer.  Incert.  68. 

ΐΙ?Μκερός,  ά,  όν,  (πλέκω)  twined, 
plaited,  v.  1.  for  πλακερός. 

ΤΙλοκεύς,  6,  (π7νέκω)  aplaiter,  braid- 
er, Epich.  p.  79. 

ΐΐλοκίι,  ης,  ή,  (πλέκω)  a  twining, 
plaiting,  Epich.  p.  79. — II.  any  thing 
plaited  or  woven,  a  web,  Eur.  I.  T.  817, 
Plat.  Legg.  849  C— III.  metaph.,  en- 
tanglement,  intricacy ;  the  complication 
of  a  dramatical  plot,  opp.  to  λυσις, 
Arist.  Poet.  18,  12. — 2.  α  web  of  deceit, 
trick,  πλοκας  πλέκειν,  Eur.  Ion  8:i6, 
cf.  I.  A.  936. 

ΊΙλοκίζω,  (πλόκος)  =  πλέκω,  to 
twine  or  braid,  usu.  κόμην,  Hipp. 

ΐΐλόκιμος,  ov,  {πλέκω)  for  twining 
or  plaiting,  κάλαμος,  Theophr. 

Πλό«ίον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  πλόκος, 
Pint.  2,  141  D. 

Ώ?ώκίος,  a,  ov,  (πλέκω)  twined,  v. 
1.  Od.  13,  295,  for  κλόπιος. 

ΐΐλόκος,  ου,  ό,  (πλέκω)^πλόκα- 
/zof,  Trag.,  as  Aesch.  Cho.  197,  Soph. 
Aj.  1179: — also,  a  wreath  or  chaplet, 
πλόκοι  σε7άνων,  the  parsley-urfa/A  at 
the  Isthmian  games,  Pind.  O.  13,  45  ; 
ττλ.  μυρσίνης,  ανθέων,  Eur.  El.  778, 
Med.  841. 

Ί17Μμενος,  Ep.  syncop.  part.  pres. 
from  πέ?.ομαι,  formed  after  the  Ho- 
meric περιπ?.όμενος.  Euphor.  Fr.  55. 

'Π.?.όμος,  ό,  and  π?ιθμίζω,  Arist.  Η. 
Α.,  for  φλόμος,  φ7ιθμίζω,  q.  v. 

ΙΙλόος,  δ,  Att.  conlr.  ττλοϋς.  οϋ,  pi. 
πλοί,  πλών,  etc.  :  later,  we  have  a 
gen.  sing,  πλόος,  as  if  of  third  de- 
clens..  Lob.  Phryn.  453  (π/.έω): — a 
sailing,  voyage,  Od.  3,  169,  Hes.  Op. 
628,  Hdt.  (who  always  has  the  dissyl. 
form)  2,  29,  etc.,  and  Alt.  ;  πλονν 
στέλλειν,  ττοιεΐσθαι,  Soph.  Aj.  1045, 
Phil.  552 :  tfw  πλόου,  out  of  one's 
course,  Pind.  P.  11,  60. — 2.=  εύπ?Μΐα, 
time  for  sailing,  i.  e.  fair  wind,  tide, 
etc.,  καιρός  και  πλους.  Soph.  Phil. 
1450  ;  πλους  γίγνεται.  i.  e.  the  wind 
is  fair,  Thuc.  1,  137;  πλω  χρτ/σθαι, 
to  have  a  fair  wind.  Id.  3,  3  ;  καλ?ύ- 
στοις  πλοίς  χρησθαι,  Antipho  139, 
12.  —  Proverb.,  δεύτερος  πλους,  of 
trying  a  second  scheme  when  one's 
first  fails,  Stallb.  Plat.  Phaed.  99  D, 
Polit.  300  Β  ;  so,  κατά  τον  δεύτερον 
πλουν.  Arist.  Eth.  Ν.  2,  9,  4.-3.  la- 
ter used  even  of  a  journey  by  land, 
Lob.  Phryn.  615,  cf.  πλέω:  in  Nic, 
of  the  crawling  of  a  serpent,  Th. 
295. 

ΤΙλουδοκέω,  ω,  (πλους,  δοκέω)  to 
wait  for  a  fair  wind,  Cic.  Att.  10,  8,  9. 

ΐϊλονθνγίεια,  ας,  ή,  (πλούτος,  ύγί- 


ΠΑΟΤ 

εια)   health   and  wealth,  Ar.  Αν.  731, 
Vesp.  677,  Eq.  1091.  [i] 

'\ΐΙλουμί3αρία,  ας,  ή,  Plumbaria, 
an  island  on  the  coast  of  Hispania, 
Strab.  p.  159. 

ΪΙλοΰς,  ό,  Att.  contr.  for  πλόος, 
q.  V. 

ΎΙλονσιάζω,  (π?Μύσιος)  to  enrich, 
Hdo. 

ΤΙλονσιακός,  ή,  όν,  (πλούσιος)  pe- 
culiar to  a  rich  man,  Alex.  Incert.  10, 5. 

ΧΙλουσιάω,  ώ,  late  form  for  πλον- 
τέω. 

Π?.ουσιόδωρος,  ov,  giving  rich  gifts. 
— 11.  richly  endowed. 

Ι1?,ονσιος,  a,  ov,  (π?Μύτος)  rich, 
wealthy,  Hes.  Op.  22,  and  Att. ;  μέγα 
πλ.,  Hdt.  1,  32:  c.  gen.  rei,  rich  in  a 
thing,  Lat.  dives  opum,  Eur.  Or.  394, 
Plat.  Polit.  261  Ε  : — sometimes  with 
collat.  notion  of  royal  or  noble,  Soph. 
O.  T.  1070.— II.  ample,  abundant,  Eur. 
Dan.  3.  Adv.  -ίως,  Hdt.  2,  44,  and 
Eur. 

ΤΙλουταγΰθτ/ς,  ές,  v.  π7ι.οντογαθής. 

ΙΙλουτάκάδήμεια,  ας,  ή,  the  Aca- 
demic philosophy  which  holds  outward 
goods  in  esteem. 

ϋλουταξ,  ακος,  6,  a  rich  churl,  a 
word  coined  by  Eupol.  Κολακ.  1,  9, 
like  πήλαξ.  στόμφαξ,  etc. ;  v.  Mein- 
eke  Menand.  p.  161,  and  cf.  the  Lat. 
termin.  -ax. 

ΊΐΙλούταρχος,  υν,  ό,  Plutarchus, 
Plutarch,  tyrant  of  Eretria  in  Euboea, 
Dern.  58,  5  ;  etc. — 2.  the  celebrated 
philosopher  and  biographer,  of  Chae- 
ronea  in  Boeotia. 

tH/iOf Tfiif,  ό,=  'Π.?,οντων,  Mosch. 
3,  22. 

ΐΙ?^ουτέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (πλούτος)  to 
be  rich,  wealthy,  τάχα  σε  ζη/ιώσει  άερ- 
γος πλοντεϋντα,  Hes.  Op.  311  ;  πλ. 
μέγα,  μάλιστα,  Hdt.  1,  32;  3,57; 
πλουτεί  κατ'  οίκον  μέγα.  Soph.  Ant. 
1168  ;  and  freq.  in  Eur.,  etc. :  πλ. 
άπό  των  κοινών,  to  be  rich  from  the  pub- 
lic purse,  Ar.Plut.  569 ;  so  ττλ.  εκ  τίνος, 
Dem.  576,  1 : — c.  gen.,  to  be  rich  in  a 
thing,  πόνου,  Aesch.  Fr.  225,  cf.  Plat. 
Rep.  521  A,  Xen.  An.  7.  7,  28  ;  also, 
τινί.  Xen.  Alh.  2,  11.     Hence 

ΐΐ/.οντηρός,  ά,  όν,  enriching  έργον, 
Xen.  Oec.  2,  10. 

αΐ?.ουτιάδης,  ου,  ό,  Plutiades,  a 
philosopher  of  Tarsus,  Strab.  p.  675. 

ΤΙλουτιζω,  f.  -ίσω  (πλούτος)  to  en 
rich,  Aesch.  Ag.  1268,  Xen.,  etc.  : 
metaph.,  πλ.  τινά  στεναγμοΐς,  Soph. 
Ο.  Τ.  30  ;  ύρετ?;,  Xen.  Mem.  4,  2,  9  : 
ironically,  to  deck  out,  gladden,  Aesch. 
Ag.  586. 

ΐΐλουτίνδην,  (π?Μντος)  adv.,  ac- 
cording to  one's  wealth,  π/.,  αίρίΐσθαι, 
Arist.  Pol.  11,9,  etc. ;  cf.  άριστηότ/ν. 

ΐΐ/.ουτισμός,  ού,  ό,  (π'λοντίζω)  an 
enriching. 

ΥΙλοντιστηριος,  a,  ov,  enriching, 
Philo. 

ΐΙ?.οντογαθής,  ές.  Dor.  for  π?.ουτο• 
γηθής,  (π^Μντος,  )  ηθέω)  delighting  by 
riches,  Aesch.  Cho.  801,  e  conj.  Tur- 
neb.  ;  for  the  reading  of  the  MSS., 
πλοντΰγάθής  is  against  the  metre. 

ΐΙ?.οντούότειρα.  ar.  ή,  fern,  from 
πλοντοδοτήρ,  Orph.  H.  39,  3. 

ΐΐλοντοδοτέω,  ω,  (πλοντοδότης)  to 
give  riches. — II.  to  give  rich  presents  to, 
Τινά,  Orph.  H.  17,  5. 

ΐΐλουτοδοτήρ,  ήρος,  o,=  sq.,  Anth. 
P.  9,  525,  17. 

ΐΐλοντοδότης,  ου,  ό,  (πλούτος,  δί- 
δωμι)  giver  of  riches,  Hes.  Op.  125. 

\ίΙ?.οντοκ/τ/ς,  έους,  ό,  Pluiocles, 
masc.  pr.  η.,  Luc.  Ver.  H.  2,  33. 

Τ1?.ουτηκρΰτέω,  ώ,  fut. -7/σω,  (π?.οϋ- 
τος,  κρατέω)  to  govern  through  wealth. 
Hence 

1197 


ΠΑΤΝ 

ΙΙ?.οντοκρατία,  ας,  fj,  an  oligarchy 
υ/ wealth,  Xen.  Mem.  4,  6,  12. 

Ί1?.οντοποιός,  όν,  {πλούτος,  ττηιέω) 
creating  wealth,  enriching,  Plut.  Num. 
16,  etc. 

Ώλ,οϋτος,  ov,o,ivealth,  riches,  Horn., 
Hes.,  etc. ;  άφενος  και  ιτλοντον  ΰφν- 
ξειν,  11.  1,  171  ;  6?.βω  τε  πλοντφ  τε, 
11.  16,  596  ;  ορρ.  to  πενία.  Plat.  Rep. 
421  ϋ  :  in  plur.,  treasures.  Plat.  Prot. 
354  B,  Gorg.  523  C,  etc. :— c.  gen. 
rei,  πλούτος  χρυσού•,  αργνηου,  trea- 
sure ot"  gold,  silver,  etc.,  tldt.  2,  121, 
1,  cf.  Pors.  .Med.  542: — nietaph.,  ττλ. 
■πραπίδο)ΐ>,  Eiiiped.300. — II.  as  masc. 
prop,  n.,  Plutus,  god  of  riches,  son  of 
Ceres,  and  lasius,  Hes.  Th.  U69 :  the 
later  legend  represents  him  as  blind  ; 
V.  also  ΥΙ/,οντων.  (Prob.  akin  to  πο- 
λύς, πλέων,  etc.) 

Πλοντοτύφι/ς,  ες,  {πλούτος,  θά- 
πτω) buried  in  riches,  Eust. 

ΪΙλ.οντοιρόρος,  ov,  (πλούτος,  φέρω) 
bringing  riches,  enriching,  Com.  ap. 
Plut.  2,  27  C. 

ΐΐλοντόχθων,  όνος,  ό,  ή,  {πλούτος, 
χϋών)  rich  in  the  treasures  of  the  land, 
Aesch.  Eum.  947. 

ΙΠλουτώ,  οϋς,  η,  Pluto,  daughter 
of  Oceanus  and  Tethys,  Hes.  Th. 
355:  a  companion  of  Proserpina,  H. 
Horn.  Cer.  422. — 2.  mother  of  Tanta- 
lus by  Jupiter,  Paus.  2,  22,  3. 

Πλούτων,  ωνος,  ό,  poet,  also  ΤΙλον- 
τενς,  q.  v.,  Pluto,  god  of  the  nether 
world,  first  in  Trag.,  as  Aesch.  Pr. 
806,  Soph.  Ant.  1200,  Eur.  Ale.  360: 
orig.  an  epith.  οΐ'Άιόης.  from  πλού- 
τος, because  corn,  the  chief  wealth  of 
early  times,  was  held  as  sent  from  be- 
neath and  the  gift  of  Pluto,  as  hus- 
band of  Proserpina  the  daughter  of 
Ceres,  v.  Miiller  Literat.  of  Greece  : 
hence  Pluto  was  confounded  with 
Plutus,  and  was  also  considered  as 
the  god  of  riches,  cf.  Soph.  Fr.  259, 
Ar.  Plut.  727.     Hence 

ΙΙλοντώνιος,  a,  ov,  belonging  to  Pluto 
or  the  nether  world :  τ(Ί  Π.  (sc.  χωρία), 
places  where  there  are  inephitic  vapours, 
like  the  Grotta  del  Cane  near  Naples, 
looked  upon  as  entrances  to  the  ne- 
ther would,  Strab.  fp.  244,  p.  579, 629, 
etc.t;cf.  'Κ.αρώνειος. 

Τί^.ύχανον,  ov.  τό,  v.  πλόκανον. 

ΤΙλοχμός,  ού,  ό,  {πλέκω)  like  πλό- 
καμος, USU.  in  plur.  locks,  hair,  II.  17, 
52,  Αρ.  Rh.  2,  677. 

ΐΐλοώδης,  ες,  {πλόος,  είδος)  swim- 
ming.— II.  meta[)h.,  loose,  slack,  not 
solid,  Hipp. ;  v.  Foes.  Oecon. 

Ι1?.νμα,  ατός,  τό,  {πλύνω)  water  in 
which  something  has  been  washed,  πλ. 
ιχθύων,  Plat.  (Com.)  Nic.  4:  πλ. 
άλενρον,  a  decoction  or  infusion  of  it. 
Foes.  Oecon.  Hipp. — II.  metaph.,  a 
low  prostitute,  [v,  Nic.  Al.  258,  Herm. 
Orph.  H.  10,  22.] 

'Π.?.ΰνενς,  δ,=:^πλνντης,  πλύτης,  Α. 
Β. 

ΐίλννος,  ον,  ό,  α  thing  that  is  wash- 
ed. 

ΐίλννός,  ού,  ό,  {π?ίύνω)  α  pit,  in 
which  dirty  clothes  were  ivashedhy  tread- 
ing, 11.  22,  153,  Od.  6,  40,  80 ;  later 
also,  awashing-tub,  Luc. — II.  met:iph., 
πλ-ννόν  ποιείν  τινα,=  π7>,ννω  Π,  Ar. 
Plut.  1061. 

ΙΠλυνόί,  οΰ,  ό,  Plynus,  a  harbour 
of  Africa;  east  of  Gyrene,  Hdt.  4. 108  ; 
Strab.  p.  839  :  in  Scylax  oi  HJ.vvol. 

Τίλνντήρ,  i/ρος,  ό,  {πλύνω)^πλνν• 
της.     Hence 

ΪΙλ.υντί/ριος,  ov,  of  or  for  washing: 
Tu  ΐΐλ.νντήρια  (sc.  ιερά),  a  festival  at 
Athens  (on  the  25th  Thargelion),  in 
which  the  clothes  of  Minerva's  statue 
were  tvashed.  Xen.  Hell.  1,  4,  12,  Plut. 
1198 


ΠΑΩΤ 

Alcib.  34;  cf.  Miiller  Archaol.  d. 
Kunst.  \  69. 

ΤΙλύντης,  ov,  6,  (π7.ννω)  a  clothes- 
cleaner :  the  Gramm.  however  reject 
this  form.  Lob.  Phrjn.  256. 

ΥΙ'λνντικός,  ή,  όν,=  πλνντήρίθς :  ή 
πλ.  (sc.  τέχνη),  clothes-washing.  Plat. 
Polit.  282  Α. 

Πλύντρια,  ας,  ή,  fem.  from  πλνν- 
τήρ,  α  washer-woman. 

ΙΙλνντρίς,  ίύος,  ry.^foreg.,  Ar.  Fr. 
642. — II.  πλνντρίς  -γη,  a  kind  οί  ful- 
ler's earth,  Theophr. 

ΤΙλύντρον,  ov,  τό,  the  wages  of  a 
πλύντης. — Ι1.=  πλνμα,  Arist.  Probl. 
4,  29. 

ΐΐλύνω  [ν],  fut.  πλννέω  contr.  πλύ- 
νω :  aor.  επλννα:  pf.  πέπλνκα,  pass. 
πέπλνμαι :  aor.  pass,  έπλνβην  [ϋ], 
but  usu.  poet.  έπλύνθΫ/ν.  To  uash, 
clean,  esp.  linen  and  clothes,  (opp.  to 
λούομαι,  to  bathe,  νίπτω,  to  wash  the 
hands  or  feet) ;  εϊματα  π?ιννεσκον,  II. 
22,  155  ;  πλνναν  (ιύπα  πάντα,  they 
washed  off  all  the  dirt,  Od.  6,  93  ;  πλν- 
νέονσα,  lb.  59  (these  are  the  only 
forms  in  Hom.) ;  κώδια  πλ-,  Ar.  Pint. 
166,  etc.  : — metaph.,  το  πράγμα  πέ- 
πλνται,  the  thing  is  washed  to  pieces, 
i.  e.  worn  out,  Sosipat.  ap.  Ath.  377  F. 
— II.  as  a  slang  term,  π7'.ννειν  τινά, 
as  we  say  to  wipe  him  down,  give  him 
a  dressing,  i.  e.  abuse  or  beat  him,  Ar. 
Ach.  381,  Dem.  997,  24;  and  so,  πλ. 
Tivu  τάπόββ//τα,  Id.  1335,  5,  cf.  Mei- 
neke  Menand.  p.  221.  (On  the  root 
V.  π?.έω  sub  fin.)    Hence 

ΤΙλύσιμος,  ov,  to  be  washed,  [ϋ] 

ΤΙλΰσις,  εως,  ij,  {πλύνω)  a  washing, 
cleaning,  Plat.  Rep.  429  E.  [ϋ] 

Ί17.νσμα,  ατός,  τό,=  πλνμα,  susp. 

Ώλυσμός,  ov,  ό,=^πλύσις. 

Ιϊλντης,  ον,  6,=  π7.νντης.  [ν] 

ΤΙλντός,  ή,  όν,  {πλύνω)  washed, 
cleaned. 

ΤΙλωάς,  άδος,  η,  (πλώω)=πλώου- 
σα,  sailing  Or  floating  about,  όρνιθες, 
Αρ.  Rh.  2,  1054  ;  and  Pors.  would  so 
read  in  Soph.  Phil.  1093  :  πλ.  νήσοι. 
the  Harpy  islands  in  the  Aegaean 
sea,  aftervvds.  called  Στροφάδες. 

αίλωθειύ  or  ΐΐλωθιά,  ύς,  ή,  ΡΙο- 
thca,  a  deme  of  the  Attic  tribe  Aegeis  ; 
hence  ό  Τίλ.ωθειεύς,  or  ΤΙλωθενς,  έως, 
one  of  (the  deme)  Plothea,  Dem.  1310. 

ΤΙλωιύς,  άδος,  ή,^πλωάς,  The- 
ophr. ap.  Plut.  2,  292  C. 

ΪΙλωίζω,  to  sail  on  the  sea,  use  ships, 
πλωίζεσκ'  iv  (or  π?ιωΐζεσκεν)  νηνσί, 
Hes.  Op.  632,  cf.  Thuc.  1,  13 :— Plat. 
(Rep.  388  A)  read  πλωΐζοντ'  ά7.ύων  in 
11.  24,  12.— Even  the  Alt.  prefer  π7.ω- 
ίζω  to  πλοίζω.  Lob.  Phryn.  616,  cf. 
sq. 

Τίλώίμος,  ov,  {πλώω)  fit  for  sailing : 
— l.ofashipitself,^l!/or.5ea,sea-uioriAy, 
Thuc.  1,  29;  2,  13  (v.  sub  fin.).— 2.  of 
navigation,  πλωϊμωτέρων  γενομένων 
or  όντων,  as  navigation  advanced,  as 
circumstances  became  favourable  for 
navigation,  Thuc.  1,  7,  8  ; — but,  πλω'ί- 
μων  γενομένων,  when  the  wind,  etc. 
became  fair,  Dion.  H.  1.  03  ;  so,  πλώ- 
ϊμύ  έστιν.  Heliod.— Even  the  Att. 
prefer  πλώϊμος  to  πλόϊμος,  cf.  foreg. : 
Bekker  in  Thuc.  gives  the  short  form, 
although  he  Λvrites  πλωίζω,  not  πλο- 
ίζω,  in  the  same  author. 

Π?.ωίΓ,  ίδος,  ή,  v.  1.  for  πλωάς,  Αρ. 
Rh.  2,  1054. 

Πλώζ•,  ό,  gen.  πλωτός,  {πλώω)  α 
swimmer.— ]{.  α  fish,  elsewh.  called 
κεστρενς,  Epich.  p.  44. 

Τί/ΜσιμοΓ,  ον,^=πλύίμος,  Soph.  Ο. 
C.  003. 

αίλωταϊ  νήσοι,  αϊ,  the  Plotae  {float- 
ίη^-islands),  earlier  name  of  the  Stro- 
phades,  Ap.  Rh.  2,  285. 


ΠΝΕΤ 

Τ17.ωτάρχης,  ov,  ό,  {πλώω,  άρχω)  a 
shtp-captain,  Manelho. 

ΪΙλωτενω,  (πλώτης)  to  navigate, 
Polyb.  16,  29,  11,  in  i>ass. 

Πλωτή,  ή,  V.  π/.ωτύς. 

Πλωτήρ,  ήρας,  ό,  =  πλώτης,  Ar. 
Eccl.  1087,  Plat.  Rep.  489  Α. 

Πλιώτης,  ον,  ό,  (ττλώω)  one  who 
sails,  a  seaman. — II .  a  su-ir/imer.  Hence 

Πλωτικός,  ?'/,  όν,  skilled  in  seaman- 
ship, oi  πλ.,  seamen,  Plat.  Ax.  308  B, 
Pint.,  etc.  ;  also  ship-owners,  Plut. 
Cat.  Min.  61. 

iΠλωτΐvoς,  ov,  b,  Plotimis,  tho 
celebrated  new-Platonic  philosopher. 

Πλωτόζ•,  ή,  όν,  {πλώω)  sailing, 
floating,  νήσος,  Od.  10,  3,  Ihlt.  2, 
156  ;  of  birds,  Arist.  H.  A.  2,  12,  3 : 
— oi  πλωτοί,  a  tribe  oi  fish  that  con- 
stantly float  on  the  surface,  πλ.  έγχέ- 
λεις,  Ath.  4  C— II.  navigable,  Hdt.  2, 
102,  Polyb.  1,  42,2,  etc.;  ^ττλ.  οΐμος, 
Lyc:  ό  πλ.ωτός,  the  season  for  sailing, 
Heraclid. 

Π/.ώτωρ,  ορός,  ό,=:πλωτήρ,  poet. 

Πλώω  ;  f.  -ώσω  :  pf.  πέπλωκα  : — 
Ep.  and  Ion.  for  ττλίω,  to  sail,  float, 
II.  21,  302,  Od.  5,240.— Horn.,  besides 
the  pres.  and  impf.,  has  Ep.  syncop. 
aor.  έπ7ιων,  ως,  ω,  part,  πλώ^,  gen. 
π7.ώντος  in  the  compds.  ΰτΓεττλω, 
έπέπ?ι.ως.  part,  έπιπλ.ώς,  παρέπ/ιω ; 
but  Hdt.  has  pres.  inf.  πλιώειν,  4, 156, 
and  part,  πλωονσας,  8,  10,  22,  42  ; 
impf  επ7.ωον,  8,  41  ;  aor.  1  επ/.ωσα, 
4,  148;  inf.  π7,ώσαι,  1,  24;  ])art. 
π7ώσας,  4,  156,  which  also  occurs 
once  in  Hom.  in  the  compd.  επίπλω- 
σης, II.  3,  47. — It  was  never  used  in 
Att.,  Dind,  Eur.  Hel.  532,  Ar.  Thesm. 
878.  —  Hom.  seems  to  have  used 
πλ.ώω  and  its  derivs.  more  in  the 
signf.  of  to  float,  πλέω  in  that  of  to 
sail. 

Πνείω,  poet,  for  πνέω,  q.  v.,  Hom., 
and  Hes.,  also  Orac.  ap.  Hdt.  1,  67. 

Πνεύμα,  ατός,  τό,  {πνέω)  tiind, 
air,  first  in  Hdt.,  πνεύματα  έινέμων, 
7,  16,  1  ;  then  freq.  in  Att.,  esp.  in 
prose,  πνοή  being  the  more  usu.  form 
in  poetry,  and  the  only  one  in  Hom. 
— 2.  esp.  like  Lat.  anima  (Cic.  Tusc. 
Q.  1,  9),  the  air  we  breathe,  breath,  πν. 
βίον,  the  breath  of  life,  Aesch.  Pers. 
507 ;  πνεύμα  άθροίζειν,  to  collect 
breath,  Eur.  Phoen.  851  ;  πν.  άφιέναι, 
άνιέναι,  μεβιέναι,  to  give  up  the nhost. 
Id.  Hec.  571,  Or.  277,  Tro.  780  ;  cf. 
Thuc.  2,  49: — proverb.,  άνθρωπος 
έστι  πνεύμα  και  σκιά  μόνον,  Soph. 
Fr.  13  :  also  breathing,  respiration,  esp. 
freq.  in  Hipp.,  who  uses  it  in  various 
phrases,  πνεύμα  αναφέρε iv,io  breathe 
hard  ;  το  πνεύμα  άνω  έχειν,  to  be 
out  of  breath ;  to  πνεύμα  γίγνεται 
άνω  (cf.  Mein.  Menand.  12);  μετέω- 
pov  πνεύμα,  like  Horace's  snblimis 
anhelitus,  breathlessness,  when  the 
breath  seems  to  be  stopped  at  the 
upper  end  of  the  wind-pipe  ;  also,  πν. 
άνελκόμενον;  πν.  άλιζομενον,  a  thick, 
quick  breathing,  etc.;  v.  Foes.  Oecon. 
Hipp.  :  also,  absoL,  diffix^idty  of  breath- 
ing. Id.  : — in  plur.  breathings,  gasps, 
Ici:— 3.  life,  Polyb.  31,  18,  4,  Plut., 
etc.  : — also,  the  spirit,  a  living  being, 
like  Lat.  anima.  Phoenix  ap.  Ath. 
530  F. — 4.  a  Spirit,  Spiritual  licins, 
N.  T. — 5.  metaph.,  -ipirit,  i.e.  feeling. 
Soph.  O.  C.  612  ;  so,  αίδοίφ  πνενματι 
δέξασθαι,  Aesch.  Supp.  30. — 0.  in 
hunters'  language,  the  scent.— ~.  in 
Gramm.,  the  breathing,  πν.  δασν  και 
■φιλόν,  spiritus  aspcr  et  lenis. 

Πνενματέμφορος,  ov,  {πνεύμα,  έμ• 
φέρω)=  πνενματόφορος. 

Πνενμΰτίας,  ον,  ό,  (  πνεύμα  )  = 
πνενματώδης  1.  3,  Hipp. 


ΠΝΕΤ 

ΤΙνενμίίτιάω,  ώ,  =  πνενστιάω,  to 
pant. 

ΐΐνευμΰτίζω,  {πνεύμα)  to  fan  by 
blowing. — II.  to  write  or  spenk  with  the 
breathing  {spirilus),  Antigon.  Caryst. 

Τίνενμάτίκός,  ή,  όν,  (ττνενμα)  be- 
longing to  wind  or  breath,  ττν.  μόρων, 
the  organ  of  breathing,  Medic. :  πν. 
όργανον,  a  machine  moved  by  wind  or 
air. — 2.  windy,  exposed  to  wind,  The- 
ophr. — 3.  a.ct.,  bloiving  up,  making  flat- 
ulent, βρώματα,  Nicom.  ap.  Ath.  291 
C. — 4.  of  the  spirit,  spiritual,  opp.  to 
σωματικός,  Plut.  2,  129  C— 4.  oi. 
Ίΐνενματικσί,  a  school  of  physicians 
ivho  pretended  to  explain  every  thing 
from  the  πνενμα.  Adv.  -κώς,  fspirit- 
ually,  N.  T. 

Τϋνευμάτιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from 
πνεύμα,  Polyb.  15,  31,  5,  Damox. 
Syntr.  1,  26. '[ά] 

Τίνενμάτιος,  a,  ov,  (πνενμα)  windy, 
portending  wind,  Aral,  [a] 

ΥΙνενμΰτισμός,  οΰ,  ό,  (πνενματίζω 
II)  α  writing  or  speaking  with  the  breath- 
ing {spiritus). 

ΤΙνενμΰτοδόχος,  ov,  (δέχομαι)  re- 
ceiving wind. 

ΊΙνενμάτοκή?ιΐΐ,  ης,  η,  a  flatulent  or 
windy  hernia. 

ΤΙνευμΰτοκίνητος,  ον,(κίνέω)  moved 
by  the  wind  or  spirit. 

ΐΐνενμάτομύχος,  ov,  (πνενμα,  μά- 
χομαι) fighting  with  the  wind. — 2.  in 
YiCcX.,  fighting  with  the  Spirit,  [a] 

ΐίνευμάτόμφαλος,  ov,  ό,  (πνενμα, 
όμφα/Μζ)  a  hernia  caxtsed  by  pent-up 
vapours  about  the  navel,  Galen. 

ΥΙνενμί1τοποιε(ύ,  ώ•,  to  produce  wind, 
to  fill  with  wind,  Arist.  Probl.  24,  10, 
2 :  from 

ΐΐνενμάτοποιός,όν,ίπνεϋμα,ποιέω) 
producing  witid  or  breath,  Philem.  Lex. 
164,  p.  109,  Osann. 

Ώ.νενμΰ,τόΙ)[)οος,  ov,  contr.  -ββονς, 
ovv  (πνενμα,  βέω)  :— flowing  with 
winds,  i.  e.  with  draughts  or  currents 
of  air,  Plat.  Crat.  410  B. 

ΤΙνενμΰτοφυρέομαι,  as  pass.,  to  be 
borne,  mooed  by  wind,  or  as  by  the  wind, 
LXX. — II.  to  be  inspired.     From 

Τίνενμάτόφορος,  ov,  (πνενμα,  φέρω) 
borne  by  the  wind,  LXX. — II.  inspired, 

Τίνενμάτόω,  ώ,  (πνενμα)  to  turn 
into  wind,  Plut.  :— pass.,  to  become 
wind,  evaporate,  Arist.  Gen.  An.  2,  3, 
14. — II.  to  blow  or  piifl^  up  : — pass.,  to 
be  flatulent,  or  to  be  asthmatic,  Foes. 
Oecon.  Hipp. ;  v.  πνενματώόης,  fin. 

ΤΙνενμΰτώδης,  ες,  (πνενμα,  είδος) 
windy,  exposed  to  the  wind,  τόποι, 
Theophr.— 2.  full  of  wind,  flatulent, 
Hipp. — 3.  asthmatic.  Id. :  cf.  Foes. 
Oecon. — II.  act.  blowing  or  puffi?ig  up. 

ΤΙνενμάτωσις,  εως,  ή,  (πνενματόω) 
a  blowing  or  puffing  up,  making  vAndy, 
Arist.  Respir.  20,  6.  [«]    Hence 

Ίΐνενματωτικός,  ή,  όν,  blowing  up, 
making  flatulent. 

ΤΙνενμονία,  ας,  η,  Att.  π7\,ενμ•, 
(πνενμων)  a  disease  of  the  lungs,  Plut. 
2,  918  D. 

Ώνενμονίας,  ov,  δ,  (πνενμων)  of 
the  lungs,  pulmonary. 

ΐΐνενμονικός,  ή,  όν,  Att.  π?.ενμ-, 
(πνενμων)  belonging  to  the  lungs,  Arist. 
Probl.  33,  14,  1  :  esp.  affected  with  a 
disease  of  the  lungs. 

ΤΙνενμονίς,  ίδος,  ή,  Att.  πλενμ-, 
(πνενμων)=^  πνενμονία. 

ΐΐνενμονώδης,  ες,  (είδος)  like  the 
lungs,  spongy :  from 

Άνεύμων,  όνος,  ύ,  in  common  Att. 
also  7Γ?.ει5//ωΐ',  which  may  be  allowed 
in  Plat.  Tim.  70  C,  but  not  in  Trag., 
Lob.  Phryn.  305,  Br.  and  Herm. 
Sonh.  Tr.  564,  775  :  (πνέω,  ττνεϋμα): 


UNIT 

— usu.  in  pi.  πνεύμονες,  the  organs 
of  breathing,  the  lungs,  II.  4,  528, 
Aesch.  Theb.  61,  Soph.  Tr.  567,  etc.; 
also  in  sing.,  II.  20,  480.— Cf.  π'λεν- 
μων.  (With  the  Ion.  form  πλενμων, 
cf.  the  Lat.  pulmo.) 

Τίνεϋν,  Dor.  poet,  for  επνεον,  impf. 
of  πνέω,  Pind. 

ΤΙνεναις,  ή,  (πνέω)  a  blowing,  breath- 
ing. 

Τίνενστης,  ov,  6,  (πνέω)  one  who 
gasps,  breathes  hard.     Hence 

Jlvεvσ7uίω,ω,tobreafhehard,l•lipp., 
and  Arist.  Khet.  1,  2,  18. 

Τίνενστικός,  ή,  όν,  disposed  to  blow 
or  breathe  :  from 

ΠΝΕ'ί2,  poet,  πνείω  :  fut.  πνενσω, 
and  later  πνενσομαι  or  usu.  πνενσον- 
μαι ."  aor.  1  επνενσα,  pass,  έπνενσθην. 
— Horn,  uses  only  pres.  and  impf., 
usu.  in  poet,  form  πνείω,  but  also 
πνέω,  Od.  5,  469 :  Hes.  too  has  both 
forms  and  uses  also  part.  aor.  act. — 
For  pf  pass,  πέπννμαι,  part,  πεπνν- 
μένος,  v.  sub  πέπννμαι. 

To  blow,  breathe,  of  the  wind  and 
air,  Od.  4,  301  ;  5,  469,  etc.— II.  to 
breathe,  send  forth  an.  odour,  ήδν  πν., 
Od.  4,  446  : — c.  gen.,  to  breathe  or  smell 
of  Λ  thing,  oh  μίψον  πνέον.  Soph.  Fr. 
147,  πνεϊν  χαρίτων  ερώτων,  VVern. 
Tryph.  505 :  rarely  c.  dat.,  to  smell 
with  a  thing,  Anlh.  P.  5,  200.— III.  of 
animals,   to   breathe  hard,  pant,  gasp, 

II.  13,  385  ;  νπνω  πνεϊν,  Aesch.  Cho. 
622. — IV.  generally,  to  draw  breath, 
breathe,  and  SO  to  live,  11.  17,  447,  Od. 
18,  131  ;  oi  πνέοντες  =  oi  ζώντες. 
Soph.  Tr.  1160. — V.  metaph.,  c.  ace. 
cognato,  μένεα  πνείοντες,  breathing 
spirit,  freq.  in  Hom.  as  epith.  of  war- 
riors ;  so,  πνρ  πν.,  Hes.  Th.  319, 
Pind.  Fr.  112,  and  so  (in  a  rhetorical 
passage)  even  in  Xen.  Hell.  7,  5,  12  ; 
so,  θρασεία  πρ.  καρδία,  Pind.  P.  10, 
69  ;  χαμηλά,  κενεά  πν.,  to  be  of  a  low 
or  empty  .spirit.  Id.  P.  11,  46,  O.  10 
(11),  111  ;  Άρεα  πνεϊν,  Lat.  Martem 
spirare,  Aescn.  Ag.  376 ;  φόνον  πν., 
lb.  1309  ;  φρενός  πνέων  τρύπαίαν,  lb. 
219;  κότον.  Id.  Cho.  34;  and  so  in 
comedy,  πνεϊν  Ά?-φειόν,  of  a  swift 
runner,  Ar.  A  v.  1121  : — μέγα  πνεϊν, 
to  be  of  a  high  spirit,  Lat,  magnum 
spirare,  Eur.  Andr.  189  ;  so  too,  πο• 
?.ύς  έπνει,  Dem.  787,  20  ;  also  absol., 
νπέρσακέων  πνείοντες, breathing  over 
their  shields,  i.  e.  unable  to  repress 
their  rage  for  war,  Hes.  Sc.  24,  like 
Statius'  animus  ultra  thoracas  anhelus. 
— VI.  to  breathe  favourably  on  One,  Lat. 
aspirare,  χάριν  τινί,  Aesch.  Ag.  1200  ; 
ώ  σν  μη  πνενσης  ένδέξιος.  Call.  Ερ. 
9,  3.  (The  root  is  ΠΝΕ-  or  ΠΝΥ-, 
hence  πνενμα,  πνοή,  etc. :  πνίγω  is 
prob.  akin.)  [The  ε  in  this  verb  some- 
times melts  into  one  syll.  with  the 
foil,  vowel,  Aesch.  Ag.  1517,  1493, 
cf.  Herm.  Soph.  Ant.  1132.] 

Τ1νιγύ?.ίων,  ωνος,  6,  (πνίγω)  the 
night?nare,  Lat.  incubo,  also  πνίξ  and 
εφιύ.7-ης,  from  the  sense  of  throttling 
which  accompanies  it.  [Ιγ  ?] 

ΐΐνίγέα,  ας,  ή,  a  dry  or  vapour-bath, 
Lat.  vaporarium,  Galen. 

ΐΐνίγενς,  έως,  ό,  (πνίγω)  a  place  for 
baking,  an  oven ;  or,  a  couvre-feu,  or 
cover  put  on  coals  to  nmother  the  flame, 
Ar.  Nub.  96,  Av.  1001.— II.  a  hydrau- 
lic instrument  in  ivhich  air  is  pent  up. — 

III.  a  muzzle  for  horses,  etc. 
αΐνιγενς,  έως,  ή,  Pnigeus,  a  village 

of  Marmarica,  Strab.  p.  799. 

ΤΙνΙγηρός,  ά,  όν,  (πνίγω)  choking, 
stifling,  whether  by  throttling  or  heat, 
Ar.  Ran.  122,  where  there  is  a  play 
on  this  double  sense;  in  the  latter, 
Thuc.  2,  52. 


ΠΝ0Ο 

Ήνΐγίζω,=^πνίγω,  Anth.  P.  12, 222. 

ΤΙνΙγΙτις  (sc.  γη),  y,  a  sort  of  clay, 
Diosc,  and  Plin. 

Π,νϊγμα,  ατός,  τό,  (.πνίγω)  a  chok- 
ing, εις  π-  εχειν,  to  have  fast  by  the 
throat,  throttled,  Cephisodot.  ap. 
Arist.  Rhet.  3,  10,  7. 

ΙΙνιγμονή,  ης,  ^,;=sq. 

Τίνιγμός,  ov,  ό,  (πνίγω)  a  choking, 
Xen.  Oec.  17,  12,  Polyb.  4,  58,  9.— II. 
α  being  choked,  suffocation,  Hipp. — III. 
a  seething,  stewing,  Theophr.  ap.  Ath. 
66  E. 

ΐΐνιγμώδης,  ες,  (πνιγμός,  είδος) 
choking,  βήξ,  Hipp. ;  stifling  hot. 

ΤΙνϊγόεις,  εσσα,  εν.  =  πνιγηρός, 
Anth.  P.  7,  536,  Nic.  Th.  425. 

ΥΙνϊγος,  τό,  (πνίγω)  a  choking, 
Hipp.  ;  and  so,  drowning,  or  stifling 
heat,  Hipp.,  Ar.  Av.  726,  1091,  Thuc. 
7,  87,  Plat.,  etc.- — II.  in  the  parabasis 
of  the  Att.  comedy,  =/^a/cpdv,  because 
this  part  of  it  was  to  be  spoken  at  one 
breath,  and  so  nearly  choked  the  ac- 
tor, Schol.  Ar.  Ach.  666,  cf.  παράβα- 
σις  III.— The  accent  πνίγος  also  oc- 
curs as  if  from  aor.  pass.,  Lob.  Phryn. 
107. 

ΠΝΙΤΩ ;  fut.  mid.  with  trans, 
signf.  πνίξομαι,  usu.  πνιξονμαι.  in 
Luc.  also  πνίξω  :  fut.  pass,  πνιγήσο- 
μαι :  aor.  έπνιξα,  inf.  πνϊξαι,  aor. 
pass,  επνίγην.  To  stifle,  choke,  An- 
tipho  125,  39,  Plat.  Gorg.  522  A  ;  to 
seize  by  the  throat,  throttle,  Ar.  INub. 
1376: — pass,  to  be  choked,  etc.;  be 
drowned,  Xen.  An.  5,  7,  25. — II.  to  cook 
in  a  close-covered  vessel,  to  smother,  to 
seethe,  stew  or  bake,  Hdt.  2,  92,  cf.  Ar. 
Vesp.  511,  Casaub.  Ath.  66  E.— III. 
metaph.,  to  torment,  like  ΰγχω,  Luc. 
Proin.  17.  (Cf.  πνέω,  sub  fin.)  [I, 
except  in  aor.  pass..  Lob.  Phryn.  107.] 

ΐΐνϊγώδης,  ες,  (πνίγος,  είδος)  sti- 
fling, suffocating,  θέρος,  Hipp. — 2. 
pass,  choked,  stopped,  ίρύρνγξ,  Hipp. 

ΐΐνικτήρ,  ήρος,  ό,  (πνίγω)  a  choker, 
Nonn. 

ΊΙνικτός,  ή,  όν,  (πνίγω)  stifled, 
strangled,  Ν.  Τ. — II.  sodden,  stewed, 
as  meat  in  a  covered  pan,  Antiph. 
Άγροικ.  1,  4. 

ΤΙνίξ,  Ιγος,  η,  (πνίγω)  α  stifling, 
siffocation,  Hipp. — Π.=πνιγαλίων. 

ΙΙνΙξις,  εως,  η,  (πνίγω)  α  stifling, 
strangling,  smothering,  Theophr. — II. 
α  seething,  slewing. 

ΤΙνοή,  ης,  ή,  Ερ.  and  Ion.  πνοιή,  as 
always  in  Hom. ;  Dor.  πνοά,  Pind. : 
(πνέω)  : — a  blowing,  wind,  blast,  air, 
freq.  in  Hom.,  absol.,  or  with  gen. 
added,  as  πνοιη  άνεμων,  Βορέαο,  Ζε• 
φνροιο  ;  also  in  plur.,  άμα  πνοιτις  άν- 
έμοιο,  along  with,  i.  e.  as  swift  as  the 
wind  ;  and  so  simply,  άμα  πνοι^σι, 
Hom. ;  πνοιαι  άνεμων,  Hes.  Th.  253, 
268. — II.  of  animals,  a  breathing  hard, 
fetching  breath  ;  generally,  the  breath, 
I!.  23,  380 ;  and  freq.  later,  esp.  in 
plur.,  as  Soph.  El.  719,  and  Eur.: 
πνοιη  Ήφαίστοιο,  the  breath  of  Vul- 
can, i.  e.  flame,  II.  21,  355 ;  also,  πυ- 
ρός πνοαί,  Eur.  Tro.  815:  metaph., 
πνοαίς  Άρεος.  Aesch.  Theb,  115; 
θνμοϋ  πνοαί,  Eur.  Phoen.  454,  cf  Ar. 
Av.  1396.— III.  a  breathing  odour,  fra- 
grance, smell;  generally,  a  vapour,  ex- 
halation., σποδός  προπέμπει  π'λοντου 
τπ'οάς,  of  a  burning  city,  Aesch.  Ag. 
820. — IV.  the  breath  of  a  wind-instru- 
ment, δόνακος,  Eur.  Or.  145. — The 
word  is  almost  solely  poet.,  πνενμα 
being  used  in  prose. 

Ϊ1νο7]~ους,  ποδός,  b,  ή,  wind-footed, 
swift  as  the  wind. 

ΤΙνοιή,  Ερ.  and  Ion.  for  πνοή,  Horn., 
and  Hes. 

ΐΐνόος,  ό,  .4.tt.  contr.  πνονς,=^πνοή. 
1199 


ΠΟΔΑ 

ΤΙνϋκίτηζ,  ον,  ό,  ν.  ττνκνίτης :  from 

ΙΙνυξ,  geii.  πυκνός  (ν.  infra),  ή,  the 
Ρηι/χ,  1.  e.  the  place  at  Athens  where 
the  έκκ'λί/σίαι  or  meetings  of  the  peo- 
ple were  hold,  freq.  in  Ar.,  v.  infra  ; 
it  was  cut  out  of  a  hill  about  ^  of  a 
mile  west  of  the  Acropolis,  being  of 
semicircular  form  like  a  theatre;  v. 
Wordsworth's  Athens,  p.  (35,  sq. — il. 
the  ptDple  assembled  in  the  πννξ- — The 
old  and  proper  genit.  is  πυκνός,  dat. 
iruKvi,  ace.  πυκνά,  Ruhnk.  Tim., 
Dmd.  Ar.  Eq.  105.  cf  Ach.  2U,  Thesm. 
65ij,  Eccl.  213  ;  and  v.  sub  πυκνίτης : 
late  writers  formed  the  cases  regular- 
ly πνϋκός,  πνϋκί,  πννκα,  Buttm. 
Ausf  Gr.  S>  5S,  s.  v.  (The  genit.  πυκ- 
νός is  also  conlirmed  by  comparison 
with  the  adj.  πυκνός,  crowded,  packed, 
whence  the  strict  sense  of  the  word. 
— Frob.  the  nom.  was  changed  for 
convenience  of  pronunciation.) 

^ΪΙνυταγόρας,  ου,  6,  Pnytagoras,  a 
king  in  Cyprus,  Arr.  An.  2,  20,  6. — 
Others  in  Anth. 

ΙΙνϋτός,  ή,  όν,  prob.  only  occurs  in 
the  lengthd.  form  πινυτός. 

Ho,  Lacon.  for  που,  Ar.  Lys.  155, 
Diiid. 

IIO'A,  ας,  η.  Ion.  πό;;  and  ποίη. 
Dor.  ποία,  cf  Lob.  Phryn.  496: — 
grass,  esp.  as  fodder  for  cattle,  Horn, 
(always  in  the  form  ποίη) ;  cf.  The- 
ophr.  H.  PL  1,  3,  1:  ποία  Μ,ηδική, 
Liat.  herha  Medica,  sainfoin  or  lucerne, 
Ar.  Eq.  C04 :  generally  of  plants,  as, 
ΤΓΟί'α  ύαρνασίς,  i.  e.  the  bay  or  laurel, 
Find.  P.  8,  28  ;  so  also,  πoιg,  ίρέπτειν 
τινά,  lb.  4,  427  : — nietaph.,  κείμαι  με- 
}αηόέα  ποίαν.  Id.  P.  9,  64, — just  the 
same  as  η3ας  καρπον  άποδρεψαι  (lb. 
193). — 2.  a  grassy  place,  meadow,  Xen. 
Hell.  4,  1, 30, — Cf  also  Trota.    Hence 

ΙΙοά^ω,  f.  -άσω,  to  root  up  weeds,  to 
weed,  Theophr. — II.  to  be  like  grass, 
Strab. 

Πούρων,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  πόα, 
Theophr.  [ά] 

ΪΙο(ΐσμός,  ου,  δ,  {ποάζω)  α  weeding, 
Theophr. 

ΪΙοαστήρ,  ήρος,  ύ,  and  fem.  ποά- 
στρια,  ί^ποάζω)  α  ivccder. 

ίίοαστριον,  ου,  τό,  α  sickle  for  cut- 
ting grass ;  also,  χορτοκύπιον. 

ίίοδαβρός,  όν,  {πους,  αβρός)  lender- 
footed,  Orac.  ap.  Hdt.  1,  55,  ubi  al. 
πόό'  αβρός. 

ΐΐοόάγός,  όν.  Dor.  for  ποδηγός 
(q.  V.) ;  and  the  only  form  used  in 
Trag.  ;  v.  sub  κυναγος. 

Ποδάγρα,  ας.  ή,  [πους,  άγρα)  α  trap 
for  the  feet,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  6,  28.— 11. 
gout  in  the  feet,  Arist.  H.  A.  8,  22,  sq. : 
ο^μ.  to  χεφύγρα.     Hence 

Ποδαγράω,  ώ.  to  have  gout  in  the  feet, 
Ar.  Plut.  559,  Plat.  Ale.  2,  1.39  E. 

Πο<)α>73ίάω,  ώ,  dub.  for  foreg..  Lob. 
Phryn.  80. 

Ποδαγρίζομαι,  =  ποδαγράω,  very 
dub.  in  iStrab. 

Ποδαγρικός,ή,όν, {ποδάγρα)  gouty, 
Plut.  2,  1087  E. 

Ποδάγρας,  όι;,=  foreg.,  Luc.  Sa- 
turn. 7. 

Ποδαλγέω,  ώ,  to  have  pains  in  the 
feet;  hence  also^irti(5a}'/jau  :  from 

Ποδα/.γης.  ες,  {πους,  άλγος)  having 
pains  iti  the  feet,  Diog.  L.  5,  08. 

Ποδα'/.γία,  ας,  f/,  pain  in  the  feet : 
a.lso=  ποδάγρα.    Hence 

Πυδαλγικύς,  ή,  όν,=^ποδαγρικ6ς. 

Ποδαλγός,  ov,=foreg.,  dub.  in  Ma- 
netho. 

■\Ποδΰ7ίείριος,  ου,  ό,  Podallritis, 
son  of  Aesculapius,  brother  of  Ma- 
chaon,  surgeon  in  the  Greek  army 
before  Troy,  11.  2,  732  ;  cf  Strab.  p. 
284.  Hence 
1200 


ΠΟΔΕ 

^ΤΙοδαλείρίος,  a,  ov,  of  Podalirius, 
Podalinan,  τέχνη,  Anth.  P.  9,  031. 

Ποδανεμος,  ov,  Dor.  for  ποδήνε- 
μος.  [<ij  ,       „   , 

■[Ποδύνεμος,  ου,  ο,  Fodanemiis, 
masc.  pr.  η.,  Xen.  Hell.  5,  3,  13. 

Ποδάνίπτήρ,  ήρος,  ύ,  {πους,  νίπτω) 
α  vessel  for  washing  tlie  feet  in,  a  foot- 
pan,  Hdt.  2,  172: — later  also  ποδο- 
νιπττ/ρ. 

Ποδΰνίπτρα,  ας,  7/,=-foreg. 

1Ιθ(5(ίΐ'ί7ΓΓ/3θΐ',  ου,  τό,  {πους,  νίζω, 
νίπτω)  water  for  tvashing  the  feet  in, 
usu.  in  plur.,  Od.  19,  504;  ποδάνιπ- 
Tpa  ποδών,  19,  343: — later  also  πο- 
δόνιπτρον.  Lob.  Phryn.  689.  [u] 

Ποδάπός,  ή,  ov,from  what  country  ? 
Lat.  cujas  t  hence,  generally,  whence  ? 
where  born?  Hdt.  7,  218,  and  Trag., 
as  Aesch.  Cho.  576,  Soph.  O.  C.  1160  ; 
ποδαπός  τό  γένος ;  Ar.  Pac.  186,  etc. : 
generally,  of  what  sort  ?  whether  of 
birth  or  quality,  Dem.  25,  48,  Luc, 
etc. — The  latter  signf  some  refer  esp. 
to  the  form  ποταπός,  which  is  reject- 
ed by  others.  (Buttm.,  Lexil.  s.  v. 
εχβοδοπήσαι,  fin.,  considers  the  ter- 
min.,  as  in  αλλοδαπός,  ημεδαπός, 
παντοδαπός,  ϋμεδαπός,  τηλεδαπός, 
έχϋοδοπός,  to  be  an  old  anastrophe 
from  άπό,  δ  being  inserted  for  eupho- 
ny, as  in  Lat.  prodire,  prudesse.  etc. ; 
so  ποδαπός  would  be  for  -oD  or  πό- 
θεν ύπο  ;  and  ποταπός  would  be  an 
incorrect  form,  cf  Lob.  Phryn.  56,  sq. 
Ace.  to  Ap.  Dysc.  de  Pron.  p.  298,  sq., 
— δαπός  only  lengthens  the  word.) 

Πόδαργος,  υν,  swift-footed,  or  as 
others  white-fooled  (v.  αργός).  Lye.  : 
hence  ό  Η.,  a  horse  of  Hector,  also 
oneof  Menelaus,  Swift-Foot  or  While- 
Foot,  11.  8,  185;  23,  295:  fem.  Πο- 
δάργη  as  name  of  a  Harpy,  11.  16,  150. 

ΥΠοδάρης,  ό,  Podares,  masc.  pr.  n., 
Paus.  8,  9,  9  ;  etc. 

Ποδαρίζω,  v.  πνδαρίζω. 

Ποδάρίον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  πους, 
a  little  foot.  Plat.  (Com.)  Incert.  46. 
[a] 

}Ποδάρκη,  ης,  ή,  Podarce,  a  Da- 
na'id,  ApoHod.  2,  1,  5. 

Ποδάρκης,  ες,  (πους,  άρκεω)  strict- 
ly, sufficient  or  able  with  the  feel,  hence 
swift-footed,  strong-footed,  epilh.  of  a 
good  runner,  freq.  in  11.,  esp.  as  epitli. 
of  Achilles  ;  but  not  in  Od. :  in  Pind. 
O.  13,  53,  ποδαρκΐις  [sic]  ύμέρα,  a 
day  o/  swiftness,  i.  e.  on  which  swift 
runners  contended  for  the  prize  :  so, 
ποδαρκέων  δρόμων  τέμενος,  the  sa- 
cred field  of  swift  courses,  i.  e.  the 
Pythian  race-course.  Id.  P.  5,  45. 
Hence 

^Ποδάρκης,  ονς,  ό,  Podarces,  ace. 
to  Apollod.  2,  6,  4,  earlier  name  of 
Priam. — 2.  son  of  Iphiclus,  a  leader  of 
the  Thessalians  from  Phylace  before 
Troy,  11.  2,  704  ;  Strab.  p.  432.— Oth- 
ers in  Anth. 

Πόδανρος,  ov,  {πονς,  αύρα)  swift 
as  the  wind,  Hesych. ;  cf  ποδήνεμος. 

ΠοδεΙον  or  πόδειον,  ου,  τό,  {πους) 
=7ΓελλασΓ;/,  α  sock,  Lat.  pedale,  Cri- 
tias  55  :  also,  πόδιον. 

Ποδεκμάγεϊον,  ου,  τό,  also  -μύ- 
γιον,  α  cloth  for  wiping  the  feet. 

Πυδένδυτος,  ov,  {πους,  ενδύω) 
drawn  upon  the  foot ;  but — II.  to  πο- 
δένδντον=ποδιστήρ,  πέπλος  ποδή- 
ρης,  Aesch.  Cho.  998. 

Ποδεών,  ώνος,  ό  {πους): — in  plur., 
the  ragged  ends  in  the  skins  of  animals, 
where  the  feet  and  tail  have  been  ;  δέημα 
λέοντος  άίίιημμένον  ukjjuv  εκ  ποδεώ- 
νων,  a  lion's  skin  hung  round  one's 
neck  by  the  paws,  Theocr.  22,  52. — 2. 
in  sing.,  the  neck  or  mouth  of  a  wine- 
skin, which  was  formed  by  one  of 


ΠΟΛΟ 

these  ends,  the  others  being  sewn  up, 
Hdt.  2,  121,  4: — also,  the  neck  of  the 
bladder,  Hi])p.  :  hence  ποδεών  was 
also  used  for  πέος,  πόσβη,  Schol. 
Eur.  Med.  662,  Elmsl. — 3.  generally 
of  any  narrow  end,  ποδιών  στεινός,  a 
narrow  strip  of  land,  Hdt.  8,  31  ; — esp., 
the  lower  end  or  corner  of  a  sail,  the  sheet, 
which  in  old  times  was  a  strip  of  hide, 
elsewh.  πόδες,  Lat.  ptdes,  Luc.  V. 
Hist.  2,  45;  cf  πους  HI. 

Ποδηγεσία,  ας,  ή,  a  leading, guiding : 
from 

Ποδηγετέω,  ώ,  f.  -7/σω,  to  lead,  guide, 
0pp.  C.  4,  360,  Lye.  1 1  :  from 

ΙΙοδηγέτης,  ου,  ύ,  like  ποδτ/γός,  a 
leader,  guide,  Lyc. :  from 

Ποδηγέω,  ώ,  f.  -;}σω,  {ποδηγός)  to 
lead,  guide,  c.  ace,  Plat.  Legg.  899 
A  :— in  pass.,  Ath.  522  I).     Hence 

Ποδηγτ/τικός,  ή,  όν,  fitted  for  lead- 
ing or  guiding. 

Ποδηγια,  ας,  η,  {ποδηγός)  λ  lead- 
ing, guiding,  Lyc.  846. 

Ποδηγικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to,  fitted 
for  a  leader  :  from 

Ποδηγός,  όν.  Dor.  and  Alt.  ποδά- 
γός,  Lob.  Phrjn.  429,  Pors.  Or.  26 : 
[πους,  ά}ω,  ήγέομαι) — strictly.  g-mVi- 
ing  the  fool :  a  guide,  Eur.  Phoen. 
1715:  generally,  an  attendant.  Soph. 
Ant.  1181. — Irreg.  compar.  ποδηγέ- 
στερος. 

Ποδηνεκής,  ές,  (  πους,  ήνεκής  ) 
reaching  down  to  the  foot,  II.  10,  24, 
178  ;  κιθόιν  λίνεος,  Hdt.  \,  195. 

Ποδήνεμος,  ον,{πούς,  άνεμος)  wind- 
swift .  e]iith.  of  Iris,  freq.  in  11.,  never 
in  Od. :  comically,  ποδάνεαοι  καρκί- 
νοι. Crates  Sam.  1 :  cf.  πόδαυρος. 

Ποδήρίΐς,  ες,  {πους)  reaching  down 
to  and  touching  the  feet,  πέπλ,ος,  χι- 
τών  π.,  a  robe  that  falls  over  the  feet, 
leaving  only  the  ends  visible,  such  as 
we  see  in  the  oldest  Greek  statues, 
Eur.  Bacch.  833,  Xen.  Cyr.  0,  4,  2; 
hence,  στϋ'λος  π.,  a  tall  straight  pillar 
t(rather,  a  pillar  reaching  from  the 
roof  to  the  groiind)-\,  Aesch.  Ag.  898: 
— π.  ασπίς,  the  large  shield  which 
quite  coverett  ths  body,  Xen.  An.  1,  8, 
9,  Cyr.  6,  2,  10.-2.  νανς  π.,  a  ship 
with  feet,  i.  e.  oars. — 3.  Tt'i  ποδήρη,  the 
feet  themselves,  Aesch.  Ag.  1594. 
(The  termin.  -ήρτις  is  usu.  referred  to 
*άρω  :  cf  sub  τριήρης.) 

\Ποδής,  οΰ,  ό,  Podes,  son  of  Eetion, 
a  Trojan,  II.  17,  575. 

ΠοδιαΙος.  a,  ov,  {πους)  afoot  long-, 
broad  or  high,  Xen.  Oec,  19,  4 :  //  π., 
a  foot -measure,  Plat.  Theaet.  147  D. — 
II.  ποδκΰον  ποιονμηι,τ=ποδόω. 

Ποδί,ζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (πους)  to  bind  or  tie 
the  feet :  hence  in  pass.,  of  horses,  to 
have  the  feet  tied,  Xen.  An.  3,  4,  35  ;  to 
be  tied  by  the  foot,  έπΙ  ταΐς  φάτναις, 
Id.  Cyr.  3,  3,  27.-11.  to  furnish  with 
feet. — 111.  in  Prosody,  to  measure  by 
feet,  scan. 

Πoδίκpoτqς,  ov,  {  πους,  κροτέω  ) 
striking  jvith  the  feet. — II.  pass.,  ham- 
mered or  fixed  on  the  feet,  άμμα,  Anth. 
Plan.  15. 

Πόδιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  πους, 
Epich.  p.  27. — ?.  =τγο(5ϊ Γον. 

Ποδίσκος,  ου,  δ,  dim.  from  πονς,  a 
little  foot,  Anacreont. 

Ποδισμός,  ov,  δ,  {ποδίζω  III.)  a 
measuring  with  or  by  feet. 

Ποδιστήρ,  ήρος,  ο,  {ποδίζω) : — πέ- 
πλος π-,  a  long  garment  such  that  tht 
feet  are  caught  in  it,  a  foot-entanglmg 
robe,  Aesch.  Cho.  1000 ;  cf  ποδήρης. 

Ποδίστρα,  ας,  ή,  {ποδίζω)  α  snart 
for  the  feet,  Anth.  6,  107,  etc. 

Ποδοίίν,  Ep.  gen.  and  dat.  dual  foi 
ποδοϊν,  Horn.,  and  Hes. 

Ποδοκάκη,  ης,  ή,  also  written  πο 


ΠΟΗΦ 

ίοκύκκη,  (  -ούς,  κακός  )  :  strictly, 
fbot-plague,  a  kind  of  slocks,  better 
known  at  Athens  by  the  name  o(  ξν- 
λον.  Lex  ap.  Lys.  117,  32,  Dein.  733, 
6,  Plat.  (Com.)  Incert.  27  B. 

ΐΐοόόκοΰ.ον,  ου,  τό,  (κοίλθ£•)  the 
hoUcw  of  the  foot. 

ΤΙοδοκβουστία,  ας,  ή,  {ττονς,  κρούω) 
α  stamping  with  the  feet,  Strab. 

ΤΙοοοκτν-έω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {ττονς,  κτυ- 
ϊτεω)  ί"  strike  the  earth  with  the  feet, 
esp.  of  dancers.     Hence 

ΤΙούοκτύττΐ),  ης,  ή,  a  dancing-girl. 
Luc.  Leiiph.  8.  [i] 

Ή-οδομερης,  ες:  Diomed.  Gramm. 
p.  49S,  says,  —οδομερεΐς  sunt,  qui  in 
singulis  pedibiis  singtdas  partes  orationis 
adsignant,  cf.  Osann  Auct.  Lex.  p.  26. 

ΤΙοδονιτΐτήρ,  Plut.,  -vL~Tpov,  Phi- 
lo,  later  forms  for  -οδάν-. 

ίίοδο-έδη,  ης,  ή,  a  fetter. 

ΊΙοδορρύ}ής,  ες,  {-ους,  βήγννμι) 
bursting  forth  at  a  stamp  of  the  foot, 
ύδατα,  Anth.  P.  9,  225. 

ΤΙοδοβρώη,  ης,  ή,  {~ούς,  βώνννμι) 
ike  strong  of  foot.  Call.  Dian.  215. 

ΤΙοδόσττιμα,  ατός,  τό,  the  bottom  of 
a  ship  near  the  stern. 

ΤΙυδοστρά,3η,  ης,  ή,  a  snare  or  trap 
to  catch  the  feet,  Xen.  Cyn.  9,  11,  sq., 
V.  Sturz  Lex.  S.  v. — II.  an  instrument 
for  twisting  the  feet,  in  surgical  oper- 
ations, or  by  way  of  torture,  [ά] 

ΤΙοδότης,  ητος,  ή,  {-ους)  α  having 
feet,  like  -τερότης  (a  being  winged), 
Arist.  Part.  An.  1,  3,  2. 

Τίοδοτρόχά/..ος,  ου,  ό,{7τούς,  τρέχ^ω) 
one  who  turns  a  wheel  with  his  foot,  i.  e. 
a  potter. 

ΐίοδόφηστρον,  ου,  τό,  (,τζονς,  ipdu) 
that  on  which  the  feet  are  rubbed,  afoot- 
cloth,  Aesch.  Ag.  926. 

ΐίοδοψοφία,  ας,  ή,  the  noise  of  feet, 
Aesop. :  horn. 

ΤΙοδοψόφος,  ov,  {~ονς,  φοφέω)  mak- 
ing a  noise  with  the  foot  or  feet. 

ΤΙοδόω,  ώ,  f.  -ώσω,  to  haul  a  sail 
tight  by  the  sheet  {-ους). 

Ίΐοόώκεία,  ας,  η,  swiftness  of  foot, 
η.  2,  792  (in  plur.),  Eur.  I.  T.  33 ;  cf. 
Lob.  Phryn.  533  :  from 

Τίοόώκης,  ες,  {~ούς,  ώκνς)  swift- 
footed,  Horn.  (esp.  in  II.),  usu.  as 
epith.  of  Achilles  ;  also  in  Hes.,  and 
sometimes  in  Att.  prose,  as  Thuc.  3, 
98,  Plat.  Rep.  467  Ε  :  —  generally, 
swift,  quick,  όμμα,  Aesch.  Theb.  623  ; 
τΓοόώκεί  χα'/.κεύματι.  Id.  Cho.  576 ; 
θεών  βλά3αί.  Soph.  Ant.  1104:  — 
metaph.,  hasty,  impetuous,  rash,  τρό- 
πος, Chaerem.  ap.  Scob.  p.  53,  5. — 
An  irreg.  superl.  ττοδωκηέστατος,  as 
if  from  a  posit.  *ποδωκήείς,  is  found 
in  Ap.  Rh.  1,  180,  cf.  ν-ερο-?.ηέστα- 
τος. 

Ποίϊωκί'σ,  ας,  ή,^ττοδώκεια,  Aesch. 
Eum.  37,  Xen.  Cyn.  5,  27. 

ΤΙοδώκνς,  εια,  ν,  corrupt  form  for 
Ίϊοδώκης,  Lob.  Phryn.  537. 

ϋόδωμα,  ατός,  τό,  {ττούς)  a  floor. 

ΥΙοδώνϋχος,  ov,  {■πους,  δννξ)  reach- 
ing to  the  toes  OT  feet,  like  ττοδήρης. 

ΤΙοδωτός,  ή,  όν,  {ττοδόω)  tightened 
by  the  sheet,  of  a  sail.  Lye.  1015. 

ΤΙοεσιτρόφος,  ov,  (~όα,  τρέφω) 
abounding  in  herbs,  0pp.  C.  3,  189. 

Τίοεσίχροος,  ov,  (-όα,  χρόα)  grass- 
coloured,  0pp.  C.  2,  409. 

Ποέω,  said  to  be  Att.  for  ττοιεω,  but 
V.  ττοιέω  (sub  fin.). 

Τίόη,  Tj,  Ion.  for  πόα.    Hence 

ΐΐοηλογέω,  ώ,  {?.έγω)  to  gather 
herbs. 

Ώοηόάγεω,  ώ,  to  eat  grass. 

ΤΙοηόάγία,  ας,  ή,  an  eating  of  grass 
or  herbs. 

ΤΙοηφάγής,  ef,=  sq.,  late  form. 

ΤΙοηφάγος,  ov,  (ττόα,  φαγείν)  eating 
76 


ΠΟΘΕ 

grass  or  herbs,  Hipp.,  Arist.  H.  A.  8, 
6,3. 

Τίοηφόρος,  carrying  grass  or  herbs. 

ΤΙοθαίνω,  late  form  for  ποθέω. 

αίοθαϊος,  ου,  ό,  Pothaeus,  masc. 
pr.  η.,  Paus.  6,  19,  7. 

ΤΙοθέεσκε,  Ion.  impf.  from  ποβέω 
for  έτϊόθει,  II. 

^ΤΙοθειντ},  ης,  ή,  Pothlne,  {era.  pr. 
η.,  Ath.  576F. 

ΤΙοθείνοποίός,  όν,  {ττοιέω)  exciting 
a  tender  longing. 

ΤΙοθεινός,  ή,  όν,  also  ός,  όν,  Eur. 
Hel.  623  :  {ποθέω) :  —  longed-for,  de- 
sired, much-desired,  esp.  if  absent  Or 
lost,  tCallin.  1,  16t,  Pind.  O.  10 
(11),  104,  I.  5  (4),  9,  and  Trag. ;  πο- 
θεινα  Ελλάς,  desire  o/seeing  Greece, 
Pind.  P.  4,  389  ;  ποθεινος  ήλθες,  Eur. 
I.  T.  515;  7Γ.  δάκρυα,  tears  of  regret. 
Id.  Phoen.  1737 :  ποθεινότερόν  τι 
τινός  λαβών,  Thuc.  2,  42  ;  ποθεινοί 
ά7.λτι7.οις,  Plat.  Lys.  215  Β;  etc. 
Adv.  -νώς,  π.  εχειν  τινός,  to  long  for 
a  thing,  Xen.  Lac.  1,  5. 

^ΤΙοθεινός,  οϋ,  δ,  Pothimis,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Luc. 

ΤΙόθεν^  Ion.  κόθεν,  as  in.  Hdt.  — I. 
interrog.  adv. :  whence  ?  whether  of 
place  or  origin,  freq.  with  a  genit., 
Horn.,  who  usu.  says,  τίς  πόθεν  εΙς 
ανδρών  ;  freq.  in  Od.  ;  so,  πόθεν  της 
Φρυγίης;  Hdt.  1,  35;  πόθεν  γένος 
εύχεται  είναι ;  from  what  source  does 
he  boast  that  his  race  is?  Od.  17, 
373.  —  2.  in  Att.  also  of  the  cause, 
whence?  wherefore?  Aesch.  Cho.  515  : 
also,  to  express  surprise,  ivhence  can 
it  be  ?  how  so  ?  meaning  that  it  is  not 
so,  and  so  πόθεν  =  ουδαμώς.  Valck. 
Phoen.  1614,  Br.  Ar.  Ran.  1455,  Wolf 
Lept.  p.  238.-3.  the  Trag.  use  it,  in 
pregnant  signf ,  with  the  verbs  ?.αμ- 
βάνειν,  πριασθαι,  etc.,  with  which 
we  indeed  say  where,  though  the  no- 
tion o{  whence  is  implied,  Ar.  Pac.  21, 
Xen.  Symp.  2,  4. — II.  ποθέν,  enclit. 
adv., yroTO  some  place  or  other,  Horn., 
who  usu.  has  εΐ  πόθεν,  also  μη  πό- 
θεν (cf  εκποθεν) :  also  in  Att.,  as 
Aesch.  Cho.  1073,  Soph.  Phil.  156, 
Plat.,  etc. 

(As  the  corresponding  relat.  adv. 
όθεν  is  to  ός,  ου,  ol,  όθι,  ότε,  ώς,  so 
is  πόθεν  to  *πός,  ποΰ,  ποι,  πόθι, 
πότε,  πώς,  and  ποθέν  to  που,  ποι, 
ποθί,  ποτέ,  πως.) 

ΤΙοθενός,  ή,  όν,  f.  1.  for  ποθινός. 

ΐΐοθέρ-ω.  Dor.  for  προςέρπω. 

Τίοθέσ-ερος,  ον.  Dor.  for  -ροςέσπε- 
ρος,  hence  τά  ποθέστζερα,  as  adv.,  to- 
wards evening,  at  even,  Theocr.  4,  3 ; 
5,  113. 

ΤΙοθέω,  ώ,  fut.  usu.  ποθήσω,  Xen. 
Oec.  8,  10 ;  also  ποθέσομαι,  Heind. 
Phaed.  98  A:  aor.  act.  έ-ό0εσα, hence 
πόθεσαν,  ποθέσαι,  Horn.,  in  Att.  usu. 
έπόθησα,  while  Hdt.  has  both  forms, 
3,  36 ;  9,  22 :  pf  πεπύθηκα,  pass,  πε- 
πόθημαι :  aor.  pass,  έποβέσθην.  The 
inf  pres.  ποθήμεναι,  as  if  from  πόθη- 
μι,  is  pecul.  to  Horn.,  Od.  12,  110: 
(ποβή,  πόθος).  To  long  for,  yearn 
after,  desire  (what  is  absent) ;  hence, 
to  miss  or  regret  (what  is  lost),  Lat. 
desiderare,  c.  acc,  II.  1,492;  2,709, 
Od.  1.  343,  etc. ;  so  in  Pind.  O.  6, 
25,  Hdt.,  and  Att. ;  ποθείς  τον  oh 
παρόντα,  Ar.  Plut.  1127;  ή  χώρα 
αυτή  το  μη  όν  ποθήσει,  the  place 
itself  li'iW  viake  us  miss  what  is  absent, 
Xen.  Oec.  8,  10 ;  to  require,  ποθεί  ή 
άπόκρισις  έρώτησιν  τοιάνδε.  Plat. 
Symp.  204  D :  —  also  c.  inf.,  to  be 
anxious  to  do,  Eur.  Hec.  1020,  Xen. 
An.  6,  2,  8 ;  άρα  ετι  ποθοϋμεν  μη 
Ικανώς  δεδεΐχθαι ;  do  we  still  complain 
that  it  has  not  been  satisfactorily 


ΠΟΙ 

proved  ?  Plat.  Legg.  896  A,  cf.  Tim. 
19  A : — absol.,  esp.,  to  love  with  fond 
regret,  o'l  όέ  ποθενντες  έν  άματι  γη- 
ράσκονσι,  Theocr.  12,  2 ;  in  Soph. 
Tr.  195,  το  ποθοϋν  cannot  be  =  τό 
ποθονμενον  (as  the  Schol.),  but  it 
may  be  one^s  desiring,  one's  desire  (cf. 
70  δεδιός,  το  μελετών,  Thuc.  1,36, 
142) ;  Herm.  however  takes  it  as 
nom.  =  oi  ποθονντες.  —  Rarely  as 
dep.,  as  ποθούμενη  φρήν,  the  longing 
soul,  Soph.  Tr.  103  (where  a  need- 
less alteration  has  been  made),  cf. 
632,  Eustath.  Π.  p.  806,  37. 

ΊΙοβή.  ης,  ή,  =  πόθος,  fond  desire, 
τινός,  for  a  thing,  II.  14,  368,  etc. ; 
ση  ποθη,  from  longing  after  thee,  XL 
19,  321. 

ΤΙόθημα,  ατός,  τό,  (ποθέω)  that 
which  IS  longed  for  or  regretted:  also  = 
πόθος. 

ΤΙοθήμεναι,  Ep.  inf  of  ποθέω,  as  if 
from  -όθημι,  Od.  12,  110. 

ΤΙόθησις,  ή,  (ποθέω)  a  longing,  re- 
gretting :  a  1  so^  πόθος. 

ΙΙοθητός,  ή,  όν,  {ποθέω)  longed  for, 
regretted,  Anth. 

Τΐοθητύς,  νος,  η,  poet,  for  πόθησις, 
0pp.  C.  2,  609.  [if,  νος] 

ΤΙοθήτωρ,  ορός,  ύ,  {ποθέω)  one  who 
longs,  Manetho. 

ϊίόθΐ,  interrog.  Adv.,  poet,  for  ποΰ, 
where?  Od.  14,187,  etc..  Soph.  Tr. 
98  i  c.  gen.,  πόθι  φρενός,  Pind.  Ο.  10 
(11),  2.  —  2.  for  ποι,  whither  ?  Seidl. 
Eur.  Tro.  3,  Jac.  A.  P.  p.  363.  —  IL 
ποθί,  encht.  adv.,  poet,  for  που,  any 
where  or  somewhere,  Horn. — 2.  of  time, 
some  time,  II.  1,  128  ;  6,  526  :  at  length, 
Od.  1,  379.  —  3.  also,  to  give  an  ex- 
pression of  indefiniteness,  soever,  hap- 
ly, probably,  II.  19,  273,  Od.  1,  348, 
etc. — Cf  πόθεν  and  the  correl.  advs. 
δθι  {δ-όθι)  and  τόθι. 

ΤίοθΙνός,  ή,  όν,  poet,  for  ποθεινός, 
Jac.  Α.  P.  p.  315. 

ΤΙοθόβλητος,  ov,  {πόθος,  βά?.λω) 
love-stricken,  Anth.  P.  6,  71  ;  9,  620... 

ΤΙόθοδος,  ή.  Dor.  for  πρόςοδος. 

ΤΙοθολκίς,  ίδος,  ή,  Dor.  for  προςολ• 
κίς,  α  rein,  bridle  for  leading,  guiding 
horses,  etc. 

ΙΙοθοράω,  ποθορέω,  ποθόρημι.  Dor.  - 
for  προςοράω. 

ΠΟ'ΘΟΣ,ου,  δ,  a  longing,  yearning, 
fond  desire  or  regret  (for  something 
absent  or  lost),  Lat.  desiderium,  τινός, 
Od.  14,  144,  etc.  (though  he  prefers 
the  form  ποθή),  Pind.  P.  4,  327,  and 
Trag. ;  σος  πόθος,  a  yearning  after 
thee,  Od.  11,  201 ;  also  in  Hdt.  1, 165, 
etc.  (only  in  this  form) :  πόθος  ΊκνεΙ- 
τα'ι  τινα.  Soph.  Phil.  601 ;  πόθος 
τινός  έχει  τινά,  lb.  646,  Hdt.  3,  67, 
etc. — 2.  esp.  the  longing  desire  of  love, 
love,  desire,  Hes.  Sc.  41  (who  never 
uses  the  form  ποθή),  Theocr.  2,  143, 
etc. — II.  a  kind  of  flower,  which  was 
planted  on  graves,  Theophr.  (Oft. 
confounded  with  πένθος,  to  which  it 
is  prob.  akin,  cf  βάθος,  βένθος.) 

ΐΐοΐ,  interrog.  adv.,  whither  ?  first  in 
Theogn.  586,  then  freq.  in  Trag.  and 
Att.  prose:  c.  gen.,  ποι  χθονός ;  to 
what  spot  of  earth  ?  Aesch.  Supp. 
777;  ποι  φροντίδας;  ποι  όρενών ; 
etc..  Soph.  Ο.  C.  170,  310.— It  dififers 
from  πή,  in  that  ποι  ;  means  whither  ? 
Lat.  qwj  ?,  —ή ;  which  way  ?  where?  Lat. 
qua  ?  v.  Ellendt  Lex.  Soph.  s.  v. : — 
sometimes  it  seems  to  be  for  ποΰ ; 
Lat.  ubi  ?  as,  ποι  μένεις  βάθνμος,  εις 
TiV  έ/.πίδων  β?:έΦασα,  Soph.  El.  958 ; 
but  here  it  may  oe  joined  with  β?.έ- 
■ψασα :  in  other  cases  it  is  used  with 
verbs  of  rest  in  a  pregnant  construc- 
tion, V.  sub  εις  I.  2,  iv  I.  10,  Jelf  Gr. 
Gr.  ^  646  Obs.— 2.  to  what  end  ?  Lat. 
1201 


ΠΟΙΕ 

qunrsum  ?  ττΰς  τε  καΐ  ΐϊοΐ  Τελεντ^  ;  ' 
Aesch.  Pers.  735,  cf.  Id.  Cho.  732, 
Herin.  Soph.  O.  C.  227. — 3.  how  long  ? 
Lat.  quousque/  but  dub.,  Henn.  Soph. 
El.  916. — 11.  enclitic  ποι,  somewhither. 
Soph.  O.  C.  26,  Plat.  Rep.  420  A,etc. ; 
cf.  Herm.  Soph.  Tr.  303. 

(Ποί  is  orig.  the  masc.  dat.  of  the 
old  pron.  *ττός,  as  ττον  is  the  genit. : 
the  relat.  form  is  ol,  o-oi.) 

ΐίοια,  ή,  Dor.  for  ττοίη,  πόα. 

Ποίά,  ύς,  ή,  the  summer,  year.  Only 
in  late  poets,  as  Aiith.  P.  6,  252 ;  7, 
627;  cf.  Jac.  A.  P.  p.  412.  (Prob. 
from  τΓΟί'α,  πόα,  a  reckoning  of  tirne 
by  the  grass  season  ;  also  freq.  writ- 
ten ποία,  V.  Lob.  Phryn.  496.) 

ΤΙοιάεις,  εσσα,  εν,  Dor.  for  ποιηεις, 
q.  V. 

ΐίοιανθής,  ες,  {ποίη,  άνθέω)  luxuri- 
ant in  grass,  Orph.  Arg.  1048. 

^ΥΙοίάντείος,  a,  oi',=  sq. 

'\Π.υιάντίηζ.  a,  or,  of  Poeas,  Π. 
νΙός.  son  of  Poeas,  i.  e.  Philoctetes, 
Od.  3,  190  :  from 

tlToiaf,  αντος.  6,  Poeas,  son  of 
Thaumacus,  father  of  Philoctetes, 
an  Argonaut,  Pind.  P.  1,  103. 

ϋΐοίδικλοι.  ωΐ',  οι,  the  Poedicli,  a 
portion  of  the  Apulians,  Strab.  p. 
282. 

ΠΟΙΕ'Ω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  make,  pro- 
duce, create,  strictly  of  something  ex- 
ternal to  one's  self  and  material,  as 
manufactures,  works  of  art,  etc.,  freq. 
from  Horn,  downvvds. :  in  Horn.,  Λ'ery 
freq.  of  building,  etc.,  π.  δώμα,  να- 
ούς, θεμείλια,  τείχος,  etc. ;  π.  τί  εν 
τινι,  to  put  in,  insert,  as,  πνλας  kv 
πνργοίς,  11.  7,  339  ;  λίθου  ποιείν  τι, 
to  make  of  stone,  Hdt.  5,  02  ;  so,  π. 
ύπο  ξν'/.ον.  Id.  7,  05 ;  less  freq.,  π. 
?ύθω,  Ruhnk.  Tim. : — in  mid.,  to  make 
for  one's  self,  as  of  bees,  οικία  ποιή- 
σασθαι,  to  build  them  houses,  II.  12, 
168,  etc.  :  and  in  Horn.,  the  mid.  al- 
ways has  its  true  signf.,  cf.  II.  5,735, 
Od.  5,  251,  etc.  ;  so  too  Hes.  Op.  501 ; 
though,  later,  it  is  oft.  used  just  like 
the  act. :  in  mid.,  also,  to  have  a  thing 
made,  get  it  made,  Hdt.  2,  135.^2.  of 
abstract  things,  to  bring  to  pass,  bring 
about,  cause,  etc.,  τελεντήν,  όόβον 
π.,  Od.  1,  250,  II.  12,  432  ;  θυμυν  ποι- 
ησαι,  to  cause,  arouse  anger  ;  but,  θυ- 
ubv  ποιησασθαι,  to  have  one's  anger 
roused,  Francke  Callin.  p.  184:  ποι- 
εΐν  Ιρά,  like  Ιερα  ίρδειν,  Lat.  sacra 
facere,  to  do  sacrifice,  Hdt.  9,  19,  cf. 

2,  49  :  7Γ.  'Ισθμια,  to  hold  or  celebrate 
them,  Dem.  ;  π.  έκκ?ιησίαν,  to  hold 
an  assembly  (  we  say  '  to  make  a 
house'),  Thuc.  1,  139,  Xen.,  etc.: 
πόλεμον  π-  tlvl,  to  create,  rouse  war 
against  one  ;  but,  πόλεμου  ποιεΐσθαί 
τινι,  to  make  war  upo7i  him:  so  too, 
είρτ'/νην  ποιεΐν  and  ποιεΐσθαί :  also, 
κλέος  ποιείται  avrij,  she  makes,  uii7is 
herself  glory,  Od.  2,  126: — esp.  freq., 
ποιησασθαι  υπ'  έυυτώ,  to  bring  wndet 
one's  self,  reduce,  Hdt.  1,  201,  etc. — 

3.  to  caiise,  be  the  means  of  a  thing, 
hat.  facere  ut..,  with  ώς  or  όπως,  Hdt. 
1,  209  ;  5, 109  ;  so  also  c.  ace.  et  inf., 
θεοί  σε  ποίησαν  ίκέσθαι  ίς  οίκον, 
have  let  you  come  home,  Od.  23,  258  ; 
ποιεΐν  τίνα  αΐσχννεσθαι,  μαίνεσθαι, 
έράν,  to  make  one  ashamed,  etc. — 4. 
to  make,  shape,  create,  είδωλον,  Od.  4, 
796;  γένος  άΐ'θρώπων  χρνσεον,  etc., 
Hes.  Op.  110,  etc.,  cf.  Th.  161,  579  ; 
and  esp.  to  beget,  ν'ιόν  ;  and  so  in  mid. 
post-Horn.,  for  which  also  παιδοποι- 
εϊσθαι  was  used.  Lob.  Phryn.  200: 
but  in  mid.  c.  dupl.  ace,  ποιεΐσθαί 
Τίνα  νίόν,  V.  infra  5 :  generally,  to 
produce,  grow,  κριϋάς,  Ar.  Pac.  1322  : 
τί  ποιεί ;  what  good  does  it  ? — 5.  to 

1203 


ΠΟΙΕ 

make  so  and  so,  as,  π.  τινα  άφρονα,  1 
Ιο  make  one  senseless,  Od.  23,  12  ;  I 
δώρα  όλβια  ποιεΐν,  Ιο  make  them 
blest,  i.  e.  bless  them,  Od.  13,  42  :  so 
with  a  subst.,  ποιεΐν  τινα  βασιλήα, 
etc.,  Od.  1,  387,  cf.  10,  21,  Hes.  Fr. 
37,  5. — 6.  in  mid.,  to  make  so  and  so 
for  one's  self,  ποιεΐσθαί  τινα  έταΐρον, 
to  viake  him  one's  friend,  Hes.  Op. 
705  ;  ποιεΐσθαί  τινα  άκοιτιν,  to  take 
her  to  wife,  II.  9,  397,  cf  Od.  5,  120, 
etc.  ;  ποιεΐσθαί  τινα  νίόν,  to  make  a 
person  otie's  son,  i.  e.  to  adopt  him  as 
son,  II.  9,  495,  and  Att.  ;  also  pleo- 
nast..  θετόν  vlov  π.,  Hdt.  6,  57,  and 
simply,  ποιεΐσθαί  τινα,  to  adopt  him. 
Plat.  Lcgg.  923  C,  etc.  :  έωντοϋ  ποι- 
εΐσθαί τι,  to  make  a  thing  one's  own, 
Hdt.  1,  129:  hence,  after  Horn.,  gen- 
erally, to  hold,  reckon,  esteem  a  thing 
as..,  σνμφορύ,ν  ποιεΐσθαί  τι,  to  take  it 
for  a  visitation,  Hdt.  6,  61  :  and  very 
oft.,  δεινόν  ποιεΐσθαί  τι,  to  esteem  it  a 
grievous  thing,  take  it  ill,  Lat.  aegre 
ferre,  Hdt.  1, 127,  etc.  (rarely  in  act., 
δεινόν  ποιεΐν.  Id.  2,  121,  5,  cf  Valck. 
3,  155) ;  έρμαΐον  π.  τι,  to  count  it  clear 
gain,  Bast  Ep.  Cr.  p.  120  ;  μέγα  π. 
η,  Hdt.  3,  42,  etc. :  and  with  various 
preps.,  δι'  ονδενός,  kv  μεγάλιΐρ,  εν 
όμοίφ,  παρά  φανλον  ποιεΐσθαί  τι  ; 
but  most  freq.,  περί  πο7.λ.οϋ  ποιεΐ- 
σθαί, Lat.  magni  facere,  cf.  περί  Α. 
IV'  :  sometimes  with  a  subst.,  tv 
αδείη  π.  τι,  to  consider  a  thing  safe, 
Hdt.'  9,  42. — 7.  pass.  c.  dupl.  nom.,  to 
become,  be  made  into,  τών  τύ.  κέρεα 
τοΐσι  Φοίνιξί  οι  πήχεες  ποιεννται, 
Hdt.  4,  192.— 8.  after  Hom.,  to  com- 
pose, write,  esp.  in  verse  (old  English, 
to  make),  Lat.  carmina  facere,  ποιεΐν 
διθί'ραμβον,  επεα,  Hdt.  1,  23  ;  4,  14  ; 
also,  to  invent,  όνομα,  Id.  3,  115  ;  and, 
generally,  of  all  poetical  expression  ; 
έΐ'  επεσι  π-,  Id.  4,  16 ;  π.  περί  τίνος, 
Xen.  Symp.  4,  6  : — also,  to  make,  rep- 
resent in  poetry,  "Ομηρος  Άτίλλεα  πε- 
ποίηκε  άμείνω  'Οδυσσέως,  Plat.  Hipp. 
Mm.  369  C  ;  έποίησε  τον  'Αχιλλέα 
λ.έγοντα,  represented  Achilles  saying, 
cf  Id.  Gorg.  525  Ε  ;  but,  έποίησε  μν- 
θον  Αίσώπειον,  did  it  into  verse  ;  and 
so,  μνθον  ποιήσαι,  to  work  up  a  le- 
gend poetically,  Lycurg.  160,  17  ;  π. 
Φαίδραν,  to  write  a  play  on  Phaedra, 
etc.,  Ar.  Thesm.  153,  etc. — Cf  ποιη- 
τής.— 9.  periphr.,  αθύρματα  ποιήσαι, 
i.  e.,  to  sport,  II.  15,  303  :  after  Horn., 
this  signf  was  very  freq.,  esp.  in  mid., 
as,  όργήν  ποιεΐσθαί  for  όργίζεσθαι, 
Valck.  Hdt.  3,  25,  etc.  ;  θαύμα  π.  for 
θανμύ^ειν,  Hdt.  1,  68  ;  όδόν,  πλόον 
ποιεΐσθαί  for  όδοιπορεΐν,  πλέειν,  and 
so  passim,  esp.  in  Thuc. :  also,  ποι- 
εΐσθαί δι'  αγγέλου,  δια  χρηστηρίων, 
for  άγγέ/.λειν,  χρηστηριάζεσθαι, 
Wess.  Hdt.  6,  4  ;  8,  134.— 10.  In  Al- 
exandr.  Greek,  to  sacrifice,  like  Lat. 
facere,  ποιεΐν  μόσχον,  like  ()έζειν 
έκατόμβας,  LXX. — II.  to  do,  rather 
with  the  notion  of  a  continued  than 
of  a  complete  action,  and  so  more 
like  πρύσσειν  than  δράν,  as,  κακόν, 
αγαθόν  or  κακά,  αγαθά  ποιεΐν,  to  do 
bad  or  good,  Hom.  ;  άριστα  πεποί- 
ηται,  II.  6,  56  ;  Σπαρτιητικά  ποιέειν, 
to  act  like  a  Spartan,  Hdt.  5,  40  ;  πάν- 
τα π.,  to  leave  no  stone  unturned, 
Xen.  An.  3,  1,  35,  etc. — 2.  ποιεΐν  νό- 
ημα ενι  φρεσίν,  to  put  a  thought  into 
his  head,  Od.  14,  274,  II.  13,  55,  for 
the  more  usu.  τιθέναι  iv  φρεσίν  ;  so, 
π.  τι  επί  νόον  τινι,  Hdt.  1,  27,  71 : 
also,  ποιεΐν  εΐσω  and  ποιεΐν  έξω,  to 
put  in,  out,  Hdt.  5,  33  :  also,  ποκΐν 
άπ'  ό•φεως,  to  put  out  of  sight. — 3.  c. 
ace.  dupl.,  to  do  something  to  another, 
κακά  or  αγαθά  ποιεΐν  τινα,  first  in 


ΠΟΙΗ 
Hdt.  1,  115;  3,  75,  etc. ;  also  ot 
things,  αργύρων  τωντό  τοντο  έποίεει 
he  did  this  same  thing  with  the  silver, 
Hdt.  4,  166  ;  more  rarely,  ποιεΐν  τινί 
τι,  Xen.  Eq.  9,  12 :  also,  ποιεΐσθαί 
τίνί  τι,  as,  φίλια  ποιεΐσθαί  τινι,  Hdt 
5,  37  : — freq.  with  an  adv.,  as  κακώ{ 
or  εύ  ποιεΐν  τινα,  freq.  in  Att. — I. 
ποιεΐν  τι,  eupliem.  for  to  do  something 
disgraceful. — 5.  πολνν  χρόνον  ποιή- 
σαι, to  spend  much  time  upon  a  thing  ; 
7Γ.  μεσην  νύκτα,  to  be  half  the  night 
about  it,  Dem.  392,  18,  cf.  Thuc.  7, 
28,  Jac.  A.  P.  p.  710  ;  so  Seneca,  pau- 
cissimos  dies  facere  : — though  this  may 
be  explained  strictly,  to  make  much 
time,  i.  e.  to  make  the  time  long,  spend 
a  long  time. — 6.  in  Att.,  ποιεΐν,  like 
Lat. /acere,  may  be  used  in  the  second 
clause,  to  avoid  repeating  the  verb  of 
the  first,  as  we  say,  '  that  man  knows 
Greek,  this  does  not.' — III.  absol.,  to 
be  doing,  to  do,  ποιέειν  y  παθέειν,  Hdt. 
7,  11  :  esp.  of  medicine,  ro  φάρμακον 
ποιεί,  it  ivorks,  is  effective. — 2.  like  τι- 
θέναι, to  put  the  case,  suppose  or  as- 
sume  that..,  c.  acc.  et  inf.,  Valck.  Hdt. 
7,  184,  186 ;  so  in  Lat.,  esse  Deos/a- 
ciamus  {{OT ponamus  or  sumamus),  Cic. 
N.  D.  1,  30  :  πεποιήσθω,  be  it  granted. 
Plat.  Theaet.  197  E.— 3.  Thuc.  has 
also  a  pecul.  usage,  ή  έννοια  παρά 
πολ.υ  εποίει  ες  τονς  Λακεδαιμοτίονς, 
goodwill  made  greatly  for,  on  the  side 
ot,  the  L.,  like  hat.  facere  cum  aliquo, 
2,  8:  so  impers.,  έπι  πολ.ν  εποίει  της 
δόξης  τοις  μεν  ήπειρώταις  είναι,  τυΐς 
δέ..,  it  was  the  general  character  of 
the  one  to  be  landsmen,  of  the  oth- 
ers etc.,  4,  12. 

The  most  remarkable  dialectic 
forms  are  ποίεν.  Dor.  for  ποιεΐν,  πε- 
ποιήκω,  Dor.  tor  πεποίηκα,  ποιενμε- 
νος,Όοΐ.  and  Ion.  for  ποιούμενος,  έ  ποι- 
οϋσαν,  Alexandr.  for  εποίησαν,  LXX. 
[Alt.  poets,  esp.  comic,  oft.  use  the 
penult,  short,  as  also  later  Ep.:  hence 
even  some  oldGramm.,as  E.  M.  679, 
21,  concluded  πού  to  be  the  Att.  form, 
i  being  merely  inserted  metri  grat. ; 
and  it  is  oft.  written  so  in  Inscrr.  and 
MSS.,  followed  by  some  modern  crit- 
ics, as  Keen  Greg.  p.  75,  Pors. Tracts 
p.  371,  Buttm.  Ausf.  Gr.  2,  p.  384,  cf. 
Dind.  Ar.  Nub.  1448,  Ach.  410:— but 
granting  that  this  was  the  common 
pronunciation,  that  it  is  found  with 
other  bad  forms  (in  Inscrr.),  and  even 
that  the  Latins  said  poeta,  poesis,  etc., 
yet  the  conclusion  is  too  hasty :  a 
Schol.  on  Ar.  Plut.  14,  declares  ex- 
pressly against  it ;  and  pari  ratione  we 
should  write  δος,  τόος,  τοοντος,  ύομαι, 
γεραός,  δείλ.αος  for  οίος,  τοΐος,  etc., 
whenever  the  diphthong  is  short.] 

ΐΐοίη,  ης,  ή.  Ion.  for  πόα,  grass, 
Hom.,  and  Hes.,  who  with  Hdt.  use 
only  the  Ion.  form.     Hence 

ΤΙοιηβόρος,  ov,  (ποίη,  βορά)  grass- 
eating,  Oenom.  ap.  Euseb. 

ΐίοιήεις,  εσσα,  εν,  (ποίη)  grassy, 
rich  in  grass,  Horn.,  and  Hes.,  and 
Soph.  O.  C.  157 ;— Pind.  also  has  a 
contr.  form,  ποιΰντα  στεφανώματα, 
Ν.  5,  fin.     Hence 

αίοιήεσσα,  ης,  fj,  Poeeessa,  a  city  of 
Laconia,  Strab.  p.  360. — 2.  a  city  of 
the  island  Ceos,  Id.  p.  486. 

ΤΙοιηλ.όγος,  ov,  poet,  for  ποιολό- 
γος. 

Τίοίημα,  ατός,  τό,  (ποιέω)  any  thing 
made  or  done  ;  hence — I.  a  work,  piece 
of  workmanship,  first  in  Hdt.  2,  135  ; 
4,  5,  but  only  of  works  in  metal : 
then — 2.  esp.  a  poetical  work,  poem, 
Plat.  Phaed.  60  C,  Lys.  221  D  ;  cf. 
ποίησις :  ποιήματα,  like  Lat.  carmi 
na,  single  verses, =επ7],  Schif.  Dion. 


ΠΟΙΗ 

Comp.  p.  30,  257  :  generally,  α  work, 
i-e.  a  booh. — II.  a  deed,  doins,  action,  act, 
opp.  lo  nadjiLta,  Plat.  Rep.  437  B, 
Soph,  248  B,  etc.     Hence 

ΤΙοιημάτικός,  ή,  6v,  poetical,  Plut. 
2,  744  E.     Adv.  -κως, 

ΐίοιημάηον,    ου,    τό,    dim.    from 
ποίημα,  Plut.  Cicer.  2.  [ώ] 

ΙΙοιηρός,    ά    όν,=—ηίήΐΐς,    Eur. 
Bacch.  1048,  Cycl.  45,  61. 

ΥΙοίησις,  εως,  ή,  (ποιέω)  α  making, 
uvpov.  Hdt.  3,  22  ;  νεών,  Thuc.  3,  2  : 
α  producing,  forming,  creating,  Plat. 
Soph.  265  B,  etc. ;  τ^  παρ'  νμύν 
ποιήσει  πολίτης,  a  citizen  of  your 
making.  Wolf  Lept.  p.  250:  a  making 
into  one's  sen,  adoption,  Isae.  63,  2 ;  v. 
ποιέω,  I.  6. — II.  esp.  of  poetry,  π. 
δίθνράαΒων,  τραγωδίας,  έπων.  Plat. 
Gorg.  502  A,  Β,  Rep.  394  C  :  hence, 
Bbso\., poetic  faculty, poesy,  art  of  poetry, 
Hdt.  2,  82,  and  freq.  in  Plat.,  cf.  Symp. 
205  C  :  also. — 2.  a  poetic  composition, 
poem,  Thuc.  1.10,  Plat.  Ion  531  D: 
usu.  a  whole  poem,  of  which,  some- 
times, ποίί/ματα  were  the  parts, 
Francke  Callin.  p.  171.  Cf.  ποιητής. 
Τίοιητέος,  a,  ov,  verb.  adj.  from 
ποιέω,  tobe  made  or  done,  Hdt.  1,  191  ; 
7,  15,  etc. — II.  ποιητέον,  one  must 
make  or  do.  Id. 

Ποιητής,  ov,  6,  {ποιεω)  one  who 
makes,  a  maker.  Plat.  Rep.  597  D, 
Tmi.  28  C,  etc.  ;  hence  (with  and 
without  vo/icji/),  α  lawgiver,  Def  Plat. 
415  B. — II.  esp.,  the  creator  of  a  poem, 
like  our  old  Engl,  maker:  a  poet  was 
called  αοιδός  till  after  Pind.,  when 
music  and  strict  poetry  began  to  be 
separated :  the  name  ποιητής  first 
occurs  in  Hdt. ;  of  Homer,  2,  53  ;  of 
Alcaeus,  5,  95;  cf.  Wolf  Prolegg.  p. 
xlii:  also,  a  composer  of  music,  Plat. 
Legg.  812  D. — 2.  generally,  the  au- 
thor of  any  mental  production,  a  writer, 
orator,  π.λόγων,  Heind.  Plat.  Phaedr. 
234  E,  cf.  278  E,  Euthyd.  305  B. 
Hence 

ϋοιητίζυ,  to  he  a  poet, 
Τίοιητΐκενομαι,  dep.  mid.  =foreg. ; 
dub-,  cf  Lob.  Phryn.  764. 

ΐίοιητικός,  ή,  όν,  {ποιεω)  capable 
of  making,  τινός.  Arist.  Top.  6,  10,  1, 
Def  Plat.  411  D: — ahsol.,  productive, 
esp.  of  arts  which  have  some  sensible 
objects  for  their  end,  as  architecture, 
opp.  to  ai  πρακτικοί,  such  as  music, 
Arist.  M.  Mor.  1,  35, 8,  cf  Plat.  Soph. 
265  B,  Diog.  L.  3,  84 -.—of  persons. 
inventive,  i7igenious,  Chaerem.  ap.  Ath. 
562  F. — II.  esp.  of  the  poetic  an,  fitted 
for  a  poet,  belonging  to  a  poet,  poetical, 
freq.  in  Plat.  :  r/  -κή  (sc.  τέχνη),  the 
art  of  poetry,  poetry.  Id.  Gorg.  502  D, 
etc.  : — of  persons,  poetical,  π.  και  μου- 
σικοί, Id.  Legg.  802  Β,  cf.  700  D.etc. 
Adv.  -κώς,  Rep.  332  B. 

ΐίοιητοόΐόύσκΰλος,  ου,ό,{ποη]τής, 
διδάσκαλος)  a  poet's  master,  E.  M.  p. 
428,  19. 

Τίοιητός,  ή,  όν,  (.ποιεω)  made,  freq. 
in  Horn.,  esp.  of  houses  and  arms ; 
he  always  uses  ποιητός  as=eii  ποιη- 
τός,  well  or  skilfully  7nade,  like  τνκτός 
and    τετυγμένος,    II.    12,   470,   etc. ; 
though  he  also  freq.  joins  πύκα  ποιη- 
τός  in  same  signf ,  Od.  1,  333,  etc. : 
— made,  created,  opp.  to  self-existent, 
Theogn.  435. — II.  made  into  something, 
esp.  Tnade  into  a  son,  hence,  παΙς  π., 
an   adopted   son,   opp.    to   γεννητός. 
Plat.  Legg.  878  Ε ;  so,  -  πατήρ,  an 
adopted  lather,  Lycurg.   153,  44  ;  π.  \ 
πολϊται,  factitious   citizens,   not    so 
born,  Arist.  Pol.  3,  1,  3 :  cf.  ποιέω  I.  1 
6. — III.   made  by  one's   self,  i.   e.    in-  j 
vented,  feigned,  Pind.  N.  5, 53  ;  ποίητφ  : 
τοόπω,  Eur.  Hei.  1517.  '   i 


ΠΟΙΚ 

ΤΙοιήτρια,  ας,  ή,  fem.  of  ποιητής,  a 
poetess,  Luc.  Muse.  Enc.  11,  Ath., 
etc. 

ΤΙοιητρό<ρος,  ov,  nourishing  grass, 
V.  1.  for  ποιοτρ-. 

Τίοιηφΰγέω,  ω,  to  eat  grass,  Hdt. 
3,  25,  100  :  from 

Ώ-Οίηςιάγος,  ov,  (ποίη,  όαγεΐν)  eating 
grass.  Max.  Tyr. ;  v.  Lob.  Phryn. 
643.  [a] 

'Π.οικϊ?.ανθής,  ες,  (ποικίλος,  άνθος) 
with  variegated  flowers,  variegated, 
Clem.  Al. 

ΐίοικύ.άνιος,  ov.  Dor.  for  -ήνιος, 
{ποικίλος,  ηνία)  with  broidered  reins, 
Pmd.  P.  2,  14.  [a] 

ΙΙοικΙλειμονιτις,  ιδος,  pecul.  fem. 
of  sq. 

ΤΙοικΐλείμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  {ποικί- 
λος, είμα)  arrayed  in  various  colours  : 
ννξ  π.,  night  with  spangled  garb, 
Aesch.  Pr.  24. 

ΤΙοικΐλέρυθρος,  ov,  {ποικίλος,  ερυ- 
θρός) marked  with  red,  Arist.  ap.  Ath. 
327  F. 

Τ\.οικΐ7.ενς,  ό,  =  ποικύ^τής,  Alex. 
Incert.  58. 

αΐοικί7.ης,  ου  Ion.  εω,  ό,  Poeciles, 
father  cf  Membliares,  a  Phoenician, 
Hdt.  4,  147. 

ΤΙοικΐ?.ία,  ας,  ή,  {ποικίλ?.ω)  a  mark- 
ing with  various  colours,  esp.  an  em- 
broidering, etc.:  hence  esp.  embroidery. 
Plat.  Rep.  373  A,  401  A  ;  of  the  stars, 
ή  περί  τον  οίφανον  π.,  lb.  529  D. — 2. 
apiece  of  broidery,  like  ποίκιλμα,  Xen. 
Mem.  3,  8,  10.— II.  a  being  marked 
with  various  colours,  variegatedness : 
generally,  variety,  π.  γρωαάτων,  ΰ^Ι'ων, 
etc..  Plat.  Phaed.  110  D',  Rep.  404  D  ; 
πραγμάτων,  Polyb.  9,  22,  10 :  cf 
Ruhnk.  Tim. — III.  metaph.  of  the 
mind,  versatility,  artfulness,  cunning, 
mostly  in  bad  signf.,  π.  πραπίδων, 
Eur.  Aeol.  25  :  esp.  subrle  discourse, 
Dem.  844,  11 ;  v.  ποικίλος. 

Τίοικι?.ίας,  6,  a  kind  oi' fish,  Ath. 
331  E. 

Ώοικ'ύύς,  ίδος,  η,  a  bird,  like  a 
goldfinch,  Arist.  H.  A.  9,  1,  13. 

ΤΙοικίλ7ω,  f.  -Ι7.ώ,  {ποικί7.ος)  to 
mark  with  various  colours,  to  variegate, 
broider,  work  in  embroidery,  Eur.  Hec. 
470,  cf  I.  T.  224  :  then,  of  any  rich 
work,  π,  χορόν,  to  make  a  χορός  of 
cunning  workmanship,  II.  18,  590  (v. 
sub  χορός)  ;  so,  αναθήματα  π.,  Em- 
ped.  82  :  to  paint,  cf  ποικι7-έον. — 2. 
generally,  to  diversify,  vary,  βίον, 
Eur.  Cycl.  339;  πάσιν  ήθεσι  πεποι- 
κιλμένη  πολιτεία,  ωςπερ  ΐμύτιον 
ποικί/.ον  πάσιν  ανθεσι  πεποικι7μέ- 
νον.  Plat.  Rep.  557  C  :  π.  τάς  πο- 
ρείας ίππικαις  τάξεσι,  to  vary  the 
order  of  march  with  troops  of  horse, 
Xen.  Hipparch.  4,  3:  then,  to  vary 
and  so  distingui.ih,  Plat.  Tim.  87  A  : 
— of  style,  to  embellish,  βαιά  π.,  to  tell 
with  art  and  elegance,  Pind.  P.  9,  134 
(cf  sub  ^i'rpa  II.  2) ;  a  favourite  word 
of  the  rhetoricians,  v.  Schaf  Dion. 
Comp.  p.  258. — 3.  metaph.,  to  trickout 
with  false,  fair  words,  ποικίλ7.ειν  τι. 
Soph.  Tr.  1121:  hence,  Σπάρτη  πε- 
ποίκύ.ται  τρόπους,  Eur.  Supp.  187. 
— II.  intr.  to  vary,  change  about,  Hipp. 
— 2.  metaph.,  to  deal  or  speak  subtlely. 
Plat.  Symp.  218  C.     Hence 

ΤΙοίκύ.μα,  ατός,  τό,  any  thing  mark- 
ed by  various  colours,  by  staining  or 
broidering,  hence  esp.,  a  broidered 
robe  or  stuff,  such  as  brocade,  11.  6, 
294,  Od.  15.  107,  Aesch.  Cho.  1013: 
generally  rich  work,  broidery,  etc.,  Xen. 
Oec.  9,  2 ;  of  the  stars  in  heaven, 
Plat.  Rep.  529  C  — II.  generally, 
variety,  diversity.  Plat.  Legg.  747  A, 
Tim.  67  A. 


ΠΟΙΚ 

'Π.οικί7.μός,  ov,  ό,=  ποίκιλσις,  ποι- 
κιλία, Plut.  2,  1088  C. 

Ώ.οικϊλό3οτρνς,  νος,  ό,  ή,  {ποικίλος, 

βότρνς)  with  variegated  clusters,  Nonn. 

Τίοικίλόβουλος,  ov,  {ποικί/^ς,  βου- 

7.η)  of  changeful  counsel,  wily-minded, 

Hes.  Th.  521 ;  cf  αίολόβου7.ος. 

ΤΙοικϊ/.όγηρνς,  υος,  ό,  ή,  Dor.  -γά• 
ρνς,  {ποικίλος,  γήρυς)  of  varied  voice, 
many-toned,  (^όρβίιγξ,  Pind.  Ο.  3,  13; 
also  cf  ποικί/.οδειρος. 

ΤΙοικΙ/ώγραμμος,  ov,  {  ποικί7.ος, 
γραμμή)  with  lines  or  stripes  of  various 
colours,  Arist.  ap.  Ath.  327  F. 

ΐΐοίκϊλογρύφος,  ov,  {ποικίλος,  γρά- 
φω) writing  or  painting  in  various  colours. 
— II.  writing  on  various  subjects,  Diog. 
L.  5,  85._  [ά] 

Ποικί/.οόακρυς,  νος,  ό,  ή,  {ποικίλος, 
δάκρυ)  shedding  many  tears,  Nonn. 

Τίοικΐλύδεφος,  ov,  {ποικί7.υς,  δει- 
ρή)  with  variegated  neck,  Alcae.  53, 
Anth.  P.  append.  6  : — if  we  adopt  it 
(with  Ruhnk.)  in  Hes.  Op.  201,  as 
epith.  of  the  nightingale,  it  may  also 
be=  ποικι7.όγηρνς. 

ΐίοικϊλόδερμος,  ov,  {ποικίλος,  δέρ- 
μα) with  pied  or  spotted  skin. 

ΠοικΐΖ-οόέρμων,  ov,  gen.  ονος=: 
foreg.,  Eur.  1.  A.  226. 

ΐίοικίλοόίνης,  ov,  6,  {  ποικί7.ος, 
δίνη)  whirling  in  various  eddies,  Opp. 
H.  1,  676. 

ΤΙοικΐ7.όδίφρος,  ov.  {ποικί7,ος,  δί- 
φρος) with  chariot  richly  dight,  Ath. 
568  D. 

ΤΙοικϊ7.όδωρος,  ov,  {ποικί7.ος,  δύ- 
pov)  rich  in  various  gifts,  Nonn. 

ΐΙοικΓ/.οεργός,  όν,  {ποικίλος.*έργω) 
of  varied  v-ork.  Paul.  Sil.  Ambo  262. 

ΤΙοίκΏ.όθριξ,  6,  ή,  {ποικίλος,  θρίξ) 
with  spotted  hair,  spotted,  νεβρός,  Eur. 
Ale.  584. 

ΐίοικΐλ-όθρονος,  ov,  {ποικί7^ος.  θρό- 
νος) on  rich-worked  throne,  Άφροδίτα, 
Sappho  1. 

ΐΙοικϊ7.όθροος,  ov,  {ποικίλος,  θρόος) 
of  varied  note,  οιωνοί,  Poet.  ap.  Plut. 
2,  497  A. 

ΊΙοικΐ7.όκανλος,  ov,  {ποικί7.ος,  καυ- 
7.ός)  with  variegated  stalk,  Theophr. 

ΤΙοικΏ.ομήτης,  ov,  ό,  ( ποικίλος, 
μήτίς)fullof  various  wiles,  ivily-minded, 
in  II.  and  Od.,  as  epith.  of  Llysses ; 
voc.  -μήτα,  13,  293  :  in  the  hymns  of 
Jupiter  and  Mercury:  cf.  ποικύ.ό- 
βον/.ος. 

Ήοικίλόμητις,  ιδος,  ό,  ^,=  foreg., 
Soph.  Fr.  519. 

ΤΙοικϊ7.ομήχσ.νος,  ov,  { ποικί7.ος, 
μηχανή)  full  of  various  devices,  Anth. 
P.  append.  302. 

ΤΙοικΐ7.ομορφία,  ας,  ή,  variety  oj 
form,  m.anifoldness :  from 

ΤΙοικϊ7.όμορφος,  ov,  {ποικί7.ος,  μορ 
φή)  of  variegated  form,  variegated,  Ιμύ 
Tia,  Ar.  Plut.  530. 

ΤΙοικΐλόμνθος,  ov,  {ποικί7ιθς,  μύ- 
θος) of  various  discourse,  Anth.  P.  5, 
56,  Orph. 

ΤΙοικι7.όνοος,  ον,^ποικιλόόρων. 
ΤΙοικΐλόνωτος,  ov,  {ποικίλος,  νώ 
τος)  with  back  of  various  hues,  Pind. 
P.  4.  442,  Eur.  "l.  T.  1245. 

ΐΙοικι7.οπράγμων,  ov,  {  ποικίλες, 
πράγμα  )  busy  about  many  things, 
Synes. 

ΤΙοικΐλόπτερος,  ov,  {ποικίλος,  πτε- 
ρόν)  with  variegated  wings  Or  feathers, 
Eur.  Hipp.  1270 :  metaph.,  changeful, 
π.  μέ^.ος,  Fratin.  ap.  Ath.  617  D. 

Τ].οικί7.ος.  η,  ov,  many -colmired,  spot- 
ted, mottled,  pied,  dappled,  Horn.,  and 
Hes.;  παρόαλέη,  II.  10,  30;  νεβρίς, 
Eur.  Bacch.  249  ;  κιθών,  Hdt.  7,  61 ; 
π.  7.ίθ<^€.  prob.  some  marble,  Hdt.  2, 
127;— in  Xen.  An.  5,  4,  32,  tattoor  l.= 
άνθέμιον  έστιγμένος. — II.  wrougiu  in 
1203 


ΠΟΙΚ 

various  colours,  of  painting,  broidery, 
inlaid-work,  etc. :  in  gen.  of  rich,  rare 
work,  freq.  in  Horn.,  as  epith.  of  πέ- 
πλος, Ιμάς.  θώμηξ,  σάκος,  τενχεα, 
ίντΐα,  άρματα,  κλίσμύς,  etc. ;  esp.  ol 
woven  stuffs  and  work  in  metal,  like 
δαίδαλος,  δαιδύ'λεος  :  so,  τενχεα  ποι- 
κίλα χαλκώ,  arms  inwrmi;j;ht  with 
brass,  Horn,  and  Hes. :  ποικίλα  κάλ- 
7.η=πθίκίλματα,  Aesch.  Ag.  923; 
so,  Tu  ποικίλα,  Aesch.  Ag.  92G,  936, 
Theocr.  15,  78  :  hence,— 2.  as  subst., 
η  ποικίλη  (sc.  στοά),  the  Poecile  or 
great  hall  at  Athens  adorned  with  fresco 
painting  of  the  battle  of  Marathon 
by  Polygnotus,  Muller  Archaol.  d. 
Kunst  \  135,  2.—llI.metaph.,  cAimg- 
ing  colour  ;  and  so.  changeful,  various, 
7nanifold,  Aesch.  Pr.  495,  Plat.,  etc.  : 
—τ-π.  μήνες,  the  changing  months, 
Pind.  1.  4,  30  (3,  37) :  esp.  of  art,  π. 
■ύμνος,  a  song  of  changeful  strain  or 
full  of  diverse  art,  Pind.  O.  G,  148  ;  so, 
ποικίλον  κιθαρίζων,  Id.  Ν.  4,  23  ;  and 
so,  poetry  is  said  to  be  ποικίλοις 
■φεύδεσι  όεδαιδαλ/ζίνος.  Id.  Ο.  1,  46, 
cf.  Donalds,  ad  O.  3,  8  (12):— of 
abstruse  knowledge,  ποικίλον  τι  εΐ- 
δέναι,  Eur.  Med.  301.— 2.  in  bad 
sense,  intricate,  riddling,  of  an  oracle, 
Hdt.  7,  111  ;  ό  θεός  εφυ  τι  ποικίλον, 
Eur.  Hel.  711  ;  π  νόμος,  ορρ.  to  βά- 
διος,  Plat.  Symp.  182  Β  :  artful, 
tricky,  π.  μηχάνημα,  λόγος.  Soph.  Ο. 
C.  762,  Ar.  Thesm.  438 ;  ΰλώπηξ 
κερδαλέα  και  π..  Plat.  Rep.  3C5  C  ; 
ουδέν  ποικίλον  ονδε  σοφόν,  Dem. 
120,  21  ;  so  too,  ποικίλως  ανδώμενος, 
speaking  in  double  sense.  Soph.  Phil. 
130,  cf.  Ar.  Eq.  196:— hence  also 
artful,  cunning,  wily  (like  varius,  in 
Sallust),  as  epith.  of  Prometheus, 
Hes.  Th.  511,  Aesch.  Pr.  308;  π. 
βουλεύματα,  Pind,  Ν.  5,  52.-3. 
changeable,  changeful,  unstable,  Arist. 
Eth.  N.  1,  10,  14,  Polyb.  14,  1,  5, 
etc.:— τΓΟίΚίλως•  ί,^ιείν,  to  be  different, 
Xen.  Mem.  2,  6,  21.  — Cf.  αίόλος 
throughout.— (Perh.  from  same  root 
as  Lat.  ping-ere,  pic-tus.) 

ΤΙοικΊ/Μσάνδάλος,  ov,  Aeol.  -σάμ- 
βάλος,  ov,  {ποικίλος,  σύνδαλον,  Aeol. 
σάμβηλον)  with  broidered  sandals, 
Bergk  .Anacr.  15. 

ΐΙοικ'Λόστερνος,  ov,  of  varied  breast : 
meiaph., =ποικι?Μφρων. 

ΐΙοικΏώστικτος,  ov,  {ποικίλος,  στί- 
ζω) variously  spotted,  Jtiottled,  Arist.  ap. 
Ath.  305  C. 

'Π.οικϊλόστο?ιος,  ov,  {ποικίλος,  στο- 
λή) with  variegated  robe  :  of  a  ship, 
luilh  variegated  prow  (v.  στόλος,  tin.). 
Soph.  Phil.  343. 

ΐίοικίλύστυμος,  ov,  (ποικίλος,  στό- 
μα) with  variegated  mouth  :  metaph., 
=ποίκι7ίόμυθος. 

ΐΙοικϊ?.οτερπ!/ς,  ές,  {ποικί7Μς,  τέρ- 
πω) delighting  by  variety,  Anth.  P.  9, 
517. 

ΐίοικιλότευκτος,  ov, (ποικίλος,  τεύ- 
χω)  curiously  wrought,  Anth.  P.  9,  482. 
ΐίοικΐλότεχνης,  ου,ό,  (ποικίλος,  τέ- 
YVJ/)  skilled  in  various  ari.s',Tryph.  536. 
ΠοικΙ/ώτραυλος,     ov,     (ποικίλος, 
τραυλός)  twittering  or  singing  in  vari- 
ous notes  ;  π.  μέλη,  Theocr.  Ep.  4,10. 
ΐίοικϊλοφόρμιγξ,  ιγγος,  ό,  y  (ποι- 
κίλος, φόρμίγξ)  accompanied  by  the  va- 
ried notes  of  the  phurininx,  ΰοιδή,  Pind. 
O.  4.  4. 

ΤΙοικΛοφρονέω,  ώ,  to  be  ποικίλο- 
φρων :  from 

ΙΙοικΙλόφρων,  όνος,  ό,  ή,  (ποικίλος, 
φρί/ν)  of  manifold  thought  or  counsel, 
wilv-minded,  Eur.  Hec.  133. 

ύοικΐλόφωνος,  ov,  (ποικύ.ος,  ώω- 
νή)  with  various  voice  or   tones,   Ath. 
258 A:  metaph., =ποίκΐ/Ιό/^ι;^θί•. 
1204 


ΠΟΙΜ 

ϋοικίλόχροος,  ov,  (ποικίλος,  χρόα) 
of  various  colour,  Arist.  ap.  Ath.  319 
C. 

ΐΙοικΊλόχρωμος,  ov,  and  -χρως, 
ωτος,  ό,  ■ή,ζ=ποικιλύχροος. 

ίίοικϊλόω,  ύ,  (ποικίλος)  ίο  adorn 
with  varied  work,  Aesch.  Fr.  291. 

ΐίοικιλσις,  εως,  ή,  (ποικίλλω)= 
ποικιλία,  Plat.  Legg.  747  Α. 

Ποίκίλτεον,  verb.  adj.  from  ποικίλ- 
λω, one  must  adorn.  Plat.  Kep.  378  C. 
ΤΙοικιλτης,  ov,  6,  (ποικίλλω)  one 
ivho  variegates  or  embroiders  ;  a  broid- 
erer,  Aeschin.  14,  4,  Plut.,  etc. :  fern. 
ποικίλτρια,  q.  v. 

ΐϊοικιλτικός,  ή,  όν,  (ποικίλλω)  qual- 
ified for  an  embroiderer  or  embroidery  : 
ή  -κή  (sc.  τέχνη),  embroidery,  like  ποι- 
κιλία, Dion.  H. 

ΐίοικιλτός,  ή,  όν,  (ποικίλλω)  varie- 
gated, broidered,  Longin. 

ΙΙοικίλτρια,  ας,  ή,  fem.  of  ποικιλ- 
τής,  q.  v.,  Strab. 

ΐίοικΐλωδός,  όν,  (ποικίλος,  ωδή)  of 
various  song. — Π.  of  perplexed  and  jug- 
gling song,  of  the  Sphinx,  Soph.  O.T. 
130. 

ΤΙοιμαίνω,  f.  -άνω,  (ποιμήν)  to  feed, 
tend,  as  shepherds  do  their  iiock,  μή- 
λα, Od.  9,  188  ;  αρνας,  Hes.  Th.  23  ; 
ποίμνας,  Eur.  Cycl.  26  ;  πρόβατα. 
Plat.  Rep.  345  C  :— absol.,  tn  keep 
flocks,  be  a  shepherd,  Theocr.  11,  65; 
ποιμαίνειν  επ^  οεσσι,  11.  6,25;  11. 
106. — υ.  metaph.,  to  tend,  cherish, 
mind,  like  θεραπενειν,  Pind.  I.  5  (4), 
14,  cf.  Dissen  ad  N.  8,  6;  Aesch. 
Eum.  91  : — to  foster  a  passion,  Jac. 
Ep.  Ad.  9,  2. — 2.  to  take  care  of,  guide, 
govern,  στρατόν,  Eur.  Tern.  10 :  cf. 
ποιμήν. — 3.  like  βονκολην,  to  soothe, 
beguile,  Lat.  pascere,  lactare,  fillere, 
έρωτα  π-,  Theocr.  11, 80  :  hence,  gen- 
erally, to  deceive,  Eur.  Hipp.  153,  (ubi 
libri  πημαίνω). 

Β.  pass.,  like  νέμομαι,  to  graze,  of 
flocks,  II.  11,245,  Eur.  Ale.  579:  to 
stray  about,  Mosch.  2,  5  :  but,— 2.  in 
Aesch.  Eum.  249.  πάς  πεποίμανται 
τόπος,  every  country  has  been  wander- 
ed over,  traversed. 
ΤΙοιμύν,  ό,  Dor.  for  7roi/i7/v,Theocr. 
ΙΙοιμανδρία,  ag,  /;,  (ποιμαίνω)  a 
milk-pail,  Lye.  326. 

^οιμανδρία,  ar,  ή,  Poemandria, 
earlier  name  of  Tanagra,  Lye. :  in 
Strab.  ΤΙοιμανδρίς,  p.  404. 

iΏoίμavδβoς,  ov,  6,  Poemandrus, 
founder  of  Tanagra,  ace.  to  Paus.  9, 
20,  1.— Others  in  Anth. 

ΐΐοίμάνενς,  ό,=ποιμ)/ν,  dub. :  from 
'Π.οιμάνεΰω,=ποιμαίνω. 
ΊΙοιμάνόριον,  ov,  τό,  (ποιμάνωρ)  a 
herd  :  a  hand  under  its  leader,  an  army, 
Aesch.  Pers.  75. 

ΐίοιμαντέος,  a,  ov,  verb.  adj.  from 
ποιμαίνω,  to  be  fed,  tended,  Theogn. 
689. 

ΤΙοιμαντήρ,  ήρος,  6,  (ποιμαίνω)=:^ 
ποιμήν.  Soph.  Fr.  379. 

Ποιμαντικός,  ή,  όν,  (ποιμαίνω)  of 
fit  for  pasturing  ;  ή  -κή  (sc.  τέχνη)  a 
shepherd's  art  or  life. 

ΤΙοιμάντωρ,  ορός,  ό,—ποιμαντήρ, 
ποιμήν. 

ΤΙοιμύνωρ,  ορός,  ό,  =  ποιμήν,  α  shep- 
herd, esp.  shepherd  of  the  people,  prince, 
chief,  Aesch.  Pers.'241.  (Usu.  deriv. 
from  ποιμαίνω  and  άνήρ,  like  στυγά.- 
νωρ.  φθισήνωρ,  etc.,  in  which  case  it 
ought  strictly  to  be  ποιμαι.νάνωρ.) 
[«] 

ΊΤοιμάσία,  ας,  η,  (ποιμαίνω)  α  feed- 
ing, tending,  keeping,  Philo. 

ΐίοιμενικός,  ή,  όν,  (ποιμήν)  of  or 
belonging  to  a  shepherd,  πίλημα,  CalL 
Fr.  125  : — ή-κή  (sc.  τέχνη),  Plat.  Rep. 
345  D.     Adv.  -κώς. 


ΠΟΙΝ 

ΊΙοιμένιον,  ov,  τό,  poet,  for  ποίμνί 
ov,  Opp.  C.  3,  264  ;  4,  2C9. 

ΐίοιμένιος,  a,  ov,  rarer  poet,  fonn 
for  ποιμενικός,  Jac.  A.  P.  866. 

ΤΙοιμήν.  ένος,  b,  a  herdsman,  esp.  α 
shepherd,  Hom.,  and  Hes. ;  opp.  to 
the  lord  or  owner  (άναξ),  Od.  4,  87. 
— II.  metaph.,  a  shepherd  of  the  peo- 
ple, esp.  of  Agamemnon,  'Αγαμέμνο- 
να ποιμένα  λαών,  Hom.,  etc.  :  gener- 
ally, a  captain,  chief.  Soph.  Aj.  360; 
ναύν  ποιμένες,  Aesch.  Supp.  767; 
όνων,  Eur.  Supp.  674  ;  cf.  Valck. 
Phoen.  1146  : — ποιμένες  δώρων  Κύ- 
πριας, the  Loves,  Pind.  N.  8,  10. — 
It  does  not  make  ποιμέν,  in  vocat., 
but  remains  ποιμήν,  Buttin.  Ausf. 
Or.  5  45,  Anm.  2.  (Prob.  akin  to  πέ- 
πάμαι,  πάμα,  πατέομαι,  pasco ;  and 
to  πόα,  ποίη,  πών. 

ΐίοιμναίος,  α,  ον,—ποιμνήϊος,Αιίβ• 
taen. 

ΐΐοίμνη,  ης,  ή,  α  herd  of  cattle  at  pas- 
ture, esp.  a  flock  of  sheep,  Od.  9,  122, 
Hes.  Th.  446,  Hdt.,  etc.— II.  a  single 
head  of  cattle,  Seidl.  Eur.  El.  721. 
(Prob.  from  ποιμήν,  like  λί/ινη  from 
λιμήν  :  or  else  for  ποιμύνΐ]  from  ποι- 
μαίνω.)    Hence 

ΐΐοίμνηθεν,  adv.,  of  or  from  a  flock 
or  herd,  Ap.  Rh.  2,  491. 

Τίοιμνήιος,  ίη,  iov.  Ion.  form  of  a 
supposed  ποιμνεΐος  (ποίμν?/)  : — of  or 
belonging  to  a  flock  or  herd,  σταθαός, 
σηκός,  II.  2,  470,  Hes.  Op.  789 :  also 
of  wild  animals,  as,  π.  /.ιόντων,  Pind. 
Fr.  262. 

Ώοίμνιον,  ov,  τό,  syncop.  for  ποι- 
μένιον.,=ποίμνη,  esp.  of  sheep,  Hdt, 
2,  2;  3,  05,  Soph.  O.  T.  761,  1028, 
Plat.,  etc. — II.  a  single  head  of  cattle, 
SclKif.  Long.  p.  327,  369. 

ΥΙοιμνίτιις,  ov,  ύ,=:^ποιμενικός,  κϋ- 
ων  π.,  a  shepherd's  dog ;  νμέναιος  π., 
a  shepherd's  marriage  song,  Ael.  N.  A. 
12,  44. 

ΪΙοινάζω,=^ποινύω,  very  dub.,  Lob. 
Phryn.  204. 

ΤΙοιναϊος,  a,  ov,  (ποινή)  punishing, 
avenging,  Anth.  P.  5,  254. 

ΐίοινάτωρ,  ορός,  ό,  ή,  an  avenger, 
punislier,  Aesch.  Ag.  1281,  Eur.  El. 
23.  [ώ]  :  from 

ΤΙοινάω,  ϋ,  f.  -άσω  [α],  Ion.  -ήσω, 
to  avenge,  punish  : — mid.,  to  avenge 
one's  self  on  one,  τινά,  Eur.  I.  T.  1143: 
from 

ΊΙοινή,  ης,  ή,(*φένω.  φόνος) :  strict- 
ly quit-money  for  blood  spilt,  the  fine 
paid  by  the  slayer  to  the  kinsman  of 
the  slain,  as  a  ransom  from  all  conse- 
quences, (old  Engl,  were,  were-geld)  ; 
c.  gen.  pers.,  ποινή  νιος,  κασιγνήτοιο 
θανόντος,  άποφθιμένοί',  the  ransom 
or  were-geld  for  the  slain,  whether 
paid  or  received,  II.  5,  266  ;  14,  483  ; 
18,  498;  ποινή  δ'  οντις  παιδος  έγί- 
γνετο  τεθνηώτος,  II.  13,  059  :  also  α 
ransom,  C.  gen.  rei,  II.  17, 207  : — hence, 
generally,  a  price  paid,  satisfaction,  re- 
tribution, requital,  penalty,  Lat.  poena, 
Κύκλ-ωψ  άπετίσατο  ποινήν  Ίφθίμων 
έτάρων,  Od.  23,  312,  cf.  11.  21,  28, 
Hes.  Op.  747,  753  ;  άνελέσΟαι  ποινήν 
της  Αισώπου  ψυχής,  to  take  vengeance 
for  Aesopus'  life,  Hdt.  2,  134  ;  but, 
ποινήν  τΐσαι  Ηέρξη  των  κηρύκων 
άπολομένων,  to  give  Xerxes  satisfac- 
tion for  the  death  of  his  heralds.  Id. 
7,  134  :  in  Alt.,  usu.  in  plur.,  ποινάς 
τίνειν,  τΙσαι,  δονναι,  to  pay,  suffer 
punishment,  Pind.  O.  2,  106,  Aesch. 
Pr.  112,  etc.,  Eur.  I.  T.  446,  Xen. 
Cyr.  6,  1,  11;  λαμβάνειν,  to  inflict 
it,  Eur.  Tro.  360  :— cf.  δίκη  (which 
is  the  common  word  in  prose),  άποι- 
va. — 2.  in  good  sense,  recompense,  re- 
ward, for  a  thing,  τινός,  Pind.  P.  1 


ΠΟΙΟ 

113,  Ν.  1,  108.— 3.  as  the  result  of 
the  quit-money,  redemption,  release, 
Pind.  P.  4,  112.— I],  personified,  ίΛ« 
goddess  of  vengeance,  Vetigeance,  a  be- 
ing of  the  same  class  with  Αίκη  and 
Έρινύς,  Eur.  I.  T.  200. 

Πo^^■7;λ«σί'α,  ας,  ή,  pjirsuit  by  the 
avenging  goddesses, — II.  the  exaction  of 
a  penalty  :  from 

Π.θίνη?.άτέω,  ώ,  to  pursue  with  the 
torments  of  the  furies : — pass.,  lo  be  so 
pursued,  Plut.  de  Fluv.  23,  \  :  from 

ΊΙοίνήΑάτος,  ov,  {ποίνή,  έ/^αύνω) 
pursued  by  the  furies. 

ΤΙοίνημα.  ατός,  τό,  (.ττοινύω)  some- 
thing inflicted  by  way  of  penalty,  pun- 
ishment. 

Tloivr/τεφα,  ας,  η,  fem.  from  sq. 

ϋοινητήρ,  f/ρος,  6,  (ττοινύω)  an 
avenger,  0pp.  H.  2,  421. 

ΐίοινήτης,  ov,  ό,—  τίοίνιμος,  fem. 
-ήτις,  ίδος,  A  nth.  P.  7,  745. 

ΙΙοίνήτωρ,  ορός,  ό,=  ποινάτωρ. 

ΤΙοίνίμος,  ov,  (ττοίνή)  avenging,  pun- 
ishing, Αίκη,  'Ερίνύς,  Soph.  Tr.  80Θ, 
Aj.  843;  7ΐ.  πάθεα.  Id.  EL  210.— 2.  in 
good  sense,  bringing  a  return  Οι  recom- 
pense, χάρις,  Pind.  P.  2,  32. 

ίΤίοίνϊνος,  ου,  ό,  or  -ό  Uoivtvov, 
Mount  Pennmus,  in  the  Alps,  Strab. 
p.  20S. 

Ίίοινο-οιός,  όν,  (ποινή,  ^  ττοιέω) 
taking  vengeance :  hence,  al  ποινο- 
7701οι,  the  avenging  goddesses,  LuC.  (.') 
Philopatr.  23. 

Ώ-Οΐνουργός,  6,  (ποινή,  *ίργω)  an 
executioner. 

ΤΙοιολογέω,  ώ,  to  gather  grass  or 
herbs :  also  to  put  up  corn  in  sheaves, 
Theocr.  3,  32. 

ϋοωλόγος,  ov,  {ποία,  λέγω)  pick- 
ing up  grass  or  kerbs,  Arist.  ap.  Ath. 
397  B. 

iHoiov  όρος,  τό.  Ml.  Poeus,  a  part 
of  Pindus,  Strab.  p.  327. 

ΤΙοα}νόμος,ον,  (ποία,  νέμω)  feeding 
on  grass  01  kerbs,  βοτά,  Aesch.  Ag. 
1169. — IL   proparos.,  ποιόνομος,  ov, 

ίνομή)  with  rich  grassy  fields,  τόποι, 
d.  Supp,  50. 

ΙΙοΙος,  ποία,  πο'ιον.  Ion,  κοΐος,  κοίη, 
Κθϊον  (but  not  in  Horn.,  v.  πόσος  fin.) : 
— of  what  nature  ?  of  what  sort  ?  Lat. 
quaiis  ?  in  Horn.  usu.  expressing  sur- 
prise and  anger,  ποίον  τον  μνθον  εει- 
ττες  .'  what  manner  of  speech  hast  thou 
spoken  ! — ποιόν  σε  έπος  φνγεν  ίρκος 
οδόντων  f  and  simply,  ποίον  εειπες! 
Od.  2,  85;  ποιον  έρεξας !  II.  23,570; 
etc. — It  retains  this  usage,  to  express 
surprise,  etc.,  in  Att.,  Heind.  Plat. 
Charm.  174  C  : — doubled,  ποίαν  χρ?/ 
[^γυναΐκα^  ποίω  άνδρι  σννοΰσαν  τί- 
κτειν  ;  Plat.  Theaet.  149  D  :— some- 
times for  ποδαπός,  Lob.  Phryn.  59. 
— 2.  in  Att.,  not  seldom  with  art., 
Pors.  Phoen.  892,  ElmsL.Ach.  418, 
974  (963)  ;  esp.  when  it  stands  alone 
(when  indeed  it  is  seldom  omitted). 
Soph.  O.  T.  120,  etc.,  cf  however  O. 
C.  1415  :— so  also  with  the  demonstr., 
τα  ποία  ταϋτα  ;  Id.  Ο.  Τ.  291,  etc.  ; 
this  usage  of —oiOf  with  the  demonstr. 
is  very  freq.,  and  we  can  hardly  ren- 
der it  but  by  a  periphr.,  ποιον  έρείς 
τόδ'  έπος ;  what  sort  of  word  [is  this 
that]  thou  wilt  speak?  Soph.  Phil. 
1204,  cf.  441,  etc.: — τί)  ποΙον=ποιό- 
της,  the  fourth  of  Aristotle's  Catego- 
ries. Categ.  S. — 3.  ποΙός  τις  :  is  oft. 
joined,  making  the  question  less  defi- 
nite, Xen.  HelL  4,  1,  6,  and  Plat.— 4. 
κοίη,  as  ζάν..=  πως ;  Lat.  quomodo? 
Hdt.  1,  30. — 5.  ποιος,  and  ποίύς  τις 
are  oft.  also  used  in  indirect  questions 
for  όποΙοΓ,  Aesch.  Supp.  519,  Plat., 
and  Xen. ;  cf  Jelf  Gr.  Gr.  %  877,  Obs. 
2.— IL  ποώς,  ύ,  όν,  indef.  adj.,  of  a 


ΠΟΚΟ 

certain  nature,  kind  or  quality,  freq.  in 
Plat.,  esp.  joined  with  τις,  as  ποιος 
τις,  ποια  άττα,  Soph.  262  Ε,  Rep. 
438  Ε. 

(ποίος,  TTOcrof  must  be  referred  to  a 
primitive  *πός,  as  the  correlat.  adjs. 
olor,  όσος  to  ος,  and  the  demonstr. 
τοίος,  τόσος  to  *τάς,  τό.)  [Later  ver- 
sifiers sometimes  make  fem.  ποία  a 
trochee,  Jac.  A.  P.  p.  Ixv: — hut  the 
first  syll.  is  freq.  short  in  Att.] 

ΤΙοιότης,  ητος,  η,  (ποίος)  quality, 
Lat.  quatitas.  Plat.  Theaet.  182  A, 
Arist.  Eth.  N.  10,  3,  1,  etc.,  cf.  Lob. 
Phryn.  350. 

Τίοιοτρόόος,  ov,  =  ποεσιτβόφος, 
0pp.  C.  1,  460. 

ΐίοιοόάγος,  ον.=ποιηφύγος,  0pp. 
C.  2,  613.  [a] 

ΐίοιόω,  ώ,  (ποιος)  to  furnish  with  a 
certain  quality,  make  such. 

ΤΙοιπνύος,  δ,  a  servant,  Hesych. 

ΐΐυιπννω,  strictly  to  blow,  puff,  be 
out  of  breath  from  haste  or  exertion  ; 
hence,  generally,  to  hasten,  hurry,  bus- 
tle, Lat.  salagere,  II.  8,  219,  Od.  3, 
430  :  hence,  also,  to  do  active  service, 
be  waiting,  δώμα  κορήσατε  ποιπννσα- 
σαι,  make  haste  and  sweep  the  house, 
Od.  20,  149,  cf.  II.  1,  600  ;  24,  475  :— 
ποιπννων  έμάν  χάριν,  labouring  for 
the  sake  of  me  (for  there  is  no  need 
to  make  it  trans,  here),  Pind.  P.  10, 
101.  (Not  from  πονεω  ;  but  formed 
by  redupl.  from  πνέω,  πέπννμαι,  like 
παιπάλλω  from  πύ/•.λω,  παιφύσσω 
from  ΦΑ-,  ^(iof,  ποιφνσσω  from  φυ- 
σάω, etc. ;  hence  its  orig.  signf. :  v. 
Buttin.  Lexil.  s.  v. ;  cf  διάκονος.) 
[ir  in  pres.  and  impf ,  before  a  short 
syll. ;  but  ν  before  a  long  one,  though 
only  by  position,  as  in  II.  24,  475  :  in 
all  other  tenses  i.] 

ΤΙοιφύγδην,  (ποιφνσσω)  adv.,  blow- 
ing, puffing,  hissing,  Nic.  Th.  371. 

ΤΙοίφυγμα,  ατός,  τό,  (ποιφύσσω)  a 
blowing,  puffing,  sobbing,  π.  άγρια, 
Aesch.  Theb.  280. 

ΤΙοίφυξις,  ή,  a  blowing,  puffing :  from 

ΐίοιφνσσω,  f.  -ξω,  (redupl.  form  from 
φυσάω)  to  blow,  puff,srwrt. — II.  trans., 
to  blow  up,  burn  up,  Lyc.  198  : — but, 
παιδικά  π.,  like  έρωτα  πνεϊν,  Soph- 
ron,  cf.  Meineke  Euphor.  95.  Cf. 
ποιπννω. 

ΐίοιώδης,  ες, (ποία,  είδος)  like  grass: 
grassy,  Hdt.  4,  47. 

Τίοιωτικός,  ή,  όν,  (ποιόω)  giving  or 
having  a  quality. 

ΤΙόκα  or  ποκά.  Dor.  for  πότε  and 
ποτέ,  and  so  through  the  whole  se- 
ries, όκα,  όπόκα,  άλ/.όκα.  [α] 

Γίοκάζω,  ί.  -ύσω,=  ποκίζω. 

ΐΐοκάριον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  πόκος, 
Hippiatr. 

ίΙοκύς,  άδος,  η,  (πόκος)  woolly, 
fleecy. — II.  wool,  hair,  Ar.  Thesm.  567, 
in  plur. 

ΐΐόκες,  al,  and  πόκη,  ή,  v.  sub  πό- 
κος III. 

Τίοκίζω,  {.  -ίσω  Dor.  -ίξω,  (πόκος)  : 
=  7Γί/ίω,  to  shear  wool:  mid.,  ποκί- 
ζεσθαί  τι,  to  shear  or  cut  for  one's 
self,  τρίχας  έποκίξατο,  Theocr.  5, 
26.  ; 

ΤΙοκοειδης,  ές,  (πόκος,  είδος)  like 
undressed  wool :  rough,  raw,  Longin. 

Τίόκος,  ου,  ό,  (πέκω,  Lat.  pecto)wool 
in  its  raw  state,  a  fleece,  II.  12,  451  : 
also  α  lock  or  tuft  nf  wool,  Soph.  Tr. 
675. — II.  a  sheep-shearing,  Ar.  Av.  714. 
— III.  proverb.,  εις  όνου  πόκας,  to  an 
ass-shearing,  i.  e.  to  a  place  where 
nothing  is  to  be  got,  Ar.  Ran.  186  :— 
some  refer  this  ace.  πόκας  lo  ai  πό- 
κες,  others  to  η  πόκη,  but  neither  of 
these  is  extant  in  nom.,  and  this  isor 
lated  form  had  better  be  taken  as 


ΠΟΑΕ 

heterocl.  ace.  of  πόκος,  cf.  Buttm. 
Ausf  Gr.  ()  56  Anm.  13,  n.     Hence 

ΥΙοκόω,  ώ.  to  cover  or  clothe  with 
wool,  Anth.  P.  6,  102. 

iUo/.a.  ή,  or  TLo'/ai,  ai,  Pola,  a  city 
of  Istria,  Strab.  p.  209. 

ΙΙολέες,  έων,  έεσσι,  έας,  Ερ.  plur. 
from  πολνς,  for  πολ'λοί,  ων,  Horn., 
and  Hes. 

ΐίο'λείδιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  πό/.ις. 

iTlo/.εμαγένης,  ους,  o,Polemageties, 
masc.  pr.  η.,  an  Athenian,  Aeschin. 
22,  20. 

ΙίοΆεμαδόκος,  ov.  Dor.  for  πο7.εμη• 
δόκος,  rind. 

αίολεμαίνετος,  ου,  ό,  Polemaenetus, 
a  seer,  Isocr.  394. 

αίο/.έμαιστος,  ov,  6,  Polemaestus, 
unless  corrupted  from  ΤίτολεμαΙος, 
Dem.  1491,  fin. 

Τίολεμάρχειος,  ov,  belonging  to  the 
πολέμαρχος,  στοά,  Ath.  210  Β  : — τό 
π.,  his  residence,  Xen.  Hell.  5,  4,  5,  Po- 
lyb. 

■\Ί1ολεμάρχιος,  ov,  6,  Polemarchius, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Polyb.  4,  79,  5. 

ΐίολεμηρχέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  lo  be  Pole- 
march  (v.  πολέμαρχος),  Hdt.  6,  109, 
Xen.  Hell.  5,  2,  2o. 

Τίο/.εμάρχης,  ου,  ό ,=  πο7.έμαρχος. 

ΤΙολεμαρχία,  ας,  ή,  the  office  or  rank 
of  Polemarch. 

ΙΙολεμαρχικός,  ή,  όν,  =  πολ.εμάρ- 
χειος :  from 

Τίολέμαρχος,ον,  ό,  (πόλεμος,  άρχω) 
one  who  begins  Or  leads  the  war,  a  lead' 
er,  chieftain,  Άγαιών,  Aesch.  Theb. 
828,  cf.  Cho.  1072.-11.  the  title  of 
high  oiScers  in  several  Greek  slates : 
—  1.  at  Athens,  the  Polemarch  or  third 
archon,  who  presided  in  the  court  in 
which  thecauses  oiU\e μέτοικοι  were 
tried  :  in  earlier  times  he  managed 
the  war-office  and  all  foreign  affairs, 
and  even  took  the  field  as  general-in- 
chief,  as  at  Marathon,  Hdt.  6,  109.— 
2.  in  ϋ'ρΆτΧΆ,  the  commander  of  a  μόρα, 
Hdt.  7,  173  ;  and  5θ=μοραγός,  Thuc. 
5,  66,  Xen.  Hell.  4,  4,'7,'and  5,  7,  etc. 
— 3.  at  Thebes,  two  officers  of  chiet 
rank  after  the  Boeotarchs,  supreme 
in  affairs  of  war,  lb.  5,  4,  2,  sq. 

αίο/.έμαρχος,  ου,  ύ,  Polemarchus, 
a  naval  commander  of  the  Lacedae- 
monians, Xen.  Hell.  4,  8,  11. — 2.  son 
of  Cephalus.  elder  brother  of  Lysias, 
put  to  death  by  the  thirty  tvrants, 
Lys. ;  Plat.  Phaedr.  257  Β  ;  'Plut. ; 
etc. — Others  in  Polyb. ;  etc. 

ΙΙολεμάτόκος,  ov.  Dor.  for  πολεμη• 
τόκος,  q.  V. 

Τίολέμειος,  ov,  v.  πολεμήίος. 

Ίίολεμέω,  ώ,  f.  -τισω  :  (πόλεμος)  : 
— to  be  at  war,  wage  war,  opp.  to  εϊρή- 
VTjv  άγειν,  Thuc.  5,  76;  τινί,  with 
one,  oft.  in  Hdt.,  etc. :  έπί  τίνα, 
Xen.  An.  3,  1,  5  ;  προς  τίνα.  Id.  Vect. 
5,  8  :  absol.,  also,  to  fight,  do  battle, 
Id.  Cyr.  7,  1,  49;  άπό  των  ίππων. 
Plat.  Prot.  350  A  : — generally,  to  quar- 
rel, wrangle,  dispute  witlt  one,  lb.  1,  3, 
11  ;  so,  π.  r?/  χρεία.  Soph.  O.  C.  191, 
cf  Eur.  Ion  1386. — II.  c.  ace,  to  make 
war  upon,  treat  as  an  enemy,  attack,  be- 
siege, ύνβρωπον,  πόλιν.  etc.,  ν.  1.  Po- 
lyb. 1,  15,  10,  cf.  Bast  Ep.  Cr.  p.  112  : 
hence  in  pass.,  to  have  war  made  upon 
one,  Thuc.  1,  37,  Xen.  Hell.  7,  4,  20, 
Isocr.  92  A ;  so,  fut.  mid.  πολεμήσο- 
μαι  in  pass,  signf,  Thuc.  1,  68  :  but, 
— 2.  c.  ace.  cognato,  πό?.εμον  πολ.. 
Plat.  Rep.  551  D  : — hence  in  pass.,  ό 
πόλεμος  ούτως  έ~ο?.εμήθη,  Xen. 
Mem.  3,  5,  10  ;  so,  όσα  επολεμήθη, 
whatever  hostilities  passed.  Id.  An.  4, 
1,  1  ;  ru  περί  ΪΙνλον  ίπο7.εαείτο, 
Thuc.  4,  23. 

ΐίολεμηδόκος,  ov,  Dor.  πολεμΰδά 
1205 


ΠΟΛΕ 

κος,  {πόλεαος,  δέχομαι)  entering  upon 
a  war,  sustaining  war,  epith.  of  Minerva, 
Stesich.  Fr.  97 :  generally,  warlike, 
δπλη,  Find.  P.  10,  22. 

ΙΙοΤί^μήϊος,ον,  Ion.  for  the  supposed 
ΤΓολέμειοζ,  (πόλΓ/ίΟζ•)  warlike,  Ireq.  in 
Horn.  (esp.  in  II.):  he  usu.  has  π. 
έργα,  II.  2,  338,  etc.  ;  also,  π.  τενχεα, 
11.  7,  193,  Hes.  Sc.  238  :— πολε/ir/ta 
=  τά  τΓολέμια,  Hdt.  5,  ill. 

ΤΙολεμησείω,  desiderat.  from  πολε- 
μείύ,  Thuc.  1,  33. 

ΐίολεμητέον,  verb.  adj.  from  πολε- 
μάω, one  muxt  go  to  war,  Ar.  Lys.  496, 
and  (in  plur.)  Thuc.  1,  79. 

ΤΙολεμητί/ριον,  ου,  τό,  {πολεμέω)  the 
place  from  which  a  general  carries  on  his 
operations,  head-quarters,  Polyb.  4,  71, 
2 ;  cf.  ύρμητήβίον. 

ΤΙολεμΐ]τύκος,  ov.  Dor.  -κοΤιεμΰτό- 
κος : — bringing  forth  war,  bringing  war, 
Nonn. 

Τίολεμητωρ,  ορός,  ό,  ή,  warlike, 
Hermann's  coiij.  in  Opp.  C.  3,  204. 

Ώολίμία,  η,  V.  πο'λίμιος  II.  2. 

ΤΙολεμίζω,  poet,  πτολ-, (bothin  II.) : 
fut.  -ί'σω  Dor.  -ίξω  (the  only  fut.  used 
by  Horn.) ; — poet,  for  πολεμέω,  to 
wage  war,  fight  with  or  against  one, 
Tivi,  freq.  in  Hom.  (esp.  in  II.) :  so, 
7Γ.  άντα  τινός,  εναντίβών  τίνος,  11. 
8,  428  ;  20,  85  ;  μετά  τινι,  jointly  with 
another,  II.  9,  352  ;  τοξω  πολ.,  Pind. 
Ο.  9,  49  :  also  m  mid.,  Ici.  Ν.  8,  50  :— 
later,  generally,  to  quarrel,  wrangle,  π. 
ry  γλώτττ),  Ar.  Nub.  419. — II.  trans., 
to  war  or  fight  with,  /)ηΐτεροι  πολε- 
μίζειν.  II.  18,  258: — hence  in  pass., 
Opp.  C.  3,  209. 

ΤΙολεμικός,  ή,  όν,  {πόλεμος)  of  or 
for  war,  όπλα,  πλοία,  Thuc.  ;  σκευή, 
αηχαναί.  Plat.,  etc.  :  —  of  persons, 
skilled  in  ivar,  warlike.  Plat.  Rep.  522 
E,  etc. ;  distinguished  from  φιλοπό- 
λεμος, Xen.  An.  2,  C,  1. — 2.  ή  -κή 
(sc.  τέχνη),  the  art  of  war,  war.  Plat. 
Soph.  222  C  ; — so.  ru  πολεμικά,  Hdt. 
3,  4,  and  freq.  in  Xen.  ;  but  also,  war- 
like exercises,  Id.  —  3.  το  πολεμικόν, 
the  signal  for  battle,  τό  π.  αημαίνειν, 
Lat.  signum  canere.  Id.  An.  4,  3,  29 ; 
άνέκραγε  πολεμικόν,  gave  a  war- 
shout,  lb.  7,  3,  33. — II.  like  an  enemy, 
hostile.  Id.  Vect.  4,  44  :  hence  in  adv., 
-κώς  εχειν  προς  τίνα.  Id.  An.  6,  1,  1, 
etc. — 111.  stirring  up  hostility,  Id.  Mem. 
2,  6,  21.     Cf.  sq. 

ΤΙολέμιος,  a,  ov,  also  ος,  ov,  Eur. 
Supp.  1191  (πό?.εμος): — of  οτ  belong- 
ing  to  war,  κάματοι,  Pind.  P.  2,  37  : 
Tu,  πολέμια,  whatever  belongs  to  %uar, 
war  and  its  business,  Hdt.  5,  78  ;  etc. 
—  2.  rarely  like  πολεμικός,  warlike, 
Soph.  Aj.  1013.— II.  hostile,  Pind., 
and  Trag. ;  τινί,  to  one,  Hdt.  1,  4, 
Eur.,  etc.;  but  also,  ό  π.  τινός  {as 
subst.)  one's  enemy,  Hdt.  1,  78,  Find. 
P.  1,  30,  and  Att. :  generally,  opposed, 
conflicting,  Hdt.  7,  47. — 2.  esp.  ή  πο- 
λέμια (sc.  -^ή,  χώρα),  the  enemy's  coun- 
try, Thuc,  and  Xen. ;  cf  Soph.  Aj. 
819.  Adv.  -ίως. — ΙΙολέμιος  is  in  genl. 
older  than  πολεμικός  :  in  Xen.,  etc., 
πολέμιος  is  mostly  used  in  the  sense 
of  hostile,  πολεμικός  in  that  of  war- 
like, skilled  in  war. 

Τίολεμιστά,  6,  Ep.  for  πολεμιστής: 
also  as  voc.  from  πολεμιστής,  II.  10, 
492. 

ΙΙολεμιστήρ,  ήρος,  ό,=^  πολεμιστής. 
Hence 

ΤΙολεμιστήριος,  α,  ον,  also  ος,  οι> : 
of  or  belonging  to  the  warrior,  'ίπποι, 
Hdt.  1,  192  (unless  we  read  πηλεμι- 
στέων  with  Wessel.) ;  βοή,  θώραξ  π., 
Ar.  Ach.  572,  1132;  π.  άρματα,  war- 
chariots,  Hdt.  5,  113,  and  Xen. :  έλάν 
πολεμιΰτήρια,  a  military  game,  Ar. 
1206 


ΠΟΑΕ 

Nub.  28. — II.  TO,  πολεμιστήρια,  also 
=  Tu  πολεμικά.  Plat.  Criti.  119  B, 
Xen.  Cyr.  8,  8,  26. 

ϋυ^Λ-μιστής,  ov,  ό,  (πολεμίζω)  a 
warrior,  combatant,  Hom.  (esp.  in  II.), 
Pind.,  etc. :  Hom.  also  has  πτολεμι- 
στής.     Cf.  foreg. 

Ιίολεμίστρια,  ας,  ή,  fern,  from  πο- 
λεμιστήρ,  the  old  reading  in  Aesch. 
Cho.  424;  but  v.  Ίηλεμίστρια. 

ΤΙο?.εμοόόκος,  ον,=^πολεμηδόκος. 

ΥΙηλεμοκέλαδος,  ov,  {πόλεμος,  κέ- 
λαδος)  rousing  the  din  of  war,  Lyr.  ap. 
Dion.  Comp.  p.  107. 

ΐίολεμόκλονος,  ov,  (πόλεμος,  κλό- 
νος)  raising  the  din  of  war,  Batr.  4, 
276. 

Ι1ο?ίεμόκραι>τος,  ον,(πόλεμος,  κραί- 
νω)  finishing  war,  Aesch.  Theb.  161. 

^ΙΙολεμοκμύτης,  ους,  ό,  Polemocra- 
tes,  a  Macedonian,  Arr.  Ann.  5,  27,  3. 
— 2.  son  of  Machaon,  Paus.  2,  38,  6. 

ΥΙολεμολΰμάχαικός,  ή,  όν,  comic 
word  in  Ar.  Ach.  1082,  a  compd.  of 
πόλεμος,  Αύμαχος  and  'Αχαϊκός. 

ΤΙόλεμόνδε,  adv.  from  πόλεμος,  to 
the  ivar,  into  the  fight,  Horn.  (esp.  in 
II.) :  he  also  has  πτόλεμόνδε. 

ΤΙολεμοποιέω,  ώ,  to  stir  up  zvar, 
Xen.  Hell.  5,  2,  30  :  to  stir  up,  provoke, 
εις  έχθρην,  Hipp.  :  from 

Τίολεμοποιός,  όν,  {πυλέμος,  ποιέω) 
causing  war  or  dissension  :  making  hos- 
tile, Arist.  Pol.  5,  11, 10,  Plut.  Poplic. 
21,  etc. 

ΙΙόλεαος,  ου,  ό,  α  battle,  fight,  and, 
generally,  war,  freq.  in  Hom.,  who 
has  also  the  poet,  form  πτό?ιεμος :  in 
Hom.  and  Hes.  the  signf.  battle  pre- 
vails ;  later,  esp.  in  Att.,  that  of  war  : 
ill  Hdt.  both  alike: — π.  'Αχαιών,  π. 
ανδρών,  their  ivar,  i.  e.  which  they 
bring,  II.  3,  1C5;  24,  8,  etc. :  he  freq. 
has  such  periphr.  as  έρις,  νεϊκος,  φν- 
λοπις  πολέμοιο,  II.  13,  271,  635,  etc.; 
and  oft.  joins  έρις,  μάχη,  δηίοτής,  φϋ- 
λοπις,  etc.,  with  πόλεμος,  as  if  equiv. 
to  it;  cf  γέφυρα:  —  π.  προς  τινα, 
Hdt.  6,  2  ;  επί  τίνος,  Xen.  Hell.  3,  2, 
22  ;  πό7.εμος  εστί  τισι  προς  αλλή- 
λους. Plat.  Symp.  196  A  ;  in  Att.  we 
have  many  phrases,  as  πόλεμον  α'φε- 
σθαί  τινι,  to  levy  uxir  against,  Aesch. 
Supp.  341,  Ar.  Ach.  913,  etc.;  π.  άναι- 
ρεΐσθαι,  κινεϊν,  έγείρειν,  έκφερε ιν, 
καθιστύναι,  έπάγειν,  to  begin  a  war; 
π.  ποιείσθαι,  to  make  war  ;  π.  θέσθαι 
τινί,  Eur.  Or.  13  ; — opp.  to  π.  άνα- 
πανειν,  καταλύεσθαι,  to  put  an  end 
to  it,  make  peace :  cf  also  ακήρυκτος, 
άσπονδος:  metCLph.,ov πόλεμον έπαγ- 
γέλλεις,  i.  e.  your  words  are  peaceful. 
Plat.  Legg.  702  D. — 2.  α  warlike  force, 
army,  as  in  old  French  balaille  was 
used  for  a  battalion. — II.  in  Pind.,  per- 
sonified, War,  Battle,  Fr.  225.  (From 
*πέλω,  akin  to  πελεμίζω,  πόλος,  πο- 
λέω,  and  Lat.  pello,  bellum.) 

ΤΙολεμοτροφέω,  ώ,  {πόλεμος,  τρέ- 
φω) to  foment  or  foster  war,  LXX. 

^ΙΙολεμοϋσα,  ης,  ή,  {the  ivarring) 
Polemusa,  an  Amazon,  Qu.  Sm.  1,  42. 

ΐΙολεμοφΗόρος,  ov,  {πόλεμος,  φθεί- 
ρω) wasting  by  war,  Aesch.  Pers.  652. 

ΤΙολεμόφρων,  όνος,  ό,  ή,  {πόλεμος, 
φρήν)  of  warlike  spirit. 

ΤΙολεμόω,  ώ,  {πόλεμος)  to  make  hos- 
tile, make  an  enemy  of  in  fut.  mid., 
Thuc.  5,  98  : — in  pass.,  to  be  made  an 
enemy  of,  opp.  to  οίκειοϋσθαι.  Id.  1 ,  36. 

αίολέμων,  ωνος,  δ,  Polemo,  a  pupil 
of  Xenocrates  in  Athens,  teacher  of 
Zeno,  Diog.  L.  —  2.  son  of  Zeno  of 
Laodicea,  made  king  by  Augustus, 
Strab.  p.  578  ;  Ath.  "234  C.  —  3.  an 
Athenian,  son  of  Hagnias,  Dem. 
1057,  10. — 4.  ό  ΤΙεριηγτ/τής,  a  Stoic 
philosopher,  author  of  a  descriplioo 


ΠΟΛΙ 

of  the  earth,  Strab.  pp.  15.  396.-5.  a 
king  of  Pontus,  son  of  Pharnaces, 
Strab.  p.  495,  sqq.  —  Others  in  Arr., 
etc. 

αίολέος,  Ep.  gen.  sing,  from  πο- 
λύς ;  πόλεος  gen.  from  πόλις  in  Att. 
poetry. 

ΐίολενω,  {πόλος,  πολέω)  intr.  to 
turn  or  go  about,  Lat.  versari,  κατά, 
άστυ  π.,  to  go  about  the  city,  i.  e.  live 
therein,  Od.  22. 223 ;  cf.  sq.— II.  trans., 
to  turn  round,  to  turn  up,  esp.  the  soil 
with  the  plough,  with  or  without  γήν. 
Soph.  Ant.  340 :  but,  -φνχήν  π.,  to 
pass  one's  life,  like  πολενημαι,  Eur. 
Incert.  99,  ace.  to  Valck.  Diatr.  p.  246. 

ϋολέω,  ώ,  {πό'λος)  to  turn  round, 
turn  about,  turn  up,  esp.  the  soil  with 
the  plough,  with  or  without  γήν,  to 
plough,  Hes.  Op.  460,  hke  polare  agros 
in  Ennius:  hence  πολε%>ω,  πω?.άω. 
— II.  to  surround,  go  round  about,  haunt, 
νήσον,  Aesch.  Pers.  307  ;  so  in  mid., 
όψεις  ενννχοι  πολονμενοι  ές  παρΟε- 
νώνας.  Id.  Pr.  645  (cf.  πωλέομαι). — 
{Μοχ\θβπο7^ενω,πόλίς,\.Λ\8θ*πέ7Μ.) 

ΙΙόλεων,  gen.  plur.  from  πόλις : — 
but — II.  πόλεων.  Ion.  gen.  plur.  from 
πολϋς,  Hom. 

*Ι1ολ//,  ή,  the  surface,  only  found  in 
the  adv.  έπιπολής,  q.  v. 

ΤΙόληες,  ήων,  Ion.  plur.  from  πόλις. 
for  πόλεες,  πόλεις,  Hom. ;  gen.  and 
ace.  sing.  πό7^ηος,  πόληα,  Hes. 

Τίόλτισις,  εως,  ή,  {πολέω)  α  turning 
round.  Plat.  Cr«t.  405  C. 

ΙΙολιύ,  ή,  v.  πολιός. 

^ΐΐο/.ίαγρος,  ov,  ό,  Poliagrus,  masc. 
pr.  η.,  Ael.  V.  Η.  5,  8. 

αίολιύδης,  ov  Ion.  εω,  δ,  PoHades, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Hdt.  9,  53. 

ΤΙο7.ϊαίνω,  {πο7.ιός)  to  make  gray  οτ 
white  :  —  pass,  to  grow  gray  or  wliite^ 
e.  g.  of  the  foaming  sea,  Aesch.  Pers. 
110. 

ΐΙο7.ΐάνθτ},  ης,  ^,  (άνθος)  an  oint 
ment  made  of  πόλιον,  Inscr. 

ΐίολιάνομέω.  ώ,  to  be  a  noTuavauoc, 
Ep.  Plat.  363  C. 

Τ1ο7ΰάνόμος,  ov,  b,  {πόλις,  νέμω)  a 
civic  magistrate,  the  chief  magistrate  of 
a  city,  Dio  C. 

ΤΙολΐάοχος,  ov.  Dor.  for  πολιήο- 
χος,  πο7ιονχος  (q.y.),  Pind. 

Ιίολϊαρχέω,  ώ,  to  be  a  πολίαρχος, 
Dio  C. 

ΐίολίαρχος,  ov,  6,  (πό7^ς,  'άρχω) 
ruler  of  a  city,  a  king,  prince,  π.  πάτρα, 
Pind.  Ν.  7,  125,  Eur.  Rhes.  381.— II. 
the  commandant  of  a  city,  Lat.  praefec- 
tus  iirhi. 

αίολίαρχος,  ov,  o,Poliarchus,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Ael.  V.  H.  8,4. 

ΤΙολϊάς,  άδος,  ή,  (πά7ας)  guardian 
of  the  city,  epith.  of  Minerva  in  her 
oldest  temple  on  the  Acropolis  of 
Athens,  as  distinguished  from  Άί^. 
ΤΙαρθένοςΌ.ηύ  Άβ.  ΐΙρόμαχοΓ,  first  in 
Hdt.  5,  82,  V.  Midler  Eumen.  ^  30, 
67  note  6  :  she  had  the  same  name  in 
many  Greek  towns,  cf  ΤΙολιευς. 

ΤΙολι.ύτας,  δ,  Dor.  for  πολιήτης, 
opp.  to  ξείνος,  Pind.  I.  1,  74. 

Τίο7ύδιον,  ου.  τό,  dim.  from  πόλις, 
a  small  town,  Strab.  [Z] 

ΤΙολίδριον,  ov,  TO.  =^  foreg. 

ΙΙολίεθρον,  ov,  TO,  V.  πτολίεθρον. 

iTloλίειov,  ov,  TO,  PoUSmn,  a  city 
of  Lucania,  the  earlier  Siris,  Strab. 
p.  264. 

ΠολΓεΰζ",  έως,  6,  guardian  of  the  city , 
epith.  of  Jupiter,  Arist.  Mund.  7,  3: 
the  contr.  gen.  Πολίώ^•  occurs  in  old 
Att.  Inscrr. 

ΤΙολίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (πόλις)  to  build  or 
found  a  city  ;  and,  generally,  to  build, 
found,  τείχος  πο7ύσσαμεν  (for  Ιπο• 
λίσαμεν),  II.  7,  453 ;  'Ιλιος  πεπόλι 


ΠΟΛΙ 

στο,  Π.  20,  217 ;  ττόλις  ττετίό'λισται, 
Hes.  Fr.  39,  5  ;  and  freq.  in  Hdt.,  as 

4,  108  ;  5,  13.  —  II.  χωρίον  πο/ύζειν, 
to  colonize  a  country  bi/  building  a  city, 
Xen.  An.  6,  6,  4,  cf.  Plut.  Rom.  9. 

ΤΙολίΖ/οχος.  ov.  Dor.  πολίύοχος,^ 
ηο'λιοϋχος,  Find.  Ο.  5,  24. 

ΐΐο/.ϊήτϊ/ς,  ου,  ό,  poet,  for  ττο^ύ,της, 
a  citizen,  11.  2,  806,  freq.  in  Hdt.,  and 
twice  in  Trag.,  Aesch.  Pers.  556, 
Eur.  El.  119;  also,  a  fellow-citizen, 
countryman,  Hdt.  1,  120:  cf.  ΤΓολίά- 
τας. 

ΪΙολΙήτις,  ιόος,  fern,  from  πολιή- 
της,  Eur.  Hipp.  1126,  Αρ.  Rh. 

ΐίολίήτωρ,  ορός,  ό,=^πολί7Ίτης,  Or. 
Sib. 

ΙΙόλινδε,  adv.  from  πόλις,  into  or 
to  the  city,  Horn. 

ΐίολϊοβρίξ,  τρϊχος,  {πολώς,  θρίξ) 
gray-haired,  Strab. 

ΧίολΙοκόρσης,  ου,  6,  (πολιός,  κόρ- 
CT)7)=sq.,  Nicet. 

ίΐο'λΐοκρότάφος,  ον,  (πολιός,  κρό- 
ταφος) with  gray  hair  on  the  temples, 
i.  e.  jtist  beginning  to  be  gray,  (as  says 
Theocr.  14,  68,  άπό  κροτάφων  ττελό- 
μεσθα  γηρα?ίέθί,  cf  Arist.  Color.  Ο, 
11,)  U.  8,  518,  Hes.  Op.  179;  cf 
πολιός. 

ΙΠόλίον,  ου,  τό,  Folium,  later  Πό- 
λισμα,  a  city  of  Troas,  Strab.  p.  601. 

ΙΙόλίοΐ',  ου,  τό,  a  plant  with  a 
strong  aromatic  smell,  Lat.  polium, 
prob.  so  called  from  having  glaucovs 
leaves,  Theophr. 

ΤΙολιόομαι,  (πολιός)  as  pass.,  to  he 
or  become  gray,  Arist.  Anal.  Pr.  1,  13, 

5,  etc. 

ΐίοΆϊοπ7Μκαμος,  ov,  (πολιός,  πλό- 
καμος) gray-haired,  Q.  Sm.  14,  14. 

ΤΙολΙορκέω,  ώ,  f  -τ'/σομαι :  (τΓολίξ•, 
εϊργω,  ίρκος) : — to  hem  in  a  city,  block- 
ade, beleaguer,  besiege,  π.  τίνα  or  πό• 
λιν,  Hdt.  1,  26,  etc.,  Ar.  Vesp.  685, 
Thuc,  etc. :  metaph.,  to  besiege,  an- 
noy, pester,  Xen.  Hell.  4,  7,  1,  Mem. 
2,  1,  13. — The  fut.  πο7.ιορκήσομαι  is 
used  by  Hdt.  5,  34;  8,  49,  Thuc.  3, 
109,  in  pass,  signf  for  πολιορκηθησο- 
μαι.     Hence 

ΐίολιορκητέος,  a,  ov,  verb,  adj., 
that  must  be  taken  by  siege,  to  be  taken, 
Xen.  Cyr.  7,  5,  7 :  and 

ΐΐο/ίίορκητής,  οϋ,  ό,  taker  of  cities, 
surname  of  Demetrius  son  of  Cas- 
sander,  Plut.  Demetr.  42,  etc.   Hence 

ΤΙο?ΰορκ}]Τίκός,  ή,  όν,  of,  ft  for, 
usual  in  besieging,  Volyh.  1,  58,  4  :  πο- 
λιορκητικά, τά,  a  treatise  on  the  art  of 
sieges. 

ϊίολίορκία,  ας,  ή,  (πολιορκεω)  a 
beleasuering,  siege  of  a  city,  Hdt.  5,  34, 
Thuc.  2,  78,  etc.  :  metaph.,  a  torment- 
ing, Plut.  Sull.  25. 

ΐΙο?αός,  ά,  όν,  in  Horn.,  and  Att. 
sometimes  ός,  όν  : — gray,  white,  Hom. 
as  epith.  of  wolves,  II.  10,  334 ;  of 
iron,  II.  9,  366,  etc.  ;  of  the  surging 
sea,  αλός  πολιοΐο,  II.  20,  229,  Od.  5, 
410 ;  but  esp.  of  hair,  gray  or  hoary 
from  age,  II.  22,  74,  Od.  24,  316,  Hes. 
Th.  271,  and  Trag.  ;  hence,  ή  πολιά, 
hoary  hair,  Arist.  ProbL  10,  34 :  ai 
πολιαί  (sc.  τρίχες),  gray  or  white  hair, 
Find.  0.  4,  40,  like  canae  (sc.  comae) 
in  Cicero  ;  άμα  ταΐς  πηλιαίς  κατιον- 
σαις,  as  the  gray  hairs  come  down 
(i.  e.  from  the  head  and  temples  to 
the  beard,  cf  πολιοκρύταφος),  Ca- 
saub.  Ar.  Eq.  520,  908  ;  as  also  πο- 
λιός, a  gray,  hoary-headed  man,  Od. 
24,  498,  cf  Flat.  Farm.  127  Β  :— Find. 
P.  4,  175  has  a  strange  phrase,  τίςσε 
πολιάς  ίξανήκε  γαστριΊς :  i.  e.,  ace. 
to  Harm.,  who  was  it  bare  thee  in  her 
old  age  ?  implying  that  he  was  τη/.ύ- 
γετος  (q.  v.)  ;  or,  ace.  to  Bockh,  what 


Π0Α1 

old  woman^s  womb  bare  thee  ?  imply- 
ing a  sarcasm.  —  II.  white ;  and  so, 
metaph.,  light,  clear,  serene,  εαρ,  Hes. 
Op.  475,  490  ;  α'ιθήρ,  Eur.  Or.  1376  ; 
Uijp,  Ap.  Rh.  3,  275. — III.  metaph., 
hoary,  old,  venerable,  νόμος,  Aesch. 
Supp.  058 ;  λόγος,  φήμη,  etc.,  Seidl. 
Eur.  El.  696 ;  μάθημα  π.  χρόνω. 
Flat.  Tim.  22  Β.  (Akin  to  πελ?.ος 
or  πέλλος,  πέλιος,  and  Lat.  pullus  : 
but  prob.  not  to  παλαιός.) 

fΏ.ό?.ioς  or  ΙΙό'λλιος,  6,  οίνος,  Pol- 
lian  wine,  grown  at  Syracuse,  and  so 
named  from  a  prince  (Pollis  ?),  Ael. 
V.  H.  12,  31. 

Ί1ο7'ιότης,  ητος,  ή,  (πο?ιΐός)  gray- 
ness,  Arist.  Gen.  An.  5,  1,  33. 

ΐίολιότρΐχος,  ον,^πολιόθριξ,  0pp. 

ΤΙο/ΰονχος,  ov,  (πόλις,  ίχω)  occu- 
pying or  protecting  a  city,  like  ΐΥολιεύς 
and  ΐίολιάς,  always  epith.  of  the 
guardian  deity  of  a  city  :  Άθηναίη 
π.,  in  Chios,  fldt.  1,  160  ;  Παλλάζ•  ττ. 
at  Athens,  Ar.  Eq.  581,  cf  Nub.  602 
(so,  ΤΙα/.λιάς  πολιάοχος,  Pind.  Ο.  5, 
24) ;  π.  θεοί,  Aesch.  Theb.  512,  etc. ; 
Ζευς,  Plat.  Legg.  921  0•.—  πολισον- 
χος,  πο?Λσσονχος,  are  synon. 

ΤΙο?ΰοφν?.άκέω,  ώ,  (πόλις,  φυλάσ- 
σω) to  guard  a  city. — II.  of  an  army, 
to  keep  within  walls,  opp.  to  taking  the 
field,  Polyb.  18,  22,  4. 

iTloλίoχoς,  ov,  ό,  Poliochus,  a  poet 
of  the  new  comedy,  Ath.  60  C. 

ϋολΐόχρως,  ωτος,  ό,  ή,  (πολώς, 
χρως)  with  white  skin,  white,  κύκνος, 
Eur.  Bacch.  1364. 

'Π.ο?ίΐπόρθης,  ου,  (πό?^ς,  πέρθω) 
sacker  of  cities,  Aesch.  Ag.  472. 

Τίολίπορθος,  ov,  —  foreg.,  Aesch. 
Ag.  782. 

ΐίολφβαίστης,  ου,  ό.  (πόλις,  βαίω) 
—πο?απόρθης.  Lye.  210.  " 

ΠΟ'ΛΙΣ,  εως,  ή.  Ion.  and  Dor.  gen. 
πολιός,  etc.,  in  Att.  poetry  also  πό• 
λεος,  etc.,  Ep.  πόλ7]ος,  etc. ;  in  Ion. 
poetry  also  πόλενς,  Theogn.  774, 
1039  :  —  Hom.  has  genit.  πόλιος  as 
dissyll.,  II.  2,  811,  like  Att.  πόλεως, 
Fors.  Med.  906  :— -dat.  ττόλεί,  Ep.  πό- 
?.ηϊ: — ace.  πόλιν,  but  Hes.  Sc.  105 
has  ace.  πό7νηα.  Plur.  nom.  πόλεες, 
in  Od.  15,  412  πόλιες  : — gen.  πο/ύων: 
—dat.  πολίεσσι,  Od.  21,  252,  etc. ; 
Dor.  πολίεσι,  Pind.  P.  7,  8,  Foed. 
Lacon.  ap.  Thuc.  5,  77,  79 : — ace.  πό- 
λεις,  πό?.ιας,  fH-  4,  308|  (as  dissyll, 
Od.  8,  560),  and  in  Hdt.  πόλίς.  Att. 
dual  gen.  πολέοιν,  Isocr.  55  C : — nom. 
and  ace.  πόλη.  Id.  44  Β  ;  but  in  Att. 
πό?ί.ει  seems  to  have  been  used, 
Buttm.  Ausf  Gr.  §  51  Anm.  7,  note : 
cf  also  πτόλις  {πόλος,  πο?ι,έω). 

A  city,  freq.  as  early  as  Horn.,  and 
Hes.  :  πόλις  άκρη,  and  άκροτάτη,^= 
ακρόπολις,  the  fortress  of  the  city, 
citadel,  II.  6,  88,  257  ;  20,  52  ;  which 
at  Athens  also  was  often  called  sim- 
ply πόλ.ις,  while  the  rest  of  the  city 
was  called  άστυ,  Ar.  Eq.  1093,  Lys. 
245,  cf  Thuc.  2,  15,  Xen.  An.  7.  1, 
27  :  hence  the  guardian  deities  of  the 
Athenian  Acropolis  were  θεοί  ΐϊολιοΰ- 
χοι,  esp.  Ζευς  Polieus  and  'Α.θηνά 
Polias,  Br.  Ar.  Lys.  245,  Hemst.  Ar. 
Plut.  p.  260. — II.  a  whole  country,  as 
dependent  on  and  called  after  its  city, 
Od.  6,  177,  cf  Heinr.  Hes.  Sc.  380 ; 
so  also  in  II.  17,  144,  Soph.  O.  C. 
1533,  etc.,  Strab.  :  hence,  an  island 
peopled  by  men,  II.  14,  230  ;  περφβύ- 
τας  πάλεις,  Aesch.  Eum.  77;  cf 
Bockh  Expl.  Pind.  O.  7,  34,  Dissen. 
I.  4,  49,  sq.  —  III.  when  πό/Λς  and 
άστυ  are  joined,  the  former  is  the 
body  of  citizens,  the  latter,  their  dwell- 
ings (though  in  the  phrase  όήμός  τε 
πόλις  τε,  Od.  11,  14,  πόλις  denotes 


ΠΟΑΙ 

the  town),  ων  πό?ας  ΰνήριθμος  δλλυ 
ται,  i.  e.  πολΐται,  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  179  : — 
hence  πόλις,  esp.  in  Att.,  the  state 
(πολιτεία).  Soph.  Ant.  734,  etc.,  cf. 
Valck.  Phoen.  932 ;  esp.  α  free  state, 
republic.  Soph.  Ant.  737,  Xen.  Cyr. 
8,  2,  28  :  τά  της  πό7.εως,  state-affairs, 
government.  Plat.  Frot.  318  E. — 2.  the 
right  of  citizenship,  like  Lat.  civitas, 
Ar.  Ran.  717. — In  prose  πόλις  always 
has  the  art.,  except  when  it  is  used 
generally  of  a  state  or  commonwealth 
as  such,  as  in  Flat.  Rep.  422  E, 
Legg.  766  D ;  while  in  Trag.  this  is 
usu.  omitted,  Ellendt  Lex.  Soph.  2, 
p.  237. 

tllo^tf,  εως,  ή.  Polls,  a  village  of 
the  Hyaei  in  Locris,  Thuc.  3,  101. 

^ΥΙόλισμα,  ατός,  τό,  v.  Πόλίον. 

ΐΐόλισμα,  ατος,τό,(πο7ύζω)  the  build- 
ings of  a  city,  a  city,  town,  (Lat.  urbs 
as  opp.  to  civitas),  sometimes^  ττόλίο, 
sometimes  different  from  it,  of  Echa- 
tana,  Hdt.  1,  98;  of  Thebes,  Aesch. 
Theb.  63  ;  of  Troy,  Soph.  Phil.  1424; 
of  Athens,  Id.  O.  C.  1496:— and  in 
prose,  as  Thuc.  1,  10,  etc.  : — also  α 
tract  of  country  that  is  peopled,  Wun- 
derl.  Obs.  Cr.  p.  190. 

Πο7.ισμάτιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from 
foreg.,  Polyb.  1,  24,  12,  Plut.  [a] 

ΐίολισμός,  οϋ,  ό,  (πο7.ίζω)  the  build' 
ing  of  a  city,  Dion.  H. 

ΐΙο7.1σονχος,  ον,=^πο7Λθϋχος,  v.  1. 
Aesch.  Theb.  822. 

Πολισσονόμος,  ov,  (πόλις,  νέμω) 
managing  or  ruling  a  city,  άρχαί, 
Aesch.  Cho.  864;  βιοτή.  Id.  Pers. 
853. 

ΐίολισσόος,  ov,  (  πόλις,  σώζω ) 
guarding  a  city  or  cities,  H.  Hom.  7,  2. 

Τ\ολισσονχος,  ov,  poet,  for  πολιού- 
χος,θεοί,  Aesch.  Theb.  69, 185 ;  λεώ^, 
Id.  Eum.  775,  cf  883. 

ΐίολιστής,  οϋ,  6,  (πολίζω)  the  build- 
er, founder  of  a  city,   Eur.   Erechth. 

17,  13,  ace.  to  Reiske  and  Osann. 
ΐΙο7Λτάρχης,  ου,  o,:=sq.,  Ν.  Τ. 
Ί1ο7ύταρχος,  ου,  ό,^=πο7.ίαρχος. 
ΐίολϊτεία,  ας,  ή,  Ion.  -ηΐη,  (πολι- 

τεϋω)  the  relation  in.  which  a  citizen 
stands  to  the  state,  the  condition,  rights 
of  a  citizen,  citizenship,  Lat.  civitas, 
Hdt.  9,  34,  Thuc,  etc. ;  πο7Λτείαν 
δοϋναί  τινί,  Xen.  Hell.  4,  4,  6 ;  π. 
εστί  μοι  έν  πό7.ει,  lb.  1,  2,  10. — 2.  the 
life  of  a  citizen,  one's  daily  life,  Lat.  ra- 
tio vitae  civilis,  Dem.  399,  6. — II.  the 
life  and  business  of  a  statesman,  hence 
government,  administration,  Ar.  Eq. 
219,  Xen.  Mem.  3,  9,  15,  Dem.  254, 

18,  etc. — III.  civil  polity,  the  condition 
of  a  state,  a  state,  constitution,  freq.  in 
Plat.,  etc.  :  a  form  of  government,  Plat. 
Rep.  562  A,  etc.,  Aeschin.  1,  19,  etc. 
— 2.  esp.,  a  well-ordered  republican  gov- 
ernment, a  commonwealth,  Arist.  Pol. 
3,7,3;  4,  8,  I ,  etc.  ;  and  so,  general 
ly,  a  republic,  Xen.  Ath.  1,  1,  etc. 

ΐίολίτενμα,  ατός,  τό,  (πο/Λτεύω) 
the  art  of  a  governor ;  USU.  in  plur., 
measures  of  government,  as  Plat.  Legg, 
945  D,  Isocr.  156  A,  etc.  ;  but  in 
sing.,  π.  δημοκρατίας,  Aeschin.  51, 

12.  —  II.  citizenship,  life  as  a  citizen, 
N.  Ύ.—ΐη.^πολιτεια  111,  Polyb.  1, 

13,  12;  5,  9,  9,  etc. 
ΤΙολίτευτής,   ov,   ό,    a  statesman  • 

from 

ϋολίτενω,  f.  -σω,  to  be  a  πολίτης, 
be  a  citizen  or  free-man,  live  in  a  free 
state,  Xen.  An.  3,  2,  26 ;  opp.  to  one 
who  is  under  a  monarchy,  Polyb.  4, 
76,  2  :  but  this  is  more  freq.  as  dep., 
v.  infra  B.  I. — 2.  to  have  a  certain  form 
of  πο7.ιτεία  or  government,  π.  κατ' 
όλιγαρχίαν,  Thuc.  1,  19;  3,  62,  cf. 
4,  130:  V.  infra  B.  3.— Π.  trans.,  ta 
1207 


ΠΟΛΙ 

administer  or  govern  a  state,  Thuc.  2, 
65 :  hence  in  pass.,  of  the  state,  to  be 
governed,  Plat.  Rep.  427  A,  etc. :  tu 
αΰτζ)  πεπολιτενμέι>!τ.,  his  public  meas- 
ures, Dinarch.  9ϋ,  10.  —  2.  to  create  a 
citizen.  Died. 

B.  most  usu.  as  dep.,  c.  fut.  mid. 
ΤΓολίΓενσομαι,  Ar.  Eq.  1365,  Xen. 
Ath.  3,  9  :  but  aor.  pass,  έπολίτεν- 
θην,  Thuc.  6,  02,  etc.,  and  pf.  ττεπο- 
λίτευμαί,  Dein.  170,  23,  etc.  To  be 
afree  citizen,  live  as  sicch,  lilie  the  act., 
Thuc.  C,  92 ;  and  very  frcq.  in  ail 
Att.  writers  ;  generally,  to  live,  Xen. 
Hell.  2,  4,  22,  Dem.,  etc. :  also,  λαός 
πολιτενοιτ'  άν,  they  ivnuld  form  a 
state,  Eur.  Aeol.  2. — 2.  then,  since  all 
citizens  were  members  of  the  gov- 
erning body,  to  take  part  in  the  govern- 
ment, Thuc.  2,  15  ;  to  meddle  with  pol- 
itics, Plat.  Rep.  561  D ;  opp.  to  Ιδιω- 
τενειν,  Aeschin.  27,  32. — 3.  to  have  a 
certain  form  of  government,  Isocr.  31 
D,  Plat.  Rep.  508  B,  etc.  ;  πόλις  άρι- 
στα πολιτευόμενη,  Plat.  Rep.  402  D  ; 
■κολιτείαν  ανισον  πυλιτεύεσθαι,  Aes- 
chin. 1,21. — II.  trans.,  to  adminiater  or 
govern,  τύ.  καθ' έαυτοϊκ;  πολιτενεσθαι, 
Dem.  151,  4,  etc.  ;  and  then  absol.,  to 
conduct  the  government,  Ar.  Eq.  1305  : 
re.  πόλεμον  εκ  πολέμου,  to  make  per- 
petual war  the  principle  ofgwernment, 
Aeschin.  51,  fin. 

ΙΙολίτηίη,  ης,  ή,  Ion.  for  πολιτεία, 
Hdt. 

ΤΙολίτης,  ov,  δ.  Ion.  πολιήτης,  q.  v. 
{πόλις)  : — α  member  of  a  city  or  state, 
citizen,  freeman,  Lat.  civis,  II.  15,  558, 
Od.  7,  131,  Pind.,  etc.  —  2.  also  like 
Lat.  civis,:::^co7icivis,  a  fellow-citizen, 
fellow-countryman,  Hdt.,  etc. — II.  gen- 
erally, belonging  to,  connected  with  one's 
city  or  country,  ακτή  πολιήτις,  Valck. 
Hipp.  1126;  θεοί  πολΙται=^  πολιού- 
χοι, Aesch.  Theb.  253. 

'\ΤΙολίτης,  ου,  ο,  Polites,  a  son  of 
Priam  and  Hecuba,  II.  2,  791.— 2.  a 
companion  of  Ulysses,  Od.  10,  224  : 
cf.  Strab.  p.  255. — -Others  in  Paus. 

ΠολίΓίς'ω,  f.  -ίσω,=^πολιτενω. 

ΐίολϊτϊκός,  η,  όν,  (πολίτης)  of  or 
belonging  to  citizens,  ξν?~λογος,  ohcor. 
Plat.  Gorg.  452  E,  Isocr.  19  A  ;  ττ. 
στράτευμα,  Ιππείς  (as  opp.  to  σύμμα- 
χοι), Xen.  Hell.  4,  4,  19,  etc.  ;  π.  χώ- 
ρα, Lat.  ager  publicus,  Polyb.  6,  45,  3. 
— 2.  befitting  a  citizen,  like  a  citizen, 
constitiitional,  Lat.   civilis,  Xen.   Cyr. 

1,  5,  13  ;  hence,  civil,  courteous,  Polyb, 
24,  5,  7  ;  hence  in  adv.,  -κώς  ίχειν,  to 
think,  act  like  a  citizen,  in  a  constitu- 
tional manner,  Lat.  civiliteragere,  Isocr. 
56  D,  cf.  72  β  ;  ουκ  ίσως  οΰόε  π., 
Dem.  151,  4;  hence,  civilly,  kindly, 
Polyb.  18,  31,  7.  —  II.  belonging  to  or 
befitting  a  statesman,  fitted  for  state  af- 
fairs, Xen.  Cyr.  2,  2,  14  ;  hence  6  ττο- 
λlTlκ6ς,thesίatestnnn,FlΆt. ,\\ho\vrote 
a  dialogue  so  called. — III.  belonging  to 
the  state  or  its  administration,  political, 
Lat.  publicus,  opp,  to  οικείος,  Thuc. 

2,  40 :  70  π.,=  οί  πο'λϊται,  the  bodi/  of 
citizens,  commonwealth,  Hdt.  7,  103  ;  ή 
-κή  (sc.  τέχνη)  the  art  of  government. 
Plat.  Gorg.  521  D,  etc. ;  but  ή  -κή  (so. 
επιστήμη)  the  stience  of  politics,  i.  e. 
the  principles  of  social  relations  and  du- 
ties, etc.,  as  opp.  to  ή  ί/βική  (ethics — 
the  science  of  individual  duties),  freq. 
in  Plat.,  as  Polit.  259  C,  303  E,  Arist. 
Rhet.  1 ,  2, 7,  Elh.  Ν .  6,  8,  2  :— τα  7Γ0- 
λίτικύ,  state-affairs,  public  matters, 
Thuc.  6,  15,  Plat.,  etc.  ;  τΐι  π.  πράτ- 
τειν,  to  take  part  in  the  government, 
Plat.  Gorg.  521  Γ).  etc.— IV.  general- 
ly, having  relation  to  public  life,  public, 
opp.  to  κατ'  Ίδιας,  Thuc.  8,  89 ;  so, 
π.  τιμαί,  Xen.  Mem.  2,  0,24;  π.  λό- 

1208 


ΠΟΑΛ 

■γος,  Isocr.  319  C. — V.  of  language  or 
style,  suited  to  a  citizen's  connnon  life, 
received,  the  7iotus  civilisque  vt  proprius 
sermo  of  Suet.,  cf.  Schaf.  Dion.  Comp. 
p.  6,  7. — VI.  adv.  -κώς,  v.  supra  I.  2. 

Τίο?ΰτίς,  ιδος,  fern,  from  πολίτης, 
a  female  citizen.  Soph.  El.  1227,  Eur. 
El.  1335,  Plat.  Legg.  814  C. 

Ήολϊτισμυς,  οϋ,  ό,  (πολιτίζω)  the 
administration  of  public  affairs,  Diog. 
L.  4,  39. 

ΙΙο?ΰτογράφέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (πολί- 
της, γράφω)  to  confer  the  citizenship 
upon,  in  pass.,  Polyb.  32,  17,  3. 
Hence 

ΤΙολίτογράφία,  ας,  ;/,  the  enrolling 
as  a  citizen,  Diog.  L. 

Τ1ολΐτοκάπη7ιθς,  ov,  a,  one  who 
deals  with  the  state  or  with  citizens. 

Ώολ,Ιτοκοπέω,  ώ,  (πολιτοκόπος)^= 
δημοκοπέω  :  in  Plat.  (Com.)  Pels.  5, 
=^λοιδορεΐν,  κωμωδεΐν.     Hence 

ΤΙολίτοκοπία,  ας,  ή,^=δημοκοπία. 

ΐίολϊτοκόπος,ον,  (πολίτης,  κόπτω) 
=  δημοκόπος,  fawning  on  the  citizens. 

ΤΙολίτοόθόρος,  ov.  (πολίτης,  φθεί- 
ρω) hurtful  to  the  citizens,  ruining  land 
and  people.  Plat.  Legg.  854  C 

Π-θ7ΰτοφνλί1κεω,  ώ,  (πολιτοφνλαξ) 
to  xvatch  the  citizens  or  people,  whether 
of  the  magistracy  or  of  an  enemy's 
garrison.     Hence 

ΤΙολίτοφϋλύκία,  ας,  fj,  a  watching 
of  the  citizens.  —  2.  the  garrison  of  a 
town.  ken.  Tact. 

Τίολίτυφνλαξ,  άκος,  ό,  (πολίτης, 
φν'λαξ)  one  who  ivatches  citizens:  in 
Larissa,  the  chief  magistrate,  Arist. 
Pol.  2,  8,  9 ;  5,  0,  6. 

ΤΙο?ύχνη,  ης,  ή,  {πό2ις)  a  small 
town,  rare  dimin.  form,  v.  Bnltm. 
Ausf  Gr.  %  119,  63,  cf.  Germ.  -chen. 
— II.  Υίολί.χνη,  ης,  Att.  ΤΙολίχνΰ  :  cf. 
Arnold  Thuc.  8,  14,  Polickne,  a  city 
in  Chios,  Hdt.  6,  26.  —  t2.  a  small 
town  of  Crete  near  Cydonia,  Thuc. 
2,  85:  cf.  Hdt.  7,  170.  —  3.  a  small 
town  of  Ionia  near  Clazomenae, 
Thuc.  e,  14,  ubi  v.  Arnold.  —  4.  a 
small  town  of  Troas,  Strab.  p.  601. 
— Others  in  Paus. ;  etc. 

ΤΙολίχνιον.  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  foreg., 
Plat.  Rep.  370  D,  Isocr. 

^ΐίολιχνίτης,  ov,  ό,  an  inhah.  of 
Polichne  (II.  2) :  ol  Ί1ο7.ιχνΙται,  ών 
Ion.  έων,  the  Polichnitae,  Hdt.  7,  170. 

^ΤΙόλιχος,  ov,  b,  Polichus,  son  of 
Lycaon,Apollod.  3,  8,  1. 

ΤΙολΐώδης.  ες,  (πολιός,  είδος)  gray- 
ish, xvhitish,  Luc.  Alex.  60. 

Τίο?ύωσις.  ή,  (πολιόω)  a  making 
gray. — II.  a  becoming  so. 

ΐίολλάκις.  Ion.  πολλάκι,  adv.,  (πολ- 
λός,  πολνς)  many  times,  USU.  of  time, 
often,  oft,  II.  1,  396,  etc.,  Hes.,  and 
Pind. ;  —  either  form  being  used,  as 
the  verse  requires ;  so  in  Trag., 
Aesch.  Theb.  227,  Supp.  131,  Soph. 
O.  T.  1275,  etc. :— in  Hdt.  both  forms 
occur  without  apparent  distinction, 
and  the  readings  vary,  but  in  Att. 
prose  only  πολλάκις  : — το  π.,  for  the 
most  part,  Pind.  O.  1,  51  :  —  also  of 
number,  π.  μίφιοι  or  μνρίοι,  many 
tens  of  thousands.  Plat.  Legg.  810  D  : 
— of  size,  rmdtoties,  π.  μείζον,  Plut.  2, 
944  A.  —  II.  very  much ;  altogether, 
Theocr.  2,  88,  cf.  1,  144.— III.  in  Att. 
after  ει.  εάν.  άν,  perhaps,  perchance, 
Lat.  si  forte.  Plat  Phaed.  60  E,  etc.  ; 
and  after  μή,  Lat.  ne  forte,  Thuc.  2, 
13,  and  Plat. ;  cf.  Heind.  Phaed.  1.  c, 
Stallb.  Phaed r.  238  D.  [(«?] 

ΠολλητΓΛασίάζ'ω,  (πολ7ιαπλάσιος) 
to  multiply,  magnify,  Polyb.  30,  4,  13. 
Hence 

ΤΙο7.7.α~7.άσίάσις,  ή,  multiplication : 
and 


ΠΟΑΑ 

ΤΙολλαπλάσιασμός,  ov,  i,= foreg., 
Plut.  2,  388  C,  etc. 

ΤΙολ7ιαπλάσίος,  a,  ov,  also  ος,  ov, 
(πολύς)  many  times  as  many,  many 
times  more,  many  times  larger,  followed 
by  ή...,  ήπερ...,  Hdt.  4,  50,  Plat.  Rep. 
530  C,  etc. ;  or  by  a  genit.,  Hdt.  7, 
48,  Antipho  122,  15,  Thuc.  4,  94, 
etc. :  —  πολ7.απλασία  ava7\,oyia,  in 
Arist.  An.  Post.  1,  12,  7,  is  under- 
stood by  some  to  be  geometrical  pro- 
gressimi  (e.  g.  2.  4,  8,  16..) ;  by  others 
a  series  in  which  each  term  is  the 
square  of  the  one  before,  (as  2,  4,  16, 
256..). — The  Ion.  form  is  πολλαπλή- 
σιος,  7}.  ov,  the  prevailing  form  in 
Hdt.,  where  πο7.ληπλ7'/σιος  seems  to 
be  a  mere  f.  1. ;  but  Hdt.  also  seems 
to  have  used  the  common  form,  for, 
in  7,  100,  πο7λαπ7.ύσιος  is  read  in  all 
MSS.,  and  Gaisf.  has  adopted  it  m  4, 
50  ;  5,  45  ;  8,  10,  where  the  readings 
vary.    Adv.  -ίυς,  Hifip.  [πλΰ]   Hence 

ΤΙολλαπλάσιόω,  ώ,  to  multiply ,  Plat. 
Rep.  525  E. 

Πολλαπλασίων,  ον,=^πο7.λαπλά- 
σιος,  Polyb.  35.  4,  4. 

Τίολλαπλάσίωσις,  ή,  (πολλαπλά- 
Οίόω)  multiplication,  PJat•.  Rep.  587  Ε, 
Arist.,  etc. 

Πολλαττλ^σίΟζ•,  η,  ov,  Ion.  for  πολ- 
/ΜΊΓ/.άσιος.  q.  v. 

ΤΙολ7ίαπλόος,  η,  ov,  contr.  -π?.ονς, 
ή,  OVV,  manifold,  many  times  as  lung, 
βίος.  Plat.  Tim.  75  B.— II.  ΰνΐιρ  δι- 
π/ίονς  και  π.,  like  Lat.  multiplex,  i.  e. 
not  simple  and  straight-forward.  Id. 
Rep.  397  E. 

ΐίολλάχή,  adv.,  many  times,  often, 
Hdt.  1,  42;  6,  21. — II.  iVi  divers  man- 
ners, Aesch.  Supp.  468  ;  πολλ,α  ττολ- 
7Μχή,  Soph.  Ο.  C.  1020  ;  ττολλ.  αλ7.ι$. 
Plat.  Theaet.  179  C,  etc. ;  opp.  to 
ούόαμή,  Xen.  An.  7,  3,  12. 

ΐΙο7ι,λάχόθεν, Adv.,  from  many  places 
or  sides,  Thuc.  6,  32,  Plat.  Legg.  842 
C,  etc. 

ΤΙολ7άχόθΐ,  adv.,  in  many  places, 
Xen.  Cyr.  7,  1,  30. 

ΪΙολλΰχόσε,  adv.,  towards  many 
sides,  into  many  parts  or  (/iinr/fri!,Thuc. 
2,  47  ;  c.  gen.,  π.  της 'Αρκαδίας,  Xen. 
Hell.  4,  4,  16. 

ΐϊολ7ιύχον,  Άάν.,=  πολλαχή,  many 
times,  often.  Hat.  6,122,  Plat.,  etc.: 
strictly, — II.  in  many  places.  Plat. 
Symp.  209  E.  Crat.  408  A  ;  π.  άλλο- 
θι, Xen.  Cyr.  7,  1,30. 

ΐΙο7.λάχώς,  adv.,  i?t  many  places, 
Isocr.  42  C,  Dem.,  etc. 

^ΐίολλεντία,  ας,  ή,ΡοΙΙεηΐίη.  a  city 
in  the  island  Majorca,  now  Pollenza, 
Strab.  p.  107. 

'ί1ολ7.ηπλήσιος,  η,  ov,  dub.  1.  for 
πολ/απλάσίος,  q.  v. 

■\ΐΙόλλης,  ό,  Polles,  a  king  of  the 
Odomanti  in  Thrace,  Thuc.  5,  6. 

■\ΐΙόλ7ιΐος,  V.  ΐΐόλίος. 

αΐό7,7ιίς,  ως,  ό,  Pollis,  an  Argive, 
sent  as  envoy  to  Persia,  Thuc.  2,  67. 
— 2.  a  naval  officer  of  the  Lacedae- 
monians, Xen.  Hell.  4,  8,  1. — Others 
in  Paus.  ;  etc. 

iΐ^όλ7ulχoς,  ov,  ό,  Pollichus,  a  Sy- 
racusan,  Plut.  Nic.  24. 

'Πο7.λοδεκάκις,  (πολύς,  δεκάκις) 
adv.,  many  tens  of  times,  Ar.  Pac.  243. 

[ώ] 

Πολλόζ•,  πο7.λόν,  Ion.  masc.  and 
neut.  for  πο7χ,νς.  πολύ,  Horn.,  and 
Hes.,  also  in  Hdt.  the  prevailing  form, 
where  the  later  form  πο7-νς  is  rare, 
and  pro!),  only  in  ace.  niasc.  πολΰν, 
as  in  3,  57;  6,  125;  neut.  ττολΰ  2, 
106;  3,  38;  and  ace.  phir.  ma.'^c.  -q. 
λέας,  2,  107.  More  rarelv  in  Trag., 
as  Soph.  Ant.  SO,  Tr.  1190. 

Υ\.ολ7.οστημήριος,  ov,  (πο7.7ιθστός. 


ΠΟΛΤ 

μόριον)  consisling  of  one  out  of  many 
parts,  hence  very,  very  s7>iall  :  το  π., 
an  infinitely  small  part,  Arist.  Pol.  5, 
8,  10',  Top.  4,  4,  10  ;  v.  1.  Thuc.  6, 
86. 

Πολλοστός,  ή,  όν :  (πο7<.λός,  πο- 
λύς) : — one  of  many,  Lat.  multesimus, 
πο7',λοστος  uv  των  Συρακοσίων,  Lat. 
unus  e  multis,  i.  e.  one  of  the  common 
sort  at  Syracuse,  Isocr.  95  Β  :  hence, 
generally,  very  little,  smallest,  least. 
Plat.  Legg.  896  Β  ;  αϊ  ττ  ήδοναί,  the 
most  trivial  pleasures,  Plat.  Phil.  44 
Ε  ;  τυτΓ.  μέρος,  the  smallest  part,  Xen. 
Mem.  4,  6,  7  ;  usu.  with  a  negat., 
οΰ(5έ  7Γ.  μέρος,  Lys.  144,  9,  Isae.  1, 
\  42,  etc. ;  so,  ττ.  μόριον,  Thuc.  6,  86  ; 
and  so  in  mathematics,  a  very  small 
fraction :  c.  dat.,  τα  σκληρότητι  π., 
the  least  hard,  Plat.  Phil.  44  E.— II.  of 
time,  ΤΓολλοστώ  ίτει,  in  the  last  of 
many  years,  i.  e.  after  many  years ; 
hence,  ττολλοστω  χρόνφ,  after  a  very 
longtime,  Ar.  Pac.  559,  Dem.  761,21  ; 
cf.  Meineke  Menand.  p.  116. — 111. 
later  also=  ττολΰζ•,  ΤΓθ?./.οστός  ίργοις, 
that  has  done  a  great  deal,  LXX., 
opp.  to  ολιγοστός.     Adv,  -τώς. 

ΤΙολογραφία,  ας,  ή,  {πόλος,  γράφω) 
α  description  of  the  heavens,  Hipp.  :  a 
treatise  by  Democritus  bore  this  title, 
Diog.  L.  9,  48. 

Πόλοζ•,  ov,  6,  (ττέλω,  πέλομαι,  ττο- 
λέω)  a  pivot  or  hinge  on  which  any- 
thing turns,  an  axis,  esp., —  1.  the  axis 
of  the  sphere,  the  pole,  Plat.  Tim.  40  B, 
Crat.  405  D.— 2.  also,  the  vault  of  hea- 
ven, the  sky  or  firmament,  Lat.  polus, 
Aesch.  Pr.  430,  Eur.  Or.  1685;  cf 
Ar.  Av.  179  sq.— 3.  the  orbit  of  a  star. 
Plat.  Ε  pin.  986  C— 4.  the  polar  star, 
Eratosth.  Catast.  2,  cf  Herm.  Eur. 
Ion  ρ  xix. — II.  latid  tamed  up  with  the 
plough,  Xen.  Oec.  18,  8. — III.  a  spring 
on  the  axle-tree,  to  bear  the  body  of  the 
carriage,  Diod.  18,  27. — IV.  an  astro- 
nomical instrument  for  measuring  time, 
Hdt.  2,  109,  where  it  is  mentioned  to- 
gether with  the  γνωμών.  The  latter 
was  the  common  sun-dial  with  its  index  ; 
the  former  was  prob.  a  concave  dial 
(called  ττόλος,  from  being  shaped  like 
the  vault  of  heaven),  the  sides  of 
which  cast  the  shadows,  cf.  Diet. 
Antiqq.  p.  508. 

αΐυλος,  ου,  ύ,  Polus,  a  spot  in  Boe- 
otia.  near  Tanagra,  Paus,  9,  20,  3. 

Τίολτάριον,  πολτίον,  ov,  to,  dim. 
from  πόλτος,  a  little  porridge,  poor,  bad 
porridge,  Diosc.  ;  cf.  ττύλφος. 

110/i.TOC,  ov,  0,  porridge,  Lat.  puis, 
pultis,  also  pulpa,  Alcman  Fr.  28  ;  cf. 
πόλφος. 

^ΐΙο?-νοβρία,  ας,  ή,  Poltyo-bria, 
Thracian  name  for  Aii'Of,=city  of 
Poltys,  Strab.  p.  319  :  cf  sq. 

■\ύόλτνς,  νος,  6,  Pollys,  s-on  of  Nep- 
tune, king  of  Aenos  in  Thrace,  Apol- 
loil.  2,5,9. 

Ήολτώδης,  ες,  {πό?.τος,  είδος)  por- 
ridge-like, consisting  of  porridge. 

ΐίολνΰγάττητος,    ov,  much-beloved. 

ΥΙο/Λαγκιστρος,  ov,  {πολνς,  αγκι- 
στρον)  with  many  hooks :  το  π.,  a 
night  line  with  many  hooks,  Arist.  H.  A. 
4,  7,  14.  Plut.  2,  536  E. 

ΐίολναγρ/'ις,  ες,  rarer  form  for  ττο- 
λναγρος,  Opp.  G.  1,  88. 

ΐίολϋαγρία,  ας,  ή,  a  catching  mtich 
game:  from 

ΤΙολναγρος,  ov,  (  πο?.ύς,  άγρα  ) 
catching  much  game,  Anth.  P.  6,  184. 

'Π.ολΙ<άδε?ιφος,  ov,  (πολύς,  αδελφός) 
with  many  brothers,   [u] 

ΐίολϋάής,  ες,  (πολύς,  αημι)  blowing 
hard,  Q.  Sm.  1,  253. 

Τίηλνύθλος,  ov,  (πολύς,  άθλον)  con- 


ΠΟΛΥ 

quering  in  many  contests,  Luc.  D.  Deor. 

10,  1.    ^ 

Τίο?Λαιγος,  ov,  [ποζ-ύς,  αιξ)  abound- 
ing in  goats,  Anth.  P.  9,  744. 

Τ1ο?,νύίκος,  ον,^=πολνάϊξ.  [αί] 

ΤΙολϋαίμΰτος,  ov,  {πο/.νς,  αίμα)  full 
of  blood,  Emped.  ap.  Plut.  2,  083  E. 

ΐΙο?.ϋαιμέω.  ώ.  to  have  much  blood, 
Arist.  Part.  An.  2,  2,  10;  and 

ΐΙο2,ναιμία.  ας,  ή,  fulness  of  blood, 
Arist.  Part.  An.  3,  6,  9 :  from 

ΐίολύαιμος,  ov,  {πολύς,  αίμα)  full 
of  blood,  of  a  full  habit,  Hipp.,  Arist. 
Part.  An.  3,  6,  6. — II.  very  bloody. 

ΐΐο/.ϋαίμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  like 
foreg.,  bloody,  Aesch.  Supp.  840. 

ΐΙο?ά!αίνετος,ον,^πυ?ι,ναινος,Ε\ιτ. 
Heracl.761. 

■\ίΙολναινίδας,  a,  6,  Polyaenidas, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  a  Spartan,  Xen.  Hell.  7, 
4,  23  ;  Plut. 

ΤΙολναα'ος.  ov, (πολύς,  αΐνέω)  much- 
praised,  in  Homer  as  epith.  of  Ulys- 
ses, II.  9,  673,  etc.,Od.  12,  184.— But 
Buttm.  Lexil.,  s.  v.  αίνος  2,  follows 
those  of  the  ancients,  who  explain  it 
by  πο/.νμνθσς,  not  exactly  talkative 
(which  would  rather  suit  Nestor),  but 
full  of  ii'ise  speech  and  lore  (cf.  αίνέω 
I,  αίνος  I). 

αίολναίνος,  ov,  6,  Polyaenus,  pro- 
nounced one  of  the  speeches  of  Ly• 
sias. — -2.  a  celebrated  writer. — Others 
in  Diog.  L. :  Anth. ;  etc. 

ΤΙο?Λ'άίξ,  iKor,  (πο?ιύς,  άϊσσω)  with 
many  shocks,  stirring,  πόλεμος,  II.  1, 
165,  Od.  11,  314:  much  tiring,  κάμα- 
τος, II.  5,  811.   [ά] 

'Π.ο7Λάκανθος,  ov,  {πολνς,  άκανθα) 
with  many  thorns. — -11.  ή  π.,  a  peculiar 
kind  of  thorn,  Theophr. 

ΤΙολναλγής,  ες,  {πολύς,  άλγος)  very 
painful,  Orph.  Η.  66,  2. 

ΐίολνάλγητος,  ov,  (πολνς,  αλγέω) 
feeling  much  pain. 

ΐίολναλδής,  ές,  (πολύς,  άλδαίνω) 
much  nourishing,  Q.  Sm.  2,  658. 

ΐίολϋα/ιθής,  ές,  (πολύς,  u/Μος)  cur- 
ing many  diseases,  Diosc. 

Ίΐολϋάλφΐτος,  ov,  (πολύς,  άλφίτον) 
yielding  much  meal,  κριθή,  Theophr. 

Π.ο?Λ'αμμος,  ov,  (  πολύς,  άμμος ) 
abounding  in  sand,  sandy. 

ΤΙ.ο7Μάμπελος,  ov,  with  many  vines. 

ΐίολνάναγνωσία,  ας,  η,  (  πολύς, 
άΐ'αγιγνώσκω)  much  reading,  much 
learning,  Ath.  654  A. 

ΐίολυανάλωτος,  ov,  (πολύς,  αναλί- 
σκω) causing  much  expense. 

ΐίολνανδρέω,  ώ,  {πολύανδρος)  to  be 
full  of  men,  to  be  populous,  όχλοις, 
Thuc.  6,  17  : — as  dep.,  πολυανδρέο- 
μαι,  Ael.  Ν.  Α.  5,  13. 

Π.ο?Λανδρία,  ας,  ή,  (πολύανδρος) 
plenty  of  men,  populousness,  Synes. 

ΐΙο?ίυάνδριον,  ov,  τό,  a  place  ivhere 
many  people  assemble. —l\.  a  place  where 
many  people  are  buried,  Plut.  2,  872  E, 
Ael. 

ΐΐηλύανδρος,  ov,  (πολύς,  ανήρ)  of 
places,  with  many  men,  full  of  men, 
thick  peopled,  Aesch.  Pers.  73,  899. — 

11.  of  persons,  many,  numerous,  lb. 
533,  Ag.  693. 

ΐίολνάνθεμος,  ov,  {πολύς,  άνθεμον) 
rich  in  flowers,  blooming,  Pind.  O.  13, 
23. 

ΐίολϋανθής,  ές,  (  πολύς,  άνθέω ) 
much-blossoming,  Od.  14,  353,  Η.  Horn. 
18,  17 :  poet.  fern,  πολνανθέα,  Nic. 
Th.  877. 

αΐο?Μάΐ'θης,  ονς,  6,  Polyanthes,  a 
commander  of  the  Corinthians,  Thuc. 
7,  34  ;  Xen.  Hell.  3,  5,  1.— II.  a  river 
of  Chaonia,  Lye.  1046. 

ΙΙολνανθος,  ον,^πολυανθής,Οχ^\\. 
Η.  50.  7. 

ΐίολνάνθραξ,  άκος,  6,  ή,  rich  in  coal. 


ΠΟΑΥ 

ΤΙο?.ΰανθρωπέω,  ώ,  to  be  populous. 

ΤΙολνανθρωπιισία,  ας,  η,  dub.  in 
Joseph,  for  sq. 

ΤΙολνανθρωπία,  ας,  ή,  a  large  popu- 
lation, multitude  of  people,  Xen.  Hell. 
5,  2,  16:  from 

ΐίο7.νάνθρωπος,  ov,  {πολνς.  άνθρω- 
πος) full  of  people,  populous,  Thuc.  1, 
24  ;  2,  54,  etc.  : — much-frequented,  na- 
νήγνρις,  Luc.  Peregr.  1  :  ?mmerous, 
έθνος,  Polyb.  3,37,  II,  etc. 

^ΐίολύανος,  ov,  6,  Polyanus,  a 
mountain  in  Epirus,  Strab.  p.  327. 

'Π.ο?Λ'αντνξ,  b,  ή,  (πο7.ύς,  άντυξ) 
having  many  circumferences  or  rims, 
Paul.  Sil.  Ambo  169.  ^ 

ΤΙολνάνωρ,  ορός,  ό,  ή,  (πολνς,  άνήρ) 
populous,  Eur.  I.  Τ.  1282,  Ar.  Αν. 
1313. —  Π.  γννή  π.,  the  wife  of  many 
liushnnds,  Aesch.  Ag.  62.  [a] 

Ιίηλνάράτος,  ov,y.  πολνάρητος.  [a\ 

^Πολνάράτος,  ov,  o,  Polyaratus, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  a  wealthy  man  in  Ath- 
ens, Dem.  1015,  26.     Cf  ΙΙολύαρτος. 

ΐίολνάργνρος.  ον,(πο?.ύς,  άργυρος) 
rich  in  silver,  i.  e.  money,  of  persons, 
Hdt.  5,  49. 

Ώολνάρητος,  ov,  (πολύς,  άρύομαι) 
much  wished  for,  much  desired,  τινί, 
Od.  6,  280  ;  19,  404,  H.  Cer.  220 :  in 
Att.  prose,  πο7^νάρΰτος.  Plat.  The- 
aet.  165  E.  [dp  Ion.,  up  Att.] 

Τίο/.νύριθμος,  ov,  (πολνς,  αριθμός) 
numerous,  manifold,  Diod.  [a] 

Τίολϋαρκής,  ές,  (πολύς,  άρκέω)  suf- 
ficing for  many  or  for  a  long  time, 
hence  opulent,  abundant,  Luc.  Necy- 
om.  15:  in  super].,  πο/.ναρκέστατος 
ποταμός,  Hdt.  4,  53.     Adv.  -κώς. 

Ώο?.ναρκνς,  νος,  ό,  ή,  (πολνς,  άρ• 
κνς)  with  viany  nets,  άγρα,  Opp.  C  4,10. 

Τίο7Λάρμΰτος,  ov,  {πολνς,  άρμα) 
with  many  chariots.  Soph.  Ant.  149. 

ΐίολναρμόνίος,  ov,  (πολύς,  αρμο- 
νία) many-toned.  Plat.  Rep.  399  D. 

ΐΙθ?^ύαρΐ'θς,  ov,  with  many  lambs  or 
sheep,  rich  in  flocks:  metapl.  dat.,  πο- 
λναρνί,  II.  2,  106 ;  cf.  Buttm.  Ausf. 
Gr.  lij  58  (s.  v.  άρνός),  and  v.  sub  πο- 
λν^()ην. 

ΐίολνάρονρος,  ov,  (πο7.ύς,  άρονρα) 
with  many  fields,  [ά] 

αίολύαρτος,  ov,  δ,  masc.  pr.  η.,  in 
Isae.  50,  38,  where  Reiske  Πολυάρα- 
τος. 

}ΤΙολνάρχτις,  ov,  ό,  Polyarches.  one 
of  the  thirty  tyrants  in  Athens,  Xen. 
Hell.  2,  3,  2  ;  v.  1.  τίολ.νχάρης. 

ΤΙολϋαρχία,  ας,  ή,  the  authority  or 
government  ofinany,  Thuc.  6,  72,  Xen. 
An.  6,  1,  18:  from 

ΥΙολύαρχος,  ov,  {πολνς,  άρχω)  rul- 
ing over  many. 

ίΐίολναρχος,  ov,  b,  Polyarchis, 
Athenian  masc.  pr.  n.,  Xen.  Hell.  2, 
3,  2 ;  Isae. ;  etc. — Others  in  Paus. ; 
etc. 

ΙΠολΰαζ-,  ό,  Polyas,  a  spy  of  the 
Greeks  at  Artemisium,  Hdt.  8,  21. 

ΥΙο7.ϋύστερος,  ov,  poet,  for  πολύ- 
αστρος,  Manetho. 

ΐίο7.νύστηρ,  ερος,  =  πο7.ναστρος, 
Orac.  ap.  Euseb. 

Ώολναστράγαλος,  ov,  (πολύς,  ασ- 
τράγαλος) with  many  vertebrae  or 
joints  :  μάστις  π.  =  άστραγαλωτή, 
Anth.  P.  6,  234.  [ρά] 

ΐΙο7.ύαστρσς,  ov,  (πολύς,  άστρον) 
with  many  stars,  starry,  Eur.  Ion  870. 

Ί1ολϋάσχο7Μς.  ον,{πο7.νς.  άσχηλος) 
much  busied,  Luc.  (?)  Philopatr.  25. 

'Π.ολναν7.αξ,  άκος,  6,  ί},  (πολ.νς,  αν- 
λαξ)  ivilh  many  furrows,  πεδίον  π.,  α 
wide,  large  field,  opp.  to  ολ^ίγαύλοξ, 
Anth.  P.  6,  238.^ 

ΐίολϋανςής,  ές,  {πολύς,  αΐξάνω) 
mnch-grown,  strong,  large,  Nic.  Th.  73, 
597. 

1209 


ΠΟΛΥ 

ΤΙολϋαύχενος,  ον,  (πολύς,  ανχήν) 
with  many  necks,  Anlh.  Plan.  92. 

ΐίολΰανχί/ν,  ένος,  ό,  ή,  —  foreg., 
Geop. 

Τ1ο?.νάφορμος,  ον,  {τνολνς,  αφορμή) 
with  many  oppoftunilies  ;  with  abundant 
materials.   \_a] 

ΤΙολνάχητος,  ον,  Dor.  for  πολνί/χη- 
τος,  Eur.  [ά] 

ΐίολϋαχθι/ς,  ές,  (πολύς,  άχθος)  very 
grievous,  λιμός,  Q.  Sin.  10,  33. 

ΐίολνάχί'ρος,  ον.  (πολύς,  άχνρον) 
with  /nurh  chaff,  Theophr.   [μ] 

YloAvSaOLaror,  ον,  (πολνς,  βαδίζω) 
=^πο/.ν3ατος.  dub. 

Τίολνβάρβάρος,  ον,  (πολύς,  βάρ- 
βαρος) very  barbarous.  Or.  Sib. 

Τίολϋβάτεως,  ον,  [πολύς,  βάτος) 
with  many  thorn-bashes,   [ΰ] 

ΐίολνβΰτος.  ον,  (  πολύς,  βαίνω) 
much  trodden.  Pin  J.  Fr.  45. 

ΐίο/Λβΰόής,  ες,  ( πο?.ύς,  βάπτω ) 
much-dipped,  of  drowned  men,  Aesch. 
Pers.  275. — Π.  deep-dyed. 

Τίο?.ϋβέλεμνος,  oi>,  (πολύς,  βέλεμ- 
νον)  with  many  7nissiles. 

ΐΙολΰ:ίενΗ/]ς,  ές,  (πολύς,  βένθος) 
very  deep,  ύ'/.ς,  λιμήν,  Od.  4,  406;  16, 
324. 

ΥΙο7Μ3ήμΰτος,  ον,  (πολύς,  βήμα) 
takinn  many  steps. 

αΐο?.υβιάδης,  ον,  ό,  Polybiades,  a 
commander  of  the  Spartans,  Xen. 
Hell.  5.  3,  20. 

ΥΙολύβίβ7ίθς,  ον,  (πολύς,  βίβλος) 
with,  in  many  books  or  volumes,  Atli. 
249  A. 

ΥΙολύβΐος,  ον,  long-lived,  Lat.  vivax. 
— 2.  wealthy. 

^ΥΙο7\.ύβίος,  ον,  ό,  Polybius,  son  of 
Lycorta.s,  of  Megalopolis  in  Arcadia, 
the  celebrated  historian,  Pans.  8,  30, 
8;  etc. 

ΙΙολνβλάβής,  ες,  {πολύς,  βλάπτω) 
hurtful  in  jnany  ways  or  to  many. — II. 
pass.,  easily  hurt,  Plut.  2,  1090  B. 

Τίολυβλαστής,  ές,  (πολύς,  βλασ- 
τύνω)  sprouting  or  shooting  vigorously, 
prob.  1.  Theophr.     Hence 

ΙΙολνβ?ιαστία,  ας,  ή,  a  vigorous 
sprouting  or  shooting,  Theophr. 

ΐΙο?ινβλέφΰρος,  ον,  (πολύς,  βλέ- 
φαρον)  with  many  eyelids,  Nonn. 

ΙΙολνβόειος,  ον,  poet,  πονλνβ., 
also  η,  or,  Ιπολύς,  βόειος)  consistiyig 
of  or  covered  with.  Tnany  ox-hides,  Q. 
Sm.  3.  239. 

1Ιο?.ϋβοησία,  ας,  ή,  v.  1.  for  περιβο- 
•ησία,  Artemid.  2,  31. 

Τίολυβόητος,  ον,  (πολύς,  βοάω) 
much  talked  of,  far-famed. 

ϋολϋβόΤχις,  ον,  ( πο7ιύς,  βάλλω ) 
throwing  inany  missiles,  Philo. 

ΐΐο'/νβόρος,ον,  (πολύς,  βορά)  much- 
devoxiring.  Plat.  Criti.  115  Λ,  Ael. 

^Ή-ό/ιυβος,  ον.  ό,  (i.  e.  ΤΙο?ιν-βονς) 
Polybus,  a  king  of  Corinth,  with  whom 
Oedipus  was  reared,  Soph.  O.  T.  774. 
— 2.  son  of  Antenor,  a  Trojan,  II.  11, 
59. — 3.  an  Aegyptian  prince,  Od.  4, 
126. — 4.  an  artisan  among  the  Phae- 
acians,  Od.  8,  373. — 5.  of  Ithaca,  fa- 
ther of  the  suitor  Euryniachus,  Od. 
15,  519;  16,  345.  434;  etc.— 6.  one 
of  the  suitors  of  Penelope,  Od.  22, 
243,  284. 

Ί1ο?ινβοσκος,  ον,  (πολύς,  βόσκω) 
much-7iourishing,  γαία,  Pind.  Ο.  7, 
114. 

Τίολνβότάνος,  ον,  (πολύς,  βοτάνη) 
abounding  in  herbs. 

ΤΙολϋβότειρα,  ας,  ή,  fern,  of  ττολυ- 
βοτήρ,  (πολύς,  βόσκω)  :  much  or  all- 
nourishing,  freq.  in  Horn.,  and  Hes., 
in  poet,  form  πονλν:^ότειρα,  as  epith. 
oi χθων  ;  inll.  ll,770alsoof 'A;^a£/'f. 

ΐίολύβοτος,  ον,  (  πο?.ύς,  βοσκώ, 
βοτά)  much-nourishing,  Aesch.  Theb, 
1210 


ΠΟΛΥ 

774. — II.  having  much  cattle,  many  pas- 
tures. 

Τίολύβοτρνς,  νος,  6,  ή,  (πο7ιύς,  βό- 
τρυς)  abounding  in  grapes,  Hes.  Fr. 
19,  2,  Simon.  10,  Eur.  i3acch.  651. 

1\ολύβον7Μς,  ον,  (ττολΰζ•,  βουλή) 
much-counselling,  exceeding  wise,  II.  5, 
260,  Od.  10.  282. 

ΐίολϋβούτης,  ον,  6,  (πολύς,  βονς) 
rich  in  oxen,  11.  9,  154,  296,  Hes.  Fr. 
39,  3. 

ΤΙολϋβρόμος,  ον,  (πολύς,  βρέμω) 
loud-roaring. 

ΐίολύβροχος,  ον,  (πολύς,  βρέχω) 
much-moiste7ied,  Diosc.  1,  186.  —  II. 
(βρόχος)  with  many  nooses,  Eur.  Η.  F. 
1035. 

ΊΙολύβνθος,  ον,^πο7ι,νβενθής, dub. 
in  Philo. 

ΐΙο7Λ<βυρσος,  ον,  (πο7.ύς,  βύρσα) 
of  or  with  many  hides  or  skins. 

Πολϋ,^ώλαί,  ακος,  ό,  f/,=sq.,  Auct. 
Cypr.  ap.  Ath.  334  D. 

ΤΙο7.ύβωλος,  ον,  (πολύς,  βώλος) 
with  large,  rich  clods,  fruitful,  like  έρί- 
βω?.ος,  χώρα,  Eur.  Archel.  3. 

ΐΐυλύβωμος,  ον,  (πο7.νς,  βωμός) 
with  many  altars,  Call.  Del.  266. 

ίΤ1ο7^ν3ώτης.  ον,  ό,  Polybotes,  a  gi- 
ant, Apoilod.  1,  6,  2  :  cf  Strab.  p.  489. 

ΐίολύβωτος,  ον,  in  Cratin.  Seriph. 
6,  prob.  from  βόσκω,  many-feeding, 
fertile,  as  ironical  epith.  of  the  barren 
island  of  Seriphus. 

ΥΙο7Λγΰϋής,  ές,  Dor.  for  πολνγη- 
θής,  Pind. 

ΐΙυ7ά'γά7.ακτος,  ον,  (πο7<.ύς,  γάλα) 
with  7nuch  milk,  Arist.  Part.  An.  4, 10, 
37. 

Ώολύγΰλον,  ον,  τό,  (γάλα)  a  plant, 
polygala.  Diosc.  4,  142. 

ΐ].ο7Λγύ,μέω,  ώ,  ίο  live  in  polygamy, 
Eccl. :  and 

ΤΙο7ιϋγάμία,  ας,  ή, polygamy,  Eccl. : 
from 

ΤΙολύγύμος,  ον,  (πολύς,  γαμέω) 
living  ill  polygamy,  Eccl. 

ΤΙολύγελος,  ον,  and  πο7ιύγελως,  ό, 
■ή,  {πο7.ύς,  γ έλως) much-laughing,  Plut. 

ΐίολνγένειος,  ον,  (πολύς,  γένειον) 
strong-bearded. 

'Π.ο7.νγενής,  ές,  (πολύς,  *γένω)  of 
many  or  various  families. 

ΐίολϋνηθής,  ές.  Dor.  -γάθής,  (πο- 
7ιύς,  γηυέω)  inuch-cheering,  delightful, 
^Ωραι,  II.  21,  450;  Αιώνυσος,  Hes. 
Th.  941,  cf  Pmd.  Fr.  5,  5;  ενναί, 
Pind.  P.  2,  51  ;  όρχηθμός,  Anth.  P.  9, 
189. 

ΐίολύγηβος,  ov,=foreg.,  dub. 

ΪΙολνγήρΰος,  ον,  contr.  πο7^υγήρως, 
ων.  (πολύς,  γήραη)  very  old,  Asius  Fr. 
1,  Plat.  Ax.  367  B. 

ΐΐο/.νγηρία,  ας,  f/,  (γήρας)  great  age. 

ΙΙολνγ/Μγής,  ές,  (πολύς,  γλάγος) 
=πολυγά7.ακτος,  Arat.  1100,  Nonn. 

ΤΙο7ίνγ7.ενκος,  ον,  (πο/ιύς,  γ7.ενκος) 
abounding  in  must,  βότρνς,  Anth.  P.  6, 
238. 

Τίο7.ύγληνος,  ον,  (πο7ιύς,  γλήνη) 
many-eyed,  Anth.  P.  5,  262. — II.  tvith 
many  meshes,  σαγήνη,  0pp.  C.  1,  157. 

11ο?ι,υγλνφής,  ές,  (πο7.νς,  γ7ίύφω) 
much-carved,  Nonn. 

ΐΙο7^ύγλωσσος,  ον,  Att.  -ττος,  (πο- 
7.ύς,  γ7,ώσσα)  many-tongued,  βοή  π., 
a  noise  ofjnany  voices.  Soph.  El.  641, 
798;  δρϊ'ς  π.,  the  vocal  (oracular)  oak 
of  Dodona,  Id.  Tr.  1168. 

ΐΙολνγ7ίώχϊν,  Ινος,  ό,  f/,  (πολύς, 
yPi(j;j;iV)  with  many  barbs,  Dion.  P.  476, 
Nic. 

11ο7ι.ύγναμπτος,  ον,  (πολύς,  γνάμ- 
πτω)  much-bent,  winding,  μνχοί.  rind. 
Ο.  3,  49;  σέλινον,  Theocr.'?.  68. 

'ί1ο7ι.νγνωμοσύνη,  ης,  ή,  depth  of 
knowledge :  from 

ΙΙολυγνώμων,  ον,  gen.  όνος,  (πο- 


ΠΟΛΥ 

λύς,  γνώμη)  of  much  shrewdness,  saga- 
cious. Plat.  Phaedr.  275  A.  Adv.  -μό- 
νως. 

ΤΙολνγνώριστος,  ον,  (πολύς,  γνω- 
ρίζω) easy  to  be  recognized. 

ΤΙυ7.ύγνωστος,  ov',=sq. 

Ώο7ιύγνωτος,  ον,  (πολύς,  γιγνώ• 
σκω)  ivell-known,  Pmd.  Ν.  10,  70. 

αΐο7ινγνωτος,  ον,  ό,  Polygnotus,  a 
celebrated  painter  at  Athens,  from 
Thasus,  Plat.  Ion  532  C  ;  Arist.  Pol. 
8,  5,  7  ;  etc. 

ΤΙολνγομφος,  ον,  (πο7Λς,  γόμφος) 
fastened  with  many  nails,  well-bolted, 
νήες,  Hes.  Op.  658,  cf  Aesch.  Pers. 
72. — Also  πο7.νγόμφωτος,  ον. 

ΤΙο7Λ>γόνύτον,  τό.  (πολΰζ•,  γόνν  II.) 
the  many-knotted,  a  plant,  Diosc.  4,  6. 

Ϊ1ο7.νγονέομαι,  (πολύ•}ονος)  as 
psss.,  to  multiply,  spread,  νόσος,  Luc. 
Nigr.  38. 

ΐίολνγονία,  ας,  η,  (πο7Λ>γονος)  fe- 
cundity. Plat.  Prot.  321  Β,  Plut.  2, 
103  Β. 

ΙΙολύγονον,  ον,  τό,  an  herb,  π.  ά/5- 
/5εν,  polygonum  aviculare ;  π.  θή7Μ, 
perh.  Hippuris  vulgaris,  Diosc.  4,  4, 
sq.,  ubi  Sprengel :  strictly  neut.  from 

Ϊ1ο7ίύγονος,ον,(πο7ιύς,γόνος,γονή) 
producing  much,  fruitful,  Hdt.  3,  108, 
Aesch.  Supp.  691. 

^ΥΙολύγονος.  ον.  ό,  Polygonus,  son 
of  Proteus,  Apoilod.  2,  5,  9. 

Ί1ο7Λγράμμύτος,  ον,  {πο7.ύς,  γράμ- 
μα) of  great  knowledge,  very  learned, 
At.  Fr.  43,  Plut.  2.  1121  F,  etc. 

11ο7.ύγραμμος,  ον,  (πο7.ύς,  γραμμή) 
marked  with  many  lines  0Γ  stripes,  Arist. 
ap.  Ath.  313  D. 

'Π.ο7ιύγράος,  ον,  (πο?^ύς,  γράω)  eat- 
ing much,  Hipp. 

ΤΙολνγράφία,  ας,  ή,  a  writing  much, 
Diog.  L,  10,  26  :  from 

ΤΙολνγράφος,  ον,  (πο7ίύς,  γράφω) 
writiiig  nnich  :  superl.  πολνγραφώτα- 
τος,  Diog.  L.  10,  26,  Cic.  Att.  13, 18. 
[a] 

ΊΙολνγύμναστος,  ον,  (πολύς,  γνμ 
νάζω)  Jiiuch-exercised. — II.  act.  exer 
cising,  and  so,  teasing  long,  κακόν, 
Luc. 

Ώο7ιϋγύναιος,  δ,  (πολύς,  γννή)  hav- 
ing many  wives,  Ath.  556  F  :  also  ττο- 
λνγύνης.  ον,  ό :  a  gen.  πολνγύναι- 
κος,  as  if  from  πο7<.νγύναιξ,  occurs  in 
Strab.  [ϋ] 

ΐίολνγώνιος,  oi',=sq. 

'Ώ.ο7Μγωνοειδής,  ές,  (πο7ίύγωνος, 
είδυς)  like  a  polygon,  Arist.  Probl.  15, 
6,  4. 

ΐίολνγωνος,  ον,  (πολύς,  γώνος) po- 
lygonal, Arist.  de  Sens.  4,  23. 

Ϊ1ολνδαίδύ7ίθς,  ον,  (πο7ινς,  δαίδα- 
λος) much  or  highly  wrought,  richly 
dight,  Hom.,  who  like  Hes.  uses  it 
chiefly  of  metal  work,  θώρηξ,  ασπίς, 
όρμος,  II.  3,  358  ;  11,  32,  Od.  18,  295, 
etc. ;  of  embroidery,  Hes.  Op.  64. — II. 
act.  working  with  great  art  οτ  skill,  very 
skilful,  II.  23,  743. 

'ηο?Λδαίμων,  ον,  (πο7.νς,  δαίμων) 
having  many  deities,  dub.  1.  Orpli.  H. 
17,  11,  ubi  Ruhnk.  πο7Λΐδέγμων. 

Ίΐολνδαισία,ας,ή,(δαίς)  an  eating 
much  ;  cf.  ποΛνποσία. 

'Π.ο7ινδακρνμανής,  ές.  Or.  Sib. ;  and 

Πο7Λ'δάκρνος,  ον,  (δάκpvov)=sq., 
Tyrtae.  2.  7,  Αρ.  Rh. 

ΐΙο7.ύδακρνς,  νος,  ό,  ή,  (πολύς,  δά- 
Κρν)  of  or  with  many  tears  :  hence, — 

I.  pass,  much-wept,  tearful,  sad,  'Αρ7/ς, 
πόλεμος,  νσμίνη,  11,3,  132,  165;  17, 
544 ;  Ιαχή,  γόος,  Aesch.  Pers.  939, 
Cho.  449;  π.  ηδονή,  Eur.  El   126.— 

II.  act.  much-weeping,  Eur.  Tro.  1105. 
ΤΙολνδύκρντος,  ον,(πολύς,  δακρνω) 

much-wept  or  lamented,  παις,  11.  24, 
620  :  very  lamentable,  tearful,  μάχη,  II, 


ΠΟΛΥ 

17,  192;  γόος,  Od.  19,213,251;  πέν- 
θη, Aesch.  Cho.  334. — II.  act.  much- 
weeping,  Eur.  Hec.  650.  [Horn,  uses 
ν  before  a  short  svll.,  II.  17,  192;  ϋ 
before  a  long  one,  11.  24,  620,  Od.  21, 
57,  etc.  ;  and  this  was  imitated  by  la- 
ter writers.] 

ΐΙο?..ΰδάκτϋλος,  ov,  {ττοΤώς,  δάκτυ- 
λος) many-toed,  Arist.  H.  A.  2,  1 ,  30. 

ίΥΙολνδαμίόας,  a,  6,  Polydamidas, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  a  Lacedaemonian,  Thuc. 
4,  123. 

\ΐΙολνδάμας,  αντος,  b,  Ep.  Tlov- 
Χυδ.,  voc.  ΐνο'/.υδάμα,  (πολύς,  δαμάω) 
Polydamas,  son  of  Panthoiis  and 
Phrontis,  a  noble  Trojan,  11.  11,  57; 
17,  40. — 2.  a  celebrated  athlete  from 
Scotussa  in  Thessaly,  Luc.  Hist. 
Scrib.  35. — 3.  a  Pharsalian,  Xen. 
Hell.  6,  1,  2.— Others  m  Arr. ;  etc. 

■\Ιίο'/.νδαμνα,  ης,  ή,  Polydamna, 
wife  of  Then,  an  Aegyptian,  Od.  4, 
228. 

ΊΙολύδαμνος,  ov,  {πολύς,  δαμάω) 
taming  much.  —  II.  pass,  completely 
tamed. 

ΙΙολνδάπάνος,  ov,  (πο?Μς,  δαπά- 
νη) causing  great  expense  or  outlay, 
Hdt.  2,  137  :  of  a  person,  expensive, 
extravagant,  Xen.  Apol.  19. 

ΐίο7.ϋδέγμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  {πολύς, 
δέχομαι)  containing  or  receiving  much. 
Lye.  700. — II.  ΥΙολνόίγμων,  6,  like 
ΤΙολυδέκτης.  a  name  of  Hades  (Plu- 
to), who  must  receive  all  mortals  into 
his  kingdom,  H.  Horn.  Cer.  17,  31, 
etc. ;  ubi  v.  Ruhnk.,  et  cf.  πο?^υδαί- 
μων. 

ΤΙολΰδεής,  ές,  {πολύς,  δέομαι)  want- 
ing much,  Max.  Tyr. 

ΙΙο'/.νδείμάτος,  ov,  {πολύς,  δείμα) 
much-affrighting,  Or.  Sib. 

ΐίολυδεινος,  ov,  very  dreadful. 

ΤΙολϋδειράς,  άδος,  ύ,  ή,  {πολύς, 
δεφή)  strictly,  many-necked,  USU.  of 
mountains,  with  many  ridges  or  chains, 
Όλνμπος,  II.  1,  499  ;  5,  754  ;  but  also, 
νδρα,  Q.  Sm.  6,  212.  Later  form  πο- 
?,.νόειρος,  ov. 

ΙΙο/.ϋδέκτης,  ου,  ό,  {πολύς,  δέχο- 
ua.l)  receiving  or  containing  much  :  and 
— II.  as  subst.  ό  Π.,  the  All-receiver, 
i.  e.  Hades,  H.  Hom.  Cer.  9 ;  cf.  Πο- 
λυδέγμων. 

αίολυδέκτης,  ου  Hdt.  εος,  ό,  Dor. 
-κτας,  α,  Polydectes,  masc.  pr.  η., — 1. 
son  of  Magnes,  king  of  Seriphus, 
Pind.  P.  12,  25.-2.  eldest  son  of  Eu- 
nomus,  brother  of  Lvcurgus,  king  in 
Sparta,  Plut.  Lye. :  Hdt.  8,  131  calls 
him  father  of  Eunomus,  but  v.  Bahr 
ad  1. — Others  in  Paus. 

ΐίολϋδένδρεος,ον, {πολύς, δένδρον) 
with  many  trees,  full  of  trees,  αγρός, 
κηπυς,  Od.  4,  737;  23,  139. 

ΙΙολύδενδρος,  oi',=foreg. :  the  he- 
terog.  dat.  plur.  πολνδένδρεσσι  is  al- 
lowed in  Eur.  Bacch.  560, 

ΐίολϋδερκής,  ές,  {πολύς,  δέρκομαι) 
much- seeing,  far-seeing,  'H(jf ,  Hes.  Th. 
451,  ςιύος,  755. — II.  of  varied  aspect, 
dub.  1.  Nic.  Th.  209. 

ΥΙολύδεσμος,  ov,  {πολύς,  δεσμός) 
much-chained,  strong-bound,  firm,  σχε- 
δία, Od.  5,  33,  338. 

ϋϊολυδενκεια,  ας,  ή,  PoUjde^icea,  a 
fountain  near  Therapne  in  Laconia, 
Paus.  3,  20,  1. 

ϋολνδενκής,  ες,  v.  1.  Od.  19,  521, 
ace.  to  some  from  δενκος^γλενκος) 
very  sweet,  formed  like  άδευκής :  ace. 
to  others  from  a  vvord  *δενκίις.  which 
Gramm.  sometimes  explain  by  έοί- 
κώς,  όμοιος,  sometimes  by  λαμπρός. 
— II.  rio/.L'(5f£'/C7;r,  εος,  ό,  Pulydmces, 
Lat.  Pollux,  son  uf  Leda,  brother  of 
Castor,  one  of  the  Dioscuri,  celebra- 
ted in  the  old  legend  as  a  πύκνης, 


ΠΟΑΥ 

Hom.  tas  II.  3,  237  ;  etc.  ;  Pind.  N. 

10,  93. — 2.  a  Grecian  lexicographer. 
— Others  in  Luc. ;  etc. 

■\ΐΙο?.νδεύκων,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from 
foreg.,  Luc. 

ΐίολνδημος',  ov,  {πολύς,  δήμος) 
mxich-peopled. 

Ίίολϋδημώδης,  ef,= foreg.,  Diog.  L. 
7,  14. 

ΐίολΰδήνης,  ες,  {πο?.ύς,  δήνεα)  = 
πο7,ύι3ουλος,  πολύμητις. 

ΐΐο/.ύδηνις,  ό,  ;;,=  foreg.,  Parme- 
nid.  ap.  Diog.  L.  9,  22,  nisi  legend. 
πo?.vόηpις,=:sq. 

ϋολϋδί/ρίτος,  ov,  {πο?.ύς,  δηρίο- 
μαι)  much-contested,  0pp.  Η.  5,  328. 

ΐΐο'λϋδιάφθορος,  ov,  {πολύς,  δια- 
φθείρω) much-destroying. 

ΐίολνόΐκέω,  ω,  to  be  litigious.  Plat. 
Legg.  938  Β  :  from 

ΙΙολύδΙκος,  ov,  {πολύς,  δίκη)  having 
many  lawsuits,  litigious,  Strab. 

ΤΙολϋδΐνής,  ές,  {πο'λνς,  δίνη)  mux:h 
οτ  fast  whirling,  0pp.  Η.  4,  585. 

'Π.ο7.ϋδίνητος,  ov,  {πο7ιύς,  δΐνέω) 
much  or  quickly  whirled,  whirled  round 
and  round,  Dion.  P.  407. 

ΤΙο7.ύδΐνος,  ον,^πολυόινής. 

Τίολϋδίιριος,  ov,  {πο7.νς,  δίψα)  very 
thirsty,  of  ill-watered  countries,  π. 
Άργος,  II.  4,  171  : — ace.  to  others, 
metaph.  much  thirsted  after  by  the  ab- 
sent Greeks ;  not  so  well.  Others 
again  would  read  πο7Λ•ΐφιος  from 
Ιπτω,  very  destructive ;  on  the  ground 
that  Argos  was  not  poor  of  water, — 
forgetting  the  old  tradition,  that  it 
really  was  so  till  Άργος  ίννδρον  iov 
Ααναός  ποί7]σεν  ενυδρον  (Hes.  Fr. 
58). 

ΐίο7.ύδίχΙιος,  ov,  {πολύς,  δί-ψα)  mak- 
ing very  thirsty,  causing  great  thirst, 
Xenocr.  de  Aiim. 

ΤΙο7ιύδονος.  ov,  {πολύς,  δονέω) 
much-driven,  π7Μνη,  Aesch.  Pr.  788. 

ΐΙο7Λδοξία,  ας,  ή,  diversity  of  opin- 
ions :  from 

Τ\.ο7.ύδοξος,  ov,  {πο7Λ•ς,  δόξα)  hav- 
ing various  opinions,  Stob.  Ecl.  2,  p. 
82. — II.  very  famous,  Anth.  P.  append. 
217. 

Ί1ολνδου7.εία,  ας,  ή,  abundance  of 
slaves. 

Πολΰίουλοζ",  ov,  having  many  slaves. 

'Πο7.υδράστεια,  ας,  ή,  {πολύς,  δράω) 
one  who  effects  very  much.  Phurnut.  13. 

'Π.ο7.ύδριον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  πό- 
?.ις,  only  in  Phavorin. 

ΐίολύδρομος,  ov,  {πο7.ύς,  τρέχω, 
δραμείν)  much  running  or  wandering, 
φυγή,  Aesch.  Supp.  737. 

Πολύδροσος,  ov,  {πολύς,  δρόσος) 
very  dewy,  moist,  Anth.  P.  5,  134. 

ΪΙο/Λ'δρύμος,  ov,  very  woody. 

ΤΙο7.νδύνάμυς,  ov,  {πο7.ύς,  δύναμις) 
very  powerful,   [ΰ] 

ΤΙολνδωρία,  ας.  ή,  open-handedness, 
Xen.  Cyr.  8,  2,  7:  and 

■[ΤΙολυδώρα,  ας,  ή,  Ep.  -ρη,  Poly- 
dora,  a  daughter  of  Oceanus  and  Te- 
thys,  Hes.  Th.  353.-2.  daughter  of 
Peleus  and  Antigone,  wife  of  Borus, 

11.  16,  175:  cf,  Schol.— 3.  daughter 
of  Meleager,  wife  of  Protesilaus, 
Paus.  4,  2,  7. — Others  in  Luc.  ;etc: 
from  _ 

ΤΙολύδωρος,  ov,  {πολύς,  δώρον) 
richly  endowed,  with  ample  dowry,  ύ.7.0- 
χος,  Π.  6,  394,  Od.  24,  294.     Hence 

ϊΐΙο7.ύδωρος,  ov,  6,  Potydoms, 
masc.  pr.  n., — 1.  son  of  Priam  and 
Laothoe,  II.  20,  407,  where  he  is  said 
to  have  been  slain  by  Achilles :  ace. 
to  Eur.  Hec.  sent  secretly  at  the  be- 
ginning of  the  war  to  Polymestor  for 
protection,  but  put  to  death  by  him  : 
Eur.  also  makes  him  call  himself  son 
of  Priam  and  Hecuba,  Hec.  3,  4,  sqq. 


ΠΟΑΥ 

— 2.  son  of  Cadmus  and  Harmonia, 
king  of  Thebes,  Hes.  Th.  978 ;  Hdt. 
5,  59. — 3.  son  of  Alcamfmes,  king  of 
Sparta  in  the  first  Messenian  war, 
Hdt.  7,  204.— 4.  brother  of  the  tyrant 
Jason  in  Pherae  in  Thessalv,  Xen. 
Hell.  6,  4,  33.— Others  in  Paus. ;  etc. 

ΐίολύεδνος,  ov,  (πο7.νς,  εδνον)  with 
rich  dowry  or  portion. 

ΤΙο7.ύεδρος,  ov,  {πολύς,  ίδρα)  with 
many  stats  or  sides,  polyhedral,  Plut. 

Ώο7.ύεθνής,  ές,  {πο/.νς,  έθνος)  ma- 
ny-peopled ;  numerous,  Orph.  Η.  77,  II. 

ΐΐο/.ϋ ειδήμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  {πο• 
7.ύς,  ειδήμων)  knowing  much,  Sext. 
Emp.  p.  229. 

'Π.ο7.ϋειδής,    ές,    {είδος)    of  many 
kinds,   diverse,   various,   Thuc.   7,  71 
opp.  to  μονοειδής.  Plat.  Rep.  612  A 
to  άπλονς.  Id.  Phaedr.  238  A.     Adv 
■δώς,  Dion.  H. 

αΐο7ινείδης,  ους,  ύ,  Polytdes,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Arr.  An.  3,  19,  6. 

ΙΙολνειδία,  ας,  ή,  {πο7.νειδής)  di- 
versity, variety.  Plat.  Rep.  580  D. 

^ΐΐο/.νειδος,  ό,  v.  ΐΐο/.ύί^όος. 

'Πο7.νείμων,  ov,  {πολώς,  είμα)  clad• 
in  many  garments. 

ΠολϋέλαίΟζ•,  ov,  {πολύς,  έλιαιον) 
yielding  much  oil,  abounding  in  oil, 
Xen.  Vect.  5,  3. 

ΤΙο7.ϋέ7,εος,  ov,  {πο/.ύς,  έ7\.εος)  very 
merciful,  LXX. 

ΤΙο7.ϋέλικτος,  ov,  {πολύς,  ελίσσω) 
rolled,  twined  in  various  ways,  compli- 
cated:  generally,  various,  ήδονη,  Eur. 
Phoen.  314. 

ΤΙο7.νε7Λξ,  ικος,  ό,  ^,=foreg.,  Pha- 
vorin. 

ΐίολΰελκής,  ές,  {έλκος)  with  many 
sores. 

ΤΙο7.ύενος,  ov,  {ενος)^πολνετή^. 

ΐίολϋέξοδος,  ov,  {πο7.νς.  έξοδος) 
with  many  outgoings,  lavish,  Procl. 

ΐίολϋεπαίνετος,  ov,  (έπαινέω)  v.  1. 
for  sq. 

ΐίολϋέπαινσς,  ov,  {πολύς,  έπαινος) 
much  praised,  Xen.  Ages.  6,  8. 

ΐίολϋέπεια,  ας,  η,  a  speaking  much  : 
from 

ΤΙο7.νεπής,  ές,  {πολύς,  έπος)  much 
speaking,  wordy,  Aesch.  Ag.  1134. 

ΊΙο7.ϋέραστος,  ov,  {πο/Λ'ς,  έράω) 
much-loved,  Xen.  Ages.  6,  8. 

Τίολϋερνής,  ές,^πολύεργος,  Anth. 
P.  7,  400. 

ΐΐο/.νεργια,  ας,  η,  muck  or  careful 
labour,  Philo :  from 

'Π.ο7.ύεργος,  ov,  {πολ^ύς,  *έργω) 
working  much,  hard-working,  Theocr. 
25,  27.  —  II.  pass,  worked  with  great 
pains,  elaborate. 

ΤΙο7.υέρως,  ωτος,  δ,  much-loving. 

ΤΙο7.νί~αίρος,  ov,with  many  fellows 
or  comrades. 

ΤΙολΰέτηρος,  ov,^sq. 

Τίο/.νετής,  ές,  {πολύς,  έτος)  of  many 
years,  full  of  years,  Eur.  Or.  473,  Hel. 
651.     Hence 

Τίολνετία,  ας,  ή,  length  cf  years, 
Diog.  L.  1,72. 

ΥΙο7.ύευκτος,  ov,  {πο7.ύς,  εύχομαι) 
much  wished  for,  much  desired,  ολ.βος, 
Aesch.  Eum.  537 ;  π7.οϋ-ος,  Xen. 
Cyr.  1,  6,  45. 

+Πο/.ίεΐ'Λ-τοΓ,  ov,  6,  Polyeuctus, 
Athenian  masc.  pr.  n.,  esp.,- — 1.  an 
orator,  a  friend  of  Demosthenes, 
Dem.  129,  18.  — 2.  a  partisan  of  Mi- 
dias.  Id.  560,  2  :  but  Ruhnk.,  Hist. 
Crit.  Orat.,  makes  him  same  as  pre- 
ceding.—3.  a  Thriasian,  Id.  1028,  sq. 
—Others  in  Dem.  1042,  δ  ;  1331,  fin. ; 
Andoc, ;  etc. 

Πολΐτιτοζ•,  ov,  {πο?.νς,  ευνή)  mar 
ried  to  many. 

ΪΙο/.νεί^τακτος,  ov,  {πολύς,  εντακ 
TOr)  very  icell  ordered. 

1211 


ΠΟΛΥ 

'Π.ο7.ΰενχετος,  ον,  =  πο?ι.νενκτος, 
Η.  Horn.  Cer.  165. 

ΐΐο'λνέιΐ^ητος,  ον,  {πο?ι.νς,  ίψω)  much 
or  well-cooked. 

Ώ.ο'λνζϋ.'λος,  ον,  {πο?.νς,  ζάλη)  very 
stormy. 

ΐίολνζηλος,ον,  {7ΐθ?ιύς,  ζήλος)  much- 
envied,  βίος,  Soph.  Ο.  'Γ.  381  :  much- 
desired,  longed  for,  loved,  πόσις,  Tr. 
185. 

αΐ.ολνζ7ΐλος,  ου,  6,  Polyzelus,  an 
Athenian  archon,  Dern.  808, 1.— Oth- 
ers in  Dern.  525,  27 ;  Ath. ;  etc. 

Τίο'λνζή?.ωτος,  ον,  {ττυλνς,  ζη^.όω) 
much  envied  or  desired,  Eur.  Hipp. 
169. 

Ώ.ολνζ'ημι.ος,  ον,  (πολΰζ- ,  ζημία)  very 
hurtful,  susp. 

ύ-ολυζνγος,  ον,  {πολύς,  ζυγόν  III.) 
many-benched,  ντ/ύς,  II.  2,  293  ;  cf.  πο- 
7.υΐίληίς. 

ΤΙολύζΐύος,  ον,  {πολύς,  ζωή)  =  πο- 
7ιύίίίθς,  csp.  long-lived,  Ορρ.  C.  3,  117. 

ΤΙολυζωστος,  ον,  {πολύς,  ζώνννμΟ 
tight-girded. 

Ί1ο?ινήγορος,  ον,  {πολύς,  αγορεύω) 
speaking  much,  Anth.  F.  append.  90. 

ΐίολνήθης,  ες,  {πολύς,  ήθος)  taking 
many  characters,  versatile. 

ϊ\.ο7.νηκοΙα,  ας,  ή,  much  learning: 
from 

'Π.ο7Λήκοος,  ον,  {πο7ίύς,  ακούω) 
kavitig  heard  much  ;  much-learned,  kv 
τα'ις  άναγνώσεα.  Plat.  Phaedr.  275 
A ;  c.  gen.,  π.  όώαχής.  Id.  Legg. 
810  E. 

Τίο7Λ'η7Μκάτος,  ον,  {πολύς,  ήλα- 
κάτη  V.)  very  reedy,  ποταμός,  Aesch. 
Fr.  6.  [α] 

I] ολνή7.ιος,  ον,  much-sunned,  very 
sunny. 

ΐίολνήμερας,  ον,  {πολύς,  ήμερα)  of 
many  days,  Hipp. 

Τίο/Λήράτος,  ον,  {πολύς,  έρύω) 
much-loved,  very  lovely,  ήβη,  είδος, 
εννή,  άλσος,  ύδωρ,  etc.,  Od.,  Η. 
Horn.,  and  Hes. :  more  rarely  as 
epith.  of  persons,  as  in  Hes.  Fr.  1, 1  ; 
Αίβνη,  Orac.  ap.  Hdt.  4,  159.  —  But 
in  Od.  11,  275,  where  it  is  epith.  of 
Thebes,  it  was  explained  by  all  in- 
terpp.  as  deeply-accursed  (from  ΰρύο- 
μαι). 

ΐίο7ιύηρος,  ον,  (*ερα)  rich  in  soil, 
Hesych. 

Ώολυήσυχος,  ον,  very  quiet. 

ΐΐο/ινηχής,  ες,  {πολύς,  ήχος)  many- 
toned,  of  the  nightingale's  voice,  Od. 
19,  521  ;  }nuch,  loud  or  far  sounding, 
αίγια7..ός,  II.  4,  422. 

ΤΙο7ινήχητος,  ον.  Dor.  πολνάχ-, 
{πολύς,  ήχέω)  loud- sounding,  Eur. 
Ale.  918. 

Τίολνηχία,  ας,  ή,  great  clamour  or 
noise :  from 

ίίολύηχος,  ον,—  πολυηχής.  Adv. 
■χως,  Ael.  Ν.  Α.  12,  27. 

ΪΙο7.νθάητος,  ον,  poet,  for  πολνθέ- 
ατος,  Anth.  P.  append.  173.  [ΰ] 

ΤΙολϋθύλμιος,  ον,  {πο7.ύς,  θάλλω) 
much-nourishing,  Orph.  Η.  67,  1  j  cf. 
ζωθά/.μιος,  όντύ?.μιος. 

Τίολ.ϋθαμβής,  ες,  {πολύς,  θάμβος) 
much  frighted  or  astonished,  Nonn. 

ΙΙολνθαρσής,  ες,  {πολύς,  θάρσος) 
much-confident,  very  courageous,  bold, 
αένος,  II.  17,  156,  Od.  13,  387. 

ΙΙολνθαύμαστος,  ον,  {πολύς,  θαυ- 
Ιΐύζυ)  much-admired. 

ίΐυλνθεάμων,  ον,  geu-  ονος,{πολύς, 
θεάομαή  having  seen  much,  c.  gen., 
Plat.  Phaedr.  251  A.  [ά]^ 

ΤΙολνθέύ,τος,  ον,  {πολύς,  θεάομαι) 
much  or  often  seen,  very  remarkable. 

ΤΙολνβεΐα,  ας,  ή,  polytheism  :  from 

[Ιο7Λθεος,  ον,  {πολύς,  θεός)  of  οι 
hehnging  to  many  gods,  'έδρα,  Aesch. 
Supp,  424;  εκκλησία,  Luc.  Jup.Trag. 
1212 


ΠΟΑΤ 

14  ;  —  δόξα  π.,  polytheism,  Philo. 
Adv.  -ως.     Hence 

Ώ.o7iϋθεό-ης,  ητος,  ή,  polytheism. 

ΐίολνθερής,  ές,  {πο7ιύς,  ΰέρω)  viuch 
feeding  or  nourishing. 

ΪΙολύθερμος,  ον,  {πολύς,  θερμός) 
very  ivarm  or  hot,  Plut.  Alex.  4. 

αίολνθερσείδης,  ον,  δ,  son  of  Pn- 
lytherses,  i.  e.  Ctesippus,  one  of  the 
suitors  of  Penelope,  Od.  22,  287 : 
patron,  from 

Ίϋολνθέρσης,  ovr,  6,  Polytherses, 
masc.  pr.  n. ;  v.  foreg. 

ΐίολνθεστος,  ον,  {πο7ίύς,  θίσσα- 
σθαι)  much  desired  or  loved.  Call. 
Dern.  48  ;  cf  άπόθεστος. 

ΤΙολνθηρία,  ας,  ή,  great  plenty  of 
game :  from 

ΤΙο7^ύθηρος,  ον,  {πολύς,  θήρ)  u<ith 
much  game,  full  of  wild  beasts,  Eur. 
Hipp.  145,  Phoen.  802. 

ΐίολυθ7Λβής,  ές,  {πολύς,  θλίβω) 
much-pressed,  Nonn. 

ΐίολνθονρος,  ον,  {πολύς,  θορείν) 
leaping  or  covering  much  :  very  lustful, 
Opp.  C,  3,510. 

Υίολύθρανστος,  ον,  {πολύς,  θραύω) 
much  broken. 

ΐίολνθρέμμΰτος,  ον,  {πολύς,  θρέμ- 
μα) rich  in  cattle. 

ΐΙο7ι,υθρέμμων,  ον,  gen.  όνος,  = 
foreg.,  epith.  of  the  Nile,  whether  as 
fertilizing  the  land  or  as  full  of  mon- 
sters, Aesch.  Pers.  33  ;  cf  βωθρέμ- 
μων,  πελειοθρέμμων,  πολνκήτης. 

Τίο7.ύθρεπτος,  ον,  {πολύς,  τρέφω) 
much-nourished,  abundant,  Orph.  Η. 
42,  0. — II.  act.  much-nourishing,  Anth. 

ΤΙολνθρήνητος,  ον,  {πολύς,  θρηνέω) 
lamentable,  Anth.  Ρ.  7,  334. 

ΐίολύθρηνος,  ον,  {πολύς,  θρήνος) 
7nuch  weeping  or  luailing,  Aesch.  Ag. 
711,714.  Luc.  Hale.  1. 

ΙΙο7Λθρίξ,  τρίχος,  ώ,  η,  {πολύς, 
θρίξ)  tvith  much  hair,  Anth. 

ΊΙολύθρονος,  ον,  {πο7ίνς,  θρόνον) 
■=πολνή>ύρμακος ,  Nic.  Th.  875  :  also 
πο7^νθρόνως,  ον. 

ΥΙολνθροος,  ον,  contr.  -θρονς,  ονν, 
{πολύς,  θρόος)  with  much  noise,  clam- 
orous, Aesch.  Supp.  820. 

'ί1ο7Λ'θρύ7^ητος,  or,  ( πολύς,  θρνλέω) 
much  spoken  of,  hence  well-known,  no- 
torious, Plat.  "Rep.  506  B,  Phaed.  100 
B.     Adv.  -τως.    [ϋ] 

ΤΙο7Μθϋρος,  ον,  {πολύς,  θύρα)  with 
many  doors  or  windows,  Plut.  2,  99  Ε  : 
generally,  with  many  holes,  τριβώνιον, 
Luc.  D.  Mort.  1,2.  —  II.  with  many 
plates  or  leaves,  π.  δέλτου  διαπτνχαί, 
Eur.  I.  Τ.  727. 

ΤΙολύθύσΰνος,  ον,  with  many  tassels, 
[ν] 

ΐίολνθνσίαστος,  ον,  {πολύς,  θυσι- 
άζω) honoured  tvith  many  sacrifices,  [ϊ] 

ΤΙολνθνΓος,  ον  ,{πολύς•  θνω)  abound- 
ing in  sacrifices,  έρανος,  πομπαί,  Pind. 
P.  5,  102, 'Ν.  7,  69 ;  π.  σφαγαί.  Soph. 
Tr.  756  ;  τιμή  π.,  worship  with  many 
sacrifices,  Eur.  Heracl.  777. 

ΙΙολνθώϋστος,  ον,  {πο7.νς,  Οωνσσω) 
with  great  impetuosity. 

ΐΙο7ίϋίΰχος,  ον,  {πολνς,  ίάχω)  cry- 
ing much,  [t] 

ΤΙολνΐδμων,  ον,  =  πυλυίστωρ, 
Orph.  Lith.  691. 

tno/.iiidcif.  ον,  ό,  (i.  e.  Τίϋ7ινειδος, 
as  Pans.  1,  43,  much-knowing)  Polyi- 
dus,  son  of  Coeranus,  of  the  family 
of  Melarnpus,  a  seer  of  Corinth,  11. 
13,  663  ;  Paus.  1,  43,  5.-2.  a  Trojan, 
son  of  Eurydamas,  II.  5,  148. 

ΐίολνΐδρεια,  ας,  ή,  {πολνϊδρις) 
?nuch  knowledge ,  wisdom,  usu.  in  plur., 
Od.  2,  346  ;  23,  77  .•  cunning,  Theogn. 
703. 

ΙΙολύϊδρις,  Ion.  gen.  ιος,  Att.  εως, 
6,  ή,  {πολύς,  ϊδρις)  of  much  knowledge, 


ΠΟΑΤ 
wise,  cunning,  Od.   15,  459,  Hes.  Th. 
010  :  the  dat.  πο7.υίδριδι  is  in  Sappho 
111,  cf  Lob.  Phryn.  320. 

ΤΙολνίνος,  ον,  {πο?.νς,  Ις)  with  many 
fibres,  Theophr.  [("] 

ΙΙολνϊππία,  ar,  ή,  abundance  of 
horses  :  from 

Ιίολνϊππος,  ον,  {πολύς,  ϊππος)  rich 
in  horses,  11.  13,  171. 

Πολϋΐστωρ,  ορός,  ό,  ή,  {πολύς,  Ισ- 
τωρ)  of  great  knowledge,  Uarned,  Anth. 
P.  9,  280  :  also  πο7,νϊστόρητος. 

ΤΙυλνίχθνος,  ον,  Η.  Horn.  Αρ.  417  ; 
and  πο7Λ'ίχΟνς,  νος,  ό,  ή,  Strab.  {πο- 
7.ύς,  ίχϋύς) : — abounding  in  fish. 

ΙΙυλνίιριος,  ον,  ν.  πυλνόηριος. 

Ιίολνκαγκής,  ές,  {πολύς,  κάγκω, 
καίω)  very  dry,  χώρα,  Anth.  P.  9,  078  : 
drying  or  parching  exceedingly,  διφαι, 
11.11,642. 

ΤΙολνκάής,  ές,  {πολύς,  καίω)  much 
burning,  Leon.  Tar.  64. 

ΥΙολνκάθεδρος,  ον,  {πολύς,  καθέ- 
δρα) =πολνζυγος.  [ά] 

ΙΙολνκαισάρίη,  ης,  ή,  {πολνς,  Καί- 
σαρ) the  government  of  many  emperors 
at  once,  formed  after  πολνκοιρανίη, 
Plut.  Anton.  81. 

ΙΙολϋκάλΰμος,  ον,  {πολύς,  κάλα- 
μος) of  many  reeds,  Diod.  3,  58.   [ά] 

Ώο7Λκάμύτος,  ον,  {πο/Λ'ς,  κάμα- 
τος) act.,  causing  great  labour  or  pain. 
— II.  pass.,  made,  done  with  great  la- 
bour or  pains,  [u] 

ΐΐο/.νκύμμορος,  ον,  {πολύς,  κάμ- 
μορος)  very  miserable,  Anth.  P.  9,  151. 

ΐίολνκααπής,  ef,=sq.,  Anth.  P.  6, 
297,  Plut.  2,  615  C,  etc. 

ΐΙο7ινκαμπτος,  oj»,  {πολνς,  κάμπτω) 
with  many  twists  and  turns,  of  elabo- 
rate ornament  in  music,  π.  μέλη,  Par 
menid.  ap.  Arist.  Metaph.  3,  5,  12. 

Τίολνκάνής,  ές,  {πολύς,  καίνω) 
slaughtering,  βοτών,  Aesch.  Ag.  1169. 

ΤΙολύκαπνος,  ον,  {πολύς,  καπνός) 
with  ?nuch  smoke :  smoky,  στέγος,  Eur. 
El.  1140. 

ΤΙολνκάρηνος,  ον,  {πολύς,  κάρη 
νον)  many-headed,  [ΰ] 

ΤΙολϋκαρπέω,  ώ,  to  hear  much  fruit, 
Arist.  Gen.  An.  3,  1,  15  :  and 

Τίολνκαρπία,  ας,  ή,  abundance  of 
fruit,  Xen.  Mem.  3,  14,  3 :  from 

Τίο7Λκαρπος,  ον,  {πολύς,  καρπός) 
loith  much  fruit,  rich  in  fruit,  fruitful, 
αλωή,  Od.  7,  122  ;  24,  221  ;  χϋών, 
Pind.  P.  9,  14  ;  ^ρύγες  πο?.νκομπό- 
τατοι,  Hdt.  5,  49. — II.  το  π.,  a  kind 
of  Crataegus. 

^ΤΙολνκύστη,  ης,  ή,  Polyca^te, 
daughter  of  Ν  estor  and  Anaxibia,  Od. 
3,  464.— mother  of  Penelope,  Strab. 
p.  461. 

ΤΙο?νκατασκεύασΓος,  ον,  {κατα- 
σκευάζω) carefully  wrought. 

ΐίολνκατέργαστος,  ον,  {πολύς,  κα 
τεργάζομαι)  variously  wrought. 

Ώο/ίύκανλος,  ον,  {πολνς,  καν/.όι) 
many-stalked,  Theophr.  PI.  7,  2,  8. 

Ιίο/ίύκανστος  or  -καυτός,  ον,  {πο- 
λύς, καίω)  much  burnt,  Q.  iSm. 

ΪΠολνκάων,  όνος.  ό,  Polycaon,  son 
of  Lelex,  first  kingof  Messenia,  Paus. 
3,  1,  1. — Others  in  Paus. ;  etc.  [u] 

Τίολνκέλύδος,  ον,  {πο7ιύς,  κέλα- 
δος)  much-sounding ,  Luc. 

ΐΙο7ίύκενος,  ον,  {πολύς,  κενός)  with 
many  gaps  or  vacuums,  Arist.  Probl. 
25,  22. 

Ί1ο7ινκέντητος,  ον,  {κεντέω)=^  "Ό- 
λύκεστος. 

ΙΙολνκέρδεια,  ας,  ή,  great  craft  or 
cunning,  Od.  24,  167,  in  plur. :  from 

ΤΙο/ινκερδής,  ές,  {πολύς,  κέρδος) 
very  cunning,  crafty,  wily,  νόος,  Od. 
13,  255. — II.  bringing  great  profit,  Ma- 
netho. 

ΙΙο7.νκερδία,  ας,  ^,=foreg. 


ΠΟΛΥ 

ΤΙυλνκερως,  ωτος.  ό,  ή,^  {πολνς, 
κέρας)  many-lii/rncd :  ττ.  φόνος,  the 
slaughter  of  much  horned  cattle.  Soph. 
Aj.  55. 

ΐΙυ'Αύκεστος,  ov,  (πολύς,  κεστός) 
much  wrought,  Ιμας  7Γ.,  α  richly  broider- 
ed  strap,  11.  3,  371. 

ΤΙο'λνκενθι/ς,  ες,  (ττολί'ζ•,  κευθω) 
much  concealing,  Τι.ό'/ος-,  Clem.  ΑΙ. 

ΐΙολνκέφα'Αης ,  ον,  {τζολνς,  κεφαλή) 
tnany-headfd.  Plat.  Rep.  588  C,  etc.  : 
νόμος  7τ.,  a  celebrated  air  on  the  flute, 
so  called  from  its  expressing  the  hiss- 
ing of  the  serpents  round  the  Gor- 
gon's head,  Plut.  2,  1133  D,  cf.  Bockh 
Expl.  Find.  P.  12,  23  (41). 

ΐίολνκήδεια,  ας,  η,  much  care  or 
grief:  from 

ΙΙο7.νκη(ν]ς,  ες,  {πολύς,  κη6ος)/ΐίΙΙ 
of  care,  grievous,  Od.  23,  351. 

Ώ.ο/.νκήριος,  ov,  (πολύς,  κήρ)  very 
destructive,  deadly,  Nic.  Th.  798. 

ΥΙο^Λϋήτης,  ες,  {πολύς,  κήτος)  full 
of  great  fishes  or  monsters,  NfiAof, 
Theocr.  17,  98  ;  cf.  πολνθρέμμων. 

ΤΙολϋκίνόϋνος,  ov,  {πολύς,  κίνδυ- 
νος) with  great  danger,  very  dangerous, 
I)ern.  Phal. 

ΊΙο7ώκΙνησία,  ας,  ή,  much,  violent 
motion  :  trom 

ΤΙολΰκίνητος,  ov,  {πολύς,  κινέω) 
much  or  violently  moved,  Arist.  Mund. 
6,  34. 

ΤΙολύκλαγγος,  ov,  {πολύς,  κλαγγή) 
with  a  loud  iioise  or  sound,  Ael.  N.  A. 
2,  51. 

ΤΙολυκλάδης,  £f,=sq.,  dub.  in  The- 
ophr. 

'Ώ.ολνκ7Μδος,  ov,  {πολύς,  κλάδος) 
with  many  boughs  or  branches,  The- 
ophr. 

ΙΙολύκλανστος,  ov,=sq. 

Ώολύκλαντος,  ov,  also  η,  ov,  Pors. 
Med.  822  :  {πολνς.  κλαίω) : — much  la- 
mented, very  laTnentable,  Ep.  Horn.  3, 
5,  Aesch.  Pers.  674,  Ag.  1526,  Eur., 
etc. — II.  act.,  much  lamenting,  γυναί- 
κες, Emped.  195. 

Ώολνκλεής.  ες,  {πο?.ύς,  κλέος)  far- 
famed,  Manetho. 

^Τίολύκλεία,  ας,  ή,  Polyclea,  fem. 
pr.  n.,  Ath.642  C. 

ΤΙο?ίυκλείδωτος,  ov,  {πολνς,  κ?ιει- 
δόο))  closely  shut  up. 

ΤΙο/ινκλειστος,  ov,  {πολύς,  κλείω) 
closely  shut,  Pseudo-Phocyl.  203. 

ΐΙο?ιύκ?.είτος,  ov,  also  η,  ov,  {πο• 
Xvr,  κλειτός)  far-famed,  Pind.  O.  6, 
120,  Fr.  206. 

■\ΤΙαλνκ7.ει,τος,  ov.  6,  PolyclUus,  a 
celebrated  statuary  of  Argos  or  Sicy- 
on,  in  the  time  of  Pericles,  Plat.  Prot. 
311  Β  ;  Paus.  2,  20,  1.— 2.  a  historian, 
Strab.  p.  510.— Others  in  Polyb. ;  etc. 

ΙΙολνκ7.ί]ει.ς,  εσσα,  εν,=^πο7.υκλή- 
ϊστος,  Anth.  Plan.  331. 

ΤΙολνκλήϊς,  ιδος,  ?/,  {πολύς,  κλείς 
IV)  tcith  many  botches  of  rowers,  in 
Horn,  and  Hes.  as  epith.  of  ships, 
like  πολνζνγος.  [i  always,  hence  it 
cannot  be  properisp. :  Spohn  de  Extr. 
Od.  Parte  p.  195  writes  πολνκ?ιηΐς, 
i(5of,  but  V.  Jac.  A.  P.  p.  359.] 

ΤΙο?.νκ?.ήϊστύς,  ov,  {πολύς,  κληίζω) 
very  celebrated,  Colulh. 

ΪΙο?.υκλ7!μα~έω,  ώ,  to  have  many 
branches,  Philo. 

ΐΙο?.ύκ/ιηρος,  ov,  strictly,  of  a  large 
lot :  usu.  luith  a  large  portion  of  land, 
exceeding  rich,  Od.  14,  211,  Theocr. 
16,  8.3. 

■\ΐΙο?.νκλ7Ίς,  έους,  b,  Polycles,  an 
Athenian  archon,  Dem.  261,  12. — 2. 
another  .\thenian,  against  whom  is 
directed  Dem.  p.  1206  sqq. — 3.  a  statu- 
ary of  Athens,  Paus.  6,  4,  5.— Others 
in  Paus. ;  etc. 

Ώ.ο7ινκλητος,  ov,  {πολύς,   καλέω) 


ΠΟΛΤ 

called  fro7n  many  a  land,  epith.  of  the 
allies  of  the  Trojans,  II.  4,  438 ;  10, 
420. 

ΥΙο7.νκ7.1νης,  ες.  (~ο7.ύς,  κλίνω)  ly- 
ing with  many,  Manetho. 

ηο7.υκλΐνοζ,  ov,  {πο7.ύς,  κλίνη) 
with  many  couches  or  seats,  Heliod. 

'Π.ο7Μκλόνητος,  ov,  {πολύς,  κ7.ονέω) 
much  or  always  in  motion,  Synes. 

ΐΙολνκ7ίόπος,  ov,  {πολύς,  κλέπτω) 
stealing  much,  0pp.  C.  3,  267. 

Ώο7.ύκ7.νστος,  ov,  (πολύς,  κλύζω) 
much  dashing  or  swelling,  πόΐ'τος,  Od. 
4,  354:  6,  204,  Hes.  Th.  189.— II. 
pass.,  washed  by  the  waves,  sea-beat, 
Hes.  Th.  199. 

ΐίολύκλωνος,  ov,  {πολύς,  κλών) 
with  many  suckers  or  branches,  The- 
ophr. 

ΤΙολνκμής,  ήτος,  ό,  ^,=sq.,  dub. 

'Π.ο7.νκμητος,  ov,  (πολύς,  κάμνω) 
much  or  well  wrought,  in  Horn.  usu. 
epith.  of  iron,  as  distinguished  from 
copper  :  also,  π.  θάλαμος,  Od.  4,  718  : 
later,  laborious,  τέχνη,  Anth. 

Τίολύκνημος,  ov,  {πο7>.ύς,  κνημός) 
with  many  highland  forests,  mountain- 
ous and  woody,  II.  2,  497. — II.  το  π., 
a  plant,  Hipp.,  Nic.  Th.  559. 

ΤΙολυκνισος,  ov,  (πο7.ΰς,  κνίσα) 
steaming  with  sacrifice,  Ap.  Rh.  3,  880. 

ΤΙολνκοίλιος,  ov,  (ττολίίζ•,  κοι7ύα) 
with  many  stomachs,  Arist.  Part.  An. 
3,  15,  1. 

ΐίολνκοίμητος,  ov,  {πο7ινς,  κοιμάω) 
sleeping  much. 

Τίολύκοινος,  ov,  {πο7ίνς,  κοινός) 
common  to  many,  Pind.  P.  2,  77,  Arist. 
M.  Mor.  2,  7,  4  :  comjnon  to  all,  "Αίδης, 
Soph.  Aj.  1192. 

ΪΙολνκοι.ρανίη,  ης,  ή,  the  rule  of 
many,  II.  2,  204  :  from 

ΤΙολϋκοίρύνος,  ov,  {πολνς,  κοίρα- 
νος)  wide-ruling,  Ar.  Ran.  1270. 

ΎΙολυκόλλητος,  ov,  {πο7.ύς,  κολ- 
λάω) compact  of  many  pieces  glued  or 
joined  together. 

ΤΙολνκολπος,  ov,  {πολύς,  κό7.πος) 
with  many  bays,  recesses,  etc. 

ΤΙο7νκό7.νμ3ος,  ov,  {πολύς,  κο7Λΐμ• 
βάω)  diving  much,  μέλη  π.,  the  frog's 
water-songs,  Ar.  Ran.  245. 

ΐίολύκομος,  ov,  {πολύς,  κόμη)  with 
much  hair  Οι  foliage,  Diosc. 

ΤΙολνκομπος,  ov,  {πολύς,  κομπέω) 
much  boasting. 

Ί1ο7.ύκομ'ψος,  ov,  very  refined  or  af- 
fected. 

ΤΙολύκοπος,  ov,  (πολύς,  κόπτομαι) 
striking  one's  self  violently  :  much  la- 
menting ;  pathetic :  or  (from  κόπος) 
very  fatiguing. 

ΤΙυλύκοσμος,  ov,  {κοσμέω)  much- 
adorned. 

ΤΙολνκράνος,  ov,  {πο7.ύς,  κρΰνον) 
many-headed,  Eur.  Bacch.  1017. 

Ώο7^νκρΰτέομαι,  as  pass.,  to  be  gov- 
erned by  many. 

Ί1ο7.νκρατής,  ές,  (πο7ιύς,  κρατός) 
very  mighty,  Aesch.  Cho.  406. 

αίολυκράτης,  ους,  ό,  Polycrates,  a 
tyrant  of  Samos,  son  of  Aeacus, 
famed  for  his  wealth  and  good  for- 
tune, Hdt.  2,  182  ;  Paus.  8,  14,  8  :  tu 
ΐίολνκράτονς  χρήματα,  proverb,  of 
great  wealth,  Plut. — 2.  an  Athenian, 
a  lochagus  in  the  army  of  the  ten 
thousand.  Xen.  An.  4,  5,  24 ;  etc. — 
3.  son  of  Epiphron.  an  ambassador  to 
Philip,  ap.  Dem.  283,  7. — 4.  proposer 
of  a  colony  to  the  Thracian  Cherson- 
ese, Dem.  163,  6. — 5.  a  rhetorician  of 
Athens,  lived  and  taught  in  Cyprus, 
Ath.  335  C— Others  in  Polyb. ;  etc. 

αίολνκρατίδας,  a,  6,  Polycratidas, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Plut. 

ΤΙολνκρεκτος,  ov,  {πολύς,  κρέκω) 
much  sounding,  Orph.  H.  33,  16. 


ΠΟΑΥ 

ΤΙυ/.ίκρτιμνος,  ov,  with  many  steeps 

or  miiuiituttis. 

Τίο7.νκρΐθάω,  ώ,  to  have  plenty  of 
barley  or  fodder  :  from 

'Π.ο7.νκμίΟος,  ov.  {πολύς,  κριθή) 
abounding  in,  full  of  barley. 

ΐΐο/.υκριμνος,  ov,  {Kpipvov)~{oTeg. 

iUo7ιVκpίτη,  ης,  ή,  Polycrite,  fem. 
pr.  n.,  Plut. :  in  Polyaen.  8,  36  Πολν- 
κρήτη. 

ΤΙολύκρΐτος,  ov,  {πο7.ύς,  κρίνω) 
widely  separate,  Orph.  Η.  10,  18. 

iΊlυ7.ύκpιτoς,  ov,  b,  Polycritus,  an 
Aeginetan,  Hdt.  8,  93.-2.  an  Athen- 
ian, sent  on  an  embassy  to  Philip, 
Dem.  250,  16. — 3.  a  historian,  Strab. 
p.  735  :  ό  τα  Σικελικά  γράτΙιας,  Arist. 
Mir.  Ausc.  112. — Others  in  Polyb.; 
etc. 

ΤΙολυκρόκάλος,  ov,  {κροκάλη)  full 

of  pebbles. 

ΤΙο7.νκρότάλος,  ov,  {πολύς,  κρότα- 
7.ov)  much  rattling,  χείρ,  Nonii. 

'Ώ.ο7.υκρόττιτος,  ov,  {πολύς,  κροτέω) 
much  struck  or  beaten. 

ΐΙο7.νκροτος,  ov,  also  η,  ov  (cf.  infra) 
{πολνς,  κρότος): — sounding  loud  or 
clearly,  H.  Horn.  18,  37  ;  χελωνίς, 
Posidon.ap.  Ath.  527  F. — II.  ή  πο7.ν- 
κρότη,  the  many-oared,  i.  e.  a  ship, 
Anacr  90,  2 ;  cf.  δίκροτος. — III.  ."ily, 
cunning,  wily,  v.  1.  Od.  ),  1. 

ΊΙο7ίνκροννος.  ov,  {πο7ώς,  κρουνός) 
with  many  springs,  στομάτα  π.,  foun- 
tains many-gushing,  Anth.  9,  069. 

ΤΙο7.νκρωζος,  ov,  {πολνς,  κρώζω) 
much-croaking,  0pp.  C.  3,  117. 

Ώολυκτέάνος,  ov.  {πο7.νς,  κτέανον) 
ζ=πολνκτημων,  Pind.  Ο.  10  (11),  44. 

ΐίολνκτημοσννη,  ης,  ή, great  wealth: 
from 

Ώο7ίυκτήμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  {πο7ινς, 
κτήμα)  of  great  wealth,  exceeding  rich, 
II.  5,  613,  Soph.  Ant.  843  ;  c.  gen.,  π. 
βίον,  Eur.  Ion  581. 

ΤΙολνκτηνος,  ov,  rich  in  cattle. 

ΤΙο7.νκτησία.  ας,  ή,  {πολνς,  κτήσις) 
=:πο/Λ<κτ7]μοσννη,  Ath.  233  C. 

ΐίολνκτητος,  ον,  {πο7.νς,  κτάσμαι) 
exceeding  rich,  Eur.  Andr.  769. 

i'Π.o7.vκτητoς,  ov,  b,  Polyctetus, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  in  Luc.  Fugit.  26. 

ΐίολνκτίτος,  ov,  {πολνς,  κτίζω) 
building  much,  Orph.  H.  9,  2.  ■ 

'ηο?ίνκτόνος,  ov,  (πολνς,  κτείνω) 
much-slaying,  Aesch.  Ag.  461,  734. 

\'Π.ο7.υκτορίδης,  ov  Ep.  ao,  6,  son 
ofPolyctor,  i.  e.  Pisander,  Od.  18,  299. 

ΙΠολΰ/ιΤωρ,  ορός,  ό,  Polyctor,  son 
of  Aegyptus  and  Caliande,  Apollod. 
2,  1,  5. — 2.  son  of  Pterelaus,  an  early 
prince  of  Ithaca,  Od.  17,  207.— 3.  of. 
foreg. — Others  in  Paus.  ;  etc. 

ΐίολνκνδιστος,  ov,  also  η,  ov,  (πο• 
?~νς,  κνδος)  much-praised,  honourable, 
Anth.  P.  7,  593  ;  9,  657. 

Τίο7.νκϋήμάτος,  ov,  {πο7.νς,  κνημα) 
pregnant  with  many  young  :  containing 
many  eggs. 

ΤΙολνκνκλος,  ov,  with  many  circles, 
bends,  windings. 

ΐΐο/ιύκνκος,  ov,  {πολνς,  κνκάω) 
much  troubled,  of  the  sea,  Porphyr. 

Ώολνκνλίνδητος,  ov,  {πο7.νς,  κν- 
λινδέω)  much  or  often  rolled. 

Ί1ο7Λ>κνμαντος,  ov,  {πο/.νς,  κυμαί- 
νω) swelling  with  many  loaves. 

ΙΙολνκνμύτος,  ον,=  πο7ί.νκνμων,  v. 
1.  Ath.  301  F.  [kv] 

ΤΙολνκνμία,  ή,  (κνμα)  multitude  of 
waves. 

ΤΙολνκνμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  {πολνς, 
κνω,  κνμα)  sivelling  uith  many  reaves, 
πόντος,  Solon  5,  19.  —  II.  bringing 
forth  much,  prolific,  Emped.  167.  [kv] 

ΙΙο7-νκνριότης,  ητος,  ή,  (κνριος)  = 
πο7ινκοίρανία. 

ΤΙο/Λκώθων,  ωνος,  ό.  ή,  {~ο?.νς, 
1213 


ΠΟΛΥ 

KOBuv)  a  wine-bibber,  Polemo  ap.  Alh. 
43G  U.      ^ 

ΐΙο?.νκώκντος,  ov•,  {πολύς,  κωκύω) 
much-taiiicnting,  Theogii.  241. 

ΪΙολνκω?.ος,  ov,  {τϊο7ώς,  κώλοι')  in 
many  clauses,  Deni.  Phal. 

ΐΙο?.ύκ(ύμος,  ov,  (πολύς,  κύμος) 
much-revelling,  Anth.  P.  9,  521,  17. 

ΐίολνκυπος,  ov,  {πολύς,  κώπη) 
many-oared.  Sioph.  Tr.  G56. 

ΤίυλνκώΓΪλος,  ov, {πολύς,  κωτίλος) 
much-chaitering :  also  ill  good  sense, 
much-warbling,  άηόών,  Simon.  158. 

ΠοΛί'λάλίω,  ώ,  f.  -?/σω,  to  be  πολυ- 
λα?.ος,  to  prate  apace.     Hence 

Ώ.ολν'λάλ/ίτος,  oi',=  sq.  [ci] 

Ώο'λύλΰ'λος,  ov,  {πολνς,  λάλος) 
nnich-prating,  talkative,  v.  1.  in  LXX. 

ίloλv'λaμπ!Jς,  ές,  {πολ.νς,  λάμπω) 
briiiht-skining,  Luc. 

ΐίυλύλάος,  ov,  populous. 

^ΤΙολύλΰος,  ου,  b,  Polylaus,  a  son 
of  Hercules,  Apollod.  2,  7,  8. 

ΪΙο/ινλι'/ίος,ον,  {πυ/.ύς,  λήϊov)with 
many  cornfields,  II.  5,  G13,  Hes.  Fr. 
39,  i.  [Π 

ΥΙολϋλίμενος,  ov,  {πολύς,  λιμήν) 
with  many  ports,  Artemid.  [t]  Hence 

ΤΙολνλϊμενότης,  ητος,  ή,  a  number 
of  ports. 

ΥΙολνλίμος,  ov,  b,  {πολύς,  λιμός) 
ravenous  hunger,  of,  Plut.  2,  C94  A  ; — 
also  βουλιμία. 

ΐΙολΰλ7ΰθος,  ov,  {πολνς,  λίθος) 
very  stony,  Anth.  P.  C,  3. 

ΤΙολν'λλίστος,  ov,  and  later  ;;,  ov 
(πολύς,  /.ίσσομαι): — much  implored  or 
prayed  to,  Od.  5,  445  ;  νηος  π.,  a  tem- 
ple much  frequented  by  suppliants,  H. 
Horn.  Ap.  317,  Cer.  28. — II.  prayed 
for,  yearned  after.  (The  proper  foim 
πολ.νλιστος  is  not  found.) 

Τίολυλλΐτάνευτος,  ov,  (λιτανενω) 
=  foreg.  [ώ] 

ΐίολύλλίτος,  ov,  (πολύς,  λίτομαι) 
=  κολυλλι.στος.  Call.  Αρ.  80,  Del. 
316. 

Τ1ολύ?.οβος,  ov,  (πολύς,  Zo/3of ) 
with  many  lobes  or  pods,  dub.  in  The- 
ophr. 

ΐ{ο7.νλογΐίύ,  ύ,  to  be  πολνλογος,  to 
talk  much,  Dion.  P.  ?     Hence 

ΐ[ολυλθ)τιτέον,  verb.  adj.,o?ii  must 
speak  at  length,  Clem.  Al. 

ΐίο/.νλογία,  ας,  ή,  wordiness.  Plat. 
Legg.  641  E,  Arist.  Pol.  4,  10,  1; 
from 

ΐΙολύ7.ογος,  ov,  (  πολνς,  λέγω ) 
wordy,  talkative.  Plat,  Legg.  641  E, 
Xen.  Cyr.  1,  4,  3. — II.  pass.,  much 
talked  of. 

ΠολύλοτΓΟΓ,  ov,  (  πο?.ύς,  λοπός  ) 
covered  with  many  rinds,  Thcophr. 

ΊΙο7Λμάθεια,  ας,  η,  v.  1.  for  πολν- 
μαθία :  [κ]  from 

ΙΙο/.νμΰΟίω,  ώ,  f.  -ι'/σω,  to  learn  or 
know  much,  Plut. 

Ώο7.νμΰβημοσύν)],  ης,  η,=-πο7^,νμά- 
Οεια,  Timon  ap.  Ath.  610  Β. 

ΤΙο7.ΰμάθήμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  (πο- 
7ιvμaβέu)—sq. 

ΐΙο7.νμαθής,  ες,  (πολνς,  μανθάνω, 
μαθΐΐν)  having  learnt  or  knowing  miich, 
Ar.  Vesp.  1175,  Plat.  Legg.  810  E, 
Xen.,  etc.     Adv.  -θύς.     Hence 

ΙΙο7.νμΰθία,  ας,  ?/,  much  learning  or 
knowledge.  Plat.  Legg.  811  A,  819  A  ; 
of.  πολννοία. 

ΤΙολνμάκΰρ,  άρος,  b,  ή,  most  bliss- 
ful or  happy. 

ΤΙυ/ΛμαΛ/.ος.  ov,  (πολύς,  μα7ίλός) 
very  wooly,  Lye.  874. 

ΙΙυλνμάνής,  if, poet.  πονλ-,{πο7.νς, 
μαίνομαι)  very  furious,  Anth.  P.  12, 
87. 

ΤΙολνμύντεντος,  ov,  (πολύς,  μαν- 
τενοιιαι)  often  foretold,  Plut. 

ΙΙο7.νμάσχάλος,  ov,  (πολύς,  μασχά- 
1214 


ΠΟΑΥ 

7.TI  II)  with  many  suckers  or  side-shoots, 
Theophr. 

Τ\.οΑϋμά-αιος,  ov,  quite  vain,  use- 
less, [ft] 

ΤΙο/ινμύχητος,  ov,  {πο7^νς,  μάχο- 
μαι) much  fought  for,  Luc.  Cyn.  8.  [«] 

■\\Ιο7.ύμαχος,  ov,  ό,  Polymachus,  a 
Phaisahan,  Xen.  Hell.  4,  3,  8 ;  v.  1. 
Ώολνχαρμος. 

Τίΰλνμέδιμνος,  ov,  Ep.  πονλ-,  (ττο- 
7.νς,  μέδιμνος)  with  many  medimni. 
Call.  Cer.  2. 

^ΪΙολνμεδων,  οντος,  b,  Polymedon, 
a  son  of  Priam,  Apollod.  3,  12,  5. 

Τ1ο7Λμεθής,  ές,  {πο7.νς,  μέθη)  drink- 
ing much  wine,  Anth.  P.  11,  45. 

ΐίολνμέλαθρος,  ov,  poet,  πονλ-, 
(πολύς,  με7\.αβρον)  with  many  apart- 
ments, houses,  temples.  Call.  Dian.  225. 

ΙΙολνμε7.ής,  ές,  (πολύς,  μέλος)  with 
many  members.  Plat.  Phaedr.  238  A. — 
II.  77iany-toned,  varied,  μέ7Μς,  Alcm.  1. 

Τίαλνμελπ?'/ς,  ές,  {πολνς,  μέλπω) 
much-singing 

ΐΐηλΰμεμφής,  ές,  (πολύς,  μέμφομαι) 
much-blanung,  Νοηη. 

ΙΙολνμέρεία,  ης,  ή,  α  consisting  of 
many  parts,  Plut.  2,  910  C  :   from 

ΪΙολϋμερής,  ές,  (πολύς,  μέρος)  con- 
sisting of  many  parts,  Tim.  Locr.  98 
D,  Arist.  Part.  An.  4,  7,  1  :  manifold, 
lb.  4,  6,  I.    Adv.  -ρώς,  Ν.  Τ. 

Ώο7ινμέριμνος,  ov,  (  πο7.νς,  μέ- 
ριμνα) with  many  cares. — II,  act.  caus- 
ing much  care,  full  of  care,  Arist. 
Mund.  6,  34. 

ΤΙο7.νμέρμερος,  ov,  poet,  for  foreg. 

ΤΙο7.νμετάβλ?)Τος,  ov,  often  trans- 
forming one''s  self. 

ΤΙολΰμετάβολος,  ov,  very  change- 
able. 

ΤΙυλνμετρία,  ας,  ή,  a  consisting  of 
many  measures,  esp.  Tnetres. 

ΐίο7.νμετρος,  ov,  (πο7.ύς,  μέτρον) 
of  many  measures,  measuring  much : 
and,  generally,  large,  abundant,  π. 
στάχνς,  Eur.  Mel.  3  (ap.  Ar.  Ran. 
1240)  :  consisting  of  many  metres,  Ath. 
COS  D. 

^ΥΙολυμί/δη,  ης,  T},Polymede,  daugh- 
ter of  Autolycus,  mother  of  Jason, 
Apollod.  1,  9,  16:  called  in  Ap.  Rh. 
1,  233  '' Αλκίμίδη. 

'\ΐΙο7Λμτιύης,  ονς.  b,  Polymedes,  a 
Thessalian  from  Larissa,  Thuc.  2, 
22.— Others  in  Diog.  I,. ;  etc. 

^ΤΙολνμήόιον.  ov,  τό,  Polymedium, 
a  district  and  town  near  Ledum, 
Strab.  p.  606. 

ΐίολϋμηκάς,  άδος,  b,  (πολύς,  μη- 
κίϊς)  much  bleating,  αίγες,  Bacis  ap. 
Hdt.  8,  20. 

ΐίολνμί/κετος,  ov,  poet,  for  sq.,  Q. 
Sm.  2,  452. 

ΐίολϋμήκης,  ες,  (πο7,ύς, μήκος)  very 
long. 

ΪΠο7  ϋμίβ.η,  ης,  ή,  Polymele,  daugh- 
ter of  Phylas,  mother  of  Eudorus  by 
Mercury,  II.  16,  181.— 2.  daughter  of 
Peieus,  mother  of  Patroclus,  Apollod. 
3,  18,  8;  elsewhere  ΦύίΟμήλη. 

ΤΙο7.νμη7ίθς.  ov.  Dor.  -μύλος,  (ττο- 
7•.ύς,  μήλον)  with  many  sheep  or  goats, 
rich  therein,  Hom.,  (never  in  Od.),  as 
epith.  of  persons,  places  and  coun- 
tries ;  in  Hes.  only  of  persons ;  in 
Pind.  only  of  countries. — II.  rich  in 
fruit. 

ΐίολνμηνις,  ιος,  ό,  //.  {πολύς,  μήνις) 
very  wrathful:  but  in  Anth.  P.  9,  168, 
visited  by  much  wrath. 

iY^oλvμ7'jστωp,  ορός,  ό,  Polymestor, 
a  king  of  Thrace,  married  Ilione 
eldest  daughter  of  Priam,  Eur.  Hec. 
7  sqq.— 2.  a  king  of  Arcadia,  Paus. 
8,  5,  9. 

Τίο7Λ'μήτα,  6,  poet,  for  sq.,  0pp. 
H.  5,  6. 


ΠΟΑΥ 

ΤΙολνμήτης,  οϋ,  o,=  sq, 

Ώολνμητις,  ιος,  h,  ή,  {πολνς, μήτίζ) 
of  7nany  counsels,  ever-ready,  freq.  in 
Horn.,  usu.  as  epith.  of  Ulysses,  of. 
Ar.  Vesp.  351 ;  also  of  Vulcan,  11.  21, 
355. 

Τ1ο7.νμητος.  ov,  f.  1.  for  πολύκμη- 
τος  in  Anth.  P.  9,  656. 

ΐΙο/Λμήτωρ,  ορός,  ή,  (πο7ίύς,  μή- 
τηρ)  mother  of  many,  Ορρ.  Η.  1,  88. 

Ώολνμηχΰνία,  ας,  ή,  Ion.  -ίη,  -ης, 
the  having  many  resources,  inventive- 
ness, Od.  23,  321,  Plut.  2,  233  E. 

Τίολϋμήχύνος,  ov,  {πυ7ινς,  μηχανή) 
abounding  in  resources,  inventive,  ever- 
ready,  freq.  in  Horn.,  as  epith.  of 
Ulysses,  cf.  Soph.  Phil.  1135;  in  H, 
Merc.  319,  of  Apollo. 

ΐΙο7νμΐ}ής,  ές,  Ep.  πονλ-  (πολύς, 
μίγννμι)  •.—much-mixed,  7notley,  Anth. 
P.  9,  823.     Hence 

Ώολνμΐγία,  ας,  η,  a  mixture  of  many 
ingredients,  Plut.  2,  661  E. 

ΐΙολύμικτος,ον,^^πολνμιγής,ΟτρίΛ. 
Η.  9,  11. 

ΐίολνμιξία,  ας,  η,  =  πολνμιγία, 
Plut.  2,  1109  C. 

Ί1ο7.νμίσής,  ές,  (  πολύς,  μίσος ) 
much-haling,  Luc.  Pisc.  20. 

ΙΙο7Λμιαθος,  ov,  (πολύς,' μισθός) 
receiving  much  pay  or  hire,  v.  1.  Anth. 
P.  5,  2. 

ΐΙο7Λ'μΐτάρικός,  ή,όν,  and  -μιτικός, 
ή,  όν,  cf.  sq.  sub  tin. 

ΤΙολύμΙτος,  ov,  (πολύς,  μίτος)  con- 
sisting of  many  threads :  tu  πολνμιτα, 
stuffs  in  which  several  threads  were 
taken  for  the  ivoof  in  order  to  weave 
flowers  or  other  objects,  as  in  dam- 
ask, Lat.  polymila  and  plumutica  ;  so, 
πέπλοι  πο/ινμιτοι,  many-coloured,  pic- 
tured (Aegyptian)  robes,  Aesch.  Supp. 
432 :  the  art  of  weaving  these  stuffs 
was  called  ή  πο7ινμιτική  or  πολυμι- 
ταρική,  Suid.,  and  Hesych. 

ΙΙο7.νμνήμων ,0V,  gen.  όνος.  {πολύς, 
μνι'ιμων)  remembering  many  things. 

iYloλvμvήστειoς,  ov,  of  or  relating 
to  Polymnestus,  τα  Π.  ποιών,  com- 
posing songs  resembling  those  of  Po- 
lymnestus (2),  Ar.  Eq.  1287. 

Τίο7.νμνήστίντος,  oi',  (πολύς,  μνη 
στεv^o)ιnuch■u■ooed,  Plut.  Q.Gracch.  4. 

ΙΙο/Λ'μνήστη.  ης,  ή,  (ποΑ^,ύς,  μνάϋ- 
μαι)  much  courted  or  wooed,  wooed  by 
many,  Od.  4,  770;  14,  64;  23,  140: 
— prob.  no  masc.  πολύμνηστος  occurs 
except  in  prop.  n.  πο7.νμν7ΐστος,  v. 
sq. 

'[Τίολνμνηστος,  ov,  b.  Dor.  -μνα- 
στος,  Polymnestus,  father  of  BattUS 
of  Thera,  Pind.  P.  4,  104  ;  Hdt.  4, 
155. — 2.  a  poet  of  Colophon,  whose 
songs  were  of  an  obscene  character, 
Strab.  p.  643  ;  Paus.  1,  14,4.— Others 
in  Diog.  L. ;  etc. 

'Π.ο7ινμΐ'ηστος,  ov,  (πολύς,  μνάομαι, 
μιμνήακομαι)  much-remembering,  mind- 
ful, grateful,  χίφις,  Aesch.  Ag.  821. 
— II.  pass,  much-remembered,  never  to 
be  forgotten,  lb.  1459. 

Τίολυμνήστωρ,  ορός.  ό,  ή,=  πο7.ν- 
μνήμων,  Aesch.  Supp.  535. 

ΐΙο7ινμνητος,  ov,  {πολύς,  μνάομαι, 
μιμνήσκομαι)  oft-?nentioned. 

ΐίολνμνητος,  ον,  contr.  for  πολνν- 
μνητος,  ν.  1.  Orph.,  cf.  sq. 

Τίολύμνια,  ας,  ή,  contr.  for  πολνν- 
μνια,  (πολύς,  νμνια)  Polymnia,  i.  e. 
she  of  the  many  hymns,  oneof  the  nine 
Muses,  Hes.  Th.  78  ; — later,  the  god- 
dess, sometimes  of  the  higher  lyric 
poetry,  sometimes  of  eloquence. 

Τίο7ίνμνΐος,  ov,  (πολνς,  μνίον)  full 
of  moss,  v.  1.  Nic.  950. 

αΐυ7.νμνΙς,  ιδος.  ό,  Polymnis,  father 
of  the  celebrated  Epaminondas,  Plut. 
Epam. 


ΠΟΛΥ 

^ΤΙόλνμνος,  οι),  ό,  Polymnus,  masc. 
pr.  η.,  Paus.  2,  37,  5. 

Ιϊίολϋμορι^ίαι  ας,  ή,  manifoldness, 
Longin.  39,  3  :  from 

ϋολνμορφος.  ον,  (ποΆί'ς,  μορφή) 
multiform,  manifold,  Arist.  Part.  An. 
4,  11,  22,  Luc.  Asin.  54.     Adv.  -φυς. 

Τ1ο7.νμονσος,  ον,  {πολύς,  Μονσα) 
rich  in  the  Muses'  gifts,  accomplished, 
Plut.  2,  744  A. 

ΐίολύμοχθος,  ον,  {τϊ-ολνς,  μόχθος) 
much-labouring .  suffering  many  things. 
Soph.  O.  C.  165,  (cf.  sub  ττλά^'ω  fin.), 
Eur.  I.  A.  1330,  etc. — II.  pass,  won 
by  much  toil,  toilsome,  ΰρετή,  Arist. 
Scol.  ap.  Ilgen.  p.  137. 

Τίο?.νμνΐ?.ος,  ον,  {τζολνς,  μυελός) 
with  much  marrow,  Hipp. 

ΐίολύμϋθος,  ον,  {ττολνς,  μϋθος)  of 
many  words,  i.  e.  wordy,  talkative,  II. 
3,  214,  Od.  2,  200;  ace.  to  Schol., 
threatening  violently. — II.  pass.,  much 
talked  of ,  famous  in  story,  άοεταί,  Pind. 
P.  9,  133.— III.  full  of  story,  storied, 
άοίδή,  Anth. 

ΙΙολνμυξος,  ον,  (πολΰς,  μύξα)  with 
many  snuffs,  of  a  lamp. 

ΙΙολύνΰος,  ον,  {πολύς,  ναός)  with 
many  temples,  Theocr.  15,  109. 

ϋολϋναντης.  ον,ό,  {πολύς,  ναύτης) 
with  many  sailors,  ships,  Aesch.  Pers. 
83. 

ΤΙολννείκης,  ου,  b,  {πολύς,  νείκος) 
much  tvrangling,  Aesch.  Theb.  830 : — 
esp.  as  a  prop,  n.,  on  which  the  trag. 
are  fond  of  playing,  as  Aesch.  Theb. 
577  :  cf.  sq. 

^Υίο/Μνείκης,  ους,  b,  Polymces,  son 
of  Oedipus  and  Jocasta,  brother  of 
Eteocles,  v.  'Ετεοκλής  (2),  II.  4,  377; 
Trag. — Others  in  Paus. ;  etc. 

■{Ιίολνν εικός,  ου,  ό,  Polynicus,  a 
Lacedaemonian,  Xen.  An.  7,  6,  I : 
V.  I.  -νίκος. — Others  in  Anth. 

ϋολύνευρον,  ου,  τό,  a  plant,  elsewh. 
άρνάγλωσσον. 

ΤΙο?.ϋνέφελος,  ον,  {πο?.νς,  νεφέλη) 
overcast  with  clouds,  very  cloudy  :  Pind. 
has  the  Dor.  form  πολυνεώέλας,  gen. 
a,  N.  3,  ία 

ϋολυνηνεμία,  ας,  ή,  c  great  calm, 
Aiith.  P.  10,  102 ;  al.  παλινην-. 

ΐίολύνηος,  ον,  loti.  for  πο/ώναος. 

iTlo/,ύνηος,  ον,  ό,  Polyneus,  son  of 
Tecton,  a  noble  Phaeacian,  Od.  8, 
114. 

'Π.ο7.ννίκης,  ον,  ό,  {πολύς,  νίκύω) 
α  frequent  conqueror,  Luc. 

Ί1ο?.νρΐφής,  ες,  {πυλνς,  νίφω)  deep 
with  snow,  Eur.  Hel.  1326. 

ΤΙο^Λνϊφος,  ov,=  foreg. 

αΐο?.υνόη,  ης,  ή,  in  ApoUod.  1,  2, 
6,  for  wh.  Ιίολννόμη. 

ϋο'/.ύνοια,  ας,  ή,  {πολύνοος)  plenty 
of  mother-wit,  sagacity,  opp.  to  πολυ- 
μαθία  (acquired  learning).  Plat.  Legg. 
641  E. 

iTίo?ιVvόμη,  ης,  η,  Ep.  ΐΐονλυνόμη, 
Polynome,  a  daughter  of  Nereus  and 
Doris,  Hes.  Th.  258. 

Τίολύνομος,  ον,  {πο?.ύς,  νέμομαι) 
grazing  much  or  iiidiscriminately.  The• 
ophr. 

no?,itOOf,  ov,  contr.  -νονς,  ovv, 
much  thoughtful.     Adv.  -ur. 

■\\Ιόλννος,  ου,  b,  (i.  e.  ΥΙολύνους) 
Polyiius,  masc.  pr.  n..  Q.  Sm.  8,  86. 

Ί1ο?ιύνο<τος,  ov,  liable  to  many  sick- 
nesses. 

ΤίολίΓνοστος,  ov,  {πο?ιύς,  νόστος) 
making  much  return  :  of  seed,  yielding 
much,  Theophr. ;  of  meat,  giving  much 
nutriment,  σιτία,  Hipp. 

Ίϊολύνους,  ow,  contr.  for  πολύνοος. 

ΤΙολύντρα,  ας,  ή,  the  Lat.  polenta. 
Poll. 

ΥΙολ.ύνως,  contr.  for  ττολυνόοΐζ", 
adv.  from  πολύνοος. 


ΠΟΛΥ 

ϋολύξαντος,  ov,  {πολύς,  ξαίνω) 
much  torn  by  the  waves,  prob.  1.  Ar- 
chias  Ep.  2. 

^ΥΙολνξενη,  ης,  ή.  Ion.  and  Ep. 
ΤΙολνξείνη,  Polyxina,  daughter  of 
Priam  and  Hecuba,  sacniiced  byNeo- 
ptoiemus  on  the  tomb  of  Achilles, 
Eur.  Hec.  75  sqq. — As  fem.  pr.  n., 
also  in  Anth. 

^ΙΙολυξενίόας,  a,  b.  Dor. :  and 
-ίδης,  ov,  Polyxcnides,  masc.  pr.  n., 
Polyb.  10,  29,  6 ;  Anth.  ;  etc. 

ΤΙο?ιν;ενος,  ου.  Ion.  πο?.ύξείνος, 
ov,  poet,  also  η,  ov,  in  both  forms, 
Pors.  Hec.  praef  p.  ix  {πο/,νς, ξένος): 
— of  persons,  entertaining  many  guests, 
very  hospitable,  Hes.  Op.  713,  720  (in 
Ion.  form);  πολνξενώτατον  Zr/va  τών 
κεκμηκότων,  Aesch.  Supp.  157. — II. 
visited  by  many  guests,  ί3ωμός,  vCiaoc, 
Pind.  O.  1,  149,  N.  3,  3 ;  οίκος,  Eur. 
Ale.  569.     Hence 

^ΧΙο'λύξενος,  ov,  6,  Ep.  and  Ion. 
ΐίολύξεινος,  Polyxenus,  a  prince  of 
Eleusis  in  Attica,  H.  Hom.  Cer.  154. 
—2.  a  king  of  Elis,  ApoUod.  2,  4.— 
3.  son  of  Agasthenes,  leader  of  the 
Epei  before  Troy,  II.  2,  623.-4.  son 
of  Jason  and  Medea,  Paus.  2,  3,  8. — 
5.  a  naval  officer  of  Syracuse,  Xen. 
Hell.  5,  1,  26.— Others  in  Anth. ;  etc. 

ΐίολνξεστος,  ov.  (πολύς,  ξέω)  much 
polishea,  Soph.  O.  C.  1570. 

ΤΙολύξηρος,  ov,  very  dry  or  parched. 

ΤΙο/.ύξιΥλος,  ov,  {ξν?Μν)  very  uoody. 

]ΪΙολυξώ,  ονς.  ή.  Polyxo,  a  nymph, 
ApoUod.  2,  I,  5. — 2.  mother  of  Anti- 
ope,  Id.  3,  10,  1. — 3.  nurse  of  Hypsi- 
pyle  queen  of  Lemnos,  Ap.  Rh.  1, 
668.— Others  in  Paus.  ;  etc. 

ΐΙο7ιϋοδία,  ή,  {πολύς,  οδός)  a  long 
way  ox  journey,  LXX. 

Ιίολύοδμος,  ov.  {πολύς,  όδμή)  strong 
smelling,  Orph.  H.  42,  4. 

ΤΙολνόδους,  οντος.  ό,  ή,  {πο/.ύς, 
οδούς)  with  many  teeth,  Nic. 

ΐΙο?ιϋοζία,  ας,  ?),  the  having  many 
boughs  or  branches,  Theophr. :  from 

Τίολύοζος,  ov,  (πολύς,  όζος)  with 
many  branches,  φλέβες,  Diogen.  ApoU. 
ap.  Arist.  H.  A.  3,  2,  8. 

Υ\.ο7ώοινέίύ.  ώ,  to  he  rich  in  wine,  H. 
Hom.  Merc.  91  ;  and 

Τ1ο7Λοινία,  ας,  ή,  abundance  of  wine. 
— II.  excess  in  ivine.  Plat.  Legg.  666 
B,  Plut.  2,  239  A. 

ΐίολύοίνος,  ov,  {πολύς,  οίνος)  rich 
inwine,Th\iC.  1,  138,  Xen.  Vect.  5, 
3. — II.   drinking  much  wine. 

ΤΙο?ιύοκνος,  ov,  delaying  much,  very 
tardy. 

'Π.ο?.ϋόλβιος,  ov,=  sq.,  Orph.  H.  2, 
12. 

ΊΙολύολί3ος,  ov, {πολύς,  όλβος)  very 
prosperous  or  rich,  Dion.  P.  934,  Co- 
luth.  280,  etc.— II.  act.,  crowning  with 
happiness,  Sappho  58. 

'ύ.ο7Λομβρία,  ας,  ή.  much  rain,  Geop. 

'Π.ο7.νόμβριμος,  ov,=  sq.,  v.  1.  Hes. 
Th.  785. 

ΤΙο7.νομ3ρος,  ov,  very  rainy. 

ΐΐο/.νομίλητος,  ov,  {πολύς,  όμΐλέω) 
having  much  intercourse. 

ΤΙο7Λόμμάτος,  ov,  (ττολι'ζ•,  όμμα) 
many-eyed,  Luc.  D.  Deor.  3.  1. 

ΤΙολνάμφάλος,  ov.  {πολύς,  ομφα- 
λός) ivith  many  navels  or  knobs  ;  esp. 
of  a  shield  with  many  bosses,  Opp.  C. 
1,218. 

Τίολΰόνείρος,  ov,  {πολύς,  όνεφος) 
dreaming  jnuch,  Plut.  2.  437  F. 

ΤΙολύοπος,  ov.  {πο7Λΐς,  οπή)  with 
many  holes  or  openings. 

ΠολΰοτΓΟΓ,  ov,  {πο7Λ'ς.  οπός)  full 
of  juice  or  sap,  succulent,  Theophr. 

ΐίολύοπτος,  ov,  {*όπτω,  όψομαι) 
much  seen. 

ΤΙολνόργιος,   ov,   {πολύς,    όργια) 


ΠΟΛΥ 

celebrated  with  manv  or<iies,  Orph,  Η 
5,4. 

Πολνορ/νΟζ•,  ov,  swearing  very  much. 
dub. 

ϋολνόρμητος,  ov,  {ορμάω)  exceed• 
ing  impetuous,  like  πο7.νάϊξ.    • 

ΪΙολνόρνΙθος,  ov,  {πο7:ύς,  όρνις) 
aboundiyig  in  birds,  Eur.  I.  T.  435. 

ΐΙο7.νορνΐς,  Ιθος,  ό,  7},=  foreg. 

ΐΙο7.νόροφυς,  ov,  corrupt  form  for 
πο7.νώροφος. 

ΤΙολυοσμία,  ας,  ή,  strength  or  quan- 
tity of  smell,  Theophr. :  from 

ΤΙολνοσμος,  ov,  Att.  for  πο7.ύοδμος, 
Theophr. 

ΐΙο7Λ•ύστεος,  ov,  {πο7.ύς,  όστέον) 
with  many  bones,  Arist.  H.  A.  1,  15,  6. 

ΤΙολϋούσίος,  {ουσία)  very  wealthy. 

ΐΙο7Λόφθαλμος,  ov,  {πο7.ύς,  όφθα7,- 
μός)  many-eyed,  Diod. — 2.  with  many 
eyes  or  buds,  Geop. — II.  as  subst.,  a 
ρΙαηΙ,^=βούφθα7-μος,  Hipp. 

ΤΙο7άΌχλέομαι,ί.-ήσομαι,ά€ρ.τη\ά.: 
— to  be  much-peopled,  of  a  city,  Slrab. ; 
— also  sometimes  in  act.,  δνναμις  πο• 
7.υοχλοϋσα,  a  numerous  army,  Dion. 
H.  6,  64  :  and 

ΤΙο7.νοχλία,  ας,  ή,  a  crowd  of  peo- 
ple, Polyb.  10,  14,  15. 

11ο7ώοχ7.ος,  ov,  ( πολνς,  όχλ^ος) 
much-peopled,  populous,  Polyb.  3,  49,  5- 

Ίϋολύοχος,  ov,  (πολύς,  εχω)  contain- 
ing much,  dub.  1.  Eur.  Rhes.  166. 

ΐΙο7Λθφία,  ας,  ή,  abundance  of 
όψον  ;  generally,  abundance,  plenty, 
Xen.  Mem.  3,  14,  3.— II.  an  eating 
much  fish  ;  generaUy,  gluttony,  dainti- 
ness, Plut.  2,  662  A.     From 

ΤΙολνοψος,  ον,(πολύς,  o\liov)abound- 
ing  in  orpov  ;  generally,  luamrious,  δεϊ- 
πνον,  Luc.  Gall.  11. 

ΤΙο/Λπύθεια,  ος,ή.  a  suffering  much, 
a  being  subject  to  various  passions, 
formed  after  ΰπάβεια,  Plut.  2, 167  E. 
ubi  v.  Wyttenb. :  from 

Ύ\.ο7.νπΰ,θής,  ες. {πολύς,  πάτχω,πα- 
θείν)  subject  to  many  sufferings  or  pas- 
sions, Plut.,  V.  Wyttenb.  iibi  supra. 
^\ΐloλυπaΐόης,ov.b,sor^ofPύlypas,\.e. 
Cyrnus,Theo.25;  v.Miill.Gr.Llt.p.  122. 

ΤΙο7.νπαιδία.  aς,f/,{πo7.ύπaις)abun• 
dance  of  children,  Isocr.  203  D. 

Ί1ο7ι.ϋπαίπύ7.ος,  ov,  (πολύς,  παίπα- 
7.ος)  exceeding  crafty,  Od.  15,  419  ;  v. 
παιπά/ιημα. 

ΐΙο7.ύπαίς,  παιδος,  6,  ή,  {πο7^ύς, 
παϊς)  with  7nan.y  children,  LXX  :  me- 
taph.  of  Tyre,  mother  of  many  colo- 
nies, Mel.   123. — 2.  with  many  slaves. 

ΤΙολΰπύμφΰος,  ov,  {πο7Λ•ς,  πΰς. 
φάος)  shining  bright,  Anih.   P.  9,  591. 

ΊΙο7ινπάμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  {πο- 
7-νς,  πύμα,  πέπαμαι)  exceeding  wealthy, 
11.  4,  433.  [ΰ,  the  form  πο7.νπάμμων 
being  wrong.] 

Τ1ο7.νπάνσοόος,  ov,  exceeding  wise. 
Or.  Sib. 

ΤΙο7.νπαρθένεντος,  ov,  {πο7ύς,  παρ- 
θενίύω)  having  been  long  a  maid. 

ΤΙο7.νπάρθενος,  ov,  {πο7.ύς,  παρθέ- 
νος) having  many  maidens,  Orph.  H. 
51,  12. 

*ΐΙο7^νπΰ.ταξ,  άγος,  ό,  ή,  much 
strickeyi  or  stamped  on :  from  πατάσ- 
σω, but  we  only  find  it  in  ace.  sing., 
77θ7.νπάταγα  Θνμέ7.αν,  the  much  trod- 
den stage,  Praiin.  ap.  Ath.  617  C,  and 
here  Buttm.  takes  it  as  heterocl.  ace. 
of  πολυπάτογος  ;  which  however 
only  occurs  in  E.  ΛΙ. 

ΐίολνπύτητος,  ov,  {πολύς,  πατέω) 
much  trodden  :  hence,  common-place, 
thread-bare.  Plut.  2,  514  C.  [a] 

Ί1ο7ύπατρίς,  ϊδος,  b,  ?/,  {πολύς, 
πατρίς)  having  more  than  one  country. 

Ί1ο7.νπειρία,  ας,  ή,  great  enterprise, 
experience,  Thuc.  1,  71,  Plat.  Legg. 
811  A:  from 

1215 


ΠΟΛΤ 

ΤΙολνπεφος,  ον,  {πολύς,  πείρα) 
much  -  ej:perie)i,ced,  shrewd,  Ar.  Lys. 
1109. 

Πολί''7Γε/ρωΐ',  ον,  gen.  όνος  {πολύς, 
Ιΐείρας) : — strictly,  with  many  bounda- 
ries :  hence,  of  or  frum  many  cnuntries, 
λαός,  Η.  Hoin.  Cer.  297 :  with  wide 
boundaries,  opp.  to  άπειρων,  of.  Oiph. 
Arg.  33.    ^ 

ΪΙολϋπελαστος,  ον,  {πολύς,  ττελύ- 
ζω)  approached  closely. 

ϋολύπέλεθρος,  οι>,  poet,  πουλ-, 
Ερ.  for  πολνπλεθρος,  Q.  Sm.  3,  396. 

ΤΙολϋπενθης,  ές,  {πο?.νς,  πένθος) 
much-mourning,  exceeding  mournful,  of 
persons,  II.  9,  5G3,  Οά.  14,  386  ;  ττ. 
μάμος,  Aesch.  Pers.  517.  Superl. 
■εστατος,  Plut.  2,  114  F. — II.  pass., 
much-mourned,  παις,  Anlh. 

Ι1ολνπέν01μος,ον,:=ίοχ&ζ.  II,  Anth. 
P.  7,  475. 

'ί1ο7^υπευΒί]ς,ές,  {πολύς,  πεύθομαι) 
asking  much: — ήμερα  π.,  a  day  υη 
which  many  questions  are  asked,  Plut. 

Πολϋπ/)(5?;Γθί ,  ον,  {πηδάω)^=πολν• 
σκαρβμος. 

ΐΐο'λυπημονίδης,  ου,  ό,  son  of  Poly- 
pemon,  With  a  play  on  sq.,  Od.  24, 
305. 

Τίολνπήμων,  ον,  ( πολύς,  πημα ) 
very  hurtful,  Η.  Horn.  Cer.  230,  Merc. 
37  ;  π.  νόσοι,  diseases  manifold,  Pind. 
P.  3,  81. 

^Τίο?Λ'πήμων,  όνος,  ό,  Polypemon, 
father  of  the  robber  Sinis,  ApoUod.  3, 
16,  2.— Ace.  to  Pans.  1,  38,  5,  a  rob- 
ber near  Eleusis  with  appell.  Προ- 
κρονστης,  q.  v. 

ΐΐο'λνπηνος,  ον,  { πολύς,  πηνος ) 
thick-uoven,  close-ivoven,  φύρεα,  £ur. 
El.  190. 

ΤΙολνπηχνς,  ν,  gen.  νος,  {πολύς, 
πΐ/χνς)  many-armed,  Nonn. 

Τίολΰπίδακος,  o!^=sq.,  πολυπίδύ- 
κου  '{δ7]ς,  Η.  Horn.  Ven.  54 ;  but  in 
11.  20,  59,  218,  Wolf  writes  πολυπί• 
ύακος  '\δης,  from  sq. 

'Π.ο7Λπϊ6αξ,  ΰκος,  ό,  ή,  {πο7„ύς,  πΐ- 
δαξ)  witit  many  springs,  many-fount- 
ained,  as  epith.  ot  Mount  Ida,  11.  8, 
47,  etc. ;  of.  foreg.  [i] 

ΤΙολνπΐκός,  ή,  όν,  {πολύπονς)  he- 
longing  to  a  polypus,  σπαθίον  π.,  a 
knife /or  removing  polypi,  Medic. 

Ώολύπικρος,  ον,  {  πο7.ύς,  πικρός  ) 
very  keen  Or  bitter ;  πολύπικρα  is  adv., 
Od.  16,255. 

ΤΙολϋπΙνής,  ές,  {πο/^ύς,  πίνος)  very 
dirty  or  squalid,  Eur.  Rhes.  710. 

ΥΙο7.ύπίστος,  ον,  very  faithful. 

']Ιο7.ύπλαγκτος,  ον,  {πολύς, πλάζω) 
much-wandering,  roaming  long  or  far 
away,  Od.  17,  425,  511,  Aesch.,  etc. : 
— much-erring,  Eur.  II.  F.  1197:  7Γ. 
ετεα,  the  years  (of  \ιίο)βάΙ  of  wander- 
ing, Soph.  Aj.  \\β3  :  fluttering  about, 
uncertain,  κίγκ7.οι  (prob.  1.),  Theogn. 
1257. — II.  act.,  leading  far  astray,  driv- 
ing far  from  one's  course,  άνεμος,  11. 
11,308.— !n  Soph.  Ant.  615,  π.  έλπίς 
may  be  either  ivandcring  hope,  hope 
that  indulges  all  ki)ids  of  fancies,  or, 
misguiding,  deceitful  hope.  Cf.  πολν- 
ττλανής.     Hence 

ΤΙολνπλαγκτοσνί'η ,  ης,  ή,  a  wan- 
dering far  or  long,  Manetho. 

'Π.ολυπ7ι,άν!'}ς,  ές,  {πο7ώς,  πλανάο- 
μαι)  roaming  far  or  long,  Eur.  Hel.  204, 
Plat.  Polit.  288  A  ;  π.  κισσός,  the 
wandering  ivy,  Leon.  Tar.  30. —  II. 
much-erring,  or,  act.,  leading  viuch 
astray,  Musae.  75 ;  cf.  Jac.  A.  P.  p. 
482.     Adv.  -νώς. 

Ιίολυπλάνητος,  ον,=πο7ινπλαν7'/ς, 
Hdt.  1,  56  ;  π.  αιών,  Eur.  Hipp.  1110; 
π.  πόνοι,  the  pains  of  wandering.  Id. 
Hel.  1319: — of  blows,  showered  from 
all  side's,  Aesch.  Cho.  425.  [a] 
1216 


ΠΟΑΤ 

Τίολύπλάνος,  ον,  =  πο7ίνπλανής, 
Aesch.  Pr.  585,  Eur.  Phoen.  6Ci. 

ΠοΛνττλΰσίάζ'ω,  =  πολλαπλασιά- 
ζω. V.  1.  Plut.  2,  388  D. 

'Π.ο7ίνπ7Μσιασμός,  ον,  6,=πολλα• 
πλασιασμός,  Plut.  2,  1020  C. 

ΐίολνπλύσως,  a,  ον,=^πολλαπ7ιά• 
σιος,  V.  1.  in  Arist. 

ΐΙο7'.νπλάσίίύν,  ον,  gen.  όνος,  = 
πο7.Λαπλασίων ,  susp. 

Τίο7.νπ7•.εθρος,  ον,{πολύς,  πλέθρον) 
many  πλέθρα  in  size,  far-stretching, 
Eur.  Ale.  687:  of  persons,  rich  in 
land,  Luc.  Icar.  18. 

Τ1ο7.ύπλεκτος,  ον,  =  πο7:.ύπ?.οκος, 
Nic.  ΑΙ.  224,  Anth. 

ΤΙολύπλενρος,  ον,  {πο7ίύς,  πλευρά) 
many-sided,  Plut.  2,  960  Ε. 

Τ1ο7ίυπλ7}0εια,  ας,  ή,  great  quantity, 
Hipp.,  Arist.  Η.  Α.  6,  4,  6  :  and 

ΤΙ.ο7.νπληθέω,  ω,  to  be,  become  viuch 
or  great,  LXX  :    from 

ΙΙολυπληθής,  ές,  {πολύς,  πλήθος) 
very  much  or  numerous.     Hence 

Ίϊϋλυπ7ιη6ία,ας,ή,=:πο7ινπ7ι!/θεια, 
Soph.  Fr.  583,  Deni.  ap.  Poll.  4,  163. 

ΐΙολνπλ7]θννω  and  πολνπλήθω, 
should  be  written  divisim,  πολύ  πλ-, 
cf.  Phryn.  63 L 

ΤΙο7Λπ7.όκάμος,  ον,  {πολύς,  πλό- 
καμος) thick-haired,  long-haired,  Anth. 

ΐΙο7.νπ7.οκία,  ας,  ή,  cunning,  craft, 
Theogn.  67  :  from 

ΐ].ο7.ύπλοκος,  ον,  {πολύς,  πλέκω) 
much-tangled,  thick-wreathed,  of  a  ser- 
pent's coils,  Eur.  Med.  481,  cf  Stallb. 
Plat.  Phaedr.  230  A  :  hence  of  the 
polypus,  with  tangled,  twisting  ar7ns, 
Theogn.  215.— 2.  metaph.  tangled,  in- 
tricate, νόημα,  kr.  Thesm.  403;  τάξις, 
Xen.  Lac.  )],  5;  of  the  chances  in 
the  game  of  πεσσοί,  Eur.  I.  A  197. — 

11.  act.   entangling,    intriguing,    γννή, 
Ar.  Thesm.  435.     Adv.  -κώς. 

'Ϊ1ο7ι.ύπλοος,  ον,  contr.  -πλους,  ovv, 
{πολύς,  πλέο))  sailing  7nuch. 

ΐ\.ολυπ?ί.ούσιος,  ον,  very  rich. 

Τ1ο7.ύπνοια,  ας,  ή,  α  blowing  often 
or  much.  Or.  Sib.:  from 

Ύίολύπνοος,  ον,  contr.  -πνονς.  ovv, 
{πο7.ύς,  πνέω)  breathing  or  blowing 
hard,  Opp.  C.  1,  401.— II.  slrong-S7nell- 
ing.  siceet-smelling. 

'Π.ο7Λποδύριον,  ον,  τό,  dim.  from 
πο7ί,ύπονς.  [ΰ] 

ΐΙο7Λπόδειον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  πο- 
λνπηνς,  Mnesim.  Ίπποτρ.  1,  43. 

ΤΙολνπόδειος,  ον,  {πολύπους)  of, 
belonging  to  a  polypus. 

Τ1υ?ινπύδης,  ον,  6,  poet.  πονλ-,^= 
πο7^ύπους,  Anth.  P.  9,  227. 

ΤΙολϋποδία,  ας,  ή,  {πολύπονς)  α 
having  many  feet,  Arist.  Part.  An.  4, 
0,  1. 

ΤΙολνποδίνη,  ης,  ή,  a  small  kind  of 
polypus,  elsewh.  όσμϋλη.  [<] 

ΐίο7:ΰπήδιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  πο- 
λύπονς, Philox.  ap.  Ath.  147  B.— II. 
a  kind  of  fern,  polypody,  Theophr. 
Hence 

ΥΙο7\,νποδίτης,  οίνος,  6,  wine  fla- 
voured with  fern. 

'Ώ.ο7^ϋποδώδ7]ς,  ες,  {πο7.νπους,  εί- 
δος) like  a  polyptis,  of  the  polypus  kind, 
Arist.  Part.  An.  4,  9,  10. 

ΐίολΰπόθητος,  ον,  (πο7Λ)ς,  ποθέω) 
much-desired,  much-regretted. — 11.  act. 
much-desiring,  Ath.  433  E. 

ΤΙο7ινποίκΙλος,  ον,  (πολύς,  ποικί- 
λος) much-variegated,  Eur.  I.  Τ.  1150, 
Eubul. 

ΙΙολύποινος,  ον,  {πολύς,  ποινή) 
punishing  severely,  Parmcnid.  14. 

ΊΤΙολυποίτης,  ου  Ερ.  «ο,  ί),  Poly- 
poctes,  son  of  Pirithoiis  and  Hippoda- 
mia  from  Thessaly,  one  of  the  Gre- 
cian leaders  against  Troy,  II.  2,  740  ; 

12,  129  ;  23,  848.-2.  a  son  of  Ulysses 


ΠΟΑΤ 

and  Callidice,  Cyclic,  p.  585  Dubn. — 
Others  in  ApoUod. ;  etc. 

ΤΙολύπο7Λς.  εως  Ion.  ιος,  ό,  ή,  poet, 
πολύπτ-,  {πολύς,  πόλις)  with  many 
cities.  Call.  Dian.  225. 

ΐίολϊιπόνηρος,  ον,  very  bad. 
Τίολνπονία.  ας,  ή,  much  labour  or 
toil.  Plat.  Rival.  133  Ε :  from 

Τίολύπονος,  ον,  {πολύς,  πόνος)  of 
men,  much  labouring,  toilsome,  δόρυ, 
Aesch.  Pers.  320  ;  much  suffering,  freq. 
in  Trag.,  esp.  as  a  general  epith.  of 
mankind,  π.  άνδρες,  βροτοί,  Pind.  Ν. 
1,  50,  Aesch.  Supp.  382,  Eur.  Or.  175  : 
of  conditions,  wounds,  etc.,  full  of 
pain  and  suffering.  Soph.  El.  515  ;  also 
causing  pain,  painful.  Id.  Phil.  777. 
Adv.  -νως. 

1Ίο7ι.νποξύσττ]ς,  ου,  6,  {πολύπονς, 
ξύω)  an  instrument  for  re7noving  polypi. 
Ί1ο7.ϋπόρευτος,  ον,  {πηλύς,  πορεύ- 
ομαι.) much  travelled  or  trodden. 

Ι[ο7.ύπορος,  ον,  {πολύς,  πύρος) 
with  7nany  passages  Or  pores,  Plut.  2, 
650  C,  etc. 

Τίο7\,νπος,  ου,  ό,  poet,  for  πολύπους, 
q.  ν. 

ΐίολϋποσία,  ας,  ή,  Ιοη.-ίη,  {πολνς, 
πόσις)  hard-drinking,  the  dri/iking  of 
much  wine,  like  πολυδαισία,  Hipp., 
Polyb.  5,  15,  2,  etc. 

ΙΙολϋπότάμος,  ον,  {πο7Λ>ς,  ποτα- 
μός) with  many  or  large  rivers,  Eur.  H. 
F.  409. 

ΐ1ο7.ϋποτέω,  ώ,  to  drink  hard,  drink 
much  u-ine,  Hipp.  :  from 

ΤΙο7Λπότης,  ον,  b,  {πολύς,  πίνω) 
a  hard  drinker,  Hipp.  :  poet,  πον/^-, 
Anth.  P.  9,  524,  17. 

ΤΙο7.ύπΰτΙς,  ΐδος,  fem.  from  foreg., 
Ael.  V.  H.  2,  41. 

ΐΙο7ίύποτμος,  ον,  (πολύς,  πότμος) 
of  inany  fates  or  forttmes,  Orph.  H.  69. 
Τ[ο7Λ~ότνία,  ας,  ή,  strengthd.  for 
πύτνια,  Η.  Hom.  Cer.  211. 

ΐίολύποτος,  ον,  (πολύς,  πίνω)  deep- 
drinking,  Hipp.,  Arist.  Η.  Α.  8,  18,  3. 
Τ1ο7ιύπονς,  ποδός,  δ,  ή  :  ace.  usu. 
7Γολϊ;ποί;α',  but  also  πολΰτΓΟίία,  Buttm. 
Ausf  Gr.  §44,  2:  poet,  πονλύπονς, 
{πολύς,  πους). — I.  as  adj.,  many-fiot- 
ed.  Soph.  El.  488,  Plat.  Tim.  92  Α.— 
II.  assubst.,  the  many-footed,  esp  , — J. 
the  sea-polypus,  Od.  5,  432,  H.  Ap.  77 
(both  times  in  poet,  form  πον7.νπονς), 
and  freq.  in  Att.  comedy  (cf  infra). — 
2.  the  wood-louse,  7)tillepes  ;  also  όνος 
κα  τοικίδίος. — 3.  a  polypus  or  morbid 
excrescence  lit  the  nose,  etc.,  Hipp.  ;  cf. 
Foes.  Oecon. — 4.  π.  βοτάνη,=  πολν' 
πόδων. — In  the  poets  (even  of  Att. 
com.),  the  collat.  form  πο7.ύπυς,  ου, 
ό,  is  freq. :  it  is  usu.  wrongly  written 
πόλυπος,  Ar.  Fr.  235,  etc.,  ap.  Ath. 
316-318  •  cf.  άελ7Μπος,  άρτίπης,  μα 
κρόπος :  the  Ερ.  form  is  πηυλυπος, 
6,  Theogn.  215,  Opr>.  Η.  1,  310,  etc. , 
Dor.  and  Aeol.  πω/.ύπυς  and  πωλν- 
πους,  Epich.  p.  31,  Koen  Greg.  034,  "^^ 
with  which  compare  the  Lat.  polyptis. 
[v] 

ΐίολυπραγματεω,  ω,  =  ποΛνττρα;- 
μονέω,  Arist.  Pol.  4,  15,  6. 

ΪΙολνπράγματυς,  ον,  =  πολυπράγ- 
μων. 

'Π.oλυπpaγμovεύω,^:=:sq. 
ΤΙο7,νπραγμονέω,  ώ.  Ion.  πολν• 
πρ7/γμ- .'  fut.  -ήσω :  to  be  πολυπρά- 
γμων,  be  busy  about  many  things,  to  be 
curious  or  inquisitive,  Flat.  Parm.  137 
B,  Legg.  821  A  ;  περί  τι,  lb.  952  D  : 
— usu.  in  bad  signf,  to  be  a  meddle- 
some, inquisitive  busybody,  Ar.  Plut. 
913,  Plat.,  etc.;  tu  αυτού  πρύττειν 
καΙ  μή  πολνπρ-,  Plat.  Rep.  433  A  : — 
esp.,  ίο  meddle  in  state  affairs,  intrigxie, 
Lat.  novas  res  moliri,  Hdt.  3,  15  (like 
πολλά  πρήσσειν,  Id.  5,  33),  Xen.  Aa. 


ΠΟΛΥ 

5,  1,  15, — elsewh.  νεωτερίζειν  :  cf. 
ΤΓολυπράγμων : — rarely  in  good  signf., 
to  be  curious  after  knowledge,  pursue  it 
carefully,  Polyb.  9,  15,  7.  ^ 

ΙΙολνττραγμοσννη,  ης,  η,  the  charac- 
ter and  conduct  of  the  ττολνττράγμων, 
officiousness,  7neddlesomeness,  Ar.  Ach. 
833,  Plat.,  etc.  ;  joined  with  άλλοΓ/χ- 
οπραγμοσννη.  Plat.  Rep.  444  Β  :  a 
bustUnv  character,  opp.  to  άττραγμοσύ- 
νη,  Thuc.  6,  87,  cf.  sq.  : — rarely  in 
good  Slgnf.,  acquaintance  with  many 
things,  search  after  knowledge,  Polyb. 
5,  75,  6  ;  cf.  Plutarch,  περί  ΤΓολνττρα- 
γμοσϋνης :  from 

Ιίολυπράγμωΐ',  ην,  gen.  όνος,  (ττο- 
?ιύς,  ττράσσω,  πράγμα)  busy  after  many 
things,  always  bustling,  Ar.  Av.  471  : 
usa.  in  bad  signi.,  77ieddlesomf,  pryi?ig, 
officious,  a  busybody,  Lat.  curiosiis, 
Isocr.  Antid.  «J  105,  245,  253  :  an  epith. 
often  given  to  the  ever-restless  Athen- 
ian, esp.  by  their  political  opponents  ; 
cf.  άπράγμων,  and  v.  Valck.  Hipp. 
785 : — rarely  in  good  sign f.,  inquisitive, 
active,  curious  after  knowledge,  Polyb. 
9,  1,4. 

ΐίολνττράκτωρ,  ορός,  δ,  poet,  for 
•πολνπράγμων,  Manetho.  [ά] 

ΤΙο'λνττράος,  ov,  {ποΆνς-,  πράος) 
very  mild,  Luc.  Tragop. 

ΐίολνπρεμνος,  ον,ί,ΤΓολΰς,  πρέμνον) 
with  many  trunks,  ν?.η,  Αρ.  Rh.  4, 
161. 

iΐloλvπpέπωv,  οντος,  ό,  Polypre- 
pon,  a  celebrated  fiute  player  in 
Athens,  Luc.  Conv.  20. 

Τίολυπρηγμονέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  Ion. 
for  πολυπραγμονεω,  Hdt. 

ΎΙολνπρήων,  ωνης,  b,  ή,  (ττολΰς, 
ττρηών)  with  viany  hillocks,  Hermesian. 
57. 

ΤΙολυπρόβάτος,  ov,  (πο?Μς,  πρόβα- 
τον)  rich  in  sheep  or  cattle,  Φρύγες  πο- 
7Μπροβα-ώτατοι,  Hdt.  5,  49,  cf.  Xen. 
Vect.  5,  3. 

ΤΙολΰπροικος,  ov,  (προίξ)  richly 
dowered. 

ΤΙολνπρόςωπος,  ov,  (πο7.νς,  πρός- 
οπον)  many-faced,  multiform,  οίφανος 
7Γ.,  prob.  the  ever-changing  sky,  Lyc. 
(Trag.)  ap.  Arist.  Rhet.  3,  3,  1 :  of 
plays,  with  many  masks  or  characters, 
Luc.  Nigr,  20. 

ΤΙο^-νπρώηστος,  II.  2,  702,  should 
be  written  πολν  πρώτ-. 

ΤΙυ?.νπτερος,  ov,  (πολύς,  πτεράν) 
many-winged,  Arist.   Part.  An.  4,  6,  4. 

ΤΙολνπτόητος,  ov,  Ion.  -πτοίητος, 
{πο'/.νς,  πτοέοι)  much-scared,  shy,  tim- 
orous, ouua,  Anth. :  agitated,  θάΧασσα, 
Anth.  P.  7,  624. 

ΤΙο?.ύπτορβος,  ov,  {πολύς,  πτύρθος) 
with  many  shoots,  branches.  Nonn. 

Ί1ο?-νπτνχος,  ov,  [πολύς,  πτύξ, 
πτυχή)  of  or  with  many  folds  :  esp.  of 
mountains,  with  many  vallies,  (so  that 
from  a  distance  their  surface  appears 
to  be  in  folds,  cf.  πτύξ  II),  π.  'Ολυμ- 
πάς, II.  8,  411,  Hes.  Th.  113  ;  Ίδη,  11. 
21,  449,  etc.;  of  the  mountainous 
tract  of  Phocis,  Eur.  L  T.  677.— II. 
with  many  tablets,  folded  into  many 
leaves,  γραμματέων. 

Τίολύπτίύξ,  ωκος,  ύ,  rj,  abounding  in 
hares. 

ΐίολ,ύπτωτος,  ov,  (πολύς,  πίπτω, 
ΤΓτώσις)  cvith  or  in  many  cases :  το  π., 
a  rhetorical  figure,  cf.  Quint.  Inst.  9, 
3,  36,  Longin.  23,  1. 

ΐίολνπϋλος,  ov,  (τΓολΰζ•,  πύλη)  with 
many  gates,  Diod. 

ΐίολύπυργος,  ov,  (πολύς,  πύργος) 
with  many  towers,  in  Horn.  Ap.  242, 
the  reading  of  all  MSS.,  though  the 
Edd.  mostly  give  πολύπυρος. 

Τίολνπνρος,  ov,  (πο?ινς,  πυρός) 
rich  in  corn,  freq.  epith.  of  fruitful 
77 


ΠΟΑΤ 

lands,  II.  15,  372,  Od.  14,  335,  etc., 
Aesch.  Siipp.  7  :  v.  foreg. 

ΤΙολνπϋρος,  ov,  (πϋρ)  full  of  fire. 

ΐΐηλνπυστσς,  ov,  (πολύς,  πυνθάΐ'ο- 
μαί)  much  heard  of,  far-famed,  Nic.  AI. 
303. 

Τίολυπώγων,  ωνος,  ό,  ή,  thick-beard- 
ed, dub. 

Τ1ο?ΰφημονέο),  πολϋρήμων,  v.  πο- 
λνβ^. 

ΐΙο?ίύριζος,  ον,  for  πολύϊ^βίζης,  in  a 
poet,  epitaph  in  Millingen  Uned.  Anc. 
Monum.  T.  1,  n.  36,  p.  86. 

Πολύρβαβόος,  ov,  (πο7.ύς,  ()άβόος) 
with  many  stripes,  Arist.  ap.  Ath.  305 

ΙΙολυ^ραγης,  ες,  {πολύς,  ()ήγνυμι) 
with  many  rents  or  clefts,  Nic.  Th.  59. 

Τίολνρβάβάγος,  ov,  (πολύς,  βαθα- 
yew)  far-sounding,  Opp.  C.  3,  21,  H.  5, 
652.  [ώ] 

Πολυρβάθύμίγξ,  ιγγος,ό,  ή,  (πολύς, 
^αβάμιγξ)  with  many  drops,  Nonn. 

Υίο?.υΙ)βαίστης,  ov,  ό,  (πολύς,  (}αίω) 
slayer  of  many,  Opp.  Η.  1,  463,  v.  1. 
Lyc.  210. 

Ίΐολύ()βαπτος,  ov,  Theocr.  25, 265  ; 
2Λ^Α-Ι)ΰ.φής,  ες,  Nonn.,=  sq. 

'Π.ο?ίύβΙ)ύφος.  ov,  (πολύς,  βάπτω) 
sewn  of  many  patches  or  pieces,  also 
much-embroidered,  richly-wrought,  like 
πολύκεστος.  Soph.  Aj.  575. 

Τίολνββημονέω,  ώ,  to  speak  much  : 
from 

ΤΙολνρβήμον,  ov,  (πολύς,  βήμα) 
much-speaking,  wordy,  M.  Anton. 

*^ΐΙη?.ύββην,  ηνος,  ό,  ή,  (πολύς,  βήν, 
αρνός)  rich  in  sheep  or  flocks,  άνδρες, 
II.  9,  154,  296,  Hes.  fr.  39,  3  :  but 
this  adj.  only  occurs  in  oblique  cases 
πολύβρηνος,  -vi,  etc.,  or  nom.  pi.  -ττο- 
λύββηνες.  never  in  nom.  sing. 

\ΥΙο'λνββηνία,  ας,  ή,  Polyrrhenia, 
a  city  of  Crete  :  hence  οι  ΐίολνρβή- 
vioi,  the  inhab.  of  P.,  Strab.  p.  479. 

ΤΙολύββηνος,  ον,=^*πολύββην,  Od. 
11.257,  Anth.  P.  7,255. 

ΐΙολνηβ7]Τος,  ov,  often  said  or  na7ned. 

ΤΙο?.νββιζίη,  ας,  ή,  multitude  of  roots, 
Theophr. :  from 

ΙΙολνββίζος,  ov,  (πολύς,  βίζα)  with 
many  roots.  Theophr.,  Anth.  P.  app.  6. 

Τίολνββίνος,  ov,  (πολύς,  βινύς)  with 
many  hides,  σάκος.  Αρ.  Fh.  3,  1231. 

Ίίολνββόδ/ις,  ov,  o,=  sq.,  very  dub. 

Τίολνββοδος,  ov,  { πο?ιύς,  βόδον  ) 
abo7indins  in  roses,  Ar.  Ran.  448. 

Τίολνββόβιος,  ov,  (πολύς,  βόθος) 
beaten  by  many  waves,  Aral.  412. 

ΐίολύββοθος,  ov,  {  πολύς,  βόθος ) 
loud-roari7ig  or  dashing ;  ώροίμιη  π.,  the 
cries  of  many  voices,  Aesch.  Theb.  7. 

Τίολνββοίβδητος,  ov,  (πολύς,  βοι- 
βδέω)  much-whirring,  άτρακτος,  Anth. 
P.  6,  JGO. 

Τίολύββοιζος,  ov,  (πολύς,  βοιζέω) 
with  a  loud,  rushi7ig  noise,  Nic.  Th.  792. 

Τίο?.ύββοος,  ov,  contr.  -βονς,  ovv, 
=  sq.,  Eumath. 

ΙΙολύββϋτος,ον,  (πολύς,  βέω)muck 
or  strong  flowing,  of  the  sea,  Aesch. 
Supp.843";  π.  αίμα,  Soph.  El.  1420. 

ΐίολύββϋμος,  ov,  with  many  chariot- 
poles. 

ΠΟΑΥ'Σ,  πολλή,  πολ,ύ:  gen.  πολ- 
λοϋ,  ής,  oi) :  dat.  πολλώ,  ?;,  ώ ."  ace. 
πο7.ύν,  πολλήν,  πολύ.  Ion.  nom. 
πο/Λός,  πολλή,  πολλόν,  ace.  πολ- 
7ών,  πολλήν,  πολλοί',  and  this  Ion. 
declension  was  retained  by  the  Att. 
in  all  cases,  except  the  nom.  masc. 
and  neut.,  and  the  ace.  neut.  :  Horn. 
uses  both  the  Ion.  and  Att.  forms  in- 
ditlerently  :  in  Hdt.  the  Ion.  prevail. 
The  following  forms  are  also  retained 
in  Ep., — sing.  gen.  πολέος,  II.  4,  244, 
etc.  ;  pi.  nom.  πο7Λες,  contr.  πολεΙς, 
11. 11,  708  ;  gen.  πόλεων  ;  dat.  πολέ- 


ΠΟΛΤ 

σι,  πολέσσι,  II.  13,  452,  etc.,  πολέεσ• 
σι,  Hes.  Op.  119  ;  ace.  πολέας,  contr. 
πόλεις,  Horn. ;  the  dat.  ττολέί  occurs 
if  at  all,  only  in  late  poets,  while  the 
gen.  pi.  πολ7ύων  and  πολλύων  [a] 
are  fern.  Lastly,  πονλύς,  neut.  που• 
λύ,  are  also  Ep.  fornis,  of  which 
πουλύς  is  sometimes  used  as  fem., 
e.  g.  πονλνν  έό'  νγρήν,  II.  10,  27  : 
ήέρα  πουλύν,  II.  5,  776,  though  in  17, 
269  we  find  ήερα  πολλήν  :  the  neut. 
πουλύ  is  only  in  Od.  19,  387 ;  Hes. 
also  once  in  masc,  Th.  190.  Some 
traces  of  the  Ion.  and  Ep.  forms  are 
also  found  in  Att.  poets,  esp.  in  Trag., 
as  dat.  τΓολεϊ  in  a  chorus,  Aesch. 
Supp.  745  ;  πολ7.όν.  Soph.  Ant.  86, 
Tr.  1196;  πουλυ,  Meineke  Quaest. 
Men.  p.  31 ;  πο7.έα  in  a  chorus,  Aesch. 
Ag.  723,  etc. ;  πόλεων  in  a  chorus, 
Eur.  Hel.  1332  ;  πολέσι.  Id.  I.  T. 
1263. — I.  strictly  of  number,  many, 
opp.  to  ολίγος,  Horn.,  etc. :  εξ  ολί- 
γων, opp.  to  εκ  πολλών,  Hes.  Th. 
447 :  unusual  phrase,  πολ7.ά  τριη- 
κόντων  έτέων  άπολείπων,  wanting 
ma7iy  of  thirty  years,  Hes.  Op.  694 ; 
πο7•.λον  πλήθος,  Hdt.  1,  141  ;  ττολ- 
7.dv  έθνος,  Hdt.  4,  22  :  also  anything 
often  repeated,  πολλος  νπο  παντός 
ανδρός  αΐνεύμενος,  Hdt.  1,  98;  πο7^- 
λ.ον  ην  τοντο  το  έπος.  Id.  2,  2  ;  cf. 
infra  7. — 2.  not  only  of  number  in  the 
strict  sense,  but  also  of  size  or  de- 
gree, oft.  in  Hoin.,  and  Hes. ;  so,  ττο- 
λνς  νκρετός,  πολύς  ύετός,  α  heavy 
storm  of  snow  or  rain,  Horn. ;  π. 
ΐιπνος,  deep  sleep,  Od.  15,  394;  π. 
νμέναιος,  a  loud  song,  II.  18,  493  ;  so 
too,  π.  ορυμαγδός,  βοΐζος,  etc.  ;  freq. 
of  rivers,  πολΛ'ς  βεΐ  ό  ποταμός,  the 
river  rolls  mighty,  is  swoln,  Valck. 
Hipp.  443  ;  so,  δταν  π.  6  θεός  έλθη, 
Eur.  Bacch.  300 ;  rarely  of  a  single 
person,  μέγας  και  πολλός,  Hdt.  7,  1  : 
also  of  conditions,  πο7.νς  πόνος,  6i- 
ζύς,  δύη,  ύλγεα,  etc.,  Hom. — In  most 
of  these  cases  a  sense  of  repetition  is 
.joined  with  that  of  degree,  Ruhnk. 
Ep.  Cr.  p.  142,  Pors.  Advers.  p.  ,307  : 
— however,  πολύς  oft.  simply  denotes 
that  a  thing  is  in  a  great  or  high  de- 
gree, and  must  (as  we  have  seen;  be 
variously  rendered  ;  so  again,  πολλή 
ευδαιμονία,  great  happiness  ;  πο7ι7\.ή 
έλ.πίς,  much  hope  ;  πολ7,ή  σιγή,  deep 
silence  ;  πολλός  λόγος,  a  far-spread 
report ;  also,  ούνομα  πολ7.όν,  Hdt.  3, 
137;  πο7.7.ή  ανάγκη,  strong  necessit}•, 
Valck.  Phoen.  1668,  Herm.  Soph.  Tr. 
294:  hence, — 3.  of  the  value  or  worth 
of  a  thing,  πολέος  άξιος  (for  πο7.λον 
άξιος)  II.  23,  562,  etc. ;  in  Att.  usu. 
without  άξιος,  πολλού  εστί,  it  is 
worth  much,  valuable,  dear,  where 
τιμήματος  is  usu.  supplied  ;  πολ.λον 
and  περί  πολ}Μΰ  ποιεΐσθαι  τι,  Lat. 
magni  facere,  cf  περί  A.  IV  :  hence, 
πολύ  εστί  τι,  it  is  worth  much,  nf  great  ■ 
consequence,  Xen.  Oec.  18,  7. — 4.  πο- 
7.ύς,  partitive  c.  gen.,  e.  g.,  πολλοί 
Ύρώων  for  the  usu.  πο7ά.οι  Τρώες, 
II.  18,271  ;  also  in  neut.,  as  ποΡ.Ζόΐ' 
σαρκός  for  πολ7.ή  σαρξ,  Od.  19,  450  ; . 
so.  freq.  in  Att.,  ό  πο7.νς  τοϋ  χρόνου, 
πολ7.ή  της  γης,  etc.,  where  the  adj. 
follows  the  gender  of  the  genit., 
Hemst.  Luc.  Tim.  9.  Br.  Ar.  Ach. 
350;  also  in  Hdt.  1,  24,  etc. — 5.  πο- 
λύς was  oft.  used  as  the  predicate, 
and  so  is  joined  to  another  adj.  by  a 
καί,  πολέες  τε  και  έσθλοί,  many  men 
and  good,  II.  6,  452,  etc. :  ττολέεζ-  τε 
καΐ  άλκιμοι,  II.  21,  586,  παλαιά  τε 
πολ7Α  τε,  Od.  2,  188,  etc. :  more 
freq.  in  Att.,  πολλά  κάγαθά.  πολλά 
καΐ  κακά,  Br.  Ar.  Thesm.  351  ;  πολ- 
λά καΐ  δεινά,  πολλά  και  σοφά  λέ- 
1217 


ΠΟΛΤ 
γειν :  more  rarely  before  a  subst., 
ττολλοί  και  κάλοι  ;^ιτώνες,  etc. —  6. 
in  Att.  with  the  artic,  oi  πο?.λοί,  the 
many,  i.  e.  the  greater  number,  anrt  so 
like  oi  7τ/.ΐϊστοι,  the  most,  V'aick.  Di- 
atr.  p.  217  B,  Ruhnk.  Ep.  Cr.  p.  29Θ ; 
Hoin.  has  it  in  this  sense  without  the 
art.,  II.  21,  524  ;  22.  28  :— strengthd., 
oi  ττολ?.οΙ  rruvTcg.far  the  most,  Hipp. : 
the  sing,  in  this  sense  only  in  later 
writers,  ό  πολνς  όϊ/μος,  λεώς,  όμιλος. 
Lob.  Phryn.  193,  3'JO  ;  but  το  πολλόν 
like  oi  πολλοί,  Hdt.  1, 136  ;  in  Horn., 
and  Hes.,  πολύς  λαός,  more  freq. 
770/ιλοί  λαοί :  τα  πολλά,  the  most, 
and  so  ol'ten  for  πάντα,  as  in  Od.  2, 
58;  17,  537,  Hes.  Op.  37;  but  tu 
τΓολλά  πάντα,  absol.  as  adv.,  like  ΰς 
έτΓί  πολΰ,  for  the  most  part,  Hdt.  1, 
203  ;  2,  35 ;  5,  67  :— but,  elsewh.  in 
Horn.,  ττολλά  as  subst.,  means  much 
riches,  great  possessions,  U.  9,  333,  Od. 
19,  195  : — TroAuf  τις,  viany  a  one ; 
πο7.ΰ  τι,  many  a  thing. — 7.  πολνς 
with  a  partic.  and  ειμί,  e.  g.  πολ?Μς 
■ην  λισσόμενος,  he  was  all  entreaties, 
Lat.  multus  erat  in  precando,  Hdt.  9, 
91,cf  7,158;  so  with  ei',  eg.  τΓολί'ζ- :^i' 
έν  Γ?7  φιλοσοφία,  he  was  deep  in  philo- 
sophy :  cf.  πλείστος. — 8.  sometimes 
also  πο?.νς  means  too  much,  esp.  in 
πολλά  πράσσειν  =  πολνπραγμοι>εΐν, 
Valck.  Hipp.  785. — II.  of  space,  large, 
far,  far  and  wide,  wide-stretched,  opp. 
to  μικρός,  oft.  in  Horn.,  and  Hes. ; 
πολ'λός  εκείτο,  he  lay  outstretched 
wide,  II.  7,  156,  cf  11,  307,  Od.  22, 
384 :  πολ7αι  γαία,  π.  πεδίον,  etc., 
Hom. ;  πο'λλή  i6δός),^ifar\vay,Xen. 
An.  6,  1,  16,  etc. ;  also  joined  with 
μέγας,  λίμνη  μεγά7.η  τε  και  πο/Λή, 
Hdt.  4,  109,  though  πολλ?)  may  be 
understood  of  the  quantity  of  water. 
— III.  ot  time,  long,  πο'λνς  χρόνος, 
esp.  πο7.υν  χρόνον,  for  a  long  time, 
Horn.,  Hes.,  etc.  ;  also,  πο7.λον  χρό- 
νου, Ar.  Plut.  98 ;  δια  πολλού  (sc. 
χρόνου)  Luc.  Necyom.  15 ;  έ«  πολ- 
λοϋ,  Polyb.  10,  4,  2. 

Β.  as  adv.  in  neut.  sing,  and  pi., 
πο7.ν  (Ion.  πολλόρ),  ττολλά,  much, 
very,  strengthd.  μά/Μ  τΓολλά,  Hom., 
Hes.,  and  Att. ;  also  of  freq.  repeti- 
tion, many  times,  i.  e.  much,  oft-times, 
often,  II.  2,  798,  Od.  1,  1,  etc.,  Hes. 
Op.  320  ;  and  the  Homer,  expressions 
αύλα  ΤΓολλα  κε7^ενων,  μά7.α  πόλλ' 
ίπέτε7.7.ε,  λισσομένΐ]  μύλα  πο7.λά, 
ευχόμενος  μαλά  πολλά,  etc.,  may  be 
as  well  understood  of  repealed,  as  of 
earnest  commands  and  entreaties  :  of 
space,  a  great  way,  Hdt.  1,  104;  of 
time,  long,  Hdt.  4,  126  :  of  degree, /ar, 
very  much,  Hdt.  1,  126;  6,  82:  the  no- 
tion of  degree  also  lies  in  the  absol. 
gen.  πο7ίλον,  like  πάνν,  very  much, 
Ar.  Nub.  915:  πο7.7Μν  πολύς,  πολλού 
ΤΓολλϊ/,  ΤΓολλοϋ  ΤΓολύ,  mxich  too  much, 
Ar.  Eq.  822,  Ran.  1016,  cf.  Dind. 
Nub.  915. — 2.  with,  adjs., — πο7.ν  is 
joined  with  a  compar.  to  increase  its 
compar.  force,  πολΰ  κά7.7Λθν,  μείζον, 
μείων,  or  Ion.  ττολλΰρ  άμείνων,  νεώ- 
τερος, πανρότεροι,  much,  far  more 
beautiful,  etc.,  Hom.,  and  Hes. :  πο- 
λύ μΰ7λον,  much  more,  far  sooner  : 
Xen.  likes  to  put  several  words  be- 
tween, Bornem.  Xen.  Symp.  1,  4, 
An.  3,  1,  22;  3,  2,  30:  in  this  case 
also  τΓολλώ  is  freq.  for  πολύ,  by  far, 
Hdt.  1,  134;  πολ7.ώ  μά7.λον,  Heind. 
Plat.  Phaed.  80  Ε  ;'  but  πολύ  τι  μαλ- 
λ.οΐ',  a  good  deal  more,  Schiif  Dion. 
Comp.  p.  70  ;  so  too,  with  compar. 
advs.,  as  ττολΰ  πριν,  much  sooner,  oft. 
in  Hom. ;  with  the  compar.  verb  φθά- 
νω, πολύ  κε  φβαίη,  II.  13,  815;  and, 
in  like  manner,  with  προβαίνω,  προ- 
1218 


ΠΟΛΤ 

τρέχω,  προμάχομαι,  etc.,  Π.  6,  125  ; 
11,  217  ;  and  before  πρό,  II.  4,  373  ; 
hence  also  may  be  explained  the  Ho- 
meric ήμίν  πολν  βον7.,εται  ή  Ααναοΐ- 
σιν  νίκην,  II.  17!  331,  Od.  17,  404,— 
βον7ιεται  being  for  μά7'Αον βούλεται. 
— 3.  in  like  manner  with  superl.,  πο- 
λν πρύτος,  φί7.τατος.  κάλλιστος, 
πολλόν  άριστος,  far  the  first,  etc., 
Hom.,  etc.  :  also  with  superl.  adv., 
πολύ  μά7αστα,  far  the  most,  πολύ 
τ/κιστα,  far  the  least. — 4.  also  some- 
times in  Att.  with  a  positive,  to  add 
force  to  the  adj.,  oi  πο7.ύ  or  πο7.7.ά 
δνςτνχείς,  the  much  unhappy,  Valck. 
Phoen.  624;  as  also  πλιίστα  and 
πάντα  are  used.  —  5.  πολλά,  many 
times,  often  :  τά  πολλ,ό,  ώς  τά  πολλά, 
mostly,  usually  :  so,  ώς  έπϊ  πολύ,  ώς 
έπι  το  πο7.ύ,  Schiif.  Dion.  Comp. 
445. — 6.  with  preps.,  εις  ττολλά,  in 
many  ways,  much,  Valck.  Phoen.  022  ; 
έπι  πολύ,  for  long,  of  time,  Heind. 
Plat.  Prot.  345  C  ;  έπΙ  πολλόν,  far, 
of  place,  Hdt.  2,  32. — V.  for  compar. 
π7.είων,  Att.  πλέων;  superl.  ττλεί- 
στος,  v.  sub  voce. 

[ii  always,  Ep.  the  forms  πο7.έων, 
n.  16,  655,  and  πολέας,  11.  1,  559,  are 
sometimes  dissyll.  ^-:  ττολλί-ωι•  is 
always  dissyll.] 

Ώο7.ύσαθρος,  ov,  {πο7.νς,  σαθρός) 
much  decayed,  unsound,  Luc.  (?)  Phi- 
lo|)atr.  21. 

ΐίολνσαρκέω,  ω,  to  be  very  fleshy  : 
and 

ΐίολϋσαρκία,  ας,  ij.fleshiness, plump- 
ness, Xen.  Mem.  2,  1,  22  :  from 

ΤΙο7Λ<σαρκος,ον,  {πο7.νς,  σαρξ)  very 
fleshy.  Arist.  Part.  An.  2,  10,  7. 

ΤΙολνσέβαστος,  ov,  (ττολιίζ•,  σεβα- 
στός) the  Lat.  augustissimus,  Antli. 
P.  9,  419. 

Τίολνσεμνος,  ov,  (πολύς,  σεμνός) 
exceeding  venerable,  Anth.  P.  append. 
281. 

ΐίολύσεπτος,  ov,  {πο7.νς.  σέβομαι) 
much-revered,  Orph.  H.  25,  6. 

ΙΙολϋστ/μαντος,  ov,  {πολύς,  σημαί- 
νω) signifying  many  things,  Gramm. 

ΤΙολνσημάντωρ,  ορός,  ό,  (πολύς, 
σημαίνω)  giving  commands  to,  ruling 
many,  as  epith.  of  Pluto,  H.  Hom. 
Cer.  31,  84,  377. 

ΙΙολύσημος,  ov,  =  πολυσήμαντος, 
dub. 

ϋίολυσθενής,  ές,  {πολύς,  σθένος)  of 
much  might,  Q.  Sm.  2,  205. 

'\ΤΙο7Λ•σΟένης,  ους,  ό,  Polysthencs,  a 
foreigner,  who  obtained  the  citizen- 
ship of  Athens  through  the  influence 
of  Timotheus,  Dem.  688,  5. 

Τίο7ιϋσΜ/ς,  ές,  {πολύς,  σίνομαι) 
very  hurtful,  mischievous,  Aesch.  Cho. 
446 :  al.  πο7Λ<σινος. 

Πολί'σίτία,  ας,  ή,  abundance  of  corn 
οτ  food,  Xen.  Hell.  5,2, 16. — Π.  excess 
in  eating.     From 

ΤΙολύσϊτος,  ov,  (  πολύς,  σίτος ) 
abounding  irt  corn,  Xen.  Vcct.  5,  3. — 
II.  high-fed,  full  of  meat,  Theocr.  21, 
40. 

.  ΊΙο7ί,νσκα7.μος,  ov,  (ττολί'Γ,  σκαλ- 
μύς)  many-oared,  Leon.  Tar.  91. 

ΐΙο7.ύσκαρθμος,  ov,  (ττολιί^,  σκαί- 
ρω)  much-springing ,  swift,  II.  2,  814  ; 
or,  acc.  to  Strah.,  driving  swift  horses, 
but  cf.  Nic.  Th.  350,  Q.  Sm.  5, 
657. 

ΤΙο7.νσκάριστος,  ov,  {σκάρίζω)  — 
foreg. 

Ϊ1υ7ινσκελης,  ές,  {πο7.ύς,  σκέλχις) 
with  many  legs  OT  feet,  Clem.  Al. 

ΙΙο7ι.υσκεπίις,  ές,  {πολύς,  σκέπη) 
covering  very  much,  entirely,  Ael.  N.  A. 
14.  26. 

ΤΙολύσκεπτος,  ov,  {πο7-νς,  σκέπτο- 
μαι) far-seen,  Βοώτης,  Arat.  136. 


ΠΟΛΤ 

ΤΙολνσκηπτρος,  ov,  {πολύς,  σκη- 
πτρον)  wide-nding,  Anth.  P.  4,3. 

Ώ-ολνακΙος,  ov.  {πολύς,  σκιά)  very 
shady,  v.  1.  Xen.  Cyn.  5,  9. 

Τίολνσκόπε/Μς,  ov,  {πο7.νς,  σκόπε- 
7vOf )  very  rocky.  Anth. 

ϊ\.ο7.ύσ κόπος,  ov,  {πολνς,  σκοπέω) 
far-seeing,  Pind.  Fr.  74,  1. 

Πολι)σ«ί'λαί,  άκος,  ό,  ή,  {πο7ι,νς, 
σκυ7.αξ)  with  many  dags,  Nonn. 

Τ[ο7.υσκώμμων,  όνος,  b,  τι,  fond  of 
mocking. 

Ώο7ιυσμύράγος,  ov,  {πολνς,  σμαρα• 
γέω)  loud  roaring,  Opp.   [u] 

ΐίολνσοφος,  ov,  {πολύς,  σοφός)  very 
wise,  dub.  1.  in  Philostr.  Soph.  Vit.  2, 
19,  for  ττολϊ'  σοφών,  v.  Kayser  ad  1. 

ΤΙο7.νσπάθής,  ές,  {πο7.νς,  σπάθιι) 
Ihick-ivovfn,  Anth.  P.  6,  39. 

Ώύλύσπαστος,  ov,  (πο7.νς,  σπάω) 
drawn  from  all  sides  or  by  several  cords, 
μηχάνημα  π.,  a  pulley,  Plut.  Mar- 
cell.  14. 

ΤΙο7.ύσπειρος,  ov,  {πολύς,  σπείρα) 
much  wound  or  bent. 

Ί1ο7Λΐσπέρεια,  ας,  ή,  a  spreading 
wide,  difliiston,  Nicet.  :  from 

Πολνσττερ??ί•,  ές,  {πο7.ύς,  σπείρω) 
wide-spread,  scattered,  numerous,  άν 
θρωποι,  11.  2,  804,  Od.  11,  365;  Ώκε- 
avlvai,  Hes.  Th.  365. — II.  act.  spread- 
ing or  scattering  widely,  Emped.  235. 

ΤΙολνσπερμία,  ας,  ή,  abxmdance  of 
seed  :  from 

ΤΙο7Λ:σπ έρμος,  ov,  {πο7.ύς,  σπέρμα) 
abounding  in  seed,  Arist.  Gen.  An.  1, 
18,  57. 

ΐΙο7ίνσπερχής,  ες,  very  diligent, 
zealous. 

iTloλvσπέpχωv,  οντος,  6,  Polysper- 
chon,  an  Aetohan,  a  celebrated  gene- 
ral of  Alexander  the  Great,  Plut. 
Pyrrh.  ;  Arr.  An.  2,  12:  in  Ael.  V.  H. 
12,  43  ΐΙο7.νσπέρχης. 

Πoλιισπ■ϊλάf,  άδος,  ή,  rocky,  many- 
peaked. 

Ήολνσπ7ιαγχνία,  ας,  ή,  great  com- 
passion, Eccl.  :  from 

ΐΙο7ινσπλαγχνος,  ov,  { πολύς, 
σπλάγχνον)  of  great  mercy,  N.  T. 

ΐίολύσπορος,  ov,  {πο7.νς,  σπείρω) 
abounding  in  seed  or  crops,  fruitful, 
Eur.  Tro.  743,  Opp.  C.  3,  23.  Adv. 
-ρωΓ,  Lat.  sparsim,  Sext.  Emp.  p. 
347' 

Τ1ο7ινσπονδαστος,  ον,{πο7.ύς,  σπου- 
δάζω) very  hasty. 

ΙΛολνστάγής,  ί<,  {πο7\,νς,  στάζω) 
dropping  or  dripping  fast.      Adv.  -yuf. 

Ώολυστακτί,  adv.,=  foreg.  [t] 

ΤΙολνστάσίαστος,  ov,  (πολνς,  στα- 
σιάζω) much  harassed  by  factions,  App. 

ΐίολύστατος,  ov,  {πολύς,  ϊστημι) 
standing  thick,  Philo. 

Τίο/.νστάφν/Μς.  ov,  {πο7ινς,  στα- 
φνλ/'/)  rich  iti  grapes,  II.  2,  507.  H. 
Hom.  25.  11,  Plecatae.  p.  64,  Soph. 
Ant.  1133.  [ύ] 

ΤΙο7ιύστάχνς,  ν,  gen.  νος,  (πολύς, 
στάχνς)  rich  in  ears  of  corn,  Theocr. 
10.  42,  and  Strab. 

ΤΙο7.νστεγ7/ς,  £f,=  sq. 

Τίολύστεγος,  ov,  (πολύς,  στέγη) 
ivith  many  citUugs  or  stories,  Strab. 

ΐίολύστειβος,  ov,  {πο7Λς,  στείβω) 
much  trodden  or  walked  on. 

ΐίολνστειος,  ov,  {πο7ιύς,  στεία)  v. 
sub  πολύστιος. 

'Πο7.νστελέχης,  ες,  susp.  in  Theo- 
phr.  for  sq. 

Πολί'σΓελε;);»^,  ov,  {πο7.νς,  στέλε- 
χος) with  rnnni/  stems,  Anth.  P.  9,  312. 

ΐΙο7ινστένακτος,  ον,{πο7-νς,  στενά- 
ζω) much-sighing ;  miserable,  βίος, 
Anth.  P.  7,  155. 

Τίο7.νστε~τος,  ov,  (πο7.νς,  στέφω) 
=  sq.,  Paul.  S.  Ambo  269. 

ΊΙο7.νστέφάνος,  ov,  {πο7.ύς,  στέφα- 


ΠΟΛΥ 

νος)  tfith  many  wreaths  or  crowns,  Em- 
ped.  16. 

ΤΙοΆνστί'όής,  ες,  {πο?^ύς,  στέφω) 
decked  with  many  a  wreath,  Aesch. 
Eum.  39:  π.  δάφνης,  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  83. 
— II.  twisted  in  many  a  wreath,  κότινος, 
Nic. 

ΊΙο?.νσΓημος,  ov,  {ττολνς,  στημα) 
thick  woven. 

ΐΙο7.νστΐ3ία.  ας,  ή,  a  treading  very 
much,  0pp.  C.  4,  433:  from 

ΐΙα/^νστΊβος,  ov,  {πο/.ύς,  στείβ(ύ) 
=  7Γθ?.νστείβος,  much-trodden. 

ΐΙο?.ί•στικτος,  ov,  {ττολνς,  στίζω) 
nuidi  pricked ;  aad  so, — 2.  micck  spot- 
ted, Anth. 

ΤΙο?Μσ~ϊος,  ov,  (.πολύς,  στια)  with 
many  small  stones,  pebbly,  Call.  Jov. 
26,  with  V.  1.  πολύστειος,  cf.  Nic.  Th. 
950. 

ΥΙοΐΛίστΊχία,  or,  η,  a  number  of  lines, 
Anth.  P.  9,  342 :  from 

ΤίολνστΙχος,  ov,  {-ολνς,  στίχος)  of 
or  in  many  lines,  Strab. 

ΤΙολύστοιχος,  ov.=foreg,,  οδόντες, 
Anst.  H.  A.  2,  13,  11 :  hence,  ττ.  γνά- 
θοι, jaws  set  with  many  rows  of  teeth, 
Luc. 

ΤΙο?..νστΌμέω,  ώ,  to  speak  much, 
Aesch.  Supp.  502  :  from 

ΐΙο?Λ'στομος,  ov,  (πο?ίνς,  στόμα) 
many-ynouthed: — mtta.ph.,miich-speak- 
ing,  talkative,  εις  τι,  v.  1.  Plut.  2,  999 
A. 

ΐίολύστονος,  ov,  {ττολνς,  στενω) 
much-sighing,  mournful,  of  persons, 
Od.  19,  118. — 2.  of  things,  catising 
many  sighs,  κήδεα,  'Έ^ρις,  ιός,  11.  1, 
445;  11,73  ;  15,451  ;  ττ.  0artf,  Aesch. 
Eum.  380  ;  Τροία,  Soph.  Phil.  1346  ; 
freq.  in  Eur. 

'\'Π.ο7^ύστρα-ος,  ου,  δ,  Polystratus, 
an  Athenian  commander  in  the  Cor- 
inthian war,  Dem.  46,  20. — Others  in 
Andoc. ;  Ath.  ;  etc. 

ΙΙολύστρεπτος.  ov,  dub.  Orph.  Arg. 
1092  ;  and  πολυστρεφής,  ες,  {πολύς, 
στρέςιω)=7το7.νστρόίΙ>ος,  Ορρ.  Η.  5, 
132. 

ΙΙολνστροβος,  ον,  {τϊο7.νς,  στροβέω) 
much-tost,  distracted,  Nic.  ΑΙ.  6,  Th. 
310. 

Ιίολνστροιβος,  ov,  poet,  for  foreg. 

Υίο7Μσ7ρόφΰ.7Λγξ,  ιγγος,  ό,  ή,  {πο- 
λύς, σΤροφά7.ίγξ)  whirling  round  and 
round,  eddying,  ύε'λ7αι,  Musae.  293. 

Τίο7.νστροφύς,  άδος,  ή,  poet.  fern, 
of  TroZuarpo^pf,  Nonn. 

ΙΤολυστ-ροςίί'α,  ας,  ή,  a  turning  etui's 
self  to  and  fro,  Leon.  Tar.  65  :  from 

Τ1ο7^νστρο(1)ος,  ov,  {7Γθ7,ύς,  στρέφω) 
much-twisted,  /.ίνα,  Anth.  P.  6,  107: 
hence,  supple,  versatile,  γνώμα,  Pind. 
Fr.  233. 

ΪΙο7.νστϋλος,  ov,  {πολνς,  στν7.ος) 
with  many  columns,  Plut.  Pericl.  13. 

ηο7.νσνγκρΰτος,  ov,  mixed  up  of 
many  things. 

'Π.ο7ΛσύγκρΤ,τος,  ov,  compounded  of 
many  things. 

ΐΙο7.νσν7Λάβος,  ov,  {πολύς,  συλ- 
λαβή) ofrnany  syllables,  polysyllabic, 
Luc. 

1Ιο7.νσννδεσμος,  ov,  jtsing  many 
conjunctions. 

Ϋίο/^νσύνδετος,  ov,  joined  in  various 
ways  or  firmly  :  ~b  π.,  the  use  of  many 
conjunctions  in  the  same  sentence. 

Ilo7.v σύνθετος,  ov,  compounded  of 
tnany  things. 

Ί1ο7ίύσόαλτος,  ov,  easily  deceived  or 
to  be  deceived. 

ΐίολνσφύρΰγος,  ov,  {πο7ιύς,  σφαρα- 
γέω)=πολυσμάραγος,  Ορρ.  C.  4,  445. 

["] 

Τίο7.ύσφελμος,  ov,  {πολύς,  σφελμα) 
with  thick  rind  or  hark,  ap.  Hesych., 
nisi  legend.  πο7>,ύφελλος. 


ΠΟΛΤ 

Τ1ο7.νσφ6νδνλος,  ov,  {πολύς,  σφόν- 
δνλος)  many-joi?ited,  Luc.  Dips.  3. 

ΙΙο7ινσφράγιστος,  ov,  {πο7.ύς,  σφρα- 
γίζω) with  many  seals,  Nonn. 

ΐΙο7.υσχημάτισ7ος,  ov,  { πολύς, 
σχηματίζω)  multiform,  Dion.  H.  [u] 

ΤΙολύσχημος,  ov,=sq.,  Aristaen.  I, 
26.     Adv.  -μως. 

ΤΙολνσχήμων,  ov,  gen.  ovof,  {πολύς, 
σχήμα)  of  many  forms  or  positions, 
Strab. ;  also  of  words  and  sentences. 
Adv.  -μόνως. 

ΤΙο7ινσχΙδής,  ες,  {πολύς,  σχίζω)  split 
or  divided  into  many  parts,  Arist. 
Probl.  22,  9  ;  like  πολνσχιστος : — 
esp.  of  feet,  divided  into  toes,  opp.  to 
hoofs,  Arist.  Gen.  An.  4,  10,  65:  and 
so  of  animals  that  have  toes,  not 
hoofs,  Id.  H.  A.  2,  10,  2.     Hence 

ΤΙο7Λ'σχΐδία,  ας,  ή,  a  splitting  into 
many  parts  :  diversity,  \{\[)'ψ. 

ϋολνσχιστος,  ov,  {πο7.νς,  σχίζω) 
split  into  many  parts,  branching,  κελ^υ- 
θα.  Soph.  Ο.  C.  1592 ;  cf.  Anth.  P. 
8,  7. 

Ώο7ύσχοινος,  ov,  {πο7.νς,  σχοΐνος) 
abounding  in  rushes,  Anth. 

ΤΙολνσώμάτος,  ov,  {πολύς,  σώμα) 
with  many  bodies :  of  large  stout  body, 
Diod. 

ΤΙη7ά>σωρος,  ov,  {πολύς,  σώρος) 
yielding  heaps  of  corn,  Anth.  P.  6, 
258. 

ΤΙολντά7ιαντος,  ov,  {πολνς,  τάλαν- 
του) uorth  many  talents,  Luc.  D.  Me- 
retr.  7,  4.  [τά] 

ΤΙολντάρακτος,  ov,  {πολίις,  ταράσ- 
σω) much  disturbed,  Ach.  Tat.  [ra] 

ΤΙολ.ΰτάραχος,  ov,  (πολύς,  ταραχή) 
causing  much  noise  or  tumult. — II.  very 
noisy,  tumultuous,   [τΰ] 

ΤΙολϋταρβής,  ές,  {πολ.ύς,  τύρβος) 
frightening  much  ;  or,  much  frightened, 
Nonn. 

ΤΙο7ιντειρής,  ες,  { πολύς,  τείρω ) 
wearying  much,  Q.  Sm.  4,  120. 

ΤΙολντειρής,  ες,  {πο7.ύς,  τείρεα) 
rich  in  stars,  starry,  Aral.  604. 

ΙΠολιΐΓείγί(5ε(• ,  ων,  al,  Polytlchides, 
a  place  in  Colophon,  containing  the 
tomb  of  Prometheus,  Paus.  7,  3,  3. 

ΤΙολντεκνέω,  ω.  to  haveor  bear  many 
children,  Plut.  2,  278  Β  :  and 

ΤΙο7.ντεκνία,  ας,  ή,  abundance  of 
children,  Arist.  Rhet.  1,  5.  4:  from 

ΐΙο7.ύτεκνος,  ov,  {πολύς,  τέκνον) 
bearing  many  children,  Aesch.  Pr. 
137 ;  cf.  άμιλλα :  in  Aesch.  Supp. 
1029,  as  epith.  of  rivers. /friiZizm^. 

αίολιύτεκνος,  ov,  ό,  Polytecnus,  a 
t5'rant  of  Chios,  Ath.  259  A. 

ΙΙο7.ντε7.εια,  ας,  ή.  Ion.  -ηΐη,  [πο- 
λντε7.ής)  great  expense,  costliness,  Hdt. 
2,  67  ;  lavish  expenditure,  Thuc.  6,  12  : 
π.  έσθήτος,  Xen.  Lac.  7,  3 ;  like  τρυ- 
φί/,  Xen.  Mem.  1,  6,  10. 

'Π.ο7.ϋτε7^ομαι.ί.-έσομαι,άε'ρ.  mid., 
to  spend  much,  Epicur.  ap.  Diog.  L. 
10,  11. 

Πολϋτελενομαι,  dep.,  late  and  rare 
form  for  foreg.,  Diod..  v.  Lob.  Phryn. 
67. 

ΙΙο7.ντελής,  ες,  {πολύς,  τίλος)  re- 
quiring much  expense,  very  expensive, 
costly,  cf  articles  of  sale,  undertak- 
ings, etc.,  Hdt.  4,  79,  Thuc.  7,  28, 
Plat.,  etc.  :  —  of  persons,  spending 
much,  magnificent,  sumptuous,  Pol5'b. 
8,  11,7  : — generally,  great,  excellent, 
Diod. — Adv.  -λώς,  Xen.  Mem.  3,  11, 
4 :  superl.  -λεστατα,  in  the  costliest 
manner,  Hdt.  2,  86. 

Πολΰτεί'^ς•,  ές,  poet,  πονλντ..  {πο- 
λύς, τείνω)  far-stretching,  Dion.  P.  99, 
339. 

'Π.ο7Λτερπής,  ες,  {πολύς,  τέρπω) 
much-delighting,  Anth.  P.  9,  504. 

ΤίολΛτέχνης,  ov  tpoet.  εω\,  ό,  {πο- 


ΠΟΛΤ 

?il3f,   τέχνη)  one  skilled  in  divers  arts, 
Solon  5,  49. 

ΤΙο7ιϋτίχνής,  ές,=  πο7.ύτεχχος  Π., 
Orph.  Arg.  583. 

ΤΙολϋτεχνία,  ας,  ή,  many  arts  :  in- 
genuity, Plat.  Ale.  2,  147  A  :  from 

ΤΙο7ι.ντεχνος.  oi',  {πο7.νς,  τέχνη) 
skilled  in  many  arts,  very  ingenious, 
Strab.,  Plut. — Π.  pass,  wrought  with 
rare  skill. 

ΤΙολ.ντϊμύω,  should  be  written  di- 
visim  τΓολϋ  τ..  Lob.  Phryn.  630. 

ΐΙο7ΛτΙμητίζω,  to  make  πο7ιύτιμος, 
to  esteem  highly. 

ΤΙο7ιντίμητος,  ov,  also  ;;,  ov,  At. 
Pac.  978  :  {πολύς,  τιμάω) : — highly 
honoured  0Γ  revered.  USU.  epith.  of  a 
divinity,  Ar.  Ach.  807,  Nub.269,Vesp. 
1001 ;  of  Aeschylus,  Id.  Ran.  851.— 
II. of  highvalueor price, costly,  Epich.  p. 
39,  Ar.  Ach.  759,  cf.  Meineke  Me- 
nand.  p.  43.     Adv.  -τως.  [i] 

αΐο7.ντίμητος,  ov,  ό,  Polytime'us, 
a  river  of  Sogdiana,  Arr.  An.  4,  5,  6. 

ΐίο/.ντίμιος,ον,^^πο/Μτιμητος,^Βνγ 
dub.  [-t] 

Τίολ.ντΐμος,  ov,  (,πολνς,  τιμή)  much- 
revered,  θεοί,  Menand.  p.  42  :  much- 
esteemed,  costly,  Anth.  P.  5, 36.  ΑΛχ. 
-/uwf,  Polyb.  14,2,  3. 

Τίο7Λ'Τΐμώρητος,  ov,  {πο7.ύς,  τιμώ 
ρέω)  much-punished. 

ΤΙολύτΙτος,  ov,  {πολ.νς,  τίω)=:πο- 
/.ντιμος.  much-honoured  :  also,  worthy 
of  high  honour,  Orac.  ap.  Hdt.  5,  92, 2. 
[where  ϊ.] 

\Τ\.ο7.ντίων,  ωνος,  ό,  Polytioti,  an 
Athenian,  Andoc.  2,  41. 

ΤΙολύτ7.ας,  αντος,  ό,  {~ο7.ύς,  τ7.ή- 
ναΐ)  having  borne  much,  much-enduring, 
as  epith.  of  Ulysses,  and  only  in  nom., 
Horn.,  Soph.  Aj.  954. 

ΤΙολντλήμων,  όνος,  ό,  ή,  (.πολύς, 
τλήμων)  bearing  much,  much-enduring, 
Ρνμός,  II.  7,  152 ;  Όδνσσίύς,  Od.  18, 
319;  βροτοί,  Ar.  Pac.  236. 

ΪΙολύτλ,ητος,  ov,  {πο7ίύς,  T/S/vai) 
having  borne  much,  hence,  unfortunate, 
γέροντες,  Od.  11,  38. 

Ώο7.ύτμητος,  ov,  {πο7.ύς,  τέμνω) 
much  cut.  lacerated,  παρειά,  Anth.  P. 
11,  66,  cf.  Opp.  C.  2,  252.— II.  act., 
cutting  much  or  deeply,  of  sharp  pain, 
Opp.  H.  5.  288. 

ΐίολϋτοιοϋτος,  αύτη,  οϋτον,  being 
much  or  many  times  so  and  so,  as  πολν- 
γλώχιν  is  a  πολντοιούτον  of  γλ^ωχίς. 

ΙΙολΛτοΐίέω,  ώ,  ίο  be  prolific,  Arist. 
Η.  Α.  6,  1,  3  :  and 

ΤΙολ.ντοκία,  ας,  ή,  fecundity  :  from 

ΐΙο7Λ'τόκος,  ov,  (πο/ι,ύς,  τίκτω) 
bringing  forth  many  children  or  young 
ones,  prolific,  Hipp.,  Arist.  Part.  An. 
4,  10.  36. 

ΤΙολύτολ.μος,  ov,  {πυλνς,  τό7ψά) 
very  bold,  Plut  2,  731  C. 

ΊΙολντόρος,  ov,  {πολύς,  τορέω) 
much-piercing. 

ΤΙολντρύφής,  ές,  {πολύς,  τρέφω) 
nourishing  much,  productive,  Diod. 

ΐίολντράχηλος,  many-necked.  [«] 

ΤΙολ.ύτρεπτος,  ov,  {πολ.ύς.  τρέπω) 
much-turning,  changeable,  Piut. 

ΙΙο7Μτρήρων,  ωΐ'ος.  ό,  ι),  {πολύς, 
τρήρων)  abounding  in  doves,  II.  2,  502, 
582. 

ΤΙο7,ντρ7ΐτος,  ov,  (πολύς,  τιτράω, 
τρητός)  much-pierced,  full  of  holes, 
porous,  σπόγγοι.  Od.  1,  111  ;  22,  439; 
of  flutes,  Anth.  P.  9,  266,  505. 

Τίολύτμιμμα,  ατός,  τό,=περίτριμ- 
μα. 

Τϊολντρίπονς,  ό,  ή,  {πολύς,  τρί- 
πονς)  abounding  in  tripods,  Anth.  P.  7, 
709.  [Π 

ΐΙο7,ντριπτος,  ov,  {πολύς,  τρίβω) 
rubbed  very  fine,  Nic.  Th.  105,  Opp. 
H.  3,  502. 

1219 


ΠΟΛΥ 

ΐίολντρΐχον,  ον,  τό,  α  water  plant 
with  many  hair-like  leaves,  elswh.,  καλ- 
λίτριχον,  Diosc:  strictly  neut.  from 

ίίολντρΐχος,  ov,  {πολύς.  Ομίξ)  with 
a  quantity  of  hair,  very  hairy. 

Τλολυτροπία,  ας,  Ion.  -πίη,  ης,  ή, 
versatility,  craft,  lldt.  2,  121,  5,  Μ. 
Anton.  12,  24.— II.  multifariousness, 
variety  :  from 

ΤΙο?ιν~ροπος,  ov,  {πο7.νς,  τμέττο) 
having  had  many  turns  of  fortune.  Or 
having  wandered  much,  tost  to  and  fro, 
much-travelled,  epilli.  of  Ulysses  in 
Od.,  cf.  Nitzsch  Od.  1,1;  whereas 
Wolf  Anal.  3,  p.  1 15,  takes  it  here  in 
signf.  11,  as  also  Plat,  seems  to  have 
done,  Hipp.  Min.  3G-1E.— II.  metaph., 
turning  many  ways,  shifty,  wily,  Lat. 
versatus,  versatilis,  H.  Horn.  Merc.  13, 
439,  Plat.  1.  c,  Polit.  291  Β  ;  ichange- 
ful,  fickle,  7Γ.  iarLV  όμιλος,  Pseudo- 
Phoc.  89t :  το  7r.=foreg.,  Thnc.  3, 
83  :  —  of  diseases,  changeful,  Plut. 
Num.  fin.;  πο?ιέμος  τοις  πάθεσι.  ποι- 
κίλος καΐ  ταΐς  τνχαις  πολυτροπώτα- 
τος.  Id.  Sull.  33. — 111.  manifold,  ξνμ- 
φοραί,  Thiic.  2,  44.     Adv.  -πως,  Ν.  Τ. 

αίολντροπος,  ον,  ό,  Polytropns,  a 
leader  of  the  Lacedaemonians,  Xen. 
Hell,  fi,  5,  11. 

ΤΙολκυτροφία,  ας,  ή,  f.  1.  for  πολν- 
στρηφία. 

ΐίολντροφος,  ον,  (πο?^ύς,  τρέφω) 
well-fed,  fat,  plump,  Theophr.,  Plut. 
Lycurg.  17,  etc. — II.  parox.  πολν- 
τροφός,  ov,  act.,  feeding  much,  nutri- 
tious, οίνος,  Ath. 

ΐίολίντρόχΰλος,  ov,  (πολύς,  τρέχω) 
running  much  or  often,  π.  άγοραί,  bust- 
ling, or,  perh.,  slippery,  Anth. 

ΐίολύτρϋτος,  ov,  {πολύς,  τρνω) 
much-wearied. 

ΪΙολντρώκτης,  ου,  ό,  a  great  eater. 

ΤΙολύτρωτος,  ov,  much-wounded. 

ΐίολί,ντϋρος,  ov,  {πολύς,  τυρός)  with 
much  cheese,  Pherecr.  Pers.  1,  7. 

ΐίολννόρία.  ας,  ή,  plenty  of  water. 
Theophr. 

ΙΙολνϋδρος,  ov,  (πολιύς,  ύδωρ) 
abounding  in  water.  Plat.  Legg.  761  13. 

ΤΙο?ιύϋλος,  ov,  {πολύς,  νλΐ])  abound- 
ing in  timber,  or  in  materials,   [ΰλ] 

ΐίολϋύμνητος,  ov,  {πολύς,  νμνέω) 
much  famed  in  song,  Pind.  N.  2,  8. 

Iloλvΰμvιa,aς,ή,=ΐloλύμvιa,q.v.■. 
from 

Πολνύμνος,  ov,  {πολύς,  νμνέω) 
abounding  in  songs,  much  sung  of,  fa- 
mous, H.  Horn.  25,  7,  Ar.  Eq.  1328: 
honoured  With  many  hymns,  θεός,  Eur. 
Ion  1074. 

ΙΙολ,νϋπνος,  ov,  {πολύς,  ΰπνέω) 
sleeping  much,  or  bestowing  sound  sleep, 
Orph.  H.  2,  4. 

ΪΙολνφΰγέω,  ω,  f.  •ήσω,  to  eat  to  ex- 
cess ;  and 

ΐίολνφΰγία,  ar,  η,  excess  in  eating, 
gluttony,  Arist.  Gen.  An.  4,  3,  20  ;  from 

^ολνώάγος,  ov,  {.πολύς,  φαγείν) 
eating  to  excess,  gluttonous,  Hipp.,  Ath. 
415  C. 

ΐίολνφΰμος,  ov,  Dor.  for  πολύφη- 
μος, Pind. 

Πολνφΰνής,  ές,  poet,  πονλυφ.,  ap- 
pearing in  divers  shapes. 

i'Π.o?^vφύvτaς,ό,Polyphantas,ma.sc. 
pr.  n.,  Polyb.  10,  42,  2. 

Τίολυφάνταστος,  ov,  {πολύς,  φαν- 
τάζω) with  many  apparitions,  σκότος, 
Plut.  2,  167  A. 

ΐίολνφύρμάκος,  ov,  {πολ.ύς,  φάρμα- 
κον)  knoiving  many  drugs  or  charms, 
ίητροί,  U.  16,  28  ;  Κίρκη,  Od.  10,  276  ; 
ΐίαιών,  Solon  5,  57  :  also  of  coun- 
tries, abounding  in  drugs,  in  healing  or 
poisonous  herbs,  Ύιφ^)7ΐνία,  Theophr. 

ΤΙολΛφΰσία,  ας,  ή,  {πο7ιύς,  φημί) 
imrdiness. 

1220 


ΠΟΛΎ 

ΤΙολνφάσμΰτος,  ον,  {πολνς,  φάσμα) 
multiform,  Orac.  ap.  Euseb.  P.  Ε.  175 
C. 

ΙΙολύφΰτος,  ov,  {πολύς,  φημί)  much 
spoken  of,  very  famous,  αγώνες,  Pind. 
P.  11,  71  ;  π.  ύμνος,  an  excellent,  noble 
Strain,  Id.  O.  1,  13,  cf.  N.  7.  119. 

ΤΙο?ίνφανλος,  ov,  very  bad. 

ΤΙολνφεγγής,  ές,  {πολύς,  φέγγος) 
bright-shining,  Manetho. 

ΐίολΰφειδής,  ές,  very  sparing. 

αίολυφείδης,  ονς.  b,Polyphides,  son 
of  Mantius,  grandson  of  Melainpiis, 
a  celebrated  soothsayer,  Od.  15,249. 

ΤΙολύφελλ^ς,  v.  πολύσφελψος. 

ΐίολνφερβής,  ές,  =  πολύφορβος, 
Nonn. 

ΤΙολύφερνος,  ον,  {φερνή)=πολνεδ• 
νος. 

ΤΙολ.νφημία,  ας,  ή,  far-spread  fame, 
whether  good  or  bad  :  from 

ΐίολ,νφημος,  ov.  Dor.  -φάμος  :  {πο- 
λ.ύς, φήμη)  '■ — viuch  speaking  or  sing- 
ing, abounding  in  songs  and  legends, 
αοιδός,  Od.  22,  376  ;  also  of  a  θρήνος, 
Pind.  I.  8  (7),  128,  cf.  πολύφατος : 
tuneful ;  and  in  bad  signf  much  scream- 
ing or  croakijig,  e.  g.  as  epith.  of  a  frog. 
— II.  many-voiced,  wordy,  αγόρι),  Od. 
2,  150;  hence,  ές  πολύφημον  έκφέ- 
ρειν,  to  bring  it  forth  to  the  many- 
voiced,  i.  6.  the  agora,  Orac.  ap.  Hdt. 
5,  79. 

αίολύφημος,  ου,  6,  Dor.  -φαμος, 
Polyphemus,  son  of  Neptune  and  the 
nymph  Thoosa,  a  Cyclops,  whose 
eye  Ulysses  bored  out,  Od.  1.70,  sqq.: 
he  was  enamoured  of  Galatea,  The- 
ocr.  6,  6. — 2.  son  of  Elatus,  brother  of 
Caeneus,  one  of  the  Lapithae  from 
Larissa,  an  Argonaut,  and  founder  of 
the  city  Cios,  II.  1,  264;  Ap.  Rh.  1, 
40;  Apollod.  1,  9,  16. 

^ΐΙολνφήτ7ΐς,  ου  Ep.  σο,  ό,  Poly- 
phetes,  a  Trojan,  II.  13.  791. 

ΤΙολνφήτωρ,  ορός,  δ,  ή,=πολνφη- 
μος. 

ΤΙολνφθογγος,  ον,  (πολύς,  φθόγγος) 
many-toned,  full-toned,  Plut.  2,  827  A, 
etc. 

Τίολνφθονερός,  όν,  (πολύς,  φθονε- 
ρός) very  envious,  as  Epicurus  called 
the  dialectic  school  of  Megara,  Diog. 
L.  10,  8. 

ΐίολνφθονος,  ov,=  foTeg.,  very  dub. 

ΐΐο/.ύφθοος,  ov,  epith.  of  a  day  at 
Delphi,  on  xvhich  the  oracle  was  much 
consulted.  Plut.  2,  292  F. 

ΐίολνφθορής,  ec,=  sq.,  Emped.  376. 

Τίολνφθορος,  ov,  (πολύς,  φθείρω) 
destroying  manij,  deathful,  Pind.  N.  8, 
53,  I.  5  (4),  62,  Aesch.  Theb.  926.— 
II.  proparox.  πολύφθορος,  ov,  pass. 
utterly  destroyed  or  ruined,  Acsch.  Pr. 
633  ;  rife  with  ruin  or  murder.  Soph. 
Tr.  477,  El.  10.— 2.  braving  ruin  and 
danger,  of  merchants,  Soph.  Fr.  499. 

Υνο/^νφίλανθρώπως,  very  benevolent- 
ly. 

ΤΙολνφίλητος,  ov,  much-loved,  [t] 

ΥΙολΛφΙλία,  ας,  η.  abundance  of 
friends.  Arist.  Rhet.  1,  5,  4  :  from 

ΐίολύφίλος,  ov,  (πο?ιύς,  φιλέω)  hav- 
ing many  friends,  dear  to  many,  Pind. 
P.  5,  5,  Lys.  112,  43.     Adv.  -λως. 

ΐίολνφύί,τρος,  ov.  {πο7ώς,  φίλιτρον) 
suffering  from  many  love-charms,  hence 
deeply-enamoured,  love-sick,  Theocr. 
23,  1. 

ΐΙο?ινφλέγμάτος,  ov,  having  much 
phlegm. 

ΤΙολύφλογος,  ov,  (πολύς,  φλόξ) 
fiercely  blazing. 

ΤΙολύφ7.οιος,  ov,  with  thick  bark. 
ΊΙολύφλοισβος,  ov,  (ττολϋζ-,  φλοί- 
σβος) loud-roaring,  freq.  in  Hom.,  al- 
ways as  epith.   of  θάλασσα ;   so  in 
Hes.,  and  Archil.  1. 


ΠΟΛΤ 

ΤΙοΧνφλνϋ,ρος,  ov,  very  talkative, 
Phot. 

ΤΙο7ίύφοβος,  ov,  very  timid. 
Τίολύφοινος,    αν,    (πολύς,    φόνος) 
with  much  slaughter,  π.  έορτά,  prob.  1. 
Alcm.  25. 

ϋο'λύφοιτος,  ov,  (πολύς,  φοιτύώ) 
always  roaming,  Musae.  18). 

ΓΙο?.νφόνος,  ov,  (πολύς,  φo^'εvω) 
killing  many,  murderous,  Eur.  H.  F. 
420. 

^ΤΙολ.υφόντης,  ov  Ep.  ao,  6,  Poly• 
phontes,  son  of  Autophonus  of  Thebes, 
II.  4,  395. — 2.  a  herald  of  king  La'i'us, 
slain  by  Oedipus,  Apollod.  3,  5,  7. — 
Others  in  Apollod.  ;  etc. 

Ώολ^τύφορβος,  ov,  also  η,  ov,  Π.  9, 
568,  Hes.  Th.  912  :  {πολνς,  φορβή): 
— -feeding  many,  bountiful,  γαϊα,  11. 14, 
200,  etc. 

ΐίολνφορέω,  ώ,  to  be  πολνφόρος,  to 
bear  or  yield  much,  Theophr.     Hence 
Τ1.ολνφόρΐ)τος,  ov,  borne  much  or  of- 
ten.— II.  act.  bearing  much. 

ΤΙολ.νφορία,  ας,  ή,  productiveness, 
Xen.  Oec.  19,  19:  from 

ΙΙολνφόρος,  ov,  (πο?ιύς,  φέρω)  bear- 
ing much,  fruitful.  Plat.  Legg.  705  B. 
— II.  π.  οίνος,  strong  wine  which  will 
bear  much  water :  hence  metaph.,  ir. 
δαίμονι  συγκεκρύσθαι,  to  have  a  for- 
tune that  wants  softening,  Ar.  Plat, 
853. 

ΙΙολύφσρτος,  ov,  (πολύς,  φόρτος) 
heavily  laden,  Vit.  Hom.  1. 

ΙΙο?.νφρΰδέω,  to  be  very  eloquent  OF 
wise,  only  found  in  part,  πολνφραόέ- 
ωv,-=»q.,  Hes.  Fr.  54. 

Τίολ^φρΰδής,  ές,  (πολύς,  φράζω) 
very  eloquent,  wise,  prudent,  έννεσίτ)σΐ 
πολνφραδέεσσι  δολωθείς,  Hes.  Th. 
494,  Simon.  Amorg.  93.     Hence 

ΙΙολνφράδία,  ας,  ή,  νμνων,  the  elo- 
quence of  songs,  Hennesian.  5,  51. 

ΐίολνφραδμοσύνη,  ης,  ^,=foreg., 
Archyt.  ap.  Stob.  Eel.  1,  p.  786. 

ΐίολνφράόμων,  ον,=  πολνφραδής, 
0pp.  Η.  4,28,  Αρ.  Rh.  1,  1311. 

\Ι\ολυφράδμων,  όνος,  b,Polyphrad• 
mon,  father  of  the  tragic  poet  Phryui- 
chus,  Paus.  10,31,  4. 

ΤΙολ.ύφραστος,  ov,  (πολ,ύς,  φράζω) 
often  said  :  much  spoken  of,  fanned.  Par- 
menid.  4. — II.  shrewd,  δόλοι,  0pp.  C. 
4,  6. 

ΐίολνφροντις,  ιδος,  δ,  η,  (πολύς, 
φροντίς)  full  of  care,  Anacreont. 

ΤΙολνφρόντιστος,  ov,  {πολ.ύς,  φρον- 
τίζω) much  thought  of. — II.  act.,  much 
thinking,  thoughtful,  Anth.  P.  7,  84. 

Y\.oλvφpocnJvη,  ης,  ή,  fulness  of  un- 
derstanding, great  shrewdness,  Hdt.  2, 
121,  6;  plur.,Theogn.  712. 

ΐίολύφρων,  υνος,  ό,  ή,  (πολύς,  φρήν) 
much-thoughtful,  very  shrewd,  freq.  in 
Horn.,  always  in  good  signf.,  usu.  as 
epith.  of  Ulysses ;  also  of  Vulcan,  ni- 
genious,  inventive,  like  πολνμητις,  II. 
21,  367,  Od.  8,  297. 

iTloλύφpωv,  όνος,  ό,  Polyphron, 
brother  or  uncle  and  successor  of  Ja- 
son, tyrant  of  Pherae  in  Thessaly, 
Xen.  Hell.  6,  4,  33.-2.  a  general  of 
the  Aetolians,  Paus,  10,  20,  4. 

ΤΙο7\.νφΰής,  ές,  (πολύς,  φν//)  of  vari- 
ous sorts,  manifold,  Theophr. 

ΤΙολύφνλλίΟς,  ov,  {πο7^ύς,  φνλ7ιθν) 

with  many  leaves,  leafy,  Eupol.  α'ιγ.  1. 

ΤΙολύφνλος,   ov,   (  πολύς,  φν7Μν  ) 

consisting  of  many  tribes,  Orph.  H.  60, 

2,  etc. 

ΤΙολύφντος,  ov,  rich  in  plants  or 
herbs. 

ΤΙολϋφωνέω,  ώ,  to  sound  or  speak 
much  :  and 

Τίολνφωνία,  ας,  ή,  a  having  many 
tones  or  voices,  Plut.  2,  674  E,  1141  C  : 
from 


ΠΟΛΤ 

ΠολΰόωΐΌξ•,  ον,  {πο?.νς,  φωνή)  hav- 
ing many  tones,  όρνιθες,  Arist.  Part. 
An.  2,  17,  4  :  speaking  much,  talkative. 
Dor.  -0ανος,  usu.  read  in  Alcman  25; 
but  V.  τΓο'/.νςιοινος. 

ΤΙολύχαΆκος,  ον,  {■κο7.νς,  χαλκός) 
abounding  in  copper  Οι  brass,  ττολνχρν- 
σος  και  ττ.,  of  Troy,  Sidon,  II.  18.  289, 
Od.  15,425. — II.  urought  of  solid  brass, 
all-brazen,  ουρανός,  (cf.  sub  voc),  II. 
5,  504,  Od.  3,  2,  as  usu.  explained  : 
but  Henn.  Opusc.  4,  268,  would  take 
it  in  signf.  I,  referring  to  the  brazen 
vessels  in  the  houses  of  the  gods. 

ΤΙολνχανδής,  ες,  {τΐο'/.νς,  χανδύνω) 
wide-yawning,  all-containing,  Nic. 

ΥΙολνχάρής,  ες,  {ττο/.νς,  χαίρω) 
feeling  or  causing  muck  joy. 

αίο/.νχάρης,  ους,  ό,  Polychares, 
masc,  pr.  n.,  Paus.  4,  4,  5. 

ΤΙο/υχύρίόας,  hence  ώ  ποΆνχαρί- 
δα,Ά  Lacon.  term  of  endearment  in  Ar. 
Lys.  1098,  I2i2,  dearest.'  sweetest!  [Γ] 

ϋο'/.νχαρμος,  ον,  {πολνς,  χάρμη) 
very  warlike,  Anth.  P.  5,  202. 

iΐlo?.vχapμoς,  ov,  6,  Polycharmus,  a 
Spartan,  commander  of  cavalry,  Xen. 
Hell.  5,  2,  41.— Others  in  Ath. ;  etc. 

ΐίολνχείμερος,  ov,  (7Γ0?.ύς,  χειμών) 
very  wintry,  0pp.  C.  1,429. 

ΐΐο'/Λ'χείρ,  χειρός,  ό,  η,  (  πολύς, 
χειρ)  many  handed,  with  many  hayids, 
Soph.  El.  488  :  ivith  many  hands,  i.  e. 
men,  Aesch.  Pers.  83.     Hence 

ΐΐο'/.νχειρία,  ας,  ή,  a  multitude  of 
hands,  workmen,  assistants,  Thuc.  2, 
77.  Xen.  Cyr  3,  3,  26. 

ΐΐο/.νχεφος,  ον,=  τϊ-ολύχειρ,  Alci- 
dam. 

ΙΙολνχεσος,  ov,  (ττολνς,  χέζω)  suf- 
fering from  diarrhoea  :  ΤΓ.  νόσος,  the 
diarrhoea,  ap.  Suid. 

ΤΙο/.νχενμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  (ττο- 
?.νς,  χενμα)  strong-flowing,  Euinath. 

ΐίολνχίτων,  ωνος,  δ,  ή,  {πο?.νς,χι- 
τών)  having  many  coats,  κάλαμος, 
Theophr.  [I] 

ΐΐα'λνχλωρος,  ov,  very  pale,  Hipp. 

ΐΐυλνχνη,  η,  and  ττολνχνων,  τύ, 
less  correct  forms  for  ττολίχν-. 

ΙΙο/.νχνοος,  ov,  contr.  -χνονς,  ovv, 
{πολνς,  χνόος)  very  downy,  Lat.  lanu- 
ginosus,  like  the  quince,  etc.,  Nic.  ap. 
Ath.  66  E. 

ΤΙολνχοέω,  ώ,  {πο?•.νχοος)  ίο  pour 
forth  much,  to  abound,  Arist.  Gen.  An. 
3,  1,  5 ;  of  the  earth,  to  yield  abun- 
dantly. 

Jio?.vxota,  ας,  ή,  {πο?<.ύχοος)  a 
pouring  forth  much  :  an  abundant  crop, 
Theophr. — IL  α  diversity  of  kinds.  Id. 

ΐΐο/.νχοιος,  ov,  late  form  for  sq. 

'Π.ο?.νχοος  or  πολνχόυς,  ov,  contr. 
-χους,  ovv  :    {ττο/.νς,  χεω)  : — pouring 

i'orth  much  :  of  animals,  proZi/ic,  Arist. 
[.  A.  9,  43,  2 ;  of  fruit  and  grain, 
yielding  abundantly,  στζέρμα  π.,  The- 
ophr. —  II.  manifold,  various,  π.  και 
ποίκιλαν.  Μ, : — Compar.  -χονστερος, 
Id. 

ΤΙο/.νχορδία,  ας,  η,  the  having  many 
gtrings.  Plat.  Rep.  399  C  :  from 

ΪΙολνχοβδος,  ov,  {πο?.ύς,  χορδή) 
many-stringed:  many-totted,  epith.  of 
the  flute,  Simon.  115.  cf.  Poll.  4,  67; 
also,  TV.  ωδαί,  Eur.  Med,  196 ;  π.  γή• 
ρνς,  the  sound  of  many  strings.  Id. 
Ebes.  548. 

ΤΙολνχορτος,  ov,  with  muck  grass. 

11ο7.υχρηματέω,ω,{πολνχρήματος) 
to  abound  in  money,  prob.  L  Strab.  p. 
414. 

Τίολυχριηματία,  ας.  η,  (πολνχΐίήμα- 
Τος)  ike  possession  of  great  wealth.  — 
IL  dearness,  eipensivenees,  opp.  to  εν- 
τέλεια, Xen.  Symp.  4,  42. 

Τίο/.νχρτιμΰτίας,  ov,  6,  the  possessor 
if  a  large  fortune,  Diog.  L,  6,  28. 


ΠΟΑΥ 

ΤΙολυχρηματίζω, = πολνχρηματέω, 
(q.  V.)  dub.  1.  Strab.  1.  c. 

ΤΙολυχρήμΰτος,  ov,  (^-ο?Λς,  χρήμα- 
τα) having  a  large  fortune,  very  wealthy, 
Phintys  ap.  Stob.  p.  445,  2. 

ΤΙο/.νχρ7ΐμοσύνη,  ης,  ή,=^πολνχρη- 
ματία  :  irom 

ΐίολνχρήμων.  ον,  gen.  ονος,=  πο- 
?ινχρήματος,  Polyb.  18,  18,  9. 

ΤΙολνχρηστια,  ας,  ή,  great  useful- 
ness. Theophr. 

Τ\.ο7.νχρ-ηστος,  ον,  {πολνς, χρηστός) 
useful  to  many  or  for  many  purposes, 
very  useful,  Arist.  Gen.  An.  5,  8,  12. 

ΐίολνχροια,  ar,  ή,  variety  of  colour, 
Arist.  Probl.  34,  4,  2. 

ΤΙολνχροιος,  ov,  late  poet,  form  for 
πο7.νχροος. 

ΤΙο'λνχρονέω,  ώ,  {πο?.νχρονος)  = 
sq..  susp. 

ΤΙο?ινχρονίζω,  to  last  long,  LXX  : 
from 

ΤΙολνχρόνιος.  ov,  (πολύς,  χρόνος) 
existing  a  long  time,  olden,  ancient,  H. 
Horn.  Merc.  125 ;  sometimes  also  in 
prose,  as,  Hdt.  1,  55,  Plat.  Tim.  75  B, 
Xen.  Mem.  1,  4. 16: — compar.  -ιώτε- 
ρος,  Polyb.  1,  13,  11:  superl.,  Call. 
Del.  282.— Adv.  -ος,  Hipp.     Hence 

ΐΐο/.νχρονιότης,  ητος,  ή,  length  of 
time,  long  duration. 

ΤΙο/.νχρονος,  ov,  later  form  for  πο- 
λυχρόνιος. 

Τίο?.νχροος,  ov,  contr.  -χρηνς,  ovv, 
{~ο7.νς.  χρόα)  many-coloured,  variega- 
ted, Arist.  Probl.  34,  4,  2,  Opp.  C.  4, 
389. 

ΙΙο7.νχρνσος,  ov,  {πολνς,  χρυσός) 
rich  in  gold,  of  persons,  cities,  etc., 
II.  10.  315,  Hes.  Op.  519,  etc.,  Pind., 
and  Trag. :— in  H.  Horn.  Ven.  1,  9, 
of  Venus,  the  gold-adorned,  cf.  lb. 
65  ;  and  so  later,  sometimes  in  refer- 
ence to  her  votive  oiferings,  some- 
times to  her  beauty,  like  χρνσεη,  Lat. 
aurea  \  enus. 

νίο7.υχρώμ(1τος,  ov,  {πο7.νς.  χρώμα) 
=  πο7Λ'γροος,  Strab. 

ΤΙολνχρωμος.  ον,—foTeg.,  Manetho. 

ΤΙο/νχρως, ωτος,  6, ή.=^πολνχροος. 

ΤΙο7.νχν7.ος.  ον,  {πολνς,  χν7.ός) 
with  much  juice  or  sap,  sappy.  Xenocr. 

ΤΙο7νχνμος.  oi',=foreg..  Xenocr. 

ΤΙο7.νχντος,  ov,  {πο7.νς,  χέω)  pour- 
ed or  flowing  far.  widely  diffused.  Plut. 
Cat.  Min.  26,  etc.  :  manifold,  like  πο- 
/.νχοης. 

ΐ[ο7.νχώρητος,  ov,  containing  much. 

Τίο7,νχωρία,  ας,  ή,  extensiveness,  π. 
των  όνομάτω\>,  comprehensiveness  of 
words  :  from 

ΠοΛι'ι  Yfcjpof ,  ov,  (πολνς,  χώρα)  spa- 
cious, extensive,  "Αιδης,  Luc. 

Τίο7.νχωσΓος.  ov,  (πολνς,  χώνννμι) 
high-heaped,  Aesch.  Cho.  350. 

'Π.ο7.ντράμάθος,  ov,=  sq.,  Aesch. 
Supp.  870.  [ά] 

ΤΙολνφαμμος,  ov,  (πολνς,  φάμαος) 
very  sandy,  dub.  in  .4.nth.  P.  7,  214, 

ίΐο7ίνψεκτος,  ov,  { ψέγω )  muck- 
blamed. 

ΤΙο7.νφηόία,  ας,  ή,  {πο7.νφηφος) 
number  or  diversity  of  votes,  Thuc.  3, 
10. 

ΤΙολνψήώΙς,  ΐδος,  ό,  ή,  {πολνς,  φη- 
φίς)  witk  many  pebbles,  pebbly,  esp.  of 
the  beds  of  rivers  or  the  sea-shore, 
"Ερμος,  Orac.  ap.  Hdt.  1,  55,  cf.  Plat. 
Rep.  566  C  ;  βηγμίν,  Naumach.  60. 
(Others  write  πολνφηόίς,  trfof .wrong- 
ly, Spitzn.  Vers.  Her.  p.  50.) 

ΥΙολνφηφος,  ov,  (πολύς,  φήφος) 
witk  many,  various  votes  or  voices,  at 
elections,  etc.,  Luc.  Harm.  3. 

ΐίολύφυόος,  ov,  (πο7.νς.  φοφέω) 
loud-sounding,  noisy,  Paul.  S.  74. 

ΤΙο7.1'ωδννία,  ας,  ή,  great  angvisk, 
Epist.  Eur.  4 :  from 


ΠΟΜΠ 

ΤΙο/Λώδννος,  ov,  (πολύς,  οδύνη) 
very  painful,  Theocr.  25,  238.-11. 
pass.,  suffering  great  pain,  Anth.  Plan. 
Ill,  P.  11,  386. 

'Π.ο7.ϋωΐ!νμέω.  ω,  to  be  πολυώνυμος, 
to  have  many  names  :  and 

Τίολνωνϊιμία,  ας,  ή,  multitude  of 
names,  Call.  Dian.  7,  ubi  v.  Spanh. : 
from 

'Π.ο?Λ•ώννμος,  ov,  (πολνς,  όνομα)  of 
many  names,  worshipped  under  many 
names,  epith.  of  divinities,  H.  Horn. 
Cer.  18,  32,  cf.  Soph.  Ant.  1115,  Ar. 
Thesm.  320,  Call.  Ap.  67,  Theocr.  15, 
109,  and  v.  foreg. — II.  of  great  name, 
i.  e.  famous,  H.  Hom.  Ap.  82,  Hes. 
Th.  785.  Pind.  P.  1.  32. 

ΤΙο/,νώννχος,  ov,  (πο/Λ>ς,  όνυξ)  with 
many  claws,  Arist.  H.  A.  2,  12,  3. 

ΐίο7Λ'ωπέτίς,  ιδος,  late  poet.  fern, 
of  sq..  Max.  Tyr. 

ΙΙο7.νωπής.  ές,=  s(\.,  Anth.  P.  6,  27; 
πο7.νωπέες  όμπναι,  i.  e.  honeycombs, 
Nic.  Al.  450. 

ΎΙο/.νωπός,  όν,  (πολύς,  ώπή)  with 
many  openings  or  holes,  δίκτνον  Od. 
22,  386. — II.  (ώφ)  many-eyed. 

ΠοΛΰωρεω,  ώ,  (πο7Λ<ωρος)  to  respect 
much,  pay  much  attention  to,  esteem 
highly,  provide  for  a  thing,  ap.  Aesch- 
in.  8,  5 ;  π.  τινά  τινι,  to  provide  one 
rvith  a  thing ;  πο7.νωρεΙσθαι  νπό  τί- 
νος, to  be  highly  esteemed  by  one,  Arist. 
Rhet.  2,  2,  7. — opp.  to  όλιγωρέω. 
Hence 

ΤΙολνωρ-ητικός,  ή,  όν,  attentive,  care- 
ful. Plut.  2,  276  A.^ 

ΠοΛί'ωρί'α,  ας,  ή,  mttch  attention, 
opp.  to  ολιγωρία,  Diod. :  from 

Τ1ο7.νωρος,  ov,  (770?i'C,  ώρα)  atten- 
tive, careful,  opp.  to  ό7.ίγωρος. 

ΤΙο/.νωρης,ον,  (πολύς,  ώpa)ofmany 
years,  old.  Stob. 

Τίο7.νώροώος,  ov,  {πο7^νς,  οροφή)  of 
many  roofs  or  stories. 

Πολτ'ωτοζ-,  ov,  (πολύς,  ονς)  many 
eared,  Luc.  (?)  Philopatr.  3. 

Τ1ο7.νωφε7.ής,  ές,  (πολύς,  όφελος) 
very  useful,  useful  in  many  ways,  Xen. 
Hipparch.  1,  l,in  supen.  πο7,νωφε?.έ- 
στατος.     Adv.  -7.ώς,  Ar.  Thesra.  304. 

Πο/Γ'ώιίι,  ώπος,  ό,  ή,^=πο?.νωπός, 
Anth.  P.  6,65. 

ΤΙολφός.  ό.  usu.  in  plur.,  a  sort  of  fa- 
rinaceous food,  like  maccaroni,  usu. 
eaten  with  boiled  barley  or  peas-por- 
ridge, like  πόλ.τος,  Lat.  ρυίρα,  puis, 
puitis,  Ar.  Fr.  54S,  Meiag.  Incert.  1. 
(Sometimes  written  πό/.φος,  but  v. 
Arcad.  p.  84,  19.) 

Τίολφοφάκη,  ης,  ή,  (πολφός,  φακή) 
α  dish  of  inaccaroni  and  pulse  :  cf.  βολ• 
βοόύκη,  λειριοπο7.φανεμώνη. 

'Π.ό7.χος,  ό,  the  Aeol.  όλχος  (for 
όχλος)  with  the  Cretan  aspirate, 
found  on  Cretan  coins :  cf.  Lat.  val- 
gus, vulgus,  Germ.  Volk,  out  folk. 

ΤΙόμα,  ατός,  τό,  (πίνω.  πέπομαι)  α 
drink,  drnugkl,  Pind.  Ν.  3,  136.  Hdt. 
3.  23.  The  genuine  Att.  form  is  cer- 
tainly πώμα,  Pors.  Hec.  392,  Monk 
Hippol.  209,  but  πόμα  seems  to  have 
been  used  in  prose.  Lob.  Phryn.  456, 
Poppo  and  Bornern.  Xen.  An.  4,  5, 
27. 

Ήομύτιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  foreg., 
E.  M. 

αίομεντΐνοι,  ων,  οι,  v.  sub  Σου 
εσσα. 

ΙΙομπαΙος,  a,  ον,  also  ος,  ον : 
(πομπή) : — attending,  escorting,  ονρος, 
a  /WiV  wind,  Pind.  P.  1,  66;  so  of  a 
ship,  π.  ε7.άτη,  Eur.  I.  A.  1322,  cf. 
πομπενς:  esp.  as  epith.  of  Mercury, 
wko  escorted  the  souls  of  the  dead  to  the 
nether  world,  like  φνχοπομπός, 
Aesch.  Eum.  91,  Soph.  Aj.  832,  ν 
Elmsl.  .Med.  742. 

1221 


ΠΟΜΠ 

trio^Tre^iOi•,  ον,  ύ,  the  Rom.  Pom- 
pediiis,  Strab.  p.  241. 

ΤΙομττεία,  ας,  ή,  (πομπενω)  a  lead- 
ing or  attending  in  procession,  Polyb. 
31,  3,  2;  any  solemn,  esp.  religioiis 
procession  :  at  Rome,  α  triumphal  pro- 
cession : — hence,  inelaph.,pom/),  show, 
display. — II.  abuse,  jeering,  ribaldry, 
such  as  formed  part  of  the  festivals 
of  Bacchus  and  Ceres,  Dem.  229, 
3;  χομττεΐαι  Άοίδοροι  ίπΐ  τών  αμα- 
ξών, because  persons  usu.  drove  in 
chariots  upon  the.se  occasions,  cf. 
Meineke  Menand.  p.  141  ;  and  a  like 
license  was  allowed  the  Roman  sol- 
diers in  their  triumphs,  Suet.  Jul. 
('aes.  49".  metaph.,  ή  τον  δαίμονος 
καθ'  ημών  πομπεια,  the  mock  that  fate 
makes  of  us,  Heliod. :  cf.  πομπεύω 
II. 

iΊloμπεla  or  ΊΙομπήια,  ας,  ή,  the 
city  Pompeii  in  Campania,  Strab.  p. 
247. 

ΐίομπείον,  ου,  τό,  (πυμηή)  any  ves- 
sel employed  in  solernti  processions,  esp. 
in.  plur.,  Andoc.  32,  iin.,  Dem.  608,  4  ; 
615,  2. — II.  at  Athens,  a  public  build- 
ing where  such  vessels  were  kept,  Dem. 
918,  26  :  a  storehouse,  arsenal. 

■[ΤΙομπέλων,  ιονος,  6,  Pompeluna,  a 
city  of  Hispania,  Strab.  p.  161. 

ΤΙομπευς,  έως  Ion.  ηος,  ό,  {πομπός) 
one  ιυΐιο  attends  or  escorts  a  person,  α 
guide  on  a  journey,  Od.  3,  325,  376 ; 
of  favourable  winds,  ovpoi  πομπηες 
νηών,  Od.  4,  362 : — later,  one  who 
marches  in  a  procession,  Thuc.  6,  58. 

TlόμπεvσLς,  εως,  ή,  (.πομπενω)=^ 
■πομπεία.  Plat.  Legg.  949  C. 

ΙΙομπενττφως,  a,  ov,  of  or  fit  for  a 
procession,  Dion.  H.  :  from 

Τίομπευτήρ,  ϊ/ρος,  δ,  and  πομπεν- 
τής,  ον,  ό,=  πομπενς,  Luc. 

ΐίομπενω,  (πομπή)  to  attend,  escort, 
lead,  e.  g.  as  a  guide,  Od.  13,  422  ; 
Έρμου  τεχνην  π.,  to  act  Mercury's 
part  of  messenger,  Soph.  Tr.  620: 
later,  to  lead  a  procession,  π.  πομπήν, 
ap.  Dem.  522,  3  ; — in  pass.,  to  be  led  in 
triumph  (at  Rome),  Plut.  Aemil.  34. — 
2.  ilitr.,  to  march  in  a  procession,  esp. 
in  a  triumph,  π.  επι  τον  νεών,  Polyb. 

4,  35,  2:— metaph.,  to  swagger,  strut, 
like  persons  walking  in  procession, 
App. — II.  to  mock,  jeer,  satirize  with  ri- 
bald jests,  Dem.  268,  25  ;  cf.  πομπεία 
II. — III.  in  Heracl.  AUeg.  i,=  ερμη- 
νεύω. 

ΤΙομπέω,  dub.  1.  for  foreg.,  Anti- 
mach.  5,  2. 

Πομπή,  ής,  ή,  {πέμπω)  a  sending  un- 
der an  escort  or  in  company  ;  attendance, 
conduct,  guidance,  escort,  θεών  νπ'  άμν• 
μονί  πομπ?],  11.  6,  171  ;  ούτε  θεών 
πομπτι  ούτε  θνητών  ανθρώπων,  Od. 

5,  32';  so  Aiof  πομπα,  Aesch.  Ag. 
748;  later  also  in  plur.,  'λπολλωνί- 
αις  πομπαϊς,  Pind.  P.  5,  122  ;  Ζεφιί- 
poio  πομπαί,  Id.  IS .  7,  42  ;  βασιλέος 
νπο  πομπαΐς,  Blomf.  Aesch.  Pers.  58, 
etc. : — also,  an  escort,  Eur.  I.  A.  352, 
etc. : — πομπήν  τείνειν,  to  go  through 
with  an  expedition,  Aesch.  Theb.  613. 
— 2.  α  sending  away,  esp.  a  sending 
home  to  his  country,  freq.  in  Od. ; 
έπειτα  όέ  καϊ  περί  πομπής  μνησόμε- 
θα,  7,  191,  cf  8,  545,  etc.  ;  o<iipa  τά- 
χιστα πομπής  και  νόστοιο  τυχτ/ς,  6, 
290  ;  τενχειι>  πομπί/ν  τινι.  10,  18.  cf. 
Pind.  P.  4,  292  :  also,  the  dismissal  of 
an  escort. — 3.  simply,  a  sending,  σημεί- 
ων, Plat.  Rep.  382  Ε  —II.  α  solemn 
procession,  Lat.  pompa,  Hdt.  2,  45  ;  7, 
16,  2,  and  Att.  ;  μίιΧων  κνισύεσσα 
πομπή,  the  flesh  of  sheep  for  sacrifice 
carried  in  procession,  Pmd.  O.  7, 145  ; 
— at  Rome,  a  triumphant  procession, 
Polvb. — 111.  an  intervention,  suggestion, 

1222 


ΠΟΜΦ 

esp.  θείη  πομπή,  Hdt.  1,  62;  3,  77, 
etc. ;  cf.  συναλλαγή. 

■\ΙΙομπηία,ας,  ή,  poet,  -πι^ί;?,  Anth., 
the  Rom.  fem.  pr.  n.,  Pompeia,  Plut. 

\\\.ομπηϊάνυς,  ov,  ύ,  the  Rom. 
name  Pompeianus,  Hdn. 

αίομπήίος,  ov,  6,  the  Rom.  name 

Ponipeius,  Plut. 

■\ΙΙομπηίού-πολις,  εως,  ή,  Pompei- 
opolis  (Pompey's  city),  a  city  in  the  in- 
terior of  Paphlagonia,  founded  as  a 
memorial  of  Pompey's  victory  over 
Mithradates,  Strab.  p.  562.— -2.=  Σό- 
λο* in  Cilicia,  q.  v. — 3.  ΐίομπηϊύπο- 
λις,  a  city  of  the  Vascones  in  His- 
pania, also  called  ΙΙομπέλων,  Strab. 
p.  161. 

ΤΙομπικός,  ή,  ov,  {πομπή)  of,  fit  for 
going  in  solemn  procession,  π.  ίππος,  a 
horse  of  state,  Xen.  Eq.  11,  1,  cf  Poll. 

I,  211  :  hence,  splendid,  showy,  Plut. 
Mar.  22. 

αίομπίλιος,  ov,  6,  the  Rom.  name 
Pompt lilts,  Plut.  Num. 

ΪΙομπίλος,  ου,  ό, ^πομπός  :  esp., — 

II.  a  iish  which  follows  ships,  the  gas- 
terosteus  ductor  of  Linn.,  Erinna.  [t] 

ΪΙόμπΙμος,  ov,  also  η,  ov :  {πομπή) 
— attending,  escorting,  guiding,  Trag., 
as  Aesch.  Theb.  371,  Soph.  Tr.  560  : 
νόστου  πόμπιμον  τέλος,  the  end  of 
one's  return  home,  Pind.  N.  3,  43 ;  cf 
πομπή  I.  2. — II.  pass.,  sent,  brought, 
conducted,  τινί,  Soph.  Tr.  872,  Eur. 
Med.  848,  Hipp.  578. 

ΤΙόμπιος,  a,  ov,  {πομπή)  belonging 
to  a  procession,  Diod.  12,  40. 

'[ΐίομπίσκος,  ov,  ό,  Pompiscus, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Polyaen.  5,  33. 

αΐόμπος,  ov,  b,  Pompus,  a  king  of 
Arcadia,  Paus.  8,  5,  8. 

ϋομπός,  6,  (πέμπω)  one  who  attends 
or  escorts,  an  escort,  guide,  11.  13,  416  ; 
24,  153,  Hdt.  1,  122 ;  esp.  as  epith.  of 
Mercury,  Soph.  O.  C.  1548  (cf.  πομ- 
παίος) ;  οι  πομποί,  altendants,  guards, 
ib.  723  :  also,  ή  πομπός,  a  guide  or 
conductress,  Od.  4,  826:  πομπός  Ισθι 
τών  έσθλών  (for  πέμπε  τύ  έσθλά), 
Aesch.  Cho.  147. — 2.  α  messe7iger,  one 
who  is  sent  for  a  person  or  thing,  Soph. 
O.  C.  70,  Tr.  617. — 3.  as  adj.,  π.  άρ- 
χοι, the  conducting  chiefs,  Aesch.  Ag. 
124  :  πυρ  πομπόν,  the  signal  or  bea- 
con fire,  Ib.  299,  Herni.  Soph.  El. 
554 ;  cf.  ύγγαρος. 

ΤΙομποστολέω,  ώ,  {πομπή,  στέλλω) 
to  lead  a  procession,  Strab. — II.  to  con- 
duct a  fleet  or  ship,  Luc. 

'\ϊ\.υμπνλος,  ov,  ό,  Poinpylus,  a  ser- 
vant of  Theophrastus,  Diog.  L. 

αίομπώνιος,  ov,  ό,  the  Rom.  name 
Pomponins,  which  Plut.  Num.  21  de- 
rives from  a  son  of  Numa,  ΐίόμπων, 
ωνος. 

ΐίομφολϋγέω,  ώ,  to  bubble  vp  like 
boiling  water,  Diosc.     Hence 

ΪΙομψολνγηρός,  ά,  όν,  throwing  up 
bubbles,  bubbling. 

Πομφολνγίζω,=  πομψολνγέω. 

Ώομφολνγοπάφλασμα,  ατός,  τό, 
{πομφυλνξ,  παφλύζω)  the  rioise  made 
by  bubbles  rising,  Ar.  Ran.  249. 

ΐίομφολνγόω,  ώ,  {πομφόλνξ)  to 
make  to  bubble  or  boil,  τήν  θύλατταν, 
Arist.  Pi-obl.  23,  4,  3. 

ΐίομφολνγώδης,  ες,  {πομφόλνξ,  εί- 
δος) like  bubbles,  Galen. 

ΥΙομφολνγωτός,  ή,  ί>ν,  {πομφολν- 
γόω)  bubble-shaped,  Lat.  bullatus. 

ίίομφολύζω,  f.  -ξω,  {πομφόλνξ)  to 
rise  in  bubbles,  bubble  or  boil  up ;  δά- 
κρυα πομφόλνξαν,  tears  gushed  forth, 
Pind.  P.  4,  215. 

Υίομφόλυξ,  νγος,  ή,  later  also  b  ττ., 
Lob.  Phryn.  760:  (πομφός): — a  bub- 
ble, φνσαλίς,  esp.,  α  water-bubble,  Hipp., 
Plat.  Tim.  66  B,  83  D,  etc.— II.  the 


ΠΟΝΗ 

boss  of  a  shield,  elsevvh.  ομφαλός,  from 
its  being  shaped  like  a  bubble. — III. 
an  ornament  for  the  head  worn  by  wo- 
men, like  όγκος,  Ar.  Fr.  309,  13. — 
IV.  the  slag  or  scoriae  left  Oil  the  sur- 
face of  smelted  ore,  Diosc.  5,  85. 

ΪΙομφολυσσω,=^πομφοΑνζω. 

Υίομφός,  ov,  ό,  α  bubble :  a  blister 
on  the  skin,  Hipp. ;  v.  Foes.  Oecon. 
(Hence  πομφόλνξ,  πομφολνζω ;  akin 
to  πέμφιξ.) 

Ποι^ίω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω  (πόνος) : — Α.  in 
early  Greek  only  found  as  dep.  πονέ- 
ομαι,  c.  fut.  mid.  -ήσομαι,  pf.  pass. 
πεπόνημαι  (cf.  11.  15,  447,  Soph.  Tr. 
985)  :  absoL,  to  toil,  work  hard,  II.  2, 
409,  etc. ;  οφελεν  -zovitctku  λισσό- 
μένος,  he  ought  to  suffer  toil  in  pray- 
ing, II.  10,  117  ;  to  toil  or  busy  one's 
self,  τινί,  in  a  thing,  11.  18,  413,  Od. 
16,  13;  περί  τι,  lor  a  thing,  11.  24, 
444,  cf.  Hdt.  2,  63 ;  so,  c.  gen.  rei, 
Aral. : — jr.  κατά  τι,  to  trouble  one's 
self  at  or  in  a  thing,  as,  π.  κατά  νσμί- 
νην,  to  toil  in  the  light,  11.  5,  84,  etc. : 
πεπόνητο  καθ'  ίππονς,  II.  15,  447: — 
hence  also  πονεΐσθαι  alorie^/iti-^e- 
σθαι,  II.  4,  374  ;  13,  288.-2.  metaph., 
to  be  in  distress  or  anxiety,  to  distress 
or  trouble  one'*•  self,  11.  9,  12  ;  cf.  infra 
B.  I.  1. — II.  transit,  c.  ace,  to  work 
hard  at  a  thing,  to  make  or  do  ivith 
pains  or  care,  τνμιίον,  11.  23,  245  ; 
πολλά  π.,  πονησύ,μεΐ'Οξ  τά  ά  έργα, 
11.  9,  348,  Od.  9,  250  ;  11,  9,  etc.  ;  so 
Hes.  Op.  430,  cf.  Bockh  Expl.  Pind. 
O.  6,  9  (18),  v.  1.  P.  4,  236  (420). 

B.  in  prose  the  act.  form  πονεω  is 
much  more  freq. :  (on  the  lenses  v. 
sub  fin.) : — I.  rarely  trans.,  and  that, 
— 1.  C.  ace.  pers.,  to  afflict,  distress, 
Pind.  P.  4,268  : — hence  in  pass.,  to  be 
afflicted  or  worn  out,  to  suffer  greatly, 
ύδνναις  πεπονημένυς,ΰορ\\.Ύν.  985; 
πόλεως  πονονμένηςτώπολέμω,ΎίΛΧία. 
4,  59 :  to  be  worn  out  by  riinning,  L. 
Dind.  Xen.  Eq.  p.  xxiv. — 2.  also,  to 
train,  exercise,  in  pass.,  Theocr.  13, 
14:  and,  c.  ace.  rei,  like  έκπονείν,  to 
gain  by  toil  Or  labour,  χμί/ματα,  Xen. 
An.  7,  6,  41  :  and  in  pass.,  to  be  won 
or  achieved  by  toil,  καλόν  εΐ  τι  πονά- 
θή,  Pind.  Ο.  6,  17,  cf  P.  9,  166.— II. 
inlr.,  the  act.  is  used  in  all  signfs.  of 
mid.  from  Theogn.  and  Pmd.  down- 
wards ;  7Γ•  τινι,  to  suffer  in  or  by  a 
thing,  Pind.  N.  7,  53  ;  δίψει,  Aesch. 
Pers.  484  -,γλωχίνι  πικρφ.  Soph.  Tr. 
681 ;  πον.  νπό χειμώνας,  Aiitiplio  116, 
25  ;  c.  ace,  πονείν  τά  σκέλη,  Ar.  Pac. 
820 :  also  c.  ace.  cognate,  π.  πόνον, 
μόχθους,  to  go  through,  suffer  them, 
Aesch.  Pers.  682,  Eur.  Hec.  779, 
Hipp.  1369  : — of  an  army,  to  be  hard- 
pressed,  to  suffer,  Thuc.  5,  73,  Xen. 
Cyr.  1,  4,  21,  etc.: — of  implements, 
arms,  etc.,  to  be  worn  out,  broken,  spoilt, 
Dem.  293,  4,  Polyb.  3,  49,  1 1,  cf.  Wes- 
sel,  Diod.  1,  p.  499. — When  πονέω, 
as  usually,  means  to  toil,  the  regul. 
Att.  fut.  is  πονήσω  :  when  to  suffer 
pain,  πονέσω,  aor.  έπόνεσα,  but  the 
perf.  of  both  signfs.  is  πεπόνηκα,  v. 
I?uttm.  Catal.  s.  v. — The  intr.  and 
trans,  senses  are  united  in  Anacieont. 
40  (39).     Hence 

ΤΙόΐ'ημα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which  is 
wrought  out,  icork,  με?.ισσών,  Eur.  I. 
T.  1 65  :  a  work,  book. 

ΐΐονημύτιον,  ov,  τά,  dim.  from 
foreg.,  Phot.  [«] 

ΙΙονήρενμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  knavish 
trick,  Dem.  423,  23,  in  plur. 

ΤΙονηρενομαι.  dep.,  to  be  -πονηρός, 
be  in  a  bad  state,  Hljjp.  173  E,  v.  Foes. 
Oecon, — II.  to  be  bad  or  e»il,  to  do  a 
wicked  deed,  deal  knavishly,  Arist. 
Rhet.  3, 10,  7. 


ΠΟΝΟ 

ΤΙονηρία,  ας,  ή,  {.πονηρός)  α  bad 
state  or  condition,  wickedness,  vice, 
knavert/,  Lat.  pravitas.  Soph.  Fr.  6C3, 
Plat,  Rep.  609  C,  e<c. ;  etV  rr.  τρέπε- 
αθα,ι,  to  turn  to  vice,  Xen.  Cyr.  7,  5, 
75:  in  plur.,  knavish  tricks,  rogueries, 
Dem.  521,  7  :  also  baseness,  cowardice, 
Eur.  Cycl.  645. 

ΤΙονηρο^ίδάσκαΤίΜς,  ov,  {πονηρός, 
διδάσκω)  leading  to  vice,  Strab. 

Υίονηροκάρδίος,  ov,  {καρδία)  bad- 
hearted. 

ΪΙυνηροκρΰτέομαι,  (τζονηρός,  κρα- 
τέ<Μ>)  as  pass.,  to  be  giwented  by  bad 
men,  ArisL  Pol.  4,  8,  5.     Hence 

ΐΐονηρακρΰτία,  ας,  ή,  the  govern- 
ment of  bad  men,  Dion.  H.  8,  5. 

Tiovtjpo/Myia,  ας,  ή,  {ττονηρός,  λέ- 
γω) a  speaking  of  bad  things,  Arist. 
Top.  8,  14,  10.— 11.  a  speaking  or  argu- 
ing badly. 

ΙΙοΐ'^ηρόπολις,  εως,  ή,  ( πονηρός, 
■πό'λίς)  Rogiie-toicn,a  nick-name  given 
to  some  place  by  Philip,  Pint.  2, 
520  B. 

ΙΙονηρός,  ά,  όν,  (πονέοι)  strictly, 
causing  toil  or  hardship  ;  hence, — 1.  in 
physical  sense,  painful,  Theogn.  274  ; 
hurtful.  Plat.  Prot.  313  D :  pass., 
unlucky,  Lat.  laboriomis,  in  which 
sense  Hercules  is  called  πονηρότα- 
τος Kui  άριστος,  Hes.  Fr.  43,  5  : — of 
persons,  also,  in  bad  case,  badly  off, 
distressed,  πονηρώς  διετέθη,  he  was 
in  a  sorry  plight,  Dem.  1364,  5  : — and 
of  things,  bad,  sorry,  π.  δίαιτα,  Plat. 
Rep.  425  Ε  ;  useless,  good  for  nothing, 
Xen.  An.  3,  4,  19,  etc. :  π-  έξις  σώ- 
αατος,  weakly,  Plat.  Tim.  86  D  ;  π. 
πράγματα,  a  bad  state  of  things, 
Thuc.  8,  97,  of.  24 :  so,  πονηρώς 
έχειν  τα  πράγματα,  Lys.  143,  7. — Η. 
in  moral  sense,  bad,  worthless,  knavish, 
a  knave,  rogue,  Lat.  pravus,  improbus, 
Aesch.  Cho.  1045,  and  freq.  from 
Eur.  downwds. ;  πονηρός  κάκ  πονη- 
ρών, Ar.  Eq.  336 4  πάνω  πονηρός, 
laboriously  wicked,  Br.  Ar.  Vesp. 
466,  Lys.  350  ;  π.  τοις  φίλοις,  Xen. 
Cyr.  8,  4,  33  : — also  base,  cowardly, 
like  κακός.  Soph  Phil.  437,  Eur., 
etc.  ;  π.  χρώματα,  i.  e.  the  coward's 
hue,  Xen.  Cyr.  5,  2,  34:  — in  all 
signfs.  opp.  to  χρηστός. — Adv.  -ρώς,  v. 
supra.  The  word  is  not  found  in 
Horn.,  for  Ep.  14,  20  is  nothing. 
(Ace.  to  Gramm.,  esp.  Ammon.  s.  v., 
the  Att.  accent  was  πονηρός  when  it 
meant  unlucky,  cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  389, 
and  V.  sub  μοχθηρός.)     Hence 

ϋονηρόφθα/ιμος,  ov,  (  οφθαλμός  ) 
sore-eyed: — with  envious  eyes,  LXX. 

ΙΙονηροφι/ύα,  ας,  ή,  friendship  with 
the  bad :  from 

Τίονηρόφίλος,  ov,  {πονηρός,  φιλέο) 
a  friend  of  bad  men,  Arist.  Pol.  5,  11, 
12. 

ΐΐόνησις,  η,  {πονέω)  toil,  exertion, 
Critias  9,  30. 

Π-ονητέον,  verb.  adj.  from  πονέω, 
one  must  toil,  Isocr,  Antid.  ^  304. 

ΙΙονηηκός,  η,  όν,  {πονέω)  fittedfor 
hard  work,  Arist.  Longaev.  5,  6. 

ίΐονικός,  ή,  όν,  (πόνος)  toilsome, 
hard-working :  superl.  πονικώτατος, 
Diog.  L.  7,  180. 

ΐΐονόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  {πόνος)  toilsome, 
Manetho. 

Τίονοπαίκτωρ,  ορός,  δ,  {  πόνος, 
παίζω)  one  that  sports  with  danger. 
Manetho. 

ΐίόνος,  ov,  b,  {πένω,  πένομαι)  work, 
csp.  hard  work,  toil,  drudgery,  Lat. 
labor,  freq.  in  Horn.,  esp.  in  II.,  and 
Hes. ;  μάχης  πόνος,  the  toil  of  battle, 
IL  16,  568 ;  and  πόνος  3.[οηβ=μάχη, 
II.  6,  77,  Od.  12, 117,  etc. ;— so  too  in 
Hdt.,  a  battle,  action,  Hdt.  4,  1 ;  6, 


ΠΟΝΤ 

114;  πόνον  ίχειν,=μύχεσθαι,  II.  6, 
525  ;  13,  2,  Hes.,  etc. ;  πόνον  λαμβύ- 
νειν=πονέεσθαι,  Hdt.  7,  24;  but, 
πόνον  τιθέναι  τινί,  to  cause  toil  to 
one,  Hes.  Op.  468,  cf.  II.  21,  525: 
bodily  exertion,  exercise,  esp.,  hard-run- 
ning, and  oft.  in  Pind.  of  the  ex- 
ertions in  the  games,  N.  4,  1,  I.  4,  79 
(3,  65),  etc.,  cf.  L.  Diiid.  Xen.  Eq.  p. 
xxiv.  Foes.  Oecon.  Hipp. — 2.  a  u-ork, 
task,  business,  trouble,  Od.  1 1 ,  54,  Soph. 
Phil.  864,  etc. — II.  the  consequence  of 
toil,  distress  of  body  or  mind,  suffering, 
pain,  grief,  II.  19,  227 ;  21,  525,  and 
freq.  in  Trag.  ;  πόνος  πόνω  πόνον 
φέρει.  Soph.  Aj.  866 :  esp.  in  plur., 
pains,  sufferings,  Aesch.  Pr.  66,  326, 
etc. ;  πόνονς  Ιχειν  διύ  τίνα,  Ar. 
Ecci.  976  ;  —  also  sickness,  Hipp., 
Thuc.  2,  49  ;  generally,  any  thing  un- 
pleasant, opp  to  χάρις,  Soph.  O.  C. 
232. — 2.  any  thirig  produced  by  work,  a 
uork^  τρητός  μελισσών  π.,  of  honey. 
Pind.  P.  6,  hn. ;  τεκτόνων  π.,  Eur. 
Or.  1570 ;  ώδίνων  π.,  of  a  child,  Id. 
Phoen.  30,  cf.  Aesch.  Ag.  54  :  in  plur., 
the  fruits  or  results  of  labour,  Xen. 
An.  7,  6,  9. — III.  ΤΙόνος  as  a  mythol. 
person,  son  of  Ens,  Hes.  Th.  226. 

ΤΙοντάρχης,  ov,  0,  and  πόνταρχος, 
ό,  {πόντος,  άρχω)  ruler  of  the  sea, 
Osann  Syll.  Inscr.  p.  145. 

\ΙΙοντία,  ας.  ή,  Poniia,  an  island 
on  the  coast  of  Latium,  Strab.  p.  233. 

^Tlovτιΰvός,oϋ,b.Pont^anus.  masc. 
pr.  n.,  a  deipnosophist  in  Ath.  2  D. 

Τίοντιάς,  άδος,  ή,  poet.  fein.  of 
πόντιος,  α/.μα,  Pind.  Ν.  4,  59  ;  π. 
γέφυρα,  i.  e.  the  isthmus.  Id.  I.  4, 
34;  π.  αύρα,  Eur.  Hec.  444. 

ΤΙοντίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (πόντος)  to  plunge 
or  sink  in  the  sea,  Aesch.  Ag.  1014: 
pass.,  to  be  drowned,  Soph.  El.  508. 

ΤΙοντικός,  ή,  όν,  (πόντος)  of,  from 
or  in  the  sea,  esp.  out  of  the  Black  sea  : 
iij  Π.  θάλασσα=ό  ΤΙόντος,  Slrab.  p. 
547.t — II.  from  Pontus,  Pontic,  Π. 
δένδρεον,  the  hazel,  Hdt.  4,  23  :  ioi 
TlovTiKoi,  the  inhab.  of  Pontus,  and 
η  Τίοντική,  sc.  γη,  Strab.  p.  540,  etc. 

ΤΙοντί?.ος,  ov,  6,  =  ναυτίλος  II, 
Arist.  H.  A.  4,  1,  28.  [I] 

ίΤίοντΙνος,  ov,  b,  Pontinus,  a  moun- 
tain and  river  near  Lerna,  Paus.  2, 
36,  8. 

tnovTiOf,  ov,  0,  Pontius,  praeno- 
men  of  Pilate,  N.  T. 

Τίόντιος,  a.  ov,  also  ος,  ov,  Eur. 
Ale.  595,  Anth.  (πόντος) : — of,  from, 
or  m  the  sea,  epith.  of  Neptune,  H. 
Horn.  21,  3;  θέτις,  θεός,  Pind.  Ν.  3, 
60,  etc.  ;  π.  νδωρ,  lb.  Ο.  2,  115  ;  πέ- 
λαγος. Id.  7,  104 ;  κναατα,  Ούε?Λα, 
Aesch.  Pr.  89,  Soph.  0.  C.  1659,  etc.: 
—from  beyoyid  sea,  of  iron,  Aesch. 
Theb.  942  (cf.  δια-),^νπερπόντιος. 

^Τίόντις,  ιος,  ό,  Ponlis,  masc.  pr. 
η.,  Paus.  6,  10,  7. 

Τίόντισμα,  ατός,  τό,  {ποντίζω)  that 
which  is  cast  into  the  sea,  esp.  as  an 
offering,  Eur.  Hel.  1548. 

ΤΙοντιστής,  ov,  δ,  (ποντίζω)  one 
who  casts  into  the  sea,  usu.  καταποντι- 
στής,  Paus.  8,  52,  2. 

ΤΙοντοβάφής,  ές,  (βύπτω)  dipped  in 
the  sea. 

Τίοντόβροχος,  ov,  {πόντος,  βρέχω) 
drowned  in  the  sea,  LXX. 

ΤΙοντογένεια,  ας,  ή,  the  sea-bom, 
formed  like  άφρογένεια,  Opp.  C.  1, 
33  :  poet.  fem.  from 

ΐΐοντογενί/ς,  ές,  (πόντος,  *γένω) 
sea-born,  sprung  from  the  sea. 

ΪΙοντόγονος,  ov,=:foreg. 

Τίοντόθεν,  {πόντος)  adv.,  from  or 
out  of  the  sea,  II.  14,  395.  j 

ΐίοντοθηρης,  ου,  ό,  {πόντος,  θηράω)  ' 
one  who  fishes  in  the  sea,  Anth.  P.  6, 193.  . 


ΠΟΟΦ 

ΤΙοντοκράτωρ,  ορός,  6,  { πόντος, 
κρΰτέω)  lord  of  the  sea,  Orph.  H.  16, 
B.  7. 

ΐΐοντοκνκη,  ης,  ή,  {πόντ(-^,  κνκάω) 
γυνή,  α  woman  that  disturbs  the  sea, 

1.  e.  a  very  shrew,  ap.  A.  B.  1,  p.  61. 
ΤΙοντόμεδος,  ό,^ποντομέόων.  very 

dub. 

ΐΐοντομέδονσα,  ή,  fem.  from  sq. : 
fas  pr.  n.,  Pontomedasa,  a  Nereid, 
Apollod.  1,2,  6. 

ΐΐοντομέδων,  οντος,  ό,  {  πόντος, 
μέδω)  lord  of  the  sea,  of  Neptune, 
Pind.  O.  6,  176,  Aesch.  Theb.  131. 

ΤΙοντοιιαύτης,  ου,  ό,  (πόντος,  ναύ- 
της) α  seaman.  Soph.  Fr.  499. 

ΙΙύντονδε,  {πόντος)  adv.,  into  the 
sea.  Od.,  Aesch.  Supp.  34. 

iTlovτόvooς,  ov,  ό,  Pontonous,  a 
herald  of  king  Alcinoiis,  Od.  8,  179. 

ΙΙοντόομαι,  {πόντος)  as  pass.,  to 
become  a  sea,  Q.  Sm.  14.  604. 

ΤΙοντοπ/ίάνητος,  ov,  {πόντος,  π?.α- 
νάομαι)  roaming  over  the  sea,  Orph. 
H.  37,  5. 

ϋοντοπλάνος,  ov,  {πόντος,  πλάνη) 
=  foreg.,  Orph.  Η.  23,  8. 

ΪΙοντοπόρεια,  ας,  ή,  a  Nereid,  the 
Sea-traverser,  Hes.  Th.  256  :  later  as 
adj.,  pecul.  poet.  fem.  of  ποντοπόρος. 

ΙΙοντοπορενω,  to  pass,  sail  over  the 
sea,  Od.  5,  277 ;  later  also  as  dep., 
Orac.  ap.  Plut.  Thes.  24. 

ΐΐοντοπορέω,  ώ,  to  pass  the  sea, 
νηνς  ποντοπορούσα,  Od.  11,  11  ;  to 
sail  the  open  sea,  opp.  to  a  coasting- 
voyage,  Plut.  Dion  25. 

ΐΐοντοπόρος,  ov,  (πόντος,  πείρω, 
πορεύω)  passing  over  the  sea,  of  ships, 
II.  1,  439,  Od.  12,  69,  Soph.,  etc.  ;  of 
νανται,  only  in  Epigr.  Hom.  8,  1. 

ΐΐοντοποσειδών,  ώνος,  ό,  Sea-Nep- 
tune, comic  compd.  in  Ar.  Plut. 
1050. 

ΠΟ'ΝΤΟΣ,  ου,  ό,  the  sea,  esp.  the 
open  sea,  very  freq.  in  Horn.,  and 
Hes.,  with  the  epithets  olvorp,  μέλας, 
ίοειδής,  μεγακητης,  etc.  (  v.  sub 
voce.) ;  opp.  to  γαία,  II.  8,  479,  etc.  ; 
πλάξ,  πεδίον  πόντου,  Pind.  P.  1,  46, 
Aesch.  Fr.  142;  θάλασσα  πόντου,  II. 

2,  145  ;  but,  πόντος  αλός  πο?αής,  the 
wide  waters  of  the  gray  brine,  II.  21, 
59,  Theogn.  10,  106  ;  so  pontus  maris, 
Virg.  Aen.  10,  377  :  cf  πέλαγος. — 2. 
metaph.,  πόντος  αγαθών,  Sophron, 
like  Shaksp.  'sea  of  troubles:' — so, 
π.χρυσίον,  Phoenix  ap.  Ath.  530  E. 
— il.  ΐΐόντος  in  geography,  the  Black 
sea;  in  full,  ΐΐόντος  ενξεινος,  Hdt. 
4,  99  ;  but  he  also  calls  the  Aegean 
and  the  whole  of  the  Mediterranean 
simply  πόντος,  4,  8,  99. — 2.  the  coun- 
try Pontus  at  the  E.  end  of  the  Black 
Sea. — 3.  tin  myth.,  ace.  to  Hes.  Th. 
132,  son  of  Gaea,  father  of  Nereus, 
etc. ;  cf.  Hes.  Th.  233  sqq.f  (Akin 
to  βένθος,  βάθος,  βυθός,  and  Lat. 

fundus.) 

ΤΙοί'τοστέφης,  ές,  (πόντος,  στέφω) 
sea-girt,  Strab. 

ΙΙοντοτίνακτος,  ov,  (πόντος,  τι- 
νάσσω) shaken  by  the  sea,  Ep.  Hom. 
4,  6,  ace.  to  Pierson's  emend,  for  the 
corrupt  ποτνιά  τιν-. 

ΤΙοντόφΰρνξ,  ϋγος,  6,  7/,=  ποντο- 
χάρνβδις,  Α.  Β. 

ΊΊοντόφιν,  ποντόφι,  poet.  gen.  from 
πόντος,  Od. 

ΐΐοντοχάρνβδις,  εως  Ion.  ιος,  τ], 
{πόντος,  χάρνβδις)  α  sea-gulf  οτ  whirl- 
pool, comic  epith.  for  a  desperate 
glutton,  Horace's  barathrum  macelli, 
Hippon.  56  ;  cf  μεθυσοχάρνβδις :  but 
perh.  we  should  read  παντοχάρνβδις, 
with  Bergk.  [ΰ] 

ΤΙοοφάγος,  ov,  =  ποηφάγος,  Arist. 
Part.  An,  4, 12,  10. 

1223 


ΠΟΡΔ 

ΤΙοπάνενμα,  ατός,  τό,  as  if  from 
ποηανίύω,  =  sq.,  Anth.  P.  6,  231. 
[ώ] 

ΤΙόπΰνον,  ov,  τό,  (  πέπτο) )  like 
Ίτέμμα,  any  thing  baked,  esp.  a  flat, 
round  cake,  often  used  at  sacrifices, 
oft.  in  Ar.  ;  κ.  θνειν,  Ar.  Thesin.285, 
of  Plat.  Rep.  455  C  ;  v.  Rulink.  Tim. 
Hence 

ΐίοπάΐ'ώδης,  ες,  (είδος)  like  a  πό- 
Τΐανον. 

ΐΐόπαξ,  an  exclamation  of  surprise 
and  anger,  akin  to  ποττοΐ,  and  Att. 
ττνπαΐ,  ττνπτταξ :  Aesch.  Eum.  143 
has  iov,  lov,  πόπαξ- 

ΙΙοτζάς,  ύόος,  ή,=  ηόπανον,  Anth. 
P.  6,  232. 

Ποττίι,ω,  to  cry  ^pop,'  hoop  like  the 
hoopoe  (εποψ). 

ίύοπλικίνλας,  a,  6,  the  Rom.  name 
Publicoia,  Plut. 

^ΐίοπλιος,  ov,  b,  the  Rom.  name 
Publius,  Plut. 

^ΤΙο-λώνιον,  ov,  TO,  the  city  Fop- 
ulonia  m  Etruria,  Strab.  p.  223. 

ΠοτΓοί,  (ποπίζω)  the  cry  of  the  hoo- 
poe, Ar.  Av.  227. 

Τίοτνοϊ,  exclam.  of  surprise,  anger 
or  pain,  oh  !  strange  !  shame  !  akin  to 
Tcanai,  ί^αβαΐ,  Lat.  papae,  our  fie ! 
freq.  in  Hom.,  who  always  has  ώττο- 
ποί  at  the  beginning  of  a  verse  and 
sentence  :  the  exclarn.  is  seldom  found 
without  ώ;  but  Aesch.  Ag.  1076  has 
■τϊοποϊ  6a.  Later  writers  discovered 
that  the  Dryopians  called  the  gods 
ττόποι  [sic] ;  so  that  the  word  was 
not  to  be  a  mere  exclam.,  but  a  vo- 
cat.,  and  therefore  was  always  to  be 
written  ώ  ττόποι.  (as  we  find  it  in 
many  edd.,  but  perh.  without  any 
special  purpose),  and  really  signified 
oh  ye  gods!  But  this  is  prob.  mere 
invention.  The  lact  that  Lycophron 
and  Euphorion  declined  it  through 
all  cases  only  proves  that  the  notion 
was  current  among  the  learned  of 
their  time,  Meineke  Euphor.  Fr.  99. 

ΐίοποπό,  cry  of  the  hoopoe,  Ar.  Av. 
227. 

ΙΠοππαία,  ar,  ή,  Rom.  fem.  pr.  n., 
Poppaea,  Dio  C. 

ΤΙοππνζυ,  f.  -vau.  Dor.  ποττπνσδω, 
to  whistle  or  chirp  with  the  lips  com- 
pressed :  hence, — I.  to  call  to,  coax  an 
animal  in  this  way,  Ar.  Plut.  732  ;  to 
encourage  a  horse,  etc. ;  so,  as  dep., 
Soph.  Fr.  883. — II.  ποππνζειν,  as  a 
sign  of  ap])lause,  is  freq.  joined  to 
κροτεϊν  :  hence  also  c.  ace,  τγοτγτττ;- 
ζειν  τινά,  to  applaud,  flatter  him,  Ti- 
moci.  Leth.  1  ;  and  in  pass..  Plat.  Ax. 
368  D. — III.  to  smack,  of  loud  kisses, 
Anth.  P.  5,  245,  285.— IV.  of  an  inar- 
ticulate sound,  commonly  used  by 
the  Greeks  111  case  of  thunder,  or  any 
sudden  alarm,  as  a  sort  of  charm 
against  evil,  Ar.  Vesp.  626,  cf.  Plin. 
H.  N.  28,  5. — V.  in  bad  signf ,  to  play 
ill  on  the  flute,  let  the  breath  be  heard 
in  playing,  Theocr.  5,  7.— Gell.  9,  9, 
rightly  remarks  that  the  word  cannot 
be  translated.     Cf.  sq. 

ΠοτΓΓτϋλίάζω,  f  -ύσω.  Dor.  -λιύσδω, 
=foreg.  Ill,  Theocr.  5,  89. 

ΤΙοπττνσδυ,  Dor.  for  ποττττνζω. 

ΤΙόππνσμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  whistling, 
esp.  in  applause,  Juvenal,  etc.  :=ro 
τϊοτΐτΐνζειν  in  all  its  signfs. 

ΐΐο-ίτπνσμός,  ov,  ό,  =  foreg.,  Xen, 
£q.  9,  10,  Plut.  2,  545  C. 

iTlnpuTa,  the  Scythian  name  of 
the  river  which  the  Greeks  called 
ΙΙνρετός,  Hdt.  4,  48. 

ΤΙορδΰκός,  όν,^τ^παρδακός.  Strab. 

ΤΙορδύ,λέος,  a,   ov,    (  πόρδα^.ις )  = 
Ίζαρδύλεος,  0pp.  C.  3, 467. — II.  {τ:ορ• 
ύ/j)  flatulent,  Luc. 
J3§4 


ΠΟΡΕ 

ΤΙορδάλίαγχες,  τό,  —  τταρδαλίαγ- 
χες.  K'ic.  ΑΙ.  38. 

ΤΙόρδΰλις,  εως  Ion.  ιος,  ό  and  ή, 
older,  strictly  Dor.  and  Aeol.  form, 
now  everywhere  read  in  Horn.,  for 
πάρδαλις,  q.  v. 

ίίορδή.  ης,  ?'/,  (πέρδω)  crepitus  ven- 
tris,  Ar.  Nub.  394. 

\Πορδοσε'λήνη.  ης,  ή,  Pordoselene, 
an  island  between  Lesbos  and  My- 
sia  with  a  city  of  same  name,  also 
called  ΐίοροσεληνη,  Strab.  p.  618. 

ΙΙόρδων,  υνης,  ό,  α  stinkard,  nick- 
name of  the  Cynics,  Arr.  Epict.  3, 22, 
80.         ^  ^ 

Πορεία,  ας,  ή,  (πορενω)  a  tvalking, 
mode  of  walking,  riinnmg,  etc.,  Lat. 
inces.'tus.  Plat.  Symp.  190  B,  Tim.  45 
A  ;  A  list,  wrote  a  treatise  περί  πο- 
ρείας ζώων. — II.  a  going,  a  journey, 
ivay,  passage.  Aesch.  Pr.  823  ;  ή  ^κει- 
σε  π..  Plat.  Phaed.  107  D  ;  ή  κατά  τα 
αγκη  π..  Id.  Crat.  420  Ε  :  esp.  a  march, 
Thuc.  2,  18,  Xen.:  a  ivay  of  going, 
Xen.  An.  2,2,  10. — 2.  a  crossing  water, 
Aesch.  Pr.  7.33.-3.  generally,  the 
course  taken  by  a  person,  by  an  ar- 
row, etc.,  Antipho  121,  28,  Plat.  Po- 
ht.  274  A. 

ΐίορεϊν,  V.  sub  *πόρω. 

ΤΙορεϊον,  ov,  τό,  (πορενω)  a  means 
of  currying  or  passing  :  a  carriage,  Lat. 
vehicuiutn.  Plat.  Legg.  678  D,  Tim. 
44  E. 

Τλόρενμα,  ατός,  τό,  (πορενω)  apas- 
sage,  way  ;  π.  βροτων,  a  place  where 
they  walk,  their  haunt,  Aesch.  Euin. 
239. — 2.  a  means  of  going,  carriage, 
νύίον  π.,  a  fleet,  Eur.  I.  A.  300. 

Τίορεύς,  έως,  6,=:πορβμίνς. 

ΤΙορενσιμος,ον,  also  η,  ov  (πορεύω): 
— that  may  be  crossed,  passable,  Xen. 
Cyr.  7,  5,  16.  Plat.  Tim.  24  E.-II. 
act.,  able  to  go  or  travel,  Plat.  Epin. 
981  D. — II.  in  neut.  as  verb.  adj.= 
πορεντέον,  Seidl.  Eur.  El.  1041. 

ΤΙόμενσις,  εως,  ή,  =  πορεία,  Def. 
Plat.  411  Α. 

ΤΙορεντέος,  a,  ov,  verb.  adj.  from 
πορενω,  to  be  traversed,  gone,  οδός. 
Soph.  Phil.  990. — II.  neut.  πορεντέον, 
one  must  go.  Id.  Aj.  693,  and  Eur. 

ΐίορεντικός,  ή,  όν,  (πορεν:ιμαι)  go- 
ing on  foot,  walking,  τίι  π.  ζώα,  Arist. 
Η.  Α.  ι,  1,  19,  etc.  — II.  of  οτ  for  a 
march,  τα  π.  διαστήματα,  Polyb.  12, 
19,  7,  cf.  20,  6. 

ΐίορεντός,  ή,  όν,  also  6ς,  όν,  Aesch. 
Ag.  287  :  gone  over,  passed,  passable, 
Polyb.  1,  42,  3;  καιρός  π.,  the  season 
for  travelling.  Id.  1,  37,  10. — II.  act. 
going,  travelling,  Aesch.  1.  c. :  from 

ΥΙορενω,  ί.  -ενπω,  (πόρος)  to  bring, 
carry,  convey,  fetch  or  send  by  land  or 
wafer,  τινά,  Pind.  O.  1,  125,  P.  11, 
32,  etc.  ;  επ'  ενστόΤιον  νεώς  πορεύ- 
σαιμ'  αν  ες  δόμονς,  Soph.  Phil.  516; 
έμε  πόντων  σκάφος  "Αργός  πορενσει. 
Eur.  Tro.  Γ086  ;  στρατιάν  πεζή  π. 
ώς  Βρασίδαν,  Thuc.  4,  132,  etc'.— 2. 
of  things,  to  bring,  carry,  Soph.  O.  C 
1602  :  to  furnish,  bestow,  find,  χρνσόν, 
Eur.  Phoen.  985. — II.  pass,,  πορίύ- 
ouai.  with  fut.  mid.  -ενσομαι.  Soph. 
O.  T.  676,  etc.  ;  aor.  pass,  ίπορεν 
di)v,  Pind.  Fr.  45,  8.  Eur.,  etc. :  pf 
πεπόρενμηι,  Plat.  Pol  it.  266  C  -.—to 
be  made  to  go,  to  be  driven  or  carried. 
Soph.  Aj.  1254,  O.  C.  845  :— then,  to 
go,  travel,  sail,  have  o?ie's  self  carried 
over,  7Γ.  παρά  τίνος,  to  come  from  one, 
Hdt.  6,  95  ;  παρά  τίνα,  to  repair  to 
one,  esp.  πορενεσθαι  παρ''  αΐ'δρα, 
παρά  γυναίκα,  to  go  in  to...  of  married 
persons,  freq.  in  Hdt.,  cf  Valck.  and 
Schwgh.  ad  2,  115;  4,  1  ;  also,  π. 
προς  άνδρα,  Schiif  Dion.  Comp.  43  : 
then  freq.  in  Att,,  Aesch.  Pr.  570, 


ΠΟΡΘ 

Plat.,  etc. ;  c.  ace.  cognato,  όδόν, 
σταθμονς  πορ.,  Xen.  An.  2. 2,11,  etc. : 
absol.,  to  march,  as  opp.  to  going  by 
sea,  lb.  5,  3,  1. 

^ΤΙορϋύονίδτις,  ov,  6,  son  of  Portha- 
on  ;  οι  Π.,  the  Porthaonidae,  Strab.  p. 
463. 

]ΤΙορθύων,  όνος,  ό,  also  called 
ΐίαρβάων,  Porthaon,  son  of  Agenor 
and  Epicaste.  king  of  Calydoii,  Apol- 
lod.  1,  7.  7.  [d] 

^ΙΙορΟενς,  εως  Ep.  ήος.  o,=foieg., 
II.  14,  115. 

ΐίορβέω,  ώ,  collat.  form  from  πέρ• 
θω  (and  more  usu.  in  prose),  to  destroy, 
ravage,  waste,  plunder,  π.  πολιάς  και 
τείχεα,  ά^ρονς,  11.  4,  308,  Od.  14,  264; 
and  so  Hdt.,  and  Att. :— also,  to  besiege 
a  town,  Hdt.  1,  162,  and  Diod.  ;— of 
single  persons,  to  slay,  kill,  φί?.ονς, 
Eur.  Pel.  5  :  of  women,  κόρας  βία  π., 
to  violate,  ravish,  Eur.  Phoen.  56o,  cf. 
Heind.  Plat.  Prot.  340  Α.— Pass.,  to 
be  plundered,  Acsch.  Supp.  443  :  to  be 
ruined.  Id.  Theb.  194;  metaph.,  κατ' 
άκρας  ώς  πορθονμεθα  !  Id.  Cho.  691  ; 
so  pf.  πεπόρΟημαι,  J  am  undone. 
Hence 

Ώόρθημα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which  is 
ravaged,  plundered:  als0-.=  sq.,  Plut. 
SuU.  16. 

ΐΐύρθτ/σις,  εως,  η,  (πυρθέω)  destruc- 
tion, ravaging,  Plut.  Sull.  33,  etc. 

Τίορθητίις,  ov,  ύ.  Ιπορβέω)  a  de- 
stroyer, ravager,  Eur.  Tro.  213.  Hence 

ΊΙορβητικός,  ή,  όν,  destroying,  rav- 
aging. 

ΐίορθήτωρ,  ορός,  ο,  poet,  for  παρ• 
θητής,  Aesch.  Ag.  907,  Cho.  974. 

ΤΙορβμεία,  ας,  ή,  a  ferrying  across  a 
river,  strait,  etc.,  Strab. 

ΤΙορθμεΙον,  Ion.  -ηίον,  ov,  τό,  a 
place  for  criis.siiig,  a  passage  over,  ferry, 
plur.  in  Hdt.  4,  12,  45  (where  it  is 
used  as  a  prop.  n.). — II.  a  passnge- 
boat,  ferry-boat,  Hdt.  7,  25,  Xen.  Hell. 
5,  1,  23. — III.  the  fare  of  the  ferry, 
Luc. 

ΤΙόρθμενμα,  ατός,  τό,  (πορθμίύω) 
a  crossing  over,  passage,  π.  άχέων.  of 
the  river  Acheron,  Aesch.  Ag.  1558, 
— '  the  Bridge  of  Sighs.' 

ΊΙορθμενς,  εως  Ion.  ήος,  Ό,  (πορ- 
θμενω)  α  ferryman,  Lat.  portitor.  Od. 
20,  187,  Hdt.'l,  24:  π.  νεκνων,  Eur. 
Ale.  252  :  generally,  a  boatman,  sea- 
man, Theocr.  1,  57.     Hence 

Τ\ορβμεντικός,  ή,  όν,  of,  fit  for  a 
πορθμενς  ;  το  π.,  people  engaged  as 
ferrymen,  Arist.  Pol.  4,  4,  21. 

ΤΙορθμενω,  (πορθμός)  to  carry,  ferry 
over  a  strait,  river,  etc.  ;  then,  gener 
ally,  to  carry  over,  carry,  Aesch.  Cho. 
085  ;  to  carry  away.  Soph.  Tr.  802, 
Eur.  I.  T.  1358;  π.  πόδα,  ίχνος,  to 
advance,  Eur.  I.  T.  936,  2C6  :  and 
metaph.  in  Eur.,  as,  νπόμνησιν  κα- 
κών εις  δάκρυα  π..  Or.  1032  ;  π.  τινά 
εις  α'ιματηρόν  γύμον,  Ι.  Τ.  371  ;  πυΐ 
διωγμόν  πορθμενεις  ;  lb.  1435:  — 
pass.,  to  be  carried  or  ferried  m-er,  to 
pass  from  place  to  place,  Hdt.  2,  97;  c. 
acc.  loci,  to  pass  over  or  through,  αιθέ- 
ρα, Eur.  Andr.  1229. — II.  the  act.  is 
also  used  intr.,=pass.,  like  Lat.  tra- 
jicere,  to  pass  over  (sub  έαντόΐ',  ατρα- 
τόν.  etc.),  Eur.  I.  A.  6  ;  c.  acc,  ττ. 
αιθέρα,  ποταμούς,  Eur.  Andr.  1229, 
Plat.  Ax.  371  B. " 

ΤΙορθμήϊον,  ov,  TO,  Ion.  for  πορθμεΖ- 
ov,  Hdt. 

Τίορθμία,  ή,  f.  1.  for  π^&ρβμεία,  PJut, 
Rom.  5. 

ΤΙορθμικός,  ή,  όν,  v.  1,  for  πορ&μεν- 
τικός. 

ΙΙόρβμιον,  ov,  τό,  =  πορθμεΐοι\ 
Plut.  2.  604  Α. 

ΪΙορθμίς,  ίδος,  ή,—•ιτορ(^μός. — II, =3 


ΠΟΡΙ 

"κορθμείον  II,  α  ferry-boat,  boat,  Eur. 
I.  τ.  3S5,  Cycl.  362,  Hel.  1061. 

Ώομθμός,  οϋ,  6,  a  ferry  ;  then,  since 
ferries  were  usu.  in  narrow  places,  a 
strait,  narrow,  frith,  Od.  4,  671  ;  15, 
29,  Hdt.  8,  76,  and  Trag. ;  esp.  of  the 
Hellespont,  ττ.  'Έλ7.ης,  Aesch.  Pars. 
69;  Σαρωνικός,  Id.  Ag.  307;  ό  εις 
"Αιδου  πορθμός,  the  Stvx,  Eur.  Hec. 
1106:— generally,  the  sea.  Find.  P.  I. 
4,  97  (3,  75). — II.  a  crossing  by  aftrry, 
passage.  Soph.  Tr.  571,  in  plur. ;  ττ. 
χθονός,  a  passage  to  it,  Eur.  Cycl. 
108  ;  cf.  νόστος.  (Though  the  Greek 
railic.  form  is  ττείρω,  περάω,  yet.  θ 
seems  part  of  the  root,  cf.  Lat.  port- 
are.  Germ,  (fahren)  Fahrt,  our  ford, 
Norse  fiord,  Scottish  frith:  hence 
τΓορθμενς,  πορθμενω,  πορθμεϊον : — 
cf.  ττόβος.) 

αίορθμός,  οϋ.  ό,  Porthmus,  haven 
οτ  ferry  of  Eretria  in  Euboea,  Dem. 
119,  21  ;  etc. 

Πορί'α,  ή,=  ενπορΊα,  very  dub. 

Τίορίζω,  i.  -ίσοι,  {πόρος)  to  bring, 
conduct,  just  =  πορενω,  Soph.  El. 
1266,  ex  emend.  Dind.  (cf.  *7ΓΟρω) : 
to  bring  into  the  way,  like  ενοοόω  ; 
hence,  to  bring  about,  τινί  τι,  Ep. 
Horn.  14,  10. — II.  to  furnish,  provide, 
supply,  produce,  7Γ.  αγαθόν,  ν'ικην, 
χρήματα,  etc.,  Ar.  Plut.  461,  Eq.  594, 
Eccl.  236,  etc. ;  and  sometimes  absol., 
θεού  πορίζοντος  καλώς,  Eur.  Med. 
879  : — to  contrive,  devise,  μηχαντ/ν  κα- 
κών, πόρους,  Eur.  Ale.  222,  Ar.  Eq. 
759,  etc.:  π.  τέχνην  επί  τινι.  Eur. 
I.  Α.  745 ;  π.  διαβολτ/ν,  Thuc.  6,  29  ; 
σωτηρίαν  τινί.  Plat.  Prot.  321  Β, 
etc. ;  also,  like  mid.,  to  get,  Dem.  22, 
26.  —  Mid.  ποριζομαι,  to  furnish  for 
one's  self,  ()ηματα,  Ar.  Ran.  880:  to 
procure,  get,  Lat.  sibi  comparare,  6π?.α, 
Thuc.  4,  9  ;  τιδονάς.  Plat.  Gorg.  501 
A,  etc.  ;  sometimes  also  πορίζεσθαι 
έαυτώ,  Xen.  Hell.  5,  1,  17,  Plat. 
Symp.  208  E.  —  We  also  have  pf. 
pass,  πεπόρισμηι  in  mid.  signf.,  Lys. 
182,  6,  Phileni.  p.  411  ;  but  as  a  strict 
pass..  Isocr.  Antid.  ^  297  ;  so  also  aor. 
επορ'ισθη.  Id.  46  A  : — the  pres.  pass. 
πορίζεταί  τινι,  as  impers.,  it  is  in 
one's  power  to  do...,  c.  inf.,  Xen.  Oec. 
7,  19.  —  III.  in  mathemat.  writers,  to 
deduce  from  something  already  proved, 
to  draw  as  a  corollary. 

ΐΐόρίμος,  υν,  (πόρος)  able  to  provide, 
supply,  afford,  αντώ,  Ar.  Ran.  1429  : 
also  c.  ace.  rei,  like  πορΊζων,  π-  άπο- 
ρα, Aesch.  Pr.  905. — 2.  well-provided, 
rich,  like  εύπορος,  Thuc.  8,  76. — II. 
full  of  resources,  inventive,  contriving, 
Plat.  Symp.  203  D.— III.  of  things, 
practicable,  Ar.  Thesm.  777. — IV.  in 
medic,  writers,  finding  or  making  a 
passage. 

ΤΙόριον,  TO,^=iropelov,duh.\n  Diod. 

ΤΙόρις,  ιος,  ή,  rare  poet,  form  for 
πόρτιο.  Od.  10,  410,  Eur.  Bacch.  737, 
Supp.  629.  [i] 

[Ιόρισμα,  ατός,  τό,  (πορίζω)  any 
thing  procured  or  supplied,  profit,  gairi. 
— 11,  in  mathem.,  something  deduced 
from  a  previous  demonstration,  a  corol- 
lary ;  &\Βθ=πρόβ/^ημα. 

ΙΙορισμός,  οϋ,  ό,  (πορ'ιζω)  α  provid- 
ing, procuring,  Polyb.  3,  112,  2,  Plut., 
etc. 

ΐίοριστέον,  verb,  adj.,  oru  must  pro- 
vide, procure. 

Ιίοριστης,  οϋ•,  6,  {πορίζω)  one  who 
procures,  supplies,  provides,  π.  κακών, 
Thuc.  8,  48  : — esp.  one  who  finds  ways 
and  menus  ;  in  Athens  the  πορισταί 
were  a  financial  board  appointed  lo 
raise  extraordinary  supplies.  Ar.  Ran. 
1501,  Dem.  49,  18,  cf.  Bockh  P.  E.  1, 
p,  223. — 2.  the  name  used  by  robbers 


ΠΟΡΝ 

of  themselves,  Arist.  Rhet.  3,  2,  10, 
(as  Ancient  Pistol  says,  '  Steal ! — 
convey  the  wise  it  call').     Hence 

ΐίοριστικός,  η,  όν,  belonging  to,  fit 
for  procuring,  supplying,  τινός.  Plat. 
Gorg.  517  D  :  able  to  procure,  etc., 
Xen.  Mem.  3,  1,  6. 

ΤΙοριστός,  η,  όν,  (πορίζω)  procured, 
supplied :  to  be  procured. 

ΤΙορκεϋς,  έως,  6,  one  who  fishes  with 
the  net  called  πόρκος,  Lyc.  237,  Pan- 
crat.  ap.  Ath.  321  E. 

ΤΙόρκης,  ov.  b,  a  ring,  hoop,  esp.  of 
gold,  passed  round  the  place  vvheie 
the  iron  head  of  a  spear  wa.s  fastened 
to  the  shaft,  II.  6,  320  ;  8,  495. 

tHop/cta,  ας,  ή,  the  Rom.  fern.  pr. 
n.  Porcia,  Plut. 

tnooKtof,  ov,  6,  Porcius,  Rom.  pr. 
n.,  N.  T. 

Πόρ/cof,  ov,  6,  a  kind  of  fishing-net, 
Stallb.  Plat.  Soph.  220  C,  Plut.  2, 
730  C. — 2.  in  old  Att.,  ace.  to  Varro, 
a  pig,  Lat.  porcus. 

ΧΙορνεία,  ας,  ή,  {πορνεύω)  fornica- 
tion. Dem.  403,  26,  etc. 

ΤΙορνεΙον,  ov,  τό,  a  house  of  ill  fame, 
brothel,  Ar.  Vesp.  1283,  Ran.  113,  An- 
tipho  13,  5,  etc. 

Τίορνεύτρια,  ας,  ή,-=πόρνη,  Ar.  Fr. 
172. 

ΤΙορνενω,  (πόρνος)  to  prostitute,  de- 
bauch:— pass.,  of  a  woman,  to  prosti- 
tute herself,  be  or  become  a  prostitute, 
Hdt.  1,  93,  and  freq.  in  Dem.:  in 
Aeschin.  8,  8,  16,  it  is  opp.  to  έται- 
ρεΐν  as  more  promiscuous. — The  act. 
intr.,=  the  pass.,  Luc.  Alex.  5. 

Τίόρνη,  τ/ς,  ή,  a  harlot,  prostitute, 
strumpet.  Archil.  26,  Ar.  Ach.  527, 
etc.  (Prob.  from  περνάω,  because 
the  Greek  prostitutes  were  usu. 
bought  slaves.) 

nopv7/f,  ov,  b,  rare  poet,  form  for 
πόρνος,  Crates  2  (ap.  Anth.). 

ΥΙορνίόιον.  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  πόρνη, 
[πορνίόΐον ,  Pors.  Ar.  Nub.  997  :  in 
Ran.  1301  we  have  πορνίδιον :  but 
this  passage  is  prob.  corrupt,  unless 
we  assume  an  intermediate  form  πόρ- 
νων, V.  Dawes  Misc.  p.  213.] 

ΤΙορνικός,  Tj,  όν,  (πόρνη)  of  or  be- 
longing to  harlots,  Anth.  :  π.  τέλοΓ, 
the  tax  paid  by  brothel-keepers,  Aes- 
chin. 10,  44  ;  cf.  πορνοτε?.ώνης. 

ΤίορνοΒοσκεΙον,  ov,  τό,  a  place 
where  prostitutes  are  kept :   from 

ΤΙορνοβοσκέω,  ώ,  f.  -ησω,  (πορνο- 
βοσκός)  to  keep  prostitutes,  keep  a 
brothel,  Ar.  Pac.  849. 

ΤΙορνοβοσκία,  ας,  ή,  the  trade,  habits 
of  a  brothel-keeper,  Aeschin.  84,  32 : 
from 

ΐίορνοβοσκός,  όν,  (πόρνη,  βόσκω) 
keeping  prostitutes,  a  brothel-keeper, 
Aeschin.  89,  4 ; — name  of  a  play  of 
Eubulus. 

Τίορνογενης,  ες,  {*γέvω)=sq. 

ΤΙομνογέννητος,  ov,  (πόρνη,  γεν- 
%•άω)  born  of  a  harlot,  a  bastard. 

ΤΙορνογρύφος,  ov,  (πόρνη,  γράφω) 
painting  harlots,  Ath.  567  B.   [u] 

ΙΙορνοδιδάσκύ/.ος,  ov,  b,  ή,  (πόρνη, 
ΰιδύσκα?.ος)  one  who  teaches  fornica- 
tion, Aristaen. 

ΤΙορνοκοπία,  ας,  η,  commerce  with 
prostitutes :  from 

Ώορνοκόπος,  ov,  (πόρνη,  κόπτω) 
having  commerce  with  prostitutes.  LXX  ; 
V.  Lob.  Phryn.  415. 

Πορνομΰνής,  ες,  (πόρνη,  μαίνομαι) 
mad  after  prostitutes. 

ΤΙορνομοιχής,  ες,  (πόρνη,  μοιχύω) 
committing  fornication  with  harlots. 

αΐηρνοπίων,  ωνος,  b,  Pornopion. 
appell.  of  Apollo  ;  and  also  name  of  a 
month  among  the  Aeolians  in  Asia, 
Strab.  p.  613, 


ΠΟΡΠ 

Ήόρνος.  ov,  b,  a  fornicator,  also  α 
catamite,  Ar.  Plut.  155,  Xen.  Mem.  1, 
6,  13.     (On  the  deriv.,  v.  sub  πόρνη.) 

ΐlop^^ocκό~oς,  ov,  {πόρνη,  ακοπέω) 
spying  after  harlots. 

ΤΙορνυσννη,  ης,  ή,  =  πορνεία,  Ma- 
netho. 

ΤΙορνοτε?.ώνης,  ov,  b,  (πόρνη,  τε- 
λώνης) in  Athens,  the  collector  or 
farmer  of  the  tax  imposed  upon  public 
prostitutes  (πορνίκον  τέλος).  Philo- 
nid.  Coth.  1  ;  cf.  Bockh  P.  E.  2,  p.  49. 

ΤΙορνότρίίΙι,  lior,  b.  (πόρνη,  τρίβω) 
earlier  word  for  πορνοκόπος,  ace.  lo 
Phryn.  415;  formed  like  οΐκήτρι-φ. 

ΊΙορνοφίλας,  ό,  Anth.  P.  11,416; 
and  πορνοφίλος,  ov,  {πόρνη,  φιλέω) 
loving  harlots.   [Z] 

ΤΙοροποιέω,  ώ,  f.  -τ/σω,  (πόρος,  ποι- 
έω)  to  make  a  way,  open  a  path.    Hence 

Ώοροποιΐα,  ας.  ή,  the  making  a  ivay 
or  passage,  opening  the  pores  ol  the 
skin,  Clem.  Al. 

Hopof,  01',  b,  a  means  of  passing  (a 
river),  a  ford  or  ferry,  like  πορβμός, 
Lat.  vadum,  Qpvov  πόρος  Άλόειοιο, 
Thryum  the  ford  of  the  Alpheus,  II. 

2,  592,  cf.  14,  433  ;  21,  1  :  then,  a  nar- 
row part  of  the  sea,  strait,  π.  Ώ,κεανοΐο, 
Hes.  Th.  292,  cf.  Hdt.  7,  183:  esp.  a 
part  used  for  crossing  over,  and  pieo- 
nast.  π.  διαβάσιος.  Id.  8,  115;  so,  π. 
"Ελλης,  the  Hellespont,  Pind.  Fr.  197, 
and  Aesch.  ;  ΐΐ/οντώνος  π.,  the  Sty- 
gian ferry,  Aesch.  Pr.  806  :  Ίόνως  π., 
the  Ionian  sea,  which  is  the  passage- 
way from  Greece  to  Italy,  Pind.  N.  4, 
87  :  kv  πόρω.  in  or  by  the  passage-way, 
Hdt.  8,  76,  Thuc.  1,  120;  6,  48:— αι- 
θέρα άγνον  πόρον  οιωνών.  Aesch.  Pr, 
281. — 2.  periphr.,  πόροι  αλός,  the  paths 
of  the  sea,  i.  e.  the  sea,  Od.  12,  259, 
cf.  κέ/.ενθος :  and  very  freq.,  πόρος 
Άλφεοϋ,  "Σκαμάνδρου,  i.  e,  the  Al- 
pheus, Scamander,  etc.,  Pind.  O.  1, 
148,  Aesch.  Cho.  306 :  hence  prob.  in 
lb.  72,  πόροι  absol.  for  rivers ;  and 
(iVTol  πόροι,  Eum.  452  : — βίου  π.,  the 
stream  of  life,  Pmd.  1,  8  (7),  30.  —  3, 
generally,  a  way  through  or  over, 
thoroughfare,  passage,  hence  of  a 
bridge,  Hdt.  4,  136,  140,  etc.:  the 
track  of  a  wild  beast,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  6, 
40. — 4.  a  passage  through  the  skin,  etc., 
and  so,  οι  πόροι,  the  pores  of  the  body, 
Lat.  meatus.  Plat.  Meno  76  C. — II.  c. 
gen.  rei,  α  u-ay  or  means  of  achieving, 
accomplishing  a  thing,  as,   Hdt.  2,  2  ; 

3,  156 ;  77.  όδον,  a  means  of  performing 
the  journey,  Ar.  Pac.  124  ;  — .  χρημά- 
των, a  way  of  getting  money,  Xen, 
Ath.  3,  2  ;  and  then, — 2.  absol.,  a  con- 
trivance, device,  resource,  Aesch.  Pr, 
59,  477,  etc.  ;  περϊ  δ'  ιματίων  τις  πό- 
ρος εσται ;  Ar.  Eccl.  653  ;  like  μηχα- 
νή.— 3.  in  plur.,  esp.,  a  way  of  meeting 
expenses,  '  ways  and  means,'  resources, 
revenue,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  6,  9,  etc.  ;  Xen, 
also  wrote  a  treatise  περί  ΥΙορων.  de 
Vectigaltbus. — III.  πόροι  are  also  the 
fibres  of  the  nerves,  Arist. ;  and  the 
threads  or  filaments  by  which  the  lar- 
vae of  certain  insects  are  hung.  Id, 
(From  περάω,  q.  v. ;  our/ere  (in  thor- 
ough/are,/erry,  Germ.  Fahrt,  cf.  πορ- 
θμός:  hence  πορίζω.) 

ίΤΙοροσε'λήνη,  ης,  ή,=:ΤΙορδοσελίι• 
νη.  Paus.  3,  25,  7.  ^ 

ΐίορπΰκίζω,  f.  -ίσω.  (πόρπαξ)  to 
grasp  by  the  handle,  esp.  to  take  up  and 
bear  a  shield,  also  in  mid.,  Ar.  Lvs. 
106:  hence  διαπορπάκίζω,  to  put  the 
hand  through  the  handle  of  a  shield,  so 
as  to  manage  it,  ap.  Hesych. 

ΐίορττάκοφορέω,  ώ,  to  carry  a  shield 
by  the  handle. 

Υϊόρπαμα,  ατός,  τό,  (πορπάω)  a 
garment  fastened  with  a  πόρπη,  Eui 
1225 


ΠΟΡΣ 

El.  820,  Η.  F.  959  :  cf.  περύνημα,  and 
τ.  sub  πόρπημα. 

Τίόρπαξ,  άκος,  6,  the  handle  of  a 
shield,  Soph.  Aj.  576,  Eur.  Phoen. 
1127,  etc.;  prob.  like  κρίκος,  a  ring, 
prob.  of  metal,  inside  the  shield, 
which  could  be  taken  out  at  pleasure, 
εχονσι  πόρπακας  [αϊ  άσπίόεςΐ,  i.  e. 
they  are  ready  for  use,  Ar.  Eq.  858, 
cf.  819:  also=:o^-uv;;,  ΰχανον,  q.  v. 
• — II.  part  of  the  head-gear  nf  a  horse, 
Eur.  Rhes.  385.  (From  πόρττΐ],  as 
ττννύαξ  from  τϊΰν(^ς,  νσσαξ  from  νσ- 
σοζ,  etc.) 

ίΠόρπαξ,  ακος,  δ,  the  Porpax,  a 
river  of  Sicily,  Ael.  V.  H.  2,  33. 

ΤΙορττάω,  ώ  :  (.  -άσω  [ώ] :  pf.  pass. 
ττεπόριτΰμαί  :  the  fut.  in  -ήσω,  etc., 
being  only  Ion.,  Lob.  Phryn.  205  : — 
to  fasten  with  a  buckle,  to  buckle  OT  pin 
down,  Aesch.  Pr.  61  :  from 

ΐΐόρπη,  ης,  ή,  that  part  of  a  clasp  in 
which  the  περόνη  (q.  v.)  was  fastened, 
like  the  tongue  in  a  buckle ;  hence, 
generally,  a  buckle,  brooch  or  clasp  for 
fastening  dresses,  esp.  on  the  shoul- 
ders, and  mostly  used  in  women's 
dresses  :  mostly  used  in  plur.,  as  II., 
18,  401,  H.  Ven.  164,  and  Trag.:  but 
ττόρπη,  loosely, :=7Γερονη,  the  burkle- 
pin,  Eur.  Phoen.  62.  (No  doubt  from 
ττείρω,  to  pierce  :  hence  also  πόριταξ.) 
Hence 

ΐίορπηδόν,  adv.,  like  a  clasp. 
ΐΐυρττημα,  lon.  for  πάρπαμα,  Lob. 
Phryn.  205. 

ΐίορπόω,  =  πορπάυ,  πορπάζω. 
Hence 

Πόρ7Γω//α,=:  πόρτα/ζα. 
ΤΙυρβω,  adv.,  the  Lat,  porro,  later 
Att.  for  πρόσω.     Compar.  πο^^ωτέ- 
ρω,  superl.  ποβΙ)ωτύτω,  etc.  ;  v.  sub 
πρόσω. 

ΤΙύρβωθεν,  adv.,  later  Att.  for  πρό- 
CuHiv,  q.  V. 

ΙΙορβωθΐ,  adv.,  far. 
ΪΙορσαίνω,^πορσννω,  to  offer,  give, 
like  πορσννω,  Pind.  I.  6  (5),  11  : 
hence,  also,  to  treat  with  care,  attend 
to,  cherish,  nourish,  βρέφος,  Pind.  O. 
6•,  54  :  to  honour,  adore,  δαίμονα.  Αρ. 
Rh.  2,  719,  cf.  4,  897:  — absol.,  π. 
κατά  δώματα,  tu  manage  the  house- 
hold affairs,  H.  Horn.  Cer.  156  ;  cf. 
πορσννω,  sub  fin. 

\Πορσηνάς,  a,  b,  Porsenna,  king  of 
Clusiuin,  Strab.  p.  220:  in  Plut.  Πορ- 
σί/νας. 

ΐΐόρσΐον,  adv.,  compar.  of  πόρσω, 
Pind.  ;  v.  sub  πρόσω. 

ΐΐόρσιστα,  adv.,  superl.  of  πόρσω, 
Pind.  ;  v.  sub  πρόσω. 

ΐίορσννω  [ν]  ■■  (.  πορσϋνέω  contr. 
-ίτώ  ;  {*πόρω} — Ιο  proffer,  offer,  give, 
present  what  one  has  before  prepared  ; 
nence,  λέχος  πόρσυνε  και  εννήν,  eu- 
phem.,  she  prepared  and  shared  his 
bed  and  couch,  Od.  3,  403 ;  7,  347  ; 
κείνου  πορσννέονσα  7^:χος,  to  prepare 
liis  bed,  II.  3,  411  ;  in  Horn,  always 
of  a  wife,  but  in  Trag.  also  of  female 
slaves  and  concubines,  v.  Heyne  II. 
T.  4,  p.  539.— II.  generally,  to  make 
ready,  prepare,  provide,  order,  adjust, 
TU  Toh  θεον,  Hdt,  9,  7 ;  όαΐτα,  Pind. 
I.  4,  105  (3,  79) ;  so,  π-  τροφεία,  Soph. 
Ο.  C,  341  ;  π.  έχθροΐς  έχϋρύ,  Aesch. 
Ag.  1360,  cf  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  6,  17;  π- 
Ίτημονήν,  Id.  Ag.  1374  ;  π.  χάριν  tl- 
vi,  Eur.  Supp,  132  ;  so  too,  π.  πράγ- 
μα μέγα.  Soph.  El.  670;  ττ.  ra  ίπι- 
T7/oiia,  Xen.  Cyr.  4,  2,  47  ;  παισίν 
οίαχρη  καθ'  ημέραν,  Eur.  Med.  1020; 
7Γ.  τευν  οίκον,  to  furnish  thy  house 
with  store  of  wealth,  Pind.  P.  4,  269  : 
■ — mid.,  to  provide  for  one's  self,  get 
ready,  δείπνον,  Aesch.  Pers.  375  ; — 
in  pass.,  to  be  all  ready,  Xen.  Cyr,  7, 
1226 


ΠΟΡΦ 

5,  17. — HI.  esp.  of  persons,  to  treat 
with  care,  Eur.  Rhcs.  878:  hence,  like 
θεραπεύω,  τρέφω,  to  cherish,  tend  a 
child,  a  sick  person,  etc.,  Ap.  Rh.: — 
of  things,  to  regard,  esteem,  ()7/μα  των 
Όμηρου,  Pind.  P.  4,  494. — The  form 
πορσννω  is  oft.  confounded  with  the 
synou.  πορσαίνω,  but  the  latter  is 
unknown  to  the  most  ancient  Epic, 
as  also  prob.  to  Att.  poetry. — Even 
πορσννω  is  a  poet,  word,  though  used 
by  Xen.  11.  cc. 

Πόρσω,  αάν.,:=πρ6σω,  q.  v. 

Ιίορτύζω,  to  be  frolicsome  as  a  calf, 
Lat.  vitulari,  from  πόρταξ. 

Πορτάκίον,ου,  ro,dim.fromsq.  [ΰ] 

Πόρ-af,  uKOC,  η,^πόρτις,  a  calf, 
II.  17,  4. 

Πορτί,  Cret.  for  Dor.  προτί  {προς), 
Inscr.,  Koen  Greg.  238. 

\ΐίορτίκανός,  ov,  b,  Porticanus,  an 
Indian  prince,  Strab.  p.  701. 

Iloprif,  Ιος,  ή,  a  young  heifer,  calf, 
II.  5,  162,  H.  Cer.  174,  Soph.  T"r. 
530: — melaph.,  α  young  maiden,  like 
Lat.  juvenca,  juvencuta.  Lye.  102  ; — 
also,  though  very  rarely,  ό  πόρτις, 
Lat.  juvencus,  Aesch.  Supp.  42,  313. 
Hence 

ΙΙορτιτρόφος,  ov,  (τρέφω)  nourish- 
ing calves,  H.  Hom.  Ap.  21. 

ΐίορφνρα,  ας.  Ion.  -ρη,  ης,  ή,  the 
purple-fish,  Lat.  purpura  murex,  Ar- 
chipp.  Ίχβ.  6,  Arist.  H.  A.  4,  4,  2.— 
II.  the  purple  dye  for  wool  obtained  from 
it,  purple,  Hdt.  3,  22,  Plat.  Legg.  847 
C  ;  πορφύρας  κηκίς,  Aesch.  Ag.  959. 
— III.  in  γ\\\τ., purple,  i.e. purple  cloths, 
lb.  957. — IV.  πορφύρα  πλατεία,  the 
broad  purple  stripe  on  a  Roman  toga, 
Lat.  praetexta,  latus  clavus,  Polyb.  10, 
26, 1,  Dem.  Phal,  Plut.,  etc.  (Prob. 
from  πορφί'ρω,  q.  v.  [ii)     Hence 

ΤίορφϊψαΙος.  a,  ov,  =  πορφνρειος, 
doubted  by  Lob.  Phryn.  147. 

ΐίορφϊφάνθεμος,  ov,=sq.,  Plut. 

Τίορφϊ'ρανθί'ις,  ές,  {πορφνρεος,  άν- 
θος) with  purple  blossom,  Theophr.  ap. 
Ath.  681  B. 

ΐίορφύρειον,  ov,  τό,  a  dye-house  for 
purple,  Strab.   [t)] 

Τίορφνρειος,  a,  ov,z=sq.  [j;] 

ΤΙορφύρεος,  a  Ion.  η,  ov,  Att.  contr. 
πορφί'ρονς,  ΰ,  ovv,  {πορφύρα)  : — Lat. 
purpureus,  purple, — strictly,  dark-red, 
but  varying  in  shade,  Hom.,  etc. : — 
the  first  notion  prob.  (cf.  πορφνρω) 
was  of  the  troubled  sea,  dark,  purple, 
like  οίνο-φ,  hence  π.  κύμα,  II.  1,  482, 
Od.  2,  428,  (of  a  river,  II.  21,  326)  ;  π. 
αλς,  11.  16,  391  ;  (hence,  βίος  πορφυ- 
ρούς θαλάσσιος,  a  seaman's  troublous 
life,  Eur.  Sthen.  4) ;  so  too,  π.  νεφέ- 
λη, a  dark  cloud,  11.  17,  551  :  then 
more  definitely  of  colour,  π.  αίμα,  II. 
17,  361  ;  hence  also,  π.  θάνατος,  of 
death  in  battle,  II.  5,  83  ;  16,  334  ;  20, 
477.  (unless  it  be  simply=//fAaf  θά- 
νατος): later,  usu.  of  cloths,  etc., 
coloured  by  the  dye  of  the  murex, pur- 
ple, red  (like  φοινικόεις),  φάρος,  11.  8, 
221  ;  χλαίνα,  Od.  4,  115,  etc.  ;  so 
usu.  later,  as  in  Hdt.  1,  50,  Pind.  P. 
4,  203,  Simon.  7,  12,  Trag.,  etc.  (cf. 
μεσόλενκος)  •■—also,  rosy,  as  very  freq. 
Lat.  purpureus,  π.  ' Ρίφροδίτη,  Anacr. 
2,  3  ;  π.χείλεα,  Simon.  119: — lastly, 
generallv,  bright,  beauteous,  cf.  BiJckh 
Pind.  N.'  11,  28  (30) ;  and  so  Horace 
has  purpurei  olores,  Od.  4,  1,  10;  cf. 
φοινικόπεζα. — Compar.  and  Superl. 
πορφνρώτερος,  -ώτατος,  not  πορφν- 
ρεώτ-,  cf,  χρνσότερος,  and  Buttm. 
Ausf.  Gr.  S^65,  7. 

Τίορφϊ'ρενς,  έως,  6,  (πορφύρα)  a 
fisher  for  purple  fish,  apurple  dyer,  Lat. 
purpurarius,  Hdt.  4,  151,  Ael.  N.  A.  7, 

34,  Luc.  Tox,  IS. 


ΠΟΡΦ 

Πορφϋρευτ-^ζ•,  oi),o,=foreg.  Hence 

Ίίορφνρεντικός,  ή,  όν,  of,  belonging 
to  a  πορφνρεύς,  στέγαι,  Eur.  I.  T. 
263. 

ΐϊορφνρενω,  (πορφύρα)  to  catch  pur- 
ple fish,  Acusil.  ap.  Schol.  Ap.  Rh.  4, 
1147;  so  in  mid.  ap.  Ath.  87  B.— IL 
in  mid.,  also,  to  dye  purple,  Philostr. 

Τίορφνρέω,  later  poet,  form  for  intr. 
πορφνρω,  v.  1.  Arat.  158. 

Τϊορφίιριζω,  f.  -ίσω,  to  be  purplish, 
Diosc,  ApoUod.  ap.  Ath.  281  E. 

ΐίορφνρων.  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  πορ- 
φύρα, Arist.  Η.  Α.  5,  15,  4,  Theophr. 
— II.  V.  1.  lor  πορφίψειον.  [ν] 

^ΤΙορφνριος,  ov,  ο,  Porphyrins,  Por- 
phyry, masc.  pr.  n.,  Anth.  Plan.  335. 

^ΪΙορφνρίς,  ίδος,  ή,  Porphyris,  fem. 
pr.  n.,  Anth.  P.  6,  172. 

ΤΙορφνρίς,  ίδος,  η,  {πορφύρα)  a  pur- 
ple garment  or  covering,  Xen.  Cyr.  2,  4, 
6  ;  8,  3,  3. — II.  a  red-coloured  bird,  dif- 
ferent from  πορφνρίων,  Ibyc.  3,  Ar. 
Av.  304,  cf.  Ath.  388  C-E. 

ΤΙορφνρίτης,  ov,  6,  fem.  -ϊτις,  ιδος, 
like  purple. 

ΙΙορφνρίων,  υνος,  6,  (.πορφύρα)  a 
red-coloured  water-bird,  Ar.  Av.  707, 
etc.,  Arist.  H.  A.  8,  6,  1,  v.  sub  ττορ- 
φνρίς. — II.  α  kind  οί  whale  : — a  poly- 
pus, Artemid. 

^Τίορφνρίων,  ωνος,  6,  Porphyrion, 
one  of  the  giants,  slain  by  Hercules, 
Pind.  P.  8,  15.-2.  an  early  king  of 
Attica,  Pans.  1,  14,  7. 

ίλορφνρόβαπτος,  ov,  (πορφύρα, 
βάπτω)  dipped  in  or  dyed  purple,  Plat, 
(Com.)  Incert.  8. 

ΐϊορφϋροβΰφείον,  ov,  τό,  (πορφνρο- 
βύφος)  a  dye-house  for  purple,  Strab. 

ΪΙορφνρυβΰφής,  f f ,=  πορφνρόβαπ- 
τος,  only  in  A.  B.  p.  379. 

Ώορφνροβάφος,ον,ό,{πορφνρα, βάπ- 
τω) a  dyer  of  purple,  Ath.  604  B.    [a] 

ίίορφϊφογέννητος,  ov,  (γεννάω) 
born  in  the  purple,  a  term  of  the  By- 
zantine court  for  a  child  born  to  the 
reigning  emperor. 

ΐίορφνροειδής,  ές,  (πορφύρα,  είδος) 
purpled,  dark,  λίμνη,  Aesch.  Supp. 
529,  cf.  Arist.  Color.  2,  4,  and  ττορ- 
φύρω. 

Ώορφΰρύεις,  εσσα,  εν,  purple,  like 
πορφνρεος,  Nic.  ΑΙ.  544. 

ΤΙορφνρόζωνος,  ov,  with  purple  gir- 
dle. 

ΤΙορφνρόκανλος,  ov,  with  purple 
stalk. 

ΐίορφνροκλέπτης,  ov,  6,  (πορφύρα, 
κ?.έπτω)  a  stealer  of  purple,  Diog.  L. 
6,  57. 

ΐίορφϋρομΐγής,  ές,  (πορφύρα,  μίγ- 
νυμί)  mixed  with  purple. 

ΐίορφνρόπεζος,  ov,  and  pecul.  fem. 
-πεζα,=φοινικόπεζα,  q.  v, 

Τίορφνροπώλης,  ov,  ό,  fem.  -πω?Λς, 
ιδος,  (πορφύρα,  πωλέω)  a  dealer  m 
purple,  tN.  T.  Act.  16,  14. 

ΤΙορφνροπωλικη,  ης,  ?/,  (sc.  τέχνη), 
the  trade  of  a  purple-seller,  A.  B. 

ΪΙορφνρόστρωτος,  ov,  (πορφύρα, 
στρώνννμι)  spread  with  purple  cloth, 
Aesch.  Ag.  910. 

Ώορφΐ'ροσχήμων,  ov,  (πορφύρα, 
σχήμα)  purple-clad,  Polyaen. 

ΐίορφνρονς,  a,  ούν,  Att.  contr.  for 
πορφνρεος. 

ΪΙορφνρόω,  ώ,  to  make  purple,  dye 
purple. 

ΤΙορώνρω,  prob.  a  redupl.  form  ot 
φύρω,  (as  μύρω  μορμνρω,  μερίζω  μερ- 
μηρίζω,  etc.,  v.  Lucas  Quaest.  Lex- 
il.),  used  intr.,  strictly  of  the  sea,  to 
grow  dark,  ώς  δτε  πορφυρή  πέλαγος 
μέγα  κύματι  κωφώ,  as  when  the  huge 
sea  grows  dark  with  its  dumb  swell 
(l.  e.  with  waves  that  do  not  break,  opp, 
to  πολιη  άλς),  II.  14,  16 ;  and  Arist. 


ΠΟΣΑ. 

Color.  2,  4,  e.xplains  it  of  the  gleam 
of  the  sun  on  the  shadow  side  of  a 
wave  ;  though  Cic.  ap.  Non.  says, 
vnda  cum  est  pulsa  remis  purpurascit  ; 
ci.  πορ<ρίφεος: — hence,  metaph.,  tto/l.- 
λά  όε  οι  κραόίη  ττόρφυρε,  much  teas 
his  heart  troubled,  II.  21,  551,  Od.  4, 
427,572;  10,  309  (cf  καλχαίΐ'ω,  in 
Soph.  Ant.  20) ;  though  others  take 
it  trans.,  his  heart  debated,  brooded  on 
many  things,  and  so  it  is  found  in  an 
Epigr.  ap.  Suid.  in  v. ;  so  also  in  Ap. 
Rh-,  absol.,  to  think,  debate,  3,  456, 
1161. — II.  of  colour  not  till  later,  to 
grow  purple,  οίνω,  Theocr.  5,  125  ;  cf 
Opp.  C.  3,  347.-2.  trans,  to  dye  pur- 
ple, only  in  Nonn.  [0] 

ΐίορφνρώδης,  ef ,=  πορφνροειδής. 
ΪΙορφνρώματα,  τά,  the  flesh  of  the 
swine  scicrtficed  to  Ceres  and  Proserpina, 
ΐίορφνρώτερος,  -ώτατος,  v.  πορφύ- 
ρεος,  tin. 

*Πόρω,  assumed  as  pres.  to  the 
aor.  έπορον,  and  pf.  πέπρωμαι. — I. 
aor.  επορον,  in  Horn.  usu.  without 
augm. ;  jsart.  πορών,  Aesch.  Pr.  946; 
inf  πορείν,  only  in  Hesych.  (for  in 
Find.  P.  2,  105,  πεπαρείν  is  now 
read) : — strictly,  to  bring  to  pass,  con- 
trive (cf.  πόρος  II),  hence  to  give,  of- 
fer, impart,  of  things,  7Γ.  φάρμακα, 
τενχεα,  εϊματα,  II.  4,  219;  7,  146, 
etc. ;  and  of  conditions  or  qualities, 
■π.  μαντοσύνην,  II.  1,  72;  πένθος, 
κακά,  Horn.  ;  τιμήν,  Hes.  Th.  904  ; 
είιχος  π.,  to  fulfil  a  wish,  Od.  22,  7  ; 
uvopl  τταράκοίτιν  ττ.,  II.  22,  60,  cf 
Od.  10,  7 ;  πόρεν  δε  οι  νίόν,  he  gave 
her  a  son,  i.  e.  begat  one  upon  her,  II. 
16,  185  ;  so,  εττορέν  οι  χρνσόν,  Pind. 
Ο.  13,  HI  ;  κϋδος.  Id.  P.  4,  117;  π- 
TLvl  γέρα,  δωρεάν,  τιμάς,  Aesch.  Pr. 
108,  etc. : — c.  inf,  πόρε  καΐ  σϋ  κον- 
pyaiv  έπεσθαι  τιμήν  (for  ωςτε  επε- 
σ'θαι),  11.  9,  513  ;  so,  πόρε  μιν  Κεν- 
ταύρω  διδύξαι,  Pind.  Ρ.  3,  80:— c 
ace.  pers.,  Κύκνον  θανάτω  έπορεν. 
Id.  Ο.  2,  147  : — absol.  σοι  θεοί  πόροι- 
εν,  ώς  εγώ  θέλω,  Soph.  Ο.  C.  1124: 
— also,  π.  τίνα  όενρο=πορενειν,  to 
bring  kim  so  far,  lb.  145S  : — never  in 
Eur.,  or  in  prose. — II.  perf  πέπρω- 
μαι, to  be  one's  portion  or  lot :  hence  3 
pf.  pass.,  πέπρωται,  and  in  Hes.  3 
plqpf.  πέπρωτο,  it  has  or  had  been  {is 
or  ivas),  fated,  foredoomed,  C.  acc.  el 
inf  aor.,  II.  18,  329,  Eur.  Ale.  21  ;  c. 
inf  aor.  (only),  Hes.  Th.  464,  475; 
c.  dat.  et  inf,  τι  γαρ  πέπρωται  Τ,ηνΙ 
7Γλ7)ν  άεί  κρατείν,  Aesch.  Pr.  519,  cf. 
753  : — part,  πεπρωμένος,  allotted,  fa- 
ted to  one,  όπποτέρω  θανάτοιο  τέλος 
πεπρωμένον  εστί,  ίΐ,  3,  309  ;  also  c. 
dat.  rei,  destined  to  a  thing,  δμ^  ιτε- 
πρωμένον  αίσΐ),  II.  15,  209 ;  16,  441 ; 
cf.  Eur.  Tro.  341 : — freq.  absol.  in 
Pind.,  πεπρωμένος  βασιλεύς,  etc.,  P. 
4,  109,  etc. ;  πεπρ.  βίος,  one|s  natu- 
ral life  (as  in  Lat.  mors  fatalis  is  a  nat- 
ural death),  P.  6,  27  -,—ή  πεπρωμέ- 
νη (so.  μοίρα),  like  ειμαρμένη,  an  ap- 
pointed lot,  and  so  fate,  destiny,  Hdt. 
1,  91,  and  Trag.  ;  so,  πεπρ.  αίσα, 
ξνμόορά,  etc.,  Aesch.  Pr.  103,  Soph. 
Ant.  1337  ;  etc. :— and  so.  το  πεπρω- 
μένου, Pind.  Fr.  256,  Aesch.  (Some- 
times thought  to  be  a  perf  syncop. 
from  περατόω. — The  whole  word  is 
poet,  only.) 

*ΠΟ'Σ  or  Π0',  assumed  as  nom. 
of  the  interrog.  pron.,  answering  to 
the  relat.  ός,  whence  gen.  που,  dat. 
7C01,  πη,  πω,  used  as  advs. ;  also,  πό- 
βεν,  ποθί,  πόσε,  πότε;  and  the  adj. 
πότερος.  (The  Lat.  quis,  qui,  cf.  πό- 
θος, sub  fin.) 

ΐίοσύκις,  adv.,  {πόσος)  how  matiy 
times  /  how  often  1  Ep.  Plat,  353  D ; 


ΠΟΣΕ 

poet,  also  ποσσάκι,  Call.  Dian.  119. 

[ώ] 

ΠοσαπλήσίΟί,  a,  ov,  (πόσος)  how 
many  times  mrdtiplied  ?  how  many  fold  1 
Plat.  Meno  83  B,  where  the  answer 
is,  τετραπλάσιον.  \πλα\ 

ΐίοσαπλάσίων,  ov,  gen.  ονος,^= 
foreg. 

ΐίοσαπλως,  adv.,  (πόσος)  how  many 
times?  LXX. 

ΪΙοσάπους,  ποδός,  ό,  ή,  (πόσος, 
πονς)  of  how  many  feet  ?  how  many 
feet  long  ?  Plat.  Meno  85  B.  [u] 

ΥΙοσύχη,  adv.,  (πόσος)  in  how  many 
places  f 

Ιίοσάχως,  adv.,  (πόσος)  in  how 
many  ways?  Arist.  Top.  1,  13,  1,  etc. 

Πόσε,  adv.,  (*7roc"l  whither  ?  πόσε 
φεύγετε  ;  II.  16,  422iOd.  6,  199  ;  πόσ' 
Ίμεν  ;  Od.  iO,  431  ; — τγοΖ  was  used  in 
common  Greek. 

ΪΙοσειδάν  and  ϋοτειδάν,  ΰνος,  ό, 
Dor.  for  ΙΙοσειδών,  q.  v. 

Ποσειδάόνιος,  a,  ov,  =  ΤΙοσειδώ- 
νιος,  hence,  Π.  θεός,  =  ΐίοσειδών, 
Herm.  Soph.  Ο.  C.  1489. 

ίΐίοσειόάων,  ωνος,  ό,  Ερ.=  Ποσεί- 
δών,  II.  13,  351,  etc. ;  ν.  sub  Ποσεί- 
δών.  [α] 

Ποσεί(5είον,  υν,  τό,  flon.  -δήίονί, 
α  temple  of  Neptune,  Strab., — fas  pr. 
n.,  Posideum,  a  town  on  the  borders 
of  Cilicia  and  Syria,  Hdt.  3,  91  :  in 
Strab.  p.  751  ΪΙοσείδιον^  :  neirt.  from 

Τίοσείδειος,  a,  ον,=Ώοσειδώνιος. 

ΤΙοσειδέων,  ωνος,  ό,  Ion.  for  ΤΙοσει- 
δών,  Hdt. 

ΐίοσειδεών,  ώνος,  6,  the  sixth 
month  of  the  Athen.  year,  the  latter 
half  of  December  and  former  of  Jan- 
uary. 

ϋοσειδεωνίς,  ίόος,  ή,  a  bird  sacred 
to  Neptune,  the  halcyon,  αλανών  ;  also 
ποσειδώνια. 

■\\1οσειδήϊον,  ου,  τό,  Ιοη.=3Ποσεί- 
δειον,  Hdt. 

|Ποσεί(5ίον,  ου,  τό,=  ΊΙοσείδειον, 
q.  ν. — 2.  a  promontory  and  city  on 
the  coast  of  Epirus,  Strab.  p.  324. — 
3.  a  promontory  of  Thessaly  on  the 
Maliacus  sinus.  Id.  exc,  p.  330. — 4.  a 
promontory  of  Chios,  Id.  p.  644. — 
Other  promontories,  so  called  from  a 
temple  of  Neptune  thereon,  in  Samos, 
Arabia,  etc..  Id.  pp.  637,  776,  etc. 

^Υίοσείδιππος,  ου,  ό,  Posldippas, 
an  Athenian  pilot,  Dem.  1222,  10. — 
Others  of  this  name  in  Isae. ;  Ael. ; 
etc. 

ΐίοσειδών,  ωνος,  ό,  acc.  Ποσεί<5ώ, 
voc.  ΤΙόσειδον :  contr.  from  the  Ho- 
meric form  ΐίοσειδάων,  άωνος,  acc. 
άωνα,  voc.  ΤΙοσείδάον :  the  contr. 
nom.  Ποσεί^ώι^  is  first  in  Hes.  Th. 
732  :  later  the  gen.  was  also  Ποσεί- 
δάονος,  etc. :  Dor.  Τίοσειδάν  and  Πο- 
τειδάν,  άνος,  or  (acc.  to  Herodian., 
ττερί  μον.  λέξεις,  p.  10,  Dind.)  ΤΙοτει- 
δάν,  cf  Bockh  V.  1.  Pind.  O.  13,  5; 
also  perh.  ΙΙοτίδάν,  Eupol.  Hel.  6 
(whence  the  name  of  the  town  ΐίοτί- 
δαία,  At.  Eq.  438,  but  v.  Arnold 
Thuc.  1,  63):  Aeol.  ΐίοτείδαν :  Ion. 
Ποσείΐίεωΐ',  ωνος,  Hdt.,  —  Poseidon, 
Lat.  Neptumis,  son  of  Cronus  (Sat- 
urn) and  Rhea,  brother  of  Jupiter, 
god  of  the  water,  esp.  of  the  sea,  hus- 
band of  Amphitrite  :  on  his  attributes, 
etc.,  V.  Miillor  Archaol.  d.  Kunst, 
^  354  sq,  [αωχ•]     Hence 

Ποσεί^ώΐ'είΟΓ,  ου,  τό,=Ί1οσειδώ- 
viov :  strictly  neut.  from 

ΙΙοσειδώνειος,  a,  ov,  =  ΤΙοσειδώ- 
νιος. 

^ΐίοσειδωνία,    ας,    ή,     Po.tjdonia, 
Greek  name  of  Paestum  in  Lucania, 
Strab.  p.  252. 
jUoaeiouvtag,  άδος,  η,  Ponldonias, 


ΠΟΣΟ 

a  small  town  near  Troezene,  Paus. 
2,  30,  8. 

iIloσειδωvιάτης,  ov,  6,  Ion.  -ιητης, 
εω,  inhab.  of  Posidonia,  a  Posidonian, 
Hdt.  1,  167  :  ό  Π.  κό'/ιπος,  the  sinus 
Paestanus,  now  gulf  of  iialemo,  Strab. 
p.  252. 

Τίοσειδώνιον,  ov,  τό  (sc.  ιερόν),  the 
temple  of  Neptune,  tStrab.p.257,etC.,t 
Lob.  Phryn.  368  :  neut.  Irom 

ΙΙοσειδώνιος,  a,  ov,  (ΐίοσειδών) 
belonging  or  consecrated  to  Neptune : 
hence,  ή  ποσειδώνια,  the  halcyon, 
which  was  sacred  to  Neptune  ;  and  τά 
ΐίοσειδώνια  (sc.  ιερά),  his  festival. 

αίοσειόώνιος,  ov,  o,  Posidonius,  a 
Spartan,  Hdt.  9,  71. — 2.  a  Stoic  phi- 
losopher of  Apamea,  Strab.  p.  653. — 
Others  in  Diog,  L. ;  etc. 

ΐίοσειδωνοπετής,  ές,  (ΊΙοσειδών, 
πίπτω)  fallen  or  coming  from  Neptune. 

ΐΐόσθη,  ης,  η,  membrum  virile,  Ar. 
Nub.  1014:  the  foreskin,  Diosc. 

ΪΙοσθία,  ας,  ή,  a  sty  on  the  eye-hd, 
elsewh.  κριθή,  Hipp. 

ΐΐόσθιον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  πόσΰη, 
Ar.  Thesm.  254,  515. 

ΐΐόσθων,  ωνος,  ό,  (πόσθτ))  one  that 
has  a  large  πόσθη  : — comic  word  for 
a  little  boy,  Ar.  Pac.  1300,  Luc.  Lex- 
iph.  12. 

ΐίοσθωνενς,  έως,  ό,=  foreg. 

ΤΙοσΙδεΐος,  a,  ov,  =  ΐίοσειδώνιος, 
Osann  Syll.  Inscr.  1,  p.  164. 

ΙΙοσίδεσμος,  ov,  b,  (πονς,  δεσμός) 
the  foot- shackler,  fetterer,  word  coined 
by  Plat.  Crat.  402  E. 

ΪΙοσΙδήϊον,  ov,  τό.  Ion.  for  Ποσεί- 
δειον,  the  temple  of  Neptune,  Od.  6, 
266:  tin  Ap.  Rh.  1,  1279  as  pr.  n.,  a 
promontory  of  Bithyniaf  :  neut.  from 

ΐίοσϊδηϊος,  η,  ov.  Ion.  for  Ποσεί- 
δειος,  άλσος  Ποσ.,  a  grove  sacred  to 
Neptune,  11.  2,  506,  H.  Ap.  230. 

ΐΐόσΐίίος,  η,  ov,  (η  πόσι.ς)=ποτί• 
μος,  dub. 

ΠΟ'ΣΓΣ,  ό,  gen.  πόσιος  (and  so  in 
Att.,  not  ττόσεως) ;  but  dat.  πόσει, 
Ep.  πόσεϊ  (11.  5,  71) ;  voc.  πόσις  or 
πόσι,  Eur.  :  pi.  πόσεις: — poet.  nom. 
πόσσις,  Leon.  Al.  33. — Λ  husband, 
spouse,  freq.  in  Hom.,  Pind.,  etc. ;  τον 
ϋμοδέμνιον  πόσιν,  Aesch.  Ag.  1108: 
esp.,  a  lawful  husband,  opp.  to  άιήρ, 
a  paramour,  μη  πόσις  μεν  Ηρακλής 
εμός  καλήται,  της  νεωτέρας  ο  άνήρ. 
Soph.  Tr.  550.  (Prob.  its  orig.  sense 
was  that  of  lord,  master,  v.  πότνια^ 
sub  fin.) 

ΐΐόσίς,  ιος  Att.  εως,  ή  (πίνω) : — a 
drinking,  drink,  beverage, ireq.  in  Hom., 
who  usu.  opposes  it  to  εδητνς  ;  also 
to  βρώσις,  Od.  10,  176  ;  so  Hes.  Sc, 
395  ;  σνγγίνεσθαι  ες  πόσιν,  to  meet 
for  a  carousal,  Hdt.  1,  172,  cf  5,  19  ; 
so,  παρά  την  πόσιν,  Lat.  inter  pocula, 
over  their  cups.  Id,  2, 121,  4 : — ο  draught, 
πίεται  τρίτην  πόσιν,  Aesch.  Cho. 
578  :-^also  in  Plat.,  etc. 

Πόσος,  η,  ov.  Ion.  and  Aeol.  κόσος, 
interrog.  adj.  of  the  relat.  όσος  and 
demonstr.  τόσος, — how  great  ?  how 
much  ?  of  what  value  ?  Lat.  quantus  ? 
first  in  Aesch.,  πόσον  τι  πλήθος; 
Pers.  334;  πόσον  τινά χρόνον ;  Soph. 
Ο.  Τ.  558  ;  etc.:  πόσον ;  for  how  much  ? 
ηί  ϋΐΛαί  price  ?  Lzi.quanti?  Plat.Apol. 
20  Β. — Π.  ποσός,  ή,  όν,  indef  adj.,  of 
any  size  or  number,  Lat.  atiqnantus. 
Plat.  Soph.  245  D  :  hence  έπι  ποσόν, 
also  έπΙ  ποσόν  τι,  to  α  certain  degree, 
during  a  certain  time :  TO  ποσόν,  Lat. 
quant'itas.  Plat.  Phil.  24  D,  cf  Arist. 
Categ.  6.  Adv.  -σώ^.  (The  Aeol. 
form  κόσος,  q.  v.,  is  the  Lat.  cot  cotus 
coties,  i.  e.  quot  quotus  quoties,  by  the 
same  change  as  in  *πος  quis,  ίππος 
Ικκος  equus,  etc. ;— some  connect  this 
1227 


ΠΟΤΑ 

with  the  numeral  Sanscr.  -pati,  by 
the  terminations  -κοντά,  -κοσιος, 
-κοστυς;  but  the  different  letters  these 
assume  in  the  cognate  languages 
makes  this  unlikely,  viz.,  .κοί>τα= 
Sanscr.  -ςαή,  Lat.  -ginla.  It  is  likely 
that  in  the  old  dialect  κόσος,  KOre, 
etc.,  were  spelt  with  a  koppa,  f  ,= 
Lat.  q.) 

1\οσοσνλλα3ος,  ov,  (πόσος,  συλλα- 
βή) of  how  many  syllahles  1 

ΐΙοσότ7ΐς,  tjtoc,  i),  (πόσος)  size  or 
quantity,  Polyb.  16,  12,  10. 

Ποσόω,  ώ,  {πόσος)  to  make  of  a  cer- 
tain size,  of  a  certain  price,  state  as  so 
dear,  Theophr.  Char.  23. 

ίίοσσϊ/μαρ,  adv.,  {πόσος,  ημαρ)  in 
how  mani/  days  ?  within  how  many  days  ? 
II.  iil,  Go 7^ 

ΙΙοσσίιιλντος,  ov,  {πονς,  κλυτύς) 
famed  for  swiftness  of  foot,  Dionys.  ap. 
Steph.  Byz.  s.  v.  Κάσπειρος. 

αίοσσίκράτης,  ους,  ό,  Possicrates, 
masc.  pr.  η.,  Paus.  8,  27,  2. 

Τίοσσίκροτος,  ov,  {πους,  κρότος) 
struck  with  the  foot  in  dancing,  Orac. 
ap.  Hdt.  1,  G6. — II.  act.  striking  with 
the  feet,  Orph.  H.  30,  2. 

{ΐΐόσσις,  tor,  δ,  Possis,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  Ath.  533  D. 

ΤΙοσταΙος,  a,  ov,  {πόστος}  in  how 
many  days  !  on  which  day  ?  like  (Seu- 
τεραίος,  τριταίος,  etc.,  Xen.  Cyr.  5, 3, 
28. 

ΐίοστημόριος.  a,  ov,  what  fraction  or 
proportion  of  a  thing  ? 

ίΐόστιον,  TO,  for  ττόσ^ίοι-,  barbarism 
in  Ar.  Thesm.  1188. 

ΐΐόστος,  η,  ov,  {πόσος)  which  (in  a 
series)  ?  πόστον  δί/  έτος  εστίν  ύτε 
ξείνισσας  εκείνον  ;  Od.  21,  288. — II. 
how  little  or  small  ?  Lat.  quantalus  ? 
Xen.  Cyr.  4,  1,  16.  _ 

fΐLoστovμιoς,ov,ό,Postumius,Έ.oπ\. 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Polyb.  2,  11,7. 

αΐόστονμος,  ov,  o.the  Rom.  name 
PostHnius ;  [the  OV  following  the 
analogy  of  the  Latin  word  is  short  in 
late  poets.] 

^ΙΪοσωχύρτις,  ους.  ό,  Posochares, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Leon.  Tar.  10. 

Hot,  short.  Dor.  for  ποτί.  προς,  but, 
as  it  seems,  only  before  the  art.,  πό- 
τώ,  ποτ  τώ,  ποτ  τον,  ποτ  τώς,  ποτ 
τό,  ποτ  τά,  etc.,  for  ποτΙ  τώ  (Dor  for 
προς  τοΰ),  etc.,  Ar.  Ach.  723,  751, 
783,  Theocr.  15,  70;  but  not  only  in 
poetry,  for  we  find  ποτ  τύΰε,  in  pub- 
lic acts  of  Sparta  in  Thuc,  5,  77,  79. 
— Many  scholars,  as  Koen  Greg.  Cor. 
p.  233,  Buttm.  Ausf  Gr.  (^117  Anm.  4, 
write  thess  as  one  word,  ποττώ,  ποτ- 
τάν,  etc.,  cf.  ΰμ,  κάκ,  κάπ,  πύρ. 

ΤΙότα,  Aeol.  for  πότε,  like  δτα  for 
δτε. 

ΤΙότίγε,  Dor.  for  πρόςαγε,  Theocr. 

I,  62. 

ΤΙοτάγωγίς,  ίδος.  ή,  Arist.  Pol.  5, 

II,  7.  wliere  Schneid.  prefers  πυτα- 
γωγίδίΐς,  ov,  b  :  v.  sub  προςαγωγενς, 
προςαγωγίδης. 

ΙΙοταείδϋ),  Dor.  for  προςαείδω. 

Τίοταινί,  a.a\.,just  now,  very  dub. : 
from 

ΐίοταίνίος,  a,  ov,  also,  or,  ov,  {πο- 
τί, αίνος) : — like  πρόςφατος,  fresh, 
new,  Lat.  receits,  στέφανος,  Pind.  O. 
10  (11),  72;  more  freq.  in  Aesch.,  π. 
αίμα..  Cho.  1055,  Eum.  282  ;  metaph., 
unaccustomed,  unwonted,  unheard  of, 
πήμα.  Id.  Pr,  102,  cf  Theb.  239,  Eif 
Soph.  Ant.  8)2 ;— a  Doric  form,  but 
also  found  in  the  new  Ion.  of  Hipp.,  v. 
Foes.  Oecon,  [Sometimes  made  tri- 
syll.,  Seidl,  Dochm.  p.  93.] 

ΥΙοταινός,ή,  όν,—ποταίνιος,  dub, 

ΠοΓύμείΟζ•,  a,  ον,ν.  1.  iox ποτάμιος, 
Eur,  Tro.  Iu(i7,  [ώ] 
1328 


ΠΟΤΑ 

ΠοΓ(ί//έλ}'ω,  f.  'ξω.  Dor.  for  προςα- 
μέλγω. 

Ποτύμηγός,  cv,  {ποταμός,  άγω) 
drawn  or  towed  upo7i  a  river,  going  by  a 
river,  of  i)oats  and  vessels,  Dion.  H. 

ΐίοτύμηδόν,  adv.,  {ποταμός)  like  a 
stream,  Luc. 

Ώοτΰμί/ϊος,  η,  ov,  Ion.  and  poet,  for 
ποτάμειος,  Nonn. 

Ήοτάμηίς,  ίδος,  pecul.  poet.  fern,  of 
ποτύμειος,  Αρ.  Rh.  3,  1219. 

ΙΙοτάμηπόρος,  ov,  {ποταμός,  πό- 
ρος) crossing,  going  by  a  river,  Opp.  C. 
2,  178. 

Τίοτΰμτ'φΰτος,  ov,  {ποταμός,  αρύ- 
τω)  drawn  in  streams,  όλβος,  Paul.  Sil. 
Ecphr.  596. 

-[ΙΙοταμία,ας,  i],Potamia,  a  district 
of  Paphlagonia.  Strab.  p.  562. 

Ώοτάμιον.  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  ποτα- 
μός, Strab.  [a] 

ΐίοτάμίος,  a,  ov,  also  oc,  ov,  Eur. 
El.  309,  but  cf  56:  {ποταμός):— of  οτ 
from  a  river,  όχβαι,  Aesch.  Theb.  392; 
freq.  in  Eur. :  on  the  river,  of  Acragas, 
Pinii.  P.  6,  β  : — epilh.  of  Diana  from 
the  conne.xion  of  her  worship  with 
that  of  rivers,  Dissen  Pind.  P.  2,  7 
(11).— til.  Μοτάμως,  v.  sub  YloTu- 
μός.  [α] 

'\\\οταμίς,  ίδος,  ό,  Potamis,  son  of 
Gnosias,  leader  of  the  Syracusans, 
Thuc.  3,85;  Xen.  Hell.  1,  1,  29. 

ΤΙοτύμίσκος,  ου,  ό,  dim.  from  πο- 
ταμός, a  small  river,  Strab. 

ΪΙότάμίτης,  ου,  6,  a  water-finder, 
Lat.  aqnilex. 

ΐίοτΰμογείτων,  όνος,  h,  ή,  {ποτα- 
μός, γείτων)  near  a  river. — II.  ^  ττ.  a 
water-plant,  pondweed,  Lat.  potamo- 
geton,  Diosc.  4,  101. 

ΐίοτύμοάίύρτης,  ov,  ό,  {ποταμός, 
διαιρώ)  a  ferryman  on  a  river,  Arte- 
mid. 

ΐίοτΰμόκλνστος,ον,  {ποταμός,  κλν- 
ζω)  washed  by  a  river,  Strab. 

ΐίοτάμόνδΐ,  {ποταμός)  adv.,  into,  to, 
towards  a  river,  Horn. 

ΐίοτάμό^βντος,  ov,  {ποταμός,  βεω) 
watered  by  a  river  or  rivers,  ap.  A.  B. — 
II.  flou-in<;  towards,  on  or  ivith  a  river. 

Ώοτΰμός,  οϋ,  ό,  a  river,  stream,  freq. 
in  Hom.,  Hes.,etc. ;  π.διϊπετής,καλ- 
λίΙ)()οης.  δα'ήεις,  etc.,  Hom. ;  cf.  πη- 
γη,  Kpr/Vij,  κρουνός: — ποταμόνδε,  into 
or  to  a  river,  Hom. — II.  as  a  person, 
ΥΙοταμός,  a  river-god,  II.  20,  7,  73,  etc. 
(Prob.  from  Π0-  {πίνω),  πότος,  πο- 
τίζω, and  so  orig,  not  flowing,  but 
fresh,  drinkable  water,  πότιμον  ύδωρ, 
opp.  to  the  s-alt  water  of  the  sea  ;  al- 
though in  early  geographical  notions 
the  ocean  also  is  a  ποταμός,  v.  sub 
(ωκεανός.) 

^Τίοτημός,  οΰ,  6,  Potamus,  an  Attic 
deme  of  the  tribe  Leontis,  Strab.  p. 
398  :  in  Paus.  1,31,3  o<  Ποταμοί:— 
hence  ό  ΤΙοτύμιος,  an  inhnb.  of  P.,  a 
Potamian.  Isae.  53,  26  :  Ath.  299  B. 

ΤΙοτάμοφόρητος,  ov,  (ποταμός.  <*>o- 
ρέω)  carried  away  by  a  river,  N.   Γ. 

ΐίοτάμόχωστος,  ov,  {ποταμός,  χών- 
ννμι)  deposited  by  a  river,  Diod. 

\Τίοτάμων,  ωνος,  ό,  Potamon,  son 
of  Aegvptus,  Apollod.  2,  1,  5. — 2.  a 
rhetorician,  who  attained  to  an  ad- 
vanced age,Luc,  Macrub.23, — Others 
in  Anth,  ;  etc, 

ΤΙοτανός,  ύ,  6v,  Dor.  for  ποτηνάς, 
winged,  flying,  furnished  with  tvings, 
Pind.  P.  8,  48  :  kv  ποτανοίς,  among 
fowls.  Id.  N.  3,  140;  ποτανον  διώ- 
κειν  όρνιν,  Aesch.  Ag.  394  (cf.  πέτο- 
μαι,  II.l): — metaph.,7rorai'uf  kvMoi- 
aaiQL,  i.  Θ.  soaring  in  the  arts  of  the 
Muses,  Pind.  P.  5,  153  ;  ποτανα,  μα- 
χανά,  by  soaring  a.x\,,  \.  e.  bypoesy,  Id. 
N.  7,  31. 


ΠΟΤΕ 

ΤΙοτάομαι,  Ep.  and  Att.  poet,  form 
for  πέτομαι,  to  fly,  11.  2,  462,  H.  Merc. 
558 ;  ol  sounds,  Aesch.  Theb.  84, 
Supp.  657  : — pf.  πεπότημαι  (with 
pres.  signf.),  to  be  upon  the  wing,(jn\.  1 1, 
222  ;  3  pi.  pf.  πεποτήαται,  11.  2,  90 : 
Ep.  3  plqpf.  πεπότητο,  Hes.  Sc.  148, 
Lob.  Phryn.  581  ;  πεπότημαι  is  also 
Att.,  πεποτησβαι  τας  φρένας,  Ar.  Αν. 
1445  ;  but  Aesch.  and  Eur.  have  the 
Dor.  form  πεπόταμαι,  Eum.  379, 
Hipp.  564 :  so,  Dor.  aor.  έποτύβην 
[ά],  in  Soph.  Fr.  423.— In  Ep.  we 
also  find  ποτεομαι. 

ΤΙοτάπός,  ή,  όΐ',=^ποδαπός,  Ν.  Τ. 
Adv..πώf. 

Τίοταν?.έω,  Dor.  for  προΓαυ?ιέω, 
Theocr. 

ΤΙοτάώος,  ώα,  ώον.  Dor.  for  προς- 
ηωος,  Theocr.  4,  33. 

ΐΐότε.  Ion.  κότε  (ν.  πόσος  fin.),  ιη- 
terrog.  particle,  when  ?  at  what  time  1 
II.  19,  227,  Od.  4,  642  ;  πότ'  ει  μη 
vvv  ;  Aesch.  Theb.  102  ;  πότ'  άρα,^= 
αρά  ποτέ.  Lat.  unquamne,  Eur.  Ion 
563,  cf,  Herm.  Soph.  O.  C.  p.  xviii ; 
πότε  δί] ;  Aesch.  Cho.  720,  Plat., 
etc.  :  if  πότε  λήξει  ;  (as  in  Germ. 
his  wann?)  Soph.  Aj.  1185. — II.  more 
freq.  ποτέ,  enclit.  particle,  at  some  or 
any  time,  once,  both  of  past  and  fut., 
freq.  in  Horn.,  Hes.,  etc.  :  also  some- 
times joined  to  the  so  called  praesens 
historicus,  which  we  translate  as  a 
past  tense,  Eur.  El.  416,  Bacch.  2 
(cf,  δη  ποτέ)  :  ηδη  ποτέ,  now  at 
length,  Lat.  tandem  aliquando,  11.  1, 
260,  Xen.  Mem.  2,  2,  2 ;  τάχ'  iv 
ποτέ,  11. 1,  205  ;  Trore  μεν..,  ποτέ  δέ.., 
now. ..now..,  first. ..then..,  sometimes... 
sojnetimes  :  Lat.  modo...niodo..,  Plat. 
Theaet.  170  C  ;  so,  ποτέ  μέν...ένιότε 
δF...^  or  αύθις  δέ.  Id.  Phaed.  59  A, 
Rep.  560  A. — In  questions  it  has  an 
intens.  force,  like  Lat.  tandem,  τι 
ποτέ  ;  in  Hom.  τίφθε  ;  how  ever  ? 
how  in  the  world  ?  Pors.  Or.  209.  A 
negat.  is  often  prefi.xed,  v.  οϋποτε 
and  μήποτε,  ουδέποτε,  ούδεπώποτε, 
etc. — Sometimes  used  as  enclit.  part, 
at  the  beginning  of  a  sentence,  and 
then  in  case  of  elision  the  accent  is 
thrown  back  on  the  first  syll.,  Bockh 
v.  1.  Pind.  N.  6,  43,  Ar.  Vesp.  1 182.— 
Cf  also  δήποτε,  είπατε,  πύποτΐ. 
(It  belongs  to  the  root  *πός.) 

ΐίοτειδΰν,  Dor.,  but  ΐίοτείδαν, 
Aeol.  for  ΪΙοσειδών,  q.  v. 

ΊΤίοτεντία,  ας,  ή,  Potentia,  a  city 
in  the  territory  of  the  Picentini, 
Strab.  p.  241. 

^ΐίοτέολοι,  ων,  ol,  the  Lat.  Pute- 
oli ;  v.  Αικαιάρχεια. 
'  ΤΙοτέομαι,  Ep.  for  ττοτύομαι,  to  fly, 
Od.  24,  7,  Hes.  Th.  691. 

ΤΙοτέος,  a,  ov,  verb.  adj.  of  πίνω, 
to  be  drunk,  drinkable.  Plat.  Legg,  674 
B.— II.  ποτέον,  one  tnust  drink.  Id. 
Prot.  314  A. 

ΊΪΙότερος,  a,  ov,  whether  of  the  two? 
Lat.  uter !  πότερος..,  b  Ιατρός  ^  d 
ύφοποιός  ;  Plat,  Gorg.  464  D,  etc. : 
— in  Hom.  only  once,  II.  5,  85,  and 
that  in  indirect  question,  like  ΰπότε- 
ρος,  cf  Plat.  Rep.  527  E.— 2.  the 
neut.  πότερον  heq.  as  adv.  at  the  be- 
ginning of  an  inten-og.  sentence  con- 
taining two  contrary  propositions, 
the  alternative  being  e.xpressed  by 
f/..,  answering  to  Lat.  utrum...nn,  in  a 
direct  question,  whether. ..or...  ?  first  in 
Pind.  P.  1 1,  35  sq.,  Fr.  232  ;  τίνες  κα• 
rijpSav,  πότερον  Έλληνες  ?j  παις 
ίμός ;  Aesch.  Pers.  351,  etc.;  so  in 
plur.,  πότεοα  δικαστην  ή  δικηφόρον 
λέγεις  ;  Id.  Cho.  120,  etc. : — rarely 
in  a  single  question,  πότερα  δη  κερ- 
τομών  λέγεις  τάδε  [?)  μή—Ι ;  Sopli. 


ΠΟΤΙ 

Phil.  1235,  cf.  Plat.  Soph.  228  A, 
Xen.  Cyr.  1,  3,  15.— The  Att.  used 
both  πότεβον  and  neut.  plur.  τζότερα, 
as  well  in  direct,  as  indirect  ques- 
tions ;  and  so  Hdt.  in  Ion.  forms  κό- 
τερον.  κότερα. — II.  without  interrog., 
like  ατερος,  όπότερος,  either  of  the 
two,  Lat.  altcruter,  Heind.  Plat.  Charm. 
171  B,  Stallb.  Rep.  499  C  :  in  this 
signf.  Phot.  hex.  s.  v.,  would  write 
it  oxyt.  τζοτερός,  ύ,  όν.  (The  vvord 
is  formed  by  contraction  from  έτερος 
and  the  root  *~6ς.) 

Τίοτέρχοβαι,  Dor.  for  ττροςέρχομαι. 

ΤΙοτέρωΰι.  adv.  {πότερος)  on  ivheth- 
er  of  the  two  sides...  ?  on  which  side...  ? 
at  which  place  (of  two)  ?  Plat.  Phaedr. 
263  B.  Xen.  Mem.  4,  2,  17. 

ΪΙοτέρως,  adv.  from  πότερος,  in 
which  xvay  (of  two)  ?  Lat.  utro  modo  ? 
Plat.  Gorg.  502  B,  etc. ;  ποτέρως, 
εί...η..,  Xen.  An.  7,  7,  30  : — also  in 
indirect  questions,  whether,  haw,  Plat. 
Rep.  368  C,  Polit.  272  D. 

ΠοΓφωσε,  adv.  (πότερος)  to  which 
side  ?  to  which  place  (of  two)  ?  Xen. 
Mem.  4,  2,  14. 

ΙΙοτεχω,  Dor.  for  προςέχω. 

TJoTTf,  ής,  ή,  (ποτάομαί)  flight,  a 
fiyi'ig,  Od.  5,  337. 

ΥΙύτημα,  ατός,  τή,  (πότος,  πίνω) 
that  which  is  drunk,  a  drink,  potion, 
drinking,  Hipp. 

ΤΙοτημΰτοποίός,  όν,  (πάτημα,  ποι- 
έω)  preparing  drink,  ParineniO  ap.  Ath. 
608  A. 

Τίοτημεν,  Dor.  inf.  from  πρόςειμι 
for  -ροςεΐναο. 

Τίοτηνός,  ή,  όν,  (ποτάομαί)  winged, 
flying,  Poet.  ap.  Plat.  Phaedr.  252  Β : 
more  usu.  in  the  Dor.  form  ποτανός, 

ΐίοτήρ,  ηρος,  ο,  (πότος,  πίνω)  α 
drinking-cup,  wine-cup,  Eur.  Alc.  756, 
Cycl.  151. 

IloTr/ρίδιον,  ov,  τό.  Dim.  from  770- 
T7/PL0V,  dub.  in  Menand.  p.  12. 

ΙΙοτηριογλύπτης,  ov,  b,  a  carver  of 
drinking-cups. 

Τίοτηριοκλέπτης,  ov,  6,  (ποτήριον, 
κ7.έ~τω)  a  stealer  of  drinking-cups, 
name  of  a  poem  by  Euphorio. 

ΐίοτήριον,  ov,  TO,  neut.  from  sq.,  a 
drinking-cup,  wine-cup,  Hdt.  2,  37 ;  3, 
148,  etc.,  Ar.  Eq.  120,  237,  etc.— II.  a 
kitidof  shrub,  Astragalus  Poterium, 
Diosc.  3,  15. 

ϋκτήρίος,  a,  ον,(ποτήρ)  of  οτ  upon 
a  drinking-cup. 

ΪΙοτι/μιοφόρος,ον, (ποτήριον, φέρω) 
bearing  a  drinking-cup,  Ath.  460  D. 

ΪΙοτι/ροθήκη,  ης,  η,  (ποτί/ρ,  θήκη)  α 
table  on  which  drinking-cups  are  laid,  a 
beaufet.  (The  alteration  ;ror;/pto&^«7 
is  needless.) 

ΐίοτηροπλντης,  ov,  6,  (ποτήρ,  πλύ- 
νω) a  washer  of  cups,   [ΰ] 

ΐίοτής,  ητος,  ή,  (πότος,  πίνω)  α 
drinking,  drink,  freq.  in  Hom.,  always 
opp.  to  εδητνς,  βρωτύς,  βρώσις,  βρώ- 
μη or  σίτος,  II.  11,  780;  19,  306,  Od. 
10,  379,  etc. 

ΐΐότης,  ου,  ό,  fem.  πύτις,  α  drinker, 
tippler,  toper,  Epicr.  Antila.  1,  5,  in 
fem. ;  (the  masc.  does  not  seem  to  be 
used  of  persons,  όιΑοπότης  being  used 
instead.  Piers.  Herodian.  p.  432) ;  πό- 
της 7.ύχνος,  a  tippling  lamp,  i.  e.  that 
consumes  much  oil,  Ar.  Nub.  57  ;  so, 
στίλ3η  πότις,  Plat.  (Com.)  Incert. 
15: — comic  super!.,  ττοΓίσ-άΓ;/,  a  hard 
drinker,  Ar.  Thesm.  735. 

ΐίοτητός,  ->),  όν,  (ποτάομαί)  flying, 
winged,  τα  ποτητύ,  fowls,  birds,  θα.  12, 
62 ;  formed  like  δακετά  and  ερπετά. 

Τίοτί,  Dor.  προς,  also  freq.  in  Horn., 
Hes.,  Hipp.,  and  Doric  writers,  whe- 
ther in  or  out  of  compos. :  the  elision 


ΠΟΤΙ 

of  i  before  a  vowel,  so  freq.  in  The- 
ocr.,  esp.  in  compos.,  is  so  rare  in 
older  Dor.,  that  Bockhonly  allovvsone 
case  of  it  in  Pind.,  viz.  O.  7,  90,  cf. 
V.  1.   P.  1,  56.     Shortd.  form  πότ,  q. 

ΤίοτΙύπτω,  ποτίβύλλω,  ποτιβ'λε- 
πω.  Dor.  for  προςβ-. 

■\ΙΙοτίδαία.  ας.  Ion.  -αίη.  ης,  ή,  Ρο- 
tidaea,  a  city  in  the  peninsula  Pallene, 
later  merged  in  Cassandrea,  Hdt.  8, 
128;  Ar.  Eq.  438;  Strab.  p.  330. 
Hence 

^Τίοτιδαιάτης,  ov.  Ion.  -αιήτης,  εω, 
ό.  an  inhab.  of  Potidaea,  a  Potidaean, 
Hdt.  8,  126:  and 

fYloτιδaιάτικός,  ή,  όν,  of  or  relating 
to  Potidaea,  Thuc.  1,  118. 

iΏoτιδavia,  ας,  ή,  Poiidania,  a 
stronghold  in  Locris  on  the  borders  of 
Aetolia.  Thuc.  3,  96. 

ΥΙοτίδΰ,ς,  ΐίοτίδαία,  v.  sub  Ποσεί- 
δώΐ'. 

ΐίοτΐδέγμενος.  Dor.  and  Ep.  for 
προςδ-,  syncop.  part.  aor.  from  προς- 
δέχομαι,  also  in  Hom. 

ΐίοτΐδεΐν,  Dor.  for  προςιδ. 

ΤΙοτΙδέρκομαί,  -δένομαι,  -δόρπιος, 
Dor.  for  προςδ-. 

ΐίοτιειλέω,  Dor.  for  πρηςειλέω. 

ΤΙοτίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (πότος)  to  give  to 
drink,  Plat.  Phaedr.  247  Ε  :  jc.  dupl. 
ace.  γάλα  νμΰς  επότιαα,  Ν.  T.t :  to 
water  plants,  jr.  τα  φνόμενα,  Xen. 
Symp.  2,  25. 

ΤΙυτίβες,  Dor.  for  πρόςθες,  imperat. 
aor. 2  {τοτηπροςτίθημι,  Theocr.  14,  45. 

ϋοτίκέκλΐται.  Dor.  for  προσκέκλ-, 
p{.  pass,  from  προςκ/.ίνω,  Od. 

ΤΙοτίκολλος,  ov.  Dor.  for  προςκ-, 
Pind.  Fr.  280. 

ΤΙοτικός,  ή,  όν,  (πότος,  πίνω)  fond 
of  drinking,  Plut.  Demetr.  1,  etc.  Adv. 
-κώς.  π.  εχειν,  to  be  given  to  drink- 
ing, lb.  36. 

ΤΙοτιμάστιος,  ov.  Dor.  for  προςμ-. 
Soph.  Fr.  230. 

Τίόημος,  ov,  (πότος,  πίνω)  of  wa- 
ter, drinkable,  fresh,  opp.  to  ύλμιφός, 
Hdt.  8,  22,  Arist.  etc. :  metaph.,  π.  λό- 
γος,  a  sweet  discourse,  opp.  to  ΐιΆμν- 
ρά  ύκοή,  Plat.  Phaedr.  243  D  ;  and  of 
persons,  mild,  gentle,  Theocr.  29,  31. 

ΙΙοτΐνίσσομαι,  Dor.  for  προςν-,  also 
in  II. 

ΙΠοτίολοί,  οί,=ΠοΓεολοί,  Strab. 
p.  243. 

Πο-ί'7Γε7ΓΓ;;υί'α,  Ep.  part.  perf.  from 
προςπτί/σσω,  q.  v. 

ΐίοτιπτνσσω,  Dor.  for  προςπτνσ- 
σω,  Od. 

ΐΐότις,  ιδος,  fem.  from  πότης,  q.  v. 

ίΠοτίσδω,  Dor.  for  ττοτίζω,  Theocr. 
1,  121. 

ΤΙότΐσις,  ή,  a  watering. 

ΐΐότισμα,  ατός,  τό,  any  thing  water- 
ed :  also  drink,  Diosc. 

ΐίοτισμός,  οΰ,  δ,  (ποτίζω)  a  water- 
ing. LXX. 

ΠοΓίστύζω,  Dor.  for  προςστύζω, 
Pind. 

ΐίοτίστατος,  comic  superl.  from 
πότης,  q.  v. 

ΪΙοτιστήρ,  ηρος,  ό,  =  ποτιστής. 
Hence 

ΤΙοτιστήριον,  ov,  τό,  a  canal  or  ditch 
for  irrigation,  LXX. 

ΤΙοτιστί/ς,  οϋ,  ό,  (ποτίζω)  one  who 
D^ijies  to  drink,  waters,  LXX. 

ΐίοτίστρα,  ας,  ή,  (ποτίζω)  a  water- 
ing-place, a  drinking-trough.  Call.  Diail. 
50.  Strab.  ;  cf.  πίστρα. 

ΤΙοτΙτέρπω,  Dor.  for  προντ-,  also  in 
II. 

ΤΙοτιτρόπαιος,  ov.  Dor.  for  προςτρ-, 
Aesch.  Eum.  176. 

Τίοτϊφόριμος,  ov.  Dor.  for  προςφ-, 
=:  πρόςφορος,  Epich.  p.  59. 


ΠΟΤΝ 

ΤΙοτίφορος,  Dor.  for  πρόςφ-,  Pind 
N.  3,  54. 

Ώοτιφωνήεις,  εσσα,  εν.  Dor.  for 
προςφ-,  also  in  Od. 

ΤΙοτιιραύω,  Dor.  for  προςφ-,  Pind 
Fr.  86,  2. 

ΐΐότμος,  ov,  6,  (ΠΕΤ-,  πίπτω)  that 
which  befals  one,  one's  lot,  destiny,  usu. 
one's  evil  destiny,  a  mishap,  esp.  like 
μοίρα  and  μόρος,  death  :  in  Hom.  al- 
ways in  last  signf. ;  either  of  the  kill- 
er, πότμον  εφεϊναι,  II.  4,  396,  Od.  19, 
550  ;  or,  of  the  killed,  πότμον  επι- 
σπεΐν,  II.  6,  412,  etc. ;  he  also  freq. 
joins  θάνατον  και  πότμον  επισπεΐν, 
11.  20,  337,  etc. ;  more  rarely  θανέειν 
και  πότμον  επισπεΐν,  Od.  4,  562 ; 
όλόμην  και  πότμον  έπέσπον,  Od.  11, 
197  (cf  έτοιμος) ;  πότμον  άναπλήσαι, 
II.  11,  263  :— freq.  also  in  Pind.,  and 
Trag.,  as,  πότμον  έφά•φαι=π.  έφεΐ- 
ναι,  Pind.  Ο.  9,  91  ;  πότμον  άμπί- 
πλαντες,  Ν.  10,  106  ;  πότμον  λαχεΐν, 
πότμον  τνχείν,^ πότμον  επισπεΐν, 
Eur.  L  Τ.  914,  etc. :— also,  πότμος 
συγγεντ/ς,  one's  natural  gifts,  Pind. 
Ν.  5,  74. — II.  as  a  person.  Destiny,  Id. 
P.  3, 153.— Only  poet.  [The  Att.  also 
sometimes  use  the  first  syll.  long, 
Seidl.  Dochm.  p.  106,  while  later  Ep. 
sometimes  shorten  it,  Jac.  A.  P.  p. 
572.] 

ΤΙότνά,  ή,  v.  sq.  II. 

ΤΙότνια,  ή,  a  title  of  honour,  used 
chiefly  in  addressing  females,  whether 
goddesses  or  women: — 1.  as  subst., 
lady,  mistress,  queen,  Hom.  ;  hence 
also  c.  gen.,  πότνια  θηρών,  queen  of 
wild  beasts,  Lat.  poteris  ferarum,  II. 
21,  470:  πύτνια  βελέων,  Pind.  P.  4, 
380  ;  7Γ.  λαών,  γυναικών,  etc.,  Aral. 
112;  πότνια  έμά,  Eur.  Ion  703: — 
Apion  therefore  rightly  explains  it  by 
δέσποινα,  cf.  sub  fin. — 2.  as  adj.,  ace. 
to  Apion. ,=  ri/zi'a.  revered,  august,  as 
of  the  goddesses  Juno,  Hebe,  Circe, 
Calypso,  Hom. ;  of  Juno,  Minerva, 
Tethys  and  Pitho,  Hes.  ;  and  in  Ba- 
cis  ap.  Hdt.  8,  77,  of  'Νίκη  ;  π.μήτηρ, 
freq.  in  Hom.  : — also  freq.  in  Pind., 
and  Trag. — Besides  the  nom..  the 
rare  ace.  πότνιαν  occurs  in  H.  Plom. 
Cer.  203,  Ven.  24,  Hes.  Th.  11,  926, 
Eur.  Ion  873 :— plur.  nom.  πότνιαι, 
Soph.  Ο.  C.  84.  gen.  Τίοτριέων.  H<lt. 
9,  97,  in  which  places  it  is  a  euphem. 
name  for  the  Erinyes,  cf.  ποτνιάδες  : 
elsewh.  ΐΐέιτηαι  are  Ceres  and  Pro- 
serpina. Reisig  Enarr.  Soph.  O.  C. 
1015  : — a  superl.  ποτνιωτάτη  in  Cleo- 
bul.  ap.  Diog.  L.  1,  93,  where  it  is 
epith.  of  Lindos,  just  as  cities  gene- 
rally are  called  ΐεραί:  so,  πότνια 
χθων,  ακτή,  Aesch.  Cho.  722,  cf. 
Soph.  Phil.  395,  Eur.  Ion  873.— Π. 
synon.  form  πότνά  in  the  phrase  πότ- 
να  θεά  was  sometimes  read  in  Od.,  as 
5,  215;  13,  391;  20,  61:  but  Wolf 
has  restored  πότνια  θεά,  θεά  being 
pronounced  as  monosyll. :  in  the  lines 
just  quoted,  the  word  is  in  the  first  or 
second  foot ;  elsewh.  in  Hom.  always 
in  the  fifth : — the  oldest  certain  in- 
stance of  πότνα  is  in  H.  Hom.  Cer. 
118,  πότνα  θεάων  like  δια  θεύων. 
This  form  is  never  found  but  in  nom. 
and  voc,  so  that  Meineke  is  right  in 
correcting  the  one  seeming  exception 
(tuv  ποτνίαν  for  πότναν),  in  Theocr. 
15,  14. — Sometimes  also  in  Trag.,  as 
Eur.  Bacch.  370.— The  question, 
whether  πότνα  is  shortd.  from  πότ- 
νια or  πότνια  lengthd.  from  πότνα,  is 
immaterial :  but  πότνια  seems  to  be 
the  older  form. — No  such  masc.  as 
πότνιος,  πότνος,  seems  to  have  exist- 
ed. (Buttm.  Ausf.  Gr.  ^  64  Anm.  2, 
n.  makes  πότνα  an  old  fem.  appella- 
1229 


ΠΟΥ 

live,  lady,  queen,  from  which  πότνια 
comes,  as  νστύηος  from  ύστατος : 
hence  the  genit.  alter  it; — and  perh. 
it  is  strictly  feni.  of  πήσις.  as  δέσττοι- 
να  of  δεσπότης,  cf  Sanscr.  paii,  lord, 
husband,  pa/rei,  wife,  lady,  from  root 
pa  tueri :  akin  to  Lat.  poteiis,  potis, 
Pott  Et.  Forsch.  1,  189.) 

Ποη'/ύ(5{ζ•,  ai,  {ποτνίύω)  the  shout- 
ing, screaining  oties,  epith.  of  Bacchan- 
tes, Eur.  Bacch.  004  ;  of  horses,  Id. 
Phoen.  1124  :  fv.  infra  H.f— 2.  perh. 
also  as  plur.  of  ττότνια,  hence  in  Eur. 
Or.  318,  epith.  of  the  Erinyes.— fll. 
ΐίοτνιύόες,  ai,  of  Pnttiiae,  Potnian, 
ΐπττοί  Π.,  Strab.  p.  409  ;  and  to  this 
prob.  belongs  Eur.  Phoen.  1124  supra  ; 
cf  ΐίοτνιενς  and  Virg.  Georg.  3,  267. 

ΙΙοτνιύζομαι,  =  πονηάομαι,  He- 
sych. 

iTloTviai,  ών,  at.,  Potniae,  an  an- 
cient city  of  Boeotia,  not  far  from 
Thebes;  its  site  nearly=mod.  Taki, 
Strab.  p.  412. 

ΪΙοτνίασις,  ε(ος,  η,  (ττοτνιάομαί)  a 
calling  upon  the  gods. 

ΙΙοτνιασμός,  ov,  o,=  foreg.,  Strab. : 
from 

ΠοΓ!;ίύο//αί,  dep.,  strictly,  to  call 
out  nOTVia,  πότνι.α,  to  a  deity  ;  hence, 
generally,  to  invoke,  implore,  lament, 
only  in  later  prose,  as  Luc.  Merc.Cond. 
17,  Gall.  20,  Plut.  2,  408  A,  etc. ;  cf 
Ruhnk.  Tim. 

^ΤΙοτνιενς,  έως,  ό,  of  Potniae,  Pot- 
nian, appell.  of  Glaucus,  who  was 
torn  asunder  by  the  'ίπποι  ΐίοτνιάδες, 
Strab.  p.  409. 

ΐίοτόόδω,  Lacon.  for  ποτόσδο),  πο• 
τόί^ίύ,  Ar.  Lys.  206. 

ΐίοτόν,  ov,  TO,  {πίνω)  that  which  one 
drinks,  drink,  κρητηρας  έπεστέφαντο 
ποτοΐο,  II.  1,  470,  etc. ;  ποτόν  εντός 
έχοντες,  Od.  2,  341  ;  κρόμνον  ποτώ 
δψον,  II.  11,  630;  σΐτα  καΐ  ποτά, 
meat  and  drink,  Hdt.  5,  54  ;  σιτία  και 
7Γ.,  Plat.  Prot.  334  A,  Xen.,  etc. :— α 
sprit)  g  of  fresh  water,  Soph.  Phil.  1461, 
cf  Meineke  Theocr.  13,40  ;  and,  gen- 
erally, water,  π.  "ϊ,καίΐάνδρον,  Aesch. 
Ag.  1157,  cf  Pers.  487:  freq.  also  of 
wine,  lb.  615,  Soph.  Tr.  703. 

nOTOf,  ov,  6,  {πίνω)  a  drinking, 
esp.,  a  drinking-bout,  carousal,  like 
σνμπόσιον,  παρά  πότον,  Lat.  inter pn- 
cula,  Xen.  An.  2,  3,  15,  Symp.  8,  41  ; 
άλλήλοις  συνεΐναι  έν  τω  πότω,  Plat. 
Prat.  347  C ;  so,  έν  τοΐς  πότοις, 
Aeschin.  34,  20  ;  περί  πότους  διατρι- 
βην  ποιεΐσθαι,  Lys.  146.  35,  cf  Plat. 
Rep.  329  A,  Isocr.  Antid.  «i  305.— II. 
oxyt.,  ποτός,^^ποτόν,  drink,  Hipp. 

riorof,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  of  πίνω, 
drunk,  for  drinking,  τι  κακόν  εδανηνή 
ποτόν  πασαμένη... ;  Aesch.  Ag.  1408. 

ΤΙοτόσδω,  Dor.  for  προςόζω. 

Τίοττώ,  ποττω,  ποττόν,  ποττώς, 
ποττύν,  etc.,  for  ποτι  τώ,  Dor.  for 
■ητρός  τον,  etc. ;  ν.  sub  πότ. 

iiloτώvη,  ης,  ή,  Potone,  name  of 
the  mother  and  sister  of  Plato,  ace. 
to  Diog.  L.  3,  1,4. 

ΪΙον ;  Ion.  κον ;  interrog.  adv., 
(strictly  gen.  from  *πός,  q.  v.): — 
where  Ί  Lat.  uhi  ?  Horn.,  etc. ;  ποϋ  δε 
οι  εντεα  κείται..  ;  II.  10,  407  ;  πού  τοι 
τόξον  ;  5,  171,  etc. :  later  also  c.  gen., 
ποϋ  γης  ;  ποϋ  χθονός ;  where  in  the 
world  ?  Lat.  ubitiam  terrarum  ?  Aesch. 
Pers.  231,  Soph.  Aj.  984  ;  ποϋ  ποτ'  ει 
φρενών  ;  Soph.  El.  390  ;  πον  ποτ'  εΙμι 
πράγματος  ;  Id.  Tr.  375  : — even  with 
verbs  of  motion,  in  pregnant  signf,  ποί 
τοι  άπειλαι  θίγονται  ;  11.  13,  219  (cf 
ποΐ)  ;  though  this  is  questioned  by 
Pors.  Hec.  1062,  Herm.  Soph.  Aj.  1079. 
— 2.  Λοίί!  .''  in  what  manner  ?  esp.  to  ex- 
press indignation,  Id.  ib.  1260. — II. 
1230 


ΠΟΥΣ 

Ίτού  without  interrog.  as  enclit.,  any-  \ 
where,  somewhere,  Hom.,  etc. ;  ούχ  ίκας 
που,  somewhere  not  far  off.  Soph.  Phil. 
41,  etc. :  c.  gen.,  έμβαλεϊν  πον  της  χώ- 
ρας, some  part  of  the  country,  Xen. 
Cyr.  6,  1,  42. — 2.  also  very  freq.  from 
Hom.  downwds.,  to  qualify  an  ex- 
pression, anywise,  possibly,  perhaps,  I 
.•suppose,  I  ween,  ώς  δτε  πον,  11.11, 292 ; 
ει  πον,  Xen.  An.  3,  4,  23,  etc. ;  ουδείς 
πον,  Plat.  Phil.  64  D,  cf  δήπον,  ηπον, 
η  πον. 

^ΐΐανδης,  εντός,  δ,  Pudens,  masc. 
pr.  η.,  Ν.  Τ. 

ΐΐονκότατος,  η,  ον,  irreg.  super] . 
of  πυκνός,  πνκα,  Simmias. 

ΤΙονλνβότειρα,  ας,  ή.  Ion.  for  πο- 
λνβότειρα,  Horn.,  and  Hes.  :  and  in 
the  same  way  all  other  compds.  with 
πολύ  may  be  written  Ion.  and  poet. 
πονλν-,  metri  grat. : — Hom.  however 
only  uses  this  licence  in  this  word, 
πονλνπονςαηάύιβρτ.η.ΐΐονλνδύμας. 

iIlovλvδύμaς,  αντος,  6,  poet.'= 
ΤΙολνδύμας. 

ΐΐονλνπλύνητος,  ov.  Ion.  for  iro- 
λνπ'λάνητος,  Hdt.  1,  56. 

ΐΐουλνπόδειον,  ου,  τ6,  poet,  for 
πολνπόδίον,  Mnesim.  Ίππ-,  1,  43. 

ΤΙον?^ΰπονς,  ό.  Ion.  for  πολνπονς 
(q.  v.),  but  only  in  oblique  cases,  Od. 

Τίονλνς,  πονλν,  Ion.  for  πολύς, 
πολύ  (q.  v.).  Ep.,  and  Hdt. 

ΠΟΥ'Σ,  ό,  gen.  ποδός,  dat.  plur. 
ποσί,  for  which  Hom.  also  has  ποσσί 
and  πόδεσσι :  Ep.  gen.  and  dat.  dual. 
ποδοϊϊν,  Hom.,  who  never  has  the 
usu.  ποδοϊν  : — A  foot,  both  of  men 
and  beasts,  Hom.,  etc.  :  strictly,  the 
foot  from  the  ankle  doumwards,  II.  17, 
386  :  hence  freq.  for  the  leg,  as  χειρ 
for  the  arm,  πόδες  και  χείρες,  legs  and 
arms,  Hom.  -.^ξύλινης  πονς,  a  wood- 
en, artificial  /ooi,  Hdt.  9,  37:  —  in 
plur.,  also,  a  bird's  talons,  Od  15,  526; 
the  arms  or  feelers  of  a  polypus,  Hes. 
Op.  522. — Special  usages: — 1.  the  foot 
as  that  with  which  one  runs,  whence 
Achiles  is  called  πόδας  ώκνς,  cf  πο• 
δαρκής,  ποδωκητ :  in  plur.,  the  feet, 
foot-race,  11.  9,  124,  Od.  8,  103  ;  π'οσίν 
ερίζειν,  i.  e.  to  race  on  foot,  II.  13,325  ; 
23,  792 ;  ποσΙ  νικΰν,  ί1.  20,  410,  Od. 
13,  261  ;  άέθλια  ποσσίν  ΰροντο,  II. 
9,  124,  etc. ;  freq.  in  Pind.,  ποδών 
τιμά.  αίγλύ,  άρετά,  Ο.  12,  21  ;  13, 
49,  Ρ.  10,  36  ;  Ιϊμιλλαν  επόνει  πο- 
δοϊν. Eur.  Ι.  Α.  213. — 2.  as  a  point  of 
measurement,  ες  πόδας  έκ  κεφαλής, 
from  head  to  foot,  II.  18,  353  ;  έκ  κε- 
φαλής ές  πόδας  άκρονς,  II.  16,  640  ; 
and  reversely,  έκ  ποδών  εις  κεφαλήν. 
Ar.  Plut.  650. — 3.  as  a  mark  of  close 
proximity,  πρόσθεν  ποδός  or  ποδών, 
προπάροιθε  ποδών,  just  before  one, 
oft.  in  Hom.  ;  παρά  or  παρ  ποδός, 
i.  e.  close  to,  as  we  said  at  one's  feet 
or  close  at  hand,  whether  of  time  or 
place,  straightway,  at  once,  Theogn. 
282,  Pind.  P.  3,  107;  10,  96;  προ 
ποδός,  Id.  I.  8  (7),  25  :  παρ  ποδί, 
Pind.  Ο.  1,  118;  (but,  παραΐ  ποσι 
κύππεσε  θναός.  his  courage  fell  at  his 
feet,  i.  e.  left  him,  II.  15,  280)  ;— in 
Att.  usu.  έν  ποσί,  like  έμπόδων,  Soph. 
Ant.  1327,  Thuc.  3,  97,  etc.,  and  in 
Hdt.  3,  79  ;  ru  προς  ποσί.  Soph.  Ο. 
Τ.  130:— so,  παρά  πόδα.  Soph.  Phil. 
838.  Plat.  Soph.  242  A  ;  and  κατά 
πόδα,  Ib.  243  D  (cf  infra  κατά  πό- 
δας) :  hence,  τά  έν  ποσί  and  τα  προ 
πο(5ώΐ',  what  lies  before  one,  any  thing 
plain,  manifest,  common,  Soph.,  etc.  : 
all  of  which  phrases  are  opp.  to  έκ 
ΤΓΟί^ώΐ',  out  οί  the  way,  far  off,  first  in 
Hdt.  6,  35  (cf  εκποδών) ;  rarely,  έκ 
ποδός,  Pind.  Ν.  7,  99. — 4.  various, 
esp.  Att.  phrases : — ανά  πόδα,  back- 


ΠΟΩΔ 

wards :  Ik  ποδός  'έπεσβαι,  to  follow 
in  the  track,  i.  e.  close  behind,  Lat.  svb- 
sequi,  Polyh.  3,  68,  1 ,  etc. : — έπΙ  πόδα 
άναχωρείν,  to  go  backwards,  i.  e.  to 
retreat  without  turning  round,  leisurely, 
Lat.  pedeteniim,  Xen.  An.  5,  3,  32, 
Cyr.  3,  3,  69,  etc.,  cf  σκέλος :— κατά 
πόδας,  strictly,  with  all  the  power  of 
one's  feet,  i.  e.  at  full  speed,  on  the 
spur,  and  so  following  close,  07i  the 
track  or  trail.  Lat.  e  vestigia,  τινός, 
Hdt.  5,  98,  Thuc.  5,  64,  Xen.,  etc. : 
dibsoX.  forthwith,  directly, ;/  κατά  πόδας 
ήμερα,  the  very  next  day,  Polyb.  1,  12, 
1:  —  περί  πόδα,  strictly  of  a  shoe, 
round  the  foot,  i.  e.  fitting  well,  suita- 
ble, εστί  μοι  τοντο  περί  πόδα,  that 
suits  me  well,  Luc. — ώς  ποδών  έχει, 
as  he  is  oft"  for  feet,  i.  e.  as  quick  as 
he  can,  first  in  Hdt.  6,  116,  ώς  ποδών 
είχον  τάχιστα  έβοήθεον,  9,  59,  and 
freq.  in  Att. : — φεύγειν  άμφοΊν  ποδυιν 
or  έκ  δνοΐν  πυδοΐν,  with  both  feet,  i.  e. 
as  fast  as  one  can  : — έξω  τίνος  πόδα 
εχειν,  to  have  one  foot  out  of  a  thing, 
i.  e.  be  clear  of  it,  έξω  κομίζον  πηλυϋ 
πόδα,  Aesch.  Cho.  697  :  πημύτων 
έξω  πόδα  έχειν.  Id.  Pr.  263;  έκτος 
κλ.ανμάτων,  Soph.  Phil.  126Q  ;  έξω 
πραγμάτων,  Eur.  Heracl.  109,  cf 
Bockh  Expl.  Pind.  P.  4,  289  (515) ; 
opp.  to  εΙς  άντλον  έμβήσαι  πόδα, 
Eur.  Heracl.  169  : — βοηθεΐν  πόδι  και 
χειρί  καΐ  πάστ)  δυνάμει,  Aeschin.  43, 
18,  cf  69,  10  :  'ολω  ποδί,  with  all  the 
foot,  i.  e.  entirely,  A  p.  Rh.  4,  1165  : — 
on  όρβω  ποδί,  v.  sub  ορθός- — 5.  the 
dat.  ποδί  or  ποσί,  both  in  Hom.,  and 
Att.,  is  freq.  joined  with  verbs  which 
of  themselves  express  an  action  of  the 
feet,  as  ποσΙ  στήναι,  Ικέσθαι,  έλ.θείν, 
δραμεΐν.  σκαίρειν,  πηδάν,  πέτεσθαι; 
also,  πόδα  βαίνειν,  τιθέναι,  κινείν, 
πέμπειν,  etc. — 6.  πους  τίνος,  as  peri- 
phr.  for  a  person,  Herm.  Soph.  Ant. 
43,  Eur.  Hipp.  661.— II.  metaph.  of 
things,  the  font  or  lowest  part,  esp.  the 
foot  of  a  hill,  Lat.  pes  or  radix  mantis, 
ΐΙ.  2,  824  ;  20,  59  ;  of  a  table,  Xen. 
Cyr.  8,  8,  16,  etc.  ;  cf  πέζα.—2.  in  a 
ship,  πόδες  are  the  two  bottom  corners 
of  the  sail,  elsewh.  ποδεώνες  ;  also  the 
ropes  fastened  thereto,  by  which  the 
sails  are  tightened  or  slackened, 
which  we  call  the  sheets,  Od.  5,  260  ; 
also  in  sing.,  10,  32  :  hence,  παρίέναι 
τον  ποδός,  to  slack  away  the  sheet,  as 
is  done  when  the  wind  rises,  Ar.  Eq. 
436;  so,  χαλ.άν  πόδα,  Eur.  Or.  707  ; 
έκπετάσαι  (with  reference  to  the 
sail).  Id.  I.  T.  1135  ;— opp.  to  τείνειν 
π()δα,  to  haul  it  tight,  Soph.  Ant.  715; 
and  so,  νανς  ένταβείσα  ποδί,  a  ship 
with  her  sheet  hauled  close,  Eur.  1.  c. ; 
cf  Ap.  Rh.  2,  931,  Q.  Sm.  9,  438:— 
but,— 3.  πονς  νηός,  in  Pind.  N.  6,  95, 
seems  to  mean  the  keel. — III.  afoot, 
as  a  measure  of  length,  first  in  Hdt.  2, 
149:  about  |  of  an  inch  longer  than 
our  foot  : — proverb.,  νπέρ  τον  πόδα, 
over  the  measure,  Luc. — IV.  afoot  in 
prosody.  Plat.  Rep.  400  A ,  and  G ramrn. 
—  V.  of  trumpeters,  fliite-players,  and 
criers,  a  loud,  full  sound,  Galen.—- 
The  usu.  accent  in  the  Edd.  is  πονς, 
but  the  old  Gramm.  recognize  πους 
only,  E.  M.  p.  686,  16,  Arcad.  p.  120, 
6,  A.  B.  p.  554,  31,  Choerobosc.  ap. 
A.  B.  p.  1196,  cf  Buttm.  Ausf  Gr. 
^  41,  7,  Lob.  Phryn.  765. 

(The  Sanscr.  root  is  pad,  ire :  hence 
Sanscr.  pad,  Lat.  pes,  ped-is,  our  pad, 
foot.  Germ.  Fuss,  etc. :  akin  also  to 
7Γε(5οΐ',  =  Sanscr.  pada,  and  prob.  to 
πηδάω.) 

ΤΙοώ,  .\tt.  for  ποιώ,  ποιέω,  but  v. 
sub  ποιέω. 

ΤΙοώδης,  ες,  (πόα,  είδος)  like  grass, 


ΠΡΑΓ 

of  the  grass  kind,  Arist.  Color.  5,  2  : 
τά  τΓοώόη,  the  grasses,  Theophr. 

ΐΐράγμα.  Ion.  πρηγμα,  ατός,  τό : 
(~ράσσω) : — that  which  has  been  done, 
a  deed  ;  then  generally,  like  Lat.  res, 
a  thing  done,  a  thins,  fact,  event,  circum- 
stance, etc.,  first  in  Pind.  O.  13, 104,  P. 
4,  495  ;  then,  freq.  in  the  Ion.  prose  of 
Hdt.,  and  Att.  : — I.  any  thing  necessary 
or  expedient,  what  must  or  ought  to  be, 
freq.  in  Hdt.,  in  phrase,  ττρήγμύ  εστί 
or  εστί  μοι,  c.  inf.,  it  is  necessary,  expe- 
dient, advisable  to  do...,  'tis  my  duty  or 
business  to  do,  like  Lat.  opus  est,  Hdt. 
1, 17,  79,  etc.,cf  Wessel.  4,  ll.A'alck. 
7, 12  ;  cf  infra  II.  2.-2.  with  a  negat., 
οί'όεν  πράγμα  έμοί,  it  is  no  matter,  of 
no  consequence  to  me,  Lat.  nihil  refert, 
Eur.  Med.  451,  Plat.  Gorg.  447B,  etc. ; 
cf.  Heind.  Hipp.  Maj.  291  A  :  hence, 
— 3.  a  thing o/consequence  or  importance, 
πρ.  ποιείσθαί  τι,  Hdt.  7,  150;  πρη- 
γμα  ονόέν  ποίεϊσθαι,  Hdt.  6,  63  :  so 
too  sometimes  of  single  persons  and 
things,  μέγα  πράγμα,  a  man  of  great 
importance,  Dem.  928,  6  ;  and  so,  ην 
αεγίστον  πρήγμα  ^ημοκηδης  παρά  1 
βασιΆίί,  he  was  made  much  of  by 
the  king,  Hdt.  3,  132;  ίμαχον  πρ., 
of  a  woman,  Xen.  Cyr.  6,  1,  36: — 
πράγμα  τι,  some  thing  in  the  way. 
Ια.  An.  4,  1,  17. — 4.  used  of  a  battle, 
as  we  say  an  action.  Id.  Hell.  7,  1,  17. 
— II.  in  plur.,  πράγματα  is  oft.  used 
of  state-affairs,  public  business,  Hdt., 
Plat.,  etc.;   in  full,  κοινά  πρ.,  Eur. 

1.  Τ.  1062  ;  της  πό'λεως  τά  πρ.,  Ατ. 
Lys.  32  ;  τά  πολιτικά  πρ.,  Plat.  Αροΐ. 
31  D  ;  so,  τα  ΐίερσικά  πρ.,  Hdt.  3, 
137:  οι  έν  τοις  πράγμασι,  like  οι  εν 
τέ'λει,  those  who  are  in  power  or  office, 
the  ministers,  Thuc.  3,  28,  Dem.  125, 
7;  καταλαμβάνειν,  εχειν  τά  πρ.,  to 
seize,  hold  the  power,  Lat.  rerum  potiri, 
Thuc.  3,  30,  62  :  νεώτερα  πρ.,  inno- 
vations, Lat.  res  novae,  Lys.  130,  18. — 

2.  also  one^s  private  affairs  OT  fortunes, 
Hdt.  7,  236,  237  ;  ε^βει  or  άπόλωλε 
τάμα  πρ.,  Xen.  Symp.  1,  15  :  esp. 
commercial  affairs,  hence,  αγαθά  πρ., 
like  εύ  πράσσειν,  success,  good-luck, 
and  ru  πρ.,  like  τά  χρήματα,  one^s  all, 
έν  ώπέρ  εστί  πάντα  μοι  τά  πρ.,  Ατ. 
Ach.  474 :  so  too  in  sing.,  φαν'/.ον  γάρ 
ειη  το  εμον  πράγμα.  Plat.  Hipp.  Maj. 
286  Ε,  cf.  Apol.  20  C— 3.  business, 
esp.  law-business,  Antipho  142,  39  : 
hence,  πράγματα  in  bad  sense,  trou- 
blesome business,  trouble,  annoyance, 
πρ.  εχειν.  c.  part.,  to  have  trouble  about 
a  thing,  Hdt.  7,  147,  Plat.  Theaet. 
174  B,  etc. ;  πρ.  παρεχειν  τινί,  to 
cause  one  trouble,  Hdt.  1,  155,  Ar. 
Plut.  19,  etc. ;  also  sometimes  in  sing., 
πρή}μα  παρεχειν,  Hdt.  7,  239. — 4. 
generally,  πράγματα  τίνος,  the  cir- 
cumstances, state,  condition  of  a  person, 
as  of  a  patient,  Hipp.,  v.  Foes.  Oecon. ; 
έν  τοιοντοις  πράγμασι,  Xen.  Mem. 
2,  7,  2,  An.  2, 1,  16,  etc. :  δεινός  πρά- 
γμασι χρήσθαι,  Dem.  10,  2. — III.  eu- 
phem.  for  something  bad  or  disgrace- 
ful, the  thing,  the  business,  Thuc.  2, 
64,  Aeschin.  18,  38,  sq. ;  cf.  πράξις 
III. 

Τίραγμάτεία,  ας,  ή  (πραγματεύο- 
μαι) : — the  careful  prosecution  of  an 
affair  or  business,  diligent  treatment  of  a 
subject,  investigation.  Plat.  Gorg.  453 
A,  Crat.  408  A,  etc.,  cf.  Stalb.  Phaed. 
63  A:  ή  μάταιος  πρ.,  {/.ογισμών)  this 
idle  attention  to  argumentations,  Xen. 
Alem.  4,  7,  8. — II.  an  undertaking,  oc- 
cupation, pursuit,  business,  Plat.  Rep. 
500  C,  etc.,  and  freq.  in  Oratt. :  a 
trade,  calling,  art,  generally,  a  way  of 
life,  Dem.  1416,  2  :  esp.  law-business, 
a  law-suit,  Isocr.  18   C,  318  C  :    in 


ΠΡΑΓ 
plur.,  troubles,  Dem.  1412,  20.— III. 
later,  esp.,  α  written  treatise,  Arist. 
Top.  1,  1,  1,  and  2,  1,  etc. :  esp.  an 
historical  work,  systematic  history,  in 
which  events  are  put  together  con- 
nectedly as  causes  and  effects,  not 
merely  in  order  of  time,  Polyb.,  v. 
esp.  1,  3,  1  ;  2,  8:  Ύρωίκη  πρ.,  the 
accounts  of  the  Trojan  war,  Argum. 
Soph.  Aj. 

ΤΙραγμάτειώδης,  ες,  {πραγματεία, 
είδος)  looking  like  business  (without 
being  such),  Plat.  Parm.  137  B. 

Πρα}'/ίώΓείΌμα£,Ιοη.π-/37;}//-:  strict- 
ly dep.,  c,  fut.  mid.  -ενσομαι,  aor. 
pass,  έπρηγματείθην  (Hdt.  2,  87),  pf. 
πεπραγμάτενμαι  (Plat.  Phaed.  99 
D), — though  this  last  is  also  used  in 
pass,  signf ,  v.  sub  fin.  (πράγμα).  iTo 
busy  one's  selff;  to  be  busy,  Hdt.  1.  c: 
to  carry  on  an  affair  or  business,  to  make 
a  thing  one's  business,  work  at  it,  take 
in  hand,  treat  of,  τι.  Plat.  Prot.  361 
D,  etc.,  Xen ,  etc. ;  to  treat  syste- 
matically, περί  τι,  Arist.  Rhet.  1, 1,  3, 
etc.  ;  esp.  to  write  a  systematic  history, 
Ti,  Polyb.  1,  4,  3,  etc.  ;  also,  πρ. 
περί  τι,  περί  τίνος.  Plat.  Theaet.  187 
Α.  Rep.  430  D  :  πρ.  επί  τινι,  to  work 
at  a  thing,  labour  to  bring  it  about ;  and 
so,  πρ.  δπως  τι  γένηται,  Xen.  Ages. 
9,  3,  cf  Lac.  14,  5  : — esp.,  to  carry  on 
a  business,  be  engaged  in  commerce, 
Lat.  negotiari,  πρ.  ΰπο  εμπορίας  και 
δανεισμών,  to  raise  money  by  trade 
and  loans,  Plut.  Cat.  Min.  59:  πρ. 
την  νύκτα,  to  spend  it  ire  business, 
Xen.  Cyr.  2,  4,  26.— II.  perf.,  πεπρα- 
γμάτενμαι as  pass.,  to  be  laboured  at, 
worked  out,  Plat.  Apol.  22  B.  cf.  Xen. 
Eq.  8,  10.     Hence 

ΙΙραγματεντέον,  verb,  adj.,  onemust 
treat,  περί  τίνος,  Arist.  Pol.  8,  1,  1, 
cf  Top.  1,  15,  1. 

ΐΙραγμΰ.τεντής,  ov,  b, (.πραγματεύο- 
μαι) one  who  carries  on  a  business,  esp., 
a  merchant,  trader,  Plut.  2,  525  A, 
etc. 

Ιίραγμάτευτικός,  η,  όν,  skilled  or 
experienced  in  business. 

ΤΙραγαΰτίας,  ov,  ό.  a  troublesome 
fellow,  A.  B. 

ΐίραγμάτικός,  ή,  όν,  (  πράγμα  ) 
busy,  active,  able,  business-like,  used 
in  later  Greek  for  πρακτικός,  esp.  of 
men  versed  in  state-affairs,  Polyb.  7. 
11,2;  12,2, etc.— 2.  later  still, sAiVW  m 
law,  esp.,  pragmaticus,  one  who  sug- 
gested arguments  to  public  speakers 
and  advocates,  a  kind  of  attorney,  Cic. 
de  Oral.  1,  45,59,  Juven.  7,  123.— II. 
of  things, — 1.  of  histor}',  systematic, 
Polyb.  1,2,  8,  etc.;  cf.  πραγματεία. 
—2.  strong,  of  a  fort,  Id.  4,  70,  10.— 3. 
of  a  speech,  conduct,  etc.,  able,  pru- 
dent. Id.  36,  3,  1,  etc.— III.  Adv.  -κώς. 
Id.  2,  13,  1,  etc. 

ΤΙραγμάτιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from 
πράγμα,  ta  little  affairf,  a  petty  law- 
suit, Ar.  Nub.  197,  1004. 

ΤΙραγμάτιστήριον,  ov,  τό,  v.  1.  for 
χρηματιστήριον,  Diod.  1,  1. 

ΙΙραγμάτογράςιέω,  ώ,  (γράφω)  to 
describe  a  thing. 

Τίραγμάτοδίψης,  ov,  6,  (πράγμα, 
δϊόάο))  one  who  makes  up  law-suits,  a 
pettifogger,  Ar.  Av.  1424. 

Tlpa}  μάτοΐΐδής,  ές,(πράγμα.  είδος) 
full  of  business  or  trouble,  toilsome, 
trcnihlesome,  Hipp.  618. 

ΤΙραγμάτοκοπέω,  ώ,  (.πράγμα,  κό- 
πτω) to  meddle  in  business,  to  be  a 
meddling,  seditious  fellow,  Polyb.  29, 
8,  10,  etc. ;  cf.  δημοκοπέω,  δοξο- 
κοπεω. 

Ί\ραγμάτο7.ογέω,  ώ,  (πράγμα,  λε- 
γω)  to  speak  or  discourse  of  things, 
Arist.  Rhet.  Alex.  32,2.-11.  to  quarrel, 


ΠΡΑΜ 

argue,  Diog.  L.  9,  52. — III.  to  choose 
words,  Philo. 

ΤΙραγμάτομΰθής,  ές,  (  πράγμα, 
μανθάνω)  skilled  in  the  business  of  the 
world,  ap.  Suid.     Adv.  -βώς. 

ΐΐραγμάτώδης,  ες,  =  πραγαατοει 
δης.  Isocr.  208  C,  Dem.  427,  20. 

ΐΙρά}υς,  εος,  τό,  poet,  for  πράγαα, 
Pind.  Ν.  3,  10.  Fr.  75,  and  Trag. : 
3.\so=^  πράγματα,  state-affairs,  Aesch. 
Theb.  2. 

ΤΙράέως,  adv.  from  πρανς. 

Ώράθέειν,  poet,  for  πράθεϊν,  inf. 
aor.  of  πέρθυ,  Hes.  Sc.  240. 

Ώράθείς,  part.  aor.  pass,  of  πιπρά 
σκω,  tSol.  28,  7. 

■^ΐίραίνεστος,  ου,  fi,  the  city  Prae- 
neste  in  Latium,  Strab.  p.  238. 

■\ΐΙραίσιος,  a,  ov,  of  Praesus,  Prae- 
sian  ;  o'l  ΠραίσίΟί,  the  inhab.  of  Prae- 
sus, Hdt.  7,  170  :  from 

\ΤΙραΙσος,  ov,  ή,  Praesus,  a  city  of 
the  Eteocretes  in  south  of  Crete, 
Strab.  p.  475. 

■\ΐΙραιτώριον,  ov,  τό,  the  Lat.  prae- 
torium,  a  generaVs  tent ;  in  N.  T.  a 
part  of  the  governor's  palace  used  as 
a  court  or  judgment-hall. 

ΐΐρακτέος,  a,  ov,  verb.  adj.  from 
πράσσω,  to  be  done.  Soph.  O.  T.  1439. 
— II.  πρακτέον,  one  must  do,  Plat. 
Prot.  356  B. 

ΤΙρακτήρ,  ηρος,  6,  Ion.  and  Ep. 
πρηκτηρ  (πράσσιρ) : — one  that  does,  a 
doer,  πρηκτηρ  έργων,  a  doer  of  deeds, 
11.  9,  443  :  esp.,  one  who  manages  busi- 
ness, a  trader,  merchant.  Od.  8,  162.^ 
II.  in  Att.,=  5TpaA:rtjp  II.     Hence 

ΙΙρακτηριος,  ov,  efficacious,  accom' 
plishing,  Aesch.  Supp.  523. 

ΊΙράκτης,  ov,  ό,^πρακτηρ. 

ΤΙρακτικός,  ή,  όν.  (πράσσω)  fit  or 
disposed  for  doing  or  performing,  fit 
for  business,  business-like,  practical, 
like  the  later  πραγματικός.  Plat. 
Rep.  476  A,  Arist.  Eth.  N.  1,7,  13, 
etc.  ;  hence,  busy,  active,  able,  effective, 
also  like  πραγματικός,  Ar.  Eq.  91  ; 
πρ.  παρά  τινυς,  carrying  one's  point 
with  another,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  6,  3  ;  περί 
τι,  Polyb.  7,  10,  5  : — ή  πρακτική  (sc. 
επιστήμη),  opp.  to  ή  γνωστική,  prac- 
tical, as  opp.  to  theoretic,  science, 
Plat.  Polit.  258  E,  259  D.  Adv. 
-κώς,  πρ.  διακεϊσθαι  προς  τι,  Polyb. 
6,  25,  4. 

αίρύκτιος,  ov,  6,  the  Practius,  a 
river  of  Troas,  falling  into  the  Hel- 
lespont between  Abydus  and  Lampsa- 
cus.  II.  2,  835 :  ace.  to  some  a  city 
Πρύ/ίΓίον,ΑΓΓ.Αη.  1, 12,6;  Strab.  p. 
590. 

ΐΐρακτορεία,  ας,  η,  (πράκτωρ)  m- 
duslry,  Stob.  Ecl.  2,  352. 

Ήρακτός,  η,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from 
πράσσω,  done,  to  be  done :  τά  πρακτά, 
things  Ιο  be  done,  points  of  moral  action, 
Arist.  Eth.  N.  1,2,  1.— II.  πρακτός 
υπό  τίνος,  called  on  to  pay  money  by 
one,  cf.  πράσσω. 

ΐΐρακτνς,  νος,  ή,  Ion.  for  πράξις. 

ΤΙράκτωρ,  ορός,  ό,  poet,  for  πρακ- 
τηρ,  one  who  does  or  executes,  an  ac- 
complisher.  Soph.  Tr.  251,  Antipho 
121,  39  :  of  a  woman.  Soph.  Tr.  860. 
— II.  one  tvho  exacts  payment,  esp.  at 
Athens,  an  officer  charged  with  the  col- 
lection of  taxes,  a  tax-gatherer,  Dem. 
778,  18  •  1337,  2C,  cf.  Diet.  Antiqq.— 
2.  generally,  one  who  cracts  punish- 
ment, apunisher,  avenger,  Aesch.  Supp. 
646  ;  πρ.  αίματος,  Aesch.  Eum.  319 ; 
όόνον.  Soph.  El.  953 :  also  as  adj., 
συν  δηρι  και  χερΙ  πράκτορι,  Aesch. 
Ag.  111. 

fTlpύμvaι,  οι,  the  Pramnae,  a  class 
of  Indian  wise  men,  Strab.  p.  718. 
ΤΙράμνειος  οίνος,  Pramnian  wine, 
1231 


nPAS 
II.  11,  C39,  Od.  10,  235:  acc.  to  an-  ] 
cient  interpp.  so  called  from  Mount 
Prainne  in  the  island  of  Jcaria,  or 
acx.  to  others  from  a  place  near 
Ephesiis  or  Smyrna  :  later,  the  word 
seems  to  have  been  nsed  of  anyslrong. 
red  wine  made  from  dried  grapes, 
without  reference  to  its  oriiiin. — The 
form  Πρυμνιός  likewise  occurs  in 
Ar.  Eq.  107. 

ΐΙ()(ΐμος,  ό,=  πρόμος,  Ar.  Thesm. 
50.  [aj 

Πράν,  Dor.  adv.,=  '7rp/i',  πρώην, 
before,  of  time,  hence  formerly,  once, 
lately,  ττράν  ποκα,  a  short  time  ago, 
Theocr.  2,  115;  3,  28,  etc—Its  root 
seem.«  to  have  been  ττρό,  cf.  irpiv.  [ώ] 

Πρανής,  πρανίζω.  Dor.  and  Att. 
for  τϊρηνής,  πρι/νίζω. 

^Πράνιχος.  ου,  ό,  Pranichus,  a  poet, 
Plut.  Ale.x.  50. 

t  ΐΐρύξ,  α«όζ•,  ό,  Prax,  a  descendant 
of  Neoptolemus,  Pans.  3,  20,  8. 

^ΥΙραξαγόρα,  ας,  i],Praxagora,  fem. 
pr.  n.,  Ar.  Eccl.  124. 

\ϊ\ραξαγόρας,  ου  and  aoi  b,  Ion. 
Tipiji-,  Praxagoras,  father  of  the  poet 
Theocritus,  Theocr.  Ep.  22.— Others 
in  Ath. ;  etc. 

iΠpύξavδpoς,  ov,  b,  Praxandrus, 
mase.  pr.  n.,  Strab.  p.  682 ;  etc. 

ΪΙραξείδίον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from 
•πραξις. 

^ϋραξίας,  ου,  b,P.raxias,a  statuary 
of  Athens,  Paus.  10,  19,4. 

iΠpaξιδύμaς,  αντος,  ό,  Praxida- 
mas,  of  Aegina,  Pind.  N.  C,  27. 

ΪΙραϊϊδίκη,  ης,  ή,  Praxidwe,  a  god- 
dess worshipped  at  Athens,  usu. 
represented  bareheaded,  to  whom 
only  the  heads  of  animals  were  of- 
fered in  sacrifice,  Orph.  Arg.  31.  [ϊ] 

^ΙΙραξιθέα,  ας,  ή,  Praxithea,  a 
daughter  of  Thespius,  Apollod.  2,  7, 
8. — 2.  wife  of  Erechtheus,  Id.  3,  13,  1. 
—3.  daughter  of  Leos,  Ael.  V.  H.  12, 
28. 

'\ΤΙραξίκλής,  έους,  b,  Praxicles,  an 
Athenian  trieraroh,  Dem.  1219,  19. 

ϋραξίκοπέω,  ώ,  f.  -ί;σω,  (πρΰξις, 
κόπτω)  to  do,  conquer  by  stratagem, 
surprise  or  treachery,  πύ'λιν,  Polyb.  3, 
C9,  1 :  hence,  to  overreach  or  outwit, 
τινά,  Id.  2,  46,  2.  ^ 

iΊlpnξiλεως,o),b,L•Ώ.ΐ^p?jξ■,Praxi- 
leus,  lather  of  Xenagoras  of  Halicar- 
nassus,  Hdt.  9,  107. 

αΐράξιλλα,ης,  ή,  Praxilla,  a  poet- 
ess, Arist.:  cf  Πρ^ξίλλα. 

ΐΐράξίμος,  ov,  (πρύσσω)  practicable, 
feasible. — II.  of  money,  that  can  be 
collected,  recoverable,  Polyb.  22,  20,  17. 

■^Τίραξίνόη,  ης,η,  Praxinoe,ievci.  pr. 
n.,  Theocr.  14,  1. 

^ΠραξΙνος,  ov,  6,  Ion.  Τίρηξΐνος, 
PraxuLus,  a  naval  officer  of  Troezene, 
Hdt.  7,  180. 

ΤΙράξις,εως,ή^Ιοη.  and  Ep.  πρηξις, 
Ιος  (τΓράσσω).' — a  doing,  deed,  btisiness, 
plan,  hence  κατά  πρήξιν,  opp.  to 
μα'φιδίως,  advisedly,  on  purpos",  Od. 
3,  72  ;  9,  253  ;  πρήξις  δ'  ήδ'  ίδίη — ov 
δίψιος,  a  private,  not  a  public  affair, 
Od.  3,  82:— esp.,  traffic,  H.  Ap.  397: 
πρ.  πίπί  τίνος,  the  transaction  respect- 
ing.., Thuc.  6,  88:  ίν  ταΐς  πράξιισι, 
in  fact,  in  reality,  Plat.  Phaedr.  271 
D. — 2.  the  progress,  residt  of  a  business, 
OV  τις  πρήξις  πέλεται  γόοιο,  nothing 
(no  good)  comes  of  weeping,  11.  24, 
524  (explained  infra  550,  by  ov  τι 
πρήξεις  άκαχή μένος  ) ;  so,  ov  τις 
πρήξις  έγίγνετο  μνρομένοισιν,  Od. 
10,  202,  568  :  λνμαίνεσθαί  τινι  την 
πρΰξιν,  to  spoil  one's  market,  mar 
his  schemes:  πράξιν  φί'λαν  διδόναι, 
to  grant  a  happy  issiie,  Pind.  O.  1, 
136,  cf  Aesch.  Cho.  814;  πρ.  χρη- 
1232 


ΠΡΑΟ 

σμύν,  their  issue,  Aesch.  Pars.  739.--  1 
11.  α  doing,  acting,  action,  freq.  in 
Plat,  etc.;  opp.  to  πάθος.  Plat. 
Legg.  876  D,  to  έξις.  Id.  Kep.  434  A  ; 
opp.  to  speaking,  Dem.  1414,  14:  in 
Arist.  Eth.  N.  6,  2,  πρΰξις,  action,  is 
expressly  distinguished  from  θεωρία 
(speculation),  and  ποίησις  (proiluc- 
tion). — 111.  euphem.  for  sexual  com- 
vterce  or  intercourse,  Pind.  Fr.  236, 
Aeschin.  22,  35,  sq. — IV.  like  το  εν 
or  κακώς  πρύσσειν,  as  if  intr.,  a 
being  {well  or  i7/)  off,  a  certain  state, 
condition,  Hdt.  3,  65,  Aesch.  Pr.  695, 
Soph.  Aj.  790,  792,  etc. —  V.  conduct, 
practical  abdily,  Polyb.  2,  47,  5  ;  4,  77, 
1  :  also,  practice,  in  the  sense  of 
trickery,  treachery,  Id.  2,  9,  2,  etc. — 
VI.  the  exaction  of  money,  recovery  of 
outstanding  debts,  arrears,  etc.,  770. 
μισθον,  τελέων.  Plat.  Prot.  328  B, 
Rep.  425  D. — VII.  a  business,  an  office, 
Hdn. — VIII.  auiork,trealise,hke  πραγ- 
ματεία. 

αΐράξις,  ίος,  &,  Praxis,  a  rich  My- 
tilenaean,  Ael.  V.  H.  14,  24. 

^Πμαξίτας,  a,  ύ,  Praxitas,  a  Lace- 
daemonian, Xen.  Hell.  4,  4,  7. 

■[ΐΐραξιτέλης,  ους,  ό,  Praxiteles,  the 
celebrated  statuary  of  Athens  or  Pa- 
ros,  Paus. ;  Luc. ;  etc. — Others  in 
Plut.;  etc. 

αίραξιφύνης,  ονς,  ό,  Praxiphanes, 
a  peripatetic  philosopher  of  Rhodes, 
Strab.  p.  655. — Others  in  Diog.  L. ; 
etc. 

ίΤΙραξωνίδης,  ov,  b,  Praxonides, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Paus.  5,  4,  6. 

ΐΐρϊιόνως,  adv.,  temperately,  Ar.  Ran. 
856,  cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  403:— Buttin. 
Ausf  Gr.  'ξί  115  a.  Anm.  2  note,  makes 
it  not  a  compd.  of  πράος,  νους,  but 
simply  metaplast.  for  πράως  from 
πράος,  πρανς,  as  if  through  a  collat. 
fonii  πράων. 

ΠΡΑΌΣ,  neut.  πρΰον :  but  the 
fem.  is  from  πρανς.  Ion.  πρηνς,  εΐα, 
ν,  which  however  is  used  also  in  masc. 
and  neut.,  of  all  the  singul.  cases  :  in 
plur.  also  πράοι  and  πραεις  in  nom., 
πράοις  and  πραέσι  in  dat.,  πράονς 
and  πραείς  in  acc.  :  but  the  gen.  is 
πραέων,  rarely  πράων,  and  the  neut. 
nom.  and  acc.  is  πραέα.  rarely  πράα 
(as  in  Arist.) :  the  word  is  post-Hom., 
except  in  H.  Horn.  7,  10.  (Some- 
times written  πρανς,  πράος,  which 
Buttm.,  Ausf.  Gr. '^  64,  2.  n.,  prefers  : 
but  the  authority  for  it  is  dub.  :  the 
deriv.  from  /ιαοζ-  is  still  more  so.) 

Mild,  soft,  'σέλας,  Η.  Horn.  7,  10  ; 
όαρος,  Pind.  P.  4,  241  :  more  freq.  of 
persons,  mild,  meek,  gentle,  πρανς 
άστοϊς,  lb.  3,  124,  cf.  Plat.  Rep.  566 
Ε  ;  πράος  το  τ/θος,^  Id.  Phaedr.  213 
C  ;  Tfpaof  ev  τοις  λόγοις.  Id.  Euthyd. 
303  D; — esp.  after  having  been  angry, 
Hdt.  2,  181  (cf  πραότης)  -.—so  of  a 
horse,  gentle,  Xen.  Cyr.  2,  1,  29;  of 
other  animals,  ta7ne.  Id.  An.  1,  4,  9; 
of  illnesses,  mild,  Hipp.:  of  sound, 
gentle,  low,  Xen.  Symp.  1,  10. — 2. 
making  mild,  taming,  φάρμακον,  of  a 
bridle,  Pind.  0.  13,  121,  cf.  Xen.  Eq. 
9,  3. 

II.  Adv.  (from  πράος)  πράως, — 
(from  πρανς),  πραέως,  mildly,  gently, 
πράως  πειθειν  τινί,  φέρειν  τι.  Plat. 
Rep.  589  C,  Crito  43  Β  ;  πράως  εχειν 
προς  τι,  Id.  Lys.  211  Ε;  πρύως  λέ- 
γειν το  πάθος,  to  speak  lightly  of  it, 
Xen.  An.  1,  5,  14 :  also  πραόνως,  qv. 

III.  Coinpar.  πραντερος,  Ιοη.πρτ/ντ-, 
Hdt.  2, 181  ;  or  πραότερος.  Plat.  Tim. 
85 A,  etc.; — never ττρύωΐ'.  Lob. Phryn. 
403 :— superl.  πραότατος,  Plat.Phaed. 
116  C,  etc.     Hence 

ΐΐράότης,  ητος,  i],  meekness,  mild- 


ΠΡΑΣ 

ness,  gentleness,  like  πραντης,  (q.  v.), 
Plat.  Symp.  197  D,  etc. :  properly,  the 
contrary  habit  to  passionateness  (όργι- 
λότης),  Arist.  ICth.  N.  4,  5,  Rhet.  2, 
3,1. 

ΤΙρΰπίδες,  ul,  8ΐήούγ=ζφρένες,  the 
midriff,  diaphragm,  έβαλ'  7]παρ  νπο 
πραπίδων,  II.  11,  579;  13,  412;  cf. 
24,  514: — then,  since  this  was  deem- 
ed the  seat  of  the  understanding, — 
2.  usu.  like  φρέΐ'ες,  the  imderstandtng, 
mind,  freq.  in  Hom.,  usu.  ιδνίτισι  πρα- 
πίδεσσιν,  11.  1,  608;  18,  380 ';  as  the 
seat  of  desire,  the  heart,  II.  24,  514; 
hence,  έσχεν  άκοιτιν  ΐφαρνίαν  πρα- 
πίδεσσιν,  a  wile  he  had  alter  his  own 
heart,  Hes.  Th.  608  ;  also  in  Pind.  O. 
10  (11),  10,  P.  4,  500,  Aesch.  Ag.  380, 
802  : — the  sing,  πραπίτ,  ίδης,  only  in 
Pind.  P.  2,  113,  Fr.  228,  Eur.  Bacch. 
428,  999.  — Only  poet.  (Prob.  from 
φράζω,  φρήν.)  [ϊ] 

tHpaf,  αντός,  ή,  Pras,  a  city  of 
Perrhaebia  in  Thessaly,  Xen.  Hell, 
4,3. 

ΤΙρβσί'α,  ή,α  bed  in  a  garden,  garden- 
plot,  Od.  7,  127  ;  24,  247,  cf  άνδηρον  : 
hence,  πρασιαϊ  πρασιαί.  by  companies, 
in  order,  N.  T.  :  also  in  p\m.,  a  garden, 
eep.  α  kitchen-garden,  Nic.  (Prob. 
from  πρύσον,  and  so  strictly  a  bed  of 
leeks.) 

ίΠρασιαί.  ών,  a'l,  and  ΤΙρασία,  η, 
Strab.  p.  399,  Prasiae,  an  Attic  deme 
of  the  tribe  Pandionis,  with  a  temple 
of  Apollo,  Thuc.  8,  95  :  adv.  Τίρασία- 
etv,from  Pr. ;  Πρασίασε,  to  Pr. ;  llpa- 
ϋίησι,  in  Pr.—'l.  a  city  of  Laconia, 
Thuc.  2,  56;  7,  18:  in  Strab.  p.  374 
assigned  to  Argolis. 

Τίρασιανός,  όν,^πράσινος,  Μ.  An- 
ton. 1,  5. 

t  Ηρα  σί'αζ• /li'/uvj?,  ^,a  lake  in  Thrace, 
=  BoAiJ7//f,  Hdt.  5,  15. 

Πρώσ/ςω,  f.  -ίσω,  {πρύσον)  to  be 
green  as  leeks,  Diosc. 

Τίράσΐμος,  ov,  (πράΰίς)  for  sale, 
Lat.  venalis.  Plat.  Legg.  847  E,  Xen. 
Cyr.  4,  5,  42. 

ΠράσΙνοειδής,  ες,  {είδος)  like  leeks 
in  colour,  green  :  from 

ΤΙρά.σΙνος,  ov,  {πρύσον)  of  a  leek 
green.  Arist.  Meteor.  3,  2,  5.  [«] 

ΤΙράσϊνώδης,  ες,=  πρασινοειδής. 

tllp<2ffi0i,  ων,  οι,  the  Prasii,  an  In- 
dian peo[ile,  Strab.  p.  702. 

ΤΙριΊσιον,  ov,  τό,  the  plant  hore- 
hound,  Lat.  marrubiimi,  Theophr. 

Hpufftor,  01',=  πράσινος.  Plat.  Tim. 
68  C.  [u] 

Τϊράσις,  εως,  ή.  Ion.  πρήσις,  ιος  ■ 
(πιπράσκω) : — α  selling,  sale,  PIdt.  1, 
153;  4,  17,  Plat.,  etc. ;  ώνή  και  πρ-. 
Soph.  Fr.  756 ;  πράσίν  τίνος  ποιεί- 
σθαι,  Aeschin.  16,  22;  είφεϊν  πρ., 
Ar.  Fr.  477. 

Ώράσίτης,  ov,  c,  Theophr.,  {πρά- 
ciov)  οίνος  πρ.,  wine  flavoured  uith 
horehound,  Diosc.  5,  58. — II.  {πράσον) 
leek-green:  hence,  πρασίτις,  ιδβς,  ή, 
a  kind  οί  precious  stone,  Theophr. 

ΐΐράσοειδής,  ές,  {πρύσον,  είδος)  like 
a  leek,  Hipp. 

ΊΙρΰσήεις,  εσσα,  εν,  {πρύσον)  — 
foreg.,  Opp.  Η.  1,  107.^ 

ΤΙράσοκονρίς,  ίδος,  ή,  {πράσον,  κεί- 
ρω)  α  grub  which  destroys  leeks,  sub. 
κάμπη,  Arist.  Η.  Α.  5,  19,  12,  Strattis 
Incert.  1. 

Πρΰσόκονρον,  ov,  τό,  {πρύσον,  κει- 
ρω)  α  leek-slice,  Anth.  P.  11,  203. 

ΠΡΛ'ΣΟΝ,  ov,  τό,  a  leek.  Chienid. 
Ptoch,  4,  Ar.  Ran.  621 ,  Theophr. , etc. : 
also  a  sea-plant  like  a  leek.  (Hence  by 
transpos.  πάρσον,  πύββον,  Lat.  por- 
rum.) 

ΐΐρΰσήργη,  -ης,  ή,^πρασόκονρον. 

ΐΐράσοφάγέω,  ώ,  to  eat  leeks  :  from 


ΠΡΑΣ 

ΤΙρΰσοφάγος,  ον,  Ερ.  Πρασσοό-, 
(ττράσομ,  φαγείν)  as  a  frog's  name, 
Leek-enter,  liatr.  229. 

Π/juffo^poif,  ovv,  {χρόα)  leek-col- 
ouretL 

ΙΙρασσαϊος,  ου,  ό,  poet,  for  ττρα- 
calog,  Leek  green,  name  of  a  frog, 
Batr.  255. 

ΠΡΑ'ΣΣΩ,  Ep.  and  Ion.  τζρήσσω, 
Att.  πράττω  (but  not  till  after  Trag., 
Herm.  Soph.  Phil.  1435) :  fut.  ~ράξω. 
Ion.  πρήξω :  perf  ττέττράχα,  pi.  2 
πέπράγα,  (the  Gramm.  make  -έπρα- 
γα  the  Att.,  ττέττραχα  the  Hellenic 
form.  Piers.  Moer.  p.  203,  Meineke 
Menand.  p.  221 :  πέπραγα  in  old 
writers  is  both  trans,  and  intr.,  later 
only  intr. ;  ττέπραχα  from  Xen.  down- 
wards always  transit.) :  pf  pass,  ττε- 
πραγμαι :  the  mid.  fut.  ττράίεσθαι  in 
pass,  signf ,  Herm.  Pind.  P.  4,  431. 
— Horn,  uses  only  pres.,  fut.,andaor. 

To  do,  work,  Od.  19,  324  ;  absol, 
like  εργάζομαι,  Bockh  Pind.  Fr.  96. 
— I.  in  Horn.,  usu.,  to  achieve,  bring 
about,  effect,  accomplish,  τι,  II.  1,  562  ; 
18,  357,  Od.  2,  191  ;  ούτι  -p.,  to  avail 
nought,  II.  11,  552,  etc.,  cf.  Hes.  Op. 
400  :  ττρ.  κ7.ίος,  to  achieve,  win  it, 
Pind.  I.  5  (4),  10  ;  πρ.  όεσμόν,  to  cause 
one's  bondage,  bring  it  on  one's  self. 
Id.  P.  2,  74 ;  πρ.  φόνον  τινί,  to  do 
murder  upon  him,  id.  N.  3,  81 ;  φί?Μ 
πρ.  τινί,  Aesch.  Pr.  660:  πρ.  ωςτε..., 
Lat.  efficere  itt....  Id.  Eum.  896 ;  etc.  : 
— also,  πρ.  είρήνην,  όιλίαν,  to  bring 
it  about,  Dem.  30,  16;  281,  19  ;  but 
also,  to  attempt,  plot,  τι,  Andoc.  24, 16  : 
to  take  charge,  περί  τίνος,  Xen.  An.  5, 
6,  28:  τά  πεπραγμένα,  Lat.  acta,  τα 
πεπρ.  ?.νσαι.  Dem.  724,  24. — 2,  to  ac- 
complish, perform,  make  a  journey,  κέ- 
Ιενβον,  11.  14,  282,  Od.  13,  83 ;  όδόν, 
Η.  Merc.  203  ;  but,  πρ.  u7.a,  to  make 
way  over  the  sea,  go  over  it,  Od.  9,491, 
V.  mox  infra: — also  c.  gen.,  όδοΐο,  to 
finish  the  course,  II.  24,  264,  Od.  3, 
476;  15,  47,  219;  (in  this  signf  al- 
ways in  pres.,  and  only  in  Ep.,  cf.  όι- 
απρήσσω,  άτνζομαι : — some,  as  Ε.  Μ. 
p.  688,  1,  Schol.  II.  16,  282,  Eust. 
1779,  21,  take  πρήσσω  here  as  an- 
other word  formed  from  περύω,  πε- 
ράσω, chiefly  to  explain  the  usage  c. 
gen. ;  but  the  same  usage  is  found 
with  similar  verbs  of  motion,  as,  θέω, 
έρχομαι,  κλονέομαι  (cf  Jelf  Gr.  Gr. 
<$i  522,  2) ;  and  the  usage  may  be  ex- 
plained by  supposing  κέ?.ενθον  to  be 
omitted,  just  as  in  άνύω :  however 
the  phrase,  άλα  πρίήσσοντες  (v.  su- 
pra) is  strange,  so  that  even  Rhianus 
read  πλησσοντες  ;  and  Buttm.,  Lexil. 
s.  v.,  though  he  rejects  a  two-fold 
root,  yet  considers  the  signf  περάν, 
τΓΕραίνειν,  to  bring  [a  journey]  to  an 
end,  as  the  orig.  signf  of  πρήσσειν). 
-r-\l.  to  follow  a  business,  trade,  esp.  of 
traders,  and  merchants :  hence,  tu 
έαντον  πρύττειν,  to  mind  one's  own 
aifairs.  Soph.  El.  678  ;  to  keep  one's 
self  to  one's  self,  live  in  private,  esp.  to 
avoid  public  life.  Plat.  Phaedr.  247  A, 
Xen.,  etc. : — but,  πράττειν  τα  πολι- 
τικά, τά  της  πόλεως,  to  manage  state- 
affairs,  take  part  in  the  government, 
Plat.  Apol.  31  D,  Xen. ;  and  then, 
without  any  addition,  ικανός  πράτ- 
τειν, an  able  statesman  or  minister, 
Xen.  Mem.  1,  2,  15,  cf  2,  9,  4,  etc. : 
— hence,  generally,  to  treat,  tiegotiate, 
τινί,  with  another,  Thuc.  5,  76  ;  πρ. 
Tivl  όπως..-,  3,  4  ;  πρ.  προς  or  ες 
Τίνα,  to  practise  upon  him,  1,  131, 
132  ;  and  in  pass.,  ει  μη  τι  aijv  apyv- 
ρφ  επράησετο,  unless  some  tamper- 
ing had  been  practised,  Soph.  O.  T. 
78 


ΠΡΑΣ 
125,  cf.  Thuc.  4,  121 ;  5,  83 :  hence 
also,  πρ.  θηβαίοις  τά  πράγματα,  to 
manage  matters  for  the  interest  of  the 
Thebans,  Dem.  365,  15;  and  so  ab- 
sol., πράττειν  ΦΛίππω,  Id.  126,  3  : 
but,  πρ.  τινϊ  πό'λιν,  to  betray  it  to 
one,  Polyb.  4,  16,  \1.—Ul.  to  do,  prac- 
tise, Lat.  agere,  freq.  in  Att.  :  πολ.'/.ά 
πρ.-=πολνπραγμονεϊν.  At.  Ran.  228, 
etc.  :  and  then,  absol.,  to  act,  opp.  to 
πάσχειν.  Plat.  Rep.  527  A.  etc.  :  μεθ' 
ημών  επραττεν,  ι.  e.  he  took  our  side, 
Isae.  52,  5. — IV.  seemingly  intr.,  to  be 
in  a  certain  state  or  condition,  fare  so 
and  so,  have  such  and  snch  .sticcess,  6 
στόλος  ούτω  έπρηξε.  Hdt.  3,  25,  ubi 
y.  Valck.,  cf  4,  77,  Thuc.  7,  24 ;  so, 
ώς  έπρηξε,  Hdt.  7,  18  :  esp.,  εν  or  κα- 
κώς πράττειν,  to  fare,  come  off  well  or 
ill,  first  in  Pind.  P.  2,  134,  Hdt.  1,24, 
42,  etc.  ;  so,  <ρ7.αίφως  πρ.,  Hdt.  6,  94  ; 
ττρ.  καλώς,  Aesch  Pr.  979  {ός  τις  κα- 
λώς πράττει,  ουχί  και  εν  πράττει ; 
Plat.  Ale.  1.116  Β);  πρ.  εντνχώς. 
Soph.  Ant.  701  ;  μακαρίως,  Αγ.  Plut. 
629  ;  πρ.  -η  δύναται  άριστα,  Hdt.  5, 
30  ;  οΰχ  ώς  λ.ώστα  πράττειν,  etc., 
Arr. :  —  but  here  too  the  word  ie 
strictly  transit.,  and  the  phrase  is  el- 
lipt.  ;  for  it  is  in  full  ευ  πράττειν  {τα 
αντοΰ),  to  bring  one's  affairs  to  a  good 
issue ;  and  Xen.  actually  says,  εν 
πράττειν  τά  πολιτικά,  τά  γεωργικά, 
τά  ιατρικά,  to  prosper  zs  a  statesman, 
etc.,  Mem.  1,  6,  8 ;  3,  9,  8  ;  so  also, 
χρηστόν  τι  πρ.,Ατ.  Plut.  341  ;  χείρω 
πρ.,  Thuc  7,  71  ;  μεγάλ.α  πρ.,  πολλά 
και  αγαθά  πρ.,  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  4,  6,  An. 
6,  2,  8 : — but  in  these  phrases  the 
success  or  failure  is  always  consid- 
ered as  the  result  of  our  own  good  or 
bad  conduct,  while  in  εί'τνχεϊν  and 
δνςτνχεΐν  it  depends  wholly  on  chance 
and  the  like,  lb,  3,  9,  14  ;  the  pf  2 
πέπρΰγα  is  very  freq.  in  this  signf., 
Seidl.  Eur.  Tro.  625,  (604) :— cf.  εν- 
πραξία. — 2.  but  ευ  and  κακώς  πράτ- 
τειν were  also  used  in  a  pecul.  signf, 
to  deal  well  or  ill,  oft.  c.  dat.  pers.,  to 
behave  well  or  ill  toivards  one :  but, 
πράττειν  τινί  τι,  to  effect  or  procure 
good  or  evil  for  another.  Soph.  Aj. 
446,  cf  Herm.  Vig.  n.  196  ;  so  too, 
πράττειν  τι  τίνος,  e.  g.  σωτηρίαν  τι- 
νός, ίο  effect  another's  safety,  look  to 
it. — 3.  euphem.  for  to  have  commerce  or 
sexual  intercourse,  Theocv.  2,  143,  in 
pass.,  cf  πρΰξιςΙΠ. — V.  c.  dupl.  ace. 
pers.  et  rei,  πράττειν  τινά  τι,  to  do 
something  to  one,  like  δράν,  ειπείν 
τινά  τι,  etc.,  Isocr.  251  Ε. — 2.  but 
freq.  c.  dupl.  ace.  in  another  sense, 
πράττειν  τινά  άργνριον.  to  erart 
money  from  one,  first  in  Hdt.  3,  58  ; 
πράσσει  με  τόκον,  he  makes  me  pay 
up  the  interest,  Batr.  186;  πρ.  τινά 
χρέος.  Pind.  Ο.  3,  12,  cf  P.  9,  180  : 
τούφειλόμενον,  Aesch.  Cho.  309;  and 
then  very  freq.  in  Att.,  esp.  of  state- 
officers,  who  collected  the  taxes  (cf 
πράκτωρ  II,  πρΰξις  VI,  ειςπράττω, 
εκπράττω)  ;  also,  πρ.  τι  παρά  τίνος, 
to  obtain  or  demand  from  another,  Hdt. 
1,106,  cf  DukerThuc.8,  5:  metaph., 
φόνον  πράττειν,  to  exact  punishment 
for  a  murder,  to  take  vengeance  for  it, 
and  so  ίο  avenge, punish,  Aesch.  Eum. 
624  :  πράττειν  τινά  τι  υπέρ  τίνος,  to 
demand  from  one  as  the  price  for  a 
thing,  Luc.  :  also  in  pass.,  πεπραγμέ- 
νος τον  όόρον,  called  on  to  pay  up  the 
tribute,  Thuc.  8,  5  ;  πραχθεις  νπβ 
τώνδε,  Lys.  116,  5,  cf  Plat.  Legg. 
921  C  : — mid.,  πράξασθαί  τίνα  άργν- 
ριον, μισθόν,  τόκονς,  to  exact  money, 
etc.,  fir  one's  sfZ/",  first  in  Pind.  O.  iO 
(11),  36,  Hdt.  2,  126,  and  freq.  in  Att. 
writers,  cf  Blomf  Aesch.  Pers.  4S2; 


ΠΡΑΤ 

also,  φόρους  πρύσσεσθαι  άπό  or  εκ 
των  πόλεων,  Thuc.  8,  5,  37  ;  παρά 
τίνος,  Lys.  17,  3  :  freq.  with  a  bad 
sense  attached,  to  extort  money. — VI. 
c.  ace.  pers.,  πράττειν  τινά,  to  make 
an  end  of  him,  prob.  only  in  Aesch. 
Cho.  440  :  in  part,  pf  pass,  πεπραγμέ- 
νος, undone,  utterly  rtiined,  like  Lrat. 
confectus  {or  perditus,  lb.  131  (ubinunc 
πεπραμένος).  [ά  by  nature  m  πράσ- 
σω,  as  the  Ion.  πρήσσω  shows,  Buttm. 
Lexil.  in  voc.  tin.] 

Πρΰσώδης,  ες,  {πρύσον)=πρασοει- 
δής. 

Πράτέος,  α,  ον,  {πιπράσκω)  to  be 
sold,  for  sale,  Lat.  venalts,  Plat.  Legg. 
849  U. 

ΤΙράτήρ,  Ion.  πρητήρ,  ήρος,  6,  (πι- 
πράσκω)  a  seller,  dealer,  PlaL  Legg. 
915  D,  Isae.  10,  24. 

Τίράτήριον,  ον,  τό.  Ion.  πρητ-,  a 
place  for  selling,  a  market.,  Hdt.  7,  23  ; 
neut.  from 

Ήράτήριος,  a,  ov,  Ion.  πρητ-,  (πρα• 
τηρ)  of  or  for  sale. 

ΤΙράτης,  ov,  δ,=πρατηρ,  Isae.  ap. 
Poll.  7,  8.  [a] 

ΤΙράτίας,  ov,  6,  =  πρατηρ.  Tare 
word. 

■\ΐ1ρατίνας,  ό,  Pratinas,  Paus.  2, 
13,  6. 

ΐΐράτός,  ή,  όν,  verb.  β.ά'}^=^πρατέος. 
Soph.  ? 

Ilparor,  a,  ov.  Dor.  for  πρώτος, 
like  θάκος  for  θώκος,  freq.  in  Theocr. 
— Strictly  contr.  fiom  Dor.  superl. 
πρόατος- 

ΐΐράτρια,  ας,  ή,  fem.  from  πρατηρ. 

ΤΙράττω,  Att.  for  πράσσω. 

ΤΙράνγελως,  Ion.  πρηνγ-,  ό,  ή, 
(πρανς,  γέλως)  softly -snuling^  Allth. 
P.  9,  229;  10,  4.  [ϋ] 

Τίράνθνμος,  ον,  [πρανς,  θυμός)  of 
gentle  mind,  LXX,  [ν] 

ΙΙράνλ.ογος,  ον,  {πρανς,  λ.όγος)  of 
gentle  words,  Synes.  [fi] 

αίραΰλ.ος,  ov,  6,  Praylus,  a  phi- 
losopher of  Troas,  Diog.  L. 

Τΐράϋμενής,  ές,  {πρανς,  μένος)  of 
gentle  spirit.     Adv.  -νώς.  [ν] 

Τίράύμητις,  ιος,  ό,  ή,  {πραύς, μητις) 
of  gentle  counsel,  gracious,  kindly,  Pind. 
O.  6,  71.  [i•] 

Τίρΰννοος,  Ion.  πρηνν-,  ov,  {πρανς, 
νόος)  of  gentle  mind,  Orph.  H.  68,  13, 
Anth.  P.  7,  592,  etc. :  in  Anth.  P.  9, 
769,  with  V.  1.  πρηννομος.  [ν] 

ΐΐράννσις,  εως,  ή,  (πραννω)  α 
softaiing,  appeasing,  Arist.  Rhet.  2, 
3,  2. 

ΥΙράνντικός,  η.  όν,  fit  for  appeasing, 
Arist.  Rhet.  2,  3,  10:  from 

ΤΙράννω,  Ep.  and  Ion.  πρηννο>  [f]  : 
fut.  -ϊψώ  :  pf.  pass,  πεπράνσμαι,  Ael. 
N.  A.  4,  16  {πρανς).  To  make  soft, 
ynild  or  gentle,  to  soften,  soothe,  calm, 
πνοιάς  πρηννειν,  Hes.  Th.  254  ;  πρη- 
ννειν  τινά,  Hes.  Op.  795,  Η.  Hom. 
Merc.  417  :  \ί'περήφανα  τ  έργα  πρα- 
ννει,  Sol.  15,  37t :  πρηννειν  τινά  ?.ό- 
γοις,  Aesch.  Pers.  837;  πρ.  προς  άλ.- 
7ιήλονς,  Isocr.  50  Β  ;  πρ.  όργήν,  Eur. 
Phrix.  6,  3  ;.  ττρ.  ελ.κος,  to  soothe  a  ra- 
ging sore,  Soph.  Phil.  650  :  also  in 
Plat.,  and  Xen. : — pass.,  to  become  soft 
or  gentle,  grotv  imlder,  πρητνομένον 
τον χειμώινς,  Hdt.  2,  25  ;  and  of  pas- 
sion, to  abate,  Id.  2,  121,  4;  opp.  to 
έγείρεσθαι.  of  horses,  Xen.  Eq.  9,  10, 
cf  Arist.  Rhet.  2,  3.^ 

ΤΙράϋπάθεια,  ας,  η,  gentleness,  Phi- 
lo  •.  \πά]  and 

ΥΙράϋπάθέω,  ώ,  to  he  gentie,  Philo  : 
[Ϊ]  from 

ΐΐράϋπΰθης,  ες,  (πραύς^πάσχω)  of 
gentle  temper. 

IlpaiV,  Ion.  π-ρηνς,  εϊα,  ν ;  v.  sub 
πράος. 

1233 


ΠΡΕΠ 

^Πραϋσοι,  ων,  oi,  the  Prausi,  a  Cel- 
tic people,  Strab.  p.  187. 

ΤΙραντένων,  οντος,  ό,  Ion.  πρηϋτ•, 
(τζραύς,  τένων)  tvith  tamed  neck,  ταύ- 
ρος, Anth.  P.  9,  290. 

ΤΙράντης,  ητος,  ή,  (πρανς)  softness, 
mildness,  whether  physical  or  moral, 
LXX  :  opp.  to  άγρώτης,  χαλεπότης. 
[ν] 

ΐΐράντροπος,  ον,  {πρανς,  τρόπος) 
gentle  of  mood,  Plut.  2,  493  D. 

ΤΙρειγεία,  τιρειγεύτης,  πρείγιστος, 
i),  Cret.  for  πρεσβεία,  -βευτης,  -βίσ- 
τος ;  of.  sq. 

ΙΙρεΐγνς,  Dor.  and  Aeol.  form  of 
πρέσβνς,  Battm.  Lesil.  s.  v.  προσελ- 
είν  V. 

n.of//rtaf(j,=sq.,  Hesych. 

ΤΙρεμνίζω,  f.  -ί'σω,  (πρεμνον)  to  3ίιώ 
lip,  root  up,  Lat.  excodicare. 

Τίρέμνιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  πρέμ- 
vov. 

ΤΙρέμνοθεί',  adv.,  from  the  stump, 
i.  e.  utterly,  cf.  πρϋμνοΟεν  :  from 

ΤΙρέμνον,  ov,  TO,  the  bottom  of  the 
trunk  of  a  tree,  the  stamp  ;  generally, 
the  stem,  trunk,  Lat.  codex,  caudex, 
truncus,  H.  Horn.  Merc.  238,  Ar.  Lys. 
267,  Xen.  Oec.  19,  13,  etc.— II.  the 
root  or  bottom  of  any  thmg,  πρέμνα 
χθόνια,  Pind.  Fr.  58  ;  metaph.,  πρέμ- 
vov  πράγματος  πελωρίου.  At.  Αν. 
321  ;  πρ.  αρετής,  Q.  Sm.  14,  197.  (No 
doubt  akin  to  πρνμνός.) 

ΙΙρέμνος,  o,=  foreg.,  dub. 

ΙΙρεμνώδης,  ες,  (πρέμνον,  είδος) 
like  a  trunk,  Theophr. 

\ΥΙρεπέσινθος,  ov,  ή,  Prepesinthus, 
a  small  island  in  the  Aegean,  Strab. 
p.  485. 

iίlpέπις,  ιόος,  6,  Prepis,  an  Athe- 
nian, derided  for  his  efleminacy  by 
Ar.  Ach.  843. 

Τίρέπον,  οντος,  τό,  part,  from  πρέ- 
πω,  q.  v. 

ΊΙρεπόντως,  adv.  part,  from  πρέπω, 
in  fit  manner,  fitly,  meetly,  Aescn.  Ag. 
687  :  beseemingly,  gracefully,  Pind.  O. 
3,  16  : — c.  dat.,  σανη)  καΐ  rg  πατριοί 
πρ.,  Plat.  Legg.  699  D. 

ΤΙρεπτός,   ή,    όν,    (πρέπω)    distin- 

flushed,  eminent,  honourable,  Aesch. 
Jum.  914,  Ar.  Lys.  1298. 
ΠΡΕ'ΠίΖ  :  the  pres.  and  impf.  were 
chiefly  in  use :  but  a  fut.  πρέ-ψω  oc- 
curs Aesch.  Eum.  995,  and  Plat. ; 
and  aor.  επρει^α  Aesch.  Fr.  393,  Plat. 
Charm.  158  C.  To  strike  the  senses, 
e.  g.  to  catch  the  eye,  be  clearly  seeyi  or 
heard,  etc.,  be  conspicuous  among  a 
number,  όιύ.  πάντων,  11.  12, 104  ;  μετ' 
άγρομένοισιν,  Od.  8,  172,  Hes.  Th. 
92  :  to  be  distinguished  in  or  6^  a  thihg, 
Tivi,  Od.  18,  2;  cf  Aesch.  Ag.  241, 
Cho.  12  : — always  of  impressions  on 
the  senses ;  as, — 2.  on  the  eye,  to  be 
clearly  seen,  appear,  Horn.,  and  freq. 
in  Aesch.,  as  Theb.  390,  Ag.  389: 
έπίτοί  πρέπει  ϋμμασιν  αιδώς,  H.Cer. 
214. — 3.  on  the  ear,  βοϋ  πρέπει,  the 
cry  sounds  loud  and  clear,  Pind.  N.  3, 
119,  Aesch.  Ag.  321. — 4.  on  the  smell, 
to  be  strong,  or  rank,  lb.  1311  :  and  so 
— 5.  generally,  to  be  plain  or  manifest, 
πεφώντι  χρυσός  πρέπει,  Pind.  P.  10, 
106. — II.  to  be  like,  πρ.  τινί  είδος,  to 
be  like  one  in  form,  Pmd.  P.  2,  70: 
also  c.  inf ,  τούδε  γαρ  δράμημα  φωτός 
ΤΙερσικόν  πρέπει  μαθεΐν,  his  running 
is  like  Persian  to  behold,  i.  e.  one  may 
see  it  is  Persian,  Aesch.  Pers.  247, 
cf.  Supp.  719  ;  also  c.  ώς  et  inf,  πρέ- 
πει ώς  τύραννος  είςοράν.  Soph.  El. 
664  ;  ώς  πένθιμος  πρέπεις  όρΰν,  Eur. 
Supp.  1056: — for  the  inf.  we  some- 
times have  a  partic,  Schaf.  Dion. 
Comp.  p.  212. — III.  to  become,  beseem, 
suit,  c.  dat.  pers.,  θνατά  θνατοίσι 
1234 


ΠΡΕΣ 

πρέπει,  Pind.  I.  5  (4),  20 ;  τοΐς  όλβίοις 
γεκαι  τό  νικύσΟαι  πρέπει,  Aesch.  Ag. 
941.  cf  Plat.  Polit.  288  C,  Charm. 
158  C  : — oft.  in  part.,  ύμνοι  πρέπον- 
τες γύμοις.  Id.  Rep.  4G0  A,  etc.  ;  cf 
πρεπόντως.  —  2.  most  freq.  impers. 
πρέπει,  like  Lat.  decct,  it  is  fitting,  it 
beseems,  suits,  becomes,  from  Hdt. 
downwds.,  both  of  outward  circum- 
stances and  moral  fitness,  c.  dat. 
pers.  et  inf,  ού  πρέπει  άμμιν  λνειν 
τείχη,  Theogn.  235  ;  ov  πρέπει  νών 
δύσασθαι,  Pind.  Ρ.  4,  261  ;  πρέπει 
έσλοίσι  αίνεϊσϋαι.  Id.  Fr.  80 ;  cf 
Aesch.  Ag.  483,  941,  Eur.  Hipp.  115  : 
c.  ace.  pers.  et  inf,  τόν  πρέπει  τνγ- 
χανέμεν  ύμνων,  Pind.  Ο.  2,  83  ;  cf 
Aesch.  Supp.  203,  Soph.  Tr.  728  :— 
c.  inf  only,  πρέπει  γαρνέμεν,  Pind. 
Ν.  7,  121,  cf  Aesch.  Ag.  036,  etc.  :— 
when  the  ace.  alone  follows  it,  this 
depends  on  an  inf  omitted,  as,  τίσα- 
σθαιουτω,ώςεκ.είνονς[^τίσασθαι]πρέ• 
πει,  Hdt.  4,  139,  cf  8,  08, 1  ;  so,  άμεί- 
βεσθαι  ώς  ξένους  [άμείβεσθαι]  πρέ- 
πει, Aesch.  Supp.  195  ;  cf  Plat.  Prot. 
312  Β,  etc. :  very  rarely  c.  gen.  pers., 
πρέπον  ήν  δαίμονος  τον  'μού  τύδε, 
this  were  well  worthy  of  my  evil  ge- 
nius. Soph.  Aj.  534  :  but  ace.  to 
Thom.  M.  p.  734,  it  is  never  so  with 
πρέπει,  but  only  with  πρέπον  εστί, 
so  that  the  gen.  depends  on  the  sub- 
stantive force  of  the  part.  —  3.  part, 
neut.  TO  πρέπον,  οντος,  that  which  is 
seemly,  fitness,  propriety,  Lat.  decorum, 
Cic.  Ofiic.  1,  17.— Buttm.  Lexil.  s.  v. 
θεοπρόπος,  q.  v.,  refers  πρέπω  to  the 
root  πείρω,  περύω,  ace.  to  the  orig. 
signf)    Hence 

ΤΙρεπώδτις,  ες,  {πρέπων,  είδος)  fit, 
becoming,  suitable,  proper,  like  part. 
πρέπων,  ονσα,  ov,  Ar.  Plut.  793,  Plat. 
Ale.  1,  135  B,  Xen.,  etc. 

ΙΙρέπων,  οντος,  ύ,  a  kind  of  sea-fish, 
Opp.  H.  1,  140,  Ael. 

ΪΙρέσβά,  ης,  ή,  pecul.  old  Ep.  fern, 
of  πρίϋβνς,  the  august,  honoured  ;  in 
II.,  always  as  epilh.  of  a  goddess,  πρέ- 
σβα  θεά,  5,  721,  etc.  (cf  δία,πότνα); 
πρέσβα  Αιός  θνγατηρ  "Ατη.  19,  91  ; 
in  Od.,  of  a  mortal,  πρέσβα  Κλνμέ- 
voio  θνγατρών,  3, 452  :  never  in  sense 
of  aged.     Cf  πρέσβειρα,  πρεσβηίς. 

Πρεσβεία,  ας,  ή,  (πρεσβεύω)  age, 
eldership,  κατά  πρεσβείαν,  by  the  right 
of  the  elder,  Aesch.  Pers.  4  :  and  hence, 
— 2.  rank,  dignity,  respect.  Plat.  Kep. 
509  B. —  II.  an  cjnhassy,  embassage,  Ar. 
Lys.  570,  Plat., etc. — 2.  thebody  of  am- 
bassadors, as  we  say,  the  Embassy, 
Thuc.  1,  72,  Xen.  Cyr.  2,  4,  2,  Aes- 
chin.  29,  30,  etc.  (This  sense  arose 
from  elders  being  usu.  chosen  as  am- 
bassadors.) 

ΤίρεσβεΙον,  Ion.  and  Ep.  -ήϊον,  ov, 
TO  {πρεσβεύω) : — a  gift  of  honour,  such 
as  was  usu.  offered  to  the  elders,  11. 
8,  289  :  later  usu.  in  plur.,  privileges, 
prerogatives,  πρεσβεία  διδόναι  τινί  τι, 
to  give  him  as  a  privilege.  Plat.  Gorg. 
524  A  ;  πρεσβεία  λαβείν,  πρεσβείον 
εχΐΐν,  to  take,  have  as  one's  right, 
Dem.  955,  11  ;  1003,  10  (cf  γέρας): 
c.  gen.,  πρεσβεία  γης,  the  chief  share, 
sway  oi  the  land,  Soph.  Fr.  19. — II. 
oWao^e  itself,  LXX.     Hence 

ΐίρεσβεώω,  ώ,  to  present  with  a  gift 
of  honour : — mid.  to  honour,  adore,  Lye. 
1265. 

ΐΐρέσβεψα,  η,  =  πρέσβα,  fem.  of 
πρέσβνς,  θεών  πρέσβειρα,  Η.  Horn. 
Yen.  32,  cf  Eur.  I.  T.  963 ;  applied 
by  way  of  parody  by  Ar.  Ach.  883,  to 
a  large  eel,  πρέσβειρα  Κωπάδων  κο- 
ράν. 

Πρέσβενμα,  ατός,  τό,  {πρεσβεύω) 
one  sent  on  an  embassy,  an  ambassador. 


ΠΡΕΣ 

Eur.  Supp.  173  (cf  παίδενμα,  etc.)  ί 
—an  E?ribas8y,  Plut.  Timol.  9. 

ΐίρεσβεύς,  ό,  an  ambassador,  only 
found  in  dat.  plur.  πρεσβενσι,  Lye, 
V.  Lob.  Phryn.  69  ;  for  the  pi.  πρέ- 
σβηες,  in  Hes.  Sc.  215  (usu,  wrongly 
written  πρεσβήες),  belongs  to  πρέ- 
σβνς I.  2,  Buttm.  Ausf  Gr.  i)  58,  s.  v. 

ΤΙρεσβενσία,  ή,  dub.  1.  in  Dion.  H. 
for  sq. ;  Lob.  Phryn.  532. 

ΙΙρέσβευσις,  εως,  η,  {πρεσβεύω)  a 
being  sent  on  an  embassy,  embassage,  ή 
πρ.  έγένε,το,  Thuc.  1,  73. 

ΐίρεσβεντειρα,  ας,  ή,  an  ambassa- 
dress, Opp.  C.  1,  464  :  fem.  of  sq. 

ΤΙρεσβευτής,  ov,  6,  {πρεσβινω)  an 
ambassador,  Thuc.  5,  4,  etc.  :  the  plur. 
is  usu.  oi  πρέσβεις,  though  ol  πρε- 
σβενταί  occurs,  as  in  Thuc.  8,  77. 
Hence 

ΐίρεσβεντικός,  η,  όν,  of,  belonging 
to,  fit  for  an  ambassador  or  embassy, 
Pofyb.  9,  32,  4,  Diod.,  etc. 

Τίρεσβεύω,  f.  -ενσω  {πρέσβνς) :  — 
intr.,  to  be  the  elder  or  eldest,  opp.  to 
νεάζειν.  Soph.  O.C.  374,  Plat.,  etc.  :  c. 
gen.  pers.,  to  be  older  than,  be  the  eldest 
of  a  number,  Hdt.  7,  2,  ubi  v.  Valck. 
— 2.  to  rank  before,  take  precedence  of 
Others,  c.  gen.,  πρ.  των  πολλών  πό- 
λεων. Plat.  Legg.  752  Ε,  cf  infra: 
hence,  to  rule  over,  c.  gen.,  'Ολύμπου 
πρ..  Soph.  Aj.  1389;  c.  dat.,  Id.  Fr. 
256  ;  and  absol.,  to  be  best.  Id.  Ant. 
720. — 3.  trans., ίο ^/nce  as  oldestor  first, 
to  put  first  in  rank,  Aesch.  Eum.  1  : 
hence,  to  pay  honour  or  worship  to, 
τινά,  Id.  Cho.  488,  Soph.  Tr.  1065, 
Plat.,  etc.  : — pass.,  to  be  first  or  fore- 
most, hold  the  first  place,  Aesch.  Eum, 
21  ;  πρεσβεύεται  κακών,  is  mo.vi  nota- 
ble of  mischiefs,  Id.  Cho.  631,  cf.  Plat. 
Legg.  879  Β  :  to  have  the  advantage, 
have  the  best  of  it,  Lat.  antiquiar  esse, 
Aesch.  Ag.  1300;  cf  πρέσβνς  \.  fin, 
— II.  to  be  an  ambassador,  treat,  nego- 
tiate as  one,  Eur.  Heracl.  479,  Ar,  Ach. 
610,  and  Xen.  ;  c.  ace,  πρ.  την  εϊρή- 
νην,  to  7ίΡ^Ό/ίηίε  peace,  Andoc.  26,  21, 
etc. : — elsewh.  the  mid.  (aor.  έπρε- 
σβενσάμην,  Thuc.  6,  104  ;  8,  5)  is  usu. 
in  the  signf,  to  sejid  ambassadors, 
πρεσβενεσθαι  παρά  τινας,  Thuc.  1, 
92  ;  4,  41,  etc.  :  also  to  go  as  ambas- 
sador, Id.  5,  39  : — Tu  έαντώ  πεπρε- 
σβενμένα,  his  yiegotiations,  Dem.  347, 
16. — III.  to  set  forth,  plead,  λόγους, 
Diog.  L.  prooem.  18,  cf,  Luc,  Pise, 
23. 

ΤΙρέσβη,  f/,  Ion.  for  πρέσβα,  but 
not  in  Horn. 

ΐίρεσβήϊον,  ov,  τό,  Ion.  for  πρε- 
σβείον, II. 

ΤΙρεσβηις,  ιδος,  ή,=ζπρέσβα,  πρε- 
σβηις  τιμή,  the  highest  or  most  ancient 
honour,  H.  Hom.  29,  3. 

ΐΐρέσβις,  ό,=πρεσβεντής,  only  in 
Lacon.  Inscr. 

ΐΐρέσβις,  ή,  poet,  for  πρεσβεία,  age, 
κατά  πρέσβιν,  according  to  age,  H. 
Hom.  Merc.  431,  Plat.  Legg.  855  D. 
— II.  an  aged  woman,  Aesop. 

ΤΙρεσβιστατος,  η,  ov,  :=  sq.,  Nic. 
Th.  344. 

Ύϊρέσβιστος,  η,  ov,  superl.  of  πρέ- 
σβνΓ,  Η.  Hom.  30,  2,  Aesch,  Theb. 
390,' Soph.  Fr.  523,  539. 

ΐΐρέσβος,  τό,  poet,  for  πρέσβενμα, 
an  object  of  reverence,  much  like  σέβας, 
Aesch.  Pers.  623,  Ag.  855. 

Ώρεσί•1νγένεθλος,  ov,  =  πρεσβνγε- 
νής,  Orph.  Η.  3,  2. 

ΤΙρεσβνγένεια,  ας,  ή,  seniority  of 
birth,  Hdt.  6,  51,  Plut.  2,  636  D. 

Τίρεσβνγενής,  ές,  {πρέσβνς,  γένος) 
elder,  esp.  first-born.  11.  11,  249,  Seidl 
Eur.  Tro.'  610  (590) ;  generally,  old, 
ancient,  both  of  persons  and  things, 


ΠΡΕΣ 

as,  ττρ.  χρόνος,  Cratin.  Chir.  3.  —  II. 
οί  πρεσβνγενεΐς,  Lacon.  for  oi  γέρον- 
τες, Lat.  senalus,  Plut,  Lycurg.  6,  Id. 
2,  789  E. 

Τ1ρέσ.3νς,  νοζ  and  εως,  ό,  old,  an  old 
man,  poet,  for  πρεΰβνηις,  (but  in  this 
signf.  only  in  ace.  and  voc.  -μέσβνν, 
7rpt/T,Ji',  and  this  almost  exclus. poet.) ; 
with  fern,  ττρέσβα,  πρέσβειρα,  π-ρε- 
σβηίς,  and  ττρέσβις  (v.  sub  voce). — 
The  compar.  ττρεσβντερος,  a,  ov, 
elder,  is  more  freq.  from  Horn,  down- 
wards in  poetry  and  prose,  though 
we  also  find  ό  πρέσβυς  in  posit.  =  ό 
ιτρεσβντερος,  Aesch.  Ag.  184,  205, 
530 ;  also,  ττρεσβιτέρα  αριθμόν,  older 
than  the  fit  number.  Find.  Fr.  236 ; 
7ΓΟ.  βονλαί,  the  wise  counsels  of  age. 
Id.  P.  2, 122:— so  in  compar.  πρεσβύ- 
τερος, elder,  11.  11,  787,  etc. ;  ένιαυ- 
τώ,  by  a  year,  Ar.  Ran.  18 ;  and  freq. 
iri  Att.  :  superl.  ττρεσβντατος,  η,  ov, 
eldest,  II.  4,  59,  Pind.,  etc. ;  more  de- 
finitely irp.  γενε/),  11.  6,  24 :  (for  the 
superl.  forms  πρέσβιστος,  πρεσβί- 
στατος,  v.  sub  voce.)  :  —  in  prose,  δ 
ττρεσβντ^ς  is  more  usu.  for  the  posit. 
— 2.  the  plur.  oi  τζρέσβεις,  dat.  πρέ- 
σβεσιν,  occurs  in  old  poets  in  signf 
of  aged  men,  elders,  but  ahva5'S  imply- 
ing dignitj',  and  so  chiefs,  princes,  (cf. 
infra  III),  Aesch.  Pefs.  840:  irreg. 
nom.  pi.  ττρέσβηεζ,  Hes.  Sc.  245,  (ef. 
sub  πρεσβενς).  The  dual,  τζρέσβη 
occurs,  Ar.  Fr.  495. — 3.  the  superl.  is 
oft.  used  in  the  sense  of  reverend,  hon- 
oured, from  the  respect  paid  to  the 
aged  and  experienced,  Aeseh.  Theb. 
390,  Soph.  Fr.  523,  etc. ;  so  in  prose. 
Plat.  Legg.  717  Β  :— so  the  compar., 
of  things,  οί'δέν  πρ.  έστι,  Plat.  Symp. 
218  D  ;  -ρεσβύτερόν  τι  (ονδέν)  εχειν 
is  just  ^=  Lat.  aliquid  (nihil)  antiguius 
kahere,  to  dee^l  higher,  more  important, 
SO,  ra  τον  βεον  πρεσβύτερα  ττοιεϊσθαι 
7j  τά  των  ανδρών,  Hdt.  5,  63 ;  so,  ον- 
όέν  7ίρεσ3ντερον  νομίζυ  τας  σωφρο- 
οννας,  Eur.  Incert-  11 ;  έμοί  ονδέν 
έστι  ττρεσβύτερον  τοΐ'....  Plat.  Symp. 
218  D ;  and  so,  ττρεσβύτατον  κρίνε tv 
τι,  Thuc.  4,  61  ;  ττρεσβντέρως  γνμνα- 
CTiKjjv  μουσικής  τετιμηκέναι.  Plat. 
Rep.  548  C  :  hence,  merely  of  great- 
ness, ττρεσβύτερον  κακόν  κακού,  one 
evil  greater  than  another.  Soph.  O.  T. 
1365,  cf  Plat.  Legg.  717  D  ;  cf  ττρε- 
σβεύω  I.  3.  —  II.  an  ambassador,  in 
sing,  only  in  poets,  as  Aeseh.  Supp. 
728  ;  ό  πρέσβνς  ούτε  τύτττεται  ονθ' 
υβρίζεται,  ap.  Schol.  11.  4,  394 ;  gen. 
πρέσβεως,  Ar.  Ach.  93 :  the  prose 
sing,  is  τζρεσβεντής :  but  for  the  plur., 
πρέσβεις  is  most  usu.  even  in  prose. 
— III.  at  Sparta  a  political  title,  an 
elder,  like  γέρων,  in  sing,  πρίσβεως, 
Bockh  Inser.  1,  p.  610;  just  like  the 
A.  Saxon  Aldermen.  [v\  (Doderlein 
derives  it  from  ττρεπω,  ττρέφω,  and  so 
strictly  one  that  is  conspicuous,  like 
βλάσφημος  from  β'λάπτω,  φύσγανον 
from  σιράζω,  σφαγή.) 

ΤΙρέσβυσις,  ή,  dub.  1.  for  πρέσβεν- 
σις- 

ΤΙρεσβυτερικός,  η,  όν,  of  or  belong- 
ing to  the  πρεσβύτεροι,  Eccl. 

ϋρεσβϋτέριον,  ov,  τό,  a  council, 
bodt)  of  elders  {πρεσβύτεροι),  Ν.  Τ. 

ΎΙρεσβϋτής,  ήτος,  ή,  {πρέσβυς)  age, 
Inscr. 

ΤΙρεσβύτης,  ου,  ό,  an  old  man,  Lat. 
senex,  Eur.  Phoen.  847,  Ar.  Nub.  358  ; 
έκ  παιδός  μέχρι  πρεσβύτου,  Plat, 
Rep.  608  C  ;  πρ.  πατήρ,  Aesch.  Eum. 
914 :  —  fern,  πρεσβντις,  ιδος,  an  old 
woman,  lb.  731,  1027,  Eur.  Hec.  842, 
Plat.,  etc.,  πρεσβϋτις  άνθρωπος,  Lys. 
93,  7  :  cf  πρέσβνς. — II.  a  long-sighted 
person,  as  the  cid  are  wont  to  be, 


ΠΡΗΝ 

Arist.  Probl.  31,  25,  1,  opp.  to  μύωφ. 
[i']    Hence 

Ώρεσβϋτικός,  η,  όν,  like  an  old  man, 
elderly,  Ar.  Plut.  270,  787,  Plat.  Legg. 
685  A,  etc.    Adv.  -κώς. 

ΤΙρεσβχίτις,  ιδος,  fem.  of  πρεσβν- 
της,  q.  v.  ^ 

ΙΙρεσβντοδόκος,  ov,  (πρεσβύτης, 
δέχομαι)  receiving  the  aged,  Aesch. 
Supp.  666. 

+Πρεσ,3ων,  όνος,  δ,  Preshon,  son  of 
Phrixus,   Paus.  9,  34,  8. 

^ΥΙρεσβωνιύδης,  ov,  b,  son  of  Pres- 
bon,  i.  e.  Clymenus,  Orac.  ap.  Paus. 
9,  37,  4. 

αίρευγένης,  ονς,  ό,  Preugenes,  son 
of  Agenor,  Paus.  7,  6,  2. 

ΤΙρενμένεια,  ας,  ή,  gentleness  of  tem- 
per, graciousness,  Eur.  Or.  1323  :  from 

Τίρενμενής,  ες,  soft  of  temper,  gentle 
of  mood,  kind,  friendly,  gracious,  τινί, 
to  one,  Aesch.  Ag.  840,  Eur.  Hec.  538; 
absol..  Id.  Tro.  734  : — also  of  events, 
favourable,  πρ.  τύχη,  Aesch.  Ag.  1647 ; 
νόστος,  Eur.  Hec.  540.  —  Adv.  -νως, 
πρ.  αίτεϊσθαι,  παραινείν,  Aesch.  Pers. 
220,  224  ;  δέχεσθαι.  Id.  Eum.  236.— 
II.  propitiating,  χοαί,  Aesch.  Pers.  609, 
cf.  685. — Poet.  word.  (Ace.  to  some 
from  πρό  and  ευμενής:  but  really 
from  πραύ,  πρην,  and  μένος,  and  so 
contr.  for  πρηνμενής.) 

Τίρεών,  όνος,  ό,^πρηών,  Anth.  P. 
6,  253. 

Πρ^νμα,  Ion.  for  πράγμα,  Theogn., 
and  Hdt. 

ΤΙρηνμάτεύομαι,  Ion.  for  πραγμ-, 
Hdt. 

Τίρηγορενω,  =  προαγορεύω,  He- 
sych. 

Ώρηγορεών,  ύνος,  δ,^προηγορεών, 
Ar.  Αν.  1113,  Eq.  374. 

ΙΙρηδών,  όνος,  ή,  (πρήθω)  α  burn,  α 
swelling,  Jsic.  Th.  365. 

Τίρηθήναι,  Ion.  for  πρΰβήναι,  inf. 
aor.  pass,  of  πιπράσκω. 

Τίρήθω,  f.  -ήσω  :  aor.  επρησα : — to 
blow  up,  swell  out  by  blowing,  επρησεν 
δ'  άνεμος  μέσον  Ίστίον,  Od.  2,  427 ; 
so  too,  εν  d'  άνεμος  πρήσεν  μέσον  Ίσ- 
τίον, Ι!.  1,  481  ;  α/.α  νότου  πρήσαν- 
τος,  Anth.  Ρ.  13,  27  (hence,  ττρτ;- 
στήρ,  πρήστις). — 2.  to  blow  out,  dnve 
out  by  blowing,  αίμα  άνίΐ  στόμα  και 
κατά  βινας  πρήσε.  he  bleio  a  shower 
of  blood  from  his  mouth  and  nostrils, 
II.  16,  350 :  (hence,  πρήστις,  πρί- 
στις):  cf.  άναπρήθω. — 3.  to  blow  into 
a  flame,  fan,  πρ.  πυρός  αένος.  Αρ.  Rh. 
4.  819.— II.  intr..  to  blow.  Id.  4, 1537.— 
Poet.  word.  (For  the  signf  to  burn, 
V.  sub  πίμπρημι ;  and  on  the  possible 
union  of  these  two  signfs.,  to  bum  and 
to  blow,  V.  Buttm.  Lexil.  s.  v. ;  cf  also 
πρίω  Β). 

ΐίρηκτήρ,  ήρος,  ό.  Ion.  for  πρακτήρ 
(q.  v.),  Horn. 

ΤΙρημΰδίη,  ης,  η,  name  of  a  kind  of 
olive,  Nic.  Al.  87. 

ΤΙρημαίνω,  {πρήθω)  to  blow,  blow 
hard,  πρημαίνονσαι  θνε?.?.αι,  Ar.  Nub. 
336. — II.  trans.,  to  blow  up. 

ΊΙρημάς,  άόος,  ή,  a  kind  of  tunny- 
fish:  also  written  πρημνύς.  Plat. 
(Com.)  Europ.  2,  Opp.  H.  J,  183; 
also,  πρηνάς,  πρημαδίη,  πριμαδίη. 

^Υίρήμνις,  ιδος,  ή,  Premnis,  a  city 
in  Aethiopia,  Strab.  p.  820. 

np^v,  ό,=^πρηών,  πρών. 

ΤΙρηνηδόν,  adv.,  forwards,  headlong, 
Nonn. :  from 

ΤΙρηντ/ς,  ες,  gen.  έος,  contr.  ονς: 
Ion.  for  Dor.  and  Att.  πρανής,  Lat. 
pronus,  bent  forward,  head-foremost, 
headlong,  freq.  in  Hom.,  usu.  with 
verbs  of  falling  and  lying,  πρηνής 
έπεσε,  κάππεσε,  ήριπε,  έλιάσθη,  etc. ; 
έκ  δίφροιο...έξεκυ?.ίσθη  πρηνής  tv  ΚΟ- 


ΠΡΙΑ 

νί^σιν  έπΙ  στόμα,  H.  6,  43,  cf.  Hes. 
Sc.  365 ;  κατά  πρηνες  βαλέειν  Πρί- 
ύμο  10  μέλαθρον,  II.  2,  414;  πρ.  έπΙ 
γαίης  and  έπϊ  γαίτ),  freq.  in  Hes. : 
opp.  to  ύπτιος,  II.  Ίΐ,  J 79:  and  60, 
πρηνής  and  ύπτιος  when  applied  to 
man  signify  respectively  before  and 
behind,  when  to  animals,  beneath  and 
above :  so  in  Lat.,  pronus  and  supinus, 
Schneid.  Cur.  Poster,  ad  Arist.  H.  A. 
4,  1,  7,  cf.  Ath.  447  Β  ;  opp.  to  ορθός, 
Plut.  2,  680  A:  freq.  of  hills  and 
heights,  steep,  abrupt,  in  the  form  πρα- 
νής, Xen.  Hipparch.  8,  6  ;  opp.  to  όρ- 
θιος (up-hill).  Id.  Cyr.  2,  2,  24  ;  κατά 
πρανούς,  Id.  An.  1,  5,  8.  (On  the  de- 
riv.  and  kindred  words  v.  πρό,  sub 
fin.)     Hence 

ΤΙρηνίζω,  f.  -ίσω  and  -ίξω,  to  throw 
headlong,  πρ.  πό/.ιν,  to  level  it  with 
the  ground,  Euphor.  Fr.  16,  and  Nonn., 
cf  ValcL  Hdt.  6.  27  :— pass.,  to  faU 
headlong,  πρηνιχθείς,  Anth.  P.  7,  532. 
Hence 

ΤΙρηνισμός,  ov,  δ,  a  throwing  head• 
long.  Or.  Sib. 

ΜΙρηξαγόρης,  ό,  ΙθΏ.=  'Π.ραξαγό- 
ρας. 

ΐΐρή^αι,  Ion.  for  πράξαι,  inf.  aor. 
from  πράσσω,  Hom. 

αίρηξύσπης,  ονς,  ό,  Prexaspes,  a 
distinguished  Persian  under  Camby- 
ses,  Hdt.  3,  30,  34  ;  etc.— 2.  another, 
an  admiral  in  the  fleet  of  Xerxes,  Id. 
7,  97. 

αΐρήξι?.?.α,  7ΐ,=  'Π.ράξι7.λα,  Anth. 

ΤΙρτιξις,  ιος,  ή,  Ερ.  and  Ion.  for 
πρΰξις,  q.  v.,  Hom.,  and  Hdt. 

^ΙΙρηξώ,  ονς.  η,  Prexo,  fem.  pr.  n., 
Anth.  P.  6,  208  ;  etc. 

ΤΙρήσίς,  ιος,  ή,  Ion.  for  πράσις,  sale, 
Hdt. 

ΤΙρησις,  εως,  η,  {πίμπρημι,  πρήσω) 
α  setting  on  fire. — II.  {πρήθω)  a  blow- 
ing up,  Arelae. 

ΤΙρήσμα,  ατός,  τό,  {πρήθω)  an  in- 
flayned  or  swollen  part ;  an  inflamma- 
tion or  swelling,  Hipp. 

ΤΙρήσσω,  Ep.  and  Ion.  for  πράσσω, 
q.  v.,  Horn.,  and  Hdt. 

ΤΙρηστεύω,  dub.,  v.  διαπρηστεύω. 

ΤΙρηστήρ,  ήρος,  ό,  {πίμπρημι,  πρή- 
σω) α  meteor,  α  flash  of  lightning; 
hence,  α  thunder-storm,  Hes.  Th.  846  ; 
βρονταί  τε  και  πρηστήρες  έπειςπίπ- 
τουσι,  Hdt.  7,  42,  cf  Xen.  Hell.  1,  3, 
1. — II.  {πρήθω)  a  violent  wind,  hum- 
cane,  storm,  Ar.  Lys.  974 :  metaph.,  α 
pair  of  bellows,  Ap.  Rh.  4,  777. — 2.  a 
waterspout :  generally,  any  swollen 
stream  ;  and,  metaph.,  a  flood  of  tears, 
EuY.  Thes.  1.— 3.  πρηστήρες,  the  veins 
of  the  neck  when  swollen  by  anger  ;  perh. 
also  the  arteries. — 4.  a  kind  of  serpent, 
whose  bite  is  poisonous,  Diosc. 

ΐίρηστήριος,  ov,  (πρηστήρ)  burning, 
flashing. 

ΐίρηστικός,  ή,  όν,  {πρήθω)={οτβξ., 
Galen. 

ΤΙρήστις,  ή,=  πρίστις.  q.  v. 

Hp^r;;!',  f/νος,  ό,=^περνσινος,  ενι- 
αύσιος, a  year  old:  esp.,  a  yearling 
lamb;  hence  έπιπρητήν.  (On  the 
deriv.  and  kindred  words  v.  πρό.) 

ΤΙρητήριον,  ου,  τά.  Ion.  for  πρύτή• 
ptov,  Hdt.  7,  23. 

ΥΙρηνγελ^ς,  πρηννομος,  πρηννοος, 
πρηννω,  πρηύς,  πρηντένων,  ν.  sub 
πραν-. 

ΤΙρηών,  ώνος,  ό,  α  jutting  rock,  fore 
land,  headland,  Hes.  Sc.  437,  Colulh. 
14,  102 : — the  forms  πρεών,  πρών, 
πρώων  are  equiv.  (From  πρίν,  πράν, 
akin  to  πρηνής,  v.  sub.  πρό.) 

*ΠΡΓΑ.ΜΑΙ,    defect,    dep.,    only 

found  in  aor.  έπρΐάμην  (for  έωνησά- 

μην  is  not  Att.,   though   the   other 

tenses  are  supplied  by  ώνέομαι,  q.  v., 

1235 


ΠΡΙΗ 

and  cf.  Lob.  Phiyn.  138,  Buttm.  Ca- 
tal.  s.  V.) ;  subj.  πρίωμαι :  opt.  πριαί- 
μην,  impcrat.  ττρίασο  and  πρίω :  int". 
■Ίτρίασθαί :  part,  τϊριάμενος :  Horn., 
only  in  Od.,  and  always  in  3  sing,  in- 
die, without  augm.  πρίατη.  To  buy, 
Horn.,  and  Att. — Construct.,  c.  dat. 
pretii,  πρ.  κτεύτεσσιν  ίοΐσιν,  ίο  buy 
with  one's  money,  Od.  14,  115,  452; 
later  c.  gen.,  ττρ.  θανύτοιο,  to  purchase 
by  his  death,  Pind.  P.  (i,  38  ;  τγ/ι.  τι 
τα?ίάντον,  τεττάρων  aLy'kuv,  Xen. 
Mem.  2,  5,  2,  An.  1,  5,  G:— inetaph., 
ονδενος  λό}Όΐ'  τϊρίασβαι,  to  buy  at  no 
price.  Soph.  Aj.  477 ;  c.  gen.  pretii, 
ace.  rei,  et  dat.  pers.,  πόσου  πρίωμαι 
σοι  ru  χοιρίδια,  Ar.  Ach.  812,  cf. 
Ran.  1229,  Soph.  Ant.  1170;  but,  πρ. 
τι  παρά  τίνος,  Hdt.  9,  94  ;  so,  πρ. 
παρά  τίνος  μη  δούναι  δίκην,  Andoc. 
28,  20.— On  Ar.  Ach.  34,  35,  v.  sub 
πριών.  (Akin  to  περάω,  περνάω, 
πιπράσκω.)  \ΐ] 

^;Υνριαμίδης,  ον  Ερ.  αο  and  εω,  ό, 
son  of  Priam,  11.  2,  817  ;  etc.  [ία/zt- 
in  Ep.] 

ϋίριαμίς,  ίδος,  ή,  fem.  adj.,  of  or 
belonging  to  Priam,  Eur.  Or.  1481. 

^ϋρίαμος,  ov  poet,  oio,  ύ,  Priam, 
son  of"  Laoniedon,  king  of  Troy  :  his 
proper  name  was  ΤΙοδύρκης,  but  he 
was  called  ΐΐρίαμος  because  redeem- 
ed {ττρ'ιαμαι)  by  his  sister  Hesione 
from  Hercules  ace.  to  .\pollod.  2,  6. 
4:  Horn,  as  II.  3,  105,  117  ;  etc. 

Πρϊΰ/ίόω,  ώ,  to  shave  the  head,  be- 
cause Priam  was  always  represented 
on  the  stage  with  a  bald  head. 

■\Τίρίαπηνός,  ov,  ύ,  an  inhab.  of 
Priapus,  Strab.  p.  587. 

ΤίρΙΰπίζω,  i.  -ίσω,  Ion.  ΤΙριηπ-,  to 
be  lewd,  Anth.  Plan.  237. 

ΤΙρΐάπίσκος.  ov,  h,  dim.  from  Jlpia- 
πος,  strictly,  a  little  or  young  Priapus  : 
hence — II.  usu.,  a  post,  stake.    Hence 

ΤΙρΙάπισκόω,  ώ,  to  make  like  Pria- 
pus.    Hence 

ΥΙρΐάπισκωτός,  ή,  όι>,  made  like 
Priapus. 

ΙΙρΐΰπισμός,  οϋ,  δ,  (ΤΙριαττίζω)  pri- 
apism, lewdness  ;  like  σιιτυρίασις. 

ΐΐρίάπος,  ov,  ύ,  Ion.  ΐΐρίηπος,  Pri- 
apus, the  god  of  gardens  and  vine- 
yards, and  generally  of  agriculture, 
whose  worship  arose  at  a  late  period 
in  Lampsacus  and  spread  over  all 
Greece  :  the  poets  have  also  a  plur., 
ΐΐρίηποι.  like  Σάτυροι,  Mosch.  3,  27. 
He  is  variously  described  as  the  son 
of  Adonis  and  Venus,  or  of  Mercury 
and  Chione :  he  was  usu.  represented 
by  a  rude  wooden  terminal  figure, 
painted  red,  with  a  club  or  garden- 
knife  ;  and  with  a  large  generative 
organ,  as  the  symbol  of  the  fructify- 
ing principle  in  nature,  v.  Voss  My- 
thol.  Br.  2,  p.  295  : — hence, — II.  mem- 
brum  virile.   [-  — ■] 

iΐlpίΰπoς,  Ion.  ΊΙρίηπος,  ov,  ή, 
Priapus,  a  city  of  Troas,  where  Pria- 
pus was  worshipped,  Thuc.  8,  107  ; 
Strab.  p.  582. 

ΤΙρΐΰπώδης,  ες,  {ΤΙρίαπος,  είδος) 
like  Priapus,  lewd. 

αίρίας,  αντος,  b,  Prias,  one  of  the 
suitors  of  Hippodamia,  Pans.  6, 21 ,  11. 

ΑΥ\.ρί3ερνον,  ov,  τό,  Privemum,  a 
city  of  Latium,  Strab.  p.  237. 

ΤΙρίγκιπες,  o'u  the  Lat.  principes, 
Polyb.  6,  21,  7,  etc. 

ΤΙρίεμος,  6,  Aeol.  for  ΤΙρίαμος, 
Buttm.  Ausf  Gr.  ^  27  Anm.  20  n. 

ΤΙρίζω,  f.  -ίσω,^πρίω,  to  saw.  Plat. 
Theag.  124  A,  cf.  Poll.  7, 114. 

'\ΐΙΐ)ΐ7/νη,  ης,  η,  Priene,  a  city  of  the 
lonians  on  the  Carian  coast,  Hdt.  1, 
142;  6,  8. 

ΤΙρί7]πος,  6,  Ion.  for  ΐΐρίαπος.  [ΐ] 
1236 


ΠΡΙΝ 

ΊΙριμαδίη,  7],  V.  πρημάς. 

ΎΙρίν,  Dor.  πράν,  adv.  of  time  : — I. 
in  independent  sentences,  hfore,  for- 
merly, erst,  one  time,  Lat.  prtu.i,  oi  pa.st 
time  generally ;  oft.  in  Horn,  (who 
uses  πύρος  just  in  the  same  way),  11. 
2,  112,  314,  Od.  5,  334,  etc.;  then 
freq.  in  Hes.,  Trag.,  etc. :  πριν  γε 
also  is  freq.  :  μη  πρίν=μ^  προτερον, 
not  before,  11.  24,  781,  etc. — 2.  for  πριν 
we  oft.  have  τοπρίν,  like  τοπάρος,  11. 
6,  125,  Od.  3,  265,  etc.,  Hdt.  1,  129  ; 
τοπρίν  γε,  Π.  5,  54  : — many  write  τό 
πριν  divisim,  as  Wolf  in  his  earlier 
edd.  of  Horn.,  but  τοπρίν  differs  from 
TO  πριν  (v.  infra  5). — 3.  ere  that,  first, 
πριν  κεν  και  ννξ  φθείτο,  ere  that,  even 
night  would  be  gone,  Od.  11,  330; 
πριν  δε  κεν  ούτι  δεχοίμην.  Od.  14, 
155.  —  4.  the  notion  of  past  time  is 
strengthd.  by  πριν  ποτέ,  once  mi  a 
time,  Od.  6,  4  ;  πρίν  ποτέ  and  δη  τότε 
γε,  opposed,  Od.  15,  226 ;  and  still 
more,  πο'λν  πριν,  long  ago,  II.  9,  250, 
Od.  2,  167. —  5.  in  Att.  oft.  inserted 
ellipt.  between  the  art.  and  its  subst., 
ό  πρΙν  Αίγενς  (sc.  ό  πριν  ώΐ'),  ancient 
Aegeus,  Soph.  Ο.  C.  69  ;  ru  πριν  πε- 
λώρια, the  giants  of  old  lime,  Aesch. 
Pr.  151  ;  and  freq.,  ?/  πριν  ήμερα,  το 
πρίν  έργον,  etc.  :  —  hence  it  appears 
that  τοπρίν  and  το  πριν  differ,  for  in 
τοπρίν  the  art.  belongs  immediately 
to  the  adv.,  in  το  πριν  to  the  follow- 
ing subst.  —  II.  still  oftener,  πριν 
serves  as  a  relative  adv.,  before  that..., 
before...,  Lat.  priusquam,  very  freq.  in 
Hom.,  who  in  this  signf  also  uses 
πριν  γε,  as  also  Hes.,  and  Hdt. : — 1. 
with  the  indicat.  pres.,  and  (more 
usu.)  fut.,  II.  1,  29,  πριν  γε,  Od.  1.% 
336,  Hes.  Op.  736;  with  indic.  aor., 
H.  Ap.  357 ;  but  πρίν  γ'  ΰτε,  with 
indic.  aor.,  vp  to  the  time  when...,  Od. 
13,  322  ;  so,  πρίν  γ'  δτε  δη,  with  in- 
dic. aor.,  11.  12,  437,  Od.  4,  180;  and 
with  indic.  impf.,  It.  9,  588  :  —  gen- 
erally, with  indic,  πρίν  answers 
to  Lat.  donee  tandem,  Elmsl.  Med. 
1142.— 2.  with  subj.  aor.,  11.  24,  551, 
Od.  10,  175;  so,  πρίν  γε,  U.  18,  135, 
Od.  17,  9  :  and  πρίν  γ'  ότ'  iiv,  Od.  2, 
374 :  in  Att.,  this  mood  was  regul. 
only  put  after  πρίν  άν,  Heind.  Plat. 
Phaedo  62  C,  as  also  in  Hdt.  3,  100 ; 
4, 196  ;  yet  uv  is  oft.  omitted  by  Trag., 
Pors.  Med.  222,  Elmsl.  lb.  (215),  and 
even  in  early  Att.  prose,  ace.  to 
Stallb.  Plat.  Phaed.  1.  c. :  —  further, 
πρίν  y'  av  is  as  common  in  Att.  as 
πρΙν  αν  γε,  Elmsl.  Ach.  176.  Strictly, 
πρίν,  πριν  άν  was  foil,  by  the  conj., 
only  when  the  forog.  clause  is  negat. 
or  prohibitory,  Elmsl.  and  Herm. 
Med.  215.-3.'  with  optat.  aor.,  if  the 
foreg.  clause  contains  a  negat.,  not 
before...,  not  untd...,  II.  21,  580;  so, 
πρίν  κεν,  Od.  3,  117;  πριν  γε,  Hes. 
Sc.  17,  where  πρίν  also  goes  before 
in  the  negat.  protasis ;  also,  πρίν  γ' 
δτε  δή,  II.  9,  488. — 4.  most  freq.  with 
inf  aor.,  and  if  there  be  a  new  sub- 
ject, c.  ace.  et  inf  ;  very  oft.  in  Horn., 
Hdt.,  etc. ;  πρίν  γε,  II.  3,  430,  Od.  23, 
138,  etc. ;  and  πρίν  άν,  Hdt.  1,  140 : 
less  freq.  with  inf.  pres.  or  pf  —  A 
distinction  in  the  signfs.  of  πρίν  with 
these  three  tenses  is  attempted  by 
Elmsl.  Med.  78,  and  still  more  nicely 
by  Herm.  ad  1.  —  5.  for  πρίν  γε  we 
also  find  πρίν  y'  ij,  as,  σίτε  τι  νώΐν 
δρκια  εσσονται,  πρίν  γ  η  ίτερόν  γε 
πεσόντα  αίματος  άσαι  ' Α.ρηα,  not  un- 
til..., II.  22,  266,  cf.  5,  288,  where 
however  η  is  pleonast.,  as  πρίν  has 
of  itself  a  compar.  force,  esp.  after  a 
negat.  ;  yet  this  pleonasm  is  so  freq. 
in  Hdt.,  and  Att.,  that  πριν  η  was 


ΠΡΙΟ 

oft.  written  as  one  word  πρινή,  like 
Lat.  priusquam  :  it  Was  also  construct- 
ed like  πρίν,  with  subjun(  t.  (Hdt.  1, 
19;  5,  1.33,  etc.);  or  with  inf.  aor. 
(Hdt.  2,  2,  etc.) :  —  yet  πρΙν  η  seems 
to  have  come  into  Att.  ai'ter  Aristoph. 
and  Thuc,  v.  Elmsl.  Med.  179.— For 
a  fuller  account  of  this  construct.,  ν 
Jelf  Gr.  Gr.  ^  848.— G.  πρίν  ώρη  (sc. 
y,  DiOif).  before  it  be  time,  before  tho 
time,  Od.  15,  394  :  very  rarely  c.  gen., 
as  in  Pind.  P.  4,  76,  πρίν  ώρας,  doubt- 
less by  analogy  of  πύρος. — III.  πρίν 
very  oft.  stands  both  in  the  antec. 
and  relat.  clause,  as  in  Horn.  esp. 
when  the  antec.  clause  is  negat.,  but 
also  without  this,  as  τις  κεν  άντιρ 
πριν  τ7.αίη  πάσσασΟαι  έδητνος,  πριν 
λυσασΰ'  tTUpiU'f,  who  could  first  taste 
the  food,  before...,  Od.  10,  384;  here 
the  former  πρίν  is  a  simple  adv.,  and 
may  of  course  always  be  omitted  : — 
so  also,  πριν...,  πρίν  γε...,  II.  1,  97, 
Od.  4,  254  ;  τοπρίν...,  πρίν-..,  II.  9, 
403  ;  τοπρίν...,  πρίν  γε...,  II.  15,  72  ; 
πρίν  γε...,  πρίν  γ'  η...,  II.  5,  288 ;  πύ- 
ρος..., πρίν  γε...,  II.  5,  218;  πύρος 
γε...,  πρίν  γε...,  Od.  2,  127  ;  πρόσθε..., 
πρίν  γε...,  Od.  23,  137:  cf.  Ruhiik. 
Η.  Cer.  333  ;  most  seldom  πρίν..., 
τόφρα...,  where  the  relative  clause  is 
put  first,  II.  21,  100  ;  also  προτερον..., 
πριν  άν...,  Hdt.  1,  140  ;  7,  θ,  2.  (On 
the  family  of  words  connected  with 
πρίν,  V.  πρό  sub  fin.)  [πριν  properly, 
as  in  II.  2,  344,  354,  etc. :  but  even 
Hom.  has  πρίν,  and  that  not  only  in 
the  arsis,  as  II.  17,  5,  Od.  4,  254  ;  but 
also  in  the  thesis,  as  11.  6,  81  ;  9,  403, 
Od.  4,  668;  13,  113,  etc.:  this  Ep. 
lengthening  of  πρίν  was  seldom,  if 
ever,  followed  by  Att.  poets  ;  at  least 
in  such  passages  the  readings  vary, 
and  alterations  are  usu.  very  easv,  v. 
Elmsl.  Ar.  Ach.  176,  Br.  Ar.  Eccl. 
857,  Blomf.  Aesch.  Pr.  795. — u  always 
in  Dor.  πράν.} 

Ήρινί/,  V.  πρίν  Π.  5. 

ίΤίρινητάδης,  ον  Ion.  εω,  ό,  Priae- 
tades,  a  Spartan,  Hdt.  5,  41. 

Jlplv ίδιον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  πρίνος, 
Ar.  Av.  615.  [j;t] 

ΉρίνΙνος,  η,  ov,  made  from  the  ilex 
(^πρίνος),  Lat.  iligiieus,  Hes.  Op.  427  : 
metaph.,  oaken,  i.  e.  tough,  sturdy,  Ar. 
Ach.  180;  cf.  σί^ενδάμνινος. 

ΠΡΙΝΟΣ,  ;/.  the  holm  or  ever-green 
oak,  Lat.  ilex,  Hes.  Op.  434  (where 
though  in  many  MSS.  and  edd.  ι  is 
short,  the  true  reading  γνης  πρίνου, 
for  πρίνω  τε  γνηο,  has  been  restored 
by  Shiifer,  etc.),  Ατ.  Ran.  858,  Theocr. 
5,  95.  —  II.  an  ilex  with  prickly  leaves, 
ilex  aquifolium,  Arat.  1122.  —  III.  the 
scarlet-oak,  which  bears  the  kermes- 
berry,  whence  the  scarlet-dye  κόκ- 
κος, (still  called  πιρνάρι  in  Greece) : 
hence,  πρίνον  άνθος,  the  colour  scar- 
let, Simon.  20  Schneidew. 

^ΐΐρΐνος,  ov,  6,  Prinus,  a  place  in 
Arcadia,  Paus.  8,  G,  4. 

ΤΙρίνώδης,  ες,  {πρίνος,  εΐόος)  like 
the  πρίνος,  tough  as  oak,  Ar.  Vesp. 
383,  cf.  πρίνινος.  —  II.  abounding  in 
holm  oaks. 

ΤΙρϊνών,  ώνος,  δ,  an  ilex-grove. 

iIlpιό?.aς,  δ,  Priolas.  son  of  Das- 
cylus  of  Bithynia,  Ap.  Rh.  2,  780. 

Tlpioviov,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  πρίων, 
a  small  saw. 

ΤΙρΙονΐτις,  ιδος,  ή,  a  plant,  betonica, 
also  κέστρον,  Alex.  Trail. 

ΤΙρίονόειδης,  ές,  {πρίων,  είδος)  like 
a  sau;  Diosc      Adv.  -δώς. 

ΊΙρΙονόω,  ώ,  {πρίων)  to  make  like  a 
saw.  make  jagged. 

ΎΙρΊονώδης,  ες,=  πριονοειδής,  Mel. 
Ill,  3,  [with  t,  cf.  πρίων.} 


ΠΡΙΩ 

ΐΐρίονωτός,  ή,  όν,  (πριονόω)  made 
like  a  saw,  jagged,  στόμια,  Ar.  Fr.  139: 
τοϋ  κραΐ'ίου  το  ττρ.  μέρος,  the  suture 
o/the  scull,  which  isot  serrated  form, 
Arist.  H.  A.  3,  7,  2:  ττρ.  όψεις,  ser- 
pents with  jagged  crests  ox  hacks,  Phi- 
lostr.  Vit.  Apallon.  2,  5,  (where  Jac. 
Pdilostr.  Imag.  p.  263,  writes  it  ττριό- 
νωτος,  as  if  a  coinpd.  of  πρίων,  νώ- 
τος) :  —  ή  πριονωτη,  α  warlike  engine. 
Math.  Vett. 

■\ΙΙριουερνος,  ου,  ό,  οίνος,  wine  of 
Privermiin,  Alh.  26  D. 

Πρϊόω,=  -ρίω,  but  found  only  in 
part.  pf.  pass,  πεττριωμένος,^^ττριονω• 
τός.  and  in  derivs.  πρίσμα,  ττριωτός. 

ΙΙρίσις,  ή,  (ττρίζω)  α  sawing:  in 
Hipp,  also,  the  hole  made  by  a  cylindri- 
calsaw,  as  in  trepanning.  Foes.  Oecon. 
—  II.  np.  οδόντων,  a  grinding  of  the 
teeth,  from  anger,  Plut.  2,  458  C  ;  or 
as  an  eifect  of  some  disease,  Hipp. 

mpLGKa,  ης,  -η,  Prisca,  fem.  pr.  n., 
N.  T. 

ΙΠρί'σκίλλα,  ης,  η,  Priscilla,  fem. 
pr.  n.,  N.  T. 

\ΐΙρίσϋος,  ov,  6,  the  Rom.  name 
Priscus,  Luc. 

ΪΙρίσμα,  ατός.  τό,  (πρέζω)  anything 
sawn,  saw-dttst,  Theophr.,  cf.  Anth.  P. 
11,  207:  hence,  rotten  wood,  Diosc. — 
II.  a  geometrical  prism. 

ΊΙρισμάτιον,  ov,  ro,dim.  from  foreg. 

[«3  ,  ,  . 

Γίρισμος,  οϋ,  ο,^-ίτμισις. 

ΤΙριστήρ,  ήρας,  ό,  {πρίω)  α  sawyer: 
α  saw,  Aretae. :  τϊριστήρες  οδόντες, 
the  incisors,  Anth.  P.  append.  373; 
also  γε/.ασίνοί. 

Τίριστηροειδής,  ές,  {ττριστήρ,  είδος) 
like  a  saw,  LXX. 

ΤΙρίστης,  ov,  6,  =  ττριστήρ : — the 
saw-fish,  Arist.  H.  A.  6, 12, 1  (cf  Buttm. 
Lexil.  s.  V.  πρήθειν  7) ;  unless  intend- 
ed for  the  fish  ^ίνη. 

ΙΙρίστις,  ευς,  ή,  a  large  kind  offish, 
usu.  taken  to  be  a  kind  of  whale,  as  if 
frpyoTig  (which  some  read),  spouter 
(cf.  πρήθω,  ■ΰρίω  IV).  Leon.  Tar.  95, 
Opp-,  etc. :  but  ace.  to  Buttm.  (Lexil. 
β.  V.  ττρήθειν  5)  ηβν(τ=ττρίστης.  the 
saw-ftsh.  Hence  Lat.  pristis,  pisfris, 
pistrix. — IL  a  sort  of  ship  of  war,  prob. 
from  its  shape,  Polyb.  17,  1,  i,  cf  16, 
2,  9  ; — the  Lat.  navis  roslrata,  cf.  Liv, 
32,  32  ;  35,  26.— III.  m  Alh.  a  kind  of 
Clip, — for  the  same  reason. 

ύριστός, ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from  πρίω, 
eawn,  that  may  be  sawn,  έ/.έφας,  Od. 
18,  196  ;  19,  564. 

tlTpi^epvov,  ov,  τό,=  ΤΙρίβερνον, 
q-  V. 

Πρ/ω,  imperat.  of  έττριύμην  {*πρί- 
αμαι),  Ar.  Ach.  35  ;  cf.  -ρίων. 

ΠΡΓΩ,  imperat.  ττρΖε,  Ar.  Ran. 
927 :  fut.  πριοϋμαί :  aor.  pass,  εκρί- 
οθην  (v.  infra):  pf.  pass,  πί-ρισμαι. 
To  saw,  Ttp.  δίχα,  saw  asunder,  Thuc. 
4,  100  :  to  sever,  cut  in  pieces,  Eur.  Hel. 
389,  in  pass.  :  also, — 2.  to  pierce,  esp. 
in  surgery,  to  trepan,  Hipp.  ;  cf.  πρί- 
αις. — II.  to  grind  Or  gnash  the  teeth, 
πρίειν  οδόντας  or  mayovac.  Lat.  stri- 
dere  or  frendere  dentihus,  Hipp.  :  esp. 
with  rage,  etc.,  Ar.  Ran.  927  :  gener- 
ally, to  bite,  όδόντι  ττρΐε  τό  στόμα. 
Soph.  Fr.  777 ;  and  metaph.,  θυμόν 
όδάξ  πρίειν,  like  δακείν  θνμόν  (cf. 
sub  δάκνω),  Opp  ;  cf  infra  Β  : — 
hence, — 3.  pass.,  to  be  irritated,  pro- 
voked,.Tivi,  by  or  at  a  thing,  πριομένη 
κάλλει  Γαννμ7/δεος,  Anth..  P.  9,77; 
cf.  Meineke  Menand.  p.  278.— III.  to 
seize  as  with  the  teeth,  gripe,  Lat.  strin- 
gere,  ζωστηρι  πρισθείς  Ιππικών  εξ  ϊιν- 
Tvyuv.  Soph.  Aj.  10.30,  cf.  έ«  1.  3; 
hence  άπρίξ,  ΰπριγδα. 
Β.  like  πρήθω  II,  to  blow,  spurt  out, 


ΠΡΟ 

χόΤίΟν  επί  τινι,  to  snort  out  one's  an- 
ger, vent  it  on  one,  A  p.  Rh.  4,  1671 ; 
cf  Buttm.  Lexil.  s.  v.  πρήθειν  3. — 
The  freq.  exchange  of  η  and  i,  in 
words  like  σκήπυν  and  σκίπων.  etc., 
suggests  a  connection  between  ττρ?;- 
βω  and  πρίω  as  maintained  by  E.  M., 
cf.  πρίστις  and  πρήστις :  yet  πρίειν 
χόλον.  Αρ.  Rh.  4,  1671,  is  expl.  by 
Lob.  Aj.  1019,  to  gnash  fury,  i.  e.  show 
it  by  gnashing  the  teeth  :  and  Buttm. 
Lexil.  1.  c.  grants  that  it  may  be  so. 
— Later  there  is  a  freq.  collat.  form 
πρίζω,  more  rarely  πριόυ,  q.  v.  :  but 
πριονόο)  belongs  to  πρίων.  [i] 

ΐΐρίωμα,  ατός,  τό,  ('ΐΓριόω)=πρί- 
σμα.  [ί] 

ΤΙρίων,  όνος.  ό,  (πρίω)  α  saiv.  Soph. 
Tr.  699,  etc. :  ττρ.  οδοντωτός,  opp.  to 
πρ.  μαχαιρωτός,  a  toothless  saw  for 
cutting  stone,  Galen. ;  πρίων  οδόν- 
των, a  saw  of  teeth,  i.  e.  a  jagged,  ser- 
rated row,  Anth.  P.  7,  401  : — m  Ar. 
Ach.  36,  ό  πρίων,  that  saw,  that  gra- 
ting word  (with  a  punning  reference 
to  πρίω,  buy  !  in  the  lines  before). — 
II.  a  sort  of  cylindrical  saiv,  esp.  for 
trepanning,  Hipp.;  cf.  πρίσις. — Phot., 
Lex.  s.  v.,  writes  it  oxyt.  πριών,  to  dis- 
tinguish the  subst.  from  the  part,  πρί- 
ων, cf.  Meineke  Com.  Fr.  2,  p.  205.  [t, 
prob.  always  in  Att.,  v.  Pors.  Med.  5  ; 
but  later  poets,  as  Nic.  Th.  52,  Leon. 
Tar.  28,  2,  use  I,  cf  Jac.  A.  P.  in  In- 
dice.] 

Πρίων,  ωνος.  ό.  a  sawyer,  Ar.  Vesp. 
694  (where  πρίων'  is  dual  for  πρίωνε) 
e  conj.  uind. ;  but  v.  Meineke  Coin, 
pp.  2,  p.  205. 

Κυρίων,  όνος,  ό.  Prion,  a  place  near 
Carthage,  Polyb.  1.  85,  7.— II.  Πρίών, 
ώνος,  ό,  a  mountain  near  Ephesus, 
Strab.  p.  633. 

ΏρΙωτός,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from 
πριόω,  saivn :  trepanned. 

ΠΡΟ',  radio,  signf.  before,  Sanscr. 
PRA.h?it.  PRO.  PRAE. 

A.  Prep,  with  Gexit.  :  —  I.  of 
place,  before,  in  front  of,  opp.  to  μετά 
c.  ace,  behind,  freq.  in  Horn.,  and 
Hes.,  Trpo  αστεος.  προ  πν/Αων  ;  also, 
έμπροσθε  προ  της  άκροπό'λιος,  δπι- 
σθε  δε  τών  πνλεων,  Hdt.  8,  53,  cf.  9, 
52  :  also  in  some  measure  opp.  to  iv, 
esp.  in  phrases  προ  οίκον,  προ  δόμων, 
προ  όωμάτωχ•,  in  front  of,  i.  e.  outside 
the  house,  Pind. :  of  a  leader,  or  mes- 
senger sent  forward,  ττρό  'Αχαιών,  II. 
10,  286,  etc. ;  ττρό  ποδός  (v.  sub  πους 
I.  3). — 2.  before,  in  front  of.  for  the 
purpose  of  shielding  or  guarding,  στή- 
vai  προ  Ύρώων,  II.  24,  215:  hence, 
like  νπέρ,  in  favour  of  for,  μάχεσθαι 
προ  \\χαιών,  προ  παίδων,  προ  γυναι- 
κών, II.  4,  156;  8,  57;  so,  ό'λέσ^)αι 
προ  πόληος,  Lat.  pro  patria  mori,  II. 
22,  110;  θιήσκειν  and  άποθνήσκειν, 
Hdt.  7,  134,  172,  etc. ;  also  freq.  in 
Att.,  ττρό  τίνος  διακινδυνενειν,  πράτ- 
τειν,  βονΆενεσθαι,  etc. ;  πρό  τίνος 
επιστροφην  θέσθαι.  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  134. 
— 3.  προ  όδον,  further  on  the  road, 
i.  e,  forwards,  onward,  II.  4,  382 : 
hence  the  Att.  adj.  φρούδος. — II.  of 
time,  before,  (opp.  to  μετά  c.  ace,  af- 
ter), in  Hom.  only  once,  Od.  15,  524: 
much  more  freq.  in  Hdt. :  just  before, 
opp.  to  τα?.αίΓ£•ροζ•, Thuc.  I,  1 : — esp., 
in  phrase  προ  τούτον  or  προ  τον, 
sometimes  written  conjunctim  ττρο- 
roii  (where  χμόνον  is  not  to  be  sup- 
plied, τον  being  neut.),  before  ihis,  ere 
this,  Hdt.  1,  122,  etc..  Plat.  Symp, 
172  C  ;  so,  ό  ττρό  του  χρόνος,  like  ό 
πριν  χρόνος,  etc.,  Thuc,  in  Att. : — 
but,  πρό  δ  τον,  the  one  before  the 
other,  II.  10.224. — III.  of  preference, 
before,   sooner  or  rather  than,  κέρδος 


ΠΡΟ 

πρό  δίκας  αΐνησαι,  to  praise  sleight 
before  right,  Pind.  P.  4,  248  ;  ή  τνραν- 
νίς  πρό  έ?.ευθερίης  άσπαστότερον, 
merely  periphr.  for  the  coinpar.,  Hdt. 

I,  02,  cf  6,  12,  Stallb.  Plat.  Apol.  28 
D;  but,  πάν  πρό  της  παρεονσης  /.ν- 
πης,  any  thing  before,  rather  than  their 
actual  grievance,  Hdt.  7,  152;  cf. 
αντί  II.  4,  παρά  C.  1.  6.  d,  προς  C. 
III.  4 ;  α'φεΐσθαί  τι  πρό  τίνος,  to 
choose  one  before  another :  πρό  πο7.- 
λον  ποιεϊσθαι,  to  esteem  above  much, 
i.  e.  very  high,  Isocr.  110  B,  cf  Thuc. 
6,  10  ;  ττρό  ύ?.?Μΐ<,  more  than  others, 
Plat.  Menex.  249  Ε  :— hence— IV.  of 
exchanging,  valuing  one  against  an- 
other,/or,  in  lieu  of,  δον7.ος  πρό  δεσπό- 
τον.  servant/or  master  :  γήν  προ  γης 
ί?.αύνεσθαι,  to  be  driven  to  one  land 
instead  of  another,  i.  e.  from  one  to 
another,  Aesch.  Pr.  682,  Ar.  Ach. 
235  :  Trpo  έωντοϋ,  for  himself,  in  his 
stead,  Hdt.  7,  3. — 5.  of  cause  or  mo- 
tive, Lat.  prae,  for,  out  of  from,  προ 
(ρόβοιο,  for  fear,  II.  17,  667  :  to  this 
is  also  referred,  αεθλενειν  πρό  ανακ- 
τάς, to  fight  at  his  bidding,  II.  24, 
734 ;  7Γρό  τώνδε,  there/ore.  Soph.  El. 
495 ;  cf.  infra  E.  I. 

B.  Position  :  some  words  may  be 
put  between  rrpc  and  its  subst.,  as  in 

II.  23,  115,  but  it  is  never  put  after 
its  case,  except  after  the  Ep.  gen.  in 
■θι,  Ίλιόθι  πρό,  II.  8,  561  ;  οίφανόβι 
πρό,  II.  3,  3 ;  ήώβι  πρό,  Od.  5,  469. 

C.  Πρό  absol.  as  Adv.  : — I.  of  place, 
before,  (opp.  to  επί,  after).  It.  13,  799, 
800  ;  before,  in  front,  11.  15,  360  ;  forth, 
forward,  εκ  (Γ  ΰγαγε  πρό  φόωςδε,  II. 

19,  118. — Π.  of  time,  before,  before 
hand,  πρό  οι  είπομεν,  Od.  1,  37;  be- 
fore, earlier,  Hes.  Th.  32,  38.— ΙΠ. 
joined  with  other  preps.,  άποπρό,  δι- 
απρό,  έπιπρό,  περιπρό,  προπρό,  it 
strengthens  the  first  prep.,  or  adds  to 
it  the  notion  of  forward,  forth ;  see 
these  words  with  their  adverb,  forms 
άπόπροθεν,  ίποπρόθι. 

D.  πρό  IN  Compos. — I.  of  place,  be- 
fore, forth,  forward,  onward,  away :  be- 
fore the  eyes,  in  one's  presence,  as  in 
προάγω,  προβαίνω,  προ3ύ/.λω,  προ- 
έρχομαι, προτίθημι. — 2.  before,  in  de- 
fence, as  in  προκινδννενω,  πρόμαχο- 
μαι,  Valck.  Phoen.  1005. — II.  οί  time, 
before,  beforehand,  earlier,  as  in  προαγ- 
γέ7ιλω,  προειπείν,  προπάτωρ. — III. 
of  preference,  rather,  sooner,  as  in  ττρο- 
αιρέομαι,  προτιμάω. — IV.  strength- 
ening, as  in  πρόπας.  πρόπαρ,  προπά- 
ροιθε,  Jac.  Α.  P.  p.  257. — V.  in  com 
pos.  with  verbs,  ττρό  seems  sometimes 
to  be  quite  pleonast.,  but  it  usu.  in- 
volves the  notion  of  on,  forth.  Herm. 
Vig.  n.  417. — VI.  sometimes  it  mere- 
ly strengthens,  κακά  πρόκακα,  Aesch. 
Pers.  986;  πρόπαλαι,  Ar.  Eq.  1155; 
cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  47,  Dind.  Soph.  Aj. 
1124. 

E.  Etvmol.  Remarks.  Πρό  is  a 
root,  whence,  by  change  of  the  vow- 
el, spring  many  branches  ;  all  hav- 
ing the  common  notion  of  before,  in 
regard  sometimes  to  space,  som.e- 
times  to  time. — I.  immediately  from 
πρό  come  πρότερος  and  rrpot ;  from 
προι,  πρόϊος,  πρόιμος.  and  (by  length- 
ening the  radic.  vowel)  πρωί,  πρώϊος, 
πρώιμος,  πρώϊζος,  etc.,  contr.  ττρώ, 
πρώην,  πρώος,  πρώμος,  πρύζος,  πρώ- 
τος, πρώτιστος.  Dor.  πράιος,  πράος, 
πρΰτος.  Ion.  πρήϊος,  πρτ/ος,  also 
πρητήν,  έπιπρητήν  ; — which  forms 
almost  always  refer  to  being  before  in 
point  of  time,  sometimes  in  point  of 
number  or  degree :  this  precedency 
of  degree,  or  preference  of  one  thing 
to  another,  is  rendered  by  Lat.  prae, 

1237 


ΠΡΟΑ 

which  likewise  includes  the  notion 
of  cause  or  motive,  Lat.  prae  gaudio, 
prac  timore.  for  joy,  for  fear. — II.  the 
notion  of  before  in  point  of  ])lace  or 
space  is  found  immediately  m  ττρό- 
μος,  and  then  passing  through  Dor. 
iTpoTL,  πορτί,  ποτί,  into  πρύς,  is  mul- 
tiplied in  numerous  conipds. — The 
change  of  ο  into  a  and  ;/  gives  πέρα, 
πέραν,  πέρην,  πέρας,  πκρύω,  over  and 
away,  i.  e.  forward,  hence  the  kindred 
nouns  πρήν,  πρηών,  πρεών,  προπρε- 
ών,  πρών,  πρύων,  a  foreAand,  head- 
land, jutting  rock,  also  πρηον  ;  πρώ- 
ρα, the  front  of  a  ship  :  also  the  adj. 
Ίζρανης,  πρηνι'ις,  προπρηνής,  Lat.pro- 
nus,  leaning  forward ;  and  then  ap- 
plied metaph.  to  the  mind,  πράος, 
πρανς,  πρηνς,  inclined,  Υ,Άΐ.  propensus, 
and  so  gentle,  mild. — As  πρόμος,  fore- 
man, certainly  comes  from  it,  prob.  so 
does  πρύτανις. — 111.  by  change  of  ο 
into  t,  we  have  a  new  series  of  words 
connected  with  time,  πριν.  Dor.  πράν, 
hence  Lat.  PRIS  in  pridie,  pridem, 
priscus,  πρέσβνς,  pristinus,  prius,  prior, 
priimus  (i.  e.  primus),  princeps  :  though 
time  appears  more  strongly  in  πέρυσι, 
περυσινός,  while  όιαπρύσιος  returns 
to  space. — This  view  is  confined  to 
the  immediate  derivs.,  and  might  be 
extended  almost  indefinitely. 

ΤΙρυαγγελία,  ας,  ή,  a  previous  an- 
nouncement ;  dub. 

Τίροαγγελ7ι(ύ,  f.  -ελώ,  {πρό,  ΰγγίλ- 
λω)  to  declare  beforehand,  forewarn,  C. 
inf.,  Xen.  Cyr.  3,  3,  34  :  πόλεμον, 
Polyb.  3,  20,  8.     Hence 

ΙΙρούγγελμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  forewarn- 
ing, Joseph. 

Ώρυύγγελος,  ov,  {πρό,  άγγελος)  an- 
nouncing beforehand  :  a  harbinger,  her- 
ald, Musae.  164,  Coluth.  60,  Plut.  2, 
127  D. 

ΤΙροάγγεΤίσις,  εως,  ή,  (προαγγελ- 
θώ) a  forewarning,  early  intimation,  τι- 
νός, T^ViC.  1,  137. 

ΤΙροαγγελτικός,  ή,  όν,  able  to  fore- 
tell, Eccl. 

Ώροαγκτηριάζω,  to  tie  with  an  ΰγκ- 
τήρ  before  an  operation,  Galen. 

\\ροάγνευσίς,  ή,  previous  purifica- 
tion :  from 

ΥΙροαγνενίύ,  to  purify  by  abstinence, 
etc. :  also  intr.,  Eccl. 

Προαγοράζω,  f.  -ύσω,  to  buy  before- 
hand, forestall. 

ΐίρνάγοράνομέω.  ώ,  to  be  άγορανό- 
μος  or  aedile  first,  Dio  C.  53,  33. 

Τίροάγορΰσία,  ας,  ή ,  a  previous  pur- 
chase, dab. 

ΤΙρούγοραστής,  ov,  6,  one  who  buys 
beforehand,  aforestaller. 

ΐΐροαγόρενμα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which 
is  foretold,  a  prophecy,  A  pp. 

Ώροΰγόρενσις,  εως,  ή,  a  foretelling, 
Hipp.,  Arist.  Poet.  15,  10. 

ΤΙροαγορευτέον,  verb,  adj.,  one  must 
foretell  .•  and 

ΙΙροαγορευτίκός,  η,  όν,  of,  belong- 
ing to  foretelling,  prophesying  :  ή  -κή 
(sc.  τέχνη),  the  art  of  divination,  Ar- 
temid.  1,  66?  from 

ΊΙροάγορευω,  f.-σω,  (πρό,  άγορενο)) 
to  tell  beforehand,  τι,  Thuc.  1 ,  68  ;  2, 
13;  c.  inf.,  to  tell  beforehand  that..., 
Hdt.  1,  74. — 2.  to  foretell,  prophesy, 
Xen.  Symp.  4,  5  :  hence — 3.  to  fore- 
warn, τινίτι,  Hdt.  1,  153. — II.  to  pub- 
lish or  proclaim  publicly ,  τινί  τι,  Hdt. 
3,  142,  etc. ;  πόλεμον,  Thuc.  1,  131, 
etc.  ;  esp.  of  a  herald,  to  proclaim,  like 
"κροειπείν,  Valck.  Hdt.  3,  61,  62; 
also,  to  have  a  thing  proclaimed  by  her- 
ald, Hdt.  1,  22  ;  πρ.  νπό  κτ/ρυκος, 
Hdt.  9,  98  ;  (though  άνειπεϊν  was 
properly  the  word  for  heralds,  -poa- 
γορείειν  for  magistrates,  Xen.  An.  2, 
1238 


ΠΡΟΑ 

2,  20)  :  hence,  to  issue  a  general  order, 
c.  inf ,  Hdt.  1,  125  ;  πρ.  τοις  πολιταΐς 
μη  κινεϊν.  Plat.  Rep.  426  C,  cf.  An- 
tipho  6,  34  :  τύ  προηγορενμένα,  Xen. 
Mem.  1,  2,  35  ;— the  fut.  mid.  in  pass. 
signf..  Id.  Hipparch.  2,  7. 

npoiiyoptu,  v.  sub  προηγορέω. 

ΐΐροάγος,  ύ,  (άγω)  a  leader. 

ΙΙροαγρνπνέυ,  ώ,  ί.  -ήσω,  to  be 
sleepless  or  watch  before. 

ΙΙρούγω,  f  -ύξω :  rare  pf.  act.  προή- 
χα,  Dem.  346,  24  ;  772,  5  (ττρό,  άγω) ; 
to  lead  before :  to  lead  on,  onward,  εις 
τόπον,  Hdt.  3, 148  ;  also  like  προπίμ- 
πειν,  to  escort,  Id.  8,  132. — 2.  δάκρυ 
πρ.,  to  bring  out,  shed  a  tear,   Eur. 

I.  A.  1550. — 3.  to  bring  forward,  εις  τό 
φανερόν,  εις  τό  πρόσθεν.  Plat.  Legg. 
960  A,  Polit.  262  C  -.—to  bring  on  in 
age,  προάγει  αυτόν  6  χρόνος,  Xen. 
Cyr.  1,  4,  4. — 4.  to  carry  forward  a 
wall,  Dem.  1279,  13.— 5.  to  lead  on  to 
a  thing,  induce,  persuade,  usu.  c.  acc. 
et  inf.,  Hdt.  9,  90,  Thuc.  3,  45,  Plat. 
Legg.  666  C ;  also  εις  τι,  as,  θυμόν 
ές  άμπλακίην,  Theogn.  386  ;  τίνα  ες 
λόγους.  Plat.  Tim.  22  A  ;  εις  φιλο- 
ποσίαν,  εις  μίσος,  Xen.  ;  εις  οργην  η 
φΟόνον  ή  έλεον,  Arist.  Rhet.  1,  1,  5  : 
— so  in  mid.,  ες  τούτο  σφεα  προηγά- 
γοντο,  they  brought  them  to  such  a 
pitch,  Hdt.  7,  50,  2  ;  ές  γέ?Μτα  προ- 
αγαγέσθαι  τινά,  to  move  one  to  laugh- 
ter. Id.  2,  121,  4  ;  τινά  εΙς  ελεον,  Ly- 
curg.  152,  12;  and  freq.  m  Att.  (cf. 
προηγμένα,  τά) :  but, — 5.  also  in  mid., 
with  pf.  pass.,  προηκται  παιδα,  has 
had  his  son  educated,  Dem.  1264,  3. — 
6.   to  bring  to,  present,   δύρύ  τινι. — 

II.  seemingly  intr.  (sub.  εαυτόν),  to 
go  before,  go  onwards,  proceed.  Plat. 
Phaedr.  227  C,  Phaed.  90  B,  etc.; 
so,  Schweigh.  proposes  in  Hdt.  9,  92, 
TO  ίργον  προηγε  for  προςηγε. — 111. 
pass.,  like  the  intr.  usage,  to  advance, 
increase,  Dem.  426,  7. 

ΥΙροΰγογεία,  ας,  ή,  a  leading  before : 
a  bringing  forward. — II.  esp.  the  conduct 
of  a  προαγωγός,  pandering,  procuring, 
Plat.  Theaet.  150  A,  Xen.  Symp.  4, 
61  :  this  trade  was  criminal  at  Athens, 
Aeschin.  3,  7,  v.  Att.  Process,  p.  332, 
and  Diet.  Antiqq. :  from 

ΤΙροΰγωγεύω,  of  a  προαγωγός  or 
pander,  to  lead  on  to  prostitution,  pros- 
titute, τινά,  Aeschin.  3,  9  :  hence  me- 
taphor., jrp.  εαυτόν  όφθαλμοϊς,  Ar. 
Nub.  980 ;  and  jestingly,  πρ.  τινά 
ΤΙροδίκφ,  Xen.  Symp.  4,  62. 

ΐΐρούγωγή,  ης,  ή,  (προάγω)  α  lead- 
ing on,  promotion,  Polyb.  6,  8,  4  ;  15, 
37,  5,  etc. — II.  έκ  προαγωγί/ς  φίλος,  a 
friend  not  for  one's  own  sake,  but  for 
base  lucre,  v.  1.  for  προςαγ-,  Dem. 
C78,  19. 

ΤΙροΰγωγία,  ας,  ή,  rarer  form  for 
προαγωγεία,  Plut. 

ΐΐροαγωγικός,  ή,  όν,  (προαγωγός) 
fit  for  leading  on  or  furthering. — II. 
pandering,  bawdy. 

Προαγωγών,  τό,  dub.  1.  for  προςα- 
γώγιον. 

ΐΐροάγωγός,  όν,  (προάγω)  leading 
on  : — as  subst.,  a  pander,  pimp,  pro- 
curer, Ar.  Ran.  1079,  Thesni.  341, 
Xen.  Symp.  4,  64. 

ΐΐρούγών,  ώνος,  ό,  (ττρό,  άγων)  α 
preliminary  contest,  prelude,  name  of  a 
play  of  Aristoph.  (FraHinm.  74-82),  v. 
Bergk  ap.  Meinek.  Com.  Fr.  2,  p. 
1137,  Plat.  Legg.  796  D,  Aeschin.  63, 
14 ;  προαγώνας  άεΐ  κατασκενάζων 
έαντω  τήςδε  τής  γραφής,  Dem.  611, 
8. — II.  prejudication,  the  Lat.  prneju- 
dicitim.  (πρηαγών  is  the  accent  adopt- 
ed by  Steph.  Thes.,  Wolf,  etc.  :  but 
προάγων  by  Arcad.  p.  10,  20,  v.  Lob. 
Paral.  201.) 


ΠΡΟΑ 

ΐΐροάγωνίζομαι,  f.  -ίσομαι,  (πρό, 
αγωνίζομαι)  dep.  mid. :  to  fight  before, 
έξ  ών  προηγώνισΟε,  irom  the  cotitests 
you  have  before  had,  Thuc.  4,  126  : — 
as  pass.,  oi  πρυηγωνισμένοι  αγώνες, 
Plut.  Aristid.  12.— II.  to  fight  for  or  in 
defence  o/"  another,  lb.  14,  Flamin.  11. 
Hence 

\Ιροαγωνιστέον,  verb,  adj.,  one  must 
fight  before,  e.  g.  make  a  prelude  to  a 
battle.  Plat.  Legg.  796  D :  and 

ΐΐροαγώνισμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  previous 
contest,  A[)p. 

Τϊροάγωνιστής,  ov,  6,  (προαγωνί- 
ζομαι)  one  who  fights  before  or  fights  for 
another,  a  champion,  προαγ.  λόγοι, 
Plut.  Lysand.  26. 

\\ροάόικέω,  ώ,  f.  -^σω,  (πρό,  άδι- 
κέω)  to  wrong  another  first  .-—pass.,  to 
be  wronged  before  or  first,  Aeschin.  72, 
37. 

ΐΐροάδω,  (πρό,  ςίδω)  to  sing  before 
one,  to  sing  before,  Aeschin.  50,  5. 

ΤΙροΰθετέω,  ώ,  f.  -ί/σω,  (πρό,  ϊιθε- 
τέω)  to  reject  as  spurious  before  or  soon- 
er than  another.  Wolf  Proleg.  p.  cclxxi, 
sq. 

ΤΙροαθλέω,=  προαγωνίζομαι. 

Τίμοαβρέοί,  f.  -ήσυ,  ίο  foresee :  to  see 
before  one's  self. 

Τίροαθροίζω,  to  gather  or  collect  be- 
fore. 

Τίροαιδέομαι,  dep.  c.  fut.  mid.  -ίσο- 
μαι ;  but  aor.  pass,  προγδέσθην,  as 
well  as  aor.  mid. :  3  pi.  pf.  pass,  ττρο- 
>)δέατο  (Ion.  for  -ηντο),  Hdt.  1,  61  : 
(πρό.  αίδέομαι).  To  owe  one  Ιίοησατ 
or  thanks  for  a  thing,  c.  dat.  pers.  et 
acc.  rei,  Wess.  Hdt.  1,  61  ;  3,  140,  cf. 
προοφείλομαι. — II.  to  be  ashatned  be- 
fore another,  c.  gen.  pers.,  like  αίδέ- 
ομαι πρό  τίνος. 

ΤΙροαικίζομαι,  f.  -ίσομαι,  {πρό,  αί- 
κίζω)  dep.  mid.,  to  torture  before,  Jo- 
seph. 

tHpoatvof ,  01»,  6,  Proaenug,  a  nava] 
commander  of  the  Corinthians,  Xen. 
Hell.  4,  8,  II. 

ΤΙροαίρεσις,  εως,  ή,  (προαιρέω)  a 
choosing  one  thing  before  another,  prefer- 
ence, choice,  will,  purpose,  v.  Arist.  Eth. 
N.  3,  5,  4  :  τά  κατά  προαίρεσιν  άδι- 
κί/ματα,  wrongs  by  malice  prepense, 
Lycurg.  169,  4  ;  έκ  προαιρέσεως.  Lat. 
ex  instiluto,  Dem.  1097,  22 :  /;  πρ.  τί- 
νος, the  purjyose,  scope  of  a  thing,  as.  ή 
πρ.  τοϋ  πλεονεκτείν,  Iii.  662,  17  :  the 
purpose,  character  of  a  person,  γενναί- 
ου. Id.  331,  24  ;  and  so,  tj  πρ.  τήςπο•- 
νηρίας.  Id.  1478, 28. — 2.  esp.,  ττρ.  βίον, 
a  purpose  or  plan  of  life.  Id.  666,  21  ; 
and,  absol.,  a  pursuit,  Plat.  Parmen. 
143  C,  Dem.  1475,  4.-3.  πρ.  πολιτεί- 
ας, a  mode  of  government,  such  as  an 
oligarchy,  Dem.  168,  19;  but  also,  a 
department  of  government,  as  home- 
afliairs,  Id.  245,  5  ;  and  also,  a  plan  oi 
government,  policy.  Id.  292,  1 6,  cf.  257, 
7. — II.  a  parly,  esp.  political,  της  πρ. 
τινυς  έχεσθαι.  Id.  132,  18,  cf.  323,  8: 
also,  a  sect  or  school,  Plut.  2,  1137  A, 
Luc,  etc. — III.  good-will  to  a  person, 
friendliness,  Lat.  voluntas.     Hence 

ΤΙροαιρετέον,  verb.  adj.  from  προ- 
αιρέομαι,  one  must  choose,  prefer,  fXe- 
nophan.  1, 16t ;  Plat.  Rep.  535  A,  and 
Xen. 

ΐΐροαιρετικός,  η,  όν,  of,  belonging  to 
choice,  preference,  will :  choosing,  pre- 
ferring, τινός,  Def.  Plat.  411  Ε  :  τό 
7Γρ.,  the  will,  Plut.  Cor.  32. 

ΊΙροαιρετός,  ή,  όν,  (προαφεω)  cho- 
sen before  others,  preferred,  chosen, pur- 
posed, Arist.  Eth.  N.  3,3,  17. 

ΤΙροαιρέω.  ώ,  f.  -ήσω :  aor.  προεί- 
λον  (πρό.  αίρέω) : — to  take  before,  bring 
forward  or  forth,  produce  publicly,  Ar. 
"Thesm.  419,  Thuc,  8,  90.— II.  usu.  in 


ΠΡΟΑ 

mid.  (with  aor.  pass.),  to  take  or  choose  ' 
before  or  suoner  than  another,  prefer 
one  thing  to  another,  ri  τιΐ'ος,  Plat.* 
Lach.  i9Q  D ;  τι  ιτρό  τίνος.  Plat. 
Phaedr,  245  Β  ;  tl  αντί  τίνος,  Xen. 
Cyr.  5,  2,  12  ;  also,  ττρ.  τι  έκ  τών  άλ- 
λων. Plat.  Polit.  292  Β  ;  foil,  by  μάλ- 
λον η..,  Xen.  Mem.  2,  1,2,  etc. — 2. 
c.  ace.  (only),  to  prefer,  Plat.  Legg. 
1.  c.  ;  also  c.  inf..  Id.  Demod.  381  A, 
Arist.  Pol.  5,  11,  30. — 3.  to  purpose  or 
intend  a  thing,  Eur.  Incert.  :  to  under- 
take, Lycurg.  148,  23,  Dam.,  etc. ;  opp. 
to  φενγειν  τι,  Arist.  Eth.  N.  10, 1,  1. 

Ilpoaipu,  (πρό,  αίρω)  ίο  set  out  or 
depart  before,  Plut.  2,  211  D. 

Προαισθάνομαι,  f.  -σθήσομαι,(ττρό, 
αισθάνομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  perceive, 
learn  or  observe  beforehand,  Thuc.  3, 
38  ;  5,  58,  Xen.     Hence 

ΐΐροαίσθησις,  εως,  i],  a  presentiment, 
Plut.  2,  127D,  ubi  V.  Wytt._ 

ΐΐροαιτιύομαι,  {ττρό,  αίτιύομαι) 
dep.  mid.,  to  accuse  beforehand,   N.  T. 

ΤΙροαιώνως,  ον.(πρό,  αιών)  before 
time,  from  eternity,  Eccl. 

ΪΙροακμάζω,  ί.  -ύσω,  (ττρό,  ακμάζω) 
to  ripen  before  or  too  soon,  to  be  prema- 
ture, Hipp. — II.  tobe  at  the  age  just  be- 
fore one's  prime. 

ΪΙροάκονάω,  ώ,  ί.  -ήσω,  to  sharpen 
before  or  in  front. 

Ώροάκοντίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {ττρό,  ακοντί- 
ζω) to  throw  a  javelin,  0Γ  like  a  javelin, 
beforehand  : — pass.,  to  be  darted  before, 
Luc.  Tim.  3. 

ΤΙροΰκονω,  f.  -σομαι,  {ττρό,  άκονω) 
to  hear  beforehand,  τι,  Hdt.  2,  5  ;  5, 
86,  etc.  ;  τινός,  Polyb.  10,  5,  5  ;  περί 
τίνος,  Dem.  604,  7 ;  also  προακήκοε 
ΟΤΙ..,  Hdt.  8,  79. 

ΤΙροακροβολίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {πρό,  άκρο- 
βολίζω)  to  skirmish  with  missile.<!  before 
the  battle. 

Τίροακτικός,  ή,  όν,  {προάγω)  lead- 
ing before  or  forward,  furthering . — II. 
intr.,  going  before. 

ΪΙροαλγέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (πρό,  άλγέω) 
to  feel  pain  beforehand,  Hipp. 

Πρθ(ίλ«'ψω,  f.  -ψω,  {πρό,  αλείφω) 
to  anoint,  besmear  beforehand,  Diph. 
Siphn.  ap.  Ath.  90  A,  in  mid. 

ΙΙραάλ-ής,  ες, {πρό,  άλλομαι)  spring- 
ing forward,  i.  e.  over-hanging,  abrupt, 
χώρος,  II.  21,262;  νόωρ  πρ.,  water 
falling  sheer  down,  Ap.  Rh.  3,  73  ; — 
like  πρηνης. — II.  metaph.,  inclined 
for  a  thing,  ready,  and  so  hasty,  hur- 
ried, Strab. ;  esp.  in  speaking.  Iambi. : 
Lat.  promts,  proclwis,  declivis. — The 
adv.  προΰλώς  is  censured  by  Phryn. 
245,  Thom.  M.  744. 

ΐΐροάλίζω,  f.  -ίσω,^=προαθροίζω, 
Joseph. 

ΤΙροάλίσκομαι,  pass., with  fut. mid. 
-αλώσομαι,  aor.  2  and  pf.  of  act.  form 
-εάλων.  -εάλωκα  : — to  be  convicted  be- 
forehand, Dem.  595,  17. 

ΤΙροα?Λοιόω,  ώ,  to  change  before- 
hand. 

Τίροάλλομαι,  {πρό,  ΰλλομαι)άβρ., 
ίο  spring  forward,  Q.  Sm.  4,  510. 

ΤΙρούμαρτύνω,  ί  -ύμαρτήσομαι, 
{πρό,  άμαρτάνω)  to  fail,  sin  before,  Ν. 
Τ. 

ΤΙροΰμείβομαι,  {πρό,  αμείβω)  vcaa., 
to  answer  previously. — II.  προαμεΐι^ια- 
σθαι  tpyov,  to  claim  a  thing  before  it 
is  due,  Plat.  Legg.  921  E. 

Τίροάμύνομαι.,  (πρό,  άμύνω)  to  ward 
o^or  repel  beforehand,  τινά,  Thuc.  6, 
38:  absol.,  to  defend  one's  self,  Thuc. 
3,  12. 

ΤΙροαναβηίνω,  f.  -βήσομαι,  {πρό, 
αναβαίνω)  to  go  up  to  or  mount  before, 
so  as  to  preoccupy,  τον  Xo(4oi',Thuc. 
3,  112. 

ΐΙρυαναβύ?Λομαι,  as  mid.,  {πρό, 


ΠΡΟΑ 

αναβάλλω)  to  say  or  sing  by  way  of 
prelude,  Ar.  Pac.  1267,  Isocr.  240  D. 

ΪΙροαναβλέπω,  f.  -ψω,  to  look  up 
before,  look  up. 

ΐΐροαναβοάω,  ώ,  ί.  -ήσω,  to  exclaim 
before,  Dem.  Phal. 

ΐΐροαναβολή,  ής,  ή,  an  ante-prelude. 

Τίροαναγιγνώσκω,  {πρό,  αναγιγνώ- 
σκω) to  read  before,  Joseph. — II.  to 
read  aloud  to  one,  SO  that  he  may 
learn,  Plut.  2,  790  E. 

Ώροανάγορενω,  to  announce  before. 

ΙΙροαναγράφω,  f.  -ψω,  to  write  down 
before  or  first,  App.  [a] 

Ώρυαναγνμνύζω,  f.  -ύσω,  to  exercise 
before,  τηνφωνήν,  το  στόμα,  Α.  Β.  61, 
14. 

ΤΙροΰνάγω,  ί.  -ξω,  {πρό,  ανάγω)  to 
lead  up  before  : — pass.,  toput  to  sea  be- 
fore,Thuc.  8,  11.  [ύγ] 

Ώμοαναθρέω,  to  look  up  before. 

ΐΐροαναθρώσκω,  fut.  -θορονμαι,  to 
leap  up  before. 

ΤΙροαναιρέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {πρό,  άναι- 
ρέω)  Ιο  take  away  before,  Isocr.  239  Ε ; 
τινός,  from  one,  Dem.  398,  fin. 

ΤΙρούναισιμόω,ώ,{πρό,άναισιμόω) 
to  use  up,  to  spend  before,  έν  Τ(1)  προ- 
αναισψωμένφ  χρόνω  πρότερονη  εμέ 
γενέσθαι,  in  times  past  before  I  was 
born,  Hdt.  2,  11. 

ΤΙροανάκειμαι,  (πρό,  ανάκειμαι)  as 
pass.,  to  be  dedicated  before,  Joseph. 

ΤΙροανακηρνσσω,  f.  -^6),  to  cause  to 
be  first  proclaimed  by  herald. 

ΏροανακΙνέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {πρό,  άνα- 
κινεω)  to  stir  up  and  examine  before, 
Plut.  2,  948  C— II.  intr.  of  boxefs,= 
προεξαγκωνίζω,  metaph.,  Arist.  Rhet. 
13,  14,  11. 

ΤΙροανακόπτω ,  f.  -ψω,  {πρό,  ανα- 
κόπτω) to  cut  off  before,  Joseph. 

ΐΐροανακράζω,  f.  -^ω,  to  cry  out,  ex- 
clai?n  before. 

ΐΐροανακρίνω,  {πρό,  ανακρίνω)  to 
inquire  into  before,  Arist.  Pol.  4,  14,  7. 

ΐΐροανάκρονσις,  η,==προαναβολή  : 
from 

ΐΐροανακρούω,  {πρό,  ανακρούω)  to 
push  back  before  : — pass.,  to  retire  first 
or  before: — mid.,  προανακρούσασθαί 
τι,  in  music,  to  play  a  prelude  to  a 
piece,  Plut.  2,  161  C,  790  Ε  ;  cf. 
SchSf.  Mel.  p.  13. 

ΪΙροαναλαμβάνω,  { πρό,  αναλαμ- 
βάνω) to  undertake  before,  Diod.,  Ath. 
45  E. 

ΐΐροαναλέγω,  {πρό,  άναλεγω)  to  re- 
count before,  Geop. 

ΥΙροαναλείφω,  {πρό,  άναλείψω)  to 
smear  on  before,  Diosc. 

ΤΙροανΰλίσκω,  iut.  -λώσω,  {πρό, 
αναλίσκω)  to  use  up,  spend,  consume 
before,  Thuc.  1,  141,  Lys.  157,  9,  Dem. 
1031,  14  :— and  in  pass.,  to  be  spent, 
esp.  to  throw  aicay  one's  life,  before, 
Thuc.  7,  81.     Hence 

ΐΐροανάλωμα,  ατός,  τό,  previous  ex- 
pense, [ύ] 

ΐΐροαναμέλπω,  f.  -φω,  to  sing  before 
or  first,  LXX. 

ΐΐροαναπηδάω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  leap 
up  before. 

ΐΐροαναπίπτω,  f.  -πεσονμαι,  {πρό, 
άναπίπτω)ίο  fall  down  before,  Philo.  [(] 

ΥΙροαναπλάσσω ,  f.  -ύσω,  (πρό,  ανα- 
πτύσσω) to  transform,  reform  before, 
Hipparch.  ap.  Stob.  p.  574,  20. 

ΥΙροαναπνέω,  {πρό,  αναπνέω)  to 
take  breath  again  before,  Plut. 

ΤΙροαναπτήναι,  inf.  aor.  of  προ- 
αναπέτομαι,  to  fly  up  before. 

ΊΊροαναρπύζω,  f.  -ύσω,  {πρό,  άνηρ- 
πάζω)  to  spirit  away  before,  Dem.  555, 
24. 

ΐΐροαναββήγννμι,  f.  -{)ήξω,  to  tear 
or  break  open  before. 


ΠΡΟΑ 

Τίροανασείω,  {πρό,  άνασείω)  to  agi- 
tate beforehand,  τον  όημον,  Plut.  C. 
Gracch.  4. 

Τίροανασκενάζω,{πρό,  ανασκευάζω) 
to  disfurnish  beforehand,  Joseph. 

Τίροανασκοπέω,  ώ,  i.  -ήσω,  (πρό, 
άνασκοπέω)  to  look  at  beforehand,  Jo 
seph. 

ΐΙροαναστέλ?ίω,  f.  -ελώ,  {πρό,  άνα 
στέλ?ίω)  to  check  beforehand,  Plut 
Pericl.  15. 

ΤΙροαναστρέφω,  f.  -ψω,  {πρό,  άνα• 
στρέφω)  to  turn  back  or  aside  first,  τι. 
Diog.  L.  10,  \Α^;Ά\.προκαταστρέφειν 

ΐίρυανατάσσω,  f.  -^ω,  to  arrange  or 
dispose  beforehand. 

ΐΐροανατείνω,  f.  -ενώ,  to  stretch  up- 
wards, hold  tip  first  or  before. 

ΐΐροανατέλλω,  {πρό,  άνατέλ7.ω)  to 
rise  before,  of  stars.  Tun.  Locr.  97  A. 

ΐΐροανατρίβω,  f. -ψω,  to  ηώ,  pound 
before,  Diosc.  [i] 

Τίροανατνπόω,  ώ,  to  design  before- 
hand, prefigure. 

ΤΙροαναφαίνω,  ί.  -άνώ,  to  hold  on 
high  and  display  beforehand. 

Προαναφέρω,  {πρό,  αναφέρω)  to 
bear,  carry  up  before  :  in  pass.,  to  rush 
up  before,  τινός,  Arist.  Probl.  10,  54,  5. 

ΤΙροαναφωνέω,  ώ,{πρό,άναφωνέω) 
to  declare  beforehand,  Plut.  Pelop.  2. 
Hence 

ΤΙροαναφώνημα,  ατός,  τό,  any  thing 
announced  before  :  and 

Ώροαναφώνησις,  εως,  ή,  a  previous 
annouyicement,  proclamation,  Vit.  Hom., 
Ath.  212  E.     Hence 

ΐΐροαναφωνητίκός,  ή,  όν,  signifying 
beforehand. 

ΐΐροαναχωρέω,  ώ,  ί.  -ήσω,  to  go 
away  before.     Hence 

ΐΐροαναχώρησις,  εως,  ή,  a  former 
departure,  Thuc.  4,  128. 

ΥΙροανα-ψηφίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {πρό,  άνα- 
ψτ/φίζω)  to  determine  beforehand,  Jo- 
seph. 

ΤΙροανειπεΐν,  to  proclaim  before. 

ΤΙροανεκτείνω,  to  stretch  out  forward 
01  first. 

ΤΙροανέλκω,  (πρό,  άνέλκω)  to  draw 
up  or  forward,  Plut.  2,  905  C,  in  pass. 

ΤΙροανέχω,  ί.  -έξω,  {πρό,  άνέχω)  to 
hold  up  before,  Clem.  Al. — II.  intr.,  to 
tower,  rise  up  above  Others. 

ΊΙροανθέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (πρό,  άνθέω) 
to  bloom  or  flower  before,  Theophr. 
Hence 

ΐΐροάνθησις,  ή,  a  previous  flowering. 

ΐΐροανίπταμαι,  to  fly  tip  before. 

ΤΙροανίσταμαι,  {πρό,  ανά,  ϊστημί) 
to  start  up  first,  Strattis  Incert.  4. 

ΤΙροανιστορέω,  ώ,  f  -ήσω,  to  search 
into  before. 

ΐΐροανίσχω,  =  προανέχω,  Plut.  2, 
427  F. 

ΤΙροανοίγω,  {πρό,  ανοίγω)  to  open, 
unfold  beforehand,  Plut.  2,  36  D. 

Προ«νΰΓω,=8ς.,  Xen.  Cvr.  4,  5, 
22.  [ϋ] 

Προαί'ίω,  f.  -ίσω,  (πρό,  άννώ)  to 
accomplish  before,  Iambi,  [v] 

Ιίροαπαγγέλλω.  (πρό,  απαγγέλλω) 
to  announce  before,  Dio  C.  38,  13. 

ΤΙροαπάγορενω,  (πρό,  απαγορεύω) 
to  give  in,  give  way,  fad  too  soon,  Isocr. 
322  A. — II.  to  renounce  before,  Joseph. 

ΤΙροαπάγχομαι,  (πρό,  άπάγχω)  as 
mid.,  to  strangle  one's  self  before,  Dio 
C.  77,  20. 

ΐΐροαπαίρω,  (πρό,  άπαίρω)  to  rise 
beforehand,  depart  first,  Dio  C. 

ΥΙροαπα7^είφω,  f.  -ψω,  (ττρό,  απα- 
λείφω) to  wipe  off,  blot  out  first,  Dio  C. 

ύροαπα/ιλύσσω,  Att.  -ττω ;  fut. 
-ξω  (ττρό,  ά~αλ?.άσσω)  : — to  remove 
beforehand,  πρ.  Tivu  τον  βίου. — II. 
intr.  and  pass.,  to  depart  or  die  before- 
hand, Diod. 

1239 


ΠΡΟΑ 

ΤΙροαπαντύω,  ώ,  ί.  -ί/σω,  ( πρό, 
ΰτταντύω)  to  go  forth  to  meet,  be  before- 
hand with,  Thuc.  1,  69  ;  4,  92:  to  meet 
beforehand,  Id.  6,  42.     Hence 

ΙΙρυαπύΐ'τησίς,  ?/,  a  being  before- 
hand with  one. 

ΤΙβυαπανόάο),  ώ,  f.  •ήσ(ύ,  =  προα- 
παγορενω,  Plut.  2,  783  Ε. 

ΐΐροΰπείλέω,  ώ,  L  -ήσω,  to  threaten 
beforehand,  Αρρ. 

ΐΐρούπεψι,  {πρό,  άττό,  εΙμι)  to  go 
away  first,  Luc.  D.  Mort.  5,  1. 

Προατείΰϋΐ',  aor.  with  no  pres.  in 
\Xse,^T:poaTzayoptv(j,  Isoer.  7ϋ  C  : 
pf.  προαπείρηκα,  Id.  404  D:— n>id., 
ττροα-ειττάμην,  to  renounce  first,  e.g. 
την  φίλίαν. 

Τίροαττέρχομαι,  f.  -ελενσομαι,  {πρό, 
απέρχομαι)  dap.  mid.,  to  go  away  or 
depart  before,  Thuc.  4,  125  ;    πρ.  τοί) 

ipovov  (ior  άπ.  πρό  τυϋ χρόνυν).  Plat. 
,egg.  943  D. — II.  πρηαπέρχεσϋαι  (sc. 
τοϋ  βίον),  to  die  before  : — to  die  for  or 
m  behalf  of,  τινός,  Valck.  Phoen. 
1005. 

ΤΙροαπεχθύνομαι,  { πρό,  απεχθά- 
νομαι) as  pass.,  to  be  hated  beforehand, 
Dem.  179,  11. 

ΙΙρηαπηγέομαι,  προαπικνέομαι, 
Ion.  lor  προαφ-. 

Τίροηπο,βάλλω,  f.  -βαλύ,  to  throw 
away  before. 

ΐίρυαποβρεχω,  f.  •ξω,  to  soak  or 
soften  Lffure,  Galen. 

Ώροαποβνω,  to  stop  up  before,  [ii] 

ΤΙροαπογενσμαι,  as  mid.,  to  taste 
before,  Joseph. 

ΤΙροαποόείκνϋμι,  f.  -δείξω,  {πρό, 
αποδείκννμϊ)  to  prove  beforehand,  Isocr. 
29  B.     Hence 

ΐΐροαπόδειξις,  ή,  a  preliminary  proof  . 

ΤΙροαποδημέω,  ώ,  f.  -?)σω,  to  leave 
one\s  country  before. 

ΤΙροαποοϊδυμι,  {πρό,  άποδίδωμι) 
to  give  back  before. — 2.  πρ.  την  βίισιν, 
to  finish  the  inarch  or  step  too  soon, 
Longin. 

ΤΙροαποδύομαι,  {πρό,  από,  δύω)  as 
mid.,  to  undress  one's  self  beforehand, 
Clem.  A),  [ϋ] 

ΤΙροαποζένννμι,  to  boil  down  before- 
hand. 

Π.ροαποθν7/σκ(ΰ,  f.  -θανοϋμαι,  {πρό, 
αποθνήσκω)  to  die  before  or  first,  Hdt. 
2,  1  ;  υπέρ  τίνος,  Plat.  Symp.  208  D: 
πρ.  της  γηραιού  τελενττ/ς,  to  die  be- 
fore old  age,  Antipho  125,  25  :  of  a 
coward,  to  die  beforehand,!,  e.  before 
his  real  death,  πρ.  άπό  τοϋ  φόβου, 
Xen.  Cyr.  3,  1,  25. 

ΤΙροαποθρηνέω,  ώ,  {πρό,  άποθρη- 
νέ(ι))  to  bewail  beforehand,  Plut.  Pomp. 
78. 

ΤΙροαποικίζω,  f.  -/σω,  {πρό,  αποικί- 
ζω) to  make  to  emigrate  beforehand,  A  pp. 

ΤΙροαποκϊιλΰπτω,  f.  -ψω,  to  uncover 
or  disclose  before. 

Ιίροαποκάμνω,  {.  -καμοϋμαι,  {πρό, 
αποκάιινω)  to  grow  tired,  and  so  desist 
before  the  end,  c.  irif..  Plat.  Euihyphr. 
HE. 

ΤΙροαποκινδϋνιτάω,  {πρό,  αποκιν- 
•όννενω)  to  risk  an  engagement  first, 
DioC. 

ΊΙροαποκλείω,  {πρό,  αποκλείω)  to 
shut  out  or  off  beforehand,  App. 

ΤΙροαπυκληρόω,  ώ,  {πρό,  ϊιποκλη- 
ρ  $ω)  to  allot  beforehand,  Luc.  Bis  Ace. 
I'.i,  in  pass. 

Τίροαποκόπτω,  f.  -ψω,  to  cut  off  be- 
fc  re,  Joseph. 

Προαποκρονομαι,  mid.,  to  strike  off 
in  front  or  before. 

\Ίροαποκτείνω,  f.  -κτενώ,  {  πρό, 
άποκτείνω)  to  kill  beforehand,  Luc. 
Catapl.  8. 

Τίροαποκτίννΰμι,    -ktivvvu,   Phi- 
lostr.,  and  Die  C.,=foreg. 
1210 


ΠΡΟΑ 

ΤΙροαπολανο),  {πρό,  απολαύω)  to 
enjoy  beforehand,  Plut.  Aemil.  30. 

Προαπολείπω,  f.  -ipu,  {πρό,  απο- 
λείπω) to  leave  first,  or  too  soon,  τάξιν, 
Arist.   Rhet.   Λ1.  31,  5.— II  intr.,  to 

fail  before  or  first,  Hipp.  Oil,  Antipho 
140,  29  :  c.  gen.,  πρ.  τινός,  to  fail  be- 
fore, i.  e.  in  comparison  of,  δύναμις 
προαπο'λείπει  προθυμίας,  Plut.  2, 
7«9  D,  cf.  797  D. 

ΙΙροαπολεπίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {πρό,  απο- 
λεπίζω) to  shell  or  peel  beforehand, 
uiosc. 

Υϊροαπολήγω,  i.  -ξω,  (πρό,  απολή- 
γω) to  cease  first,  M.  Anton. 

ΙΛροαπόΑλνμι,  {  πρό,  άπόλλνμι  ) 
Ιο  destroy  first : — pass,  and  mid.,  to 
perish  before  or  first,  Antipho  137,  20, 
Thuc.  5,  61,  Plat.,  etc.  ;  των  άλλων 
πρηαπολοΰνται,  Lys.  193,  3. 

ΤΙροαπολνω,  (  πρό,  απολύω  )  to 
loosen  or  release  beforehand,  Clem.  Al. 

ΤΙροαποξηραίνω,  {πρό,  αποξηραί- 
νω) to  dry  beforehand,  Hipp. 

ΐίρηαποξνω,  {πρό, άποξύω)  to  scrape 
off  beforehand,  Diosc. 

ΙΙροαποπέμπω,  (.  -ψω,  {πρό,  άπο- 
πίιιπω)  Ιο  send  away,  dismiss  first, 
Thuc.  3,  25. 

ΥΙροαποπιπτω,  f.  -πεσοϋμαι,  to  fall 
off  before,    [t] 

ΤΙροαποπλύνω,  to  wash  off  first. 

ΐΐροαπόπτωτος,  ov,  fallen  off  before 
its  time,  v.  1.  for  πρόπτωτος. 

ΥΙροαπορέω,  ώ,  ί.  -ήσω,  {πρό,  άπο- 
ρέω )  Ιο  start,  consider  preliminary 
doubts  and  difficulties,  Arist.  An.  Post. 
2,  19,  1,  metapli.  2,  1,  3: — also  as 
dep.,  προαπορηθηναι  περί  τίνος,  Plat. 
Tim.  49  Β. 

ΐΐροαποββέω,  ί.  -βεύσομαι,  to  fall 
off  before. 

ΐΐροαπο/^βίπτω,  f.  -τ/;ω,  {πρό,  άπο()- 
()ίπτω)  to  throw  off  or  away  before, 
Dio  C. 

Προαποσαρκόω,  ώ,  to  make  incar- 
nate before,  Eccl. 

ΐΐροαποσβένννμι,  f.  -σβέσω,  (πρό, 
άπασβένννμι)  to  extinguish  first. — II. 
pass.,  with  pf.  and  aor.  2  intr.,  to  go 
out  first,  M.  Anton.  3,  1. 

ίΐροαποσμήχω,  f.  -ξω,  to  wipe  off  be- 
fore. 

ΐΐροαποσπύω,  ώ,  f.  -άσω,  to  strip 
off  before,  Dio  C. 

ΐΐροαποστανρόω,  ώ,  to  fortify  with 
palisades  before. 

Τίροαποστέλλω,  f.  -ελώ,  (πρό,  άπο- 
ατίΧλω)  to  send  away,  dispatch  before- 
hand or  in  advance,  Thuc.  4,  77  : — in 
pass.,  to  be  sent  in  advance.  Id.  3,  112 : 
but,  προαποσταλήναί  Τίνος,  =z  άπο- 
σταλί/ναι  πρό  τίνος,  lb.  5. 

ΙΙροαποσφύζω,  ί.  -ξω,  {πρό,  άπο- 
σφάίω)  Ιο  slay  before,  Luc.  Hist. 
Conscr.  26. 

ΐΙΐΜαποτάσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  ί.  -ξω, 
{προ  υποτάσσω)  to  put  away  before: — 
inid.,<ii  take  leave  of  before,  τινί,  Philo. 

ΐΐροαποτέμνω,  (.  -τεμώ,  {πρό,  ύπο- 
τεμνω)  to  cut  off  in  front,  uio  C. 

ΤΙροαποτίθημι,  {πρό,  ΐιποτίθημι)  to 
put  down,  put  aside  beforehand  : — mid., 
πρ.  έπαινοι•,  to  throw  out  some  praise 
before  beginning  to  blame,  Plut.  2, 
856  D. 

Γίροαποτίκτω,  {πρό,  ΰποτίκτω)  to 
lay  eggs  before,  ώά  εις  τι,  Arist.  Η.  Α. 
5,' 27,  3.  ^ 

ΐίρηαποτρέπω,  ί.  -φω,  {πρό,  απο- 
τρέπω) to  turn  off  or  a u  ay  hejurehand : 
— mid.  to  turn  one's  self  away  from  a 
thing,  to  leave  off  doing,  c.  part.,  προα- 
ποτρέπομαι  διώκων,  Xen.  An.  6,  5, 
31. 

ΤΙροαποφαίνω,  (πρό,  άποφαίνω)  to 
declare,  bef orehand  : — in  mid.,  πρ.  ττ/ν 
γνώμην,    to     declare    one's     opinion, 


ΠΡΟΑ 

Plat.    Prot.  340  B,   cf.   Hipp.   Mai. 

288  D. 

ΤΙροαπύφ7]μι,  {πρό,  άπέιφημι)  to 
deny  before,  Arist.  So])h.  Elench.l9,  2. 

Χΐροαποφοιτάω,  ώ,  i.  -ησω,  {πρό, 
αποφοιτάω)  Ιο  depart,  1.  e.  to  die  jire- 
maturely,  Plut.  2,  120  A. 

ΐΐροαποχράομαι,  f.  -ήσομαι,  dep. 
mid.,  to  kill  before. 

ΤΙροαποχωρέω,ώ,  ί.-ήσω,  {πρό.  άπο- 
χωρέω)  to  go  away  before,  Thuc.  4,  90. 

ϊϊροαρδενω,  {πρό,  αρδεύω)  to  water 
before,  Clem.  Al. 

ΪΙροάριϋμέω,  ώ,  f.  -ί/σω,  to  count  oi 
pay  before.     Hence 

ΙΙρυύρίθμησις,  ή,  a  counting  or  pay 
ing  before. 

ΙΙροάριστάω,  ώ,  (πρό,  άριστύω)  to 
breakfast  beforehand,  Hipp.,  Diog.  L. 
2,  139. 

Ώροάριστίδιος.  ov,  {πρό,  άριστον) 
before  breakfast,  Scylax. 

Tipoupov,  ov,  TO,  {πρό,  άρνω)  ο 
large  xcooden  bowl  in  which  wine  was 
mixed,  Pamphil.  ap.  Ath.  495  A. 

ΎΙροΰμοτρΙάω,  ώ,  to  plough  or  till 
before. 

Τϊροαρπάγή,  ης,  η,  a  taking  away  be- 
fore :  from 

ΐΐροαρπάζω,  f.  -σω,  and  -ξω,  {πρό, 
αρπάζω)  to  take  away,  snatch  up  hefare 
or  first.  Plat.  Gorg.  454  C,  Luc.  Tox. 
6,  etc. 

Ώροα()βΰβωνίζω,  to  deposit  before- 
hand by  way  of  earnest. 

Προάρχομαι,  f  -ξομαι,  {πρό,  up• 
χομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  begin  before  or 
first. — II.  act.,  to  govern  before,  τόπον, 
Dio  C.  47,  21. 

ΙΙροασκέω,  ώ,  f.  -ησω,  {πρό,  ΰσκέω) 
to  train,  exercise  before,  Isocr.  56  A. 

Τίρόάσμα,  ατός,  τύ,  {προάδω)  that 
which  is  sung  before,  a  prelude. 

Ώροασπίζω,  {πρό,  ΰσπίζω)  to  hold 
a  shield  before  :  to  shield,  Hdn.  6,  2, 
14.    Hence 

ΤΙροασπιστήρ,  ήρος,  δ,  one  who  holds 
a  shield  before,  a  champion,  JSoun.:  so, 
προασπιστής,  ot,  6,  Dion.  H.  3,  14. 

Ώροάστειον,  Ion.  -ήίον,  ου,  τό,  the 
space  immediately  in  front  of  or  round 
a  town,  a  suburb,  Hdt.  1,78;  8,  129 
(in  Att.  form)  ;  3,  142  (in  lun.)  ;  opp. 
to  ό  της  πόλεως  περίβολος.  Plat. 
Legg.  759  A  : — also  in  plur.,  Hdt.  2, 
41  :  also  α  house  or  estate  near  a  town, 
Polyb.  4,  78,  11,  Luc.  Hermot.  24. 
Strictly  neut.  from 

ΪΙροάστειυς,  ov,  {πρό.  άστν)  lying 
before  a  city  :  suburban,  Plut. 

ηροάστιον,  ov,  τό,  =  προάστειον, 
Pind.  Fr.  95,  2,  Soph.  El.  1432. 

ΙΙροάστιος,  a,  ov,  Soph.  Fr.  G47, 
rarer  form  for  προάστειος. 

ΤΙροασφάλίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  to  secure  be• 
forehand. 

ΐΐροανδάω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {πρό,  ανδάω) 
to  say,  declare  before  or  first,  πόλεμόν 
Tivi,  Ar.  Av.  556,  in  the  rare  contr. 
inf  πρωνδάν. 

\\ρυανλέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {πρό,  αΰ?.έω) 
Ιο  play  on  the  flute  before,  prehide  on  the 
flute,  Arist.  Ilhet.  3,  14,  1.     Hence 

ΐΐροούλημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  prelude  on 
the  flute  :  a  prelude. 

ΐίροανλίζομαι,  dep.  c.  fut.  mid.,  et 
aor  pass.,  et  mid.  :  to  encamp  before  a 
place,  App. 

JVpoavAiov,  ov,  τό,  {πρό,  ανλός)  a 
prelude  on  the  flute.  Plat.  Crat.  417  E, 
Arist.  Rhet.  3,  14,  1. — IJ.  (ανλή)  a 
place  before  a  court,  vestibule,  porch. — 
2.  τά  προαύλια,  the  day  before  a  wed- 
ding, as  ίπαυλια  is  the  day  after. 

ΙΙροανξάνω,  ί.  -ξήσω,  {πρό,ανξάνω) 
to  increase  beforehand,  Hipp.     Hence 

ΐΐροανξής,  ες,  well-grown,  Hipp,,  v. 
Foes.  Oecon. :  and 


ΠΡΟΒ 

ΤΙροανξησις,  ή,  previous  growth, 
Hipp. 

Πβοανξω,  collal.  form  from  προ- 
αυξάνω. 

ΐΐροαφαιρέίί,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {ττρά,  άφαι- 
ρέω)  to  take  off  οι  away  before,  Diod. 

ΊΙβοΰφύνίζω,  f.  -ί'σω,  (ττρό,  αφανί- 
ζω) to  make  to  disappear,  destroy  before, 
Diod. 

ΐΐροαφαυαίνω,  (ττρό,  αφαναίνω)  to 
dry  up  or  parch  before,  Phllo. 

ΤΙροαφέψω,  f.  -ιρήσω,  {ττρό,  άφέψω) 
to  boil  away  or  down  before,  Diosc. 

ΐΐροαφίΐγέυμαι,  f.  -ήσομαι :  Ion., 
προαττηγ- ;  {ττρό,  άφηγέομαι),  dep. 
mid. : — to  relate  or  explain  before,  την 
σνμφορην,  Hdt.  3,  138. 

Προαφίημι,  {ττρό,  άφίημι)  to  send 
away  before  Οι  first,  Hipp.,  Dio  C. 

ΐΐροαφικνέομαι,  {ττρό,  άφίκνέομαι) 
dep.  mid.,  to  arrive  first,  Thuc.  4,  2. 

Προαφίσταμαι,  {πρό,  ύφίστημι) 
pass.,  c.  fut.  mid.,  et  aor.  2,  et  pf. 
act. : — to  revolt  beforehand,  Thuc.  3, 
12. — Π.  to  leave  off  Or  desist  before, 
Plat.  Phaed.  85  C  :  to  depart  before, 
Alex.  Acha.  1,  2. 

ΤΙροαφρίζω,  f.  -σω,  to  foam  before, 
Diosc.  Par.  2,  31. 

npo^aojjv.  adv.,  (προβαίνω)  as  one 
adna)ices  or  goes  along,  Hes.  Op.  727 : 
goingon,  straightforward,  Ar.  Ran.  351: 
metaph.,  advancing  gradually,  Iambi. 

["] 

ΪΙροβύδίζω,  f.  -ίσω.  {ττρό,  βαδίζω) 
to  go  before  or  beforehand,  Plut.  2,  707 
B. 

ΤΙροβαθύς,  ν,  gen.  έος,  {πρό,  βάθος) 
very  deep.  Αρ.  Rh.  4,  283  :  opp.  to 
προβραχης. 

Πραβαίνω,  fut.  -βησομαι :  pf.  βέ- 
βηκα  .•  aor  2  προΰβην,  inf  προβήναι, 
part,  προβάς :  Horn,  uses  only  pf , 
and  Ep.  part.  pres.  προβίβύς  and 
■προβίβών,  ώντος,  [πρό,  βαίνω).  To 
step  on,  step  forward,  advance,  Od.  15, 
555.  etc.  ;  κραιπνύ,  κονφα  ποσΐ  προ- 
βιβάς,  II.  13,  18,  158;  (Ιστ-ρα  προβέ- 
βηκε,  they  are  far-gone  in  lieaven,  i.  e. 
it  is  past  midnight,  II.  20.  252  ;  so,  ή 
νυξ  προβαίνει,  etc.,  the  night  is  wear- 
ing, Xen.  An.  3,  1,  13  :— c.  ace.  cog- 
nate, όδόν  πρ.,  Eur.  Ale.  263  : — me- 
taph., προβήσομαι  ίς  το  πρόσω  τον 
λόγου,  Hdt.  1,  5  ;  πρ.  σκήφιν  ε'ις  τί- 
να, Eur.  Or.  749  ;  προΰβης  τώνδε  καΐ 
περαιτέρω,  Aesch.  Pr.  247  ;  πρ.  επ' 
Ισχατον  θράσους.  Soph.  Ant.  853  ; 
πυΐ  προβησεται  ?Μγος  ;  Eur.  Hipp. 
342,  cf.  Med.  907,  Ale.  785  ;  εις  τού- 
το προβέ3ηκε  ώςτε..,  it  has  gone  so  far 
that...  Plat.  Legg.  839  C  ;  πο.  πόββω 
μοχθηρίας,  to  he  far  gone  in  knavery, 
Xen.  Apol.  30. — 2.  of  time,  χρόνου 
προβαίνοντος,  as  time  went  on,  Hdt. 
3,  5,  140 ;  so,  προβαίνοντος  τον  πο- 
λέμου, Polyb.  2,  47,  3  .—but  of  time 
also,  to  be  gone  by,  past,  Theogn.  583. 
— 3.  to  go  before ;  hence,  to  be  before, 
superior  to  another,  τινός,  II.  6,  125  ; 
Tiv'i,  in  a  thing,  II.  15,  24  :  hence,  δυ- 
νάμει τε  και  αίδοί  ΎρηχΙνος  προ3έ- 
βηκε,  by  might  and  awe  he  was  over, 
i.  e.  ruled,  Trachis,  not  (as  some)  he 
guarded  it,  Hes.  Sc.  355. — 4.  c.  ace. 
rei,  to  overstep,  τέρμα  προβάς  (for 
υπερβάς),  Pind.  Ν.  7,  104.— 5.  to  ad- 
vance, proceed,  succeed,  make  progress, 
προέβαινε  το  έθνος  άρχον,  the  nation 
made  advances  in  dominion,  extended 
its  sway,  Hdt.  1, 134 ;  τοσούτον  προ- 
βεβήκημεν,  Lat.  tantum  profecimus. 
Plat.  Tneaet.  187  A  :  to  creep  on,  in- 
crease, πρ.  έπϊ  πο7ιν,  Aeschin.  25,  30. 
— II.  in  tut.,  and  aor.  1  act.,  transit., 
to  move  or  put  forward,  advance,  άνδρα, 
Pind.  O.  8, 83. — 2.  but  in  some  phrases 
also  quasitraiis.  in  pres.,  πρ.  πόδα, 


ΠΡΟΒ 

κώλον,  άρβΰ?Μν.  etc.,  Theogn.  283,  ' 
Eur.  Phoen.  1412,  Or.  1470;  cf.  βαί- 
νω 11.  4. 

ΙΙροβακχηϊος,  ό,  Ion.  for  προβάκ- 
χειος,  {πρό,  Βάκχ?ι)  in  Eur.  Bacch. 
411,  epith.  of  Bacchus, /eacZer  o/ ίΛβ 
Bacchanals. 

Τϊροβύλάνειον,  ov,  τό,  a  preparato- 
ry bath,  Inscr.  [ά] 

■^ΐίρηβάλινθος,  ov,  ό,  Probalinthiis, 
an  Attic  deme  belonging  to  the  tribe 
Pandionis,  Strab.  p.  383  :  hence  Προ- 
βα/ιίσιος,  a,  ov,  and  ΪΙροβα/.είσιος, 
a,  ov,  of  Probalinthus,  Probalinthian, 
Dem. 

Προβάλλω,  f.  -βαλώ:  aor.  προν- 
βΰλον :  pf.  -βέβληκα :  Hom.  has 
only  aor.  act.  and  mid.  without  augm. 
{πρό.βάΆ/.ω).  To  throwox  lay  before, 
throw  to,  Lat.  projicere.  τιν'ι  Tl,  Od.  5, 
331,  Hdt.  9,  112  ;  τρωγά?.ιατοϊς  θεω- 
μένοις,  Ar.  Plut.  798. — 2.  to  put  for- 
ward, hence,  έριδα  προβα7ώντες,  like 
προφέροντες,  having  put  forward,  i.  e. 
begun  the  contest,  II.  11,  529.— 3.  ω 
put  forth  beyond,  τΊ  τίνος.  Soph.  El. 
740. — II.  to  expose  ox  give  up  to  another, 
έμαντον  εις  δεινάς  αράς.  Soph.  Ο.  Τ. 
745  ;  τινί  τι.  Plat.  Phaedr.  241  Ε,  ubi 
V.  Stallb. :  to  throiv forward,  throwaway, 
Soph.Tr.810;  πρ.  εαυτόν,  togiveone's 
self  up  for  tost,  Lat.  speyn  abjicere,  Hdt. 
7,  141  :  but  also, — 2.  to  put  forward, 
hazard,  venture,  ψνχήν  πρ.  εν  κνβοισι 
δαίμονος.  Eur.  Rhes.  183  :  hence, 
prob.,  προβεβ/ίημένη  προα'ιρεσις,  des- 
perate policy,  Dem.  349,  15,  cf  Lat. 
projecta  audacia.• — III.  to  put  forward  an 
argument,  Thuc.  6,  92,  in  pass.  :  also 
to  put  foncard  as  a  plea,  to  allege,  Kl'- 
πριν,  Eur.  Hec.  825. — 2.  to  propose  a 
question,  task,  problem,  riddle,  etc. 
(cf  πρόβληαα),  Ar.  Nub.  757,  Plat. 
Rep.  536  D,  Charm.  162  Β  (cf  infra  B. 
V.)  ;  6  λόγος  ενταύθα  προβέβληκε 
σκοπών.  Plat.  Phil.  57  Β  : — so,  ττ.  αΐ- 
■ρεσιν  χαλεπήν.  Id.  Soph.  245  Β. 

Β.  mid.,  to  throiv  or  toss  before  one's 
self,  ον7ι.οχύτας,  II.  1,  458.  Od.  3,  447  : 
hence,  later,  to  throw  away,  expose. 
Soph.  Phil.  1017.-2.  to  throw,  lay  be- 
fore or  first,  θεμεί?-ΐα  προβα?ίέσθαι, 
11.  23,  255. — II.  to  throw  beyond,  beat  in 
throwing,  like  πρόσθε  βά/Λειν ;  and 
so,  generally,  to  surpass,  excel,  c.  gen. 
pers.  et  dat.  rei,  τίνος  νοηματι,  II. 
19,  218. — III.  to  set  before  one's  self, 
propose  to  one's  self,  έργον,  Hes.  Op. 
777. — IV.  to  put  foru-ard,  propose  for 
election,  Lat.  designare,  Hdt.  1,  98  (and 
pass.,  ibid.,  to  be  so  proposed),  Plat. 
Legg.  755  C,  sq.  :  Thuc.  has  pf  pass. 
προβέβληνται,  in  act.  signf.,  they 
have  proposed,  1,  37:  cf  supra  A.  III. 
— V.  to  bring  forward  Or  quote  on  o?ie's 
oivn  j)art,  in  defence,  πρ.  τον  "Ομτ/ρον, 
Plat.  Lach.  201  Β  ;  πρ.  μάρτυρας, 
Isae.  63,  13,  etc.  ;  and  so,  ό  προβα- 
λόμενος,  one  who  has  brought  evidence. 
Lex  ap.  Dem.  1132,  5:  to  quote  as  an 
example,  έθνος,  Hdt.  4,  46,  ubi  v. 
Wessei. — 2.  to  use  as  an  excuse  or  pre- 
text, Thuc.  2,  87.-71.  to  hold  before 
one's  self  so  as  to  protect,  -ώ  χεϊρε, 
Ar.  Ran.  201  ;  προβα?.έσθαι  τα  όπλα, 
i.  e.  to  advance  the  shield  and  lay  the 
spear  in  rest,  την  φάλαγγα  έκέλενσε 
προ3αλέσθαι  τα  όπλα  καΐ  έπιχωρή- 
σαι,  Xen.  An.  1,  2,  17,  cf  4.  2,  21, 
etc.  (v.  sub  προβολή  I)  :  hence,  ab- 
sol.,  in  pass,  to  stand  on  guard,  Xen. 
Cyr.  2,  3,  10,  Dem.  51,  27 :— hence 
also,  προβά'λλεσθαι  ελπίδα,  σνμμα- 
χίαΐ',  to  shelter  one's  self  under  it,  Dem. 
258,  23  ;  293,  20  ;  but  in  pass.,  προ- 
βε37.ήσθαί  τίνος,  to  stand  before  an- 
other, cover  or  shield  him.  Id.  560,  2  ; 
and,  προβεβ?ιήσθαί  τίνα,  to  have  an- 


ΠΡΟΒ 

other  before  one,  be  covered  by  hiin, 
Xen.  Cyr.  6,  3,  24. — YII.  to  denounce, 
accuse  a  person  of  a  thing,  πρ.  τινά 
ύδικείν,  Dem.  514,  6,  cf  571, 16  :  and 
in  pass.,  to  be  so  accused,  Xen.  Hell. 
1,  7,  39  (on  the  particular  kind  of  ac- 
cusation, cf  προβολή  V.) 

ΙΙρό/ίΰλοζ•  or  προβαλλύς,  ό,  {προ- 
βάλλω β.  VI)  like  πρόβολος,  some- 
thing held  before  one  by  way  of  guard. 

ΐΐροβαπτίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  [πρό,  βαπ- 
τίζω) to  dip,  baptize  before,  Clem.  Al. 

ΐΐροβάσάνίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {πρό,  βα- 
σανίζω) to  try  or  torture  before,  Luc. 
Tyrannic.  17. 

ΤΙρόβάσι,  heterocl.  dat.  for  προβά- 
τοις,  Hesych. 

Τίροβΰσϊ/,ενω,  {πρό,  βασύ.ενω)  to 
rule  or  govern  before,  Diod. 

ΎΙρόβάσις,  ή,  {προβαίνω)  strictly, 
a  stepping  forward  : — hence,  property 
in  tvalking  things  (i.  e.  cattle,  πρόβατα), 
abundance  of  cattle,  Od.  2,  75,  where 
it  is  opp.  to  κειμήλια  :  in  prose  προ- 
βατεία. 

ΤΙροβασκάνιον,  ov,  τό.  (πρό,  βάσκα- 
νος)  α  safeguard  against  witchcraft, 
an  amulet  or  figure  hung  up  by  work- 
men before  their  shops.  Plut.  2,  681 
F,  A.  B.  p.  30,  Lob.  Phryn.  86:— 
also,  α  scarecrou),  for  which  the  wooden 
images  of  Priapus  were  chiefly  used. 
[λ.-«] 

Τίροβάτεία,  ας,  ή,  {προβατενω)  α 
keeping  of  cattle,  esp.  sheep,  a  shep- 
herd's life,  Plut.  Solon  23,  Poplic. 
1 1. — II.  property  in  cattle,  herds  of  cat 
tie  or  flocks  of  sheep,  like  the  Homeric 
πρόβασις,  Strab,,  Ael.  N.  A.  4,  32. 

Προβάτειος,  a,  ov,  {πρόβατον)  of, 
belonging  to  a  sheep  :  τύ  πρ.  (sc.  χω- 
ρία), lands  suited  for  breeding   sheep. 

ΪΙροβάτενς,  ο,=προβατεντής,  name 
of  a  play  of  Antiphanes. 

ΤΙροβάτενσις,  ή,  (  προβατενω  )= 
προβατεία.  [ύ]    Hence 

ΐΐροβΰτενσιμος,  ov,  suited  for  pas- 
turage, χώρα,  Phllo. 

Ώροβάτευτής,  ov,  b,  {προβατενω) 
a  grazier. 

ΐΐροβΰτεντικός,  η,  όν,  suited  to  the 
breeding  of  cattle :  ή  -κη  (sc.  τέχνι/), 
the  art  of  breeding  or  keeping  cattle, 
esp.  sheep,  Lat.  pecuaria,  Xen.  Oec. 
5,  3  :  from 

ΤΙροβάτενω,  {  πρόβατον  )  to  keep 
cattle,  esp.  sheep,  Anth.  P.  7,  636 : — 
προΒατενεσθαι,  to  be  grazed  by  cattle, 
Dion.  H.  1,  37. 

ΐΐροβύτημα,  ατός,  τό,=  πρόβατον, 
Hesych.   [ΰ] 

Προβάτια,  ας,  ή,  =  προβατεία, 
Strab. 

ΐΐροβάτικός,  η,  όν,  {πρόβατον)  of, 
belonging  to  cattle,  esp.  sheep :  7/  πρ. 
(sc.  πύλη),  the  sheep-gate,  N.  T. 

ΐΐροβάτιον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  πρό- 
βατον, a  little  sheep.  Ar.  Plut.  293, 
i299.  Plat.  Phaedr.  259  A  :  cf  πρόβα- 
τον fin.  [a] 

ΐΐροβύτοβοσκός,  ov,  6,  {βόσκω)  a 
shepherd. 

ΐΐροβΰτογνώμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος, 
{πρόβατον,  γνώναι)  a  good  judge  of 
cattle ;  metaph.,  a  good  judge  of  char- 
acter. Aesch.  Ag.  795. 

ΐΐροβάτοδόρος,  ov,  {όέρα)  skinning 
or  flaying  sheep. 

ΙΙροβάτοκάπη?.ος,  ov,  {πρόβατον, 
κάπτ/λος)  a  retailer  of  cattle,  Plut. 
Pericl.  24. 

ΤΙρόβάτον,  τό.  only  used  in  phir. 
ταπρόβατα,  in  Gramm.with  heterocl. 
dat.  πρόβασι  for  προβάτυις,  though 
Herm.  de  Emend.  Gr.  Gr.  p.  308 
takes  this  to  be  a  mere  vulgarism  ; — 
{προβαίνω). 

1241 


ΠΡΟΒ 

Strictly,  any  thing  that  walks  for- 
ward ;  and  so  (among  the  lonians 
and  Dorians),  of  all  animals  that  walk, 
opp.  to  such  as  fly,  creep,  swim,  etc.; 
esp.  tame  animals,  hence,  cattle,  a 
drove  ox  flock,  in  plur  ,  II.  14,  124  ;  23, 
550,  Hes.  Op.  556,  Hdt.  1,  203  ;  ττρό- 
βατα,  opp.  to  άνθρωποι,  Η.  Merc. 
571 : — but  USU.  of  small  cattle,  esp. 
sheep,  opp.  to  horses  and  oxen,  Hdt. 
8,  137  ;  though  in  2,  41,  he  uses  it  of 
oxen;  and  in  4,  01,  of  horses,  cf 
Find.  Ft.  182,  183:— in  Att.  almost 
always  sheep,  which  together  with 
goats  are  called  by  Hdt.  1,  133;  8, 
137,  τα  λεπτά  των  προβάτων :  gene- 
rally, slaughtered  animals,  whether  for 
sacrifices,  Lat.  victimae,  Hdt.  C,  56  ; 
or  for  food.  Id.  1,  207: — proverb,  of 
stupid,  lazy  people,  Ar.  Nub. ;  so, 
πμοβατίου  βίος,  i.  e.  a  lazy,  do- 
nothing  life,  Ar.  Plut.  922:  also, 
τους  γενομένους  κύνας  των  προβά- 
των φασι  δΐϊν  καταιώπτειν,  Dein. 
782,  J5;  λέων  έν  προβάτοις,  Plut. 
Cleom.  33,  cf  Polyb.  5,  35,  13. 

ΪΙροβάτοπώλης,  ου,  ό,  [πρόβατον, 
ττωλέω)  α  cattle-dealer,  esp.,  α  sheep- 
dealer,  Ar.  Eq.  132. 

ΐΐροβΰτοτρόίρος,  ov,  (τρέφω)  breed- 
ing or  keeping  sheep. 

ΐΐροβατώδης,  ες,  {πρόβατον,  είδος) 
like  sheep,  Simplic. 

ΙΙρο3εβαιόω,  ώ,  to  confirm  before, 
ΐΐροβέβουλα.  an  isolated  poet.  pf. 
2,  as  iif  of  πρυβονλομαι,  which  how- 
ei'er  does  not  occur,  to  wish  rather, 
i.  e.  prefrr  one  thing  to  another,  τι 
τίνος,  II.  I,  113;  cf.  Anth.  P.  9,  445, 
Coluth.  199.— On  this  form,  v.  Buttm. 
Ausf  Gr.  ξ>  113  Anm.  5. 

ΤΙροβεβουλενμένως,  adv.  part,  pf 
pass,  from  προβουλεύω,  prcmedita- 
tedly,  advisedly. 

Ϊ1ρόβ7/μα,  ατός,  τό,  (προβαίνω)  a 
step  forivard,  a  step,  Ar.  Plut.  759. 

ΙΙροβΙάζομαι,  ί.  -άσομα,ι  [α] ;  dep. 
mid.  : — to  obtain  by  force ,  force  through 
before,  Aeschin.  64,  8. 

Τίροβϊβάζω :  f.  •ύσω,  Att.  προβΐ- 
Βώ  [πρό,  βιβύζω) : — ίο  lead  or  bring 
forward,  to  Uad  on,  τινά.  Soph.  O.  C. 
180;  ποί  προβίβας  ήμΰ,ς  ποτέ;  to 
what  a  pitch  do  you  niean  to  carry  u  s  ? 
Ar.  Av.  1570 ;  τινά  εις  άρετήν,  Plat. 
Frot.  328  Β  :  to  lead  on,  induce,  λόγω 
Tivu  πρ.,  Xen.  Mem.  1,  2,  17,  v.  1. 
Aeschin.  07,  2. — II.  to  advance,  exalt, 
την  πατρίδα,  Polyb.  9,  10,  4. — 2. 
intr.,=  προβαίνω.  Id.  5,  100,  1  ;  10, 
44,  1. 

ΤΙροβΐβύς,  Ep.  part.  pres.  of  προ- 
βαίνω, Horn. 

ΙΙροβίβάσις,  ή,  a  leading  on  or  for- 
ward, advancing.  [I] 

ΙΙροβΙβασμός,  oi),  o,=  foreg. 
ΐΐροβιβρώσκω,  1.  προβρύσω,  to  eat, 
devour  before. 

ΐΐροβϊβών,  ώντος,  Ep.  part.  pres. 
of  προβαίνω,  Horn. 

Ίΐροβίότης,  ητος,  ή,  a  former  life, 
Clem.  Al. :  from 

ΎΙροβΙόω,  ώ,  ί.  -ώσοιιαι,  (πρό,  βιόω) 
ίο  live  before :  τα  πρυβΐβιωμένα,  one's 
previous  life,  Polyb.  11,  2,  9. 

ΥΙροβλαατάνω,  ί.  -στήσω,  (  πρό, 
βλαστάνω)  to  shoot  or  sprout  before, 
Theophr.     Hence 

ΐϊροβλάστημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  previous 
shoot  or  bud,  Theophr. 

Τλρόολαστος,  ov,  shooting  or  bud- 
ding before,  Theophr.  C.  PI.  5,  1,  6, 
Schneid. — II.  as  subst.,  a  surname  of 
Bacchus,  Lye. 

ΤΙροβλεπτικός,  ή,  όν,  foreseeing. 
ΤΙροβλέπω,  (πρό,  βλέπω)  to  fore- 
see: to  provide  for  one,  N.  T.,  in  mid. 
ΐΐρόβλημα,  ατός,  τό,  (προβάλ,λω)  : 
1242 


ΠΡΟΒ 

— any  thing  which  comes  forward,  juts 
out  or  projects,  πρ.  πόντον,  a  jutting 
headland.  Soph.  Aj.  1219:  hence,  ii?ij/ 
thing  that  projects  between  one  and 
something  else,  a  hindrance,  obstacle, 
Hipp.,  cf  Ael.  N.  A.  2,  13—11.  any 
thing  put  forward  or  held  out  by  way  of 
guard,  a  rampart,  barrier,  fence,  skreen, 
Hdt.  4,  175  ;  7,  70,  cf  Plat.  Polit. 
279  D,  sq.  ;  so  Aesch.  calls  a  shield, 
πρ.  σώματος,  Theb.  540 ;  προβλή- 
ματα Ίππων  χαλκά,  the  brazen  ar- 
mour of  horses,  Xen.  Cyr.  6, 1, 51: — c. 
gen.  objecti,  a  defence  against  a  thing, 
πρ.  πετρών,  Aesch.  Theb.  070 ;  πρ. 
χειμώνων,  Plat.  Tim.  74  Β  ;  πρ.  κα- 
κών, Ar.  Vesp.  015 ;  but,  πρ.  φόβου 
ή  αϊόονς  έχειν,  to  have  fear  or  shame 
as  a  defence.  Soph.  Aj.  1076 : — τον 
ποταμον  πρ.  ποιείσθαι,  λαβείν,  Po- 
lyb. 2,  66,  1  ;  3,  14,  5.— III.a«y  tlimg 
put  forward  as  an  excuse  or  screen,  τον 
τρόπου,  Deni.  1122,  21  ;  so,  πρ.  λα- 
βείν τίνα,  (as  we  say)  to  make  a 
stalking  horse  of  him,  Soph.  Phil. 
1008. — IV.  that  which  is  proposed  as  a 
task,  a  task,  business,  Lur.  El.  985, 
ubi  V.  Seidl. :  esp. ,aproblem  in  geom- 
etry. Plat.  Rep.  530  B,  Theaet.  180 
C,  sq.  (but  in  the  Logic  of  Arist.,  a 
,  proposition  to  be  discussed,  Lat.  quaes- 
tio.  Top.  1,  11,  cf  1,  4,  3):  — α 
problem,  i.  e.  a  difficulty,  Polyb.  28,  11, 
9.     Hence 

ϋροβ'λημάτικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to 
or  disposed  for  a  problem,  problematical. 
Arist.  Somn. 

ΙΙροβ'λημάτιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from 
πρόβ?ίημα.  [α] 

ϋροβλΊ/μάτουργικός,  ή,  όν,  of  or 
belonging  to  a  προβληματουργός :  ή 
πρ.  δνναμις,  the  faculty  of  construct- 
ing fortifications,  Plat.  Polit.  280  D : 
from 

ΤΙροβ?.ημάτονργός,  όν,  (πρόβλημα 
II,  *έργω)  making  arms  οτ  armour. 

Ίλροβλημάτώδης,  ες,  (  πρόβλημα 
IV,  είδος)  like  α  problem, problematical, 
Plut.  Cat.  Min.  25. 

Τίροβλής,  ήτος,  δ,  ή,  without  neut., 
(προβύ?.λω)  strictly,  thrown  before  or 
forward :  usu.,  jutting,  towering,  σκό- 
πελος, πέτρα,  στήλαι,  II.  2,  396 ;  16, 
407  ;  12,  259  ;  άκταί,  Od.  5,  405  ;  also 
προβλήτες,  without  suhst.,  forelands, 
headlands.  Soph.  Phil.  936  :  but,  lb. 
1455,  κτύπος  πόντον  προβλής,  may 
be  the  roar  of  the  waves  dashing 
against  the  headlands  (Herm.  however 
reads  προβολής  (v.  προβολή  II.  3), 
and  others  προβλής  θ'). 

Ί1(ΐοβλητικός,  ή,  όν,  (προβάλλω) 
throwing  forth  or  away. 

ΤΙρόβ/.ητος,  ov,  (προβάλλω)  thrown 
forth  or  away,  Lat.  projectus,  κνσΐν 
πρ.,  cast  to  the  dogs,  Soph.  Aj. 
817. 

Ήροβ?ιώσκω  :  aor.  προυμολον,  inf 
προμολείν  (πρό,  βλώσκω) : — to  go  or 
come  before,  forth  Or  out,  esp.,  to  go  out 
of  the  house,  Od.  4,  22,  etc.;  π.  θύραζε, 
Od.  21,  239,  385.— Horn,  always  uses 
the  pres.  and  aor.  without  augm. 

Ώροβοάω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (πρό,  βοάω) 
to  shout  before  or  ί?ϊ.  front,  to  cry  or 
shout  out,  11.  12,  277  :  πρ.  δεινόν  τι, 
Soph.  Phil.  218. 

Ώροβοηθέω,  ώ.  f.  -ήσω.  Ion.  ττρο- 
βωθέω,  (πρό,  βοηβέω)  to  hasten  to  an- 
other's aid  or  drfince  beforehand,  εις 
τήν  Βοιωτίην,  Hdt.  8,  144,  where 
however  Wess.  reads  προςβωθήσαι 
from  some  MSS. 

ΤΙροβόλαιος,  ov,  ο,^=πρό3ολος,  a 
spear  held  out  before  one,  Orac.  ap. 
Hdt.  7,  148 ;  προβολαίω  έονρατι, 
Theocr.  24,  123  (where  προβ.  may 
be  an  adj.,  outstretched,  couched  ;  or,  it 


ΠΡΟΒ 

may  be  a  subst.  in  appos.  with  6σβ• 
ρατι). 

ΤΙροβολενς,  6,  a  producer,  Eccl. 

ΙΊροβολή,  ής,  ή,  (προβάλλω)  a  put- 
ting forth,  τοΰ  βλαστού,  Theophr. — 
2.  α  putting  forward,  esp.  of  a  weapon 
lor  aelence,  τα  δόρατα  εις  προβολήν 
καθιέναι,  to  bring  the  spears  to  the 
rest,  couch  them,  Xen.  An.  6,  5,  25; 
so,  ίν  προβολή  Οέσθαι  ξίφος,  to  bring 
it  to  the  guard,  Anth.  P.  7,  433  ;  cf. 
Ruhnk.  Ep.  Cr.  p.  70  : — hence,  the 
attitude  of  a  soldier  with  his  spear  in 
rest,  Polyb.  2,  05,  11  ;  ή  πρ.  τής  φά- 
λαγγος,  the  phalanx  with  its  pikes 
couched,  Id.  18,  13,  1  ;  also  ?/  τών  θυ- 
ρεών πρ..  Id.  1,  22,  10 ;  also  of  a  pu- 
gilist, a  lunging  out  with  the  fist,  The- 
ocr. 22,  120:  hence, — II.  a;i^  thing  put 
out,  a  prominence,  Hipp.  :  hence, — 1. 
α  thing  so  held  out  for  defence,  esp.,  a 
spear,  like  πρόβολος,  προβυλαιος : 
hence  a  guard,  defence,  bulwark,  τής 
χώρας,  Xen.  Mem.  3,  5,  27  ;  so  of  the 
eyebrows,  Id.  Cyn.  5,  26 :  c.  gen.  ob- 
jecti,α  defenceagainst... βε?.έων.  Soph. 
Aj.  1212;  θάνατον,  Eur.  Or.  1488; 
κανμάτων.  Plat.  Tim.  74  Β  ;  cf  πρό- 
βλιιμα  II. — 2.  an  elephant's  trunk,  pro- 
boscis, Aretae. — 3.  a  jutting  rock,  fore- 
land. Soph.  Phil.  1455.  e  conj.  Herm. ; 
V.  sub  προβλής,  and  cf  Dion.  P.  1013, 
Leon.  Al.  25,  Polyb.  1,  53,  10.-4.  any 
thing  put  forward  as  a  pretence,  a  pre- 
text.— 111.  a  proposing  a  person's  name 
for  election,  Plat.  Legg.  705  A  ;  cf. 
προβάλλω  Β.  IV. — IV.  in  Att.,  προ- 
βολή  or  (more  commonly)  προβολαί 
was  a  vote  of  the  Ecclesia  directing  a 
public  prosecution  to  be  undertaken, 
like  the  Yloman praejudicium,  τών  συ- 
κοφαντών προβολής  ποιούμεθα,  Aes- 
chin. 47,  26 ;  etc. :  this  was  only 
done  in  certain  cases,  as  in  that  of 
Socrates,  Xen.  Hell.  1,  7,  29  ;  and 
that,  wherein  Demosth.  made  his 
speech  against  Meidias  :  on  its  nature 
V.  Herm.  Polit.  Ant.  §  130,  12,  Att. 
Process,  p.  271  sq.,  and  Diet.  Antiqq., 
cf  προβάλλω  Β.  VII. 

ΪΙροβόλιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  προ- 
βολή II,  esp.,  a  boar-spear,  \en.  Cyn. 
10,  1. — 2.  a  cloak,  Philostr.  Imagg.  1, 

2,  cf  Welcker. 

Πρόβολος,  ov,  (  προβάλλω )  any 
thing  that  is  held  forward  or  out  .—I.  a 
jutting  rock,  foreland,  έπΙ  προβόλφ, 
Od.  12,251;  προβόλοις  προςπταίειν, 
?.ιμένας  προβολών  έμπλήσαι,  Dem. 
104,  fin.  ;  795,  14. — II.  α  weapon  held 
out  for  defence,  esp.,  a  hunting-spear, 
Hdt.  7,  76,  cf  Schweigh.  ad  7,  148  : 
generally,  a  defence,  bulwark,  as  πρό- 
βολον  πο?ίέμον,  of  a  fortress,  Xen. 
Cyr.  5,  3,  11,  and  23:  also  of  a  per- 
son, a  shielder,  guardian,  Ar.  Nub. 
1161. — Cf.  προβολή,  πρόβλημα. 

ΐΐροβοσκίς,  ίδος,  ή,  (πρό,  βόσκω) 
an  elephant's  proboscis  or  trunk,  Polyb. 

3,  46,  12,  etc. — II.  in  plur.,  the  long 
feelers  or  arms  of  the  cuttle-fish,  Arist. 
Part.  An.  4,  9,  12,  H.  A.  4,  1,  8. 

ΐΐρόβοσκος,  ου,  ό,  (πρό,  βόσκω) 
one  who  drives  the  herd  to  pasture,  Hdt. 
1,  113;  not  (as  usu.  expl.)  one  who 
tends  the  herd  in  another's  place,  an  un 
der-hcrdsman,  Buttm.  Ausf  Gr.  §  121 
Anm.  9,  n.  :  others  write  προβοσκός. 

ΐΐροβούλενμα,  ατός,  τό,  (προβον- 
7^εύω)  α  preliminary  decree  :  at  Athens, 
a  preliminary  ordinance  of  the  senate, 
which  became  a  βούλευμα  or  law 
when  passed  by  the  Ecclesia,  Dem. 
703,  17,  Aeschin.  71,  22 ;  v.  Diet.  An- 
tiqq. p.  168,  sq. 

ΪΙροβονλενμάτιον,  ου,  τό,  dim 
from  foreg.,  Luc.  Paras.  42.  [a] 

Τίροβονλενω,  (πρό,  βονλευω)    to 


ΠΡΟΓ 

pL•n,  contrive  before  or  first,  Thuc.  3, 
82;  so  in  mid.,  to  debate  or  consider 
first,  Ti,  Hdt.  1,  133,  Xen.  Cyr.  4,  3, 
17.  —  2.  of  the  senate  at  Athens,  to 
frame  a  προ3ονλενμα'  (q.  v.),  Xen. 
Hell.  1,  7,  7,  Dem.  607,  3,  etc.— 3.  to 
act  as  πρόβονλοζ,  τον  όήμον,  Arist. 
Pol.  4,  15,  11. — II.  to  have  the  chief 
voice  in  the  senate  and  in  passing  de- 
crees, Xen.  Cyr.  8,  7,  9. — III.  rrp.  τι- 
νός, to  deliberate  for  one,  provide  for 
his  interest,  Ar.  Eq.  134ϋ ;  c.  gen. 
rei,  to  provide  for  a  thing,  Xen.  An.  3, 
1,  37  ;  -ερί  τίνος,  Thuc.  8,  1,  Arist. 
Pol.  4,  14,  14. 

ΐΙρο3ουλή,  7/ς,  η,  {πρό,  βουΆη)  fore- 
thought :  εκ  προβουλτ/ς,  by  malice  pre- 
pense, Antipho  112,  10. 

ΤΙροβοϋλιοί',  ov,  τ  ό,=^  προ  βούλευ- 
μα, cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  519. 

ΤΙρηβού/ιομαί,  v.  προβέβονλα. 

ΤΙροβον'λό-αις,τταιόος, η,  in  Aesch. 
Ag.  398,  Τίροβουλύτΐαις  "λτης,  prob. 
=  ττρόβουλος  τταΐς  Άτης,  the  crafty 
daughter  of  Ate  ;  formed  on  the  anal- 
ogy o{  αίνότταρις,  etc.  ;  cf.  sub  κακό-. 

ΐίρόβου/Μς,  oi>,  {ττρό,  βουλή)  de- 
bating beforehand,  or  for  others : — 
hence  oi  πρόβουλοί  were — 1.  in  some 
Greek  states  (prob.  aristocratic),  a 
standing  committee  to  examine  measures 
before  they  were  formally  proposed  to 
the  people,  Arist.  Pol.  4,  14,  4 ;  6,  8, 
17  :  such  were  those  of  Megara,  Ar. 
Ach.  755;  cf.  Aesch.  Theb.  1006.— 2. 
used  too  of  the  twelve  deputies  of  the 
Ionian  states  at  the  Panionium, 
Valck.  Hdt.  6,  7,  Wess.  Diod.  15,  49  ; 
and  so  of  the  deputies  appointed  by 
the  western  Greeks  to  consult  on  the 
mode  of  meeting  Xerxes,  Hdt.  7, 172. 
— 3.  at  Athens,  the  provisional  commit- 
tee of  ten  for  legislative  purposes,  just 
before  the  constitution  of  the  400,  Ar. 
Lys.  421,  Lysias  126,  10 ;  called  ξνγ- 
γραφείς  by  Thuc.  8,  67,  cf.  Thirlwall 
Hist.  Gr.  4,  p.  3. 

ΪΙροβράχι'ις,  ες,  or  προβρΰχύς,  ν, 
(προ,  βραχύς)  very  flat,  very  shallow, 
Strab. :  opp.  to  προβαβύς,  v.  Lob. 
Phryn.  540. 

ΤΙροβρέχω,  f.  -ξω,  (πρό,  βρέχω)  to 
soak  beforehand,  Hipp.,  Arist.  Probl. 
22,11,2. 

Ιίρόβροτος,  b,  {πρό,  βροτός)  a  for- 
mer mortal,  Heraclit.  ap.  Diog.  L.  8,  45. 

ΐΐροβύω,  f.  -ύσω  {πρό,  βυω): — πρ. 
λύχνον,  like  προμνσσω,  to  push  the 
wick  of  a  lamp  up,  to  trim  it,  Ar.  Vesp. 
249.  [ϋ] 

ΤΙροβωθέω,  Ion.  for  προβοηθέο), 
Hdt. 

ΤΙροβώμιος,  ov,  {πρό,  βωμός)  at  or 
in  front  of  the  altar,  σφαγαί,  Eur.  Ion 
376 ;  7a  προβώμια,  the  front  or  space 
in  front  of  an  altar,  Heracl.  80. 

ΤΙρογύμειος,  ον,==προγάμιος. — II. 
τα  προγύμεια  (sc.  Ίερύ),  the  sacrifice 
before  a  marriage,  also  πρόγαμοί  and 
προτέλεια.  Poll.  3,  38.  [a] 

Προ)•ά«ίω,  ώ,  f.  -έσω,  {πρό,  γαμέω) 
to  marry  or  lie  with  beforehand,  Strab. 

Προγαμιαίος,  a,  ov,=  sq.,  cf.  Lob. 
Phryn.  544. 

ΪΙρογάμιος,  ov,  {πρό,  γάμος)  before 
marriage,  Ael.  N.  A.  9,  66.   [a] 

ΪΙρόγύμος,  ov,  {πρό,  γάμος)  marry- 
ing or  married  before,  ννμφαι,  Tryph. 
341.— II.  before  marriage  or  a  wedding: 
oi  πρόγαμοί,  title  of  a  comedy  of  Me- 
nander,  v.  Meineke  p.  149. 

Τίρογαστρίδιος,  a,  ov,  (πρό,  γασ- 
τήρ)  worn  in  front  of  the  belly  :  το  πρ., 
a  piece  of  armour  for  the  belly,  Luc. 
Salt.  27.  Jup.  Trag.  41._[i] 

Προγάστωρ,  ορός,  ό,  ή,  {πρό,  γασ- 
τήρ) fatpaunched, pot-bellied,  Meineke 
Antiph.  Χρυσ.,  1,  6,  etc. 


ΠΡΟΓ 

Ίϊρογενεθ?.ος,  ov,  (πρό,  γενέθλη) 
born  before,  Nonn. 

ΤΙρογένειος,  ov,  {πρό,  γένειον)  with 
prominent  chin,  long-chinned,  Theocr. 
3,  9. 

ΤΙρογενέστατος,  η,  ov,  {πρό,  γένος) 
earliest  in  birth,  i.  e.  oldest,  H.  Hom. 
Cer.  110,  Polyb.  6,  54,  1.— II.  προγε- 
νέστερος, a,  ov,  compar.,  earlier  in 
birth,  i.  e.  older,  freq.  in  Hom. ;  also, 
γενεί)  πρ.,  II.  9,  161  ;  τινός,  23,  789  : 
— also  in  Polyb.  9,  2,  2. — The  posit., 
προγενής,  of  old  time,  ancient,  is  re- 
stored in  Soph.  Ant.  938  by  Herm. 
and  Dind. ;  cf  μεταγενής. 

Τίρογενέτωρ,  ορός,  ό,=^προγεννή- 
τωρ,  Pempel.  ap.  Stob.  p.  461. 

ΤΙρογεννάω,  ώ,  f.  -r/σω,  {πρό,  γεν- 
νάω) to  beget  before,  Theophr. 

ΤΙρογει•νήτειρα,  ας,  ή,  an  ancestress ; 
a  mother.  Lye.  183,  200. 

ΤΙρογεννητήρ.ήρος,  b,  (πρόγεννάω) 
a  first  ancestor, founder  of  a  line:  in 
plur.,  ancestors,  forefathers. 

ΤΙρογεννί/τωρ,  ορός,  b,  =  foreg., 
Eur.  Hipp.  1380. 

Τίρόγενμα,  ατός,  τό,  (προγενω)  that 
which  has  been  tasted  beforehand  :  some- 
thing eaten  before  a  regular  meal :  gen- 
erally, a  foretaste.     Hence 

Τίρογενμάτίζω,  to  give  a  thing  to  be 
tasted  beforehand,  Arist.  de  Anima  2, 
10,  5. 

ΤΙρογενσττ;ς,  ov,  b,  one  who  tastes 
before,  a  taster,  Plut.  2,  990  A. 

Προγενω,  {πρό,  γενώ)  in  mid.,  to 
taste  before,  Arist.  Part.  An.  4,  11,  3, 
Plut.  2,  49  E. 

Προγ7]ράσκω,  f.  -άσομαι,  aor.  1 
-εγήρασα  (πρό,  γηράσκω) : — to  grow 
old  before,  τοϋ  χρόνου,  Hipp. : — togrow 
prematurely  old,  Luc.  Rhet.  Praec.  10, 
cf.  Tim.  20. 

Πρόγηρος,  ov,  {γήρας)  prematurely 
old. 

Προγίγνομαι,  later  form  -γίνομαι 
[ί]  : — ι.  -γενήσομαι :  aor.  προνγενό- 
μην ;  {πρό,  γίγνομαι)  dep.  mid. : — to 
be,  come  before  OT  forwards,  τάχα  προ- 
γένοντο,  quickly  they  slept  forward, 
came  in  sight,  11.  18,  525,  H.  Horn.  6, 
7  ;  άμνδις  προγένοντο,  Hes.  Sc.  345. 
— II.  of  time,  to  be,  happen  before  or 
earlier,  οι  προγεγοί'ότες,  ancestors, 
Hdt.  2,  146;  7,3;  oi  προγενύμενοι, 
the  former  ones,  Polyb.  10,  17,  12:  oi 
πμογεγονότες  ήμίν  έμπροσθεν  λόγοι. 
Plat.  Legg.  699  Ε  ;  τα  προγεγενΊ]μέ- 
να,  things  foregone,  things  of  old  time, 
Thuc.  1,  20,  cf.  1,  1. 

Προγιγνώσκω,  later  προγίν-  :  f. 
-γνώσομαι  {πρό,γιγνώσκω): — to  know, 
perceive,  learn  or  understand  beforehand, 
H.  Hom.  Cer.  258  (in  inf  aor.  προ- 
γνώμεναι,  Ep.  for  προγνώναι),  Eur. 
Hipp.  1072,  Thuc.  2,  64.— II.  to  judge 
beforehand,  προεγνωσμένος  ΰόικείν, 
judged  beforehand  to  have  done  wrong, 
Dem.  861,  23. 

Προγ/Μσσεύω,  to  be  of  hasty  tongue, 
be  talkative. 

Προγ?.ωσσίς,  ίδος,  η,  the  point  of  the 
tongue. 

Πρόγ7.ωσσος,  ov,  {πρό,  γλώσσα) 
hasty  of  tongue,  talkative,  Clem.  Al. 

Προγνωρίζω,  (πρό,  γνωρίζω)  to  rec- 
ognize or  know  before,  tl  τίνος,  Arist. 
Top.  6,  4,  5. 

Πρόγνωσις,  εως,  ή,  {προγιγνώσκω) 
a  perceiving  beforehand,  Luc.  Ale.x.  8, 
Plut.,  etc. :  esp,  in  medicine,  a  prog- 
nosticating, Hipp.  ;  V.  Foes.  Oecon. 

ΠρογνώστΊ]ς,  ov,  b,  one  who  knows 
beforehand.     Hence 

Προ)  νωστικός,  ή,  όν,  fit  for  know- 
ing beforehand  or  foretelling,  Plut.  2, 
433  A:  TO  πρ.,  a  sign  of  the  future, 
prognostic,  Hipp. 


ΠΡΟΔ 

Προγονή,  ης,  ή,  a  step-daughter: 
fern,  from  πρόγονος. 

Προγονικός,  ή.  όν,  ancestral,  Polyb. 

3,  64,  2  ;  13,  6,  3,  etc. :  from 
Πρόγονος,  ov,  (πρό,  γίγνομαι,  γέ- 

γονα)  earlier  born  or  begotten,  hence 
older,  Od.  9,  221  : — oi  πρόγονοι,  fore- 
fathers, ancestors,  Pind.  O.  9,  80,  Hdt. 
7,  150,  and  freq.  in  Att.  ;  έκ  προγό- 
νων, Lat.  antiquitus.  Plat.  Theaet. 
173  D,  (for  Soph.  Aj.  1197,  v.  sub  πρό- 
πονος) :  rarely  in  sing..  Plat.  Symp. 
186  E,  Euthyphr.  11  Β  : — also  of  gods 
who  are  the  authors  or  founders  of  a 
race  (cf.  άρχηγέτης),  Ζεν  πρόγονε, 
Eur.  Or.  1242 ;  θεοί  ■πρόγονοι,  Plat. 
Euthyd.  302  D. 

Πρόγονος,  ov,  b,  η,  {πρό,  γονή)  a 
child  by  a  former  marriage,  i.  e.  o?ie's 
step-son  or  daughter,  Eur.  Ion  1329, 
Isae.  :  ή  προγόνι],  a  step-daughter. 

Πρόγραμμα,  ατός,  τό,  (προγράφω) 
a  public  proclamation  or  written  order,  a 
public  notice  in  writing, programm,  Dem. 
772,  15,  Plut.,  etc.;  v.  Lob.  Phryn. 
249. 

Προγραμμάτεύς,  έως,  ό,  α  deputy 
γραμματεύς,  Inscr. 

Προγραφή,  ής,  ή,  (προγράφω)  α  pub- 
lic notice,  advertisement,  Xen.  Hipparch. 

4,  9  :  esp.,  a  public  sale  of  confiscated 
property,  Lat.  proscriptio,  Strab.  :  a 
praetor's  edict,  Polyb.  26,  5,  2,  Dio  C. 

Προγράφω,  f.  --φω,  (πρό,  γράφω)  to 
write  before  OX  first,  Thuc.  1,  23. — II. 
to  write  in  public,  πρ.  τι  έν  πινακίοις, 
to  put  up  a  public  notice,  Ar.  Av. 
450  ;  77p.  δίκην  or  κρίσιν  τινί,  to  give 
notice  of  a  trial,  Dem.  1151,  fin.: — 
also,  to  ordain  or  appoint  by  public  no- 
tice, έκκλησίαν,  Aeschin.  35,  fin.  ; 
hence,  in  Pass.,  φρονράς  προγραφεί- 
σης,  Dem.  1257,  5.— I1I.=  Lat.  j^roscr;- 
bere,  φυγάδα  πρ.  τινά,  Polyb.  32,  21, 
12  :  οι  προγεγραμμένοι,  the  proscribed, 
lb.  22,  1  :  but, — 2.  ττρογράφειν  τινά 
τής  βουλής,  of  the  censor,  to  put  one 
at  the  head  of  the  senate,  name  him 
princeps  senatus,  Plut.  Aemil.  38,  Fla- 
min.  18  :  so  in  pass.,  προγράφεσθαι 
τον  συνεδρίου.  Id.  2,  318  C,  ubi  v. 
Wyttenb.  [ΰ] 

Προγρηγορέω,  ώ,  {πρό,  γρηγορέω) 
to  wake  before  the  time,  Arist.  Probl. 

Προγνμνάζω,  f.  -άσω,  (~ρό,  γυμ- 
νάζω) to  exercise  beforehand,  πρ.  χέρας. 
Soph.  Fr.  450  :  in  mid.,  to  exercise 
one's  self  beforehand,  Aristid.     Hence 

Προγνμνασία,  ας,  ή,  previous  exer- 
cise, preparation,  Clem.  Al.  :   and 

Προγνμΐ'ασμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  prepara- 
tory exercise,  πολέμον,  for  war,  Ath. 
631  A:  esp.  in  rhetoric. 

Προγνμναστής,  ov,  ό,  (προγνμ- 
νάζω) one  who  exercises  beforehand  or 
prepares :  esp.  a  servant  of  the  γυμ- 
ναστής, who  rubs,  anoints,  etc.,  Ga- 
len. :  also  a  slave  who  goes  through  ex- 
ercises with  his  master,  Senec.  Epist. 
83,3. 

Προδάήναι,  inf  aor.  pass,  (with 
act.  signf.)  from  the  root  *δάω,  to 
know  beforehand,  προίδων  ήέ  προδαείς, 
Od.  4,396;  inf.,  Αρ.  Rh.  1,  106. 

Προδανείζω,  {πρό,  δανείζω)  to  lend 
before,  Luc.  Sacrif.  3,  Plut.  Pericl, 
13. 

Προδάπΰχ'άω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {πρό,  δα- 
πανάω) to  spend  beforehand,  Luc.  .\b- 
dic.  11. 

Προόείδω,  f.  -σω,  (πρό,  δείδω)=: 
προδειμαίνω.  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  90. 

Προδείε7.ος,  ον.  {πρό,  δείελος)  be- 
fore evening,  πρ.  Ιστίγεμ,  Theocr.  25, 
223. 

Προδείκννμι  and  -ννω  :  f.  -δείξω, 

(πρό,   δείκννμι)    to   show   beforehand, 

point  out,  Hdt.  4,  10 ;  esp.,  by  way  of 

1243  ■^ 


ΠΡΟΔ 

example,  προδίξαντες  σχήμα,  οΙόν  τι 
ίμε'/.'λε  εϋ-μΐ~έστατοι>  φανέεσθαι 
έχουσα,  Hdt.  1,  60:  Ιο  make  known 
beforehand,  c.  acc.  et  inf.,  Thuc.  3, 
47  :  to  tell  first,  ττοΐον  πρόι^ιξον, 
Aesch.  Pr.  m9,  cf.  Soph.  O.  T.  024. 
— II.  to  foreshow  \\\\dX  is  about  to  hap- 
pen, Tivi  Ti,  Hdt.  1,  209  ;  6,  27,  etc. — 
III.  to  point  before  one,  σκή-πτρφ  πρ., 
to  feel  one's  way  with  a  stick,  ot  a 
blind  man,  Soph.  O.  T.  456  (Seneca's 
baculo  senili  iter  praetentare)  :  also  c. 
acc,  to  put  out  before  one,  TO  τόξον, 
Luc.  Here.  1  :  hence, — IV.  as  a  tech- 
nical term  of  pugilists,  χερσί  πρ.,  to 
make  feints  with  the  hands,  make  as 
if  one  was  going  to  strike,  like  Lat. 
praeladere,  Theocr.  22,  102. — 2,  also 
in  war,  to  make  a  demonstration,  as- 
sume an  attitude  of  attack,  Xen.  Hip- 
parch.  8,  24.     Hence 

Τίροόείκτης,  ov,  6,  a  pantomimic 
actor,  Diod. 

ΤΙροόειμαίν(•ί,  (πρό,  δειμαίνω)  to 
fear  beforehand,  τι,  Hdt.  7,  50,  1. 

ΤΙροόειπνέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {ττρό,  όει- 
πνέω)  to  dine  or  sup  before,  rlut.  2, 
226  E. 

ΐίρόδειπνος,  ov,  (πρό,  δειπνέω) 
supping  or  dining  beforehand :  ό  Πρ., 
a  piece  of  Timon's,  Ath.  406  E. 

ΤΙροόέκτωρ,  ορός,  b,  Ion.  for  προ- 
δείκτωρ.  one  who  foreshows,  foretells, 
Hdt.  7,  37. 

ΤΙροδέρκομαι.  {πρό,  δέρκομαι)  dep. 
raid.,  to  see  beforehand,  Aesch.  Pr. 
248. 

Ιίροδεσμεω,  ύ,  f.  -ήσω,  {ττρό,  δεσ- 
μός) to  bind,  tie  in  front  or  before. 

ΐΐροδενυ,  to  moisten  beforehand. 

Τίροδηλέημαι,  dep.  mid.,  to  hurt  be- 
fore, V.  1.  Hdt.  Θ,  68,  3. 

ΤΙρόδιβος,  ov,  {πρό,  δήλος)  clear 
beforehand,  manifest,  evident,  Hdt.  9, 
17,  Eur.  Or.  190,  Plat.,  etc.  :  εκ.  προ- 
ojp.ov,  manifestly.  Soph.  El.  1429. 
Adv.  -λο)ς,  Id.  Aj.  1311.     Hence 

ΤΙροδηλόω,  ώ,  to  make  clear  before- 
hand, show  plainly,  Thuc.  6,  34,  in 
Pass.,  Polyb.  10,  46,  10,  etc.     Hence 

ΤΙροδήλοσις,  εως,  ή,  a  declaring  be- 
forehand, prognostication,  Plut.  2,  398 
D  :  ο  demonstration  of  the  event,  Id. 
Mar.  19.     Hence 

ΤΙροδηλωτικός,  ή,  όν,  fit  for  showing 
beforehand,  Del.  Plat.  414  B. 

ϋροδημάγυγεω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσο),  {πρό, 
δημαγωγέω)  to  be  an  arch-demagogue, 
Himer. 

Τίΰοδιαβαίνω,  f.  -βήσομαι,  (πρό, 
διαααίνω)  to  go  through  or  over  before 
Others,  τάφρον,  Xen.  Eq.  8,  3. 

ΐίρυδιαβύλ'λω,  f.  -βΰλύ,  {πρό,  δια- 
βάλλω)  to  raise  prejudices  against  or 
slander  beforehand,  Thuc.  6,  75,  Luc. 
Tois.  34. 

ΤΙροδιαβεβαιόω,  ώ,  to  confirm  fully 
beforehand. 

ΙΙροδιαγιγνώσκυ,  f.  -γνώσομαι, 
{πρό,  διαγιγνώσκω)  to  understand  be- 
forehand, Thuc.  1,  78.  —  II.  to  re- 
solve or  decree  beforehand.  Id.  5,  38. 
Hence 

Ήροδιάγνωσίς,  ή,  a  knowing  accu- 
rately beforehand,  esp.  of  symptoms, 
Hipp.  ,        ,  , 

ΙΙροδιάγόρευσίς,  η,  {αγορεύω)  a 
foretelling  exactly,  Hipp. 

ΤΙροόιαγρύφω,  {πρό,  διαγράφω)  to 
draw  out  beforehand,  Aristaen.  1,  20. 

ΤΙροδίΰγωγή,  ης,  ή,  a  leading  for- 
ward through  a  thing,  Plut.  2,  913  C. 

ΊΙροδίάγωΡίζομαι,  {πρό,  διαγωιήζο- 
μαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  fight  it  out  before- 
hand, Diod.     Hence 

ΊΙροδίαγωνιστής.  ov,  6,  one  who 
fights  it  out  before,  Philo. 

Ώβοδιαδίδωμι,  {πρό,  διαδίδωμι)  to 
1244 


ΠΡΟΔ 

spread  beforehand,  φήμην  κατά  τίνος, 
Polyb.  40,  4,  2. 

Προόιαζενγννμι  {πρό,  διαζεύγνν- 
μι) :  hence,  in  Grainin.,  προδιεζεν- 
γμένον  σχήμα  (also  called  ΆΆκμα- 
νικόν)  a  figure  often  used  by  Alcman, 
when  a  verb,  being  the  predicate  of 
two  words,  IS  joined  specially  to  the 
first,  as  έγω  ηλϋημεν  καΐ  σν,  Schol. 
"Od.  10,  513  ;  cf.  Jelf  Gr.  Gr.  <^  393,  5. 

ΐΐροδιάθεσις,  εως,  ή,  a  predisposi- 
tion, Sext.  Emp.  p.  27. 

ΊΙροδιαιρέομαι,  f.  -ήσομαι,  (πρό, 
διαιρέυμηι)  mid.,  to  divide  or  distin- 
guish beforehand,  Isocr.  294  C.    Hence 

Ώροδιηίρεσις,  εως,  ή,  a  previous  di- 
vision, Diod.  13,  82. 

ΐΐροδιαιρετέον,  verb,  adj.,  07ie  must 
divide  before  or  first,  Arist. 

ΐΐροδιαίτησις,  εως,  ή,  {πρό,  διαι- 
τάω)  preparation  by  diet,  Luc.  Ne- 
cyom.  7. 

Τίροδιάκειμαι,  as  pass.,  to  be  in  a 
certain  state  before,  Arr.  Epict. 

ΙΙροδιακϊνέω,  ώ,  to  set  all  in  motion 
before,  Joseph. 

ΤΙροδιακρίνω,  to  distinguish,  deter- 
mine beforehand,  Sext.  Emp.  p.  82. 

ΙΙΐ)οδιύκονέω,  ώ,  and  as  dep.  mid. 
προδιΰκονέομαι,  to  serve  or  be  useful 
before,  Joseph. 

ΤΙροόια'λαμβάνω,  {πρό,  διαλαμβά- 
νω) to  judge  and  decide  beforehand, 
περί  τίνος,  υπέρ  τίνος,  Polyb.  9,  31, 
2  ;  27,  7,  3.^ 

Προδιαλέγομαι,  {πρό,  διαλέγομαι) 
dep.  mid.  c.  aor.  pass. : — to  speak  or 
converse  beforehand,  περί  τίνος,  Isocr. 
233  Ε.     Hence 

ΤΙροδίά'λεξις,  ή,  a  speaking  or  con- 
versing htforehand. 

ΐΐροδια/ιύω,  (πρό,  δια?.νω)  to  dis- 
solve, break  before,  Arist.  Probl.  23,  28, 
Polyb.  11,  16",  2. 

ΐϊροδιαμαρτύρομαι,  {πρό,  διαμαρ- 
τνρο/'.αι)  dep.  mid.,  to  call  to  witness 
or  ini  ike  beforehand,  τινύς,  Polyb.  26, 
3,6.   [-.J 

ΤΙροΰιανοέομαι,  (πρό,  διανοέω)  dep. 
mid.  c.  aor.  pass.  : — to  think  well  over 
before,  Charond.  ap.  Stob.  p.  291,  10. 

ΤΙροδιαντλέω,  ώ,  to  exhaust  before- 
hand. 

ΤΙροδιανυκτερεύω,  {πρό,  διανυκτε- 
ρεύω) to  pass  the  night  before,  Clem. 
Al. 

ΤΙροδιάνύω,  f.  -ύσω,  {πρό,  διανύω) 
to  accomplish  beforehand,  Ciem.  Al.  [iij 

ΐΐροδιαπέμπω,  (πρό,  διαπέμπω)  to 
send  through  or  over  before.— Mid.,  to 
send  on  as  a  messenger,  Polyb.  8,  20,  3. 

ΤΙροδιαπ7.έω,  f.  -π?.εύσομαι,  to  sail, 
swim  through  or  over  before. 

ΤΙροδιαρθρόω,  ώ,  to  declare,  eivucle- 
ate  beforehand,  Se.xt.  Emp.  p.  237. 

ΤΙροδιαρπύ,ζω,  {πρό,  διαρπάζω)  to 
plunder  beforehand,  Dio  C. 

Ήροδιασάφέω,  ώ,  to  publish  before- 
hand, V.  1.  Polyb.  for  πρυσαφ-. 

ΤΙροδιασάφησις,  ή,  previous  publica- 
tion, [ά] 

ΐΐροδιασβέννυμι,  to  extinguish  be- 
forehand, M.  Anton.  12,  15. 

ΐΙροδιασκέπτομαι,^=&ι\.,  q.  v. 

ΤΙροδιασκοπέω,  ω,  c.  fut.  -σκέ-φο- 
μαι  from  foreg.,  to  examine  well  be- 
forehand, Dio  C. 

ΥΙροδιαστέλλομαι,  {πρό,  διαστέλ- 
λω)  dep. : — to  give  a  positive  opinion 
beforehand,  Hipp.  :  to  settle,  make  an 
agreement  beforehand  with  another,  τΐ- 
νί,  Ath.  521  A. 

Υλροδιασνρω,  {πρό,  διασύρω)  to  rid- 
icule beforehand,  Arist.  Rhet.  Al.  19, 
13.  i-v] 

ΥΙροδιατάσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  (πρό,  δια- 
τάσσω) to  range  at  regular  distances  be- 
forehand or  in  front,  Aen.  Tact. 


ΠΡΟΔ 

ΤΙοοδιατέμνω,  to  cut  through  before- 
hand. 

ΙΙροδιατίθημι,  to  set  apart  bejore- 
hand,  Joseph,  [l] 

ΐΐροδιαττάω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  sift  be- 
forehand. 

ΤΙροδιατνπήω,  ώ,  to  sketch  out  be- 
forehand, Philo.     Hence 

ΙΙροδιατύπωσις,  ή,  a  previous  plan 
or  design,  Clem.  Al. 

ΠροδιαφΟείρω,  {πρό,  διαφθείρω)  to 
spoil,  ruin,  destroy  beforehand,  Isocr. 
408  C  :  to  corrupt  or  bribe  beforehand, 
Dem.  520,  26  :— pass.,  to  he'rumed  or 
lost  beforehand,  Thuc.  1,  113  :  6,  78. 

Τίροδιαχρίω,  to  besmear  all  over  be- 
forehand. \_xpi^ 

ίΐροδιαχωρέω,  ώ,  {πρό,  διαχωρέω) 
to  separate,  differ  from  one  beforehand, 
Arist.  Rhet.  1,  12,  29. 

ΤΙροδΙδύσκω,  f.  -άξω,  (πρό,  διδάσ- 
κω) to  teach  beforehand,  τινά  τι,  Soph. 
Aj.  163;  τινά,  c.  inf.,  Id.  Phil.  1015, 
Dem.  1231,26:  .so  also  in  mid..  Soph. 
Tr.  681,  Ar.  Pint.  687;  cf.  διδάσκω 
Β. — II.  to  teach  by  degrees  ;  and  so,  to 
teach  thoroughly,  Ar.  Nub.  476,  cf. 
Stallb.  Addend,  ad  Plat.  Prot.  :— 
pass.,  to  learn  beforehand,  Thuc.  2,  40. 

ΥΙροδίδωμι,  f.  -δώσω,  {πρό,  δίδωμι) 
to  give  beforehand,  pay  in  advance,  Xen. 
Hell.  1,  5,  7,  prob.  1.  Polyb.  8,  17,  7  : 
but, — II.  most  commonly,  to  give  up 
to  the  enemy,  betray,  freq.  from  Hdt. 
downwds.  ;  πρ.  τινί  τι,  Hdt.  6,  23, 
etc.,  Aesch.  Pr.  38,  etc.  ;  τας  πν7.ας, 
το  φρούριον,  Ar.  Αν.  766,  Ran.  362, 
etc. ;  7Γ(7.  Tivu  προς  τίνα,  Hdt.  3,  45  • 
c.  inf.,  ov  σν  προύδωκας  θανείν,  Eur. 
Or.  1588,  pass.,  προδοθείς  ύπό  τίνος, 
Hdt.  7,  137  ;  ΰπόλωλα  τλήμων,  προ- 
όέδομαι,  Soph.  Phil.  922.-2.  ίο  for 
sake  in  distress,  abando7i,  esp.  in  battle  ; 
and  so,  absol.,  to  desert,  Hdt.  5,  113; 
6,  15,  etc. ;  so,  ή  χάρις  προδονσ'  ΙύΛ- 
σκεται,  it  proves  traitor.  Soph.  Aj. 
1267 ;  TO  δοκούν  αληθές  ονχ  όσιον 
προδονναι.  Plat.  Rep.  607  C. — 3.  of 
things,  to  betray,  fail  one,  Xen.  Hell. 
5,  2,  5,  Dem.  1239,  fin. :  hence,  seem- 
ingly intr.,  to  fail,  Lat.  deficere,  e.  g. 
of  a  river  that  has  run  dry,  Hdt.  7, 
187  ;  of  a  tottering  wall,  useless  for  a 
defence.  Id.  8,  52 ;  cf.  Xen.  Hell.  5, 
2,  5. — 4.  to  let  go,  give  up  ;  hence,  to 
lose,  bid  adieu  to,  ηδονής,  etc..  Soph. 
Ant.  1166;  τον  άχώνα,  Aeschin.  16, 

19.  m 

ΤΙροδιέξειμι,  {εΐμι)=sq. 

Ώροδιεξέρχομαι,{.-ελεύσομαι,{πρ6, 
διεξέρχομαι)ίο  go  through  and  out  again 
before,  go  through  first,  Xen.  Cyn.  5,  4, 
Aeschin.  2,  10. 

Tlpoδιεξoδεύω,=^ΐoτeg. ;  esp.,  to  go 
through  a  preliminary  train  of  thought, 
Sext.  Emp.  p.  409. 

Τίροδιεορτάζω,  f.  -άσω,  {πρό,  διά, 
εορτάζω)  to  celebrate  a  festival  before- 
hand, Dio  C. 

Προδιέπω,  f.  -τ/'ω,  to  administer  be- 
forehand, Joseph. 

ΤΙροδιεργάζομαι,  (πρό,  διεργύζομαι) 
dep.,  to  work,  form  OT  mould  beforehand, 
Arist.  Eth.N.  10,9,6,  Probl." 22, 11,2. 

Ώροδιερευνύω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσομαι,  {πρό, 
διά,  ερευνάω)  to  search  through,  dis- 
cover by  searching,  Xen.  Cyr.  5,  4,  4, 
Diod.     Hence 

Ήροδιερεννητής,  οΰ,  6,  one  sent  be- 
forehayid  to  search,  a  spy,  scout,  Xen. 
Cyr.  5,  4,  4,  Plut.  Pelop.  et  Marc.  fin. 

Ώροόιέρχομαι,  f.  -ελενσομαι,  (πρό, 
διέρχομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  go  through  or 
narrate  before,  Xen.  Cyn.  1,  47. 

npoc5ifi'/cpii'f'6J,  ώ,  to  examine  care- 
fully, sift  beforehand. 

ΤΙροδιηγέομαι,  f.  -ήσομαι,  (πρό, 
διηγέομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  relate  before- 


ΠΡΟΔ 

hand,  premise,  Hdt.  4, 145,  Dem.  1345, 
10.     Hence 

ΙΙροόιι}γησΐς,  εως,  ή,  a  detailing  be- 
forehand, Aeschin.  16,  30. 

ΐΐροόιηθέω,  ώ,  {~ρό,  διηθέω)  to 
strain  or  sift  beforehand,  V.  1.  Arist. 
Probl.  23,  21. 

ΙΙυοδιίστημί,  f.  -στήσω,  to  put  asun- 
der beforehand : — pass.,  C.  aor.  et  pf. 
act.,  to  go  asunder  beforehand. 

Ιίροδίκάζϋ),  f.  -άσω,  to  judge  before- 
hand.    Hence 

ΐΐρούϊκΰσία,  ας,  ή,  as  Att.  law- 
term,  the  preliminary  proceedings  in  a 
prosecution  for  murder,  Antipho  146, 
15;  cf.  A.  B.  p.  186;  and 

ΤΙροόΙκαστής,  ov,  ό,  one  who  judges 
befurehand,  OX  fur  another. 

ΙΙρο6ΐκέ(ύ,  ύ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  be  a  πρόδι- 
κος,  to  be  a  patron,  advocate,  or  guar- 
dian. Pint.  2,  787  B,  τινί,  973  A. 

^ΐΐροδικ,η,  ης,  ή,  Prodice,  fem.  pr. 
n.,  Anth.  P.  5,  12  ;  etc. 

ΙΙροδΙκία,  ας,  /}.  the  offi.ce  of  τΐρόδι- 
Κος,  advocacy,  Plut.  2,  793  D. 

ΠρόδΙκος,  ov,  (-pa,  δίκη)  judged 
beforehand,  δίκη  7τρ.,  a  dispute  which 
is  submitted  to  or  decided  by  arbitration : 
— but,  also,  a  cause  which  has  the  first 
turn  of  hearing,  Inscr. — II.  as  subst., 
ό  ττρ.,  an  advocate,  defender  ;  and  SO, 
an  avenger,  Aesch.  Ag.  450. — 2.  esp. 
at  Sparta,  a  >oung  king's  guardian, 
Xen.  Hell.  4,  2,  9  ;  cf.  Plut.  Lycurg.  3. 

tnpoJiKOf.  ov,  b,  ProAczis,  a  sophist 
of  Ceos,  a  contemporary  of  Socrates, 
Plat.  Prot.,  freq.  ;  Apol.  19  Ε  ;  etc.  ; 
Xen.  Mem.  2,  1,  21.— 2.  a  poet  of 
Phocaea,  author  of  a  Minyad,  Paus. 
4,  33,  7. 

ΪΙροδιοικεω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (ττρό,  διοι- 
κέίβ))  to  regulate,  order,  govern,  manage 
beforehand,  Dem.  625,  5,  in  pass.  ;  cf. 
Luc.  Hist.  Conscr.  52  : — mid.  in  act. 
signf ,  Aeschin.  20,  33.     Hence 

ΐΐροδίοίκησις,  εως,  ij,  previous  regu- 
lation, Dion.  H.    Hence 

ΤΙροδιοικητικός,  ή,  όν,  regulating 
beforehand,  Μ.  Anton.  1,  16. 

Προδιομολογέομαι,  {πρό,  διύ,  όμο- 
λoγέcJ)  dep.  mid.,  to  agree  in  allowing 
beforehand.  Plat.  Tim.  78  A,  Arist. 
Top.  1,  18,  6:  — also  pass.,  προδιω- 
μο/ογημένα,  points  granted  on  both 
sides  beforehand,  Id.  Soph.  241  A. 
Hence 

ΙΙροδιομοΑογητέον ,  verb,  adj.,  one 
must  grant  beforehand,  Arist.  Top.  2, 
3,  2. 

ΊΙροδιορθόω,  ώ,  to  improve  before- 
hand.    Hence 

ΐΐροδώρθωσις,  ή,  previous  improve- 
ment. 

]1ροδιορίζ(.ο,  f.  -ίσω,  (ττρό,  διορίζω) 
to  limit  or  define  beforehand,  Diod. 

Ώροδίϋ/ύζω,  f.  -ίσω,  to  strain  or  sift 
off  beforehand. 

ΤΙροδΙώκω,  f.  -ξω,  {πρό,  διώκω)  to 
pursue  further  or  to  a  distajice,  Thuc. 
6,  70,  Xen.  An.  3,  3,  10.     Hence 

ΐϊροδίωξις,  ή,  continued  pursuit. 

ΤΙροδοκάζω,  f.  -άσω,  to  lie  in  wait  for. 

ΤΙροδοκέω :  iisu.  in  pass.,  προνδέ- 
δοκτο  ταντά  μοι,  this  was  my  former 
opinion.  Plat.  Phaed.  88  D  ;  ra  προ- 
δΐδογμένα,  previous  resolves,  Thuc.  3, 
40. — The  act.  in  use  is  ττροδοξάζω. 

ΪΙροόοκή,  ης,  η,  (ττρό,  δέχομαι,  δο- 
κάω)  α  place  tchere  one  lies  in  wait,  a 
lair,  ambush,  πέτρης  kv  προδοκτισιν, 
in  the  secret  places  of  the  rock,  II.  4, 
107. 

ΊΙροδοιαμάζω,  f.  -άσω,  to  try  or 
prove  beforehand. 

ΐΐροδομάτιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  sq. 

ΐΐρόδομος,  ov,  o,  {προ,  δόμος)  the 
entrance-hall  or  chamber  which  one  en- 


ΠΡΟΔ 

ters  from  the  αΰ7.ή,  vestibule,  in  Horn. 

serving  as  the  guests'  sleeping-room  , 

I  evL  προδόμω  τνρόσθεν  θαλάμοιο  θν- 

ρύων,  11.  9,  473  ;   also,  έν  προδόμω 

;  δόμου,  II.  24,  673,  Od.  4,  302. 

ΤΙρόδομος,  ον,  {πρό,  δόμος)  before 
the  house  ;  cf.  πρόδρομος. 

ΧΙροδοξάζω,  I.  -άσω,  {πρό,  δοξάζω) 
to  deem  Οι  judge  beforehand.  Plat.  The- 
aet.  178  Ε  :  also  in  mid.,  Arist.  Rhet. 
1,  2,  4  :  cf.  προδοκέω. 

Τίρόδοξος,  ov,  judging  of  a  thing 
prior  to  experience. 

ΤΙροδοσείω,  f.  1.  for  προδωσείω. 

ΤΙροδοσέταιρος,  ov,  betraying  one's 
companions ;  cf.  προδωσέταφος. 

Προδοσία,  ας.  Ion.  -ίη,  ης,  ή :  {προ- 
δίδωμί  Π)  :  —  α  giving  up,  betraying, 
abandoning  in  need,  betrayal,  Hdt., 
and  Att.  prose ;  also  in  Eur.  Hel. 
1633  ;  προδοσίην  σνντίθεσθαι,  σκεν- 
ύζεσθαι,  Hdt.  6,  88,  100  :  προδοσία 
was  a  state-oflence,  like  treason,  προ- 
δοσίας ά'λώναι,  Dem.  740,  14  ;  cf. 
Diet.  Antiqq.     Hence 

ΐΐροδοσίκομπος,  ov,  (  κομπέω  )  a 
boaster  who  breaks  his  word. 

Τίρόδοσις,  εως,  ή,  (προδίδωμι)  a 
paying  beforehand :  earnest-money,  Dem. 
1203,  16;  1210,  10.— II.  a  giving  up, 
betraying,  Plat.  Legg.  856  E. 

ΤΙροδοτέον,  verb.  adj.  of  προδίδωμι, 
one  7nust  betray.  Plat.  Theaet.  203  E. 

ΐΐροδότης,  ov,  ό,  {προδίδωμι  U)  a 
betrayer,  traitor,  Hdt.  8,  30,  144,  and 
Att.  :  also,  one  who  abandons  in  dan- 
ger, Aesch.  Pr.  1068: — fem.  πμοδότις, 
ΐδος,  a  traitress,  Eur.  Med.  1332,  etc., 
Ar.  Thesm.  393.     Hence 

Τίροδοτικός,  ή,  όν,  of  or  belonging 
to  a  traitor,  χρνσίον  πρ.,  a  traitor's 
hire,  Plut.     Adv.  -κώς. 

ΐΐρόδοτος,  ov,  {-ροδίδωμι  II)  be- 
trayed, abandoned.  Soph.  El.  126,208; 
πρ.  εκ  φύ.ων,  Eur.  Hipp.  595. 

ΙΙρόδονλος,  ov,  {ττρό,  δον'Αης)  serv- 
ing for  a  slave,  π  p.  έμβασις  άρβνλης, 
Aesch.  Ag.  945. 

ΤΙροδουλόω,  ω,  {πρό,  δου7Μω)  to  en- 
slave beforehand,  Onosand. 

Ήροδονπέω,  ώ,  {πρό,  δονπεω)  to 
make  a  hollow  sound  before,  to  fall  doton 
with  a  hollow  sound,  esp.  in  pf.  προδέ- 
δονπα,  Nic.  Al.  313. 

ΤΙροδρομή,  ης,  ή,  ( πρό,  δραμειν )  α 
running  before  οτ  forward,  esp..  α  sally, 
sudden  attack,  Xen.  An.  4,  7,  10:  me- 
taph.,  προδρομαΐ  λόγον,  sallies.  Plat. 
Ale.  1,114  A. 

ΤΙρόδρομος,  ov,  {πρό,  τρέχω,  δρα- 
μειν) running  before,  forward,  in  ad- 
vance, πρόδρομος  η?.θε  στρητιή, 
Schweigh.  Hdt.  9,  14  :  with  headlong 
speed,  Aesch.  Theb.  80,  211,  Soph. 
Ant.  108,  etc. ;  cf  Valck.  Phoen.  310. 
— 2.  beforehand  with  others,  premature, 
σνκα,  Theophr.  ap.  Ath.  77  C. — 3.  of 
place,  πρόδρομος  μελάβρων,  before 
the  house,  Aesch.  Fr.  374  (nisi  legend. 
πρόδομυς). —  II.  as  subst.,  o'l  πρ.,  men 
sent  on  before  to  reconnoitre,  scouts,  Hdt. 
1,  60;  4,  122:  also  of  horsemen  who 
ride  first,  as  an  advanced  guard.  Id.  4, 
121 :  cf.  Thuc.  3,  22,  Plat.  Charm. 
154  A. — 2.  oi  πρόδρομοι,  certain  winds 
which  came  before  the  monsoons,  Arist. 
Probl.  26,  12,  2;  cf  έτησίαί.  —  3.  the 
first  shoot  of  a  tree,  Theophr.    Hence 

ΤΙρόδρομος,  ου,  ύ,  a  sweet  wine  of 
Mytllene  which  flowed  unpressed  from 
the  grape,  like  the  Germ.  Strohwein, 
Ausbruch,  Ath.  30  Β  :  others  called  it 
πρότροπος. 

ΤΙρόδρομος,  ov,  ό,=  προδρομή. 

ϋροδυςτϋχέω,  ώ,  {πρό,  δνςτνχέω) 
to  be  unhappy  beforehand,  Isocr.  69  Ε. 

ΤΙροδΰςωπέω,  ώ,  to  be  shamefaced  or 
diffident  beforehand,  Joseph. 


ΠΡΟΕ 

ΤΙροδωμάηον,  ου,  τό,  {πρό,  δωβό' 
τιον)  α  small  building  before  another,  an 
ante-chamber :  also  a  vestibule.  Cf. 
Lob.  Phryn.  252.  [i] 

Τίροδωσείω,  desiderat.  from  προδί- 
δωμι, to  wish  to  betray ;  not  προδο- 
σείω.  Lob.  Phryn.  770. 

ΤΙροδωσέταιρος.  ον,=:προδοσέται• 
ρος,  ace.  to  Ilgen's  emend.,  Scol.  Gr. 
p.  99 ;  cf  Lob.  Phrjn.  770. 

Τϊροεγγράψω,  f.  -ι/;ω,  {πρό,  εγγράφω) 
to  inscribe  beforehand,  Dio  C.   [ΰ] 

Τίρηέγγνος,  ό,  ή,  v.  προνγ^,νος. 

ΤΙροεγείρω,  {πρό,  εγείρω)  to  rouse 
beforehand,  Arist.  Eth.  Ν.  7,  7,  8. 

Ώροεγκάθημαι,  {πρό,  έν,  κύθημαι) 
as  pass.,  to  be  set  in  or  implanted  before, 
Polyb.  3,  15,  9. 

ΤΙροέγκειμαι,  {πρό,  έν,  κεϊμαι)  as 
pass.,  to  lie,  be  in  before,  Hdn.  1,  17. 

ΐΐρόεγμα,  ατός,  τό,  for  πρόεχμα, 
{προέχω)  a  hold,  prop,  stay. 

ΐΐροεγχειρέω,  ώ,  {πρό,  εγχειρέω) 
to  lay  hand  on,  attempt,  undertake  first 
Arist.  Top.  8,  9,  1  ;  or  before  the  time, 
Polyb.  2,  68,  2. 

ΤΙροεγχρίω,  {πρό,  έγχρίω)  to  rub  in 
or  on  before,  Diosc.  Par.  2,  20. 

ΤΙροέδρα,  ή,=  προεδρία,  Giamm. 

Ίΐροεόρεία,  ας,  ή,  precedence,  rank, 
Polyb.  2,  56,  15  ;  cf  προεδρία. 

ΤΙροεδρέύω,  to  be  πρόεδρος,  Aeschin. 
5,  21. 

Προεδρία,  ας,  ή.  Ion.  -ίη :  {πρόε- 
δρος) : — the  seat  or  dignity  of  πρόεδρος, 
the  first  seat,  presidency  in  council,  at 
public  assemblies,  games.,  etc.,  Hdt. 
],  54  ;  9,  73,  Ar.  Ach.  42,  etc.- 2.  the 
privilege  of  the  front  seats  at  a  theatre, 
an  honour  sometimes  hereditary  ;  at 
Athens  given  to  those  who  had  de- 
served well  of  their  country,  and 
(sometimes)  to  their  descendants,  Ar. 
Eq.  575,  702,  etc. ;  or  assigned  as  an 
honour  to  ambassadors,  etc.,  Aeschin. 
64,  26  ;  or  to  strangers,  Xen.  Vect.  3, 
4. — 3.  the  front  seat  itself,  chief  place, 
Hdt.  4,  88  ;  also  in  plur.,  Hdt.  6,  57' 
at  Athens,  esp.  the  seats  of  the  πρόε 
δροι  in  the  Ecclesia,  Dinarch.  106, 
34.  [t,  Xenophan.  ap.  Ath.  414  A,  nisi 
legend,  προεδρεία] 

Προέδρων,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  προέ- 
δρα,  or  foreg. 

Πρόεδρος,  ov,  {πρό,  έδρα)  sitting  in 
front  or  in  the  first  place :  ό  πρ.,  a  pres- 
ident, Thuc.  3,  25,  etc. :  esp.,  in  the 
Athenian  εκκλησία,  the  πρυτάνεις  in 
office  were  so  called,  ap.  Dem.  706,  20, 
Aeschin.  36,  27  ;  cf.  πρντανις. 

Προέδω,  V.  sub  προεσθίω. 

Προεέργω,  Ep.  for  προείργω,  to  hin- 
der or  stop  by  standing  before,  c.  acc.  et 
inf.,  πρυέεργε  πύντας  όδενειν,  II.  11, 
569. 

Προέηκα,  Ep.  aor.  1  of  προίημι,  for 
προηκα,  Horn. 

Προίθίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {πρό,  εθίζω)  to 
train  beforehand,  Xen.  Cyr.  6,  2,  29. 

Προειδον,  aor.  with  nopres.  in  use, 
προοράω  being  used  instead,  part. 
προίδών,  inf  προίδείν  {πρό,  είδον) : 
— to  look  forward,  όςν  μά'λα  προιδών, 
Od.  5,  393  :  to  see  from  afar,  Horn.  : 
so  too  in  mid.,  προίδέσθαι.  Od.  13, 
155,  Hes.  So.  386  (ubi  al.  προςιδ.) : 
of  time,  to  foresee,  first  in  Hdt.  7, 
235,  Pind.  N.  1,  40.  Plat.,  etc. :  so  in 
mid.,  Xen.  An.  6,  1,  8,  Dem.  128,  IP, 
etc. — II.  to  have  a  care  for,  provide 
against,  τινός,  Hdt.  8, 144  ;  so  in  mid., 
προειδομένονς  [προίδομένονς  .^']  αν- 
των,  Thuc.  4,  64  ;  προίδέσθαι  του  μη  . 
παθείν,  Dion.  Η. ;  δπως  μη..,  Dem. 
1262,  17.— Cf  πρόοιδα. 

Προειδω'/.οποιέω,  ω,  to  form  an 
image  or  representation  beforehand.  He- 
liod. 

1245 


ΠΡΟΕ 

ΤΙροείκάζω,  (ττρό,  είκύζω)  to  conjec- 
ture beforehand,  Arist.  Rhet.  1,  3,  4. 

ΐΐροΐίμι,  {τΐρό,  εΙμι)  to  go  fortvard, 
go  oil,  advance,  Hdt.  1,  80,  and  freq.  in 
Att.  :  freq.  also  of  time,  προϊόντος 
τοϋ  χρόνοι',  as  time  went  on,  Hdt.  3, 
96 ;  so,  προϊούσης  της  πόσιος,  Hdt. 

6,  129 ;  προϊούσης  τής  νυκτός,  Xen. 
An.  2,  2,  19 ;  προϊόντος  τοϋ  λό>ου, 
Plat.  Phaedr.  238  D,  etc. :  προϊων 
Και  αναγιγνώσκων,  going  on  reading. 
Id.  Phaed.  98  Β : — εις  άπειρον  πρ., 
Arist.  Eih.  Ν.  1,  2,  1.— 2.  to  go  first, 
go  in  advance,  Xen.  Cyr.  2,  2,  7. — 3.  to 
go  forth,  Ar.  Thesin.  69. — 4.  πρ.  εις 
τι,  to  pass  on  to,  begin  another  thing, 
Xen.  Eq.  10,  13  ;  of  persons,  to  be- 
come, εξ  οίκέτου  δεσπότης  πρ.,  Luc. 
Nigr.  20.— 5.  of  an  action,  to  go  on 
well,  succeed,  Xen.  Vect.  6,  3. 

ΐΐμόειμι,  {πρό,  ειμί)  to  be  before,  πρό 
τ'  έόντα,ΙΙ.  1,70. 

ΪΙροεϊπον,  aor.  with  no  pres.  in  use, 
ηροόημι  being  used  instead,  part. 
κροειπών,  inf.  προειπείν  {πρό,  είπον). 
To  foretell,  say  before,  πρό  οι  είπομεν, 
Od.  1,37;  Plat.Euthyphr.  3  C,  etc. : 
to  premise,  Aeschin.  1,  15. — II.  to  or- 
der, bid  beforehand,  ordain  by  public  pro- 
clamation, Lat.  indicere,  πρ.  τινι  ποι- 
εϊν  τι,  Hdt.  1,  21,  etc.,  Soph.  Ο.  Τ. 
351  ;  also,  πρ.  τίνα  ποιεϊν,  Thuc.  4, 
26  ;  also,  πρ.  τινι  πό7.εμον,  to  proclaim 
against  one.  Id.  7,  9,  2  ;  θάνατον  tivl, 
Plat.  Legg.  698  C  : — πρ.  τινι  (povov. 
Ιο  make  proclamation  of  murder  against 
him,  Dem.  1348,  12 ;  πρ.  τινι  ότι.., 
ώς..,  Plat.,  and  Xen. — III.  to  give  no- 
tice or  ttxirning  of  a  thing,  τινί  τι,  Hdt. 

7,  116.     Cf.  προερέω. 
ΤΙροείργω,  ι.  -ξυ,  v.  προεέργω. 
ΊΙΐιοεΐ(ηινενω,    [πρό,    ειρηνεύω)   to 

pacil If  beforehand,  Joseph. 

ίΐροειρήσομαι,  προείρηκα,  v.  sub 
προερέω. 

Προειςάγω,  Ion.  προεςύγω  :  f.  -ξω 
{πρό,  είςάγοί)  '■ — to  bring  in  or  introduce 
before,  εις  τι,  Dem.  1004,  6 ;  πρ.  εαυ- 
τού, to  bring  upon  the  stage  before  one's 
self,  Arist.  Pol.  7,  17,  13  :— mid.,  to 
bring  in  beforehand  for  one's  self,  one's 
own  use  ;  to  bring  in  from  the  country 
into  the  town,  Hdt.  1,  190;  8,20.  [ώ] 
Hence 

ΤΙροειςΰγωγτ},  ης,  ή,  a  bringing  in 
beforehand. 

ΙΙροείςβά?ιλω,  {ττρό,  είςβύλλοή  to 
throw  in  before,  Longin. — II.  intr.,  to 
fall  in  or  on  before,  make  an  inroad. 
Hence 

ΤΙροειςβολή,  7/ς,  ή,  a  previous  inroad. 

ΤΙροειςδέω,  {πρό,  είςδέω)  to  irivolve 
in  previous  ties  :  ol  προειςδεδεμένοι, 
bound  by  previous  alliances,  Polyb.  9, 
31,1. 

ΙΙροειςε?.αύνω,  to  drive  in  before. — 
II.  intr.,  to  go  in  before. 

ΤΙροειςενεγκεϊν,  inf.  aor.  of  προεις- 
φέρυ. 

ΤΙροειςέρχομαι,  (πρό,  είςερχομαι) 
dep.,  to  come  or  go  in  before,  Dem. 
840,  5. 

ΤΙροειςκρίνομαι,  as  pass.,  {κρίνω) 
to  slip  in  before. 

ΐΐροείςόδιον,  ov,  τό,  {πρό,  είςοδος) 
an  introduction,  prelude,  Heliod. 

ΐΐροειςοίσω,  fut.  of  προειςόέρω. 

Τϊροειςπαίω,  to  burst  in  before. 

ΤΙροειςπέμπω,  f.  -ψω,  {πρό,  είςπέμ- 
πω)  to  send  m  before,  Xen.  Cyr.  5,  2,  6. 

ΙΙροειςπίπτω,  to  fall  in  or  into  be- 
fore. 

ΤΙροειςπορεύω,  to  convey  in  or  intro- 
duce before. 

ΤΙροειςφέρω,  {πρό,  είςφέρω)  to  carry 
in  before  :  esp.,  to  pay  είςφοραί  in  ad- 
vance for  others,  Dem.  1046,  24  ;  1208, 
25  :  of.  sq.     Hence 
1246 


ΠΡΟΕ 

ΤΙροειςφορά,  ΰς,  ή,  money  advanced  ' 
to  pay  the  είςφορά  for  others,  Dem.  977, 
19  ;  1209,  2,  cf.  Bockh  P.  E.  2,  p.  5, 
299,  etc.,  and  Diet.  Antiqq. 

ΤΙροεκβύλλω,  {πρό,  έκβάλ?ιω)  to 
throiv  out,  let  out  before,  Callistr.  j 

ΙΙροέκβάσις.  ή,  a  previous  going  out.  | 

ΙΙροεκβΐβύζω,  {πρό,  έκβιβύζω)  to 
urge,  drive  forward,  εϊς  πόλεμον,  Po- 
lyb. 20,  3,  2. 

ΊΙροεκδάπΰνύω,  ώ,  {πρό,  ίκδαπα- 
νύω)  to  consume,  exhaust  before,  Polyb. 
9,  43,  2. 

ΤΙροεκδειματόω,  ώ,  to  frighten  be- 
fore. 

ΊΙροεκδέχομαι,  {πρό,  ίκδέχομαι) 
dep.,  to  intercept  and  detain  before, 
Strab. 

ΥΙροεκδϊδάσκω,  to  teach  thoroughly 
before,  lainbl. 

ΤΙροεκδίδωμι,  {πρό,  έκδίδωμι)  to 
give  out,  publish  beforehand,  Polyb.  16, 
20,  7.     Hence 

ΤΙροέκδοσις,  η,  a  previous  expendi- 
ture. 

ΊΙροεκδρομή,  ης,  ή,  a  running  out  in 
advance:   usu.,  a  sally  of  troops. 

ΤΙρηέκθεσις,  εως,  ή,  {προεκτίθημι) 
a  previous  notice,  introduction,  preface, 
Polyb.  3,  1,  7;  8,  13,  2.     Hence 

ΙΙροεκθετικός,  ή,  όν,  introductory, 
prefatory.     Adv.  -κώς. 

Τίροεκθέω,  {πρό,  έκθέω)  to  run  out 
before,  rush  too  hastily  on,  Thuc.  7,  30  : 
to  outrun,  λογισμού,  Pint.  2,  446  E. 

ΤΙροεαβρώσκω,  to  leap  out  before,  be 
beforehand  with,  τινός. 

ΐΐροεκκαβαίρω,  {πρό,  έκκαθαίρω) 
to  clean  or  clear  out  before,  Joseph. 

ΐΐροεκκαίω,  to  burn  up  before. 

ΤΙροέκκειμαι,  {πρό,  εκκειμαι)  as 
pass.,  to  lie  before  :  tu  προεκκείμενα, 
words  quoted  above,  Ath.  105  C,  Lon- 
gin. 

ΐΐροεκκομίζω,  {πρό,  έκκομίζω)  to 
carry  out  beforehand,   Hdt.  2,  03,  Plut. 

ΐΐροεκκρίνω,  {πρό,  εκκρίνω)  to  se- 
crete and  carry  off  before,  Hipp.    Hence 

ΐΐροέκκρισις,  εως,  ή,  previous  secre- 
tion, Artemid.  4,  84  .' 
j      Τ[ροεκκρονω,  {πρό,  εκκρονω)  to  push 
or  drive  out  before,  Dio  C. 

ΤΙροεκλέγω,  {πρό,  εκλέγω)  to  col- 
lect money  or  taxes  not  yet  due,  tu 
προεξειλεγμένα,  Dem.  305, 18;  1209, 
7. 

ΤΙροεκλείττω,  {πρό,  ίκλείπω)  to 
leave  before,  Hipp. 

ΐίρυεκ/ίύω,  {πρό,  εκλύω)  to  weary 
before  the  time,  Polyb.  15,  16,  3. 

ΐΙροεκμανΟάνω,  to  learn  by  heart  be- 
fore. 

ΐΐροεκνιτρόω,  ώ,  to  clean  beforehand 
xvith  νίτρον. 

ΤΙροεκπέμπω.  {πρό,  ίκπέμπω)  to 
send  out  before,  Plut.  CamiU.  41,  Alcib. 
34,  etc. 

ΊΙροεκπηδάω,  ώ,  {πρό,  ίκπηδύω)  to 
leap  before  OT  forward,  Diod. 

Π/ιοε/ίΤΓίΊ'ω,  {πρό,  έκπίνω)  to  drink 
off,  drain  before,  Ath. 

ΐΐροεκπίπτω,  {πρό,  εκπίπτω)  to  get 
abroad  before,  φ?/μη,  Plut.  Galb.  5 : 
περαιτέρω,  to  go  far  beyond  limits, 
Longin. 

ΐΐροεκπλ.εω.  {πρό,  ίκπλεω)  to  set 
sail  before,  Plut.  Aristid.  23.  Nic.  20. 

Προεκπλήσσω,  {πρό,  εκπλήσσω)  to 
scare  or  astound  before,  Plut.  Lysand. 
25. 

ΊΊροεκπονέω,  ώ,  {πρό,  ίκπονέω)  to 
work  out,  finish  before,  Simon.  204. 

Τϊροεκρηγνΰμαι,  {πρό,  έκρήγννμι) 
as  pass.,  to  break  out  suddenly,  esp.  of 
diseases  or  storms,  Hipp. :  also  ττρο- 
εκρηγνΰομαι.  Id. 

Τίροεκροφάω  or  -ροφέω,  ώ,  to  drink 
up  before,  Eumath. 


ΠΡΟΕ 

Προεκτείνω,  to  stretch  out  before.— 
II.  to  stretch  out  in  front. 

Ιϊροεκτελέω,  ώ,  {ηρό,  έκτελ.έω)  to 
bring  quite  to  an  end  before,  Ael.  V.  H. 
13,  1. 

Ώροεκτήκω,  {πρό,  εκτήκω)  to  melt 
before:  metaph.,  in  pass., /lt;7raif  ττρο- 
εξετήκοντο.  Plut.  2,  107  A. 

Προεκτίθημι.  {πρό,  ίκτίθημι)  to  put 
out  before.  —  Mid.,  to  present  before, 
τινί  τι,  Arist.  Gen.  An.  2,  7,  4;  to  set 
forth  at  the  beginning  or  by  way  of 
preface.  Id.  Rhet.  Al.  30,  2,  Polyb.  1, 
13,  1,  etc. 

Τίροεκτίκτω,  {πρό,  έκτίκτω)  to  lay 
eggs  before,  ώα  ττρό  τίνος,  Arist.  Η. 
Α.  5,  17,  8. 

ΥΙροεκτίλ.λω,  to  pluck  out  before. 

ΤΙροεκτρεχω,  {πρό,  έκτρίχω)  to  run 
out  before,  Theoplir.,  Pint.  Cor.  9,  etc. 

Ώροεκτρύχω,  (  πρό,  έκτρνχω )  to 
wear  down  utterly  beforehand,  A  pp.  [v] 

ΤΙροεκτνπόω,  ώ,  {πρό,  έκτνπόω)  to 
mould  or  model  before,  Philo. 

Προεκφέρω,  {πρό,  εκφέρω)  to  bear 
or  put  out  before,  LXX  :  esp.  to  bury 
before. 

ΤΙροεκφεύγω,  to  escape  before. 

Ώροεκφυβέω,  ώ,  {πρό,  έκφοβεω)  to 
scare  away  before,  Plut.  Mar.  19,  Luc. 
Hence 

ΤΙροεκφόβησις,  εως,  ή,  a  previous 
panic,  Thuc.  5,  11. 

ΤΙροεκφοιτάω,  ω,  {πρό,  έκφοιτύω) 
to  go  out  before,  Dio  C. 

ΤΙροεκχέω,  {πρό,  έκχέω)  to  pour  out 
before,  Luc. 

Προεκχωρέω,  ώ,  {πρό,  εκχωρέω)  to 
go  out  before,  Dio  C. 

ΤΙροέλ.ΰσις,  εως,  f/,  a  going  or  riding 
forward,  advancing  against  the  enemy, 
Xen.  Hipparch.  8,  3  :  from 

ΙΙροε/.αύνω,  f.  -ελάσω.  {πρό,  έλι,αϋ• 
νω)  to  drive  forward.  —  II.  seemingly 
intrans.  (sub.  ϊππον),  to  ride  on  or 
forward,  Xen.  An.  6,  3,  14;  c,  gen., 
to  ride  before  one,  Id.  Mem.  3,  3,  1  : 
generally,  to  advance ;  and  so,  in  pass., 
ώς  πρόσω  τής  νυκτός  προε?.ήλατο, 
the  night  being  now  far  advanced,  Hdt. 
9,44. 

Προελεΐ'^ερόω,  ώ,  to  set  free  before, 
DioC. 

Ώροέλευσις,  ή,  {προέρχομαι)  a  go- 
ing before  or  forth,  an  issue. 

ΐΙροε?^κόημαί,{πρό.έ?.κόω)  as  pass., 
to  be  ulcerated  before,  Diosc.  Par.  1, 159. 

Προελκύω,  later  form  for  sq.,  Ath. 

ΤΙροέλκω,  {πρό,  έλκω)  to  draw,  drag 
forth,  Ael.  V.  H.  4,  15. 

Τίροελ.πίζω,  {πρό,  ελπίζω)  to  hope 
for  before,  Posidipp.  ap.  Ath.  377  C. 

ΤΙροεμβαίνω,  {προ,  έμβαίνω)  to  em- 
bark first  or  beforehand,  Strab. 

1ί1ροεμβύ?Λω,  {πρό,  εμβάλλω)  to 
put  in,  insert  before,  Arist.  Rhet.  3,  5, 
2,  in  pass.  :  metaph.,  πρ.  τινι  κατελ.- 
πισμόν,  Polyb.  3,  82,  8.— II.  absol., 
προεμβαλλ.όντων  ες  την  γήν  τών  κε- 
ρέων,  the  horns  first  striking  against 
the  ground,  of  the  βόες  όπισθονόμοι, 
which  by  reason  of  their  projecting 
horns  were  obliged  to  graze  back- 
wards, Hdt.  4,  183.— 2.  of  ships,  to 
make  the  charge  {ίμβολή)  first,  ThuC. 
4,  25  ;  (in  Polyb.  16,  3,  2,  πρ.  πληγην 
Ty  VTji).     _    ^ 

Προεμβατήριος,  ov,  belonging  to  a 
προεμβύτης:  γέρας  π.,  a  reward  giv- 
en one  who  first  boarded  the  enemy's 
ship,  Heliod.  :  from 

ΤΙροεμβάτης,  αν.  ΰ,  {προεμβαίνω) 
one  who  embarks  before  or  first ;  esp. 
who  first  boards  the  enemy's  ship, 
Heliod.  [«] 

ΐΐροεμβίβύζω,  f.  •ύσω,  {πρό,  έμβι- 
βάζω)  to  put  tn  uefore ;  jrp.  τίνα  εις 


ΠΡΟΕ 

ίττίχθειαν,  to  make  one  hated,  Po- 
lyb.  2,  45,  4. 

Ιίροΐμ3ο}.ίς,  ή,  the  under  part  of  the 
ship  towards  the  bow  :  from 

ύ.ροέμβο?.σς,  ov,  ό,  (-ροε///3ύλλω) 
the  projecting  beak  of  a  ship,  for  pierc- 
ing the  enemy's  ships  :  also  ττροέμ- 
βο/.ον,  τή  :  opp.  to  ΰκροστόλίον. 

ΐΐμοέμεν,  Ep.  for  -ροείναι,  inf.  aor. 
2  of  -ροΐημι,  Od.  10,  155,  cf  έξέμεν 
and  ε~ι—ροέμεν. 

ΤΙροεμέω,  to  vomit  beforehand,  Diosc. 
ΤΙροεμττίπλημι,  (ττρό,  έμπίιτ/^ημι) 
to  fill  up  before,  Luc.  Calumn.  8,  in 
pass. 

ΐΐροεμπίτττω,  {~ρό,  έμτζίτττω)  to 
rtish  in  first  or  before,  Plat.  2,  948  A 
(al.  τΐροςεμ-). 

ΐΙροεμ-ή7.ηθω,  {πρό,  έμττλήθω)  to 
be  quite  full,  Luc. 

ΙΙροεμτΐνέω,  to  blow  into  before  or 
first. 

ΐΙροεμπο?:.ενς,  ό,  α  previous  buyer, 
A.  Β. 

ΤΙροεμφαίνω,  (  ττρό,  εμφαίνω  )  to 
show  or  exhibit  before,  App. 

ΐΐροεμφανίζομαι,  as  pass.,  to  appear 
before,  Longin. 

Προεμφορέομαι,  (τίβό,  εμφορίω)  as 
pass.,  ίο  be  filled,' glutted  before  with  a 
thing,  τινός.  Plut.  2,  1067  F. 

ΐΐροεμόράσσω,  (~ρό,  έμφράσσω)  to 
stop  or  block  up  before,  Clem.  Al. 

'Π.ροενάρχομαι,ίνΛ.-ξομαι.{7ϊρό,ίν, 
άρχο))  dep.  mid.,  to  begin  before,  N.  T. 
ΙΙροενδείκνϋμι,  to  state  beforehand, 
esp.  in  a  court  of  justice. 

ΊΙροενδημέω,  ώ,  [τϊρό,  ένδημέω)  to 
be  in  the  country  or  among  the  people 
before,  Joseph.  :  metaph.,  πρ.  τοΙς 
ττράγμασι,  to  familiarize  one^s  seZ/"wilh 
things  beforehand,  Posidon. 

ΤΙροενδίδωμί,    {~ρό,    ένδίδωμί)   to 
give  in  or  yield  before,  Hipp,   [t] 
Τίροενεγκε'ιν,  inf.  aor.  of  ττροφερω. 
ΐΐροενέδρα,  ας,  ή,  an  atnbush. 
ΤΙροενεδρενο),  (ττρό,   ενεδρεύω)  to 
lay  an  ambush  before,  App. 

ΪΥροενείρω,  to  join  to,  attach,  insert 
before. 

ΙΙροενέ-ω,  and  lengthd.  προεννέ- 
ττω,  προνννέπω,  (as  always  in  Trag.) 
(τΓρό,  ένέπω)  :  to  proclaim,  announce, 
Tivi  -I,  Aesch.  Eum.  98  ;  τι,  lb.  852  : 
τΓρ.  Ttvu  χαίρειν.  I  publicly  bid  him 
hail,  Soph.  Tr.227. 

ΐΐροενεργέω,  ώ,  {ττρό,  ένεργέω)  to 
VDork  at,  practise  before,  Arist.  Metaph. 
8,5,1. 

Τίροενέχομαι,  (πρό,  tv,  εχω)  as 
pass. :  to  be  caught  or  held  in  bonds  be- 
fore, LXX. 

ΤΙροενεχϋριάζομαι,  {πρό,  ενεχυριά- 
ζω) as  pass.  :  to  be  laid  under  obligation 
by  a  previous  favour,  CharitO. 

Τίροενθνμέομαι,  dep.,  c.  fut.  mid. 
et  aor.  pass.,  to  thirik  on  or  take  to 
heart  before,  c.  gen. 

ΤΙροενίσταμαι,  (ττρό,  ίνίστηιιι)  to 
object  beforehand,  Arist.  Soph.  Elench. 
15,8. 
ΤΙροεννέττω,  v.  ττροενέπω. 
ΤΙροεννοέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (τΓρό,  έννοέω) 
to  ponder  beforehand,  Artemid.  1,  3. 

ΤΙροενοικέω,  ώ,  (ττρό,  ένοικέω)  to 
dwell  in  before: — c.  ace,  to  inhabit  be- 
fore, Synes.     Hence 

ΐΐροενοίκησις,  εως,  ή,  a  dwelling  in 
before,  c.  dupl.  gen.  pers.  et  loci, 
Thuc.  1,25. 

ΐΐροενσείω,  {ττρό,  ένσείω)  to  urge 
on  or  set  at  before,  τινί  τι,  Plut.  Eu- 
men.  6. 

ΠροενσΓατέον,  verb.  adj.  from  ττροε- 
νίσταμαι,  one  must  object  beforehand, 
Arist.  Soph.  Elench.  17,  19. 

ΤΙροεντίκτω,  {πρό,  εντίκτω)  to  lay 
eggs  «n  before,  ωά,  Arist.  H.  A.  4,  2, 17. 


ΠΡΟΕ 

Προεχ'Γυ}';^;άΐ'ω,  {πρό,  έντνγχάνω) 
toconversewith  before,  Plut.  Nic.  10,etc. 
ΤΙροεντύνω,  to  make  ready  before. 
ΊίΙροεξαγγέ'/^.ω,  {πρό,  ίξαγγέ/Λω) 
to  announce  beforehand,   Dem.  419,  15. 
ΤΙροεξαγκωνίζω,  {πρό,  έξαγκωνίζω) 
as  a  pugilistic  term,  to  move  the  arms 
and  elbows  before,  as  in  sparring,  me- 
taph., Arist.  Rhet.  3,  14,  11. 

Προε^ά>'ω,  {πρό,  εξάγω)  to  bring 
out  beforehand  or  first,  Hdt.  9,  106:  to 
lead  out  before  or  in  front,  τνρ.  τω  κερφ 
(as  if  intrans.),  Thuc.  8,  25  (but  cf. 
προεξαισσω,  προεξάρχω)  : — πρ.  εαυ- 
τόν εκ  τον  ζην,  Polyb.  30,  7,  8 : — 
pass.,  to  go  out  first,  Thuc.  7,  70.  [a] 
ΐΐροεξΰδϋνάτέω,  ώ,  to  be  wholly  pow- 
erless before,  Hipp.,  v.  Foes.  Oecon. 

ΤΙροεξαφέω,  ώ,  {πρό,  εξαιρέω)  to 
take  out  before,  Luc.  Alex.  15,  in  pass. 
Προεξαισσω,  Alt.  -άσσω  ;  f.  -ξω 
{πρό,  έξαίσσω) : — to  dart  out  before,  as 
out  of  the  ranks  in  battle,  Hdt.  9,  62 ; 
and  so  Dind.  reads  προεξάξαντες  in 
Thuc.  8, 25,  where  Bekk.  'ττροεξύξαν- 
τες  (from  άγω),  [ά  Ε  p.] 

ΙΙροεξάλλομαι,  {πρό,  έξάλ?Μμαι) 
dep.  mid.,  to  leap  out  first  or  befc/he, 
Themist. 

ΤΙροεξάμαρτάνω,  {πρό,  έξαμαρτύ- 
νω)  to  do  wrong  before,  Isocr.  75  Β  ; 
εις  τίνα.  Id.  123  C. 

ΐΐροεξανάγομαι,  {πρό,  ίξανάγω)  as 

pass.,  to  put  out  to  sea  before,  Dion.  H. 

ΤΙροεξανθέω,  ώ,  {πρό,  έξανθέω)  to 

put  forth  as  flowers  first,  Plut.  2,  552 

C.     Hence 

ΐΐροεξάνθημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  blossom 
put  forth  before,  previous  produce. 

Ιίροεξανίστΰμαι,  pass.,  with  aor.  2, 
pf ,  and  piqpf-  act.  :  {πρό,  εκ,  ανά, 
ιστημι) : — to  rise  arid  go  out  before,  πρ. 
ές  τους  βαρβάρους,  to  rise  before  oth- 
ers and  march  against  them,  Hdt.  9, 
62 ;  so  too,  πρ.  τω  πολέμφ,  Plut. 
Rom.  16,  etc.  : — in  a  race,  to  start  be- 
fore the  signal  is  given,  start  too  soon, 
Hdt.  8,  59.        ^ 

Τίροεξαπατάω,  ώ,  (πρό,  εξαπατάω) 

to  deceive  before.  Arist.  Rhet.  3,  11,  6. 

Προε^α— οστέλΛω,    (  πρό,    έξαπο- 

στέ/.λω)  to  send  out  before,  Polyb.  3, 

86.  3. 

Προε^σρ-άω,  ώ,  (ττρό,  εξαρτάω)  to 
hang  up  in  front  or  before,  Diod. 

Προε^(ίρ;^;ω,  {πρό,  εξάρχω)  to  begin 
first  of  all,  v.  1.  for  ττρηεξάγω  in  Thuc. 
8,  25,  adopted  by  Poppo  ;  cf.  Lob. 
Phryn.  p.  287.  ^ 

ΤΙροεξασθενέω.  ώ,{πρό,  Ιξασθεΐ'έω) 
to  become  quite  weak  before,  Arist.  Probl. 
1,  50,  2. 

ΐΐβοεξεγείρω,  to  excite  before,  A.  B. 
ΐΐροεξέδρη,  ας,  ή.  Ion.  -όρη,  a  raised 
seat,  chair  of  state,  Hdt.  7,  44. 

ΐΐροέξειμι,  {πρό,  εκ.  ειμί)  to  go  out 
or  sally  forth  before,  Thuc.  3,  1. 

ΤΙροεξειρεσία,  ας,  ή,  a  part  of  a 
ship's  sides,  γβτΐι.^παρεξειμεσία. 

ΐΙροεξε?.αύνω,  fut.  -ε/άσω,  {  πρό, 
έξε?Μίη•ω)  Ιο  go,  ride,  drive  out  before, 
Plut.  Philop.  7,  etc. ;  π.  πλοίω,  to  run 
cut  in  a  ship  before.  Id.  Nic.  24. 

ΐΐροεξενεγκειν,  inf  aor.  of  προεκ- 
φέρω. 

ΤΙροεξεπίστΰμαι,  contr.  προνξ-, 
{πρό,  έκ,  έπίσταμαι)  dep.,  c.  fut.  mid., 
et  aor.  pass.  :  to  know  exactly  before- 
hand, Aesch.  Pr.  101,  699. 

Προε^ερ7ά'ομαί,  dep.  mid.,  to  bring 
work  to  an  end  before. 

ΤΙροεξερευνάω,  ώ,  contr.  προνξ- ; 
{προ,  εξερευνάω)  to  investigate  before, 
Eur.  Phoen.  92.     Hence 

Τίροεξερευνητης,  contr.  προΰξ-,  οϋ« 
ό,  an  explorer  sent  before,  Eur.  Rhes. 
290. 

ΤΙροεξέρχομαι,    {πρό,   εξέρχομαι) 


ΠΡΟΕ 
dep.  mid.,  c.  aor.  et  pf.  act. :  to  go  out 
OT  forth  before,  Thuc.  7,  74,  Polyb.  2, 
23.  6. 

ΐΐροεξετάζω,  {πρό,  εξετάζω)  to  ex- 
amine before,  Luc.  Merc.  Cond.  5. 

ΐΐροεξενκρϊνέω,  ώ.  to  examine  care- 
fully, distinguish  before,  like  προδιεν- 
κρινέω,  Hipp. 

ΐΐροεξεφίεμαι,  contr.  προύξ-,  {πρό, 
έκ,  επί,  ίημι)  as  mid.,  to  command,  bid, 
require  beforehand,  Soph.  Tr.  759. 

Προεξηγέομαι,  {πρό,  έξηγέομαι) 
dep.  mid.,  to  explain  before,  Dion.  H. 

ΙΙροεξιλεόομαι,  {πρό,  έξι/.εόω)  dep. 
mid.,  to  propitiate  before,  Sostrat.  ap. 
Stob.  p.  404. 

ΤΙροεξίστΰμαι,  as  pass,,  {πρό,  εκ, 
Ιστημι)  to  go  out  of  the  way,  make  way 
before. — II.  to  stand   out.  project. 

Ώροεξοδεύω,  {πρό,  έξοδεύω)  to  go 
out,  go  forth  before,  Joseph. 

ΤΙροεξομάΑίζω,  {πρό,  εξομαλίζω)  to 
make  even  or  level  before,  Joseph. 

ΐΐροεξορμάο),  ώ,  {πρό,  εξορμάω)  to 
set  nut  beforehand,  Xen.  Mem.  3,  13,  5. 
ΤΙροεορτάζω,  f.  -άσω,  {πρό,  εορτά- 
ζω) to  celebrate  before,  as  a  festival, 
Hdn. 

ΠροεόρΓίθ£•,  ov,  {εορτή)  before  a 
festival. 

ΤΙροεπαγγέλλω,  {πρό,  έπαγγέλ?ίω) 
to  announce,  declare,  appoint  before,  Dio 
C.  40,  32 :  —  mid.,  to  promise  before, 
N.  T.     Hence 

'ίΙροεπάγγε7.σις,  εως,  ή,  a  previous 
announcement,  Dio  C.  38,  41. 

Προε-αίΐ'εω,  ώ,  (ττρό,  επαινέω)  to 
praise  beforehand,  Thuc.  3,  38. 

Προε-ονασείω,  {πρό,  επανασείω") 
to  raise  the  hand  against  before :  me- 
taph., παρασκευή  προεπανεσείσθη,  it 
was  in  agitation  before,  Thuc,  5,  17. 

ΐίροεπαόίημι,  {πρό,  έπαφίημι)  to 
send  forward  against,  Luc.  Tox,  54, 

ΊΙροεπειςφέρω,  to  carry  in  before, 
Inscr, 

ΐΐροεπεξορμάω,  ώ.  to  march  out, 
sally  forth  against  before. 

ΐΐροεπιβύ'λ/.ω,  {πρό,  έπιβά?.?.ω)  to 
throw  or  lay  upon  before,  τζρ.  τιις  χεί- 
ρας τινι,  Polyb,  16,  9,  3.— II.  intr.,  to 
fall  or  rush  upon  before. 

'Π.ροεπιβουλενω,{πρύ,έπιβον?.ενω) 
to  plot  against  beforehand,  τινί,  Thuc. 
1,  33. 

ΤΙροεπιβου/.ή,  ης,  η,  a  plot  laid  be- 
forehand, Dio  C. 

ΐΐροεπιγιγνώσκω,  {πρό,  έπιγΓ^τώ- 
σκω)  to  become  acquainted  with  before, 
Sext.  Emp. 
I  ΐΐροεπιδείκννμι,  {πρό,  έπιδείκνυμι) 
ι  to  display  before,  prob.  1.  Isocr.  29  A, 
I  Πpoε7r<(5εσ^of,  ov,  6,  {πρό,  επί.  δε- 
'  σμός)  a  band  or  ligature  put  on  at  first, 
i  Galen, 

1      Τίροεπιδίδωβΐ,  {πρό,  ίπιδίδωμι)  to 
1  make  a  free  gift  before,  Clem,  Al,  [<] 
:      ΤΙροεπίζενξις,  ?/,   a    rhet,    figure, 
I  where  a  verb  is  put  between    two  sub- 
stantives, so  as  to  belong  to  both,  cf. 
προδιαζενγνυμι. 
i      ΤΙροεπικηαόω,   ω,  to  impart  as    a 
1  subject  for  deliberation,  Dio  C. 
]      ΤΙροεπικρίνω,  {πρό,   επικρίνω)   to 
!  judge  upon  before,  Sext.  Emp, 
I      ΤΙροεπύ.ογίζομαι.  dep,,  to  calculate 

or   consider    before,  Pllilo, 

'       ΤΙροεπινοέω, to  consider  before,SU?ih 

j      ΤΙροεπιξενόομαι.  {πρό,  επί,  ξενόω) 

as  pass.,  to  be  received  as  a  guest  before, 

I  turn  in  and  abide  at  one's  house,  τινί, 

Luc.  Bis  Acc.  7. 

ΐΐροεπιπάσσω,  to  strew  upon  before, 
ΐΐροεπιπ'/.ήσσω,  {πρό,  έπιπ/.ήσσω) 
to  be  the  first  to  blame,  τινί,  Ansl.  Rhet. 
3,  7.  9. 
ΤΙροεπισκέπτομαι,  ν,  sq. 
ΤΙροεπισκοπέω,  ώ,  c,  fut.  mid.  -σκέ- 
1247 


ΠΡΟΕ 

"φομα^  (ττρό,  ίαΐσκοττεω)  to  observe, 
inspect,  consider  before,  Strab.,  Luc. 
Merc.  Cond.  3. 

ΐΙ()οε~ίστΰμαί,  (ιτρό,  έπίσταμαι) 
dep.,  c.  flit.  mifl.  et  aor.  pass. :  —  to 
know  or  im'lcr«tand  beforehand.  Plat. 
Gor?.  459  E.  Xen.  Cyr.  4,  3,  12. 

Τίΐηη:πίστελ?Μ,  {πμό,  ίττιστέλλω) 
to  send  on  before,  to  gii:e  command,  en- 
join before,  Ttt'i,  Pans.  7,  11,  1. 

11ί)οεπίχειρέω,  ώ,  {ττρό,  έ-ιχεφέω) 
to  undertake,  attack  before,  Thuc.  6,  34  ; 
Pint. 

ΐΐροετηχείρησις,  εως,  ή,  an  attack- 
ing -first.  Dion.  H. 

ΙΙροετΓοικέω,  ώ,  (ττρό,  έ-οικέω)  to 
settle  upon,  inliabit  before,  Strab. 

ΐΐρσεργύζομαι,  {~ρό,  εργάζομαι) 
dep.  mid.  c.  pf.  pass.,  to  do  or  work  at 
beforehand,  TLvi  TL,  Hdt.  2,  158  ;  πρ. 
γί/ΐ',  ίο  till  the  land  first,  Xen.  Oec. 
20,  3  : — perf.  also  in  pass,  signf.,  tu 
•:ΐροείργασμένα, former  exploits,  former 
deeds,  Thuc.  2,  89,  cf.  8,  65  ;  ή  προειρ- 
γασμένη  δόξα,  glory  won  before,  Xen. 
An.  G,  1,  21. 

ΪΙρηερεβίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (ττρό,  ίφεθίζω) 
to  ejxite  before,  Galen. 

Προερέσσω,  f.  -έσω,  (ττρό,  ίρέσσω) 
to  row  forwards,  ές  λιμένα,  Od.  13, 
279. 

Τίροερεννάω,  ώ,  f.  -ήηω,  (ττρό,  ερευ- 
νάω) ίο  search  out  first  or  before :  also 
in  mid.,  ol  προερεννώμενοι  ιππείς, 
the  videttes,  Xen.  Lac.  13,  6. 

ΤΙρηερέω,  Att.  contr.  προερώ,  serv- 
ing a.s  tut.  to  προείπον,  {πρό,  έρέω)  to 
order  beforehand  or  publicly,  τινί,  C. 
inf.,  Hdt.  1,  77,  81,  etc.;  also,  πρ. 
rivi  ώς...,  Hdt.  3,  61.  —  To  this  also 
belong  fut.  pass,  προεφήσομαι :  pf 
προείρηκα,  pass,  -είρημαι ;  hence, 
part,  προειρημένος,  fore-ordained,  ap- 
pointed, Hdt.  1, 120  ;  6,  128  ;  aor.  pass. 
προ^/)βί/θην,  Xen.  Ages.  1,  17. 

tri/jofpi'a,  ης,  ή,  Proerna,  a  city  of 
Phthiotis  in  Thessaly,  Strab.  p.  434. 

Προερίω,  i.  -νσω,  {πρό,  ερνω)  to 
draiv  on  or  forward,  in  Horn,  always 
of  ships,  πρ.  νηα,  to  -move  a  ship  for- 
ward, whether  by  liauling  from  the 
beach  to  the  sea,  11.  1,  308  ;  9,  353  ; 
or,  by  rowing  from  the  open  sea  to- 
wards the  shore,  Od.  9,  73  ;  the  latter 
signf  marked  by  the  addition  of  έρε- 
τμοίς  in  11. 1,  435.  [f; ;  hence  in  Honi. 
fut.  -ροερνσσω,  aor.  without  augm. 
προέρνσσα.} 

Τίροέρχομαι,  f.  -ε7.ενσομαι ;  (πρό, 
έρχομαι)  dep.  mid.,  c.  aor.  et  pf  act. ; 
(v.  tin.)  To  come  or  go  fonvnrd,  to  go 
on,  advance,  Hdt.  1,207;  9,  14:  tu 
ΐίερσέων  πρήγματα  ές  τοντη  προελ- 
θόντα.  the  power  of  the  Persians  hav- 
ing advanced  to  this  height,  Hdt.  7, 
50,  2:  so,  in  Att.,  εις  πάν  μοχθηρίας 
πρ..  Deal.  29,  IS  ;  όντως  αΐσχρώς  πρ.. 
Ια.  038,  17  ;  προελη?.νβώς  ήλικίφ,  ad- 
vanced in  age,  Xen.  Hell.  6,  1,  4  ; 
προεληλυθέναι  tto^W  φν?.ακ7/ς,  to  be 
far  gone  in  cautiousness,  Id.  Hier.  4, 
4  :  also,  c.  ace.  cognato,  πρ.  δδόν. 
Plat.  Rep.  328  E.— 2.  io  go  before  or 
first,  Xen.  Cyr.  6,  3,  9,  etc.  —  3.  of 
time,  to  go  on,  προε7.θόντος  χρόνου, 
Plat.  Polit.  273  A  ;  cf  Farm.  152  A. 
Cf  πρόειμι. — Usu.  pf  form  προνλή- 
λυβα.  Piers.  Moer.  p.  302 ;  but  also 
7Γροε7.?'/7.νθα,  Meineke  Menand.  p.  45. 

Προερωτύω,  ώ,  f.  -τ/σω,  to  ask  before. 

Πρόεζ•,  imperat.  aor.  2  of  προίημι, 
Od. 

ΤΙρηεσθίω,  (πρό,  έσθίο)  to  eat  before, 
Luc.  Paras.  59 :  the  part.  aor.  pass. 
προεόεσθέν  occurs  in  Arist.  20,  34,  2  ; 
but  no  pres.  7Γροε(5ω  occurs. 

Πρόεσίζ•,  εως,  η,  {προίημι)  a  sending 
forth,  letting  fall,  casting,  σπέρματος, 
1248 


ΠΡΟΕ 

Arist.  Η.  Λ.  10,  2,2:  a  throwing  away,  | 
opp.  to  7.ϊήης,  Id.  Eth,  N.  2,  7,  4. 

ΫΙροεστέάτε  or  προεστΰτε.  Ion.  for 
προεστήκατε,  Hdt.  5,  49,  cf.  Buttni. 
Ausf.  Gr.  {}  110  Anm.  13. 

ΐΐροέτειος,  ov,  (προ,  έτος)  of  the 
last  year,  Arist.  Probl.  20,  14,  2. 

Π/)οε-ε()!',  verb.  adj.  from  προίηιη, 
one  must  lltrow  away,  or  give  up,  τι,  Di- 
nji-ch.  101,  44,  Pliit.  Galb.  4. 

ΤΙροετικός,  ή,  όν,  {προίημι)  throwing 
away. giving  lavisltli/,  τινί,  Arist.  Rhet. 
L9,  29;  lauish,  Xen.  Mem.  3,  1,6, 
opp.  to  καθεκτικός,  Arist.  Probl.  33, 
)5,  4  :  πρ.  δαπάνης,  lavish  of  expense, 
Def  Plat.  416  Β  ;  χρημάτων,  Arist. 
ap.  Stob.  tit.  1,  18.     Adv.  -/coif. 

Προετοίρ,άι,'ω,  f  -ύσω,  {πρό.  ετοι- 
μάζω) ίο  get  ready,  prepare  before  :■ — 
mid.  to  prenare  for  one's  own  use,  Hdt. 
7,  21 ;  8,  24.     Hence 

ΤΙροετοίμύσις,  ή,  previous  prepara- 
tion ;  and 

Υ\ροετοιμαστής,  οΰ,  ό,  one  who  pre- 
pares beforehand. 

ΪΙροεναγγελίζομαι,  {πρό,  εΰαγγε- 
7.ίΰιμαι)  to  bring  glad  tidings  before- 
liaM,  Philo. 

ΐίρυευδοκϊμέω,  and  as  dep.  προευ- 
δοκίμέομαι,  to  be  in  good  repute  before, 
Dion.  H. 

Προεΐ'ερ>'εΓεω,  ώ,  {πρό,  ενεργετέω) 
to  confer  a  favour  before,  τινά,  upon 
one,  Diod. 

ΥίροενΒετίζω,  f.  -ί'σω,  {πηό,  ενβετί- 
ζω)  to  arrange  before,  Apoll.  Dysc.  de 
Synt.  p.  303,  Sylb. 

ΤΙροενκρΐνέω,  ώ,  to  pick  out  carefully 
before,  Aretie. 

Τίροευ7,άβέομαι,  {πρό,  ενλαβέομαι) 
dep.,  c.  fut.  mid.  et  aor.  pass. :  to  lake 
heed,  be  cautious  beforehand,  Dein.  798, 
fin. 

ΐΐροενπορέομαι,  {πρό,  εΰπορέω)  as 
pass.,  to  be  provided  with  resources, 
Dem.  731,  3 ;  al.  προςενπ-,  sed  v. 
Schaf  App.  Dem.  4,  p.  231. 

ΤΙροευτελίζω,  to  liold  clieap,  despise 
before. 

ΙΙροεντρεπίζω.  to  adjust  or  ρ^^t  in 
good  order  beforehand. 

ΤΙροευφραίνω,  {πρό,  ευφραίνω)  to 
rejoice  before,  Ael.  N.  A.  10,  19. 

Ώροενχομαι,  dep.,  to  pray  for,  τι- 
νός. 

Ώροεφΐστημι,  f.  -επιστήσω,  {πρό, 
έφίστημι)  to  call  one's  attention  to  a 
thing  beforehand,  πρ.  τους  άκούοντας 
επί  τι,  Polyb.  10,  2,  1. 

ΙΙροεφοδεύω,  {πρό,  έφοδενω)  ίο 
travel  tlirough  or  traverse  before,  Strab. 

ΐίρηεφοδίάζω,  {πρό,  εφοδιάζω)  ίο 
furnish  beforehand  for  a  journey,  Philo. 

Τίρηεφοράω,  ώ.  {πρό,  έφοράω)  to 
survey  before,  Μ.  Anton.  7,  49. 

Τίροεφορμάω,  ώ,  to  rush  upon  first, 
Heliod. 

Ήηοεχής,  ες,  prominent :  from 

Ήροέχω.  contr.  προνχω,  and  so  al- 
ways in  Hom.,  except  when  there 
should  be  an  augm.  ;  therefore  ττρόε- 
χε,  not  7Γροί;^;ε,  for  προείχε.  Od.  12, 
11 :  contr.  also  in  Soph.,  and  even  in 
the  prose  of  Thuc. :  f  προεξω  :  aor. 
προέσχον,  προυσχον,  {  πρό,  ίχω  ). 
To  hold  before,  esp.  SO  as  to  protect 
another,  as,  πρ.  τω  χείρε,  Xen.  Cyr. 
2,  3,  10;  την  ασπίδα  της  ϋω7.ης  πρ., 
Ar.  Nub.  989:  —  mid.,  προέχομαι, 
contr.  προνχομαι,  to  hold  before  one's 
self,  Od.  3,8;  to  hold  out  before  one, 
προ  δούρατ"  εχοντο,  ΐ1.  17,  355,  cf. 
Hdt.  2,  42. — 2.  inetaph.,  ίο  pul  for- 
ward, use  as  a  pretext,  with  or  without 
πρόφασιν,  Hdt.  8,  3  ;  cf  V'alck.  ad  9, 
4,  Soph.  Ant.  80,  Thnc.  1,  140.— 3.  to 
holdfnrih.  offer,  in  mid.,  Thuc.  3,  68  : 
in  mid.,  also,  to  hold  out  a  child  (to  do 


ΠΡΟΗ 

its  needs),  Ar.  Nub,  1385— ΙΓ.  to  have 
before  or  in  preference  to  Others,  πρ. 
τιμήν  των  ενοίκων,  to  have  honour 
before  the  just,  Soph.  Ant.  208  (al. 
προςέξονσι,  sed  v.  bind.) — III.  intr., 
to  come  forward  or  forth,  to  advance,  jut 
out,  Horn.,  always  in  a  local  sense, 
of  projecting  shores,  towers,  hills, 
etc.,  όθ'  ακρότατη  πρόεχ'  άκτή,  Od. 
12,  11,  cf  10,  90;  ίπ"'  ηίόνας^  πρού- 
χοΰσας,  Od.  6,  138  ;  πίφγω  έπΙ  προν- 
χοντι,  II.  22,  97,  etc. ;  so,  άκτή  προέ- 
χουσα ές  τον  πόντον,  Hdt.  4,  177; 
and  in  Att.,  as  Thuc.  4,  109;  0,  97; 
Tf)  προέχον  της  ίμβολης,  Id.  2,  76  : 
also  in  running,  to  be  the  first,  have  the 
stari,  11.  23,  325,  453  ;  πρ.  τινυς  ήμε- 
ρης άδω,  ίο  keep  a  day's  march  ahead 
of  him,  Hdt.  4,  120  ;  προέχων  των 
άλλων  (ό  ίππος)  geiling  before  the  rest, 
Hdt.  9,  22  ;  πρ.  κεφαλή,  ίο  beal  by  a 
head,  in  racing,  Xen.  Cyr.  4,  3,  16: 
— and  of  time,  εϊκοσιν  ετεσιν  πρ.. 
Plat.  Legg.  879  C— 2.  of  rank,  c.  gen., 
δήμου  προνχουσιν,  ihey  are  ihe  first 
or  c/ii>/ of  the  people,  H.  Hom.  Cer. 
151  : — abso!.,  ό  προνχων,  one's  s7ipe- 
rior,  Thuc.  3,  84  ;  ηί  προύχοντες,  ihe 
chief  men.  Id.  5,  17  ;  and  so  freq.  iu 
Oratt.  —  3.  ίο  sjirpass,  excel,  τινός. 
Soph.  Phil.  133  ;  τινί,  in  a  thing. 
Hdt  1, 1,32,  56,  etc.,  and  freq.  in  Att.: 
also,  εν  τινι,  Thuc.  6,  16  ;  πρύς  τι. 
Dem.  10,  14  : — very  rarely,  like  δια- 
φέρω, c.  ace.  pers.,  Xen.  An.  3,  2,  19, 
ubi  v.  Poppo. — W .  ίο  have  before,  be- 
forehand or  first,  of  time,  Valck.  Hdt. 
9,  4,  Schaf  Dion.  Comp.  p.  27. — V. 
in  rare  signf,  lo  hold,  be  in  possession 
of  know  beforehand,=:πpό~εpoι•  ίχω, 
Schwcigh.  Hdt.  9,  4.— VI.  impers., 
ού  τι  προέχει,  it  nought  avails,  c.  inf , 
Valck.  Hdt.  9,  27.— Cf  προίσχω. 

Ώροέψω,  {.  -εφησω,  {πρό,  'έψω)  to 
cook  or  dress  before.  Hipp.,  Ath.  381  B. 

Τ\.ροεω7ύζω,  {πρό,  έω7ύζω)  to  make 
meat  tender  by  keeping,  Galen. 

ΊΊροζημιόω,  ώ,  to  punish  before. 

ΤΙροζητέω,  ώ,  f  -ήσω,  {πρό,  ζητέω) 
to  seek  before,  Arist.  Memor.  2,  9. 

Ήροζί,ιγράφέω,  ώ,  ίο  paini  before. 

Ώροζώννϋμι,  (.  -ζώσω,  {πρό,  ζώννν• 
μι)  to  gird  beforehand  or  in  front : — 
mid.,  to  gird  one's  self  so,  as  with  au 
apron,  Pherecr.  Ipn.  7. 

ΊΙροηβάω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  grow  young 
or  youthful  before. 

ΤΙροηγεμονεύω,  f  -σω,  to  guide  be- 
fore, Nonn. 

ΤΙροηγεμών,  όνος,  ό,  {πρό,  ήγεμών) 
one  u'ho  goes  before  as  a  guide,  Dem. 
313,  27. 

ΤΙροηγέομαι,  f.  -ήσομαι,  {πρό,  ήγέ- 
ομαι)  dep.  mid.,  ίο  go  firsi  and  lead  ihe 
way,  Hdt.  2,  48,  and  Xen. ;  τινί,  for  a 
person,  i.  e.  ίο  guide  him,  Ar.  Plut. 
1195,  Xen.  Cyr.  2,  1,  1  ;  πρ.  την  όδόν, 
Xen.  An.  6,  5,  10:  to  be  the  leader  or 
spokesman.  Id.  Hell.  1,  1,  27: — Ιχνη 
προηγούμενα,  the  tracks  of  persons 
gone  before,  V.  1.  Xen.  An.  7,  3,  42  : — 
also  c.  gen.,  πρ.  της  πομπής,  Polyb. 
12, 13,  11. — 2.  τα  προηγούμενα,  things 
granted,  the  premises,  Lat.  data,  posita. 
Id.  16.  16,2. 

ΥΙροηγετις,  ιδος,  fern,  from  προη- 
γέτης,  Paul.  S.  Ecphr.  199. 

ΤΙροηγετήρ,  ήρος,  and  in  Philem. 
p.  420  προηγέτης,  οι',  ί),^προηγήτης. 

ΪΙροήγησις,  ή,  {προηγέομαι)  α  going 
before  ίο  slinw  ihe  way. 

ΐΐροηγήτειρα,  ή,  fern,  from  sq..  Αρ. 
Rh. 

ΤΙροηγητήρ,  ηρος,  Eur.  Bacch. 
1159;  and  προηγητής,  οϋ,  ό,  Soph. 
Ο.  Τ.  1292,  Ant.  990;  {προηγέομαι): 
— one  who  goes  before  ίο  show  the  way, 
a  guide.     Hence 


ΠΡΟΘ 

ΤΙροηγητικός,  ή,  όν,  going  before, 
guiding. 

ΙΙροηγμένα,  τά.  part.  pf.  pass,  from 
προάγω  1.  3,  a  term  of  Stoical  philo- 
sophy, things  that  are.  preferred  before 
others,  not  as  absolutely  good  {ayaOa), 
but  as  coming  next  to  these,  and  to 
be  chosen  rather  than  what  is  abso- 
lutely bad,  Cicero's  promota,  producta, 
praeposita,  praecipua,  v.  esp.  Zeno  ap. 
Diog.  L.  7,  105  ;  opp.  to  άκο-ροηγμέ- 
va,  Lat.  remota,  rejecta. — The  aor. 
pass,  τζροαχθήναί  was  also  used  in 
this  signf.,  uiog.  L.  7,  106.— Cf.  Rit- 
ter  Hist,  of  Philos.  3,  p.  568. 

Ώ-ροηγορέω,  ώ,  f.  -7/σω,  (τζροήγορος) 
to  speak  for  or  in  behalf  of ,  τινός,  Xen. 
An.  5,  5,  7,  Hell.  2,  2,  22 ;  also  rivi, 
Plut.  Brut.  6. 

ΙΙροηγορεών,  ωνος,  ό,  also  contr. 
Ίτρηγορεών,  the  crop  of  birds,  prob. 
from  ττρό  and  άγείρω,  because  they 
collected  and  softened  their  food 
there  before  it  passed  into  the  second 
stomach. 

Rporp/opia,  ας,  ή,  a  speaking  for  οτ  in 
behalf  of  others,  an  intercession,  defence : 
from 

Προήγορος,  6,  {ττρό,  αγορά)  one  who 
speaks  for  or  m  behalf  of  Others,  a  de- 
fender, advocate,  LXX. 

ΤΙροτ/γουμένυς,  adv.  part,  from 
•ΰροηγέομαι,  beforehand,  antecedently, 
Plut.  Demetr.  1,  Id.  2,  653  D,  etc.— 
II.  principally,  excellently,  Theophr. 

Τίροήόομαί,  f.  -ησθησομα,ί,  { πρό, 
7/όοααι)  as  pass.  :  to  rejoice,  be  delight- 
ed before. 

ΤΙμοήκης,  ες,  (τΓρό,  άκή)  pointed  in 
front,  epith.  of  an  oar,  Od.  12,  205  ; 
others  make  ύ=-ροέχων,  projecting. 

ΐΐροήκω,  f.  -ξο),  {ττρό,  ηκω)  to  have 
gone  before,  be  the  first,  άξΐώματι, 
Thuc.  2,  34 ;  χρήμασι,  Xen.  Hell.  7, 
1,  23. — II.  to  jut  forward,  reach  beyond, 
τινός.  Id.  Cyn.  10,  7 : — irp.  ες  :iaHv 
της  ηλικίας,  Ar.  Nub.  513  ;  εΙς  τοντο 
■!τρ.,  to  be  come  to  this  pass,  Dem. 
28,  5. 

'Π.ροη7'ιάζο,  f.  -άσω,  to  lay  or  dry  in 
the  sun  before. 

ΤΙροήμαρ,  (ττρό,  f/μαρ)  adv.,  all  day, 
opp.  to  -ηρονΰξ,  Simon.  Amorg.  47. 

ΐΐροηρόσιος,  a,  ov,  (~ρό,  άμόω) : — 
done  or  held  before  the  time  of  tillage, 
hence,  τά  προηρόσια  (sc.  ιερά)',  or  ai 
τϊβοηρόσιαί  (sc.  θυσίαι),  a  festival  at 
that  time  celebrated  by  .Athens  for  the 
whole  of  Greece,  Lycurg.  ap.  Suid., 
Epict.  3,  21,  Plut.  2,  1119  F,  cf. 
Wyttenb.  ad  159  Ε  :  θεοί  ■τϊροηρόσιοι, 
the  gods  in  whose  honour  it  was  per- 
formed, e.  g.  Ceres,  Plut.  2,  158  E. 

ΤΙροήσθησις,  εως.  ή,  (-ροήδομαι) 
joy  beforehand.  Plat.  Rep.  584  C,  Bek- 
ker;  al.  ιτροαίσθησις. 

Προησσάομαι,  Alt. -ηττάομαι,  (~ρό, 
ήσσάοααι)  pass.,  c.  fut.  mid. :  to  be 
beaten  or  worsted  before,  τοις  δλοις, 
Polyb.  3,  90,  4,  etc.: — rarely  in  act., 
τα  ττροηττήσαν  τας  ■φνχύς,  Id.  2, 
53,  3. 

ΐΐροήχα,  rare  pf.  from  ■προάγω, 
q•  ■y-     \  ,    ,    , 

ΙΙρο;;χέω,  ώ,  ί  -ήσω,  (ττρό,  ηχέω) 
to  make  to  resound  before,  Phllostr. 

ΊΙροθύλής,  ές,  {ττρό,  θάλλω)  grow- 
ing before  the  time,  unusually  early, 
jtrecocious,  H.  Hom.  Cer.  242. 

ΤΙβοθεάομαι,  f.  -άσομαι  [ΰ],  dep. 
mid.,  to  see  before. 

ΐΐροθεΰ.οττεδεύω,  (ττρό,  θειΆοττε- 
δεύω)  to  dry  in  the  sun  before,  Diosc. 

ΪΙροθέ/.νμνος,  ov,  (ττρό,  θέ?.υμνον) 
by  the  roots,  from  the  bottom,  utterly, 
like  ττρόβ^ιζος,  ττροθε?^νμνους  ελκετο 
χαίτας,  he  tore  his  hair  out  by  the 
roots,  11.  10,  15  ;  so,  ττροθέλυανα  χα- 
79 


ΠΡΟΘ 

μαΐ  )3ά/.ε  όένδρεα,  he  threw  to  earth 
trees  uprooted,  II.  9,  541  (so  also, 
εόόρει  τάς  δρυς  ττροθελυμνυνς,  Ar. 
Eq.  528;  ττροβέλνμνόν  μ  άττι/λεσας. 
Id.  Pac.  1210) : — but  somewhat  dif- 
ferent in  the  third  passage  in  Horn., 
II.  13,  130,  σάκος  σάκεϊ  ττροθελνμνω 
φράξαντες,  fixing  shield  on  shield 
close-pressed ;  —  where  θέ'λνμνα  are 
the  several  layers  or  coats  of  the  shields, 
as  in  τετραβέ/.υμνος ;  and  so,  ττροθέ- 
λνμνος  would  be  (as  translated)  with 
layer  upon  layer,  close-pressed,  thick : 
it  may  however  likewise  be  under- 
stood of  the  whole  phalanx,  fixing 
their  shields  one  over  the  other,  so  that 
each  became  a  sort  oi foundation  to 
the  one  next  it,  somewhat  like  the 
Roman  testudo. — Poet.  word. 

ΤΙρόθεμα,  ατός,  τά,  (ττροτίθημι)  a 
notice  or  order  posted  up  publicly. — II.  a 
foundation,  base. 

Τίροβεράττεία,  ας,  η,  previous  ser- 
vice, attendance,  care,  esp.,  medical 
treatment  or  attendance :  from 

ΤΙροθεράττενω,  (ττρό,  θεραττενω)  to 
court  beforehand,  τους  δυνατούς,  Plut. 
Alcib.  25  :  to  prepare  beforehand,  Plat. 
Rep.  429  E. 

ίΐροθερμαίνω,  (ττρό,  θερμαίνω)  to 
warm  before,  Plut.  2,  690  C,  D,  etc. 

ΙΙρόθεσις,  εως,  ή,  (προτίθημι)  a 
placing  before,  setting  up  :  also,  a  lay- 
ing out,  as  of  a  corpse.  Plat.  Legg. 
959  A,  E,  Dem.  1071,  21.— II.  a 
public  notice :  the  statement  of  a  ques- 
tion to  be  discussed,  Arist.  Rhet.  3, 
13,  2:  πρόθεση'  ττοιείσθαι  νττερ  τίνος, 
to  discuss  a  question,  Id.  Categ.  8, 
38. — III.  a  purpose,  end  proposed.  Id. 
An.  Pr.  1,  32,  2,  Polyb.  1,  54,  1,  etc. 
— IV.  in  Gramm.,  a  preposition. 

ΤΙροθέσμιος,  a,  ov,  (ττρό,  θεσμός) 
appointed  beforehand :  ή  ττροθεσμία 
(sc.  ημέρα),  a  da.y  fixed  for  any  thing, 
a  limited  period,  within  which  money 
was  to  be  paid,  actions  brought,  etc., 
Plat.  Legg.  954  Ε  ;  at  Athens  if  this 
period  (prob.^ve  years)  was  allowed 
to  expire,  the  debt  was  not  recover- 
able, Dem.  952,  19,  cf.  989,  19,  and 
Diet.  Antiqq. :  hence,  προθεσμίας  ού- 
σης τώ  κινδννω,  Lys.  109,  42 ;  ττρ. 
αδικημάτων.  Id.  137,  37,  etc. 

ΪΙροθεσττίζω,  ί.-ίσω,  (πρό,  θεσπίζω) 
to  foretell,  Aesch.  Pr.  211,  Luc.  Alex. 
19. 

ΥΙροθετίκός,  ή,  όν,  (πρόθεσις)  hav- 
ing to  do  with  prefixing  :  πρ.  μόριον,  a 
preposition,  Gramm. 

ίΐροθέω,  f.  -θεύσομαι,  {πρό.  θέω)  to 
run  before,  II.  10,  362 ;  ττολϋ  ττρο- 
θεεσκε,  he  was  far  ahead,  II.  22,  459, 
Od.  11,  515,  V.  1.  Hes.  Sc.  240  ;  opp.  to 
απολείπομαι.  Plat.  Crat.  412  A. — 2. 
to  run  forward  or  forth,  Xen.  An.  5,  8, 
13. —  II.  C.  ace,  to  outrun,  outstrip.  Id. 
Cyn.  3,  7  ;  c.  gen.,  Plut.  Crass.  18. 

Προ^εω,  old  radic.  form  of  προτί- 
θημι, found  once  in  Horn.,  τοννεκά 
οι  προθέουσιν  όνείδεα  μυθήσασθαι ; 
do  they  therefore  let  him  speak  re- 
proachful words?  II.  1, 291;  cf  Buttm. 
Ausf.  Gr.  ^  106  Anm.  9. 

ΊΊψοθεωρίω,  ω,  f.  -ήσω,  (πρό.  θεω- 
ρέω)  to  consider  before,  Hipp. — Hence 
verb,  adj., 

ΐΐροθεωρητέον,  one  must  consider 
before,  v.  I.  Arist.  Coel.  3,  3,  3. 

ΤΙροθεωρία,  ας,  η,  previous  examina- 
tion. 

ΐΐροθήγω,  f.  -ξω,  to  sharpen  at  the 
point,  or,  beforehand. 

ΪΙροθηκη,  ης,  ή,  (προτΊθηαι)  a  set- 
ting out,  displaying : — a  sign  set  up  by 
artisans. — 11.  aproposition : — apurpose, 
like  πρόθεσις. 

ΐΐροθησαυρίζω,    (ττρό,  θησαυρίζω) 


ΠΡΟΘ 

to  store  up  b'forc,  Arist.  Part.  An.  3, 
14,  9. 

ΐΙροΟνήσκω,  f.  -θΰνονμαι,  (πρό, 
θνήσκω)  to  die  before,  Thuc.  2,  52. — 
II.  to  die  for  one,  Eur.  Ale.  383,  684, 
etc. 

^Ώροθοήνωρ,  ορός,  ό,  Prothoenor, 
leader  of  the  i3oeotians  before  Troy, 
II.  2.  495  ;  14,  450. 

ίΠρύθοος,  ov,  ό,  (πρό,  θοός)  Pro- 
thoiis.  son  of  Tenthredon,  leader  of 
the  Magnesians  before  Troy,  distin- 
guished for  his  swiftness,  11.  2,  753. 
— 2.  a  Lacedaemonian,  Xen.  Hell.  6, 
4,  2. — Others  in  Apollod. ;  etc. 

ΤΙροθορών,  part.  aor.  oi  προθρώσκω, 

tllpo^otjv,  ωνος.  6,  Prothoon,  a  no- 
ble Trojan,  II.  14,  515. 

ΐΐροθρηνέω,  ύ,  (πρό,  θρηνέω)  to  wail 
before,  Aristid. 

ΐΐροθρνλ.λέω  or  -θρϋλέω,  ώ,  (πρό, 
θρνλλέω)  to  noise  abroad  beforehand, 
Luc. 

ΤΙροθρωσκω :  f.  -θορονμαι :  aor. 
προνθορον,  part,  προθορών,  inf.  προ• 
θορεϊν  (πρό,  θρωσκω) : — to  spring  be- 
fore, forth,  forward,  Horn.,  but  only  in 
II.,  and  always  in  part,  προθορών,  as 
II.  17,  522  ;  μέγα  προθορών,  springing 
{ar  forward,  11.  14,  363. 

ΐΙροθνελ/Μ,  ης,  η,  (πρό,  θνελ?.α)  α 
storm  the  forerunner  of  another,  v.  1. 
Hes.  Th.  742. 

ΐΐρόθϋμα,  ατός,  το,  (προθνω)  a 
preparatory  sacrifice  offered  before  the 
regular  one,  Ar.  Plut.  660  ;  cf.  Eur.  I. 
A.  1311. 

Προθϋμέομαι,  dep.  with  fut.  mid. 
■ήσομαι.  Plat.  Phaed.  91  A,  etc. ;  but 
also  pass,  προθνμηθήσομαι,  Xen. 
Cyr.  2,  3,  3  :  aor.  προνθνμήθην,  Xen. 
An.  4,  1,  22,  Plat.  Phaed.  69  D,  but 
also  επροθυμήθην  (πρόθυμος).  To 
be  ready,  willing,  eager  to  do  a  thing, 
c.  inf.,  Hdt.  1,  36,  206,  etc.  ;  πρ. 
όττως...  Id.  1,  91,  Plat.  Phaed.  91  A: 
— c.  ace,  to  be  eager  or  zealous  for  a 
person  or  thing,  desire  ardently.  Thuc. 
4,  81  ;  5,  17,  Plat.  Phaed  64  A,  etc.  : 
— absol. .  to  be  forward,  zealous,  anxious, 
Hdt.  8,  86,  Aesch.  Pr.  381,  630,  Xen., 
etc.  :— also  to  be  of  good  cheer,  in  good 
spirits,  opp.  to  άθνμεΐν,  Xen.  Cyr.  6, 
2,  13.     Hence 

ΐΐροθυμητέον,  verb,  adj.,  one  must 
exert  one's  self,  Plat.  Phaed.  90  E, 
etc. :  so  too  m  plur.  -τέα.  Id.  Legg. 
770  Β . 

ΤΙροθϋμία,  ας,  Ion.  -ίη,  ης,  ή  (πρό- 
θνμος)  : — willingness,  readiness,  eager- 
7iess,  zeal,  first  in  U.  2,  588,  {/σι  προ- 
θνμίησι  πεποιθώς  [where  i  ],  i.  e. 
πρόί^υμος  ών  :  then  in  Hdt.  1,  124, 
etc.,  and  Att.,  as  Aesch.  Pr.  341,  etc. ; 
c.  inf.,  readiness  to  do,  Hdt.  1,  204  ;  έκ 
προθυμίης  τινός,  at  the  desire  of  one, 
Hdt.  6,  05,  cf.  Eur.  Hipp.  1329  ;— but 
c.  gen.  objecli,  ττρ.  έργου,  the  will  oi 
purpose  to  act.  Soph.  Tr.  609  ;  so. 
προθυμ'ιαν  έχειν  πόνων,  Eur.  Tro. 
684  ;  also,  πΰσαν  πρ.  εγειν,=^προθν- 
μεΐσθαι,  c.  inf,  Plat.  '  Prot.  327  Β  : 
VTTO  προθυμίας,  with  zeal,=^πpoθύμως, 
Plat. ;  πάσ^  προθυμία,  with  all  zeal. 
Id.  Rep.  412  Ε  ;  opp.  to  άθυμία,  Xen 
Cyr.  3,  2,  4. — II.  good  tvill,  ready  kind 
ness,  πρ.  παρέχεσθαι  εις  τίνα,  περί 
τίνα,  Xen.  Hell.  6,  5,  43,  An.  7,  7,  45. 

ΐΐροθΰμιάω,  ώ,  f.  -άσω  [α],  to  fumi- 
gate before,  Joseph. 

ΐΐροθϋμοποιέομαι,  dep.,  (πρόθυμος, 
ποιέω)  to  make  willing,  ready  or  conf, 
dent,  to  encourage,  Diod.  14,  56. 

ΐΐρόθϋμος,  ov,  (πρό,  θυμός)  ready, 

willing,  eager,  zealous,  πρόθυμος  f/v,  he 

was  ready  or  (more  strongly)  he  wish 

ed  or  purposed,  Hdt.  6,  74  ;  c.  inf.,  ea- 

1249 


ΠΡΟΙ 

ger  to  (Ιο,  etc.,  Hdt.  2,  3  ;  6,  5,  etc. ; 
ττρ.  tic  ~l,  ready,  eagKr  for..,  Ar.  Flut. 
209.  Xen.  Cyr.'  1,  4.  22  ;  km  τι,  Xen. 
Hell.  1,  1,  34  ;  ττρός  τι,  lb.  1,  5,  2  :— 
c.  gen.  objecli,  eager  for  a  thing,  Sojih. 
El.  3; — TO  πΐ}όθνμοΐ'=^πρ(>βνμία,Ρ\Άΐ. 
Legg.  859  B. — II.  hearing  good  u'ill, 
wi.ihing  well  to  one,  Tivi  and  εΙς  τίνα, 
Xen.  Hell.  2,  3,  40;  G.  5.  42.— 111. 
adv.  -/i/(jf ,  readily,  actively,  Hdt.  1 ,  111; 
5,  13,  etc. ;  ττμ.  εχειν  προς  τι,  Plat. 
Syinp.  17CC  : — compar.-orepov.Xen. 
An.    1,   4,   9: — superl.  -ότατα,  Hdt. 

2,  59 :  opp.  to  φίλυς,  Aesch.  Ag. 
1591. 

Ώροθνραιος,  ov,  (πρή,  βνρα)  before 
the  door,  epilh.  of  Diana,  Orph.  H.  1, 
4  ; — τά  προθνραια,  like  πρόθυρα,  the 
space  before  a  door,  H.  Hom.  Mere. 
384.  [{'] 

ΐΙροθϊφίόιοΓ,  a,  ov,=  foreg.,  Sext. 
Emp.  p.  592.  [I] 

Ώρόβϊ'ρον,  ου,  τό,  (πρό,  θύρα)  α 
front  door,  the  door-U'ay  leading  to  the 
open  air,  Od.  24,  323,  etc.  ;  also  in 
plur.,  ίττι  προθύροις  Όόνσί/ος,  Od.  1, 
103,  etc. — 2.  the  space  before  a  door,  a 
porch,  Od.  20,355;  21,  299;  where, 
as  in  a  chapel,  the  household  pods 
were  placed,  Find.  P.  3,  139  :— Hdt. 
has  it  only  in  this  signf.,  and  always 
in  plur.,  3, 35,  etc. ;  so  iii  Att.,  Aesch. 
Cho.  9G6,  Eur.  Tro.  194,  Plat.,  etc.  ; 
but  in  sing..  Plat.  Symp.  175  A,  Prot. 
314  C  : — nietaph.,  έπΙ  τοις  τον  αγα- 
θού προθύροις,  Plat.  Phil.  64  C— It 
is  the  Lat.  vesttbulum,  which  Gallus 
ap.  Gell.  16,  5,  e.xplains  as  louns  ante 
januam  doinxis  vacuus,  per  quern  a  via 
aditus  accessusque  ad  aedes  est ;  so 
Vltruv.  6,  10,  ante  januam  vestibula. 

ΤΙρόθνσις,  εως,  ή,  (προθνω)  the  foot 
or  base  of  an  altar,  elsevvh.  κρηπίς, 
Paus.  5,  13,  9 :  the  form  προθνσία  is 
dub. 

iΐlpoθvτηr,  ov,  a,  Prothytes,  a  The- 
ban,  Plut.  Alex.  11. 

ΐΐροθύω.  (τϊρό,  θνω)  to  sacrifice  be- 
fore, Tipo  πάντων  των  θεών  Tjj  Εστία 
πρώτΐ)  πρ.,  Plat.  Crat.  401  Ε).— II.  to 
sacrifice  in  behalf  of  one,  τινός  and 
νπέ'ρ  τίνος,  Eur.  Ion  805,  Supp.  29  ; 
— in  Ar.  Thesm.  38,  both  senses  seem 
to  concur. 

ΪΙροθωράκιον,  ov,  τό,  (πρό,  θώραξ) 
a  breastplate,  corslet,  Strab.   [u] 

Προί,  adv.,  {πρό)=ττρωΐ,  prob.  only 
occurring  in  the  derivs.  πρόίος,  πρόϊ- 
μος. 

ΤΙροϊάλ?.ω,  (πρό,  ίύλλω)  to  send 
forth  or  away,  dismiss,  II.  8,  365  ;  11, 

3,  Od.  14.  18,  Theocr.  25,  235.— Ep. 
word,  used  by  Hom.  always  in  impf. 
without  augm.  [i] 

ΐΐροίύπτω,  f.  -φο),  (πρό,  Ιάπτω)= 
foreg.,  to  send  away,  di.^miss,  in  Hom. 
always  of  men  sent  nntimely  to  the 
nether  world,  προϊάπτειν  τινά  Άϊόι, 
11.  1,  3;  6,  487  ;  '  Αίόωνηί,  11.  5,  190. 
Ep.  word,  used  by  Aesch.  Theb.  322, 
πόλιν'Α'ίδι  προϊύψαι.  [ΐ] 

ΙΙροίεα•,  Ion.  and  Att.  impf.  of 
προϊημι,  Od. 

Ί\ροϊζύνω,=^5(\. 

\\ροΚω,  f.  προϊζήσω,  (πρό,  ΐζω)  to 
let  or  place  before  : — mid.,  to  sit  before, 
lake  the  first  seat,  Hdt.  8,  67. 

ΙΙροΐημι,  Att.  impf.  προίειν,  εις,  ει, 
now  read  even  in  Horn.,  Od.  9,  88 ; 
10,  100.  cf.  Buttm.  Ausf.  Gr.  (j  108 
Anm.  1  :  fut.  προ7/σω :  aor.  1  πρόη- 
κα,  in  Horn,  also  προέηκα:  3 pi.  aor. 
2  πρόεσαν,  imperat.  πρόες,  προέτω, 
Π.  ;  inf.  προεμεν  for  προείναι,  Od. 
10,  155. — We  also  have  3  pres.  προίει 
as  if  from  προΐω,  II.  2,  752  ;  3  opt. 
προίοι  [t],  H.  Hom.  Ven.  153 ;  cf.  έξί- 
:-/μι  II :  {πρό,  Ίηαι). 
1250 


ΠΡΟΙ 

Το  send  before,  send  on  or  fonvard, 
II.  11,  201,  "Od.  9,  88,  etc.;  Hom. 
mostly  uses  it  just  like  'ίι/μι,  except 
that  the  prep,  denotes  a  point  towards 
which  the  action  is  directed  : — also, 
to  send  sometiiing  to  another,  αγγε- 
λίας. Od.  2,  92 ;  κνόος,  11.  16,  241  ; 
Τ7/νύε  θεύ  πρόες,  let  her  go  to  the 
god,  i.  e.  in  reverence  to  him,  11.  1, 
127  :  hence, — 2.  to  let  loose,  let  fall, 
esp.,  thoughtlessly,  έπος  προέηκε,  he 
let  drop  a  word,  Od.  14,  466,  cl.  20, 
105;  so, πηδά'Αιον  εκ  χειρών  προίηκε, 
he  let  the  helm  slip  from  his  hands, 
Od.  5,  316  : — with  an  inf.  added,  πόδα 
προέηκε  φέρεσθαι,  he  let  his  foot  slip, 
and  fell,  Oct.  19,  468;  so  also,  αίετώ 
προέτ/κε  πετέσβαι,  he  let  them  loose  to 
fly,  let  them  lly  away,  Od.  2,  147  ; 
ovpov  προέηκεν  ΐιήναι,  Od.  3,  183: — 
and  in  Pind.,  βασιλενέμεν  τοι  προ//- 
σειν,  P.  4,  295. — 3.  with  direct  pur- 
pose, to  throw  before  one.  throw  away, 
Od.  12,  253,  Ar.  Nub.  1214.— 4.  esp., 
of  missiles,  to  send  forth,  shoot  or  dart 
forth,  βέλος,  εγχος,  ΰίστόν,  etc.,  freq. 
in  Hom.,  esp.  in  II.,  e.  g.  5,  15,  280. 
— 5.  of  a  river,  νδωρ  προίει  Ις  ΐΐηνει- 
όν,  it  pours  its  water  into  the  Peiiei- 
us,  11.  2,  752,  cf.  Hes.  Kr.  6  fap. 
Schol.  Ven.  II.  2,  Catal.  29),  Eur. 
Hipp.  124. — 6.  to  give  away,  give  vp, 
deliver  over,  betray  one  to  his  enemy, 
Hdt.  1,  159  ;  3,  137  ;  πρ.  χρήματα,  to 
give  away  his  money,  Hdt.  1,  24; 
hence  also,  προϊέναι  έαντόν  επί  τι 
and  εις  τι,  to  give  up,  devote  one's  self 
to  a  thing,  throiv  one's  self  vpo^i  it, 
έπι  τί)  ήδύ,  Xen.  t3yr.  7,  5,  76,  ubi  v. 
Poppo  ;  but,— 7.  to  allow  a  person  to 
do  a  thing,  c.  inf.,  Pind.  P.  4,  290, 
Xen.  An.  7,  2, 15. — II.  in  ])rose  most- 
ly in  mid.  (which  is  never  in  Horn.), 
to  send  from  one's  self,  shoot,  βέλη, 
Polyb.  3,  73,  3  ;  φωνην,  Id.  2,  29,  6 
(c.  infra  3). — 2.  to  give  up,  betray.  Hdt. 
2,  121,  5,  and  freq.  in  Att.  :  also,  to 
desert,  abandon,  leave  in  the  lurch, 
Thuc.  1,  120,  Xen.  An.  1,  9,  10,  etc. 
— 3.  of  things,  to  give  away,  give  freely, 
Lys.  162,  35  ;  ερανόν  τινι,  Thuc.  2, 
43,  cf.  1,  44  ;  προέσθαι  άπυ  τών  Ιδί- 
ων. Dem.  264,  23  : — to  give  a  thing  vp 
without  payment  received.  Plat. 
Legg.  849  Ε : — esp.,  in  bad  sense, 
to  throw  away.  Plat.,  etc.  ;  ενεργεη'ιαν 
τινί  πρ-,  to  throw  it  aivay  on  one.  Plat. 
Gorg.  .520  C,  Xen.  An.  7,  7,  47  ;  so, 
"λόγονς  προέσθαι,  tothrnwwora»  away, 
Elmsl.  Med.  1020  (but  also  simply, /o 
utter  them,  Tim.  Locr.  100  C,  cf. 
Dem.  377,  10) :  to  let  go,  let  .slip,  θοϊ- 
μύτιον,  Dem.  583,  20  ;  and  metaph., 
πρ.  τον  καιρόν,  τό  παρόν,  Lycurg. 
105,  36,  Dem.  11,  22:  πρ.  τι  ανομο- 
θέτητον,  to  leave  it  undone.  Plat. 
Legg.  780  A  : — Whence,  c.  part.,  ημάς 
προέσθαι  αδικούμενους,  to  svffer  us 
to  be  wronged,  Thuc.  2,  73. — 4.  in 
good  sense,  to  confide  to  one's  care,  give 
over  to  one,  Xen.  Cyr.  5,  2,9;  to  lend, 
Plat.  Demod.  384  C— 5.  to  drive  for- 
ward, τυν  λαγώ  εις  της  αρκνς,  Xen. 
Cyn.  Ο,  10:  hence  c.  inf.,  τοί}ς  έρών- 
τας  ίμερος  δράν  προίεται,  forces  them 
on  to  do,  Soph.  Fr.  162. — ill.  pass.,  to 
be  let  go,  be  neglected,  Isocr.,  and  Dem. 
[In  Hom.  I  always,  in  Att.  i :  v.  plu- 
ra  sub  'ίημι.'\ 

ΐΐροίκα,  adv.,  v.  προιξ  I. 

ΤΙροίκειος,  ov,  (προίξ)  belonging  to 
a  dowry. 

Ήροικίδιον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from 
πρηίξ,  Plut.  2,  767  C  :  neut.  from  sq. 

ΤΙροικίδιος,  a,  ov,  =  προίκειος, 
Philo. 

ΥΙροικίζω,  (προίξ)  to  portion,  give  a 
dowry,  Diod. 


ΠΡΟΙ 

Ώροικίμαίος,  a,  ov,  {προίξ)  gra- 
tuitous, Dio  C. 

Υϊροίκιος,  01.',=  foreg.,  πρ.  αοιδός, 
of  the  cicada,  Leon.  Tar.  60 ;  πρ. 
χάρις,  of  honey,  Anth. 

ΪΙροικοδύτης,  ov,  δ,  {  δίδωμι  )  == 
έεδνωτής,  Schol.  11.  13,  382. 

ΥΙροικός,  adv.,  v.  προίξ  I. — II.  6 
προικός,=  προίκτης. 

ΙΙροικοφορέω,  ώ,  to  give  a  dowry  : 
— mid.,  to  receive  one. 

ΤΙροικοφόρος,  ov,  (  προίξ,  φέρω  ) 
bringing  a  dowry. — II,  receiving  a  dowry. 

ΙΙροίκτ7ΐς,  ov,  0,  (προίξ)  strictly, 
one  icho  asks  for  a  gift,  hence  a  beggar, 
Od.  17,  449  ;  uvr/p  πρ.,  a  beggar-man, 
17,  352. 

Προίκώοξ•,  a,  ον,^=προικιμαϊος. 

ΐΐροίλάσκω,  ί.  -άσω,  (πρό,  ί'/.άσκο- 
μαι)  to  appease  beforehand,  Paus.  5, 
13,  4. 

ΙΙρόϊμος,  ov,  (προί)  early,  lenglhd. 
form  from  πρώμος.  [t] 

npori,  Alt.  προίξ,  ή :  gen.  προικός, 
dat.  προικί,  ace.  προίκα : — a  gift, 
present,  προικός  γενέσθαι,  to  enjoy  a 
free  gift,  Od.  17,  413:  hence,  the 
gen.  προικός  is  used  as  adv.,  freely, 
without  return,  Lat.  gratis,  αργα'λεον 
ένα  προικός  χαρίσασϋαι,  burthen- 
some  is  it  for  a  single  person  to  give 
without  return,  Od.  13,  15  : — so,  later, 
more  usu.  in  ace.  προίκα,  like  <5fc>- 
ρεύν,  Ar.  Eq.  577,  679,  Nub.  1426; 
προίκα  έργύζεσβαι.  Plat.  Rep.  346 
E.  etc.  ;  also,  of  one's  self,  vnlhoitt  a 
teacher,  and  in  Soph.  Fr.  779. — II. 
post-Horn.,  a  marriage-portion,  dowry, 
Lat.  dos,  first  in  Hippon.  52,  then 
Lys.  153,  19,  Plat.  Legg.  774  C,  etc.; 
ίν  προικί  τιμάν,  to  reckon  as  part  of 
the  dowry,  Dem.  1156,  15.  (From 
προίσσομαι,  as  Lat.  dos  from  do.) 

iTlpoiξης,  ov,  ό,  Proexes,  a  Persian, 
Arr.  An.  3,  28,  4. 

ITpoior,  a,  ov,  {προι)=πρόϊμος. 

Ώροϊππύσία,  ας,  ij,  {πρό,  ΐππύζσ- 
μαι)  α  riding  before  others,  at  the  head, 
Polyaen. 

ΤΙροΙππενω,  {πρό,  Ιππενω)  to  ride 
before  Or  in  front,  Plut.  SuU.  28,  etc.; 
in  mid..  Id.  Poplic.  22. 

Ώροίπτάμαι,  dep.  mid.,  lefly  before, 
take  the  lead  in  flying. 

ΪΙροΐσσομαι :  f.  προΐξημαι,  Att. 
προίίομαι :  dep.  mid. : — to  ask  a  gift, 
hence  to  beg.  Archil.  Fr.  28  :  but  the 
word  is  most  freq.  in  the  cornpd. 
καταπρ-,  though  this  is  only  used  in 
fut.  and  aor.  1.  (Some  make  προίσ- 
σομαι a  form  of  προίσχω,  to  put  out 
the  hand  and  beg,  like  προτείνειν 
χείρα,  which  is  also  used  by  Archil.: 
— hence  προίξ,  προίκτης,  Lat.  pro 
care,  procari,  precan.) 

ΐΐροίστημι,  f.  -στήσω  :  aor.  1  προν 
ση/σα,  part,  προστήσας,  inf.  προστή- 
σαι :  \)ί.  προνστηκα,  hence  Ion.  2 
plur.  προεστέατε,  Hdt.  5,  49 ;  (πρό, 
Ιστημι).  To  set  before  or  infroixt,  set 
at  tlie  head  as  leader,  ρτιΐ  in  frnnt 
for  defence,  τινά,  11.  4,  156  (the  only 
place  in  Hom.):  to  put  forward,  allege, 
Eur.  Cycl.  319  :  to  set  over,  τής  πό- 
λεως. Plat.  Lach.  197  D,cf.  Polyb.  1, 
33,  7. 

B.  mostly  in  pass.,  with  aor.  2  act. 
προνστην  ;  pf.  προέστηκα,  inf.  προε• 
στύναι,  part,  προεστώς  (v.  infra) ; 
very  rare  in  aor.  pass.,  as  προστα- 
θέντα.  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  206.  To  put  one's 
self  before  or  fonvard,  come  forward, 
Dem.  1393,  19 :  to  stand  near,  τινί, 
Hdt.  1,  129. — 2.  c.  ace.  pers.,  to  ap- 
proach, Soph.  El.  1378,  cf.  Fr.  580  : 
so.  προστήναί  viv,  that  it  entered  his 
mind,  Hdt.  1,  86:  ubi  v.  Matthiii; 
(Schweigh.  would  refer  this  to  προς- 


ΠΡΟΚ 

έατημί,  q.  cf.,  as  if  ιτροςστηναι). — II. 
C.  gen.,  to  be  set.  over,  be  at  the  head  of, 
lead,  τον  δημον,  Hdt.  3,  82,  cf.  I,  59 ; 
and  freq.  in  Att.;  absol.,  oi  προεστώ- 
τες.  Ion.  -εύτες,  the  leading  men,  chiefs, 
Hdt.  4,  79,  Thuc.  3,  U,  etc. ;  so,  ol 
ττροεστηκότες  in  Xen. :  hence, — 2.  to 
'manage,  govern,  rule,  direct,  c.  gen., 
Hdt.  5,  49  :  metaph.,  ούκ  όρΟώς  σεων- 
τϋϋ  προέστΐ}κας,  you  do  not  manage 
yourself  well,  Hdt.  2,  173.— III.  to 
plaoe  one's  self,  stand  before  one  to 
guard  him,  to  take  charge  of,  protect, 
τινός,  Hdt.  9,  107,  Eur.  Heracl.  306, 
etc. ;  so,  αναγκαίας  τυχι^ς  πρόστί/τε, 
relieve  me  from  my  difikulties.  Soph. 
Aj.  803  ;  ό  τνροστϋς  της  ειρήνης,  the 
champion  of  peace,  Aescllin.  49,  41 ; 
so,  uftuyu.  προ  σταβέντα.  Soph.  Ο.  Τ. 
206  : — but  also, — 2.  to  offer  one's  self 
for  an  affair,  attempt,  undertake  it, 
esp.  o-f  laborious  things,  c.  gen.,  τϊ'ρ. 
τέχνης,  Ath.  612  A,  γνώμης,  Polyb. 
S,  5,  8  : — so,  τοίσιν  έχθροίς  προνστή- 
την  φόνον.  Soph.  £1.  980.— 3.  προ- 
στήναί  τινι,  to  stand  over  against  one, 
esp.  as  an  adversary.  Soph.  Aj.  1133. 

C.  in  mid-,  also  c.  ace,  though 
Hdt-  only  uses  aor,  1  in  this  way,  to 
pat  one  before  one's  self,  choose  as  one's 
leader,  Hdt.  1,  133;  4,  βΟ;  so,  προί- 
στασθαι  τοντονϊ  ίαντού,  to  take  as 
one's  guardian,  Plat.  Rep.  565  C, 
Dem.  1357,  25. — 2.  to  put  forward,  put 
out,  σκίπωνα,  Hdt.  4,  172 :  hence, 
metaph.,  to  put  any  thing /oru)ar(/  as 
an  excuse,  pretence,  and  use  it  as  α 
screen,  τι,  Dem.  62,  4,  etc. ;  for  a 
thing,  τί  τίνος,  Antipho  118,  1. 

Τίροϊστορέω,  ύ,  f.  -ήσυ,  (πρό,  Ίστο- 
ρέω)  Ιο  inquire  into  before  :  to  relate  be- 
fore. Polyb.  1,  13,  9,  in  pass. 

ΤΙροιστωρ,  ορός,  b,  one  who  knows 
beforehand. 

'ΤίροΙσχάνω,  poet,  collal.  form  from 
Ίϊροισχίύ,  Nonn. 

ΐίροϊσχναίνω,  {ττρό,  Ισχναίνω)  to 
dry  up  beforehand. — II.  intr.,  to  become 
dry  or  leantcfore,  Arist.  Probl.  3,  23. 

Ώροίσγω,—  ττροέγω.  to  hold  before, 
hold  out,  as  a  shield,  Hdt.  4,  200  (al. 
τ7ρύςισχε).—2.  as  in  rnid.,  to  make  ex- 
cuses, Xen.  Hipparch.  5,  10. — II.  usu. 
in  mid.  προίσχομαι,  to  hold  out  before 
one's  self,  stretch  forth,  χείρας,  Thuc. 
3,  58,  66. — 2.  to  bring  forward,  esp.  by 
way  of  proposal,  to  propose,  offer,  Hdl. 

1,  141.  164.  etc. — 3.  to  put  forward,  al- 
lege, plead.  Id.  1,  3,  etc.,  thuc.  1,  26; 
esp..  πρύώασιν  πρ.  τι,  Hdt.  4,  165; 
8,  3.' 

^ΐΐροίτίδης,  ου,  ό.  son  of  Proelus, 
L  e.  Melampus,  Anth. 

iTlβotrίς,  ίδος,  ή,  fern,  adj.,  of  or 
relating  to  Proetus ;  al  ΊΙροιτίδες, 
daughters  of  Proetus,  i.  e.  Lysippe, 
Iphii;oe,  and  Iphianassa,  ApoUod.  2, 

2,  2  ; — ai  ΐΐροίτίδες  πνλαί,  the  Proe- 
tian  gate  in  Boeotian  Thebes.  Aesch. 
Theb.  377,  v.  Pors.  Eur.  Or.  1150:  in 
Aesch.  Theb.  395  Τίροίτου  πν/.αι. 

ΙΠροίΓΟζ•,  ov,  ό,  Proetus,  son  of 
Abas  and  Ocalea,  king  in  Tiryns  in 
Argolis,  II.  6,  160 ;  Pind.  N.  10,  77 ; 
Pans. ;  etc. — 2.  ace.  to  Paus.  9,  8,  4, 
a  Theban,  different  from  previous 
one,  from  whom  the  gate  ΤΙροιτίδες 
was  named.— Others  in  Paus. ;  etc. 

ΙΙροιχνεύω,  to  track  or  trace  before- 
hand. 

ΐΐροΐ,ωξις,  71,  {πρό,  ΐωξις)  a  driving 
before  one  or  onwards,  Hes.  Sc.  154  ; 
— opp.  to  Ίτα^-ίωξις.  [ϊω] 

Πρόκα,  Ion.  Άάν. .forthwith, straight- 
way, suddenly,  Hdt.  1,  111;  6,  134. 
(Not  from  πρόξ,  but  from  πρό.  as 
Lat.  protenus  from  pro,  Lob.  Phryn. 
51). 


ΠΡΟΚ 

Τίροκαθαίρω,  {πρό,  καθαιρώ)  topre- 
pare  by  purifying,  Clem.  Al. 

ϋβοκαθαρπάζο),  f.  -«<τω  and  -ύξω, 
to  snatch  away  by  force  before. 

ΐΐροκαθάρσιον,  ov,  τό,  {προκαθαί- 
pco)  previous  purification, 
ίΐροκύϋαρσις,  ?),=foreg. 
ΐΐροκαθεδρία,  ας,  η,^προεδρία,  Ν. 
Τ. 

Ώροκαθέζομαι,  (τυρό,  καβέζομαί) 
dep.  pass.,  to  sit  before  others,  preside : 
to  sit  down  before  and  besiege :  τόττον, 
Dion.  H. — II.  y  προκαθεζομένη  πόλις, 
the  presidiyig  city,  the  capital,  Schol. 
Soph.  El.  4. 

ίΐροκαΟενδω,  f.  -δήσω,  {ττρό,  καθέν- 
δω)  Ιο  sleep  before  or  ffrst,  Ar.  Vesp. 
104. 

Ώροκαθηγέομαι,  f.  -ήσομαι,  {-ρό, 
καθηγέομαι)  dep.  mid.,  togo  before  and 
guide,  Polyb.  3,  95,  6;  προς  τίνα.  Id. 
3,  6,  7.     Hence 

ΙΙροκαθηγητηρ,  ηρος,  and  προκαθη- 
γΐ]τής,  ov,  ό,  one  who  goes  before,  a  lead- 
er :  the  first  author  of  a  thing. — II.  ari  in• 
struwentfor  boring  holes,  Math.  Vett. 
Ώροκάβημαι,  Ion.  προκάτημαι, 
strictly,  pf  of  προκαθέζομαι : — to  sit 
before,  τοσούτο  προ  τί/ς  αλΤη^ς  Έλλά- 
δος,  with  the  notion  of  distance,  Hdt. 
7,  172  ;  esp.,  to  sit  down  before  a  place, 
so  as  to  defend  it,  and  so,  generally, 
to  protect,  defend,  τινός,  Hdt.  8.  36  ;  9, 
106  ;  so  of  sentinels,  στρατιάς  πρ-, 
Eur.  Rhes.  6. — II.  to  sit  over,  preside 
over,  της  πόλεως.  Plat.  Legg.  758  D : 
- — absol.,  to  sit  in  public,  sit  in  judg- 
ment, Polyb.  5,  63,  7,  etc. 

ΥΙροκαθίημι,  {πρό,  κατά,  Ιημι)  to 
let  down  beforehand,  πόλιν  πρ.  εις  τα- 
ραχήν,  to  plunge  the  city  into  confu- 
sion, Dera.  179,  20. — II.  πρ.  tlvu  έξα- 
πατΰν,  to  put  a  person  forward  in  or- 
der to  deceive.  Id.  365,  13. 

ΤΙροκαθίζω,  Ion.  προκατίζω  :  f.  -ίσω 
{πρύ,  καθίζω)  : — to  sit  down  before  or 
in  front,  II.  2,  463  :  to  sit  in  public,  sit 
in  state,  ες  θράνον,  Hdt.  1,  14,  cf.  97  : 
— so  also  in  mid.,  προκατίζεσθαι  ές 
το  προάστειον,  Hdt.  5,  12. — 11.  trans., 
to  set  over,  επί  Τίνος,  Polyb.  2,  24,  6. 
Hence 

ΠροκάθΙσις,  εως,  ή,  a  silting  before, 
presidency. — 11.  a  sitting  in  public,  Plut. 
2,  166  A. 

ΤΙροκαθίστημι,  (πρό,  καθίστημι)  to 
lay  down  OV  set  before,  φν7\.ακας  πρό 
στρατοπέδου,  Xen.  Hier.  6,  9. — II.  in 
pass,  and  intr.  tenses  of  act.,  to  be  .s-ei 
before,  φυλακής  μή  προκαθεστηκνίας, 
no  guard  having  been  set,  Thuc.  2,  2. 
ΥΙροκαθοράω,  ώ,  f.  -κατόψομαι, 
(πρό,  καθοράω)  to  examine  beforehaiid, 
Hdt.  8,  23. 

ΐίρηκαθοσιόω,  ώ,  to  dedicate  before, 
Joseph. 

Προκαίω,  f.  -καίισω,  (πρό,  καίω) 
to  burn  before  or  in  front  of,  τινός,  Xen. 
An.  7,  2,  18,  Poppo. 

ΐΐροκΰκοπΰθέω,  ώ,  (πρό,  κακοπα- 
θέω)  to  suffer  ills  before,  Aesch.  Supp. 
864. 

ΐΐρόκΰκος,  ov,  (πρό,  κακός)  exceed- 
ing bad,  κακίί  πρόκακα,  evils  beyond 
evils,  Aesch.  Pers.  986,  991 ;  cf.  Jac. 
Anth.  P.  3,  p.  257,  and  v.  sub  πρόπο- 
νος. 

ΥΙροκΰκόω,  ώ,  (ττρό,  κακόω)  to  treat 
ill  before,  LXX. 

Τίροκίλέω,  ώ,  f.  -έσω,  (πρό,  καλέω) 
(ο  call  forth : — but  hardly  used  save  in 
mid.,  προκαλέομαι,  to  call  forth  or  out 
to  one,  esp.,  to  call  out  to  fight,  challenge, 
defy,  II.  13,  809,  Od.  8.142  ;  with  ^a- 
χ'έσασθαι  added.  II.  3,  432  ;  7, 39  ;  also, 
πάντας  προκαλέσσατο  χάρμη,  II.  7, 
218  :  so  later,  πρ.  εις  μύχην,  Oast  Ερ. 
Cr.  p.  56 ;  μάχτ),  Anacreont.   12,  7 ; 


ΠΡΟΚ 

εΙς  αγώνα,  Luc.  Symp.  20  ;  ες  λόγους, 
Hdt.  4,  201  ;  also,  προκα/ιεϊσθαι  τινά 
τι,  to  challenge  one  in  a  thing,  Xen. 
Cyr.  1,  4,  4. — 2.  to  invite  beforehand, 
Tiva  ες  λό^ονς,  ές  σπονδάς.  ίπΐ  σνμ- 
μαχίαν,  Thuc.  3,  34 ;  4,  19  ;  5,  43  ; 
προς  το  σννδειπνείν.  Plat.  Symp.  217 
C  :  c.  ace.  pers.  et  inf ,  πρ.  τίνα, 
ποιεϊν,  Plat.  Symp.  217  C,  etc. — II.  c. 
ace.  rei,  προκαλεΐσθαί  τι,  to  make  of- 
fers 01  proposals,  Thuc.  2,  72,  73,  etc.  ; 
and  c.  ace.  pers.  added,  προκα?ιεΙσΟαί 
Tiva  σπονδάς,  είρί/νην,  to  offtr  one 
peace,  Ar.  Ach.  652,  Eq.  796,  Plat. 
Eulhyphr.  5  A. — 2.  as  law-term,  to 
make  some  offer  or  challenge  to  the  op- 
ponent for  bringing  about  a  decision, 
e.  g.  for  submittnig  the  case  to  arbi- 
tration, letting  slaves  be  put  to  the 
torture,  etc.,  Antipho  112,  15  ;  144,  6, 
etc.  ;  7rp.  την  μ7ΐτέρα  Όμίίσαι,  to  offer 
that  she  should  take  an  oath,  Dem. 
1279,  J5;  also,  ττρ.  τίνα  εις  όρκον,Ιά. 
1240,  27 ;  also,  πρ.  τινά  τι,  to  make 
one  an  offer,  Id.  1168,  7.  cf.  969,  lin.  ; 
V.  πρόκλησις. — 3.  to  appeal,  προκαλεΐ- 
σθαι  επί  τίνα  περί  τίνος,  Polyb.  20, 
2,  13. — III.  to  call  up  or  forth,  rouse, 
awake,  Eur.  H.  F.  308  ;  προκαλεΐσθαί 
Tiva  έπι  τιμωρίαν,  Dem.  586,  20. 

Ώροκΰλίζομαι^  f.  -ίσομαι,  Dep. 
mid.,  like  προκαλέομαι,  prob.  only 
found  in  pres.  and  impf  : — to  call  forth 
or  out,  challenge,  defy,  II.  5,  807  ;  7, 
150 ;  with  μαχέσασθαι  added,  II.  3, 
19  ;  άεθλενειν,  11.  4,  389  ;  τοξάζεσθάι, 
Dd.  8,  228  ;  hut, χερσί  προκαλίζεσθαι, 
to  challenge  one  to  a  pugilistic  combat, 
Od.  18,  20. 

ΐΐροκαλινδέω,  ώ,  =  προκνλινδέω 
(q..v.)  : — pass.,  to  fall  prostrate  before 
another,  Lat.  provolvi  ad  genua,  Isocr. 
72  C,  Dem.  450,  3. ' 

ΐΐροκάλισμα,  ατός,  τ6,  (προκα7ιίζο- 
μαΐ)  α  summons,  challenge. 

ΙΙροκάλνμμα,  ατός,  τό,  any  thing 
put  before,  a  veil,  curtain,  such  as  were 
hung  in  doorways  instead  of  doors, 
Aesch.  Ag.  691  :  a  covering,  as  a  pro- 
tection, Thuc.  2,  75  :  metaph.,  a  screen 
or  cloak,  Thuc.  3,  67  ;  πρ.  τι/ς  βδελν- 
ρίας,  Luc.  Pseudol.  31  :  [μ]  from 

ΐΐροκΰλύπτω,  f.  -■φω,  {πρό,  καλύπ- 
τω) to  hang  before  or  put  over  as  a  cov- 
ering, ίιφας  πέπλων,  Eur.  I.  T.  312  : 
so,  in  mid.,  to  put  something  over  one's 
self,  as  a  screen  or  cloak,  τι,  Plat.  Prot. 
316  D  ;  hence,  ov  προκαλυπτομένα 
[τι^  παρηίδος,  putting  no  veil  over  one's 
face,  Eur.  Phoen.  1485: — pass.,  •ΰρο- 
κεκαλνμμένος  τι,  having  a  thing  put 
otter  one.  Id.  Gorg.  523  D. — II.  to  cover 
over,  ηλιον  νεφέλη  πρ.,  Xen.  An.  3, 
4,  8,  Schneid. :  so  in  mid.,  to  cover 
one's  self  or  what  is  one's  own,  προνκα- 
λνψατ'  όμματα,  veiled  her  ej'es,  Eur. 
Med.  1147  : — pass.,  to  be  covered,  Xen. 
Cyr.  5,  4,  45.    Hence 

ΤΙροκάλυψις,  ή,  a  placing  before,  so 
as  to  cover  or  protect. 

ΐΐροκάμνω.  {πμό,  κάμνω)  to  work 
or  toil  before,  Theogn.  921. — II.  to  work 
for  another,  τινός.  Soph.  Aj.  1270.— 
HI.  to  grow  weary,  give  up,  faint  too 
soon,  Aesch.  Eum.  78 ;  μί/  προκάμη- 
τεπόδα,  Eur.  Η.  F.  119. — IV.  πρ-,  to 
have  a  previous  illness,  Thuc.  2,  49  ;  to 
be  distressed  beforehand,  τινί,  by  a 
thing,  Thuc.  2,  39. 

ΐΐροΐίάμπνλος,  ov,  bent  in  the  fore- 
part, bent  forward. 

ΐΐροκύρδιον,  ov,  TO,  (καρδία)  the 
pit  of  the  stoniach. 

ΥΙροκάμηνος.  ov,  (πρό,  κάρηνον) 
head-foremost,  like  πρην7'/ς,  Anth.  P. 
7,  632  ;  9,  533,  Nonn.,  etc.  [a] 

ΤΙροκάρπιον,  ov,  τό,  the  part  of  the 
hand  next  the  καρπός,  Diosc. 
1251 


ΠΡΟΚ 

ΙΙροκάς,  άδος,  η,-=πρόξ,  Η.  Horn. 
Veil.  71. 

ΐΐροκαταβαίνω,  (ττρό,  καταβαίνω) 
to  go  down  before,  Arist.  Η.  Α.  7,  4,  J. 

ΙΙροκαταβάλΆω,  (ττρό,  καταβάΆλω) 
to  lay  down  beforehand: — mid.,  lo  lay 
the  foundations  of  before,  οικοδόμημα, 
Dio  C,  57,  10. 

ΐΙροκατύβ?.ημα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which 
is  paid  beforehand. 

Προκαταβολή,  ης,  ή,  {προκατα- 
βάλλω) a  laying  down  beforehand : 
esp.,  paying  in  advance. 

ηροκαταβρέχω,  to  moisten  before. 

ΤΙροκηταγγέλλω,  to  announce  or  de- 
clare beforehand.     Hence 

ϋροκαταγ^έλσις,  ή,  previous  an- 
nouncement. 

ΧΙροκατΰγέτης,  ov,  6,  {ήγέομαι) 
one  ivho  goes  before,  a  leader. 

Προκατΰγέτις,  ιδος,  fem.  from 
forcg.,  Anlh. 

ΥΙροκαταγιγνώσκω,  {πρό,  καταγιγ- 
νώσκυ)  to  condemn  befurehand,  Ar. 
Vesp.  919  ;  to  condemn  by  a  pre-judg- 
ment, τινός,  Dein.  58G,  22  ;  also  c.  inf., 
7rp.  Ti  είναι,  to  prejudge  that..,  Thuc. 
3,  53  ;  so,  TTp.  τινυς  ΰδικην,  Lys.  160, 
1  ;  also,  irp.  τί  τίνος,  as  φυνον  τινός, 
to  give  a  verdict  of  murder  against  one 
beforehand,  Antipho  139,  39;  so,  ττρ. 
τινός  ύόικόν  τι,  Id.  129,  40;  άδικίαν 
τινός,  Lys.  152,  40. 

ΙΙροκατάγνϋμι,  to  break  in  pieces  be- 
fore. 

ΤΙροκατάγνωσις,  ή,  {προκαταγιγ- 
νώσκω)  a  pre-judging,  condemnation 
without  hearing. 

ΤΙροκατάγο),  (.  -ξο>,  {πρό,  κατάγω) 
to  lead  down  or  back  before  : — pass.,  to 
run  into  harbour,  come  to  land  before, 
Luc.  Catapl.  18.  [a]    Hence 

ΤΙ/ιοκατύγωγ?'/,  ης,  ή,  arunning  into 
harbour  before. 

ΤίροκαταδΙκύζω,  (πρό,  καταδικάζω) 
to  conde?nn  beforehand,  τινός,  Dinarch. 
ap.  Poll.  8,  24. 

ΐΐμοκαταδονλόω,  ώ,{πρό,  καταδον- 
λόω)  ίο  enslave  or  subdue  before.  Died. 

ΤΙΐ)θκαταύννω,  and  -δύω,  (πρό,  κα- 
ταδννω)  to  drown, sink  before. — IL  intr., 
esp.  in  aor.  2  and  in  mid.,  to  go  down, 
sink  before. 

Προκαταθέω,  {ηρό,  καταθέω)  to  run 
down  bej'orehand,  Xen.  An.  6,  3,  10. 

Προκαταθϊ/γω,  to  sharpen  at  the 
point  before. 

Τίροκατακαίω,  {πρό,  κατακαίω)  to 
burn  before  :  also  of  a  country,  to  burn, 
Iny  waste  all  before  one,  Xen.  An.  1,6, 2. 

Ίλβοκατάκειμαι,  ϊ.  -κείσημαι,  {πρό, 
κατύκειμαι)  defect,  dep.,  to  lie  down 
VI  front  of  or  before,  esp.  at  meals, 
Luc. 

ΪΙροκατακλΜω,  f  -άσω,  to  break  in 
pieces  beforehand,  Joseph. 

ΐϊρηκατακ/.ίνω,  {πρό,  κατακλίνω) 
to  make  lo  lie  down  bej'ure  Others,  esp. 
at  meals: — pass.,  =  προκατάκειμαι, 
Luc.  de  Deor.  13,  1.     Hence 

ΤΙροκατύκλΙσις,  ή,  the  first  or  high- 
est place  at  table,  Joseph. 

ΪΙροκατακλΧ'ζω,  to  wash  or  overflow 
beforehand. 

ΤΙρηκατακοιμίζω,  to  lull  to  sleep  be- 
forikand,  Clem.  Al. 

Υίροκατακόπτω,  {πρό,  κατακόπτω) 
to  cut  up  beforehand,  Antiph.  Incert.  5. 

Τίροκατακρίνω,  {πρό,  κατακρίνω) 
to  pronounce  judgment,  decide  against 
one,  τινός  :  hence  to  think  or  expect 
ill  of  a  thing  in  one,  e.  g.  των  άνΙΙρω- 
πείίον  την  ΰδιι'λάττ/τα,  Plut.  2,  112  C. 

ΤΙροκαταλαμβάνω,  {πρό,  καταλαμ- 
βάνω) to  seize  beforehand,  preoccupy, 
esp.  a  military  post,  Thuc.  4,  89  (In 
pass.),  Xen.  An.  1,  3,  16,  etc. ;  then, 
generally,  to  preoccupy,  Aeschin.  89, 
1252 


ΠΡΟΚ 

13 ;  in  a  speech,  Isocr.  55  D  : — me- 
tapll.,  to  prevent,  anticij>ate,  άποστά- 
σιΐς,  Thuc.  3,  46 ;  π.  τινά  ες  τι,  Id. 

1,  33;  πρ.  όπως  μή-,  Id.  ϋ,  18;  ab- 
sol..  Id.  3,  2,  Plat.,  etc. 

ΙΙρηκαταλέγω,  {πρό,  καταλ.έγω)  to 
speak  of  in  detail,  describe  beforehand, 
Hdt.  4,  175,  in  pass. 

Προκαταλήγω,  {πρό,  καταλήγω)  to 
leave  off,  terminate  beforehand,  Polyb. 

2,  14,  6. 

ΙΙρυκατύλητρις,  εως,  ή,  {προκατα- 
λ.αμβάνω)  α  seizing  beforehand,  preoc- 
cupation :  an  anticipation,  e.  g.  ot  an 
adversary's  arguments,  Arist.  Rhet. 
Al.  19,  1. 

ΤΙροκαταλλάσσω,  i.  -ξω,  {πρό,  κα- 
ταλλάσσω)  to  exchange  beforehand, 
esp.  one  place  for  another :  hence 
pass.,  to  retire  beforehand,  Uiod. 

ΥΙροκαταλνω,  {πρό,  «αταλί'ω)  to 
break  up  or  annul  beforehand,  νόμονς, 
Thuc.  3,  84  ;  τον  πλουν,  Dem.  1290, 
15: — mid.,  προκαταλ.νεσΟαι  την  εχ- 
θρην,  lo  end  their  mutual  enmity  before, 
Hdt.  7,  6. 

Προκατημαλύσσω,  {πρό,  καταμα- 
λύσσω)  to  sofleyi  beforehand,  Diosc. 

ΐΐροκαταμανθάνω,  {πρό,  καταμαν- 
θάνω)  to  learn,  consider  bej'orehand, 
Hipp. 

ΥΙροκαταμαντεύομαι,  {προ,  κατα- 
μαντενομαι)  dep.,  to  prophesy, foretell, 
Dion.  H. 

Τίροκάτΰναλίσκω,  {πρό,  κατανα- 
λ.ίσκω)  to  ivaste,  squander  beforehand, 
Dion.  H. 

ΥΙροκατανοίω,  ώ,  {πρό,  κατανοέώ) 
to  remark,  perceive  beforehand,  Joseph. 
Hence 

ΙΙροκατανόησις,  εως,  ή,  forekriotvl- 
edge,  Epicur.  ap.  Diog.  L.  10,  79. 

ΐΐροκαταννσσω,  Alt.  -ττω,  {πρό, 
καταννσσω)  to  pierce,  slab  beforehand, 
DioC. 

ΐΐροκαταπίμπρημι,  to  burn  before- 
hand, Dio  C. 

ΤΙροκαταπίνω,  to  gulp  or  swallow 
down  beforehand,  Joseph. 

ΤΙροκαταπίπτω,  {πρό,  καταπίπτω) 
to  fall  down  beforehand,  πρ.  ταΐς  ■φν- 
χαΐς,  to  despond  beforehand,  Diod.  : 
metaph.,  λόγοι  προκατέπιπτον  εις 
την  'Ρώμην,  rumours  reached  Rome 
beforehand,  Plut.  Pomp.  43. 

ϊϊροκαταπ?^ω,  {πρό,  καταπλέω)  to 
sail  to  or  towards  bej'orehand,  Polyb.  1, 
21,  4. 

ΐΐροκαταπλήσσω,  f.  -ξω,  {πρό,  κα- 
ταπλήσσω) to  strike  with  terror  before- 
hand, τινά  .•  so  too  in  mid.,  Polyb.  5, 
70,  9. 

ΐΐροκάταργμα,  τό,  a  libation  offered 
before  the  chief  sacrifice. 

ΪΙροκατάριθμέω,  ώ,  {πρό,  καταριθ- 
μέω)  to  reckon  up  beforehand,  Sext. 
Emp.  p.  441. 

ΤΙροκαταρκτικός,  ή,  όν,  {προκα- 
τάρχω)  beginning  beforehand,  previous, 
τά  πρ.,  the  immediate  causes  ot  things, 
Hipp. :  παιων  πρ.,  a  paeon  preceded 
by  a  long  syllable,  opp.  to  καταληκτι- 
κός, Dem.  Phal. 

Προκάταρξις,  ή,  {προκατάρχω)  a 
first  beginning. 

ΪΙροκαταβ^ήγνϋμι,  {πρό,  κατα()βή- 
γννμι)  to  break  down  befurehand,  Dio 
C,  35,  7. 

ΤΙροκαταρτίζω,  {πρό,  καταρτίζω)  to 
repair,  amend  beforehand,  Hipp. 

ΙΙροκαταρτνω,  {πρό,  καταρτνω)  to 
prepare  beforehand:  metaph.,  to  calm 
or  moderate  beforehand,  Plut,  2,  31  D. 

ΤΙροκατάρχω,  {πρό,  κατάρχω)  to 
begin  first :  so  in  mid.,  to  begin  hos- 
tilities, Polyb.  3,  31,  5  :  c.  gen.,  ττρο- 
κατάρχεσθαι  λιοιδορίας,  Dio  C.  58,  1  ; 
— but,  προκατάρχεσβαί  τινι  των  Ιε- 


ΠΡΟΚ 

ρών,  to  serve  one  fir.st  or  with  the  best 
portion  of  the  victim  at  sacnlices  (one 
of  the  privileges  of  the  citizens  of  the 
mother-city  in  their  colonies),  Thuc. 
1,25. 

ΙΙροκατασκέπτομαι,  dep.  mid.,  to 
inspect  bej'orehand. 

ΪΙροκατασκενάζω,  (πρό,  κατασκεν- 
άζω)  to  prepare  bejorehand,  Xen.  Cyr. 

3,  1,  19; — mid., /or  one's  self,  Polyb. 

4,  32,  7,  etc. 

ΐΐροκατασκενή,  ης,  ή,  a  preface,  in 
troduction,  Polyb.  1,  13,  7,  etc. 

Υίροκατασκι/φόω,  ώ,  (πρό,  κατά, 
σκιββόω)  to  harden  beforehand :  met- 
aph., απέχθεια  πμοκατεσίίφβωμένη, 
inveterate  enmity,  LXX.* 

ΤΙροκατάστύσις,  εως,  η,  {προκαθί 
ατημι)  α  disposing  beforehand,  prepara 
lion,  Dion.  Η.     Hence 

ΙΙροκαταστύτικός,  ή,  όν,  prepara 
tory. 

ΤΙροκαταστέλλω,  to  compose,  quiet 
beforehand. 

ΐΐροκαταστρέφω,  {πρό,  καταστρέ- 
ψω) to  alter  bej'orehand  Οί  loo  soon :  πρ. 
(sc.  τον  βίον),  lo  come  lo  an  untimely 
enrf,  piog.  L.2,  138.     Hence 

ΤΙροκαταστροψή,  ης,  ή,  previous  or 
premature  change  :  untimely  death,  sub. 
βίου,  Diog.  L.  10,  154. 

ΙΙροκατασνρω,  {πρό,  κατασνρω)  to 
plunder  all  in  front  of  one,  Polyb.  4, 10, 
8.  [*] 

ϋροκατασφύζω,  {πρό,  κατασφάζω') 
to  slay  before,  App.  Hisp.  12. 

Ίΐροκατασχύζω,  f.  -σω,  (πρό,  κατα- 
(ίχάζω)  lo  slit  beforehand,  Diosc. 

ΪΙροκατασχεΰεϊν,  poet.  aor.  form  ol 
προκατέχω. 

Ώροκατατάχέω,^^  sq. 

ΐίροκατατύχννω,  to  occupy  by  com- 
ing beforehand. 

Τϊροκατατίθεμαι,  {πρό,  κατά,  τίθη- 
μι)  as  mid.  : — to  set  down  before,  πρ. 
λόγον,  lo  make  a  speech  bej'ore  doing  a 
thing,  Hipp. ;  πρ.  χάριν,  to  anticipate 
one  in  conferring  a  benefjt,  Joseph. 

ΤΙροκατανλησις,  ή,  {πρό,  κατά,  αν- 
λέω)  α  trial  of  the  flute  In  get  the  proper 
pilch  before  playing,  Theophr.  H.  PI. 
4,11,4. 

Προκαταφέρομαι,  (πρό,  καταφέρω) 
to  rush,  fall  down  first,  Arist.  Probl. 
12,  2. 

ΐΐροκαταφενγω,  {πρό,  καταφεύγω) 
to  take  refuge  or  sanctuary  beforehand, 
Thuc.  1,  134  ;  ττρ.  ες  τόπον,  to  escape 
before  to...  Id.  2,  91. 

Υ\ροκαταχράομαι,  {πρό,  καταχράο- 
μαι)  dep.,  to  use  up  bej'orehand,  Dem. 
389,  13. 

ΙΙροκαταχρίω,  to  rub  or  smear  be- 
forehand, [i] 

ϋροκατα-φύχω,  to  cool,  refresh  be- 
forehand, [i] 

ΐΐροκατεγγνάω,  ώ,  lo  betroth  or  pro- 
mise bej'orehand. 

ΥΙροκατελπίζω,  (πρό,  κατελπίζω) 
to  hope  beforehand,  περί  τινος,  Polyb. 
14,  3,  1. 

ΤΙροκατεπείγω,  {πρό,  κατεπείγω) 
to  urge,  press  beforehand,  Joseph. 

'Προκατεργάζομαι,  {πρό,  κατεργά- 
ζομαι) dep.,  lo  accomplish  bej'orehand, 
Plut.  Demetr.  et  Anton.  I,  in  pf  pass. 

ΐΐροκατέρχομαι,  (πρό,  κατέρχομαι) 
dep.  mid.,  c.  aor.,  et  perf  act. : — to 
come  or  go  down  beforehand,  return  be- 
fore, Hdn. 

Ώοοκατεσθίω,  f.  -έδομαι,  {πρό,  κα- 
Τεσθίω)  to  eat  up  beforehand,  Luc. 

ΐΐροκατενχομαι,  (πρό,  κατενχομαι) 
dep.  mid.,  to  pray  before  doing  any- 
thing, c.  gen.,  της  τροφής,  Joseph. 

'ίΐροκατέχω,  (πρό,  κατέχω)  to  hold 
or  gaiji  possession  of  beforehand,  preoc- 
cupy, Thuc.  4,  105  ;  δια  το  προκατε- 


ΠΡΟΚ 

σχήσθαι  την  ίκραν,  Polyb.  8,  33,  1  : 
— mid.,  to  hold  doiL'ji  before  one^s  self, 
Ίζροκατέσχετο  χερσί  καλύτττρην,  Η. 
Horn.  Cer.  197.  — 11.  intr.,  to  be  su- 
perior, Tivi,  in  a  thing,  Polyb.  27, 
13,7. 

ΤΙροκατηγορέω,  ώ,  (,πρό,  κατηγο- 
ρεί) to  accuse  beforehand,  τινός,  Dem. 
95, 25.     Hence 

ΤΙμοκατηγορία,  ας,  ή,  a  previotis  ac- 
cusalion,  Thuc.  3,  53. 

Τίροϋάττ/μαι,  Ion.  for  προκάθημαι, 
Hdt. 

ΙΙροκατηχέω,  ώ,  (ττρό,  κατηχέω)  to 
instruct  beforehand,  Eccl.     Hence 

ΤΙροϋατήχησις,  ή,  previous  or  first 
instruction,  Eccl. 

ΐΐροκατίζω,  Ion.  for  προκαθίζω, 
Hdt. 

ΊίροκατοτΓΤεύίϋ,  to  find  out  by  pre- 
vious search  or  inquiry. 

ΤΙροκατοββωδέω,  ώ,  to  fear  or  dread 
beforehand. 

Τϊμοκατό-φομαι,ΐηΧ,.  oi  προκαθορύω, 
Hdt.  8,  23. 

Τίρόκειμαι,  Ion.  77poA.T0/i«i,aspass., 
c.  fut.  mid.  -κείσομαι  {ττρό,  κεϊμαι)  : 
— to  lie  before  (locally),  to  lie  in  front 
of,  c.  gen.,  Αίγυπτος  προκειμένη  της 
εχομενης  γης,  Hdt.  2,  12,  of.  4,  99 ;  ώ 
ττρονκειτο  μαστών  περονίς,  in  which 
was  a  brooch  in  front  of  the  breast. 
Soph.  Tr.  925:  absol.,  to  stretch  for- 
ward, of  a  cape,  island,  Xen.  An.  6, 
4,  3,  Id.  Ath.  2,  13.— II.  generally,  to 
lie  bifore  the  eyes,  to  be  present  or  ready, 
in  Horn,  always,  ονείατα  προκείμενα, 
the  meats  ready  laid ;  so  in  Hdt.,  πρ. 
δαίς,  δείπνον  1,211  ;  5,  105;  το  προ- 
κείμενον  πρήγμα,  the  matter  in  hand, 
question  at  issu£,  Hdt.  8,  56  ;  so,  πρ. 
TLVi  πόνος,  άγων,  Plat.  Phaedr.  247 
Β  : — as  in  Lat.  in  medio  positum  esse. 
— 2.  metaph.,  γνώμαι  τρεις  προεκέα- 
το,  three  opinions  were  set  forth,  pro- 
posed, Hdt.  3,  83,  cf.  7,  16,  1 ;  πρόκει- 
ται περί  σωτηρίας  (sc.  ό  άγων)  the 
question  is  concemmg  safety,  Ar. 
Eccl.  401,  cf.  Eur.  Or.  847  ;  so,  σκέ- 
■φις  πρόκειται  περί  τίνος.  Plat.  Rep. 
533  Ε  : — άεθλος  προκείμενος,  the  task 
proposed,  Hdt.  1,  126  ;  4,  10 ;  so,  άγων 
πρ.,  the  struggle  before  one.  Id.  9,  60: 
but,  πρ.  σημήία,  signs  are  fixed  before- 
hand, agreed  upon.  Id.  2,  33  ;  so,  προ- 
κείμεναι  ήμέραι,  the  settled,  appointed 
days.  Id.  2,  87  ;  so,  ενιαντοί  πρόκειν- 
ται  εις  όγδώκοντα,  are  .tet,  fixed  at  80, 
Id.  3,  22;  πρ.  ανάγκη.  Id.  1,  11  ; 
ΰθλου  τέρμα  σοι  προκείμενου,  Aesch. 
Ργ.  257,  cf.  755  :  νόμοι  πρόκεινται, 
Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  865.— III.  to  lie  before  one, 
lie  exposed,  Hdt.  1,  111;  άτιμος  ώδε 
πρόκειμαι, says  Ajax  of  himself,  Soph. 
Aj.  427 : — esp.,  to  lie  dead,  Aesch. 
Theb.  965,  Soph.  Aj.  1059,  etc. ;  ό 
προκείμενος,  the  corpse,  Ar.  Eccl.  537. 
— IV.  to  be  held  out,  set  forth,  τινί,  esp. 
as  a  prize  or  reward,  Hes.  Sc.  312  ; 
προκείμενα  άθλα,  Plat.,freq.  in  Xen.: 
also  of  punishments,  Aesch.  Pers. 
371,  Soph.  Ant.  36,  Thuc.  3,  45. 

ΙΙροκέ?.ενθος,  ov,  {προ,  κέλενθος) 
leading  the  way,  conducting,  τινός, 
Mosch.  2.  147. 

ϊίροκε7.ευσματικός,  οΰ,  ό,  (πρό,  κέ- 
/.ενσμα)  α.  proceleusmatic,  a  foot  con- 
sisting of  four  short  syllables  (sub. 
πους,  ^νθμός),  Dion.  Η. 

Π/30«ελεΰω,  to  rouse  to  action  before- 
hand. 

ΤΙροκενεαγγεω,  ώ,  (πρό,  κενεαγ- 
γεο))   to    clear  the  bowels   beforehand, 

ΤΥροκενοΐύ.  ώ,  {προ,  κενοω)  to  empty 
beforehand,  Luc.  Alex.  13,  in  pass. 

ΐΐροκέντημα,  ατός,  τό,  (πρό,  κεν• 
τέυ)  α  thing  pricked  or  traced  out  be- 


ΠΡΟΚ 

forehand,  the  plan  of  a  building,  Sext. 
Emp.  :  also  προχάραγμα. 

ΐΐροκέφύ/.ος,  ov,  {κε<Ι>α7ιή)  with  the 
head  or  point  first. 

ΤΙροκήδομαι,  (πρό,  κήδομαι)  dep., 
to  take  care  of,  take  thought  for,  τινός, 
Aesch.  Pr.  629,  Soph.  Ant.  741,  etc. 

ΤΙροκηραίνω,  {πρό,  κηραίνω)  to  be 
anxious  for,  τινός.  Soph.  Tr.  29  ;  cf. 
Monk  Eur.  Hipp.  223. 

ΤΙροκήρνγμα,  ατός,  τό,  (προκηρύσ- 
σω) a  previous  announcement. 

ΐΐροκηρύκενομαι,  f.  -εύσομαι,  (πρό, 
κηρυκενω)  dep.  mid.,  to  have  proclaimed 
by  herald,  to  give  public  notice,  περί  Τί- 
νος, Andoc.  23,  45 ;  προς  τίνα,  Aes- 
chin.  51,  14. 

ΤΙροκήρνξ,  ϋκος,  ό,=κηρυξ. 

ΤΙροκηρνσσω,  Att.  -ττω  :  f.  -ξω 
(πρό,  κηρύσσω) : — to  proclaim  by  her- 
ald, proclaim  publicly.  Soph.  Ant.  34, 
El.  684,  Isae.  60,  2,  etc. 

ΤΙροκΙθύρισμα,  ατός,  τό,  (κιθαρίζω) 
a  prelude  on  the  lyre. 

ΙΙροκινόννενω,  {πρό,  κινδυνεύω)  to 
run  risk  beforehand,  brave  the  first  dan- 
ger, stand  the  brunt  of  battle,  Thuc.  7, 
56,  Xen.,  etc.,  cf  esp.  Dem.  297,  11  : 
also  c.  dat.,  πρ.  τω  βαρβάρω  (sc.  της 
Έ.7ίλάδος),  braved  him  for  Greece, 
Thuc.  1,  73;  also,  πρ.  υπέρ  της  ε/.εν- 
θερίας,  Lys.  151,  38,  cf.  Isocr.  56  Α. 

ΊΙροκΙνέω,  ω,  f.  -?/σω,  (πρό,  κινέω) 
to  move  forward,  τον  στρατόν,  Xen. 
Cyr.  1,  4,  21  ;  to  urge  on,  πρ.  'ίπποι'. 
Id.  Eq.  9,  3  : — pass.,  with  fut.  mid., 
to  come  on,  advance.  Id.  Cyr.  1,  4,  23. 

ΤΙροκ7.αίω,  fut.  -κλαύσομαι,  (πρό, 
κ7.αίω)  to  weep  beforehand,  or  openly. 
Soph.  Tr.  963,  Eur.  Phoen.  1520.— 
II.  trans.,  to  lament  beforehand,  τον 
νεκρόν,  Hdt.  5,  8  ;  cf.  Eur.  Ale. 
526. 

ΤΙρόκ7.αστος,  ov,  (πρό,  κ7.άω)  broken 
or  broken  off  in  front. 

^ΐΙροκ7.έης  contd.  ΙΙροκ7\.ης,  έονς, 
ό,  Procles,  son  of  Aristodemus,  broth- 
er of  Eurysthenes,  a  king  of  Sparta, 
Hdt.  6,  52;  8,  131:  from  him  the 
Proclid  line  of  kings  was  so  named. 
— 2.  a  Spartan,  ruler  of  Teulhrania 
in  Asia  Minor,  Xen.  An.  2,  1,  3. — 3. 
ruler  of  Epidaurus,  father-in-law  of 
Periander  of  Corinth,  Hdt.  3,  50. — 4. 
an  Athenian  commander,  son  of  The- 
odorus,  Thuc.  3,  91  :  cf  ΐΙατροκ7.ης. 
— 5.  a  Lerian,  subject  of  the  satire  of 
Phocylides,  5,  2. —  Others  in  Xen. ; 
Pans. ;  etc. 

^Ϊ1ρόκ7.εια,  ας,  ή,  ProcUa,  daugh- 
ter of  Clytius,  Paus.  10,  14,  2. 

Τ\ροκ7.7}δονίζομαι,  to  forebode,  pro- 
phesy, Joseph. 

\Τίροκ7.ης,  ό,  v.  Ί1ροκ7.έης. 

ΤΙρόκλησις,  εως  Ion.  ιος,  ή,  (προ- 
κα7.έω)  α  calling  forth  or  out : — a  chal- 
lenging to  combat,  εκ  προκλήσιος,  upon 
or  according  to  challenge,  Hdt.  5,  1  ;  9, 
75. — II.  a;i  invitation,  proposal,  Thuc. 
3,  64. — III.  esp.  as  law-term,  a  formal 
challenge  or  wager,  offered  by  either 
party  to  his  opponent,  for  the  purpose 
of  bringing  disputed  points  to  issue, 
etc.,  somewhat  like  the  Roman  spon- 
sio,  freq.  in  Oratt.,  as  Antipho  6,  27, 
Lys.  4,  15,  etc.  ;  cf  προκα7.εω  fin.  : 
on  the  various  kinds  ot  πρόκ7.ησις,'ν. 
Hudtwalcker  iiber  die  Diateten,  p. 
49;  the  most,  common  was  a  chal- 
lenge to  the  opponent  to  let  his  slaves 
be  put  to  the  rack  to  give  evidence 
against  him  :  also  an  offer  of  one's 
own  slaves  to  be  tortured,  cf  Dem. 
978,  8 ;  see  also  1387,  13,  where  the 
whole  form  is  given.     Hence 

Προκ7ιητικός,  ή,  όν,  calling  forth, 
challenging,  τΛ  φωνή  προκ7.ητικον 
Ιπα7Λ7.άζείν,  Plut.  Marcell.  7. 


ΠΡΟΚ 

'Π.ρόκ7.ητος,  ov,  (προκα7,£ω)  called 
forth,  challenged,  summoned. 

ΐΙροκ7.ίνω,  (πρό,  κ72νω)  to  lean  for- 
ward, πρ.  σώμα  ές  χέρα  φΰίαν,  Soph. 
Ο.  C.  201.  [Ο    Hence 

Ι1ροκ7.ίτης,  ον,  ό,  one  who  occupies 
the  first  place  at  table,  [ϊ] 

tHpo/c/of ,  ov,  ό,=^Ί1ροκ7.ης :  also 
answering  to  the  Rom.  name  Procu- 
lus,  Plut. 

ΤΙροκ7.νζω,  {.  -σω,  (πρό,  κ7.νζω)  to 
wash  out  beforehand,  Philo  : — esp.  as 
medic,  term,  to  purge  beforehand  with 
a  clyster. 

ΐΙρόκ7.ντος,  ov,  (πρό,  κ7,νω)  heard 
formerly  :  επεα  πρ.,  ancient  legends, 
or  old  saws,  II.  20,  204. 

Προκλΰω,  {πρό,  κ7Λ'ω)  ίο  hear  be- 
forehand, Aesch.  Ag.  251.  [{;] 

Όίρόκνη,  ης,  ή,  Procne,  daughter 
of  Pandion,  king  of  Athens,  wife  of 
Tereus,  changed  into  a  swallow, 
Thuc.  2,  29 ;  Apoilod.  3,  14,  8. 

ΤΙροκνημϊον,  ov,  τό,  (πρό,  κνήμη) 
the  inner  and  larger  bone  of  the  leg,  shin, 
Lat.  tibia ;  cf  παρακνημιον. 

ΤΙροκνημίς,  ΐδος,  ή,  {πρό,  κνημίς) 
α  covering  for  the  shin,  Polyb.  6,  23,  8. 

ΤΙρόκνις  or  προκνίς,  ιδος,  ή,  a  sort 
of  dried  fig,  also  written  πρόκρις  or 
προκρίς.  Pamphil.  ap.  Ath.  653  B. 

Ώροκοίλιος,  ov,  ( κού.ία )  with  a 
paunch. 

Ί1ρόκοι7.ος,  ov,=foreg. 

Ώροκοιμάομαι,  to  sleep  beforehand, 
Clem.  Al. 

ΤΙροκοιτεία,  ας,  ή,^προκοιτία. 

ΤΙροκοιτέω,  ώ,  (πρόκοιτος)  to  keep 
guard  before  a  place,  Joseph. 

ΤΙροκοιτία,  ας,  ή,  a  watch  before  a 
place,  Polyb.  2,  5,  6,  etc. 

ΤΙροκοίτιον,  ου,  τό,  dub.  1.  for  προ- 
κοιτών. 

Τϊβόκοιτος,  ov,  (πρό,  κοίτη)  keeping 
watch  before  a  place,  Lat.  excubitor, 
Polyb.  20,  11,  5  ;  c.  gen.,  πρ.  της 
φρουράς  κνων,  Plut.  2,  325  Β. 

Ώ,ροκοιτών,  ώνος,  ό,αη  antechamber. 
Lob.  Phryn.  252. 

Τ1ροκο7.άζω,  f.  -άσω,  to  chastise  be- 
forehand. 

Ι1ροκο7.ύκεύω,  (πρό,  κο7.ακεύω)  to 

flatter  beforehand.  Plat.  Rep.  494  C. 

ΙΙροκό7^πιον,  ov,  τό,  (πρό,  κόλπος) 
a  robe  foiling  over  the  breast,  Theophr. 
Char.  6,  22,  Luc.  Pise.  7.— II.  the  en- 
trance into  a  gulf,  Jac.  Ach.  Tat.  p. 
394. 

ΤΙροκομία,  ας,  ή,=^προκόμιον,  Ael. 
Ν.  Α.  16,  ΙΟ. 

ΐΐροκομΐδή,  ης,  ή,  α  bringing  for- 
ward :  from 

ΤΙροκομίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (πρό,  κομίζω) 
to  bring  forward  : — pass.,  to  be  carried 
away  into  distant  lands,  Hdt.  4,  122. 

ΤΙροκύμιον,  ov,  τό,  (πρό,  κόμη)  the 
front  hair  of  a  man  ;  also,  the  forelock 
of  a  horse,  Lat.  capronae,  Xen.  Eq.  5, 
6,  Arist.  H.  A.  9,45,  5.— II.  false  hair, 
esp.  a  false  front,  such  as  the  Persians 
and  the  Greek  women  wore,  Ar.  Fr. 
309,  Arist.  Oecon.  2,  15,  3  ;  πρ.  και 
περίθετα,  Ath.  523  A  : — also,  πηνίκη, 
φενάκη. 

αίροκόννησος,  ον,ή,  (πρόξ,  νήσος) 
Proconnesus,  an  island  in  the  Propon- 
tis,  famed  forits  marble,  nowj/arwiara; 
Hdt.  4,  14  ;  Strab.  p.  588. 

ΤΙμοκοπ?},  ης,  ή,  progress  on  a  jour 
ney :  generally, pro^rei-s,  advance,  προ- 
κοπην  ίχειν,  ποιείσΰαι,  7.αμβάνειν, 
Polyb.  2,37,10, etc.;  improvement, esp. 
in  science,  Cic.  Att.  15,  16 ;  and  in 
plur.,  2,  75  B,  Luc.  Alex.  22  -.—πρ. 
πα7.ίντροπος.  progress  in  a  contrary 
direction,  Polyb.  5,  16,  9  ;  πρ.  επί  τό 
χείρον  or  TO  βέΑ.τιον,  Philo  :  from 

ίΐροκόπτω,  f.  -ψω,  (πρό.  κόπτω)  to 
1253 


ΠΡΟΚ 

forward  a  work  : — pass.,  to  be  forward- 
ed, to  advance,  thrive,  prosper,  ανωτέρω 
ονύΐν  τών  ττρηγμάτων  -ττροκοτττομί- 
νων,  Hdt.  1,  190  ;  {:ς  τη  πρόσω  ονόέν 
ιτροεκόπτετο  τών  πρηγμάτων.  Id.  3, 
56. — II.  in  this  intr.  sig:nf.,  the  act. 
is  usu.  employed  in  Att.,  τί  ύν  ntyo- 
κόπτοις  ;  what  good  would  you  get  ? 
Eur.  Ale.  1079 ;  ovoev  ττρονκο—τον 
εις.-,  they  made  no  progress  towards.., 
Xen.  Hell.  7,  1,  0;  also,  ττρ.  ης  ττρό- 
σθε,  Eur.  Hoc.  901  ;  έττΐ  τοσούτο  ττρ., 
Polyb.  39,  9,  2 ;  έπΙ  ττλείον  π.  ασε- 
βείας. Ν.  Τ.  : — 80,  prob.,  του  ναντι- 
κον  με}α  μέρος  προκόφαντες,  having 
made  improvements  in  their  navy  to  a 
great  extent,  Thuc.  7,  56,  cf.  4,  GO  : — 
also,  ήμερα,  ννξ  προνκοφε,  the  day, 
night  was  far  advanced,  App.,  N.  T. ; 
πρ.  δια  της  λεωόύρον,  to  proceed  upon 
the  high-road  : —  generally,  =  σοφός 
γίγνεσθαι,  Plut.  2,  543  Ε.  (Most  in- 
terpp.  follow  Coray  ad  Isocr.,  who 
thinks  the  usage  borrowed  from  the 
practice  of  armies,  which  hew  down 
the  trees,  etc.,  that  obstruct  their  pro- 
gress, V.  ττροοόοτΓοίέω.  Schneid.  and 
Passow  make  the  first  signf.,  to  beat 
out,  stretch  by  beating,  as  a  smith  does 
metal.) 

Προκοσμεω,  ώ.  to  adorn  in  front  or 
before ;  susp.     Hence 

ΙΙροκόσμημα,  ητος,  τό,  an  ornament 
in  front,  DlOg.  L.  6,  72. 

Ώροκόσμιος,  or,  (πρό,  κόσμος  II.) 
before  the  world,  Eccl. — II.  to  trpOKO- 
σμιον,  the  frontlet  of  a  horse  (nisi  le- 
gend, ττροκύμιον,  Plut.  2,  970  D. 

ΊΙρυκράτέω.  ώ.  {-ρό,  κρατέω)  to 
govern  before  or  beforehand,  Dio  C. 

ΤΙροκρέμΰμηι,   {ττρό,    κρεμάννυμι) 
to  hang  forward,  Arist.  Physiogn.  6, 19. 
ΙΙρόκρημνος,   ov,    (προ,    κρημνός) 
overhanging,  abrupt,  LXX. 

ΤΙρόκρΐμα,  ατός.  τό,  a  choosing  be- 
fore others,  partiality,  N.T. — II.  a  pre- 
judgment, Lat.  prarjudicium :    from 

Προκρίνω,  [προ,  κρίνω)  to  choose 
before  others,  pick  out,  choose,  Thuc. 
4,  80,  and  Plat.  :  to  prefer  before,  τι 
or  τινά  τίνος,  Hdt.  1,  70  ;  9,  26  ;  πρ. 
τινά  σωφρονέστατον  βροτών,  Eur. 
Hel.  47  ;  προκρίνας  ο'ίπερ  άλκιμώτα- 
τοι,  Phoen.  746  ;  also  in  mid.,  τού- 
τους έκ  προκρίτων  προκρινύμενος. 
Plat.  Rep.  537  D  :— pass.,  to  be  pre- 
ferred before,  he  superior  to  Others,  τι- 
νός, Hdt.  2,  121,  6,  cf.  1,  56;  c.  inf., 
τούτο  προκέκριται  είναι  βέλτιστον, 
Xen.  Cyr.  2,  3,  8,  cf.  Apol.  21.— II.  to 
jvdge  beforehand  ;  and  so,  merely,  to 
judge,  c.  ace.  et  inf ,  Xen.  Apol.  15, 
Isocr.  42  A,  etc.  :  πρ.  ιιύ,χην  δι'  ιπ- 
πέων, to  decide  the  battle  by  the  horse 
before  the  foot  comes  up,  prob.  1.  Diod. 
17,  19.  [i] 

Πρόκρις  or  προκρίς,  v.  sub  πρό- 
κνις. 

\ΐΙρόκρις,  ιδος,  ή,  Procris,  a  daugh- 
ter of  Thespius,  Apollod.  2,  7,  8. — 
2.  daughter  of  Erechtheus,  Id.  3, 
15,  2. 

ΪΙρόκρΙσις,  εως,  ή,  {προκρίνω)  pref- 
erence, choice,  election.  Plat.  Folit.  299 
A. — H.  a  pre-judgment,  Lat.  praeju- 
dicium.     Hence 

ΤΙροκριτικός,  ή,  όν,  only  found  as 
subst.,  TO  -p..  a  kind  oi  verse  or  metri- 
cal foot.  Y\u\..''i,  1141  A 

ΎΙρόκρ'ίτος,  ov,  {προκρίνω)  chosen 
before  others,  preferred,  picked.  Plat. 
Rep.  537  D,  Legg.  945  Β  :— as  a  trans- 
lation of  Lat.  Princeps  senatzis,  Dio  C. 
II.  prejudged. 

ΤΙρόκμουν,  Lacon.  impf.  from  προ- 
κρονω,   for    προνκρονον,    Ar.     Lys. 
1252  ;— not  an  adj.,  as  says  Gottling 
Theodos.  p.  215. 
1254 


ΠΡΟΚ 

Ήρόκροσσος,  η,  ov,  or  ος,  ov  (v.  in- 
fra) {πρό,  κρόσσαι) : — wilh  projecting 
κρύσσαι  OT  battlements  :  in  II.  14,35, 
the  ships  are  drawn  up  on  the  beach 
πρόκροσσαι,  i.  e.,  prob.  ranged  side  by 
side  so  that  their  sterns  stood  np  like  a  row 
of  battlements ; — and  so,  in  Hdt.  7,  188, 
a  number  of  ships  are  said  to  be 
ranged  (at  sea)  πρόκροσσαι  Ις  πάν- 
τον  ίπϊ  οκτώ,  i.  e.  ranged  in  rows  turn- 
ed seawards  eight  deep  : — also  of  a 
richly-carved  cup,  πέριξ  αντον  γρυ- 
πών κεφαλαί  oi  πρόκροσσοι  ήσαν,  the 
heads  of  griffins  were  set  at  regular 
distances  round  it,  Hdt.  4, 152: — (opp. 
to  περιφερείς,  Democr.  ap.  Theophr. 
de  Sens.,  cf.  Opp.  H.  4,  606).— In  all 
these  places  Schweigh.  takes  πρό- 
κροσσοι {-ai)  to  be  m  ipiincwicem  dis- 
positae,  the  French  par  echelons.— 
Metaph.,  πρόκροσσοι  φερόμενοι  επΙ 
τόν  κίνδυνον,  rushing  one  after  another 
into  danger,  Agathocl.  ap.  Ath.  30  A. 

\Τίροκρονστης,  ov,  ό  Procrustes,  ap- 
pell.  of  the  robber  Polypemon,  also 
called  Damastes  ;  v.  sq.,  Plut.  Thes. 
11  :  cf.  ΙΙο?Λπήμων. 

Τϊροκρούω,  Dor.  προκρόω,  {πρό, 
κρούω)  to  beat  out  ;  hence,  to  stretch 
and  torture,  whence  the  name  of  the 
robber  ΥΙροκρονστης,  who  stretched 
all  his  captives,  great  or  small,  on  the 
same  bed. — II.  like  κρούω,  to  lie  with 
a  woman,  Ar.  Eccl.  1017. 

ΤΙροκτύομαι,  {πρό,  κτάομαι)  dep., 
to  gain  btforehand,  v.  1.  Plut.  for 
προςκτ-. 

ΐΐροκτίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  to  build,  found  be- 
forehand. 

Ώροκϋβερνύω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  steer  in 
front. 

Ήροκΰδύνω,  strenglhd.  for  κνδάνω, 
Orph.  Arg.  1223,  ace.  to  Herni. 

Τ1ροκνκ?.έω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {πρό,  κνκ- 
λέω)  to  roll  forth  or  out,  in  the  Swal- 
low-song ap.  Ath.  360  C,  ubi  olim 
προςκ-. 

ΐΐροκν/ιΐνδέω,  ώ,  later  form  from 
προκνλίνόω  :  pass.,  πρ.  τινι,  to  fall 
at  the  feet  of,  prostrate  one's  self  before 
one,  Lat.  provolvi  ad  genua  alicujus,  Ar. 
Av.  501,  ubi  V.  Schol.  (cf.  προκα'λιν- 
δέω)  ;  τινός,  Dem.  450,  2.     Hence 

ΤΙροκνΆίνόημα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which 
is  rolled  before. 

Ίλροκν'/.ίνδω,  f.  -κυΤίίσω,  {πρό,  κν- 
?ιίνδω)  to  roll  before,  fonvard  or  away: 
—  pass.,  to  roll  forward,  on,  past,  of  the 
waves,  II.  14,  18  ;  fut.  mid.  in  pass, 
signf.,  Dion.  H. : — cf.  προκνλινδέω. 
Hence 

Τϊροκν?ΐσις,  εως,  ή,  a  casting  one's 
self  at  the  feet  of  another,  προκνλίσεις 
και  προςκννήσεις,  Plat.  Legg.  887  Ε. 

ΤΙβοκνμαία  or  προκνμία,  ας,  ή, 
and  προκυμαία  or  προκνμύτια,  τά  : 
{πρό,  κνμα)•.—αη  embankment  against 
the  waves,  a  dyke,  breakwater,  Joseph. 

ΤΙροκννέω,  ώ,  {πρό,  κνων)  of  a  dog, 
to  bark  beforehand,  i.  e.  before  game  is 
found. 

Προκύπτω,  f.  -ψω,  (ττρό,  κνπτω)  to 
sloop  and  bend  forward,  hence,  to  peep 
out,  Ar.  Ran.  412,  Av.  490  ;  γ?.ώσσα 
προκύπτει,  Luc.  Alex.  12 ;  cf.  Jac. 
Ach.  Tat.  p.  593. 

Προκϋρόω,  ώ,  {πρό,  κνρόω)  to  con- 
firm or  ratify  before,  N.  T. 

Προκνων,  κυνός,  ύ,  {πρό,  κνων) 
Procyon,  a  constellation  which  rises 
before  the  dog-star  ;  strictly,  a  single 
star,  which  by  later  writers  was  itself 
described  as  a  dog,  Schol.  A  rat.  450. 
— 11.  πικροί  Καλλιμάχου  πρόκννες, 
a  nickname  of  the  grammarians, 
snappers  and snarlers,  Anth : — cf.  προς- 
κυνΐς. 


ΠΡΟΑ 

Ήροκώλϋμα,  ατός,  τό,  (πρό,  «ω- 
λνω)  α  bulwark,  defence,  Heliod.  9,  17. 
Προκώμιος,  ov,  {πρό,  κώμος]  before 
the  κώμος  :  τό  πρ.  ύμνου,  the  prelude 
of  a  song  sung  by  a  κώμος,  Pmd.  P4. 
4,  17. 

Πρόκωνα  and  προκώνια,  τά,  ΰλφι 
τα,  groats  of  fresh  or  unroasted  barley, 
Hipp.,  who  also  mentions  πνροι  προ- 
κωνίαι,  y.  Kocs.  Oecon. 

Πρόκωπος,  ov,  {πρό,  κώπη)  grasp- 
ing the  sword  by  its  hilt,  swirrilin-hand, 
Aesch.  Ag.  1637. — 2.  of  the  sword, 
grasped  by  the  hilt,  Aesch.  Ag.  1651, 
Eur.  Or.  1477. 

Ώρολάβή,  7}ς,  it,  (προλάμβανα) like 
λαβή,  a  hilt. 

Προλαγχάνω,  {πρό,  Xayxavu)  Ιο 
obtain  by  lot  beforehand,  Ar.  Eccl.  1 159. 
Ώρο/.άζν/ίαι,  dep.,  to  receive  btfore- 
hand or  by  anlicipalimi,  τινός,  some  of 
a  thing,  Eur.  Ion  1027  ;  cf.  λύζομαι, 
fin. 

Προλύκκιον,  ov,  TO,  (πρό,λύΐκος} 
a  hole  in  the  ground  lying  before  a  larger 
one,  Arist.  Part.  An.  3,  14,  13. 

Προλάλέω,  ώ,  {πρό,  λ.αλίω)  to 
prate  before,  Anth.  P.  12,  208.— II.  to 
foretell. 

Πρόλαλος,  ov,  {πρό,  λάλος)  flippant 
in  words,  chattering,  Ael. 

Προλαμβάνω,  f.  -λή-ψνμαι,  aor. 
προνλάβον,  {πρό,  λ.αμβύνω)  to  take 
beforehand,  Lys.  176,  5,  etc.  ;  πρ.  άρ- 
γνρίον,  to  receive  as  earnest  money, 
Dem.  1211,  5. — 2.  to  take  before  or 
sooner  than  another,  τι  πρό  τίνος. 
Soph.  Ο.  C.  1141.~3.  also,  to  take 
away  before,  Aeschin.  24,  30  :  πρ.  πό- 
δα έκ  κακών,  first  to  get  one's  self  out 
ofmiscliief,  Eur.  Ion  1253. — i.  gene- 
rally, to  obtain,  get,  Dem.  970,  28—11. 
to  outstrip,  get  the  start  of,  τινά,  Xen. 
Cyn.  5,  19: — πρ.  της  οδού,  to  get  a 
start,  Hdt.  3, 105  ;  so,  πρ.  της  φν)ής, 
Thuc.  4,  33 ;  also,  πρ.  τώ  δρόμω, 
Xen.  Cyn.  7,  7  ;  absol.,  πολ'λώ  πρού- 
λαβε,  was  far  ahead,  Thuc.  7,  80. — 2. 
to  be  beforehand  with,  anticipate,  like 
φθύνειν,  Eur.  Ion  407,  etc. :  part., 
προλαβών,  by  anticipation,  Xen.  Cyr. 
1.  2,  3  : — also  c.  ace.  rei,  to  anticipate, 
γόους,  Eur.  Hel.  339;  πρ.  την  ήλι- 
κίαν,  Lat.  decerpere  florcm  aelatis, 
Aeschin.  23, 18. — 3.  to  anticipate  one's 
words,  prejudge,  Dem.  44,  3. — 4.  to 
prepossess,  ivin  beforehand,  πρ.  τινά 
λόγω,  Dem.  1439,  6. — III.  to  repeat 
from  the  orisin,  Lat.  altius  repetere, 
Isocr.  119  A,  351  C. 

Προλάμπω,  f.  -ψω,  to  shine  before- 
hand, shine  before  others. 

^Πρόλΰος,  ου,  ύ,  Prulaiis,  masc.  pr. 
n..  Pans.  5,  2,  4. 

Προλί  i2(V(j,=  προλειόω. 
Προλ.έγω,  f.  -^ω,  (πρό,  λιέγω)  to 
pick  out  or  choose  before  others,  prefer, 
'Αθηναίων  προ/ελεγμένοι,  II.  13,089 ; 
εξοχώτατοι  προλέγονται,  Pind.  Ν.  2, 
28. — II.  to  foretell,  of  an  oracle,  Hdt. 
1,  53  ;  8, 136,  and  .\tt. ;  τι  περί  τίνος. 
Plat.  Euthyphr.  3  C  -.-—to  say  before- 
hand, Aesch.  Pr.  1071.— 2.  to  tell  pub- 
licly, denounce,  esp.  punishment,  as, 
πρ.  δεσμόν  τινι.  Dem.  719,  25,  cf.  Ly- 
curg.  148,  10  :  to  cavtian,  warn,  πρ. 
Tiv\  ότι..,  Antipho  126,  17:  —  gener- 
ally, to  profess,  declare,  Aesch.  Theb. 
336 : — c.  inf.,  ta  order,  τινϊ  ποιεϊν  τι, 
Xen.  An.  7,  7.  3. 

Προλειόω.  ώ,  to  ir^ake  smooth  before. 
— 2.  to  potind  btforehand. 

Πρη/.είπω,  t.  -ι/ιω,  (πρό,  λείπω)  la 
go  J'orth  and  leave  behind ;  hence,  to 
leave  6(7Hiii/,/r)r»v)/;f,  of  persons,  places, 
and  thines,  Horn  ,  Hes.,  etc. ;  μήτίς 
σε  προΡ.ίλίΗΤΓΡ,  prudeuce/orsooA-  ihce. 
Od,  2,  279  ;  άντρον  προλ^πών,  Vina. 


ΠΡΟΛ 

P.  9,  50 ;  and  Trag. ;  χώραν  ττρ.,  to 
abandon  one's  post,  Thuc.  2,  87. — 2. 
c.  inf.,  to  omit  to  do  a  thing.  Theogn. 
351 ;  so,  ττρ.  μη  ού  ποιείν,  Soph.  El. 
132. — II.  intr.,  to  cease,  fail  beforehand^ 
to  cease,  Άτρείδαις  oil  7τρο'/.εί~εί  φό- 
νος, Eur.  Or.  817  ;  εΐ  ru  —ρολείττοι  ή 
ρώμη,  Thuc.  7,  75:  absol.,  to  faint-, 
fall  ΐΛίο  a  swooK,  Eur.  Hec.  438. 

ϋρολεκτιαός,  ή,  όν,  (jzpQ'Kzyui)fore- 
telUng.  Paul.  S.  74,  67. 

ΤΙρολΐΰ-ύνω,  {πρό,  λΐτΐτννω)  to 
make  tkin  orfine  beforehand,  Plat.  Tim. 
66  \. 

ΤΙρολεσχηνεύομαι,  dep.  c.  pf.  pass. 
ΤΓρολε?.εσ;^//νενμαι,  to  hold  converse 
with  one  before,  rivi,  Hdl.  6,  4. 

ΊΙρό/.εσχος,  ov,  {πρό,  λί<!χη)  volu- 
ble in.  talk,  prating,  Aesch.  Supp.  200. 

ΙΙρολενκαίνω,  to  make  white  or 
bright  beforehand. 

Ώ.ρο7.ενσσα,{πρό,  ?.ενσσω)  to  see  be- 
fore one's  self  OT  in  front.  Soph.  Phil. 
1360. 

ΙΙρόλημμα,  ατός,  ro,  {τνρο7.αμβά- 
vu)  that  which  is  taken  beforehand;  TCp. 
ιτοιεϊν  Tivi,  to  give  one  some  start  or 
advantage,  Polyb.  17,  10,  3.     Hence 

ΤΙρο/ημμΰτίζω,  to  place  before  or  in 
advance :  —  hence,  τζροΑίϊμμα,ησμός, 
οϋ,  ό,  a  preparatory  exercise  in  singing, 
Byzant. 

ΐΐρολήνιον,  ου,  τό,  (ιτρό,  7.ηνός)  α 
vessel  in  front  of  a  wine-press,  LXX. 

ΤΙρολητττικός,  ή,  όν,  anticipating, 
Plut.  2.  427  D  :  from 

ΐΙρό?.ηψις,  εως,  ή,  (■ΰρο?Μμβάνω)  an 
anticipating:  esp.  in  point  of  time,  a 
prolepsis,  anachronism. — II.  α  previous 
assumption,  preconception,  Polyb.  8, 
29,  1  ;  -p.  έχειν  τινός.  Id.  10,  43,  8  : 
esp.,  a  vague  or  indistiiwt  conception, 
like  the  notiones  insitae  of  Cicero  : 
and  in  the  Epicur.  philosophy,  α  con- 
ception formed  through  the  senses,  as 
opp.  to  έννοια,  Plut.  2,  900  B,  C,  etc. 

ΐΐρο/.ιμνάς,  ύόος,  η,  {~ρό,  ?ύμνη) 
stagnant  water  near  a  river  or  lake,  a 
marsh  formed  by  a  river  overflowing, 
Arist.  H.  A.  6,  14,  2 :  in  E.  M.  also 
πμό'/.ιμνα,  ή. 

ΐίρολιμνάζω,  [τρό,  /.ιμνάζω)  to  form 
a  marsh  before  a  river,  Paus.  8,  22,  3. 

ΤΙρο/.ϊμοκτονέω,  ύ,  {'ΐτρό,  /.ιμοκτο- 
νέω)  to  famish  beforehand,  Arisl.  Η.  Α. 
8,  6,  3. 

ΤΙρο?Λπαίνω,  (πρό,  ?.ιπαίνω)  to  fat- 
ten or  enrich  before,  Diosc. 

ΤΙρο/αχνεύω,  to  lick  or  nibble  before- 
hand. 

ΐΙρο?Λβιον,  ov,  TO,  (πρό,  ?^)βός) 
the  lower  part  of  the  flap  of  the  ear. 

ΪΙρό'/Μβος,  ov,  6,=^προηγορεών,  the  j 
crop  of  fowls,  esp.  pigeons  ;  also  writ- 
ten πρόβο/Μς.     Hence 

ΐΐρο/,οβύδης,  ες,  (είδος)  like  the  crop 
of  a  bird,  Arist.  Part.  An.  4,  5,9. 

ΙΙμολογίζομαι,  f.  -ίσομαι,  dep.  mid., 
to  calculate  beforehand. 

ΐΐρο/.ογίζω,  to  speak  beforehand, 
speak  a  prologue. 

ΙΙρό?Λγος,  ov,  b,  (προ/.έγω)  a  pref- 
alorij  discrmrse,  preface  : — in  Trag.  and 
old  Coin.,  the  prologue,  all  that  portion  t 
of  the  play  that  comes  before  the  first  j 
chorus,  Ar.  Ran.  1119,  cf.  Arist.  Poet.  I 
12,  4  :  after  Eurip.  it  was  usually  a  | 
monologue  containing  a  narrative  of  ] 
facts  introductory  to  the  main  action,  j 
as  in  the  Roman  comedy ;  opp.  to  j 
ίπί'/Μγος. — Π.  in  arithm.,  of  ratios  in  ; 
which  the  first  number  is  the  largest, 
as  5  :  3  ;  cf  νπόλογος  II. 

Προλοι'ω,  ίο  wash  beforehand,  :  — 
pass.,  to  bathe  beforehand. 

ΪΙρολοχίζω,  (πρό,  λοχίζω)  ενέδρας, 
to  lay  ail  ambuscade  beforehand ;  hence, 
iapass.,  at  πρΰ?.ε?.οχισμέναί  ένέόραι. 


ΠΡΟΜ 

the  ambush  that  had  before  been  laid, 
Thuc.  3,  112. — II.  to  beset  with  an  am- 
buscade, τύς  όδονς,  Thuc.  3,  1 10,  cf 
Plut.  Sertor.  13  :  also,  πρ.  τα  περί 
την  πό/ίΐν  ένέόραις,  Thuc.  2,  81. 
Hence 

ΤΙρο/.υχισμός,  οϋ,  ο,  α  laying  of  an 
ambuscade  beforehand,  Conon. 

αΐρόλοχος,  ov,  6,  Prolochus,  one 
of  the  Lapithae,  Hes.  Sc.  180. 

npoAv μαίνομαι,  (πρό,  /.νμαίνομαι) 
dep.,  ίο  ravage  beforehand,  Polyb.  2, 
68,  5. 

ΊΙρο?Λ•πέω,  ώ,  ί.  -ήσο>,  (πρό,  λνπέω) 
to  pain  or  distress  beforehand : — Pass., 
to  feel  pain  OT  distress  before.  Plat. 
Phaedr.  258  E,  Phil.  39  D,  etc. 
Hence 

ΤΙρο/.ύπησις,  εως,  ή,  previous  dis- 
tress. Plat.  Rep.  584  C.  [v] 

αίρολντα.  ή,  Prolyta.  daughter  of 
Agesilaus,  Plut.  Ages.  19,  v.  1.  Προ- 
avya. 

ΪΙρο/.νται,  οί,  V.  /.ύται. 

ΐΐρομΰθεία,  προμΰθεύς,  Dor.  for 
προμ7ΐϋ-. 

^ΙΙρομάθίδας,  ου,  ό,  Promethidas, 
masc.  pr.  η.,  Ath.  296  Β. 

αίρομαθίυν,  ωνος,  ό,  Promathion, 
a  historian,  Plut.  Rom.  2. 

Τίρόμακρος,  ον,^προμήκης,  susp. 
in  Theophr. 

Τίμομάλαγγες,  ol,  a  Cyprian  name 
for  flatterers,  Clearch.  ap.  Ath.  255  F. 

ΐΐρομά/.ακτήριον,  ου,  τό,  (προμα- 
λάσσω)  the  bath-room  in  which  the  body 
was  rubbed  and  mude  supple  before  bath- 
ing, Galen. 

Τίρομά'/.ακύνω,  =sq. 

Τίρομΰ/ύσσω,  Alt.  -ττω,  f.  -foj, 
(πρό,  μα7.άσσω)  to  soften  beforehand, 
make  soft  or  supple  by  rubbing,  Arist. 
Probl.  2,  32,  2  : — so,  metaph.,  in  mid., 
προμαλάττεσθαι  τον  όήμον,  Plut. 
Caes.  6. 

ΐ1.ρόμά7.ος,  ov,  ή,  an  unknown  tree 
with  supple  springy  branches,  like 
Ιτέα,  άγνος  and  Ztijof,  prob.  a  kind 
of  willow,  Eupol.  Ai}'.  1,  Ap.  Rh.  3, 
201 ;  cf  Foes.  Oecon.  Hipp. 

ΐΐρομάμμη,  ης,  ή,  (πρό,  μύμμα  II) 
α  great-grandmother,  Lat.  proavia. 

ΤΙρομανθύνω,  {πρό,  μανθάνω)  to 
learn  beforehand,  and  (in  aor.)  to  know 
beforehand,  Pind.  0.  8,  79,  and  Att.  ; 
c.  inf ,  Soph.  Phil.  538  :  opp.  to  t~i- 
μανθάνω,  and  to  ξυνίιιμι,  Thuc.  1, 
138  -.—to  learn  by  rote,  Ar.  Nub.  966. 

ΤΙρομαντεία,  ας,  Ion.  -ηίη,  ης.  η, 
(προμαντενομαι)  the  right  of  consulting 
the  Delphic  oracle  first,  Wess.  Hdt.  1, 
54,  Dera.  119,  17,"etc. 

ΐΐρομύντενμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  predic- 
tion :  from 

ΤΙρομαντεύομαι,  (πρό,  μαντεύομαι) 
dep.  mid.,  to  foretell,  prophesy,  Hdt.  3, 
125;  Ti,  Eur.  Melan.  3: — an  act. 
■προμαντενω,  in  Plut.  Cat.  Maj.  23. 

Τίρομιιντιμη,  ης,  ij.  Ion.  for  προμα- 
ντεία,  Hdt. 

ΤΙρομάντιον,  ov,  τό,  =  προμάντεν- 
μα,  Nonn. 

ΙΙρόμαντις,  εως  Ion.  ως,  ό,  ή,  (πρό, 
μάντις)  α  prophet  or  prophetess  :  ή  πρ. 
was  specially  the  title  of  the  Pythia 
or  Delphic  priestess,  who  gave  out  the 
answers  of  the  oracle,  Hdt.  0,  66  ;  7, 
111;  also,  ί^ωδωναίων  ai  προμύντιες. 
Hdt.  2,  55  ;  generally,  the  representa- 
tive of  the  god  and  the  organ  of  his 
prophecies,  Wess.  Hdt.  8,  135;  cf 
Thuc.  5,  16  : — V.  sub  προφήτης  II. — 
II.  as  adj.,  prophetic,  δίκη  πρ.,  justice 
giving  presage  of  the  issue.  Soph.  El. 
757;  θυμός  πρ.,  'my  prophetic  soul,' 
Eur.  Andr.  1072  : — πρ.  τίνος,  prophet- 
ic, foreboding  of  a  thing,  Aesch.  Cho. 
758,  Eur.  Hel.  338. 


ΠΡΟΜ 

ΤΙρομαραίνομαι.  (πρό,  μαραίνω)  as 
pass.,  ίο  wither  away  first,  Arist.  Probl. 

Προμαρτνρομαι,  (πρό,  μαρτίφομαι) 
dep.  mid.,  to  witness  beforehand,  N.  T. 
[i•] 

ΤΙρομάτωρ,  ορός,  ή.  Dor.  for  προ- 
μήτωρ,  Aesch.  [α] 

ΤΙροαάχέω,^προμαχίζω,  Xen.  C\^r. 
3,  3,  60. 

ΙΙρομΰχεών,  ώνος,  δ,  (προμύχομαι) 
α  bulwark,  rampart,  Lat.  propuznacu- 
lum,  Hdt.  1,  98  ;  πρ.  τοϋ  τείχεος,  Hdt. 

1,  164;  3,  151. 

Προμύχίζω,  (πρόμαχος)  to  fight  be- 
fore, Ύρωσί,  in  froru  of  the  Trojans, 
as  iheir  champion,  II.  3,  16  ;  but,  also, 
to  fight  with  anoiheT  as  champion,  'Χχΐ- 
ληι,  II.  20,  376. 

Προμύχομαι,  f.  -μάχήσομαι  and 
.4tt.  -χονμαι ;  (πρό,  μάχομαι)  dep. 
mid.  : — to  fight  before, fight  in  the  front 
rank,  απάντων,  before  all,  II.  11,  217; 
17,  358. — II.  to  stand  before  one  and 
fight,  fight  for  him,  τινός,  Ar.  V'esp. 
957. — III.  to  fight  before,  i.  e.  sooner 
than  another,  τινός,  [ά] 

ΐίρόμάχος,  ov,  (πρό, μάχομαι) fight- 
ing before,  fighting  in  front :  freq.  in 
Hom.,  esp.  in  II.,  always  as  subst. : 
in  plur.,  the  first  or  foremost  fighters, 
champions,  freq.  in  Horn.,  ένι  προμά- 
χοισιν,  among  the  foremost ;  πρώτοι- 
CLV  kvi  προμάχοισιν,  Od.  18,  379; 
προμάχων  άν'  δμι'λον,  Pind.  I.  7  (6), 
49:  —  as  adj.,  πρ.  δόρυ.  Soph.  Tr. 
856. — II.  fiahting  for,  ποΑ.εως,  δόμων, 
Aesch.  theb.  418,  482. 

ΜΙρόμαχος,  ov,  ό,  Promachus,  son 
of  Parthenopaeus,  Apollod.  3,  7,  2. — 

2.  son  of  Aeson.  slain  by  Pelias,  Id. 
1,  9,  27. — 3.  son  of  Alegenor,  a  Boeo- 
tian before  Troy,  II.  14,  476.— Others 
in  Dem. ;  Paus. ;  etc. 

ΙΙρομΰχών.  ώνος,  ό,=:προμαχεών, 
dub.,  cf  Lob.  Phryn.  167. 

ίΐΐρομέδων,  οντος,  ό,  Promedon, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Paus.  10,  30,  7. 

ΙΙρομεθίημι,  (πρό,  μεθιημι)  to  let 
go,  despatch  before,  A  p.  Rh.  2,  329. 

ΤΙρομεθύομαι,  (πρό, μεθνω)  as  pass., 
to  be  drunk  with  wine  before,  Plut.  2, 
734  A. 

ΊΙρομε?:αίνομαι,  (πρό,  με?^αίνω) 
pass.,  to  become  black  before,  Nic.  Th. 
797. 

ΐΐρου,ελετάω,  ώ.  f.  -ήσω,  (πρό,  με- 
7^ετάω)  to  practise  beforehand.  Χτ.  Eccl. 
117,  Xen.  Ath.  1,  20,  Plat.  Soph.  218 
D.     Hence 

ΐΙρομε7.έτησις.  εως,  ή,  previous  exer 
cise,  prosecution  of  an  art,  etc. 

ΐΐρομένεια,  ας,  η,  (πρό, μένος)  name 
of  a  prophetess  of  Dodona  in  Hdt.  2, 
55,  stnctly  forefeeling,  presage. 

ΤΙρομένειος,  σίδη.  ή,  a  sort  οί  pome- 
granate, Nic.  AI.  490. 

ΟΊρομένης.  ονς,  ό,  Promenes,  masc. 
pr.  n..  Anth.  P.  6,  112. 

ΐΐρομεριμνύω,  ώ,  ί.  -ήσω,  (πρό,  με- 
ριμνάω) to  take  thought  beforehand, 
S.  Τ. 

Ϊ1ρημεταβάλ7.ωτ (πρό,  μεταβά?.λω) 
to  change,  transform  beforehand,  Sext. 
Emp. 

ΤΙρομετρέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  measure 
out  before.     Hence 

Ώρομετρητής.  ov,  b,  one  who  mea 
sures  out,  a  servant  of  the//£T/3oi'o//oi,. 
Bockh  P.  E.  l,p.  68. 

ΤΙρομετρητός,  ή,  όν,  (προμετοέω) 
measured  out  to. 

ΤΙρομετωπίδιον,  ov,  τό,  the  skin  or 
hair  of  the  forehead,  ίππων  προαετω- 
πιόια,  Hdt.  7,  70. — II.  α  frontpiece,. 
frontlet,  esp.  for  horses,  Xen.  An.  1, 
8,  7.  Cyr.  6,  -if  1.  [πι]     Hence 

ΤΙρομετωπίς,  ίδος,  ή,  a  star  in  the 
forehead,  Callix.  ap.  Ath.  200  E,  202  A. 
1255 


ΠΡΟΜ 

fTlpofiei'c,  eoc,  h,  Promeus,  masc. 
ρτ.  Ti.,  Ap.  kh.  f,  1044. 

ΙΙρομι/βηα,  ar,  y,  Dor.  προμύθεια; 
Ion.  προμηΟίη,  though  the  ibrm  in 
-θία  was  also  used  in  Att.  poets,  and 
occurs  as  a  freq.  v.  1.  in  Att.  prose,  v. 
Eilendt  Lex.  Soph.  s.  v.  {πμομιιβής): 
— -foresight,  forelhoiieht.  mariness,  dis- 
cretion, Hdt.  3.  3ϋ,  Find.  1.  1,  57,  and 
Trag.;  esp.  προμηΙΗην  Va;-itiv,  Aesch. 
Supp.  177,  Eur.  Hoc.  705.— II.  respect, 
consideration,  iv  ΤΓο'λ??)  ττρομηβίΐ] 
ίχειν  τινά,  Hdt.  1,  88:  -ττρομηύίαν 
ίχειν  τινός,  Eur.  Ale.  1054. 

Τίρομίιβεια,  ων,  τά,  the  festival  of 
Prometheus,  Xen.  Atli.  3,  4,  cf.  Diet. 
Antiqq.  :  from 

^ρομήθίίος,  a.  nv,  of  or  relating  to 
Promethrus,  Promrthcan ;  το  ΙΙρουή- 
θείον,  sc.  <ρύρμη.κον.  a  drug:  usetl  in 
magic  rites,  said  to  have  sprung  I'rom 
the  blood  of  Prometheus,  Ap.  Rh.  3, 
845. 

ΠρομηΟέομηι,  dep.  c.  fut.  mid.  et 
aor.  pass.  (Hipp.  5i»5)  : — to  be  προμη- 
θής,  to  take  care  beforehand,  to  jirovide 
for,  c.  gen.,  TTfi.  έΐύντον,  Hdt.  2,  172  ; 
νπέρ  τίνος.  Plat.  Prot.  31G  C  ;  περί 
τι,  Jd.  Lach.  198  Ε  ;  absol.,  Aesch. 
Pr.  381 : — generally,  to  take  care,  Lat. 
cavere,  πρ.  μη..,  Hdt.  3,  78  : — c.  ace. 
pers.,  to  show  regard  or  respect  for, Wai. 
9,  108. 

ΪΙρομηθενομαι,  f.  -ενσομαι,  dep. 
mid..=  foreg. 

ΤΙρομηθένς,  έως  Ion.  ήος.  ό,  Prome- 
theus, son  of  the  Titan  lapetus  and 
Clymene,  Hes.  Th.  510:  inventor  of 
many  arts,  esp.  those  of  working  in 
metal  and  clay,  whence  he  is  said  to 
have  made  man  from  clay,  and  to 
have  furnished  him  with  the  ίντε- 
rvov  πυρ,  stolen  from  Olympus : 
hence  also  his  name,  the  Forethinker 
(from  προμηβής),  opp.  to  his  careless 
brother  Έ-ιμηθενς,  as  it  were  Fore- 
thought and  Afierthonght.  The  ele- 
ments of  the  legend  of  Prometheus 
are  in  Hes.  Op.  48,  Th.  510  sq.,  cf. 
Plat.  Prot.  320  D,  sqq. ;  the  punish- 
ment inihcted  on  him  by  Jupiter  for 
his  zenl  in  the  cause  of  man  in  the 
Prom.  V'inctus  of  Aesch. — f2.  a  popu- 
lar leader  in  Thessaly,  Xen.  Hell.  2, 
3,  3G,  ace.  to  Wyttenbach  appell.  of 
Jason,  tyrant  of  Pherae.f — II.  in  Att., 
all  artists  that  worked  in  clay  were 
called  ττρομηθέες,  Hemst.  Luc.  Prom. 
2. — III.  as  αρρβύΛΐ. ,  forethoiight.  cau- 
tion, Aesch.  Pr.  80;"  ΧίόώςΠρομα- 
βέος  (θνγατήρ),  Piiid.  Ο.  7,  81,  ubi  v. 
Boekh  (44),  cf.  Meineke  Euphor.  ρ 
128: — as  adj.,  τΓρ.  ΰρχή,  provident 
rule,  Aesch.  Supp.  700.— Cf.  Έπιμη- 
θενς.     Hence 

ΤΙρομηθευτίκός,  1),  όν,  using  habit- 
ual forethought. 

ΐΙρομ7]θής,  ές,  fore-thinking,  wary, 
discreet,  Thue.  3,  82  ;  4,  92  :  troubling 
one^s  self,  caring  about  a  thing,  του 
θανεΐν.  Soph.  El.  1078 :  errl  το  προ- 
μτ/Οέστερον  ποιεΐν  τι,  Hipp.  650. 
(From  πρό,  and  μήΰος  or  μητις,  akin 
to  μαΟεΙν.) 

Πμημηβία,  ας,  Ion.  -ίη,  ν.  sub  προ- 
μήθεια. 

Προμηθικός,  ή,  όν,—  προμ7)θεντι- 
.«of.     Adv.  -κώς,  Ar.  Αν,  1511. 

^ΐΐρήμι/θος,  ον,  f),  Promethiis,  son 
of  Codrus  of  Athens,  founder  of  Colo- 
phon, Pau.s.  7,  3,  3. 

ΤΙρομήκης,  ες,  (ηρό,  μήκος)  pro- 
longed :  ohhns,  rectangular,  Lat.  ob- 
longus,  Plat.  Tim.  5 1  Λ : — of  numbers 
made  up  of  two  unequal  factors  {an  8=2, 
4  ;  32=4,  8),  Id.  Theaet.  143  A. 

ΤΙρομ^/λοω.  ώ,  [πρό,  μη/,όω)  to  probe 
beforehand,  Hipp. 
1256 


ΠΡΟΜ 

Ήρημηνντρια,  ar,  ή,  she  who  lays 
information. 

Ιίρομηννω,  (-pa, μηνύω)  to  denounce 
or  betray  beforehand.  Tivl  τι.  Soph. 
Ant.  84,  cf.  Luc.  Merc.  Cond.  3. 

ΙΙρημί/τωρ,  Dor.  πρημάτωρ,  ορός, 
ή  :  (πρό,μΙ/τηρ)  first  mofherni'a  race, 
Aesch.  Theb.  140,  Eur.  Phoen.  67ϋ : 
formed  like  —ροττάτωρ. 

]\ροα?ιγανιιομηι,  (.  -ήσομαι,  (ττρό, 
μηχαναομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  plan  or  con- 
trive beforehand.  Dion.  H.  1,  4Γ),  etc., 
Luc.  Alex.  38. 

ΐΐρομϊαίνω,  (πρό,  μιαίνω)  to  defile 
beforehand,  Joseph. 

ΤΙρομίγννμι  and  -νύω :  f.  -μίξν 
(προ.  μίγννμι): — to  mingle  beforehand: 
—  pass.,  τταλλακίόι  προμ'ιγηναι,  to 
have  intercourse  with  her  before,  11.  9, 
452. 

ϋρομιμνήσκω.  to  remind  beforehand. 

ΊΙρομίσγω,  coliat.  form  of  προμί- 
γννμι. 

ΤΙρομισθόω,  ώ,  (ττρό,  μισθόω)  to  let 
beforehand  :  pass.,  to  be  let  beforehand, 
Plut. 

Τίρομνάομαι,  {πρό,  μνάομαι)  dep., 
to  woo  or  court  for  another.  Plat.  The- 
aet. 150  A,  151  B:  generally,  to 
endeai^our  to  obtain,  solicit  for  one,  τινί 
τι,  Xen.  Mem.  2,  C,  36;  πρ.  τινί,  to 
sue  or  plead  iviih  another,  Id.  An.  7, 
3,  18  ;  πρ.  TiVL  ποιεΐν,  to  persuade 
one  to  do.  Plat.  Menex.  239  C— II. 
προμνάταί  τι  μοι  γνώμη,  my  mind 
forehodeth  somewhat.  Soph.  O.C.1074. 

Τ\ρομνηστενομαιΛ('\<.Γί\\ά.,={οχβζ., 
Luc.  Herod.  C,  Alciphr. 

ΥΙρομνηστικός,  ή,  όν.  (πρημνάημαι) 
fitted  to  woo  for  another  : — /'/  -κή  (sc. 
τεγνη),  the  art  of  match-making.  Plat. 
Theaet.  150  A. 

ΤΙρημνηστΙνοι,  Ivai,  one  by  one,  one 
after  the  other,  προμνηστΐναι  επηϊσαν, 
Od.  11,  233;  προμνηστινοι  Ιςέλθετε, 
Od.  21,  230.  (Usu.  deriv.  from  μέ- 
νω, for  πρημενετΐνοί — or,  as  Buttm. 
writes,  προμενέστινοι — each  waiting 
for  the  one  before.  But  Riemer  derives 
it  at  once  from  πρόμος,  πρόμνος.  and 
so,  apparently,  one  just  before  the  other; 
cf.  άγχιστινος.) 

ΤΙροιινήστρια,  ας,  η,  =  sq.,  Eur. 
Hipp.  589,  Ar.  Nub.  41,  Plat,  etc. 

ΥΙρομνηστρίς,  ifioc,  ή,  (πρημνάημαι) 
a  woman  tvho  voos  or  courts  for  another, 
a  match-maker,  Xen.  Mem.  2,  6,  36. 

Ώρομνήστωρ,  ορός,  ό,  (προμνάο- 
μαι)  one  who  courts  for  another. 

ΤΙρήμνος,  δ,  v.  sub  πρόμος. 

ΎΙρόμοιρος,  ον,  {πρό,  μοΐρα)  before 
the  destined  term,  i.  e.  untimely,  e.  g., 
θάνατος.  Anth.:  so  also  adv.,  προμοί• 
ρως  βανεΐν. 

ΤΙρομοιχενο,  (πρό,  μηιχενω)  to  pro- 
cure a  woman,  pimp  for  a  person, 
τινά  Tivi,  Plut.  Galb.  19. 

ΤΙρομολεΙν,  inf.  aor.  oi  προβλώσκω. 
Hence 

ΤΙρημολή,  ης,  ?/,  an  approach,  7>estt• 
bide.  Call.  Dian.  142,  Ap.  Rh.  I,  1)74: 
also,  the  jutting  foot  of  a  mountain,  in 
plur.,  Anth.  P•.'?,  »,  246. 

Tlpnuo?Ajv,  part.  aor.  of  προβλώ- 
σκω, Horn. 

ΊΙρόαορος,  ον.^πρόμοιρος,  Epigr. 
in  Welcker's  Sylioge. 

ΤΙρόμοΓ,  ον,  h,  (πρό)  the  foremost 
man,  in  Hom.  always=Tp«/^«jof  .• 
πρ.  τινί,  opposed  to  another  in  the 
front  rank,  II.  7,  75,  116;  πρόμος 
ϊινηρ,  II.  5,  5Λ3  :  later,  generally,  a 
chief,  Lat.  primus,  princeps,  Aesch. 
Ag.  200,  Eum.  399,  Sor)h.  O.  C.  884  ; 
80  the  .sun  is  πάντων  θεών  βειίΓ  πρό- 
μος. Id.  Ο.  Τ.  660.— The  forms  πρό- 
μνος in  Aeech.  Supp.  904,  and  πρύ- 
μος  in  Ar,  Thosrn,  50,  are  dub. 


ΠΡΟΝ 

Τϊρομοσχενω,  {πρό,  μοσχενω)  to  set 
a  .slip  or  cutting  m  a  nursery,  The- 
ophr. 

ΙΙρομοχβέω,  ώ,  f.  -tjou,  (πρό,  μοχ- 
βέω)  Ιο  work  beforehand,  like  προπο- 
νέω,  Eur.  Supp.  1234, 

Τίρομϋέω,  ώ,  f.  -7/σω,  to  initiate  be- 
forehand.    Hence 

ΥΙρομνησις,  εως,  ή,  a  previous  initia- 
tion, Plut.  2,  107  Ε 

ΥΙρομϊ'ΙΗκτρια,  ή.  Dor.  for  προμνή- 
στρια,  Valck.  Hipp.  589. 

ΙΙρομνθιον,  ον,  τά,  (μνθος)  the  in- 
troduction to  a  fable  or  legend.    [()] 

Ώρομνκτήρ,  7/ρος,  ό,  the  end  of  the 
snout  :  cf  έπφνγχις. 

ΙΙρομνλαία  or  προμνλία,  ας,  ή,  the 
godiless  who  presides  over  mills. 

Ιίρημυ'/λαίνω.  (πρό,  μνλλαίνω)  to 
pout  the  lips.  Hipp. ;  v.  Foes.  Oecon. 

ΙΙρομυσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  (πρό,  μνσσω) 
to  snuff  a  lamp,  τον  λνχνον,  Plut.  2, 
798  Β :  generally,  to  extort  money 
from,  τινά,  Hipp,,  ubi  Coray  προς- 
ννσσειν,  to  teaze. 

iUpovala,  ας,  ή,  v.  προνύϊος,  II. 

■\\\ροναΙοι,  ων,  in,  v.  subEporroi. 

ΤΙρυνύίος,  ον.  Ion.  προνί/ιος,  η,  ον 
{πρό,  ναός)  : — before  α  temple  :  hence 
as  subst., — I.  TO  προνήίον,  the  court 
before  a  temple,  or  perh.=  7rpoi'i70f  II, 
Hdt.  1,  51  ;  Tu  προνηια,  Leon.  Tar, 
7. — II.  7]  \\ρον7[ιη,  Att.  Wpovaia  or 
ΐΐρονάα,  as  epith.  of  Minerva  at  Del- 
phi, because  she  had  a  chapel  or 
statue  there  before  the  great  temple  of 
Apollo,  tAesch.  Eum.  21 1,  Wessel. 
Hdt.  1,  92;  8,  .37,  39;  cf.  πρόνοια 
III :— other  gods  had  the  same  epith., 
as  Mercury  at  Thebes,  where  his 
chapel  lay  before  that  of  Ismenian 
Apollo,  Pans.  9,  10.  2. 

ΐΐρόναος,  oi',=  foreg.,  Lat.  protem- 
plaris,  βωμοί,  Aesch.  Supp.  491. — II. 
as  subst.,  ύ  πρόναος,— πμόόομος.  the 
hall  or  first  room  of  a  temple,  through 
which  one  went  to  the  ναός  or  cella, 
Luc. ;  who  also  has  the  form  ττρό- 
νηος. 

iTlpo^'άπr}ς,  ον,  6,  Pronapes,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  an  Athenian,  Isae,  65,  17, 

Ώρονανμαχέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω.  (πρό, 
νανμαχέω)  to  fight  at  sea  for  or  in  de- 
fence of,  τινός,  Hdt.  6.  7  ;  8.  60,  2. 

ΤΙρονέμω,  (πρό,  νέμω)  to  assign, 
allot  beforehand,  τινί  τι,  Pind.  I.  8,  37  ; 
καθαράς  χείρας  πρ..  to  present  un- 
spotted hands,  Aesch.  Eum.  313: — 
mid.,  to  go  forward,  esp.  in  grazing  : 
hence,  to  gain  ground,  spread,  of  War, 
etc..  Soph.  El.  1384.— Cf.  έπινέμω. 

Προνέομαι,  (πρό,  ν^ομαι)  dep.,  to 
go  forward,  like  προέρχομαι,  Opp.  H. 
3,  238. 

ΙΙρονεί•ω.  (πρό.  νενω)  to  stoop  for- 
wards. Plat.  Euthyd.  274  Β  :  of  a 
rider,  to  bend  forward.  Xen.  Eq.  8,  7  ; 
of  rowers,  Polyb.  1,  21,  2, 

Ήρονέω.  f.  -ήσω.  (πρό,  νέω)  to  heap 
7ip  in  front  or  beforehand. 

ΤΙρονέω,  f,  -νενσομαι,  (πρό,  νέω) 
to  swim  before,  Ael,  N.  A,  1,  4,  acc.  to 
Paris  MS. 

Προϊν/ίοζ-,  Tf,  ov.  Ion.  for  προνύίος, 
q.  v.,  Hdt. 

tnpoi'??(7i)f,  ov,  7/,  Pronesus,  a  city 
of  Cephallenia.  Strab.  p.  455. 

ΤΙρονηστενω.  ( τρ<),  νηΓΤΓενω)  to  fast 
beforehand,  Hdt.  2,  40,  Hipp, 

ΙΙρονήχομ.αι.  f.  -ξημαι,  {πρό.  νήχο- 
μαι)  to  swim  before,  Plut.  2,  980  F ;  c, 
gen.  984  A. 

ΏρονΙκάω,  «a,  f.  -^cti,  (πρό.  νικάω') 
to  gain  a  victory  beforehand,  Thuc,  2, 
89,  Isae.  85,  28. 

iTlfiovvot,  ων,  ol,  Pronni,  a  ssmall 
city  on  the  east  coast  of  Cephallenia, 
Polyb.  5,  3,3:  hence  oi  Ilpovvaiot. 


ΠΡΟΝ 

or  Tlpovacoi,  the  JPronnaeans,  Thuc. 
2,  30. 

ΤΙρονοέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (~ρό,  νοεω)  to 
see  or  perceive  heforehnnd,  δό/.ον,  II. 
18.  526,  Plat.,  etc.,— II.  to  think  of, 
plan,  devise  beforehand,  Od.  5,  364  ;  to 
provide,  τι,  opp.  to  μετανοέω,  Epich. 
p.  82  ;  Tu  ΰμείνω  πρ-,  v.  1.  Hdt.  7, 
172. — 2.  c.  gen.,  to  provide  for,  take 
care  of,  take  thought  for,  Xen.  Cyr.  8, 

1,  1,  etc. — 3.  foil,  by  a  relat.  adv.,  πρ. 
OTL..,  ώς..,  ο~υζ..,  to  provide,  take  care 
that  a  thing  may  be,  Xen. ;  πρ.  μη... 
οτ  ώς  μη-,  cavere  ne...  Id.  Oec.  9,  11, 
Cyr.  1,  6,  24. — 4.  absol.,  to  be  provi- 
dent, act  warily,  take  measures,  ττρο- 
νοήσαι  βραδείς,  Thuc.  3,  38. 

Β.  the  Alt.  writers,  except  Xen., 
prefer  ττρονοέομαι,  lut.  -ήσομαι,  aor. 
-ησάμην  (Eur.  Hipp.  399);  but  also 
aor.  pass,  -ήθ-ην  (Plat.  Crat.  395  C, 
Lys.  98,  46) :— the  construct,  is  just 
the  same  ;  but  we  have  also  προνοεί- 
σθαι  περί  τίνος,  ύ~έρ  τίνος,  Lys.  L 
C,  Dem.  1Τ9,  14.  ^ 

αίρονόη,  ης.  ή,  Pronoe.  daughter 
of  ]Sereus  and  Doris,  Hes.  Th.  261. — 

2.  a  daughter  of  Phorbas,  ApoUod. 

Τίρονόησις,  εως,  η,  {προνοέω)  α 
foreseeing,  providing :  and 

Τίρονοητέον,  verb,  adj.,  one  mitst 
take  care.  Xen.  Oec.  7,  36. 

ΤΙρονοητής,  ov,  6.  {προνοέω)  a  pro- 
vider, Hermes  ap.  Stob.  Eel.  1,  966. 

ΐΐρονοιιηκός,  ή,  όν.  {ττρονοέω)  cau- 
tious, considerate,  prudent,  Xen.  Mem. 
1,  3,  9. — II.  of  things,  showing  fore- 
thought or  design,  lb.  4,  3,  6. 

Πρόνοια,  ας.  Ion.  ττρονοίη,  ης,  η, 
{ττρόνοος)  α  seeing  or  perceiving  before- 
hand. Soph.  Ο.  t.  978,  Tr.  823.— II. 
foresight,  forethought,  forecast,  Ireq. 
from  Hdt.  downwds.  :  kn  προνοίας, 
with  forethought,  purposely,  Lat.  con- 
sulto,  Hdt.  1,  120,  159,  etc.  ;•  opp.  to 
κατά  τνχην.  Id.  8,  87,  of.  Stallb.  Plat. 
Phaedr.  241  Ε  ;  esp.  of  crimes  com- 
mitted with  design  or  malice  pre- 
pense, tu  προνοίας  τραύαατα,  φόνος, 
Aeschin.  84,  21,  Dinarch.  90,  33,  etc. : 
πρόνοιαν  Ιχείν  τινός,  to  take  thought 
for..,  Thuc.  2.  89  ;  so,  πρ.  ποιεϊσθαί 
τίνος,  Dem.  546,  6,  etc. — 2.  from  Plat. 
downwds.,  the  providence  of  the  gods, 
divine  providence.  —  III.  'Αθηνά  ΤΙρό- 
voia,  Minerva  as  Goddess  of  Fore- 
thought, under  which  name  she  was 
worshipped  at  Delphi,  Siebelis  Paus. 
10,  8,  6;  and  occurs  in  the  Amphic- 
tyonic  oath,  Aeschin.  69,  14:  —  cf. 
Bentl.  Phalar.  p.  523.  Lennep  Pha- 
lar.  p.  159,  and  Herm.  would  so  read 
also  in  Aesch.  Eum.21,for  IJpovaia, 
but  the  title  ΤΙρόνοια  seems  to  be 
later  than  Aeschylus  ;  whereas  Upo- 
vaia  or  ΐΐρονηίη  was  current  in  his 
time  ;  v.  sub  προνύϊος. 

ΐΐρονομαία,  ας,  ή,  =  προνομή  II, 
Plut.  Alex.  60,  Fabric.  20. 

ϋρονομεία,  ας,  ή,  (προνομενω)  α 
foraging,  plundering,  Luc. 

ΐΐρονόμενμα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which  is 
plundered. 

Τίρηνομεντής.  cv,  δ,  a  forager,  plun- 
derer, Strab.     Hence 

Τίρονομενω,  {πρό,  νομενω)  to  go  out 
for  foraging  or  plunder,  to  forage, 
Polyb.  2,  27,  2,  Plut.— II.  trans.,  to 
sack,  ravage,  χώραν,  Dion.  H.  Hence 
ΐΐρονομή,  ης,  ij,  a  foraging,  έξάγειν 
εΙς  προνημάς,  Xen.  Cyr.  6,  1,  24: 
also,  a  sally,  foray,  raid,  προνομην 
ποιεϊσθαί.  Hell.  1,  1,33;  συν  προνο- 
μαΐς  ?Μμβάνειν,  Απ.  5,  1,  7  ;  etc. : — 
αί  πρ.,  also,  foraging  parties,  Polyb. 
4,  73,  4. — II.  an  elephant's  trunk,  Id.  5, 
84,3. 


npos 

ΤΙρονομία,  ας,  ή,  (πρό,  νόμος)  α 
privilege,  Plut.  2,  279  Β,  296  C. 

ΤΙρονόμιον,  ου,  τό,  α  song  sung  be- 
fore the  νόμος  (q.  v.,  signf.  11),  Synes. 
— Ii.=foreg.,  ap.  Suid. 

Ίίρυνομοθετέω,  ώ,  {πρό.νομοθετέω) 
to  make  a  law  before,  Dio  C.  36,  22. 

Ώρόνομος,  ov,  (πρό,  νομή)  grazing 
forward,  opp.  to  όπισΟόνομος  (q.  v.), 
βοτά  πρόνομα,  grazing  herds,  Aesch. 
Supp.  691. 

^ίΐρόνομος,  ov,  6,  Pronomus,  a  flute- 
player  of  Thebes,  Anth.  Plan.  28 ; 
Ath.  631  Ε  ;  so  in  Ar.  Eccl.  102  ace. 
to  Schol. 

Ίΐρόνοος,  ov,  contr.  -νους,  oiiv,=; 
προμηθής,  Hdt.  3,  36,  Aesch.  Supp. 
969  : — compar.  προνονστερος.  Soph. 
Aj.  119;  superl.  -ονστατος,  cf.  Lob. 
Phryn.  144. 

ΐΐρονοσέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (πρό,  νοσέω) 
to  he  ill  beforehand,  Hipp. 

Ώρονοτίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  to  wet,  moisten 
beforehand. 

Προνονμηνία,  ας,  ή,  (πρό,  νονμηνία) 
the  day  before  a  new  moon,  LXX. 

tΠpό^'Ol'f,  ov,  0,  Pronus,  son  of 
Phegeus,  A  polled.  3,  7,  6.-2.  a  Tro- 
jan, 11.  16,  399.^ 

ΙΙροννς,  {πρό,  ννξ)  adv.,  all  night 
long,  opp.  to  προηααρ,  Sijnon.  Amorg. 
47.  ^ 

Τϋροννττω,  f.  -ξω,  (πρό,  νύττω)  to 
goad  on,  Polyb.  28,  15,  8. 

ΐΐρονωπής,  ες,  =z  πρηνής,  bent  for- 
wards, overhanging,  Lat.  pronus:  droop- 
ing, at  the  point  of  death,  πρ.  εοτι  και 
■φυχοόβαγεί,  Eur.  Ale.  143  ;  so,  in 
Aescli.  Ag.  234,  πρ.  λα3εΙν  άέρδην. — 
2.  metaph.,  inclined,  ready,  εις  τό  λοι- 
όορεϊν,  Eur.  Andr.  729.  (Prob.  from 
πρό  and  Jji/i,  ενώπιος,  and  so  strictly 
with  the  head  OT  face  forwards  :  the  an- 
cients carefully  distinguished  it  from 
sq.  both  in  deriv.  and  use.) 

ΐΐρονώπιος.  ov,  before  the  walls: 
hence,  generally,  in  front  of  or  outside 
of  a  place,  Eur.  Bacch.  645. — II.  as 
subst.,  TO  προνώπιον,  a  hall  or  court, 
like  πρόθνρον,  lb.  639,  cf.  Monk  Hipp. 
376  : — the  Lat.  compita,  hence  ήρωες 
προνώπιοί,  Lat.  lares  compitales,  Dion. 
H.  4,  14.— Cf.  ένώπιος  and  έξώπιος, 
but  it  must  be  distinguished  from 
foreg.  (From  πρό,  ευώπια,  for  πρό 
των  ενωπίων.) 

ΐΐρόνωπος,  ον,=προνώκιος,  dub. 

ΠΡΟ'Ξ,  gen.  προκός,  ή,  also  ό,  a 
kind  of  deer,  like  όορκύς,  perh.  the 
roe-deer,  roe,  elsevvh.  νε3ρός,  Od.  17, 
295,  cf.  Arist.  H.  A.  2,  15,  9,  Part. 
An.  4,  2,  2  : — also  προκύς,  Η.  Hom. 
Ven.  71 :  (hence  the  name  of  an  isl- 
and, Τίροκόννησος,  q-  v.,  as  if  Roe- 
island. 

ΤΙρόξεινος,  6,  Ion.  for  πρόξενος, 
Hdt. 

Τίροξενέω,  ώ,  ί.  -ήσω  :  impf.  προν- 
ξένουν.  Το  be  any  one's  πρόξενος 
(q.  v.,  signf.  I),  τινός,  Xen.  Hell.  6, 
4.  24,  Dem.  194,  18,  etc. :  generally, 
to  be  one's  protector,  patron,  Eur.  Med. 
724,  Ar.  Thesm.  576.— IJ.  from  the 
duties  of  a  πρόξενος  (y.  signf.  II), — 1. 
to  negotiate,  manage  ;  and  so,  general- 
ly, to  effect,  do  any  thing  for  another, 
Eur.  Ion  335;  πρ.  θράσος,  to  lend 
daring.  Soph.  Tr.  726:  also,  c.  dat. 
et  inf.,  to  contrive  for  one  that..,  as, 
7rp.  Tivi  όράν,  to  be  the  means  of  liis 
seeing,  Soph.  O.  T.  1483  ;  πρ.  τινι 
καταλνσαι  βίον,  to  grant  one  to  die, 
Xen.  Apol.  7 ;  also,  πρ.  τινι,  to  guide 
one,  give  him  directions,  Soph.  O.  C. 
465. — 2.  to  introduce,  recommend  one 
person  to  another,  τινά  τινι,  Dem. 
969, 18:  hence  —p.  τίνα  όιόάσκαλον, 
φοιτητήν,  to  introduce  him  as  teacher, 


npos 

as  pupil,  Plat.  Lach.  180  C,  Ale.  1, 
109  D  :  πρ.  κόρην  τινι.  Long.  3,  36, 
and  Himer. — 3.  metaph.,  πρ.  κίνδν- 
νόν  τινι,  to  put  danger  upon  one.  Xen. 
An.  6,  5,  14,  cf.  Apol.  7,  Ael.  V.  H.  13, 
32.     Hence 

ΐ1ροξέν7ΐσις,  ή,  a  negotiating,  bring• 
ing  about,  effecting. 

Προξενητής,  ov,  6,  (προξενέω)  one 
who  negotiates  between  two  or  more  par- 
ties :  m  mercantile  atiaus,  an  agent 
or  broker,  retained  in  the  Lat.  proxe- 
neta.     Hence 

Υϊροξεντιτικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to, 
befitting  a  negotiator  ;  hence,  to  πρ., 
brokerage,  Lat.  proxeneticum. 

ϋροξενήτρια,  fem.  ol  προξενητής, 
a  mediatress. 

ΐΐροξενία,  ας,  ή,  (πρόξενος)  the 
rights  and  privileges  of  a  πρόξενος  ΟΓ 
public  friend,  esp.,  of  an  ambassador  : 
generaUy,  friendship  (for  a  foreigner), 
Pind.  O.  9,  123,  >..  7,  96;  ci.  Eur. 
Med.  359. — 2.  the  duties  of  a  πρόξίνος 
(signf.  11),  Dem.  475,  10,  etc.— II.  α 
treaty  or  compact  of  friendship  between 
a  stale  and  a  foreigntr,  the  Lat.  hospi- 
tium,  Thuc.  5,  43  :  G,  89. — 2.  the  origi- 
nal record  or  uritten  instrument  in  wit- 
ness of  s-uch  compact,  Polyb.  12,  12,  2. 

^ΤΙροξενίόης,  ov,  ό,  Proxenides,  a 
wealthy  Athenian,  ό  Κομπααεύς,  q.  v., 
Ar.  Vesp.  325. — Others  m  Luc. ;  etc. 

ΐΐρόξενος,  Ion.  πρόξεινος,  ov,  6,  a 
public  ξένος,  public  guest  Οϊ  fritnd,  as 
Alexander  1.  of  Macedon  was  to  the 
Athenians,  Hdt.  8,  136,  143,  cf.  Pind. 
I.  4,  13  (3,  26),  etc.  The  word  ex- 
pressed the  same  relation  between  a 
state  and  a  (foreign)  individual,  that 
ξένος  did  between  two  (loreign)  indi- 
viduals, (the  relation  between  two  slates 
seems  to  have  been  also  expressed 
by  ξενία,  Hdt.  6,  21,  cf.  Wachsm.  An- 
tiq.  of  Greece  <)  25).  The  πρόξενος 
possessed  great  rights  and  privileges 
in  the  state  to  which  he  was  allied 
(cf.  Diet.  Antiqq.  p.  513),  which  he 
might  transmit  to  his  children :  so 
Alcibiades'  family  were  πρόξενοι  of 
Sparta,  till  his  grandfather  renounced 
the  tie,  Thuc.  5,  43 ;  also  Callias'  fam- 
ily, Xen.  Hell.  5,  4,  22.— II.  esp.,  one 
who  enjoyed  these  privileges,  under  the 
condition  of  entertaining  and  assisling 
the  ambassadors  and  citizens  of  a  foreign 
stale  in  his  own  :  this  office  was  at  tirst 
prob.  self-chosen  (cf.  ίθελοπρόξενος, 
Thuc.  3,  70) ;  but  soon  became  mat- 
ter of  appointment,  sometimes  by  the 
government  at  home  (as  perhaps  at 
Sparta,  v.  Hdt.  6,  57),  but  most  usu. 
by  the  foreign  state  itself;  these  πρό- 
ξενοι answered  pretty  nearly  to  our 
consuls,  agents,  residents,  though  the 
πρόξενος  was  always  a  member  of 
the  foreign  state  : — on  their  duties  v. 
Dem.  1237,  17,  cf.  Herm.  Pol.  Ant. 
■i  116,  4.  Ulrich  de  Proxenia  Berl. 
1822. — III.  generally,  a  patron,  assis- 
tant, supporter,  defender,  Aesch.  Supp. 
419,  Eur.  Tel.  J8:  a  hostess.  Soph. 
El.  1451  : — in  this  sense  also, — 2.  as 
adj.,  assisting,  relieving,  c.  gen.,  ς>ροί• 
μια  πρόξενα  πόνων,  Aesch.  Supp. 
830. 

ίΐΐρόξενος,  ου,  6,  Proxenu-i.  son  of 
Capato,  of  Locri  in  Italy,  Thuc.  3, 
103. — 2.  a  Boeotian,  friend  of  Xeno- 
phon,  a  commander  of  the  Greeks  un- 
der the  younger  Cyrus,  Xen.  An.  1, 
1,  11  ;  2,  6,  16  ;  etc.— Others  of  this 
name  in  Xen.  Hell.  1,  3,  13  ;  6,  5,  6 ; 
etc.  ;  Dfem. ;  etc. 

Πρυξηραίνω,  (πρό,  ξηραίνω)  to  dry 
beforehand,  DlOSC. 

Τίροξϊΐροτρΐβέω,  ώ,  to  rub  dry  befort- 
hand. 

1257 


ΠΡΟΟ  ΠΡΟΟ 

ΙΙροξϋρύυ,  ώ,  {.  -ijou,  (ττρό,  ξυράω)  \      ΐΐροοιστός,  η,  όν,  (προφέρω)  placed 

to  shave  beforehaiid,  V.   1.   Luc.   Alex,     or  sei  before. 

15,  in  pass.  j      llpooLxi,t:vu,=sq. 

Προξύμίζω,  —  ίοίβξ.  |       ΙΙμουιχομαι,  (προ,  οίχομαι)  Ιο  have 

ΪΙρουγκάυμαιΛπρο,ογκάομαΟάβρ.,     goiw  on  befure,  Xen.  Cyr.  7,  4,  8 


to  bray  beforehand,  Luc.  Asia.  20 

ΐίρυύύενσις,  ή,  a  travelling  before : 
from 

Προοδενχύ,  f.  -σω,  {πρό,  δδεύω)  to 
travel  before,  Luc.     Hence 

ΙΙροοόι/γός.  oi;  a,  one  who  goes  be- 
fore to  show  the  way,  Jac.  A.  P.  p.  198. 
ΥΙροοόιος,  ov,  {οδός)  foregoing,  fore- 
running. 

ΧΙροοδοιτΐορέΐύ,  ύ,  to  travel  before, 
Luc.  Herrnot.  27. 

ϊίροοδοιπόρος,  ov.  travelling  before, 
ΐΐροοδοττοιίω,  ώ,  (ττρό,  οόοποιέω) 
to  go  bifure  to  prepare  a  way  ;  general- 
ly, to  pave  the  way,  c.  dat.,  Arist.  Part. 
An.  2,  4,  4  (in  pass.),  Luc.  Abdic.  17. 
Hence 

Ιίροοδοποιητίκός,  ή,  όν,  going  before 
to  prepare  the  way. 

ΤΙρόοδος,  ov,  (ττρό,  οδός)  going  or 
travelling  before ;  hence  as  subst.,  ol 
■κρ-,  a  party  of  soldiers  iii  advance,  Xen. 
Hipparch.  4,  5. 

ΙΙρόοδος,  ου,  ή,  (πρό,  δδός)  α  going 
on,  advance,  Xen.  Hell.  3,  4,  15.  —  11. 
a  going  out  of  camp,  opp.  lo  είςοόος, 
Polyb.  14,  1,  13. 

ΙΙροόδονς,  οντάς,  6,  ?/,  with  promi- 
nent teeth. 

ΐΐροόδων,  οντος,  ό,  7},=  foreg. 
Tlpooioa.  pf.,  with  plqpf.  ττρο^δη, 
-7]δίΊ.ν,  f.  προείσομαι,  to  know  before- 
liand,  Arist.  An.   Post.   1,   1,  4:   of. 
προείδον. 

υροοίκείόω,  ώ,  io  make  friendly  be- 
forehand:—mid.,  to  make  friendly  to 
one,  win  over  beforehand. 

ύροοικέω,  ώ,  f.  -?'/σω,  to  dwell  or 
dwell  in  before. 

UpooiKia,  ας,  ή,  the  projecting  eaves 
of  a  house,  Lat.  suggrunda. 

ΙΙροοοκοδομέΐύ,  ώ,  to  build  before  or 
beforehand. 

ΐΐροοικονομέυ,  ώ,  {πρό,  οίκονομέω) 
to  arrange  beforehand.  Oic.  Q.  Frat.  2, 
3,  6:  in  pass.,  Luc.  Alex.  14.    Hence 
Τίροοικονομία,  ας,  ή,  previous  ar- 
rangement.    Hence 

ΙΙροοικονομικός,  ή,  όν,  preparing. 
Adv.  -κώς. 

Ώροοιμιύζομαι,  dep.,  c.  fut.  mid. 
•άσομαι,  pert.  pass,  ττεπροοιμίασμαι., 
Luc.  Nigr.  ID:  (ττροοιμίοι).  To  make 
a  preamble  or  preface,  Lat.  prooemior, 
Xen.  Mem.  4,  2, 4,  Plat.  Legg.  723  C, 
etc.  :  —  C.  ace,  to  say  in  the  preface, 
premise,  τοσαντα.  Plat.  Lach.  17'J  A. 
Ct.  φμοιμιάζομαι.     Hence 

ΪΙροοιμίάκός,  ί],  όν,  belonging  to  a 
preface  or  proem. 

ΪΙροοίμιον,  ου,  τό,  Att.  contr.  φροί- 
μιον,  as  oft.  m  Aesch.,  and  Eur.,  (ττρό, 
οΐμος)  '. — an  opening,  introduction  to  a 
thing  ;  as  in  music,  a  prelude,  overture, 
Pind.  P.  1,  6,  etc.:  in  poems  and 
speeches,  ο  proem,  preface,  beginning, 
Find.  N.  2,  3,  Trag.,  etc. ;  esp.  of  a 
short  hymn,  introductory  to  a  longer 
poem.  Plat.  Phaed,  GO  D  ;— of  laws, 
β  preamble,  Plat.  Rep.  531  D:— then 
oft.  metaph.,  of  any  beginning,  Xeu. 
Mem.  4,  2,  3,  etc. ;  zp.  έγχί<^^'  Pind. 
Fr.  225;  cf,  Aesch.  Pr.  741  ;  ττρ.  έχ- 
θρας, τ//ζ•  άρχης.  Polyb.  23,  2,  15  ;  20, 
5,  8  :— cf.  Schaf.  Mel.  p.  29.-2.  gen- 
erally, a  hymn  or  shorter  poem,  as  those 
attributed  lo  Homer,  Thuc.  3,  104, 
Plat.  Phaed.  CO  D.     Hence 

Τίροοι,μίώδης,  ες,  (είδος)  like  a  pre- 
lude. 

Προοίστέον,  verb,  adj.  of  προφέρω, 
one  must  carry  before,  Arist.  Top.  2, 
3,6. 

135Θ 


ΙΙροόλ'/.νμι,Ιο  destroy, kill  beforehand, 
ίίμυυμύλιζω,  to  inake  level,  smooth, 
even  beforehand. 

ΪΙροομϋ,Άννω,  =  foreg.,  Plat.  Tim. 
50  E. 

ΪΙμοόμννμι  and  -νύω,  (πρό,  δμννμι) 
to  swear  before  or  beforehand,  Aesch. 
Ag.  1190;  τους  θεονς,  by  the  gods. 
Plat.  Legg.  954  A  ;  πρ.  τι  είναι,  Dem. 
839,  lin.     Hence 

ϋροομοσία,  ας,  ή,  =  προωμοσία, 
susp. 

ΙΙροομολογέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (πρό,  όμο- 
λογεω)  to  grant  or  allow  beforehand,  τι 
είναι.  Plat.  Rep.  479  D :  pass.,  τά 
προωμο'λογι/μένα,  things  granted  be- 
forehand. Plat.  Theaet.  159  C,  cf. 
Phaed.  93  D.     Hence 

11ροομολογ?ιτέον,  verb,  adj.,  one 
must  grant  beforehand,  Arist.  Top.  2, 
3,3. 

ΐίροονομάζω,  to  name  beforehand. 
ΙΙμοοπτάνω,  late  and  rare  form  for 
προορύω,  Nicet. 

Πμοοπτάω,  ώ,  f.  -?/σω,  to  roast  be- 
forehand. 

Π.ροοπτέον,  verb.  adj.  of  προοράω, 
one  must  look  to,  take  care  of,  τινός, 
Hdt.  1,  120. 

ΐίρούπτ7ίς,  ov,  6,  (προόφομαι)  one 
who  looks  out,  a  scout,  vidette,  Polyb. 
29,  0,  13. 

ΤΙρόοπτος,  Att.  contr.  προύπτος, 
ov,  verb.  adj.  of  πρυορύω,  foreseen : 
manifest,  θάνατος,  Hdt.  9,  17  ;  "λιδης. 
Soph.  O.  C.  1440;  so,  πρ.  λόγος, 
Aesch.  Theb.  848. 

ΐΐροοράτικός,  ή,  όν,  ( προοράω ) 
quick  at  foreseeing  οτ  providing :  hence 
cautious,  provident,  Arist.  Divinat.  2,  2, 
Philo. 

ΐΐροοράτός,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from 
προοράω,  foreseen,  to  be  foreseen,  Xen. 
Cyr.  1,  0,  23. 

ΙΙροοράω,  ώ,  f.  προόφομαι,  (cf  aor. 
προείδον)  (πρό,  όράω) : — to  foresee, 
TO  μέ'λλον,  Hdt.  5,  24,  and  in  Att. 
prose  :  absol.,  to  look  forward,  be  provi- 
dent, Hdt.  7,  88  ;  9,  79.-2.  to  look  for- 
ward at,  see  before  one,  Thuc.  7,  44,  cf. 
Xen.  Hell.  4,  3.  23  :  also,  to  see  from 
afar,  Xen.  Cyr.  4,  3,  21.-3.  c.  gen.,  to 
provide  for  a  person  or  thing,  Hdt.  2, 
121,  1:  εαυτού,  Hdt.  5,  39.-11.  in 
Att.  also  as  dep.  προοράομαι,  to  pro- 
vide for,  TO  εφ'  εαυτών,  'I'huc.  1,  17. 
— 2.  to  provide  agauist,  Lat.  cavere,  τι, 
Dem.  03,  11,  etc.  ;  περί  τίνος,  Lys. 
915,  2  :  also,  πρ.  μή..,  cavere  ne.., 
Dem.  773,  1. 

ΙΙροορθρίζω,  {.  -ίσω,  to  rise  before 
dawn. 

ΐΐροορίζω,  f  -ίσω,  (πρό,  ορίζω)  to 
mark  out  beforehand : — nud.,  to  have  a 
thing  marked  beforehand,  v.  1.  for  προς- 
ωρίσατο,  in  Dem.  (1.  c.  sub  προςορί- 
ζω).     Henc'e 

ΙΙροομισμός.  οΰ,  ό,  a  previous  mark- 
ing out  or  determining,  llipp. 

ΐΐροορμάω,  ώ,  1.  -ήσω,  (~ρό,  ορμάω) 
to  drive  forward  or  onward  :  hence,  in 
pass.,  to  rush,  drive,  push  on,  Xen. 
Cyr.  4,  3,  1.  —  Π.  so,  intr.  in  Act., 
Xen.  Cyr.  1,  4.  21,  Hell.  5,  2,  28. 

ΙΙροορμΊζω,  f  -ίσω,  (πρό,  όρμίζω) 
to  moor,  anchor  before  or  in  front,  όλ- 
ιιάδας  πρό  τόπον,  Thuc.  7,  38. 

ΐΐροορούω,  (πρό,  όρονω)  to  break 
loose  beforehand,  Themist. 

ΐΐροορνσσω,  f.  -ζω,  to  dig  before,  in 
front,  or  beforehand. 

Ώροορχέομαι,  f.  -ήσομαι,  dep.  mid., 
to  lead  the  dance.    Hence 


ΠΡΟΠ 

ΥΙροορχηστήρ,  ήρος,  and  προορχη 
στης,  ov,  ύ,  one  wlio  leads  the  dance  : 
among  the  Thessalians=:  πρωταγωνι- 
στής. 

ΙΙροονρέω,  to  make  water  before, 
Hipp. 

ΙΙροοφείλω,  f.  -7/σω,  (πρό,  οφείλω) 
to  owe  beforehand,  πρ.  κακόν  τινι,  to 
owe  one  an  atonement,  i.  e.  to  deserve 
evil  at  his  hands,  Eur.  I.  T.  523  ;  κα- 
κόν ταΐς  πλίνραΐς  πρ.,  to  oive  one's 
nbs  a  mischief,  i.  e.  deserve  a  beating, 
Ar.  Vesp.  3  ;  so,  πρ.  τινί,  c.  inf.,  I 
owe  it  tu  him  todoio  and  so,  Ar.  Lys. 
C48.-^Pass.,  to  be  due  beforehand  0Γ 
long  ago, ό  προοφει/.υμενος  φόρος, lldt. 
Ο,  59  (though  Schweigh.  has  given 
πμοςοφ.,  whereas  Stephaniis  and 
Schneid.  have  done  just  the  reverse 
in  Xen.  Hell.  1,  5, 7) ;  έχθρα  προοφει- 
λομένη  εΙς  τίνα,  the  hatred  one  has 
long  had  reason  to  feel,  Hdt.  5,  82  ;  but, 
ευεργεσία  προνφειλομ'ενη,  a  kindness 
that  has  long  remained  as  a  debt,  Thuc. 
1,  32  ;  so,  προωφειλετο  αντώ  κακόν, 
a  debt  of  jiunishment  had  long  been 
owing  to  him,  Antipho  136,  20,  cf. 
Dem.  539,  18. 

ΐΐροοφθαλμίς,  ίδος,  ?/,  the  first  bud 
of  a  young  vine,  Geop. 

ΤΙροοχενω,  (πρό,  ύχενω)  to  impreg- 
nate beforehand,  Arist.  Gen.  An. 

ΤΙμοοχή,  ης,  ή,  (προέχω)  an  emi- 
nence, etc.,  Polyb.  4,  43,  2. 

ΙϊρόοφίΓ,  εως,  ή,  (πρό,  όφις)  afore- 
seeing,  Thuc.  5,  8. — II.  α  seeing  before 
one,  οί'κ  οϋσης  της  προόφεως  y.., 
since  there  was  no  seeing  where..,  Id. 
4,  29. 

Υϊροόφομαι,  fut.  of  προοράω. 
ϋροπίγής,  ες,  (πρό,  πήγνυμι)  fixed 
in  front,  -prominent,    όφΗα7ιμός,  Luc. 
Muscae  Enc.  3. 

ΙΙροπάθεια,  ας,  ή,  (πμοπάσχω)  the 
presentiment  or  first  symptoms  of  a  dis- 
ease, Phit.  2,  127  D,  ubi  v.  Wyttenb. 
[ά] 

Ιίροπάθι/μα,  ατός,  τό,  a  previous 
svffermg,  dub. 

Γίροπαιδεία,  ας,  ή,  (προπαιδεύω) 

iirevwus  or  preparatory  teaching.  Plat, 
{ep.  536  D,  Luc.  Rhet.  Prae'c.  14. 

ΥΙροπαίδενμα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which 
has  been  taught  by  way  of  preparation, 
Philo :  from 

ΪΙροπαιδενω,  (πρό,  παιδεύω)  to 
teach  beforehand  :  pass,  προπαιδενθη- 
ναί  τι .  to  be  taught  a  thing  beforehand, 
Plat.  Rep.  536  D. 

Ώρόπαις,  παιδος,  b,  at  Lacedae- 
mon,  a  child  up  to  the  end  of  his  fourth 
year,  after  which  he  began  to  be  call- 
ed παις. — 1\.=^μαστροπός,  Hesych. 

Πρόπά/Ία<,  (ττρό,  πύ'λαι)  adv.,  very 
long  ago.  Lob.  Phryn.  47  ;  strengthd. 
by  being  joined  with  πάλαι,  e.  g.  Ar. 
Eq.  1155. 

λΐοοπάλαιος,  ov,  (πρό,  παλαιός) 
very  old,  Synes.,  v.  Lob.  Phryn.  47. 
[ά]     Hence 

ΥΙροπΰλαιόω,  ώ.  Ιο  make  to  grow  old. 

ΤΙροπύλαίτερος,  irreg.  compar.  of 
προπάληιος  ;  ct.  παλαίτερος. 

ΙΙροπάλαίω,(πρό,  παλαίω)  to  strug- 
gle beforehand,  τινί,  with  one,  Heiiod. 

Προ7τα•7Γ7ΓίΛ•ό(•,  ή,  όν,  of,  belonging 
to  a  greal-grarulfather. 

Ώρόπαππος.  ov,  ύ,  (πρό,  πάππος) 
a  great-gramJfother,  Lat.  proavu.i,  Lys. 
143,26,  Plat.  Tim.  20  £. 

ΐΐρόπάρ,  (πρό,  παρά)  as  prep,  with 
gen.,  oe/ore,  of  place,  Hes.  Th.  518: 
also,  αΖο»ί•,  Αρ.  Rh.  1,  454. — 11.  absol. 
as  adv.,  before,  sooner,  Aesch.  Supp. 
791,  Eur.  Phoen.  120;  cf.  προπά- 
μοιθε. 

ΥΙροπαραβάλλω,  (πρό,  παραβάλ- 
?.ω)  to  put  beside  or  along  beforehand : 


ΠΡΟΠ 

— mid.,  to  do  so  for  one's  self,  λίθονς, 
Thuc.  7,  5. 

ΤΙροπαραγγέλλω,  {πρό,  παραγγέλ- 
7.ω)  to  announce  beforehand,  Heliod.  9, 
10. 

ΤΙροπαραδίδωμί,  to  deliver,  teach  be- 
forehand, Clem.  Al. 

Τίροπαραινέω,  ώ,  to  warn  before- 
hand. 

ΙΙροπαραλαμβύνο),  to  accept  or  re- 
ceive beforehand. 

ΤΙροπαραλήγω,  to  be  all  but  next  to 
the  end  :  6  προπαραλήγουσα  (sc.  σνλ- 
7Μβή),  the  antepenultimate. 

ΤΙροπαραμϋθέομαι,  {πρό,  παραμν- 
θέομαι)  dep.,  to  persuade  beforehand, 
Sext.  Emp. 

ΐίροπαρασημαίνομαι,  as  mid.,  {ση- 
ίΐαίνω)  to  make  a  mark  0Γ  note  before- 
hand, c.  ace.  rei. 

ΎΙροπαρασκενάζω,  f.  -ύσω,  {πρό, 
•παρασκευάζω)  to  prepare  for  any  pur- 
pose beforehand,  Thuc.  2,  88,  Plat., 
etc. ;  and  in  mid.,  Isae.  73,  15,  Plut. 
Eumen.  6 : — pass.,  to  be  so  prepared, 
Thuc.  1,  68.     Hence 

ΤΙροτταρασκευαστέον,  verb,  adj., one 
must  prepare  beforehand,  Plut. 

ΐΐροπαρασκευαστικός,  ή,  όν,  pre- 
paring.    Adv.  -κώς. 

Τίροπαρασκενή,  τ/ς,  η,  preparation. 

ΤΙροπαρατάσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  ί.  -ξω, 
to  post  in  front,  Dio  C. 

ΐΐροπαρατέλεντος,  ov,  (πρό,  παρά, 
τελευτή)  all  but  next  to  the  end  :  esp., 
ή  πρ.  (sc.  σν'κΚαβη)=-^ι  προπαραλή- 
γουσα. 

ΐΐροπαρατίθτ/μι,  (πρό,  παρατίθημι) 
to  place  by  one  before,  Clem.  Al.   [<] 

ΤΙροπαρέχω,  {πρό,  παρέχω)  to  sup- 
ply, furnish  beforehand,  Xen.  Hell.  5, 

I,  18:  πρ.  εαυτόν  σνμμαχον,  to  offer 
one's  self  as  an  ally.  Id.  Cyr.  5,  5,  20. 

ΤΙροπύροιθε,  and  before  a  vowel 
■θεν,  (πρό,  πάροιθε)  prep.  c.  gen. ;  be- 
fore, freq.  in  Horn,  of  place,  things 
or  persons  ;  προπύροιθεν  ομίλου,  be- 
fore the  assembly,  II.  23,  804:  πρ. 
ποδών,  at  one's  feet,  i.  e.  close  at 
hand  (cf.  εμποδών) ;  προπύροιθε  θν• 
ράων,  before  the  door,  i.  e.  outside ; 
and  so,  πρ.  πόληος,  Horn.,  and  Hes. 
— 2.  before,  in  front  of,  II.  2,  92  ;  προ- 
πύροιβε  νεόζ,  before,  i.  e.  beyond  the 
ship,  Od.  9,  482  ;  opp.  to  μετόπισθε 
νεός,  lb.  539. — Sometimes  προπύροι- 
θε IS  placed  after  its  case,  e.  g.  11.  14, 
297  ;  της  αρετής  Ιδρώτα  θεοί  προπύ- 
ροιθεν έθΐ}καν,  Hes.  Op.  287. — Never 
c.  dat.,  for  in  such  passages  as  Od.  4, 
225,  the  dat.  belongs  to  the  verb,  and 
προπύροιθε  is  an  independent  adv. — 

II.  absol.  as  adv. : — 1.  of  place,  in  front, 
in  advance,  forward,  before,  II.  15,  260, 
Od.  17,  277,  Hes.  Th.  769.-2.  of  time, 
before,  formerly,  \\.  10,  476;  11,  734; 
opp.  to  όπίσσω,  Od.  11,  483.  [ΰ] 

ΤΙροπαροξυντικός,  ή,  όν,  usually 
having  the  acute  accent  on  the  antepe- 
nultima  :  from 

Τίροπαροξύνω,  {πρό,  παροξύνω)  to 
mark  a  word  with  the  acute  accent  on 
the  aniepeuultima,  Plut.  2,  845  B.  [Dj 

ΤίροπαροξΙ'τονέω,  ώ.—foreg,:  and 

Τίροπιφοξύτόνησίς,  ή,  a  marking  the 
antepenultima  with  the  acute  accent:  from 

ίΐροπαροξύτονος,  ov,  marked  or  pro- 
nounced with  the  acute  accent  on  the  an- 
tepenultima.    Adv.  -νως.  [ί] 

Ίΐρόπας,  πρόπάσα,  πρόπάν, 
strengthd.  poet,  form  for  πάς,  in 
Horn,  and  Hes.  always,  πρόπαν  ί/μαρ, 
all  day  long  ;  except  m  11.  2,  493,  νηας 
προπύαας,  all  the  ships  together  :  also 
in  Trag. ;  πρόπασα  }'a£a,Aesch.  Pers. 
548:  πρόπας  δόμος.  Id.  Ag.  1011; 
ττρόπαντος  χρόνου.  Id.  Eum.  898 ; 
irOTuov,  Sopn.  Ant.  859,  etc. 


προη 

ΤΙροπαστάς,  ύδος,  ή,  a  hall,  ante- 
chamber ;  also  a  dining-hall. 

ΐΐροπύσχω,  {πρό,  πάσχω)  to  suffer, 
bear,  undergo  before  or  beforehand,  Hdt. 
7,  11  :  to  be  ill-treated  before,  νπό  τί- 
νος, Thuc.  3,  67. 

Χΐροπάτορικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to, 
proceeding  from  forefathers,  ancestral  : 
from 

ΤΙροπάτωρ,  ορός,  ό,  {πρό,  πατήρ) 
the  first  founder  of  a  family,  forefather , 
Pirid.  N.  4,  145,  Hdt.  2,  161  ;  9,  122: 
esp.  in  plur.,  o'l  προπύτορες,  ancestors, 
forefathers,  Hdt.  2, 169  :— epith.  of  Ju- 
piter (cf  πρόγονος),  Soph.  Aj.  389. 

ΤΙροπαύω,  {πρό,  παύω)  to  bring  to 
an  end,  stop  beforehand,  Diod.  : — mid., 
to  cease  beforehand. 

ΤΙροπείθω,  {πρό,  πείθω)  to  persuade 
beforehand,  Luc. 

ΥΙρόπειρα,  ας,  ή,  a  previous  attempt, 
πρόπειραν  ποιείσθαι,  Lat.  experimen- 
tum,  periculumfacere,  Hdt.  9, 48,  Thuc. 

3,  86. 

Προ7Γείράζω,=  8ς. 

Τίροπειρύω,  ώ,  {πρό,  πειράω)  to  at- 
tempt beforehand :  also,  dep.,  with.  aor. 
mid.  and  pass,  -πειράσασθαι,  -πειρη- 
θήναι,  Luc.  Hermot.  53. 

ΐΐροπεμπτήριος,  a,  ov,=  sq.,  Phi- 
lostr. 

ΤΙροπεμπτικός,  ή,  όν,  {προπέμπω) 
accompanying,  belonging  to,  or  done  in 
accompanying.     Adv.  -κώς. 

ΐΐροπεμπτος,  ov,  usu.  in  neut.  pi. 
πρόπεμπτα,  five  days  before,  on  the 
fifth  day.  Lex  ap.  Dem.  1076,  21  ;  cf. 
πρότριτος. 

ΐΐροπέμπω,  f.  -ψω,  {πρό,  πέμπω) 
to  send  before  or  beforehand,  κήρυκας, 
Hdt.  1,  60  ;  to  send  on  or  foneard,  Hdt. 

4,  33,  121  ;  and  in  mid.,  Xen.  Cyr.  5, 
3,  53. — 2.  to  send  away,  disjniss,  11.  8, 
367,  Od.  17,54,  117:— <o  send  forth, 
πίονας  πρ.  πνούς,  Aesch.  Ag.  820; 
πρ.  ιούς,  ίο  send  forth,  shoot  arrows. 
Soph.  Phil.  105. — 3.  also,  simply,  to 
afford,  furnish,  τι,  lb.  1205;  and  so  in 
mid.,  Xen.  An.  7,  2,  14.— II.  to  con- 
duct, accq/npany,  escort,  Hdt.   1,   111; 

3,  50,  etc. ;  esp.,  to  follow  a  corpse  to 
the  grave,  Aesch.  Theb.  1059,  Plat. 
Legg.  800  Ε  :  to  carry  oiferings  in 
procession,  Aecch.  Pers.  622  :  πρ.  τινί, 
to  add  one  thing  to  another,  Xen. 
Mem.  3,  14,  0  : — pass.,  πανδημεί  προ- 
πέμπεσθαι,  to  be  led  by  all  the  people, 
Isocr.  213  C. — 2.  to  pursue,  Xen.  Hell. 
7,  2,  13.^ 

ΤΙροπένθερος,  ov,  o,  one's  father-in- 
law'' s  father. 

ΤΙροπεριελίσσω,  f.  -ξω,  to  roll  or 
wind  round  beforehand. 

ΤΙροπερισπασμός,  οϋ,  6,  a  marking 
the  penullima  with  the  circumflex  accent. 

Τίροπερισπύω,  ώ,  f.  -ύσω,  (πρό,  πε- 
ρισπάω) to  draw  round  before. — II.  esp, 
in  Gramm.,  to  put  the  circumflex  accent 
on  the  penult. :  TO  προπερισπώμενον, 
a  word  with  circumflex  accent  on  penult, ; 
and  so,  adv,  part,  προπερισπωμένως, 
with  this  accent. 

Ώροπίριχΰράσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  f,  -ξω: 
— to  scarify  all  round  before. 

Ώρυπερϋσι,  {πρό,  πέρυσι)  adv.,  two 
years  ago,  Lys,  114,  31,  Plat.  Euthyd. 
'272  C./ 

ΐΐροπερΰσΐΐ'ος,  ov,  of  the  year  before 
last,  καρπός,  Theophr.  [0] 

ΐΐροηίσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  f.  -πετ/'ω,  to 
digest  beforeha?id. 

ΤΙροπετάννϋμι  and  νύω,  {πρό,  πε- 
τύνννμι)  to  spread  out  before,  νμΰς  αυ- 
τούς προπετύσαντες  ημών,  Xen.  Cyr. 

4,  2,  23.     Hence 

ΐΐροπέτασμα,   ατός,  τό,  something 
spread  out  before,  a  curtain, 
ΐΐροπέτεια,  ας,ή,  {προπετής)  afall- 


ΠΡΟΠ 

ing  or  rushing  forwards  :  hence,  head- 
long hastiness,  rashness,  Dem.  612,  28, 
etc,  :  fickleness,  Polyb,  10,  6,  2. 

npo7rfri{)o/zai,dep.  mid., ίο  behead- 
long  or  rash. 

ΤΙροπετής,  ες,  {προπίπτω)  falling 
forwards,  bent  or  bending  Jorward,  pros 
trate,  Lat.  prociduus,  proclivis,  Soph. 
Tr.  701,  Eur.  Hec.  152  :  esp.,  droop- 
ing at  the  point  of  death,  Soph.  Tr.  976, 
Cf.  πρυνωπής :  πρ.  βίος,  a  short  life, 
Menand.  p.  134.  — II.  metaph.. — 1. 
being  upon  the  point  of,  πρ.  έπί  πο?αάς 
χαίτης,  Eur.  Ale.  909. — 2.  ready  for, 
prone  to  a  thing,  επί  or  εΙς  τι,  Xen, 
Hell.  2,  3,  15;  6,  5,  24;  also,  προς 
τας  ήόονάς,  Plat,  Legg.  792  D  ;  so, 
προπετώς  έχειν,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,'4,  4. — 
3.  sudden,  headlong,  hasty,  violent,  ήδο- 
ναί  σώματος,  Aeschin.  27,  θ  ;  πρ.  γέ- 
λως,  senseless  laughter,  Isocr.  5  A  :  of 
a  lot,  drawn  at  random,  Pind.  N.  6, 
107 ;  oi  γλώσστι  προπετείς,  Anth. 
Plan.  89  : — so  also,  Ireq.  in  adv.  ■προ- 
πετώς, hastily,  rashly,  violently,  Xen. 
Cyr.  1,  3,  8,  Plat.,  etc.— 4.  ύρμονίαι 
π ροπετείς, flowing  rhythms,  Dion.  H. 
— 5.  as  medic,  term,  subject  to  diar- 
rhoea, Ath.  584  D. 

ΤΙροπέφανται,  3  sing.  pf.  pass,  from 
προφαίνω,  II. 

ΐΐροπήγνϋμι,  also  -νύω  :  f.  -πήξω 
{πρό,  πήγννμι) : — to  fix  in  front  or  be- 
fore.— 2.  to  make  to  congeal  beforehand  : 
— προπεπηγός,  congealed  before,  Diosc. 

Τίροπηδύω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {πρό,  πηδύω) 
to  spring  before,  τών  άλ7.ων,  Luc.  D. 
Mort.  19,  2. 

ΐΐροπήδησις,  ή,  a  springing  before  or 
forward. 

Ώροπηλΰκίζω  .•  fut,  -ίσω  Att.  -ιώ 
{πρό,  πηλακίζω) : — to  bespatter  with 
mud,  or  (as  Buttm.  Le.xil.  prefers)  to 
trample  in  the  mire :  hence,  to  treat 
with  contumely,  to  abuse,  τινύ,  first  in 
Soph.  O.  T.  427,  Ar.  Thesm.  386 ; 
and  then  freq.  in  Att.  prose,  as  Thuc. 
6,  54,  50,  Andoc.  31,  14,  etc.  : — also 
c.  ace.  rei,  to  throw  in  one's  teeth,  re- 
proach one  with,  πενίαν,  Dem.  312, 
16.    Hence 

ΤΙροπη?Μκισις,  εως.  ή.  contumelious 
treatment.  Plat.  Rep.  329  B. 

ΐΐροπηλάκισαός,  ov,  ό,  =  foreg., 
Hdt.  6,  73,  Plat.  Legg.  855  B,  etc. 

ΤΙροπ?]λακιστικός,  ή,  όΐ',  contume- 
lious, grossly  abusive.  Adv.  -κώς, 
Dem.  874,  14. 

Τίροπήχιον,  TO,  v,  παραπήχιον. 

Ώροπίνω,  {πρό,  πίνω)  to  drink  before 
or  to  one,  πρ.  τινί  τι,  to  drink  before 
another,  i.  e.  to  his  health,  Lat.  ^jropi- 
nare,  because  the  Greek  custom  was 
to  drink  first  one's  self  and  then  pass 
the  cup  to  the  person  one  ple<lged, 
first  in  Anacr.  62,  Pind.  O.  7,  5  (for 
there  is  no  trace  of  the  custom  in 
Horn.)  :  πρ.  τινΙ  ώιύ?.αν,  έκπωμα,  to 
drink  it  to  one's  health,  pledge  it  to 
one,  Pind,  1,  c,  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  3,  35 : 
πρ.  φιλοτησίας  τινί,  to  drink  to  one's 
health,  Dem.  380,  fin.— 2.  then,  since 
on  festal  occasions  it  was  often  a 
custom  to  make  a  present  to  a  person 
when  one  drank  his  health,  as  of  the 
cup  itself  (Pind.,  and  Xen,  1.  c.,  cf 
Xen.  An.  7,  3,  26) ;  προπίνειν  came 
to  mean,  generally,  to  give  away,  make 
a  present  of,  πρ.  τήν  έλευθερίαν  Φί- 
?ύππ(;>,  Dem.  324,  23 ;  esp.,  to  give 
thoughtlessly  away,  to  throw  away, 
Aesch.  Fr.  122  ;  so,  προπέποται  τής 
αΰτίκα  χάριτος  τά  τής  πόλεως  πρά- 
γματα, tne  interests  of  the  state  have 
been  sacrificed  for  mere  present  pleas- 
ure, Dem.  34,  24;  cf,  App,  Civ.  2, 
143.  —  II.  to  drink  before  dinner;  v. 
ποόπομα. 

1259 


ΠΡΟΠ 

ΤΙροπΐπίσκο),  f.  -τύσω  [ί],  to  give 
to  drink  beforehand,  ^lipp. 

Ίίροτηττβύσκω,  to  sell  beforehand.  [«] 

ΪΙροττί—τω,  f.  -πεσονμαι :  aor.  ττρον- 
πεσόν,  inf.  προπεσείν  (ττρό,  πίπτω) : 
— to  fall  or  throw  one^s  self  forward,  as 
in  rowing,  προπεσόντες  ερεσσον,  like 
Lat.  incumbere  remis,  Od.  9,  490;  12, 
194. — II.  to  fall  forward,  fall  down, 
Eur.  Supp.  63. — 111.  to  fall  suddenly 
upon  or  into,  εν  ράπει,  Heriu.  Soph. 
O.  C.  157. — W.  to  advance,  project  be- 
yond, τινός,  Polyb.  8,  G,  4,  πρό  τίνος. 
Id.  18,  12,  4. 

tripOTif,  ίος,  b,  Propis,  a  harper  of 
Rhodes,  Ath.  347  F. 

Προπιστεύω,  (πρό,  πιστεύω)  to  trust 
or  believe  beforehand,  Xen.  Ages.  4,  4, 
Dem.  6C2,  20. 

ΐΐροπίτνω,  (  πρό,  πίτνω  )  to  fall 
down  before  one,  fall  prostrate,  ίς  yuv, 
Aesch.  Fers.  588  : — to  fall  down  a  sup- 
pliant. Soph.  El.  1380  ;  τινί,  before 
one,  Id.  O.  C.  1754.— On  the  form,  v. 
sub  πίτνω. 

Ι1ρύπ?.ασμα,  ατός,  τό,  {πλάσσω) 
α  model,  Cic.  Att.  12,  41,4. 

ΙΙροπλέω,  f.  -πλενσομαι,  (  πρό, 
πλέω)  Ιο  .ιαιΐ  before,  Thuc.  4,  120  ;  cf. 
προπλώω.    Hence 

Ώρόπ'λοος,  ον,  contr.  πλους,  ονν, 
sailing  before,  in  front  or  at  the  head, 
Thuc.  6,  44,  V.  1.  Xen.  Hell.  5,  1,  27 : 
ai  πρόττλοοι  (sc.  νανς),  the  leading 
ships,  Isocr.  59  D. 

ίίροπλύνω,  to  wash  out,  rinse,  clean 
before. 

ΐΙροπ7.ώω,  Ion.  and  poet,  for  προ- 
πλίω,  Hdt.  5,  98. 

ΙΙροπνΐγεΙον,  ον,  τό,  the  place  before 
a  πνιγενς,  Vitruv.  5,  11. 

ΐηροπύδας,  δ,  Propodas,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  Paus.  2,  4,  3. 

ΥΙροποδηγετης,  ου,  ό,=  προποδη- 
γός. 

Τίροποδηγέτις,  ιδος,  fem.  from 
foreg.,  Orph.  Arg.  340. 

ΐΙμο-υύ//γύς,  όν,  {πρό,  ποδηγός) 
going  before  to  show  the  way,  a  guide, 
Plut.  2,  580  C  ;  πρ.  σκτ/πων,  Λ  nth. 

ΤΙβο-οδίζο),  ί.  -ίσω,  {πρό,  πυύς)  to 
put  the  fool  forward,  stride  forward,  II. 
13.  J  58,  801) ;  like  προβαίνω-    Hence 

ΐίροηοδισμός,  ον,  6,  a  striding  for- 
ward:  an  advance,  progression.  Mode- 
rat,  ap.  Stob.  Eel.  1,  18. 

ΐΐροποδών,  adv.  for  προ  ποδών,  at 
one's  feet :  close  at  hand. 

ΙΙροποιέω,  ώ,  ί-  -ήσω,  {πρό,  ποιέω) 
to  do  before,  beforehand,  sooner,  πρ. 
χρηστά  ες  τίνα,  Hdt.  1,  41. — II.  to 
make  beforehand,  prepare  :■ — pass.,  προ- 
επεποίητο  αντώ  προεξέδρη,  Hdt.  7, 
44. 

ΐΐροπολεμέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {πρό,  πο• 
λεμέω)  to  fight  before  or  in  front  of,  to 
war  for  or  in  defence  of  another,  υπέρ 
τίνος.  Plat.  Rep.  429  Β  ;  τινός,  Isocr. 
302  Ε  :  oi  προπο?ίεμονντες,  the  guards 
or  defenders  of  a  country.  Plat.  Rep. 
423  A  ;  so,  το  πρ.,  lb.  442  Β.    Hence 

ΐΐροπολεμητήρίον,  ον,  τό.  a  defence 
in  war,  outwork,  Diod.  14,  100. 

Τίβοπολέμιος,  ον,  [πρό,  πό7.εμος) 
before  war,  customary  before  war,  DlO  C. 

Τίροπόλεος,  ον,  {πρό,  πόλις)  lying 
before  a  city  ;  late  word. 

ΙΙροπόλενμα,  ατός,  τό,  service  done, 
πρ.  δάφνης,  the  prophetic  virtue  of  the 
laurel,  Eur.  Ion  113:  from 

ΤΙροπολενω,  {πρόπολος)  to  serve  as 
a  priest,  θεώ  :  hence,  to  prophesy. 

Προ7Γθλί'ω.=  foreg.,  Anth. :  also  in 
mid.,  Ach.  Tat. 

Τίροπόλιος,  ον,  {ηόλις)=προπόλε- 
Of,  very  dub. 

ΥΙροπόλιος,  ον,  {πρό,  πολιός)  gray- 
haired  before  his  time :  but, — II.  ποο- 
1260 


ΠΡΟΠ 

πόλίον  εξ  έρπν?.λου,  seems  to  be  a 
kind  of  c/irtp/f<,  in  Ath.     Hence 

ΐΐροπολώομαι,  as  pass.,  to  grow 
gray  beforehand,  Scxt.  Einp.  p.  652. 

ΙΙρύπολίς,  εως,  ή,  {πρό,  πόλις)  the 
first  part  of  a  town,  a  suburb. — ll.  ill 
a  beehive,  the  gwnmy  substance  with 
which  the  bees  line  and  fence  their  hives, 
Voss  Virg.  G.  4,  40. 

ΙΙροπολιτενω.  f.  -σω,  (πρό,  πολι- 
τενω)  to  transact  bcforeha?id :  τά  προ- 
πεπολιτενμένα,  the  previous  measures 
of  his  govern7nent,  Polyb.  4,  14,  7. 

\\ροπολος,  ον,  {πρό,  πολέω)  em- 
ploying one's  self  before  ;  esp.,  —  1.  a 
servant  that  goes  before  one,  τίνί,  Η. 
Horn.  Cer.  440  :  aji  attendant,  minister, 
τινός,  Aesch.  Cho.  359  ;  absol.,  Eur. 
Hipp.  200:  a  rower,  Pind.  O.  13,  77. 
— 2.  esp.  a  priest,  priestess,  πρ.  θεον, 
Ar.  Plut.  670,  Eur.  Hel.  570:  gener- 
ally, one  who  serves  in  a  teinple,  Hdt. 
2,  64,  like  νεωκόρος,  προφήτης  : — po- 
ets were  metaph.  called  πρόπολοι 
Μουσών,  ϋιερίδων,  etc. — II.  as  adj., 
ministering  to  a  thing,  devoted  to  it, 
άοιδαϊς,  Pind.  N.  4,  129. 

Τίρόπομα,  ατός,  τό,  {πρό,  πόμα)  α 
drink  taken  before  :  and  so^ — -I.  a  break- 
fast-drink, esp.  a  kind  of  wine,  PhU.  2, 
624  C,  cf  άκρατίζομαι  II. — II.  later, 
a  light,  savoury  dish,  taken  to  stirmdate 
the  appetite,  as  oysters  sometimes  with 
us,  Lat.  gustatio,  Phylarch.  ap.  Ath. 
58  C. 

ΤΙροπομπεία,  ας,  ή,=  προπομπία. . 

Ώροπομπενω,  {πρό,  πομπεύω)  to  go 
before  and  escort  in  procession,  Luc. 
Mere.  Cond.  25,  Plut.  2,  365  A. 

ΐΐροπομπή,  ?/f,  ή,  {προπέμπω)  an 
attending,  escorting,  esp.  on  departure, 
Xen.  Ag.  2,27,  Polyb.  20,  11,  8  :— 
also,  an  attending  a  body  to  the  grave. 

ΐΐροπομπία,  ας,  ή,  a  going  before 
and  escorting  in  procession,  Hierocl.  ap. 
Stob.  p.  402,  37. — II.  the  first  place  in 
a  procession,  Luc.     Hence 

ΐΐροπύμπιος,  ον,  belonging  to  an  es- 
cort or  procession. 

ΐΐροπομπός,  όν,  {προπέμπω)  escort- 
ing, esp.  in  a  procession,  c.  ftcc,  πρ. 
χοάς,  carrying  drink-offerings  in  pro- 
cession, Aesch.  Cho.  23. — II.  as  subst., 
a  conductor,  escort,  esp.  in  plur..  Id. 
Pers.  1036,  Eum.  206,  Xen.  Cyr.  3, 

1,  2. 

ΐΐροπονέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {πρό,  πονέω) 
to  work  or  exert  one's  self  beforehand, 
Xen.  Cyr.  7,  5,  80. — 2.  also,  to  work 
for  or  instead  o/"  another,  τινός,  Xen. 
An.  3,  1,  37,  Cyr.  8,  2,  2:  also,  sim- 
ply, to  work  before  another,  Luc. — 3. 
c.  gen.  rei,  to  work  for,  i.  e.  to  obtain,  a 
thing,  τινός,  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  1,  32.-4. 
c.  ace.  rei,  to  obtain  by  previous  labour : 
hence,  τά  προπεπον7]μενα,  things  for- 
merly pursued  with  zeal,  Xen.  Mem.  4, 

2,  23  : — of  meats,  to  dress  before,  pre- 
pare, τροφήν,  Theophr. — II.  also  in 
mid.  προπονέομαΐ,  to  grow  weary,  tire 
too  soon,  sink  under  ajjliction,  Soph. 
O.  T.  685. 

ΪΙρύπονος,  ον,  {πρό,  πόνος)  very 
troublous,  πόνοι  πηόπονοι,  troubles 
beyond  troubles.  Soph.  Aj.  1197,  e  conj. 
Dind.  (cf  πρόκακος). 

Ώροποντίς,  ίδος,  ή,  {πρό.  πόντος) 
strictly,  the  Fore-sea,  -fthe  Propontis}, 
a  name  given  esp.  to  the  sea  of  Mar- 
mara, that  leads  into  the  Pontus  or 
Black  Sea,  jAesch.  Pers.  877t,  Hdt. 
4,  85. 

Προπορεία,  ας,  i],  a  going  before  or 
in  front, — II.  the  body  of  those  who  go 
in  front,  advanced  guard,  Polyb.  9,  5, 
8  :  from 

Ήροπορεί/ω,  {πρό,  πορεύω)  to  send 
before : — pass.  c.  lut.  pass,  et  mid.,  to 


ΠΡΟΠ 

go  before  or  forward,  Xen.  Cyr.  4,  2, 
23  ;  τινός,  before  one,  Polyb.  18,  2,  5. 
— 2.  to  overtake,  surpass,  τινά. 

ΙΙροπορίζω,  ί.  -ίσω,  {πμό,  πορίζω) 
to  provide  btforehand  ; — liud.,  for  one's 
self,  Luc. 

ΐΙρόποσις,εως,7/,{πρό,πόσις,πίνω) 
a  drinking  before  (a  meal)  ;  a  draiifsht, 
dra7n,  Lys.  Fr.  2,  4. — I),  a  drinhiiifi  to 
one,πpoπόσειςπίvειv,ioάήι^ikhe<ιίιhs, 
Alex.  Demetr.  5;  πρ.  άποδωρεϊσϋαι, 
Critias  2;  λαμβάνειν,  Polyb.  31,  4, 
0. — 2.  the  drink  itself,  Simon.  101. — 
Cf  προπίνω. 

ΤΙροπότης,  ον,  ό,  {προπίνω)  one  who 
drinks  health,  πρ.  θίασοι,  bands  of  rev- 
ellers, Eur.  Rhes.  361. 

Ώροποτίζω,  ί.  -ίσω,  {πρό,  ποτίζω) 
to  give  to  drink  before. — II.  to  present  a 
drought,  esp.  as  a  physician.     Hence 

Ώροπύτισμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  draught 
given :  and 

ΤΙροποτισμός,  ον,  6,  a  giving  to 
drink,  presenting  a  draught  Or  potioTi : 
also=  foreg.,  Dioec. 

ΐΐρήπονς,  ποδός,  ό,  {πρό,  πονς)  one 
that  has  large  feet. — II.  a  star  at  the 
feet  of  the  Twins. — III.  in  plur.,  πρό- 
ποδες, the  fore-feet. — IV.  metaph.,  the 
first  rise  of  a  momitain  from  the  jilain, 
its  first  step  or  lowest  part,  Polyb.  3, 
17,  2,  tcf  Id.  4,  11,  6,  where  it  is  pr. 
n..  Propusi,  cf  Anlh.  P.  7,  501. 

ΤΙροπράσσω.  Att.  -ττω,  {πρό.  πρύσ- 
σω)  to  do  one  thing  before  another,  τι 
τίνος,  Aesch.  Cho.  834 ; — τά  προπε- 
πραγμένα,  Luc.  Jud.  Voc.  2. 

ΐΐροπράτήρ,  ήρος,  and  προπράτης, 
ον,  ό,  {πρό,  πιπράσκω)  aprevious  pur- 
chaser, retail  dealer,  like  προπώΑτ/ς, 
Lys.  ap.  Poll.  7,  12. 

Τίροπράτωρ,  ορός,  ό,=  προπρύτης, 
Isae.  ap.  Poll.  2,  11.  [d] 

Τίροπρεών,  ώνος,  δ,  {πρό,  πηέων, 
πρών)  literally,=  sq. ;  but  used  me- 
taph. by  Pind.  N.  7,  126,  for  πρύφρων, 
readi/,  friendly,  kind. 

ΐΐροπρηνής,  ες,  {πρό,  πρηνής)  in- 
clined or  bent  forwards,  Od.  22,  93  ; 
flung  down  forwards,  II.  24,  18;  opp. 
to  οπίσω,  II.  3,  218. 

ΤΛροπρό,  strengthd.  for  πρό,  as 
prep.  c.  gen.,  before,  Ap.  Rh.  3,  453. — 
II.  as  adv.,  thoroughly,  quite,  lb.  1013, 
cf  Heyne  II.  22,  221  :  more  freq.  in 
compds.,  Schiif  Dion.  Comp.  p.  188. 

ΤΙροπροβΙάζομαι,  f  -ύσομαι,  dep. 
mid.,  strengthd.  for  προβιύζομαι.  Αρ. 
Rh.  1,  380. 

ΤΙροπροθέω,  strengthd.  for  προθέω, 
Orph.  Arg.  1255. 

ΐΐροπροκάλύπτω,  strengthd.  for 
προκαλνπτω,  Opp.  C.  4,  334. 

ΐΐροπροκύτΰΐγδην,  adv.,  rushing 
down  on  and  onward  still,  A  p.  Rh.  2, 595. 

npo7rpo/ii'^iV(5oiia<,  as  pass.,  streng- 
thened for  προκνλίνδομαι :  πρ-  τινός, 
to  keep  rolling  one's  self  at  another's 
feet  (as  a  suppliant),  II.  22,  221  :— 
absol.,  to  be  driven,  wander  about  from 
place  to  place,  Od.  17,  525. 

ΙΙροπροτϊταίνω.  strengthd.  for  προ 
τείνω,  Opp.  Η.  4,  103,  in  mid. 

ΤΙρόπρνμνα,  adv.,  as  if  from  πρό- 
πρνμνος, (πρό,  πρνμνα) stem-foremo.it, 
strictly  of  a  ship  on  the  point  of  sink- 
ing ;  hence,  metaph  ,  utterly  widone 
or  lost,  Aesch.  Theb.  769. 

ΤΙρόπταισμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  previous 
fault  or  failure,  Clem.  Al.  :  from 

Τίροπτα'ιω.  {πρό,  πταίω)  to  stumble 
or  fail  beforehand,  Luc. 

Ώροπτόρθιον,  ον,  τό,  {πρό,  πτόρ- 
θος)  α  projecting  branch :  a  first  or  early 
branch. 

ΤΙροπτνω,  f.  -σω,  {πρό,  πτύω)  to 
spit  forth  or  out,  LXX. 

ΐΐρόπτωσις,  εως,  ή,  {προπίπτω)  a 


ΠΡΟΡ 

falling  before  ΟΓ  forwards,  prostration, 
LXX. — 2.  inclination,  ΐΐς  τι,  Ath.  180 
A.  —  IJ.  an  occurrence,  event  (Germ. 
Vorfall).     Hence 

ΤΙροπτωτικός,  ή,  όν,  falling  from 
over-haste,  M.  Anton.  11,  10. 

ϋροΊττοτής,  όν,  {ττροπίπτω) falling 
off  before,  Theophr. 

Ώρο7ϊί<7.αίος,  ov,  {ττρό,  ■πνλη)  before 
the  gate. — Π.  ra  προπύλαια,  a  gate- 
vjay,  entrance,  esp.  ot'Aegyptian  tem- 
ples, Hdt.  2,  63s  101,  121,  etc.:  at 
Athens  the  entrance  to  the  Acropo- 
lis, built  by  Pericles,  Ar.  Eq.  1326, 
Thuc  2,  13,  cf.  esp.  Dem.  174,  23, 
Aeschin.  42,  2  ;  —  also  in  sing.,  το 
τοΰ  Αιονύσου  πρ.,  Andoc.  6,  13. 
[ί] 

Τίρο7Γν?Λς,  Wof,  >7,=sq. 

ΐΙρόπν?.ον,  ου,  τό,  (ττρό,  πύ?-η)  α 
portico,  vestibule;  freq.  in  plur.,  like 
προττνλαια,  Hdt.  2,  91,  Soph.  El. 
1375,  Eur.  H.  F.  523. 

ΤΙροττυνθάνομαι,  f.  -πεύσομαι,  aor. 
7Γρονπϋθόμ?ιν,  (  ττρό,  πννβάνομαι ) 
dep.  mid. : — to  learn  by  inquiring  before, 
hear  beforehand,  τι,  Hdt.  1,  21  ;  5,  63, 
102,  Thuc.  4,  42. 

ΤΙροπνργιον,  ov,  τό,  a  small  out- 
work, dim.  from  sq. 

ΐΐρόπνργος,  ου,  6,  a  fore-tower,  out- 
work. 

Τίρότΐνργος,  ov,  (,πρό,  πύργος)  be- 
fore or  for  towers  ;  θυσίαι  πρ.,  offerings 
made  for  the  city,  in  her  behalf,  Aesch. 
Ag.  Π68. 

Προπϊ'ρεταίνω,  {προ,  πνρεταίνω) 
to  have  a  fever  beforehand,  Hipp. 

Τίροπϊφιάω,  ώ,  {πρό,  ττνριάω)  to  fo- 
ment before,  soothe  by  hot  applications, 

ΪΙροπνρόω,  ώ,  {προ,  πνρόω)  to  bum 
or  glow  beforehand,  Ale.t.  Trail. 

ΤΙρόπνστος,  ov,  {προπυνΟάνομαι) 
having  learnt  before,  A.  B. 

ΙΙροπωγώνιον,  ov,  τό,  {πρό,  πώγων) 
the  front  part  of  the  beard. 

ΪΙροπωλέω,  ώ,  {πρό,  τΓωλέω)  to  buy 
beforehand,  be  a  retail-dealer :  hence, 
also,  to  buy  for  another,  negotiate  a 
baraain.  Plat.  Legg.  954  A.     Hence 

ΤΙροπώλης,  ov,  ό,  one  who  buys  be- 
forehand, a  retail-dealer,  agent,  Ar.  Fr. 
669,  cf.  Poll.  7,  11  sq. 

ΤΙροπω?ιητης,  οϋ,  o,^foreg.,  in  the 
Aegypt.  Papyrus  edited  by  Bockh, 
p.  5. 

ΐΐρόρΰχος,  ov,  o,  {πρό,  βαχία)  a 
breaker  at  sea,  Arr.  Peripl. 

ΐΐρορέω,  f.  -ρενσομαι,  {πρό,  /^έω)  to 
flov:  forward,  forth,  onward,  along,  Lat. 
proflucre,  άλαύε  προρ.,  II.  5,  598  ;  12. 
19  ;  «V  άλαδε.  Od.  10,  351  ;  έκ  πέ- 
τρ?ις,  Hes.  Th.  792.  —  II.  trans.,  to 
make  to  flow  forth  or  forward,  po-ur 
forth.  Lat.  profundere.  H.  Horn.  Ap. 
380,  cf.  Ruhnk.  Ep.  Cr.  p.  268 ;  but 
Wolfvvrites  προχέειν,  with  Eustath., 
who  quotes  the  verse  as  Hesiod's 
(Fr.  6). — Later  also  προββέω. 

Τϊρηροφάω  and  -ροοέω,  to  gidp  down 
beforehand,  also  προροφάνω,  Hipp. 

ΐΙρ(φβηίνω  and  προΙ)ραντΊζω,  to 
sprinkle  beforehand. 

Προ/^/5έω,  V.  προρέω. 

ΤΙροββήγννμαι,  as  pass.,  to  break 
forth  beforehand. 

Tlpofy^iidfivai,  aor.  inf.  pass. ;  v.  sub 
προερέω. 

ΤΙρόρβημη,  ατός,  τό,  that  which  is 
foretold,  a  prophecy. 

ΐΐρό^βησις,  ευς,  ή,  {πρό,  [)ησις)  α 
foretelling,  prediction,  Hipp.,  Anth.  P. 
11,  382. — II.  previous  instruction  or  or- 
ders, Thuc.  1,  49,  Plat.  Legg.  871  C, 
etc. — 2.  a  proclamation,  πολεμεΐν  έκ 
προβρ7/σεο)Γ,  Dem.  114,2:  ui  προβ- 
ζήσεις,  public  notices,  esp.  in  case  of 


ΠΡΟΣ 

trials  for  murder,  Antipho  139,  42,  cf. 
Luc.  Sacnf  12. 

Προββητέον,  one  mtisl  foretell,  Flat. 
Legg.  854  A. 

ΤΙρο()β?Ιτικός,  η,  όν,  foretelling. 

Τίρόρρητος,  ov,  {πρό,  (ιητός)  told 
before  :  proclaimed,  commanded,  Soph. 
Tr.  684. 

'Π.ρό(){)ίζος.  ov,  {πρό,  βίζα)  by  the 
roots,  root  and  branch,  utterly,  Lat.  ra- 
dicitus,  funditus,  πρ.  πίπτειν,  εξερι- 
πεΐν,  11. 11, 157  ;  14,  415  ;  so,  πμ.  άνα- 
τρέπειν,  Hdt.  1,  32  ;  and  in  pass.,  πρ. 
εκτρίβεσθαί,  Hdt.  6,  86,  4  ;  τε7.ευτύν, 
id.  3,  40  ;  ώβείρεσθαι,  Soph.  El.  765, 
cf.  Valck.  Hipp.  683  :— also  πρόββι- 
ζον  or  πρόββιζα,  as  adv.,  Aesch.  Pers. 
812,  Ar.  Ran.  587. 

Ώρόββνμος,  ov,  (βέω)  flowing  before 
or  m  advance,  very  dub. 

ΠΡΟ'Σ,  prep,  with  gen.,  dat.  and 
ace. — in  which  three  cases,  the  orig. 
signf's.  are,  respectively,  motion  from 
a  place,  abiding  at  a  place,  motion  to  a 
place. — Dor.  προτί  (Sanscr.  prati). 
ποτί  [-"];  both  which  forms  occur 
in  Hom..  usu.  c.  ace,  much  more 
rarely  c.  dat.,  and  each  only  once  c. 
gen.,  II.  11,  831  ;  22,  198.— To  avoid 
confusion  with  ποτέ,  the  elision  of  t 
(in  ποτί)  is  inadmissible,  except  in 
compds.  and  a  few  special  forms,  as, 
πάταγε,  ποταίνιος,  ποταμέλγω.  πο- 
τόδδω,  πόβοδος,  of.  Bockh  v.  1.  Pind. 
P.  1,  57  (110) :  προτί  seems  never  to 
Ije  elided  even  in  compds.  The 
shortened  form  ποτ  is  not  unfreq.  in 
Dor.,  cf  sub  V.  By  metath.  arose 
the  Cretan  form  πορτί,  Koen  Greg, 
p.  238. 

A.  ΛνιτΗ  GENiT.,  προς  refers  to  the 
object,  from  which  something  comes, 
like  παρά  c.  gen.  : — I.  of  place,  from 
any  place,  from  forth,  II.  10,  428, 
Od.  8,  29. — 2.  to  express  the  relative 
situation  of  objects  or  places,  προς 
Νότου,  coming  from  the  South,  which 
we  express  by  towards  the  South,  go- 
ing from  ourselves; — hence  προς  is 
often  rendered  by  towards,  προς  βο- 
ρέαο,  nonhuards,  Od.  13,  JIO;  so, 
οίκέονσι  προς  νότου  άνεμου,  προς  βυ- 
ρέου  ανέμου,  Hdt.  3,  101,  102;  and 
even,  χωρίον  προς  τον  Ύμώλου  τε- 
τραμμένον,  Hdt.  1,  84,  though  in  this 
phrase  the  ace.  is  more  usu. — Of 
course,  the  same  notion  may  be  ex- 
pressed by  προς  c.  ace,  which  strict- 
ly agrees  with  our  usage,  and  some- 
times we  find  the  two  combined,  προς 
7/ώ  re  και  τον  Ύανάϊδος,  Wess.  Hdt. 
4,  122  ;  τον  μεν  προς  βορέω  έστεώτα. 
τον  δε  προς  νότον,  Hdt.  2,  121,  cf.  4, 
17  :  hence, — 3.  in  hostile  sense,  from 
the  side  of,  towards,  against,  (ξινλακαΐ 
προς  Αιθιόπων,  προς  Άραβίων,  Hdt. 
3,  30. — Α.  from  the  side  of ;  and  so,  hard 
by,  near,  II.  22,  198;  freq.  in  Hdt., 
προς  θα?Μσσης,  2, 154  ;  προς  τον  Έλ- 
ληςπόντον  8,  120  :  hence,  also,  before, 
in  presence  of,  Lat.  coram,  II.  16,  85  ; 
22,  514  ;  like  προς  c.  dat.— 5.  metaph., 
from,  on  the  side  of,  προς  πατρός,  on 
the  father's  side  ;  oi  προς  αίματος, 
blood-relations;  also,  oi  προς  αίμα- 
τος φύσιν.  Soph.  El.  1125. — II.  of  ef- 
fects proceeding  from  what  cause  so- 
ever : — I.  from,  at  the  hand  of,  with 
verbs  of  having,  receiving,  βίο.,έχειν 
τιμήν  προς  Ζηνός,  Od.  11,  302  ;  άρ- 
νυσθαί  τι  προς  τίνος,  11. 1,  160  ;  ΰκον- 
ειν  τι  προς  τίνος,  II.  6,  525  ;  like  νπό. 
Pors.  Hec.  768.-2.  so  also  with  all 
passive  verbs,  as.  διδάσκεσθαι  προς 
τίνος,  to  be  taught  by  one,  II.  11,  831  ; 
?ιέγεσθαι  προς  τίνος,  Hdt.  1,  47  ;  άτι- 
μάζεσθαι  or  τετιμτ/σθαι  προς  τίνος, 
Hdt.  1,  61 ;  2,  75  ;  λόγου  ονόενός  γί• 


ΠΡΟΣ 

γνεσθαι  προς  τίνος,  Hdt.  1,  120;  πα- 
θεϊν  τι  προς  τίνος,  Hdt.  1,  73,  etc. ; 
c.  part.,  TO  ποιενμενον  προς  Αακεδαι 
μονίων,  Hdt.  7,  209;  also  with  an 
adj.,  τιμήεσσα  ποάς  τίνος,  Od.  18, 
162. — 3.  by  means  or  agency  of,  προς 
uX?J/?.Oiv  θανείν,  Valck.  Phoen.  1275  : 
joined  with  ύπό,  προς  τύν  πνεόντων 
μηδενός  θανείν  νπο,  Herm.  Soph. 
Tr.  1150. — 4.  byconnnandof,  according 
to  one^s  will,  προς  ί^ιός,  προς  θεών,  by 
the  will  of  Jove,  of  the  gods,  II.  1, 
239  ;  πρόςΎρώιον,  II.  6,  57  ;  προς  άλ- 
?.7/ς,  II.  6, 456. — III.  of  the  dependence 
or  close  connection  of  two  objects ; 
and  so, — 1.  dependent  on  one,  under 
one's  protection,  προς  Αιός  είσι  ξείνοί 
τε  πτωχοί  τε,  Od.  6,  207  •,  14,  57.-2. 
Όη  one's  side,  for,  like  πρό  or  νπερ.  c. 
gen.,  Hdt.  1,  75,  124,  cf.  Francke 
Tyrtae.  1,  8,  Soph.  O.  T.  1434.— 3. 
besides  or  before,  like  παρά  c.  dat., 
where  our  with  or  by  will  often  ren- 
der it,  μνι/μην  προς  τίνος  ?~είπεσθαι, 
Hdt.  4,  144  : — to  this  head  belongs  its 
common  use  in  oaths  and  protesta- 
tions, μύρτνροι  προς  θεών,  προς  αν- 
θρώπων, witnesses  before  gods  and 
men,  11.  1,  339;  επιορκεϊν  προς  δαί- 
μονος, to  forswear  one's  self  by  a  god, 

II.  19.  188;  so,  also,  with  the  object 
by  which  one  swears,  προς  τ'  (ύ.όχον 
και  πατρός,  Od.  11,  67;  προς  Αιός, 
πρόςθεών,  Lat.perZJeos,  in  which  case 
the  Att.  usu.  insert  σε  between  the 
prep,  and  ace,  προς  σε  θεών  αιτώ;  or, 
omitting  the  verb,  μη  προς  σε  γοννων, 
μ?)  προς  σε  θεών,  etc.,  Valck.  Phoen. 
1 659,  Pors.  Med.  325 ;  as  in  Lat. per  om- 
nes  te  deos  oro  : — the  gen.  is  sometimes 
soused  without  προς,  Pors.  Or.  663. — 
4.  in  the  eyes  nf  before,  esp.  in  phrase 
δίκαιον  or  άόικον  προς  θεών  και  προς 
ανθρώπων,  right  or  wrong  before  gods 
and  men,  Thuc.  1,  71. — These  last 
are  closely  connected  with  the  strict 
local  usage  of  proximity,  v.  supra  I.  3. 
— IV.  denoting  that  which  is  of  and 
from  any  one,  and  so,  that  which  is 
suitable,  agreeable,  fitting,  becoming, 
etc.,  first  in  Hdt.,  οϋ  προς  τον  άτταν- 
τος  ανδρός,  άΡ.λα  προς  •φνχής  τε  αγα- 
θής και  βώμης  άνόρηίης,  7,  153,  cf^  5, 
12;  προς  δνςσεβείας,  Aesch.  Cho. 
704  ;  Trpof  δίκης,  agreeable  to  justice, 
Br.  Soph.  O.  T.  1014,  El.  1211 ;  προς 
έμον,  σον,  Lat.  e  re  mea,  tua,  Br.  Soph. 
O.  T.  1434,  cf  Valck.  Schol.  Phoen. 
1686  : — hence,  after  any  one's  fashion 
or  way,  προς  γυναικός  εστί,  'tis  a  wo- 
man's way,  Aesch.  Ag.  1636  ;  oh  προς 
ιατρού  σοφού  θρηνεΐν.  Sojih.  Aj.  581, 
etc. : — προς  ονείδους,  προς  ατιμίας, 
προς  αισχύνης  ποιείσθαι  or  λαβείν 
τι,  to  take  a  tiling  as  an  insult,  regard 
it  so.  Lob.  Phryn.  10. 

B.  WITH  D.\T.,  it  expresses  the  ob 
ject  near  which  a  thing  is.  hard  by, 
near,  at,  on,  freq.  in  Horn.,  and  Hdt.  : 
so,  προς  οίφεσι,  προς  βωμίΙ).  Hdt.  3, 

III,  Aesch.  Eum.  305 ;  ra  προς  ποσί, 
that  which  is  close  to  the  feet,  before 
one.  Soph.  O.  T.  130.  etc.  — More 
special  usages, — 1.  with  collat.  notion 
o{  motion  towards  Ά  γΐαοε,  followed  by 
rest  in  or  by  it,  esp.,  βάλ?.ειν  ποτί 
yanj,  to  dash  upon  earth.  11.  1.  245, 
etc.  ;  so,  λαβείν  προτί  oi,  to  take  to 
one's  bosom,  11.  20,  418,  έ?.είν  προτί 
oi,  as,  την  δε  προτί  οι  ει?.ε  πατήρ 
Κρονιδης,  II.  21,  507.— II.  with  col- 
lat. notion  of  clinging  together,  πρόζ 
άλλήΆτισιν  ίχεσθαι,  Od.  5,  329.— ΙΙΤ. 
to  express  a  joining,  addition  to  some- 
thing before,  esp.  προς  τούτοις,  προς 
τοίσι,  added  thereto,  moreover,  Od.  10. 
68,  Wessel.  Hdt.  7,  197 ;  esp.  freq., 
προς  τούτοις,  Lat.  praeterea,  rarely  in 

1261 


ΠΡΟΣ 

sing.,  προς  τοντω,  as  Hdt.  1,  41  : 
Τΐρος  τοϊς  ολΑοις  κακοΐς,  besides,  not 
to  mention  them,  cf.  infra  C,  D  :  in 
numerals,  ahnost=Kai,  ετη  τρία  προς 
τοϊς  τριάκοντα,  Diod.  1 ,  58,  cf.  Aesch. 
Pr.  774. — 1\'.  of  employments  which 
one  attends  closely  to,  -γίγνεσθαι 
προς  τώ  σκοττεϊν,  τοις  πράγμασι,  etc., 
be  closely  engaged  in  considering,  etc. 
C.  WITH  .\ccus.,  it  expresses  a  mo- 
tion or  direction  towards  an  object, — 
I.  of  place,  towards,  to,  upon,  Lat.  ver- 
sus, very  freq.  in  Horn. ;  of  points  of 
the  compass,  προς  Ήώ  r'  ΊΙίλίόΐ'  τε, 
προς  ζόφον,  11.  12,  23i),  Od.  9,  2ϋ  ;  in 
prose,  πρΐις  ηώ,  μεσημβρίαν,  έσπέραυ, 
άρκτον,  towards  the  east,  etc. ;  also, 
προς  ήώ  τε  και  ηλίου  ανατολάς,  προς 
ηώ  τε  και  ί'/λιον  άνίσχοντα,  etc.,  Hdt. 

I,  201 ;  4,  40;  cf  supra  Α.  1.  2  ;  κλαί- 
eiv  προς  ονρανόν,  to  cry  to  heaven, 

II.  8,  364  ;  also,  άκτΐ/  της  Σικελίης 
προς    Ύυρσηνίην    τετρημμένη,   Hdt. 

6,  22:  hence, — 2.  in  hostile  signf, 
against,  προς  Τρώας  μύχεσθαι,  II.  17, 
471  ;  προς  στήθος  βάλλειν,  II.  4, 108, 
etc. : — in  the  titles  of  judicial  speech- 
es, προς  Tiva,  in  reference  or  reply  to, 
and  so  against,  though  not  directly  in 
accusing  (which  is  κατά),— Lai.  ad- 
versus,  not  in,  Wolf  Dem.  Lepl.  p.  clii: 
hence  also,  προς  δαίμονα,  against  the 
deity,  in  spite  of  him,  II.  17,  98. — 3. 
generally,  without  hostile  signf,  εί- 
πεϊν,  φάσθαι,  μυθήσασθαι,  άγορενειν 
προς  τίνα,  to  address  one's  self  to- 
wards or  to  him,  Horn. ;  and  so,  όμό- 
σαι  προς  τίνα,  to  swear  to  one,  take 
an  oath  to  him,  Od.  14,  331 ;  19,  288  ; 
σπανούς  ποιείσθαι  προς  τίνα,  Thuc. 
4, 15;  etc.  :  so,  σκοπείν  προς  εαυτόν, 
Stallb.  Plat.  Apol.  21  C— 4.  τεύχεα 
ΰμεφειν  προς  τίνα,  to  exchange  ar- 
mour with  one,  so  that  it  goes  from 
one  to  the  other,  II.  G,  235  :  but  of 
the  thing  exchanged  the  phrase  is, 
Tt  προς  τίνος  άμείβεσθαι,  καταλ- 
λύττεσΟαι,  etc.,  one  for  the  other, 
insteati  of  the  usu.  τί  τίνος:  so, 
ΐίδονας  προς  ήόονύς,  λύπας  προς 
λνκας,  φοβον  προς  φόβον.  Plat. 
Phaed.  69  Α. — 5.  of  numerals,  nbottt, 
nearly,  close  upon,  Att.,  v.  Lob.  Phryn. 
410. — II.  of  time,  touards,  near,  ποτι 
εσπέρα,  towards  evening,  Od.  17,  191 ; 
so  in  prose,  προς  ήμεραν,  Xen.  An. 
4,  5,  21. — HI.  generally,  of  reference 
or  relation,  as, — 1.  λίέγειν,  σκοπεΙν 
προς  τι,  to  speak,  consider  with  a 
view  to..,  προς  τον  λ.όγον,  in  reference 
to  the  matter.  Plat.  Sjvmp.  199  B,  etc. : 
τα  προς  τον  πόλεμον,  military  mat- 
ters, equipments,  etc. :  7a  προς  τους 
θεούς,  our  relations,  i.  e.  duties  to  the 
gods,  etc. — 2.  according  to,  suitably  to, 
προς  την  παρονσαν  ά^Ι)ωστίαν,'ϊ\\υο. 

7,  47 ;  προς  το  παρόν,  Xen.  Hip- 
parch.  5,  9  : — also,  προς  ανλόν,  to  the 
iiute's  accompaniment,  Eur.  Alc.  346; 
προς  την  σελ.τ/νηΐ',  by  the  light  of  the 
moon,  etc. — 3.  according  to,  in  conse- 
quence of,  προς  ToiiTo  το  κήρυγμα, 
Hdt.  3,  52;  προς  την  φήμι/ν,  at  the 
news,  Id.  3,  153  ;  and  so  freq.  such 
phrases  as  προς  τί ;  wherefore?  to 
what  end  ί  Jac.  A.  P.  p.  83  ;  προς  ου- 
δέν, for  nothing,  in  vain.  Soph.  Aj. 
1018  ;  προς  ταντα,  therefore,  this  being 
so,  Hdt.  5,  9,  etc.,  cf.  Valck.  Phoen. 
524,  Herm.  Vig.  425. — 4.  in  proportion 
or  relation  to,  in  comparison  of,  προς 
τον  πατέρα  Κϋρον,  Wessel.  Hdt.  3, 
34 ;  έργα  λόγου  μέζω  προς  πύσαν 
χώρ7/ν,  Hdt.  2,  35  :  often  implying 
superiority  as  the  result  of  the  com- 
parison, προς  πύντας  τους  ('Μι.ονς, 
Lat.  prae  aliis  omnibus,  as  Schweigh. 
renders  Hdt.  3.  94 ;  8,  44 ;  cf.  πρό  A. 

1262  ' 


ΠΡΟΣ 

ΠΙ. — IV.  in  Att.,  προς  c.  ace.  is  oft. 
merely  periphr.  foe  adv.,  as,  προς 
βίαν,  προς  ανάγκην,  by  force,  forci- 
bly, freq.  inTrag. :  also,  προς  ίσχ^νος 
κράτος.  Soph.  Phil.  594  ;  πρός^  τ/δο- 
17/1',  with  pleasure  ;  προς  καιρόν,  in 
season  ;  προς  φιλίαν,  in  a  friendly 
way,  V.  Br.  Ar.  Kan.  1457  ;  προς  χά- 
ριν τινί,  to  please  one;  but  absol. 
προς  χάριν,  opp.  to  προς  βίαν,  Soj)h. 
Ο.  Τ.  1 152,  etc. ;  and  c.  gen.  rei,  προς 
χάριν  τινός,  like  χάριν  and  Lat.  ura- 
tin,  for  'ένεκα,  Buttm.  Soph.  Phil. 
1155  : — here  too  may  be  placed  προς 
Ιβί),  straight  toward,  II  14,  403  ;  also, 
προς  TO  καρτερόν  for  καρτερώς, 
Aesch.  Pr.  212  ;  προς  το  βίαιον  for 
βιαίως,  etc.  ;  and  in  super!.,  προς  τύ 
μέγιστα,  like  ες  τα  μά/αστα,  in  the 
highest  degree,  Hdt.  8,  20  ;  προς 
έμήν  χείρα,  to  my  hand,  i.  e.  ready 
for  use,  like  πρόςχειρος.  and  Lat.  ad 
manum,  Herm.  Soph.  Phil.  148. — V. 
like  παρά  c.  dat.,  of  rest  in  a  place, 
hut  only  rarely  in  late  poets  ;  lor  the 
instances  collected  by  Schiitz  Aesch. 
Pr.  347,  Br.  Ap.  Rh.  2,  496,  imply  to- 
wards. 

D.  ABsoL.  AS  Αην.,=πρός  c.  dat. 
Ill,  besides,  over  and  above ;  in  Horn, 
always  προς  δε,  also  Hdt.  1,  71,  etc.; 
so,  προς  γαρ  και  προς,  Hdt.  3,  91 ;  5, 
20 ;  και  δη  προς,  Hdt.  5,  67  ;  in  Att. 
also,  καί  γε  προς,  και  προς  γε,  Pors. 
Phoen.  619. 

Ε.  IN  Compos. — I.  motion  towards, 
as,  προςάγο),  προςέρχομαι,  etc. — Π. 
addition,  besides,  as,  προςκτάομαι,^Ιο. 
— III.  a  being  on,  at,  by,  or  beside  : 
hence,  a  remaining  &fs!i/e,andmetaph., 
connexion  and  engagement  with  any 
thing,  as,  πρόςειμι,  προςγίγνομαι,  etc. 

F.  Remakks•. — I.  προς  does  not 
seem  ever  to  follow  its  case. — 2.  in 
Iloni.  it  is  very  oft.  separated  from 
its  verb  by  tmesis. — 3.  it  is  very  sel- 
dom followed  by  an  enclit.  pronoun, 
though  we  find  προς  με  in  Ar.  Plut. 
1055,  etc.,  cf.  Buttin.  Ausf  Gr.  2,  p. 
413. 

\\ροσάββΰτος,  ov,  (πρό,  σάββατα) 
before  the  Sabbath,  N.  T. 

Προςάγάλλιω,  {προς,  άγάλλο))  to 
honour  or  adorn  besides,  Eupol.  Dem. 
19. 

Προςΰγάνακτέω,  ώ,  ( προς,  άγα- 
νακτέω)  to  be  angry  or  wroth  besides, 
Hipp., Dion.  H. 

ΰροςαγγελία,  ας,  ή,  a  bringing  of 
tidings,  a  message,  Polyb.  5,  110,  11  ; 
1 4 .  0,  2  :  froju 

ϊϊροςαγγέλλω,  {προς,  ΰγγέλλα) 
to  announce,  bring  tidings,  τινί,  Ερ• 
Plat.  362  C  :  to  notify,  τι,  Luc.  I). 
Deor.  9,  1  ;  τα  προςαγγελιλόμενα, 
Polyb.  4,  19,  6. — II.  to  denounce,  ac- 
cuse.    Hence 

ΥΙροςαγγελτής,  ov,  b,  one  who  brings 
tidings. — li.  an  accuser. 

Προςάγελιύζω,  f.  -ύσω,  to  add  to  the 
herd  or  throng. 

ΐΐροςάγήλαι,  inf.  aor.  1  from  προς- 
αγάλλω. 

ΐϊροςαγκάλίζομαι,  {προς,  άγκαλί- 
ζομαι)  Ιο  take  in  one''s  arms  besides, 
Aristaen.  1,  21. 

ΐΐροςαγκϋλόω,  ώ,  {προς,  άγκυλόω) 
to  fasten  on  with  thongs,  Math.  Vett. 

ΐΐροςαγλάΐζω,^^προςαγύλλω. 

ΐΐροςαγνοέο),  ώ,  (.  -ήσω,  {προς, 
άγνοίω)  to  be  ignorant  of  besides,  The- 
ophr. 

ΤΙροςάγνϋμι,  f.  -άξω,  {προς,  ΰγννμι) 
to  break  upon  or  against,  Q.  Sm. 

Ώροςΰ^οράζοι,  {προς,  αγοράζω)  to 
buy  besides,  Dlod. 

Ώροςάγόρενμα,  ατός,  τό,  {πμόςαγο- 
ρεύω)  an  address,  a  name,  Dion.  H. 


ΠΡΟΣ 

Ήροςαγόρενσις,  εως,  η,  {προςαγο 
ρεύω)  an  addressing,  address,  Plut. 
Fab.  17,  etc. 

Ώροςΰγορευτέος,  a,  ov.  to  be  called 
or  named,  Plat.  Phaed.  104  A  :  and 

ΤΙροςάγορεντικός,  ή,  i>v,  addressing, 
naming. — II.  as  subst.,  το  προςαγυρευ- 
τικόν,  thedole given  to  visitors,  Lat.  spor- 
tula,  App.• — 2,  inGramm.,  the  vocative 
case,  Diog.  L.  6,  67  :  from 

Προςάγορεύω,  {προς,  αγορεύω)  to 
address,  accost,  Lat.  salulare,  τινά,  Hdt. 
1,  134  ;  2,  80,  Th'ic.  6,  16,  and  Plat. : 
πρ.  τινά  δι'  ενχής.  Plat.  Legg.  823  D. 
— II.  to  name,  call  by  name,  c.  tjupl. 
ace,  πρ.  viv  Αίκαν,  Aesch.  Cho.  950, 
cf  Plat.  Gorg.  474  E,  Soph.  216  C, 
etc. :  πρ.  χαίρειν  τινά,  to  bid  one  hail, 
or  farewell,  Ar.  Plut.  323,  Plat.  Legg. 
771  A  : — pass.,  to  be  called,  Aesch.  Pr. 
834,  Plat.,  etc. — III.  to  assign,  award, 
attribute  to,  τινί  τι,  Heind.  Plat.  The- 
aet.  147  D. — IV.  to  notice,  state,  τι.  Id. 
Legg.  719  E. 

ΤΙροςαγρνπνέω,  ώ,  f.  -ησω,  {προς, 
άγρυπνέω)  to  lie  awake  by,  sit  up  over, 
c.  dat.,  Plut.  2,  1093  D. 

ΪΙροςάγω,  f.  -ξω  :  aor.  2  προςήγΰ- 
γον,  very  rarely  aor.  1  προςήξα,  as 
Thuc.  2, 97  :  fut.  mid.  (in  pass,  signf.) 
Thuc.  4,  115  {προς,  άγω).  To  bring 
to  or  upon,  τις  δαίμων  τόδε  πήμα 
προςήγαγε ;  Od.  17,  446 ;  πρ.  δώρα 
τινι,  Η.  Ηοιη.  Αρ.  272  ;  πρ.  Ουσίας 
τινί,  Hdt.  3,  24 ;  to  put  to,  apply,  ήπια, 
Id.  3,  130  :  to  bring  to,  move  touards, 
like  Lat.  applicare,  την  άνω  γνάβον 
~p.  Tij  κάτω.  Id.  2,  68  ;  so,  πρ.  λόχον 
πνλαις,  Eyr.  Phoen.  1104,  cf  Thuc. 
7,  43  ;  so,  σκάφος  στρέβλαισιν  tjf 
προςηγμένον,  Aesch.  Supp.  441  :  — 
also,  πρ.  τι  προς  τι,  Plat.  Gorg.  480 
D  :  προςάγειν  τινι  όρκον,  to  pal  the 
oath  to  one,  make  him  take  an  oath, 
Hdt.  0,  74 :  also  in  mid.  c.  iiif ,  η 
'2φιγξ  προςήγετο  i/μάς  σκοπεΙν,  she 
put  us  upon  considering.  Soph.  0.  T. 
131. —  2.  to  bring  in,  introduce,  πμος 
τον  δήμον,  Thuc.  5,  61,  Lys.  105,  37, 
etc. :  to  introduce  at  court,  Xen.  Cyr. 
1,  3,  8,  cf.  προσαγωγή. — 3.  to  put  to, 
add,  πρ.  έργον,  to  add,  i.  e.  execute  a 
work,  Schweigh.  ap.  Gaisf  Hdt.  9, 
92  :  also  in  speaking  or  writing, 
Ephor.  ap.  Mac  rob. — 4.  to  apply,  em- 
ploy, τόλμαν,  Eur.  Med.  859 ;  ηδο- 
νής. Plat.  Legg.  798  Ε :  σνκοφαντίαν 
πρ.  τοις  πράγμασι,  Dem.  372.  25. — 5. 
to  give  in  moderation  or  gradually,  esp. 
■of  giving  food  to  persons  lately  recov- 
ered from  sickness.  Foes.  Oecon. 
Hipp. ;  cf.  προςαγωγή  I.  4. — II.  seem- 
ingly intr.  (sub.  εαυτόν,  στρατόν,  etc.), 
to  draw  near,  approach,  Xen.  Hell.  3, 
5,  22  :  esp.  in  a  hostile  sense,  πρ. 
προς,  επί  τίνα,  Id.  Cyr.  1,  6,  43,  etc.  : 
—  πρόςαγε,  Dor.  πόταγε,  come  on, 
Theocr.  1,62;  \5,7β.—2.  {swU.vavv), 
to  bring  to,  come  to  land,  Polyb.  1 .  54,  5. 

B.  mid.,  to  bring  or  draw  to  one's 
self,  attach  to  one's  self,  bring  over  to 
one's  side,  Lat.  sibi  concilinre,  προςη- 
γάγετο  αυτούς,  Valck.  Hdt.  2,  172; 
ΐινάγκ^  προςάγεσθαι,  Id.  6,  25  ;  αρε- 
τή πρ.  τινά,  Lur.  Andr.  226 ;  άπuτr| 
πρ.  το  πλΐ/βος,  Thuc.  3,  43,  cf  48'; 
χρήμασι  και  δωρεαίς  τον  δήμον  προς- 
αγεσθαι,  Plat.  Legg.  695  D  ;  θεραπεί- 
αις,  Isocr.  31  Β  : — also,  πρ.  ξνμμαχί- 
αν  τινός,  Thuc.  5,  82. — Π.  to  draw  to 
one's  self,  όμματα,  to  draw  all  eyes 
upon  one's  self.  Xen.  Symp.  1,  9. — 2. 
to  draw  to  one's  self,  embrace,  salute, 
Ar.  Av.  141,  Xen.  Cyr.  7,  5,  39.-3.  to 
take  up,  Tu  ναυάγια,  Thuc.  8,  106. — 
III.  to  get  for  one's  self,  procure,  import, 
Xen.  Vect.  1,  7;  so  too  in  act..  Id. 
Cyr.  5,  2,  5  :   ra  προςαχθέντα,  im- 


ΠΡΟΣ 

ports.  Id.  Vect.  4,  18.— IV.  to  take  to 
one's  self,  enjoy.     Hence 

ΪΙροςΰγωγεύς,  έως,  ό,  one  tvho  brings 
to,  an  introducer,  πρ.  λημμάτων,  one 
who  liunts  for  one's  profit, a  jackal,  uem. 
750,  21 : — so,  the  spies  of  the  Sicilian 
kings  were  called  προςαγωγΰς,  tale- 
hearers,  Plut.  Dion  28  ;  also,  προςα- 
γωγίόαι  or  προςαγωγίδες  (Por.  ττοτα- 
γωγ-),  Plut.  2,  522  F,  cf.  Anst.  Pol.  5, 
11,  7. 

ΐΐροςϋ,γωγή,  ης,  ή,  (ττροςύγω)  a 
bringing  to  or  towards,  μηχανών,  of  en- 
gines to  the  walls,  Polyb.  1,  48,2. — 2. 
esp.,  a  bringing  of  offerings  in  proces- 
sion, Hdt.  2,  58,  (unless  it  be  taken 
in  signf.  II.  1,  like  ττροςε?.ενσις). — 3. 
a  bringing  to,  acquisition,  πρ.  ξνμμά- 
χων,  a  bringing  over  of  allies,  Thuc.  1, 
82. — 4.  a  setting  before  :  a  giving  grad- 
ually, εκ  προςαγωγί/ς,  gradually,  freq. 
in  Hipp.;  opp.  to  ά^ρόωζ-, -Arist.  Pol. 
5,  8,  12 ;  cf.  προςύγω  I.  5. — II.  α  com- 
ing to  or  towards,  approach,  πρ.  νεών, 
a  place  for  ships  to  put  in,  Polyb.   10, 

I,  6. — 2.  approach,  access  to  a  person, 
esp.  to  a  king's  presence,  Xen.  Cyr. 
7,  5,  45. 

Τϊροςύγωγίόης,  ov,  b,  Dor.  ποτάγ., 
=ζΐΓροςαγωγεύς,  q.  v. 

ΤΙροςΰγώγιον,  ov,  to,  a  tool  used  by 
carpenters  for  straightening  wood,  a  vice, 
Plat,  Phil.  56  C. 

ΎΙροςαγωγίς,  ίδος,  v.  sub  προςαγω- 
γεύς. 

ΐΐροςαγωγός,  όν,  (προςάγω)  leading 
to : — then,  like  επαγωγός,  attractive, 
persuasive,  Thuc.  1,  21,  cf.  Def.  Plat. 
414  E. 

Ήροςΰγωνίζομαί  and  προςΰγωνι- 
στής,  very  dub.  for  προαγ-. 

ΪΙροςύόΙκέω,  ώ,  {προς,  ύδικέω)  to 
vyrong  one  or  do  wrong  besides,  Joseph. 

ΤΙροςάδω,  (προς,  άδω)  to  sing  to, 
Tiv  ποταείσομαι,  to  thee  will  I  sing, 
Theocr.  2,  11. — 2.  πρ.  τραγωδίαν,  to 
sing  the  songs  in  a  tragedy  to  music, 
Ar.  Eq.  401. — II.  to  harmonize,  chime 
in  with,  Lat.  concinere,  τινί,  ivith  one. 
Soph.  Phil.  405  ;  absol..  Plat.  Phaed. 
86  E,  Legg.  670  B. 

ΙΙροςαθροίζω,  to  gather  to.     Hence 

ΤΙροςύθροισις,  ij,  a  gathering  into  a 
place. 

ΤΙροςΰθϋμέω,  ω,  (προς,  άβνμέω)  to 
be  discouraged  at,  τινί,  Joseph. 

ΐΙροςΰθύρω,:=προςπαίζω.  [ϋ] 

ΤΙροςαιθρίζω,  {.αίθήρ)  to  send  into 
the  air. 

Τίροσαίνω,  (πρό,  σαίνω)  to  flatter, 
win  by  flattery  beforehand. 

ΐΐροςαίονάω,  ώ,  {προς,  αίονάω)  to 
sprinkle  and  foment,  Hipp. 

'Π.ροςαιρέομαι,{πρός,αίρέω)&8Πϊίά., 
to  choose  and  associate  with,  τινά  TIVC, 
Thuc.  5,63  ;  έωντω  πρ.  τινά,  to  choose, 
have  for  one's  companionor  ally,  Lat.  co- 
optare,  Hdt.  3,  130  ;  9,  10,  Xen.,  etc.— 

II.  generally,  to  choose  or  elect  in  addi- 
tion to,  τινά  Tivi,  Xen.  Hell.  6,  2,  39  ; 
Ttva  προς  τινι,  lb.  2,  1,  16. 

ΐΐροςαίρω,  {προς,  αίρω)  to  take  up, 
■πρόςαφε  το  κάνουν,  ει  δε  βονλεί, 
■πρόςψερε,  Pherecr.  Petal.  7  : — mid., 
to  eat,  Philotini.  ap.  Ath.  81  B. 

ΐΐροσαίρω,  {πρό,  σαίρω)  to  show 
one's  teeth  before,  v.  1.  Lyc.  880. 

Τίροςαισθάνομαι,  fut.  -σθησομαι, 
{προς,  αισθάνομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  re- 
mark, perceive  besides,  Arist.  Memor. 
1,8.         _ 

ΐΐροςάισσω,  f.  -ξω,  {προς,  ΰΐσσω)  to 
spring  or  rash  to,  Od.  22,  337,  342, 
365  :  ομίχλη  πρ.  δσσοις,  a  cloud  co??ies 
ower  their  eyes,  Aesch.  Pr.  145. 

ΤΙροςαιτέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {προς,  αΐτέω) 
to  ask  besides,  Pind.  Fr.  166  :  to  demand 
more,  αίμα,  Aesch.  Cho.  401 ;  πρ.  μι- 


ΠΡΟΣ 

σθόν,  to  ask  for  higher  "pay , Xen.  An.  1, 
3,  21. — II.  to  continue  asking,  and  so,  to 
beg,  ask  an  alms  of  one,  τινά,  Hdt.  3, 
14 ;  πρ.  τινά  τι,  to  beg  somewhat  of 
one,  Eur.  Hel.  512  : — absol ,  to  beg 
hard,  Id.  Supp.  94,  Ar.  Ach.  452. 
Hence 

ΙΙροςαίτης,  ov,  6,  a  beggar,  N.  T.  : 
fern,  -αΐτι.ς,  ιδος. 

ΐΐροςαίτησις,  εως,  ή,  begging,  beg- 
gary, Plut. 

ΐΐροςαιτητής,  ov,  ό,^προςαίτης. 

Τίροςαιτίάομαι,  {προς,  αίτιάομαι) 
dep.  mid.,  to  accuse  besides,  Plut. 
Fab.  7. 

ΤΙροςαιωρέω,  ώ,  {προς,  αίωρεω)  to 
raise  beside  or  near  :  mid.,  προςαιωρή- 
σασθαι  Ty  λόγχτ^,  to  raise  one's  self  up 
by  or  on  one's  lance,  Diod. 

ΤΙροςΰκονάω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  sharpen 
besides. 

ΐΐροςάκοντίζω,  {προς,  ακοντίζω)  to 
dart,  throw  a  javelin  at,  Luc.  :  also  as 
dep.  mid.,  προςακοντίζαμαι,  Ael. 

Ίΐροςάκοΰω,  f.  -ονσομαι,  { προς, 
άκονω)  to  hear  besides,  τι,  Xen.  Hell. 
2,  4,  22  :  to  hear  a  discourse,  περί  τί- 
νος, Plut.  2,  37  F. 

ΥΙροςακρίβόω,  ώ,  f.  -ώσω,  strengthd. 
for  ακριβόω,  Arist.  ap.  Diog.  L.  5,  28. 

ΐίροςακροβολίζομαι,  {προς,  άκρο- 
βολίζω)  dep.  mid.,  to  skirmish  with 
besides,  Polyb.  3,  71,  10,  etc. 

Ώροςακτέον,  verb.  adj.  from  προς- 
ύγω,  one  must  bring  to  or  near,  Plat. 
Rep.  537  A. 

ΪΙροςακτρίδες,  a'l,  {προςύγω)  the 
feelers  or  antennae  of  a  cockchafer 
(strictly  the  bringers-to),  ap.  Hesych. 

ΤΙροςΰ'λείφω,  f.  -ψω,  {πρύς,  αλείφω) 
to  rub  or  smear  upoji,  τινί  τι,  Od.  10, 
392. 

ϋροςΰλίγκίος,  ov,  like;  v.  sub  πα- 
ναλίγκιος. 

ΤΙροςΰλίσκομαι,ί.•α?Μσομαι,(πρός, 
ύλίσκομαι)  to  be  cast  in  one's  law- 
suit besides,  Ar.  Ach.  701  (ubi  melius 
divisim  προς  άλ-). 

ΐΐροςύλλομαι,  {προς,  άλλομαή  to 
jump  up  at  one,  like  a  dog,  Xen.  Cyr. 
8,  4,  20. 

ΤΙροςαλλοτριόομαί,  as  pass.,  to  be 
estranged  or  averse  from. 

ΐΐροςάλπειος,  ov,  {προς,  "Α/.πις) 
beside  or  near  the  Alps,  Strab. 

Τίροσά7^πιγξις,  ή,  {πρό,  σα/.πίζω) 
a  previous  trumpet-sound,  signal. 

Ώ.ροσα?ίπ ιστός,  όν,  {πρό,  σαλπίζω) 
notified  by  sound  of  trumpet. 

ΪΙροςαμάομαι,  dep.  mid.,  to  heap 
together  upon  a  thing. 

ΐΐροςάμβύσις,  ή,  poet,  for  προς- 
ανάβασις,  Aesch.,  Eur. 

ΐΐροςΰμέλγω,  ί.-ξω,{πρός,  άμέλγω) 
to  7nilk  besides,  Theocr.  1,  26,  in 
pass. 

Ώροςαμιλλύομαι,ΐ.  -ήσομαι,  {προς, 
άμιλ?Μομαι)  dep.,  c.  aor.  pass,  et 
mid.,  to  be  emulous  about  or  in  a  thing, 
vie  in  doing. 

Υίρόςαμμα,  ατός,  τό,  {προςάπτω)  a 
band  fastened  on  or  to. 

ΐΐροςαμπεχομαι,  as  pass.,  {προς, 
άμπέχω)  to  remain  held  or  entangled  in 
a  thing,  Anth.  P.  12,  93. 

ΤΙροςΰμννω,  {προς,  αμννω)  to  go  or 
come  to  the  aid  of  one,  τίνί,  II,  2,  238 ; 
5,  139;  16,509. 

Ώροςαμφιέννΰμι,  f.  -έσω  Att.  -ιώ, 
{προς,  άμφιένννμι)  to  put  on  one 
besides  or  over,  τινά  τι,  Ar.  Eq.  891. 

ΤΙροςαναβαίνω,  f.  -βήσομαι,  {πρόι,, 
αναβαίνω)  to  go  up  besides,  of  riders, 
to  mount  a  horse  besides,  Xen.  Hip- 
parch.  1,  2. — 2.  to  rise,  as  a  swollen 
river,  Polyb.  3,  72,  4. — II.  c.  ace.  loci, 
to  climb,  ascend,  to  ΰΐμόν,  Plat.  (Com.) 
Nic.  1. 


ΠΡΟΣ 

Τ1ροςαναβύ?Λω,  {προς,  άνα3άλ?,ω) 
to  throw  up  besides,  Arist.  Mund.  4,  31. 

ΤΙροςανάβΰσις,  ή,  poet,  προςάμβ-: 
{προςαναβαίνω) — α  going  up,  approach, 
LXX : — κλιμακος  προςαμβάσεις,  of 
a  scaling-ladder,  Aesch.  Theb.  4G0, 
cf.  Eur.  Phoen.  489,  Bacch.  1213: 
τειχέων  πρ.,  a  place  where  they  may 
be  approached,  Eur.  Phoen.  744,  cf- 
Herm.  ad  I.  T.  97. 

Τίροςαναγιγνωσκω,  {προς,  αναγι- 
γνώσκω) to  read  besides,  Aeschin.  40, 
17. 

Τίροςανΰγκάζω,  f.  -ύσω,  { προς, 
αναγκάζω)  to  force  or  constrain  besides, 
Thuc.  7,  18 :  to  compress  too  tight,  of 
a  wound,  Hipp. — 2.  to  bring  under 
command,  discipline,  Thuc.  6,  72. — II. 
c.  acc.  et  inf.,  to  force  one  to  do  a 
thing,  βίτι  με  προςηνάγκασσε  πάσα- 
σθαι,  Η.  Horn.  Cer.  413,  cf.  Plat. 
Symp.  223  D,  etc. :  also,  πρ  τινά, 
Thuc.  5,  42,  Plat.,  etc.  :  πρ.  τινά  λό• 
γοις,  Plat.  Phil.  13  Β.— HI.  π  p.  τι 
είναι,  to  prove  that  a  thing  necessarily 
is,  Plat.  Legg.  710  A,  Polit.  284  B. 
Hence 

ΐΐροςαναγκαστέον,  verb,  adj.,  one 
must  compel.  Plat.  Polit.  284  B. 

ΤΙροςανάγορενω,  {  προς,  αναγο- 
ρεύω) to  announce  besides.  Plat.  Rep. 
580  C. 

ΐΐροςαναγράφω,  f.  --ψω,  {πρύς,  ανα- 
γράφω) to  record  besides,  πρυςαναγρα- 
ψέντες  προδόται  εις  ταντην  την  στή- 
λΐ}ν,  Lycurg.  164,  34:  —  in  mid., 
προςαναγραφάμενοι  τον  χρώτα,  hav- 
ing painted  the  rest  of  their  skin,  Ath. 
524  D.  [a] 

ΐίροςανάγω,  f.  -^ω,  {προς,  ανάγω) 
to  carry,  raise  up  to  or  on,  Dion.  Comp. 
14,  in  pass. — 2.  seemingly  intr.,  to 
come  up  to,  approach,  Plut.  2,  5(J4  C. 
[a] 

ΤΙροςαναδέμω,  to  strip  off  the  skin, 
flay  besides. 

ΐΐροςαναδετέον,  verb.  adj.  (from 
προς,  άναδέω),  one  must  bind  on  be- 
sides, Geop. 

Ώροςαναδέχομαι,  fut.  -ξομαι,  {προς, 
αναδέχομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  expect  be- 
sides, wait  for,  Polyb.  5,  13.  8. 

ΤΙροςαναδίδωμι,  {προς,  άναδίδωμι) 
to  distribute  in  addition,  Polyb.  10, 
14,3. 

Τ1ροςαναθ?.ίβω,  f.  -ψω,  {προς,  uva- 
θ7Λβω)  to  press,  compress  besides,  Clem. 
Al.  [I] 

Ώροςαναιδεύομαι,  dep.,  to  act  im- 
pudently besides,  ap.  Suid. 

ΤΙροςαναιρέω,  ώ,  {προς,  άναιρέω) 
to  lift  up  besides : — mid.,  to  take  upon 
one's  self  besides,  πόλεμον,  Thuc.  7, 
28. — II.  to  destroy  besides,  Arist.  An. 
Pr.  2, 11,  10. — III.  of  an  oracle,  to  give 
an  answer  besides,  Plat.  Rep.  461  Ε  ; 
π.  τινι  ποιεΐν  τι,  Dem.  532,  6. 

ΙϊροςάναισΙμόω,  ώ,  {προς,  άναισι- 
μύω)  to  spend,  use  up  besides,  Hdt.  5, 
34,  in  pass. 

ΤΙροςανακάλέω,  ώ,  to  call  to  besides. 

ΤΙροςανακά/.νπτω,  (προς,  ύνακα- 
?.νπτω)  to  disclose,  reveal  besides,  Strab. 

Τίροςανάκειμαι,  {προς,  ΰνάκειμαι) 
as  pass.,  to  be  wholly  given  up,  devoted 
to,  κννηγεσίαις,  Plut.  2,  314  A. 

ΤΙροςανακεράννϋμι,  fut.  -κεράσω, 
[προς,  άνακεράνννμι)  to  viix  up  with, 
Ael.  N.  A.  14,4. 

ΤΙροςαναιΰνέω,  ώ,  {πρός,άνακινέω) 
to  stir  up  or  rouse  besides,  v.  1.  Plut. 
Cat.  Maj.  26. 

ΤΙροςανακλαίω,  Att.  -κΜιω  [u],  fut. 
-κλανσομαι,  {προς,  άνακλαίω)  to  la- 
ment at  the  same  time  or  with  one, 
Synes. 

ΤΙροςανάκ7.ϊμα,  ατός,  τό,  that  on 
which  one  leans,  Anth.  P.  7,  407  :  from 
1263 


ΠΡΟΣ 

ΙΙροςανακλίνομαι,  as  pass.,  (?rpof, 
aviiK/.ivu)  to  lean  oil,  τινί.  [ij  Hence 

11[)θςανάκλΙαίς,  κως,  ή,  a  leaning 
or  lyi'ig  on,  Luc.  Amor.  31. 

Ιϊμοι,αναΐίΟίίΌομαι,  as  pass.,  (ττι)ός, 
afaiioivou))  logo  and  comnmnicate  with 
one,  1.  e.  take  counnd  with  liiin,  Dioil. 

Πμοςανακουφίζω,  {πρύς,  άνακον- 
ψΐζω)  Ιο  lighten,  relieve  besides,  Joseph. 

ίΐροςανακικνω,  {■προς,  ανακρίνω)  Ιο 
inquire  into,  examine  besides,   rlut.  ϋ, 

ΤΙροςανακρούομαι,  {-προς,  ΰνα- 
Kpovuj)  as  mill,,  to  begin  to  speak,  Plut. 

2,  yyo  B. 

ΪΙροςαναλαμ3άνω,  fut.  -?.?Ίψομαι, 
(ττρυς,  άνα/.αμ;3άι•ω)  to  take  or  receive 
besides,  Dom.  910,  10: — -/.ειόνων 
•!τροςαναλαμ3ανομίνων  ti'f  τ>/ι>  συ- 
■\κ'/.ιμορ,  ot  the  new  senators,  Plut. 
Κυιη.  13.— 11.  to  recall  (to  strength),  to 
refresh,  recruit,  restore  by  rest,  eavTOv, 
την  ύνναμιν  ίκ  κακοτταΰΐίας,  Polyb. 
Ο,  8,  7  ;  Γ0  στρατύττΐόον,  Uiod.  17,  1G  : 
— also, — 2.  intr.,  to  recover,  revive,  Po- 
lyb. 3.  GO,  8.— 111.  to  refer  besides,  re- 
peat, Theophr. 

[[ροςαναλίγομαι,  (,τΐρός,  άναλέγ^) 
to  recount  besides,  LXX. 

ΙΙροςανα/Λκμύω,  ώ,  to  ivinnow  be- 
sides, ot  corn,  Geop. 

Πιιοςάνΰ/.ίσκω,  lut.  -Ζώσω,  {πρής, 
άνα/.ισκυ)  to  lavish  or  consume  besides, 
Plat.  Prot.  311  D;  τι  ττρύς  τινι,  v.  1. 
IJeni.  1025,  20. 

ΙΙροςανύ'λ'λομαι,  (ντρόξ-,  ΰνύ?.?.ομαι) 
dcp.  niid.,  to  leap  up  at  a  thing,  Atli. 
277  E. 

Ώρηςανα?ιογίζομσ.ί,  {προς,  άνα/ιΟ- 
■)'ίζομαί)  dep.,  to  reckon  tip  besides,  Piut. 
2,  115  A. 

\\ροςαναμά7.άσσ(Λ,  {'^ρής,  άναμα- 
λάσσω)  to  soften  besides,  Hipp. 

ΙΙροςαναμίνω,  {ττρός,  αναμένω)  to 
await  besides,  Diod. 

ΙΙροςαναμιμνήσκω,  {ττρός,  αναμιμ- 
νήσκω)  to  remind  of,  τινά  τίνος,  Po- 
lyb. 4,  28,  G : — mid.,  to  recall  to  mind. 
ΥΙροςανανεόω,  ώ,  to  renew  besides, 
ΐΐροςανατίανω,  {προς,  αναπαύω)  to 
make  to  rest  at  or  beside.  Polyb.  4,  73, 
3  : — mid.,  to  rest  near,  Plut.  iSull.  28. 
ΤΙροςαναπειθω,   {προς,  άναπείθω) 
to  persuade  besides,  uio  C. 

ΐΐροςαναπηι^ύω,  ώ,  {προς,  αναπη- 
δάω ι  to  leap  up  besides,  Ael.  Λ.  A.  5,  23. 
Ήροςαναπίμπ'λημι,  {προς,  άναπίμ- 
ΊΤΑημι.)  to  fill  up  besides,  Anst.  Probl. 
1,7. 

Ώροςαναπίπτω,  {προς,  άναπίπτω) 
to  lie  down  or  recline  by,  Tivi,  esp.  With 
Others  at  meals,  Polyb.  31,  4,  0. 

ΥΙροςαναπλάσσω,^  Att.  -ττω,  fut. 
άσω,  {προς,  άναπ/.άσσω)  to  mould 
besides  or  upon:  in  pass.,  of  a  gar- 
ment, to  be  moiddrd  on,  take  the  exact 
form  of,  stick  close  to,  σώματι,  Clem. 
Al.  p.  234,  33. 

ΤΙροςαναπ?.έκω,  {προς,  άναπλεκω) 
to  plait,  knit  to  0Γ  on,  Ael. 

Ώροςαναπλέω,  f.  -π/.ενσομαι,  to 
swim  to  or  towards. 

ΊΙροςαναπ?,ηρόω,  ώ,  {προς,  ίνα- 
π/.ηρόω)  to  fill  tip  by  pouring  into,  fill 
up  the  measure  of,  DioJ.  : — mid.,  to  add 
so  as  to  fill  up.  Plat.  Men.  84  D. 

ΤΙροςαναπνέω,  to  recover  breath  be- 
sides. 

Προςαναπτύσσω,  {προς,  αναπτύσ- 
σω) to  unfold  and  fix  upon,  Arist.  H.  A. 
5,  17,  G. 

ΐΥροςανάπτω,  to  attach  to  besides. 
ΙΙξίοςαναββηγννμι,  f  -[)ήζω,  {προς, 
άναρρήγννμί)  to  break  off  besides,  τι, 
Plut.  Crass.  25. — II.  to  make  to  break 
or  burst,  TO  νπύστημα.  Id.  Cleoin.  30. 
ΤΙροςαναβ^ΙπίΜ,    ίπράς,    άνο/ipi- 
πίζω)  to  fan  besides,  Pllilo. 
1264 


ΠΡΟΣ 

Προςαναρτάω,  ώ,  {προς,  άναρτάω) 
to  hang  up  upon,  τινί  τι,  Luc.  Philops. 
11. 

Προςανασείω,  {προς,  άνασείω)  to 
shake  or  stir  tip  besides:  metaph.,  to 
rouse  slill  further,  πρ.  rivu  /Μγοίς, 
Polyb.  1,  m,  8  ;  πρ.  τινι  όικην,  Plut. 
Τ.  (iracch.  21 ;  cl.  ύνασείω  2. 

Προςα^ασπάω,  {.  -άσω,  to  draw  he- 
sides,  Kust. 

Πρυςαναστε?ι?~ω,  {προς,  ΰναστίλ- 
?.ω)  Ιο  hold  back  or  check  besides,  Plut. 
Alex.  C. 

Προςανατάσσω, {προς,  ανατάσσω) 
to  restore  to  former  order,  Arlemid.  1,1. 
Πί)οςανατείνω,  {πρίις,  άνατεινω)  to 
put  off,  protract  further,  Polyb.  1 1,  23, 
3  : — mid.,  to  hold  out  by  way  of  threat, 
Ti,  20,  3.  13  :  hence,  to  threaten,  τινί. 
Id.  18,  3G,  9. 

Γίροςανατίλ7.ω,  poet,  προςαντ-, 
{προς,  ανατέ7.'/.ω)  Ιο  rise  up  towards, 
Eur.  Supp.  C88. 

Ιλροςανατιθημι,  {προς,  άνατίβημι) 
to  lay  on  an  additional  burthen,  Ttvi  τι : 
— mid.,  to  take  such  burthen  on  one's 
self,  Xen.  Mem.  2,  1,  8  :  but,  also,  to 
conifer  upon,  τινί  τι,  Ν.  Τ. —  II.  προς- 
avr.TiHtaOai  τινι,  to  take  counsel  witn 
one,  Luc.  Jup.  Trag.  1 ;  περί  τίνος, 
Diod.  17,  UG. 

Ώροςαΐ'ατΐ)ίπω,  f.  -ψω,  {προς,  ΰνα- 
Τ[)ίπω)  to  overturn  besides,  LXX. 

ϊ]ρηςανατΐ)ές)ω,  f.  -βράΐιω,  {προς, 
άνατρίίρω)  Ιο  restore  by  food,  Cic.  Alt. 
G,  1,2. 

Ώροςανατρέχω,  fut.  -όράμονμαι, 
{πρύς,  ανατρέχω)  to  run  up  to :  me- 
taph., to  rise,  πρ.  ονσίαις,  i.  e.  to  get 
rich,  Diod. — II.  to  run  back,  retrace 
ptist  events,  τοις  χρόνοις,  Polyb.  1,  12, 
8,  etc. 

Προςανατρίβω,  f.  -ψω,  {προς,  ϊινα- 
τρίβω)  to  rub  upon  or  against :  usu.  in 
mid.,  to  rub  one's  self  upon  a  thing; 
and,  metaph.,  to  rub  one's  self  against 
one,  τινί,  i.  e.  to  sharpen  one's  wits  by 
disputing  with  him,  Plat,  't'heaet.  169 
C  ;  cf.  theophr.  Char.  27. 

Τίροςαναφέρω,  {προς,  αναφέρω)  to 
carry  to  or  up:  pass.,  to  be  borne  up 
agoinst. — II.  to  refer  to  any  one/or  ad- 
vice, πρ.  τ>)  σνγκ7.?'/τφ  περί  τίνος,  Lat. 
referre  ad  setiatum  de  aliqua  re,  Polyb. 
17,  9,  10;  πρ.  τοις  μύντεσι,  Diod. 

ΥΙροςαι•αφίισύω,  ώ,  f.  -7/σω,  {προς, 
ΐιναφνσάω)  to  blow  up  besides,  esp.,  to 
play  on  the  fiiile  besides.  Plat.  (Com.) 
Lacon.  1,6. 

ΙΙροςηναφωνέω,  ώ,  {προς,  ΰναφω- 
νέω)  to  cry  out  besides,  Plut.  2,  996  B, 
Wytt.     Hence 

ίΐροςαναφώνησις,  η,  a  crying  out  at 
or  during  any  thing. 

ΤΙροςαΐ'αχρώνννμι,  {προς,  άνα- 
χρώνννμ;)  to  give  one  a  colour  or  hue  : 
—but  in  imd.,  προςαναχρώνννσβαι 
TO  τΙ•εϋόος,  to  impart  a  lalse  colour, 
Wyltenb.  Plut.  2,  16  F ;  cf  προςτρί- 
}ίω. 

ΙΙροςανίίρΰποδίζω,  {προς,  άνδραπο- 
δίζω)  to  enslave  besides,  γ.  1.  Hdt.  8,  29. 
ΙΙροςύνειμι,  {προς,  άνά,  εΙμι)  to  go 
up  to,  Thuc.  7,  44. 

[ΙροςανεΙπον,  {προς,  ανά,  είπον) 

aor.  2  without  pres.  in  use,  to  declare, 

publish,  order  besides,  Xen.  An.  7,  1,  11. 

ΐΐροςανενεγκεϊν,  inf  aor.  2  of  προς- 

αναφέρω. 

Ώροςανέρομαι,  {προς,  άνέρομαι) 
dep.  mid.,  to  question  besides,  Joseph. 
Ώροςανέρπω,  ί.  -φω,  {προς,  άνέρ- 
πω)  to  creep  up  to,  Plut.  Themist.  2G. 
ΤΙροςανερωτάω,  ώ,  ί.  -ήσω,  {προς, 
(Ίνερωτάω)  Ιο  question  besides.  Plat. 
Meno  74  C. 

ΤΙροςανενρίσκω,  {προς,  ανευρίσκω) 
to  find  out  besides,  Stiab. 


ΠΡΟΣ 

ΤΙροςανεχω,  f.  -ξω,  {προς,  άνέχω)  Ιο 
hold  up  besides :  metaph.,  to  hold  up  in 
mind,  persevere,  persist,  έλπίσι,  Polyb. 
5,  72,  2  ;  also  to  tcait  patiently  for,  C. 
dat.  vel  ace.  Id.  1,  84,  12;  5,"  103,  5: 
πρ.'εως....  Id.  4,  19,  12. 

Τ\ροςαν7ΐς,  ές,  Dor.  for  προςηνής, 
Pind. 

ΤΙιιοςανθέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {προς,  ύν- 
θέω)  to  flower  near  or  beside,  Plulostr. 
Πυοςανίημι,  {προς,  άνίημι)  to  send 
tip  or  forth  besides,  Plut.  2.  1145  D. 

Πρυςανιμάω,  ώ,  {πρύς,  ανιμάω)  to 
draw  up  (water)  besides,  Aristid. 

Ιλροςανίσταμαι,  {προς,  ϊινισταμαι) 
pass..  Ιο  rise  and  press  against,  τινί, 
Dion.  H. 

Προςανοίγννμι,  and  -οίγω,  (.  -οίξω, 
{προς,  (Ίνοίγννμι)  to  open  besides,  Plut. 
Π()θςανοικοδομέω,  ώ,  to  add  in  re- 
building, LXX. 

Ώροςαί>οιμώζω,  {προς,  άνοιμώζω)  to 

moan,  si^h  at  a  thing,   Polyi).  5,  IG,  4. 

Πρόςαντα,  {προς,  ύντα)  adv.,  up 

hill,  upwards,  Dicaearch.  p.  11  Huda. 

Προςαντελ?.ω,  poet,  for  προςανα- 

τέ?.7.ω,  Eur. 

1]ΐ)ηςαντεπιτάσσω,  to  issue  an  order 
against  in  return,  Dio  C. 

Π/)οςαντέχω,  ί.  -ξω,  {προς,  ΰντίχω) 
to  hold  out  against  slill  longer,  τινί, 
Polyb.  IC,  30,  5;  absol.,  Id.  11,21,  4. 
Προςύντης,  ες,  gen.  εος,  {προς,  ην- 
την)  rising  tip  against,  strep,  iip-hill, 
Lat.  adversiis,  Pind.  I.  2,  47,  Thuc.  4, 
43,  Plat.  Phaedr  230  C— II.  metaph., 
steep,  arduous,  difficult,  opposed  to  one, 
τινί,  Eur  Or.  790,  cf  Plat.  Legg.  746 
C  ;  πρύςαντές  {έστι),  cf  inf,  Isocr. 
IGl  D  : — also,  irkscme,  annoying,  pain- 
ful, Lat.  adverstis,  λόγος,  Hdt.  7,  160, 
cf  Arist.  Eth.  N.  1,G,  1.— 111.  of  per- 
sons, like  δνςχερής,  Elmsl.  Med.  375: 
πρ.  προς  τι,  setting  one's  self  against, 
previously  opposing  it,  Xen.  Apol.  33. 
Adv.  -τως,  Diod. : — also  -τα,  q.  v. 

Ώροςαντιλαμβύνομαι,  f  -?.ήιΙιομα'., 
{πρ()ς,  αντί,  λαμβάνω)  as  mid.,  to  lake 
hold  of  one  another,  των  χειρών,  by  the 
hands,  Strab. 

Τίροςαντίης,  a,  ον,=  προςάντης. 
Ώροςαντ7-έω,  ώ,  {προς,  άντλέω)  to 
draw  and  pour  upon  :  to  bathe,  fomsnt, 
Ale.x.  Trail.     Hence 

ΤΊροςάντ/.ησις,  ή, fomentation,  Alex. 
Trail. 

ΐΐροςαξιόω,  ώ,  {προς,  άξιόω)  to  wish, 
demand  besides,  Inscr. ;  also  in  Polyb. 
3,  11,  7;  17,  8,  5. 

'Π.ροςαπαγγέ?.7.ω,  {προς,  ύπαγγελ- 
?.ω)  to  announce  or  declare  besides,  Xen. 
Hell.  4,  3,  2,  Diod.  11,4.  ^ 

ΐΐροςαπΰγορενω,  {  προς,  απαγο- 
ρεύω) to  forbid  besides,  Die  C.  38, 
34. 

Τίροςαπαιτέω,  ω,  f.  -ήσω,  {προς, 
άπαιτέω)  to  require  from  as  a  duly  be- 
sides, Dion.  H.,  Luc.  Tyrann.  13. 

ΤΙροςαπαντάω,  ώ,  f  -ήσω,  {προς, 
απαντάω)  to  meet,  Clem.  Al. 
ΤΙροςάπαξ,  adv.,  once,  [άπ] 
Ήροςαπαρτίζω,  Ιο  complete  besides. 
ΊΙροςϋπάτάω,   ώ,  f.  -ήσω,   {προς, 
απατάω)  to  deceive  besides,  Strab. 

11ροςαπει?ίέω,  ώ,  f  -ήσω,  { προς, 
άπεί?.έω)  to  threaten  besides,  ap.  Dera. 
544,  26. 

Προςαπείπον,  aor.  2,  with  no  pres. 
in  \ΐΒ€,=^προςαπαγορευω,  Aeschin. 
60,  5. 

ΐΐροςαπεκδνομαι,  {δύω)  mid.,  to 
undress  one's  self  besides. 

ΙΙμυςαπεργίιζομαι,  {προς,  απεργά- 
ζομαι) dep.  mid.,  to  finish  off  besideg, 
App.  ^ 

ΐΐροςαπερείδομαι,  as  pass.,  {προς, 
I  από,  έρείδι-j)  (ο  press  forciljly  against, 
'  πρΟΓ  τι,  Arist.  Probl.  25,  1 :  metaph., 


ΠΡΟΣ 
In  an  argument,  to  rely  mainly  upon 
something,  t-i  τι,  Polyb.  3,  21,  3. 

Πρβςα~ίρχομαι,  <lep.,  to  go  away 
besides. 

ΪΙΐιοςά-ήΐστίω,  ώ,  {ττρός,  ά—ιστέω) 
to  be  distntsl/ul  oesities,  Alistaen.  2, 
14. 

Τ1(}οςα:τ<ι,3ά/.7.ω,{7ΐρός,ά7ζο3ύ/.?.ο) 
to  throw  awaij  or  lose  besides,  Ar.  Nub. 
120G,  Xeii.  Mem.  3.  G,  7. 

Πρ<3£•α~ο,ί/.ί'~ω,  f.  -φω,  (rrpof,  ά" o- 
β/.έ~ω)  to  ttirii  one's  eyes  and  look  at, 
V.  1.  Polyb.,  Ath.  180  B. 

ΙΙροςα-ηγράςιω,  Γ.  -■φω,  (προς,  ά—ο• 
ypa(pu)  to  enrol  or  register  besides,  Lys. 
132,  34  ;  135,  G. 

Ώμυςα~υόείκννμι,  {~ρΰς,  άττηόεί- 
κ.ννμι)  to  demonstrate  besides.  Plat. 
Phaed.  77  C. 

Προςα-οόεικτέον,  verb,  adj.,  one 
must  prove  besides. 

ΠμηςατΓοόίόωμί,  {~ρός,  ά•^οδί()ωμι) 
to  give  back  or  pay  as  a  debt  besides, 
Dem.  103G,  13.     Hence 

Προςαποόοτίον,  verb,  adj.,  one  must 
give  back  besides,  Arist.  Top.  5,  2,  12. 

ΤΙροςατούύομαι,  as  mid.,  to  draw, 
put  off  besides. 

Προςαττόβεσις,  ή,  {-ροςα~οτίβημι) 
a  putting  away  besides. 

Υ\ροςα~Όβ/.ί3ω,  f.  ■■φω,  {τζρός,  άπο- 
6/d'iu)  to  squeeze  besides,  .loseph.  [i] 

Προςα~ο^νήσκω,  ( ττρός,  ΰ~οβνή• 
σκω)  to  die  besides  or  ivith,  LXX. 

Προςα—οκρίΐΌμαίΛ\€ρ.,{~ρός,(Ί.—ο• 
κρίνω)  to  answer  with  so?ne  addition.. 
Plat.  Eulhyd.  29G  A.  [i]  Hence 

Ώρ(ΐςα:ζυκμίτέθί',  verb,  ailj.,  one 
7nust  answer  besides,  Arist.  Metaph.  3, 
4,  19. 

ΐΐμοςαποκτείνω,  (^pof .  άποκτείνω) 
to  kill  besides,  Xen.  Cyr.  5, 3,  6,  Plut. 
Dion  fin. 

ΠροςατΓο?.ανω,  (προς,  απολαύω)  to 
partake  of,  enjoy  besides,  c.  aCC,  Plat. 
Ale.  2,  150  C,  Dion.  li. 

ΐΐροςα-ο/.είττω,  (προς,  απολείπω) 
to  forsake  besides  or  at  the  same  time, 
Plut. 

'Πpoςa—o?.ίμπάvω,=  {oτeg. 

ΤΙροςαπό/./.νμι  and  -7.νω :  f.  -νσω 
(πρύς.  άπό'/.λνμί)  : — to  destroy,  kill  be- 
sides or  at  the  sa/ne  time,  Hdt.  1,  207  ; 
πρηςαπη?./.νονσι  καΐ  τας  μητέρας, 
Hdt.  6,  Ι3Θ;  Γί  πρύςτινι.  Plat.  Gorg. 
519  A  :  to  lose  at  the  same  time,  Hdt.  9, 
23  : — mid.,  with  pf.  2  πρηςαπό/.ωλα, 
to  perish  besides  or  with  others,  Hdt.  C, 
100,  Lys.  12C,  5. 

Προςαποπειράομαι,  ( πρύς,  από, 
πειράω)  dep.,  to  try  besides  or  once 
more,  Clem.  Al. 

ΐΐροςαποπίμπω,  (προς,  αποπέμπω) 
to  send  away  or  off  besides,  Ar.  Plut. 
999. 

ΐΙροςαπηπ/Λίνω.  (προς,  άποπλννω) 
to  tvash  off  besides,  Phllo. 

ΤΙροςαποπνίγω,  [προς,  άποπνίγω) 
to  choke  or  strangle  besides,  Aretae.  [/] 

'Προςαπορ^ιηίνω,(πρύς,άποβ^αίνω) 
to  sprinkle  besides,  Ael.  IV.  A.  9,  G3. 

Υ\ροςα-οστε/.7.ω,  (προς,  ΰποστί}.• 
7.ω)  losend  off  Οι  dispatch  besides,  Thuc. 
4,  108. 

ΐίρηςαποστερέω,  ώ,  (πρύς,  ύποστε- 
ρέω)  to  rob  besides,  esp.,  to  defraud  of 
a  loan,  c.  gen.,  Dem.  53G,  14,  in  pass. 

Προςαποστρίφω,  (προς,  ύποστρί- 
φωι  to  turn  away,  divert  besides,  Joseph. 

Προςηπησςιά^ω  and  -σφύττω,  f.  -^ω, 
to  slaughter  besides. 

Πρηςαπητίθημι,  (προς,  άποτίθημι) 
to  lose  besides  or  together  with,  rb  πνεύ- 
μα τώ  χρνσίφ,  Polyb.  13,  2,  5. 

1]ροςηποτιμάω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  [προς, 
υποτιμάω)  to  value  or  estimate  besides, 
πρ.  Τίνΰς  (sc.  την  τιμήν),  Dem.  103G, 
17. 

80 


ΠΡΟΣ 

Τϊροςαποτίνω,  (προς,  άποτίνω)  ίο 
pay  besides, μισθόν.  Plat.  Legg.  945  Α. 

Προςαποτίω,  poet,  lor  προςαποτί- 
νω. 

Προςαποτρίβω,  (προς,  άποτρίβω) 
to  rub  off  upon,  τινί  τι,  Ael.  Ν.  Α.  9, 

Προςαποφαίνω,  (προς,  αποφαινω) 
to  show  or  prove  besides,  Plat.  Polit.  287 
A. 

Π/ιοςαποφίρω,  (προς,  αποφέρω)  to 
carry  off  besides  :  to  send  in  Or  return, 
Dem.  1208,  fin.  : — mid.,  to  carry  off, 
win  for  one's  self,  τι. 

Προςαποφρύγννμι,  also  -φράσσω, 
Alt.  -ττω  :  ί.  -ζω  : — to  stop  or  blockup 
besides,  Dio  C. 

Ώροςαποφήχω,  (προς,  ύποψήχω) 
ίο  scrape  or  rub  off  besides,  Diosc.  2,  92. 

Ώροςαπτέον,  one  must  apply,  τινί  τι. 
Plat.  Rep.  517  A:  from 

Προςάπτω,  f.  -ψω,  (προς,  άπτω)  to 
fasten  to  or  tipon,  attach  to  ;  generally, 
to  hestoiv  upon,  grant  to,  κνόός  τινι,  11. 
24, 1 10  (in  Dor.  form  προτιάπτω) ;  so, 
πρ.  κ/.έος  τινί,  Pind.  Ν.  8,  62;  τώ 
τεθνηκότι  τιμάς.  Soph.  £1.  35G,  cf. 
432,  Eur.  Med.  1382  (ubi  v.  Elmsl.) ; 
πρ.  κόσμον,  χ7.ιόήν  τινι,  Bacch.  859, 
Ion  27  ;  εί'ί^αιμονίαν  τινι,  Plat.  Rep. 
420  D,  etc. ; — and  in  bad  sense,  to  fix 
upon,  χρέος  πό7.ΐΐ,  Soph.  Ο.  C.  235  ; 
αίτίαν  τινί.  Menand.  p.  204  ;  π  p.  φάρ- 
μακου μείζον  νύσον,  Soph.  Fr.  514  ; 
to  deliver  or  confide  to,  ναντικόν  τινι, 
Xen.  Ages.  1,3G; — to  attribute  to,  τι 
τύχτ),  Polyb.  .32,  IC,  3  :— also,  πρ. 
προς  τι,  Eur.  Erech.  20,  10.  In  Aesch. 
Ag.  15GG,  Blomf.  πΐ)ος  ΰτα,  fur  προς- 
ύψαι. — II.  ialr.,  to  fasten  one's  self  to, 
ΰγχον  πρ.  τινί,  to  come  very  near  to 
one,  Sojjh.  Fr.  C9  ;  also,  to  be  added, 
κακηΐς  κακά  προςάφει,  Soph.  ϋ.  Τ. 
CC7  ;  cf  συνάπτω. — III.  mid.,  προςά- 
πτομαι,  to  touch,  lay  hold  on,  reach,  τι- 
νός. Plat.  Tim.  71  E,  etc. ;  to  have  to 
do  with,  meddle  with,  Aeschin.  C9,  3G  ; 
72,31. 

Προςαπωθέω,  ώ,  (προς,  άπωβίω)  to 
push  away  from  beside,  LXX. 

ΤΙροςάρακτός,  ή,  ύν,  (προςαρύσσω) 
dashed  against. 

Πμοςάραζις,  ή,  a  dashing  against. 
[up]  ^ 

Προςαράσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  f.  -;ω 
(προς,  άράσσω)  : — to  dash  against,  πρ. 
τινι  τάς  θύρας,  to  slam  the  door  in 
one's  face,  Luc.  D.  Meretr.  15, 2  :  πρ. 
νανς  σκοπέ7.οις,  Plut.  Marc.  15. 

ΐΐροςάρηρα,  Ion.  pf.  of  προςάρω,  II. 
5,  725.  [ά] 

ΤΙροςάρήρεται,  3  sing.  Ion.  pf.  pass, 
of  προςάρω,  Hes.  Op.  429. 

ΊΙροςαρθρόω,  ώ,  (προς.  άρθρόω)  to 
fasten  to  by  joints,  joint,  Hipp.    Hence 

ΐΐροςάρθρωσις,  η,  connection  with  or 
to  by  joints,  Hipp. 

ΤΙροςάριθμέω,  ώ,  {προς,  άριβμέω) 
to  count  or  reckon  among,  Joseph. 

ΊΙροςάριστάω,  ώ,  (προς,  άριστύω) 
ίο  breakfast  besides  or  upon,  Hipp. 

ΤΙροςαρκέω,  ω,  f.  -έσω,  {προς,  άρ- 
κέω)  ίο  siiffice,  esp.  to  yield  needful  aid, 
succour,  help,  assist,  τινί.  Soph.  0.  T. 
141  ;  cf.  ibid.  12,  Eur.  Hec.  862.— II. 
C.  ace.  rei,  to  afford,  yield, preseiit.  τινί 
τι,  Soph.  Ο.  C.  72  ;  πρ.  χάριν.  Id.  Fr. 
470  ;  so  perh.  in  mid..  Plat.  Theaet. 
168  C  ;  cf.  προςάρχομαι. 

ΤΙροςαρκτικός,  ή,  όν,  and  (in  Polyb. 
34,  5,  9)  προςάρκτιος,  ov,  (προς,  άρκ- 
τος) towards  the  north,  northern. 

Ώρόςαρμα,  ατός,  τό,  (προςαίρω) 
that  which  one  takes  ;  hence  in  plur., 
victuals ,  food,  Hipp. ;  v.  Foes.  Oecon. 

ΐΐροςαρμόζω,  in  later  Att.  -όττω : 
ί. -πω  {προς,  αρμόζω):  —  ίο  fit  ίο,  at- 
tach closely  to,  μαστώ  τέκνα,  Eur.  Ion 


ΠΡΟΣ 

762  ;  TL  εϊς  τι.  Plat.  Theaet.  193  C  ; 
τι  περί  τι,  Xen.  Cyr.  6,  2,  17  :  to  bririg 
alongside,  to  close  quarters,  of  ships  ill 
action,  Eiir.  I.  A.  25G  : — πμ.  όώμα,  ίο 
add  fitting  gifts,  Soph.  Tr.  494. — li. 
intr.,  to  suit  or  agree  with  a  thing,  τινί. 
Plat.  Phaedr.  277  Β ;  προς  τι,  Xen. 
Cyr.  8,  4,  21. 

ΤΙροςαρπάζω,  to  snatch  away  besides. 

Ώρόςαρσις,  ή,  (προςαίρω)  a  giving 
or  taking  of  food,  Hipp.,  v.  Foes.  Oe 
con. 

ΐΐμοςαρτάω,  ώ,  f.  -τ/σω,  (προς,  άρ 
τάω)  to  fasten  or  attach  to. — Pass.,  to 
be  fastened  or  attached  to,  προς  τι  or 
τινί,  Polyb.  3,  46,  8  ;  8,  C,  5  -.—to  be- 
long to,  οσοι.ςνού  και  σμικρόν  προςηρ- 
τηται,  Plat.  Phil.  58  A  ;  προςηρτημέ- 
νον  τώ  κα7.ώ  το  άγαϋόν,  Xen.  Oec. 
6,  15  ;  to  accrue  to  one,  7.7/μμα  προς• 
ήρτηται,  Dem.  60,  4 ;  ijoovij  προςι/ρ- 
τημίνοι,  devoted  to..,  Luc.  Xecyom. 
5.  Mid.,  to  make  another  dependent 
upon  one's  self,  Manetho.     Hence 

ΤΙροςάρτημα,  ατός,  τό,  that  ichich 
is  fastened  to,  an  appendage  :  and 

Υίροςάρτησις,  ή,  a  fastening  on, 
Hipp. ;  or, — II.  (from  pass.)  a  grow- 
ing upon,  τών  καρπών,  Theophr. 

Προςάρτνμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  spice  add- 
ed to  a  thing,  dub. 

Τίροςάρχομαι :  in  Plat.  Theaet. 
1G8  C,  vulg.  προςηρξάμην,  where 
Heind.  with  Schneid.  proposes  πρης• 
ηρκεσάμην ;  while  Buttm.  Le.\il.  de- 
lends  the  usn.  reading  in  the  signf. 
of  επάρχομαι,  ίο  devote,  assign,  pre- 
sent. 

*Υ\ροςάρω,  only  used  in  pf.  2  -άρά- 
pa.  Ion.  -άρηρα,  in  intr.  signf,  to  be 
fitted  to  or  on,  επίσσωτρα  προςαρη- 
ρότα,  plates  firmly  fitted,  II.  5,  725  ; 
and  in  pf.  pass.,  προςαρήρεται  ίστο- 
ιΒοήϊ,  Hes.  Op.  429.  [α] 

Προςασκέω,  ώ,  1.  -ήσω,  (προς, 
άσκέω)  to  e-rcrcise  besides,  Polyb.  5, 
109,  4. 

Ήρσςασπαΐρω,  (προς,  άσπαίρω)  Ιο 
pant  besides  ΟΓ  Jirar,  Plut.  Otho  2. 

ΐΐροςαστειάζομαι,  dep.,  (προς, 
άστειοο)  to  add  wittily  to  one's  words, 
Ti,  Polyb.  Fr.  Gr.  109. 

ΤΙροςαστράπτω,  to  lighten  upon, 
τινί. 

Ίϊροςάτϊμόω,  ώ,  (προς,  άτιμόω)  ίο 
dishonour  or  disgrace  besides,  esp.,  to 
deprive  of  civil  rights,  Dem.  834,  fin. 

Προςαναίνομαι,  as  pass.,  (προς,  av- 
αίνω)  to  became  dried  up,  waste  or  pine 
away  at  or  upon,  πέτραις,  Aesch.  Pr. 
147. 

ΤΙροςανγύζομαι,  {ut.-ύσομαι,  (προς, 
ανγάζω)  dep.  mid.,  to  look  at  or  beam, 
upon,  Joseph. :  the  act.  προςανγάζω, 
to  look  at,  in  Lvc.  1082,  cf.  Ap.  Rh.  1, 
1231.    Hence' 

ΤΙροςαύγάσις,  ή,  a  looking  at  or 
beaming  upon. 

ΤΙροςανδάω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (προς,  αν- 
δύω)  to  speak  to,  address,  accost,  τινά, 
freq.  in  poets  from  Hom.  dovvnwds. ; 
θεονς  πρ.,  Aesch.  .\g.  514  : — Hom. 
oft  adds  έπέεσσι,  μ.εύιχίοις  έπέεσϋι 
or  κερτομίοις ;  so  too  Hes.  :  Hom. 
also  has  a  double  ace.  έπεα,  πο7.?ιά, 
έ7.εεινά  πρ.  τινά,  to  speak  so  and  so 
to  one.  11.  1,  201 ;  17,  431  ;  22,  37, 
etc. ;  so  also  Hes.  Sc.  326 ;  λόγον 
πρ.,  Eur.  Hipp.  826.  —  Hom.  most 
freq.  uses  3  sing.  impf.  προςηνόα, 
also  Ep.  dual  προςανόήτην,  11.  11, 
136;  22,  90. 

'Π.ροςαν7.ειος,  ov,  (προς,  αν7ίή)  neai 
a  farm-yard,  rustic,  Eur.  Rhes.  273. 

ΐΐροςαν/.έω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (προς,  αν 
7.έω)  to  play  the  flute  to,  accompany  with 
the  flute,  Ar.  Eccl.  892  ;  πρ.  πτισμόν 
τινι,  Nicoph.  Cheir.  5.    Hence 
1265 


ΠΡΟΣ 

Τίροςαν?/ησις,  i],  accompaniment  on 
the  flute. 

'Π.ροςαν?.ίζομαι,  dep.,  with  f.  mid. 
■ίσομαι,  aor.  pass,  et  mid.,  (rrpof,  av- 
7.ίζομαι)  to  settle,  encamp  with  ornear. 
ΤΙροςανξύνω,  f.  -ξήσω,  {προς,  αν- 
ξάνο))  to  increase  besides  :  —  pass.,  to 
grow  besides,  Theoplir.  ;  to  be  added, 
τινί,  Philet.  13.     Hence 

ΙΙροςανξησις,  ή,  additional  growth, 
Theophr. 

Ώροςανξω,  =  προςανξάνω,  to  pro- 
viote,  to  honour. 

ΤΙροςαιφάω,  to  move  to,  put  upon,  or 
t'n,  πριν  TTvnl  πόδα  τις  προςανρτ),  as 
is  now  reaii  in  Soph.  Ant.  620,  e  conj. 
Seidl. ;  cf.  s.  v.  άπανράν  10.  (On  the 
deriv.,  v.  ύπανράω.) 

ΤΙρηςανρίζο),  =  foreg.,  Trag.  ap. 
Hesych. 

Τίροςαντονργεω,  ώ,  to  make  with 
07ie's  own  hands  besides. 

ΪΙροςαύω,  to  set  on  fire,  bum. 
ϋρυςαφαιρέω,  ώ,  [προς,  άφαφεω) 
to  take  away  besides:  —  mid.,  fo  take 
aivay  for  07te's  self  besides,  Isae.  73,  38, 
Dem.  467,  fin. 

ΤΙρηςαόέ-ψω,  f.  -■φήσω,  {προς,  ΰφέ- 
■φω)  to  boil  down  besides  or  with,  Diosc. 
Ώροζΰφή,    ης,    ή,    {προςάπτω)    a 
touching  or  handling,  Diosc. 

Ήροςΰφ-ής,  ίς,  (προςύπτω)  touching 
■upon,  adjoining,  Hipp. 

ΤΙροςαφίκνέομαι,  {προς,  άφικνέο- 
uai)  dep.  mid.,  to  arrive  at,  Thuc.  8, 
30. 

Ώροςαφίστημι,  {προς,  ΰφίστημι)  to 
cause  to  revolt  besides,  Thuc.  4,  117. 

Τίροςαφοδενίύ,  {προς,  αφοδεύω)  to 
void  excrement  at  one,  Arist.  H.  A.  9, 
45,  6. 

ΤΙροςαφορίζω,  to  part  off  beside, 
ηροςαόρίζο),  {προς,  αφρίζω)  to  foam 
or  sprinkle  foam  beside  or  upon,  Heliod. 
Ίΐροςβύθννω,  to  make  still  deeper. 
Τίροςβαίνω,  f.  -β?^σομαι :  aor.  2 
προςέβιμ•,  aor.  mid.  πρηςεβησάμην, 
Horn,  (rrpof,  βαίνω).  To  go  towards, 
on,  up,  step  upon,  Horn,  (who  only 
uses  aor.  2  act.  and  aor.  mid.),  c.  ace. 
loci,  II.  2,  48;  23,  117,  Od.  21,  5,  etc. ; 
so  too  Hes.  Sc.  33,  and  Att.,  as  Aesch. 
Pr.  129  ;  c.  dat..  Plat.  Phaedr.  227  D  ; 
absol.,  Soph.  Phil.  42,  Eur., etc.: — to 
mount  or  ascend,  like  ΰναβαίνειν,  Hdt. 
1,  84: — metaph.,  to  come  upon,  τις  σε 
προςέβα  μανία  ;  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  1300 ; 
πρ.  προς  τι,  Xen.  An.  4,  2,  28. 

ΤΙροςβακχεύω,  {προς,  βακχεύω)  to 
send  Bacchic  rage  upoyi  one,  τίνί,  Phi- 
lostr.  —  II.  intr.,  of  Bacchic  fury,  to 
come  over  one,  τινί,  Id. 

Hpof  3άλ/.ω,  {προς,  βά?.λω)  to  throw 
or  put  to,  apply,  μη?.ακάν  χείρα  πρ.,  of 
a  surgeon,  Pind.  P. 4,483;  πρ.πηρειυν 
παρηΐόι,  Eur.  Ilec.  410;  κ?ύμακας 
-πύλαις.  Id.  Supp.  498  ;  πρ.  δόρυ  τινί, 
to  attack  him.  Id.  Phoen.  728  (cf 
Aesch.  Theh.  460)  ;  ττρ.  δειμά  τινι, 
Lat.  incutere  timorcm,  Id.  Ion  584  ; 
ττρ.  δφιν  προς  τι.  Plat.  Theaet.  193 
C. — 2.  to  assign  to,  procure  for,  κέρδος 
τινί.,  Hdt.  7,  51  ;  τινί  τι,  e.  g.  πρ.  Aa- 
κεδaιμovίoις'Ό?ιVμπιάδa,to  givethem 
the  honour  of  an  Olympic  victory.  Id. 
C,  70  ;  πρ.  άσην  τω  πατρί,  to  ca^ise 
him  distress.  Id.  1,  136  ;  so.  πρ.  με?.έ- 
ταν  σοφισταΊς,  Pind.  I.  5  (4),  37 ;  κα- 
κόν Ty  πόλει,  Aesch.  Pers.  781  ;  ώδΐ- 
νας  ίμοί,  Soph.  Tr.  42;  πρ.  τινι 
ενκλειαν,  αίσχραν  κ?ιτιδόνα.  Soph. 
ΕΙ.  973,  Eur.  Ale.  315.— 3.  of  the  sun, 
άρονρας  προςβά/.λειν,  to  strike  the 
earth  with  his  rays,  II.  7,  421,  Od.  19, 
433;  so,  βροτον  [οσμή]  μεηροςέβα/.ε, 
Ar.  Pac.  180:  πρ.  τίνα  ύνύγκτ/.  c. 
inf.  to  force  a  person  to  do....  Soph. 
O.  C.  1178. — i.  meiaph.,  προςβύλλειν 
12C6 


ΠΡΟΣ 
Tt,  to  lay  a  thing  to  heart,  attend  to  it, 
understand  It.  Soph.  Tr.  580,  844  ;  cf 
Lob.  Phryn.  282. — 5.  πρ.  την  έαντον 
μυρφί/ν  τινι,  to  put  one's  form  upon 
another,  i.  e.  be  like  him  in  form, 
Ael.  N.  A.  14,  12.— 6.  mid.,  επεϊ,  έρ- 
γω προτιβά'λ/.εσθαί  τίνα,  Dor.  for 
προςβ.,  to  throw  one^s  self  upon  an- 
other with  word  or  work,  i.  e,  attack 
him,  11.  5,  879  : — but,  also,  to  associate 
wtth  one's  self,  0pp.  H.  5,  98.  —  II. 
intr.,  to  strike  against,  make  an  attack 
or  assault  upon,  πν?.αις,  Aesch.  Theb. 
615  ;  τινί,  Eur.  Phoen.  724  ;  τόπω. 
Thuc.  2,  19,  93,  etc. ;  also,  irpof  To 
τείχος,  Hdt.  3,  155,  158;  προς  τονς 
όπλίτας,  Xen.  An.  6,  1,7,  etc. :  ab- 
sol., to  attack,  charge,  as  Hdt.  7,  211  ; 
9,  22,  25.  —  2.  to  put  in  with  a  ship. 
ές  τον  ?.ιμένα,  Thuc.  8, 101. — 3.  gen- 
erally, to  go  or  coine  to,  προς  όψιν, 
etc..  Plat.  Rep.  401  C. 

ΐΐροςβύρησις,  ή,  {προς,  βαρύς)  a 
lying  heavy  or  pressing  upon,  [ά] 

Ώροςβΰσΰνίζω,  {προς,  βασανίζω) 
to  torture  besides.  Ath.  214  C. 

Ώρόςβΰσις,  ή,  {προςβαίνω)  a  means 
of  approach,  access,  esp.  up-hill,  ονρε• 
σι,  ένθα  πρΟΓ3ασις  ονδευίη  ην,  Hdt. 
3,  111,  cf  Eur.  ΕΙ.  489,  Thuc.  6,  96. 

ΤΙροςβΰτός.  ή,  όν,  {προςβαίνω)  ac- 
cessible, τινί,  Xen.  An.  4,  3,  12 ;  8,  9. 

ΤΙροςι^ιάζομαι,  ί.  -άσομαι,  {προς, 
βιάζω)  dep.  mid.,  to  force  or  compel  to 
a  thing,  c.  inf,  Ar.  Plut.  16. — II.  πρ. 
τόπω,  to  force  or  storm  a  place,  Diod. 
20,  39.  —  III.  in  aor.  pass.,  προςβια- 
σθήναι,  to  be  forced  or  hard  pressed, 
Thuc.  1.  106.     Hence 

ΥΙροςβιαστέον,  verb,  adj.,  one  must 
force  to  a  thing,  Plut. 

ΥϊροςβΙβάζω:  f  -βιβάσω  Att.  -βιβώ 
{προς,  βιβάζω) :  —  to  make  to  go  to  or 
towards,  bring  to.  πρ.  ές  σι^λλαβάς,  to 
reduce  into  syllables,  Plat.  Crat.  427  C  : 
metnph.,  Trp.  ?.έγων,  to  bring  one  over 
to  another  opinion,  Ar.  Av.  425 ;  so 
too,  tC)  λό}ω  προςβιβάζειν  τινά, 
Schiiei'd.  Xen.  Mem.  1,  2,  17;  also 
simply,  προςβιβάζειν,  to  bring  over, 
persuade,  Ar.  Eq.  35,  Plat.  Phaedr. 
229  E,  Mcno  74  B. 

ΏροςβΙόω,  ώ,  (προς,  βιόυ)  to  live 
longer,  Plut.  Num.  21,  Luculi.  fin. 

ΤΙροςβΤίάπτω.  f.  --τΙ'ω,  {προς,  βλά- 
πτω) to  hurt  or  harm  besides,  Hipp. 

ΤΙροςβ?Μςφ7ΐμέω,  ω,  {προς,  βλας- 
φημέω)  to  slander,  blaspheme  besides, 
Joseph. 

ΥΙροςβλέπω :  f.  -ψω,  also  -■ψομαι 
(Eur.  I.  A.  1192)  {προς,  βλέπω)  — to 
look  at  or  upon,  c.  ace,  Aesch.  Pr. 
215,  Soph.  O.  T.  1183,  Eur.,  etc. 
Hence 

ΤΙρόςβλειΙης,  εως,  ή,  a  looking  at  or 
upon,  τινί,  Plut.  2,  45  C. 

Πρόςβ/ιησις,  ή,  {προςβύλλω)  a  put- 
tins  to,  adding  to,  Hipp. 

Προζ•/3Λ77ΓΟ{•,  ή,  ov,  {προςβά7.λω) 
added,  LXX. 

'Π.ροςβ?.νζω,  {προς,  β?.νζω)  to  spirt 
out  uTJon,  τινί  τι,  Plut.  Pericl.  10,  ubi 
V.  Schaf 

Προςβοάω,  ώ,  (προς,  βούω)  to  shout, 
call  to  one  : — mid.,  to  call  to  one's  self, 
call  in,  παριόντας  προςεβώσατο,  Hdt. 
0,35. 

ΤΙροςβοηθέω,  ώ,  Ion.  πρηςβωθέω, 
{προς,  βοτιθέω)  to  come  to  aid,  come  up 
with  succour,  Thuc.  6,  66,  69,  etc.  ; 
προςβωθήσαι  ές  την  Βοιωτίην,  Hdt. 
8,  144. 

ΤΙροςβολη,  ης,  ή,  {προςβάλ.λω)  α 
putting  to,  application,  e.  g.  of  the 
touchstone,  Aesch.  Ag.  391,  cf  Arist. 
Rhet.  3,  2,  12  ;  πρ.  όαμάτων  εΙς  τι, 
Plat.  Theaet.  153  Ε.— II.  (from  intr. 
signf.)  a  falling  upon,  attacking  :  an  as- 


ΠΡΟΣ 

sauh,  frcq.  in  Hdt.,  as,  προςβοΆήν  or 
-λάς  πηιεϊσθαι,  3,  158  ;  4,  128  ;  προς• 
βολή  έγένετο  προς  το  τείχος,  6,  101 : 
so  also  in  Att.,  usu.  in  plur. ;  προς• 
βολ.αι  Έριννων,  Aesch.  Cho.  283; 
μιασμύτοιν.  Id.  Eum.  600  ;  δαιμόνων, 
Ar.  Pac.  39: — πΐ)οςβολη  Άχαιις.  an 
attack  or  attacking  parly  of  the  .Vchai- 
ans.  Id.  Theb.  28. — 2.  generally,  a  ί,Ό- 
ing  towards,  approaching,  arrival,  Soph. 
Fr.  737 :  hence,  an  approach.  Plat. 
Soph.  246  A,  χειμώνας,  l-egg.  865  Β  : 
φίλιαι  προςώπων  προς3ο7.αί,  of  kiss- 
es, Eur.  Supp.  1138;  hence,  absol.,  α 
kiss  or  embrace,  Id.  Med.  1074  (ilbi  V. 
Elmsl.).  —  3.  of  ships,  a  putting  to 
land  :  a  landing-place,  harhnur,  place  to 
touch  at,  όλκάδων  πρ.,  Thuc.  4,  53  : 
of  a  place,  έν  προςβολ^  είναι,  to  be  a 
general  place  for  ships  to  touch  at.  Id.  6, 
48;  προςβο'/ην  ίχειν  πάσης  της  Σι- 
κελίας, to  aflbrd  η  means  of  entering 
Sicily,  Id.  4,  1. — III.  (from  pass.)  that 
which  is  thrown  to  Or  se7it  itpon  one.  α 
chance,  accident,  πρ.  κακαι,  JEur.  El. 
829 ;  προςβολ.αι  θεΐαι,  divine  judg- 
ments, Antiplio  123,  23. — 2.  that  which 
is  put  upon  a  weapoyi,  the  iron  point, 
A.  B.  p.  58. 

ΤΙροςβό7ιωσις,  ή,  {προςβο7ιή  fin.)  α 
pointing  of  weapons. 

ΙΙροςβόρειος,  ov,~  πρόςβοβόος,ορ]). 
to  καταβόρειος,  q.  v.,  Arist.  H.  A.  5, 
15.  7,  theophr. 

Προςβόρεος,  ov,  rarer  collat.  form 
of  foreg. 

ΐΐρόςβορβος,  ov,  {προς.  βο[)ΐΜΐ.ς)  to- 
wards or  exposed  to  the  north-wind,  Eur. 
Ion  11,  937,  Strab. 

ΤΙροςβράζω  or  -βράσσω,  {προς, 
βράζω)  Ιο  throw  up  against,  σώμα 
πίτνϊ  προς3εβρασμένον  ύπό  θαλάσ- 
σης, Plut.  2,  675  Ε. 

ίϊρ^Φβάχής,  ές,  dub.  1.  for  προ- 
βραχής,  soinewhat  shallow,  Strab. ;  but 
V.  Lob.  Phryn.  540. 

ΤΙροςβρέχω,  f  -ξω,  {προς,  βρέχω)  to 
wet  or  moisten  besides,  Hipp. 

ΤΙροςβωθέω,  Ion.  for  προςβοηθέω, 
Hdt. 

ΐίροςβωμο7.οχενομαι,  dep.,  to  play 
the  buffoon  to  another. 

Τϊρόςγαιος,  ov,  {yala)=sq. 

ΤΙρόςγειος,  ov,  {προς,  γέα,γή)  near 
the  earth,  Tim.  Locr.  96  D,  Zeno  ap. 
Diog.  L.  7,  145. —  II.  near  land,  of  fish, 
opp.  to  πε7.άγιος,  Arist.  H.  A.  8,  13, 
1  ;  oi  πρ.  θαλάσσης  τόποι,  lb.  8,  13,  2. 

Ώροςγελάω,  ώ,  ί.  -άσω,  but  -άσομαι 
[ΰ],  Ar.  Pac.  600  (τΓρόζ-,  γελάω)  -.—to 
look  laughing  at  one,  τινά,  Hdt.  5,  92, 
3,  Eur.  Med.  1162;  τον  παννστατον 
γέ7.ων,  lb.  1041 :  generally,  to  gladden, 
όσμη  βροτείων  αιμάτων  με  προς^/ελα, 
Aesch.  Eum.  253 :  also,  πρ.  τινί,  to 
smite  upon  one,  Valck.  Hipp.  862, 
Lob.  Phryn.  463  ;  like  Lat.  arridere. 

ΊΙροςγενί]ς,  ές,  (*γένω)  akin  to. 

ΤΙροςγίγνομαι,  later  προςγίν-  [ί]  : 
fut.  -γενησομαι  :  {προς,  γίγνομαί) 
dep.  mid. —  To  come  or  go  to,  unite 
one's  self  with,  join  one's  self  to  an- 
other, τινί,  esp.  as  an  ally,  Hdt.  4, 
120  ;  5,  103,  etc. :  to  incline  toxeards, 
befriend,  τινί.  Id.  6,  136  ;  generally,  to 
be  added,  accrue,  Lat.  accedere,  Id.  6, 
110,  Eur.  Andr.  702,  Thuc.  7,  14, 
Plat.,  etc.  ;  to  be  so  and  so  in  addition, 
προς  τινι.  Plat.  Rep.  375  E.  —  3.  to 
arrive :  sO  also  of  things,  to  come  to, 
happen  to,  τοις  ■)άρ  θανονσι  μόχθος 
ov  πρ..  Soph.  Tr.  1173,  c.  Plat.  Tim. 
86  E,  etc. 

ΤΙροςγλισχραίνω,  to  make  still  more 
sticky  or  slipperij.  Hipp. 

Ώροςγλιχομαι,  {προς,  γ7.ίχομαι) 
dep.,  to  be  eager  for  besides,  cling  close 
to,  τινός,  Arist.  Metaph.  1,  5,  3. 


ΠΡΟΣ 

•  Ήροςγνΰθίόιον,  ον,  τό,  (ττρός,  }τά- 
θος)  α  covering  for  the  jaws  and 
neck. 

ΪΙροζγρΰφίι,  ης,  ή,  {προςγράφω)  a 
writing  besides,  addition. 

Ώρόςγραφος,  ov,  added  to  a  list,  Lat. 
adscTtptiiius,  opp.  to  those  enrolled 
originally,  Dion.  H. — II.  as  subst.,  το 
ιτρόςγοαόον  τιμής,  a  note  or  bill  of  the 
price, 'Pint.  2,  833  A:  from 

ΤΙροςγράφω,  f.  •φω,  {~ρός,  γράφω) 
to  write  besides,  add  to  a  writing  or  in 
writing,  Dem.  165,13;  629,  1,  etc.; 
also  in  mid.,  Id.  615,  2-t :  τά  προςγε- 
γραμμένα,  conditions  added  to  a  treaty, 
Xen.  Hell.  7,  1,  37,  of.  Lys.  136,  31. 
[a] 

ΤΙροςγρηγηρέω,  ώ,  {νρός,  γρηγο- 
ρέω)  to  watch  or  attend  to,  Anst. 
Probl.  18,  1. 

ΤΙροςγνμνύζω,  f.  -άσω,  (ττρός,  γνμ• 
νάζω)  to  exercise  at  or  with.  Plat.  Legg. 
647  C  ;  —  pass.,  προςγεγνμνασμένος 
τϊολέμω,  Plut.  Marc.  27. 

Ώροςδαίο),  {'ττρός,  όαίω)  to  hindle  or 
light  7ip  besides,  ττόβον  τινί,  Pind.  P. 
4,328=  184  Bockh,  who  has  there 
restored  it  for  ένόαίω. 

ΐΐροτδΰνείζω,  (~ρός,  δανείζω)  to 
lend  in  addition  to : — mid.,  tn  have  lent 
one,  bnrrew^  Tt,  Xen.  An.  7,  5,  5,  Plut. 
Caes.  7. 

ΙΙροςδΰκάνάω,ύ,  f.  -ήσω,  {προς,  δα- 
ττανάω)  to  spend  besides,  Luc.  Saturn. 
39. 

ΤΙρόςδεγμα,  αζος,  τό,  {ιταοςδέχο- 
uai)  a  reception,  ξένης  ίτροςΟέγματα, 
Soph.  Tr.  628. 

ϊΐροςδεης,  ές,  (,ίτροςδέομαι)  needing 
besifles.  yet  tacking,  τινός.  Plat.  Tim. 
33  D,  Luc.  Demon.  4. 

ΤΙροςδε/ισις,  ή,  (ττροςδέομαι)  want, 
fieed,  Epicur.  ap.  Diog.  L.  10,  77. 

Τίροςδεί,  impers.  of  κροςδέομαι, 
there  is  still  wanting,  is  yet  lacking, 
τινί  τι.  Soph.  Fr.  218  ;  /.ίητηςτι  προς- 
δει  (al.  προςδείς) ;  Eur.  Η.  F.  90.— 2. 
really  impers.,  c.  gen.,  there  is  still 
need  of,  προςδεΐ  τινί  τίνος,  one  has 
still  n^ed  of...,  Thuc.  3,  13,  Plat.  Phil. 
64  Β  ;  ίτι  τζροςδεί  εμέσθαι,  Id.  Symp. 
205  A  : — distmguished  from  ένδεΐ  by 
Dem.  14,  23  ;  cf.  ττροςδέομαι  I.  2. 

ΊΙροςδείκννμι,  to  shoio  besides. 
Hence 

ΐΐροςδεικτέον,  verb,  adj.,  one  must 
prove  besides,  Arist.  Top.  4,  2,  7. 

ΤΙροςόεκτέος,  a,  ov,  verb.  adj.  from 
7:ροςδι^γομα.ι,  to  be  received  or  accepted. 
Plat.  Tim.  89  B. 

ΤΙραςδεκτός,  ή,  όν,  (.ττροςδέχομαι) 
received :  metaph.,  acceptable,  Lat.  ac- 
cept us,  LXX. 

ΙΙρόςδενδρος,  ov,  {ττρός,  δένδρον) 
woody,  Theophr.  C.  PI.  2,  18,  2, 
Schneid. 

ΤΙρόςδεξις,  εως,  ή,  {προςδέχομαι)  a 
receiving,  Diog.  L.  7,  47. 

ΤΙροςδέομαι,  (rrpof,  δέομαι)  dep. 
mid.,  c.  aor.  pass. : — to  be  in  want  of, 
stand  in  need  nf  besides,  τινός,  Thuc. 
1,  102;  2,  41,  Plat.,  etc. —  2.  impers. 
like  ττροςδεΐ.  Plat.  Demod.  384  B, 
Ale.  2,  138  B.  —  II.  to  beg,  ask  of  an- 
other, τί  τίνος,  Hdt.  3,  75 ;  0,  35  ; 
rarely  in  this  signf.  c.  gen.  rei.  as  Id. 
5,  40  : — c.  ace.  pers.  et  inf.,  to  beg  one 
to  do.  Id.  1,  36 ;  6,  41 ;  c.  sen.  pers.  et 
inf.,  to  beg  of  one  to  do.  Id.  8,  40. 

ΤΙροςδέρκομαι,  dep.,  with  fut.  mid. 
-δέρξομαι ;  aor.  act.  -έδρακον  (.\esch. 
Eum.  167),  pass,  -εδέρχθην  (Id.  Pr. 
53);  ρί.-δέόορκα  (προς,  δέρκομαι). 
To  lank  at,  behold,  c.  acc.,  Od.  20, 
385,  and  Att.  poets :  Dor.  ποτιδέρκο- 
μαι,  II.  16,  10.  Od.  17,  518. 

Ώρόςδεσις,  ή,  {προςδέω)  a  tying  on 
or  to. 


ΠΡΟΣ 

ΤΙροςδεσμενω,  {προς,  δεσμεύω)  to 
bind,  tie  on  or  to,  Diod. 

ΙΙροςδεσμέω,^=  foreg. 

ΐΐρόςδετος,  ov,  {προςδέω)  tied  to  a 
thing,  τινί,  Eur.  Rhes.  307. 

ΤΙροςδενομαι,  Dor.  ποτιδ-,  poet,  for 
-δέομαι,  Theocr.  5,  63. 

ΤΙροςδέχομαι.  in  Ion.  prose  προς- 
δέκυμαι :  fut.  -δέξομαι :  dep.  mid. : — 
Horn,  uses  only  the  Dor.  part.  pf.  ττο- 
τιδεγμένος  (τϊρός,  δέχομαι).  Strict- 
ly, to  accept,  receive  faixiurably,  esp.  an 
offer,  an  embassy,  etc.,  Hdt.  1,  48, 
Aesch.  Eum.  656,  Thuc,  etc. ;  to  re- 
ceive hospitably,  Eur.  Phoen.  1706:  to 
admit  into  one's  presence,  Xen.  Cyr.  7, 
5,  37 :  to  admit  to  citizenship,  Dem. 
1317,  6,  etc.:  to  admit  arguments. 
Plat.  Rep.  561  Β  :  φι/.ίαν,  σννΟήκας, 
Polyb.  1,  16,  8  ;  17, 1  :  cf.  προςδεκτός: 
but, — II.  in  Horn.,  always,  to  wait  for 
or  expect  a  thing,  c.  acc,  δώρον,  τί/ν 
αην  όρμην,  σον  μνθον,  Od.  2,  186, 
403;  7,  161;  so  in  Hdt.  1,  89  ;  3,  146; 
and  Alt.,  as  Soph.  Tr.  15.— 2.  absol., 
to  ivait,  abide,  Horn. ;  followed  by 
όττό-'  ύν  with  opt.,  II.  7,  415;  by  ει 
with  opt.,  Od.  23,  91  ;  also  c  acc.  et 
inf.,  Hdt.  5,  34,  etc. ;  cf.  προςδοκύω. 
—II.  the  impf.  occurs  in  pass,  signf., 
Thuc  4,  19,  cf.  Poppo  Thuc.  1,  1, 
p.  185. 

ΐΐροςδέω,  f.  -δήσω,  {προς,  δέω)  to 
tie,  fasten  to  or  on,  pf.  pass,  ττροςδέδε- 
raz,  Hdt.  6.  119. 

ΙΙροςόη/.έομαι,  f.  -ήσομαι,  {προς, 
δη?.έομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  ruin  or  destroy 
besides,  τι,  Hdt.  8,  68,  3. 

Ώροςδη?.ύω,  ώ,  {προς,  δτι?Μω)  to 
show  or  make  plain,  besides,  Arist.  An. 
Post.  2.  7,  4. 

Προςδια3ύ?.?.ω,  {προς,  διαβάλ?ιω) 
to  insinuate  besides,  Tl  ΰδικον  είναι, 
Antipho  124,  12,  cf.  Plut.  Fab.  7,  etc.  : 
— !o  slander  besides,  τινά,  Id.  Alcib. 
28:  —  προςδιαβάλ?^εσθαί  εΙς  τι.  Id. 
Pericl.  29. 

ΤΙροςδιαφέομαι,  {  προς,  διαιρέω  ) 
dep.  mid.,  to  divide,  distinguish  besides 
OT  further,  Arist.  Rhet.  1,  10,  9. 

Τίροςδια?.έγομαι,  {προς,  διαλέγο- 
μαι) dep.  mid.,  c.  aor.  pass. : — to  an- 
swer one  who  speaks  with  one.  δια?.ε- 
γομένω  oil  προςδιελέγετο,  Hdt.  3,  50, 
and  so  Plat.  ;  6  προςδια?.εγόμενος, 
the  person  conversed  with,  the  respond- 
ent. Plat.  Prot.  217  D.— 2.  simply,  to 
hold  converse  with,  τινί.  Plat.  Legg. 
887  E.     Hence 

ΤΙροςδιά^^ξις,  ή,  conversation  with 
one. 

ΤΙροςδιαμαρτΐφέω,  ώ,  {προς,  δια- 
μαρτνρέω)  to  testify  in  addition,  Isae. 
59  7,  Aeschin.  46,  5. 

Ώροςδιαμαρτίφομαι,  {  προς,  δια- 
μαρτίφομαι)  to  adjure  in  addition,  Po- 
lyb. 26,  3,  6,  e  conj.  Schweigh.  [v] 

ΤΙροςδιάναγκάζω.  {προς,  διαναγκά- 
ζω)  to  force  or  compel  besides,  Hipp. 

ΐΐροςδιανέμω,  {προς,  διανέμω)  to 
distribute,  Χίτραν  upyvpiov  κατ'  άνδρα 
πρ.,  Plut.  Cat.  Maj.  10:— mid.,  to  di- 
vide among  themselves,  Dem.  393,  26. 

Τίροςδιανοέομαι,  {προς,  διανοέω) 
dep.  c.  fut.  mid.  et  aor.  pass. : — in  re- 
flect on  or  consider  besides.  Plat.  Legg. 
857  E.     Hence 

Τίροςδιανοητέον,  verb,  adj.,  one 
must  consider  besides,  Plat.  Legg.  740 
B. 

Ώροςδιαπασσάλενω,  to  fasten  to  a 
thins  with  nails,  πρ.  προς  σανίδα,  v.  1. 
Hdtr7,  33. 

ΐΐροςδιαπλάσσω,  Att.  -ττω :  to 
mould  in  addition. 

ΙΙροςδιαπολεμέω,  ώ,  {προς,  διαπο- 
λεμεω)  to  end  in  war  besides,  Dio  C. 
ΤΙροςδιάπορέω,  ώ,  {προς,  διά.  άπο- 


ΠΡΟΣ 

ρέω)  to  be  uncertain  besides,  Plut.  2, 
669  F. 

ΤΙροςδιαπράσσω,  f.  -ξω,  {προς,  δια- 
πράσσω)  to  achieve  or  accomplish  be- 
sides: — mid., /o  achieve  or  acquire  for 
one's  self  besides :  also  like  act.,  τινί 
τι,  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  3,  47. 

Ώροςδιαρκέω,  ώ,  to  last  out,  Aristid. 

ΤΙροςδιαρπύζω,  {προς,  διαρπάζω  ) 
to  plunder  besides,  Polyb.  4,  79,  2. 

ΤΙροςδιασάφέω,  ώ,  {προς,  διασα- 
φέω)  Ιο  add  by  way  of  explanation,  Po- 
lyb. 3,  24,  25. 

'Π.ροςδιαστέ?.?.ομαι,  {προς,  διαστέ?^- 
?.ω)  as  mid.,  to  add  further  conditions  ; 
hence  to  agree  upon,  covenant,  Posidon. 
ap.  Ath.  263  D.     Hence 

ΤΙροςδιαστο/.ή,  ης,  ή,  ο  further  con- 
dition. 

Τίρονδιαστρέφω,  (προς,  διαστρέφω) 
to  pervert  besides,  Plut.  2,  697  D,  etc. 

ΐΐροςδιασίφω,  {προς,  διασύρω)  to 
satirise  or  ridicule  besides ;  v.  1.  for 
προδιασ-. 

ΤΙροςδιατάράσσω,  f.  -ξω,  { προς, 
διαταράσσω)  to  disturb  besides,  Dio  C. 
35,  10. 

ΐΐροςδιατάσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  f.  -ξω, 
{προς,  διατάσσω)  to  ordain  besides, 
Phdo. 

ΐΐροςδιατρ'ιβί],  ης,  ή,  a  dwelling  by 
or  with :  from 

ΤΙροςδιατρίβω,  f•  -ψω,  {προς,  δια• 
τρίί3ω)  to  dwell  by  or  with,  have  inter- 
course with,  Tivi,  Plat.  Theaet.  168  A. 
[_-pi\ 

ΤΙροςδιαφθείρω.  {προς,  διαφθείρω) 
to  spoil  or  ruin  besides.  Soph.  Phil.  76  : 
— pass.,  to  perish  besides,  Isocr.  390  B. 

ΤΙροςδΐδάσκω,  f.  -ξω,  {προς,  διδύ• 
σκω)  to  teach  one  something  besides, 
τινά  τι.  Plat.  CharjT).  173  D. 

Τίροςδίδωμι.  {προς,  όίδωμι)  to  give 
besides.  Soph.  Phil.  309  ;  κάμοι  πρός- 
δοτέ  τι  της  ήδονης.  Eur.  Hel.  700,  cf. 
Cycl.  531 :  also  in  Plat.,  Xen.,  etc. 

ΤΙροςδιέρχομαι,  {προς,  διέρχομαι) 
dep.  mid.,  to  go  through  or  detail  be- 
sides, Hipp. 

ΙΙροςδιηγέομαι,  {προς,  διηγέομαι) 
dep.  mid.,  to  narrate  besides,  Luc  Pe- 
regr.  43. 

Προςδιηθέομαι,  {προς,  διηθέω)  to 
filter  through  besides,  Arist.  Probl.  23, 
21. 

ΤΙροςδϊκύ.ζω,  f.  -άσω,  {προς,  δικάζω) 
to  award  to  as  a  judge : — mid.,  to  be  en- 
gaged in  a  law-suit,  Dem.  976.  2. 

ΤΙρηςδιοίκέω,  ώ,  to  manage  or  gov- 
ern besides. 

ΤΙροςδιορθόω,  ω,  {προς,  διορθόω}ίο 
ordain  besides,  Inscr.  Rosett.  : — mid., 
to  correct  one's  self  besides,  Aeschin. 
39.  34. 

ΤΙροςδιορίζω,  {προς,  διορίζω)  Ιο  de- 
fine or  specify  besides,  Dem.  496,  17; 
in  mid.,  Arist.  Interpr.  6,  4  :  mid.,  also 
to  assert  or  maintain  besides,  τι  είναι, 
Polyb.  32,  7,  10,  Plut.     Hence 

ΤΙροςδιορισμός,  οϋ,  6,  a  further  limi- 
tation :  and 

ΐΐροςδιοριστέον,  verb.  adj..  one  must 
define  besides,  Arist.  Top.  6,  14,  1. 

ΤΙροςδΐώκω,  f.  -ξω,  {προς,  διώκω) 
to  pursue  besides,  v.  1.  Thuc.  6,  70. 

ΐΐροςδοκάω,  ώ,  Ion.  -έω  :  fut.  -ήσω : 
aor.  -εόόκησα  : — Ιο  expect,  whether  in 
hope  or  fear,  first  in  Hdt.  ;  c.  inf,  to 
expect  that...  7,  156,  Aesch.  Pr.  930, 
990,  Eur.,  etc.  ;  also.  πρ.  τι,  to  expect, 
look  for  a.  thing,  Aesch.  Pr.  1026,  Soph. 
Phil.  784,  etc.  (The  simple  δοκάω  is 
not  found,  only  δοκεύω.) 

Τίροςδοκέω,  ώ,  aor.  -έδοξα.  (προς, 
δοκέώ)  to  seem  or  be  thought  besides,  c. 
inf..  άπειρόκαλος  είναι.  Dem.  017,  7, 
cf.  757.  18. 

ΤΙροςδόκημα,  ατός,  ~ό,{προΓ'^οκύ\ 
1267  ' 


ΠΡΟΣ 

thatwhich  is  expected :  εχρεΰΙαΙϊοη,ΤΊαΙ.  ' 
Phil.  32  Β. 

Τίροςύύκητος,  ov,  (προςδοκύω)  ex- 
pected, Aesch.  Pr.  935. 

ΙΙροςόοκία,  ας,  ή,  (προςδοκύω)  a 
looking  for,  expectation,  whether  in 
hope  or  fear,  but  more  commonly  the 
latter,  μι'λλοιτο^-  κακόν,  δεινών.  Plat. 
Lach.  198  Β,  Tim.  70  C,  cf.  Soph.  261 
Β  ;  Ίτροςδοκία  ην  μή....  or  μ//  oh..., 
Thuc.  2,  93  ;  5,  14  ;  also,  ττροςδοκίαρ 
π<ιρέχειν  όπως.-,\ά.  7,  12:  so,  ττμ. 
έμποιείν  ώς—,  Isocr.  159  Ε  ;  in  plur., 
Tuf  ττροςδοκίας  έργων  άπαιτείν  τίνα, 
i.  e.  the  fulfilment  of  the  expectations 
raised,  Aeschin.  52,  10  : — προς  προς- 
όοκίαν,  according  to  expectation,Thvic. 
6,  63  ;  so,  KUTu  πρ-.  Plat.  Soph.  261 
B;  εκ  προςδοκίας,  hi.  Rep.  581  C  ; 
opp.  to  πάρα  πμοςδοκίαν. 

ϊ\.ροςδόκιμος,ον,(,προςδοκάω)εχρ€^- 
ed,  looked  for,  or  to  be  expected,  freq.  in 
Hclt. ;  πρ.  τινί,  1,  "8;  Ις  Κνπρον, 
έπϊ  Μίλητον  πρ.,  expected  to  come  to 
Cyprus,  agaiyist  Miletus,  Id.  5,  108  ; 
6,  6:— also  in  Att ,  as  Thuc.  7,  15, 
Dem.  69,  23. 

ΤΙρόςδομα,  ατός,  τό,  {προςδίδυμί) 
that  xuhich  is  given  in. 

ΥΙροςδοξάζω,  (προς,  δοξάζω)  to  hold 
additional  opinions.  Plat.  Theaet.  209 
D :  to  imagine  further  or  besides,  Epi- 
cnr.  ap.  Diog.  L.  10,  50,  62. 

Ώροςδοξοποιέίύ,  ώ,  (προς,  δοξο- 
ποίέυ)  to  act  according  to  mere  opinion 
in  a  thmg. — Pass.,  to  be  subject  to  wrong 
opinions,  Polyb.  17, 15, 16, where  how- 
ever Schweigh.  writes  προς  δοξ- 
divisim. 

ΙΙροςδόρπιος,  ov,  Dor.  ποτιδόρπι- 
ος,  {προς,  όόρπον)  belonging  to  or  serv- 
ing for  supper,  Od.  9,  234, 249,  in  Dor. 
form. 

Ύίροςδοχτι,  ης,  ή,  {προς,  δέχομαι) 
reception,  Lpicur.  ap.  Diog.  L.  10,  89. 

Ίϊροςδράμεΐν,  inf.  aor.  2,  of  προς- 
τρέχο).     Hence 

Τίροςδρομή ,  τ/ς,  -η,  a  running  ίο,  to- 
wards or  against  one. 

ΐΐροςδνςκολαίνω,  (προς,  δνςκολαί- 
νω)  to  be  peevish  towards  one,  Flut.  2, 
818  A. 

Ήροςδωρέομαι,  {προς,  δωρέομαι) 
dep.  mid.,  to  present  besides,  Diod. 

ΐΐροςεάω,  f.  -άσω,  {προς,  έύω)  to 
suffer  to  go  to  or  towards,  N.  T. 

ΤΙροςεγγίζω,  (προς,  εγγίζω)  intr., 
to  approach,  Polyb.  39, 1,4 ;  τινί,  Leon. 
Tar.  81.     Hence 

ΐΐροςεγγισμύς,οϋ,  b,an  approaching, 
approach. 

ΐΐροςεγγράφω,  f.   -φω,   {προς,  έγ- 

Ϊράφω)  to  inscribe  besides  upon  a  pillar, 
[dt.  2,  102  :  to  add  a  saving  or  limit- 
ing clause,  Aeschin.  83,  5. 

ΐΐροςεγγνάομαι,  {προς,  έγγνύω)  as 
mid.,  to  become  surety  besides,  πρ.  όφ- 
ΆήαατοΓ,  to  become  surety  for  the  sum 
owed,  Dem.  879,  2. 

ΙΙρόςεγγνς,  near  to,  Hipp. 

Ύ\ροςεγκά7-ίω,ύ,(.-ίσω,  (πρός,έγκα- 
λευ)  to  accuse  besides :  προςεγκ.τινί  τι, 
exprobrare  aliquid  alicui,  Plut.  2,  401  B. 

ΤΙροςέγκειμαι,  as  pass.,  to  lie  heavy 
upon. 

ΐΙροςεγκελεύομαι.{πρός,ίγκελενω) 
dep.,  to  exhort  besides,  Plut.  Aemil. 
33  ;  TLvi,  Id.  Alex.  10. 

ΤΙροςεγχέω,  f.  -χενσω,  (προς,  εγ- 
χέω) to  pour  in  besides,  Arist.  Probl. 
32,  10,  Diphil.  Άπολιπ.,  1,  10. 

ΤΙροςεγχρίω,(πρός,  εγχρίω)  to  smear 
on  besides,  τι. — 2.  to  besmear  besides  or 
once  more,  τινά,  Anth.  P.  11,  117.  [i] 

ΤΙροςεγχώνννμι,{πρός,  εγχώνννμι) 
to  heap  up  in  besides,  Geop. 

\Ιροςεδΰ,φιζω,  (προς,  έδαφίζω)  to 
fasten  to  the  ground  oxfioor : — in  Aesch. 
1268 


ΠΡΟΣ 

Theb.  496,  όφίων  πλεκτάνηισι  περί-  ' 
δρόμον  κύτος  προςΐ]δύφισται,  the  run  ; 
oft  lie  ύ^κ\ά  was  made  fast  to  the  centre 
with  wreaths  of  snakes. 

ΤΙροςεδρεία,  ας,  ή,  (προςεδρενω)  a  ! 
sitting  by  or  near:  esp., —  1.  a  silting  i 
before  a  place,  besieging,  blockade,  Lat. 
obsrssio,  Thuc.  1,  126. — 2.  close  atten- 
tion to  a  thing,  Lat.  assiduitas  : — esp,, 
a  sitting  by  a  sick-bed,  Eur.  Or.  93,  in 
form  -δρια. 

Προςεδρεντικός,  ή,  όν,  sitting  by  or 
near,  assiduous :  Irom 

ΙΙροςεδρενω,  {πρΰςεδρος)  to  sit  near, 
πίψα,  Eur.  Or.  403. — 11.  to  sit  by  con- 
stantly, πρ.  προς  τω  διδαακαλείω,  to 
attend  school,  Dem.  313,  II  ;  so,  πρ. 
τινί,  to  be  always  at  his  side.  Id.  914, 
28  :  hence — 2.  to  sit  before  and  besiege 
a  town,  Lat.  obsidere,  πόλει,  Polyb. 
8,  9,  11  : — hence,  metaph.,  to  sit  by 
and  watch,  τοις  πράγμασι.  τοις  και- 
ροις,  Dem.  14,  15,  Polyb.  38,  5,  9  ;  to 
sit  down  patiently  as  if  blockading, 
Chaerem.  ap.  Ath.  562  F. 

ΪΙροςεδρία,  ας,  ή,  v.  sub  προςε- 
δρίία. 

ΐΐρόςεδρσς,  ov,  (προς,  εδμα)  sitting 
or  being  near,  πρ.  λιγιή'ς,  the  surround- 
ing smoke,  Soph.  Tr.  794. — II.  apply- 
ing diligently  to  a  business  ;  diligent, 
industrious. 

Ήροςεθίζω,  {πρός,ίθίζω)  to  accustom 
one  to  a  thing,  τινά  τι,  Xen.  Apol.  25 ; 
c.  ace.  et  inf..  Id.  Cyr.  8,  1.  36:— 
pass.,  to  accustom  one^s  self  to  a  thing, 
τινί.  Id.  Lac.  2,  4.     Hence 

ΤΙροςεθισμός,  ov,  ό,  an  accuMoming 
to,  habituation. 

ΤΙροςειδέναι,  -δώς,  inf.  and  part,  of 
πρόςυιδα,  q.  v. 

Τίροςειδί/ς,  ες,  {προς,  είδος)  similar, 
τινί.  Nic.  Fr.  2. 

ΙΙροςεΙδον,ιηί.  προςΙδειν,γΆΛ.  προς- 
Ιδύ)ν:  aor.  2  without  any  pres.  in 
use,  προςοράω  being  used  instead, 
(προς.  είδον) : — to  look  at  or  ?<pon,  first 
in  lies.  Fr.  64,  2 ;  also  in  mid.,  προς- 
ΐδέσθαι,  but  first  in  Aesch.  Pers.  48, 
694,  (for  in  Od.  13,  155,  the  true  read- 
ing is  προίδωνται,  and  in  Hes.  Sc. 
386,  προιδέσθαι). — II.  pass.,  προςεί- 
δομαι,  to  appear  beside :  hence,  to  be 
like,  Aesch.  Cho.  178  ;  cf  είδω  U.— 
Cf.  πρόςοιδα. 

ΤΙροςεΙκα,  Att.  for  προςέοικα,  q.v. 

Τίροςεικάζω,  f.  -άσω  :  aor.  -τ/κασα, 
{προς,  εΙκάζω)  : — to  make  like  to,  make 
after  a  model,  τινί  Tl,   Xen.  Mem.  3, 

10,  8  : — pass.,  to  he  like,  resemble,  τιΐ'ί, 
Aeschin.  89,  11.- — II.  metaph.,  to  com- 
pare, τινί  τι,  Aesch.  Theb.  413,  Cho. 
12,  Eur.,  etc. ;  κακώ  δέτω  προςεικά- 
ζω  τυδε,  Ι  think  this  looks  like  mis- 
chief, Aesch.  Ag.  1131:— but  Ibid. 
163,  some  take  ίΙ=^έπεικύζω,  to  con- 
jecture, which  is  dub.,  v.  Klausen 
adl. 

ΤΙροςείκελος,  η,  ov,  also  ος,  ov, 
{προς,  εΙκεΆος): — somewhat  like,  c. 
dat.,  Hdt.  2,  12;  3,  110,  etc. 

ΤΙροςεικής,  ές,=προςείκελος,  from 
προςέοικα,  Nic.  Th.  292. 

ΐΙροςειΆέω,ύ,ί.  -ήσω,{πρός,  εΐ'λέω) 
to  press  orforceupon,  against  ot  together, 

11.  10,  347,  in  Dor.  form,  προτίειλείν; 
— cf.  προσείω  II. 

npof f  tZof ,  ov,  {προς,  εΐλη)  towards 
the  sun,  sunny,  warm,  light,  δόμοι, 
Aesch.  Pr.  451. 

Πρόςειμι,  (προς,  εΙμι)  to  go  to,  to- 
wards, Horn,  (who,  like  Hes.  Op.  351, 
only  uses  dat.  and  ace.  of  part.  pres. 
προςιών) : — to  go  to, approach  οηβ,τπί, 
Hdt.  1,  62;  esp.,  πρ.  γνναικί,  like 
προςέρχημαι,  to  go  in  to  a  woman, 
Xen.  Symp.  4,  38:— c.  ace,  Aesch. 
Eum.  242,  Eur.  Cycl.  40:  εις...  or 


ΠΡΟΣ 

προς...  Soph.  El.  436,  Plat.  Kep,  C20 
D;  absol.,  πρδςιθι,  Eur.  Or.  150.— 2. 
in  hostile  sense,  to  attack,  τινί,  Xen. 
Cyr.  7,  1,  7  ;  ίο  make  war  ση,  προΓ  τί- 
να, lb.  2,  4,  12  ;  έ.πί  τίνα,  lb.  7,  Γ,  24  • 
— to  come  forward  to  speak,  πρ.  τώ 
δήμω,  Xen.  Mem,  3,  7,  \  ;  πρ.  tjj 
βσνλ^,  τοΙς  έφήροΐΓ,  to  come  before.., 
Dem.  346,  16,  Polyb.  4,  34,  5,-11.  ol 
time,  to  come  on,  he  at  hand,  ΐπεάν 
προςίτι  ή  ωρη,  Hdt.  4,  30  (with  v.  1. 
προςϊι). — 111.  to  come  in,  esp.  of  rev- 
enue;  Thuc.  2,  13,  Andoc.  24,  29 ;  τα. 
προςιόντα χρήματα,  the  public  revenue, 
like  πρόςοδοι,  Lat.  reditus,  Ar.  Eccl. 
712;  more  freq.  ταττρ. alone,  Id. Vesp. 
6C4,  and  Oratt. 

ΙΙρόςειμι,  {προς,  ειμί)  to  be  at,  near 
or  by  another  ;  and,  in  hostile  signf , 
τω  πρυςιύντι  προςεΐναι,  to  stand 
against  an  opponent,  Hes.  Op.  351, 
(where  some  critics,  both  ancient 
and  modern,  have  wrongly  assumed 
προςεϊναι  as  =  προςιέναι,  but  v. 
Ruhnk.  Ep.  Cr.  p.  84 :  others,  as 
Voss,  explain  it,  visiting  the  visitors.) 
—II.  ίο  be  added  to,  τινί,  Hdt.  2,  99  ; 
7,  173,  and  Att.:  to  belong  to,  be  in, 
τινί.  Soph.  Aj.  .521,  Eur.  Hec.  383, 
Xen,  Mem,  3,  10,  12,  etc. ;  ονδεν  άλ- 
λο προςήν,  there  was  nothing  else  in 
the  world,  Dem.  571,  25. 

ΤΙροςεΐπον,  inf  προςειπεΐν,  aor,  2, 
without  any  pres,  in  use,  πρόςφημι 
or  προςαγορενω,  being  usetl  instead: 
also,  προΓεΙπα,  ας,  etc,  Eur.  Med. 
895,  Cycl".  101,  {προς,  ειπον).—  Το 
speak  to  one,  hence  to  address,  or  ac- 
cost, τινά,  freq.  in  Horn.,  and  Hes. 
who  always  use  the  Ep.  lengthd. 
forms  προςέειπον,  etc.  :  only  in  II. 
22,  329,  the  Dor.  προτιείποι  :—to  ad- 
dress as  a  friend,  hence  to  salute,  ά'Κ- 
λήλας  προςέειπον,  Hes.  Th.  749  : — 
to  address  the  gods,  Aesch,  Ag.  811  : 
— ΤΓρ.  σΐ'όματί  τίνα,  Dem.  1351, 10. — 
II.  ίο  say  something  further,  add,  C.  acc, 

rei,  but  also  c,  acc.  el  inf.,  Plat,  Soph. 
250  Β ;  more  rarely  c,  diipl,  acc, προς- 
ειπείν  τίνα  'έπος,  Ar.  Pac.  520, — HI. 
generally,  to  call  so  and  so,  to  name, 
Aesch.  Cho.  997,  Soph.  O.  T.  1072, 
etc.  ;  πολλας  έπιστήμας  ivl  λόγω 
προςειπείν.  Plat.  Theaet.  148  D. 

Προ^είρω,  to  join  to,  annex. 

Ώροςειςάγω,  f  -ξω.  {προς,  είςύγω) 
to  bring  in  besides,  Diog.  L.  9,  88. 

ΤΙροςειςενπορέω,  ώ,  (.  -ήσω,  {προς, 
είςενπορέω)  to  aid  in  procuring,  c.  gen., 
(ΐργνριον,  Isae.  Fr.  2  (ubi  olim  προς- 
ειςευπορίζω.) 

ΙΙροςειςκρίνω,  to  bring  into  besides.[l^ 

Ώροςεισκω,  =  προςεικάζω  : — pass., 
to  resemble  :  cf,  προςέοικα. 

ΤΙροςειςπρίισσω,  {προς,  είςπράσσω) 
to  exact  payment  besides,  Plut.  Alcib.  8. 

ΤΙροςειςφέρω,  {προς,  είςφέρω)  to  con- 
tribute besides,  v.  1.  Plut.  Arat.  19. 
Hence 

ΊΙροςειςφορά,  άς,  ή,  an  additional 
contribution,  Joseph. 

ΐΐροσείω,  (πρό,  σείω)  to  hold  out  and 
shake,  πρ.  χείρα,  to  shake  it  threateyi- 
ingly,  Eur.  H.  F.  1218,  Hel.  445 
(where  Herm.  προςείλει,  from  προς- 
ει'λέω) ;  προσείειν  ύνασείειν  τε  (sc. 
τον  π?ιόκαμον),  to  shake  it  up  and 
down.  Id.  Bacch.  930 ;  θαλλυν  προ- 
βύτω  πρ.,Ιο  hold  nut  and  shake  a  branch 
to  a  sheep,  hold  it  out  as  a  bait.  Plat. 
Phaedr.  230  D;  hence,=  7I•po7εt^'ειv, 
προδεικννναι,  v.  Ruhnk.  Tim.  s.  v. 
θαλλός  :  —  then,  metaph.,  πρ.  θί/ρα- 
τρον  or  σειρήνα  τινι,  πρ.  φόβον,  to 
hold  a  thing  out  as  a  bugbear,  Thuc.  6, 
86. 

Ώροςεκβαίνω,  {πρής,  ίκβσίνω)  to 
distmburk  in  or  upon,  Dio  C.  50,  34. 


ΠΡΟΣ 

Ήροςεκ3ύ/Λω,  {ττρός,  εκβάλ?ιω)  to 
cast  out  besides,  Dem.  555,  2,.  Plut.  C 
Gracch.  14. — II.  to  draw  out  farther, 
prolong,  e.  g.  γραμμην. 

ΤΙροςεκβοάω,  ώ,  {ττρός,  εκβοάώ)  to 
call  out  at  the  same  time,  DlO  C 

Τίμαςεκδΐρω,  (ττρός,  έκδέμω)  to  flay 
besides,  Posidipp.  Xop.  1, 14,  Meineke. 

ΤΙροςεκόέχομαί,  dep.  mid.,  to  inter- 
cept, expect  besides. 

ΐΐροςεκδίόάσκο),  strengthened  for 
ττροςδίόύσκω,  Dio  C. 

ΐΐροςεκζητέω,  ώ,  f.  -ησω,  to  search 
out,  examine  besides. 

ΐΙροςεκθ?ύβω,  f.  -ψω,  to  squeeze  out 
besides  or  farther,  [i] 

ΤΙροςεκθρώσκίό,  to  spring  out  besides. 

ΤΙροςεκκαιω,  f.  -κανσω,  (προς,  έκ• 
καίω)  to  set  fire  to,  kindle  besides,  Dio  C. 

Προςεκκά?.ΰπτω,  f.  -φω,  {ττρός,  εκ- 
κ,αΑντττυ)  to  uncover,  disclose  besides, 
Strab. 

.ΤΙροςέκκειμαι,  (πρής,  εκκειμαι)  as 
pass.,  to  project  towards,  Philostr. 

ΊΙρυςεκ?ί.έγο),  f.  -ξυ,  {ττρός,  εκλέγω) 
to  pick  out  besides : — mid.,  to  pick  out 
besides  for  one's  self,  Polyb.  6,  24,  2. 

ΤΙροςεκλογίζομαι,  f.  -Ισομαι,  {προς, 
έκλογίζομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  think  out, 
reckon  on  besides,  Dio  C.  58,  7. 

ΙΙροςεκλνω,  {προς,  εκλύω)  to  loosen, 
relax,  uxaken  the  more,  Plut.  2,  143  C, 

ίΐροςεκμαίναμαί,  ( προς,  έκμαένο- 
μαί)  pass.,  to  be  violently  enraged  be- 
sides, Aretae. 

ίΐροςεκπέμπω,  ί.-φω,  (,πρός, εκπέμ- 
πω) to  send  away  besides,  Xen.  Cyr.  5, 
3,24. 

ΐΐροςεκπιιόάω,  ω,  f.  -ησω,  to  leap  out 
besides  or  against. 

ΤΙροςεκπένω,  {πρός,έκπίνω)  to  dnnk 
up,  drain  besides :  hence  verb.  adj. 
προςεκποτέον,  Plut.  2,  1111  C.  [i] 

ίΐροςεκπίπτο),  ίο  Toake  a  sally  he- 
sides,  dub.  1.  Strab.  p.  16,  v.  Casaub. 

Ώ.ροςεκπονέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {προς,  έκ- 
πονέω)  to  work  out,  finish  besides,  Plut. 
Nic.  17. 

Προςε/ιπρίασθαί,  {προς,  έκπρία- 
σθαι)  to  purchase  or  ransom,  besides, 
DioC.   [£-] 

ΪΙροςεκπνρόω,  ώ,  to  kindle,  set  on  fire 
besides. 

ΙΙροςεκσπύω,  ώ,  f.  -άσω,  {προς,  έκ- 
σπάω)  to  draw  out  besides,  Arist.  ProbL 
4,8. 

ΪΙροςεκταπεινόω,  ώ,  intr.  (sub.iau- 
τόν),  to  be  degraded,  Plut.  2,  814  E, 

ΐΐροςεκτΰρύσσω,  {προς,  έκταράσ- 
σω)  to  confuse  still  more,  Plut.  2,  463  F. 

ΙΙροςεκτέον,  verb.  adj.  from  προςέ- 
νω,  one  7nust  apply,  τον  νουν,  Plat. 
Meno  96  D  ;  and  so,  absol.,  one  must 
attend.  Id.  Demod.  384  E. 

ΐίροςεκτικός,  ή,  όν,  (,προςέχω)  at- 
tentive, Xen.  Mem.  3,  5,  5. — 11.  act., 
making  attentive,  Arist.  Rhet.  3,  14,  7. 
Adv.  -κώς. 

Τίροςεκήλλω,  {προς,  έκτίλλω)  to 
pluck,  pull  out  besides,  Ar.  Av.  286. 

ΐΐροςεκτίνω,  f.  -τίσω,  (προς,  εκτί- 
νω)  to  pay  in  addition,  δίκην.  Plat. 
Legg.  933'E  ;  ζημίαν,  Plut.  Phoc.  27. 

Ώροςεκτνφλόω,  ώ,  {προς,  έκτυ- 
φ?.όω)  to  blind  outright  besides,  Plut. 
2,  176  F. 

Τίροςεκφέρω,  (προς,  εκφέρω)  to  pay 
besides,  Polyb.  3,  27,  8. 

Ώροςεκφοβέω,  ώ,  {προς,  εκφοβέω) 
to  frighten  away  besides,  Dio  C. 

Προςεκχέω,  f.  -χενσω,  (προς,  έκ- 
χέω)  to  pour  out  or  away  besides,  LXX. 

ΥΙροςεκχλενάζω,  (προς,  έκχλενά- 
ζω)  to  ridicule  besides,  τινά,  Dem.  704, 
24, 

Τίροςε}(ίσία,  ας,  ■li,=  sq, 

ΤΙροςέλάσις,  ή,  a  coming  to:  an  ar- 
rival: from 


ΠΡΟΣ 

ΤΙροςελαννω,  f.  -ελάσω  :  aor.  1 
-ff/uaa  {προς,  ελαννω) : — to  drive  to- 
wards, usu.  intr., — 1.  (sub.  ϊππον),  to 
ride  towards,  ride  up,  Lat.  adequitare, 
Hdt.  7,  208  ;  9,  20.  and  freq.  in  Xen. : 
also,  πρ.  ϊππφ,  Hdt.  9,  43,  Xen.  Cyr. 
1,  4,  17  ;  πρ.  έπΙ  καμήλου,  lb.  6,  2,  7: 
πρ.  τινί,  to  ride  up  to  him,  Xen. — 2. 
(sub.  στρατόρ),  to  march  up,  arrive.  Id. 
An.  1,  5,  12.  [a] 

ΐΐροςέ/.ευσις,  εως,  ή,  {προς έρχομαι) 
α  going  or  coming  to,  Luc.  Prom.  6. 

Προζ-ελέω  or  προσελέω,  a  word 
found  only  in  two  passages  of  Att. 
poetry,  viz.  Aesch.  Pr.  438,  Ar.  Ran. 
730  ;  explained  by  old  Gramm.  by 
υβρίζω,  προπηλακίζω,  to  misuse,  mal- 
treat, insult,  τινά. — Its  origin  is  still 
dub.  —  Dawes,  Misc.  Grit.  p.  164, 
brought  it  from  έλος,  to  bemire,  like 
προπηλ.ακίζω.  A  difficulty  arises 
from  the  fact  that  in  both  places  the 
first  syll.  is  long:  Brunck accounted 
for  this  by  the  aspirate,  and  even  ven- 
tured to  write  προςέ?ίθνμεν,  προς- 
έλονμενον.  Dawes  referred  it  to  the 
digamma,  which  is  supported  by  the 
Lat.  Veliae,  derived  by  Dion.  H.  from 
έ?ιος.  Then  Porson  from  the  E.  M. 
p.  690,  II,  and  other  Gramm.  (who 
give  προνσέλλειν  as  an  old  word), 
proposed  to  write  προυσελέω  (i.  e. 
προΐσελέω),  wherein  he  was  follow- 
ed by  Blomfield  and  W.  Dindorf,  and 
this  is  now  confirmed  by  the  Raven- 
na MS.  of  Aristoph.  Besides  προν- 
σε'λείν,  Hesych.  also  gives  προυγε- 
λεϊν,  which  seems  to  be  another  form 
produced  by  a  different  change  of  the 
digamma  ;  v.  Buttm.  Lexil.  s.  v.  5, 
Catal.  s.  V.  ε'ιλω- — Buttm.  makes  the 
root  to  be  σφέλας,  σφάλλω,  to  throw 
down,  trample  on.  Passow  suggests 
σνλ?Μς.  No  one  will  now  think  of 
προσέληνος,  q.  v. 

ΐΙροσε?αίναιυς,  ov,  also  a,  ov,  =προ- 
σέληνος. 

ΤΙροσεληνίς,  ίδος,  pecul.  fern,  of  sq. 

Ί1ροσέ7ιηνος,  ov,  {προ,  σε'λήνη)  be- 
fore the  moon,  older  than  the  mooyi :  in 
Plut.  2,  282  A,  a  name  assumed  by 
the  Arcadians,  as  priding  themselves 
on  their  antiquity  :  others  would  fain 
connect  it  with  προσελέω,  and  ex- 
plain ύ,^βριστικός :  Doderlein  sup- 
poses the  word  to  mean  pre-Hellenic, 
v.  Σίλλοί. 

ΐΐροςελκύω,  later  form  for  sq.,  q.  v. 

Υίροςέλκω,  {προς,  έλκω)  to  draw  to 
or  towards,  draw  on,  prob.  1.  Pind.  O. 
6,  142  : — mid.,  to  draw  towards  one's 
self,  attract,  εις  φιλύτητα,  Theogn. 
372 ;  absol.,  Plat.  Rep.  439  Β  :— aor. 
προςέλκνσα  (v.  sub  έλκω)  ία  Eur. 
Hipp.  1432,  I.  A.  1452. 

ΐΐροςελ/ιείπω,  {προς,  ελλείπω)  to 
be  still  wanting,  πρ.  στάδιον  σταδίω, 
to  fail  by  the  whole  length  of  tHe 
course,  of  a  very  slow  runner,  cf.  Jac. 
Anth.  2,  1,  p.  449  :  tu  προςελ7.είπον- 
τα,  that  which  is  still  wanting  to  a  thing, 
Diod. 

ΙΙροςελπίζω,  to  hope  besides;  v.  I.  for 
προελπ-,  in  Ath. 

ΐΐροςελυτρόω,  ώ,  {προς,  ε7.υτρόω) 
to  wrap  up  or  cover  besides,  Ath.  6  C. 

ΥίροςεΑώδης,  ες,  {προς,  έλώδης) 
near  a  marsh,  τόπος,  Arist.  Probl.  23, 
34,  1. 

Τίροςεμβαίνω,  {προς,  έμβαίνω)  to 
enter,  embark  in  besides.  —  II.  to  step 
upon  :  metaph.,  to  trample  under  foot, 
trample  on,  Lat.  insultare,  πρ.  θανόντι, 
Soph.  Aj,  1.348. 

ΫΙροςεμβάλλω,  {προς,  ίμ3άλ?.ω)  to 
Ihrniu  or  put  into  besides,  Plat.  Crat. 
439  C.  —  II.  intr.,  to  go  into  besides. 
Plut.  2,  751  F. 


ΠΡΟΣ 

ΤΙροςεμβλέπω,  f.  --φω,  {προς,  έμ• 
βλι,έπω)  to  look  into  besides,  v.  ].  in 
Xen.  Cyr.  2,  2,  29 ;  but  v.  Bornem. 
Xen.  Symp.  2,  16. 

ΤΙροςεμβρϊμάομαι,  (προς,  εμβριμά• 
ομαι)  Dep.,  to  be  very  wroth  with  be- 
sides, LXX. 

Τίροςεμμΰτεύω,  to  feel  besides,  dub. 
in  Aristaen.  2,  22. 

Τίρυςεμπα/ιάσσω,  to  plaster  in  be- 
sides. 

ΤΙροςεμπάσσω,  f.  -άσω,  {προς,  έμ• 
πάσσω )  to  sprinkle  upon  besides,  Diosc. 

ΤΙροςεμπικραίνομαι,  {προς,  έμπι- 
κραίνομαι)  pass.  c.  fut.  raid.,  to  be 
angry  with  besides,  Tivi  Hdt.  3,  146  j 
Cf.  5",  62. 

ΤΙροςεμπίπρημι,  to  kindle  besides. 

Τίροςεμπίπτοι,  (προς,  εμπίπτω)  to 
fall  into  besides,  Aristid.   [[] 

ΐΐροςεμπρήθω,  =  προςεμπίπρημι, 
LXX. 

Τίροςεμφαίνομαι,  (πρόζ,  εμφαίνω) 
as  pass.,  to  appear  to  be  in  a  thing, 
τινί,  Arist.  Mechan. 

Ώροςεμφανίζω,  {προς,  εμφανίζω)  to 
make  visible  or  testify  besides,  Joseph. 

ΐΐροςεμφέρεια,  ας,  η,  resemblance, 
Epicur.  ap.  Diog.  L.  10.  58  :  from 

ΤΙροςεμφερής,  ες,  resembling,  like, 
τινί,  Hdt.  4,  2  (in  superl.  προςεμφε- 
ρέστατος),  Xen.  Symp.  4,  19.  Adv. 
-ρώς,  Diod. — Cf.  έμφερής,  προςφε- 
ρης. 

ΐΐροςεμφέρω,  to  bring  or  put  in  be- 
sides : — Pass,  to  be  like. 

ΤΙροςεμφορέω,  w,=foreg.,  Plut.  2, 
168  A;  hence  verb.  adj.  προςεμφορη- 
τέον,  one  must  put  or  pour  in,  τινί,  lb. 
1104  B. 

ΐΐροςεμφνομαι,  {προς,  έμφύω)  pass., ' 
c.  aor.  2,  perf.,  at  plqpf.  act.,  to  hang 
upon,  cling  to  besides  or  still  more, 
Diod. 

ΤΙροςέναγχος,{πρός,ΐναγχος)  adv., 
very  lately.  Longin. 

ΐΐροςενδείκννμι,  {προς,  ένδείκνυμι) 
to  announce,  display  besides :  Mid.  to 
show  one's  self  off  to  another,  τινί,  Aes- 
chin.  85,  15. 

ΤΙροςενεδρεύω,  {προς,  ενεδρεύω)  to 
lie  in  wait  besides. — II.  to  place  in  am- 
bush besides. 

ΐΐροςενεχϊφάζω,  {προς,  ένεχνράζω) 
to  seize  as  a  pledge  for  payment,  τινά, 
Dem.  610,  17. 

ΐΐροςενθϋμέομαι,  {προς,  ένθυμέο- 
μαι)  Dep.,  c.  fut.  pass,  et  mid. : — to 
think  on,  consider  besides  or  at  the  same 
time,  Lys.  176,  26.     Hence 

ΐΐροςενθυμητέον,  verb,  adj.,  one  must 
consider  besides. 

ΐΐροςεννέπω,  poet,  for  προςενέπω, 
but  prob.  only  found  in  this  form,  to 
address,  accost,  Pind.  P.  4,  171,  and 
Trag.  : — c.  inf.,  to  intreat  or  command, 
τινά  ποιεΐν  τι,  Pind.  I.  6  (5),  24: — 
πρ.  τινά  τι,  to  call  by  a  name,  Aesch. 
Ag.  1291. 

Τίροςεννοέω,  ώ,  {προς,  έννοέω)  to 
think  on,  observe  besides,  Xen.  Symp. 
2,  16,  Arist.  de  Anima  3,  6,  2. 

ΤΙροςενοχ7•.έω,  ω,  {προς,  ένοχλέω) 
to  disturb  besides  or  still  more,  Hipp. 

Ώροςενόω,  ώ,  {προς,  ένόω)  to  unite 
to  or  with,  Joseph. 

ΐΐροςεντείνω,  {προς,  εντείνω)  to 
strain  still  more,  πρ.  π7.ηγάς  τινι,  to 
give  more  blows  to  one,  Dem.  528,  25, 
cf.  Plut.  2,  237  D. 

'Π.ροςεν-έλ7.ομαι,  {προς,  έντέλ.λο- 
μαι)  Dep.  mid.,  to  enjoin  or  command 
besides,  Xen.  Cyr.  4,  5,  34,  Polyb.  14, 
2,  6. 

ΙΙροςεντίκτω,  {προς,  έντίκτω)  to 
lay  eggs  in  besides,  ωά,  v.  1.  in  Arist. 
H.  Α..  for  προεν-. 

ΧΙροςεν-υγχύνω,  {προς,  έντνγχύ- 
1269 


ΠΡΟΣ 

νω)  to  converse  with  besides,  Plut.  Nic. 
10. 

ΊΙροςενν3ρίζω,  {ττρός,  ίννβρίζω)  io 
abuse,  maltreat  besides,  Polyb.    4,  4,  2. 

ΤΙροςεννφαίνω,  {τΓρύς,  ίνυφαίνω)  to 
weave  in  besides,  Plul.  Demetr.  12,  in 
mid. 

Ώροςεξαγρϊαίνϋ),  {ττρός,  έξαγρια'ι- 
νω)  to  make  savage  besides  or  still  more, 
Joseph. 

ΙΙροςεξαφέομαί,  as  mid.,  (κρός,  έξ• 
αίρέω)  to  pick  out  for  one's  self,  select 
besides,  γνΐ'αϊκα,Ηά1.3,]50. — In  Act., 
to  destroy  besides,  Liban. 

Τίαοςεξαίρω,  (πρύς,  εξαίρω)  to  raise 
besides  or  still  more,  Joseph. 

ΤΙροςεξάμαρτάνω,  {προς,  εξαμαρ- 
τάνω)  to  err  besides  or  still  more,  Dem. 
1295,  23. 

ΤΙροςεξανδραττοδίζομαί,  dep.,  (π/30£• , 
ίξαί'δραττοόίζω)  to  enslave  besides,  Hdt. 
1,  156  (ubi  nunc  divisim,  προς  έξ.), 
Dem.  375,  12. 

ΤΙροςεξανίσταμαι,  {προς,  έκ,  ανά, 
ίστημι)  pass.  c.  aor.  2,  perf.,  et  plqpf. 
act :  —  to  get  up  to,  προς  τι,  Plut. 
Pyrrh.  3. 

ΤΙροςεξΰπάτάω,  ώ,  (προς,  εξαπα- 
τάω) to  deceive  besides,  τινά  τι,  Arist. 
de  Lineis,  18. 

Π.ροςεξαπ?ώω,  ώ,  {προς,  έξαπλόω) 
to  unfold,  explain  besides,  Erotian. 

ΐΐραςεξαποστέλλω,  (προς,  εξαπο- 
στέλλω)  to  send  away  besides,  at  the 
same  time,  LXX. 

ΪΙροςεξύπτω,  {προς,  ίξύπτω)  to  kin- 
dle, inflame  besides  or  more:  metaph., 
πρ.  T71V  όργτ/ν,  Joseph. 

ΐΐροςεξασκέω,  ώ,  to  adorn  or  culti- 
vate besides,  v.  ].  Pkit.  Caes.  17. 

Προςεξελαύνω,  {προς,  έξελαννω) 
to  drive  out  besides. — II.  intr.,  to  ad- 
vance and  break  loose,  Dio  C. 

Τίροςεξ ελέγχω,  f.  -γξω,  {προς,  εξε- 
λέγχω) to  convict  or  convince  besides, 
Dio  C. 

ΤΙροςεξελίσσω,  f.  -ξω,  {προς,  Ιξε- 
Τίίσσω)  to  unfold,  unrol  besides  ;  as 
military  term,  to  ivlieel  half-round,  Po- 
lyb. 6.  40,  13. 

ΐΐροςεξεμέω,  ώ,  f.  -έσω,  {προς,  έξε- 
μέω)  to  spit  out  besides,  Plut.  2,  524  A. 

ΐΐροςεξεργύζομαι,  f.  -άσομαι,  {προς, 
έξεργάζομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  work  out  or 
accomplish  besides,  Dem.  550,  10  :  pf. 
in  pass,  sign!"..  Id.  549,  19. 

ΤΙροςεξερείδομαι,  {προς,  έξερείδω) 
as  pass.,  to  support  07ie's  self  by,  ταΐς 
χερσί,  Polyb.  3,  55,  4. 

ΐΐροςεξέρχομαι,  {πρύς,  εξέρχομαι) 
dep.,  to  come  or  go  oat  besides,  v.  1. 
Plut.  Artax.  27. 

ΐΐροςεξετάζω,  {προς,  εξετάζω)  to 
examine,  search  into  besides,  Dem.  722, 
23. 

ΐΐροςεξεύρησις,  εως,  ή,  an  addition- 
al discovery,  Plut.  2,  1135  D:  from 

ΤΙρυςεξενρίσκω,  {προς,  εξευρίσκω) 
to  find  out  or  devise  besides,  Tnuc.  2, 
76,  Isocr.  75  E. 

Ώροςεξηγέομαι,  {προς,  έξηγέομαι) 
dep.  mid.,  to  interpret,  relate  besides, 
LXX. 

ΤΙροςεξηπειρόω,  ώ,  to  turn  still  more 
into  dry  land,  Strab.  p.  537. 

ΤΙροςεξικμύζω,  {προς,  έξικμύζω)  to 
draw  out  moisture  besides,  Plut.  2,  689 
E. 

Ήρόςεξις,  εως,  ή.  {προςέχω)  atten- 
tion. Plat.  Rep.  407  Β. 

ΤΙροςεξίστημι,  {προς,  έξίστημι)  to 
disconcert  still  murr,  Plut.  2,  128  E. 

ΤΙροςέοικα,  perf.  with  pres.  signf 
(no  pres.  προςείκω  being  in  use),  Att. 
inf.  προςεικέναι,  Eur.  Bacch.  1284, 
Ar.  Eccl.  1161  :  besides  which  we 
have  a  pass,  form  of  pf ,  προςήίκται 
(of.  ij'iKTo,  in  Horn.)  in  Eur.  Ale. 
1270 


ΠΡΟΣ 

1063 ;  V.  Buttm.  Catal.  s.  v.  εικω. 
To  be  like,  resemble  in  a  thini,  τινί  τι, 
Eur.  and  Ar.  11.  cc,  Plat.  Prot.  331 
D,  etc. — II.  to  seem  fit,  τά  πρυςεικότα, 
things  fit  and  seemly.  Soph.  Phil.  903, 
cf  El.  618. — III.  to  seem  to  do,  c.  inf, 
Dem.  505,  4. 

ΤΙροςεπαγγέλλομαι,  {προς,  έπί,  άγ- 
γέ?ιλω)  as  mid.,  to  promise  besides, 
Diod. 

ΐΐροςεπύγω,  f.  -ξω,  {προς,  επάγω) 
to  bring  to  besides,  add,  Polyb.  15, 25,  6. 

ΤΙροςεπαινέω,  ώ,  f.  -έσω,  {προς, 
έπαινέω)  to  praise  besides,  Aeschin. 
49,  13. 

ΐϊροςεπαίρω,  {προς,  έπαίρω)  to 
raise  besides  or  still  more,  Dio  C 

Ώροςεπαιτίάομαι,  {προς,  έπαιτιά- 
ομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  accuse  besides,  Plut. 
C.  Gracch.  6. 

ΤΙροςεπανέρομαι,  dep.  mid.,  to  ask 
besides,  Dio  C. 

Τίροςεπύπειλέω,  ώ,  to  threaten  be- 
sides, Dio  C. 

ΐΐροςεπαρύομαι,  dep.,  to  imprecate 
curses  besides,  τινί  Tl,  Dio  C. 

ΐΐροςεπάρχω,  to  govern  as  έπαρχος 
besides,  c.  gen.,  Joseph. 

Ώροςεπανξάνω,  to  enlarge,  increase 
besides,  Dio  C. 

Ώροςεπανρίσκομαι,  {προς,  επανρί- 
σκομαι)  dep.,  to  partake  in  besides,  τι- 
νός, Hipp. 

Προςεπεΐποί',  aor.  2  (cf.  ειπον),  to 
say  besides,  Polyb.  4,  85,  2,  Plut. 

ΤΙροςεπειςφέρω,{πρύς,  επί,  είςφέρω) 
ίο  carry  into  Or  to  besides,  Longin. 

Τίροςεπελπίζω,  {προς,  έπελπίζω)  to 
allure  by  hope  besides,  Dio  C. 

Ώροςεπεμβαίνω,  v.  1.  for  προςεμ- 
βαίνω,  Soph.  Aj.  1348. 

Ώροςεπεμβύλλω,  =  προςεμβύ?Λω, 
προςεπιβάλλω. 

Τίροςεπεξεργύζομαι,  dep.  mid.,  to 
finish  off  still  further. 

ΤΙροςεπεξενρίσκω,  {προς,  έπί,  έξεν- 
ρίσκω)  to  invent  for  any  purpose  be- 
sides, Thuc.  2,  76. 

ΥΙροςεπεξηγέομαι,  dep.  mid.,  = 
προςεξηγ.,  Clem.  Al. 

ΤΙροςεπερωτύω,  ώ,  to  ask  besides. 
Hence 

ΐΙροςεπερωτ7]Τ7/ς,  ov,  6,  one  who  asks 
besides,  a  second  questioner. 

ΪΙροςεπενχομαι,ίΙορ.,ίο  intreat  about 
something  besides. 

ΤΙρυςεπηρεάζω,  (προς,  επηρεάζω)  to 
abuse, insult  besides,  Arist.  Top.  8, 11, 1. 

Τϊροςεπιβαίνω,  to  tread  upon. — II. 
metaph. ,=7rpofF///3aiV(j  II. 

ΥΙροςεπιβάλλω,  (προς,  επιβάλλω) 
to  throw  upon  besides,  add  over  and 
above,  πρ.  {τι)  προς  τινι,=έπιβάλ- 
Τίειν  τινί  {τι)  Isocr.  123  D;  πρ.  ττ/ς 
γης,  to  throw  some  more  earth  upon, 
Polyb.  9,  38,  2. 

Ήροςεπιβλαστάτ>ω,  (,πρός,  έπι- 
βλαστάνω)  to  blossom  besides  or  again, 
Theophr. 

ΐΐροςέπιβλέπω,  {προς,  επιβλέπω) 
to  look  at  be.<!ides,  Arist.  Anal.  Pr.  1, 
28.  16. 

ΤΙροςεπιβούω,  ώ,  {προς,  Ιπιβούω) 
to  exclaim  besides,  DiO  C 

ϋροςεπιβουλενω.  to  plot  against  he- 
sides,  f  1.  in  Thuc.  3,  37,  v.  Ρορρυ. 

ΤΙροςεπιγεννάω,  ώ.  {προς,  έπιγεν- 
νύω)  to  beget  ΟΓ  produce  besides,  'I'he- 
ophr. 

ΐΙροςεπιγίΎΡομαι,  {προς,  έπιγίγνο- 
μαι)  dep.  miu.,  to  be  added  to,  Hipp. 

ΐΐροςεπιγράφω,  f  -ψω,  (προς,  επι- 
γράφω) to  write  besides,  Theophr. 
Char.  13.  [a] 

ΏροςεπιδαιΙ'ΐλενομαι,  dep.,  to  be 
liberal  besides,  Liban. 

ΐΐροςεπιδείκνϋμι,  to  display  besides, 
dub.  1.  Isocr.  29  A. 


ΠΡΟΣ 

Τϊροςεπιδεσμέω,  u,=sq. 

ΤΙροςεπχδίω,  f.  -δήσω,  {προς,  ίπι- 
δέω)  to  bind  to  οτ  fasleu  besides,  Hipp. 

ΪΙροςεπιδτ/μέω,  ώ,  to  come  to,  visit 
as  a  strangiT  or  traveller. 

ΪΙροςεπιδΙδάσκω,  (προς,  έπιδιδά- 
σκω)  to  instruct  besides,  Clem.  Al. 

Ώροςεπιδίδωμι,=  προςδίδωμι,  Plat. 
Soph.  222  E. 

ΙΙροςεπιδοξάζω,  to  agree  to,  approve 
of  an  opinion,  Epict. 

Προςεπιδράσσομαι,  Att.  -ττομαι, 
{προς,  έπί,  δράσσω)  as  mid.  :  —  to 
grasp  or  seize  for  one's  self,  appropriate 
be.ndes,  ¥o[yb.  21,  11,  6:  metaph., 
πρ.  φθόνον,  to  draiv  envy  on  one's  self. 
Id.  9,  10,  6. 

Ώροςεπιζεύγννμι,  to  add  over  and 
above. 

ΙΙροςεπιζητέω,  ώ,  {προς,  έπιζητέω) 
to  seek,  demand  besides,  Polyb.  25,  5, 
11. 

Προςεπιθεάομαι,  (προς,  έπιθεύο- 
μα  ι)  dep.  mid.,  (ο  observe  besides,  Lon- 
gin. 

Ήροςεπιθετέον.  verb.  adj.  from  -τί- 
θι/μι,  one  must  add  besides. 

Ϊ1ροςεπιϋεωρέω,=προςεπιθεάομαι, 
Hipp. 

ΤΙροςεπιθλίβω,  to  press  upon  besides. 

[θλι] 

ΙΙροςεπικάλέω,  ώ,  {προς,  επικα- 
λέω)  ί.  -έσω,  to  accuse  or  denounce  be- 
sides, Dio  C. 

Ώροςεπικαταδέω,  f.  -δήσω,  {προς, 
επί,  καταδέω)  to  tie  on  or  over  besides, 
Hipp. 

ΐΐροςεπικατατείνω,  to  strain  besides 
or  still  more,  Joseph. 

ΐΐροςεπίκειμαι,  {προς,  Ιττίκειμαι) 
as  pass.,  to  press  hard  upon,  be  urgent 
or  instant,  Dem.  834,  19. 

Τ1ΐ}</ςεπικ7)ρύσσω.  ί.  -ξω,  {προς, 
επικηρύσσω)  to  publish  οι  proclaim  be- 
sides, Dio  C. 

Ώροςεπικοσμέω,  ώ,  {προς,  έπικοσ- 
μέω)  to  embellish  besides,  Polyb.  G,  22, 

3,  etc. 

ΤΙροςεπικράτέω,  ώ,  {προς,  έπικρα- 
τέω)  to  conquer,  be  master  besides,  Dio 
C. 

ΐΐροςεπικρεμύνννμι,  {προς,  επικρε- 
μύνννμι)  to  hang  to,  upon  or  over  be- 
sides, Hipp. 

ΤΙροςεπικρονω,  (προς,  επικρούω} 
to  strike  upon  or  against  besides,  Dio 
C. 

Τίροςεπικτύομαι,  f.  -ησομαι,  {προς, 
έπικτάομαι)  dep.  msd.,  to  gain  or  ac- 
quire besides,  Tlfi  Tl,  Hdt.  1,  29. 

Ώρηςεπίκτισμη,  ατός,  τό,  that  which 
is  built  besides  or  upon. 

ΙΙροςεπΟ.αμβάνω,  {πρύς,  έπιλαμ- 
βάνω)  to  take  or  require  still  more, 
Theophr.  H.  PI.  8,  2,  7:— mid.,  to 
help  in  a  thing,  προςεπιλαβέσθαι  τινϊ 
τον  πολέμον,  Hdt.  5,  44;  so  absol.. 
Plat.  Tim.  65  D  ;  cf  προςλαμβάνω, 
συλλαμβάνω,  σννεπιλαμβάνομαι. 

ΙΙροςεπύ.έγω,  {πρύς,  επιλέγω)  to 
say  siill  further,  Theophr.,  Polyb.  22, 
7,  14. 

ϋροςεπιλϊμώττω,  to  be  hungry  be- 
sides. 

ΙΙροςεπιλογίζομαι,  {προς,  ίπιλογί- 
ζομαι)  dep.,  to  conclude  besides,  Eccl. 

Ώροςεπιμανθάνω,  {προς,  έπιμαν- 
θάνω)  to  learn  besides,  Dlod. 

Προςεπιμελέομαι.  {προς,  έπιμελέ- 
ομαι)  dep.,  c.  fut.  mid.  et  aor.  pass., 
to  take  care  or  provide  for  besides,  c. 
gen..  Plat.  Legg.  755  B. 

ΤΙροςεπιμετρέω,  ώ,  (προς,  ίπιμε- 
τρέω)  Ιο  give  as  additional  measure, 
assig^n  over  and  above,  τινί  Tl,  Polyb. 

4,  51,  6,  Plut.  2,  513  A. 
Τϊροςεπινοέω,  ώ,  {προς,  έπινοέω)  to 

devise,  invent  besides,  Polyb.  20,  6,  4. 


ΠΡΟΣ 

Τίροςεπιορκέω,  ώ,  (.~ρός,  ίπιορκέω) 
to  suear  a  false  oath  besides,  Ar.  Lys. 
1238. 

ΐίροςεπιτζηδίίύ,  ώ,  to  leap  upon  be- 
sides, Liban. 

Ώροςεττίττίτΐτω,  (προς,  εττιπίτΐτω) 
to/all  upon  or  against  besides,  Philo. 

Ώ.ροςε~ί7τ?.ύσσο>,  to  form  or  compose 
besides,  Phurnut. 

ΤΙροςετηττΑ-έω,  f.  -τϊ/,ενσομαι,  to  sail 
towards  or  against. 

Έίροςεττίΰλ^ήσσω,  Att.  -ττυ,  f.  -ξω, 
to  strike  at  besides :  esp.  to  inveigh 
against  besides. 

ΤΙροςετΓίττνέω,  {ττρός,  έττιπνέω)  to 
blow  against,  Plut.  Sertor.  17. 

TipogeTztTzovFu,  ύ,  (~ρός,  έπιτνο- 
νέω)  to  work  still  more  :  ■πρυςετΐί'πονείν 
ΰκονοντας,  to  take  the  additional  trouble 
of  listening,  Aeschin.  34,  1. 

ΤΙροςετηββέω,  f.  -βεύσομαι,  {τζρός, 
έττφρέω)  to  flow  besides  ;  to  flow  to, 

Hipp.  ^  _  ,      ,      ,  r  . 

ΤΙροςετζίρβώννϋμί,  (~ρός,  εττιρρων- 
ννμι)  to  strengthen  besides  Or  stilt  more  : 
— Pass.,  to  be  stronger  in  any  thing, 
Tivi,  Polyb.  4,  80,  3. 

ΤΙροςετϊΐσεμνννω,  (ττρός,  επί,  σεμ- 
vvvui)  to  treat  with  still  more  reverence, 
Dio  C. 

ΐΐροςεπίσημαίνομαι,  (~ρός,  εττί,  ση- 
μαίνω) as  mid.,  to  give  further  signs  of 
approval  or  disapproval  at  any  thing, 
Philo. 

ΐΐροςΐτησίτίζομαι,  f.  -ίσομαι,  {~ρός, 
έττί,  σιτίζω)  as  mid.,  to  provide  one's 
self  with  further  supplies  of  corn,  Polyb. 

1,  29,  1. 

ΐΐροςεΐΐΐσκέτττομαι,  f.  -φομαι,  dep. 
mid.,  to  consider  besides. 

ΊΙροςε~ισκενάζω,  {~ρός,  επισκευά- 
ζω) to  fit  out,  put  in  order  besides,  Jo- 
seph. 

ΠροςεΤίίσκτ/ΰτω,  {προς,  επισκη- 
πτυ)  to  intreat  besides,  Heiiod. 

Τίροςεττισκώτΐτω,  {προς,  έπισκώ- 
ΤίΤω)  to  jest  besides,  Plut.  Ages.  15. 

Ίΐροςεπίσπάω,  {πρύς,  επισπάω)  to 
draw  to  or  on  besides,  Hipp.  : — mid.,  to 
drag  forward  for  one's  self,  μάρτυρα, 
Polyb.  12,  13,  3.  [ώ] 

Τίροςεπίσταααι,  {προς,  έπίσταμαί) 
dep.  c.  fut.  mid.,  et  aor.  pass. :  to  un- 
derstand or  know  besides,  τι.  Plat. 
Phaedr.  268  B,  Charm.  170  B. 

Τίροςεπιστείχω,  {προς,  έπιστείχω) 
to  go,  come  to  or  towards,  Orph.  Arg. 
536. 

ΊΙροςεπιστέλ7.ω,{πρός,επιστέλ?Μ) 
tonotify,  enjoin,  command  besides,Ύh\lC. 

2,  85  ;  esp.  by  letter.  Id.  1,  132. 
Τλροςεπιστεφΰ,νόω,  ώ,  f.  -ώσω,   to 

crown  besides,  Iiiscr. 

Τίροςεπισννάπτω,  to  connect  with 
besides. 

ΐίροςεπισόάζω  or  -ττω,  {προς,  ίπι- 
σφάττω)  to  kill  over  again,  or  besides, 
Plut.  2,  1104  E. 

ΤΙροςεπισφίγγω,  f.  -γξω,  to  bind  or 
fasten  to  besides. 

ΤΙροςεπισφράγίζομαι,  {  προς,  έπί, 
σφραγίζω)  as  dep.,  to  set  one's  seal  to 
a  thing  besides  :  to  confirm  or  affirm 
besides,  τι  είναι,  Dem.  1487,  3. 

ΤΙροςεπισχϊ'ρίζω,  to  strengthen  be- 
sides, Uio  C. 

ΤΙροςεπισωρενω,  to  pile  up  besides, 
Arithm.  Vett. 

ΤΙροςεπιτΰ?.αιπωρέω,  ώ,  to  endure 
still  longer,  Joseph. 

ΥΙροςεπιτάσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  f.  -ξω, 
{προς,  επιτάσσω)  to  enjoin  besides, 
V.  1.  Isocr.  123  D  : — mid.,  to  take  one's 
appointed  post,  Polyb.  1,  50,  7. 

ΐΐροςεπιτείνω,  {προς,  επιτείνω)  to 
stretch  still  farther,  to  lay  more  stress 
upon,  Ti,  Polyb.  3, 24.  14  :  to  make  still 
more  intense,  δίφαν,  Plut.  2,  639  D. 


ΠΡΟΣ 

ΤΙροςεπιτερΰτεύομαι,  {προς,  έπί, 
τερατεύω)  dep.,  to  invent  as  a  new 
wonder  or  miracle,  Clem.  Al. 

Τ1ροςεπιτίρπομαι,{πρός,έπιτέρπο- 
μαι)  as  pass.,  to  enjoy  one's  self  still 
more,  Ar.  Ran.  231. 

ΤΙροςεπιτεχνάημαι,  f.  -ησομαι,  dep. 
mid.,  to  contrive  besides. 

ΤΙροςεπιτίθημι,  (προς,  έπιτίθημι) 
to  lay  on  besides,  Hipp. ;  πρ.  δίκην 
τινί,  Polyb.  35,  2,  7.  ^ 

ΐϊροςεπίτίμύω,  ώ,  f.  -ησω,  {προς, 
επιτιμάω)  to  reprove,  reproach  besides, 
τινί,  LXX. — II.  to  raise  the  price  of  a 
thing  still  more,  Ael.  ap.  Suid.  s.  v. 
βνβλον. 

ΙΙροςεπιτρΰγωδέω,  ω,  to  add  with 
tragic  exaggeration. 

ΤΙροςεπιτρέπω,  {προς,  επιτρέπω) 
to  entrust,  make  over  to  besides,  Dio  C. 

ΤΙροςεπιτρί3ω,  {προς,  επιτρίβω)  to 
wear  by  rubbing,  to  annoy  besides ,  Plut. 
2,  1048  E. 

ΤΙροςεπιτροπενω,  {προς,  έπιτρο- 
πενω)  to  act  as  guardian  to  one  still 
longer : — pass.,  to  be  under  as  ward, 
υπό  τίνος,  Dem.  833,  18. 

Ώροςεπιτνγχύνω,{πρός,  επιτυγχά- 
νω) to  gain  Of  reach  besides,  Joseph. 

ΤΙροςεπιοέρω,  (προς,  επιφέρω)  to 
bear  or  carry  besides :  to  bring  forth 
besides,  Xen.  Oec.  5,  2  : — to  put  upon 
or  add  besides,  Clem.  Al. 

ΤΙροςεπιφτ/μίζω,  (προς,  ίπιφημίζω) 
to  spread  reports  about  one  besides, 
Strab. 

ΙΙροςεπιφθέγγομαι,{.-γξομαι.{πρός, 
επιφΟέγγομαι)  uep.  mid.,  to  speak,  ex- 
claim farther,  Polyb.  10,  4,  2. — 11.  to 
agree  with,  Dio  C. 

ΤΙροςεπιφοιτάω,  ώ,  {προς,  επιόοι- 
τάω)  to  come  in  besides,  Philo  p.  552, 
fin. 

ΤΙροςεπιφωνέω,  ώ,  {προς,  έπιφω- 
νέω)  to  say  besides,  add,  Plut.  Cat. 
Maj.  27. 

Τίροςεπιχάρίζομαι ,  f.  -ίσομαι,ζπρής, 
επιχαρίζομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  gratify  be- 
sides, τινί,  Xen.  Hipparch.  3,  2. 

ΐΐροςεπιχέω,  f.  -χεΰσω,  to  pour  still 
more  to. 

Ώροςεπιχώνννμι,  {προς,  ίπιχώννν- 
μι)  to  heap  upon  besides,  Piut.  2,1058  A. 

ΤίροςεπιΦεϋδομαι,  {προς,  έπιψεύ- 
δομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  lie  oesi(ies,Hellod., 
7,  2. 

ΙΙροςεπι-ψηφίζομαι,  {προς,  έπιψηφί- 
ζω)  raid.,  to  decree  by  vote  besides, 
Philo. 

ΤΙροςεπόμνΰαι,  (προς,  έπόμννμι)  to 
swear  besides,  Dio  C. 

ΤΙροςεποφ?:,ιοκάνω,  to  owe,  incur  be- 
sides, Dio  C. 

ΐΐροςεράνίζω,  {προς,  ερανίζω)  to 
levy  contributions  besides :  παραπ/^η- 
ρώματι  λέξεως  προςηρανίσθαι,  to  be 
overloaded  with  expletives,  Dion. 
Comp.  9. 

ΤΙροςεργάζομαι,  f.  -άσομαι,  {προς, 
εργάζομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  work  besides, 
πρ.  τινί  τι,  to  do  something  besides 
another,  Eur.  H.  F.  1013  ;  but,  πρ. 
αγαθά  τίνα,  to  do  good  to  one  besides, 
Hdt.  6,  61. 

ΙΙρόζεργος,  ov, {προς,* έργω) belong- 
ing to  v:ork.  Leon.  Tar.  8. 

Τίροςερεθίζω,  to  provoke  besides. 

Τίροςερείδω,  f.  -σω,  {προς,  έρείδω) 
to  plant  or  set  firmly  against,  τινί  τι, 
e.  g.  κλίμακας  τείχει,  Polyb.  4, 19,  3: 
— to  thrust  violently  against,  δόρατα, 
?.,όγχας,  etc..  Id.  15,  33,  4  ;  6,  25,  5  : 
absol.,  to  fix  firmly,  Arist.  Part.  An.  4, 
12,  32.— II.  intr.,and  in  pass., /o  press 
against,  assault,  τινί  or  προς  τι,  Polyb. 
1,  10,  11  ;   17,  8. 

Τϊροςερέσσω,  {προς,  έρέσσω)  to  row 
to,  Ael. 


ΠΡΟΣ 

ΤΙροςερενγομαι,  {προς,  έρεύγομαι) 
dep.,  to  belch  or  vomit  forth  against  : 
metaph.,  of  waves,  κίματα  προςερεύ- 
γεται  πέτρην,  they  break  foaming 
against  the  rocks,  II.  15,  621." 

ΤΙροςερέω,  Att.  contr.  -ερώ,  serving 
as  fut.  to  προςεΐπον,  {προς,  έρώ)  to 
speak  to,  to  address,  τινά,  Eur.  Alc. 
1005  ;  esp.  of  one  who  addresses  a 
god,  Hdt.  5,  72. — II.  to  call  by  a  name, 
name.  πρ.  όνομα  ταντόν.  Plat.  Soph. 
224  Β  ;  and  in  pass,  προςρηθήσομαι. 
Id.  Polit.  259  B.  To  this  also  be- 
longs the  perf.  προςείρηκα. — Cf.  ;rpof- 
έρομαι. 

Ιίροςερίζω,  Dor.  πάτερ-,  {προς,  ερί- 
ζω) to  strive  at  the  same  time  with  or 
against  one,  τινί,  Theocr.  5,  60. 

ΙΙροςέρομαι,  f.  -ερήσομαι,  (προς, 
ερομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  ask  besides.  Plat. 
Prot.  311  E,  Tim.  50  A. 

ΐίροςερπνζω,  later  pres.  for  sq. 

Ίΐροςέρπω,  Dor.  ποθέρπω,  f.  --φω : 
but  the  aor.  mostly  in  use  is  προς- 
είρπυσα  (Plut.  Pyrrh.  3,  etc.);  (προς, 
έρπω)  : — to  creep  to,  creep  or  steal  on, 
approach,  draw  nigh,  ό  πρ.  χρόνος,  i.  e. 
the  time  that's  coming.  Pind.  P.  1,110, 
cf.  N.  7,  100;  -0  πρ.,  the  coming  event, 
Uie  future,  Aesch.  Pr.  127,  Soph.  Aj.; 
ai  προςέρπονσαι  τνχαι,  Aesch.  Pr. 
272;  also,  to  steal  or  come  to  one,  τινά, 
Pind.  O.  6,  142  (ubi  al.  προςέλκει); 
τινί.  Soph.  Aj.  1255. 

Τίροςερνγγάνω,=προςερενγω,Ύ\ί6- 
ophr.  Char.  19. 

Τίροςέρχομαι,  f.  -ελενσομαι,  {προς, 
έρχομαι)  dep.  mid.  c.  aor.  et  pf.  act. : 
— to  come  or  go  to,  τινί,  Aesch.  Eum. 
474  ;  but  also  τινά,  Elmsl.  Med.  67  ; 
also,  πρ.  προς  τίνα  or  τι,  Hdt.  2,  121, 
2  ;  πρ.  προς  τα  κοινά,  to  come  forward 
in  public,  Dem.  312,  fin.,  cf  891,  2; 
so,  πρ.  εις  το  πυ/.ιτεύεσθαι,  προς  την 
πο/.ιτείαν,  Dinarch.  104,  18  ;  107,  1 ; 
and  absol.,  to  approach,  draw  nigh,  Hdt. 
1,  86,  etc. :  so  of  pain,  pleasure,  etc., 
to  be  nigh  at  hand.  Soph.  Phil.  777, 
Eur.  Or.  857. — 2.  to  go  in  to  a  woman, 
τινί,  Xen.  Symp.  4,  38. — 3.  to  visit, 
associate  with  one,  προς  τίνα,  Dem. 
755,  5.  —  4.  in  hostile  sense,  to  go 
against,  προς  τίνα,  Xen.  Cyr.  6,  2, 
16. — II.  to  come  in,  of  revenue,  Lat. 
redire,  Hdt.  7,  144,  Xen.  Mem.  3,  6, 
12. — Cf.  πρόςειμι  (εΙμι). 

Ιΐροςερωτάω,  ώ,  f.  -ησω,  { προς, 
ερωτάω)  to  ask  besides.  Plat.  Theaet. 
165  D  :  pass.,  to  be  questioned  besides, 
Xen.  Mem.  3,  9,  4. 

ΙΙρόςεσις,  εως,  ή,  (προςίημί)  a  put- 
ting to  or  into,  πρ.  των  σιτίων,  a  tak- 
ing of  meals,  Anst.  Probl.  30,  14,  4. 

ΐΐροςεσπέριος,  ov,  {προς,  έσπερος) 
towards  evening: — western,  Polyb.  1,  2» 
6,  etc. 

ΤΙροςέσπερος,  ov.  Dor.  ποθέσπερος, 
=foreg. :  τα  ποβέσπερα,  as  adv.,  to- 
wards evening,  Theocr.  4,  3  ;  5,  113  ; 
cf.  προςέφος. 

ΥΙροςέσχάτος,  ov,  {προς,  έσχατος) 
next  to  the  last :  close  upon,  Strab. 

ΙΙροςεταιρίζω,  {προς,  έταιρίζω)  to 
give  to  another  as  his  friend,  τινά  τινι : 
—mid.,  προςεταιρίζεσθαί  τίνα,  to  take 
to  one's  self  as  a  friend,  choose  as  one's 
friend  or  comrade,  associate  with  one's 
self,  τινά,  Hdt.  3,  70;  5,  66: — pass., 
to  join  another  as  a  friend  or  partner, 
side  or  comply  with  him.  Plat.  Ax.  369 
B.     Hence 

ΐΐροςεταιριστός,  όν,  joined  with  as 
a  companion,  attached  to  the  same  έταΐ 
ρεία  or  cluB,  οπλίτης,  Thuc.  8,  100. 

ΐΐροςετέυν,  verb.  adj.  of  προςίημι, 
one  m:ist  allow  or  permit,  v.  1.  Dinarch. 
102.  1. 

ΪΙροςέτι,  adv.,  over  and  above,  be- 
1271 


ΠΡΟΣ 

sides,  Hdt.  1,  41,  and  Att.,  as  Ar.  Av. 
855,  Plat.  Phil.  30  Β  ;  sometimes 
separated  by  a  word  between,  as, 
ττρός  ό'  ίτι,  Xen.  An.  3,  2,  2. 

ϋρόςενγμα.,  ατός,  τό,  {ττροςενχο- 
uai)  that  which  is  offered  to  a  god  :  esp. 
a  votive  offering  hung  upon  the  statue  of 
a  god,  Eubul.  Seinel.  2 :  also  κάτενγμα. 

ΤΙροςενεμγετέυ,  ώ,  {τ^ρύς,  ενεργε- 
τέω)  to  do  good  besides,  τινά,  to  one, 
Diod. 

ΙΙροςενθννω,  (ι^ρός,  ενθννω)  to  bring 
to  an  account  besides,  Arist.  Probl.  6, 
8,  16.  [v] 

ΙΙροςενκαιρέο),  ώ,  (τρύς,  ενκαιρέΐύ) 
to  have  fit  time  or  leisure  for,  Lat.  va- 
care,  τινί,  Plut.  2,  316  A  :  also  some- 
times ττροςενκαιρέο/ιαί  as  dep. 

ΐίροςενκτηρίον,  τό,  {πρυςεύχομαι) 
a  place  for  praying,  Philo. 

ΙΙρόςενξίς,  ή,=  προςενχή,  Orph. 

ΤΙροςευτταθέω,  a  coined  word,  on 
which  V.  Lob.  Phryn.  620. 

Τίροςενπορεω,  ώ,  {προς,  εΰπορέω) 
to  procure  for  besides,  provide,  τινί  TL, 
Dem.  962,  3  ;  v.  Phryn.  595  :— pass., 
■προςεν-ημέομαί,  to  be  forthcoming,  v. 

1.  Dem.  731,3. 

Ίΐροςενρίσκω,  {πρύς,  ευρίσκω)  to 
find  besides.  Soph.  El.  1352,  Polyb.  1, 
59,6. 

ΤΙροςενσχολέω,  ώ,  to  pass  one^s  leis- 
ure ill  a  thing,  τινί. 

ΪΙροςενχή,  ης,  ή,  prayer,  LXX. — II. 
a  place  of  prayer,  esp.  a  Jewish  oratory, 
Joseph.,  and  perh.  in  Act.  16, 13;  cf. 
Juven.  3,  296  :  from 

ΤΙροςεύχομαι,  f.  -ξομαι,  {ττρός,  εύ- 
χομαι) dep.  mill.,  to  pray,  offer  up  vows, 
τφ  θεώ,  Aesch.  Ag.  317,  Eur.,  etc.  ; 
πρ.  τώ  θεώ  σωτηρίαν  ήμίν  όιδόναι. 
Plat.  Criti.  106  A  : — liut  also  c.  ace, 
τον  θεόν,  Ar.  Plut.  958: — and,  absol., 
to  worship,  Hdt.  1,  48,  Aesch.  Pr.  937, 
etc. — II.  πρ.  τι,  to  pray  for  a  thing, 
Xen.  Hell.  3,  2,  22. 

ΤΙροςεφαρμόζω,  to  fit  to  besides. 

ΤΙρηςεφενρίσκω,  =:  προςευρίσκω, 
Clem.  Al. 

ΤΙροςέχεια,  ας,  ή,  connexion,  near- 
ness.— 11.  attention  :  from 

Ίϊροςεχης,  ές,  (πρσςέχω)  of  place, 
adjoining,  bordering  upon,  close  to,  next. 
With  or  without  a  dat.,  freq.  in  Hdt., 
as  3,  13,  89,  91  :  keeping  close  to, 
επλεον  προςεχεΤς  τι)  yrj,  Arr.  Ind.  33  : 
exposed  to  the  wind,  Dion.  H.  3,  44 
(with  V.  1.  προεχής). — II.  of  time,  like 
ττρόςφατος,  not  far  gone,  i.  e.  lately 
passed,  late: — adv.,  πραςεχώς,  imme- 
diately, Porphyr.  Isagog.  2,  24. — III. 
attentive,  =  προςέχων  τΰν  νουν,  cf. 
'προςέχίύ  I.  3. 

ΐΐροςεχόντως,  adv.  from  προςέχω, 
with  attention,  Hipp. 

ηροςέχω,  f.  -ξω,  {προς,  ίχω)  to  hold 
to,  bring  to  or  near,  τινί  τι,  Aesch. 
Cho.  531 ;  so  too,  προςίσχειν  προς  τι, 
Hdt.  4,  200  : — esp., — 2.  πρ.  ναϋν,  to 
bring  a  ship  7iear  a  place,  bring  it  to 
port,  προςσχόντες  τας  νήας,  Hdt.  9, 
99  (which  some  write  προσχόντες) ; 
also,  προςέχειν  τινά,  to  bring  a  sea- 
man to  land,  make  hitii  put  in.  Soph. 
Phil.  236 :  more  freq.  without  vavv, 
to  put  in,  touch  at  a  place,  προςσχείν 
ες  την  Σύμον,  ές  Ύνρον,  Hdt.  1,  2; 
3,  48,  etc.  ;  so,  προς  τ//ν  Σίφνυν,  Hdt. 
3,  58 ;  also  c.  dat.  loci,  πρ.  Ty  yy,  τη 
νήσω,  etc.,  Hdt.  4,  156;  or'c>  ace.', 
πρ.  την  γϊ/ν.  Soph.  Phil.  244:  absol., 
to  land,  Hdt.  2,  182,  etc. :  cf  προςί- 
σχο). — 3.  πρ.  ΐ'υνν,  to  turn  one's  mind, 
thoughts,  attention  to  a  thing,  be  intent 
on  it,  Lat.  animadrertere,  τινί  or  προς 
Tivi,  Ar.  Eq.   1014,   1004,  Xen.  An. 

2,  4,  2,  etc. ;  or  absol.,  νουν  πρ.,  to 
attend,  Ar.  Nub.  575 ;  so,  γνώμην  πρ., 

1272 


ΠΡΟΣ 

Ar.  Eccl.  600,  Thuc.  5,  26 :— freq. 
also  without  νουν,  πρ.  ίαντώ,  to  give 
heed  to  one's  self,  Ar.  Eccl.  294  ;  πρ. 
τοΙς  εργοις,  Id.  Plut.  553;  πλοντφ. 
Plat.  Ale.  1,  122  D,  etc. :— πρ.  τι, 
Critias,  9,  19  ; — also,  to  devote  one's 
self  to  a  thing,  Lat.  totus  esse  in  illo, 
c.  dat.,  γνμνασίοισι,  Hdt.  9,  33 ;  τφ 
πο7^έμω,  Thuc.  7,  4:  also  absol.,  ίν 
τεταμενως,  προθνμως  προςείχε,  Hdt. 
8,  128:  c.  inf.,  to  expect  to  do.  Id.  1, 
80  : — also,  to  continue,  Hipp.  : — to  pay 
court  to,  τινί,  Xen.  Cyr.  5,  5,  40.— 4. 
mid.,  to  attach  one's  self  to  a  thing, 
cling,  cleave  to  il,  τινί,  Hdt.  2,  136, 
Ar.  Vesp.  105:  also  metajih.,  to  de- 
vote one's  self  to  the  service  of  any  one, 
esp.,  a  god,  Pind.  P.  6,  51,  though 
the  ])lace  is  dub. — 5.  pass.,  to  be  held 
fast  by  a  thing,  νπύ  τίνος,  Eur.  Bacch. 
756  :  metaph;,  to  be  implicated  in,  τινί, 
Thuc.  1,  127. — II.  to  have  besides  or 
in  addition.  Plat.  Rep.  521  D,  Dem. 
877,  26. 

ΤΙροςέ-φημα,  ατός,  τό,  {προςέψω)=^ 
προςόφημα.  Lob.  Phryn.  176. 

Ώροςεψία,  ας,  ή,  an  addressing,  hi- 
tercourse:  also  written  Trpof  εψιά,  prob. 
with  a  reference  to  -φιά. 

ΠροςέΦω,  f.  -ψ7/σω,  (jrpof,  ^ω)  to 
boil  or  cook  besides  or  with,  Ath. 

ΙΙροςεώος,  ov,  (προς,  έώος)  towards 
daivn  or  morning. — II.  towards  the  east, 
Casaub.  Strab.  p.  511 ;  cf.  Ion.  προς- 
ηώης. 

ΐΐροςζεύγνϋμι,  ί.  -ζενξο),  {προς,  ζεν- 
γννμι)  to  yoke,  bind,  tie  to : — pass.,  to  be 
bound  or  yoked  to,  τινί,  Eur.  Hipp.  1389. 

ΤΙροςζημιόϋ),  ώ,  {προς,  ζημιόω)  to 
punish  besides,  Isocr.  9  Β  ;  ivith  or  in 
a  thing,  τίνα  φνγ^.  Plat.  Gorg.  516  D. 

ΤΙρόςηβος,  ov,  {ττρός,  ήβη)  near 
manhood,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  4,  4. 

ΐΐροςηγορέω,  ώ,  {προςτ/γορος)  to 
address,  accost,  Soph.  El.  1471  :  to  con- 
sole, τινά,  Eur.  Phoen.  989:• — pass., 
to  he  addressed  as,  called,  προςηγορεν- 
εσθαι  εταίρα,  Anaxil.  Neott.  2,  5  ;  πρ. 
λίθος,  Philem.  p.  400.     Hence 

Τίροςηγόρημα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which 
is  addressed,  the  object  of  one's  address, 
Eur.  Supp.  803. — II.  an  address. 

Τίροςηγορία,  ας,  ή,  {προςτ/γορος)  an 
addressing,  accosting,  esp.  consolation. 
— II.  a  naming,  name,  Isocr.  Antid. 
•^  303,  Dem.  72,  1,  Arist.  Categ.  5,  30. 
— III.  in  Gramm.,  a  common  noun,  no- 
men  appellntivum,  as  opp.  to  a  nomen 
proprium,  Zeno  ap.  Diog.  L.  7,  58. 
Hence 

ΤΙρος7]γορικός,  ή,  όν,  addressing, 
accosting. — II.  naming:  to  πρ.  όνομα, 
a  surname,  Dion.  H.     Adv.  -κώς. 

Ώροςηγορος,  ov,  {πρύς,  αγορεύω) 
addressing,  accosting,  ai  πρ.  όρνες,  the 
speaking  oaks,  Aesch.  Pr.  832  :  c.  gen., 
πρ.  ΤΙαλ?ιάδος,  addressing  her,  Soph. 
Ant.  1185:  hence,  generally,  roni'fr- 
sabte,  affable,  kind,  agreeable,  ώίΧοι  και 
πρ.  άλλήλοις,  Theaet.  146  A  :  agree- 
ing, answering,  προς  τι.  Id.  Rep.  546 
B. — II.  pass.,  addressed,  accosted,  τινί, 
by  one.  Soph.  Phil.  1353:  also,  τι- 
νός, Ο.  Τ.  1437,  cf.  Fr.  360  .—an  ac- 
quaintance. Plat.  Theaet.  146  A,  cf. 
Plut.  Cic.  40. 

ϋροςήόομαι,  fut.  -ησθήσομαι,  aor. 
-7/σβ7ΐν,  as  pass.,  to  be  delighted  or 
pleased  at  or  in  doing. 

ΐΐροςήϊγμαι,  pf.  pass.  οί*προςείκω, 
V.  sub  προςέοικα. 

ΐΐροςηκάμην,  aor.  1  mid.  of  προςί- 
ημι. 

ΐΐροςηκόντως,  adv.  part.  pres.  from 
προςτ'/κω,  suitably,  fitly,  duly,  πρ.  τη 
πό'λει,  as  besee?ns  the  dignity  of  the 
state.  Thuc.  2, 43  ;  so  also  Plat.  Legg. 
659  B,  Isocr.,  etc. 


ΠΡΟΣ 

Ήροςτ/κω,  {πρυς,  ηκω)  to  be  come  to, 
to  have  arrived  at  a  place,  to  be  come, 
be  lure,  7iear,  at  hand,  χμίία  προςήκεΐ, 
Aesch.  Pers.  143  ;  ώς  φίλοι  προςηκε- 
τε,  Soph.  Phil.  229  ;  έντανβ'  ελπίδος 
προςήκομεν,  Eur.  Or.  693. — II.  usu. 
metaph.,  to  belong  to,  ει  τώ  ξένω  τού- 
τω πηοςήκει  Ααΐω  τι  συγγενές,  Soph. 
Ο.  Ί  .  814  ;  to  have  to  do  with,  τινί, 
Thuc.  1,  126:  and  so, — 2.  mostly  im- 
pers.,  προςήκει  πρύς  τίνα,  it  has  to  da 
with,  concerns  one,  Hdt.  8,  100  ;  more 
freq.  c.  dat.  προςήκει  μυι,  it  is  my 
business,  Soph.  El.  1213 ;  and  c.  gen. 
rei,  προςήκει  μοί  τίνος,  1  have  to  do 
with  a  thing,  have  part  m  it,  Xen.  An. 
3,  1,  31,  Hell.  2,  4,40,  Dem.  934,3  ;— 
esp.,  with  a  notion  of  suitableness, 
fitness,    etc.,    it    belongs    to,    beseems, 

προςηκει  tlvI  ποιείν,  Aesch.  Cho. 
173,  Soph.  El.  1213,  etc. ;  but  also  c. 
ace.  et  inf.,  as  Ag.  1551,  Eur.  Or. 
1071,  Xen.  An.  3,  2,  15  (where  the 
impf.  προςήκεν  is  used  for  προςήκει, 
cf.  Id.  £q.  12,  14  ;— an  Att.  usage, 
ace.  to  Thom.  M.) :— oft.  also  c.  dat. 
only,  though  an  inf  should  oft.  be 
supplied,  as  in  Xen.  Mem.  2,  1,  32, 
etc. : — absol.,  it  is  likely,  probable. — ■ 
III.  the  partic.  is  very  freq.; — 1.  ol 
προςήκοντες  (with  or  without  γίνει), 
one's  ki7ismen,  relatives,  Hdt.   1,  216; 

3,  24,  etc.  ;  ονόματι  μόνον  προςήκον- 
τες,  Plat.  Symp.  179  C :  τό  ΰνεκαΟε 
τοϊσι  Κνψελίό?^σι  ην  προςτ^κων,  Hdt. 
6,  128  ;  so  prob.,  ai  προςήκονσαι  άρε• 
ταί,  hereditary  fair  fame,  Thuc.  4,  92  : 
—ονόεν  προςήκων,  one  who  has  no- 
thing to  do  with,  knows  nothing  of  the 
matter.  Plat.  Rep.  539  D  :  also  c.  gen.. 
Til  πράγματος  πρ.,  all  that  btlwigs  to 
the  subject,  Plat.  Legg.  643  Β  :  τί/ν 
προςί/κυνσαν  σωτηρίαν  έκπυριζεσβαι, 
one's  own  safety,  Thuc.  6,  83  ; — also 
befitting,  proper  to,  τινί.  Id.  1,  91  ; 
hence,  τά  προςήκοντα,  what  is  fit, 
seemly,  one's  duties,  Xen.  Cyr.  3,  3,  1, 
etc.  :  also,  to  πρυςηκον,  fitness,  pro- 
priety, έκτος  τον  πρυςι'ικοντος,  Eur. 
Heracl.  214  ;  μακρύτερα  τον  προςήκ.. 
Plat.  Crat.  413  A  ;  also  one's  due,  to 
πρ.  έκάστω  άποόιδόναι,  Id.  Rep.  332 
C  : — c.  inf,  ουδέν  προςήκοντ'  έν  γό- 
οις  παραστατείν,  one  who  has  nought 
to  do  with  assisting  in  sorrow,  Aesch. 
Ag.  1079;  προςήκοντα  ΰκοϋσαι,  fit  to 
hear.  Plat.  Rep.  496  A. — IV.  to  be  come 
in,  of  revenue  :  cf  πρόςειμι  (εΙμι). 

ΤΙρος7ΐλιύζω.  {προς,  ηλιάζω)  to  sun, 
put  in  the  su7i,  Geop. 

ΐΐροςήλιυς,  ov,  {προς,  ήλιος)  to- 
wards the  sun,  exposed  to  the  sun,  sun- 
ny, τόποι  ξηροί  και  πρ.,  Xen.  Cyn. 

4,  0. 

ΙΙρόςη?Μς,  ον,=^προςήλιος,  ί.  1.  in 
Theophr.,  etc. ;  it  ought  everywhere 
to  be  changed  into  πρόςειλος. 

ΥΙροςτιλόω.  ώ,  (προς,  ήλόω)  to  nail, 
pin  or  fix  to,  τι  Tivi,  Tt  ττρός  τι,  Plat. 
Phaed.  83  D,  Luc.  Prom.  2.— II.  to 
7iail  up,  Dem.  520,  19. 

ΙΙρος/ιλνσις,  ■ή,=  προςέλενσις,  ap- 
proach, arrival. 

Ώροςηλντενσις,  ή,  residence  as  a 
stranger,  [fi]  :  from 

Προ^7/Λ?''τεύω,  to  live  in  a  place  as 
a  stranger :  from 

Ώροςήλΰτος,  ov,  (ηροςέρχομαι) 
come  to,  that  has  arrived  at  a  place  ; 
hence  a  new-comer,  stranger,  LXX. : — 
in  N.  T.,  o«e  xcho  has  come  over  to  Ju- 
daism, a  convert,  proselyte.  (Acc.  to 
Valck.  Amnion.,  έπήλντοι,  προςτβν- 
τοι,  συνήλντοι  were  later  forms  for 
έπτ'/λυδες,  etc.) 

ΠροζΥ/Λωσίί,  ή,  {ιτροςηλόω)  a  nail- 
ing on  or  to. 

ΐΐράςημαι,  strictly  a  perf.  of  προ^- 


ΠΡΟΣ 
έζομαί,  to  sit  upon  or  dose  to,  c.  dat., 
δώμασιν,  Aesch.  Ag.  1191  ;  β^μοϊσι, 
Soph.  O.  T.  15 ;  rarely  c.  ace,  καρ- 
δίαν  τνροςήμενος,  Aesch.  Ag.  808  (cf. 
καθίζω  fin.): — generally,  to  be  or  lie 
near,  ταύε  γα,  Aesch.  Pers.  880  : — to 
besiege,  Lat.  obsidere,  πνργοίΟί,  Eur. 
Rhes.  390. 

Τίροσημαίνω,  (ττρό,  σημαίνω)  to  pre- 
signify,  foretell,  announce,  esp.  of  the 
gods.Hdt.  1,45,  Eur.  Supp.  213,  Xen., 
etc. ;  so  of  Socrates'  Genius,  Xen. 
Mem.  1,  1,  4. — II.  metaph.,  to  declare 
beforehand, proclaiin,  etc.,  τη>ί  Tl,  Eur. 
Med.  725 ;  of  a  herald,  Hdt.  6,  77 ; 
rrp.  Tivi,  c.  inf.,  of  the  Pythia,  lb.  123. 
Hence 

Προσιιααντικός,  ή.  όν,  signifying 
beforehand,  Diod.,  Ath.  490  A  :  and 

Ίΐροσημΰσία,  ας,  ή,  aforetoken, prog- 
nostic, Strab.,  Diod. 

ΐΐροσημεώω,  ω,  (ττρό,  σημειόω)  to 
sig)iify  beforehand: — mid.,  ίο  mark  or 
note  for  one's  self  beforehand,  LXX. 

ΤΙροςήμερος,  ov,  {'προς,  ήμερα)  hap- 
pening in  one  day  Or  a  short  time,  Ar- 
temid.  ? — opp.  to  χρόνιος. 

ϋρόσημον,  ου,  τό,  {ττρό,  σήμα)  α 
foretoken,  presage. 

ΐΐροςήνεια,  ας,  ή,  {προςηνης)  mild- 
ness, softness,  gentleness. 

ΤΙροςήνεμος,  ov,  {προς,  άνεμος)  to- 
wards the  wind,  windward,  Xen.  Oec. 
18,  6. 

ΙΙροςηνής,  ές.  Dor.  ιτροςΰνης,  like 
ένηής,  soft,  gentle,  kind,  opp.  to  απη- 
νής, Einped.  229,  Pind.  P.  10,  99; 
•προςανέα  πίνειν,  to  drink  soothing 
draughts,  lb.  3,  93  ;  πρ.  τι  λέγειν,  to 
speak  smooth,  Thuc.  6,  77  ;  to  np. 
του  φβέγματος,  Luc.  Rhet.  Praec.  12: 
— also  c.  dat.,  7ινχνω  προςηνές,  i.  e. 
suitable,  fit  for  burning,  Hdt.  2,  94. 
Adv.  -νϊύς,  Hipp.  (Prob.  from  ίύς, 
έήος.)     Hence 

ΙΙροςηνίιι,  ή,  Ion.  for  προςήνεια. 

ΊΙροσήπω,  (πρό,  σήπω)  to  make  to 
rot  before  : — usu.  in  pass.,  with  pf.  2 
προσέσηπα,  to  grow  putrid,  rot  before- 
hand, Galen. 

ΐΐροςηχεω,  ω,  {προς,  ήχέω)  to  re- 
sound or  re-echo,  Plut.  Alex.  31. 

ΥΙροςηχής,  ες,  re-echoing,  v.  1.  Plut. 
Alex.  17. 

ΐΐροςηωος,  ov,  {προς,  ήώς)  Ion.  for 
προςεωος:  as  adv.  το  ποταώον  (Dor.), 
towards  morning,  Theocr.  4,  33,  cf. 
προςέσπερος. 

ΐΙηόσΟΰ,  adv.  Aeol.  for  πρόςθε, 
Apoll.  Dysc. 

Προςθάκέω,  ύ,  {προς,  θακέω)  to  sit 
beside,  near  or  upon,  εδραν.  Soph.  O. 
C.  1166. 

ΙΙροςθαλπω,  {προς,  θάλπω)  to  ivarm 
besides  or  at,  Joseph. 

ϊίροςθανμάζω,  ί.  -άσω,  to  admire  be- 
sides. 

ΤΙρόσθε,  Ion.  and  poet,  for  πρόσθεν, 

ΐΐρύςθεμα,  ατός,  τό,  (προςτίΟημι) 
an  addition,  appendage. — II.  =  πόσθη, 
membrum  virile,  Anth.  P.  12,  3,  Clem. 
Al. — III.  a  pessary,  Hipp. 

Πρόσθεν,  poet,  and  Ion.  -θε.  Lob. 
Phryn.  284  ;  adv. :  (ττρό,  Trpof.) 

A.  as  prep,  with  gen.  : — I.  of  place 
or  space,  before,  very  freq.  in  Horn., 
and  Hes. ,  with  various  collat.  notions, 
viz., — 1.  before  (by  way  of  defence), 
[σά/cof]  πρόσθε  στέρνοιο,  II.  7,  224  ; 
and  so,  like  πρό,  υπέρ,  for,  πρόσθε 
φίλων  τοκέων  άλόχων  τε  και  υιών, 
II.  21,  587,  cf.  Od.  8,  524.— 2.  in  front 
of,  outside,  πρ.  πυλάων,  πρ.  πόλιος, 
11.  12,  145  ;  22,  464,  etc.— 3.  just  be- 
fore, close  to,  II.  19,  13 ;  πρόσθε  πο- 
δός, U.  23,  877  ;  and  Att.,  as  Aesch. 
Pers,  447,  Eum.  46;— also,  -b  πρό- 


ΠΡΟΣ 

σϋεν  τινός.  Flat.  Rep.  618  Α.— The 
gen.  sometimes  stands  before  πρό- 
σθεν, II.  4,  54  :— when  it  seems  to  be 
followed  by  a  dat.,  as  in  II.  5,  300, 
Od.  5,  452,  this  dat.  must  be  connect- 
ed with  the  verb,  and  πρόσθεν  taken 
as  adv. — II.  of  time,  before,  πρόσθ'' 
άλλων,  II.  2,  359,  Soph.  Phil.  778, 
Xen.  Cyr.  7,  5,  43  :  also  put  after  its 
gen.,  των  πρόσθ'.  before  them,  Hes. 
Th.  746,  Aesch.  Pers.  529. 

B.  as  adv. :— I.  of  place  or  space, 
before,  in  front,  oft.  in  Hom.,  Hes., 
and  Hdt.,  esp.  with  collat.  notion  of 
defending,  e.  g.  πρόσθεν  έχειν,  Hom. 
— 2.  on,  forward,  ίππους  πρόσθε  βα- 
λεϊν,  II.  23,  572 ;  so,  ϊπποϋς  may  be 
easily  supplied  in  πρόσθε  βα7.όντες, 
driving  before,  outstripping,  11.  23,  639. 
— 3.  πρόσθεν  θεΐναι  or  ήγείσθαί  τι 
τινός,  to  prefer  one  thing  to  another, 
Eur.  Hec.  131,  Incert.  3,  6  ;  so,  τινά 
πρόσθεν  άγειν  τινός.  Id.  Bacch.  225; 
πρ.  ποιείσθαι.  Plat.  Legg.  732  Β. — 
4.  in  Att.  oft.  with  the  art.,  ό,  ή,  το 
πρόσθεν,  the  first,  foremost,  b  πρ.,  the 
front  rank  man,  Xen.  Cyr.  2,  2,  8;  εις 
TO  πρόσθεν,  forward,  farther,  to  the 
front,  Hdt.  8,  89,  Xen.,  etc. ;  εις  τό 
πρόσθεν  των  όπλων,  Xen.  An.  3,  1, 
33  ;  opp.  to  όπισθεν  or  δπιθεν,  II.  5, 
595  ;  6,  181.— II.  of  time,  before,  for- 
merly, erst,  Horn.,  Hes.,  etc. ;  ού  πρό- 
σθεν, not  before,  Od.  17,  7  ;  οι  πρό- 
σθεν άνδρες,  the  men  of  old,  II.  9,  524 ; 
so,  τοϋ  πρόσθε  Κάδμου  τον  πάλαι  τ' 
Άγήνορος,  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  268  : — ό,  ή, 
τό  πρόσθεν,  earlier,  foregoing,  ή  πρ. 
ήμερα,  νύξ,  Xen.  Cyr.  2,  3,  1  ;  ό  πρ. 
χρόνος.  Id. ;  τά  πρόσθεν,  times  bygone, 
etc. :  also,  τόπροσθεν,  as  adv.,  for- 
merly, 11.  23,  583,  Od.  4,  688  ;  and  so, 
Tu  πρ.,  Aesch.  Ag.  19  : — also,  έν  τοις 
πρόσθε,  like  Lat.  supra. 

C.  foil,  by  a  relat.,  τΓρ.  πρίν,  before.., 
Lat.  priusquam,  Pind.  p.  2,  169,  Xen. 
Cyr.  1,  2,  8  ;  πρόσθεν  η..,  Soph.  Ο.  Τ. 
736,  etc. ;  πρόσθεν  πριν  ή,  Xen.  Cyr. 
1,  4,  23:  also,  like  Lat.  potius,  πρ. 
άποθανείν  ή..,  to  die  sooner  than..,  Id. 
An.  2,  1,  10.     Cf.  π(}ίν  II.  6. 

ΙΙρόςθεσις,  εως,  ή,  (προςτίθημΐ)  α 
putting  to,  τίνος  προς  τι,  Thuc.  4, 
135;  κλιμάκων,  Polyb.  5,  60,  7.-2. 
«71  adding,  attaching,  τον  έτερον  τω 
έτέρφ.  Plat.  Phaed.  97  A  :  also,  an 
addition,  Arist.  Eth.  N.  7,  4,  3 ;  of  the 
mode  of  a  proposition,  Id.  An.  Post.  1, 
27  (cf.  πρόςρησις). — 3.  α  long  series, 
Mus.  Vett. 

ΙΙροςθετέον,  verb.  adj.  of  προςτίθη- 
μι,  one  must  add.  Plat.  Symp.  206  A : 
one  must  teach,  Tivi  ποιείν  τι,  Xen. 
Mem.  2,  1,  2. 

Ώροςθετέω,  v.  πρόςθετος  fin. 

ΪΙροςθέτησις,  εως,  ή,  {προςτίθημι) 
addition,  Diog.  L.  10,  94. 

ΐΐρόςθετος,  ov,  verb.  adj.  of  προς- 
τίθημι,  added,  put  or  fitted  to,  Xen.  Eq. 
12,  6  :  put  on,  of  false  hair,  Xen.  Cyr. 
1,  3,  2  ;  cf  περίθετος. — II.  given  up  to 
the  creditor  (of  debtors),  Lat.  addic- 
tus,  Plut.  Lucull.  20.— III.  προςθετόν, 
τό,  like  πρόςθεμα  III,  apessary,  Hipp., 
and  Theophr.  :  hence  προςθετέω,  to 
make  or  apply  a  pessary,  Hipp.  505. 

Τίροςθέω,  f.  -θεύσομαι,  {προς,  θέω) 
to  run  towards  or  to,  τιΐ'ί,  Xen.  Cyr.  5, 
3,20:  absol.,  Id.  An.  5,  7,  21. 

ΤΙρόςθη,  ή,=πρόςθεσις,  only  in  He- 
sych . 

ΪΙροςθήκη,  ης,  ή,  {προςτίθημι)  an 
addition,  appendage,  supplement.  Plat. 
Rep.  339  Β  ;  έν  μέρει  προςθήκης,  by 
way  of  appendage,  Dem.  22,  4  ;  37,  4  : 
— hence,  an  accident,  mere  circumstance, 
Dem.  1477,  20:  πάσίν  είσι  πράγμασι 
προςθήκαι  δύο,  everything  has  two 


ΠΡΟΣ 

modes  of  doing,  Id.  645,  3  :  hence, — 2, 
an  appendix,  episode,  digression,  Hdt.  4, 
30,  cf.  Arist.  Rhet.  1,  1,  3.-3.  a  con- 
clusion, issue,  Aesch.  Ag.  500. — II.  aid, 
help,  assistance.  Soph.  O.  T.  38  ;  esp. 
of  an  adventitious  kind,  Dem.  777,  1. 
— HI.  Gramm.,apariic/e,Longin.21,2. 

ΐϊρόςθημα,  ατός,  τό,  =  πρόςθεμα, 
Eur.  El.  191  (v.  1.  πρόθημα). 

ΐΐροςθιγγάνω,  f.  -θίξω  :  aor.  πρης- 
έθΐγον,  inf.  προςθιγειν  {προς,  θιγγά- 
νω) : — to  touch,  τινός,  Aesch.  Cho. 
1059,  Soph.  Phil.  9,  817 ;  χερί,  with 
the  hand,  Eur.  Heracl.  652. 

Ήροσθίδιος,  a,  ov,  poet,  for  sq., 
Nonn.  [t] 

Πρόσθιος,  a.  ov,  {πρόσθεν)  the  fore- 
most, opp.  to  οπίσθιος,  o'l  πρ.  πόδες, 
the  fore  feet,  Hdt.  2,  69  ;  tu  πρ.  κύλα. 
Plat.  Tim.  91  Ε  ;  so,  βάσιν  χερσί 
προσθίαν  καθαρμόσας,  i.  e.  using  the 
hands  as  fore-feet,  Eur.  Rhes.  210  : — ■ 
ττρ.  θρίξ,  Achae.  ap.  Ath.  690  Β  -.—πρ. 
τραύματα,  Lat.  volnera  adversa,  Anth. 
P.  9,  279. 

Τ1ροςθ7ύβω,  f.  -ψω,  {προς,  θλίβω) 
to  press  still  more,  Plut.  [i]     Hence 

ΤΙρύςθλιιΙιις,  ή,  a  pressing  against. 

Τίροσθόδομος,  ov,  {πρόσθε,  δόμος) 
dwelling  in  a  house  before,  the  chief  of  a 
house,  Aesch.  Cho.  321. — II.  as  subst., 
ό  ττρ.,  the  front-room,  opp.  to  οπισθό- 
δομος, the  back-room. 

Ώροςθοΰ,  imperat.  aor.  2  mid  from 
προςτίθημι. 

Ώροςθροέω,  ώ,  {προς,  θροέω)  to  ad- 
dress, call  by  a  navne,  Aesch.  Pr.  595. 

Ώροςθνμιος.  ov,  {προς,  θυμός)  ac- 
cording to  one's  mind,  welcome,  τινί, 
Anth.  [f] 

ΤΙροςΙατρεύω,  to  heal  besides,  Hipp. 

ΤΙροςΙδεΙν,  inf.,  and  προςίδών,  part, 
from  aor.  προςείδον,  q.  v. 

ΪΙροςιζάνω,  [προς,  ίζάνω)  to  sit  by 
or  near,  attach  to,  rest  on,  κείνη  μώμος 
οΰ  προΓίζάνει,  Simon.  Amorg.  84 ; 
generally,  to  remain  by  or  near. — II.  to 
be  always  near,  cling  to,  pursue,  Lat. 
instare,  τινί,  Aesch.  Theb.  696  ;  also, 
πρύς  Tiva,  Id.  Pr.  276. 

ΤΙροςίζω,  f.  -ιζήσω,  {προς,  ΐζω)  to  sit 
by  ;  c.  ace,  to  come  and  sit  near,  βω• 
μόν,  Aescli.  Supp.  186 ;  "λρτεμιν, 
Eur.  Hec.  935  (cf  καθίζω  fin.) ;  περί 
TU  βήματα.  Plat.  Rep.  564  D. 

ΐΐροςίημι,  fut.  προςήσω,  mid.  -ήσο- 
μαι :  aor.  1  προςήκα,  mid.  -ηκύμ7]ν 
{προς,  ϊημι).  To  send  to  or  towards, 
let  come  to,  τινά  προς  τό  πυρ,  Xen. 
An.  4,  5,  5  :  to  apply,  τινί  τι,  Id.  Cyn. 
10,  11. 

B.  usu.  in  mid.,  προςίεμαι,  to  let  come 
to  or  near  one,  admit,  προςίεμαί  τίνα 
ές  ταΰτό  έμαντώ,  Ι  admit  one  into  my 
society,  Xen.  An.  3,  1,  30,  cf  Plat. 
Phaedr.  255  A  ;  τον  πό?.εμον  εις  την 
χώραν,  Dem.  124,  5  : — πρ.  ουδέν,  αί- 
σχρόν,  like  Lat.  admittere,  Xen.  Cyr. 
7,  1,  13. — 2.  to  admit,  approve,  agree  to, 
allow,  believe,  Hdt.  1,  75,  135.  etc.,  Eur. 
El.  622  ;  ττρ.  r«  κεκηρνγυ,ενα,  to  agree 
to  the  proposed  terms.  Thuc.  4,  38 ; 
cf  Plat.  Phaed.  97  B.— 3.  to  submit  to, 
ήτταν,  Xen.  Cyr.  3,  3,  45. — 4.  c.  inf , 
to  undertake  or  venture  to  do,  Xen. 
Mem.  2,  7,  11,  Plat.  Legg.  908  Β  :  but 
also  c.  ace.  pers.,  ουδέν  προςίετό μιν, 
nothing  moDed  or  pleased  him,  Hdt.  1, 
48 ;  so,  tv  δ'  ov  προςίεταί  με,  one 
thing  pleases  me  not,  Ar.  Eq.  359,  cf. 
Vesp.  742. 

ΐΐροςικνέομαι,  f.  -ίξομαι,  {προς, 
Ικνέομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  come  to,  arrive 
at,  reach,  έπί  rt,  Aesch.  Ag.  792: — 
also  C.  gen.,  to  reach  so  far  as,  come  up 
to,  come  at,  Aesch.  Cho.  1033,  cf  Ar. 
Eq.  761  :  esp.,  to  come  to  as  a  suppliant, 
c.  acc.  loci,  Aesch.  Cho.  1035.  Hence 
137^ 


ΠΡΟΣ 

Τίβοςίκτης,  =  sq.,  suppliant,  Mos- 
chiori  ap.  Stob.  p.  561,  34. 

ΤΙμοςίκτωρ,  opoc,  ό,  one  that  comes 
to  the  temples,  like  ικέτης,  a  suppliant, 
Aesch.  Euin.  441 :  but  also, — 11.  pass., 
he  to  whom  one  comes  as  a  suppliant,  of 
a  god,  a  protector,  lb.  120,  v.  Miiller 
Eum.  ()  CO,  not. ;  cf.  άφίκτωρ,  ττρος- 
τρύπαιος. 

ΪΙροσίνομαι,  (ττρό,  σίνομαι)  dep.,  to 
hurl  before,  Aretae.  [ί] 

ΤΙροςίτζ-χά^ομαι,  {προς,  ίππύζομαι) 
dep.  mid.,  Diod. ;  and  προςιππεΰω, 
{ίππευα)  Thuc.  2,  79,  to  ride  up  to, 
charge. 

Ώροςίπταμαι,  later  pres.  for  προς- 
■κέτομαι,  q.  v. 

ΙΙροςίστημι,  (προς,  ΐστημι)  to  place 
near,  bring  near,  τι  πρύς  Τι,  Eur.  Tro. 
103.— 2.  to  weigh  out  to,  τινί  τι.  Ma- 
cho ap.  Ath.  243  F. — 3.  to  stop  or  check, 
e.  g.  blood  liowing  from  a  wound, 
Hipp. 

11.  usu.  in  pass,  προςίσταμαι,  with 
intr.  tenses  of  act.,  to  stand  near  to, 
by,  beside  or  at.  τινί,  f  Idt.  5,  51  ;  πΰ• 
λαις,  Aesch.  Theb.  12G,  cf.  Ar.  Ach. 
C83  ;  also,  to  come  to,  c.  ace,  Aesch. 
Pars.  203  :  —  inetaph.,   πραςίσταταί 
μοι,  it  comes  into  my  head,  occurs  to 
me,  Plat.  Symp.  175  D,  Theaet.  173  j 
D  :  cf.  προίστημι  Β.  I. — 2.  to  set  one's  \ 
self  against  or  opposite  to,  oppose,  at-  j 
tack,  press  hard  upon,  Lat.  instare,  τινί, 
Hipp.  ;  προς  τι.  Plat.  Phil.  41  _B.—  I 
3.  to  offend,  give  offence  to,  τοις  ακον- 
ονσιν,  Dem.  1393,  16  :  impers.,  προς- 
ίυταταί  μοι,  it  is  offensive  or  revolting 
to  me,  Schiif  Dion.  Comp.  p.  l4l. 

ΐίρηςιστορέω,  ώ,  (προς,  ίστορέω)  to 
narrate  besides,  C.  acc.  et  illf,  Plut. 
Themist.  27. 

Ώροςισχναίνω,  {προς,  ίσχναίνω)  to 
dry  up  besides,  Hipp.  999,  in  pass. 

ΐΐροςισχ^ύω,  {προς,  ισχύω)  to  be  able 
to  do  a  thing  besides,  Sext.  Emp.  p. 
528.  [0] 

ΙΙροςίσχω,=  προςέχω,  freq.  in  Hdt. 
(who  uses  both  forms) ;  to  hold  a  thing 
against,  την  ασπίδα  πρύς  το  όύπεόον, 
lidt.  4,  200  : — esp.  (seemingly  intr.) 
of  seamen,  to  put  to  land,  Hdt.  3,  136, 
etc. ;  in  full,  Μα/.έα  προησχων  πρώ- 
pav,  Eur.  Or.  362,'  cf.  Thuc.  4,  30; 
cf  προςέχωΐ.  2: — m\a.,tostickorcleai'e 
to,  τινός,  but  also  τινί,  Ar.  Plut.  1096. 
ΙΙροςΙτέον,  verb.  adj.  of  πρόςειμι 
(εΙμι),  one  must  go  to  or  approach.  Plat. 
Theaet.  179  D. 

ΙΙροςιτενομαι,  as  pass.,  to  be  access- 
ible, Geop. 

ΐΐροςί-ός.ι),  όν,{πρόςειμι)  approach- 
able, Plut.  Philop.  15. 

ΙΙροςκαθαίρεω,  ώ,  to  take,  pull,  or 
tear  down  besides. 

ΤΙροςιιαϋέζομαι,  dep.  mid.,  but  in 
later  writers  c.  aor.  pass,  προςκαβε- 
σθηναι  (v.  1.  Aeschin.  77,  33,  cf.  Lob. 
Phryn.  269),  while  in  strict  Att.  προς. 
καθεζόμην  is  aor.  mid.  (προς,  καΟέζη- 
μαΐ).  To  sit  down  before  a  town,  be- 
siege it,  Lat.  obsidere,  πάλιν,  Thuc.  1, 
26 ;  T>j  πάλει,  Polyb.  3,  98,  7  :— absol., 
Thuc'.  1,  134  ;  in  full  πολιορκίφ  πρ.. 
Id.  1,  11  : — to  sit  by  and  watch,  τοις 
■πράγμασιν,  Dem.  14,  15. 

ΤΙροςκαΟέλκω,  f.  -ξω:  aor,  1  -είλκϋ- 
σα  (cf  ί;λκο),  έλκύο))  ■ — to  haul  down 
besides,  e.  g.  ships,  Lat.  una  deducere, 
Plut.  Camill.  8, 

ΤΙροςκαθήκω,  to  come  down  to  :  gen- 
erally ,=-ρο(•7ίίίω,  LXX. 

ΙΙροςκύθη'λόο,  ώ,  {προς,  καθηλόω) 
to  nail  fast  to,  Clem.  Λ1. 

ΏροςκύΟημαι,  Ion.  -κάτημαι,  strict- 
ly pf.  of  προΓκαθέζομαι,  like  πρόςιι- 
μαι,  to  sit  by  or  near,  to  sit  constantly 
by  one•,  to  live  with  him,  τινί,  Hdt.  6, 
1274 


ΠΡΟΣ 
94  ;  esp., — II.  to  sit  down  before  a  town, 
besiege  it,  Lat.  obsidere,  c.  dat.,  Hdt. 
2,  157 ;  absol.,  Hdt.  5,  104,  Thuc.  7, 
48,  etc. — III.  to  rest  or  be  upon,  τινί, 
Theophr. 

Προςκαθίζω,  {προς,  καθίζω)  to  set 
down  by,  near. — II.  intr.,  to  sit  down  by 
or  near,  θάκον  πρ-,  Eur.  Hei.  895  ;  cf 
Plat.  Apol.  31  A.     Hence 

ΙΙρηςκάθΙσις,  η,  a  sitting  by,  near, 
V.  1.  Plut.  2,  166  A. 

Προςκαθιστημι,  {προς,  καΟίστημι) 
to  appoint  besides,  Plut.  Kom.  7. 

Ώροςκαθοπλίζω.{πρός,καϋοπλίζω) 
to  arm  or  equip  besides,  Plut.  Cleom. 
23.  ,  ■  , 

Προςκαθοράω,  ώ,  {προς,  καθοράω) 
to  behold  besides,  τι,  Plat.  Charm.  172 
B. 

ΪΙροςκαινόυ,  ώ,  {προς,  καινόω)  to  re- 
new III  addition,  prob.  1.  Plut.  2, 273  C. 

ΤΙρόςκαφος,  ov,  {προς,  καιρός)  at 
the  right  time,  seasonable,  Plut.  Pelop. 
15. — II.  lasting  but  for  a  time,  opp.  to 
αβύνατος  :  transitory,  N.  T. 

ΥΙροςκαίω,  f  -κανσω.  {προς,  καίω) 
to  set  on  fire  or  barn  besides,  Theophr. : 
— pass.,  σκενη  προς  κ  ε  καν  μεν  a,  pots 
burnt  at  the  fire,  Ar.  Vesp.  939  ;  ine- 
taph., προςκαίεσθαί  τινι,  to  be  in  love 
with...,  Aen.  Symp.  4,  23. 

ΤΙρυςκύκοπάθέω,  ώ,  to  feel  pain  or 
sorrow  at  a  thing,  τινί. 

ΪΙρυςκάκονργέω.  ώ,  to  do  one  an  ill 
turn  besides,  τινά,  Dio  C. 

ΤΙροςκύκόω,  ώ,  {προς,  κακόω)  to  treat 
ill,  damage  besides,  Hipp. 

ΐΐροςκαλέω,  ώ,  f.  -έσω,  (προς,  κα- 
λέω)  to  call  to,  call  on,  summon,  τινά. 
Soph.  Aj.  89.  Thuc.  8,  98,  Plat.  Meno 
82  A. — II.  mid.,  to  call  to  one's  self, 
esp.  to  call  to  one's  aid,  τινά,  Hdt.  1, 
69  ;  (but,  προΓκαλεΙσϋαί  τίνα  ές  λό- 
γους. Id.  4,  201,  is  f.  1.  for  προκαλ•) : 
to  invite,  Luc.  Asin.  51. — 2.  in  Alt., 
esp.  of  an  accuser,  to  call  another  into 
court,  summon,  accuse  him,  Ar.  Nub. 
1277,  etc.  ;  πρ.  τίνα  ν:3ρεως,  to  lay  an 
action  of  assault  against  him,  Ar.  Vesp. 
1417;  so,  πρ.  τίνα  ξενίας,  'λειποτα- 
ξίον,  etc.,  Oratt. ;  and  in  full,  όίκην 
ασεβείας  πρ.  προς  τον  βασιλέα,  Lys. 
104,  13,  cf.  Dem.  166,  32  :  so  in  pass., 
ό  προςκ'ληθείς,  the  party  summoned, 
Dem.  1190,  4  :  hence  πρόςκλησις, 
q.  V. 

Τίροςκάμνω,  {προς,  κάμνω)  to  work 
at  the  same  time,  Paus. 

Τίροςκάρδιος,  ov.Dor.  ποτικ-,{πρός, 
καρδία)  at  the  heart,  Bion    1,  17. 

Προςκαρτερέω,  ώ,{πρός.  καρτερέω) 
to  persist  in  a  thing,  apply  diligently  to 
it,  τινί,  Polyb.  1,  55,  4  :  ab.sol.,  to  per- 
severe, Xcn.  Hell.  7,  5,  14. — 2.  to  ad- 
here firmly  to  a  man,  be  faithful  to  him, 
τινί,  Dem.  1386,  6,  cf  Polyb.  24,  5,  3. 
— 3.  pass.,  ό  προςκαρτερονμενος  χρό- 
νος, time  diligently  employed,  Diod.  2, 
29.     Hence 

Προςκαρτέριισις,  ή,  perseverance, 
patience,  N.  T. 

ΐϊροςκαρφόω,  ώ,  to  blight  besides, 
ΐίρυςκαταβαίνω,  {προς,   καταβαί- 
νω) to  go  down  or  to,  descend  besides, 
Cebes. 

ΙΙραςκαταβάλλω,  to  pay  so  as  to 
make  up  a  deficiency.     Hence 

ΙΙροςκατάβλημα,  ατός,  τό,  that 
which  is  paid  afterwards  or  besides : 
in  plur.,  sums  paid  (from  other  funds) 
to  make  up  a  deficiency  in  the  revenue, 
Dem.  731,  5  and  11 : — προκαταβο?^/ 
(at  Athens)  being  the  sum  required  to 
be  advanced  beforehand  by  the  farmer 
j  of  the  revenue  ;  προςκατάβλιιμα.  to 
I  make   up    the  deficiency   afterwards, 

Bockh  P.  E.  2,  61,  sq. 
I      ΙΙροςκαταβολή,  ης,  ή,  {προςκατα- 


ΠΡΟΣ 

βάλλω)  α  paying  afterwards  or  besides, 
paying  to  make  up  a  deficiency ;  cf. 
foreg. 

ΊΙροςκαταβό?.ημα,  ατός,  TO,=foreg. 
ΪΙροςκαταγέ'λαστος,  σν,  laughed  ai 
besides,  Longus  :  from 

ΙΙροςκαταγε/.ύω,  ώ,  {προς,  καταγε 
λύω)  to  laugh  at  besides,  τινός,  Ath. 
508  Β. 

ΤΙροςκαταγιγνώσκω,  {προς,  κατα- 
γιγνώσκω)  to  condemn  besides,  Anlipho 
122,  44. — 11.  to  adjudge  or  award  to, 
τινί  τι,  Dem.  1281,  3. 

ΤΙρος καταγράφω,  i.  -φω,  {προς,  κα- 
ταγράφω) to  enrol  besides  ;  πρ.  βον- 
λευτήν,  to  enrol  as  a  new  member  oi 
the  council,  Dion.  H.  [ΰ] 

Ώροςκαταδείδω,  i.  -σομαι,  {προς, 
κατηδειόω)  to  fear  besides,  Uio  C 

Ώροςκαταδεικννμι,  {  προς,  κατα- 
δείκννμι)  to  point  out,  ordain  besides, 
DioC. 

ΤΙροςκαταόέω,  f.  -δήσω,  {προς,  κα• 
ταδέω)  to  fasten  to  besides,  Hipp. 

ΪΙροςκαταίρω  τω  στό'/.ω,  to  sail  down 
against,  Diod. 

ΪΙροςκαταισχννω,  { προς,  καται- 
σχύνω) to  disgrace  still  further,  Plut. 
Phoc.  22. 

Προςκατακλαίομαι,  {προς,  κατά, 
κ/Μΐω)  as  mid.,  to  lament  one  with 
another,  Polyb.  40,  2,  9. 

Ώροςκατακλνζω,  {προς,  κατακ7Λ- ' 
ζω)  Ιο  deluge  besides,  Plut. 

ΐΐροςκατακτάομαι,  { προς,  κατα- 
κτάομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  get  besides,  Po- 
lyb. 15,  4,  4. 

ΤΙροςκατακνκύω,  ώ,  {προς,  κατα- 
κνκάω)  to  mix  or  confuse  besides,  Hipp. 

ΤΙροςκαταλαλέω,  ώ,  to  talk  down  be- 
sides. 

ΐίροςκαταλαμβάνω,  {προς,  κατα- 
?.αμβάνω)  to  seize  besides,  Dio  C 

ΤΙροςκαταλέγω,  f  -ξω,  {προς,  κατα- 
?.έγω)  to  enrol  besides  or  iii  addition  to, 
τισί,  Plut.  C.  Gracch.  5,  Arat.  14  ;  in 
pass.,  Id.  Rom.  20. 

Τϊροςκατα'λείπω,  {προς,  καταλεί- 
πω) to  leave  behind  besides  as  a  legacy, 
τινί  τι,  Thuc.  2,  36  :  also,  to  leave  or 
lose  besides.  Id.  4,  62. 

Ώροςκατα/ίλάσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  f.  -ξω, 
to  reconcile  besides  : — pass.  c.  fut.  mid., 
to  become  reconciled  besides. 

Ίλροςκατανέμω,  {προς,  κατανέμω) 
to  allot  or  assign  besides,  Plut.  Solon 
19,  Cat.  Min.  33. 

ΤΙροςκατανοέω,  ώ,  {προς,  κατα- 
νοέω)  to  perceive  besides,  Epicur.  ap. 
Diog.  L.  10,  67,  72.  ^  Hence 

Ώρυςκατανάι^σις,  ή,  a  perceiving  be- 
sides, Epicur.  Ibid.  79. 

Τλροςκαταξαίνω,  {  προς,  καταξαί- 
νω)  to  scrape  or  bruise  all  m  pieces. 
Lye.  173. 

ΐΐροςκαταπηγννμι,  {προς,  καταπή- 
γννμι)  to  fasten  in  besides,  Ael. 

ΪΙροςκαταπλήσσω,  f.  -^ω,  (  προς, 
καταπλήσσω)  to  strike  with  terror  be- 
sides, Dio  C. 

Ώpoςκaτaπovτίζω.^=sq.,  Liban. 

Προςκαταποντόω,  ώ,  to  sink  ih  the 
sea  besides,  Dio  C. 

ΤΙροςκαταπράττομαι,  to  accomplish 
besides,  Aristid. 

ΐΐροςκαταπρί,θω,  to  burn  besides. 

ΊΊροςκαταπνκνοω,  ω,  to  make  still 
closer,  stop  up  more  closely,  Plut. 

ΐΐροςκατΰρίθμέω,  ώ,  {προς,  κατα- 
ριβμέω)  to  count  besides,  Plut.  Marcell. 
30. 

Προςκαταββή•}νϋμι,  to  break  down 
besides. 

ΤΙρυςκατασήπω,  {προς,  καταστ/πω) 
to  make  rotten  besides  .—pass.,  with  pf 
2,  to  decay  or  rot  besides,  Hipp. 

Ώροςκατασκάπτω,  to  undermine,  de- 
stroy besides,  Joseph. 


ΠΡΟΣ 

ΤΙροςκα-ασκενάζω,  ( προς,  κατα- 
οκενύζω)  to  furnish,  prepare  besides, 
έμ-όβίον,  Dem.  467,  9  ;  so  in  mid., 
Arist.  Top.  3,  2,  11.— Pass.,  to  be  so 
furnished  or  prepared,  Dein.  365,  25. 

ΐΐροςκατασττάω,  f.  •ύσω,  (προς,  «α- 
τασ~άω)  to  draw  down  besides,  esp. 
ships  into  the  sea,  like,  προςκαθέλκω, 
Polyb.  4,  53,  1. 

ΤΙροςκαταστρέφω,  f.  -i/'u,  (προς,  κα- 
ταστρέου)  to  put  under,  subject  besides  : 
— mid.,  to  subject  to  one's  self  besides, 
Dion.  H. 

ΤΙροςκατασίφω,  {προς,  κατασίφω) 
to  pull  down,  destroy  besides,  Anth. 
[6] 

ΤΙροςκατατύσσω,  (προς,  κατατάσ- 
σω) to  append,  subjoin,  Polyb.  3,  20,  1. 

ϋροςκατατείνω,  {προς,  κατατείνω) 
to  stretch  out  or  extend  besides,  Hipp. 

ΐίροςκατατίθημί,  (πρύς,  κατατίθη- 
μΐ)  to  pay  down  besides,  make  a  further 
deposit,  Ar.  Nub.  1235,  Plat.  Theag. 
128  A. 

ΐΐροςκατατρέχω,  (προς,  κατατρέ- 
χω) to  overrun  or  ravage  besides,  Joseph. 

ΤΙροςκαταφεύγω,  to  flee  or  escape  to 
one,  Tivi. 

ΤΙροςκαταφρονέω,  ώ,  (προς,  κατα- 
φρονέω)  to  despise  besides,  Dio  C. 

ΐΐροςκαταχέω,  f.  -χενσω,  {προς,  κα- 
ταχέω)  to  pour  out  besides  or  still  more, 

ΐΙροςκαταχβάομαι.ί--?/σομαι,{πρός, 
καταχράοααί)  dep.  mid.,  to  kill  besides, 
Dio  C. 

ΙΙροςκατα-φενδομαι,ί-σομαι,{πρός, 
καταφενδομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  tell  more 
lies  of,  τινυς,  Polyb.  12,  13,  3,  Dio  C. 

11ροςκατερ}άζομαί,(.-ύσομαί,{πρός, 
κατερ")  ύζομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  accomplisk 
besides. — 2.  to  despatch  or  kill  besides, 
Dio  C. 

Ώρυςκατερείπω,  (προς,  κατερείπω) 
to  throw  dOwn  besides,  Paus.  3,  7,  10. 

ΤΙροςκατεσβίω,  f.  -έδομαι,  (προς, 
κατεσθίω)  to  eat  besides,  Alex.  Pan- 
liych.  1,  5. 

Τίροςκατενχομαι,  f.  -ξομαι,  (προς, 
κατεύχομαί)  dep.  mid.,  to  curse  besides 
or  at  the  same  time,  Theophr. 

ΤΙροςκατέχω,  f.  -καθίζω,  (προς,  κα- 
τέχω) to  detain  besides  or  near,  Hipp. 

ΙΙροςκατηγορέω,  ώ,  (προς,  κατι/γο- 
ρέω)  to  accuse  besides,  έπίόείξίν  προς- 
κατή-/,  τίνα,  to  accuse  one  also  of  ma- 
king a  display,  Thuc.  3,  42  ;  πρ.  τί- 
νος δη..,  Xen.  Mem.  2,  6,  34.— II.  in 
the  logic  of  Arist.,  to  attribute  or  pre- 
dicate besides,  τινί  Tt,  Arist.  Interp. 
10,  3. 

ΐΐροςκύτημαι.  Ion.  for  προςκάθη- 
μαι.  Hdt. 

ΪΙροςκατοικίζω,  to  remove  to  another 
settlement,  Arr. 

ΤΙροςκατόμνΰμι,  (προς,  κατόμννμι) 
ίο  adjure  be.-^ides  : — pass.,  to  take  an 
oath  bcsidef,  Pausan. 

Προςκατοβθόω.ω,(πρός,κατορθόω) 
to  assist  besides,  Heliod.  6,  13. 

Ώροςκαν?ύω,  ώ,  (προς,  κανλεω)  to 
put  forth  a  stalk  or  stem  besides,  Hipp. 

Πρόςκανμα.  ατός,  τό,  (προςκαίω) 
that  which  is  kindled. — II.  a  kindling, 
burning,  LXX. 

Τίροςκανστίκός,  η,  όν,  (προςκαίω) 
apt  to  burn  the  meat,  of  a  cook,  Posi- 
dipp.  ap.  Alh.  662  A,  of.  Ar.  Vesp. 
939. 

Τϊρόςκειμαι,  Ion.  -κέομαι,  (προς, 
κεϊμαι)  as  pass.  : — to  lie  beside  or  upon, 
ονατα  προςέκειτο,  handles  were  vpnn 
it,  II.  18,  379  ;  -^  βίφα  προςκεΐσθαί, 
ίο  lie  at,  keep  dose  to  the  door,  Ar. 
Vesp.  142.  cf  Eur.  Phoen.  739:  ό 
προςκείμενος  'ίππος,  the  inside  horse 

1  turning  a  corner).  Soph.  El.  722. — 
I,  of  a  womaiij  to  lie  with,  to  be  given 


ΠΡΟΣ 

to  wife,  τινί,  Hdt.  1,  196,  cf.  προςτί- 
θημι :  generally,  to  be  involved  in  or 
bound  up  xvith,  χρηστύ,  κακώ.  Soph. 
El.  240,  1040;  (but  άΪβο,  κακόν  προς- 
κείται  TivL,  Soph.  Ant.  1243,  cf.  infra). 
— III.  to  be  attached  OT  devoted  to,  τινί, 
Hdt.  6,  61 :  also  of  things,  πρ.  τώ  λε- 
γομένω,  to  put  faith  in  a  story,  Hdt.  4, 
11 ;  πρ.  οίνω.  to  be  given  to  wine,  Hdt. 
1,  133  ;  Ty  φιλοινίχι,  Hdt.  3,  34  ;  also, 
to  devote  one's  self  to  a  business,  ύγραις, 
Soph.  Aj.  406,  cf.  Plat.  Soph.  254  A. 
— IV.  to  press  upon,  entreat,  solicit,  like 
έγκειμαι,  τινί,  Hdt.  1,  123  ;  hence,  in 
bad  sense,  to  press  close  or  hard,  pur- 
sue closely,  τινί,  Hdt.  9,  57,  cf.  40,  60  ; 
so,  Scph.  Ant.  94,  Thuc.  4,  33,  etc.  ; 
TO  προςκείμενον,  the  enemy,  Hdt.  9, 
61. — V.  to  fall  to  one,  belong  ίο  him, 
τινί,  Hdt.  1 , 1 18,  1 19  ;  2.  83,  etc.  ;  πρ. 
Tivl  δονΑος,  Eur.  Tro.  185  :  to  be  put 
upon,  τη  πό/.ει.  Plat.  Apol.  30  Ε  ;  esp. 
of  punishments,  to  be  laid  upon,  τινί, 
Xen.  Yect.  4,  21. —  VI.  to  be  added, 
τινί,  Eur.  Ale.  1039  ;  επί  τινι.  Id.  He- 
racl.  483  ;  προς  τινι,  Eur.  Rhes.  162  : 
absoL,  ή  χάρις  προςκείσεται.  Soph. 
Ο.  Τ.  232  ;  cf.  Plat.  Crat.  393  D. 

Ί1ροςκέλ7.ω,  (προς,  κέλ'/.ω)  to  push 
to  latid,  land,  νήσω,  Orph.  Arg.  1048. 

ΤΙροσκέπτομαι,  dep.  mid.,=  irpo- 
σκοπέω,  q.  v. 

Ώροςκερδαίνω,  f.  -δήσω,  (προς,  κερ- 
δαίνω)  to  gain  besides,  Dem.  1292,  6, 
Polyb. 

ΙΙροςκεφα?.ύδιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from 
sq.,  Eust.  [ΰ] 

ΙΙροςκεφά'λαιον,  ov.  τό,  {προς,  κε- 
φαλή) a  cushioii  for  the  head,  pillow,  Ar. 
Plut.  542,  etc. :  but,  also,  a  cushion 
for  sitting  on,  esp.  a  boat-cushion.  Cra- 
tin.  Ώρ.  18,  cf.  Theophr.  Char.  2. 

ΐΙροςκεφύ?.η,  ^,=foreg.,  LXX. 

ΤΙροςκϊ/δής,  ές,  (προς,  κήδος)  bring- 
ing into  alliance  or  kindred,  ξεινοσύνη, 
Od.  21,  35;  or,  ace.  to  others,  kind, 
affectionate. — II.  akin  to,  allied  xvith, 
τινί,  Hdt.  8,  136. 

Τίροςκήδομαι,  (προς,  κήδομαήάβρ., 
to  care  or  provide  for  besides,  rejected 
by  Schaf.  Soph.  Aj.  argum. 

ΤΙροσκήνιον,  ov,  τό,  (πρό,  σκηνή) 
the  fore-part  or  entrance  of  a  tent,  LXX. 
• — II.  Lat.  proscenium,^ /.ογεΐον,  Po- 
lyb. 30,  13.  4,  Ath.  536  A. 

ΤΙροσκήπτω,  to  pretend. 

ΤΙροςκηρνκενομαι,  (προς,  κηρν- 
κενω)  dep.,  to  setid  a  herald  to  one, 
Thuc.  4,  118. 

Τίροςκηρνσσω,  Att.  -ττω.  (προς.  κη- 
ρύσσω) to  summon  by  herald,  Luc.  Pisc. 
39. 

ΤΙροσκΐαγραφέω,  ώ,  to  sketch  iii  out- 
line beforehand. 

ΤΙροσκίασμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  covering, 
skreen.   [ϊ] 

ΤΙροςκιγκ?ύζω,  (προς,  κιγκ?ύζω)  to 
move  to  and  fro  or  wag  (the  tail)  at : — 
pass.,  fii  ποτεκιγκλίσδεν  (Dor.  for 
προςεκιγκ?.ίζον)  how  nimbly  didst 
thou  tu'ist  about?  Theocr.  5,  117. 

ΤΙροςκινδϋνενω,  to  be  in  or  expose 
one's  self  to  danger. 

ΤΙροςκΙνέω,  ώ,  {προς,  κινέω)  to  move 
to  or  toivards :  pass.,  with  fut.  mid., 
sensu  obscoeno,  of  women,  Ar.  Eccl. 
256,  Pac.  902. 

Ώρόσκιον,  ov,  τό,  (πρό,  σκιά)  a  first 
sketch  or  outline,  Strab. 

ΊΙροσκιρτάω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  skip, 
hound  before.     Hence 

Τίροσκίρτ-ησις,  ή.  a  springing,  skip- 
pins,  bounding  before. 

ΤίροΓΚ/.αίω,  f.  -κ?Μνσομαι,  (προς, 
κ7.ηίω)  to  weep  at  or  during,  Ael.  V.  H. 
9,  39.     Hence 

ΐΐρόςκλανσις,  ή.  a  weeping  at  or  du- 
ring a  thing. 


ΠΡΟΣ 

ΤΙροςκλύω,  (προς,  κ?.άω)  as  pass., 
to  be  shattered  or  shivered  against,  XeD. 
Eq.  7,  6.  [u] 

ΤΙροςκ?.7ΐδονίζομαι,  f.  1.  for  προκ/.ψ 
δονίζομαι. 

Προςκ?.ηρόω,  ώ,  (προς,  κληρόω)  to 
assign  by  lot,  τινά  τινι,  Luc.  Amor. 
3  : — pass.,  to  be  attached  to  or  associated 
with,  τινί,  Plut.  2,  738  D.      , 

Τ1ρύςκ?.ησις,  εοις,  ή,  (προςκαλέω) 
a  judicial  summons  or  citation,  accusa- 
tion, Ar.  Vesp.  1041  ;  cf.  Dem.  1054, 
21,  sq.  ;  Att.  Proc.  p.  576,  and  v.  sub 
προςκα/.έω-     Hence 

ΐΐροςκλητικός,  η,  όν,  calling  to,  ad- 
dressing, Plut.  2,  354  D. 

ΤΙροςκλΙνής,  ές,  leaning  upon,  recum- 
bent, Geop. :  and 

ΤΙρόςκ/αντρον,  ov,  τό,  that  on  which 
one  leans,  an  easy  chair :  from 

ΤΙροςκ/.ίνω,  (προς,  κ?.Ίνω)  to  make 
to  lean  against,  put  to  or  against,  τί  τι- 
νι, Od.  21,  138, 165  -.—θρόνος  ποτικέ- 
κλΐται  (Dor.  pf.  pass.)  av-)y,  the  seat 
IS  turned  towards  the  light  of  the  fire, 
Od.  6,  308  (though  there  is  a  v.  1. 
αυτή,  sc.  κίονι,  which  Nitzsch  pre- 
fers) ;  vuTov  ποτίκεκλιμένον,  his 
back  thereon  reclined,  Pmd.  P.  1,  54. 
— II.  to  make  the  scale  incline  one  way 
or  the  other  :  hence,  to  turn  or  incline 
towards,  την  φΚΧ^^'  ''Όΐς  λόγοις,  τ.  1. 
Plut.  2,  36  D  : — and, — 2.  seemingly 
intr.  (sub.  έαντόι•),  to  incline  towards, 
to  be  attached  to  one,  join  his  party, 
Polyb.  4,  51,5.  [i]    Hence 

ΏρόςκλΙσις,  εως,  η,  an  inclining  to 
one  side  : — inclinaJion,  bias,  Polyb.  6, 
10,  10 ;  τινί.  to  one.  Id.  5,  51,  8. 

Ώροςκ/ν^ω,  f.  •νσω,  {πμός,  κλΐζω) 
to  wash  with  waves,  Xen.  Cyr.  6,  2, 22  ; 
also  c.  dat.,  τώ  δρει  προςκ/.νζει  τό 
πέλαγος.  Polyb.  5,  59,  5 ;  also,  προς 
τόπον,  Plut.  Dio  24.     Hence 

Τΐρόςκλνσις,  rj,  a  washing  with  waves, 
Diod. :  and 

ΤΙρόςκλΛ•σμα,  ατός,  τό,  water  for 
washing  out  or  rinsing. 

Τίροςκναίίΰ,  Att.  -κνύω  .'  f.  -κνήσυ 
{προς,  κναίω) : — to  rub  against : — mid., 
to  rub  one's  self  against  a  person  or 
thing,  τινί,  Xen.  Mem.  1,  2,  30,  cf. 
Plut.  2,  917  D. 

npof/ci';}(?(j,=foreg.,  poet.  ap.  Plut. 
2,  462  F. 

Ώ,ροςκννζάομαι,  dep.,=sq.,  Philo 
stratus. 

ϋροςκνϋζομαι,  (  προς,  κννζομαι  ) 
dep.,  to  whine  to  one  in  a  fmvning  jnan 
ner,  τινί,  esp.  of  a  dog,  Heliod. 

ΐΙροςκοιμίζομαι,Ά»γΆ»9.,{πρός.κοι• 
μίζω)  to  lie  down  and  sleep  beside,  ταΐζ 
κώ-αις,  Xen.  Hell.  5,  1,  19. 

Τίροςκοινόω,  ώ,  (προς,  κοινόω)  to 
commutiicate  to  one,  give  one  a  share, 
Tivi  άπό  τίνος,  Dem.  918, 1 :  also  in 
mill,  προςκοινόομαι,  Joseph. 

ΐΐροςκοινωνέω.ω,  (προς,  κοινωΐ'έω) 
to  partake  of  a  thing,  τινός.  Plat.  Soph. 
252  A,  Legg.  757  D. 

ΠροςκολΛύω,  ώ,  (προς,  κολλάω)  f. 
-ήσω,  ίο  glue  on  or  Ό  : — in  pass.,  gen- 
erally, to  be  fastened  to.  cleave  to,  Plat. 
Phaed.  82  E,  Legg.  723  B.     Hence 

ΤΙροςκό/.λ7}σις,  ή,  a  glueing  to : — 
metaph.,  adherence,  devotediuss,  Jo- 
seph. 

ΤΙροςκολλητός,  ή,  όν,  glued  to. 

ΤΙροςκο/ιλ.ίζω,  =  προςκολλύω.  An- 
them. 

ΐΐρόςκολλος.  ov.  Dor.  πατίκ-,^ 
προςκολλητέ)ς,  Pind.  Fr.  260. 

ίΐροςκομίδή,  ης,  ή,  a  conducting  or 
bringing  to. 

Ώροςκομίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (προς,  κομίζω) 
to  carry,  convey  to  a  place,  Xen.  Cyr. 
7.  3,  4':— mid.,  to  import^  lb.  6,  1,  23  ,' 
so  in  act.,  Id.  Oec,  11,  16.    Henea 
127=5 


ΠΡΟΣ 

ΤΙροςκομιστής,  οϋ,  δ,  one  who  brings, 
carries  to. 

Ώμόςκομμα,  ατός,  τό,  (πρυςκόπτω) 
α  stunihltiig,  false  step  : — the  result  of 
stumbling,  a  bruise,  hurt,  Ath.  97  F  : — 
metaph.,  α  hindrance,  offence,  LXX, 
N.T. 

Προσκοττέω,  pres.,  c.  fut.  προσκέ- 
ιρομαι,  aor.  προνσκε-φάμην  (no  pres. 
προσκέτττομαι  being  used  in  good 
Att.,  so  that  in  Thuc.  8,  06,  Elmsl. 
reads  ττρονσκε-το,  as  piqpf.  i'or  ττροϋ- 
σκέπτετο;  cf.  σκέπτομαι).  To  see 
beforehand,  neigh  well,  look  to,  τι,  Hdt. 
7,  10,  4;  177,"in  aor.;  so  Thuc.  1, 
120,  etc.,  in  pres. ;  and  so  in  pros. 
mid.,  Eur.  Med.  459  ;  πρ.  ΰτι..,  Thuc. 
3,  57  :  to  provide  for,  ττάΐ'τα.  Soph. 
Ant.  688,  Eur.  Ileracl.  470  ;  πρ.  μί/ 
παθεΐν,  to  provide  against  suffering, 
Thuc.  3,  83  :— also  in  mid.,  to  natch, 
take  care  of ,  τινά,  Eur.  I.  A.  1098  in 
pres.  mid.,  Ar.  Eq.  154  in  fut. — II.  to 
be  a  πρόσκοπος,  to  spy  or  reconnoitre 
beforehand,  Theophr.  Char.  25,  2. 
Hence 

ΥΙροσκοπη,  ης,  ή,  a  spying  or  recon- 
noitring beforeha7ld,τιvός,Ύb^lC.  1, 116. 

ΤΙρυςκοπή,  ης,  ή.  {προςκόπτω)=^ 
πρόςκομμα,  offence,  Polyb.  6,  7,  7  ;  πρ. 
και  α/.λοτρώτιις.  Id.  31,  18,  4. 

Ίλροσκύπιον,  ον,  τό,  (πρόσκοπος)  α 
shade  for  the  forehead  and  eyes,  visor, 
dub.  in  Ath. 

ΙΙρόσκοπος,  ov,  {πρό,  σκοπός,  σκο- 
ττέω)  seeing  beforehand,  foreseeing,  sa- 
gacious. Find.  Fr.  255  (for  Aesch. 
Eum.  105,  cf  άπρόσκοπος). — II.  ύ  πρ., 
an  outpost,  vidette,  Xen.  Lac.  12,  0 : 
and,  in  plur.,  a  reconnoitring  party,  Id. 
Cyr.  5,  2.  6.      • 

ΤίίΜςκόΰτω,  f.  •-■φω,  (προς,  κόπτω) 
to  strike  against,  esp.  with  the  foot  ; 
hence,  to  stumble,  Lat.  offendere,  Ar. 
Vesp.  275,  Xen.  Eq.  7, 6. — II.  metaph., 
to  give  umbrage  to,  offend,  hurt  one,  Tivi, 
Polyb.  5,  49,  5;  stronger  than  δνς- 
αρεστέω,  Id.  7,  5,  6. — 2.  to  take  offence, 
be  angry  at  one,  τινί,  Id.  1,  31,  7:  also 
of  things,  πρ.  τύ  ζτ/ν,  to  be  disgusted 
with  life,  Diod. : — so  also  sometimes 
in  pass.,  M.  Anton.  9,  3. 

ΐΐροσκορδοφύγέω,  ώ,  {πρό,  σκόρδον, 
φαγεΐν)  to  eat  garlic  first,  Diosc. 

ΐίρυςκορένννμι,  ι.  -έσω,  to  satiate 
besides,  disgust. 

ΐΐβοςκορτ'ις,  ές,=sq.,  Luc.  D.  Mort. 
26,  2. — II.  pass.,  sated. 

Ώρόςκορος,  ov,  {προς,  κόρος)  satiat- 
ing, palling.    Adv.  -ρως,  A  nth. 

ΪΙροςκοσμέω,  ώ,  {προς,  κούμεω)  to 
deck  besides,  add  ornament,  Plut.  2, 
316  D.  ubi  V.  Wyttenb.     Hence 

ΐΐροςκύσμημα,  ατός,  τό,  an  addi- 
tional ornament. 

ΤΙροσκοτόω,  ώ,  (πρό,  σκοτόω)  to 
darken,  cloud  over  beforehand,  Polyb.  I, 
48,  8. 

ΤΙρόςκράνος,  ov,  {προς,  κρανον)  on 
the  head:  to  πρόςκρ-.  Dor.  ποτίκρ.,^= 
προςκεφάλαιον,  Theocr.  15,  3. 

ΐΐροςκρεμύνννμι,  f.  -κρεμάσω,  {προς, 
κρεμύνννμι)  to  hang  a  thmg  on  or  to  : 
— pass.,  to  be  hung  up  to,  to  hang  up, 
Ar.  Fr.  187;  so,  προςκρέμαμαι,  Po- 
lyb. 2,  10,  4,  etc. 

ΤΙροςκρ/ιμνημι,  =  foreg.,  ύγκνραν 
•ποτι  ναι  κρημνύντων,  while  they  were 
hanging  the  anchor  to  the  ship,  Pind. 
P.  4,  41. 

ΙΙροςκρίνω,  {προς,  κρίνω)  to  adjudge 
or  award  to  : — pass.,  to  be  joined  with, 
to  be  assimilated,  secreted,  a  word  of 
the  Atomic  Philosophy,  Anaxag.  Fr. 
23.    Hence 

ΤΙρόςκρΙσις,  ή,  an  adjudging. — II. 
paes.,  union,  increase. 

Πρόςκρονμα,  ατός,  τό,  ίπροςκρονω) 
1276 


ΠΡΟΣ 

α  stumbling :  hence,  ηη  offence,  injury, 
Plut.  2,  137  Β,  ubi  v.  Wyttenb. 

Τίρύςκρονσις,  εως,  ή,  {προςκρονω)  a 
dashing  against  a  thing,  Plut.  2,  096 
A.  —  II.  offence,  πρύςκρονσιν  προς- 
κρονειν  τινί,  to  give  him  offence.  Id. 
Cic.  34,  cf.  2,  138  E,  etc. 

ΤΙρόςκρουσμα,  ατός,  τό,  =  ττρός- 
κρουμα,  Dem.  1257,  8,  Arist.  Part. 
An.  2,  13,  12. 

Προςκρονσμός,  ov,  δ,—  πρόςκρον- 
σις,  Stob.  Ed.  1,598. 

ΥΙροςκρονστικός,  η,  όν,  belonging  to 
stumbling,  offensive  :  from 

ΐΐροςκρονω,  {προς,  κρούω)  to  stum- 
ble upon  or  against ;  and  so, — 1.  to  fall 
in  with,  come  in  contact  with,  τινί,  Plat. 
Tim.  43  C. — 2.  to  have  a  collision  teith 
one,  quarrel  with,  like  προςκόπτω.  Id. 
Phaed.  89  E;  τινί,  Dem.  701,  23; 
άλληλοις,  Arist.  Pol.  2,  5,  4  ;  cf. 
πρόςκρονσις  II. 

Προςκτύομαι,  f.  ■ησομαι,(πρός,  κτύ- 
ομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  gain,  get  or  win  be- 
sides, Ti  προς  τι  and  τι  τινι,  Hdt.  1, 
73  ;  5,  31,  etc.,  and  Thuc. ;  προς  το- 
σοντοις  αίσχροίς  καΐ  επιορκίαν  πρ., 
Dem.  409,  9  :■ — also  of  persons,  ττρ. 
τίνα  φί'λον,  Hdt.  1,  56  ;  τινά  δον?.ον. 
Id.  6,  44  ;  but,  πρ.  τον  Καλλίμαχον, 
to  win  over  Calhmachus  to  his  side, 
Hdt.  6,  110;  so  also,  πρ.  τους  'Αθη- 
ναίους, Hdt.  8,  136.     Hence 

Ϊ1ρόςκτ7ΐσίς,  εως,  ή,  a  getting  besides, 
newly-gotten  property,  increase  of  for- 
tune, Artemid.  3,  62. 

ΤΙρόςκτητος,  ον,ίπροςκτάομαι)  got- 
ten besides. 

Ώροςκτίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {προς,  κτίζω)  to 
build  Οΐ  found  besides,  Strab. 

Τίροςκνδής,  ες,  {κνόος)  =  έπικνδής, 
dub. 

ΤΙροςκνκ?ίέω,  ώ,=  sq. ;  cf.  προκν- 
κ7ιέω. 

ΐΙροςκνΤίΐνδεω,  ώ,  Clearch.  ap.  Ath. 
332  D  ;  and,  προςκιΟύνδω,  f.  -κν7.ίσω 
[ϊ]  :  to  roll  to  or  against.     Hence 

ΤΙροςκν?.ισμής,  ov,  δ,  a  rolling  to  or 
against,  Dion.  H, 

ΤΙροςκν?~ίω.  poet,  for  προςκνλίνδω, 
Ar.  Vesp.  202.  [l] 

Ώροςκϋμαίνω,  {προς,  κνμαίνω)  to 
swell,  dash  against,  as  waves,  Philostr. 

Ώρόςκννες,  ol,  (προς,  κνων)  span- 
iel-like flatterers,  fawners,  Hippias  ap. 
Ath.  259  A  (al.  πρόκννες). 

ΤΙροςκΐνέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσημαι,  more 
rarely  -ήσω  :  aor.  προςεκννησα,  poet, 
also  προςέκνση,  inf  προςκνσαι,  Soph. 
Phil.  776,  1407,  {προς,  κννέω).  To 
kiss  the  hand  to  another  as  a  mark  of 
respect ;  to  do  obeisance  or  homage  to 
another;  esp.  of  the  Oriental  fashion 
of  making  the  saUim  or  prostrating  one's 
self  before  kings  and  superiors ;  either 
absoL,  as  Hdt.  1,  119  ;  or  c.  ace.  as  7, 
136 ;  later  also  c.  dat.  Lob.  Phryn. 
463  ;  strengthd.,  πρ.  τίνα  προςπί- 
πτων,  Hdt.  1,  134  ;  7,  136  ;  so  also  in 
Xen.  Cyr.  8,  3,  14,  etc.,  Arr.  An.  4, 
11,  10:  ττρ.  TLva  ως  βασιλέα,  to  salute 
him  as  king,  Hdt.  3,  86. — 2.  so  also 
of  gods,  to  worship,  adore,  Hdt.  2,  121, 
and  Trag.,  cf  Job  31,  27  : — proverb., 
ττρ.  την  Άδρύστειαν,  to  deprecate  Ne- 
mesis, Aesch.  Pr.  936,  Plat.  Rep.  451 
A  ;  so,  πρ.  ώθόνον,  Soph.  Phil.  776. 
— 3.  generally,  to  do  homage  to,  look 
up  to.  Plat.  Rep.  398  A,  469  B.    Hence 

ΤΙροςκννημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  worship- 
ping, prostration :  [xi]  and 

ΤΙροςκννησις,  εως,  ή,  adoration,  Plat. 
Legg.  887  E.  [ii] 

ΤΙροςκννητής,  οϋ,  δ,  {προςκννέω) 
a  worshipper,  ]N .  Τ. 

Τίροςκννητός,  ή,  όν,  worshipped :  to 
be  worshipped. 

ΤΙροςκνπτω,  f.  -ψω,  {προς,  κνπτω) 


ΠΡΟΣ 

to  stoop  to  or  over  one,  δταν...προςκϋ- 
-φάσα  φιλησ^,  Ar.  Vesp.  608 :  προς 
TO  ονς  πρ.,  to  whisper  into  one's  ear, 
Plat.  Euthyd.  275  Ε  ;  absoL,  έλεγεν 
άττα  προςκεκνφώς.  Id.  Rep.  449  Β. 

IIpof«rpt'(j,  ώ,  {.  ησω,  and  with 
three  irreg.  tenses,  impf.  -ροςίκνρον, 
f.  προςκνρσω,  aor.  προςίκνρσα,  {προς, 
κνρέω).  To  reach,  touch,  arrive  at,  c. 
dat.,  προςέκνρσε  ΚνΟήροις,  lies.  Th. 
198  :  to  be  at  or  near,  πτώμα  π.  δό- 
μοις,  a  fall  betides  the  house,  Aesch. 
Cho.  13  :  c.  ace,  to  meet  with.  Soph. 
O.  T.  1299.     Hence 

ΤΙροςκνρησις,  η,  an  arriving  at, 
reaching,  dub.  in  ilipp.  .[v] 

ΐΐροςκνρόω,  ώ,  to  confirm,  assign  be- 
sides.    Hence 

ΤΙροςκνρωσις,  ή,  a  confirmation,  as- 
signment.   [f] 

ΐίροςκωμάζω,  {προς,  κωμύζω)  to 
burst  riotously  in  upon,  τινί,  Philostr. 

ΙΙρόςκωπος,  ov,  {προς,  κώπ?/)  at  the 
oar  ;  δ  πρ.,  a  rower,  Thuc.  1.  10. 

Προς?Μγχάνω,  pf.  -εί7.ηχα,  {προς, 
7.αγχανω)  to  obtain  by  lot  oesides,  πρ. 
δίκτμ•,  to  bring  an  action  against  one 
besides,  Dem.  884,  26. 

Τίρος?Λΐζνμαι,  to  take  besides,  τινός, 
Eur.  Hec.  64 :  cf  λάζομαι  fin. 

ΙΙηος/.ΰλέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {προς,  λα- 
λάω) to  talk  to  or  with,  τινί,  Henioch. 
Troch.  1,  Luc.  Nigrin.  7.     Hence 

ΐΐροςλάλΐύ,  άς,  ή,  a  talking  to,  ad- 
dressing, dub.  in  Luc. 

ΤΙροςλαμβάνω,  fut.  -λήψομαι,  aor. 
προςελάβον,  {προς,  λαμβάνω):  —  to 
take,  receive  besides  or  in  addition  to, 
Ti  προς  τινι,  Aesch.  Pr.  321  ;  to  add, 
τινί  τι,  Eur.  I.  A.  1145:  to  get  over 
and  above,  to  win  or  get  besides,  Thuc. 
5,  111,  Plat.,  etc. ; — so,  δόξαν  έαντω, 
Xen.  Symp.  4,  8  :  absol.,  to  make  ad- 
ditions, gain  something.  Soph.  Fr.  779 : 
—also  in  mid..  Plat.  Rep.  556  E.— 2. 
to  take  as  one's  helper  or  partner,  take 
to  one's  self,  take  with  one,  ταύ,  Aesch. 
Pr.  217,  Soph.  O.  C.  378  ;  πρ.  τινά 
σνμμαχον,  Xen.  An.  7,  6,  27:  also  of 
marriage,  πρ.  κηδος,  εννήν,  Eur. 
Med.  885,  Hipp.  1011 :  also  in  mid., 
προς?.αβέσθαι  πάλιν,  Polyb.  1,  37,  5; 
προςλαβέσθαι  Λνώμ7/ν  τινός,  to  get  his 
vote  besides.  Id.  3,  70,  2.-3.  to  as.iume 
besides,  in  argument,  Arist.  An.  Post. 
1, 12,9.-11.  like  συλλαμβάνω,  to  take 
hold  of,  τινά,  Soph.  Tr.  1024  :  to  take 
part  in  a  work,  Xen.  An.  2,  3,  11  and 
12  :  πρ.  τινί  τίνος,  to  take  part  with 
one  in...  Plat.  Legg.  897  D: — more 
freq.  in  mid.,  to  help,  assist,  τινί,  Ar. 
Pac.  9 ;  and  c.  gen.  rei,  to  contribute 
to,  προςε?.άβετο  πύθεος,  he  was  partly 
the  author  of  a  calamity,  Schvveigh. 
Hdt.  8,  90,  ubi  Bekker  προςεβά- 
λετο. 

ΐΐροςλάμπω,  f.  -ψω,  {προς,  λάμπω) 
to  shine  with  or  upon.  Plat.  Rep.  617 
A  :  in  pass.,  τονς  πλάν7/τας  υπό  τοΰ 
f/λίον  προςλάμπεσθαι,  Plut.  2,  889 
C.     Hence 

Ώβόςλαμφις,  εως,  ή,  α  shining  on  οτ 
along  wiih,  Epicur.  ap.  Diog.  L.  10, 
109. 

ΐΐροςλέγω,  f.  •ξω,  (προς,  λέγω)  to 
lay  near: — pass.,  προςέλεκτο  (3  aor. 
syncop.)  he  lay  beside  or  by  her,  Od. 
12,  34. — II.  to  speak  to,  address,  accost, 
τινά :  metaph.,  koku  προςε?^έξατο 
θνμφ,  he  took  evil  counsel  with  him- 
self, meditated  evil,  Hes.  Op.  497. 

Τίρος'λείπω,  (προς,  λείπω)  to  be 
wanting  to  or  in,  τινός,  Arist.  Pol. 

ΤΙροςλεπτννω,  {προς,  λεπτννω)  to 
make  thin,  fine  or  slender  besides,  Hipp. 

ΤΙροςλ^εΰσσω,  (προς,  λεΰσσω)  to  look 
on  or  at,  c.  ace,  Soph.  Aj.  546,  etc. ; 
absol.,  Id.  El,  10C8. 


ΠΡΟΣ 

■  ΤΙρόςλημμα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which  is 
taken,  besides. 

ΪΙροςλ-η-τέον,  verb.  adj.  of  προς- 
?ia/if3ui'0),  one  must  assume  besides, 
Arist.  Org. 

Τΐβοςληΰτικός,  ή,  όν,  taking  in  ad- 
dition :  from 

ΐΙρόςλ7ΐψίς,  εως,  ή,  {ττροςλαμβύνϋ)) 
a  taking  or  assuming  btsides,  Plat.  The- 
aet.  210  A. — 3.  the  minor  premiss  of  a 
syllogism,  Lat.  assumptio,  Plut.  2,  3S7 
C,  Diog.  L.  7,  82  ;  cf.  Cic.  Divin.  2,  53. 

ΤΙρος/.Ιμενίζω,  to  run  into  harbour. 

ΤΙρυς/Λπαίνω,  [τϊ'ρός,  ^Λτταίνω)  to 
make  still  fatter  or  larger,  Dion.  H.  5, 
13. 

ΤΙρος?ΰτΓάρέω,  ύ,  f.  •ήσω,  (προς, 
λιπαρέω]  to  persevere  in,  c.  dat.,  Plut. 
2,  39  A,  ubi  v.  Wyttenb.  :  to  remain 
still  in,  Ty  χώρμ,  Arr. — 11.  to  impor- 
tune, Ttvi,  Luc.  Abdic.  16.     Hence 

ΤΙρος/ΰττύρησις,  εως,  ?/,  an  abiding 
in. — II.  importunity,  Luc.  Calumn.  20. 

ΊΙρος?Μγίζομαι,  f.  -ισομαι,  {~ρός, 
λογίζομαι)  dep.  mid.,  ίο  reckon  or 
count  in  addition  to,  τη>ί  TL,  Hdt.  2,  16  ; 
5,  54,  Lys.  155,  41.     Hence 

ΎΙ,ροςΑογιυτέον,  one  must  add  to  :  so 
in  plur.  ττρος/ιογιστέα,  τινί  τι,  Hdt.  7, 
185. 

ΙΙροςλογοτΓοιέω,  ώ,  {προς,  λογο- 
Ίΐοιεω)  to  add  in  narrating,  Joseph. 

Τίρος'/.οιόορέομαι,  {'ηρος,  λοιόορέω) 
dep.  mid.,  to  rail  at  besides,  Joseph. 

ΐΐρός/.οιττος,  ov,  {τϊρός,  λοιττός)  still 
left  over  and  above.  Iambi. 

ΐΙροςΆϋμαίνομαι,  dep.,  to  ravage  be- 
sides. 

Τ1ρος?^νσσύθ),  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (ττρός,  λυσ- 
σάω) to  rage  against  or  at,  Joseph. 

ΐΐροςμάθησις.  εως,  η,  {ττροςμανθά- 
νω)  the  faculty  of  acquiring  fresh  knowl- 
edge, Xen.  Mem.  1,  4,  13,  ubi  nunc 
divisim  τΐρος  μύθησιν.  [ά] 

ΤΙροςμαθητέον,  verb.  adj.  of  προς- 
μανθάνω,  one  must  learn  besides,  Xen. 
Oec.  13,1. 

Ι1ροςμά?ι.άσσο),  to  soften  still  more. 

ΐΐροςμανθάνω,  f  -μΰβήσομαι,  (ττρός, 
μανθάνω)  to  learn  besides,  Aesch.  Pr. 
697,  Ar.  Thesm.  20,  24. 

ΤΙροςμαρτίφέω,  ώ.Ιττρός,μαρτνρέω) 
to  bear  ivitness  in  addition,  -up.  τι  είναι, 
Isae.  60,  42;  τινί,  to  a  thing,  Polyb., 
etc. : — Tvp.  τινί  τι,  to  bring  it  as  addi- 
tional evidence.  Deal.  1105,  2. 

ΐΐροςμαρτύρομαι,  dep.  mid.,  to  call 
as  a  witness  to  a  thing,   [ii] 

Τίροςμάρτίφος,  ov,  bearing  additional 
witness,  Manetho. 

ΙΙροςμάσσω,  f.  -ξω,  {προς,  μύσσω) 
to  knead  or  plaster  one  thing  against 
another,  to  attach  closely  to,  σικνην  τϋ- 
•φει,  the  cupping-glass  to  the  bruise, 
Nic.  Th.  921  ;  so,  πρ.  τον  Τίειραιά  τ?) 
ττόλει,  Ar.  Eq.  815 ;  and  in  pass.', 
•!ν?ιευραϊσι  ττροςμαχΟέν,  stuck  close  to 
his  sides,  of  the  poisoned  robe,  Soph. 
Tr.  1053,  cf.  Lye.  1029;  so  in  part. 
aor.  mid.  (with  passsignf. ;  fJelf  de- 
nies this,  Gr.  Gr.  ί)  364,  4  b),i  τηλέόι- 
λον  ποτιμαξάμενον,  Theocr.  3,  29, 
nisi  legend,  ποτιμαξαμένω. 

ΤΙροςμάστιος,  ov,Dur.  ποτιμάστιος, 
on  the  breast. 

ΤΙροςμύχομαι,ί.-χέσομαι  usu. -;foi- 
μαι,  {προς,  μάχομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to 
■fight  against,  τινί.  Plat.  Legg.  617  C, 
830  A  :  esp.,  to  assault  a  town,  Xen. 
Cyr.  7,  5,  7.  [a] 

Ώροςμειόϊάω,  ώ,  {προς,  μειδιάω)  Ιο 
smile  upon,  or  to  laugh  at,  τινί,  Plut. 
2,  28  A,  754  C  :  cf.  Lob,  Phryn. 
403. 

ΐΐροςμε/^έομαι,  dep.  γ&5Β.,=:έπιμε- 
λίομαι. 

ΐΐροςμελωδέια,  ώ,  {προς,  μελωδέω) 


ΠΡΟΣ 

to  sing  songs  to  or  besides,  Semus  ap. 
Ath.  618  A. 

Τίροςιιένω,  {προς.  μένω)  to  abide  or 
wait  still  longer,  Hdt.  1,  199;  5,  19; 
σίγα  πρόςμενε.  Soph.  El.  1399  ; — πρ. 
τινί,  to  remain  for  some  one,  Aesch. 
Eum.  497.  —  II.  trans.,  to  wait  for, 
aivait,  c.  acc,  Theogn.  1140,  Soph. 
O.  T.  837,  etc. :  to  uaitfor  one  m  bat- 
tle, i.  e.  to  stand  one's  ground  against, 
Pind.  N.  3,  105. 

ΐΐροςμερίζω,  {προς,  μερίζω)  to  ap- 
portion to,.in  pass.,  τινί,  Polyb.  22,  5, 
15. 

Προςμεταπέμπομαί,  as  mid.,  {προς, 
μεταπέμπω)  to  send  for  or  send  to  fetch 
besides,  Thuc.  2,  100. 

ΤΙροςμετασκενύζω,  { προς,  μετα- 
σκευάζω) to  alter  still  more,  Dion.  H. 
de  Comp. 

ΤΙροςμετρέω,  ώ,  f.  -τ}σω,  ίο  ineasure 
out  to,  join  to. 

ΐΙροςμ7]ννω,  {προς,  μηνύω)  to  point 
out  besides,  Sest.  Emp.  p.  275. 

Τίροςμηχανάομαι,  f.  -ήσομαι,  (προς, 
μ?Ιχανάομαι)  dep.  mid.  •. — as  pass.,  to 
be  cunningly  fastened  to  or  upon,  Aesch. 
Theb.  541,  643.— II.  as  mid.,  to  con- 
trive or  procure  for  one's  self,  έαντοΊς 
άσφά?^ιαν.  Plat  Rep.  467  C. 

ΐΐβοςμηχάνενω,  to  contrive  besides. 

ΐΐροσμτ/χω,  f.  -ξω,  {προ,  σμήχω)  to 
rub  down  or  clean  beforehand,  Geop. 

Ώροςμιγνϋμι  and  -νύω  :  fut.  -μίξω  : 
{προς,  μίγννμι,  cf.  προςμίσγω) : — to 
mingle  0Γ  join  with,  τινί  τι  :  hence, 
metaph.,  πρ.  δεσπόταν  κρύτει,  to  lead 
him  to  sure  victory,  Pind.  O.  1,  34; 
and  reversely,  πρ.  κίνδυνόν  τινι, 
Aeschin.  74, 24 ;  cf.  πελάζω. — II.  intr., 
to  mix  with,  come  or  go  to  a  place,  προς 
τόπον,  Thuc.  3,  22,  Xen.  Cyr.  2,  4, 
21  ;  and  c.  acc,  μΆαθρα  πρ.,  Eur. 
Or.  1290;  but  c.  dat.,  πρ.  'Νάξφ,  ΐΐε- 
7ίθποννί/σω,  to  land  in..,  arrive  at,  Hdt. 
6,  96;  7,'  168,  Thuc,  etc. :— so,  of 
persons,  to  come  suddenly  upon,  τινί. 
Soph.  Tr.  821  ;  and,  simply,  to  ap- 
proach, Ti.vi,  Id.  Phil.  106,  Xen.  An. 
4,  2,  16  ;  so,  πρ.  εγγύς  τίνος,  to  come 
near  one,  Thuc.  4,  93 ;  7,  41 ;  έγγν- 
τερον  επί  τίνα.  Plat.  Polit.  290  C ; 
προς  τα  όρια,  Xen.  Cyr.  2,  4,  21  : — 
πρ.  άρετί],  to  cleave  to  virtue.  Plat. 
Legg.  904  D. — 2.  in  hostile  signf.  to 
go  against  a  place,  attack  it,  to  meet  in 
battle,  engage  with,  τινί,  Hdt.  5,  64 ;  6, 
112,  Thuc,  etc.  ;  also,  πρ.  προς  τίνα, 
Thuc  7,  22  ;  to  attack,  τώ  τείχει, 
Thuc.  3,  22. — These  intr.  signfs.  oc- 
cur also  in  pass. 

Ώροςμίμνω,  poet,  collat.  form  for 
προςμενω,  Orph.  Lith.  11. 

ϊ\ρόςμιξις,  εως,  ή,  {προςμίγννμι  II) 
a  coming  near  to,  approaching,  and  (in 
hostile  sense)  attacking,  Thuc.  5,  72. 
ΤΙροςμίσγω,  Ion.  collat.  form  for 
προςμίγννμι.  άποροι  πρ.,  difficult  to 
deal  with,  Hdt.  4,  46  ;  but  also  in 
Thuc  3,22;  6,  104. 

ΊλροςμΙσίω,  ώ,  {προς,  μισέω)  to  hate 
besides,  Dem.  1001,  16;  1017,  14. 

ΤΙροςμισθάω,  ώ,  {προς,  μισβόω)  to 
let  out  for  hire  or  interest  besides,  πρ. 
(Ίφορμήν,  to  put  capital  out  at  interest, 
Dem.  948,  12: — mid.,  to  lake  on  hire, 
take  into  one's  pay,  hire,  Thuc.  2,  33, 
Dem.  663,  fin. 

ΤΙροςμοιράζω,  {προς,  μοιράζω)  to 
allot  to,  assign,  Hermes  ap.  Stob.  Eel. 
1,  956. 

Ώροςμο?^εΐν,  inf.  aor.  of  pres.  προς- 
βλώσκω,  which  does  not  occur,  = 
προςερχομαι,  to  come  or  go  to,  reach, 
arrive  at,  c.  acc.  Soph.  Aj.  721 ;  ab- 
sol..  to  approach,  lb.  72. 

ϋροςμολυβδοχοέω,  ώ,  to  melt  still 
more  lead,  Eratosth. 


ΠΡΟΣ 

ΐΐροςμονή,  ης,  ή,  (προςμένω)  an 
abiding  by  a  thing. 

Ώροςμορος.  ov,  {προς,  μόρος)  doom- 
ed to  woe,  dub.  in  Aesch.  Theb.  576. 

ΤΙροςμνθέομαι,  {προς,  μνθέομαι) 
dep.  mid.,  to  address,  accost,  Od.  11, 
143,  in  Dor.  form,  προτιμνθήσασθαι ; 
so,  c.  dat.,  Theocr.  25,  66. 

ΪΙροςμνθενω,  {πρός,μυθενω)  to  add 
further  fictions,  Polyb.  34,  2,  9,  in 
mid. 

Τίροςμνθο?.ογέω,  ώ,  {προς.  μνΟολο• 
γέω)  to  talk  or  prattle  with  one,  τινί, 
Luc  —  Also,  προςμνθο/.ογέομαι,  as 
dep.  mid. 

ΤΙροςμνθοποιέω,  ώ,  {προς,  μνθο- 
ποιέω)  to  speak  words  to  one,  τινί, 
Strab. 

ΤΙροςμύρομαι.  {προς,  μίφω)  dep. : — 
tofiow  to,  with,  Anth.  P.  9,  362.  [v] 

ΐΐροςνανπηγέω,  ώ,  {προς,  νανπη- 
γ'έω)  to  build  ships  in  addition  to,  Hdt. 
7,  144. 

ΐΐροςνεάνιεύομαι,  {προς,  νεανιενο- 
μαι)  dep.,  to  add  in  youthful  wanton- 
ness, Dio  C. 

Τίροςνέμω,  {προς,  νέμω)  to  allot,  as- 
sign, award,  dedicate  to,  τινί  τι.  Plat. 
Legg.  828  C  ;  έαντόν  τώ  δικαίω, 
Polyb.  6,  10,  9  :  πρ.  έαντόν  τινι,  to 
attach  one's  self  to  any  one.  Id.  9,  36, 
7;  πάλιν  τοις  Άχαιοΐς,  Id.  2,  43,  5: 
— so,  in  mid.,  πρόςνειμαι  χάριν,  grant 
a  further  favour.  Soph.  Tr.  1216: 
προςνείμασθαί  τίνα  fctj,  to  devote  him 
to  the  god,  Ar.  Av.'563. — II.  ■ττρ. 
ποίμνας,  to  drive  his  liocks  to  pasture, 
Eur.  Cycl.  36. 

Ώρόςνενμα,  ατός,  τό,  =  sq.,  Arr. 
Epict. 

Ώρόςνενσις,  εως,  ή,  a  nodding  to  : 
approbation. — II.  a  leaning  to,  the  ten- 
dency of  a  falling  body,  Ptolem. : 
from 

ΤΙροςνενω,  {προς,  νενω)  to  nod  to, 
esp.  in  approbation  :  to  incline  towards. 

ΙΙροςνέω,  f.  -νενσομσι,  {προς.  νέω) 
to  swim  to  or  toicards,  Thuc.  3,  112. 

ΤΙροςνέω,  {προς,  νέω)  to  heap  up  or 
on,  Plut.  2,  775  D. 

ΤΙροςνήχομαι,  {προς,  νηχω)  dep.,  to 
swim  tow.irds.  Call.  Del.  47,  Plut.  Mar. 
37,  etc. — II.  also  of  watei,in  the  act., 
to  dash  upon,  πpocέvάχε  θάλασσα, 
Theocr.  21,  18. 

ΤίροςνΙκάω,ώ,ί.-ησω, {προς, νικάω) 
to  conquer  besides,  Hipp. 

Τίροςνίσσομαι,  {προς,  νίσσομαι) 
dep.,  to  come  or  go  to,  εις....,  II.  9,  381 
(in  Dor.  form  ποτινίσσ-) ;,  οίκοθεν 
οΊκαό',  Pind.  Ο.  6,  167  : — also,  θεονς 
θοίναις  ποτινισσ.,  to  approach  them 
with  sacrifices,  Aesch.  Supp.  530. — 
II.  to  come  against.  Soph.  Ant.  129. 

ΐΐροςνοέω,  ώ,  {προς,  νοέω)  to  per- 
ceive besides,  Xen.  Symp.  2,  16,  v.  1. 
Cyr.  6,  3,  7. 

ΙΙροςνομοθετέω,  ω,  {προς,  νομοθε- 
τέω)  to  ordain  by  law  besides,  DlO  C. 
37,  29,  etc  ^ 

ΤΙροςνωμύω,  ω,  {προς,  νωμάω)  to 
move  one's  self  or  go  to,  εις  ύδωρ.  Soph. 
Phil.  717. 

ΤΙροςζνν-,  V.  sub  προςσνν- 

ΤΙροσοβέω,  ώ,  {πρό,  σοβέω)  to 
frighten  away  before  the  time,  Synes. 

Ώροςογκάομαι,  f.  -ήσομαι,  {προς, 
όγκάομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  roar  or  bellow 
to,  esp.  to  bray  like  an  ass,  Luc. 

ΊΙροςο'•/κέω,  ώ,  to  gain  in  bulk  or 
weight,  Arist.  Probl.  34,  11 :  from 

ΤΙροςογκί/ς,  ές,  {προς,  όγκος)  in- 
creased in  bulk  or  tveight. 

Ήροςοδεύω,  {προς,  οδεύω)  to  carry 
in,  esp.  from  the  country,  Clem.  Al. : 
— mid.,  to  receive  income  or  revenue, 
Strab. ;  cf.  πρόςοδος  II. 

ΤΙροςοδι  άζομαι  ,=προςοδενομαι.. 
1277 


1ΙΡ0Σ 

ΤΙβΟζοδιακός,  ή,  όν,:=7τροςω(ίιακός, 
Plut.  2,  1141  Α  sq.  (si  vera  1.)  ? 

ΤΙροςοδικός,  .ή,  όν,  {ττρόςοδος  II) 
productive^  Strab. 

ΥΙροςόύιος.  ον,  belonging  to  or  used 
in  processions,  jirocessional,  μέλος  ττρ. 
και  τζομπικύν,  Flut.  Aemil.  33 :  hence, 
TO  προςόδίον,  (sc.  μέλος),  a  song,  usu 
accompanied  by  flutes,  sung  on  such 
occasions  (v.  Pind.  Fr.  68-61)  ;  a  sol- 
emn thanksgiving,  Lat.  supplicatio. 
Soph.  Fr.  435,  Ar.  Av.  853,  cf.  Spanh. 
Call.  Jov.  1  :  from 

ΤΙρόςοόος,  ου,  ί/,  {'ρός.  οδός)  ago- 
ing or  coming  to,  an  approach,  Find.  N. 

6,  76  ;  άπείττασΟαί  τινι  ri/v  ττρ.,  Hdt. 

1,  20ό  ;  πρόςοδοι/  ποιεΐσΟαι,  to  make 
one's  approach,  go  towards  or  against, 
Hdt.  7,  223,  etc. ;  ττρόςοδοι  της  μά- 
χης, onsets,  or  attacks,  Hdt.  7,  212.— 

2.  a  solemn  procession  to  a  temple  with 
singing  and  music,  Ar.  Nub.  307,  Xen. 
An.  6,  1,  11,  Dem.  254,  16;  elsewh. 
5rpofrt)'W)Ty,  ττομπί/;  cf.  foreg. — 3.  the 
coming  forward  of  Π  speaker  in  a  public 
assembly  ;  also  an  address  to  the  people, 
a  speech,  Isocr.  140  A. — 4.  sexual  in- 
tercourse, Hipp. —  II.  income,  rent,  but 
esp.  the  public  revenue,  φόρων  πρόςο- 
δος,  Hdt.  3,  89  ;  ττρ.  αττο  τών  μετάλ- 
λων, Hdt.  6,  46 ;  ττρ.  χρημάτων, 
Thuc.  3,  13  ;  verj'  freq.  in  .\lt.  from 
Thuc.  downwds.,  but  usu.  in  plur.  as 
the  revenue,  returns,  Lat.  reditus,  pro- 
ventiis,  first  in  Hdt.  2,  109 ;  Xen. 
wrote  a  treatise  intitled  πόροι  η  περϊ 
κροςόδων  : — cf  ιτρόςειμι,  ιτροςέρχο- 
μαι. — 2.  generally,  returns,  profits, 
Plat.  Legg.  846  Ε. 

\\ροςοδί'ρομαι,  (  προς,  οδύρομαι ) 
(lep.,  to  lament  beside,   τάφοίς,  LXX. 

Τίροςόζω,  pf.  προςάδωδα  {προς,  όζω): 
— to  hold  to  one  to  smell,   rivi   Tl. — II. 

inlr.,  to  smell  of  a  thing,  κακόν,  Ar. 
Fr.  216;  ήδνσμάτων,  Philcm.  p.  370: 
abso!.,  to  be  rotten,  stink,  LXX. 

ΙΙροςοίγνϋμι,  and  in  LXX,  -οίγω, 
(προς,  οίγννμι)  to  open  besides,  at  the 
sa7ne  time. 

npofOitSd.perf.  without  anypres.in 
use  (cf.  *ειδω),  to  know  besides.  Plat. 
Apol.  20  A. — 2.  προςειδέναι  χάριν,  to 
one  thanks  besides,  Ar.  Vesp.  1420 
(uhi  uind.  πρίις  είδ-). 

ΐΐροςοίκειήο),  ώ,  (προς,  οίκειόω)  to 
assign  to  one  as  his  own,  rivi  τι, 
Strab.  :  ττροςφκείον  έαντόν  'Αντώ- 
νιος Ήρακ/ιεϊ,  associated  himself 
with..,  flut.  Anton.  60.— II.  mid.,  to 
rnake  one  one's  friend: — pass.,  o'l  ιτρος- 
φκειωμένοι,  near  relations,  Diod. 

Προςοικέω,  ώ,  f.  -ί/σω,  (προς.  οίκέω) 
Ιο  dwell  at,  by.  or  near  ;  of  towns,  to  lie 
bi/  or  near,  border  on,  τινι,  Plat.  Tim. 
23  D.— II.  trans.,  to  dwell  in  or  near, 
c.  ace,  Thuc.  1,  24;  o'l  πρηςοικονν- 
τες,  neighbouring  tribes,  Isocr.  125 
B.     Hence 

ΤΙροςοίκηαις,  εως,  ή,  a  dwelling 
near,  Paus.  6,  25,  5. 

ΤΙροςοικίζω,  (προς,  οΐκίζώ)  to  found 
and  people  near  or  beside,  Uiod. 

ΤΙροςοικοδομέω,  ω,  (προς,  οΊκοδο- 
UHj)  to  build  in  addition  to,  near,  by, 
Thuc.  2,  76 ;  τινί  τι.  Id.  6,  54  ;  me- 
taph.,  πρ.  πάθη  μεγάλα  tij  ?.νπτι, 
Plut.  2,  163  Α.  ^ 

ΤΙροςοικονομέομαι,  dep.,  to  manage 
besides,  Clem.  Al. 

ΙΙρόςοικος,  ov,  (προς,  οίκος)  dwell- 
ing near  to,  bordering  on,  neighbouring, 
Hdt.  1,  144:  πρ.  τινι.  Plat.  Legg. 
705  .\  :  ό  πρ.,  a  neighbour,  Thuc.   1, 

7,  24. 

ΤΙροςοιμώζω.  (προς,  οίμώζω)  to  ivail 
besides  or  over,  Joseph. 

ΙΙρόςοισμα,  ατός,  τό,  (προςφέρω)= 
1278 


ΠΡΟΣ 

το  προςφερόμενον,  that  which  is  brought 
to  one,  food,  like  προςφορά,  Hipp. 

ΤΙροςοιστίος,  a,  ov,  verb,  adj^  of 
προςφέρω,  to  be  added  to,  τίνί,  Eur. 
llec.  394. — 2.  προςοιστέον,  one  must 
add,  Ar.  Thesm.  1132. 

ύροςοίχυμηι,  (προς,  οίχομαι)  dep., 
to  go  to  a  place,  Pind.  P.  6,  4. 

ίΐροςοκέλ/Μ,  (προς,  οκελλω)  ναϋν, 
to  run  a  ship  on.  shore,  Luc.  V.  Hist. 
2,  2,  Tim.  3  ;  πόδα  πρ.,  to  strike  one's 
foot  against,  Aretae. 

ΤΙροςο/^οφνρομηι,  (προς,  όλοφνρο- 
μαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  wail  over,  τινί, 
Thuc.  8,  66 :  πρ.  ά'/.ληλοις,  to  wail  to 
one  another,  Plut.  Cic.  47.  [i] 

ΙΊροςομαρτέω,  ώ,  (πρύς,  ύμαρτίω) 
to  go  along  with,  τινί,  Theogn.  609. 

ΤΙροςομϊλέω,  ώ,  (προς,  όμιλέω)  to 
hold  intercourse,  live  or  associate  with, 
τινί,  Theogn.  31,  Eur.  Med.  1085, 
Incert.  1 13  ;  also,  to  converse  with  one, 
προς  Tiva,  Xen.  Hell.  1,  1,  30;  τα 
Ιόια  προςομιλοϋντες,  in  our  [)rivate 
society,  Thuc.  2,  37  ;  νβρει  πρ..  Plat. 
Phaedr.  250  E.— II.  c.  dat.  loci,  to 
reside  or  remain  at  a  place,  Theogn. 
216. — III.  C.  dat.  rei,  to  busy  one's  self 
with,  engage  in  a  thing,  πείρφ.  Soph. 
Tr.  591  ;  πυλέμψ,  Thuc.  1,  122. 
Hence 

ΥΙροςομίλητικός,  ή,  όν,  qualifiedfor 
intercourse  with  Others  :  ή  -κή  (sc.  τέ- 
χνη), the  art  of  discoursing,  Plat. 
Soph.  222  C. 

ΐΐροςομϊλία,  ας,  ή,  (προςομιλέω) 
commerce,  conversation  with  one. 

ΙΙροςόμνυμι,(πρός,  όμννμι)  to  swear 
besides,  Xen.  An.  2,  2,  8,  Plut.  2, 
223  B. 

ΤΙροςομοιάζω,  to  be  like,  Geop. 

ΤΙροςόμοιος,  ov,  (πρής,  όμοιος) 
nearly  like,  like,  Eur.  Phoeii.  128, 
Plat.  Soph.  207  A,  etc.  Adv.  -ur. 
Plat.  Legg.  811  C.     Hence 

Ιΐροςομοιόω,  ώ,  f.  -ώσω,  to  make 
like,  τινί  τι,  Dem.  1398,  24. 

ΐΐροςομολαγεω ,  ώ,  f.  -ησω :  also 
προςομο?ιογέομαι,  as  dep.  mid.  {προς, 
ύμολογέω): — to  concede,  grant,  τινί  τι. 
Plat.  Gorg.  461  β  ;  to  allow  or  confess 
a  thing  ;  to  acknowledge  a  debt,  πρ. 
τριακοσίας  δραχμάς,  Isocr.  366  D ; 
τι,  Dem.  826.  hn.  ;  c.  ace.  et  inf , 
Plat.  Soph.  248  D,  Dem.  1179,  17.— 
2.  to  promise,  c.  inf.  fut.,  Dem.  1284, 
17. — 3.  to  give  in,  surrender,  Xen.  An. 
7,  4,  24.     Hence 

Τίροςομο/!.ογία.  ας,  ή,  a  confession, 
admission,  Dem.  1007,  7. 

ΐΙροςομόρ}ννμαι,{πρός,6μόργνυμι) 
as  mid.,  to  wipe  upon  another,  impart 
it  to  him,  Tivi  τι,  Plut.  Crass.  2. 

ΤΙροςόμονρης,  ov.  Ion.  for  obsol. 
προςόμορος,  like  πρύςονρος,  adjoin- 
ing, adjacent,  τινί,  Hdt.  4,  173. 

ΐΐροςονειδίζω,  to  insult,  reproach  be- 
sides. 

Προςονομύζω,  (προς,  ονομάζω)  to 
call  by  a  name^  πρ.  θεούς,  to  give  them 
the  name  θεοί,  Hdt.  2,  52  :  to  surname, 
Plut.  Thes.  fin.,  Diog.  L.,etc.  Hence 

ΤΙροςονομάσία,  ας,  ή,  a  naming, 
appellation,  Diog.  L.  7,  108. 

ΐΐροςονϋμάσία,  ή,  Aeol.  for  foreg., 
Inscr. 

ΤΙροςοπτάζω,  Dor.  ποτοπτ-,  poet, 
for  προςορύω,  Nossis  6. 

ΤΙροςοπτίλλω,  (προς,  όπτίλος)  to 
gaze  at :  Dor.  ποτοπτίλλω,  ap.  Stob. 

Ήροςοράω,  Ci,  f.  -όψομαι  {  προς, 
όράω):  to  look  at,  v.  1.  Od.  16,  29. 
t.Mimn.  1,  fi+,  and  oft.  in  Soph. ;  cf. 
aor.  προςείδον. — In  Att.,  also,  προς- 
οράομαι  as  dep.  mid..  Soph.  O.  C.  244. 

Τ\ροςοργίζομαι,  (προς,  οργίζω)  as 
pass.,  to  be  enraged  at  a  thing,  Plut. 
2,  13  D. 


ΠΡΟΣ 

Τίροςορέγομαι,  {προς,  όρέγω)  as 
pass.,  to  stretch  out  after,  make  an 
attempt  upon  a  person  or  thing  : — c. 
dat.  pers.,  like  προςκεϊσθαι,  to  be 
urgent,  pressing  with,  Schweigh.  Hdt. 
7,  6. 

ΙΙροςηρέω,  ώ,  f.  -ησω,  {προς,  όρος) 
to  border  on,  c.  dat.,  Polyl).  10,  41,  4. 

λΐρόςορθρης,  ov,  {προς,  όρθρος) 
toivards  morning :  hence  Dor.  adv., 
TO  πότορθρον,  Theocr. '  5,  126  (al. 
ποτ'  άρθρον) ;  cf.  προςέσπερος. 

ΤΙροςορίζω,  {προς,  όμίζω)  to  deter- 
mine or  define  besides,  Arist.  Rhet.  3, 
5,  4,  in  mid. :— but  in  mid.,  strictly, 
to  mark  out  for  one's  self  besides,  προς- 
ωρίσατο  την  οίκίαν  δισχιλίων,  he  had 
the  house  marked  with  other  bpoi  (v. 
δρας  I.  2),  to  the  amount  of  2000 
minae,  i.  e.  mortgaged  it  anew  to  that 
amount,  Dem.  877,  7. 

ΙΛροςορμάω,  ώ,  f.  -ησω,  (  προς, 
ορμάω)  to  drive  towards  or  against. — 
11.  intr.,  to  rush  on,  towards  or  against, 
V.  1.  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  4,  21. 

ΤΙροςορμεω,  ώ,  (προς,  όρμεω)  to 
come  to  anchor  at,  τόπω,  Polyb.  10,  42, 
1,  Schweigh. 

]]ροςορμιζω,  (προς,  όρμίζω)  to  bring 
(a  ship)  to  anchor  at  or  near  a  place: 
— pass,  and  mid.,  to  come  to  anchor 
near  a  place,  προς  την  νησον,  Hdt.  6, 
97;  cf  Dem.  52,  28  ;  795,  15.  Hence 

ΤίροζόρμΙσις,  εως,  i],  a  coming  to 
anchor  or  to  land,  Thuc.  4,  10. 

ΐίρόςορμος,  ov,  ύ,  {προς,  όρμος)  a 
landing-place,  Strab. 

ΤΙρόςορος,  ov,  v.  sub  πρόςονρος. 

ΤΙροςορχέομαι,  (προς,  όρχέομαΐ) 
dep.,  to  dance  to  OTwith,  Luc.  Calumn. 
10  ;  πρ.  τοις  λόγοις,  at  the  words. 
Pint.  2,  46  B. 

Ώροςόσσομαι,  v.  ^τροτιόσσομαι. 

ϊΐροςοσφραίνω,  (  προς,  όσφραίνο- 
μαι)  to  give  to  smell,  τινί  τι,  Geop. 

Ώροςουδίζω,  {προς,  οί'δας)  to  dash 
to  the  earth,  Hdt.  5,  92,  3  ;  also,  πρ. 
πέδω,  Eur.  1.  A.  1151  :  to  throw  down. 

Υίροςονρέω,  ώ,  f.  •ήσω,  (προς,  oi- 
ρέω)  to  make  water  upon,  προςευίφονν 
Tin,  Dem.  1257,  18;  πρ.  τ?)  τραγω- 
δία, to  piddle  upon  tragedy,  Ar.  Ran. 
95  (where  the  Schol.  falsely  derive 
it  from  ονρος,  a  fair  wind,  as  if  to 
prosper  in  tragedy). 

ϋρόςονρος,  ov,  Ion.  for  πρόςορος, 
like  ομονρος  and  προςόμονρος,  ad- 
joining, bordering  on,  τινί,  Hdt.  2,  12, 
18  ;  3,  97,  etc. ;  so  Xen.  in  Att.  form 
Tu  πρόςορα,  Cyr.  6,  I,  17: — in  Soph. 
Phil.  691,  it  is  usu.  taken  in  same 
sense,  iV  αντοςην  πρόςονρος,  where 
he  had  no  neighbour  hut  himself,  i.  e. 
lived  in  solitude;  but  Ditid.  now 
reads  (with  Bothe  in  his  1st  Ed.),  ϊι;' 
αντος  ήν,  πρόςονρον  οϋκ  ίχων  βύ• 
σιν — having  no  neighbour's  irvad,  ι.  e. 
no  neighbours  (for  the  lonism  cf. 
ύπονρος,  ονρειος,  etc.). 

ΤΙροςουσία,  ας,  ή,  (ονσία)=(τννον- 
σία,  Ath. 

Ώροςοφείλω,  f.  ■ήσω,(πρός,  οφείλω) 
to  owe  besides  or  still,  πο?^Μ,  Thuc. 
7,  48  ;  πρ.  τινι  χάριν,  Xen.  Cyr.  3,  2, 
16,  and  Dem.: — pass.,  to  be  still  owing, 
be  still  due,  ύ  προςοφεύ.όμενος  μισθός, 
Thuc.  8,  45  ;  so,  η  έχθρη  ή  προςοφει• 
λομένη  ες  'Αθηναίους  έκ  των  Αίγινη- 
τέων,  the  hatred  ivhich  was  still  due 
from  the  Aeginetanslothe  Athenians, 
i.  e.  their  ancient  feud,  Hdt.  5,  82 
(V.  1.  προοφ-) ;  cf  προοφείλω. — II  to 
be  behind-hand,  Polyb.  39,  2,  6. 

ΤΙροςοφ/ιίσκύνω,  f.  -οφλήσω  :  aor. 
-ώφλον,  inf.  -οφλεΐν  (v.  sub  οφλισκά- 
νω): — like  προςοφεί?ιω,  to  owe  besides  : 
— but  usu.,  c.  ace,  to  incur  or  deserve 
besides,  πρ.  αίσχννην,  Dem.  58,  10 ; 


ΠΡΟΣ 

•»rp.  κακοηΟείαν,  to  get  a  character  for 
malignity,  Plut.  2,  43  D,  ubiv.  Wyt- 
tenb. ;  ττρ.  τον  ιχθύων  οίον,  to  deserve 
to  be  said  to  live  like  fish,  Polyb.  15, 
20,  3.-^111.  esp.  as  law-term,  to  lose 
one^s  suit  and  incur  a  penalty  besides, 
rep.  έτητίμια,  k—u3e/.iav,  Dem.  939, 
27;  1103,  15,  Aeschin.  23,  25;  and 
absol.,  Antiph.  Stratiot.  1,  5. 

Τίβοςοχτ/,  )/ς.  ή.  {προζέχω  Π)  atten- 
tion. Plut.  2.  514  Ε,  etc. 

ΤΙροςοχθέυ  and  -θιζ(ο,  to  be  wroth 
u)ith,  Tivt,  LXX  ;  N.  T.    Hence 

ΐΐροςόχθίσμα,  ατός,  τό,  LXX  ;  and 
-θισμός,  ov,  ό,  abhorrence,  detestation 
of  a  thing. 

ΤΙροςοχ'/.έω,  ώ,  {ττρός,  6χ?^ω)  to 
annoy  or  vex  besides,  Ath.  180  A. 

Ώρόςοχος,  ov,  [προςέχω  II)  direct- 
ing the  mind  to,  attentive. 

ΙΙροςοχνρόω,  ώ,  {τζρός,  οχνρόώ)  to 
strengthen  besides  or  still  more,  LXX. 

Ώροςόφημα,  ατός,  τό,  {προς,  δφη- 
ιχα)  any  thing  eaten  with  or  besides  (the 
regular  meal),  Ath.  276  E,  Diosc. 

ΐΐροςόψιος,  ov,  v.  1.  Soph.  O.  C. 
1600,  for  εττό-φΐ-ος. 

ϋρόςοφις,  ή,  appearance,  aspect, 
άνόρος  αιδοίου,  Pind.  P.  4,  51  ;  cf. 
Soph.  Aj.  70,  Eur.  Or.  952,  Hel.  636. 
— II.  a  seeing,  beholding,  sight,  Eur. 
Or.  1021  ;  εις  πρόςοψίν  τίνος  έ?.θεΐν, 
Andr.  685. 

ΤΙροςοιΙ}ωνέω,  ώ,  (.τψός,  6\1)ωνέω)  to 
buy  τΐροςοψήματα. — II.  to  add  to  the 
dishes  already  mentioned,  Ath.  331  C. 

ΤΙροςττάθεία,  ας,  ή,  {-ροςπαθής) 
passionate  attachment,  partiality  fur, 
τνρός  TLva,  Dicaearch.  ;  cf.  Gatak. 
Anton.  12,  (}  4. — II.  in  Academ.  philo- 
sophy, the  assent  or  approval  bestowed 
on  things  probable,  though  not  certain  .[a] 

ΙΙροςτνΰ,θέο),  ώ,  to  feel  passionate  love 
for,  ττράς  τι,  Arr.  Epict.,  cf.  M.  Anton. 
5,  1 :  from 

ΐΐροςπαθής,  ες,  (ττρής,  ττύθος)  pas- 
sionately attached  to,  τιΐ'ί-     Adv.  -βώς. 

ΤΙρος-αίζω  :  f.  -ξσμαι :  aor.  ττροςέ- 
ηαισα,  only  in  later  writers  προςε- 
TratirtClo  suit  thefut.)  {ττρός,ηαίζω). 
To  play  or  jest  with,  Ttvi,  Xen.  Mem. 
3,  1,  4,  Plat.  Euthyd.  273  B,  etc. ; 
ττρός  TLva,  Ast  Plat.  Legg.  653  E, 
804  Β  ;  and  absol. ,  to  jest,  joke,  Id. 
Phaedr.  262  D,  etc.— 2!  to  laugh  at, 
mnih,  τινά,  Plat.  Alenex.  235  C,  Eu- 
thyd. 285  A  ;  cf.  ττροςγε/.ύο),  and  Lob. 
Phryn.  463. — II.  trans.,  πρ.  θεούς,  to 
sing  to  the  gods,  sing  in  their  praise  or 
honour,  Plat.  Epin.  980  Β  ;  and  c. 
dupl.  ace,  νμνον  προςτζαίζειν  τον 
Έρωτα,  to  sing  a  hymn  in  praise  of 
Cupid,  PlaL  Phaedr.  265 C ;  cf.  Ruhnk. 
Tim. 

ΐΐρόςτταιος.  ov,  (.ττρός,  τταίω)  strik- 
ing upon ;  hence,  accidental,  sudden, 
also  new,  fresh,  κακά,  Aesch.  Ag.  347  ; 
of.  Lye.  211,  Nic.  Th.  690  :— έ/c  -ρος- 
ττηίου,  as  adv.,  suddenly, newly,  Arist. 
Eth.  N.  9,  5,  2,  cf.  Polyb.  6,  43,  3. 
Also  adv.  -(jf,  Arist.  Eth.  N.  1.  c. 

npof7rat'ij,=7rpof τί~7ω, V.  1.  Soph. 
Fr.  310. 

'Π.ρος7τΰ?.αίω,  {~ρός,  τταλσ/ω)  to 
wrestle,  struggle  or  fight  with  one,  τινί, 
Pind.  I.  4,  90  (3,  71),  Plat.  Theaet.  162 
B,  etc.  : — metaph..  ττρ.  οίφανώ,  to 
strive  against  heaven,  Pind.  P.  4,  516  : 
but,  7Tp.  σόαίρα,  to  practise  with  (i.  e. 
play  at)  ball,  f^lut.  2,  793  B. 

αΐρόστταλτα,  ων,  τύ,  Prospalta,  an 
Attic  deme  of  the  tribe  Acamantis ; 
hence  ό  Προσ~ύ/.τιος,  one  of  (the 
deme)  Prospalta,  Prospaltian,  Plat. 
Crat.  396  D  :  Dem. 

ΐΙροςπαρα8άλ?.ομαι,  (~ρός,  παρα- 
βάλλω) as  pass.,  to  be  put  by  (the  ta- 
ble) besides,  Plut.  Cleom.  13. 


ΠΡΟΣ 

ΤΙροςηαραγρύφω,  {ττρός,  παραγρά- 
ψω) to  write  beside,  in  addition,  add  yet 
besides.  Plat.  Phaedr.  257  E,  Dem. 
997,  6,  sq.   [a] 

Τίροςπαραινέω,  ω,{7Γρός,  παραινέω) 
to  encourage  or  exhort  besides,  Dio  C. 

ϊϊρος-αραφέομαι,  (ττρός,  παρά,  αί- 
ρέω)  to  take  away  besides,  susp. 

ΤΙροςτταρακαλέω,  ώ,  f.  -έσω,  (προς, 
παρακα/.έω)  to  call  in  besides,  invite, 
Thuc.  1,  67;  and  in  raid.,  Id.  2,  68, 
Polyb.  3,  64,  11.  . 

ΤΙροςπαράκειμαι,  (προς,  παράκει- 
μαι)  as  pass.,  to  lie  beside,  Antig. 
Caryst.  15. 

ΤΙροςπαρακελεύομαι,  (προς,  παρά, 
κελ.ενω)  dep.  mid.,  to  persuade  besides, 
Joseph. 

ΐΙροςπαρα?.αμβάνω,  (προς,  παρα- 
7.αμίάνω)  to  take  besides  or  still  more, 
Diosc.    Hence 

ΐΐροςπαραλ.ηπτέον,  verb  adj.,  one 
must  take  besides,  Clem.  Al. 

ΤΙροςπαρά?,7]•φις,  ή,  a  taking  besides, 
or  still  more. 

ΤΙροςπαραπήγννμι,  to  plant  beside 
in  addition,  Geop. 

Τίροςπαρασκενάζω,  (προς,  παρα- 
ακενά^ω)  to  prepare  besides,  Dem.  94, 
20,  Plut. 

Τίροςπαρατίθημι,  (προς,  παρατίθη- 
μι)  to  put  beside,  to  add,  Antig.  Caryst. 
15  ; — to  propose  besides,  Polyb.  3,  99,  7. 

npof  77apa-pu}'(j,  (rrpof,  παρατρώ- 
γω)  to  gnaw  at  the  side  besides  ;  and, 
metaph.,  to  nibble  at  one's  reputation, 
attack  besides,  Diog.  L.  2,  107. 

IIpofTrapdm',  inf.  aor.  of  προς- 
πέρδω. 

ΤΙροςπαρειςέρχομαι,  dep.,  to  go  into 
besides,  Eunap. 

Ώροςπαρέχω,  ί.-ξω,  (προς,  παρέχω) 
to  furnish  or  supply  besides,  τινί  τι, 
Thuc.  1,9:  so  in  niid..  Plat.  Rep.  437 
E,  Legg.  808  C. 

Ώροςπαρίστημι,  (προς,  παρίστημι) 
to  overpower,  subdue. — II.  in  pass.,  and 
intr.  tenses  of  act.,  to  coine  to  besides, 
Dio  C. :  προςπαρίσταταί  τινι,  it  oc- 
curs to  him  further.  Id. 

Υίροςπαροικεω,  ω,  to  dwell  near  be- 
sides. 

Ώροςπαροινέω,  ώ,  (πρός,παροινέω) 
to  play  the  drunkard  besides,  Philostr. 

ΐΐροςπαροςύνω.  (προς,  παροξύνω) 
to  provoke  besides,  Hipp.,  Plut.  Alex. 
52. 

ΤΙροςπασσΰ.?.ενω,  Alt.  -παττΰλενω, 
(προς,  πασσαλεύω)  to  nail  fast  on  or 
to,  τινά  or  Tt  Tivi,  Aesch.  Pr.  20,  Ar. 
Plut.  943 ;  προς  τινι,  Menand,  p.  193  : 
— in  Hdt.  9,  120,  reversely,  σανίδα 
•προς7τασσα?.εύσαντες  (sc.  αντώ), 
though  one  is  tempted  to  read  σανί- 
δι or  προς  σανίδα,  cf.  7,  33. — II.  to 
nail  up  or  hang  upon  a  peg,  Hdt.  1,  144, 
Theophr.  Char.  21. 

ΤΙροςπασσάλ.όω,  u—foreg.,  Clem. 
Al. 

ΤΙροςπάσσω,  Att.  -ττω  (προς.  πάσ- 
σω)  :  to  sprinkle  besides  or  upon,  LXX. 

ΐΐροςπάσχίύ,  (προς,  πάσχω)  to  have 
an  additional,  sp'cial  feeling  or  affection. 
Plat.  Phaed.  44  A  -,'τιιί,  for  a  thing, 
Cic.  Att.  2,  19,  Plut.  2,  514  A,  etc.— 
I].=;7pof;rofi'e(j  ;  cf.  προςπάθεια. 

Τίροςπαττύ?.ενω,  προςπάττω,  Att. 
for  προςπασσ-. 

ΤΙρόςπεινος,  ov,  (προς,  πείνα)  hun- 
gry,^. Ύ. 

ΤΙροςπειράζω,  to  make  an  attempt 
besides. 

ΤΙροςπε?Λΐζω,  f.  -ύσω  [u]  (προς, 
πε/.άζω) : — to  make  to  approach,  bring 
near  to,  νήα  άκρη  προςπελάσας.  to 
drive  her  against  the  headland,  Od.  9, 
285  : — pass.,  to  approach,  προςπε?.α- 
σθείσα  ΐΐανός,  having  had  intercourse 


ΠΡΟΣ 

j  with  Pan,  Soph.    O.  T.    IIOL— Π. 
\  intr.,  to  draw  nigh   to,  approach,  Tivi, 
Plat.  Symp.  206  D  ;  cf.   προςπλάζω. 
Hence 

ΤΙροςπέ?.άσις,  ή,  a  bringing  near  to, 
— II.  a  coming  near. 

Τίροςπε/.άτης,  ov,  b,  =  πελάτης, 
Theopomp.  (Hist.)  ap.  Ath.  271  E. 
[«] 

ΙΙροςπελύω,^=προςπελάζω. 

Ώροςπέμπω,  (προς,  πέμπω)  to  send 
to,  esp.  of  messengers  or  ambassadors, 
Hdt.  9,  108,  ubi  V.  Valck.,  Thuc.  7, 
3  : — ττρ.  τινά  τινι,  to  send  or  conduct 
one  person  to  another.  Soph.  O.  C. 
1101,  1349,  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  5,18. 

ΐΙροςπεποΐ7]μένως,  adv.  part.  pf. 
pass.  Irom  προςποιέω,  disguisedly. 

ΤΙροςπέρδομαι,  dep.,  with  aor.  2 
act.  -έπαρόον,  (προς,  πέρδω)  oppe- 
dere,  τινι,  Ar.  Ran.  1074,  Sosipat. 
Καταχρ.  1,  12.  _ 

ΐΙροςπερι3ύλ?.ω,  (προς,  περιβύλ- 
?μ)  to  throw  round  besides,  τείχος  πά- 
λει, Thuc.  5,  2 : — mid.,  to  put  round 
one's  self,  τείχη,  Isocr.  198  C  ;  to  in- 
volve 07ie's  self  in,  πλείονα  μο/.νσμόν, 
Plut.  2,  831  A  :  —  pass.,  of  the  wall, 
to  be  put  round,  στρατοπέδφ,  Thuc.  8, 
40  ;  also,  κηπον  ένΐ  περιβάλω  προς- 
περι3εμ/<.ημίνοι,  having  also  a  garden 
surrounded  by  one  fence.  Plat.  Criti. 
112  B. — II.  in  mid.,  also,  to  compass, 
seek  to  obtain,  Dem.  42,  fin. 

Τίροςπεριγίγνυμαι,  (προς,  περιγίγ- 
νομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  remain  over  and 
above  as  surplus  or  net  profit,  Dem. 
4G7,  18. 

ΊΙμοςπεριεργύζομαι,  f.  -άσομαι, 
(προς,  περιεργάζομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to 
act  uith  care  or  curiosity,  concern  one's 
self  about  still  further,  Dio  C. 

Vi ροςπερΓ/,αμβάνω,  (προς,  περί 
7.αμι3άνω)  to  embrace  besides,  Dem. 
714,  24 ;  726,  fin. ;  πρ.  τινά  τα:ς  σνν- 
θήκαις,  Polyb.  3,  24,  1  ;  πρ.  τι  τω  νώ. 
Id.  5,  32,  3.  '      ' 

ΐΐροςπεριοδενω,  (προς,  περιοδεύω) 
to  travel  rvand  and  describe  besides, 
Strab. 

ΊΙροςπεριορίζομαι,  (προς,  περί,  ορί- 
ζω) dep.  mid.,  to  comprehend  besides  or 
at  once,  Longin.  28,  3. 

ΤΙρηςπεριποιέω,  ώ,  {προς,  περι- 
ποιέω)  to  lay  by  or  save  besides,  Dem. 
832,  24. 

Ώροςπερονάω,  ώ,  f.  -ησω,  (πράς, 
περοΐ'άω)  to  fasten  to  or  on  with  a  pin 
(περόνη) :  generally,  to  fasten  to,  ri 
προς  τι.  Plat.  Phaed.  83  fi ;  προς 
τινι,  Xen.  An.  7,  3,  21. 

Ώροςπέτύααι,  dep.  mid.,=  7rpof7ri• 
TO  μα  I. 

Τίροςπετής,  ες.  (προςπίπτω)  strict- 
ly,/ai/ing-  to  or  upon:  άρμονίαι  πρ., 
i.  e.  true  harmonies,  Dion.  H.  De- 
mosth.  40. 

ΐΐροςπέτομαι :  dep.,  with  f.  -πτή- 
σομαι ;  aor.  -επτύμιμ',  but  pott,  also 
with  aor.  act.  προςέπτην  (v.  infra) ; 
and  in  the  later  common  dialect,  c. 
aor.  pass,  προςεπετάσθην  (Ath.  395 
A),  (προς,  πέταμαι).  To  fly  to  or  to- 
ivards,  Ar.  Ach.  865 :  generally,  to 
come  upon  one  suddenly,  come  over  one, 
οδμά  προςέπτα  μ'  ίιώεγγης,  Aesch. 
Pr.  1 15  ;  μέ?.ος  προςεπτα  μοι  or  με, 
music  stole  over  my  sense,  lb.  555  : — 
then  of  evil,  misfortune,  etc.,  to  come 
suddenly  upon  one,  lb.  644,  Soph.  Aj. 
282,  Eur.  Ale.  421. 

ΤΙροςπενθομαι.  poet,  for  πρηςπνυ- 
θάνομαι  (q.  v.).  Soph.  O.  C.  121. 

Προςπεοϋκότως,  adv.  part.  pf.  from 
προςούω.  clinging  to. 

ΤΙρόςπηγμα,  ατός.  τό,  that  which  is 
congealed  on,  a  concretion,  Hipp.  —  Π. 
part  of  a  ship,  Hesych. :  from 
1279 


ΠΡΟΣ 

ΤΙροςπήγνϋμι  and  -νύω,  f.  -πήξω, 
(ff/xif,  πί/γννμί)  to  fix  to  or  on,  τινί, 
Eur  Scir.  3. 

Υ[ρος-ηδίιω,  ω,  (.ττμός,  πηδάω)  f. 
•tjao  also  -ήσομαι,  Alex.  Leb.  5,  16: 
— lo  leap  against  or  upoM,  τνμυς  έστίαι>, 
Aiuloc.  21,31;  ταΐς  piai,  Alex.  1.  c. 

\1ρος~ήσσω,  late  collat.  form  of 
Ίτμηςτζηγννμι. 

ΙΙρηςτϊτ/χύνομαι,  {~ρύς,  ττηχννω)  to 
embrace,  take  in  one's  anii.i  besides,  Call. 
Jov.  40 ;  ποηζϊ/χ-.  Anth. 

ΙΙροςπΙέζω,  1.  -έσω,  (rrpof,  πιέζο) 
to  press  upon,  oppress  besides,  V.  1. 
Aesch.  Cho.  301  ;  προς  τι,  to  press  to- 
wards or  upon,  Arist.  H.  A.  4,  2,  13. 

ΐΙρυςπί'λί>αμαι,  (πρύς,  πί'λναμαή 
as  pass.,  to  move  forward  0Γ  towards, 
approach  quickly,  τινί,  Od.  13,  95. 

Προςπίπίσκω,  {πμός,  πιπίσκω)  to 
give  to  drink  besides,  rlipp. 

Τίροςπιπρύσκω,  to  sell  besides  or  at 
the  same  time. 

npof  πϊί'τΓ-ω,  fut.  -πεσοϋμαι,  etc. ; 
{προς,  πίπτω)  —  to  fall  tipon,  strike 
against,  if  τί.  Soph.  Ant.  855  ;  τινί, 
Xen.  Eq.  7,  G :  lo  Jail  against,  as  a 
mound  against  a  wall,  Thuc.  2,  75. 
— 2.  to  fall  upon,  attack,  assault,  TllUC. 

I,  5  ;  3,  30,  etc.  —  3.  simply  to  run  to, 
Hdt.  2,  2,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  4,'4  ;  lo  em- 
brace, τινί,  Eur.  Ale.  350  ;  hence,  πρ. 
τινί.  Ιο  join  the  party  of  another,  Xen. 
Hell.  7,  1,  42. — 4.  to  fall  in  with,  light 
upon,  meet  with,  μη  λάθτι  μι;  προςπε- 
σών.  Soph.  Phil.  46,  cf.  156;  πρ. 
κ/.ήρφ,  Eur.  Tro.  291. — 5.  of  events, 
accidents,  etc.,  to  come  suddentij  upon, 
befall  one,  Hdt.  1,  32,  Eur.  Med.  225, 
and  freq.  in  Plat.,  etc. ;  absol.,  και 
συμψοραι  προςπίπτουσαι,  such  cas- 
ualties as  occur,  Hdt.  7,  46,  cf  Isocr. 
417  13  ;  πρ.  εις  βών,  Hyperid.  ap. 
Stub.  p.  618,  19 :  so  of  passion,  etc., 
Plat. :  of  e.vpenses,  to  fall  upon,  Thuc. 
7,  28  ;  —  inipers.,  προςέπεσε,  it  bifcl, 
chanced,  c.  ace.  et  inf.,  Polyb.  25,  4, 
10. — 6.  to  come  to  one's  ears,  be  taught 
as  news,  like  Lat.  accidit  nuntius, 
el  τισιν  άπιστότερος  προςπέπτωκε, 
Aeschin.  62,  6,  cf  Polyb.  5,  101,  3.— 
III.  to  fall  down  to  or  before,  prostrate 
one's  self,  Hdt.,  cf  προςκννέω  ;  πρ. 
βωμοΐσι.  Soph.  Tr.  904.  cf  0.  C. 
1157  ;  προς  τίνα,  Eur.  Η.  F.  79  ;  προς 
τι,  Αγ.  Eq.  31 ;  but  in  Eur.,  oft.,  πρ. 
τινά,  to  full  down  lo,  supplicate  him, 
as  Andr.  537,  Tro.  757 ;  cf.  Aesch. 
Theb.  95.    [i] 

ΐΐροςπίτνω,  poet,  for  foreg.,  to  fall 
upon,  τινί,  Aesch.  Pers.  401,  and  Eur.: 
to  fall  upon  a  person's  neck,  embrace, 
τινί,  Eur.  El.  576,  Med.  1205;  so, 
πρ.  άμφί  τίνα,  Id.  Η.  F.  1208.— II.  to 
fall  down  to  or  before,  supplicate,  τινά, 
Aesch.  Pers.  152 ;  προςπίτνω  σε  γό- 
νασι,  Soph.  Phil.  4.S5  ;  γεραιΰς  πρ. 
παρηίδος,  Eur.  Hec.  274  ;  άμφι  σαν 
γενειάδα,  Id.  Η.  F.  1203 :  also,  πρ. 
τινά  γοννπετεΐς  έδρας,  i.  e.  to  kneel 
down  to  one,  Eur.  Phuen.293;  hence, 
C.  inf ,  πρ.  σε  μη  θανεΐν,  1  beseech  thee 
that  I  may  not  die.  Id.  El.  221.— On 
the  form  v.  sub  πίτνω. 

ΥΙροςπλάζω,  poet,  shortd.  for  προς- 
πε'λάζω  (intr.),  to  come  near,  approach, 

II.  12,  285;  c.  dat.,  Od.  II,  583:  cf 
Buttm.  Catal.  s.  v.  πεΆάζω. 

ΪΙροςπλάζω,    f.    •π7.άγξω,    (προς, 
ΤΤΛάζω)  to  -make  to  wander  still  more : 
■  pass.,  In  wander  or  roam  still  more. 

Τ\ροςπ?.άσσω,  Att.  -ττω :  f  -άσω 
{πρύς,  π?ιάσσω) : — to  form  or  mould 
upon,  νεοσσιαΐ  προςπεπ7Μσμεναι  εκ 
πηλού  πρυς  άποκρήμνοισι  ονρεσι, 
nests  formed  of  clay  and  attached  to 
precipitous  mountains,  Hdt.  3,  111. 
Heuce 

1280 


ΠΡΟΣ 

'Π.ροςπ?Μστικός,  ή,  όν,  fit,  serving 
for  fastening  on. 

11ρόςπ?.αστος,  ov,  {προςπ7.άσσω) 
formed  upon ,  fasteyied  on. 

ΐΐρΰςπ/.αστος,  or  rather  πρύςπ?,ά- 
τος,  ov,  (πρύςπλάζω,  -πελάζω)  ap- 
proachable, τινί,  Aesch.  Pr.  716,  ubi 
V.  Dind. 

ΙΙροςπ?.έκω,  f.  -ξω,  (προς,  πλέκω) 
to  fasten  on,  connect  U'ith  : — mid.,  to 
cling  to,  hold  on  by  a  thing,  Polyb.  5, 
60,  7,  Pint.  2,  796  A. 

ΐίρυςπλέω,  f  ■π7.ενσομαι,  {προς, 
π7ί,έω)  to  sail  towards  or  against,  Hdt. 

2,  5;  7,  194,  Thuc.  2,  83,  etc.:  so. 
Ion.  προςπλώω,  Hdt.  8,  6. 

ΙΙροςπ7ιηρόω,  ώ,  (προς.  πληρόω)  to 
fill  up  or  complete  a  number,  ιππέας 
πρ.  εις  διςχιλίονς,  Xen.  Cyr.  5,  3,  24, 
cf.  Hell.  1,  6,  3:  esp.,  tu  man  and 
equip  ships  besides,  man  still  more  ships, 
Thuc.  6,  104  ;  7,  34 ;  so  in  mid.,  Xen. 
Hell.  5,  1,  27. 

ΐΐρόςπλους,  6,  (προςπ7.έω)  a  sail- 
ing to  or  towards,  A  pp. 

Ί1ροςπ7^ωτός,  ή,  όν,  accessible  by 
sea,  Hdt.  4,  47,  71  :  from 

Τίροςπλώω,  Ion.  for  προςπλέω, 
Hdt.  8,  6. 

ϋΐροςπνείω,  poet.  =  προςπνεω, 
Theocr.  17,  52. 

ΐΐρόςπνενσις,  ή,  a  breathing  on  '.fra- 
grance or  odour,  Diod.  from 

Υίροςπνεω,  f  -πνεύσω,  (προς, πνέω) 
to  blow  or  breathe  upon,  infuse,  δεϊμα 
πρ-,  Soph.  Fr.  310:  iinpers.,  c.  gen., 
προςπνεΐ  μοι  κρεών  (sc.  ΰσμή),  i.  e. 
there's  a  smell  of  meat,  Ar.  Ran.  338. 
— II.  in  Gramm.,  to  add  the  hard  breath- 
ing, Seleuc.  ap.  Ath.  398  B. 

ΐΐροςποθέω,  ώ,  (προς,  ποθέω)  to  de- 
sire to  know  besides,  Plat.  Charm.  174  A. 

ΐΐροςποιέω,  ώ,  {προς,  ποιέω)  to  add 
or  attach  to,  Tivi  TL,  Lat.  tradere  alicui 
in  7nanus,  πρ.  τινι  την  Κέρκνραν, 
Thuc.  1,  55,  cf  2,  2,  etc. ;  πρ.  Αέσ- 
βον  Ty  πό7.ει,  Xen.  Hell.  4,  8,  28, 
etc.;  πρ.  τινι  χάριν,  Uem.  1393,  15. 
— II.  iisu.  as  miii.,  προςποιέομαι  (aor. 
pass,  in  Polyb.  5,  25,  7) : — to  add  or 
attach  to  one's  self,  Hdt.  9,  37  ;  also  of 
persons,  to  bring  them  to  one's  own  side, 
lein  or  gain  over,  τον  δημον,  Ar.  Eq. 
215  ;  τους  θεούς,  Xen.  Vect.  6,  3;  so, 
πρ.  φίλους,  Hdt.  1,  G  ;  5,  71  :  πρ.  υπη- 
κόους τάς  πόλεις,  Thuc.  1,  8;  πρ. 
χωρίον  ές  ξυμμαχίαν,  Thuc.  2,  30. 
—2.  with  collat.  notion  of  taking  other 
people's  property,  to  take  to  one's  self, 
pretend  to,  lay  claim  to,  Lat.  affectarc, 
usu.  c.  ace,  as  Thuc.  1,  137  ;  but  also 
c.  gen.,  Ar.  Eccl.  871,  Isae.  47,  11.— 

3.  generally,  to  pretend,  feign,  affect, 
Lat.  simidare,  όργτ/ν,  Hdt.  6,  121,  4; 
and  c.  inf,  to  pretend  to  do,  lb.,  and  3, 
2 ;  also,  χρη  μη  προςποιεισθαι,  one 
must  7nake  as  if  it  were  not  so,  Thuc. 
3,  47  ;  and  c.  inf,  to  pretend  to...  Plat. 
Apol.  23  D,  26  E,  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  2,  27, 
etc. :  c.  ace,  also  to  use  as  a  pretence, 
allege,  ίχβραν,  Thuc.  8,  108.     Hence 

ΙΙροςποίημα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which 
one  takes  to  one's  self ;  a  pretence,  Arist. 
Elh.  N.  4,  7,  1  :  and  so,  a  mask,  dis- 
guise, Dion.  H.  10,  13,  Plut.,  etc. 

ΤΙροςποίι/σις,  εως,  ή,  {προςποιέω) 
a  taking  to  one's  self,  pretending  to  a 
thing,  τινός,  Thuc.  3,  82:  a  preten- 
sion, pretence,  or  claim  to  a  thing,  c. 
gen..  Id.  2,  62;  6,  16: — ειρωνεία  is 
defined  to  be  πρ.  έπι  χείρον  πράξεων 
καϊ  λ^γων,  affectation  of.,  Theophr. 
Char.  1. 

Τίροςποιητικός,  ή,  όν,  (προςποιέω 
IT.  2)  pretending  to  a  thing,  c.  gen., 
ανδρείας,  Arist.  Eth.  N.  3,  7,  8. 

Τίροςποιητός,  όν,  or  ?/,  όν,  also 
προςποίητος,    v.    Lob.    Paral.    403 


ΠΡΟΣ 

(προςποιέω  II.  2) : — taken  to  one's  tctf, 
assumed,  affected,  pretended.  Plat.  Lys. 
222  A,  DeiiL  1334,  lin. :  νιος  πρ.,  an 
adopted  son.  Adv.  -τως,  ojip.  to  τώ 
6vTi,  Plat.  Theaet.  174  D. 

HpofTToAf/ifij,  ώ,  i.  -ησω,  (προς, 
ΤΓοΛΓμίω)  to  carry  on  ivnr  against,  be 
at  war  with,  Thuc.  8,  96;  τινί,  Aes- 
chin. 9,  34  ;  χα7.επος  προςπο7^εμεϊν, 
Isocr.  69  A,  cf  Dem.  24,  12:— also, 
πρ.  τινά,  to  harass  in  war,  Xen.  All. 

I,  6,  6. 

ΤΙροςπολεμόω,  ώ,  (προς,  πο7.εμόω) 
to  make  hostile  besides: — mid.,  to  make 
one's  enemy  besides,  go  to  war  with  be• 
sides,  Τίνα,  Thuc.  3,  3. 

ΤΙροςπολίω,  ώ,  to  be  a  πρόςπολος, 
attend,  serve,  τινί,  Eur.  Tro.  204: — 
pass.,  to  be  led  or  attended  by  πρόςπο- 
7.01,  Herm.  Soph.  O.  C.  1100. 

Υνρόςπολος,  ον,=  πρόπολος,  serv 
ing :  as  subst.,  ό  or  ^  πρ..  a  servant, 
handmaid,  Aesch.  Eum.  1024,  Soph. 
El.  23,  78,  etc.,  and  Eur. ;  of  ininis- 
tering  priests,  Soph.  O.  C.  1053;  πρ. 
θεάς,  Eur.  Supp.  2  : — πρ.  φόνου,  min- 
ister of  death,  Aesch.  Theb.  574  : — 
V.  1.  for  πρόπο7.ος,  Hdt.  2,  64. 

Τίροςπονέω,  ώ,  (προς,  πονέω)  and 
sometimes  as  dep.  mid. : — lo  work  du- 
ring or  at,  tire  one's  self  with,  τινί. — 

II.  to  work  besides,  Diod.,  App. 
Ώροςπορενομαι,  {προς,  πορεύομαι) 

dep.,  c.  fut.  mid.  et  aor.  pass. :  to  go 
lo,  approach,  τινί,  Polyb.  4,  3,  13; 
πρ.  προς  τί/ν  άγορανομίαν,  to  go  in 
quest  of  the  oftlce  of  Aedile,  be  candi- 
date for  it,  Lat.  ambire,  Id.  10,  4,  1,  cf 
10,  27,  8. — II.  to  attach  one's  self  to 
any  one,  belong  to  his  party,  etc., 
LXX. 

ΐΐροςπορίζω,  f  -ίσω,  {προς,  πορίζω) 
to  procure  or  supply  besides,  Xen.  Mem. 
3,  0,  5,  Dem.  48,  9  :  in  logic,  lo  assume 
besides,  Arist.  Meteor.  3,  5,  6.   Hence 

Τίροςπορισμός,  ov,  ό,  a  procuring 
besides,  the  Lat.  pieculium. 

ΤΙροςπορπάζω,  =προςπορπάω. 

Ώροςπορπΰτός,  ή,  όν,  fastened  on 
or  to  with  a  πόρπη,  pinned  down,  δεσ- 
μώ,  Aesch.  Pr.  141  :  from 

ΐΐροςπορπάω,  ώ,  to  fasten  on  with  a 
πόρπη,  like  προςπερονάω. 

Προςπράσσομαι,  (προς,  πράσσω) 
dep.,  c.  aor.  pass,  et  mid.,  to  exact  or 
demand  besides,  'έτερα  τοσαντα  πρ., 
Andoc.  30,  39. 

Πρόςπταισις,  η,  (προςπταίω)  α 
striking  or  stumbling  against. 

Tlp<Jςπτuισμa,  ατής,  τό,  a  stumbling 
against,  a  bruise,  wound  or  hurt  arising 
therefrom,  Arist.  Eth.  N.  5,  11,  8  :  from 

ΤΙροςπταίω,  (προς,  πταίω)  to  strike 
against  a  thing,  and  so,  to  sprain,  to 
γόνν,  Hdt.  6,  134  :  esp.,  to  strike  one's 
foot  against,  stumble  upon,  strike  against, 
τινί,  Dem.  104,  lin. ;  of  ships,  ττ.  πφί 
τον  Άθων,  Hdt.  7,  22,  cf  6,  44  ;  ab 
sol.,  to  stumble,  Xen.  Hell.  3,  3,  3, 
Plat.  Rep.  604  C  ;  also,  to  stumble 
along,  limp,  Ar.  Plut.  121  :  also  of  the 
mind,  Arist.  Rhet.  3,  9,  6.— IL  met- 
aph.,  to  fail,  Hdc,  etc.  ;  esp.,  to  suffer 
a  defeat,  νανμαχί?/,  Hdt.  9, 107  ;  μεγά- 
λως  προςπταΐσαι,  Hdt.  1,  16;  2,  161, 
etc. ;  opp.  to  είτυχείν.  Hdt.  3,  40 ; 
also,  πρ.  προς  τίνα,  lo  lose  a  battle  or 
be  unlucky  against  one,  Hdt.  1,  65  ;  so, 
πρ.  περί  τινι,  Hdt.  9,  107. — III.  πρ. 
τινί,  to  offend  one,  dash  teith  him, 
Plut.  Pencl.  32,  Cat.  Min.  30. 

ΐΐροςπτήναι,  inf  aor.  of  προςπέτο- 
μαι. 

Τίροςπτήσσω,  (προς,  πτήσσω)  to 
crouch  or  cower  towards  :  άκταί  λιμέ- 
νος  ποτιπεπτηυΐαι  (Ερ.  i>art.  pf  for 
προςπεπτηκνίηι),  headlantls,  verging 
towards  the  harbour,  i.  e.  shutting  it 


ΠΡΟΣ 
in,  Od.  13, 98  : — usu.  referred  to  προς- 
ΤΓίΤΓΓω,    but    V.    καταπτήσσω,    νπο- 
■κτ-ησσω,  and  Buttm.  Ausf.  Gr.  ^  97, 
Anin.  10. 

ΤΙρόςπτυγμα,  ατός,  το,  that  which  is 
embraced,  the  object  of  embraces,  Eur. 
Or.  1049 :  from 

ΏροςτΓτύσσω.  {προς,  πτύσσω)  to 
embrace,  Eur.  EI.  1255,  1325. 

B.  mostly  as  dep.,  ττροςπτνσσομαι, 
Dor.  ποτιπτ.  (but  in  Od.  2,  77,  προ- 
τίΏτ-,  ace.  to  Schol.  Harl.) :  fut,-πrΰ- 
ξομαι:  pf.  τΐροςέπτνγμαι,  Pind.  1.  2, 
57  : — strictly  of  a  garment,  to  fold  it- 
self close  to,  cling  to,  cling  close  round, 
c.  dat.,  πλενραΐς.  Soph.  Tr.  767  : 
hence, — II.  usu.  of  men, — 1.  to  fold  to 
one's  bosom,  clasp,  embrace,  πατέρα, 
Od.  11,  451  ;  also  c.  daL  ;  παρθενω 
•προςτΐτύσσεται,  he  clings  to  the  maid- 
en, Herm.  Soph.  Ant.  1222:  fof  a  fe- 
male, Theocr.  3,  19t. — 2.  to  receive 
viarmly,  greet,  welcome,  τινά,  Od.  8, 
478  ;  c.  dupl.  ace,  πρ.  τινά  τι,  to  ad- 
dress a  friendly  greeting  to  one,  Od. 
17,  509;  προςπτνσσεσθαί  τίνα  ίπεϊ, 
εργφ.  to  welconve  with  word  or  deed, 
H.  Hom.  Car.  199  :  also,  προςτττνσ- 
σεσθαι  μνθ<ύ,  to  entreat  warmly,  Od. 
2,  77  ;  4,  647  ;  and  so  Nonn.  has  it  in 
the  act.  form.^ — 3.  βεών  όαΐτας  προς- 
ΤίΤνσσεσθαι,  to  welcome  the  feasts  of 
the  gods,  i.  e.  honour  or  celebrate  t\iem, 
Pind.  I.  2,  57. — The  word  is  poet,  and 
chiefly  Ep. 

.  Ί1ρος~τνστος,  ov,  spitten  on :  degra- 
ded, Pfut.  2,  565  Β  :  from 
.  ΥΙροςτττύω,  f.  -vau,  (προς,  πτύω)  to 
spit  upon,  Tci'L,  Plut.  Phoc.  36,  Luc. 
Asin.  56 :  προςπτνσας,  in  contempt, 
Plut.  Lucull.  18. 

■  ΤΙρόςπτωσις,  εως,  ή,  (προςπίπτω) 
a  /'ailing,  lying  against,  Hipp.  :  πρ. 
ειδώλων,  their  occurrence,  Plut.  2, 
904  F. 

ΙΙροςπυνθάνομαί,  {ττρός,  πυνθάνο- 
μαι)  dep.,  to  learn  besides,  Arist.  Soph. 
El.  13,  3. 

■  ΐΐροςπνρόω,  ώ,  {προς,  πυρόω)  to 
kindle,  and  metaph.  to  incense  still 
more,  LXX. 

ΐΐροςραίνω,  (προς,  βαίνω)  to  sprin- 
kle besides,  throw  about,  πρ.  μίλτον 
κνκ?.ω,  Ar.  Eccl.  379  :  to  sprinkle  on 
one,  Tivi  τι.  Lye. :  —  pass.,  προςραί- 
νεσθαί  τίνος,  to  be  sprinkled  tinth..., 
Plut.  Ages.  30. 

Jipoςpavτίζω,^oτ^g. 

ΥΙροςραπτέον,  one  7nust  sew  on,  ap. 
Plut.  llys.  7  :  verb.  adj.  from 

ΐΐροςράπτω,  f.  -iliu,  {προς,  βάπτω) 
to  stilch,  sew  on. 

■  ΤΙρόςραξις,  ή,=  πρόςρ7ΐξις  :  from 
ΪΙροςράσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  =  προςρήγ- 

ννμι,  LXX. 

ΙΙροςρέπω.  to  incline^towards. 

Ίλροςρέω,  f.  -ρενσομαι,  {προς,  /5ε'ω) 
to  flow  to  or  towards  :  to  flow  together, 
assemble,  Hdt.  1,  62:  —  to  steal,  creep 
towar/L•,  Trj  τρο.πέζΐ),  Plut.  2,  760  A. 

Τίροςρήγΐ'ϋμι  and  -νύω :  f.  -ρηξω 
(προς.  βήγνυμι) : — to  dash,  beat  against, 
nvi,  N.  T. — II.  to  dash  in  pieces. 

Τίρόςρημα,  ατός,  τό,  {προς,  ()ήμα) 
an  address,  salutation.  Plat.  Charm. 
104  E.  —  II.  that  by  which  one  is  ad- 
dressed, a  name,  designation.  Id.  Phaedr. 
238  B.  etc.,  Dem.  630,  8. 

Πρόςρηξις,  ή,  (προςρηγννμι)  a  dash- 
ing against,  shattering. 

ΐΐρόςρησις,  εως,  ή,  {προς,  βήσις)  an 
addressing,  accosting,  πρόςρησιν  όιδό- 
vai  τινί,  to  accost  him,  Eur.  I.  A.  341  ; 
cf  Plat.  Charm.  164  D  :  —  hence,  an 
object  of  salutation.  Plat.  (Com.)  In- 
cert.  1.- — ^11.  a  naming,  name,  Plat. 
Polit.  258  A,  306  E,  etc.  —  III.  καθ' 
έκάστην  πρόςρησιν,  according  to  the 
81 


ΠΡΟΣ 

mode  added  in  each  case  (cf.  πρόςθε- 
σις),  Arist.  An.  Pr.  1,  2,  1. 

Προςρτισσω,  Att.  -ττω,  =  προςρτ/γ- 
ννμι. 

Προςρητέος,  a,  ov,  verb,  adj.,  from 
fut.  προςερώ,  to  be  addressed,  called, 
Plat.  Rep.  428  B.  —  II.  προςρητέον, 
one  must  call,  lb.  431  D,  etc. 

ΐΐροςρητός,  ή,  όν,  verb,  adj.,  from 
futv  πρηςερώ,  accosted. 

Τίροςριγόω,  ώ,  {προς,  όιγόω)  to 
shiver  besides  or  at  a  thing,  Hipp. 

ΤΙρόςριζος,  ov,  {προς,  βίζα]  at  the 
root.     Hence 

'Π.ροςριζόφν?.λος,  ov,  {φν?.λον)  with 
leaves  at  the  root,  Diosc. 

ΐΐροςριπτέω,  ώ,=3ς.,  Plut.  Lucull. 
35. 

ΤΙροςρίπτω,  f.  --ώω,  (προς,  Μπτω) 
to  throw  upon,  δνειοός  τινι,  Polyb.  17, 
14,  1,  Luc,  etc. 

ΤΙροςρύομαι,  {προς,  βύομαι)  dep., 
to  take  refuge  in,  τόπφ,  Philostr. 

ΐΐροςρώνννμι,  and  -ννω,  f.  -ρώσω, 
{προς,  βώνννμι)  to  strengthen  still  more, 
pass.,  to  grow  still  stronger. 

ΐΐροςσαίνω,  (προς,  σαίνω)  to  fawn 
upon,  like  αίκ.άλ?Μ,  strictly  of  dogs, 
Arr.  Cyn.  7,  2  :  —  but  usu.  metaph., 
ov  yap  Άργείων  τόό'  ε'ιη  φώτα  προς- 
σαίνειν  κακόν,  Aesch.  Ag.  1665:  of 
thmgs,  to  please,  like  Lat.  arridere,  ει 
τώνδε  προςσαίνει  σέ  τι,  Aesch.  Pr. 
835  ;  also,  generally,  to  affect,  agitate, 
Eur.  Hipp.  863. 

ΤΙροςσαίρω,  {προς,  σαίρω)  to  grin 
or  snarl  at,  Lye.  880 :  poda  προςσε- 
σηρώς,  grinning  roses,  like  κύρδαμον 
βλέπων,  etc.,  Pherecr.  Pers.  2. 

ΤΙροςσαλπιστός,  όν,  at  which  the 
trumpet  is  blown,  cf.  προσαλπιστός. 

ΤΙροςσέ:3ω,  (προς,  σέβω)  to  worship 
or  honour  besides,  Aesch.  Theb.  1023. 

ΤΙροςσείω,  (προς,  σείω)  to  shake  be- 
sides, A  el. 

ΤΙροςσεύω  {προς,  σείω) :  hence 
part.  pf.  pass,  προςεσσνμένος,  rushing 
at  or  upon,  Q.  Sm.  8,  166. 

Τίροςσημαίνω,  f.  -ΰνώ,  (προς,  ση- 
μαίνω) to  show  or  signify  besides,  Arist. 
Interpr.  3,  1,  Rhet.  1,  13.  10.    Hence 

ΐΐροςσημαντικός,  ή,  όν,  signifying 
besides. 

ΤΙροςσιάλίζω  or  -ελίζω,  to  spit  upon, 
LXX. 

ΐΐρόςσκαψις,  ή.  Dor.  ποτίσκ-,  a 
heaping  of  earth  upon.  Tab.  Heracl. 

ΐΐροςσκελέο)  and  -έλλω.  to  grow  dry 
on  or  in  a  thing  :  —  hence,  intr.  pf. 
προςέσκληκα,  metaph.,  to  persist  in 
firmly. 

ΐΐροςσκοπέω,  ώ,  {προς,  σκοπέω) 
also  as  dep.  mid. :  to  contemplate  be- 
sides, Strab. 

ΐΐροςσκώπτω,  (προς,  σκώπτω)  to 
jeer  besides,  Diog.  L.  2,  120,  in  aor. 
pass. 

ΐΐρόσσοβεν,  adv.,  poet,  for  πρόσω- 
θεν,  like  προσσοτέρω  for  προςωτέ- 
ρω,  forwards,  onwards,  II.  23,  533 ; 
where  others  take  it  simply  as  an- 
other form  for  πρόσθεν. 

ΤΙροσσοτέρω,  adv.,  poet,  for  προσ- 
ωτέρω. 

Τίροςσπαίρω,  {προς,  σπαίρω)  to 
pant  after  a  thing,  τινί,  Plut.  Otho  2. 

ΤΙροςσπαστικοΓ,  ή,  όν,  attractive, 
Arist.  Η.  Α.  10,  3.  3  :  fro.m 

Προςσπύω,  f.  -άσω,  {προς,  σπάω) 
to  draw  to  : — pass.,  to  have  spasms,   [ΰ] 

Τίροςσπένδω,  (προς,  σπένδω)  to 
poitr  out  or  upon  besides,  Dion.  H.  7, 
73. 

ΐΐροςσπενδω,  (προς,  σπεύδω)  to  be 
jealous  besides,  Teles  ap.  Stob. 

ΤΙρυςστύζω,  Dor.  ποτιστ-,  (προς, 
στάζω)  to  drop  on,  shed  over,  τινί  τι, 
Pind.  Ο.  6,  128;  πρανν  ποτιστάζων 


ΠΡΟΣ 

δαρον,  letting  fall  mild  words.  Id.  P. 
4,  244. 

ΐΐροςστανρόω,  ώ,  (προς,  στανρόώ) 
to  draw  a  stockade  along  or  before  a 
place,  c.  ace,  πρ.  τύς  τριήρεις,  Ar 
nold.  Thue.  4,  9. 

ΐΐροςστείχω,  (προς,  στείχω)  to  go 
to  or  towards,  προςεστίχε  μακρόν 
Όλνμπον,  towards  long  Olympus  wejit 
she,  Od.  20,  73. 

ΤΙροςστέλ/.ω,  {  προς.  στέλλω  )  to 
keep  close  to,  τινί  τι,  Plut.  Sull.  19, 
in  mid. — 2.  part,  pf  pass.,  of  a  dress, 
tight-drawn,  tucked  up,  Lat.  adstrictus  ; 
hence,  ισχία  προςεσταλμένα,  thin, 
drawn-up  loins,  of  dogs,  Xen.  Cyn.  4, 
1  :  metaph.,  plain,  modest,  επιστήμη 
πρ.  και  κοσμία.  Plat.  Gorg.  511  D. 

Προςστερνίζομαι ,  {προς,  στέρνον) 
as  mid.,  to  clasp  to  one's  breast,  Longus. 

Τίροςστρατοπεδενω,  (προς,  στρα- 
τοπεδεύω) to  encamp  near,  τόπφ, 
Polyb.  1,  42,  8  :  also  as  dep.  mid. 

ΤΙροςσνγχρίω,  to  anoint  besides,  [ϊ] 

ΤΙροςσϋκοφαντέω,  ώ,  (προς,  σνκο- 
φαντέω)  to  slander  or  backbite  besides, 
Dem.  280,  2. 

ΐΐροςσνλλαμβάνομαι,  (προς,  συλ- 
λαμβάνω) as  mid.,  to  take  part  in  be- 
sides, τινός :  v.  sq. 

Τίροςσνμβύλλομαι,  (προς,  σνμβά?^- 
?ιω)  to  contribute  to  besides  or  at  the 
same  time,  c.gen.,  της  ορμής,  Thuc.  3, 
36  (with  v.  1.  προςσννελύβετο). 

Τίροςσννάπτω.  {προς,  συνάπτω) 
to  join  with  or  add  still  further,  Alh. 

ΐΐροςσννεδρενω,  (προς,  σννεδρενω) 
to  sit  together  by  one  in  council,  v.  1. 
Diod.  11,34. 

Τίροςσννθερμαίνω,  (προς,  σννθερ- 
μαίνω)  to  warm  besides,  Hipp. 

ΙΙροςσννίημι,  (προς,  σννίι^μι)  to  ob- 
serve, understand  besides,  Hipp. 

ΐΐροςσννίστημι,  (προς,  σννίστημί) 
to  recommend  further,  Dem.  1411,  5. 

ΤΙροςσννοικέω,  ώ,  {προς,  σννοικέω) 
to  settle  with  Others  in  a  place,  joiti 
with  others  in  a  settlement,  c.  dat.  pers., 
Thuc.  6,  2. 

ΤΙροςσννοικίζω,  (προς,  συνοικίζω) 
πρ.  την  θυγατέρα,  to  give  one's  daugh- 
ter in  marriage  besides,  Dio  C. — II.  ill 
pass.,  to  come  to  live,  settle  together  with, 
M.  Anton.  4,  21. 

ΐΐροςσνντίθεμαι,  {προς,  συντίθημι) 
as  mid.,  to  concert  besides,  Dio  C. 

ΐΐροςσνρίζω  or  -ίττω,  to  give  a  signal 
to,  v.  I.  for  προσνρ-. 

Τίρόςσφαγμα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which 
is  slain  at..  ;  cf  πρόσφαγμα. 

ΐΐροςσφύζω  or  -ττω,  (προς,  σφάζω) 
to  slay  at,  near,  τώ  μνηματι,  Plut. 
Brut.  28. 

ΐΐρόσσω,  adv.,  poet,  for  πρόσω, 
Hom.,  esp.  in  II. 

ΤΙροςσωρεύω,  (προς,  σωρεύω)  to  pile 
up  besides  or  at  the  same  time,  App. 

ΪΙροςτύγή,ής,  ή,  (προςτάσσω)=Βη. 

ΤΙρόςταγμα,  ατός,  το.  (προςτάσσω) 
an  ordinance,  command,  Plat.  Rep.  423 
C.  etc.,  Isocr.  77  E,  etc. 

ΐΐροςτακτέον,  verb,  adj.,  one  must 
order,  Xen.  Hier.  9, 3  ;  cf  προςτάσσω, 
fin. 

ΐΐροςτακτικός,  η,  όν,  {προςτύσσω) 
belonging  to  commanding,  commanding , 
λόγος,  Plut.  2,  1037  F":— in  Gramm., 
7/  -κή  { sc.  εγκλισις),  the  imperative 
mood  ;  also  το  -κόν,  Diog.  L.  7,  6C, 
67.     Adv.  -κώς• 

ΤΙρόςτακτος,  ov,  (προςτάσσω)  or- 
dained, quoted  from  Dem.  jiii  a  decree 
256.  10. 

ΤΙροςτΰ/Μίπωρέω,  ώ,  (προς,  τα?Μΐ- 
πωρέω)  to  persist  ΟΤ  persevere  still  far- 
ther, Ar.  Lys.  766;  πρ.  τινι,  to  perse- 
vere still  in  a  thing,  Thuc.  2,  53. 

ΙΙρόςταξις,  εως,  η,  {προςτάσσω)  a» 
1281 


ΠΡΟΣ 

ordaining,  an  ordinance,  command.  Plat. 
Legg.  031  D,  761  Ε  ;  πρόςταξιν 
ηοιείσθαί  τινι,  to  command  him, 
Arist.  Top. : — but,  also,  πμ.  ποιεί• 
σθαι,  to  make  an  assessment  of  the 
number  of  men  to  be  supplied,  Thuc. 
8,  3.  —  II.  at  Athens,  άτιμοι  κατά 
προςτάξεις,  citizens  deprived  of  their 
rights  in  certain  specified  particulars 
(opp.  to  παντάπασιν  άτιμοι),  Andoc. 

10,  25,  sq. 

ΤΙμοςτύράσσω,  f.  -ξο),  (ττρός,  τα- 
ράσσω) to  throw  into  confusion  besides, 
LXX. 

ΙΙροςταργάνόυ,  ύ,  (προς,  ταργα- 
νόω)  to  fasten  to,  Lyc.  748. 

ΐΐροστάς,  άύος,  ή,  {προίστημι)  an 
ante-chamber,  vestibule,  Ath.  205  A, 
Vitruv.  2,  8:  in  Vitruv.  2,  10  prop, 
the  part  between  the  two  antae  (or 
projecting  walls)  of  a  building. — II.  a 

f  prostitute,  i.  6.  one  who  προΐσταται, 
ike  Lat.  prostibulum,  Ath.  [ΰ] 

ΐΐμοστάσία,  ας,  ή,  (,προίατημί)  α 
standing  before  or  at  the  head  of,  πρ. 
δήμου,  Thuc.  2,  65  ;  του  πλήϋους,λά. 
6,  89  ;  cf.  προστάτης  1. — 2.  authority, 
power  whereby  one  commands  others, 
chieftainship,  ετήσιος  πρ.,  Thuc.  2, 
80  :  the  authority  of  a  writer,  Polyb. 
12,  28,  6. — 3.  outward  dignity,  pomp, 
show,  etc.,  οΰ  μόνον  πρ.,  άλλα  και 
δνναμις,  Polyb.  4,  2,  6 ;  cf.  1,  55,  θ, 
etc. — III.  rt  standing  up  in  behalf  of , 
assistance,  protection. — iV  .partisanship, 
party,  faction,  Dem.  145,  8 :  hence 
collusion,  champarty,  Id.  872,  6. — V.  a 
place  before  or  round  a  building,  area, 
Polyb.  15,  30,  4  ;  and  so  perh.  in 
Aeschin.  42,  2,  cf  Harpocr.  s.  v. — VI. 
;as  translation  of  the  Roman  patrona- 
tiis,  Plut.  Rom.  13. 

ΐΐροστάσιάζω,  (πρό,  στασιάζω)  to 
be  in  or  bring  into  uproar  before,  uio  C 

ΥΙρόστάσις,  εως,  ή,  (προϊστημι)  a 
standing  at  the  head,  chief  place  :  au- 
thority. —  2.  outward  dignity,  pomp, 
]fhow,  etc.,  Plat.  Rep.  577  A  ;  cf  προ- 
στασία.—  3.  generally,  predominance 
of  humours,  Hipp.  cf.  Foes.  Oecon. — 

11.  that  which  one  puts  before  a  thing, 
to  conceal  it,  a  pretence,  pretext,  like 
πρόσχημα. 

ΠοοΓΓίίσσω,  Att.  -ttu:  f.  -ξω, 
(προς,  τάσσω) : — to  place  or  po.H  at  a 
place,  τόπω,  Aesch.  Theb.  527,  in 
pass.,  cf  Soph.  Ant.  670 ;  χωρείτε  ol 
προςτάσσομεν,  Eur.  Or.  1678. — 2.  to 
ascribe  to  a  class  or  party,  τινά  προς 
τινι,  Hdt.  3,  89 ;  also  c.  dat.,  μοίρτ/ 
Tivl  βασιλέα  πρ.  έωυτόν,  to  join  one 
party  as  their  king,  Hdt.  1,  94 ;— so, 
πρ.  τινάς  τινι,  to  assign  them  to  his 
command,  Thuc.  5,  8  ;  and  in  pass., 
Ίνύοϊ  προςετετάχατο  Φαρναζάθρτ), 
Hdt.  7,  65 ;  στρατηγώ  τινι  προςτε- 
ταγμένοι,  Thuc.  6,  42:  but  also, — 3. 
reversely,  πρ.  άρχοντα  τισι,  to  ap- 
point as  commander  over  them.  Id. 
93,  cf.  8,  8.— II.  to  enjoin,  give  as  a 
command,  τινί  τι,  Hdt.  1,  114,  etc.: 
hence  in  pass.,  τοίσι  όε  'ίππος  προς- 
ετέτακτο,  to  others  orders  had  been  giv- 
en to  supply  cavalry.  Id.  7,  21,  cf. 
Aesch.  Eum.  208 :  τά  προςταχθέντα, 
orders  given,  Hdt.  2, 121,  4,  etc. — 2.  c. 
dat.  pers.  et  inf,  to  command,  order 
one  to  do,  Hdt.  5,  105  ;  9,  99,  and 
Alt.,  as  Soph.  O.  C.  494,  1018;  and 
this  dat.  must  be  supplied  in  such 
places  as  Hdt.  1,  80: — pass.,  to  be  or- 
dered to  do.  Id.  1,  192,  etc.  ;  also, 
τοΐσι  προςετέτακτο  πρήσσειν.  Id.  7, 
39:  —  in  Plat,  also,  προςτακτέον 
ΰπως...  Rep.  527  C. 

Τίρσστάτεία,  ας,  ή,  (^προστάτης) 
authority,  etc.,  Xen.  Mem.  3,  6,  10:  a 
-taking  care  of,  providing  for ;  general- 
ises 


ΠΡΟΣ 

ly,  protection,  like  προστασία  III,  Id. 
Oec.  2,  6. 

Προστατεύω,  =  προστατέω  Π,  c. 
gen.,  Xen.  An.  5,  6,  21,  etc. 

ΐΐροστάτέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήαω,  to  be  a  προ- 
στάτης, to  stand  before  or  at  the  head 
of,  be  ruler  over,  χβονός,  δώματος,  Vj\.\x. 
ileracl.  207,  El.  932  ;  πόλεως.  Plat. 
Gorg.  519  C  ;  τινών,  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  3, 
25 :  πρ.  αγώνος,  to  be  steward  of  the 
games,  Xen.  An.  4,  8,  25 : — pass., 
προστατεΐσθαι  ΰπό  τίνος,  to  be  ruled 
or  led  by  one,  Xen.  Hier.  5,  I. — II.  to 
stand  before  as  a  defender,  to  be  pro- 
tector, guard,  c.  gen.  πυλών,  Aesch. 
Theb.  396;  to  be  patron,  guardian,  τι- 
νός, Ar.  Eq.  325,  etc. — III.  to  make  a 
motion  or  proposition,  to  provide,  take 
care,  όπως..,  Xen.  Mem.  2,  7,  9. — IV. 
ό  προστατών  χρόνος,  the  time  that's 
close  at  hand,  Soph.  El.  781. 

ΐΐροστύτήρ,  ήρος,  ό,=  προστάτης. 
Hence 

ΐΐροστύτήριος,  a,  ον,  standing  he- 
fore,  protecting,  Aesch.  Theb.  449 ; 
epith.  of  Apollo  (from  his  statue  stand- 
ing before  the  doors).  Soph.  El.  627 
(cf  7),  ap.  Dem.  531,  8,  etc. ;  cf.  sq. 
ill.  —  II.  standing  before,  δεΐμα  πρ. 
καρδίας,  fear  hovering  before  my  heart. 
Id.  Ag.  976.— III.  ό  Πρ.,  a  Boeotian 
month,  perh.  the  Att.  Anthesterion, 
Plut. 

ΐΐροστάτης,  ov,  6,  (προϊστημι)  one 
who  stands  before  ox  first,  a  front-rank 
man,  like  πρωτοστάτης,  Xen.  Cyr.  3, 
3,  41 :  but, — II.  usu.,  a  chief,  leader, 
Hdt.  1, 127  ;  2, 178,  and  Att. ;  opp.  to 
αστοί,  Aesch.  Supp.  963  ;  πρ.  τον 
πολέμου,  Xen.  Cyr.  7,  2,  23. — 2.  esp., 
the  leader  of  a  party,  6  πρ.  τοϋ  δήμου, 
freq.  in  Att.,  as  Thuc.  3,  75,  82  ;  4, 
66,  etc.,  cf  Plat.  Rep.  565  D,  sq., 
Herm.  Pol.  Ant.  t)  69,  4.— III.  one 
who  stajids  before  and  protects,  a  pro- 
tector, champion,  Aesch.  Theb.  408, 
798,  etc. ;  τινός,  against  a  thing.  Soph. 
O.  T.  303  ;  esp.  of  certain  gods,  as 
Apollo,  Soph.  Tr.  209,  cf  προστατή- 
ριος. — 2.  at  Athens,  of  the  citizens  who 
took  care  of  the  μέτοικοι  and  others 
who  had  not  civic  rights,  which  rela- 
tion resembled  that  of  the  Roman 
patronus  and  cliens  (whence  προστά- 
της is  used  to  translate pfliro7iKi,  Plut. 
Rom.  13,  Mar.  5),  v.  Herm.  ut  supra 
'5»  115,  5  :  hence  the  phrases,  έπΙ 
προστάτον  οΐκείν,  to  live  under  pro- 
tection o{  a  patron,  Lys.  187,  29,  etc.; 
προστάτην  γράφειν  τινά,  to  choose 
as  one's  patron,  Luc.  Peregr.  11;  so, 
προστάτην  γράφασθαι,  Ar.  Pac.  684  ; 
εχειν.  Id.  Plut.  920,  cf  Soph.  O.  T. 
882  ;  but,  γράφεσθαι  προστάτον,  to 
enter  one's  self  Ay  one's  patron's  name, 
attach  one's  self  to  α  patron,  οΰ  Κρέ- 
οντος προστάτον  γεγρά-φομαι.  Soph. 
Ο.  Τ.  411. — 3.  α  surety,  guarantee,  της 
ειρήνης,  Xen.  Hell.  5, 1, 36. — IV.  ττρο- 
στάτης  θεοϋ,  one  who  stands  before  a 
god  to  entreat  him,  a  suppliant,  like 
Ικέτης,  Soph.  O.  C.  1171,  1278,  cf 
El.  1378.  [ά]    Hence 

ΠροσΓώτί/cof,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to  a 
προστάτης  (signf  I),  Plat.  Rep.  565 
D. — 2.  of  rank  or  honour,  Polyb.  6,  33, 
9,  etc.  Adv.  -κώς,  magnificently,  Id. 
5,  88,  4. 

ΤΙροστάτις,  ιδος,  fern,  from  ττρο- 
στάτης,  Soph.  Ο.  C.  458,  e  conj. 
Dmd. ;  cf  Luc.  Bis  Ace.  29.  [a] 

ΐΐροστάτρια,  ας,  ή,  =  foreg.,  cf. 
Osann  Auctar.  Lex.  p.  141. 

ΤΙροςτάττω,  Att.  for  προςτάσσω. 
ΤΙροστανρόω,  ώ,  (πρό,  στανρόω)  to 
draw  a  stockade  in  front  of  or  along, 
την  θάλασσαν,  Thuc.  6,  75. 
Προσταφίδόομαι,  {πρό,  σταφιδόω) 


ΠΡΟΣ 

as  pass.,  of  grapes,  to  be  dried,  become 
raisins  before  being  used,  Diosc. 

Ώροστέγασμα,  ατος,  τό,  (πρό,  στε- 
γάζω) α  projecting  roof,  a  projection  in 
a  building  for  shelter. 

ΤΙροστέγιον,  ου,  τό,  (πρό,  στέγος) 
α  place  protected  by  a  projecting  roof ; 
πρ.  θί'ρας,  a  porch,  Plut.  Caes.  17. 

ΤΙροστέγισμα,  ατος,  τό,= foregoing, 
also  προτέγισμα. 

ΤΙροστεγνόω,  ώ,  to  stop  up  in  front 
or  before. 

ΐΐροςτειχίζω,  {προς,  τειχίζω)  to  add 
to  a  wall  or  fortification,  include  in  the 
city-wall,  Thuc.  6,  3. 

ΐίροστείχω,  (πρό,  στείχω)  to   ad- 
vance, go  before.  Soph.  O.  C.  30,  320. 
ΐΐροςτεκμαίρομαι,  (πμός,  τεκμαίρω) 
dep.  nud.,  to  judge  of  by  further  signs 
or  symptoms,  Hipp.     Hence 

ΤΙροςτεκμαρτέος,  a,  ov,  verb,  adj., 
to  be  judged  by  further  signs,  Hipp. 

ΤΙροςτεκταίνομαι,  (προς,  τεκταίνω) 
as  mid.,  to  add  of  one's  own  device. 
Pint.  Lysand.  26. 

ΥΙροςτελέω,  ώ,  f.  -έσω,  (προς,  τε• 
λέω)  to  pay  or  spend  besides,  Thuc.  6, 
31  (but  perh.  προτελ-  should  be  read), 
Xen.  An.  7,  6,  30. 

Προστέλλω,  (πρό,  στέλλω)  to  guard 
or  cover  in  front,  shelter,  Tu  γυμνά  τινι, 
Thuc.  5,  71 :— mid.,  προστέλλεσθαί 
τίνα,  to  bring  one  armed  into  the  field, 
Aesch.  Theb.  415:  but,  προσταλήναι 
όδόν,  ίο  go  forward  on  a  way,  Soph. 
O.  C.  20. — ^11.  Hipp,  also  uses  pass, 
of  humours,  to  be  dispersed. 

Τίροστενάζω,  ί.  -ξω,^=sq.,  Aesch. 
Pr.  696,  in  tmesis. 

Τίροστένω,  (πρό,  στένω)  to  sigh  or 
grieve  beforehand,  Aesch.  Ag.  352. 

ΪΙροςτεράτενομαι,  dep.  mid  ,  more 
rarely  act.  προςτερατενω,^^έπιτερα 
τενομαι. 

Ώροστερνίδιος,  ov,  ( πρό,  στέρνον) 
before  or  on  the  breast :  to  πρ.,  a  cover- 
ing or  ornament  for  the  breast,  of  horses, 
Xen.  An.  1,  8,  7,  cf  Cyr.  6,  4,  1.  [t] 

ΐΐρόστερνος,  ov,  (πρό,  στέρνον)  be- 
fore or  on  the  breast,  like  foreg.,  Aesch, 
Cho.  29. 

npofTfpTTij,  Dor.  ποτιτέρπω,  (προς, 
τέρπω)  to  delight,  please  beside  or  at 
the  same  time,  II.  15,  401,  in  Dor.  form. 
Ώροστεφΰνόω,  ώ,  (πρό,  στεφανόω} 
to  crown  beforehand,  τινά  τινι,  Ath. 
128  C. 

ΐΐροςτεχνύομαι,  (προς,  τεχνάομαι) 
dep.  mid.,  to  devise  besides,  Plut.  Ser- 
tor.  11. 

ΐΐροστηθίδιος,  ov,  (πρό,  στήθος) 
like  προστερνίδιος,  worn  or  to  be  worn 
on  the  breast :  and  to  πρ.  alone,  α 
breast-ornament,  Polyb.  22,  20,  6.  [j] 

Υίροςτήκω,  f.  -ξω,  (προς,  τήκω)  to 
melt  besides,  pom'  something  molten  to. — 
II.  pass.,  and  in  perf  προςτέτηκα, 
intr.,  to  stick  fast  to  or  in,  τινί,  Wytt. 
Ep.  Cr.  p.  240;  but  also  c.  ace,  προς- 
τακήναι  πλευρά.  Soph.  Tr.  833. 
Hence 

Ίϊρόςτηξις,  εως.  ή,  attachment,  devo- 
tion, της  ιΐ'υχής,  Plut.  2,  1089  C. 

ΤΙροςτίθημι,  fut.  -θήσω :  aor.  2 
προςέθην,  (πρύς,  τίθημι).  To  put  to, 
χερσίν  άπώσασθαι  λίβον  όν  προς- 
εθηκεν,  Od.  9,  305  (cf  έπιτίθημι  II)  ; 
πρ.  θύρας,  θίιραν,  to  put  to  the  door, 
Hdt.  3,  78,  Lys.  92,  42  (cf  πρόςκει- 
μαι).—2.  to  add,  τινί  τι,  Hdt.  1,  20, 
etc.,  and  freq.  in  Att.  ;  προς  κακοΐσι 
πρ.  κακόν,  Aesch.  Pers.  531 ;  πρ.  χά• 
ριτι  χάριν,  Eur.  Η.  F.  327;  νοσοϋντι 
νόσον,  Id.  Ale.  1047  ;  πρ.  τι,  to  add 
it,  Pind.  Ο.  5,  56,  Plat.  Crat.  431  D, 
etc. ;  πρ.  τώ  νόμφ,  to  add  to  it.  Id. 
Rep.  468  Β  ;'  and  singularly,  προςΟεΙ- 
vai  T^  δικαίω  ή  ύς  έλέγομεν  (for 


ΠΡΟΣ 

ττΤίέον  η..),  lb.  335  Α. — 3.  to  put  upon, 
τοις  ττρ.  γόνασιν  ΰλένας  εμάς,  Eur. 
Andr.  895  : — then,  metaph.,  ττρ.  τΐρη- 
γμά  Tivi,  ίο  impose  further  business  on 
a  man,  Hdt.  1,  108 ;  3,  62  :  and  in 
various  relations,  πρ.  τιχΊ  γέρεα,  to 
give  one  honours,  H.  Horn.  Merc.  129; 
np.  Tivl  άτιμίην,  to  impose,  inflict  dis- 
grace upon  him,  Hdt.  7,  11  ;  so,  πρ. 
uopov,  Aesch.  Cho.  482  ;  αράς,  Sopn. 
O.  T.  820;  όκνον,  Id.  Ant.  243;  βλύ- 
βην.  Id.  Fr.  321 ;  /νπην,  πόνους,  Eur. 
Supp.  946,  Heracl.  505  ;  etc.  ;  πρ. 
Tivl  εκπληξιν  ύφασίαν  τε,  to  strike 
hmi  dumb  with  fear,  Eur.  Hel.  549: 
also,  πρ.  ru  iota  τοις  άλλοτρίοις, 
Menand.  p.  208 :  c.  dat.  et  inf.,  πρ. 
Tivi  πρησσειν.  Id.  5,  30. — II.  πρ.  τινά 
τινί,  to  hanil  over,  to  deliver  over,  Άιόη 
τινά,  Eur.  Hec.  368  ;  πρ.  τινΙ  γυναί- 
κα, to  give  one  to  wife,  Hdt.  6,  126  ; 
TLVU.  τώ  κατθανεΐν,  to  condemn  him  to 
death,  etc.  ;  νΰσον  ενκλέί  πρ.  λόγω, 
Find.  Ν.  3, 120. 

Β.  mid.  προςτίθεμαι :  aor.  -Ιθέμην, 
imperat.  -θον.  Το  join,  add,  associate 
one's  self  to,  τινί,  Dem.  154,  1  ;  and 
so,  to  agree  with,  consent  to,  πρ.  Ty 
γνύμ^η,  Hdt.  1,  109,  Xen.  An.  1,  6, 
10  ;  so,  πρ.  τώ  ?Μγω  τώ  λεχβέντι, 
Hdt.  2,  120  ;  πρ.  τώ  ν'όμω',  Plat.  Legg. 
674  A,  cf.  Thuc.  1,  20  ;  πρ.  τώ  ίστώ, 
to  be  favourable,  well-inclined  to  him, 
Hdt.  2,  160;  absol.  to  come  over,  sub- 
mit, ap.  Dem.  238,  fin.:  —  prob.  the 
above  usage  is  found  in  full  in  the 
phrase,  προςθέσθαι  την  ψηφον,  ττ/ν 
γνώμην  τινί,  to  give  one's  vote  in  fa- 
vour of,  i.  e.  agree  with  another, 
Aesch.  Eum.  735,  Dem.  1320,  16; 
1243,  9. — II.  προςτίθεσθαί  τίνα,  to 
join,  associate  with  one's  self,  i.  e.  take 
to  one  as  a  friend,  ally  or  assistant, 
freq.  in  Hdt.,  πρ.  δημον,  5,  69  ;  φίλον 
πρ.  τινά,  1,  53,  69,  etc.  ;  πρ.  όύμαρτα, 
to  lake  to  wife,  Soph.  Tr.  1224 ;  πρ. 
πλεαν,  to  get  good  or  advantage.  Id. 
Ant.  40 :  πρ.  πόλεμου  τινι,  to  declare 
war  against  one,  Hdt.  4,  65,  cf.  πρ. 
μηνίν  Tivi,  Hdt.  1,  229  ;  πρ.  έχθρας 
εκούσιας  προς  τάΐς  άναγκαίαις,  Plat. 
Prot.  346  Β. — III.  προςτίθεσθαί  τινί 
τι,  to  put,  lay  upon,  μέρίμνάν  τινι, 
Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  1460.  ubi  legend,  προθ^, 
cum  Elmsl.,  v.  Dind.  ad.  1. :  also  c. 
dat.  et  inf 

ΐΐροςτϊλάω,  Q,  f.  -ήσυ,  {προς,  τι- 
λύω)  to  befoul  with  dung,  Ar.  Nub. 
411. 

ΐΐροςτΐμάω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (προς,  τι- 
μύυ)  to  award  farther  punishment  be- 
sides the  legal  and  regular  one,  Plat. 
Legg.  767  E,  943  Β  ;  ττρ.  τινι  δεσμόν, 
Dem.  732,  21  ;  ττρ.  τώ  δ7ΐμοσίφ,  to  ad- 
judge to  the  treasury  as  a  debt,  Dem. 
528, 13  sq. : — the  act.  was  used  of  the 
court  itself  (the  δικάσταί),  the  mid. 
of  that  single  δικαστής  who  proposed 
the  additional  penalty,  ap.  Dem.  733, 
8. — Pass.,  προςτιμάταί  τινι  δεσμοϋ, 
the  further  punishment  of  impi'isonment 
is  laid  on  him,  ap.  Eund.  712,  20  ;  also, 
είκοσι  δραχμών  προςετψήθη  avTCj, 
Id.  1152,  16.    Hence 

ΙΙροςτίμημα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which  is 
awarded  over  and  above  the  regular  pun- 
ishment, a  fine,  Dem.  700,   16.  [i] 

Ήροςτίμησις,  εως,  ή,  {προςτιμάω) 
the  adding  a  further  punishment  to  the 
regidar  one,  Ael.  V.  H.  14,  7.  [ri] 

ϊ[ρόςτΙμον,  ου,  τό,  (προς,  τιμή)  pun- 
ishment awarded,  Polyb.  2,  56,  15. 

ΐίροςτίμΐύρέω,  ώ,  {προς,  τιμωρέΐύ) 
to  assist  besides,  Hipp. 

Τίροςτινάσσω,  {προς,  τινάσσω)  to 
shake  at,  Anth.  P.  12,  67  (ill  tme- 
pis). 

ΙΙροστοιχειόω,  ώ,  {πρό,  στοιχειόω) 


ΠΡΟΣ 

to  place  first  as  elementary,  Sext.  Emp. 
p.  239. 

Προστομία,  ας,  ή,  {πρό,  στόμα)  the 
joining  of  the  lips. 

ΤΙροστόμιον,  ov.  τό,  {πρό,  στομιόν) 
a  mouth,  esp.  of  a  river,  Aesch. 
Supp.  3. 

ΐΙροστομΊς,  ίδος,  ή,  {πρό,  στόμα)  α 
mouth-piece.  Math.  Vett. 

Τίβόστομος.  ov,  {πρό,  στόμα)  point- 
ed, Eubul.  Sphing.  1,  10. 

ΤΙρόστοον,  ου,  τό,  {στοά)  α  portico. 

ΐΐροςτρίγωδέω,  ώ,  f.  -ησω,  {προς, 
τραγωδέω)  to  exaggerate  in  tragic  style, 
Strab. 

ΙΙροστρΰτοπεδεύω,  {πρό,  στρατο- 
πεδεύω) also  as  dep.  mid. :  to  encamp 
before,  Diod. 

Τίροςτράχηλίζω,  {προς,  τραχηλίζω) 
to  wrench  the  neck  in  tcrestling,  Plut.  2, 
234  D. 

Προζ-τρί'ττω,  f.  -ψω,  {προς,  τρέπω) 
to  turn  or  guide  to,  cf.  infra  : — mid.,  to 
turn  one's  self  towards,  C.  acc,  Ep. 
Horn.  15  ;  esp.,  to  turn  towards  a  god 
as  an  ικέτης,  to  approach  with  prayer, 
δόμους,  Aesch.  Eum.  205  ;  to  pray  to, 
supplicate,  τους  θεούς,  etc..  Soph.  Fr. 
724,  and  in  later  prose,  as  Ael.  H.  A. 
15,  21  : — but  in  Att.  poets,  the  act  is 
used  in  this  signf ,  τοσαϋτά  σ",  ώ  7.εν, 
προςτρέπω.  Soph.  Aj.  831 ;  c.  acc.  et 
inf,  to  intreat  one  to  do.  Soph.  O.  C. 
50,  Eur.  Supp.  1195. — 2.  to  approach 
(as  an  enemy),  Ίαωλκον  πολέμια  χερΙ 
προςτραπών,  Pind.  Ν.  4,  90. — II.  to 
turn,  avert,  τι,  Plat.  Legg.  866  B. 

ΊΙροςτρέφω,ί.  -θρέ-ψω,  {προς,  τρέφω) 
to  bring  up  in,  δόμοις,  Aesch.  Ag.  735. 

ΤΙροςτρέχω,  {προς,  τρέχω)  to  run  to 
or  towards,  come  to  one,  προς,  τίνα. 
Plat.  Rep.  440  A  ;  rm,  Xen.  An.  4, 
3,  10  ;  and,  absol.,  to  run  up,  Id.  Cyr. 
7,  1,  15. — 2.  in  hostile  signf .  to  run 
at,  make  a  sally,  προς  τίνα,  lb.  5,  4, 
47. — II.  metaph.,  to  join  or  side  with, 
προς  γνώμην  τινός,  Polyb.  28,  7,  8, 
cf.  17,  15,  2. 

Τϊροςτρίβω,  f.  -ψω,  (Trpof,  τρίβω) 
to  rub  on  or  against :  hence  in  pass., 
προςτετριμμένος  τισί,  having  had  m- 
tercourse  with..,  Lat.  versatus  inter.., 
Aesch.  Eum.  238. — II.  in  mid.,  to  rub 
one's  self  against,  hence  to  defile  or 
stain  by  rubbing  one's  self  against,  esp. 
in  bad  signf,  to  affix,  inflict,  τινι  μηνι- 
μα,  Antipho  127,  2  ;  συμφοράν,  Dem. 
786,  6  ;  την  ΰποφίαν  της  προδοσίας, 
etc.,  ν.  Wyttenb.  Plut.  2,  89  F  :— 
hence,  to  reproach  or  charge  one  with  a 
thing  ;  but  also,  πληγας  προςτρίβε- 
σθαί  τινι,  to  give  one  a  beating,  Ar. 
Eq.  5  :  also  in  good  signf.,  πλούτου 
δόξαν  προςτρίβεσθαί  τινι,  to  get  one 
the  reputation  o/ wealth,  Dem.  617,  4; 
757,  16. — Also  in  pass.,  to  be  inflicted, 
γλώσσί]  ματαία  ζημία  προςτρίβεται, 
Aesch.' Pr.  329.  [i]     Hence 

ΤΙρόςτριμμα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which  is 
rubbed  on :  metaph.  that  which  is  im- 
puted to  or  inflicted  upon  one,  esp.,  a 
brand,  disgrace,  aflliction,  Aesch.  Ag. 
395.— II.  a  fragment,  Plut.  2,  99  C. 

ΤΙρόςτρϋφις.  εως.  η,  {προςτρίβυ)  a 
rubbing  on,  galling,  Theophr.  :  also  an 
affixing,  inflicting  ;  v.  προςτρίβω  II. 

Τίροςτρόπαιος,  ov,  {προςτροπή)  : — 
I.  act. ,  turning  one's  self  towards,  hence 
esp., — 1.  of  one  who  has  committed 
murder,  etc.,  and  turns  to  a  god  or  man 
to  obtain  protection  and  purification  ; 
hence  =  ίκέτ??ζ•,  a  suppliant,  c.  gen., 
πρ.  εστίας,  etc.,  Aesch.  Ag.  1587 ;  ab- 
sol.. Soph.  Aj.  1173,  Phil.  930,  etc. ; 
and  as  adj.,  έδρα  πρ.,  suppliant  pos- 
ture, Aesch.  Eum.  41  ;  πρ.  λιταί. 
Soph.  Ο.  C.  1309.— 2.  hence,  also,  of 
one  who  has  not  yet  been  purified  af- 


ΠΡΟΣ 
ter  committing  such  crimes,  a  poUu• 
tedperson,L•Άt.  homo piacularis,e]se\ilh 
εναγής,  Aesch.  Eum.  234,  237,  445 : 
alsoof  the  pollution  incurred,  ττρ.  αίμα, 
hlood-guiltiness,  Eur.  Ion  1260,  H.  F. 
1161 :  TO  πρ.,  guilt,  Antipho  125,  2. — 
On  the  nature  of  such  pollution,  the 
condition  of  the  suppliant,  etc.,  v. 
Muller  Eumenid.  ί)51  sq. — II.  pass., 
he  to  whom  one  turns,  esp.  with  sup- 
plications, θεός  or  δαίμων  πρ.,  the  god 
to  whom  the  murdered  person  turns  for 
vengeance,  hence  an  avenger,  like 
ΰλάστωρ,  6  πρ.  τοϋ  θανόντος,  Anti- 
pho 125,  32  ;  126,  39,  etc. :  hence  also 
of  the  manes  of  murdered  persons, 
visiting  with  vengeance,  implacable,  Id. 
119,  6,  cf  Aesch.  Cho.  287.— For  the 
same  double  (act.  and  pass.)  signf., 
cf.  άφίκτωρ,  προςίκτωρ. 

ΤΙροςτροπή,  ης.  η,  (προςτρέπω)  :— 
strictly,  α  turning  one's  self  towards  ; 
hence,  the  turning  of  a  suppliant  {ικέ- 
της) to  a  god  or  man  to  implore  pro- 
tection or  purification,  the  prayer  or 
supplication  of  such  person,  Aesch. 
Eum.  718  :  then  any  address  to  a  god  ; 
in  plur.,  prayers,  esp.  of  a  solemn 
kind  with  sacrifices,  Aesch.  Pers.  216, 
Eur.  Ale.  1156  ;  προςτροπην  και  ΰράν 
ίποιήσαντο,  Aeschin.  69,  11  :  προς- 
τροπην  βεΰς  εχειν,  to  discharge  the 
duty  of  praying  to  the  goddess,  i.  e.  to 
be  her  minister,  Eur.  I.  T.  618  :  but, 
πό7.εως  προςτροπήν  εχειν,  to  address 
a  petition  to  the  city,  Soph.  O.  C.  558. 
— 2.  πρ.  γυναικών,  a  suppliant  band 
of  women,  Aesch.  Cho.  21,  cf  85. — 
II.  the  guilt  or  pollution  of  a  murderer, 
etc.,  προςτροπ-^  ενέχεσθαι,  to  be  pol- 
luted. 

ΤΙροςτρόπιος.  ov,  poet,  form  for 
προςτρόπαιος,  Orph.  Arg.  1233. 

ΤΙρόςτροπος,  ov,  {προςτρέπω)  turn- 
ed to  or  towards : — hence,  like  προς- 
τρόπαιος,  a  suppliant,  τινός.  Soph. 
Phil.  773;  absol.,  Id.  O.  T.41. 

npofrpo;i;of,  ov,  {τρέχω)  round. 

Τίροςτνγχάνω,  {προς,  τυγχάνω)  te 
hit  or  light  upon,  meet  with,  των  ίσων. 
Soph.  Phil.  552  ;  ττρ.  κολαστοϋ.  Id. 
El.  1463  ;  also  τινί,  v.  1.  Plat  Soph. 
246  B,  etc. — 2.  of  events,  to  befall  one, 
to  happen,  Pind.  Fr.  171,  4. — 3.  ό  προς- 
τυγχάνων,  ό  προςτυχών.  theflrstperson 
one  meets,  the  first  that  offers,  any  body, 
like  ό  τυχών,  6  επιών.  Plat.  Legg. 
808  Ε,  914  Β,  cf  Thuc.  1,  97  :  τα  πρ. 
ξένια,  the  gifts  that  come  to  one's  share, 
Eur.  Ale.  754 :  to  προςτνχόν,  a  com- 
mon, every-day  matter,  Plat.  Tim.  34 
C  :   έκ  τοϋ  προςτυχόντος,  by  chance. 

Ώρόστϋλος,  ov,  {πρό,  στύλος)  with 
pillars  in  front,  Vitruv.  3,  1. 

ΐϊρόστνμμα,  ατός,  τό,  {προστύφω) 
the  process  of  preparing  wool  before  dye- 
ing it. 

ΤΙρόςτϋπος,  ov,  {προς,  τύπος)  exe- 
cuted in  low  relief  {basso  relievo),  opp. 
to  έκτνπος,  Sta'llb.  Plat.  Symp.  193 
A,  cf  Ath.  199  E: — generally,  lying 
flat,  φνλ'Αα,  Diosc.    Hence 

ΤΙροςτΰπόω,  ώ,  to  execute  in  low  re- 
lief, opp.  to  έκτυπόω. — II.  topressflat, 
Chirurg.  Vett. 

Ήρόσπ'πτος,  ov,  {προστύφω)  press- 
ed beforehand,  esp.  of  wool. 

ΤΙροςτΰπωσις.  ή,  {προςτνπόω)  a 
pressing  flat,  Paul.  Aeg.  [{i] 

ΤΙροστύφω,  f.  -ψω,  (ττρό,  στύφω)  to 
press  beforehand ;  esp.  to  prepare  wool 
for  receiving  and  keeping  its  colour, 
Theophr.  [*] 

ΐΐροςτνχής,  ές,  {προςτυγχύνω)  be- 
ing iji  or  near,  engaged  in  or  tvilh,  τινί, 
Piat.  Polit.  264  C  ;  meeting  with,  τινί, 
Id.  Epin.  973  B,  etc.  ;  πρ.  γίνεται== 
προςτνγχάνει,  Id.  Legg.  954  D. 
1283 


ΠΡΟΣ 

Πβόστφον  or  πρόστωον,  ον,  τό,= 
πμόστουν,  Plat.  Prot.  314  Ε  ;  cf.  Lob. 
Phryn.  495. 

ΐίροςν,βμίζω,  f.  -ίσω.  {ττρός,  υβρίζω) 
to  insult,  maltreat  besides,  Dem.  521, 
24. 

ΤΙροσνγγίγνομαί.  old  Att.  προξυγγ-, 
(πρό,  συγγίγνομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  come 
together^  speak  with  one  brfurehand, 
Tivi,  Thuc.  8,  14. 

ΤΙροσύγκείβαι,  ( ττρό,  σνγκειμαι ) 
as  pass.,  ίο  be  established  before,  Jo- 
seph. 

ίΐροσν/χέω,  f.  -;\;f  ΰσω,  (ττρό,  σν)•- 
χίω)  to  confuse  before,  Polyb.  5,  84,  9. 

ΪΙίΜσνζείιγννμι,  to  yoke,  join  togeth- 
er beforehand. 

ΙΙροςνλακ-έο>.  ώ,  (τνρός,  νλακτέω) 
to  bark  at,  rivi,  Dion.  H. 

ΠροσΓίλύω,  ώ,  ί.  -ήσω,  to  rob,  spoil, 
plunder  hiforehand. 

ΙΙροίΤΐ'ΛΛίί}  ω,  to  collect  before. 

λίροπνλλο)  ιζομαί,  {πρό,  σι>λ?.ο- 
γίζω)  dep.  mid.,  to  conclude  by  a  prosyl- 
logism  (cf.  sq.),  Arist.  An.  Pr.  2, 19,  2. 
Hence 

ΙΙροσνλλογισμός,  ov,  ίι,  a  syllogism, 
the  oenclusion  of  which  forms  (he  major 
premiss  of  another,  Arist.  An.  Pr.  1, 
25,  1 1  :  and 

Ήροσυλλογιστέον,  verb,  adj.,  one 
must  use  a  prosyllogism,  Arist.  Top.  G, 
10,  4. 

Πρόςϋλος,  ov,  ίπρός,  ν7.η)  belonging 
to,  adhering  to  mailer,  Eccl. 

ΥΙροπνμ,ίάλλω,  {πρό,  (Τΐ'μβάλλω) 
tojmt  together  beforehand,  Hipp. 

ΪΙρϋσνμβολον,  ov,  τό,  a  previous 
sign,  foretoken,  prognostic. 

ΙΙροσνμμίγνϋμι  and  -μίσγω,  {πρό, 
σνμμιγι>νμι)ΐο  intermix,  mingle  together 
first,  Hdt.  7,  129. 

^ΧΙρόσυμνα,  ή,  Pro.iymna,  an  an- 
cient in  Argolis  with  a  temple  of 
Juno,  Strab.  p.  373  :  ace.  to  Pans.  2, 
17,  1,  the  tract  around  the  temple  of 
Juno. 

ΐΐροσυμφνομαι,  {πρό,  συν,  φύω)  as 
pass.,  with  aor.  2  and  pf.  act.,  to  grow 
together  before,  Hipp. 

ΙΙροσυμφωνέω,  ώ,  {πρό,  σνμφωνίω) 
to  accord,  harmonise  beforehand,  Sext. 
Emp. 

ΙΙροσυναθροίζω,  to  assemble  to- 
gether. 

ΙΙροσυνύπτω,  {πρό,  συνάπτω)  to 
connect  or  unite  beforehand,  Joseph. 

ΤΙρυσννίημι,  {πρό,  σννίημι)  to  per- 
ceive or  observe  beforehand,  Hipp. 

Ώροσυνίστημι.  {πρό.  σννίστημι)  to 
recommend  or  praise  btfore,  uion.  H. 

ΤΙροσυνοικέω,  ώ,  {πρό,  σννυικάο) 
to  live  together  before  :  esp.,  to  live 
with  one  before  marriage,  Tivi,  Hdt. 
3,  88. 

Ώροσννοικίζω,  {πρό,  συνοικίζω)  to 
make  to  live  together  before ;  esp.,  to 
marry  before  to  one,  tivl,  M.  Anton. 

ΤΙροσυν~ε7ίέω,  ώ,  f.  -ίσω,  to  com- 
plete, finish  together  before. 

ΐΐροσνντίθεμαι,  to  make  a  contract 
beforehand  with  one,  τινί. 

Τίροσυντρίβω,  ί.  -τ1>ω,  to  crush  or 
break  in  pieces  before,   [j] 

Τίρονυπΰκονω,  {προς,  ίιπακοΰω)  to 
understand  something  not  expressed,  to 
supply  in  thought,  τι,  Plat.  Legg.  898 
D  :  esp.  in  Gramm.,  like  Lat.  subaa- 
dire. 

ΙΙροςνπαντάω,  ώ,  to  meet  with. 

ΤΙροςνπάρχω,  {πρύς,  υπάρχω)  to  ex- 
ist  besides  ;  ονόε  ταφηναι  προςυπηρ- 
χεν  εμιιί,  and  besides  I  could  not  have 
been  buried,  Deni.  519,  12. 

ΪΙροςνπεμφαίνω,  to  indicate  ]>rivate- 
ly  besides. 

ΥΙβοςυπεργάζομαι,  f.  -ύσομαι,  dep. 
mi<l.,  to  arrange  for  diXiOihex  privately. 
1284 


ΠΡΟΣ 
ΐΐροςνπέχω,  {προς,  νπεχω)  so.  λό- 

γον,  to  be  answerable  also  for  a  thing, 
c.  gen.  Dem.  143G,  7. 

ΥΙροςυπισχνέομαι,  dep.  mid.,  to 
promise  besiiles. 

Ώ.ροςυποβύλ?Μ,  to  substitute  falsely 
besides.   ^ 

Ώροςνπογράφω,  f.  -ψω,  {προς,  υπο- 
γράφω) to  sketch  out  besides,  Longm. 

["3  ,  .  ,      ,      ,  . 

ΐΐροςνποοεινϋμι,  {προς.  νποαεικνν- 

μι)  to  shoiv  besides,  τινί  τι,  Polyb.  23, 

10,  4. 

ΤΙροςιιποθτ^γω,  f.  -^ω,  {προς,  νπο- 
θήγω)  to  whet  upon,  τινί  τι,  Ael.  Ν.  Α. 
9,  16. 

ΤΙροςνπολαμβύνω,  {προς,  νπολαμ- 
βάνω)  to  suppose  besides,  Arist.  Coel. 

4,  1,  6. 

Τίροςυπομιμνήσκω,  {προς,  νπομι- 
μνήσκω)  to  remind  one  of  a  thing  be- 
sides, τινά  τι,  Polyb.  39,  2,  2—11.  lo 
add  in  a  memoir  or  history,  Strab. 

Προςυπομντιμάτίζω,  ( μνήμα  )  — 
foreg. 

ΐΐροςνποπτενω,  {προς,  νποπτενω) 
to  suspect  besides,  Dio  C 

ΤΙροςνποτάσσω,  {προς,  υποτάσσω) 
to  range  under  another  besides,  Sext. 
Emp. 

ΤΙροςνποτίθεμαι,  to  assume  in  addi- 
tion to  or  together. 

ΐΐροςνποτοπέω,  ώ,  also  as  dep. 
pass. :  to  conjecture  besides. 

ΤΙροςνπονργέω,  ώ,  to  be  instrumen- 
tal, ansist  in  besides. 

ΤΙροσνριγγόω,  ώ,  {πρό,  σνριγγόω) 
to  make  into  a  tube,  hollow  out  first, 
Diod. 

ΤΙροσϋρίσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  f.  -^ω,  (ττρό, 
σνρίσσω)  to  xvhistle  by  way  of  signal 
beforehand,  Polyb.  8,  22,  5. 

ΤΙροςνφαίνω,  {προς,  υφαίνω)  to  in- 
terweave with,  άθανάτω  θνητόν.  Plat. 
Tim.  41  D. 

ΐΐραςυφίσταμαι,  {προς,  υπό,  ϊστη- 
μι)  to  exist  or  take  place  together. — 2. 
to  present  itself  to  the  niindfrom  without, 
M.  Anton.  5,  19. 

ΤΙροςνψόω,  ώ,  {προς,  νιρόω)  to 
heighten  besides,  still  farther,  LXX. 

ΐΐροςφύγεϊν,  inf.  aor.  of  προςεσθίω, 
to  eat  over  and  above.     Hence 

ΤΙροςφάγημα,  ατός,  TO,=sq.  Aesop. 

ΤΙροςφαγιον,  ov,  το,  {προςφάγεΐν) 
any  thing  eaten  with  other  food ;  like 
προςόφι/μα  :  generally,  something  to 
eat,  N.  T. 

ΐΐρόσφαγμα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which  is 
sacrificed  beforehand  ;  generally,  a  vic- 
tim, πρόσφαγμα  τνμβω,  Eur.  Hec. 
41,  ubi  V.  Herm.,  cf.  Plut.  Thes.  et 
Rom.  2 : — also  α  sacrifice,  slaughter, 
Aesch.  Ag.  1278:  from 

ΤΙροσφάζω,  later  Att.  -σφύττω,{πρό, 
σφάζω)    to    sacrifice    beforehand,    τινί, 

Eur.  Hel.  1255,' Plat.  Minos  315  E. 

ΠροςΦαίνομαι,  {προς,  φαίνω)  as 
pass.,  to  appear  besides,  Xen.  Cyr.  4, 

5,  57. 

ΤΙροςφάσθαι,  inf.  mid.  from  πμός- 
φημι,  Od.  23,  106. 

ΤΙρύςφύτος,  ov,  {προς,  *φίνω,  πε- 
φαμαι)   lately  slain,  fresh-slaughtered, 

11.  21,  757  ;  νεκρός  πρ..  afresh  corpse, 
Hdt.  2,  89;  121,  5;  then,  generally, 
fresh,  new,  Lat.  recens,  δίκηι,  Aesch. 
Cho.  804;  όργί/,  Lys.  151,  5: — -ρός- 

ίατον.  as  adv.  of  time,  lately,  Pind. 
'.  4,  533  ;  cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  374.    Adv. 
■τως.  Polyb.  3,37,  11. 

Ιΐροςφερής,  ές,  {προςφέρω)  brought 
to  or  near,  approaching  :  hence,  —  2. 
metaph.,  like,  resembling,  τινί,  Hdt. 
2,  105  ;  4,  33.  Aesch.  Ag.  1218,  etc. ; 
cf.  Valck.  Diatr.  p.  6  C  ;  and  v.  sub 
sq.  B.  3,  έμφερης,  προςεμψερης. — II. 


ΠΡΟΣ 

=^πρόςφορος,  conducive,  useful,  τινί, 
Hdt.  5,  111,  where  Schaf.  from  one 
MS.  προφερέστερον. 

ΐΐροςφέρω,  f.  προςοίσω,  {προς,  φέ- 
ρω) ;  to  bring  to  or  upon,  τινι  τι,  τι 
προς  τι,  Hdt.  3,  87  : — ill  various  rela- 
tions, as,  ττρ.  χειρός  τινι,  lay  hands 
upon...  Pind.  P.  9,  62  ;  πρ.  τινι  άνάγ- 
κην,  Hdt.  7,  136,  172  (where  how- 
ever most  MSS.  have  mid.),  Aesch. 
Cho.  76  ;  and  without  dat. ;  πρ.βίην, 
to  apply  force,  Hdt.  3.  19  ;  ττρ.  μηχα- 
νάς.  Id.  6,  18  ;  πρ.  καινά  σοφά,  Ar. 
Thesm.  1130;  ta/ic,  Thuc.  2,  51  : — 
ττρ.  Τ(')λμαν,  to  bring  it  to  bear,  Pind. 
N.  10,  55  : — also,  πρ.  πό'λεμον,  Hdt. 
7,  9,  3  ;  but,  πρ.  τινι  λόγον,  to  make 
a  speech  to  a  person,  i.  e.  make  hiin 
an  otier,  Hdt.,  3,  134  ;  5,  30,  etc. ;  so, 
without  λόγους,  to  make  proposals, 
Hdt.  3.  74  ;  5,  40;  so,  ττρ.  έπος,  Eur. 
Ion.  1002;  ύώρα.  Thuc.  2,  97.-2. 
simply,  to  add,  Soph.  O.  C.  481,  Plat. 
Theaet.  205  C. — 3.  lo  set  (meat)  before 
one,  Xen.  Mem.  3,  11,  13  and  14;  c. 
inf.,  πρ.  Tivi  ίμφαγεΐν,  Xen.  Cyr.  7, 

I,  1  ;  cf.  infra  C. — 4.  to  bring  forward, 
quote,  Pind.  O.  9,  162,  Dem.  937,  16. 
— II.  to  contribute,  to  bring  in,  yield, 
like  Lat.  conferre,  εκατόν  τάλαντα 
πρ.,  Hdt.  3,  91,  Xen.  Vect.  4,  15, 
Dem.  816,  11  ;  but,  πρ.  μετοίκιον,  to 
pay  an  alien-tax,  Xen.  Vect.  2,  \  :  τά 
προςφίροντα,  saurces  of  income. — III. 
to  bring  one  thing  iiear  another,  make 
it  like,  πρ.  νόον  άθανάτοις,  Pind.  Ν. 
6,  7,  cf.  Fr.  173 ;  so,  πη.  τρόπονς 
παιδί,  Incert.  ap.  Schol.  Pind.  N.  3, 
117;  cf.  infra  Ij.  III. 

B.  in  pass.,  to  be  borne  or  carried,  go 
to  or  towards,  and  of  ships  to  put  in, 
εις  λιμένα,  Xen.  Cyr.  5,4,  6:  hence, 
— 2.  to  rush  against  or  upon,  attack,  as- 
sault, freq.  in  Hilt.,  sometimes  προς 
Tiva,  as  5,  34,  Xen.  An.  7,  1,  6  ;  some- 
times Tivi,  as  Hdt.  5,  109,  Tliuc.  4, 
126;  and  absol.,  to  rush,  7nake  an  on- 
set, etc.,  κατά  τό  Ισχνρότατον  προς- 
ενείχβΐ]σαν,  Hdt.  9,  71  ;  έκ  τον  Ίκα- 
ρίου  πελάγεος  προςφερόμενοι,  burst- 
ing forth  or  out  of  it,  Hdt.  6,  96:  but, 
also, — 3.  in  good  sense,  to  go  to  or  to- 
wards, approach,  to  join  or  associate 
one's  self  with,  agree  with,  and,  gener- 
ally, to  have  dealings  with,  behave  one's 
self  in  a  certain  way  towards,  τινί  or 
προς  Tiva,  Thuc.  5,  105,  111,  Eur. 
Cycl.  176,  etc.,  cf.  Heind.  Plat.  The- 
aet.  151  Β  ;  ττρ.  ξνμφοραΐς,  to  meet 
them,  Thuc.  4,  18  :  and,  absol.,  to  be- 
have or  bear  one's  self,  Hdt,  7,  6 : — 
προςφέρεσθαι  προς  λόγον,  to  answer 
it,  Xen.  Cyr.  4,  5,  44.-4.  προςφέρε- 
σβαί  τινι,  to  come  near  one,  be  like  him, 
εΙς  Tiva  or  τι,  Hdt.  1,  116  (cf.  supra 
A.  Ill) :  opp.  to  όιαφέρειν. — -11.  προς- 
φίρεσϋαί  τινι.  to  be  put  or  imposed 
upon  one,  τά  προςφερόμενα  πρήγμα• 
τα,  Hdt.  2,  173.— 111.  of  things,  to  be 
managed.  Plat.  Lys.  223  B. 

C.  mid.,  προςφέρεσθαί  τι,  ίο  take  to 
one's  self  enjoy,  csp.,  ττρ.  σίτην,  ποτόν, 
to  eat,  drink,  Aeschin.  20,  26  ;  (hence 
in  pass.,  τά  προςφερόμενα,  meat  or 
drink,  food,  Xen.  Cyn.  6,  2  ;  cf.  supra 
A.  I.  3,  προςφορύ  111)  : — so  in  Soph. 
Phil.  1108,  προςφέρειν  φορβάν  (sub. 
ίαυτω)  =  πρηςφέρεσθαι. — 2.  like  the 
act.,  to  apply,  μηχανήν,  Polyb.  1,  18, 

II,  etc. 

ΐίροςφενγω,  {προς,  φεύγω)  to  flee  for 
refuge  to,  τινί,  Plut.  Pomp.  46,  etc. 

ΤΙροςφενκτέον,  verb,  adj.,  one  must 
stand  an  action  besides,  Dem.  977, 
27. 

Τίρόςφημι,  {προς,  φημί)  to  speak  to, 
address,  τινά,  Horn,  (who  also  some- 
times has  it  absol),  and  Hes. ;  both 


ΠΡΟΣ 
osu.  in  aor.  act.  προςέφην,  ης,  η :  but 
Hoin.  also  has  inf.  mid.  προςφύσθαι, 
Oil.  23,  106. 

ΤΙροςφβέγγομαι,  f.  -γξομαι,  {προς, 
φθέγγομαί)  aep.  mid.,  to  call  to,  accost, 
salute,  τιΐ'ύ,  Eur.  Hipp.  1097,  etc. — 
II.  to  call  by  name,  call,  ττρ.  τινά  τι. 
Find.  Ο.  10  (11),  61.  Eur.  Ale.  331 ; 
cf.  Plat.  Polit.  287  E.     Hence 

ΤΙβοςφΟεγκτέον ,  verb,  adj.,  one  must 
pronounce,  v.  1.  Dem.  977,  27. 

ΐΙροςφβ(:γκτ//ρίος,  a,  ov,  {προς- 
όθέγγομαί)  accosting,  δώρα  πρ.,  gifts 
brought  to  a  bride  with  a  salutation. 

ΤΙροςφθεγίίΤίκύς,  ή,  ov,^oreg. 

Ώροςφθΐγκτός,  όν,  {προςφθέγγο- 
uai)  addressed,  saluted  by  one,  τινός. 
Soph.  Phil.  1067. — II.  act.  addressing, 
saluXing. 

ΙΙρόςφθεγμα,  ατός,  τό,  {προςφθέγ- 
γομαί)  an  address,  sahitation  ;  esp.  m 
plur.,  words,  accents,  Aesch.  Ag.  903, 
Soph.  Phil.  235,  and  freq.  in  Eur.  ; 
in  smg.,  Soph.  Aj.  500  : — cf.  προς- 
φώνημα. 

ΐΐμοςφθεγξις,  ή,  an  addressing,  salu- 
ting. 

Προςφθείρομαι,  {προς,  φθείρω)  as 
pa.ss.,  to  go  to  destruction,  arrive  in  an 
evil  hour,  fjv  σοι  ?.οιόορήταί  προς- 
φΟαρείς,  if  he  be  unlucky  enough  to 
meet  and  insult  you,  Ar.  Eccl.  248  ; 
Θεούσί]  νηϊ  προςφθαρείς,  having  been 
so  unlucky  as  to  meet  a  swift  ship,  Ael. 
N.  A.  t2,  17t;  s^,yvvaiK.L  OT  πόρυτι 
προςόΟαρήναι,  Alciphr.  1, 32, 34 ;  like 
φθείρεσβαι  ττρύς  τίνα. 

ΐΐίίόςφϋυγγυς,  ov,  {ττροςφθέγγομαι) 
addressing,  saluting,  μύθοι  πρ-,  words 
of  salutation,  Aesch.  Pers.  153,  βοά 
πρ.  σοι  νόστου,  lb.  935. 

ΐϊμοςφθονέω,  ώ,  (ττρός,  φθονίω)  to 
bear  envy  towards,  Plut.  Camill.  36. 

Τίβοσφί^γω,  f.  -γζω,  {ττρό,  σφίγγω) 
to  bind  beforehand,  Clem.  Al. 

ΥΙμοςφί'/.εια,  ας,  ή,  {προςφιλης)  kind- 
ness, good-will,  friendship,  Aesch.Theb. 
515.  [Z] 

ΪΙροςφι/.ης,  ες,  {προς,  φιλέω)  dear, 
beloved,  Hdt.  1,  123,  in  superl. ;  πρ. 
Tivi,  dear  οτ  friendly  to  one.  Id.  1,  163, 
Soph.  Phil.  587  :  also  of  things,  pleas- 
ing, grateful,  dear,  Lat.  gratus,  εργον, 
Aesch.  Theb.  580  :  στο7.ή,  χάρις. 
Soph.  Phil.  224,  558.— II.  act.,  of 
persons,  kindly  affectioned,  grateful, 
£>ς  μ'  έθεσθε  προςφιλή,  Soph.  Phil. 
532.  Adv.  -λώζ-,  kindly.  Soph.  El. 
442  :  ~p.  εχειν  τινί,  to  be  kindly  af- 
fectioned to  one,  Xen.  Hell.  2,  3,  44  ; 
πρ.  χρησθαί  τινι.  Id.  Mem.  2,  3,  16. 

ΧίροςφΊ'/ΜκαΑεω,  ω,  {προς,  φι7ιθκα- 
ί,εω)  to  add  from  a  love  of  splendour, 
Strab.  p.  624. 

Τίροςφϊλονειίίέω,  ώ,  {προς,  φιλονει- 
κέω)  to  vie  with  another  in  any  thing, 
Tivl  πρός^:ι,  Polyb.  2,  19,  6. 

ΤΙροςφίΑ.οσοφέω,  ώ,  {προς,  φι?Μσο- 
φέω)  to  study  philosophy  besides,  to 
.■speculate  further  upon,  c.  dat.  rei,  Luc. 
Tim,  6. — II.  to  philosophise  with  anoth- 
er, c.  dat.  pers..  Id.  Gall.  11. 

Προςφϊ/.οτεχνέω,  ώ,  {προς,  φιλο- 
τεχνέω)  to  employ  further  art,  Athenio 
Samoth.  1,  25, 

ΊΙροςφΐ/.οτΙμέομαι,  {προς,  φύ.οτι- 
μεομαι)  dep.,  c,  fut.  mid.,  aor.  mid.  et 
j)ass..  to  take  to  one's  self  as  a  further 
honour,  Ael.  V.  H.  9,  9. 

ϋροςφοιτάω,  ώ,  ί.  -ήσω,  {προς,  φοι- 
τάω)  to  go  to  one  frequently,  to  haunt 
or  conue  constantly  to,  as  shops,  etc., 
Lys.  166,  37 ;  προς  τόπον,  Id.  170,  8, 
Dem.  786,  8. 

Τίροςφορύ,  ΰς,  ή,  {προςφερω)  a  bring- 
ing to,  applying.  κΆιμάαων,  Polyb. : 
application,  use.  Plat.  Legg.  638  C. — 
IL  (from  pass.)  that  which  is  brought  to 


ΠΡΟΣ 

a  person  or  thing,  an  addition,  increase, 
Herm.  Soph.  O.  C.  1272  :  a  kindness, 
benefit,  Lat.  beneficium,  lb.  581. — 2.  in- 
tercourse, conversation. — III.  (from mid.) 
that  which  one  takes  to  one^s  self,  food, 
victuals,  Hipp.,  V.  Wyttenb.  Plut.  2, 
129  Ε  -.—flavour,  smell,  Ath.  33  F. 

ΐΙροςφορέω,=  προςφέρω,  Hdt.  1,82. 
Hence 

ΐΐροςφόρημα,  ατός,  τό,=προςφορά 
III,  Eur.  El.  423. 

ΤΙρόςφορος,  ov.  Dor.  ποτίφ-,  Pind. : 
{προςφέρω) : — serviceable,  useful,  pro- 
fitable, τινί,  to  one,  Hdt.  7,  20,  Soph. 
O.  C.  1774,  Eur.,  etc. ;  also  absoL, 
Hdt.  4,  14,  Soph.,  etc. :  hence, — 2. 
suitable,  fitting,  Pind.  N.  3,  54;  8,82, 
etc.,  cf.  sub  ανηγέομαι :  suited  to,  fit 
or  meet  for,  τινί,  Find.  N.  7,  93,  Eur. 
Supp.  338,  Hec.  1246,  Thuc,  etc.  ; 
(so,  in  Pmd.  N.  9,  17,  where  the  gen. 
is  usu.  read,  Herm.  and  Bockh  have 
restored  the  dat.),  c.  inf.,  fit  or  meet 
to  do,  Aesch.  Eum.  207,  cf  Elmsi. 
Heracl.  481. — 3.  τά  πρόςφορα,  fitting 
service,  attention  meet,  τινός,  for  a 
thing,  Aesch.  Cho.  711,  714,  etc.: 
also,  τά,πρ-,  as  adv.,  fitly,  Eur.  Hipp. 
112. — II. ^:προςφερής,  approaching  to, 
i.  e.  like,  τινί,  Eur.  Phoen.  192.— III. 
that  which  is  taken  or  eaten.  Adv. 
■ρως. 

ΤΙροσφραγίζω,  to  seal  beforehand. 

ΤΙροςφνγή,  ης,  ή,  (προςφενγω)  a  ref- 
uge. 

ΐΐρόςφνγος,  ov,  {προςφενγω)  fleeing 
to,  esp.  for  refuge,  Aesop. 

ΤΙροςφϋέως,  Ion.  adv.  from  προς- 
φυης,  Hdt. 

ΐΐμοςφνή,ΐΐς.  ή,  {προςφνω)^πρύς- 
φνσις,  Arist.  Η.  Α.  4,  4,  8. 

ΐΐροςφνης,  ες,  {προςφΰω)  growing 
upon ;  hence,  hanging  upon  or  to,  εκ 
τίνος,  Od.  19,  58  ;  elsewh.,  usu.,  πρ. 
τινί,  clinging  to,  attached  Or  devoted  to. 
Plat.  Rep.  519  B,  Phil.  64  C— II.  na- 
turally belonging  to,  suitable  OT  fitted  for 
a  thing,  Ep.  Plat.  344  A  : — adv.  -ως. 
Ion.  -έως,  e.  g.  προςφνέως  7Λγειν,  to 
speak  suitably,  ably,  Hdt.  1,  27. 

ΤΙβοςόυ?ΜΚ>ι,  ης,  ή,  a  keeping  guard 
in  or  at,  v.  I.  Polyb.  3,  75,  4,  for  προ- 
φυ'λ•. 

ΤΙρόςφνμα,  ατός,  τό,  {προςφύω)  an 
appendage,  Dem.  Phal. 

ΤΙρόςφνξ,  νγος,  b,  {προςφενγω)  a 
runaway  protected  by  another :  hence, 
also,  a  client,  Hdn. 

ΤΙροςφνσύω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {προς,  φυ- 
σάω) to  blow  upon  οτ  fan  besides,  Arist. 
Mirab.  144;  πρ.  πό7ί.εμον,  Polyb.  11, 
5,  5. 

ΤΙρόςφνσις,  εως,  η,  {προςφνομαι)  α 
growing  to,  clinging  to,  as  a  man  to  his 
horse,  Xen.  Eq.  1,11:  πρ.  της  τρο- 
φής, assimilation  of  food,  Arist.  Probl. 
2,  3. — II.  the  place  of  joining,  joint,  τον 
ισχίου,  Hipp.,  cf  Foes.  Oecon. 

ΐΐροςφϋτενω,  to  plant  besides  or  at 
the  same  time. 

ΤΙροςφϋω,  f.  -ώύσω :  aor.  1  προςέ- 
φϋσα  {προς,  φύω)  : — to  make  to  grow 
to ;  hence,  to  fix  or  fasten  to  :  metaph., 
προςφύειν  τι  λόγω,  to  fix  by  words, 
i.  e.  to  confirm,  prove,  Aesch.  Supp. 
276,  Ar.  Kub.  372.— II.  more  freq.  in 
pass.,  with  intr.  tenses  of  act.,  aor.  2 
προςέφϋν,  pf.  προςπέφυκα  : — to  grow 
to  or  upon  ;  hence,  to  hang  upon,  cling 
to,  τω  προςφνς  έχόμτμ',  Od.  12,  433  ; 
so  part  fern,  προςφνσα,  II.  24,  213  ;  so 
too  in  Plat.  Legg.  728  B,  Tim.  45  A  ; 
of  a  fish,  τώγκίστρω  ποτεφύετο,  The- 
ocr.  21,  46:  προςφυντες  έχονται  τοϋ 
χρνσίου,  they  clmg  fast  to  it,  Luc. 
Pise.  51. 

ΥΙροςφωνέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {προς,  φω- 
νεω)  to  call  or  speak  to,  address,  accost, 


ΠΡΟΣ 

τινά,  freq.  in  Horn. ;  absol .,  Od.  10, 109, 
etc. :  when  a  dat.  is  added,  as  in  τοΐ- 
σιν  προςεφώνεε,  Od.  22,  69,  τοΐσιν  is 
not  to  them,  but  in  these  words. — 2.  to 
callby  name;  and  so,  to  speak  of.  Aesch. 
Cho.  1015,  Soph.  El.  1213.-3.  πρ. 
Tiva  βασύ.έα,  to  salute  him  king,  Po- 
lyb. 10,  38,  3,  etc.     Hence 

Τίροςφωνήεις,  εσσα,  εν,  addressing, 
capable  of  addressing,  Od.  9,  456,  in 
Dor.  form  ποτιφωνήεις. 

ΤΙροςφώνημα,  ατός,  τό,  {προςοω- 
νέω)  that  which  is  addressed  to  another, 
an  address,  like  πρόςφθεγμα,  in  plur.. 
Soph.  O.  C.  325,  Eur.  Ale.  1144  ;  in 
sing..  Soph.  O.  C.  891.    Hence 

ΙΙροςφωνηματικός,  ή,  όν,  usual  in 
addressing,  Dion.  H. 

ΐΐροςφώνησις,  ή,  {προςφωνέω)  an 
addressing. 

Τϊροςφωνητικός,  ή,  όν,=προςφωνη- 
ματικός. 

ΐΐροςχαίνω,  ί.  -χύνονμαι :  aor.  προς- 
εχανον  :  pf  in  pres.  signf  προςκεχη- 
va,  {προς,  χαίνω).  To  gape  or  stare 
open-mouthed  at  one  ;  μη  χαμαιπετες 
βόαμα  προςχάνης  ίμοί,  fall  not  pros- 
Irate  before  me  with  loud  cries,  Aesch. 
Ag.  920  : — to  gape  eagerly  at,  τινί,  like 
Lat.  inhiare,  Polyb.  4,  42,  7. 

ΙΙροςχαίρω,  [προς,  χαίρω)  to  rejoice 
at,  τινί,  Plut.  Anton.  29. 

ΐΐροςχα/.κενω,  to  fasten  on  by  weld- 
ing. 

ΤΙροςχάρίζομαι,  {προς,  χαρίζομαι) 
dep.  mid.,  to  gratify  or  satisfy  besides, 
τινί,  Xen.  Oec.  13,  9  ;  τινί  τι,  to  grant 
hirn  so  much,  Luc.  D.  Meretr.  9,  5. 

ΐΐροσχεθείν,  aor.  form  of  προέχω 
(v.  sub  σχέθω)  to  hold  before,  τι : — 
mid.,  to  ward  off  from  one's  self,  χειρι 
προεσχεθόμην  βέλεμνα,  Theocr.  25, 
254. 

ΐΐρόςχεφος,  ov,  {χειρ)  close  at  hand, 
near  to. 

ΤΙρόςχερος,  ov.^^ioieg.,  dub.  1.  Ath. 
149  B. 

ΐΐρόσχεσις,  ή,  {προέχω)  a  holding 
before. 

ΐίροςχέω,  f  -χενσω,  {προς,  χεω)  to 
pour  to  or  on,  LXX  : — mid.,  to  pour  on 
one's  self,  Hipp.  ;  to  have  poured  on  one, 
Arist.  Probl.  3,  26,  5. 

ΐΐρόσχημα,  ατός,  τό.  {προέχω)  that 
which  is  held  before ;  hence, — I.  that 
which  is  held  before  to  cover,  a  skreen, 
cloak,  TO  σώφρον  τον  άνανδρου  πρ., 
Thuc.  3,  82 :  hence,  a  pretence,  pre- 
text, freq.  in  Hdt.,  usu.  c.  gen.,  as,  πρ. 
τοϋ  στόλου,  τοϋ  πολέμου,  the  alleged 
cause  ο/"  the  campaign,  the  pretence  for 
it,  Hdt.  6,  44,  Polyb.  11,  6,  4  ;  πρό- 
σχημα ποιείσθαι  ώς  έπ" Αθήνας έλαύ- 
νειν,  make  apretence  or  shoiv  of  march- 
ing against  Athens,  Hdt.  7,  157,  cf. 
Thuc.  5,  30 ;  so,  πρ.  ήν  ΰμννασθαι, 
Thuc.  1,96:  πρόσχημα,  as  ace.  ab- 
sol., by  way  of  a  pretext,  Hdt.  9,  87. — 
II.  that  which  is  put  over  by  way  of  or- 
namejit,  clothing,  Plat.  Prot.  316  D, 
317  A  :  hence,  outward  shoit,  an  orna- 
ment,  Plat.  Rep.  495  C  ;  so,  Miletus 
is  called  πρόσχημα  τής  Ίωνίης,  Io- 
nia's chief  ornament,  Wcss.  Hdt.  5,  28  ; 
and  the  Pythian  games  πρόσχημα 
Έλ7.άόος,  Soph.  El.682,ubiv.  Herm. ; 
cf  Ar.  Ran.  913. — III.  generally,  a 
form, figure,  Heind.  Plat.  Hipp.  Maj. 
286  A  :  the  outwanl  appearance,  stale, 
coiidiiiOn,e.g.  ofawound.Hipp.  Hence 

ΪΙροσχημάτισμός,  οϋ,  ό,  in  Gramm., 
the  lengthening  by  a  syllable  ;  also  πα- 
ραγωγή.    _ 

Τίροσχίί,ω,  f.  -ίσω,  to  split,  cleave  be- 
forehand. 

αΐρόσχιον,  ου,  τό,  Proschinm,  a 
city  of  Aetolia,  Thuc.  3,  102  ;  cf.  Uv 
7ί,ήνη. 

1235 


ΠΡΟΣ 

Τίρόσχισμα,  ατός,  τό,  (προσχίζω)  α 
sort  of  slit  or  slashed  shve,  Ar.  Fr.  670. 
— 2.  part  of  a  shoe,  Arist.  Rhet.  2,  19, 
10,  Probl.  30,  8,  3. 

ΙΙροςχλενάζω,  (ττρός,  χλευάζω)  to 
mock,  jeer  besides,  Polyb.  4,  16,  4. 

ΤΙρόςχομδος,  ov,  (n-pof,  χορδή)  at- 
tuned to  a  stringed  instrument ;  gener- 
ally, in  harmony  with,  tlvl  ;  hence, 
ά-κοδιδόναι,  τα  φθέγματα  τοις  φβέγ- 
μασί  πρόςχορδα,  to  make  voices  har- 
monize with  voices,  Plat.  Legg.  812  D. 

ΪΙρόςχορος,  ov,  {ηρός.  χορός)  belong- 
ing to  a  chorus,  Ar.  r  r.  396. 

Προςχόω,  old  pres.  for  προςχώννυ- 
μι,  Thiic.  2,  75,  102. 

Προςχράομαι,  f.  -ήσομαι,  {προς, 
χρύομαι)  ilep.  mid.,  to  avail  one's  self 
of  a  thing  besides,  τινί,  IVeq.  in  Plat. ; 
Tivi  προς  τι.  Id.  Criti.  115  A,  of.  Phi- 
leb.  44  D. 

Προςχρ^ζω,  f.  -yau  :  Ion.  -χρηίζω, 
f.  -ηίσω  {προς,  χρήζω):— to  require  or 
desire  besides,  C.  gen.  rei,  Hdt.  5,  11, 
18;  but  also  c.  gen.  pers.  et  inf., 
ττροςχρηίζω  ύμίων  πίί^εσβαι  Μαοόο- 
νίω,  Ι  request  you  to  obey  him,  Hdt. 
8,  140,  2.  cf  Soph.  O.  T.  1155 ;  so  in 
poetry,  when  it  is  used  c.  ace.  only, 
an  inf  may  easily  be  supplied,  as 
ηενσεσβε  πάν  δπερ  προςχρήζετε  (sc. 
πνβέσθαι),  Aesch.  Pr.  641,  cf.  787, 
Soph.  O.  C.  520  : — c.  gen.  pers.  only, 
Soph.  Phil.  1055. 

ΙΙρόςχρησις,  ή,  {προςχρύομαι^  use 
in  a  thing,  M.  Anton.  7,  5,  Longin. 
27,  2. 

ΤΙροςχρηστέον,  verb.  adj.  from 
ιτροςχραομαι.  one  must  use  besides, 
Plat.'  Legg.  713  A. 

Τίροςχρίμπτω,  {προς,  χρίμπτω)  to 
touch,  graze,  Orph.  Lith.  53. 

Τλροςχρίω,  {προς,  χρίω)  to  smear 
upon,  Hipp,  [i] 

Τίροςχρώνννμι,   f  -χρώσω,  {προς, 

ίρώνννμΐ )    to   rub   or   spread    upon, 
>iod. 

ΤΙροςχρώτα,  adv.,  body  to  body  (cf. 
σΐ'γχρώτα),  Artemid.  1,  79. 

Τίρόςχνσις,  η,  (προςχέω)  a  pouring 
upon,  N.  T., Longin. 

ΙΙροςχντης,  ov,  6,  {προςχέω)  one 
who  pours  upon,   [f] 

ΐΐρόςχωμα,  ατός,  τό,  mud  deposited 
by  water,  alluvial  soil :  esp.,  the  bar  of 
a  river,  ΝίίΛου,  Aesch.  Pr.  847  :  a 
mound,  LXX  :  from 

ΤΙροςχώννϋμι  and  -ννω  :  f.  -χώσω  : 
— a  pres.  προςχόω  also  occurs  in 
Thuc,  V.  infra,  {προς,  χώνννμι) — to 
pour  to  or  upon :  esp.  of  water,  to 
deposit  mud,  silt,  etc. ;  hence, — 1.  πρ. 
χωρία,  to  form  new  lands  by  deposi- 
tion, Hdt.  2,  10. — 2.  to  choke  up  with 
mud.  etc.,  silt  up,  Hdt.  2,  99,  Thuc. 
2,  102 ;  πρ.  τας  ανωμαλίας,  to  fill  up 
hollows,  level,  Polyb.  9,  41,  4.— II.  to 
throw  earth  against,  hence  in  pass.,  r/ 
προςεχοΰτο  [rb  τείχος],  where  [the 
wall]  had  earth  thrown  against  it, 
Thuc.  2,  75. 

ΤΙροςχωρέω,  ω,  f.  -ήσω,  {προς,  χω- 
ρεω)  to  go  to,  approach,  c.  dat.,  Trpof- 
εχώρεην  στρατόπεδον  στρατοπέδω, 
Hdt.  4,  112,  cf.  Thuc.  3,  32.— II.  'to 
come  or  gn  over  to,  join  another,  τινί, 
Hdt.  1,  58,  and  Thuc.  ;  προς  τίνα, 
Thuc.  3,  CI  ;  also  πρ.  ίς  6μο?.ογίαν 
or  ομολογία,  Hdt.  7,  156,  Thuc.  2, 
100;  πρ.  τινΙ  ές  ξνμμαχίαν,  Thuc.  1, 
103  ;  to  surrender,  give  in,  τινί,  Xen. 
An.  5,  4,  30  :  so  in  mid.,  to  give  one's 
self  quite  up  to,  προς  τίνα.  Plat.  Rep. 
539  A. — 2.  to  accede,  assent  or  agree  to, 
προς  τας  άνθρωπηΐας  γνώμας,  Hdt. 
8,  60,  3,  cf  8,  103  ;  9,  55 ;  πρ.  λόγοις 
τινός,  to  yield  to,  concur  in  one's  views, 
Soph.  Phil.  964. — 3.  to  approach,  i.  e. 
1286 


ΠΡΟΣ 

to  agree  with,  be  like,  τινί,  Hdt.  4, 104  ; 
προς  τι,  1,  172. — 4.  Ιο  put  faith  in, 
believe,  τινί,  Id.  5,  45.     Hence 

ΥΙροςχώρησις,  εως,  ή,  a  going  to  or 
towards,  approach.  Plat.  Tim.  40  C. — 
II.  a  surrendering  to,  joining. 

'npoςχώpιoς,ov,=  sq.,Aub.  in  Paus. 

ΤΙρόςχωρος,  ov,  {προς,  χώρα)  lying 
near,  neighbouring,  τόπος,  Aesch. 
Pers.  273,  Soph.  O.  T.  1127;  ξένοι. 
Id.  O.  C.  493 :  but,  o'l  πρόςχωροί 
τίνος,  one's  neighbours,  Hut.  9,  15, 
Thuc.  8,  11,  Ρ\άΙ.,  etc.  ■.=έγχώριος, 
Soph.  O.  C.  1065. 

ΤΙρόςχωσις,  εως,  ή,  (προςχώνννμι) 
a  pouring  to  or  upon,  esp.,  a  depositing 
mud,  etc.;  and  8α,=^πρόςχωμα,  Thuc. 
2,  102. — II.  a  hank  or  inound  raised 
against  a  place.  Ibid.  77. 

ΐΐηοςψανω.  Dor.  ποτι^)ανω,  {προς, 
■ψαύω)  to  touch  upon,  touch,  τινί,  Piiid. 
Fr.  86,  2,  cf.  P.  9,  213  :  absol..  Soph. 
Phil.  1054,  O.  C.  330. 

ΐΐροςλΐηνδυμαι,  f.-σομαι,  dep.  mid., 
to  tell  a  lie  besides. 

ΤΙρος-ψηφίζομαι,  {προς,  ■ψηφίζω)  as 
mid..  Ιο  vole  besides,  τινά,  c.  inf,  Lys. 
105,  23  ;  to  grant  by  a  majority  of  votes. 
Pint.  Cat.  Min.  32,  etc. 

Ήρηςψΐβνρίζω,  {προς,  ψιθυρίζω)  to 
whisper,  chirp,  whistle  to,  τί  Tivi,  Mel. 
90. 

ΐΐροςιΐ'νχω,  {προς,  ψύχω)  Ιο  make 
still  colder,  Hipp.,  Anth.  P.  append. 
368.  [ύ] 

Πρόσω,  poet,  πρόσσω  ;  Att.  πόρσω 
(as  also  in  Pind.  O.  3,  78)  ;  and  in 
later  Alt.  ττό^φω,  like  Lat.  porro ; 
adv.  (tt/jO,  προς). — I.  of  space,  for- 
wards,onward, further  on,  oft. in  Horn., 
esp.  with  the  verbs  ίγειν  or  φέρειν, 
and  with  part.  ρΒ58.,•ίέμενος,  όρμε- 
νος,τετρημμένος,μεμαώς;  somTrag., 
πρ.  πεμπειν,  Aesch.  Ag.  853  ;  βηναι, 
ερπειν,  Soph.  Tr.  195,  547  ;  μη  πόρσω 
φωνεΐν,  to  speak  no  further.  Id.  El. 
213: — generally,  opp.  to  έγγνς,  far 
off,  afar,  Hdt.  3,  133;  5,  13,  Aesch. 
Euiri.  65;  cf  Valck.  Phoen.  597.— 
In  orig.  signf..  forward ;  oft.  with  the 
art.  TO  πρ.,  first  in  Hdt.,  and  freq.  in 
Att. ;  ίς  TO  πρ.,  Hdt.  1,  5  ;  3,  25,  and 
Att.  :  also,  τοϊ'  πρ.,  Schneid.  Xen. 
An.  1,  3,  1. — 2.  from  Hdt.  downvvds. 
freq.  c.  gen.,  ττρ.  τϊ/ς  νυκτός,  further, 
i.  e.  later  in  the  night,  Hdt.  2,"  121,  4  ; 
πρ.  τοΰ  ποταμού,  further  into  the 
river,  Xen.  An.  4,  3,  28 ;  πρ.  της 
πλεονεξίας,  farther  to  one's  advan- 
tage. Id.  Cyr.  1,  6,  39  ;  Ις  το  πρ.  με- 
γύΟεος,  further  in  point  of  size  or 
power,  Hdt.  3,  154;  so,  πρ.  άρετης 
άνηκειν,  Hdt.  7,  237  : — but  also  with 
notion  of  distance,  far  from,  ov  πρ. 
Έλ?.ηςπόντον,  Hdt.  5,  13 ;  ττρ.  δι- 
καίων, Aesch.  Eum.  414;  ov  rro/i^u 
τών  διθυράμβων  φθέγγεσθαι,  Stallb. 
Plat.  Phaedr.  238  D;  πόδ^ω  είναι 
τού  ο'ιεσθαι.  Id.  Phaed.  96  Ε  ;  ττο/^/ιω 
τών  πραγμάτων,  Isocr.  44  Α,  etc.  ; — 
also  foil,  by  άπό,  πρ.  άπο  τών  φορ- 
τίων, Hdt.  4,  196;  από  τον  τείχους, 
Xen.  Cyr.  5,  4,  49.— Π.  of  time,  for- 
ward, Horn.,  always  in  the  phrases, 
πρόσσω  και  όπίσσω  νοεΐν,  λενσσειν, 
όράν,  II.  1,  343;  3.  109,  Od.  24,  452; 
cf.  Plat.  Crat.  428  Ό: —  he.enfler, 
κ?.έος  ενρέσθαι  πρόσω,  Pind.  P.  3, 
196. — III.  compar.  adv.,  πύρσιον,  far- 
ther. Id.  O.  1,  183:  superl.,  ττόρσίστα, 
farthest,  ως  π.,  as  far  as  possible,  Id. 
N.  9,  69: — but  these  are  only  poet., 
— the  regular  forms  being  προσωτέ- 
ρω,  -τύτω,  qq.  v.  (From  πρόσω  come 
πρόσωθεν,  πρόσσοθεν  :  akin  to  our 
far,  further,  etc.) 

ΤΙροςώδτ/ς,  ες,  {προς,  όζω)  smelling, 
stinking,  Galen. 


ΠΡΟΣ 

ΊΙροςώδης,  ες,  {οΐδύω)  swoln. 

ΤΙροςωδία,  ας,  ή,  {προς,  ωδή)  α  song 
sung  to  or  ivilh,  aii  accompanying  song, 
=^ώδή  προς  κίθαραν,  Critias  48,  ubi 
V.  Bach. — II.  the  accent  accompanying 
the  pronunciation  of  a  word,  the  tone  or 
accent  of  a  syllable,  ditfi'ring  from  its 
metrical  quantity  and  rlietoncal  hito- 
natioii.  Plat.  Rep.  399  Α.— 2.  a  mark 
to  show  the  tone,  an  accent,  πρ.  βαρεία, 
οξεία,  περισπωμένη,  the  grave,  acute, 
circumflex,  Grainm.;  but  they  applied 
the  word  to  other  marks  of  pronuncia- 
tion, as  the  breathing,  apostrophe,  hypo- 
diasiole,  and  the  usual  mark  for  length 
or  shortness. — 3.  the  doctrine  of  accent- 
uation. — 1.  later,  the  doctrine  of  the 
quantity  of  syllables,  1.  e.  prosody  in 
our  sense.     Hence 

Τϊροςωδιακός,  η,  ov,=  sq.  :  and 

ΤΙροςωδικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to  ac- 
centuation.— II.  πονς  πρ.,  a  foot  con- 
sisting of  two  long  syllables,  and  one 
short,  more  correctly  written  ττρος- 
οδιακός: — hence,  τά  πρ.,  verses  of 
such  feet,  opp.  to  the  dactylic,  Dion.  H. 

ΤΙμοςωδιον,  τό,  f.  1.  for  πρόςοδιον. 

ΙΙροςωδός,  όν,  {προς,  ώόή)  singing 
or  sounding  to,  harmonizing  or  in  har. 
mony  with,  τινί,  Eiir.  Ion  359 ;  πρ. 
μέλος,  a  song  in  harmony.  Id.  Plislh. 
6,  2  :  so,  metaph.,  ττρ.  στοναχά,  a 
groan  in  consonance  with  griel.  Id. 
Phoen.  1499. 

ΐΐρόσωθεν,  and  in  later  Att.  πόρ^ω- 
θεν:  Ep.  πρόσσοθεν,  II.  23,  533. 
adv.  (πρόσω):— from  afar,  II.  1.  c, 
Aesch.  Ag.  947,  952,  Soph.  Tr.  1003, 
Plat.,  etc.  : — compar.  ποΐ!)βωτέρωθεν, 
Isocr.  45  A. 

ΊΙροςωθέω,  ώ,  f.  -ωθήσω  and  -ώσω, 
(προς,  ώθέω)  to  push  to  or  towards, 
Theophr. 

Τίροςωνέομαι,  f.  -τ/σομαι,  { προς, 
ώνέομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  buy  besides, 
Xen.  Vect.  4,  7,  Dem.  823,  18. 

ΤΙροςωνομάσία,  ή,  dub.  1.  for  παρω- 
νομασια. 

Προςωνϋμία,  ας,  ή,  {προς,  όνομα) 
α  surname,  Plut.  Pericl.  8,  39,  etc. 

ΐΐροςώπατα,  τά,  old  Ep.  plur.  of 
πρόςωπον,  q.  v. 

ΤΙροςωπεΙον,  ov,  τό,  {πρόςωπον)  a 
mask,  Luc.  Nigr.  11,  Tim.  28,  etc. 

Τίροςωπίδιον.  ου,  τό,  dim.  from 
πρόςωπον,  Ar.  Fr.  256.  [i] 

ΤΙροςωπικός,  η,  όν,  of  or  belonging 
to  a  mask. 

ΤΙροςώπιον,  ov,  τό,  and  -ωπίς,  ίδος, 
ή,  aim.  from  πρόςωπον,  the  Lat. 
persolata  (Plin.),  a  kind  of  cucumber, 
Diosc. :  also,  προςωπίτις,  ιδος,  ή, 
Geop. 

'\Τ{ροςωπΙτις,  ιδος,  ή,  sc.  νήσος, 
Prosoptiis,an  island  of  Aegypt  formed 
by  the  Canobic  and  Sebennytic 
mouths  of  the  Nile,  Hdt.  2,  41  ; 
Thuc.  1,  109. 

ΐΐροςωποειδής,  ες,  {είδος)  formed 
like  a  face. 

ΊΙροςωποληπτεω,  ώ,  to  be  a  respecter 
of  persons,  N.  T.  :   and 

ΤΙροςωπο/.ηπτης,  ov,  6,  a  respecter 
of  persons,  N.  T. :  from 

Ίϊροςωπό?.ηπτος,  ov,  {πρύςωπον, 
λαμβάνω)  respecting  persons.     Hence 

ΤΙροςο^ποληψία,  ας,  ή,  respect  of 
persons,  N.  T. 

ΤΙρόςωπον,  ου,  τό :  poet.  plur.  προς- 
ώπατα.  for  πρόςωπα,  Od.  18,  192, 
Opp.  etc. ;  dat.  7Γροζ-ώ-«σ/,Ι1.  7,  212. 
cf.  Lob.  Paral.  176:— and  a  nom.  ό 
πρόςωπος  is  quoted  from  Plat.  Com. 
(Incert.  .')9,  v.  Meineke  Com.  Fragm. 
1,  p.  173): — {προς,  ώψ).  A  face, 
visage,  countenance,  Horn.,  always  in 
plur.,  even  of  a  single  person,  ex- 
cept in  II.  18,  24 ;  but  in  the  Hyiiuis 


ΠΡΟΤ 

the  sing•,  is  more  freq.,  as  in  Hes. : — 
όαίνειν  ττρ-,  to  unveil,  appear,  Find. 
N.  5,  31  ;  βλέπειν  τίνα  εις  Tip.,  Eur. 
Hipp.  280 ;  εις  πρ.  Τίνος  άφικέσθαι, 
to  come  before  him,  lb.  720:  κατά 
irp-  or  προς  το  χρ.,/ace  to  face,  Xen. 
Cyr.  1,  ti,  43,  Cyn.  10,  9  ;  so,  ^  κατά 
frp.  έντευξίς,  a  tete-a-iete,  Plut.  Caes. 
17. — Usu.  of  the  human  face,  jrpo- 
τομή  being  used  for  that  of  animals  ; 
but,  Hdt.  2,  76.  uses  πρόςωπον  of 
the  Ibis. — 2.  later,  the  front  of  any 
thing,  as  of  an  army,  κατά  τζρόςω- 
•κον  τάξαι,  in  front,  facing,  Polyb.  3, 
65,  6,  etc. — II.  later  also  one's  look, 
countenance,  Lat.  viiltus,  Aesch.  Ag. 
639,  794,  etc. : — το  σον  ττρ.,  periphr. 
for  σύ.  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  448,  cf.  Dissen 
Pind.  N.  5,  16. — 2.^=7Γροςω~είθν,  a 
viash,  Dem.  433,  22  (and  some  MSS. 
give  τΓροςωττεϊον),  cf.  Aesch.  Eum. 
990  ;  also,  πρ.  περίθετον,  Aristomen. 
Goet.  1  :  hence,  ο  dramatic  part, 
character,  Lat.  persona.  —  (  On  the 
masks  of  the  ancients,  v.  Diet.  An- 
tiqq.  s.  V.  persona.)  Hence  also, — 
3.  like  πρόσχημα.  Lat.  forma,  show, 
outward  appearance,  beauty,  Pind.  P. 
6,  14,  cf.  I.  2,  13.— III.  a  person,  Po- 
lyb. 8,  13,  5 ;  12,  27,  10,  N.  T.,  etc. ; 
cf.  Jacobson  Patr.  Ap.  p.  6. — 2.  a  per- 
son in  grammar. 

ΐίροςωποιτοιεω,  ύ,  to  personify,  1.  e. 
represent  (lifeless  objects, abstractcon- 
ceptions,  etc.)  in  hitman  form  or  with 
human  attributes. — II.  όίύ?.ογον  πρ.,  to 
dramatize  a  dialogue,  Dion.  H.  :  and 

ΤΙροςωποποίία,  ας,  η,  personification, 
Vit.  Horn. — II.  a  dramatizing  :  from 

ίΐροςωποποώς,  6v,  {πρόςωπον,  ποι- 
εί•)) personifying,  investing  with  human 
attributes. — II.  dramatizing. — III.  ma- 
king masks. 

ΤΙροςωπονττα,  ή,  for  προςωπόεσσα, 
(πρόςωπον)  a  vessel  with  a  face,  Mei- 
neke  Com.  Fragm.  2,  p.  51. 

ΤΙροσωρενω,  (πρό,  σωρεύω)  to  heap 
up  before  or  beforehand,  App.,  Luc. 

ΤΙροσωτερω,  Att.  πο()βωτέρυ,  com- 
par.  from  πρόσω,  further,  further  off, 
Hdt. ;  also  c.  gen.,  Hdt.  4,  16,  etc. ; 
TO  προσωτέρω,  Hdt.  1,  105  ;  3,  45,  etc. 
• — II.  superl.  προςωτύτω,  Att.  ποβρω- 
τάτω,  furthest,  Hdt.,  etc. ;  c.  gen., 
Ίτο^βωτάτω  των  νποφίών,  Isocr.  34 
C  :  also,  προσώτατα,  Hdt.  2, 103  :  τον 
προσωτύτω,  Soph.  Aj.  731,  ubi  v. 
Dind. ;  al.  προσωτάτου,  but  the  adjs. 
προσώτερος,  -τατος  seem  to  be  later ; 
Polyb.  5,  34,  Θ,  has  ποββώτερον  as 
adv. 

ΙΙροςω(ρε7^έω,  ω,  f.  -ήσω.  {προς,  ώψε- 
λεω)  to  help  or  assist  besides,  contribute 
to  assist,  τινά,  Hdt.  9,  68;  absol.,  lb. 
105:  also  c.  dat.,=  έ7Γωpeλεω,  Eur. 
Ale.  41,  Heracl.  330.     Hence 

ΐΐροςωόέλημα,  ατός,  τό,  help  or  aid 
in  a  thing,  Eur.  Med.  611  :  and 

ΐΙηοςωόέ?.ησις,  εως.  ή,  help,  aid,  ad- 
vantage. Soph.  Phil.  1406. 

Προςωφελητέον,  verb.  adj.  from 
προί'ωόελέω,  one  must  assist,  Xen. 
Ages.  il,8. 

ΐΐρόταγμα,  ατός,  τό,  (προτάσσω) 
the  van,  Diod.,  Plut.  LucuU.  28. 

Tlporaivi.  adv.,  in  front  of,  πρ.  τά- 
ξεων, Eur.  Rhes.  523.  [t] 

ΙΙροταίνιος,  a,  ov,  =  ποταίνιος. 
Adv.  7ri3oraii'(ov,=  foreg. 

ΐίροτακτέον,  verb.  adj.  from  προ- 
τάσσω, one  must  place  in  front,  Xen. 
Mem.  3,  1 .  10  ;  one  must  prefer,  τι  τί- 
νος, Aeschin.  78,  8. 

ΥΙροτακτικός,  ή,  όν,  placing  before. 
— 11.  placet!  before :  hence  in  Gramm., 
άρθρον  πρ-,  the  prepositive  article  ό,  ή, 
το  .•  from 

Ώρύτακτος,  ov,  or  •τός,  όν,  {προ• 


ΠΡΟΤ 

τάσσω)  posted  in  front,  ο'ι  πρ.,  the  van, 
Plut.  Camill.  41,  Crass.  23,  etc. ;  cf. 
Lob.  Paral.  491. — W.  predetermined. 

ΙΙροτάλαιπωρέω,  ώ.  also  as  dep. 
pass.,  to  suffer  beforehand. 

ΥΙροτΰμΐεΙον,  ov,  τό,  {πρό,  ταμιεΐον) 
a  room  before  a  magazine  or  storeroom, 
Schneid.  Xen.  Hell.  5,  4,  5. 

ΤΙροτάμιεύω,  {πρό,  ταμιενω)  to  lay 
in  beforehand,  Luc.  Salt.  61  :  also  as 
dep. 

Προτύμνω,  Ion.  for  προτέμνω ; 
hence  -τάμοίμην,  opt.  aOr.  mid.,  Od. ; 
and  -τάμών,  part,  aor.,  Horn. 

ΤΙρόταξις,  ή,{πρoτάσσω)aposling  in 
front. — II.  predetermination,  Clem.  Al. 

ΤΙροτΰράσσω,  f.  -ξω,  {πρό,  ταράσ- 
σω) to  confuse  or  disturb  beforehand, 
Hipp. 

Τίροταρβέω,  ώ,  (πρό,  ταρβέω)  to 
fear  beforehand,  τι,  Aesch.  Theb.  332  ; 
c.  inf ,  Eur.  H.  F.  908.— II.  to  fear  or 
be  anxious  for  one,  τινός,  Soph.  Tr.  89, 
Ant.  83. — III.  to  fear  more,  Eur. 
Erechth.  17,  25. 

ΐΐροτάρίχενω,  {πρό,  ταριχεύω)  to 
salt  or  pickle  beforehand  ;  generally,  to 
preserve  or  prepare  for  keeping,  Hdt.  2, 
77. — II.  in  Hipp.,  to  reduce  a  patient  by 
fasting ;  V.  Foes.  Oecon.  s.  v. 

ΤΙρότάσις,  ή,  {προτείνω)  a  stretching 
or  putting  forward :  πρ.  πνεύματος,  an 
attempt  to  breathe,  Hipp. ;  v.  Foes. 
Oec. — II.  (in  pass,  sense,)  that  which  is 
put  forward  :  hence, — 1.  in  logic,  a  pro- 
position {άπόόαΐ'σις)  used  as  the  pre- 
miss of  a  syllogism,  Arist.  passim  ;  cf. 
I  προτείνω  III. — 2.  in  Gramm.,  the  hy- 
pothetical or  limiting  clause  of  a  sen- 
tence, answered  by  the  άπόδοσις. — 3. 
a  question  proposed,  problem,  Ath.  234 
C. — 4.  part  of  a  dramatic  poem,  opp.  to 
the  έπίτασις. 

Τίβοτάσσω,  Att.  -ττω :  f.  -ξω  {πρό, 
τάσσω) : — to  place  or  post  in  front,  π. 
εαυτόν  πρό  τίνος,  to  put  one's  self  in 
front  o/ another,  so  as  to  defend  him, 
Andoc.  14,  31  :  so  in  mid.,  προετάξα- 
To  της  φάλαγγας  τονς  ιππέας,  he  post- 
ed his  horse  in  front  of  it,  Xen.  Hell. 
6.  4,  10: — pass.,  to  take  the  lead,  go 
first,  Aesch.  Sspp  835 ;  to  προτα- 
χθέν,  οι  προτεταγμενοι,  the  front 
ranks,  van,  Xen.  Cyr.  5,  3,  37,  Hell. 
2,  4,  15  :  cf.  προτακτέον. — II.  gener- 
ally, to  appoint  or  determine  beforehand, 
Soph.  Tr.  164. 

Τίροτατέον,  verb.  adj.  from  προτεί- 
νω, one  must  use  as  a  πρότασις,  Arist. 
Top.  8,  1,  4. 

ΐΐροτάτικός,  fi,  όν,  of  or  belonging 
to  a  πρότασις  (signf.  II.  1 ),  Arist.  Top. 
8,  14,  9.  Adv.  -κώς.  Id.  Soph.  El. 
15,9. 

ΤΙροτέγιον,  ov,  τό,  and  προτέγισ- 
μα,  ατός,  τό,  {πρό,  τέγος)  the  forepart 
of  a  roof,  also  προστέγιον,  προστέ- 
γισμα. 

ΤΙροτείνω,  {πρό,  τείνω)  to  stretch 
out,  spread  or  hold  before  one,  so  as  to 
defend  him,  πρ.  τρνχήν  τίνος.  Soph. 
Aj.  1270. — 2.  metaph.,  to  hold  out  as  a 
pretext  or  excuse,  ττρ.  πρόφασιν,  Hdt. 
1,  156;  πρ.  θεούς.  Soph.  Phil.  992; 
so  in  mi(l.,  Ep.  Plat.  317  C— II.  to 
stretch  forwards  or  in  front,  stretch 
forth,  hold  out,  χείρας,  esp.,  in  sup- 
pliant posture,  Hdt.  1,  45  ;  7,  233  ;  so 
in  raid.,  Hdt.  4,  136  :  also,  προτείνει 
χειρ  εκ  χερός  6ρε\ματα  (sic  legend, 
c.  Hermanno  pro  ορεγομενα),  Aesch. 
Ag.  1111. — 2.  ττρ.  δεξιάν,  to  offer,  ten- 
der it  as  a  pledge.  Soph.  Phil.  1292, 
Tr.  1)84,  Eur.  Ale.  1118,  Xen..  etc.  ; 
so,  πρ.  πίστιν,  Dem.  659.  10  : — hence, 
— 3.  to  hold  out,  offer,  tender,  show  at  a 
distance,  I, at.  ostentare,  Hdt.  8,  140, 
2  ;  so,  προτείνειν  κέρδος,  Aesch.  Pr. 


ΠΡΟΤ 

777;  τε7.ετάς,  Eur.  Bacch.  238,  cf. 
Hel.  28,  Plat.  Rep.  382  A ;  δραχμάς, 
Ar.  Plut.  1019  ;  ελενθερίαν,  Antipho 
135,  16 ;  also  c.  inf.,  πρ.  τινι  λαβείν, 
Xen.  Oec.  5,  8  :— also  in  mid.,  Hdt. 
5,  24,  Dem.  179,  17,  etc. — 4.  in  mid., 
μισθόν  προτεινεσθαι,  to  claim  or  de- 
mand as  a  reward,  Hdt.  9,  34. — 5. 
intr.,  to  stretch  forward.  Plat.  Ciiti.  HI 
A. — III.  to  put  forward  as  a  proposition 
{πρότασις  II.  1),  Arist.  Top.  1,  10,  1 ; 
so  in  mid..  Id.  An.  Pr.  1,  27,  9. 

ΤΙροτειχίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {πρό,  τειχίζα) 
to  build  a  wall  in  front,  protect  by  a  wall. 
Hence 
i  ΐΐροτείχισμα,  ατός,  τό,  an  advanced 
fortification,  outwork,  Thuc.  6,  100, 
Polyb.  2,  69,  6,  etc. 

ηροτέ/.ειος,  ov,  {πρό,  τέλος)  before 
initiation  0Γ  consecration,  τά  προτέλεΐα 
(sc.  ιερά),  ail  expiatory  saerilice  usual 
before  any  solemnity  ;  θνειν  τά  προτέ- 
λεία,  to  perform  an  initiatory  sacrifice 
for  or  m  behalf  of.,  ναών,  Aesch.  Ag. 
226,  cf.  Eur.'l.  A.  718.— II.  esp.,  be- 
fore or  in  the  solemn  marriage  rite, 
Sappho  44  (in  Aeol.  form  προτέ?.ηα)ι 
Plat,  also  says  in  full  προτέλεια  γά- 
μων, Legg.  774  D,  cf.  Ruhiik.  Tim. 
— III.  τά  προτέλεια,  generally,  α  be- 
ginning, outset,  e.  g.  of  battle,  Aesch. 
Ag.  65  ;  βιότου  πρ.,  lb.  720 : — also  the 
rudiments  of  a  science. 

ΤΙ.ροτελεντάω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {πρό,  τε• 
λεντάω)  to  end  before,  die  before,  Plut 
2,  113  E. 

ΐΐροτελέω,  ώ,  f.  -έσω,  {πρό,  τελέω) 
to  pay  as  toll  or  tribute,  give,  pay,  or 
expend  beforehand,  Thuc.  6,  31,  ace. 
to  .\mold  ;  πρ.  εΙς  τι,  Xen.  Vect.  3, 
9. — II.  to  initiate  or  instnict  beforehand 
in  a  thing,  τι,  in  pass.,  Luc.  Rhet. 
Praec.  14. 

Προτελής,  ές,  {πρό,  τέλος)=προ- 
τέλειος,  esp.,  of  the  victim  which  was 
offered  before  a  marriage,  Agathocl.  ap. 
Ath.  376  A. 

ΙΙροτελίζω,  f.  -ίσω,=προτελέω  Π ; 
hence,  ττρ.  τί/ν  νεανίδα  Άρτέμιδι,  to 
present  her  along  with  an  offering  to 
Diana  preliminary   to  marriage,    Eur. 

I.  A.  433 :  pass.,  προτε/.ίζομαι,  to  be 
so  presented,  Cratin.  Pyl.  8. 

ΙΙροτεμένισμα,  ατός,  τό,  {πρό,  τέ- 
μενος) the  precincts  Or  entrance  of  a  τέ 
μένος,  v.  Arnold  Thuc.  1,  134:  later 
the  vestibule  of  a  temple,  where  the  lus 
tral  water  was  kept. 

Προτέμνω,  f.  -τεμώ  :  aor.  προντΰ. 
μον  and  in  prose  usu.  προντεμον, 
{πρό,  τέμνω).      To  cut  up  beforehand, 

II.  9,  489.— II.  to  cut  off  in  front,  cut 
short,  Lat.  praecidtre,  κορμον  εκ  βίζτίς 
προταμών,  Od.  23,  196. — III.  to  cut 
forward  or  in  front  of  one,  Lat.  prosece, 
praeseco :  hence  in  aor.  opt.  mid.,  ei 
ώ'/.κα  διηνεκέα  προταμοίμην,  if  in 
ploughing  I  cut  a  long  furrow  before 
me,  Od.  18,  375;  like  όγμον  όρθον 
άγειν  in  Theocr.  10,  2. 

ΙΙροτεντις,  ές,  (προτείνω)  fore- 
stretching,  Opp.  C.  2,  304 :  of  a  spear, 
in  rest,  couched,  Ap.  Rh.  1,  756. 

Προτενθίύω,  {πρό,  τενθενω)  to  taste 
before  and  pick  out  the  tid-bits ;  gene- 
rally, to  have  the  pick  of  a  thing,  Ar 
Nub.  1200  :  cf.  sq.     Hence 

ΐΙροτένθ7]ς,  ου.  ό,  one  who  picks  out 
the  tid-bits  beforehand,  a  dainty  fellow, 
gourmand,  Br.  Ar.  Nub.  1198,  Mei- 
neke  Com.  Fragm.  2,  p.  859.— At 
.Athens,  προτένθαι  was  an  old  name 
for  forestallers  or  regraters  [μεταβό- 
λοι),  who  bought  up  provisions  be- 
fore they  were  brought  into  the  mar- 
ket, Sctiol.  Ar.  1.  c— The  fem.  ή  προ- 
τένβης  occurs  in  Ael.  N.  A.  15,  10; 
cf.  Lob.  Paral.  272. 

1287 


ΙΓΡΟΤ 

Ήροτεραΐος,  α,  ον,  {ττροτέρος)  on 
the  day  before,  formed  like  δειτεραίος, 
τριταίος,  etc. :  η  ττρ.  (sc.  ί/μέρα),  the 
day  before :  USU.  ry  TTpOTtpaig,,  Lat. 
pridie,  Hdt.  1,  84,  126.  elc. ;  ry  ττρ. 
7/μέρα,  Plat.  Phaed.  59  D  ;  and,  c. 
gen.,  Tjj  πρ.  τ/'/ς  καταστάσιος,  the  day 
before  tlie  audience,  Hdt.  9,  9,  d'.  Plat. 
Phaed.  58  A. 

ΤΙροτεραίτερος,  a,  ov,  compar.  from 
foreg.,  for  πpύτεpoς,\\h^ch  it-strengih- 
ens,  as  if  days  and  days  before,  Ar.  Eq. 
1165. 

Ώροτερενω,  v.  1.  for  sq.  in  Hdt.  9, 
66. 

ΤΙροτερέω,  ώ,  (πρότερος)  to  be  before, 
in  front,  at  the  head,  Hdt.  9,  57  ;  also, 
■Tip-  Tr/ς  όδον,  to  be  forward  on  the  way, 
Hdt.  9.  66  (with  v.  1.  προτιρενω).—2. 
also  of  time,  to  be  beforehand,  get  the 
start,  Thuc.  1,  33:  to  come  before  the 
thne,  o|jp.  to  νστερείν.  Polyb.  9,  14,  9; 
to  be  older  than,  τινός,  Dion.  H. — 3.  to 
be  before  or  beforehand,  to  get  the  ad- 
vantage, ονδεν  ττροτερήσετε,  Philipp. 
ap.  Dem.  239,  9;  κατά  τι,  Polyb.  3, 
110,  6. 

ΤΙροτερηγενής.  ες.  {πρότερος,  *γέ- 
Vu)  born  sooner,  older.  Call.  Jov.  58. 

Τίροτέρημα,  ατός,  τό,  (προτερεω) 
priority  in  rank,  etc.  ;  a  privilege, 
LXX  : — in  plur.,  gain,  advantages, 
Polyb.  16,  20,  6.-2.  in  war,  an  ad- 
vantage, victory.  Id.  1 , 9,7  ;  2, 10,  6,  etc. 

ΤΙροτέρησις,  η,  {προτερίω)  a  being 
before  or  iirst,  Heliod. 

ΥΙροτερίζυ,  f.  -ί'σω,  =  προτερέω, 
susp. 

Προτερικός.  η,  όν ;  σνκή  πρ.,  a 
kind  of  early  fig.  with  V.  1.  πρφτ.,  Se- 
leuc.  ap.  Ath.  77  D :  from 

ΤΙράτερος,  a,  ov,  (ττρό)  before  others, 
in  form  and  signf  a  compar.  without 
any  posit,  in  \ise,  answering  to  Lat. 
prior,  as  its  superl.  πρώτος  (q.  v.)  to 
Lat.  primus  ;  opp.  to  ύστερος  : — I.  of 
place,  before,  in  front,  forward,  11.  16, 
569;  17,  274;  ττύδες  πρ.,  the  fore 
feet,  Od.  19,  228:— but  more  freq.,— 
II.  of  time,  before,  sooner,  earlier,  older, 
Hom.,  and  Hes.  ;  πρότερος  γενε^, 
11.  15,  182 ;  πρότεροι  άνδρες  or  άν- 
θρωποι, also  πρότεροι  alone,  Hom. : 
but,  πρ.  παίδες,  children  by  the  first 
or  a  former  marriage,  Od.  15,  22  ;  Ty 
TTpoTf-py  (sc.  ήμερα)  on  the  day  before, 
Od.  16,  50  ;  so,  ήοίτΐ)  πρότερη,  i\.  13, 
794  ;  (in  prose  more  usu.  Ty  προτε- 
ραία, ci.  προτεραίος)  ; — then  freq.  in 
Att.,  01  πρότεροι  επώντες,  the  first 
assailants,  Thuc.  1,  123  ;  o'l  πρ.  άνα- 
βάντΐς,  Xen.  An.  I,  4,  12,  etc. : — as 
a  regular  compar.,  c.  gen.,  ίμέο  πρό- 
τερος, 11.  10,  124;  -πρ.  τοντων.  Plat. 
Hipp.  Maj.  282  D ;  τώ  πρ.  ίτει  τ?ις 
■ηττης,  Polyb.  2,  43,  '6.— The  neut. 
πρότερον  was  esp.  used  as  adv.,  be- 
fore, sooner,  earlier,  very  freq.  in  Hdt. 
fol).  by  ;;  and  inf.,  πρότερον  η  βασι- 
λΐϋσαι,  Hdt.  7,  2 ;  by  πριν  άν,  and 
inf.,  Id.  1,  82,  140;  also  by  ?)  and  in- 
dicat.,  Id.  6,  45  ;  8,  8  ;  by  7/  and  sub- 
junct.,  Id.  7,  54  ;  also  by  πριν  ?/  and 
subjunct.,  7,  8,  2  ;  9,  93  ;  ct.  ττριν  II. 
6: — sometimes  it  stood  for  the  prep. 
πρό,  ΰλίγφ  πρότερον  τοντέων,  Hdt. 
8,  95 ;  also  with  artic,  το  πρότερον 
τύν  ΰνδρών  τοντων,  Hdt.  2,  144  :  the 
adv.  πρότερον  is  oft.  put  between 
art.  and  subst.,  e.  g.  ό  πρότερον  βα- 
σιλεύς, Hdt.  1,  84,  etc. ;  cf.  προτέ- 
ρως,προτέρω,προσθεν. — Comic  com- 
par. προτεραίτερος,  Ar.  Eq.  1165. — 
III.  post-Horn,  of  rank,  worth,  and 
in  gen.  of  precedence,  before,  above, 
superior,  τινί,  in  a  thing,  Isae.  37,  3  ; 
πρ.  τίνος,  προς  τι,  superior  to  him  in..., 
Plat.  Lach.  183  B. 
1388 


ΠΡΟΤ 

Ήροτέρω,  adv.  from  πρότερος,  or 
directly  from  πρό,  like  άποτέρω  Irom 
άπό,  further  before,  forwards,  like  ττρό- 
σω,  Ιβυσαν  προτίρω,  11.  4,  507  ;  πρ. 
άγειν,  διώκειν,  11.  3,  400  ;  5,  072  ;  ine- 
taph.,  έρις  προτίρω  γενετο,  ttie  fight 
went  further,  i.e.  grew  hotter,  U.  23, 
490  :  oil  πρ-,  no  further,  no  more,  Ap. 
lib  1,  919. — II.  of  time,  sooner,  for- 
merly, Call.  Dian.  72. 

Προτέρωθε,  adv.  from  forcg.,/i-oni 
aforetime:  from  the  front. 

Προτέρως,  adv.  from  πρότερος,  in 
the  former  manner. 

Προτέρωσε,  adv.  from  foreg.,  toward 
the  front,  forward,  H.Hom.  32,  10,  Ap. 
Rh.  1,306.  etc. 

ΙΙροτετάμένως,  adv.  part,  perf  pass, 
from  προτείνω,  spread  or  stretched 
out. 

ΊΙροτεϋχω,  {πρό,  τενχω)  to  make  or 
do  beforehand :  pf.  pass,  inf  προτετν- 
\θαι,  to  have  happened  beforehand,  to 
If  pa.1t,  II.  16,  00  ;  18,  1 12  ;   19,  05. 

Τίροτεχνο'/.ογέω,  ώ,  to  instruct  in  the 
rudiments  of  an  art.     Hence 

ΥΙροτεχνολόγημα,  ατός,  τό,  instruc- 
tion in  the  rudiments  of  an  art. 

ΧΙροτήθη,  -ης,  ή.  {πρό,  τηθη)  α  great 
grayidmother,  DlO  C 

Ίλροτηθϋς,  νος,  ή,  {πρό,Ύι/βνς)  born 
before  Tethys,  coinic  name  of  an  old 
woman,  with  a  play  on  foreg.,  Cratin. 
Incert.  134. 

ΤΙροτήκω,  to  melt  beforehand.  Hence 

ΤΙρότηξις,  ij,  a  melting  beforehand  : 
esp.  a  consuming,  dub. 

ΠροΓί,  an  oUl,  esp.  Ep..  form  for 
ττροζ•,  q.  v.,  freq.  in  Hom. :  in  Cretan, 
πορτί.     (Never  used  for  ττρό.)  [ϊ] 

Προτιάπτω,  Por.  for  προςύπτω,  II. 
24,  110. 

ΐΐροτιβάλλομαι,  Dor.  for  προςβάλ- 
λομαι,  II.  5,  879. 

ΙΙρυτιειλεΙν,  Dor.  for  προςειλεϊν, 
II.  10,  347. 

ΐΐροτιείποι.  Dor.  for  προςείποι,  Π. 
22,  329. 

ΐΐροτίθημι,ί.  -θήσω,  {πρό,  τίθημι) 
to  place  or  set  before,  set  out,  esp.  of 
meals,  II.  24,  409,  Hes.  Th.  537  ;  δαί- 
τά  τινι  προθεΐναι,  Hdt.  1,  207;  ifi- 
νιά  τινι,  Id.  7,  29  :  generally,  to  hand 
to,  present  to,  τινί  τι,  Soph.  El.  1198: 
— so  in  mid,,  to  set  before  one^s  self,  have 
set  before  one,  τράπεζας,  Od.  1,  112; 
δεϊπνον,  Hdt.  4,  26.-2.  to  put  forth, 
expose  a  child,  like  έκτιθέναι,  Hdt.  1, 
112;  so,  to  expose  to  danger,  τιΐ'ύ. 
Soph.  Phil.  268.-3.  to  set  before,  set 
up  as  a  mark  or  prize,  propose,  άέΟλονς, 
Hdt.  7,  197  ;  αμιλλαν  'λόγων,  Eur. 
Med.  546;  στεφανον,  Thuc.  2,  46; 
πονηρίας  αγώνα.  Plat.  Phaed.  90  Β  ; 
ύπορον  αίρεσιν,  Id.  Theaet.  196  C  ; 
ΰκοπόν  κύ'λ'λιστον,  Arist.  Pol.:— πρ. 
νόμον,  Eur.  Hipp.  1046  : — also,  to  set 
as  a  penalty,  πρ.  ζι/μίαν.  Id.  3,  44,  cf. 
82;  ίπιτίμια,  Dem.  918,  4 :— gene- 
rally, to  set,  fix,  οχψον,  as  a  limit,  Hdt. 
1,  32,  74. — 4.  in  mid.,  to  put  forth  on 
one's  own  part,  display,  άνδραγαΟίαν, 
Thuc.  2,  42  :  but,  ττρ.  τινά  έν  οΐκτω, 
to  set  before  one's  self  in  pity,  i.  e.  com- 
passionate, Aesch.  Pr.  239  : — to  vur- 
fose  to  do,  c.  inf,  Plat.  Rep.  352  1). — 
I.  to  set  forth,  put  out  publicly,  πρ. 
νεκρόν,  to  lay  out  a  dead  body,  let  it 
lie  in  slate,  Hdt.  5,  8  ;  so  in  mid.,  Eur. 
A!c.  664,  Thuc.  2,  34,  and  ap.  Dem. 
1071,  1  ;  also,  ποτήρια  χρνσεα  προ- 
θείτο,  Hdt.  3,  148  : — motaph.,  πίνϋος 
μέγα  προεΗήκαντο,  they  shoued  great 
sorrow,  Hdt.  6,  21  ;  and  in  act..  Soph. 
Ant.  1249. — 2.  esp.,  to  set  out  wares 
for  show  or  sale,  Luc.  Nigr.  25;  cf. 
Ba.st  Ep.  Cr.  p.  179..— 3.  to  publish, 
make  publicly  known  in  any  way : — 


ΠΡΟΤ 

also,  to  propose,  bring  forward  a  thing 
to  be  examined  and  debated,  Lat.  in 
medium  afferre,  πρυθεϊναι  πρη)μα, 
'λογον,  Hdt.  1,  206;  8,  59;  also  c. 
inf.,  προΟεΙναι  λέγειν,  έκλέξασθαι, 
Hdt.  3,  38;  9,  27;  so,  πρ.  τινι  πυιειν. 
Id.  9,  94:— in  mid.,  to  appoint  an  as- 
sembly for  debating  a  matter.  Soph. 
Ant.  160,  cf.  Hemst.  Luc.  Necyom. 
19: — pass.,  oi;  πρυντέβη  σ(ί>ισι'/.ύ}ος, 
speech  was  not  alloued  them,  Xen. 
Hell.  1,  7,  5,  cf  Aeschm.  36,28.-111. 
to  put  forward,  as  one  foot  belore  the 
other,  Eur.  Hec.  67; — to  hold  forth, 
offer,  tender,  χείρα.  Soph.  Phil.  942 
(but  vi'ith  v.  1.  προςϋείς}  ■ — and  in 
mid. ,προτίαεσϋαί  τινι  πυλεμον,ΙΙύΙ. 
4,  65 ;  μήνιν  προΰέσβαι  (al  προςΟ-) 
Id.  7,  229. — 2.  to  hold  out  as  a  prele.xt, 
Soph.  Aj.  1051. — Cf  προτείνω. — IV. 
to  put  before  OX  over,  πέπλον  όμιχάτων, 
Eur.  I. "a.  1550,  cf.  ].  T.  1216:  πρ. 
προοιμίου  τού  λόγον.  Plat.  Legg.  723 
C  ;  and  in  mid.,  to  put  before  one's  self, 
Polyb.  1,  33,  9. — 2.  to  prefer  one  to 
another,  τι  τίνος,  Hdt.  3,  53,  Eur. 
Med.  963  ;  τινά  πάρος  τινός.  Soph. 
Ο.  C.  419  ;  τι  αντί  τίνος,  Eur.  Hipp. 
382. 

ΤΙροτίκτω,  {πρό,  τίκτω)  to  bring 
forth  before,  Hipp. 

ΥΙροτί/'/.ω,  to  pluck  or  pluck  out  be- 
fore, or  in  front. 

ΐΐροτιαύσσω.  Dor.  for  προςμάσσω, 
Theocr.  3,  29. 

ΐΐροτίμύω,  ώ,  ί.  -ήσω,  {πρό,τιμάω)  to 
honour  one  before  οτ  above  anolheT,to  pre- 
fer one  to  another,  raa  τίνος.  Hdt.  1 ,  86, 
Xen.,  etc.  ;  also,  ττρ.  τίνα  αντί  τίνος. 
Plat.  Lys.  219  D;  πρό  τίνος.  id.  Legg. 
727  D  ;  πλέον  τίνος,  lb.  777  D. — 2.  c. 
ace.  only,  to  prefer  in  honour,  honour, 
esteem,  regard,  Aesch.  Ag.  1415,  Eum. 
739,  Eur.,  etc.  ; — hence  in  pass.,  to  be 
so  preferred,  Thuc.  6,  9,  and  Xen. : 
also,  προτιμΰσθαι  Ις  τΰ  κοινά  (as  we 
say)  to  be  preferred  to  public  honours, 
Id.  2,  37 ;  the  fut.  mid.  is  used  in 
pass,  signf  by  Xen.  An.  1,  4,  14. — 3. 
c.  gen.  only,  to  care  for,  take  heed  of, 
reck  of,  Aesch.  Ag.  1672,  Eur.  Ale.  72  ; 
ουδέν  πρ.  τίνος,  Ar.  Plut.  883,  Dem. 
80,  22.-4.  c.  inf.  foil,  by  7/...,  to  wish 
rather,  prefer,  προτιμώΐ'τες  καθαροί  εί- 
ναι 7/  ευπρεπέστεροι,  Hdt.  2,  37,  cf. 
Plat.  Legg.  887  Β  :  c.  inf.  only,  to 
wisli  greatly,  wish  much,  care  to  do  or 
be.  Soph.  Tr.  722,  Eur.  Med.  343 ; 
strenglh<i.,  πολλού  πρ.,  Hdt.  3,  21  : 
— so,  —p.  όπως  τι  εσται,  Ar.  Ach.  27. 
Hence 

ΤΙροτίμ7ΐσις,  εως,  ή,  an  honouring 
before  others,  preference,  Thuc.  3,  82 

[Ti] 

Προ7ϊ//7?τέον,  verb.  adj.  from  προ- 
τιμάω, one  must  prefer,  c.  inf..  Plat. 
Criti.  109  A  ;  tl  ηνος.  Id.  Legg. 
726  A. 

Ϊ1ρυτ1μΐ)τικός,  η,  όν,  belonging  to 
preference  or  precedence. 

ϊϊμοτίμία,  ας,  7/,  greater  honour,  pref- 
erence. 

Ιίροτίμιον,  ov,  τό,  like  ΐφ^αβών, 
earnest-money,  Luc.  Rhet.  Praec. 
17. 

ΙΙρότϊμος,  ov,  {πρό,  τιμή)  honoured 
above,  worth  more  than,  tivoc.  Xeno- 
plian.  ap.  Ath.  414  Β  t(2.  17^  Bgk.)+, 
Plat.  Eryx.  393  D  ;  πρ.  λίθοι,  precious 
stones,  Id.  Legg.  947  D, 

ΐΐροτιμνθίοιχαι.  Dor.  for  προςμν- 
θίομαι,  Od.  1 1 ,  143. 

ΐίρητίμωρέω,  ώ,  f  -ήσω,  (ir/yi,  τ(- 
μωρέω)  to  help  beforehand  or  first,  τινί, 
Thuc.  1,  74  : — mid.,  to  revenge  ene^s 
self.  Id.  6,  57. 

ΤΙροτίοπτυς,  ov.  Dor.  for  rpofoir- 
TOf,  Manetho. 


ΠΡΟΤ 

ΤΙροπόσσομαι,  dep.,  only  Ερ.,  only 
used  in  pres.  and  impf.,  and  never  in 
the  common  form  ττρόςοσσ-,  {ύσσο- 
uai).  To  look  at  or  upon  one,  to  be- 
hold, τινά,  Od.  7,  31  ;  23,  365.— II.  to 
sec  with  the  mind  ;  hence  to  foresee,  fore- 
bode, κραύί/j,  θυμίις  ττρυτιόσσετό  μοί 
θάνατον  or  όλεθρον,  Od.  5,  389  ;  14, 
219: — and  so,  prob.,  /}  σ'  εν  γιγνώ- 
σκων  τνροτώσσομαι,  from  thorough 
knowledge  of  thee  /  for  :see  it,  11.  22, 
356,  though  others  explain  it  /  recog- 
nise thee. 

ΤΙροτιτνσκω,  to  prepare  before, 
Welcker  Syll.  Ep.  n.  183,  24. 

Tlporicj,  f.  -τίσω  [i],  (~ρό,  τίω)  to 
honour  one  before  another,  prefer,  ri, 
Aesch.  kg.  7β9,  Eum.  545 ;  πρ.  τινά 
τύφον,  to  deem  the  one  more  worthy  of 
burial  than  the  other,  Soph.  Ant.  22. 

Ώρότμησις,  ή,  {-ροτέμνω)  a  cutting 
forward. — 2.  the  waist  or  loins,  where 
the  body  is  drawn  in,  11.  11,  424,  Q. 
Sui.  6,  374. 

ΐΐροτο/ιμάω,  ώ,  {~ρό,  τολμάω)  to 
venture  before  Others  : — pass.,  to  be  first 
ventured  Or  risked,  εν  Κέρκυρα  τά 
πο'λλά  -αροετοΆμηθη,  Thuc.  3,  84. 

ΙΙροτομή,  ης,  ή,  {-ροτέμνω)  the  fore- 
most or  upper  part  of  any  thing:  esp., 
■ — 1.  the  face  of  an  a?iimal  (whereas 
πρόςω-ον  is  used  of  men),  γ'λαυκον 
ιτρ.,  Antiph.  Κνκλ.  1,  4. — 2.  an  image 
reaching  down  to  the  middle,  a  half-fig- 
ure, Anth.  Plan.  147  : — hence, — 3.  the 
forepart  of  a  ship,  Anth.  P.  7,  215. 

Υίροτονιζω,  to  haul  up  with  πρότο- 
νοι. Anth.  P.  10,  2  :  from 

Πρότονοι,  ων,  οι,  two  ropes  from 
the  masthead  to  the  bows  of  a  ship,  serv- 
ing to  raise,  lower,  and  stay  the  mast, 
the  forestays,  ίστον  ττροτύνοισιν  νφέν- 
τες,  11.  1,  434  ;  κατά  δε  προτόνοισιν 
εδησαν  (sc.  τον  Ίστόν),  Od.  2,  425 ; 
ιστού  όέ  προτόνους  ί()βηζ'  άνέμοιο  θν• 
ε//λα  αμφότερους,  ιστός  ό'  όττισω  ττέ- 
σεν,  Od.  12,  409  :  later  the  haul-yards 
or  ropes  to  haul  up  and  stay  the  sail, 
Eur.  Hec.  114,  I.  T.  1134:— in  sing., 
σωτήρα  ναός  ττρότονον,  Aesch.  Ag. 
897,  cf.  Mel.  77  ; — where  it  is  usu.  in- 
terpreted α  fore-cable. — A  neut.,  τό 
ηρότονον  is  also  quoted. 

Προ-οΰ,  for  ττρό  τοϋ,  and  this  for 
ττρό  τούτου,  ere  this,  aforetime,  erst,  for-  _ 
merly,  Hdt.,  and  Att. ;  ό  ττροτοΰ  (sc. 
χρόνος),  Thuc.  1,  32;  cf.  τνρό  A.  II. 

ΙΙρυτρΰγωόέω,  ώ,  to  demean  one's 
self  in  tragic  manner  beforehand,  make 
much  ado  about  a  thing. 

ΤΙροτρεπτικός,  ή,  όν,  fitted  for  urg- 
ing on,  exhorting,  etc.,  προς  άρετήν, 
Aeschin.  75,  30  ;  πρ.  /.όγοι,  Isocr.  1  C. 
Adv.  -κώς,  persuasively,  Luc.  Somn. 
3 :  from 

ΙΙροτρέπω,  f.  -ψω,  (ττρό,  τρέπω)  to 
make  another  turn  forwards :  but  in 
this  literal  signf  rarely  save  in  pass., 
to  turn  and  go  forward,  turn  towards, 
i-l  νηών,  II.  5,  700 ;  επ'ι  yaiav  άπ' 
ουρανού,  Od.  11,  18;  12,  381;  me- 
taph.,  ύχεϊ  προτραπέσθαι  (aor.  mid. 
in  pass,  signf.),  to  give  one's  self  up  to 
grief,  11.  6,  336. — 11.  usu.,  to  turn  and 
urge  forwards,  urge  on,  impel,  exhort, 
τις  σ'  ύνάγκτ]  T7jόε  προτρέπει ;  Soph. 
ΕΙ.  1193  :  c.  ace.  pers  et  inf,  to  urge 
one  on  to  do  a  thing,  Hdt.  9,  90,  Soph. 
Ant.  270,  Plat.,  etc. ;  also,  πρ.  τινά 
εΙς,  ε  πι  or  προς  τι,  as,  προτρ.  τινά 
εις  φιλοσοφίαν.  Plat.  Euthyd.  274  Ε, 
307  Α;  έπ'  άρετήν,  Isocr.  16  C,  Ly- 
curg.  119,  7,  etc. ;  προς  αρετής  επι- 
τηδεύματα, Plat.  Legg.  711  Β  :— so, 
in  mid,  much  like  act.,  c.  ace.  pers. 
et  inf,  Aesch.  Pr.  990,  Soph.  O.  T. 
358 ;  ηροτρέπεσθα'ι  τινα  έπ  άρετήν, 
προς  έγκράτειαν,  Χβη.  Mem.  1,4,  1 ; 


ΠΡΟΤ 

4,  5,  1 ;  but  in  Hdt.  1,  31,  c.  dupl. 
ace,  Tu  κατά  τόν  Ύέ'/J.ov  προετρέ- 
xpaTo  ό  Σόλων  τόν  Κροίσον.  Solon 
roused  the  curiosity  of  Croesus  re- 
specting Tellus  :  fm  \iass.,(obetirged, 
impelled  onwards,  Xen.  Mem.  1,  1,  4t. 
— III.  in  mid.  also,  like  Lat.  praever- 
tere,  to  mttstrip,  outdo,  τινά  εν  τινι. 
Plut.  2,  624  C— IV.  also  m  mid.,  to 
make  a  change,  ίντ?)  φαρμακεί)),  Hipp., 
V.  Foes.  Oecon.— V.  m  Eur.  Hipp. 
715  (si  vera  lectio)  it  is  espl.  by  the 
Schol.,  to  search  out,  discover. 

ΊΙροτρέφω,  ί.  -θρέφω,  {πρό,  τρέφω) 
to  nourish,  feed  before,  Alex.  Trail. 

Προτ-ρέ,γω,  fut.  -δρΰμονμαι:  aor. 
προΰόράμον  (πρό,  τρέχω) : — to  run 
forward  or  forth.  Xen.  An.  4,  7,  10. — 
11.  to  outrun,  overtake,  τινός,  lb.  5,  2,  4  ; 
πο/.'λοϊς  ή  γλώττα  προτρέχει  της  δι- 
ανοίας, isocr.  HA:  absol.,  to  escape, 
Antipho  122  1. 

Ώ.ροτρί3ω,  (πρό,  τρίβω)  to  bruise 
beforehand,  Diosc. 

Προ7ρϊ-α,  adv.,  (πρό,  τρίτος)  three 
days  before,  or  for  three  successive  days, 
Tiiuc.  2,  34  ;  cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  414. 

Προ7ρο— ucJ;;!',  adv.,  {προτρέπω) 
turned  forwards,  i.  e.  headforemost, 
headlong  ;  esp.  of  flight,  tuith  headlong 
speed,  πρ.  φο3έοντο,  II.  16,  304  ;  πρ. 
φενγειν.  Plat.  Symp.  221  C  ;  φέρε- 
σόαι,  Pojyb.  12,  4,  4 ;  ττρ.  ώσασϋαι, 
to  drive  headlong,  Plut.  Ages.  18: — 
generally,  hurriedly,  Pind.  P.  4,  167. 
[d] 

Προτροπύω,  coUat.  form  from  προ- 
τρέπω. 

Προτροπή,  ής,  ή,  (προτρέπω)  ex- 
hortalion,  Plat.  Legg.  920  Β,  Anst. 
Rhet.  1,  3,  3. — II.  impulse,  motive, 
Arr.  An.  5,  28. 

Πρότρο— Of,  ό,  V.  πρόδρομος,  Diosc. 

Ilporpo^of,  ov,  ό,  {πρό,  τροχός)  a 
fore-wheel. 

Προτρϋγαϊος,  ov,  {πρό,  Tpvyij)  he- 
fore  the  vintage. — II.  epith.  of  Bac- 
chus, presiding  over  the  vintage  ;  also, 
θεοι  προτρυγαίοι,  Jac.  Ach.  Tat.  p. 
491. 

Προτρνγεία,  ας,  ή,  a  festival  before 
the  vintage :  from 

Προτρνγεϊος,  ον,^^προτρνγαΐος. 

Προτρύγης,  ου,  ό,=  προτρυγαιος  II, 
susp.  in  Ael. 

Προτρϋ^ητήρ,  -ήρος,  ό,  Arat.,  and 
-ητής,  ov,  ό,  (πρό,  τμύγ?!)  a  star  on 
the  right  of  Virgo,  which  rises  just 
before  the  vintage ;  also  called  τρν- 
ΐητήρ,  vindemitor. 

Προτρώγω,  f.  -τρώξομαι,  (  ττρό, 
τρώγω)  to  gnaw,  nibble  beforehandjUipp. 

Προτυγχάνω,  f.  -τεύξομαι,  ( πρό, 
τυγχάνω)  to  happen  or  be  before  one, 
TO  προτϋχόν,  the  first  thing  that  came 
to  hand,  Pind.  P.  4,61,  cf.  A  p.  Rh.  4, 84. 

Πρότϋ— Of,  OV,  [πρό,  τύπος)  pre- 
figured :  TO  πρότνπον,  a  model,  pat- 
tern.    Hence 

Πρθ7Ϊ'— όω,  ώ,  to  for?n  or  mould  be- 
forehand, Luc.  Paras.  40 : — mid.,  ττρο- 
τνπονσΟαί  τι.  to  figure  to  one's  self, 
conceive,  Heliod. 

Προτνπτω,  f.  -ψω,  (πρό,  τύπτω) 
intr.,  to  press  fonvards,  break  forth, 
burst  out,  Ύρώες  προΰτυφαν,  11.  13, 
136 ;  15,  306  ;  17,  262 ;  άνά  (ιΐνας 
δριμύ  μένος  προυτνψε,  Od.  24,  319  ; 
so  m  later  Ep,,  as  Ap.  Rh.  1,  953,  etc. 
— II.  in  pass.,  πρητνπέν,  driven, urged 
on,  Aesch.  .\g.  132,  unless  it  be  taken 
immediately  from  the  signf.  of  τΰτΓτω, 
forsced,  Lat.  procusum. 

Προτύπωμα,  ατός,  τό,  (προτυπόω) 
a  model,  pattern.   [£•] 

Προΰράλε,  ■ττροϊ'ΐ);,  etc.,  for  πρηεβ-. 

Προνγ}ϋος,ον,  for  προεγγ-,  giving 
:  surety: — Dor.  πρώγγυος. 


ΠΡΟΤ 

Ώρουγε/.έω,  ώ,=:προυσε/.έω,  Stob., 
and  Hesych. ;  v.  προςε/.έω. 

Προνγιαίνω,  to  be  healthy  before,  [i] 

Πρου}'ραά•ω,  (  πρό,  υγραίνω  )  to 
moisten  first,  Hipp. 

Προνγράφε,  for  προεγρ-. 

Προνόίδάζατο,  προύοωκα,  προνβε- 
το,  for  προεδ-. 

Προνβηκε,  for  προεΟ-,  II. 

Προί'κείτο,  ττρουκινδννενε,  for  ττρο- 
e/c-. 

Προυλακτέω,  ώ,  (πρό,  ν?ΜΚτέω)  to 
hark  for  or  2/1  watching  one,  τινός, 
Alciphr.  [ϋ] 

Προϋ'/.ιγον,  contr.  for  προ  ό/.ίγον. 

^Προνμνις.  ιδος.  ό.  Prunmis,  lather 
of  Bacchis  in  Corinth,  Pans.  2,  4,  4.> 

Προνμνον,  ov,  TO,  a  ρlum,L•at.ρru- 
num,  also  προννον :  from 

Προνμνος,  ov,  ή,  the  plum-tree,  hat. 
primus  :  also  προύνη,  προννος. 

Προννεικος,  ov,  {πρό,  ένεγκεϊν) 
bearing  burdens,  a  porter. — II.  like  ττρο- 
φερής,  lustful,  lewd,  Anth. ;  cf.  Diog. 
L.  4,  6. 

Προνννέπω,  v.  sub  προενν•. 

Προννη,  ης,  ή,  ==  προνμνος,  The- 
ophr. 

ΠροίΐΌΐ',  ov.  τό,  and  Trpoivof,  ου, 
τ/,=προνμνον,  προνμνος. 

Προί'ξένησε.προνξεπίσταμαι,προν- 
ξερεννάω,  and  -ήτης,  προνξεφίεμαι, 
ν.  sub  προεξ-.  , 

Προϋπάγω,  ί.  -ξω,  {πρό,  νπάγω)  to 
lead  on  gradually : — mid.,  to  reduce  first 
under  one's  power,  Xen.  Hell.  7,  1,  41, 
ubi  al.  TTpofi'TT-.   ■ 

Προνπαντάω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (  πρό, 
νπαντάω)  to  advance  to  meet,  to  meet 
before,  Joseph. 

Πpoi'-αl••Γί(ίsiω,=foΓeg.,  Philo. 

Προνπαρξις,  ή,  {προνττύρχω)  pre• 
existence. 

Προϋπαρχή,  ί/ς,  ή,  a  beginning  of 
kindnesses. aprerious service,  Arist.  Eth. 
N.  9,  2,  5  :  from 

Προϋπάρχω,  f.  -ξω,  (πρό,  νπάρχω) 
to  be  beforehand  in  a  thing,  to  fc'i'i'n 
with,  make  a  beginning  of,  C.  gen.,  αδι- 
κίας, Thuc.  3,  40  ;  c.  dat.,  πρ.  τω 
ποιείν  εν,  Dem.  471,  2  :  hence  pass., 
τά  προνπηργμένα,  =  πρυνπαρχαί, 
benefits  formerly  received,  Dem.  1191, 
26. — II.  intr.,  ίο  exist  before,  Thuc.  4, 
126,  etc. ;  προϋπάρςαντα,  thijigs  that 
happened  before,  past  events,  Dem.  12, 
16 ;  so  too,  τά  προνπηργμένα.  Id. 
314,  9. 

Προϋπεκλνω,  (πρό,  νπεκλνω)  to 
loosen  or  weaken  beforehand,  Heliod. 

Προνπεμ-φα,  for  προέπεμψα,  Horn. 

Προύπεξάγω,  f.  -ξω,  to  carry  out  se- 
cretly beforehand. 

Προϋπεξέρχομαι,  (πρό,  νπεξέρχο- 
μαι)  dep.,  to  go  out  secretly  before,  Dio 
C. 

Προνπεξορμάω,  ώ,  ( πρό.  νπεξορ- 
μάω)  to  go  out  secretly  beforehand,  Luc. 
D.  Mort.  27,  3. 

Προνπεργάζομαι,  f.  -ύσομαι,  (πρό, 
νπεργάζομαι)  dep.  mid.,  lo  accomplish 
secretly  beforehand,  prob.  1.  in  Plut.  for 
TTpofi'Tr.     Hence 

Προνπεργΰσία.  ας,  ή,  a  preparing, 
strengthening  beforehand,  Lat.  praemtt- 
niiio,  esp.  as  a  form  of  rhetoric,  like 
προπαρασκευή. 

Προϋπισχνέομαι,  ( πρό,  νπισχνέ• 
ομαι)  dep.,  to  promise  before,  Xen.  Cyr. 
3,3.34. 

Προνπόι3άλ'?ίω,  (πρό,  ύποβύλ/ω) 
to  put  under  as  a  foundation,  Plut.  2, 
966,  D,  in  mid. — Pass.,  to  lie  under  as 
a  foundation. 

Προϋ~ο}  ρύΦομαι,  {πρό,  υπογράφω) 
mid.,  to  sketch  out  before,  Plut.  LucuU. 
31. 
Προϋπούείκνϋμι,  (πρό,  νποδείκνυ 
1289 


ΠΡΟΤ 

μι)  to  notify,  explain  beforehand,  Aris- 
ticl. 

ΙΙρονπόκειμαι,  (  πρό,  νπόκειμαι ) 
dep.,  to  exist  before,  Plut.  Solon.  15, 
Id.  2,  678  F ;  like  προϋπάρχω  II. 

ΪΙρονπολαμ,3άνω,  (πρό,  νπολαμβά- 
V6j)  /ο  assume  beforehand,  Arist.  An. 
Post.  1,  1,3,  Rhet.  2,  21,  15. 

ΐΐρούπομιμι-ήσκω,  to  remind  before. 

ϋρούπομνημΰτίζομαι,  dep.  mid.,  to 
write  remarks  before. 

ΤΙροϋποττάσσω,  to  strew  under  be- 
fore. 

ΐΐρονποπτεύί•),  (πρό,  νποπτεύω)  to 
suspect  or  guess  before,  Joseph. 

ίΐρούποσπύω,  (πρό,  νποσπάω)  to 
draw  from  under  before,  Geop. 

ΥΙροϋπόστάσις,  ή,  (προϋψίσΓημι)^^ 
προΰπαρξις,  Diosc. 

ΪΙρονποστρώνννμί,  to  strew  or  pitt 
under  before. 

Προϋποστυ(;>ή,  τ/ς,  ή,  preparation  of 
wool  for  dyeing  ;  v.  προστνφο). 

ΤΙροϋποτέμνω,  (πρό,  νποτέμνω)  to 
cut  away  from  under  before,  Heliod. 

ΤΙρονποτίΟημί,  to  set  under  before : 
• — mid.,  to  suppose  or  assume  before- 
hand. 

ΤΙρονποτοπέω,  ώ,  (πρό,  νποτοπέω) 
to  guess  or  suspect  before,  Dio  C. 

ΪΙρονπο-νπόω,  ώ,  (πρό,  νποτνπήω) 
*ο  make  an  outline  of  beforehand,  Philo. 

ΤΙμοϋποφαίνο),  to  indicate  beforehand. 

Τίρονποφεύγω,  to  flee  or  escape  se- 
cretly beforehand. 

Τίρούπτος,  ov,  contr.  for  πρόοπτος, 

q•  ■^■-    ,  ^       s 

ΤΙρονργον,  contr.  for  προ  έργου  (as 
it  is  written  in  Arist.  Rhet.  1,  1,  10), 
for  a  work  or  object ;  hence,  of  any 
thins;  serviceable,  ivorth  the  attainment, 
prnfilahle,  useful,  Tt  τών  προνργην, 
something  useful,  Ar.  Plut.  023  ;  ovoiv 
πρ.  (ίστί),  it's  no  good,  Aniloc.  22,  20  ; 
πρ.  τι  όρΰν,  Ar.  Eccl.  784  ;  πρ.  τι 
ποιην  προς  τι,  to  make  a  step  to- 
wards gaining  one's  end,  Xen.  Hell. 
7,  1,  10,  Plat.  Meno  84  Β  :— also  as 
adv.,  serviceably,  conveniently,  πρ.  π'ι- 
πτειν,  to  be  of  service,  Eur.  I.  1 .  309, 
of.  Hel.  1379  ;  πρ.  γενέσβαι,  είναι, 
Plat.  Theaet.  197  A,  Rep.  370  C,  etc. 
— II.  hence  compar.  προίφγια'ιτερος, 
a,  ov,  more  serviceable,  useful,  import- 
ant ;  προΐ'ργιαίτερόν  (or  -pa)  έστι,  it 
is  of  greater  importance.  Plat.  Gorg. 
458  C,  Ar.  Lys.  20  ;  πρ.  ποιεισθαί  τι, 
to  deem  of  more  consequence,  Thuc.  3, 
109  ; — superl.  προνμγιαίτατος,  η,  ov  : 
but  the  form  προίφγιέστατος  is  dub. 
— The  compar.  and  superl.  are  used 
almost  wholly  in  neut. :  but  in  Di- 
narch.  104,  44,  we  find  προνργιαιτέ- 
pa  χάρις. 

ίΤίρούσα,  ης,  fi,  Prnsa,  a  large  city 
of  Bithynia. ;}  έπ'ι  τω  Ό7-νμπω,  Strab. 
p.  563 ;  also  called  ΤΙρονσιύς :  b 
ΤΙρηνσιενς,  έως,  an  inhab.  of  Prusa,  Id. 

ΐίβονσελέω,  v.  sub  πρυσελεω. 

ίΤΙρονσίας,  ov.  6,  Pmsias,  a  king 
of  Bithynia,  Polyb.  4,  47,  7  ;  etc. 

Προντίθει,  προντρέπετο,  προντν- 
■φα.  for  προετ-. 

Προνφαινε,  for  προέφαινε,  Od. 

ΤΙρονφαιρέω,  ώ,  (πρό,  νφαιρέω)  to 
'    draw  from  under  before :  πρ.  77/)'  ίκ- 
κ'/.ησίαν,  to  have  the  assembly  held  be- 
fore another's  arrival,  Aeschin.  36,  5. 

ΐΐροϋφαρπάζω,  to  snatch  away  be- 
forehand. 

Υ[ροί'φή7-ω,  V.  sub  προηφείλω. 

Προνόίσττ/μι.  (πρό,  νφίστημι)  to 
put  under  before. — 11.  pass.  C.  aor.  2 
act.,  to  exist  before,  like  προϋπάρχω 
II ;  τά  προϋφεστώτα,  pre-existent 
things,  proh.  1.  M.  Anton,  for  προςυπ-, 

Τίρονχω,    προνχονσι,  προύχοντα, 
for  προέχ-,  Horn. 
1290 


ΠΡΟΦ 

ΤΙροφάγεΙν,  inf.  aor.  (προνφάγον) 
of  προεσθίω,  to  eat  before. 

ΙΙροφηίνω,  (πρό,  φαίνω)  to  bring 
forth  to  tight,  show  forth,  manifest,  τέ- 
paa,  Od.  12,  394 ;  αφετέραν  /)ίζαν, 
Pitid.  I.  8  (7),  123  ;  ovpavC)  σκέλη  πρ-, 
Soph.  El.  753  :  esp.,  to  show  forth  by 
word,  declare.  Id.  Tr.  324,  etc.  :  to  pro- 
pose as  a  prize,  άθ?.ά  τινι,  Xen.  Cyr. 

2,  1,  23:  —  pass.,  to  be  shown  forth, 
come  to  light,  appear,  Od.  13,  169,  and 
freq.  in  Att.,  as  Soph.  Ant.  1150,  Eur. 
Hipp.  1228  ;  c.  inf  ,oi'(5f  προνφαίνετ' 
ίδέσθαι,  there  was  not  light  enough  for 
us  to  see,  Od.  9,  143;  also  in  part, 
aor.  pass,  προφανείς,  εϊσα,  stepping 
forward  and  appearing,  11.  8,  378,  Od. 
24,  100  ;  έζ  πεδίον,  II.  24,  332  ;  pf. 
pass.,  προπέφανται  άπαντα,  all  came 
into  sight,  11.  14,  332  ;  προπεφασμένα 
άθλη,  prizes  delivered  beforehand,  v.  1. 
Hes.  Op.  053  (v.  προφράζω) :  also 
metaph.,  to  be  plainly  heard,  προνώάντι 
κτύπος.  Soph.  Phif.  202.— II.  to  show 
beforehand,  foreshow,  esp.  of  oracles 
and  divine  revelations,  Hdt.  1,  210; 

3,  65  :  metaph.,  to  shoiv  a  hope  or  pros- 
pect beforehand,  i.  e.  promise.  Hot.  7, 
101  ;  also  foil,  by  o/cwf.• — and  in  pass., 
and  mid.,  to  show  itself  or  appear  be- 
fore, Xen.  Cyr.  6,  3,  12.— 111.  seem- 
ingly intr.,  to  give  forth  light,  shine 
forth,   σελήνη   ονρανόθε   προνφαινε, 

Od.  9,  145  :  to  hold  a  light  before  one, 
Plut.  Cicer.  32 ;  also  of  a  torch.  Id. 
Solon  21  ;  6  προφαίνων,α  torch-bear- 
er. Id.  Cat.  Min.  41. 

ΙΙροφάνεια,  ας,  ή,  clearness,  dis- 
tinctiiess.  [a] 

ΙΙροφανερόω,  ώ,  to  manifest  before- 
hand. 

Ώροφΰνης,  ες,  (προφαίνω)  showing 
itself  first  or  from  afar,  Xen.  Cyr.  4, 
2,  15: — metaph.,  quite  plain  οτ  clear, 
Plat.  Rep.  530  D  ;  άπό  or  έκ  roij  προ- 
φανούς, openly,  Thuc.  2,  93  ;  3,  43  : 
— very  famous  or  renowned,  Manetho. 
— II.  (from  pass.)  appearing  beforehand. 
Adv.  -νώς. 

ΤΙρόφανσις,  εως,  ή,  (προφαίνω)  α 
putting  forward,  advice,  instigation, 
Soph.  Tr.  002,  e  conj.  Dind. 

ΐΐρόφαντις,  ιδος,  ή,=^προφητις. 

ΐΐρόφαντος,  ov,  (προφαίνω)  like 
προφανής,  appearing  at  a  distance,  far- 
seen,  hence  far  famed,  πρ.  σοφία  καθ' 
Έλλανας,  Pind.  Ο.  1,  fin.— II.'  fore- 
shoum,  psp.  by  an  oracle,  Hdt.  5,  63, 
Soph.  Tr.  1159.  — III.  surname  of 
Neptune,  Lye.  522. 

ΤΙροφάντωρ,  ορός,  6,^=προφήτης. 

ΐΐροφάσ'ιζομαι,  f.  -ίσομαι,  [πρόφα- 
σις)  dep.  mid.,  to  set  up  as  a  pretext  or 
excuse,  allege  by  way  of  excuse,  C.  acc, 
Theogn.  935,  Thiic.  5,  54 ;  πάσας 
προφάσεις  πρ.,  Plat.  Rep.  474  Ε  : — 
absol.,  tc  make  excuses,  Ar.  Lys.  750, 
Thuc.  1,90: — in  aor.  pass.,  ττροψασί- 
σβήναι,  to  be  pretended,  be  a  pretence, 
Thuc.  8,  33. — II.  to  bring  a  pretended 
charge  against,  C.  dat.  et  inf,  Plat. 
Menex.  240  A. 

ΤΙρόφΰσις,  gen.  εως  Ion.  ιος,  η  : — 
strictly,  that  ivhich  appears  ;  and  so, 
that  which  is  alleged  to  cover  the  real 
state  of  the  case,  an  apparent  cause,  rea- 
son, motive,  a  pretext,  colour  given  to  a 
thing,  first  in  "Theogn.  (v.  infra) ;  also 
in  plur.,  Hdt.  6,  80:  sometimes  of  a 
real  cause,  as  πρ-  αληθέστατη,  Thuc. 
1,23;  6,0;  αναγκαία,  Isae.  48,  28; 
φανερά,  Xen.  Hell.  6,  4,  33  ;  cf  Pind. 
P.  4,  56  : — but  mostly  in  bad  sense, 
like  πρόσχημα,  a  mere  pretext,  a  pre- 
tence, excuse,  shuffle,  shift,  Hdt.,  etc.  ; 
βραχεία  πρ-,  Thuc.  3,  39.  —  Con- 
struct. :  rrp.  τινός,  the  pretext  or  pre- 
tence for  a  thing,  Hdt.  1,  29,  etc. :  as 


ΙΊΡΟΦ 

gen.  absol.,  προφάσιος  τήςδε,  Hdt.  4, 
135 ;  so,  absol.  in  acc,  πρόφασιν, 
pretendedly .  as  one  pretends  or  says,  II. 
19,  262,  302,  Hdt.  5,  33,  Ar.  Eq.  466, 
Thuc.  3,  111,  etc.;  in  Att.  strictly, 
πρόφασιν  μεν..,  το  αληθές  δε,  but  το 
αληθές  is  freq.  omitted  and  δέ  used 
alone,  Eur.  Bacch.  221,  Wolf  Dem. 
Lept.  p.  270  ;  —  so,  επί  προφύσεως 
and  έπΙ  προοάσει,  by  way  of  excuse, 
Theogn.  323J  Hdt.  7,  150  ;  άπό  προ- 
φάσιος, Hdt.  2,  161  ;  όια  πρόφασιν, 
Hdt.  4,  145  ;  προφάσεως  ένεκα,  Anti- 
pho  143,  6  ;  κατά  πρόφασιν,  Hdt.  1, 
29  ;  πρόφασιν  θέσθαι,  to  make  an  ex- 
cuse, 'I'heogn.  364  ;  πρ.  προτείνειν, 
προϊσχέσθαι,  to  put  forward  an  ex- 
cuse, Hdt.  I,  156;  8,  3;  πρ.  παρέ- 
γειν,  Ar.  Αν.  581  ;  έλκειν,  Hdt.  6, 
86;  δέχεσθαι,  Plat.  Crai.  421  D;  εΰ- 
ρίσκειν,  Antipho  137,  8,  etc. ;  πρό- 
φασιν έχειν  ως..,  to  allege  that..,  Hdt. 
6,  133  ;  πρόφασιν  έχει  τοΐς  δειλαίοις 
μη  ίέναι,  gives  tliem  an  excuse  for  not 
going,  Plat.  Rep.  469  C  ;  but,  πρ. 
έχειν  τι,  to  have  or  use  as  an  excuse, 
Xen.  Cyr.  3,  1,  27  ;  πρ.  ποιεισθαί  τι, 
Ep.  Plat.  349  D;  elliptically,  μή  μοι 
πρόφασιν,  no  excuse,  no  shuflling,  Ar. 
Ach.  345  ;  so  in  plur.,  μή  προώάσεις, 
Alex.  Leb.  2,  1,  cf  Erf  Sopn.  Ant. 
577 ;  προφάσιος  έπιλαβέσθαι,  εχε- 
σθαι,  to  lay  hold  of  a  pretext,  Hdt.  3, 
36  ;  6,  49,  94. — 2.  an  occasion,  cause  of 
a  thing,  freq.  in  Hipp.  :  esp.  the  su- 
perficial obvious  cau.se,  opp.  to  the 
deeper  and  more  real,  v.  Foes.  Oe- 
con..  and  cf  Hdt.  4,  79. — For  Soph. 
Tr.  662,  V.  sub  πρόφανσις. — II.  Pind. 
personifies  ΤΙρόφασις,  as  daughter  of 
όψίνοος  'Κπιμύθενς,  P.  5,  36  (πρόφα- 
σις  comes  from  προφαίνω :  not,  as 
Schneider  takes  it,  from  πρόφημι). 
Hence 

Ώροφάσιστικός,  ή,  όν,  serving  for  a 
pretext,  LXX. 

ΤΙρόφάτος,  ov,  (προφαίνομαι)  like 
προφανής,  shown  forth,  renowned, 
Pind.  O.  8,  21.— U.  foreshown. 

ΐίρυφάτεύω,  προφάτης.  Dor.  for 
προφητ-. 

Ώροφερής,  ες  (προφέρω)  : — strictly, 
carried  before  or  first,  placed  before  or 
at  the  head ;  preferred,  excellent,  ΰλ• 
λ.άων,  before  all  Others,  Hes.  Sc.  260 : 
— Horn,  only  uses  compar.,  προφερέ- 
στερος,  c.  dat.  rei,  άλματι,  βίη  προ- 
φερέστατος,  Od.  8,  128  ;  21,  134';  also 
c.  mf. ,προφερέστεροι  έλκεμέναι,  II.  10, 
352  : — the  superl.  προφερέστατος,  as 
V.  1.  Od.  8, 128  (ubi  Wolf  πολν  φέρτα- 
τος) ;  but  it  is  used  absol. in  Hes.  to  sig- 
nify most  advanced  in  age,  oldest,  like 
πρεςβντατος,  Theog.  79, 361 ,777: — la- 
ter.we  have  a  compar.and  superl. ,ττ^ο- 
φέρτερος,  προφέρτατος,  Soph.  Ο.  C. 
1531,  Fr.  399  ;  and  προφέριστος,  in 
Or.  Sib. — II.  looking  older  than  one  is, 
forward,  precocious,  Heind.  and  Stallb. 
"Plat.  Euthyd.  271  B,  cf.  Aeschin.  7, 
35  :  —  also  of  trees  or  plants,  bearing 
before  their  time,  and  of  young  persons, 
having  sexual  inttrcourse  before  the  time, 
precocious.  Iambi.,  and  Porphyr. — 
Poet.  word.     Adv.  -ρώς. 

ΐΐροφέρω,  f.  προοίσω ,  aor.  1  προ• 
ήνεγκα  :  aor.  2  προήνεγκον  (Thuc. 
5, 17) :  in  Hom.  only  pres.  and  impf, 
an  nnusu.  3  sing.  subi.  pres.  προφέ- 
ρησι,  as  if  from,  a  form  in  μι.  onlv  in 
11.  9,  323,  cf.  Buttm..  Ausf.  Gr.  (j'l06 
Anm.  7,  (πρό,  φέρω).  To  bring  before 
one.  bring  to,  give,  present,  τινί  τι,  II. 
9,323;  17,121.-2.  esp.  of  words,  π|ρ. 
ύνείόεύ  τινι,  to  throw  reproaches  in 
his  teeth,  II.  2,  251  ;  and  so,  πρ.  τινί 
τι,  throw  in  one's  teeth,  bring  forward, 
allege,  esp,  in  the  way  of  reproach  or 


ΠΡΟΦ 

objection,  Lat.  objicere,  exprobrare,  Π. 
3,  64,  Hdt.  1,  3,  Dem.  576,  13,  etc.  :— 
but  also  simply  to  utter,  ανδάν,μνθον, 
Eur.  Supp.  600,  Med.  189;  so,  ττρ. 
Alyivav  τϊάτραν,  to  proclaim  it  as  their 
country.  Find.  I.  5  (4),  55  :  ττρ.  εις 
μέσον,  to  propose.  Plat.  Legg.  812  C  ; 
and  so  in  mid..  Id.  Phil.  57  A.  Poiyb., 
etc.  :  to  bring  forward,  qiwte,  Thuc.  5, 
26  ;  προφίρων  Άρτεμιν,  putting  for- 
ward her  authority,  Aesch.  Ag.  201. — 
3.  c.  inf.,  of  an  oracle,  to  order,  com- 
mand, Hdt.  5,  63  : — gen.  absol.,  ττρον- 
νεχθέντος  τινί,  if  it  were  commanded 
one  to  do  so,  Aesch.  Ag.  964. — II.  to 
bring  forward,  show,  display,  ττρ.  μένος, 
II.  10,  479  ;  έριδα  ττρούέρειν,  to  show, 
i.  e.  engage  in  rivalry,  Od.  6,  92 ;  ττό- 
\εμόν  τινι  πρ-,  to  declare  war  against 
one,  Hdt.  7,  9,  3 :  so  in  mid.,  ζεινο- 
δόκω  ίριδα  προφέρεσθαι,  to  offer  quar- 
rel to  one's  host,  Od.  8,  210,  cf.  11.  3, 
7. — III.  to  bear  on  or  away,  to  carry  off, 
sweep  away,  of  a  storm,  11.  6,  346,  Od. 
20,  64. — iV.  metaph.,  to  forward  a 
man  on  his  way ;  and  so,  generally, 
to  advance  further,  assist,  Lat.  proferre, 
promovere,  πρ.  Tivi  όόοϋ,  έργον,  for 
φέρειν  ιτρόσω  της  όόοϋ,  etc.,  to  further 
on  the  road,  in  the  work,  Hes.  Op. 
577  ;  Ttp.  εις  τι,  to  conduce,  help  to- 
wards gaining  an  object,  Thuc.  1 ,  93 : 
— pass.,  to  increase,  wax-,  grow. — V. 
intr.,  to  surpass,  excel  another  in  some- 
thing, τινός  τινι,  as  είρια  καλλονή 
τε  προφέροντα  και  αρετή  τών  ΰ—ο 
τύν  otuv,  cotton  wool  surpassing 
sheep's  wool  in  beauty  and  goodness, 
Hdt.  3,  106 ;  πλυύτω  και  είδει  ττρο- 
φέρων  'Αθηναίων,  6,127,  cf.  Thuc.  2, 
89  ;  so  too,  ττρ.  τινός  ΐϊς  τι,  Eur. 
Med.  1092  ;  cf.  Pind.  P.  2,  159.— 
Hence  προφερής,  q.  v.,  cf.  προφορέυ. 

ΤΙροφενγω,  f.  -ξομαι,  aor.  ττρονφν- 
γον  (as  mostly  in  Horn.)  (πρό,  φεύ- 
γω) : — to  flee  forwards,  flee  away,  II. 
11,  340,  Aesch.  Fr.  64.— II.  c.  ace,  to 
flee  from,  shun,  avoid,  κακόν,  θάνατον, 
μένος  κηι  χείρας,  ττόντον,  II.  14,  81, 
Od.  22,  325.  etc.  :  πρ.  γρέα,  to  avoid 
debts,  Hes.  Op.  645  :  Ep.  2  sing.  opt. 
Ίτροφνγοισθα,  Od.  1.  c. 

ΤΙρόφημι,  to  say  beforehand,  foretell. 

ΤΙρος>7/μιζω,  (ττρό,  φημίζω)  to  spread 
a  report,  Dio  C. 

ΤΙροοητάζω,  =  προφητεύω,  Mane- 
tho. 

ΤΙροφητεία,  ας,  ή,  (προφητεύω)  the 
office  or  gift  of  prophecy,  Plut.  Felop. 
17,  Luc,  etc.  : — prophecy,  N.  T. — II. 
an  expounding  of  scripture,  public  in- 
struction, preaching,  K.  T. 

Τίβοφητεΐον,  ου,  τό,  the  sanctuary 
of  a  prophet,  Eccl.  :  from 

ΐΐροφιιτεύω,  Dor.  προφάτ- :  f.  -εύ- 
αω  ■ — to  be  a  προφήτης,  or  interpreter 
of  the  gods,  μαντενεο,  Μοϊσα,  προ- 
φατενσω  ό'  έγώ.  Find.  Fr.  118:  to 
declare  in  the  name  of  a  god,  interpret 
or  expound  his  word,  ό  προφητεύων 
τυϋ  ίροϋ,  Hdt.  7,  111  (where  some 
propose  to  write  6  πρ.  θεον,  cf.  Eur. 
Ion  413)  ;  ή  μανία  προφητενσασα, 
Plat.  Phaedr.  244  D  : — to  prophesy. — 
II.  to  instruct  publicly,  preach,  N.  T. 
(Though  there  is  no  simple  φητεύω, 
the  augm.  is  prefixed  even  to  the  root 
itselt,  προεφήτενον,  προεφήτενσα, 
etc.) 

ΪΙροφήτης,  ου,  6,  Dor.  προφύτης 
[ΰ]  ;  {πρόόημι)  '■  —  strictly,  one  who 
speaks  for  another,  esp.  one  who  speaks 
for  a  god,  and  intβφrets  his  will  to 
man,  a  pmphet,  first  m  Hdt.  8,  36,  37, 
etc  ;  so  Tiresias  is  called  πρ-  Λιός. 
Jove's  interpreter,  Pind.  N.  1,  91  ;  so 
of  Apollo,  Αώς  προφήτης  ίστί  Αοξί- 
ας  πατρός,  Aesch.  Eum.  19,  cf.  Id. 


ΠΡΟΦ 

Fr.  79,  Virg.  Aen.  3,  252 ;  Avhile  the 
Pythia  was  in  her  turn  προφήτις  or 
πρόμαντις  of  Apollo,  Hdt.  8,  36 ; 
then  agam  the  προφήτης  is  the  inter- 
preter of  the  words  of  the  inspired 
μύντις,  Aesch.  Ag.  1099,  Ar.  Av.  972, 
cf.  Plat.  Tim.  72  A  :  so  also,  poets 
are  called  Μοί'σών  προφήται.  inter- 
preters of  the  Muses,  Plat.  Phaedr. 
262  D ;  cf.  προφητεύω,  πρόμαντις, 
νποφήτης,  and  v.  Valck.  Hdt.  7,  HI: 
— generally,  α  proclaimer,  as  the  bowl 
is  called  κώμου  προφάτης,  Pind.  Ν. 
9,  120  ;  and  the  cicada  θέρεος  πρ., 
Anacreont.  32, 11. — 2.  not  till  later  in 
our  sense  of  a  prophet  or  seer, — μάν- 
τις  (q.  v.)  being  the  classical  word 
for  this. — II.  in  N.  T.,  and  Eccl.,  an 
interpreter  of  scripture,  a  preacher. 

ΤΙροφητίζω,^^  προφητεύω,  Hipp. 

ΐΐροφητικος,  ή,  όν,  iqf  or  proceeding 
from  the  prophets,-f  prophetic,  N.  T. 
Adv.  -κώς,  Luc.  Alex.  60. 

ΐΐροοήτις,  ιόος,  fern,  from  προφή- 
της, a  prophetess,  Eur.  Ion  42,  321. 

ΤΙροφητοκτόνος,  ov,  {  προφήτης, 
κτείνω)  prophet-slaying,  Eccl. 

ΤΙροφητοτόκος,  ov,  {προφήτης,  τί- 
κτω) bearing  prophets,  Philo. 

ΪΙροφητόφθεγκτος,  ov,  (προφήτης, 
όθέγ'}ομαι)  uttered  by  prophets. 

ΐΐοοφητοφόντης,  ov.  ό,  {προφήτης, 
φονενω)=  προφητοκτόνος.  Eccl. 

Προρ^τωρ,  ορός,  ό,  poet,  for  προ- 
φήτης, Manetho. 

ΤΙροφθύόίην,  adv.  from  sq.,  Nonn. 

ΤΙροφθύόιος,  a,  ov,  anticipating,  [a]  : 
from 

ΤΙροφθύνω,  f.  -φθάσω  and  -ώθήσο- 
μαι  (πρό,  ρθύνω)  : — to  outrun,  antici- 
pate, c.  ace,  Aesch.  Ag.  1028,  Plat. 
Rep.  500  A :  also  c.  part.,  πρ-  με 
παρακύφασα,  Ar.  Eccl.  884 :  absol., 
to  be  beforehand,  Eur.  Phoen.  1385. 

Τίροφθΰσία,  ας,  ή,  later  form  for  πρό- 
φθασις  Diod. 

αίροοθασία,  ας,  ή,  Prophthasia,  a 
city  of  Drangiana,  Strab.  p.  514. 

ΪΙρόφθάσις,  ή,  (προφθύνω)  anticipa- 
tion. 

ΤΙροφθέγγομαι,  dep.  mid.  to  speak 
before.     Hence 

ΤΙρόφθεγξις,  ή,  a  speaking  before. 

ΐΐροφθίμενος,  η,  ov,  dead  or  killed 
before,  Aiith.  P.  7,  184.  (A  compd.  of 
the  part,  φθίμενος,  for  no  pres.  προφ- 
θίνω  occurs.) 

ΤΙροφλεβοτομέω,  ώ,  (πρό,  φ?.εί3ο- 
τομέω)  to  open  a  vein  before,  Alex. 
Trail. 

ΤΙροφοβέομαι,(πρό,  φοβέω)  as  pass., 
with  fut.  mid.,  to  fear  beforehand,  fear 
at  the  thought  of,  τι,  Aesch.  Supp.  1045, 
Xen.  Cyr.  1,  6,  24.     Hence 

ΤΙροφοβητικός,  ή,  όν,  apt  to  fear  be- 
forehand, Arist.  Rhet.  2,  13,  7. 

ΤΙροφοιβάζω,  f.  -ύσω,  (πρό,  φοι- 
βύζω)  to  purify  before,  Nonn. — II.  to 
foretel,  prophesy.     Hence 

ΐΙροφοί3ασμα,  ατός,  τό.  prophecy. 

ΤΙροφορά,  ΰς,  ή,  (προφέρω)  α  bring- 
ing forward,  utterance,  βημάτων,  Hdn. 
1,  8,  12  ;  cf.  Wyttenb.  Plut.  2,  41  A : 
— ό  έν  προφορφ  λίό}ος=προφορικος 
?..  lb.  777  Β. — II.  a  public  reproach,  re- 
buke, Polyb.  9,  33,  13. 

ΐΐροφορέω,  ώ,  collat.  form  of  προ- 
φέρω:— mid.  προφορέομαι,  in  weav- 
ing, to  carry  oti  the  web  by  passing  the 
weft  to  and  fro  across  the  warp  (which 
process  is  called  διάζεσθαι)  :  hence 
metaph.  to  run  to  and  fro,  Xen.  Cyn. 
6,  15;  όδορ  πρ.,  Ar.  Αν.  4;  cf.  Mei- 
neke  Com.  Fr.  2,  p.  738. 

ΤΙροφορικός,  ή,  όν,  (προφορά  Π) 
belonging  to  utterance,  uttered,  opp.  to 
h-όιάβετος  (cf.  λόγος  fin),  Plut.  2, 
777  C,  973  A. 


ΠΡΟΦ 

ΤΙρόφορος,  ov,  ό,  {προφέρω)  sc. 
Ιχώρ,  the  li<juid  in  which  the  unborn  foe- 
tus floats,  Arist.  H.  A.  7,  7.  3. 

ΤΙροφόωσδε,  adv.,  f.  1.  for  ττρό  φό• 
ωσδε,  II. 

ΤΙρόφραγμα,  ατός,  τό,  (προφράσσω) 
α  fence  placed  in  front,  and  5θ=προ- 
τείχισμα,  metaph.,  Polyb.  9,  35,  3, 
etc. 

Ώροφρύζω,  f.  -σω,  (πρό,  φράζω)  to 
foretel.  Hdt.  1, 120  (where  ischweigh. 
lakes  it=  ττροειπειν,  προερείν,  Ιο  speak 
out  boldly) :  in  part,  pf  pass,  προπε- 
φραόμένα  άθ/.α,  Hes.  Op.  653,  where 
Herm.  prefers  προπεφασμένα,\)\ιΙ  cf. 
Ap.  Rh.  3,  1315. 

ΤΙρόφρασσα,  Ep.  fem.,=7rpo^ptav, 
well-inclined,  kindly,  gracious,  11.  10, 
290,  Od.  5,  161,  etc.:  others  take  it 
having  forethought,  thoughtful.  (No 
doubt  from  φράζομαι). 

ΐΐροφράσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  to  fortify  be- 
fore or  in  front. 

ΐΐροφροντίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (πρό,  φρον- 
τίζω) to  consider  before,  Hipp.,  ace.  to 
Coray. 

ΐΐρόφρων,  όνος,  ό,  ή,  (πρό,  φρήν, 
φρονέω)  stuctly , with  forward  soul,  Lat. 
propenso  animo,  hence  well-wishing, 
kindly,  gracious,  willing,  ready,  glad  to 
do  a  thing,  usu.  joined  with  a  verb, 
όμοσσον  πρόφρων  επεσιν  και  χεραϊν 
άρηξειν,  11.  1,  77;  πρόφρων  ΔαναοΙ- 
σιν  άμυνεν  14,  1,  etc. ;  so,  —p.  τε/^εΐν, 
άείόειν,  Pind.  Ρ. 5, 150,  Ν.  5.  41  ;  ττρο- 
φρόνων  Μοίσΰν  τνχέσθαι,  Id.  Ι.  4, 
73(3,  61);  πρόφρων  θεός  φν/,άσσοι, 
Aesch.  Cho.  1063,  cf.  Soph.  ΕΙ.  1380; 
— eager,  earnest,  πρόώρονι  θνμώ,  II.  8, 
23,  40  ;  10,  244  ;  24,  140,  where  others 
take  It,  steadfast,  resolute  : — in  Od.  14, 
406  it  is  ironical,  πρόφρων  κεν  όή 
έπειτα  Αία  Κρονίωνα  λιτοίμην,  oh 
yes !  earnestly  would  I  pray  to  Jupi- 
ter ! — II.  Ep.  adv.  προφρονεως,  readily, 
willingly,  gladly,  μάχεσθαι,  ρνεσθιιι, 
II.  5,  810 ;  17,  224 :— later  προφρόνως, 
φιλεΐν,  Pind.  P.  2,  29 ;  e7rt(5tiv,  Aesch. 
Supp.  l,cf  Cho.  478. 

ΙΙροφν/.άκή,  ης,  ή,  (προφυλιάσσω) 
a  guard  in  front,  outpost,  ai  πρ.,  the 
outposts,  videttes,  piquets,  Xen.  Cyr. 
3,  3,  25,  etc. ;  oiu  προφυλακής,  on 
guard,  Thuc.  4,  30. — 11.  a  guarding, 
guard,  Polyb.  5,  95,  5 :  α  watching, 
watch,  LXX. — 111.  a  preservative,  amu- 
let, Diosc.     Hence 

ΙΙροφνλακίς,  ίδος,  ή,  νανς  πρ-,  α 
guard-ship,  Thuc.  1,  117. 

Ώροφυ/.ακτέον,  verb.  adj.  from  προ- 
φυλάσσω, one  must  guard  before,  Plut. 

ΙΙροφν/.ακτικός,  ή,  όν,  (προφυ/.ύα- 
σω)  belonging  to  or  fit  for  guarding  ; 
precautionary. 

ΐΐροφν/.αξ,  ΰκος,  ό,  (πρό.  φύλαξ) 
an  advanced  guard :  οΊ  προφυλακές, =: 
αϊ  προφυλακαί,  Thuc.  3,  112,  Xen. 
An.  2,  4,  15,  etc. — II.  the  officer  on 
guard,  Aen.  Tact. — Also  ή  πρ.,  Era- 
tosth.  [ϋ] 

ΐΐροφνλαξις,  ή,  caution  :  [ν]  from 

Ώροφνλύσσω,  Att.  -ττω ;  ί.  -ξω 
(προ,  φυ/ίάσσω) : — to  keep  guard  before, 
to  guard  a  place  or  house,  c.  ace,  νηόν, 
Η.  Hom.  Αρ.  538  (in  the  rare  Ep.  im- 
perat.  form  προφνλαχθε,  for  προφυ- 
λάσσετε, cf  Buttm.  Catal.  s.  v.  φυ- 
λάσσω), cf.  Xen.  Mem  2,  7,  14  :  also, 
προφυλάσσειν  εττί  τινι,  to  keep  guard 
over  a  person  or  place,  Hdt.  8,  92  ; 
and  c.  gen.,  Xen.  Hier.  6,  10:  also 
absol.,  to  be  on  guard,  keep  watch.  Hdt. 
7,  179,  Ar.  Ach.  1146,  Thuc.  2,  93.— 
Mid.,  to  guard  one's  self,  Thuc.  6.  38  : 
esp.  to  guard  against,  to  be  on  one^s 
guard  against,  Lat.  cavere,  c.  ace,  Hdt 
7,  176,  cf.  130,  Xen.  Hell.  5, 3,  5 :  ab- 
sol.   Hdt.  1,  185. 

1291 


ΠΡΟΧ 

ΪΙροφύράμα,  ατός,  τό,  dough  knead- 
ed beforehand,  Eratosth.  ap.  Alh.  140 
A  :  Irom 

ΤΙβοφ{φά(ύ,  ώ,  (πρό,  <1>νράω)  to  mix 
up  or  knead  beforehand, /ιύζαν. — II  nie- 
taph. ,πρυττεφύραται  Aoyor.the speech 
is  already  kneaded,  Ar  Av.  4C2 ;  κακόν 
μυι  τϊροττεψυραμένον  εστί  (as  we  say) 
there's  a  inisciiief  6reuii«j  lor  me,  Ar. 
Thesm.,  75.    Hence 

ΥΙρυφϋρητός,  ή,  όν,  kneaded  before- 
hand, πρ.  μάζα,  a  well-kneaded  barley- 
loaf,  Hipp. 

ΤΙροφνσία,  ας,  η,  {πρό,  φυσά)  α  case 
for  the  pipe  of  a  bellows  ;  cf.  άκροφνσιον. 

Προφύσις,  ή,  {-ροφΰω)  a  germ,  bud, 
knot,  Hipp;  v.  Foes.  Oecon. 

ΤΙροφίτενυ,  {-ρό,  φντευω)  to  plant 
before:  metaph.,  to  produce,  engender. 
Soph.  El.  199. 

Ιΐροφνω. (πρό,  φύω)ΐο generate  before: 
— pass.,  with  aor.  2  act.,  to  be  born  or 
be  before aLnother,  τινός.  Soph.  Aj.  1291. 

ΐίροφωνέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (πρό,  φωνέω) 
to  utter,  say  Οι  declare  beforehand,  Acsch. 
Ag.  882,  Euin.  400. — 11.  to  command 
publicly,  τινί  τι,  Aesch.  Pers.  303  ;  c. 
dat.  et  inf..  Soph.  Aj.  1089. 

Ώροχάζομαι.  dep.  mid.,  strictly,  to 
give  way  beforehand. 

ΐΐροχαίνω,  {πρό,  χαίνω)  to  push  out 
one's  mouth  and  open  it  uide  : — explain- 
ed by  Eusl.  Ά8=^προφασίζυμαι ;  cf. 
προχύΐ'ΐΙΙ. 

ΐΐροχαίρω,  (πρό,  χαίρω)  to  rejoice 
beforehand.  Plat.  Phileb.  39  D :  but, 
— II.  in  3  imperat.,  προχαιρέτω,  far 
be  it  from  me!  away  with  it!  Aesch. 
Ag.  251  ;  cf.  χαίρω    V'l.  2. 

ΙΙροχα7ικενω,  {ττρύ,  χα?νκη!ω)  to 
forge  btforehand,  Aesch.  Cho.  047. 

ΥΙροχάνη,  ης,  η,  a  pretext.  Call.  Cer. 
73,  Fr.'  26.  (Cf.  -ροχαίνα>.)  [ά] 

ΐΐροχύραγμίΐ,  ατός,  τό,  like  προ- 
κέντημα,  an  outline,  pattern. 

ΐΐροχάράσσω,  Att.  -ττω ;  f.  -ξω 
{προ,  χαράσσω): — to  engrave,  carve 
before :  hence,  to  make  an  outline  or 
plan  by  lightly  engraving. 

ΪΙροχΰρίζομαι,  dep.  mid.,  to  gratify 
before. 

Προχαριστήρια,  τά,  a  previous 
thanksgiving,  a  festival  of  Minerva, 
celebrated  by  all  Athen.  magistrates 
at  the  beginning  of  spring,  Λ.  B. 

ΐΐροχίίΐλίόιον,  ov,  TO,  {χείλυς)  the 
projecting  part  of  the  lip.  [i  J 

ίΐρόχειλος,  ov,  with  prominent  lips  : 
TO  πpόχeιλov,=:{oreg. 

ΐΐροχειμάζω,  f.-άσω,  (πρό,χειμάζω) 
to  go  into  winter  quarters  before. — II.  oi 
the  weather,  in  be  wintry,  stormy  before, 
Arist.  Probl.  26,  8,  4.  Hence 

ΐΐροχείμΰσις,  ή,  previous  stormy 
weather,  Plin. 

ΤΙροχειρέω,  f.  I.  for  sq.,  Schiif.  Mel. 
p.  15  : — mid.  προχειρέημαι,  to  purpose, 
Ti,  Stob.   Eel.  2,  p.  40. 

ΙΙροχεφίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (πρό,  χειρίζω) 
to  put  into  the  hand ;  dub.  in  act.  ; — 
though  we  find  several  pass.  ])artici- 
ples  in  pass,  signf ,  to  be  taken  in  hand, 
undertaken,  τον  προκεχειρισμένον  λό- 
γσΐ'.  Plat.  Legg.  643  A  ;  to  be  prepar- 
ed, έτοιμα  και  πρυκεχειριαμενα  αγα- 
θά, Dem.  85,  7. — 2.  to  be  proposed  as 
examples,  των  καθ'  έκαστα  προχειρι- 
ζομένων,  Arist.  Categ.  5,  6,  cf.  Top. 

1,  14,  1. — 3.  to  be  elected  before,  προ- 
χειρισθέΐ'τες,  Polyb.  3,  106,  2.  — II. 
Most  usu.  however  as  dep.  mid.,  προ- 
χειρίζομαι,  to  take  into  one's  hand,  and 
so  to  make  ready,  prepare  for  one's  self, 
At.  Eccl.  729,  Dem.  45, 10  :  hence,  to 
have  in  use,  make  use  of,  Isocr.  184  A  : 
to  make  trial  of,  Arist.  Categ.  8,  31. — 

2.  to  choose,  elect,  επί  τι,  Polyb.  3,  100, 
C;  προς  τι,  3,  44,  4.-3.  c.  inf.,  to  de- 

1292 


ΠΡΟΧ 

temiine  to  do,  Id.  3,  40,  2. — 4.  προ- 
χειριζεσθαι  περί  τίνος  or  τι,  to  finish 
the  discussion  o/ a  subject,  Arist.  Coel. 
1,  5,  5,  Meteor.  3,  0,  15. 

ΙΙροχεφος,  ov.  {πρό,  χειρ)  at  hand, 
close  to.  Soph.  El.  1116:  hence,  at 
hand,  handy  ready,  Aesch.  Pr.  54  ; 
esp.  of  a  drawn  sword,  So[)h  Phil. 
747,  Eur.  Hel.  1564,  Xen.  Cyi.  4,  2, 
32;  πρ.  εχειν  τι,  Thuc.  4,  34,  Plat. 
Phaed.  61  B,  etc.  ;  πρόχειροι  μνβυι. 
Plat.  Phaed.  61.  13  ;  ο  προχειρότα- 
τον  εχω  εΙπεΙν,  Doin.  700,  10  ;  u'l  πρ. 
7/όόνάι,  Plat.  Phil.  45  Α. — 2.  ready, 
easy,  comynon,  joined  with  φαΰ'λος, 
Plat.  Theaet.  147  A  ;  προχιιρόν 
(εστί)  it  is  easy,  c.  inf..  Id.  Soph.  251 
Β  ;  Tu  πρ.,  opp.  to  τά  άπορα,  Arist. 
Metaph.  1,  2,  9  ;  εκ  προχείρου,  easily, 
Diod. :  7"ύ  πρόχειρον,  levity,  lldn. — 
3.  of  persons,  c.  int.,  ready  to  do,  Soph. 
El.  1494;  so,  πρ.  φυγή,  ready Jor  flight, 
Eur.  H.  F.  101.— li.  Adv.  -ρως,^οβ- 
hand,  readily,  άποκρίνασθαι,  Άέγειν, 
Plat.  Synip.  204  D,  Ale.  2,  144  1)  : 
thoughtlessly,  Acschin.  4,  4  :  rashly, 
Polyb.  5.  7.  2. — Compar.  -οτέρως,  id. 
1,21,  5.     Hence 

ΤΙροχειρότ7/ς,  ητος,  ή.  readiness, 
esp.  in  handling  a  subject,  Sext.  Emp. 
p.  268. 

ΤΙροχειροτονέω,  ώ,  {πρό,  χειροτο- 
νέω)  to  choose  or  elect  before,  Plat. 
Legg.  705  B,  Dem.  703,  18. 

ΤΙβοχειρονργέω,  ώ,  (πρό,  χειρονρ- 
}'f(j)  to  perform  before,  Joseph. 

ΙΙρόχενμα,  ατός.  τό,  (προχέω)  that 
which  IS  poured  forth  :  generally,  α  de- 
posit, Anst.  Part.  An.  2,  1,  22. 

ΤΙροχενω,  poet,  collat.  form  of  sq., 
Dion.  P.  52. 

ΐΐροχέω,  f.  -χενσω,  (πρό,  χίω)  to 
pour  forth  or  forward,  βόοι>,  voup,  II. 
21,  219,  H.  A  p.  241  ;  τρις  ί'όατος  προ- 
χέειν,  to  pour  in  three  parts  /irs/,  Hcs. 
Op.  594  ;  σπονόάς  προχέαι,  Hdt.  7, 
192,  Critias,  17  : — metaph.,  πρ.  ίιηι- 
th'/r,  V.  1.  Hes.  Th.  83 ;  όπα,  Pmd.  P. 
10.  87  (cf.  χέω) : — pass.,  to  pour  on  or 
forth,  metaph.  of  large  bodies  of  men 
pouring  over  a  plain,  ές  πεδίον  προγέ- 
οντο,  II.  2,  465;  cf.  15,  300;  21,'  6. 
Cf.  προιημι  and  προρέω. 

Υίρόχθες,  adv.,  the  day  before  yester- 
day.    Hence 

ΥΙροχθεσΐνός.  ι],  όν,  belonging  to  the 
day  before  yesterday. 

Υ\ρόχνν, adv.,  {πρό, γόνν)  like  γνΰξ, 
with  the  knees  forward ,  i.  e.  kneeling,  on 
one's  knees,  πρύχΐ'ν  καθεζομένη,  fall- 
ing on  her  knees,  II.  9,  570  : — metaph., 
άπύ'λοιντο  πρόχνν  κακώς,  may  they 
be  brought  upon  their  knees,  (i.  e. 
brought  low)  and  perish,  II.  21,  4G0 ; 
so,  πρόχνν  όλέσθαι,  Od.  14,  09; — just 
as  Hdt.  uses  ές  γόνν  βαλείν  τίνα,  6, 
27,  cf.  γόνν  I.  fin. — From  ignomnce 
of  the  true  signf.,  πρόχνν  was  after- 
wards used  as  8ίιηρΙ>'=πύί'υ,  Αρ.  Kh. 
1,  1118;  2,249.^ 

ΙΙροχο?},  ης,  ?),  {προχέω)  a  pouring 
out:  almost  always  in  plur.  προχοαί, 
the  mouth  of  a  river,  II.  17,  263,  Od.  5, 
453,  etc.,  Solon  22,  Acsch.  Supp. 
1025,  etc. ;  Ύριτωνίόος  έν  προχοαΐς 
?.ίμνας,  Pind.  P.  4,  35; — the  sing,  in 
Hes.  Op.  755: — generally,  the  bed  of 
a  river,  a  stream,  Aesch.  Fr.  178. 

ΐΐροχόη,  ης,  η,=ιπρόχοος.  Αρ.  Rh., 
Anth.  ;  cf.  Lob.  Paral.  379. 

ΥΙροχοίδίον,  Att.  προχοίόι.ον.  ov, 
TO,  dim.  from  πρόχοος,  Cratin.  Pyt. 
10,  Stratt.  Lemn.  1;  cf.  Pors.  Eur. 
Hec.  p.  li. 

ΙΙροχοις,  ιόος,  η,  dim.  from  πρό- 
χοος. β8ρ.=άμίς.  a  chamber-pot,  Xen. 
Cyr.  8,  8,  10,  cf.  Ath.  496  C— 11.= 
έπίχυσις,  A.  B. 


ΠΡΟΧ 

Τίρόχοος,  ή,  Att.  contr.  -χονς,  ου: 
helerog.  dat  pi.  πρόχυνσι,  like  ι^οϋς, 
βονσί,  as  if  of  third  dec!,  (v.  Dind. 
Eur.  ion  435,  Ar.  Nub.  272,  Piers. 
Moer.  p.  296):  ace.  pi.  πρόχονς,  Xen. 
Cyr.  5,  2,  7,  Ael.  λ.  A.  5,  23:  (προ- 
χέω). Λ  vessel  for  pouring  out,  a  jug, 
pitcher,  vase,  esp.  ewer  Jor  pouring  wa- 
ter upon  the  hands  of  guests,  Ireq.  ia 
Hoin.  (esp.  in  Od.),  also  Hes.  Th.  785, 
Eur.,  etc.,  II.  cc.  ;— so  also  the  icine- 
jug  from  which  the  cup-bearer  jjours 
"into  the  cups,  Od.  18,  397. 

Τλροχορεΰω,  (πρό,  χορενω)  to  go  or 
dance  before  in  a  chorus,  πρ.  κώμυν,  to 
lead  a  κώμος  or  festive  band,  Eur. 
Phoen.  797. 

αΐρόχορος,  ov,  6,  Prochorus,  one 
of  the  seven  deacons  of  the  church  at 
Jerusalem,  N.  T.  Act.  6,  5. 

ΥΙρόχρνς,  πρόχουσι,  v.  sub  πρό- 
χοος. 

ΥΙροχόω.  collat.  form  of  προχώννυ- 
μι.  Plat.  Critj.  Ill  B. 

ΐΐροχράομαί.  (πρό,  χράομαι)  dep., 
to  use  before,  Ari.st.  de  Xenocr.  1,  8. 

Προχρίω,  (πρό,  χρίω)  to  smear  be- 
fore ;  πρ.  τι  τινι,  to  smear  or  rub  with 
a  thing,  Soph.  Tr.  096.  cf.  Luc.  Alex. 
21.  [/] 

ΪΥροχρονέω,  ώ,  (πρό,  χριηος)  to  pre- 
cede in  order  of  lime,  Clem.  Al. 

ΤΙρόχρονος,  ov,  (πρό,  χρόνος)  pre- 
ceding in  time,  previous,  Luc. 

Ι\ροχϋμα,  ατός,  τό,  (προχέω)  wine 
that  flows  from  the  grape  without 
pressing,  Lat.  vinum  protropum. — II. 
=  sq. 

Ή-ρόχνσις,  ή,  (προχέω)  a  pouring 
out,  also  of  dry  things,  as,  πρ.  τϊ/ς  γί/ς, 
deposition  of  mud  by  water,  alluvial 
soil,  Lat.  alluvies,  Hdt.  2,  5,  cf.  12; 
πρ.  ίλνόεσσα,  Opp.  Η.  1,  116:  also, 
ονλάς  κριθών  πρόχνσιν  έποιέετο, 
where  πρί^χνσιν  έποιέετο  must  be 
taken  as  a  simple  verb, =  7rpoe;(;tt. Hdt. 
1,  100,  cf.  sq. 

ΐΐροχνται.  αϊ,  (sc.  κριθαί),=  ονλυ- 
χνται,  Eur.  ΕΙ.  803,  1.  Α.  1112,  1472, 
Αρ.  Rh.  I,  425. — II.  any  thtn<;  thrown 
about,  esp.  thrown  to  persons  in  token 
of  respect  and  honour,  as  flowers,  gar- 
lands, ribands,  etc.,  Lat.  missilia  :  also 
largesses  scattered  among  the  people, 
Pint.  Dio  29.  [fi]  _ 

ΙΠρογυτ/;,  7ίς,  ή,  Prochyta,  an  Ital- 
ian island  on  the  coast  of  Campania, 
now  Procida,  Strah.  p.  123. 

ΤΙροχντης.  ου,  ό,  {προχέω)  =  πρό- 
χοος,  α  jug  or  pitcher,  Ion  ap.  Ath. 
403  Β  ;  esp.  an  urn,  to  pour  lustral 
libations  from,  Eur.  I.  A.  955. 

ΐΐροχντός,  ij,  όν,  (προχέω)  poured 
in  front  or  before,  poured  or  scattered 
upon. — II.  Προ;ι;'^'''/  νήσος,  jv.  Προ- 
χντη.^ 

ΐΐρόχωλος,  ov,  {πρό,  χωλός)  very 
lame  or  halt,  Luc.  Ocyp.  140. 

ΤΙρόχωμα,  ατός,  το,  (προχώνννμι) 
earth  thrown  up  OTuashed  before  a  place, 
a  dam,  v.  1.  Strab.  for  προςχ-. 

Ίλροχώναι,  al,  the  hips,  Lat.  os  coc 
cygis,  (cf.  κοχώνη),  Archipp.  Rhin.  2. 

ΙΧροχώνννμι,  f.  -χώσω,  (πρό,  χών- 
ννμι)  to  deposit  mud  before,  Plut.  2, 
002  D.         ^ 

ΤΙροχωρέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (πρό,  χωρέω) 
to  go  or  come  forward,  advance,  Soph. 
Phil.  148,  etc.  ;  also  of  time,  Xen. 
Cyr.  Θ,  7,  1  ;  of  power,  to  advance,  be- 
come greater,  Hdt.  7,  50.  2  ;  επι  μέγα, 
Thuc.  1,  10. — II.  metaph.  of  umlerta- 
kings,  wars,  and  the  like,  to  go  on  in 
a  certain  way,  Lat,  trnnsigi,  Xen. 
Cyr.  2,  3,  10  :  esp.  to  go  on  well,  suc- 
ceed, prosper,  thrive,  Hdt.  8,  108,  Thuc. 
6,  103 ;  TU  ϊερα  προχωρεί  τινι.  Id.  5, 
54:  also,  ευ  πρ.,  Eur.  Heracl.  486: 


ΠΡΥΛ 

hence  impers.,  προχωρεί  μοι,  it  goes 
on  well  lor  me,  /  have  success,  usu. 
with  a  negat.,  ώς  oi  όόλω  ov  —ροε- 
χώρεε.  when  he  could  not  succeed  by 
craft,  Hdt.  1,  20ό,  cf.  84,  Thuc.  1, 109, 
etc. :  also,  όττόσα  σοι.  προχωρεί,  as 
much  as  is  convenient,  Xen.  Cyr.  3,  2, 
29,  cf.  Schneid.  An.  1,  9,  13  :  absol.  in 
part.,  προκεχωρτικότων  τοις  Αακεδαί- 
μονίοις,  when  things  went  on  well  for 
them.  Id.  Hell.  5,  3,  27 :— rarely  in 
bad  sense,  to  turn  out,  παρά  όόξαν, 
Polyb.  5,  29,  1. — III.  to  come  forward 
to  spenk,  πρ.  Των  άλλον,  tn  come  out 
in  front  of  the  rest,  Dinarch.  110,  7. — 
IV.  to  be  excreted,  Lat.  excenii,  Arist. 
H.  A.  8,  5,  6.     Hence 

ΤΙροχώρημα,  ατός,  τό,  progress. — 
II.   refuse,  excrement,  LXX. 

ΐίροχώρηβίς,  εως,  ή,  {προχωρέω)  a 
going  on  or  advancing,  precession,  v.  1. 
Plat.  Tim.  40  C,  for  προςχ-.     Hence 

ΐΐροχωρητίκός,  ί],  ήν,  conducive  to, 
advancing,  prospering. 

ΤΙρόχωσις,  εως,  ή,  (προχώνννμι)  a 
throwing  up  a  dam  or  bank  before,  a  de- 
posit, of  rivers,  Plut.  2,  941  B. 

ΐΐροψηφίζομαι,  {πρό,  ψηφίζω)  dep. 
mid.  : — to  determine  before,  Dio  C. 

ΐΐροιρΐθί'ρίζω.  (πρό,  φιθυρίζω)  to 
whisper  before,  Eumath. 

ΐΐροψύχω,  ί.  -ξω,  to  cool  before. — II. 
to  dry  before. 

Ώροωόίκός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to  a  pre- 
lude ;  opp.  to  έττωδικός. 

ΐΐροωόός,  ov,  η,  {πρό,  φδή)  a  pre- 
lude, overture. — Π.  α  short  verse  before  a 
L•nzer  one,  Hephaest. :  opp.  to  επωδός. 

Τίροώδων,  dub.  1.  ίοτ  προόδων ■ 

ΊΙροωθέω,  ω,  f.  -ωθήσω  and  -ώσω  : 
ΐίor.πρoέωσu,b\lta.\sOΐπpόωσa,contr. 
inf.  πρωσια,  dub.  in  Anth.  P.  12,  206, 
(πρό.  ώθέω).  To  push  forward  or  lo 
the  front,  push  Or  ttrge  on.  Plat.  Pliaed. 
84  D:  πρ.  αυτόν,  Ιο  rush  on,  Xen. 
Cyn.  10,  10. — II.  to  push  off  or  away, 
a  wrestling  term. 

ΤΙροώλΐ]ς,  ες,  (πρό,  5?.λνμι)  destroy- 
ed or  ruined  beforehand,  ίξώ7,ης  καΐ 
πρ..  Dem.  395,  7,  cf.  332,  22:  cf.  sub 
έξώ/ης. 

ΐίρυωμοσία,  ας,  ή,  {προόμννμί)  α 
previous  oath. 

ΤΙροωνέομαι,  (.πρό,  ώνέομαι)  dep. 
mid.  :  Ιο  buy  beforehand,  Inscr.  ap.  Vil- 
lois.  Iliad.  Proleg.  p.  Iv. 

ΐΐροωννμιον,  ov,  τό,  (πρό,  όνομα) 
the  Roman  praenomen.  [ϋ] 

Ιίροώννμος,  ov,  (πρό,  όνομα)  with 
a  praenomen,  Nonn. 

Ώροώριος,  ον,=  πρόωρος,  Nonn. 

TίρoωpLσμέvως,Άά\.,predeterminate- 
ly,  Clein.  Al. 

ΤΙρόωρος,  ov,  (πρό,  ωρα)  before  the 
time,  untimely,  Plut.  2,  101  F. 

ΤΙρόωσις,  εως,  ή.  (προωθέω)  apush- 
iiig  away,  Arist.  Mund.  4,  31. 

Ήροώστης,  ov,  6,  (προωθέω)  one  that 
pushes  forward  Or  away  :  hence — II.  α 
piece  of  wood  standing  out  so  as  to  keep 
bodies  from  striking  against  others,  a 
fender,  Aen.  Tact.  32.     Hence 

ΐΐροωστίκός,  ?},  όν,  pushing  forward 
or  away.  Adv.  -κώς,  Sext.  Emp.  p. 
047. 

ΤΙρνλέες,  ίων,  οι,  usu.  explained 
of  heavy-armed  foot-soldiers,  II.  5,  744  ; 
15,  517  ;  opp.  to  chiefs  lighting  from 
chariots,  11.  11,  49  ;  12,  77,  Hes.  Sc. 
193.— Herm.  explains  it  Ά5=πρόμα• 
χοι  (cf.  πρύ-τανις),  Opusc.  4,  286- 
291. — 2.  later  as  ady,  close,  inmasses, 
like  foot-soldiers,  Opp. — Cf  sq. 

ΤΙρν/ΰς,  εως.  ή,  a  dance  in  armour, 
armed  dance,  like  πιφβίχη,  Call.  Jov. 
52,  Dian.  240.  A  Cyprian  word,  no 
doubt  akin  to  foreg.  (On  the  deriv,, 
V.  Heins.  Sil.  Ital.  3,  347.)  [vj 


ΠΡΥΜ 

'ΙΤΙρύλις,  b,  Prylis,  a  seer,  son  of 
Mercury,  Plut. 

ΙΙρνμνΰ,,  ης,  ή,  in  Ion.  and  Horn. 
πρνμνί]  (which  form  however  was 
also  used  by  Att.  poets,  to  make  a 
long  syll..  Soph.  Phil.  482,  Ar.  Vesp. 
399,  cf.  Elmsl.  Heracl.  19,  Ellendt 
Lex.  Soph.): — strictly,  fern,  from 
πρνμνός  (sub.vaif),  the  hindmost  part 
of  a  ship,  the  stern,  poop,  Lat.  puppis, 
Ireq.  in  Horn.,  who  also  oft.  has  it  in 
full,  πρύμνη  νηνς,  (where  we  might 
expect  the  accent  πρνμνή,  oxyt.)  as, 
νηος  άπο  πρύμνης,  Π.  15,  435;  νηϊ 
παρά  πρνμνι/,  7,  383  ;  έπϊ  πρνμνη- 
σιν  (  ναϋφι  going  before  )  8,  475  ; 
though  he  also  has  πρύμνη  νηός,  Od. 
13,  84,  etc. :— then  in  Hdt.  and  Att. 
Special  phrases  : — επΙ  πρνμνην  άνα- 
κρηύεσθαι  (v.  sub  ανακρούω  and 
κρούω) ;  άνεμος  επείγει  κατά  πρνμ- 
νην, of  a  fair  wind,  Soph.  Phil.  1451, 
cf.  Theocr.  22, 10,  and  πρώρα. — Ships 
were  generally  fastened  to  land  by 
the  stern,  hence,  πρνμνας  λϋσαι, 
Eur.  Hec.  539  ;  cf.  πρνμνήσίος,  πρνμ- 
νήτης. — Π.  metaph.,  πρ.  πό7.εος,  the 
Acropolis,  Aesch.  Supp.  344  :  but  also 
of  the  vessel  of  the  state.  Id.  Theb.  2, 
760  ;  cf.  πρνμνήτης  2. — III.  the  hind- 
most part  of  any  kind  of  body,  Valck. 
Hdt.  8,  84;  so  πρ.  Όσσας,  the  foot  of 
mount  Ossa,  Seidl.  Eur.  El.  443  ;  cf. 
πρνμνώρεια. — Opp.  to  πρώρα.   Hence 

Ώρνμναϊος,  u,  ov,  of  a  ship's  stern, 
Opp.  H.  I,  191,  Anth.  P.  10,  16. 

ΐίρνμνεύς,  ό,  Prymneus,  name  of  a 
Phaeacian  in  Od.  8,  112,  from  πρνμ- 
να,  as  almost  all  their  names  are  con- 
nected with  ships  ;  cf  ΐίρωρενς. 

ΤΙρύμνη,  ή.  Ion.  and  Horn,  for  πρνμ- 
va,  q.  V. 

Τίρύμνηθεν,  adv.  from  πρύμνη,  from 
the  ship's  stern,  II.  15,  716,  Aesch. 
Theb.  920,  Eur.  I.  T.  1349  :  πομπεύ- 
σαις  πρύμναθεν,  of  a  fair  wind,  Erin- 
na  ap.  Ath.  283  D. 

Ώρνμνήσως,  a,  ov,  (πρνμνα) :  of  a 
.ship's  stern,  κάλως,  Eur.  H.  F.  479 : 
πρνμνησια,  τά  (sc.  δεσμά,  σχοινιά), 
ropes  from  a  ship's  stern  to  fasten  her 
to  the  shore,  steryi-cables,  Lat.  relina- 
cula  iinuis,  freq.  in  Hom.  (esp.  in  Od.), 
πρ.  δήσαι,  άνά-ψαι,  11.  1,  436  ;  Od.  9, 
137;  opp.  to  πρ.  λΓσαί,  ύνα?Λσαι, 
Od.  2,  418.  etc.  Cf.  πείσμα,  also 
πρνμνα,  I,  fin. 

ΤΙρνμνητης,  ov,  6,  (πρύμνα)  the 
steersman,  whose  place  is  at  the  stern  : 
— metaph.,  άναξ  πρνμνήτης,  (as  we 
say)  pilot  of  the  state,  Aesch.  Eum. 
16  ;  άνήρ  πρ.  χθονός,  lb.  765  ;  cf. 
πρωράτης. — II.  as  masc.  adj. =  πρυμτ 
νήσιος,  e.  g.  κάλως,  Eur.  Med.  770: 
— of  a  fair  wind,  Ap.  Eh. 

Τίρνμνητικός,  ή,  όν,^πρνμνήσιος, 
Ath. 

ΥΙρνμνόθεν,  adv.  ^πpvμvηθεv,from 
the  stern  or  from  behind. — II.  from  the 
lower  end  or  bottom,  hence  like  Lat. 
funditus,  utterly,  root  and  branch,  όλ- 
λνναι,  etc.,  Aesch.  Theb.  71,  1056, 
nisi  legend,  πρεμνόθεν,  cf  Call.  Del. 
35 :  cf.  αντόπρεμνος,  but  also  πρνμ- 
νός, πρνμνα  III. 

ΐίρνμνόν,  of',  τό,  the  lower  part,  end, 
πρ.  θέναρος,  II.  5,  339  ;  πρνμνοϊς 
αγοράς  ίπι.  at  the  far  end  of  the  ago- 
ra, Pind.  P.  5,  125: — strictly  neut. 
from  sq. 

ΤΙρνμνός,  ή,  όν,  the  hindmost,  last, 
undermo.it,  Horn.  ;  πρνμνος  βραχίων, 
the  end  of  the  arm  (where  it  joins  the 
shoulder),  II.  13,  532;  10,  323;  πρ. 
ώμος,  πρ.  -,7ώσσα,  πρ.  σκέ?.ος,  πρ.  κέ- 
ρας, in  all  which  cases  it  means  the 
end  o/"the  limb  next  the  body,  the  root,  II. 
5,  232 ;  19, 705 ;  16,  314,  Od.  17,  504 : 


ΠΡΤΤ 

— hence,  πρνμνην  ν?ιην  έκτάμνειν, 
to  cut  off  the  wood  at  the  root,  II.  12, 
149  ;  δόρυ  πρνμνόν,  the  bottom  of  a 
spear-head  (where  it  joins  the  shaft), 
11.  17,  618  ;  πρνμνός  παχύς,  broad  at 
base,  opp.  to  νπερθεν  όξνς  (which  fol- 
lows), 11.  12,  440:  superl.  πρνμνότα- 
τος,  Od.  17,  463: — for  πρύμνη  ναϋς, 
V.  sub  πρνμνα  :  also,  cf.  -ρνμνον,  τό. 
The  adj.  is  rare  save  in  Ep.  (Ace. 
to  E.  M.,  from  πείρω,  περάω,  akin  to 
πρίμνον.) 

ΤΙρνμνονχος,  ov,  (πρύμνα,  έχω)  oc- 
cupying the  ship's  stern,  like  πρνανή-• 
της.  —  II.  detaining  the  fleet,  Ανλις, 
Eur.  El.  1022,  cf.  Aesch.  Ag.  188,  sq. 

^ΤΙρνμνώ,  οΰς,  ή.  Prymno,  a  daugh- 
ter of  Oceanus  and  Tethys,  Hes.  Th. 
350. 

ΊΊρυμνώρεια,  ας,  ή,  (πρνμνός,  όρος) 
the  bottom,  foot  of  a  mountain,  11.  14, 
307 : — formed  like  άκρώρεια,  cf.  πρύμ- 
νη, fin. 

Πρντΰνεία,  ας,  Ion.  -ηΐη,  ης,  ή  (πρυ- 
τανεύω) : — the prytaneia  Or  presidency, 
at  Athens  a  period  of  35  or  30  days, 
about  l-lOth  of  a  year,  during  \vhich 
theprytanes  of  each  φν7.ή  in  turn  presid- 
ed in  Χ\\&βον7.ή  and  εκκλησία,  (v.  πρν-. 
τανις).  The  first  six  in  the  year  con- 
sisted of  35,  the  last  four  of  36  days,  or 
(in  the  intercalary  year  of  the  Metonic 
cycle)  the  former  of  38,  the  latter  of  39 
days,  Herm.  Pol.  Ant.  (^  127, 6.  Thus 
the  days  of  the  presidencies  were  count- 
ed as  our  days  of  the  month  :  hence, 
κατά  πρντανείαν,  by  presidencies,  i.  e. 
every  35  or  36  days,  Lys.  183,  27, 
Dein.  1353,  23,  cf.  Clinton  F.  H.  2, 
Append.  19,  p.  388,  sqq. — II.  any  pxib- 
lie  office  held  by  rotation  for  given  pe- 
riods :  hence  in  Hdt.  6,  110,  πρ.  της 
ήμερης,  Ihe  chief  command  for  the  day, 
held  by  each  general  in  turn. 

ΤΙρϋτάνεΐον,    Ion.   -ήίον,    ov,   τό : 
(πρντανις) : — the  presidents'  hall,  town- 
hall,  a  public  building  in  Greek  cities, 
Hdt.  1,  146  ;  3,  57,  Thuc.  2,  15,  etc. : 
the  Prytaneum  was  consecrated  to 
Hestia  or  Vesta  (Pind.  N.  11,  1),  to 
whom  a  perpetual  fire  was  kept  burn 
ing  in  it,  which  in  colonies  was  orig. 
brought  from  the  Prytaneum  of  the 
mother  city  ; — at  Athens  also  called 
θόλος,  being  the  hall  in  which  the 
Prytanes  for  the  time  being  and  some 
other  magistrates   had  their  meals, 
and   entertained   at  the  public  cost 
foreign  ambassadors,  etc.,  Ar.  Ach. 
125,  Dem.  350,  24;  citizens  also  of 
high  public  merit,  and  the  children 
of  those  who  fell  in  battle  were  often 
rewarded  by  a  seat  at  this  public  ta- 
ble, εν  πρντανείω  έδείπνονν,  έσιτονν- 
το,  Ar.  Pac.  1084,  Plat.  Apol.  36  D, 
Dem.  414,  9,  etc.  (cf  sub  σιτησις) : — 
cf.  Liv.  41,  20,  penetrale  urbis,  ubt  pub- 
lice,  quibus  is  houos  dalus  est,  vescuntur, 
and  Herm.  Pol.  Ant.  ^^  127  :  hence, 
Plato  calls  Athens  to  πρ.  ττ'/ς  σοοιας 
της  'Ελ7Μδος,  Protag.  337  D.— 11.  α 
law-cojirt  at  Athens,  τό  ίπΙ  πρντα- 
νείω δικαστήριον,  oi  έκ  πρντανείου 
καταδικασθέντες,  Dem.  645,  15,  Plut. 
Solon  19. — III.  -α  πρυτανεία,  sums 
of  money  deposited  by  both  parties  to  a 
laiv-suit  before  the  suit  began,  Lat.  sa- 
cramentum,  Ar.  Nub.  1136.  1 180,  etc.  : 
the  losing  party  not  only  forfeited  his 
own  deposit,  but  had  to  repay  the 
winner  :  the  sum  differed  in  amount 
ace.  to  the  importance  of  the  cause 
the  proportions  are  given  by  Bucki 
P.  E.  2,  64,  Herm.  Pol.  Ant.  ^  140  ι 
hence,    τιβέναι  πρυτανεία   τινι,   tc 
make  this  deposit  against  one,  i.  e. 
bring  an  action  against,  Lat.  Sacra- 
mento   aliquem   provocare,    Ar.    Nub. 
1293 


ΠΡΩΗ 

1 136,  etc. ;  so,  θέσεις,  for  θέσεις  πρυ- 
τανείων, lb.  1191;  πρ.  έκτίνειν,  to 
pay  this  deposit,  Dem.  1158,  22. 

ΙΙρντΰνενς,  ό,^^^πρύτανις. 

Ώμύτΰνενυ,  to  be  πρύτανις  or  pres- 
ident, to  hold  sway,  ΰθαί'άτοισι,  among 
them,  H.  Horn.  Ap.  68:  hence  esp., 
— 11.  lit  Athens,  to  hold  office  as  Pry- 
tanis  :  the  whole  φνΆή  or  tribe  which 
happened  to  have  the  πρυτανεία  was 
called  <j>.  πρυτανεύουσα  (of.  sub  πρν- 
τανις).  Plat.  Apol.  32  B,  and  Oratt.  : 
— πρ.  περί  ειρήνης,  to  bring  forward  a 
motion  for  peace,  or  to  put  it  to  the  vote, 
this  being  the  duty  of  the  Prytanes, 
Ar.  Ach.  40  ;  so,  πηντανεύειν  εΙ()ή- 
vfjv,  Isocr.  66  A  ;  also,  πρ.  τινί  είρ-, 
to  obtain  peace  for  another,  Luc. :  6 
πρυτανεύσας  ταντα  και  πείσας,  Lat. 
auctor ,  suasor  senlentiae,  Dern.  191,  15. 
— III.  generally,  to  manage,  regulate, 
loined  with  διοικεΐν,  Dein.  58,  18 : — 
pass.,  πρυτανεύεσθαι  παρά  τίνος,  to 
suffer  one's  self  to  be  guided  by  One, 
Dem.  126,  14  ; — δείπνον  χαριέντως 
πεπρυτανενμένον,  a  daintily/urfiisA- 
ed  dinner,  Alex.  Kpor.  1,  4  : — and  of 
persons,  to  be  entertained,  Plut.  2,  602 
A. 

Τϊρυτΰνηίη,  -νήϊον,  Ion.  for  πρυτα- 
νεία, -νεϊον,  Hdt. 

ΤΙρντύνϊκός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to  a 
πρύτανις :  pecul.  fern. -mf,  tcJof.Ath. 
149  D. 

ΙΙρντΓινίς,  εως,  δ,  a  prince,  ruler, 
lord,  Pind.  P.  2,  106 ;  πρύτανις  στε- 
ροπάν  κεραυνών  τε,  of  Jupiter,  lb.  6, 
24;  so,  μακάρον  πρ.,  Aesch.  Pr.  169, 
cf  Eur.Tro.  1288.— II.  esp.  at  Athens, 
a  Prytanis  or  President  :  they  were  a 
committee  of  50,  being  the  deputies 
chosen  by  lot  from  each  of  the  10  ώυ- 
λαί,  and  so  forming  jV  P^^t  of  the 
βονλ-η  or  council  of  500  ;  out  of  these 
50  πρυτάνεις  one  was  chosen  by  lot 
as  chief-president  {επιστάτης),  who 
chose  9  πρόεδροι,  and  the  real  busi- 
ness was  m  the  hands  of  this  smaller 
body,  with  a  secretary  {γραμματεύς) 
in  addition. — The  φυλή  which  first 
entered  office  every  year  was  deter- 
mined by  lot ;  and  their  term  of  office 
{πρυτανι  ia)v/3.s  somewhat  more  than 
a  month  (cf  πρυτανεία) :  during  this 
time  all  treaties  and  public  acts  ran 
in  their  name,  in  this  form  :  Ακαμαν- 
τίς [ψυλ//]  έπρυτάνευε,  Φαίνιππος 
έγρημμάτευε,  Νικιύδης  έπεστάτει 
(Thuc.  4,  118,  cf  6,  13,  Plat.  Apol. 
32  Β). — The  πρυτάνεις  had  the  first 
place  and  hearing  in  the  general  as- 
sembly {εκκλησία),  conducted  the 
whole  of  the  business  of  the  council, 
and  dined  at  the  public  cost  in  the 
πρυτανείου,  v.  Herm.  Pol.  Ant.  >J  127. 
— On  the  earlier  πρυτάνεις  τών  ναυ- 
κράρων,  V.  sub  ναύκραρος. — In  other 
Greek  states  this  office  answered  to 
the  Roman  Pontifex  maximus.  (No 
doubt  from  ττρό,  πρότερος,  πρώτος.) 

fTlpύτavις,  ιος  or  ιδος,  6,  Prytanis, 
a  Lycian,  an  ally  of  the  Trojans,  II. 
5,  678. — 2.  son  of  Euryphron,  a  king 
of  vSparta,  Hdt.  8,  131  ;  Plut.  Lys.  2. 
— Others  in  Plut. ;  etc. 

Πρώ  or  πρώ,  adv.,  Att.  for  πρωί, 
which  some  write  πρίΐ),  but  not  so 
well,  V.  πρωί. 

ΐίρωαιτερον,  πρωαίτατα,  etc.,  v. 
sub  πρωί  II. 

ΪΙρωγγϋεύω,  to  be  surety,  give  secu- 
rity :  from 

ΥΙρώγγΰος,  ov.  Dor.  for  προΰγγυος, 
προέγγυος. 

ΤΙρώζος,  ov,  Att.  for  πρώίζος,  q.  v. 

Πρώην,  Dor.  πρώΰν,  and  contr. 
πρών  (Call.  Fr.  84) : — lately,  just  now, 
1294 


ΠΡΩΙ 

Lat.  nuper,  11.  5,  832 ;  24,  500,  Xen., 
etc.:  esp.,  the  day  before  yesterday; 
hence  proverb.,  μέχρι  or  πρωτ/ν  τε 
και  χθες,  till  yesterday  or  the  day  be- 
fore, i.  e.  till  very  lately,  Hdt.  2,  53  ; 
also,  πρώην  καΐ  χθες,  εχθές  και  πρώ- 
ην, Ar.  Ran.  726,  Plat.  Legg.  677  D, 
uorg.  470  D,  etc.,  cf.  Lob.  Phryn. 
323,  and  χ.χθές.  {πρώην  seems  to 
have  come  from  πρωίην  (sub.  ώραν), 
ace.  sing,  from  πρώίος ;  and,  if  so, 
ought,  strictly,  to  be  written  πρώην, 
[πρω-  is  used  short  by  Theocr.  4,  60  ; 
5,4;  15,  15.] 

Πρωθήβης,  ου,  o,=  sq.,  II.  8,  518, 
Od.  8,  263. 

ΤΙρώθηβος,  ov,  also  η,  ov,  {πρώτος, 
ήβη)  in  the  prime,  bloom  or  flower  of 
youth,  fern,  πρωθήβη,  Od.  1,  431. 

Ώρωθύστερον,  ου,  τό,  usu.  ύστερον 
προτερον,  also  ύστερολογία,  hindmost 
foremost,  last  first,  Gramm. 

Πρωί'  [ϊ],  adv.  :  Att.  shortd.  πρώ, 
as  Ruhnk.  Tim.,  Buttm.  Lexil.  s.  v. 
ΐ'ώί  2,  would  always  write  it,  though 
the  MSS.  usu.  give  πρώ,  and  in  the 
edd.  of  Xen.  it  is  written  πρωί ;  but 
the  accent  τΓρώί,  πρώ  or  πρώ  is  deci- 
dedly wrong  :  {προ).  Early,  early  in 
the  day,  at  moryi,  Lat.  mane,  (acc.  to 
Theophr.  Fr.  6,  1,9,  the  forenoon,  be- 
tween ανατολή  and  μεσημβρία),  πρωί 
ύπηοίοι,  11.  8,  530  ;  18,  277,  303,  opp. 
to  ύψέ :  also  c.  gen.,  πρωί  ετι  της 
ήμερης,  Hdt.  9,  101  ;  πρω  πάνυ,  Ar. 
Vesp.  104  ;  πρωί  Ty  ΰστεραίφ,  early 
next  morning,  Xen.'Cyr.  1,  4,  16. — 2. 
generally,  betimes,  early,  in  good  time, 
Lat.  mature,  tertipestive,  Hes.  Op.  463, 
Fr.  45  ;  also  c.  gen.,  πρ.  τοϋ  ήμος,  τυϋ 
θέρεος,  Hipp.  :  also,  too  early,  untime- 
ly, like  Lat.  mature  for  praemalure, 
Plat.  Parrn.  135  C. — II.  πρωί  mostly 
takes  its  degrees  of  comparison  from 
its  deriv.  adj.  πρώίος,  viz.  compar. 
πρωίαίτερον,  Plat,  Phaed.  59  D,  Xen., 
etc. ;  superl.  πρωίαίτατα.  Plat.  lb.  E, 
Prot.  326  C  : — but  we  also  have  com- 
par. πρωίτερον  (Foes.  Oecon.  Hipp.), 
superl.  πρωίτατα,  which  are  preferred 
by  Thom.  M.,  though  not  found  in 
good  Att.  writers  (for  in  Thuc.  8, 101, 
Bekker  writes  πρωαίτερον,  and  in  7, 
19,  πρωαίτατα); — cf.  Ruhnk.  Tim., 
Heind.Plat.  Theaet.  150  E,  Buttm. 
Ausf.  Gr.  ^  115,  Anm.  6.  (From  πρό  : 
cf.  Germ./ruA,  early,  Sanscr.  praA-na, 
forenoon :  perh.  also  Lat.  prandium 
{πράν,  πριν)  pruina,  Pott  Et.  Forscb. 
1,  108,  242). 

Πρωία,  ας,  ή  (sc.  tipa),  fem.  from 
πρώίος,  morning,  N.  T.  [i] 

ΤΙρωίαίτερον,  πρωίαίτατα,  v.  sub 
πρωί  II. 

Ώρωίανθής,  ες,  (πρωί,  άνθίω)  flovj- 
ering  early,  Theophr. 

ΤΙρωίβλαστέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  sprout 
early,  Theophr. :  from 

Τίρωίβλαστής,  ες,  {πρωί,  βλάστη) 
sprouting  early,  Theophr.     Hence 

ΙΙρωϊβλαστία,  ας.  ή,  an  early  bud- 
ding or  sprouting,  Theophr. 

ΤΙρώίζος,  ov,  Att.  πρώζος,^πρώίος, 
early,  timely  ;  hence  adv.  πρώίζα,  χθι- 
ζά  τε  και  πρ.,  II.  2,  303,  where  it  is 
used  for  προχθές,  the  day  before  yes- 
terday :  but  πρώιζη,  too  early,  Theocr. 
18,  9,— like  πριν  ώρη  in  Orl.  15,  393. 

Τϊρωίθεν,  adv.  {πρωί)  from  morning, 
LXX.  [t] 

ΤΙρωίκαρπέω,  ώ,  to  bear  fruit  early, 
Theophr. ;  and 

ΤΙρωίκαρπία,  ας,  ή,  a  fruiting  early, 
Theophr. :  from 

ΤΙρωίκαρπος,  ov,  (πρωί,  καρπός) 
fruiting  early,  Theophr. 

ΐΐρώίμος,  ov,  {πρωί)  early,  like 
ώοαϊος,  Xen.  Oec.  17,  4,  N.  T. 


ΠΡΩΡ 

ΊΙρωίνός,  ή,  ύν,  LXX  :  later  form 
of  πρώϊος.  [i] 

Ώρωίόθεν,  adv.  =  πρωίθεν,  LXX 
from 

Πρώίος,  <z,  ov,  Att.  πρίμος :  {πρό 
πρωί)  :  —  early,  early  in  the  day,  at 
morn,  II.  15,  470,  where  πρώίον  is 
used  as  adv.  like  πρωί  :  —  δείλη 
πρωίη,  the  early  part  of  the  afternoon, 
Hdt.  8,  6,  Philem.  p.  429  ;  cf.  δείλ.η. 
—II.  early  m  the  year,  Hdt.  8,  130; 
ττρώα  τών  καρπίμων,  early  fruits,  like 
ώραια,  Ar.  Vesp.  264.  Por  the  coin- 
par.,  and  superl.,  v.  sub  πρωί  II. 
Hence 

ΐίρωϊύτης,  ητος,  ή,  earliness,  esp. 
of  fruits,  Theophr. 

Ώρωίσπομέω,  ώ,  to  sow  early,  The- 
ophr., in  pass. :  from 

Πρωί'στΓοροζ•,  ov,  {πρωί,  σπείρω) 
sown  or  to  be  soivn  early,  Theophr. 

ΤΙρωίτερον,  πρωίτατα,  v.  sub  πρωί 

Τίρωκτοπεντετηρίς,  ή,  (πρωκτός, 
πεντετηρίς)  five  years  of  debauchery, 
Ar.  Pac.  872. 

ΤΙρωκτός,  οϋ,  ό,  strictly  t}ie  anus, 
hence  in  genl.  the  hinder  parts,  back- 
side, bottom,  /ai7,  freq.  in  Ar.  (Acc.  to 
some  from  προάγω  ;  occ.  to  others 
from  προΐκω  or  7Γροίσ;^;ω.)    Hence 

ΪΙρωκτοτηρέω,  ώ,  {πρωκτός,  τη- 
ρέω)  to  be  a  watcher  cf  πρωκτοί,  Ar. 
Eq.  876. 

■\Τίρώμνη,  ης,  ή,  Promne,  wife  of 
Buphagus,  Pans.  8,  14,  9. 

ΐΐρώμος,  ov,  Att.  for  πρώιμος,  Ar. 
Fr.  340. 

ΤΙρών,  6,  gen.  and  dat.  πρώνος, 
πρώνι,  not  πρωνός,  -ί  (as  being  contr. 
from  πρηών,  πρι^όνος),  though  we 
also  find  πρωνύς  in  Anth.  P.  9,  328 : 
— ajiy  thing  that  juts  forward  ;  a  fore- 
land, headland,  Lat.  promontorium ,  11. 
17,  747  ;  besides  this  there  only  oc- 
curs in  11.,  plur.  πηώονες,  from  the 
lengthd.  form  πρώων,  U.  8,  557;  12, 
282  ;  (never  in  Od.)  ;  πρώνες  έξοχοι, 
Pind.  Ν.  4,  85  ;  πρώνες  Αοκρών, 
Soph.  Tr.  788;  cf  Eur.  Cycl.  116, 
Ar.  Ran.  665 : — in  Aesch.  Pers.  132, 
άλιος  πρών  άμφοτέρας  κοινός  α'ιης  is 
explained  by  Blomf.  to  be  the  bridge 
which  jutted  out  across  the  Helles- 
pont;  or,  perh.  better  (by  Schiitz), 
the  foreland  of  the  Thracian  Cherso- 
nese : — but  πρ-  άλιος,  lb.  879,  is  the 
headland  of  lonia,  opposite  Chios 
(Blomf.  ad  1.),  or  perh.  rather  the  pen- 
insula of  Asia  Minor,  like  ακτή  in 
Hdt.  4,  38  :— on  Aesch.  Ag.  307,  v. 
κάτοπτος.  (The  root  is  πρό  :  πρών, 
πρώων,  is  the  same  word  as  πρήν, 
πρηών,  πρεών.) 

ΙΠρώΐ',  ωνός,  ό,  Pron,  a  mountain 
in  the  territory  of  Corinth,  Paus.  2, 
36,  1. 

αίρώναξ,  ακτος,  6,  Pronax,  son  ot 
Talaus  and  Lysimache,  AjJoUod.  1, 9, 
13;  Ael. 

^ΥΙρώνησος,  ου,  ή,  Pronesus,  α  city 
of  Cephalienia,  Slrab.  p.  455,  perhaps 
same  as  ΤΙρόννος. 

ΙΙρώξ,  ή,  gen.  πρωκός,  a  drop,  esp. 
a  dew-drop,  dew,  Call.  Apoll.  40.  (Usu. 
4eriv.  from  πρωί.) 

Τίρϊμος,  a.  ov,  Att.  for  πρώϊος,  q.  v. 

ΤΙρωπέρϋσι,  {πρό,  πέρυσι)  adv., 
tico  years  ago  ;  we  also  find  it  written 
προπέρυσι,  but  Phryn.,  and  ap.  Dysc. 
only  recognise  πρωπέρυσι. 

Πρώρα,  ας,  ή,  (not  πρώρα,  Herm. 
and  Dirid.  Soph.  Phil.  482) ;  Ion.  and 
Ep.  πρώρη  ;  and  in  Att.  prose  usu. 
parox.,  πρώρα  {πρό)  : — the  forepart  oj 
a  ship,  a  ship's  head,  prow,  bmc,  Lat 
prora,  ι>ηνς  πρώρη,  Od.  12,  230  ;  freq. 
in  Hdt.,  and  Att. ;  πνεύμα  τούκ  πρώ- 


ΠΡΩΤ 

ρας,  a  contrary  wind,  Soph.  Phil. 
639,  opp.  to  κατά  πρνμναν : — metaph ., 
πρώρα  βώτου,  the  prow  of  life's  ves- 
sei;  Eur.  Tro.  103.  —  II.  generally, 
any  front,  πύροιθεν  πρώρας,  in  front, 
before  me,  Aesch.  Cho'.  390  : — hence 
the  compds.  καλλίπρφρος,  βούπρφ- 
ρος,  etc.     Hence 

Τ1ρωράζω,=^πρωρατενω. 

ΊΙρΙ^ρΰθεν,  or  before  a  consonant 
-θε :  Adv.  {πρώρα)  .—from  the  ship^s 
head,  from  the  front.  Find.  P.  4,  39  ; 
10,  81,  Thuc,  etc. :  also  εκ  πρώρα• 
θεν,  opp.  to  κατά  πρνμναν,  Theocr. 
22,  11. 

ΐίρωράτενω,  to  be  a  πρωρύτης,  look 
out  a-head,  Ar.  Eq.  543. 

ΐΐρφρύτης,  ου,  6,  not  πρωρατής, 
Buttin.  Ausf  Gr.  ()  119,  44  (πρώρα) : 
— a  man  who  stood  at  the  ship's  head  to 
give  signs  to  the  steersman,  a  look- 
out man,  like  πρωρενς,  Xen.  Ath.  1, 
2  :  metaph.,  πρ.  στρατού.  Soph.  Fr. 
470: — θγ^Λοπρνμνήτης.[α\    Hence 

ΪΙρφρύτικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to  or 
concerning  a  πρφράτης.     Adv.  -κώς. 

ΙΙρφραχθής,  ες,  {πρώρα,  άχθος)  la- 
den at  the  head  or  in  front. 

Τίρωρεύς,  έως,  ό,—πρωράτης,  Xen. 
An.  5J  8,  20,  Oec.  8,  14 ;— in  Horn,  as 
prop.  n.  of  a  Phaeacian,  Proreus,  Od. 
8,  113  (from  πρώρα);  cf.  sub  Πρυ- 
μνενς. 

ΪΙρώρηθεν,  adv.,  Ion.  for  πρώραθεν. 

^ΐΐρώρος,  ου,  ό,  Prorus,  masc.  pr. 
η.,  an  Olympian  victor,  Paus.  10,  2, 3. 

ΤΙρώσαι,  πρώσας,  πρώσον,  contr. 
inf ,  part.,  and.  imperat.  aor.  of  προω- 
θέω,  for  προώσαι,  etc. 

ΐΐρώτα,  as  adv.  neut.  pi.  from  πρώ- 
τος, q.  v.,  Horn. 

Πρωτάγγελος,  ov,  (πρώτος,  άγγε- 
λος) announcing  first,  Anth.  P.  9,  383, 
Opp. 

αίρωταγορας,  ov,  o,  (πρώτος,  αγο- 
ρά) Protagoras,  a  celebrated  sophist 
of  Abdera,  a  pupil  of  Democritus, 
Plat.  Protag. ;  etc. — Others  in  Diog. 
L. ;  etc.     Hence 

^Ώρωταγόρειος,  ov,  of  or  relating  to 
Protagoras, Protagorean,  Plat.  Phaedr. 
266  B. 

^Προταγορίδας,  ου,  b,  (in  form 
patronym.)  Protagoridas,  an  erotic 
writer  of  Cyzicus,  Ath.  162  B. 

ΪΙρωτάγός,  οϋ,  ύ,  (πρώτος,  ήγέο- 
uai,  ΰγω)  hence,  oi  πρωταγοί,  the 
vanguard,  Poppo  Xen.  An.  2,  2,  16. 

ΐίρωτάγριος,  ov,  (πρώτος,  άγρα) 
catching  first :  τά  πρ.,  the  first  fruits 
of  the  chase,  Call.  Dian.   104. 

ΤΙρωτάγωνιστέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  be 
πρωταγωνιστής  :  hence  (as  we  say) 
to  play  first  fiddle,  take  the  lead,  Plut. 
Tiinol.'Sl,  etc. :  from 

ΥΙρωτίγωνιστής,  οϋ,  δ,  (πρώτος, 
αγωνιστής)  esp.  on  the  stage,  one  who 
plays  the  first  part,  the  chief  actor,  Lat. 
primarum  partium  actor :  metaph., 
Aeschylus  is  said  to  have  made  the 
dialogue  πρωταγωνιστής,  the  princi- 
pal part  in  a  play,  Arist.  Poet.  4,  16  : 
hence,  generally  (as  we  say),  one  who 
plays  first  fiddle,  the  chief  personage, 
Ath.  257  B. 

ΤΙρώταθλος,  o,=foreg.,  dub. 

ΤΙρωταίτιος,  ov,  (αιτία)  a  first  au- 
thor. 

ΤΙρωταίχμεια  and  πρωταίχμια,  τα, 
(αιχμή)  =  πρωτόλεια.  Lye.  469  ;  v. 
πρωτόλειος. 

ΤΙρωτάρχης,  ου,  ό,  =  πρώταρχος, 
Manetho. 

'[ΙΙρωταρχίδϊΐς,  ου,  ό,  Protarchides, 
an  Athenian,  Isae.  53,  26 ;  in  form 
patronym.  from 

\ΐΙρώταρχος,  ov,  b,  Protarchus, 
masc.  pr.  n., — 1.  son  of  Callias,  an 


ΠΡΩΤ 

Athenian,  Plat.  Phileb.  19  C— 2.  an  ] 
Epicurean  philosopher  of  Bargyliain 
Caria,   Strab.    p.    658.  —  Others    in 
Paus.  ;  etc. 

ΐΐρώταρχος,  ov,  (πρώτος,  άρχω) 
first-beginning,  πρ.  άτα,  the  primal 
mischief,  Aesch.  Ag.  1192. 

ϋίρωτέας,  ου,  ό,  Proteas,  son  of 
Epicles,  an  Athenian  naval  officer, 
Thuc.  1,  75. — 2.  sonof  Hellanicethe 
sister  of  Clitus,  a  companion  of  Al- 
exander, Ael.  V.  H.  12,  26:  in  Ath. 
129  A,  son  of  Ααν'ικη,  Alexander's 
nurse. — Others  in  Arr.  ;  etc. 

Ώρωτέγγραφος,  ov,  (πρώτος,  εγ- 
γράφω) first-inscribed,  Inscr. 

ΤΙρωτεία,  ας,  ^,=sq. 

ΙΙρωτεϊον,  ov,  τό,  (πρωτεύω)  the 
chief  rank,  first  place,  Dem.  151,  8; 
331,  24:  esp.  in  plur.,  τά  πρ.,  the  first 
prize,  first  part  or  place,  Plat.  Phil.  22 
E,  33  C,  Dem.  247,  5. 

ΐίρωτε'ιρης,  ου,  ό,  (πρώτος,  ειρην) 
α  Spartan  youth  in  his  20th  year.  Phot.; 
cf  Miiller  Dor.  4,  5  <;>  2  note. 

Τίρωτερική,  ής,  ή,  συκή,  a  kind  of 
early  fig,  Seleuc.  ap  Ath.  77  D. 

αίρωτεσίλάος,  ov,  ό.  Dor.  -ίλας, 
Ion.  -ίλεως,  Protesilaus,  son  of  Iphi- 
clus,  from  Phylace  in  Thessaly,  lead- 
er of  the  Thessalians  against  Troy  ; 
honoured  as  a  hero  at  Elaeus  in  the 
Thracian  Chersonese,  II.  2,  698  ;  13, 
681  ;  Pmd.  ;  etc. 

]ΪΙρωτεσίλεων,  TO,the  Protesileum, 
a  monument  of  Protesilaus,  in  the 
Thracian  Chersonese,  Strab.  p.  595. 

\ΙΙρωτεΰς,  έως  Ep.  and  Ion.  ήος,  6, 
Proteus,  a  sea  god,  possessed  of  the 
power  of  prophecy,  and  of  changing 
himself  into  different  shapes,  Od.  4, 
365  ;  ace.  to  Apollod.  2,  5,  9,  son  of 
Neptune.  In  Hdt.  2,  112  and  Eur. 
Hel.  46,  a  king  of  Aegypt. — Others 
in  Apollod. ;  etc. 

ΐΥρωτενω,  (πρώτος)  Ιο  be  the  first, 
hold  the  first  place,  tlv'l,  in  a  thing, 
Xen.  Ages.  10,  1,  Aeschin.  27,  18; 
γένει,  Isae.  37,  25 ;  πρ.  εν  or  παρά 
τισι,  among  others,  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  2, 
26,  Isocr.  149  C,  etc.  ;  πρ.  τινός,  to  be 
first,  before  or  over  another,  Xen. 
Ages.  1,  3  ;  freq.  absol.,  Plat.  Legg. 
692  D,  etc. 

■[ΤΙρώτη,  ης,  ή,  Prote,  a  small  island 
on  the  coast  of  Messenia,  Thuc.  4, 
13.— II.  fern.  pr.  n.,  Anth.  P.  5,  108. 

ΤΙρωτηρότης,  ov,  ό,  (πρώτος,  άρό- 
της)  one  who  ploughs  earliest  or  first, 
Hes.  Op.  488. 

ΊΐΙρωτιάδαι,  ών,  ol,  the  Protiadae, 
a  family  in  Massilia,  descended  from 
Protus,  Ath.  576  A. 

ΐίρωτιστεύω,  to  be  the  very  first,  M. 
Anton.  7,  55  :  from 

ΤΙρώτιστος,  η,  ov,  also  of,  ov,  (H. 
Horn.  Cer.  157),  poet,  superl.  of  πρώ- 
τος, the  very  first,  first  of  the  first.  II.  2, 
228  ;  16,  656  ;  and,  in  Hom.,  still  fur- 
ther strengthd.,  ττολΰ  πρώτιστος  :  but 
he  most  freq.  uses  neut.,  πρύτιστον 
and  -τα,  as  ?ίά\.,  first  of  all ;  in  Hes. 
only  πρώτιστα ;  τά  πρώτιστα,  Od. 
11,  168  ;  and  so  in  Att.  poets,  as  Soph. 
El.  669,  Ar.  Plut.  792 ;  cf  Lob.  Phryn. 
419. 

Τίρωτόΰλος,  ov,  (πρώτος,  ΰλς)  mak- 
ing the  first  sea-voyage,  like  πρωτό- 
πλοος,  Hesych. 

Ώρωτοβαθρέω,  ώ,  to  fill  the  first 
seat,  LXX.  :  from 

Τίρωτόβαθρος,  ov,  (πρώτος,  βά- 
θρον)  sitting  on  the  first  seat,  A.  B. 

ΤΙρωτοβολέω,  ώ,  ί.  -ήσω,  to  throw 
first,  take  the  first  shot,  Plut.  2, 173  D. 
— 2.  to  shed  the  first  teeth,  Geop. — 3.  to 

fut  forth  as  first  fruits,  χάριτας,  Anth. 
'.  5,  124 :  from 


ΠΡΩΤ 

ΤΙρωτοβό7ιος,  ov,  [πρώτος,  βάλλω) 
throwing  first. — 2.  shedding  the  first 
teeth,  usu.  of  a  horse. — II.  proparox., 
πρωτόβο7ιθς,  ov,  pass.,  ^rsi  thrown  at 
or  struck,  Eur.  Tro.  1068. 

ΤΙρωτόγάΑ.α,  ακτος,  τό,  (πρώτος, 
γάλα)  the  first  milk  of  a  cow  after 
calving,  beestings,  more  usu.  πνυς, 
Galen. 

ΐίρωτόγάμος,  ov,  (πρώτος,  γαμέω) 
just  married,  Orph.  Lith.  253. 

iΐlpωτoγέvεLa,  ας,  ή,  Protogenla, 
daughter  of  Deucalion  and  Pyrrha, 
mother  of  Opus  and  Aeihiius  by  Ju- 
piter, Pind.  O.  9,  63  ;  Apollod. ;  etc. 
— 2.  daughter  of  Calydon,  Apollod.  1, 
7,  7 :  from 

ΤΙρωτογένεια,  ας,  first-born,  pecul. 
fern,  of  sq.,  Orph.  H.  9,  5. 

Τίρωτογενής,  ές,  (πρώτος,  *γένω) 
first-born :  hence,  primeval,  original, 
Plat.  Polit.  288  E,  289  A. 

^ΙΙρωτογένης,  ονς,  6,  Protoglnes,  a 
celebrated  painter  of  Caunus  in  Asia 
Minor,  Paus.  1,  3,  5. — 2.  a  gramma- 
rian, Plut. 

ΐίρωτογέννημα,  ατός,  τό,  (πρώτος, 
γεννάω)  that  which  is  born  first,  usu. 
in  plur.,^rsi/i>i^s,  LXX. 

ΐίρωτογέννητος,  ov,  (γεννάω)  = 
πρωτογενής. 

ΐίρωτογλνφής,  ές,  (πρώτος,  γλύφω) 
first,  or  7iewly  carved,  Anth.  P.  5,  36. 

ΐίρωτόγονος,  ov,  sometimes  also 
η,  ov,  Paus. ;  {πρώτος,  *γένω)— first- 
born, born  first,  11.  4,  102,  120,  etc., 
Hes.  Op.  541,  590 :— πρ.  οίκοι,  high- 
born houses  (ευγενείς,  Schol.),  Soph. 
Phil.  180. — II.  parox.  πρωτόγονος,  ή, 
bringing  forth  first,  cf  τελετή. 

ΐίρωτογνναικες,  oi,  persons  married 
for  the  first  time,  or  who  still  have  their 
first  wife ;  cf  πρωτόποσις.  [ϋ] 

ΐίρωτοδάής,  ές,  (πρώτος,  δαήναι) 
having  learnt  for  the  first  time,  Opp.  H. 
4,  323. 

Ώρωτόζενκτος,  ov,  (πρώτος,  ζεύ• 
γννμι)  yoked  together  for  the  first  time  ■ 
generally,  newly-married. 

Πρωτόζνξ,  vγoς,=  {oIeg.,  Anth.  P. 
9,  245. 

Ώρωτόθετον,  ov,  τό,  (πρώτος,  τί- 
θ7]μι)  a  primitive  word,  Gramm. 

ίίρωτοθοινία,  ας,  ή,  (πρώτος,  θοί• 
νη)  the  first  part  of  a  meal,  Paus. 

ΐίρωτόθρονος,  ov,  {πρώτος,  θρόνος) 
filling  the  first  seat,  Call.  Dian.  228, 
Coluth.  153:  heterocl.  pi.  πρωτόθρο- 
νες,  Anth.  P.  append.  51 ;  cf  Lob. 
Phryn.  658. 

ΙΙρωτόθροος,  ov,  Att.  contr.  -θρονς, 
ovv,  {πρώτος,  θρόος) sounding  or  speak- 
ing first. — II.  pass.,^rsi  spoken,  Nonn. 

iTlpωτoθvης,  b,  Protothyes,  a  Scy- 
thian, Hdt.  1,  103. 

ΐίρωτοκαθεδρ'ια,  ας,  ή,  (πρώτος, 
καθέδρα)  the  first  seat,  chief  place, 
N.  T. 

ΤΙρωτοκήριος,  ov,  b,  (κηρός)  in- 
scribed in  the  first  line  of  a  wax-tablet, 
Lat.  primicerius. 

Ώρωτοκλησία,  ας,  ή,  a  first  call, 
LXX. :  from 

ΤΙρωτόκλ7/τος,  ov,  (πρώτος,  καλέώ) 
first  called,  Clem.  Al. 

ΥίρωτοκλΙσία,  ας,  ή,  (πρώτος,  κλι- 
σία)  the  first  place  at  meals,  Ν.  Τ. 

ΙΙρωτόκοσμος,  ov,  υ,  the  chief  Cos- 
mos (a  Cretan  magistrate),  freq.  in 
Cretan  Inscr.  ;  cf  κόσμος  IV. 

ϊίρωτυκονρ'ια,  ας,  ή,  the  first  shear- 
ing, LXX.  :  from 

ΥΙρωτόκονρος,  ov,  (πρώτος,  κείρω) 
first  cut,  Arist.  H.  A.  8,  8,  2. 

ΐίρωτοκτίστης,  ου,  b,  {κτίζω)  the 
first  founder  or  creator. 

ΤΙρωτόκτιστος,  ov,  (πρώτος,  κτίζω) 
founded  or  created  first,  Clem.  Al. 
1293 


ΠΡΩΤ 

ΤΙρωτόκτιτος,  ov,=  foreq. 

ΪΙρωτοκτόνος,  ον,  {πρώτος,  κτεί- 
νω)  committing  the  first  i/xnrder,  of  Ix- 
ion,  the  first  homicide,  Aesch.  Enrn. 
718. — II.  proparox.,  πρωτόκτονος,  ov, 
killrd  first. 

ΙΙρωτοκνμων,  όνος,  b,  ή,  (^πρώτος, 
κϋ/ια  111)  pregnant  for  the  first  time, 
ίρωτος,  tilth  love,  Achill.  Tilt,   [ϋ] 

ΪΙρωτυκνων,  ό,  (πρώτος,  κνων)  the 
first  dog,  i.  e.  the  chief  of  the  Cynics, 
Anlh.  p.  11,  154. 

^ίίρωτό'λαος,  ov,  b,  Protolaus,  son 
of  Dialces  of  Mantinea,  Paus.  6,  6,  1. 

ΙΙρωτυ'λεια,  τά,  {πρώτος,  λεία)  like 
ίκροληα,  the  first  spoils  in  war,  and, 
geiierally,^rsi-/riiiVs  (cf.  προτέ'λεια), 
Lye.  298,  1228  : — hence,  as  adv.,  in 
the  first  place,  Eur.  Or.  382. 

ΐΙρωτο'λεχ?'/ς,  ες,  {πρώτος,  ?.έχος) 
bringing  forth  first,  0pp.  H.  4,  197. 

ΙΙρωτο/.ογεω,  ώ,  to  speak  first,  esp. 
in  a  law-court :  also  to  play  the  chief 
part ;  and 

Πρωτο?.ογία,  ας,  η,  the  first  speech, 
esp.,  the  right  of  speaking  first  in  a  law- 
court,  Demad.  178,  46:  also,  the  prin- 
cipal part  in  a  drama. — II.  the  beginning 
of  a  speech  :  from 

\Ιμυτο7.όγος.  ov,  {πρώτος,  λέγω) 
speaking  first :  also=:  πρωταγωνιστής. 

Πρωτολοχία.  ας,  ή,  (λόχος)  the  first 
rank  or  line  of  the  λόχοι. 

ΐΙρωτ(>μαντις,  b,  ?/,  {πρώτος,  μύν- 
τις)  the  first  prophet  or  seer,  Aesch. 
Eum.  2. 

Πρωτί)μαρτϊφ,  ϋρος,  δ,  {πρώτος, 
βύρτνμ)  the  first  martyr,  Eccl. 

Πρωτομύχος,  ov,  fighting  first  or  in 
the  first  rank,  Inscr. 

ΪΙΙρωτόμαχος,  ov,  6,  Protomachiis, 
a  commander  of  the  Athenians,  Xen. 
Hell.  1,  5,  16.— Others  mArr.;  Anth.; 

etc. 

^ϊίρωτομέδεια,  ας,  ή,  Protomedla, 
daughter  of  Nereus  and  Doris,  Hes. 
Th.249. 

■\\\ρωτομεδονσα.  f/,  in  ApoUod.  1, 
2,  6,  where  Heyne  ΐΐοντομέδονσα. 

ΤΙρωτόμισθος.  ov,  (^πρώτος,  μισθός) 
serving  for  hire  first.  Lye.  1384. 

Τίρωτόμορος,  ov,  {πρώτος,  μόρος) 
dying  or  dead  first,  Aesch.  Pers.  SC8. 

Τίρωτομνστης.  ov,  ό,  {πρώτος,  μύ- 
στης) one  just  initiated,  Achill.  Tat. 

ΪΙρωτόνεως,  ων,  gen.  ω,  {ναϋς) 
going  by  ship  for  the  first  time. 

ΙΙρωτονύμφεντος,  ov,  {  πρώτος, 
ννμφεύω)  just  married,  Callicr.  ap. 
Stob.  p.  487,  16. 

ΐίρωτοπΰγής,  ες,  {πρώτος,  πηγνν• 
μι)  first,  i.  e.  newly  put  together,  new- 
made,  δίφροι,  άμαξα,  II.  5,  194  ;  24, 
267. 

ΤΙρωτοπάθεια,  ας,  //,  a  first  feeling, 
Galen  :  [a]  and 

ΙΛρωτοπάβέω,  ώ,  to  suffer  or  feel 
first,  Heliod.  :  from 

Πρωτοπαθής,  ές,  {πρώτος,  πάσχω, 
πάθος)  feeling  first,  Clem.  Αϊ.  Adv. 
■θώς. 

Ώρωτόπειρΰ,  ή,  and  -ρία,  ή,  first 
experience,  a  first  trial. 

ΙΙρωτόπειρος,  ov,  {πρώτος,  πείρα) 
trying  first,  making  the  first  trial,  a 
novice,  της  τέχνης,  in  art,  AIc.k.  Isost. 
1,  4  ;  so,  πρ.  της  κακοπαθείας,  Polyb. 
1,  61,  4  :  more  rarely  εις  τι,  Jac.  Ach. 
Tat.  p.  600. 

ΐίρωτοπήμων,  όνος,  υ,  η,  {πρώτος, 
πημα)  hurting  first :  the  first  cause  of 
ill,  Aesch.  Ag.'216. 

ΙΙρωτόπ/.ασις,  ή,  first  formation  or 
creation :  from 

Τίρωτόπλαστος, ov. (πρώτος, π?.άσ• 
σω)  formed  or  created  first,  LXX. 

Ίϊρωτόπ?.οος,  ov,  Att.  contr.-πλοΐ'ί•, 
ovv  {ιτρώτος,  πλόος) : — going  to  sea 
1296 


ΠΡΩΤ 

for  the  first  time,  νηνς,  Od.  8,  35  ; 
πλύτα,Έητ.  Andr.  865; — metaph., 
Kp.  παρθένος,  a  maiden  just  embark- 
ing on  the  sea  of  love.  Plat.  Epigr.  6, 
4  (ap.  Diog.  L.  3,  31) ;  but  Ath. 
589  U.  reads  πρωτοπόρος. — 11.  sailing 
first  or  foremost,  Xen.  Hell.  5,  1, 
27. 

'Πρωτόπο?.ις,  εως,  b,  ή,  {πρώτος, 
πόλις)  first  in  the  city,  τνχή,  Pind. 
Fr.  14. 

ΙΊρο)Τοπολίτης,  ov,  δ,  the  first  citi- 
zen. [0 

Πρωτοπορεία,  ας,  η,  a  going  first 
or  before  :  also,  the  advanced  guard  of 
an  army,  imnguard,  like  προπορεία, 
Polyb.  1.  76,  5,  etc. :  from 

Πρωτοπόρος,  ov,  {πρώτος,  πορεύω) 
going  first  or  before. — II.  tnaking  one's 
first  march  ;  cf.  πρωτόπ?.οος. 

ΊΙρωτόποσις,  εως,  ?/,  {πρώιτος.  πό• 
σις)  α  woman  married  for  the  first  lime, 
or  tvho  has  still  her  first  husbayid,  The- 
miso  ap.  Ath.  235  A  ;  cf.  πρωτογύναι- 
κες. 

ΤΙρωτοπραξία,  ας,  ή,  {  πρώτος, 
πράσσω)  the  first  colltctinn  of  money 
due. — II.  the  privilege  of  a  particular 
creditor  to  have  first  payment,  Lat. 
jus  primae  exactionis,  Plin.  Ep.  10, 
109. 

ΐίρωτόβι^ίζος,  ov,  {πρώτος,  βίζα) 
being  the  first  root  or  origin,  Luc. 
Amor.  19. 

Ώρωτή^)βντος,  ov,  {πρώτος,  /5ί'ω) 
flowing  first,  Opp.  C.  4,  238. 

Πρώτος,  η,  ov,  a  superl.  from  πρό 
(Sanscr.  pratamah),  as  if  contr.  from 
πρότατος,  πρόατος,  Dor.  πράτος  (in 
Theocr.) : — the  first,  foremost,  as  a 
numeral,  or  of  place,  rank,  etc.,  and 
of  time,  the  first,  earliest,  very  freq. 
from  Horn,  downds. :  the  answering 
numerals  are  strictly  δεύτεροι-,  τρί- 
τος, etc.,  II.  6,  179;  23,  265,  etc.; 
hut  ύστατος  is  oft.  opp.  to  it,  II.  11, 
299,  etc. ;  more  rarely  ύστερον,  as  in 
Hes.  Th.  34;  also  tVfira,  11.  2,  281, 
etc.: — compar.  πρότερος: — the  Lat. 
prior,  primus. — II.  Special  usages  : — 
1.  pi.  masc.  πρώτοι  in  Hom.  usu.= 
πρόμαχοι,  esp.  h'  πρώτοις  and  μετά 
πρώτοις,  among  the  first  fighters,  i.  e. 
m  front  ;  πρώτοι  πρόμαχοι,  Od.  18, 
379. — 2.  neut.  pi.  πρώτα  (sc.  άθλα), 
the  first  prize,  11.  23,  275  ;  tu  πρώτα 
φέρεσθαι  (more  rarely  φέρειν),  to 
carry  oft  the  first  prize,  τινός,  in  a 
thing,  Jac.  A."  P.  p.  431,  890;  ίς  τα 
πρώτα,  to  the  highest  degree,  Hdt.  7, 
13  ;  -u  πρ.  τον  λιμον,  exce.is  of  hun- 
ger, Ar.  Ach.  743  : — also  of  persons, 
έών  τά  πρώτα  τών  Έρετριέων,  Hdt. 
6,  100,  ct.  9,  78,  Eur.  Med.  917;  τα 
πρώτα  της  έκεΐ  μοχθηρίας,  Ar.  Ran. 
421  : — in  pliilos.  writers,  the  first  of 
things,  the  elements,  elsewh.  στοιχεία 
and  άσννθετα. — 3.  την  πρώττιν  (sc. 
ώραν,  όδάι•).  as  adv.,^rii,  at  present, 
just  now,  Hdt.  3,  134,  Ar.  Thesm. 
662 ;  so,  την  πρώτην  tJvui,  like 
εκών  είναι,  Hdt.  1, 153. — III.  πρώτος, 
in  compar.  signf ,  like  πρότερος,  be- 
fore, sooner,  II.  13,  502  ;  18,  92  :  later, 
oft.  followed  by  ;/..,  or  by  a  genit., 
Wess.  Hdt.  2,  2  ;  9,  27,  .Musgr.  Soph. 
Ant.  1327  (49),  Schuf.  Dion.  Comp. 
p.  228. — IV.  neut.,  sing,  and  plur. 
πρώτον,  πρώτα,  as  a<\v.,  first,  in  the 
first  place,  like  Lat.  primum,  first  in 
Hom.  τί  πρώτον,  τί  δ'  έπειτα,  τί  d' 
νστάτιον  κατα?.έςω  :  Od.  9,  14  ;  an- 
swered by  έπειτα  {drinde),  11.  5,  458, 
and  Att.  ;  πρώτον  μεν.επειτα  δε..., 
Xen.  Cyr.;  πρ.  μέν.ειτα  or  είτα  δε.-, 
lb.  -.—το—ρώτον,  ταπρώτα  are  not 
less  freq.  in  Horn.,  and  Hes.,  and 
just  in  same  signf.  as  πρώτον,  πρώτα, 


ΠΡΩΤ 

oft.  also  written  divisim  το  πρώτον, 
τα  πρώτα,  even  in  Wolf's  Odyssey  ; 
but  better  in  one  word,  like  ταννν, 
τοπρίν,  etc. ;  for  το  πρώτον  essen- 
tially dill'ers  from  τοπρώτον  in  sense ; 
cf  πρίν  I.  fin.,  ύ  Β.  1.  4,  Br.  Ar.  Kan. 
421,  Wolf.  Praef  II.  p.  Ixii,  Schaf. 
Soph.  Aj.  719. — 3.  too  early,  before  the 
time,  η  τ'  άρα  και  σοΙ  πρώτα  παρα- 
στήσεσθαι  έμελλε  Μο/μ'  όλοή,  Od. 
24,  28.-4.  after  the  relat.  )>ron., 
after  ίπεί,  επειδή,  πρώτον  and  το- 
πρώτον mean  once,  once  for  all,  Od, 
3,  320;  4,  13;  10,  328;  όππότε  κε 
πρώτον,  as  soon  as,  like  Lat.  quarn 
primum,  Od.  11,  106;  so,  εντ'  uv 
πρώτα.  Hes.  Op.  596 ;  όπως  πρώτα, 
Hes.  Th.  156  ;  όταν  πρώτον.  Plat. 
Lys.  211  B.— V.  iv  πρώτοις,  like 
Lat.  in  primis,  among  the  first,  i.  e. 
greatly,  Hdt.  8,  69 : — also,  iv  τοΙς 
πρώτοι,  πλείστοι,  among  the  first, 
etc. ;  and  so  έν  τοις  πρώτοι,  τοις 
remaining  unchanged,  GoUer  Thuc. 
7,  19.  —  VI.  Adv.  πρώτως,  post- 
Hom.,  esp.  in  Att.  philosophic  wri- 
ters. Lob.  Phryn.  311  ; — -generally,  it 
may  be  remarked,  that  the  Greeks 
used  the  adj.  in  adverbial  signf. 
much  more  freq.  than  the  adv.  itself. 
— Hom.  etc.  often  strengthened  the 
word  by  adding  πολν,  as  is  common 
with  superlatives  ;  yet  a  new  superl. 
πρώτιστος,  q.  v.,  was  formed  from  it. 

\Πρώτος,  ov,  b,  Protus,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  Dem.  886,  10.— Cf.  Πρωτιάδαι. 

Πρωτοσεληνος,  ov,  {πρώτος,  σε- 
λήνη) first  of  a  moon  or  month,  USU. 
ήμίρα  πρ.,  the  first  day  of  the  month. 

Πρωτοσπόρος,  ον,{πρώτος,  σπείρω) 
sowing  first. — II.  proparox., 7Γρω70σ/Γ0- 
ρος,  ov,  pass.,  first  sown  or  generated, 
Luc.  Amor.  32,  Cohith.  62,  etc. 

Πρωτοστάσία,  ας,  ή,  a  standing 
first,  the  first  rank:  and 

Πρωτοστάτέω,  ώ,  to  stand  first  or 
in  the  first  rank,  Philo  :  from 

Πρωτοστάτης,  ov,  b,  {  πρώτος, 
ϊστημι)  one  who  stands  first,  esp.  the 
first  man  on  the  right,  of  a  line,  right- 
hand  man,  Thuc.  5.  71  ;  also,  ol  πρ., 
the  front-rank  men,  Xen.  Cyr.  3,  3,  57 ; 
6,  3,  24,  etc. — II.  meraph  ,  a  chief, 
leader,  N.  T.  [«] 

Πρωτόσφακτος,  ov,  {πρώτος,  σφύτ- 
τω)  slaughtered  first.  Lye.  329. 

Πρωτοτοκεΐα,  ων,  τά,  the  right  of 
the  first-horn,  LXX.  :   from 

Πρωτοτοκενω.  {πρώτος,  τοκενς)  to 
make  one  the  first-born,  give  him  the 
privilege  of  such,  LXX. 

Πρωτοτοκεω,  ώ,  to  bear  the  first- 
born, LXX.  :  and 

Πρωτοτοκία,  ας,  ή,  a  bearing  her 
first-horn :  and 

fΠpωτoτόκιa,  ων,  τά,  the  rights  of 
primogeniture,  birth-right,  LXX. ;  N. 
T.  :  from 

Πρωτότοκος,  ov,  {τίκτω)  hearing 
her  firstborn,  πρ.  μήτηρ.  11.  17,  5,  cf. 
Plat.  Theaet.  151  C— II.  proparox. 
πρωτότοκος,  ov,  ]pass. first-born,  Anth. 
P.  9,  213,  N.  T. 

Πρωτοτομέω,  ώ,  to  cut  or  cut  off 
first :  from 

Πρωτότομος,  ov,  {πρώτος,  τέμνω) 
first  cut  or  cut  off;  Anth.  P.  9,  412. 

Πρωτοτρόφος,  ov,  (πρώτος,  τρέφω) 
rearing  the  first  fruit  or  first  child. 

Πρωτοτυπία,  ας,  ή,  the  quality  of  a 
πρωτότνπον. 

Πρωτότνπον,  ov,  τό,  a  first  form, 
prototype. — II.  in  Gramm.  a  primary 
word,  primitive,  whence  others  are 
derived  :  esp.,  opp.  to  κτητικόν  ;  as, 
e.  g.,  '¥.7.7.ην  is  the  πρωτότνπον. 
'Έ.λ7.ηνικός  the  κτητικόν :  strictly 
neut.  from 


TITAI 

.'  ΤΙρωτό~ν~ος,  ov,  (.πρώτος,  τΰπτω) 
ufler  t/iefirsl  form,  original. 

HpuTuv—viov,  oii,  TO,  ( ~ρύτος, 
ντϊνος)  first  sleep,  susp.* 

ΤΙρωτουργύς,  of,  (πρώτος,  *έργύ)) 
^  first  author.  Plat.  Legg.  897  A. 

Τίρωτυφάής,  ές, {πρώτος,  οάος) first 
shining  ;  πρ.  σελήνη,  the  new  moon. 

ΥΙρωτοφάνεια,  ας,  ή,  first  apjjear- 
unce :  from 

ΙΙρωτοφΰνής,  ες,  (πρώτος,  φαίνο- 
uai)  appearing  first,  first  visible. 

\Τίρωτοώάνης,  ους,  ό,  Protophanes, 
an  Olympian  victor,  Paus.  5,  21,  10. 

ΙΙρωτοοόνος,  ov,  (πρώτος,  φονενω) 
murdering  first,  Eccl. 

ΤΙρωτοφορέο),  ώ,  (.πρώτος,  φέρω)  to 
bear  first,  bear  the  first  fruits,  Ath. 
Hence 

ΐίρωτοφόρημα,  τό,  the  first  fruits  of 
the  earth,  Longus. 

ΐίρυτοονής,  ές,  [πρώτος,  φύω) first- 
produced,  first-born.  Αρ.  Rh.  3,  851. 

ΐίρωτόφϋτος,  ov,:={oveg.,  Anth.  P. 
4,2. 

ΙΙρωτόχνοος,  ov,  contr.  -χνονς,  ovv, 
(πρώτος,  χνόος)  with  the  first  down, 
Luc. 

ΤΙρωτόχορος,  ov,  6,  the  first  chorus, 
name  of  a  play  by  Alexis,  etc. 

ΐίρωτόχρονος,  ov,  in  or  from  earliest 
time,  Lat.  pnmaevus. 

ΤΙρωτόχντος,  ov,  (πρώτος,  χέω) 
flowing  first,  οίνος,  Leon.  Tar.  18. 

ίΐίρωτώ,  ονς,  ή,  Proto,  daughter  of 
Nereus  and  Doris,  II.  18,  43;  Hes. 
Th.  248. 

Πρώ-ωζ•,  adv.  from  πρώτος,  q.  v. 

ΙΙρωνόάν,  contr.  for  προαυόάν,  Ar. 
Av.  556 :  prob.  the  only  example  of 
this  contraction. 

Πρώων,  όνος,  ό,  Ep.  lengthd.  form 
for  πρών,  q.  v.,  II. 

ΤΙταίρω,  strengthd.  from  root 
ΠΤΑΡ-,  which  appears  in  the  other 
tenses:  f.  7rrapw:aor.  1  έπτύρα  :  usu. 
aor.  2  επτΰρον.  To  sneeze,  μέγ' 
έπτΰρε,  he  sneezed  aloud,  Od.  IT,  541, 
which  as  early  as  Horn,  was  taken 
for  a  good  omen,  cf.  545 :  to  make 
one's  self  sneeze,  την  plva  κνήσας 
■πτάρε.  Plat.  Symp.  185  Ε  :  metaph. 
of  a  lamp,  to  sputter,  Anth.  P.  6,  333. 
— The  Att.  prefer  the  form  πτάρνν- 
μαι,  q.  V.     (Perh.  akin  to  πτύω,  q.  v.) 

ΐίταΐσμα,  ατός,  τό,  {πταίω)  a  stum- 
ble, trip,  false  step,  mistake,  Theogn. 
1226. — II.  α  failure,  jnisforlune,  eu- 
phem.  for  a  defeat,  πτ.  προς  τον 
Τίέρσην,  Hdt.  7,  149;  cf.  Aeschin. 
77.  13,  and  v.  sub  πταίω  II. 

Τίταισμύτιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from 
foreg.  [ά] 

Πταίω,  f.  πταίσω  ;  pf.  pass,  επται- 
σμαι : — I.  trans.,  to  make  to  stumble 
or  fall,  Tivu  προς  tlvi,  Pind.  Fr.  221. 
— 11.  seemingly  intr.  (for  the  full 
phrase  is  πταίω  τον  πόδα  προς  /.ίθω), 
to  strike  the  foot  or  stumble  ;  and  so, 
generally,  to  stumbL•,  trip,  fall,  absol., 
Aesch.  Ag.  1624,  Soph.  Phil.  215, 
Plat.,  etc.  ;  πτ.  προς  τινι,  to  stumble 
against,  fall  over,  Aesch.  Pr.  926,  Plat. 
Rep.  553  Β  ;  προς  τάς  πέτρας,  Xen. 
An.  4,  2,  3  ;  proverb.,  μη  δις  προς  τον 
αυτόν  ?.ίθον  πταίειν,  Polyb.  31,  19, 
5  ;  also,  πτ.  περί  τινι,  as,  μη  περί 
Μαρδονίφ  πταίστ)  η  Έλλαζ•,  lest  Hel- 
las should  get  a  fall  over  him,  Hdt.  9, 
101  (cf.  πταίσμα  II)  : — metaph.,  to 
nake  a  false  step  or  mistake,  to  fail, 
rhuc.  2,  43,  Dem.  23,  29,  etc.;  iv 
nvi.  Id.  321,  8 ;  μάχτ).  τοις  δ/.οις, 
Polyb.  17,  14,  13;  3,  48^  4 :— also, 
πτ.  τη  διανοία  περί  τα  όντα.  Plat. 
Theaet.  160  1) ;  ή  γ/.ώττα  πτ.,  stut- 
ters, Arist.  Probl.  3,  31,  2.  (Akin  to 
■ΰίπτω,  πτώσις.) 

82 


ΠΤΕΡ 

ΐΐτακύδις,  adv.  (πτύξ)  timidly,  Α.  Β. 

Ώτακίς,  ίδος,  pecul.  fem.  of  πτύξ. 
Hence 

ΤΙτακισμός,  ov,  6,  shyness,  timidity. 

ΐΐτακωρέω,  =  πτήσσω,  πτύσσω, 
from  πτύξ. 

ΐΐτύμενος,  η,  ον,  part.  aor.  of  πέ- 
ταμαι,  11.  [α] 

Τίτύξ,  gen.  πτακός,  ό,  ή  (τντήσσω, 
πτύσσω): — shy,  timid:  hence  as 
subst..  a  trembler,  i.  e.  a  hare,  Aesch. 
Ag.  137: — also  πτύξ,  q.  v.,  like  ρύξ, 
{)ώξ.  [ά,  Aesch.  I.  c.  (though  a,  ace. 
to  Draco  p.  19,  14;  80,  22) ;— but 
when  the  penult,  of  the  oblique  cases 
was  to  be  long,  πτωκός  (πτώξ),  etc., 
were  used.] 

Τίταρμική,  ής,  ή,  a  plant,  yarrow  or 
mill-foil,  Diosc.  2,  192  :  from 

ΙΙταρμικός,  ή,  όν,  sneezing,  inclined 
to  sneeze. — II.  act.,  making  to  sneeze, 
Tu  πταρμικά,  things  like  snuff,  Hipp. : 
from 

ΤΙταρμός,  ov,  6,  {πταίρω)  a  sneezing, 
Hipp.,  and  Ar.  Av.  720. 

ΐΐτάρννμαι,  dep., =πταίρω,  said  to 
be  the  more  Att.  form,  Xen.  An.  3, 
2,  9. 

ΤΙταρτικός,  ή,  όν,=^πταρμικός. 

ΤΙτύτο,  Ep.  3  sing.  aor.  of  πέταμαι 
for  επτατο,  II.  [α] 

ΤΙτέ/Μς,  ό,  a  wild-boar,  Lyc.  833 
in  Hesych.  also  πτέ/.ος. 

Τίτε/,έα,  ας,  ή.  Ion.  πτε7.έη,  ης,  the 
elm,  II.  6,  419  ;  21,  242,  Hes.  Op.  433 
Ar.  \ub.  1008,  etc.  (Perh.=pniii/a 
the  spreading  tree,  Lob.  Paral.  337.) 

■\Τίτε7ιέα,  ας,  ή,  Ptelea,  a  wine  dis- 
trict of  Cos  or  of  the  coast  of  Ionia 
whence  the  οίνος  ΤΙτε/.εατικός  was 
obtained,  Theocr.  7,  65. — 2.  ace.  to 
Steph.  Byz.  and  Dion.  P.  829,  ancient 
name  of  Ephesus. 

ϋίτε/.εύτικός,  ή,  όν,  of  Ptelea,  v. 
sub  foreg.  1. 

ΤΙτεΆεϊνος,  η,  ov,  (πτε/Ja)  made 
of  elm,  Theophr. 

ΙΠτεΛεόν,  ov,  τό,  Pteleum,  a  place 
in  Elis  Triphylia,  II.  2,  594 ;  Thuc. 
5,  18.— 2.  a  city  of  Thessaly  with  a 
harbour,  lying  between  Antron  and 
Pyrasus,  II.  2,  697. — 3.  a  fortress  on 
the  Ionian  coast  of  Asia  Minor  near 
Erythrae,  Thuc.  8,  24. — 4.  a  town 
near  Cardia  in  Thrace,  Dem.  86,  16. 

Ώτε/.εύδης,  ες,  (είδος)  elm-like. 

ΤΙτε'Λεών,  ώνος,  6,  {πτε?.έα)  an  elm- 
grove. 

ϋΐτε/.έων,  ωνος,  ό,  Pteleon,  a  lover 
of  Procris,  Apollod.  3,  15,  1, 

αΐτε'/.έως  λίμνη,  ή.  lake  of  Pteleus, 
in  Troas,  Strab.  p.  590. 

ΐΐτέον,  τό,  Att.  for  πτύον,  q.  v. 

αΐτερέλάος,  ov,  ό.  Dor.  -?Μς,  Pte- 
relaus,  son  of  Taphius,  king  of  the 
island  Taphus,  Apollod.  2, 4,  5.— Oth- 
ers in  Strab. ;  etc. 

^ΤΙτερέλεως,  ω,  ό,  Att.  form  of 
foreg.  name,  ap.  Ath.  498  C. 

^ΤΙτερία,  ας,  ή.  Ion.  -ίη,  Pteria, 
capital  of  a  district  of  same  name, 
near  Sinope  ;  Hdt.  1,  76  assigns  it  to 
Cappadocia. 

Τίτέρΐνος,  η,  ov,  also  ος,  ov,  (πτε• 
ρόν)  made  of  feathers,  πτ.  κνκ/^ος,  a 
feather-ian,  Eur.  Or.  1429  ;  πτ.  ^ι^ίς, 
Anth.  P.  6,  306.— U.feathered,winged, 
Ar.  Av.  900. 

Τΐτέρΐς,  ΐδος,  ή,  (τττέρον)  a  kind  of 
fern,  SO  called /row  its  feathery  leaves, 
Theophr. — Usu.  written  as  oxyt.  πτε• 
ρίς,  but  wrongly,  for  the  ace.  is  πτέ- 
ρη• in  Theocr.  3,  14. 

ΤΙτέρισμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  flapping  of 
the  wings,  Longin.  Fr.  3,  5 ;  ubi  al. 
πτέρνσμα  vel  πτερνγισμα. 

ΠΤΕ'ΡΧΑ  or  -νη,  ης,  ή,  the  heel,  Π. 
22,  397,  cf  Arist.  Η.  Α.  1, 15,  6  :  also. 


ΠΤΕΡ 
the  under  part  of  the  heel,  Aesch.  Cho 
209,  cf  Dem.  88,  2  :— proverb.,  είπερ 
τον  iyKioa/.ov  εν  ταίς  πτέρναις  φο- 
ρείτε, Dem.  88.  2.-2.  the  sole  of  a 
shoe. — II.  metaph.,  the  foot  or  /otter 
part  of  any  thing,  πόλεως,  Lyc.  442  ; 
Τ7/ς  μηχανής,  Polyb.  8,  8,  2. — III.  a 
ham.     Hence 

ΤΙτερνίζω,  to  strike  with  the  heel  : 
hence,  to  trip  tip,  supplant,  LXX. — II. 
to  sole  an  old  shoe,  A.  B. 

ΤΙτέρνιξ,  Ικος,  ό,  (πτέρνα)  the  mid- 
dle stalk  of  an  artichoke,  Theophr. ; 
also  στέρνιξ,  τερναξ. 

ΪΙτερνιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  πτέρ- 
να. 

ΙΙτερνίς,  ή,=  πτέρνα  II,  the  bottom 
of  a  dish,  Alex.  Incert.  54. 

ΤΙτέρνις  or  πέρνης,  6,  a  bird  of  prey, 
Arist.  H.  A.  9,  36,  1. 

ΪΙτερνίσμός,  ov,  ό,  (πτερνίζω)  a  sup• 
planlitig,  LXX. 

Τίτερνίστήρ,  ήρος,  ό,  and  -της,  ov, 
ό,  (πτερνίζω)  one  who  strikes  with  the 
heel. 

ΤΙτερνοβάτέω,  ώ,  to  walk  on  one's 
heels :  from 

ΤΙτερνοβύτης,  ov,  b,  (πτέρνα,  βαί- 
νω) one  who  walks  on  his  heels,  Hipp. 

ilrepro}  /.ύφος,  ov,  ύ,  (πτέρνα  HI, 
γ/.νόω)  Ham-scraper,  name  of  a  mouse 
m  Batr.  227.  [i] 

ΙΙτερνοκοπέω,  ώ,  (πτέρνα,  κόπτω) 
to  stamp  with  the  heels,  esp.  in  a  thea- 
tre, to  show  disapprobation. 

Ώτερνοκόπις,  ό,  (πτέρνα  III.,  κό- 
πτω) Ham-cutter,  nickname  for  a  par- 
asite, Menand.  p.  95,  Axionic.  C'hal- 
cid.  1,2. 

ΤΙτερνοτρώκτης,  ov,  δ,(πτέρναΙΙΙ., 
τρώγω)  Ham-nibbler,  name  of  a  mouse 
in  Batr.  29. 

Λτερνοόύγος,  ov,  ό,  (πτέρνα  III., 
φυγείν)  Ham-eater,  name  of  a  mouse 
in  Batr.  230. 

ϋτεροβύμων,  όνος,  ό,  i],  (πτερόν, 
βαίνω)  moving  on  wings  or  sails,  κνμ- 
βη)  Emped.  226.  [ά] 

ΐΐτεροδόνητος,  ov,  (πτερόν,  δονεω) 
moved  by  wings  ;  hence  metaph.  hip,h- 
soariiig,  high-flown,  Ar.  Av.  1390,  1402. 

ΐΐτεροδρομία,  ας,  ή,  awinged  course, 
V.  1.  Anth.  P.  7,  699. 

ΐΐτεροείμων,  όνος,  ό,  ή,  {πτερόν, 
είμα)  feather-clad,  Ορρ.  C.  2,  190. 

ΐΐτερόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  (πτερόν)  fea- 
thered, winged,  όίστοί,  ίοί,  II.  5,  171  ; 
16,  773: — a\so,  feather-like,  light,  /.at- 
σήία  (q.  v.) ;  πέδιλα,  Hes.  Sc.  220  ; 
— but  in  Horn,  mostly  in  the  metaph. 
phrase,e— εα  πτεpόεvτa,winged\\ords, 
and  so  Hes. ;  so,  — -.  νμνος,  Pind.  I. 
4  (5),  fin. ;  πτερόεντί  τροχϊΐ),  Id.  P.  2, 
41  ;  πτερόεσσα  κόρα,  of  the  sphinx. 
Soph.  O.  T.  509  ;  φι;γή  πτερόεσσα, 
Eur.  Ion  1237  ;  κεραννός  πτ.,  Ar.  Av. 
576. 

Πτερόν,  of•,  TO  (πέτομαι,  πτέσθαι) : 
— a  feather  ;  usu.  in  plur.  feat  hers.  Od. 
15,  527,  Hdt.  2,  73,  etc. :  then,  like 
πτέρνξ,  a.  bird's  wing,  usu.  in  plur., 
wings,  Horn.,  Pind.,  etc.  ;  in  sing., 
ώςει  πτερόν  ήέ  νόημα,  as  an  emblem 
of  speed,  Od.  7,  36  :  —  in  Hdt.  2,  76. 
also  of  bat's  wings  :  —  αιθέρα  πτεροΐς 
■φαίρειν,  Aesch.  Pr.  394 (cf  έξακρίζω) ; 
νπό  πτεροϊς  είναι,  to  be  (like  chick- 
ens) under  their  mother's  wings,  Id. 
Eum.  1001,  cf  Eur.  Heracl.  10  ;  πτε- 
ρόν σΐφιγξ,  a  quill,  Hipp.  886,  cf. 
κav?uός : — proverb.,  Ιδοις  uv  ονδαμον 
ταί'τον  πτερόν  πόνου,  misery  is  of 
varied  plumage,  i.  e.  manifold,  Aesch. 
Supp.  328,  (cf  όμόπτερος) ;  τοις  αυ- 
τών πτερηΐς  άλισκόμεσθα,  strictly  of 
a  bird  snot  with  an  arrow  feathered 
from  his  own  plumes.  Aesch.  Fr.  123, 
cf  Pors.  Med  139,  viii. ;  άλλα-piot^ 
1297 


πτΕΡ 

ΐΓτεροΐς  αγάλλεσθαι,  to  pride  one's 
self  in  '  borrowed  plumes,'  Luc. :  Kf  i- 
ρειν  TLvl  ret  πτερά,  to  clip  his  wings, 
Call.  Epigr.  48,  8.  —  II.  any  mn^ed 
creature,  as  the  sphinx,  Eur.  Phoen. 
806;  of  a  beetle,  Ar.  Pac.  7G:  hence, 
— 2.  like  Οιωνός,  Lat.  avis,  an  augury, 
omen,  fate,  lot,  Soph.  O.  C.  97.  —  III. 
any  thing  like  wings  OT  feathers  :  as — 1 . 
a  ship's  wings,  i.  e.  oars,  ίρετμά,  τάτε 
ιττερά  vijval  ■κέλονται.Οά.  11,  Γ25  ; 
23,272  ;  so,  νηος  πτερά,  Hes.  Op.  626, 
though  others  take  it  here  of  sails, 
of.  Eur.  Hel.  147:  hence  of  birds, 
ητερηίς  ερέσσειν,  Eur.  I.  T.  289  ;  so, 
πτερύγων  έρετμοϊσιν  έρεσσόμενοι, 
Aesch.  Ag.  52: — also,  wheels,  Miiller 
Lye.  1072.— 2.  άέθ'λων  πτερά.  i.  e.  the 
crown  of  victory,  which  lifts  the  poet 
to  heaven,  Pind.  O.  14.  tin.,  cf.  P.  9, 
fin. — 3.  Me  leafage  of  trees,  Soph.  Fr. 
24,  in  sing. :  also  the  down  on  a  youth's 
chin,  Jac.  A.  P.  p.  773.  —  4.  η  fan, 
Meineke  Com.  Fragm.  2,  p.  786. — 5. 
in  architecture,  the  rows  of  columns 
along  the  sides  of  Greek  temples,  Vi- 
truv.,  cf  άπτερος.  όιπτερος,  περίπτε- 
ρος:  in  Aegypt,  where  there  were  no 
side-columns,  the  side-walls,  Strab.  : 
also  a  kind  of  coping  or  battlement, 
Lat.  pinna.  —  6.  a  kind  of  iron-shod 
portcullis,  or  peril,  draivbridge  in  gate- 
ways.— 7.  πτερά  Θετταλικά  were  the 
fluttering  comers  of  a  kind  o( χλαμΰς, 
Hesych.,  v.  Diet.  Antiqq.  s.  v.  Chla- 
mys. — Cf.  the  collat.  form  πτέρνξ. 

Τίτεροποίκϊλος,  ov,  {πτερύν,  ποι- 
κίλος) motley-feathered,  Ar.  Αν.  248. 

ΤΙτερόπονς,  ποόος,  (πτερόν,  πονς) 
wing-footed,  of  Mercury,  Anth.  Plan. 
234. 

ΙΙτεροβ^οέω  and  -(Λίω,  ω,  {πτερόν, 
()εω)  to  shed  the  feathers,  lose  feather, 
moult,  Ar.  Av.  106,  Plat.  Phaedr.  246 
C  ;  metaph.,  to  be  plucked,  fleeced,  plun- 
dered, Ar.  Av.  284;  hence  also,  πτ. 
τον  πλοντον,  Philostr.     Hence 

ΪΙτεροβ()νησις,  ή,  a.  losing  feather, 
moulting,  [ΰ] 

ΙΙτερότΊΐς,  ητος,  ή,  πτερόν  in  the 
abstract,  formed  like  ποδότης,  Arist. 
Part.  An.  1,  3,  2  :  also  πτέρωσις.  [ν] 

ΥΙτερόφοίτος,  ov,  (πτερόν,  ώοιτύω) 
wing-walking ;  hence  the  high-flown 
phrase,  dta  πτερόφοιτον  ανάγκην, 
because  he  must  walk  on  wi7igs,  i.  e.  fly. 
Plat.  Phaedr.  252  B,  where  Heind 
and  Bekk.  prefer  the  v.  1.  πτεροφν- 
Top',  because  he  has  grown  wings,  v. 
Stallb.  ad  1. 

ΤΙτεροφόρος,  ov,  (πτερόν,  φέρω) 
feathered,  winged,  Aesch.  Ag.  1147, 
Eur.  Or.  317,  etc. ;  πτ.  φνλα,  the 
feathered  tribes,  Ar.  Av.  1757  :  —  me- 
taph., πτ.  Αώς  βέλος,  the  winged  bolt 
of  Jupiter,  lb.  1714. — II.  a  fan-bearer 
in  Aegyptian  processions,  Inscr. — 
In.  under  the  Roman  emperors,  a 
flying-post,  courier,  Lat.  speculator, 
Plut.  Otho  4. 

Τίτεροφνέω,  ω,  to  put  forth,  grow 
feathers  or  wings.  Plat.  Phaedr.  251 
C,  255  D,  Luc.  Icarom,  10:  from 

ΥΙτεροφνΙ/ς,  ες,  {πτερόν,  φύω)  grow- 
ing feathers  or  tvings.  Plat.  Polit.  266 
£.  [ii]    Hence 

ΐΐτεροφυησις,  η,  =  sq.,  Geop. :  [i] 
and 

ΐΐτεροφνία,  ας,  ή,  a  growing  feathers, 
fledging,  feathering. 

ΤΙτερόφϋτος,  ov,  (φύω)  =  πτερο- 
φνής. 

ΤΙτεροφντωρ,  ορός,  6,  ή,  ν.  sub  πτε- 
ρόφοιτοΓ.  [ύ] 

Πτερόω,  ω,  (πτερόν)  ίο  furnish  with 

feathers  or    wings,  feather,  τινά,  Ar. 

Av.  1334,  etc.  :  pass.,  to  be  feathered, 

lb.  804  :  —  πτερονν  βιβλίον,  i.  e.  to 

1298 


ΠΤΕΡ 

tie  it  to  a  feathered  arrow  and  so 
shoot  it,  or  perh.  to  put  it  on  the  ar- 
row by  way  of  feathers,  Hdt.  8,  128, 
cf  Eur.  Or.  274  :  —  ΐπυς  έπτερονμ ε- 
νόν, Ar.  Kan.  1388. —2.  vavv  πτ.,  to 
hare  the  oars  spread  like  feathers  ready 
to  dip  into  the  water,  Polyb.  1,  40, 
11  ;  (the  pf  isinlr.,  νανς  έπτερωκνία, 
lb.  9) :  hence,  ταρσώ  πίτυλος  επτε- 
ρωμενος,  the  dash  made  by  the  wing- 
like  oars,  i.  e.  the  oars  themselves, 
Eur.  1.  T.  1346,  (which  line  Herm., 
and  now  Dmd.,  places  alter  v,  1394 
=  1362  Herm.). — II.  metaph., in  pass., 
to  be  excited,  προς  τι,  Luc,  Anacreont., 
etc. ;  cf  αναπτερόω. 

ΊΙτερϋγίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (πτέρνξ)  to 
move  the  wings,  flutter,  like  young 
birds  trying  to  liy,  Ar.  Av.  1467  :  to 
flap  the  wings,  like  a  cock  crowing, 
Ar.  Plut.  575,  cf  πτερνσσομαι :  —  in 
Eq.  522,  the  word  alludes  to  a  play 
of  Μ  agues  called  Όρνιθες. 

ΤίτερνγΙνος,  η,  ov,  (πτέρνξ)=^πτέ- 
ρινος.  [ν]  .    ,.       r 

ΙΙτερνγιον,  ον,  το,  dim.  from  πτέ- 
ρνξ, α  little  wing,  but  usu.,  —  11.  any 
thing  like  a  wing,  as, — 1.  a  fin,  Arist. 
H.  A.  1,  5,  etc. :  in  plur.,  also,  jiarts 
of  the  cuttle-fish,  which  were  eaten, 
Sotad.  'Ey/cAsi.  1,  16.  —  2.  the  end, 
point  or  tip  of  a  thing.  Ιματίου,  LXX. 
— 3.  a  projection,  esp.  a  turret  or  bat- 
tlement, ace.  to  others,  α  pointed  roof, 
peak,  N.  T.,  cf  Joseph.  Ant.  15,  11, 
5  :  a  projecting  piece  of  wood,  in  an 
engine,  Polyb.  27,  9,  4. — 4.  medic,  a 
disease  of  the  eye  when  a  membrane 
grows  over  it,  from  the  imter  corner, 
Galen. :  —  also  a  growth  of  the  flesh 
over  the  nails,  esp.  of  the  great  toe, 
Celsus. 

ΥΙτερνγισμα,  ατός,  τό,  v.  sub  πτέ- 
ρισμα. 

ΙΙτερνγοείδής,  ες,  [πτέρνξ,  είδος) 
wing-like,  feathery.  Adv.  -δώς,  The- 
ophr. 

\\τερνγοτόμος,  ου,  b,  an  instrument 
for  cutting  away  πτερύγια  (signf.  II. 
4),  Paul.  Aeg. 

ΐΐτερνγοφόρος,  ov,  (φέρω)  bearing 
feathers  or  wings. 

Π7ερΰ>'όω,  ώ,  ί.  -ώσω,  (πτέρνξ)  to 
tving,  hasteii :  —  mid.,  πτερνγονσθαι 
πεδά  ματέρα,  to  fly  to  her,  Sappho 
75  ;  cf  πτοέω  sub  tin. 

ΐΐτερϋγώδης,  ες,  contr.  for  πτερυ- 
γοειδής, Theophr.  —  2.  οι  πτερνγώ- 
δεις,  thin  emaciated  perso7is  whose 
shoulder-blades  stick  out  like  wings, 
Hipp.,  V.  Foes.  Oecon. 

ΙΙτερνγωκής,  ές,  (πτέρνξ,  ώκύς) 
fleet  of  wing,  Aesch.  Pr.  286. 

Τϊτερνγωμα,  ατός,  τύ,  {πτερνγόω) 
the  wing.-:,  a  wing. — II.  any  thing  that 
hangs  like  a  wing  ;  esp.  the  lobe  of  the 
ear  ;  a  part  of  the  pudenda  muliebria.  [υ] 

ΙΙτερνγωτός,  ψ  όν,  (πτερνγόω) 
fledged,  winged,  wing-shaped,  χρησμός, 
"Ar.  Eq.  10S6. 

Ιλτέρνξ,  νγος,  ή,  (πτερόν)  α  tving, 
II.  2,  316,  etc.  :  hence  poet.,  the  flight 
of  a  bird,  esp.  as  an  omen,  ουκ  άγα- 
θαι  πτέρυγες.  Call.  L.  P.  —  II.  any 
thing  that  hangs  like  a  wing,  as  —  1.  a 
rudder.  Soph.  Fr.  930  ;  of  oars,  cf. 
πτερόν  III.  1. — 2.  the  flaps  or  skirts  at 
the  bottom  of  a  coat  of  armour,  Xen. 
An.  4,  7,  15,  cf  Eq.  12,  4  and  6 :  also 
of  a  cloak,  v.  πτερόν  HI.  7.  —  3.  the 
edge  of  an  axe,  sword,  or  knife,  Plut. 
Alex.  16;  of  the  beak  of  the  sword- 
fish.  Ael.  N.  A.  9,  40.— 4.  the  lobe  of 
the  ear,  lungs,  etc. — 5.  the  wing  of  a 
building. — III.  any  thing  that  covers  or 
protects  like  wings,  πτ.  πέπλων,  Eur. 
Ion  H43 ;  Ενβυίης  κολπώδης  πτέρνξ, 
i.  e.  Aulis,  Dind.  Eur.  I.  A.  120.— IV. 


ΠΡΗΣ 

metaph.,  πτέρυγες  γόων^  the  viiigs, 
i.  e.  the  flight  or  flow  of  grief,  Soph. 
El.  243,  ubi  V.  Herm. 

ΙΙτέρνξις,  εως,  ή,  (πτερνσσομαι)  a 
flapping  of  wings. 

ΙΙτέρνσμα,  ατός,  TO,={oieg. :  from 

ΙΙτερνσσομαι,  f.  -ξομαι,  (πτέρυξ) 
dep.  mid.,  to  move  the  wings,  flutter,  to 
clap  the  wings  like  a  cock  crowing 
Ael.  N.  A.  7,  7  :  metaph.,  to  triumph, 
exult,  Diphil.  Paras.  2. 

ΤΙτέρωμα,  ατός,  τό,  (πτερόω)  that 
which  is  feathered,  a  feathered  arrow, 
Aesch.  Fr.  123. — 2.  a  getting  fenlhers, 
being feathered,feathering,¥\al.VhacUT. 
246  E. — II.  πτ.  βραγχιων,  the  fin  by 
the  gills  of  fishes,  Ael.  N.  A.  16,  12. 
— HI.  =πτερόν  HI.  5,  Vitruv. 

ΐΐτερώννμος,  ov,  (πτέρνξ,  όνομα) 
named  fro7n  its  feathers  or  wings,  Plat. 
Phaedr.  252  C. 

ΪΙτέρως,  ωτος,  ό,  (πτερόν)  the  wing- 
ed god,  a  play  on  tlie  name  of  Έρως, 
Plat.  Phaedr.  252  Ii. 

ΐίτέρωσις,  εως,  ;/,  (πτερόω)  a  fea- 
thering, plumage,  Ar.  Av.  94,  97. 

ΐΐτερωτής,  ov,  b,  (πτερόω)  one  who 
feathers,  w  furnishes  with  wings.  —  II. 
metaph.,  one  who  emboldens. 

ΥΙτερωτός,  ή,  όν,  also  ός,  όν,  Soph. 
Ο.  C.  1460  (πτερόω): — feathered,  πτί- 
λα,  Hdt.  2,  76 ;  winged,  όφιες.  Id.  2, 
75 ;  δχος,  Aesch.  I'r.  135  ;  Δίόζ•  βρον- 
τή. Soph.  1.  c.  (cf.  πτεροφόρος) ;  το- 
ξενματα,  Eur.  Η.  F.  571 :  —  so,  πτ. 
φβυγγος,  of  a  sound  in  the  air,  Ar. 
Av.  1198:  — χιτωνίσκος  πτ.,  a  tunic 
u'orked  with  feathers,  Plut. 

ΐΐτέσβαι,  inf.  aor.  of  πέτομαι. 

ΤΙτήμα,  ατός,  τό,  flight,  a  flying . 
from 

ΤΙτί/ναι,  inf.  aor.  ίπτην,  of  πέτο- 
μαι. 

ΐΙτ7μ•οκράτωρ,  ορός,  b,  (κρατέω) 
the  king  of  feathered  fowl,   [ύ] 

Τίτηνολέτης,  ov,  ό,  fem.  -όλετις, 
ιδος :  (πτηνός,  υ'λλνμι)  bird-killing, 
πτηνόλετις  νεφέ7ι,η,  of  a  net,  Anth 
P.  6,  185. 

ΠΓ7/ΐ'θ7Γέ(5ϊλοζ•,  ov,  (πτηνός,  πέδι 
λον)  with  winged  sandals,  Orph.  H. 
27,  4. 

ΐΐτηνόπους,  ποδός,  wing-footed, 
swift-footed. 

llr;;vof,  ή,  όν.  Dor.  πτανός,  ά,  όν  : 
(πτηναί,  πέτομαι)  : — feathered,  wing- 
ed ;  Αιός  πτ.  κνων,  i.  e.  the  eagle, 
Aesch.  Pr.  1024,  Ag.  136:  πτ.  όφις. 
Id.  Euin.  181  ;  όρνις,  οιωνός.  Soph., 
etc.  :  τά  πτηνά,  fowls,  birds,  Aesch. 
Cho.  591,  Soph.  Aj.  168  ;  so,  πταναί 
θήραι,  Soph.  Phil.  1146: — also  of  ar- 
rows, πτ.  ιοί,  lb.  160,  etc.;  cf  πτε- 
ρόω. —  II.  of  young  birds,  fledged, 
Seidl.  Eur.  Tro.  147.  — III.  metaph., 
πτηνοί  μύθοι,  like  Homer's  επεα 
πτερόεντα,  Eur.  Or.  1176: — but,  πτ. 
λόγοι,  fleeting,  idle  words,  Plat.  Legg. 
717  C  ;  so,  πτηνάς  διώκειν  ελπίδας, 
fleeting  hopes,  Eur. — 2.  πτανά  ισχνς, 
soaring,  aspiring  strength,  Pind.  Fr. 
74,  3. 

ΐΐτήξις,  7),  (πτήσσω)  a  crouching  for 
fear,  terror,  LXX. 

ΐΐτήσις,  εως,  ή,  (πτήναί)  a  flying, 
flight,  Aesch.  Pr.  486,  Arist.,  etc. 

ΠΤΗ'ΣΣί2,  fut.  πτήξω:  aor.  επτη- 
ξα  :  and  an  aor.  2  έπτάκον  appears 
in  the  compd.  καταπτακών,  Aesch. 
Eum.  252  :  pf  επτηχα  (Isocr.  94  A), 
more  rarely  έπτηκη,  Buttm.  Catal. 
s.  V. :  Horn,  uses,  of  pf ,  only  the  Ep. 
part,  πεπτηώς,  ώτος ;  also  Ep.  3  dual 
aor.  2,  in  compd.  καταπτήτην,  II.  8, 
136.  —  1.  causative,  to  frighten,  scare, 
alarm,  Lat.  terrere,  πτήξε  θνμόν  Αχαι- 
ών, 11.  14,  40  :  but,  ζνγυν  πτ.,  to  make 
a  yoke  dreaded,   Paul.   S.   Ecphr.  1, 


ΠΤΟΑ 

S6. — II.  intr.,  to  be  fri^htcntd  or  scareiL, 
to  fkar ;  e«p.  to  crouch  or  cower  down 
for  fear  (cf.  πτύσσω),  Find.  P.  4,  100, 
Aesch,  Pers.  209,  Soph.  Aj.  171 ; 
more  fully,  τττ.  ταττεινός.,  to  crouch 
low,  Eur.  Andr.  165  ;  also,  πτ.  θνμόν, 
Soph.  Ο.  C.  1466;  τττ.  έι>  ΜνχοΊζ  πέ- 
τοας,  Eur.  CycL  408  ;  e<f  έρτ^μίαν 
οδού  rrr.,  Eur.  Andr.  755  ;  τττ.  βωμόν, 
to  flee  cowering  to  it.  Id.  Ion  1280.— 2. 
rarely  c.  ace,  to  crouch  for  fear  of  a 
thing,  «a-ftXaf,  Aesch.  Pr.  174,  cf. 
Xen.  Cyr.  3, 3,  18 :  but  in  the  strange 
passage  ταΐς  ocavoiaig  μη  πτήζαντες 
φόιΒοι-,  Lycurg.  154,  9,  φββον  must 
be  taken  as  a  cognate  ace.  (Akin  to 
ΤΓτάξ,  τττώξ,  τττώσσω,  ττοέω,  πτοιέω, 
τττηναι,  πτέσΟαι,  ττέτομαί,  πτύρω.) 

ϊίτηται.  Ion.  for  πταται,  subj.  aor. 
from  ττέτομαι,  Π.  15,  170. 

ΐΐτητικός,  if,  όν,  {ιττΐ/ναι,  πέτομαι) 
ready  or  able  to  fly,  winged,  Arist.  Part. 
An.  2, 13, 5.  Adv.  -κύς,  Plut.  2,  405  B. 

ΤίτΙλοβύφος,  ov,  {πτίλον,  βύπτω) 
staining  or  dyeing  feathers,  [^ΰ] 

Ilri?.ov,  01),  TO,  a  feather,  Ar.  Ach. 
585,  588 :  plumage,  πτ.  κύκνειοι•, 
Soph.  Fr,  708 :  hence,  a  doivn-ctcsh- 
ion,  Clem.  Al. :  also,  down  on  a  youth^s 
chin,  Jac.  A.  P.  p.  773. — II.  a  wir^g, 
of  birds  and  insects,  like  τττερόν, 
Arist.  Incess.  An.  15,6:  also  oi  the 
wing-like  membrane  in  a  kind  of  ser- 
pents, Hdt.  2,  76.  —  III.  =  φνλλον, 
Nic.  Th.  524.  —  Usii.  in  plur.  (Ace. 
to  some  from  'ίττταμαι :  others  from 
η'/Ιλω.)  [ΐ] 

ΐΙτίΜνατος,  ov,  (ιττίλον,  νύτος) 
with  feathered  back,  Anth.  P.  9.  256. 

ΤΙτΰόομαι,  as  pass.,  (ιττίλον)  to 
have  feather  wings,  Philostr. 

Τίτίλος,  6,  V.  sq.  II. 

ΠΓΐλωσ<<:,  iwf,  ή,  {ττί?.ον)  like 
Τϊτέρνσις,  plumage,  Ael.  N,  A.  16,  4. 
— 11,  a  di.'iease  of  the  eyelids  in  which 
their  edges  become  swollen  and  in- 
flamed, and  the  eyelashes  fall  off, 
Paul.  Aeg.  ;  also  rrn/.a  όμματα, 
Diosc. ;  and  the  person  afflicted 
therewith  is  called  πτί/.οζ,  Galen. 
[i]     Hence 

Πτίλώσσω,  to  have  sore  eyes ;  cf, 
foreg. 

ΐΐτίλωτός,  η,  όν,  {TtrCkov)  feath- 
ered.— 2.  stuffed  with  feathers. 

ΊΙτϊσάνη,  ης,  i/,  (ττίσσω)  peeled 
barley,  Hipp. — II.  a  drink  made  thereof , 
barley-water,  a  ptisan.  Id.  ;  ητισάιην 
Εφΐΐν,  Αγ.  Fr.  201. — Sometimes,  but 
wrongly,  written  πτισσάνη.   [ά] 

ΙΙτίσΰνον,  ov,  τό,  poet,  for  foreg,, 
Nic.  Th.  590.  [f]     Hence 

ΪΙτϊσάνο^^ιοόία,  ας,  ή,  (βοφέω)  ο 
drinking  of  a  ptisan,  Hipp. 

ΤΙτίσμα,  ατός,  τό,  {πτίσσω)  peeled 
grain,  Strab. 

ΐΐτισμός,  ov,  ό,  a  zoinnowing,  Nico- 
pho  Χειρ.  5  :  from 

ΤΙτίσσω,  fut.  ■η-τίσω  :  pf  pass,  ετττι- 
σμαΐ :  to  husk,  peel,  or  winnow  grain, 
Hdt.  2,  92,  Luc.  Hermot.  79  ;  πτισ- 
σονσών  ΰδή,  the  song  of  women  win- 
nowing, Ar.  Fr.  323.  ("Shortd.  from 
*τητίσσω,  for  the  root  is  ΠΙΣ-,  ΠΙΤ-, 
Sanscr.  pish,  to  bruise ;  whence  τή- 
Tvpov  and  Lat.  pinso,  piso.)     Hence 

ΐΐτιστης,  ov.  b,  a  winnower,  Jac. 
A.  P.  p.  714.    Hence 

ΐΐτιστικύς,  η,  όν,  belonging  to  or 
fit  ted  for  winnowing. 

ΐΐτόα,  ας,  ή,  and  (but  not  Att.) 
ϊΓΓΟί'α,  (τΓΓοεω)  fear,  terror,  fright, 
Tim.  Locr.  103  B,  and  Erotian.— II. 
excitement  caused  by  passion,  esp. 
.ove. — On  the  forms,  cf.  Lob.  Phryn. 
495.     Hence 

Ιίτοΰ'Αεος,  also  'πτοια'λέος,  a,  ov, 
frightened,  0pp.  H.  3,  431, 


ΠΤΟΑ 

Πτοέω,  also  πτοιέω,  τττοιύω,  ώ  ; 
f,  •ήσω  ;  pf.  pass,  επτόημαι :  —  to 
frighten,  scare,  Call.  Del.  191,  Anth. 
P.  7,  214 :  —  pass.,  to  be  scared,  dis- 
mayed, φρένες  έτττοίηθεν,  Od.  22, 
298 ;  ΐπτοημένος  φρένας,  Aesch.  Pr. 
856,  Cho.  535 ;  δράκονσιν,  by  ser- 
pents, Eur.  El.  1255. — II.  metaph.,  to 
flutter,  excite  by  any  passion,  esp.  by 
hope  or  love,  Sappho  2,  6 :  usu.  in 
pass.,  to  be  in  aflutter,  be  so  excited, 
Theogn.  1012,  or  rather  Mimnerm. 

5,  2,  (where  there  is  also  a  coUat. 
notion  of  fear,  cf.  Merrick  Tryph. 
360  ;  in  full,  ίρωτι  -ητοείσθαι,  Eur. 
I.  A.  587,  νπ'  έρωτι.  Call.  Dian.  191  ; 
πτοεΙσΟαι  περί  τι,  to  feel  a  passinn  for 
a  thing,  to  be  eager  about  a  thing.  Plat. 
Rep.  439  D ;  so  too,  προς  τι  and  επί 
τινι,  Heind.  Plat.  Phaed.  68  C,  Schaf 
Dion.  Comp.  p.  10;  εΙς  γυναίκας,  Luc. 
Amor,  S  : — generally,  to  be  distraught, 
μεθ'  όμήλικας  έπτοίηται,  he  gapes  like 
one  distraught  after  his  fellows,  Hes. 
Op.  449  :  TO  πτοηθέν,  distraction,  Eur. 
Bacch.  1269.— Cf.  πτερνγόω.  (Akin 
to  πτήσσω,  τττώσσω.)    Hence 

Ώτόησις,  also  πτοίησις,  εως,  y,  U 
frightening,  scaring  away  : — an  exciting 
to  passion.  —  II.  pass.,  any  vehemc7it 
emotion,  esp.  passio7iate  desire.  Plat. 
Prot.  310  D,  cf  Arist.  Gen.  An.  4,  5, 
9 ;  περί  τι.  Plat.  Symp.  206  D ;  cf. 
Lob.  Phryn.  495. 

Υίτοητός,   also    πτοιητός,    ^,    όν,  j 
(πτοέω)  scared  away,  Nic.  Al.  243, 

ΤΙτοίά,  ή,  πτοιΰλέος,  a,  ov,  (πτοι- 
έω, πτοέω)=πτόα.  πτοαλέος,  q.  v. 

ΙΙτοιέω,  πτοίησις,  πτοιητός,  ν.  sub 
πτοέω,  etc.,  Hes. 

\\\τοιό6ωρος,  ov,  b,  Ptoeodorvs,  fa- 
ther of  Thessalus  of  Corinth,  a  victor 
in  the  Isthmian  games,  Pind.  O.  13,  ; 
58.-2.  a  Theban  exile,  Thuc.  4,  76.  ' 
— Others  in  Dem. ;  etc. 

ΤΙτοϊος,  ό,=  πτοΐα,  πτόα. 

ΤΙτοιώδης,  ες,  ν.  sub  πτοώδης. 

ΤΙτοιωτός,  ή,  όν,  (πτοιος)  =  πτόη- 
τός,  Nic. 

^ίΐτολΐδαρμα.  ων,  τά,  Ptoledarma, 
a  town  of  Arcadia,  Paus.  8,  27,  3. 

^ίΙτο?ιεμαϊκός,  ή,  όν,  of  or  relating  to 
Ptolemy.Ptolemaean,  Strab.  p.  813,  Arr. 

\11το'λεμαΊον,  ov,  τό,  the  Ptolemae- 
um,  a  gymnasium  in  Athens,  near  the 
temple  of  Theseus,  Paus.  1,  17,  2. 

^ΐΐτο'/.εμαϊος,  ov,  b,  Plolemaeus, 
Ptolemy,  a  freq.  prop,  n., — 1.  son  of 
Piraeus,  father  of  Eurymedoii,  II.  4, 
228. — 2.  son  of  Damasichthon,  king 
of  Thebes,  Pans.  9,  5,  16.— Esp.  freq. 
of  Aegyptian  kings  frOni  —  3.  Ptole- 
my I.,  son  of  Lagus,  a  general  of 
Alexander  the  Great  and  governor  of 
Aegypt,  Strab.  p.  795.  —  4.  Ptolemy 
II,,  surnanied  Φί?.άδελώος.  Paus.  1, 

6,  8.  —  5.  III.,  surnamed  Κνεργέτης, 
Ath.  251  D. — 6.  IV.,  surnamed  Φίλο- 
πύτωρ,  from  having  poisoned  his  fa- 
ther. Id.  203  F.  —  7.  v.,  surnamed 
Επιφανής. — 8.  VI.,  surnamed  Τρύ- 
φων or  Φί?.ομί)τωρ,  Paus.  1,  9,  1. — 9. 
VII.,  surnamed  Φύσκων  or  Κακεργέ- 
της.  Ath.  184  C— 10.  VIII.,  surnamed 
Αάθνρος. — 11.  IX.,  surnamed  Αν?.η- 
τι'ις,  cf  Strab.  pp.  791  sqq.  —  12.  b 
Κερανί'ός,  son  of  Ptolemy  (3  supra), 
king  of  Macedonia,  Paus.  10,  19,  7. 
—13.  son  of  Seleucus,  Arr.  An.  1,24, 
1.— Others  in  Polyb. ;  Ath.;  etc. 
Hence 

αΐτολεμάίς,  [δος,  ή,  prop,  pecul. 
fern,  to  Τ[το?ιεμαϊκός ;  as  prop,  n., — 
1.  Ptolemais,  a  city  of  Phoenicia, 
Strab.  p.  758.  —  2.  a  city  of  Cyrene, 
port  of  Barca,  Id.  p.  837.  —  3.  a  city 
of  Upper  Aegypt,  also  called  ή  Πτο- 
?ίεμαίκή  πό^.ις,  Id.  p.  813. — 4.  a  city 


ΠΤΥΚ 

:  on  the  coast  of  the  Troglodytae,  Id 
p.  768. 
j      ΙΙτολεμίζω,  πτολεμιστης,   πτόλε• 
;  μόνδε,  Ερ.  for  πολεμ-,  11. 

ΙΙτό^-εμος,  ον,  ό,  Ερ.  for  πό7.εμος, 
Horn.,  and  Hes.  (The  usual  form  is 
however  more  freq.  in  Horn. :  he 
seems  to  have  used  this  form  and  its 
derivatives,  only  metri  grat.,  after  a 
word  ending  with  a  short  vowel.) 

ΐΐτολίαρχος,  ov,  Ep.  for  πολίαρ- 
χος.  Call. 

Τίτο/.ίεθρον,  ov,  τό,  inform  a  dim, 
from  πτόλις  (πό'/.ις)  ;  but  in  usage, 
just=7i-o/.if,  freq.  in  Hom.,  and  Hes. : 
never  found  in  the  form  πο?.ίεθρον, 
Wem.  Tryph. 

Ώτο?.Ιπόρθης,  ov,  b,  v.  sub  πτο?.ί- 
πορβος. 

ΪΙ1το?Λπόρβτ/ς,  ov,  b,  Ptoliporthes, 
.son  of  Penelope  and  Ulysses  after 
his  return  from  the  Trojan  war, 
Paus.  8,  12,  6 :  v.  πτολίπορθος. 

Τίτο?ΰ-όρθιας,  ον,=πτο?.ίπορθος, 
of  Ulysses,  Od.  9,  504,  530. 

ΙΙτο'/.ίπορθος,  ov.  (πτό'λις.  περθω) 
sacking  or  wasting  cities  freq.  in  Hom., 
esp.  as  epith.  of  Ulysses,  Achilles, and 
Mars ;  of  the  last  also  in  Hes.  Th. 
936  ;  also,  τττ.  μύχαι,  Pind.  Ο.  8,  46  : 
Dind.  reads  πολιπορθος  in  Aesch, 
Ag.  783;  and  πο?,ιπόρΰης,  lb.  473, 
but  doubtingly.   [I] 

ΙΙτό'/.ις,  ιος,  ή,  poet.,  esp.  Ep.  form 
for  πό?ας,  Horn.,  though  not  freq., 
and  prob.  only  metri  grat.,  as  τττόλε- 
μος,  q.  v. :  also  in  Aesch.,  and  Eur. 

ί1τό?ασμα,  ατός,  τό,  Ep.  for  πόλι- 
σμα. 

^ΐ{τό7.ιχος,  ov,  b,  Ptolichus,  a  stat- 
uary of  Aegina,  Paus.  6,  9, 1. — Others 
in  Paus.  ;  etc. 

ΤΙτορθύκανθος,  ov,  (πτόρθος,  άκαν- 
θα) with  thorns  on  its  branches,  The- 
ophr.  [ΰκ) 

Ilτopβεϊov,ov,τό,=sq.,'Nic.A].26^. 

ΤΙτόρθος,  ov.  ό,  a  young  branch, 
shoot,  sucker,  sapling,  Od.  6,  128  ;  ως 
τις  πτόρθος  ηνξόμην,  Eur.  Hec.  20  ; 
πτόρθοισι  δάφνης.  Id.  Ion  103,  etc. 
— II.  a  sprouting,  budding,  Hes.  Op.  419. 

ΐΙτοΐ)θοφορέω,  ω,  (φέρω)  to  bear 
branches. 

ΤΙτόρος,  b,  rare  form  for  πταρμός. 

ΤΙτοώδης,  ες,  (πτύα,  είδος)  scared,  ■ 
shy. 

Τ1τνΰ?.ίζω,  ΐ.  -ίσω,  (πτνα7Μν)  to 
spit  much,  have  the  mouth  full  of  spittle  • 
also,  πτι<ε?ύζω,  Hipp.     Hence 

ΙΙτνά/.ισμός,  ού,  ό,  a  spitting  much  ; 
also,  πτνελισμός,  Hipp. 

ΐίτνΰ'λον,  ov,  TO,  {πτύω)  spittle ; 
also,  πτνελον,  Hipp. 

ΐίτνύριον,  ov,  TO,  Dim.  from  πτν- 
ov.  [u] 

ΙΙτνάς,  ύδος,  η,  (πτνω)  the  spitter, 
a  kind  of  serpent,  Paul.  Aeg. 

ΐίτνγμα,  ατός,  τό,  (πτύσσω)  any- 
thing folded,  πέπλοιο  πτ.,  a  folded 
mantle,  11.5,315;  cf  Anth.  P.  6,271: 
— ill  Medic,  a  piece  of  lint  folded  up  to 
stop  a  wound,  a  pledget. 

ΐίτνγμάτιον,  ov,  to,  dim.  from 
foreg.,  Paul.  Aeg.  [u] 

ΤΙτνγξ,  νγγός,  ή,  a  water-bird, 
Aesch.  H.  A.  9,  12,  5  ;  cf  πώνγξ. 

ΤΙτύελίζω,  πτνε/.ισμός,  πτνελον, = 
πτνα?.•. 

ΪΙτνε?^ος,  ή.  Ion.  for  πύελος,  Luc. 
Philopatr.  20.        ^ 

Τίτνίδιον,  ον,  τό,  dim.  from  πτνον. 

in 

ΤΙτνκτίζω,^πτνσσω. 

ΐίτνκτίον,  ον,  τό,  α  folding  book  or 
tabid  :  dim.  from  πτνξ. 

ΤΙτνκτός.  ή. ov. (πτύσσω)  folded,  πτ. 
πίναξ  (like  the  later  δίπτνχα)  fading 
tablets,  consisting  of  two  thin  ]  lates. 
1299 


ΕΤΥΣ 

of  wood,  one  folding  upon  the  other, 
ihe  oldest  kind  of  writing  materials, 
11.  6,  IC'J, — though  not  then  used  for 
wriliiis:,  V.  sub  σήμα,  and  cf  Wolf 
Proleg.  ]).  Ixxxii,  sq. — 2.  generally, 
in  many  folds,  infolds, plates,  or  layers: 
cf.  sq. 

ΤΙτνξ,  ή,  gen.  ■κτυχός,  and  post- 
Hom.  πτνχη,  ι'/ς,  ή,  which  form  pre- 
vails almo.>it  exclus.  in  Pind.,  and 
Trag.,  V.  Elinsl.  Med.  1261,  though 
he  need  not  have  proscrihed  τττνξ  en- 
tirely in  those  authors,  v.  EHendt 
Lex.  Soph.:  {πτνσαω):  anything  in 
foldt ;  hence,  a  fold,  leaf,  layer,  plate, 
usu.  in  plur.,  πτύχες  σάκεος,  plates  of 
metal  or  leather,  five,  six,  or  more  in 
strong  shields,  II.  7,  247  ;  18,  481  ; 
20,  269,  Hes.  Sc.  143 :  the  folds  of  a 
garment,  first  in  Hom.  Cer.  176,  then 
m  Soph.  Pr.  437,  Eur.,  etc.  : — πτνχαΐ 
βίβλων,  folding  tablets  (cf  πτνκτος), 
Aesch.  Supp.  947 ;  so,  γραμμάτων 
■πτνχαί,  Sojih.  Fr.  150;  (5i  Aroi),  Eur. 

I.  A.  98. — II.  of  the  sides  of  a  hill,  or 
hilly  country,  (which  viewed  from  a 
distance  appears  to  be  in  folds,  cf. 
ττολύτττνχος),  a  cleft,  dell,  gully,  corrie, 
coomb,  τΓτύχες  Ούλνμποιο,  11.  11,  77  ; 
also,  τττνχες  ήνεμόεσσαι  (from  the 
wind  that  rushes  down  a  narrow 
mountain-cleft),  Od.  19,  432  :  also  in 
sing.,  ΤίΤνχΙ  ΟΰλνμποΜ,  ΪΙαρνησοΙο, 

II.  20,  22,  Η.  Αρ.  260,  Merc.  555:  so 
too,  πτνχαΙ  ΚβίσαΙαι,  ΙΙίνδου,  Πίλο- 
■ηος,  Pmd.  Ρ.  6,  18;  9,  28,  Ν.  2,  33; 
Κιθαιρώνος,  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  1026,  and 
freq.  in  Eur. : — so  also  of  the  sky 
with  its  cloud-clefts,  πτνχαι  αιθέρος, 
ουρανού,  esp.  freq.  in  Eur.,  as  Or. 
1631.  Phoen.  81,cf  Elnisl.  Med.  1204: 
— but  the  metaph.  phrase,  νμνων 
7;τνχαί.  Pind.  Ο.  1,  170,  is  used  of 
varied  turns  of  poesy,  referred  by  Bockh 
to  the  varieties  of  the  metre,  mtisic,  etc., 
by  Dissen  to  the  new  turn  given  in  that 
ode  to  the   legend  of  Pelops. — 111.   the 

fiat  plate  of  a  ship^s  stern,  on  which 
her  name  was  written,  also  πτυχίς, 
7). — IV.  in  Comedy,  πτνχαί  are  wrin- 
kles in  the  face. — Poet.  word. 

ΙΙτνξις,  ή,  (τΓΓΰσσω)  a  folding :  also 
a  fold,  LXX. 

ΐίτνον,  ov,  TO,  {τττν(ύ)  a  winnowinp- 
shovel  or  fan,  Lat.  vannus,  with  which 
corn  after  threshing  was  thrown  up 
against  the  wind  to  clear  it  of  the 
chaff,  II.  13,  5S8  (in  poet.  gen.  πτϋό- 
φιν),  Aesch.  Fr.  194,  Soph.  Fr.  931, 
Theocr.  7,  156,  cf  λικμόζ,  λικμάω  : 
— the  later  Att.  form  is  τττέον.  Lob. 
Phryn.  321. — II.  in  Cyprus,  ο  corn- 
measure,  hence  το  δίπτνον,  half  a 
μέδψνος. 

ΤΙτνρμα,  ατής,  τό,  and  πτνρμός,  6, 
(τΓΓί/ρω)  consternation. 

ΐίτνρτικός,  ή,  όν,  timorous,  Arist. 
Mirab.  109. 

Π  Γύρω,  f.  πτνρύ,  to  frighten,  scare  : 
pass.,  πτύρομαι,  c.  aor.  2,  ετττνρην 

tCi],  to  be  frightened,  Hipp.  :  esp.  of 
orses,  to  shy,  start,  Uiod.  2,  19,  Plut. 
Fab.  3  ;  τινί,  at  a  thing,  Id.  MarccU. 
0,  Id.  2,  800  C  ;  also  c.  ace,  πτνμΐ/- 
vai  τον  θάνατον,  to  start  at,  be  alarmed 
c<  death.  Plat.  Ax.  370  Λ.  (Akin  to 
ΤΓΓοεω,  πτώσσω,  -τήσσω.)  [ϋ] 

ΤΙτνσΐΓ,  ή,  (τΓτύω)  α  spitting,  Hipp. : 
also=sq.  [ίι] 

Ώτύσ/ια,  ατός,  τό,  (πτύω)  spittle, 
Hipp.,  Polyb.  8,  14,  5. 

ΐίτνσμός,  ov,  δ,  =  πτύσις,  from 
πτύω.  Hi[)p. 

ΠΤΎ'ΣΣΩ,  ί.  -ξω, to  fold,  double  ,ψ, 
χιτώΐ'α,  ε'ίματα  πτ.,  to  fold  νρ  gar- 
ments, and  put  them  by,  Od.  1,  439; 
6,1 11,252: — χείρας  πτύξαι  ίπί  τινι,  to 
fold  one's  arms  over  or  round  another, 
1300 


ΤΙΤΩΟ 

Soph.  O.  C.  1611.— Π.  pass.,  to  be 
folded,  doubled  up,  εγχεα  1:πτνσσοντο. 
the  spears  bent  back,  II.  13,  134,  like 
διπλονσθαι  and  κάμπτεσΟαι. — 2.  to 
fold  or  cling  round,  as  clothes  on  the 
body,  πτνσσεσϋαι  άμφι  μι/ρόν.  Soph. 
Fr.  791  ;  also,  πτνσαεσθαί  τινι,  to 
cling  to....  Ion  ap.  Ath.  447  E. — III.  in 
mid. ,  to  fold  round  one^s  self,  icrap  round 
one,  Ti,  Ar.  Nub.  267.  (Prob.  akin  to 
πετάνννμι  and  πνκνός.)     Hence 

ΥΙτυχη,  ή,  post-Hom.  form  of  πτύξ, 
q.  V. 

^ΤΙτνχία,  ας,  ή,  Ptyrhin,  an  island 
near  Coicyra,  Thuc.  4,  46. 

ΤΙτϋχίον,  τό,=ζπτνκτίον. 

ΤΙτνχιος,  a,  ον,=πτνκτός.  [ν] 

Ώτϋχίς,  ίδος,  η,  ν.  πτύξ  111. 

ΤΙτνχώόης,  ες,  {πτνχή,  είδος)  in 
folds,  wrinkles,  layers,  Arist.  Η.  Α.  5, 
7,2. 

ΠΤΥΩ,  f.  πτύσω,  pf.  pass,  ίπτν- 
σμαι: — to  spit  out  or  up,  αίμα,  II.  23, 
697  ;  absol.,  to  spit,  Hdt.  1,  99,  Xen. 
Cyr.  8,  1,  24. — 2.  of  the  sea,  to  dis- 
gorge, cast  out,  £7γ'  άϊόνι  πτ.,  Theocr. 
15, 133,  cf  Αρ.  Rh.  2,  570,  Leon.  Tar. 
96,  etc. — 3.  metaph.,  to  spit  in  token  of 
abhorrence,  hence  to  abominate,  Erf. 
Soph.  Ant.  645  (653) ;  πτύσας  προς- 
ώπω,  with  an  expression  of  loathing, 
Soph.  Ant.  1232. — 4.  εις  κόίπον  πτν- 
ειΐ',  Lat.  in  sinum  spruere  (Plin.),  to 
avert  a  bad  omen,  disarm  witchcraft, 
and  the  like,  which  was  done  three 
times,  ώς  μη  βασκανθώ,  τρις  εις  εμον 
έπτυσα  κόλπον,  Theocr.  6.  39,  cf.  20, 
11;  so,  νπο  κολπον  πτ.,  Anth.  Ρ.  12, 
229.  (The  same  as  -φνω,  hence  πν- 
τίζω,  q.  v.,  Lat.  sjmo,  spnito  (cf  pitui- 
ta), — whence  also  spityna — our  spnv, 
spit.)  [v  in  pres.  and  impf. :  ν  in  liit.. 
etc.  ;  V.  Grafe  Mel.  124,  7  ;  but  in 
Theocr.  24,  19,  Ap.  Rh.  2,  570  ;  4, 
925,  and  later  Ep.,  ν  in  impf.,  before 
a  short  syll.] 

ΤΙτωκάζω,  v.  πτωσκύζω. 

ΊΙτωκάς,  ύδος,  ή,  {πτώξ.  πτύσσω) 
shy,  timorous,  fearful,  Ep.  Horn.  8,  2, 
Soph.  Phil.  1093,  where  πτωΐίάδες  is 
now  admitted  to  be  the  correct  read- 
ing. 

Υίτΰμα,  ατός,  τό,  {πίπτω,  πέπτωκα) 
α  fall,  freq.  in  Trag.,  πεσεΐν  πτώματ' 
ονκ  ΰνασχετά,  Aesch.  Pr.  919  ;  cf 
Soph.  Atit.  1046,  Plat.  Lach.  181  Β  ; 
πτώμασιν  αίματίσαι  πέδον,  Aesch. 
Supp.  662  : — hence,  a  misfortune,  ca- 
lamity, Lat.  casus,  tu  θεών  πτώματα, 
calamities  from  (sent  by)  the  gods, 
Eur.  H.  F.'  1228  :  a  failure,  defeat,  like 
πταίσμα,  Polyb.  33,  12,  7.— II.  that 
ivhich  is  fallen  or  killed,  a  corpse,  car- 
case, usu.  πτώμα  νεκρού,  as  'Έ,λέΐ'ης, 
'ErfOh^foi'f  πτ-,  Eu  r.Or.  1 196,  Phoen. 
1697:  so  too,  πτώμα  οίκου,  the  ruin 
of  a  house  ;  so,  πτ.  ίλαών,  fallen 
olive-trees,  Lys.  ap.  Harp. :  but  later 
also  without  νεκρού,  Valck.  Phoen. 
1490,  Lob.  Phryn.  375,  sq.     Hence 

ΤΙτωμάτιζω,  f.  -ί'σω,  to  make  to  fall. 
— II.  o<  πτωματιζόμενοι,  those  who 
have  the  falling  sickness,  epileptic  per- 
sons. 

ΤΙτωμΰτίς,  ίδος,  ή,  a  sort  of  goblet. 
literally,  a  tumbler,  i.  e.  a  cup  that 
will  not  stand  upright,  and  therefore 
must  be  emptied  at  once,  Ath.  485  Ε  : 
the  correction  πωματίς  seems  need- 
less. 

ΤΙτωμΰτισμός,   οϋ,  6,  {πτωματίζω 

II)  e.pilipsy,  Procl. 

Π,τώξ.  b,  ή,  gen.  πτωκός,  (πτύσσω) 
crouching,  cowering  for  fear,  epith.  of 
the  hare,  II.  22,  310:  also,  ό  πτώζ, 
as  subst..=  7rra^'  (q.  v.),  II.  17,  676,  cf 
Aesch.  Eum.  325. 

iY\τώov,  ου,  τό,  όρος,  Mount  Ploiis,  a 


ΠΤΩΧ 

mountain  in  Boeotia  on  the  south- 
east of  Lake  (Jopais,  with  a  temple 
and  oracle  of  Apollo.  Hdt.  8,  135; 
Πτώου  κενβμών,  Pind.  Fv.70,4,B(>ckh. 

αΐτώος,  ov,  ύ.  I'loiis,  son  of  Atha- 
mas  and  Themisto,  Asius  9, — 2.  ap- 
pell,  of  Apollo,  Id.  ib. 

ΪΙτώσιμος,  ov,  (πίπτω,  πέπτωκα) 
fallen,  slain,  Aesch.  Ag.  639  :  the 
passage,  Ib.  1122,  is  yet  dub. 

ΙΙτώσις,  εως,  y,  (πίπτω,  πέπτωκα) 
a  falling,  faU,  κνόων.  Plat.  Rep.  604 
C;  Φαέθοντος,  Polyb.  2, 16, 13.— II.  a 
case,  grammatical  inflexion  of  any  kind, 
Arist.  Top.  2,  9,  2,'  Rhet.  2,  23,  2. 

ΙΙτωσκάζω,  poet,  for  πτώσσω,  to 
crouch  or  cower  for  fear,  II,  4,  372, 
where  the  v.  1.  πτωκέιζω  is  rightly 
rejected  by  Wolf  and  Heyne. 

Ι1Τί2'ϋΣ12,  f.  -ξω,  like  πτήσσω 
(intr.).  to  crouch  or  cower  from  fear,  {'φ' 
"ΕκΓορι,  11.  7,  129,  etc. ;  νπ.  ιϊσπιδος 
(without  any  notion  oi  fear),  Tyrtae. 

2,  36  ;  εχθρών  πτώσσοντι,  they  cower 
down  for  fear  of  their  enemies,  Pind. 
P.  8.  124  —  also,  to  go  cowering  or 
stooping  about,  like  a  beggar,  πτώσ- 
σων  κατά  δήμον,  Od.  17,  227  ;  18, 
3()3;  so,  άλ7ίθτρίονς  οίκονς  πτώσσειν, 
to  go  begging  to  Other  people's  houses, 
lies.  Op.  393:  cf.  πτωχός,  πτωχεύω. 
— 2.  to  be  frightened,  scared,  II.  4,  371, 
Hdt.  9,  Λ8:— to  flee  affrighted,  ][.  21, 
14,  Eur.  Hec.  1065  ;  πτ.  εις  ερημίαν, 
Eur.  Bacch.  223  (cf.  πτήσσω) ;  and 
so,  c.  ace,  ονδ'  Itl  άλ7.ι)λονς  πτώσ- 
σοιμεν,  let  ns  no  longer  j?ee/ro;n  one 
another.  II.  20,  427. 

ΤΙτωτικός,  ■>),  όν,  (πτώσις)  of,  be- 
longing to  a  case,  GrF.mm. 

ΥΙτωτός,  ij,  or,  (πίπτω,  πέπτωκα) 
falling,  apt  to  fall,  fallen. 

ϊϊτωχΰ'λαζών,  ό,  /;,  (πτωχός,  αλα- 
ζώι>)  α  braggart  beggar,  beggarly  boaster, 
Ath.  230  C. 

ΐΐτωχύς,  άδσς,  ή,  dub.  1,  for  πτω- 
κύς. 

ΥΙτωχεία,  af.  Ion.  -ψη,  ης.  η,  (πτω- 
χεύω) begging,  Hdt.  3,  14  ;  εις  ίσχά- 
T1JV  πτ.  έλθεϊν.  Plat.  Legg.  936  Β  ; 
εις  πτ.  καταστι)ναι,  Lys.  898,  9 : — 
proverb.,  πτωχείας  πενία  άΔε7•.φή, 
Αγ.  Pint.  549. 

ϋτωχεΐσΐ',  ου,  τό,  (πτι^χενω)  α  ref- 
uge for  beggars. 

ΐίτωχελένη,  ης,  ή,  (πτωχός,  'Ελέ- 
νη) α  beggar-Helen,  ϊ.  e.  α  prostitute, 
Ath.  585  Β. 

Τίτωχενω,  ί.  -σω,  (πτωχός)  to  be  a 
beggar,  go  begging,  beg,  προς  άστν, 
άνά  δτ/μον,  Od.  15,  309  ;  19,  73  ;  έπΙ 
ξενίας,  Antipho  117,  22. — 2.  to  be  as 
poor  as  a  beggar,  Plat.  Eryx.  394  Β  — 
11.  trans.,  to  get  by  begging,  δαίτα,  Od. 
17,  11,  19. — 2.  c.  ace.  pers.  to  beg  or 
ask  an  alms  of,  φίλους,  Theogn.  918. 

ΐΐτωχηίη,  Ion.  for  πτι,ίχεια. 

ΤΙτωχίζω,  f.  -/σω,  (πτωχός)  to  make 
a  beggar  of,  beggar,  LXX. 

Ήτωχικός,  η,  όν,  (πτωχός)  of,  be- 
longing to  or  befitting  a  beggar,  beggar- 
ly, στολή,  Lycurg.  158,  35;  έπιθυ- 
μίαι.  Plat.  Rep.  554  B. 

ΤΙτωχίστερος,  irreg.  compar.  of 
πτωχός,  only  Ar,  Ach.  425. 

ΤΙτωχοδοκεΙον,  ου,  τό,  (δέχομαι)  a 
poor-house. 

ΙΙτωχέ>μονσος,  ov,  (πτωχός,  μονσα) 
a  beggarly  poet,  uorg.  ap.  Arist.  Rhet. 

3,  3,  1. 

Υϊτωχοπλονσίος,  ov,  rich  in  jire- 
tended  poverty,  or  poor  amidst  a  show 
of  wealth. 

ΥΙτωχοποιός,  όν,  (πτωχός,  ποιέω) 
drawing  beggarly  characters,  of  a  poet, 
Ar.  Ran.  842. 

Πτω;^όζ•,  r/,  oi',  also  Of ,  OX", Aesch.  Ag. 
1274,  Soph.  O.  C.  751 ;  (πτύσσω) :— 


ΠΥΓΗ 

poor,  strictly,  one  who  crouches  or  crin- 
ges (cf.  πτώσσω) ;  hence,  as  subst., 
β  beggar,  Od.  14,  400,  etc.,  Hes.  Op. 
26,  Hdt.  3,  14 ;  πτωχός  άνί/ρ,  a  heg- 
garman,  Od.  21,  327: — beggars,  like 
ξένοι,  were  pecul.  under  divine  pro" 
tection,  Od.  6,  208  ;  14,  58  ;  17,  475. 
— II.  as  adj.,  beggarly,  like  πτοχικύς, 
τττωχώ  διαίττι.  Soph.  I.  c. : — irregular 
compar.  πτωχίστερος,  Ar.  Ach.  425  ; 
butsuperl.7i-rtj;i'o-arof,Anth.P.10, 50. 
ΤΙτωχοτμοί!)εων,  ov,  τό,=  πτωχοόο- 
χεΐον:  from 

ΪΙτωχοτροφέω,  ώ,  to  feed,  support 
the  poor ;  and 

ΤΙτωχοτροώία,  ας.  η,  the  feeding, 
support  of  the  poor  :  from 

Πτω^οτρόφος•,  ov,  (τττωχός,  τρέφο)) 
feeding,  supporting  the  poor. 
Τίί'ύλος,  6,  V.  πνεΤίΟς. 
ΤΙνΰνε^ιία,  ας,  ί/,  (sc.  εορτή) ;  or 
ττνάνΕφια,  ων,  τύ,  (sc.  ίερύ) :  {πύα- 
νος,  hjjo)) : — the  Pyanepsia,  an  Athe- 
nian festival  in  the  month  ττυανεφιών, 
in  honour  of  Apollo ;  said  to  be  so 
called  from  a  dish  of  beans,  or  (ace. 
to  others)  peeled  barley  and  pulse, 
which  was  then  cooled  and  eaten  : 
but  the  form  πανόψια,  τά,  also  oc- 
curs, and  this  is  said  (v.  Lycurg.  ap. 
Harp.)  to  have  been  the  name  m  all 
other  parts  of  Greece.     Hence 

ΈΙνανεψΐών,  ώνος,  6,  the  fourth 
month  of  the  Att.  year,  so  named 
from  the  festival  ττνανέφια :  corre- 
sponding to  the  latter  part  of  October 
and  former  part  of  November. — In 
Inscrr.  we  also  find  the  form  πνανο- 

Tlvdviov,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  πνανος, 
a  mixture  of  various  kinds  of  pulse, 
cooked  sweet,  ace.  to  Sosib.  ap.  Ath. 
648  B.  [d] 

ΐΐϋάνίος,  ov,  made  of  beans,  ■πό7^τος, 
Alcrnan  28.  [a] 

YliUvov,  ov,  ro,=sq.  II,  Heliod.  ap. 
Ath.  406  C. 

ΙΙΰάνος,  ov,  6,  an  older  word  for 
όλόπΜροτ,  Heliod.  ap.  Ath.  406  C  : 
but  Hesych.  e.xpiains  the  Lacon.  ποΰ- 
ανος  by  κύαμοι  έφθοί  : — others  make 
it  a  mixture  of  barley  and  pulse,  eaten 
boiled  at  the  τζνναέφια,  Graram.  [{)] 
Τίνάνοφιών,  ώνος,  ό,  v.  πνανεφιών. 
ΤΙϋαρ,  άτος,  τό,=^7ζϋος,  the  first  milk 
after  calving,  beestings,  Lat.  colostrum: 
or,  rennet  made  from  it,  cf.  Nic.  Al. 
373. — Cf.  πνετία. 

ΐΐναρίτη,  ή,  v.  ττνριάτη. 
ΤΙϋγαΙος,  a,  ov,  {ττυγή)  of  or  on  the 
rump,  TO  ττ-  άκρον,  the  rump  (of  birds), 
Hdt.  2,  76;  and  r«  ■^■,=^7xvy^,—lhe 
buttocks,  Archipp.  Rhin.  2,  Arist.  H.  A. 
9,35. — II.  τά  πυγαΐα,  in  architecture, 
the  base  of  a  column,  elsewh.  σττεΐρα, 
Hesych.  —  \\.  =  κατάπυγος,  dub.  in 
Suid. 

ΐΐϋγαλγτις,  ες,  {ττνγη,  ΰ7ιγος)  suffer- 
ing pain  in  the  buttocks,  prob.  1.  Strab. 
Τίν^αργος,  ov,  {ττυγή,  αργός)  white- 
rump,  esp.  as  name  of  a  Libyan  kind 
of  antelope,  Hdt.  4,  192  ;  also  of  an 
eagle,  Arist.  H.  A.  9.  32,  1,  which 
Aesch.  Ag.  116,  calls  έξόττιν  ΰργας, — 
perh.  with  a  coUat.  signf.  of  cowardly, 
as  we  say  to  show  the  white  feather ;  cf. 
Lye.  91  (at  ibi  Schol.),  Soph.  Fr.  932 
A.  [i] 

ΤΙϋγΰρίζω,  late  form  for  πν^αρίζω. 
αΐύγελα,  ων,  τύ,  Pygela,  a  small 
town  on  the  Ionian  coast  of  Asia  Mi- 
nor, Strab.  p.  639.     Hence 

\Π.νγε?-εύς,  έως.  6,  an  inhabitant  of 
Pygela,  Pygelian,  Xen.  Hell.  1,  2. 

ΐίνγή,  ης,  ή,  the  rump,  buttocks.  Ar- 
chil. 59,  An,  etc.  ;  in  plur.,  Luc.  Per- 
egr.  17  -.—TO  ττυγή.  As.  Thesm.  1 187, 
is  a  barbarism,  but  there  is  a  heterocl. 


ΠΤΓΩ 
ace.  sing,  τ^-ϋγα,  Arist.  Physiogn.  6, 
6 : — προς  πυγτ/ν  ΰ/ΰ.εσθαι,  to  kick  up 
the  heels  so  as  to  strike  the  buttock  in 
dancing,  to  dance  the  fling,  a  girls'  ex- 
ercise at  Sparta,  Ar.  Lys.  82;  cf.  πνδα- 
ρίζω. — II.  nietaph.of/αί,  swelling  land, 
like  ούθαρ.  (Cf.  πνγών  fin.)  Hence 
ΤΙν-^'-ηόόν,  adv.,  tail  foremost,  Arist. 
Part.  An.  2,  16,  6. — II.  ru7np  to  rump, 
Id.  H.  A.  5,  2,  2. 

Ώνγίδιον,  ov,  τό.  dim.  from  πνγή, 
a  thin  rurnp,  Ar.  Ach.  638.  [i] 

ΧΙνγίζω,  {πνγή)  to  strike  on  the  but- 
tocks.— II.  paedicari,  Theocr.  5,  41, 
Anth.  etc.    Hence 

ΐΐύγισμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  blow  on  the 
buttocks. — II.  paedicatio,  Theocr.  5, 
43.  [v] 

ΐΐϋγιστής,  ov,  6,  {τζυγίζω)  paedico, 
paedicator. 

ΙΙαγμαιομάχος,  ov,  {ΤΙνγμαΐοι,  μά- 
χομαι) fighting  with  pygmies,   [ά] 

ΥννγμαΙος,  a,  ov,  [πυγμή  II)  α  ττνγ- 
μη  long  or  tall :  hence  of  men,  dwarf- 
ish, Arist.  Probl.  10,  12.— II.  Πυγ- 
μαίοι, οι,  the  Pygmies,  z.  fabulous  race 
of  dwarfs  on  the  upper  Nile,  said  to 
have  been  warred  on  and  destroyed 
by  cranes,  11.  3,  0,  Valck.  Hdt.  3,  37. 

αίνγμαΑίων,  ωνος,  ό,  Pygmalion, 
a  king  in  Cyprus,  Apollod.  3,  14,  3. 

Τίνγμάχέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήαο),  to  practise 
boxing,  be  a  boxer,  Hdt.  5,  60,  Anth. 
P.  6,  7  :  and 

Πνγμάχία,  ac,  ή,  boxing,  Lat.  pugi- 
latus.  It.  23,  653',  665,  Pratin.  ap.  Ath. 
617  D,  Pind.  O.  11  (10),  12,  etc. 

Πυγμάχος,  ov,  (πυγμή,  πνξ,  μάχο- 
μαι) fighting  with  the  fist,  boxing:  USU. 
ό  π.,  as  subst.,  a  boxer,  Lat.  pugil,  Od. 
8,  246,  Pind.  I.  8  (7),  135,  cf.  Theocr. 
24,  112: — more  freq.  πνκττις.  [a] 

Πνγμη,  ής,  ή,  {πνξ)  a  fist,  Lat. /wg•- 
nus,  πυγμ^  νικί/σαντα,  having  con- 
quered in  the  boxing-match,  II.  23,  669  ; 
also,  πνγμήν  νικάν,  Eur.  Ale.  1031  : 
πυγμάς  άεθλα,  Pind.  Ο.  7,  30,  cf.  10 
(11),  82  ;  πνγμήν  ΰακείν,  Plat.  Legg. 
795  Β. — II.  a  measure  of  length,  the 
distance  from  the  elbow  to  the  knuckles 
=  18  δάκτυλοι,  about  1  ft.  1^  inches  : 
cf.  πνγών  II. 

ΐίνγμομάχία,  ας,  ή,  rare  form  for 
πνγμάχία. 

ίΐΰγολαμπάς,  άδος,  ή,  and  πνγο- 
λαμπίς,  ίδος,  ή.  [πνγή,  λάμπω)  the 
fire-tatl,  i.  e.  the  glow-worm,  Lat.  cicin- 
dela,  Arist.  H.  A.  4,  1,  6  :  also,  πνρο- 
?υαμπίς. — Cf.  λαμπονρίς,  of  the  fox. 

ΤΙνγονιαΙος,α,  ov  ,Άηάπϋγον  ίμαιος, 
a,  ον,=ζπυγωνιαΐος. 

Πνγόριζα,  ή,  (πνγή)  a  kind  ο(  short, 
stumpy  root. 

ΤΙϋγοσκελίς,  ίδος.  Ό,  {πνγή,  σκέ- 
λος) strictly  tail-leg,  a  water-bird  ivith 
legs  set  far  back,  like  the  grebe  or 
puffin. 

ΤΙϋγοστόλος,  ov,  (πνγή,  στέλλω) 
epith.  of  a  woman  with  a  sweeping  train, 
Hes.  Op.  371,  parodied  from  έλκεσί- 
πέπλος, — if  it  be  not  rather  lewd, 
lechrrous. 

ΐΐΐ'γούσιος,  a,  ov,  of  the  length  of  a 
πνγών,  Od.  10,  517  ;  11,  25  ;  poet,  for 
the  USU.  πνγωνιαιος. 

ΐΐϋγών,  όνος,  ή,  like  πήγυς,  the  el- 
bow.— II.  as  a  measure  of  length,  the 
distance  from  the  elbou'S  to  the  first  joint 
of  the  fingers=20  δάκτν?.οι  or  5  πα- 
λαισταί,  rather  more  than  43;  ft., 
I  nearly=Roman  ρα/τίίφρ.?,  Hdt.  2,  175, 
cf.  πυγμή  : — but  πνγών  and  πήχνς 
are  freq.  confounded  in  Grainm.  (The 
root  is  no  doubt  to  be  found  in  Sanscr. 
buj.  Germ,  beugen,  to  bou•  or  bend, 
whence  Ellen-bogen,  el-bow : — πι^γή  is 
also  the  part  which  is  bent  in  sitting: 
Pott  Et.  Forsch.  1,  236.)    Hence 


ΠΥΘΑ . 

ΤΙνγωνιαΐος,  a,  ov,  a  πνγών  long 
Mnesith.  ap.  Ath.  494  B. 

Γίνδάρίζω.  f.  -ίσω,  to  hop,  dance: 
hence,  άποπνδάρίζειν  μόβωνα,  to 
dance  a  fling.  ai\  uncouth  Laconian 
dance,  Ar.  Eq.  697. — Dub.  collat. 
forms  in  Gramm.  are  πνγαρίζω  and 
πνδα/.ιζω.  (Ace.  to  E.  M.  for  ποδα- 
ρίζω  from  πους  :  but  the  form  πνγα- 
ρίζω points  to  a  deriv.  from  πνγή, 
q•  V.)  ^  ,  „     . 

αΐνδιος.  ov,  o,  the  Pydius,  a  river 
of  Asia  Minor  near  Abydus,  Thuc.  8, 
106,  where  Poppo  writes  'Μείδιος. 

■Wi-vovu,  ης,  ή,  Pydna,  a  city  of 
Pieria  in  Macedonia,  on  the  Ther- 
niaicus  sinus,  later  Κίτρον,  now 
Kithros,  Thuc.  1,  61 ;  Strab.  p.  330: 
hence  oi  ΤΙ,νδναΙοι,  the  Pydneans, 
Dein. 

Ώνέλίον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  πνελον. 
[0  Ep.,  V  Att.] 

Τϊνελίς,  ίδος,  ή,  in  a  seal-ring,  the 
setting  or  socket  cf  the  stone,  Lat.  pala 
or  funda,  Ar.  Fr.  297.  [ϋ  Ep.,  ν 
Att.] 

Ίλνελίτης,  later  ττναλ-,  ό,  a  throw 
on  the  dice,  Eubul.  Ku/i.  2. 

ΤΙνελος.  ov,  ή,  (later,  but  less  Att., 
πναλος,  Hemst.  Thom.  M.  863,  Lob 
Phryn.  309  ;  also,  πτνελος,  q.  v.) : — ο 
tub,  trough,  pan,  esp.  for  feeding  ani- 
mals, Od.  19,  553  :  a  bathing-tub,  Ar. 
Eq.  1060,  Thesm.  562  :  any  tub-shaped 
vessel,  a  vat,  kitchen-boiler,  Ar.  Vesp. 
141  : — later,  a  coffin,  Theophr. :  and 
in  Eccl.,  the  font.  (Buttm.  derives  it 
from  πλννω,  as  if  for  πλυίλοο.  as 
εκπαγλος  from  έκπ/^αγήναι : — akin 
to  Lat.  pelvis.)  V  Horn,  and  Ep.,  ϋ 
Alt.]     Hence 

ΐΙνε?ιώδτ]ς,  ες,  (είδος)  like  a  trough 
or  tub,  hollow,  [v  Ep.,  ΐι  Att.] 

ΪΙνετία,  ας,  ή,  (πνος)  beestings,  the 
first  milk  after  calving,  that  curdles  in 
the  second  stomach  of  ruminating 
animals,  and  is  used  as  rennet  in 
makmg  cheese,  Lat.  colostrum,  coagu- 
lum,  Arist.  H.  A.  3,  20,  15,  Gen.  An. 
2,  4,  29  ;  cf.  πναρ,  πντία,  πιτν. 

ΐΐϋέω,  ώ,  {.  -ήσω,  {πνον)  to  make  to 
suppurate  :  pass.,  to  suppurate, 
ήνη,  )7,=sq.  Aretae.  [v] 
ΐΐνι/σις,  ή,  (πνέω)  suppuration  :  esp. 
pulmonary  consumption,  Aretae. 

\Ιίνθάγγε7.ος,  ov,  6,  Pythangelus^ 
a  tragic  poet,  derided  by  Aristoph. 
Ran.  87. — 2.  son  of  Phylides,  a 
I3oeotian,  Thuc.  2,  2. — Others  in 
Strab. :  etc. 

■^ΥΙνθαγόρας,  ov,  ό,  Ion.  -γόρης,  εω, 
Pythagoras,  son  of  Mnesarchus,  of 
Sanios,  the  celebrated  philosopher, 
flourished  in  Magna  Graecia  about 
600  B.  C,  Hdt.  4.  95,  etc.  ;  Diog.  L. 
8,  1,  sqq.,  who  also  mentions  others 
of  this  name. — 2.  a  Milesian,  Hdt.  5, 
26. — 3.  a  naval  officer  of  the  Lace- 
daemonians, Xen.  An.  1,  4,  2. — 4.  a 
statuary  of  Rhegiuin,  Pans.  6,  4,  4. — 
Others  in  Ath. ;  etc.     Hence 

αίνθαγόρειος,  a,  ov,  also  ος,  ov, 
nf  or  relating  to  Pythagoras,  Pythago- 
rean, Arist.:  ή  ΐίνθαγόρειος  φιλοσο• 
φία,  Strab. 

ΤΙΰθάγορίζω,  to  be  a  disciple  of  Py- 
thagoras ;  cf.  ΐίνθαγοριστής. 

αίνθαγορίκος,  ή,  όν,=^ΐΐνθαγόρει• 
ος,  Luc. ;  etc. 
I       Ιϊνθΰγορισμός.  ov,  b,  adherence  to 
the  rules  nf  Pythagoras. 

ΤΙνθΰ•}ορίστής,  Dor.  -ικτάς.  ov,  6, 
a  Ρ ythiigorca/?^  follower  of  Pythagoras : 
in  the  later  comic  poets  they  were 
oft.  ridiculed,  seethe  ΐίνθαγορίζονσα, 
of  Alexis,  the  ΤΙνϋαγοριστι^ς  of  Aris- 
tpphon,  (ap.  Ath.  161  A,  sq.,)  cf. 
Theocr.  14,  5: — ace.  to  Origen,  Tiv- 
1301 


ΠΤΘΙ 

θαγοριστής  was  an  exoteric,  ΤΙνθαγό- 
ρ'ειος,  an  esoteric  Pythagorean. 

^ΐίνθαενς,  έως,  ύ,  Pyihaeus,  son  of 
Apollo,  said  by  some  to  have  built  the 
temple  at  Delphi.  Paus.  2,  35,  2. 

ΤΙϊ'θάίζυ,  (Τίνθώ)  to  consult  the  ora- 
cle at  Pytho  (i.  e.  Delphi. ) 

Μίνθαίνετος,  ov,  6,  Pythaenittis,  a 
historian,  Ath.  589  F. 

ΤΙϋθάϊστ/'/ς,  οΰ,  ό,  one  who  cotisuUs 
the  Pythian  oracle,  Strab. 

ϋίνθύράτος,  ov,  6,  Pytharatus, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Paus. ;  etc. 

illύθaf)χoς,ov,ό,Pytharchus,masc. 
pr.  n.,  Atli.  30  A  ;  etc. 

ΊΙνβανλης,  ου,  ό,  i.  θ.  ό  ~u  Πύθια 
ανλώι•,  one  who  plays  the  air  expressing 
the  battle  between  Apollo  and  the  Py- 
thon :  it  was  played  on  a  flute, 
hence  called  αυλός  Πύθιος,  the  air 
was  Πυθικός  νόμος  and  Πυθικόν  av- 
λημα.  cf.  Thiersch  Pind.  1,  p.  60. 

tnj;i9i'af,  ov  Dor.  a,  ό,  ion.  -έης, 
Pytheas.  son  of  Lampon,  of  Aegina, 
a  victor  in  the  pancratium  at  the  Ne- 
mean  games,  Pind.  N.  5  ;  I.  -i. — 2.  an 
Abdente,  Hdt.  7, 137. — 3.  an  Atheni- 
an orator,  an  opponent  of  Demos- 
thenes, Dem.  1481,  13  ;  Plut.  Dem.  ; 
etc. — 4.  a  celebrated  geographer  of 
JVIassilia,  Strab. — Others  in  Diod.  S. ; 
etc 

Πνθεδών,  όνος,  ή,  (ττΰθω)  putrefac- 
tion, Nic.  Th.  466,  in  plur. 

ΠϋθεΙον,  ov,  τό,^μαντεΐον,  Suid. 

'[Πνθερμος,  ov,  6,  Pythermus,  a 
Phocaean,  sent  as  an  envoy  from  the 
Greeks  of  Asia  Minor  to  the  Spar- 
tans, Hdt.  1,  152.— 2.  a  historian  of 
Ephesus,  Ath.  289  F.— 3.  a  poet  of 
Teos,  Ath.  625  B. 

Πύθέσθαι,  inf.  aor.  of  ττυνθάνομαι, 
Horn. 

Πυθεσκε,  Ion.  imperf.  from  πνθω, 
for  έττνθε.  Αρ.  Rh.  [ν] 

^Πνθίύς,  εως,  ό,  Pytheus,  appell.  of 
Apollo,  Thuc.  5,31,  v.  1.  Πυθαιενς. 

^Πυθήν,  ήνος,  ό,  Pythen,  a  naval 
commander  of  the  Corinthians, Thuc. 
6,  104. 

^Πνθης,  εω,  6,  Pythes,  son  of  Is- 
chonoiis  of  Aegina.  Hdt.  9, 78. — 2.  son 
of  Aridromachus  of  Abdera.  Paus.  6, 
14,  12. — Others  in  Paus.  ;  etc. 

Πνβία,  ας,  ή.  (sc.  Ιέρεια),  Ion.  -ίη, 
the  Pythia,  priestess  of  the  Pythian 
Apollo  at  Delphi,  who  uttered  the 
responses  of  the  oracle,  freq.  in  Hdt. : 
cf  προφήτης. 

Πνθια,  ων,  τά,  (sc.  Ιερή)  the  Pythi- 
an games,  celebrated  every  four  years 
at  Pytho  or  Delphi  in  honour  of  Py- 
thian Apollo,  Pind.,  etc.— It  is  pretty 
certain  that  they  were  held  in  the 
third,  not  the  second,  Olympian  year, 
and  probably  in  the  summer  or  au- 
tumn, Clinton  F.  H.  1,  Append.  1, 
Arnold  Thuc.  vol.  2,  fin.,  Thirlw. 
Hist,  of  Gr.  6,  p.  5. 

\Πνθιάδης,  ov,  b,  Pythiades,  a  gov- 
ernor on  the  Erylhraeum  mare,  Po- 
lyb.  5,  46,  7. 

Πνβιάζω,  to  he  inspired  by  the  Pythi- 
an Apollo,  to  prophesy. 

Πυθίας,  άόος,  pecul.  fern,  of  Πΰ- 
θιος,  Π.  βοά,  a  song  to  Apollo,  Soph. 
Fr.  435. — II.  esp.  as  suhst., — 1.  (sub. 
Ιέρεια), =ή  Πνθια,  the  Pythian  priest- 
ess.— 2.  (sub.  περίηόος).  and  that, — 
a.  a  Pythiad,  period  of  4  years,  after 
which  the  Pythian  games  were  cele- 
brated, cf  'Ολυμπιάς. — h.  the  cehbra- 
tiun  i)f  the  Pythian  games,  and  so=r<i 
Πνθια,  Pind.  P.  1.  58  ;  5.  26.— 13.  sc. 
οδός,  the  road  leading  from  Delphi  to 
Tempe,  by  which  the  Delphians  sent 
a  solemn  embassy  in  honour  of  Apol- 
lo, Ael.  V.  H.  3,  i. — 4.  also  a  solemn 
1302 


ΠΥΘΟ 

sending  of  oflerings  from  Athens  to 
Delphi,  Strab.  p.  404. 

^Πυθικός,  ή,  όν,=  ηνθιος ;  το  Πυ- 
θικόν μαντείον,  the  oracle  of  Apollo 
at  Delphi,  Soph.  El.  32. 

^Πυθιον,  ov,  TO,  sc.  ιερόν,  the  tem- 
ple of  the  Pythian  Apollo,Thuc.  2,  15  ; 
as  name  of  a  place  from  a  temple  of 
Apollo  there,  Strab. ;  etc. 

Πϋθίονίκη,  ι/ς,  ή,  (Πνθια,  νίκη)  a 
victory  at  the  Pythian  games,  [vi] 

■\Πνθιονίκη,  ης,  ή,  Pythionice,  fem. 
pr.  n.,  Ath.  339,  etc. 

Πϋθιοΐ'ίκης,  ov,  ύ.  Dor.  -κας,  (Πύ- 
θια, νίκη)  a  conqueror  in  the  Pythian 
games,  Pmd.  P.  9,  1.  Hdt.  8,  47.    [vi] 

ΠνθιόνΙκος,  ov,  (Πνθια,  νίκ7})  vic- 
torious in  the  Pythian  games  :  in  genl. 
of,  belonging  to  such  victory,  Pind.  P.  0, 
4,  etc. 

Πύθιος,  a,  ov,  (Πυθώ)  Pythian,  i.  e. 
Delphian,  of  or  belonging  to  Pytho, 
freq.  as  epith.  of  Apollo,  cf.  H.  Hom. 
Ap.  373,  and  then  freq.  in  Pind.,  etc.; 
and  cf  Πυθία,  ή.  Πύθια,  τύ. — Π.  οι 
ΠνΟιοι,  at  Sparta.,  four  persons  whose 
office  it  uas  to  consult  the  Delphic  oracle 
on  affairs  of  state,  Hdt.  6,  57,  Cic. 
Div.  1,  43;  two  of  them  were  attach- 
ed to  the  person  of  each  king,  and 
they  had  high  privileges,  Miill.  Dor. 
3,  1,  ψ  9.  In  Lacon.  also  Ποίθιοι. 
[ν:  t  only  in  H.  Hom.  Ap.  373,  and 
this  place  is  altered  by  Herm.] 

^Πύθιος,ον,  ό,  Pythius,  a  Lydian, 
son  of  Atys,  famed  for  his  wealth, 
Hdt.  7,  27. 

Πυθίων,  όνος,  η,  a  sort  of  bulbous 
root,  Theophr. 

ίΠνθίων,  ωΐ'ος,  6,  Pythion,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Ath.  609  B. 

Πνθμεΐ'έω,  ώ,  (πνθμτ/ν  HI)  of  a 
number,  to  be  a  power  of  some  root. 

Πνθμενικός,  ?},  όν,  (ττνθμήν)  of,  be- 
longing to  the  root  of  a  number. 

ΠνθμέΐΊον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  ττν- 
θμί/ν,  Geop. 

Πυθμενόθεν,  adv.,  from  the  founda- 
tion, h&t.  funditus,  ov  πνθμ-,  not  at  all, 
cf  αρχήν.  Foes.  Oecon.  Hipp. 

Πυθμήν,  ένας,  6,  the  bottom,  the  hol- 
low or  belly  of  a  drinking-cup,  Lat. 
fundus,  II.  11,  635  ;  18,  375.  Hes.  Op. 
367,  Fr.  39,  7  ;  π.  θαλάσσης,  πόντου, 
λίμνης,  the  bottom  or  depths  of  the  sea, 
Hes.  Th.  932,  Solon  5,  20,  Theogn. 
1029  ;  γενειύδος  π.,  i.  e.,  the  beard, 
Ae.sch.  Fr.  27  : — metaph.,  π.  κακών, 
a  depth,  abyss  of  woe,  Orph.,  like 
Λέρνα  κακών,  etc.  :  also  in  plur., 
χθων  εκ  πυθμένων,  earth  from  her 
foundations,  like  πρέμνηθεν,  Aesch. 
"Pr.  1047,  cf.  Soph.  O.  T.  1261.— II. 
the  bottom,  .itock.  root  of  a  tree,  Od.  13, 
122,  372  ; — metaph..  the  original  stock 
of  a  family,  Aesch.  Cho.  260,  Snpp. 
104  ;  also  the  stalk  or  strni  of  a  plant, 
cf.  Aesch.  Cho.  204. — III.  in  arith- 
metic, the  root  or  fundamental  number, 
as  2  is  of  4,  3  of  9,  etc.,  —.  έπίτριτος. 
Plat.  Rep.  546  C;  cf.  έπιτριτος. 
(.Akin  to  πύνδαξ.  βνθός,  βνσσός, 
βένθος.  βάθος,  βόθρος,  and  hat.  fun- 
dus:  hence  πνματος.)  [ν  in  Aesch. 
Pr.  1047,  Cho.  1.  c,  Fr.  27.] 

ίΠυθογένης,  ους,  ό,  Pythoglnes,  a 
Sicilian,  Hdt.  6,  23. 

^Πνθόόη?.ος,  ov,  o,  Pythodelus,  a 
person  ridiculed  by  Axionic.  ap.  Ath. 
166  C. 

^Πνθόδοτος,  ov,  6,  Pythodotiis.  an 
Atlienian  archon,  Dem. ;  but  Reiske 
reads  Πνθάόωρος- — Others  in  Paus. ; 
etc. 

^Πνθοδωρίς,  ίδης,  ή,  Pythodoris, 
daughter  of  Pythodorus,  Strab.  p. 
555. 

^Πνθάδωρος,  ov,  ό,  Pythodorus,  an 


ΠΤΟΩ 

Athenian,  son  of  Isolochus,  a  pupil 
of  Zeno,  Thuc.  3,  115  ;  Plat. ;  etc. — 
2.  an  Athenian  archon,  Dem.  1174, 
13,  V.  Πνθύδοτος. — 3.  an  Acharnian, 
Id.  1215,  13.— Others  in  Dem.  1140, 
17  ;  etc. 

Πνθόθεν,  adv.,  (Πνθώ)  from  Pytho 
or  Delphi,  jPind.  1.  1,  92. 

ΠΟί^οί,  adv.,  (Πνθώ)  to  or  at  Pytho 
or  Delphi,  Find.  O.  7,  17,  P.  11,  74  : 
— strictly  dat.  from  Πνθώ  : — ^the  tri- 
sylLformnt'Sot  isquoted  by  Choerob. 
from  Pind. ;  and  Bultm.(Ausf.Gramm. 
i)  49  Anm.  3,  n.)  Λνου^  restore  this 
at  the  end  of  Isihin.  7  (6). 

ΠύθοΙόε,  Άd\.y=Πvθώδε,  Hes.  Sc. 
480. 

'\Πυθοκλ.είδης,  ov,  6,  Pylhoclules,  a 
sophist  of  Ceos,  teacher  of  Pericles 
in  music.  Plat.  Prot.  316  C. 

^Πνθοκ/.ής,  έους,  ό,  Pythocles,  an 
Athenian,  father  of  Phaedrus,  Plat. 
Phaedr.  244. — 2.  son  of  Pythodorus, 
an  Athenian  orator,  Dem.  320,  fin. ; 
442,  15.— Others  in  Plut.  ;  etc. 

Πνθόκραντος,  ov,  (Πνθώ,  κραίνω) 
confirmed  by  the  Pythian  god  :  Tu  Πν- 
θύκραντα,  the  Pythian  oracles,  Aesch. 
Ag.  1255. 

^Πνθνκριτος,  ov,  a,  Pythocritns,  a 
flute-player  of  Sicyon,  Paus.  6,  14, 
10. 

Πνθοκτόνος,  ov,  {Ylvduv,  κτείνΐΛ) 
slaying  the  serpent  Python,  Orph. 

^Πνθόλ.αος,  ο»,  ύ,  Pythoiaus,  the 
murderer  of  Alexander  of  Pherae, 
Plut. 

Πνθόληπτος,  ov,  (Πνθώ,  λαμβάνω) 
seized  or  rapt  by  Pythian  Apollo,  seized 
■with  Pythic  frenzy. 

Πύθομαι  [i'],  v.  sub  πνθω. 

Πϋθομαντις,  εως.  ό,  ή,  (Πνθώ,  μάν- 
τις)  α  Pythian  prophet :  belonging  to  such 
an  one,  Π.  λοξίας,  Aesch.  Cho.  1030  ; 
— Π.  εστία,  the  prophetic  seat  at  Pytho, 
Soph.  O.  T.  965. 

■\Πνθόν[κος,  ov,  ('>,Pyihaniciis,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Andoc. ;  Ath. ;  etc. 

^Πνθόπολ.ις,  ή,  Pythopnhs,  a  city 
of  Bithynia,  Plut.  Thes.  76.— 11.  fem. 
pr.  n..  Polyaen.  8,  42. 

^Πνθοφάνης,  ονς,  6,  Pythopkanes, 
a  Macetlonian,  Arr.  An.  3,  22,  1. 

Πνθοχρ}}στΐ)ς,  Dor. -raf,  ov,  ό,  (XIw- 
βώ,  χράω) : — φυγάς  Π-,  an  exile  sent 
by  the  Pythian  god,  Aesch.  Cho.  940. 

Πϋθόχρηστος,  ov,  (Πνθώ,  χρύυ) 
μαντενματα  Π.,  oracles  diUrered  bif 
the  Pythian  god,  Aesch.  ('ho.  901. — 11. 
=  foreg.,  Eur.  Ion  1218. 

Π  Υ'ΘΩ,  fnt.  πνσω  :  aor.  επνσα  : — 
to  make  rot,  to  rot,  όστέα  πνσει  άρον- 
pa,  II.  4,  174  ;  σέ  γ'  αντον  πνσει  γαία, 
Η.  Αρ.  309  ;  αντοΰ  πνσε  πελ.ωρ  μένος 
'ΠελΊοιο,  lb.  374,  cf  Hes.  Op.  624  :— 
pass.,  to  become  rotten,  to  rot,  decay, 
moulder,  11.11, 395,  Od.  1 . 1 61 ,  etc.,Hes. 
Sc.  153.  (From  root  ΠΤ-,  which  ap- 
pears in  Sanscr.  /ju^.  to  stink,  in  πνον, 
πΐ'έω,  and  Lat.  pus.  puris,  pundenlus, 
puteo,  putresco,  putris,  pvtridvs,  etc.) 
[v  in  all  tenses  ;  though  Call.  Fr.  313 
has  the  aor.  πνσε  for  πίσί.] 

Πϋθώ.  gen.  ονς,  dat.  ot,  ή.  Pytho, 
older  name  of  that  part  of  Phocis  at 
the  foot  of  Parnassus,  in  which  lay 
the  town  of  Delphi,  Horn.,  and  Hes. ; 
also  the  oldest  name  of  Deljjhi  itself, 
Pind.,  and  Hdt. :  cf  Πνθών,  Πύθων, 
Πύθιος,  Πυθία.  (Some  derive  the 
word  from  πύθέσθαι  in  reference  to 
inquiry  of  the  orach,  which  is  unlikely 
from  the  difference  of  quantity  :  others 
from  πνθειν,  πνθεσθαι  [ϋ],  because 
the  serpent  (Python)  rotted  there.) 
Hence 

Πνθώδε,  adv.,  (Πνθώ)  to  Pytho,  Od 
11,581. 


ΠΥΚΙ 

.  ΙΙνθύθεν,  adv.,  (ΤΙνθώ)  from  Pytho, 
ffor  Πνθάθεν,  Piiid.  I.  1,92. 

ΤΙνβων,  ωνος,  ύ,  the  serperit  Python, 
slain  by  Apollo,  thence  surnamed  the 
Pythian. — II.  in  Plutarch's  time  ven- 
tnioquists  were  called  Πΰί'ωΐ'άς  and 
ΐΐνβυνισσαι-,  2,  414  Ε  :  ci'.  Wetstein 
ad  Act.  16,  16. — \\\l.  as  masc.  pr.  n., 
Python, — 1.  an  orator  of  Byzantium, 
an  ambassador  of  Philip  to  the  Athe- 
nians, Dem.  272,  19  ;  etc. — 2.  an  -Ae- 
nian,  prob.  same  with  foreg..  Id.  659, 
27;  674,  21.— 3.  a  poet  of  Catana, 
Ath.  586  C. — 4.  a  general  of  Alexan- 
der the  Great,  after  his  death  gover- 
nor in  Media,  Arr.  Ind.  15,  10.— Oth- 
ers in  Plut  ;  etc.f  [&] 

ΙΙνθών,  ώνος,  ή,  older  form  for  Πυ- 
θώ,  11.  2,  519,  Ά.  Merc.  178;  also  in 
iSimon.,  and  Pind.     Hence 

^Τίνθώνάόε,  adv.,  to  Pyiho,  Pind. 
O.  6,  61, 

^ίίνθώναξ,  ακτος,  6,  Pythonax, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Dem. ;  etc. 

ΐΐϋθωνικός,  ή,  όν,  from  Pytho  :  in- 
spired by  (he  Pythian  god. 

ΙΙυθώι^οόε,  &άν.,{ΤΙυθώ)='Π.νθωδε. 

Τ1νθωι•όθεν,  Άάν.,=  Πυβώθεν,Ύγΐ- 
tae.  8,  1,  Pind.  P.  5,  141. 

ΐΐϋθώος,  a,  ον,!=ΙΙύθιος. 

Tlvift,  old  poet,  form  of  πϋρ,  Simon. 
(Amorg.  ?)  Lob.  Paral.  76. 

Πΐ'/ιώ,  poet.  adv.  from  ττνκός,=^7Γυ- 
κι,νώς,  freq.  in  Honi.,  v.  sub  πυκνός 
VI.  3.  [ϋ] 

ΐΐϋκάζω,  f.  -άσω :  (πνκα,  ττνκνός)  : 
— to  make  thick  or  close,  cover  or  wrap 
up,  enwrap,  oft.  with  collat.  notion  of 
protection,  νεφέλ;^  ττυκάσασα  ε  ανττ/ν, 
11.  17,  551 ;  πύκασεν  κόρα  άμφιτεθεί- 
σα  (sc.  /;  κυνέη),  11-  10,  271  ;  πυκ.  vf/a 
λίΟοισι,  to  surround  a  ship  with  stones, 
so  as  to  protect  it  while  lying  up,  Hes. 
Op.  622,  V.  Herm.  Opusc.  6,  1,  p.  245  : 
— to  cover  thickly,  shadow,  of  the  down 
on  a  youth's  chin,  Od.  11,  320;  so, 
JTVK.  πέδιλα  τηλοις,  to  cover  thick  with 
hair,  Hes.  Op.  540  : — esp.,  πνκ.  στε- 
φύνοις,  to  cover  thick  with  crowns, 
Eur.  Ale.  796,  Orac.  ap.  Dem.  531, 
6 ;  στέμμασι  πΰς  πνκασθείς,  Hdt.  7, 
197  ;  then,  absol.,  to  crown,  Eur.  Tro. 
353: — part.  pf.  pass,  πεπνκασμένος, 
thickly  covered,  υζοισι,  χρνσφ,  II.  14, 
289  ;  23,  503  ;  ^άκεσιν  πεπνκασμένος 
ώμους,  Od.  22,  488  ;  so,  όρος  πεπυκα- 
ρμένον.  a  hill  well-clothed  with  wood, 
iies.  Th.  484;  Aeol.  πεπυκαδμένος, 
covered,  hidden,  Sappho  30. — 2.  met- 
aph.,  "Εκτορα  ΰχος  πνκασε  φρένας, 
grief  darkened,  t/irew  a  shadow  on  his 
soul,  U.  8,  124;  17,  83.-3.  to  provide 
well,  prepare,  hence  in  mid.,  tv  πνκύ- 
ζου  τόξον,  look  well  to  thy  bow,  Aesch. 
Theb.  149. — II.  to  close,  shut,  shut  up, 
εντός  πνκύζειν  σφέας  αυτούς,  to  sliut 
themselves  close  up  within,  Od.  12, 
225  ;  δώμα  π.,  to  shut  the  house  close. 
Soph.  Aj.  531. — IV.  νουν  πεπνκασμέ- 
νος, close,  cautious  of  mind,  Hes.  Op. 
791 ;  of.  πυκνός  V.,  πνκιμηδής. — Poet, 
word.     Hence 

ΪΙνκασμα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which  is 
close,  covered  or  closely  shut,  [ϋ] 

ΐίΰκασμός,  ού,  ό,  {πυκύζω)  α  cover- 
ing or  shuttirtg  closely. 

ΐΐϋκίμ/ιδής,  ες,  {πνκα,  πνκινός,  μη- 
δος)  of  close  or  cautious  mind,  shrewd, 
Od.  1,  438,  cf.  II.  24,  282:  also  writ- 
ten paroxyt.  πυκιμήδης,  Η.  Horn.  Cer. 
153  ;  cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  671. 

Τίνκίνά,  neut.  plur.  used  as  adv. 
from  πνκίνός  ;  v.  sub  πυκνός. 

ΐίνκ'ινοθριξ,  =^πυκνόθριξ,  Nonn. 

ΙΙνκΐνοκίνητος,  ov,  (ττυκίνά,  κϊνέω) 
moving  constantly,  Hipp. 

ΪΙνκΐνό^Ιΐίζος,  ov,  φίζα)—πνκνό/!)- 
ίίΐζος,  Hipp. 


ΠΤΚΝ 

ΤΙϋκΐνός,  ή,  όν,  poet,  lengthd.  form 
for  πυκνός,  freq.  in  Hom.,  and  Hes. 
Adv.  -νώς,  Hom. ;  v.  sub  πυκνός. 

ΤΙνκΐνόφρων,  όνος,  ό,  ?/,  {πνκινός, 
φρήν)=πνκίμηδής,  Η.  Hom.  Merc. 
538,  Hes.  Fr.  36. 

ΙΙνκνά,  neut.  used  as  adv.  from 
πυκνός,  q.  v.  (signf.^  VI.  2). 

ϋνκνύζί^,^^πνκνόω,  dub. 

ΐΐυκνάκις,  adv.,  {πυκνός)  oft  times, 
Arist.  Piobl.  3,  9.  [yu\ 

ΤΙνκνάρμων,  ονυς,  δ,  i],  {πυκνός, 
άρω)  closely  fitted  or  joined,  Democr. 
ap.  Stob.  Eel.  1,  594. 

ΐΐύκνΐ],  ης,  ή,  as  subst.,  α  wing  ;  and 
also  in  a  form  πνκναία,  v.  Lob.  Paral. 
319. 

ΤΙυκί'ίτης,  ου,  δ,  assembling  in  the 
Pnyx,  δήμος  π.•,  Ar.  Eq.  42  ;  cf.  πνύξ. 

Τίυκνυιϊλαατος,  ov,  {πυκνός,  βλα- 
στός) covered  with  bads  or  shoots,  The- 
ophr. 

Τίυκνογόνάτος,  ov,  {πυκνός,  γόνυ 
II)  with  thick  knots  OT  joints,  Diosc. 

Πνκνόόονς,  οντυς,  δ,  ή,  with  teeth 
close  together. 

ϋνκνοέθειρος,  ov,  {έθειρα)=8^. 

ΐίνκνύθρίξ,  τρίχος,  ό,  ή,  thick-hair- 
ed. 

ΤΙνκνόκαρπος,  ov, {πυκνός, καρπός) 
thick  with  fruit,  Luc.  Amor.  12. 

Τίνκνοκίνδϋΐ'ος,  ov,  {πυκνός,  κίν- 
δυνος) ever  in  dangers,  V.  1.  Arist.  Eth. 
N.  4,  3,  23. 

ΐίνκνόκομον,  ου,  τό,  {κόμη)  a  plant, 
a  kind  of  scabiosa,  Diosc. 

HvKvov,  neut.  used  as  adv.  from 
πυκνός,  q.  v. 

ΐΐυκνοπνενμάτος,  ov,  (  πυκνός, 
πνεύμα)  '  thick  and  scant  of  breath,' 
Hipp. 

ίίνκνόπορος,  ov,  with  many  passa- 
ges or  openings. 

ΙΙυκνόπτερος,  ov, {πυκνός,  πτερόν) 
thick-feathered,  π.  ΰηδόνες.  Soph.  Ο. 
C.  17, — where  it  seems  to  be  merely 
periphr.  for  πυκναί. 

ΐίνκνό^βάξ,  άγος,  {πυκνός,  βάξ) 
thick  with  berries,  Anth.  P.  6,  22. 

Τίυκνόββιζος,  ov,  {πυκνός,  βίζα) 
with  thick  or  many  roots,  Theophr. 

Ώνκνόββωγος,  ov,  and  -βωξ,  wyof, 
{/)ώξ)=πυκνόβραξ,  Anth. 

ΤΙυκνός,  ή,  ov,  and  poet,  lengthd. 
πϋκΐνός,  ή,  όν,  close,  compact,  opp.  to 
μανός:  and  so, — I.  of  the  material 
quality  or  substance  of  a  thing,  close, 
firm,  solid,  opp.  to  what  is  loose  and 
porous,  θώρηξ,  II.  15,  529 ;  χλαίνα, 
Od.  14,  521 ;  νέφος,  νεφέλη,  II.  5,  751  ; 
16,  288;  π.  /^έχος,  not  a  strong  bed- 
stead, but  a  well-stuffed,  ^r7«bed,  II.  9, 
621,  Od.  7,  340  ;  also,  πνκνόν  και  μα- 
λακόν,  II.  14,  349  : — χρυσόΓ,  όστοϋν, 
Plat.  Tim.  59  Β,  75  Α.— II.  of  the  close 
union  of  the  parts  of  a  thing,  close, 
thick,  close-packed,  crowded,  Lat.  den- 
sus,  opp.  to  what  is  loose  and  scatter- 
ed, πυκνοί  και  θαμέες,  joined,  Od.  12, 
92 ;  πνκιναι  φύ?ίαγγες,  πνκναί  στί- 
χες,  II.  4,  281  ;  7,  61,  etc.;  πυκνοί 
σταυροί,  II.  24,  453;  ττυκνα  καρήατα, 
of  the  dense  mass  of  heads  in  a  crowd, 
II.  11,  309;  πυκνοί  ίώέστασαν  άλλη- 
λοισι,  II.  13,  133,  cf  Od.  5,  480 ;  πυκ- 
νά πτερά,  thick-feathered  wings,  II.  11, 
454,  Od.  5,  53,"  etc.,  V.  Schaf  Dion. 
Comp.  351,  Lob.  Paral.  319:  esp.  of 
thick,  foliage,  copse  or  thicket,  ύλη, 
λόχμη,  θάμνοι,  ϋζοί,  βωπηϊα,  δρνμά, 
πέταλα,  etc.,  olt.  in  Hom. ;  πυκνά 
νέφεα,  Hes.  Op.  551  ;  also  βέλεα,  λί- 
θοι, ?ιΐθάδες,  etc.,  a  thick  shower  of 
darts,  stone.  II.  11,570;  10.212,  etc., 
(though  ?ιίθυι  π.  are  also  heaps,  piles 
of  stones) ;  so,  τοξεΰματα  πολλά  και 
πυκνά,  Hdt.  7,  218  ;  π.  ιΐ'εκάς,  α  thick- 
falling  shower,  Soph.  Fr.  503  ;  π.  vi- 


ΠΎΚΝ 

φάς,  Eur.  Andr.  1129  ;  π.  τρίχες,  δεν 
δρα,  Plat.  Prot.  321  A,  Xen.  An.  4,8, 
2. — 2.  of  an  oft-repeated  action,  π. 
τροχός,  the  oft-revolving  wheel  (of  For- 
tune), Soph.  Fr.  713  :  hence  in  rela- 
tion of  time,  often,  frequent,  Lat.  cre- 
ber,frequens,  as,  π.  πυρετός,  βοή,  an 
often  recurring  fever,  flux,  Hipp.  ;  π. 
σφυγμός,  a  quick  pulse,  etc..  Id. ;  έρω- 
τήμασι  πνκνοΐς χpώμcvoι,Ύhuc.~ ,44 ; 
jj  έωθυίύ  μοι  μαντική  πάνυ  πυκνή 
7/ν,  Plat.  Αροΐ.  40  Α. — III.  of  artificial 
union,  well  put  together,  well-made, 
compact,  fast,  strong,  δόμος,  χηλός,  θν- 
pai,  θάλαμος,  κευθιιών,ΙΙ.  10,267 -,13, 
68  ;  14,  167,  etc. ;  ασπίς  βινοϊσιν  πυ- 
κινήν,  13,  804  ;  cf.  infra  VI :  hence, 
well-guarded,  closed,  close,  concealed, 
as  also  Homer's  π.  ?.όχος,  π.  δό/^ος 
may  be  explained  :  hence, — IV.  gen- 
erally, strong  of  its  kind,  great,  sore, 
excessive,  π.  άτη,  II.  24,  480  ;  π.  μελε 
δώναι,  Od.  19,516;  π.  άχος,  II.  16, 
599,  cf  Od.  11,  88,  infra  VI :— though 
these  might  be  taken  melaph.  from 
the  notion  of  an  overshadowing  cloud, 
as  in  άχος  πνκασε  φρένας,  II.  8,  124. 
— V.  metaph.  of  the  mind,  πυκιναί 
φρένες,  II.  14,  294;  νόος,  11.  15,  461  ; 
μήδεα,  II.  3,  208;  βουλή,  11.  2,  55; 
έφετμή,  II.  18,  216  ;  μϋθος,  Od.  3,  23  ; 
έπος,  II.  11,  788  ;  θυμός.  βου?Μί,  Pind. 
Ρ.  4,  130,  Ι.  7  (6),  11 ;  φρήν,  Eur.  Ι. 
Α.  67  ;  etc. : — of  persons,  πυκνότατος 
παλάμαις,  Pind.  Ο.  13,  73  ;  πυκινοί, 
the  wise.  Soph.  Phil.  854  ;  π.  κίναδος, 
Ar.  Αν.  420  ;  άνθρωπος  πυκνός  και 
σοφός,  Critias  9,  12,  etc. : — in  these 
places  all  agree  to  interpret  it  wise, 
prudent,  shrewd,  though  the  way  in 
which  it  came  to  have  these  notions 
is  disputed; — some  deriving  it  from 
the  notion  of  close,  strong,  forcible ; 
others  from  that  of  close,  guarded,  cau- 
tious ;  that  the  latter  is  best,  appears 
from  the  phrases  πνκινός  δό/.ος,  λό 
χος,  II.  6,  187,  189;  μήτιδι  πυκν^, 
Orac.  ap.  Hdt.  7,  141.— VI.  adv.  πν'κ- 
νώς,  πνκινώς,  the  former  being  post- 
Hom. :  Hom.  uses  πυκινώς,  esp.  in 
phrase,  θύραι  or  σανίδες  πυκινώς  άρα- 
ρυϊαι,  close  or  fast  shut,  II.  9,  475,  Od. 
2,  344,  etc. :  but  oft.  also  metaph., 
πυκινώς  άνάχημαι,  II.  19,  312,  Od.  19, 
95,  etc.,  V.  supra  IV  :  also,  π.  ύποθή- 
σομαι,  II.  21 ,293 ;  v.  supra  V.— 2.  Hom. 
also  uses  neuters  πυκνόν  and  πυκνά., 
πυκινόν  and  πνκινά  as  adv.,  esp.  in 
signf  much,  often,  πήρη  πυκνά  βωγα- 
λέη,  a  7nuch  lorn  cloak,  a  cloak  full  of 
holes,  Od.  13,  438;  17,  198 :— yer^ 
much,  sorely,  πυκινόν  περ  ύχεύων,  Od. 
11,  88:  also,  πνκινά  φρονεϊν,  Od.  9, 
445 ;  άοιδήν  πυκνόν  καταχεύεσθαι, 
Hes. Op.  582 : — also  in  AU., πυκνά  άπο- 
βλέπειν.  Plat.  Rep.  501  Β  ;  compar. 
πνκνότερον,  lb.  328  D,  etc.— 3.  lastly, 
Hom.  oft.  has  poet.  adv.  πνκα  [•-~], 
from  an  old  πνκός,  thickly,  strongly, 
usu.  in  phrases  πνκα  ποιητός,  II.  18, 
608,  etc.  ;  πνκα  θωρηκτής,  12,  317, 
etc.  ; — but  also  πνκα  φρονεϊν,  9,  554  ; 
πνκα  τρέφειν,  to  rear  carefully,  5,  70. 
— Chiefly  poetic. — A  Lacon.  superl. 
πουκότατος  in  Anth.  P.  15,27.  (With 
πνξ,  πνγμή,  perh.  akin  to  πήγννμι, 
pango,  OUT  pack,  as  ττΐ'^ certainly  is  to 
pungo :  perh.  also  to  πτύς,  πτύσσω.) 

Ήυκνύς,  Att.  gen.  from  πνύξ. 

ΤΙυκνόσαρκος.  ov,  {πυκνός,  σαρξ) 
with  solid  flesh,  A  list.  Probl.  1,  20. 

ΤΙΐ'κνοσπορέω,  ώ,  to  sow  thick,The 
ophr. :  f-^om 

ΐΐυκνόσπορος,  ov,  {πυκνής,  σπορά) 
sowing  thick. — II.  prop.arox.  πνκνό- 
σπορος,ον,  pass.,  thick  sown,  Theophr, 

ΐίνκνόστημος,  ov,  {στήμων)  with  a 
thick  thread  in  the  woof. 

1303 


ΠΥΚΤ 

ΊΙυκνόσΓίκτος,  ον,  (πυκνός,  στίζω) 
thick  spoiled,  ίλαφοι.  Soph.  Ο. C.  1093. 

Πυ/£ΐ'όσ7ί'λοζ•,  ον,  {πυκνός,  στύλος) 
with  the  pillars  close  together,  opp.  to 
ΰ.Ι)αώστυλος,  Vitruv. 

ΐίνκνύτης,  ητος,  ή,  (ττνκνός)  close- 
ness, thickness,  diriseness,  e.  g.  of 
clouds,  Ar.  Nub.  3fl,  40G  ;  χρυσον, 
Plat.  'rim.  59  Β  ;  of  flosh,  opp.  to 
μανύτης,  Id.  Legg.  812  I),  Arist.,  etc. : 
ή  π.  της  ξνγκλ^σεως,  Thuc.  5,  71  : 
as  medic,  term,'  π.  κοιλίίΐς,  costivity, 

Hipp. — II.  frequency,  μ(ταβθ7,ών,  Is- 
ocr.  C5  A. — HI.  incta|)h.,  prudence, 
shrewdness,  έν  τώ  τράπιο,  Ar.  Eq. 
1132, 

'Π.νκνόφθαλμος,ον,(πνκνός,  οφθαλ- 
μός) with  thick-set  ei/es,  Menand.  p.  185 : 
— with  thick-set  buds,  Theophr. 

'Π.νκνύψνλλος,ον,{πνκνός,  όνλλον) 
with  thickfoliage,  Arist.  Probl.  20,  36. 
ΐΐυκνύω,  ώ,  (πυκνός)  like  πνκάζω, 
to  make  close  or  solid,  την  σάρκα, 
Arist.  Probl.  1,  52. — II.  to  close  or 
pack  close,  jr.  έηυτονς,  to  close  their 
ranks,  Hdt.  9,  18  ;  σαυτον  στρόβίΐ 
πυκνώσας,  roll  yourself  well  up  and 
tumble  about,  Ar.  Nub.  701-: — πνκ- 
νουμενίο  πνενματι,  i.  e.  without  tak- 
ing breath,  Lat.  uno  spiritu,  Plut.  De- 
moslh.  11. — III.  to  close,  shut  up,  π. 
τους  πόρους,  Theophr. ;  so,  φλέβες 
πνκνωβεΐσαι,  Hipp. — IV.  pass.,  to  be 
stuffed  full  of  or  lilled  with  a  thing, 
Xen.  Cyn.  5,  7. — -V.  in  pass.,  also,  of 
words,  to  be  compressed,  become  closer 
in  signification,  Arist.  An.  Post.  1,  23, 
4  ;  cf.  καταπυκνόω.  III.     Hence 

ΙΙύκνωμα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which  covers 
close,  a  covering,  veil,  Aesch.  Supp. 
235. — II.  pass.,  close  order  or  array, 
των  σαρισσών,  Plut.  Aemil.  20,  cf. 
Id.  Philop.  9. — 2.  that  ivhich  is  done 
frequently,  repetition,  esp.  of  the  same 
tone,  as  in  tuning  instruments,  Plat. 
Kep.  531  A. 

ΤΙϋκνωσις,  εως,  ή,  (πυκνόω)  a  clos- 
ing, making  or  packing  close,  Polyb.  18, 
12,2: — also=7rii/cyor;/f.     Hence 

Τίυκνωτίκός,  ή,  όν,  closing,  φάρμα- 
κα π.,  medicines  that  close  the  pores. 
Ι1νκτα?^ενω==5ίΐ.,  Sopliron. 
Τ1υκτάλίζω,=πυκτενω,  Anacr.  CI, 
4.  Sophron  ; — as  if  from  πνκταλος, 
like  άρπαλίζω,  όαμα?  ίζω,  etc. 

ΐίνκτεΐον,  ον,  τό,  (πνκτεύω)  α  box- 
ing-ring.—  II.  (πυκτός)  α  book-case, 
very  dub. 

Τίνκτευσις,  ή,  (πνκτεύω)  boxing. 
ΙΙυκτευτής,   ον,  ό,   α   boxer,  more 
usu.  πνκτης :  from 

Τϊυκτενω,  to  practise  boxing,  box, 
Plat.  Gorg.  450  D  ;  εις  κράτα  π.,  to 
strike  with  the  fist  on  the  head,  Eur. 
Cycl.  229.     From 

ΐίνκτης,  ον,  ό  (πυξ,  πυγμή)  α  boxer, 
Lat.  pugil,  tXenophan.  2,  15  Bgk.,t 
Pind.  Ο.  10(11).2ϋ,  Soph.  Tr.  442, 
Plat.,  etc.  ;  Pind.  has  also  πυγμάχος, 
opp.  to  the  παλαιστής,  or  wrestler, 
cf.  Arist.  Rhet.  1,  5,  14.    Hence 

ΐίνκτίκός.  ή,  όν,  skilled  in  boxing. 
Plat.  Gorg.  456  D  ;  μάχη  π..  Id.  Rep. 
333  Ε  : — ή  -κή  (sc.  τέχνη)  the  art  of 
boxing.  Id.  Gorg.  4G0  D. 

HvKTLov,  ov,  τό,  =  πτυκτίον,  Jac. 
A.  P.  p.  18. 

Ώνκτίί-,  ίόος,  ή.=^πτυκτίον,  a  writ- 
ing-tablet, Anth.  P.  9,  340. 

ΙΙνκτις,  ίόος,  prob.  ή,  an  unknown 
animal  in  Ar.  Ach.  879,  supposed  to 
be  the  beaver :  but  several  MSS.  have 
πικτίς,  which  has  been  received  by 
Dind. 

ΥΙυκτομύχέω,  ω,  (μύχομαι)  =  πν- 
κτίυω. 

Τίυκτός,  ή,  όν,  dub.  for  πτνκτός, 
Jac.  Α.  Ρ.  ρ.  50. 
1304 


ΠΥΑΑ 

ΤΙνκτοσννη,  ης,  ή,  (πνκτης)  the  art  ] 
of  boxing,  Xenophan.  Fr.  19,  4.  I 

ΤΙϋλάγόρας,  ov,  ό,  (Ιλνλαι,  άγείρω) 
one  sent  as  an  orator  to  (the  Amphicty- 
onic  council  at)  Pylae ;  and,  gener- 
ally, the  deputy  of  a  Greek  slate  at  that 
council,  Dem.  277,  1,  etc.  The  older 
form  is  Πυλαγόρος,  Hdt  7,  213,  214, 
and  so  ap.  Dem.  278,  19,  26.  — Cf. 
Herm.  Pol.  Ant.  '^  14,  Niebuhr  Kl. 
Schriften,  2,  p.  170.     Hence 

ΤΙϋλΰγορέω,  ώ,  to  be  a  ΪΙυλαγόρας, 
to  be  sent  as  such,  Dem.  279,  15,  Ae- 
schin.  71,  20. 

Ώ.ν?Λγόρος,  δ,  v.  sub  ΤΙνλαγόρας. 

ίΐΐυλάδης,  ov,  ό,  Dor.  -άδας.  a,  Py- 
lades,  son  of  Strophius  and  Anaxibia, 
the  friend  and  companion  of  Orestes, 
Pind.  P.  11,  23;  Soph.  El.;  etc.— 
2.  a  banker  in  Athens,  Dem.  816,  tin. 
— Others  in  Pans. ;  etc. 

Πύλαί,  ών,  ai,  v.  πύλη  II.  2. 

ΤΙνλαία,  ας,  ή,  (sc.  σΰνοόος)  fem. 
from  πυλαίος,  strictly,  the  autunm- 
meeling  of  the  Amphiclyons  at  Pylae 
(or  rather  at  Anthela  near  Pylae) ; 
then,  generally,  the  Amphictyonic  coun- 
cil, Hdt.  7,  213  ;  εαρινή  ΪΙνλ.,  Dem. 
278,  18. — 2.  the  right  of  sending  depu- 
ties to  this  council,  Id.  62,  fin. ;  71,  13. 
— 3.  the  place  of  meeting  at  Anthela, 
Plut.  2,  409  Α.— On  this  place  and 
the  times  of  meeting,  cf.  Biihr.  Hdt. 
7,  200,  Herm.  Pol.  Ant.  (f  14,  2.— II. 
iille  jesting,  nonsense,  trifling,  such  as 
loungers  at  the  gate  {πύλη)  or  at  the 
Amphictyonic  meetings  indulged  in 
(cf.  sq  ),  Wytt.  Plut.  239  C.     Hence 

Τίνλαιαστής.  οϋ,  ό,  a  jcsler,  merry- 
andrew,  mountebank,  such  flocked  to 
Pylae  and  Delphi, during  the  Amphic- 
tyonic assembly :  also,  Rhodianname 
for  a  liar,  Hesych. :  also  πνλαϊστης- 

Υ1ϋλαϊκ(')ς,  ή,  όν,  jesting,  silly,  Plut. 
Pyrrh.  29  ;  cf.  πυλαία  II. 

ΐίν/ίαιμάχος,  ον,τ=πνλημάχος,  in 
Ar.  Eq.  1 172,  with  a  play  on  Pylos,  as 
the  scene  of  Cleon's  triumph. 

]ΤΙυλαιμένης.  ovc,  ό,  Pylaemenes, 
king  of  the  Paphlagonians,  an  ally  of 
Priam,  11.  2,  831. 

\ΥΙνλαίον ,  ov,  TO,  όρος,  Pylaeum,  a 
mountain  in  Lesbos,  Strab.  p.  621. 

ΙΙυλαΙος,  a,  ov,  not  πυλαίος.  Lob. 
Paral.  342  ;  (πν'λη)  : — at  or  before  the 
gate.— 2.  (ύνλαι,)  at  Pylae,  v.  sub  Πυ- 
λαία. 

iTlv?Mcoc,  ov,  ό,  Pylaeus,  son  of 
Lethus,  leader  of  the  Pelasgi,  an  ally 
ofthe  Trojans,  11.2,  842. 

ΤΙϋ7Μσττ]ς,  ov,  ό,=  πυ?Μΐαστής. 

ΤΙϋλύίτης,  ου,  ό,  (πΰλ?;)  α  door-keep- 
er :  fem.  πνλΰΐτις  (or  πν?.αΙτις)  ιύος, 
epith.  of  Minerva,  Lye.  356. 

Τίνλάμάχος,  ov.  Dor.  for  πυλήμ-, 
fighting  at  the  gates,  Stesich.  71,  Call, 
ap.  Schol.  Od.  3,  380,  ubi  v.  Butlm. 
[μα] 

ΐΙν?Μογος,  ον,=πυλονχος,  Plut. 
2,  364  F.' 

αΐνλάργη,  ης,  ή.  Py/arge,  a  daugh- 
ter of  Danaus  and  Pieria,  Apollod.  2, 
1,5. 

ΤΙνλαρος,  όν,^πυλωρής,  susp. 

ΤΙνλάρτης,  ου,  ό,  (πύλη,  άρω)  the 
gate-faslener ;  he  that  keeps  the  gale  of 
hell,  epith.  of  the  god  who  hekl  this 
office,  Άίόαο  πνλάρταο,  11.  8.  367; 
13,  415,  Od.  11,  277  ; — ace.  to  Apion, 
ό  ταΐς  πύλαις  προςηρτημένος,  which 
however  gives  the  same  sense. 

ίΠυλάρτης,  ov  Ep.  uo,  ό,  Pylartes, 
a  Trojan,  11.  16,  696. 

■\ΙΙν7.ας,  a,  6.  Pylas,  a  king  of  Me- 
gara,  Apollod.  3,  15,  5;  in  Paus.  also 
ΐΐνλος  and  Υίΰλων,  4,  36,  1  ;  6,  22,  3. 

ϋνλάτις,  ιύος,  pecul.  poet.  fern,  of 
πυλαίος,  Soph.  Tr.  639. 


ΠΤΑΟ 

Τίνλαωρός,  ό,  (πνλ^-η,  ώρα)  Ερ.  for 
ΤΓΐ'λωρύζ•,  keeping  the  gate,  a  gate-keep- 
er, 11.  21,  530;  of  dogs,  11.  22,  69. 
(Formed  from  πυληορός,  πυλαορός, 
Lob.  Phryn.  642.) 

Γΐϊ'λίώ»',  ώί'ος,  ό,=  πυλών. — II.  La- 
conic word  for  a  wreath,  (prob.  from 
φνλλον),  Welcker  Alcman  29,  cf. 
Call.  Fr.  358,  Ath.  678  A. 

IIY'AH,  ης,  ή,  strictly,  one  wing  of 
a  pair  of  double  gates,  έτέρην  πνλην 
παρακλίνας,  Hdt.  3,  156  :  nence,  usu. 
in  plur.,  agate,  the  gales,  strictly  of  a 
town,  opp.  to  (H'pa  (a  house-door), 
ΣκαιαΙ  πύλαι,  II.  3,  145,  etc. ;  πνλας 
εν  άραρνίας,  7,  339  ;  πνκα  στφαρώς 
άραρνίας,  12,  454  ;  πεπταμένας  ίν 
χερσι  πνλας  έχετε,  21,  531  ;  etc.  : 
πύλ,ας  άναπιτνύμεν,  άνυίξαι,  Pind. 
Ο.  6,  45,  Aesch.  Ag.  604  ;  κλ-^σαι, 
Plat.  Rep.  560  C  ;  etc. :— in  Soph, 
also  sometimes  in  sing..  Ant.  1180, 
Aj.  11,  El.  818: — but,  in  Trag.,  some- 
times of  the  house-door,  δωμάτων  πύ- 
λαι, Aesch.  Cho.  732,  cf.  561,  Soph. 

0.  T.  1244,  etc. : — Άιόαο  πνλαι,  usu., 
periphr.  for  the  neilier-world,  death, 
Hoin.,  cf.  Heyne  II.  5,  397 ;  so  σκα- 
τού πύλαι,  Eur.  Hoc.  1,  cf.  Valck. 
Hipp.  1445. — II.  generally, nnojiriiiice, 
inlet,  orifice,  πνλαι  ήθμοϊη.  Empcd. 
267  ;  πυλαι  χολής,  the  orifice  of  the 
gall-bladder,  Eur.  i:i.  828,  cf.  Plat. 
Tim.  71  C — 2.  esp.,  an  entrance  into 
a  country  through  a  mountain -pass  ;  and 
so,  a  pass,  Hdt.  5,  52  :  Ϊ1ν?.αι  αϊ,  the 
usu.  shorter  name  for  θει>μοπνλαι, 
Pylae.  the  pass  under  the  mountains 
from  Thessaly  to  Locris,  considered 
the  gates  of  Greece,  first  in  Hdt.  7, 
176,  201  ;  so,  of  the  pass  fiom  Svria 
into  Cilicia,  Xen.  An.  1,  4,  4  and  5, 
cf.  Hdt.  5,  52  :  irής  Κιλικίας,  of  the 
pass  also  leading  from  Cappadocia 
into  Cilicia  over  Mt.  Taurns,  Xen. 
An.  1,  2,  23:  and  a'l  Βαβνλώΐ'κιΐ.  of 
the  pass  from  Mesopotamia  into  Bab- 
ylonia, Xen.  An.  1,5,  5;  cf  also  Arr. 
An.  2,  3,  1  ;  Strab.  p.  520.+— These 
passes  were  sometimes  really  barred 
by  gates,  Hdt.  7,  176,  Xen.  1.  c— 
Hence,  also,  the  isthmus  is  called 
Ηόν-Οίο  πνλαι,  Pind.  Ν.  10,  50.-3. 
also  of  narrow  straits,  by  Λvhich  one 
enters  a  broad  sea,  ίΐνληι  Ταόειρί- 
όες,  the  straits  of  Gibraltar,  Pind.  Fr. 
155 ;  so  of  the  Thracian  Bosporus, 
Aesch.  Pr.  729  ;  of  the  Euripus,  Eur. 

1.  A.  803.  [v] 

Ώνληγενής,  ές,  v.  ΤΙνλοιγεί'ής. 

Πν/ιΊ/γόρης,  ου,  6,  Ion.  for  ΙΙυλα- 
γύρας. 

ΥΙνληδόκος,  ό,  (πύλη,  δέχομαι) 
watching  at  the  door,  epith.  of  Mercu- 
ry, H.  Horn.  Merc.  15. 

ΙΠυλ//!'??,  ης,  ή,  Pylene,  early  name 
ofthe  city  Proschium  in  Aetolia,  II. 

2.  639;  Strab.  p.  451. 
^X{vλήvωp,  ορός,  ό,  Pylenor,  a  cen- 
taur, Paus.  5,  5,  10. 

'\ΤΙνλιακός,  ή,  όν,  of  Pylos,  Pylian, 
Strab. 

ϋΐνλιος,  a,  ov,  of  or  relating  to  Py- 
los, Pylian,  Horn. :  so  Nestor  is  called 
ύΠ.  γέρων,  Luc.  liiiag.  13. 

Πϋλίζ-.  ιδος,  ή,  dim.  from  πύλη,  a 
little  gate,  postern,  Hdt.  1,  180,  186, 
Thuc.  etc. 

ΪΙϋλοειδής,  ες,  (εΙΛος)  like  a  ga'e. 

Ώϋλόθεν,  adv.,  from  Pylos.  Od.  16, 
323. 

ΤΙϋλοιγενής,  ές,  (Ών?ιος,  *γεΓω) 
born  or  sprung  from  Pylos.  II.  2,  54,  H, 
Ap.  424;  but  the  usu.  form  ΐΐνληγε- 
I'/yf  is  retained  by  Wolf  H.  Ap.  398, 
as  in  Euphor.  59  ;  cf  Lob.  Phryn.  647. 

ΤίϊΟίόνδε,  adv.,  to  or  towards  Pylos, 
Horn. 


ΠΥΝΘ 

ΙΤυλθ£•,  6,=  -νλη,  only  found  in  II. 

5,  397,  έν  ττύλφ,  as  Wolf  reads  with 
Aristarch. :  αΐ'έν  TIv?m,  v.  Heynead 

ΤΙύΑος,  ov,  usu.  o,  more  rarely  77, 
Pylos,  a  town  and  district  of  Triphy- 
lia  in  Peloponnesus,  where  Nestor 
ruled,  Horn. :  he  used  it  in  both  gen- 
ders, though  mostly  in  inasc.,  as 
Hes.  Sc.  3G0.  There  were  two  other 
towns  of  the  same  name  in  Elis  and 
Messenia,  which  even  by  ancient 
writers  are  confounded  <tith  the  Tri- 
phylian  Pylos,  Bockh  Expl.  Pmd.  P. 

6,  35 :  tcf.  Strab.  pp.  339,  350,  sqq.f 

ΤΙνλονρός,  ov,  6,  {πύλη,  ονρος)^ 
πυλωρός,  Hdt  3,  72,  77,  118,  156,  al- 
ways with  V.  1.  πυλωρός :  also  ή  πυλ-. 
— Cf.  θυρωρός. 

ΤΙν'λονχος,  ov,  {πύλη,  ίχω)  having 
or  herpitig  gates,  Joseph. 

Πϊ'/όω,  ώ,  {πνλη)  to  furnish  with 
gates,  τον  ΐίειρηιά,  Xen.  Hell.  5,  4, 
34  : — pass,  to  be  so  furnished,  πΐπν?.ω• 
ται  πν/Μΐς,  Ar.  Αν.  1158.     Hence 

ΐΐύλωμα,  ατός,  τό,  an  enclosure  by 
gates  ;  a  gate,  gateway,  Aesch.  Theb. 
406.  799,  Eur.  Phoen.  1113,  etc.  [ϋ] 

ΙΙνλύν,  ώΐ'ος,  ο,  {πύλη)  α  gate, 
gate-way :  the  gate-tower,  gate-house, 
Polyb.  4,  18,  2,  Luc.  Hipp.  5,  etc.— 
II.  an  ante-chamber,  Luc.  Nigrin.  23. 

ίΠΰλωρίΐ.  Pylora,  an  island  in  the 
Persian  gulf,  Arr.  Ind.  37,  8. 

ΤΙνλωρέω,  ώ,  to  be  πυλωρός,  keep 
the  gate,  Luc.  D.  Mort.  20,  1,  etc.  : 
generally,  to  guard.  Pint.  2,  980  B: 
and  metaph.,  π.  την  γεΰσιν,  Hipp. 

ΤΙνλώριον,  ου,  τό,  the  place  of  the 
πνλωρός,  porter's  lodge. 

ΤΙνλωρός,  οϋ,  ό,  a  gate-keeper, 
Aesch.  Theb.  621,  etc.,  cf  πυ/.υυρός  ; 
also,  π.  φύλαξ.  Soph.  Aj.  562  ;  "\t- 
δου  π.  κνων,  Eur.  Η.  F.  1277  : — also 
as  fern.,  ?}  π.,  Id.  I.  T.  1154.— Cf  θυ- 
ρωρός.— -11.  the  pylorus  or  lower  orifice 
of  the  stomach,  through  which  the  food 
passes  into  the  intestines.  —  (From 
πύλη,  ώρα,  or,  as  Butim.  Ausf.  Gr.  ^ 
120  .^nm.  9,  prefers,  όράω :  cf.  also 
πυ/Μωρός.) 

ΤΙύμάτος,  η,  ov,  the  hindmost,  II.  4, 
254 ;  έν  πνμύτοισιν,  opp.  to  //era 
πρώτοισι,  II.  1 1 ,  65  ;  also  of  time,  Oi»- 
Tiv  εγώ  πύματον  έπομαι,  Od.  9,  369, 
cf.  Soph.  O.  C.  1236: — outermost,  iiv- 
τνξη  πυμάτη  θέεν  ΰσπίδος,  II.  6,  118  : 
πύματον  and  πϋματα,  as  adv.,  at  the 
last,  for  the  last  time,  Horn.,  and  Hes.  ; 
also,  πύματον  τε  και  ύστατον,  II.  22, 
203  ;  ύστατα  καΐ  πύματα,  Od.  4,  685. 
(From  πνθμην,  as  if  for  πύθματος.) 

Πκΐ'οα^,  ΰκος,  ό,  (πνθμην)  the  bot- 
tom of  a  vessel,  Ar.  Fr.  263  :  τον  πύν- 
δακα  εΐςκρούειν,  to  knock  in  the  bot- 
tom and  so  make  the  cup  hold  less,  a 
trick  of  wine-sellers,  etc  ,  Pherecr. 
Αηρ. 7, cf  Theophr.  Char.  30 :— Soph. 
is  said  to  have  used  it  for  λαβή,  a 
sword-hilt,  Fr.  291. 

ΤΙννθάνημαί,  poet,  πεύθoμaι{q.  v.), 
dep.  lengthd.  from  root  ΠΤΘ- ;  f. 
πευσομαι,  rarely  πίνσονμαι,,  Aesch. 
Fr.  988,  Br.  Eur.  Hipp.  1104:  aor. 
έπΰθόμην,  inf  πνθέσθαι,  Ep.  Opt. 
πεπνροιτο,  II.,  imperat.  πνθον,  but 
Ion.  (with  accent  changed)  πύθευ, 
Hdt.  3,  68  :  pf  πέπνσμαι,  2  sing,  πί- 
πϋσαι.  Plat.  Prot.  310  B,  Ep.  also 
πέπυσσαι.  Od.  11,  494:  plqpf  ^ττε- 
πύσμΐ]ν. — All  these  tenses  in  Horn. : 
the  pres.  πνι•βάνομαί  only  in  Od.  2, 
315;  impf  πννθανόμην,  Od.  13,256: 
more  freq.  the  poet.  prea.  πενθομαι, 
V.  sub  voce. 

To  ask,  inquire ;  to  learn  by  asking 


ΠΥΟΝ 

or  inquiry,  to  hear,  learn,  understand  : 
to  hear  of,  know. — Construction,  like 
ακούω,  strictly,  πννθ.  τι  τίνος,  to  ask 
or  hear  something  from  a  person,  II. 
17,408,  Od.  10,  537,  Aesch.  Ag.  599, 
etc.,  and  in  prose  ;  but  also,  π.  τι 
από,  εκ,  παρά,  προς  τίνος,  Hdt.,  and 
Att.  : — oft.  also  c.  ace.  rei  only,  to  hear 
or  learn  a  thing,  Od.  3,  187,  etc. : — c. 
gen.  only,  usu.,  to  hear  of,  hear  tell  of, 
hear  news  of  πνθέσθαι  πατρός,  άγγε- 
λίης.  μάχης,  Od.  1,  281  ;  2,  256,  etc., 
cf  Plat.  Legg.  635  Β  :— τγ.  τινά  τίνος, 
to  inquire  about  one  person  of  or  frorn 
another,  Ar.  Ach.  204 :  so,  π.  περί 
τίνος,  Hdt.  2,  75,  and  Plat.  :  c.  part., 
πνθόμτιν  όρμαίνοντα  οδόν,  I  heard 
that  he  was  starting,  Od.  4.  732,  cf 
Hdt.  9,  58,  Soph.  Aj.  692  ;  πνθέσθην 
ήνιόχοίο  πεσόντος,  they  heard  of  his 
having  fallen,  II.  17,  427,  cf"377  ;  19, 
322  : — c.  inf,  to  hear  or  learn  that.., 
Aesch.  Cho.  848,  Soph.  Tr.  103,  etc. : 
π.  ει..,  to  inquire  whether..,  Aesch. 
Ag.  617  ;  π.  ώς..,  ότι..,  to  hear  that.., 
Plat.,  etc.  (Ace.  to  Ernesti  and  Pott, 
akin  to  πύνδαξ,  πνθμην,  and  so 
strictly,  to  search  to  the  bottom,  like 
Lat.  percontari.) 

ΠΥ'Ξι  adv.,  with  clenched  fist,  πνξ 
αγαθός,  good  at  the  fist,  i.  e.  at  boxing, 
II.  3,  237,  Od.  11,  300  ;  πνξτε  πάλαι,• 
σμοσύν^  τε,  Od.  8.  103,  206 ;  so  too, 
πνξ  μάχεσθαι,  νικΰν,  U.  23,  621,  634, 
Hes.  Sc.  302 ;  πνζ  ΰρεταν  εύρων, 
Pind.  Ο.  7,  163  :  πνξ  τονς  δακτύλους 
εχειν,  ίο  have  one's  fingers  doubled 
up,  fist  clenched,  Hipp  :  πνξ  πατύσ- 
σειν,  παίεσθαι,  Ar.  Ran.  547,  Lysias 
101,  13  ;  etc.  (Hence  πνκτης,  πν• 
γμή  :  akin  to  πύκα,  πνκνός,  and  our 
box,  cf  πύξος,  buxus,  box-wood,  πυξ'ις, 
a  pyx  or  box.) 

ΤΙΰξ,  ή,  gen.  πϋγός,  later  form  for 
πυγή,  Arist.  Physiogn.  6,  6. 

^ύύξα,  ας,  ή,  Pyxa,  a  place  in  the 
island  Cos,  Theocr.  7,  130.^ 

Ίΐνξύκανθα,  ή,  {πύξος,  άκανθα)  a 
thorn  like  the  box-tree,  elsewhere  λύ- 
κων. [(/«] 

ΤΙνξεών,  ωνος,  ό,  {πύξος)  α  wood  or 
grove  of  box-trees. 

ΤΙνξίδιον,  ov,  τό,=^πνξίον,  Ar.  Fr. 

671.  m 

'Π.νξίζω,{πύξος)  to  be  yellow  like  box- 
wood. 

ΤΙνξίνεος,  a,  ov,=sq.,  Leon.  Tar. 
33. 

Ώύξΐνος,  η,  ov,  {πύξος)  made  of  box, 
II.  24,  269,  Theocr.  24,  108.— II.  yel- 
low as  box-wood,  Eupol.  Pol.  22. 

ΤΙνξίον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  sq., 
LXX. — II.  a  writing-tablet  of  box-wood : 
generally,  α  tablet,  Ar.  Fr.  671,  Luc. 
adv.  Indoct.  15. 

ΪΙνξίς,  ίδος,  ή,  a  box  of  box-wood .  a 
box.  Luc.  Asin.  14. 

ΐΐνξογράόέω,  ώ,  to  write  or  draw  on 
a  tablet,  Artemid.  1,  53. 

Τίυξοειδ/'ις,  ες,  {πύξος,  είδος)  like, 
of  the  nature  of  box-xcond,  Diod. 

ΠΥ'ΕΟΣ,  ov,  ή,  Lat.  BUXUS, 
the  BOX-tree  or  box-wood,  Arist. 
Mund.  6,  37,  Theophr.— II.  the  pale 
yellow  colour  of  box-wood,  Nic.  Al. 
'592. 

^ΤΙνξονς,  ονντος,  υ,  Pyxus,  a  river 
and  town  of  Lucania  on  a  promonto- 
ry of  same  name,  Strab.- p.  253. 

ΤΙνξώδης,  ες,  =  πνξοειδής.  —  II. 
abounding  in  box-trees. 

ΤΙνξών,  ωνος,  6,=  πυξέων. 

ΤΙνοείδης,  ές,  {πϋον,  είδος)  like  pur- 
tilent  matter,  purulent. 

Πϋον,  ov,  τό,  di.tcharge  from  a  sore, 
matter,  Lat.  pus,  Hipp.  :  cf.  πνος,  τό, 
and  πνθω. — 2.  in  Emped.  248=rriio!' 
[i'] ;  cf  Arist.  Gen.  An.  4,  8,  14. 


ΠΥΡΑ 

Τίνοποιεω,  ω,  to  generate  matter, 
suppurate  :  from 

ΐΐνοποιός,  όν,  (,πϋον,  ποιεω)  gene- 
rating matter,  suppurating. 

ΤΙϋορβοέω,  ώ,  {πνό/φοος)  to  dis- 
charge matter,  suppurate  ;  and 

ΤΙνόρβοια,  ας,  η,  discharge  of  matter, 
suppuration  :  from 

ΤΙνόββοος,  ov,  contr.  -βονς,  ovv, 
{πϋον,  ρέω)  ."suppurating. 

ΐΐνος,  εος,  τό,=  πνον,  q.  v.,  Hipp., 
V.  Foes.  Oecon. 

ΠΥΟ'Σ,  or  πνος,  ό,  the  first  milk  af- 
ter the  birth,  Lat.  colostrum,  colostra, 
whether  of  women  or  cattle  :  the  lat- 
ter, which  we  call  beestings,  was  a 
favourite  article  of  food  in  Greece, 
Ar.  Pac.  1150,  etc.  (v.  infr.)  ;  cf  πναρ, 
πνριύτη,  πυετία,  πντ'ια. —  Some  of 
the  ancients  wrote  πνος,  v.  Draco  p. 
77,  16 ;  some  πνός,  and  so  Dind.  Ar. 
V'esp.  710,  Pac.  1150,  Fr.  302.476  :— 
πύος  is  certainly  wrong,  for  ν  is  long, 
Ar.  Vesp.  710,  Fr.  302. 

ΤΙϋός,  η,=^πνρός,  v.  1.  Od.  18,  368. 

Πίϋΐ'λ/cof.  ov,  {πϋον,  έλκω)  draw- 
ing out  matter,  Math.  Vett. 

ΐΐϋόω,  ώ,  {πϋον)  to  bring  to  a  head, 
make  to  suppurate.  Medic. 

Πδττάζω,  =  sq.,  Cratin.  Drap.  7: 
from  πύπαξ,=  πύππαξ. 

ΐΐνππύζω,  to  cry  πνππαξ,  cry  '  bra 
vo,'  etc.  :  hence  trans.,  π.  τινά,  to  ap- 
plaud loudly,  cf  νπερπνππύζω. 

ΐΐύππαξ  and  πύπαξ,  an  exclama- 
tion of  wonderment,  trravo  !  like  πό- 
ποι,  βαβαί,  βομβύξ,  φύππαξ,  Lat. 
papae,  babai. 

ΠΥ'Ρ,  τό,  gen.  πίφός,  in  plnr.  of 
2d  decl.  τα  πνρά,  dat.  τοις  πνροίς : 
— the  low  Germ.  FUR,  high-Germ. 
FEUER,  French  FOYER,  _^our 
FIRE,  etc.,  freq.  in  Horn.  ;  πνρ\αί- 
ειν,  to  kindle  fire,  11.  8,  521,  etc. ; 
πνρ  αίθειν,  έναύειν,  ανακαίειν,  Hdt., 
V.  sub  voce.  :  sometimes.;^ τΓνρύ,  the 
funeral-iire,  'ίνα  πνρος  λελάχωσι  θα- 
νόυτα,'ϊΐ.  15,  350  ;  22,342:  ζώνταδι- 
δόναι  τίνα  πνρί,  to  burn  one  alive, 
Hdt.  1,  86  :  πνρ  ί^ιός,  lightning.  Valck. 
Phoen.  191 ;  πϋρ  και  στεροπαί.  Soph. 
Ο.  Τ.  470  ;  πνρ  πνέοντος  κεραννού, 
Pind.  Fr.  112;  παλτον  πνρ.  Soph. 
Ant.  131: — \ιτο\οχ\}.,  εν  πνρίγενέσθαι, 
to  be  consumed,  go  to  nothing,  11.  2, 
340  ;  εις  πϋρ  δεσποτειας  έμπίπτειν. 
Plat.  Rep.  569  Β;  βασανίζειν  ώς 
χρυσόν  έν  πνρί,  lb.  413  Ε,  cf  Polyb. 
22,  3,  7,  etc. — U.  fever  heat,  violent  fe- 
ver, πνρτινα  ?.ομβάνει,  έπιλαμβύνει, 
Hipp.,  V.  Foes.  Oecon  :  and  hence  of 
feverish  hope.  Soph.  El.  888  :  of  love, 
Call.  Epigr.  26. — III.  freq.  as  a  repre- 
sentative of  things  irresistible  or  terri- 
ble, Hom. :  so,  πνρ  viv  ονκ  έη/.ει,  τό 
πεπρωμένον  ov  σχήσει  πνρ,  Pind.  P. 
4,  414,  Fr.  256:  κρείσσον  άμαιμακέ- 
τον  πνρός.  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  177  ;  so.  διά 
πνρος  ιέναι  (as  we  say)  to  go  through 
fire  and  water,  dash  through  any  dan- 
ger, Xen.  Symp.  4, 16,  cf  Oec.  21.  7  ; 
δια  πυρός  ήλθε  έτέρω  λέχει,  (Helen) 
braved  allybran  adulterous  bed,  Eur. 
Andr.  487,  cf  Ar.  Lys.  133 ;  and  so, 
δια.  πυρός  εμολον  ματρί,  Eur.  ΕΙ. 
1182:  SO,  εις  πνρ  ίΰλεσΟαι,  Xen. 
Mem.  1,  3,  9 :  πριν  πνρϊ  πόδα  τις 
προςαύρτ).  Soph.  Ant.  620:  of  per- 
sons, ώ'πνρ  σν..,  Soph.  Phil.  927: 
rarely  as  an  image  of  warmth  and 
comfort,  as  in  Aesch.  Ag.  1435.  [v\n 
all  dissyll.  cases,  as  in  all  compds., 
except  πνρανστης,  though  the  noin. 
is  Trip.]    Hence 

ΤΙνρά,  ων,  τά,  watch-fires,  used  by 
Hom.  only  iti  ace,  as  ll.  8,  509.  554 
9,  77  ;    gen.  πνρών,  dat.  πιφοΐς  in 
Xen.  Cyr.  4,  2,  16,  An.  7,  2,  18 ;  ^ 
1305 


ΠΤΡΑ 

πνοοΐσι  κνισωτοΐς,  Aesch.  Cho.  485. 
— No  sing,  πνρόν  occurs,  and  some 
(as  Passow)  refer  all  these  cases  to 
TTvp,  but  the  accent  shows  that  it  was 
usu.  considered  a  different  word. 

ΐΐνρά,  άς,  fj,  Ep.  and  Ion.  rrvpi/, 
any  sput  where  fire  is  kindled,  a  fire- 
place, hearth,  esp., — 1.  a  funeral-pure, 
■nvpai  νεκνον  καίοντο  θαμ^ιαί,  II.  1, 
52,  etc.  ;  πνρης  έπιβαΐ'τ'  ΰλεγεινής, 
4,  99,  etc. ;  πνρί/ν  νηησαι,  σνννησαι, 
to  raise  one,  Hdt.  1,  50, 8C;  τγ.  άπτειν, 
to  light  it,  Ibid. ;  hence,  also,  a  burial- 
place,  funeral-mound,  Soph.  El.  901, 
Eur.  Hec.  386,  I.  T.  26.-2.  an  altar 
for  burnt-sacrifice,  Hdt.  7,  167  ;  also, 
the  fire  burning  thereon.  Id.  2,  39. — 3.  π. 
2.αμπάόων,  a  mass  of  burning  torches, 
Diod.  17,  36. 

Tlvpajpa,  ας,  ή,  {πυρ,  άγρέω)  a  pair 
of  fire-longs,  II.  18,  477,  Od.  3,  434. 

ΙΙϊφαγρέτης,  καρκίνος,  o,=  foreg., 
Anth.  P.  6,  92. 

Πϊφά^υ,  to  burn,  singe,  susp. 

ΙΙίφάθος,  b,  poet,  for  σπνραθος. 
[ϋ,  Nic.  Th.  932.] 

ΤΙϊψαιθΐΊον,  ov,  τό,  a  temple  of  the 
•κνραίϋοι,  Strab. 

ΥΙνμαιθής,  ές,  (αίθω) fiery,  hot. 

ΐΐύραίβοι.,  ηί,  {πΐφ,  αΙθω)  the  Per- 
sian fire  worshippers,  the  Parsees  or 
Gubhrs,  Strab.  p.  733.  [ii] 

ΐΙΙφαίθουσα,  ή,  dub.  1.  in  Epigr. 
Hoin.  14,11,  perh.  par?  ο/α  power's  oven. 

ΙΙϋραίβω,  to  li<iht  a  uatch-fire,  keep 
it  burning,  Eur.  Rhes.  78  (nisi  legend, 
ττύρ'  αίθειν  or  πνραιθεΐν) 

ίΐΐνραίχμης,  ov,  ό,  Pyraechmes,  a 
leader  of  the  Paeonians,  an  ally  of 
the  Trojans,  II.  2,  848.— Others  in 
Strab. ;  etc. 

Τίνράκανθα.  ή,  the pyr acanthus,  Nic. 
Th.  856,  Diosc. 

ΙΙνράκης  and  πνράκως,  dub.  1.  for 
τηφβύκης.^ 

ΙΙΙ'ρηκτέω,  ώ,  (πϋρ,  άγω)  to  turn  in 
the  fire,  hence  to  harden  in  the  fire,  char, 
Od'.  9,  328  :  to  burn,  Nic.  Th.  688. 

ΤΙϋραΐίτόω,  u,=  foreg.,  Strab.,  and 
Diod. :  πυρακτωθείς,  Luc.  Tox.  55. 
Hence 

ΐΐίφύκτωσις,  ή,  a  charring,  burning. 

Ί1ϋρα?.ίς  or  7Γνραλ?ιίς,  ίδος,  y,  dub. 

1.  for  τηφ()α7Ις,  q.  v. 
|Πΐ'ρα/λί{•,  ίδος,  ή,  Pyrallis,  fern. 

pr.  n.,  Luc. 

ΤΙί'ρύμ?],  ή.=  αμη. — II.  afire-basket, 
late  Greek,  [u] 

ΊΙνράμητός,  ό,  (τηφός,  ΰμητός)  the 
wheat-harvest.  Or  the  time  thereof,  Arist. 
H.  A.  6.  17.  15. 

ΐΐϊφύμΐύόομαί,  (~ιφαμίς)  as  pass., 
to  assume  a  pyramidical  form,  of  ilame. 

ΤΙϊφάμΐκός,  i),  ov,  (ττυραμίς)  pyra- 
midal.    Adv.  -κώς. 

ΊΙίφύμΐνος,  η,  υν,  (.πυρός)  poet,  for 
πνρίνας,  of  wheat,  uheaten,   Hes.   Fr. 

2,  2  ;  like  κριθάμινος,  poet,  for  κρί- 
θινος, [ά] 

ΙΙϋρΰμίς,  ίδος,  ή,  α  pyramid,  Hdt., 
V.  esp.  2,  124.  sq. — II.  a  sort  of  cake, 
prob.  shaped  like  a  pyramid,  Ephipp. 
Cvdon.  :  diflferent  from  πνραμηνς. 
ace.  to  latrocl,  ap.  Ath.  647  C.  (The 
ancients  derived  πυραμίς  sometimes 
from  τϋρ,  because  of  its  pointed  shape, 
Ammian.  Marcell.22,  15;  sonielitnes 
from  πνρής,  as  if  the  pyramids  had 
been  granaries ! — No  doubt  the  word, 
as  well  as  the  thing,  is  Aegyptian.) 

Ιίόρΰμοειδίις,  ές,  (πυραμίς,  είδος) 
like  a  pyrayjiid,  pyramidal,  Arist.  Plant. 
2,  7.  9,'Arr.  An.  5,  7,8. 

αΐίφαμος,  ου,  ό,  the  Pyramus,  a 
river  of  Cilicia,  earlier  called  Aei'«o- 
σνρης.  Xen.  An.  1,  4,  1  ;  Strab.  p. 
530.-11.  Pyramus,  masc.  pr.  n.,  Nonn. 

1306 


ΠΤΡΓ 

ΤΙνρΰμονς,  ονντος,  6,  for  πνραμό- 
εις,  {πνρός)  a  cake  of  roasted  wheat  and 
honey,  Ephipp.  Epheb.  1,  3,  cf.  Ath. 
114  ii  ;  given  to  hiin  who  kept  awake 
best  during  a  πανννχίς,  Ath.  647  C  : 
hence,  generally,  the  meed  of  victory, 
prize,  τον  γάρ  τεχνύζειν  ημέτερος  ό 
π-,  for  stratagem  the  prize  is  ours,  Ar. 
Thesm.  94,  cf  Eq.  277. 

αΐνρασος,  ov,  ό,  Pyrasus,  a  Tro- 
jan, 11.  11,491.-11.  a  city  of  Thessa- 
ly  with  a  grove  of  Ceres,  11.  2,  695  ; 
Strab.  p.  435. 

Πνρανγίίς,  ές,  (πνρ,  αύγτ})  fiery 
bright,  Η.  Hom.  7,  6,  Mel.  49,  etc. 

tlvpavvov,  ov,  τό,  (αυω)  a  pan  of 
coals,  [i] 

Ϊ1ϊφανστ7ΐς,  ην,  ό,  (πυρ,  avu)amoth 
that  gets  singed  in  the  candle,  δέδοικα 
μύρον  κάρταπνρανστον  μόρον,Κϋ8θ\).. 
Fr.  289.  Hence,  Tzelzes  formed  the 
word  πνρανστονμόρος,  themoth-dcaih. 
[The  word  is  rather  susp.,  from  the 
ϋ  ;  V.  τΓΐ'ρ,  fin.] 

ΙΙνρβιιλος,  ov,  {πνρ,  βιΆλω)  cast- 
ing  fire,  Manetho. 

Μίνργενς,  έως,  ό,  Pyrgeus,  father 
of  Lepreus,  Paus.  5,  5,  4. 

ΤΙνργιιδύν,  adv.,  like  a  tower  : — of 
soldiers,  in  masses  or  columns,  in  close 
array,  II.  12,  43;  13,  152;  v.  πίφγος  II. 
ΐΐνμγιιρέομαι.  as  pass.,  to  be  shut  up 
in  a  tower,  to  be  beleaguered,  defend  one's 
.lelf,  Aesch.  Theb.  22,  184,  Eur.  Or. 
762,  1574 ;  cf.  Valck.  Phoen.  1094  : 
from 

ΐΐνργήρης,  ες,  (πίφγος.  *ύρω)  of 
persons,  shut  up  in  a  tower,  beleaguered : 
of  a  p]nce,  furnished  with  toicers,  forti- 
fied, κώμη,  Orac.  ap.  Paus.  10,  18,  2. 
Adv.  -ρως.  (Formed  like  τειχήρης, 
etc.  ;  cf  τριήρης,  ποδί/ρης.) 

ΥΙνργίδιον,  ov,  τό.  dim.  from  πνρ- 
γυς.  Ar.  Eq.  793.  [I] 

ΐΐύργίνος,   η,   ov,  (πίφγος)  of  the 

towers   (i.  e.  the  city),   or  strong   as   a 

tower,  νομίσματα  π.,  Aesch.  Pers.  859. 

ΐΐνργίον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  πύργος, 

Luc.  Pseudol.  19.  Vit.  Auct.  9. 

ΤΙνργισκάριον,  ov,  τό,  [ΰ]  and  ττνρ- 
γισκιον,  ov,  τό,  dims,  from  sq. 

Ώυΐ)γίσκος,  ov,  ό,  like  πνργίον, 
dim.  from  πύργος,  Artemid.  1,  76. 

ΤΙνργίτης,  ου,  Ό,  fem.  Ιτις,  ιδος, 
(πύργος)  of  or  belonging  to  a  tower  ; 
στρονθύς  π-,  a  Aouse-sparrow, Galen. 

|Πυρ}ίωΓ,  ωνος,  6,Pyrgion,  a  wri- 
ter, Ath.  143  E.  ^ 

ΐΐνργόι^άρις,  εως,  η,  {πύργος,  βά- 
ρίς  2)  (Ι  battlement  on  a  tower  ;  α  bat- 
ttemented  house,  LXX. 

Τϊνργοδάίκτος,  ov,  [πύργος,  δαίζω) 
desiroijing  towers,πόλεμoι,  Aesch.Pers. 
105.  [a]     ^ 

Τίνργοδόμος,  ov,  (δέμω)  building 
towers. 

ΤΙνργοειδής,  ές,  (πύργος,  είδος)  like 
a  tower,  Joseph. 

Τίνργοκέράτα,  metaph.  ace.  on  the 
analogy  oi  ΰψικέρΰτα  (cf  sub  ν-φικέ- 
ρως),  with  totvering  horns,  Bacchyl.  44 ; 
where  Lob.  Phryn.  658  proposes  πνρ- 
σοκ-,  fiery-horned. 

ΪΙνργομάχέω,  ώ,  (πύργος,  μάχομαι) 
to  assault  or  storm  a  tower,  Xen.  Cyr. 
6,  4,  18,  An.  7,  8,  13.— II.  to  fight  from 
a  tower,  Polyb.  5,  84,  2. 

ΐΐνργοποιέω,  ώ,  to  build  a  tower. 
Hence 

ΐΐνργοποιΐα,  ας,  ή,  the  building  of  a 
tov:er. 

ΠΥ'ΡΓΟΣ,  OV,  h,  a  tower,  esp.  such 
as  were  attached  to  the  walls  of  a  city, 
freq.  in  II.,  in  Hes.  Sc.  242,  Hdt.,  etc. : 
— in  plur.,  the  city  walls  iiith  their  tow- 
ers, 11.  7,  338,  cf  437;  so  in  sing.,  πό- 
?•.ιος  ijv  πέρι  πύργος  νφηλός,  Od.  6, 
262 ;  πέριξ  δε  πύργος  είχ'  έτι  πτόλιν, 


ΠΥΡΔ 

Eur.  Hec.  1209  :— later  also,  a  move- 
able  tower  for  storming  towns,  first  in 
Xen.  Cyr.  6,  1,  53  ;  2,  18  ;  α  tower  in 
ships  supported  by  the  πνργονχος, 
(q.  v.),  Polyb. — 2.  metaph.,  a  tower  of 
defence,  as  Ajax  is  called  πνργος 
'Αχαιοΐς,Οά.  11,556;  άνδρες  πόλεως 
π.  άρί/ϊος,  Alcae.  12,  cf  Dissen  Pind. 
1.  4,  45 ;  παις  ΰρσην  πατέρ'  έχει  πνρ- 
γον  μέγαν,  Eur.  Ale.  311: — πύργος 
θανάτων,  α  defence  from  death.  Soph. 
Ο.  Τ.  1201  :  cf  ακρόπολις  II.— 3.  the 
highest  part-  of  any  building,  a  hack- 
lower,  where  the  wonien  lived,  II.  21, 
526  ;  22,  447,  cf  440,  where  the  same 
is  called  μνχος  δόμοιο  : — in  the  com- 
mon Greek  country-houses  the  slaves' 
garret,  Dem.  1156,  10,  sq. — II.  part  of 
an  army  drawn  up  in  close  order,  a  col- 
umn, 11.  4,  334,  347  ;  hence,  πνργη- 
δόν,  q.  V. — III.  in  haX..,  pyrgus  was  = 
frilillum,  a  dice-box,  SO  called  from  its 
shape.  (Akin  tc  πέργαμος,  q.  v.,  also 
to  Germ.  Burg,  old  Germ.  Purg,  our 
burgh  :  which  words  are  i)rob.  akin 
to  Berg,  a  hill  :  v.  plura  in  Pott  Et. 
Forsch.2,118.) 

^ΐΐνργος,  ov,  ή,  and  ΤΙύργυι,  ων, 
a'l,  Pyrgus  and  Pyrgi,  a  city  of  Tri- 
phylian  Elis,  Hdt,  4,  148.  — 2.  har- 
bour of  the  inhab.  of  Caere  in  Etruria, 
Strab.  p.  226. 

Ώνργοσκι'ιφος,  ov,  (πύργος,  σκά- 
πτω) undermining  towers,  Lyc.  469.  [tt] 
ΥΙνργονχος.  ου,  ό,  (πύργος,  έχω) 
strictly,  a  tower-bearer ;  hence,  in  ships 
of  war,  α  platform,  which  bore  towers  for 
defetice,  Polyb.  16,  3,  12. 

ΤΙνρ^οφορέω,  ώ,  to  bear  a  tower  or 
towers,  Luc.  Dea  S.  15  :  from 

ΐΐνργοφόρος,  ov  (  πύργος,  φέρω ) 
bearing  a  toiver  or  towers,  Synes. 

ΐίνργοφύ?.αξ,  ό,  {πύργος,  φνλιαξ)  a 
tower-guard,  warder,  Aesch.  Theb.  168. 
Τίνργόω,  ω,  i.  -ώσω  ;  (πνργος) : — 
to  gird  ox  fence  with  towers,  Οήβιις'εδος 
έκτισαν.. -πύργωσαν  τε,  Od.  ll,  264, 
cf  Ep.  Hom.  4.  3,  Orac.  ap.  Hdt.  1, 
174,  Eur.  Bacch.  172: — in  mid.,  to 
build  toivers,  Xen.  Cyr.  6,  1,  20. — II. 
to  raise  up  to  a  totvering  height:  met- 
aph., πνργώσαι  [ιήματα  σεμνά,  '  to 
build  the  lofty  rhyme,'  Ar.  Kan.  1004; 
so,  άοιδας  πνργώσαι,  Eur.  Supp.  998, 
cf  Anth.  P.  7,  39  :^hence.  to  exalt, 
lift  up,  π.  Tu  μηδέν  όντα,  Eur.  Tro. 
608,  cf  H.  F.  475 ;  so  of  doctors, 
πνργονντες  έαντούς,  puffing  them- 
selves off,  Mimnerm.,  or  rather  Me- 
nand.,  v.  Meineke  p.  303;  so,  π.  χά- 
ριν, to  exalt,  exaggerate  it,  F^ur.  Med. 
526.  cf  Heracl.  293  ;  and,  in  pass.,  to 
exalt  one's  self,  be  proud,  τινί,  in  a 
thing,  like  νφονσθαι,  Aesch.  Pers. 
192  ;  so,  πεπύργωσαι  θρύσει,  λόγοις, 
Eur.  Or.  1568,  Η.  F.  238. 

fHup)  ώ,  off,  ij,  Pyrgo,  wife  of  Al- 
cathoiis,  Paus.  1,  43,  4. 

ΙΙνργώδης,  ες,^πυργοειδής.  Soph. 
Tr.  273. 

Τίύργωμα,  ατός,  τό,  (πνργόω)  that 
which  is  furnished  with  towers,  a  fenced 
city,  Orac.  ap.  Hdt.  7, 140,  Eur.  Phoen. 
287:  —  in  plur.,  walls,  Aesch.  Theb. 
30,  251,  etc. 

ΤΙνργωσις,  ή,  (πνργόω)  a  making 
towers. 

ΤΙνργώτις,  ιδος,  pecul.  fem.  of  πυρ- 
γωτός, towering,  όρκάνα,  Aesch.  Theb. 
346. 

ΐΐνργωτός,  ή,  όν,  (πνργόω)  made 
like  a  tower:  —  of  curtain  hangings, 
with  an  edge  like  battlements,  Ath.  196 
C. 

Τίνρδΰής,  ές,  (πνρ,  δαίω)  burnt  in 
the  fire :  burning,  π.  πρόνοια,  of  Al- 
thaea burning  Meleager's  fatal  torch, 
Aesch.  Cho.  606. 


ΠΥΡΗ 

ΤΙύρδάΙον,  ον,  τό,  and  πνρδΰνον, 
ου,  τό,  (ττϋρ,  δαίω)  small  wood  for  burn- 
ing, elsewn.  φρύγανον,  Lacon.  πούρ- 
δαλον  and  πονρδανον. — II.  α  kitchen. 
or  stove  for  cooking. — Ι11.^=έμ~νρευ- 
μα. 

ΐΐί'ρεθρσν,  ου,  τό,  α  hot  spicy  plant, 
feverfew,  Nic.  Th.  938,  Diosc.  [v] 

Τίϊφεΐον,  Ion.  πνρηίον,  ov,  τό, 
(πνρ)  : — usu.  in  plur.,  pieces  of  wood, 
rubbed  one  against  another  till  they 
caught  fire,  Lat.  igniaria,  H.  Horn. 
Merc.  Ill,  where  the  invention  of 
this  earliest  mode  of  kindling  fire  is 
ascribed  to  Mercury  ;  Soph.  Phil.  36  ; 
τρίβοντες  ωστζερ  'εκ.  ττνρείον  έκλύμ- 
■φαι  ττοιείν  τι,  Plat.  Rep.  43.5  A  ;  πν- 
ρεία  σνντρίψαντες,  Luc.  Ver.  Η.  1, 
32. — II.  an  earthen  pan  for  coals. — III. 
among  the  Persians,  the  place  where 
the  sacred  fire  was  kept. 

ΙΙνρεκβό/.ος,  ov,  (έκβάλ/ιω)  yield- 
ing fire. 

Πϋρεκτίκός,  ή,  όν,  {πνρέσσω)  fever- 
ish. 

ΤΙνρεξίς,  ή,  feverishness  :  from 
ΐΐνρεσσω,  Att.  -ττω  ;  fut.  ττνρέξω  ; 
aor.  έπυρεξα:  {πυρετός).      Το  be  fe- 
verish, be  in  a  fever,  Eur.  Cycl.  228, 
Ar.  Vesp.  813,  etc. 

ni'pfrna'(j,=  foreg.,  Luc.  Scyth. 
2:  also  ττυρετιάω,  Geop. 

^Ινρετίύης,  ov,  6,  Pyretides,  an 
Athenian,  Isae.  39,  41. 

ΐΐϋρέτιον,  ov,  TO,  Dim.  from  sq., 
a  low  fever,  Hipp. 

Υίνρετός,  ov,  ό,  (ττνρ)  burning  heat, 
fiery  heat,  φέρει  πνρετόν  δειλοΐσι 
βροτοΐσι  (of  Sirius),  U.  22,  31.— II. 
esp.  feverish  heat,  a  fever,  Hipp.  :  the 
various  kinds  which  he  describes  will 
be  found  in  Foes.  Oecon.  :  esp.  a  re- 
curring fever,  7Γ.  τριταίος,  τεταρταιος. 
a  tertian,  quartan/euir,  etc..  Id.,  and 
Plat.  Tim.  86  A. 

tllrperof,  ov,  6,  the  Pyretus,  a  river 
of  Scythia  falling  into  the  Ister,  Hdt. 
4,  48. 

ΊΙίψετοφόρος,  ov,  (.φέρω)  causing 
fever. 

ΤΙϊφέττω,  Att.  for  πνρέσσω. 
ΤΙνρετώδης,   ες,    {πνρετός.    εϊδος) 
fiery  hot. — II.  like  fever,  feverish,  in- 
flamed, ε?<,κος,  Hipp.  :  subject  to  fever, 
σώμα,  Id. 

ΐΐϊ'ρεύς,  έως,  ό,  (πυρ)  one  who  lights 
fire  or  burns. — II.  a  fire-proof  vessel, 
Anth.  P.  13,  13. 

ΐΐϊφενστικός,  η,  όν,=  πνρεντικός  I, 
Theophr. 

ΐΐίφεντης,  ov,  b,  {πνρενω)  one  who 
lights  or  keeps  up  a  fire. — II.  esp.  one 
who  fishes  by  torch-light.     Hence 

Τίνρεντικός,  ή,  όν,  {πνρενω)  fit  for 
burning. — II.  (from  foreg.)  ή  -αή  (sc 
τέχνη),  fishing  by  torch-light,  Plat. 
Soph.  220  D. 

ΐΐνρεί'ω,  (πϊφ)  to  make  fire.  —  II. 
trans,  to  set  on  fire,  burn,  vAtjv,  Plat 
Legg.  843  E. 

Πΰρ^,  ης,  ή.  Ion.  and  Ep.  for  πνρά 
(q.  v.),  Horn.,  and  Hdt. 

ΤΙϋρηίον,  τό.  Ion.  for  πνρεΐον,  q.  ν 
T\.vprjV,  ΐινος,  ό,  the  stnne  of  stone- 
fruit,  as  of  olives,  dates,  Hdt.  2,  92  ; 
4,  23  ;  the  pomegranate,  Theophr.  ; 
of  fir  or  pine  cones  ;  etc. — II.  the  hard 
bone  of  fishes,  as  opp.  to  the  cartilage. 
— III.  any  grain  of  salt,  frankincense, 
etc. — IV.  the  round  head  of  a  probe. — 
The  form  πν^^ήν  is  quite  wrong,  and 
prob.  arose  from  copyists  not  know- 
ing that  υ  was  long  by  nature. 

αΐιφηΐ'αία,  ας,  ή,  Pyrenaean,  ap- 
pell.  of  Venus,  Strab.  pp.  178,  181. 

^ΧΙνρηναϊος,  a.  ov,  of  the  Pyrenees, 
Pyrenaean  ;  tu  Π.  όρη,  the  Pyrenees, 
Polyb.  3,  35,  7. 


ΠΥΡΙ 

ΤΙϊ'ρήνεμος,  ov,  (πίρ,  άνεμος)  fan- 
ning fire,  Anth.  P.  6,  101. 

■[Ώϋριμ'η,  ης,  ή,  Pyrene,  a  nymph, 
mother  of  Cycnus,  Apollori.  2,  5,  11. 
— II.  the  Pyrenean  ran^e  of  mountains 
between  Hispania  and  Gallia,  Polyb. ; 
Dion.  P.  698.— III.  a  city  in  the  ter- 
ritory of  the  Celtae  at  the  source  of 
the  Ister  ace.  to  Hdt.  2,  33,  which  is 
of  course  incorrect,  v.  Bahr  ad  I. 

ϋΐνρΐμιηθεν,  adv.,  from  the  Pyr- 
enees, Dion.  P.  698. 

ΤΙϋρηνοειδής,  ές,  {πνρήν,  είδος)  like 
a  stone  in  fruit. 

ΙΙνρηίΌσμίλη,  ή,  (ττνρήν  IV,  σμί- 
λτ?)  α  cutting  instrutnent  with  a  blunt 
end,  Paul.  Aeg.  [[] 

ΤΙνωμ'ώδης,  ες,  =  πνρ)]νοειδ?Ίς : 
καρπός  π.,  a  fruit  with  a  hard  stone, 
Arist.  H.  A.  6,  13,  12  :  opp.  to  άπν- 
ρηνος. 

^Υίνρης,  ητος,  ό,  Pyres,  a  Milesian, 
Ath.  620  Ε. 

ΐΐϊφητόκος,  ov,  {πνρός)—πνρηφό- 
poc,  Anth. 

ΤΙνρητόκος,  ov,  {πνρ,  τίκτω)  pro- 
ducing fire,  dub.  1.  Phil.  Thess.  5, 
6. 

ΤΙϋρηφάτος,  ov,  {πνρός,  φύω,  πέ- 
φαμαι)  formed  like  μν?.ήφατος,  π. 
λάτρις  Αήμητρος,  the  wheat-slaying 
servant  of  Ceres,  i.  e.  a  mill-stone, 
Anth.  P.  7.  394.  [<2] 

ΐΐϊ'ρηφόρος,  ov,  poet,  for  πνροφό- 
ρος,  bearing  wheat,  πεδίον,  Od.  3,  495, 
H.  Horn.  Ap.  228. 

Τϊϋρία,  ας,  η,  (ττΓρ)  α  vipour-bath, 
made  by  throwing  odorous  substan- 
ces on  hot  embers  inside  air-tight 
cloth,  Hdt.  4,  75,  cf  Foes.  Oecon. 
Hipp.  :  ο  place  for  that  purpose,  usu. 
πνριατήρίον. — II.  a  bathing-tub,=i  πύ- 
ελος, Ath.  : — a  pot,  kettle,  Anth.  P. 
11,243.^ 

Υ1νρίάζω,=  πνριύω. 

ΙΙϊφίύλωτος,  ov,  {πνρ.  άλίσκομαι) 
wasted  by  fire,  v.  Jac.  Philostr.  Irnag. 
p.  498.  [u] 

ΐΐνρίάμα.  ατός,  τό,  {πνριύω)=:πν- 
ρία,  Arist.  Probl.  1,  55. 

^Πνρίας,  ov,  ό,  Pyrias,  masc.  pr.  η., 
Pans.,  etc. 

ΤΙνρίΰσις,  η,  {πνριάω)  a  warming 
by  a  vapor-bath. 

Τίί'ριάτης,  ov,  6,  (only  found  in  dat. 
nvptdTij,  which  others  refer  to  the 
nom.  ή  πνριάτη,  not  so  well),  a  pud- 
ding made  with  beestings,  i.  e.  the  first 
milk  after  calving  {πνος),  beestings-pud- 
ding, Ar.  Vesp.  710,  who  joins  πνω 
και  πνριάτΐ],  where  before  Bentley 
was  read  πναρίτη,  cf.  Eubul.  Όλ,ο'. 
1,  Luc.  Lexiph.  3.  The  dish  was 
called  also  πνρίεφθον.  [ώ] 

ΠϋρΓΰΓ;;ρίον,  ov,  τό,  {πνρία,  πν- 
ριύω) α  place  where  vapour-baths  were 
used:  also  the  vapour-bath  itself,  Lat. 
sudatio,  Laconicum,  Arist.  Probl.  2,  29, 
32,  Plut.  Ciinon  I. 

Τϋ'ρΙΰτός.  η,  όν,  heated  by  a  vapour- 
bath,  sweated :  from 

Πί'ρίίίω,  ώ,  {πνρία)  to  put  persons 
in  a  vapour-bath.  Medic: — Pass.,  to 
take  a  vapour-bath,  Ath.  519  E. 

ΤΙνριβήτης,  ov,  6,  {πνρ,  βαίνω) 
standing  over  a  fire,  τρίπονς,  Arat. 
983  :  like  έμπνριβήτης. 

ΤΙνρίβιος,  ov,  living  in  fire.  [Ϊ] 
ΤΙνρί3λΊ)τος,     ov,     {πνρ,    βάλλω) 
struck  by  fire :  metaph., /ρΐ'ίτβίΖ,  Nic. 
Th.  774. — 11.  act.  =πτ;ροι^όλθζ-,  Jac. 
A.  P.  p.  747. 

ΤΙνριβρεμέτης,  ov,  6,  {πνρ,  βρέμω) 
=πνρίβρομος,  v.  1.  Orph.  Η.  48. 

ΤΙνριβρίθής,  ες,  {πνρ,  βρίθω)  laden 
with  fire,  Orph. 

ΤΙνρίβρομος,  ov,  {πϋρ,  βρέμω)  roar- 
ing with  fire,  Orph.  Arg.  1120. 


ΠΥΡΙ 

ΤΙνρίβρωτος,  ov,  {πνρ,  βιβρώσκω) 
devoured  by  fire,  Strab. 

ΤΙνρίγενέτης,  ov,  b,  =  sq.,  fire- 
wrought,  χαλινός,  Aesch.  Theb.  207. 

ΤΙϊφΓ/ενής,  ές,  {πνρ,  *}'«'ω)=  fore- 
going, born  in  or  from  fire,  δράκων, 
Eur.  Incert.  120 : — esp.  of  instruments 
wrought  or  forged  by  fire,  στόμια.  Id. 
Hipp.  1223  ;  π.  παλάμη,  i.  e.  a  weap- 
on, Id.  Or.  820 ;  cf.  foreg. 

ΤΙνρίγληνος,  ov,  {πνρ,  γλήνη) 
fiery-eyed,  Opp.  C.  3,  97,  IS'onn.,  etc. 

ΐΐνριγλώχΐν,  ϊνος,  b,  -ή,  {πίφ,  γλω- 
χίν)  barbed  with  fire,  v.  1.  Opp.  C.  2, 
166. 

ΪΙϊφΐγόνος,  ov,  {πνρ,  γονή)  produ- 
cing fire,  Plut.  Alex.  35.— II.  propa- 
ro.x.  πνρίγονος,  ov,  pass.,  fire-engen- 
dered. 

ΤΙνρίδαπτος,  ov,  {πνρ,  δύπτω)  de- 
voured by  fire,  Aesch.  Eum.  1041. 

ΤΙνρίδίον,  ov,  TO,  Dim.  from  πυρ, 
a  spark,  Plut.  2,  890  A.   [i] 

ΐΐνρίδιον,  ov,  TO,  Dim.  from  πνρός, 
Ar.  Lys.  1206.  [«] 

ΙΙϋρίδρομος,  ov,  fiery  in  its  course, 
V.  1.  for  πνρίβρομος. 

Τίνριέφθης,  ό,=πνρίάτης,  dub.  in 
Philippid.  ap.  Ath.  658  E. 

ΙΙϊφίεφθος.  ov,  {πνρ,  έψω)  cooked 
in  or  at  the  fire  :  b  π.,  or  το  π.,=  πν• 
ριύτης,  Ath. 

ΤΙϊ'ρΙήκης,  ες,  {πνρ,  άκη)  with  fiery 
point,  Od.  9,  387. 

ΤΙνρϊθαλπής,  ές,  {πϊφ,  0ά?.πω)  heat- 
ed in  the  fire,  Αρ.  Rh.  4,  920,  Jsic.  Tb. 
40,  etc.  " 

ΤΙϊ'ρϊκάής,  ές,  {πΐφ,  καίω)—πνρί- 
κανστυς,  Maiietho. 

Ώ.ϊφΙκαίης,  ες,=  foreg.,  Leon.  Tar. 
7. 

ΐΐνρίκαος,  ov,  {καίω:)  =  πνρκόος, 
q.  V. 

ΤΙνρίκανστος,  ον,  {πνρ,  καίω)  burnt 
in  fire,  II.  13,564. 

ΙΙνρίκαντος,  ον,  =  πνρίκανστος, 
Luc.  Asin.  6 :  inflammatory,  νοσήμα- 
τα. Plat.  Tim.  85  C  ;  cf.  Foes.  Oecon. 

ΤΙνρϊκαντωρ,  ορός,  ο,  one  who  bums 
with  fire,  Timon.  Fr.  41. 

ΤΙνρίκμητος,  ov,  {πνρ,  κάμνω) 
wrought  at  or  with  fire,  λέβΐ}ς.  Call. 
Del.  145:  cooked  with  fire,  scorched, 
Nic.  Th.  241. 

ΤΙνρϊκοίτης,  ες,  {πΐφ,  κοίτη)  where- 
in fire  lies  or  is  kept,  νάρβηξ  π.,  of 
the  cane  of  Prometheus,  Anth.  P.  6, 
294. 

ΤΙνρικόος,  ov,  {κοέω)  =  πνρκόος, 
q.  V. 

Jlvpi κρόταφος,  ov,  hammered  at  the 
fire  or  ivhen  hot,  forged  hot. 

ΐΐϊφίκτιτος,  ov,  {πίφ,  κτίζω)  made 
in  or  with  fire  :  εν  πνηικτίτοισι  γης, 
in  earthen  pots,  as  Meineke  reads 
and  interprets  the  Anaxandr.  Κΐσχρ., 
1,  2,  ubi  olim  περικτνποισι. 

ΤΙνρΙ/.άμπη,  ης,  ή,=  πνρίλαμπίς. 

ΤλνρΙλαμ-ής,  ές,  {πνρ,  λάμπω) 
glowins  tcith,  bright  as  fire,  Arat.  1040, 
Opp.  C.  3,  72,  Plut.  Crass.  24,  Schaf. 

\ΐΙνρι?.άμπιις,  ονς,  ό,  Pyrilampes, 
an  Athenian,  sent  as  an  envoy  to 
Persia,  Ar.  Vesp.  98  ;  Plat.  Parm. 
126  B.— Others  in  Paus.  ;  etc. 

ΤΙνρΐ/Μμπίς•  ίδος.  ή,  {πνρ,  λάμπω) 
α  glow-worm ,  Lat.  cicindela :  also  ττυ- 
γολαμπίς,  q.  v. 

ΤΙνρί?.ηπτος,  ον,  (-νρ,  λ.αμβάνω) 
seized  by  fire  ;  or  having  fire  within  it , 
πεδίον  π.,  a  volcanic  country,  Strab. 

ΊΙϋρΐμΰνέω,  ω,  {πνρ,  μαίνομαι)  to 
break  out  into  a  furious  blaze,  to  blaz 
soon  or  easily,  Plut.  Alex.  35. 

ΤΙΐψίμάρμύρος,  ov,  {πνρ,  μαρμαί 
ρω)  gleaming  with  or  like  fire,  Mau 
etho, 

1307 


ΠΥΡΙ 

Πυρίμαχος,  οι>,  {πϋρ,  βάχη)  fiery  in 
the  fight. — II.  resisting  fire :  esp.  of  a 
sort  of  lire-proof  stone,  Arist.  Meteor. 
4,  6,  10. 

ΙΙνρίμορώος,  ov,  {μορφή)  fire-like, 
fiery. 

ΤίνρΙμος,  ov,  {πυρός)  =:  πύρινος, 
Eur.  Erecth.  15. 

ΙΙυρίνη,  ή,^πνρήν,  Geop. 

ΤΙνμίΐΊον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  πνρί- 
νη.  [<] 

ΥΙνρΙνος,  η,  ov.  (πϋρ)  of  fire,  fiery, 
Arist.  de  Aniina  3, 13,  1.  [ϋ] 

ΤΙνρΙνος,  η,  ov,  {πίφός)  like  πί'ρί- 
μος  and  πνρύμινης.  of  wheal,  π.  στά- 
χνς,  Eur.  B.urysth.  2:  wheaten,  άρτοι, 
Xen.  An.  4,  5,  31  :  also,  πνριμος.  [ϋ] 

Hvpiuv,  ov,  TO,  {πνρ)  =  πνρεων. — 
II.  a  censer,  LXX. 

υΐφίπαις,  b.  ή,  {πϋρ,  παΐς)  Son  of 
fire,  epith.  of  Bacchus,  0pp. 

Τίνριπληθής,  ές,  {πυρ,  π'λήθω)  full 
of  fire,  Orac.  ap.  Euseb.  Praepar.  4,  9. 

Πί'ρίττνίί'ωΐ',  Ep.  for  πνριπνέων, 
Musae.  41. 

TlvpiTivevnTor,  ov,  ■=  πνρ'ιπνοος, 
Musae.  88,  Nonn. 

Τίύρι-νέων,  ονσα,  ov,  (πϋρ,  πνέω) 
part,  with  no  verb  in  use,  fire-breath- 
ing, Eur.  Ion  203. 

ΐΐί'ρίπνοος,  ov,  contr.  -πνονς,  ovv, 
(πϋρ,  πνκω)  fire-breathing,  Pind.  Fr. 
150  :  fiery,  Mel.  50,  Anth.  P.  7,  354, 
etc.     Cf.  πΰρπνοος. 

ΤΙνρΙπόλος,  ον,=πνρπό?.ος,  Orph. 

ίΊΙνρίππ?!,  7]ς.  ή,  Pyrippe,  mother 
of  Patroclus  by  Hercules,  Apollod.  2, 
7,8. 

Π.νρφβΰγής,  ές,=^πνροββαγ!ΐς. 

ΐΐί'ριπμύρΰγος,  ov,  {πυρ,  σμαρα• 
yt(J)  roaring,  rattling  in  or  from  fire, 
Theocr.  Fistul.  [a] 

ΐΐνρίσπαρτος,  ov,  (πϋρ,  σπείρω) 
sowing  fire,  inflaming,  δήγμα,  Antli. 
Plan.  208. — II.  pass.,  sown  or  strewed 
with  fire. 

ΐΐϊφισπείρτιτος,  ov,  (πϋρ,  σπειράω) 
wrapt  in  fire,  Paul.  S.  ecplir.  475. 

ΤίΙφισπόρος,  ov,  (πϋρ,  σπείρω)  sow- 
ing fire,  Orph.  il.  44,  1,  etc. — II.  πνρί- 
σπορος,  ov,  pass.,  sown  or  gendered  in 
fire,  Opp.  C.  4,  304. 

ΤΙϋρίσσοος.  ov,  (πυρ,  σώζω)  for  πνρ• 
ίσοος,  plucked  from  the  burning,  Aga- 
mestor  ap.  Schol.  Lye.  178. 

ΤΙνρίστακτος,  ov,  (  πυρ,  στάζω  ) 
atreaniing  or  running  with  fire,  πέτρα 
π-,  of  Aetna,  Eur.  Cycl.  2i)8. 

ΎΙνριστάτης,  ου,  ό,  (ϊστημι)  a  tripod 
to  stand  on  the  fire,    [ά] 

ΤΙνριστεφτις,  ές,  {πϋρ,  στέφω)  fire- 
wreathed,  Nonn. 

Τίνρισφάραγος,  ov,  (σφαραγέω)  = 
πυρισμύραγος.  [α] 

ΐΐνρισφρι/γιστος,  ον,  (πϋρ,  σφρα- 
γίζω) sealed  with  fire,  Νοηπ. 

ΊΙνρίτης,  ου,  ό,  {πϋρ)  of  or  in  fire, 
π.  την  τέχνην,  i.  e.  a  smith,  Luc. 
Jup.  Conf.  8. — II.  π.  λίθυς,  a  flint,  or 
the  copper  pyrites  of  nnneralogists, 
Diosc,  Plin. :  also,  πνρίτις,  ιόος,  ή, 
q.  V. 

ΤΙϋρίτης,  ov,  6,  (  πυρός  )  άρτος, 
wheaten  bread,  Ath. 

ΤΙϋρΐτις,  ιδος,  i],  v.  πνρίτης. — Π. 
as  snbst.,=  πνρεθρον,  Nic.  Th.  683, 
Al.  531. 

ΤΙνρΙτόκος,  ov,  (πϋρ,  τίκτω)  produ- 
cing fire,  Jac.  Anth.  P.  p.  143. 

ΤΙϋριτρεφί/ς,  ές,  (πϋρ,  τρέφω)  fire- 
fed,  Nonn. 

ΤΙύρίτρόφος.  ov,  (πυρ,  τρέφω)  cher- 
ishing fire,  Anth.  P.  6.  101. 

ΤΙίψίτροχος,  ov,  (πϋρ,  τρέχω)  fiery 
in,  its  course,  Nonn. 
,  Ι1ϋρίφύτος.ον,(πϋρ,  φάω,πέφαμαι) 
tlain  by  fire,  Aesch.  Supp.  627. 

Πνρΐφεγγής,  ές,  (πυρ,  φέγγος)  blaz- 
Ι3ϋδ 


ΠΥΡΟ 

ing  with  or  like  fire,  Orph.  Arg.  212, 
etc. 

Πνριφλεγέθων,  οντος,  6,  (πϋρ,  φλέ- 
γω) Pyriphlcgethon,  one  of  the  rivers 
of  hell,  Fireblazing,  Od.  10,  513. 

Πΰρί0λε}7/ς,  ές,  (πϋρ,  φλέγω)  flam- 
ing, blazing,  Xen.  Hell.  5,  3,  19  :  vio- 
lently  inflamed,  Hipp. 

ΙΙνρίψλέγων,  οντος,  (5,=foreg.,  Eur. 
Bacch.  1019. 

ΤΙνρίφλεκτος,  ov,  ( πϋρ,  φλέγω  ) 
burnt  or  blazing  with  fire,  Aesch.  Fr. 
156,  Eur.  Ion  195  :  fiery,  β'Αύβαι,  πό- 
βοι,  Anth.  P.  12,  151,  Lye.  217. 

ΙΙΰρίφ'λογοΓ,  ov,  {πϋρ,  φλόξ)  flam- 
ing ivith  fire,  Emped.  Si)haer.  112. 

ΙΙύρίφοιτος.  ov,  (πϋρ,  φοιτάω)  walk- 
ing in  fire,  Orph. 

Πί'ρή''?»  '/Γ'  ί'  poet,  for  πνβΜχη. 
Anth.  P.  12,  186  ;  cf.  Jac.  p.  774.  [i] 

Πϋρίχρως,  ωτος,  ό,  ή,  (πϋρ,  χρως) 
of  fiery  colour  or  aspect,  υψις,  Alcidam. 
ap.  Arist.  Khet.  3,  3,  1. 

ΤΙνρκάενς,  έως,  ό,  {πϋρ,  καίω,  κύω) 
afire-kindler,  ΤΙμομηβενς  π-,  name  of 
a  play  of  Aesch. 

ΤΙνρκαιύ,  άς,  Ep.  and  Ion.  πνρκαϊή, 
ης,  ή ;  in  Eur.  Supp.  1207,  trisyll. 
πνρκαιά  :  (πυρ,  καίω) : — like  πιφά, 
any  place  where  fire  is  kindled,  esp.  a 
funeral-pyre,  νεκρονς  πνρκαϊης  έπε- 
νήνεον,  II.  7,  428,  431,  etc.,  cf.  Eur. 

1.  C. — 2.  afire,  conflagration,  πνρκαϊης 
γενομέν?ις,  Hdt.  2,  66. — 3.  metaph., 
the  flame  of  love,  Anth. — II.  an  olive- 
tree  which  has  been  burnt  down  to  the 
stump,  and  grows  up  again  a  wild 
olive,  Lys.  110,  23,  cf.  Virg.  G.  2,  303 
sq.  [ku  in  II.,  though  by  analogy  it 
should  be  κά,  v.  Lob.  Phryn.  523.] 

ΤΙνρκόος,  ov,  b,  (~vp,  κοέω)  one  who 
watches  a  sacrificial  fire  to  draw  omens 
from  it,  esp.  at  Delphi :  hence  the 
Delphians  were  called  πνρκόοι  or 
πνρικόοι  (cf.  θνοσκόος),  Plut.  2,  406 
F,  ubi  libri  πνρίκαος. 

ΤίνρναΙος,  a,  ov,  (πίφνον)  fit  for 
eating,  ripe,  σταφνλαί,  Theocr.  1,  46; 
ace.  to  others  from  πϋρ,  of  a  yellow 
colour  :  v.  sq. 

Tlvpvov,  TO,  shortd.  for  πνρινον  : 
{πύρινος,  πνρός) : — wheaten-bread,  Od. 
15,  312  ;  17,  12,  302  :— generally, /ood, 
meat,  as  opp.  to  drink,  from  which 
sigtif.  comes  the  adj.  πυρναΐος. — IL 
acorns  or  mast,  φήγινον  π.,  Lye.  482, 
cf.  639. 

Iliipi^of,  o,=foreg. 

ΤΙϊ'ράιΛος,  ον,^πνρίβιος. 

Ώΰρυβό?.υς,  ov,  (πυρ,  βά?Λω)  giv- 
ing forth  fire,  fire-darting :  τα  πνρΟ' 
βϋλα,  arrows  tipped  with  fire,  Plut.  Sull. 
9,  Anton.  66,  etc. 

ΙΙϊψοβΰρος,  ov,  {πϋρ,  βορά)  eating 
wheat,  Q.  Sm.  2,  197. 

ΤΙνρογενης,  ές,  (πϋρ,  *γένω)  fire- 
born,  of  Bacchus,  Auson. 

ΤίνρογενΊ/ς,  ές,  {πυρός,  *γένω)  made 
from  wheat,  Anth.  P.  9,  368. 

ΤΙϋρούαίσιον,  ov,  τό,  (όαίω)  a  fire- 
place. 

ΤΙϋροδόκος,  ov,  (πνρός,  δέχομαι) 
receiving  wheat,  άλωή,  Opp.  H.  4,  501. 

ΥΙνροειδής,  ές,  (πϋρ,  είδος)  like  fire, 
fieri/.  Plat.  Legg.  895  C.  Adv.  -δώς, 
Phit.  2,  888  E. 

ΐΐνροειδής,  ές,  (πνρός,  είδος)  like 
wheat. 

ΤΙνρόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  (πϋρ)  fiery,  Anth. 
P.  5,  15  ;  9,  132.— II.  b  π'.,  the  planet 
Mar.':,  from  his^cry  color,  Cic.  N.  D. 

2,  20. — III.  οι  πνροϋντες,  a  sort  of 
trout,  Mnesith.  ap.  Ath.  358  C. 

Ilt"pofp}7;f,  ές,  {πϋρ,  *έργω)  work- 
ing in  or  at  the  fire,  Manetho. 

ΐΐϋροκΰπηλενω,  to  deal  in  wheat. 

Τίνροκλοπία,  ας,  ή,  a  theft  of  fire, 
Anth. 


ΠΤΡΠ 

ΤΙνροκλ.όπος,  ov,  {κλέπτω)  stealing 


Πυρολΰβίς,  ίδος,  ή,  (λαμβάνω)  a 
pair  of  fire-tongs. 

ΙΙνρολιαμπίς,  ίδος,  ή,  =  πνριλαμ- 
πίς. 

ΤΙνρολόγος,  ον.  {πνρός,  λέγω)  reap- 
ing wheat,  Anth.  P.  6,  104. 

ΥΙνρομαντεία,  and  πνρομαντία,  ας, 
ή,  soothsaying  from  fire,  Bcickh  Expl. 
Pind.  O.  0,  init.,  p.  152. 

ΤΙϋρόμαντις,  εως,  ό  and  ή,  a  fire- 
prophet ;  v.  foreg. 

ΤΙνρομάχος,  ov,=  πυρίμαχος,  π.  λί- 
θος, Thcophr.  [ά] 

ΐΐϋρυμετρέω,  ω,  to  measure  wheat : 
from 

ΤΙνρομέτρης,  ου,  ύ,  (μετρέω)  one  who 
measures  iiheat. 

ΤΙνρομετρητής,  ov,  ό,= foreg. 

*ΥΙνρύν,  τό,  V.  sub  πνρά,  τά. 

ΤΙνροπάλαμος,  ν.  πυρπάλαμος.  [α] 

Πί'ροτΓίτΓ;;^•,  ου,  ύ,  ν.  πν^)βοπίπης. 
[ί] 

Πίρθ7ΓΟί'/ίίλθ{•,  ον,  with  fire-coloured 
spots. 

ΙΙϋροπωλεϊον,  ον,  τό,  the  wheat-mar- 
ket :  and 

Υϊϊ'ροπωλέω,  ώ,  to  deal  in  wheat, 
Dem.  376,  1 :  from 

ΙΙνροπω?.ης,  ov,  b,  (πνρός,  πωλέω) 
a  wheat-merchant,  corn-merchant . 

ΙΙνρο^)β&γί/ς,  ές,  (πύρος,  1)ήγννμι) 
bursting  m  the  fire,  Cratin.  Ώρ.  10:  as 
adv.  πνροββαγές,  cracked,  Ar.  Ach. 
933. 

ΐΐνρός,  ov,  b,  wheat,  Hom.  (esp.  in 
Od.) :  also  in  plur.,  of  divers  kind  of 
grain,  Od.  4,  004;  9,  110,  cf.  Dem. 
386,  4.  (Usu.  derived  from  πϋρ,  from 
the  red-yellow  colour  of  wheat.) 

ΤΙνροσθερής,  ές,  (σθένος)  mighty 
with  fire,  Lat.  ignipotens. 

ΤΙνροστάτης,  ov,  ο,=2πυριστάτης. 
[ά] 

ΤΙϋροτομία,  ας,  ή,  (πνρός,  τέμνω) 
α  reaping  of  wheat. 

ΐΐύροφεγγης,  ές,:=πνριφεγγής.  Or. 
Sib. 

ΊΙΰροφόρος,  ον,  (πνρ)^πνρηφόρος. 

ΐΐνροφόρος,  ον  (πνρός,  φέρω)  bear- 
ing wheat,  II.  12,  314  ;  14,  123,  Hes. 
Op.  547,  Pind.  I.  4,  91  (3,  72),  Eur., 
etc. : — in  Od.  also  πνρηφόρος. 

Τίνρόχρως,  ωτος,^=πνρίχρως. 

ΐΐνρόω,  ώ,  ί.  -ώσω,  (πϋρ)  to  set  on 
fire,  to  burn,  burn  up,  Wess.  Hdt.  7,  8, 
2;  8,  102,  Soph.  Ant.  286,  etc.:  to 
burn  as  a  burnt  sacrifice,  Aesch.  Pr.  497: 
— in  pass.,  to  be  burnt,  Aesch.  Ag.  440  ; 
Ύρώων  πνρωΟέντων,  having  been  worn 
out,  Pind.  P.  1 1 ,  50 ;  also,  to  be  inflamed 
or  excited,  τινί  by  a  thing,  Aesch.  Ag. 
481. —  II.  to  prove,  test,  try  by  fire  :  pass. 
to  stand  the  fire,  Arist.  ΙΪ.  A.  3,  5,  0. — 
III.  to  fumigate,  δώμα  θεείω,  Theocr. 
24,  94. 

ΐΐνρπΰλάμύω,  ώ,  {πϋρ,  πα?Μμάο- 
μαΐ)   strictly,  to  handle  fire,  play  with 

fire,  hence  ace.  to  Eust.,=  κακυτίχ- 
νέω ;  and  so,  πυρπαλάμι/σεν,  he 
played  some  cunning  tricks,  H.  Hom. 
Merc.  357. 

ΊΊνρπάλάμος,  η.  ov,  (πϋρ,  παλάμη) 
flung  like  fire,  of  lightning,  Pind.  O. 
10  (11),  96:  ace.  to  Eust.  and  others 
sii'ift  as  fire,  and  so  crafty,  [u] 

ΪΙνρπνόος,.  ov,  =  πυριπνόος,  Τύ- 
φων, Aesch.  Theb.  492;  ταϋροι,  ?J- 
aiva,  Eur.  Med.  478,  El.  474  :  π.  βέ- 
λος, of  lightning.  Aesch.  Pr.  917. 

Πυρ-οΛί'ω,  ώ,  (πνρπόλος)  to  light 
or  make  a  fire,  esp.  to  light  and  keep  up 
fire,  watch  a  fire,  Od.  10,  30,  Xen.  Cyr. 
3,  3,  25  :  77.  τοΐις  άνθρακας,  to  stir  vp, 
fan  the  fire,  Ar.  Av.  1580.  Anth.— II. 
to  waste  with  fire,  buryi  (ind  destroy,  TTjV 
oiKiav,  Ar.  Nub.  1497;  πάλιν,  Vesp 


ΠΤΡΡ 

1079 ;  also  π.  τους  βαρβάρους,  Anaxil. 
Neott.  1,  9,  cf.  Ar.  Thesni.  727:  and 
eo  in  Hdt.  8,  50,  it  is  better  taken  as 
pass,  than  as  a  depon. : — nietaph.,  of 
grief,  Nic.  Th.  245,  304;  of  love, 
Anth.     Hence 

Ώνρπο'λΐ]μα,  ατός,  τό,  a  watch-fire, 
beacon,  Eur.  Hel.  7t)7. 

ΐΐυρτΐόλησις,  ή,  a  ivasting  with  fire. 

ΙΙυμπόλος,  ov,  {πύο,  πολέω,  ττο- 
7.εύω)  busying  one'' s  self  with  fire:  esp. 
wasting  with  fire,  burning,  scorching, 
κεραυνός,  Eur.  Supp.  610. — 2.  epith. 
of  Bacchus,  prob.  because  of  the 
torches  used  at  his  nightly  festivals. — II. 
pass.,  wasted  by  fire,  Phlegon. 

Wvfjlia,  ή,  (ττν/φός)  a  red-coloured 
bird,  ϋ|)ρ. :  also  πιφριας. 

t  Ilvi>(>a,  ας,  ή,  Pyrrha,  daughter  of 
Epimetheus  and  Pandora,  wife  of 
Deucalion,  Pind.  0. 9, 66. — 2.  a  daugh- 
ter of  Croon,  Paus.  0,  10,  3.— II.  a  city 
on  the  west  side  of  the  island  Lesbos, 
Thuc.  3,  18;  etc. — 2.  a  promontory  in 
Phthiotis  in.Thessaly,  with  a  small 
island  of  same  name,  Strab.  p.  435. — 
Others  in  Strab.  pp.  432,  606,  etc. 

ΪΙυρ^ύγής,  ες,  {βηγννμί)=πνροβ- 
βαγΖ/ς.  dub. 

Ώ.υβϊ!)άζο,  f.  -σω,  {ττνββός)  to  be  fiery 
red,  Ν.  Τ. 

ϋΐιφβαία,  ας,  ?/,  Pyrrhaea,  earlier 
name  ot  Thessaly  from  Pyrrha,  Strab. 
p.  443. 

ΐΐυββύκης,  ov,  b,  (πνβρός)  red, 
LXX.  [(2] 

nvf)puKuv,—  (oTeg. 

ΙΙιφβαλίς,  ίόυς,  ή,  {πυββός)  a  red- 
coloured  bird,  prob.  a  sort  of  wood-pig- 
eon, Arist.  H.  A.  9.  1,  15,  Ath.  394  D  : 
also  written  πυρα'λίς,  πνραλ?ύς. — II. 
ελαϊαι  7Γΐφβα?αόες  or πvpaλλίόες,red- 
dish  olives. 

\ΐΙυρβανδρος,  ου,  b,  Pyrrhandrus, 
an  Athenian,  a  public  inlormer,  Ar. 
Eq.  901  ;  Aeschin.  ;  etc. 

ΐΐιφρην,  b,  f.  1.  for  πυρήν. 

ΐΐνβμίας,  ov,  ό,  (ττιφβύς)  a  red-col- 
oured serpent. — Ι1.^=πυββα. — III.  Red- 
head, freq.  name  of  a  slave,  as  in  Ar. 
Ran.  730, —  strictly,  of  the  sly  red- 
haired  slaves  from  Thrace  ;  cf.  Sav- 
θιας. 

ίΤΙυββίας,  ov,  ό,  Pyrrhias,  an  Arca- 
dian, Xen.  An.  6,  5,  11. — 2.  an  Aeto- 
lian,  a  commander,  Poly  b.  5, 91, 3.  Cf. 
foreg. 

Πιγ^/^ίύω,  6),  to  be  of  a  red,  fiery  colour. 
Lat.  rulilare,  LXX. 

Πιφύίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (7riip/iuf)=lOreg., 
LXX. 

Ιίνρρίχη,  ης,  ή,  (sc.  ορχησις),  a 
kind  ot  war-dance ;  hence,  generally, 
δειναί  π.,  strange  violent  movements, 
Eur.  Andr.  1135,  Xen.  An.  5,  9,  12, 
Plat,  etc.: — proverb.,  τ:υβρίχ7]ν  β'λέ- 
πειν,  '  to  look,  daggers,  'Ar.  A  v.  1169. 
(Called  froyn  ΙΙνββίχος,  the  inventor, 
Ath.  630  D.)  [t] 

Τ1νύβΙχΙάκ.ός,  ?'/,  όν,  {πνββίχως)  in 
the  Pyrrhic  metre :  the  adv.  -χώς  is 
more  freq.,  Granim. 

ΙΙιφρΙχίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  to  dance  the 
πνββίχη,  Luc.  D.  Deor.  8,  1,  Plut., 
etc. 

Τίυββίχιος,  ov,  of  ox  belonging  to  the 
ττνρβιχη,  Τϊ.δρχημα,  the  Pyrrhic  dance, 
Luc.  'Salt.  9  ;  π.  δρόμος,  Hdn.  4,  2,  9. 
— II.  τϊους  ττ.,  a  pyrrhic,  i.  e.  a  foot  con- 
sisting of  two  short  syll.,  which  was 
much  used  in  the  πιφβίχη  or  war- 
song  :  also  τταρίαμβος.  [ij 

Τίυββΐχιστής,  oD,  ό,  {ήνββιχίζω)  a 
dancer  of  the  ττυββίχη  :  οι  π.,  the  cho- 
rus of  Pyrrhic  dancers,  Lys.  101,  37, 
Isae.  54,  30. 

ΤίυββΙχιστίκός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to, 
like  a  ττνρβίχίστης. 


ΠΥΡΣ 

ΤΙύββΐχος,  η,  ov.  Dor.  for  πνββός, 
red,  ταύρος,  Theocr.  4,  20 ;  it  might 
also  be  of  Pyrrhus''  or  the  Epirus  breed, 
cf  Arist.  H.  A.  8,  7,  3,  though  in  this 
case  it  should  rather  be  ΐΐνββίκός,  as 
Bekker  has  written  it,  lb.  3,  21,  3. 

αΐίφβιχος,  ov,  ό,  Pyrrhicus,  a  Co- 
rinthian, lather  of  Ariston,  Thuc.  7, 
39. — 2.  a  Cydonian  of  Crete,  inventor 
of  the  war-dance  πνββίχη,  q.  v.,  Strab. 
p.  467. — Others  in  Paus. ;  etc. 

Τίνββόγειος,  ov,  {πνββύς,  γέα,  yfj) 
of  or  with  red  earth. 

ΐΐνββογένειος,  ov,  (ττνββός,  γένει- 
ov)  red-bearded,  Anth.  P.  7,  707. 

Τίνββόθριξ,  τρϊχος,  ό,  ή,  {πυββός, 
θρίξ)  red-haired,  Eur.  I.  Α.  225. 

ΐΐνββοκόμης,  ου,  ό,  =  πνρσόκομος, 
Schol.  brev.  11.  2,  642. 

ΐΐνββοκόραξ,  άκος,  ό,  a  sort  of  crow 
with  a  reddish  beak,  Plin. 

^ΤΙυββόλοχος,  ου,  ό,  Pyrrholochus, 
an  Argive,  Xen.  Hell.  1,  3,  13. 

ΐΐιφβοπίπης,  ov,  b,  {πνββός,  όπι- 
πτενω)  one  that  ogles  boys,  (cf.  πνββός 
I,  sub  tin.),  with  a  play  upon  πϊφοπί- 
πτις,  ogling  wheat,  (i.  e.  dinner  in  the 
Prytaneum),  Ar.  Eq.  407,  ubi.  v. 
Schol. :  — cf.  γνναικοπίπης,  ο'ινοπί- 
πης,  παιδοπίπης,  παμθενοπίπης.  [t] 

ΐΐνββοποίκίλος,  ov,  red-spotted, 
epith.  of  red  granite. 

ΤΙυββός,  ά,  όν,  but  in  older  Alt.  and 
Dor.,  πυρσός,  ή,  όν,  as  Aesch.  Pers. 
316,  Eur.  Phoen.  32:  (πυρ) -.—flame- 
coloured,  yellowish-red,  esp.  of  the  col- 
our of  red  hair  (as  we  call  it),  Lat.  ru- 
fus,  such  as  that  of  the  Scythians, 
Thracians,  etc.,  Hdt.  4,  108,  and 
Hipp. ;  much  like  ξανθός,  but  some- 
what darker  ;  πνββόν  ξανθού  τε  και 
φαωϋ  κράσει  γίγνεται.  Plat.  Tim.  68 
C,  V.  omnino  P'oes.  Oecon.  Hipp. ; 
generally,  reddish,  tawny,  esp.  of 
youths  getting  their  first  beard,  Aesch. 
Pers.  316,  Theocr.  6,  3,  cf.  Valck. 
Phoen.  32,  and  v.  πνββοπίπης :—a\so, 
red  with  blushes,  Ar.  Eq.  900. 

Τίνββος,  ov,  b,  (paroxyt.)  Pyrrhus, 
a  name  of  Neoptolemus,  V'irgil, 
tApollod.  3, 13,  8  ;  Paus.  4,  17,  4.-2. 
the  famous  king  of  Epirus,  Polyb. ; 
Plut. — 3.  a  lyric  poet  of  Lesbos,  a  con- 
temporary of  Theocritus,  Theocr.  4, 
31. — Others  in  Dem. ;  Isae. ;  etc. 

ΐΐνββότης,  7/τος,  ή,  {πνββός)  red- 
ness, Arist.  Gen.  An.  5,  5.  3. 

ΤΙνββότρΐχος,  ov,  =  πυββόθριξ, 
Theocr.  8,  3. 

ΤΙνββού?Μς,  ov,  6,  a  red-coloured 
bird,  different  from  πνββα  and  πνβ- 
βίας,  Arist.  Η.  Α.  8,  3,  5. 

ΤΙνββόω,  ώ,  {πνββός)  to  make  red: 
— pass.,  to  be  so,  Arist.  Probi.  38,  2. 

ΐΐνββώδης,  ες,  {είδος)  red-looking. 

iHvββωv,  ωνος,  ό,  Pyrrho,  a  phi- 
losopher of^  Elis,  contemporary  of 
Aristotle,  founder  of  the  skeptic 
school,  Plut. ;  Diog.  L. ;  etc. 

ΤΙυρσαίνω,  {πνρσός)  to  make  red, 
tinge  with  red,  π.  ξανθάν  χαίταν,  Eur. 
Tro.  227. 

ΤΙνρσανγΊ'ις,  ες,  {πνρσός,  αυγή) 
fiery  bright,  Orph.  Η.  18,  1. 

ΤΙνρσεία,  ας,  ή,  {πνρσενο))  commu- 
nication by  means  of  πυρσοί,  Polyb.  10, 
43,  1  :  the  news  conveyed  thereby,  lb. 
45,  8. 

ΤΙνρσεντής,  οϋ,  b,  one  who  conveys 
7iews  by  means  of  πυρσοί. — II.  one  who 
heats  a  room,  etc.,  Aretae.  :  from 

ΐΐνρσενω,  {πυρσός)  to  set  on  fire, 
light  up,  kindle,  π.  σέ?.ας,  Eur.  Hel. 
112C:  metaph.,  π.  ίχθραν,  Diod.  11, 
64. — II.  esp.,  to  communicate  7iews  by 
means  of  πυρσοί,  make  signals  by  torch- 
es or  beacon-fires,  Xen.  An.  7,  8,  15  : 
hence,  πνρσενετε  κραν/ήν  αγώνος, 


ΠΥΡΦ 

five  a  shout  in  signal  of  the  liattle, 
;ur.  El.  C94. 

Πνρσίτης,  ov,  ό,=  πνρσεντης,  Phi- 
lostr.  [i] 

ΙΙνρσοβολέω,  ώ,  to  shoot  forth  fire, 
Manetho  :  from 

Πνρσοβό?.ος,  ov,  {πνρσής,  /ϊύΖλω) 
shooting  forth  fire,  Anth.  P.  12,  196. 

ΤΙυρσογενής,  ές,  {*yivu)  fire -horn. 

ΙΙνρσοε7ΛΚΤος,  ov,  (ί'λίσσω)  wind- 
ing itself  ox  itrithing  in  fire. 

ΪΙνρσόκομος,  ov,  {πνρσός,  κόμη) 
red-haired,  Paul.  S.  ecphr.  464. 

Ώυρσόκορσος,  ov,  {πυρσός,  κόρση) 
=ioreg.,  π.  λέων,  a  red-maned  lion, 
Aesch.  Fr.  104. 

Ώνρσοκόρνμβος,  ov,  (πνρσός,  κό- 
ρνμβος)  with  red  grapes,  Paul.  S.  Am- 
bo  166. 

ΤΙνρσόλοφοι,  ων,  ol,  (λόφος)  straps 
of  leather  dried  at  the  fire. 

ΤΙνρσόνωτος,  ov,  {πνρσός,  νώτον) 
red-backed,  δράκων,  Eur.  Η.  F.  398. 

ΤΙυρσοπύρυς,  ov,  f.  1,  for  πνρσοφό• 
ρος,  iSonn. 

Πΐ'ρσόζ•,  ov,  b  .•  heterog.  pi.,  ra 
πνρσά,  Eur.  Khes.  97  {πϊφ,  πυββός) : 
— a  fire-brand,  torch,  11.  18,  211  :  me- 
taph., ΰι/ιαί  -Τχνρσον  ύμνων,  Pind.  I. 
4,74  (3,  61);  and,  in  plur.,  the  fires 
of  love,  Theocr.  23,  7. — II.  esp.,  a  bea- 
con or  signal-fire,  Hdt.  7,  182;  9,  3, 
Polyb.,  etc. :  cf.  φρνκτωρός,  φρνκτω- 
ρία. 

ΥΙνρσός,  ή,  όν,  old  Att.  for  πνββός, 
q.  ν. 

ΤΙυρσοτόκος,  ov,  {πνρσός,  τίκτω) 
producing  fire,  π.  λίθος,  a  flint,  Anth. 
P.  6,  27  ;  "Αρης,  Manetho. 

ΙΙνρσονρίς,  ιδος,  ij,  and  -ονρός,  b, 
f.  1.  lor  πνρσυρίς,  -σωρός. 

ΤΙνρσοφόρος,  ov,  {πυρσός,  φέρω) 
carrying  fire,  όϊστοί,  Diod.  20,  48. 

ΐΐυρσοω,  ώ,=πυρσενω,  Eur.  Rhes. 
43  ;  ubi  nunc  πυρσοϊς  (dat.  pi.). 

ΤΙνρσώόης,  ες,  {πυρσός,  είδος)  like 
a  fire-brand,  bright-burning,  φ/ώξ,  Eur. 
Bacch.  146. 

'\Τίνρσων,  ωνος,  b,  Pyrson,  an  Epi- 
curean philosopher,  Plut.  Epicur.  20 

Υίνρσώπης,  ov,  δ,  fem.  πνρσώπις 
ιδος,~$ί\.,  Orph.  Arg.  14. 

ΐΐνρσωπός,  όν,  (πνρσός,  ώφ)  fiery- 
eyed,  Ορρ.  C.  I,  183. 

ΤΙνρσωρίς,  ίδος,  f),  {πνρσός,  ωρα) 
α  beacon-tower,  light-house,  like  φρν 
κτώριον. 

Ώνρσωρός,  υΰ,  ό,  {πνρσύς,  ώρα) 
like  φρνκτωρός,  η  watchman  who  makes 
signals  by  fire,  Schneid.  Xen.  Hell.  6, 
2,  34. 

ΪΙνρφορέω,  ω,  to  he  a  πνρφόρος,  to 
carry  a  torch,=:δaδovχεϊv.  Eur.  Tro. 
348  :  to  set  on  fire,  Aesch.  Theb.  341. 

ΤΙνρφόρος,  ov,  {πύρ,  φέρω)  fire-bear- 
ing, charged  with  fire,  κεραννός,  Pind. 
N.  10,  132,  Aesch.  Theb.  444,  etc.  ; 
άστραπαί.  Soph.  O.  T.  200;  π.  εγ- 
χος  Αίός,  Ar.  Αν.  1749 ;  and  so  prob., 
πνρφόρος  αιθέρος  άστί]ρ.  Id.  Thesm. 
1050:— epith.  of  Jupiter.  Soph.  PhU. 
1198;  of  Ceres,  Eur.  Supp.  200:— ό 
Π.,  the  Fire-bringer,  name  of  Prome- 
theus in  the  last  play  of  that  trilogy 
of  Aesch.,  cf.  Soph.  O.  C.  55 ;  so  of 
Capaneus,  Id.  Ant.  135  : — πυρφόροι 
οΙστοί,  arrows  with  lighted  tow  and 
the  like  tied  to  them,  so  that  they 
may  set  fire  to  wood-work,  Thuc.  2, 
75  ;  so,  OL  πνρφόροι  alone,  Diod. ;  cf. 
πνροι^όλης :  b  πνρφόρος,  an  engine 
for  throwing  fire,  Polyb.  21,  5,  1  ;  άγ- 
γεΐον  π.,  a  vessel  full  of  combustibles. 
— II.  θεός  πνρφόρος,  the  fire-hearing 
god,  the  god  ivho  produces  plague  or 
/«w.  Soph.  O.  T.  27.— III.  b  πνρφό- 
ρος, in  the  Lacedaemonian  army, 
was  the  priest  who  kept  the  sacrificial 
1309 


ΠΥΤΙ 

_/trc,  which  waa  never  allowed  to  go 
out,  Xen.  Lac.  13,  2,  cf,  Sturz  Lex. 
Xen.  s.  V. ;  hence  proverb,  of  a  total 
deieat,  ίύει  oe  μηόέ  πυμφύρον  περί- 
γενέσθαι,  Hdt.  8,  6. 

ίΐύρώύης,  ες,  =  πυροειύ'ης,  fiery, 
Plat.  Criti.  IIG  C— 11.  medic,  i»- 
flamcd,  bf tokening  inflummalion,  Hipp. 

ΪΙνρωμα,  ατος,  τό,  {~νρόω)  any 
burning  body,   [ii] 

^U.^l|)ωviύιjς,oυ,b,Pyronides,r\Άm^ 
of  an  inhabitant  of  the  sun,  in  Luc. 
Ver.  H. 

ΤΙϋρώπτ/ς,  ου,  6,  fem.  πνρώπίς,  ιδος, 
=  sq.,  Ορμ.  C.  2,  317. 

Ιΐϋρωττόί•,  όι^,  {πυρ,  ύψ)  fiery-eyed, 
fiery,  κεραυνός,  Aesch.  Pr.  ϋϋ7  ;  also 
of  the  sun,  Id.  Fr.  290. 

ΙΙνρωσις,  εως,  /},  {ττνρόω)  a  burn- 
ing, lighting,  kindling,  scorching,  etc., 
vAtj  προς  τζύρωσιν,  fire-wood,  The- 
ophr.  c  a  warming,  e.  g.  in  cooking, 
Miiesith.  ap.  Ath.  357  D.— 11.  as  me- 
dic, term,  infiammation.   [ϋ] 

ΤΙϊψώτερος,  a,  ov,  (πύμ)  for  πιφ- 
φότερος,  poet,  compar.  as  if  from  a 
posit,  πυρός,  Arat.  798. 

ηϋρωτής,  οϋ,  ό,  (πυρόω)  a  metal- 
worker, smith,  LXX.     Hence 

Πί'ρωτικός,  ή,  όν, burning,  inflaming. 

ΪΙϋρ^τός,  ij,  όν,  (TTvpou)  fiery,  An- 
tiph.  Philotheb.  1,  21. 

ΙΙύς,  adv.  Dor.  for  ποί,  Sophron 
ap.  Ainmon. 

ΤΙνσμα,  ατός,  τό,  {πννθάνομαί)  any 
thing  learnt  by  inquiry. — 11.  a  question, 
Plut.  2,  408  C.  ^ 

Τίνσματικός,  η,  όν,  interrogative. 
Adv.  -κώς. 

ΥΙνσσΰχος,  ου,  ό,  α  kind  of  muzzle 
put  on  calves'  noses  to  prevent  their 
sucking,  Virgil's  capistrum,  Ilesych. : 
in  Hephaest.,  ττνσσαλυς,  differing 
from  πάσσαλος,  prob.  only  in  dia- 
lect. 

Τίνστιάομαι,  =  πννθάνομαι,  only 
in  Gramm. 

αΐυστίλος,  ov,  6,  Pystilus,  founder 
of  Agrigentum,  Thuc.  G,  4. 

ΤΙύστις,  εως,  ή,  {πννθάνομαι)  like 
ΤΤενσίς,  an  asking,  inquiring,  κατά  πν- 
στιν,  for  the  purpose  ol  inquiring, 
Thuc  .1,  136;  υπέρ  τίνος,  Plat.  Lach. 
19G  C  :  πύστίΐς  έ(>ωτάν  τίνος,  to  ask 
questions  of  a  man,  Thuc.  1,  5. — II. 
thai  which  is  learnt  by  asking,  hence 
news,  tidings,  report,  Aesch.  Theb.  51, 
Eur.  El.  690: — πνστει  τών  προγε- 
νομένων,  by  hearing  of  past  deeds, 
Thuc.  3,  82  :  cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  728. 

ΪΙνστός,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from  πνν- 
θάνομαι, known :  dub. 

ΐΐϋτία,  aς.ΐ^,{πϋoς)=πvEτίa{q■v.), 
Arist.  Gen.  An.  1,  20,  18  ;  also  πιτνα. 
— II.  a  sort  of  cake,  Alciphr. 

Πϋτιάζω  γάλα,  to  cardie  milk  by 
means  of  rennet. 

Ώντίζω,  ί.  -ίσο),  to  spit  frequently, 
spurt  out  water  from  one's  mouth. — 
II.  to  taste,  try.  (,Πντίζω,  also  written 
πιτυζω,  is  a  frequentat.  form  from 
TTTvu,  like  Lat.  sputa  from  spuo, 
whence  in  Lat.  also  pytisare  for  pyiis- 
sare  iind  pylisma.)  [0,  Br.  Ar.  Lys. 
205,  cf.  Ter.  Heaut.  3,  1,  48,  Juvenal 
1 1 ,  173.  The  form  πνττίζυ  therefore 
is  wrong.] 

ΙΙντΊναΐος,  a,  ov,  {πντίνη)  plaited 
with  tvillows,  πτερϋ  πντιναΐα  are  given 
by  Ar.  Av.  798  to  Diitrephes,  because 
he  had  grown  rich  by  his  trade  of  a 
πυτινοπ?.ύκος. 

ΤΙντίνη,  7/f,  //,  a  flask  covered  with 
plaited  willow  twigs  or  bass,  like  Flor- 
ence oil-flasks  : — name  of  a  comedy 
by  Cratinus.  [i,  ace.  to  Draco,  p.  45, 
10;  90,  14.] 

Π.ντΐνοπ?ιόκος,  ov,  {πντίνη,  πλέ- 
1310 


ΠΩΑΕ 

Κω)  covering  flasks  with  plaited  willow 
twigs  or  bass. 

ΤΙντισμα,  ατός,  τό,  {πϋτίζω)  that 
which  is  spit  out,  spittle,  Lat.  pytisma 
in  Juven.  11,  173. 

^ΙΙντνα,  ή,  I'yina,  a  part  of  Mt.  Ida 
in  Crete,  Strab.  p.  472. 

t ΠυΓΓαλοζ-,  ov,  ό,  Pyitalus,  an  Olym- 
pic victor  from  Elis,  Pans.  C,  US,  8. 

ίΐϋώδτ/ς,  ες,  {πνον,  ειύυς)  like  mat- 
ter, suppurating,  Hil)p. 

ΙΙίιωσις,  ή,  {πνύω)  suppuration. 

Πω,  Ion.  κω.  enclit.  i)arlicle,  up  to 
this  time,  yet,  in  Hom.,  and  lies.,  al- 
ways with  negat.,  with  which  it  some- 
times forms  one  word,  and  sometimes 
with  a  word  between;  v.  ονπω,  μή- 
πω,  υν  πώποτε,  μη  πωποτε,  ονόέ  πω, 
μηόέ  πω,  ονόεπώποτε,  μηόεπώ—οτε, 
οντιπω  : — later,  without  a  negat.,  πό• 
λις  Ίψισταμίνη  τις  πω  τούτω  έπεχεί- 
ρησε ;  has  ever  a  revolted  city  ?  Thuc. 
3,  45  ;  though  even  here  the  question 
implies  a  negative  :  cf  πώποτε. — II. 
πω  ;  as  iiiterrog.,  where  ?  Sicilian  Do- 
ric for  TToO  or  πόθεν ;  Sophron  ap. 
E.  M.  ;  but  in  Aesch.  Pr.  570,  Ag. 
1507,  Dind.  reads  πως ; — cf  πώμαλα. 
[Πω  is  a  Dor.  gen,  from  the  old  *ΠΟΣ, 
for  πον  or  πόΟίν.) 

ΙΙώ,  short,  for  πώθι,  drink  !  E.  M. 

ηώ)ωΐ',  ωνος,  ό,  the  beard,  πώγωνα 
ίχειν,  Hdt.  1,  Ι'Β-,φύειν,  Hdt.  8.  104 
(cf  φύω) ;  πώγωνα  καθιέναι,  to  let  it 
grow,  Ar.  Eccl.  99. — 2.  πώ}ων  πυρός 
or  φ?Μγός,  a  beard  or  iaiV  of  fire,  Aesch. 
Ag.  30G,  Valck.  Phoen.  12G1.— 3.  α 
bearded  meteor. 

ϋΐώγων,  ωνος,  ό,  Pogon,  the  har- 
bour of  Troezene  in  Argolis,  Hdt,  8, 
42  ;  ό  Ώώγωνος  λιμήν,  Strab.  p.  373. 

Πω^ωΐ'ίαίΟζ•,  α,  ov,  bearded. 

ΪΙωγωνίας,  ov,  ύ,  {πώγων)  bearded: 
αστήρ  τγ.,  α  bearded  star,  i.  e.  a  comet, 
Arist.  Meteor.  1,  7,  4. 

ΥΙωγωνιύτης,  ου,  b.  Ion.  ■ήτης,=: 
πωγωνίτης.  [α] 

ΐίω^ώΐ'ίο)',  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  ττώ- 
γων,  Luc.  Paras.  50,  Anth.  P.  11,  157. 

ΤΙωγωνίτης,  ου,  ύ,  fem.  -Ιτις,  ιδος, 
bearded. 

ΊΙωγωνοκονρεΐον,  ov,  τό,  a  barber's 
shop :  from 

ΐΐωγωνοκονρία,  ας,  η,  {κουρά)  a 
shaving. 

ΐΐωγωνοτροφέω,  ώ,  to  let  the  beard 
grow,  Diod.  :  and 

Τίωγωνοτροφία,  ας,  ή,  a  letting  the 
beard  grow,  Plut.  2,  352  Β  :  from 

ΤΙωγωνοτρόφος,  ov,  {πώγων,  τρέφω) 
letting  the  beard  grow,  Anth. 

ΐΐωγωνοφορία,  ας,  ή,  the  wearing  a 
beard :  from 

ΤΙωγωνοφόρος,  ov,  {πώγων,  φέρω) 
wearing  a  beard,  Anth.  P.  ll,  410. 

ΤΙωγωνώύης,  ες,  {πώγων,  είδος) 
beard-shaped,  bearded,  Thcophr. 

Πώεα,  τά,  V.  πών. 

ΪΙωλάρων,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  πώ- 
λος, a  young  foal,  ap.  Diog.  L.  5,  2.   [ά] 

ΤΙωλεία,  ας,  ή,=  πώλενσις,  a  breed- 
ing of  foals,  Xen.  Eq.  2,  2,  sq. :  formed 
like  Ίππεία. 

ΐΐωλέομαι.  Ion.  πωλενμαι  (used 
by  Hom.  in  part,  πωλενμενος,  impf 
πωλενμην :  f.  -ήαομαι :  Hom.  oft. 
uses  the  iterative  impf  πωλέσκετο): 
dep.  mid.  To  tarn  round  arid  round 
in  a  place,  frequent  a  place,  wander 
about,  Lat.  versari  in  loco :  hence,  to 
go  or  come  frequently  to  a  place  0Γ 
person,  ούτε  ποτ'  εις  ΐιγορην  πω7.ε- 
σκετο.,.οντε  ποτ'  ές  πόλεμον,  II.  1, 
490  ;  εΙς  ήμέτερον  [δώμα]  πω?.ενμε- 
νοι  ήματα  πάντα,  Od.  2,  55  ;  δενρο, 
Od.  4,  384  ;  ένβάδε,  Η.  Αρ.  170  ;  ένθα 
καΐ  ένθα,  Η.  Ven.  80  ;  μετ'  ΰλλοΐ'ζ•, 
Od.  9,  189  ;  so,  π.  μετά  τισι,  Emped. 


ΠΩΛί 

368  ;  περϊ  πάλιν  πωλενμενε,  Archil, 
115;  c.  gen.,  ύγγελύ/ς  πωλείται, 
she  goes  on  a  message,  Hes.  Th.  781. 
— 11.  to  pursue  a  walk  or  line  of  life, 
esp.  of  a  prostitute,  Archil,  20,  ϋ  ;  so, 
πεφασμένως  πωλεϊσβαι,  Solon  ap. 
Lys.  117,  40  (cf  Hdt.  8,  105),  but 
Bekk.  reads  πολεϊσθαι. — Strictly  a 
frequent,  of  πολέομαι,  as  πωτύομαι 
of  πέτομαι,  στρωφιιω  of  στρέφω,  ate.:, 
cf  πωλέω,  and  Lob.  Phryn.  584. 

ΙΙωλενμα,  ατός,  τό,  {πωλεΰω)  a 
colt,  young  horse.  Max.  Tyr. 

ΤΙώ/.ενσις,  εως,  ή,  (πωλενω)  horse- 
breaking,  Xen.  Eq.  2,  1. 

11ω?νεντής,  ov,  ό,  a  horse-breaker : 
generally,  a  trainer  of  animals,  as, 
π.  έ'/.έώαντυς,  Ael.  Ν.  Α.  13,  8  ;  irom 

Ι1ω'λενω,{πώλυς)  to  break  in  a  young 
horse,  Xen.  Eq.  2,  1  :  generally,  to 
train  animals,  Ael.  IS.  A.  13,  6. 

ΙΙωλεω,  ώ,  f  -ήσω,  to  exchange, 
barter  goods  ;  hence,  to  se'l,  opp.  to 
ώνεΐσθαι,  first  in  Hdt.  1,  165,  196;  c. 
gen.  pretii,  ές  "Σάρδις  χρημάτων  με- 
γάλων π-,  to  sell  at  a  high  price  for 
exportation  to  Sardis,  Id.  8,  105,  cf. 
3,  139,  Thuc.  2,  60;  so,  ύργνρίον 
πωλείν,  πολλον  π.,  etc.,  Xen, ;  έμεΐ- 
σθαι  όπόσον  πωλεί,  to  ask  what  ho 
wants  for  it,  Xen.  Mem.  1,  2,  36  ;  τγ. 
τι  προς  τινα,  Hdt.  9,  80  ;  hence,  π. 
προς  τινα,  to  deal  uith  one.  Ar.  Acli. 
722;  πά/uv  π.,  to  retail.  Plat.  Hep. 
260  D  : — 7Γ.  τέλη.  to  let  out  the  ta.xes, 
Lat.  locare,  Aeschin.  16,  fin.  ;  cf  πω- 
λητης.  Pass.,  to  be  sold,  Hdt.,  etc.  : 
of  persons,  to  be  bought  and  sold, 
betrayed,  Ar.  Pac.  633  ;  cf.  πιπράσκω. 
(From  *πο?ΛΊω  in  έμπολάομαι,  q.  v.; 
and  this  prob,,  as  Valck.,  from  πίλω, 
πέλομαι.  to  be  busy,  to  deal :  just  as 
in  Lat.  there  is  a  connexion  between 
vcneo  and  venio,  vendito  and  ventito  : 
cf  also  πωλέομαι.)     Hence 

ΥΙωλή,  ης,  τ/,=  πώλησις,  Hyperid. 
and  Sophron  ap.  Phot. 

ΐΐώλημα,  τό.  that  which  is  sold, 
ware,  Xen.  ap.  Poll.  3,  127. 

ΤΙώλης,  ov,  ό,  a  seller,  dealer,  Ar. 
Eq.  131, 133  ;  scarcely  found  elsewh., 
except  in  compds. 

Πώλί/σίζ•,  εως,  ή,  {πωλέω)  a  selling, 
sale,  Xen.  Oec.  3,  9. 

Τίωλητέος,  a,  ov,  verb.  adj.  from 
πωλέω,  for  sale,  Epich.  p.  74. 

Ώω/ιητήριον,  ov,  τό,  a  place  where 
wares  arc  sold,  an  auction-room,  shop, 
Xen.  Vect.  3,  13,  Luc.  Vit.  Auct.  1, 
etc. — II.  the  place  where  the  πωληταί 
sat,  the  place  tvhere  the  taxes  were  let 
to  the  highest  bidder,  Dem.  787,  27: 
from 

ΙΙωλήτής,  ov,  ό,  (πωλέω)  a  seller, 
dealer. — II.  one  who  lets,  a  lessor:  at 
Athens  the  ττωλτ^ταί  were  tenofhcers, 
who,  like  the  Roman  censors,  let 
out  {locahant)  the  taxes  and  other 
revenues  to  the  highest  bidders,  and 
sold  confiscated  property,  Anlipho 
147,  13,  Dem.  788,  6;  cf  Bockh  P. 
E,  1.  209  sq.,  Herm.  Pol.  Ant.  ^  151, 
2.     Hence 

ΤΙωλητικός,  f],  όν,  ready  to  sell, 
offering  for  sale,  τινός.  Plat.  Soph. 
224  D.     Adv.  -κώς. 

ΐΐωλικός,  η,  όν,  {πώλος)  of  foals, 
iillies  or  young  horses,  απήνη  π.,  a 
chariot  drawn  by  young  horses  or  (gen- 
erally) by  horses.  Soph.  O.  T.  802  ; 
so,  π.  ΰντνγες,  όχος,  όχημα,  ζνγά, 
Eur.  Rhes.  567,  I.  Α.  623,  etc.  :— 
esp.  in  the  races,  π.  άρμα,  as  opp.  to 
a  inule  chariot,  Inscr.  in  Wordsw. 
Athens  and  Att.  p.  160.— 2.  of  any 
young  animal,  πωλικον  ζεϋγος  βοών, 
a  team  οί  young  o.xen,  Alcae.  (Com.) 
Ίερ.  γαμ.,  I,  2.-3.  in  poets,=;7rap&£- 


ΠΩΜΑ. 

VtKOf,  Aesch.  Theb.  45t;  cf.  '::ώ7.ος 
1.2. 

Πωλίου,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  •ΐτώλος, 
a  pony,  Ar.  Vesp.  189,  Pac.  75,  Andoc. 
9,  5. — II.  the  membrane  round  the  foal 
in  the  uterus,  Arist.  H.  A.  8,  24,  10: 
cl.  άμνίον  2. 

ϋίΐω/.'λιανός,  ου,  ό,  Pollianus,  a 
poet  of  the  Anthology. 

ΐΙω?.ο(Ίΰμαστής,  υϋ,  ό,=  7Γωλο<ϊά- 
υρης.     Hence 

ΊΙω'λοόάμαστικός,  ή,  όν,=  7Γωλο- 
δaμl•^ικός■ 

ΐϊω?.υδαμνέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσο,  to  break 
young  horses,  Eur.  Rhes.  187,  624, 
Xen.  Oec.  3,  10.— 2.  metaph.,  like 
7Γω?.ενω,  to  train  up,  kv  νόμοις  ττα- 
τρός,  Soph.  Aj.  549  : — Luc.  also  has 
7Γω?.οδάαέω,  Amor  45  according  to 
Lob.  Phryn.  594. 

ΤΙοι/Μύάμνης,  ov,  6,  (ττώλοζ•,  όα- 
μάω)  a  horse-breaker,  Xen.  Eq.  2,  1 
and  3.     Hence 

ΐΙω?.οδαμνικος,  y,  ov,  skilled  in 
horse-breaking :  ή  -κή  (sc.  τέχνη),  the 
art  of  horse-breaking,  Ael.  N.  A.  6,  8. 

Τ1θ)?•.οκόμος,  ov,  (κομέω)  tending 
horses. 

ΤΙω/.ομύχος,  ov,  {τώλος,  μάχομαι) 
fighting  on  horseback  or  in  a  chariot, 
Anlh.  P.  15,  50. 

ΠΩ'ΑΟΣ,  ου.  ό  and  ή,  a  foal,  whe- 
ther colt  or  filly,  ίπττονς  θηλείας, 
ττο/.λ^σι  δε  ττώλοί  νπήσαν,  II.  11, 
681,  cf  20,  222  ;  πώλους  δαμάσαι, 
Pind.  Ρ.  2,  15;  π.  νεοζνγής,  Aesch. 
Pr.  1009  : — generally,  a  horse,  Od.  23, 
246  : — a  young  animal,  esp.  of  domes- 
tic kind,  Anth.  P.  12,  238.-2.  in 
poets,  α  young  girl,  maiden,  like  δά- 
un7.ir,  μόσχος,  πόρης.  Lat.  juvenca, 
Eur.'Hec.  144,  Hipp.  546,  cf  Seidl. 
Tro.  553:  more  rarely,  a  young  man, 
Eur.  Phoen.  916  :  hence  a  son,  Aesch. 
Cho.  791. — II.  a  Corinthian  coin,  from 
the  figure  of  Pegasus  upon  it,  V'alck. 
Phoen.  331.  (The  same  as  Lat.  pul- 
lus.  Germ.  Fohlen,  out  foal,  filly,  etc.) 

αΐώ?ί,ος,  ov,  δ.  Polus,  a  sophist  of 
Agrigentum,  a  follower  of  Gorgias, 
Plat.  Phaedr.  276  ;  Gorg.  448  ;  etc.— 
2.  a  Lacedaemonian,  Xen.  An.  7,  2, 
5. — 3.  a  celebrated  actor  in  Athens  in 
the  time  of  Demosthenes,  of  Aegina, 
Pint.  Dem.  28,  ace.  to  Luc.  Nic.  16 
of  Snni'.im. — Others  in  Paus. ;  etc. 

ΐΐω'λοτβοφέω,  ώ,  to  rear  or  breed 
horses  :  and 

ΐΐωλοτροόία,  ας,  ή,  a  breeding  of 
horses,  like  ητποτροώία  :  and 

Τίυ7.0Τρ0ΦίΚΟς,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to 
horse-breeding :  ή  •κή  (sc.  τέχνη)  = 
forpg.,  Ael.  N.  A.  4,  6 ;  from 

Ί\ω7.οτρόή>ος,  ov,  {πύ7.ος,  τρέφω) 
rearing  young  horses,  Anth.  P.  9,  21  : 
— generally,  rearing  young  animals, 
Ael.  N.  A.  16,  36. 

ΤΙώλνπος,  ό,  Aeol.  and  Dor.  for 
πο7.ύ-ονς,  q.  v.,  Simon.  143.  [ϋ] 

ΤΙώλνιρ,  ϋ~ος,  ό,  =  foreg.,  Diphil. 
ap.  Ath.  356  E. 

ΐΐώμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  lid,  cover,  ώαρέ- 
τρης,  χηλοϋ,  11.  4,  116;  16,  221,  etc. ; 
ττώου,  Hes.  Op.  94,  98 ;  σιδηρούν, 
Polyb.  22,  11,  16.^ 

ΥΙωμα,  ατός,  τό,  (ττίνω,  πέπωκα)  α 
drink,  α  draught,  Aesch.  Eum.  266, 
Soph.  Phil.  715,  and  oft.  in  Eur.,  and 
Plat.  —  II.  a  drinking-cup.  —  On  the 
form  Tioua,  v.  sub  voc,  and  cf.  Lob. 
Paral.  425. 

ΤΙωμύζω,  (πώμα)  to  cover,  furnish 
with  a  lid,  Avist.  Probl.  11,  8,  1 :  also 
πωμάτίζο),  Lob.  Phryn.  671. 

ΤΙυμαίνω  and  ττωμαννύω,  rare  and 
late  forms  for  ττομύζω. 

ΤΙώμά7Μ,  adv.  for  πώς  μάλα ;  how 
in  the  world  Ί  how  in  the  name  of  for- 


ΠΩΡΩ 

tune  ?  hence  in  Att.  without  any  ques- 
tion,=oi'(5ayU(jf,  not  a  whit,  Ar.  Plut. 
66,  Fr.  126,  Dem.  357,  2  :  cf  πω  II. 

ΥΙωμαστήριον,  ov,  τό.{πωμάζω)alid. 

ΐίωμάτίας,  ov,  ό,  {πώμα)  a  snail, 
which  in  winter  shut  up  its  shell  with  a 
lid,  Diosc. 

ΐίωματίζω,  f. -σω.^=^πωμάζω,  Galen, 

ΤΙωμάτιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  πώμα, 
a  little  lid.   [u\ 

^Τίωαέτιον,  ov,  τό,  ==  Έονεσσα, 
Strab.  p.  231. 

ΤΙώποκα,  Dor.  for  sq.,  Epich.  p.  76. 

ΤΙώποτε,  (πω,  ποτέ)  usu.  with  a 
negat.,  as  always  in  Hom.,  and  Hes. ; 
cf.  ov  πώποτε,  μη  πώποτε,  ονδεπώ- 
ποτέ,  μηδεπώποτε.  —  II.  without  a 
negative  sometimes  in  Att.,  esp.  in- 
terrog.,  ηδη  πώποτε  τον  ηκονσας ; 
Plat.  Rep.  493  D;  and  Poppo  (Xen. 
An.  5,  4,  6)  is  wrong  in  restricting 
tiiis  use  to  questions  implying  a  nega- 
tive (v.  sub  τΓώ) ;  cf.  Ar.  Vesp.  556, 
Ran,  147,  Ach.  405,  where  it  follows 
ει,  as  in  Plat.  Theaet.  190  A,  Xen., 
Lys.,  and  Dem. ;  v.  esp.  Plat.  Rep. 
352  C. 

ΤΙώρειος,  a,  ov,  {πώρος)=πώρινος, 
Strab. 

ΐίωρέω,  ώ,  (πώρος)  to  be  blind ;  to  be 
wretched:  —  only  in  Gramm.,  as  the 
simple  o{  τα7.αιπωρέω. 

ΐίωρητνς.  ή,  misery,  distress,  Antim. 
58.  The  forms  πώρη  and  πώρος  are 
dub.  [vr] 

ΐίωριαίος,  a,  02',=  sq.,  dub. 

αίωρίνας,  ό,  Porinas,  a  place  in 
Arcadia,  Paus.  8,  15,  8. 

ϊίώρίνος,  η,  ov,  (πώρος)  made  of 
tufa  or  tuff-stone:  π.  /.ίθος,  Hdt.  5, 
62  ;  v.  sub  πώρος  2. 

ΤΙωροκήλη,  ης,  η,  (πώρος,  κήλη)  α 
hardening  of  the  scrotum. 

ΙΙωρο?Λ>τικός,  ή,  όν,  (πώρος,  λύω)- 
softening,  relaxing. 

Τίωρόμφάλον,  ov,  τό,  (όμόαΤιός)  α 
hardening  of  the  navel. 

ΥΙώρος,  ου,  ό,  tuff-stone,  Ital.  tufa, 
Lat.  tophus,  white  and  sparkling,  but 
light,  friable  and  porous,  hence — 2. 
=  πόρος,  which  is,  ace.  to  Theophr. 
de  Lap.  7,  α  kind  of  marble  like  the 
Parian  in  colour  and  solidity,  but 
lighter,  the  πώρινος  7ΐθος  of  Hdt.  5, 
62,  cf.  Siebel.  Paus.  5,  10,  2.-3.  a 
stalactite  in  caverns,  Arist.  Meteor. 
4,  10,  14. — 4.  a  node  on  the  bones,  esp. 
on  the  joints  of  gouty  persons,  a  chalk- 
stone.  Id.  H.  A.  3,  19,  9:  cf  έξόστω- 
σις. — 5.  a  callus  or  substance  exuding 
from  fractured  bones  and  joining  their 
e.xtremities. 

ΠΩΡΟ'Σ,  ά,  όν,  blind:  misernhle, 
only  in  Gramm.  (Prob.  akin  to  πηρός. ) 

αΐώρος,  ov,  b,  Porus,  a  king  of  In- 
dia, conquered  by  Alexander,  Arr. 
An.;  Paus.  1,  12,  3. 

ΤΙωρόω,  ώ,  f  -ώσω,  (πώρος)  to  pe- 
trify, turn  into  stone. — II.  to  cause  a 
hardening,  concretion,  chalk-stone,  etc. 
— 2.  to  unite  fracturtd  bones  by  a  callus, 
(cf.  πώρος  II.  2),  Diosc. — III.  metaph., 
like  Lat.  obdurare,  to  harden  the  heart, 
blunt  the  feelings,  N.  T.,  in  pass. 

Πωρόω,  ώ,  f.  -ώσω,  (πωρός')  to  make 
blind,  like  πηρόω,  LXX. ;  unless  it 
should  be  referred  to  foreg. 

ΙΙωρώδης,  ες,  (πώρος,  είδος)  like 
tiff-stone,  etc. 

ΤΙώρωιια,  ατός,  τό,  (πωρόω,  πώρος) 
α  hardened  part,  callus. 

Πώρωσις,  εως,  ή,  (πωρόω,  πώρος) 
α  hardening,  hardness,  iτfjς  καρδίας, 
Ν.  T.f — II•  the  process  by  which  the 
extremities  of  fractured  bones  are  re- 
united by  a  callus  (v.  πώρος  5),  Diosc. 

ΤΙώρωσις,  εως,  ή,  (πωρόω,  πωρός) 
=:π'ήρωσίς,  dub. 


ΓΙΩΤΑ 

ΤΙώς,  Ιοπ.  κώς,  interrog.  adv..  how  7 
in  what  way  or  manner  Ί  Lat.  qui  Ϊ  que 
modo  ?  freq.  in  Horn.,  e.xpressmg  won- 
der or  displeasure  :  in  Att.  sometimes 
c.  genit.  modi,  like  ώς,  πον,  etc.,  πώς 
αγώνος  ήκομεν  ;  how  are  we  come  ofi 
in  it '!  Eur.  El.  751.— II.  emphatic,  at 
the  beginning  of  a  speech.  How  now  ? 
Hou'  in  the  world  ί  esp.  in  the  follow- 
ing phrases:  —  1.  πώς  yap...,  as  if 
something  had  gone  before,  That 
cannot  be  :  for  how  can  it...  ?  etc.,  11.  1 , 
123,  Od.  10,  337,  etc.  ;  cf.  infra  III. 
2.  —  2.  πώς  δη.  II.  4,  351,  etc.,  and 
Trag. ;  cf  Valck.  Phoen.  1363.  —  3. 
πώς  γαρ  δη,  Od.  16,  70.  —  4.  πώς  όέ, 
II.  21,  481 .  —  5.  πώς  ποτέ,  Alt.  —  6. 
with  another  interrog.,  πώς  τι...; 
Heind.  Plat.  Hipp.  Maj.  297  E,  The- 
aet. 146  D  ;  Bekk.  divisim,  πώς ;  τι... ; 
— III.  qualihed  in  various  ways: — I. 
πώς  άρα,  but  how  can...  ?  with  the 
subj.,  U.  18,  188,  Od.  3,  22;  with  the 
opt.,  II.  11,  838.  —2.  πώς  ύν  and  πώς 
κε  or  κεν,  with  the  opt.,  how  by  any 
ineans  ?  how  could  one  think  of  it  f  11.  9, 
437,  Od.  1,  65,  etc. :  πώς  κεν  with  the 
indie,  II.  22,  202.  —  3.  πώς  αν,  with 
the  opt.,  oft.  in  Att.  poetry  and  some- 
times in  prose,  asks  a  question,  but 
includes  a  wish,  Ο  how  might  I...'? 
i.  e.  would  that  I  might...,  like  Lat. 
Ο  si...  or  utinarn...,  as,  πώς  u.v  ύ?.οί- 
μην ;  Eur.  Supp.  796,  ubi  v.  Markl., 
cf.  Valck.  and  Monk  Hipp.  208,  345  : 
later,  as  in  M.  Anton.,  πώς  in  this 
signf.  without  iv,  Schaf  Melet.  p. 
100.  —  IV.  πώς  is  freq.  in  broken  el- 
liptical sentences,  as, — 1.  πώς  vvv  ; 
how  now?  what  means  this?  Od.  18, 
223. — 2.  πώς  γύρ ;  freq.  inserted  pa- 
renthet.  in  a  negative  sentence,  for 
how  is  it  possible  ?  and  hence  in  em- 
phatic denial,  assuredly  not,  by  no 
means,  Lat.  quid  enim  ?  just  like  πώ- 
μαλα  (q.  v.),  Plat.  Soph.  203  C,  etc. ; 
cf.  Jelf  Gr.  Gr.  §  872 ;  opp.  to  it  is 
πώς  γαρ  ov  ;  affirmative,  how  can  it 
but  be  ?  i.  e.  yes  certainly,  freq.  in  Att., 
cf  infra  4,  and  πώς  γάρ ;  seems  to  be 
so  used  in  Soph.  Aj.  279,  ubi  ν 
Schaf,  and  cf  Koen  Greg.  p.  144. 
— 3.  καϊ  πώς ;  introducing  an  objec 
tion,  yet  how  can  that  be  .'  but  how  i 
Eur.  Phoen.  1343  :  hence  as  a  direct 
denial,  impossible  .'  Plat.  Ale.  1, 134  C, 
— 4.  πώς  ov ;  like  πώς  yap  oh  ;  (v. 
supra  2),  and  hYit.  qmdnt?  affirmat., 
certainly ,  just  so.  Plat.,  etc.  —  5.  πώς 
oi'v  ;  how  was  the  case  then  ?  Dem.  379, 
15.  —  6.  πώς  δοκεϊς ;  parenthet.,  in 
earnest  conversation,  how  think  you? 
and  so  (presuming  the  answer  to  be, 
very  much),=  7uav,  Valck.  Hipp.  446, 
Br.  Ar.  Plut.  742,  Herm..  Ar.  Nub. 
878.  —  IV.  πώς  in  indirect  questions 
for  δπως,  only  late. 

B.  πως,  Ion.  κως,  enclit.,  i»  any  way, 
at  all,  by  any  means,  Horn.,  etc.,  usu. 
put  after  ai,  ει,  ov  or  μη,  sometimes 
with  a  word  between,  v.  sub  tl  πως, 
ονπως,  μήπως:  ώδε  πως.  somehow  so, 
Xen.  Cyr.  3,  3,  7  ;  ά?.7.ως  πως,  in  some 
other  uag,  Id.  An.  3,  1,  20  :  —  after 
other  advs.  it  qualifies  their  force, 
but  cannot  always  be  expressed  in 
English,  μόγις  πως.  Plat.  Prot.  323 
D;  /ζάλα  πως.  Xen.  Cyr.  4,  5,  54; 
etc. ;  cf.  Wolf  Dem.  Lept.  p.  299. 

(Strictly  πώς  is  adv.  of  *πός, 
whence  πον,  πω,ποί,  etc.) 

ΤΙωτάομαι,  f  -ήσομαι,  Ep.  for  πέ- 
Touai,  ποτάομαι,  to  fltj.  7.iOoi  πωτών- 
TO,  II.  12,  287  ;  σπ'ινθαρΊδες.  Η.  Αρ. 
442;  cf  Lob.  Phryn.  581.  (ΙΙωτάο- 
μαι  is  a  frequentat.  form  of  πέτομαι, 
as  στρωφύω  of  στρέφω,  πωλέομαι  of 
πολέομαι,  etc.) 

1311 


^ΤίωταχΙδαι,  ών,  αΐ,  Potachidae,  a 
deme  of'l'egea,  Pans.  5,  45,  1. 

ΪΙωτήΐΐς,  εσσα,  tv,  (ττωτύο/ία/) 
flyinff,  Nonn. 

ΪΙώτημα,  ατός,  τό,  {πωτύομαι) 
flvrkt,  Aesch.  Εαιη.  250. 

Πώΐ),  ΐος,  τό,  \Λ.  ιτώεα,  τύ,  aflocit, 
flockis,  i'req.  in  Hoin.  in  sing,  and  pi., 
always  of  shrrp,  and  in  plirases,  i)iuv 
μένα  ττώϋ,  ]i.  3,  I'Jrt,  pto.  ;  οΊών  τζώεα, 
Od.  Jl,  402;  ττώεσί  μίβων,  Od.  4, 
413,  etc.;  in  Od.  12,  129,  βοών  ΰγέ- 
λσί  is  opp.  to  οίων  πώεα,  cf.  II.  11, 
678;  and  in  Hos.  Op.  514,  πώεα  is 
used  absol.  Unjiucks  of  sheep.  —  Ep. 
Word.  (Akin  to  ποιμήν,  ττάμα,  ττέ- 
ττΰμαι.) 

ίΐώϋγξ,νγγης,  ό,  also  written  πώνξ, 
πτύγξ,  an  unknown  water-bird,  Arist. 
Η.  Λ.:  on  the  form,  v.  Lob.  Phryn. 
72. 


P,  p,  (δώ,  τό,  indecl.,  seventeenth 
letter  ot  Gr.  Alphabet:  as  numeral 
p'=100,  but  ,p=  100,000. 

A.  Dialectic  changes  of  p:  —  I. 
Aeol.  at  the  beginning  of  words,  a  β 
was  oft.  put  before  it,  as  βρόδον 
βράκας  βρίζα  for  βόδον  βάκος  ()ίζα, 
Greg.  Cor.  G3S,  cf  CS9.— 11.  Aeol.  in 
the  middle  of  words  μ  was  doubled 
after  ει  which  then  became  t-,  as 
ίγέρρω  φθέρρω  for  εγείρω  φθείρω, 
Keen  Greg.  5S7. — 111.  Aeol.  at  the 
end  of  words  σ  passed  into  p,  as, 
οντομ  1~~ομ  μάρτνρ  σκ7•.τ]μότ7]ρ  for 
ούτος  ΐπττος  μάρτυς  σκΚηρότης,  Plat. 
Crat.  434  C  ;  hence  also  in  Lat. 
arbor  and  arbos,  honor  and  honos.^lV. 
in  later  Att.,  the  Ion.  and  old  Att.  ρσ 
passed  into  /)^,  as  ΰι'φηΐ'  θίφβος  irvf)- 
ύός  for  άμσην  θύρσυς  ιτνρσός,  etc., 
Koen  Greg.  630. —  V.  Att.,  ρ  was  oft. 
put  for  λ,  as  κεφά'λαργος  κρίβανος 
νανκραρος  σιγηρός  for  κεφύ'^Μλγος 
κ7.ί3ανος  νανκληρος  σιγι/λός,  ν.  λ 
IV. — VI.  in  several  dialects  ρ  is 
transposed,  as  κύρτος  Ep.  for  κρά- 
τος, θάρσος  for  θράσος,  βύρδιστος 
Dor.  for  βράδιστον :  this  is  n^ost 
freq.  in  Ion.,  Koen 'Greg.  337.— Vll. 
()  is  doubled  after  a  prep,  or  a  privat., 
and  usii.  after  the  augment,  as  ΰπο^- 
()ίιττω  <ίρΙ)ωστος  εΙ)/)ΐψε  :  so  always 
in  prose,  but  the  poets  metri  grat. 
interchange  single  and  double  p,  esp. 
in  compos,  with  a  prep.,  as  ύπορίπτω 
and  ά-ο()1)ίτττω,  ερνφε  and  ερίιιφε, 
ΰίφωστος  and  άρωστος,  more  rarely 
in  a  primary  word,  as  πνββίχη  and 
τζνρίχη,  V  Jac.  A.  P.  p.  78,  498,  774: 
init  tliese  licenses  are  less  freq.  in 
Horn.,  and  very  rare  in  Att.,  as  Ar. 
Thesm.  665. 

B.  [)  at  the  beginning  of  a  word 
maybe  sostrengthd.  in  pronouncing, 
as  to  make  a  short  vowel  at  the  end 
of  foreg.  word  long  by  ])osition:  how- 
ever this  is  only  the  case  when  the 
two  words  are  closely  connected,  as 
the  prep,  and  subst.,  and  when  the 
short  vowel  is  in  arsis,  as  -ψυχρί/  νπο 
βι-ής,  II.  15,  171,  etc.,  cf  ίΐ.  8,  25, 
Od.  18.  262;  very  seldom  when  in 
thesis,  as  11.  24,  75a,  Ar.  Nub.  344  : 
many  examples  are  quoted  from  Pind. 
by  Bockh  v.  1.  O.  8,  23  (30),  P.  1,  45 
(  86  )  ;  from  Trag.  and  Com.  by 
Dawes  Misc.  Cr.  p.  159,  Valck.  and 
Monk  Hipp.  461,  Markl.  Eur.  Siipp. 
94,  Br.  Ar.  Plut.  617,  etc.:  ace.  to 
Meincke,  Com.  Fragm.  2,  p.  303,  sq., 
a  short  vowel  was  always  long  in 
this  position  in  the  old  comedy. 

1312 


ΡΑΒΔ 

C.  if  ρ  begins  a  word,  it  takes  the 
rough  breathing,  except  only  in  'Ρά- 
ρος  and  Ψάριος :  though  indeed  in 
Aeol.  ρ  was  never  aspirated,  Scbaf 
Greg.  588,  A.  B.  p.  693,  11  :— double 
ρ  in  the  middle  of  words,  which  used 
to  be  printed  /i/i,  is  now  commonly  (?) 
pp. — Lastly  ρ  was  called  by  the  an- 
cients the  Dog's  letter,  littera  canina 
(ace.  to  Lucil.),  irritata  canis  quod  'rr'' 
quam  filurima  dicat,  v.  Seal.  Varro  de 
Ling.  Lat.  vi  (p.  192  Bip.),  et  ad  Pers. 

I,  109. 

'Ρά,  enclit.  particle,  Ep.  for  άρα 
(q.  v.),  freq.  in  Horn.,  and  Pind. ;  and 
in  lyric  passages  of  Trag.,  as  Aesch. 
Pers.  0.33,  Soph.  Aj.  172:— the  only 
monosyllable  not  ending  in  ε,  which 
allows  elision,  [u] 

'PA't,  poet,  for  βάόίον,  quoted  from 
Alcman  by  Apoll.  Dysc.  ;  and  from 
Soph.  (Fr!  932  b)  by  Strab.,  etc.  It 
is  the  old  root,  to  which  belongs  the 
compar.  ibaiuv./)auv. 

'PA',  τό,  the  root  of  a  plant  of  the 
species  Rhevm,  to  which  belongs  our 
rhubarb  {rha  barbara) :  so  called  from 
a  river  in  Pontus,  the  Rha  or  Volga, 
Ammian.  Marc.  22,  8,  38  ;  hence  rha 
Ponlicum  :  also  βήον. 

νΡαάβ,  7),  or  'Ραχάβ,  (Ύαχάβη, 
ης,  {],  Joseph.)  Rachab,  fern.  pr.  n., in 
LXX.;N.  T. 

Ύάβάσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  also  a^ifia- 
βάσσω  {or  άραβάσσω),= βάσσω,  άράσ- 
σω,  to  make  a  noise,  esp.  by  dancing 
or  beating  time  with  the  feet,  cf.  low 
Germ,  rabnstem  :  hence  ύββάβαξ,  b,  a 
dancer,  and  nietaph.  a  brawler. 

νΡαββατύμμανα,  ων,  τά,  Rabba- 
fammana,  a  city  of  Arabia,  Polyb.  5, 
71,4. 

ίΤαββί,  indecl.  (Hebr.=  Gr.  διδά- 
σκαλος) master  ;  a  title  of  honour 
applied  to  the  Jewish  doctors,  N.  T. 

νΡαββονί'ί,  indecl.='Pa/J/3/,  N.T. 

'Ραβδινω,  (βάβδος)  to  fish  with  a 
rod,  angle.- — II.  in  pass.,  to  rise  like  a 
βάβδος,  Arist.  H.  A.  9,  37,  5. 

Ύαβδηφόρος,  ov,  poet,  for  βαβδο- 
φόρος,  Lye.  1139. 

Ύαβδίζω,  (βάβδος)  to  beat  with  a 
rod  or  stick,  cudgel,  Ar.  Lys.  587, 
Pherecr.  ap.  A.  B.  p.  113  :  β.  έλαίας, 
Theophr. ;  β.  πνρούς,  to  thrash  out 
wheat,  LXX. 

Ύάβδϊί>ος,  η,  ov,  (βάβδος)  made  of 
rods. 

'Ραβδίην  or  βάβδίον,  ov,  τ6,  dim. 
from  βάβδος,  a  little  rod,  Arist.  H.  A. 
9,  37,  5. — 2.  esp.  a7i  iron  pin  or  stile, 
used  by  painters  in  encaustic  paint- 
ing, Lat.  veracidmn,  Plut.  2,  568  A, 
cf  Ath.  687  B. — II.  a  narrow  stripe. 

'Ραβδοδίαιτος,  ov,  (βάβδος,  δίαιτα) 
living  by  the  painter''s  stile  (βαβδίον), 
epith.  of  Parrhasius,  a  parody  on 
άβμοδ'ιαιτος,  Ath.  687  C. 

'Ραβδοειδ/ίς,  ές,  {είδος)  like  a  rod. 
— II.  striped-looking. 

'Ραβδομαντεία,  ας,  η,  divination  by 
a  rod,  dub. 

'Ραβδομάχία,  ας,  ?),  {βάβδος,  μάχη) 
a  fighting  with  a  staff  OT  foil,  Plut.  Al- 
ex. 4. 

'Ραβδονομέω,  ώ,  to  be  βαβδονόμος, 
sit  as  umpire,  Soph.  Tr.  515. 

'Ραβδονύμος,  ov,  (βάβδος,  νέμω) 
holding  a  rod  or  wand  :  hence,  like 
βαβδοϋχος,  of  the  Rom.  lictors,  Plut. 
Aemil.  32. 

'Ράβδος,  ov,  η,  a  rod,  wand,  stick, 
switch,  Hom. ;  lighter  than  the  βακ- 
τηρία or  walking-stick,  v.  Xen.  Eq. 

II,  4,  cf  8,  4:  hence  also  the  young 
shoot  of  some  trees,  cf  Schneid.  Ind. 
Theophr. — Special  uses: — 1.  amagic 
wand,  as  that  of  Circe,  Od.  10,  238, 


ΡΑΓΑ 
319,  etc. ;  so,  Minerva,  to  restore  U- 
lysscs'  youthful  ajjpearance,  χμνσεί^ 
βάβδφ  έπεμάσσατο,  Od,  16,  172;  so 
of  the  wand  with  which  Mercary 
overpowers  the  senses  of  man,  11.24, 
343,  Od.  5,  47  ;  that  with  which  Pluto 
rules  the  ghosts,  Pind.  O.  9,  51,cf. 
Horat.  Od.  1,  10,  18,  and  24,  16.— 2. 
a  fishing-rod,  Od.  12,  251. — 3.  a  spear- 
staff  or  shaft,  Xen.  Cyn.  10,  3.-4.  a 
wand  or  staff  of  office,  like  the  earlier 
σκηπτρον,  Plat.  Ax.  367  A. — 5.  the 
wand  borne  by  the  βο.φωδός,  εηΐ  βάβ- 
δφ μϋθον  νφαίνεσΰαι.  Call.  Fr.  138, 
cf.  Paus.  9,  30,  3,  and  σκΐ/πτρυν  : 
hence  also,  κατά  βάβδον  έπέων,  ac- 
cording to  the  measure  of  his  (Homer's) 
verses,  Pind.  I.  4,  66,  ubi  v.  Dissen. 
(3,  56)  cf  Giittling  Praef  Hes.  p.  xiii. 
— 6.  a  rod  for  chastisement,  β.  κοσμού- 
σα. Plat.  Legg.  700  C  ;  μύστιξ  η  β., 
Xen.  Eq.  8,  4  : — later,  esp.,  a'l  βάβ- 
(5o/,  the/asces  of  the  Ronian  lictors, 
Plut.  Lucull.  36  ;  cf  βαβδονόμος, 
βαβδονχης. — 7.  a  kind  of  bird-trap, 
Ar.  Av.  527. — II.  a  stripe  or  strip,  11. 
12,  297 :  a  streak  in  the  sky,  Arist. 
Mund.  4,  22,  Plut.  2,  894  F :— so  in 
cloths,  atiimals,  etc.,  cf  βαβδωτός: 
the  flute  of  a  column,  cf  βάβδωσις: 
etc. — III.  in  Gramm., — 1.  a  line,  verse. 
—  2.  α  critical  mark,  like  6βε?.ός. 
(■Prob.  from  βάσσω,  akin  to  βαπίς, 
ρατΐίζω  ;  cf  our  rap,  rapier  ?) 

'Ραβδονχέω,  ώ,  to  be  a  βαβδονχος. 
carry  a  rod  or  wand,  esp.  as  a  badge  of 
office,  Hippias  ap.  Ath.  259  D:— of 
the  Rom.  lictors,  to  bear  the  fasces  ; 
but  in  pass.,  to  have  the  fasces  borne  be- 
fore one,  Plut.  Num.  10. 

'Ραβδονχία,  ας,  ή,  {βαβδοΰχος)  the 
carrying  a  rod  or  staff,  esp.  as  a  badge 
of  office  : — at  Rome,  the  office  oflictor, 
who  bore  the  fasces  ;  and,  collective- 
ly, the  lictors  with  their  fasces,  Plut. 
Fab.  4,  Cicer.  16. 

'Ραβδονχικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  ίο 
βαβδονχία. 

'Ραβδονχος,  ov,  (βάβδος,  εχω)  car- 
rying α  rod  or  staff  of  office :  esp.,  α 
judge,  umpire  at  a  contest, =  β ραβεντί/Γ, 
Plat.  Prot.  338  A.— 2.  α  'magistrate's 
attendant,  like  our  constable,  beadle,  Ar. 
Pac.  734  ;  so,  prob.,  in  Thuc.  5,  50  : 
— so,  at  Rome,  of  the  lictors  who  car- 
ried the  fasces,  Polyb.  5,  26,  10,  etc. 

'Ραβδοφομέω,  ώ,  to  carry  a  rod  or 
staff:  from 

'Ραβδοφόρος,  ov,  (βάβδος,  φέρω) 
carrying  a  rod  or  staff  :=βαβδοϋχος, 
at  Rome,  atictor,  Polyb.  10,  32,  2:  or 
the  magistrate  who  had  the  jus  fascium. 

'Ραβδωδία,  ας,  ή,  and  βαβδωδός,  ύ, 
as  some  wrote  for  βαιίιωδ.,  consider- 
ing these  words  as  deriv.  from  βάβ- 
δος ;  but  cf  βαφωδός,  fin. 

'Ράβδωσις,  ή,  as  if  from  βαβδόω, 
(ί>άβδος  II)  the  fluting  of  columns, 
Arist.  Eth.  N.  10,  4,  2. 

'Ραβδωτός,  η,  όν,  as  if  from  βαβ- 
δόω (βάβδος),  made  or  plaited  leith 
rods,  p.  ϋύραι,  wicker  gates,  Diod. — II. 
striped,  ιμάτια,  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  3,  16  :  ot 
animals,  streaked,  striated,  Lat.  virga- 
tus,  esp.  lengthways,  Arist.  H.  A.  4, 
4,6:  of  columns,  j?i(ie(2  ;  so  of  a  cup, 
Ath. 484  C. 

ΥΡάβεΐ'να,  ης,  ή,  Ravenna,  a  city 
of  Cisalpine  Gaul  on  the  Adriatic, 
Strab.  p.  213;  also  called 'Ραβηνός 
and  'Ραονεννα,  Id. 

ΥΡάγα,  τ/,=  'Ράγεια,  Strab.  p.  514. 

νΡαγύδες, a'i,Rhagades, a  region  ot 
Media,  Strab.  p.  60. 

YPayai,  ών,  al,  Rhagae,  a  city  of 
Media,  Arr.  An.  3.  20.  2. 

'Ρΰγάς,  άδος,  ή,  (ρήγννμι)  a  rent 
chink,  Anth.  P.  11,  407,  Diod. 


ΡΑΔΙ 

Ύαγόάϊος,  α,  ον,  φάγδην)  tearing, 
furious,  violent,  of  rain,  Diod.  2,  27, 
Plut.  'I'iinol.  28,  Luc.  Tim.  3,  etc. ; 
of  lightning,  Wessel.  Died.  1,  p.  141, 
Jac.  Flulostr.  Imag.  p.  273;  hence, 
of  persons,  Antiph.  Άγροικ.  7  ;  p.  ev 
τοις  άγώσι,  Plut.  Pelop.  1  ; — το  /3., 
violence,  Plut.  2,  447  A.  Adv.  -ως, 
Diosc.     IJeiice 

'Ραγόαιότης,  ητος,  ή,  violence,  fury. 

'FiiYihjv,  adv.,  (^άσσω,  βι/σσω,  j)jj- 
γννμί)  tearingly  :  hence  violently,  fa- 
rioHsly,  Lat.  ruptim,  Plut.  2,  418  E. 

i'Payeia,  ας,  ?/,  and  'Ράγα,  Rhagea, 
a  city  of  Media  founded  by  Seleucus 
Nicator,  Stral).  p.  524. 

'Ραγή,  7/,=/)αγύς,  ^r/γμα,  Hipp. 

'Ραγίζω,  f.  -<σω,  (/όάϊ^)  to  gather 
grapes,  Theocr.  5,  113. 

'Ράγικός,  ή,  6v,  φύξ)  of  berries  or 
grapes,  Theophr. 

'Ραγίοί>,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  ^άί.  [/3α] 

'Ράγοειόής,  ες,  {βάξ,  είδος)  like  ber- 
ries or  grapes. 

'Ρΰγόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  (βαγάς,  ^αγή) 
torn,  rent,  burst,  Nic.  Th.  821. 

'Ρΰγολογίω,  ώ,  to  gather  berries  or 
grapes :  from 

'Ρΰγολόγος,  ov,  ({)ύξ,  λέγω)  gather- 
ing hemes  or  grapes,  Anth.  P.  6,  45. 

'Ράγος,  εος,  τό,  {Ρήγννμι)=ι^άκος. 
£ΰ]     Hence 

'Ρΰ.γόω,=βακόω. — \\.=^δηγνυμι. 

'Ράγώόης,  ες,  =  ραγοειδής,  The- 
ophr., Lob.  Phryn.  76. 

'Ράγώύΐ)ς,  ες,  {ι')αγτ/)  torn,  rent,  like 
ραγόείς ;  susp. 

'ΡάδάΑός,  ή,  όν,  ace.  to  Zenodot. 
in  11.  18,  570,  for  βοδανόν,^ενκρύ- 
όαντος,  movable  :  (v.  ραδινός). 

ΥΡαόύμανΟνς,  νος,  ό,  Rhadaman- 
Ihys,  the  oldest  lawgiver  of  the  Cre- 
tans, lirst  brought  the  island  under 
the  control  of  laws,  Strab.  p.  476. — 2. 
son  of  Jupiter  and  Europa,  brother 
of  Minos,  11.  14,  322  ;  Pind.  O.  2,  137  ; 
etc. ;  made  a  judge  in  the  lower  world, 
Apollod.  3,  ],  2  :  cf.  Virg.  Aen.  6,  566 
sqq. ;  proverb,  of  a  just  man,  'Pad. 
Τ(>υς  τρότΐονς,  Β.  Α.  61,  23. 

'Ράδαμί'ος,  ου,  η,  α  young  branch, 
sprout,  shoot,  Nic.  Al.  92  ;  also  βόόαμ- 
νος,  όρόδαμνος,  δραμνος.  (Prob.  akin 
to  βαδινός,  etc.)  [βύδύμ^ 

'Ραδαμνώδης,  ες,  {είδος)  like  a  young 
shoot. 

'Ρΰδύνίζω,  f.  -/σω,  to  swing,  move 
backwards  and  forwards,  e.sp.  of  wool 
in  spinning,  Aeol.  βρΰδύνίζω. 

'Ρύδάνός,  η,  όν,  supposed  form  for 
ραδινός,  v.  1.  for  Ιορδανός  in  11.  18, 
576,  and  prob.  not  found  elsewh. 

'Ράδια,  τύ,  a  kind  of  easy  shoes, 
Pherecr.  Incert.  7C. 

'Ραόινάκη,  ή,  the  Persian  name 
for  a  black  ill-smelling  petroleum  found 
at  Ardericca  near  Susa,  Hdt.  6,  119. 

ΥΡαδι.νή,  ΐ/ς,  ή,  Rhadine,  fein.  pr. 
n.,  Strab. ;  Paus. ;  etc. 

'ΡΑ'ΔΓΝΟ'Σ,  ή,  01-,  Aeol.  βραδι- 
νός:— slender,  taper,  ίμύσθ?.η,  11.  23, 
583  :  esp.  of  the  forms  of  the  youthful 
body,  taper,  slim,  delicate,  πόδες,  Η. 
Cer.  183,  Hes.  Th.  195  ;  χείρες.  The- 
ogn.  6,  996  ;  μηροί,  Anacr.  65  ;  so,  (). 
ττώλοί.  Id.  104,  ubi  v.  Bergk  ;  /i.  κυ- 
πάρισσοι,  Theocr.  11,  45;  27,  45; 
σώματα,  Xen.  Lac.  2,  6  ;  oft.  in  Anth. ; 
()αδίνός  τω  μήκει  τον  σώματος,  Plut. 
2,  723  D : — then,  generally,  delicate, 
tender,  oi  eyes,  Aesch.  Pr.  400. — Poet, 
word.  Cf.  βαδανός,  whence  βαδα- 
νίζω,  Aeol.  βραδαν'ιζω.  (If  orig.  of 
motion,  then  akin  to  κραδαίνω,  κρα- 
δύω,  κραδενω,  κραδα/.ός,  κράδη,  βο- 
δανός:  if  from  flowing  outline,  as 
seems  more  prob.,  then  from  /ίιεω.) 

'Ράδιξ,  Ικος,  ή.  a  branch,  also  a 
83 


ΡΑΔΙ 

switch,  rod,  Nic.  Th.  378,  cf.  Diod.  2, 
53. — II.  =  ()αφανίς,  Varro  L.  L.  4. 
(Prob.  from  βύσσω,  ράβδος,  cf.  Lat. 
radix.)   [a] 

'Ράδιος,  a,  ov ;  Att.  also  of,  ov, 
Eur.  Med.  1375 ;  Ep.  and  Ion.  βηΐ- 
διος,  η,  ov  [Ζ],  as  always  in  Horn. ; 
βαΐδίον,  Plat.  (Com.)  Incert.  55:  in 
Theogn.  574,  577  also  β-ηδιος,  η,  ov. 
Easy,  ready,  and  SO  easy  to  make  or 
do,  {).  Tivi,  for  one,  II.  20,  265,  Od.  16, 
211;  βηίδιόν  τοι  έπος,  a  word  easy 
for  tnee  to  understand,  Od.  11,  146; 
οίμος  βι/ίδί?/,  an  easy  road,  Hes.  Op. 
290  : — c.  inf.,  τάφρος  βηϊδίη  περησαι, 
II.  12,  54 ;  so,  c.  dat.  pers.  et  inf.,  oh 
βηΐδί'  έστι  θεών  ερικνδέα  δώρα  άν• 
δράσι  γε  θνητοισι  δαμημέναι,  11.  20, 
265,  cf.  Od.  16,  211  ;  βφδιον  πάλιν 
σεϊσαι  άφανροτέροις,  rind.  Ρ.  4, 
484  ;  τοις  γαρ  δικαίοις  ΐιντέχειν  ον 
βάδιον.  Soph.  Fr.  99;  cf.  Aj.  1350, 
}ien.  Mem.  3,  11,  16,  Plat.  Phaedr. 
250  A,  etc. ;  c.  ace.  et  inf.,  Xen.  Hell. 
6,  2,  10  : — also,  light,  slight,  little-heed- 
ed, παρ'  νμιν  βφδιον  ξενοκτονεϊν, 
Eur.  Hec.  1247: — τα  βάδια, easy  shoes, 
slippers,  Pherecr.  Inrert.  76.— II.  of 
persons,  easy,  ready,  complaisant ,  oblig- 
ing, Lat.  yiicifo,  commodus,  βάονιχρή- 
σθαι  Φιλίππω,  Dem.  11,  21  ;  so,  β. 
ήθεα,  Eur.  Hipp.  1115;  βάδΐύς  τον 
τρόπον,  Luc.  Merc.  Cond.  40. — 2.  in 
bad  sense,  heedless,  reckless  ;  cf.  βα- 
διονργός,  etc. — Cf.  Λα,  βαος. 

Β.  adv.  βφδίως,  Ep.  and  Ion.  βηϊ- 
δίως,  as  always  in  Hom.,  in  late  au- 
thors also  βάως,  easily,  lightly,  readily, 
oft.  in  Hom. :  besides  this  he  also  has 
the  poet,  ad  ν  βεα  [^^,  but  as  one  long 
syll.  in  11.  12,  381,  Hes.  Op.  5],  and 
βεϊα  : — in  Att.  oft.  /)αδίως  φέρειν,  to 
Dear  tightly,  make  light  of  a  thing, 
Eur.  Andr.  744,  etc. ;  f).  άνέχεσβαι, 
lb.  232  ;  β.  άπολείπειν,  to  leave  not 
unwillingly,  Thuc.  1,  2  (cf.  infra  C.  II) : 
— recklessly,  rashly,  Plat.  Legg.  917 
B,  etc. 

C.  degrees  of  comparison  :  the  re- 
gul.  compar.  βαδιώτερος  is  said  to 
have  been  used  by  Hyperid.  ap.  Poll. 
5,  107 ;  and  a  form  βαδιέστερος  oc- 
curs in  Hyperid.  ap.'  Ath.  424  D, 
Arist.  Probl.  2,  42,  2,  and  Polyb.  ;— 
elsewh.  usu.  the  irreg.  βάων,  όνος, 
neut.  βαον,  Ion.  βι/ΐων.  β/'μον,  for 
which  rtom.  uses  only  Ep.  βηίτερος, 
II.  18,  258;  24,  243;  contr.  βάτεροΓ, 
Pind.  O.  8,  78  (cf.  Bockh  v.  ί  ad  GO, 
Lob.  Phryn.  402)  : — βάων  is  esp.  used 
of  ease  or  delivery  from  illness,  trouble, 
etc.,  e.  g.  Philippid.  ap.  Stob.  p.  568, 
9,  Dem.  1118,28: — superl.  also  usu. 
in  irreg.  form,  βαστος,  η,  ov.  Ion.  and 
Ep.  βήίστος,  Od.  4,  565,  Dor.  βάϊστος, 
Theocr.  11,  7;  with  the  exclus.  Ep. 
form  βηΐτατος,  Od.  19,  577  ;  21,  75.— 
II.  adv.  βάον,  also  βαόνως,  and  even 
βάδιον,  Ion.  βίιδιον,  occurs  as  a  com- 
par. adv.,  Theogn.  577,  v.  Lob.  Phryn. 
403  ;  superl. /iffffra,  especially  in  the 
phrases,  ράστα  or  ώς  βάστα  φέρειν. 
Soph.  Ο.  t.  320,  Aesch.'  Pr.  104,  cf. 
Eur.  Supp.  954,  Thuc.  3.  82,  etc.  ;  cf. 
Valck.  Diatr.  p.  1 13.  The  degrees  of 
compar.  are  formed  as  if  from  a  pos- 
itive *βΰϊς,  βηίς,  of  which  only  the 
old  neut.  βά  has  been  preserved. 

(Ace.  to  Hemst.  akin  ίοβέω, — swim- 
mingly, i.  e.  easily.) 

f  Ρόδιος,  ov,  0,  Rhadius,  son  of  Ne- 
leus  and  Chloris,  Apollod.  1,  9,  9. 

'Ραδίουργέω,  ώ,  (βαδιονργός)  to  do 
with  ease  ;  and  so.  to  act  thoughtlessly 
^or  recklessly,  to  do  wrong,  misbehave, 
Xen.  Cyr.  2,  1,  25.— II.  to  lead  an  easy, 
lazy  life,  shun  work  and  care,  lb.  I,  6, 
8,  Hier.  8,  9,  etc. ;  and  as  dep.  mid.. 


PAIR 

Id.  Lac.  5,  2.— III.  c.  ace,  to  treat 
slightingly,  slight,  neglect,  Jac.  Phi- 
lostr.  Iinag.  p.  284.     Hence 

'Ραδιούργημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  reckless 
act,  crime,  Plut.  Pyrrh.  6,  etc. 

'Ραδιουργία,  ας,  ή,  ease  in  doing, 
easy  itork.  a  ready  way  of  doing  a  thing, 
facility,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  6,  34.— II.  easi- 
ness, laziiiess,  sloth,  lb.  7,  5,  74,  Mem. 
2,  1,  20,  etc.- — 2.  recklessness,  wicked- 
ness, Polyb.  12, 10,  5,  Plut.,  etc. :  from 

'Ραδιονργός,  όν,  {βάδιος,  *έργω) 
doing  things  easily,  ready,  adroit. — II. 
USU.  in  bad  signt.,  easy,  lazy,  careless. 
— 2.  reckless,  wicked,  Arist.  Virt.  6,  5, 
Polyb.  4,  29,  4,  etc.  :— also  opp.  to 
αγνός,  impure,  Xen.  Symp.  8,  9. — III. 
later,=  πλαστογράφος,  forging  anoth- 
er's hand. 

'ΡΑ'ΖΩ,=  Λύζω,  to  bark,  snarl,  as  a 
dog  : — metapn.,  to  bark  or  snarl  at, 
Cratin.  Del.  3.  (The  Lat.  rabo,  rabio, 
rabula.) 

'Ρΰθύγέω,  ο),=:βοΟέω,  βοθιύζω,  to 
make  a  voise  :  from 

'Ρύθ(ύ.γος,  ov,  ό,=^βόθος,  βόθιον,  a 
tioise.  [ά] 

'Ραθαίνω,=βαίνω,  Gramm. 

'Ρΰθύαιγξ,  ιγγος,  ή,  a  drop,  II.  11, 
536;  20,  601,  Hes.  Th.  183.— II.  of 
solids,  a  grain,  bit,  κονίης  βαθάμιγγες, 
II.  23,  502  :  later  also  a  spark.— CL 
()ανίς:  [fla]  from 

'Ράθύμίζω,  =βαίνω,  Opp.  Η.  5,  657, 
Nonn. 

'Ράθΰπϋγίζω,  {βάσσω,  πνγή)  to  give 
one  a  slap  on  the  buttocks,  Ar.  Eq.  796  ; 
where  Suidas  βοθοπυγίζω,  to  give  a 
loud  slap. 

'Ράθύσσω,= βαίνω,  Gramm. 

ΥΡαθ7ΐνός,  ov,  b,  Rhathenus,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Strab.  p.  548. 

ΥΡαθίνης,  ov,  6,  Rhathines,  a  Per- 
sian, general  of  Pharnabazus,  Xen. 
An.  6,  3,  7  ;  Hell.  3,  4,  13. 

ΥΡαθον'ικης,  ου,  ό,  Rhathonices, 
masc.  pr.  n. ;  v.  1.  'Ραδινής,  Xen. 
Cyr.  8,  3,  32. 

'Ραθϋμέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  be  βάθυμος, 
be  light-hearted,  easy-tempered.  Plat. 
Legg.  903  A  : — to  take  things  easily, 
to  leave  off  work,  slacken,  be  idle,  opp. 
to  πονείν,  Xen.  An.  2,  6,  6,  etc. ;  β. 
έπί  Tivi,  Dem.  427,  fin. ;  περί  τίνος, 
Polyb.  2,  49,  9.     Hence 

'Ραθυμία,  ας,  ή,  easiness  of  temper, 
thoughtlessness,  carelessness,  rashness. 
Plat.  Phaed.  99  Β  :— α  taking  things 
easily,  Thuc.  2,  39  :  but  usu.  in  bad 
sense,  indifference,  sluggishness,  lazi- 
ness, Lys.  117,  10,  Xen.  Mem.  3,  5,  5, 
Plat.,  etc. ;  β.  κτήσασθαι,  to  get  a 
name  for  laziness,  Eur.  Med.  218. — II. 
recreation,  amusement,  fun,  Eur.  Cycl. 
203. 

'Ραθϋμίζω,  f.  -/σω,  to  make  βφθυμος. 

'Ραθνμοποιός,  όν,  (ποιέω)  7naking 
thoughtless,  careless,  etc.  :  from 

'Ράθυμος,  ov,  {βάδιον,  βαον,  θυμός) 
light-hearted,  easy-tempered,  thoughtless, 
careless.  Plat.  Theaet.  166  A  ;  β.  βίος, 
an  easy  life,  Isocr.  03  Β  : — taking  things 
easy,  indifferent,  sluggish,  lazy.  Soph. 
El.' 958,  Isocr.  195  D:  cowardly,  Eur. 
Archel.  8. — II.  adv.  -μως,  Plat.  Legg. 
659  Β  ;  also  much  liKe  βαδίως\  β.  φέ- 
ρειν, νποφέρειν.  Id.  Rep.  549  D, 
Legg.  879  C  :  β.  έχειν  περί  τι,  Polyb. 
4,  7,  6 ;  β.  διάγειν,  Id.  2,  5,  6. 

'Pdia,  ας,  y,  recovery  from  sickness, 
V.  βαίζω. 

'Ραιβηδόν,  adv.,  (βαιβός)  as  if 
crooked. 

'Ραιβοειδτ'/ς,  ές,  crooked-looking, 
Hipp.,  v.  Foes.  Oecon. 

'Ραιβόκράνος,  ov,  (βαιβός,  κρΰνον) 
with  crooked  end,  κορννη,  Leon.  Tar. 
34. 

1313 


ΡΑΙΩ 

'ΡΑΙΒΟ'Σ,  ή,  όν,  crooked,  bent,  esp. 
of  bandy  legs,  Arist.  Soph.  Elcnch. 
31,  3,  and  v.  1.  tor  Ιδικός  (q.  v.)  in 
Archil.  52  Bergk.  (Akin  to  ^έμ3ω.) 
Hence 

'Ραιβοσκελής,  ές,  (σκέλος)  bandy- 
legged, A  nth.  P.  6,  190. 

'Ραί/3ύω,  ύ,  (βαιΐ3ύς)  to  make  crook- 
ed, bend,  Lye.  563. 

'Ρύί(1ην,  adv. ,  φήσσω,/)άσσω)  piece- 
meal, verb.  dub. 

'Ράίζω,  Ion.  βηίζω:  f.  -ίσω:  (/i(i(5/of, 
f)ao)v)  : — to  grow  easier :  usu.,  nietaph., 
to  find  relief,  recover  from  illness,  Hipp., 
"Plat.  Rep.  462  D,  Dem.  13,2:  to  take 
one's  rest,  Xen.  Cyr.  7,  5,  68  (though 
the  reading  varies) ;  sometimes  c. 
gen.,/S.  πόνων,  to  rest  from  toil,  Mem- 
non  4  ;  also,  /).  έκ  νόσου,  Dem.  ap. 
Harp. 

'ΡΑΙ'ΝΩ,  fut.  /^ui^GJ:  aor.  t^fx'ivn, 
Jac.  Anth.  P.  p.  761  :  pf.  pass,  f/^/ia- 
σμαί :  v.  infra.  To  sprinkle,  besprinkle. 
Strictly  with  water,  etc.,  Hoin.  φόιχ.) 
Ίτεύίον,  Pind.  I.  8  (7),  110;  αϊματι 
βωμόν,  Eur.  I.  A.  1589 :  but  also  of 
solids,  to  strew,  bestrew,  ϊπποι  [χήνην- 
το  κονίτ/,  11. 1 1, 282 : — metaph.,  ^  τι  ΐ'ά 
νμνω.  νησον  ΐϋλογίαις,  Pind.  Ρ.  8, 
81,  ί.  6  (5),  30  (of.  αρδω  Π.)  :— c.  ace. 
of  thing  scattered  or  sprinkled,  /».  i}  - 
κέφαλορ,  Eur.  Thes.  1  (cf.  Imu.))  ; 
fyaivELv  αντοϊς  (sc.  νόωρ)  to  sprinkle 
the  fish,  Xenarch.  Porphyr.  6 ;  so, 
ύαίνειν  ίς  τα  β'λίφαρα,  to  sprinkle 
(vinegar)  in  their  eyes,  Ar.  Ran. 
1441  ;  so,  β.  πνρονς,  Opp.,  cf.  Jac. 
Anth.  P.  p.  80,  Lob.  Soph.  Aj.  374. 
— Two  irreg.  Ep.  forms  must  be  no- 
ticed, imperat.  aor.  /ιάσσατε,  sprinkle, 
Od.  20,  150 ;  and  3  pi.  pf  pass.,  ^/)ρά- 
δαται  τοίχοι  αϊματι,  Od.  20,  354 ; 
plqpf.  a'iuuTi  ίφβύδατο,  11.  12,  431 
[α]:  — these  are  formed  as  if  from 
another  pres.  βύζυ,  which  however 
does  not  appear  in  use,  cf  Buttm. 
Ausf.  Gr.  t)  10!  Anm.  14.— The  very 
rare  forms  βαθαίνω,  βαθαμίζω,  βα- 
θάσσοι  are  synon.  [In  fut.  βανώ  the 
Att.  are  said  to  have  used  a,  Apoll. 
Dysc.  de  Adv.  p.  600,  28 ;  cf.  φαίνω.] 
'Ρύϊος,  a,  ov.  Ion.  βίμος,=βάδιος, 
Opp.  C.  1,101. 

'Ραισττ/ρ,  f/por,  6,  (βαίω)  strictly  a 
breaker,  smasher,  and  SO  a  hammer,  II. 
18,  477  (where  it  is  fem.),  Aesch.  Pr. 
50  ;  χρύσειον  άττο  βαιστί/ρος  στησαι, 
to  set  up  a  statue  of  one  in  beaten 
gold,  Anth.  P.  7,  5  :— of  a  firebrand, 
a  destroyer,  Opp.  II.  5,  120.     Hence 

Ύ'αιστήρίος,  a,  ov,  S7nashing,  ham- 
mering, β.  ίδρώς,  the  blacksmith's  sweat 
or  toil,  Opp.  H.  2,  28  :  τα  βαίστ7/ρια, 
the  hammers,  lb.  5,  153. 

Ύαιστηροκοπία,  ας,  ή,  (βαιστήρ, 
κόπτω)  α  striking  or  working  with  a 
hammer,  Philo. 

'Ραιστής,  οΰ,  ό,  {βαίω)=βαιστήρ. 
Ύαιστός,  ή,  όν,  (βαίω)  destroyed. 
'Ρύϊστος,  α,  ον,  Dor.  for  βίμστος ; 
ν.  βάδιος  C.  [ΰ] 

'Ραίσ~07ί'7Γ0ζ•,  ον,  struck  with  the 
hammer,  Manetho. 

ΥΡαιτία,  ας,  ή.  Rhaetia,a  country 
of  Europe  ;  also  'Ραιτική  in  Strab. 

ΥΡαιτικός,  ή,  όν,  of  the  llhaeti, 
Rhaeiian,  Strab. :  from 

i'PaiToi,  ων,  ol,  the  Rhaeti,  an  Al- 
pine people  around  the  Rhine,  Strab. 
pp.  206.  313,  etc. 

'ΡΑΓΩ,  to  break,  smash,  shiver,. shat- 
ter, β.  νήα,  to  wreck  a  ship,  Od.  8,  509  ; 
13,  151  ;  βαιύμενος,  one  shipwrecked, 
Od.  6,  326: — in  pa.ss.,  φάσγανον  ίβ- 
βαίσθη,  it  shivered,  II.  16,  339  ;  ίγκέ- 
φαίος  βαίοιτο  δια  σπέος  προς  ονδεϊ, 
may  his  brain  6c  dashed  on  the  gromid 
throughout  the  cavern,  Od.  9,  459  ; 
1314 


PAMA 

so,  αίων  δι'  όστέων  ίβόαίσθ-η,  the 
marrow  came  rushing  tlirough  the 
bonos,  Pind.  Ft.  77  (nisi  his  11.  le- 
gend, βαινοιτο,  Ιββάΐ'ϋη,  cf.  βαίνω). 
— II.  generally,  in  pa.ss.,  to  be  brukm 
down  by  toil  and  suffering,  Aesch.  Pr. 
189,  Soph.  Tr.  268,  cf.  Ap.  Rh.  1,617. 
(Prob.  akin  to  βήγννμι,  q.  v.  sub  (in.) 
'Ραίων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  Ion.  for 
βφων.  Hipp.,  V.  Lob.  Phryn.  402  :  but 
βαίων  is  prob.  without  e.xample. 

'Ράκελος,  υν,  (βύσσω,  ρ//σσω)  torn, 
rugged,  steep,  like  τραχνς,  σκΧηρός  : 
in  Hesych.  also  βάκαλος.  [ά] 

'Ρύκενδντέω,  ώ,  topvt  on,  wear  rags: 
from 

'Ρακένδυτης,  ov,  o,  (βύκος,  ένόνω) 
putting  on,  wearing  rags,   [i] 
'Ράκετρίζω,=:βαχετβίζω. 
'Ράκετρον,  ov,  τό,  also  βράκετρον, 
a  cookijig  utensil. 

'Ρακία,  V.  sub  βαχία. 
'Ρΰκίζω,  βακκίζω,  βακχίζω,  collat. 
forms  of  βαχίζω. 

'Ρύκίον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  βάκος, 
usu.  in  plur.,  rags,  Ar.  Ach.  412,  etc.  ; 
but  in  sing.,  βύκιον  εκ  τραγφδίας,  lb. 
412.  [ά] 

ΥΡάκιος,  οι>,  ό,  Rhacivs,  leader  of 
a  Cretan  colony  to  Asia,  Pans.  7,  3,  1. 
'Ράκίοσνββαπτάδιις,  ov,  6,  (ύάκιον, 
σνββάπτω)  a  rag-stitcher,  in  Ar.  Ran. 
842,  of  Euripides,  who  tricked  out  his 
heroes  in  rags,  cf  Id.  Ach.  411,  sq. 
'Ρύκίς,  Ιδος,  ή,=βάδιξ,  dub. 
'Ρΰκυδντέω,  ώ,  to  be  clad  in  rags  : 
from 
'Ράκοδϊιτης,  ov,  6,=  sq.,  susp.  [v] 
'Ρύκόδντος,  ov,  (βύκος,  δύω)  clad 
in    rags:    generally,   ragged,   στολή, 
Eur.  Rhes.  712. 

'Ρύκόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  ragged,  torn,  tat- 
tered, Anth.  P.  6, 21.— II.  like  βαγόεις, 
wrinkled,  lb.  11,  66 :  from 

'ΡΑ'ΚΟΣ,  εος,  τό,  a  ragged,  tattered 
garment,  βύκος  άμφιβαλέσθαι,  Od.  6, 
178  ;  cf.  14,  349  :  usu.  in  plur.  βάκεα, 
βάκη,  rags,  tatters,  Od.  18,  67,  etc., 
Hdt.  3,  129,  and  Att.  (never  in  11.)  :— 
generally,  a  strip  of  cloth,  βάκεα  φοι- 
νίκεα,  Hdt.  7,  76  :  a  strip  of  flesh, 
Aesch.  Pr.  1023.— 2.  collectively,  rag, 
lint,  Hipp. — II.  in  plur.,  also,  T/Tf^A/^.t, 
as  if  rents  in  the  face,  Ar.  Plut.  1065. 
—III.  (metaph.,  of  an  old  man,  βίοι.ο 
βάκοΓ,  a  rag  or  remnants  of  life,  Anth. 
P.  9,'  242,  cf.  Jac.  p.  308,  Luc.  Tim. 
32.  The  Aeol.  form  βράκος  (q.  v.) 
loses  this  general  bad  sense.  (Cf. 
βάσσω,  sub  fin.)  [ΰ]     Hence 

'Ράκοφορέω,  ώ,  {φέρω)  to  wear  rags 
or  tatters. 

'Ράκόω,  ώ,  (βάκος)  to  tear  in  strips  : 
— pass.,  to  be  so  torn,  Plut.  2,  642  Ε  : 
—  εββακωμένα  πρόςωπα,  wrinkled 
faces,  Diosc. : — also,  to  be  dispersed 
all  abovt.  Hipp. 

'Ρακτηριος,  a,  ov,  (βάσσω)  fit  for 
striking  with. — 11.  making  a  broken,  in- 
articulate 7wise,  bellowing.  Soph.  Fi. 
631. 

'Ρακτός,  ή,  όν,  (βάσσω,  βήσσω)  bro- 
ken, rugged,  Lye.  92. 

'Ράκτος,  ov,  6,  a  broken,  rugged  hill, 
a  crag,  like  βάχις,  βαχία. 

'Ράκτρια,  ας,  ή,  (βακτός)  α  pole  for 
beating  olives  with. 

'Ράκώδης,  ες,  (βύκος,  είδος)  ragged : 
— wrinkled,  Anth.  P.  5,  21. 

'Ράκωμα,  ατός,  τό,  (βάκόω)  in  plur., 
rags,  Ar.  Ach.  432. 

'Ράκωσις,  ή,  (βακύω)  a  becoming  rag- 
ged or  wrinkled. — 2.  a  being  relaxed, 
Medic,  [βά] 

ΥΡακύτις,  ιδος,  ή,  Rhacotis,  a  part 
of  Alexandrea ;  at  first  a  separate 
town,  Strab.  p.  792. 

ΥΡάμα,  ή,  (Hebr.,  Gr.  'ΡαμαΟών, 


ΡΑΟΣ 

ύνος,  Joseph.)  Rama,  a  city  of  the 
tribe  of  Benjamin  in  Judaea,  N.  T. 

ΥΡαμανΊται,  ών,  οι,  the  Rhamani- 
tae,  an  Arabian  people,  Strab.  p.  782. 

ΥΡαμβαϊοι,  ων,  ol,  the  Rhambaei,  a 
nomadic  people  in  Syria,  Strab.  p. 
753. 

\'Ραμ8άκας,  a,  b,  Rhambacas,  a 
Mede,  Xen.  Cyr.  5,  3,  42. 

ΥΡαμβακία,  ας,  ij,  Rhnmbacia,  a 
town  of  India,  Arr.  An.  6,  21,  5. 

ΥΡαμίς,  ή,  Rhamis,  wile  of  Sesi- 
thacus,  Strab.  p.  291. 

'Ράμμα,  ατός,  τό,  (ίιαίνω)  any  thing 
sprinkled,  Galen:  v.  Lob.  Paral.  422. 

'Ράμμα,  ατός,  τό,  (βύπτω)  any  thing 
seurn  or  stitched  :  a  seam,  Pind.  Fr.  55. 
— 2.  a  thread,  Hipp.,  Plat.  (Com.) 
'Eopr.  11. 

'Ραμμΰτώδης,  ες,  (είδος)  as  if  sewn, 
— 2.  like  a  thread. 

'Ρύμνος,  ov,  η,  a  kind  of  thorn  or 
prickly  shrub,  also  called  παλίονρος, 
Eupol,  ΡίΙγ.  1,5:  there  were  two 
kinds,  white  and  black,  Theophr. 

'Ραμί'οϋς,  ονντος,  ό,  Rhamnus,  a 
demus  in  Attica,  fbelonging  to  the 
tribe  Aeanlisf  : .  strictly  contr.  from 
βαμνόεις,  thorny,  v.  Wordsw.  Athens 
and  Att.  p.  43. 

'Ραμνονσιος,  a,  ov,  Rhamnusian : 
ή  'Ραμνουσία,  epitli.  of  Nemesis  from 
her  famous  temple  at  Rhamnus. 

'Ραμφάζω,  (βάμφος)  to  hare  a  beak. 

'Ραμφή,  τ/ς,  ή,  {βάμφος)  a  honked 
knife,  like  our  bill,  Polyb.  10,  18,  6. 

'Ραμφηστί/ς,  ov,  ό,  a  fish,  prob.  the 
pike,  Xenocr. 

νΡαμφίας,  oi',  ό,  Rhamphias,  a  La- 
cedaemonian, father  of  Clearchus, 
Thuc.  1,  139;  Xen.  Hell.  1,  1,  35. 

'Ρύμφίον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  βύμφος. 

'Ραμφίς,  ίδυς,  ή,  a  hook. — 11.  α  ship 
of  very  curved  shape. 

'Ράμφος,  εος,  τό,  the  crooked  beak  of 
birds,  esj).  birds  of  prey  :  generally, 
a  beak,  neb.  bill,  Ar.  Av'.  99,  Plut.  2, 
980  E.  (Akin  to  βαιβός :  tlie  adj. 
βαμφύς,  crooked,  bent,  is  only  found  in 
Hesych.) 

'Ραμφώδης,  ες,  (είδος)  beak-shaped. 

]'Ρημ'>Ιιίΐ'ΐτος,  ov,  ό,  Rhampsinitus, 
a  king  of  Aegypt,  Hdt.  2,  121. 

'Paj'i'f,  ίδος,  ή,  (βαίνω)  any  thing 
sprinkled :  hence=^  Homer's  βαβύμιγξ, 
a  drop,  Eur.  Andr.  227,  Ion  106,  Ar 
Ach.  171. 

'Ραντήρ,  νρος,  6,  (βαίνω)  one  who 
ivets  or  sprinkles,  Nic.  Th.  673.  Hence 

'Ραντήριος,  a,  ov,  fit  for  sprinkling  : 
— pass.,  πέδυν  βανττ/ριην,  blond-reek- 
ing floor,  Aesch.  Ag.  1092  ;  1.  dub.,  cf. 
Dind. 

'Ραΐ'τίζω,  (βαντός)=  βαίνω,  LXX.: 
— fut.  pass.,  Ath.,  521  A.     Hence 

'Ράντισμα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which  is 
sprinkled:  also=sq.,  N.  T. 

'Ραντισμύς,  ov,  ό,(βαντίζω)  a  .sprink- 
ling, LXX. 

'Ράντιστρον,  ου,  τό,  (βαντίζω)  a 
vessel  for  sprinkling  ;  a  whisk. 

'Ραντός,  7],  όν,  (βαίνω)  moistejied, 
sprinkled. 

'Ρύξ,  ή,  gen.  βάγός,  a  berry,  esp.  a 
grape.  Soph.  Fr.  464,  Plat.  Legg.  845 
A  ;  also  βώξ,  cf  πτάξ,  πτώξ. — 11.  in 
Poll.  2,  146,  βάγες  are  the  tips  of  the 
fingers.  —  Draco  writes  the  nomin. 
βάξ,  but  V.  Lob.  Phryn.  76.  (From 
βάσσω,  βάδιξ,  whence  also  Lat.  race- 
7nus.) 

'Ρύξις,  ή,  (βύσσω)=βΐιξις:  esp.  thu 
meeting  of  two  armies  (?). 

'Paov,  iieut.  from  βάων,  freq.  as 
cornpar.  adv.  for  sq. 

'Ραύνως,  adv.  from  βάων. 

'Ραος,  quoted  in  Gramin.  as  collat. 


ΡΑΠΤ 

Γοηη  of  Ρφδιος,  but  prob.  only  found 
in  iieut.  1)αον,=^άδιον  :  this  is  found 
in  the  best  Att.,  as  v.  1.  Isocr.  214  D, 
Dem.  208,  9,  though  many  P^dd.  al- 
ways alter  it  into  ()a<Vov,  cf.  Schiif 
Dion.  Comp.  p.  329,'Lob.  Fhiyn.  403. 
From  this  posit,  the  later  Greeks 
formed  adv.  (}άως,  compar.  ^αότερος. 

i'Faov^vi'u,  7ΐ,=^'Ράι3εννα. 

Ύΰττΰταύλίΐς,  ου,  δ,  and  βΰπύταν- 
2.ος,  ό,  (/)απάτ7].  αυλός)  α  piper,  also 
written  (>απαύ7.ιις  and  βιττανλης, 
Ath.  176  D. 

'Ρύπάτη,  ης,  η,  α  shepherd's  pipe. 
Ιπΰ] 

'Ρά—ήΐον,  ον,  τό.^Ι>άτΓνς,  Diosc. 

'Ράπίζω,  ί.  -έσω,  φηπίς)  ίο  rap  or 
strike  with  a  slick,  to  beat,  flog,  τινά, 
Hippon.  44, 10,  fXenophan.  6, 4  Bgk.f, 
Hdt.  7,  35,  223  ;— Anacr.  105  has  the 
redupl.  pf.  pass.,  (ιεραττίσμένα  νώτα. 
— II.  to  slap  in  the  face,  box  on  tlieear, 
^iiff,  Dem.  787,  23;  Ιπι  κόββης  βύπ., 
Plut.  2,  713  C  :  /)απισβήναι,  Timocl. 
Marath. ;  cf.  A.  B.  300,  Lob.  Phryn. 
176. 

'Ράπιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  βάπνς. 

ί'^"^  .        ,  ,  ,- 

'Ρύπίς,  ίδος,  ή,  α  rod :   ( akin  to 

^άβδος,  also  to  βώφ  and  fjcil' :  hence 
χρνσόβΙ)α-ις.)  — 11.  Dor.  for  βαφίς, 
JEpich.  p.  35. — We  also  find  it  written 
βάπις. 

'Ράπισμα,  ατής,  τό,  φαττίζυ)  α 
stroke,  Antiph.  Philotheb.  1,  21:  esp. 
a  slap  on  the  face,  box  on  the  ear,  f). 
λαμβάνειν,  Luc.  D.  Meretr.  8,  2 ;  cf. 
Lob.  Phryn.  176. 

'Ρΰπισμός,  ov,  δ,  (βαπίζοι)  a  strik- 
ing, beating. 

'Ραπτανλης,  ov,  δ,  v.  ^)απατανλης. 
'Ράπτης,   ου,   ό,   {μάπτω)  one  who 
stitches,  a  cobbler.     Hence 

'Ραπτικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  toox  fit- 
ted for  stitching. 
'Ραπτίς,  ιδος,  fern,  from  βάπτ7]ς. 
'Ραπτάς,  η,  όν,  ('ράπτω)  sewn  to- 
gether, stitched,  χιτών,  κΐ'τ/μϊδες,  Od. 
24,  228,  229  :  generally,  strung  togeth- 
er, continuous,  βαπτών  επέων  αοιδοί, 
Pind.  Ν.  2,  2  ;  ct.  1)α-φωδός. — Π.  nark- 
ed with  the  needle  ;  hence,  το  βαπτόν, 
an  embroidered  carpet,  Xen.  Hell.  4,  1, 
30:  βαπτί/  σφαίρα,  a  ball  of  divers 
colours,  Anth.  P.  12,  44. 

'Ρύπτρια,  ας,  η,  fem.  of  βύπτης, 
Luc. 

'Ράπτω,  strengthd.  from  root  ΡΑΦ-, 
which  appears  in  aor.  2,  in  βαφή,  etc. : 
f.  βάψω  :  aor.  εββαφα,  aor.  2  ερβαφε, 
Nonn. :  aov.  2  pass,  εββάφην.  To 
sew  or  stitch  together,  βοείας,  II.  12, 
290;  to  stitch,  Xen.  Eq.  12,  9:  εββά- 
φθαι  το  χείλος,  to  have  one's  lip  sewed 
■up,  Dem.  1268,  2: — mid.,  βύπτεσθαι 
οχετοί'  δερμάτων,  to  make  one^s  self  a 
pipe  of  leather,  Hdt.  3.  9  ;  but,  also 
to  sew  to  one's  self,  Ar.  Nub.  538  : — so 
in  pass.,  εχειν  πώγωνα  ίββαμένον, 
to  have  a  beard  sewed  on,  Id.  Eccl.  24  ; 
but,  εν  μήρφ  Δίόζ•  εββάφη,  was  sewn 
itpin..,Eur.  Bacch.  243. — II.  metaph., 
to  devise,  contrive,  plot,  καΐίά  βάπτειν, 
Od.  3,  118,  II.  18,  307;  φύνον,  θάνα- 
τον, μύρον  β.,  Od.  16,  379,  422;  τινί, 
for  another,  Hom.  11.  cc,  cf.  Eur.  I.  T. 
081  ;  also,  επί  τινι  φόνον  β.,  Hdt.  9, 
17;  εις  τίνα,  Eur.  Andr.  911 ;  so,  δό- 
λον  β.,  just  like  Lat.  suere  dolos  : — 
proverb.,  τούτο  το  υπόδημα  εββαψας 
ιιεν  συ,  νπεδήσατο  δε  Άρισταγόρης, 
you  made  the  shoe,  and  he  put  it  on, 
Valck.  Hdt.  6,  1.— III.  generally,  to 
link  together,  unite,  άοιδήν,  Hes.  Fr. 
34; — β.  επη,  etc.,  cf.  βαφωδός. 

'Ράπυς,  νος.  ή.  the  turnip,  Lat.  rapa, 
rapum,  also  βάφυς,  Ath.  369  li.  (Akin 
to  this  is  βάφανος  and  βαφανίς.)  [α] 


ΡΑΦΑ 

'Ράρίον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  of  βάρος. 

Ύάρίος,  α,  ov,from  Raros,  Rarian: 
esp.  Ύάριον,  τό,  the  Rarian  plain  near 
Eleusis,  sacred  to  Ceres,  H.  Hom. 
Cer.  450  ;  whence  the  goddess  was 
herself  called 'Papiaf.  [a]  from 

'Ρΰρος,  ov,  h,  Rarus,  father  of  Trip- 
tolemus.  The  word  is  usu.  written 
'Ράμης:  but  the  first  syll.  is  long; 
and  though,  since  Hermann's  note  on 
H.  Hom.  Cer.  450,  it  has  been  usu. 
written  with  a  smooth  breathing,  as 
by  Siebelis  and  Bekker  Pans.  1,  14, 
3,  yet  it  has  been  doubted  whether 
the  remarks  on  this  breathing  do  not 
properly  belong  to  the  next  word, 
Gtittl.  theodos.  p.  213. 

'Ράρος,  ό,  a  child  mitimcly  horn:  or, 
acc.  to  others,  the  womb,  found  only  in 
Gramm.  The  breathing  is  smooth, 
acc.  to  A.  B.  693,  11,  Lex  de  Spir.  ap. 
Valck.  Amm.  242,  Moschopul.,  etc. ; 
V.  foreg. 

'Ρ(£σ/ζα,  ατός,  τό,  (βαίνω)  that  which 
is  sprinkled  :  also,  α  sprinkling,  show- 
ering, Ath.  542  C. 

'Ράσσατε,  Ε  p.  imper.  aor.  of  βαίνω, 
Od.  20,  150. 

'ΡΑ'ΣΣΩ,  f  -ξω,  like  άράσσω  (Lob. 
Aj.  p.  192):  —  to  strike,  S7iiite,  push, 
τινά  εις  τύν  βόρβορον,  Dem.  1259, 
11  :  to  overthrow,  LXX.  :  to  shiver, 
shatter,  which  signf  is  retained,  esp. 
in  Ion.  βήσσω,  βήγννμι. 

'Ράσσων,  ov,  irreg.  compar.  of  βά- 
διος.  for  βάων,  Ε.  Μ. 

'Ράστα,  neut.  pi.  from  βάστος,  usu. 
as  a(iv. 

'Ράστος,  η.  ov,  irreg.  superl.  oi  βά• 
διος,  contr.  from  βάίστος. 

'Ραστώνενσις,  ή,—βαστώνη. 

'Ραστωνενω,=ιβαβνμέω,  to  be  idle, 
Xen.'  Oec.  20,  18. 

'Ραστωνεω,  ώ,  f.  -7/σω,=  foreg. — II. 
to  give  relief,  relieve,  Hipp.  v.  Foes. 
Oecon. 

'ΡασΓωΐ';;,  ης,  ή.  Ion.  βηστώνη, 
(βφστος)  easiness  of  doing  any  thing. 
Plat.  Rep.  460  1),  e'tc.  ;  opp.  to  χαλέ- 
πότης.  Id.  Criti.  107  Β  :  βαστών7], 
easily,  lightly.  Id.  Epin.  991  C.  —  II. 
easiness  of  temper,  good  nature,  Lat.yii- 
cilitas,  c.  gen.  objecti,  εκ  βηστώνης 
Τ7/ς  Λημοκήδεος,  from  kindness  to  De- 
mocedes,  Hdt.  3,  136,  cf  Polyb.  38, 
3,  11. — III.  relief  from  any  thing  un- 
pleasant, τινι')ς  ;  as,  relief  from  pain, 
Hipp.  :  generally,  relief,  rest,  τινός, 
from  a  thing.  Plat.  Svmp.  176  B, 
Legg.  720  C ;  εκ  τίνος,  lb.  779  Α.— 2. 
absol.,  rest,  leisure,  ease,  βαστώνην  τί- 
να ζητείν,  to  seek  some  diversinn,ljjs. 
109,  8,  Plat.,  etc. ;  δια  βαστώνην,  for 
the  sake  oi resting,  Xen.  An.  5,  8, 16: 
— es\>.,liixurious  ease,  indolence,  Ύ\\\1C. 
1,  120;  β.  και  βαθνμία,  Dem.  33,  12. 
— 3.  resting-time,  Arist.  Pol. 

'Ρφτερος,  a,  ov,  irreg.  comp.  of  βά- 
δι.ος,  q.  v. 

ί'Ρατονμένα  πνλ.η,  ή,  the  Ratwne- 
nian  gale  in  Rome,  Plut.  Popl.  13  :  v. 
Becker  Rom.  Alterth.  1,  p.  134  sq. 

Ι'Ραύραρίζ-,ό,  more  correctly 'Αραυ- 
ρις,  a  river  of  Celtica,  Strab.  p.  182. 

'Ράφΰνί:λαιον,  ου,  τό,  { βάφανος) 
oil  of  radishes,  Diosc. 

'Ρίί^ύΐ'^,  7jg,  η,=^βάψανος,  Batr.  53. 
[φΰ]    Hence 

'Ράφάνηδόν,  adv. ,  rn(i<'.';/i-;iA:e,Medic, 
'ΡάφάνίδΙον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  βα- 
φάνις.  Plat.  (Com.)  'Ύπερβ.  6.  [ίδ] 

'Ράφάνίδόω,  ώ,  {βαφανίς)  to  radish, 
thrust  a  radish  up  the  fundament,  a  pun- 
ishment inflicted  ori,  adulterers  in 
Athens,  Ar.  Nub.  1083  :  the  punish- 
ment itself  was  called  βαφανίδωσις. 

'Ράφάνίδώδης,  ες,  {βαφανίς,  είδος) 
like  a  radish,  Theophr. 


PAXI 

'Ρΰφυ,νίδωσις,  ή,  Alciphr., — v.  sub 
βαφανιδόω.  [l\ 

'ΡάφάνΙνος,  η,  ov,  of  radish,  Diosc. 

'Ρΰφΰνίς,  [δος,  ή,  the  radish,  Lat. 
raphanus,  Ar.  Nub.  981,  Plut.  544, 
and  Comici  ap.  Atli.  50  E,  sq. ;  cf. 
βάφανος.  [if] 

'Ράφάνίτης,  ov,  ό,  fem.  -ΐτις,  ιδος, 
like  a  radish. 

'Ράώάνος,  ov,  η,  Att.  for  cabbage, 
Theophr.:  in  other  parts  of  Greece, 
=βαφανίς,  radish.  Lob.  Phryn.  141. 
(Akin  to  βάπνς,  βάφνς,  Lat.  rapa,  ra- 
pum.) [βά] 

'Ρύφΰνώδης,  ες,  {βάφανος,  είδος) 
like  cabbage  or  radish,  Theophr. 

ΥΡύφεια,  and  'Ραφία,  ας,  ή,  Rha- 
phia,  a  town  of  Syria  ;  in  Strab.  p. 
759,  a  town  of  Judaea  ;  Polyb.  5,  80, 
3  ill  Coele-Syria. 

'ΡάφεΙον,  ov,  τό,  the  workshop  of  a 
βαφενς. 

'Ράφενς,  έως,  ό,  (βάπτω)  α  stitcher, 
patcher,  cobbler: — metaph.,  β.  φόνου, 
a  planner  of  murder,  Aesch.  Ag.  1604. 

'Ραφή,  ής,  ή,  (βάπτω)  a  sea7n,  Od. 
22,  186  ;  β.  κρανίου,  the  suture  of  the 
skull,  Hot.  9.  83  ;  so,  βαφαϊ  όστέων, 
Eur.  Phoen.  1159,  Supp.  503.— II. 
seaming,  seiving,  τρήσιζ  και  β..  Plat. 
Polit.  280  C. 

'Ράφια.  7/,=foreg.,  dub. 

'Ράφίδεύς,  έως,  ό,{βαφιδεΰω)^βα- 
φενς,  Anth. 

'Ρύφιδευτής,  ov,  o,=  foreg.,  LXX. 

'ΡάφΙδεντός,  ή,  όν,^=βαπτός,ί•ΧΧ. 

'Ράφιδεύω,^  βάπτω. 

'ΡΰφΙδοθήκη,  ης,  ή,  (βαφίς)  α  needle- 
box. 

'Ράφίον,  ον,  τό,  dim.  from  sq.,  Ga- 
len, [ΰ] 

'Ρΰψίς,  ίδος,  ή,  Oor. βαπίς, (βάπτω): 
— α  needle,  pin,  Hipp.  Archipp.  Plut.  4, 
A  nth.  p.  1 1 ,  1 1 0  ;  V.  Lob.  Phryn.  90  — 
II.  a  sea-fish, /rom  its  needle-like  shape. 

'Ράφυς,  νος,  ή.  =  βάπνς,  Nuinen. 
ap.  Ath.  371  C.  [a] 

νΡαχι'ιβ,  ή,  V.  'Ραάβ. 

'Ρΰχιϊδην.  adv..  (βάχις)  through  the 
spine,  Hesych.,  dub.  [χά] 

'Ράχάς,  άόος,  ή,  either  from  βάχις, 
η  high  ridge  of  country,  or  from  βάχος, 
ή,  a  woody  country,  Inscr. 

'Ράχετρίζω.  (βάχις)  to  cut  through 
the  spine,  also  βακετρίζω.  Plat.  (Com.) 
Incert.  67. 

'Ρύχετρόν,  οϋ,  τό,  (βάχις)  the  be- 
ginning ov  the  7niddle  of  the  spine:  gen- 
erally, the  spitie :  also  written  βάκε- 
Tpov.  [ΰ] 

'Ράχη,  ης,  ή,  v.  βάχος,  (ή)  Ι.  3. 

ΥΡαχηλ,  ή,  {'Ραχ7)λα,  ας,  ή,  Jo- 
seph.) Rachel,  fem.  pr.  η.,  wife  of  the 
patriarch  Jacob,  LXX. 

'Ράχία,  ας,  ή  :  Ion.  βηχίη,  in  Arr. 
also  βηχείη  :  (βάσσω,  βήσσω) : — like 
βηγμίν,  the  sea  breaking  on  the  shore, 
breakers,  surf :  hence,  esp..  the  flood 
tide,  opp.  to  αμπωτις,  Hdt.  2.  11  ;  7, 
198,  Polyb.  1,  37,  2,  etc.  :  then  a  high 
tide,  flood,  joined  with  πλημμνρίς, 
Hdt.  '8, 129  (ubi  v.  Valck.),  and  Hipp. 
— 2.  the  roar  of  the  breakers  :  metaph. 
of  a  crowd  of  people.  Plut.  2,  83  D, 
Posidipp.  Incert.  1,  11. — II.  first  in 
Att.  writers,  a  steep  shore,  upon  which 
the  waves  break,  Aesch.  Pr.  713, 
Thuc.  4,  10.  —  2.=  Λάν£Γ,  a  rugged 
7nountain  ridge,  Soptl.  Fr.  934. — III. 
an  enclosure,  hedge,  fence  :  also  a  pr  is - 
on,  cf.  βάχος,  ή. 

'Ραχιαίος,  a,  ov,  (βάχις)  of  or  be- 
longing to  the  spine. 

'Ράχίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  ( βάχις  )  to  cut 
through  the  spine,  as  was  esp.  done  in 
sacrifices  :  hence,  to  cleave  in  twain, 
hew  in  pieces,  of  persons  and  animal?, 
Aesch.  Pers.  426,  et  ibi  Blomf.,  Soph. 
1315 


ΡΑΫΩ 

Aj.  50,  299. — II.  to  play  the  braggart, 
boast,  lie,  Dinarch.  ap.  A.  H.  113. — 
Rarer  forms  are  βακίζω,  1)ακκίζω,  and 
βακχίζω. 

'νάχις,  ιος  Att.  εωζ•,  ή,  the  hark  of 
men  or  animals,  the  chine,  πνος  fi-,  11. 
9,  208  :  strictly,  the  sharp  rid^e  ulo»/; 
the  back  of  an  animal,  and  so,  like 
άκανθα,  the  backbone  itself,  Lat.  spina 
dorsi,  vmh  (>άχιν  Ίτα•;ΐμ•αι,  to  be  im- 
paled, Aesch.  Eum.  190,  cf  Eur. 
Cycl.  643 :  hence, — 11.  any  thing  ridged 
like  the  backbone, —  1.  the  ridge  of  a 
mountain-chain,  Hdt.  3,  54;  7,  216, 
Polyb.,  etc.  ;  so,  Archil.  21,  likened 
Thasos  to  an  ϋνονρύχις. — 2.  the  sharp 
projection  on  the  middle  of  the  shoulder- 
blade. — 3.  ()άχις  ρινός,  the  bridge  of 
the  nose. —  1.  /)άχ/ς  φίΟ.λον,  the  mid- 
rib of  a  leaf,  Theophr.  (Cf.  Germ. 
Riicken,  our  ridge:  Passow  compares 
also  Lat.  brachium,  for  β  is  oft.  pre- 
fixed to  0  in  Aeol.)  [ύ] 

'Ρύχιστήρ,  ηρης,  h,  and  Τάχιστης, 
ηϋ,  !},  \()αχί,ζίι))  he  who  cats  the  victim 
through  the  spine. —  II.  a  boaster,  briig- 
^«γΛ  Theopomp.  (Com.)  Pamph.  4. 

'νύχιστός,  ij.  ov,  {^αχίζω)  cut  up, 
cleft,  Amphis,  Έτττα  εττΐ  θ.  1. 

'Ράχίτ7)ς,  ον,  ('),  fern.  ()αχΐτις,  ίδος, 
(.βύχις)  in  or  of  the  spine,  μυελός  β., 
the  spinal  marrow,  Arist.  Part.  An.  2, 
C,  3,  etc.  : — ή  βαχΐτις  (sc.  νόσος)  a 
spinal  complaint. 

'Ράχΐώόιις,  ες,  φαχία,  εl<hς)  u-ith 
surf  or  breakers. 

'Ράχος.  ov.  7],  Ion.  βηχός,  (on  the 
accent  v.  Schvveigh.  Hdt.  7,  142): — 
a  thorn-bush,  briar,  opp.  to  high  timber 
trees,  Xen.  Cyn.  10,  7.-2.  α  thorn- 
hedge,  Hdt.  1.  C. —  3.  a  thorn-stick; 
generally,  a  twig,  small  branch,  Soph. 
Fr.  935,  cf  βαχόω:  but  others  in  this 
signf.  write  βύχη,  ?/,  Theophr. — II.  at 
Troezeti,  the  wild  olive-tree.  Pans.  2, 
32,  10.  (Akin  to  βάσσω,  βί/σσω,  βή- 
γννμι,  βάκος,  also  partly  Τβαχνς,  τριρ 
χνς,  partly  φράσσω,  φραγμός,  [α] 

'Ρύχος,  εος,  τό,=^βύκος,  α  strip, 
shred :  esp.  (running  into  the  signf 
of  βύχις),  a  piece  cut  from  the  back  or 
chine,  [u] 

'Ρΰ^όω,  ώ,  (βύχος,  ή,  I.  3)  to  lop 
the  young  vine-shoots  sla7itwise. 

'Ρύφις,  εοίς,  ?/,  (βύπτο)  a  setting, 
stitching  together. 

'Ραφφι^έω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {βαφφίΚς)  to 
be  a  βαιΙιφ(^ός.  to  recite  the  poems  of 
others,  fiat.  '\on  541  Β  ;  or,  some- 
times, to  recite  one^s  own  poems.  Id. 
Rep.  600  D,  Diog.  L.  9,  18:— pass., 
of  the  poems,  lo  be  recited,  Lycurg. 
161,  41. — 2.  in  contemptuous  sense, 
to  repeat  by  heart  or  rntc,  declaim, 
Heind.  Plat.  Phaedr.  277  E,  Dem. 
181,4:  c.  inf,  to  keep  saying  that..., 
Id.  770,  13. — II.  c.  ace.  pers.,  to  sing 
of  one,  At.  Eccl.  679.     Hence 

'Ραψώόημα,  ατο•ς,  τό,  any  thing  re- 
cited by  a  rhapsudist  :  generally,  a 
piece  of  idle  declamation. 

'Ραψ(.)(5ί'α,  ας,  ή,  (βαφωδός)  the  re- 
citing nf  Epic  poetry.  Plat.'  Ion  533  Β  : 
also  Epic  composition,  opp.  to  lyric,  or 
κιθαροχΗα,  Id.  Legg.  658  B. — 11.  a  por- 
tion of  an  Epic  poem  fit  for  recitation  at 
one  time,  e.  g.  a  book  of  the  Iliad  or 
Odyssey,  Plut.  2,  186  D ;  cf.  βαφφ- 
ύός.  —  lU.  metaph.,  a  long,  rambling 
story,  a  rhapsody,  tirade,  Plut.  2,  514  C. 
'Ραψφδικός,  η,  όν,  belonging  to  or 
befitting  a  rhapsodist ;  η  -κί/  (sc.  τίχνη). 
the  rhapsodist's  art,  Plat.  Ion  538  B, 
540  A,  etc. :  from 

'Ραψωδός,   ov,   ό,   {βύτττω,    ί>δή) 

strictly  one  who  stitches  or  strings  songs 

together;    esp.,  of  persons  who  recited 

Epic  poems,  a  rhapsodist,  sometimes 

1316 


ΡΕΓΟ 

applied  to  the  bard  who  recited  his  own 
poem,  as  to  Homer,  Plat.  Rep.  COO  D  ; 
to  Hesiod,  Nicocl.  ap.  Schol.  Pind. 
N.  2,  2  (cf.  infr.) ;  but,  usu.,  of  a  class 
of  persons  who  got  their  liring  by  reci- 
ting the  poem.•!  of  Homer,  Hdt.  5,  67, 
etc. ;  see  Plato's  Ion,  which  is  a  sat- 
ire on  the  art  as  practised  in  his  day. 
— Hence,  the  poems  of  Homer  came 
to  be  divided  into  certain  lengths 
called  rhapsodies,  i.  C.  lays.fyttes,  can- 
tos (v.  βηφωδία  II) :  but  it  does  not 
seem  that  the  word  βάτΐτειν  here 
means  any  thing  more  than  the  even, 
continuous  flow  (a  kind  of  chant  or  re- 
citative) in  which  the  old  Epic  poems 
were  recited,  whence  the  βα-φωόοί 
were  also  called  στιχφδοί :  nor  can 
any  conclusion  be  drawn  from  it  to 
prove  that  these  poems  were  made 
of  fragments  stitched  (as  it  were)  to- 
gether;  for /^ai/"i'('of  might  be  applied 
(as  we  have  seen)  to  the  poet  him- 
self; also,  Hes.  Fr.  34  speaks  of  him- 
self and  Homer  as  βύψαντες  άοιύί/ν  ; 
and  Pind.  N.  2,  2,  calls  Epic  poets 
βατττών  επέων  αοιδοί :  moreover  the 
term  was  applied  to  other  than  Epic 
poems,  as  to  Iambic,  and  indeed  to  any 
kind,  except  Lyric,  v.  Muller  Litcrat. 
of  Greece,  1,  p.  33,  sq. ;  and,  more  at 
large.  Wolf  Proleg.  p.  xcvi  sq.,  Heyne 
II.  1,8,  p.  793,  Nitzsch.  Quaest.  Horn. 
P.  iv,  p.  13. — The  βαιρφδοί,  while 
reciting,  held  a  wand  in  their  hand 
{ci.  ράβδος  II.  5),  whence  some  have 
wished  to  derive  the  word  hence,  as 
if  ί,αβδφδός.—\\.  Soph.,  O.  T.  391, 
calls  the  Sphinx  βηψφδός  κνων.  be- 
cause she  proposed  herritlille  toevery 
one  she  met,  as  the  rhapsodists  did 
their  lays,  cf.  Welcker  Cycl.  p.  363. 

'Ράων,  ov,  irreg.  compar.  of  βάδι- 
ος:-^βάως,  adv.  from  βάος,  Suid. 

'Pf'u,  Ep.  adv.  of  βάδιος,  easily, 
lightly,  11. ;  cf.  βεΐα.  [--,  but  as  one 
long  syll.  in  11.  12,  381 ;  13,144;  Hes. 
Op.  5.] 

'Ρέά,  ή,  Ep.  and  Ion.  'Ρείη,  also 
'Pe//,  Rhea,  wife  of  Saturn,  and  mo- 
ther of  Jupiter,  etc.,  II.,  and  Hes. — 
'Ρείη  is  in  II.,  and  in  Hes.,  the  usu. 
form  :  the  prose  'Ρέα  is  found  in  11. 
15,  187,  as  a  monosyll.  :  'Ρε?;,  Η. 
Hom.  Cer.  459,  and  Hes.  Th.  467. 
('Pill  is  prob.  denv.  by  transpos.  from 
ipa.  earth.) 

t'PtOf  κόλπος,  b.  gulf  of  Rhea, 
Aesch.  Pr.  837,  =  3fare  Adriaticum, 
Blomf. 

ΥΡέάτον,  ov.  TO,  Reate,  a  city  of 
the  Sabiiies,  now  Rieti,  Strab.  p.  228. 

νΡεβίκκα,  ης,  ή,  Rebecca,  fem.  pr. 
n.,  wife  ol  the  patriarch  Isaac,  LXX. ; 
N.  T. 

'Ρεβοείδίις,  ες,  and  βεβός,  f.  1.  for 
βαί'^-. 

'Ρεγιστήρ,  f/ρος,  ό,  and  βεγιστί/ς, 
ov,  ό<  one  who  dyes  βίγη. 

'Ρέγκος,  εος,  τό,  a  snoring  sound, 
snoring,  Hipp. :  who  also  has  βεγχος, 
cf.  βόγχοΓ. 

'ΡΕ'ΓΚΩ,  Ιβέγξω.  to  siwre,  Aesch. 

Eum.  53,  Ar.  Nub.  5,  etc. ;  of  horses, 

to  .snort,  Eur.  Rhes.  785  : — in  Ar.  Eq. 

I  115,  also  as  dep.,  βίγκομαι. — βί)κω 

j  is  .\lt.  for  the  common  form  βέγχω, 

■  which  is  used  by  Hipp.     (Hence  βόγ- 

χος,  βογχάζω,  βογκιύω  :  akin  to  βυΐ- 

ζος,  βοιζέω,  βόχϋος,  βοχθέω,  βόΟος, 

βοβεω.)     Hence 

Ι      'Ρεγκώδης,  ες,  (είδος)  as  if  snoring. 

'Ρέγμα,   ατός,    τό,   {βέζω   Β)   that 
which  is  dyed,  like  βέγος,  Ibyc.  48. 
I      'Ρέγξις,  εως,  ή,  (βέγκω)  a  snoiitg, 
I  Hipp. 

I      'ΡΕΤΟΣ,  eof,  τό,=/5,ν>  or,  q.  λ     α 
rug,  coverlet,  Anacr.  97. 


ΡΕΙΩ 

'Ρέγχος,  εος,  τό,^=βέγκος,  q.  v. 

'Ρί7;^ω,  common  form  for  Att 
βέγκω,  q.  v."    Hence 

'Ρεγχώδης,  ες,^βεγκώδης,  Hipp. 

'Ρέδη,  ης,  ή,  a  waggon,  the  Lat. 
rheda,  fN.  T.  Apoc.  18,  13. 

'Ρέ(5ίον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  foreg. 

'Ρέεθρον,  ov,  TO,  Ion.  and  poet,  for 
βεΐϋρον,  q.  v.,  freq.  in  Hom.,  Hes., 
and  Hdt. 

'PE'Zy,  fut.  βεξω  :  aor.  ερεξα  and 
εββίξα  :  of  pass,  only  aor.  βεχθηναι 
is  used : — the  same  word  with  ipdu 
(q.  v.),  from  which  it  is  formed  by 
transpos.  of  ε  and  p,  Buttm.  Lexil.  s. 
V.  χαλινός  5. — I.  to  do.  act,  deal,  ώδί 
βέζειν,  Hom. ;  though  he  usu.  has  it 
transit,  c.  ace.  rei,  to  do,  accomplish, 
make,  and  SO  Hes.,  etc. ;  τ'ι  βέξεις ;  τι 
βέξω;  Aesch.  Theb.  105,  Eum.  789  : 
— c.  dupl.  ace.  pers.  et  rei,  to  do  some- 
thing to  one,  oft.  in  Hom.,  κακόν  βέ- 
ζειν τίνα,  II.  4,  32,  Od.  2,  72  ;  άγαϋύ. 
β.  τινά,  Od.  22,  209,  cf.  11.  9,  647  ;— 
also  with  an  adv.,  κακώς  β.  τινά,  to 
maltreat  one,  Od.  23,  56  ;  more  rarely 
c.  dat.  pers.,  κακά  βέζειν  τινί.  Oi\.2i), 
314,cf.  Eur.  Med.  1292;  with  strength- 
ened signf.,  βέζίΐν  τι,  to  avail  aught, 
be  of  any  service,  II.  14,  62,  Od.  8, 
148  :  βεχθέν,  what  is  done  or  has  hap- 
pened, 11.  9,  250;  17,  32,  etc. :— opp. 
to  ειπείν.  Od.  4,  205 ;  to  παβείν,  Hes. 
Fr.  69  ,  βέζοντύ  τι  καΐ  τταβεΐν  ίηικε, 
Pind.  Ν.  4,  52:  cf.  δράυ. — Π-  ιερά  or 
έκατόμβας  βέζειν  θεώ,  to  fulfil  or  ac- 
complish a  hecatomb  to  a  god.  like 
Lat.  sacra  facere,  II.  23,  206,  Od.  5, 
102,  Pind.  P.  10,  53  ;  θνματαβ.,  Soph. 
Tr.  288 :  hence,  to  sacrifice,  βοϊψ  b. 
θεώ,  11.  10,  292,  Od.  3,  382 ;  and,  ab 
soi.,  to  do  sacrifice,  like  Lat.  operari, 
facere,  βέζειν  θίώ,  II.  2,  400,  Od.  9, 
553,  etc. — A  poet!  word,  used  by  Plat. 
Legg.  642  C. 

B.  ace.  to  Gramm.,  βέζω  and  βήζω 
were  used  in  Υ)οτ.ζ=βύ.πτω,  to  dye,  cf. 
Epich.  p.  60  :  hence,  βέγος  and  βϊ/γος, 
βέγμα,  βηγενς,  βεγιστής. 

'ΡεθομαΛ  ιδης,  ον,  ό,  {βέθος.  μήλον 
Β)  with  cheeks  like  apples,  rosy-cheeked. 
'Ρέθος,  εος,  τό,  a  limb,  in  plur.,  tpv- 
χη  δ'  έκ  βιβέων  πταμένη,  II.  10,  856; 
22,  362  ;  βεθέων  έκ  θνμον  έλέσβαι,  lb. 
08  ;  cf  Theocr.  23,  39.— II.  in  sing., 
the  face,  counlevance.  Soph.  Ant.  529, 
Eur.  H.  F.  1204:  — i/ie  body.  Lye. 
173. 

'Ρεΐα,  poet.,  esp.  Ep.  for  βεα,  adv. 
oi βάδιος,  easily,  lightly,  freq.  in  Horn., 
and  Hes. :  θεοί  βεΐα  ζώοντες,  the  gods 
who  live  in  ease.  Lat.  secvrum  agentes 
aevum,  II.  0, 138,  Od.  4,  805  :  strength- 
ened βεΐα  μύλα,  Horn.,  and  Hes. 

'Ρεί?;,  ης,  ή,  Ep.  and  Ion.  for  'Ρεα, 
11.,  and  Hes. 

'PtWpov,  ov,  TO,  Att.  contr.  from 
Ion.  and  poet,  βέεθρον  :  (βέω) : — that 
which  flows,  a  river,  stream:  hence  in 
plur.,  ποταμών  βέεθρα,  river  waters, 
streams.  11.  14,  245,  cf.  21,  218  (Hom. 
has  βείθρα  only  in  Hymn  18,  9) ;  so 
in  Pind.  and  Trag. : — streams  of  blood, 
Aesch.  Ag.  210  : — later, esp.  of  nuH/e/i•, 
brooks,  Polyb.  3,  71,  4,  etc.— 2.  later 
also  the  bed  of  a  river,  freq.  in  Hdt.,  as 
1,  75,  186.  191,  etc.,  both  in  sing,  and 
plur.,  cf.  απολείπω  IV.     Hence 

ΥΡεΙβρον,  ov,  TO,  Rhithmm,  a  har- 
bour of  Ithaca  on  the  east  coast,  Od. 
1,  186. 

t'Pttrot,  ων,  ol,  (βέω)  Rhiti,  small 
salt  lakes  on  the  road  from  Eleusis 
to  Athens,  sacred  to  Ceres  and  Pro- 
serpina. Thuc.  2,  19  ;  Pans.  1.  38. 

νΡεϊτος,  ov,  a,  Rh'itus.  a  brook  near 
Solygia  in  Corinthia,  Thuc.  4,  42. 
'Ρεί'ω,  poet,  for  βέω,  Anth.  P.  7,  36. 


ΡΕΠΩ 

\Ύειώνη.  ης,  ή,  daughter  of  Rhea, 
i.  e.  Juno,  Meineke  Euphor.  Fr.  138. 
t'PtA'Qf,  0,  Rhecas,  a  charioteer  of 
the  Dioscuri,  Strab.  p.  496. 

'Ρέκτεφα,  ή,  fern,  from  βεκτήρ, 
Manetho. 

'Ρεκτέος,  a,  ov,  verb.  adj.  from  (>έζ(ύ, 
to  be  done. 

'Ρεκτήρ,  ηρος,  6,  (^έζω)  a  doer,  κα- 
κών, Hes.  Op.  189,  hlce  Homer's  πμη- 
κτήβ ;  Manetho. 

'Ρεκτήρίος.  a,  ov,  active,  btcsy.  Ion 
ap.  Ath.  004  D. 

'Ρέκτιις,  ου,  ό,  =  ^εκτήρ  :  active, 
Plut.  Brut.  12. 

'Ρεκτός,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from  βέζο), 
dune. 

'Ρεμ3άζω,=()έμ3ομαι.     Hence 
'Ρεμβασμός,  ov,  6,  a  roaming  about, 
LXX. — II.  inetaph.,  a  wavering,  anx- 
ious frame  of  mind. 

'Ρεμ3ενα),=ρέμ3ομαι,  LXX. 
'Ρέμβη,  ης,  rj,=  sq.,  Galen. 
'Ρεμ3ίη.  τ/ς,  ή,  (,ί)έμβω)  a  roaming, 
roving  about,  Hipp. 

'Ρεμβοειόής,  ές,=βεμβώδης. 
'Ρεμβονάω,  ώ,=ρνμβονάω. 
'Ρεμβός,   η,  όν,   'φέμβω)    roam.ing, 
roving  about. 

'Ρέμβος,  ό,={)εμβίη,  Hipp. 
'Ρέμβω,  to  turn  round  and  round, 
(but  the  act.  only  in  Hesych.)  Usu. 
^έμβομαι,  dep.,  to  roam,  rove,  roll 
about,  Plut.  Fab.  20,  Demosth.  6,  and 
Anth. :  metaph.,  to  be  unsteady,  act  at 
random,  Id.  Pomp.  20  :— of  food  eaten 
without  an  appetite,  Id.  2,  664  A. 
(Akin  to  βόμβος,  βνμβος,  βνμβών, 
βνμβονάω,  βαιβός,  perh.  also  to  ^έ- 
πω.) 

'Ρεμβώδης,  ες,  φεμβός,  είδος)  ra- 
ving, rolling,  β/.έμμα,  Plut.  2,  45  D ; 
δίατριβαί,  Id.  Dib  7.-2.  metaph.,  de- 
sultory, remiss,  Polyb.  16,  39,  2. 
'Ρεμβών,  όνος,  ή,=^ρνμβών. 
ΥΡέμος,  ov,  ό,  the  Kom.  name  Re- 
mus, Anth.  P.  9,  219. 

νΡεμφάν,  6,  indecl.  or  'Ραίφάν,  or 
'Ρηφάν,  Remphan  or  Rephan,  a  Coptic 
name=:&'aiur«,  N.  T. 

ΥΡεμφις,  ό,  Rhemphis,  an  early 
king  of  Aegypt,  son  of  Proteus,  Diod. 
S.  1,  62. 

'Ρέμώος,  εος,  το.  Ion.  for  ()άμόος. 
ΥΡεομίθρης,  ov,  ύ,  Rheomithres,  a 
Persian,  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  8,  4 :  in  Diod. 
S.  'P εωμίθρης. 

'Ρέον,  οντάς,  τό,  a  kind  of  cup,  As- 
tyd.  ap.  Ath.  496  Ε  ;  cf  f)vTOv  :  strict- 
ly part.  neut.  from  βέω. 

'Ρέας,  τό,  (/Sew)  like  (}ενμα,  any 
thing  flowing,  a  stream,  Aesch.  Pr.  676, 
812  :  also  of  tears,  lb.  400. 

'ΡΕ'ΠΩ,  f  -ι//ω,  strictly  of  the  de- 
scending scale,  to  incline  downwards, 
to  sink,  fall,  Lat.  vergere,  inclinare,  ετί- 
ταινε  τάλαντα,  έλκε  δε  μέσσα  λα- 
3i)v,  (ίί-ε  δ'  αίσιμον  ήμαρ  Ά;^;αίών, 
11.  8,  72:  so  in  22,  212;  cf  Ar.  Ran. 
1393,  Plat.  Rep.  550  Ε  :— ό  τι  -πολλή, 
(ίέτζει,  what  is  always  shifting,  never 
steady,  Pind.  O.  8,  31 : — hence  simply 
to  fall  or  turn  downwards,  as  a  young 
girl's  eye,  κάτω  βέπει,  Aesch.  Fr. 
224:  —  ύπνος  εττΐ  β/.εφάροις  βέπων, 
bleep  falling  upon  the  eyes,  Dissen 
Pind.  P.  9,  25  (44).  Then  in  various 
derived  signfs.,  as, — 2.  of  one  of  two 
contending  parties,  to  preponderate, 
prevail,  ε  Til  όκότερα  [oZ  'Αθηναίοι] 
έτράτΓοντο,  ταύτα  /όεψειν  εμελλεν, 
Hdt.  7,  139  ;  so,  σκοπονμένφ  μοι  i/j- 
()εφε  δείν,  on  consideration  [the  opin- 
ion] that  it  w^as  necessary  prevailed, 
Ep.  Plat.  328  B.— 3.  of  persons,  ^έ- 
πειν  επί  τι,  to  incline  towards  a  thing, 
Isocr.  311  A;  εΙς  τι.  Plat.  Rep.  485 
D;  ft.  T^  γνώμτ/  έπί  τίνα,  Polyb.  33, 


ΡΕΩ 

15,  2. — 4.  of  duties,  feelings,  etc.,  εις 
Tiva,   to  fall  or  devolve  upon  one,   τό 
μητρός  ές  σε  μοι  ()έπει  στέργηθρον, 
Aesch.   Cho.  240;    cf   Soph.  Ο.   Τ. 
847. — 5.  of  events,  to  fall,  happen  in  a 
certain  way,  φιλεϊ  τούτο  μη  ταντ-η 
^έπειν.  Soph.  Ant.  722 ;  β.  εΙς  τι,  to 
turn  or  come  to  something,   Aesch. 
Pers.  440,  cf  Ar.  Plut.  51  :   so,  to 
!  μηδέν  εις  ουδέν  βέπει,  Eur.  Meleag. 
j  20  ;  p.  τιρός  τι,  to  incline,  conduce  to- 
wards.., Xen.  Lac.  4,  1,  Plat.  Legg. 
I  802  E. — 2.  trans.,  to  make  the  scale  in- 
!  dine  one  way  or  the  other,  εν  ^ιέπει 
\  θεός,  Aesch.  Theb.  21,  cf  Erf  Soph. 
\  Ant.  1143:  hence  in  pass..  Ίσως  ρέ- 
1  ττεσθαι,  to  be  equally  balanced,  Aesch. 
i  Supp.  405.     Cf  ροπή. 
I      'Ρερίιπ-ω//ή'θ£•,  part.  perf.  pass,  from 
:  βνπόω,  Od.  6,  59. 

'Ρεϊιμα,  ατός,  τό,  (βέω)  that  which 
flows,  a  flow,  flood,  Aesch.  Pr.  139, 
Plat.,  etc. — 2.  a  stream,  and  so  a  river, 
Hdt.  2,  20,  24;  he  uses  it  only  in 
plur.  :  also  α  stream  of  lava,  Thuc.  3, 
116  :  metaph.,  a  stream  or  flood  of  men, 
/5.  φυτών,  στρατού,  Aesch.  Pers.  871, 
412,  Soph.  Ant.  129.— 3.  a  flood,  like 
πλημμνρίς,  Thuc.  4,  75.  —  II.  that 
which  is  always  flowing  or  changing,  β. 
τύχης,  the  ebb  and  flow  of  fortune, 
Menand.  —  III.  Medic,  a  humour  dis- 
charging from  the  body,  a  flux,  rheum, 
Plut.  :  esp.  dysentery,  δίά()βοια :  also 
a  bloody  flux,  αΊμόρΙ)θία.     Hence 

'Ρενμάτίζομαι,  as  pass.,  to  have  or 
suffer  from  a  flux,  Tim.  Locr.  103  A  : 
act.  (ίενματίζω,  Plut.  2,  902  A. 

'Ρευματικός,  ή,  όν,  (})εύμα  III)  of, 
or  subject  to  a  discharge,  running,  or 
flux,  εις  δφθα/φ,ονς,  Arist.  Probl.  31, 
5,  1. 

'Ρενμάτιον,  ov,  τό.  Dim.  from  /3fi- 
μα,  Plut.  Thes.  27.  [u] 

'Ρευματισμός,  ov,  ό,  liability  to  βεν- 
μα  (signf  111). 

'Ρενμΰτώόης,  ες,  like  a  flux,  of  rheu- 
matic nature,  Hipp. 

'Ρεύσις,  εως,  ή,  (ρεω)  α  flowing : 
more  usu.  βνσις. 

'Ρενστΰλέος,  a,  ov,  (/3έω)  liquid, 
fluent. 

'Ρενστικός,  ή,  όν,  (ρέω)  flowing, 
liquid,  Plut.  Aemil.  14.  Adv.  -κώς, 
Id.  2,  874  F. 

'Ρενστός,  ή,  όν,  φέω)  made  to  flow  : 
fluid,  liquid :  generally,  fluctuating, 
unsettled,  εις  άπαντα,  Plul.  2,  522  A, 
etc. 

'Ρεφΰνίς,  βέφάνος.  Ion.  ίοτ  (ιαφανίς, 
ράφανος. 

'ΡΕ'Ω,  f.  βενσομαι,  Theogn.  448: 
aor.  έ^)βενσα :  fut.  and  aor.  rare  in 
Att.,  cf  Lob.  Phryn.  739,  hut  in  Att. 
more  usu.  f.  ρνήσομαι,  aor.  έβρύην 
[ν],  always  in  act.  signf. ;  hence  is 
formed  the  pf  έ^ιρνηκα.  A  pres.  βέ- 
ο/ίαί  occurs  also  in  poets.  Hom.  only 
has  pres.  and  impf  act. ;  and  in  Od.  3, 
455,  the  Ep.  aor.  βνη  for  έ()()νη. 

To  flow,  run,  stream,  gush,  freq.  in 
Hom.  etc.,  strictly  of  water,  also  of 
blood,  tears,  sweat,  etc.  ;  sometimes 
c,  dat.,  πηγή  (>έει  νδατι,  the  foun- 
tain runs  with  water,  11.  22,  149,  cf 
Od.  5,  70  ;  βέεν  αίματι  γαία,  II.  8,  65, 
etc.  ;  /5εί  \ύλακτι  πέδον  ^εϊ  δ'  υίνω, 
Eur.  Bacch.  142  (cf  sub  hn.) ;  and  in 
a  strange  form  of  the  part.,  ΐδρώτι 
βεούμενοι,  (iox  Ηεόμενοι,  formed  like 
μαχεονμενοί)  Orac.  ap.  Hdt.  7,  140 ; 
πολιν χρνσώ  βέονσαν,  Eur.  Tro.  995 : 
— also,  εκ  χειρών  βέλεα  ύέον,  from 
their  hands  rained  darts,  11.  12,  159 : 
— the  usu.  post-Horn,  e.tpressioa  for 
a  full  stream  is  μέγας  or  πολνς  βεϊ. 
the  former  in  Hdt.  2,  25 ;  8,  138,  cf 
7, 129 ;  the  latter,  metaph.  of  men,  in 


ΡΗΓΜ 
Aesch.  Theb.  80,  Eur.  Hipp.  443  (cf. 
infr.  2) ;  so,  πολλύ  έπαίνω  βείν,  Ar. 
Eq.  527 : — of  a  river,  β.  από  χιόνος, 
to  derive  its  stream  from  melted  snow, 
Hdt.  2,  22  : — proverb.,  άνω  ρέειν,  to 
flow  backwards,  of  impossibilities, 
Eur.  Supp.  520.  —  2.  of  a  flow  of 
words,  άπό  γλώσσης  μέ?.ιτος  γλνκΊ- 
ων  βέεν  ανδή,  11.  1,  249,  Hes.  Th.  39, 
97  ;  έ— ε'  εκ  στόματος  βεΐ  με'ιλιχα, 
Hes.  Th  84  ;  hence,  absol.,  of  the 
tongue,  to  run  glibly,  Aesch.  Theb. 
557  ;  so,  θρασννομένφ  και  πολλώ 
βέοντι  καθ'  υμών,  Dem.  272,  20,  like 
Horace's  salso  multoque fluenti.  Sat.  1, 
7,  28. — 3.  to  fall,  drop  off,  e.  g.  of  ripe 
or  rotten  fruit,  of  hair,  Od.  10,  393, 
Hes.  Fr.  5,  Theocr.  2,  89,  etc.— 4. 
generally,  to  flow  or  melt  oway.  Soph. 
Tr.  698  :  to  fleet  auay,  δόξα  μάτην 
βέονσα,  Id.  Ο.  C.  259  ;  cf  Plat.  Phaed. 
87  D. — 3.  to  be  always  running  on  and 
changing,  ώς  ιόντων  πάντων  και  άεΐ 
βεόντων.  Plat.  Crat.  439  C,  cf  411C  ; 
κινείται  καίβείτά  πάντα,]ά.  Theaet. 
182  C  :  hence,  oi  βέοντες,  the  philos- 
ophers who  held  that  all  things  were  in  a 
constant  stateof flux,  Heraclitusand  his 
school,  oi  TO  πάν  κινονντες.  opp.  to 
Oi  rot'  όλον  στασιώται,  Heind.  Plat. 
Theaet.  181  A. — II.  transit.,  to  let  flow, 
pour,  ερρει  χοάς,  Eur.  Hec.  528, 
Ruhnk.  Ep.  Cr.  p.  264,  Wolf  Dem. 
Lept.  p.  273  : — this  differs  from  the 
usage  c.  ace.  cognato,  βε'ιτω  γάλα, 
μέλι,  let  (the  land)  run  milk,  honey, 
Theocr.  5,  124,  126,  cf  Schol.  Ar. 
Plut.  287;  the  latter  being  common- 
ly expressed  by  the  dat.,  cf  supra  I. 
—111.  in  mid.,  Anth.  P.  9,  522.  (The 
root  is  PE-,  FT-,  Sanscr.sni ;  whence 
the  collat.  forms  βνέω,  and  ρνίσκομαι, 
— but  no  pres.  βνω.) 

*'ΡΕΏ,  to  say,  V.  sub  έρώ. 

νΡηβαΐος,  ου,  o,=sq..  Αρ.  Rh.  2, 
784. 

ΥΡήβας,  ό,  the  Rhebas,  a  river  of 
Bithynia,  falling  into  the  Euxine, 
Ap.  Rh,  2,  349  ;  Dion.  P.  794  sqq. 

'Ρηγεί'ς,  έως,  ό,  (βήγος)  a  dyer. 

'Ρηγή,  νς,  ή,  —ρήγμα,  Hipp. 

νΡηγι/^λα,  ή,  Regilla,  wife  of  He- 
rodes  Atticus,  Luc.  Dem.  33. 

ΥΡήγιλ7.ος,  ov,  ή,  Regillum,  a  city 
of  the  Sabines,  Strab. 

ί'Ρήγιον,  ov,  TO,  Rhegium,  the 
promontory  at  the  southern  point  of 
Italy,  opposite  Messene,  where  the 
sea  was  said  to  have  broken  a  pas- 
sage (ύτ/γννμι)  between  Sicily  and 
Italy,  Thuc.  4,  24  ;  Strab.  p.  257.— 
2.  a  city  of  the  Bruttii  near  this 
promontory,  now  Reggio,  Hdt.  1, 166  ; 
etc. — Other  towns  of  Italy  in  Strab. 
p.  213,  216,  etc. 

ΥΡηγΙνος,  η,  ov,  of  Rhegium,  Rhe- 
gian,  oi  'Ρηγΐνοι,  Hdt. :  ή  'Ρηγίνη, 
the  territory  of  Rh.,  Strab. 

ί'Ρηγιςοί'ΐ/.λ.α,  rj.  Regis  villa,  royal 
residence  of  Malaeotus  in  Etruria, 
Strab.  p.  226. 

'Ρήγμα,  ατός.  τό,  (ύήγννμι)  a  frac- 
ture, breakage,  joined  with  στρέμμα 
(a  strain),  Dem.  24,  6,  cf  294,  21  :  a- 
rent,  chink,  cleft,  like  χάσμα,  Jac. 
Philostr.  Imag.  370,  Lat.  nma:  also=: 
άπόββηγμα,  Francke  Callin.  p.  81. — 
11.  an  abscess,  Hipp.,  cf.  Foes.  Oecon. 
Hence 

'Ρηγματίας.  ov,  6,  one  who  fias  an 
abscess,  Lat.  ndsus,  Hipp. 

'Ρηγμΰτώδης,  ες,  ψήγμα,  είδος) 
like  a  rent  or  tear,  full  thereof:  also= 
ρηγματίας,  Hipp. 

'Ρη^μίν.  or  x&iher  βηγμίς,  (though 
prob.  no  form  of  the  nom.  will  be 
found  in  use),  gen.  Ινος,  ό :  {βϊ/γνν-  . 
μι) : — like  ραχία,  βηχίη,  the  sea  break 
1317 


ΡΗΓΝ 

ing  on  the  bench,  breahers,  surf,  II.  20, 
229,  Od.  12,  214,  where  its  signf.  is 

filainly  marked  :  in  other  places,  as 
1.  1,  437;  2,  773,  it  is  needlessly 
taken  to  mean  the  ragged  beach, =f)a- 
χία  II,  but  even  Ι)αχια  only  has  this 
sense  in  Alt.,  v.  sub  voc,  and  cf. 
Nitzsch  Od.  9,  149:  Horn,  always 
joins  it  with  ύ?ιός  or  θαλάσσιας,  έττί, 
Trapu  βηγμϊνι.  βα'λάσσης.  and  in  many 
places  it  may  be  rendered  ai  the  sen's 
edge,  cf.  Pind.  N.  5,  24  ;  ΰκραις  ΐττΐ 
1)ηγμΐσιν,  Eur.  I.  Τ.  253. — 2.  melaph., 
β.  liioio,  the  verge  ol  life,  i.  e.  death, 
Einped.  224.— II.  a  rent,  cleft,  He- 
sych. 
'Ρηγμός,  o,=  foreg.,  Gramm. 
'Ρί/γννμι,  or  -ννω  (v.  sub  fin.) :  f. 
Ι!)ηξω,  mid.  (ίήξομαι  :  aor.  (ρβηξα, 
mid.  ε^ιβηξύμην,  pass,  εββάγηΐ'  [α]  : 
intr.  pf.  2  έ^ωγα :  Horn,  uses  pres., 
impf.,  fut.,  and  aor.  very  freq.  in  11., 
but  only  once  in  Od.,  viz.  12,  409  : 
Ep.  impf.  βήγννσκε  for  ίββήγνν,  11. 
7,  141  :  Ion.  3  plur.  pass,  βηγννατο 
[ϋ]  Arat.  817.  We  also  have  coUat. 
lorms  βήσσω,  II.  18,  571  ;  and,  in  Att., 
βύσσω  (q.  v.) — I.  to  break,  to  break  or 
burst  through,  lo  break  asunder  or  in 
pieces,  shiver,  shatter,  τείχος,  πνλας. 
σάκος,  θύρτ/κας,  ιμάντα,  νενρήν,  όσ- 
τέον,  χρόα,  etc.,  11.,  and  Hes. ;  only 
once  in  Οά., προτόνους  εββτ/ξε,  12, 409  : 
— later,  esp.,  to  tear,  rend  garments, 
in  sign  of  grief,  j).  πέπλους,  Aesch. 
Pers.  199,  468  :—β.  ελκεα,  to  make 
grievous  wounds,  Pind.  N.  8,  50. — 2. 
esp.  as  a  term  in  the  earliest  art  of 
war,  to  break  a  line  of  battle  or  body 
of  men,  β.  φάλαγγα,  δμιλον,  στίχας 
ανδρών,  11.  6,  6;  11,  538;  15,015;  το 
μέαον  βήϊαι,  to  break  through  the  cen- 
tre, Hdt.  C,  113;  also  in  n\\d..  βήξα- 
σθαι  ώά'λαγγης.  στίχας,  to  break  one's 
self  a  way  through  the  lines,  II.  11,  90  ;• 
13,  680  :  more  rarely  absol.,  βήξαι,  to 
break  or  force  one^s  way  through,  Hdt. 
6,  113. — 3.  to  tear  away,  and  so  lo  un- 
chain, let  loose,  t).  εριύα,  II.  20,  55: — 
later,  esp.,  βτ/ζαι  φωνήν,  to  let  loose 
the  voice,  strictly  of  children  and 
persons  who  have  been  dumb  speak- 
ing for  the  first  time,  Hdt.  1,  85  ;  2, 
2  ;  then  to  speak  freely,  sptak  out,  Hdt. 
5,  93,  like  rumpere  vocem,  Virg.  Aen. 
2,  129,  etc.:  poet.,  also,  βήξαι  and 
βήξασθαι  αΰδτ/ν.  θρόον,  φθόγγον,  Jac. 
Anth.  2,  3,  p.  385  :  so,  βτ'/ξαι  βροντήν, 
Αγ.  Nub.  583  : — βήξαι  δάκρυα  (as  we 
say)  to  burst  into  tears,  Erf.  Soph.  Tr. 
921  (919);  so,  ό  χώρος  βήγνυσι  πΐ]- 
γύς,  Plut.  Mar.  19. — Π.  absol.,  in  the 
form  βήσσω,  to  dance,  βήσαυντες  ΰμαρ- 
τή  μολπΐ)  r'  ίυγμώ  τε  ποσΐ  σκαίρον- 
~ες,  ίποντο,  II.  18,  571  ;  oi  δε  βήσ- 
σαντες  ί;ποντο,  Η.  Αρ.  516,  cf.  Αρ. 
Rh.  1,539;  in  full,}7/iOr  πέδον  ποσΐ 
βήσσειν,  like  πλήσσειν,  τνπτειν,  Lat. 
terrain pedibu^  pulsare,  Huhnk.  Ep.  Cr. 
p.  26. — III.  later,  as  a  term  of  light- 
ers, to  fell,  knock  down,  Dein.  1259, 
10 ;  though  βύσσω  seems  to  have 
been  more  used  in  this  signf.,  Jac. 
Ach.  Tat.  p.  821. 

B.  pass,  βήγννμαι,  mostly  used  in 
aor.  ίρβάγην,  inf.  βαγηναι,  to  break, 
burst,  βήγνντο  κϋμα,  II.  18,.  67,  cf  4, 
425 :  to  break  asunder,  Hes.  Sc.  377  : 
to  break  open,  as  the  earth  in  an  earth- 
quake, Plat.  Rep.  359  D,  cf.  Soph. 
Fr.  781 : — βί/γννσθαι  ΰποφθόνον,  Lat. 
rumpiinvidia,  Aristid. — 2.  to  burst  firth, 
like  lightning,  β^οι•τη  έββύγη  δι' 
αστραπής.  Soph.  I"  r.  507,  cf.  Ar.  Nub. 
583. — 3.  of  ships,  to  be  wrecked,  Dem. 
1289,  14 ;  and  so,  metaph.,  πολλών 
βαγεισών  ίλπέδων,  Aesch.  Ag.  506. 

C.  intr.,  like  pass.,  to  break  asunder, 

131Θ 


ΡΗΜΑ 
Hipp. — 2.  to  break  or  bunt  forth,  εββη- 
ξεν  εμετός.  Id. ;  of  a  river,  to  break  its 
banks,  Hdt.  2,  99  : — metai)h.  of  show- 
ers, floods  of  tears,  torrents,  sudden 
misfortunes,  bursts  of  passion,  etc., 
όποΊα  χρήζει  βηγνντω  (sc.  κακά), 
Soph.  Ο.  'τ.  1076,  cf.  Fr.  731  :  v. 
άναββήγννμι,  fin.  : — but  in  this  intr. 
signt.  the  perf.  εββωγα  is  commonly 
used,  and  this  usu.  nas  the  signf  to 
have  broken  out,  while  pres.  pass,  βή- 
γνυμαι  means  to  break  out.  εββογεν 
παγύ  δακρύων.  Soph.  Tr.  852  ;  met- 
aph., κακών  πέλαγος  εββωγεν,  Aesch. 
Pers.  433,  cf  Soph.  O.  T.  1280,  Valck. 
Hipp.  1338. 

The  word  is  not  common  in  prose. 

(The  root  is  ΡΗΓ-,  ΡΑΓ-,  or  rather 
/■PHF-,  /ΡΑΓ-,  cf.  Lat.  fravg-o, 
freg-i,  our  break,  wreck.  Germ,  brcchen, 
etc.  :  akin  prob.  to  βαίω,  Lat.  frio, 
friare. — Hence  come  a  multitude  of 
words:  βηκτός,  βήγμα:  βαγύς.  βάγος, 
etc.  :  βύκος,  etc. :  βύχος,  βάχις,  βα- 
χία,  ρηχής,  βηχίς.  βηχίη,  βηγμίς : 
τραχνς  :  and  βώξ,  βωγας,  βωγαλέος  : 
further,  βύξ,  etc.) 

'Ρήγος,  εος,  τό,  α  nig,  blanket  or  car- 
pel, freq.  in  Horn.,  usu.  with  epith. 
καλά,  πορφυρέ  a  or  σιγαλόεντα  :  it 
was  used  either  as  a  coverlet  for  a  bed, 
11.  24,  644,  Od.  3,  349,  etc. ;  or,  for  a 
seat,  Od.  10.  352  ;  also  like  φάρος,  as 
a  garment,  Od.  6,  38  ;  but, — since,  in 
Od.  13,73,  118,  Hom.  e.xpressly  dis- 
tinguishes βήγος  and  λίνον,  it  is  prob. 
that  the  βήγος  was  of  wool.  (Usu.  re- 
ferred to  the  dub.  word  βέζω.  to  dye, 
V.  βέζω  Β  :  others  connect  it  with  βή- 
γννμί.  βάκος.  βάγος  :  cf.  ίιεγος,  rag.) 

ΥΡηγονλος,  ον,  6,  the  Rom.  Regu- 
lus,  Polyb.  ;  etc. 

'Pijoiou,  Ion.  ίοτ  βάδιον,  neut.  adv., 
supposed  to  be  an  irreg.  form  ίοτβαον, 
Theogn.  577 :  but — II.  usu.  neut.  from 
sq. 

'Ρ-ήδιος,  η,  ον.  Ion.  contr.  form  for 
β7μδί.ος,  Theogn. 

'Ρ7]ΗεΊς,  είσα,  εν,  part.  aor.  pass,  of 
ίρώ,  Od. 

'Ρηΐδιος,ΐ],  ον,  Ep.  and  Ion.  for  ι5ά- 
δίος,  q.  v.,  Hom.,  Hes.,  and  Hdt. 
Adv.  -Ίως,  Ibid.  [Γ} 

'Ρηίζω,  Ion.  ίοτ  βα'ιζω- 

Ύήϊστος,  η,  ον,  Ion.  and  Ep.  superl. 
of  βάδιος,  for  βάστος,  Od. 

'Ρηΐτατος,  η,  ον,  Ep.  superl.  οίβά- 
όιος,  Od. 

'Ρηίτερος,  η,  ον,  Ep.  compar.  οί βά- 
δίος,  II. 

'Ρήκτης,  ον,  6,  (βήγννμι)  α  tearer, 
breaker,  render,  hence,  an  earthquake 
which  makes  chasms,  Arist.  Mund.  4, 
30. 

'Ρηκτικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to.  fit 
for,  given  to  breaking,  shattering,  burst- 
ing, Hipp.     Adv.  -κώς. 

'Ρηκτός,  -ή,  όν,  {βήγννμι)  broken, 
rent :  to  be  broken  or  rent,  χαλκζ)  βη- 
κτός, vulnerable  by  brass,  II.  13,  323. 

'Ρήμα.  ατός,  τό,  (*βεω,  ^ρώ)  that 
which  is  said  or  spoken,  a  word,  saying, 
Theogn.  1148,  Archil.  03,  Simon.  7, 
15,  and  Pind. :  in  prose  first  in  Hdt. 
7,  162;  8,  83.  etc.;  βήματα,  opp.  to 
εργματα.  Pmd.  N.  4,  10 ;  to  έργα. 
Soph.  O.  C.  873,  Thuc.  5,  111  •.—βή- 
ματα πλέκειν,  Pind.  Ν.  4,  154;  βή- 
ματα θερενειν,  to  hunt  for  fine  words, 
Andoc.  2,  23,  cf.  Luc.  Tox".  34  -—βή- 
ματος εχεσβαι,  to  keep  to  the  very 
words.  Plat.  Legg.  656  C  ;  τώβήματι 
ειπείν,  to  use  words  to  that  effect,  Id. 
Gorg.  450  D. — 2.  a  sentence,  opp.  to  a 
single  word.  Plat. :  βήαα,  opp.  to  βυ• 
θμός  μέλος,  !d.  Legg.  840  C— 3.  the 
subject  of  speech,  a  thing,  Hebraism  in 
LXX.,  and  N.  T.— II.  in  Gramm.,  i 


ΡΗΣΙ 

opp.  to  όνομα,  βήματα  και  ονόματα, 
verbs  and  nouns.  Plat.  Soph.  262  E, 
Crat.  425  A,  etc.,  Diog.  L.  7,  58, 
Hence 

'Ρηματικός,  -ή,  όν,  belvnging  to  a 
verb  or  u^ord,  verbal. 

'Ρ7)μάτιον,  oi\  τό,  dim.  from  βηαα, 
Ar.  Ach.  444,  447,  Nub.  943.  [a] 

'Ρημάτίσκιον,  υν,  τό,  dim.  Ironi 
βήμα,  Plat.  Theaet.  180  A. 

i'Pήμo^,  ων,  oi.  the  Itcmi,  a  people 
of  Belgic  Gaol,  Strab.  p.  J94. 

'Ρήμων,  όνος,  ό,^βτ/τωρ,  ace.  to 
Plut.,  an  old  v.  I.  in  11.  23,  886,  for 
καί  β'  ήμονες  άνδρες. 

'Ρήν,  ή,  gen.  βηνσς,  ace.  βψα,  η 
sheep,  lamb,  a  rare  poet,  word,  first  in 
Nic.  Th.  453  :  so,  however,  Ύήνη  foi 
'Αρνη,  a  pr.  n.,  II.  2,  728.  (Cf.  apr/v. 
άββην,  ερστρ',  άνήρ,  ενρην,  πο/.νββτμ', 
βήΐ'ΐξ,  βήνις,  Lat.  rheno.) 

fPitvala,  ή,=^'Ρήνεια,  Η.  Hom 
Αρ.  44  ;  'Ρήναια,  Theocr.  17,  70. 

ΥΡήνεια,  ας,  ή.  Ion.  'Ρηνέτι  and 
poet,  also  'ΡηναΙα  OT'P^vnin,lihenen, 
a  small  island  near  Delos,  in  which 
the  Delians  buried  their  dead,  Hdt. 
6,  97  ;  Thuc.  1,  13  ;  Strab.  p.  486. 

ΥΡήνη.  τις,  ή,  Rhene,  a  n>m[)h. 
wife  of  Oileus,  11.  2,  728.— Il.=Ti;- 
νεια. 

'Ρηνικός,  ή,  όν,  of  a  sheep :  ή  -κή 
(sc.  δορά),  a  sheepskin,  Hipp. 

'Ρήνιξ,  ικος,  ή,  and  βήνις,  ιδος,  ή, 
=βήν. 

ΥΡήνος,  ον,  ό,  the  Rhemis,  now 
iiAi>!e  in  Germany,  Strab.  p.  199. 

'Ρηνοφορενς,  ό,  {βήν,  φέρω)  clad  in 
sheepskin,  Anth.  P.  9,  524,  18. 

'Ρηξηνορία,  ας,  ή,  force  or  might 
to  break  through  armed  ranks,  Otl.  14, 
217  :  from 

'Ρηξήνωρ,  ορός,  6,  (βήγννμι,  ΰνήρ) 
breaking  armed  rn^iks,  mighty  in  buttle, 
in  Hom.  and  Hes.  always  epith.  oi 
Achilles;  of  Apollo,  Anth.  P.  9,  525, 
18.     Hence 

ΥΡηξήνωρ,  ορός,  ό,  Rherenor,  sou 
of  Nausithoiis,  brother  of  Alcinous, 
king  of  the  Phaeacians,  Od.  6,  63.— 
2.  lather  of  Chalciope,  Apollod.  3, 
15,  6. 

'Ρηξΐκέλενθος,  ον,  (βήγννμι,  κέλεν- 
θος)  opening  a  path,  Anth.  P.  9,  525. 
18. 

'Ρηξίνοος.ον,  (βήγννμι,  νόος)  heart- 
breaking, Anth.  P.  9,  524,  18. 

'Ρήξις,  εως,  ή.  (βήγννμι)  a  breaking 
or  bursting.  Pint.  Ρ'Ηηηιη.  10,  Pomp. 
25. — 2.  a  breaking  fori  h.  Id.  Aemil.  14: 
— in  medic,  writers  suppuration,  Hipp. 
— II.  a  rent,  cleft,  like  βήγμα,  Plut.  2, 
935C. — On  the  obscure  passage,  Eur. 
Phoen.  1256,  v.  ap.  Dmd.  ad  I. 

'Ρηξίόλοιος,  ον,  (βήγννμι,  φλοιός) 
with  cracked,  split  bark,  Theophr. 

'Ρτ/ξίφρων,  όνος,  6,  ή,  (φρήν)=βηξί- 
νοος. 

'Ρηξίχθων,  όνος,  6,  ή,  (βήγννμι, 
χθων)  cleaving  the  earth,  Orph.  Η. 
51,9. 

'Ρήον,  τό,=βΰ,  q.  V. 

ΥΡτισά,  ό,  Rkesa,  masc.  pr.  η., 
Ν.  Τ. 

'Ρησείδιον,  ον,  τό,  and  βησίδιον, 
ον,  τό,  dim.  from  βήσις,  α  short  speech 
or  saying,  proverb,  etc.   [Γ] 

'ΡησΙκοπέω,  ώ,  (βήσις,  κόπτω)= 
όημηγορέω.  Strictly,  to  cut,  hem  out 
phrases. 

'Ρησΐμετρέω,  ώ,  (βήσις,  μετρέω)  to 
measure  onc^s  words,  Lilc.  Lexiph.  9. 

'Ρήσις,  εως  Ion.  ιος,  ή,  (*βέω,  έρώί 
α  saying,  speaking  :  a  word,  saying, 
speech,  μνθον  και  βήσιος,  Od.21,  291, 
cf.  Pind.  N.  1,  89;  καταπ?.έξαι  τήν 
βήσιν,  to  end  one's  speech,  Hdt.  8,  83 ; 
β.  ξννεχής,  Thuc.  5,  85 ;  μακράν  fej- 


ΡΗΤΟ 

ctv  ον  στέργει  ποϊας,  Aesch.  Supp. 
273,  cf.  Ag.  1296;  ^ησιν  7^yeLV,  Id. 
Supp.  G15  ;  Ιχήσεις  παμμήκεις  ποιεϊν, 
Plat.  Phaedr.  208  C  :—ή  άττο  Σκν- 
θών  Ιίίισίς,  a  Scythian  answer, — a 
proveil»  taken  from  Hdt.  4,  127. — II. 
a  tale,  legend,  ανθρώπων  παλαιοί  ρή- 
σεις, Pilld.  Ο.  7,  101. — Hi.  an  ex- 
pression or  passage  in  an  author,  esp. 
a  speech  in  a  play,  A  r.  V'esp.  580,  Ran. 
15  i,  etc. — IV.  manner  of  speaking,  style, 
Graintn. 

tP^aof,  ov,  0,  Rhesus,  a  king  of 
the  Tbracians,  11.  10,  435 ;  son  of 
Ei'oneus  or  of  Strymon  and  a  Muse, 
an  ally  of  the  Trojans  ;  Diomede  and 
Ulysses  slew  him  and  earned  off  his 
horses  before  they  had  tasted  of  the 
pastures  or  waters  of  Troy,  II. ;  Eur. 
Rhes.;  Apollod. — II.  a  river  of  Troas, 
which  emptied  into  the  Granicus,  II. 
12,  20. — 2.  a  river  and  river-god  in 
Bithynia='P?/Jaf,  Has.  Th.  340.— 
Cf.  Strab.  pp.  590.  e02. 

'Ρήσσω,  rarer  coUat.  form  οί^ήγνν- 
μι,  q.  V.  (signf.  II). 

Ύηστώνη,  7/f,  ή,  Ιοα.  for  {κιστώνη, 
Hdt. 

'Ρητέος,  a,  ov,  verb.  adj.  of  *^έω, 
έρώ,  to  be  said. 

'PijTspor,  Ion.  for  βηΐτερος,  The- 
ogn.  1370 -Of.  Lob.  Phryn.  402. 

'Ρητίιρ,  7/ρος,  6,  {*J)E(j,  έρώ)  like 
βητωρ,  a  speaker,  μνθων  τε  βηττ/ρ' 
έμεναί  πρηκτήρά  τε  έργων,  II.  9,  443  ; 
so  in  Anth. 

'Ρητίνη,  ης,  η.  φέο>)  resin,  gum, 
Lat.  resina,  because  it  runs  from 
trees,  Theophr.  [i  Nic.  Al.  300,  567.] 
Hence 

'ΡητΙνίζω,  f.  -ί'σω,  to  be  resinous, 
smell  or  taste  of  resin. 

'Ρητινίτης,  οίνος, ό,τ^Ίηβ  that  tastes 
of  resin,  Lat.  vitium  resiaatum,  as  now 
in  Greece,  Diosc.  5,  43. 

^ΡητΙνολόγος,  ov,  (λέγω)  gathering 
or  collecting  resin. 

'ΡητΙνόω,  ω,  (βητίνη)  to  yield  resin : 
part.  pass.  pf.  έββητινωμένος,  mixed 
uith  resin,  κηρωτή,  Hipp.  ;  οίνος, 
Diosc. 

'ΡητΙνώδης,  ες,  {ύητίνη,  είδος)  resi- 
nous, Hipt).,  Diphil.  Siphn.  ap.  Ath. 
57  C. 

'Ρητορεία,  ας,  ή,  skill  in  public  speak- 
ing, eloquence,  oratory,  rhetoric.  Plat. 
Polit.  304  A. — II.  a  piece  of  oratory, 
set  speech,  Isocr.  87  D,  Arist.  Rhet.  1, 
2,  10 :  from 

'Ρητορενω,  to  be  a  βητωρ  or  public 
speaker,  speak  in  public,  Isocr.  425  D  : 
to  use  oratory.  Plat.  Gorg.  502  D  : — 
pass.,  of  the  speech,  to  be  spoken, 
Isocr.  87  C. — II.  to  be  a  rhetorician  or 
teacher  of  speaking :  to  show  off  in  a 
fine  speech,  Plut. 

'Ρητορικός,  ή,  όν,  φήτωρ)  of  οΐ  be- 
hnging  to  a  public  speaker  or  public 
speaking,  oratorical,  rhetorical ;  esp.,  ή 
Ρητορική  (sc.  τέχνη),  rhetoric,  the  art 
of  speaking.  Plat.  Phaedr.  206  D,  etc.; 
also,  TO  βητορικόν,  Id.  Polit.  304  D ; 
and  τα  βητυρικύ,  Diog.  L.,  etc, :  of 
persons,  skilled  in  speaking,  an  orator, 
Isocr.  2S  B,  and  freq.  in  Plat.  Adv. 
-κώς,  Plat.  Gorg.  471  E,  Aeschin.  10, 
30. 

'Ρητορομάστιξ,  Ιγος,  ό,  Ιβήτωρ,  μύ- 
στίξ)  the  Rhetorician's  i'courge,  as 
Aeschines  of  Mytilene  was  called, 
Diog.  L.  2,  64. 

'Ρητορόμνκτος,  ov,  ό,  φήτωρ,μνζω) 
Rhetorician- Mocker,  Timon  ap.  Diog. 
L.  2,  19,  ubi  Hemsterh.  βητορομν- 
κτης  contra  metrura. 

'Ρητός,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from  */iiw, 
ίρω  : — said,  spoken :  named,  specified, 
covenanted,  Lat.  ratus,  j).  μισθός,  II. 


ΡΙΓΕ 

21,  445;  ες  χρόνον  p.,  at  a  set  time, 
Hdt.  1,  77  ;  ήμέραι  p.,  Thuc.  6,  29; 
έπί  βητοϊς  γέρασι,  wilhfixed  preroga- 
tives, Id.  1,  13  ;  β.  άργνριοί',  a  certain 
sum.  Id.  2,  70  ;  επί  βητοίσι,  on  set 
terms,  on  certain  conditions,  according 
to  covenant,  Hdt.  5,  57,  Thuc.  1,  122  ; 
cf.  V'alck.  Hipp.  461  : — hence  adv. 
■τώς,  definitely,  by  agreement,  Polyb. 
— 2.  spoken  of,  known,  famous,  Hes. 
Op.  4. — II.  that  may  be  spoken  or  told, 
ει  βητόν,  φράσον,  Aesch.  Pr.  766,  cf. 
767  ;  /)  βητόν,  ή  οΰχΙ  θιμιτον  άλλοι" 
εΐόέναι.  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  993 ;  άνόσι' 
ονδέ  βητά  μοι,  lb.  1289  ;  etc. ;  v.  sub 
ΰββητος  Π.  3. — 2.  possible  to  be  spoken 
or  enunciated,  Ep.  Plat.  341  C. — 
HI.  in  tnathem.,  βητά  are  rational 
quantities,  opp.  to  surds  ;  v.  sub.  άόβη- 
τος  III. — IV.  TO  βητόν=^βήσις  III. 

'Ρήτρα,  ας,  ή.  Ion.  βήτρη,{*βέω,  έρώ) 
an  agreement,  bargain,  covenant,  άλλ' 
ύγε  νύν  βήτρην  ποιησόμεθ',  Od.  14, 
393  :  strictly,  a  verbal  covenant,  as  in 
Xen.  An.  6,  6,  28: — also,  a  wager, 
Ael. — II.  a  word,  saying,  esp.  a  com- 
mon saying,  maxim,  saw ;  hence  of 
unwritten  /atts,vvhence  the  ordinances 
of  Lycurgus  were  called ^7}rpai,Tyr- 
tae.  8,  6,  cf.  Plut.  Lycurg.  13,  etc.. 
Museum  Crit.  1,  p.  256,  Francke 
Callin.  p.  199.— III.  speech,  Nic.  Al. 
132:  also,  leave  or  right  to  speak,  βή- 
τραν  ?Μΐ3εΐν,  Decret.  Byz.  ap.  Dem. 
255,  21  ;  β.  παραλαί^εϊν,  παραόιόό- 
vai,  Luc.  Tox.  35,  etc. — IV.  an  assem- 
bly of  the  people,  Lyc.  470.     Hence 

'Ρητρενω,  to  pronounce,  declare,  β. 
δίκας,  Lyc.  1400.^ 

'Ρί/τωρ,  ορός,  ό,  {*βέω,  έρώ)  α  pub- 
lic speaker,  pleader,  Lat.  orator,  Eur. 
Hec.  126,  etc. :  esp.  at  Athens,  oft. 
in  bad  sense,  οι  βήτορες,  the  public 
speakers  in  the  έκκ/.ησία,  a  regular 
profession,  by  which  merr  rose  to  of- 
fice and  honours,  Ar.  .A.ch.  38,  680, 
Eq.  60,  358,  etc.— 2.  in  Soph.  Fr.  937, 
one  who  gives  sentence. — II.  later,  esp. 
a  teaclicr  of  eloquence,  rhetorician,  Lat. 
rhetor,  Plut.  2,  131  A,  etc. 

'Ρηχείη,  ή,—βηχίη,  Arr. 

'Ρηχιάδης,  ου,  ό, written  also /i^;;^;ά- 
^νζι  {Ρίχίν^  βο-χί-α.  III)  the  jailor  who 
kept  condemned  prisoners,  Hesych. 

'Ρηχίη,  ή,  Ion.  for  βαχια,  Ildt. 

'Ρηχίς,  ή.=βαχία,  Hesych. 

'Ρηχός  (not  so  well  βήχας),  ή.  Ion. 
for  βάχυς,  Hdt.  7,  142. 

'Ρηχώόης,  ες,  {βηχός,  είδος)  thorny, 
rough,  Nic.  Al.  230. 

'Ρ;)ωΐ',  ov.  Ion.  for  βάων,  compar. 
of  βαδιος,  Lob.  Phryn.  402. 

νΡιάνός,  ού,  ό,  Rhianus,  a  poet  of 
Crete,  in  the  Anthology. 

'Ρϊγεδάΐ'ός,  ή,  όν,  and  later  ος,  ov, 
(βίγέω)  strictly,  making  one  shudder 
vdth  cold,  chilling,  but  in  Horn,  only 
βιγεδανή  'Ρ/λένη,  at  rvhose  name  one 
shudders,  horrible,  II.  19,  325  ;  cf  Opp. 
H.  5.  37.  (Formed  like  ήπεδανός, 
μηκεδανός,  οντιδανός,  etc.) 

'Ρί>ί'ω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  pf.  with  pres. 
signf.  έβρίγα,  hence  irreg.  Ep.  dat. 
part.  f/SpiyoiTi,  Hes.  Sc.228:  (βΐγος). 
Stiictly,  to  shiver  or  shudder  with  cold 
(cf.  βιγόω) ;  but  in  this  signf.  not  till 
after  Ho.m.,  who  only  has  it  metaph., 
to  shudder  with  fear  or  horror,  βίγησε 
(V  ίδών,  Horn. ;  έβμί-,  ήσαν  όπως  Ιδον, 
II.  12,20S;  so  Pind.  Ν.  5,  92,  Soph. 
Ο.  C.  1607  : — c.  inf.,  to  shudder  or  fear 
to  do  a.  thing,  II.  3,  353;  7,  114:— 
also,  θυμός  έββίγει  μη...,  Od.  23,  216. 
— 2.  like  Lat.  frigere,  to  cool  or  slacken 
in  zeal,  Dissen  Pind.  N.  5,  50  (91).— 
II,  trans.,  to  shudder  at  any  thing,  βι- 
γήσειν  πόλεμον.  II.  5,  351  ;  εββιγα 
μύχην,  II.  17, 175;  cf.  16, 119.     (Akin 


ΡΙΖΑ 

to  φρίσσω.  Lat.  rigeo  and  frigeo,  our 
freeze,  Genn.  frieren,  etc.)     Hetice 

'Ρίν•//λό(•,  όν,  making  to  shiver,  chill- 
ing, Hes.  Sc.  131. 

'Ρίγιον,  as  compar.  adv.  formed 
from  βίγος,  more  frostily  or  coldly,  Od. 
17,  191. — II.  metaph.,  more  horribly, 
Tivi,  for  one,  Hom.,  and  Hes. ;  ro  ol 
και  βίγιον  ίσται,  II.  1,  325,  etc. — The 
masc.  βιγίων  seems  not  to  occur  :  cf. 
superl.  βίγιστος.  [βϊ] 

'Ρίγίος,  ov,  (βϊγος)  frosty,  chill, 
dub. 

'Ρίγιστος,  η,  ov,  superl.  from  βίγι- 
ον, coldest :  most  horrible,  βίγιστα,  11. 

5,  873;  Ζεύζ-  άλιτροΐςβιγ.,Αρ.  Rh.  2, 
215.  [βΐ] 

"['Ρίγμος,  ov,  6,  Rhigmus,  son  of 
Piroiis  of  Thrace,  an  ally  of  the  Tro- 
jans, II.  20,  485. 

'Ριγνός,  ή,  όν,  rare  form  for  βικ- 
νός. 

'Ρίγομύχης,  or  -χος,  ου,  ό,  fighting 
with  cold,  Anth.  P.  11,  155. 

'Ρϊγοπίψετος,  ό,  (βϊγος)  a  fever  xvith 
shiverings,  a  sort  ol  ague,  Hipp.  ;  cf. 
sq.  [ϋ] 

'PI  ΓΟΣ,  εος,  τό,  frost,  cold,  Od.  5, 
472,  Hdt.  6,  44,  and  Att.  ;  υπό  7αμοϋ 
nai  βίγονς.  Plat.  Euthyphr.  4  D  ;  λι- 
μώ   και  βίγει  μαχόμενος,  Xen.  Cyr. 

6,  1,  14. — 2.  a  shivering  from  cold: 
also,  a  feverish  shivering  fit,  Hipp.  : 
βίγεα  πυρετώδη.  Id. — II.  metaph., 
shivering,  shudder,  fear,  dread,  like 
Lat.  horror. — We  also  find  it  with  ac- 
cent βίγος.  Lob.  Phryn.  107  ;  but  it 
would  be  hard  to  find  a  passage  with 
Ί.     (Cf.  Lat.  rigor  and  frigus.) 

'Ρίγοσίβιος,  ov,  f.  I.  for  βιγωσί- 
βίος. 

'Ρί>Όω,  ώ,  f.  -ώσω,  (βΐγος)  like 
βιγέω,  to  be  cold,  shiver  from  frost  or 
cold,  Od.  14,  481,  Hdt.  5,  92,  7,  and 
Att.  ;  though  oft.  the  forms  may  be- 
long either  to  this  or  to  βιγέω,  as, 
βιγών  τε  και  πεινών,  Ar.  Ach.  857, 
cf.  Nub.  416,  Plat.  Gorg.  517  D.— 
This  word,  like  Ιδρόω,  has  an  irreg. 
contraction  into  ω  and  ω,  for  ov  and 
01,  as,  inf.  βιγών,  Ar.  Vesp.  446,  Av. 
935  (though  ριγούν  is  a  v.  1.  Ar.  Nub. 
442) ;  part.  dat.  βιγώντι,  Ar.  Ach. 
1146;  fem.  βιγώσα,  Simon.  Amorg. 
26;  opt.  βιγώην,  Br.  Ar.  Ach.  1146; 
subjunct.  βιγώ.  Plat.  Gorg.  517  D  ; — 
all  of  which  are  Att.  forms. 

'Ρίγωσιβιος,  ov,  (βιγόω,  βίος)  living 
in  frost  and  cold;  hence,  generally, 
frosty,  cold.  Lob.  Phryn.  420. 

'ΡΓΖΑ  (not  βίζα),  ης,  ή,  a  root, 
Horn.,  etc. ;  β.  έλατήριος,  a  purgative 
medicine.  Foes.  Oecon.  Hipp.  :^esp. 
nom.  plur.  al  βίζαι,  the  roots,  as  al- 
ways in  Hom.  :  hence  in  various  me- 
taph. usages,  e.  g.,  the  roots  of  the  eye, 
Od.  9,  390,  cf.  Eur.  H.  F.  933  ;  the 
roots  or  foundations  of  the  earth,  Hes. 
Op.  19  ;  of  a  mountain,  Aesch.  Pr. 
365  : — έκβιζών,  radicitus,  Plut.  Pomp. 
21;  cf.  πρόββίζος. — II.  any  thing  that 
grows  like  a  root  from  one  stem  ;  Pin- 
dar calls  Libya  the  τρίττη  βίζα  χθο- 
νός,  considering  the  earth  as  divided 
into  three  continents,  P.  9,  14  :  but, 
— III.  also,  that  from  which  any  thing 
springs,  as  from  a  root,  άστέων  βίζα, 
of  Cyrene,  as  the  root  or  original  of 
the  Cyrenaic  Pentapolis,  Id.  P.  4, 26: 
hence,  the  root  or  stock  from  which  a 
family  springs,  Lat.  stirps.  Id.  O.  2, 
83,  I.  θ  (7),  123,  Soph.  Aj.  1178,  etc. ; 
and  so,  a  race,  family,  Aesch.  Theb. 
755,  Eur.  I.  T.  610,  etc. : — β.  κακών, 
like  Virgil's  fans  et  origo  mali,  Eur. 
Iiicert.  103, 11. 

'Ριζύγρα, ας, ή, adentist's  iiuitrumenl, . 
Celsus. 

1319 


ΡΙΖΩ 

Ύιζάς,  άδος,  ή,  ν.  1.  for  βιζίς,  in 
Nic.  ΑΙ.  531. 

'ΡιζεΙον,  ον,  τό,=βίζιον,  Nic.  ΑΙ. 
265. 

'Ριζη(^όν,  adv.,  {()ίζα)  like  roots,  Hc- 
liod.  1,•29. 

'Ρίζηθεν,  adv.,  {βίζα)  from  the  roots, 
Αρ.  Kh.  3,  1400. 

'Ριζιας,  ον,  ΰ,  (βίζα)  made  from  or 
out  of  the  roois,Theophr. 

'Ριζικός,  ή,  01',  (βίζα)  belonging  to 
the  root,  Plut.  Fr.  49. 

'Ρίζΐον,  ον,  τό,  dim.  from  βίζα,  a 
little  root.  At.  Av.  654. 

'Ριζίς,  ίδος,  ή,  poet,  for  βίζα,  Nic. 
Al.  403  ;  of.  βίζας. 

'Ρίζις,  ό,  an  ^thiopic  animal  of  the 
elephant  kind,  Strab. 

'Ριζο3ολέω,  ώ,  to  strike  root,  Sext. 
Emp.  p.  347,  Anth.  P.  11,  246:  from 

'Ριζοβολος,  ον,  {βίζα,  βά'λλω)  strik- 
ing root. 

'Ριζόθεν,  adv.,  βίζηθεν,  Nic.  Th. 
307,  Luc.  Tyrann.  13. 

'Ριζοκέ(Ι)αλος,  ον,  {βίζα,  κεφαλή)  of 
plants,  of  which  the  flower  grows  straight 
from  the  root,  Theophr. 

'Ρίζο?Μγέω,ώ,  to  gather  roots. — II.  to 
root  oat,  Died.  16,  82  :  from 

'Ρίζολόγος,  ον,  {βίζα,  λέγω)  gather- 
ing roots. — II.  rooting  out. 

'Ριζοττάγής,ές,  {βίζα,  ^ϊτ/γvvμι)βrm^ 
ly  rooted,  Nonn. 

'Ριζοπώλης,  ον,  ό,  {βίζα,  πωλ,έω)  α 
dealer  in  roots. 

'Ριζοτομέω,  ώ,  to  cut  and  gather  roots, 
esp.  for  medical  purposes,  Theophr. 
— II.,  to  root  out :  and 

'Ρίζοτομία,ας.ή,  a  cutting  and  gather- 
ing of  roots,  Theophr.  :  and 

'Ριζοτομίκύς,  ή,  όν,  belonging  or 
suited  to  gathering  of  roots  ;  Irom 

'Ριζοτυμος,  ον,  {βίζα,  τέμνω)  cutting 
and  gathering  roots,  e.sp.  for  purposes 
of  medicine  or  witchcraft,  Luc.  D. 
Deor.  13,  1  :  Soph,  had  a  play  called 
αϊ  'Ριΐοτύμοί,  the  Venefcae,  v.  Dind. 
Fr.  479  :  βίζοτόμος  ωρα.  the  time  for 
cutting  roots,  Nlc.  Th.  494.— II.  cutting 
up  by  the  roots. 

ΥΡιζονς,  ονντος,  ό,  Rhizus,  a  city 
of  Thessaly,  Strab.  p.  443. 

'Ριζονχίζω,  Ιο  transplant,  Nicet. : 
from 

'Ριζονχος,  ον.{βίζα,  εχω)holding  the 
root. — II.  upholding  the  roots  or  founda- 
tion, epilh.  of  Neptune,  like  γαιήο- 
χος.  Call.  Fr.  285  :  generally,  uphold- 
ing, θεμείλια  /5.,  0pp.  H.  5,  C80. 

'Ριζοφάγέω,  ώ,  to  eat  roots  or  veget- 
ables, Slrah.:  from 

'Ρίςο0ά>Όζ•,  01',  {βίζα,  φάγεΐν)  eat- 
ing roots,  Arist.  H.  A.  8,  6,  2. 
^'Ριζοφϊ'έω,  ώ,  to  put  out  roots,  The- 
ophr. :  from 

'Ριζοφνής,  ες,  {βίζα,  φύω)  putting 
out  roots  :  also,=/SiCo<i>i'rof,  Theophr. 

'Ριζόφν/./Μς,  ον,  {βίζα,  φνλλυν) 
with  leaves  from  the  root,  Theophr. 

'Ριζόφντος,  ον,  {βίζα,  φντόν)  grow- 
ing from  a  root,  prob.  1.  Chaerem.  ap. 
Theophr.  H.  Pi.  5,  9,  5 ;  vulg.  βιζο- 
φοίτητος. 

'Ριζόο),  ώ,  {βίζα)  to  make  to  strike 
root,  plant ;  hence,  metaph.,  to  plant, 
fix  firmly,  Od.  13,  163  ;  εββίζωπε  την 
τνραννίι'ία,  Hdt.  1,  64 ;  τνραννίς  ίββι- 
ζωμένη,  a  firmly-rooted  tyranny,  Hdt. 
1,  60  ;  cf.  ilat.  Legg.  839  A,  etc.  :— 
pass.,  to  take  root,  strike  root,  Xen. 
Oec.  19,  9;  (so,  intr.,  in  the  act., 
Schneid.  Theophr.  C.  PI.  2,  4,  1); 
also,  to  be  made  fast  or  solid,  Soph.  O. 
C.  1591. — II.  to  plant  with  trees, 
hence  in  pass.,  ΰλ.ωί/  έββίζωται,  Od. 
7,  122. 

'Ρίζώ()ης,  ες,  (είδος)  like  a  root. 

'Ρίζυμα,    ατός,    τό,    (βίζόω)    that 
1320 


PINE 

'  which  has  taken  root,  Theophr. — II.= 
βίζα,  a  root  or  element,  Emped.  26  :  a 
stem,  stock,  race,  lineage,  Aesch.  Theb. 
413. 

Ί'Ρίζων,  ωνος  and  όνος,  ό,  Rhizon, 
son  of  Cadmus,— II.  a  town  of  Dal- 
matia  on  a  river  of  the  same  name, 
Polyb.  2,  11,  16:  Strab.  p.  316. 
Hence 

ΥΡιζωνικός,  ή,  όν,  of  Rhizon,  Rhi- 
zonian ;  ό  'Ριζονικος  κόλττος,  in  Strab. 

'Ρ ιζωννχία,  ας,  η,  (οννξ)  the  root  of 
the  nail. 

'Ριζωρνκτης,  ον,  6,^=βιζυρνχος. 

'Ριζωρνχέω,  ώ,  to  dig  up  roots,  Plut. 
'  2,  473  A  :  I'rom 

'Ριζωρνχος,  ον,  (βίζα,  ύρνσσω)  dig- 
ging for  roots,  Anth.  P.  11,322.  [v] 

'Ρίζωσις,  εως,  ή,  (βΐζόω)  a  making 
\  to  take  ro«/.— II.  intr.,  a  taking  root, 
Theophr.,  Plut.  2,227  D: — metaph., 
lii.  Lycurg.  14,  Poplic.  8. 

Ύικνήεις.  εσσα,  εν,  poet,  for  βι- 
κνός,  Nic.  Th.  137. 

'Ρικνόομαι,  as  pass,  (βικνός):  — 
strictly,  to  grows/iff,  to  he  shrivelled  by 
frost,  heat,  or  old  age,  Arist.  H.  A.  5, 
20,  5,  Oi)p.  C.  5,  592 :— al.so  used  of 
unseemly  contortions  of  the  body. 
Soph.  Fr.  297. — Also  written /ii;(;voo- 
μαι. 

'Ρικνός,  ί],  όν,  strictly,  stiff  or  shriv- 
elled with  cold  :  hence,  withe^red,  bent, 
crooked,  βικνός  πόδας,  Η.  Hom.  Αρ. 
317,  cf.  0pp.  C.  2,  346,  Leon.  Tar. 
37 :  shrivelled  by  old  age,  etc.,  Xen- 
arch.  Pentathl.  1.  8,  Call.  Fr.  49: 
shrunk,  contracted.  Foes.  Oecon.  Hipp. 
(Formed  from  βϊγος,  as  if  from  βι.γα- 
νός,  and  so  we  sometimes  find  it 
written  βιγνός.) 

'Ρικνότης,  ητος,  ή,  a  being  shrivell- 
ed, etc. 

'Ρικνοφνής,  ες,  (φντ/)  shrivelled  or 
crooked  by  nature. 

'Ρικνώδης,  ες,  (βικνός,  είδος)  shriv- 
elled-looking,  Anth.  P.  5,  273,  etc. 

'Ρίκνωσις,  εως,  η,  (,βικνόομαι)  a 
shrivelling,  esp.,  of  the  skin,  Hipp., 
and  Galen. 

'Ρίμμα,  ατός,  τό,  (βίτττω)  a  throw, 
cast,  Arion  6. 

'Ριμμός,  ό,  later  form  for  βί^ψις,  Ni- 
cet. 

'Ρίμφά,  adv.,  lightly,  swiftly,  fleetly, 
βίμφα  έ  γούνα  φέρει,  II.  6,  511,  etc., 
and  Hes. ;  β.  τοξεύΐΐν,  Pind.  I.  2,  5  ; 
β.  βαίνειν,  Aesch.  Ag.  407:  cf.  Ap. 
Kh.  1,  387, 1194.  (Prob.  horn  βίπτω, 
ίββιμμαι.)     Hence 

'Ριμφάλέος,  a,  ον,  light,  swift. 

'Ριμφάρμΰτος,  ον,  (βίμφα,  άρμα)  of 
a  swift  chariot,  β.  διφρηλησία,  Pmd. 
Ο.  3,  67  ;  β.  αμι7.λαί,  swift  racing  of 
chariots.  Soph.  O.  C.  1063. 

'Piv,  ή,  later  form  for  βίς,  q.  v. 

'Pivaptov,  ov,  TO,  dim  from  βίς,  a 
small  nose,  [u] 

'Ρίνανλέω,  ώ,  (βίς,  ανλέω)  to  blow 
through  the  nose,  snort,  from  anger, 
etc.,  Gesn.  Luc.  Lexiph.  19. 

'Ρΐνάω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (βίς)  to  lead  by 
the  nose,  Meineke  MenaiKl.  p.  278. 

'Ρίνύω,  ώ,  {.  -ήσω,  {βίν?/)=^ρινεω, 
to  file,  fine  down,  Ael.  N.  A.  6,3:  ■ψή- 
γμα βινηΟέν,  filings,  Anth.  P.  9, 
310. 

'Ρίνεγκατάττηξιγενείος,  ov,  (βίς, 
εγκαταττήγννμι,  γένειον)  with  η  nose 
reaching  to  the  chin,  with  a  nut-crack- 
er nose  and  chin,  Anlh.  P.  append. 
288. 

'Ρϊνεγχνσία,  ας,  i),  (βινεγχντης) 
injection  through  the  nose. 

'Ρίνεγχντέω,  ώ,  to  inject  at  the  nosr, 
Diosc. :  from 

'Ρίνεγχΰτης,  ου,  ό,  {βίς,  εγχέω)  α 


PINO 

surgical  instrument  for  passing  injei 
tions  through  the  itose. 

'Ρϊνεγχντος,  ov,  {βίς,  εγχέω)  in 
jected  through  the  nose:  ταβινέγχντα 
injections  for  the  nose. 

'Ρϊνέω,  ώ,  f.  -7/σω,  to  file,  polish 
from 

'ΡΓΝΗ,  τ]ς,  ή,  a  file  or  rasp,  Xen 
Cyr.  6,  2,  33 ;  βίναι  χαρακται,  Leon 
Tar.  4. — II.  a  shark  with  a  rougli  .tkin, 
used  (like  shagreen)  for  polishing 
wood  and  marble,  Lat.  sijua/ma, 
Epich.  p.  29.  (Ace.  to  Arcad.  p. 
Ill,  24,  the  instrument  was  oxyt.  βινή, 
the  fish  paroxyt.  βίν?].) 

'Ρϊνηλάσία,  ας,  ί/,  a  tracking  by  the 
nose,  huuliiig  by  scent. 

'Ρϊν7ΐλάτέω,  ώ,  to  track  by  scent, 
Aesch.  Ag.  1185. 

'Ρίν?ι/.άτης,  ov,  ό,  (βίς,  Ιλαύνω) 
one  who  tracks  by  scent,  a  hound,   [ά] 

'Ρίνηλΰτος,  η,  ov,  (βίς,  εληννω) 
tracked  by  the  scent,  0pp.  H.  2,  290. 

'Ρίνημα,  ατός,  τό,  (βινέω)  that 
U'hich  is  filed  off,  m  plur.  filings, 
Hipp.,  Eur.  Teleph.  20.  [i] 

'Pivt/TT/piov,  ov,  τό,=βιν?/. 

'Ραη/Τί/ς,  οϋ,  ο,  (βινέω)  one  uhofilcs. 

i'Ptvduv,  ωνος,  ο,  Rhinthon,  a  tragic 
poet  of  Syracuse,  who  lived  in  Tar- 
enlum,  Anth.  P.  7,  414. 

'Ρίνίζω,  ί.  ίσω,-=βινέω. 

'Piviov,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  βίνη. — 
j  II.  in  plur.  τιι  βίνια,  dim.  from  ρις, 
I  the  nostrils,  Arist. 

'Ρίνισμα,  ατός,  τό,  {βινίζω)=βί• 
νήμα. 

'Ρϊνόβάτος,  ον,  ό,  α  rough-skinned 
fish,  between  the  species  βίνη  (signf. 
Ίΐ)  and  βάτος,  Arist.  Η.  A.  0,  11,  7 
also  -της,  Gen.  An.  2,  5,  11. 

'Ρϊνοβολος,  ov,  (βίς,  3ά/.?,ω)  hitting 
or  striking  the  nose. — II.  proparox.  βΐ- 
νόβολος,  pass.,  thrown  out  of  the  nose, 
e.  g.  of  a  snorting  sound,  β.  πάταγος, 
Anth.  P.  9,  769. 

'Ρϊ.νοδέφης,  ov,  a,  (βινός,  δεφέω)  a 
leather-dresser,  Hesych. 

'Ρΐνόκερως,  ωτος,  ΰ,  {βίς,  κέρας)  the 
Rhinoceros,  i.  e.  Aose-horn,  Pllii. 

^'Ρινοκόλονρα,  ων,  TU.Rhinocolara, 
a  city  of  Phoenicia,  Strab.  p.  759. 

'Ρίνοκολονστης,  ov,  6,  (βίς,  κο- 
λ.ονω)  one  who  cuts  off  7ioses,  a  tiose• 
clipper,  Diod. 

'Ρίνοκοπέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (βίς,  κόπτω) 
to  cut  off  the  nose,  β.  τίνα. 

'Ρίνυκτνπέω,  ώ,  (βίς)  to  make  a 
noise  with  the  nose. 

'Ρίνολάβίς,  ίδος,  ή,  (βίς,  λαμβάνω) 
an  instrument  for  taking  hold  of  the  nose. 

'Ρΐνήμακτρον,  ov,  τό,  (βίς)  a  pocket- 
handkerchief  dub. 

'Pivox',  ov,  r(5,=oiv(3fll,  2,  a  shield, 
Od.  5,  281,  but  dub. 

'Ρίνοπνλη,  ης,  ή,  a  side-gale,  wicket, 
Polyb.  8.  27,  8,  etc. 

'ΡΓΝΟ'Σ,  ov,  ύ,  (cf.  sub  fin.,)  the 
skin  of  a  living  person,  II.  5,  308,  Od. 
5,  426,  435,  etc. :  rarelv  of  a  dead  one, 
Hes.  Sc.  152,  cf.  Jac.  Anth.  P.  p.  740. 
— II.  the  hide  of  a  l>east,  esp.  of  an  ox, 
an  ox-hide,  freq.  in  Hoin.  ;  a  woiPs 
skin.  II.  10,  334  :  Hom.  does  not  use 
it  of  the  skin  of  a  live  beast,  but  it  is 
so  in  Hes.  Op.  513. — 2.  an  ox-hide 
shield.  II.  4,  447;  10,  63G. — The  gender 
is  undetermined  in  Horn.;  it  is  inasc. 
in  Nic.  Th.  3GI,  Al.  475;  feni.  in  Ap. 
Rh.  4,  174  :  we  also  have  βΐνόν,  τό, 
q.  V. ;  and  the  plur.  τύ  βινά  in  sjgnf. 
II,  1,  Anth.  P.  9,  328. 

ΎΐνόσΙμος.  ov,  (βίς,  σιμός)  sttuh 
nosed  ;  Luc.  Bacch.  2. 

'Ρΐνότμητος,  ov,  [βίς,  TtftViS)  %eilk 
the  nose  cut  off. 

'Ρϊνοτοιιίω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  =  βίνακο• 
πέω :  from 


ΡΙΠΙ 

Ύΐνοτόμος,  ον,  φις,  τέμνω)  cutting 
off  the  nose. 

'Ρίνοτόρος,  ον,  (βινός,  τορέω)  pierc- 
ing shields,  epith.  of  Mars,  II.  21,  392, 
Hes.  Th.  934,  Anth. 

'Ρίνοΰχος,  ον,  δ,  a  sewer,  Lat.  cloaca, 
Strab.  (Ace.  to  Coray  from  βοή, 
βέω,  and  ε^-ω  ;  dub.) 

'Ρΐνόχοος,  ό,  {βίς,  χέω)=()ΐνεγχν• 

Ύΐνώ7.εθρος,  ον,  ό,  (,βίς,  όλεθρος) 
α  nose-plague. 

t'PiVon',  ωνος,  ό,  Rhino,  one  of  the 
ten  in  Athens,  Isocr.  373. 

Ύΐνωτηρία,  ας,  ή.=  έφολκίς,  a  part 
in  the  steni  of  a  vessel. 

'ΡΓΟΝ,  01',  TO,  any  jutting  part  of  a 
mountain,  whether  upwards  or  for- 
wards ;  hence, — 1.  the  peak  of  a  mount- 
ain, βίον  Ονλύμποιο,  11.  8,  25,  etc.  ; 
βίον  ορέων,  Od.  9, 191  ;  βίον  ονρεον, 
Η.  Αρ.  139. — 2.  α  headland,  foreland, 
Od.  3,  295  ;  whence  the  pr.  names 
Ύίον  Μολνκρίκόν  and  'P.  Άχαίκόν 
at  the  mouth  of  the  gulf  of  Corinth, 
Thuc.  2.  86,  like  our  North  and  South 
Foreland. — 3.  later,  also,  a  hay  formed 
by  aforehnd,  Ael.  N.  A.  15,  3.  [i] 

f'Piov,  TO,  'Μολνκρίκόν.  or  'Avrt/δ- 
βιον,  Strab.  p.  387,  and  'Ρίου  Άχαί- 
κόν, V.  foreg.  2. 

ΥΡιπαΐα,  όρη,  τύ,  the  Rhipaean 
mountains,  a  fabled  range  of  mount- 
ains on  the  northern  edge  of  the 
earth,  Dion.  P.  315  :  'Ριπαίον  όρος, 
Callim.  Fr.  215 :  also,  'ΡΙπαι,  Arist. 
Meteor.  1,  13. 

'Ριπάς,  άόος,  {],=.βίττή,  very  dub. 

'Ρίπαϋλης,  ον,  ό,  v.  βαπαταύλης. 

'Pirn'/,  ης,  ή,  (βίπτω)  the  swing  or 
force  with  which  any  thiiig  is  thrown  ; 
and,  also,  the  motion  of  the  thing  so 
thrown,  rushing  motion,  rush,  β.  uiya- 
νέης.  the  throw  or  flight  of  a  javelm, 
11.  16,  58θ;  λύος,  of  a  stone,  II.  12, 
462,  Od.  8, 192  ;  so,  ττέτρίναι  β.,  Eur. 
Hel.  1123;  β.  Βορέαο,  the  sweep  or 
rush  of  the  N.  wind,  II.  15, 171  ;  later, 
βιπαΐ  κυμάτων  ανέμων  τε,  Pind.  P. 
4,  346,  cf.  Fr.  58,  6  ;  β.  ΰνέαων,  Pind. 
P.  9,  84,  Soph.  Ant.  137;  βιττή  alone, 
a  storm,  Aesch.  Pr.  1089  :  so,  β.  πυ- 
ρός, the  rush  of  fire,  II.  21,  12  ;  β.  αν- 
δρός, 11.  8,  355  ;  αθανάτων,  Hes.  Th. 
681,  849  ;  ύτΓο  βίτϊΐις  Άφροόίτης,  of 
love.  0pp.  Η.  4,  14 1  : — and  so,  of  α 
rushing  sound,  β.  πτερύγων,  Aesch. 
Pr.  126  ;  hence  also  of  the  buzz  of  a 
gnat's  wings.  Id.  Ag.  893 ;  of  the 
lyre's  quivering  notes,  Pind.  P.  1,  18  : 
— then  of  quivering,  twinkling  light, 
βιπαΐ  άστρων.  Soph.  El.  106,  cf. 
O.  C.  1248  ;  and  so,  β.  ποδών,  like 
ΐιαρμαρυγή,  Eur.  I.  T.  885  : — lastly, 
of  α  strong  smell,  β.  olvov,  Pind.  Fr. 
147. — Cf.  /3ολ7/,  όρμί/,  φορά,  βύμη  and 
Lat.  impetus. — Π.  the  wing  as  an  in- 
strument of  swift  motion,  Ap.  Rh.  2, 
935.— Poet.  word. 

t'PiV?/,  ης,  7],  Rhipe,  a  city  of  Ar- 
cadia near  Stratia,  II.  2,  606. 

'Ρϊπίδίον,  ου,  τό,  dim  from  βιπίς, 
a  small  bellows. 

'Ρϊπίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (βίπίς)  to  blow  up, 
fan  the  flame,  Lat.  conflare,  πο?.έμον 
έριν.  Fr.  Hom.  26  ;  ανεγείρει  καΐ 
βίπίζει,  Ar.  Ran.  360: — pass.,  τεμάχη 
βιπίζεται,  the  fish  is  fanned  to  boiling- 
point,  Id.  Eccl.  842. — 2.  to  fan  a  per- 
son, Plut.  Anton.  26. 

'Ρίπίς,  Ιδϋς,  ή,  (βι~ή)  a  fan  for  rais- 
ing the  fire.  Ar.  Ach.  669,  888;  β.  πτε- 
ρίνα,  Anth.  P.  6,  306.— Π.  α  lady's 
fan,  Dion.  H.  7,  9,  Anth.  P.  6,  290.— 
Ι11.~βίψ.  [Ace.  to  Draco  p.  23,  15, 
etc.,  -ΐς  in  common  Greek  and  Ion., 
-ΐς  in  Att.,  V.  Ar.  11.  c. ;  in  Anth.,  11.  c, 
both  occur,  Jac.  A.  P.  p.  204.] 


ΡΙΠΤ 

'Ρίπΐσις,  ή,  {βΐπίζω)  a  blowing  with 
a  belUiws  or  fan,  Theophr. 

'Ρίπισμα,  ατός,  τό,  (βΐπίζω)  that 
which  is  fanned  or  blown  up  with  bellows. 
II.=foreg.,  Anth.  P.  5,  294. 

'Ρίπισμός,  ον,  ό,^βίπισίς. 

'Ρίπιστήρως,  a,  ον,  {βιπίζω)  fit  for 
f aiming :  το  β.. = βιπίς. 

'Ρίπιστός,  ή,  όν,  (βιπίζω)  fanned, 
blowTi  with  the  bellows. 

'Ρίπος,  not  βίτϊος,  εος,  τό,  like  βίφ, 
a  mat  or  wicker-hurdle,  Hdt.  2,  96  :  also 
βϊπος,  ύ,  Diosc.   , 

'Ριπτάζω,  f.  -άσω,  frequentative 
from  βίπτω,  to  throw  to  and  fro,  throvj 
or  toss  about,  Lat.  jactare,  βίπταζε 
θεούς  κατά  δώμα,  II.  14,  257  ;  όφρνσι 
βιπτάζειν,  to  inove  the  eyebrows  xip 
and  down,  H.  Merc.  279 :  — pass.,  to 
toss  one's  self  about,  keep  tossing,  esp.  in 
bed,  Hipp. ;  so,  άγρυπνίαις  πολλαΐ- 
σιν  'εββιπτασμενον,  Ar.  Lys.  27  ;  ττ? 
■γνώμη  πολλά  βιπτασθεϊς  έπ'  αμφότε- 
ρα, Plut.  Cicer.  37  :— Hipp,  also  has 
β.  έωιιτόν,  and  βιπτάζειν,  intr.,  in 
same  signf ,  cf.  Foes.  Oecon.  [i] 

'Ρίπτασκον,  Ep.  impf.  of  βίπτω, 
Horn.,  and  Hes. 

'Ριπτασμός,  ον,  ό,  (βιπτάζω)  throw- 
ing or  tossing  about,  τών  /^ελέ  ων,  Hipp.: 
absol.,  a  tossing  about,  esp.  in  bed,  Id., 
Plut.  2,  455  Β  : — metaph.,  uneasiness, 
anxiety. 

'Ριπταστικός,  ή,  όν,  tossing  to  and 
fro,  M.  Anton.  1,  16. 

'Ριπτέω,  ώ,  used  only  in  pres.  and 
impf.,  a  collat.  form  of  βίπτω,  to  which 
it  is  related  as  Lat.  jactare  to  jacere, 
conseq.  with  the  collat.  notion  of  re- 
peated action,  first  in  Hdt.  4,  91,  188, 
then  in  Att.  poetry  and  prose  :  Elmsl. 
(Heracl.  150)  indeed  wholly  rejects  it 
in  Trag.  : — in  the  forms  they  use,  the 
difference  is  generally  one  of  accent, 
(βίπτειν  or  βιπτεΐν),  so  that  the  sense 
must  determine  the  question,  v.  Dind. 
Soph.  Ant.  131,  Tr.  780,  Aj.  230  ;  but 
βιπτονΐ'τες\$  the  reading  of  theMSS. 
in  Eur.  1.  c. ;  βιπτείτε,  Ar.  Eccl.  507  ; 
βιπτοόμενος,  Plat.  Tim.  80  A. 

'Ριπτός,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from  βί- 
πτω, thrown,  cast,  hurled,  β.  μόρος, 
death  by  throwing  down  (a  precipice). 
Soph.  tr.  357. 

'Ρίπτω,  strengthd.  from  Root  ΡΙΠ- 
which  appears  in  βιπή.  βιφήναι,  etc.: 
f.  βίψω  :  aor.  εββιύ<α,  also  3  sing.  aor. 
2  ερβιφε,  in  0pp.  C.  4, 350 :  aor.  pass. 
έβριφην  [ί],  less  freq.  έρβίφθην,  Pors. 
Hec.  339  :  Ep.  impf.  βίπτασκον,  ες,  ε, 
II.  15,  23,  Od.  11,  591,  and  Hes.":  a 
redupl.  pf.  pass,  βερίφθαι  in  Pind.  Fr. 
281.  Hom.  only  uses  Ep.  impf.,  fut., 
and  aor.  act. — A  later  collat.  form 
with  modified  signf.  is  βιπτέω,  q.  v. : 
see  also  the  frequentat.  βιπτάζω. 

To  throw,  cast,  hurl,  δισκον,σόαΐραν, 
II.  23,  842,  Od.  6,  115;  )?  μιν  ελών 
βί-φω  έςΎαρτάρον,  II.  8, 13,  cf.  Aesch. 
Pr.  1051  ;  ες  το  όνστνχές.  Id.  Cho. 
913;  ες  φλόγα.  Soph.'  Tr.  695;  Λ. 
χθονί,  to  throw  on  the  ground.  Soph. 
Tr.  790;  cf.  Eur.  I.  A.  39 :— ίο  cast  a 
net,  εββιπται  Ό  βό^^ς,  the  cast  has 
been  made,  Orac.  ap.  Hdt.  1.  02  : — β. 
τί  τίνος,  like  κατά  τίνος,  to  throw  it  at 
one,  Eur.  Bacch.  1097  (ubi  v.  Elmsl.), 
Cycl.  51  : — also,  β.  τινά  κατά  πέτρας, 
to  throw  him  against  a  rock.  Id.  I.  T. 
1430  :  but,  κατά  κρημνών  βιφΟέντες, 
thrown  down  from...,  Plat.  Legg.  944 
A. — 2.  to  throw  about,  like  βιπτάζω,  ! 
πλοκάμονς,  Eur.  I.  A.  758.  Bacch. 
150. — 3.  to  cast  out  of  the  house  or  ι 
land,  Soph.O.  T.  719,  Phil.  265,  etc.; 
μη  βιφθώ  κνσιν  πρό;37.ητος,  Aj.  830,  ι 
— 4.  to  throw  off  or  away,  of  arms, 
clothes,  Eur.  El.  820,  Plat.  Rep.  474  j 


ΡΟΓΚ 
A  ;  esp.,  β.  ασπίδα,  Lys.  117, 1,  etc. ; 
cf  βί-ήιασπις. — 5.  β.  λόγονς,  to  cast 
them  forth,  let  drop,  Aesch.  Pr.  312, 
Eur.  Ale.  680:— but,  also,  to  throw 
them  awav,  waste  them,  Aesch.  Ag. 
1068,  cf.  Eur.  Med.  1404.— 6.  β.  κίν- 
δννον,  metaph.  from  the  dice,  (as  we 
say)  to  make  a  bold  throw,  make  a  ven- 
ture or  hazard,  run  a  risk,  Valck.  Hdt. 
7,  50  ;  v.  άναββίπτω,  II,  Elmsl. 
Heracl.  150. — 7.  intr.  (sub.  εαυτόν), 
to  throw  or  cast  one's  self,  i.  e.  to  fall, 
Theogn.  176  ;  to  dash  one's  self  ές 
τάφρον.  Monk  Ale.  922,  cf.  Meineke 
Menand.  p.  105:— the  pass,  is  also 
used  in  this  signf.  (Akin  to  έρείπω.) 

'ΡΙ'Σ.  ή,  gen.  βϊνός,  ace.  βϊνα,  plur. 
βϊνες,  Ion.  gen.  p\.  βινέων,  Hipp.: — 
the  nose,  both  of  men  and  beasts,  Od. 
4,  445,  Hdt.  3,  154,  and  Att.— 2.  in 
plur.,  the  nostrils,  Lat.  nares,  II.  14, 
467,  Od.  5,  456,  etc.,  Hes.  Sc.  267, 
and  Att.  :^post-Hom.  also μνκτήρες  : 
— cf  γρνπός,  σιμός. — II.  metaph.,  the 
power  of  tracking  by  scent.  A  later 
form  is  βίν,  cf.  Lob.  Paral.  196.  [i,. 
except  in  late  versifiers,  Jac.  Anth.  P. 
p.  729.] 

'Ρίσκος,  ον,  ό,  a  coffer,  chest,  Lat. 
risciis,  Antiph.  Κνβεντ.  1. 

'Ρΐφή,  ης.  ή,  {βίπτω)— βίμμα  and 
βίφις.  Lye.  235,  1326. 

'Ρίψ,  ;).  (later  also  ό,  Lob,  Paral. 
114),  gen.  βϊπός : — plaited  work  of 
osiers  or  rushes,  wicker-work,  Od.  5, 
256 : — hence,  a  mat,  Lat.  crates,  βι-φΐ 
καταστεγάζειν ,ΙΙάΧ..  4,  71 : — proverb., 
θεού  ϋέλοντος  καν  επι  βιπος  πλέοις, 
ap.  Plut.  2,  405  Β,  cf.  Ar.  Ran.  699, 
Luc.  Hermot.  28, — said  to  be  taken 
from  boys'  learning  to  swim  with  a 
bundle  of  rushes. — Later  collat.  forms 
are  ό  βίπος  and  το  βιπος.  (Prob. 
akin  to  βίπτω,  as  δόναξ  to  δονέω. 
Hence  γρίπος,  γρίφος  and  Lat.  scir- 
piis,  perh.  also  ripa  :  όώψ  is  akin,   [j] 

'Ρίψασπις,  ιδος,  ό.  η,  {βίπτω,  ασπίς) 
throwing  away  his  shield  in  battle,  a  rec- 
reant, Ar.  Nub.  353,  Pac.  1186,  Plat. 
Legg.  944  B. 

'Ριφαυχενέω,  ώ,  to  throw  the  neck 
up.  esp.  of  horses :  from 

'Ρι-φανχην,  ενός,  ό.  ή,  (βίπτω^  αν- 
χήν)  throwing  the  neck  up,  tossing  the 
head,  esp.  of  horses ;  also  of  haughty 
persons,  Pind.  Fr.  224;  cf.  νφανχην, 
εριανχην. 

'Ρίίΐ'ΐς,  (not  βί-φις),  εως,  ή,  (βίπτω) 
α  throwing,  hurling.  Plat.  Legg.  813  D. 
— 2.  a  throuing  down  from  a  height, 
Id.  Rep.  378  D. — 3.  a  throu'ing  about, 
βίφεις  ομμάτων,  Plut.  Sull.  35. 

'Ριιΐ'οκινδννέω,  ώ,  to  run  risks,  bt 
fool-hardy,  Dio  C  :  from  ift 

'Ρι-φοκίνδννος,  ον,  (βίπτω,  κίνδυ- 
νος) running  needless  risks :  a  fool- 
hardy person.  Lat.  vir  projectae  auda- 
ciae,  Xen.  Mem.  1,  3,  9  ;  cf.  άναββί- 
πτειν  II.     Adv.  -νως. 

'Ρι-ψο?.ογέω,  ώ,  {βίπτω,  λόγος)  to 
bandy  words,  Polyb.  12,  9,  5,  etc. 

'Ρ  ιψοπλος,  ον,{βίπτω,  δπ2ον)  throw- 
ing away  his  arms,  hence,  άτη  β.,  i.  e. 
a  panic  flight,  Aesch.  Theb.  315. 

'Ριφοφθαλμία,  ας,' η,  (όφθα?.μός)  β 
casting  about  the  eyes,  leering. 

'Ρόα,  ή.=:βοιά,  a  pomegranate,  Ar 
Fr.  506,  Plat. :  cf.  σίδη. 

'Ροά.  ή.  Dor.  for  βοή,  a  stream,  Pind. 

'Ρους.  άδος,  η,  (βεω)  a  flowing,  run- 
ning, a  disease  of  vines,  Lat.  roratio, 
Plin.  ;  cf.  βοιύς. 

'Ρο3δέω.=βοι3δέω,  Hesych. 

ΥΡοβούμ.  h,  (Hebr.  in  Greek  form 
'Ροβύαμος,  ov)Roboam  or  Rehabeam,  a 
son  of  Solomon,  king  of  Judah,  N.  T. 

'Ρογκιύω,^=^βέγκω,  βέγχω,  Epich. 
p.  111. 

1321 


ΡΟΔΟ 

'Ρόγκος,  ό,=1>ήγχος. 

'Ρογμός,  o,  =  loreg.,  Foes.  Oecon. 
Hipp. 

'Ρόγος,  ov,  ό,  in  Sicily  and  Magna 
Graccia.  a  slack  or  rick  put  up  in  the 
iielii ;  hence,  generally,  η  ham,  siore- 
hoiise,  Epich.  p.  10.     (Cf.  Lat.  rogus.) 

'Ρο-ιχα^(ύ,=Ι)έ)χω,  Hesych. 

'Ρόγχος,  ου,  ό,  <(>ίγχω)  like  βέγχος, 
Λ  snoring,  Lat.  ronchua. 

'Ροδαλός,  ή,  όν,=: βοδινός,  Ορρ.  C. 
1,501. 

'Ράδαμνος,  ό,=βάδαμνος  and  όρό- 
δαμνος. 

'Ροδάνη.  ης.  η,  {Ι)θδανός)  the  spun 
thread,  woof  or  icefl,  Batr.  183;  ace. 
to  Hesych.,  =  κρόκη  :  cf.  Schneid. 
Orph.  Arg.  509.  [«]    Hence 

'Ροδΰνι^ω,  to  twist  threads,  spin. 

'PnihlvDC,  ή,  ύν,  waving,  flickering, 
παρά  βοδανόν  δονακτ/α,  11.  18,  576 
(al.  βηδα'λόν,  βαδανόν.  βαδινόν,βίο.) : 
but  βοδανόν  is  recognized  by  Aris- 
tarch.,  V.  Spitzn.  ad.  1.,  and  correctly 
derived  from  κραδάω,  κραδαίνω  ;  of. 
όαδινός. 

'Ρηδΰνός,  η,  όν,=βόδινος.  dub. 

^Ροδανος.  ον,  ό,  the  Rhodanus, 
now  Rhone,  in  Gallia,  Ap.  Rh.  4,  627  ; 
Strab.  p.  183. 

'Ρόδαξ.  ΰκος,  ή,  dim.  from  βόδον,  a 
dwarf-rose. 

ί'Ροδύσπης.  ου,  δ,  Rhodaspes,  a  son 
of  Phraates,  Strab.  p.  748. 

'Po(5f'a,  7/.  coiitr.  βυδη,  a  rose-bush  : 
cf.  βόδοί'  tin. 

'Ροόεία,  ας,  ή,  (βόδον)  a  rose-wreath, 
dub. 

ΥΡόδεια,  ας,  ή,  Rhodli,  daughter 
of  Oceanus  and  Tethys,  a  companion 
of  Proserpina,  H.  Horn.  Cer.  451  ; 
Hes.  Th.  351,  ubi  v.  1.  'Ροδία. 

'Ρόδειος,  ov.  and 

'Ρόδεος.  a,  ov,  (βόδον)  of  roses,  uv- 
θεα,  πέταλα,  Ibyc.  4,  Eur.  Hel.  245  ; 
άνβη.  Id.  Med.  841  ;  λίπος,  Nic.  Al. 
155. 

'Ροίίεώΐ',  ώνος,  υ,  a  rose-bed,  rosary, 
also  βοδών. 

'Ροδί),  ή,  contr.  for  βοδέα,  a  rose- 
tree,  rose-bush,  Archil.  37. 

ΥΡήδη,  7/f,  7j,  Rhode,  daughter  of 
Neptune  and  Arnphitrite,  ApoUod.  1, 
4,  4.-2.  daughter  of  Danaus,  Id.  2, 
],  5.— Others  in  Anth. ;  N.  T. ;  etc. 
— Π.  a  city  of  Hispania,  Strab.  p. 
160. 

ΥΡοδία,  ας,  7ΐ,='Ρόδεια. — II.  the 
Rhodian  territory,  as  well  the  islands 
as  the  territory  on  the  Carian  coast, 
Strab. 

'Ροδιακός,  η,  όν,  of  Rhodes :  το  'P., 
=sq..  Epigen.  Ήρωίν.  2. 

'Ροδιάς,  άδος,  7],  a  kind  of  cup  made 
at  Rhodes,  Diphd.  aip.  1. 

'Ροδίου,  f.  •ισω,  [ρήδον)  to  look  or 
smell  like  the  rose,  Alh.  677  E.— II. 
trans,  to  tinge  of  a  rose  colour.  The- 
ophr. 

'Ρόδινος,  η,  ov,  (βόδον)  made  of 
roses,  Anacr.  95. 

'Ρόδιος,  α,ον,={οτβίζ.,  Diosc. 

'Ρόδιος,  a,  ov,  (Todor)  Rhodian,  of 
or  from  Rhodes.  11.  2.  651. — If. 'ΡοΛα 
τέχνη,  the  art  of  painting,  Mehlhorn 
Anacr.  15,  3,  cf.  p.  218. 

νΡόδιος,  ov,  ό,  the  Rhodius,  a  river 
of  Troas,  II.  12,  20. — II.  as  masc.  pr. 
n.,  Diog.  L. ;  etc. 

ΥΡοδιππη.  -ης,  i),  Rhodippe,  fern, 
pr.  n.,  Ar.  Lys.  370. 

'Ροδίς,  ίδος,  ή,  an  unguent  or  paw• 
der  made  from  roses,  Diosc. 

'Ροδίτης,  ό,  (βόδον)  οίνος,  wine 
flavoured  with  roses,  DiosC.  5,  35. — 2. 
βοδ.,  a  gem,  Plin. 

ΥΡοδογούνη,    7ΐς,    ή,    Rhodogune, 
mother  of  Xerxes.— 2.  daughter  of 
1322 


ΡΟΛΩ 

Artaxerxes,  Plut.  Artax. — 3.  wife  of 
Demetrius  Nicanor,  App. 

'Ρθ(5ο(5ά«Γί)/ο(•,  ov,  (βοδον,  δύκτν- 
7.ος)  rosy-fingered,  always  as  epilh.  of 
'HiJf,  Morn,  Horn.,  and  Hes.  ;  Kii- 
πρις,  Colulh.  98. 

'Ροδοδάφνη,  ης,  ή,  (βόδον,  δάφν7ΐ) 
the  rose-laurel,  i.  e.  either  the  oleander 
or  the  rhododendron,  Luc,  and  Plin.  ; 
elsewh.  I'/jptov. 

'Ροδόδενδρον,  ov.  ro,=  foreg.,  Plin. 

'Ροδοειδ//ς,  ες,  (βόδον,  είδος)  rose- 
like, rosy,  Musae.  114,  Anth.  P.  15, 
40. 

'Ροδόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  (βόδον)  of  roses, 
έ?.αιον,  II.  23,  186;  ανβεα,  Eur.  I. 
Α.  1298;  χάρις,  Anth.  P.  5,  81  ;  etc. 

'Ροδόκισσος,  ov,  b,  rose-ivy,  Theocr. 
5,  131  ;  but  prob.  it  should  be  written 
βόδα  κισσός  :  cf.  Wordsvv.  ad  1. 

'Ροδόκο/.πος,  ov,  rosy-bosomed. 

'Ροδόμάλον,  ov,  TO,  Dot.  for  βοδό- 
μη/.ον. 

'Ροδόμελι,  ιτος,  τό,  rose-honey. 

'Ροδόμηλον,  ον,  τό.  Dor.  -μάλον, 
(βόδον,  μη7Μν)  α  rose-apple :  hence 
metaph.,  α  plump,  rosy  cheek,  Theocr. 
23,  8. — II.  marmalade  made  of  roses 
and  quinces. 

'Ροδομΐγής,  ές,  (βόδον,  μίγννμι) 
mixed  with  roses,  Clem.  Al. 

'ΡΟ'ΔΟΝ.  ov,  TO,  the  rose,  Lat.  ro.^a. 
first  in  H.  Horn.  Cer,  6,  Theogn.  537, 
Hdt.  8,  138: — proverb,  of  any  thing 
svveet_  or  beautiful,  βόδα  μ'  είρηκας, 
Ar.  Xub.  910;  πύττε  πολλοίς  τοϊς 
βόδοις,  lb.  1330. — 2.  a  garden  of  roses, 
rosary,  Coluth.  348. — II.  part  of  the 
pudenda  muliehria,  Pherecr.  Metall.  1, 
29. — A  dat.  βοδίεσσι,  as  if  from  το 
βόδος,  occurs  Αρ.  Kh.  3,  1020 ;  al. 
βοδέΐ)σι.  (Perh.  akin  to  έ-ρνθ-ρός, 
Germ.  roth,  our  red,  ruddy.) 

'Ροδόπεπλος,  ov,  (βόδον,  πέπλος) 
with  roseate  veil  or  robe,  Q.  Sm.  3,  608. 

ΥΡοδόπη,  ης.  ή,  Rhoddpe,  an  ocean 
nymph,  companion  of  Proserpina.  H. 
Horn.  Cer.  422.-2.  daughter  of  the 
river-god  Strymon,  wife  of  Haemus 
king  of  Thrace,  Luc.  Salt.  51.— Oth- 
ers in  Luc. ;  etc. — II.  a  lofty  mount- 
ain range  in  Thrace,  Hdt.  4,  49 ; 
Thuc.  2,  96  ;  Theocr.  7,  77. 

'Ροδόπηχνς,  Dor.  -παχνς,  ν,  gen. 
νος,  (βόδον,  πηχνς)  rosy-armed,  Η. 
Horn.  31,  6,  Hes.  Th.  247,  251,  Sap- 
pho 22,  Theocr.  2,  148,  etc. 

'Ροδόπνοος,  ov,  (  βόδον,  πνέω  ) 
breathing  of  roses,  Anlh. 

'Ρο(507Γϋ}Όζ•,  ην,  (βόδον,  πνγή)  rosy- 
rumped,  Anth.  P.  5,  55. 

'Ροδοπώ?.ης,  ov,  6,  (πωλέω)  a  rose- 
srller. 

'Ρόδος,  ov.  ή,  the  isle  of  Rhodes, 
ton  the  coast  of  Caria,  earlier  called 
Ophiiisa,  Stadia,  and  Telchinis,  II.  2, 
655;  Strab.  p.  653.-2.  the  capital 
of  the  island,  havmg  two  harbours, 
Strab.  1.  c. 

'Ροδόσταγμα,  τό,  and  βοδόστα- 
κτον,  τό,  (βόδον,  στάζω)  extract  of 
roses  prepared  with  honey,  like  βοδό- 
με/ 1. 

'Ροδόσφνρης,  ον,  (βόδην,  σόνρόν) 
rosu-ankled,  Q.  Sm.  1,  138,  Anth. 

i'Pooovvria,  ας.  ή.  Rhoduntia,  a 
strong  place  in  Thessaly  near  Ther- 
mopylae, Strab.  p.  428. 

'Ροδοφόρος,  ov,  (φέρω)  bearing  roses. 

ΥΡυδοχάρης,  ονς,  ό,  Rhodockdres, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Luc.  Catapl.  17. 

'Ροδόχροος,  ov,  contr.  -χΐ)ονς,  ovv, 
(βόδον,  χρόα)  rose-coloured,  0pp.  H.  1, 
130,  Anacreont.  57,  3,  etc. 

'Ροδόχρως,  ωτος,  ό,  ή,  =  foreg., 
Theocr.  18,  31. 

'Ροδών,  ο>νης,=:βοδεών,  Anth.  P.  5, 
36  (e  conj.  Jac). 


ΡΟΘΟ 

ΥΡόδων,  ωνος,  ό,  Rhodon,  masc.  pr. 
η.,  Anth. 

'Ροδωνία,  ας,  η,  (βόδον)  α  bed,  gar- 
den of  roses,  rosary,  Dem.  1251,  27:  α 
rose-hush,  Theophr.,  Ael.  N.  A.  14,  24  ; 
cl.  Ιωνία. — II.  a  vine  with  gold-coloured 
grapes, — ΙΙΙ.τ^βοδοδάφνη. — \\  .  a  dish 
prepared  with  roses,  Ath.  406  A  ;  like 
βθδόμ7ιλον.  —  V.  pudenda  muliebria, 
Cralin.  Nem.  5. — IJsu.  written  βοδω- 
νία.  but  V.  Lob.  Paral.  317. 

^'Ροδώπις,  ιος.  ri,  Rhodopis,  a  court- 
esan who  became  queen  of  Psam- 
mitichus  of  .Aegypt,  Ael.  V.  H.  13. 
33. — 2.  another,  who  lived  in  Aegypt 
in  the  time  of  Ainasis,  Hdt.  2,  134. — 
Cf.  Ath.  596  Β  ;  Strab.  p.  808. 

'Ροδώπις,  ιδος,  pecul.  poet.  fem. 
from  sq.,  Nonn. 

'Ροδωπός,  ύν,  (ωψ)  rosy-faced,  Di- 
osc. 

'Ροδωτός,  η,  όν,  as  if  from  βοδόω, 
prepared  with  roses:  to  β.,  rose-wine, 
rose-water,  etc.,  Lat.  rosalum. 

'Ροείδιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  βόος, 
a  conduit  or  cha/inel,  Inscr. 

i'Poείτης,  ov,  a,  the  river  earlier 
called  Rhesus  in  Troas,  Strab.  p.  602. 

'Ροη,  ης,  ή,  Dor.  βοά,  [βέω)  a  river, 
stream,  flood,  fieq.  in  Horn.,  always  in 
plur.,  and  usu.  with  a  gen.  addeil,  ίπ' 
'ίΐκεανοΐο  βούων,  11.  3,  5 ;  'Μαιάνδρου 
τε  βοάς,  II.  2.  869  ;  ποτάμοιο.  ύδατος, 
etc.  ;  so  also  in  Hes.,  and  Trag.:  άμ- 
πέλυν  βοή  or  βηαί,  the  juice  of  the 
grape,  Eur.  Bacch.  281,  Cycl.  123: — 
metaph.,  the  stream,  of  song  or  poesy. 
βοαϊ  Μ.οισάν,  επέων,  Pmd.  Ν.  7,  17, 
I.  7  (6),  26  ;  also,  βυαί,  .'streams  of 
events,  the  tide  of  affairs,  Pind.  O.  2, 
62,  cf.  N.  11,  61.— 2.  a  flowins.  flux, 
as  a  philosoph.  term.  Plat.  Theaet. 
152  E,  etc.,  V.  Crat.  402  A  ;  cf.  βέω 
5.     Cf.  βήος. 

'Ροητόκος,  ov,  (  τίκτω  )  producing 
streams. 

'Ροθέω,  ώ,  (βάθος)  to  make  a  rushing 
noise,  to  dash,  esp.  of  waves  and  the 
stroke  of  oars :  also  of  tire,  έν  βο- 
θυνντί  κρι,βάνω,  Aesch.  Fr.  309. — 2. 
of  any  confuseii  noise,  as,  βοθείν  τι- 
VI,  to  murmur  at  one,  Soph.  Ant.  290: 
λόγοι  έββοΟονν,  there  was  a  noise  of 
angry  words,  lb.  259. 

'Ροθίάζω,  {.  -άσω,  strengthd.  form 
of  foreg.,  to  ply  the  dashing  oar,  Cra- 
tin.  Incert.  8,  Hermipp.  Stratiot.  5 : 
also  of  the  oars,  to  dash,  Ar.  Fr.  60. 
— 2.  of  pigs  eating,  to  7nake  a  guttling 
noise,  Ar.  Ach.  807. 

'Ροθιάς,  άδος,  ή,  pecul.  poet.  fem. 
of  βύθίΟΓ,  roaring,  dashing,  κώπη, 
Aesch.  P'ers.  396. 

'Ρόθιυν,  ου,  τό,  v.  βύΟιος  II. 

'Ρύθιος,  ov,  also,  a,  ov,  Eur.  I.  T. 
1133  :  (  βόθος)  :  —  rushinc,  roaring, 
dashing,  esp.  like  waves,  κύμα  βύθιον. 
Od.  5,  412;  so  of  oars,  β^  πλάται, 
κώτται,  Eur.  1.  c,  and  407.-2.  of  pigs, 
guttling,  Numen.  ap.  Ath.  327  A. — II. 
TO  β.,  as  subst.,  σ  wave  dashing  on  the 
bench,  a  breaker,  iiave,  esp.  in  plur., 
Soph.  Phil.  689,  Eur.  Cycl.  17,  etc. : 
and  in  sing.,  surf,  .^urge,  Aesch.  Pr. 
1048,  Thuc.  4,  ]0:  —  γ/.νκερά  β.,  of 
wine,  Anth.  P.  1 1,  64. — 2.  a  hud  shout, 
esp.  of  applause,  β.  αιμεσθηί  τινι,  Ar. 
Eq.  546  :— generally,  β  tumult,  riot. 
Eur.  Andr.  1096,  cf.  Aesch.  Theb.  .Ί62. 

'Ροθιότης,  7]τος,  ή,  noisiness,  vio- 
lence. 

'ΡοθοπΟγίζω,  v.  ^αθαπνγίζω. 

'ΡΟ'ΘΟΣ,  ον,  ο,  α  rushing  noise, 
roar  or  dash  of  waves,  esp.,  the  rushing 
of  a  stream,  the  dash  of  oars,  έξ  ενός 
βόθον,  with  one  stroke,  i.  e.  all  at  once, 
Aesch.  Pers.  462  ;  cf.  κέλευσμα. — 2. 
of  any  confused  inarticulate  sound, 


POIZ 

Ιόθος  ITtpffMof  γ?.ώσσης,  the  noise  of 
the  Persian  (i.  e.  barbarian)  tongue, 
Aesch.  Pers.  406. — 3.  of  any  rushing 
motion,  της  όέ  Αίκης  βάθος  έ'/.κομένης, 
7/  κ'  άνομες  άγωσι  όωροφύγοι,  α  re- 
sistless course  is  that  of  Justice,  though 
she  be  dragged  whithersoever  bribed 
judges  lead  her,  Hes.  Op.  222;  πτε- 
pvyuv  βάθος,  0pp.  H.  5,  17. — II.  α 
steep,  rocky  path,  Nlc.  Th.  672  :  αίγος 
βάθος,  a  goat's  cottrse  or  track,  Nic.  1. 
c.  (Onomatop.,  like  βοΐ,βδος,  βόφος, 
etc.) 

'Ροίά,  ΰς,  η,  Ion.  βοίη,  a  pomegra- 
nate-tree,  Od.  7,  1 15  ;  11,  589.— II.  the 
fruit,  a  pomegranate,  H.  Cer.  373,  412, 
Hdt.  4,  143,  Ar.  Vesp.  1268;  also, 
βόα. 

'Ροία,  ή,  (βέω)  a.  horse-pond,  horse- 
pool,  Hesych. :  hence  βοίζω. 

'Ροίαξ,  ακος,  ύ,=βοίά,  very  dub. 

Ύοιύς,  άύος,  7/,=βοάς,  ν.  J.  for 
βνάς,  which  is  better. 

'Ροιβδέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (βοϊβδος)  like 
βοφέω,  to  swolloiv  with  a  noise,  to  stick 
down,  of  Charybdis,  Od.  12,  106:— in 
Aesch.  Eum.  404  Minerva  comes, 
βοιβδοΰσα  κό/.-ον  αιγίδος,  letting  her 
oeliying  aegis  rusi/e  (as  she  flies).  Cf. 
άναβ;  UTTOp-,  επι^-βοφδέω. 

'Ροι3δηθόν,  adv.,  =  βοιζηδόν,  Q- 
Sm.  5,  381. 

'Ροί3δησις,  εως,  ή,  (βοι3δέω)  a 
whistling,  piping,  βονκό?.ων,  Eur.  I. 
A.  10S6. 

'Ροϊβδος,  ου,  ό,  any  rushing  noise  or 
motion,  e.  g.  the  whirring  of  wings. 
Soph.  Ant.  1004  ;  the  rushing  of  the 
wind,  άνεμου  β.  καΐ  βύμη,  Ar.  Nub. 
407.  (The  usage  of  βοΐβδος.  βοίβδέω, 
agrees  with  that  of  βοΐζος,  βοιζέω,  cf 
ΰ-οββοιβδέ(ύ,επιί)βοί3δέο}  :  though  in 
Horn,  the  verb  {)οι3δέω  is  used=/(o-  j 
φέω  ;  cf  ΰναββοι3δέω.) 

'Ροιβδύδης,  ες,  {εΙδος)=βοίζώδης. 

'Ροιδάριον  or  βοϊδάριον,  -o,=  sq. 

'Ροίδιυν  or  βοίδιον,  ου,  το,  dim.  Ι 
from  βοιά,  βόα,  α  small  pomegrannte, 
Menand.  p.  55  :  the  {orm  βοίδιον  was 
held  to  be  better  Alt.,  Lob.  Phryn. 
87,  Pors.  Hec.  p.  li. 

'Ροίζασκε,  Ep.  impf.  of  βοιζέω,  Hes. 
Th.  835. 

'Ροιζέω,  ύ,  f.  -ήσω,  (βοΐζος)  to  whis- 
tle, Lat.  stridere,  II.  10,  502;  of  a 
snake,  to  hiss,  Hes.  Th.  835  (in  Ep. 
impf  with  aor.  signf  βοίζασκε),  Αρ. 
Rh.  4,  129,  etc.  ;  of  birds,  to  rush  or 
■whirr  through  the  air,  Luc.  Amor.  22: 
— so  in  pass.,  Anth.     Hence 

'Ροιζηδά,  adv.,  with  rushitig  sound  or 
motion,  Nic.  Al.  182,  498  :  so,  βοιζ?/- 
δόν.  Id.  Th.  556,  Lye.  66. 

'Ροιζηεις,  εσσα.  εν,  {βοιζέω)  whiz- 
zing, rushing,  Nonn. 

'Ροίζημα,  ατός,  τά,  (βοιζέω)  α  rush- 
ing, whirring  noise  or  motion,  as  of 
birds,  Ar.  Av.  1182,  cf  Luc.  Muse. 
Enc.  2;  στεροπας.  Id.  Jup.  Trag.  1. 

'Ροιζι/τωρ,  ορός,  ό,  //,  (βοιζέω)  one 
who  mores  with  a  rushing  sound,  Orph. 
H.  5,  5. 

'Ροιζόβεμις,  ιδος,  ή,  {βοιζέω,  θέμις) 
α  noisy  dispute,  Cic.  Att.  14,  10,  3. 

'Ροΐζος,  ov,  ό.  Ion.  /;,  the  ivhistling 
OT  whizzing  of  an  arrow,  II.  16,  361, 
Opp.  H.  2,  352  : — any  whistling  or  pi- 
ping sound,  as  of  a  shepherd,  ττο?./.^ 
βοίζω,  Od,  9,  315;  β.  πνευμάτων, 
Plut'.  2,  18  Β  :  cf  βοΐβδος,  βάθος.— 1]. 
rushing  motion,  a  rush,  string,  like  βύ- 
μη. Pint.  Marcell.  15,  Detnetr.  21. 

Ύοιζω,  {βοή,  βη'ια)  'ίιτττον,  to  water 
a  horse,  to  ride  him  in  a  pond  ;  also  as 
dep.,  Strab.,  but  cf  Lob.  Phryn.  616. 
'Ροιζώδης,  ες,  (βοΐζος,  είδος)  like  a 
rushing  noise  :  το  βοι,,ώδες,  a  rapid, 
whizzing  motion,  Plut.  2,  923  C. 


POMB 

'Ροιζωτήρ,  ηρος,  ό,^βοιζήτωρ,  dub. 
in  Orph.  H.  7,  6. 

'Ροιή,  ή.  Ion.  for  βοιά,  Hdt. 
'Ροικοειδής,  ές,ίβοϊκος,  είδος)  curved 
or  crooked-looking,  Galen. 

'Ροικύς,  ή,  άν,  like  βαιβός,  crooked, 
ιίορννη,  Theocr.  7,  18 :  ττερί  κνήμας 
βοικάς,  oou)-!egged.  Archil.  52,  Bergk  ; 
V.  1.  βαιβός  (q.  v.). 
.  'Ροΐϋός,  ή,  άν,  [βέω,  βάος)  flowing, 
■fluid  :  and  of  solids,  soft,  flabby,  opp. 
io  firm,  σώματα,  Hipp. — II.  suffering 
from  afluj:  or  diarrhoea. 

ΥΡοΙκος,  ov,  b,  Rhoecus,  a  centaur. 
Call.  Dian.  221. — 2.  a  celebrated  ar- 
tist and  architect  of  Samos,  Hdt.  3, 
60. 

'Ροικώδης,  ες,—βοικοειδής. 
i'PoIor,  ου,  ό,  Rhoeus,  a  general  of 
the  Phocians,  Pans.  10,  1,  8. 

ΥΡοισάκης,  6,  Rhoesaces,  Persian 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Arr.  An.  1,  15,  7. 

'Ροίσκος,  ov,  b,  dim.  from  βόα,  a 
small  pomegranate  :  also,  a  knob  or  tas- 
sel shaped  like  a  pomegranate,  LXX. 

'Ροισκος,  ό,  dim.  from  βοά,  a  rivu- 
let, brook. 

'Ροίσμός,  οϋ,  ό,  (βοίζω)  a  swimming. 
ΥΡοιτάκης,  ά,  the  Rhoelaces,  a  river 
falling   into   the  Cyrus   in  Albania, 
Strab.  p.  500.  ^ 

ΥΡοιτεΐίΐς,  άδος,  ή,  fern,  adj.,  Rhoe- 
tean,  Ap.  Rh. 

ΥΡ.ύτειον,  ov,  TO,  Rhoethim,  a  city 
and  1)1  omontory  of  Troas  on  the  Hel- 
lespont, containing  the  tomb  of  Ajax, 
Hdt.  7,  43. 

t'Poi77?if,  ίδος,  ή,=  'Ροιτειάς,  άκ- 
ταί,  Anth.  P.  7,  146. 

'Ροΐτης,  οίνος,  ό,  pomegranate-wine, 
Diosc.  5,^34. 

ΥΡοιτιενς,  έως,  ό,  ο  Rhoetean,oVP., 
Strab.  p.  595. 

'Ρομβέω,  ω,  (βόμβος)  to  make  to  spin 
like  a  top  :  to  whirl,  hurl. 

'Ρομβηδόν,  adv.,  like  a  top,  Mane- 
tho. 

'Ρομβητής,  ov,  ό,  (βομβέω)  one  that 
spins  like  a  top,  Orph.  H.  30,  2. 

'Ρομβητός,  ή,  όν,  (βομβέω)  spun 
round  lile  a  top,  whirled  about,  βομβη- 
τονς  <'\ο•-'έων  π7.οκάμονς,  Anth.  r.  6, 
219,  cf.  218. 

νΡομβι,Ύΐς,  ov,  6,  κόλπος,  Rhom- 
bites  sinus,  a  gulf  in  the  Palus  Maeo- 
tis,  ό  μέγας  κα/.ονμενος,  and  another 
near  it,  ό  έ/.άσσων  'Ρ-,  Strab.  p.  493. 
'Ρομβοειδης,  ές,  (βόμβος,  είδος) 
rhombus-shaped ,  rhomboidal,  Hipp.  :  β. 
σχήμα,  α  rhomboid,  i.  e.  a  four-sided 
figure  with  only  the  opposite  sides  and 
aneles  equal.  Galen. : — το  β.,  a  place 
at  Megara,  Plut.  Thes.  27. 

'Ρί)υ3ος,  ου,  ό,  Alt.  βύμ3ος,  Mei- 
neke '  Com.  Fr.  2,  p.  452  (βέμ'βω)  :— 
any  thing  that  may  be  spun  or  turned 
round  : — I.  α  top,  also  στρόμβος,  3έμ• 
βιζ,  Lat.  turbo,  βόμβων  ενοσις.  Eur. 
Hel.  1362,  ubi  v.  Musgr.  (ap.  Dind.) ; 
cf  Schol.  Ap.  Rh.  1,  1139.— 2.  a  mag- 
ic wheel,  used  by  witches  and  sorce- 
rers to  aid  their  spells,  in  Propert., 
rliombi  rota,  Eupol.  Bapt.  15,  Theocr. 
2,  30  ;  cf  Horat.  Epod.  17,  7,  v.  sub 
Ίνγξ. — 3.   a   kind   of  tambourine,  like 
βά-τρον  II,  Ar.  Fr.  288,  Ap.  Rh.  1.  c. 
— II.  α  spinning,  whirling  jnotion,  as  of 
a  top,  wheel,  etc.,  hence,  ίέντα  βόμ- 
;  βον  ακόντων,  shooting  forth  whirling 
I  darts,  Find.  O.   13,  134  ;   β.  αίετον, 
the  eagle's  swoop,  Id.  I,  4,  81  (3,  65)  ; 
I  β.  κνμβά/.ων,  Id.  Fr.  48. 
i       B.  ii  rhomb,  i.  e.  ft  four-sided  figure 
with  all  the  sides,  but  only  the  oppo- 
site angles,  equal,  Euclid. — [I.  a  βρε- 
ι cies  of  fish,  of  which  the  turboi  is  one 
I  variety,  so  called  from  its  rhomb-like 
i  shape,  Nausicr.  ap.  Ath.  330  Β ;  yet 


ΡΟΠΗ 
this,  though  a  Greek  word,  seems  to 
have  been  an  Italian  name,  ψηττα  be- 
ing the  Greek,  v.  Mein.  Nausicr. 
Naucl.  2. — 2.  a  surgeon's  bandage,  also 
called  from  its  shape,  Hipp. 

'Ρομβώδης,  ες,=  βομβοειδής :  me- 
taph.,  TO  βομβωδες,  the  giddy  whirl  of 
drunkenness,  Plut.  2,  715  C. 

'Ρομβωτός,  ή,  άν,  as  if  from  βομ- 
βάω,  made  i>i  the  shape  of  a  rhombus. — 
11.=βομβητός,  dub. 

'Ράμμα,  ατός,  τό,  (βοφέω)=βόφη• 
μα,  Hipp. 

'Ρόμος  and  βόμος,  ό,  α  wood-worm, 
Lat.  teredo,  termes. 

'Ρομφαία,  ας,  ή,  α  targe  sword,  used 
by  ihe  Thracians,  όρθάς  βομφαιας 
βαρυσιδήρονς  ά~ο  τών  δεξιών  ώμων 
επισείοντες,  Plut.  Aemil.  18  : — gen- 
erally, a  sword,  Ν.  Τ. 

'Ρομ<ράνω,=  βούάνο),  Hipp. 

'Ρομφεύς,  έως,  δ,  (he  waxed  thread 
of  shoemakers,  usu.  in  plur. 

'Ρόος,  ov.  ό,  Alt.  contr.  βονς,  cf. 
sub  fin.  (βέω) : — like  βοή,  a  stream, 
freq.  in  Horn.,  but  only  in  sing. ;  he 
often  adds  a  gen.,  as,  βόος  Ά'λφειοΐο, 
Ώκεανοϊο,  etc.,  11.  16,  151  ;  11,  726; 
also,  κϋμα  βόοιο.  II.  21,  263;  τζροχέ- 
ειν  βόον  εις  ά'λα,  lb.  219  :  κατά  βοον, 
down,  i.  e.  with  stream,  Horn.,  Hdt., 
etc. ;  avu  βόον,  up  stream,  against  it, 
Horn. ;  cf  άνά  C.  I,  κατά  Β.  1.— II. 
a  flux,  discharge  of  huinours,  Hipp.; 
V.  Foes.  Oecon. — lII.=po?/  2,  Plat. 
Crat.  411  D. — Later  writers  have  the 
heterocl.  dat.  βοΐ,  like  vol  from  νους, 
also  gen.  βοας,  and  ace.  βόα.  Lob. 
Phryn.  454,  Paral.  173. 

'ΡοπΰΆηφορέω,  ώ,  {βά~α?.ον,  φέρω) 
to  carry  a  club. 

'Ροπάλίζω,  (βόπα/.ον)  to  brandish  a 
club,  strike  with  a  club. 

'Ροτϊΰ?.ικός,  ή:  όν,  (ρότταλον)  like  a 
club,  i.  e.  thicker  towards  the  end:  hence, 
versus  rhopalicus,  a  verse  in  which  each 
word  is  one  syllable  longer  than  that  be- 
fore, as,  rem  tibi  confeci,  doctissime, 
dulcisonoram,  Serv. 

'Ροπύ/.ισμάς,  ov,  b,  (βοπα?.ίζω)  a 
striking  with  a  club. — II.  priapism,  Ar. 
Lys.  553. 

'Ροττάλοειδής,  ές,  (είδος)  like  a  club. 

'Ράττΰ'λον,  ου,  τό,  (βέμβω,  βέπω) 
α  club,  α  stick  or  cudgel  which  grows 
gradually  thicker,  or  which  has  a 
butt  end,  used  to  cudgel  an  ass,  Ii. 

II,  559,  561  ;  to  walk  with,  Od.  17, 
195  :  also,  a  war-club  or  mace  of  brass, 
Od.  II,  57.5,  Xen.  Hell.  7,  5, 20  ;  hence 
expressly,  βόπα/.α  ξν/.ων,  Hdt.  7,  63  ; 
of  the  club  of  Hercules,  Soph.  Tr. 
512,  Ar.  Ran.  47,  etc. — II.  membrum 
vinle,  Leon.  Tar.  26.— 11Ι.=Λ077Τί)οι> 

III,  Xen.  Hell.  6,  4,  36. 
'Ροπύλωτός,  ή,  άν,  as  if  from  βο- 

τχαΧύω,  club-shaped. 

'Ροπή,    ης,    ή,    (βέπω)    inclination 

:  downtiards,  a  sinking  or  falling,  opp. 
to  ffoif  (motion  upwards) :   esp.  the 

\  sinking  of  the  scale,  fall  or  turn  of  the 
scale,  Aesch.  Pers.  437  (cf  άντιση- 
κόω  II) :  hence, — 2.  usu.  metaph.,  the 
turn  of  the  scale,  the  critical  moment 
which  is  to  determine  the  issue,  Lat. 

•  momentum :  εν  βοπ^  κείται,  Soph. 
Tr.  82;  επΙ  βοπής  μιας  έστι,  Thuc. 
5,  103,  like  Lat.  in  discrimine  est,  'tis 
just  balancing  on  the  turning  point,  in 
extreme  danger,  like  έπι  ξύρον  ϊσταται 
άκαής:  so.  βοπής  εχεσθαι,  Ar.  A'esp. 
1235:  7.επταΙς  έπι  βοπαΐσιν  έμπολας 
μακράς  άει  παραββίπτοντες.  Soph. 
Fr.  409  ;  so,  έπΙ  σμικρύς  βοπής.  Eur. 
Hipp.  1163,  cf  Plat.  Rep.  556  Ε,  etc. ; 
βοπήν  λαμβάνειν,  παρεγεσθαι,  Ρο- 
Ivb.  1,  20,  7  ;  6,  52,  9  ;  μεγάλας  τάς 

ί  ροπάς  ποιεϊν,  Isocr.  69  C  .βοττή  βίου, 


ΡΟΦΗ 

the  lurning,  sinking  point  of  life,  i.  e. 
death,  Sopli.  O.  C.  1508.— II.  the 
weight  which  makes  the  scale  turn ; 
nence,  ineiaph.,  σμικρά  παλαιά  σώ• 
ματ'  εννάζΐΐ  βοττί/,  a  slight  weight 
thrown  in  puts  ail  end  to  them,  Soph. 
O.  T.  UCI  ;  όνυ  [)οπαί,  two  balancing 
weights,  two  alternatives,  Eur.  Hel. 
1090:  also  weight,  influence,  βοπτ/ν 
ίχειν,  to  be  ot  importance,  Dein.  154, 
18;  {)οπην  ίχειν  προς  τι,  Arist.  Eth. 
Ν.  10,  1,  1  ;  μεγάλη  yup βοπ//  ή  τύχη 
παρά  πάντα  πράγματα,  Dem.  'Zi,  14  ; 
cf.  Polyb.  6,  10,  10.     Hence 

'Ροπικός,  //,  ύν,  inclined  or  inclining 
to,  prone,  προς  Τί. — II.  act.,  giving  a 
decision. 

Ύοπτός,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from  l)o• 
φέω,  to  be  supped  up.  Gal. 

Ύοπτρόΐ),  ov,  TO,  (1)έμβω)^()ύπα- 
?Ml'- — 2.  the  wood  in  a  trap  which 
strikes  the  mouse,  etc.,  Archil.  100 ; 
nietaph.,  Eur.  Hipp.  1172,  ubi  v. 
Monk. :  also,  νσπ'ληγξ. — Π.  a  musi- 
cal instrument  of  the  Corybantes,  a 
tambourine,  Anth.  P.  6,  Tt  ;  a  kettle- 
drum, Plut.  Crass.  23,  also  called 
βόμβος,  Att.  (ίυμβος. —  III.  the  knocker 
on  a  house-door,  Eur.  Ion  1612,  Lys. 
103,  16;  cf /^ότταλοι-ΙΙΙ. 

ννόσκννος,  ov,  ό,  the  Rhoscynus, 
a  river  of  Gaul,  Polyb.  ap.  Ath. 
332  A. 

νΡουβτ'ιν,  δ,  (Hebr,  in  Greek  'Vov- 
3ηλος,  ov,  Joseph.)  iiuiere,  eldest  son 
of  Jacob,  N.  T. 

i'PoinJiKul',  ίι)νος,  ό,  the  Rubicon, 
in  Italy,  Strab. 

'Ρονδιυν,  TO,  late  form  for  βοίόιον, 
Lob.  Phryn.  87. 

ΥΡοίιθ,  ή,  (Hebr.,  in  Greek  'Ρονδη, 
ης,  Joseph.)  Ruth,  fern.  pr.  n.,  a  Mo- 
abitess,  LXX. ;  N.  T. 

To  if,  0,  Att.  contr.  for  1)όος- 

'Ρυνς,  ο  and  ή,  gen.  /5οϋ  and  ()όος. 
Lob.  Phryn.  454  : — a  small  tree,  the 
bark  and  fruit  of  which  were  used  in 
tanning,  prob.,  the  sumach,  rhus  coti- 
nus,  Linn.,  Antiph.  Leuc.  1,  2. — II. 
also,  α  spice  plant,  Ath. 

ΥΡονς.  ov,  !},  Rhus,  a  town  of  Me- 
garis,  later  ΥΙαλαιοχυρια,  Plut.Thes. 
77. 

'Ρουαίζω,  to  be  reddish,  Geop. 

'Ρονσιος,  ov,  reddish,  Lat.  russus, 
russetis.  Diosc,  cf.  Anth.  Plan.  380. 

'Poi'(7iiJ(57/f,  ες,  {είδος)  of  a  reddish 
colour. 

νΡονσινίνων,  ωνος,  ή,  Rhuscinon,  a 
city,  and  o.  a  river  of  Gallia  Narbo- 
nensis,  Strab.  p.  182 :  cf  'Ρόσκυνος. 

ΥΡονσπϊνον,  ου,  τό,  Rhuspinum,  a 
city  of  Numidia,  Strab.  p.  831. 

'Ρούσσαιος,  a,  ον,—()θύσιος. 

ΥΡοντηΐ'οί,  ών.  ol,  the  Rhuteni,  a 
people  of  Aquitania,  Strab.  p.  191. 

ΥΡοντίΧ/.ιάνός,  ov,  b,  the  Rom. 
name  Ruiilianus,  Strab. 

VPovTovAoi,  uv,  οι,  the  Rululi,  a 
people  of  Latium,  Strab.  p.  228. 

ΥΡονφΙνος,  ov,  6,  the  Kom.  name 
Rnfinus,  Anth.,  etc. 

νΡονφος,  ov,  b,Rufus,  masc.  pr.  n., 
N.  T. 

'Ροφάνω,  Hipp.,  and  βοφύυ,  (.  -ήσω, 
collat.  forms  of  sq. 

'Ροφέω,  ώ,  f.  -ί/συ  or  -ήσομαι,  which 
last  alone  Elmsl.  will  allow  in  Att., 
and  therefore  alters  Ar.  Ach.  278,  Eq. 
360,  Pac.  716,— so  too  Dind.  (,^ιόφος). 
To  sup  greedily  up,  gulp  down,  Aesch. 
Eum.  204,  Soph.  Tr.  1055,  Ar.  11.  cc. 
— There  are  several  collat.  forms,  f)o- 
Φάω,  βοφάνω.  όομφάνυ,  βνφέυ,  βυμ- 
ώάνω  :  hence  ράμμα,  ()οπτός.  (Form- 
ed onomatop.  like  ροιβόέω,  Lat.  sor- 
beo.)     Hence 

'Ρόφημα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which  is 
1324 


ΡΪΕΩ 

supped  up,  esp.,  a  kmd  of  thick  gruel 
or  porridge,  Hipp. 

'Ροφημάτων,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from 
foreg. 

'Ρόφησις,  εως,  η,  (,βοφέω)  a  supping 
up.  Arist.  Meteor.  4,  3,  14. 

'Ροφητικός,  ή,  or,  φοφέω)  belong- 
ing, given  to  supping  up,  Strab. 

'Ροφητός,  ή.  όν,  (βοψέω)  that  can  be 
supped  up,  Dlosc. 

'Ρόφος,  ου,  b,  =  Ι)όφημα,  quoted 
from  Kupol. 

'Ρύχάνον,  ov,  TO,  a  strickle :  prob. 
strictly  [)ύγανον,  from  ()ύγος. 

'Ροχϋΐ::ω,  ώ,  (βόχθος)  to  roar,  esp., 
of  the  sea,  κνμα  ροχθεί,  Od.  5,  402  ; 
12.  00 ;  νπΰ  κνματι  πέτραι  βόχΟεον, 
Αρ.  Kh.  4,  925.— Cf.  ϋρεχϋέω. 

'Ροχθίζω,={οιβ§.,  ν.  1.  Orph.  Η. 
49,  5. 

'ΡΟ'ΧΘΟΣ,  ου,  ό,  α  roaring,  esp. 
of  the  sea,  Nic.  Al.  390,  Lye.  402. 

'Ροώδης,  ες,  φόος,  είδυς)  fluid, 
liquid,  watery,  Arist.  H.  A.  9,  37,  9: 
also,  rough,  boisterous,  θάλασσα,  Thuc. 
4,  24,  cf.  Ael.  N.  A.  7,  24.— II.  in  me- 
dic, running,  όφθα?\.μυί,  Hipp. :  also 
soft,  flaccid.  Id.  :— ot  persons,  affected 
with  diarrhoea,  cf.  Foes.  Oecon.  ;  V. 
βοιάς.     Adv.  -δώς. 

'Ροών,  ώνος,  ό,  (βόα)  α  plantation 
of  pomegranate  trees,  LXX. 

'Ρνΰδικός,  η,  όν,  (βνας)  like  diar- 
rhoea, Paul.  Aeg. 

'Ρναξ,  άκος,  b,  (βέω)  a  stream  that 
bursts  forth,  a  mountain  stream  or  tor- 
rent swollen  by  rains,  Thuc.  4,  96  : 
esp.,  α  stream  of  lava  from  a  volcano, 
Ileind.  Plat.  Phaed.  Ill  K,  113  B; 
().  του  πυρός  in  Thuc.  3,  116 :  also,  a 
volcano  itself,  Theophr. 

'Ρνάς,  άδος,  ό,  ή,  τό,  {βέω)  fluid, 
running,  hence  flabby,  opp.  to  lirm, 
βνάδος  σώματοζ  γενομένου,  Arist. 
Part.  An.  3,  5,  14.— II.  falling  off,  β. 
Ορίξ,  hair  that  falls  off :  β.  άμπελος,  a 
vine  that  sheds  grapes. — 111.  as  subst., 
o'l  βυάδες,  fishes  that  go  in  shoals  with 
the  currents,  like  herrings,  Arist.  H. 
A.  4.  8,  22. 

'Ptiaro,  3  pi.  aor.  sync,  of  βύομαι, 
Horn. 

'Ρνάχετος,  ov,  b,  b  των  Άσαναίων 
βνύχετος,  the  unstable  crowd  of  the 
Athenians,  a  Lacon.  word  in  Ar.  Lys. 
170  (vv.  11.  βυέχετος,  βνχάχετος,  βυγ- 
χύχετος)  :  Hesych.  explams  βυύχε- 
τος  by  ό  βίων  οχετός,  and  Phot,  βυέ- 
χετος by  the  same  words  : — if  derived 
Irom  βύαξ  βύακος.  βυάχετος  is  the 
most  likely  Ibrm  :  cl.  σίφφαξ. 

'Ρνβδην,  adv.,  with  a  jwise,  Arist. 
H.  A.  9,  40,  12;  v.  \.  βΰδην. 

'Ρύγχαινα,  ή,  with  a  large  nose  or 
snout,  Lat.  nasuta. 

'Ρνγχελέφας,  b,  (βύγχος,  ελέφας) 
with  an  elephant's  trwth.Anih.P.  1 1 ,  204. 

'Ρνγχίον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  βνγχος, 
Ar.  ;\ch.  744. 

'Ρνγχομαχίω,  ώ,  {μάχομαι)  to  fight 
with  the  snout,  dub. 

'Ρύγχος,  εος,  τό,  {βύζω)  a  snout, 
muzzle,  strictly  of  swine,  Pherecr. 
Ar/p.  3,  Anaxil.  Calyps.  1  ;  cf  Schol. 
Ar.  Av.  348  ;  of  dogs,  Theocr.  6,  30  ; 
of  birds,  a  beak,  bill,  Ar.  Av.  348,  304, 
etc. ;  generally,  a  face,  Cratin.  Incert. 
83,  cf  Comici  ap.  Ath.  95,  Mcineko 
Araros  Adon.  1. 

'Ρνδην,  adv.,  (βέω)  flnwingly,  i.  e. 
abundantly,  Hippon.  20  ;  [where  D.  un- 
lf!ss  we  follow  Welcker  in  writing 
βύδδην,  like  άδδην  for  άδην,  cf.  όιαβ- 
βϋδ?ιν.]—ϋ{.  βϋβδην- 

'Ρνδόν,  adv., = foreg.,  βνδον  άφνει- 
ός,  abundantly  rich,  Od.  15,  426. 

'Ρϋέω,  ώ,  i.  -ήσομαι,  collat.  form  of 
βέω,  q.  V, 


ΡΤΘΜ 

'Ρνζέω  or  βύζω,  like  βάζω,  to  growl, 
snarl,  like  an  angry  dog,  Hermipp. 
Europ.  1,  ubi  V.  Meineke  ;  βνζει  επί- 
κλαντον  νύμον,  snarls  its  melancholy 
ditty,  Ar.  Kan.  684.  (Akin  to  βμνκω, 
βρύχω,  βρνχύομαι,  as  also  to  Lat. 
rudo,  Tugio,  ringo.) 

'Ρύη,  Ep.  for  εββύη,  3  smg.  aor. 
pass,  oi  βέω,  Od.  3,  455. 

'Ρνημα,  ατός,  τό,  {βνεω)  strict!y:= 
βύμα,  ^ενμα  :  usu.  a  kind  ol  honey- 
cake,  Galen,  [ί] 

'Ρύημι,=βυέω,  βέω,  prob.  not  found 
in  use. 

'Ρνηφενής,  ες,  {βέω,  ΰφκνος)  over- 
flowing with  riches,  very  wealthy,  Dion. 
P.  337  ;  cf  ενηφενής.     Hence 

'Ρνηφενία,  ας,  ή,  {βέω,  αφενός)  af- 
fluence. Call.  Jov.  84. 

'Ρνθμίζω,  f  -ίσω,  {βνθμός)  to  bring 
into  a  measure  of  time  or  proportion  ;  to 
repeat  a  verse  in  proper  time  or  rhythm, 
i.  e.  to  scan  it,  Schaf.  Dion.  Coinp.  p. 
238,  Melet.  p.  129.— )I.  generally,  to 
order,  arrange,  compose.  Plat.  Phaed. 
253  B,  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  8,  20  ;  β.  τό  πρός- 
ωπον,  Luc.  Merc.  Cond.  30 ;  so,  β. 
την  -ψυχήν.  Tim.  Locr.  103  I) ;  τάς 
γνώμας,  Luc.  Gymn.  22 :  pass.,  ώδ' 
έββνθμισμαι,  thus  am  I  brought  to  or- 
der, Aesch.  Pr.  241  ■.—βνΟμίζειν  ?.ύ- 
πην  οπον.  Ιο  deflne  the  ])lace  of  grief 
(referring  to  the  line  before).  Soph. 
Ant.  318. 

'Ρνθμικός,  η,  όν,  {βνθμός)  set  to 
time,  rhythmical.  Plat.  Polit.  307  A, 
Plut.,  etc.  :  of  a  man,  Plut.  2, 1014  C, 

'Ρυθμιστής,  ov,  ό,  one  who  sets  in 
order. 

'Ρνθμογριίφία,  ar,  η,  a  noting  down 
of  the  time  or  rhythm,  Iliscr. 

'Ρνθμοειδής,  ές.  {βυθμός,  είδος)  like 
rhythm,  rhylhinical,  Dion.  H. 

'Ρνθμοποιία,  ας,  ή,  a  inaking  of  time 
o\- rhythm,  Plut.  2. 1135  C,  etc. :  from 

'Ρυθμυποιύς,  ύν,  making  time  or 
rhythm. 

'Ρυθμός  (also  βνσμός,  q.  v.),  ov,  ό, 
any  motion,  esp.  a  regular,  recurring, 
vibratory  motion  :  hence, — I.  measured 
motion,  time,  Lat.  numerus,  whether 
in  sound  or  motion,  η  της  κινήσεως 
τάξις,  Plat.  Legg.  665  A,  cf.  672  E, 
Symp.  187  B,  cf.  Cic.  Orator  20  and 
51,  Suid.  s.  v.,  (though  we  confine  the 
word  rhythm  to  sounds  only)  :  there- 
fore, opp.  to  μέτρον  and  αρμονία, 
Plat.  Rep.  398  D,  601  A  ;  for  there  is 
rhythm  or  time  in  prose  as  well  as 
verse,  lb,  397  B,  Arist.  Rhet.  3,  1,  4: 
on  the  kinds  of  rhythm  distinguished 
by  the  ancients,  v.  Biickh  Piud.  T.  1, 
P.  2,  p.  22,  sq. — Special  phrases:  εν 
βνθμώ,  in  time,  of  dancing,  marching, 
etc.,  Virgil's  in  numerum,  εν  β.  βαί- 
νειν.  Plat.  Legg.  670  Β  ;  όρχείσθαι, 
Xen.  Cyr.  1,  3,  10;  so,  μετίι  βνθμον, 
Thuc.  5,  70  ;  βυθμόν  νπαγειν,  to  keep 
time,  Ar.  Thesin.  956:  θάττοναβυθμυν 
έπάγειν,  to  play  in  quicker  time,  Xen. 
Symp.  2,  22. — II.  measure,  proportion 
or  symmetry  of  parts,  at  rest  as  well 
as  in  motion,  κατά  τον  αυτόν  β.,  Plat. 
Legg.  728  Ε  : — hence,  form  or  shape 
made  after  a  certain  proportion,  b  βνθμός 
των  γραμμάτων,  the  shape  of  the  let- 
ters, Hdt.  5,  58  ;  so  of  the  .-ihiipe  of  a 
cup,  Alex.  Drop.  1,  4  ;  cf.  Xen.  Mem. 
3,  10,  10. — III.  generally,  proportion, 
arrangement,  order,  .4esch.  Cho.  797  ; 
βνθμω  Tivi,  Eur.  Cycl.  398:  ονκ  άπό 
βνσμοϋ,  not  without  reason.  Call.  Ep. 
44,  5. — 2.  the  stale  or  condition  of  any 
thing,  e.  g.  the  state  of  the  soul,  temper, 
disposition,  Theogn.  958,  where  it  is 
joined  with  οργή  and  τρόπος  :  in  Ar- 
chil. 14,  7  for  the  state  of  man  gener- 
ally, Lat.  conditio  Humana : — the  wise, 


ΡΥΜΟ 

manner  or  fashion  of  a  thing,  "Έλλην 
p.  ττέ/τλων ,  Eur.  Heracl.  130;  τις  f>. 
φόνου ;  vvhat  kind  of  slaughter '!  Id. 
El.  772,  cf.  Supp.  94 :  έι>  τριγώνοις 
βυθμοϊς,  triangular-u'ise,  Aesch.  Fr. 
70.  (From  root  ^έω.  ()εν-σομαι,  βυή- 
vai.)  [In  Att.,  and  esp.  in  late  poets, 
V  is  nut  rare.] 

Ύνίσκομαι,  later  collat.  form  of 
bicj  .•  esp.  to  have  diarrhoea. 

'Ρνκάνύω,ώ,  f.  -ijau,  to  plane:  from 
'PvKUV7i,  ης,  ή.  a  plane,  Lat.  runcina 
(as  τμντάνη  in  Lat.  becomes  trutina), 
Leon.  Tar.  28.  [a] 

Ύνκύνησις,  ή,  (φυκΰνάω)  a  planing. 
Math.  Vett. 

''Ρυκ.ΰνίζω^=ί)υκανάω- 
Ύνμα,  ατός,  τό,  (/5έω)=/5εί'//α,  any 
thing  that  flows,  a  river,  stream,  Herm. 
Orph.  H.  9,  22.  [v] 

'Ρνμα,  ατός,  τό,  {*/>v(j,  έρνω)  that 
which  is  drawn,  a  draiving ;  esp., — 1. 
τόξου  (>ϋιια,  of  the  Persians,  opp.  to 
λόγχης  ισχύς,  of  the  Greeks,  Aesch. 
Pers.  147  ;  έκ  τόξου  βύματος,  within 
how-shot,  Xen.  An.  3,  3,  15  ;  so,  ές 
τάξου  βνμα,  ap.  Suid. — 2.  a  towing- 
line,  Polyb.  I,  26,  14,  etc.— 3.  the  pole 
of  a  carriage,  ΜΒΏ.βύμος. — II.  (βύαμαι) 
deliverance, protection,  Aesch  Supp. 84, 
Soph.  Aj.  159,  Eur.  Heracl.  260 ;  cf. 
Ρνσις. 

Ύνμάρχης,  ου,  δ,  φνμη  Π.,  άρχω) 
α  street-inspector,  Aen.  Tact. 

Ύυμ3έω,  ώ,  {()ύμ3ος)  Att.  for  ()ομ- 
βέω.  Plat.  Crat.  426  Ε. 

'Ρνμβίον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  βύμι3ος, 
Att.  for  βόμβων. 

'Ρνμβονάυ,  ώ,  (βυμβών)  to  swing 
round  ;  and  so  to  throw  away  : — nie- 
taph.,  like  στταβάο),  to  squander  money, 
(as  we  say)  to  make  ducks  and  drakes 
of  it,  Ruhnk.  Tim. 

'Ρνμβος,  ου,  δ,  Att.  for  βόμβος,  q.v. 
'Ρυμβών,   όνος,   ή,^βύμβος,   βόμ- 
βος, esp.  a  sling. — II.  serpentine  mo- 
lion,  a  coiling,  coil,  Ap.  Rh.  4,  144. 

'Ρύμη,  ης.  ή,  (*βνω,  έρνω)  the  force, 
swing,  rush  of  a  body  in  motion,  Lat. 
impetus,  πτερύγων  βύμη,  the  rush  of 
wings,  Ar.  Pac.  86,  cf.  Av.  1182;  ή  β. 
τυϋ  αίματος,  the  flow  of  blood  in  the 
veins,  Hipp. : — absol.,  a  violent  attack, 
charge,  of  soldiers,  Thuc.  7,  70,  Xen. 
Cyr.  7,  1,  31,  cf.  Eur.  Rhes.  64,  Lob. 
Phryn.  p.  404  ;  βόμΐ),  with  a  swing, 
Thuc.  2,  76  ;  cf.  βοΐβόος,  βοϊζος : — 
metaph.,  ή  βύμη  της  τύχης,  Plut. 
Caes.  53  ;  ή  βύμη  της  δργής,  etc., 
vehemence  of  passion,  Dem.  546,  29  ; 
cf.  Jac.  Ach.  Tat.  p.  462. — II.  a  quar- 
ter of  a  city,  street,  Lat.  vicus.  Κερα- 
μικής βύμης  άπο,  Ar.  Eccl.  4,  cf. 
Polyb.  6,  29,  1  :  a  lane,  alley,  opp.  to 
π?.ατεΐα,  Ν.  Τ.     Hence 

'Ρνμηδόν,  adv.,  with  a  swing  or  rush, 
Polyaen. 

'PtV^/^a,  ατός,  τό,  (βνπτω)  that 
which  remains  from  ivashing,  filth,  dirt. 
— II.  any  thing  used  for  iiashins,  soap, 
lye,  etc.,  Ar.  Lys.  377,  Plat.  Rep.  429 
E,  Nic.  AL  96,  etc. 

'Ρϋμός,  οϋ,  δ,  {*βύω,  έρνω)  the  pole 
of  a  carnage,  11.  6,  40  ;  10,  505,  Hdt.  4, 
69  :  also  βνμα. — ίΐ.  a  trace  in  harness, 
usu.  βνστήρ,  Ael.  N.  A.  10,  48.— III. 
a  furrow,  row,  line,  train,  like  δλκός, 
Lat.  tractus,  Arat.  927. — ΐν.=βύμη  II. 
Ύνμοτομέω,  ώ,  {βύμη  II,  τέμνω)  ; 
β.  -KOAiv,  to  divide  a  town  into  streets 
or  quarters,  Diod.  17,  52.     Hence 

'Ρυμοτομία,  ας,  ή,  division  of  a 
town,  etc.,  into  streets  or  quarters,  Po- 
lyb. 6,31,  10. 

'Ρνμον7ικεω,  ώ,  (βϋμα  I.  2,  έλκω) 
to  draw  by  a  line,  to  tow,  Lat.  remul- 
care  or  remulco  agere,  ναύν,  Polyb.  1, 
27,9. 


ΡΥΠΑ 

'Ρνμφάνο  and  βνμφέω,  collat.  forms 
oi  βοφέω,  q.  v. 

'Ρΐ'νύύκη,  ης,  ή,  an  Indian  bird  of 
the  size  oi  a  pigeon,  Ctesias;  in  Plut. 
Arta.x.  19,  βυντάκης,  ov,  ό.  [ΰ] 

νΡύνδακος,  ου,  δ,  the  Rhyndacus.  a 
river  between  Mysia  and  Bithynia, 
the  earlier  Lycus,  Strab.  p.  576. 

'ΡΥΌΜΑΐ,ί.  βύσομαι :  Άοτ.έββν- 
σάμην  .•  Ερ.  2  sing.  impf.  βνσκεν, 
from  collat.  form  βνσκο/ιαι,  II.  24, 
730  :  syncop. collat.  form  of  aor.  ερντο, 
3  pi.  βνατο,  inf.  βϋσθαι,  11.  15,  141  ; 
also,  έββυτο.  Soph.  O.T.  1352  ;  tpvv- 
To,  Theocr.  25,  76.— Dep. ;  but,  in  la- 
ter writers,  the  aor.  έββύσθην  is  used 
in  pass,  sense,  Heliod. 

Strictly,  to  draw  to  one's  self,  i.  6., 
draw  out  of  danger  :  hence,  to  rescue, 
save,  c.  acc,  fir.st  in  Hom.  and  Hes.  ; 
β.  υπ'  έκ  κακού,  to  save  from  out  of 
ill,  Od.  12,  107,  cf.  II.  20,  300 ;  β.  νπ' 
ήέρος,  II.  17,  645,  cf.  224  :  also  c.  gen. 
alone,  β.  τινά  τίνος,  Hdt.  9,  76  ;  του 
μη  κατακανθήναι,  Id.  1,  86:  c.  inf. 
alone, /3.  τινά  θανείν,  Eur.  Ale.  11; 
TLva  μη  κατθανεϊν.  Id.  Η.  F.  197  :— 
absol.,  to  save  from  an.  illness,  cure, 
Hdt.  4,  187  :  hence,— II.  to  free,  re- 
deem, τον  Ινβεν  βνσύμην,  J  set  him. 
free  from  thence,  II.  15,  29 ;  έκ  δον- 
λοσύνης,  Hdt.  5,  49 ;  9,  90  ;  έκ  πό- 
νων, Pind.  P.  12,  32  ;  πολέμου  και 
μανιών,  Ar.  Lys.  342. — III.  generally, 
to  shield,  screen,  guard,  protect,  esp.  ot 
guardian  gods,  11.  15,  257,  290,  etc.  ; 
so  of  princes  and  chiefs,  11.  9,  396, 
and  Trag. ;  of  warders  or  watchmen, 
II.  10,417;  of  shepherds,  Od.  14,107: 
— hence  Hom.  oft.  joins  β.  και  φν- 
λάσσειν.  also  β.  και  σαώσαι,  II.  15, 
290  ;  so,  άρήγειν  και  β.,  Aesch.  Eum. 
232. — 2.  oft.  also  in  Hom.  of  defen- 
sive armour,  to  shield,  cover,  II.  10, 
259;  16,  799,  etc.;  of  a  wall,  11.  12, 
8  :  hence, — 3.  to  screen,  conceal,  Od.  6, 
129. — III.  to  draw  back,  to  hold  back, 
check,  Ήώ  βύσατ'  ctt'  ώκεανώ,  Od.  23, 
244  ;  νόστον  έρυσσάμενοι,  Pind.  Ν. 
9,  55  :  to  keep  off.  Id.  8  (7),  114.— IV. 
by  a  rare  metaph.,  to  draw  down  the 
scale  ;  and  so,  to  outweigh,  έργω  άγα- 
θώ  τας  αιτίας  β.,  to  outweigh  or  more 
than  make  up  the  faults  by  good  ser- 
vice, Thuc.  5,63.— Poet  word.  (The 
act.,  βύω,  does  not  occur,  έρνω.  to 
draw,  being  used  instead  :  however 
such  derivatives  as  βνσιον,  βνσός, 
βντήρ,  βντωρ.  βυτύν,  βντίς.βΙο.,8\ιο\\ 
that  an  act.  βνω  existed  in  sense  at 
least ;  and  that  the  act.  signf.  of 
έρνω  sometimes  passed  over  into  this 
of  βύομαι,  appears  from  signf.  Ill, 
also  from  βύσιον,  and  βύσιος,  βντήρ.) 
[Hom.  usu.  has  ν  in  indie,  pres.when 
followed  by  a  short  vowel,  but  ν  in 
arsis  at  the  beginning  of  the  verse,  11. 
15,257;  16,799:  in  opt.  βύοιτο.  al- 
ways V,  even  in  thesis,  II.  12,  8;  17, 
224:  V  also  in  fut.,  Hes.  Th.  662; 
and  usu.  so  in  the  regul.  aor.,  of 
which  Hom.  has  the  forms  έββνσατο, 
βυσύσθ7]ν,  βνσαιτο,  βνσαι ;  ν  only 
once  in  βνσύμην,  ΙΓ  15,  29  :  ν  also  in 
ερντο,  II.  23,  819  (though  Hes.  Th. 
301,  has  ερντο),  and  in  βύατο,  Od.  17, 
201,  II.  18,  515:  Att.  have  ϋ  in  fut. 
and  regul.  aor.] 

'Ρνπα,  τά,  heterocl.  plur.  of  βνττος, 
q.  v.,  Od.  6,  93. 

'Ρυπαίνω,  aor.  έββνπΰνα,  (βύπος) : 
to  befoul,  defile,  disfigure,  Arist.  Eth. 
N.  1,  8,  16  :  metaph.,  to  abuse,  dispar- 
age, Pherecr.  hicert.  48,  Arist.  Rhet. 
3,  2,  10. — Pass.,  to  be  or  become  foul, 
Xen.  Lac.  11,  3. 

'Ρνπαξ,  ακος,  ό,  (βνπος)  a  dirty 
fellow,  formed  like  πλονταξ,  etc. 


ΡΥΠΤ 

'Ρυπαπαί,  v.  βνππαπαί. 

'Ρϋπύρεύομαι,  as  pass,  (βνπαρός) 
tobe  filthy,  duh.  I 'Ν.Ύ. 

'Ρϋπΰρία,  ας,  ή,  dirt,  filth. — 2.  me- 
taph., sordidness,  Critias  47. 

'Ρνπάρογρύφος,  ov,  {βυπαρός,  γρά- 
φω) painting  foul  objects,  also  βυπόγρα- 
φος :  but  they  are  prob.  only  f.  1.  in 
Plin.  for  rhopographos. 

'Ρϋπάροκέράμος,  ov,  of  a  dirty 
earthenware  colour,  also  βυποκέραμος 
and  νποκέραμος,  Ath.  395  E. 

'Ρνπάρομέλύς,  aiva.  av,  {βνπαρός, 
μέλας)  of  a  dirty  black  colour,  Ath. 
395  D. 

'Ρϋπΰρός,  ύ,  όν,  {βύπος)  foul,  filthy, 
άρτος,  Polyb.  37,  3,  12. — 2.  metaph., 
sordid,  stingy,  β.  τρόποι,  Phlletaer. 
Φι'λανλ.  1,  4.     Adv.  -ρύς,  Anth.  P. 

10,  48.     Hence 

'Ρνπύ,ρότης,  ητος,  ή,  =  βνπαρΊα, 
zUh.  220  Α. 

'Ρνπάροφάγος,  ov,  {φαγεΐν)  eating 
dirt. 

'Ρνπασμα,  ατός,  τό,  dirt,  filth :  [ί] 
from 

'Ρνπύω,  Ερ.  βνπόω,  {βύπος)  to  be 
fold,  filthy,  dirty,  μά?.α  περ  βνπύωντα 
καθήραι,  Od.  6,  87  ;  βωγαλέα,  βυπό- 
ωντα,  13,  435  ;  νυν  δ'  υττι  βν—όω,  23, 
115;  βνπόωντα  δε  έστο  χιτώνα,  2ΐ, 
227  :  iinpf.  έββνπων,  Ar.  Αν.  1282. — 

11 .  metaph.  to  be  sordid,  stingy. 
'Ρνπέλαιον,  ου.  τό,  {βνπος,  ελαιον) 

foul,  dirty  oil,  Paul.  Aeg. 

i'Pvπες,  ων,  αί,  Rhypes  (or  Rhy- 
pne),  one  of  the  twelve  old  Achaean 
confederate  cities,  Aesch.  Fr.  315; 
Hdt.  1,  145  ;  in  Strabo's  time  de- 
stroyed, p.  385.     Hence 

ΥΡνττικός,ή,  όν, of  Rhypes,  Rhypic  : 
ή  'Ρυπική,  the  territory  of  Rhypes, 
Thuc.  7,  34  ;  ή  'Ρνπίς.  Strab.  1.  c. 

'Ρϋπογράφος,  ov,  v.  βνπαρογράφος. 

'Ρνπόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  {βνπος=βνπα- 
ρΟΓ,  ν.  1.  Od.  13,  435,  Leon.  Tar.  10, 
Anth.  P.  11,  158. 

'Ρνποκέράμος,  ov,  v.  βνπαροκέρα- 

μος- 

'Ρνποκόνδϋλος,  ov,  (βύπος,  κόνδν- 
?.ης)  with  dirty  knuckles,  esp.  of  one 
who  imitated  the  Laconians,  Archil. 
114,  Plat.  (Com.)  Piesb.  2,  ubi  v. 
Meineke. 

'Ρνπον,  τό,  V.  βνπος,  ύ. 

'Ρύπον  or  ρϋπόν,  τό,  and  βύπος, 
εος,  τό,  =  δρυς,  whey,  Hipp.,  v.  Lob. 
Phryn.  150.  [ϋ] 

'ΡΥ'ΠΟΣ,  ov,  δ,  dirt,  filth,  dirtiness. 
unclcanncss.  Plat.  Parm.  130  C  ;  with 
heterocl.  pi.  βνπα,  Od.  6,  93  (but  re- 
gul. plur.  01  βνποι,  Ar.  Lys.  1200). 
i  The  existence  of  a  neut.  to  βνπον  or 
j  70  βνπος  has  not  yet  been  proved, 
and  certainly  does  not  follow  from 
Theocr.  15.  20,  v.  Lob.  Phryn.  150. 
— 2.  metaph.,  sordidness,  stingiyiess, 
7neanness,  Jac.  Lect.  Stob.  p.  100. — 
II.  in  Att.,  esp.,  sealing-wax,  Ar.  1.  c. 
[i]    Hence 

'Ρνπόω,  ώ,  to  make  foul  and  filthy, 
to  befoid  (cf.  βνπύω) :  —  pass.,  to  be 
foul  and  filthy,  Ep.  part.  pf.  pass,  βε- 
ρνπωμένος,  all  filthy,  Od.  6,  59,  for 
which  some  Gramm.  would  write 
βερυπωμένος  with  the  lenis. 

'Ρνπόω,  βνπόωντα,  Ερ.  for  βυπώ, 
βνπώντα,  v.  βνπάω. 

'Ρνππύπαί,  a  cry  of  the  Athenian 
rowers,  like  ύόπ,  yoho !  Ar.  Ran. 
1073  ;  hence  comically,  τό  βυπ—απαί, 
the  crew,  orie's  messmates,  Ar.  Vesp 
909.— Cf.  Ιππαπαί. 

'Ρύζτεψα,  fern,  of  sq.,  a  washet 
woman :  also  as  adj.,  β.  κονία,  soap 
lye,  Nic.  Al.  370. 

'Ρνπτήρ,  ήρος,  δ,  {βύπτω)  one  who 
cleanses  from  dirt,  a  washer. 
1325 


ΡΤΣΙ 

Ύυπτικός,  η,  όν,  cleansing  from 
dirt,  washing,  l^lat.  Tim.  65  D  ;  c. 
gen.,  Arist.  Probl.  11,  39:  hence,  ca- 
thartic, lb.  3,  17,  1.     Adv.  -kCic:  from 

Τΐ'ΤΓω,  St  rengthd.  from  root 'ΡΥΓΙ-, 
which  appears  in  βνπος  :  I'ut.  -ι/ίω  ; — 
to  remove  dirt,  to  clcanae,  wash,  esp. 
with  soap  or  lye  : — pass,  βύτττομαι, 
to  wash  orie's  self,  Nic.  A  I.  530  ;  pro- 
verb., ίξ  ότου  'γώ  βνπτομαί,  ever 
since  /  bri^an  to  wash,  i.  e.  from  my 
childhood,  Ar.  Ach.  17,  of.  Juven.  2, 
152. 

'Ρνπώδης,  ες,  (βνττος)  foul,  dirty  to 
behold. 

'Ρνσαίνοααι,  {βνσός)  as  pass.,  to  be 
urinkled,  Nic.  Al.  78,  Anth.  P.  11, 103. 

'Ρνσάλέος,  a,  ov,  wrinkled,  Nic.  Al. 
180. 

'Ρίσάω,  ώ,  φυσός)^=Ι)υσαίνω. 

'Ρνσή,  ΐ/ς,  ή,  φυσάς)  α  withering, 
decay,  Suid. 

'Ρνσημα,  ατός,  τό,  α  wrinkle,  usu. 
})ντίς.  [ν\ 

'Ρϋσΰαι,  inf.  aor.  syncop.  of  βύο- 
μαί,  11.  15,141. 

'Ρνσιύζω,  {.  -ύσω,  strictly,  to  seize 
as  a  (tvaiov  or  pledge  :  hence,  to  seize 
as  one's  own  property,  as  one's  slave, 
etc.  (cf.  βύσιον  II),  Eur.  Ion  523,  cf. 
1406;  generally,  to  carry  off,  snatch 
away.  Aesch.  Fr.  237  : — in  pass.,  to  be 
so  dragged  away,  of  the  addicli  at 
Rome,  Plut.  Coriol.  5  ;  generally,  to 
be  dragged  away,  as  a  suppliant  from 
the  sanctuary,  Aesch.  Supp.  424. 

'Ρνσίίίωμος,  ov,  (()νομαι,  βωμός) 
defending  altars,  Aesch.  Euin.  920. 

'Ρύσίδιφρος,  ov,  φύομαι,  δίφρος) 
preserving  the  chariot,  of  a  charioteer, 
Piiid.  I.  2,  31. 

'ΡύσΙ;•'Μΐ',  ου,  τό,  poet,  for  ίρνσι- 
μον.  Nic.  [ϋ] 

'Ρύσιον,  ου,  τό,  (.*βνο),  έρνω)  that 
tvhich  is  seized  and  dragged  away : 
booty,  plunder,  prey,  βύσί'  ίλαύνεσθαι, 
of  cattle,  11.  11,  674:  του  βνσίου  Ο' 
ημαρτε,  Aesch.  Ag.  535  (which,  how- 
ever, may  belong  to  signf.  11).  —  II. 
esp.,  that  which  is  seized  as  a  pledge  or 
surety,  a  pledge,  surely,  ^ύσια  δούναι, 
Solon  19,  3  (ubi  v.  Coray  ap.  Bach.) ; 
μείζον  l>.  πόλη  ϋ'ησεις.  Soph.  Ο.  <J. 
858,  as  Herm.  takes  it,  (the  βύσιον 
being  Oedipus  himself,  and  Thebes 
the  πό?ιΐς) :  —  hence,  τα  βύσια  are 
pledges  entrusted  to  a  god,  i.  e.  sup- 
pliants, Aesch.  Supp.  412,  728. — 111. 
ihat  which  is  seized  by  ivay  of  reprisals, 
and  so,  reprisals,  φηνον  φόνου  βύσιον 
τισηι,  to  suffer  death  in  return  lor 
death.  Soph.  Phil.  959;  βύσια  καταγ- 
γέ?^'λεη',  to  threaten  reprisals,  Polyb. 
4,  53,  2 :  hence — 2.  τίί  βύσια,  claims 
to  persons  or  things  alleged  to  have  been 
seized,  βύσια  αίτεΐσθαι,  to  make  this 
claim,  Polyb.  32,  17,  1,  cf  23,  2,  13: 
—  also,  —  3.  Tii  βύσια,  deliverance, 
Aesch.  Supp.  314:  —  also,  offerings 
for  deliverance,  β.  άνάγειν,  Dion.  P., 
cf  Anth.  P.  7,  605.  [v] 

'Ρύσιος,  ov,  (βύομαι)  delivering, 
saving,  Aesch.  Supp.  150;  βύσια 
^Ρνχ'ής  δώρα,  Anth.  P.  7,  605. 

'Ρϋσίτ70?ίΐς,  εοις,  ό,  ή,  {βύομαι,  πό- 

}.ις)  saving  the  city,  Aesch.  Thcl).  130. 

'ΡϋσίτΓονος,    ov,    (βύομαι,    πόνος) 

setting  free  from  trouble,   Anth.   P.  9, 

525,  18. 

'Ρνσις,  not  βνσις,  i/,  (βύομαι)  a 
freeing,  deliverance. 

'Ρύσι.ς,  εως,  ή,  (βέω)  like  βεϋσις,  a 
floiving,  streaming.  Plat.  Legg.  944  Β  : 
the  course  of  a  river,  streavi,  Polyb.  2, 
IC,  6,  etc.  [ϋ] 

■Ρϊ'σι'ο  ίδοΓ,  ή,  a  dub.  form=/5iiroi', 
Pjprs.  Moer.  412,  Meineke  Com.  Fr. 
2,  p.  90. 

1326 


PYTI 

'Ρνσκομαι,  collat.  form  of  βύομαι, 
hence  βνσκεν,  Ep.  2  sing,  inipf ,  11. 
24,  730. 

'Ρυσμός,  οϋ,  6,  {βνω)  a  drawing  out, 
stretching,  extent,  esp.  a  tract  of  coun- 
try, Lat.  tractus. 

Ρνσμός,  6,  rarer  form  for  βνΟμός 
(q.  v.).  Archil.  14,  7,  Democr.  ap. 
Arist.  Metaph.  1,  4,  11,  etc.,  Call. 
Ep.  44,  5,  Diog.  L.  9,  47. 

'Ρυσμόω,  Ion.  for  βυβμόω,  to  form, 
fashion,  Democr.  ap.  Stob. 

'Ρύσόκαρπος,  ov,  (  βυσός  )  with 
shrivelled  fruit. 

'Ρϋσόκαρφος,  ov,  φυσάς,  κάρφος) 
with  shrivelled  branches,  Diosc. 

'Ρνσύς,  ή,  όν,  (*βύω,  έρύω)  strictly, 
drawn,  drawn  up :  hence,  shrivelled, 
wrinkled,  11.  9,  503,  Eur.  El.  490,  Ar. 
Plut.  266:  in  Eur.  Supp.  50,0.  πολί- 
ύν  σαρκών  καταδρύμματα.  the  tear- 
ing of  old  wrinkled  flesh  (cf  βυτ'ις) : 
β.  ίπισκννιον,  of  a  frown,  Anth.  P. 
6,  64. — Written  also  βυσσός,  and  so 
in  all  derivs.  and  compds.,  but/^i'CTOf, 
βνσύω,  βνσαίνω  are  older  and  better 
forms  ;  a  being  doubled,  simply  from 
ignorance  that  ν  was  long  by  nature, 
cf.  Jac.  Anth.  P.  p.  60,  Seidl.  Eur. 
El.  485.     Hence 

'Ρνσότης.  ητος,  ή,  wrinkledness, 
wrinkles,  Plut.  Galb.  13,  etc. 

'Ρϋσόω,  ώ,  φυσός)  to  make  wrinkled : 
— pass.,  to  be  or  become  wrinkled,  to 
shrivel,  Arist.  Probl.  24,  10,  2. 

'Ρυσσαίνω,  βνσσός.  βνσσόω,  etc., 
worse  forms  for  βυσαίνω,  etc.,  v.  sub 
βυσός. 

'Ρυσταγμα,  ατός.  τά,  a  dragging 
away,  maltreatment.  Lye.  1089  :  from 

'Ρυστάζω,  f.  -ύξο),  frequentat.  from 
*βν(ι),  έρύυ,  to  drag  about,  drag  to  and 
fro,  πυλ'Αά  βυστύζεσκε  περί  σήμα, 
he  dragged  it  many  tmies  round  the 
grave  of  Patroclus,  II.  24,  755  ;  δμωας 
άεικε'λίως  βνστύζειν  κατά.  δώματα, 
Od.  16,  109  ;  20,  319  :  cf.  sq.,  and  v. 
έλκυστάζω,  βιπτάζω. 

'Ρνστακτύς.  ύος,  ή,  α  dragging  vio- 
lently :  generally,  violent  treat tnent  οτ 
behaviour,  Od.  18,  224.   [ϋς,  νος] 

'Ρυστήρ,  rare  late  form  for  βντήρ, 
ap.  Wern.  Tryph.  266. 

'Ρύστης.  ου,  6,  φύομαι)  a  deliverer, 
Luc.  Philopatr.  6. 

'Ρνσωΰτις,  ες,  φυσάς,  είδος)  wrin- 
kled-looking. 

'Ρύσωσις,  η,  φυσάω)  α  wrinkling,  [ϋ] 

'Ρϋσωτός,  ή,  ον,  wrinkled,  shrivelled. 

'Ρϋτά,  τά,  ν.  sub  βϋτύς  II. 

'Ρϋτάγωγεύς,  έως,  ό,  φϋτός)  the 
rope  of  a  horse's  halter,  Xen.  Eq.  7,  1  ; 
cf.  βντήρ  II.  2,  ΰγωγενς  III. 

PvTij,  ης,  ij,  Peloponnesian  word 
for  πήγανον.  Lat.  ruia,  out  rue,  Nic.  ; 
cf.  Valck.  Adon.  p.  220. 

'Ρϋτήρ.  ήρος,  ό.  (*βνω.  ίρύω)  one 
who  draws  or  stretches,  β.  βιον,όϊστών, 
drawer  of  the  bow,  oi  arrows,  Od.  18, 
262;  21,  173.— II.  like  ίμύς.  the  strap 
bii  which  a  horse  draus,  a  trace,  II.  16, 
475  :  also, — 2.  the  strap  by  which  one 
holds  a  horse,  a  rein,  σπεύδειν  άπο 
βντήρος,  with  lo'ose  rein,  and  so  like 
Lat.  iynjuissis  habenis,  at  full  gallop. 
Soph.  O.  C.  900  (usu.  written  από 
βντηρος,  but  not  so  well.  Bast  Ep. 
Crit.  p.  132,  Rcisig  Comm.  Crit. 
Soph.  O.  C.  896).— 3.  a  strap  to  flog 
with,  Dem.  402,  fin.,  Aeschin.  49,  20, 
cf.  Soph.  Fr.  938. 

B.  (βύομαι)  a  saver,  giiard,  defender, 
β.  CTraW/iui',Od.  17, 187,223;  πόλεως, 
Aesch.  Theb.  318. 

ΥΡντία,  ας.  7/,Rhytia,  mother  of  the 
Corybaufes,  Strab.  p.  472. 

'ΡντΙδόομαι,  (βντίς)  as  pass.,  to  be 
wrinkled,  Hipp.,  Luc.  Luct.  J  6. 


ΡΩΓΟ 

'ΡντΙδάφ7.οίος,  ov.  (βυτίς,  φλοιός) 
with  shrivelled  rind,  Anth.  P.  6,  22. 

'ΡντΙδώδης,  ες,  (βυτίς,  εΐόος)  wrin- 
kled-looking, Hipp. 

'Ρϋτίδωμα,  ατός,  τό,  any  thing  wrin- 
kled ;  also=sq.  [i] 

'Ρντίδωσις,  ή,  a  wrinkling,  [i] 

'Ρντίζω.=βυτιδόω,  susp. 

ΥΡύτιον,  ov,  τά,  Rhytium,  a  city  ol 
Crete,  11,  2,  648 ;  Strab.  p.  479. 

'Ρϋτίς,  ίδος, ;/,  (*βνω,  έρνω)  a  fold 
tvhich  drau's  together,  a  wrinkle,  esp.  in 
the  face,  Lat.  ruga,  Ar.  Plut.  1051, 
Plat.  Symp.  190  E,  191  A.  [Though 
derived  from  *βυω,  q.  v.,  ii,  e.\cept  in 
late  poets,  as  Greg.  Naz.,  Jac.  Anth. 
P.  p.  726.] 

'Ρύτισμα,  ατός,  τό,  (βντίζω)  a  darn 
or  patch,  Menand.  p.  288. 

'Ρντύν,  τά,  V.  βυτός  (βέω)  II. 

'Ρίτόζ•,  ή,  όν,  (βνω,  ερυω)  dragged 
along,  βντοισι  λύεσαι,  with  large 
stones  dragged  along.  Od.  6,  207  ;  14, 
10. — II.  βϋτά,  in  pi.,  reins  (cf  βντήρ 
II),  βντίι  χαλαίνειν,  Hes.  Sc.  308. 

'Ρντάς,  ή,  όν,  also  ύς.  όν,  (βέω) 
flowing,  running,  fluid,  liquid,  β.  άλς, 
νδωρ,  etc.,  Aesch.  Ag.  1408,  Soph. 
Ο.  C.  1598,  Eur.  Hipp.  123  ;  β.  πάροι, 
Aesch.  Euin.  452  (v.  πόρος  1.  2). — 11. 
TO  βϋτύν,  a  drinking  cup  or  horn,  run- 
ning to  a  point,  where  was  a  small 
hole,  through  which  the  wine  ran 
in  a  thin  stream,  (v.  Diet.  Antiqq. 
sub.  v.),  Cratin.  Ώρ.  10,  Dem.  505, 
fin.,  etc.,  ap.  Ath.  496  F  ;  cf.  κροννί- 
ζω  : — a  masc.  βυτός,  in  Diod.  ;  and 
Lat.  rhytium  in  Martial.  2,  35,  2, 
whence  we  may  infer  a  Greek  dim. 
TO  βντίον. 

'Ρντρον,  ον,τύ,  an  offering  for  deliver- 
ance, V.  βνσιον  111.  3. 

Ύύτρος,ον,τά,α  plant  with  prickles 
only  at  the  ends,  Theophr. 

'Ρντωρ,  ορός,  ό,  (*βύω,  ίρΰω)  one 
tvho  draws,  like  βντήρ  I,  β.  τάξου,  a 
bow-man.  archer,  Ar.  Thesin.  108.  —  II. 
(βύομαι)  a  saver,  deliverer,  λιμού  και 
θανάτου,  from  them,  Leon.  Al.  29,  4  : 
a  guard,  defender,  Anth.  P.  6,  37.     [ii] 

'Ρνφαίνω,  Ion.  for  βοφαινω. 

Ύνφέω,  Ion.  tor  βοφέω,  Hippon.  88  ; 
also  in  Ar.  Fr.  108  A. 

'Ρνφημα,  τά,  Ion.  for  βύφημα,  Hipp. 

'Ρύψίς,  ij,  (βύπτω)  a  cleansing,  pari- 
fytnii.  Plat.  Tim.  65  E. 

*'ΡΤ'Ω,  whence  έρύω,  to  draiv,  v. 
sub  βνομαι. 

'Ρνωύ7/ς,  ες,  (βέω.  είδος)  fluid  :  of 
persons,  β.  τιι  ούρα,  incontinent  of 
urine,  Hipp. — II.  abundant.  Plat. Tim. 
86  C,  D. 

'Ρώ,ν.'Ρ. 

'Ρωύ,  ή.=βοιά,  dub. 

'Ρωβίδας.  ό,  a  boy  in  his  first  year, 
Lacon.  word. 

'Ρωγάλέος,  a,  ov,  (βώξ)  broken,  cleft, 
χιτών  χα'λκώ  β..  II.  2,  417  :  esp.  of 
clotlies,  torn^  ragged,  Od.  13,  435,  438, 
etc. 

'Ρωγάς,  ύδος,  δ,  ή,  {βώξ)={οχβξ., 
Anth. :  β.  πέτρα,  a  cloven  rock,  cleft 
in  the  rock,  Ap.  Rh.  4,  1448,  Nic.Th. 
389: — βωγύς  (sc.  )//),  a  cleft  in  the 
earth,  cavern,  Opp.  C.  4,  393.  Cf.  βα- 
γάς,  βώξ,  άποβλώξ. 

'Ρωγη,  ης,  η,  (βώξ)  like  βαγή,  α 
cleft,  Νοηη. 

'Ρώγμα,  ατός,  τό,  (βώξ)=βήγμα. 
Hence 

'Ρωγμάτίας,  ου,  ό,  =  βηγματίας, 
Galen. 

'Ρωγμή,  ης,  ή,=^βωγη,  a  kind  of 
fracture,  Foes.  Oecon.  Hipp.  ;  a  cleft, 
β  ξύλου.  Arist.  Η.  A  9,  9,  4,  cf.  5. 28, 
4  :  also  βωγμός,  cf.  βωχμή,  βωχμός. 

'Ρω}  ολογέω,^βαγο'λογέω. 


Ρί20Μ 

ΥΤώγωνις,  ιος,  ό,  the  Rhogonis,  a 
river  of  Persia,  Arr.  Ind.  39,  6. 

i'Fuoaloi,  ων,  oi,  'Ρωδαίων  πόλις, 
Rudiae,  a  city  of  Calabria,  Strab.  p. 
282. 

Τώί'ίΟζ•,  δ,=  }ρώδιος,  Hippon.  37. 

'Ρώβων-,  ωνος.  ό,  the  nose  ;  in  plur., 
the  nostrils,  Nic.  Th.  213,  Al.  117. 

'Ρώμα,  ατός,  τό,  poet,  for  βώ/ιη. 

'Ρωμάΐζ(Μ;,  to  hold  with  Rome,  be  of 
the  Roman  party,  App. 

'Ρωμαϊκός,  ή,  όν,  and  'Ρωμαίος,  a, 
ΟΙ',  Roman,  a  Romany  pecul.  lem. 
'ΡωμαΙς,  ΐόος,  a  Roman  voman. 

'Ρωμΰϊστί,  adv.,  in  the  Roman  fash- 
ion, in  Latin,  App. 

'Ρωμαλέος,  a,  oi',  (βώμη)  strong  of 
body  :  generally,  mighty,  strong,  πέόαι 
βωμα'/.εώτεραι.  Hdt.  3,  22  ;  βίοτος, 
Aiith.  P.  7,  413.     Hence 

'Ρωμα/χ-εότης,  ητος,  ή,  bodily 
strength. 

'Ρωμΰλεόω,  ώ,  φωμαλέος)  to  make 
strong  :  pass,  tn  be  endued  tcith  strength, 
Arist.  Physiogn.  5,  2. 

νΡωμαΐ'ός,  ov,  ό,  Romanus,  son  of 
Ulysses  and  Circe,  Plut.  Rom.  2. 

ΫΡώμη.  ης,  //,  v.  sq.  II. 

'Ρώαη,  ης.  ή,  bodily  strength,  strength, 
might^  Hdt.  \,  31;  8,  113;  ().  ■}νιων, 
Aesch.  Pers,  913 ;  μείζον  y  κατ'' 
ίμαν  βώμαν,  Soph.  Tr.  1019 ;  έ-' 
ασθενούς  βώμης  οχονμεθ',  Eur.  Or. 
69;  etc.  ^2.  generally,  force,  πνί- 
γους. Plat.  Legg.  633  C  ;  τον  Xtyeiv, 
lb.  71 1  E.— 3.  ov  μια  1)ώμη,  not  sin- 
gle-handed. Soph.  0.  T. '  123  :  like 
δύναμις,  a  force,  i.  e.  army,  Xen.  An. 
3,  3,  14,  Hell.  7,  4,  16.-11.  'Ρώμη,  ή, 
Roma,  Rome,  first  mentioned,  among 
the  Greeks,  by  Aristotle  or  Theo- 
phrastiis,  Nieb.  R.  H.  1,  p.  12.— 2. 
the  goddess  Roma.     (Cf  βώομαι,  fin.) 

^'Ρωμν/ύδαι,  ών,  οι.  the  Romulidae, 
descendants  of  Romulus,  i.  e.  the  Ro- 
mans, Anth.  P.  6,  235. 

ί'Ρώμν/.ος.  ov,  b,  Romulus,  Strab. 
p.  229  sqq.  ;  Plut.  Rom. ;  etc. 

'Ρώνννμι  or  -ννω,  ί-  /5ώσω :  pf. 
pass,  ε^βωμαι  :  aor.  pass,  εββώσθην. 
To  strengthen,  make  strong  and  mighti/, 
Tim.  Locr.  103  B,  E.  But  usu.  in 
pass,  βώνννμαι,  to  be  strong nndmighty. 
to  put  forth  strength  ;  though  hardly 
any  tenses  are  found  in  use,  save  pf. 
pass,  (with  pres.  signf )  ε()1)ωμηι,  Eur. 
Heracl.  636,  Plat.,  etc. ;  the  plqpf. 
έββώμην  being  used  as  impf ,  ({φων- 
TO  εις  τον  ττόλεμον,  Thuc.  2,  8  ;  ifj- 
Ρώσβαι  την  ι^υχην,  Xen.  Hell.  3,  4. 
29  ;  also  c.  inf.,  to  be  able.  Plat.  Symp. 
176  Β  :  in  imperat.  ε^>βωσο,  fare-well. 
Lat.  vale,  the  usu.  way  of  ending  a 
letter,  as  in  Xen.  Cyr.  4,  5.  33,  and 
in  those  attributed  to  Plat.,  etc.  ; 
also  φβάζειν  τιιΊ  ϊφΙ^ΰσΟαι,  Lat.  va- 
lere  jubere,  Plat.  Phaed.  01  B,  Dem. 
419,  12:  —  part.  έββωαένος,=^βωμα- 
'λέος,  V.  sub  voce.  (Prob.  lenglhd. 
from  root  'PS2-,  βώομαι,  q.  v.) 

'Ρώξ,  i],  gen.  βωyός{Άk\n\.o  (ίτ'ιγνν- 
ui,  βήξω),  a  clrft,  βώ^ες  μεγάροιη,  the 
narrow  entrance  of  a  room,  Od.  22, 
143  ;  ace.  to  some,  a  side-door,  or  a 
window ;  acc.  to  Voss,  steps. — II.= 
βάξ.  a  grape  or  olive,  LXX.  :  also  a 
venomous  spider  or  φα?Μγγιοι>.  some- 
thing like  a  grape,  Nic.  Th.  716  :  cf. 
Lob.  Phryn.  p.  76,  Jac.  Anth.  P.  p. 
127,  502.^ 

ΥΡωξύνη,  ης,  ή,  Roxane,  daughter 
of  Oxyartes,  wife  of  Alexander  the 
great,  Arr.  4,  19,  5. 

ΥΡωξο/Μνοί,  ών,  οΊ.  the  Rhn.rolaiii. 
a  people  of  European  Sarmatia  on 
the  Borysthenes.  also  called  Ύοξολα- 
VOL.  Strab.  p.  306,  sqq. 

'ΡΩ'ΟΜΑΙ,  f.  -σομαι,  old  Ep.  dep. 


ΡΩΣΚ 

mid.,  of  which  Horn,  uses  3  pi.  impf. 
έββώοντο  and  βώοντο,  and  3  pi.  aor. 
εββώσαντο  (v.  infra) :  Nic.  has  also 
βώετο,  Th.  351.  To  move  with  speed 
or  violence,  to  dart,  rush,  rush  on,  esp., 
of  warriors,  11.  11,  50;  16,  106,  cf. 
Hrs.  Sc.  230  ;  β.  περί  πνρήν,  to  run 
round  it,  Od.  24,  69  : — of  dancers, 
έρβώσαντο  (absol.),  11.  24,  610  ;  or,  c. 
acc.  cognato,  χορον  εββώσαντο,  they 
plied  the  lusty  dance,  H.  Ven.  262  : — 
νπο  βώοντο  HvaKTL,  lustily  they  moved 
under  the  king's  weight,  II.  18,  417  ; 
so,  κνήμηι,  -joi'va-a  εββώσαντο,  II. 
18,  411,  Od.  23,  3  :  also  of  the  hair, 
εββώοντυ  μετά,  πνοιΤ^ς  ΰνέμοιο,  it 
waved  streaming  in  the  wind,  II.  23, 
367.  (Hence  prob.  βώνννμι,  βώμη, 
Lat.  robur,  robustus  :  perh.  also  akin 
to  *1)νω,  ερνω,  βύμη.) 

'Ρωπύκιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  sq. 

'Ρώττα^,  άκος,  δ,  and  βωπύς,  άδος, 
ή,^βώφ. 

i'Pωπάρaς,  ό,  Rhoparas,  a  Persian 
satrap  in  Babylon,  Xen.  An.  7,  8,  25. 

'Ρωπεϊον,  ov,  τό,  {βώψ)  regul.  form 
for  βωπι']ϊον,  q.  v. 

'Ρωπενω,  {βώτ}>)  to  cut  down  shrubs 
and  underwood,  conject.  in  Leon.  Tar. 
54. — II.  (/3ώ-ος)=/ίιω7Γθ7Γωλεω. 

'Ρωττήεις,  εσσα,  εν,  (β)ώφ)  grown 
with  underwood,  ύγκος,  Q.  Sm.  7,  715. 

'Ρωτττ/ϊον,  ov,  τό,  (βώφ)  Ep.,  and 
Ion.  for  βωπεΐον,  rarely  found  save 
in  plur.,  bushes,  brushwood,  undcnvood, 
βωτΐήία  πυκνά,  II.  23,  122,  etc. ;  κατά 
τε  βωπι'μα  δύω,  11.  21,  559. 

'Ρωπικός,  η,  όν,  (βώπος)  of,  belong- 
ing to  S7nall  scares  :  tu  βωπικά,  small 
wares,  trumpery  :  —  hence,  worthless, 
όώρον,  Leon.  Tar.  15 ;  of  persons, 
Polyb.  21,  5,  5  : — βωπικα  γμάφασθαι, 
to  paint  coarsely,  cf.  βωπογρύφος  : — 
TO  βωπικόν,  tawdry  ornaments  in  a 
speech,  clap  traps,  Toup.  Longin.  3,  4. 

'Ρώπιον,  ov,  TO,  (βώφ)=^βωπεϊον, 
a  bush,  twig,  bough,  Dio  C. 

'Ρωπογράφία,  ας,  ή,  the  painting  of 
a  βωπογράφος,  π  coarse  painting,  daub, 
Cic.  Att.  15,  16  6,  cf.  sq. 

'Ρωπο}ράφος,  ov,  {βώπος,  γράφω) 
one  that  paints  merely  to  produce  efftct, 
a  scene-painter,  dauber ;  or,  one  who 
jiaints  low  subjects,  still  life,  etc.,  like 
the  Dutch  masters,  cf.  Plin.  35,  37, 
Welcker  ap.  Jac.  Philostr.  Imag.  1, 
31,  397  :  others  Tead  βνπογράφος,  βν- 
παρογράφος.  [ΰ] 

'Ρωποπερπερήθρας,  ov,  ό,  {βώπος, 
πέρπερος)  α  loose  or  random  talker, 
Com.  ap.  Plut.  Demosth.  9  :  this  loose 
talk  is  called  βωποπερπερ/'/θρα.  ?/,  for 
which  we  have  βω~οστωμν?ιήβρα 
(Com.  ap.  Diog.  L.  2,  108),  or  βουβό- 
στωμϊΟ.ήθρα,  the  tolutiloquentia  of 
Naevius,  Meineke  Quaest.  Men.  p. 
33. 

'Ρωποπω7.έω,  ω,  to  deal  in  small 
wares  or  frippery  :  from 

'Ρωποπώ?.ης,  ov,  ό, ' βώπος,  πωλέω) 
a  dealer  in  small  ware  or  trumpery :  a 
huckster, pedlar,  Galen. 

'ΡώτΓΟΓ,  ov,  o,  any  small  ware,  esp. 
commort,  vulgar  ornaments  or  toys. 
Aesch.  Fr.  242  :  pedlar^s  ware,  trum- 
pery, Dem.  910,  1,  Strab.  pp.  200, 
376. — II.  as  adj.,  coarse,  dauby,  Dion. 
H.  Epit.  10,  6  :  cf  βωπογραφία. 

'Ρωποστωμνλήθρα,  ή,  v.  sub  βωπο- 
περπερηθρας. 

'Ρωρός,  ά,  όν,  (βώνννμι)  strong, 
viighty,  only  in  Hesych. 

'Ρώσις,  εως,  ή,  (βώνννμι)  strength, 
might,  Schneid.  Theoplir.  Ind. — II. 
strengthening,  encouragement. 

'Ρωσκομενως,  adv.  part,  pres.,  as 
if  from  a  verb  βώσκομαι,=βώνννμαι, 
strongly,  Hipp. 


ΥΡώσσος,  ov,  ή,  Rhossus,  a  city  of 
Syria  on  the  gulf  of  Issus,  Strab.  p. 
676 ;  etc. 

'Ρώσταξ.  άκος,  ό,  a  stand  for  put- 
ting any  thing  on,  Math.  Vett. 

'Ρωστήρ,  τ/ρος,  ό,  (βώνννμι)  one 
who  strengthens.     Hence 

'Ρωστηριος,  a,  ov,  strengthening. 

'Ρωστικός,  ή,  όν,  (βώνννμι)— ioreg. 

'Ρωτάκίζω,  to  make  overmuch  or 
wrong  use  of  p,  Gramm. 

'Ρωτακισμός,  of•,  ό,  overmuch  or 
wrong  use  of  β,  rhotacism. 

'Ρωχμή,  >/,=sq.     ,  , 

'Ρωχμύς,  OV,  ό,  (βώξ)  like  βτ/γμα, 
a  cleft,  β.  "^αίτίς,  a  run  or  gutter 
scooped  out  by  heavy  rains,  II.  23, 
420  :  metaph.,  α  wrinkle,  Anth. — II. 
(βέγχω)=  βόγχος,  in  medic,  writers, 
who  also  write  it  ύωγμός. 

'ΡΩ''ί',  η,  gen.  βωπός,  a  Ιοιυ  shrub, 
bush,  hence  in  plur.  underwood,  brush- 
wood, Od.  10,  166;  14,  49;  16,  47: 
nor  does  the  sing,  seem  to  liave  been 
much  in  use :  cf  βωπηϊον.  (Τώψ 
and  βίφ  are  kindred  forms. 


Σ,  σ,  σίγμα,  or  better  σίγμα  (for 
the  L  in  σίζω  is  long  by  nature),  τό, 
indecl.,  eighteenth  letter  of  the 
Greek  Alphaliet :  as  numeral  σ'= 
200,  but  ,σ=200,000. 

Its  oldest  form  was  that  of  a 
twisted  curl  (Eur.  Thes.  7,  6,  Theo- 
dfect.  ap.  Ath.  454  D),  or  of  a  Scy- 
thian bow  (Agatho  ib.  D),  ^,  ζ, 
whence  arose  the  form  Σ  now  in 
use  :  after  this,  but  yet  early,  it  took 
the  shape  of  a  semicircle  C  ,  whence 
Aeschnon  calls  the  new  moon,  το 
καλόν  ουρανού  νέον  σίγμα.  cf.  Nake 
Choeril.  p.  189;  and  late  authors 
call  the  orchestra  to  tov  θεάτρου 
σίγμα,  Tim.  Lex.  p.  196:  cf.  also 
σιγμοειδής.  When  used  in  these 
metaph.  signfs.,  σίγμα  vvas  some- 
times declined,  though  Pors.  Med. 
476  denies  this  in  the  good  Att. 
writers,  cf  Plat.  (Com.)  'Eopr.  7  : — 
late  writers,  however,  as  Eust.,  de- 
clined it  in  all  senses. 

In  the  later  written  character,  final 
σ  became  ς :  and  we  have  followed 
many  late  German  editors  in  retain- 
ing it  at  the  end  of  the  first  part  oi 
compd.  ΛVords.  as  of  the  preps.  εΙς, 
προς  and  δνς-,  and  in  the  forms  νεώς- 
οικοι,κννοςονρά,Έλλτίςποντος.πμός- 
ωπον,  etc.  Different  from  this  is  the 
case,  when  σ  is  doubled,  or  inserted 
merely  for  euphony,  as  in  λαοσσόος 
έπεσβό'λος  έγχέσπαλος  σακέσπα7.ος 
θέσκε?.ος  θέσπις  θεσπέσιος  θέσφατος, 
etc.,  ν.  Buttm.  Lexil.  s.  v.  θεσκελος 
1  ;  cf  however  Lob.  Phryn.  672. 

From  this  ς  must  be  distinguished 
the  character,  which  was  ong.  used 
only  as  a  numeral,  r  =6,  but  was 
afterwds.  used  in  MSS.  and  old  edd. 
as  a  short  form  of  στ,  cf  σταν. 
Moreover  σύν  [α]  is  said  to  have 
been  a  Doric  form  of  σήμα.  Hdt.  1, 
139,  Pind.  Fr.  47,  Ath.  467  A  ;  but, 
rather,  it  was  a  second  sibilant,  being 
to  the  Hebrew  shin,  as  sigma  to  sa- 
mech,  v.  Donaldson  New  Cratyl.  p. 
106.  Hence  the  form  (ταμτΓ?  or  σ(ί/^~<, 
^,  which  was  used  as  a  numeral= 
900. 

Changes  of  σ,  esp.  in  dialects : — I. 

Aeo!.,  Dor.,  and  Ion.,  into  δ,  as  όδμη 

Ιδμεν  for  οσμή  Ισμεν,    Koeii    Greg. 

589. — II.  Dor.  for  Θ,  as  σιός  Άσύΐ'α 

1327 


άγασός  τταρσένος  for  θίύς  '\θ!/νη 
άγαβάς  παρβή'ος,  most  freq.  in  La- 
coriian,  Cretan  and  Elfan,  Κορπ 
Greg.  300. —  III.  Aeol.  and  Dor.  into  τ, 
in  the  words  rv  τέ  φατί  lor  σν  σε  φι/σί. 
— 2.  also  freq.  in  later  AU.,as,  μεταν• 
?ιθς  ναυτίαναυτιάω  rtvr'Aov  τήμεμον 
τνκον  for  μέσανλος  νανσία  νανσιάω 
σεντλον  σήμερον  σϊ'κον,  cf.  Luc. 
Judic.  Vocal.,  and  Lol).  Phryn.  194 : 
— so  also,  σσ  passed  into  ττ,  esp.  in 
verbs,  as,  —μύττω  τύττω  for  πρύσσω 
τάσσω  ;  but  also  in  siibsts.  and  adjs., 
as,  βάλαττα  όίττός  for  θάλασσα  ύισ• 
συς:  σσ  was  Ion.  and  old  Att.,  rr 
Dor.,  Boeot.,  and  new  Alt.  At 
Athens,  Pericles  is  said  to  have  set 
the  fashion  of  rejecting  the  hissing 
σ,  and  at  the  time  of  Plato  (Coni.\ 

-  had  got  the  upper  hand. — IV.  in 
Aeol.,  σ  was  often  doubled,  which 
practice  was  followed  by  poets,  as, 
άσσος  μέσσος  for  άσος  μέσος,  and 
very  freq.  in  fut.  and  aor.  forms  άσο, 
έσω.  ϊσω,  etc.,  to  make  the  penult, 
long,  Koen  Greg.  p.  588.  —  2.  in 
several,  esp.  geogra[)h.,  prop,  names, 
when  σ  followed  a  long  vowel  (as, 
ΤΙαρνύσός  Ά'λικαρνασός  Κρΐσα  Κ?;- 
<ρ[σός'1λϊσός  KvωσόςΎapτησϋς.elc.), 
the  late  Greeks  doubled  σ,  Wess. 
Hdt.  1,  1,  liockh  V.  I.  Pmd.  O.  9,  47  ; 
13,  102,  P.  I,  39  :— so  in  κνίσα  βνσός. 
— 3.  poet.,ffis  oft.  doubled  incompds., 
when  the  second  part  of  the  compd. 
begins  with  σ,  as,  ρ'οοσσόοζ- λαοσσόοο 
V.  Lob.  Phryn.  047. — V.  σ  sometimes 
passed  into  τττ  or  vice  versa,  as,  πεσ- 
σω  and  —έπτω,  *ΰπτω  δφομαι  and 
δσσομαι,  ίνίσσω  and  ένίπτω,  Buttni. 
Le.xil.  s.  v.  άνί/νοθεν  19. — VJ.  into  ξ  : 

—  1.  Dor.,  in  fut.  and  aor.  of  verbs, 
Koen  Greg.  327 :  so,  όιξός  τριξός  for 
όισσός  τρισσός. — 2.  in  old  Att.,  the 
prep,  σνν,  with  all  its  compds.,  was 
written  ξνν,  Pors.  IMed.  11,  Elmsl. 
ib.  2. — VII.  Att.  σ  and  σσ  sometimes 
passed  into  ψ;  cf.  ip  111. — VIII.  σ 
was  prefixed,—!,  to  words  beginning 
with  a  vowel,  esp.  in  Aeol.,  and  so  in 
Lat.,  esp.  as  a  substitute  for  the 
aspirate,  e.  g.  νς  σνς  sns,  ύ,'λς  sol,  εξ 
sex,  έτΐτύ  septem,  ίρπω  srrpo,  ολκός 
sulcus,  είρω  sero,  σειρά. — 2.  to  words 
beginning  with  a  conson.,  esp.  before 
μ  and  r,  &s,  μάραγύος  σμάραγόος,  μά- 
payva  σμάραγνα, μνραινα  σμυραινα, 
μικρός  σμικρός,  τέρφυς  στέρφος,  τέ- 
γος  στέγω,  Lat.  tego ;  more  rarely 
before  κ  and  (p.  Koen  Greg.  553. — IX. 
σ  was  inserted  in  the  middle  of 
words  before  β,  esp.  by  poets  in  the 
1  peis.  pi.  pass,  and  mid.,  as  τνπτό• 
μεσίΐα  for  τυ-τόμεβα,  etc. :  so  too 
the  adv.  in  θεν,  as  ότησθεν  for  οπι- 
θεν.  Lob.  Phryn.  8  ;  cf  supra  IV.— 
X.  conversely,  the  Lacon.  used  to 
throw  out  σ  between  two  vowels, 
writing  Μώα  for  Μ.ονσα,  ττάα  for 
■πάσα,  ΰρμαον  for  όρμασον.  ποιί/αι 
for  -οιήσαι.  Koen  Greg.  p.  252,  301  : 
in  pronouncing,  the  second  vovvel 
was  aspirated,  as  if  written  Μώύ, 
πάύ,  υρμαόν,  ποιηαΐ,  and  so  it  ought, 
perh.,  to  be  written. — XI.  σ  changes 
into  pin  some  Dor.  dialects,  in  which 
the  endings  -ας  -ης  -ος  -ως  become 
•αρ  -ηρ  -op  -ωρ. — 2.  so  also  Att.  when 
another  ρ  goes  before,  as  άββην  for 
ύρσην,  θά()1)ος  for  θάρσος.  v.  sub  p.— 
XII.  Dor.,  C  passes  into  σδ,  as,  σύεύ- 
y).a  μασόός  τράπεσόα  παισδε  for 
ι^εν)'/.7],  μαζός  τράπεζα  παΐζε. — XIII. 
σ  is  appended  to  οϋτω,  άχρι,  μέχρι 
before  a  vowel,  though  in  the  two 
last  this  is  not  always  so. 

Σ',  by  apostr.  for  σέ,  also,  though 
rarely,  for  σοι,  v.  sub  σύ. — II.  for  σύ, 
1328 


ΣΑΒΟ 

'  in  Od.  1,  356,  II.  G,  490,  etc.,  cf  Jac. 
Anth.  P.  p.  948 ;  but  only  when  the 
article  goes  before,  as  τύ  σ',  Markl. 
Eur.  Supp.  456. 

Σά,  contr.  for  σού  or  σώα,  neut.  pi. 
from  σόης  and  σώος,  Piers.  Moer.  p. 
347:  now  also  restored  from  MSS. 
m  Plat.  Criti.  Ill  C.  But  σά  as 
fcmin.  nom.  sing,  is  quoted  by  the 
Gramm.  only  from  lost  writers. 

Σά  /lav  ;  Doric  or  Cyprian  for  τί 
μην  ;  Ar.  Ach.  757,  784,  where  it  is 
Megarian  Doric. 

^Σαβά.  η,  Saba,  a  port  on  the 
coast  of  the  Arabian  gulf;  perhaps 
same  as  Σαβαί,  al,  Strab.  pp.  770, 
771. 

Σάβήζιος,  ov,  h,  (Σηβός)  a  Phry- 
gian deity,  whose  mysteries  resem- 
bled the  τελετηί  of  Bacchus  :  hence 
afterwards  taken  as  a  name  of  Bac- 
chus himself,  Ar.  Vesp.  9,  Av.  875, 
Lys.  388.— II.  adj.  Σαβάζιος,  a,  ov, 
Bacchic,  βνσθλα,  Opp.  :  frd  Σαβάζια, 
the  festival  of  Sabazius,  Strab.  p.  471. 

Σάβύζω,  to  keep  the  feast  of  Bacchus. 

Σάβάζω,  to  break  to  pieces,  destroy, 
Hesych. 

ίΣαβαΙοι,  ων,  oi,  the  Sabaei,  a 
people  of  Arabia  Felix,  Strab.  p.  778. 

'\Σαβάκ?ις.ον.6,  Sabaces,  a  Persian 
satrap  in  Aegypt,  Arr.  An.  2,  11,  8. 

Σΰβάκός,  ή,  or,  like  σαβρός,  rotten: 
of  a  sore,  putrid,  Hipp. — 2.  shattered  ; 
and  then  (like  τεβρνμμένος.  τρυφερός, 
L•Άt.  fraclns)  enervated,  effeminate,  σα- 
βακιι  σαΐμακίς,  Anth.  P.  7,  222. — 
Said  by  Hesych.  to  be  a  C'liian  word. 

Σΰβάΐίτης,  ov,  ό,  (  σαβάζω  )  α 
shatterer,  destroyer,  esp.  of  a  mis- 
chievous goblin  who  broke  pots,  Ep. 
Hom.  14,  9. 

■\Σαβακώς,  ώ,  b,  Snbacos,  a  king  of 
Aethiopia,  Hdt.  1,  140:  in  Diod.  S. 
1,  65  Σαβάκων. 

Σύβάνον,  ov,  TO,  a  linen  cloth,  esp. 
for  u-ipiyig  with  in  a  bath,  Lat.  saba- 
ninn,  Clem.  Al.  [u] 

Σάβασμός,  ov,  6,  {Σαβάζω)  the 
feast  of  Sabazios  or  Bacchus  : — the  cry 
Σαβοϊ  iised  at  this  feast. 

ίΣαβύτα,  η,  Sabata,  a  lake  of 
Etruria.  Strab.  p.  226. 

Σύββάσι,  heterocl.  dat.  pi.  of  Σάβ- 
βατον  (the  Hebr.  word  being  shab- 
bath),  Mel.  83,  4.     Hence 

ΣαββατεΙον,  ov,  τό.  a  housein  which 
the  Sabhalh  was  kept,  Joseph. 

Σαβ  -Ιΰτ'ιζω,  to  keep  the  Sabbath. 

Σαββάτικός,  ή,  όν,  (Σάββατον)  of 
or  for  the  Sabbath  :  Σ.  πόθος,  love  for 
a  Jew,  Mel.  83. 

Σαββάτισμός,  οϊ',  6,  (Σαββατίζω) 
a  keeping  of  the  Sabbath,  N.  T.,  also 
in  Plut.2,  166  A. 

Σύββΰτον,  ov,  TO,  the  Hebrew 
Sabbath,  i.  e.  rest :  hence  the  seventh 
day  or  day  of  rest ;  also  in  pllir.,  τά 
σάββaτa;L'XX.,  and  N.  T.  :  dat.  pi. 
σάββασι,  v.  sub  voc. — 2.  a  week,  N.  T. 

\Σάββη,  ης,  ή,  Sahbe,  a  Babylo- 
nian or  Aegyptian  Sibyl,  Pans.  10, 
12,  9. 

■\Σάβελλοί,  ων,  ol,  the  Sabelli,  an 
appelh  of  the  Samnites,  Strab.  p.  250. 

Σάβή,ης,  r),  fern,  from  Σαβός. 

^Σαβίκτας.  ό,  Sabictas,  a  satrap  of 
Alexander  in  Cappadocia,  Arr.  An.  2, 
4,2. 

^ΣaβTvoL,  ων,  ol,  the  Sabines,  a 
people  of  Italy,  Polyb.  ;  etc. :  ή  Σα- 
βίνη,  the  Sabine  territory,  Strab.  p. 
228. 

Σάβοϊ,  a  cry  of  the  Σαβοί,  at  the 
feast  of  Sabazios,  Ej'oi  ΣαιΊοϊ,  Dem. 
313,  27  ;  also,  Σαί3αί,  Eupol.  Bapt. 
10. 

Σάβός,    οΰ.  ό,  one  dedicated  to  the 


ΣΑΓΗ 

service  of  Sabazios  ;  generally  a  Bac 
chanal,  Phit.  2.  671  Ε  -.  —  Σάβΐ],  ?/,  α 
Bacchante. — The  modern  Greeks  still 
call  a  madman  ζαβός. 

ίΣάβος.  ov,  ύ,  Sabus,  inasc.  pr.  n., 
Strab.  p.  701,  etc. 

Σαβρίας  or  σαμβρίας,  6,  a  kind  of 
drinking-cup,  Ath.  262  B. 

^Σαβν'λινθος,  ov,  h,  Sabylinthus,  a 
leader  of  the  Molossi.  Thiic.  2,  80. 

'[Σάβνλλος,  01',  ϋ,  Sabytlvs,  a  citi- 
zen of  Gela,  who  slew  the  tyrant 
Cleander,  Hdt.  7,  154. 

^Σαγαλασσός,  ov,  ή,  Sa^alassus, 
a  city  of  Pisidia,  Strab.  p.  569 :  also 
Σαλαγασσός,  Arr.  An.  1,  28:  hence 
ό  Σ...σενς,  an  inhab.  of  S.,  Strab. 

Σαγάλινα  ξνλα,  τά,  prob.  for  σα 
τάλινα.  σαντάλινα  or  σανόάλινα  ξ., 
sandal-wood,  Arr.  Peripl. 

Σάγάπηνίζω,  to  be  like  the  σαγάπη 
vov  in  smell  or  taste. 

^Σαγαπι/νοί,  ώΐ',  ol,  the  Sagapeni, 
a  people  of  .Assyria,  Strab.  p.  745. 

Σάγάπηνον,  ov,  τό,  the  gum-like 
juice  of  nn  umbelliferous  plant,  used 
as  a  medicine,  Diosc. :  also  ΰπός  σα- 
■)άπηνος.  [ΰ] 

Σαγάρις,  ιος.  ή.  ρ1.  σαγάρεις.  Ion. 
ίς,  a  weapon  used  by  the  Scythian 
tribes,  Hdt.  1,215;  4,  5  ;  by  the  Per- 
sians, Amazons,  Mosynoeci,  etc., 
Xen.  An.  4,  4.  16  ;  5,  4,  13  :— ace.  to 
Hesych.,  single-edged,  and  therefore 
joined  by  Xen.  with  κοπίς,  Cyr.  1,2, 
9  ;  4,  2,  22  ;  whereas  Hdt.  7,  64  ex- 
plains it  by  άξίνη  :  prob.  it  was  much 
like  the  old  English  bill.  (The  word 
is  said  to  be  Persian  for  a  sword.) 
["}'].      , 

^Σαγαρτίοι,  ων,  ol,  the  Sagartii,  a 
nomadic  tribe  of  the  Persians,  Hdt. 

1,  125. 

+Σύ}>'βλα,  τά,  Savgala,  a  city  of 
India,  Arr.  Ind. 

iΣaγyάptoς,  ov,  a,  the  Sangarius, 
a  river  of  Bithynia,  now  Sakaria,  11. 
3,  187;  Strab.  p.  543. 

^Σαγγία,  ας,  ή,  Sangia,  a  town  of 
Phrygia,  near  which  the  Sangarius 
rises,  Strab.  p.  543. 

Σάγόας,  ύ,  v.  τΐιάγόας. 

Σαγή,  or  σάγη  (Arcad.  p.  104,  25), 
ης,  ή,  the  hou.sing.i,  harness,  etc.,  of  a 
horse,  ass  or  mule  ;  hence  of  a  man. 
αντύφορτος  οικεία  σάγ-η,  i.  e.  carrying 
his  own  baggage,  etc'.,  Aesch.  Cho. 
675  : — then,  generally,  harness,  furni- 
ture, equipment,  παντελής  σ.,  lb.  560  ; 
τοξήρης  σ..  Eur.  Η.  F.  188  ;  esp.  ar- 
mour, \vhich  we  also  ca.]\  harness, 
Sooh.  Fr.  939;  also  in  phir.,  Aesch. 
Pci-s.  240,  Theb.  125,  391.  (Prob. 
from  σάττω :  hence  -πανσαγία  or 
παΓσαγία :  akin  also  to  σάγος,  q.  v.) 
[a] 

Σάγηναΐος.  a,  ov,  belonging  to  a  σα- 
γήνη, Anth.  P.  6,  23,  192. 

Σαγηνεία.  ας,  ή,  a  hunting  and  tak- 
ing with  the  σαγήνη. 

Σΰγηνενς,  έως,  o,=  sq.,  Leon.  Tar. 
91,  Plut.  Pornp.  73. 

Σύγηνεντήρ,  ηρος.  ό,  one  who  fishes 
with  the  σαγήνη :  hence,  of  a  comb, 
πλητνς  τριχών  σαγ.,  Leon.  Tar.  5. 

Σαγηνεντής,   αν,  o,=  foreg.,  Plut. 

2,  966  Ε,  Anth.  P.  9,  370. 
Σαγηνεύω,  to  surround  and  take  a  lot 

of  fish  unlh  a  drag-net  (  σαγήνη  )  ; 
hence,  metapk.,  of  men,  to  sweep  them 
before  one,  a  Persian  way  of  clearing 
a  conquered  country ;  they  joined 
hands  and  so  swept  the  whole  face 
of  it,  Hdt.  6,  31,  Plat.  Leeg.  698  D. 

Σαγήνη,  ης,  ή,  a  large  drag-net  for 
taking  fish,  a  seine,  Ital.  sagcna,  Luc. 
Pise.  51,  Plut.2,  169  C,  etc. 

Σάγιμ'οβόλΜς,  ov,  {σαγήνη, βάλλω) 


ΣΑΘΩ 

tasting  the  σαγήνη  :  as  subst.  a  fisher- 
man, Anth.  P.  6,  167  ;  10,  10. 

Σαγίΐνόόετος,  ov,  {σαγήνη,  deu) 
bound  to  a  net.  —If.  act.  binding  a  net, 
Aath.  P.  9,  ii99. 

Σάγηόοβέω,  ώ,  {σύγος,  φέρο))  to 
wear  a  cloak,  Stiab. 

Σάγιον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  σάγος. 

Σΰγίς,  ίδος,  if,  {σύγος)  a  wallet. 

Σάγμα,  ατός,  τό,  {σάττω)  that  which 
is  placed  upon  a  horse,  ass  or  mule,  a 
saddle,  pack-saddle,  Plut.  Pomp.  41. 
— II.  of  persons,  a  covering,  clothing, 
esp.  like  σάγος,  a  large  cloak,  Ar. 
Vesp.  1142.  —  III.  the  covering  of  a 
shield,  Soph.  Fr.  939,  Ar.  Ach.  574.— 
IV.  any  thing  piled  together,  a  pile  of 
arms,  etc.,  Plut.  Cat.  Maj.  20. 

Σαγμάρια,  τά,  beasts  of  burden. 

Σαγμΰτο)  ήνη  or  σαγμΰΓογίν?},  ης, 
ή,  an  Indian  stuff,  Arr.  Peripl. 

Σάγοειόής,  ες,  {σύγος,  εΐόος)  like  a 
cloak. 

Σάγος,  ov,  b,  a  coarse  cloak,  soldier's 
cloak,  Lat.  sagum,  Polyb.  2,  28,  7,  etc. 
(Said  to  be  a  Gallic  or  Celtiberian 
word :  but  it  is  certainly  akin  to  σύ- 
γη,  σάγμα,  σύττω.)  [ΰ] 

ίΣάγονντυν,  ον,  τό,  Saguntum,  in 
Hispania,  Strab.  p.  159. 

■\Σάγρας,  6,  the  Sagras,  a  small 
river  of  the  Bruttii  nearLocri,  Strab. 
Ρ  261. 

ίΣάγ'ρος,  ov,  ύ,  the  Sagrus,  a  river 
of  Sainnium,  Strab.  p.  212. 

iΣaγχωvιάθιJV,  ό,  the  Phoenician 
historian  Sanchoniathon,  Suid. ;  cf. 
Ath.  126  A. 

^Σαδάκορα,  uv,  τά,  Sndacora,  a 
city  of  Cappadocia,  Strab.  p.  663. 

ΪΣαόύονκαίοι,  uv,  oi,  the  Saddu- 
cees,  a  sect  among  the  Jews,  N.  T. 

iΣάδoκoς,  ov,  b,  Sadocus,  son  of 
Sitalces  king  of  Thrace,  obtained 
citizenship  in  Athens,  Thuc.  2,  29, 
67. 

ίΣαδνύττης,  ov  Ion.  εω,  b,  Sady- 
attes,  son  of  Ardys  king  of  Lydia, 
Hdt.  1.  16. 

^Σαδώκ,  6,  Sadoc,  Hebr.  masc.  pr. 
n.,  N.  T. 

Σύθέριον,  ov,  TO,  a  kind  of  otter  or 
beaver,  Arist.  H.  A.  8,  5,  8. 

Σύθη,  ης,  ή,  membrum  virile,  Ar. 
Lys.  1119.  [0] 

Σαθρός,  ά,  όν,  like  σαττρής,  rotten, 
decayed,  unsound,  Hipp.  ;  εΐφοιμ'  uv 
υττη  σαθρός  eljj.  Plat.  Euthyphr.  5  Β  ; 
ενρήσει  τά  σαθρά  αντον  (sc.  ΦιΑίττ- 
ΤΓον)  b  πόλιμος,  Dem.  52,  fin.,  cf.  24, 
5  ;  303.  25  : — also,  of  the  sound  of  a 
cracked  vessel,  sounding  false,  opp.  to 
νγιής,  εΐ  7:ή  τι  σαθρόν  έχει,  πάν  ττε- 
ρικρονωμεί'.  Plat.  Phil.  55  C ;  cf. 
Theaet.  179  D,  Gorg.  493  E.— Adv., 
σαθρώς,  c.  ιδρυμένος,  built  on  rotten 
foundations,  Arist.  Eth.  N.  1,  10,  8. 
— II.  metaph.,  σ.  κύδος,  rotten,  perish- 
able fame,  Pind.  N.  Θ,  59  :  πρίν  τι  και 
σαθρόν  εγγίνίσθαί  σφι,  before  any 
unsound  thought  comes  into  their 
heads,  i.  e.  before  thev  prove  traitors, 
Hdt.  6,  109;  σ.  λόγοι,  Eur.  Hec. 
1 190,  cf.  Supp.  1064  ;  δόλιον  και  σα- 
θρόν, Id.  Bacch.  487. — (Like  σαττρός, 
from  σί/πω,  σαττήναι.)     Hence 

Σαθρότης,  ητος,  ή,  rotteriness,  weak- 
ness, faultiness. 

Σαθρόυ,  ώ,  {σαθρός)  to  make  rotten, 
frail,  worthless,  LaX.     Hence 

Σύθρωμα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which  is 
unsound,  a  flaw. 

Σάθων,  ωνος,  b,  from  σύθη,  like 
ττόσθων  from  πόσθη,  a  coaxing  word 
of  nurses  to  a  boy-baby,  Teleclid.  In- 
cert.  22. —  \2.  appell.  given  to  Plato  by 
Antisthenes,  Ath.  220  D. 
64 


ΣΑΚΑ 

iΣatδήvη,  ης,  ή,  Saedene,  a  high 
mountain  on  the  Aeolian  coast  of 
Asia  Minor,  Ep.  Horn.  1. 

Σαικωνέο,  ώ,  or,  as  in  Ar.  Fr.  674, 
σαικωνίζω,  to  move,  stir,  cf.  σα?ι,ακω• 
νίζω. 

Σαινίδωρος,  ov,  (σαίνω,  ooipov) 
coaxing  by  presents,  Epicur.  ap.  Diog. 

Σαινονρίς,  ίδος,  pecul.  fern,  of  sq. 

Σαίνονρος,  ov,  {oaivu,  ουρά)  wag- 
ging the  tail,  fawning,  as  a  uog  :  Ion. 
σήνονρος,  Hesych.  σύνονρος. 

ΣΑΙ'ΝΩ,  f.  σάνώ :  aor.  εσηνα,  and 
εσάνα,  v.  Meineke  Apollod.  (Com.) 
Incert.  1,  p.  454  (akin  to  σείω.)  To 
leag  the  tail,  fawn,  strictly  of  dogs,  ότ' 
αν  άμφϊ  ανακτά  κννες.-.σαίνωσιν, 
Od.  10,  217  ;  νόησε  δε  δϊος  ΌδvσσεiJς 
σαίνοντύς  τε  κννας.  16,  6  ;  also,  οΐφ^ 
σαίνειν,  17,  302  ;  ονρη  τε  και  ονασι 
σαίνειν,  Hes.  Th.  771  ;  σ.  κέρκφ,  Ar. 
Eq.  1031 : — proverb.,  σαίνονσα  δάκ- 
νει.  Soph.  Fr.  902. — II.  c.  ace.  pers., 
to  fawn  upon,  Anth.  P.  9,  604:  hence 
metaph.  of  persons,  to  fawn  on,  pay 
court  to,  Pind.  P.  1,  100,  cf.  Aesch. 
Ag.  798  : — also,  σ.  προς  τίνα,  Pind. 
P.  2,  151 ;  σ.  ποτΐ  άγγελίαν,  to  re- 
ceive it  with  joy.  Id.  O.  4,  7  : — to  de- 
ceive. Soph.  Fr.  508 :  σ.  μόρον,  to 
cringe  to  It,  shirk  it,  Aesch.  Theb.  383, 
704. — III.  generally,  to  cheer,  please, 
Soph.  Ant.  1214,  Eur.  Ion  685  :— so, 
σ.  άττ'  ομμάτων,  to  cheer  one  by  a 
look  of  recognition,  Soph.  O.  C.  321  ; 
so,  σαίνομαι  δ'  νπ'  ε'λτϊίδος,  Aesch. 
Cho.  191  : — of  a  summer-sea,  to  smile, 
Valck.  Theocr.  6,  11. 

^Σάϊοι.  ων,  οι,  the  Sa'ii,  a  people  of 
Thrace,  Strab.  p.  549. 

ΣΑΓΡΩ,  f.  σάρώ  :  pf.  with  pres. 
signf  σέσηικι,  usu.  in  part,  σεσηρώς, 
via,  ός,  Ep.  fern,  σεσάρνϊα,  Hes.  Sc. 
268.  Strictly  to  draw  back  the  lips  and 
shotv  the  teeth,  to  grin  like  a  dog,  Lat. 
ringi,  οίον  σεσ?ιρως  έξαπατήσειν  u' 
οϊεται,  Ar.  Vesp.  900 ;  esp.  in  mock- 
ery, scorn,  or  malice,  ηγριωμένονς 
και  σεσηρότας,  Ar.  Pac.  020;  σιμά 
σεσηρώς,  Mel.  52;  but  also  without 
any  su(  h  bad  sense,  εΐΰε  σεσαρώς 
υμματι  μειδιόωντι,  Theocr.  7,  19  (cf. 
προςσαίρω) : — later  also,  σεσηρέναι 
οδόντας,  Opp.  : — also,  σεσηρότι  γέ- 
λωτι,  Luc.  Amor.  13  ;  σεσηρος  μει- 
διαν.  Id.  C)  Philopatr.  26.— II.  to 
sweep,  clean,  δώμα,  στέγας,  Eur.  Hec. 
363,  Cycl.  29 :  also  to  sweep  up  or 
away,  κόνιν  σήραντες.  Soph.  Ant. 
409. — Signf  I.  is  pecul.  to  the  perf., 
signf.  II.  to  the  pres.,  fut.,  and  aor.  1. 
Λ'ο  other  tenses  occur.  (From  same 
root  come  σύρος,  σαρόω,  and  Lat. 
sarin,  sarrio.  Lob.  Phryn.  83.) 

tStiif,  ως  and  εως.  ή,  Sais,  Miner- 
va among  the  Aegyptians,  Paus.  9, 
12,  2. — II.  a  city  of  the  Aegyptian 
Delta,  Hdt.  2,  133;  dat.  Σύϊ,  Id.  2, 
28.     Hence 

^Σαίτης,  ου  Ion.  εω,  b,  an  inhabitant 
of  Sais,  Saitic,  Plut.  Sol.  26:  ό  Σαϊ- 
της    νομός,   the     Saitic    name,    Hdt. 

^^ 

ίΣα'ίΤΐκός,  ?},  όν,  of  Sais,  Saitic,  b 

Σ.  νομός.  Plat.  Tim.  21  Β  ;  rb  Σα'ίτι- 

Kov  στόμα,  the  Saitic  mouth  of  the 

Nile,  also  called  Tanitic,  Hdt.  2,  17. 

^Σακάδας,  a,  6,  Sacadas.  a  poet  and 
cithara-playerof  Argos,  Heyne  Pind. 
vol.  3,  p.  29.     Hence 

Σύκύδιον,  ου,  τό,  a  stringed  instru• 
metit  named  after  the  musician  Sacadas. 

tΣά/cα£,  ών  Ion.  έων,  oi,  the  Sacae, 
a  people  of  central  Asia,  near  the 
sources  of  the  Araxes,  Hdt. ;  Xen. ; 


ΣΑΚΚ 

etc. :  in  Hdt.  7,  64,  a  general  name 
for  all  the  Scythiai.s  among  the  Per- 
sians ;  cf.  Strab.  p.  507  sqq. :  Dion.. 
P.  750  has  sing.  Σάκας. 

^Σάκαιος,  a,  ov,  of  the  Sacae,  Sa- 
caean  :  τύ  Σύκαια,  a  festival  in  hon- 
our of  Anaitis,  Strab.  p.  512. 

Σύΐίανδ()ος,  ov,  b,  {σάκος,  σάκκος, 
άνήρ)  comic  word  for  the  pudenda 
muliebria,  Ar.  Lys.  824.  [σΰ] 

^Σακάρανλοι,  ων.οΊ.  the  Sacarauli, 
a.  Scythian  people,  Strab.  p.  511. 

^Σάκας,  ov,  b,  v.  Σύκαι :  and  so — 
2.  an  epithet  applied  to  the  tragic 
poet  Acestor  to  indicate  his  foreign 
origin,  Ar.  Av.  31. — 3.  Sacas,  cup- 
bearer of  king  Astyages,  Xen.  Cyr. 
1,  3,  8,  sqq. 

]Σακασηνή,  ης,  ή,  Sacasene,  a  dis- 
trict of  Armenia,  Strab.  p.  511. 

^Σακανρακες,  ων,  οι,  the  Sacaura- 
ces,  a  Scythian  people,  Luc.  Macrob. 
15. 

Σακερδως,  ωτος,  b,  the  Lat.  sacer- 
dos,  Luc.  Alex.  43. 

ή'Σακεσίναι,  ών,  ol,  the  Sacesinae, 
an  Asiatic  people,  Arr.  An.  3,  8,  4. 

Σάκέστΐύλος,  ov,  {σάκος,  ττά/,/.ω) 
wielding  a  shield,  II.  5,  126. 

Σάκεσφάρος,  ov,  {σύκος,  φέρω) 
shield-bearing,  of  Ajax,  Soph.  Aj.  19, 
Virgil's  clypei  dominus  ;  cf.  Eur. 
Phoen.  139. — II.  {σάκκος  or  σάκος, 
ό.  III)  a  beard-bearer,  epith.  of  the 
demagogue  Epicrates,  Plat.  (Com.) 
Presb.  3,  ubi  v.  Meineke. 

Σύκίον,  V.  sub  σακκίον,  Xen. 

ΣακΊτας,  b,  Dor.  for  σηκίτης. 

Σακκελίζω,=σακκίζω,  to  strain,  fil- 
ter, Galen.     Hence 

Σακκέλισμα,  ατος,  το,  any  thing 
strained  or  filtered,  Diod. 

Σακκε'λιστήριον,  ov,  τό,  a  filter  or 
sieve. 

ΣαΛ-«;f^)ω,=  sq. 

Σaκκέω,ώ,{oάκκoς)^ostrain,  filter,  a. 
Ti  Ίματιοις,  to  strain  it  througn  cloths, 
Hdt.  4,  23. 

Σακκίας  οίνος,  ό,  strained  wine, 
Poll.  6,  18. 

Σακκιζω,  f.  -ίσω,=σακκέω,  to  strain, 
filter,  Theophr. 

Σύκιάνος,  η,  ov,  (σύκκος)  of  sack 
cloth. 

Σακκίον,  Att.  σύκίον,  ov,  τό,  also 
written  σάκκιον,  σύκίον,  dim.  from 
σάκκος,  a  small  bag,  Xen.  An.  4,  5, 
36.  Diod.  13,  106. 

Σακκογενειοτρόφος,  ov,  {σάκκος, 
γένειον,  τρέφω)  cherishing  a  huge 
beard,  Anth.  P.  append.  288. 

Σακκοττήρα,  ή,  {σάκκος)  a  knap- 
sack, wallet. 

Σακκοττ/Μκος,  ov,  {σάκκος,  ττ/.έκω) 
plaiting  sieves. 

ΣΑ'ΚΚΟΣ,  or  σάκος,  ov,  ό,  ν.  sub 
fin.  : — {σάττω) : — a  coarse  cloth  of  hair, 
esp  of  goats'  hair,  Lat.  cilicium,  gen- 
erally, sackcloth,  LXX. — II.  any  thing 
made  of  this  cloth  : — 1 .  a  sack,  bag,  Hdt. 
9,  80,  Ar.  Ach.  745,  etc. — 2.  a  sieve, 
strainer,  esp.  for  wine,  Hippon.  42, 
ubi  V.  Welcker. — 3.  a  coarse  garment, 
cloak,  mantle. — III.  a  coarse  beard,  like 
rough  hair-cloth,  σάκον  προς  ταΐν 
γναθμο'ιν  εχειν,  Ar.  Eccl.  502,  cf. 
σακεσφύρος  II. — The  form  σάκκος  is 
said  to  be  Doric,  and  σάκος  Att., 
Thorn.  M.  789,  etc. ;  and  certainly  in 
Ar.  Ach.  822,  Lys.  1211  we  have  σά- 
κος, while  the  Megarian  in  Ach.  745 
says  σάκκος,  cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  257, 
Meineke  Menand.  p.  44 :  Hdt.  also 
says  σάκκος. 

Σακκοφορέω,  ώ,  te  wear  hair-clolh, 
or  a  garment  made  of  it ;  and 

Σακκοφορία,  ας,  ή,  a  wearing  ofhaL 
cloth :  from 

1329 


ΣΑΛΑ 

'Σακκοφόρος,  ον,  (σάκκος,  φέρω) 
iveartng  coarse  hair-cloth,  or  α  garment 
of  it,  Plut.  2,239  C. 

Σακούίρμίτης,  6,  with  a  shield-like 
*kin,  Soph.  Fr.  562. 

Σάκος,  ό,  V.  sub  σάκκος. 

Σάκος,  6,  Dor.  Tor  σηκός. 
■  Σάκος,  εος,  τύ,  Ion.  gen.  σύκενς, 
Hes.  Sc.  334  : — α  shield,  very  freq.  in 
Horn.,  and  Hes.  :  the  earhest  shields 
were  of  wicker-work  or  wood,  cov- 
ered with  one  or  more  ox-hides  ;  if 
more  than  one,  the)'  were  parted  by 
metal  plates  (that  of  Ajax  had  seven 
hides  and  an  eighth  layer  of  metal, 
II.  7,  222) :  hence  the  epithets,  χάλ• 
κεον,  χαλκηρες,  τετραθέ7.νμνον,  έττ- 
rniotioi'.•  It  was  concave,  and  hence 
sometimes  used  as  a  vessel  to  hold 
liquid,  Aesch.  Theb.  540.  How  much 
the  art  of  these  early  times  was  em- 
ployed on  the  shields,  appears  from 
the  epithets  ι'ίαιόύ'λεον,  ποικίλοι', 
αίαλον,  παΐ'αίο/.οι>,  φαεινόν,  and  the 
description  of  the  shields  of  Achilles 
and  Hercules,  II.  18,  47Θ,  sq.,  Hes. 
Scut.  139,  sq. — 2.  metaph.,  a  shield, 
defence,  Aesch.  Supp.  100. —  Mostly 
poet.,  άσ~ίς  and  οττλον  being  used  m 
prose.  (No  doubt  from  σάττω.)  [ά 
except  in  Hes.  Sc.  304,  461,  where  it 
is  long  in  the  filth  arsis  :  Guyet  and 
Heinrich  hold  both  lines  to  be  spu- 
rious.] 

Σύκοφόρος,  07',=  Ep.  σακεσφόρος, 
Gramrn. 

Σάκτας.  ov,  6,  (σάττω)  a  sack.  At. 
Plut.  681.^ 

Σύκτας,  ό,  Boeot.  for  ιατρός.  Strat- 
tis  Phoen.  3,  5. 

Σακτήρ.  7/ρος,  ό,  (σάττω)  a  sack. 

Σακτός,  ή,  όν,  (σάττω)  crammed, 
stuffed,  Antiph.  Cycl.  1,  3. 

Σάκτρα,  ας,  ή,  (σάττω)^φορμός. 

Σάκτωρ,  αρος,  ό,  (σάττω)  one  who 
crams  m  fills  tip,  "Αιόον  σ.,  one  ιγΛο 
crotfds  the  nether  world,  i.  e.  a  slayer 
of  many,  Aesch.  Pers.  921  (where  the 
genit.  ΐϊερσάν  should  be  joined  with 
ijSav,  not  with  σάκτορι). 

Σάκχάρ,  αρος,  τό,  also  σάκχΰρΐ  and 
σάκχάροί',  τό,  sugar,  Lat.  saccharum, 
Diosc.  (An  Eastern  word,  the  San- 
scr.  i;arkara,  Malay  ^ii^nra.) 

Σακχνφάντης,  ov,  ύ,  (σάκκος,  νφαί- 
1•ω)  one  ivho  weaves  σάκκος  or  sack- 
cloth, a  sailmaker,  Dem.  1170,  27. 

iΣάκωι',  ωι•ος,  ό,  Sacon.  a  citizen 
of  Zancle,  who  founded  Himera, 
Thuc.  6,  5. 

Σάλα,  -η,  distress,  anguish,  Aesch. 
Fr.  394  ;  cf.  σάλος. 

ΙΣαλά,  ό,  (Greek  Σά?.ης,  ov,  Jo- 
seph.) Sala,  Hebr.  masc.  pr.  n.,  N.  T. 

Σά?Μ3η,  ή,=  σαλ.άμβη,  Soph.  Fr. 
940.  [(2(3]^ 

Σάλάγεω,  ώ,=  σαλύσσω,  to  which 
it  is  akin,  as  ^τaτayεω  to  πατάσσω, 
Opp.  C.  4,  74,  cf.  3,  352. 

Σάλάγη,  ης,  i],  (σαλάσσω)  noise, 
outcry. 

^Σά}.αΎκών,  ωνος,  ό,  Salancon,  a 
river  of  lllyria,  Ap.  Rh.  4,  337. 

^Σάλαγος,  ov,  o,  Salagus,  son  of 
Oenopion,  Paus.  7,  4,  8. 

Σύλάγω,=ζσα?ιαγέω. 

^Σα/.αβιήλ,  6, Salathiel, Hebr. masc. 
pr.  n.,  N.  T. 

Σάλΰΐζω,  to  cry  out  in  distress, 
Anacr.  126. 

Σά?ιάίς,  ή,  or,  better,  σάλάϊσμός, 
ο,  (σά'/.ος)  :  a  cry  of  distress. 

^Σά?.αίθος,  ov,  ό,  Salaethus,  a  La- 
cedaemonian, Thuc.  3.  25.-2.  a  law- 
giver of  the  Crotoniats,  Luc. 

Σάλάκων,  ωΐ'Οζ",  ό,  (σάλος,  σα/.ασ- 
σω)  one  rvho  walks  in  a  loose,  swagger- 
ing fashion  (cf  σαλεΰω  II.  4):  hence, 
1330 


ΣΑΛΕ 

a  flaunting  coxcomb,  swaggerer,  Arist. 
Rhet.  2,  16,  2,  Eth.  End.  2,  3,  9  ;  3, 
6,  2  :  V.  σα?.ακωνεύω.  [λώ] 

Σΰ?.άκωνεία,  ας.  ή,  vulgar  display, 
etc.,  swaggering,  flaunting,  Arist.  M. 
Mor.  1,  27,  1: — also,  σαλακωνία,  η, 
Ath.  691  F.     From 

Σΰλΰκωνενω,  (σαλύκων)  to  play  the 
σαλάκων,  swagger,  flaunt :  so,  σά/.ά- 
κωνίζω,  whence  όιασαλακωνίζω,  to 
walk  like  a  swaggering,  flaunting  fellow, 
Ar.  Vesp.  1169  (cf'  σαλεύω  II.  4), 
with  an  obscene  hit  at  the  Lacedae- 
monians, resting  on  the  old  irtterpr. 
of  the  word  (σα'λενειν  τον  πρωκτοί') 
to  wriggle  one^s  rump  about, — ^just  like 
the  still  coarser  σαν?.οπρωκτιάω. 

Σά'λάκωviζω,=  foτeg.,Henιύ\>p.  ap. 
Schol.  Ar.  Vesp.  1164. 

Σΰλΰκώνισμα,  ατός,  τό,  swaggeritig, 
flaunting,  Cic.  Att.  14,  2:  but  the 
reading  is  dub. 

Σαλαμάνδρα,  or  -μάνδρα  (Lob.  Pa- 
ral.  212),  ας,  ή,  the  salamander,  a  kind 
of  lizard,  supposed  to  be  a  fire-extin- 
guisher, Arist.  H.  A.  5,  19.  25,  The- 
ophr.  de  Igne  60,  ubi  v.  Schneider. 
Hence 

Σΰλΰμάζ'δρειος,  ov,  of  the  salaman- 
der, i\ic.  Th.  819. 

Σάλάμβη,  ης,  ή,  a  hole,  chimney. 
Soph.  Fr.  940,  Lye.  98:  also  σαλά- 
βη. 

Σάλΰμίν,  ϊνος,  ή,  ν.  Σαλαμίς. 

ΣάλΟ,μΙνάφέτης,  ον,  ό,  (Σαλαμίς, 
άφίτ/μι)  α  betrayer  of  Salamis,  Solon 
16,  6. 

iΣaλaμlvl(iκός,  ή,  όν,=  Σαλαμίνι- 
ος  ;  ό  Σ.  κά?.πος,  Strab.  ρ.  335. 

iΣa?.aμιvιάς,  άόος,  ή,  pecul.  feni. 
tosq.,f  7γ'  άκταΐςΣαλαμινιάσί,  Aesch. 
Pers.  964.  Ι 

Σα?ίαμίνιος,  α,  ον,  also  ος,  ον,  Sal- 
aminian,    of  or  from    Salamis. — II.   ij  ' 
Σαλαμινία,  sub.  I'af'f  or  τριήρης,  cf. 
sub  πάρα'λ.ος  III :  from 

Σάλύμίς,  or  (not  so  well)  Σάλΰμίν, 
gen.  ϊνος,  ή,  Salamis,  an  island  and 
town  of  the  same  name,  just  opposite 
Athens,  fir.st  in  II.  +2,  557  :  v.  Thuc. 
2,  94  ;  Strab.  p.  393  sqq.  ;  now  Ko- 
louri.-i — II.  a  town  of  Cyprus  founded 
by  Teucer  of  Salamis,  +H.  Horn. 
Ven.  4,  Hdt.  4.  102:  later,  Constan- 
tia,  now  Porto  Knnstanza.i  (Prob. 
from  σάλος.  σα?ιεί•ω,  from  the  breaking 
nf  the  waves  against  the  steep  shores  of 
the  island.)  [i] 

Σάλαξ,  ακος, ό, (σαλάσσω) aminer's 
sieve  or  riddle. 

}-Σα?.απία,  ας,  ή.  Salapia,  a  city 
of  Apulia,  Strab.  p.  283. 

■^Σαλαρία.  ας,  ή,  οδός,  the  via  Sola- 
ria, running  through  the  territory  of 
the  Sabines,  Strab.  p.  228. 

■[Σάλας,  a,  6,  the  Sola,  now  Saale, 
in  Germany,  Strab.  p.  291. 

Σά/.ασσα,  σα7,ασσομέδοισα,  Dor. 
for  θάλ-. 

Σάλάσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  f.  -ξω,  (σύ?.ος) 
=  σαλενω,  Nic.  ΑΙ.  457. — Π.  to  over- 
load, cram  full,  σεσα?ιαγαένος  ο'ινω, 
Leon.  Tar.  37,  cf.  Anth.  P.  11,  57. 
Cf  σαλεύω. 

■[Σαλγανενς,  έως,  b,  Salganeus,  a 
town  of  Boeotia  on  the  Euripus, 
Strab.  p.  403. 

Σά?.εία,  ας,  η,  (σαλεύω)  continual 
motion. 

[Σαλείμ,  η,  Salim,  a  place  in  Ju- 
daea. N.  T. 

■[Σαλεντινοί.  ών,  ol,  the  Salentini, 
a  people  of  lower  Italy,  Strab.  p.  277. 

[Σά7.ερνον,  ov,  τό,  Salermim,  a 
town  of  Campania,  Strab.  p.  251. 

Σά/.ενμα.  ατός,  τό,  (σαλεύω)  mo- 
tiun  like  σάλος.  i.  e.  constant,  repented 
motion,  Artemid.  1,  79 :  σ.  πολεμικον 


ΣΑΛΟ 

ΐππον,  the  quick  military  pace  of  a 
horse,  Dio  Chrys.  [σα] 

Σάλενσις.  εως,  ή,  {σα?.εύω)  α  mov- 
ing constantly,  Arist.  Mechan.  27,  1. 

Σΰ/.εντός,  ή,  όν,  shaken,  tossed, 
Mel.  60 :  from 

Σΰλεΰω,  (σάλος)  to  make  to  shake  or 
rock,  c.  ace,  σα?Λνει  χειμών  ονδείς 
τάς  άγκυρας,  ap.  Stoi).  p.  3,  48  : — • 
pass.,  to  be  shaken,  totter,  reel,  χβών 
σεσάλενται,  Aesch.  Pr.  1081.—  II. 
intr.,  to  move  to  and  fro,  roll.,  toss.  esp. 
of  ships  in  a  stormy  sea  or  persons  in 
them,  Xen.  Oec.  8,  17  :  hence,— 2.  to 
toss  like  a  ship  at  sea,  to  be  in  sore  dis- 
tress, πόλις  σηλ.ενει.  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  23, 
cf  ΕΙ.  1074,  Eur.  Rhes.  249  ;  so.  iv 
νόσοις  η  γήρα  σ..  Plat.  Legg.  923  Β  ; 
cf  σαλοΓ  II. — 3.  of  a  ship  also,  σ.  έττ' 
άγκυρας,  to  ride  at  anchor,  Plut.  2, 
493  1)  :  hence,  metaph.,  σ.  έπί  τινί 
(as  it  were)  to  ride  at  anchor  on  one's 
friend,  depend  upon  him,  Plut.  De- 
nietr.  38  ;  cf  όχέω  Π. — 4.  to  roll  like 
a  ship  ;  and  so,  to  roll  in  one's  walk, 
esp.  of  persons  with  the  hip-joints  far 
apart.  Foes.  Oec.  Hipp.  :  hence,  to 
flaunt  or  swagger  about,  like  σαλακω- 
νεύω,  Schneid.  Xen.  Cyr.  2,  4,  6: — 
also  in  pass,  or  mid.,  Anth.  P.  5,  35 
etc. 

■\Σάλη,  ης,  ή.  Sale,  a  city  of  Thrace 
on  the  coast  of  the  Aegean  sea,  Hdt. 
7,60. 

iΣaλήμ,  ή,  Salem,  afterwards  'Irpo- 
σόλνμα,  q.  v.,  N._T. 

Σά?.ία,  {ι,=  σαλεία,  dub. 

iΣάλιoί,  ων,  οι,  the  Salii, in  Rome, 
Plut.  Num.  13. 

Σάλλ.ω.  Dor.  for  θάλλω,  Alcman 
64,  Bergk. 

Σαλμακίδες.  αϊ,  a  name  for  έταϊραι, 
Anth.  p.  7.  222. 

^Σαλμακίς,  ίδης,  ή,  Salmacis,  a 
fountain  of  Halicarnassus  whose  wa- 
ters were  said  to  have  the  effect  of 
enervating  those  who  drank  of  them, 
Strab.  p.  656.-2.  a  fortress  of  the 
same  place,  Arr.  An.  1,  23.  3. 

[Σαλμνδήσιος,  a,  ov,  of  Salmydes- 
sns,  Salniyde.s-sian,  Σ.  γνάθος  Πόν- 
του, Aesch.  Pr.  726. 

\Σα?.μνδΐ]σσός  and  -δησός.  ov,  6, 
Sahnydessiis,  a  city  and  port  of  Thrace 
on  the  Euxine,  now  Midjeh,  Hdt.  4, 
93  ;  Soph.  Ant.  909  ;  Xen.  An.  7,  5, 
12 :  the  tract  along  the  bank  of  the 
E.  around  this  city  also  so  called, 
Strab  p.  50. 

^Σαλμών,  ό,  Salmon,  Hebr.  masc. 
pr.  n.,  N.  T. 

[Σαλμωνενς,  έως  Ep.  ηος,  6,  Sal- 
moneus,  son  of  Aeolus,  ruled  first  in 
Thessaly,  then  in  Elis,  hurled  to 
Tartarus  by  Jupiter  for  having  at- 
tempted to  imitate  his  thunder  and 
lightning,  Od.  11,  236;  Apollod.  1, 
9,  7. 

■\Σαλμώνη,  ης.  η,  Salmone,  a  city 
of  Elis  Pisatis,  Strab.  p.  356.-2.= 
sq.,  N.  T.^ 

\Σαλμώνιον,  ην,  τό,  Salmonium,  or 
Sammonium,  the  eastern  promontory 
of  Crete,  Strab.  p.  472 :  also,  Σαμώ- 
viov. 

ίΣαλμωνίς,  ίδοΓ,  ή,  sc.  ΰκρα,=: 
foreg.,  Dion.  P.  110. 

ΣΑ'ΛΟΣ,  ov,  6.  and  in  Alcman  ap. 
ApoU.  Dysc,  heterog.  dat.  pi.  σάλε- 
σιν,  as  if  from  το  σά?ιθς : — any  un- 
steady, tossing  motion,  esp.  the  tossing, 
rolling  sieell  of  the  sea,  Eur.  I.  T.  4f ; 
πόντου  σ.,  πόντιος  σ-,  Id.  Hec.  28,  I. 
Τ.  1443;  alsoin  plur.,  τΓΟΓΤίΟί  σάλοι. 
Id.  Or.  994  :  hence,  the  open,  exposed 
sea,  opp.  to  a  harbour,  εν  σάλω  στη- 
ι•αι^=σα?^ενειν  II.  3,  Lat.  in  salo  esse, 
in  ancoris  start .    hence, — 2.  a  road- 


Σ  A  AY 

stead,  anckoragt,  ύ?.(μει>ον  μεν  σάλονζ 
tie  έχον,  Polyb>  1,  53,  10,  cf.  Diod.  3, 
44."IL  of  ships  or  persons  in  them, 
tossing  en  the  s^a.,  έκ  ΤΓολ/οϋ  σάλου 
ενδοντ'  έ^•'  άκτης,  Soph.  Phil.  2Ϊ1  ; 
and  metaph.  of  the  ship  of  the  state- 
Soph. O.T.  24,  Ant.  163,  cf.  Lys.  107, 28 ; 
cf.  σα?.ενω  II.  2. — 2.  sea-sickness,  like 
ναντία,  Luc. : — restlessness,  perplexity, 
Atcman  1.  c.  (From  σά?.ος  come  σα- 
?.o(j,  σαΛίΐ'ω,  σα/εία,  σάλα,  σα?.ύσ• 
σω,  σαλά}ω,  σα'/.αγεω  :  also  σα?.αίς, 
σαλαίζω,  σα?.άκων,  σα/.ακωνενω,  σα- 
/.ακωιεία,  and  prob.  σανλος,  and  Lat. 
salmn,  salio,  salcijc :  which  again  seem 
t«  bring  us  on  one  hand  to  α?,?Μμαι, 
on  the  other  to  άλς,  sal,  and  θάλασ- 
σα. Dot.  σά?.ασσα  : — perh.  akin  also 
to  ζάλη,  ζύ/.ος.)  [ά] 

Σΰ/.όω,  rare  form  for  σαλίΐ/ω : 
pass.  σαΛοϋ//αί,=  σα/.εΰω  II. 

^Σύ?.7Γα.  ή,  Salpa,  a  female  of  Les- 
bos, Ath.  321  F.      • 

Σά/.ττη  or  σύρττη,  ης,  ij,  a  sea-fish, 
Lat.  salpa,  the  French  saupe,  Epich. 
p.  31,  Arist.  H.  A.  5,  9,  5,  etc. ;— also 
σά/.-τ/ς,  ό,  Archipp.  Ichth.  11;  and 
σάλτΓί)'^. 

Σα'/.'7ηγγο?ιθγχν7Γηνάόαι,  ol,  (σάλ- 
ττιγξ,  λόγχη,  ϋτζι/νη)  whiskered-lance- 
trumpeters.  At.  Ran.  966. 

Σαλ•:ηγκτης,  ov,  ό,  (σα?.7τίζω)  a 
trumpeter,  Thuc.  0,  69,  Xen.  An.  4,  3, 
29,  etc. : — rare  collat.  forms  σαλπι- 
κτίις,  -στης.  Lob.  Phryn.  191. 

Σάλπιγξ,  ιγγος,  ή,  a  war-trumpet, 
trump,  οτε  r'  ιαχε  σά?^πιγξ,  11.  18, 
219  :  (this  was  afterwards  called  σ. 
στρογγυλή,  another  for  sacred  pur- 
poses, σ.  Ιερά) :  the  σά?.-ιγξ  was  esp. 
called  Tuscan,  Ύνρσηκιν?/,  Aesch. 
Eum.  5G8,  Soph.  Aj.  18,  Eur.  Phoen. 
1377,  Heracl.  831 : — νττό  σάλττιγγος, 
by  sound  of  trumpet.  Soph.  El.  711, 
cf.  Ar.  Ach.  1001  ;  also,  ά-ό  σ.,  Po- 
lyb.  4,  13,  1  :  cf.  σημαίνο,  ν-οσημαί- 
\'(j,  φθέγγομαι. — II.  a  signal  note  by 
trumpet,  trumpet-call,  Arist.  Rhet  3,  G, 
7;  elsevvh.  σά7.•?ησμα. — III.  σάλττιγξ 
θα?..ασσία,  elsewh.  στρόμβος.  Archil. 
181  Bergk.  —  IV'.  the  trumpeter-bird, 
from  its  trumpet-like  note,  Arteinid. 
— ν.=σά/ι~η.     From 

ΣΑΑΠΓΖ£2,  fut.  -ίγξω  and  later 
-ί'σω,  Phryn.  191  : — to  sound  the  trum- 
pet, give  signal  by  trumpet,  σα7.~ιγξΙ 
σαλ-.,  Xen.  An.  7,  3,32:  metaph., 
άμ(^ι  δε  σάλπιγξεν  μέγας  ουρανός, 
heaven  trumpeted  around,  of  thunder 
as  if  a  signal  for  battle,  IL.  21,  388,  cf 
Wern.  Tryph.  327:  —  impers.,  έτεί 
έσά?.ΤΓΐγξε  (sc.  ό  σαλπιγι^,της)  when 
the  trumpet  sounded,  Xen.  An.  1,  2, 
17;  cf.  σημαίνω,  κηρύσσω: — c.  ace, 
σ.  ήμέραν,  to  proclaim,  announce  day, 
of  the  cock.  Luc.  Ocyp.  114. — Σαλ- 
ττίγγω  is  not  Greek,  σα?.7τίτΓω  dub. 
Hence 

Σαλ.πικτής,  οΰ,  ό,  later  form  of 
σα7.7ηγκτής.  Piers.  Moer.  p.  354. 

Σάλ-ίϊ,  Ιγος,  ή,  later  poet,  form 
for  σάλπιγξ. 

Σά?,πισμα.  ατός,  τό,  sound  of  trum- 
pet, trumpet-call. 

Σαλπιστής.  ov,  6,  later  form  of 
σαλ-ιγκτής,  Polyb.  1,  45,  13. 

Σαλττίστικός,  ή,  όν,  suited  for  a 
trumpet. 

Σα?.~ίττω.^=σα?.7Γίζω,  dub., v.  Luc. 
Jud.  Vocal.  iO. 

Σαλνγη,  ης,  ή,  {σάλος,  σαλεύω) 
constant  motion,  as  of  the  spindle, 
Gramm.,  nisi  legend,  σαλάγη. 

^Σάλνες,  ων,  οι,  the  Salyes,  a  people 
of  Gallia  Narbonensis,  Strab.  p.  181. 

■[Σα/^ύνθως,  ov,  b,  Salynthius,  iring 
of  the  Agraei  in  Acarnania,  Thuc.  3, 
IIL 


2AMI 

^Σα7.ύμη,  ης,  ή,  Salome,  sister  of 
Herod,  Strab.  p.  765.  —  2.  wife  of 
Zebedee,  mother  of  James  and  John 
the  apostles,  N.  T. 

^Σύλων,  ωνος,  ή,  Salona,  in  Dal- 
matia,  Strab.  p.  315. — 2.  a  city  of  Bi- 
Ihynia,  from  which  the  Σαλωνίτης 
τνρος  was  named,  Id.  p.  565. 

Σάμ  or  σΰ.μα,=^σάν,  dub. 

Σΰμα,  TO,  Dor.  for  σήμα.  Find. 

Σάμαίνα,  ή,  [Σάμος)  a  ship  of  Sa- 
mia»  build,  used  as  a  stamp  on  the 
Samian  coin,  Plut.  Pericl.  26  (on 
which  passage  v.  Bergk  Ar.  Babyl. 
2)  :  they  had  beaks  like  a  swine's 
snout  (cf.  ύόπρωρος) ;  so  Hdt.,  3,  59, 
speaks  of  -ας  πρώρας  νέες  καττρίονς 
ίχονσαι,  cf.  Nake  Choeril.  p.  155,  sq. 
[Σά] 

Σύμαίνω,  Dor.  for  σημαίνω. 

'[Σαμαίος,  a,  ov,  of  or  relating  to 
Same,  oi  Σαμαΐοι,  Thuc.  2,  30. 

Σαμάκιον,  ov,  τό,  an  unknown 
piece  o( female  attire  :  dim.  from  sq. 

Σύμαξ,  ΰκος,  ό,  a  mat,  used  as  a 
bed  in  war,  Chion.  Hero.  1. 

Σαμάρδακος,  ό,  a  buffoon  or  cheat, 
Eccl. 

fΣaμάpειa,  ας,  ή,  Samaria,  a  city 
of  Palestine,  capital  of  the  kingdom 
of  Israel,  N.  T. ;  later  named  Σεβασ- 
τή, Strab.  p.  760 :  also,  a  district  of 
Palestine,  Steph.  Byz. ;  v.  Interpp. 
ad  Act.  8,  5. 

^Σαμαρείτης,  ον,ό,  an  inhabitant  of 
Samaria,  a  Samarian,  N.  T. 

\ΣαμαρεΙτίς,  ιδος,ή,  fein.  to  foreg., 
a  female  of  Samaria,  N.  T. 

ίΣαμαριανή,  ης.  ή,  Samariana,  a 
city  of  Hyrcania,  Strab.  p.  508. 

Σαμάτητ,  ov,  b,  poet,  for  Σαρμάτης, 
Dion.  P.  304.  [μά\ 

Σαμβάλίσκον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from 
sq.,  Hippon.  10. 

Σάμβΰλον,  τό,  Aeol.  for  σάνδα?Μν, 
Sappho  38,  Anlh.  P.  6,  267  ;  v.  Bergk 
Anacr.  Fr.  15. 

ίΣάμβας,  ό,  Sambas,  a  flule-player, 
Ath.  624  B. 

ίΣαμβανλας,  ό,  Sambaulas,  a  Per- 
sian. Xen.  Cyr.  2,  2,28. 

iΣύμβoς,  ov,  ό,  Sambus,  a  satrap 
of  Alexander  in  India,  Arr.  An.  6, 
16,3. 

Σαμβνκη,  ης,  ή,  a  triangular  stringed- 
instrument,  Lat.  sambuca,  Arist.  Pol. 
8,  6,  13  ;  its  notes  were  so  high,  as  to 
make  it  of  little  use. — 2.^=σαμ3νκί- 
στρια,  with  a  pun  on  signf.  II,  Polyb. 
8,  8,  6. — II.  an  engine  of  like  form  used 
in  sieges,  lb.  6,  2-11 : — also  σάμβνξ, 
q.  V.  [v]     Hence 

ΣαμβΖ'κίζω,  to  play  upon  the  sambu- 
ca.    Hence 

Σαμβνκιστής,  ov,  ό,  a  player  on  the 
sambuca,  Euphor.  3l. 

Σαμβϊ'κίστρια,  fern,  from  foreg., 
Plut.  Cleom.  35,  Anton.  9. 

Σάμβνξ,  νκος,  ή,  =  σαμβνκη, 
Schweigh.  Polyb.  8,  6,  2.— 2.=foreg., 
Id.  5,  37,  10. 

^Σάμβνξ,  νκος,  ό.  Sambyx,  inven- 
tor of  the  σααβύκη  (1),  Ath.  637  B. 

Σάμερον,  Dor.  for  σήμερον,  Pind. 

Σύμη,  ης,  ή,  Same,  the  older  name 
of  Κεφα'λλιινία,  q.  v.,  11. :  cf.  Σάμος. 
[α] 

Σΰμ^ον,  τό.  Dor.  for  σημεΐον,  Py- 
thag. 

iΣaμίa,  ας,  η,  Samia,  an  ancient 
city  in  southern  Elis,  where,  later, 
Σααικόν  lay,  Paus.  5,  6,  1. — 2.  a  city 
of  Samos  (3),  Hdt.  1,  70.— II,  fem.  pr. 
n.,  Paus. 

t2u//ifiicof,  ή,  όν,  Samian,  Plut. 

^Σαμικόν,  οϋ,  τό,  Samicum,  a  for- 
tress of  Elis,  on  the  site  of  Σαμία  (1 ), 
with  a  temple  dedicated  to  Neptune, 


ΣΑΝΔ 

hence  called   Σάμιος  and   Σαμικός, 
Strab.  p.  343 :  cf.  p.  347. 

fΣάμιvθoς,  ov,  b,  Saminthus,  a  spot 
near  the  passes  leading  from  Arcadia 
into  Argolis,  Thuc.  5,  58. 

'ίΣύμως,  a,  ov,  of  Samos  or  Sa7ne, 
Samian,  Strab.  ;  etc. — II.  ό,  Samius, 
a  Lacedaemonian,  Xen.  Hell.  3,  1,  1. 
— 2.  a  poet  of  the  Anthology. 

ίΣάμιτΐττος,  ov,  ό,  Samippus,  masc, 
pr.  n.,  Luc.  Navig.  1. 

^Σαμνίται,  ών,  οι,  the  Samnites,  in 
Italy ;  in  Strab.  Σαννΐται,  and  in 
Polyb.  Σαννΐται :  then  territory,  Σαμ- 
νΐτις,  ή,  also  Σαννΐτις  and  Σαννϊτις. 
Hence 

ίΣαμνϊτικός,  ή,  όν,  of  the  Sam7iites, 
Samnite ;  and  Σαννιτ.,  Strab. 

Σαμοθράκη,  Ion.  -θρηικη,  ης,  ή, 
Samothrace,  an  island  near  Thrace, 
noted  for  the  early  civilization  of 
its  inhabitants,  Hdt.  6,  47  :  an  inhab- 
itant of  it  was  Σαμόθραξ  (not  Σαμο- 
θράξ,  Meineke  Euphor.  p.  6,  but  cf. 
Lob.  Paral.  277),  and  Σάμοβράκιος, 
Hdt.  2,  51  ;  7,  108:  cf.  Σά//θ(  2,and  v. 
Κάβειροι. 

\Σαμόθραξ,  ακος,  ό,  Ion.  -θρι^ξ,  ν. 
foreg. 

^Σαμόλας,  ο,  Samolas,  an  Achaean, 
Xen.  An.  5,  6,  14. — 2.  an  Arcadian,  a 
statuary,  Paus.  10,  9,  6. 

Σάμος,  ov.  ή,  Samns,  the  name  of 
several  Greek  islands: — 1.  an  old 
name  for  Κεφαλληνία  (q.  v.),  II.  2, 
634  ;  but  in  Od.  called  Σύμη,  though 
this,  ace.  to  others,  is  a  town  on  the 
island.  —  2.  Σάμος  θρηϊκίη.=  Σαμο- 
θράκη, l\.  1.3,  12;  bat  also  called 
siniply  Σάμος,  II.  24,  78,  753.-3. 
later  usu.  the  large  island  over  against 
Ephesus,  mentioned  by  Homer : 
hence  adj.,  Σαμαϊος,  Σάμιος  and  Σα- 
μιακός. (Ace.  to  Strab.,  σάμος  was 
an  old  word  signifying  a  height,  esp. 
by  the  sea-shore,  so  it  would  be  =0iv, 
perh.  akin  to  άμμος  and  ψάμμος.)  [α] 

■[Σάμος,  ov,  ό.  Dor.  =  Σήμος,  an 
Arcadian  of  Mantinea,  Pind.  O.  10, 
84. — II.  Σάμος,  b,  Samus,  son  of  An- 
caeus  and  Samia,  Paus.  7,  4,  1. 

iΣaμήσaτafωv,  τά.  Satnosata,  cap- 
ital of  Uommagene,  Strab.  p.  064. 

ίΣαμονή?.,  b,  {Σαμονηλος,  ov,  Jo- 
seph.) Samuel,  the  celebrated  Hebrew 
prophet,  LXX.,  N.  T. 

Σαμ-Ι.  not  so  well  σύμπι,  Herm. 
Schol.  At.  Nub.  23,  an  old  letter, 
whose  character,  "^,  was  retained  as 
a  numeral, =900. 

Σαμφόρας,  ov,  b,  {σάν,  φέρω)  a 
horse  branded  uith  the  old  letter  σάν, 
Ar.  Eq.  603,  Nub.  122  :  cf.  κο-πα- 
τίας. 

■\Σαμ-^ΊΚεραμος,  ov,  b,  Sampsicera- 
mus,  chief  of  the  Emeseni,  Strab.  p. 
753. 

Σαμ-ψνχίζω,  to  be  like  σάμψνχον, 
Diosc. 

Σαμψνχΐνος,  η,  ov,  of  or  belonging 
to  σάμψνχον,  Diosc. 

Σάμψϋχον,  τό,  foreign  name  of  the 
ΰμάρακος,  Diosc.  3,  47. 

f Σαμψών,  ό,  {Σαμψών,  ύνος,  Jo- 
seph.) Sampson,  the  celebrated  He- 
brew hero,  LXX. ;  N.  T. 

^Σαμώνιον,  ov.  τό=^Σαλ,μώμιον, — 
2.  a  plain  around  Alexandrea  Troas, 
Strab.  p.  472. 

Σάν,  V.  sub  Σ.  [a] 

^Σαναϊος,  a,  ov,  of  Sana,  Sanaean, 
o'l  ΣαναΙυι.  Thuc.  5,  18:  v.  Σάνη  2. 

^Σάναχαρίβος.  ov,  b,  SanacharibOT 
Sanherib.  king  of  Assyria.  Hdt.  1 ,  141. 

[Σάνόακος,  ov,  ό.  Sandacus,  father 
of  Cinyras,  Apollod.  3,  14,  3. 

Σανδά?.ιον,  ov,  τό.  dim.  from  σάν 
όαλον,  q.  v.,  Hdt.  2,  91.  [δά] 
1331 


ΣΑΝΙ 

Σανδάλίσκος,  ου,  J,  dim.  from  σάν- 
όαλυν,  Ar.  Ran.  405,  cf.  σαμβαλ-. 

Σα  όά?.ο&ήκη,  ης,  η,  α  sandal- closet. 

Σάνόΰ,Άον,  ον,  τό,  Ael.  6άμ3αλον 
(q.  v.): — usu.  in  plur.,  a  wooden  sole, 
firmly  bound  on  by  straps  round  the 
instep  and  ankle,  a  sandal,  first  in  II. 
Honi.  Merc.  79,  83,  JUO;  later  usu.  a 
kind  of  womaiLs  shoe  ;  on  the  σανδά- 
λια Τυβ()ηνικά,  v.  .Meineke  Cratin. 
Norn.  10. — IJ.  a  print  of  a  foot,  afoot- 
step,  Antli.  (Ace.  t(j  flemst.  for  ca- 
νίύαλυν,  from  σανίς,  cf  Pott  Et. 
Forsch.  1,  p.  1-13.)     Hence 

Σανό(1/.όω,  ώ,  to  furnish  with  san- 
dals or  xhoes. 

Σανύύλώδτις,  ες,  {είδος)  sandal-like. 

^Σύνδανις,  ύ,  Saiidatiis,  a  Lydian, 
Hdt.  1,  71.^ 

Σανδΰράκη,  ης,  ή,  red  sulphuret  of 
arsinJc,  realgar,  (άμσενίκόρ  being  the 
yellow  sulphuret,  orpiment,  Diosc.  5, 
121),  Lat.  sandaraca,  Arist.  H.  A.  8, 
24,  8  ; — hence — 2.  a  bright-red  colour 
made  therefrom,  Theophr. — II.  hee- 
bread.  the  same  as  κ7}ριΐ'θος,  Arist. 
H.  A.  9.  40.  5  ;  and  as  ίριβάκη,  lb.  52. 

Σανδύβάκίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {σανδαράκη 
I.  2)  to  be  of  a  bright  red. 

Σανδΰρύκΐνος,  7/,  ov,  of  or  belonging 
to  σανδαράκη  :  esj).  of  a  bright  red, 
Hdt.  1,  98. 

Σανδΰράκονργιον,  ov,  τό,  a  pit 
whence  σανδαράκη  is  dug,  Strab.  p. 
5G2. 

Σανδάράχη,  η,  -χίζω  and  -χΙνος,= 
σανδαράκη,  -κίζω,  -κινάς. 

^Σάνδ}]ς,  ό.  Sondes,  of  Lampsacus, 
a  pupil  of  Epicurus,  Diog.  L. 

^Σύνδιος,  /,όφος,  ό,  Sandijis,  a  hill 
near  .Myus  in  Ionia,  Thnc.  3,  19. 

^Σανδίων,  όνος,  6,  Sandion,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Paus.  1,  43,  3. 

jΣavδo3άι•ης,  ου,  6,  Sandobanes,  a 
river  of  Albania,  Strab.  p.  500. 

ίΣανδρακόττας,  a,  or  Σανδρόκοτ- 
τος,  ov,  ό,  Savdracottas,  a  king  in  In- 
dia, Arr.  lud.  5,  3  ;  Strab.  p.  702. 

ίΣανδρόκνττος,  ov,  o,=  foreg.,  Ath. 
18  D. 

Σάνδνξ,  νκος,  ή,  also  σύνδίξ,  a 
bright-red  colour,  also  called  άρμένιον, 
Strab.  p.  529  ;  prepared  from  σανδα- 
ράκη, ace.  to  Plin.  35,  23  ;  though  a 
like  colour  was  made  from  α  plant  of 
the  same  name,  isosibius  ap.  Ilesych., 
Virg.  Eel  4,  45. — 2.  σάνδυκες,  among 
the  Lydiatis,  were  transparent  flesh- 
coloured  women'' s garments ,  Joh.  Lydus. 
[v  in  genit..  Prop.  2,  19,  81  ;  but  ϋ  in 
Gratius  Phil.  Cyneg.  86.] 

\Σανδώκιις,  6,  Sandoce.-i,  son  of 
Thaumasius,  from  Aeolian  Cyme, 
Hdt.  7,  194. 

^Σάνδων,  ωνος,  ό,  Sandon,  father 
of  the  philosopher  Athenodorus,  Luc. ; 
etc. 

^Σάνη,  ης,  ή.  Sane,  a  city  in  the 
peninsula  Pallene  on  the  Thermai- 
cus  sinus,  Hdt.  7,  123. — 2.  another  in 
the  peninsula  Atlios,  a  colony  from 
Andros,  Id.  7,  22  ;  Thue.  4,  109. 

Σΰνίδίον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  σανίς, 
a  small  trencher,  Ar.  Pac.  202  ; — but, 
έκ  σανίδων,  from  the  tablet  or  list,  Lys. 
140.  C.  [i] 

ΣΰνΙδόω,  ώ,  (σανίς)  to  board  over : 
esp.  to  deck  a  ship. 

Σΰνΐδώδης,  ες,  {σανίς,  είδος)  like  a 
plank. 

Σάνίδωμα,  ατός,  τό,  {σανιδόω)  α 
covering  or  plate  of  planks,  Polyb.  6, 
23,  3  :  esp.  a  .thip's  deck,  Theophr. 

Σΰνϊδωτύς,  ;/,  όν,  (σανιδόω)  covered 
with  planks,  decked,  LXX. 

Σάΐ'ίς,  ίδος,  //,  a  board,  plank,  and 
zny  thing  7nade  thereof,  hence — 1.  a 
door,  Hom.  always  in  plur.,  folding 
1332 


ΣΑΠΑ 
doors,  II.  12,  121,  Oil.  22,  12Θ,  etc.; 
κολληταΐ  σανίδες,  II.  9,  583  ;  σανίδες 
πνκινώς  άρηρνϊαι,  δικλίδες,  Od.  2, 
344  :— also  in  sing.,  Eur.  Or.  1221.— 
2.  a  wooden  platform,  scaffold  or  stage, 
V\pr/?J/  σανις,  Od.  21,51. — 3.  a  wood- 
en floor  :  a  ship^s  deck,  Eur.  He!.  155G. 
— 4.  a  u'ooden  pail  or  tub,  Arist.  Mirab. 
22.  —  5.  in  plur.,  wooden  tablets  for 
writing  on,  Eur.  Ale.  968 :  esp.  at 
Athens,  tablets  covered  with  gypsum, 
(like  Lat.  album)  on  which  were  writ- 
ten all  sorts  of  public  notices,  esp. 
the  causes  for  hearing  in  the  law- 
courts,  Ar.  Vesp.  349,  848  ;  laws  to 
be  proposed,  Andoc.  11,  28;  lists  of 
officers,  Lys.  176,  9  ;  names  of  debt- 
ors, Dem.  791,  11  (where  the  sing,  is 
used)  ;  etc. ;  cf.  omnino  Isocr.  Antid. 
§  253. — 6.  α  plank  to  which  offenders 
were  bound  or  sometimes  vailed  as  to 
a  cross,  Hdt.  7,  33  ;  9,  120,  and  Ar. 
Thesm.  931,  940. 

ίΣανισην?'/,  ης,  ή,  Sanisene,  a  dis- 
trict of  Paphlagonia,  Strab.  p.  502. 

Σάννας,  ov,  ό,  (σαή'ω)  ace.  to  the 
Gramm.,^=  μωρός,  cf  Lat.  sanna,san- 
jtio,  a  zany,  Cratin.  Incert.  33  A. 

Σαννίον,  ov,  TO,  {σαίνω)α  tail. 

^Σαννΐται,  οί,=^ΣαμνΙται. 

^ΣαννΙτίς,  ιδος,  ή,  the  Samnite  ter- 
ritory, Strab. ;  as  adj.  ai  Σ.  πόλεις. 
Id.  p.  254. 

iΣavvίωv,  ωνος,  δ,  Sannioji.  an 
Athenian,  called  ό  Καλός,  Plat. 
Theag.  129  D. — 2.  an  actor,  teacher 
of  a  tragic  chorus,  Dem.  533,  9. 

Σαννίων,  ό,  {σαίνω)  a  buffoon,  jester, 
dub. 

ίΣάννοι,  ων,  οι,  the  Sanni,  ;\  people 
of  Pontus,  Strab.  p.  548. 

ίΣανννρίων,  ωνος,  ό,  Sannyrion,  an 
Athenian,  a  poet  of  the  old  comedy, 
Meineke  2,  p.  872  sqq.  ;  Ael.  V.  H. 
10,  6. — II.  in  comedy,  a  comic  person- 
age, as  if  dim.  of  σάννας,  q.  v. 

ΣαντάλΙνος,  η,  ου,  of  sandal-wood : 
from 

Σάντά^ον,  ov,  TO,  the  sandal-tree: 
sandal-wood,  Diosc. 

^Σύντονες,  ων,  οι.  the  Santone.i,  a 
people  of  Gallia,  Strab.  p.  190. 

Σαΐ'τόνιον,  ov,  τό,  a  kind  of  worm- 
wood, Diosc. 

Σάννρίζω,  to  jeer,  mock:  from 

Σΰννρός,  οϋ,  υ,  {σαίνω)  a  jester, 
jeerer,  mocker. 

Σάξις.  εως.  η,  {σύττω)  a  cramming 
full,  Arist.  Probl.  25,  8,  4. 

^Σαξιτανός,  ov,  ό,  Saxilanian,  Ath. 
121  A,  of  Σαξιτανία,  a  city  of  Hispa- 
nia,  Strab.  ap.  Ath.  1.  c. 

ίΣαόννησος,  ov,  ή,  ace.  to  Diod.  S. 
5,  47  an  ancient  name  of  Samolhrace. 

Σΰοπτολις,  lor,  o,  ή,  {σαύω,  πόλις) 
protecting  cities,  Coluth.   140. 

Σ.\'ΟΣ,  as  posit.,  is  found  only  in 
the  contr.  form  σώς,  q.  v.  ;  but  we 
find  compar.  σάώτερος,  11.  1, 32,  Xen. 
Cyr.  6,  3,  4. 

ίΣύος,  ov,  ό.  the  Savns.  a  river  of 
Pannonia,  flowing  into  the  Ister,  now 
Save,  Strab.  p.  207. 

Σάοσίμβροτος,  ov,  (σαόω)  saving  or 
supporting  mortals. 

ίΣαονλ,  ό,  indecl.,  in  Joseph. 
Σάουλης.  ην,  Saul,  the  first  Hebrew 
king,  LXX.;  N.  T.— 2.  the  Jewish 
name  of  the  apostle  Paul,  Σανλος, 
ov,  0,  in  N.  T. 

Σύοφρονέ^,  σΰοφροσννη,  σΰύφρων, 
poet,  for  σωφρ-,  q.  v. 

Σάόω,=^σώζω.  q.  v. 

ίΣάπαι,  oU  the  Sapae,  a  Thracian 
peo|ιle,=:ΣύίOi  and  Σίντιες,  Strab. 
p.  519. 

ίΣαπαϊοί,  ων,  οί,=  Σάπαι,  Hdt.  7, 
110. 


ΣΑΠΩ 

^Σάπαρνος,  ov,  b,  the  Saparnvs,  a 
river  of  India,  Arr.  Ind.  4,  12. 

\Σάπεφες,  ol,  ^οκΙ.^Σάαηειρες. 

Σατνείς,  είπα,  εν,  part.  aor.  2  pass, 
from  σήτϊω,  Hes.  Sc.  152. 

Σάπερδης,  ov,  ύ.  Pontic  naiite  for 
the  fish  κοραΐίΐνος  when  sailed,  Hipp., 
cf  Ar.  Fr.  54G,  Archestr.  ap.  Alli. 
117  A.     [a,  II.  c,  Pers.  Sat.  5,  134.] 

Σά-έρδιον,ον,  τό,  dim.  from  foreg.: 
also  as  a  term  of  endearment,  Ath. 
591  C. 

Σάπερδίς,  ή,  name  of  α  fresh  fish, 
different  therefore  from  σαπέρδης, 
Arist.  11.  A.  8,  30,  7. 

ΣατΓΓ/}/,  Ep.  lor  σάπη,  3  sing.  subj. 
aor.  pass,  from  σήπω,  11.  19,  27. 

ίΣάτ7ΐς,  ύ,  the  Sapis,  now  Savio,  a 
river  of  Italy,  Strab.  p.  217. 

ίΣύττρα,  ας,  ή.  Supra,  a  lake,  the 
iiorlhern  part  of  the  Maeotis,  Strab. 
p.  308. — 2.  another  near  Astyra,  Id. 
p.  614. 

Σα-ρία,  ας,  ή,  {σαπρός)=σαπρό- 
της,  Hipp. 

Σαπρίας  οίνος,  ΰ,  old,  high-flavoured 
wine  (V.  σαπρός  111),  Hern  ipp.  Phorm. 
2,  6,  cf.  Meineke  Com.  Fr.  2,  p.  865. 

Σαττρίζω,  (σατίρός)  to  make  rotten 
or  slinking  : — pass.,  to  be  so,  to  stink, 
Hipp. :  also, — II.  intr.,  in  sense  of 
pass. 

Σαπριόω,  ώ,  {σαπρός)=  foreg.  I. 

Σαπρύ)ηρος,  ov,  {σα-ρός,  γήρας) 
rotten  from  old  age,  dub.  in  Diosc. 

Σαπρότίλοντος,  ην,  {σαττρός,  πλού- 
τος) stmkingly  rich,  perh.  a  parody  on 
ά()χαιόπλουτος,  Anliph.  Chrysid.  1  ; 
where  however  Meineke,  with  Do- 
bree,  σατραπόπλοντος,  rich  as  a  sa- 
trap. 

Σαπρός,  ά,  όν,  (σήπω,  σαπηναι): 
— rotten,  putrid,  Hippou.  63,  and  frcq. 
in  Hipp.  ;  of  the  lungs,  diseased,  Lat. 
tabidus.  Id.  ;  of  bone,  carious,  diseased. 
Id.  ;  of  wood,  rotten,  decayed.  Id. ; 
proverb.,  σαπρόν  πείσμα  άντιλαβέ- 
σΟαι,  Theogn.  1362: — esp,,  of  fish 
that  have  been  long  in  pickle,  stink- 
ing, rancid,  Ar.  Pint.  813  ;  of  withered 
flowers,  Dem.  615,  11. — II.  old,  obso- 
lete, Ar.  Plut.  323.-2.  filthy,  disgust- 
ing, Lat.  spurcus ;  ugly,  γυνή,  Phi- 
lem.  Incert.  47 ;  cf  Lob.  Phryn.  377. 
— HI.  without  any  bad  sense,  of  wine, 
high-flavoured  or  old,  Ath.  31  (v.  σα- 
πρίας),c[.  Piers.  Moer.  p.  353,Ruhnk. 
Tim.  et  ad  Rulil.  Lup.  p.  102  : — hence 
proh.  (παρ'  νπονυίαν),  ειρήνη  σαπρύ, 
Ar.  Pac.  554.     Cf  σαθρός. 

Σαπρόστομος,  ov,  {σαπρός,  στόμα) 
with  foul  breath,  Stob. 

Σαπρότης,  ητος,  ή,  {σαπρός)  rot- 
tenness, decay,  Hipp.,  Plat.  609  K. 

ΣαπρόφΙλος,  ov,  {σαπρυς  IV)  fond 
of  disgusting  things. 

Σαπρόω,  (ffa7rpof)=sq. 

Σαπρννω,  (σαπρός)  to  make  rotten 
or  stinking,  Nic.  : — pass.,  to  be  so. 

^Σαπφε'ιρη,  ης,  ή,  Sapphira,  fern, 
pr.  n.,  N.  T. 

Σαπφείρινος,  η,  ov,  of  sapphire, 
Philostr.  :  from 

Σάπφειρος,  also  σάμφειρος,  ov,  η, 
the  sapphire,  a  precious  stone,  of 
which  two  chief  kinds,  the  κνανη 
and  χρυσή,  are  mentioned  by  The- 
ophr. de  Lap.  23  and  37. 

Σαπφώ,  ους,  vocat.  Σαπφοΐ,  ή, 
Sappho,  Ithe  celebrated  poetess  of 
Mytilene,  daughter  of  Scamandrony- 
mus,  Hdt.  2,  135t :  hence  adj.,  Σαπ- 
φώος,  a,  ην,  or  Σαπφικός,  ή,  όν. 

Σύπών,  part.  aor.  from  σήπω. 

Σύττων,  ωνος,  ό,  Lat.  sajm,  out 
soof.  Germ.  Seifc,  a  Celtic  or  Ger- 
man word,  [a,  Seren.  Sammon.  153.] 

Σ'ΐπώνΐύν,  OV;  τό,  dim.  from  foreg. 


ΣΑΡΔ 

Σαρύθϋλλα  or  -βάρα,  τά,  Antiph.  ! 
Scyth.  i  ;  and  in  Strab.,  σαραττύραί,, I 
lonse   Persian    trousers,    an     Eastern  i 
word;   V.  Daniel  3,  21   (Chald.   and 
LXX.i,  Bahr  Hdt.   1,  7J,   Pott  Et. 
Forsch.  1,  p.  Ixxx. 

t^apuyyai,  ώΐ',  o'l,  the  Saravgae,  a 
people  on  the  Aces,  Hdt.  7,  C7,  per- 
haps the  Αράγγαί  of  Arr.  An.  3,  25. 

}Σαβάγγ/}ζ,  ov,  a,  the  Saranges,  a 
river  of  India,  Arr.  Ind.  4,  8. 

iΣύpaμ3oς■ι  υν,  ό,  Sarambus,  a 
huckster,  Plat.  Gorg.  518  B. 

ίΣαραμηνή,  ης,  ή,  Saramene,  a  dis- 
trict of  Ponlus,  Strab.  p.  547. 

^Σαράοστος,ου,  b,  a'araosius,  a  chief 
of  Bactria,  Strab.  p.  516. 

tSapaxai'u,  ών,  τά,  Sarapana,  a 
fortress  on  the  borders  of  Colchis  and 
Iberia,  Strab.  p.  498. 

Σάρα-:τεΙον,  Plut.,  and  -ιεϊον,  ov, 
TO,  the  ternple  of  >Serapis,fPolybA,39,6. 

Σάρά-ις,  ιδος,  ό,  also  Σέρΰττις, 
SarapisOT  Serapis,an  Aegyptian  god, 
at  first  a  symbol  of  the  Nile,  and  so 
of  fertility,  later  an  infernal  god.  Call. 
Ep.  38,  5,  Plut.,  etc.  [Σΰ] 

Σύρΰ-ις,  gen.  εως  or  ιος,  ό,  a 
white  Persian  robe  with  purple  stripes, 
Deinocr.  £ph.  ap.  Ath.  525  C. 

^Σαρα~ίωι>,  ωνος,  ό,  Sarapion, 
niasc.  pr.  n.,  Paus.  5,  21,  18;  etc. 

ΣάράτΓους,  ττοδος,  ό,  y,  ace.  σαρά- 
■7T0VV,  and,  in  Alcae.  6,  σάρα~οι•  (σαί- 
ρω  1ί,  πους) ; — strictly  one  who  sweeps 
with  hix  feet,  hence  one  that  has  turned- 
out  feet  which  he  trails  in  walking,  Lat. 
plautus,  Alcae.  1.  c,  Galen,  [ώ] 

Σ(φγάνη,  ης,  ή,  like  ταρ-,άνη,  wick- 
er-work, a  basket:  esp.,  α  plait,  braid, 
bund,  Aesch.  Supp.  788. 

Σαργανίς,  ίόος,  ^,=loreg.,  Cratin. 
Dionys.  7. 

■\Σαργαραυσηνή,ής,  η,  Sargarause- 
ne,  a  part  of  Cappadocia,  Strab.  p. 
534. 

^Σαργεί'ς,  έως,  ό,  Sargeus,  a  leader 
of  the  Sicyonians,  Thuc.  7,  19. 

Σαργϊνος,  ου,  ό,=^σαρόΙνος,  Epich. 
p.  20,  Arist.  H.  A.  9.  2,  1. 

Σύργος,  ου,  ό,  name  of  a  sea-fish, 
Lat.  sargus ;  Epich.  p.  3ϋ,  Arcad.  p. 
46,  18,  prefers  the  accent  σαργός 
(for  so  it  should  be  read  there  for  σα• 
γρός.) 

Σάρδα,  η,  a  kind  of  /tinny  caught 
near  Sardinia,  Plin. ;  cf.  σαρόίνη. 

Σαρόάζω,  v.  Σαρδάνιος. 

■^Σαρόανάτταλος,  and  ■τΓαλ?.ος,  ov, 
ό,  Sardanapalus,  the  last  king  of  As- 
syria, Hdt.  2,  150;  Arist.  Pol.  5,  8, 
14  ;  infamous  for  his  debauchery  and 
efifeminaey ;  hence  as  appell.,  Ar.  Av. 
1022. 

Σαρδάνιος,  a,  ov,  hence  σαρδάνιον 
(sc.  γέ'λοτα)  γε/.ΰν,  to  laugh  a  bitter 
laugh,  laugh  bitterly,  grimly,  from  an- 
ger or  secret  triumph, /ζ«(5/?σε  δε  θν- 
μώ  σαρδάνιον  μά'/.α  τοίον,  Od.  20, 
302 ;  so,  άνεΐίάγχασε  μάλα  σαρδά- 
νιον. Plat.  Rep.  337  A ;  a.  γελάν, 
Mel.  52;  ridere  γέλωτα  σ.,  Cic.  Fam. 
7,  25,  1.  (Prob.  from  aaipu,  σέσηρα. 
grinning,  sneering,  hence  also,  acc.  to 
Gramm., //ίτά  ■:τικρΊας  γελάν.  Oth- 
ers write  σαρδόνιος,  a,  ov,  deriving 
it  from  σηρδόνιην,  a  plant  of  Sardi- 
nia {Σαμδω),  which  was  said  to  screw 
up  the  face  of  the  eater,  Serv.  Virg. 
Eel.  7,  41  ;  and  in  Lat.  certainly  the 
form  sardonius  or  sardoniciis  lias  pre- 
vailed, as  in  our  sardonic:  others 
again  write  σαρόωνικός : — cf.  Paroe- 
miogr.  pp.  102,  370,  Gaisf )  [δΰν] 

Σάρδεις,  εων.  a'l.  Ion.  Σάρδιες,  iuv, 
face.  Σάρδις,  Hdt.  1,  15t,  Sardes,  the 
capital  of  Lydia,  tat  the  foot  of  Mt. 
Tmolus,  on  the  Pactolus,  now  Sart, 


ΣΑΡΚ 

Aesch.  Pers.  45t,  Hdt.,  etc. : — hence 
adj.,  Σαρδιάνός,  ή,  όν,  and  Σαρδιά- 
νικάς,  η,  όν,  Ar.  Ach.  112  ;  also  Σάρ- 
δϊνος,  η,  ον,  and  Σάρδιυς,  ον. 

iΣapδιr/vός,  ή,  όν,  Ion.  for  Σαρδι- 
ανός,  Hdt.  1,  22  ;  ν.  sub  foreg. 

Σαρόίνη,  ης,  ή,  the  sardine,  Lat. 
sardina.  [t] 

ΣαρδΙνος,  ov,  o,=foreg.,  Epaenet. 
ap.  Ath.  328  F. 

Σάρδιον,  ov,  TO.  the  Sardian  stone, 
used  esp.  for  seal-rings,  Ar.  Fr.  309, 
13,  Plat.  Phaed.  110  D:— it  was  of 
two  kinds,  the  transparent-red  or  fe- 
male being  our  camelian,  the  brown- 
ish or  male  our  sardine,  Theophr.  de 
Lap.  30. 

iΣapδovικός,  ή,  όν,  of  Sardinia, 
Sardinian,  z.ivov,  Hdt.  2.  105,  v.  1. 
Σαρδωνικόν,  but  v.  Bahr  ad  1. :  cf 
sub  Σαρδώ. 

Σαρδόνιος,  a,  ov,  v.  sub  Σαρδάνιος. 

Σαρδόννξ,  νχος,  ό,  {σάρδιον,  ΰννξ) 
the  sardonyx,  a  kind  of  onyx,  Plin. : — 
the  stone  was  called  simply  onyx, 
when  the  dark  ground  was  regularly 
spotted  or  striped  with  white ;  but  if 
the  different  colours  were  disposed  in 
layers,  then  it  was  a  sardonyx. 

]Σάρόος,  ov,  6,  Sardus,  leader  of 
Africans  to  Sardinia,  acc.  to  Paus. 
10,  17,  2. 

Σ«/)<5ώ,  ους,  ή,  Sardinia  fin  the 
Tyrrhenian  sea,  Hdt.  1,  170;  etct: 
also.  Σαρδών,  όνος,  ή,  and  Σαρδώνη, 
ή:  hence  adj.,  Σαρόψος,  ώα,  ώον, 
Σαρδωνικός,  ή,  όν,  Σαρδόνιος,  α,  ον. 
Σαρδόνιος,  α.  ον. — 11.  α  precious  stone, 
prob.  the  same  as  the  σάρδιον  or  the 
σαρδόννξ,  Philostr.,  v.  Lob.  Phryn. 
187. 

Σαρδών,  όνος,  η,^=Σαρδώ. 

Σαρδών,  όνος,  ή,  the  upper  edge  of  a 
hunting-net,  Xen.  Cyn.  6,  9 ;  al.  σαρ- 
δάνιον. 

Σαρδίονίζω,=^σαρδάζυ. 

ίΣάρεπτα,  ων,  τά,  Sarepta,  a  city 
of  Phoenicia,  N.  T. 

Σάρι,  TO,  plur.  σάρια,  an  Aegyptian 
water-plant,  Theophr. 

^Σύρισα,  ων,  τά,  Sarisa,  a  town  of 
Mesopotamia,  Strab.  p.  747. 

Σάρισσα,  ης,  ή,  the  sarissa,  a  very 
long  pike  used  in  the  Macedonian 
phalanx,  on  which  v.  Polyb.  18,  12. 
[σά]     Hence 

Σΰρισσοφάρος,  ov,  (φέρω)  armed 
with  (he  sarissa,  Holyb.  12,  20.  2. 

Σαρκάζω,  (σαρξ)  Ιο  tear  flesh  like 
dogs,  Ar.  Pac.  482,  ubi  v.  Schol.  :— 
to  pluck  off  the  grass  with  closed  lips, 
like  horses  grazing,  Hipp.,  v.  Foes. 
Oecon.  —  H.  to  bite  the  lips  in  rage, 
hence  to  speak  bitterly,  sneer. 

Σαρκα'σμοπΐτνοκύμ'ήτης,ου,ό,{σαρ- 
κασμός.  τΐίτνς,  κάμπτω)  sneering-pine- 
bendtr,  comic  word  in  Ar.  Ran.  966. 

Σαρκασμός,  ois  ό,  a  bitter  laugh, 
sneer,  Vit.  Horn.,  v.  σαρκάζω. 

Σαρκαστικός,  ή,  όν,  sneering,  sar- 
castic.    Adv.  -κώς. 

Σαρκάω,  v.  sub  σαρκοκνων. 

Σαρκε?ίύφεια,  (sc.  σνκα).  τά,  veni- 
son-fif;s,  a  kind  so  called,  Ath.  78  A. 

Σαρκίδίον,  ου,  τά.  dim.  from  σαρξ, 
a  bit  of  flesh,  Plut.  Cat.  Maj.  23. 

Σηρκίζω.  (σαρξ }=: σαρκάζω :  to  clear 
off  the  fl^sh,  scrape  it  out,  Hdt.  4,  64. 

Σαρκικός,  η,  ό  ν, ^=  σάρκινος,  Plut. 
—1!.  ill  Ν.  Τ.,  and  Eccl.,  /es/,/y,  of 
the  flesh,  sensual,  opp.  to  ττνενματικός. 

Σάρκινος,  η,  ov.  (σαρξ)  of  flesh, 
Emped.,  Plat.  Legg.  906  C.  —  II. 
Pshy,  fat,  Ar.   Fr.  504,  Polyb,  39, 

Σαρκίον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from.  σαρξ. 
Diphil.  Άπληστ.  1,2,  Plut.  Brut.  8.  [l\ 
I      Σαρκοβορέω,  ώ,  to  eat  fl^sh  :  from 


ΣΑΡΚ 

Σαρκοβόρος,  ov,  (βορά)  eating  flesh, 
carnivorous. 

Σαρκοβρώς,  ύτος,  ό,  η,  (βιβρώσκω) 
=  foreg. 

Σαρκογενής,  ες,  (σαρξ,  *γένω)  born 
of  the  flesh,  Eccl. 

Σαρκοδάκής,  ές,  (σαρξ,  δάκνω)  bit- 
ing or  eating  flesh,  Orph.,  Fr.  12,  2. 

Σηρκοίΐόης.  ές,  (σαρξ,  εΐόος) flesh- 
like, fleshy.  Plat.  Tim.  75  E. 

ΣαρκόΟλάσις.  ή,  and  -Θ7.ασμα,  τό, 
α  bruise  of  the  flesh. 

Σαρίίοκηλη,  ης,  ή,  a  fleshy  excres- 
cence on  the  scrotum. 

Σαρκοκά7.Αα,  ή,  a  Persian  gum, 
Diosc. 

Σαρκοκνων,  δ,  (σαρκάζω,  κνων)  a 
grinning  dog,  Hippon.  116  Bergk :  but 
Dind.  (Schol.  Ar.  Pac.  481)  reads 
σαρκών  or  -κάκ.  in  same  signf. 

Σαρκο/.άβίς,  ίδος,  ή,  and  σαρκοΧά- 
βος,  6,  a  surgeon's  forceps. 

Σαρκο/ΰπής,  ές,  (σαρξ,  7.είηω)  for- 
saken by  flesh,  lean,  Anth.  P.  7,  383. 

Σαρκόμφΰλον,  ov,  τό,  a  fleshy  ex- 
crescence on  the  navel. 

Σαρκοττΰγης,  ές,  (σαρξ,  πηγννμι) 
compact  of  flesh,  Mel.  117. 

Σαρκηττοιέω,  ώ,  to  make  into  or  out 
of  flesh :  from 

Σαρκοττοιός,  όν,  (σαρξ.  ττοιέω)  ma- 
king or  begetting  flesh  :  making  or  chan- 
ging into  flesh,  making  fleshy,  nourish- 
ing, fattening,  Plut. 

Σαρκόπϊ-ον ,  ov,  τό,  (σαρξ,  πνον)  a 
fleshy  pustule,  boil,  Hipp.  220.    Hence 

Σαρκοττϋώδης,  ες,  (είδος)  like  puru- 
lent flesh. 

ΣαρκόρΙ)ΐζος,  ov,  (σαρξ,  βίζα)  with  a 
fleshy  root,  Theophr. 

Σαρκοτοκέομαι,  (σαρξ,  τίκτω)  as 
pass.,  to  be  born  like  lumps  of  flesh,  of 
young  bears,  Sest.  Emp.  p.  13. 

Σαρκοτροφέω,  ώ,  to  nourish  or  sup- 
port the  flesh. 

Σαρκοφάγέω,  ώ,  to  eat  flesh,  be  car- 
nivorous, Arist.  Part.  An.  3,  1,  14,  σ. 
μέ/.η,  to  tear  them  all  to  pieces,  Mel. 
93 :   and 

Σαρκοφΰγία,  ας,  η,  an  eating  of 
flesh:  flesh-diet,  LXX. :  from 

Σαρκοφάγος,  ov,  (σαρξ,  φάγεΐν) 
eating  flesh,  carnivorous,  Arist.  H.  A. 
1,  1,  26.— II.  '/.ίθος  σ..  a  limestone 
(of  which  the  best  kind  was  quarried 
at  Assos  in  Troas).  remarkable  for  con- 
suming the  flesh  of  corpses  laid  in  it, 
Diosc,  and  Plin. :  hence  coffins  were 
often  furnished  with  it  or  made  of  it : 
a  coffin  of  such  limestone  was  itself 
called  σαρκοφάγος,  ή  :  hence,  ύ  σ., 
generally,  like  σορός,  a  coffin,  [φύ] 

Σαρκοφΰνης,  ές,  (σαρξ,  φαίνω)  look- 
ing like  flesh,  with  a  fleshy  outside, 
Sext.  Emp.  p.  14. 

Σαρκοφθόρος,  ov,  (σαρξ,  φθείρω) 
flesh-consuming,  Orph.  H.  69,  7. 

Σαρκοφορέω,  ώ,  to  bear  flesh,  Clem. 
Al. :  from 

Σαρκοφόρος,  ov,  (σαρξ,  όέρω)  bear- 
ing flesh,  clothed  with  flesh.  Ecci. 

Σαρκοφνέω,  ώ,  (οάρξ,  φύω)  to  pro- 
duce flesh,  make  it  to  grow,  Hipp. 
Hence 

Σαρκοφϊ'ΐα,  ας.  y,  a  growth  of  flesh, 
an  excrescence.  Hipp. 

Σαρκόφν/.?.υς,  ov,  (σαρξ,  φν?.?Μν) 
tvith  fleshy  leaves,  Theophr. 

Σαρκόω.  ώ,  (σάρ£)  to  make  fleshy  or 
strong,  Plut.  2,  79  C,  ubi  v.  Wyttenb. 
— II.  to  make  or  produce  flesh,  to  flesh 
up  a  wound,  Hipp. 

Σαρκώδης,  ες,^=σαρκοειδής.  θεοί 
Ιναιμοι  και  σαρκώδεις,  gods  of  flesh 
and  blood,  Hdt.  3,  29,  cf.  Plat.  Tim. 
75  B. 

Σάρκωμα,  ατός.  τό,  a  fleshy  excres- 
cence, .Medic. 

1333 


ΣΑΡΡ 

Σάρκωσις,  εως,  J7,=  foreg.,  Plut. 

Σαμκωτικός,  ή,  όν,  good  for  adding 
flesh  or  making  flesh  grow. 

Σύρμα,  ατός,  το,  [σαίρυ)  a  hole, 
opening  in  the  earth,  like  χάαμα. — II. 
{σαίρυ  11)=σαρμός. 

Σαρμάτης,  ον,  ό,  α  Sarmatian :  poet. 
Σΰμάτης,  ϋίοη.  Ρ.  |ν.  Σαυρομάται^ . 

^Σαρματία,  ας,  η,  Sarmatia,  a  large 
tract  of  country  in  northern  Europe 
and  Asia. 

Σαρμάς,  6,  [σαίρω  Π)  that  which  is 
swept  together,  sweepings. 

tStiuiiOf,  ov,  ΰ,  the  Samius,  a  riv- 
er of  the  borders  of  Hyrcania,  Strab. 
p.  511. 

ίΣύρΐ'ος,  ov,  b,  the  Samtis,  a  river 
of  Campania,  Strab.  p.  247. 

Σάρζ,  ή,  gen.  σαρκός,  Aeol'.  ανρξ : 
— flesh,  Lat.  caro,  Hoin.,  etc.  :  he  al- 
ways uses  plur.,  except  in  Od.  19, 
450,  where  it  is  a  part  only  of  the  flesh, 
viz.  the  thick  front  muscle  of  the  thigh  : 
for,  strictly,  by  the  plur.  is  meant  ίΛ« 
whole  flesh,  all  the  flesh  or  muscles  in 
the  body,  as  in  11.  Θ,  380,  Od.  9,  293, 
cf.  Foes.  Oecon.  Hipp.  ;  hence  with 
later  writers  σάρκΐς=σώμα,  the  flesh, 
i.  e.  body,  Eur.  Hipp.  1031  ; — but  in 
Horn,  the  plur.  is  usu.  the  fleshy  parts, 
the  flesh,  ίγκατά  τε  σάρκες  τε  καΐ 
όστέα,  Od.  9,  293  ;  σάρκες  περίτρο- 
αέοντο  μελεσσιν,  Od.  18,  76 ;  so  in 
Hes.,  and  Att.  :  —  the  sing  is  freq. 
later,  as  in  Hipp.,  etc.,  flesh,  the  sub- 
stance of  flesh ;  but  also  of  the  body, 
σάρκα  ήι3ώσαν,  σαρκΐ  παλαιά,  Aesch. 
Theb.  622,  Ag.  72  ;  etc.  '(Ace.  to 
Ricnier,  from  σαίρω,  avpu,  that  which 
may  be  stript  ofl.) 

Σάρον,  τό,^σάρος,  Hesych.  (Not 
σαρόν.  Lob.  Phryn.  83.) 

Σάρος,  ov,  0,  {σαίρω  II)  a  broom,  be- 
som, Plut.  2,  727  C. — ll.  sweepings, 
refuse,  Lat.  quisquiliae,  such  as  sea- 
weed. Call.  Del.  225  : — comically,  of 
an  old  woman,  Ion  ap.  Hesych.  [ύ] 

t2upof,  ov,  a,  the  Sarus,  a  river 
flowing  through  Cilicia,  Xen.  An.  1, 
4,  1. 

Σΰρόω,  ώ,  f.  -ώσω,  {σύρος),=^σαίρω 
II :  nietaph.,  in  pass.,  to  be  swept  by  a 
storm.  Lye.  389.  Σαρόωΐβ  not  Atl., 
as  σαίρω  is,  Lob.  Phryn.  83  ;  but,  un- 
like it,  is  used  in  pass.,  as  well  as 
act. 

Σύρττη,  ■ή,=^σάλτϊη. 

^Σαρ-ηύόνιος,  a,  ov,  of  or  relating 
to  Sarpedon ;  η  Σαρ~ΐ)όονίη  άκρη,  a 
promontory  of  Thrace,  Hdt.  7,  58; 
■κίτρα.  Αρ.  Rh.  1,  216; — το  Σ.  χώμα, 
the  tomb  of  S.,  a  promontory  on  the 
coast  of  Cilicia  Trachea  (where  S. 
was  said  to  have  been  buried),  Aesch. 
Suppl.  869 ;  cf  Strab.  p.  670. 

Σαρττηδών,  όνος,  ό,  Sarpedon,  fson 
of  Jupiter  and  Europa,  brother  of  Mi- 
nos, said  to  have  founded  a  kingdom 
in  Lycia,  Hdt.  I.  173;  cf.  Strab.  p. 
573. — 2.  son  of  Jupiter  ami  Laodamia 
(or  of  Evander  and  Deidamia),  grand- 
son of  foreg.,  king  of  Lvcia,  an  ally 
of  the  Trojans,  II.  2,  876  ;  6,  199  ; 
Apollod.  3,  I,  9t :  but  we  also  have 
gen.  Σαρ-ήδοντος,  dat.  -οιτί,  II.  12, 
379,  392;  voc.  Σαρ-ΐβον,  11.  5,  633  ; 
as  if  from  a  nom.  Σαρπηύων. — 13.  son 
of  Neptune,  slain  by  Hercules,  Apol- 
lod. 2,  5,  9.— 1.  a  general  of  Demetr- 
ius of  Syria,  Strab.  p.  753. — Others 
in  Diog.  L. ;  etc. — II.  ή.^=Σαρτη)όό- 
VLOV  χώμα,  v.  sub  Σαρπηύόνιος. 

Σύρ~ος,  ό,  a  wooden  chest  :  aniong 
the  Bithyriians,  a  wooden  house,  else- 
where βόσνν. 

^Σά(φα,  ας,  ή,  Sara,  wife  of  Abra- 
ham, N.  T. 
1331 


ΣΑΤΡ 

iΣάρσιva,  ης,  ή,  Sarsina,  a  city  of 
Umbria,  Strab.  p.  227 :  hence  οι  Σαρ- 
σινάται,  the  inhab.  of  S.,  Polyb.  2,  24. 

iΣάρτη,  ης,  η,  Sarte,  a  city  of  Ma- 
cedonia on  the  Singiticus  sinus,  Hdt. 
7,  122. 

Σΰρώ,  fut.  from  σαίρω. 

Σάρωθρον,  ov,  TO,  {σαρόω)  a  sweep- 
ing-broom, [ά] 

Σάρωμα,  ατός,  το,  {σαρόω)  sweep- 
ings, [ύ] 

Σύρων,  ωνος,  6,  ace.  to  some,  a 
lewd  fellow  :  ace.  to  others,  the  puden- 
da muliebria,  Hesych. :  prob.  from 
σαίρω.  [ΰ] 

ΙΣάμωΐ',  ωνος,  ό,  Saron,  a  fertile 
plain  of  Palestine,  N.  T. 

^Σαρωνικός,  ό  κύλτϊος,  the  Saronic 
gulf,  between  Attica  and  Argolis, 
now  gulf  of  Enghia,  Strab.  p.  335 ; 
πορθμός,  Aesch.  Ag.  306. 

ίΣαρωνίς,  ίδυς,  ί/,  θάλaσσa,={oτeg., 
Dion.  P.  424.— 11.  appell.  of  Diana, 
also  Σαρωνία,  in  honour  of  whom  the 
festival  Σαρώνια  was  celebrated, 
Paus. 

Σΰρωνίς,  ίδος,  ή,  {σαίρω)  an  old  hol- 
low oak.  Call.  Jov.  22. 

Σύρωσις,  ή,  {σαρόω)  a  svxeping  out : 
also=  σάρωμα.  [α] 

Σάρώτης,  ov,  ό,  {σαρόω)  one  that 
sweeps,  a  sweeper. 

Σάρωτρον,  TO,  =  σάρωθρον,  Lob. 
Phryn.  131. 

Σάσαμον,  σασαμόπαστος, etc..  Dor. 
for  σησαμ-. 

^Σάσπειρες,  ων,  οι,  the  Saspires,  an 
Armenian  people  between  the  Arax- 
es  and  the  sources  of  the  Gyndes, 
Hdt.  1,  104;  3,  94;  also  Σύπειμες, 
Αρ.  Rh.  2,  395. 

Σάσσω,  v.  σάττω. 

iΣάσvχις,  ό,  Sasychis,  an  ancient 
lawgiver  of  the  Aegyptians,  Diod.  S. 
1,  94. 

ΙΣάσων,  ωνος,  ή,  Sason,  a  small 
island  between  Epirus  and  Italy, 
Strab.  p.  281. 

iΣaτάv,  and  Σατανάς,  α,  ό,  a 
Hebr.  word  ;  an  adversary,  LXX.  ; 
usu.  Satan,  the  chief  of  evil  spirits, 
LXX.  ;  N.  T. 

^Σατύσπης,  ου  Ion.  εω,  6,  Sata- 
spes,  a  Persian  who  attempted  to  sail 
round  Africa,  Hdt.  4,  43. 

Σάτες  or  σΰτές,  Dor.  and  Aeol.  for 
σήτες,  τήτες.  this  year. 

^Σατιβαρζύνης,  ύ,  Satibarzanes,  a 
Persian  satrap  in  Aria,  Arr.  An.  3, 
8,4. 

Σύτίνη,  ης,  ή,  a  war-chariot,  Η. 
Hom.  Ven.  13:  generally,  a  chariot, 
car,  Anacr.  19,  12,  uhi  v.  Bergk.  (Usu. 
deriv.  from  σάσαι,  Paphian  for  καθί- 
σαι.)  [tu'I 

^Σατίων,  ωνος,  ή,  Salion,  a  city  of 
lUyria,  Polyb.  5,  108,  8. 

ΙΣατνώεις,  εντός,  ό,  Satnin'is,  a 
large  rapid  torrent  of  Mysia,  II.  14, 
445  ;  also  called  Σατιόεις  and  Σαφνι- 
όεις,  Strab.  p.  G06. 

ίΣάτνίος,  ου.  ό,  Satnivs,  son  of 
Enops,  a  noble  Trojan,  II.  14.  443. 

Σάτον,  τύ,  a  Hebrew  measure,  about 
a  7nudius  and  a  half,  N.  T. 

*Σατορνίνυς.  ου,  6,  the  Rom.  name 

Satnrniiius,  Plut. 

tSurpai,  ών,  οι,  the  Satrae,  a  Thra- 
cian  people  between  the  Strymon 
and  Nessus,  Hdt.  7,  110. 

^Σατράκης,  ύ,  Satraces,  a  Scythian 
prince,  Arr.  An.  4,  4,  8. 

Σατραπεία,  ας.  Ion.  -ηίη,  ης,  ή,  a 
satrapy,  the  ojfice  or  province  of  a  satrap, 
Hdt.  1,  192  ;  3,  89,  Thuc,  and  Xen. : 
from 

Σατράπενω,  to  be  a  satrap: — to  rule 
as  satrap,  a.  τί/ν  χώραν,  Xen.  Αη,.ΐι 


ΣΑΤΤ 

7,  6  ;  but  also,  της  χώρας,  lb  3,  4, 
31  ;  cf.  κρατέω  I  and  IV  :  from 

Σατράπης,  ov,  b,  a  satrap,  Lat.  sa• 
triipa,  title  of  a  Persian  viceroy  or 
governor  of  a  province,  cf.  Xen.  Cyr. 

8,  6,  3.  (In  Theopomp.  also  έξατρά- 
π/]ς,  and  in  Esther,  achashdarpna  ;  no 
doubt  a  Persian  word,  supposed  by 
Michaelis  to  be  Schahderban,  i.  e. 
KiTig's-doorkeeper,  King's-Protector,  cf. 
Heeren's  Ideen  T.  1,  p:  178,  sq.,Pott 
Et.  Eorsch.  1,  p.  Ixvii.  sq.) 

Σατράπικός,  ή,  όν,  beloiigittg  to  a 
σατράτϊης. 

Σατραπόπλοντος,  cf.  sub  σαπρότ 
π7.οντος. 

^Σατταγνδαι,  ών  Ion.  ίων,  οί,  tht 
Sattagydne,  an  Indian  people  on  the 
borders  of  Sogdiana,  Hdt.  3,  91. 

Σ.\'ΤΤ12,  fut.  σάξω,  to  pack  or  load, 
strictly  of  putting  the  packsaddle  with 
its  load  on  beasts  of  burthen,  cf.  σύ- 
γμα:  hence, — I.  of  warriors,  to  had 
with  full  armour  : — pass.,  to  he  so  armed 
or  harnessed,  Valck.  Hdt.  7,  62,  70,73, 
always  in  Ion.  3  plur.  plqpf.  pass,  ίσε- 
σάχατο  ;  cf.  σάγη. — 2.  to  load  or  fur- 
nish with  all  things  needful,  as  cloth- 
ing, food,  etc.,  νδατι  σάττειν,  Wess. 
Hdt.  3,  7. — II.  generally,  to  load  heavr 
ity.  fill  quite  full,  stuff ;  τινός,  of  a 
thing,  esp.  in  pf.  pass.,  πημύτων  σε- 
σαγμένος,  loaded  with  woes,  Aesch. 
Ag.  644  ;  τριήρης  σεσαγμένη  iivOpi'-y- 
πων,  Xen.  Oec.  8,  8 ;  ώορμοί  ΰχνρων 
σεσαγμένοι,  Polyb.  1,  19,  13. — 2.  to 
fill  full  of  meat  or  drink,  to  satisfy, 
like  πίμπλημι  and  π'ληρόω.  cf.  Arist. 
Probl.  21.  14,  2:  hence,  σεσηγμένος 
πλούτου  ττ/ν  -ψνχήν,  having  his  fill  ol 
riches,  Xen.  Symj).  4,64. — IV.  to  pack 
close,  press  down,  e.  g.  σ.  την  γήν  περϊ 
το  ψντόΐ',  Ιο  stamp  doum  the  earth 
about  a  plant,  Xen.  Oec.  19, 1 1  :  pass. 
σύττεσθα,ι,  to  he  packed  close,  sink 
down,  settle,  Arist.  Meteor.  2,  7,  8: — 
ffarrf  IV  εις  ΰγγεϊον,  to  pock  or  cntm 
something  into  it,  Polyb.  12,  2,  5. — A 
pres.  of  the  form  σάσσω  seems  to  have 
beenneverin  use, thoughFoes.  quotes 
it  so  from  Hipp.  (From  σάττω  come 
σάκκος,  σάκος,  σύ)  or,  cuyt/,  σάγμα : 
cf.  Germ.  Sallel,  our  saddle.) 

'ϊΣατνρα,  ας,  and  -ρη,  ης,  ή,  Satyra^ 
fem.  pr.  η.,  Ath.  576  C  ;  Anth.  P.  5. 
206. 

Σΰτνρίας,  ov,  &.=  σατνρίασιςΠ,  v. 

1.  Arist.  Gen.  An.  4,  3.  22. 
Σάτϊφίασις,    ή,    -ιασμός,    b,    and 

-ισμός,  ύ,  (Σάτυρος)  a  swolltn  state  of 
the  genital  organs,  priapism,  Hipp. — JI. 
a  disease  in  which  the  bones  near  the 
temples  ore  elongated,,  so  as  to  be  like 
Satyr's  horns,  Galen. :  also  σατνρίας, 
and  later  έλεφαντιασις- — 2.  a  swelling 
of  the  glands  of  the  ear,  Galen. — V. 
Foes.  Oecon.  Hipp. 

Σύτνρϊασμός.  o,=  foreg. 

Σύτνρϊάω,  ώ,  Ιο  suffer  from  σατνρί- 
ασις,  Arist.  Gen.  An.  4,  3,  22,  Bekk. 

^Σατνρίδες,  ωι<,  αϊ,  νήσοι,  the  Sa- 
tyrides,  islands  outside  the  pillars  of 
Hercules,  Paus.  1,  23,  5. 

Σάτνριδιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  Σύ- 
τνρος,  Strattis  Incert.  1 ,  4.  [pi] 

ΣάτΙφίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {Σάτυρος)  Ιο  ρΐαμ 
or  act  a  Salyr. — II.  intr.,  to  play  the 
Satyr,  be  leivd,  lustful. 

Σατυρικός,  ή,  όν,  (Σάτυρος) -suiting 
a  Satyr,  like  Satyrs,  εφήμεροι  καΐ  Σα- 
τυρικοί τοΙς  βίοις,  Plut.  Galb.  16,  cf. 
Pericl.  13,  Cat.  Maj.  7.-2.  of  the  Sa- 
tyric  drama.  Id.  Pericl.  5. 

Σύτνριον,  ov,  TO,  a  plant,  which 
excited  lust,  Diosc.  3,  143,  sq..  Plut. 

2,  126  A,  usu.  supposed  to  be  a  kind 
of  orchis. — II.  a  four-footed  water-ani• 
mai^Arist.  H.  A.  8,5,  8.  [i] 


ΣΑΥΝ 

i'Sarvpiov,  ου,  τό-  Salyrium,  a  place 
near  Tarentum,  Strah.  p.  279. 

Σάτϋ/ήσκος,  ου,  6,  dim.  from  Σάτυ- 
ρος, q.  V.  signf.  I.  2. 

Σύτνρισμός,  ό,^^σατνρίασις,  q.  v. 

Σύτϋριστής,  ov,  o,  {Σατυριζω)  a 
player  of  Satyric  dramas  :  χορός  Σ., 
Dion.  Η.  7,  72. 

Σίτϋρογράφος,  ov,  {Σάτυρος  II, 
■ypupoj)  writing  Satyric  dramas,  Diog. 
1^-  [«] 

ΣΑ'ΤΤΤΟΣ,  ό,  a  Satyr,  compan- 
ion of  Bacchus,  at  first  represented 
with  long  pointed  ears,  a  goat's  tail, 
and  small  knobs  like  horns  behind 
their  ears :  later,  goats'  legs  were 
added,  and  to  this  half-beast's  form 
was  assigned  a  lustful,  half-brutal  na- 
ture, of.  Schol.  Theocr.  4,  62 :— we 
hear  of  a  number  of  Satyrs,  as  sylvan- 
gods,  as  early  as  Hes.,  γένος  οϋτίόα- 
νών  Σατύρων  και  αμηχανοερ\ών,  Fr. 
13,  2;  but  he  says  nothing  of  their  fi- 
gure. Cf  Mtiller  Archiiol.  d.  Kutist, 
%  385  ;  ace.  to  Gerhard  (del  Dio  Fau- 
no.  Neap.  1825).  the  Satyr  differed 
from  the  Pan  or  Faun  by  the  want  of 
horns  ;  cf  Ύίτυρος,  Σειληνός. — 2.  α 
lewd,  goatish  fellow,  Lat.  caprineus,  Ju- 
lian. Caes.  5,  5 ;  so,  Σατνρίσκος, 
Theocr.  27,  48. — 3.  from  their  suppo- 
sed likeness,  a  kind  of  tailed  ape,  Paus. 
— II.  a  kind  of  play,  in  which  the  cho- 
rus consisted  of  Satyrs,  the  Satyric 
drama ;  also  όραμα  Σaτυpiκάv,  Σατυ- 
ρικός :  it  formed  the  fourth  piece  of 
a  tragic  tetralogy,  and  is  said  to  have 
been  invented  by  Pratinas  ;  the  only 
one  extant  is  the  Cyclops  of  Eurip. 
The  fragments  of  the  Satyrographi 
have  been  collected  by  Friebel  (Ber- 
lin. 1837).  [a] 

^Σάτυρος,  ov,  ό,  Satyrus,  an  Athe- 
nian, one  of  the  thirty  tyrants,  Xen. 
Hell.  2,  3,  54.-2.  a  celebrated  actor 
at  Athens,  Dem.  401,  16;  taugiit  De- 
mosthenes how  to  acquire  a  correct 
elocution,  Plut.  Dem.  7.-3.  a  super- 
intendent of  the  dock  yards,  Dem. 
612, 21. — Others  of  this  name  in  Dem. 
953,  14;  1360,  8;  Strab. ;  etc. 

Σάτΐφώδης,  ες,  (Σάτυρος,  είδος) 
Satyr-like,  Luc.  Zeux.  6. 

^Σανηρα,  ων,  τά,  Sauera,a.  town  of 
Cappadocia,  Strab.  p.  537. 

Σανκός,  η,  όν,  easily  rubbed  to  pieces, 
friable:  dry.  (Syracus.  word,  akin 
to  σαυσαρός,  σανχμός,  σάχνος,  αΰω). 

Σανκρόπους,  ττοόος,  ό,  ή,  tender- 
footed. 

Σανκρός,  ά,  όν,  like  σαύ?.ος,  tender, 
soft,  delicate. 

iΣav/Λoς,  ov,  6,  Sauliiie,  a  king  of 
the  Scythians,  Hdt.  4,  76. 

Σαν'λόομαι,  as  pass.,  (<ταΰλοζ•)  to 
bear  one^s  self  delicately,  or  affectedly, 
esp.  in  gait,  lo  mince,  Eur.  Cycl.  40  ; 
cf.  sq. 

Σανλοπρο}Κτιύ(,},ώ,{σαϋλος,7ϊρωκ- 
τός)  to  walk  in  a  swaggering,  conceited 
way,  so  as  to  make  the  hinder  parts 
swai/  to  and  fro,  Ar.  Vesp.  1173;  cf. 
σαλακωνεύω. 

Σ.'^Τ'ΛΟΣ,  η,  01',  (not  σανλός, 
Arcad.  53,  8,  Ε.  Μ.  270,  45)  -.—con- 
ceited, affected,  esp.  in  gait,  aav7.a 
ποσι  βαίνειν.  Η.  Hom.  Merc.  28  ;  cf 
Anacr.  106,  Simon,  .\morg.  ap.  E.M., 
Ruhnk.  Ep.  Cr.  p.  29: — generally, = 
ύβρός,  τρυφερός.  Anacr.  54. 

\Σην'Αος,  ου,  ό,  v.  Σαούλ. 

Σανλωμα,  ατός,  τό,  (σαν/ίόομαι) 
effeminacy . 

Σαυνάκα.  a  piece  of  Triballian  jar- 
gon in  Ar,  Av.  1615. 

Σαΐ'ΐ'ΐάζω,  to  hurl  a  javelin,  to  strike 
tvith  a  jareli'n,  Diod. 

Σαυνιον  or  σαννίον,  ov,  τό,  ajave- 


ΣΑΦΗ 

lin,  Diod.  14,  27.  Festus. — II.  mem- 
brum  virile,  Cratin.  Incert.  122. 

\Σαννϊται,  ών,  οί,=  Σαμνϊται,  Po- 
ly b.  ;  7/  ΣαννΙης  =^Σαμνϊτις. 

Σαννός=^σαν'λος. 

ΣΑΥ'ΡΑ  (.not  σαϋρα),  ας,  ή.  Ion. 
σαύρη,  α  lizard,  Lat.  lacerta,  Hdt.  4, 
183,  192,  Aesch.  Fr.  138  :  cf.  σαϋρος. 
— II.  a  sea-fish,  elsewh.  τραχοϋρος, 
usu.  in  masc.  form  σαϋρος. — 111.  a 
plant,  prob.  a  kind  of  cress,  usu.  as 
dim.  σανρίδιοί',  τό,  Hipp. — IV.  mern- 
brum  virile,  esp.  of  boys,  Anth.  P.  12, 
3,  etc. — V.  a  twisted  finger  case,  for 
setting  dislocated  fingers,  Hipp. 

^Σαυρίας,  ου,  ό,  Saurias,  an  Athe- 
nian, Dem.  1360,  10. 

Σανρίόιον,ον,  τό,  v.  ααίφα  III.  \ΐ\ 

Σαυρίτης,  ου,ό,  fern,  -ϊτις,  ιόυς,  of 
or  like  a  lizard. — II.  σαυρίται,  οι,  a 
kind  of  serpent. 

Σαυροειδής,  ες,  {σαύρα,  είδος)  tike 
a  lizard,  Arist.  H.  A.  2,  11,  1. 

Σανροκτόνος,  ov,  (σαύρα,  κτείΐΗ,ι) 
lizard- kilter,  epith.  of  Apollo,  as  repre- 
sented in  a  famous  statue  by  Praxi- 
teles, Plm.  34,  19,  10. 

Σανρομάτης,  ov,  ό,  α  Sarmatia7i ; 
ioi  Σαυρομύται,  ών  Ion.  έων,  the 
Sarmatians,  acc.  to  Hdt.  4,  21,  a  peo- 
ple in  Europe  dwelling  at  the  east 
end  of  the  Palus  Maeolis  ;  also  called 
Σαρμύται,  Strab.,  who  divides  them 
into  various  tribes,  pp.  114,  129,  306, 
498,  etc.t   [ώ] 

^Σανροματικός,  ή,  όν,  Sarmatiaii. 

^Σαυρομάτις,  ιδος,  ή,  pecul.  fern, 
to  foreg..  Plat.  Legg.  804  E. 

Σαυροπάτις,  ιδος,  ή,  {σαύρα,  πα- 
τεομαι)  she  that  eats  lizards,  Strab. 
[ά] 

Σ  AY  ΡΟΣ,  ov,  ό,=  σανρα,  like  la- 
certus ^lacerta,  in  V^irg.,  v.  1.  Hdt.  4, 
183  :  acc.  to  A.  B.  p.  64,  Theocr.  also 
had  Tj  σανρυς. — II.  usu.  α  sea-fish, 
Comici  ap.  Ath.  322  C,  sq.,  Arist. 
H.  A.  9,  2,  1 :  elsewh.  τραχούρος. 

Σανρωτηρ,  f/ρος,  ό,  a  spike  at  the 
butt-end  of  a  spear,  by  which  it  was 
stuck  into  the  ground,  11.  10,  153, 
Hdt.  7,  41  ;  elsewh.  ονρίαχος,  στν- 
ραξ. — 2.  generally,  a  spear,  Leon. 
Tar.  32. 

Σαυρυτός,  η,  όν,  furnished  with  a 
σανρωτήρ:  as  if  from  σαΐ'ρόω. 

Σουρωτός,  η,  όν,  (σανρος,  σαύρα) 
spotted  like  a  lizard. 

Σανσάρισμός,  ov,  ό,  paralysis  of  the 
tongue,  Arist.  Probl.  27,  3,  3. 

Σαυσΰρός,  ά,  όν,  dry,  parched, 
Hesych.  (Probl.  from  ανω,  ανος, 
with  σ  prefixed,  cf.  σαυχμός.) 

Σαντον,  σαντης,  contr.  for  σεαντον, 
etc.,  q.  V. 

Σανχμός,  όν,  also  σανκός  and  συχ- 
νός.M^b  σανσαρός,  from  ανος,ανω,  dry, 
parched,  brittle ;  generally. /rai/,  weak. 

Σάφΰ,  poet.  adv.  of  σαφής,  clearly, 
openly,  plainly,  assuredly,  freq.  in 
Hom.,  etc.,  esp.  with  verbs  of  know- 
ing, most  freq.  σύφα  οίδα,σύφα  είδώς, 
etc.,  like  εύ  οίδα,  to  know  assuredly, 
of  a  surety  ;  of  σαφα  βυμώ  είδειη 
τεράων.  II.  12,228  ;  and  freq.  inTrag., 
as  also  in  Xen.  Cyr.  4,  5,  21 :— so, 
σάφα  έπίστασθαι,  Od.  4,  730;  σάφα 
δαείς,  Pind.  Ο.  7,  166  : — freq.  also,ffa• 
φα  είπεϊν,  to  tell  clearly,  plainly,  Od. 
2,  31  ;  but  also  to  speak  truly,  asopp. 
to  -φεύδεσβαι,  II.  4.  404  :  cf.  σαφείς. 

Σαφάνής.  ες.  Dor.  for  σαφηνηΐ, 
Pind. 

Σΰφέος,  Ion.  for  σαφώς,  cf.  sub. 
σαφί/ς. 

Σάφηγορίς,  ίδος,  pecul.  poet.  fem. 
of  sq.,  Epigr.  ap.  Paus.  10,  12,  3. 

Σΰφήγορος,  ov,  speaking  clearly  or 
truly. 


ΣΒΕΝ 

Σαφήνεια,  ας, ή  .{σαφηνής)  clearnesi, 
plainness,  Aesch.  Theb.  67  ;  and  freq. 
in  Plat.  ;  opp.  lo  ασάφεια.  Id.  Rep. 
478  C  ;  σαφί/νειαν  ττυβέαΟαι,  to  learn 
the  plain  truth,  Antipho  12,  44. 

Σάφηνής,  ες,  Dor.  σΰφάντ/ς,=σα• 
φής,  Aesch.  Pers.  634,  738,  Soph.Tr. 
892  :  TO  σαώανές,  the  plain  truth,Y'ind. 
O.  10  (11),  67.  Adv.  -νώς,  Theogn. 
907  ;  Ion.  -νέως,  in  Hdt.  (who  never 
has  the  adj.)  with  the  verbs  ειπείν, 
λέγεσθαι.  έξαγγέ'λ'λεσθαι,  1,  140;  3, 
122  ;  6,  82. 

Σΰφηνία,  ας,  ή,  poet,  for  σαφήνεια. 

Σύφηνΐζω,  ί.  Alt.  -νιώ,  (σαφηνής)  to 
make  clear  or  plain,  to  explain,  clear  up, 
Aesch.  Pr.  227,  621,  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  4, 
4  :  σ.  την  βασι'/.είαν,  to  determine  the 
succession,  lb.  8,  7,  9.    Hence 

Σύφηνισμός,  ov,  ό,  explanation,  elu- 
cidation, Dion.  H.     Hence 

Σαφηνιστικός,  ή,  όν,  making  clear, 
explaining,  Luc.  Salt.  36. 

ΣΑ'ΦΗ'Σ,  ες,  gen.  εος,  contr.  ονς, 
clear,  distinct,  plain,  sure,  certain,  esp. 
of  words,  signs,  etc.,  first  in  H.  Horn. 
Merc,  208,  and  Pind.  (though  Hom. 
has  the  adv.  σάφα,  q.v.) ;  σαφής  άρε- 
τά,  Pind.  I.  1,  30 ;  τεκμαρ.  Id.  Ν.  11, 
55  ;  σημείον.  Soph.  El.  23  ;  τεκμή- 
piov.  Eur.  Hipp.  926  ;  βάσανος.  Plat. 
Legg.  957  D,  etc. ;  μύθος,  Aesch.  Pr. 
641  ;  ττρόνοια.  Soph.  O.  T.  978 ;  τό 
σαφές,  the  truth,  Thuc.  1,  22. — in 
Trag.  also  of  persons, 'σ.  ύγγε?Μς, 
Aesch.  Theb.  82 ;  φίλος,  Eur.  Or. 
1 155  :  esp.  of  seers,  prophets,  etc.,  as 
in  Virgil  certus  Apotlo,  sure,  unerring, 
Soph.  O.T.  390,  1011 ;— compar.  and 
superl..  σαφέστερος,  -έστατος. — II. 
adv.  σαφώς.  Ion.  -έως,  Η.  Hom.  Cer. 
149,  and  freq.  in  Hdt.,  esp.  (like  σά- 
φα) with  verbs  of  knowing  and  say- 
ing, σαφέως  φράσαι,  oifAovv,  έ-ίστα- 
σΟαι,  etc.,  Hdt.  ;  μαθείν,  Pind.  P. 
2,  47,  etc. ;  cf.  Valck.  Hipp.  1076  : 
σαφώς  άτΓθ?.ω?.έναι,  to  be  undoubtedly 
dead,  Xen.  Cyr.  3,  2,  15:  εν  σαφώς 
and  σαφώς  εύ  are  freq.  joined  pleo- 
nast.,  Soph.  O.  T.  958: — compar.  -έσ- 
τερον,  Aesch.  Supp.  930,  freq.  in 
Plat.  : — superl.  -έστατα.  Soph.  O.  T. 
286.  Ar.  Plut.  46,  and  Plat,  {σαφής  is 
orig.  the  same  with  σοφός,  as  Eur. 
indicates  in  the  words  σοφόν  τοι  το 
σαφές,  ov  το  μη  σαφές.  Or.  397 ; 
though  jokingly  opp.  to  it  by  Ar. 
Ran.  1434,  ό  μεν  σαφώς  yap  ει— εν,  ό 
δ'  έτερος  σαφώς. — From  the  same 
root  come  Lat.  sapio,  sapiens,  sapor.) 
Hence 

Σάψτ/τωρ,  ορός,  ό,  as  if  from  σαφέω, 
an  explainer,  interpreter. 

Σαχθείς,  part.  aor.  pass,  from  σάτ- 
τω. 

Σάχνος,  ov,  ν  σανχμός. 

Σλ'ίΙ,  root  of  σήtk},  to  sift,  bolt, 
Hdt.  1,200,  in  3  pi.  σώσί. 

Σάω,  iinperat.  pres.  mid.,  and  Ep. 
3  sing,  impf  act.  from  σαόω,  11. : — 
σΰώσω,  fut.  from  the  same^  Hom. 

ίΣαώ,  ονς,  ή,  Sao,  a  Xereid,  Hes. 
Th.  243. 

^Σαωκονδάριος.  ov,  ό,  or  -δαρος, 
Saocondarius,  father  of  the  Galatian 
chief  Castor,  Strab.  p.  568. 

^Σάων,  ωνος,  ό,  Saon,  a  mylhic 
lawgiver  of  Samothrace,  Diod.  S.  5, 
48. — Others  in  Anth.  ;  etc. 

Σάώτερος,  11.  1,  32  ;  v.  sub  σάος. 

Σύωτηο,  ήρος,  ό,  poet,  for  σωτήρ, 
Simon.  57. 

Σαώτης,  ov,  ό,  (σαόω)  poet,  for  σω- 
τήρ, epith.  of  Bacchus,  Anth.  P.  9, 
603,  Paus.  2,  37,  2. 

Σύώτι.ς,  ιδος,  fem.  from  σαώτης,  she 
that  saves  or  delivers. 

Σβένννμι  and  -ννω  (Pind.  P.  1,  8), 
λ335 


lEBA 

lengthd.  from  root  ΣΒΕ-:  fut.  σβέσω, 
more  rarely,  σι^τ/σομαι.  Plat.  Legg. 
805  C  :  pf.  pass,  έσ/ΐΐσμαι :  aor.  pass. 
έσβέσθην. — Horn,  only  has  the  aor. 
act.  ίσβεσα  or  σβέσα,  and  inf.  Ep. 
σβέσσαι  for  σβέσαι.  Hes.  first  has 
part.  pres.  pass,  σβενννμενος. 

To  quench,  put  out,  Lat.  extinpicre, 
■πνμ,  ■ηυρκ.αίήν,  II.  16,  293;  23,2.17, 
250  (though  these  passages  properly 
belong  to  κατασβένννμι)  ;  κεβαυνόν, 
Pind.P.l.S. — 2.  of  liquids,  todrmn,  dry 
up;  V.  κατασβένννμι. — 3.  generally, 
to  quench,  still,  stay,  quell,  esp.  of  pas- 
sions, χό?Μΐ',  μένος  σβέσσαι,  II.  9, 
678  ;  It),  G21,  etc.  ;  vJpiv,  Epigr.  ap. 
Hdt.  5,  77,  cf.  Plat.  Legg.  835  D  ; 
σβ.φόνφφόΐ'ον,ΕυίΓ.ΙΙ.ν.  40:  hence, 
πείραν  σβ..  Soph.  Aj.  1057  ;  ίσβεσε 
κύματα  νηνεμος  αίβρη,  Ar.  Αν.  778. 
— 11.  pass,  σβέννυμαι  (with  intrans. 
tenses  of  act.,  pf.  ίσβηκα  ;  and  aor. 
Ισβην,  opt.  σβείην,  inf.  σβί/ναι,  Dor. 
ίσβύΐ' :  Honi.  has  only  the  aor.): — 
to  be  quenched,  go  out,  Lat.  extingui. 
Strictly  of  lire,  II.  9,  471  :  so  of  in- 
flamed pustules,  to  go  down,  flisappear, 
Hipp. — 2.  of  liquids,  to  become  dry  : 
hence,  αίγες  σβεvvvμεvaι,gOΛίsιvίιich 
are  off  their  milk,  Hes.  Op.  588,  cf.  Jac. 
Anth.  2,  I,  p.  349  ;  2,  2,  p.  179.— 3. 
generally,  to  become  stdl,  calm,  lull, 
cease,  of  wind,  εσβη  ονρος,  Od.  3, 
183  ;  of  a  man,  έσβέσθη  ΝΙκανόρος, 
the  glow  of  his  passion  is  gone  out, 
Anlh.  P.  12,  39.— 0pp.  to  oaiu  and 
φλέγω ;  cf.  άσβεστος.  (From  this 
root  comes  Lat.  Ve-sev-tis,  Vesuvius, 
i.  e.  the  Unextinguished,  Putt  Et. 
Forsch.  1,  87.) 

Σβέσις,  ευς,  ή,  a  quenching,  putting 
out  ;  or,  from  pass.,  a  going  out,  ex- 
tinction, τννρος,  Arist.  Resp.  8,  4, 
Plut.  Lysand.  12,  etc. 

Σβεστήρ,  ηρος,  6,  (σβένννμι)  an  ex- 
tinguisher, Plut.  2,  1059  C.     Hence 

Σβεστήρ'.ος,  a,  ov,  serving  to  quench 
or  put  out,  σβεστ.  κωλύματα,  Thuc. 
7,  53. 

Σβεστής,  ov,  6,=^σβεστήρ.    Hence 

Σ3εστικός,  ή,  όν,  —  σβεστι'/ριος, 
LXX. 

Σ'^νγλα,  η,  Aeol.  for  ζεΰγ7.η, 
Erinna. 

-Σε,  adverbial  suflfi.ic,  denoting  mo- 
tion towards,  e.  g.  ύλλοσε,  to  some 
other  plate,  άμ<ί>οτέρ(οσε,  etc. 

Σεαντον,  -ί/ς,  contr.  σαυτον,  -τ/ς. 
Ion.  σεωντοϋ,  ης,  reflexive  pron.  of  2d 
pers.,  of  thyself,  etc.,  only  used  in  the 
inasc.  and  iem.  of  gen.,  dat.  and  ace. 
sing.,  first  in  Pind.  Fr.  64,  Hdt.,  and 
Trag.  :  in  plur.  separated,  νμών  αυ- 
τών, etc. — Orig.  it  was  separated  also 
in  sing.,  as  in  Horn.,  who  always 
says,  σοϊ  αντώ,  σ'  αντόν  :  and  so,  τα 
σ'  αντού,  τα  σ'  αντής,  for  τα  σά,  IL  C, 
490,  Od.  1,  356;  14,  185. 

Σίβάζομαι,  f.  -άσημαι,  dep.  mid., 
{σέβας)  to  be  afraid  of  anything,  c. 
ace,  σε3άσσατο  γαρ  τόγε  θυμώ,  11.  6, 
167,  417.— 2.  later  for  σέβομαι,  Ν.  Τ. 

Σέβας,  τό,  only  used  in  nom.,  ace, 
and  voc.  sing. ;  though  a  plur.  σέβτι 
is  found  Aesch.  Supp.  755  :  {σέβο- 
μαι) : — reverential  awe,  a  feeling  of  awe 
and  shame,  which  rises  to  prevent 
one's  doing  something  disgraceful 
(cf  σέβομαι),  σέβας  όέ  σε  θνμον  ϊκέ- 
σθω  ΐΐάτροκλον  Ύρω-^σι  κνσϊν  με7.- 
πηβρα  γενέσθαι,  11.  18, 178  :  αιδώς  τε 
σέβας  rejoined,  Η.  Cer.  190:  gener- 
ally, reverence,  worship,  honour,  esteem, 
freq.  in  Trag. :  σ.  το  προς  θεών,  Aesch. 
Supp.  396  ;  c.  gen.,  Αιος  σέβας,  rev- 
erence for  him.  Id.  Cho.  645;  so,  το- 
κέον  σ.,  Id.  Eum.  545,  cf  Supp.  707 ; 
σ.  ά^βήτων  ιερών.  Ar.  Nub.  302. — 2. 
1336 


ΣΕΒΟ 

the  awe  one  feels  at  any  nstoni.ihiug  sight ; 
and  so,  like  θανμα,  θάμβος,  astonish- 
ment, wonder,  σέβας  //'  έχει  είςορόων- 
τα,  Od.  3,  J  23,  cf  4,  75.-11.  after 
Hom.,  the  object  of  reverential  awe,  ma- 
jesty, holiness,  etc.,  as  Mercury  is  call- 
ed KiipvKuv  σ.,  Aesch.  Ag.  515; — 
hence  as  penphr.  for  persons,  σέβας 
μητροΓ,  Id.  Pr.  1091  ;  σέ3ης  ώ  όι- 
σ-οτ,  Id.  Cho.  157,  cf  Eur.  1.  A.  033  ; 
Ζ?μ•ος  σ..  Soph.  Phil.  1289  ;  ci.  Pors. 
Med.  750  ;  so  Shaksp.,  '  my  sceptre's 
awe.' — 2.  an  object  of  wonder,  a  wonder. 
Soph.  El.  685,  where  Orestes  is  call- 
ed ττΰσι  τοις  έκεΐ  σέβας. — 3.  an  hon- 
our conferred  on  one,  as  the  arms  of 
Achilles  on  Ulysses,  Id.  Phil.  402. 

Σέβΰσις,  ευς,  ή,  (σίβάζομαι)  rev- 
erence, Plut.  2,  1117  Α. 

Σέβασμα,  ατός,  τό,  (σεβύζομαι) 
that  for  which  owe  is  felt,  an  object  of 
awe  or  worship,  LXX. :  also=fff/iaCTif, 
Dion.  H.  5,  1. 

^εβασμιάζω,=  σεβύζομαι,  dub. 

Σεβάσμιος,  a,  ov,  also  ος,  ov,  (σέ- 
βας) reverend,  venerable,  august,  hence 
also  holy,  divine,  Plut.  2,  764  β  : — in 
Hdn.,  like  Σεβαστός,  for  Augiistus  : — 
TO  σεβάσμιον,=  σέβασις.  Id.  2,  10. 

Σεβασμώτης,  ητος,  ή,  ο  being  ven- 
erable, holiness. 

Σεβασμός,  ov,  6,  {σεβάζομαι)=σε- 
βασις,  Plut.  2,  879  F.^ 

Σεβασμοσύνη,  τ/ς,  ή,  poet,  for  σε- 
βασμιότΐ]ς.  Or.  Sib. 

ΣεβαστεΙον.  ου,  τό,  α  temple  of  Σε- 
βαστός, i.  e.  Augustus,  Philo. 

Σεβαστενω,  late  collat.  form  for  σε- 
βάζομαι,  Joseph. 

■\Σεβαστή,  ής,  ή,  Sebaste,  a  city  of 
Pontns,  earlier  Cabira.  Strab.  p.  557. 
— 2.  later  name  of  Samaria,  Id.  p.  760. 

Σεβαστιάς,  ή,  transl.  of  the  Lat. 
Augusta,  Leon.  Al.  8. 

Σεβαστικός,  ?},  όν,  venerable.  Adv. 
-κώς.  Dion.  H. 

Σεβαστός,  ή,  όν,  (σεβάζομαι)  rever- 
enced :  venerable,  reverend,  august : 
hence  the  imperial  name  Augustus 
was  rendered  by  Σεβαστός.  Ν.  Τ. ; 
Augusta  by  Σεβαστή  or  Σεβαστιάς, 
(q.  v.). 

Σεβέηον  and  σεβέννιον,  ov,  το,  the 
case  of  the  flower  and  fruit  of  the  palm, 
Galen. 

ίΣεβεννντικός,  ή,  όν,  Sebennytic  ; 
TO  Σ.  στόμα,  the  Sebennytic  mouth  of 
the  Nile,  Hdt.  2,  17.  ^ 

ίΣεβέννντος.  ov,  ή,  Sebennytus,  a 
city  in  the  Aegyptian  Delta  :  in  Strab. 
p.  802  ή  Σεβεννυτικη  πίιλις ;  ύ  Σε- 
βεννντης  νομός,  the  district  of  Seben- 
nytusi,  Id. 

^Σεβήρος,  ov,  b,  the  Rom.  name 
Sevlrus,  Hdn. 

Σεβίζω,  f.  -ίσω,=  σεβάζοααι,β8ρ.  to 
worship,  honour,  Lat.  revereor,  τινά, 
Pind.  p.  5,  lOT,  Aesch.,  etc. ;  σ.  τινά 
έν  θνσιαις,  Pind.  I.  5  (4),  37  ;  σ.  τινά 
λ,ιταϊς,  τιμαΐς,  Soph.  Ο.  C.  1557, 
1007;  ενχαΐς,  Eur.  ΕΙ.  195;  σ.  τινά 
τίνος,  to  honour  or  admire  one  for  a 
thing,  lb.  994  ;  καινά  λέχη  σ.,  to  pay 
homage  to  a  new  wife,  1(1.  Med.  155  ; 
σ.  βάρη,  to  commemorate  them  (prob. 
by  a  dirge),  Aesch.  Pers.  945  : — also 
mid.  in  signf.  of  act.,  Id.  Supp.  815, 
922,  Cho.  912  ;  and  so  Soph.  O.  C.  636 
uses  part.  aor.  pass,  σεβισθείς. 

Σεβιστός,  ή,  όν,^=σεβαστός,  He- 
sych. 

ΣΕΈΟΜΑΙ,  dep.  pass. ;  of  which, 
besides  the  pres.,  only  aor.  έσέφθην 
occurs  in  Soph.  Fr.  175,  and  Plat.  I. 
citand.,  cf  Bultm.  Ausf  Gr.  2,  p.  386. 
ΊΌ  feel  awe  or  fear  before  God  and 
man,  esp.  wheij  about  todo  something 
disgraceful,  to  feel  shame,  be  ashamed, 


ΣΕΙΑ 

be  afraid,  ov  vv  σέβεσθε ;  11.  4,  242 : 
Plat.  Phaedr.  254  13  has  part.  pass, 
aor.  σεφθείσα,  awe-stricken,  v.  StaUb, 
ad  I. ;  τιμών  και  σεβόμενος,  Id.  Legg 
729  C  ;  σ.  και  φοβεϊσθαι,  lb.  798  C : 
— rarely  c.  inf ,  to  fear  to  do  a  thing, 
Aesch.  Pers.  694,  Plat.  Tim.  69  1); 
and  so  c.  ace.  rei,  to  fear  to  do  it,  An- 
tipho  120,  28.-2.  after  Horn.,  c.  ace. 
pers.,  to  honour  with  pious  awe,  to  wor- 
ship, Lat.  veneror,  Kpovi()av,  Pind.  P. 
6,  25;  τους  θεούς.  Aesch.  Sii[ip.  921, 
etc. ;  and  so  of  heroes,  Hdt.  1,  66;  7, 
197;  ώς  βίόν  σέβεσθαί  τινη.  Plat. 
Phaedr.  251  A  :— then,  to  do  homage 
/o  kings,  etc.,  Aesch.  Pr  937: — gen- 
erally, to  pay  honour  or  respect  to  men, 
lb.  543,  Soph.  O.  C.  187.  Phil.  1163, 
etc.  ;  hence  also,  τ«  βιβλία  σεβόμε- 
νοι μεγά'λως,  Hdt.  3,  128.— II.  the 
act.  ibrin  σέβω,  f.  -σέψω,  is  post-Hom., 
just=at7iu//rti,  esp.  in  signf  2,  to  wor- 
ship, honour,  etc.,  first  in  Pind.  O.  14, 
17,  and  so  mostly  in  Trag.  ;  usu.  of 
the  gods,  but  also  of  parents.  Soph.  O. 
C.  1377,  cf.  Ant.  51 1  :  of  kings,  Id.  Aj. 
667,  etc.  ;  of  suppliants,  Aesch.  Eum. 
151; — σ.  ονείρων  φάσματα.  Id.  Ag. 
274  : — εν  σέβειν  τινά  for  ενσεβείν  εις 
τίνα,  Pors.  Phoen.  1310,  Seidl.  Eur. 
Tro.  85  (cf.  ενσεβέω):  σέβειν  τι  or 
Tivu  tv  τιμ•^,  Aesch.  Pers.  166,  Plat. 
Legg.  647  A  ;  c.  inf.,  Aesch.  Ag.  1612 
(where  however  νβρίζειν  is  for  το  v., 
cf.  Eum.  749): — absol.,  to  worship,  be 
religious,  Thuc.  2,  53. — Hence,  σέβο- 
μαι as  pass.,  to  be  reverenced.  Soph.  O. 
C.  760  ;  TO  σεβόμενον-=σέβας,  Schaf. 
Dion.  Comp.  p.  205.  (Sanscr.  sev,  ve- 
nerari :  Passow  compares  the  relation 
of  the  Gr.  σέβω,  σενω,  with  that  ol 
the  Germ,  schenen  to  scheuchen  : — σε- 
μνός, σεπτός  come  from  σέβω  throuffh 
pf.  pass,  σισέμμαι,  σεσέπται,  which 
however  is  not  in  use.) 

^Σεβρός.  ov.  b,  Sebrus,  honoured 
as  a  hero  in  Sparta  ;  his  temple  το 
Σεβριον,  Pans.  3,  15,  2. 

Σέ3ω,  v.  σέβομαι  II. 

^Σεγεσάμα,  ή,  Sege.tama,  a  city  of 
Hispania,  Strab.  p.  162. 

iΣεyεcn■η,  ης,  ή,=  'Έ,γέστη. 

iΣεγέστ7jς,  ov,  6,  Segestes,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Strab.  p.  291. 

+  Σε}ί(5/;.  ης,  ή,  in  Strab.  p.  162  Σ^ 
■γίδα,  Segida.  a  city  of  the  Celtiberi. 

^Σεγιμονντος,  ov,  b.  Segimuntus, 
chief  of  the  Cherusci,  Strab.  p.  292. 

iΣεγύβpιγa,  ων,  τά,  Se.gohriga,  a 
city  of^the  Celtiberi,  Strab.  p.  162. 

ΪΣεγοσίανοι,  ων,  οι,  the  Segusiani, 
a  people  of  Gallia,  Strab.  p.  186. 

ίΣεγονντία.  ας,  ή,  Seguntia,  a  city 
of  Hispania,  Strab.  p.  162. 

Σέθεν,  poet.  Att.  as  well  as  Ep.  for 
σον,  gen.  of  σν,  freq.  in  Hom. :  never 
enclitic. 

■\Σ(θρωίτης  νομός,  ό.  the  Srthroitic 
nomc  in  Aegypt,  Strab.  p.  804. 

iΣεθώv.  ώνυς,  b,  Sethon,  priest  of 
Vulcan,  king  of  Aegypt,  Hdt.  2, 
141. 

Σειεύς,  έως,  b,  {σείω)  =  σείσων, 
Poll. 

Σειληνικός.ή,  όν.  of  οτ  like  Silenus, 
tPlat.  Symp.  222  D  :  from 

Σειληνός.  ov,  b,  Silenu.",  a  constant 
companion  of  Bacchus,  the  oldest  and 
most  famous  of  the  Satyrs,  distin- 
guished above  them  all  by  proplietic 
powers:  from  hi;n  the  older  Satyrs 
were  called  generally  Σε/^τμ'οί.  first 
in  H.  Hom.  Ven^  263,  v.  Voss  Virg. 
Eel.  6,  14.  18,  Muller  Archiiol.  d. 
Kunst,  §  386  : — the  form  Σιληνός  is 
later  and  not  so  good,  cf  .lac.  .^iith. 
P.  p.  34.— til.  masc.  pr.  n.,  a  hislonau, 
Ath.  542  A  ;  Dion.  H. 


ΣΕΙΡ 

Σει7.ιινώδης,  ες,  {Σει/.ηνός,  εΐόος) 
like  Siietius,  Plat.  Symp.  219  D. 

Σεΐν,  Dor.  lor  θείν,  to  ran. — II.  σεΐν 
is  also  the  whistling  sound  used  by 
nurses  to  make  children  make  water. 

Σεΐο.  Ep.  for  σοι"',  gen.  of  σν,  freq. 
in  Horn. :  never  enclitic. 

ΣεΙος,  a,  ov,  Lacon.  for  θεΐος,  freq. 
ill  Xen. 

Σειρά,  ύς,  ?/,  Ion.  σειρή,  a  cord, 
rope,  string,  band,  σ.  ενττ'λεκτος,  τΐλε- 
κτή,  Π.  23,  115,  Od.  22,  175,  192  ;  σ. 
χρυσείτ],  II.  8,  19,  25. — II.  α  cord  or 
line  with  a  noose,  like  the  lasso  of  the 
Gauchos  in  S.  America,  used  by  the 
ancient  Sagartians  and  Sarmatians 
to  entangle  and  drag  away  their  ene- 
mies, Hdt.  7,  85,  Pans.  1,21,5:  hence 
also  the  Parthians  are  called  σειρα- 
φόροί- — III.  a  lock  of  hair,  LXX. —  IV. 
=-σεφίασίς.  (From  είρω,  Lat.  sero 
send;  of  Germ.  Sell,  i.  e.  cord.) 

Σείρύγωγεύς,  6,  (σειρά,  άγω)  a  cord 
or  rope  for  leading,  cf.  ()νταγωγενζ. 

Σειρύδην,  adv.,  (σειρά)  with  a  rope, 
Anth. 

Σεφάόιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  σειρά. 

["] 

Σειράζω,  f.  -άσω,  (σειρά)  to  bind  or 
draw  with  a  rope,  also  σειρύω. 

Σειράζω,  f.  -άσω,  and  σε  φαίνω,  also 
σειρέω,  (Σείριος)  to  dry  up  by  heat, 
parch,  cf  σειριάω. 

ΣειραΙος,  a,  ov,  (σειρά)  joined  by  a 
cord  or  band,  ττόόες,  Eur.  H.  F.  445  : 
ίτπ-of  σ.=σειραφόρος.  Soph.  El.  722. 
Σειραμα,  ατός,  τό,  the  noose  or  coil 
of  a  σειρά: — generally,  α  coil,  έχίδνης, 
Aesch.  Cho.  248. 

Σειράς,  άόος,  ή,  dim.  from  σειρά.  \ 
Σειράφύρος,  ov.  Ion.  σειρηφόρος, 
Lob.  Phryn.  645  :  (σειρά,  φέρω) : — 
rnpe-carrying,  led  by  a  rope,  κάμηλος, 
Hdt.  3,  102: — usu.  ό  σειραφύρος  (ίπ- 
πος) the  horse  ivhich  draws  by  the  trace 
only  (not  by  the  yoke),  an  outrigger 
(cf.  όεξιόσειρος),  so  that  σειραφόρος 
was  taken  metaph.,  sometimes  for 
a  partner,  assistant,  Aesch.  Ag.  842; 
sometimes  for  one  who  has  lis^ht  work, 
lb.  1040;  cf.Ar.  Nub.  1300.— A  quadri- 
ga had  two  ζύγιοι  in  the  middle,  and 
a  σειραφόρος  on  each  side.  Cf.  σει- 
ραίος,  σειροφόρος,  δίξιήσειρος.  —  II. 
carrying  a  noose,  v.  σειρά  II. 

Σειράω,  (σειρά)  to  bindor  draw  with 
a  rope,  also  σειράζω. 

Σειρεύω,—8(].,  f.  1.,  v.  Herm.  Eur. 
H.  F.  1005. 

Σειρέω,^=σειραίνω,  σειριάω. 
Σειρηδάν,  όνος,  ή,  late  collat.  form 
from  sq. 

Σειρήν,  ηνος,  ή,  a  Siren:  usu.  in 
plur.  a'l  Σειρϊινες,  the  &>««.«,  damsels 
on  the  south  coast  of  Italy,  who  en- 
ticed seamen  by  the  magic  sweetness 
of  their  songs,  and  then  slew  them  : 
the  legend  is  first  found  in  Od.  12,  39 
sq.,  167  sq.,  where  only  two  are  men- 
tioned, hence  the  Ep.  dual  gen.  Σεί- 
ρηνοιϊν,  lb.  52.  1C7  :  later  usu.  three 
in  number,  Πείιτίΐ'ό;;.  Άγλαό—rj, 
θε/ιξιέ~εια  ;  or,  ΛΙο'λ-η  (or  Μολττα- 
δία),  Άγλαοφήβη.  θε'λξιόττη ;  and 
some  added  a  fourth,  Αιγεια.  The 
Greeks  oft.  put  figures  ol  Sirens  on 
their  tombs  to  represent  mourners. 
On  the  legend  v.  Voss.  Antisymb.  1, 
p.  253  sq. ;  2,  p.  338.— II.  generally,  a 
Siren,  deceitful  woman,  Eur.  Andr. 
936  :  and,  metaph.,  the  Siren  charm 
of  eloquence,  persuasion  and  the  like, 
Aeschin.  86,  17  sq. ;  cf  Schiif  Dion. 
Coinp.  p.  26. — III.  a  kind  of  wild  bee, 
Arist.  H.  A.  9,  40,  2.— IV.  a  small 
singing-bird,  Hesych.  ;  perh.  as  an 
interp.  of  its  meaning  in  LXX.  ;  but 
there  it  is  rather  used  of  the  ouil  or 


ΣΕΙΣ 

some  similar  melancholy- sounding 
bird.  (Usu.  deriv.  from  σειρά,  the 
entangling,  binding,  .which  is  support- 
ed by  the  analogy  of  κτιΆηδών,  q.  v.  ; 
and  cf.  είρω,  sermo.)     Hence 

Σειρήνιος,  ov,  Siren-like :  metaph. 
bewitching,  LXX. 

iΣεφηvίς,  ίόος,  ή,  pecul.  fern,  to 
foreg.  of  the  Sirens;  ή  Σ.  ττέτρα,^^^ 
Σειρηνουσών  άκρωτήρων,  Dion.  P. 
300. 

Σειρηνός,=σείρινος,  σειράς. 
^Σειρηνονσαι,  ων,  αϊ,  also  Σειρή- 
νες, Strab.  ρ.  247,  258,  the  Sirenusae 
islands,  three  small  islands  on  the 
south  coast  of  Campania,  the  fabled 
abode  of  the  Sirens,  p.  22,  etc. 

\Σειρηνονσσών  άκρωτήριυν,  τό,  a 
promontory  of  Campania. 

Σειρηφύρος.  ov,  Ιοη.ίοτ  σειραφόρος. 
Σειρίασις,  ή,  not  σιρ-,  a  disease  pro- 
duced by  the  heal  of  the  sun,  a  coup-de- 
soleil,  Lat.  sidcratio. 

ΣειρΙάω.  ω,  not  σιρ-,  (σείριος)  to  be 
hot  and  scorching,  of  the  sun,  Arat.331. 
— II.  to  be  sufferiiig  from  σειρίασις. 
Medic. 

Σείρΐνος,  η,  ov,  (σειράς)  hot,  scorch- 
ing, esp.  of  summer-heat :  σ.  ιμάτια, 
light  summer  clothes,  Lys.  ap.  Har- 
pocr. 

Σειρ'ιόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  scorching,  like 
Σείριος,  0pp.  C.  4,  338. 

Σειριόκαντος,  ov,  (σείριος,  καίω) 
scorched  by  the  heat  of  the  sun  or  dog- 
star,  Anth.  P.  9,  556". 
Σειρίον,  τό,  V.  sq. 
Σείριος,  a,  ov,  strictly, =ffe<por  (q. 
v.),  hot,  scorching,  esp.   of  summer- 
heat  :  hence  epith.  of  all  the  heavenly 
bodies  which  cause  this  heat,  σειριος 
αστήρ,  the  sun,  Hes.  Op.  415;  and, 
absol.,    σείριος— Ί/λιος,    Archil.    24  ; 
οείριον  άστρον,  Ibyc.  47:  but,  ό  Σεί- 
ριος is  also  the  dog-star,  Lat.  Sirius, 
I  Hes.  Op.  007, — also  called  Κνων  Σεί- 
ριος, Aesch.  Ag.  967  ;  v.  κνων  V. — Cf 
σειράς. 
j       Σειρίς,  ίδος,  ή.  Dim.  from  σειρά. 
I       ^Σειρίτ7ίς,  ου,  ό,  Sirites,  a  Numid- 
ian,  Ath.  618  B. 

ΣειρομάστηςΆηάσειρός,δ,'ν.5\ι\)σιρ. 
Σειράς,  ά,  όν,  hot,  scorching,  esp.  of 
summer-heat :  hence,  ή  σειρά  (sc. 
εσθής),  and  το  σειράν  (sc.  ίμάτιον),  a 
light  summer  dress,  cf  σείρινος.  (No 
doubt  from  same  root  as  θέρος, 
summer,  by  Lacon.  change  of  θ  into  σ, 
and  redupl.  of  vowel.) 

Σειροφόρος,  ov,  (σειρά,  φέρω)=σει- 
ραφόρος,  Eur.  1.  Α.  223. 

Σείρωσις,  η,  (σειρά)  α  binding,  tying, 
fastening. 

\Σεισάμης,  ό,  or  Σησάμης,  Sisames, 
a  Mysian,  Aesch.  Pers.  322. 

Σεισάχθεια,   ας,  ?},  (σείω,  άχθος) 
strictly,    a   shaking    off   of   burdens : 
hence  the  name  given  to  an  ordinance 
of  Solon  by  which  all  debts  were 
lowered,    the   disburdening   ordinance, 
Diod.  1,  79.  Plut.  Solon  15,  etc.;  cf. 
Thirlwall  Hist,  of  Gr.  2,  p.  34. 
Σεϊσις,  ή,  (σείω)  a  shaking. 
Σει,σίχθων,  όνος,  ό.  (σείω,  χθων) 
earth-shaker,  epith.  of  Neptune,  Pind. 
I.  1,  76;  cf  ενοσίχθων,  έννοσίγαιος. 
Σείσμα,  ατός,  τό.  (σείω)  α  shaking, 
LXX.  :   an  earthquake. 

Σεισμύτίας,  ov,  ό,  a  storm  that 
causes  an  earl/iquake,  Diog.  L.  7,  154  ; 
σεισμ.  τάφος,  a  being  buried  in  the 
ruins  caused  by  an  earthquake,  Plut. 
Cim.  16. 

Σεισμός,  ov,  6,  (σείω)  a  shaking, 
shock  ;  esp.  an  earthquake,  Hdt.  4,  28  ; 
5,  85,  Soph.,  etc.  ;  in  full,  -jf/ς  σ., 
Eur.  H.  F.  862 : — also.  σ.  -of  σώμα- 
τος, Plat.  Phil.  33  E,  Tim.  88  D. 


ΣΕΛΑ 

ΣεισοτΓΐ'-',ί.ς,  ίδος,  η,  (σείω,  πνγή) 
the  wagtail,  Lat.  motacilla. 

Σεισούρα,  y,  (σείω)=:ίoreg.,  susp. 

Σειστής,  ov,  δ,  (σείω)  the  earth- 
shaker. 

Σειστός,  η,  όν,  (σείω)  shaken,  Ar. 
Ach.  346. — II.  as  subst.  a  woman's  or• 
nament.  Lob.  Paral.  348. 

ΣεΙστρον,  ov,  τό,  (σείω)  Lat.  sis- 
trum,  a  sort  oi  rattle  used  in  the  wor- 
ship of  Isis,  described  by  Plut.  (de 
Iside  63)  2,  376  C,  sq 

Σείσων,  όνος,  ό,  (σείω)  an  earthen 
vessel  for  shaking  beans  in  while  being 
roasted,  like  our  coffee-roaster,  Alex. 
Lem.  1. 

-σείω.  ending  of  verbs  expressing 
desire  or  intention,  desideratives,  like 
Lat.  -urio.  They  are  formed  from 
the  fut.  of  the  orig.  verb,  as  γε/.άω 
γε2.ασείω,  so  πολεμησείω,  παραδω- 
σείω,  etc. 

ΣΕΙΏ,  f.  σείσω:  pf.  pass,  σέσει- 
σμαι :  aor.  1  pass,  έσείσθην.  To 
shake,  move  to  and  fro,  Horn.  (esp.  in 
11.)  ;  σ.  έγχείας,  μελίην,  to  move  the 
poised  spear  to  and  fro,  11.  3,  345  ;  22, 
133,  etc. ;  σανίδας  σ..  to  shake  the  door 
by  knocking,  11.  9,  583 ;  of  galloping 
horses,  σειον  ζνγόν  άμφις  έχοντες, 
Od.  3,  4Η6  ;  σ.  λόφον,  of  a  warrior, 
Aesch.  Theb.  385  ;  //νίας  χεροΐν  σ., 
Soph.  El.  713  ;  σ.  χαιτην,  κομην,  etc., 
Eur.  Cycl.  75,  Med.  1191  ;  κάρα  σ., 
in  sign  of  disapprobation.  Soph.  Ant. 
291  ?  : — also,  σ.  Ty  oi-pa,  Xen.  Cyn. 

3,  4:  —  to  toss  at  sea,  like  σα'λινω, 
Soph.  Ant.  163. — 2.  θεός  σείει  (sc. 
ττμ•  yf/v),  of  an  earthquake,  Ar.  Lys. 
1142;  hence,  ό  ΤΙοσειδών  σείσας  εμ• 
βάλοι  οικίας.  Ar.  Ach.  511  ;  also  ab 
sol.,  σείει,  there  is  an  earthquake,  Thuc. 

4,  52,  Xen.  Hell.  4,  7,  4  ;  cf.  νίφω, 
νω. — 3.  metaph.,  to  shake,  agitate,  dis- 
turb, τϊύλιν,  Find.  P.  4,  485;  σ.  τινά 
εΙς  τι,  to  stir  up  or  excite  him  to..,  Plut. 
Phoc.  23,  Jac.  Philostr.  Imag.  p.  574 : 
— in  Att.,  like  σνκοφαντείν,  to  accuse 
falsely  or  spitefully,  so  as  to  extort 
hush-money ;  hence,  σ.  και  ταράτ- 
τειν,  Ar.  Eq.  840,  cf  Pac.  639  ;  σ. 
καΐ  σνκοφαντείν,  Antipho  146,  22  ; 
cf.  Lat.  concussio  and  cuncussor. — II. 
pass,  and  mid.,  to  shake,  heave,  εσσεί- 
ovTO  πόδες  Ίδης,  11.  20,  59  :  general- 
ly, to  move  to  and  fro,  e.  g.  εyχεa  σειό• 
μένα,  II.  13.  135,  558;  φαεινν  σείετο 
πήληξ.  lb.  805  ;  σείσατο  δ'  ίνι  θρόνω, 
II.  8,  199  ;  rare  phrase,  άρχος  σειόμε- 
νος  φνλλοισι,  an  orchard  waving  with 
foliage,  Heinr.  Hes.  Sc.  298 :  -  of 
places,  to  have  an  earthquake,  Hdt.  6, 
98,  cf  7,  129  :  οδόντες  εσείοντο,  his 
teeth uere  loosened.  Id.  6,  107  ;  σεισθή- 
ναι  σάλω,  Eur.  I.  Τ.  46 :  τον  ί}κέ• 
φαλον  σεσεΐσθαι,  Ar.  Nub.  1270. 
(Akin  to  σενω.) 

iΣεκoi)vδυς,  ov,  ό,  the  Rom.  name 
Secundus,  Ν    Τ. 

Σέλα,  for  σέ/^ai,  dat.  from  σέ?.ας, 
Od.      ■ 

Σε?•.ύγέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (σέλας)  to  en- 
lighten, illtime. — Pass,  σελaγεiσβat,to 
beam  brightly,  σελαγεϊτο  6'  liv'  άστυ 
πϊφ,  Eur.  El.  714  ;  όμμα  σελα^εϊται, 
Ar.  Nub.  285  :  also  tn  be  in  a  blaze, 
Ar  Ach.  924,  sq  — II.  intr.,  to  shine,  to 
beam,  Ar.  Nub.  004,  0pp.  C.  1,210. 

Σελ((}ι.,"ω,=foreg.     Hence 

Σελύγισμα,  ατός,  τό,  lightning,  Ni- 
cet.  [u] 

Σελά-ηγενετης,  ου,  6,  (σέ?Μς,  γε• 
νέτης)  father  of  light,  Anth.  P.  9.  525, 
19. 

Σε7ΜΤΐφόρος,  ov.  (σέλας,  φέρω) 
light-bringing,  Manetho. 

Σε/.άνα,  σελαναία.  Dor.  for  σελϊ;ντι, 
σεί^ηναία.  Γώ] 

1337 


ΣΕΛΕ 

\ΣεΑάνα,  Σελαναία,  Theocr.  2,  10, 
165,  etc.,  ϋυΓ.,ν.  σκλήν?/  II. 

ίΣε'λύρηος,  ου,  6,  Selarlius,  masc. 
pr.  η.,  Ar.  Vesp.  459. 

Σί'λας,  ηος,  τό  :  Horn,  uses,  besides 
norn.,  thetlat.  σέλαϊ,  II.  17,  739,  contr. 
σέλί^,  Od.  21,  210  :  in  later  poets  we 
have  also  a  plur.  σέλΰ,  Antli.  P.  9, 
289  : — light,  brightness,  a  bright  flame, 
blaze,  esp.  of  fire,  πυμό{•,  πυρός  καιο- 
uivoco,  ίτ.  αίβομένοιο,  Horn.,  ties., 
etc.;  μήνης,  11.  19^  374 :— esp.  light- 
ning, a  flash  of  lightning,  II.  8,  7G  ; 
also  called  σέλας  Αιός,  Soph.  Ο.  C. 
95  ;  σέλας  έκ  του  οίψανοϋ,  Hdt.  3, 28 : 
— a  torch,  Η.  Horn.  Cer.  52  :  7/?Jov  σ.. 
Aesch.  Eum.  926,  Soph.  El.  17  ;  and 
so  of  day-light,  ημέρας,  Find.  Fr.  106, 
4,  of.  Soph.  Aj.  856  ;  rb  σ.  και  το  φώς 
ταντόν,  Plat.  Crat.409  Β  -.—the  flash 
of  an  angry  eye,  Aesch.  Pr.  356,  cf. 
Eur.  Cycl.  6G3  (as  in  Horn.,  άσσε  ?.αμ- 
τϊέσβην  ώςεί  τε  πυρός  σέλας,  II.  19, 
366  ;  ΰσσε  δεινον  υπό  βλεφάρων  ώςεί 
σέλας  έξεφάανβεν,  lb.  17)^ — Poet, 
word.  (Prob.  from  ^?.η,  ε'ίλη,  with 
Dor.  σ  prert.xeil,  and  so  akin  also  to 
ηλιης  and  σελήνη.)  [ά] 

Σελασ/ia,  ατός,  το,  and  σελασμός, 
i,  a  shining,  Manetho. 

Σελάσσομαί,άβρ.,(σέλας)=-σελύω, 
to  shi7ie :  impers.,  σελάσσεται,  it 
shines,  Aic.  Th.  46. 

Σε?Μσφόρος,  ov,  (σέ?ίας,  φέρω)  light- 
be.artng,  light-bringing,  Aesch.  Eum. 
1022. 

Σελύχειον,  ου,  TO,=sq.,Opp.  Η.  1, 
643.  [ά] 

Σελύχιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  σέλα- 
χος,  Ειίροΐ.  Κΐγ.  2. — II.  usu.  in  plur. 
of  the  tribe  of  σελά χη,  Hipp,  [ά] 

Σελΰχοειδίις,  ές,  {είδος)  like  thelribe 
of  σελάχη,  after  their  kind,  in  contr. 
form  -ώόης,  Arist.  H.  A.  5,  5,  5, 
etc. 

Σέλΰχος,  τό,  usu.  in  pi.  σελάχη, 
τύ,  a  tribe  of  fishes  with  carlilnges  in- 
stead of  bones,  Plinv's  carlilaginea, 
Hipp..  Arist.  H.  A.  2,'  13,  6  ;  3,  1,  26, 
etc.  (Arist.  derives  the  name  from 
σέλας,  because  most  tishes  of  this 
kind  emit  a  phosphorescent  light.) 
Hence 

Σελίχώδης,  ες,==σελαχοειδής,  q.v. 

Σελάω,  {σέλας)  like  σελαγέω,  to 
enlighten. — II.  intr.,  to  shine,  Nic  Th. 
691. 

ίΣέλγη,  ης,  ή,  Selge,  a  city  of  Pisi- 
dia,  Strab.  p.  570:  hence  Σελγεύς, 
έως.  ό,  an  inhabitant  of  Selge,  Polyb.  ; 
Strab. 

iΣε?vγησσός,  ov,  6,  another  name 
for  Σηγαλασσός,  Strab.  p.  570. 

iΣέ'λδωunς,  ου,  ό,  Seldomus,  a  Ca- 
rian.  Hdt.'  7,  93. 

iΣελεύδaς,  a,  ό,  Seleadas,  a  Lace- 
daemonian victor  at  Olympia,  Paus. 
6,  16,  5. 

^Σέλεμνος,  ου,  ό,  Selemnus.  masc. 
pr.  n..  Pans.  7,  23,  1. 

^Σελενκεια,  ας,  η.  Seteucia,  freq. 
name  of  cities, — 1.  ή  επΙ  Ύίγριδί,  in 
Babylonia,  built,  or  at  least  enlarged, 
by  Seleucns  Nicator.  Strab,  p.  738. — 
2.  ή  έν  Πιερία,  in  Syria.  Strab.  p. 
749.-3.  ή  Τραχεία,  in  Cilicia,  earlier 
called  "Ολμοι.  id.  p.  670. — 1.  a  mount- 
ain slrongliold  of  Mesopotamia,  near 
Samosala,  Id.  p.  749. — 5.  a  city  uf 
Elyniaoi,  Id.  p.  744. 

ΪΣε?.ευκεύς,  έως,  6,  an  inhabitant 
of  Sfieucia.  Strab. 

\Σελενκίς,  ίδος,  η,  sc.  χώρα,  Se- 
lends,  the  territory  of  Seleucia  (2), 
Si  rah,  p.  749. 

Σελενκίς,  ίδος,  ή,  a  garment  from 
Seleucii  in  Syria. — II.  a  drinking-cup 
from  the  same  place,  Polemo  ap.  Ath. 
1338 


ΣΕΑΗ 

497  F,  Plut.  Aemil.  33.— III.  a  bird 
which  eats  locusts. 

■^Σέλευκος,  ov,  6,  Seleucns, — 1.  ό 
'Νικάτωρ,  a  general  of  Alexander  the 
Great,  Polyb.  ;  Arr.  ;  etc.— 2.  ό  Καλ- 
λίνικος, brother  of  Antiochus  Hierax, 
Strab.  p.  750. — 3.  a  poet,  Ath.  097  D. 
— Others  in  Strab.  ;  etc. 

Σεληναίη,  ης,  ή.  Ion.  and  Ep.  for 
Σελήνη,  Emped. ;  Att.  Σεληναία, 
Eur.  Phoen.  176,  Ar.  Nub.  614  ;  and 
iti  late  Prose  ;  cf.  Jac.  Ach.  Tat.  p. 
661  :  strictly  fem.  from 

Σεληναΐος,  a,  ov.  lighted  by  the 
moon,  σ.  νύζ,  a  moonlight  night,  Orac. 
ap.  Hdt.  1,  62  : — of  the  moon,  αίγλη. 
Anth. — -2.  moon-shnped,  crescent-shaped. 
— 3.  (T.  7Γάθος=σεληνιασμ<Ίς. 

Σε?ιήνη,  ης,  ή,  the  moon,  Hom.  etc. : 
a.  πληθονσα,  the  full-moon,  11.  18, 
484  ;  irpof  την  σελήνην,  by  the  moon- 
light, Andoc.  6,  18;  also,  εις  την  σ., 
.\escliin.  67,  35 ;  ίν  σελήνη,  Ach. 
Tat. :  —  την  σ.  καθαιρείν,  Horace's 
lunam  deducere,  of  Thessalian  witch- 
es. Plat  Gorg.  513  A:  —  also  for  a 
month,  δεκάτη  σελήνη,  in  the  tenth 
moon,  Eur.  El.  1126,  cf.  Ale.  431  (cf. 
μήνη—μήν).  The  fall  moon  was  an 
auspicious  time  for  marriage,  v.  sub 
δίχήμηνις. — 2.  a  round,  inoon-shaped 
whratcn  cake. —  II.  as  fern.  prop,  n., 
Selene,  the  goddess  of  the  moon, 
Horn.,  though  it  is  often  doubtful 
whether  he  means  the  moon  or  the 
goddess:  ace.  to  Hes.  .Th.  371  sq., 
she  was  daughter  of  Hyperion  and 
Theia;  in  H.  Hom.  Merc.  100,  her 
father  is  Pallas,  in  laier  writers  He- 
lius :  the  worship  of  Selene  freq. 
agrees  with  that  of  Diana,  (σελλ/ν?/  is 
plainly  akin  to  σέλας,  and  so  prob. 
referable  to  ελη,  ε'ίλη,  ήλιος).    Hence 

Σεληνήεις,  εσσα,  εν,  lighted  by  the 
moon.  Paul.  S.  Ambo  244. 

■{Σελήνης  λιμήν,  ένος,  ύ,  a  harbour 
in  Etruria,  Strab.  p.  223. 

Σεληνιύζομαι,  dep.,  to  be  moon- 
struck or  lunatic,  N.  T. 

Σε7.ηνιακός,  η,  όν,  {σελήνη)  be- 
longing to  the  moon,  lunar,  μήν,  Plut. 
Num.  18. — -II.  moon-struck,  lunatic. 

Σεληνιασμός,  ον,δ,  {σεληνιύζομαι) 
lunacy,  Diosc. 

Σεληνιάω,  poet,  for  σεληνιύζομαι. 

Σεληνίδιον,  ου,  τό,  moonshine,  moon• 
light.  [I] 

Σελήνιον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  σελή- 
νη, =  foreg.,  Arist.  Mirab.  55,  Ath. 
276  E. — II.  any  small  moon-shaped  ob- 
ject, as, — 1.  the  bald  crown  of  the  head, 
Synes. — 2.  at  Rome,  the  ivory  half 
moon  on  the  boots  of  senators,  Lat. 
lunula. 

Σεληνίς,  ίδος,  η,  =  foreg.  II.  2, 
Plut.  2,  282  A ;  and  σεληνίσκος,  b, 
dim.  from  σελήνη. 

Σεληνίτης,  ου,  6,  fem.  -ΐτις,  ιδος, 
{σε?.ήνη)  of  or  from  the  moon,  like  the 
moon,  σ.  λίϋος,  selenile,  i.  e.  crystal- 
lized gypsum,  Diosc. — It  was  some- 
times used  to  glaze  windows,  being 
also  cal led  (;i)syyir;?i•, — and  sometimes 
άφροσέληνος,  moon-froth. 

Σεληνόΐ3λητος,  ov,  {σελήνη,  βύλ- 
λω)  moon-struck,  lunatic. 

Σε?ιηνοειδής,  ές,  {σελήνη,  είδος) 
like  the  moon,  moon-shaped. 

Σεληνοτρόπιον,  ου,  τό,  (  σελήνη, 
τρέπω  )  name  of  a  mystical  plant, 
formed  after  ήλιοτρόπιον. 

\Σεληνοϋς,  v.  {.^^Σελινονς. 

Σεληνόφως,  ωτος,τό,  {σελήνη, φώς) 
moonlight,  moonshine,  Chaerem.  ap. 
Ath.  608  Β:  formed  like  λνκόφως, 
σκιόφως. 

■\Σε?.ηπιάδης,  ov  Ep.  ao,  6,  son  of 
Selepius,  i.  e.  Euenus,  II,  2,  693. 


ΣΕΛΑ 

Σε?Λδηφάγος,  ov,  {σελίς,  φυγείν) 
devouring  leaves  of  books,  of  a  book- 
worm, Anth,  P,  9,251, 

Σελίδων,  ov,  τό,  dim,  from  σελίς, 
V,  I.  Polyb.  5,  33,  3.  [i] 

Σελίόωμα,  ατός,  το,=  σελίς.  [I] 

ΣελίνΙνος,  ?/,  υν,  {σέλινυν)  of  pars- 
ley, Lat,  apiaceus,  Diog,  L,  [At] 

Σε7ΐνίτης  οίνος,  ό,  wine  flavoured 
with  parsley,  Diosc,  5,  74. 

Σελίνυειδής,  ές,  {είδος)  like  pars- 
ley, Diosc, 

Σέλίνον.  ov,  TO,  a  kind  of  parsley, 
Lat,  npiiim,  II.  2,  776,  Od.  5,  72  ;  σε- 
λΛνου  σπέρμα,  Hdt.  4,  71  : — the  an- 
cients ate  the  roots  ;  and  made  chap- 
lets  of  the  leaves,  with  which  the 
victors  at  the  Isthmian  and  Netnean 
games  were  crowned,  Pind.  O.  13,  46, 
N,  4,  143, 1,  2,  23  ;  it  was  also  hung 
on  tombs  ;  whence,  proverbially,  ot 
persons  dangerously  ill,  σε'λίνον  δεϊ• 
ται,  Plut,  2,  676  D,  cf,  Meineke 
Euphor,  p,  108.  (Prob,  from  έλιξ, 
ελίσσω,  from  its  crisped  leaves, 
cf,  ούλον,  and  Poet.  ap.  Anst.  Rhet. 
3,  11,  13:  others  from  έλοζ,  because 
it  delights  in  wet  spots,  ελεόθρεπτον 
σέλινον,  II,  2,  776.)  [t  once  in  Anth. 
P.  7,  621.]     Hence 

Σελίνόσπερμον,  ov,  τό,  {σπέρμα) 
parsley-seed. 

iΣελιvovvτιoς,  a,  ov,  of  Selinus, 
Srlinunlian,  oi  Σ-,  Thuc.  6,  6. 

{Σελινονς,  οϋντος,  ό  and  ή.  {σέλι- 
νον) Selinus,  a  city  of  Sicily,  on  a 
river  of  same  name,  a  colony  of  the 
Megarians,  Hdt.  5,  46 ;  Strab.  p.  272. — 
2.  a  city  of  Cilicia,  the  later  Trajano- 
polis,  Strab.  p.  669. — II.  a  river  of 
Sicily,  V.  supra  1. — 2.  a  river  flowing 
by  Ephesus,  Xen.  An.  5,  3,  8. — 3.  an- 
other near  Scillus  in  Elis,  Id.  ib, 
—  4,  another  in  Achaia,  Strab,  p, 
387,  —  Other  names,  of  men,  Paus, ; 
etc. 

iΣελιvovσίoς,  a,  ov,  =  Σελινονν- 
τιος,  Hdt.  5,  46. 

Σελίνονσία,  ας,  ή,  a  parsley- leaved 
cabbage,  Eudem.  ap.  Ath.  369  E. 

ΣΕΛΓΣ,  ίδος,  ή,  usu.  in  plur.,  the 
space  or  passages  between  the  rowing 
benches  {σέλματα,  to  which  it  is  akin): 
also,  the  spaces  between  the  benches  in 
a  theatre. —  II.  metaph.  the  blank  space 
between  two  columns  (παραγραφαί)  in 
a  written  page ;  σε?ύδων  κανόνισμα 
φιλόρθιον,  of  the  centre  line  by  which 
the  columns  are  kept  straight,  Anth. 
P.  6,  295  ;  σελίδων  σημάντωρ  π'λεν- 
ρής,  of  a  lead  pencil,  lb.  62: — gene- 
rally, the  page,  leaf  of  a  book,  Polyb. 
5,  33,  3,  Anth.  P.  7,  138. 

Σέλλα,  η,  a  seat,  Lat.  sella,  late  : 
but  still  the  word  may  be  genuine 
Greek,  akin  to  σέλμα,  σελμίς. 

^Σελλασία,  ας,  ή,  Sellasia.  a  city 
of  Laconia,  Xen.  Hell.  2.  2,  13. 

Σελλάστρωσις,  ή,  {σέλλα,  στρών- 
ννμι)  the  Lat.  sellisternium. 

\Σελ7.ήεις,  εντός,  ύ,  the  Selle'ts,  a 
river  of  Elis,  between  the  Peneus 
and  Alpheus,  II.  2,  659:  Strab.  p. 
328. — 2.  a  river  of  Troas,  near  Aris- 
be,  II.  2,  839. — 3.  another  near  Sicy- 
on,  Strab.  p.  338. 

Σελλίζομαι,  as  pass.,  to  imitate  the 
Selti,  afl^ect  an  ostentatious  poverty, 
Phrynich.  (Com.)  Kpov.  5,  ubi  v. 
Meineke, 

Σελλοί,  ων,  ol,  the  Selli,  original 
inhabitants  of  Dodona,  guardians  of 
the  oracle  of  Jupiter  there,  Σε?ίλοι 
άνιπτόποδες  χαμαιενναι,  11,  16,  234, 
cf.  Soph,  Tr.  1167,  Strab.  p.  328.— 
Pind.  has  Έλλο/,  which  is  a  sister- 
form  of  the  same  v^'ord,  akin  to  Έλ- 
λην,  ν,  Thirlw,  Hist,  of  Gr.  1,  81. 


ΣΕΜΝ 

tΣελλoί•,  ον,  ό,  Sellus,  an  Atheni- 
an, Ar.  Vesp.  325. 

Σέλ?.ω,  Dot.  for  ελλω,  ίλω,  είλω, 
είλέω,  only  Gramm. :  hence  σόλος, 
perh.  also  akin  to  σείω. 

"Σέ/.μα,  ατός,  τό,  the  upper  timber- 
work  of  a  ship,  the  deck,  H.  Horn.  C, 
47  ;  metaph.,  γεμισθήναι  προς  σ.  γά- 
στρας άκρας,  Eur.  Cycl.  506 :  gene- 
rally, a  ship,  Lye.  1216,  Anth.  P.  ap- 
pend. 15. — 2.  Tu  σέλματα,  the  rowing- 
benches,  Lat.  transtra,  Aesch.  Pars. 
358,  kg.  1442,  Soph.  Ant.  717,  Eur. 
Or.  242  ;  in  Horn,  ζνγά,  though  he 
has  the  compd.  ενσσελμος.  —  3.  in 
genl.  a  seat,  throne,  Aesch.  Ag.  183  ; 
of.  ημαι,  fin. — II.  any  timberwork,  σε7.- 
ματα  ττνργων,  prob.  scaffolds  on  which 
the  defenders  of  the  walls  stood  be- 
hind the  parapet,  Aesch.  Theb.  32. — 
111.  logs  of  building  timber,  Strab. — 
(Akin  to  σελίς.)    Hence 

Σε/.μίς,  ίόος,  ή,  any  thing  made  of 
planks.— W.  an  angler^s  noose  made  of 
hair,  Hesvch. 

Σελμός,  ό,=  σέ?^μα,  Hesych. 

\Σέ?.ονρος,  ον,  δ,  Selurtis,  a  robber 
in  Sicily,  Strab.  p.  273. 

Σέλπον,  τό,^σίλφων,  Hesych. 

Σελω,  Lacon.  for  θέ7Μ,  Ar.  Lys. 
1080. 

Σέλω,  Dor.  for  έλω,  v.  σελλω. 

^Σεμεί,  ό,  indecl.  Seme'i,  Hebr. 
masc.  pr.  n.,  N.  T. 

tΣε//ελflif,  ήος,  ό,  son  of  Semele, 
appell.  of  Bacchus,  Anth.  P.  9. 524. 19. 

}Σεμε?.ηγεΐ'έτης,  ον,  ό,  (Σεμέλη, 
γενετής)  son  of  Semele,  of  Bacchus, 
Anth.  P.  9,  524,  19. 

^Σεμέλη,  ης,  ή,  Semele,  daughter 
of  Cadmus,  mother  of  Bacchus  by 
Jupiter,  11.  14,  323  ;  Apollod.  ;  etc. 

Σεμίδαλις,  ιος  and  εως,  ή,  the  finest 
whealen  flour,  Lat.  simila,  similago, 
Ar.  Fr.  36 1,  Hermipp.  Phorm.  1,  22, 
Strattis  Anthr.  2.     Hence 

ΣεμΙόάλίτης  άρτος,  ό,  bread  made 
of  σεμίδαλίς. 

^Σεμίραμις,  ιδος,  ή,  Semnamis,  the 
celebrated  queen  of  Assyria,  wife 
and  successor  of  Ninus,  founder  of 
Babylon.  Ctes.  ;  Theocr.  16,  100; 
Diod.  S.  2,  4,  sqq. — 2.  another,  queen 
of  Babylon  at  a  later  period,  Hdt.  1, 
184,  V.  Bahr  ad  I.  [i] 

ΣεμνεΙον,  ου,  τό,  {σεμνός)  a  temple 
of  the  σεμναί  θεαί. 

Σεμνηγορέω,  ώ,  —  σεμνο?Μγεω, 
Philo. 

Σεμνηγορία,  ας,  ή,=  σεμνολογία, 
Timon  ap.  Plut.  Num.  8. 

Σεμνήγορος,  ον,  {σεμνός,  αγορεύω) 
=^σεμνοκί)γος. 

Σεμνόβεοί,  οι,  priests  of  the  Kelts, 
Druids.  Diog.  L.  1,  1. 

Σεμνόθεσμος,  ον,  {σεμνός,  θεσμός) 
worshipped  with  solemn  rites,  θείον  όέ 
ϋεμνόθεσμον  αιθέρος μυχόν,  as  Dind. 
now  reads  in  Eur.  Hel.  866,  e  conj. 
PHugk  ;  cf  θειόω. 

Σεμνοκομττέω,  ώ,  [σεμνός,  κομπέω) 
to  vaunt,  boast  highly,  Aesch.  Fr.  116  ; 
cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  416. 

Σεμνοληρέω,  ώ,  to  trifle  solemnly. 

^εμνο'λογέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {σεμνολό- 
γος)  to  speak  gravely  and  solemnly,  σ. 
rivl  ώς..,  to  tell  one  gravely  that.., 
Aeschin.  40,  29 ;  άμψί  τίνος,  App. 
Hispan.  18:  also  as  dep.  σεμνολο- 
γέομαΐ.  to  talk  in  solemn  phrases,  Deni. 
421,  19.     Hence 

Σεμνολόγημα,  ατός,  Ty,=  sq. : — any 
thing  that  one  may  be  proud  of,  Dio  C. 

Σειινο?.ογία,  ας,  ή,  grave,  solemn 
speech,  Plut.  2,  1046  D. 

Σεμνο?Μγικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to 
grave,  solemn  speech. 

Σεμνο?.όγος,  ον,  ( σεμνός,  λέγω ) 


ΣΕΜΝ 
speaking    solemnly,    affectedly,    Dem. 
271,  19.     Adv.  -γως,  App. 

Σεμνόμαντις,  εως,  ό,  {σεμνός,  μάν- 
τις)  α  grave  and  reverend  seer,  Soph. 
Ο.  Τ.  556. 

Σεμνομΰθέω,  ώ,  {σεμνός,  μνθέομαι) 
=  σεμνολογέω,  Eur.  Hipp.  490,  Andr. 
234 :  also  as  dep.  σεμνομνθέομαι, 
Phiio. 

Σεμνομνθία,  ας,  ή,^σεμνολογία. 

ΣεμνοπαράσΙτος,  ον,  α  pompous 
parasite,  Alex.  Κνβερν.  1,  5. 

Σεμνοποίέω,  also  in  ιηίά.,^σεμ- 
νννω. 

Σεμνόποτος,  ον,  (σεμνός,  ηότος) 
costly  to  drink,  epith.  of  Lesbian  wine, 
Antiph.  Όμοι.  1,  5. 

Σεμνοττρέπεια,  ας,  ή,  a  grave,  solemn 
bearing,  Diog.  L.  8,  36:  from 

Σεμνοπρεπής,  ες,  (σεμνός,  πρέπω) 
solemn-looking.     Adv.  -πώς,  Hdn. 

Σεμνοπροςωπέω,  ώ,  f.  ήσω,  to  as- 
sume a  grave,  solemti  countenance,  Ar. 
Nub.  363,  Anth.  P.  11,  382:  and 

Σεμνοπροςωπία,  ας,  ή,  gravity  of 
countenance. 

Σεμνοπρόςωπος,  qv,  (σεμνός,  πρός- 
ωπον]  of  a  grave  countenance. 

Σεμνός,  ή,  όν,  revered,  august,  hon- 
oured, holy,  solemn,  orig.  only  of  gods 
and  things  divine,  H.  Horn.  12,  1,  H. 
Cer.  1,  486,  Pind.,  and  Trag. ;  σεμνοί 
λόγοι,  of  oracles,  Hdt.  7,  6 ;  σεμνά 
φθέγγεσθαι  =  εύφημα,  Aesch.  Cho. 
109: — at  Alliens  the  Erinyes  were 
called  by  an  euphemism  σεμναΙ  θεαί, 
Soph.  Ο.  C.  90,  459,  Ar.  Eq.  1312, 
Thuc.  1,  126;  and  also  simply  Σεμ- 
νά/, Aesch.  Euni.  383,  1041,  Eur. 
Or.  410,  cf.  MuUer  Eum.  ^  80,  87  ; 
but  not  so  Ceres  and  Proserpina, 
Meineke  Mer.and.  ρ  346:  σ.άντρον, 
the  cave  of  Chiron,  Pmd.  P.  9.  50,  cf. 

0.  5,  44  ;  σ.  δόμος,  the  temple  of 
Apollo,  Id.  N.  1,  lin. ;  παιάν,  Aesch. 
Pers.  393  ;  σ.  όργια,  μυστήρια.  Soph. 
Tr.  765,  Eur.  Hipp.  25,  etc.— II.  of 
persons  also,  reverend,  august,  grave, 
solemn,  stately,  majestic,  εν  θρόνω 
σεμνω  σεμναν  θωκέοντα,  Hdt.  2, 173, 
cf.  Aesch.  Cho.  975 ;  and  freq.  in 
Trag.,  esp.  Eur. ;  so  in  Plat.,  σ.  και 
άγιος  νους,  Soph.  249  A  ;  οΊ  σεμνό- 
τατοι tv  ταΐς  ττόλεσίΐ',  Phaedr.  257 
D  ;  of  tragedy,  Gorg.  502  A. — 2.  in 
bad  sense,  proud,  haughty,  tu  σέμν' 
επη,  Soph.  Aj.  1107,  esp.  contemptu- 
ously, grave,  solemn,  grand,  ώςσ.  ονπί- 
τριπτος,  how  graiid  the  rascal  is  !  Ar. 
Plut.  275,  cf.  Ran.  178  ;  so,  σεμνός 
σεμνώς  χλΜνίό'  ελκών,  Ephipp.  Pel- 
tast.  1  ;  σεμνον  β7.έπειν,  to  look 
grave  and  solemn,  Eur.  Alc.  773;  το 
σεανόν=σεμνότης,  Id.  Hipp.  93,  cf. 
Valck.  ad  1.,  Elmsl.  Med.  210.— 3.  of 
things,  stately,  grand,  fine,  σ.  ιμάτια, 
Ar.  Plut.  940,  cf.  Ran.  1061  ;  σεμνο- 
τέραν  τήν  πόλιν  ποιεΐν,  Isae.  55,  31 ; 
οΙκία  τον  γείτονας  οί'δέν  σεμνότερα, 
Dem.  35,  22,  cf.  36,  21  ;  τα  σ.  άναλώ- 
ματα,  these  vaunted  outlays.  Id.  565, 
22  ;  σεμνόν  εστί,  c.  inf.,  'tis  a  noble 
thing  to..,  Isocr.  Antid.  i)  6. — III.  adv. 
-νως,  Aesch.  Supp.  193,  Ar.,  etc.  ; 
σεμνώς  κεκοσμημένος,  Xen.  Cyr.  6, 

1,  6;  etc.  (From  σέβομαι:  cf.  Lat. 
somnus  from  sopio.) 

Σεμνόστομος,  ον,  {σεμνός,  στόμα) 
solemnly  spoken,  μνθος,  Aesch.  Pr.  953. 

Σεμνότης,  ητος,  ή,  (σεμνός)  gravity, 
solemnity,  Εύτ.  Bacch.  486;  dignity, 
majesty,  Plat.  Menex.  235  B,  Dem. 
1452.  27;  and  in  pkir.,  Isocr.  136  C: 
in  bad  sense, affected  gravity, solemnity, 
φι/Μσοφον,  Luc.  Prom.  7  ;  and  of  a 
girl,  prudery,  Eur.  I.  A.  1344: — of 
things,  staieliness,  της  προαιρέσεως, 
Polyb.  7,  14,  4. 


ΣΕΡΙ 

Σεμνότϊμος,  ον,  (σεμνός,  τιμή)  ref- 
erenced with  awe,  Aesch.  Cho.  358, 
Eum.  833. 

Σεμνοτν<1>ία,  ας,  ή,  (τν^ος)  emplyi 
gravity,  Μ.  Anton.  9,  29. 

Σεμνόω,  ώ,  f.  -ώσω,  to  make  σεμνός, 
esp.  in  a  tale,  to  exalt,  dignify,  embel- 
lish, Hdt.  1,  95  ;  3.  16  :— pass.,  to  hold 
the  head  high,  give  one's  self  airs,  Cal- 
lias  Ped.  2. 

Σεμv1;vω,=  foreg.,  to  exalt,  magnify, 
εαυτούς,  τά  παρ'  αντοίς.  Plat.  Phil. 
28  C,  Dem.  691,  5;  hence,  ταϋτα 
περί  έωντόν  εσέμνννε,  thus  did  he 
throw  a  cloak  of  majesty  about  himself, 
Hdt.  1,  99. — 11.  mid.,  σεμνύνομαι,  aor. 
έσεμνννύμην,  to  be  σεμνός  or  haughty, 
Ar.  Ran.  1020,  Isocr.,  etc. ;  to  affect 
a  grave  and  solemn  air,  Ar.  Av.  727  ; 
σεμνά  ■yap  σεμνύνεται,  Eur.  I.  A, 
996  ;  σ.  ώς  τι  όντες.  Plat.  Phaedr.  242 
Ε  : — hence,  like  λαμπρύνεσθαι,  to  be 
proud  of  a  thing,  to  pique  one's  self  on 
It,  έπί  Tivi,  Plat.  Theaet.  175  A, 
Isocr.  352  C,  Dem.  414,  12;  also  c. 
dat.,  Xen.  Ages.  9,  1 ;  and  c.  inf , 
lb.  2. 

Σέμνωμα,  ατός,  τό,  dignity,  majesty, 
Epicur.  ap.  Diog.  L.  9,  77. 

ίΣέμνωνες,  ων,  οι,  the  Semnones, 
a  race  of  the  Suevi,  Strab.  p.  290. 

ίΣεμπρώνιος,  ον,  6,  Sempronius, 
Rom.  masc.  pr.  n.,  Plut. 

■\Σενεκίων,  ωνος,  ό,  the  Rom.  name 
Senecio,  Plut. 

^Σέννονες,  ων,  oi,  the  Senones,  a 
people  of  Gallia  Lugdunensis ;  in 
Strab.  Σένονες,  and  Σένωνες,  p.  190, 
etc. ;  in  Polyb.  also  Σί/νωνες. 

iΣεvτϊvov,  ου,  τό,  Sentinum,  a  city 
of  Umbria,  Strab.  p.  227  ;  hence  Σεν- 
τινύτης,  ον,  ό,  an  mhab.  of  S.,  Polyb. 
2,  19,  2. 

Σε'ο,  Ep.  σον,  gen.  from  σν,  oft.  in 
Horn. :  freq.  enclitic. 

Σεπτάς,  άδος,  ή,=έπτάς,  in  Py- 
thag.  philosophy. 

^Σεπτέμπεόα,  τύ,  Septempeda,  a 
city  of  the  Picentini,  Strab.  p.  241. 

Σεπτεύω,  (σε πτός)=  σέβομαι,  He- 
sych. 

Σεπτήριος,  a,  ον,  {σεπτός)  belong- 
ing to  worship,  worshipping :  σεπτή- 
piov,  τό,  a  festival  at  Delphi,  Plut.  2 
293  Β  (al.  στεπτ-.) 

Σεπτικός,  ή,  ov,^ioxeg. 

Σεπτός,  η,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from  σε- 
βομαι,  worshipful,  august,  holy,  σ.  Νεί- 
λου βέος,  Aesch.  Pr.  812. 

Σεράπιάς,  άδος,  ή,  an  orchidemts 
plant,  elsewh.  ύρχις  and  τμιορχις, 
Diosc.  3,  142. 

Σέράπις,  ιδος,  ό,=  Σύραπις. 

ίΣεραπιων,  ωνος,  ό,  Serapion,inasc. 
pr.  η.,  Plut. ;  etc. 

^Σερασπαδάνης,  ό,  Seraspadanes, 
son  ol  Phraates,  Strab.  p.  748. 

■^Σερβίλιος,  ον,  ό,  the  Rom.  name 
Servilius,  Strab. ;  in  Polyb.  also  Σε- 
povi?.ioc. 

ΙΣερβωνίς,  ίδος,  ή,  /.ίμνη,  ή,  lake 
Serbonis,  on  the  eastern  boundary  of 
Aegyipt,  Hdt.  2,  6  ;  3,  5. 

^Σέργιος,  ον,  ό,  the  Rom.  name 
Sergius,  IS.  T. 

Σέρϊς,  ή,  gen.  εως  and  ιδος,  a  kind 
of  endive,  succory,  Lat.  seris,  Diosc.  2, 
160,  Anth.  P.  11,  413:  called  also 
τρώξιμα,  and  (from  its  bitter  flavour) 
πικρις. 

Σερίφιον,  ον,  τό,  [pi]  and  σέρίφος, 
ου,  ή,  Diosc.  3,  27,  or  σέρίφον,  ον, 
τύ,  a  kind  of  wormwood  (άχϊιίνθιον), 
called  also  θαλ.άασιον :  cf.  also  σέρ• 
φος. 

iΣi■p[φoς,  ον,  ή,  Seriphus,  a  small 
island  in  the  Aegean  with  a  city  of 
same  name,  now  Serpho,  Pind.  ?.  12, 
1333 


•  ΣΕΥΤ 

21 :  rc^-koned  by  Striib.  p.  485,  among 
the  Cyclades. 

^Σίΐύφιος.  a,  ov,  of  Sirtphiis,  Scri- 
phian,  OL  Σ.,  Hdt.  8,  40. 

1  Σίρμνλη,  7ΐς.  i/,  aVr/iiy/e,  a  city  of 
Chalcuiice  on  the  Toronaicus  sinus, 
Hdt.  7,  123. 

^Σερμνλίος,  a,  ov,  of  Sermyle,  Ser- 
vtylinn,  oi  Σ.,  'I'huc.  1,  65. 

fΣ^|xniiλιoς,  ov,  ό,  v.  Σερ3ίλιος. 

tifyioiiof,  oi),  0,  the  Uoni.  name 
Srrviu.i,  Polyb. 

t-fpciD^.  ('),(Σεροί'γος,ον,  Joseph.) 
:Seruch,  Hebr.  masc.  pr.  n.,  N.  Ί'. 

iΣέ|^f)ειov,  ov.  το,  Scrrhliim,  a 
monnlaiti  and  promontory  in  Thrace 
opposite  Samothrace,  Hdt  7,  59. 

\ΣφΙ)ΐον.  ου,  TO,=  lOreg. ;  Σέ()βιον 
τείχος,  το,  a  fortress  on  foreg.  pro- 
montory, Dcm.  85,  tin.  ;  etc. 

^Σερτώρίος,  ov,  b,  the  Rom.  name 
tSertorius,  Strab. 

Σ^ρφος,  ov,  0,  a  small  winged  in- 
sect, prub.  a  Itind  of  gnat  or  ant,  Ar. 
Vesp.  352  (ubi  v.  Schol.),  A  v.  82,  570  : 
— provcrl).,  [στι  κύν  σέρφφ  χολή, 
'  even  the  gnat  has  its  sling,'  cf.  Anth. 
P.  10,  49:— we  find  it  also  written 
στέρφος,  σνρφός,  σεριφος:  but,— H. 
■γρανς  σερίφη,  a  kind  of  locust,=μάt>■ 
τις :  γί>αύς  σέριφος,  liowever,  an  old 
maid,  ap.  Ouid. 

Σέσαγμαί.  perf.  pass,  from  σάττω. 

Σεσαμώς,  Dor.  for  σεσι/ρώς :  σεσΰ- 
ρνία,  Ep  tern,  in  Hes. 

ΣεσεΑι.  εως.  τό,  and  σίσε'λις,  εως, 
i],  a  shrub  of  the  same  kind  as  the 
κρότων  or  σι'λλικν-ριον,  Alex.  Leb. 

2,  a,  Arist.  H.  A.  9,  5,  1  ;  cf.  Diosc. 

3,  54-50. 

ΣεσερΊνος,  ov,  ΰ,  a  sea- fish,  Arist. 
ap.  Alh.  305  D. 

Σέσηπα,  perf.  from  σ'ηπω.  11. 
Σεσηρως,  via,  ός,  part.  perf.  from 
σαίρί.). 

\Σεσίβακος,  ου,  δ,  Se.sitlincus,  chief 
of  the  Cheiusci,  Strab.  p.  292. 

Σέσϊ'λυς,  ου,  ό,  a  suad  with  a  shell, 
living  on  shrubs,  Epich.  p.  102  (ap. 
Ath.  G3  C,  q.  v.) ;  al.so  σεσελίτης, 
Diosc,  σέσηλος,  σέμε'λος ;  but  σέμε- 
λος.  ace.  to  Hesych.,  is  a  snail  with- 
vut  a  shfll. 

Σεσοφισμένως,  adv.  part.  pf.  pass., 
cuninrigly,  Xen.  Cyn.  13,  5. 

■^Σέσωστμι.ς,  ιΑος  Ion.  ιος,  b,  Sisos- 
tris,  a  celel)rated  king  of  Aegypt,  Hdt. 
2,  104;  Arist. ;  etc. 

Σεσωφρονισμένως,  adv.  part.  pf. 
pass.,  timperatily,  soberly,  Aesch. 
Supp.  724. 

^Σέταβίς,  ιας,  ή,  Setabis,  a  city  of 
Hispania,  Sfrab.  p.  100. 

Σέτω,  Lacon.  for  βέτω,  3  sing,  im- 
perat.  aor.  2  of  τίβημι,  Ar.  Lys.  1080. 
Σεν,  enclit.  σεν.  Ion.  and  Dor.  for 
aov,  σου,  gen.  of  σύ,  Hom. 

Σεϋα,  ας,  ε,  Ep.  for  εσσευα,  aor.  1 
of  σεύω,  part,  σεύας,  Hom. 

\Σευύλκης,  b,  Smnlrrs,  a  leader  of 
the  Persians,  Aesch.  Pers.  0C8. 

ίΣενθης,  ό,  Seuthes,  king  of  the 
Odrysae  in  Thrace ;  an  elder  in  the 
Peloponnesian  war.  Thnc.  2,  97 ;  a 
younger,  treats  with  Xenophon  in 
his  return  with  the  ten  thousand, 
Xen.  An.  7,  1,  5. — Others  in  Ath.; 
etc. 

Σεϊ<μαι,  syncop.  pres.  pass,  from 
σενυ,  hence  σεϋται.  Soph. 

iΣευσάμopa.  uv,  τ(ι,  Seusamorn, 
a  city  in  Caucasian  Iberia,  Strab.  p. 
501. 

Σευτλαϊος,  ov,  6,  (σεϋτλον)  name 
of  a  frog  in  Balr.  212,  Brety. 

Σεύτ/ιΐον,  ov,  TO. —σεϋτλον,  a  dim. 
only  in  form,  Euphro  Apodid.  1. 
^εντλίς.  ή,  a  kind  of  garden  stuff, 
1340 


ΣΗΚΙ 
difTerent  from  sq.,  Ath.  371  A,  from 
Diphil.  ΊΙρω.   1,  where  however  v. 
.Momcke. 

Σεϋτλοί'.  ov,  TO,  red  beet,  Lat.  beta, 
Att.  τεντ'λον,  q.  v. 

ΣΚΎ'ίΙ,  with  σ  doubled  in  augm. 
tense,  as  impf.  εσσενον,  pass,  and 
mid.  εσσευόμ7/ν :  aor.  εσσευα,  mid. 
εσσενάμ?/ν,  but  in  Horn.  oft.  also 
without  augm.,  σένα.  σεύε,  σενητο  : 
so,  jjf.  pass.,  oft.  with  pres.  signf, 
εσσνμαι,  part,  ίσσνμενος,  adv.  έσσϋ- 
μέΐΌΐς:  syncop.  aor.  2  mid.,  έσσνμι/ν, 

2  sing,  εσσνο  for  εσσνσο,  11.  1(1,  585, 
Od.  9,  447,  3  sing,  εσσντο,  Ep.  σντο, 
part,  σύμινος :  aor.  i)ass.  έσσνϋι/ν. 
Soph.  Aj.  294  ;  bui  also  ίσνβην,  Eur. 
Hel.  1302.  [v.  in  all  these  lenses.} 
Horn,  does  not  use  pres.  act.,  or  aor. 
pass.,  and  no  tut.  seems  to  occur. 
Besides  these  forms,  we  find  σεϋται, 

3  sing,  of  a  syncop.  pres.  pass..  Soph. 
Tr.  045  ;  or,  more  freq.,  σοΰμαι,  σοϋν- 
ται,  Aesch.  Pers.  25  ;  imperat.  σον, 
Ar.  Vesp.  209  ;  σονσθω.  Soph.  Aj. 
1414;  σούσβε,  Aesch.  Theb.  31.  Ar. 
Vesp.  498,  etc. ;  inf.  σονσθαι. — Poet, 
word. 

To  put  in  quick  motion,  drive,  Horn.  ; 
esp., — 1.  to  hunt,  chase,  in  which  signf. 
Horn,  always  has  mid.,  κυνες  κάπριον 
σενωνται,  11.  11,415;  κΰνες  έσσεύον- 
τυ  αίγα,  II.  15,  272;  20,  148.-2.  to 
set  on,  let  loose  at,  οτε  ττού  τις  βηρη- 
Ttjp  κύνας...σεν7}  ρττ'  άγροτέρω  σνί, 
11.  11,  293. — 3.  to  drive,  hunt,  chase 
away,  Od.  14,  35;  and  in  mid.,  11.  3, 
26;  also,  to  carry  off,  II.  20,  325.-4. 
of  things,  to  throw,  hurl,  11.  11,  147; 
14,  413  :  also,  αίμα  έσσενα,  I  made 
blood  spout  forth,  drew  a  stream  of 
blood,  11.  5,  208  :  in  mid.,  αίμα  σντο, 
Ihe  blood  shot  or  spouted  out,  II.  21, 
107. — II.  pass,  and  mid.,  the  former 
esp.  in  pf.  εσσνμαι  vvith  pres.  signf, 
the  latter  mostly  in  εσσενάμην  : — to 
be  in  quick  motion  ;  and  so,  to  run,  rush 
on,  dart  or  shoot  along,  Horn.  :  ποσσίν 
εσσνμαι,  11.  13,  70 ;  σνΟείς,  having 
gone,  departed,  opp.  to  πάρων,  Soph. 
O.  C.  119 ;  άφ'  εστίας,  Aesch.  Pers. 
805  ;  έκ  ναού,  έξ  ε()ρας,  Eur.  I.  Τ. 
1294,  etc. ;  σνθην  ό'  άπέδι/ιος  οχφ 
πτεμωτω,  Aesch.  Pr.  135;  κατά  γΰς 
σνμεναί.  Id.  Eum.  1007. — 2.  c.  inf.,  to 
hasten,  speed,  οτε  σεύαιτο  διωκειν, 
when  he  hasted  to  pursue,  11.  17,  403  ; 
οφρα  ύλη  σεναιτο  καϊ/μεναι,  that  the 
wood  7night  speed  to  the  burning,  i.  e. 
burn  up  quickly,  II.  23,  198,  cf.  210; 
εσσυται  κελαόήσαι,  is  eager  to  sing 
of,  Pind.  I.  8  (7),  133.-3.  inetaph.,  to 
be  eager,  have  longings,  Od.  10,  484  :  C. 
gen.,  to  be  eager  after  a  thing,  long  for 
it,  esp.  in  pf.  part,  έσσνμενος  used  as 
adj.  (and  therefore  not  ίσσνμενος),  v. 
sub  voc. — (Akin  to  βέω,  ϋενσομαι: 
as  in  Lacon.,  θ  changes  into  σ.) 

ΣεφθεΐΓ,  part.  aor.  pass,  from  σέβω, 
q.  v.,  Plat. 

Σέω,  Dor.  for  θέω. 

Σεο)ντυϋ,  -τέου,ίβιη.  σεωυτης,  etc., 
Ion.  for  σεαντον,  q.  v.,  Hdt. 

tS;/0.  ύ,  indecl.  (Σηΰος,  ου,  Jo- 
seph.) Seth,  Hebr.  masc.  pr.  n.,  N.  T. 

Στ/θω,  (σύω)  to  sift,  bolt ;  in  genl., 
to  shake  ;  Lob.  Phryn.  151. 

Σ7}αάζω,  f.  -ύσω,  (στ/κός)  to  drive  to 
a  pen  and  shut  up  in  it,  hence  in  genl., 
to  pen  in,  coop  up.  σί/κασΟερ  (lor  έσ^Ι' 
κύσϋιισαν)  κατά  Ίλιον,  they  were 
cooped  up  there,  II.  8,  131  ;  so,  kv 
ανλίω  σηκασθέντες,  Xen.  Hell.  3, 
2,  4.  ■ 

Σηκηκόμος,  ό,  ή,  poet,  for  σ?;/ίθ- 
κόρος. 

Σιικίζω,=  σηκάζω. 

Σηκίς,    ίδος,   ή,   {σηκός)   α  female 


ΣΗΜΑ 

hoiise-slave,   α    housekeeper,  porteress, 
Ar.  Vesp.  708. 

Σι/κίτης,  ov,  b.  Dor.  σΰκίτας  {ση- 
κός)  :  stall  fed  ;  hence,  young,  tender, 
Theocr.  1,  10,  Epigr.  4,  IH. 

'\Σηκοάνας.  6,  the  Srquana,  a  river 
of  (iailia,  now  .Seine,  Strab.  p.  192. 

■\Σ7/κοηνοί,  ών,  ol,  also  Σηκονανοί, 
the  Sequani.  a  people  of  Gallia  on  the 
Sequana.  Strab.  pp.  180,  192. 

Σηκοιώρος,  b,  y,  {σι/κός.  κορεω) 
cleaning  a  stable,  byre  or  pen,  a  herds- 
man, Od.  17,  224. — II.  a  chapel-keeper, 
Eccl. 

Σηκο?Μης,  ου,  ό,{σηκός,  δλλνμι)  a 
stall-waster,  of  wolves  and  thieves, 
Hesych. 

ΣΗΚΟ'Σ,  ov.  b,  a  pen,  fold,  esp. 
for  sheep  and  goats,  Od.  9,  219.  cf. 
II.  18,  589;  and  Hes.— 2.  generally, 
any  dwelling,  Plat.  Theaet.  174  Κ  ;  σ. 
δΐΗΐκοντυς.  the  dragon's  den,  Eur. 
Phoen.  1010;  σ.  ώώΐ',  a  nest,  Arist. 
H.  A.  6,  8,  4. — II.  any  enclosure,  a  gar- 
den, olive-yard,  vineyard,  Lat.  saepes  : 
— esp.,  a  sacred  enclosure,  a  chapel, 
shrine,  Soph.  Phil.  1328,  Eur.  (v. 
infra),  v.  1.  Hdt.  4,  02.— Ace.  to 
Amnion.,  6  σηκός  was  sacred  to  a 
hero,  ό  ναός  to  a  god, — a  distinclion 
not  observed  by  the  poets,  cf.  Eur. 
Phoen.  1753,  Rhes.  501,  with  Ion 
300,  etc.,  and  v.  Valck.  Hdt.  6,  19: 
also  a  sepulchre,  enclosed  and  con- 
secrated, Simon.  16,  Plut.  Cim.  8. — 
HI.  the  hollow  trunk  of  an  old  olive- 
tree,  v.  Lysias  περϊ  τοϋ  σηκον. — IV. 
weight,  importance,  Eust.     Hence 

Σηκόω.  ώ,  to  weigh,  balance,  Plut.  2, 
928  D  ;  cf  ΰντισιικόω. 

Σηκνλη,  ης,  ή,=  σηκίς,  Ael.  Epist. 
3.   [f,j 

Σηκώδης,  ες,  {σηκός  II.  2,  είδος) 
chapcl-like,  Ael.  Ν.  Α.  10,  31. 

Σ7/κωμα,  ατός,  τό.  (σηκόω)  α  iveight 
in  the  balance,  Hyperid.  ap.  Poll.  4, 
172,  Arist.  Mechan.  20,  5:  a  counter- 
poise, Polyb.  8,  7,  9. — 2.  metaph.= 
[)0'K7'j.  a  7nnmentum,  Id.  18,  7,  5  : — also 
a  return,  recompense,  Phalar. — H.  like 
σηκΟΓ  II.  2,  α  chapel,  sacred  enclosure, 
Eur.'EI.  1274. 

Σηκωτήρ,  ηρος,  b,  (σηκόω)  the  beam 
of  a  balance. 

Σ7]'λία.  7;,=  Att.  τη7ία. 

^Σ7/λνμβρία,  ας,  ή,  also  Σηλυβρία, 
Selymbria,  a  city  of  Thrace  on  the 
Propontis,  now  Selivria,  Hdt.  6,  33 : 
ace.  to  Strab.  p.  319,=;;  τον  Ση?ιυος 
πόλις. 

\Σημ,  b,  {Σ7'/μας,  ου,  Joseph.)  Sem, 
Hebr.  masc.  pr.  n.,  N.  T. 

Σήμα,  Dor.  σΰμη,  ατοΓ,  τό,  a  sign, 
mark,  token,  whereby  to  know  a  per- 
son or  thing,  Horn.,  etc. :  esp., — 1.  α 
sign  from  heaven,  an  omen,  Horn.,  usu. 
in  phrases,  σήματα  φαίνειν,  II.  2, 
353,  cf.  308  ;  κτύττε  Ζευς.  σήμα  τιθεϊς 
Ύμώεσσι,  II.  8,  171  :  δεικνύς  σήμα 
βροτοϊσι,  II.  13,  244  :  so,  θεού  σήμασι 
πιϋέσθαι,  Pind.  Ρ.  4,  355,  cf.  1,  5, 
Aesch.  Cho.  259 ;  φλογωττα  σ.,  Aesch. 
Pr.  498  :  hence, — 2.  generally,  a  ■'lign 
to  do  or  begin  something,  σ.  άροτοΊο, 
Hes.  Op.  448 :  later,  esp.,  a  battle- 
sign,  signal,  the  banner  for  giving  such 
signals ;  v.  σημαία. — 3.  the  sign  by 
which  a  grave  is  known,  a  mound,  bar- 
row, Lat.  tumulus,  esp.  σήμα  χέειν,  to 
raise  a  7nou7id,  II.  6,  419,  etc. ;  c.  dat. 
pers.,  σήμα  τ'ε  ol  χινσω,  Od.  2,  222  ; 
σήμύ  τέ  μοι  χεϋαι..<Ίνόρός  δυστήνοι•, 
Od.  11,  75;  so,  παρά  σάματι  Πίλο- 
πος,Ριηά.Ο.  10(1 1),  30  :— generally, 
α  grave,  to7nb,  Hdt.  1,  93  ;  4,  72, 
Thuc,  etc. ;  later  also  the  grave-sto7ie 
with  its  inscription, =  σΓ7/ λ?/. — 4.  ο 
mark  to  show  the  cast  of  a  qunil,  etc., 


ΣΗΜΑ 

n.  23,  843,  Od.  θ,  192.  sq. :  also,  a 
boundary- mark,  Dion.  P.  18. — 5.  any 
significant  character;  and  in  plur., 
written  characters:  first  m  II.  6,  1(58, 
J  76  of  the  σήματα  λυγρά  carried  by 
Bellerophon,  which    however   were 

factorial,  not  written,  Wolf  Proleg.  p. 
XX.vi,  sq. — 6.  the  device  or  bearing  on 
a  shield,  by  wliich  a  warrior  is  known, 
freq.  in  Aesch.  Theb.,  as  387,  404, 
Eur.  El.  456  ;  cf.  σημεϊον,  ταιψόττονς. 
— 7.  the  mark  set  on  a  closed  vessel  or 
letter,  a  seal  ■  also,  the  stamp  of  a  coin. 
— 8.  a  constellation,  σ.  κννος,  Eur. 
Ilec.  1273  ;  usu.  in  plur.,  the  heavenly 
bodies,  Lat.  signa,  Soph.  Fr.  379  : — cf. 

11.  22,  30,  of  Sirius,  λαμπρότατος 
μίν  όό'  έστΙ  κακόν  όέ  τε  σήμα  τέ• 
τνκταί.  (Prob.  connected  with  θέα, 
θεάομαι,  by  the  common  Laconic 
change  of  θ  into  σ,  and  so  strictly 
that  by  which  something  is  seen.) 

Σημάόιον,  ου,  τό,^σημάτων.  [μ] 
"Σημαία,  ας,  ή,  {σήμα  2)  α  military 
standard,  Lat.  signnni  militare,  Polyb. 
2,  32,  6  :  also,  a  band  under  one  stand- 
ard, elsewh.  σ~εϊμα,  a  troop,  company, 
the  Roman  mampulus.  Id.  6,  24,  5. — 
U.  an  image,  statue,  like  Lat.  signum, 
Joseph. 

'Σημαίνω:  fut.  -ΰνύ  Ion.  -uviu,  Od. 

12,  26,  Hdt.  1,75:  aor.  usu.  έσήμ?μ•α, 
but  εσήμΰνα  in  Hdt.  3,  106,  Xen. 
Hell.  init.  ;  inf.  σημήναι.  rarely  ση- 
μΰναι.  Lob.  Phryn.  24 :  pf.  pass. 
σεσήμασμαι.  Plat.,  but  inf.  σεσϊ/μύν- 
θαι,  Ar.  Lys.  1199: — {σήμα). 

To  show  by  a  sign,  make  known,  point 
out,  Ti,  II  23,  358,  757,  Od.  12,  26, 
Hdt.  1,  31,  etc. :  absoL,  of  omens,  σ. 
ττρό  των  μελ?.ύντων,  Xen.  Hell.  5,4, 
17,  etc. — II.  to  give  a  sign  or  signal  to 
do  a  thing,  c.  dat.  pers.,  II.  10,  58  ; 
17,250  ;  σ.  τινί  ήοιεϊι•  τι,  Hdt.  1,116, 
cf.  6,  78,  Aesch.  Ag.  26,  sq..  Soph. 
Aj.  688  : — also  c.  gen.,  like  άρχειν,  to 
bear  command  over,  rule,  II.  14,  85 ; 
also.  σ.  επί  τινι,  to  rule  over  one,  Od. 
22.  427  :— absol.,  Od.  22,  450  ;  hence, 
σημαίνων,  a  commander.  Soph.  O.  C. 
704,  cf.  O.  T.  957  :— also,  a.  επί  or 
ίτρόζ-  τί,  to  give  a  sign  to  do  some- 
thing, Wernicke  Tryph.  145. — 2.  esp. 
in  war  or  battle,  to  give  the  signal  of 
altack,  etc.,  Thuc.  2,  84,  Xen.,  etc.  ; 
in  full,  σ.  ry  σάλπιγγι,  Xen.  An.  4, 
2,  I  ;  σ.  τω  κέρατι  ως  ΰναττανεσθαι, 
lb.  2,  2,  4  ;  e.  ace,  σ.  αναχώρησιν,  to 
give  a  signal  for  retreat,  Thuc.  5,  10  ; 
έπειόάν  ό  σα7.πιγκτής  σημήνη  το 
ποΆεμικόν,  Xen.  An.  4,  3,  29,  cf.  32  : 
— also  impers.,  σημαίνει  (sc.  ό  σαλ- 
πιγκτής), signal  is  given,  as,  τοις 
'Έ/.?.ησι  ώς  έσήμηνε,  ivhen  signal  was 
given  for  the  Greeks  to  attack,  Hdt. 
8,  11 ;  c.  inf ,  εσήμαινε  πάντα  παραρ- 
τέεσθαι,  signal  was  given  to  make 
all  ready,  Hdt.  9,  42  ;  cf.  κηρύσσω, 
σα?.πίζω. — III.  to  signify,  announce, 
declare,  τινί  τι.  Hdt  7,  18 ;  9,  49,  etc.: 
— σ.  ως..,  ότι..,  etc..  Id.  1,  34,  108  ;  σ. 
εΙτ£..,  Soph.  Phil.  22;  c.  part.,  to 
signify  that  a  thing  is,  etc.,  σημαίνω 
φως  μολύν,  Aesch.  Ag.  293  ;  Kpeovra 
πμοστείχοντα  σημαίνονσί  μοι.  Soph. 
Ο.  Τ.  79,  cf.  Ο.  C.  1669.— 2.  of  words, 
to  signify,  mean,  ταντόν  σημαίνει., 
Plat.  Crat.  393  A,cf.  Phaedr.  275  D, 
etc. — W .^^σςιραγίζω,  to  stamp  with  a 
sign  or  mark,  to  seal,  Lat.  obsignare, 
USU.  in  mid..  Plat.  Legg.  954  C,  Xen. 
Cyr.  8,  2,  17,  Dein.,  etc.  :  .σεσημα- 
.  σμένα,  sealed,  opp.to  ασήμαντα.  Plat. 
Legg.  954  A,  and  Dem. :  cf.  σήμαν- 
τρον. 

Β.  Mid.  σημαίνομαι,  like  τεκμαί- 
ρομαι, to  give  one^s  self  a  toketi,  i.  e. 
infer,  conclude  from  signs,  Soph.  Aj. 


ΣΗΜΕ 

32. — 2.  to  mark  for  one's  self,  note  down, 
σημαίνεσθαί  τι  βύβλφ,  Hdt.  2,  38. 

C.  Pass,  to  be  signified,  etc. :  hence 
Gramm.,  προς  το  σημαινόμενον,  ac- 
cording to  the  implied  sense  rather  than 
the  form. 

Σηιιαιοφόρος,  ov,  Lat.  signifer,  Po- 
lyb. 6,  21,  6. 

Σημΰλέος,  a,  ov,  {σήμα)  giving  a 
sign  or  signal,  signifying,  announcing, 
epith.  of  Jupiter,  who  sends  signs,  by 
thunder,  Paus.  1,  32,  2. — II.ru  Σήμα- 
?.έα,  his  festival. 

Σήμανσις,  ή,  {σημαίνω)=^σημασία. 
Σημαντήρ,   ήρος,    ό,  =  σημάντωρ. 
Αρ.  Rh.  1,  575  ;  σ.  κ7.ήρου,  its  owner. 
Id.  3,  1403. — II.  α  seal,  signet. 

Σ7]μαντήριον,  ov,  τό,  (σημαίνω)  a 
mark  or  seal  upon  any  thing  to  be  kept, 
Aesch.  Ag.  609. — II.  esp.,  a  stamp  or 
die  in  coining  : — also,  α  place  for  coin- 
ing money,  a  mint,  ap.  Harpocr. 

Σημαντικός,  ή,  όν,  significant,  όνο- 
μα εστί  φωνή  άνευ  χρόνου  σημαντι- 
κή, Arist.  Interpr.  2,  1  :  c.  gen.,  σ. 
νγιείας.  Id.  Top.  1,  15,  10. 

Σημαντός,  ή,  όν,  (σημαίνω)  marked, 
emphatic,  Plut.  2,  1140  F. 

Σημύντρια,  ας,  ή,  fern,  from  σημαν- 
τήρ. dub.  1.  Soph.  Fr.  379. 

ΣημηντρΙς  γή,  ή,  clay  nsed  for  seal- 
ing, like  our  wax,  Hdt.  2,  38. 

Σήμαντρον,  ου,  τό,^σημαντήριον, 
a  seal,  σήμαντρα  σώα,  an  unbroken 
seal,  Hdt.  2,  121,  2,  cf.  Eur.  I.  A.  325. 

Σημάντωρ,  ορός,  ό,  {σημαίνω)  one 
who  gives  a  signal  or  command,  a  leader, 
commander  ;  esp.  of  a  horse,  a  driver, 
II.  8,  127;  of  a  herd,  α  herdsman,  II. 
15,  325;  Jupiter  is  called  θεών  ση- 
μάντωρ, Hes.  Sc.  56  ;  σημάντορες 
άνόρες,  Η.  Αρ.  542  :  σημάντορες,  sub- 
ordinate officers,  Hdt.  7,  81. — II.  later 
merely  as  an  adj.,  Wern.  Tryph.  237. 

Σημασία,  ας,  ή,  {σημαίνω)  the  giv- 
ing a  signal  or  command. — 2.  α  sign, 
symptom,  Aretae. 

Σ  ημά  τίζομαι,=  σημαίνομαι. 

Σημάτίον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  σήμα. 
[α] 

Σημάτόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  {σήμα)  of  α 
sign. — 2.  (σήμα  3)  of  or  witfi  a  tomb, 
χθων,  Anth.  P.  7,  628. 

Σ7ΐμΰτονργός,  όν,  {σήμα,  *εργω) 
making  devices  for  shields ,  Aesch.  Theb. 
491. 

Σημεία,  ή,  f.  1.  for  σημαίαΐη  Polyb., 
etc. 

Σημειογράφέω,  ώ,  to  be  a  short-hand 
writer :  from 

Σημειογράφος,  ov,  {σημείον,  γρά- 
φω) writing  in  certain  characters,  a  short- 
hand icriter,  Plut.  Cat.  Min.  23.  [ΰ] 

ΣημεΙον,  ου,  τό.  Ion.  σημ7μον,^= 
σήμα  in  all  signfs..  and  more  usu.  in 
prose,  but  never  in  Horn.,  or  Hes.  : 
generally,  a  mark  by  uhich  something 
is  known,  Hdt.  2,  38  ,  e.  g.  a  footstep, 
Soph.  Ant.  257,  Xen.  An.  6,  2,  2  :  esp., 
— 2.  a  sign  from  the  gods.  Soph.  O.  C. 
94  ;  an  omen.  Plat.  Phaedr.  244  C,  cf. 
Apol.  40  B,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  C,  1.— 3.  a 
sign  or  signal  to  do  a  thing,  esp.  of  a 
general,  άνεδεξε  σημήϊον  τυΐς  ά?.λοις 
ύνύγεσθαι,  he  made  signal  for  the  rest 
to  put  to  sea,  Hdt.  7,  128  :  esp.,  sig- 
nal for  batde,  σ.  αίρειν,  Thuc.  1,49, 
63,  etc. ;  σ.  καθαιρεΐν,  to  take  it  down, 
strike  the  flag, — a  sign  of  dissolving 
an  assembly,  Andoc.  0,  4. — 4.  a  stand- 
ard or  flag,  esp.  on  the  admiral's  ship, 
Hdt.  8,  92 ;  on  the  general's  tent, 
Xen.  Cyr.  8,  5,  13  :— then,  generally, 
a  standard,  εξω  των  σηαείων,  out  of 
the  Unes,  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  3,  19  ;  hence, 
ίξω  των  σ.  τοΰ  υμετέρου  εμπορίου, 
out  of  the  limits  of  your  factory,  Dem. 
932,   15. — 5.   a  device  upon   a   shield, 


ΣΗΠΕ 
Hdt.  1,  171,  Eur.  Phoen.  143,  1114: 
— generally,  a  badge,  τριαιναν,  σ.  θι:ον, 
Aesch.  Supp.  218  :  — also  the  device  on 
a  seal,  Plat.  Theaet.  191  D  ;  and  so. 
generally,  a  seal,  Xen.  Hell.  5,  1,  30, 
cf.  Dem.  1039,  11.— 6.  a  signal,  watch- 
word, or  iiarcry,  Polyb.  5,  69,  S. — U. 
in  reasoning,  a  sign  or  proof,  Thuc.  1, 
6,  10,  etc.  ;  σημεΙον  yap,  or  σημεϊον 
όέ,  in  apodosis,  like  τεκμηρίου  yap,  a 
proof  of  it  is  this,  Isocr.  58  C,  etc., 
cf.  Wolf  Dem.  Lept.  459,  28:  for  its 
technical  signf.  in  Aristotle's  Logic, 
V.  Anal.  Pnora2,  27,  2.— III.  in  Aiisl. 
An.  Post.  1,  10,  3,  it  seems  to  be 
taken  for  στιγμή,  a  point. 

Σημειοφύρος,  ov,  {σημεία,  φέρω)=: 
σημαιοφόρος,  Plut.  Brut.  43. 

Σημειόω,  ώ,  {σημεϊον )=σημαίνω, 
to  mark  (by  milestones),  Polyb.  3,  39, 
8,  in  pass. — II.  usu.  m  mid.,  to  mark 
for  one's  self,  take  a  note  or  memoran- 
dum of,  remark,  Theophr.,  Polyb.  22, 
11,  12. — 2.  to  interpret  any  thing  as  u 
sign  or  portent.  Id.  5,  78,  2. — 3.  in 
Gramm.,  σημείωσαι,=  ο\ιτ nota  bene. 

Σημειώύης.  ες,  (σηαεΐον,  είόος) 
marking,  marked,  reinarkahle,  Ισθής, 
Μ.  Anton.  1,  17  (al.  σημειωτή). — II. 
siViiijira?;/,  Arist.  Divin.  1.2, Theophr. ; 
ominous,  όφις,  Plut.  2,  286  A.  Adv. 
-όώς,  Slrab. 

Σημείωμα,  ατός,  τό,  =  σημείωσις, 
dub. 

Σημείωσις,  εως,  ή,  {σημειόω)  α 
marking,  signification,  Plut.  2,  961  C. 
— II.  α  remarking,  observing,  esp.  of 
symptoms,  Hipp. 

Σημειωτέος,  a,  ov,  {σημειόω)  to  be 
noted  or  remarked. 

Σημειωτικός,  ή,  όν.  {σημειόω)  fitted 
for  ?iiarki7ig,  remarking,  portending  ; 
/)  -κή  (sc.  τέχνη)  the  science  of  symp- 
toms in  medicine,  Diagi:osis. 

Σεμειωτας,  ή,  όν,  {σημειόω)  signi- 
fied, noted,  Sext.  Emp.  p.  89. 

Σημερινός,  ή,  όν,  of  to-day  :  from 

Σήμερον,  adv.,  to-day,  II.  7.  30.  Od. 
17,  186,  etc.,  Eur.  Rhes.  683:  Dor. 
σάμερον,  Pmd.  0.  6,47,  P.  4,  1  -. — the 
familiar  Att.  form,  as  in  the  comic 
poets,  was  τήμερον,  Ar.  Eq.  68,  etc., 
Piers.  Moer.  p.  364  ;  also  as  if  neut. 
pi.,  τήμερα,  Ar.  Fr.  354  ;  εις  τήμερον. 
Plat.  Syinp.  174  A  ;  τό  τήμ.,  lb.  176 
Ε  ;  TO  τήμ.  είναι,  for  to-day.  Id.  Crat. 
396  D;  ή  τήμερον  ήμερα,  Dem.  51. 
23.  (The  σ  or  r  was  prob.  a  mere 
prefix,  nothmg  to  do  with  the  article, 
as  if  for  τ?)  ήμερα, — for  the  word  is 
Homeric,  and  therefore  prior  to  the 
usage  of  the  article  :  σήμερον,  τήμε- 
ρον is  to  ήμερα,  as  σήτες,  τήτες  to 
έτος.) 

Σημήϊον,  τό,  Ion.  for  σημεϊον,  freq. 
in  Hdt. 

Σημικίνθιον,  ov,  τό,  the  Lat.  sani- 
cinctium,  an  apron,  N.  T. 

Σημόθετος,  ov,  {σήμα,  τίθημι)  for 
placing  signs  Or  written  characters,  of  a 
ruler  or  ruled  line,  Anth.  P.  6,  295. 

ίΣημός,  οϋ,  ό,  Semns,  a  Delian, 
writer  of  a  Delias,  Ath.  38  A. 

Σημΰδσ.,  ή,  the  birch-tree,  Theophr. 

Σημών,  6,  Lacon.  for  θημών. 

ίΣήνα,  ή,  Se7ia,  a  city  of  Umbria, 
also  called  Σηνογαλ/ύα,  Strab.  p. 
227. 

\Σήνη,  ης,  ^,=foreg.,  Polyb.  2, 14, 
10. 

ίΣηνογαλ7.ία,  ας,  ή,  v.  Στ^ΐ'α. 

Σήνονρος,  ov,  Ion.  for  σαίνονρος. 

iΣήvωvες.  οί,=  Σένονες,  Polyb.  2, 
17.  7. 

Σηπάς,  ύδος,  pecul.  fem.  of  σηπτΟ€, 
dub.  Jac.  Anth.  P.  p.  857. 

Σ ηπεδονικός,  ή,  όν,  {σηπεδών)  lead- 
ing to  decay,  Heliod. 

1341 


ΙιΤ/Ιΐε^ανώ^τ^ς,  ες>  {σηπεδών,  εΐόοζ) 
rotten. — Π.  act.,  making  to  rot. 

Σ7/ττε<^ών,  όνος,  ή,  {σήηω)  rottenmss, 
decay,  pHtrefdciioii.  in  animal  l)0difs 
or  wood.  Hipp.,  Plat.  Phaed.  110  K, 
etc. ;  σηΚΓ^ήνα  ?.α;^εϊν,  96  Β :  of  live 
\\ef>\\,-tnontfii:ittion,  of  two  kinds,  «r. 
χ7Μΐ)ή,  wlicn  a  luiinoiir  discharges, 
and  ij^fif/.  when  it  is  dry,  cf.  ΓοΓ'β. 
Oecon. — 2.  in  plur.,  pvind  hniiiour.<t, 
Hipp.,  Polyl).  1,  81,  7,  etc.— III.  a  ser- 
jient  >vh(i.yr  hitr  causes  pittnfaclion,  Nic. 
Th.  320. — IV.  generally,  moisture,  wet- 
ness, damn,  mich  as  causes  putrefac- 
tion. Antipho  ap.  Harp.  s.  v.  ίμβως- 

f2;/fff ia,  ας,  ?;,  Sepli,  a  place  in 
Argolis  near  Nauplia,  Hdt.  6,  77. 

ΣητεΙον,  ου,  τό,  v.  sub  σήττιον. 

Στ/ττενω.  [σήπω]  Ιο  give  a  putrefying 
poison,  Manet  ho. 

ΣΗΠΓ.Λ,  ar,  ή,  the  cultle-fi.'sh  or 
s<liiiil,  which  when  pursued  troubles 
the  water  by  ejecting  a  dark  liquid, 
troni  which  the  colour  sepia  is  pre- 
pared. Epich.  p.  31.  Ar.  Ach.  351,  etc., 
Arist.  H.  A.  4,  8,  21  ;  cf.  θολός  (ο), 

\Σηττία,  ης,  ή.  Sepia,  a  mountain  in 
Arcadia.  Paus.  8,  16,  2. 

Σί/ττιάς,  ύόος,  7/,=σήπιον,  Nic.  ΑΙ. 
472. 

'[Σηπιύς,  άΐΊης,  ή,  sc.  άκρη.  Sepias, 
■Λ  promontory  on  the  southern  point 
of  Thessaly,  Hdt.  7,  183;  Ap.  Rh.  1, 
582  ;  in  Eur.  Androm.  1266,  ή  Σ.  χοι- 
ρύς ;  in  Paus.  8,  27,  14  Σ-ηηιύόες  πέ- 
τραι. — 2.  a  city  οο  this  promontory, 
Strab.  p.  436. 

Σιιτζανιριον ,  ου,  ro,^sq.,  Comici 
ap.  Ath.  86  E. 

Στι-ίδιον,  ου,  Γ0,  dim.  from  σηπία, 
Ar.  Fr.  242,  Ephipp.  Όίίελ.  1,  4.  [π<] 

Στ/ΤΓίον,  ου,  τό,  the  bone  of  the  sepia 
or  cuttle-fish,  pounce,  Lat.  os  sepiae, 
Arist.  H.  A.  4,  1,  21  ;  7,  10,  but  with 
V.  I.  σηπεϊον  ;  which  Bekk.  reads  in 
Anal.  Post.  2,  14,  4. 

Ση~ο:τοιός,  όν,  {σήπω,  ποίεω)  cajis- 
ίη<ξ  rottenness,  like  σηπτικός. 

Σηπτή,  ης,  ή,  α  tneans  of  producing 
decay,  an  eating  medicine,  a  caustic, 
Diosc.  :  fern,  from  σηπτός. 

Σηπτηριος,  a,  ov,  Hipp.,  and  ση- 
ΤίΤΐΐίός,  ή,  ύν,  {σηπτός)  making  rotten, 
putrefying :  ά\^ο  oI  the  Stomach,  di- 
gesting, 7/  σ.  κοι'/.ίη,  Hipp. — II.  τό  ση- 
πτικόν  (sc.  φάμμακον)=.  (oreg.,  Arist. 
Η.  Α.  8,  29,  3. 

Σ;;7ΓΓΟζ•,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from  σή• 
ττω  ;  τό  σ.,  the  food  rejected  after  diges- 
tion, Arist.  Gen.  An.  3,  11,  15.— II. 
ΆθΧ.=^σηπτικός. 

Σηττύα,  η,  dub.  1.  for  σιπνα. 

ΣΗ  ΠΩ,  to  make  rotten  or  putrid, 
Aesch.  Er.  255,  Plat.  Theaet.  153  C  : 
esp.  of  a  serpent's  bite.  Id.  Cho.  995. 
— II.  usu.  in  puss.,  αήπομαι  with  aor. 
2  ίσάπην  [ά],  and  ;!ct.  pf.  σέσηπα  ; 
pass,  σεσημμένος  ; — to  be  or  become 
ratten,  to  rot,  moulder,  of  dead  sub- 
stances, esp.  bodies,  χ/ιώς  σήπεται, 
II.  2t,  414  ;  χρόα  πάντα  σαπήτ)  (Ερ. 
sulij.  aor.  2  pass,  for  σύτττ)),  II.  19,  27; 
πε/Η  jin'olo  σαπείσης.  Hes.  Sc.  152  ; 
<hiH)a  σέσηπε,  11-2,  135: — also  of  live 
flesn,  to  mortify,  6  μηρός  ίσύπη,  του 
μηρον  σαπέντοΓ,  Hdt.  3,  66;  6,  136, 
cf  Plat.  Phacd.  80  D,etc. :— of  liquids, 
tnferment.  (The  root  strictly  is  ΣΛΠ-, 
as  it  appears  in  aor.  σαπ-ηναι,  atlj. 
σαπ-ρός  ;  σαθρός  is  akin.) 

Σήρ.  ύ,  gen.  Σηρός,  usu.  in  pi.  Σ;/- 
ρες,  the  Seres,  an  Indian  people  from 
whom  the  ancients  got  the  first  silk, 
tiStrab.  p.  701  ;  Luc.  Macrob.  5t  : 
hence, — II.  the  Scric  worm,  si'kivnrm. 

Σήρ,  ό,  Lacon.  for  Οήρ ;  cf.  σηρο• 
κτύνος. 

1342 


ΣΗΣΑ 

Σ^ρύν)'ίοΐ',  ου,  fo,  dim.  from  β^- 
pays• — Η.  a  place  in  the  Athenian  Pi• 
raeeus,  Ar.  Pr,  173,  Eye.  ap.  Harpocr,  : 
fro  iv  Σ.  i^a'AmnhiV,  Isae.  69,  30. 

Σηραγγόω,  ώ,  ftj  make  hollow  .-=» 
pass.,  to  be  or  become  so,  Heliod. 

Σί/ραγγώόης,  ες,  {σήρηγξ,  είδος) 
holrlike,full  of  holes,  cnt)cf  nous,  poroUs, 
Hipp.,  cf.  Foes.  Oecon. 

Σήραγξ,  αγγος,  ή,  (prob.  from  σαί- 
ρω)  a  holloiv,  hole,  cleft  ;  esp.  a  cave 
hollowed  ont  by  the  sea.  Soph.  Fr.  493; 
of  the  pores  of  a  sponge,  Plat.  Tim. 
70  C  •.  a  hollow  rock,  Id.  Phaed.  110  A. 

iΣήpaμi3oς,  ov.  ό,  Serambus,  a  stat- 
uary of  Aegina,  Paus.  6,  10,  9. 

Σηρϊκοδΐηστής,  ov,  6,  (σηρικός,  δι- 
άζομαι) a  silk-weaver. 

Σηρϊκοπλόκος,  ov,  (πλέκω)  twisting 
or  spinning  silk  :  from 

ΣηρΙκός,ή,  όν,  (Σηρ)  Seric:  hence, 
silken,  Plul.  2,  396  B. 

Σηρϊκοψόρος,  ov,  {φ!;ρω) silk-hearing. 

Σηροκτόνος,  ov,  Lacon.  for  θηροκτ-, 
Ar.  Lys.  1202. 

ΣΗ'Σ,  (5,  gen.  σεός,  (as  if  from 
aftif),norn.  pi.  σέες,  gen.  σέων,  Br.  Ar. 
Lys.  731,  ace.  σέας,  Thom.  .M.  p.  790: 
the  regul.  gen.  σητός,  etc.,  was  first 
used  by  later  writers,  as  in  Menand. 
p.  198  :  a  moth,  clothes-moth,  which 
eats  woollen  stuff,  Lat.  tinea,  Pind. 
Fr.  243,  Ar.  1.  c. :  also  a  bnok-worm, 
hence  in  Anth.,  άττ'  ' λριστάρχον  σή- 
τες άκανθολόγοι  or  -ι^ύται,  nick- 
name of  the  Grammarians,  as  we 
also  use  book-worms,  Anth.  P.  11,  322, 
347. 

Σ7ΐς,  Ion.  dat.  pi.  fem.  from  σός,  ση, 
σόν,  for  σα'ις,  11. 

ΣιισϊιμαΙος,  a,  ov,  made  of  sesame, 
Luc. 

Σησύμη,  ης,  ή,  sesame,  an  Eastern 
leguminous  plant,  from  the  fruit  of 
which  (σήσαμον)  an  oil  is  still  press- 
ed ;  the  seeds  also  are  often  boiled 
and  eaten,  like  rice,  [u] 

Σησάμή,  ης,  η,  a  mixture  of  sesame- 
seeds,  roasted  and  pounded  with  honey, 
a  sesame-cake,  an  Athenian  delicacy, 
given  to  guests  at  a  wedding,  Ar. 
Pac.  869,  Meineke  Menand.  p.  295: 
also  σησαμίς,  q.  v. 

ίΣησάμης,  6,  v.  Σεισάμης. 

Σησάμΐνος,  η,  ov,  (σησύμη)  made 
of  sesame,  σ.  ελαιον,  sesnmeoii  ;  also 
σ.  χρίσμα,  Xen.  An.  4.  4,  13.  [u] 

Σησΰμίς,  ίδος  and  Ιδης,  7/,=  σ/;σα- 
μή,  Eupol.  Κολ.  17,  Antiph.  Deucal. 
2. — II.  a  plant,  elsewh.  σησαμοειδες 
μέγα,  Diosc. 

Σησάμίτ?ις  (σησάμη)  άρτος,  πλο- 
κούς, ό,  bread,  cake  sprinkled  with 
sesame-seeds. — ϊϊ.^σησαμίς  II. 

Σησΰμοειδής,  ές,  {σησύμη,  είδος) 
like  sesame  or  sesame-seeds,  Theophr. 
— II.  σησαμοειδές  μέγα  and  μικρόν, 
two  sesame  like  plants,K.inds  υ{  Reseda, 
ace.  to  Sprengel,  Diosc.  4,  150. 

Σησΰμόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  (σησύμ?/)  of 
sesame:  contr.  ύ  σησα/ιονς  (sc.  άρτος) 
a  sesame-cake,  like  σησαιιή,  Ar.  Ach. 
1092,  Thesm.  570. 

Σήσαμον,  ov,  τό,  the  seed  or  fruit  of 
the  sesame-tree  (σησύμη),  first  in  Hip- 
pon.  26,  Solon  30,  Hdt.  1,193:  in 
plur.,  Ar.  Vesp.  670,  etc. 

Σησΰμόπαστος,  ov,  (πύσσω)  sprin- 
kled with  sesame-seeds. 

Σήσΰμος,  ή,=  σ'ησαμον. 

ίΣήσαμος,  ov,  ή,  Sesamvs,  a  city 
of  Paphlagonia,  II.  2.  853  ;  later  Uni- 
ted with  Amastris,  and  the  citadel  of 
that  city,  Strab.  p.  511. 

Σησαμήτϋρον,  ov,  τό,  (σησύμη,  τυ- 
ρός) sesame  cheese,  Batr.  36.     Hence 

Σησαμοτΰρυπΰγης,  ες,  (πήγννμι) 
concrete  with  sesame-cheese;   or  σησα- 


SGEN 

μϋρϋτοΤΓΐΊγής,  (σησύμη,  ΙίνΥή,  itZ/yvV' 
μι)  concrete  of  sename  and  rue,  PhiloX, 
ap.  Meinek.  Com.  Fr.  3,  p.  630. 

Σησΰμονς,  οϋντος,  contr,  from  ση' 
ΰαμόεις,  q.  V. 

Σ,ησάΐίίόιρωκτυς,  ov,  (σησύμη,  (puyu) 
toatstrtt  with  sesame,  Meineke  COm.  Fr. 
3,  p.  641. 

Σησαμώδης,  ες,  =  σησαμοειδής, 
Theophr. 

Σησις.  εως,  ή,  (σήθω)  α  sifting. 

Σηστέον,  verb.  adj.  of  σήθω,  one 
must  sift,  Diosc.  5,  103. 

Σηστιώδης,  ες,  (Σήστιος,  είδος)  like 
one  Scstius,  i.  e.  foolish,  silly  :  hence 
compar.  adv.  Σηστιωδέατερον,  Cic. 
Att.  7,  17. 

Σηστι'>ς,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from  σήθω, 
sifted. — II.  act.  sifting  ;  hence  Phryno 
was  called  σηστύς,  the  sifter,  because 
she  drained  her  lovers  of  money,  Ath. 
591  C. 

Σηστός,  ov,  ή,  also  ό,  Sestwt,  a 
town  on  the  European  side  of  the 
Hellespont,  over  against  Abydus,  11. 
2,  836  ;  hence  Σήστιος,  a,  ov,  pocul. 
poet.  fem.  Σησηύς,  άδος,  in  Musaeus. 

Σήστρον,  ov,  TO.  (σήθω)  a  sieve. 

Σητάνειος,  a,  ov,  and  στ/τύνιος,  a, 
ov,  (σήθω)  sifted,  bolted:  σ.  άλευρα, 
fine  meal,  flipp.  ;  σ.  άρτος,  bread  of 
such  meal.  Id.  ;  also  σ.  ά?ιητός.  Id. — 
Ace.  to  others  from  σήτες,  τήτες,  of 
this  year,  therefore  πυρός  σητύνειος 
and  σητάνιος  would  be  this  year''s 
wheat,  and  άλευρα  σϊ/τέινεια,  άρτος, 
Hour,  bread  of  this  wheat,  v.  Foes. 
Oecon.  Hipp. :  but  this  sense  is  rather 
expressed  by  the  adj.  σήτίίος  or  σή- 
τινος. — II.  ff7;r(iiiovis  also  the  name 
of  a  kind  of  onion,  and  a  medlar, 
Theophr.  ;  σητάνια  μτΛα,  Ath,  81 
A.  [a] 

Σ7y7•ύω,  (σης)  to  eat,  fret,  of  moths. 

Σητειος,  a,  ov,  of  this  year,  Lat. 
hornntinus :   from 

Σήτες,  this  year,  hardly  found  ex- 
cept in  the  familiar  Att.  form  τήτες, 
q.  V.     Cf.  plura  sub  σήμερον. 

+Σ?/τί'α,  ας,  η,  Setia,  an  old  city  of 
Latium,  Strab.  p.  231.     Hence 

ίΣητΙνος,  η,  ov.  Setine,  of  Setia, 
οίνος,  Strab.  p.  234:  ή  Σητίνη,  the 
Setine  territory,  lb. 

ΣήτΙ)•ης,  η,  ον,=  σήτεισς. 

Στ/τόιίρωτος,  ov.  {σης,  βιβρώσκω) 
eaten,  fretted  by  moths,  LXX. 

Σΐ]τόκοπος,  ov,  (σης,  κόπτω  )=: 
foreg.,  Anth.  P.  11,78. 

Σήψ,  gen.  σηπός,  ό,  and  ;},  (σήπω) 
a  putrefying  sore,  Hipp. — II.  a  serpent, 
the  bite  of  tvhich  causes  putrefaction, 
Arist.  MiVab.  104,  Nic.  Th.  147:  cf. 
Lob.  Paral.  1 13  :  also  a  kind  of  lizard, 
Nic.  Th.  817;   and  an  in.<!ect. 

ΣψΡΙδακής,  ές,  (  σήψις,  δύκνω  ) 
causing  putrefaction  by  its  bite,  Plat, 
ap.  Arist.  Top.  6,  2,  4. 

Σηφις,  εως.  ή,  (σήπω)  putrefaction, 
decay,  Tim.  Locr.  102  C,  Arist.,  etc. : 
fermentation. — II.  a  making  to  decay: 
esp.  the  process  by  which  the  sto?nach 
rejects  that  part  of  food  ichich  is  not  nu• 
tritious,  Arist.  Gen.  An.  3,  II,  15. 

•σθα  an  ancient  ending  of  2  pers. 
sing,  in  the  act.,  retained  in  Hom. 
and  other  poets,  freq.  in  the  subjunc- 
tive, more  rarely  in  opt.  ;  so  Horn, 
has  εθέ?> ησϋα,εχησθα,  ειπησθα,  κλαί- 
οισθα,  etc. — In  Dor.  and  Aeol.  it  was 
general  ;  while  in  Att.  it  was  retain- 
etl  only  in  some  irreg.  verlis,  ησθα, 
εφησθα,  ησΟα,  ψισθα,  οίσθα. — Com- 
pare the  2  sing.'  pf.  of  Hebrew  verbs, 

■\Σθεινώ,  ή,  poet.=  Σί/εί'ώ. 

Σθεναρός,  ύ,  όν,  (σθένος)  strong, 
mighty,  Άτη,  II.  9,  505. 

ΪΣΘενέβυια,  ας,  ή,  Stheneboea,  wife 


ΣΙΑΛ 

of  Proetus,  Apollod.  2, 2, 1 :  in  Horn,  j 
'Avreta. 

Σθένεια,  τά.  (σθένος)  a  kind  of 
boxina-match,  Plut.  2,  1140  C. 

iΣθίvελΰΐ<^aς,  a.  ό,  Sihenela'idas,  a 
Lacedsetnonian,  Time.  1,  85. 

'\'Σϋενέλθ.ος,  ov,  ό,  Slhenelaiis,  son 
of  liiiaemenes.  slain  by  Patroclus,  11. 
16,  5S6.— 2.  a  Lacedaemonian,  Xen. 
Hell.  2,  2,  2. 

^Σθενέλη.  ης,  ή,  Sthenele,  daugliter 
of  Danaus,  Apollod.  2, 1 , 5. — 2.  daugh- 
ter of  Acastus,  ace.  to  Apollod.  3,  12, 
8,  mother  of  Patroclus. 

\Σθένε?.ος,  ov,  ό,  Sihenelus,  son  of 
Capaneus  and  Euadne,  one  of  the 
Epigoni,  Apollod.  3,  7,  2  :  also  enga- 
ged in  the  expedition  against  Troy, 
11.  2.  564. — 2.  son  of  Perseus  and  An- 
dromeda, king  of  Mycenae,  11. 19, 116; 
Apollod.  2,  4,  5. — 3.  an  actor  at  Ath- 
ens, Ar.  Vesp.  1313. — Others  in  Apol- 
lod. ;  etc. 

Σθένως,  ό,=  σθεναρός,  epith.  of  Ju- 
piter at  Argos. 

^Σθένις,  ιδος,  ό,  Sthenis,  a  statuary, 
Strab.  p.  546. 

Σθενοβλάβής,  ές,  {σθένος,  βλάπτω) 
hurting  the  strength,  hence  weakening, 
0pp.  C.  2,  82. 

Σθενο3ρΐθής,  ές,  f.  1.  for  στέρνο- 
βριθής.  ap.  Polyaen.  4,  7,  12. 

ΣΘΕ'ΝΟΣ,  εος,  τό,  strength,  might, 
esp.  bodily  strength,  first  in  II.,  where 
it  is  very  freq.,  but  not  so  in  Od. ;  in 
II.  κάρτος  και  σθένος  joined  ;  also 
ά?.κτι  και  σθ;  II.  17,  499 ;  χερσίν  τε 
Ίϊοσίν  τε  και  σβένει,  II.  20,  361 : — c 
inf.,  σθ.  ττολεμίζείν,  strength  to  war, 
II.  2.  451  : — more  rarely  of  the  force 
of  things,  as  of  a  stream,  II.  17,  751  ; 
so,  σθ.  άε/.ίον,  Pind.  P.  4,  256,  etc.  : 
σθένει,  by  force,  Eur.  Bacch.  953  ; 
λόγω  τε  και  σθενει.  Soph.  Ο.  C.  68 ; 
so,  v-b  σθένους,  Eur.  Bacch.  1127; 
παντί  σθένει,  with  all  07ie^s  might, 
Plat.  Legg.  646  A,  and  Xen.— 2.  later, 
strength,  mighty  power  of  all  kinds, 
moral  as  well  as  physical,  Trag.— 
3.  metaph.,  like  Lat.  vis  for  copia,  a 
quantity,  plenty,  flood,  σθ.  π7.οντον. 
Find.  1.  3.  3  ;  ύδατος,  νιώετον.  Id.  Ο. 
9,  77,  Fr.  74,  8.— II.  a  force  of  men, 
]ίΚβδνναμις,\\.  18,274. — III.  periphr., 
like  βίη,  Ις,  μένος,  as  σθένος  Έκτο- 
ρος,  Ίόομενήος.  Ώρίωνος,  etc.,  for 
Hector.  Idomeneus,  etc.,  themselves, 
II.,  Hes.,  and  Trag. — Chiefly  poet. 
Σ^εΐ'όω,=»ς.,  Hesych. 
Σθένω,  (σθένος)  to  have  strength  or 
might,  be  strong  or  mighty,  Trag.  ;  μέγα 
σθένειν,  Aesch.  Ag.  938;  ϋσον  σθέ- 
νει, Lat.  quantum  valet,  Aesch.  Eum. 
619  ;  εις  'όσον  y'  έγώ  σθένω.  Soph. 
Phil.  1403 ;  καθ'  όσον  uv  σθένω,  Ar. 
Plut.  912  ;  σθ.  ττοσί,  χειρί,  to  be  strong 
in  foot,  in  hand,  Eur.  Ale.  267,  Cycl. 
651  ;  also,  σθ.  μάχΐ},  χρήμασι.  Id.  : — 
oi  κάτω  σθένοντες.  they  who  rule  be- 
low, the  gods  below,  Eur.  Hec.  49. — 
2.  c.  inf ,  like  Ισχνω,  to  have  strength 
or  potoer  to  do,  be  able.  Soph.  O.  T. 
17,  1486,  Ant.  1044.— Rare,  save  in 
Trag. 

t  Σ  θενώ,  poet.  Σθεινώ,  ονς,  T],Stheno, 
one  of  the  Gorgons,  Hes.  Th.  276. 

Σίά,  Lacon.  for  θεά,  Ar.  Lys.  1263, 
1320. 

ΣΙΰγόνιον,  ov,  τό,  Ion.  σιηγ-,  dim. 
from  σιαγών. 

ΣΙύγονίτης  μνς,  6,  the  muscle  of 
the  jawbone. 

Σΐάγών,  όνος,  ή.  Ion.  σιηγων,  the 

jaw-bone,  Hipp.,  and  Soph.  Fr.  114; 

cf.  Arist.  H.  A.  1, 11, 10:  Ά\%ο,ναγών. 

Σιαίνω,  a  late  bad  form  for  σικχαί- 

νω,  Valck.  Opuse.  2,  p.  247. 

Σΐάλίζω,  f.  -ίσω.  Ion.  σιελ-,  (σία- 


ΣΙΓΑ 

λον)  to  slaver,  foam,  Hipp. :  σια/.ίζων 
ί/χος,  a  slavering  noise.  Id. 

Σιΰ.?.ικός,  η,  όν,  {σίαλον)  of  spittle 
or  slaver. 

Σιαλενδρ'ις,  Call.  ap.  Hesych. ;  and 
σιαλίς.  ιδος,  ή,  Ath. ;  a  kind  of  bird. 

Σϊΰλισμός,  ov,  b,  Ion,  σιελ-,  a 
slavering,  foaming. 

Σίΰ?ιίστήριον,  ου,  τό,  Ion.  σιελ-,  a 
bridle-hit,  which  is  apt  to  be  covered 
with  foam. 

ΣΓΑΆΟΝ,  ov,  TO,  Ion.  σίελον, 
(cf.  να?.ος.  Ion.  νε/.ος) : — .spittle,  foam 
from  the  mouth.  Lat.  SALIVA,  our 
SLAVER,  Hipp.,  Xen.  Mem.  1,2, 
54. — II.  Ά\50,=μνξα,  κόρνζα,  Hipp. 

Σιΰ?.οπυιύς,όν,1οη.σιε?.θ7τ.,{ποιέω) 
producing  spittle. 

ΣΓΑ'ΛΟΣ,  ov,  6,  a  fat  hog,  II.  21, 
363,  Od.  2,  300,  etc.  ;  also  σνς  σία- 
λος,  11.  9,  208,  Od.  14,  41,  81,— where 
σίαλος  is  the  specific  suhst.,  added  as 
in  άνηρ  βασιλεύς,  Ίρηξ  κίρκος,  σνς 
κύπριος, etc. — 2.  metaph. .α  blockhead, 
dunce,  with  the  same  notion  as  in  the 
Lat.  pinguis  Minerva,  pingue  ingenium : 
in  Hesych.  also  σΊΰλ'ις,  si  vera  1. — 
II.  fat,  grease,  Hipp. — \\\.^=σί.αλον, 
when  (ace.  to  Suid.)  it  is  oxyt.  σια- 
λός.  Ion.  σιελός  : — but  the  masc.  form 
at  all  in  this  signf.  is  somewhat  dub. 

Σίαλοχοέω,  ώ,  to  let  the  spittle  run, 
to  slaver,  Hipp. 

Σϊΰ/.οχόος,  ov,  (σία?.ον,  χέω)  let- 
ting the  spittle  run,  Hipp. 

Σϊάλάω.  ώ,  {σίαλος)  to  fatten. — II. 
to  make  shining,  polish. 

ΣΙύ/.ώδης,  ες,  (σίαλ.ον,  είδος)  like 
slaver,  slavering,  Hipp. — II.  {σίαλος) 
fat -like,  fatty.  Id.,  Dion.  P.  791. 

Σΐύλωμα,  ατός,  τό,=  σία?ιθν,  Are- 
tae. — ΙΙ.—σιγάλωμα,  Polyb.  6,  23,  4. 

[«] 

^Σί3αι,  ων,  οι,  the  Stbae,  an  Indian 
people,  Strab.  p.  688. 

Σίβδη,  ή,  Dor.  for  σ'ιδη,  Call.  Lav. 
Pal!.  28. 

^Σίβινοί,  ων,  ol,  the  Sihini,  a  Ger- 
man people,  Strab.  p.  290. 

Σίβνλ?.α,  τ/Γ,  ή.  a  Sibyl,  Ar.  Pac. 
1095i  1116.— Ace.  to  the  old  deriv, 
ίΐιης  βον?-ή,  Dor.  Σώς  3όλ?Μ:  she  that 
tells  the  aill  of  Jove,  a  prophetess. — The 
several  Sibyls,  Cumaea,  Delphica, 
etc.,  do  not  belong  to  the  old  mytho- 
logy, cf  Salmas.  in  Solin.  p.  75  sq. 
[Σϊ]     Hence 

Σΐ3ν?.λαίνω,  to  foretell  like  a  Sibyl, 
Diod.  4,  66. 

ΣΙβνλ?.ειος,  a,  ov.  Sibylline,  Σ.  βί- 
βλοι.  at  Rome,  Plut.  Fab.  4. 

Σ'ιβνλλιύω,  ώ,  to  piny  the  Sibyl, 
prophesy,  Diod. :  metaph.,  to  be  like  an 
old  Sibyl,oldwomanish,silly,  At.  Eq.  61. 

Σϊ3νλλίζω,=  Σίβνλ?Μίνω.    Hence 

Σΐβνλλιστής,  ov,  ό,  a  seer,  diviner, 
Plut.  Mar.  42. 

Σΐ3ννη.  νς,  ή,  σΐβννης,  ov,  6.^=α 
hunting  spear,  Mel.  128,  Anth.  P.  6,  93, 
[where  v,  cf.  σιγννη.^ 

Σΐ3ννιην,  ov.  τό,  dim.  from  foreg., 
Polyb.  6,  23,  9.  [v] 

Σίβννον,  τό,  and  σίβννος,  ΰ,=  σι• 
βύνη.  [ΐ]  ,      „  , 

^Σίβύρτιος.  ον,  ο,  Sibyrlius,  an 
Athenian,  father  of  Clisthenes,  Ar. 
Ach.  118. — 2.  a  satrap  of  Carmania, 
Arr.  An.  6, 27, 1.— Others  in  Diod.  S. ; 
etc. 

tΣίyσ,  h,  Siga,  a  city  of  Massaesy- 
lia,  Strab.  p.  829. 

Σί}α,  adv.,  {σιγή)  silently,  stilly, 
Trag.  :  σϊγ'  εχειν.  Soph.  Phil.  258  ; 
also  as  an  exclam.,  σίγα,  hush .'  be 
still!  Aesch.  Ag.  1344;  so,  ov  σίγα; 
Id.  Theb.  250  ;  oh  σϊγ  άνέξει ;  Soph. 
Aj.  75 : — also,  σίγα  πας  (sc.  έστω), 
Ar.  Ach  238. 


Σ1ΓΕ 

Σίγα,  imperat.  from  σιγάω,  hush  I 
be  still !  Horn. 

Σίγφ,  3  pers.  sing,  from  σιγάω  ;  or 
Dor.  dat.  of  σιγή. 

Σιγάζω,  f.  -άσω,  {σιγή)  to  bid  one  be 
silent,  to  force  him  to  be  so,  τινά,  Xen• 
An.  6,  1,32. 

Σίγΰλέος,  a,  ov,  {σιγάω)  silent,  still, 
Anth.  P.  7,  597. 

Σΐγά?ίόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  {σία7.ος,  v.  sub 
fin.)  :  smooth,  shinmg,  glittering ,  Horn. ; 
— 1.  of  woman's  apparel,  σ.  χιτών, 
Od.  15,  60 ;  ε'ίματα,  11.  22,  154,  Od.  6, 
26  ;  βήγεα,  Od.  6,  38,  etc.  ;  όέσματα, 
II.  22,  468  ; — in  which  cases,  some  ex- 
plain it  fresh,  new,  with  the  gloss  on  it, 
quoting  Pindar's  νεοσίγα/.ος,  though 
here  the  notion  of  7iewness  may  belong 
merely  to  the  νεο-.—2.  of  horses' 
reins,  ηνία,  Od.  6,  81,  11.  5,  226,  etc. ; 
— not  supple,  flexible,  like  νγρός,  nor 
yet  foamy  (as  if  from  σίαλον). — 3.  of 
splendid  house-furniture,  σ.  θρόνος, 
Od.  5,  86  ;  of  a  queen's  chamber,  νπε- 
ρώϊα  σιγαλόεντα,  Od.  16,  449,  etc.  ; 
in  Homer's  time  kings'  houses  were 
decked  with  precious  metals,  v.  Od. 
7,  84,  sq.,  cf.  4,  45.  (The  only  true 
deriv.  is  from  σίαλος,  fat,  σιγαλόεις 
being  related  to  σίαλος,  as  λιπαρός 
to  λίπος.  Fat,  or  things  smeared 
with  fat,  look  shi7iing  or  glossy,  so 
that  the  transition  is  very  easy,  and 
the  signf.  would  soon  take  in  the  gen- 
eral notion  of  rich,  splendid.  ?s'o  ob- 
jection can  be  made  from  the  ύμύγ- 
δα'λα  σιγαλόεντα  of  Hermipp.  Phorm. 
20,  for  here  the  word  is  taken  quite 
strictly ,/ni,  oily ;  cf.  μνία  σιγαλόεντα, 
Numen.  ap.  Ath.  295  C.—(i  is  long, 
simply  because  the  word  could  not 
otherwise  come  into  the  hexameter.) 
Σϊγά?.ός,  Dor.  for  σιγη'λός,  Pind. 
Σΐγάλόω,[σιγαλόεις)  to  make  smooth, 
Gramin.     Hence 

Σίγάλωμα,  ατος,  τό,  an  instrument 
for  smoothing  OT  polishing,  esp.  of  shoe- 
makers for  smoothing  leather. — II. 
the  polished  metal  rim  of  a  shield  ;  also 
i-i'f.  [u] 

Σί\άς,  άϋος,  η,  ace.  to  Herm.  in 
Aescn.  Ag.  412,  silent,  for  the  reading 
of  the  MSS.  σιγΰσ' : — σιγάς.  Dor.  for 
σιγΐις,  σιγήεις,  has  also  been  pro- 
posed. 

Σιγάω,  ώ,  f.  -ησω,  but  usu.  -ήσομύι, 
as  Soph.  O.  C.  113,  980,  Eur.,  and 
Ar. :  {σιγή).  To  be  silent  or  47iV/,  to 
keep  silence,  Horn.,  only  in  imper.  σίγα, 
hush!  be  still!  11.  14,90,  Od.  17,393; 
then  in  Pind.  N.  10,  53.  Aesch.,  etc. ; 
— also,  to  cease  to  speflk ;  and  then, 
generally,  to  cease,  rest,  σιγώσι  δ'  όϊ• 
στοί,  Tryph.  428.— The  distinction 
that  σιγάν  is  properly  intr.,  like  Lat. 
silere,  σιωπάν  properly  trans.,  to  keep 
secret,  Lat.  tacere,  may  have  been  orig. 
correct,  but  was  little  observed  ;  for 
we  find  σιγάν  c.  ace.  rei.  Hdt.  7,  104, 
Pind.  Fr.  49,  Aesch.  Pr.  100,  441, 
Soph.,  etc. ;  and  the  pass.,  to  be  pass- 
ed over  in  silence,  Lat.  taceri,  is  very 
freq.,  as  Pind.  O.  9,  156  (v.  sub  σκαι- 
ός  Π.  2),  Hdt.  5,  21,  Soph.  Fr.  585, 
etc. :  3  fut.  σεσιγήσομαι,  Ep.  Plat. 
311  B: — the  pert',  σεσίγημαι  is  usu. 
=  σιγάω,  to  be  silent,  Eur.  Alc.  78,  cf. 
Grafe  Melet.  125,  6. 

\Σιγγαϊος,  a,  ov,  of  Singus,  Sin- 
gaean ;  ol  Σιγγαϊοι,  Thuc.  5,  18. 

ΊΣιγγιτικός.  ov,  ό,  κόλπος,  Singi- 
ticus  sinus,  gulf  of  Singus,  Strab.  p. 
330:  from 

^Σίγγος,  ov,  ή,  Singus,  a  city  of 
Maceiionia  on  the  Singiticus  sinus, 
Hdt.  7,  122. 

ΙΣί;. fiuci  άδος,  ή,  άκρα,^Σίγειον, 
Strab.'  p.  595. 

1343 


ΣΙΓΝ 

Σιγΰν,  Lacon.  for  θιγίϊν,  Ar.  Lj's. 
1004. 

t2i/f  ίοΐ',ου,  τό,  6'/^'cuw,  a  promon- 
tory ol'  Troas,  now  Cape  Jenischchr, 
or  usu.  Jaiiissary,  Hilt.  4,  38  ;  also  a 
town  near  the  same  at  the  mouth  of 
the  Scainaiuler,  Id.  5,  65. 

Σίγέμίτης,  ov,  6,  (aha,  ερ~θ))  "ne 
thai  uttdcs  silenlty  to  a  place,  Call.  Ep. 
45,  6. 

^Σίγερης,  ιόος,  ύ,  Sigerlis,  a  king 
of  India,  Stral).  p.  510. 

2i)7),  i/f,  ή  (σίζω  11)  silence,  a  being 
silent,  σι-,ίμ•  ίχειν,  to  keep,  maintain 
silence,  to  1)6  sUent,  Htlt.  1,  80  ;  σι-}7/ν 
ποιεΐσβίΐι,  to  make  silence,  Id.  6,  130; 
ar,T/r  φνλάσσειν,  Eur.  I.  A.  512  ;  ai- 
γηρ  τώΐ'όε  θήΰομαι  rrtpt.  Id.  Med.  06  : 
— γυνή,  }  νναιξί  κόσμον  ή  σιγή  φέρει, 
Soph.  Aj.  293,  cf.  Fr.  01,  Arist.  Pol. 
1,  13,  11,  etc.  : — in  plur.,  σιγαι  άνε- 
μων, Eur.  I.  A.  10. — II.  σί)//,  as  adv., 
in  silence,  the  only  case  used  by  Horn., 
•πάντες  elaro  ciyy,  II.  19,  255,  etc.  ; 
and,  like  σίγα,  as  an  exclam.,  aiy7j 
νυν,  be  sdtnt  now  !  Od.  15,  440: — so, 
Ty  aiyij,  Hdt.  7,  237 : — also,  in  an  un- 
der tone,  σι-,ϊ)  ττοιείσθαι  /.όγυν,  Hdt. 
8,  74. — 2.  secretly,  af)fj  εχειν  τι.  to 
keep  it  secret,  like  σιω-ύν,  Id.  9,  93  ; 
σιγά  κα/.ύφαι,  στέγειν,  κενβειν,  Pind. 
Ν.  9,  14,  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  341,  Tr.  989.— 
3.  c.  gen.,  σΓ/y  τίνος,  like  κρύφα  τι- 
νός, unknown  to  him,  Hdt.  2,  140. — 
(Prob.  at  lirst  σΐίγη,  cf.  Germ,  schwei- 
gen.  etc.) 

ίΣιγή,  f/ς,  Tj,  Sige,  fern.  pr.  n.,  Ath. 
583  E.  ^    ^ 

ΣΓ/η?^)ς,  rj,  όν.  Dor.  σιγαλός,  όν, 
Pind.  P.  9.  163  (σιγή) :— silent,  slill, 
mule,  ni  rest,  also  in  Soph.  Tr.  416, 
Phil.  7  J  I,  and  Eur. :  tu,  σιγ7/?Μ,  si- 
lence, Eur.  Bacch.  1049.  Adv.  -λώς. 
Cf.  sq 

Σίγηρός,  ά,  όν,  less  Att.  form  for 
foreg.,  Sing.  Sent.  454,  Br. 

Σιγ7/τεόν,  verb,  adj.,  one  must  be  si- 
lent, Eur.  Hel.  1403. 

Σϊ)7ΐτικύς,  ή,  όν,  (σιγάω)  =:σιγη- 
Λός,  Hipp. 

\Σιγία,  ας,  τι,  Sigia,  the  place 
where,  later,  lay  Alexandres  Troas, 
Strah.  ρ  604. 

ίΣιγίμηρος,  ov,  6.  Sigimerus,  a 
chief  otthe  Cherusci ;  also  wr.  Σαι- 
■)ίμ..  Strab.  p.  292. 

^Σίγιννοί,  ων.  ol,  the  Siginni,  a 
people  near  the  Caspian  Sea,  Strab. 
p.  520  :  V.  σιγννης  HI. 

Σίγ/.αι,  at,  ear-rings,  Aeol.  wrord. 
Poll.  5,  97,  and  Hesych. 

^Σιγ/Λονρία,  ας,  ή,  Sigliuria,  a  city. 
Pint.  Poplic.  16. 

Σίγλος  or  σίκλος,  ov,  o,  the  Hebrew 
shekel  =  2  drachmae,  LXX. : — Xen., 
An.  1,  5,  6,  mentions  a  Persian  σί- 
γλος as  worth  7^  oholi,  or,  ace.  to 
others,  8  oboli,  v.  Soph.  Fr.  944 :  or 
even  4  drachmae. — II.  a  measure,^ 
μέόιμνος,  Polyb.  31,  8,7;  but  Sch- 
weigh.  suspects  it  to  be  corrupt  for 
Σικελικός  (sc.  μέριμνας). 

Σίγιιη  or  σΐ-,μα,  the  letter  sigma, 
V.  sub  Σ.     Hence 

Σιγμΰτίζω,  to  tcrite  with  sinTna :  to 
be  fund  of  using  the  sigmu,  of  which 
Euripides  Was  accused. 

Σιγμάτισμός.  ov,  ό,  a  writing  with 
sigTua,  esp.  an  oi^er  use  of  it. 

Σιγμύτοΐΐόι'ις.  ές.  and  σιγμοειδής, 
ες,  (σίγμα,  εΐόος)  of  the  shape  of  sigma 
(C  ) :  hence  crescent-shaped,  semicir- 
cular, Strab. ;  cf  Bast  Greg.  Cor. 
916. 

Σιγμός,  ov,  6,  (σίζω)  a  hissing,  Ar- 
ist. H.  A.  4,  9,  9  ;  also  σισμός. 

iΣιγvίa,  ας,  ή,  Signia,  a  city  of 
Latium,  Strab.  p.  237  :  hence  adj. 
1344 


ΣΙΔΗ 

Σίγνιος,  e.  g.  οίνος,  lb.,  and  ΣιγνΙ- 
νος,  Ath.  27  Β,  Signian. 

Σίγραι,  ol,  ace.  to  Hesych  ,  small 
wild  swine,  μικροί  καϊ  σιμοί. 

ίΣιγριανή,  ϊ/ς,  ή,  Sigrinne,  a  dis- 
trict of  Media,  Strab.  p.  524. 

^Σΐ)ρίην,  ov,  TO,  Sigrium,  northern 
promontory  of  Lesbos,  Strah.  ρ  616. 

Σί}νμνος,  ό,  collat.  form  of  sq., 
q.  V. 

Σΐγννης,  ov,  6,  or,  as  commonly 
written,  σιγνννης,  Opp.  C.  1,  152; 
Cyprian  word  for  όόρν  ;  so  also  σί)  i;- 
νος.  ό,  .\p.  Rh.  2,  99  ;  σίγννην,  τό, 
Aiith.  P.  7,  578  ;  and  in  Lye.  556, 
σίγνμνος.  Seemingly  a  dialectic  form 
0Ϊ σι,Κ•νη,σιβννης :  but.  ace.  to  Suid., 
a  Macedon.word,cf.Schweigh.  Ath. 
130  B. — II.  among  the  Ligyes  near 
Marseilles  used  for  ό  κάττηλος,  Hdt.  5, 
9. — III.  the  Σί}  ίναι  or  Σιγνννηι  were 
a  people  on  the  middle  Danube,  Hdt. 
1.  c.  ;  in  Ap.  Rh.  4,  320.  Σιγίη'οι ; 
Strab.,  p.  520  Σίγιννοι.  [In  Ap.  Rh., 
and  Opp.,  ν  ;  and  ignorance  of  this 
prob.  caused  it  to  be  so  oft.  written 
with  double  vv ;   but  ν  in  ai.ii'i•?/. 

q• ■v]  -       J     , 

Σίγννον,  ov,  TO,  and  σίγννος,  ο,  v. 
sub  σιγνιη.  [Ϊ] 

■\Σιγών,  ώνος,  ό,  Sigon,  a  Phoe- 
nician, Arr.  An.  2,  13,  8. 

Ι'Σίόαι,  ών,  al,  Sidae,  a  place  on 
the  borders  of  Attica  and  Boeotia, 
Ath.  650  F. 

Σίόύρος,  ό,  Dor.  for  σίδηρος.  Pind. ; 
and  so  for  all  Dor.  forms  in  σιόαρ-,  v. 
sub  σιδηρ-. 

ΣιδενίΊ/ς.  ov,  6,  Lacon.  word,  a  boy 
in  hi.i  fifteenth  01  sixteenth  year,  Miiller 
Dorians,  4,  5,  (^  2. 

ΣΓΔΗ,  7).  also  σίβδη,  Ion.  and= 
lioiu,  a  pomegranate  tree  and  fruit, 
Emped.  289,  Hipp.,  Nic.  (v.  infra) : — 
said  to  be  a  Doric  word. — II.  a  wa- 
ter-plant, in  Boeotia.  esp.  near  Or- 
chomenos,  perh.  the  waler-Uly,  Lat. 
nymphaea   alba,  Theophr.  [l  in  signf 

1,  Nic.  Ther.  72,  870,  etc. ;  I  in  signf. 
II,  lb.  887  :  but  I  in  all  derivs.  of  σίδη 

I•] 

tXifS?/,  ης,  ή.  Side,  wife  of  Orion, 
Apollod.  1,  4,  2. — ^2.  daughter  of  Da- 
naus,  Pans.  3,  22,  11. — II.  an  ancient 
city  on  the  coast  of  Laconia,  Id.  ib. — 

2.  a  city  of  Pamphylia,  with  a  temple 
of  Minerva,  Polyb.  ;  Pans. — 3.  a  city 
of  Pontus,  Strab.  p.  548,  later  Πολε- 
μώνιον. 

iΣtδ7jV^'/,  ης,  ή,  Sidene,  a  district  in 
the  northeastern  part  of  Pontns 
around  Side  (IL  3),  Strab.  p.  548.-2. 
a  city  of  Troas,  on  the  Granicus,  Id. 
p.  587. 

Σίόηρεία,  ας,  ή,  (σιδηρενω)  a  work- 
ing in  iron,  whether  mining  or  forging, 
Xen.  An.  5,  5,  1. 

ΣΙόηρεϊον,  ov,  τό,  a  smith's  work- 
shop, smithy,  Arist.  Pol.  1,  11,  11. 

ΣαΙήρεος,  έα  Ion.  and  Ep.  ;;,  ov, 
Att.  conlr.  σιδηρούς,  ΰ,  ovv :  in  later 
writers  also  or,  ov  ;  Ep.  also  σιδί/- 
ρειος,  η,  ov  (σίδιιρος)  : — made  of  iron 
or  steel,  iron.  Hum.,  etc.,  σιδήρεος 
άξων,  II.  5,  723  ;  σιδηρείη  κορννη.  7, 
141  ;  σιδήρειαι  •πύ7.αι,  8,  15;  σιδή- 
ρεως  ύρνμαγδός,  an  iron  clang,  i.  e. 
the  clang  of  iron  arms,  17,  424  ;  σιδή- 
ρεος  ουρανός,  the  iron  sky,  which  the 
ancients  held  to  be  of  metal,  Od.  15, 
329;  17,  505  (cf.  χύλκεος).—2.  me- 
taph.,  σ.  θύμος,  κραδ'ιη.  a  soul,  heart 
of  iron,  whether  stout,  firm,  m  good 
sense,  or  in  bad,  hard,  cruel,  (cf.  σίδη- 
ρος) ;  σιδ/'/ρειον  ητορ,  11.  24,  205,  521; 
so,  σοί')ε  σιδηρεα  πάντα  τετνκται, 
thou  art  iron  all  !  Od.  12,  280  ;  ττυρος 
μένος  σιδηρεον,  the  iron  force  of  fire, 


ΣΙΔΗ 

II.  23,  177  :— of  men,  Ar.  Ach.  406; 
so,  ώ  σιδτ/ρεοι,  Ο  ye  iron-hearted,  Aes- 
chin.  77,  25,  cf.  Lys.  117,  44  ;  el  μη 
σιδηρούς  έστι,  οιμαι  ίννονν  γεγονέ• 
ναι,  Lys.  17,  44: — Hesiod's  last  and 
worst  Age  was  that  of  Iron,  Op.  174, 
sq. — II.  σιδάρεοι.  ol,  a  Byzantine  iron 
coin,  always  used  in  Dor.  form,  even 
at  Athens,  Ar.  Nub.  249,  Plat.  (Com.) 
Pels.  3. 

Σϊδηρενς,  έως,  ό,  (σίδηρος)  a  worker 
in  iron,  a  smith,  Xen.  Ages.  1,  26, 
Vect.  4,  6. 

Σιδηρενω. [σίδηρος)  to  mine  for  iron  ; 
— also  to  work  in  iron. 

Σί(5?;/)7/tίf,  εσσα,  εν,  poet,  for  σιδ?'/- 
ρεος.  Sic.  ΑΙ.  51,  Manetho. 

Σίδηρίζω,  (σίδηρος)  to  be  tike  iron  : 
to  contain  iron. 

Σιδηρικός,  η,  όν,  belonging  to  iron 
or  the  working  of  it. 

Σιδήρων,  ov,  τό,  (σίδηρος)  an  im- 
plement, tool  of  iron  or  steel  (as  we  use 
the  plur.  irons),  Valck.  Hdt.  7,  18, 
Thuc.  4,  4  ;  esp.,  a  sword  or  knife. 
Hdt.  9,  37  ;  σιδηρίων  έτταιειν,  to  feel 
iron,  Hdt.  3,  29. —  Dim.  only  in  form. 

Σϊδηρίτης,  ov,  ό,  fem.  -Ιτις,  ιδος ; 
Dor.  σιδαρ-;  (σίδηρος): — of  iron,  a. 
πόλεμος,  iron  war,  Pind.  N.  5,  35  : — 
σ  λίθος,  the  loadstone,  Strab.,  Pint.  2, 
041  C  :  σ.  γη,  iron  ore. — II.  ή  σιδηρΐ- 
τις,  a  kind  of  herb,  Diosc.  4,  33,  sqq., 
ubi  v.  Sprengel. 

Σΐδηροβύ?.ος,  ov,  (βάλ?•.ω)  iron- 
throning. 

Σίδηροβόρος,  ov,  =  σιδηροβρώς, 
Opp.  C.  2.  174. 

Σίδηροβρίθής,  ές,  (σίδηρος,  βρίθω) 
loaded  with  iron,  ξνλον,  Eur.  Mel.  5. 

Σίδηροβρώς,  ώτος,  b,  ή,  (σίδηρος, 
βίβρώσκω)  eating  iron,  i.  e.  sharpen- 
ing or  whetting  it,  θηγύνη,  Soph.  Aj. 
820. 

ΣΙδηροδάκτνλ.ος.  ov,  (σίδηρος,  δάκ- 
τνλος)  iron-fingered,  κρεάγρα,  A  nth. 
P.  6,  101. 

Σίδηροδίσμιος,  ov,  and  -δεσμός,  ov, 
LXX.,  (σίδηρος,  δεσμός)  binding  with 
bonds  of  iron,  ΰνάγκαι. 

Σίδηροδετίω,  ώ,  (δέω)  to  bind  in 
iron,  Heraclit. 

ΣΙδηροδέτης,  ef,=sq.,  σ.  ττόρτναξ, 
Bacchyl.  12. 

ΣΙδηρόδετος,  oV,  (σίδηρος,  δέω) 
iron-bound,  shod  with  iron,  ξνλον,  Hdt. 
9,  37. 

ΣΙδηροδμής,  ητος,  δ,  ή,  (δαμύω) 
tamed  with  iron. 

Σϊδηρυθώραξ,  ΰκος,  δ,  ή,  with  iron 
breastplate. 

Σίδηροκμής,  ήτος,  ό,  ή,  (σίδηρος, 
κάμνω)  wrought  witit  iron. — II.  slain  by 
iron,  i.  e.  by  the  sword,  used  with  the 
nent.  dat.  βοτοις.  Soph.  Aj.  323 ;  cf 
ΰνδροκμής. 

Σίδηροκόπος,  ov,  (κόπτω)  forging 
iron. 

Σϊδηρομήτωρ,  ορός,  ό,  ή.  (σίδηρος, 
μήτηρ)  mother  of  iro7i,  αία,  Aesch.  Pr. 
301. 

Σίδηρον,  ov,  τό,  v.  σίδηροΓ,  sub 
fin. 

ΣΙδηρονόμος.  ov,  (σίδηρος,  νέμω) 
distributing  with  iron.  i.  e.  the  sword,  or 
swaying  the  sword,  χειρ,  Aesch.  Theb. 
788. 

Σΐδηρόνωτος,  ov.  (σίδηρος,  νώτος) 
iron-backed,  άσττίΓ,  Eur.  Phoen.  1130. 

ΣΙδηροττέδη.  7/ς,  ή,  an  iron  fetter. 

Σΐδηρόπ/.ηκτοΓ,  ov.  Dor.  -π/.ακτος 
{σίδηρος,  πλήσσω)  : — smitten  by  iron 
or  the  sword,  Aesch.  Theb.  911. 

ΣΙδηρόπ?Μστος,  ov,  (σίδηρος, 
ττλάσσω)  moulded  of  iron,  Luc.  Ocyp. 
164. 

Σίδηρόπλοκος,  ov,  (σίδηρος,  πλέ- 
κω) plaited  of  iron,  Heliod.  9,  15. 


ΣΙΔΗ 

Σίδηρο— οίκΐ/.ος,  ον,  ό,  name  of  α 
variegated  stone,  Plin. 

Σΐδ^ιρό-τερος,  ον,  (πτερόν)  iron- 
winged. 

"Σίδηρο— τέρνξ,  νγος,  ο,  ^,=foreg. 

ΣίδηροττώΆης,  ου,  ό,  {πωλέω)  an 
iTonmonser. 

ΣΙ'ΔΗΡΟΣ,  ου,  ό,  Dor.  σίδαρος, 
iron,  in  Horn.,  with  epith.  •ηολώς,  Jl. 
9,  366,  Od.  24,  168;  αίθων,  Od.  1, 
184  ;  ίόεις,  II.  23,  850 ,-  and  in  Hes. 
Op.  150,  μέ?ιας.  It  was  the  last  of 
the  common  metals  which  the  Greeks 
found  out  how  to  work,  for  general 
use,  Hes.  I.  c.  (cf  Hocks  Kreta,  l,p. 
273,  and  χα?.κός) ;  hence,  τζολνκμη- 
τος,  wrought  with  much  toil,  II.  6,  48, 
Od.  21,  10  ;  cf  κνανος.  It  was  early 
made  an  article  of  traffic,  Od.  1, 184  ; 
and  was  evidently  of  high  value, 
since  pieces  of  it  were  given  as 
prizes,  11.  23,  261,  850.  It  mostly 
came  from  the  north  and  east  of  the 
Eu.xme,  hence  Σκνθης  σ-,  Aesch. 
Theb.  817  ;  cf  χύ'λνψ.  —  2.  oft.  as  a 
symbol  of  hardness,  sometimes  in  bad 
sense,  of  hard-heartedness,  sometimes 
in  good,  oi  unbending  strength,  wheth- 
er of  body  or  mind,  cf  σιδήρεος,  and 
Jac.  Ach.  Tat.  p.  815.— II.  like  Lat. 
ferrum,  any  thing  made  of  iron,  an.  iron 
tool  or  implement,  esp.  for  husbandry, 
11.  23,  834  ;  also  of  arms,  a  sword,  oft. 
in  Horn. ;  fof  the  iron  head  or  point  of 
an  arrow,  II.  4,  123t  ;  generally,  ar- 
mour, arms,  οι  Αθηναίοι  σίδηρον  κα- 
τεθεντο,  Thuc.  1,  6  ;  cf  σιδηροόορέω: 
— also  a  knife,  sickle,  Valck.  Hipp.  76  : 
cf.  σιδήριον. — III.  a  place  for  selling 
iron,  a  cutler's  shop,  Xen.  Hell.  3,  3,  7. 
— !Nic.  used  also  ή  σ-,  Th.  924 ;  and 
in  plur.,  we  sometimes  find  the  hete- 
rocl.  σιδηρά,  τά :  but  the  sing,  rb 
σίδηρον,  prob.  only  occurs  Hdt.  7,  65, 
and  even  here  the  reading  varies.  [Z] 

ΣΙδηρόσ-αρτος,  ον,  {σίδηρος,  σ-ηεί- 
ρω)  sown  or  produced  by  iron,  Luc. 
Ocyp.  100. 

ΣΙδηροτέκτων,  όνος,  ό,  {σίδηρος, 
τέκτων)  α  worker  in  iron,  Aesch.  Pr. 
714. 

Σίδηρότενκτος,  ον,  {σίδηρος,  τεν- 
χω)  made  of  iroiu  ι3έ?.ος,  Philippid., 
(ί)  ap.  Ath.  699  F,  cf.  Meineke  Com. 
Fr.  1,  p.  529. 

ΣΙδηροτοκέω,  ώ,  to  produce  iron. 

Σίδηροτόκος,  ον,  {σίδηρος,  τίκτω) 
producing  iron,  Anth.  P.  9,  561. 

Σϊδηροτομέω,  ώ,  {σίδηρος,  τέμνω) 
to  cut  or  cleave  with  iron,  Anth.  P.  9, 
311. 

ΣΙδηροτρνττανον,  ου,  τό,  an  iron 
borer,  ap.  Steph.  B.  [ϋ] 

Σΐδηρότρωτος,  ον,  (  τιτρώσκω  ) 
wounded  with  iron. 

Σίδηρον ργείον,  ον,  τό,  iron  works, 
a  smithy,  Strab. :  and 

Σιδηρουργία,  ας,  ή,  a  working  in, 
tron :  from 

Σιδηρουργός,  όν,  {σίδηρος,  *εργω) 
working  in  iron  :  a  smith,  Theophr. 

iΣLδηpovς,  a,  ovv,  v.  σιδήρεος. 

Σϊδηροφορέω,  ώ,  to  bear  iron  arms, 
wear  arms,  Thuc.  1,  6  ;  SO  also  in 
mid..  Id.  ],  5. — II.  to  go  with  an  armed 
escort,  Plut.  Cic.  31,  also  in  mid. :  from 

Σϊδηροφόρος,  ον,  {σίδηρος,  φέρω) 
producing  iron,  γαία  σ.,  of  the  Chaly- 
bes,  Ap.  Rh.  2,  141 ,  cf  1005.— II.  bear- 
ing arms. 

ΣΙδηρόόρων,  ον,  gen.  όνος,  {σίδη- 
ρος, όρην)  of  iron  heart,  Aesch.  Pr. 
242  ;  σ.  θυμός.  Id.  Theb.  52  ;  σ.  φόνος, 
Eur.  Phoen.  672. 

Σΐδηροφϋής,  ές,  {σίδηρος,  φύω)  born 
of  iron,  of  iron  nature. 

Σΐδηρόχα'λκος,  ον,  {σίδηρος,  χα?.- 
κός)  of  iron  and  copper,  Luc.  Ocvp.  96. 
85 


ΣΙΘ£2 

Σΐδηροχύρμης,  ον,  ό,  {σίδηρος,  χάρ- 
μη)  fighting  m  iron,  epith.  of  mailed 
war-horses,  Find.  P.  2,  4 :  cf  χα?.κο- 
χύρμης. 

Σίδηροχίτων,  ωνος,  δ,  ή,  {σίδηρος, 
χιτών)  with  an  iron  tunic,  Nonn.  [Ζ] 

Σίόηρόω,  ώ,  {σίδηρος)  to  make  of 
iron,  overlay  with  iron,  Luc.  Pise.  51  : 
— έσεσιδήρωτο  e~t  μέγα  και  τον  u).- 
7mv  ξί'/.ον,  iron  had  been  laid  over  a 
great  part  of  the  rest  of  the  wood, 
Thuc.  4,  100. 

■\Σιδηρώ,  ους,  ή,  {σίδηρος)  Sidero, 
wife  of  Salmoneus,  step-mother  of 
Tyro,  Soph.  Fr.  573. 

Σίδήρωμα,  ατός,  τό,  iron-ware,  iron- 
mongery. 

Σίδηρωρνχειον,  ον,  τό,  {όρνσσω) 
an  iron-7nine. 

■\Σιδητανοί,  ύν,  οΐ,  the  Sidetani,  a 
people  of  Hispania,  Strab.  p.  162. 

ίΣιδικηνοί,  ών,  οι,  the  Sidiceni,  a 
people  of  Campania,  Strab.  p.  237. 

ΣίδΙοειδής,  ές,  {σίδιον,  είδος)  of  a 
pale  yellow  colour,  like  pomegranate-peel, 
jaundiced,  Hipp.,  v.  Foes.  Oecon. 

ΣίδΙόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  {σίδιον)  of  the 
nature  or  colour  of  pomegranate-peel. — 
11.=σιδόεις,  dub. 

Σίδιον,  ον,  τό,  {σίδη)  pomegranate- 
peel,  Hipp.,  Ar.  Nub.  881 :  dim.  only 
in  form,  [σϊ,  Ar.  1.  c] 

Σίδιωτόν,  οΰ,  τό,  a  medicine  prepared 
from  or  with  σίδιον. 

iΣιδόvες,  ων,  οι,  the  Sidones,  a  race 
of  the  Bastarni,  Strab.  p.  306. 

Σιδόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  {σίδη)  of  the 
pomegranate,  pomegranate-coloured,  [i, 
iNic.  Al.  276.] 

Σϊδονίηθεν,  {Σιδών)  adv.,  from  Si- 
don,  II.  6,  291. 

fΣϊδόvιoς,  a,  ov,  γοβί.=  Σιδώνιος, 
V.  sub  Σιδών,  11.  6,  290  ;  Od.  4,  84. 

Σίδονίφης,  ές,  from  the  Sidonian 
loom. 

Σίδονς,  οϋντος,  δ,  Sidus,  a  place 
near  Corinth,  where  (no  doubt)  pome- 
granates grew,  tXen.  Hell.  4,  4,  13+  : 
hence  adj.  Σϊδονντιος,  a,  ov. 

iΣιδoϋσσa,  ης,  ή,  Sidussa,  a  fort- 
ress in  the  territory  of  Erythrae  on 
the  Ionian  coast  of  Asia  Minor,  Thuc. 
8,24. 

Σϊδών,  ώνος,  η,  Sidon,  one  of  the 
oldest  cities  of  Phoenicia,  first  in  Od. 
15,  425:  hence  adj.  Σίδόνιος,  a,  ov, 
Hom.  ;  and  ή  Σίδονία,  the  country 
of  which  Sidon  was  capital,  Hom. : 
later  also  Σιδο'ινιος,  a,  ov,  +Hdt.  7, 
44;  Σιδώνιον  άστν=Σιδών,  Ar.  Ran. 
1225t,  with  pecul.  fern.  Σιδωνιύς, 
άδος,  +Eur.  Hell.  1451+.— tl.  Σιδών, 
όνος,  ό,  a  man  of  Sidon,  11.  23,  743. 
[Always  ή  Σίδών  ;  but  ό  Σίδών,  Dra- 
co p.  81,  23.] 

Σΐε'λίζω,  σίε?.ον,  etc.,  Ion.  for  σια- 
λίζω,  σία?.ον,  etc. 

ΣΙ'ΖΩ;ί.σίσω?ιηάσίξω:γί-σέσϊγα: — 
to  hiss,  esp.  of  the  noise  made  by  plung- 
ing hot  metal  into  cold  water  ;  hence 
also  of  the  eye  of  the  Cyclops  when 
the  burnt  stake  was  thrust  into  it, 
σϊζε  έ?.αίνέφ  ττερί μοχ7.ω,  Od.  9,  391 : 
— also  of  a  pot  boiling,  Magnes  Dio- 
nys.  2,  Ar.  Eq.  930  ;  of  fish  frying.  Id. 
Ach.  1158: — σ.  ταΐς  βίνεσσι,  of  a 
greedy  fellow  eating,  Epich.  p.  9. — 
(Hence  σιγμός,  σισμός,  σίγμα,  σίξις.) 
— II.  to  hush,  say  hush,  command  si- 
lence, hence  σιγή,  σιγάω,  etc. — ΠΙ.  to 
set  a  dog  on  by  saying  '  st  !'  Theocr.  6, 
29  :  this,  ace.  to  Ruhnk.,  is  properly 
σίττω.  [t  by  nature,  Elmsl.  Med. 
463.] 

Σίθωνία,  ας,  η,  Sithonia,  a  part  of 
Thrace,  Hdt.  7,  122;  and,  poet., 
generally  for  Thrace:  hence  Σϊθώ- 
νιος  and  Σΐθόνιος,  a,  ov,  Thracian : 


ΣΙΚΙ 

Σΐθών,  όνος,  ό,  a  Sithonian;  and  Σί 
ΰονίς,  ίδος,  ή,  a  Sithonian  woman. 

Σϊκάνία,  ας,  ή,  Sicania,  strictly  a 
part  of  Sicily  near  Agrigentum,  and 
so  in  genl.  for  Σικελία,  Od.  24,  307: 
+cf  Hdt.  7,  170 ;  Thuc.  6,  2. 

ίΣικύνιος,  a,  ov,  Sicanian.  Sicilian. 

ίΣικανοί,  ών.  οι,  the  Sicani.  the 
earliest  inhabitants  of  Sicily  ;  ace.  to 
Thuc.  6,  2,  having  come  from  Iberia 
from  the  river  Sicanus,  cf  Strab.  p. 
270.  [i  in  deriv.,  v.  Σίκανία,  but  I 
Call.  Dian.  57.] 

^Σικανός,  ov,  6,  a  Sicanian. — II. 
Sicanus,  a  river  of  Iberia,  ace.  to 
Thuc.  6,  2,  where  the  Sicani  dwelt 
before  removing  to  Sicily. — III.  a 
general  of  the  Syracusans,  Thuc.  6, 
73. 

Σικάριος,  ov,  6,  the  Lat.  sicarius, 
N.T. 

ίΣίκας,  ov  Ion.  εω,  ό,  Sicas,  a 
Lycian,  Hdt.  7,  98. 

Σικελία,  ας,  ή,  {Σικε?.ός)  Sicilt/, 
+first  in  Pind.  O.  1,  20;  in  Hom. 
called  Σικανίη  and  θρινακίη.\  \Σΐ- 
in  hexam.,  as  in  Σικε?ιΐκός,  -ίδης, 
metri  grat.] 

^Σίκε/Λδης,  ov  poet,  εω,  ό,  Dor. 
-δας,  a,  ό,  Sicelides,  a  poet  of  Samos, 
Theocr.  7,  40,  where  the  Schol.  un- 
derstands Asclepiades  ;  as  also  is  ex- 
plained in  (Mel.  1,  46)  Anth.  P.  4,  1, 
46. 

Σίκελίζω,  to  do  or  speak  like  the 
Sicilians ;  to  favour  their  side,  Lat. 
Sicelisso. — II.  =  όρχέομαι,  Theophr. 
ap.  Ath.  22  C. 

iΣικε?Λκός,  ή,  όν,  of  or  relating  to 
Sicily,  SiciHaii,  to  Σικε?.ικόν  ττέλα- 
γος,  Thuc.  4,  53  :  proverb.  Σικε?.ικαΙ 
τρύπεζαι  (as  also  ή  Συρακούσια  τρά- 
πεζα), of  delicate,  well-spread  tables. 
Plat.  Rep.  404  ;  so  ^  Σ.  oipoTroitu,  Id. 
Gorg.  518,  for  which  they  were 
noted. 

Σικελιώτης,  ου,  δ,  a  Sicilian  Greek,. 
Thuc.  3,  90,  etc.  :  fern,  -λιώτις,  ιδος, 
Xen. :  cf  Ίτα?Λώτης. 

Σικελός,  ή.  όν,  Sicilian,  of  or  from 
Sicily,  Lat.  Siculus,  Od.  20,  383":  for 
the  migration  of  the  Siceli  from  Italy, 
v.  Thuc.  6,  2,  and  Niebuhr  R.  H.  1. 
p.  47.  [Ace.  to  Draco  p.  84,  13,  also 
Σί-.] 

Σίκερα,  τό,  afermented  liquor,  strong 
drink,  LXX.  :  a  gen.  sing,  σίκερος, 
in  Euseb.  Praep.  Ev.  6,  10.  (Hebr. 
shakar,  to  be  intoxicated.) 

^Σίκινίτης,  ov,  o,  an  inhab.  ofSici 
mts  II,  Sol.  16,  3. 

Σΐκίννη,  ης,  7}=σίκιννις,  Dion.  Η. 

Σϊκιννίζω,  to  dance  the  Sicinnis, 
Clem.  Al. 

Σίκιννΐς  (or  Σίκίνις,  Dind.  Eur. 
Cycl.  37),  ιδος,  ή,  the  Sicinnis,  a 
dance  of  Satyrs  used  in  the  Satyrical 
drama,  Eur.  1.  c.  :  named  from  its 
inventor  Sicinnus,  Ath.  20  E,  630  Β  ; 
or,  ace.  to  others,  from  Sicinnis,  a 
nymph  of  Cybele.  Orig.  a  Cretan 
dance  in  honour  of  Sabazius,  Hocks 
Kreta,  1,  p.  209.  [2t.] 

Σίκιννιστής,  οΰ,  δ,  a  Sicinnis  dancer, 
Ath.  20  A. 

Σίκιννοτνρβη,  ης,  ή,  a  company  of 
Sicinnis  dancers. — 11.  a  common  air 
on  the  flute,  Ath.  618  E. 

^Σίκιννος,  ov,  ύ,  Sicinnxis,  a  slave 
of  Themistocles  and  tutor  of  his 
children  ;  sent  by  him  to  deceive 
Xerxes,  Hdt.  8,  75,  110;  cf.  Plut. 
Themist.  12  :  v.  I.  Σίκινος. 

^Σίκινος,  ov,  ύ,  Sicinus,  son  of 
Thoas  and  the  nymph  Oenoe,  Ap.  Rh. 
1,  625. — II.  7/,  a  small  island  of  the 
Aegean  sea  near  Crete,  Ap.  Rh.  1,. 
624. 

1345 


ΣΙΛΑ 

■\Σίκκα,  ή,  the  city  Sicca  Veneria 
in  Numidia,  Polyb.  1,  66,  6. 

Σίκλος,  6,=  σίγ?.ος,  q.  v. 

Σΐκνη,  ας,  ή,  Ion.  σικνη,^=πέπωι•, 
a  fruit  like  tlie  cucumber  or  gourd,  liut 
eaten  ripe  (cf.  αικνος),  Hipp.;  the 
plant  grew  to  the  height  of  a  tree, 
Theophr.  C.  PI.  1.  10,  1:— esp.  the 
long  Indian  gourd  (the  round  sort  be- 
ing called  κολοκνί'ϋη}. — Π.  a  cupping 
glass,  because  it  was  shapeii  like  the 
Jong  gourd,  Lat.  cucurbila,  Hipp.  ;  v. 
Br.  Ar.  Lys.  444. 

Σϊκνάζω,  (σικνα  II)  to  cup,  Arr. 
Epiot.  2,  17. 

Σϊκνόιοι;  01',  τό,  dim.  from  σικνα, 
σίκνος,  Phryn.  (Com.)  Monotr.  J. 

Σϊκνηδόν,  adv.  (σικνα)  gourd-like, 
esp.  of  a  tracture,  when  the  bone 
breaks  smoothly  off  without  splint- 
ers :    f)a0avriouv    is    the    same ;    cf. 

Kdv'/.TJ^OV. 

Σϊκνηλατον,  ου,  τό,  a  forcing  bed 
for  cucumbers,  etc.,  Hipp. 

Σΐκνήμάτον,  ov,  ro=foreg.,  Lob. 
Phryn.  S6. 

Σίκνον,  ην,  τό,  the  seed  nf  cucumbers 
or  pourds,  Theophr.  [σϊ] 

ΣίκνοΊϊίπων,  όνος,  b,  for  σίκνος 
•κέττί^ν,  V.  τΓάττων  1.  2. 

Σίκνος  or  σικυός.  ον,  ό,  the  common 
cucumber  or  gourd,  Ar.  Pac.  1001,  etc. ; 
eaten  unripe  and  raw,  hence  σ.  ωμός, 
Hipp.  ; — the  σικνα  was  a  diflerent 
Jiind  eaten  ripe,=CTt/£iioi•  σττερματίας, 
σ.  ηί-ων,  or  simply  ττέπων,  cf.  Foes. 
Oecon.  Hipp.,  Lob.  Phryn.  p.  258,  sq. : 
the  Lat.  cucumis  comprehends  both 
Jvinds  ;  also  σίκνς.  [σΐ  Cratm.  Od.  8.] 
Σίκνς,  νος,  o,=foreg.,  Alcae.  Fr. 
118.  [σι] 

Σϊκvuόης,  ες,  (είδος)  like  the  σικνα 
or  σίκνος,  Hipp. 

Σίκϋων,  ώνυς,  6,  {σικνα,  σίκνος)  α 
cucumber-bed. 

Σϊκνών,  ώνος,  ή,  Sicyon,  fa  city  of 
the  Peloponnesus,  near  the  Isthmus, 
11.  2,  572t:  later,  ό  Σ..+Xen.  Hell.  4, 
2,  14t,  Polyb.,  cf.  Schweigh.  Ath. 
029  A  : — adj.  ΣΙκνώνιος,  a,  ov,  Sicy- 
onian,  Hdt.  6,  92  : — adv.  ΣΙκνώνοΟε, 
of  or  from  Sicyon,  Pind.  N.  9,  2. — 
The  people  themselves  called  their 
town  Σεκύων  :  its  oldest  name  was 
Μηκώνη. 

Σίκνώνη,  ης,  ή,  and  -νια,  ας,  //.= 
σικνα,  Hipp.,  Wytt.  Plut.  2,  154  C. 

\Σικνυνία,  ας,  ή,  (Σικνών)  Stcy- 
onia,  a  small  territory  of  the  Pelopon- 
nesus around  Sicyon,  Strab.  p.  37!.•. 

Σίκνώνια  (sc.  ίιττούήματα),  τά,  a 
kind  of  woman^s  shoes,  esp.  made  at 
Sicyon,  Luc. 

Σικχάζυμαι,  diss.,  (σικχός)=^sq., 
Hesych. 

Σικχαίνυ,  (σικχός)  to  loathe,  dislike, 
c.  ace.  σικχαίνω  πάντα  τα  δημόσια. 
Call.  Epigr.  29,  4  :  so  in  mid.,  lb.  30, 
i,  and  freq.  in  late,  esp.  Alex.,  wri- 
ters, Gataker  M.  Anton.  5,  9,  Lob. 
Phryn.  226. 

Σικχαντός,  ή,  όν,  disgusting,  loath- 
some. 

Σικχΰσία,  ας,  ή,  (σικχάζω)  loathing, 
disgust. 

Σικχός,  οϋ,ό,  α  squeamish,  fastidious 
person,  esp.  in  eating,  opp.  to  ττάαφα- 
;of.  Arist.  Eth.  Eud.  3,  7,  6,  Plut.  2, 
37  B,  Ath.  262  A ;  cf.  άσικχυς,  σικ- 
χα'ηω.    (Cf.  sick.)     Hence 

ΣίκχοΓ,  εος,  τό,  and  σικχότης,  ητος, 
η,=^σικχάσια,  LXX. 

fSi'/cui',  ωνος,  ό,  »S'icon,  masc.  pr.  η., 
a  cook,  Ath.  378  A. 

tSiZa,  ό  δμνμός,  Sila,  a  wood  in 
Brultium,  Strab.  p.  261. 

^Σιλακηνοί,  ών,  οι,  the  Silaceni,  a 
people  in  Assyria,  Strab.  p.  745. 
1346 


ΣΙΑΑ 

ΊΣίλάΐ'ίων,  ωνος,  6,  SHanion,  a 
celebrated  statuary  of  Athens,  Plut. 
Thcs.  4.— Others  iii  Diog.  L.  ;  etc. 

^Σί/.ανός,  ό,  Όον.  =  Σιλ7ΐνύς ;  as 
pr.  η.,  also  Silanus,H  seer  ot  Ambra- 
cia,  Xen.  An.  1,  7,  18.— 2.  an  Elcan 
of  Macistus,  Id.  7,  4,26. — 3.  a  Greek 
historian,  Strab.  p.  172. 

ίΣίλαρις,  ιόος,  ύ,  the  Silarus,  in  Lu- 
cania,  Strab.  p.  252 :  in  Dion.  P.  Σί• 
λαρος,  361. 

\Σίλας,  a,  b,  Silas,  and  Σιλονανός, 
ov,  b,  Sdvanus,  a  companion  of  Paul, 
N.  T. — II.  the  Silas,  a  river  of  India, 
Arr.  Ind.  6.  2. 

tSiA.Jia,  Of,  ή,  the  Rom.  fern.  pr.  n., 
Silvia,  Strab. 
Σι?.ηνός,  b,  v.  Σειληνός. 
ΣίλητΓΟρδέω,  Dor.  σιλΰττορδεω, 
(πέρδυ)  a  word  used  by  Sophron,  of 
a  vulgar  arrogant  person,  Lat.  oppe- 
dere  alicui,  to  treat  one  mth  rudeness. 
(The  first  part  of  the  cornpd.  is  diib. : 
perh.  the  Dorians  had  a  form  σιλύς 
for  σίλλος.)     Hence 

Σιληπυρδία,  ας,  ή,  wanton  rudeness, 
Luc.  Lexiph.  21  ;  v.  foreg. 

ΣΊλί,  τό,  the  palma  Christi,  called 
in  Hdt.  2,  94.  σιλλικνπριον  ;  also  σέ- 
σελις,  σέσε'λι,  σέψιλι,  κροτών, — cf. 
also  κίκι. 

Σίλίγνιον,  ον,  τό,  Lat.  siligo,  spring- 
wheat,  which  the  Greeks  first  procur- 
ed from  the  Romans.     Hence 

Σί'λιγνις,  εως,  ή.  flour  from  spring- 
wheat, Λύηβτ\ίΐηάοίσεμίδαλις,θ3ί\βη.•. 
σιλιγνίτης  άρτος,  bread  made  there- 
from.^ [σΐ] 

Σι/.λαίνω,  (σίλ?.ος)  to  insult,  mock, 
jeer,  banter,  Diog. L. 9,  111, Luc.  Prom. 
8,  Ael.  V.  H.  3,  40. 

ΣΜακύττριον,  also  σιλικύπριον, 
ov,  τό,=σίλι  or  κΙκι,  Hdt.  2,  94,  ubi 
v.  Bihr,  et  cf.  Diosc.  4,  161. 

Σιλλoγpύφεω,ώ,tou<riteσΊλλoι :  and 
Σιλλογρύφία,  ας,   ?'/,  a  writing  of 
σίλλοι :  from 

Σιλλογρύφος,  ov,  (σίλλος,  γράφω) 
a  wnier  of  σίλλοι,  usu.  epith.  of  Ti• 
nion  of  Phlius  ;  cf.  σ'ιλλος.  [α] 

\Σίλλοι,  ων,  ο'ι,  the  Silli,  an  Aethi- 
opian  people,  Strab.  p.  772. 

ΣΓ.νΛΟΣ,  ov,  0,  (not  σιλ?Μς)  jeer- 
ing, satire,  usu.  a  satirical  poem  ;  Ti- 
mon  of  Phlius,  who  lived  about  01. 
127,  seems  to  have  given  this  signf 
to  the  word  ;  he  wrote  three  books 
j  of  Σίλλοι  in  hexam.  verse,  in  which 
he  attacked  all  the  Greek  philoso- 
phers, except  Pyrrho  and  the  Skep- 
tics, to  winch  school  he  himself  be- 
longed, V.  Diog.  L.  9,  c.  12.  His 
Fragments  will  be  found  in  Brunck's 
Analecta,  and  separate  editions  have 
since  been  published  byWoIke  (War- 
saw 1820),  and  F.  Paul  (Berlin  1828). 
— Later,  the  name  σίλ/.ος  was  given 
to  any  piece  of  satire  or  censure  in 
any  poem,  as  to  many  passages  in 
the  Homeric  poems,  to  Xenophanes' 
attack  on  Homer's  and  Hesiod's  the- 
ology, etc.  :  so  Lat.  sillus.  The  form 
σιλός  is  dub.  (Usu.  deriv.  from  εΐ- 
7.ω,  ϊλλω,  Ιλ?.ος,  ϊλλύς,  with  σ.  pre- 
fixed  Dor.,  ϋΓίλλωι/ι,σίλλόω.  Schnei- 
der takes  it  as  a  collat.  form,  of 
σιμός,  as  a  turned-up  nose  was  a 
sign  of  mockery  (cf  σιμός  I,  σιμόω), 
connecting  it  with  Σίλ>}νύς,  Σειλη- 
νός,  and  so  with  Σάτνρος  :  certainly 
the  Lat.  silo  and  silus  are  in  his  fa- 
vour, cf.  Lucret.  4,  1165.) 

iΣίλ7.oς,  ov,  ό,  Sillus,  son  of  Thra- 
symedes,  Paus.  2,  18,  8. 

Σίλλόω,  =  σιλλαίνω:  ace.  to  He- 
sych., τους  όφΟαλμονς  ήρεμα  περιφέ- 
ρειν,  which  favours  the  deriv.  of  σίλ- 
λος from  ϊλλω,  Archipp.  Incert.  11. 


Σ1ΜΒ 

Σίλλνβα,  τύ,  and  σίλλ.νβος,  ό,  a 
tuft,  bob;  generally,  an  appendage: 
hence  of  the  parchment  labels  which 
hung  from  the  written  rolls  of  the 
ancients  to  receive  the  title  of  the 
book,  Cic.  Att.  4,  5,  3 ;  cf.  σίλνβος, 
σιπνβος,  σίττνβος. 

Σιλόδονροι.  οί,  a  Gallic  word  trans- 
lated by  the  Greek  ενχωλιμαϊος,  one 
who  has  vowed  to  live  and  die  with  his 
lord,  Ath.  249  Β  ;  the  soldurii  of  Cae 
sar,  B.  G.  3,  22. 

ΊΣι/.ονανύς,  ov,  b,  Silvanvs,  v. 
Σίλας. 

\Σιλονϊον,  ov,  τό,  Silvium,  a  city  of 
the  Peucetii,  Strab.  p.  283. 

Σιλονμισμός,  ov,  b,  the  eating  of  a 
σίλονρος,  a  serving  it  «p  at  table, 
Diphil.  ΆποΛίπ.  1,  11.  [σι?.] 

Σίλ.ονρος,  ov,  6,  a  river  fish,  prob. 
the  shad,  Lat.  sdurus  (usu.  deriv. 
from  σείειν  ονρύν,  Ath.  287  Β),  Dio- 
dor.  Έ.πίκληρ.  1,  36,  Sopat.  ap.  Ath. 
230  E,  Juvenal.  4,  33.  [σϊλ] 

Σίλνβος,  ό,  also  Σίλλνβος,  a  plant 
like  a  thistle,  the  shoots  of  which 
were  eaten,  Diosc.  4,  159. 

Σίλφη,  ης,  ή,  a  slinking  insect,  a 
kind  ot  grub  ot  beetle,  Lat.  blalta, 
Arist.  H.  A.  8,  17,  8.  —  II.  α  book- 
worm, Luc. 

Σι7.φιόεις,  εσσα,  tv,  (σί?ι^ιον)  of 
silphiuyn,  Nlc.  Al.  329. 

Σί/.φιον,  ov,  TO,  Lat.  laserpitrum,  a, 
plant,  the  juice  of  which  was  used  in 
food  and  medicine,  first  in  Hdt.  4, 
169,  192,  Soph.  Fr.  945  ;  freq.  in  Ar. 
as  an  eatable,  esp.  mashed  up  with 
cheese,  Av.  534,  1579  ;  and  certainly 
not  very  sweet,  Id.  Eq.  895,  sq.— 
Bentl.  (Correspondence,  Lett.  235, 
and  ap.  Gaisf.  Hdt.  1.  c.)  thinks  it  is 
the  asa-fueiida,  still  much  eaten  as  a 
relL-ih  in  the  East :  it  is  now  thought 
that  the  Persian  sort,  which  yielded 
the  όπος  Μτ/δικύς.  was  this.  cf.  Bot- 
tiger  Archaol.  u.  Kunst  1 ,  p.  220 ;  bui 
the  African  sort,  yielding  the  όττος 
Κνριιναίκόςν/αδ  (ace.  to  Delia  Cella) 
the  ferula  Tingitana,  or  (ace.  to  Spren- 
gci)  the  thapsia  gummij'era,  v.  Bahr 
Hdt.  1.  c.  Hence 

Σίλφιοπωλης,  ov,  6,  (πωλεω)  β 
dealer  m  silphtum,  Strab. 

Σιλφιοφόρης,  ov,  (σίλφιον,  φέρυ) 
bearivg  silphium,  Strab. 

Σιλφιόω,  ώ,  loprepare  with  silphium  : 
fff ■(7iZ0i(j/ztjOr=sq.,  Philox.  ap.  Mei- 
neke  Com.  Fr.  3,  p.  644.     Hence 

ΣΓλφιωτός,  ή,  όν,  prcpar':d  with  sil- 
phimn,  Ar.  Fr.  180. 

iΣΰ.ωύμ.  b,  Siloam,  a  fountain  at 
the  base  ofMt.  Sion,  N.  T. 

ίΣιμάγγελος,  ov,  b,  Simangelus,  a 
Bopotarch,  Paus.  9,  13,  0. 

^Σίμαιβα.  ή,  Simaetha,  a  courtesan 
of  Megara,  Ar.  Ach.  524,  cf.  Ath. 
570  A. — 2.  a  Sicilian  female.  Theocr. 
2,  101. 

^Σίμύριστος,  ov,  b,  Simaristus, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Ath.  478  C. 

Σιμβλίύω,  (σίμβΖ-ος)  to  hive  bees. — 
II.  intr.,  κηρία  σιμβλενει.  honey  col- 
lects in  the  hive,  Anth.  P.  6,  236. 

Σίμβλη,  ης,  ή,=  σίμβλος.     Hence 

Σιμβληιος,  η,  ον,  poet,  for  σίμβλι- 
ος,  α.  έργα,  honey.  Αρ.  Rh.  3,  1036  ; 
— pecul.  fern,  σιμβληίς,  ίδος,  πέτρα 
σ.,  α  hole  in  a  rock  used  by  bees  as  a 
hire.  Id. ;  μελ.ίσσαι  σιμβλ^ηίδες,  Anth. 
P.  9,  226. 

Σίμβ/.ιος,  a,  ov,  (σίμβλος)  of  a  hive  .• 
like  one  :  found  in  one. 

Σιμβλις,  ίδος,  pecul.  poet.  fein.  of 
σίμί'ίλιος. 

Σιμβλοποιέω,  ω,  to  make  bee-hives, 
generally, —  σιμβ/.ενω. 

Σίμβλ.ος,  ov,  b,  a  bee-hive,  Hes.  Th 


ΣΙΜΟ 

598,  Theocr.  19,  2,  Αρ.  Rh.  2,  132:— 
metaph-,  any  store  or  hoard,  σίμ3?.ος 
χρημάτων,  Ar.  Vesp.  241,  as  in  Lat. 
favtssae  for  thesaurus.  —  In  Ορμ.  also 
heterocl.  pi.  σίμίλα,  τύ.  (Prob.  akin 
Ιο/ίέΑί,  βλίττω.) 

Σιμικίνθιον,  τό,  f.  1.  for  σημικίν- 
θιον. 

Σιμίκιον,  τό,  α  musical  instrument 
of  thirty-Jive  strin<;s. 

^Σϊμίχη,  ψ;,  ν,  Simiche,  a  slave, 
mother  of  Archelaus.  king  of  .Mace- 
donia. Ael.  V.  H.  12,  43.-2.  in  Luc. 
V.  1.  Σιμμέχη. 

ίΣϊμιχιόας,  α,  ό.  Dor.  for  •6ης, 
(strictly  son  of  Simichus,  or  perh. 
formed  from  σιμός,  v.  Subj.  of  3d 
Idyll.  Theocr.),  Siniichidas.  a  name 
lor  Theocritus  himself,  7,  21. 

ίΣιμμΐας,  ov,  ό,  .SiViiums,  aTheban, 
pupil  of  the  Pythagorean  Philolaus, 
Plat. ;  etc.  —  2.  a  poet  of  Byzantium, 
Anth.  P.  4,  1.  —  Others  m  Strab. ; 
etc. 

Σϊμοειδης,  ες,  {σιμός,  είδος)  snub- 
nosed. 

Σΐμόεις,  εντός,  6,  the  Simols,  fa 
small  river  of  Troas,  nsing  in  Ida 
and  joining  the  Scaraandert,  11•  4, 
•17C ;  contr.  Σϊμονς,  ονντος,  Hes.  Th. 
342  :— adj.  Σιμοέντιος,  contr.  Σιμονν- 
τιος,  α,  ov,  also  oc,  ov  in  Eur.  Hel. 
250;  pecul.  poet.  fern.  Σΐμοεντίς, 
ίδος.  tEur.  Andr.  1183.-2.'  ace.  to 
Strab.  p.  60S  a  river  of  Sicily  near 
Aegesta. 

]Σιμοείσιος,  ov.  ό,  Simoisius,  son 
of  Anthemion,  a  noble  Trojan,  II.  4, 
474. 

fΣtμoέvτίoς.  a,  ov,  v.  sub  Σιμόεις. 

Σϊμοτΐρόςωπος,  ov,  {σιμός,  πμόςω- 
ττον)  with  α  snub-nose,  i.  e.  flat  face. 
Plat.  Phaedr.  253  E. 

ΣΓΜΟ'Σ,  ή,  όν.  snub-nosed,  flat- 
nosed,  like  the  Tartars  (or  Scythians, 
as  Hdt.  calls  them).  Hdt.  4.  23.  cf  5, 
9;  so,  Aiist.  says  that  all  children 
are  σιμοί,  Probl.  33,  18  ;  also  of  the 
hippopotamus,  Hdt.  2,  71  ;  of  bees 
and  kids,  Theocr.  7.  80  ;  8,  50:  σιμή 
1>ίς,  Plat.  Theaet.  209  C  :  ro  σ.  της 
βινός  =  σιμότης,  Xen.  Symp.  5,  6: 
opp.  to  γρν-ός.  —  Since  scorn  is  ex- 
pressed by  turning  up  the  nose,  we 
find  σιμά  ye/.av  =  naso  suspendere 
adunco,  Mel.  91,  4 :  so,  σιμιί  σεσηρώς 
μνχθίζεις.  Id.  52,  3,  cf  95.  —II.  also 
of  other  things,  bent  upwards,  hence 
steep,  up-hill,  Lat.  acclivis,  opp.  to  κα- 
τάντης, Lat.  declivis,  Ar.  Lys.  288  ; 
:rpof  TO  σιμον  διύκειν,  to  pursue  np- 
htll,  Xen.  Hell.  4.  3,  23  ;  προς  τό  σ. 
άνατρέχειν,  Dionys.  (Com.)  Ό/ιων. 
2 ;  so,  τα  σιμά  ί'-χερίαλείν,  Xen. 
Cyn.  5,  16.-2.  generally,  bent  in,  hol- 
low, concave,  ή  γασ'?/ρ  τύν  άύείττνων 
σιμή,  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  4,  21 :  τα  σιμά 
τοΰ  ηττατος,  the  bottom  of  the  liver: 
— opp.  to  κυρτός,  convex.  (Lat.  si- 
mitis,  sirnia,  seem  to  come  from  it.) 

ΣΤιιος,  ov,  b,  masc.  prop,  n.,  Simus, 
strictlv  Flat-nose,  also  Σιμνλος.  Jac. 
Anth.  P.  p.  60.  131.  —  t2.  a  Sicilian, 
founder  of  Himera,  Thuc.  6,  5. — 3.  a 
Thessalian  of  Larissa,  an  adherent 
of  Philip  of  Macedon,  Dem.  241,  27. 
— Others  in  Dera. ;  Theocr. ;  etct — 
II.  a  kind  of  tunny.  [ΣΙαος,  not  Σί- 
iioc,  should  be  written  also  in  Anth. 
'P.fj,  310;  9,  315.] 

Σίμότης,  τ)τος,  ή.  {σιμός)  the  shape 
of  a  snub  nose,  snuhbiness.  Plat.  The- 
aet. 209  C,  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  4,  21  ;  opp. 
to  γρντΐότης.  —  II.  generally,  hollmv- 
ness,  flatness,  Hipp. ;  so,  σ.  τών  οδόν- 
των, of  the  upturned  tusks  of  a  wild 
boar.  Xen.  Cyn.  10, 13. 

iΣι.μoύvτιoς,  a,  ov,  v.  sub  Σιμόεις. 


ΣΙΝΑ 

Σΐμονς,  ονντος,  ό,=  Σιμόεις. 

Σίμόω,  ώ,  (σιμός)  to  turn  up  the 
nose :  hence,  to  sneer  at,  Lat.  naso 
siispendere  adunco.  —  II.  generally,  to 
bend  in  or  upwards  : — pass.,  to  become 
hollow  or  flat,  Hipp.  ;  πόδες  σεσιμω- 
μένοι.  up-turned  feet,  as  of  some 
wading  birds,  Arist.  Part.  An.  4, 
12,  8. 

^Σΐμν7.ος ,  ov,  b,  Simylus,  a  poet  of 
the  middle  comedy,  Mcineke  1,  p. 
424. — 2.  a  tragic  actor,  Dem.  314,  11. 
— Others  in  Luc. ;  etc. 

iΣίμvpa,  ωι;  τά,  Simyra,  a  city  of 
Syria,  Strab.  p.  753. 

Σίμωδία,  ας,  η.  {ίιδή)  a  kind  of 
loose  song,  named  from  one  Σιμός,  its 
inventor,  Strab. 

Σϊμωδός,  ov.  ό,  one  who  sings  σι- 
μφδίαι,  Ath.  620  D,  cf  ΐλαρωδός. 

Σίμωμα,  ατός,  τό,  {σϊμόω)  that 
which  is  bent  upwards,  that  which  turns 
up,  σ-  ναός,  the  upturned  bow  of  a  ship, 
Plut.  Pericl.  26  :  cf  σήμαινα. 

^Σίμων,  υτος,  ό,  Simon,a  notorious 
sophist  in  Athens.  Ar.  Nub.  351. — 2. 
an  Athenian,  who  wrote  concerning 
horsemanship,  Xen.  de  Re  Eq.  1,  1. 
— 3.  a  Thracian,  gifted  with  citizen- 
ship at  Athens,  Dem.  624,  6,  15. — 
Others  in  Lys. ;  Luc. ;  etc. 

■^Σιμυνακτίδης,  ov,  ό,  Simonactides, 
a  writer  of  Chios,  Ath.  C62  C. 

fΣιμωvίόης.  ov,  b.  Simonides,  the 
celebrated  lyric  poet  of  Ceos,  The- 
ogn.  469.  Hdt.  5,  102.— 2.  an  elegiac 
poet  of  the  island  Amorgus,  Ar. 
Nub.  1362  ;  Ath.  106  F.— 3.  a  leader 
of  the  .Athenians,  Thuc.  4,7. — Others 
in  Ath. ;  etc. 

ίΣινΰ,  b,  (to  Σιναΐον  όρος,  Jo- 
seph.) Mt.  Siva  or  Sinai,  in  Arabia, 
renowned  for  the  delivery  on  it  of 
the  law  to  Moses  by  the  Lord,  LXX.; 
N.  T. 

Σινύζω,=  σίνομαι,  dub.  1.  in  The- 
ocr. 30,  32,  V.  Wvistem. 

Σΐνΰμώρενμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  stolen 
dainty,  Pherecr.  Incert.  10. 

Σινΰμιορέω.  ω,  to  damage,  waste, 
destroy  wantonly,  της  'Έ?.7.άδος  μηδε- 
μίην  πόλιν  σιναμωρέειν,  Hdt.  1,  152  ; 
cf  8,  35  :  generally,  tn  treat  roughly, 
wantotily,  lewdly,  γνντ)  σιναμωρον- 
μένη,  Αγ.  Nub.  1070.  (The  form 
σινομωρέω  i.s  rejected  even  by  the 
old  Gramm.,  cf  σινάμωρος  fin.) 

Σϊναμωμία,  ar,  η,  mischievousness, 
joined  with  ν>3ρις\ίγ  Aiist.  Eth.  N. 
7,  6,  6. — II.  lewdness:  in  Themist. 
extravagance. 

Σϊνάμωρος.  ov.  mischievous,  hurtful, 
Hipp.  V.  Foes.  Oecon. :  c.  gen.  rei, 
7"ώΐ'  kuvTov  σ.,  ruining  his  own  af- 
fairs, Hdt.  5,  92,  6 :  tcantonly  mis- 
chievous, wanton,  Anacr.  50. — II.  wan- 
ton, lecherous,  Plut.  2,  3  .\  ;  cf  Jac. 
Ach.  Tat.  p.  609.  [lu]  (The  deriv. 
from  σίνομαι  is  clear:  but  as  to  -μω- 
ρός, it  is  as  difficult  to  explain  here, 
as  in  the  other  words  with  the  same 
ending,  εγχεσίμωρος,  ίόμωρος, ί<?Μκό- 
μωρος.  The  form  σινόμωρος  is  perh. 
ace.  to  analogy,  but  rejected  even  by 
the  early  Gramm.,  cf  Wessel.  Hdt. 
1,  152,  Jac.  in  Wolf's  Anal.  3,  p.  30 : 
σινύμορος  is  equally  dub.,  and  perh. 
arose  from  attempts  at  etj-mology.) 

Σΐνάπέ?.αιον,  ov,  τό,  mustard-oil, 
Diosc. 

Σίνάπι,  εως,  and  σίνΰττν,  νος,  τό, 
mustard,  Lat.  sinapi,  Nic.  ap.  Ath. 
366  D,  N.  T. :  cf  σίνηπι.  The 
better  Att.  however  used  neither  of 
these  two  forms,  but  νάπν  (q.  v.), 
Ath.  367  A,  cf  Lob.  Phryn.  288.  [σι] 

Σΐνΰπίδιον,  ov,  τό.  dim.  from  σί- 
νάπι, a  mustard-pudding.  [7] 


Σ  INI 

Σΐνΰπίζω,  (σίναπι)  to  apply  a  mus- 
tard-hhater  to  one,  τινά,  Xenarch. 
Scyth.  1. — 11,  to  look  sourly  at  one, 
Tivi.  dub. 

ΣΙνάπΙνος,  η,  ov,  of  mustard,  [ά] 

Σϊΐ'ά-ιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  σί• 
ΐ'απι,  a  little  mustard,  [α] 

Σΐνάπισμός,  ov,  b,  {σιναπίζω)  tie 
use  of  a  mustard-blister. 

Σιναπιστίοΐ',  verb,  adj.,  one  must 
put  on  a  mustard-bltster. 

^Σιναρθοκ'/ης,  έονς,  ό,  Sinartho- 
cles,  a  king  of  the  Parthians,  Luc. 
Macrob.  15. 

+ΣίVαpof,  ov,  ό,  the  Sinarus,  a  river 
of  India,  Arr.  Ind.  4,  9. 

Σϊνάρός,  ά,  όν,  ( σίνομαι )  mis- 
chievous, hurtful. — II.  pass.,  hurt,  dam- 
aged, esp.  in  medic,  as  Hipp. ;  cf. 
Foes.  Oecon. 

Σα'άς,  άόος,  pecul.  fem.  of  foreg. 

iΣίvδa,  ων,  τύ,  Sinda,  a  city  of 
Pisidia.  Strab.  p.  570. 

^Σινδική.  ης,  ή.  Sindice,  a  district 
in  Asia  on  the  Cimmerian  Bosporus, 
Hdt.  4,  85. 

^Σινόικός,  ή.  όν,  of  or  relating  to 
the  iSmdi,  Sindian  ;  7.ιμηχ<.  a  harbour 
on  the  coast  of  the  Cimmerian  Bos- 
porus, Strab.  p.  496. 

"[Σινδίμανα,  ων,  τά,  Sindimana,  a 
city  of  India,  Arr.  An.  6,  16,  4. 

ΐΣινδοί,  ων,  oi,the  Sindi.  a  people 
of  Asia  just  east  of  the  Cimmerian 
Bosporus,  Hdt.  4.  28.-2,  In  Ap.  Rh. 
4,  322  a  people  near  the  mouths  of 
the  Ister ;  prob.  same  with  former ; 
cf  Strab.  p.  495. 

Σινδόνη,  ης,  ή,=σινδών :  a  gar- 
ment, etc.,  made  of  it. 

Σινδόνιον.  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  foreg., 
LXX.,  and  Dio  C.  :  also  σινδονίσκη, 
ης.  ή,  Plut.  2,  340  D. 

Σινδοΐ'ίτης,  ov,  b,  fem.  -ΐτις,  ιδος, 
wearing  clothes  of  σινδών,  Strab. 

Σινδονοφορέω,  ω,  to  wear  clothes  of 
σινδών,  Strab. ;  from 

Σιΐ'δονοφόρος,  ov,  wearing  garments 
of  σινδών. 

ΣινδονϊχΙτής,  ες,  wm^en  like  or  of 
σινδών,  Philox  ap.  Ath.  409  E. 

\Σίνδος,  ov,  ή,  Stndus,  a  city  of 
Macedonia,  in  Mygdonia,  Hdt.  7, 
123. 

Σινδρός,  ό,  also  σίνδρων,  ωνος,  ό, 
Hermon  ap.  Ath.  267  Β,  contr.  for 
σιναρός,=;3?.απτίκός,  πονηρός,  mis- 
chievous : — also=  δην/ος,  δονλέκδον- 
?.ος,  Alh.  1.  c.     Hence 

Σινδρωνενομαί,=  σίνομαι,  Gramm. 

Σινδώ.  οϋς,  ή,  Att.  for  sq.,  Valck. 
Phoen.  458. 

Σινδών,  όνος,  ή,  sindon,  a  fine  In- 
dian cloth,  muslin  (and  SO  prob.  de- 
rived from  Ινδός,  Sind),  Hdt.  1,  200; 
2,  95  ;  σινδών  βνσσίνη,  esp.  used  for 
mummy-cloth,  Hdt.  2,  86;  7.  181  (cf. 
sub  βνσσος) : — later,  generally,  fine 
linen,  linen.  Soph.  Ant.  1222,  Thuc. 
2,  49  ;  σινδόνος  τε/.αμώνες,  surgeon's 
bandages,  Hdt.  7,  181  : — then,  any 
thing  made  of  this  cloth,  a  muslin  gar- 
ment, a  napkin,  Lat.  inappula.  Bast 
Ep.  Cr.  p.  180. 

Σΐνέομαι,  Ion.  for  σίνομαι,  to  hurt, 
damage,  waste,  c.  ace,  Hdt.  4,  123  ; 
5,81';  9,  13,  49,  73,  87. 

Σίνηπι  and  σίνηπυ,  τό,  Ion.  for 
σίναπι,  σίναπυ :  Nic.  has  also  ace. 
σίνηπιν,  Al.  533 ;  gen.  σινήπιος, 
Arist.  Plant.  1,  5,  5.  [σϊ] 

Σινιάζω,  (σινίον)=σήθω,  to  siftj 
icinnotv,  N.  T.     Hence 

Σινίασμα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which  is 
sifted  off,  chaff. 

Σινιάω.^=σινύζω. 

Σινιατί/ριον,  τό,  also  σίνιατρον, 
(atvia(j)=sq. 

1347 


Σ  INT 

^,ivLOi',ov,TO,asieve:  this  word  with 
all  its  (iurivs.  is  late,  prob.  not  before 
N.T. 

Σίνις,  ιόος,  ό,  ace.  σίνιν,  (σίνομαι) 
a  destroyer,  ravager,  robber,  a.  κτεά- 
νων,  Soph.  Fr.  230 : — also  as  aiij., 
destroying,  λέων  σ.,  Aesch.  Ag.  718. — 
II.  as  prop,  n.,  6  Σίνις,  the  Destroyer, 
a  famous  robber  of  early  Greece, 
called  ύ  Πιτυοκάμ-τι/ς  : — also  writ- 
ten Σίννις,  Valck.  Hipp.  977.  [>^] 

'\Σίΐ'νηκα,  ων,  τά,  Sinnaca,  a  city 
of  the  Mygdones,  in  Babylonia,  Strab. 
p.  747. 

-  Σΐί'όόονς,  οντοΓ,  6,  ή,  {σίνομαι, 
οόαυς)  hurting  vjith  the  teeth. — IJ.  ύ  σ., 
Qfish,  Antiph.  Arch.  1  ;  cf  συνόδους. 

\Σινόείς,  ύ,  appell.  of  Pan  iiom 
his  nurse  Σιΐ'όη,  Pans.  8,  30,  3. 

■^Σινόεσσα,  and  Σινονεσσα,  ης,  ?/, 
Smuessa,  a  city  of  Latium  on  the  con- 
fines of  Campania,  Strab.  p.  231. 

ίΣινόη,  ης,  ή,  Sinoii,  a  nymph,  v. 
Σινόεις. 

ΣΙΝΟΜΑΙ,  Ion.  σινέομαι  (q.  v.), 
dep.,  used  liy  Hom.  only  in  pres.,  and 
imperf.,  whereas  Hdl.  8,  31,  has  an 
aor.  έσίναι•-ο (nisi  legend,  ίσινέατο): 
—cf.  sub  tin.  Strictly,/»  tear  away, 
seize  and  carry  off  as  booty,  hence  of 
attacks  or  assaults  generally,  in 
Hom.  always  upon  living  beitigs,  tire 
uoi  σίνοιτό  γ'  εταίρους,  Od.  12,  114  ; 
so  of  the  Cyclopes,  οϊ  σφεας  σινέσ- 
κοντο,  who  used  to  attack  and  spoil 
them,  Od.  6,  6 ;  esp.  of  the  plunder 
of  cattle,  ££  f5e  κεσίνηαι,Οά.  11,  112; 
'2,  139,  cf.  uatvi'/r  :  so,  later,  of  wild 
beasts,  to  tear  away,  tear  in  pieces,  de- 
vour ;  cf.  σίνις,  σίντης,  σίντωρ. — 2. 
of  things,  to  carry  off,  plunder,  e.  g.,  ού 
σινεσαετο  καρπόν,  Hes.  Fr.  2,  3  ;  in 
prose  more  usu.,  γήν  or  χώραν  σίνε- 
αθαι,  to  pillage,  plunder,  spoil  a  coun- 
try, Hdt.  6,  97  ;  8,  31,  etc.,  Xen.  Cyr. 
3,  3,  15,  etc. — II.  in  more  general 
sigP.f.,  to  harm,  damage,  distress,  αιδώς 
ΰν^ρας  μέγα  σίνεται,  II.  24,  45,  Hes. 
Op.  316,  and  Hdt. ;  like  Att.  βλύπ- 
τειν  or  κακοποιείν,  cf.  Plat.  Legg. 
936  E.— 2.  also,  to  hurt,  wound,  Hdt. 
2,  C8 :  esp.  of  the  damage  done  by 
one  army  to  another,  σίνεσθαι  τον 
στρατοί',  μέγα  σ.  τους  πολεμίους, 
etc.,  5,  27  ;  7,  147,  etc.,  Xen.  Lac.  12, 
5. — No  act.  σίνω  occurs,  but  σίνομαι 
is  used  as  pass,  by  Orph.  Arg.  212, 
and  we  have  pf.  σεσιμμένος  in  pass. 
signf.  in  an  Inscr. — Rare  in  Att.  ! 
prose,  except  Plat.  1.  c,  and  Xen. 
[σι] 

fΣι.vopίa,  ας.  ή,  Sinoria,  a  fortress 
in  Pontus,  Strab.  p.  555. 

Σίνος,  εος,  τό,  {σίνομαι)  hurt,  harm, 
mischief,  Aesch.  Ag.  389,561. — II.  act. 
any  thing  Iturtful,  a  mischief,  plague, 
and  50=σίνις,  σίντης,  lb.  733  ;  cf. 
Valck.  Hipp.  977.  [σι  Aesch.,  Nic. 
Th.  1,  6,53;  but,  in  Nic.  Al.  231,  σι• 
νος.]     Hence 

Σινότης,  ητος,  7/,faultiness. 

Σΐνόω,  late  coUat.  form  from  σίνο- 
μαι, Manetho. 

iΣivτες,  ων,  oi,  the  Siritcs,  a  people 
of  Africa,  Strab.  p.  131. 

Σίντης,  ov,  !),  {σίνομαι)  tearing, 
ravenous,  epith.  of  the  lion  and  wolf, 
like  the  later  σίνις,  II.  11,481  ;  16, 
353  :  σίνταο  φάλαγγας  (a  fem.  subst.) 
Nic.  Th.  715. 

Σίντις,  ως,  u,=  foreg.,  but  we  only 
find  it  in  plur.  as  prop,  n.,  οι  Σίντιες, 
the  Sintians,  the  early  inhabitants  of 
Lemnos,  who  were  pirates,  II.  1,  594, 
Od.  8,  294  :  hence  Σιντηϊς,  ιδος,  ?/, 
old  epith.  of  Lninnos,  jSintian,  A  p. 
Rh.  1,608. 

ίΣίντοι,  ων,  ol,  the  Sinti,  a  people 
1348 


ΣΙΡΙ 

!  of  Macedonia,  Thiic.  2,  98  ;  also  wr. 
Σιντοί,  Strab.  p.  457,  v.  Σάίοι. 

Σίντωρ,  ορός,  6,=σίντης,  Anth.  P. 
6,  45. 

Σίνων,  ωνος,  ό,{σίνομαι)8ίηοη,\.Β. 
the  Destroyer,  the  Greek  who  per- 
suaded the  Trojans  to  receive  the 
wooden  horse :  the  story  is  not  in 
Horn.,  but  Soph,  had  a  play  of  this 
name,  [ϊ] 

Σινώπη,  ης,  ή,  Sinope,  a  town  of 
Paplilagonia  on  the  Black  sea  :  Σίνω- 
πίτης,  ov,  and  Σινωπενς,  έως,  ό,  an 
inhabitant  of  it :  adj.  ΣΐνωπικιΊς,  η,  όν, 
fof  Sinope,  Stnopic,  Strab.  ;  η  Σινω- 
πίς,  ίδος,  and  Σπ'ω7Γ£rίf,  the  territory 
of  ,S.,  Id.  pp.  546,  561 1•— II•  ή  Σινω- 
πική  (sc.  μίλτος),  a  red  earth  found  in 
Cappadocia.atid  imported  into  Greece 
from  Sinope,  Lat.  rubrica  Htnopica, 
Theophr.  ;  so.  ή  Σινωπίς,  Diosc. 

^Σΐνώπη,  ης,  ή,  Sinope,  daughter 
ofAsopus  and  Methone,  Ap.  Kh.  2, 
946.— Others  in  Dem.  610,  17  ;  etc. 

ίΣινώτιον,.  ου,  τό,  Sinotium,  name 
of  two  cities,  τό  νέον  and  τό  παλαιόν 
in  Dalmatia,  Strab.  p.  315. 

Σϊξαι,  aor.  1  inf.  from  σίζω. 

Σϊξις,  εως,  r),  (σίι^ω)  a  hissing,  such 
as  is  made  by  plunging  hot  metal  in 
water,  Arist.  !\Ieteor.  2,  9,  16. 

Σϊοειόής,  ες,  {είδος)  like  σίον. 

Σΐοκόρος,  ό:  Lacon.  for  Οεοκόρος, 
:=νεωκόρος. 

Σίον.  ου,  τό,  α  marsh  or  meadow 
plant,  Theocr.  5,  125,  in  plur.  ;  and 
in  Od.  5,  72,  Ptolemy  Euergetes 
wished  to  read  σίου  for  lov.  Wolf. 
Proleg.  p.  cxciii. 

Σϊός,  Lacon.  for  θεός,  Ar.  Lys.  81, 
174,  etc. ;  cf.  sub  θεός  II. 

^Σιούφ,  ή,  Siuph,  a  city  of  the  Ae- 
gyptian  Delta,  in  the  Sa'itic  nome, 
Hdt.  2,  172. 

Σΐπά?ιός,  lengthd.  for  σιφλός,  pur- 
blind. Poet.  ap.  E.  M. 

Σίπάρος,  ου,  ό,  also  σίφαρος,  Lat. 
supparum,  τό  ίστίον  τό  εν  Ty  πρύμνη 
κρεμύμενον:  ρτο\βή).,σιπάμονς έπαί- 
ρείν,  Lat.  suppara  summis  velis  annecte- 
re,  to  hoist  all  sail,  Arr.  Epict.  3,  2.  [ΐ] 

^Σιποϋς,  ονντος.  h,  the  city  Sipon• 
turn  in  Apulia,  Polyb.  10,  1,  8. 

Σΐπυη,  ης,  Ar.  Eq.  1296,  Plut.  806, 
and  in  Hippocr.  σιπυίς,  ίδος,  ή,  also 
σιπύς  :—ίΐ  vessel,  case,  cupboard  ;  esp., 
a  meal-jar,  meal-sack,  Jac.  Leon.  Tar. 
9.  (The  deriv.  is  obscure  :  prob.  akin 
to  the  dialectic  forms  σίββα,  κίββα, 
ΐ(νββα,=  πηρα,  therefore  also  to  κί• 
βισις,  κίβυσις,  κύβισις,  etc. :  Ιπΰα  is 
a  collat.  form  without  σ.  Lob.  Phryii. 
301 ;  also  in  Att.  with  aspirated  π-, 
σίφνις,  σίφνος.) 

^Σιπνληνή,  ης,  ή,  of  SIpylus,  ap- 
pell. of  Rhea  from  sq.,  Strab.  p.  469. 

^Σίπνλος,  ov,  h,  Stpylus,  a  moun- 
tain on  the  borders  of  Lydia  and 
Phrygia,  now  Sipuli-dag,  II.  24,  615  ; 
Strab.  p.  571. — II.  ?/,  a  city  of  Lydia 
by  Mt.  Sipylus, destroyed  by  an  earth- 
quake, Pind.  O.  1.  62  ;  Eur.'  1.  A.  952  ; 
called  by  Strab.  Μαγνησία  προς  Σί- 
πυλον. — III.  ό,  son  of  Amphion  and 
Niobe,  Apollod.  3,  5,  6. 

Σίραιον,  ov,  TO,  new  wine  boiled 
down,  Lat.  defrutum,  Ar.  Vesp.  878, 
Antiph.  Leuc.  1,  Alex.  Leb.  2,  8, 
ΤΙονηρ.,  2,  3 :  also  οίνος  σίραιος, 
Hipp. ;  or  οίνος  σίρινος,  cf.  Foes. 
Oecon. : — cf.  (-.-φημα.  [i\ 

ίΣίρακες,  ων,  οί,  the  Siraces,  a  peo- 
ple between  the  Maeotis  and  Cas- 
pian, Strab.  p.  506. 

'\Σιρακηνή,  ης,  η,  Sirace^ie,  the  ter- 
ritory of  foreg.,  Strab.  p.  504. 

Σιρίασις,  σφιύω,  worse  forms  for 
σεφίασις,  σειριύω. 


ΣΙΣΤ 

Σίριον,  τό,  α  star. 

ίΣϊρις,  ιος,  ό,  but  also  Σϊρις,  Lye. 
856,  and  ΣεΙρις,  the  Siris,  a  river  of 
Lucania,  Strab.  p.  201.— II.  ή.  a  city 
on  foreg.  river,  port  of  Heraclea,  also 
called  ΥΙολίειον,  Hdt.  8,  62.-2.  a  city 
of  Paeonia  in  Thrace,  Hdt.  8,  115. 

^Σιρίτης.  ου,  ό,  an  inhab.  of  Siris 
II.  1),  Hdt.  0,27. 

^Σίρμιον,  ov,  TO,  Sirmium,  a  city 
of  Pannonia,  Strab.  jj.  134. 

Σΐρομάστης,  ov,  ύ,  {σιρός,  μαστήρ) 
strictly  pit-searcher,  a  sort  of  probe  or 
gauge,  with  which  the  tax-gatherers 
searched  corri-ints  and  magazines. 
Math.  Vett. :  in  war  it  was  used  to 
try  whether  there  were  pits  etc.  in 
the  ground. — 11.  a  barbed  lance,  LXX., 
Joseph.     Also  written  σεφομάστης. 

ίΣιρομίτρης,  ov  Ion.  εω,  ό,  Sirojni- 
tres,  a  Persian,  Hdt.  7,  68. 

ΊΣιροπαίονες,  ων,  οί,  the  Siropaeo- 
nes,  a  people  of  Thrace,  around  Siris 
(II.  2),  Hdt.  5,  15. 

Σΐρός,  ov,  ό,  a  pit,  esp.  for  keeping 
corn  in,  Eur.  Phryx.  4,  Anaxandr. 
Protes.  1,28,  Dein.  100,  fin.;  also  a 
pitfall,  Lat.  sirus.  [I,  II.  c,  and  Anth., 
cf.  V'alck.  Diatr.  p.  217  ;  but  in  com- 
mon language  i,  ace.  to  Draco  p.  81, 
25.] 

ίΣίι^βας,  b,  Sirrhas,  masc.  pr.  n. 
Arist.  Pol.  5,  8,  11. 

Σφβός,  ό,  later  form  for  σιρός, 
Schaf.  Long.  p.  336. 

ίΣίρωμος,  ov,  ό,  Siromiis,  son  ol 
Euelthon,  king  in  Cyprus,  Hdt.  5, 
104.-2.  a  Tynan,  Id.  7,  98. 

ίΣισάμνης,  ov  Ion.  εω,  ό,  Sisam 
Ties,  a  Persian,  father  of  Otanes,  Hdt 
5,  25.-2.  another,  Id.  7,  65. 

iΣισάπωv,  ωνος,  ό,  Sisapon,  ό  νέο,•^ 
and  ό  πα?Μΐός,  two  cities  in  Hispa^ 
nia,  Strab.  p.  141. 

Σΐσύριον,  ov,  TO,  a  wcrman's  orna- 
inent,  prob.,  a  kind  oi  chain. 

Σίσύρον,  ov,  TO,  a  plant  with  an 
eatable  root,  slum  sisanun,  Linn.,  Lat. 
siser,  Epich.  p.  1,  Diosc.  [σι] 

^Σίσικος  or  Σισίκοττος,  ov,  δ.  Si- 
sictis  or  Sisicottus,  a  Persian  satrap, 
Arr.  An.  5,  20,  7. 

\Σισιμάκ.ης,  ov  Ion.  εω,  6,  Sisima- 
ces,  a  leader  of  the  Persians,  Hdt.  5, 
121. 

'\ΣισιμίΟρον  πέτρα,  ή,  rock  of  Sisi- 
mithres  in  Bactria,  Strab.  p.  517. 

iΣισίvης,  ov,  ό,  Sisines,  a  Persian 
name,  Arr.  An.  1,  25,  3;  etc. 

ίΣισίννης,  ov,  ό,  Sisi7ines,  a  Scy- 
thian, Luc.  Tox.  57. 

tS/ffif,  ιδος,  ό,  Sisis,  masc.  pr.  n., 
Strab.  p.  555. 

jΣισκίa,  ας,  ή,  Siscia,  in  Panno- 
nia,  Strab.  p.  314. 

Σισμός,  ό,  (σίζω)=σΙξις,  a  hissing. 

Σισόη,  ης,  ή,  a  mode  of  braiding  or 
dressing  the  hair,  LXX. 

Σίσυβος,  6,  rare  dialectic  form  for 
θύσανος,  akin  to  σίλλνβος  and  σίττν- 
βος. 

Σισνμβρινος,  η,  ov,  of  σίσνμβρον, 
Theophr. ;  σ.  μνρον,  Antiph.  Thoric. 
1,5. 

Σΐσνμβριον,  ου,  TO,=sq.,  Cratin. 
Malth.  1,  3,  Ar.  Av.  160. 

Σίσνμβρον,  ov,  τό,  a  sweet-smell- 
ing plant,  perh.,  7nint  or  thyme,  [σΐ, 
Mel.  1,  19,  but  σϊ,  Nic.  Th.  890.] 

Σισνρα  (not  σίσνρη),  ας,  ή.  orig.,  α 
shaggy  goat-skin ;  and  so,  generally, 
an  outer  garment  of  skin,  or  of  skins 
sewn  together,  like  βαϊτα,  Valck.  Am- 
mon.,  Ruhnk.  Tim.  s.  v. :  hence,  a 
thick,  rough  outer  garinent,  wilh  the 
nap  uncut :  it  served  as  a  garment  by 
day,  and  a  covering  by  night,  like  the 
modern  Greek  ^rego,  Ar.  Vesp.  1138, 


ΣΙΤΑ 

Nub.  10,  etc. ;  in  Hdt.  σισύρνα,  q.  v. : 
— σίσυρναν,  σίσνρνος,  σίσνμος,  σίσυς, 
σύρα,  σνρία  are  rare  collat.  forms. 
The  word  prob.  belongs  to  τίτνρος, 
Lacon.  word  (or  a  goat,  and  this  again 
connects  it  with  Σάτυρος.) 

iΣισίφ3η,  ης,  ή,  Sisyrbe,  an  Ama- 
zon at  Ephesus,  Strab.  p.  633  :  from 
her  a  portion  of  the  Ephesians  were 
said  to  be  named  ΣίσνρβΙται. 

Σΐσνριγχίον,  ου,  τό,  {σισνρα)  α  bul- 
bous plant,  Theophr. 

Σΐσϊφίνιον,  τό,  later  form  for  σι- 
σνρα. 

Σίσνρνα,  7ΐ,=σισύρα,  α  garment  of 
skin,  σ.  ?.εοντεία,  ν.  1.  Hdt.  4,  109 ;  7, 
67,  Aesch.  Fr.  101.  [σΖ]     Hence 

ΣΙσυρνούύτης,  ου,  ό,  {δύο)  one  who 
slips  into  a  σίσυρνα,  wears  a  shaggy 
upper  garment.  Lye.  634.  [6v\ 

Σίσυρνον,  ov,  τό,^σισίφα.  [ϊ] 

Σίσυρνος,  ου,  ό,=^σΐσύρα. — II.  α  sur- 
gical bandage.     Hence 

Σίσνρνοψόρος,  op,  =  σισνροφόρος, 
Hdt.  7,  67. 

Σίσυρνώδης,  ες,  like  a  skin  or  fur, 
στόλος,  Soph.  Fr.  362. 

Σΐσϋροδντ7]ς,  ov,  ό,=σισνρνοδντης. 

Σίσνρος,  ό,=: σισνρα.  [Ι] 

Σίσΐφοφορέω,  ώ,  to  wear  skins  :  from 

Σϊσίφοφόρος,  ov,  (σισνρα,  φέρω) 
wearing  a  ski7i. 

Σίσνς,  νος,=  σίσνρα,  Lye.  [ΓΙ 

ίΣϊσνφείον,  ov,  τό,  the  SisyphSum, 
an  old  ruin  by  the  Acrocorinthus, 
Strab.  p.  349. 

'\Σίσνφείος,  a,  ov,  of  Sisyphus, 
Sisyphean  ;  TO  Σ.  σπέρμα,  i.  e.  Ulys- 
ses, Eur.  I.  A.  524;  οι  Σίσύφεωι,  the 
descendants  of  S.,  i.  e.  Creon  and  his 
family,  or  perh.  Creon  alone,  Id.  Med. 
404. 

■^Σίσυφίδης,  ov,  6,  son  (or  descendant) 
of  Sisyphus,  1.  e.  Ulysses,  Soph.  Aj. 
190  ;  ci.  Phil.  417,  625. 

Σίσΰφίζω,  to  act  like  Sisyphus,  i.  e. 
slily  and  unscrupulously. 

jΣiσvφως,  a,  ον,=  Σισνφειος ;  ή 
Σισυφίη  γαία,  land  of  Sisypfius,  i.  e. 
Corinth,  Anth. 

\Σΐσϋφίς,  ίδος,  ή,  pecul.  fem.  to 
foreg.,  Σ.  άκτη,  the  Cori?ithian  shore, 
Theocr.  22,  158. 

Σίσυφος,  ου,  ό,  Sisyphus,  a  mythic 
king  of  Corinth,  fson  of  Aeolus  and 
Enarete,  famed  for  his  cunningt,  II. 
6,  153 ;  punished  in  the  shades  be- 
low, Od.  11,593.  (Prob.  aredupl.form 
oi  σοφός,  the  Wise  or  Cunning.)  [<] 

Σίσων,  ό,  a  Syrian  plant,  the  seeds 
of  which  were  used  as  a  spice  and  as 
a  medicine,  Diosc. 

ΣΙτα,  τά,  heterog.  pi.  of  σΐτος, 
q,.v. 

Σίτάγίρτης,  ov,  b,  (σϊτος,  ίιγείρω) 
a  collector  of  corn  for  state  purposes,  a 
commissary.  Tab.  Heracl. 

Σίτΰγωγέω,  ώ,  to  convey  corn  to  a 
place,  Luc.  Nav.  14:  and 

Σίτάγωγία,  ας,  ή,  conveyance  of  corn 
to  a  place,  Luc.  Nav.  14 :  from 

Σίτάγυγός,  όν,  (σίτος,  άγω)  con- 
veying or  transporting  corn  to  a  place, 
σ.  ττλοΐα,  provision-ships,  Hdt.  7,  147, 
Andoc.  22,  21,  etc. ;  cf.  σιτηγός,  v. 
Phryn.  p.  430. 

^Σίτύαη,  or  Σιττύκη,  ης,  ή,  Silace, 
a  city  of  Babylonia,  Xen.  An.  2, 4, 13 : 
hence  Σιττακηνός,  ov,  ό,  ati  inhab.of 
.v.,  Arr.  An.  3,  8,  3. 

'{Σίτακ.ος,  ov,  6,  Sitacus,  a  Persian 
river,  Arr.  Ind.  38,  8. 

^Σιτύ?.κας,  6,  Ion.  Σιτάλκης,  εω, 
Sitalcas,  a  king  of  the  Odrysae  in 
Thrace,  Hdt.  4,  80.— 2.  another  king 
in  Thrace,  an  ally  of  the  Athenians, 
Thuc.  2,  29.— Others  in  Arr. ;  etc. 

Σίτανίας,  ov,  6,  πυρός  σ.,  a  shrub- 


ΣΙΤΗ 

like  kind  of  wheat,  Theophr. ;  perh. 
the  same  as  σητύνιος  πνρός,  q.  v. 

Σίτύριον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  σίτος, 
usu.  in  plur.,  α  little  corn  or  bread, 
Hipp.,  Philem.  p.  398.  Polyb.  16,  24, 
5.  [ώ]  ^  , 

Σϊτάρκεια,  ας,  7/,==σίταρκια,  v.  L 
Polyb. 

Σίταρκέω,  ώ,  ίο  supply  with  provi- 
sions, to  provision. 

Σίταρκία,  ας,  i],  sufficiency  of  provi- 
sions, supplies,  τριμήνου  σ.,  Arist.  Oec. 
2,  24,  2 ;  V.  1.  σιταρχία,  and  in  all 
other  places  Bekker  has  so  written 
it,  e.  g.  2,  30,  3  ;  40:  the  same  vv.  11. 
occur  in  Polyb. 

Σίταρχέυ,  ώ,  to  be  a  σιτύρχης : 
generally, =  σιταρκεω.     Hence 

Σίτύρχημα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which  is 
furnished  as  provisions  :  a  soldier's  ra- 
tions, Antiph.  Didym.  2,  12. 

Σιτύρχης,  ov,  6,  and  σίταρχος. 
Harmed,  ap.  Ath.  148  F,  (σίτος,  άρ- 
χω) the  president  of  the  commissariat,  a 
commissary-general.     Hence 

Σίταρχία,  ας,  ή,  the  office  of  furnish- 
ing a  town  or  army  with  provisions,  the 
commissariat  of  an  army. — II.  the  sup- 
plies furnished,  v.  sub  σίταρκία. 

Σίταρχος,  ό,=σίτάρχης.  [ϊ] 

Σίτεία,  ας,  ή,  (σιτεύω)  α  feeding, 
fattening :  public  maintenance  in  the 
Prytanium,  v.  1.  Xenophan.  ap.  Ath. 
414  A. 

Σιτευτής,  ov,  6,  (σιτεύω)  one  who 
feeds  cattle,  etc.,  Plut.  2,  750  C. 

Σιτευτός,  ή,  ov,fed  up,  fatted,  Xen. 
An.  5,  4,  32  ;  σ.  χήν,  Lat.  altilis,  Epi- 
gen.  Bacch.  2  :  from 

Σίτει'ω,  (σίτος)  to  feed,  fatten,  Hdt. 
7, 119  :— pass.,  to  be  fed,  to  eat,  c.  ace, 
esp.  to  eat  bread,  Pplyb.  12,  2,  5 ;  cf. 
sq. 

Σΐτέω,  ω,  f.  -ησω,  ί,σΐτος)  to  feed, 
fatten  : — usu.  in  pass.,  σιτέομαι,  to  be 
fed,  to  eat,  take  food,  οίκος  εν  τώ  σι- 
τέσκηντο,  Od.  24,  209,  so  Hdt.  ί,  94, 
133.  Plat.,  etc.  ;  cf.  sub  πρυτανείον  : 
— also  like  Lat.  vescor,  to  feed  on,  eat 
a  thing,  c.  ace,  Ιχθνς,  καρπούς  σιτέ- 
εσθαι,  Hdt.  1,  200,  202,  etc.  ;  ελπί- 
δας, Aesch.  Ag.  1668;  άπομαγδαλίας 
σ.'  At.  Eq.  415,  sq.  (ubi  v.  Br.  et 
Dind.) ;  σοφίαν  σιτήσομαι.  Id.  Nub. 
491. 

Σίτηβόρος,  ov,  (σΐτος,  βορά)  eating 
corn,  Nic.  Al.  115. 

ΣΐΤ7ΐγέω,ώ,{σιτηγός)=σίταγωγέω, 
to  convey,  transport  corn,  εις  TO  Άττι- 
Kov  εμπόρων,  Dem.  917,  26,  Άθήνα- 
ζε.  Id.  941,  4  :  to  import  corn,  παρά 
Τίνος,  Id.  467,  25. 

Σίτηγία,  ας,  ή,  the  conveyance,  im- 
portation of  corn,  etc.,  εις  τόπον,  Dem. 
1286,  17. 

Σΐτ?}γονος,  ov,  created  for  the  sup- 
port of  man,  v.  1.  Nic.  Al.  429  ; 
Schneid.  χύ.ήγονος. 

Σίτηγός,  όν,  (άγω)=:σίταγωγός,  σ. 
πλοία,  Dem.  1213,  2. 

Σίτηρεσιύζω,  to  supply  with  provi- 
sions, εις  δίμηνον,  Arist.  Oec.  2,  38  : 
from 

Σίτηρέσιον,  ου,  τό,  provisions,  vict- 
uals, esp.  of  soldiers'  provision-money, 
Xen.  An.  6,  2,  4 ;  δεκ-α  έκαστος  τον 
μήνης  δραχμας  σίτηρέσιον  λαμβάνει, 
Dem.  48,  4,  etc.  ;  cf.  Bockh  P.  Ε.  1, 
p.  365:  strictly  neut.  from 

Σϊτηρέσιος,  a,  ov,=sq. 

Σίτηρός,  α,  όν,  (σίτος)  of  corn,  μέ- 
τρα, Arist.  Eth.  Ν.  5,  7,  5'— \\.  fit  for 
food,  eatable. — III.  Tu  σιτηρά,  corn  or 
grain  in  all  its  various  hinds,  Theophr.  : 
also  TU  σιτώδη. 

Σίτησις,  εως.  ή,  (σιτέω)  an  eating, 
feeding  .  also^ood,  provisions,  Hdt.  3, 
23 ;  4,  17 ;   σ.  έν  Πρντανείφ,  public 


ΣΙΤΟ 

maintenance  in  the  Prytaneiim,  Ar. 
Ran.  764,  Plat.  Apol.  37  A,  and  freq. 
in  Oratt.  ;  so  absol.,  σίττ/'σιν  αίτείν, 
Ar.  Eq.  574 :  cf.  ϋρντανείον.  [σΐ] 

Σίτητός,  ή,  όν,  {σιτέω)=σιτεντός  . 

Σιτίζω,  ΐ.  -ίσω,  (σίτος)  to  feed,  nnur- 
i.th,  fatten,  τινά,  Hdt.  6,  52,  Ar.  Eq. 
716,  Isocr.  8  C  ;  τινά  τι,  Xen.  Symp. 
4,  9:  cf.  σιτεύω: — pass.,=  ffi7io//ai, 
c.  ace,  πρωκας  σιτίζεται,  Theocr.  4, 
16. 

Σιτικός,  ή,  (w,  and  σίτινος,  η,  ov, 
(σίτος)  of  wheat  or  corn,  σιτική  έξα^ 
γωγή,  the  export  of  com,  Polyb.  28, 
14,  8. 

Σίτίον,  ου,  τό,  (σΐτος)  usu.  in  plur. 
τα  σιτία,  food  made  of  wheat  οτ  corn, 
bread  ;  generally, /οοίϊ,  victuals,  provi- 
sions, esp.  for  men,  opp.  to  χόρτος 
(fodder  for  cattle),  freq.  from  Hdt, 
downwds. ;  ποιείσθαι  σιτία  άπό  o?iv- 
ρέων,  to  feed  oft' spelt,  Hdt.  2,  36,  cfv 
άποζάω  : — σιτία  τριών  ήμερων,  three 
days'  provision  (of  soldiers),  Ar.  Ach. 
197  : — T<X  iv  ΤΙρυτανείφ  σιτία,  public 
maintenance  in  the  Prytaneum,  Id. 
Eq.  709  ;  cf.  ΤΙρντανεΙον. — \[.=^σΐτος 
U,  Hipp. 

ΣίτΙσις,  εως,  ή,  (σιτίζω)=  σιτισμός, 
Theophr.  [σΐ] 

Σίτισμα,  ατός,  τό,  and  σϊτισμός,  δ, 
α  feeding,  fatting. 

Σιτιστής,  οϋ,  ό,  (σιτίζω)=  σιτευτής. 

Σίτιστός,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from  σι- 
-ίζω,=^σιτεντός,  Ath. 

Σίτλα,  ή,  α  measure:  from  Lat.  si- 
tula. 

Σίτοβύλιον,  ου,  τό.  Polyb.  3,  100, 
4 ;  also  σίτοβόλειον,  Menand.  p.  69 ; 
and  σΙτόβο?.ον,  ro,=  sq. 

Σίτοβολών,  ώνος,  ό,  (σίτος,  βάλλω) 
α  place  for  laying  up  corn  in,  a  corn- 
loft,  granary,  Lat.  horreum  granarium  ; 
cf.  βο7^εών. 

Σίτοδαισία,  ας,  ή,  (σΐτος,  δαίω  II) 
α  distribution  of  com,  prob.  1.  Dion.  Η. 
7,  45, — for  -δασία. 

Σίτοδεία,  ας,  ή.  Ion.  σίτοδηίη,  (σίλ 
τος,  δέομαι) :  wa/it  or  scarcity  of  corn 
οτ  food,  Hdt.  1,  22,  94,  Thuc.  4,  36, 
etc.     Hence 

Σϊτοδέομαι,  for  σίτου  δέομαι,  to  be 
in  want  of  corn  or  food. 

Σίτοδήκη,  ης,  η,  a  granary  :  from   • 

Σίτυδόκος,  ov,  (σίτος,  δέχομαι) 
holding  food,  πήρα,  γαστηρ,  Anth.  P. 
6,  95  ;  11,  60. 

Σίτοδοσία,  ας,  ή,  a  gratuitous  distri- 
bution of  com,  LXX. 

Σίτοδοτέω,  ώ,  to  furnish  with  corn, 
like  σιτομετρέω  :  pass.,  to  be  provi- 
sioned  or  victualled,  Thuc.  4,  39:  from 

Σίτοδότης,  ov,  6,  (σίτος,  δίδωμι)  a 
furnisher  of  corn,  like  σιτομέτρης. 

Σίτοδοχεΐον,  ου,  τό,=^σιτοδάκη : 
from 

Σίτοδόχος,  ov,  (δέχομαι)=^σιτοδό^ 
κος. 

Σίτυθήκη,  ή.  α  granary,  sUsp. 

Σιτοκάπη/.εύω,  to  deal  in  corn. 

Σίτοκάπηλος,  ov,  a  dealer  in  corn,  a 
corn-factor,  [ά] 

Σΐτόκονρος,  or,  (σΐτος,  κείρω)  eat- 
ing bread  and  doing  nothing  else,  fruges 
consumtre  natus,  Xlcx.  Pann.  6,  Me- 
nand. pp.  85,  149. 

Σίτολογέω,  ώ,  to  collect  corn,  gener 
ally,  ίο /omg^f,  Polyb  1,17,9:  c.  ace, 
σ.  την  χώραν.  Ιο  scour  a  country  of 
forage.  Id.  3,  101,  2:  and 

ΣίΓολο}  ί'α,  ας,  ή,  a  collecting  of  corn, 
a  foraging  :  conveyance  of  provisions  to 
any  place :  from 

Σίτολόγος,  ov,  (σΐτος,  ?.έγω)  collect 
ing  corn,  foraging. 

Σιτομετρέω,  ω,  f.  -ήσω.  to  be  or  act 
as  σιτομέτρης  :  hence,  to  deal  out  por- 
tions of  corn  or  provisions,  σ.  σΐτον, 
1349 


ΣΙΤΟ 

LXX. : — σ.  δύναμη',  to  supply  it  with 

iiTovisions,  to  provision,  victual  it,  Po- 
yb.  4,  63,  10,  etc. ;  and  in  pass.,  ol 
TTt'Coi  σιτομετροννταί  τι,  they  have  it 
served  out  as  rations.  Id.  (i,  39,  13;  from 

Σϊτομέτρης,  ov,  6,  (σίτος,  μετρίω) 
one  who  measures  and  deals  out  corn  or 
provisions  : — a  magislrnte  who  had  to 
inspect  the  corn-measures,  Arist.  Po!.  4, 
15,  3. 

Σίτομετρία,  ας,  ή,  the  office  of  a  σ<- 
τομέτρης.— II.  a  measured  allowance  of 
corn,  rations,  Diod.  2,  41. 

Σϊτομετριον,  oti,=  foreg.  II,  N.  T. : 
so,  σίτόμετρον,  ov,  τό,  Plut.  2,  313  B. 
Σΐτομί'ημονέω,  (μνημων)=.σιτομε- 
τρέ(ο,  Granitn. 

Σΐτονόμος,  0}>,  (σίτος,  νέμω)  dealing 
out  corn  or  food,  σ.  ίλττίς,  the  hope  of 
getting  food.  Soph.  Phil.  1091. 

Σίτοττοιέω,  ώ,  (σιτοττοιοΓ)  to  prepare 
corn  for  food,  to  make  bread,  Eur.  Tro. 
494  :  σ.  Tivi,  to  give  victuals  to  any 
one,  Xen.  Cyr.  4,  4,  7. — II.  mid.,  to 
prepare  food  for  one's  self,  lb.  6,  2,  31  : 
— to  take  food,  lb.  1,  6,  36. 

Σίτοττοΰα,  ας,  ή,  bread-making,  pre- 
paring of  food,  Xen.  Oec.  7,  21 :  and 

Σϊτοττούκός,  τ/,  ov,for  bread-making, 
όργανα,  σκεύη,  Xen.  Cyr.  C,  2,  31, 
Oec.  9,  9;  μηχάνησις,  Polyb.  1,  22, 
7  :  from 

Σϊτοποώς,  όν,  (σίτος,  ποιέω)  pre- 
paring com  for  food  : — usu.  in  f'em.  ή 
αιτοτΓοώς,  a  womati  that  ground  the 
corn  in  the  hand-mill  (called  σ.  εκ  τών 
μνλώνων,  Thuc.  6,  22) ;  and,  gener- 
ally, a  bread-maker,  a  baking-woman, 
Hdt.  3,^  150 ;  7,  187  :  Thuc,  etc.  ; 
opp.  to  όι/ΌΤΓΟίόζ- (a  cook).  Plat.  Gorg. 
517  D,  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  5, 3  : — σ.  ανάγκη, 
the  task  of  grinding  and  baking,  Eur. 
Hec.  362. 

Σίτοττομπεία,  ή,  v.  1.  for  σιτοπομ- 
ττί'α. 

ΣϊτοτΓομιζεϊον,  TO,=  sq. 

Σίτοτΐομπία,  ας,  ή,  (σίτος,  ■κεμττω) 
the  conveyance  of  corn,  Dem.  671,  13  : 
an  escort  accompanying  it,  a  convoy.  Id. 
254,  22;  326,  11. 

Σϊτοπόαπια,  τύ,  conveyance  of  com, 
Diod. 

Σϊτοττονέω,  -πονία,  =  σιτοπούω, 
-Ίτοάα,  Philo. 

Σίτοπόνος,  ον,•=σιτο•χοίός. 

Σϊτοπράτης,  ον,  6,  (■πιπράσκώ)= 
σιτοπώ?.ης.  [α] 

Σίτοττωλέϋ),  ώ,  to  deal  in  corn:  from 

Σΐτο7τώ/.ης,  ov,  ό,  (σίτος,  ττω?.έω) 
β  corn-merchant,  corn-factor,  Lys.  Or. 
22,  κατά  τών  Σιτοπωλών. 

ΣΓΤΟΣ,  ον,  6,  in  plur.  always 
heterocl.  τύ  σίτα,  Hdt.  4,  128 ;  5,  34, 
and  Att.,  of.  Pors.  Med.  494 ;  but  no 
neut.  TO  σίτον  has  yet  been  found  : — 
wheat,  corn,  grain  ;  also,  o{  corn  ground 
and  prepared  for  food,  meal,  flour,  bread; 
and  so,  generally,  food,  victuals,  pro- 
visions, like  τα  αιτία,  first  in  Horn., 
and  Hes.  ;  always  of  human  food, 
hence,  as  a  general  epith.  of  men,  σΖ- 
Tov  εόοντες,  Od.  8,  222  ;  9,  90,  etc. ; 
strictly  of  bread,  as  opp.  to  flesh- 
meat,  hence  σίτος  και  κρία,  freq.  in 
Od. ;  and  it  is  said  of  savages,  who 
eat  flesh  only,  that  ονδέ  ri  σϊτον 
7/σθιον,  Hes.  Op.  145 ;  so,  σΙτον  και 
σιτείρονσι  και  σιτέονται,  Hdt.  4,  Π: 
— yet  also  in  wider  sense,  mcnt,  as 
opp.  to  drink,  σίτος  ήδέ  πότης,  Od.  9, 
87,  11.  19,  306 ;  σ.'  και  οίνος,  Od.  3, 
479,  II.  9,  706  ;  σ.  και  μέθν,  Od.  4, 
74C,  etc. ;  σϊτα  και  ττοτά,  Hdt.  5,  34 : 
— also,  simply,  food,  as  opp.  to  sleep, 
σίτος  και  εννή,  Od.  20,  130,  II.  24, 
129  :  and  in  Od.  10,  235,  even  of  a 
thick  soup  or  porridge,  called  κνκε- 
ών,  q.  V.  The  same  usages  remain 
1350 


ΣΙΤΩ 

in  Hdt.,  and  Att.,  though  in  prose  σι- 
τία,  τα,  is  more  usual,  except  in  the 
special  signf  of  wheat,  com,  grain. — 
II.  in  Att.  law,  the  public  allowance 
made  to  wiitotvs  and  orphans,  σϊτον  δι- 
δόναι,  ΰτΓοόιόόναι,  Dem.  818,  0;  839, 
4  ;  cf.  Harp.  s.  v. :— but  the  σίτον  δι- 
και  were  actions  under  the  Athenian 
corn-law  against  regralers  and  mo- 
nopolists, Isae.  38,  38,  etc. — III.  in 
medic,  that  part  of  food  which  is  reject- 
ed in  digestion,  the  excrement,  Hipp.  ; 
V.  Foes.  Oecon. 

Σϊτόσπορος,  ov,  (σίτος,  σττείρω) 
sown  with  com,  Dion.  H.  4,  56. 

Σίτονργός,  όν.  (σίτος,  *fpy<j)  = 
σιτοτΓοιός,  Plat.  Polit.  267  Ε. 

Σίτοφύγος,  ov,  (σίτος,  φυγείν)  eat- 
ing corn  or  bread,  Od.  9,  191,  Hdt.  4, 
109,  a  common  epith.  of  men,  like 
σίτον  εδοντες. 

ΣίΓοψόρον  (sc.  άγγεΐσν),  τό,  a  ves- 
sel for  keeping  corn,  food  in. 

Σϊτοφόρος,  ov,  {σίτος,  φέρω)  carry- 
ing corn,  of  beasts  of  burden,  Hdt.  1, 
80;  3,  153;  7,  125.  — II.  producing 
corn. 

ΣϊτοφνλΰκεΙον,  ov,  τό,  (φνλακή)  a 
place  for  keeping  corn  in. 

Σίτοφνλύκες,  ol,  (σίτος,  φν?.αξ) 
corn-watchers.  Athen.  officers,  origin- 
ally three  in  number,  but  afterwards 
ten  in  the  city  and  five  in  Piraeeus, 
who  registered  all  imports  of  corn, 
and  superintended  the  sale  of  corn, 
fiour,  bread,  to  see  that  they  were 
sold  by  lawful  measure,  Lvs.  105,  35, 
Dem.  467,  5;  cf  Bockh  P.  E.  1,  p. 
113,  Herm.  Pol.  Ant.  ^150,  11.  [ϋ] 
Hence 

Σΐτοφν7ΜκέΐΛ,  ώ,  to  act  as  a  σίτο- 
φνλαξ :  generally,  to  watch  com,  App. 
Hence 

Σϊτοώϊ'λΰκία,  ας,  η,  the  office  of  the 
σιτοφν^Μκες. 

Σΐτοφνλύκιον,  ov,  τό,•=σιτοφν?.α- 
κεΐον.  [a\ 

Σίτοφνλαξ,  h,  v.  σιτοφνλακες. 

Σΐτόχροος.  ov,  contr.  -χρονς,  ovv, 
(σίτος,  χρόά)  of  the  colour  of  ripe 
wheat,  Lat.  robeus,  Opp.  C  1,  435. 

Σίττΰ,  also  σίττε,  a  cry  of  drovers 
to  urge  on  or  guide  their  flocks,  st  ! 
sht .'  Theocr.  8,  69: — when  ύττό  fol- 
lows, to  drive  them  off,  ονκ  άπό  τΰς 
κράνας  σ'ιττ',  ύμνίδες ;  Id.  5,  3,  cf. 
100  ;  when  προς,  to  entice  them, 
σίτθ\  a  Κνμαιθα,  ποτϊ  τον  λ('>φην.  Id. 
4,  46 ;  also  ψίττα,  -φυττα. — The  cry 
is  still  used  in  lower  Italy,  says  Stoli- 
berg.     (Cf  σίζυ  III.) 

Σιττάκη,  ης,  η,  or  σίττΰκος,  ό, 
softer  pronunciation  for  τΐ'ίττακος. 

'^Σίττακηΐ'οί,  ώΐ',  ol,  the  Sittaceni, 
a  people  on  the  Maeotis,  Strab.  p. 
495. 

Σίττας,  o,=  foreg. 

Σίττε,  v.  σίττα. 

Σίττη,  ης,  ij,  a  kind  of  woodpecker, 
Lat.  sitta,  Arist.  H.  A.  9,  17,  1,  Call. 
Fr.  173. 

^Σίττιος,  ov,  b,  Sittius,  Rom.  masc 
pr.  n.,  Ath.  543  A. 

■\Σιττόκατις,  ό,  the  Sittocatis,  a  riv- 
er of  India,  Arr.  Ind.  4,  3. 

Σιττί'βη.  ή,  a  leathern  garment, 
Hesych. ;  prob.  akin  to  σισνρα. 

Σίττνβος,  ov.  ό,^^^κύκκαβος,  λο- 
πύς,  Antiph.  Parasit.  1,  7:  also= 
foreg. — II.  pcrh.  ίί\&ο=σίλ?Λ<βος. 

Σίτώ,  οϋς,  η,  (σίτος)  epith.  of 
Ceres,  Polemo  ap.  Alh.  416  B. 

Σίτάδης,  ες,  (σΐτος,  εϊδος)  of  the 
nature  of  com,  Theophr. 

Σίτων,  ώΐ'ος,  ό,  (σΙτοΓ)  a  corti-field, 
y.  I.  Plut.       ^       ^        " 

Σίτωνέω,  ώ,  to  be  a  σιτώνης,  to  buy 
or  buy  up  com. 


ΣΙΩΠ 

Σϊτώνη,  ί],=ζσιτΐύνία,  dub. 
Σίτώνης,  ov,  6,  (σϊτος,  ώνέομαι)  a 
buyer  of  corn,  a  cominissuri/  for  buy  in•• 
it,  Dem.  310,  1,  Plut.  2,  845  E. 

Σϊτώντ/σις,  εως,  ή,  and  σίτωΐ'ία,  ας, 
η,  the  office  of  a  σιτωνης  : — a  buying  of 
com,  Dem.  918,  27.— II.  com  bought 
up,  Inscr. 

^Σϊφΰενς,  έως,  ό,  an  inhab.  of  Si- 
phae,  Ap.  Kh.  1,  105. 

^ΣΙφαι,  ών,  αϊ.  Dor.  Ύίφαι,  Siphae, 
a  harbour  in  Boeolia  on  the  Cri&- 
saean  gulf,  Thuc.  4,  76. 
Σίφάρος,  o,=  CTt77«pof. 
ΣΙΦΛΟ'Σ,  ή,  όν,  crippled,  maimed, 
defective  in  some  part  of  the  body, 
Lat.  mancus,  a.  ποδός,  Br.  Ap.  Rh.  1, 
204  ;  impotmit,  prob.  I.  Xenarch.  Bov- 
ταλ.  1,  5  (nbi  v.  Meineke) :  of  the 
eyes,  blinking,  purblind,  v.  Jac.  Anth 
P.  p.  662  ;  cf.  σι-α'λός,  σιι^νενς.  σι- 
φλόω,  έπίσιφλος. — II.  e?nply,  hollow. 
νύρβηξ,  ap.  Eustath.  :  of  persons, 
with  an  empty  stomach,  i.  e.  hungry. 
greedy,  Opp.H.  3,  183. -(The  won! 
is  rare  and  only  a  poet,  form  for  σιπα- 
λός,  Ruhnk.  Ep.  Cr.  p.  166:  σιφνόί 
is  another  dialectic  form,  whence  at- 
ovvij  and  σιφνενς.  By  the  signf. 
blind  it  seems  connected  with  rv^Aof, 
by  that  of  empty,  with  σϊφων,  σιφώ- 
μαι,  σομφύς.)     Hence 

Σίφ'λος,  ον,  ό,  defect,  reproach,  μορ- 
φής. Lye.  1134. 

Σφλόω.  ώ,  (σιφ'λός)  to  maim,  crip- 
ple ;  generally,  to  bring  tomisery  or  re- 
proach, Heyne  11.  14,  142. 

ΣιφΑώζυ,  (σίφ?^ος)  to  mock,  dub. 
Σιφνενς,  έως.  ό,  (σιφνός,  σιφλός  Ι. 
2)  α  mole,  so  called  from  its  supposed 
blindness.  Lye.  121. 

Σιφνιάζω.  (Σίφνος)  toptoy  the  Siph- 
nian,  Ar.  (Fr.  558)  ap.  Suid.  s.  v.  χιύ- 
ζειν,  q.  V. 

iΣίφvιoς,  a,  ov.  of  Siphnus,  Siph- 
ninn  ;  o'l  Σ-,  Hdt.  3,  57  ;  8,  40. 
Σίφνις,  η.^=σιπνα,  dub. 
Σίφνος,  ov.  ή,  Siph7ius,  one  of  the 
Cyrlades,  Hdt.  3,  57. 
Σιφνύω,^σιφλόω. 
Σϊφώμαι,  (σίφων,  σιφ?.ός  II)  to  be- 
come empty,  to  decrease. 

Σίφων,  ωνος,  ό,  (σιφλός  II)  an  empty 
or  hollow  body,  a  reed,  straw,  any  tube, 
Lat.  sipho ;  esp., — 1.  the  siphon,  as 
used  for  drawing  wine  out  of  the  cask 
or  jar,  Hippon.  41. — 2.  a  fire-engine,  or 
its  pipes.  Math.  Vett. — 3.  a  water-spout ; 
cf.  τνφών,  τνφώς  II. — 4.  moscjuitoes  or 
gnats  are  called  αίματος  ϊινδρών  ai- 
οωνες,  blood-suckers,  Mel.  93.  2. — 5.  in 
Eur.  Cycl.  439,  it  must  be  taken  sen- 
su  obscoeno  for  τη  αιδοΐον.  [l  by  rule  , 
but  /  in  Eur.  1.  c]     Hence 

Σίφωνίζω,  to  tap  a  wine  cask  with  a 
siphon,  to  draw  off  wine  thirewith,  σ.  ol 
vov,  Ar.  Thesm.  557. 
ίΣιχάρ,  i),  v.  Σνχάρ. 
Σίω,  rare  coUat.  form  of  σείω,  c{ 
Mehlhorn  Anacr.  p.  90,  Herm.  El. 
Metr.  p.  484. 

^Σιών,  ό,  Sion  or  Zion,  in  a  broad 
sense  the  hills  on  which  Jerusalem 
was  built,  in  a  narrower  sense,  one 
and  the  highest  of  these  hills,  on 
which  was  the  tower  of  David,  and 
the  upper  city  ; — also  Σιών  όρος.  met. 
for  Jerusalem,  Or  the  Jewish  state,  N. 
T.  ;  Jo.seph. 

Σιωπάω,  ώ :  fut.  -■ησομαι.  Soph.  Ο. 
Τ.  233,  Ar.  Pac.  309,  Plat.,  etc  :  aor. 
εσιώπησα  : — cf  σωπύω.  To  be  silent 
or  still,  to  keep  silence,  11.2,  280,  etc.. 
Hdt.  7,  10.  and  Att. ;  σ.  τινι,  to  keep 
silence touard.v anothr^r,  Ar.  Ran.  1134; 
so,  a.  προς  τίνα.  Plat.  Phaedr.  234 
A  ; — also  like  σιγάω,  in  imperat..  σι- 
ώπα, hush !  be  still !  Soph.  Fr.  102, 


ΣΚΑΙ 

and  Eur. — II.  transit.,  to  keep  in  si- 
lence, keep  secret,  not  to  speak  of,  like 
Lat.  tacere,  Eur.  Incert.  16,  Xeii. 
Synip.  6,  10,  etc.  ; — pass.,  to  be  kept 
sileni  or  secret,  Isocr.  6  E,  etc.  ;  ri  σι• 
γώσ' ών  σιω-ύσθαι  γρέων  ;  Eur.  Ion 
432.  C£  sub  σιγάω. — III.  mid.  σιω- 
ίϊύμαι .  to  make  sileiU.  to  sile?ice,  quiet,  τι- 
νά, Polyb.  18,  29,  4.     From 

Σ1£2IIH^  7}(•,  f/,  silence,  muritjv  TTOi- 
εϊν,  Xen.  Hell.  6,3,  10  .—stillness,  a 
hush  or  calm,  Soph.  O.  T.  1075,  cf. 
Aeschin.  33,  3  : — also  in  plur.,  τών 
ά~ειι>άτων  άγνωστοι  σιωτταί.  inglo- 
rious silence  is  their  lot  who  make  no 
venture,  Find.  I.  4,  51  (3,  48) ;  κατά 
σιυ~άζ.  in  titnes  of  peace.  Inscr.  Boeot. 
ap.  Bockh  P.  E. — II.  dat.  σιωττ^,  as 
adv.,  in  silence,  the  only  case  used  by 
Horn.,  ΰ.κ}μ•  έγένοντο  σιωττι),  II.  3,95, 
etc. ;  σιωτΓ^  άλγεα  ττάσχειν,  Od. 
13.  309:  so  in  Find.  P.  4,  100,  and 
Att. ;  στηναι,  πορενεσϋαι,  καθήσθαι 
σ.,  Eur.  Η.  F.  930,  Xen.  Cyr.  5,  3, 43, 
Deni.  1176,  2. 

Σϊω~η?.όζ,  ή,  όν,  (σιωτύω)  silent, 
still,  quiet,  Eur.  Med.  320,  Flut.  Ages. 
29,  etc. :  το  σ-,  taciturnity.  Id.  2,  47  D. 

ΣΊωτΓΐ/ρός,  ά,  όν,  less  usu.  coUat. 
form  for  foreg.,  L.  Dind.  and  Bornem. 
Xen.  Symp.  1,  9,  cf.  Anth.  P.  7,  199. 

Σΐώ~ησις,  εως,  η,  {σιωπάω)  a  being 
silent,  taciturnity. 

Σιωττητέος,  a,  ov,  verb.  adj.  from 
σιυττάω,  to  be  passed  over  in  silence, 
Luc. — II.  σιωπητέον,  one  must  pass 
over  in  silence,  Id. 

Σκάζω,  f.  -άσω,  to  limp,  halt,  II.  11, 
811:  19,  47. — II.  δ  σ κάζων,  also  ;^'ω- 
λίαμβος,  the  iambic  verse  of  Hippo- 
nar,  being  a  regular  senarius,  with  a 
spondee  or  trochee  in  the  last  place  ; 
σκάζοντα  μέτρα,  Anth.  P.  7,  40S. 

iΣκaίa,  ας,  ή.  Ion.  Σκαίη,  Scaea, 
a  daughter  of  Danaus,  ApoUod.  2,  1, 
5. 

^ΣκαιαΙ  ττν/.αι,  ai,  the  Scaean  gate 
in  Troy,  v.  σκαιός  II. 

Σκαιεμβάτέω  and  σκαιοβΰτέω, 
{σκαιός,  Saivci)  to  walk  limpingly,  to 
walk  or  dance  awkwardly. 

Σκαιόθεν,  {σκαιός)  adv.,  from  the 
left. 

^Σκαιοί,  ών,  οι,  the  Scaei,  a  people 
of  Thrace,  Strab.  p.  590. 

ίΣκαιό?.ας,  b,  the  Rom.  name  Scae- 
vola.  Plut. 

Σ  Κ  ΑΙΟ'Σ,  ά,  όν,  Lat.  scaevus,  strict- 
ly left,  on  the  left  hand  or  side,  Aesch. 
Fr.  284,  Plat.  "Phaedr.  266  A,  though 
the  commoner  word  is  αριστερός :  — 
J)  σκαιά  (sc.  χειρ),  the  left  hand,  in 
Horn,  always  σκαι^,  with  the  left  hand, 
II.  1,  501,  etc. ;  in  full,  χεφΐ  σκαι^. 
lies.  Th.  179. — II.  western,  westward, 
for  the  Greek  auspex  always  turned 
his  face  northward,  and  so  had  the 
West  on  his  left :  hence  the  name  of 
^Kaiai~v?Mi,the  West-gate {oiTwy), 
11.  3,  149,  etc.  ;  so  in  Od.  3,  295,  σκαι- 
ov  βίον  is  prob.  the  west  headland  : — 
hence, — 2.  unlucky,  ill-omened,  be- 
cause birds  of  ill-omen  always  appear- 
ed on  the  left  of  the  Greek  auspex,  or 
in  the  west ;  birds  of  good  omen  on 
the  right,  or  in  the  east  (cf.  δεξιός 
11) : — generally,  unlucky,  mischievous, 
όι/.οτιμίη  κτήμα  σκαιόν,  Hdt.  3,  53; 
σεσιγαμένον  ov  σκαιότερον  χρϊ/μ' 
ίκαστον,  every  thing  is  as  well  unsaid, 
Pind.  O.  9,  157  ;  σκαών  ίκ/.νσων  στό- 
μα, about  to  speak  mischi/J',  Soph.  Aj. 
1225.— 111.  metaph.,  like  French 
gauche,  left-handed,  awkward,  clum.<!y, 
uncouth,  lιώb^rly,  σκαιότατος  καΐ  άόι- 
κώτατος,  Hdt.  1,  129;  σκαιοίσι  ττο?.- 
λοίζ-  εις  σοφός  διό/./.υται,  Soph.  Fr. 
660 ;  δτΓον  ό'  'λπό?.?Μν  σκαιός  y,  τί- 


ΣΚΑΑ 

νες  σοφοί,  Eur.  ΕΙ.  972 ;  ώ  σκαιε 
κύτταίδευτε,  Ar.  Vesp.  1183;  σκαιό- 
τατον  έπος,  Id.  Αν.  174  ;  ούτως  σκαι- 
ός ωςτε  μαβεΐν  ον  όννασβαι,  Lys.  117, 
27 ;  σκ.  καΐ  βάρβαρος,  Dem.  805,  19  ; 
etc.  : — so  adv.  σκαίως,  Ar.  Plut.  60  ; 
σκαιώς  λέγειν,  Id.  Eccl.  644. — In  all 
these  signfs.  σκαιός  is  opp.  to  δεξιός, 
q.  V. — Π  .  like  π?.άγιος,  aslant,  crook- 
ed, Lat.  obliquus,  of  serpents,  Nic.  Th. 
266.  (Lat.  scaevus,  our  skew,  low 
Germ,  schief:  akm  to  σκάζω.) 

ίΣκαϊος,  ov,  ό,  Scaeus,  son  of  Hip- 
pocoon,  Hdt.  5,  60.— 2.  Σκαώς,  ό,  a 
pugilist,  Anth.  P.  6,  7. 

Σκαιοσννη,  ης,  ^,=sq.,  Sooh.  O. 
C.  1213. 

Σκαιότης,  ητος,  η,  {σκαιός  III)  left- 
handedness ,  awkwardness,  uncouthness, 
stupidity,  άγνωμοσννη  και  σκ.,  Hdt 
7,  9,  2  ;  άμαθ'ια  και  σκ.,  Plat.  Rep. 
411  Ε  ;  σκ.  τών  τρόπων.  Dem.  70,  20. 

Σκαιονργέω,  ώ,  {σκαιός,  *έργω)  to 
be  left-handed,  to  behave  rudely,  περί 
τους  γονέας,  towards  one's  parents, 
Ar.  Nub.  994.     Hence 

Σκαιοίφγημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  left-hand- 
ed deed,  awkwardness. 

ΣΚΑΙ'Ρί2,  to  skip,  dance,  Od.  10, 
412;  ποσίσκαίρειν,  II.  18,572.  (Akin 
to  σκιρτάω,  as  also  σπαίρω,  ίσπαί- 
ρω.) 

Σκαιώδης,  ες,  {είδος)  left-handed, 
awkward. 

Σκαίωμα,  ατός,  τό,  {σκαώς  ΙΥΊ  cur- 
vature, ν.  1.  for  σκά/.ωμα. 

Σκαιωρέω,^σκαιουργέω  :  ν.  1.  for 
σκενωρέω  in  Plut. 

Σκαιώρημα,  ατός,  τό,=  σκαιονργη- 
μα ;  also  malice,  cunning,  treachery: 
so,  σκαιωρία,  ή,  v.  1.  for  σκευωρία  in 
Plut. 

Σκΰ/.άβώτης,  ov,  ό,  later  form  for 
άσκa/.aβώτης,^ίemeke  Menand.  p.  69. 

ΣκΰλάΟνρμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  subtle 
question :  a  quibble,  [u] 

Σκΰλΰθνρμάτων,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from 
foreg.,  α  trifling  subtlety  or  technicality, 
petty  quibble,  Ar.  Nub.  630. 

Σκά/.ύθνρω,  strictly  like  σκάλλω, 
σκα'λεύω,  to  dig  ;  hence, —  1.  to  mdulge 
in  subtle  speculation  ;  v.  σκαΑάθνρμα. 
— 2.  sensu  obscoeno,  like  Lat.  fodi- 
care,  Ar.  Eccl.  611.  [βν] 

Σκάλάσις,  ή,  =  σκά'/.ισις,  dub.  1. 
Theophr.  [ΰ] 

Σκύ/.εία,  ή,  {σκα?.ενω)  α  hoeing. 

Σκάλενθρον,  ον,  τό,  {σκα?.εύω) 
that  with  which  one  stirs  any  thing,  as 
an  oven-rake  or  poker,  a  hoe  or  mattock  : 
also  σκά/.ενρον,  in  the  common  lan- 
guage σκύλεθρον,  and  in  Gramm.  we 
find  the  dialectic  forms  σκάλανθρον, 
σκύλανθρον,  σπά/.εθρον ,  σπάλαϋρον, 
σπά'/.ανθρον,  σπάλανϋρον,  πά/.αθρον, 
[ά] 

Σκάλενμα,  ατός,  τό,  {σκα?^νω)  that 
which  is  hoed,  [σκά] 

Σκά/.ενμον,  τό,  ν.  σκά/.ευθρον. 

Σκΰ/.ενς,  έως,  ό,  {σκά?.?.ω)  one  who 
hoes  young  corn,  Xen.  Oec.  17,  12  ; 
where  others  take  it  for  a  hoe. 

Σκά/.ενσις,  ή,  {σκα}^νω)  a  hoeing. 
I  ["] 

Σκά?.εντής,  ov,  6,=^σκα?.ενς :  from 
j       Σκύλενω,=  σκύ?,?.ω,  to  stir,  hoe, hut, 
σκ  άνθρακας,  to  stir,  poke  them,  Ar. 
I  Pac.  440,  cf.  Luc.  V.  Hist.  2,  28. 

Σκά/.ηνία,  ας,  ή,  unevenness,  Plut. 
j  2,  697  A. 

I  Σκΰ7.7]νός,  7),  όι•,  {σκάζω)  limping, 
halting. — II.  uneven,  unequal,  Oexaoci. 
I  ap.  Theocr.  de  Sens.  66 ;  ίταρπός 
I  σκ.,  a  rugged  path.  Leon.  Tar.  63  ;  σκ. 
i  φ7.έ4',αύαηΐΙηξ\^\η,  Hipp.: — αριθμός 
;  σκ.,  an  odd  number.  Plat.  Eutnyiihr. 
I  12  D  ;  τρ'ιγωνον  σκ.,  a  triangle  with 
!  unequal  sides,  Tim.  Locr.  98  Β  ;  also 


ΣΚΑΜ 

TO  σκαληνόν,  Arist.  An.  Post,  1,  23, 

I,  etc.     Hence 

Σκύ/,ηνοειδής,  ες,  (είδος)  crooked- 
looking,  crooked,  σκ.  οχετός,  the  ure- 
ter, Hipp. 

Σκάληνόομαι,  (σκαληνός)  as  pass., 
to  have  the  conception  or  impression  of 
something  unequal  or  crooked,  Plut.  2, 
1121  A. 

Σκΰλίας,  ov,  6,  the  head  of  the  κά- 
κτος or  artichoke,  Theophr. 

Σκύ/.ϊδεύω,  (  σκαλίς  )  =  σκα?.ίζω, 
σκύ/.λω. 

Σκαΐίδρις,  ή,  α  spotted  bird,  Arist. 
Η.  Α.  8.  3,  13. 

Σκαλίζω,  like  σκάλλω,  σκαλ.εύω, 
to  hoe  : — Att.  ύσκα/.ίζω. 

Σκά/.ίς,  ίδος,  ή,  {σκά?.?.ω)  an  in- 
strument for  stirring  or  hoeing,  a  hoe, 
mattock. — II.  a  bowl,  cup,  Hesych. 

Σκάλισις,  η,  [ώ]  and  σκΰλισμός,  ό, 
{σκα?.ίζω)=σκά?.σις,  Theophr. 

Σκύλιστήρ,  ηρος,  ό,  {σκαλίζω)=ί 
σκα/.ενς.     Hence 

Σκά/.ισττ'/ριον,  ον,  τό,^=σκα?.ίς. 

Σκα/.λίον,  ον,  τό,  dim.  fromaKaP.tr 

II,  Philet.  53. 

Σκά/.?.ω,  to  stir  up,  hoe,  Hdt.  2, 14  ; 
σκ.  και  σκάπτειν,  Arist.  Mirab.  91. 
(Hence  σκα?.ενω,  σκα?ύζω,  σκαλι- 
δεύυ,  σκαλαθνρω,  σκά7.οιΙι,  akin  to 
σκάπτω :  and  the  root  appears  in 
ξέω,  ξνω,  ξαίνω,  Lat.  scabo,  scalpo, 
our  shave,  scrape,  etc. :  perh.  also  akin 
to  σκύ/.λω.) 

Σκαλμή,  ης,  ή,  a  knife,  sword.  Soph. 
Fr.  549,  V.  Gatak.  M.  Anton.  11,  15. 
(Said  to  be  a  foreign  word,  but  at  all 
events  connected  with  σκά?.?.ω.) 

Σκαλ.μίδιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  sq., 
Ar.  Fr.  714.  [μΐ,  Meineke  Menand.  p. 
160.] 

Σκαλ^μός,  οϋ,  ό,  the  pin  or  thole  to 
which  the  Greek  oar  was  fastened  by 
the  τροπωτήρ,  Lat.  scalmus,  paxUlus, 
H.  Hom.  6,  42,  cf.  Aesch.  Pers.  376, 
Eur.  Hel.  1598,  I.  T.  1347.— II.  σκ. 
θρανίτης,  a  bank  or  bench  of  rowers, 
Polyb.  16,  3,  4. 

Σκάλο-φ,  οπός,  ό.  {σκά?ιλω)  the  dig- 
ger, i.  e.  the  mule,  Ar.  Ach.  879 ;  cf 
σπάλαξ:  Phot,  quotes  the  form  σκά- 
λωψ  from  Cratin.  (Cleob.  6,  ubi  v. 
Meineke.) 

Σκύλσις,  εως,  η,  {σκά7.λω)  a  hoe- 
ing, Theophr. :  also  σκα'λεία,  σκάλ.εν- 
σις,  σκά/Λσις,  σκύλασις. 

Σκά/.ωμα,  ατός,  τό,  dub.  1.  in  Po- 
lyb., ubi  al.  σκαίωμα: — it  might  have 
the  same  signf ,  as  derived  from  σκα- 
/.7/νός, — though  strictly  one  would 
expect  σκα/.ήνωμα. 

^Σκαμάνδριος,  ov,  ό,  Scamandrius, 
V.  sub.  sq.— 2.  son  of  Strophius,  a  Tro 
jan,  II.  5,  49. — Others  in  Andoc. ;  etc. 

Σκάμανδρος,  ov,  ό,  the  Scamander, 
the  famous  river  of  Troy,  ov  Σάνθον 
κα?.έονσι  θεοί,  άνδρες  όέ  Σκάμαν- 
δρον,  II.  20,  74  (cf.  κνμινδις), — now 
called  the  Bounabashi : — hence  ad" 
Σκΰμύνδριος,  a,  ov,  and  in  fSoph 
Aj.  418t,  Eur.  Tro.  374,  etc.,  ος,  ov 
Scamandrian,  II. ;  whence  Hector  call- 
ed his  son  Σκαμάι-δριος,  II.  6,  402. 
{Σκΰ  ;  in  Hom.  the  short  vowel  before 
σκ  does  not  become  long.] 

ίΣκαμανδρώιΐμος,  ov,  ό,  {Σκάμαν 
δρος,  όννμα)  Scamandronymus,  a  Les- 
bian, father  of  Sappho,  Hdt.  2,  135. 

Σκαμβός,  ή,  όν,  crooked,  bent,  bent 
asunder,  ot  the  legs,  Lat.  varus,  opp. 
to  βαιβύς,  Geop.  (Prob.  not  from 
σκαιός  or  σκάζω,  but  from  κάμπτω, 
καμφός,  with  σ  prefixed). 

^Σκαμβωνίδαι,  ών,  oi,  Scamboni- 
dae,  an  Attic  deme,  of  the  tribe  Le- 
ontis.  Pans.  1,  38,  2. 

Σκάμμα,  ατός,  τό,  {σκάπτω)  that 
1351 


ΣΚΑΠ 

which  has  been  dug,  a  trmch,  pit,  Plat. 
Legg.  845  E. — II.  esp.,  in  the  gym- 
nastic schools,  a  place  dug  out  and 
sanded,  on  which  the  leapers  prac- 
tised :  proverb.,  ί-Ι  σκάμματος  th'ai, 
to  be  at  bay,  Polyb.  40,  5,  5. — For  tu 
έσκαμμένα,  which  were  difl'crent,  v. 
sub  σκάπτω  II. 

Σκαμαύνιον,  ov,  ro,=  sq.,  "Sic.  Al. 
578. 

iΣκύuiύv,  ωνος,  6,  Scamon,  a  wri- 
ter of  \tytilene,  Atli.  630  B. 

Σκάμωνία,  ας,  ή,  a  plant,  a  kind  of 
hind-weed,  scammony,  from  the  roots  of 
which  a  purgative  is  e.xtracted,  The- 
ophr.  :  in  Nic.  also  κύμων. 

Σκαμωνίτης  οίνος,  ό.  wine  pre- 
pared u-ith  σκάμωνία,  used  as  a  pur- 
gative, Diosc.  5,  83. 

Σκΰνύ,  Dor.  for  σκηνή,  Theocr. 

Σκανύά/Μ,  y,  also  σ^ανίίύΛτ?,— sq., 
Alciphr.  3,  22.  [(5ύ] 

Σκανόύ?.?ιβρον,  ov,  TO,  the  stick  in  a 
trap  on  which  the  bait  is  placed,  and 
which,  when  toucheil  by  the  animal, 
springs  up  and  makes  the  trap  shut, 
the  Imp-spring,  also  calleti  πάσσαλος 
or  βυπτρον :  nictaph.,  σκανύά'/.τ/θρ' 
ίστάς  έπων,  setting  word-irap*•,  i.  e. 
throwing  out  words  which  one's  ad- 
versary will  catch  at,  and  so  be 
caught  himself,  Ar.  Ach.  687,  ubi  v. 
Schol.  (Usu.  deriv.  from  σκάζω  or 
σκαμβός.)  [(5ΰ] 

Σκανόΰ?.ίζω,  Ιο  make  to  stumble,  give 
offence  or  scandal  to  any  one,  τινά,  Ν. 
Τ.,  and  Eccl. :  from 

Σκάνδά'Αον,  ου,  τό,  later  form  for 
σκανόά'ληθρον,  esp.,  α  snare  laid  for  an 
enemy,  LXA. — 2.  a  stumbling-block,  of- 
fence, scandal,  N.  T. 

Σκάνδΰλος,  o,=:foreg.,  Hesych. 

Σκανδά'λόω,  ώ,  {σκάνύα?ιον)=σκαν• 
ΰα'/ύζω,  susp. 

iΣκavόapίa,ar,7j,  άκρα,  Scandaria, 
a  promontory  of  Cos,  also  called 
Σκανόύριον,  Strab.  p.  657. 

iΣκάvδειa,  ας,  η,  Scandia,  a  port 
on  the  south  coast  of  Cythera,  II.  10, 
268  ;  Thuc.  4,  54. 

Σκανδίκοπώλης,  ov,  ύ,  a  dealer  in 
chervil  [σκάνδίξ),  as  Aristoph.  called 
Euripides,  Hesych. 

Σκάνδιξ,  Ικος,  ή  (Schol.  Ar.  1.  c), 
chervil,  Lat.  scandix,  Ar.  Ach.  478 ; 
cf.  foreg. 

Σκάνδνξ,  νκος,  o,=foreg.,  Diosc. 
2,  168. 

Σκανθΰρίζω,=  σκινϋαρίζω. 

Σκάνος,  Dor.  for  σκΐ/νος,  Tim. 
Locr. 

Σκάπΰνεύς,  έως,ΰ,^σκαφενς,  Luc. 

Σκαπάνη,  ης,  ή,  (σκάπτω)  α  dig- 
ging tool,  a  hoe,  used  by  athletes  for 
exercise,  Wiistem.  Theocr.  4,  10  ;  cf. 
σκάφιον  III.  —  II.  a  digging,  trench, 
Theophr.,  Anth.  P.  9,  644. 

Σκάπανήτης,  ov,  6,  =  σκαπανενς, 
σκαφεύς. 

Σκΰπάνιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  σκα- 
πάνη, susp. 

Σκάπάνιον,  ov,  τό,  Dor.  for  σκη- 
πάνων. 

Σκαττέρδα,  ή,  a  game  of  youths  at  the 
Dionysia  :  a  rope  was  passed  through 
the  top  of  a  pole  or  through  a  hole  in 
a  tree,  and  a  youth  at  each  end  tried 
to  pull  his  opponent  up  :  playing  at 
this  game  was  called  σκαπέρδαν  ελ- 
κειν.  Poll.  9,  116.     Hence 

Σκαπερδενω,  to  pull  up,  provoke, 
banter,  Hesych. 

Σκάπετος,  6,  (σκάπτω)  usu.  in  form 
κάπετης,  q.  v. :  σκαφετός,  σκαπητός 
and  σκαφητός  are  also  quoted. 

Σκΰποζ,  ό,  Dor.  for  σκηπος,  σκή• 
πτρον,  Lat.  scapus,  Hesych. 

Σsάπoς,  ό,=κάπος. 
1352 


ΣΚΑΡ 

Σκάπτεφα,  ή,  fern,  from  σκαπτηρ, 
Anth.  P.  6,  21. 

Σκαπτί/ρ,  ήρος,  ό,  (σκάπτω)  a  dig- 
ger, delver.  Ft.  Horn.  2. 

Σκάπτον,  τό.  Dor.  for  σκηπτρον, 
Pind.  O.  7,  28,  P.  1,  9,  etc. 

Σκαπτός,  ή,  όν,  (σκάπτω)  dug  :  that 
may  tie  dug. — II.  Σκαπτή  ύλη,  a  coun- 
try in  Thrace,  named  alter  a  forest, 
Hdt.  6,  46:  also  Σκαπτησύλη,  The- 
ophr., iScaptesiila  in  Lucret. 

Σκαπτοφόρος,  ov,  Dor.  for  σκηπτρο- 
φόρος. 

Σκάπτω,  lengthd.  from  root  ΣΚΛΠ- 
or  ΣΚΑΦ-,  which  appears  in  the  aor. 
2,  and  derivs.,  cf.  sub  lin.  :  fut.  σκά- 
■ώω  :  pf.  pass,  εσκαμμαι :  aor.  2  pass. 
εσκάφΐ]ν.  To  dig,  delve,  φυτά  σκ. 
(as  we  say  to  hoc  turnips,  etc.),  H. 
Hom.  Merc.  90;  cf.  Xen.  Oec.  20, 
20;  σκ.  την  yr/v,  lb.  16,  15;  also,  σκ. 
τάφρον,  to  dig  a  trench,  Thuc.  4,  90 ; 
d.hso\.,  μοχβείν  καΐ  σκ.,  Ar.  Plut.  525  : 
proverb.,  σκάπτειν  ονκ  έπίσταμαι. 
Id.  Αν.  1432:  also  in  mid.,  Pseudo- 
Phocyl.  146.  —  II.  το  έσκαμμένα,  a 
trench  as  the  limit  of  the  leap  of  the 
πένταθλιοι,  hence  metaph.,  υπέρ  τα 
έσκαμμένα  ΰ/Λεσθαί,  to  overleap  the 
mark.  Plat.  Crat.  413  A,  cf.  Luc.  Gall. 
6,  Bast  Ep.  Cr.  p.  243.  (Akin  to  the 
Lat.  cava,  cavus,  and  to  our  scoop.) 

Σκάραβος,  ό,^κάραβος,  susp. 

Σκαρδάμνγμός,  ό,  {σκαρδαμνσσω) 
a  blinking,  winking. 

Σκαρδάμνκτέω,  =  σκαρδαμνσσω, 
Luc.  Lexiph.  4. 

Σκαρδΰμνκττ'/ς,  ού,  d,  (σκαρδαμνσ- 
σω) one  who  blinks  or  winks,  Arist. 
Physiogn.  6,  47. 

Σκαρδΰμυκτί,  adv.,  winking. 

Σκαρδάμυκτικός,  ή,  όν,  given  to 
winking  or  blinking,  winky,  blinking, 
Arist.  H.  A.  1,  10,  3,  Physiogn.  3,  6: 
from 

Σκαρδαμνσσω,  Att.  -ττω  :  fut.  -ξω  : 
— to  blink,  wink,  Lat.  nictare,  opp.  to  a 
steadfast  gaze,  Eur.  Cycl.  626,  Xen. 
Symp.  4,  24  ;  cf.  Foes.  Oecon. :  writ- 
ten also  καρδαμνσσω.  (Prob.  from 
σκα'ιρω,  and  it  is  difficult  not  to  con- 
nect the  lermin.  -μνσσω  with  μύω. 

iΣκάpδoς,  ov,  ό,  Scardus,  a  mount- 
ain range  in  Macedonia,  Strab.  p. 
329. 

'ϊΣκύρδων,  ωνος,  η,  Scardon,  a  city 
of  Liburnia,  Strab.  p.  315. 

Σκαρθμός,  οϋ,  ό,  (σκα'ιρω)  a  leap- 
ing, leap,  run.foots/ep,  Ap.  Kh.  3.  12G0, 
Nic.  Th.  139: — 'ίππου  σκ.,  the  foot  of 
the  bounding  horse,  Arat.  281. 

Σκύρίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (σκαίρω)  to  leap : 
to  throb,  palpitate,  usu.  άσκαρίζω, 
Meineke  Cratin.  Del.  3. 

Σκΰρίς,  ίδος,  ?/,  another  form  of 
άσκαρίς,  q.  v. 

Σκάρισμός,  οϋ,  ό,  (σκαρίζω)  = 
σκαρθμός. 

Σκάρίτης,  ου,  ό,  α  stone  coloured  like 
the  fisft  σκάρος,  Plin. 

Σκΰρϊφάομαι,  f.  -ήσομαι,  dep.  mid. 
(σκάριφος) :  to  scratch  or  scrape  up, 
like  fowls  on  a  dung-hill :  to  scratch 
an  outline,  sketch  slightly,  hence  the 
compd.  διασκαρ-  in  Isocr. ;  cf.  Schol. 
Ar.  Ran.  1497,  Nub.  630.  (Hence 
Lat.  scarifi.care,  our  scarify.) 

Σκάρίφενμα,  ατός,  τό,=^σκάρίφος 
[ί] :  from 

ΣκάρΙφενω,  ^^σκαριφύομαι. 

Σκαρίφημα,  ατός,  τό  (σκαμιφάομαι) 
^=σκάριφος.  [ί] 

ΣκάρΙφισαός,  οϋ,  ό,  α  scratching  up  : 
σκαμιύίσμοί  ληρων.  trifling  criticisms, 
petti/  quibbles,  Ar,  Ran.  1497,  ubi  v. 
Schol. 

Σκάρίφος,  ov,  δ,  strictly  the  same 
as  κύρφος :   esp.  α  stile  for  drawing 


ΣΚΑΦ 

outlines :    hence,   an    outline,  sketch, 
[σκά] 

Σκάρος,  ov,  δ,  a  sea-fish,  supposed 
by  the  ancients  to  chew  the  ctid, 
Epich.  p.  24,  Archestr.  ap.  Ath.  320 
A.  (Prob.  from  σκαίρω.)  [ά,  II.  c. ; 
but  in  Ennius,  scarus,  Meineke  Phil 
em.  p.  386.] 

Σκάρος,  εος,  τό,  (σκαίρω)  a  hap, 
spri7ig,  like  σκαρθμός.  [ΰ] 

Σκάρτης,  ov.  ύ,  (σκαίρω)  a  leaper . 
in  genl.  swift,  Hesych. 

^Σκάρφεια,  ας,  ή,  and  Σκάρφη, 
Scarphea,  a  small  town  of  the  Kpic 
nemidii  Locri,  near  Thermopylae,  11 
2,  532  ;  Strab.  p.  60. 

ίΣκάρφη,  ης,  7/.=foreg.,  II. — 2.  a 
city  of  Boeotia,  Strab.  p.  408. 

Σκασμός,  οϋ,  δ,  (σκάζω)  a  limping, 
hailing,  LXX. 

Σκύτύω,  (σκώρ,  σκατάς)  to  defile 
with  dung. 

Σκάτός,  gen.  of  σκώρ:  not  nom. 
TO  σκατόν,  δ  σκατός,  nor  even  τό 
σκότος  is  found,  though  Sophronuseil 
a  gen.  τον  σκάτονς.  Lob.  Phryn.  293. 

Σκύτοφάγέω,  ώ,  to  eat  dung  or  dirt, 
Antiph.  Corinth.  1,  4  :  from 

Σκΰτοφάγος,  ov,  (σκώρ,  φαγεϊν) 
eating  dung  or  dirt,  Epich.  p.  31,  Ar. 
Plut.  706. 

Σκαϋρος,  δ,  Lat.  scaurus,  with  pro- 
jecting ankles,  Hippiatr. 

Σκάφεία,  ας,  ή,  (σκαφενω)  α  digging, 
hoeing. 

Σκάφεΐον,  ov,  τό,  (σκαφενω)  α  dig- 
ging tool,  spade,  matlock,  Hipp. 

Σκάφεΐον,  ov,  τό.  Dim.  from  σκάφη, 
V.  σκάφιον  I.  4. 

Σκάφετός,  δ,=^σκάπετος. 

Σκάφενς,  έως,  δ,  (σκάπτω)  α  digger, 
delver,  ditcher,  Eur.  El.  252,  Archipp. 
Incert.  2. 

Σκάφευσις,  ή,  (σκαφενω)  =  σκά- 
φεία. [ά] 

Σκάφενσις,  η,  α  cruel  mode  of  death, 
ν.  σκαφενω  (Β),  [α] 

Σκΰφευτής,  ου,  δ,=σκαφεύς:  from 

Σκαφενω,  (Α)=^σκό.πτω,  to  dig. 

Σκαφενω  (Β),  (σκάφη)  to  lay  a  per- 
son in  a  trough  with  the  head,  arms 
and  legs  hanging  out,  and  so  expose 
him  in  the  heat  of  the  sun,  until  he 
dies,  eaten  by  insects.— a  Persian 
mode  of  torture,  cf.  Ctesias  Pers.  30, 
Plut.  Artax.  16. 

Σκάφη,  ης,  ή,  (σκάπτω)  like  σκά- 
φος, any  thing  dug  or  scooped  out,  as, 
— 1.  a  hole,  trench. — 2.  a  trough,  tub, 
basin,  bowl,  Hdt.  4,  73.  Ar.  Eccl.  742: 
a  washing-tuh,  jnoveable  bath,  Hipp., 
Aesch.  Fr.  210.— 3.  a  light  boat,  skiff, 
Lat.  scapha,  Ar.  Eq.  1315,  with  a  pun 
on  signf.  2.-4.  a  cradle,  Ath.  607  A, 
Plut.  Rom.  3. 

Σκάφη,  ης,  ή,  (σκάπτω)  a  digging, 
like  σκαφεία. 

Σκάφί/της,  ov,  δ,=  σκαφίτης,  susp. 

Σκαφητός,  δ,— σκαφετός,  σκάπε- 
τος, Theophr. 

Σκΰφηφορέω,  ύ,  to  be  a  σκαφηφόρος, 
V.  sq. 

Σκάφηφόρος,  ov,  (σκάφη,  φέρω) 
carrying  a  bowl  or  vessel :  at  Athens 
the  μέτοικοι  were  esp.  called  σκαφ?)- 
φόροι,  because  in  the  Panathenaic 
procession  they  had  the  duty  ol 
carrying  certain  skiff-shaped  sacri- 
licial  vessels  ;  as  their  wives  were 
οΜθΛνδριαφόροι  from  their  carrying 
pitchers  (νδρίαι)  for  ilie  wives  of  the 
citizens  ;  and  their  daughters  σκια- 
δηφόροι,  from  their  carrying  parasols 
(σκιάόια)  over  their  heads  : — theso 
duties  were  considered  servile,  v. 
Herin.  Pol.  Ant.  §  115,  10. 

Σκάφιά,  ή,  Sicil.  for  σκάφος.,  a 
trench,  pit,  Inscr. 


ΣΚΕΔ 

Σκΰφίδίον,  ον,  τό,  dim.  from  σκα• 
φις,  in  all  its  signfs.,  esp. — 1.  α  small 
ίιώ  ;  a  small  skiff,  Polyb.  34,  3,  2,  Luc. 
Contempl.  8. — 2.  a  small  hoe  or  mat- 
tock. [I] 

Σκύφώκαβτος,  ov,  (  κείρω )  and 
σκάφίόκονρος,  ov,  (κείρω,  κονρύ)  one 
who  has  his  hair  cut  in  the  fashion 
σκάφων :  v.  σκάφων  II,  σκαφίς  I.  4. 

"Σκάφιον  (not  σκαφίον),  ov,  τό,  dim. 
from  σκάφη,  σκάφος,  a  small  tub, 
trough,  basin,  etc.,  Theophr.  :  a  small 
cup,  Ath.  142  D,  etc. — 2.  a  small  boat 
or  skiff. — 3.  a  chamber-pot  or  night- 
stool,  Ar.  Thesm.  C33  ;  like  Lat.  sca- 
phium  in  Juven.  6,  264. — 4.  a  concave 
mirror,  used  as  a  burning-glass,  with 
which  the  Vestal  virgms  kindled 
the  tire,  Plut.  Num.  9  (ubi  al.  σκα- 
φεΐα)  ;  cf.  να?'.ος. — II.  a  fashion  of 
hair-cutting  (borrowed  from  the  Scy- 
thians), in  which  the  hair  was  cut  off 
all  round  the  head,  so  as  to  leave  it 
only  on  the  crown,  which  then 
looked  like  a  bowl ;  hence,  σκάφων 
άτΓΟκεκαρμένος,  shorn  in  this  fashion, 
Ar.  Thesm.  838 ;  σκάφων  ά~οτε- 
τιλμένος,  Ar.  Αν.  806  :  hence, — 2. 
σκάφων  is  also  used  for  the  crown  of 
the  head,  μη  καταγής  τό  σκάφιον, 
Ar.  Fr.  δ02.—ηΐ.=  σκαπάνη,  Plut. 
Arat.  3.     Cf  σκαφίς.  [α] 

Σκΰφίς,  ίδυς,  ή,  like  σκάφων,  dim. 
from  σκάφη,  σκάφος,  in  all  its  signfs. ; 
esp., — 1.  a  smalt  tub,  bowl,  etc.,  first 
in  Od.  9,  223,  for  a  small  milk-pail, 
and  so  in  Hipp. : — later  esp.  a  drink- 
ing vessel  or  7neasure,  like  κόγχη. 
Foes.  Oecon.  Hipp. — 2.  a  small  boat, 
skiff,  canoe. — 3.  a  kind  oi  sun-dial  with 
a  concave  dial  plate,  Mart.  Capell.  6  ; 
cf.  'κό?.ος. — lL:=nTVOV,  a  winnowing- 
shovel. 

Σκΰφιστηρίον,  τό.^=σκαφίς  Π. 

Σκάφίτης,  ov,  ό,  {σκαφίς  Ι.  2)  one 
who  guides  a  skiff  or  sm.all  vessel,  a 
rower,  steersman,  Dem.  Phal.,  Strab. 

Σκαφοειδής,  ες,  {σκάφος,  είδος) 
like  a  boat  or  skiff,  Diod.,  Plut.  2,  890 
D,  sq. 

Σκάφολοντρέω,  ώ,  {σκάφος,  λον- 
τρόν)  to  bathe  in  a  tub,  Alex.  Trail. 

Σκάφος,  εος,  τό,  {σκάπτω,  σκαόή- 
vat)  a  digging,  σκάφος  οίνέων,  the 
time  fur  trenching  or  hoeiag  vines,  Hes. 
Op.  570  (where  some  would  write 
σκαφός  in  order  to  mark  the  pecul. 
signf ). — II.  that  which  is  dug,  a  trench, 
pit,  etc.  :  and  so  like  σκάφη,  any 
thing  hollowed  ;  esp., — 1.  any  deep  ves- 
sel, like  σκνφος,  a  washing  tub,  move- 
able bath,  Hipp. — 2.  the  hull  of  a  ship, 
Lat.  alveus,  Hdt.  7,  182,  Thuc.  1.  50; 
ev  μέσω  σκύφεί,  Soph.  Tr.  803  : — 
generally,  α  ship,  Aesch.  Ag.  1014, 
etc. ;  and  so  expressions  like  σκά- 
φος νεώς,  σκάφη  ναντικά,  etc.,  are  to 
be  taken  quite  strictly  for  the  hulls, 
V.  Blomf  Gloss.  Pars.  425  ;  metaph., 
σκ.  τΐόλεως,  the  ship  of  the  state,  Ar. 
Vesp.  29. — 3.  the  hollow  of  the  belly  : 
— also,  the  hollow  of  the  external  ear. 
— III.  a  spade,  Anth. 

Σκύφώρη,  ή,  like  καφώρη,  a  bitch- 
fox,  vixen-fox. 

^Σκεί3λίας,  ov,  6,  Sceblias,  name 
of  a  slave,  Ar.  Ran.  603. 

Σκεδάζω,  v.  sq. 

Σκεδάννϋμι,  also  -ννω,  lengthd. 
from  root  ΣΚΕΔ-,  v.  sub  fin. :  fiit. 
σκεδάσω  [ά],  Att.  σκεδώ,  ας,  a,  Aesch. 
Pr.  25,  Ar.  Vesp.  229,  but  also  in 
Hdt.  8,  C8 :  pf.  pass,  εσκέδασμαι : 
aor.  1  piss,  έσκεδάσθην :  Horn,  uses 
only  aor,  εσκέδασα,  σκέδασα.  To 
scatter,  disperse,  σκέδασαν  λαόν,  II. 
19,  171;  23,  158;  σκ.  τ/έρα,  ΰχλνν, 
U.   17,   649,  Od.  13,   352;   πάχνην, 


ΣΚΕΛ 
Aesch.  Ργ.  ι.  ο.  ;  hence  in  Soph.  Tr. 
989,  σκ.  νπνον  τινϊ  βλεφάρων, — 
sleep  being  conceived  of  as  a  cloud 
over  the  eyes  ; — singularly,  αίμα  ίσ- 
κέδασ'  όξνς  Άρης,  he  sprinkled,  shed 
the  blood  around,  II.  7, 330  :  to  scatter, 
spread  abroad,  Hes.  Op.  95  : — αίχμτ/ν 
σκ.,  to  shiver  it,  Aesch.  Pr.  925. — II. 
Pass.,  to  be  scattered,  to  disperse,  uvu 
τάς  πόλιας,  Hdt.  5,  102  ;  esp.  of  a 
routed  army,  Thuc.  4,  56,  112 ;  or  of 
plundering  parties,  Xen.  An.  3,  5,  2: 
— of  the  rays  of  the  sun,  to  be  shed 
abroad,  Aesch.  Pers.  502  (cf  σκίδνα- 
μαί)  : — of  a  report,  to  be  spread  abroad, 
έσκεδασμένου  τον  λόγον.  Hdt.  4,  14. 
— CoUat.  forms  are  σκίδναμαι,  also 
Ep.  κεδάνννμι,  κίδνημι,  Horn. ;  and 
κεδαιω.  Αρ.  Rh.  (The  form  κέδαννν- 
μι  suggests  the  root  κεάζω  ;  if  rightly 
so,  the  radic.  signf.  is  that  oisplCtting, 
shivering.)     Hence 

Σκέδΰσις,  εως,  ή,  a  scattering:  σκέ- 
δασιν  Θε1ναι=^σκεδάσαι,  Od.  1,  116; 
20,  225. 

Σκεδασμός,  o,=foreg. 

Σκεδαστικός,  ή,  όν,  of,  belonging  to, 
fitted  for  scattering,  dispersive,  in  genl. 
=  sq. 

Σκεδαστός,  η,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from 
σκεδάνννμι,  scattered  :  that  may  be 
scattered,  ονσία  σκ-,  dissoluble  sub- 
stance. Plat.  Tim.  37  A. 

Σκεδάσω,  fut.  of  σκεδάνννμι,  q.  v. 

Σκεθρός,  ύ,  όν,  tight,  exact,  careful, 
Hipp.,  Lye.  270 ;  v.  Foes.  Oecon. 
Adv.  -ρώς,  exactly,  σκ.  προνξεπίστα- 
σθαι,  Aesch.  Pr.  102.  (From  σχε- 
θεΐν,  σχειν,  aor.  of  έχω  :  cf  σχεδρός.) 

iΣκειpΐτaι,  οι,  v.  ΣκιρΙται. 

Σκεφός,  ά,  όν,  late  form  for  σκφ- 
βός. 

Σκεΐρος,  6,  late  form  for  σκίββος  or 
σκίρος. 

Σκειρόω,  late  form  for  σκφβόω. 

Σκείρων,  or  better  Σκίρων,  ωνος,  b, 
Attic  name  for  the  wind  which  blew 
from  the  Scironian  rocks  in  the  isth- 
mus of  Corinth  :  hence  a  north-west 
wind,  like  αργέστης,  Theophr.  de 
Vent.  62. — fH-  Sciron,  a  notorious  rob- 
ber who  frequented  the  rocks  near 
Megara,  slain  by  Theseus,  Eur.  Hipp. 
1208;  Plat.  Theaet.  169  A;  Plut. 
Thes.  10.— 2.  son  of  Pylas,  king  of 
Megara,  Paus.  1,  39. 

^Σκειρωνικάς,  ή,  όν,  of  Sciron   II. 

I,  Scironian,  Anth.  P.  7,  496. 
^Σκειρωνίς  or  Σκιρωνίν,  ίδος,  ή, 

pecul.  fem.  to  foreg.,  ή,  Σ.  οδός,  the 
Scironian  icay,  leading  from  Athens 
by  Megara  over  steep  rocks  to  Cor- 
inth, Hdt.  8,  71  :  ai  Σκειρωνίδες  ττέ- 
τραι,  the  Scironian  rocks,  on  the  sea 
near  Megara,  where  Sciron  (II.  1) 
dwelt,  Eur.  Hipp.  979,  called  Σκεί- 
ρωνος  άκταί.  Id.  1208. 

Σκελέαι,  not  σκελεαί,  al,  {σκέλος) 
breeches,  Antiph.  Antea  3  ;  elsewhere 
άναξνρίδες. 

Σκελετάζω,=  σκέ?•,?νω,  dub. 

Σκελετεία,  ας,  ή,  {σκελετενω)  dry- 
ness, leanness,  a  parched  state. 

Σκελέτενμα,  ατός,  τό,  any  thing 
dry,  parched,  withered. 

Σκε?^ετενω,  =  σκέλλιω  :  —  pass. ,  to 
wither  or  waste  away,  At.  Fr.  677. — 

II.  to  dry  or  salt  flesh,  Diosc. :  also,  to 
embalm  a  corpse,  Teles  ap.  Stob.  p. 
234,  11. 

Σκελετία,  ας,  ή,^σκελ-ετεία,  Αγθ- 
tae. 

Σκελετός,  ή,  όν,  {σκέλλω)  dried  up, 
parched:  dry.  lean.  Plat.  (Com.)  In- 
cert.  2,  Nic.  Th.  696:— ro  σκελετόν 
(sc.  σώμα)  a  dried  body,  a  mummy, 
Plut.  2,  736  A  ;  also  ό  σκελετός,  σκ. 
Μοί'σών,  Phryn.  (Com.)  Incert.  1,  cf. 


ΣΚΕΜ 

Plut.  Anton.  75.     (Never  a  skeleton  in 
our  sense  of  the  word.)    Hence 

Σκελετώδης,  ες,  {είδος)  like  a  mum- 
my, Luc.  Salt.  75,  Erotian. 

Σκελέω,  v.  σκελλω. 

Σκε/Λάγι'ις,  ες,  {σκέλ,ος,  ύγννμι) 
breaking  the  legs  :  τυ  σκ.,  a  fracture  of 
the  leg.  (Perh.  should  be  written 
σκελεαγής.) 

Σκελύζω,  f.  -ίσω.  {σκελ.ίς)  to  run. — 
Ιϊ.ζ=ν-οσκε/ύζω,  Sext.  Emp.  p.  250. 
— III.  for  σκελ/.ίζω,  dub. 

Σκελίς,  ίδος,  7),=Att.  σχελίς,  q.  v. 
— \1.=  σκέλ.ος. — Ι11.=  σκελλίς.  q.  v. 

Σκελίσκος,  ov,  ό,  dim.  from  σκέλος, 
Ar.  Eccl.  1168. 

Σκελίφρός,  ά,  όν,  {σκέλλω)  dry, 
parched,  lean,  dry  or  lean  looking, 
Hipp. ;  Att.  σκλ.ηφρός,  q.  v. 

ΪΣκέλ•,λως,  ον,ό.  Scellius,  an  Athen 
ian,  father  of  Aristocrates,  Ar.  Av. 
126  ;  Thuc.  8,  89. 

Σκελλίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {σκελλός)  to  be 
crook-legged. 

Σκελλίς,  ίδος,  η,  also  σκελίς,  late 
for  ΰγ7.ίς,  Plut.  2,  349  A. 

Σκε'/Λός,  ή,  όν,  (σκέλος)  crook-leg- 
ged;  elsewh.  βαιβός, — written  also 
σκελός. 

ΣΚΕΆΛί2 :  fut.  σκελώ,  also  σκε- 
λέω .•  aor.  1  εσκηλα.  To  dry.  dry  up, 
make  dry,  parch,  μη  μένος  'ϋε/Λοιο 
σκ!//ιει'  άμφΐ  περί  χρόα  Ί.νεσιν  ηδέ 
μέλιεσσιν,  11.  23,  191  :  the  subj.  σκή- 
'krt  in  Nic.  Th.  694.  — II.  in  pass., 
σκέλ./.ομαί :  fut.  σκ7.ήσομαι  or  σκε- 
λ.ονμαι :  also  with  an  intr.  aor.  2  act. 
εσκλην ;  and  so  inf.  σκλήναι  (as  if 
from  *σκ?ήμι).  pf  εσκληκα  with  pres. 
signf  : — to  be  parched,  lean,  dry,  έσκλ^η- 
κότα  καπνω,  sinoke-dried,  Choeril.  4 ; 
χρως  έσκλ.ήκει,  Αρ.  Rh.  2,  201  ;  also 
part.  nom.  pi.  έσκληώτες,  lb.  53  : 
cf  *ά~Όσκ/.ημι.  (Hence  σκελιφρός, 
άσκελής,  περισκελής,  also  σκληρός, 
σκλ,ηφρός,  akin  to  ξηρός,  σκίββός,  v. 
Lob.  Soph.  Aj.  648  ;  also  perh.  to 
squalco.) 

Σκελόδεσμος,  b,  {σκέλος)  a  garter, 
usu.  ττερισκελίς. 

Σκελοκοτΐία,  ας,  ή,  {κόπτω)  the 
fracture  of  a  bone. 

ΣΚΕ'ΛΟΣ,  εος,  τό,  the  whole  leg 
and  foot  (Arist.  H.  A.  1,  15,  5) ;  gen- 
erally, the  leg  of  a  man,  only  once  in 
Hom.,  viz.  πρνμνόν  σκέλος,  the  but- 
tock, II.  16,  314 ;  then  in  Hdt.  6,  129, 
and  Att. ;  also  of  animals,  Hdt.  3, 
103,  etc.  :  esp.  of  dancers,  σκέλη 
βίτττειν,  αίρειν,  Ar.  Pac.  332,  Eccl. 
295  ;  of  men  usu.  τω  σκέλ.η,  not  τά 
σκ.,  Meineke  Com.  Fr.  3,  p.  451 : — 
as  a  military  phrase,  έπΙ  σκέλος  ΐινύ- 
γειν,  to  retreat  with  the  face  towards 
the  enemy,  retire  leisurely.  Lat.  pe- 
detentim,  Ar.  Av.  383  ;  so,  έ~ϊ  σκέ'/.ος 
πάλιν  χωρεΐν,  Eur.  Phoen.  1400  ; 
(like  έπΙ  πόδα  in  Xen.,  cf  πους  3)  :— 
κατά  σκέλ.ος  βαδίζειν,  to  go  (as  the 
giraffe  and  some  quadrupeds  do)  with 
the  hind  foot  following  the  fore  on  the 
same  side,  (not  crosswise  as  most  do), 
to  amble,  pace,  Arist.  H.  A.  2,  1,  15: 
παρά  σκέλος  άπαντα,  it  meets  one 
across,  i.  e.  crosses  one's  path,  thwarts 
one,  Ael.— 11.  τά  σκέλ.η,  the  two  long 
walls  between  Athens  and  the  Pei- 
raeeus,  Strab.  p.  305,  called  brachia 
by  Liv.  31,  20,  Propert,  3,  20,  23, 
cf.  Meineke  Enphor.  p.  18  ;  also  of 
the  long  walls  of  Megara,  Ar.  Lys. 
1170. 

Σκελοτί'ρβη,  ης,  η,  a  lameness  in 
the  leg,  sucli  as  to  make  one  totter 
about,  esp.  frequent  in  Arabia,  Strab. 
p.  781. 

Σκέμμα,  ατός,   τό,  {σκέπτομαι)  a 
subject  for   reflection,    question.    Plat, 
1353 


ΣΚΕΠ 

Rep.  435  C,  445   Α.  —  II.  reflection, 
gpiculalinn.  111.  CritO  48  C. 

Σκΐμμός,  b,  late  and  rare  form  for 

σκΐφίς. 

'Σκενδνλιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  sq. 

"Σκενόνλη,  τις,  ή,  v.  the  Alt.  σχΐν- 
δΰλη. 

"Σκίνος,  Aeol.  for  ξένος. 

Σκέπα,  poet.  ηοιη.  and  ace.  pi.  of 
σκέπας,  Hes. 

Σκεπάζω,  f.  -«σω,  (.σκέπας)  like 
σκε~άω,  to  cover,  shelter,  Xen.  Mem. 
3,  10,  0  ;  and  in  pass..  Id.  Cyr.  8,  8, 
17 :  cf.  στεγάζω. 

Σκέπΰνον,  ου,  τό,  a  covering:  strict- 
ly iieut.  from 

Σκεπύνός,  ή,  όν,  covering,  sheltering, 
Opp.  H.  3,  630.  —  11.  pass.,  covered, 
sheltered,  Anlh.  P.  7,  099. 

Σκέπάνος  (not  σκεπανός),  ό,  also 
σκέπ/ινος,  Siud  σκέπιι•ος.  a  fish,  Lat. 
utnbra,  0|>p.  Π.  1,  100. 

Σκεπα^)ντ/όον,  adv.,  like  the  bandage 
called  σκεπαρνον,  Hipp. 

Σκεπαμί'ίζω,  1.  -ί'σω,  to  hew  ivith  a 
σκέτταρνον.     Hence 

ΣκεπαρίΊσμύς,  ov,  ό,  a  hewing  with 
a  σκέΊταρίΌΐ'.  —  11.  a  fracture  of  the 
skull  in  the  shape  of  a  ΰκέπαρνον, 
Hipp. 

Σκεπαρνον,  ov,  τό,  a  carpenter's 
axe,  e.sp.  for  lievving  and  smoothing 
the  trunks  of  trees;  different  from 
the  πελεκνς  (felling  a.xe  or  hatchet), 
Od.  5,  235-7  ;  9,  391  ;  άμφίξονν.  Leon. 
Tar.  4. — II.  from  some  likeness  in  the 
shape,  a  surgical  bandage ;  also  ΰ  ακέ- 
παρνος.  Hipp. — 111.  o[  a.  sheep-skin,  as 
if  σκέπ-αρνον,  Artemid.  4,  24.  (Per- 
haps from  σκάπτω.)  [Hom.  does  not 
lengthen  the  short  vowel  before  σκ-.] 

Σκέπαρνυς,  ου,  ό,^^σκέπαρνον  11., 
Ηιρρ._  , 

ΣΚΕΠΑΣ,  ηος,  τό,  α  covering, 
shelter,  σκ.  άνέμοίο,  shelter  from  the 
wind,  Od.  5,  443,  etc. :  poet.  nom.  and 
ace.  pi.  σκέπύ,  Hes.  up.  530,  cf 
Kuhnk.  H.  Hom.  Cer.  12 :  in  prose 
iisii.  σκέπη,  q.  v.,  or  σκέπασμα.  (Cf 
Lat.  squama,  Germ.  Schuppe ;  and 
bee-skep.  Scot,  for  a  hive.) 

Σκέπάσις,  εως,  ή,  (σκεπάζω)  a  cov- 
ering, LXX. 

Σκέπασμα,  ατός,  τό,  (σκεπάζω)  ^= 
σκέπη,  anci  poet,  σκέπας.  Plat.  Polit. 
279  D,  Ε,  280  C,  etc. 

Σκεπαστήριος,  a,  ov,  fitted  for  cov- 
ering or  shelleruig. 

Σκεπαστής,  ov,  6,  {σκεπάζω)  one 
that  covers,  LXX. 

Σκεπαστικός,  η,  όν,  =z  σκεπαστή- 
ρως,  c.  gen.,  Arist.  Metaph.,  7,  2,  8 ; 
σκ.  όπλα,  defensive  armour,  Ath.  193 
C.     Adv.  -κώς,  Hipp. 

Σκεπαστός,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from 
σκεπάζω,  covered. 

Σκεπαστμον,  ου,  τό,  contr.  for  σκε- 
παστήριον,  a  veil,  LXX. 

Σκεπάω,  Ep.  σκεπόω,  like  the 
prose  form  σκεπάζω,  (σκέπας,  σκέ- 
τη/) to  cover,  shelter,  άνεμων  σκεπόωσι 
κέμα,  they  .ihelter  the  sea  from  the 
wind.  Od.  13,  99  ;  κέφνν  σκεπάουσίν 
ilkipai,  Theocr.  16.  81. 

ΣΚΕΠΗ,  ης,  ή,  like  the  poet.  σκέ• 
πας,  a  covering,  shelter,  σκέπη  τον 
νότου,  a  shelter  from  the  south  west 
winil,  Hipp. ;  έν  σκέπΐ)  τοϋ  πολέμου, 
under  shelter  from  War,  Hdt.  7,  172, 
215 ;  80,  ίν  σκέπΐ)  τον  ^όβου,  Hdt.  1, 
143  ;  έν  σκέπη  τοϋ  κινδύνου,  τοϋ  κρύ- 
ους, Ael.  Ν.  Λ.  7,  6  ;  9,  57  :  σκιάν  καΐ 
σκ.  παρέχειΐ'.  Plat,  Tim,  76  D  : — but, 
ίπό  την  'Ρωμαίων  σκ-,  under  their 
protection,  Polyb.  1,  16,  10. 

Σκεπηνύς,  ή,  έιν,τ^  σκεπανός :  τά 
σκέπη νά,  strong  places.  LXX. 

Σκίπ?ινυς,  ό,—σκέπανος, 
1354 


ΣΚΕΡ 

Σκεπΐνός,  ή,  όν,=  σκεπανός. 

Σκέπϊνος,  ύ,=  σκέπανος,  Dorio  ap. 
Ath.  322  Ε. 

Σκεπέίωσι,  Ερ.  for  σκεπώσι,  3  ρ1. 
pres.  from  σκεπίιω. 

Σκεπτέον,  verb.  adj.  from  σκέπτο- 
μαι, one  7nust  reflect  or  consider,  Ar. 
Eq.  35,  Plat.,  etc. 

Σκεπτηριης,  a,  ov,=sq.,  Manetho. 

Σκεπτικός,  ?},  όν,  (σκέφις)  inclined 
to  reflection  or  thought,  thoughtful,  re- 
flective.— 11.  σκεπτικοί,  also  άπορη- 
TlKoi,  εφεκτικοί,  the  iikeptics.  a  .school 
of  philoanphers  vho  doubted  all  things  : 
the  followers  of  Pyrrho  were  esp. 
so  called,  but  also  the  Academics, 
Diog.  L.  Prooem.  20 ;  9,  69,  sq. 
Adv.  -κώς,  Id. 

Σκέπτομαι,  lengthened  from  root 
ΣΚΕΠ-,  dep.  c.  fut.  σκέ-φομαι,  aor. 
έσκειράμην ;  pf.  ίσκεμμαι  in  same 
signf.  Plat.  Prot.  317  B,  etc.— The 
best  Att.  writers  hardly  ever  have 
the  pres.  and  iinpf  σκέπτομαι,  εσκέ- 
πτόμην  (Plat.  Lach.  185  C  is  an  ex- 
ception, as  is  Thuc.  8,  06— unless  we 
read  plqpf  προυσκεπτο  with  Elmsl.), 
though  Ireq.  later,  as  in  Luc. :  they 
prefer  using  σκοπώ  or  σκοπονμαι  as 
pres.,  while  they  always  take  the 
other  tenses  from  this  form,  viz.  fut. 
σκέχΐ'ομαι,  aor.  εσκε-ψάμην,  pf  ίσκεμ- 
μαι, Klinsl.  Heracl.  148,  ct.  σκοπέω: 
the  pf  IS  used  by  Dem.  576,  27 ; 
1403,  21,  in  pass,  signf ,  though  even 
he  nsu.  has  it  in  act. :  aor.  2  έσκέπην, 
LXX. — 1.  to  look  about,  look  canfully, 
spy,  σκέπτεο  vvv..at  κεν  Ιδηηι,  11, 
17,  652  ;  σκ.  ες  νηα,  μεΟ'  εταίρους, 
Od.  12,  247;  c.  ace,  σκέπτετο  όί- 
στων  τε  βυϊζον  καΐ  δοϋπον  ακόντων, 
he  looked  after  the  whistling  of  the 
darts  (so  as  to  shun  them),  11.  16, 
301  ;  έκ  θαλιΊμοιο  σκέφατο,  Η.  Cer. 
210. — 11.  later  of  the  mind,  to  look  to, 
view,  examine,  consider,  think  on,  τι, 
freq.  in  Alt. from  Soph.downds.;  also, 
περί  Tivor.  Plat.  Lach.  185  C  ;  σκ. 
τι  έκ  τώνόε,  from  these  facts,  Xen. 
Mem.  2.  0,  38,  Dem.  23,  1  -.—σκέψα- 
σβε  δέ,  to  call  people's  attention  to  a 
point,  Thuc.  1,  143  : — foil,  by  a  relat., 
as,  οίος,  όποιος,  όπως,  etc.,  Aesch. 
Pr.  1015,  Soph.  Tr.  1077,  etc.;  by 
ότω  τρόττω,  Thuc.  1,  107;  by  πώς.., 
π()θεν.  πότερον..ή,  Xen.  An.  4,  5,  22; 
5,  4,  7  ;  3,  2,  20  ;  etc. :  by  ει,  where 
7/  μή  must  be  supplied,  to  consider 
whether  or  no,  lb.  3,  2,  22  : — rarely,  to 
think  a  thing  to  be  so  and  so,  καλλίω 
θάνατον  σκεψάμενος.  Plat.  Lcgg.  854 
C.  (Ace.  to  Hemst.  from  σκέπας, 
σκεπάω.  and  so  strictly  to  shade  the 
eyes  with  the  hand,  and  look  steadili/  : 
hence  σκεπάω,  σκοπός,  σκοπέω,  etc. : 
akin  to  Lat.  specio,  spicio,  specto,  spe- 
cies,)    Hence 

Σκεπτοσύνη,  ης,  η,  poet,  for  σκέ- 
φις.  Timon  ap.  Sext.  Emp.  p.  58. 

ΣΚΕ'ΠΩ,  rare  radio,  form  of  σκε- 
πάζω, Polyb,  16,  29,  13,  Luc,  Tim. 
21,  Pise.  29. 

Σκέρΰφος.  τό,  Att.  σγέραφος,  also 
«t'pa^of,  only  found  in  trramm.,  who 
explain  it  by  λυιδορία,  κακολογία, 
βλαςφημία,  etc. ;  perh.  akin  to  σκερ- 
βόλος. 

Σκερβόλλω,  to  scold,  alni.se,  σκ. 
πονηρά,  'to  talk  Billingsgate,'  use 
foul  abuse,  Ar.  Eq.  822  :  also  σκερβο- 
λέω. 

Σκέρ3ολος,  like  κέρτομος,  scolding, 
abusive,  Call.  Fr.  281.  (Usu.  deriv. 
from  κέαρ  βάλλειν  or  ές  κέαρ  βάλ- 
λειν,  as  κέρτομος  from  κέαρ  τέμνειν; 
ct.  σκορακίζω.) 

'\Σκιρδι?ΜΪδης,  ου,  6,  Scerdilatdas, 
a  commander,  Polyb,  2,  5,  6. 


ΣΚΕΤ 

Σκευΰγωγέω,  ώ,ί.  -7/σω,{σκεναγω- 
γός)  to  pack  up  and  carry  away  goods 
έκ  τών  ΐιγφών  σκ-,  to  pack  up  and 
leave  the  country,  Dem.  237,  21, 
Aeschin.  40,  28.     Hence 

Σκενύγώγημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  wagon 
for  removing  goods,  JSicet. 

Σκενάγωγία,ας,  ή,  a  packing  up  and 
removing  of  goods. 

Σκεναγωγος,  όν,  {σκεύος,  άγω)  con- 
veying goods :  ό  σκ.,  the  oflicer  who 
looks  to  the  baggage  of  an  army,  the 
baggage-master,  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  5,  4  :  τυ 
σκ.,  a  baggage-wagon,  Plut.  Pomp.  6. 

Σκευάζω,  f.  -άσω  :  pf  pass,  έσκενα- 
σμαι.  Ion.  3  pi.  έσκευάόαται,  and  so 
of  plqpf  -ατο,  Hdt.  {σκεύος,  σκευή). 
To  prepare,  make  readi/,  make,  esp.,  to 
prepare  or  dress  food,  lldt.  1,  73,  207  ; 
έπιστασαι  τον  σαύρον  ώς  χρή  σκενά- 
σαι,  Alex.  Leuc.  1  ;  φρνκτούς  σκ. 
τινάς,  Ar.  Vesp.  1331  ;  σκ.  εκ  τίνος 
περικόμματα,  to  make  mincemeat  ol 
him,  Ar.  Eq.  372  :  generally,  lo  pro- 
vide, procure,  ήδονάς,  Plat.  Rep,  559 
D : — mid.,  to  prepare  for  one's  self,  and 
then  much  like  the  act.,  Eur.  H.  F. 
956,  909  ;  also,  like  μηχανάσϋαι,  to 
contrive,  bring  about,  πολεμον,  προδο- 
σίαν  σκενάζεσβαι,  Hdt.  5,  103;  6, 
100. — 11.  of  men,  arjnies,  etc.,  to  fur- 
nish or  supply  them  wiih  arms,  etc., 
lo  equip,  accoutre,  dress,  τινά  πάνο- 
πλης, στολΐ/,  έσΟήτι,  Hdt.  1,  60,  80  ; 
5,  20,  ubi  v.' Wess.  ;  hence  also, — 2.  to 
disguise  by  dress,  to  dress  up,  σκ.  Ttvu 
ώςπερ  γυναίκα,  Ar.  Thesm.  591  ;  χοί- 
ρου, A.ch.  739  ;  also,  σκ.  ε'ις  Βάκχας, 
εις  Σάτυρους,  to  dress  out  as  Baccnan- 
tes,  as  Satyrs,  Plut.,  cf  Schweigh. 
App.  7,  32,  Xen.  An.  5,  9,  12 ;  so  m 
pass,,  έσκευασμένος,  dressed  tip,  Ar. 
Ach.  121.— 111.  intr.,  σκινάζειν  κατ" 
οίκον,  to  keep  house,  H.  Hom.  Merc. 
285. 

Σκευύριον,ου,  ro.dim.  from  σκεύος 
and  σκευή,  Ar.  Ach.  451,  Ran.  172, 
etc..  Plat.  Ale.  1,  113  E,  etc.  [ΰ] 

^Σκευύς,  ά,  6,  Sceva,  chief  of  the 
priests,  N.  T. 

Σκεύάσία,  ας,  ?/,  {σκευάζω)  a  pre- 
paring, dressing,  esp.,  of  food.  Plat. 
A.lc.  1,  117  C,  cf.  Bast  Append.  Ep. 
Cr.  p.  52  :  in  plur.,  7nodes  of  dres.ung, 
receipts,  Alex.  Kpar.  1,  24,  cf.  Asty- 
dam.  ap.  Ath.  411  Α.— II.  furniture, 
trappitigs,  Ath. 

Σκευάσις,  εως,  ή,  (  σκευάζω  )  = 
foreg.,  dub.  Alex.  1.  c. 

Σκεύασμα,  ατός.  τό,  (σκευάζω)  that 
which  is  prepared,  furniture,  etc.,  LXX. 
— 1Ι.=  σ«εΐΌσί'α. 

Σκευαστέον,  verb.  adj.  from  σκευά- 
ζω, one  must  prepare,  make  ready,  Ar. 
Pac.  885. 

Σ«ει;ασΓόf,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from 
σκευάζω,  prepared  by  art,  opp.  to  κατά 
φύσιν.  Plat.  Rep.  510  A. — I],  that  may 
or  can  be  prepared. 

Σκευή,  ής,  ή,  (σκεύος)  equipment, 
attire,  dress,  Lat.  apparatus,  freq.  in 
Hdt.,  as  7,  62,  66  :  esp.,  of  the  dress  oj 
a  singer,  aclor,  Hdt.  1,  24,  Ar.  Ran. 
108 ;  of  soldiers,  Thuc.  3,  94  ;  ol 
priests  and  public  officers,  Andoc. 
15,  10.  —  2.  a  fashion  in  dress,  etc., 
Thuc.  1,  C,  8,  etc.— II.  tackle,  as  of  a 
net,  Pind.  P.  2,  145  ;  cf  ένά'λιος. 

Σκευηφόρος,  ον,—σκευοφόρος. 

Σκινοϋηκη,  ιις,  ή,  {σκεύος,  βήκη)  α 
storehou.se  for  all  kinds  of  σκεύη  :  esp., 
an  armoury,  arsenal,  Aesch.  Ft.  258; 
cf.  Aeschin.  57,  27. 

Σκευοποιέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (σκευο- 
ποιυς)  to  prepare  all  kinds  of  σκεύη, 
generally,  to  make,  Plut.  MaVcell.  16. 
— 11.  esp.,  to  prepare  cunningly,  σκ.  τοζ 
δψεις,  of  women  painting  their  faces, 


ΣΚΕΤ 

Alex.  Isostas.  1,  27  ;  σκ-  διαθηκας,  (ο 
forge  a  will,  cf.  Isae.  ap.  Poll.  10,  15, 
Hyperki.  ap.  Harp.  ; — pass.,  to  be  fur- 
nished with  dresses  or  disguises,  Plut. 

2,  59  Β  ;  cf.  σκενωρέομαι.     Hence 
ΣκενοτΓοίημα,  ατός,  τό,  in  plur..  the 

mask  and  dress  of  a  tragic  actor,  Plut. 
Crass.  33. — II.  α  trick,  Hyperid.  ap. 
Poll.  10,  15. 

Σκενοττοίΐα,  ας,  ή,  a  preparing  of 
σκενη,  esp..  of  masks  and  other  stage- 
properties  :  from 

Σκευοποιός,  όν,  {σκεύη,  ποιέω) 
making  masks  and  other  stage-proper- 
ties, Ar.  Eq.  232,  cf.  Plut.  2,  1123  C. 

"Σκευοττώ^ιΐις,  ου,  ό,  (πωλέω)  one 
who  sells  σκεύη. 

ΣΚΕΥΌΣ,  εος,  τό,  α  vessel  or  im- 
plement of  any  hind,  Thuc.  4,  128, 
Plat.  Rep.  601  D:  —  hence,  usu.,  in 
plur.  τά  σκεύη,  all  that  belongs  to  a 
complete  outfit,  house-gear,  kitchen  uten- 
sils, moveables,  esp.,  as  opp.  to  live 
Stock,  and  fi.xtures,  Lys.  154,35,  Plat., 
etc. ;  σ.  γεωργικά,  farming  implements, 
Ar.  Pac.  552: — σκ.  ιερά,  sacred  ves- 
sels, etc.,  Thuc.  2,  13  : — esp.,  the  bag- 
gage of  an  army,  and,  generally,  bag- 
gage, luggage,  Lat.  impedimenta,  Ar. 
Ran.  12,  15,  Xen.  Mem.  3. 13,  6,  etc.  : 
— the  tackling  of  ships,  naval  stores;  en- 
gines, etc.,  Xen.  Oec.  8,  11  ;  σκ.  τρι- 
ηραρχικά,  Dem.  1 145,  5  :  —  dresses, 
esp.,  of  actors  ;  trappings  of  horses, 
Xen.  Cyr.  4,  5,  55. — 2.  Protagoras 
gave  the  name  of  σκεύη,  to  neut. 
nouns,  elsewh.  τά  μεταξύ  ονόματα, 
since  most  neuters  in  ov  denote  an 
implement,  as  σχοινίον,  etc.,  Arist. 
Rhet.  3,  5,  5,  Soph.  Elench.  14,  4.— 

3.  σκεύος  ΰπ7]ρετίκύν.  a  person  who 
helps  another,  a  mere  tool  or  instrument, 
Polyb.  13,  5,7. — 4.  το  σκεύος,  the 
body,  as  the  vessel  or  instrument  of  the 
soul,  Plat.  Soph.  219  A,  and  N.  T., 
cf.  Gatak.  Anton.  3,  4. 

Σκενονργία,  ας,  ή,  =  σκενοποιΐα, 
Plat.  Poht.  299  D. 

Σκενονργός,  όν,  {*ίργω)=^  σκενο- 
ΊΓοιός. 

Σκενοφορεΐον,  ον,  τό,  α  yoke  resting 
on  the  shoulders  for  carrying  pails,  etc., 
Plat.  (Com.)  Ζενς  κακ.,  8:  elsewh. 
άί•αςιορεΙον  :  from 

Σκευοφυρέί,),  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (σκενοφό- 
ρος)  to  carry  σκεύη  or  baggage,  Xen. 
Cyr.  3,  1,  43,  An.  3,  2,  28:— pass., 
σκενοφορεϊσθαι  κάμηλο ις,  to  have  one's 
haggcge carriedhy ca.mels,  Plut.  Crass. 
21. 

Σκενοφορία,  ας,  ή,  a  carrying  of  bag- 
gage. 

Σκενοφηρικός,  ή,  όν,  (σκενοφόρος) 
belonging  or  suited  to  the  carrying  of 
baggage,  στρατός  σκ.,  the  body  of 
σκενοφόροι  or  sutlers,  Xen.  Lac.  13, 
4  :  βάρος  σΚ-,  the  load  u.<iually  packed 
on  one  anivial,  a  beast's  load,  Id.  Cyr. 
C,  1,  54. 

Σκενοφοριώτης,  ov,  ό,  comic  form 
of  sq.,  Meineke  Eupol.  Tax.  9, — 
formed  after  είραφιώτης. 

Σκενοόόρος,  ov,  (σκεύη,  φέρω)  car- 
rying σκευή  or  baggage  : — oi  σκενοφό- 
ροι, the  sutlers,  camp-followers,  esp., 
the  servants  of  the  οπλίτης,  who  car- 
ried his  baggage  and  shield,  υποζύ- 
για και  σκευοφόροι,  Hdt.  7,  40,  cf, 
Thuc.  2,  79.  etc. :  σκ.  κάμη7\.οι,  the 
baggnge-czn\e\»,  Hdt,  I,  80;  so,  τά 
σκενοφόρα  (sc.  κτήνη),  the  beasts  of 
burden  in  the  train  of  an  army,  Xen. 
Cyr.  5,  4,  45,  An.  1.3,  7,  etc. 

Σκενυφϋ/.άκέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  watch 
the  baggage,  Plut,  Alex.  32  :  and 

Σκενοφνλύκιον,  ov,  τό,  a  place  for 
watching  the  baggage  :  from 

1ΐίενοφν?Μξ,  ακος,δ,{σκενη,  φνλαξ) 


ΣΚΗΝ 

α  guard    or    inspector  of  the  baggage. 

Σκενόω,  {σκενος)=σκενάί,ω. 

Σκενωρέομαι,  dep.  c.  fut.  mid.,  and 
(in  Dem.  884,  22  ;  885.  10)  pf.  pass. 
έσκενώρημαι  in  same  signf  :  {σκενω- 
ρός).  Strictly,  to  watch,  guard  the 
σκεύη  or  baggage  .  hence,  to  look  after, 
inspect  the  baggage. — 2.  to  examine 
thoroughly,  inquire  into,  c.  acc,  Plut. 
Camill.  32,  cf.  2,  587  F  ;  also  σκ.  περί 
τι,  to  look  carefully  or  eagerly  after 
any  thing,  Arist.  H.  A.  9,  32,  8.— II.  to 
fit  up,  furnish,  οίκίαν,  Plut.  Caes.  51. 
— 2.  like  σκενοποιέομαι,  to  contrive 
cunningly  or  by  intrigue,  make  up, 
Dem.  11.  C,  etc.  :  to  effect  by  intrigue, 
Ti,  Id.  115,  5  : — also  intr.,  to  act  kna- 
vishly,  περί  τι,  Id.  217,  16.— III.  to 
plagiarise,  Diog.  L.  2,  61.     Hence 

Σκενώρημα,  ατός,  τό,  (σκενωρέο- 
μαι II)  a  sly  cunning  trick,  Dem.  955, 
3;  1035,  14. 

Σκευωρία,  ας,  ή,  care,  attrition  in 
guarding  baggage:  generally,  great 
care,  σκ.  ποιείσθαι  περί  τι,  Arist. 
Η.  Α.  9,  49,  3,  etc.  :  esp.,  over-great 
care,  Meineke  Philem.  p.  375.^11. 
cunning,  knavery,  intrigue,  Dem.  ν2Γι2, 
8,  cf.  Plut.  Lysand.  25  :  from 

Σκενωρός,  όν,  (σκεύος,  ωρα,  οιφος) 
watching  the  baggage,  Cratin.  Pan. 
7. 

Σκέφις,  εως,  ή,  (σκέπτομαι)  a  view- 
ing, perception  by  the  senses,  ή  δι'  ομμά- 
των σκ..  Plat.  Phaed.  83  Α.— II.  ex- 
amination, inrjuiry,  Id.  Phaedr,  237  C, 
etc.  ; — consideration,  reflection,  νέμείν 
σκέψιν,  to  take  thought  of  a  thing, 
Eur.  Hipp.  1323  ;  σκέ-φιν  ποιείσθαι. 
Plat.  Phaedr.  237  D  ;  σκ.  περί  τίνος, 
inquiry  into,  speculation  on  a  thing,  Id. 
Gorg.  487  E,  etc.  ;  περί  τι.  Id.  Legg. 
636  D. — 2.  hesitation,  doubt,  esp.  of 
the  Skeptic  or  Pyrrhonic  philoso- 
phers ;  V.  σκεπτικός  II. 

Σκήλαι,  inf.  aor.  1  of  σκέλλω,  3 
opt.  σκήλειε,  II.  23,191. 

Σκήλημα,  ατός,  τό,  (σκέλλω,  σκή- 
λαι) dryness,  hardness,  Hipp.  ap.  Ga- 
len. :  a  hard  substance  or  body  ;  like 
σκλήμα. 

Σκήμα,  ατός,  τό,  for  σχήμα,  barbar- 
ism in  Ar.  Thesm.  1188! 

Σκήμπτω,  σκημψις,  ή,  dub.  forms 
for  σκήπτω,  σκήψις. 

ίΣκηναί,  ων,  αϊ,  Scenae  (i.  e.  the 
te7its)  a  town  of  Mesopotamia,  Strab. 
p.  748. 

Σκηνάω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,=5<\.,ν.  1.  Xen. 
An.  7,  4,  12. — Also  as  dep.,  σκηνύο- 
μαι,  to  dwell,  live,  σκηνύσθαι  παρά 
τον  ποταμόν,  Plat.  Rep.  621  A  ;  σκη- 
νήσασθαι  έν  θαλάττγ.  Id.  Legg.  866 
D  : — so,  in  pf.  pass,  ίσκήνημαι,  Ar. 
Ach.  69,  Thuc.  2,  52.     Cf.  sq. 

Σκηνέω,  ώ,  f.  -τ/σω,  (σκηνή)  to  be  or 
di()ell  in  a  tent,  to  be  encamped,  freq.  in 
Xen.  :  generally,  to  be  quartered  or 
billeted,  tv  oktatf,  Thuc.  1,89;  ^i' 
κώμαις,  κατά  τάς  κώμας,  Xen.  An.  1, 
4,  9  ;  4,  5,  23  ;  also,  σκ.  εις  τάς  κώ- 
μας, to  go  to  the  villages  and  quarter 
themselves  there,  lb.  7,  7, 1  :  generally, 
to  dwell,  stay  in  a  place,  οίκοι  σκ., 
Xen.  Lac.  5, 2 : — mid.,  σκηνεΐσθαι  κα• 
7^ύιίην,  to  build  one's  self  Ά  hut  or  cot- 
tage, Thuc.  1,  133.— The  fut.,  etc., 
may  belong  either  to  this  form  or 
foreg.  :  we  have  confined  the  depo- 
nent usage  to  σκηνάω,  because  σκη- 
νύσθαι is  certainly  found  in  Plat.  1.  c, 
and  the  other  forms  may  belong  to  it ; 
cf  σκηνόω,  fin. — The  strict  differ- 
ence of  σκηνέω  and  σκ7/νόω  is,  that 
of  being  in  tents,  being  encamped  ;  and, 
that   of  .lettitig  up    tents,    encamping, 

though  this  is  not  strictly  observed, 


ΣΚΗΝ 
V.  Eustath.  II.  p.  70,  21,  sq.,  Poppo 
Indices  ad  Xen.  Anab.  et  Cyrop. 

Σκηνεντής,  ov.  ό,—σκηνήτης,  dub. 

ΣΚΗΛΉ',  ής,  ή,  a  covered,  sheltered 
place  ;  esp.,— 1.  a  te-at,  Hdt.,  Trag., 
Thuc,  etc.  ;  σκηνήν  ποιεΐν,  Thuc.  2, 
34 ;  πήξασθαι,  Hdt.  5,  83,  etc.  :  a 
booth  in  the  market-place,  Ar. Thesm. 
658,  Dem.  284,  24 ;  (Horn,  has  only 
κλισίη,  q.  v.) : — in  plur.,  a  camp.  Lat. 
castra,  Aesch.  Eum.  686,  Ar.  Pac. 
731,  freq.  in  Xen. :  generally,  a  dwel- 
ling-place, house,  temple,  Eur.  Hec. 
1289,  Ion  806.— II.  a  wooden  stage  or 
scaffold  for  actors  to  perform  on.  Plat. 
Legg.  817  C  :— later,  in  regular  thea- 
tres, the  Stage,  the  part  on  which  the 
actors  (strictly  so  called)  performed, 
opp.  to  θνμέλη  (where  the  chorus 
danced  and  sang),  Ruhnk.  Tim. . 
hence,— 2.  oi  ά~ό  σκηνής,  the  actors, 
players,  the  σκηνικοί,  opp.  to  the  θυ- 
με'λικοί,  Dem.  288,  18;  also  oi  επ\ 
σκ.,  Schiif.  Mel.  27,  Bast  Append. 
Ep.  Crit.  p.  iv  ;  oi  περί  σκηνήν,  Plut. 
Galb.  16  :  but, — 3.  τα  ΰπό  σκηνής 
(sc.  άσματα,  μέλη),  songs  in  ο  play 
sung  by  one  of  the  characters  standing 
on  the  stage  (not  by  the  chorus),  Hertn. 
Arist.  Poet.  12,9,  Elem.  Metr.  p.  733 
— 4.  σκηνή  was  also  the  scenes  (in  ou? 
sense),  esp.  the  three-sided  back-sce7ie, 
which  moved  on  a  pivot,  Plut.  : — 
τραγική  σκηνή  is  esp.  a  high  sort  oj 
tower,  such  as  that  from  which  the 
prologue  of  Aesch.  Agam.  is  perh. 
spoken,  cf.  Xen.  Cyr.  6,  1,  54,  Plut. 
Demetr.  44. — 5.  like  σκευή,  an  actor's 
whole  equipment,  stage  properties. — III. 
the  tented  cover,  tilt  if  a  wagon  or  car- 
nage, Xen.  Cyr.  6,4,  11,  cf.  Aesch. 
Pers.  1000,  Ar.  Ach.  69:  also  α  bed- 
tester,  Dem.  1031,  10.— IV.  an  enter- 
tainment given  in  tents,  a  banquet,  Xen. 
Cyr.  2,  3,  1  ;  4,  2,  34,  etc. 

Σκήνημα,  ατός,  τό,  (σκηνέω)=ζ 
σκηνή,  α  dwelling-place,  Xen.  Hell.  5, 
3,  19  :  in  plur.,  a  nest,  Aesch.  Cho. 
251. 

Σκηνήτης,  ov,  6,  (σκηνέω)  one  that 
is  on  the  stage,  σκηνικός :  also  belong- 
ing to  the  stage. 

Σκηνίδιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  σκη- 
νή, Thuc.  6,  37.  [i] 

Σκηνϊκενομαι,  dep.,  strictly,  to  play 
a  part  as  an  actor:  generaWy,  to  de- 
ceive one  )?i  a  thing,  τινί  τι,  Memnon 
51. 

Σκηνικός,  ή,  όν,  (σκηνή)  of  the 
stage  or  theatre,  scenic,  theatrical,  Plut. 
2,  1142  B: — ύ  σκηνικός,  an  actor, 
Plut.  Otho  6  ;  esp.  as  opp.  to  one  ol 
the  chorus  (θνμελίκός).  Adv.  -κώς. 

Σ^7;^•■ί'7ΓT(.J,=  σΛ^'ί'τΓτω,on!yGramm.; 
yet  Nic.  Th.  193,  has  the  compd.  δια 
σκηνίπτω  ;  strictly,  to  pinch  to  pieces, 
of  the  ichneumon  which  destroys  the 
asp's  eggs. 

Σκηνίς,  ίδος,  ή=σκηνή,  Plut.  Lu- 
cull.  7. 

^ΣκηνΙται,  ών,  oi,  the  Scenitae,  a 
people  of  Mesopotamia,  Strab.  p.  747 

Σκηνίτης,  ov,  ό,^=σκηνήτης,  Isocr 
365  C. — II.  as  adj.,  in  a  tent,  βίος 
Diod.  2,  40;  κισσός.  Anth.  P.  7,  36. 

Σκηνοβάτέω,  ώ,  (σκηνή,  βαίνω)  to 
tread  the  stage  :  but  in  pass.,  ποίημα 
τα  σκηνοβατεΐται,  are  brought  upon 
the  stage,  Strab.  p.  233,  cf.  Heraclid. 
Alleg.  30. 

Σκηνογρΰόέω,  ώ,    to  paint  scenes, 
esp.  in  perspective. — II.  in  gen.,  to  re 
present  theatrically,  i.  e.  to  exaggerate 
and 

Σκηνογραφία,  ας,  η,  the  art  of  scene 
painting,  esp,  in  perspective :  hence, 
illusion,  delusion,   σκ.  και   τραγφόίο, 

Plut.  Arat.  15  :  and 

1355 


ΣΚΗΠ 

Σκηνογραφικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to 
or  in  the  manner  of  scene-painting,  i.  e. 
in  perspective  : — hence  ή  -κή  (SC.  Τΐ- 
χνή)— σκηνογραφία  :  from 

Σκηνογράφος,  ον,  (σκηνή,  γράφω) 
painting  the  scenes  in  a  theatre  :  ύ  σκ., 
a  scene-painter. — II.  speaking  OT  telling 
in  theatrical  manner,  hence,  inventing, 
exaggerating,  [ά] 

Σκι/νοειόί/ς,  ές,  (σκηνή,  εΐόος)  of 
the  shape  of  a  tent  or  theatre. 

Σκηνο7Γΰ-)ΐ/ς,  ές,  [σκηνή,  ττήγνυμι) 
put  together  like  a  tent. 

Σκηνοττηγέω,  ώ,  to  put  up  a  tent  or 
tent-like  building. 

Σκηνο-ηγία,  ας,  ή,  a  putting  up  of 
tents  :  a  making  of  nests,  Arist.  H.  A. 
9,  7,  1. — II.  the  feast  of  tabernacles, 
LXX. :  called  also  σκηνοπήγια,  τά. 

Σκηνοτΐοιέω,  ώ.  f.  -7/σω,  to  make  a 
tent :  in  mid.,  Hdn.  7,  2  :  and 

Σκηνοτΐούα,  ας,  ή,  the  making  of  a 
tent :  a  pitching  of  tents,  Polyb,  6,  28, 
3  :  metaph.,  σκ.  της  τύχης,  frequent 
thange  ot  fortune,  as  if  she  was  one 
of  a  nomad  tribe,  Heliod.  :  from 

Σκηνοΰοώς,  όν,  {σκηνή,  ττοιέω) 
making  tents  :   a  tent-maker. 

Σκηνο^^ΰφεΙον,  ov,  τό,  the  work- 
shop of  a  tent-maker,  dub.  1.  for  σκιρα- 
φείον. 

Σκηνο/ιρύφέω,  ώ,  to  sew  or  make 
tents :  from 

Σκηνο^ι/χΊφος,  ov,  (σκηνή,  βύτττω) 
sewing  or  making  tents  ;  ύ  σκ.,  a  tent- 
maker,  Ael.  V.  H.  2,  1,  N.  T.  [ώ] 

Σκήνος,  Dor.  σκύνος,  εος,  τό,  like 
σκηνή,  a  hut,  tent,  etc. — II.  the  body 
as  the  tabernacle  of  the  soul :  gene- 
rally, the  body,  Tim.  Locr.  100  A, 
Nic.  Th.  712,  Ael.  N.  A.  5,3. 

Σκηνοφύ/.αξ,  άκος,  ύ,  ή,  {σκηνή, 
φνλαξ)  α  guard  or  watcher  in  a  tent, 
Xen.  Hell.  3,  2,  5,  Piut.  Pomp.  72. 

Σκηνόω,  ω,  (σκτ/νος)  to  pitch  tents, 
encamp,  Xen.  An.  2,  4,  11;  7,  4,  11. — 
11.^=σκηνέω  (q.  v.),  to  live  or  divell  iri 
a  tent,  Id.  Cyr.  2,  1,  25 :  generally,  to 
settle,  take  up  one's  abode,  εν  οικία,  Id. 
An.  5,  5,  1 1  : — hence  in  pf.  pass.,  to 
live  or  be,  πάββω  ίσκήνωται  τού  θανά- 
σιμος είναι.  Plat.  Rep.  GIO  Ε,  though 
with  V.  1.  έσκήνηται,  which  is  prob. 
best :  cf.  σκηνέϋ)  tin. 

Σκηνύδριον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  σκη- 
νή, Plut.  Mar.  37. 

Σκήνωμα,  ατός,  τό,{σκηνόω)^=σκή- 
νημα,  mostly  in  plur.,  Eur.  Hec.  616, 
Cycl.  323,  Xen. :  soldiers'  quarters, 
Xen.  An.  7,  4,  16.  ^ 

Σκήνωσις,  εως,  ή,  {σκηνόω)  the  put- 
ting up  of  a  tent :  a  dwelling  in  one, 
Diod. 

Σκηνωτής,  οϋ,  ό,=ζσκηνήτης. — Π.  α 
comrade  in  a  tent. 

Σκηπύνιον,  ου,  τό,  =  σκήπτρον, 
σκήττων,  11.  13,  59  ;  24,  247.  [ά] 

Σκηττήνιον,  τό,  later  poet,  form  for 
foreg. 

Σκηπίον,  ωνος,  ό,=  σκήττων. 
ίΣκηττίων,  ωνος,  6,  the  Rom.  name 
Scipio,  Strab.  ;  also  Σκι-ίων. 

Σκητττυβάμων.  ov,  gen.  όνος,  {σκη• 
TCTOv,  ίίαίνω)  sitting  on  the  sceptre,  αε- 
τός. Soph.  Fr.  76G,  cf.  Pmd.  P.  1,  10. 
[ά] 

Σκήπτον.  τό,  for  σκήπτρον,  seems 
only  to  be  found  in  Dor.  form  σκά- 
πτον,  and  the  compds.  σκηπτούχος, 
σκη~τουχία. 

Σκηπτός,  ov,  6,  {σκήπτω)  a  gust  or 
nquall  of  wind  that  rushes  violently 
from  above,  nsu.  with  thunder,  like 
λαΐλαιίι.  Soph.  Ant.  418,  cf.  Valck. 
Hipp.  438,  Blomf.  Pers.  721 :  also,  a 
thunderbolt,  Xen.  An.  3,  1,  11,  Arist. 
Mund.  4, 19. — II.  metaph, a«y  sudden 
1356 


ΣΚΗΠ 

visitation  or  calamity,  σκ.  λοιμοϋ, 
Aesch.  Pers.  715;  so  of  war,  Eur. 
Andr.  1047,  cf.  Rhes.  674,  Dem.  292, 

28• 

Σκηπτουχία,  ας.  ή,  strictly  the  bear- 
ing a  staff  or  .sceptre:  hence, — 1.  su- 
preme power,  chief  cominand,  Aesch. 
rers.  297. — 2.  the  rank  or  power  of  a 
Persian  σκηπτοϋχος  (v.  sq.  2),  Strab.  : 
from 

Σκηπτονχος,  ov,  {σκήπτον,  ίχω) 
bearing  a  staff,  baton  or  sceptre  as  the 
badge  of  command,  σκ.  βασιλεύς,  a 
sceptred  king,  II.  2,  86,  Od.  2,  231,  etc. 
— 2.  (5  σκ.,  the  wand-bearer,  a  high  of- 
fice in  the  Persian  court  (somewhat 
like  OUT  gold  or  silver  stick,  black  rod, 
etc.),  always  held  by  eunuchs,  Xen. 
Cyr.  7,  3,  16  (where  indeed  ευνούχος 
IS  a  V.  1.),  8,  1,  38  ;  3,  15.  Certain 
provinces  of  the  empire  seem  to  have 
been  assigned  to  them,  which  they 
governed  by  deputy. 

Σκήπτρον,  ov,  τό.  Dor.  σκάπτον, 
q.  v.,  (σκήπτω) : — a  staff  or  stick  to 
lean  upon,  II.  18,  416,  Od.  17,  199  ;  a 
walking-stick,  Od.  13,  437  ;  14,  31,  Hdt. 

1,  195:  but  usu., — II.  a  staff  or  batoyi, 
esp.  as  the  badge  of  command,  a  scep- 
tre :  in  Horn.  usu.  borne  by  kings  and 
chiefs,  and  transmitted  from  father  to 
son,  whence  the  passage  in  II.  2, 100, 
sqq.,  is  called  ή  τον  σκήπτρου  παρά- 
ι^οσις,  Thuc.  1,  9: — also  borne  by 
judges,  U.  1,238;  by  speakers,  who 
on  rising  to  speak  received  it  from 
the  herald,  11.  23,  568,  Od.  2,  37;  by 
heralds,  11.  7,  277,  etc. ;  by  priests  and 
soothsayers,  II.  1,  15;  later  also  by 
minstrels,  first  in  Hes.  Th.  30 ;  cf. 
βάβι'ίος,  βαιρφδός.  The  σκήπτρον 
was  of  gold  or  gilt,  χρύσεος,  II.  1, 15  ; 

2,  268,  Od.  11,  91,  569 ;  or,  χρυσείυις 
ή?ιθΐσι  πεπαρμένον,  II.  1,  246.  In 
oaths  or  protests  they  held  it  up  and 
called  the  gods  to  witness,  11.  7,  412  ; 
10,  321,  328. — 2.  oft.,  as  we  use  crown, 
for  royally,  kingly  power,  rule,  etc.,  II. 
6,  15ί);  9,38;  ώ  εόωκε  Κρόνου  παις 
σκήπτρον  τ'  ήδέ  θέμιστας,  II.  2,  206, 
cf.  9,  156,  298:  later  usu.  in  plur.  in 
this  signf ,  Hdt.  7,  52,  Soph.  O.  C. 
449,  etc. ;  cf.  Pors.  Phoen.  600,  1268. 
— In  the  simple  signf.  of  a  stick,  walk- 
ing-stick, βακτηρία,  σκήπων,  σκίπων, 
are  more  usu.  in  prose. — III.  in  LXX., 
etc.,  σκήπτρον  is  \ΐΒβι1=φνλή.  of  the 
Jewish  tribes,  to  translate  the  He- 
brew Shevet, cf.  Jacobson  Patr.  Apost. 
l.p.  112. 

Σκηπτροφορέω,  ώ,  to  bear  a  sceptre  : 
to  be  king,  rule,  Mel.  1 1 :  from 

Σκηπτροφόρος,  ov,  {σκήπτρον,  φέ- 
ρω) bearing  a  staff  or  sceptre,  hence 
kinglij,  princely,  σοφία,  Mel.  37. 

ΣΚΗΤΙΤΗ,  f.  -ψω;  pf.  ίσκηφα, 
Diog.  L.  1,  118,  in  compd.  έπεσκ-. — 
I.  trans.,  to  prop,  lean  or  stay  one  thing 
against  or  upon  another ;  and  so,  like 
ενσκήπτω,  ένσκίμπτω,  and  έπισκή- 
πτω,  to  let  fall  upon,  hurl,  shoot  or  dart, 
Aesch.  Ag.  366 ;  σκ.  άλάστορα  εις 
τίνα,  Eur.  Med.  1333  ;  so  in  mid., 
σκήΦασθαι  κότον,  Aesch.  Eum.  801. 
— 2.  intr.,  to  lean  upon,  to  fall  or  dart 
down,  πέόω,  on  the  plain,  Aesch.  Pr. 
749  ;  εις  στεγος.  Id.  Ag.  310  ;  esp.,  of 
lightning,  ftre,  lb.  302,  310;  and  of 
any  sudden  visitation  or  calamity.  Id. 
Theb.  429:  cf.  also  II.  1  fin.  —  II. 
pass,  and  mid.,  to  prop  or  support  one's 
self  by  a  staff,  esp.,  of  old  men  and 
beggars,  Od.  17,  203,  338;  24,  158; 
to  lean  upon,  c.  dat.,  άκοντι,  11.  14, 
457  ;  βάκτρω.  Αρ.  Rh.  2,  198  :  me- 
taph., to  depend  or  rely  upon  some 
person  or  thing,  τινί,  Dem.  915,  14; 
921,  13.— 2.  σκήπτεσθαι,  c.  ace,  to 


ΣΚΙΑ 

put  before  one's  self  as  a  prop  or  sup• 
port  ,•  hence,  to  pretend,  allege  by  way 
of  excuse,  Hdt.  5,  102  ;  7,  28  ;  τι  προς 
τινι.  Plat.  Soph.  217  Β  : — so  in  Att., 
c.  inf.,  to  pretend  to  be.  as  σκήπτομαι 
έμπορος  είναι,  Ar.  Eccl.  1027,  cf. 
Plut.  904,  Dem.  69, 13,  etc. ;  also  σκή- 
πτομαι ΟΤΙ..,  Plat.  Symp.  217  D: — 
σκ.  άσθένειαν,  to  pretend  illness, 
Polyb.  40,  6,  11  ;  cf.  Isae.  57,  25  ;  σκ. 
πρόφασιν.  Bast  Ep.  Cr.  p.  201  : — • 
Eur.  also  has  act.  σκήφας  ίχω=^σκή- 
πτομαι,  Hel.  834  :  —  absol.,  to  excuse 
or  defend  one's  self,  πμός  Τίνα  σκή- 
πτεσθαι, to  excuse  one's  self  low  aids 
another,  Thuc.  6,  18;  also,  σκ.  υπέρ 
Τίνος,  to  7nake  a  defence  for  another, 
Plat.  Legg.  864  D.  (From  σκήπτω 
come  the  synon.  verb  σκηρίπτω,  σκη- 
ρίπτομαι,  anil  the  substs.  σκήπτρον, 
σκήπων,  σκηπίων,  σκηπύνιον,  σκη• 
πήνιον.  Dor.  σκάπτον,  σκΰπος,  Lat. 
scapus,  our  shaft:  from  the  mid., 
signf  2,  comes  σκήφις  :  and  from  the 
intr.  signf.,  σκηπτός:  the  coUat. 
forms  σκίμπτω.  σκίμπτων,  σκίμπων, 
σκίμπους,  σκιμπύύιον,  σκίπων,  Lat. 
scipio,  are  equiv.  to  these,  v.  Bockh 
V.  I.  Pind.  O.  6,  101=171.) 

Σκήπων,  ωνος,  ό,^σκήπτρον,  σκί- 
πων, Aiith.  P.  7,  65. 

Σκηρίπτω,  like  σκήπτω,  to  prop, 
fix,  Ap.  Rh.  2,  667  : — Horn,  has  only 
mid.  σκηρίπτομαι,  to  support  one's  self, 
to  lean,  Od.  17,  196;  σκηριπτόμενος 
χερσίν  τε  ποσίν  τε,  pressing,  pushing 
against  it  with  hands  and  feet,  Od.  11, 
595  ;  φρίκη  εν  βέθεί  σκ.,  Nic.  Th.  721. 

Σκηρός,  ά,  όν,^ξηρός,  σκληρός, 
σκιρρύς.     Hence 

Σκηρόω,—  σκ?ιηρόω,  σκιΐφόω. 

\Σκή•φΐος,  α,  ον,  of  Scepsis,  Seep• 
sian  ;  οί  Σκήφιοι,  the  inhab.  of  Scepsis, 
Xen.  Hell.  3,  1,  21  ;  ^  Σκηψία,  the  ter• 
ritory  of  S-,  Strab.  p.  472  :  from 

^Σκήψις,  εως,  ή.  Scepsis,  a  city  of 
Troas  on  Ida,  Xen.  Hell.  3, 1,  15,  sqq. 

Σκή-φις,  εως,  ή,  (σκήπτω  II.  2)  α 
pretext,  excuse,  pretence,  Aesch.  Ag. 
886,  Soph.  El.  584  ;  c.  gen.,  φόνου, 
for  a  murder,  Hdt.  1,  147,  cf.  Dem. 
10,  27 : — σκήφιν  ποιείσθαί  τι,  to  use 
as  an  excuse,  Hdt.  5,  30  :  σκ.  ίχειν, 
προτείνειν,  δεικνύναι,  Eur.  El.  29, 
1067,  Med.  744 ;  opp.  to  σκ.  είςδέχε• 
σθαι,  Ar.  Ach.  392. 

ΣΚΓΑ',  άς,  ή.  Ion.  σκιή,  a  shadow, 
shade,  Od.  11,  207:  also,  the  shade, 
ghost  of  one  who  is  dead,  Od.  10,  495, 
Aesch.  Theb.  988 ;  also,  of  one  worn 
to  a  shadow,  Aesch.  Eum.  302,  Eur. 
Melan.  27 :  hence  of  things,  α  mere 
shadow,  i.  e.  a  nothing,  Aesch.  Ag. 
1328,  Soph.,  etc. :  freq.  in  proverbs 
of  our  mortal  estate,  σκιάς  ύναρ  άν- 
θρωπος, Pind.  P.  8,  136 ;  εΐύωλον 
σκιάς,  Aesch.  Ag.  839  ;  ουδέν  μάλ- 
λον ή  καπνού  σκιά,  Id.  Fr.  282,  cf. 
Soph.  Phil.  946 ;  εντνχούντα  μεν 
σκιά  τις  άν  τρέ-φειεν,  Aesch.  Ag. 
1328 ;  τάλλ'  έγίύ  καπνού  σκιάς  ουκ 
άν  πριαίμην.  Soph.  Ant.  1170;  τώ 
πάντ'  όνου  σκιά.  Id.  Fr.  308,  cf  Ar. 
Vesp.  191,  et  ibi  Schol. :  ή  iv  Αελ 
φοίς  σκιά,  of  the  Amphictyonic  coun 
cil,  Dem.  63,  fin. — 2.  the  shade  oi'Uees, 
etc.  ;  as  a  protection  from  heat,  πε 
τραίη  σκιή,  the  shade  of  a  rock,  Hes. 
Op.  587  (where  a  short  syll.  stands 
before  σκ) ;  νπό  σκιή  έστιν  ή  μίιχη, 
Hdt.  7,  226 ;  also,  νπό  σκιάς,  Eur. 
Bacch.  458,  cf.  σνμμιγής :  εν  σκιψ, 
i.  e.  indoors,  Xen.  Symp.  2,  18,  cf.  3, 
3  (V.  sub  σκιατροφέω)  :  σκιά  Σειρίου 
κυνός,  shade  from  it,  Aesch.  Ag.  967. 
— 3.  a  shady  place,  Hes.  Op.  591  :  later 
freq.  in  plur.,  Jac.  Philostr.  Imag.  p. 
564. — II.  α  shade  or  shadow  in  pawling^ 


ΣΚΙΑ. 

usu.,  σκίασμα,  Achill.  Tat. — III.  like 
Lat.  umbra,  an  uninvited  ^test.  one 
guest  introduced  by  another,  ap.  Suid. 

Σκΐΰγρύφέω,  ύ,  [σκιαγράόος)  to 
paint  merely  in  light  and  shadow,  l.  e.  in 
one  colour  ;  and  so,  to  paint  slightly, 
sketch  out,  Lat.  adumbrare.  Plat.  Rep. 
593  B,  536  B,  etc.,  always  in  pass. ; 
of.  σκια)βαόια.     Hence 

Σκίάγβάοημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  subject 
painted  in  light  and  shadow,  a  sketch, 
Lat.  adumbratio.  Plat.  Theaet.  208  Ε  ; 
cf.  sq. 

Σκιαγραφία,  ας,  η,  the  profession  or 
act  of  a  σκιαγράφος,  painting  in  light 
and  shadow  ;  hence,  α  sketching,  rough 
painting,  such  as  to  produce  an  effect 
at  a  distance,  Plat.  Criti.  107  C,  Arist. 
Rhet.  3,  12,  5,  cf.  VVyttenb.  Plat. 
Phaed.  69  B,  Heind.  Theaet.  208  Ε  ; 
and  σκιαγράόος. 

Σκίύγράόικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to 
or  skilled  in  σκιαγραφία :  ή  -κή  (sc. 
τέχvη),^^ίoτeg. 

Σκϊάγρύφος,  ov,  (σκιά,  γράφω) : 
strictly  painting  shadows,  i.  6.  painting 
figures  with  their  proper  lights  and 
shades,  which  art  was  first  understood 
by  Apollodorus,ar'epUTijv  -ρώτοςέξ- 
ευρών  οθοραν  και  απάχρωσιν  σκιάς, 
Plut.  2,  346  Α  : — hence,  generally,  ό 
σκιαγράφος,  one  who  understands  the 
principles  of  painting,  esp.,  a  perspec-  ] 
tive-painter,  hke  σκηνογράφος,  v.  Miil-  [ 
ler  Archaol.  d.  Kunst  '^  136.— II.  shad- 
owing out,  sketching ;  cf.  σκιαγράφη- 
ίια,  -φία. — The  forms  in  σκιογρ-  are 
ater.  [γρά] 

Σκΐάοειον,  ov,  τό,  (σκιά)  any  thing 
that  affords  shade,  like  σκιάς: — esp., 
like  θο/.ία,  an  umbrella,  or  rather  α 
parasol,  Br.  Ar.  Eq.  1348,  Av.  1508, 
cf  Diet.  Antiqq. ;  and  v.  σκιάδων, 
-ίσκη.  [ά] 

Σκΐάόενς,  έως,  δ,^σκίαινα,  Nu- 
men.  ap.  Ath.  322  F. 

Σκϊύόηόορέω,  ω,  to  carry  a  parasol. 
— II.  of  umbelliferous  plants,  to  bear 
flowers  in  an  mnbel. — III.  generally,  to  I 
be  shady,  Ael. — Σκιαόοφορέω  is  a  later 
form  •.  from 

Σκϊάδηφόρος,  ov,  (σκιάς,  φέρω) 
carrying  a  parasol ;  cf.  σκαφηόάρος. — 
II.  having  an  icm.bel,  umbelliferous. — III. 
generally,  shading,  shady,  Ael.  N.  A. 
16,  18. 

ΣκΙάδιον,  ον,τό,=σκιάδειον,  Strat- 
tis Psych.  6. — Ι1.=σκιύς  II,  Diosc.  [«] 

Σκϊΰδίσκη,  ης,  ή.  ==  σκίάόειον, 
Anacr.  19,  13,  ubi  v.  Bergk. 

Σκιάζω,  f.  -άσω,  {σκιά)  to  overshad- 
ow, shade,  darken,  είςόκεν  ε'/.θτ)  δείε- 
?Μς  όψέ  δνων  σκιάση  δ'  έρίβω?.ον 
ύρονραν,  II.  21,  2.32:  '\θως  σκιάζει 
νώτα  Χηανίας  ι3οός,  Soph.  Fr.  348 ; 
σκ.  τά  //'/Λούμενα,  Xen.  Oec.  19,  18; 
φύρεα,  τταραίαλλόμενα  γέννσιν,  ίσ- 
κίαζοι;  Eur.  Ι.  Τ.  1152  : — of  the  sun- 
dial, ό  γνωμών  σκιάζει  την  Λκτι^ν, 
Alciphr.  3,  4 : — pass.,  of  a  youth's 
chin,  to  become  shaded  by  the  beard, 
Eur.  Phoeii.  G3. — II.  generally,  to  cov- 
er, Ύιττ/νας  βελέεσσιν,  Hes.  Th.  716  ; 
TO  γένειον  την  άστνιδα  ττάσαν  σκιά- 
ζειν,  H-dt.  6,  117:  cf  σ«ίάω.— III.  to 
shade  in  painting. — IV.  καϋμα  σκ.,  to 
keep  off  the  sun's  heat,  Lat.  defendere 
aestatem,  Alciphr. 

Σκϊάθήρας,  ov,  6,  (σκιά,  θηράω) 
strictly  shadow-catcher,  i.e.  a  sun-dial, 
Vitruv.  : — a  later  form  is  σκιοΟήρας. 
Hence 

Σκίΰθηρέω,  ώ,  to  intercept  the  shad- 
ows and  point  to  the  hour,  of  the  sun- 
dial :  also  to  seek  the  meridian-line. 

ΣκΙάθιιρον.  ov,  TO,  (sc.  όργανον)— 
σκιαθήρας,  Diog.  L.  2,  1 :  also,  σκίό- 
βηρον,  Plut.  Marcell.  19. 


ΣΚΙΑ 

ΣκΙΰθίς,  ή,=σκίαινα,  Epich.  p.  27. 

^Σκιάθος,  ov,  η,  Sciathus,  an  island 
in  the  Aegean  on  the  coast  of  Mag- 
nesia, now  Sciatho,  Hdt.  7,  76  ;  Ap. 
Rh.  1,  583. 

Σκίαινα,  ης,  ή,  a  sea-fish,  Lat.  um- 
bra, Ath.  322  F.  [σκΙ] 

Σκϊαινίς,  ίδος,  ^,^foreg. 

Σκϊΰκός,  ή,  όν,  (σκία)  shady. 

Σκϊάμΰχέω,  ώ,  (σκιά,  μάχη)  to  fight 
in  the  shade,  i.  e.  in  the  school  (merely 
for  practice),  to  spar,  σκ.  προς  τον 
οίφανόν,  to  practise  the  arms  by  beat- 
ing the  air,  Cratin.  Bon/c.  3. — II.  to 
fight  with  a  shadow.  Plat.  Apol.  18  D, 
cf  Legg.  830  C  :  to  fight  or  struggle  in 
vain,  σκ.  προς  ά?./^ή/Μνς,  Id.  Rep.  520 
C.     Hence 

Σκϊάμΰχία,  ας,  η,  a  fighting  in  the 
shade,  i.  e.  practising  in  the  school,  Lat. 
umbratilis  exercitatio  :  esp.,  an  exercise 
with  the  hands  and  feet  not  much  unlike 
χειρονομία,  cf.  Paus.  6,  10,  3. — II.  a 
fighting  with  a  shadow,  a  mock-fight, 
Plut.  2,  130  E. 

Σκΐά—οδες,  ων,  οι,  (σκιά,  πους)  the 
Shadowfooted,  a  fabulous  people  in 
the  hottest  part  of  Libya  with  im- 
mense feet,  which  they  used  as  par- 
asols, Ar.  Av.  1553,  cf  Ctesias  ap. 
Harp. :  in  Plin.  also  σκιόποδαι.  [ά] 

ΣκΙάρόκομος,  ov,  (,σκιαρός,  κόμη) 
shading  or  being  shaded  by  hair  or 
leaves,  νλη,  Eur.  Bacch.  876. 

ΣκΙάρός,  ά,  όν.  Dor.  for  σκιεοός, 
Find. 

Σκιάς,  άδος,  ή,  (σκιά)  any  covering 
for  the  purpose  of  shade,  a  verandah, 
canopy,  pavilion,  Theocr.  15,  119,  ubi 
V.  Wiistem.,  Plut.  Themist.  16:— 
hence,  like  the  θόλος  at  Athens,  α 
theatre  or  odeum  at  Sparta  in  which 
the  assemblies  of  the  people  were 
held.  Pans.  3,  12,  8.— II.  the  umbel  of 
umbelliferous  plants,  Lat.  umbella,  mus- 
carium. — \\\.^άναδενδράς. 

Σκίασμα,  ατός,  τό,  (σκιάζω)  α  shad- 
ow thrown  over,  a  shadow,  Plut.  Aemil. 
17,  etc. : — generally,  a  cover. 

ΣκΙασμός,  o,=foreg. 

Σκϊαστης,  ov,  b.  Laced,  name  for 
a  dancer. 

Σκϊαστικός,  ή,  όν,  (σκιάζω)  shading, 
covering. 

Σκΐάτράφέω,  ώ,^σκιατροφέω,  q.  v. : 
from 

ΣκΙάτρΰφής,  ες,  ( σκιά,  τρέφω  ) 
brought  up  in  the  shade,  i.  e.  within 
doors,  hence,  brought  up  tenderly,  lead- 
ing a  sedentary  life,  Lat.  umbratilis,  um- 
braticus  ;  cf.  σκιατροφέω.     Hence 

Σκιάτράφία,  ας,  ή,  =  σκιατροφία, 
q.  V. 

Σκΐάτροφέυ,  ώ.  Ion.  σκιητρ-;  also, 
σκιατραφέω,  which  Lob.  Phryn.  578 
prefers  in  Att. ;  and  in  late  writers 
σκιοτρ- :  [σκιά,  τρέόω).  To  rear  m 
the  shade  or  within  doors,  i.  e.  to  bring 
up  tenderly :  hence  pass.,  to  keep  in  the 
shade,  shun  heat  and  labotir,  σκηνας 
πηξάαενοι  εσκιητροφέοντο,  Hdt.  6, 
12,  cf  Xen.  Oec.  4,  2 :  but  also,— II. 
intr.  in  act.,  to  wear  a  shade,  cover  one^s 
head,  Hdt.  3, 12  :  hence  also  just  like 
pass.,  π?.ονσιος  έσκιατροφηκώς,  a 
rich,  effeminate  man,  opp.  to  πένης 
ήλι.ωμένος,  one  who  bears  all  the  heat 
of  the  day.  Plat.  Rep.  556  D,  cf 
Phaedr.  239  C,  Pars.  Sat.  4, 18,  33. 
Hence 

Σκιατροφία,  ας,  ή,  a  bringing  up  in 
the  shade:  effeminate  life,  Plut.  Lycurg. 
14  ;  and  in  plur.,  effeminate  habits,  lil. 
Thes.  23:— also,  σκιατραφία.  Id.  Ae- 
mil. 31,  etc. 

Σκΐάτροφίας,  ov,  6,=ζσκίατραφ!/ς. 

Σκϊανγέω,  ώ,  (σκιά,  αί'γή)  to  have 
dim  sight,  to  be  purblind,  from  having 


ΣΚΙΜ 

as  it  were  shadows  before  the  cye.s, 
Hipp. 

ΣκΙάω,=σκιάζω  :  but  only  used  in 
pass.,  to  be  shady  or  dark  (in  Ep.  3  pi. 
pres.),  δύσετό  τ'  ήέ'λιος  σκώωντό  τε 
πάσαι  άγνιαί,  Ού.  2,  388  ;  3,  487,  etc. 

iΣκΓ/-'^όμaγov,  ov,  τό,  Scingoma- 
gum,  a  city  in  the  Alpine  country, 
Strab.  p.  179. 

Σκίγγος,  6,  also  σκίγκος,  a  kind  of 
lizard  found  in  Africa  and  the  East, 
and  used  in  medicine,  Diosc.  2,  71. 

Σκίδνημαι,  like  κίδναμαι,  collat. 
form  of  σκεδάνννμαι,  as  pass.,  only 
used  in  pres.,  and  impf  To  be  spread 
or  scattered,  disperse,  as  a  crowd  or 
assembly,  II.  1,  487,  Od.  2,  252,  258, 
etc. ;  έσκίδναντο  kijv  έπΙ  νηα  έκα- 
στος, II.  19,  277  ;  of  foam  or  spray, 
ΐη^όσε  δ'  άχνη  σκίδναται,  II.  11,  308; 
ol  a  cloud  of  dust,  νψι  ό'  άε'/J.a  σκί- 
δναται, II.  16,  375;  of  a  stream,  άνέι 
κηπον  άπαντα  σκίδναται,  Od.  7, 1.30: 
also,  όδμη  σκίδνατο,  Η.  Cer.  279  ; 
dtp  σκιδναμένη,  Hes.  Th.  42 ;  σκιόνα- 
μένης  Λημήτερος,  i.  e.  at  seed-time, 
ill  spring,  Orac.  ap.  Hdt.  7,  14;  άμα 
ή?ύω  σκιδναμένω,  as  the  sun  begins 
to  spread  his  light,  i.  e.  soon  after  sun- 
rise, Hdt.  8,  23  ;  also  not  seldom  in 
Hipp.,  and  Plut. ;  but  not  found  in 
good  Att.  Cf  κίδναμαι,  έπικίόναμαι. 
— The  act.  σκίδνημι  seems  to  be  pre- 
served only  in  compds.,  esp.  διασκί- 
δνημι. 

ίΣκίδρος,  ov,  η,  Scidrus,  a  city  of 
Italy,  Hdt.  6,  21. 

Σκιερός,  ά.  όν.  Dor.  σκιαρός,  Find., 
cf.  Schaf.  Dion.  Comp.  p.  340:  (σκιά): 
— shady,  giving  shade,  νέμος,  ά'/.σος, 
II.  11,  480,  Od.  20,  278  ;  όντενμα. 
Find.  Ο.  3,  32;  δάφνη,  Eur.  I.  Τ. 
1246.' — 2.  shady,  shaded,  θώκος,  Hes. 
Op.  572 ;  ΰνάπαν/.αι.  Plat.  Legg.  625 
Β  ;  σκηνήματα,  Xen.  Hell.  5,  3,  19. 

Σκΐη,  ης,  ή,  Ion.  for  σκιά,  Od..  Hdt 

Σκιθακός,  ό,  a  fish,  elsewh.  τράχον• 
ρος,  also  σκιθαρκός  and  σισόρίακος. 

ΣΚΓΛΑΑ,  ης,  ή,  α  squill,  Theogn. 
537 :  usu.  σχΐνος. 

Σκι?.λητικός,  ή,  όν,  (σκίλλα)  of 
squills,  όξος  σκ.,  vinegar  of  squills: 
also  written  σκιλλιτικός. 

Σκι?-?.οκέφά?.ος,  ov,  (  κεφα?.//  )  = 
σχινοκέφαΆος. 

Σκίλ/.οκρόμμνον,  ov,  τό,^σκί?Λα. 

|Σ\'ί/.λοϊ'Γ,  οϋντος,  Ό,  Scillus,  a 
city  in  Triphylian  Elis  near  the  Seli- 
nus,  where  Xenophon  lived  during 
his  banishment,  Xen.  An.  5,  3.  7. 

Σκύ./.ώδης,  ες,  (σκίλλα,  είδος)  like 
squills,  Theophr.,  Ath.  121  A. 

iΣκιλovpoς. ov,  o,  Scilurus,  a  Scyth- 
ian prince  in  the  Tauric  Chersonese, 
Strab.  p.  306. 

ΣκιμαλΛζω,  f.  -ίσω,  to  fillip  one. 
give  him  α  fillip  ;  generally,  to  insult^ 
τινά,  Ar.  Pac.  549  ;  βηματίοις.  At. 
Ach.  444 ;  σκ.  ποδί,  to  kick,  Diog.  L. 
7,  17 ;— ace.  to  Schol.  Ar.  Ach.  444, 
strictly,  to  τώ  μικρώ  δακτνλ.ω  τών 
ορνίθων  άποπειρύσθαι  ει  ώοτοκονσιν. 
(Deriv.  unknown.)  [The  quantity 
of  σκι-  is  not  determined.] 

Σκιμβάζω,  f.  -άσω,  Att.  for  κιμβά- 
ζω,  οκιμβάζω,  to  halt,  limp,  crouch,  A  r. 
Fr.  678. 

Σκιμβός,  ή,  όν,  halt,  limping,  akin 
to  σκαμβός,  σκίμπτω. 

Σκιμπάζω,^=σκιμβάζω. 

Σκιμπόδιον,  ov,  τό,  Philem.  p.  365 ; 
and 

Σκιμποδίσκος,  ov,  ό,  dim.  from  sq. 

Σκίμπονς,  ποδός,  ό.  (σκίμπτω)  a 
small  couch,  low  bed,  like  άσκάντης, 
Lat.  grabbatus,  Ar.  Nub.  254.  709, 
Plat.  Prot.  310  C  :  esp.  a  kind  of  litter 
or painnAeere  for  invalids  for  travelling;. 
1357 


ΣΚΙΟ 

also  used  by  the  later  Sophists,  as 
Libanius. 

Σκέμτ^τω,  f.  -ιΡίύ,^σκήπτω,  Pind., 
V.  Bockh  V.  1.  O.  6.  101  (171).— 1I.= 
βκιμβύζω,  in  which  sigtif.  olliers  as- 
sume a  dub.  pres.  σκίτττω.  (.Akin  to 
σαιμίός  and  σκαμι^ός.) 

Σκίμπτων,  ωνος,  6,  and  σκίμπων, 
wi'Of.  ό.^=σκ(πωι•,  σκτ}πων. 

Σκίναϊ,  ύκος,  ό.  ή,  (usu.  deriv. 
from  κιι>έο))  :  quick,  nimble,  epith.  of 
hares  ;  so,  ύ  σκ.,=  λαγώς,  Nic.  Ai.  67, 
Th.  577 ;  ami  Hesych.  has  κ,ίνδαξ  in 
same  signf.  [t] 

Σκίνάρ,  ΰρος,  τό,  the  body,  Nic.  Th. 
094.     (Prol).  akin  to  ff/(;/iOf  II.)  [Ϊ] 

Σκινύΰκός,  ή,  ύν,—σκιναξ,  dub. 

Σκινόάλαιϋζίι),  to  search  thoroughly, 
late  w(jrd. 

Σκινύύλΰμος,  ου,ό,οοηΐτ.  σκινδαλ- 
μόζ-,  A  It.  σγίΐ'όά'λαμος,  contr.  σχινδα?.- 
uof,  Ruhrik.Tnn.,  Piers.  Moer.  p.  360: 
— a  splinter,  Lat.  scindula,  scandida : 
inetaph.,  λ('))ων  άκρφών  σχινδύλα- 
μοί,  straw-splittings,  quibbles,  Ar. 
Nub.  130,  cf.  Ran.  819:  hence  ava- 
σκινδνλΐύω,  to  pierce.  (Akin  to  σχί- 
ζω.) {δα] 

Σκίνδΰλΰμοφρύστης,  ov,  υ,  astraw- 
spliller,  Anth.  P.  11,  351. 

Σκιρδα/ίμύς,  ό,  contr.  for  σκίνδύ- 
λαμος. 

Σκινδΰρενω,  and  -ρέω,  v.  sub  σκιν- 
θαριζυ. 

Σκινδύριον,  ov,  τό,  an  unknoionfish, 
Ana.Kandr.  Lycurg.  1,4. 

Σκίνδύρος,  ov,  ό,  v.  sub  σκίνβαρίζω. 

Σιάνδαφος,  ov,  ό,  v.  sub  κίδαφος. 

Σκινδιιφός,  ov,  6,  a  four-striri);ed 
ηιυ.•!ί€αΙ  instrument,  Theopomp.  Col., 
etc.,  ap.  Ath.  183  A  :  also,  κινδοψάς. 
—II.  an  ivi/'like  tree.  Clcitarch.  ap. 
,3cliol.  Ap.  Rb.  2,  906. 

Σκινθαρίζω.  =  σκιμαλίζω  :  also 
written  σαανβηρίζΐύ.ακίνδαρΐω,  σκιν- 
δαριυο,  σκινδαρίζω  and  σκινΟίζω  : 
but  all  these  forms  only  in  Gramin., 
ivho  have  also  a  subst.  ό  σκίνδΰρος 
IT  σκίί'Οηρος.  e.xplained  by  Hesych. 
TO  πηοςκίνι/μα,  ί/  ίπανάατασις  vv- 
κτοΓ  αφροδισίων  'ένεκα. 

Σκίνβάρος,  ον,  ό.  ν.  foreg. 

Σκινθός,  ή,  όν,  diving,  dub.  in  The- 
ophr. 

Σκϊνίς,  ίδος,  ή,=σκίαινα,  dub.  in 
Galen. 

Σκίνίφ.  ό,=  σκνίψ,  dub. 

Σκϊογράφος.  etc.,  later  form  for 
σκιαγρ-.  Lob.  Phryn.  646. 

Σκ1οειδ7/ς,  ές.  {σκιά,  είδος)  like  a 
shadow,  pnssme  like  a  shadow,  shadowy, 
σκιοειόέα  φϋλ'  άυενηνύ,  Ar.  Αν.  686, 
cf.  Plat.  Phaed.  81  D. 

ΣκΙόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  {σκιά):  like 
σκιερός,  shady,  sltadowy,  σκ.  δρεα, 
shady,  i.  e.  thirkly-wonded  mountains, 
11.  \,  157,  Pind.  P.  9,  60;  σκ.  μέγαρα, 
shadowy  (dark)  chambers,  Od.  1,  365  : 
— σκ.  νέφεα,  shndouy  (^overshadowing) 
clouds,  II.  5,  525,  Od.  8.  374,  etc.  :— 
a  neut.  σκιόειν  is  found  as  v.  1.  in  Ap. 
Rh.  2,  404. 

ΣκΙοθτ/ρας,  ov,  6,  and  -θηρον,  ov, 
-('),  later  (orms  for  σκιαθ-,  q.  v. 

ΣκΙομΰχέω,  -μάχία,  later  forms  for 
Γκιαμ-. 

Σκΐοτρΰφιις,  -τρΰφέω,  etc.,  later 
forms  for  σκίατρ-. 

Σκίηνρης.  ην,  ό,  (,σκίά,  οΐ'ρύ)  strict- 
ly the  shndoiu-lail.  hence  the  suuirrcl, 
Aftl.,  Opp. ;  cf.  Plin.  8,  58:  also,  καμ- 
\ί<ίονηης,  Ι-τΓουρος.  (Hence  our  squir- 
rel, tlirough  a  Lat.  dimin.  sciuriolus.) 
ΣκΙοφόρος,  ov,  {oKtd,  φέρω)  shadow- 
brin^ins,  shadou>y. 

Σκΐόφως,  ωτης,  τό.  (σκιά,  φ(7)ς)  twi- 
light, esp.  everdixj-twilight,  formed  like 
λυκόφως,  q.  v.,  Heliod. 
1358 


SKIP 

ΣκΊόφνκτος,  ov,  {σκιά,  φνχω)  cool- 
ed or  dried  in  the  shade. 

Σκϊύωντο,  Ep.  3  pi.  impf  pass,  of 
σκιάω,  Od. 

■\Σκηΐίων,  ωνος,  δ,  the  Rom.  name 
Scipio,  Polyb. :  v.  Σκηιτίων. 

Σκίπτω,=^σκίμπτω  II,  dub.  in  He- 
sych. 

Σκίπων,  ωνος,  ό,  {σκίμπτω)=ακη- 
πτων.  α  staff,  Lat.  scipio,  Hdt.  4,  172, 
Kur.  Hec.  65,  Ar.  Vesp.  727  ;  oil.  in- 
terchanged with  σκήπων,  Jac.  Anth. 
P.  p.  198 :  also,  σκίμπων,  σκίμπτων.  [i] 

Σκίρα,  τύ,=Σκιροφόρία, Ar.  Thesm. 
834,  Eccl.  18,  59,  Pherecr.  Incert.  49. 

[i] 

Σκϊράδιον,  ov,  τό,  v.  sub  σκίμον. 
Σκ/ραίνω,^σκιρόω. 
Σκΐρύς,  ύδος,  ή,  epith.  of  Minerva, 
under  which  the  Σκίρα  were  celebra- 
ted in  her  honour  at  Athens,  v.  σκί- 
pov. 

ΣκΙραφεία,  ας,  η,  also  σκειρ-,  {σκι- 
ραφεύω)  play  at  dice,  hazard. 

Σκίραφειον,  ov,  τό,  also  σκειρ-,  a 
place  where  persons  play  at  dice,  a  gam- 
bling-house, Isocr.  149  C,  Antid.  ()  306  ; 
also  σκιράφίον,  Theopomp.  (Com.) 
Incert.  17,  Amphis  Κνβ.  1 :  [α]  and 

ΣκΙρΰφευτης,  ov,  ό,  α  dice-player, 
Amphis  Κνβ.  1  :  from 

Σκϊοάφενω,  also  σκειρΰφεύω,  {σκί- 
ραφιις)  to  play  at  dice. 

^Σκιραφίδας,  a,  b,  Sciraphidas,  a 
Laconian,  Plut.  Lys.  27. 

ΣκΙμύφιον,  ov,  TO,  v.  sub  σκιρύ- 
φειον. 

Σκίρΰφος,  ov,  ό,  also  σκείραφος,  a 
dice-box. — 2.  metaph.,  trickery,  cheat- 
ing, Hippon.  82. — 11.  an  expert  dice- 
player.  (Usu.  deriv.  from  the  place 
Σκίρον,  V.  σκίρον  II.)  [<] 

ΣκΙρΙται,  ων,  οι,  the  Scirites,  a  dis- 
tinguished division  of  the  Spartan 
army,  consisting  of  six  hundred  foot : 
they  usu.  fought  on  the  left  wing  near 
the  king,  and  were  (originally  at 
least)  περίοικοι,  from  the  Arcadian 
town  Σκΐρος,  and  its  district  Σκιρϊ- 
τις,  Thuc.  5,  67,  68,  and  Xen.  Some 
have  supposed  that  they  were  caval- 
ry, from  Xen.  Cyr.  4,  2.  1,  but  wrong- 
ly ;  v.  Muller  Dor.  3,  12,  %  6. 

ΣκΙρίτΐ]ς,  6,  (σκϊρος)  a  worker  in 
stucco. 

^Σκί'ρΐτις,  ιδος,  ή,  Sciritis,  a  nioun- 
t.Tin  district  on  the  borders  of  Laco- 
Ilia  and  Arcadia,  territory  of  Scirus, 
Thuc.  5.  33. 

Σκίρον,  τό,  like  σκιάδων,  a  white 
parasol  borne,  at  Athens,  by  the  priest- 
esses in  a  festival  of  Minerva  Σκιρύς, 
thence  called  τά  Σκίρα  or  τα  Σκιρο- 
φόρια.  giving  name  to  the  month  Σκι- 
ροφοριών  (cf.  Σκίρα) :  others  derive 
these  names  from  Σκίρος.  a  Salami- 
nian  seer,  who  built  a  temple  to  Mi- 
nerva under  this  name,  cf  Plut.  Thes. 
17.  Pans.  1.  36,  4 ;  and  a  promontory 
of  Attica  opposite  Salamis  was  called 
Σκϊράδιον,  Plut.  Sol.  9 :  for  from 
Σκίρα  (unus.  sing.  Σκίρον),  ων,  τά, 
a  place  near  the  harbour  Phalerum 
with  a  temple  of  Minerva,  or  a  por- 
tion of  the  city,  Strab.  p.  393,  Paus. 
1.  ct — At  the  festival  of  Minerva 
Σκιράς  a  white  parasol  was  solemn- 
ly carried  from  the  Acropolis,  and 
took  its  name  from  thence. — II.  το 
Σκίρον,  like  Lat.  suhurra,  a  disrepu- 
table |)art  of  a  town,  district  of  broth- 
els, etc.,  Alciphr.  3.  8,  25.  [?] 

Σκίρον.  ov,  τό,^=σιύρος :  the  hard 
rindot cheese. cheese-partngs.  Ar.  V esp. 
925.  nt)i  V.  Dind. :  cf  σκίρος,  fin. 

Σκιροτταίκτης,  ov,  b,  or  σι:ι^)βοπαί- 
κτης,=σκληροιταίκτης. 

Σκφός,  ά,  όν,  usu.  written  σκφβός 


ΣΚΙΤ 

(ν.  sq.  sub  fin.),  hard :  metaph.,  σκιβ- 
{>ol  βεοί,  Schaf.  Long.  p.  304. 

Σκϊρος,  not  σκίρος,  ov,  ό,  (v.  sub 
fin.) : — gypsu?n,  stucco,  also  "λατύπη. 
— 2.  any  hard  coat  or  coveri?ig  ;  a  hard- 
ened swelling  or  tumour,  induration,  Lat. 
scirrhus,  cf.  Foes.  Oec.  Hipp. :  a  coat 
of  dirt,  σκίρον  ήμφιεσμένη,  Eu[)oI. 
Χρνσ.  5,  cf  Cratin.  Incert.  28. — II. 
taken  ^Ά—ρίζα  by  Aristarch..  who 
shortened  11.  23,  332,  333  into  one 
line,  η  τόγε  σκίρος  ετ/ν  ννν  αν  θέτο 
τέρματ'  Άχιλλενς. — III.  Σκϊρος,  ον, 
ή,  Scinis,  a  town  in  Arcadia  ;  v.  sub 
Σκιρΐται.  (The  form  σκφβος,  which 
is  commonly  found,  arose  from  igno- 
rance that  the  ι  was  long  by  nature  ; 
cf.  κνίσα,  θρν'λέω.) 

^Σκίρος,  ov,  b,  Scirus,  v.  sub  σκί- 
ρον.—2.  a  soothsayer  of  Dodona, 
Paus.  1,  30. 

ΣκΊρηφόρια,  or  Σκιρβ-,  τά,  (σκίρον, 
φέρω)  the  festival  ο/ Minerva  Σκιράς  ; 
also  τ(ϊ  Σκίρα,  q.  v. 

ΣκΊροφοριών,  or  Σκφβ-,  ώνης,  ό, 
Scirophorion,  the  ]2th  Attic  month, 
the  latter  part  of  June  and  formei 
part  of  July,  so  called  from  the  fes- 
tival Σκιροφόρια,  Antipho  146,  18,  cf. 
Theophr.  H.  PI.  4,  11,5. 

Σκϊρόω,  ώ,  to  harden  : — pass.,  to  be 
or  become  ingrained,  ττρίν  Tci.v  νόσον 
εις  τον  μνελον  σκιρωβί/ναι,  Sophron 
ap.  Ε.  Μ.  718.— In  Nic.  Th.  75,  pro 
σκΐρόωσι,  legend,  videtur  σκιρτώσι. 

Σκφβαίνω,  v.  σκιραίνω. 

Σκιββία,  ας,  ή.=^σκί^)βος,  Aretae. 

Σκφβίτης,  -β/)ον,  -μβος,  -1)(}ός, 
-ββόω,  ν.  sub  σκιρίτης,  σκίρον.  etc. 

Σκϊρώδης.  ες,  {σκιρός,  είδος)  of  α 
hard  nature,  hardened. 

Σκίρωμα,  ατός,  τό,  (,σκιρόω)=σκί(> 
βος.  ύ. 

Σκιρτάω,  ώ,  f  -τ/σω,  to  spring,  leap 
hound,  of  horses,  ore  μεν  σκιρτώεν 
επΙ  ζείδωρον  άρονραν,  ίπι  νώτα  Ηα• 
λάσσης,η.  20,  226,  228;  itofrM  about, 
of  young  shegoats,  Theocr.  1,  152  ;t 
!o  be  unruly,  vnmanageable,  σκ.  φόβο, 
Eur.  Phoen.  1125;  also  in  Ar.,  Plat., 
etc.  :— metaph.,  of  winds,  Aesch.  Pr 
1086.  (Akin  to  σκάζω,  σκαρίζω,  σκαί 
ρω,  στταίρω.) 

Σκιρτέω,  Ion.  for  foreg.,  Opp.  C.  4 
342. 

Σκιρτηδόν,  (σκιρτάω)  adv.,  by  leaps 
or  bounds,  Orph.  Fr.  24. 

Σκιρτηθμός,  ov,  b,  =  σκίρτησις, 
Orpb.  Lith.  218. 

Σκίρτημα,  ατός.  τό,  (σκιρτάω)  a 
bound,  leap,  esp.  of  restive  or  fright- 
ened animals,  Aesch.  Pr.  600,  675, 
Eur.  Hec.  526. 

Σκίρτησις,  εως,  ή,  (σκιρτάω)  a 
bounding,  leaping,  Plut.  Cleom.  34. 

Σκιρτητής,  ov,  6,  (σκιρτάω)  a  leap 
er,  Mosch.  6,  2.     Hence 

Σκιρτητικός.  ή,  όν,  disposed  ίο  leap  ; 
unruly.  Pint.  2,  12  B. 

Σκιρτοπόδης,  ov,  b,  (σκιρτάω 
Ίϊονς)  spring-footed,  Σάτνρος,  Anth. 
Plan.  15*. 

Σκιρτοποιέω,  ώ,  to  make  to  botmdOT 
leap,  LXX. 

\Σκιρφώνδας,  ov,  6,  Scirphoadas,  a 
Boeotarch,  Thuc.  7,30. 

Σκίρων;  b,  v.  Σκείρων. 

ίΣκϊρωνίδης,  ov,  b,  Scironides,  lead- 
er of  the  Athenians,  Thuc.  8,  25. 

Σκιτα7.ί(ω,  to  feel  οτ  show  lust,  ττρός 
τι.  dub.  in  Long.  :  from 

Σκίτά?.οι,  01,  lewd  frllows.  lechers, 
invoked  as  demons  in  Ar.  p]q.  634; 
a  word  of  quite  uncertain  origin. 
[Σκί] 

Σκιτών,  ύ  perh.=foreg.,  Pherecr. 
Incert.  50. 

^Σκίτων,  ωνος,  b,  Sciton,  slave  of 


ΣΚΛΗ 

Democedes,  Hdt.  3, 130.— 2.  an  Athe- 
nian, Dem.  573,  18. 

Σκίφη,  ης,  ή,  {σκιφός)  =  κνιπεία. 

\.ί\ 

Σκΐφίας,  ου,  ή.  Dor.  for  ξιφίας,  the 
sword-fish,  Epich.  p.  28. 

ΣπΙφίζυ,  Dor.  for  ξιφίζω. 

Σκίφινος,  η,  oi',  made  of  palm-leaves : 
from 

Σκίφος,  TO,  Dor.  for  ξίφος,  a  suord. 
— II.  a  palm,  prob.  from  its  suord- 
shaped  leaves  or  fronds. — On  the  form 
V.  Meineke  Com.  Fr.  3.  p.  73.  [(] 

Σκΐφός,ή,  όν,=  κνΐ7τός. 

Σκϊφνόριον,  ov,  τό.  Dor.  for  ξιφύ- 
όρων,  Epich.  p.  22.  [ν] 

Σκί-ψ.  ύ,=  ακνί-ψ.  Lob.  Phryn.  400. 

ΣκΧωδης,  ες,  contr.  from  σκιοειόής, 
Hipp. :  also,  shady,  πέτρα,  Eur.  Supp. 
759.     Adv.  -δώς. 

iΣκιώvη,  7/f,  ή,  Scione,  a  city  in 
the  peninsula  Pallene  on  the  Ther- 
maicus  sinus,  Hdt.  7.  128;  hence  οι 
ΣκιωναΙοι,  the  Scioneans,  Hdt. 

ΣκΙωτός,  η,  όν,  {σκιόω)  shaded: 
σκ-  ζώνη,  a  belt  striped  with  colours 
shading  one  into  another,  Arr.  Peripl. 

Σκ?.?/μα,  ατός,  τό,  dryness,  hardness, 
induration. 

Σκ?.7/ναι,  inf.  aor.  2  of  σκελλω. 

Σκ?.ηρύγωγέω,  ύ,  to  bring  up  hardy, 
harden,  Luc.  D.  Marin.  16,  I :  σκλ. 
την  /ιέξίν,  Dion.  Η.  de  Thuc.  30. 

Σκ'ληρΰγωγία,  ας,  ή,  hardy  training, 
Philo. 

Σκληράργιλλος,  ov,  {σκληρός,  up• 
γΛλος,  of  or  with  hard  clay,  Geop. 

Σκληρανχην,  ενός,  ό,  ή,  (σκληρός, 
αί'χήν)  hard  ΟΓ  stiff-necked,  unman- 
ageable, strictly  of  horses,  Pint.  2, 
2F. 

Σκληρευνία,  ας,  ή,  (ενρη)=σκ?.η- 
ροκοιτία,  prob.  1.  in  Hipp. 

Σκληρία,  ας,  ή,^σκ'ληρότης,  hard- 
ness, Plut.  2,  376  Β,  LXX. 

ίΣκ?.ηρίας,  ov.  ό,  Sclerias,  of  Ta- 
rentum,  a  poet  of  the  Italian  comedy, 
Ath.  402  B. 

Σκ7.7]ρίασις,  ?/,  ο  hardening,  indura- 
tion, Galen.  :  from 

Σκ?ί,ηριάω.  ώ,  {σκ?ιηρός)  to  become 
hard,  indurated. 

Σκληρόβιος,  oz',=sq. 

Σκ7.ηροβίοτης,  ov,  leading  a  hard 
strict  life,  A.  B.  [I] 

Σκληρόγεως,  ων,  {σκληρός,  γη) 
with  a  hard  soil :  ή  σκλ.  (sc.  γη), 
Philo. 

Σκληρογνώμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος, 
(  σκληρός,  γνώμη  )  hard  ■  hearted, 
Mosch. 

Σκληρόδερμος,  ov,  {σκληρός,  δέρ- 
μα) with  a  hard  skin  or  hide,  Arist.  H. 
A.  1,  5,  10. 

Σκληροδίαίτος,  ov,  {σκληρός,  δίαι- 
τα) of  a  hard,  severe  way  of  life,  esp.  in 
food  and  dress,  Philo.  [<] 

Σκληροειδής,  ες,  {σκληρός,  είδος) 
of  hard  nature  or  kind. 

Σκληρόθριξ,  ό,  ή,  {σκ7ν.ηρός,  θρίξ) 
with  hard,  coarse  hair,  Arist.  Physiogn. 
2,  7. 

Σκληροκαρδία,  ας,  ή,  hardness  of 
heart,  LXX. :  from 

Σκ/.ηροκάρόίος.  ov,  {σκλ.ηρός,  καρ- 
δία) hard-hearted,  stubborn,  LXX. 

Σκ7.ηροκεφΰλος,  ov,  hard  of  head. 

Σκληρόκηρος,  ov,  {σκληρός,  κηρός) 
overlaid  with  hard  wax,  Diog.  L.  7, 
37. 

Σκ?.ηροκοίλιος,  ov,  {σκλ.ηρός,  κοι- 
λία) costive,  Diosc. 

Σκληροκοίτέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {σκλη- 
ρός, κοίτη)  to  sleep  on  a  hard  bed,  Hipp. 
Hence 

Σκληροκοιτία,  ης,  η,  a  sleeping  on 
a  hard  bed,  Theophr. 

Σκλ.ηρόκοκκος,  ov,  {σκληρός,  κόκ- 


ΣΚΛΗ 

κος)  with  hard  seeds,  {)όαι,  Antiph. 
Boeot.  2. 

Σκ7.ηρο}Λκτης,  ου,  ό,  harsh-speak- 
ing. 

Σκληροττΰγής,  ες,  {σκ?ιηρ6ς,  πηγνν• 
μι)  firmly  put  together,  firm,  Xenocr. 

Σκ?.7/ροτΓαίκτης,  ου,  ύ,  (^σκληρός, 
τταίζίύ)  a  kind  of  buffoon  or  juggler, 
also  σκφ()οτταίκτης,  Hippoloch.  ap. 
Ath.  ]29  D. 

ΣκληροτΓοιέο),  ώ,  to  harden,  Xen- 
ocr. :  from 

Σκληροποιός,  όν,  {σκ?.ηρός,  ποιέω) 
making  hard,  hardening,  Plut.  2,  953 

C.  • 
Σκ?^ηρό~ονς,    ποδός,   6,    ή,    hard- 
footed. 

Σκληροπνρηνος,  ov,  {πϋρην)  with  a 
hard  kernel. 

Σκληρός,  ύ,  όν,  {σκλήναι,  σκέλλω) 
dry,  hard,  Lat.  durus,  έλαια,  Pind.  Ο. 
7,  53 ;  γη,  Aesch.  Pers.  319 ;  opp.  to 
μα?.ακός,  μαλθακός,  Plat.  Prot.  331 

D,  Symp.  195  D. — 2.  first  in  Hes.,  of 
sound,  hoarse,  harsh,  rough,  σκ7^ηρόν 
έβρόντησε,  Hes.  Th.  839  ;  σκ7.ηραί 
βρονταί,  Hdt.  8,  12 ;  cf  αυος,  and 
Virgil's  aridus  fragor. — 3.  of  taste  and 
smell,  harsh,  as  opp.  to  sweet,  Lat. 
asper,  Theophr. ;  cf.  σκ7.ηρότης. — 4. 
stiff,  Lat.  rigidus,  opp.  to  νγρός  (lithe 
and  supple),  σκέ7.η,  χαλινός,  Xen. 
Eq.  1,  5  and  6;  10,  8;  so  of  dogs. 
Id.  Cyn.  3,  2 ;  of  boys  who  look  old 
for  their  age,  stiff,  sttirdy,  Stallb. 
Plat.  Symp.  196  Α.— II.  nietaph.,  of 
things,  hard,  τροφή.  Soph.  O.  C. 
1615;  δίαιτα,  Eur.  Meleag.  8,  5  :  τα 
σκλ.ηρά,  hard  words  or  hardships. 
Soph.  O.  C.  1408,  etc. ;  σκ7.ηρα  μα7.- 
θακώς  λέ-•/ων,  lb.  774 ;  τό  σκλ.  = 
σκληρότης,  Polyb.  4,  21,  1.  —  2.  of 
persons,  hard,  harsh,  stern,  also,  ob- 
stinate, stubborn,  Soph.  Tr.  1250,  Fr. 
19,  etc. ;  σκ7..  δαίμων,  Ar.  Nub.  1264  ; 
σκληρός  τονς  τρόπους,  Ar.  Pac.  350  ; 
σκλ..  ιΙ'νχη,  ήβης.  Soph.  Aj.  1361, 
Plat.  Symp.  195  Ε  ;  σκλ.  θράσος, 
stubborn  courage,  Eur.  Andr.  260.— 
III.  Adv.  -ρώς.  Ear.  Ant.  1,  9;  σκλ. 
καθ/'/σθαι,  Ar.  Eq.  783,  etc.  (There 
are  collat.  forms,  σκ7.ηφρός,  σκηρός, 
ξηρός,  ξερός,  σχερός,  σκε7.ιώρός,  σκο- 
λνώρός :  akin  to  χέρ()ος,  χέρσος.) 

Σκ7.ηρόσαρκος,  ον,  {^σκληρός,  σαρξ) 
ivith  dry.  hard  flesh,  Arist.  Η.  Α.,  1, 1,  7. 

Σκληρόστομος,  ov.  {σκ7..ηρός,  στό- 
μα) hard-mouthed  ;  strictly  of  horses, 
unmanageable,  refractory. ^]l.  hard  to 
pronounce,  alyua,  Aristox.  ap.  Ath. 
467  B. 

Σκληρόστράκος,  ov,  (  σκλιηρός, 
οστρακον)  hard-shelled,  Arist.  H.  A. 
4,  4,  9. 

Σκ7.ηρότηρ,  Eretrian  for  σκ7.ηρό- 
της.  Plat.  Grat.  434  C. 

Σκ7ιηροσώμάτος,  ov,  (σώμα)  with  a 
hard  body. 

Σκληρότης,  ητος,  η,  { σκ7.ηρός ) 
hardness,  harshness,  olvov,  Theophr. ; 
of  persons,  τοϋ  δαίμονος,  Antipho 
122,  44 ;  σκλ.  και  αγροικία.  Plat. 
Rep.  607  Β. 

Σκ7ιηροτρϊ1χη7.έω,  ω,  to  be  stiff- 
necked:  from 

Σκληροτράχηλιος,  ov,  (  σκληρός, 
τράχη7.ος)  stiff-necked,  LXX.  [α] 

Σ  κ7.ηρότρΐχος,  ον,^=  σκ7.ηρύθριξ. 

Σκληρουχία,  ας,  ή,  {έχω)  severity, 
Joseph. 

Σκ7.ηροφθαλμία,  ας,  ή,  hardness  of 
the  eyes,  Paul.  Aeg.  :  from 

Σκληρόφθα7.μος,  ov,  {  σκ7^ηρός, 
όφθα7.μός)  having  hard,  dry  eyes,  opp. 
to  ύγρόφθαλμος,  όμματα,  Arist.  Η.  Α. 
4,  2,  10. 

Σκ?.ηροφϋής,  ές,  {σκ7.ηρός,  φνή)  of 
hard,  harsh  nature,  Xeiiocr. 


ΣΚΟΑ 

Σκ7.ηρόιΙ'ΰχος,  ov,  {σκλ.ηρός,  ■ψυχή) 
hard-hearted. 

Σκ7.ηρόω,  ώ,  {σκ7.ηρός)  to  harden, 
stiffen. 

Σκ?.ηρυντικός,  ή,  όν,  hardening: 
from 

Σκλ.ηρννω,  {σκ7.ηρός)  to  harden, 
e.  g.  the  heart,  LXX. :  to  make  thick, 
heavy,  stupid,  lb. :  —  pf.  pass.  έσκ7.ή• 
ρνσμαι,  έσκλ.ήρυμμαι. 

Σκ7ιηρυσμα,  ατός,  τό,^σκλήρωμα, 
Hipp. 

Σκ7.ηρνσμός,  ον,  ό,  α  hardening,  in- 
duration, Hipp. 

Σκ7.ηρώδης,  ες,  contr.  for  σκ7ιηρο• 
είδης,  Manetho. 

Σκ7.ήρωμα,  ατός,  τό,  α  hardened 
body  or  part,  an  induration,  Hipp. 

Σκ7.ηφρός,  ύ,  όν,  Att.  for  σκληρός, 
strictly  conlr.  for  σκε/αφρός,  thm. 
Plat.  Euthyd.  271  B,  Theopomp. 
(Com.)  Strat.  4. 

ΣκνΙπαΙος,  a,  ov,  {σκνΐφος,  σκνι• 
φός) :  like  κνεφαϊος,  dark,  σκν.  όδιτης, 
a  wanderer  in  the  twilight,  Theocr.  16, 
93. 

Σκνίπας,  η,  όν,  {κνίζω,  σκνίπτω) 
like  κνιπός,  niggardly,  stingy.  —  II. 
a\so=  σκνιφός.    Hence 

Σκνίπότης,  ητος,  ή,  stinginess,  like 
κνιπότης. 

Σκνίπτω,  {κνίζω)  to  pinch,  nip: 
melaph.,  to  be  niggardly,  griping. 
(Akin  to  σκνίψ,  κνίψ,  κνιπάς,  κνύω, 
κνάπτω,  κνύω  :  the  collat.  forms  σκε• 
νίπτω,  σκηνίπτω  occur  in  Gramm.) 

Σκνϊφος,  τό,  =  κνέφας,  darkness, 
gloom. 

ΣκνΙφός,  ή,  όν,  {κνέφας,  νέφος)  like 
κνιφός,  dark,  overcast,  dim :  also  of 
persons,  dim-sighted,  purblind :  peril, 
also  written  σκνιπί^ός.  —  II.  {κνίζω, 
κνίπτω)^σκνιπός.    Hence 

Σκνϊφότης,  ητυς,  ή,  dim-sightedness : 
also  κνιφότης. 

ΣκνΙφόω,  ώ,  {σκνιφός)  to  darken, 
make  dim. 

Σκνίψ,  ό,  not  ή  (Lob.  Paral.  114) : 
gen.  σκνίπός  and  σκνϊφός,  nom.  pi. 
σκνίπες.  Lob.  Phryn.  399,  =  κνίψ, 
Plut.  2,  636  D  :  from  the  quick  jump 
these  animals  take  comes  the  proverb, 
ή  σκνϊ%1>  εν  χώρα.  what,  a  flea  found 
at  home  !  Strattis  Incert.  12.  —  II. 
inetaph.,  a  stingy  fellow,  a  miser. 

Σκυύ,  i),  collat.  form  from  σκιά,  a 
shade,  shadow,  ap.  Hesych. 

ίΣκόδροι,  ων,  o'l,  the  Scodri,  an 
Indian  people,  Dion.  P.  1147. 

Σκοίδιον,  τό,=  σκιύδιον. 

Σκοίόος,  ό,  Macedonian  for  διοικη- 
τής, ταμίας,  written  also  κοίδος :  also 
epith.  of  Bacchus,  Heinst.  Poll.  10, 
16,  Meineke  Menand.  p.  97. 

Σκηιος,  ύ,  όν,  {σκού)  rare  poet, 
form  ior  σκιερός. 

■\Σκολείτας,  ύ,  appell.  of  Pan  in  Ar- 
cadia, from  a  hill  of  that  name,  Pans. 
8,  30,  7. 

Σκολιύζω,  f.  -άσω,  {σκόλιος)  to  he 
bent  or  crooked,  σκ.  ταϊς  όόοϊς,  to  walk 
in  crooked  ways,  LXX. 

Σκο7Λαίνω,  =  ακολώω: — pass.,  to 
grow  crooked,  Hipp. 

Σκα7.ίόβον7Μς,  ov,  {σκολι'ός,  βου• 
λή)  of  crooked  counsel ;  cf.  άγκνλ,ομτ}• 
της. 

Σκο7.ιόγραπτος,  ον,{σκολ.ιός,  γρά- 
φω) marked  with  crooked  lines,  Arist. 
ap.  Ath.  286  F. 

Σκολιοδρομέω,  ώ,  to  run  a  crooked 
course :  from 

Σκο7ιΐοδρόΐίος,  ov,  (σκόλιας,  δρα 
μεϊν)  running  hither  and  thither,  Orph. 
H.  50,  4. 

Σκολιόθριξ,  τρίχος,  δ,  ή,  {σκόλιος, 
θρίξ)  with  curled  hair  or  leaves,  Mel. 
1,37. 

1359 


ΣΚΟΑ 

Σκόλιον,  ον,  τό,  strictly  neut.  from 
σκοπιάς  (sub.  μέλος  or  άσμα),  a  song 
which  went  round  at  banquets,  sung  to 
the  lyre  by  the  guests  one  after  an- 
other ;  paid  to  have  been  introduced 
by  Terpandcr  (Plat.  Gorg.  451  E, 
sq.) ;  hut  the  word  is  now  first  fouml 
in  Find.  Fr.  87,  9,  Ar.  Ach.  532,  etc. 
The  name  is  of  uncertain  origin: 
some  refer  it  to  the  character  of  its 
music  (νόμος  σκόλιος,  as  opp.  to  νό- 
μος όρθιος) :  others  to  the  βνθμος 
σκόλιος,  or  ainphibrachic  rhythm 
recognized  in  many  scolia  ;  but  most, 
after  Dicaearch.,  Plut.,  etc.,  from  the 
irregular,  zig-zag  way  it  went  round  the 
table ; — each  guest  who  sung  holding 
a  myrtle-branch  (μνββίνη),  which  he 
passed  on  to  any  one  he  chose,  cf. 
Ar.  Nub.  1364,  ubi  v.  Schol.— A  com- 
plete collection  of  the  scolia  has  been 
made  by  Ilgen,  Carm.  Conviv.  Graec. 
(Jena  1798) ;  and  on  their  nature  see 
him,  p.  Ixxxv.  sq.,  cf  Ath.  694  sq. 
(Usu.  less  correctly  written  σκολιόν, 
σκολίον,  Ilgen  p.  Ixxxiv.) 

Σκολιοπλάνής,  ίς,  {σκόλιος,  πλα- 
νάω) wandering  crookedly,  Nlc.  Th. 
319. 

Ί,κολιοπόρος,  ov,  (σκόλιος,  πόρος) 
with  crooked  or  winding  passages,  ώτα, 
Sext.  Emp.  p.  33. 

ΣΚΟΛΙΟ'Σ,  ά,  όν,  crooked,  curved, 
bent,  σίδηρος,  Hdt.  2,  86 :  twisting, 
wi?iding,  ποταμός,  Hdt.  1,  185  ;  2,  29  ; 
εις  π?.ύγια  και  σκ-.  Plat.  Theaet. 
194  Β :  —  opp.  to  ύρΟός,  όρθιος :  and 
so, — II.  metaph.,  crooked,  not  straight- 
forward, unrighteous,  like  έλικτός,  σκ. 
θέαιστες,  II.  16,  387  ;  σκ.  μνθοι,  όίκαι, 
Hes.  Op.  192,  219  ;  άπύται,  Pind.  Fr. 
232,  2  ;  σκολ.ιαΐς  όόοΐς  πατών.  Id.  Ρ. 
2,  156  :  rarely  of  men,  as  Hes.  Op.  7 : 
— so  in  Att.,  σκο?'.ιά  πρύττειν.  Plat. 
Theaet.  173  A,  cf  Gorg.  525  A.  Adv. 
σκολιώς,  lb.  256,  260. — Cf  σκόλιοι•. 
— Strabo's  σκόλια  έργα,  which  has 
caused  great  discussion,  is  only  a 
corrupt  reading,  for  which  Uhden 
proposes  Σκοττύόειαεργα ;  Tyrwhitt, 
etc.,  better,  Σκήπα  έργα.  (Usu.  de- 
riv.  from  σκέλ?Μ,  bent  or  curved 
from  dryness.)    Hence 

Σκο?ιίότης,  ητος.  ή,  crookedness,  σκ. 
της  καμπής,  of  a  Parthian  bow,  Plut. 
Crass.  24.  —  II.  metaph.,  inetjuality, 
σκο/.ιότητα  εχειν,  to  be  unequally  af- 
fected, Hipp. — 2.  of  men,  crookedness, 
dishonesty,  LXX. 

Σκο7.ιύφρ(ύν,  b,  ή,  (σκόλιος,  φρήν) 
of  crooked  mind,  Nonn. ;  cf.  σκολιό- 
(■βθν?.ος. 

Σκολιόχειλος,ον, (σκόλιος,  χείλος) 
with  crooked  lip :  crooded-beaked,  like 
άγκνλοχείλης. 

Σκολιύω,  ώ,  (σκόλιος)  to  bend, 
crook,  Theophr. 

Σκο/ιΐώόης,  ες,  (εΐόος)  crooked-look- 
ing. 

Σκο?.ίωμα,  ατός,  τό,  (σκόλιου)  α 
bend,  curve,  Strab. 

Σκο/Λωπάς,  όν,  {σκο7.ιής.  ΰφ)  look- 
ing askeiv,  squinting,  Manetho. 

Σκο7.ίωσις,  εως,  ή,  (σκολιόω)  α 
bending,  curve,  Hipp. 

iΣκόλ/Λς,  εως,  ή,  Scollis,  a  rocky 
range  between  Elis  and  Arcadia, 
Strab.  p.  340. 

Σκόλ'λνς,  νος,  ό,  (σκο?ι.ύπΓω)  a  way 
of  cutting  the  hair,  in  which  a  tuft  is 
left  on  the  crown,  σκόλ7.νν  αποκείρειν, 
Pamphil.  ap.  Ath.  494  F;  written 
also  σκολ7.νς,  σκό7.7Λς,  σκο7^λίς. 

Σκό7Μκρος,  ον,  like  κόλας,  cropped, 
lopped,  of  short-horned  animals,  pol- 
lard trees,  and  the  like.  Phot. 

Σκο7,όπαξ,  ΰκος,  ύ,  a  large  bird  of 
the  snipe  kind,  perh.  a  woodcock,  Arist. 
13G0 


ΣΚΟΜ 
H.  A.  9,  8,  12:  sometimes  written 
σκολ.ώπαξ,  cf   Nemcs.    Aucup.  21 : 
Arist.  also  has  άσκα7.ώπας,  q.  v. 

Σκολυπενόρα,  ας,  ή,  the  scolopendra 
or  miltiped,  Arist.  H.  A.  4,  7,  4,  etc. : 
also  "ιονλος,  μχιριόπονς. — II.  the  sea- 
scohpcndra,  an  animal  prob.  of  the 
genus  Nereis,  Id.  2,  14,  2,  Ael.  N.  A. 

7,  20,  etc.     Hence 
Σκολοπένδρειος,  a,  ov,  of  or  like 

the  scolopendra,  NlC.  Th.  684. 

Σκο7Μπίνδριον,  ov,  τό,  a  kind  of 
fern,  hart's  tongue  (so  called  from  a 
fancied  likeness  to  the  scolopendra), 
Theophr. :  cf  (1σπ7^ηνον. 

Σκο/Μπενόρος,  ov,  ό,  =  σκολόπεν- 
όρα. 

Σκολοπενδρώδης,  ες,  (σκολόπεν- 
δρα,  είδος)  like  α  scolopendra,  as  Stra- 
bo  calls  a  hill  that  throws  out  a  num- 
ber of  spurs  (πρόποδες). 

Σκο7.οπηϊς  μοίρα,  i],  the  fate  of  one 
impaled,  Manetho. 

Σκολοπίζω,  (σκόλοψ)  to  impale,  cf 
άνασκολ- :  in  pass.,  σκολοπισθήναι, 
to  run  a  splinter  into  one's  self,  Diosc. 

Σκηλοποειδης,  ες,  (σκόλοψ,  είδος) 
pointed  like  a  pale. 

'\Σκη7ιθπόεις,  εντός,  ό,  the  Scolo- 
pn'is,  a  river  between  Pricne  and 
Mycale,  on  the  coast  of  Asia  Minor, 
Hdt.  9,  96. 

Σκολοπομαχα'ιριον.  ov,  τό,  (σκό- 
λοψ,  μάχαιρα)  a  small  surgical  knife, 
sharp  on  one  side  and  blunt  on  the 
other,  Hipp. 

Σκολοπύδης,  ες,  contr.  for  σκολο- 
ποειδί/ς,  Theophr. 

iΣκόλoτoι,  ων,  ol,  the  name  by 
which  the  Scythians  called  them- 
selves, Hdt.  4,  6. 

Σκόλοφ.  οπός,  ΰ,  any  thing  pointed : 
esp.,  a  pale,  stake,  for  fixing  heads  on, 
II.  18,  177;  or  for  impaling,  Eur. 
Bacch.  983, 1.  T.  1430  :— in  plur.  σκό- 
λοπες,  a  palisade,  used  in  fortification 
as  early  as  Hom.,  esp.  in  II. ;  τείχεα 
σκολόπεσσιν  άρηρότα,  Od.  7,  45  ;  δια 
τε  σκύλοπαΓ  και  τάφρον  εβησαν,  II. 

8,  343;  cf  12,  63;  15,  344;  so  also 
in  Hdt.  9,97,  Eur.  Rhes.  116,  Xen. 
An.  5,  2,  5: — though  the  usu.  Att. 
word  was  σταύρωμα.  (Perh.  from 
κόλος  :  akin  to  σκώ7Μς.) 

Σκο7.νβριον,  ov,  τό.  Dim.  from  sq.. 
Plat.  Euthyd.  278  Β  :  also  σκολν- 
φριον. 

Σκόλνθρος,  ov,  ό,  (σκολύπτω)  : — α 
low  three-legged  stool,  Teleclid.  Amph. 
5.  —  II.  σκόλνθρος,  ov,  as  adj.,  low, 
mean,  shabby. 

Σκόλνμος,  ov,  δ,  an  eatable  kind  of 
thistle,  which  blossoms  in  the  heat  of 
summer,  prob.  a  kind  uf  artichoke, 
Hes.  Op.  580 ;  in  Theophr.  also  ?} 
σκ•.  (Akin  to  κόλας,  σκόλοιΙ),  σκώ- 
λος.) 

Σκολνμώδης,  ες,  (είδος)  like  α  σκό- 
λνμος. 

Σκολύπτω,  (κόλος)  like  κολονω, 
to  dock,  crop,  lop  ;  also,  to  peel,  strip, 
esp.  to  pull  back  the  praepiitium,  which 
signf  shows  that  it  is  akin  to  γλύφω, 
Lat.  glubo,  deglubo. 

Σκο7,νφρός.  =  σκληρός,  Hesych., 
therefore  perh.  only  another  form  of 
σκε7.ιόρύς. 

Σκο7.ώπαξ,  δ,  v.  σκο7.όπαξ. 

\Σκημ3ραρία,  ας,  ή,  (σκόμβρος) 
Scombraria,  the  island  by  Hispania, 
elsewhere  called  'ΙΙρακ/.ίους  νησυς, 
Strab.  p.  159:  in  Ath.  121  Β  Σκομ- 
βροαρία. 

Σκομβρίζω,  like  θνννύζω,^=  βαθα- 
πνγίζω. 

Σκομβρίς,  ν.  sub  σκορπίς. 

'\Σκόα3ρον,  ον,  τό,=^Σκόμιον,  Ar- 
ist. Meteor.  1,  13. 


ΣΚΟΠ 

Σκόμβρος,  ον,  δ,  generic  name  for 
the  θνννος  and  πηλαμνς,  Epich.  p. 
30,  Ar.  Eq.  1008,  etc.':  proverb.,  σκ. 
έν  τοις  σατνροις,  Alex.  Epid.  1,3,  ubi 
V.  Meineke. 

iΣκόμιov,  ov,  τό.  Mount  iScomius, 
a  high  range  in  Thrace,  near  Rho- 
dope,  Thuc.  2,  96. 

Σκόννζα,  ή,  Att.  for  κόννζα. 

^Σκοπύδαι,  ών,  οι,  descendants  of 
Scopas,  an  ancient  princely  house  in 
Thessaly,  Pind.  Fr.  Incert.  182  ;  Hdt. 
6,  127. 

iΣκoπάδειoς,  ov,  of  or  relating  to 
Scopas,  Luc. 

ίΣκόπας,  ov,  δ,  Scopas,  a  prince 
of  Pherae  in  Thessaly,  victor  at  the 
Olympic  games,  Xen.  Hell.  6,  1,  15. 
— 2.  another  prince  of  Pherae,  Ael. 
V.  H.  12,  1.— 3.  a  celebrated  statuary 
of  Paros,  Paus.  8,  45,  5. 

Σκοπάρχης,  ov,  δ,  (σκοπός,  άρχω) 
leader  of  the  spies  or  scouts,  or  of  a  rec- 
onnoitring party,  Xen.  Cyr.  6,  3,  6. 

ίΣκόπασις,  δ,  Scopasis,  a  king  of 
the  Scythians,  Hdt.  4,  120. 

Σκοπελοδρόμος,  ov,  (σκόπελος, 
δραμείν)  running  over  rocks,  Anth.  P. 
6,  74. 

Σκοπελοειδ?'/ς,  ες,  (είδος)  rock-like  ; 
generally,  rocky. 

Σκόπε7ιος,  ov,  δ,  (σκοπός,  σκοπεώ) : 
strictly,  like  σκοπιά,  a  look-out  place, 
usu.  a  high  rock,  standing  in  or  by  the 
sea,  Lat.  scopubis,  Hom.,  esp.  in  Od., 
as  12,  73,  SO,  etc.  ;  προβλης  σκ.,  II. 
2,  396 :  generally,  a  high  rock,  peak, 
Aesch.  Pr.  142,  and  Eur.  ;  Θηβάν  σκ., 
of  the  Theban  acropolis,  Pind.  Fr. 
209;  Άθάνας  σκ.,  of  the  Athenian, 
Eur.  Ion  1434. 

^Σκόπελος,  ov,  f),  Scopelus,  a  small 
island  in  the  Aegean,  north  of  Eu- 
boea. 

Σκοπελώδης,  ες,  contr.  for  σκυπε• 
λοειδής. 

Σκόπενμα,  ατός,  τό,  α  looking  about 
one,  dub.  ;  v.  Lob.  Phiyn.  613. 

Σκοπεντήριον,  συ,  τό,=•σκθηΐά. 

Σκοπευτής,  ον,  δ,=  σκοπός,  LXX. 

Σκοπεύω,  a  dub.  form  of  σκοπέω, 
once  read  in  Hdt.  1,  8,  and  still  in 
Xen.  Hipparch.  7,  6 ;  v.  Lob.  Phryn. 
591. 

Σκοπέω,  ώ.  only  used  in  pres.  and 
impf ,  the  other  tenses  being  supplied 
by  σκέπτομαι,  q.  v.  :  (σκοπός).  To 
look  at  or  after  a  thing :  to  behold,  con- 
template, άστρα,  Pind.  O.  1,  7  ;  gen- 
erally, to  look,  σκ.  δπυν...  σκ.  άλ?ίθσί. 
Soph.  Phil.  16,  El.  1474;  εγγνθεν 
σκοπεΐν.  Id.  Phil. 467,  Eur.  L  A.490.~ 
2.  metaph.,  to  look  to,  consider,  examine, 
σκοπεΐν  τίϊ  έαυτοϋ,  to  look  to  one's 
own  affairs,  Hdt.  1,  8,  cf.  Valck. 
Hipp.  48;  σκ.  τον  καιρόν,  Thuc.  4, 
23  ;  also,  σκ.  εις..,  Eur.  Phoenix  1,  cf. 
Med.  1166,  Thuc.  7,  71  ;  σκ.  τι  προς 
έμαντόν,  προς  υΛλή7Μνς,  Plat.  Eu 
tnyphr.  9  C,  Rep.  348  Β  ;  περί  τίνος. 
Plat.  Rep.  351  Β,  etc. ;  περί  τι.  Id. 
Soph.  239  Β :  —  freq.  with  a  relat., 
σκοπεΐν  την  τελεντήν  κή  άποβήσεται, 
Hdt.  1,  32;  σκ.  ε/...,  Plat.  Legg.  861 
Ε  ;  σκοπεΐν  όπως...,  Xen.  Cyr.  2,  2, 
26  ;  σκόπειμή...,  take  heed  lest.  .,  Plat. 
Gorg.  458  C. — 3.  to  look  out  for,  έσκό- 
πεί  γυναικά  μοι,  Isae.  2,  'ξι  22. — 4.  to 
inquire,  learn,  άπό  τίνος,  Br.  Soph. 
Ο.  Τ.  280.  —  II.  also,  σκοπέομαι  as 
dep.  mid.  just  like  σκοπέω  c.  ace. 
Soph.  O.  T.  964,  Eur.  1.  c,  Hel. 
15.37,  and  freq.  in  Plat.,  Xen.,  etc.: 
— but  the  act.  and  dep.  together,  σκο 
πών  και  σκοπούμενος  νπ'  άλλων,  in- 
quiring, and  hailing  inquiry  made  by 
others.  Plat.  Legg.  772  D.  —  As  θεά- 
ομαι,  θεωρέω,  refer  to  universal  can- 


ΣΚΟΠ 
templation  ;  so  t!o  σκοχέω,  σκοττέομαι 

to  particular,  cf.  H(U.  1,  30,   Thuc.  1, 
1,  Plat.  Phaed.  99  D.     Hence 

ΣκοΓΓ//,  ης,  ή,  =  σκοπιά,  a  look-out 
place,  watch-tou-cr,  Aesch.  Supp.  713; 
in  plur.,  Id.  Ag.  289,  309,  Xen.  Cyr. 
3,2.  II,  etc.  —  II.  a  look-out,  watch, 
Aesch.  Supp.  786. 

Σκόπησις,  εως,  η,  (σκοττέω)  a  sur- 
veying;  spying;  consideration. 

Σκοπιά,  ΰς,  ?),  Ion.  σκοπιή,  (σκο- 
JTOf,  σκοττέυ) :  —  α  place  whence  one 
can  look  out,  a  look-out  place,  in  Horn, 
always  a  mountain-peak,  σκοπιην  εις 
τταιπαλάεσσαν,  Od.  10,  97  ;  άττό  ακο- 
■κιής  εΐόεν,  II.  4,  275,  Od.  4,  524  ; 
ημενος  εν  σκοπιή,  II.  5,  771  ;  etc. ; 
so  of  Athos,  Soph.  Fr.  229  ;  Ίλιάς 
σκ;  of  the  Trojan  acropolis,  Eur. 
Hec.  931  ;  cf.  Phoen.  233,  Ar.  Nub. 
281,  etc.,  V.  sub  σκόπελος: — metaph., 
the  height  or  highest  point  of  any  thing. 
Find.  N.  9,  1 12. — 2.  in  prose,  simply, 
a  watch  tower,  Lat.  specula,  Hdt.  2,  15, 
Plat,  Rep.  445  C.  —  II.  α  looking  out, 
spying,  keeping  watch,  σκοπιην  εχειν, 
=  σκοπιύζειν,  Od.  8,  302,  Hdt.  5,  13  : 
a  watch,  Xen.  Hipparch.  4,  10.  —  III. 
"Σκοπιαί,  αϊ,  =  'Ορειάδες,  Welcker 
ap.  Jac.  Philostr.  Imag.  p.  421. 
Hence 

Σκοπιάζω,  f. -άσω,  to  look  about  one, 
to  spy  from  a  high  place  OT  watch-tower, 
II.  14,  58  :  generally,  to  spy,  explore, 
even  in  a  plain,  Od.  10,  2G0  : — as  dep. 
in  Theocr.  3,  26. — II.  transit.,  to  spy 
out,  search  out,  discover,  c.  ace,  II.  10, 
40. 

Σκοπιύω,  later  poet,  form  for  foreg., 
σκηπίασκον,  Q.  Sm.  2,  6. 

Σκοπιητης,  ov,  6,  (σκοπιάω)  a  .spi/, 
watch,  scout. — II.  a  highlander,  epith. 
of  Pan,  Anth.  P.  6, 16,  34. 

Σκόπιμης,  ov,  (σκόπος)  belonging 
to  or  leading  to  a  goal,  end,  object ; 
hence  suitable  to  an  end  OX  object. 

\Σκόπιον,  ου,  τό,  Scopium,  a  place 
near  Thebes  in  Boeotia,  Polyb.  5, 
99,  8. 

\Σκόπιος,  ov,  6,  Scopius,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  Paus.  5,  3,  7. 

Σκοπιωρέομαι,  f.-^ffo//ai,dep.iTiid., 
to  look  about,  observe  from  a  high  place 
as  a  watch  or  scout :  generally,  to  spy, 
watch,  observe,  Ar.  Vesp.  361,  cf.  Xen. 
Cyn.  9,  2.     From 

Σκοπιωρός,  οϋ,  ό,  (σκοπιά,  ωρα)  α 
tpatcher,  scout.  Philostr. 

Σκοπός,  ov,  ό,  (ΣΚΕΠ-,  σκέπτο- 
μαι) one  that  watches,  one  that  looks 
about  or  after  things,  II.  23,  359 :  a 
housekeeper,  Od.  22,  396  :  in  Pind.,  of 
gods  and  kings,  c.  gen.  loci,  its  guard- 
ian, protector,  ruler,  O.  1,  86  ;  6,  101  ; — 
in  bad  signf.,  one  who  watches  or  dogs 
another,  lies  in  wait  for  him,  Od.  22, 
156,  Soph.  Aj.  945. — 2.  iisu.,  a  look- 
out man,  watchman,  watcher,  stationed 
in  some  high  place  to  overlook  a 
country,  esp.  in  war,  Lat.  speculator, 
II.  2,  792,  Od.  16,  365,  Xen.  Cyr.  3, 
2,  1  ;  4,  1,  etc. ;  also,  one  who  watches 
or  marks  game,  lb.  1 ,  6,  40  : — in  Horn. , 
also,  a  sny,  scout,  II.  10,  324,  526,  5G1, 
in  whicK  signf.  Xen.  prefers  κατά- 
σκοπος ;  so  in  Aesch.  Theb.  36,  Eur. 
Tro.  956  : — a  messenger  who  has  been 
sent  to  learn  tidings.  Soph.  O.  C.  35.— 
II.  the  distant  mark  or  object  on  which 
one  fices  the  eye,  a  mark,  Lat.  scopus, 
σκοπόν  ά?.λον,  or  ονπω  τις  βύ2εν 
ανήο,  είσομαι  α'ικε  τνχωμι,  Od.  22, 
6;  ατΓΟ  σκοποί',  av/ay  from  the  mark, 
Od.  11,  344,  cf.  Schaf.  Mel.  p.  51  ;  so, 
παρά  σκοπόν.  Pind.  Ο.  13,  134  ;  σκο- 
πώ επεχειν  τύξον,  to  aim  at  it,  lb.  2, 
160 ;  σκοπού  τν^εΐν.  Id.  Ν.  6,  46  ; 
ίκυρσας  ωςτε  τοξότης  σκοποϋ,  Aesch. 
86 


ΣΚΟΡ 

Ag.  628  ;  ΰςτε  τοξόται  σκοπού,  το- 
ξενετ'  ανδρός  τούδε.  Soph.  Ant.  1033  ; 
έπι  σκοπόν  βάλλειν,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  6, 
29  ;  παρά'λλαξαι,  τού  σκοποϋ  και 
ύμαρτεϊν.  Plat.  Theaet.  194  A  ;  άπο- 
τνγχύνειν  σκοπού,  Id.  Legg.  744  A  ; 
στοχύζεσθαι  σκοπού.  Id.  Rep.  519  C  ; 
προς  σκοπόν  βλέπειν.  Id.  Gorg.  507 
D.  (Some,  wrongly,  write  it  parox. 
σκόπος  in  signf.  I,  cf.  Wolf  Anal.  2, 
p.  469.) 

Σκόπτ(ύ,  σκαπτικός,  later  form  of 
σκώπτω,  σκωπτικός,  Jac.  Anth.  P.  p. 
657. 

Σκορακίζω,  f.  -ί'σω,  strictly,  to  bid 
one  go  ες  κόρακας:  hence,  in  pass., 
to  be  treated  contemptuously ,  Lat.  con- 
tumelia  ajfici.  Dem.  11,  12,  Plut.  Ar- 
tax.  27.  (Cf.  the  modern  Utambiil 
from  ες  tuv  πόλιν.) 

Σκοράκισμός,  ό,  contemptuous  treat- 
ment, Plut.  2,  467  E. 

Σκόρόαξ,  V.  J.  for  κόρδαξ,  Mnesim. 
Ίπποτρ.  1,  18. 

Σκαρδίζω,  (σκόρδον)  contr.  for  σ/co- 
ροδιζω. 

Σκορδΐνύομαι,  f.  -ήσομαι.  Ion.  σκορ- 
δΐνέομαι,  also  κορδίνεομαι,  dep.  mid. : 
— to  stretch  one's  limbs,  to  yawn,  gape. 
Strictly  of  men,  dogs,  etc.,  only  half 
roused  from  sleep,  Lat.  pandiculari, 
Hipp. :  hence  also  of  a  person  tired 
or  ennuye,  Ar.  Ach.  30,  Vesp.  642, 
Ran.  922  :  later  3\5θ=καρηβαρέθ),  to 
feel  dull  sick  head-ache  ;  hence  to  retch, 
vomit.  (Perh.  from  κόρνς  II,  κάρα.) 
Hence 

Σκορδίνημα,  ατός,  τό,  also  κορδί- 
νημα,  α  yawning  and  stretching  :  a  sick 
head-ache,  Hipp.   [I] 

ΣκορδΐνΙασμός  or  σκορόϊνισμός,  ov, 
o,=  foreg.,  Hipp. 

Σκόρδΐον,  ov,  TO,  (σκόρδον)  a  plant 
which  smells  of  garlic,  Diosc. 

ΣκορδΙοειδής,  ες,  of  the  σκόρδΐον 
kind,  Diosc. 

ίΣκορδίσκοι,  ων,  οι,  and  Σκορδί- 
σκαι,  the  Scordisci,  a  Celtic  race  in 
Pannonia,  so  named  from  Mt.  Σκορ- 
δος,  Strab.  pp.  296,  318. 

Σκόρδον,  τό,  contr.  for  σκόροδον, 
garlic. 

Σκορδόπρΰσον,  ov,  τό,  a  plant  which 
smells  of  garlic,  DlOSC. 

Σκορδοπώλης,  ov,  ό,^σκοροδοπώ- 
λης. 

Σκορδύλη,  ης,  ή,  like  κορδνλη  III, 
α  young  tunny-fish,  Arist.  Η.  Α.  6,  17, 
13. 

ΣκορδνΧος,  ov,  ό,  =  κορδνλος,  α 
water-lizard,  eft  or  newt,  Arist.  Η.  Α. 
1,  1,  15.    [ν] 

Σκοροδάλμη,  ης,  η,  (σκόροδον,  ΰλ- 
μη)  α  sauce  or  pickle  composed  of  brine 
and  garlic,  Cratin.  Od.  5,  Ar.  Eq.  199, 
etc. 

Σκοροδίζω,  f.  -ί'σω,  (σκόροδον)  to 
feed  or  prepare  with  garlic:  esp.,  to 
train  game-cocks  on  garlic  for  fighting, 
Ar.  Eq.  494  ;  hence,  έσκοροδισμένος, 
primed  with  garlic,  lb.  Ach.  166;  cf. 
φνσιγγόω. — II.  to  look,  smell,  taste  like 
garlic. 

Σκορόδιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  σκό- 
ροδον, in  plur.,  sprouts  or  stalks  of 
garlic,  Ar.  Plut.  818. 

Σκοροδομάγοι,  ων,  ol.  Garlic-fight- 
ers, Luc.  V.  Hist.  1.  13. 

ΣκοροδομΙμητός,  η,  όν,  (σκόροδον, 
μιμέομαι)  made  to  resemble  garlic,  like 
garlic,  Ar.  Fr.  122. 

Σκόροδον,  ov,  TO,  contr.  σκόρδον, 
garlic,  Lat.  allium,  the  root  of  which 
consists  of  several  separate  cloves 
(γελγΐθες),  and  so  distinguished  from 
the  onion  (κρόμνον),  and  leek  (πρά- 
σον) ;  first  in  Hdt.  2, 125;  4,  17,  and 
freq.  in  Ar. ;   σκορόδοις  άλείφειν— 


ΣΚΟΤ 

σκοροδίζειν,  Ar.  Pac.  502;  σκόροδα 
φαγεΙν=έσκοροδίσβαι,  Id.  Lys.  690. 
Hence 

Σκοροδοπανδοκευτριαρτοπώλις,  i- 
δος,  η,  comic  word  in  Ar.  Lys.  458,  a 
garlic-bread  -selling  hostess. 

Σκοροδοπώ/ίης,  ov,  ό,  (πωλέω)  a 
garlic-seller. 

Σκοροδοόάγέω,  ώ,  to  eat  garlic, 
Hesych.  :  irom 

Σκοροδοφύγος,  ov,  garlic-eating. 

Σκοροόοφόρος,  ov,  (σκόροδον,  φέ 
ρω)  gariic-bearing,  Eust.  ad  Dion.  P. 
525. 

Σκοροδόω,  contr.  σκόρδου,  ace.  to 
Hesych. ,=  CTi'j^oi)ffiu^u. 

Σκοροόών,  ωνος,  ό,  (σκόροδον)  a 
bed  of  garlic. 

Σκόρπειος,  a,  ov.  Ion.  -ηΐος,  η,  ov, 
(σκορπιός)  of  the  scorpion,  Orph.  Lith. 
504. 

Σκορπΐαίνω,  (σκορπιός)  to  anger, 
enrage  : — pass.,  to  be  enraged. 

Σκορπϊάνός,  ή,  όν,  born  under  the 
scorpion  ;  cf.  κριανός. 

Σκορπίδιον,  ov.  τό,  dim.  from 
σκορπιός  IV,  Polyb.  8,  7,  6.  [Z] 

Σκορπίζω,  f.  -ί'σω,  to  scatter,  dis- 
perse, just  like  σκεδάνννμι,  an  Ion. 
word,  used  by  Hecataeus,  ace.  tu 
Phryn.  218,  ubiv.  Lob.;  but  most  freq. 
in  Ale.x.  Greek,  as  LXX.,  and  N.  T. 

ΣκορπΙόδηκτος,  ov,  {δάκνω)  stung 
by  a  scorpion. 

ΣκορπΙοειδης.ές,  (σκορπιός,  είδος) 
scorpion-like  :  τό  σκ-,  a  plant,  SO  called 
from  the  likeness  of  its  seed  to  a  scor- 
pion's tail,  Diosc.  4, 195  :  also  σκορπί- 
ονρος,  Scorpiurus  sulcatus,  Spreiigel. 

Σκυρπϊύεις,  εσσα,  εν,  (σκορπιός) 
of  a  scorpion,  Nic.  Th.  654,  Al.  145. 

Σκορπιύθεν,  (σκορπιός)  adv., /roni 
α  scorpion,  Orph.  L.  755. 

Σκορπιομάχος,  ov.  {σκορπιός,  μά- 
χομαι) fighting  with  scorpions,  άκρίς, 
Arist.  Mirab.  139. 

ΣκορπΊόπ7.ηκτος,  ov,  (πλήσσω)= 
σκορπιόδηκτος,  Diosc.  4,  195. 

Σκορπιός,  ov,  ό.  a  scorpion.  Aesch. 
Fr.  155,  Soph.  Fr.  35,  etc. :— adul- 
terers were  punished  with  it.  Plat. 
(Com.)  Pha.  1,  21.  (Perh.  akin  to 
σκοροβαιος,  which  Hesych.  quotes 
as  equiv.  to  σκάραβος,  κάραβος). — 
II.  a  prickly  sea-fish,  Epich.  p.  35,  etc. 
(ap.  Ath.  320).— III.  a  prickly  plant, 
Theophr. — IV.  an  engine  nf  war  for 
discharging  arrows,  Plut.  Marcell.  15. 
[πΙ] 

Σκορπίονρος,  ov,  (ονρύ)  scorpion- 
tailed  :  esp.  the  name  of  a  plant,  cf. 
σκορπιοειδής.  [ΐ] 

Σκορπϊόω,  ω,  (σκορπίος)=  σκορπΐ- 
αίνω. 

Σκορπίς,  ίδος,  ή,  a  kind  of  sea- 
fish,  Arist.  Η.  Α.  5,  10,  5 ;  v.  1.  σκομ- 
βρίς. 

Σκορπισμός,  οϋ,  ό,  α  scattering. 

Σκορπίτης,  ov,b,scorpionlike,  Ρϋη. 
Σκορπιώδης,  ες,  contr.   for  σκορ- 
■πιοειδης,  Arist.  Η.  Α.  4,  7,  7. 
Σκορπιών,  ό,=  σκορπίος  IV. 
Σκοτάζω,  {.  -άσω,  to  darken,  LXX.: 
cf  σνσκοτάζω. 

ΣκοταΙος,  a.  ov,  (σκότος) : — dark, 
in  the  dark,  either  before  morning, 
σκοταΐος  διήλθε,  Xen.  An.  4,  1,  5; 
ετι  σκ.  πηρήλβεν,  Id.  Hell.  4,  5,  18  ; 
or  after  night-fall,  τ/δη  σκ.  ΰνήγαγον. 
Id.  Cyr.  7,  1,  45,  cf.  An.  4,  1,  10:  of. 
κνεφαίος. 

^Σκοτάνη,  ης.  ή.  Scalane,  a  spot  in 
Arcadia,  Paus.  8,  23,  8. 

Σκοτασμός.  ov,  6,  (σκοτάζω)  a 
making  dark. — II.  a  being  or  becoming 
dark,  darkness,  όφθα?.μών,  Diosc. 

Σ κοτάω,=  σκοτάζω  ;  hence  Ep.  3 
pi.  σκοτόωσι,  Nic.  Al.  35. 

1361 


ΣΚΟΤ 

Έκοτεία,  η,=ζσκοτία,  LXX. 

Σκοτεινός,  ή,  όν,  {σκότος)  : — dark, 
like  σκόηος,  σκ-  νυκτός  όμμα,  Aesch. 
Cho.  661  ;  ίνερτέρων  βέλος,  lb.  286 ; 
σκ.  ττεριβολαί,  of  a  scabbard,  Eur. 
Phoen.  276,  and  Plat.  ;  uvu  το  σκ. 
ττροιδεϊν,  the  darkness,  Thuc.  3,  22  : 
— in  the  dark,  darkling,  blind,  Soph. 
O.  T.  1326;  σκ.  όμμα,  Eur.  Ale. 
385  : — τί  σκοτεινά,  the  dark  shadows 
in  a  picture,  Plut.  2,  57  C. — II.  ine- 
taph.,  dark,  obscure,  opp.  to  ίλλόγί- 
μος  (well-known).  Plat.  Symp.  197 
k  ;  so  Heraclitus  was  called  ό  σκο- 
τεινός, Cic.  Fin.  2,  5,  15  ;  σκ.  άκοαί, 
obscure  reports,  Plat.  Criti.  109  Ε  : — 
adv.  -νώς,  σκ.  όιαλέγεσθαι,  Plat. 
Rep.  558  D.— III.  tor  Pind.  N.  7, 
901,  V.  sub  κοτεινός.     Hence 

Σκοτείνότης,  ητος,  ή,  darkness. 
Plat.  Soph.  254  A. 

Σκοτεινώόης,  ες,  (εί(5ο£•)=σκοτώ- 
όης. 

Σκότειος,  α,  ον,=^ σκότιος,  σκοτει- 
νός, LXX.,  Joseph. 

Σκοτερός,  ά.  όν.=  σκότιος,  ν.  1. 
Orph.  Arg.  1045 ; — like  ννκτερος  for 
νύχιος,  ζοφερός  for  ζόφιυς,  δνοφερός, 
etc. 

Σκοτεύυ,  (σκότος)  to  hide  one's  self 
in  darkness,  Hesych. 

Σκοτέω,=  σκοτόω,  Schiif.  Dem.  1, 
p.  260. 

Σκοτία,  ας,  fj,  (σκότος)  darkness, 
gloom,  esp.  the  darkness  of  the  grave. 
Ear.  Phoen.  335. — II.  in  architecture, 
the  .scntia  or  cavetto,  a  sunken  mould- 
ing in  the  base  of  a  pillar,  so  called 
from  the  dark  shadow  it  casts,  Vitruv. 
3,  3.     Hence 

Σκοτιαϊος,α,ον,^  σκοταίος,  Hipp.; 
V.  Lob.  Phryn.  552. 

Σκοτίας,  ov.  ό,  (σκότος)  one  who 
keeps  in  the  dark,  esp.  a  runaway  slave , 
Lat.  tenebrio,  ap.  Hesych. 

Σκοτίζω,  f.  -ί'σω,  (σκότος)  to  make 
dark  .—pass.,  to  be  dark,  Plut.  2,  1 120 
Ε  ;  Ty  oiavoig.,  N.  T. :  also  to  he  dizzy. 

Σκότιον,  ov,  τό,=σκότος,  Carm. 
Sib. 

Σκότιος,  a,  ov,  also  ος,  ov,  Eur. 
Ale.  123  (σκότος)  : — dark,  darkling, 
Eur.  Phoen.  154•-!,  etc.  :  esp.,  in  the 
dark,  secret,  σκότιον  όέ  έ  γείνατο  μή• 
Tijp,  in  secret  his  mother  hare  him.  II. 
6,  24  ;  hence,  θεών  τταΐδες  σκότιοι, 
the  children  of  the  gods'  secret  loves, 
Eur.  Ale.  989  ;  so,  σκ.  ενναί,  7.έχος, 
ννμφεντήρια,  secret,  stolen  loves,  Id. 
Ion  860.  Tro.  44,  252:  σκ.  Κνπρις, 
Anth.  P.  7,  51.— 2.  dark,  obscure,  of 
dithyrambs,  Ar.  Av.  1389.— II.  in 
Crete,  the  boys  l)efore  the  age  of 
manhood  were  called  σκότιοι,  because 
up  to  that  time  they  lived  at  home  in 
the  μυχός  or  women's  apartments, 
Schol.  Eur.  Ale.  1.  c. 

iΣκoτίoς,  ov,  ύ,  Scoiius,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  Pind.  Fr.  282  Biickh. 

Σκοτισμός,  ov,  ό,  (σκοτίζω)  a  mak- 
ing dark,  darkening. — II.  a  being,  becom- 
ing dark,  darkness. — 2.  dizziness,  Lat. 
vertigo. 

Σκοτίτης,  ov,  ό,  (σκότιος)  epith.  of 
.lupiter,  like  κε7.αινέώ7]ς,  νεφεληγε- 
ρέτης, etc.,  Paus. 

Σκοτο3ΐνΐάω,  w,  (σκότος,  βίνεω) 
comic  word  formed  after  σκοτοόινιάω, 
in  tenebris  concumhere  cum  aliqua,  Ar. 
Ach.  1221. 

Σκοτούΰσΐ'ττνκνόβριξ,  τρΐχος,  ό,  η, 
(σκότας,  δασύς,  πνκνός)  dark  with 
rough  thick  hair,  comic  word  in  Ar. 
Ach.  390. 

^Σκοτοδείν?].  ης,  η,  appell.  of  a 
courtesan,  Arched.  Diarn.  2. 

Σκοτόδειπνος,  ov,  (δειτνέω)  eating 
i7i  the  dark. 

1302 


ΣΚΟΤ 

Σκοτοδίνέομαι,  (  σκότος,  δϊνέω  ) 
dep.,  to  grow  dizzy,  to  have  a  dizziness 
or  vertigo,  Hipp.  677;  so  in  act.,  Luc.  (?) 
Philopatr.  1. 

Σκοτοδίνη,  ης,  η,  =  σκοτοδινία, 
Hipp. :  ace.  to  Lob.  Phryn.  499,  the 
worse  form. 

Σκοτοδινία,  ας,  ή,  dizziness,  vertigo, 
Plat.  Soph.  264  C;  σκ.  καΐ  ϊλιγ-}0Γ, 
Id.  Legg.  892  Ε. 

Σκοτοδίνίάσις,  )7,=  foreg. :  from 

Σκοτοδίνιύω,=  σκοτοδινέομαι.  Ar. 
Ach.  1219.  Plat.  Legg.  663  B,  etc.  ; 
cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  82. 

Σκοτόδίνος,  ό,— -σκοτοδινία,  Hipp. 

Σκοτοειδής,  ες,  (σκότος,  εΙδοΓ) 
dark-looking,  P\at.  Phaed.81  D,  Bekk., 
ubi  al.  σκιοειδ: 

Σκοτόεις,  εσσα.  εν,  poet,  for  σκό- 
τιος, dark,  νέφος,  Hes.  Op.  553 :  σ-κο- 
τόεσσα  δόξη,  a  dark,  doubtful  opin- 
ion, Einped.  301. 

Σκοτοεργός,  όν,  (σκότος,  *εργω) 
working  in  the  dark,  Manetho. 

Σκοτοιβόρος,  ov,  (σκότος,  βορά) 
eating  in  the  dark  :  metaph.,  malicious, 
mischievous. 

Σκοτόμαινα,  ή,  Att.  for  σκοτομήνη, 
Anth.  P.  13,  12;  cf.  Phryn.  499. 

Σκοτομήδης,  ες,  (μήδος)  of  dark 
counsel,  wily. 

Σκοτομήνη,  ης,  ή,  (σκότος,  μήνη)  α 
moonless  night,  Aristid.  1,  p.  570. 

Σκοτομηνία,  ας,ή,=  (οτβξ.    Hence 

Σκοτομήνιος,  ov,  moonless,  dark, 
νύξ,  Od.  14,  457. 

Σκότος,  ονς,  τό,  v.  sq.,  sub  fin. 

σκότος,  01»,  ό,  darkness,  gloom, 
Od.  19,  389,  Pind.,  and  Att.:  more 
freq.  in  II.,  but  there  aKvays  of  the 
darkness  of  death,  usu.  in  phrase,  τον 
δε  σκότος  όσσε  κά?Λΐφεν,  4,  461,  etc. ; 
στνγερός  δ'  άρα  μιν  σκότος  είλεν,  5, 
47  ;  so  in  Trag.,  e.  g.  σκότφ  θανεΐν, 
Eur.  Hipp.  837;  so,  of  the  nether 
world,  τον  άεί  κατά  γάς  σκύτον  ε'ιμέ- 
νος,  Soph.  Ο.  C.  1701,  cf.  Aj.  394; 
γης  σκότω  κνκρνπται,  Eur.  Hel.  62  : 
• — in  plur.,  εν  σκότοισι  νηδνος  τεθραμ- 
μένη,  Aesch.  Eum.  665  ;  cf.  Cho.  63  : 
— also  of  blindness,  σκότον  β?ιέτΓειν, 
to  see  darkness,  i.  e.  to  be  blind,  Soph. 
O.  T.  419;  also,  σκότον  δεδορκέναι, 
Valck.  Phoen.  380,  Diatr.  p.  141  :— 
— metaph.,  σκότω  κρντττειν,  like  Ho- 
race's nocte  jpremere,  to  hide  in  dark- 
ness, Soph.  El.  1396,  cf.  Pind.  Fr.  171, 
5 ;  252 ;  so,  κατέχειν  νπό  σκότον, 
Xen.  Cyr.  4,  6,  4 :  opp.  to  σκότον 
εχειν,  to  be  in  darkness,  Pind.  N.  7, 
19,  Eur.  Incert.  30,  8 ;  tv  σκότω  κα- 
θήμενος, Pind.  Ο.  1,  134  ;  και  ηερι- 
κα?^νψαι  τοίσι  πράγμασι  σκότον,  | 
Eur.  Ion  1522:  δια  σκότονς  εστί,  it 
is  dark  and  uncertain,  Xen.  An.  2,  5,  i 
9  ;  απορία  και  σκ..  Plat.  Legg.  837  j 
A  : — also  darkness,  i.  e.  ignorance, 
Dem.  411,  25. — A  neut.  nom.  σκότος,  \ 
εος,  TO,  also  occurs,  as  in  Pind.  Fr. 
106;  171,  5,  and  so  in  Att.,  as  Xen. 
Cyr.  1,  6,  40;  2,  1,  25,  etc.  ;  but  not 
so  freq.  as  the  masc,  cf  Pors.  Hec. 
819.  Piers.  Moer.  p.  355,  Ellendt  Lex. 
Soph.  s.  V. ;  Diiid.  would  wholly  eject 
it  from  the  Trag.,  ad  Eur.  Hec.  1. 
(Akin  to  σκοά,  σκιά.) 

\Σκότονσα,  more   correctly   Σκο- 

τούσσα,  ης,  ή,  (σκοτόεις)  Scolussa,  a 

city  of  Thessaly,  Strab.  p.  329  :  hence 

oi  ΣκοτουσσαΙοι,  the  inhab.  of  Scotus- 

sa,  Xen.  Hell.  4,  3,  3. 

1       Σκοτόω,  ω,  (σκότος)  to  make  dark, 

1  darken,    to   blind,   σκοτώσω  βλέφαρα 

και  δεδορκότα,  Soph.  Aj.  85. — II.  in 

pass. .^aKorotiiviau, Hipp. ,Plat.Prot. 

339  K. 

]      Σκητώδης.  ες,  contr.  for  σκοτοει- 

i  δής.   Plat.   Rep.  518  C  :   obscure,   Id. 


ΣΚΥΘ 

Crat.  412B. — II.  dizzy,  Hipp. :  τόσκ 
=  σκοτοδινία,  Id. 

Σκοτωδία,  ας,  η,  a  being  dark,  dark 
ness. 

Σκότωμα,  ατός,  τό,  (σκοτόω)  dizzi 
ness,  vertigo,  Polyb.  5,  56,  7,  in  plur. 
Hence 

Σκοτωμαηκός,  η,  όν,  causing  dizzi- 
ness. 

Σκότωσις,  ή,  (σκοτόω)  a  darkening, 
eclipse. — II.  dizziness,  vertigo. 

Σκνβύλίζω,  {σκνβαλον)  to  look  on 
as  dung  :  to  despise,  reject,  treat  con- 
temptuously, LXX. 

Σκϋβάλικός,  ή,  όν,  contemptible, 
Timocr.  ap.  Plut.  Thetnist.  21. 

Σκνβά"'  ισμα,  ατός,  τό,^σκνβαλον, 
Pseudo-Phocyl.  144.  [ά] 

Σκνβύλισμός,  ov,  ό,  (σκνβαλίζω) 
contempt,  rejection,  Polyb.  30,  17,  12. 

Σκνβΰλον,  ov,  τό,  dung,  Diosc. : 
filth,  refuse,  leavings,  άτϊοδειπνίδιον, 
Leon.  Al.  30,  cf  Anth.  P.  6,  303  ;  etc. : 
— that  which  the  sea  throws  up,  Jac. 
Phil.  Thess.  28,  2,  Galakcr  Advers. 
p.  869  sq.  (Usu.  deriv.  from  ές  κννας 
βαλείν,  cf.  σκομακίζω.)  [t'l]   Hence 

Σκνβάλώδης,  ες,  (είδος)  refuse-like  : 
TO  σκ.^σκύβαλον. 

^Σκνδισης,  ov,  ό,  Mt.  Scudises,  a 
range  in  Pontus  and  Armenia,  Strab. 
p.  548. 

Σκνδμαινος,  ον,^σκνθρωτίος,  He- 
sych :  from 

Σκνδμαίνω,=^σκνζημαι,  to  be  angry 
with  one,  τινί,  II.  24,  592. 

Σκνζα,  ή.  (κί<ω,  κνέω,  κνων)  sexual 
desire,  lust,  Phllet.  32. 

Σκνζύω,  ώ,  to  be  at  heat,  of  dogs, 
(cf  καπράω),  Arist.  H.  A.  6,  18,  8. 

Σκνζομαι,  dep.,  prob.  only  used  in 
pres.  part,  and  mf ,  to  be  angry  or  wroth 
with  one,  τινί,  11.  4,  23,  Od.  23.  209  j 
absol.,  to  be  wroth,  II.  8,  483  ;  9,  198.— 
An  act.  σκνζω  only  in  Gramm.  (Usu. 
deriv.  from  κί•ων,  and  so,  strictly,  like 
κννζάομαι,  tosnarl :  but,  ace.  to  Schol. 
Theocr.  10,  8,  strictly  of  an  angry 
lion,  letting  down  his  έπισκίΐ'ΐον,  and 
so,  strictly,  to  look  furious.  From 
σκνζομαι  come  σκνδμαίνω,  σκνθρός.) 

Σκνβαινά,  ή,  a  fem.  form  of  Σκύ- 
θης,  coined  by  Ar.  Lys.  184.  [ϋ] 

Σκνθάριον,  ov,  τό,  Scythian-wood, 
=  θάψος,  Diosc. 

Σκνθης,  ov,  ό,  a  Scythian,  first  in 
Hes.  Fr.  17,  fusu.  in  pi.  οι  Σκνθαι,  a 
general  term  for  most  of  the  nomadic 
tribes  in  north  of  Europe  and  Asia, 
beyond  the  Ister  and  Pontus  Euxi- 
nus,  Hdt.  4,  18,  sqq.,  ace.  to  whom 
they  called  themselves  Σκό/.οτοι,  and 
were  divided  generally  into  γεωργοί, 
νομάδες,  and  βασιλίμοι  .t — proverb., 
Σκνθών  έρημία,  Ar.  Ach.  704,  cf. 
Aesch.  Pr.  2. — 2.  as  adj.,  Scythian, 
σίδηρος,  Aesch.  Theb.  817;  cf  Χύ- 
λΐ'ψ.  —  II.  metaph.,  any  rude,  rough 
person. — III.  at  Athens,  a  policeman, 
one  of  the  city-guard,  which  Was  most- 
ly composed  of  Scythian  slaves,  Ar. 
Thesm.  1017,  etc. ;  cf.  τοξότης  IlL 

iΣκύθης,  ov,  o,  Scythes,  son  of  Her- 
cules and  Echidna,  Hdt.  4.  10. — 2.  a 
king  of  the  Zanclaei  in  Sicily,  Id. 
6,  23. — 3.  another,  father  of  Cadmus 
of  Cos,  Id.  7,  163.— Others  in  Xen. 
Hell.  3,  4,  20  ;  Dem.  ;  etc. 

■\Σκνθία,  ας,  ή,  Scythia.  country  of 
the  Scythae  in  northern  Europe  and 
Asia,  Call.  Dian.  174,  Strab.  pp.  7, 
34.  119,  etc. 

Σκνθίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  to  be  or  behave  like 
a  Scythian;  and  so, — 1.  to  drink  im- 
moderately ;  cf.  έπισκνθ-. — 2.  from  the 
Scythian  practice  of  scalping  slain 
enemies  (Hdt.  4,  64),  to  shave  the  head. 


ΣΚΤΑ 

Ισκνθισμένος  ξνρφ,  Eur.  ΕΙ.  241 ;  cf. 
άποσκνθίζω,  χειρόμακτρον. 

^Σκνθίηνίδε,  adv.  to  ,Scylhi(u,  Call. 
Dian.  256. 

Σκυθικός,  V,  όν,  {Σκνθης)  Scythian, 
to  πόντος  Σ.,  i.  e.  the  Euxine,  The- 
ocr,  16,  99  ;  η  Σκυθική,  sc.  χώμα, 
Scythia,  Hdt.  4,  99,  etc.  :t  αϊ  Σκνθι- 
και,  a  hind  of  shoes,  like  Ιίερσικαί, 
Σικνώνια,  etc.,  Lys.  ap.  Harpocr. 

^Σκνθϊνοι,  ων,  οι,  the  i^cylhini,  a 
people  of  Armenia,  Xen.  An.  4,  7, 
18. 

iΣκvθϊvoς,  ου,  ό,  Scythinus,  an 
iambic  poet,  of  Teos,  Ath,  461  F. 

iΣκvθiς,  ίύος,  ή,  pecul.  fem.  to  Σκυ- 
θικός,—  1.'  with  or  without  γννή,  a 
Scythian  female. — 2.  SC.  y^,  Scythia. 

Σκνθίστί,  adv.  (Σκνθίζω)  after  Scy- 
thian fashion,  Soph.  Fr.  420  :  in  the 
Scythian  tongue,  Hdt.  4,  27,  59.  [rt] 

^ΣκνθότΓολις,  i/,  Scythopolis,  a  citj' 
of  Palestine,  Strab.  p.  7G3  ;  in  Polyb. 
5,  70,  4.  71  Σκνθών  πόλις 

Σκνβος,  ό.  Aeol.  for  σκνφος,  Par- 
ineno  ap,  Ath.  500  B. 

ΣκΐΌστοξότης,  ov,  ό,  (Σκνθης,  το- 
ξότης) a  Scythian  bowman,  Xen.  An. 
3,  4.  15. 

Σκνβράζω,  f.  -άσω,  to  be  angry,  peev- 
ish, Eur.  El.  830. 

Σκνθραξ,  ό,=  σκνρθαξ,  q.  v. 

Σκί'θρός,  ά,  όΐ'.  angry,  sulleti,  Me- 
Dand.  p.  8^  Aral.  1120. 

Σκνθρυτϊάζω,  f.  -άσω,  {ΰκνθρωττός) 
to  look  angry  or  sullen^  be  of  a  sad  coun- 
tenance, Ar.  Lys,  7.  Plut.  ^56  :  in  part, 
pf.,  έσκνθρ^-ακώς,  Dem.  1122,  12; 
aor.  1,  σκνθρωττάσας,  Aeschin.  33,  5  : 
cf.  σκνθρωπός : — hence,  to  he  of  a  sad 
colour,  Jac.  Philostr.  Iinag.  p.  378. 
Hence  ! 

Σκνβμωττασμός,οΰ,  ό,  sternness,  sad-  | 
nexs  of  coHntenance,  Plut.  2,  43  F. 

Σκυθρω-ός,  όν,  also  ή,  όν,  Luc, 
cf  Lob,  Phryn.  105  :  (σκνΟρός,  ώφ)  ; 
— angry -Inoking,  of  sad  or  angry  coun- 
tenance, stdlcn,  Eur,  Med.  271,  Hipp. 
1172;  όμμα,  ττρόςωττον,  Eur.  Phoen. 
1333,  etc.  ;  opp.  to  ώαιόρός,  Xen. 
Mem.  3,  10,  4  : — also  of  affected  grav- 
ity, Dem.  1122.  20.  Aeschin.  56,31  :— 
κενθειν  οκ.  γέλυν,  to  cloak  joy  under 
a  show  of  sadness,  Aesch.  Cho.  738  ; — 
TO  aKvepu7rov,=^sq.,  Eur.  Ale.  797. — 
Adv.,  σκυθρώ-ως  εχειν,  Xen.  Mem. 
2,  7,  1. — II.  of  colour,  sad-coloured, 
dark  and  dull,  Lat.  tristis,  opp.  to  λαμ-  > 
προς,  Jac.  Philostr.  Imag.  p.  378.  ■ 
Hence 

Σκυθρωπότης,  τ]Τος,  η,  a.  being  σκυ- 
θρωπός,  snllenness,  Hipp. 

Σκνλάκαινα,  ή,  poet.  fem.  from 
σκυλαξ,  Anlh.  P.  9,  604.  [ώ] 

Σκνλάκεία,  ας,  ή,  (σκυλακενω)  the 
breeding,  training,  etc.,  of  dogs,  Plut. 
Cat.  Maj.  5. 

Σκϋλάκειος,  a,  ov,  ( σκύλαξ )  of 
young  dogs  or  puppies,  κρέας,  Hipp. 

[«] 

Σκΰλάκενμα,  το,  a  puppy,  young 
dog,  Epigr.  ap.  Plut.  2,  241  A,  Anth. 
P.  3,  7.  [«] 

Σκϋ'/.ύκενς,  6,  poet,  for  σκν?.αξ, 
Opp.  C.  1,  480 ;  4,  227.  ; 

fΣκv?.aκεvς,  6.  Scylaceus,  masc.  pr.  ' 
n.,  Qu.  Sm.  10,  147. 

Σκνλάκεύω,  {σκνλαξ)  to  pair  dogs  I 
for  breeding,  c.  acc,  Xen.  Cyn.  7,  1: —  i 
pass.,  νπο  λνκαίνης  σκνλακΐύεσθαι,  | 
to  be  suckled  by  a  she-wolf,  Strab.         ; 

Σκϋλάκη,  ή,  poet.  fem.  of  σκνλαξ, 
dub.  in  Orph.  Arg.^  982.  [ά]  I 

^Σκυλάκη,  ης,  ή,  Scylace,  a  small  ι 
town  of  the  Pelasgi  on  the  Mysian 
coast  of  Asia  Minor,  Hdt.  1,  57.  j 

Σκνλακηδόν,  adv.  like  a  young  dog, 
Ouppy-like,  Synes.  [ 


ΣΚΤΑ 

Σκνλακίζο»,  (σκύλαξ)  to  copulate  like  ' 
dogs.  I 

Σκν?ΜκΙνός,  71,  όν,  of  young  dogs.     , 

Σκν'λάκιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  σκν-  Ι 
?.αξ.  Plat.  Rep.  539  Β.  [d] 

■\ΣκυΑάκιον,  or,  τό,   Scylacevm,  in  \ 
lower  Italy,  Strab.  p.  261.  j 

ΣκϋλάκΙτις,  ή,  protectress  of  dogs, 
Diana,  Orph.  H.  35,  12.  j 

Σκνλάκοόρόμος,  ov,  (σκνλαξ,  6pa- 
μεΐν)  of  the  dog-days,  cjpa  σκ.,  Poet, 
de  Herb.  140. 

Σκϋλΰκοκτόνος,  ov,  (σκύλαξ,  κτεί- 
νω)  dog-killing. — 11.  proparox.  σκν?.α- 
κόκτονος,  ov,  pass.,  killed,  worried  by 
dogs. 

Σκνλΰκοτροψία,  ας,  η,  a  breeding  of 
dogs,  Opp.  C.  1,  436. 

Σκνλάκοτρόφος,  ov,  (σκύλαξ,  τρέ- 
φω) keepingor  rearing  dogs,  Opp.  H.  1, 
719. 

Σκϋλάκώόης,  ες,  (σκνλαξ,  εΐύος) 
like  a  young  dog :  TO  σκ.,  the  nature  of 
puppies,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  4,  4. 

Σκνλαξ,  άκος,  6  and  ή,  (the  latter 
always  in  Hom.,and  Hes.) : — a  young 
dog,  a  whelp,  puppy,  Od.  9,  289 ;  12, 
86,  Hes.  Th.  834  ;  κνων  αμαλ^σι  πε- 
ρί σκνλάκεσσι  βε^ώσα,  Od.  20,  14  ; 
in  full,  σκ.  κννός,  Hdt.  3,  32:— gene- 
rally, α  dog.  Soph.  Tr.  1098,  Eur. 
Bacch.  338,  etc. : — the  Grammarians 
are  called  σκνλακες  Ζηνοδότου,  in 
Anth.  P.  11,321.— Cf.  σκύμνος.— U. 
an  iron  chain,  Plat.  (Com.)  Hell.  5: — 
α  chai?ior  collar  for  the  neck,  Polyb.  20, 
10,  8  ;  so  Lat.  canis,  catellus,  in  Plaut. 
(Prob.  akin  to  σκνλλω,  from  the  na- 
ture of  young  dogs,  cf.  Σκύλλα  :  still 
it  may  be  akin  to  kvuv,  as  σκνθρός 
is.)  Ιύ] 

iΣκυ?Mξ,  ακος,  δ,  Scylax,  a  cele- 
brated geographer  of  Caryanda  in 
Caria,  Hdt.  4,  44. — There  were  two 
others  of  this  name  at  a  later  period  ; 
for  the  various  opinions  respecting 
these  V.  Bahr.  Exc.  X  ad  Hdt.  4,  44, 
vol.  2,  p.  671. 

ΣκνΛ.ΰτικ.ός,  ή,  όν,  stripping  a  slain 
enemy :  from 

Σκν?.άω,  a  rare  form  for  σκνλεύυ, 
Anth. 

Σκνλεία,  ας,  η.  a  despoiling,  esp.  of 
a  slain  enemy,  LXX. 

Σκύ?.ίνμα,  ατός,  τό,  (σκυλεΰω)  esp. 
in  plur.,  the  arms  slript  off  a  slain  ene- 
my, spoils,  Eur.  Phoen.  857,  Ion  1145, 
Thuc.  4,  44.  [7}] 

Σκv?i.εvσις,7J,  {σκν?ι,ενω)=σκν?.εία. 

Σκνλεντης,  ov,  o,  one  who  strips  a 
slain  enemy :   from 

Σκϋλΐύω,  {σκΰ7.ον)  to  strip  or  spoil 
a  slain  enemy  of  his  arms  (for  it  was 
not  right  to  take  off  the  clothes  also, 
Plat.  Rep.  469  C),  Lat.  spoliare,  first 
in  Hes.,  and  Hdt.  Construct. :  c. 
acc.  pers.  et  rei,  Κνκνον  τεύχεα  άπ' 
ώμων  σκνλενσαντες,  Hes.  Sc.  468  ;  c. 
acc.  pers.  only.  σκ.  νεκρούς,  Hdt.  1, 
82,  and  Thuc. :— c.  acc.  rei  et  gen. 
pers.,  Xen.  An.  6,  1,  6,  Hell.  2.  4,  19  ; 
so,  σκ-  τι  από  τίνος,  Hdt.  9,  80 : — la- 
ter c.  acc.  pers.  et  gen.  rei,  σκ.  τονς 
τε/.ευτήσαντας  π?.ι/ν  όπλων.  Plat.  I. 
c.  ;  άμφίςβαιναν  δέρματος,  Nic.  Th. 
379.     (Akin,  to  σνλάω,  σν/.ενω.) 

^Σκύλης,  ov  Ion.  εω,  ό,  Scyles,  a 
king  of  the  Scythians,  Hdt.  4,  78. 

Σκϋλήτρια,  ας,  ή,  she  who  strips  a 
slain  enemy.  Lye.  853. 

Σκϋληφόρος,ον,  poet,  ίοΐ  σκνλοφό- 
ρος,  Anth.  P.  9,  428. 

Σκν7<,ια,  τύ,  dog-fish,  Lat.  caniculae, 
Arist.  H.  A.  6,  10,  10,  etc.  [ϋ] 

Σκύλλα,  ης,  ή,  in  Od.  usu.  Σκύ?.λη, 
Scylla,  daughter  of  Crataeis  t(later, 
of  Phorcys  and  Hecate  who  was  call- 


ΣΚΥΑ 

ed  Crataeis,  Ap.  Rh.  4,  828-9)f,  a 
monster  inhabiting  a  cavern  in  the 
straits  of  Sicily,  Od.  12,  73,  sq. ; — a 
fable  that  afterwards  underwent  many 
changes,  v.  Heyne  and  Voss  on  Virg. 
Eel.  6,  74.  The  usu.  nom.  ΣκνλλΛ 
occurs  in  Od.  only  once,  12,  235. 
(From  σκν}.λω,  because  she  rended 
her  prey  in  pieces,  Od.  12,  96,  245. 
Not  from  σκνλαξ,  for  the  dogs  in  her 
womb  belonged  only  to  the  later  le- 
gend.)—  tH.  daughter  of  Nisus  of 
Megara,  who  betrayed  her  father 
through  love  for  Minos,  Apollod.  3, 
15.  8. 

^Σκν?.λαιον,  ov,  τό,  Scyllnnim,  a 
promontory  of  Argolis  opposite  Suni- 
um,  now  ca^ie  Skillo,  Thuc.  5,  53. — 
2.  rocks  m  the  straits  of  Sicily,  where 
Scylla  dwelt,  Strab.  p.  257,  who  also 
mentions  a  town  of  same  name  ;  v. 
Σκύ?.λα. 

Σκνλλάρος,  ου,  ό,  also  κύλ?.αρος, 
(σκύλλω)  a  kind  οί  crab,  which,  being 
unprotected  by  a  shell,  fixes  itself  in 
empty  snail-shells;  perh.,  the  hermit- 
crab,  Arist.  H.  A. 

^Σκνλ/^ητικός,  ή.  όν,  of  Scylletium  ; 
ό  Σ.  κόλπος,  Arist.  Pol.  7,  9,  2  ;  Strab. 
p.  254 :  from 

ίΣκνλ?^ήτιον,  ov,  TO,  Scylletium,  a 
city  of  Bruttium,  later  called  Σκνλά• 

KIOV. 

\Σκνλλίας.  ov.  Ion.  -ίης,  εω,  ό, 
Scyllias.  a  diver  of  Scione,  Hdt.  8,  8. 

\Σκύλλις,  ιδος,  ό,  Scyllis,  son  of 
Daedalus,  a  statuary  of  Crete,  Pans. 
2,  15. — 2.  Σκνλλίς,  ίδος,  ή,  fem.  pr. 
η.,  Anth.  P.  7,  475. 

'\ΣκύΆ?.ος.  ov,  ύ,  Scyίlus.=  Σκv7.- 
λίας,  Ath.  296  F. 

ΣΚΥ'ΛΑΩ,  aor.  ίσκϋ?Μ,  strictly /ο 
skin,  flay :  generMy,  to  rend,  mangle, 
Aesch.  Pers.  577  ;  έσκνλται,  Mel. 
CO:  to  pluckout  the  hair,  Nic.  Al.  412: 
— metaph.,  to  trouble,  annoy,  Lat.  vex- 
are,  N.  T.  (From  σκνλλω  come  σκν- 
λον,  σκν?.ον :  cf.  σκνλαξ,  Σκύλ'λα.) 
Hence 

Σκνλμα,  ατός,  τό,  hair  phicked  out, 
κόμης  σκν?.ματα,  Anth.  P.  5,  130  ;  cf. 
Ruhnk.  Ep.  Cr.  p.  73. 

Σκνλμός,  ov,  b,  (σκύλλω)  a  rending, 
manglina,  Anth.:  metaph.,  trouble, 
griff,  LXX.,  Artemid.  2,  30.  etc. 

Σκν/.οδΐΦέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  tan  hides, 
Ar.  Plut.  514:  from_ 

Σκν/ιοδέφης,  ov,  ό.  (σκύλον,  δεφω, 
δετρέω)  a  tanner  of  hides,  Ar.  Av.  490, 
Eccl.  420 ;  cf.  σκϋτοδέτΙ>ης,  from 
which  it  differs  only  in  the  quantity 
of  the  first  syllable  ;  also,  σκνλύδέ- 
τΐιης. 
'  Σκvλoδέ^|)oς.ό,=ΐo\■eg.,pem.^β\ ,18. 

Σκνλον,  ov,  τό,  (.σκνλλω,  perh• 
also  akin  to  συλάω,  Buttm.  Lexil.  s. 
V.  κελαινός  3) :— usu.  in  plur.  σκύλα, 
like  Ivapa,  the  arms  stript  off  a  slain 
enemy,  spoils,  Lat.  spolia.  Soph.  PhiL 
1428,  1431  ;  σκύλα  γράφειν,  to  write 
one's  name  on  arms  gained  as  spoils, 
which  were  then  dedicated  to  a  deity, 
Valck.  Eur.  Phoen.  577,  cf.  Cycl.  9, 
Thuc.  2,  13  ;  3,  57  :— rarely  in  sing., 
like  έλωρ,  booty,  spoil,  prey,  σκν?.ον 
οΐωνοΐς,  Eur.  El.  897,  cf.  Rhes,  620. 
— II  σκνλον  [i)]=sq. ;  but  perh.  no 
certain  example  can  be  found,  cf. 
Intt.  ad  Ar.  Plut.  514. 

Σκύ?.ος,  εος,  τό,  an  animaPs  skin,  a 
lion's  hide,  etc.,  Call.  Fr.  142,  prob.  1. 
Theocr.  25,  142,  Nic.  Al.  270:  cf. 
foreg.  II.  [v] 

Σκνλοφόρος,  ov,  (σκύλον,  φέρω) 
receiving  the  spoil,  Anth.  P.  6,  161  : 
Ζενς  σκ.,  as  a  transl.  of  the  Rom.  Ju- 
piter Fcretrius. — II.  bearing  the  skin  of 
an  animal. 

1363 


ΣΚΥΤ 

■  'Σκϋλοχΰρί^ς,  έ.ς,  {σκϋλον,  χαίρο) 
delighting  in  spoils  or  booty,  Alilh. 
Plan.  211. 

Σκνλόω,  ώ,  {σκύλος)  to  veil,  cover, 
Hesych. 

Σκν'λσίς,  ή,  {σκνλλο))=σκνλμός. 

Σκνμνΰγωγέω,  ώ,  (σκύμνος,  αγω- 
γή) to  lead  young  animals. 

Σκνμνιύω,  {σκνμνος)=.  σκνλακεύω, 
Philoslr.  hnag.  2,  18. 

Σκυμνίον,  τό,  dim.  irom  σκύμνος, 
Arist.  H.  Λ.  9,  1,9. 

ΣΚΥ'ΜΝΟΣ,  01',  ό,  any  young  ani- 
mal,esp.  a  lion's  whelp,  II.  18,319;  σκ. 
λέοντος,  Hdt.  3,  32,  Eur.  Supp.  1222, 
Ar.  Ran.  1431  ;  λεαίνης.  Soph.  Aj. 
987;  also,  a.  λνκον,  Eur.  Bacch. 
699  ;  άρκτου,  έλέφαντος,  Arist.  Η.  Α. 
6,  18,  5;  27: — then  ol  men.  Ά;ΐ'ίΛ- 
?.ειος  σκ.,  knar.  1171,  cf.  Or.  1213: 
— also  ή  σκ..  Id.  Or.  1493.  Cf.  σκν- 
λαξ. — II.  α  sea-monster  of  the  γαλεός 
kind. 

^Σκύμνος,  ov,  o.Scymnus,  a  geogra- 
pher of  Chios. — 2.  of  Tarentum,  a 
θαυματοποιός,  Alh.  538  E. 

Σκνμνοτοκέω,  ώ,  (σκύμνος,  τίκτω) 
to  produce  its  young  alive,  Arist.  ap. 
Atii.  314C. 

Σκύηον,  ov,  τό,  the  skin  above  the 
eyes,  Nic.  Th.  177,  443,  in  phir. :  cf. 
ίπισκύΐΊον.  [ί] 

iΣκvτrr^tov.  ov,  τό.  Scyppium,  a 
town  near  Colophon,  Fans.  7,  3,  8. 

Σκύπφϋίος,  σκνπίρος,  'v.  sub  σκύ- 
φειοζ,  σκύφος. 

ίΣκύρας,  ό,  the  Scyras,  a  river  of 
Laconia,  Paus.  3,  25, 1. 

Σκϊφύω.  σκΐψύω,  rare  poet,  collat. 
forms  of  σκφταω,  old  reading  in  Nic. 
for  σκιρόω. 

Σκνμβάλίος,  ό,  and  σκνρβαξ,  ακος, 
ό,  also  σκνβ,ρας,  like  κνρσύνιος.  La- 
con,  for  νεανιίας.  (Perh.  from  σκιρ- 
τάω.) 

Σκύριον,  ov,  τό,=  σκνρον,   Diosc. 

[ύ] 

iΣκvpιoς,  a,  ov,  of  Scyrus.Scyrian, 
Σκύριαι  αίγες,  Pind.  Fr!  ex  Epin.  V. 
11,  3,  Hdl.  7,  183.— II.  ό,  Scyrms, 
father  of  Aegeus,  Apoilod.  3,  15,  5. 

ήΣκνρμιύόαι,  ώ^,  oi,  the  Scynniadan, 
a  Thracian  people  on  the  coast  of  the 
Euxine,  Hdt.  4,  93. 

Σκνρον,  ov,  TO,  a  plant,  prob.  the 
same  as  ύσκνρον,  Diosc    [v] 

Σκνρον,  ov,  τό,=-λατύ7τη,  the  chip- 
pings  of  stone. 

Σκύρος,  ά,  όν,=σκφβός,  Hipp. 
Σκύρος,  ov,  η,  the  isle  of  Seyms, 
+now  Scyrof,  one  of  the  Sporades, 
not  far  from  Euboea,  so  called  from 
its  ruggedness  (cf.  foreg.),  Σκύρος  ai- 
ιτεϊα,  U.  9,  668  ■.—Σκίφόθεν.  adv., 
from  Scyros,  II.  19,  332.  —  fll.  ό,  a 
river  joiniag  the  Alpheus,  Paus.  8, 
35,  1. 

Σκϋρόω,  ώ,(σκνρύς)=σκιρΙ)όω,β3ρ. 
ίο  pave  with  .itones  : — pass.,  to  become 
hard  or  indurated,  Hipp.,  v.  Foes. 
Oecon. 

Σκχ'ρόω,  V.  σκνράω. 
Σκνρώδης,  ες,  {σκνρός,  είδος)  stony, 
rocky. 

Σκνρωτός,  ή,  όν,  {σκυρόω)  paved 
with  stones,  σκ.  οδός,  α  paved  road, 
Lat.  via  strata,  Bockh  Expl.  Pind.  P. 
5,90(125). 

Σκυτάλη,  ης,  η,  a  stick,  staff,  esp.  a 
thick  stick,  cudgel,v.  Ruhnk.  ap.  Stallb. 
Plat.  Theaet.  200  D  ;  cf.  σκυταλίς  : 
— hence, — I.  at  Sparta,  a  staff,  used 
as  a  cypher  for  writing  dispatches, 
thus ; — a  strip  of  paper  was  rolled 
slantwise  round  it,  on  which  the  dis- 
patches were  written  lengthwise,  so 
that  when  unrolled  they  were  unin- 
tellieible  :  commanders  abroad  had  a 
1364 


ΣΚΤΤ 

stafTof  like  thickness,  round  which 
they  rol It'll  these  pajiers,  and  so  were 
able  to  read  the  dispatches  : — hence, 
η  Spartan  dispntch.'Vhuc.  1,  131,  Xen. 
Hell.  3,  3,  8,  cf.  Plut.  Lysand.  19,  A. 
Gell.  17,  9;  and,  melaph.,  a  message 
or  rnrssmger,  as  Pind.  calls  an  ode  of 
his  σκντάλα  Μοισαι/,  Ο.  6, 154, where 
the  Schol.  quotes  Archil.  (Fr.  39,  2), 
cf.  Plut.  2,  152  E.— II.  a  sucker  or 
shoot  cut  off  the  stem  to  plant. — III. 
a  roller  or  winillass  wherewith  heavy 
weights  are  moved,  Arist.  Mechan.  9, 
1  ;  11,  1. — IV.  a  serpent,  of  uniform 
roundness  and  thickness, Nic. Th. 384. 
(If  the  deriv.  from  σκντος  is  right, 
the  Laced,  usage  would  seem  to  be 
the  orig.  signif :  prob.  however  better 
from  ξνω,  ξύ'λον.)  [ΰ] 

Σκντΰληφορέω,  ώ,  to  carry  a  σκντά- 
λη,  Strab.  :  from 

Σκύτΰληφόρος,  ov,  carrying  a  σκυ- 
τάλη. 

Σκύτάλίας,  ov,  ό,  (σκυτάλη)  cudgel- 
shaped,  σκ.  σίκνος,  a  long  cucumber, 
Theophr.  ;  also,  αυλός  σκ-. 

Σκντάλιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  σκύ- 
τάλον,  Ar.  Αν.  1283,  Nicoph.  Aphr. 
2. 

Σκντάλίς,  ίδος,  if,  like  σκυτάλη, 
but  with  dimin.  signf.,  a  small  cudgel, 
Hdt.  4,  CO. — II.  a  roller,  ivindlass  ;  esp. 
such  as  is  used  by  fishermen  for 
drawing  the  net  to  land,  hence  Lat. 
scututae,  Ael.  N.  A.  12,  43. — HI.  a  fin- 
ger-joint, like   φά?.α}ξ  HI,    Heliod. — 

IV.  α  small  crah,  of  the  καρις  kind. — 

V.  a  kind  of  caterpillar. 
Σκντύλισμός,  ού,  ό,  {σκυτα7.ίς)  a 

cudgelling  :  esp.  club-law,  such  as  pre- 
vailed at  Argos,  Diod.  15,  57,  Plut.  2, 
814  B. 

Σκντΰ?Μν,ον,  τό,^=σκντύλΐ],  a  cud- 
gel, club,  Pind.  O.  9,  45,  Hdt.  3,  137, 
Ar.  Ecc!.  76. — II.  in  Sicilian,  the  neck. 
[ii]  Hence 

Σκϋτά?ιόω,  €),  to  cudgel.     Hence 

Σκύτάλωτός,  ή,  όν,  cudgelled  : — II. 
ζ=1)ηβδωτός. 

Σκϋτύρίυν,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  σκν- 
τος, Anaxil.  Syiiop.  1.  [u] 

Σκντιίον,  ov,  TO.  (σκυτεύς)  a  shoe- 
maker's workshop. 

Σκύτειης,  a,  ov,  of  a  .■shoemaker ;  τέχ- 
νη σκ.,  the  art  of  shoemaking,  Mane- 
tho  ;  from 

Σκντεύς,  εως,  ό,  (σκύτος)  a  shoe- 
maker, cobbler,  Ar.  Av.  491,  Plat.  Gorg. 
491  A,  etc. 

Σκύτενσις,  εως,  ή,  shoemaking, 
Arist.  Eth.  Eud.  2,  1,  6:  from 

Σκϋτενω,  (σκί'τεύς)  to  be  a  shoe- 
maker, Xen.  Mem.  4,  2,  22. 

Σκντη,  Dor.  σκύτύ,  ή,  the  head, 
Archil.  130. 

Σκντΐκύς,  ή,  όν,  {σκντος)  of  shoe- 
making  or  a  shoemaker  ;  ?j  -κι)  (sub. 
τεχνιι)=σκύτευαις.  Plat.  Rep.  374  B, 
etc. 

ΣκύτΧνος,  -η,  ov,  (σκντος)  leathern, 
made  of  leather,  σκ.άναξνρίόες,  σκενη, 
Hdt.  1,  71  ;  7,  71  ;  πλοΐον.  Hut.  1, 
194  ;  κράνη,  Xen.  An.  5,  4,  13: — σΛ,ύ- 
Tivov  καβειμένοχ',  a  leathern  phallus 
(of  comic  actors),  Ar.  Nub.  538  ;  cf. 
σύκινος  II.  [ϋ] 

Σκντίς,  ίδος,  ή,  dim.  from  σκντος. 

Σκντοιίρΰχίων,  όνος,  ό,  ή,  [σκύτος, 
βραχίων)  with  the  leathern  arm,  Ath. 
515'D. 

Σκντοδεψέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  dress 
leather :  from 

Σκϊιτοδεφης,  ov,  ό,  (σκύτος,  δέΦω, 
δεψέω)  η  leather-dresser,  currier.  Plut. 
Num.  17;  cf  σκνλοδέψης.     Hence 

Σκντοδεψικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to 
curriers  :  ή  -κή,  (sc.  τέχνη),  the  art  of 
leather-dressing,  Theophr. 


ΣΚΤΦ 

Σκϋτοδε•φός,  ό,  =σκντοδέψης,  Plat, 
Ciorg.  517  Ε. 

ΣκϋτοΙιράφος.  ov,  (σκντος,  βάτττω) 
a  shoemaker,  sudiller.   [ΰ] 

ΣΚΥ'ΤΟΣ,  τό,  like  KT'TOX,Lat. 
CUTIS,  Germ.  HAUT.ai'kin.hide, 
esp.  η  dreesid  or  tanned  hide,  Od.  14, 
34,  Ar.  Eq.  868,  etc. ;  cf  sub  fin.— 11. 
any  thing  made  of  leather,  esp.  a  whip, 
Dem.  572,  27,  cf  Jac.  Anih.  P.  p.  41 ; 
hence,  σκύτη  βλέιτειν,  to  look  sroiir- 
ge.'s,  i.  e.  as  if  one  was  going  to  be 
whipt,  Eupol.  Χρνς.  ytv.  12,  Ar. 
Vesp.  643  ;  so,  ό  νονς  ην  εν  τοις 
σκυτεσι  (but  with  reference  Ιο  Cieon 
the  tanner),  Ar.  Pac.  667:  also,  the 
leathern  phallus  introduced  in  Alt. 
Comedy ;  cf  σύκινος  II.  [σκύτος 
with  V  is  very  dub.,  v.  Draco  p.  83.  9. 
Br.  Ar.  Plut.  514, Vesp.  643,  Pac.  667. 
Therefore,  in  passages  like  Theocr. 
25,  142,  Lye.  1316,  it  should  perh.  be 
written  σκύλος  or  κύτος.] 

ΣκντοτομεΙον,  ov,  τό,  a  shoemaker's 
shop,  Lys.  170,  9:  from 

"Σκντοτομίω,  ώ,  (σκντοτόμος)  to  cut 
leather,  esp,  for  shoes  ;  to  be  a  shoe- 
maker, Ar.  Plut.  162.  514,  Flat.,  etc.  ; 
σκ.  υποδήματα,  Plat.  Charm.  161 
E. 

Σκντοτομία,  ας,  ή,  a  cutting  out  of 
leather,  esp. /or  shoes  or  shoemaking, 
Plat.  Rep.  397  E.     Hence 

Σκϋτοτομικίις,ή,  όν,  of  or  bclonsing 
to  a  shoemaker,  to  σκ.  Ίτληθιις,  Ar. 
Eccl.432;  ό  σκ.=6  σκντοτόμος.  Flat. 
Rep. 443 C  :  ή  -κη(5Ζ.τέχνη),=^ίοκζ., 
lb.  333  A,  etc. 

Σκντοτόμιον,  ov,  τό,^=σκντοτομεΙ- 
ov.  Macho  ap.  Ath.  581  D. 

Σκντοτόμος,  ov,  {σκύτος,  τέμνω) 
cutting  leather,  es]).  for  shoes ; — hence, 
ό  σκ.,  a  worker  in  leather,  II.  7,  221  ; 
esp.  a  boot  and  shoemaker,  Ar.  Eq.  740, 
Lys.  414,  Flat.,  etc. 

Σκντοτρΰγέω,  ώ,  {σκντος,  τραγεη•) 
to  eat,  gnaw  leather,  Luc.  llidoct.  25. 

Σ«ί'70(!«ί)  Of,  ov,  eating  leather. 

Σκντόω,  ώ,  (σκύτος)  Ιο  cover,  guard 
with  leather,  έσκντωμέναι,  μά\αιραι, 
Folyb.  10.  20,  3. 

Σκντώδης,  ες,  (σκντος,  είδος)  like 
leather,  Anst.  Η.  Α.  9,  37,  24. 

Σκύ>Φειος,  α,  ον,  like  α  σκνφος,  Sle- 
sich.  Fr.  7.  [ΐι,  but  .Stesich.  1.  c.  has 
ii ;  cf.  sub  σκνφος.] 

Σκνφίον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  σκνφος, 
Ath.  477  E.— II.  Medic,  the  skull,  so 
called  from  its  shape,  Paul.  Aeg. 

Σκύφιος,  a,  ον,=  σκνφεως.  [ii] 

Σκνφοειδής,  ές,  (είδος)  like  a  σκν- 
φος, Ath.  499  A. 

Σκνφοκώνακτος,  ov,  {σκνφος,  κω- 
νάω)  whirled  about  by  cups,  i.  e.  drunk- 
en, Epich.  p.  57. 

Σκνφος,  ov,  o,  and  σκύφος,  εος,  τό  : 
— α  cup,  can,  esp.  used  by  poor  coun- 
try folks,  Od.  14,  112,  where  Wolf, 
with  Aristarch.,  reads  δώκε  σκύφον, 
whilst  Aristoph.  Byz.  had  δωκε  σκύ- 

ίος :  however,  the  neut.  is  used  by 
Ipich.  p.  49,  and  even  in  Att.,  as 
Eur.  Cycl.  390,  411,  though  he  pre- 
fers the  masc,  lb.  256,  550.  etc.,  cf 
Ath.  498  Ε  ;  the  masc.  also  in  Ale- 
man.  25.  (Prob.  from  κύω,  to  con- 
tain, akin  to  κνφος  II,  κύπελ'/ον,  κν- 
πη.  etc.)  [ν : — yet,  Hes.  Fr.  42.  2,  5, 
Anaximand.  and  Panyas.  ap.  Ath.  1. 
c,  have  ϋ,  in  which  case  it  was  pro- 
posed to  write  σκύττφος :  but  even  if 
the  word  was  so  pronounced  in  Ion. 
and  Aeol.,  yet  the  old  form  was  prob. 
the  same.  Seal.  Euscb.  Chron.  p.  1 19, 
Wolf  Fraef.  II.  p.  Ixxi ;  cf.  Ζεφνρίη, 
όφις,  φιλόσοφος,  βρόχος,  iaχέt,J.] 

Σκύφωμα,  ατός,  7"o,=foreg.,  Aesch. 
Fr.  171. 


ΣΚΩΠ 

Σκω?,ήκησις,  7/,=sq.,  very  dub.  in 
Theophr. ;  al.  ακωληαωσίς. 

Σκωληκίασις,  τ/,  a  being  worm-eaten, 
SUsp. 

Σκ(χ)?.τικιύω,  C>,  {σκώληξ)  to  breed 
worms,  Diosc.  :  heace,  to  be  or  become 
teorm-ealen,  be  rotten. 

"Σκωληκίζω,  (σκώ?.ηξ)  to  be  like  a 
worm,  esp.,  to  ?nove  slowly :  of  tho 
pulse,  to  beat  slowly. 

Σκω/J/Kiov,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  σκώ- 
}.ηξ,  a  little  worm,  Ath. 

Σκο'ληκίτης,  ov,  ό,  fem.  -Ιτις,  ιδος, 
of  wor/ns,  worm-like,  Diosc. 

Σκωληκό3ρωτος,  ov,  eaten  of  worms, 
worm-eaten,  Theoptir.  ;  N.  T. 

Σκωληκοειδής,  ές,  {σκώληξ,  είδος) 
worm  shaped,  Arist.  Η.  Α.  5,  20,  3. 

Σκυλ.ηκοΰοιέω,  ω,  to  make  into 
worms. 

Σκω7^ηκοτοκέυ,  ώ,  to  breed  worms, 
of  animals  that  produce  their  young 
in  this  shape,  Arist.  Gen.  An.  1,  21, 
7  : — pass.,  to  be  born  in  this  shape,  lb. 
2,  1,  28:  and 

Σκωληκοτοκία,  ας,  ή,  a  breeding  of 
worms :  from 

Σκωληκβτόκος,  ov,  {σκώληξ,  τί- 
κτω) breeding  worms,  Arist.  H.  A.  4, 
11,9. 

Σκωληκοφάγος,  ov,  (σκώληξ,  φα- 
γείν)  eating  worms,  Arist.  H.  A.  8, 
3,4. 

Σκωληκόω,  ώ,  (σκώλ^ηξ)  to  make 
into  worms: — pass,  σκωληκονμαί.  to 
breed  worms,  be  worm-eaten,  Theophr. 

Σκωλ.ηκώ&ης,  ες,  contr.  (or  σκωλη- 
κοίίδής,  Arist.  Gen.  An.  3,  9,  6. 

Σκωλ.ήκωσις,  ή,=σκωληκέασίς :  c(. 
σκωλήκησις. 

ΣΚΩΆΗλ,  ηκος,  ό,  α  worm,  esp., 
the  earth-worm,  Lat.  lurnhricus,  ώςτε 
σκώληξ  ειΛ  yaiij  κεΐτο  ταθείς,  II.  13, 
C51;  cf.  Ar.  Vesp.  1111  :  also,  a  w-orm 
in  the  stomach,  Hipp.— II.  the  thread 
which  is  spun  or  twisted  from  the 
distaff,  Epigen.  Pont.  1.  —  III.  said 
also  to  be  AeoL  for  κο/.ύκνμα,  Plat. 
(Com.)  Hell.  8  ;  cf.  Phot.  s.  v.— IV. 
a  worm-shaped  cake,  Alciphr.  Fr.  10. — 
V.  a  heap  of  threshed  corn  ;  also  uv- 
τλ.ος. 

Σκω?^οβΰτίζω,=άσκωλιάζω,  Epich. 
p.  63. 

Σκώ?Μν,  ov,  ro,=  sq. — II.  an  obsta- 
cle, stumbling-block,  hindrance,  LXX.  ; 
like  σκάνδαλ.ον. 

ΣκώΛοζ•,  ου,  ό,  like  σκόλΜφ,  a  point- 
ed stake,  σκ.  ττυρίκανστος,  11.  13,  564  ; 
also,  a  thorn,  prickle,  Ar.  Lys.  810. 

^Σκώλ.ης,  ov,  6,  Scoliis,  a  town  of 
Boeotia  in  the  territory  of  Thebes, 
near  Tanagra,  II.  2,  497  ;  Hdt.  9,  15  : 
ace.  to  Strab.  in  the  territory  of  the 
Plataeans,  p.  408. — 2.  a  city  of  the 
Thracian  peninsula  Chalcidice,Thuc. 
5,  18:  ace.  to  Strab.  1.  c,  near  Olyn- 
thus. 

Σκωλντττομαι,  dep.,  to  curve,  bind, 
wind  to  and  fro,  dub.  1.  Nic.  Th.  229. 
(Either  from  σκώληξ  or  σκόλιος.) 

Σκώβμα,  ατός,  τό,  (σκώτττω)  α  jest, 
joke,  gibe,  scoff,  Ar.,  Plat.,  etc. ;  έν 
σκώμματος  μέρει,  by  way  of  a  joke, 
Aeschin.  17, 41  ;  εΙς  γέλωτα  καΐ  σκώμ- 
ματα  έμβαλιείν,  Dem.  1261,  14. 

Σκωμμάτιοί',  ου,  τό.  dim.  from 
foreg.,  Ar.  Vesp.  1289.  [α] 

Σκωπαΐος,  υυ,  ό,  among  the  Syba- 
rites, α  dwarf;  also  στίλπων  ox  στ'ιλ- 
βων.  (Prob.  from  σκώψ,  as  if  an 
owl.) 

fΣκώπaσις,  ιος,  6,  Scopasis,  a  king 
of  the  Scythians,  Hdt.  4,  120. 

Σκώπευμα,ατος,  ΓΟ.=  σ/£ώιί),  signf 
I.  2;  cf.  Aesch.  Fr.  71,  Lob.  Phryn, 
613. 

Σκώπτης,  ov,  b,  {σκώτττω)  a  mimic, 


ΣΜΑΡ 

mocker  :  hence,  usu.,  like  our  mocker, 
a  scijffer,  jester.     Hence 

Σκωπτικός,  ή.  όν,  given  to  mockery, 
jesting.  Pint.     Adv.  -κώς. 

Σκωπτόλης,  ου,  ό,  a  knocker,  jester, 
Ar.  Vesp.  788;  cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  613. 
(From  σκώπτω ;  as  μαινύλης  from 
μαίνομαι.) 

Σκώπτρια.  ή,  fem.  of  σκαπτής. 

ΣΚί2'ΠΤί2,  fut.  σκώψομαι,  Elmsl. 
Ach.  273,  844  (854),  Dind.  Nub.  296  : 
aor.  1  έσκωφα.  To  ape,  mimic,  mock : 
hence, — 1.  nsu.,  to  mock,  jeer,  scoff  at, 
τινά,  Ar.  Nub.  992,  etc. ;  εις  τίνα, 
Aeschin.  33,  30 ;  προς  τίνα.  Plat. 
Theag.  125  Ε  ;  atid  in  good  sense,  to 
joke  with,  τινά,  Hdt.  2,  121 ,  4  : — absol. 
to  jest,  joke,  be  fanny,  Ar.  Eq.  525, 
Nub.  296,  etc.  ;  also,  to  joke,  beinfun, 
Eur.  Cycl.  675  ;  to  make  believe,  opp. 
to  doing  a  thing  really,  in  earnest,  Xen. 
Symp.  9,  5.     (Cf.  our  scoff.) 

ΣΚΩ'Ρ  (not  σκώρ,  Dind.  Ar.  Ran. 
146),  TO,  gen.  σκάτος  :—dang,  ordure, 
Ar.  1.  c,  Plut.  305 :— a  later  form  is 
TO  σκάτος,  q.  v..  Lob.  Phryn.  293. 
(Lob.  connects  Lat.  scurra  with  σκώρ, 
as  καβάλος  from  σκύβαλ.ον,  cf.  κο- 
πριάς)    Hence 

Σκωράμίς,  ίδος,  ή,  a  night-stool,  Ar. 
Eccl.  371. 

Σκωρία,  ας,  η,  {σκώρ)  filthy  refuse, 
scum,  esp.,  the  dross  of  metal,  scoria,  as 
in  Lat.  stercus  ferri,  Arist.  Meteor.  4, 
6,9. 

Σκωριοειδής,  ές,  {είδος)  like  the 
dross  of  7netals. 

Σκώψ,  6,  gen.  σκωπός,  nom.  pi. 
σκώ— ες,  a  kind  of  owl,  the  screech-owl, 
Od.  5,  ti6.  (Either  from  σκώπτω,  be- 
cause of  its  hooting,  mocking  note  ;  or 
from  σκέπτομαι,  OiS  κ/.ώφ  from  κλέπ- 
τω, cf  Ath.  mox  citand.) — 2.  α  dance 
in  which  they  mimicked  the  gait  of 
an  owl,  Ael.  N.  A.  15,  28,  Ath.  029 
F, — where  he  explains  it  of  the  ges- 
ture of  shading  the  eyes  with  the  hand 
to  look  to  a  distance,  cf.  σκέπτομαι, 
sub  tin.  (But  he  mentions  another 
dance  called  γλανξ.) 

Σκώψις,  fj,  (σκώπτω)  mockery,  scoff'- 
ing.  banter. 

Σμάράγδειος,  a,  ον,{σμύραγδος)  of 
the  emerald,  Heliod.  2,  32. 

Σμάραγδίζω,  (σμάραγδος)  to  be  of 
an  emerald  green,  Diosc. 

Σμάράγδΐνος,  η,  ov,  (σμάραγδος) 
of  emerald,  N.  T. — II.  emerald  green. 

Σμΰράγδιον,  υυ,  τό,  dim.  from  σμά- 
ραγδος, Μ.  Anton. 

Σμάραγδίτης,  ov,  ό,  fem.  -ΐτις.  ιδος, 
of  the  kind  or  colour  of  the  emerald,  λί- 
θος. LXX. :  from  ^ 

Σμάραγδος,  ov,  b,  and  in  Theophr. 
Tj,  Lat.  smaragdiis,  a  precious  stone  of 
a  light  green  colour,  usu.  called  the  em- 
erald, first  in  Hdt.,  who  calls  it  σμ. 
?.ίθος :  however,  it  was  prob.  not  the 
same  as  our  emerald,  but  a  semi-trans- 
parent stone  like  the  aqua-marina,  cf 
Theophr.  de  Lap.  23,  sq.,  Plin.  37,  5, 
Lucas  Quaest.  Lexilog.  ^46:  there 
was  a  pillar  of  smaraudus  in  the  tem- 
ple of  Hercules  at  Tyre,  Hdt.  2,  44, 
which  Theophr.  (1.  c.  25)  suspects  to 
have  been  false. — A  rarer  form  is  μύ- 
ραγδος,  Meineke  Menand.  p.  132. 
(Prob.  from  μαίμω,  μαρμαρυγή  : — for 
the  Sanscr.  marakala  prob.  came  from 
the  west,  though  others  derive  this 
from  maraka,  morbus,  as  if  the  eme- 
rald were  used  as  a  talisman.  Pott  Et. 
Forsch.  2.  195.) 

ΣΜ.Α,'ΡΑΤΕΏ,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  crash, 
of  various  loud  noises,  as  of  thunder, 
ot'  άπ'  υύρανόθεν  σααραγήση,  II.  21, 
199;  of  the  sea,  11.  2,  210;  of  the 
screaming  of  cranes,  lb.  463 ;  of  the 


ΣΜΗΚ 
battle  of  the  Titans,  Hes.  Th.  679 ; 
so  σμαραγίζω,  lb  693  ;  of  the  bowels, 
Hipp.     (Unomatop.,  like  σφαμαγέω.) 
Hence 

Σμύρίγή,  ης,  ή,  a  crashing,  Opp. 
H.  5,  245. 

Σμάράγίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  v.  sub  σμαρα- 
γέω,  sub  fin. 

Σμύραγνα,  ή,  a  sounding  scourge  ; 
cf.  μύραγνα. 

Σμαράγος,  ov,  ό,  a  lubber-fiend  in 
Ep.  Horn.  14,  9.  [d] 

Σμύράσσω,=μαράσσω,  σμαραγέω, 
dub. 

Σμΰρίς.  or  σμάρις,  ίδος,  ή,  a  small 
poor  A-ea-^sA,  Epich.  p.  32,  Arist.  H.  A. 

8,  30,  5,  Opp.  H.  1,  109,  etc. 
ΣΜΑ'ί2,  ion.  σμέω  :  f.  σμήσω.  Dor. 

σμάσω  [a]  :  aor.  pass,  always  εσμή- 
χθην,  from  σμήχω. — Contr.  pres.  σμώ, 
σμης,  σμ^,  inf.  σμήν,  not  σμάς.  σμΰν 
before  Liic.  :  cf  Lob.  Phryn.  61. 

To  SMEAR,  rub,  wipe  ;  hence, — 

1.  to  anoint.  σμάσΟαι  την  κεφα/.ήν,  to 

anoint  one's  head,  Hdt.  9,  110,  Valck. 

ad  7,  209;  then  σμύσθαι,  absol.,  to 

anoint  one's  self,  Ar.   Fr.   320. — 2.  to 

rub,  wipe,  wash  off,  cleanse,  σμησάμε- 

voi  τάς  κεφάλας,  having  washed  their 

heads,  Hdt.  4,  73,  cf   Valck.  ad  3, 

148. — Σμάω,  ace.  to  Phryn.,  is  more 

Att.    than    σμήχω,    v.    Lob.   p.   253. 

(The  root  is  *μάω  (Β),  μάσσω,  and 

I  so  the  orig.  signf.  is  to  touch,  handle: 

akin  to  σμήχω,  σμνχω,  σμώχω,  and 

to  -φύω,  φάνω,  "ψήχω,  ψώχω,  σώχω.) 

Σμερδάλέος,  α  ίοη.  η,  ον,  dreadfxd, 

\  fearful,  terrible  to  look  on,  δράκων,  II. 

j  2,  309 ;  of  Ulysses  when  cast  up  by 

i  the  sea,  Od.  6,  137  ;  etc. ;  χαλ.κος  σμ., 

brass   dire-gleaming,    11.    12,  464;    13, 

j  192;  so,  of  armour  of  all  kinds,  άορ- 

τήρ,  αίγίς,  σάκος,  II.  20,  260,  Od.  11, 

:  609 :  οικία  σμ.,  of  Hades,  II.  20,  64  : 

I  — also,  terrible  to  hear.  esp.  in  neut.  as 

,  adv.,  σμερδαλ.έον  ό'  έβόησε,  II.  8,  92, 

etc. ;  σμ.  κονά3ησαν,  κονά3ιζε,  II.  2, 

334,   Od.    10,  399;    σμερδαλέα   κτν- 

πέων,    of   Jupiter,   II.    7,   479. — Ep. 

word,  used  by  Ar.  Av.  553. 

^Σμερδίης,  εω,  ό,  Srnerdies,  a  beau- 
tiful youth,  a  favourite  of  Polycrates 
of  Samos,  Anth.  P.  7,  25  :  Ael.  V.  H. 

9,  4  :  in  Anth.  P.  7,  29  also  Σμέρδις. 
^Σμέρόις.  ιος,   ό,    Smerdis,  son   of 

Cyrus  and  Cassandane,  put  to  death 
by  his  brother  Cambyses,  Hdt.  3,  30, 
sqq.  :  cf.  Μ-έρδις. — 2.  a  Magus,  who 
gave  himself  out  to  be  the  murdered 
prince.  Id.  3.  61.— 3.  a  Mytilenean, 
Arist.  Pol.  5,  8,  13.-4.  ν.-Σμερδίης. 

Σμερδνός,  ή,  όν,^=σμερδα/.εος,  αΙ• 
Ύΐς,  II.  5,  742 ;  σμερδναϊσι  γαμφη- 
Ααΐσι  σνρίζων  φόνον,  Aesch.  Pr.  355  : 
— as  adv.,  σμερδνον  βοόων,  11.  15,  687. 

'^Σμερδομένης.ους,  ό,  Smerdomenes, 
a  commander  of  the  Persians,  Hdt 
7,  82. 

Σμέω.  Ion.  for  σμάω. 

Σμήγμα,  ατός,  τό,  (σμήχω)^σμή 
μα,  q.  v.,  LXX.     Hence 

Σμηγμάτοπώλ.ης.  ov,  b,  (πωλεω) 
one  who  sells  unguents,  etc.,  a  perfumer. 

Σμηγμάτώδης,  ες,  {σμήγμα,  είδος) 
fit  for  rubbing,  anointing  or  cleansing, 
Hipp. 

Σμήκτης,  ov,  b,  (σμήχω)  one  who 
i^bs  or  cleanses.     Hcnce 

Σμηκτικος,  ή,  όν,  fit  for  rubbing, 
cleansing,  etc.,  Diosc,  etc. 

Σμηκτίς,  ίδος,  ή,^σμηκτρίς  (q.  v.), 
γή,  Hipp.'      ^     ^ 

Σμηκτός,  y,  ov,  verb.  adj.  from 
σμέ/χω,  anointed,  cleansed. 

Σμηκτρίς  (sc.  γη),  ίδος,  ή.  (σμήχω) 
a  kind  of  fullers' -earth,  for  cleaning 
cloth,  Nicoch.  Here.  1 ;  cf.  Lob 
Phryn.  253. 

1365 


ΣΜΙΚ 

Σμήλη,  τι,=  σμί/γμα,  dub. :  from 

Σμήλω,  =  σμαω,  σμήχω,  only  in 
Hesych. 

Σμί/μα,  ατός,  τό,  (σμύΐύ)  more  Att. 
form  υΙ  σμήγμα,  that  which  is  used  for 
rubbing  or  clransing,  unguent,  soap, 
Anliph.  KufWK.  1,  Philox.  ap.  Alh. 
409  Ε  ;  cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  253. 

ΣμημύτοφυρίΙον,  ov,  τό,  {σμτ/μα, 
φορέω)  a  box  oj  unguents,  etc.,  Ar. 
Aeolos.  16  (Bergk.) 

Σμηνηόύν,  adv.  (σμί/ΐ'ος)  in  swarms. 

Σμηνιυι/,  ου,  τό,  aim.  from  σμήνος, 
Diosc. 

Σμηνιών,  ώνος,  6,=  σμηνών. 

Σμηνοόόκος,  ον,  {σμήνος,  δέχομαι) 
holding  α  swarm  of  bees,  Anth.  P.  9, 
438. 

Σμηνοκόμος,  ov,  {σμήνος,  κομέω) 
keeping  bees. 

ΪΣμήνος,  ov,  6,  the  Smetius,  a  river 
of  Laconia,  Paus.  3,  21,  9. 

Σμήνος,  εος,  τό,  a  bee-hive,=  σίμ- 
βλος.  Plat.  Rep.  552  C,  Arist.  H.  A. 
5,  22,  1. — II.  mostly,  like  εσμός,  a 
swarm  o/bers,  σμ.  ώς  μελισσών,  Aesch. 
Pars.  129,  Plat.  Polit.  293  D:-gen- 
erally,  a  swarm,  crowd,  νεκρών.  Soph. 
Fr.  C93;  βεών,  Ar.  Nub.  297;  and, 
metaph.,  σμ.  ηδονών,  αρετών,  etc.. 
Plat.  Rep.  574  D,  Meno  72  A.  Hence 

Σμηνουργέω,  ώ,  1.  -ήσω,  to  be  a  bee- 
master. — 11.  in  mid.,  oCbees,  to  swarm, 
εν  τοις  δένδρεσι,  Strab. :  and 

Σμι/νονργία,  ας,  ή,  a  keepiiig  of  bees : 
from 

Σμηνονργός,  ov,  δ,=μελισσουργός, 
Ael.  N.  A.  5,  13. 

Σμηνών,  ώνος,  ο,  {σμήνος)  a  stand 
of  bee-hives. 

Σμήξις,  εως,  η,  {σμήχω)  a  wiping 
off,  cltansing,  Diosc. 

Σμηρέα,  ας,  ή,  and  σμηρία,  ας,  ή, 
ο  plant,  shrub,  acc.  to  Hesych.  a  kind 
of  κισσός, — written  also  σμίρις. 

Σμήριγξ,  ιγγος,  ή,=μήριγξ,  q.  v., 
Lye.  37. 

Σμ7ΐρίζω,=  σμυρίζω,  cf.  σμύρις. 

Σμήρινθος,  ου,  ή,^μήρινΟος,  q.  v., 
Plat.  Legg.  C44  Ε. 

Σμηριον,  ov,  τό,  =  πρόττολις  II, 
Arist.  Plant.  2,  9,  14. 

Σμί/ρις.  ή,  v.  σμνρις. 

Σμήρισμα,  ατός,  τό,  {σμηρίζω)=^ 
σμνρισμα,  cf.  σμνρις. 

Σμήχω,  {.  -ξυ,  collat.  form  of  σμάυ, 
(ο  rub,  wipe  off  or  away,  χνόον  έκ  κε- 
φαλής εσμΐ)χεν,  Od.  6,  226  :  to  wash 
clean,  Lyc.  876 :  proverb.,  Αϊθιόπα 
σμ.,  '  to  wash  a  blackamoor  while,' 
Paroemiogr. : — mid.,  σμηχομένα  κρό- 
ταφον,  wiping  her  brow,  Anth.  P.  6, 
276. 

ίΣμίκρης,  ητος,  ό,  Smicres,  a  gen- 
eral of  the  Arcadians,  Xen.  An.  6, 
1,4. 

ΣμΙκρίνης,  ov,  ό,  {σμικρός)  one  who 
minds  little  things,  a  niggard  ;  used  as 
a  generic  name  in  the  new  Greek 
comedy,  like  Harpagon  in  the  French, 
Meineke  Menand.  p.  64,  565. 

'\ΣμικρΙνος,  ov,  b,  Smicrinus,  rnasc. 
pr.  n.,  Ath.  242  B. 

^Σμικρίων,  ωνος,  ό,  Smicrion,  an 
Athenian,  Plat.  Crat.  429  E. 

Σμίκρο-,  all  words  beginning  thus 
V.  sub  μικρό-,  and  cf.  sq. 

Σμικρός,  ά,  όν.  Ion.  and  old  Attic 
for  μικρός  :  this  form  is  also  used  in 
I).  17,  757,  metri  grat.,  H.  Ven.  115, 
Hes.  Op.  359:  freq.  in  Hdt.,  Pind., 
Trag.,  and  Thuc,  and  even  in  Plat. 

iΣμlκpoς,  ov,  ό,  Smicrits,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  Isae.  46,  35. 

Σμϊκρότης,  σμίκρννω,  v.  sub  μικρ•. 

^Σμικρών,  ωνος,  ό,  Smicron,  an 
Athenian.  Dem.  573, 17  ;  v.  1.  Σμικρός. 

^ΣμΙκνβης.  ov,  6,  >Smicytlies,  a  pet- 
1366 


SMTP 

ty  Thracian  king,  Ar.  Eq.  969.-2.  an 
Athenian,  Dem.  401,  1. 

^ΣμικυΟίων,  ωνος,  ό,  Smicythion, 
an  Athenian,  Ar.  Vesp.  401.— 2.  prob. 
a  Thracian,  who  betrayed  Miltocy- 
thes  to  Charidemus,  Dem.  676,  lin. 

^Σμίκυϋος,  ov,  ό,  Smicythus,  an 
Atiieiiian,  Ar.  Eccl.  293. — 2.  perh.  in 
Dem.  401,  1  ;  v.  Σμικνβης  2. 

ΣμΙλα,  η,— σμίλη,  Anth.  P.  6,  62, 
295. 

]Σμι}.α,  ή,  Smila,  a  city  of  Mace- 
donia on  the  sinus  ThermaJcus,  Hdt. 
7,  123. 

Σμϊλάκϊνος,  η,  ov,  of  the  yew-tree 
or  its  wood,   [u] 

ΣμΙλαζ,  άκος,  ό,=  Atl.  μϊλαξ {q.  v.), 
the  yew,  Lat.  laxus. — II.  in  Arcadia, 
a  tree  of  the  —ρϊνος  kind,  Theophr. — 
ill.  σμϊλαξ κητταία,3  garden  leguminous 
plant,  Lat.  phnseolus  vulgaris,  the  fruit 
of  which  (λόιίια)  was  dressed  and 
eaten  like  our  French  or  kidney- 
beans,  elsewh.  δόλιχος,  also  φασήο- 
λος,  Diosc.  2,  176. — IV.  σμίλαξ  λεία, 
a  kind  ot  bindweed  or  convolvulus,  Id. 
4,  145. 

Σμίλενμα,  ατός,  τό,  (σμιλεύω) 
cari'id  work :  metaph.,  σμιλενματη 
tpyurv,  finely  carved  works,  Ar.  Ran. 
819.  [i]       _      . 

ΣμιΑεντός,  ή,  όν,  cut,  carved  (cf. 
νεοσμίλεντος),  Anth.  P.  7,  411. 

Σμίλενω,  like  γ?ινψω,  to  cut  out  or 
canw  finely. 

ΣΜΓΛΗ,  7ΐς,  ή,  a  knife  for  cutting 
and  carving,  Lat.  scalper,  scalprum, 
Ar.  Thesm.  779,  Plat.  Rep.  353  A  : 
a  graving  tool,  sculptor's  chisel,  a  sur- 
geon's or  shoemaker  s  knife,  a  penknife, 
Anth.  P.  6,  67,  etc.  [i,  Ar.  1.  c,  and 
oft.  in  Anth.  :  also  σμίλα,  q.  v.] 

Σμι'λίον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  σμίλη, 
Lat.  scalpellum,  Plut.  2,  60  A,  Luc. 

+  2//tAif,  ιόος,  6,  Smilis,  a  statuary, 
Paus.  7,  4,  4. 

Σμί?ιΐωτός,  ή,  όν,  shaped  like  a  σμί- 
λη, Chirurg.  Vett. 

ΣμΙλ.ος,  6,  poet,  for  σμΙλαξ,  Nic. 
Al.  624  (611). 

\Σμινδνρίδτις,  ov  Ion.  to),  ύ,  Smin- 
dyrides,  son  of  Hippocrates  of  Syba- 
ris,  Hdt.  6,  127 ;  Ath.  273  B.— 2.  an 
Atlienian,  Andoc.  3,  17. 

Σμινθενς,  έως,  6,  epith.  of  Apollo, 
II.  1,  39, — acc.  to  Aristarch.  from 
Σμίνθη,  V.  sq.,  the  Sminthian ;  acc.  to 
A  pion  from  σμίνθος,  the  mouse-killer : 
also  Σμίνθιος,  ό. 

^ΣμΙνθια,  ων,  τύ,  Strab.  p.  605,  and 
Σμίνβη,  ης,  ή,  Steph.  Byz.,  Sminthe, 
a  town  of  Troas  :  cf  foreg. 

^Σμίνθιον,  ov,  TO,  the  temple  of 
Apollo  Smintheus,  Strab.  p.  605. 

Σμίνθος,  ό,  old  poet,  word  (Cretan, 
acc.  to  Schol.  Ven.  II.  1,  39),  a  mouse, 
Aesch.  Fr.  212,  Lyc.  1307:  in  He- 
sych. also  σμίνθα,  ή. 

Σμΐνύδιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  sq. 

ΣμΙννη.  ης,  ή,  a  two-pronged  hoe  or 
mattock,  Lat.  bidens,  like  δίκελ/Μ,  Ar. 
Nub.  1486,  1500,  A V.  602,  Pac,  546, 
Plat.,  etc.  ;  cf  Lob.  Phryn.  302.  [i] 

Jlμϊvvός,  όν,  of  or  belonging  to  a  hoe, 
Nic.  Th.  386. 

Σμΐννς,  νος,  and  νδος,  η,=  σμιννη, 
Ar.  Fr.  372. 

Σμίρις,  ιδος,  ή,  v.  σμηρέα  and  σμύ- 

Σμυγερύς,ά,όν,=μογερός,ϋταιηχί\. 

Σμοιός,  ή,  όν,=σκνθρωπός,  also 
μοιός  and  σμνός,  Gramm.  (Prob. 
from  μνω.) 

^Σμοώς,  ον,  ό,  Smoeus,  an  Athe- 
nian, Ar.  Eccl.  846. 

Σαοκορδόω,  ώ,^=σπλεκόω.  Gramm. 

Σμνγερύς,  ά,  όν,  adv.  -ρώς.  poet, 
for  μογερός,  -ρώς.  Αρ.  Rh.  2,  374  ;  4, 


ΣΜί2Δ 
380 ;  et  sic  legend.  Soph.  Phil.  1C6, 
V.  Dind. — Horn,  has  only  the  compd. 
adv.  έπισμνγερώς,  q.  v. 

Σμνλ.α  or  σμνλλα,  ή,  a  kind  offish. 

Σμνξων,  0,— μύξων,  μνξινος,  q.  v., 
Arist.  H.  A.  5,  11,  3. 

Σμνραινα,  ης,  ή,  for  μνραινα,  q.  τ., 
Arist.  Η.  Α.  2,  13,  5;  cl.  σμνρος.  [ν] 

Σμνραινος,  ον,  ό,  α  kind  ο1  fish, 
Marcell.  Sid.  14.  [ν] 

Σμνρίζω,  {σμνρις)  to  smooth  or  pol- 
ish by  rubbing  ;  also  Written  σμηρίζω. 

Σμνρίζω,  poet,  fur  μυρίζω;  ίσμυ- 
ρισμένος  κόμας.  Archil.  12. 

Σμνρις,  ιδος,  ή,  emery,  used  by  la- 
pidaries as  polishing-powder,  Diosc. 
5,  165:  hence,  polishing  is  called  σμν- 
ρίζειν.  (Since  σμνρις  is  formed  from 
σμάω,  σμήχω,  the  form  σμήρις  is 
equally  good  ;  cf  σμηρίζω,  σμήρισμα, 
σμηρισματιον,  etc.  ;  and  perh.  is  the 
orig.  form,  though  usage  is  altogether 
for  σμνρις.  Hesych.  has  also  σμίρις.) 
[ν] 

Σμνρισμα,  ατός,  τό,  {σμνρίζω)  that 
which  is  rubbed  off  or  polished. — II.  a 
small  lube  by  means  of  which  a  vessel  is 
connect td  with  a  siphon.  Math.  Vett.  : 
written  also  σμήρισμα. 

Σμϋρισμύτιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from 
foreg.,  written  also  σμηρ-. 

Σμϊ'ρίτ7ΐς  λίθος,  ό,  the  emery-stone, 

Σανρνα,  ης,  ή,  Ion.  σμνρνιι,  like 
μτίιίφα,  myrrh,  the  resinous  gum  of  an 
Arabian  tree  (prob.  a  kind  of  acacia), 
used  for  embalming  the  dead,  Hdt.  2, 
40,  86,  ubi  V.  Bahr ;  called  σμνρνης 
ίδρώς  by  Eur.  Ion  J 175;  ομνρνης 
σταλαγμοί.  Soph.  Fr.  340. 

^Σμvpva,  ης,  ή,  Ep.  and  Ion.  -vrt, 
Smyrna,  one  of  the  most  celebrated 
cities  on  the  Ionian  coast  of  Asia 
Minor,  on  the  river  Meles  ;  it  still  re- 
tains its  name,  Hom.  Ep.  4,  6  ;  Hdt. 
1,  150;  etc. — Acc.  to  Strab.  p.  633, 
Ephesus  was  also  so  called. — ^11.  fern. 
pr.  n.,  mother  of  Cinyras,  called  also 
Myrrha,  Apollod.  3, 14,  4. — 2.  an  Am- 
azon, Strab.  1.  c. 

^Σμvpvaiκός,  ή,  όν,  and  nsu.  Σμν(>• 
ναΐης,  α,  ov,  of  Smyrna,  Smymaean  ; 
oi  Σμυρναίοι,  the  Smymaeans,  Hdt. 
1,  150 :  but  in  Callin.  4  the  Epkesians, 
V.  Σμνρνα  I.  lin. 

Σμυρναίος,  a,  ον,(σμνρνα)  of  myrrh, 
Mel.  1,29. 

Σμνρνεϊον,  ov,  τό,=  σμυρνίον,  Nic. 
Th.  848,  Al.  405. 

Σμνρνιύζω,  i.  -ύσω  ;  and  αμνρνίζΐύ, 
f.  -ίσω  {σμίψνα): — to  flavour,  drug  with 
myrrh,  οίνος  εσμνρνισ μένος,  Ν.  Τ. 

ΣμύρνΙνος,  η,  ον,{σμνρνα)ο/  myrrh, 
made  from  it. 

Σμυρνίον,  ov,  τό,  an  herb,  the  seeds 
of  which  taste  like  myrrh,  Sprengel 
Diosc.  3,  72. 

Σμνρνοειδής,  ές,  (είδος)  myrrh- 
like. 

Σμνρνοφόρος,  ov,  (σμύρνα,  φέρω) 
bearing  myrrh,  Strab. 

Σμνρος,  ό,  a  kind  of  eel,  different 
from  σμνραινα,  Arist.  H.  A.  5,  10,  3. 

ΣΜΎ'ΧίΙ,  f.  -ξω,  to  bum  in  a  slow 
smouldering  fire,  to  7nake  a  thing  smoul- 
der away,  σμνξαι  πυρί  νήας,  II.  9, 
I  65.1 : — pass,  σμνχομαι,  aor.  ίσμνγην, 
to  smoulder  avay,  '\λιος  Ttvpi  σμν- 
χοιτο,  11.  22,  411  ;  esp.  (metaph.)  by 
the  fires  of  love,  Mosch.  6,  4.  (Akin 
to  σμάω,  σμήχω,  σμώχω.)  [ϋ,  except 
in  aor.  pass,  σμϋγήνοί.Λ 

Σμώδιγξ,  ή,  =  σμώόιξ,  only  in 
Gramm. 

Σμωδικός,  ή,  όν,  helmtging  to  weals 
or  bruises,  σμ.  φάρμακον,  a  plaistcr 
for  them,  Hipp.  :   from 

ΣΜϋ'ΆΙ A>  i}  >  Of ,  ή,  a  weal,  swollen 


ΣΟΓΔ 
ertttsf,  esp.  from  a  blow,  Lat.  vihrx, 
ομύδιξ  δ'  αίματόεσσα  μεταφρένον 
έξνπανέστη.  11.  2,  267 ;  πνκναί  δε 
σμύδιγγες. .αϊματι  φοινικόεσσαι  άνέ- 
όραμσν.  23,  716. 

Σμοη'η.  η.  and  σμώς,  ή,  α  squall  of 
uiinrl,  Gramm. 

Σμώχω,  f.  -ξω,^=σμύο},  σμήχω,  to 
rub:  ίο  rub  down,  grind  down  with  the 
teeth.  Ar.  Pac.  1309  ;  σμώξας,  Nic. 
Th.530. 

^Σόαμος-,  ov,  ό,  the  Soamits,a.  river 
of  India,  Arr.  Ind.  4.  12. 

ίΣοαί'ες,  uv,  oi,  the  Soanes,  a  peo- 
ple of  Colchis,  Strab.  p.  497. 

^Σόαστος,  ου,  ό,  the  Soastus,  a  river 
of  India,  Arr.  Ind.  4,  11. 

Σο3ΰρενομαι,  dep.,  to  bear  one^s 
self  pompously,  give  one's  self  airs.  Anth 
P.  5,  273;  11.382. 

Σο3ΰροβ7ιέφΰρος,  ov,  (σοι3αρός, 
β7^έφαρον)  with  haughty  upraised  eye- 
brows, i.  e.  in  stately  pompous  fashion, 
Anth.  P.  5,  217. 

Σοβΰρός,  ύ,  όν,  (σοβέω)  strictly, 
moving  like  one  who  is  going  to  scare 
others  away  ;  hence,  strutting,  pompous, 
haughty,  insolent,  much  like  σεμνής. 
freq.  m  Ar.,  as  Nub.  406,  Plul.  872  ; 
of  a  horse,  like  γαίφος,  Xen.  Eq.  10, 
17  ;  σ.  Kul  ό'λίγωρος.  Dem.  1357,  25  ; 
a.  ανχήν,  όφρύς,  Anth.  P.  5,  28,  92 ; 
οοβαρός  Ty  χαίτ-η.  Luc.  Zeux.  5  ;  of 
a  triumphal  procession,  Plut.  Suli. 
34  : — so  in  adv.,  σοβαρώς  χωρείν,  opp. 
to  ήσνχώς,  to  strut  along,  Ar.  Pac.  83  ; 
a.  ίπιίναι  τοις  νπενηντίοις.  Polyb. 
3,  72,  13  : — so  of  things,  σ.  μέλος,  Ar. 
Ach.  674  ;  σοβαρότερα  τιμ^,  at  a 
higher  price,  Ael.  N.  A. 'l6,  32. 

Σοβάς,  άδος,  η.  poet.  fern,  of  σοβα- 
ρός, esp.  of  bacchanals  and  courte- 
sans, insolent,  capricious,  EupoL  In- 
cert.  62. — II.  ή  σοβάς,  ά  kind  of  t/ance, 
Alh.  629  F. 

Σοβέω,  ω,  f.  -ήσυ,  strictly  to  say 
cov,  σον  (shoo!  shoo  f)  to  a  bird,  to 
scare  or  drive  aivay  birds,  Ar.  A  v.  34, 
Vesp.  211  ;  ov  σοβήσετ'  εξω  τάς  όρ- 
νιθας άφ'  7/μών  ;  ΛMenand.  ρ.  62;  cf 
ύποσοβέυ  :  hence,  generally,  to  drive 
away,  knock  off,  c.  dupl.  ace,  σ.  κόνιν 
την  κεφαλήν,  Xen.  Eq.  5,  5 ;  and, 
still  more  generally,  σ.  τον  κύλικα, 
to  push  the  bottle  round,  Jac.  Philostr. 
Imag.  p.  597  ;  cf.  κνκλοσοβέυ. — II.  to 
shake,  beat,  τον  κάλαμον  (to  rouse  the 
birds),  Arist.  H.  A.  9,  36,  4 :— pass., 
to  be  vehemently  excited,  σεσοβϊ/μένος 
οίστρφ,  Anth.  P.  6,  219 ;  σεσοβημί- 
νος  πρίις  δόξαν,  all  in  a  fever  for  glo- 
ry, Plut.  Pomp.  29;  σοβονμενος  όό- 
Θα7φ.ός,  a  wild  roving  eye ;  etc.  ; — so 
also, — III.  intr.  in  act.,  to  icalk  in  a 

stalely,  pompous  manner,  In  strut,  hustle 
along.  (5/(i  της  αγοράς  σοΐεϊ,  Dem. 
S65,  fin.  γ,σοβοϋντες  εν  όχλω  προ- 
πομπών, Plut.  Solon  27  ;  and  σόβει 
ές  Άργος,  away  with  you !  Luc.  D. 
Deor.  24,  2,  etc.  (Hence  σοβαρός 
and  σο3άς,  q.  v.  :  σοβέω  belongs  ι  ο 
the  root  σενω.  εσσνμηι,  σονμαι,  akin 
to  φοβέω,  ττέφοβα,  φέβομαι,  φεύγω, 
cf.  φό3η,  σόβη.) 

Σόβη,  ης,  ή,  {σοβέω)  α  horse's  tail. 
— II.  the  horsehair  plume  of  a  helmet. 

Σόβησις,  εως,  ή,  {σΐ)3έω)  a  scaring, 
driving  away. — -II.  strutting,  bustling, 
pompous  motion: — c?.  περί  τι.  a  bust- 
lins,  ercitement  about  a  thing,  Plut.  2. 
296  C. 

Σόβος,  ό,=  Σάτυρος,  either  from 
their  horse-tail  (σόβη);  or,  generally 
(from  σο3έω),  to  strut,  be  insolent,  etc. 

iΣoγδιά^^t/,  ης,  ή,  Sogdiana,  a  coun- 
try of  Asia  between  the  O.xus  and 
laxartes,  Strab.  p.  511:  οι  Σογδια- 
νοί,  t/te  Sogdiani,  lb. :  also  Σόγδιοι. 


ΣΟΛΟ 

^Σογδιανός,οϋ,  ύ,  Sogdianus,  λ  son 
of  Artaxerxes,  Pans.  6,  5,  7. 

ίΣόγδοι,  ων,  οι,  the  Sogdi,=  Σoγ■ 
διάνοι,  Hdt.  3,  93.-2.  a  people  of  In- 
dia, .\rr.  An.  6,  15,  4. 

Σόγκος,  ου,  ό.^σόγχος,  Antiph. 
Incert.  1,  4.     Hence 

Σογκώδης,  ες.  (είδος)  like  the  plant 
σόγκος,  Theophr. 

Σόγχος,  ov,  ό,  the  sow-thistle,  also 
σόγκος,  Theophr. 

{Σόδομα,  ων,  τύ,  Sodotna,  Sodom, 
a  city  of  Judaea,  Strab.  p.  764  ;  de- 
stroyed by  fire  from  heaven  ;  its  site 
now  occupied  by  the  Dead  sea, 
LXX. ;  N.  T. 

■[Σόη3οι.  and  Σηνηβοι,  ων,  οί,  the 
Sueri,  Strab.  p.  290. 

Σοί,  dat.  from  σν,  Horn. 

iΣotδaς,  ov,  6,  Soidas,  a  statuary 
of  Naupactus.  Pans.  7,  18,  10. 

Σοϊο,  Ion.  for  σοϋ,  gen.  from  σής, 
σόν.  Od. 

Σοΐς,  ιδος,  ή,  (σόος.  σονς)=σοβάς. 

ΣοΙσφα  and  σονσφα,  α  bird  which 
indicates  the  nearness  of  land  in  the 
Indian  ocean,  Cosmas  Ind. 

iΣό?.ιoς,  a,  ov.  of  Soli,  oi  Σόλιηι, 
the  inhab.  of  Soli,  Solou  23,  1  ;  Hdt. 
5,  110. 

\ΣΟΑλιον,  ov,  TO,  Sollium.  a  city  of 
the  Corinthians  in  Acarnania,  Thuc. 
2,  30  ;  3,  95  ;  in  Thuc.  3,  30  also  Σόλ- 
λειον. 

ίΣο?.μισσός,  ov,  ό,  Solmissus,  a 
mountain  near  Ephesus,  Strab  ρ  640. 

^Σολόεις,  εντός,  contd.  Σολ,οΰς, 
οϋντος,  ό,  Soto'is  or  Solnx.  a  promon- 
tory on  the  west  coast  of  Mauritania, 
Hdt.  2,  32.— II.  ή,  the  old  city  Solus 
or  SoluJitum,  on  the  north  coast  of  Si- 
cily, Thuc.  0,  2. 

ίΣό?ιθΐ,  ων,  oi.  Soli,  a  city  on  the 
north  coast  of  the  island  Cyprus,  a 
colony  of  the  Athenians  (  earlier 
λίπεια).  Strab.  p.  683  ;  inhab.  Σόλι- 

01,  V.  Σόλιος. — 2.  a  city  of  Cilicia, 
the  later  Pompeiopolis,  Xen.  An.  1, 

2,  26  :  hence  ό  Σολενς,  of  Soli,  Call. 
Ep.  28  :  cf  σόλοικος,  fin. 

Σο7Μΐκία,  ας,  ή,  ^=  σολοικισμός, 
Luc.  Salt.  27,  80. 

Σο'/.οικίΖω.  f.  -ίσω,  (σόλοικος)  to 
speak  or  write  incorrectly,  cornmit  a  so- 
tecis7n,  φονη  Σκνβίκη  σολ.,  to  speak 
bad  Scythian,  Hdt.  4,  117;  σ.  τη  φω- 
vy,  Dem.  1110,  29. — II.  to  err  against 
good  mamiers  or  propriety  in  anv  way, 
to  behave  amkwardly.  Pint.  2,  45  E, 
ubi  V.  Wyttenb.,  etc.     Hetice 

Συ?.οικισμός,  oi•,  6,  incorrectness  in 
the  use  if  language,  a  solecism  ;  awk- 
wardness, Plut.  2,  520  A,  Luc.  Vit. 
Auct.  23,  etc. 

Σο/^οικιστής,  οϋ,  ό,  (σολοικίζω) 
one  who  speaks  or  pronounces  wrongly, 
commits  solecisms,  title  of  a  dialogue 
by  Luc. 

Σολοικοειδι'ίς,  ες,  (είδος)  like  a  sole- 
cism.  solecistic  :  from 

Σύ7.οικος,  ov,  speaking  or  pronounc- 
ing incorrectly  ;  esp.,  usi'ng  provincial- 
isms.— 2.  generally,  barbarous,  Anacr. 
83  ;  Oi  Σόλοικοι,  foreigners,  Hippon. 
30. — II.  metaph.,  erring  against  good 
manners,  awkward,  clumsy. ζ^ΰπειρό- 
Knlor,  σ.  τώ  τρόττω.  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  3, 
2L  Plut.  2,  817  A;  cf  σολοικίζω. 
(Said  to  come  from  the  corruption  of 
the  Attic  dialect  among  the  Athenian 
coloni.sts  of  Σο/μι  m  Cilicia,  Diog. 
L.  1.51.) 

Σολ.οικοφΰνης,  ες,  like  a  solecism. 
Adv.  -νώς. 

Σο?Μΐτνπος,  ov,  hammering  a  mass 
of  iron,  [v] 

fΣoλόκη,  ης.  ή,  Soloce,  a  city  of 
the  Elymaei,  Strab.  p.  744. 


ΣΟΡΟ 

^Σολόματις,  ιος,  ό,  the  Solomatis, 
a  river  of  India,  Arr.  Ind.  4,  3. 

^Σο/.υμών,  ώνος,  ό,  Solomon,  Hebr. 
name,  son  and  successor  of  David, 
celebrated  for  his  wisdom,  LXX. ; 
N.  T. 

Σόλος,  ov,  (5,  (σέλ?.ω)  a  mass  of  iron 
used  as  a  qnoit,  II.  23,  826,  839,  844  ; 
distinguished,  by  being  spherical, 
from  the  Hat  round  stone  δίσκος : 
also,  α  quoit  of  stone,  Ap.  Rh.  3,  1366. 

tΣoλof'f,  6,  V.  Σολόεις. 

'ΙΣολόων.  οντος.  ό.  Saloon,  an  Athe- 
nian, who  went  with  Theseus  against 
the  Amazons,  Plut.  Thes.  26. 

ίΣο'/.νγεια,  ας,  ή,  Sotygea,  a  forti- 
fied town  in  the  territory  of  Corinth, 
Thuc.  4,  42,  43. 

ίΣόλνμα,  ων,  τά,='\εροσόλνμα, 
Paus.  8,  16,  5. — 2.  a  mountain  of  Ly- 
cia  above  Phaselis,  Strab.  p.  666  :  cf. 
Σό7.νμοι. 

^Σολνμοι,  ων,  oi,  the  Solymi,  an- 
cient inhab.  of  Lycia,  11.  5,  184  ,  Od. 
1,  283:  ace,  to  Hdt.  1,  173=Μ£λΰαί 
in  Lvcia. — A  mountain  in  Pisidia  was 
called  Σύ7Λ!μος,  Strab.  p.  630. 

\Σύλω\',  ωνος,  b,  Solon,  son  of  Ex- 
ecestides,  the  celebrated  lawgiver  of 
the  Athenians,  Hdt.  1,  29;  etc. — 
Others  of  this  name,  Dem.  1013,  4; 
1 120,  27  ;  etc. 

ΣΟΜΦΟ'Σ,  ή,  όν,  spongy,  loose,  po- 
rous, Hipp.,  Arist.  Part.  kx\.  3,  6,  7; 
σομφή  σαρξ,  of  fish,  .^rchestr.  ap. 
.4th.  316  A. — II.  metaph.  of  sound, 
hollow  or  thick,  σομφον  φθέγγεαθαι, 
Hipp.  147  ;  as  in  Lat.  fusca  vox,  opp. 
to  Candida.  Cic.  N.  D.  2,  146;  half 
way  between  7.ενκός  and  μέλας  in 
sounds,  like  φαιός  in  colours,  v.  Ar- 
ist. Top.  1,  13,  6  sq. ;  and  cf.  ξονθός. 
Hence 

Σομφότης.  ητος,  ή, sponginess,  Arist. 
Part.  An.  3,  6,  4. 

Σομφώδης,  ες,  (σομφός,  είδος)  of 
spongy,  porous  nature,  Theophr. 

Σόομαι,  v.  σονμαι. 

Σόος,  ό,  contr.  συνς,  Dor.  σώς,  any 

strong,  rapid,  veheniejit  motion,  esp.  up- 
wards, as  /6o-//  downwards,  mostly 
used  by  the  Laconians,  Democrit.  ap. 
Arist.  Coel.  4.  6,  31,  Heind.  Plat. 
Crat.  412  B.  (Akin  to  σόομαι,  σον- 
μαι ;  and  to  θέω.  θοός.) 

Σόος,  η,  ov,  Ep.  shortd.  form  of 
σώος,  safe  and  so-und  in  body,  whole, 
unhurt,  unharmed .  Lat.  integer,  incolu- 
mis,  II.  1,  117  ;  24.  382,  etc.  :  so  also 
σώς,  contr.  from  obsol.  σύος: — v.  sub 
σώς. 

'[Σόος,  ον,ό, contd.  Σοΐ^ς,  Sovs,  Sus, 
son  of  Aristodemus,  king  of  Sparta, 
Plat.  Crat.  412  A. 

Σορέλλη,  like  σοροδαίμων,  nick- 
name of  an  old  man,  prob.  akin  to 
σορός,  with  one  foot  in  the  grave,  Ar. 
Fr.  1,  1,  ubi  v.  f)ind.  The  form  σο- 
ρέ?./ ην  occurs  in  Eustath.  II.  p.  1289, 
19,  but  is  rejected  by  Bergk  ap.  Mei- 
nek.  Com.  Fr.  2,  1034. 

Σορ^νω,  and  σορηδόν,  adv.,=  ff(jp-, 
Hesych. 

^Σθρούδειος,  ου,  6,  a  wine-e:od 
among  the  Indians,=onO7roioc  Cha- 
res ap.  Ath.  27  D. 

Σοροδαίμων.  όνος,  6,  a  nick-name 
of  an  old  person  irith  one  foot  in  the 
grave,  ap.  Flut.  2,  13  Β  ;  cf.  σορέλλη, 
σοροπλ.ήξ. 

Σομοεργός,  όν.  (σορός,  *εργω)  α 
coffin-maker,  .\r.  Nub.  846.  Anth. 

Σορόπληκτος,  ov,  σοροπ/.ηξ,  ήγος, 
ό,  {].:=  σοροδαίμων. 

Σοροποιός,  όν,  (ποιέω)  making  cof- 
fins. 

ΣΟΡΟ'Σ.  ov,  ^.  α  vessel  for  holding 
\  any  thing,  esp.  a  cinerary  urn,  ώς  δε 
13C7 


ΣΟΥΝ 

και  όστέα  νώϊν  όμη  σορός  ΰμόικά- 
λνιττοι,  II.  23,  91  (being  made  of 
gold,  Π).,  cf.  243) ;  so,  Hdt.  1,  68,  Ar. 
Ach.  691,  etc. : — α  coffin,  Hdt.  2,78.— 
II.  as  nickname  of  an  old  man  or 
woman,  Ar.  Vesp.  1365,  Macho  ap. 
Ath.  580  C. 

ΙΣόρωί',  ωνος,  ΰ,  Soron,  a  wood  in 
Arcadia,  Paus.  8,  23,  8. 

Σορωνίς,  ίδος,  ή,  also  σωρωνίς,  an 
old  fir-trre,  cf.  σαρωνίς. 

ί,ός.  ί'ι,  όν,  possessive  adj.  of  2  pers. 
sing,  from  αύ,  thy,  tlune,  l.  e.  of  thee, 
Lat.  tuns,  lua,  tuum,  f  loiii. :  al.so  ob- 
jective,/or  Ihee,  συς  ττύβος,  Od.  11, 
202:  Ep.  gen.  σοΐο,  Od.  15,  511: 
— in  Att.  oft.  with  the  article,  το 
σον  κάρα,  τζατρος  τον  σον,  Aesch. 
Cho.  469,  918;  but  never  so  when 
it  serves  as  predicate,  ov  σον  τόδ" 
ίστί  τονργον,  Soph.  ΕΙ.  296,  cf.  Ant. 
635. — Earlier  Ep.  and  Dor.  form  τεός, 
τεή  (Dor.  τεά),  τεόΐ',  Horn. 

ίΣόσσιος,  ov,  ό,  the  Rom.  Sosius, 
Plut. 

\Σοσσινύται,  ύν.  οί,  the  Sossinafae, 
a  people  of  Sardinia,  Strab.  p.  225. 

Σον,  gen.  from  σν ;  also  from  σός : 
in  Hom.  only  the  latter. 

Σον,  σον,  nhoo  f  shoo!  a  cry  to 
scare  away  birds,  etc.  Strictly  im- 
perat.  from  σοϋμαι,  Ar.  Vesp.  209. 
(Cf.  σοβέω,  etc.) 

■\Σονάγε?.α,  ων,  τά,  SuageUt,  a  city 
of  Caria,  Strab.  p.  611. 

Σονι^ος,  ov,  ύ,  a  kind  of  antelope, 
0pp.  C.  2,  382, — vv.  11.  σονγοΓ,  σον- 
βλος,  σά3ος. 

\Σονγαμβροι,  uv,  οί,  the  Siiffajiibri, 
a  German  people,  Strab.  p.  292. 

■\Σονγύίάς,  άόος,  ή,=^Σογδιάς,  Sog- 
tliana,  Dion.  P.  747. 

Σονόάριον,  ov,  TO,  the  Lat.  suda- 
rium,  N.  T. :  but  the  Dor.  form  σω- 
ύύρίον  occurs  as  early  as  Hermipp., 
Jncert.  8.  [ά] 

\Σονδΐνος,  ου,  ό,  Sudinus,  masc. 
pr.  η.,  Strab.  p.  739. 

■[Σονεσσα,  ης,  η,  the  city  Suexsa  Po- 
metia,  in  Latium,  also  called  Σνεσσα 
τών  ΤΙομεντίνων,  Strab.  pp.  231,  237. 

^Σονεσσώνες,  uv,  οι,  the  Suessiones, 
a  Celtic  people,  Strab.  p.  194. 

^Σονέσσον7.α,  ης,  ή,  Sues^a,  a 
city  of  Campania,  Strab.  p.  249. 

ΪΣονηβοι,  οί,=  Σ07/ joi. 

^Σονΐδας,  ov,  ό,  Suidas,  a  historian, 
Strab.  p.  329. — 2.  a  celebrated  lexi- 
cographer. 

Σονκΐΐ'ος,  η,  ov,  (succinum)  made  of 
amber,  Artemid. :  cf  σονχιον. 

^Σονκρων,  ωνος,  ό,  Sacro,  a  town 
of  Hispania,  on  a  river  of  same  name, 
Strab.  p.  158,  sqq. 

^Σονλγας,  ό,  the  Sulgas,  a  river  of 
Gallia.  Strab.  p.  185. 

■\Σον'λμον,  ov,  TO,  Sulmo,  a  city  of 
the  Peligni  in  Italy,  Strab.  p.  241. 

■\Σονλπικιάνός,  ov,  b,  the  Roman 
name  Sulpicianus,  Hdn. 

^Σον?.πίκιος,  ov,  ό,  the  Rom.  name 
Sulpicius,  Plut. 

iΣovλχoί,  and  Σολκοί,  ών,  οί.  Sul- 
ci, a  city  of  Sardinia,  Strab.  p.  221. 

Σονμαι,  contr.  for  σόομαι  (which  is 
found  only  in  A  p.  Rh.),^©^!;^^,  σενο- 
μαι,  under  which  the  forms  in  use 
of  σονμαι  will  be  found :  cf  also 
άπέσσονα- 

^Σονματία,  ας,  ή,  and  Σονμάτειον, 
ου,  τό,  a  place  in  Arcadia,  from  Σον- 
ματενς,  ό,  a  son  of  Lycaon,  Paus.  Θ, 
3,  4  ;  etc.  :  Σονμητία,  Id.  8,  36,  8. 

Σοννεκα,  contr.  for  σοΰ  ίνεκα, 
Herm.  Soph.  Phil.  550. 

■\Σοννιάι)ης,  ην,  ό,  an  archon,  Lys. 
109, 15,  for  which  Ανσιύόηςίη  Diod.  S. 

'ΙΣοννιακός,  η,  όν,  of  Sunium,  Su- 
1368 


ΣΟΦΙ 

nian,  6  γοννος  Σ.,  the  promontory  of 
S.,  Hdt.  4,  99. 

Σοννιάράτος,  ov,  {Σοννιον.  upao- 
μαι)  invoked,  worshipped  at  Snnium, 
ΙΙοσειδών,  Ar.  Eq.  560  ;  parodied  in 
Av.  868,  Σοννιίρακος,  Hawk  of  Su- 
nium.  [άρ] 

Σοννιάς,  άδος,  ή,  tpecul.  fcm.  to 
Σοννιακύς,  ή  Σ.  άκρτ/,  Dion.  P.  51 1 1 ; 
epith.  of  Minerva, yi-oOT  her  temple  at 
Suninm,  fPaus.  1,  1,  1. 

Σοννιενς,  6,  epith.  of  Jupiter, /rom 
his  temple  at  Sttnium. 

ΣονίΊον,  OV,  TO,  >S'iiiii?(m,  the  south- 
ern promontory  of  Attica,  first  in  Od. 
3,  278,  fnow  Kapo  Cotonne. —  2.  an 
Attic  deme  of  the  tribe  Leontis,  on 
the  foreg.  promontory,  Dem.  238, 19; 
Strab.  p.  398. 

^Σοΐρα,  ων,  τύ.  Sura,  a  city  of 
Syria,  Luc.  Hist.  Scrib.  29. 

^Σονρασηνοί,  ών,  οί,  the  Suraseni, 
an  Indian  people,  Arr.  Ind.  8,  5. 

ίΣονρηνας,  a,  6,  the  Rom.  name 
Surena,  Strab.  p.  747. 

Σοϊ'ς,  ό,  contr.  for  σόος,  b,  q.  v. 

ΙΣονς,  ό,=Σόof. 

^Σοϋσα,  τύ,  v.  sub  σοϋσον. 

ίΣονσύννα,  ης,  ή,  Susanna,  Hebr. 
fein.  pr.  η.,  Ν.  Τ. 

ίΣονσαρίων,  ωνος,  ό,  Susarion,  a 
poet  of  the  old  comedy,  Meineke,  2, 
p.  3  sqq. 

ίΣονσας,  ov,  ό,  Susas,  a  leader  of 
the  Persians,  Aesch.  Pers.  958. 

Σονσβαι,  inf ,  σονσθε,  σονσΟω,  im- 
perat.,  from  σονμαι. 

ίΣονσία,  ας,  ή,  Susia,  a  city  of 
Ariana,  Arr.  An.  3,  25. 

]Σονσιανή,  ης,  ή,  Susiana,  a  prov- 
ince of  Persia,  Strab.  p.  732,  v.  sub 
σονσον. 

iΣovσιύl•Όί,  ών,  oi,  the  Siisiani,  in- 
hab.  of  foreg..  Arr.;  etc. 

■\Σονσιάς,  άδος,  ή,^Σονσίς. 

ΣονσΙγενής,  ές,  ( Σούσα,  *γένο> ) 
born  at  S'usa,  Aesch.  Pers.  644. 

ΣονσΙνος,  ?/,  ov,  (σονσον)  of  lilies, 
kAuiov,  Hipp.,  cf  Foes.  Oecon. 

^Σονσιος,  a,  ov,  of  Susa,  oi  Σον- 
σιοι,  the  Siisians,  Xen.  Cyr.  6,  2,  10; 
Strab.  p.  732. 

iΣovσίς,  ίδος,  ή,  pecul.  fern,  to 
foreg.,  ή  Σ.  γννή,  Xen.  Cyr.  4,  6,  12: 
V.  sub  σονσον. 

Σονσις,  ή,  {σονμαι)=σόος,  σονς, 
violent  motion,  susp. 

^Σονσισκάνης,  ov,  6,  Susiscanes, 
leader  of  the  Aegyptians  in  the  Per- 
sian host,  Aesch.  Pers.  34. 

Σονσον,  ov,  TO,  the  lily,  Persian 
word,  Diosc. — hence,  Σονσα,  τύ,  Su- 
sa, the  royal  city  of  the  Persians,  in 
the  province  of  Susiana,  or  Shushan, 
Hdt.  1,  188:  hence  Σονσις,  ιδος, 
ή,  this  province,  Aesch.  Pers.  119, 
577. 

Σονστί,  contr.  for  σοι  ίστί,  but 
only  when  σοι  is  enclitic,  Ar.  Ach. 
339. 

Σονσφα,  v.  σοΐσφα. 

^Σοντριον,  ov,  τό,  Sutrium,  a  city 
of  the  Tyrrheni,  Strab.  p.  226. 

Σονχιον,  ov,  TO,==Lat.  succitium, 
Clem.  Al. 

Σονχος,  ov,  ό,  name  of  the  crocodile 
in  one  part  of  Aegypt,  Strab.  p.  811. 

^Σοφαίνετος,  ov,  b,  Sophaenetus,  a 
leader  of  the  Gieeks  in  the  army  of 
the  younger  Cyrus,  of  Styniphalus  in 
Arcadia,  Xen.  An.  1,  1,  11  ;  etc. 

Σοώία,  ας,  ή.  Ion.  σοόίη.  (σοφός)  : 
— orig.  cleverness  or  skill  in  handicraft 
and  art,  a.s  in  carpentry,  δς  f)u  τε  πάσης 
εν  είδ-^  σοφίης,  II.  15,  412;  in  music 
and  singing,  Η.  Hom.  Merc.  483, 51 1 ; 
in  poetry,  Pind.  (who  in  O.  9,  161 
uses  the  rare  pi.  σοφίας),  cf.  Xen.  An. 


ΣΟΦΙ 
1,  2,  8  ;  skill  in  driving.  Plat.  Trag. 
123  C  ;  7/  έντεχνος  σ..  Id.  Prot.  .321 
D  ;  σ.  τινός,  knowledge  of,  acipiaint- 
ance  with  a  thing.  Id.  360'D.— 2.  «^(7/ 
in  matters  of  common  life,  nomid  judg- 
ment, intelligence,  prudence,  practical 
and  political  wisdom,  etc.,  such  as  was 
attributed  to  the  seven  sages,  Hdt.  1 
30.  00;  ή  περί  τον  βίον  σ..  Plat.  Prot 
321  D  :  also,  in  not  so  good  a  sense, 
cunning,  shrewdness,  croft,  Hdt.  1,  68, 
etc. — 3.  knowledge  of  a  higher  kind,  as 
of  the  sciences,  learning,  wisdom,  phi- 
losophy, freq.  in  Eur.,  etc.,  cf  csp. 
Arist.  Eth.  N.  6.  7.— Cf  σοφός,  σο- 
φιστής throughout. 

Σηφίζυ,  t.  -ίσω,  (σοφός)  to  make  one 
σοφός,  to  instruct,  make  wise,  τινά  τι, 
one  in  a  thmg,  LXX.,  und  N.  T. : 
the  act.  is  rare  in  good  authors. — II. 
σοφίζομαι,  as  pass,  and  mid.,  to  he- 
come  or  be  σοφός,  to  be  clever  or  skilled 
in  a  tiling,  c.  gen.  rei,  ναντΓ/ύης  σε- 
σοφισμένος,  skilled  in  seamanship, 
Hes.  Op.  647  (like  νηών  πεπείρημαι, 
lb.  658);  so,  σο^.  tv  τινι,  Xen.  Cyn. 
13,  6: — absol.  to  be  or  become  u'i.ie,  to 
pursue  wisdom.  Plat.  Hipp.  M.lj.  283 
A,  Xen.  Mem.  1,  2,46. — 2. .to  play  the 
sophist,  Ar.  Eq.  299,  721  ;  to  play  subtle 
tricks,  deal  subtlely,  Eur.  1.  A.  744, 
Dem.,  etc.  ;  σ.  τινί,  to  deal  subllely 
with  one,  Eur.  Bacch.  200 :  —  in 
speaking,  to  quibble,  περί  τι.  Plat. 
Rep.  509  D;  σοφίσασβαι  προς  τι,  to 
use  fraud  for  an  end,  Polyb.  6,  58.  12, 
cf  Plut.  Demosth.  27  : — σοφιζόμενοι 
ίητροί,  quack-aoctors.  Foes.  Oecon. 
Hipp. — 3.  aor.  σοΦισβί/ναι,  as  pass., 
to  be  detiised  or  contrived,  Soph.  Phil. 
77,  and  N.  T. —  Hi.  σοφίζομαι,  as 
dep.  c.  pf  pass,  σισόφισμαι  (Hdt.  1, 
80)  C.  ace.  rei,  to  dmse,  contrive  any 
thing  cleverly,  skilfully,  Hdt.  1.  C,  2, 
66;  8,  27  ;  καινύς  ιδέας  σοΦίζεσθαι, 
Ar.  Nnb.  547,  cf  Jac.  Philosir.  Imag. 
p.  194. — 2.  to  deceive,  beguile,  Joseph.  ; 
μη  με  σοφίζον,  Anth.  P.  12,  25. — 3.  to 
perceive,  ότι  τί  εστί.  LXX. 

^Σόφιλυς,  ov,  b,  Sophiliis,  father  oi 
Sophocles,  Anth.  P.  7,  21. — 2.  v.  Σώ- 
φιλος.  [ί  in  arsis  Anth.  1.  c] 

Σόφισμα,  ατός,  τό,  (σοφιζω)  any 
clever,  cunning  contrivance  or  thought, 
a  device,  invention,  trick,  Pind.  O.  13, 
24,  Hdl.  3,  85,  152,  Aesch.  Pr.  459, 
etc. :— m  Xen.  Hier.  1,  23,  the  skilful 
dressing  of  food  : — also  in  less  good 
sense,  α  sly  trick,  artifice,  freq.  in 
Eur.,  and  so  Thuc.  6,  77,  etc.;  α 
stnge-lrick,  clap-trap,  Ar.  Ran.  17. — 2. 
α  sharp,  cnplious  argument,  a  qvibble, 
fallacy,  such  as  the  sophi.sts  used,  a 
sophism,  Dem.  775.  6,  etc. ;  and  so 
Ar.  calls  a  person  σόφισμ'  ίιλον.  Αν 
431  : — opp.  to  a  true  logical  conclu- 
sion {φι'λοσόφημα,  έπιχειρ?/μα),  Arist. 
Top.  8,  11,  12. 

Σοφισμάτίας,ον,  ό,  a  clever  sophist, 
Nicet. 

Σοφισματικός.  ή,  όν,  belonging  to  or 
like  a  σόφισμα,  sophistical. —  Π.  ό  σ., 
as  subsl.,  late  form  for  σοφιστής. 

Σοφισμάτων,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from 
σόφισμα,  Luc.  Parasit.  43.  [a] 

Σοφισματώδης,  ες,  (είδος)  like  a 
σόφισμα,  sophistical. 

Σοφισμός,  b,  rare  and  late  form 
for  σόφισμα. 

Σοφιστεία,  ας,  ή,  the  art  of  a  sophist, 
sophistry,  Plut.  2.  78  F.  etc. 

Σοφίστενμα,  ατός,  τό,=  σόφισμα, 
Oecon.  ap.  Euseb. 

Σοφιστενω,  (σοφιστής)  to  act  as  a 
sophist,  give  lectures,  Plut.  LucuU.  22, 
Caes.  3,  etc. — II.  transit.,  to  dnise 
artfully :  but  also  to  conceal  artfully, 
to  dissemble,  e.  g.  έρωτα,  Heliod 


ΣΟΦΟ 

Σοφιστηριον.  ον,  τό,  α  sophist's 
school,  Clem.  ΑΙ. 

Σοφιστής,  ον,  ό,  (^σοφίζω) : — orig. 
like  σοφός,  α  master  of  out  s  craft,  esp. 
of  a  poet,  Pind.  1.  5  (4),  36  ;  o!'  musi- 
cians, Aesch.  Fr.  308  ;  σοφίστ})  Qprj- 
KL  (sc.  Orpheus),  Eur.  Rhes.  924  ;  cf. 
Ath.  632  C :— generally,  skilful,  -ην 
ίτΓ-είαν,  Ael.  Ν.  Α.  13,  9  : — metaph., 
σ.  ττημάτων,  learned  in  misery,  Eur. 
Heracl.  993  : — then, — 2.  one  who  is 
clever  in  tnatters  of  life,  a  judicious, 
prudent  man,  a  ivise  statesman,  etc.,  in 
which  sense  the  seven  Sages  are 
always  called  σοφισταί  by  Hdt.,  1, 
29,  cf.  2,  49  ;  so  too  Pythagoras,  4, 
95 ;  ϊνα  μάθΐ)  σοφιστής  ών  Αιος  νω- 
θέστερος.  Aesch.  Pr.  62,  ubiv.  Blomf.: 
— hence,  in  the  noblest  signf.  of  σο- 

£ός,  the  uise  man,  philosopher,  v.  Valck. 
Iipp.  921.— II.  at  Athens,  esp.,  one 
who  gave  lessons  in  the  arts  and  sciences 
for  money,  such  as  Prodicus,  Gorgias, 
Protasroras,  etc.,  a  sophist,  Thuc.  3, 
38,  Plat.,  etc.;  cf.  Arist.   Soph.  El. 

2,  6  : — the  sophist,  ace.  to  Cic.  de 
Orat.  3,  16,  united  dicendi  faciendique 
sapientia,  i.  6.  ability  both  to  speak 
and  act ;  for  many  of  them,  as  Gor- 
gias, were  themselves  public  speak- 
ers {oratores),  as  well  as  teachers  of 
rhetoric  {rhetores).  If  theearliersoph- 
ists  are  to  be  blamed  rather  for  false 
display,  than  for  actual  false  inten- 
tion, their  trade  soon  became  that  of 
perverting  and  opposing  truth  as 
such,  and  in  this  character  being 
attacked  by  Socrates  and  Plato,  as 
also  by  Aristoph.,  and  others,  they 
fell  into  deserved  odium  ;  for  a  clear 
popular  account,  v.  Thirlw.  Hist,  of 
Or.  4,  p.  257  sq.  In  later  times,  the 
term  σοφιστής  returned  into  honour, 
being  applied  to  the  βήτορ^ς,  or  high- 
flown,  prose-writers  of  the  Empire,  such 
as  Philostratus,  Libariius,  etc.— Cf. 
σοώία.  σοφός  throughout.     Hence 

Σοφιστιάυ.  ώ,  to  speak  or  trrite  tike 
a  sophist,  Eubulid.  ap.  Ath.  437  D. 

Σοφιστικός,  ή,  ύν,  {σοφιστής)  of  a 
sophist,  βίος.  Plat.  Phaedr.  24S"E: 
TO  σ. ,  the  sophists.  Id.  Soph.  224  C: 
ή  -κή  (sc.  τέχνη),  a  sophist's  art, 
sophistry,  Id.  224  D,  etc. — II.  sophisti- 
cal, fallacious,  μη  σοφιστικούς  άλλα 
σούούς,  Xen.  Cyn.  13,  7:--Arist. 
wrote  a  treatise  ττερί  σοφιστικών 
έλ.έγχων.     Adv.  -κώς,  Id. 

Σοφιστομανέω,  ώ,  to  be  mad  after 
the  sophists,  Greg.  Naz. 

Σοφίστρια,  ας,  ή.  fem.  of  σοφιστής, 
Plat.  Euthyd.  297  C. 

^Σοφοκλής,  έους,  ό,  Sophocles,  son 
of  .  Sophilus,  the  celebrated  tragic 
poet  of  Athens. — 2.  son  of  Sostra- 
tides,  a  general  of  the  Athenians  in 
the  Peloponnesian  war,  Thuc.  3, 115; 
4,  5  ;  etc. — Others  in  Pans.  ;  etc. 

Σοφόνοος,  ον,  contr.  -νονς,  ovv, 
(σοφός,  νόος)  wise-minded,  Luc.  Rhet. 
Praec.  17. 

Σοφός,  ή,  όν,  strictly,  clever,  skilful, 
skilled  in  any  handicraft  or  art,  cunning 
in  his  crnft,  generally,  of  any  one  who 
excelled  his  fellows  in  any  thing, 
ΰρματηλάτας  σ.,  Pmd.  P.  5,  154; 
οίωνοθετας.  Soph.  O.  T.  484  ;  etc.  ; 
even  hedging  and  ditching,  as  in  the 
Margites  ap  Arist.  Eth.  N.  6,  7  ;  but, 
in  this  sense,  mostly  of  poets  and 
musicians,  Pind.  O.  1,  15  ;  P.  I,  42  ; 

3,  200,  Soph. ;  cf.  σοφία  I : — esp..  one 
who  has  natural  abilities  for  any  thing, 
opp.  to  ό  μαθών,  one  who  owes  all 
to  teaching,  σοφός  ό  ηόλλ'  είόώς  φνα, 
Pind.  Ο.  2,  154  ;  ό  χρήσιμ'  είύως. 
ονχ  ό  ττόλλ'  είόώς,  σοφός,  Aesch.  Fr. 
271. — 2.   generally,  clever  in  matters 


ΣΠΑΘ 

of  common  life,  judicious,  intelligent, 
prudent,  wise,  esp.  in  political  matters, 
in  which  sense  the  seven  Sages  were 
so  called,  v.  Dicaearch.,  etc.,  ap. 
Diog.  L.  1,  40  sq.,  cf.  σοφιστής  I.  2  : 
hence,  shrewd,  cunning,  first  in  Hdt. 
3,  85  ;  and  so  even  of  animals,  Xen. 
Cyn.  3,  7  ;  6,  13  :  το  αοώόν,  a  shreud 
thought,  shreu-dness,  Plat. — 3.  as  re- 
stricted by  philosophers,  skilled  in  the 
sciences,  learned,  profound,  wise,  freq. 
in  Eur.,  Plat.,  etc.  ;  hence,  ironical- 
ly, absti-use,  obscure,  (as  the  word 
transcendental  is  sometimes  used  with 
us),  opp.  to  σαφής.  Ar.  Ran.  1434; 
whereas  Eur.  Or.  397,  says  σοφον  τυ 
σαφές,  ον  τό  μη  σαφές. — From  these 
successive  limitations  of  signf..  v. 
esp.  Arist.  Eth.  1.  c.  N.  6,  7.— Con- 
struction : —  usu.  c.  ace.  rei,  Eur. 
Bacch.  655.  and  Plat. ;  also,  σ.  εν 
τινι,  Eur.  I.  Τ.  662,  1238;  εΙς  τι.  Id. 
.\ntig.  6,  3  ;  ττερί  τι  or  τίνος.  Plat. 
Symp.  203  A,  Apol.  19  C  ;  rarely  c. 
gen.  solo,  κακών  σοφός,  Aesch.  Supp. 
453  :  also  c.  inf.,  σοφός  /.έγειν,  σοφός 
νοε'ιν,  etc.,  Valck.  Hipp.  921  :  but 
it  IS  mostly  used  absol. — The  history 
of  our  word  cunning  is  much  the 
same  with  that  of  σοφός,  or  rather  of 
σοφιστής. — II.  pass.,  of  things,  clev- 
erly devised,  prudent,  wise,  νόμος,  Hdt. 
1,  196;  γνώμη,  λό^,ος,  etc.;  σοφώ- 
τερ'  ή  κατ'  άνόρα  σνμ3αλεΙν  ίττη, 
Eur.  Med.  675. —  III.  adv.  σοόώς, 
cleverly,  uisely,  etc.,  first  in  Soph. 
(Though  the  word  does  not  occur  in 
Horn,  or  Hes.,  except  in  the  Margites 
1.  c,  its  dcrivs.  σοφίη,  σοφίζω,  do  : 
its  roiit  appears  in  Lat.  sapere,  sopor, 
sapiens  :  also  akin  to  σαόής,  q.  v.) 

Σοφόω,=σοφίζω,  LXX. 

iΣόφωv.  ωνος,  ό,  Sophon.  an  Acar- 
nanian  cook.  ap.  Ath.  403  E. 

Σόω,=  σϋόω.  σώζω,  rare,  only  Ep., 
to  presence,  save,  deliver,  σόηΓ,  σόη,  II. 
9,  424.  681,  σύωσι,  II.  9,  393'     Hence 

Σοοναντης,  ου,  ό,  [ναύτης)  deliver- 
er of  sailors,  the  name  of  a  harbour  ; 
written  also,  and  perh.  better,  σωο- 
ναντης. 

Στΐύόαξ.ακος,  (5,^,=  (7n"af,  Gramm. 

Σττάδίζυ,  (στάω)  to  draw  off,  σττα- 
ύιίας  τό  ι^έρμά,  Hdt.  5,  25. 

Στζάόιξ,  Ικος.  ή,  [σπάω)  α  hough  or 
branch  torn  off{c(.  κ?ΜΟης  irom  κλάω) : 
esp.  α  palm-branch  or  frond,  like  ί^αΐς, 
Nic.  Al.  528,  Plut.'  2,  724  A  :  cf. 
σττύθη  7. — 2.  also  as  adj.,  of  that  col- 
our, our  bay,  Lat.  spadix  in  Virg.  G. 
3,  82,  cf.  A.  Gell.  2,  26, 9.— II.  a  string- 
ed instrument  like  the  lyre.  Poll.  4,  59. 
condemned  by  Quintilian  as  efienii- 
nate,  1,  10,  3L — III.  the  rind  stripped 
from  the  root  of  the  τνρίνος.  [α,  Nic. 
and  Virg.  II.  c] 

Σπΰδονί.ζω,  (σπαδών)  like  α~ύω, 
σπαράσσω,  to  tear  to  pieces  ;  σπ.  τον 
r/yoi>,  to  make  an  abrupt,  sharp  sound, 
Dion.  H.  de  Comp.  p.  75.     Hence 

ΣπΛδόνισμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  tearing, 
μαστών.  Mel.  77,  5. 

Στταδονισμός,  ον,  o,=  foreg.,  ήχων 
σπαδονισμοί,  sharp  sounds  distracting 
the  ear.  Dion.  H.  de  Dem.  40. 

Σπύδων,  ωνος,  and  οντος,  ό.  Lob. 
Phryn.  273,  (σπάω):  an  eunuch,  Lat. 
spado,  Plut.  Demetr.  25.  [«] 

Σττύόών,  όνος,  ή,  (σπάω)  a  tear, 
rent,  rupture,  Hipp.  :  esp.  a  convulsion, 
cramp,  spasm.  Id.,  Nic.  Al.  317; — like 
σπάσμα,  σπασμός.  (Sometimes  less 
accurately  written  σπάδων.) 

Σττΰθάλάω,=  σπαταλάω,  very  dub. 

Σπ<1θά?αον.  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  σπά- 
θη 4  ;  cf.  σπάταλων,  [ΰ] 

Σπαθάτος,  ή,  όν,  Dor.  for  σπαθη- 
τός. 


ΣΠΑΛ 

Σπαθάω,  ώ,  ί.  -ήσω,  in  weaving,  to 
strike  down  the  woof  with  the  σπάβη  (q 
v.),  σπ.  τόν  Ίστόν,  Philyll.  Pol  4  : 
hence  in  Ar.  Nub.  55,  7.iav  σπαβύν, 
to  weave  at  a  great  rate,  to  go  fast,  a 
cant  phrase  for  throwing  away  money 
(prob.  with  a  play  on  σπητα'λύω);  so 
σπ.  Tu  χρήματα,  Plut.  Pericl.  14:— 
σπαθύν  φντά,  to  prune,  clip  plants, 
Jac.  Philostr.  Imag.  p.  496. — In  Dem 
354,  tin.,  έσπαθύτο  τηϋτα  και  εδημη 
γορεϊτο  (prob.),  these  webs  were  woven 
and  these  speeches  made  (cf.  ράπτω, 
υφαίνω,  Lat.  lexere),  v.  Schaf.  ad  1.  : 
others  take  it,  these  measures  wert 
so  inconsiderately  taken ;  so,  άκρίτως 
φέρεται  και  σπαθύται  τά  τών  ανθρώ- 
πων, Plut.  2,  168  Α. 

Σπάθη,  ης,  ή,  any  broad  blade,  of 
wood  or  metal  :  esp., —  1.  a  broad,  flat 
piece  of  wood  used  by  the  ancient  weav- 
ers in  their  upright  loom  (instead  of 
the  comb,  κτείς,  used  in  the  horizon- 
tal), for  striking  the  threads  of  the 
woof  home,  so  as  to  make  the  web 
close.  Aesch.  Cho.  232,  Plat.  Lys. 
208  D;  cf.  σπαθάω.— 2.  a  spaddle, 
spatula,  for  stirring  any  thing,  Ale.x. 
Drop.  2. — 3.  like  π/.άτη,  the  paddle  οτ 
blade  of  an  oar.  Lye.  23. — 4.  the  broad 
ribs  :  in  Hipp,  also  the  shoulder-blade, 
scapula. — 5.  the  broad  blade  of  a  sword, 
Eur.  Eurysth.  2  ;  a  broad-sword,  Phi- 
lem.  p.  378. — 6.  a  scraptr  for  currying 
horses. — 7.  the  stern  of  a  palm-leaf  .  Hdt. 
7,  69  :  also  the  spathe,  i.  e.  sheath,  of 
the  flower  in  many  plants,  esp.  of  the 
palm-kind,  Theophr.  (Lat.  spatha. 
Germ,  spntel,  Ital.  spada,  our  spade, 
paddle,  etc.)  [«] 

Σπύθημα,  ατός,  τό,  (σπαθάω)  a  web 
made  close  by  striking  :  metaph.,  σπ. 
φρενών,=^τό  πυκινόφρον. 

Σπάθησις,  εως.  ή,  (σπαθάω)  α  strik- 
ing the  web  with  the  σπάθη,  Arist. 
Phys.  Ausc.  7,  2,  4. — 11.  a  squander- 
ing, [ά] 

ΣπΰΟητός,  ή,  όν,  (σπαθάω)  struck 
ivith  the  σπάθη,  q.  v. :  generally,  wo- 
ven, Aesch.  Fr.  320,  Soph.  ap.  Poll. 
7,  36. 

Σπΰθία,  ας,  ή,  — σπάθη  IV. 

Σπύθίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (σπάθη  2)  to 
spread  with  a  spatula: — mid.,  to  use  a 
spatula  in  anointing  one's  self.  —  II. 
(σπάθη  5)  to  play  with  the  sword,  v.  1. 
Cratin.  Trophon.  4,  ubi  v.  Meinek. 

Σπάθΐναιας,  έλαφος.  o,=  sq. 

Σπΰθίνης,  ον,  ό,  (σπάθη)  α  young 
deer,  SO  called  from  the  shape  of  its 
horns. 

'Σπάθιον,  ον,  τό,  dim.  from  σπάθη, 
Anth.  P.  6.  283.  [a] 

Σπάθιος,  a,  ov,  shaped  like  a  σπάθη, 
Opp.  C.  1,296.  [a] 

Σπαθίς,  ίδος.  ή.=  σπάθη,  a  spatula, 
Ar.  Fr.  8. — II.  a  closely-woven  cloth,  (w, 
σπάθη  I). 

Σττάθισμός,  ov,  ό,  (σπαθίζω  11)  a 
smiting  with  the  sword. 

Σ  πάθίτης  olvoc,  ό,  palm  -  wine, 
Alex.  Trail. 

Σπΰθυμήλη,  ης,  ή,  (σπάθη  2,  μή?.η) 
α  spatula-shaped  probe,  Hipp. 

Σπάθόφνλλος,  ον,  (σπάθη  5,  φν?.- 
λον)  with  sword-shaped  leaves  or  .tpines, 
as  the  fir.  Theophr.  H.  PI.  1,  10,  4. 

ΣΠ.Μ'ΡΩ.  more  usu.  with  α  pre- 
fixed, άσπηίρω.  q.  v.  (From  σπάω, 
akin  to  σκαίρω.  σφαδάζω,  σπαράσσω.) 

Σπάκα,  Pers.  ίοτττ/ν  κννα,  Hdt.  1, 
110  ;  cf  κνων  fin. 

Σπάλαθρον,  ον.  τό,  ν.  σκάλινθρην. 

Σπάλΰκ'ιη,  ας,  η,  α  defect  in  the  eye, 
dim-sightedness  :  from 

Σπάλαξ,  άκος,  ό,  also  ΰσπά?Μ^ 
(q.  v.),  a  viole. 

Σπάλεθρον,  ov,  to,  v.  σκάλ,ευθρον. 
1369 


ΣΠΑΡ 

Σχΰλείς,  Aeol.  for  στα7.είς,  part, 
aor.  pass,  from  στέλλίΛ. 

Ί,πάλίον,  ov,  ro,=^ipaXiov,  ψέλ- 
λιον.  [ύ] 

Στταλίς,  ίδος,  ή,  Aeol.  for  -φαλίς. 

Σπάλίων,  ό,  (σπύλιον)  α  wicker- 
roof  to  shelter  soldiers  engaged  in  a 
siege,  Lat.  vinea. 

Σπΰνύ(^/ιφος,  ov,  (σπανός,  αδελ- 
φός) tvitk  few  brothers  or  sisters,  Sext. 
Emp.  p.  355. 

Σπάνανόρία,  ας,  ή,  (σπάνις,  άνήρ) 
lack  of  men  or  persons. 

Σπύνη,  7}ς,  ή,  and  σκΰνία,  ας,  ή, 
=  ffT<iVif,  want,  scarceness,  Jac.  Anth. 
P.  p.  201. 

iΣπavίa.  ας,  ή,  another  form  of  Ίσ- 
πανία,  Ν.  Τ.:   v.  Στταΐ'ός. 

ΣτΓάνϊύκϊς,  (σπανία)  adv.,  rarely, 
seldom,  Luc.  Rhet.  Praec.  17.  [u] 

Σπανίζω,  f.  -t'ffw.(ffTrui'if)  of  things, 
to  be  rare,  scarce,  few  or  scanty,  Pnid. 
N.  6,  54,  Ar.  Vesp.  252. — 2.  of  persons, 
to  lack  or  be  in  want  of  a  thing,  χρη- 
μάτων, diov.  Hdt.  1,  187,  196;  πέ- 
π'λων,  Eur.  Med.  900,  etc.  ;  τρυφής, 
Thuc.  4,  6;  etc. — II.  transit.,  to  tnake 
rare  or  scarce,  τι,  Philo  : — hence  pass. 
=  act.  (signf  2),  ίσπανίσμεβ'  αρω- 
γών, Aesch.  Pers.  1024,  cf.  Eur.  Or. 
1055,  Med.  560  ;  and  so  in  Xen, 

Σπάνιος,  a,  ov,  like  σπανός,  of 
persons  and  things,  rare,  few,  scarce, 
scojiiy,  tirst  in  Hdt.  2,  67 ;  5,  29 ; 
σπάνιον  εαυτόν  παρέχειν,  like  Lat. 
ditficiles  aditus  habere,  Plat.  Euthyphr. 
3  D  :  c.  inf ,  σπ.  ΙόεΙν,  rare  to  behold, 
Xen.  Cyr.  1,  3,  3  : — as  adv.,  σπάνιος 
επιφοιτά,  he  seldom  visits.  Hdt.  2,  73 ; 
so,  σ~.  φανήναί,  Xen.  Cyr.  7,  5,  46  : 
—  comp.  σπανιότερος,  Hdt.  8,  25, 
Plat.,  etc.  Adv.  -ίως,  seldom,  Xen. 
Ages.  9,  1 ;  so  σπανία.  Plat.  Phaedr. 
256  C— II.  of  persons,  tacking,  needy. 

Σπάνώτης,  ητος,  {i,=:sq.,lack,  -^τ/ς, 
Isocr.  47  C,  68  A. 

Σπάνις,  εως,  ^,  (ffffoi'of)  of  things, 
scarcetuss,  rareness  :  ov  σπάνις,  C.in{., 
Vis  not  hard  to...,  Eur.  I.  A.  1163.— 11. 
of  persons,  lack,  want,  c.  gen.,  as,  σπ. 
βνβ'λων,  Hdt.  5,  58  ;  esp.,  σπ.  βίου, 
poverty.  Soph.  O.  T.  1461,  Eur.  Hoc. 
12  ;  and  so  σπάνις  a\one.  Soph.  O.  C. 
506:  αργυρίου  σπ.,  Lys.  152,  ult.  ; 
cv  σπάνει  χρημάτων,  Dem.  389,  G. 

Σπάνιστός.  i/,  ov,  (σπανίζω)  of 
things,  wanted,  scarce,  lackinn  ;  poor, 
shabby,  δωρτ/ματα,  Soph.  O.  C  4. — 11. 
of  persons,  stinted  of  a  thing,  τινός, 
Strah. 

Σπάνοκαρπίη,  ας,  η,  lack  of  fruit, 
Diod.  :  V.  1.  στενοκ-. 

Σπύνοπώγων,  ωνος,  ο,  (σπανός, 
πώγων)  larkiii•^  α  beard,  Galen. 

Sn.VNO'i,  //,  όν,  of  things,  itcnrce. 
rare,  like  partus  and  rams. — II.  of 
persons,  in  ivant  of,  lacking,  τινός. 
(Akin  to  ήπανάω.  ήπανίω,  r/πανία, 
ήχάνω,  τ/χανία.)  [ά,  though  Draco 
119,  26,  would  have  ά.] 

Σπανός,  ή.  όν.  older  form  of  Ίστα- 
vof.  Schiif  Plut.  Sert.  11. 

Σπάνοσιτία,  ας,  ή,  lack  of  corn  or 
food,  Xen.  Hell.  4,  8,  7  :  froin 

Σπάνόσίτος,  ov,  (σπανός,  σίτος) 
lacking  corn  or  food. 

Σπΰνόσπερμος,  ov,  with  few  seeds. 

Σπΰνότεκνος.  ov,  (σπανός,  τέκνον) 
lucking  children,  Sext.  Einp.  p.  355. 

Σπάνόυνρος,  ov,  (οίφύ)  lacking  in 
tail,  susp. 

Σπύνόφυ?ΰ.ος,  ov,  (φν?.λον)  lacking 
in  haves. 

Σ  πάνυδρος,  ov,  {σπανός,  ύδωρ)  lack- 
ing water,  Diphil.  Siphn.  ap.  Ath.  80 
C. 

Σπάραγμα,  ατός,  τό,  (σπαράσσω) 
1370 


ΣΠΑΡ 

'  α  piece  torn  off,  apiece,  shred,  σπ.  τίνος, 

a  man's  mangled  corpse.   Soph.  Ant. 

1081  ;  απ.  κόμας,  Eur.   Andr.  826.— 

I  1\.=:σπαπαγμός,    Eur.    Pacch.   739. 

I  [σπύ]     Hence 

Σπΰραγμάτώδης,  ες,  convulsive, 
κραυγή,  Plut.  2,  130  D. 

Σπαραγμός,  οϋ,  ό.  (σπαράσσω)  a 
tearing,  rending,  mangling,  Βακχών,  by 
them,  Eiir.  Bacch.  735  :  but  σπαραγ- 
μοί χαίτης,  χρωτός,  etc.,  rending  of 
them,  Eur.  Phoen.  1525,  Tro.  453. — 
11.  a  convulsion,  spasm,  Aesch.  Fr.  155, 
Soph.  Tr.  77Θ,  1254.• 

Σπΰραγμώδης,  ες,  (είδος)  —σπα- 
ραγμητώοης,  Hipp. 

ΪΣπαράδοκος,  ov,  ό,  Sparadocus, 
fatherof  the  Thracia'n  prince  Seuthes, 
Thuc.  2,  101,  V.  1.  Σπάρδοκος. 

Σπάρύκτ7ΐς,  ov,  6,  one  who  rends  in 
pieces. 

^Σπαράμειζος,  ου,  δ,  Sparamizus, 
a  eunuch  of  Sardanapalus,  Ath.  528 
F.  _      ^ 

Σπάραξις,  ή, =: σπαραγμός.  [σπά'\ 

Σπαράσσω,  Att.  -ττω  :  ί.  -ξω  : — to 
tear,  rend  in  pieces,  ?nangle,  Lat.  lace- 
rare,  esp.  of  dogs,  carnivorous  ani- 
mals, and  the  like,  σπ.  σάρκας  «ττ' 
όστεων,  Eur.  Med.  1217  ;  σπαράσ- 
σεσθαι  κόμας,  to  tear  one's  hair,  Id. 
Andr.  1209  ;  generally,  σπ.  βρονττί, 
Aesch.  Pr.  ΙΟίθ  : — metaph.,  to  putt  to 
pieces,  attack,  Lat.  conviciis  lacerare, 
σπ.  τινά  λόγω.  Plat.  Rep.  5.')9  B,  cf. 
Dem.  785,  18  ;  /.ώβαιςσπ.  τινά,  Lye. 
656  : — pass.,  to  be  convulsed,  retch  with 
desire  to  vomit.  Foes.  Uec.  Hipp. 
(Akin  to  σπάω,  σπαίρω.) 

Σπηργανάω,ώ.=  σπαργανόω,σπαρ- 
γανίζω.  Plat.  Legg.  782  Ε. 
'  Σπαρ}άνίζω,  {.  -ίσω,  (σπάργανον) 
like  σπαργανόω,  to  swathe,  wrap  up, 
Hes.  Th.  485. 

Σπάργανων, ον,τό, dim. i'rom  σπάρ- 
γανον.— II.    a    plant,    Diosc.   4,    21. 

Σπαργανιώτης,  ov,  6,  a  child  in 
swaddling-clothes,  H.  Hom.  Merc.  301 ; 
formed  like  είραφιώτης  :  from 

Σπάργανον.  ου,  τό,  (σπάργω)  : — a 
swaddling  or  swathing  band,  H.  Hom. 
Merc.  151,  306.  Pind.  N.  1,  58:  usu. 
in  plur.,  swaddling-clothes,  H.  Merc. 
237,  Pind.  P.  4,  202  ;  παΙς  ετ'  ων  εν 
σπαργάνοις,  Aesch.  Cho.  755,  cf. 
529,  Ag.  1606: — hence,  in  Trag.,  any 
thing  which  reminds  of  one's  childhood, 
the  marks,  etc.,  by  which  a  person's  true 
birth  and  family  are  discovered,  Lat. 
7nonumenla.crrpnndia,c.{.Bninc\  Soph. 
O.  T.  1035,  Donat.  Terent.  Eun.  4,  6, 
15  ;  allusion  is  prob.  made  to  this  in 
Ar.  Ach.  431.     Hence 

Σπαργανόω,  ώ,  to  swathe  a  child  in 
swaddling  -  clothes,  σπηργανώσαντες 
πέπλοις  (τον  παΐδα)  Eur.  Ion  955, 
cf  Ath.  258  A  ;  Hipp.,  in  pass.  ;  cf 
σπάργω.     Hence 

Σπαρ γάνωμα,  ατός.  τό,  that  which 
is  .swathed. — 11.=  σπάργανον. 

Σπηργάνωσις,  εως.  ή,  a  swathing  a 
child  in  swaddling-clothes.   [}a] 

ίΣπαργαπείθ7]ς,  ονς,  b,  Spargapl- 
thes,  a  king  of  the  Scythians,  Hdt.  4, 
78. 

^Σπαργαπίσης,  ονς,  δ,  Spargapises, 
son  of  queen  Tomyris,  Hdt.  1,  211. 

Σπαργάω,  ώ,  f.  -ησω,  like  opyau, 
to  he  full  to  bursting,  to  swell,  be  ripe, 
μαστός  σπαργών,  Eur.  Bacch.  701, 
Cycl.  55  ;  of  a  woman  with  child. 
Plat.  Symp.  200  D  ;  also,  to  swell  with 
ttumours,  Foes.  Oec.  Hipp.  ;  with 
milk,  Q.  Sin.  14,  283;  of  the  earth,  ω 
teem  with  life. — II.  metaph.,  like  Lat. 
turge.re,  to  swell  wtth  desire  or  any  pas- 
sion, Plat.  Phaedr.  256  A,  Legg.  692 


ΣΠΑΡ 

A  ;  περί,  προς  τι,  Plut.  2, 585  C,  1 100 
A  ;  έπί  τι,  for  a  thing.  Id.  Artax.  3: 
ολιγαρχία  σπαργώσα.  Id.  Lycurg.  7. 
(Not  from  σπέρχω  or  σπάω:  but  ra- 
ther from  the  same  root  as  όργάω, 
όργη,  akin  to  σφριγάω  and  σφαρα- 
γέω.)     Hence 

Σπαργή,  τ/ς,  ή,  like  οργή,  swelling 
impulse  or  desire  :  passion. 

Σπάργω,  f.  -ξω,  to  swathe,  esp.  a 
child,  hence  to  wrap  in  swaddling- 
clothes,  σπάρξαν  iv  φά()εϊ  λευκώ,  Η. 
Hom.  Αρ.  121.  (Hence  σπάργανον, 
and  the  more  usu.  verbal  fornvs  σπαρ- 
γανόω, σπαργανόω,  σπαργανίζω.  Cf. 
σπείρα,  σπειρυς,  σπιιρον.) 

Σπάργωσις,  εως,  ή,  α  swelling,  μα- 
στών, Diosc. 

ίΣπάρδοκος,  ου,  ό,  ν.  Σπαράδοκος. 

^Σπαρεβρα,  ας,  ή,  Sparethra,  wife 
of  Amorges,  Ctes. 

Σπάρείς,  part,  σπάρήναι,  inf  aor. 
2  pass,  from  σπείρω. 

Σπάρίζω,^^ σπαίρω,  Oramm. 

Σπαρνοπόλιος,  ov,  with  thin  gray 
hair. 

Σπαρνός,  ή,  όν,  poet,  for  σπανός, 
σπάνιος,  Aesch.  Ag.  556. 

Σπύρος,  ov,  ό,  a  sea-fish,  not  to  be 
confounded  with  σκάρος,  Epich.  p. 
24.  (From  σπαίρω,  like  σκύροζ•  from 
σκαίρω.)  [ή] 

Σπαρτΰγενής,  ες,  producing  tht 
shrub  spartos,  App. 

Σπαρτάγενής,  ες,  (Σπάρτη,  γένος) 
of  Spartan  breed. 

ίΣπόιρτακος,  ov.  ό,  Sparlacus.  the 
celebrated  leader  of  the  gladiators, 
Ath.  272  F. 

Σπάρτη,  ης,  ή,=  σπάρτον,  a  rope  oi 
cord  of  spartum,  Ar.  Av.  815  (with  a 
play  upon  Sparta),  cf  Cratin.  Nemes. 
9,  et  ibi  Meineke. — II.  like  στάθμη,  a 
plumb-line ;  also  ij  σπαρτός. 

Σπάρτη,  ης,  f/,  Sparta  in  Laconia, 
Hom.  as  II.  2.  582  ;  etc.  :  hence  advs.. 
Σπίιρτηθεν,  from  Sparta.  Od.  4,  10  ; 
Σπάρτηνδε.  to  Sparta. — fll.  daughter 
of  the  Eurotas,  wife  of  Lacedaemon, 
Apollod.  ;  etc. 

Σπαρτιάτης,  ov,  ό,  tlon.  -ιήτης,  εω, 
Hdt.  1,  65t,  a  Spartan,  Eur.,  and 
Thuc.  :  fern.  Σπαρτιάτις,  /δος,  ίή  Σ. 
χθων,  Eur.  Or.  .537t  ;  and  Σπαρτιάς, 
αδος :  adj.  Σπαρτιατικός,  ή,  όν, 
Spartan,  [ά] 

Σπαρτίνη,  ης,  ίι,^=σπάρτη.  Αεί.  Ν. 
Α.  12,  43. 

Σπάρτίνος,  rj,  ov,  made  of  σπαρτός, 
Cratin.  Nemes.  9. 

Σπαρτίον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  σπαρ- 
τή, σπαρτοί',  a  smalt  cord  or  rope,  Ar. 
Pac.  1247. — II.  the  tongue  of  a  balance, 
Lat.  a7isa,  agina,  Arist.  Mechan.  2,  1; 
9. — ΙΙΙ.=σ7ΓάρΓ0(-,  the  shrub,  Diosc. 

Σπαρτιοχαιτης,  ov.  δ,  (σπαρτός, 
χαίτη)  like  σπαρνοπολιος,  with  scat- 
tered .scanty  hair.  Plat.  (Com.)  Presb. 
2  ;  cf  Lob.  Phryn.  602. 

Σπαρτόδετος,  ov,  (δέω)  bound  with 
σπαρτός,  Opp.  C.  1,  156. 

^Σπαρτοί,  ων,  οι,  v.  σπαρτός  II. 

Σπάρτον,  ov,  τό,  (σπείρω)  α  rope, 
cable.  II.  2,  135,  Hdt.  ί>,  10,  Thuc.  4, 
48  :  strictly,  a  rope  made  of  σπαρτός 
(cf  σπάρτη),  Lat.  spartum,  spartea : 
also,  in  pi.,  this  material  for  making 
ropes,  like  λίνα,  v.  Plat,  et  Xen.  11.  c. 
sub  σπαρτός. — Homer's  cables  could 
not  have  been  made  of  the  Spanish 
σπαρτός,  as  it  was  not  known  to  the 
Greeks  till  long  a'ter,  Varro  ap.  Gell. 
17, 3,  Plin.  24.  40,  first:  Plin.  supposes 
they  were  made  of  another  spartum, 
a  kind  of  broom  (spartium  scoporium, 
hmn.).—U.^ σπαρτίον  II,  Arist.  Me- 
chan. 1,  17  and  20. — ΙΙΙ.=  (Τ7τάρΓ0{•, 
Arist.  H.  A.  9,  40,  49.     Cf.  ff;raprof. 


ΣΠΑΤ 

Σηαρτοιτ7ΜΚος,  ον,  making  ropes, 
esp.  of  σττύρτος. 

Σπαρτοπόλιος,  ον,  with  scattered 
gray  hairs  ;  cf.  στταρνοπόλιος. 

Σ7ταρτοπώ?ί.ης,  ον,  ό,  (ττωλέω)  α 
dealer  in  ropes  Or  mats  of  σπαρτός. 
Hence 

Στταρτοπώλων ,  ον,  τό,  the  shop  of 
a  σπαρτοπώλης,  Menand.  p.  289. 

Σπαρτός,  ή,  όν,  {σπείρω)  sown,  scat- 
tered :  metaph.  begotten,  σπαρτών  γέ- 
νος, children  of  men,  Aesch.  Eum. 
410. — II.  esp.,  at  Thebes,  Σπαρτοί, 
oi,  the  Sown-men,  those  who  claimed 
descent  from  the  dragon's  teeth  sown 
by  Cadmus  :  hence  Σπαρτοί  for  Θη- 
βαίοι, Pind.  I.  1,  41  ;  7  (6),  13,  and 
Trag. ;  ?ώγχη  σπαρτός,  the  Theban 
spear,  Eur.  Supp.  578. 

Σπαρτός,  ον,  6  and  ή,  the  shrub 
σπαρτός,  either  Lygeum  spnrium  or 
flipa  tenacissima,  Linn.,  growing  in 
Spain  (both  still  called  esparto  there), 
and  (as  Pliny  says)  used  by  the  peo- 
ple ot  the  country  for  divers  purposes, 
but  by  the  Carthaginians  and  Romans 
for  making  cords  or  ropes,  and  then 
by  all  the  Greeks,  cf.  Plat.  Polit.  280 
C,  Xen.  Cyn.  9,  13,  and  Schneid. 
Theophr.  H.  PL  1,  5,  2,  Plin.  19,  7. 
— 2.  another  plant,  a  kind  of  broom, 
Spartiiim  scoparium,  Linn.,  the  seeds 
of  which  were  used  in  medicine: — v. 
sub  σπάρτον. — \\.  ή  σπαρτός, =^σπαρ- 
τή  Ιί. 

Σπαρτοόόρος,  ον,  (φέρω)  bearing 
the  shrub  σπαρτός,  Strab. 

Σπαρτοχαίτης,  ον,  ό,  f.  1.  for  σπαρ- 
τιοχαίτης. 

iΣπάpτu?Mς,  ου,  ό,  and  Σπαρτω- 
?.ός,  Spartolus,  a  city  of  Macedonia, 
in  Botliaea,  Thuc.  2,  79  ;  Xen.  Hell. 
5,  3,  6. 

\Σπάρτων.  ωνος,  ό.  Spartan,  son  of 
Phoroneus,  Paus.  2,  16,  4. — 2.  son  of 
Tisainenus,  Id.  7,  6,  2. 

Σπάσις,  ευς,  ή,  (σπάω)  a  pidling : 
β  convulsion,  spasm,  [ώ] 

Σπύσιια,  ατός,  τό,  (  σπάω  )  that 
which  is  drawn,  σπ.  ξιώονς,  a  drawn 
sword,  Plut.  Otho  17  :  that  which  has 
been  torn  off,  a  piece,  shred.  Id.  Sllll. 
21  ;  cf  Wyttenb  2,  99  C— II.  a  con- 
vulsion, spasm,  Hipp.,  Plat.  Tim.  87  £. 

Σπασμάτίον,  ον,  τό,  dim.  from 
foreg. 

Σπασμάτώδης,  ες,  {σπύσμα,  είδος) 
like  convulsions,  convulsive,  spasmodic, 
Arist.  Probl.  5,  1,  1. 

Σπασμός,  οϋ,  ό.  {σπύι^)=σπύσις 
and  σπάσμα,  a  convulsion,  spastn.,  Hdt. 
4,  187,  Soph.  Tr.  805,  1082,  etc. :  a 
fit  of  epilepsy,  Hipp. — II.  tension,  esp. 
priapism,  Lat.  lentigo,  Ar.  Lys.  845. 

Σπασμώδης,  ες.=  απασματώδης, 
Theophr.     Adv.  -δώς. 

Σπαστικός,  ή,  όν,  (σπάω)  pulling, 
stret  china. 

Σπάταγος  or  σπύταγγος,  ον,  δ, 
Arist.  Η.  Α.  4,  5,  2;  ana  σπατύγγη, 
ή,  Ar.  Fr.  359  ; — a  kind  of  sea-urchm. 

Σπαταλάω,  ώ,  ί.  -ήσω,  to  live  riot- 
ously or  lewdly,  to  run  not,  LXX.  :  to 
be  effeminate  or  spoilt,  τα  σπαταλώντα 
τών  παιδιών,  Theano  :  from 

Σπάταλη,  ης,  ή,  (prob.  from  σπα- 
θάω)  wantonness,  riot,  χρνσομανής, 
Anth.  P.  5,302:  —  χρυσόδετος  σπ., 
i.  e.  a  bracelet,  lb.  6,  74  ;  χρυσοφόρος 
σπ.  ταρσών,  i.  e.  an  anklet,  lb.  5, 27  ; 
cf  σπατά'λιον. 

Σπΰτάλημα.  ατός,  τό,  {σπατά?.άω) 
=  foreg..  Anth.  P.  9,  642. 

Σπάτάλιον,  ον.  τό,  written  also 
σπαθύλίον.  a  kind  of  bracelet,  Anth. ; 

also,  a  mode  of  dressing  the  hair  in.  a 
simple  knot,  corymbus,  Saimas.  ad  So- 
lin.  p.  537.   (Fiom  σπατά?.η,  q.  v.)  [ά] 


Σ  ΠΕΙ 

Σπάταλος,  όν,  (σπατάλη)  riotous, 
gluttonous,  Anth.  P.  5,  18,  27. 

Σπάτειος,  a,  ον,{σπάτος)  of  a  skin 
or  leather,   [u] 

iΣπaτέμ3uς,  ov,  b,  Spatembas.,  an 
ancient  Indian  king,  Arr.  Ind.  8,  1. 

Σπάτίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {σπάω)  to  draw, 
suck. 

Σπάτίλη,  ης,  ή,  thin  excrement, 
Hipp.  :  generally,  human  ordure,  Ar. 
Pac.  48.  (From  σκώρ,  σκατάς,  and 
τιλάω.)  —  II.  (  σπάτος  )  parings  of 
leather,  dub.  [t] 

Σπάτίλονρος,  ό,  {απατί/.η,  ουρά) 
foul-tailed, filthy,   [ί] 

Σπάτος,  τό,  α  skin,  hide,  leather, 
Boeot.  word,  [ΰ]    Hence 

Σπάτόω,^καττνω. 

ΣΠΑ'ί2,  fut.  σπάσω :  pf  ίσπάκα, 
pf.  pass,  έσπασμαι :  aor.  mid.  έσπα- 
σάμην,  the  tense  most  m  use  in 
Horn.:  aor. pass. έστΓάσβ^/ν.  To  draw; 
hence, — I.  to  draw  out  or  forth,  11.  II, 
458 ;  c.  ace,  φάσγανα,  uop,  εγχος 
παρά  μηρού  or  ίκ  σίφιγγυς  σπάσα- 
σθαι,  Od.  22,  74,  II.  16,  473  ;  19,  387  ; 
εκ  χειρός  χείρα  σπάσατο,  Od.  2,  321  ; 
()ώπας,  Od.  10,  166  ;  so  m  prose,  this 
signf.  is  usu.  in  mid.,  as  Xen.  Cyr.  7, 
5,  29;  but,  ξίφος  σπάσαντα,  Eur.  Or. 
1194  ι—σπασΟέντος  (sc.  έγχεος  έξ 
ώτει?,ής),  II.  Η.  458: — also,  πάλον 
σπάν,  to  draw  the  lot  (out  of  the  hel- 
met, etc.),  Aesch.  A^.  333.— II.  of 
violent  actions,  to  pluck  nff  or  out,  κό• 
μην.  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  1243,  cf.  Tr.  690.— 
2.  to  tear,  rend,  esp.  of  ravenous  ani- 
mals, like  σπαράσσω,  Soph.  Ant.  258, 
1003. — 3.  to  wrench,  sprain,  to  σκέλος 
έσπασε,  Plut.  Arat.  33  ;  in  pass.,  τον 
μηρον  σπασθήναι,  Hdt.  6,  134. — 4.  to 
tear  or  drag  away,  παρά  τίνος,  Plat. 
Legg.  666  Ε  ;  από  γονάτων,  εκ  βρα- 
χίονυς  σπασθείς,  Eur.  Hec.  92,  408. 
— 5.  metaph.,  to  dratv  aside,  pervert,  σε 
ίσπασεν  πειθώ,  Soph.  El.  561. — 6. 
medic,  to  cause  convulsion  or  spasm  : 
in  pass.,  to  be  convulsed,  Plut.  2,  658 
Ε  :  cf.  σπάσις,  σπάσμα,  σπασμός. — 
III.  to  draw  in,  suck  in,  θρόμβον  αίμα- 
τος, Aesch.  Cho.  533  :  hence,  to  drink 
at  a  draught,  εσπασεν  ΰμυστιν  έ/.κΰ- 
σας,  Eur.  Cycl.  571  ;  σννεκθανΰν 
σπώντα  χρη  τω  ττώματι,  lb.  573  :— 
hence,  σπ.  έρωτα.  Ιο  enjoy  it,  Ορρ. 
Η.  4,  269 ;  ολίγον  νπνον  σπάσωμευ, 
Heiiod.  ;  μικρόν  εσπάσαντο  νπνον. 
Id. — IV.  to  draw  tight,  pull  the  reins, 
Xen.  Eq.  7,  1  ;  9,  5. — V.  σπάσαι  έπω- 
ννμίαν,  to  adopt  a  surname,  Philostr. 
—  VI.  proverb.,  ονκ  έσπασε  ταντί]  γε, 
•  he  took  nothing  by  his  motion,'  Ar. 
Vesp.  175 ;  metaph.  from  angling,  ή 
μήρινθος  ονδέν  έσπασε,  Thesm.  928. 
— in  prose  έλκω  is  the  more  usu. 
word.  (From  σπάω  come  σπαίρω, 
σπαράσσω,  σφαδάζω,  σπάδων,  οπα- 
δών, σπάδιξ.)  [σπα-,  whence  Hom. 
doubles  the  σ,  σπασσάμενος,  etc., 
when  he  wants  a.] 

ΣττεΙν,  inf  aor.  of  έπω. 

ΣπιΙο,  Ep.  imperat.  aor.  mid.  of 
επω,  ίοτ  σπέο,  11.  10,  285. 

ΣπεΙος.  τό,  Ερ.  for  σπέος,  Od.  5. 
194,  Η.  Ven.  264  :  ace.  to  Hesych. 
also  σπείον. 

Σπείρα,  ας,  ^,  also  written  σπείρα. 
Lat.  spira,  any  thing  wound,  wrapt,  roll- 
ed round  or  upon  a  thing,  ποιείν  τι 
σπεϊραν,  to  twist  it  tight  up,  Foes. 
Oecon.  Hipp. :  hence, — 2.  in  plur., 
the  twisted  folds,  coils  or  spires  of  a 
serpent.  Soph.  Fr.  480  ;  πολύπλοκοι 
σπ.,  Eur.  Med.  481  ;  cf.  σπείρημα. — 
3.  a  twisted  rope  or  cord,  cordage  of  a 
net,  στΓ.  δικτνόκλ.ωστοι.  Soph.  Ant. 
.347 :  esp.,  a  ship's  cable,  Plut. : — a  pad- 
ded circle,  useii  by  women  carrying 


ΣΠΕΙ 
weights  on  their  head,  Apollod.  2,  5, 
11. — 4.  σπεϊραι  βόειαι,  thongs  or 
straps  of  ox-hide  to  guard  and  arm  a 
boxer's  fist,  the  caestus,  Theocr.  22, 
80. — 5.  a  knot  in  wood,  Theophr. — 6. 
a  body  of  men-at-arms,  used  to  trans- 
late the  Roman  manipulus,z=^two  cen- 
turies, Polyb.  11,  23,  l,etc.;  κατά 
σπείρας,  manipulation.  Id.  3,  115,  12: 
— but  in  N.T.  Act.  10, 1 ,  a  largerbody, 
prob.  a  cohort. — Horn,  has  only  the 
form  σπίϊροί'.•  cf  also  σπεϊροζ•.  (The 
verb  to  which  this  is  akin  is  ε'ιρω,  for 
σπείρω  in  the  signf  οίέλύσσω  is  only 
in  Gramm. :  σπαρτός,  σπάρτον,  and 
σπάργω,  σπάργανον,  σπαργανόω,  are 
also  akin,  as  veil  as  σφαίρα  and  prob. 
σπνρίς,  Lat.  sporta,  sportuta,  σπνρα- 
θος.  σφυρίς,  σφύραθος.)     Hence 

Σπειραία,  ας,  ή.  spiraea,  a  kind  of 
shrub,  prob.  with  the  cells  of  its  pods 
spirally  twisted  up,  Theophr. 

Σπείραμα,  Dor.  and  also  Att.  for 
σπείρημα,  q.  v.,  Aesch. 

Σπειραχθής,  ες,  {σπείρα,  άχθος) 
rolling  a  burthen  onwards,  winding, 
wriggling  forwards,  epith  of  reptiles, 
Kic.  Th.399. 

Σπειράω,  ώ.  ί.  -ησω,  (σπείρα)  Ιο 
coil  up.  Lob.  Phryn.  204.     Hence 

Σπειρηδόν,  adv.,  ί;ι  coils  or  spires, 
Anth. — II.  (σπείρα  6)  of  troops,  im 
maniples,  manipulation,  Polyb.  5,  4,  9, 
etc. 

Σπείρημα,  ατός,  τό.  Dor.  and  Att. 
for  -αμα,  (σττειρύω)  : — that  which  is 
rolled  or  wound,  a  wreath,  coil,  spire, 
esp.  of  serpents,  Aesch.  Cho.  248 : 
αιώνος  σπ.,  Anth  P.  append.  109.^ 
ΙΪ.=  σπάργανον,  Nic.  Al.  417. 

Σπειρίον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  sq.,  a 
light,  thin  garment,  Xen.  Hell.  4,5,  4. 

ΣπεΙρον,  ov,  τό,  [σπείρα)  a  cloth 
for  wrapping  about,  a  wrapper,  like  φά- 
ρος, ει/νμα  σπείρων,  a  cloth  lor 
wrapping  washed  linen  in,  Od.  6,  179, 
cf.  σπειρίον ;  κακά  σπείρα,  sorry 
wraps,  of  a  beggar,  Od.  4,  245 :  so, 
the  shroud  of  a  corpse,  Od.  2,  102  ;  19, 
147  :  also,  sail-cloth,  canvass,  Od.  3, 
318  ;  6,  269.     Hence 

Σπειροπώλης,  ov,  6,  (ττωλέω)  orts 
who  sells  clothes,  esp.  old  clothes. 

Σπειροπώλις,  ιδος,  fern,  from 
foreg.  :  lience,  σπ".  άγορύ,  the  old 
clothes  market. 

Σπειρος,  εος,  τό,-=σπεϊρον :  me- 
taph., σπείρεα  βολβών,  the  coats  οί 
onions,  Nic.  Th.  882. 

Σπείβονχος,  ov,  ό,  (σπείρα,  εχυΐ) 
circle-holding,  circular,  Anth.  P.  6, 
295. 

ΣτΓίφόω,  ώ,  (σπείρον)  like  σπει- 
ράω, to  swathe,  esp.  to  wrap  a  child  in 
swaddling-clothes,  like  σπαρ>ανόω. 
Call.  Del.  6 ;  doubted  by  Lob.  Phryn. 
204. 

ΣΠΕΓΡΩ,  f.  σπερώ:  aor.  έσπειρα: 
pf  pass,  έσπαρμαι  ■  aor.  pass,  έσπά- 
ρην  [ά]  :  freq.  impf.  σπείρεσκον, 
Hdt.  4,  42.  To  sow  : — I.  to  sow  seed, 
Hes.  Op.  389,  Sc.  309 ;  σϊτον  σπ., 
Hdt.  4,  17. — II.  to  sow  a  field,  νειόν, 
Hes.  Op. 465;  77ί(5ίά(5α,  rfufi'Of,  Hdt. 
9,  116,  122;  //  σπειρομένη  Αίγυπτος, 
t.he  arable  part  of  Aegypt,  Hdt.  2,  77  : 
πόντον  σπείρειν,  proverb,  of  lost  la- 
bour, Theogn.  IOC,  107  ;  also  εις 
νδωρ  and  ίν  νδατι  σπείρειν: — comi- 
cally, σπ.  τινά  καινοτάταις διανοίαις, 
Ar.Vesp.  1044. — 111.  metaph.,  to  sew 
children,  \.  e.  engender,  beget  them.  Soph. 
A j.  1293,  etc. ;  σπ.  τέκνων  ΰλ.οκα,  Eur. 
Phoen.  18  ;  but  .Aesch.  Theb.  754  e.\- 
presses  this  by  πρυς  ύγνάν  σπ.  άρου- 
ραν.  to  cast  seed  into  the  field  :— pass., 
to  sprins  or  be  born.  Soph.  O.  T.  1498, 
Eur.  Ion  554,  etc. — IV.  generally,  t« 
1371 


ΣΠΕΝ 

scnUcr  like  seed,  fliroiv  about,  χρνσον 
Kni  af>yvpov,  Hdc.  7,  107  ;  σ-.  φλό- 
γα, Ting.  Άμ.  Anst.  Foci  21,14:  — 
to  spread  a  report,  σττ.  ματαιαν  :ΐάξιν, 
Soph.  El.  642  :  so,  σπ.  τι  τ;ο'α'/οΙ<;.Ιο 
scatter  amon<r  many,  1(1.  Vt.  585 ;  cf. 
Ar.  Kan.  1206: — pass.,  to  be  scattered 
or  dixpersed.  ίστταρμένοι  «V  άρτΐαγήν, 
Xeii.  Hell.  3,  4,  22  ;  κατά  χωράν,  11). 
6.  2,  17.  (Hence  σπέρμα  and  Lat. 
spari^o.) 

Σ-ίίρω,=έ?ύσσω,  only  in  Gramm., 
V.  στΓίϊρα. 

Σ  ττειρώδης,  ες,  (σπεΐρον,  εΐι^ς)  like 
α  covering. — 11.  vith  mant/  coats,  like 
an  onion,  Nic.  Ai.  253,  527. 

Σπησαι,  inf.  aor.  o{  σπένδω,  Od. 

Στζίίσασκε,  Ion.  for  ίσπεισε,'Λ  sing, 
aor.  of  σττένδω,  Horn. 

Σ-εΐσΐΓ,  ή,  (σπένδω)  =  σ-υνδη, 
dub. 

Σττεί'σω,  fut.  ο{  σττένδω. 

+  Σ7Γείώ,  ονς,  ή,  Hpio,  a  Nereid,  II. 
18,  43. 

Στεκλ,ίίω,  v.  σπ?ιεκόω. 

iΣ^ϊ^εκoυλάτωp,  ορός,  ό,  the  Lat. 
speculator,  or  as  Walil  prefers  spicula• 
tor  (from  spiculum)=  δορυφόρος,  one  of 
the  king's  body-guard.  IV .  'Γ. 

Σπέλεβος,  6,  and  σπέ?.ληξ,  ηκος,  6, 
=  ΤΓέλεθος,  q.  v. 

Σπέ'λλιον,  τό,  Aeol.  for  φκ?.?ιΐον. 

Σττεΐ'ίίαυ/εω,  σττενδείον,  σπενδο- 
ττηιέω,  1.  Ι.  for  σ:τΌνδ•. 

ΣΠΕ'ΝΔΩ:  ί.  σπείσω :  aor.  εσ- 
πεισα:  pf.  εσττεικα.  Pint.  Sertor.  14: 
pf.  pass,  έστΐεισμαι :  Hotn.  uses  pres., 
impf.,  and  aor.  act.,  the  impf.  and 
aor.  indicat.  in  the  frequentat.  Ibrms 
σπένδεσκε.  σπείσασκε ;  alsoEp.  suhj. 
pres,  σπένδησθα,  Od.  4,  591. 

To  pour  (i.  e.  offer)  a  drink-offering, 
because  before  drinking  wine  they 
poured  some  on  the  table,  hearth 
or  altar,  Lat.  libare,  oft.  in  Horn. 
σπεΐσάν  τ'  επών  θ'  όσον  ηβελε  θυ- 
μός, Od.  3,  342 ;  έπ?/ν  σπε'ιστις  τε 
και  ενξεαι,  Od.  3,  45 :  also  with  dat. 
of  the  god  to  whom  the  libation  was 
made,  δίττας  έλΰν  σπείσασκε  βεοίσι, 
Od.  8,  89 ;  οντε  τεφ  σπένδεσκε  θεών 
ότε  μη  Δα',  of  Achilles,  U.  16,  227, 
etc.;  so  also  later,  e.xcept  that  we 
have  σπ.'Α.γαθον  Ααίμονος  [sc.  σπον- 
δήν],  Ar.  Eq.  106  :  also  c.  dat.  rei, 
ίιδατι  σπ-,  to  pour  with  water,  Od.  12, 
363  ;  for  which  we  also  have  the  ace, 
στ.  olvav,  to  pour  wine,  11.  '11,  775, 
Od.  18,  151  ;  (so,  /.οι3άς,  σπονδάς, 
χους,  Trag.) : — also  c.  dat.  instru- 
menti,  σπ.  δέπα'ί.  δεττύεσσι,  II.  23, 
196,  Od.  7, 137.— The  religious  sense, 
which  the  word  always  has  in  Horn., 
is  lost  it)  later  authors,  so  that  it 
means  simply  to  pour,  έκ  χρνσέης 
φιάλτ/ς  ές  την  θάλασσαν,  Hdt.  7,  54  ; 
also  στ.  φιάλ^.  Id.  2,  147  :  to  sprinkle. 
Id.  4,  187  :  metaph.,  στ.  άοιδαΐς,  to 
pour  offerings  of  song,  Piud.  I.  6.  12. 
— This  sense  in  Att.  prose,  as  Plat. 
Legg.  799  B,  Xen.  Cyr.  7,  1,  1.— II. 
mid.,  to  pour  libations  one  with  another ; 
and  so,  this  being  the  custom  in  mak- 
ing treaties,  truces,  etc.,  to  make  a 
treaty,  make  peace,  Hdt.  3,  144  :  to  be 
at  peace,  Tu  μεν  σττενδόμενοι  ~u  δε 
πολεμούντες,  Thuc.  1,  18:— con- 
struction, σπένδεσθαί  Tin,  to  make 
peace  tvith  one,  Eur.  Bacch.  284, Thuc. 
5,  5,  etc.;  in  full,  σπένδεσθαί  τινι 
σπονόάς,  Thuc.  5,  14  ;  but,  σπένδε- 
σθαί -τι  πρεσβεία,  tu  give  the  em- 
bassy pledges  of  safe  conduct,  Aes- 
chin.  62,  39  :  also,  σπένδεσθαί  προς 
τίνα  for  τινί,  Thuc.  5,  17,  Xen.  An. 
3,  5,  16  : — the  object  of  the  treaty,  as 
expressed  by  έπι  τοϊςδε,οη  these  terms, 
JEur,  Phoen.  1240,  and  so  Xen. ;  also, 
1372 


ΣΠΕΡ 

σπένδεσθαί  τινι  ΰςτε,  c.  inf.,  Thuc.  ; 
or  c.  iiil.  alone,  Id.  7,  S3  ;  more  rarely 
c.  ace,  σπείσασΟαι  είί•ί/ν7/ν,  to  con- 
clude a  Jorninl  peace,  Hdt.  7,  148  ; 
έσπεϊσθαι  νείκυς,  to  make  up  a  quar- 
rel, Eur.  Med.  1140;  σπ.  άναίρεσιν 
τών  νεκρών,  αναχώρησα•,  to  obtain  a 
treaty  lor  taking  up,  lor  retreating, 
Thuc.  3,  24,  109. — The  pf  (σπεισμαι 
is  used  in  act.  sense  m  Kur.  1.  c. ;  but 
in  pass.,  Thuc.  4,  16.     Cf.  λείβω. 

ΪΣπένδι,ιν.  οντος,  ό,  Spendon,  masc. 
pr.  η  ,  Pint.  Lye.  28. 

ΣΠΕΌΣ,  TO,  Ep.  σπε'ιος,  Lat. 
SPECVS,  a  cave,  cavern,  grot,  μέγα, 
γλαφιφόν,  Horn. : — of  the  form  σπέης, 
Hom.  uses  only  nom.  and  ace.  sing., 
with  irreg.  dat.  σπήί.  Od.  2,  20,  etc., 
Hes.  Th.  297  (v.  1.  σπεΤι,  11.  18.  402, 
but  V.  Lob.  Paral.  24) :  of  σπείυς  the 
ace.  sing,  only  in  Od.  5,  194,  and 
more  freq,  gen.  σπείονς,  but  only  in 
Od. :  of  the  plur.,  Horn,  has  only  dat. 
σπεσσι  and  σπί/εσσι.  which  are  freq., 
but  only  m  Od. :  in  H.  Ven.  264  also 
gen.  σπείων :  an  irreg.  dat.  plur. 
σπεάτεσσι,  as  if  from  σπέας,  is  in 
Xenophan.  ap.  Herodian.,  περί  μον. 
λέξεως,  p.  30  Dind.  —  Ep.  word. 
(From  σπέος  are  derived  σπί/λαιον 
and  σπή?Λ>ξ,  Lat.  spelaeum  and  spe- 
Iwica.) 

ΣπέράδοΓ,  τό,  (σπείρω)  =  σπέρμα, 
Nic.  Th.  649,  ΑΙ.  134,  330. 

Σπέρ•;δην,  adv.,  (σπέρ;^;ω)  hastily, 
ap.  Hesych. 

^Σπερθίης,  εω,  ό,  Sperthics,  a  Spar- 
tan, who  gave  himself  along  with 
Bulis  to  death  for  his  country,  Hdt. 
7,  134  :  cf.  Σπέρχις. 

Σπέρμα,  ατός,  τό,  (σπείρω)  that 
ii'hich  IS  sown,  seed,  the  seed  or  ger7n 
of  anything,  σπέρμα  πυρός,  a  spark, 
Od.  6'  490,  cf.  Piud.  P.  3,  65 :— usu., 
the  seed  of  plants,  H.  Hom.  Cer.  308, 
Hes.  Op.  444,  Hdt.  3,  97  ;  τα  σπέρ- 
ματα, seeds,  Hes.  Op.  444,  469  : — also 
of  animals,  =:}  01»//  11,  γέη'πς  IV,  the 
seed,  Lat.  semen  senilale,  Pind.  P.  3, 
27,  Plat.  Tim.  80  C  :— metaph.  of  the 
germ  of  any  thing,  στ.  φ7Μγός.  a  spark, 
Pind.  O.  7,  87  ;  στ.  υλβου.  Id.  P.  4, 
453  ;  σπέρμα  παρασχειν,  Dem.  280, 
28. — 2.  in  poets  very  freq.  for  seed, 
offspring,  Orac.  ap.  Thuc.  5.  16,  and 
Trag. ;  of  a  single  person,  Pind.  O.  9, 
92,  Aesch.  Cho.  474,  Soph.  Phil.  364  ; 
more  rarely  in  plur.,  Aesch.  Supp. 
290,  Eum.  909,  Soph.  O.  C.  600,  1275, 
and  even  Plat.  Legg.  853  C— 3.  also, 
race,  orif;in.  Soph.  O.  T.  1077. 

Σπερμάγοραιο?ιεκΐΟολΰ.χ{ινοπώλις, 
ιδος,  Ί/,  a  green-grocery-market-woman, 
Ar.  Lys.  457. 

Σπερμαίνω,  (σπέρμα)  like  σπείρω, 
to  sow,  to  yield  seed  :  metaph.,  στ.  >'ε- 
νεήν,  to  beget  a  progeny,  Hes.  Op.  734. 

Σπερματίας  σικνός,  ό,  a  cucumber 
left  for  seed,  opp.  to  εννουχίας,  Cratin. 
Odyss.  8. 

Σπερμάτίζω,  f.  -ίσω,=  σπερμαίνω, 
esp.  to  come  to  seed,  LXX.: — pass.,  of 
a  woman,  to  conceive  or  bear  seed,  lb. 

Σπερματικός,  η,  όν,  {σπέρμα):  — 
of  or  from  seed,  Theophr.  :  metaph., 
containing  the  germs  of  things,  hence 
in  Stoic  philosophy,  σπερματικοί  λό- 
γοι, certain  laws  of  generation,  con- 
tained in  matter,  Diog.  L.  7,  148, 
Hitter's  Hist,  of  Philos.  3,  p.  528.— 
Adv.  -κώς,  σπ.  λέγειν,  to  observe  in 
passing,  casually,  Clem.  Al. 

Σπερμάτων,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from 
σπέρμα,  Theophr.  ap.  Ath.  66  E.  [«] 

ΣπερμάτΙτις,  ιδος,  η  :  φ'λέβες 
σπερματίτιδες  (al.  σπερματίδες),  the 
spermatic  veins,  Syennes.  ap.  Arist. 
H.  A.  3,  2,  15. 


ΣΠΕΡ 

Σπερμΰτισμός,  ov,  6,  (σπερμάτίζω) 

(Hii.v.sio/i  of  the  seed. — II.  ill  plur.,  .sml- 
liiigplanis,  to  be  afterwards  planted 
out.  Theii])hr. 

Σπερμΰτο'λογέω,  ώ,  =  σπερμολο- 
γέω,  Philostr.  V.  Soph.  1,  22. 

Στ:ερμΰτολ()}ος,  ov,  =  σπερμολο 
γος,  Epich.  p.  25. 

Σπερματοπώλης.  ov,  ό,  a  seedsman, 
Nicoph.  Χειρογ.  1,5. 

Σπερμάτονχος,  ov,  (έχω)  seed-hold- 
ing, fruitful. 

Σπερμΰτοφάγος.  ov,  (σπέρμα,  φα• 
■)εϊν)  eating  seeds,  Strab. 

Σπερμάτοφϋέω,  and  σπερμάτοφν• 
ής,  ές  =  σπερμοφ-. 

Σπερμΰτυω,  ώ,  (σπέρμα)  to  sow 
ground,  σπερματυνμένη  γη,  Theophr. 
— II.    to  bear  seed. 

Σπερμάτώδης.  ες,  (σπέρμα,  είδος) 
like  seed  :  metaph.,  undeveloped,  Arte- 
mid.  4,  prooem. 

Σπερμύτωσις,  εως,  η,  (σπερματόώ) 
a  sowing. — II.  α  bearing  of  seed,  Pha- 
nias  ap.  Ath.  61  F.  [ΰ] 

ΣπερμεΙον,  ov,  τό,=-σπέρμα,  Nic. 
Th.  599. 

Σπέρμειος,  a,  ov,  also  ος,  ov, 
(σπέρμα)  of  , presiding  over  seeds,  Orph. 
33,  3  ;  39,  5. 

Σπέρμιος,  ov,  v.  1.  for  foreg. 

Σπερμοβολέω,  ώ,  (σπέρμα,  βάλλω, 
βολή)  Ιο  scatter  seed  :  to  yield  seed. 

Σπερμογονέω,  ώ,  to  bear  seed,  The- 
ophr. :  from 

Σπερμογόνος,  ov,  bearing  seed. 

Σπερμολογέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (σπερμο- 
λόγος)  to  pick  up  seeds,  like  birds, 
Hipp.  :  to  glean,  pick  up,  collect  by  little 
and  little,  Philostr. — 2.  to  he  a  σπερ- 
μολόγος  (signf  II),  to  be  a  babbler. 

Σπερμολογί.α,  ας,  ή,  babbling,  gos- 
sip, Plut.  Alcib.  36,  etc. :  and 

Σπερμολογικός,  ή,  όν,  like  a  σπερ- 
μολόγος,  babbling;  generally,  idle, 
useless,  joined  with  περίεργος,  Plut. 

2,  664  A  :  from 

Σπερμολόγος,  ov,  (σπέρμα,  λέγω) 
picking  up  seeds :  hence  as  subst. 
ό  στ., — 1.  a  crou<  that  picks  up  seed, rook, 
Ar.  Av.  232,  579  ;  cf.  Arist.  H.  A.  8, 

3,  6,  Plut.  Demetr.  28.-2.  one  who 
picks  up  scraps  by  begging  or  stealing  : 
hence,  one  who  retails  scraps  of  knowl- 
edge, an  idle  babbler.  Dem.  269,  19,  cf. 
Casaub.  Theophr.  Char.  6  ;  in  superl., 
Dion.  H.  Epit.  17,  6. 

Σπερμοποιέω,  ώ,  (σπέρμα,  ποιέω) 
to  generate  seed,  of  men,  Arist.  H.  A. 
10,  5,  5. 

Σπερμονχέω,  ώ,  (σπέρμα,  έχω)  to 
have  or  bear  seed,  dub.  in  Theophr. 

Σπερμοφαγία,  ας,  ή,  an  eating  of 
seeds  :  from 

Σπερμοφάγος,  ov,  =:  σπερματοφά- 
γος,  Sext.  Emp.  p.  16.  [ύ] 

Σπερμοφορέω,  ώ,  to  bear  seed,  The- 
ophr. :  from 

Σπερμοφόρος,  ov.  (σπέρμα,  φέρω) 
bearing  seed.  Theophr. 

Σπεημοφνέω,  ώ,  ί.  -ήσω,  to  produce 
seed,  1  heophr. :  from 

Σπερμοφϋής,  ές,  (σπέρμα,  φνή) 
growing  from  seed,  Theophr. 

ΣπερχεΙος,  ου,  υ.  Ion.  -χήϊος,  the 
SperchSus,  a  river  of  Thessaly,  II. 
+  16,  174;  Hdt.  7,  198+ :  strictly  the 
Rapid,  from  στφ^γω  ;  +now  the  Hel- 
lada. 

ίΣπέρχις.  ιδος,  b,  —  Σπερθιηι, 
Theocr.  15,  98. 

Σπερχνός,  ή,  όν,  (σπέρχω)  hasty, 
rapid,  βέλος,  Hes.  Sc.  454  :  generally, 
hasty,  hot,  violent,  λύγοι,  Aesch.  Theb. 
285  ;  and  so,  of  diseases,  pains,  etc., 
Hipp.,  V.  Foes.  Oecon.— II.  act.  has- 
tening, pressing,τ^σπεpχvoπoιός,  He- 
sych. 


ΣΠΗΑ 

ΣΓΙΕ'ΡΧΩ,  f.  -ξω,  to  set  in  rapid 
motion,  to  drive,  hasten,  ur^e  on,  δτε 
στέρχωσιν  άε/?.αι,  when  storms  are 
driving  fast,  11.  13,  334  ;  cf.  Od.  3, 
283: — pass,  σττέρχομαι,  to  move  rap- 
idly or  hastily,  to  /taste,  be  in  haste,  11. 
19,  317  ;  (T~.  έμετμηΐς,  to  row  rapidly, 
Od.  13,  22:  —  Horn.,  however,  uses 
most  freq.  part.  pres.  pass,  σ-ερχόμε- 
νος,  as  adj..  in  haste,  hastily,  hurriedly, 
σ~.  έ~ε3ησετη  όίόρον,  11.  21,  322, 
etc. ;  cf.  also  of  the  mind,  Hdt.  3,  72  ; 
so,  σ~ερχθείς.  Id.  1,  32;  σττερχθεΐσα 
θνμύ,  in  haste  or  heat,  angry.  Find. 
N.  1 ,  CO  ;  so,  μί/  σττέρχον,  be  not  hasty, 
Eur.  Med.  1133;  σηέρχεσθαί  tlvl,  to 
be  angry  with  one,  Hdt.  5,  33.  Rare 
in  Att.  (Akin  to  Lat.  pergo,  expergo, 
expergisco. ) 

Σπές.  σπέτε,  imperat.  aor.  oi ειπείν 
for  είπε,  είπατε,  εσπετε,  as  σχές, 
σχέτε,  οί  εχω,  Ε.  Μ. 

Σπέσθαι,  inf.  aor.  of  έπομαι,  as 
σχέσθαι  ο{  έχομαι,  Od. 

Σπέσσι,  Ερ.  dat.  plur.  from  σττέος, 
Od. 

Σπέτε,  v.  σπές. 

Σ7Γει;(5ω,  f.  σπενσω. — Ι.  transit.,  to 
urge  on,  set  a-going  ;  esp.,  to  press  on, 
hasten,  quicken,  ταύτα  χρή  σπενόειν, 
11.  13,236;  γύμον  σπ.,  Od.  19,  137, 
Hdt.  1,  38,  etc.,  cf  Bornem.  Xen. 
Conv.  7,  4 ;  πανσαι  σπενδων  τύ 
σπεύδεις,  Hdt.  1,  206;  so  in  Id.  8, 
46,  an  ace.  must  he  supplied  : — also, 
to  seek  eagerli/,  strive  after,  c.  acc,  σπ- 
βίοι;  άρετάν.  Find.  P.  3,  110, 1.  4,  22 
(3,31);  εί'ώνχίαν,  Eur.  Supp.  161: 
— to  pro/note  or  further  zealously,  to 
press  or  urge  on,  το  έφ'  έκαστην, 
Thuc.  1,  141 ;  σ-.  άσπονδαστα,  Eur. 

I.  Τ.  200;  in  arguing,  σπ.  έαντώ 
εναντία.  Plat.  Frot.  361  Β  :  —  so  in 
mid.,  σκενδομένα  θνσίαν,  Aesch.  Ag. 
151  (ubi  Aid.  σπενόομένα):  — so  in 
pass.,  ξννίίν  πάσι  αγαθού  σπίί'δεται, 
Hdt.  7,  53.  —  11.  more  freq.  intr.,  to 
exert  one's  self,  press  on,  hasten,  Horn., 
and  Hes. : — construct.,  c.  part.,  σπεύ- 
σε πυνησάαενος  τά  u  έργα  (for  σπου- 
όαίως  έπονήσατο).  Od.  9,  250,  310  :— 
later,  c.  inf.,  to  be  eager  to...,  Hes.  Op. 
22,  671,  Find.  N.  9,  50,  and  Att.,  (so 
in  mid.,  σπενδόμεναι  Ιιφε/.εΐν,  Aesch. 
Eum.  360) :  c.  acc.  et  inf ,  to  be  anx- 
ious that...,  Hdt.  1,  74,  Ar.  Pac.  672; 
so,  σπ.  ύς  Ζευς  μηποτ'  άρξειει; 
Aesch.  Pr.  203;  σπ.  δπως  μ//...,  Klat. 
Gorg.  480  A  :— σ~.  περί  ΥΙατρόκ?-ηιο 
θανόντος,  II.  17,  121  ;  σπ.  ες  μύχην, 

II.  4,  225 ;  and  in  mid.,  σπεύσομαι  εις 
Άχιλΐ/α,  II.  15,  402  ;  σπ.  ές  τα  πράγ- 
ματα, Eur.  Ion  599  :— Αρρ.  has  part, 
pf  pass,  έσπεναβένος  as  adj.,  in  haste, 
eager;  in  which  signf.  Horn,  alwaj's 
uses  part.  pres.  act.  σπεύδων,  II.  8, 
293  ;  23,  506,  etc. ;  cf.  Aesch.  Pr.  192  : 
σπενδειν  τιν'ι,  to  exert  one's  self  for 
another  (cf.  σπουδάζω),  Ale.x.  Incert. 
65: — in  LXX.,  to  be  troubled  in  mind. 
(Usu.  deriv.  from  έπω,  Ισπον,  σπείν  : 
from σττευίίω again  come  σπουδή,  eic.) 
Hence 

■\Σπενσιππος,  ov,  b,  Speusippus, 
son  of  Eurymedon,  successor  of  Plato 
in  the  Academy,  Ael.  V.  H.  3,  19. 

Σηίνστέον,  verb,  adj.,  one  must 
hurry,  hasten,  Ar.  Lys.  320. 

Σπενστικός,  ή,  όν,  (σπεύδω)  hasty, 
Arist.  Eth.  Ν.  4,  3,  34. 

Σπευστός,  jj,  όν,  verb,  adj.,  done  or 
pursued  eagerly. 

Σπήεσσι,  Ep.  dat.  pi.  from  σπέος, 
Od. 

Σπήί,  Ep.  dat.  sing,  from  σπέος, 
Hom.,  and  Hes. 

Σπηλάδιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  sq., 
Theopomp.   (  Corn.  )    Pant.    1.     [d, 


ΣΠΙΑ 

-άδιον  being  put  for  -άδιον  :  cf.  k7.a- 
διον.'] 

Σπηλαιον,  ov,  τό,  (σπέος)  like 
σ~>ι7.νγζ,  a  grotto,  cave,  cavern,  pit, 
Lat.  spelaeum,  Plat.  Rep.  514  A. 
Hence 

Σπη?.άϊτης,  ov,  b,  dwelling  or  wor- 
shipped, in  grottos,  of  certain  gods, 
Paus.  10,  32,  5. 

Σπη'/.αιοειδής,  ef,=  sq. 
Σπη7,αιώδΐ}ς,  ες,  Ισ-ηλαιον,  είδος) 
cavern-like,  οίκησις.  Plat.  Rep.  514  Α. 
Σ-η?.νγγώδης,  ef,=foreg. 
Σπή/νγξ,  νγγος,  ή,  {σπέος)=σπή- 
?.αιον,  Lat.  spelunca,  Arist.   Η.  Α.  9, 
17,  2,  Αρ.  Rh.  2.  568.     (Perh.  akin  to 
σπίλος,  σττι'λύς.) 

Σπηλώδης,  ες,=  σπη}.αιώδης,  dub. 

Σπίγγος,  ('),=  σ~ίνος,  Hesych. 

ΣΠΓΔΗ'Σ,  ές,   gen.  έος,   only  in 

II.    11,    754,    δίά    σπιδέος    πεδίοιο, 

through  ihe  far-stretched,  broad  plain. 

So   Aristarch. ;   but  others  read  δι' 

άσπιδέος.  from  an  adj.  ΰσττιδί/ς,  ές, 

which   (if  right)   is    merely   σπιδής 

!  vvith  a  euphon..  and  in  nowise  to  be 

derived  from  άσπις,  as  ii round,  shield- 

•  shaped. — From   the    same    root   (for 

I  which   the   Gramm.   invent   a   verb 

I  σπίζω)  we  have  σπίδιος.  a,  ον,=μα- 

i  κρός,  Aesch.  Fr.  323  ;  σπίδόθεν^μα- 

j  «po6ev,Antim.  74;  σπιδνός^πνκνός, 

'  συνεχής,  Άτιι\  σπιδόεις=π}•Μτνς,  μέ- 

\  γας.  πυκνής,  all  quoted  by  Hesych.  : 

Ι  σ77ί^α/ζ^  also  belongs  to  it;  but  hardly 

the  Lat.  .ipissus. 
[  Σπίζα  and  σπίζη.  ης,  ή,  (σπίζω) : 
I  — a  synall  piping  bird.  esp.  a  kind  of 
I  finch,  Lat.  fringilla.  Soph.  Fr.  382. 
1  "Arist.  H.  A.  8,  3,  4  ;  9,  7,  11  :  cf.  σπί- 
j  νος.     Hence 

Σπιζίας.   ov,  b,  the   sparrow-hawk, 
I  Arist.  H.  A.  8,  3,  1  ;  9.36,  1. 

Σπιατης,  ov,  b,  a  titmouse,  Lat. 
parus,  Arist.  H.  A.  8,  3.  4. 

ΣΠΓΖ12.  to  pipe,  chirp,  of  the  shrill 
note  of  small  birds,  also  πιππίζω, 
Lat.  pipio,  Arat.  1024. 

Σπιθΰμηΐος.  a,  ov.  dub.  for  σπιθα- 
μίΜΪης,  Lob.  Phryn.  544. 

Σπιθαμή,  ης,  ή,  (σπίζω)  the  space, 
one  can  stretch  over  with  the  ends  of  the 
thumb  and  little  finser,  a  span,  Lat. 
dodrans :  as  a  tixed  measure,  about 
7i  inches,  first  in  Hdt.  2,  106.  Hence 
ΣπΙθαμΙαΙος,  a.  ov,  of  a  span,  a 
.span  long.  Arist.  Pol.  7,  4,  10. 

Σπϊβάμώδης,  ες,  {  είδος  )=^foreg., 
Diosc. 

ίΣπιθριδάτης,  ov,  b,  Spithridates, 
a  Persian,  general  of  Pharnabazus. 
Xen.  An.  6,  3,  7.-2.  a  satrap  of 
Ionia  and  Lydia,  Arr.  An.  1,  12,  8. 

Σπϊ?Μδώδης,  ες,  {σπίλας,  είδος) 
rock-like :  rocky,  Stral). 

ΣΠΓΑΑ'Σ,  άδος,  ή,  a  rock  in  or  by 
the  sea,  νήάς  γε  ποτΐ  σπι'λάδεσσιν 
ίαξαν  κύματα,  Od.  3,  298 ;  ov  γαρ 
εσαν  ?Λμένες.  ..  άλλ'  a/rrci  προβλή- 
τες έσαν  σπιλάδες  τε  πάγοι  τε,  Od. 
5,  405,  cf.  401,  Soph.  Fr.  341,  Polyb. 

I,  37,  2: — generally,  a  stone.  Soph. 
Tr.  678 :  a  hollow  rock,  cave,  Anth. — 

II.  ή  σπ.   (sc.  γη),  argillaceous  earth, 
clay,  Theophr.  C.  PI.  3,  4,4  Schneid. 

ΣτΓί'λοζ•,  ov,  ^,=  foreg.,  a  rock,  cliff, 
mountain.  [I  certainly  in  Lye.  188, 
and  prob.  in  Ion  ap.  Hesych. :  so  that 
the  usu.  accent  σ-1?.ος  is  wrong.] 

Σπιλυς,  ov,  b.  more  rarely  σπίλος, 
a  spot,  stain,  blemish,  Dorio  ap.  Ath. 
297  C,  Diosc. : — the  Att.  use  κη7.ίς 
instead.  Lob.  Phryn.  28. 

Σ~ι7.όΐύ,  ώ,  to  stain,  soil,  LXX. 

Σ-ΐλώδης,  ες.  {σπι7.ος,  ή)=σπιλα- 
δώδης,  λόφος,  Polyb.  10,  10,  7. 

Σπίλωμα,  ατός,  τό,  (στίλόω)  α 
spot,  stain. 


Σ  ΠΑ  A 

Σπΰωτός,  ή,  όν,  (σπιλόω)  stained, 
soiled. 

Σπίνη,  ή,=  σπίνος,  q.  v.— Π.  a  kind 
of  fish,  Ale.x.  Eretr.  1.  [<] 

Σπινθύριγξ,  ιγγος,  ή  ;  σπινθάριξ, 
or  -νξ,  γος,  ή.  Αρ.  Rh.  4,  1544  ;  and 
σπινθαρίς,  ίδος.  ή,  Η.  Horn.  Αρ.  442: 
Ι  ^^σπινθήρ,  α  spark. 

^Σπίνβαρος,  ον,  ό,  Spinthams,  a 
barbarian  who  passed  himself  off  as 
a  citizen  of  Athens,  Ar.  Av.  7G2. — 2. 
an  Athenian,  son  of  Eubulus,  Dem. 
1259,  2.-3.  another  in  Dem.  1358,  Θ, 
perhaps  same  as  foreg. — Others  in 
Paus.  ;  etc. 

Σπινθεύω,  to  emit  sparks. 

Σπινβήρ,  ήρος,  ό,  a  spark,  Lat.  scin- 
tilla,  II.  4,  77 :  metaph.,  έκ  τούτον 
τονσπ.  έξεκανθη  πόλεμος,  Polyb.  18, 
22.  2. 

Σπινθηράκίζω,  and  in  Theophr. 
σπινθηρίζο),  to  emit  sparks. 

Σπινθηροβό7.ος,  ov,  {σπινθήμ, βάλ- 
λω) emitting  sparks. 

Σπινθηρόπομπος,  ov,  {πέμπω)=: 
foreg. 

Σπΐνίδιον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  sq., 
Ar.  Fr.  344,  7.  [i] 

Σπινίον,  ov,  ro,=  8q.,  Eubul.  In- 
cert. 14. 

Σπίνος,  ov,  b,  (σπίζω)  a  small  bird, 
so  called  from  its  shrill,  piping  note  (cf. 
Arat.  1024),  commonly  eaten  at  Ath- 
ens, prob.  a  kind  of  finch  (yet  differ- 
ent from  σπίζα),  Ar.  Av.  1079,  Pac. 
1149,  Eubul.  Incert.  15  a.  5,  etc. 
The  name  σπίνος  still  remains  in 
Chios. — In  Grarnm.  we  also  find  σπί- 
va,  σττίγγος,  our  spink  :  but  σπίνος 
(properisp.)  is  proo.  wrong. —  II.  a 
kind  of  iVoric,  which  blazes  when  wa- 
ter touches  it,  Arist.  Mirab.  41. 

Σπίνος,  ή,  όν,^ ισχνός,  lean,  thin, 
Procl. 

^Σπιτάκης,  ov,  ό,  Spitaces,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Ctes.  ;  Arr. ;  etc. 

ίΣπιτάμας,  ov,  b,  Spitamas,  son-in- 
law  of  Astyages,  Ctes. 

^Στΐΐταμένης,  ονς,  b,  Spitamenes,  a 
Persian  general,  Arr.  An.  3,  2,  8. — 2. 
a  Bactrian,  Id.  7,  4,  6. 

Σπ7.αγχνενω,  to  eat  the  inwards 
(σπλάγχνα)  nf  a  victim  after  a  sacri- 
fice, Ar.  Av.  984,  cf.  Lat.  visceratio  : 
also  in  mid.,  Arr. — II.  to  prophesy  from 
the  inwards,  like  the  Roman  extispices, 
in  mid.,  Strab. 

Σπλαγχνίδιον,  ov,  τό.  dim.  from 
σπ7.άγχνον,   Diphil.  'Κπ7,ηστ.,  1,  2. 

[Σ]  .  ,  ^ 

Σπ7.αγχνίί,ομαι,  f.  -ισθήσομαι,  dep. 
pass.,  (σπλάγχνον)  : — to  feel  pity,  com- 
passion or  ?nercy,  N.  T. — The  act. 
σ-7Μγχνίζω  occurs  once  in  LXX.,= 
σπ7.αγχνενω. 

Σπ7.αγχνικός,  ή,  όν,  of  the  bowels, 
good  for  thfm,  φάρμακα,  Diosc. 

Σπλάγχνιον,  ov,  τό,=^σπ7.άγχνον, 
V.  1.  Soph.  Aj.  995. 

Σ-λαγχνίς,  ίδος,  ή,  =  καρδία, 
Gramm. 

Σπλαγχνισμός,  ov,  b,  (σπλαγχνί- 
ζομαΐ)  a  feeding  on  the  innards  of  a 
sacrifice,  Lat.  visceratio,  LXX. — II. 
compassion,  N.  T. 

Σπλάγχνον,  ov,  τό  .—usu.  in  plur. 
σπ7.άγχνα,  like  Lat.  viscera,  the  in- 
ward  parts,  esp.  the  nobler  parts  of 
them,  the  heart,  lungs,  liver,  which 
remained  in  sacrifices  to  be  roasted 
or  fried  at  the  fire,  and  eaten  by  the 
sacrificers  as  a  beginning  of  their 
feast,  σπ7.άγχτ'  επάσηντο,  II.  1,  464, 
etc.,  cf  Ar.  Pac.  1105:  —  hence,  the 
sacrificial  feast,  Lat  visceratio,  Ar.  Eq. 
410,'Vesp.  654.-2.  though  the  σ~7.ά- 
γχνα  (viscera  thoracis)  were  USU.  dis- 
tinguished from  the  bowels  (viscera 
.  1373 


ΣΠΟΓ 

efcrfominis),  as  being  eaten  iaiiv  evTi• 
ρυίζ  τε  ΟΓλάγχνα,  Aesch.  Ag.  1221), 
yet  il  was  sometimes  applied  to  the 
latter  also,  cf.  Eur.  El.  «28  sq.,  with 
838  sq.  : — σηλά}χΐ'α  έκ3ύλ?Λη•,  of 
one  vomiting,  Piui.  2,  83 1  C— 3.  antf 
part  of  the  inwards,  as  of  ,l  child,  νιτυ 
θ~?Μγχνων  ΓλΟΐΐν.  to  come  from  the 
womb,  Find.  O.  G,  73.  N.  1,  53  ;  so.  έκ 
οπλ..  Soph.  Ant.  106G;  and  the  sing. 
is  so  used  m  .-Xesch.  Thrb.  1031. — II. 
tnetaph.,  like  our  heart,  ihr  seat  of  the 
fedingx,  afferiions,  esp.  of  anger,  Ar. 
Ran.  844,  1000;  and,  generally,  of 
anxiety,  Aesch.  Ajz.  995  ;  of  [)ity,  N. 
T. : — so  m  sing..  Soph.  Aj.  995,  Eur. 
Or.  1201.  Hipp.  118;  ΰιύοος  σττλύ- 
γχνοί!  ίκμαΟην,  i.  e.  to  learn  a  man's 
true  nature.  Id.  Med.  220.— But  the 
sing,  is  rare  in  the  literal  signf.,  as 
Aesch.  Eum.  249.  Plat.  Rep.  565  D, 
Tim.  72  C,  Plut.  Pyrrh.  4.  (Hence 
σηλαγχνίζομαι :  prob  akin  to  σττλήν.) 

Σττ/.αγχνότΐτης,  ov,  ό,  one  who 
roasts  πχλύγχνα. 

Σ~λαγχνοσκό~υς,  ov,  (σττλύγχί'α, 
ϋκοτνίω)  examiiun/;  the  inu-nrds  of  a 
victim,  to  prophesy  from  them,  Lat. 
txtispex. 

Σ~?.aγχvoτόμoς,ov,(τέμvω)cιιtting 
up  the  σπλάγχνα- 

Σπ/.αγχνοίρύγος,  ov,  {σπλάγχνα, 
ifiayilv)  eating  the  σπλάγχνα,  Plut. 

Στλίκόω,  ώ,  to  have  sexual  inter- 
course, whence  όιασπλ- :  also  writ- 
ten ττ7.ίκόω,  σπκκλόω.  (Root  sup- 
posed to  be  πλέκω,  Hemst.  Schol.  Ar. 
Plut.  1082.) 

Σπ'/.η&ός,  ό,  =  ff~0f5of,  ashes,  Lyc. 
483,  Nic.  Th.  763. 

ΣΠΛΗ'Ν,  ό,  gen.  σπλήνας: — the 
milt,  spleen,  Hdt.  2,  47,  Hipp. :  σπλή- 
να έκΐίάλλίΐν,  of  one  dying  with  anx- 
iety. Ar.  Thesm.  3. — \\=^σπλήνιον, 
Hipp.  (Lat.  lien;  prob.  akin  to 
ΰπ'κύγχνον.) 

Σπληνιάω,  ώ,  to  be  splenetic,  Arist. 
Part.  An.  3,  7,  15. 

Σπλτ/νίόιον,   ov,   Γ0,=:  σπ?Μνιον. 

[I] 

Σπληνίζομαι,  dep.  ρ&53.,=σπλη• 
ΐ'ΐάω. 

Σπληνικός,  ή,  όν,  (σπ?Jμ<)  of  the 
spleen  :  esp.,  diseased  »n  the  spleen, 
hypochondriac  or  splenetic.  Macho  ap. 
Alh.  348  E,  cf  foes.  Oecon.  Hipp. 
s.  V.  σπ/α'/ν. 

Σπληνιόί^τος,  ov,  {όέω)  bound  with 
a  bandage  :  from 

Σπ?.τμΊθν,  ov,  TO,  a  bandage,  com- 
press of  linen  moistened  or  spread 
with  something  to  lay  on  a  wound, 
Hipp.,  Phileni.  p.  405 ;  cf.  Foes.  Oe- 
con. Hipp.  8.  V.  ηπλήν. — II.  a  plant 
of  ihe  fern  kind,  spleenwort,^=^aonAr]- 
vtov,  Diosc.  3,  151. 

Σπληνίσκος,  ov,  ό,  dim.  from  σπλή- 
viov,  a  small  bandage,  Hipp. 

Σπ'Κηνίτης,  ov,  a,  feni.  -Ιτις,  ιύος, 
{σπλήν): — of  the  spleen,  φλέψ  σπλ.,  a 
bloodvessel  of  the  spleen,  Syennes.  ap. 
Arist.  H.  A.  3,2,  7. 

Σπληνόω,  ώ,  to  apply  a  σπλι'/νων 
to  one,  Chirurg.  Vett. 

Σπληνώόης,  tr,  {σπ?.ήν.  εΐ^ης)  like 
ihe  spleen:  α\90=σπληνιΐ\ός.  Galen. 

Σπογγύριον,  ov,  τό.  Dim.  from 
•πόγγος,  Μ.  .\nton.  5,  9.  [ύ] 

Σπογγενς,  έως,  ό.=  σπυγγοθήρας, 
f.nst.  Η.  Α.  9,  37,  6. 

Σπογγιύ.  ύς,  ή,  like  σκόγγος,  α 
tponge,  Lat.  spongia,  Af.  Ran.  482, 
487,  Arist.  H.  A.  9,  14,  3  :— in  Ion. 
written  parox.  σπογγίη,  Schiif.  Greg, 
p.  148.  Att.  σφογγ-,  q.  v. 

Σπογγιενς,  η,=σπογγοθηρας,  The- 
ophr. 

Σπογγίζω,  f.  -ίσο,  (.σπόγγος)  ίο 
1374   . 


ΣΠΟΔ 
wipe  with  a  sponge,  Ar.  Thesm.  247 ; 
TH  βάθρα,  Dem.  313,  12  ;  τα.  νποόή- 
ματα,  Ath.  351  Α. 

Σπογ)ίον,  ov,  τό,  Att.  σψ-,  dim. 
from  σπόγγος,  Ar.  Ach.  463. 

Σπόγγισμα.  ατός,  τό,  that  which  is 
wiped  with  a  sponge. 

Σπηγγιστικός,  η,  όν,  {σττογγίζω) 
that  belongs  to  sponging :  ή  -κή  (sc. 
τεχνή)  Plat.  Soph.  227  Λ. 

Σπογγοΐίόής,  ες,  (σπόγγος,  είδος) 
sponge-lihe,  spnngi/  ;  epith.  of  the  όσ- 
Tovv  ήθμοειόες,  Hipp. 

Σπογγοθήρας,  ov,  ό,  {σπόγγος,  θη- 
ράω)  one  who  hunts  for  sponges,  a  diver 
for  sponges,  Plut.  2,  981  E. 

Σπογγοκο?.νμβ7!τ//ς,  ov,  o,=foreg., 
Lycurg.  ap.  Poll.  7,  137. 

Σπογγολογέω,  ώ,  (?.έγω)  to  colled 
sponges. — ll.=  σπογγίζω. 

ΣΠΟΊΤΟΣ.  m-,  o,  Att.  σφόγγος,  a 
sponge,  σπ.  πο7.ντρήτοίσι  τράπεζας 
νίζον,  Od.  1,  111,  etc.  ;  σπόγγω  άμφΐ 
πρόςωπα  και  ΰμφω  χειρ'  άπομόργνν. 

II.  18,  414;  σπόγγος  νγρώσσων  ωλε- 
σεΐ'  γραφ/'/ν,  Aesch.  Ag.  1329;  esp. 
for  cleaning  shoes,  Id.  Vesp.  600,  cf. 
στΓΟ)  }  iC<.i. — II.  ol  σπόγγοι,  the  glands 
in  the  throat,  tonsils,  from  their  spongy 
nature  and  liability  to  swell,  Hipp. 
(Akin  to  Lat.  fungus.) 

Σπογγοτόμος,ον, (σπόγγος, τέμνω) 
one  that  cuts  sponges  from  the  rocks, 
0pp.  H.  5,612. 

Σπογγώδης,  ες,  =  σπογγοειδής, 
Hipp. 

Σποό'Ί,  ή,  Lacon.  for  σπονδή,  Ar. 
Lys.  173,  ubi  v.  Dind. 

Σποδεννης,  ov,  ό,  (σποδός,  εύνή) 
lying  on  ashes,  Anth.  P.  15,  26  ;  al. 
σπονδ-. 

Σποδέω,  ύ.  f.  •ήσω,  {σποδός)  strict- 
ly, to  knock  off  ashes  or  dust,  to  dust : 
hence,  generally,  to  knock,  .smite,  beat, 
Cratin.  Uvriv.  8,  4,  Ar.  Nub.  1376, 
etc. ;  στΓ.  κονδύλοις.  Id.  Lys.  366  ; 
cf  άποσπ-,  κατασπ- :  also  pass.,  σπο- 
δηνμενος  νιφιίδι.  pelted  by  the  storm, 
Eur.  Andr.  1129;  προς  πέτρας  σπ., 
dashed  against  the  rocks,  Id.  Hipp. 
1238  ;  absol.,  στρατός  κακώς  σποδού- 
μένος,  handled  roughly,  in  sorry  plight, 
Aesch.  Ag.  670.  —  II.  =  βινέω,  Ar. 
Eccl.   1016;  and  in  Mid.,  lb.  113.— 

III.  like  φλάν,  παίειν,  etc.,  to  eat 
greedily,  devour,  gulp  down,  Ar.  Pac. 
1306.  Pherecr.  Έπιλ.  1.— Whether 
σποδόω  is  usetl  in  signf.  of  σποδέω  is 
very  dub.     Hence 

Σποδησι7Μίψα,  ή,  a  street-walker, 
ap.  Eust.  II.  p.  1033,  61. 

Σποδιά.  ΰς,  ή.  Ion.  σποδιή,  a  heap 
of  ashes  :  generally,^ σπϋί50£•,  ashes, 
Od.  5,  488,  Eur.  Cycl.  615,  freq.  in 
Anlh.     Hence 

ΣποδιαΙος,  a,  ον,=  σπόδιος. 

Σποδιακός,  ή,  όν,  made  of  the  dross 
nf  metals.  Medic. 

Σποδιάς,  ύδος,  ή,  a  tree  of  the  plum 
kind,  Theophr.  ;  al.  σπονδιάς. 

Σποδίζω,  ί.  -ίσω,  (σποδός)  to  roast 
or  bake  tn  the  ashes.  Plat.  Rep.  372  C  : 
to  singe,  τάς  τρίχας,  Diod.  : — to  burn 
to  ashes,  κεραννώ  σποδίσαι,  Ar.  Vesp. 
329. — 11.  intr.  to  be  of  an  ash-colour, 
dub. 

Σπόδιον,  ov,  τό,  =  σποδός  III, 
Diosc. 

Σπόδιος,  a.  ov,  ash-coloured,  gray, 
όνος,  Simon.  Amorg.  43. 

Σποδιόομαι,  (σποδιά)  as  pass.,  to 
burn  faintly  under  the  ashes,  Nicet. 

Σ~ηδίτι/ς  άρτος,  ό,  bread  baked  in 
hot  ashes,  a\so  έγκρνψίας,  Diphil.  Δία- 
μαρτ.  1. 

Σποδίώδης,  ff,=;sq. 

Σποδοειδής,  ες,  (σποδός,  είδος)  ash- 
like, full  of  ashes :  also  ash-r.oloured,= 


ΣΠΟΝ 

σπόδιος,  dun-coloured,  Hipp. ;  different 
from  τεφρός. 

Σποόόεις,  εσσα,  εν,~^  σπόδιος. 

Σποδύρχ7/ς,  αν,  ό,  {σποδέω,  ύρχις) 
=  κίναιδος. 

ΣΠΟΔΟ'Σ,  ον,  ή,  ashes,  esp.  hot 
ashes,  embers,  Od.  9,  375,  H.  Merc. 
238:  generally,  ««/(»■>•,  Hdt.  2,  140; 
of  men.  Aesch.  Ag.  435,  443.  and 
Soph. ; — άμφΐ  σποδυν  κάρα  κεχνμεβα, 
in  sign  of  mourning,  Eur.  Supp.  826, 
cf.  1160:  —  εις  σποδόν  έμβά/λειν, 
a  punishment  among  the  Persians, 
Ctes.  Pers.  48,  cf.  Hdt.  2,  100  (ubi  v. 
Bahr),  2  Maccab.  13,  5,  sq.— H.  dvst, 
Hdt.  4,  172.— 111.  the  oxide  of  certain 
metals,  as  of  copper,  used  in  niedi- 
cine.  Foes.  Oeron,  Hipp.— IV.  me- 
taph.,  σ.  κν7.ικων,  πίίΐων,  nf  a  lihu- 
lous  old  woman,  as  we  say  '  a  sponge,' 
Anth.  P.  6,  291  ;  7,  455.  (Ace.  to 
Orion  from  σβένννμι,  that  which  re- 
mains after  the  fire  is  put  out,  and  so 
strictly  σβοδός  :  akin  Ιο-ψύλος,  ΰσβο- 
λος.  άσβόλη.)     Hence 

Σποδόω,  ώ,  to  hum  Ιο  ashes,  Anth. : 
— to  roast  in  hot  ashes,  Hipp. — Cf.  σκο- 
όίω. 

Σποδώδης,  ες,  contr.  for  σκοδοει- 
δής. 

Σπολάς,  άδος,  ή,  α  leathern  garment, 
buffierkin.  Soph.  Fr.  16,  Ar.  Av.  933, 
935,"  944 ;  Xeii.  An,  3,  3.  20— Dor. 
word  adopted  in  Att. ;  v.  Schiif  Greg. 
364.  and  cf.  στολάς. 

Σπολενς,  έως,  ό,  a  kind  of  bread, 
ov  νπό  Των  σνγγενών  μόνον  κατανα- 
λίσκεσθαι,  Philet.  55. 

iΣπoλiτιov,  or  Σπο?ίήτιον,  ον,  τό, 
Spoleiium,  in  Unibria,  Sirab.  p.  227. 

Σπόμενος,  part,  a  or.  2  niid.  of  έπο- 
μαι. 

Σπονδάγωγός,  όν,  offering  σπονδαί, 
Α.  Β. 

Σπονδαρχία,  ας.  ή.  for  σπονδής 
αρχή,  the  beginning  of  the  drink-offering 
or  libalinn,  the  right  of  beginning  it, 
Hdt.  6,  57. 

Σπόνδαρχος, ov,  (σπονδή,  άρχη)  be- 
ginning the  drink-offering. 

Σπονδαν7.έω,  ώ,  to  play  the  flute  at 
a  σπονδή,  Artemid.  1,  58:  from 

Σπονδαν?.ης,  ov,  ό,  playing  the  flute 
at  a  σπονδή,  Inscr. 

Σπονδειάζω,  (σπονδείος  II)  to  use 
spondees.  Plut.  2,  1137  B. 

Σπονδειακός,  ή,  όν,  (σπονδείος  II) 
spondaic,  consisting  of  spondees,  Plut. 
2,  1137  B. 

Σπονδειασμός,  ov,  ό,  (σπονδειάζω) 
the  use  of  the  spondee,  Plut.  2,  1135  A, 
B. — II.  in  music,  a  raising  of  the  voice 
through  an  interval  of  three  quarter-tones 
(διέσεις),  Aristid.  QAit.  p.  28. 

Σπονδειοκατά'ληκτος,  ov,  ending 
with  a  spondee. 

Σπονόεϊον  or  σπονδιον,  ov,  τό,  (sc. 
σκνφος),  a  cup  from  which  Ihe  σπονδή 
teas  poured. 

Σπονδεϊος,  a,  ov,  used  at  a  σπονδή, 
Zei'f  σπ.,  as  the  president  of  σπονδαί. 
— II.  σπονδείος  (sc.  πονς),  ύ,  in  me- 
tre, a  .spondee,  a  foot  consisting  of  two 
long  syllables,  Plut.  2,  1135  A,  etc. ; 
— so  called  because  at  σπονδαί  slow 
solemn  melodies  were  used,  chiefly 
in  this  metre.  So,  σπονδεϊον  μέ?ίθς, 
σπ.  ανλημα. 

Σπονδή,  ής,  ή,  (σπένδω)  : — π  drink- 
offering,  like  χο?'/-  χοαί,  \.  e.  the  wine 
which  was  poured  out  to  the  gods  be- 
fore drinking,  to  hallow  the  draught, 
Lat.  libatio,  Hdt.  1,  132;  νεκταρέαις 
σπονδαϊς  άρΐαι,  Pind.  I.  6  (5),  55; 
τρίτος  σπονδάς  ποιεΐσθαι  (where  the 
plur.  is  used  of  sing/e  libations),  Xen. 
Cyr.  2,  3,  1  ;  cf.  τριΤ()σπονδος,  σωτήρ 
II) : — the  custom  is  described  in  U.  7, 


ΣΠΟΡ 

480: — esp.  the  solemn  drink-offering 
made  in  concluding  treaties  ol  peace, 
covenants,  etc.  ;  hence — 2.  in  plur. 
GTCOioai,  a  solemn  treaty  or  truce  (liif- 
ferent  from  ειρήνη,  Andoc.  24,  40) ; 
(TTT.  άκρητοι,  a  truce  made  by  pouring 
unmixed  wiue,  11.  2,  341  ;  4,  159,  of. 
Hes.  Op.  336 ;  σ•:τοιδύς  -οιεϊσθαί 
τινι,  to  make  a  truce  with  any  one, 
Hdt.  1,  21  ;  ττρός  Τίνα,  Ar.  Ach.  52, 
131  ;  σ~ονδύς  σπέί^δεσθαι  (v.  sub 
σπένδω) ;  and  even  σ-ονδάς  τέμνειν 
(like  bpKta  -.),  Eur.  Hel.  1235;  of. 
also  άγω  IV.  2,  εμμένω,  /.νω,  παρα- 
βαίνω :  —  σττονδάς  ττοιείσθαί  τι,= 
σ~ένδεσθαί  τι,  to  agree  to  certain 
terms,  Thuc.  4,  15:  στ.  αίτείν  τοις 
σώμασι,  to  ask  for  safety  to  their  per- 
sons, Aeschin.  46,  38  : — rarely  in 
sing.,  Eur.  Cycl.  469. — II.  σπονδή 
άμ~έ?.ου,  the  juice  of  the  grape,  Soph. 
Fr.  464.  (From  the  same  root  comes 
Lat.  spondeo,  sponsus,  sponsio,  orig. 
used  of  solemn  covenants.)     Hence 

Σπονδήσιμος,  ov,  suited  for  a  σπον- 
δή, Philem,  p.  377. 

Σπονδήτης,  ov,  ό,  fem.  -ήτις,  ιδος, 
making  a  σπονδή. 

Σπονδηόορέω,  ώ,  {φέρω)  to  make  or 
offer  a  σπονδή. 

Σπονδίάς,  ύδος,  ή,  v.  σποδιάς. 

Σπονδίζω,  late  form  for  σπένδω. 

Σπόνδιξ,  ό,=  σπονδή-ης,  Hesych. 

Σπονδίον,  ov,  τό,  ν.  σπονδείον. 

Σπονδίττις,  ον,  ό,  fem.  -Ιτίς,  ιδος, 
=σπονδήτης,  q.  v.,  Anth.  P.  6,  190. 

Σπονδοποίέομαι,  {σπονδή,  ποιέω) 
dep.  mid.,  to  make  a  drink-offering, 
conclude  a  truce,  Nic.  ap.  Ath.  477  B. 

Σ  πονδοφορέω,  ώ,  to  be  a  σπονόοψό- 

Ρος.  ,,        , 

Σπονδοώόρος,  ον,  (.σπονδή  2,  φέρω) : 
— bringing  σπονδαί  .'  usu.  as  subst.,  ό 
σπ.,  one  who  brings  proposals  for  a  truce 
or  t real  1/  of  peace.  At.  Ach.  217. — II. 
esp.,  a  herald  or  officer  who  published 
the  sacred  σπονδαί  and  εκεχειρία  of 
the  Olympic  and  other  games,  σπον- 
δοφόροι  Τ,ηνος  'Άλεΐοι,  Piiid.  I.  2,  35, 
ubi  v.  Dissen  (23) ;  cf.  Thuc.  5,  49, 
Schneid.  Xen.  Hell.  4,  7,  2.-2.  as  a 
translation  of  the  fetialis  of  the  Ro- 
mans, Dion.  H.  1,21. 

Σπονδνλη,  ης,  ή,  Att.  σ<ρονδΰλη, 

Σπονδνλιον,  ον,  τό,  and  σπονδύ- 
Μος,  ο,  ν.  σ<^ονδ-.  [ΰ] 

Σπόνδυλος,  ον,ό.  Ion.  and  common 
form  for  Att.  σφόνδν?.ος  (q.  v.),  Hipp., 
Arist.  Part.  An.  2,  9,  5,  etc. 

Σπορά,  ΰς,  η,  {σπείρω)  a  sowing  :  a 
begetting  of  children.  Plat.  Legg.  729 
C — 2.  seed-time,  δεκέτεσιν  έν  σποραΐ- 
σιν,  i.  e.  in  the  tenth  year,  Eur.  El. 
1153. — II.  the  seed  sown,  ξηρά  στ., 
seed  sown  in  a  dry  land,  Eur.  Andr. 
()37  ;  metaph.jg^enerafion,  birth,  Aesch. 
Pr  871,  Soph.  Aj.  1298.— 2.  that  which 
is  born,  seed,  offspring.  Soph.  Tr.  316, 
420  :  in  plur.,  young  ones,  Eur.  Cycl. 
56  :  generally,  θηλνς  σπ.,  the  female 
race.  Id.  Hec.  6.59,  cf.  Tro.  503. 

^Σποράδες,  ων,  ai,  v.  sub  σποράς. 

Σποράδην,  adv.,  {σποράς,  σπείρω) 
scatleredly,  here  and  there,  Lat.  passim, 
σπ.  ΰπό?.?.vσθaι,Ύh^^c.  2,  4;  οίκεϊν. 
Plat.  Prot.  322  A  ;  cf  Isocr.  48  C,  etc. 

Σποραδικός,  ή,  όν,  .scattered,  living 
here  and  there,  σπ.  ζώα,  solitary  ani- 
mals, opp.  to  ΰγε?.αία,  Arist.  Pol.  1, 
8,  5,  H.  A.  I,  1,  23  ;  so  fem.  σποράς, 
lb.  9,  25. — ΙΙ.=στο/3«ς  U,  νοσήματα, 
Η»Γφ•  :  from 

Σποράς,  άδος,  ό,  ή,  {σπείρω): — 
usu.  in  plur.,  scattered,  Hdt.  4,  113: 
esp.  of  ships  scattered  by  a  storm  or 
a  defeat,  Thuc.  1,  49  ;  3,69,  77  :  also 
with  a  masc.  subst.,  στ.  ι3ιος,  prob.. 


ΣΠΟΥ 

a  vagrant  life,  Eur.  Rhes.  701  :  al 
Σποράδες  (sc.  νήσοι),  the  Sporades, 
was  the  group  of  islands  off  the  west 
coast  of  Asia  Minor,  tStrab.  p.  124, 
etc.f — II.  scaitereA  all  about,  found 
everywhere,  νήσοι,  Hipp. — Cf  foreg. 

Σπορ-^ή,ης,ή,=σπαργή. 

iΣπopyί/.oς,  ov.  ό,  Sporgilus,  an 
Athenian,  Ar.  Av.  300. 

Σπορεύς,  έως,  ό,  {σπορά)  a  sower, 
Xen.  Oec.  20,  3. 

Σπορεντής,  οΰ,  ό,=  foreg. 

Σπορεντός,  ή,  όν,  sowed,  sown,  σπ. 
χώρα,  seed-land,  Theophr. :  from 

Σπορενω,  {σπορενς)=σπείρω,  Ιο 
sow  the  ground,  susp. 

Σπορητός,  η,  όν,  {σπορά)  sown, 
scattered  like  seed. — II.  as  subst.,  ό 
σπορητός,  a  sown  field,  corn-field, 
Aesch.  Ag.  1392.^2.  a  sowing,  Xen. 
Hell.  4,  6,  13.— Cf  άμητος. 

Σπόριμος.  ov,  {σπείρω)  sown,  to  be 
sown,  fit  for  sowing,  αν?.αξ,  Theocr. 
2.5,  219  ;  yr/  σπ.,  seed-land.  Xen.  Hell. 
3,  2, 10  ;  so,  ή  σπ.  {scyf/),  Theophr. : 
Tu  σπόριμα,  the  corn-fields,  N.  T.  : — 
αιδώς  σπ.^το  αιδοιον,  Manetho. 

ίΣπόριος,  ov,  ό,  the  Rom.  name 
Spurius,  Plut. 

Σπopoλoyέoμaι,  {σπόρος,  ?.έγω) 
dep.,  to  gather  the  fruits  of  the  earth, 
Dion.  H.  Epit.  15,  3. 

Σπόρος,  ov,  ό,  (σπείρω)  a  sowing, 
Hdt.  8,  109,  Plat.  Tim.  42  D.— 2.  seed- 
time, Xen.  Oec.  17,  4. — II.  seed,  pro- 
duce, σπ.  yής,  Soph.  Phil.  706. — III. 
like  γονή,  semen  genitale,  Hipp. 

Σ Toi"',  in  Scythian,  ση fye,  Hdt.  4, 27. 

Σπονδάζω,  f.  -άσω  usu.  -άσομαι 
as  in  Plat.  Euthyphr.  3  Ε  :  (σπονδή) : 
— strictly  intr.,  to  make  haste,  i.  e.  to 
be  busy,  eager,  zealous,  serious,  or  ear- 
nest, c.  inf.,  to  do  a  thing.  Soph.  O. 
C.  1143,  Eur.  Hec.  817,  and  Plat.; 
07^  έσποί'δαζες  ΰρχειν,  wast  eager  to 
rule,  Eur.  1.  A.  337  :  freq.  also  στ. 
περί  τίνος  or  τι.  Xen.  Mem.  1,  3,  8, 
Plat.  Rep.  330  C,  etc. ;  ίπέρ  τίνος, 
Dem.  1371,  10;  πρύς  τι.  Id.  617.  10: 
so  with  a  neut  adj.,  πο/./.α  σπ.,  Plal. 
Gorg.  481  Β  : — στ.  προς  τίνα,  to  be 
busy  with  him,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  3, 1 1 ;  σπ. 
περί  τίνα.  to  be  anxious  for  his  suc- 
cess, canvass  for  him,  Isocr.  1,  10, 
etc. ;  so,  στ.  τινί.  Plut.  Artax.  21 : — 
absol.,  to  speak  seriously,  to  be  seriovs 
or  earnest,  Ar.  Ran.  813,  and  oft.  in 
Plat.  ;  opp.  to  σκώπτειν  και  κωμω- 
δείν.  .Ar.  Plut.  557  ;  σπουδάζει  ταντα 
η  παίζει ;  Plat.  Gorg.  481  Β,  etc.  ; 
έσπονδακας,  ότι  έπε/.α.3όμην έρεσχη- 
?.ών  σε,  you  took  it  seriously,  because 
I...  Id.  Phaedr.  236  Β  ;  στ.  όπως..,  to 
endeavour  that..,  Plut.  Philop.  7: — 
έσπονδακώς,  in  haste,  hurriedly,  Ar. 
Thesm.  572.— II.  transit., — 1.  c.  ace. 
rei,  to  do  any  thing  hastily  or  earnestly : 
hence  pass.,  σπονδάζεται.α  thing  is  bu- 
sily pursued,EOr.  Supp.761.  Plat.  Rep. 
485  Ε  :  so,  σπονδή  έσπονδασμένη.  se- 
rious attention,  Id  Lys.  219  Ε  ;  προ- 
οίμιαθανμαστώς  έσπονδααμίνα,Βλϋλ)- 
orately  worked  up,  Id.  Legg.  722  D  ; 
so,  ταμά'/.α  έσπ.  σΐτα  και  ποτά.  Xen. 
Cyr.  4,  2,  38  ;  ει  ταντα  έσπονδασμέ- 
να  ετέθη  έν  -)ράμμασι,  if  those  pains 
were  seriously  bestowed  on  letters, 
Ep.  Plat.  344  C— 2.  c.  ace.  pers.,  to 
exert  or  interest  one's  self  about  a  per- 
son ; — pass.,  to  be  courted,  of  women, 
Plut.  Cimon  4,  cf.  Artax.  26 :— in 
LXX.,  to  trouble,  disturb  any  one. 

Σπονδαιολο'ι  έω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {σπον- 
δαίος.  Λέγω)  to  speak  seriously,  talk  on 
serious  subjects,  Xen.  Symp.  8,  41  ; 
and  so  in  mid.,  Id.  An.  1, 9,  28.— pass., 
ό  /.ό}ος  έσπονδαιο'λογήθη,  the  mat- 
ter was  treated  seriously,  Id.  Symp.  4,  SO. 


ΣΠΟΥ 

!      Σπονδαιόμϋθος,  ov,  speaking  geri' 
j  misly  or  on  serious  matters. 
I      Σπονδαΐος,   a,  ov,   {σπονδή)  :— of 
!  persons,  in  haste,  busy,  zealous,  seri- 
I  ous,  in  earnest,  opp.  to  παίζων,  Schiif. 
j  Plut.  4,  p.  409  :— hence,— il.  good,  pjc- 
j  cellent,  first  in  Hdt..  but  not  freq.  till 
Plat.  ;  opp.  to  φαύλος.  Plat.   Legg. 
!  757  A,  814  Ε  ;  στ.  περί  τι,  lb.  817  A  ; 
στ.   τι,  Xen.  Mem.  4,  2,  2  :  esp.   οί 
men  of  character  and  importance,  Xen. 
Cyr.  2,   2,  24.-2.   of  things,   north 
one's  serious  attention,  serious,  earnest, 
weighty,  λόγοι,  Pind.  P.  4.  235  ;  Ιση- 
γορίη  χρήμα  σπονδαϊον,  Hdt.  5,  78 ; 
opp.  to  γελοίος,  Ar.  Ran.  390  ;  gen- 
erally, excellent,  good,  σπ.  νομαί.  Hdt. 
4,  23  ;  στ.  εις  oipiv,  goodly  to  look  on, 
Soph.  O.  C.  577. — III.  adv.  -ως,  with 
haste  or  zeal,  seriously,  earnestly,  well, 
Xen.  Cyr.  1,  3,  9,  Plat.,  etc.  .—corn- 
par,  σπονδαιύτερσν,  Xen.  Cyr.  2,  3, 
20  ;  superl.  -οτατα,  most  carefully,  in 
the  best  way,  Hdt.   2,   86.— We   also 
freq.  find  an  irreg.  coinpar.  and  su- 
perl.   σπσνδαιέστερος,    Hdt.    1,    8; 
■έστατος.  Id.  1,  133.     Hence 

Σπονδαιότης,  ητος,  ή,  the  character 
of  the  σπονδαιος,  zeal,  seriousness,  ear- 
nestness, goodness,  Dei.  Plat.  412  E. 
—  H.  of  things,  weight,  importance, 
Diod. 

Σπονδαρχαιρεσία,  ας,  ή,  active  can- 
vassing, Lat.  ambitus, 

Σ  πονδαρχέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  be  eager 
for  offices  of  state,  to  canvass  actively 
for  them,  Dio  C. :  so,  σπονδαρχιάω, 
διασπονδάζω :  from 

Σπονδύρχης,  ov,  ό,  (σπουδή,  αρχή) 
one  who  is  eager  for  offices  of  state,  an 
active  canvasser  iox  them,  Xen.  Symp. 
1,4:  but  L.  Dind.  rejects  the  word 
altogether,  reading  σπονδαρχίας  from 
Hesych.  and  A.  B.  I,  p.  63.     Hence 

Σπονδηρχία,  ας,  ή,  eagerness  Ιο  gain 
offices   of  state,    active    canvassing    for 

them,  Lat.  ambitus,  Plut.  Aemil.  38, 
etc. 

Σπονδαρχίας,  ό,  v.  sub  σπονόύρ- 
XVC- 

Σπονδαρχιάω.  ώ,  strengthd.  for 
σπονδαρχέω,  .Arist.  Pol.  5,  5,  10;  cf. 
Lob.  Phryn.  81. 

Σπονδαρχίύης,  ov,  b,  comic  patro- 
nymic of  σπονδύρχης,  one  who  is  eager 
for  office,  a  mock  prop.  n.  in  Ar.  Ach. 
595  ;  like  στρατωνίδης,  μισθαρχίδης, 
Etc. 

Σπονδασμα,  ατός,  τό,  {σπουδάζω) 
α  thing  or  work  done  with  zeal,  a  pur- 
suit, Lat.  Ktudium,  Plat.  Phaedr.  249 
D  :  a  great  work,  Arr.  An.  7,  7,  13. 

Σπονδασμάτιον,  ov,  τό,  Dim.  from 
foreg. 

Σπουδαστέος,  a,  ov,  verb.  adj.  from 
σπουδάζω,  to  be  sought  for  zealously, 
Xen.  Lac.  7,  3. — II.  σπονδαστέον.  one 
must  bestir  one's  self,  be  anxious,  Eur. 
I.  A.  902,  Plat. 

Στοΐ'ί5ασΓΟζ-,  ή,  oi',=foreg.  I,  Plat. 
Hipp.  Maj.  297  B. 

Σπονδαστής,  ov,  6.  {σπονδάζω)  one 
who  wishes  well  to  another,  a  supporter, 
partisan,  Lat.  fautor,  Plut.  Caes.  54, 
Artax.  26.     Hence 

Σπονδαστικός,  ή,  όν,  busy,  zealous, 
earnest,  serious.  Plat.  Rep.  452  E. 
Adv.  -κώς,  σπ.  ί^χειν,  Plut.  2,  613  Α. 

Σπονδ?},  ης,  η,  haste,  speed,  readi 
ness.  σπονδήν  έχειν,  ποιείσβαι,  to 
make  haste,  Hdt.  9,  89  ;  σπ.  τίΟεσθαι, 
Soph.  Aj.  13  ;  όκως  αντόν  όρέωσι 
σπονδής  έχοντα,  Hdt.  9,  66:  also, 
στ.  έχειν,  c.  inf ,  to  make  haste  to 
do,  Id.  6.  120  :  σπονδή,  in  haste,  hast- 
ily, Od.  13.  279;  15. '209,  Hdt.  9.  1, 
etc. ;  so,  δια  σπουδής,  κατά  σπονύήν, 
Xen.  Hell.  6,  2,  28,  An.  7,  6.  28:— 
1375 


ΣΤΑΓ 

hence, — Π.  zeal,  pains,  trouble,  uTep 
ηπανύης,  Oil.  21,  40U  ;  αής  νπο  σπον• 
δ/'/ς,  Aesch.  Theb.  585  ;  σηυνό>)ς 
ύζίος,  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  7Τ8,  Plat.,  etc.:— 
στΓονόήν,  οι•  σπονόην  πολλήν,  μιγά- 
λην  ποίΐίσβαι,  c  inf.,  to  take  great 
pains  to...  Hilt.  6,  107  ;  7,  205  ;  περί 
τίνος,  Isocr.  91  Β  :  alsoc.  g<!n.,  σττον- 
όήν  7n'0f  ποίήσασΟαι,  to  make  much 
ado  about  a  thing,  Hdt.  1,4;  so,  σττ: 
Tidtvui  ΰμφί  τίΐ•ος.  Find.  P.  4,492; 
σττ.  ίχειν  τινός,  Eur.  Ale.  778,  1014: 
— ή  σπ.  της  άπιξιος,  my  zeal  in  com- 
ing. Hilt.  5.  49  ;  στΐονάί)  οπλών,  with 
great  attention  to  the  arms,  Thuc.  6, 
31,  cf.  Plat.  Legg.  855  1)  -.—σ-ονδ?], 
as  adv.,  ivith  great  trouble,  i.  e.  scarce- 
ly, hardly,  like  σχο'λΐι,  Od.  24,  119,J1• 
2,  99  ;  5,  89.'J,  etc. ;  so,  σπονόϊ/  rroA/.y, 
lidt.  1,  88  ;  συν  πο'λλ.τ)  σπονόι),  Xen., 
etc.: — in  plur.,  rivalries,  Hdt.  5,  5; 
σπονόαΐ  λόγων,  Eur.  Hec.  1.S2. — III. 
an  earnest,  serious  purpose,  άττό  σττον- 
(%,  in  earnest,  II.  7,  359 ;  12,  233 ; 
σιτονόην  ττοιεΐσβαι,—σκονόύζείν.  Ar. 
Kan.  522 :  also,  earnestness,  serious- 
ness, gravity,  Xen.  Symp.  1,  13:  — 
CKOVlhj,  in  earnest,  serioiisly.  Plat. 
Apol.  24  C  ;  ηάνν  σπ..  Id.  Phaed.  98 
Β  ;  πύστι  σπ-,  Id.  Legg.  952  Λ  ;  μετά 
σπονδής,  ορρ.  to  έν  παιδιηϊς.  Xen. 
Symp.  1,  1  ;  μετά  τε  παιδιύς  κηΐ  με- 
τά σπονδής.  Plat.  Legg.  887  D  ;  oh 
σπονδής  χάριν  άλλα  παιδιάς  ένεκα, 
Id.  Polit.  288  C,  cf.  Symp.  197  Ε, 
etc.  ;  Wyttenb.  Ep.  Crit.  p.  236. — 
IV.  seal,  esteem,  respect,  regard  for  a 
person,  δια  τΊ/ν  εμην  σπουδήν.  out  of 
zeal  for  ine,  Antipho  146,  13:  κατά 
σπονδής,  through  regard  of  persons, 
through  party  iiijluence,  Ar.  Eq.  1370: 
— canvassing,  Lat.  a7nhitiis,  Plut.  Lu- 
cull.  42.  Crass.  7.  (From  σπεύδω: 
akin  to  Lat.  studco,  studiam.) 

^Σπονδίας,  ον.ό,  Spudias,  an  Athe- 
nian, against  whom  one  of  the  ora- 
tions of  Demosthenes  was  directed. 

Σπονδογέλοιος,  ov,  (σπονδή,  γέ- 
?.010ς)  blending  jest  with  earnest,  Strab. 

Σπνμΰθία,  ^,dub.  :  and  σπνράϋιον, 
TO,=  sq.,  Diosc.  [ά] 

Σπνράβος,  ov,  ό  or  ή,  ball-dung,  as 
that  of  sheep  and  goats,  Hipp.,  v. 
Foes.  Oecon.  (Orig.  perh.  any  round 
mass,  from  σπείρα.)  [ν]     Hence 

Σπνρΰθώδης,  ες,  (είδος)  like  sheep 
or  goat's  dung,  Hipp. 

Σπϊφύς,  ύδος,  ή,  Hipp.,  and  σπνρ- 
δΰνον,  τό,^=σπνραθος- 

Σπνρβίζω,=  πνδαρίζω,  Ar.  Fr.  681. 

Σπυρίδων,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  σπυ- 
ρίς, Ar.  Ach.  453,  469.  [?] 

Σπϊ'ρΐδόν,  adv.,  like  a  σπνρίς,  A.  B. 

Σπνρίδώδης,  ες,  {είδος)  of  the  shape 
or  look  of  a  σπνρίς. 

Σπυρίδων,  ωνος,  o,=  sq.  [f\ 

Σπνρίς.  ίδος,  ή,  (σπείρα)  α  round 
plaited  basket  ;  a  fish-basket,  Hdt.  5, 
J6,  Ar.  Pac.  1005:"— used  to  translate 
the  Lat.  sporta.  sportnla,  σπνρίσι  δει- 
πνίζεη•,  Arr.  Ep.  4,  10  ;  δεΐπνον  άπο 
σπυρίδος,  coena  e  sportnla,  Ath.  305  A. 

Σπνρίχνιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  iroin  σπυ- 
ρίς. 

■\Σπω7ίητΙνος,  ov,  6,  οίνος,  perh. 
Spoletian,  v.  Σπολύτίον,  Ath.  27  B. 

Σταβατίνης,  ου,  6,  and  σταβενς, 
έως.  ό,^=κωπεών,  κωπενς,  late. 

Στύγδτ/ν,  adv.,  (στάζω)  in  drops, 
drop  by  drop,  Hipp. 

\Στύγειρος,  ov,  ή,  Stngirus  or  Sta- 
g^ra,  a  city  of  Macedonia  on  the  si- 
nus Strymonicus,  birthplace  of  Aris- 
totle, now  IStnuros,  Hdt.  7, 115;  Thuc. 
4,88;  also  wr.  Στάγειρα,  τύ,  Diog. 
L.,  and  Σταγείρα,  ή,  Dio  Chrys. : 
hence  ό  Σταγειρίτι/ς,  an  inhab.  of  S., 
Stagirite. 

1376 


ΣΤΑΔ 

Στάγες,  v.  sub  σταγών- 

Στΰγετός,  ή,  (στάζω)  a  drop. 

^Στύγης,  ό,  Stages,  a  Persian,  Xen 
Hell.  1,2,5. 

Στάγιον,  τό,  the  character  στϊ,  dub. 

Στά•}μα,  ατός,  τό,  (στάζω)  a  drop, 
that  which  is  dropped,  a  liquid,  στ.  τής 
ΰνθεμουργον,  honey,  Aesch.  Pers. 
012. 

Στάγονίας,  ov,  6,  running  in  drops, 
drop  by  drop,  Diosc. 

^Σταγόνιον,  ov,  ή,  Stagonium,  fcm. 
pr.  n.,  Ath.  586  B. 

Στύγών,  όνος,  ή,  (στάζω)  a  drop, 
φόνου.  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  1278,  cf.  Aesch. 
(;ho.  400;  oh'ov,  Eur.  Cycl.  67;  δί- 
1JII.0I  στ.,  of  tears,  Aesch.  Cho.  186, 
cf.  Ag.  888 : — irreg.  nom.  pi.  στάγες 
as  if  from  στάξ.  Αρ.  Rh.  4,  620.^ — II. 
a  metal  that  easily  melT.s,  perh.  Lat. 
stannum,  joined  with  μόλνβδος,Ύχηλ. 
Locr.  99  C. 

Στύδαΐος,  a,  ov  (στάδιμ>) : — stand- 
ing erect  or  upright,  'Ζενς  στ.,  as  in 
act  to  hurl  his  bolt,  Aesch.  Theb. 
513;  στ.  εγχη,  pikes  for  close  fight, 
0[)p.  to  missiles,  Id.  Pers.  240;  cf. 
στάδιος  I. 

Στάδην,  adv.  (ΐστ7ΐμι)  in  standing 
posture. — II.  (ϊστημι  A.  IV)  according 
to  weight,  Nic.  Al.  327  ;  cf.  στήδην.  [ώ] 

^Σταδία,  ας,  ή.  Stadia,  earlier  name 
of  Rhodes,  Strab.  p.  653. 

Στΰδιαϊος.  a,  ov,  (στύδιοί>)  a  stade 
long,  deep,  etc.,  Polyb.  34,  11,  14.— II. 
=^σταδαιος,  Themist. 

Σταδίας,  ου.  b,  Ion.  σταδίης,=στα- 
διεΰς,  very  dub. 

Στΰδιασμός,  οϋ,  ό,  a  measuring  by 
.^tadrs.  as  if  from  σταδιύζω. 

Στάδιενς,  έως,  ό,-^σταδιοδρόμος, 
Polyb.  40,  1,  1  :  παϊς  στ.,  in  the  title 
of  Pmd.  Ο.  14,  cf.  Ν.  8. 

Σταδιευτής,  ov,  o,=foreg.,  Nicet. 

Στάδανω,  (σταδιεύς)  to  run  in  the 

stadium. 

Στάδίη.  ή,  v.  στύδίος. 

Σταδιοδραμονμαι,  a  fut.  in  Eur. 
H.  F.  863  contrary  to  analogy  ;  for  it 
should  be  σταδιοδρομήσω,  from  sq.  : 
Herm.  proposes  στάδια  δραμονμαι, 
which  Dind.  supposes  may  have  been 
the  gloss  to  σταδιοδρομήσω. 

Στάδιοδρομίω,  ώ,  to  run  in  the  sta- 
dium, race,  Dem.  1386,  10:  from 

Στάόιοδρύμι/ς,  ov,  o,=  sq.,  Ar.  Fr. 
682. 

Στΰδιοδρόμος,  ov,  (στύδιον,  δρα- 
μείν)  running  in  the  stadium,  running 
for  a  prize :  ό  στ.,  Simon.  67  ;  in  title 
of  Pind.  O.  13  :  cf.  σταδιεύς. 

Στάδίον,  ov,  τύ,  (in  plur.  ol  στά- 
διοι  or  Tu  στάδια,  Hdt.,  Xen.,  etc. ; 
but  e.xainples  of  the  sing.  masc.  are 
rare,  if  any): — strictly,  that  uhich 
stands  fast  ;  hence,  a  fixed  standard 
of  length,  a  stade,^=\QO  όργνιαί,  Hdt. 

2,  149  ;— i.  e.  600  Greek,  606^  English 
feet,  about  5  of  a  Roman  mile,  Polyb. 

3,  39,  8;  a  longer  slade,  of  which 
there  were  ~\  in  a  Roman  mile,  is 
mentioned  first  by  Dio  0. ;  cf.  Hus- 
sey.  Weights  and  Measures,  App.  11, 
sq.— In  Ar.  we  have  εκατόν  σταδί- 
οισιν  άριστος,  '  a  dozen  miles  best,' 
Nub.  430;  so,  π'λεϊν  y  σταδίφ  λαλί- 
στερος,  Ran.  91. — II.  α  race-course 
(because  the  most  noted,  that  of 
Olympia,  was  exactly  a  stade  long) : 
hence,  the  course,  race,  strictly,  a  sin- 
gle course,  opp.  to  the  δίαν7ιος,  Pind. 
O.  13,  50;  σταδίον  πόνος  (or  τόνος), 
δρόμος,  τιμά,  Id.  Ο.  10  (11),  70  ;  13. 
41,  49;  γνμνόν  στ.,  ορρ.  to  οπλίτης 
δρόμος,  Ρ.  11,  74;  άγωνίζεσθαι  στ., 
to  run  α  race,  Hdt.  5.  22 ;  ύμιλ.λΰ- 
σβαι.  Plat.  Legg.  833  A  ;  νι,κύν.  Xen. 
Hell.  1,  2,  1,  cf.  Pind.  N.  8,  26.— HI. 


ΣΤΑΘ 

firmness,  solidity,  fixedness.  (DoT, 
σπάδιον,  Lat.  spatium.)  [it] 

Στάδιος,  a,  ov,  (ϊστημι)  standing, 
fast  and  firyn,  σταδίη  ϋσμίνη,  close 
ilght,  fought  hand  to  hand,  Lat.  pugva 
statnria,  II.  13,  314,  713,  cf.  Thuc.  4, 
38  ;  εν  σταδίτ/  (sc.  νσμίν^),  11.  7,  241  ; 
13.  514  : — uninoving,  Opp.  C.  4,  326. 
— II.  standing  upright  or  stiff',  hence 
στ.  χίτών,=^όρβοσταδίας,  an  ungirt 
tunic  hanging  in  straii;ht  jdaits.  Call. 
Vr.  59,  V.  Lob.  Phryn.'  238  ;  also,  θώ 
ραξ  στ.,  a  stiff  breastplate,  piate-ar• 
niour,  as  opp.  to  στρεπτός  or  αλυσι- 
δωτός, Miiller  Archaol.  d.  Kunst 
'Jv  337,  3  ;  342,  4.— HI.  (ϊστημι  A.  IV) 
weighed,  Mc.  Al.  402.   [u] 

Στάδιυς,  ό,  v.  στάδιον. 

Στΰδισμός,  ό,=  σταδιασμυς. 

ίΣτάζονσα,  ης,  ή,  Stazusa  (the  drip- 
ping), a  fountain.  Pans.  2,  7,  4  :  from 

ΣΎλΎΛΙ,  fut.  στάξω.— i.  transit., 
to  drop,  ht  fall  or  shed,  drop  by  drop, 
ΤΙατρόκλω  νέκταρ  στάξει  κατά()ΐνον, 
II.  19,  39,' cf.  348,  354  ;  σπέρμα  (iva- 
τόν  ματρι  τεά  στάξεν,  Pind.  Ν.  10, 
151  ;  στ.  αίμα,  δάκρυ,  Aesch.  Cho. 
1059,  etc. ;  στ.  βότρνν.  Eur.  Phoen. 
230  : — melaph.,  στ.  πόθον  κατ'  ομμά- 
των, Eur.  Ilijjp.  520;  χάριτος.  Anth. 
P.  5,  13  ;  ϊμερον,  etc.,  Jac.  Philostr. 
Imag.  p.  728. — II.  intrans,,  to  drop. fall 
in  drops,  drip,  Hdt.  6.  74  ;  τινός,  with 
a  thing,  Soph.  El.  1423  ;  but  also  c. 
dat.,  στ.  χείρας  αϊματι,  to  have  one's 
hands  dripping  or  reeking  with  blood, 
Aesch.  Eum.  42;  so,  κάρα  στάζων 
ίδρώτι.  Soph.  Aj.  10  (but,  also,  Ιδρώ- 
τα σώματος  στάζων  άπο,  Eur.  Baccli. 
G20) ;  so,  δακρύοισι  κόρας  στ.,  Eur. 
Andr.  534  ;  (Ίφρώ  γένειον,  Jd.  I.  Τ. 
308 ;  έν  αϊματι  χέρα,  Id.  Bacch. 
1164: — also  of  dry  things,  to  fall  off, 
e.  g.  of  ripe  fruit,  Aesch.  Supp.  1001 : 
even  of  houses,  to  be  ready  to  fall. 
(Akin  to  σταλάω,  σταλάζω,  σταλάσ- 
σω,  and  Lat.  stagnum.) 

Στάβεν,  Aeol.  3  plur.  aor.  pass, 
from  ϊστημι  for  έστάθησαν  :  but  στα- 
fitv.  part.  neut.  aor.  pass,  from  ϊστη- 
μι. [ά]  ^  ^ 

Στϊιθερέις,  ύ,  όν,  (ϊστημι)  standing 
fast,  firm,  fixed  ;  of  the  sea,  calm,  still, 
στ.  χενμα,  Aesch.  Fr.  259,  cf.  Λ  nth. 
P.  10,  17  (nisi  legend,  χείμα.  v.  in- 
fra) :  στ.  μεσημβρία,  highnuon,  when 
the  sun  as  it  were  stands  still  in  the 
meridian.  Plat.  Phaedr.  242  A  ;  also, 
στ.  7/μαρ,  Αρ.  Rh.  ;  τό  στ.  τής  μεσημ- 
βρίας, Synes.  ;  βέρος  σταθερέη•,  mid- 
summer,  Antim.  76  :  —  cf.  Ruhnk. 
Tim.  Adv.  -ιιώς,  vehemently,  Cratin. 
Seriph.  4. — II.  ή  σταθερά  (sc.  y/j), 
Anth.  P.  7,  .393.     Hence 

Στάθερότης,  ητος,  ή,  steadiness, 
firmness. 

Στιιθενσις,  ή,  a  warming:  [ΰ]  and 

Σταθεντός,  ή,  όν,  warmed,  burnt, 
Aesch.  Pr.  22  :  from 

Στάβενω,  to  scorch,  burn,  roast,  fry, 
esp.  lish,  Ar.  Ach.  1041,  cf.  F>ccl, 
127.  (Not  from  ενω,  nor  from  θέρος  : 
but  prob.  from  σταθίρός.) 

Στάθηρός,  «,  όν,  =  σταϋερός,  Schaf. 
Dion.  Comp.  338.     Hence 

Στάθηρότης,  ητος,  ή,-=σταθερότης. 

Στάθι,  Dor.  ibr  στήθι,  imperat.  aor. 
2  from  ϊστημι. 

ίΣτά,θμαι,  ων,  at,  Stathmae,  a  place 
in  Lac(;nia,  from  whicli  was  named 
ό  Σταθμίτας  οίνος,  Ath.  31  C. 

Σταθμάο),  ώ,  i.  -ί/σω  : — to  measure 
by  rule  (στύβμη),  Eur.  Ion  1137  ;  fut. 
mid.  σταΟμ.ήσομαι  as  pass.,  to  be 
measured,  Ar.  Ran.  797. —  II.  σταθμά- 
ομαι,  Ion.  σταθμέομαι,  f.  -ήσημαι, 
dep.  mid.,=  the  act..  Pind.  O.  10  (1 1 ), 
53  : — also,  to   calculate,  estimate   dis 


ΣΤΑΘ 

tance  or  size,  without  actual  meas-  ' 
urement,  Hdt.  2, 150  ;  9,  37.  cf.  Heind. 
Plat.  Lys.  205  A  ;  uerpttv  ?}  σταθμά- 
σθαι,  Plat.  Legg.  643  C— 2.  metaph., 
to  measure,  estimate,  judge  of  a  thing, 
Till,  by  some  fact,  Hdt.  2,  2  ;  7,  237  ; 
so,  σταθμεεσθαι  Ότι...,  judaiu^  by  the 
fact  that...  Id.  8, 130,  cf.  9,  37  ;  absol., 
to  conjecture.  Soph.  O.  'Γ.  1111  : — cf. 
σταθμόομαι. — 2.  to  pay  regard  to,  τι, 
Plat.  Lys.  205  .\. 

ϊ,ταθμεύω,  {σταθμός)  Ιο  have  or  take 
up  quarters,  App. 

Στάθμη,  -ης,  ή,  (Ιστημι)  a  carpenter's 
line  or  rule,  Lat.  ajiiussis,  -δόρν  στύ- 
θμΊ)  ενθννειν,  Od. ;  επΙ  στάθμην  Ιθν- 
νεν,  Od.  5,  545 ;  also,  στάθμτ/  δόρν 
έξιθννει,  11.  15,  410;  διαβήτης  και 
CT.,  rule  and  compass..  Plat.  Phil.  56 
Β  : — but,  strictly,  στάθμη  seems  ra- 
ther the  chalked  line,  Lat.  linea  rubri- 
cata,  than  the  rule,  and  so  it  is  e.x- 
pressly  distinguished  from  κάνων  by 
Xen.  Ages.  10,  2  : — ?ι,ενκή  στ.,  the  line 
that  left  no  mark,  Lat.  linea  alba,  cf. 
Soph.  Fr.  .307  ;  hence,  of  a  person, 
with  no  power  of  judging,  άτεχνώς 
ν.ευκή  στάθμη  εΙμΙ  πρύς  τους  κα'λονς, 
Heind.  Plat.  Charm.  154  Β.— 2.  pro- 
verb., τταμα  στάθμην,  by  rule,  straight, 
true,  Lat.  ad  amussnn.  Theogn.  543, 
939,  cf.  Soph.  Fr.  421  (but  also,  beside 
the  line,  wrong,  Aesch.  Ag.  1045)  ;  κα- 
τά στάθμην  νοείν,  to  guess  aright, 
Theocr.  25,  194  : — στάθμα  πατρώα, 
the  measure  (of  piety)  towards  his  fa- 
ther. Pind.  P.  6,  45 :— for  Pind.  P.  2, 
166,  V.  sub  'έλκω  Β.  3. — Π.  the  plum- 
met, weight  on  the  plumbline. — HI.  like 
γραμμή,  the  line  which  bounds  the  race- 
course, the  goal,  Lat.  meta,  πρυς  στά- 
θμαν  δραμεΐν,  metaph.  of  man's  life, 
Pind.  N.  6,  13,  cf.  Eur.  Ion  1514.— 

IV.  metaph.,  a  law,  rule,  νπο  στάθμα 
νεμεσθαι,  Pind.  Fr.  4,  5  ;  'Ύλ'/.ίδος 
στάθμης  εν  νόμοις,  ί•  e.  according  to 
laws  of  Dorian  rule,  Id.  P.  1,  120.— 

V.  δοράτων  στάθμαι,  the  butt-ends, 
Diod.  17,  35. 

Στάθμησις,  ή,  (σταθμάω)  a  weigh- 
ing out. 

Σταθμητικός,  rj,  6v,  (σταθμύω)  of 
Ol  fit  fur  measuring. 

Σταθμητός,  ή,  όν.  adj.  verb,  from 
σταθμάω,  to  be  measured,  τινί,  by  a 
standard.  Plat.  Charm.  154  Β ;  ov 
σταΟμητός,ΑΐΤ. — Ή. {στάθμη)  straight- 
ened by  a  rule  or  level. 

Σταθμίδιον,  ov,  τό,  =  σταθμίον, 
susp. 

Σταθμίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  =  σταθμάω,  to 
weigh,  Ε.  Μ. 

Σταθμικός,  ή.  όν,=  σταθμητικυς. 

Σ  ταθμίον,  ον,τό,  dim.  from  σταθμός 
III,  a  balance. 

Σταθμίς,  ίδος,  η,=  σταθμός. 

Σταθμιστής,  οϋ,  ό,  {σταθμίζω)  one 
xvho  weighs. 

Σταθμοδότης,  ov,  ό,  {σταθμός,  δί- 
δωμι)  he  who  assigns  quarters,  a  quar- 
ter-master. Plot.  Demetr.  23. 

Σταθμόνδε,  adv.,  to  the  stall,  home- 
wards. Od.  9,  451. 

Σταθμός,  ov,  6,  in  Att.  freq.  with 
heterocl.  plur.  τα  σταθμά,  Soph. 
Phil.  489,  O.  T.  1139,  etc.  ;  but  also 
σ7θί?//οί,  Eur.  Andr.  280,  Or.  1474: 
{ϊατημι) — a  standing  place,  shelter  for 
men  or  animals,  freq.  in  Hom.,  of 
farm-yard  buildings,  stables,  stalls, 
fo  'ds.  etc.  (so  Lat.  stabulum  from  stare), 
II.  2,  470,  Cd.  17,  200,  etc.  ;  also  freq. 
in  plur.,  II.  18,  589,  Hes.  Th.  444. 
etc. :  generallv,  a  duflling,  abode,  first 
in  Hes.  Th.  294,  Pind.  O.  5,  21,  etc., 
and  Trag.  —  2.  quarters,  lodgings  for 
travellers  or  soldiers,  Lat.  .itatio,  man• 
sio.  castra  :  —  so  in  Persia,  σταθμοί 
67 


ΣΤΑΛ 

were  stations  or  stages  On  the  royal 
road,  where  the  king  rested  in  trav- 
elling, σταθμοί  βασΛήϊοι,  Hdt.  5, 
52;  6,  119:  hence  in  reference  to 
Persia  it  is  used  loosely  of  distances, 
a  day^s  journey,  day''s  march,  usu.=  5 
parasangs,  or  150  slades,  though  this 
was  by  no  means  fi.xed,  cf.  Xen.  An. 

I,  2,  10-20,  and  Sturz  Lex.  Xen.— 

II.  an  upright  standing-post,  freq.  in 
Hom. ;  sometimes  of  the  bearing  pillar 
of  the  roof,  παρά  σταθμον  τέγεος,  Od. 
1,  333;  8,  458;  sometimes  of  the 
door-posts,  elsewh.  παραστάδες,  άρ- 
γίφεοι  σταθμοί  εν  χαλκίω  εστασαν 
ονδώ,  Od.  7,  89,  cf.  10,  62, 11.  14,  1G7, 
etc.;  so 'in  Hdt.  1,  179,  and  Eur.: 
later,  the  plur.  σταθμά,  was  used  in 
this  signf ,  Ar.  Ach.  449. — 111.  {ϊστημι 
A.  IV')  the  weight  of  the  balance,  II. 
12,  434  : — a  certain  weight,  στ.  σίτου, 
Hdt.  2,  168  ;  σταθμον  έχειν  τάλαντον, 
to  weigh  a  talent.  Id.  1,  14  ;  ace.  &\i- 
sol. ,inweight,άvaθήμaτaισaστaθμ.όv, 
lb.  92  ;  ήμιπλίνθια  σταθμον  διτάλαν- 
τα,  two  talents  in  or  by  weight,  lb.  50  ; 
σταθμον  Βαβν/.ώνιον  τάλαντον,  a 
talent,  Babylonian  weight.  Id.  3,  89  ; 
ίστάν  σταθμω  τι  προς  τι,  Id.  2,  65:— 
σταθμών  αριθμών  και  μετρών  ευρή- 
ματα, Soph.  Fr.  379,  cf.  Decret.  ap. 
Aridoc.  11,  25,  Xen.  Mem.  3,  10,  10, 
etc.  : — hence,  the  scale  or  balance,  Ar. 
Ran.  1365,  1407. 

Σταθμοϋχος,  ου,  ό,  {σταθμός,  εχω) 
α  keeper  of  a  house,  landlord,  Aesch. 
Fr.  211:  esp.,  α  lodging-house  keeper, 
one  who  rents  a  lohole  house,  and  sub- 
lets it  by  separate  rooms,  Buckh.  P.  E. 
1,  188;  2,  15. 

Σταθμόω,  ώ,  f.  -ώσω,  {σταθμός)  to 
bring  to  quarters,  etc. — II.  the  aor.  mid. 
σταθμώσασθαι  is  freq.  in  Hdt.  in  signf. 
of  σταθμήσασθαι  (v.  σταθμάω),  to  con- 
jecture, conclude  by  or  from  a  thing,  c. 
dat.,  Hdt.  4,58;  7,11;  στ.  τινι,  δτι... 
to  conclude  by  a  thing  that....  Id.  3,  38  ; 
7,  102. 

Σταθμώδης,  ες,  {σταθμός,  είδος) 
full  of  dregs  or  sediment,  foul,  thick, 
turbid,  Hipp. 

Σταθμών,  όνος,  ή,-^σταθμός  I,  and 

Στα'ιην,  ης,  η,  opt.  aor.  2  of  ιστημι, 
Hom. 

Σταΐμεν,  σταϊτε,  σταΐεν,  Att.  pi. 
opt.  aor.  2  of  ίστημι,  for  σταίημεν, 
σταίητε,  σταίησαν,  as  θεΐμεν,  θεϊτε, 
θεϊεν. 

ΣΤΑΓΣ,  (more  rarely  σταίς.  Lob. 
Paral.  88),  τό,  gen.  σταιτύς ;  Att. 
στάς  : — whenten  flour  mixed  and  made 
into  dough,  Hdt.  2,  36.— II. ^στίαρ. 
Foes.  Oecon.  Hipp.     Hence 

Σταιτήϊος,  η,  oi',=sq. 

Σταίτΐνος,  y,  ov,  {σταΐς)  ofwheaten 
flour  or  dough,  Hdt.  2,  47. 

Σταιτίτης,  ου,  o,=foreg.,  Epich.  p. 
37. 

Σταιτώδης,  ες,  {σταΐς,  είδος)  like  or 
of  wheaten  flour. 

Στακτή,  r/ς,  ή,  Lat.  stacte  or  stacta, 
the  oil  that  trickles  from  fresh  myrrh  or 
cinnamon,  oil  of  7nyrrh  or  cinnamon, 
.\ntiph.  Φρεαβιί).  1,  cf.  Theophr.  de 
Odor.  29. — Strictly  fem.  of  στακτός. 

Στακτίκός,  ή,  oi',=sq. 

Στακτός,  ή,  όν,  {στάζω)  oozing  out 
in  drops,  trickling  or  dropping,  στ.  μύ• 
pov,  At.  Plut.  529;;^;rAo<  στ.,  Plat. 
Criti.  115  A  :  στακτά,  τά,  resin,  gums, 
balsams:  στακτον  ελαιον,  oil  that  runs 
off  without  pressing,  virgin-o\\,  like 
ττακτή  : — στ.  ΰ7^μη,  brine ;  στ.  κονία, 
i\nie-water,  Geop. 

Στάλα,  ή.  Dor.  for  στήλη,  Pind. 

Σταλύγέω,  u,late  form  for  σταλ-άω, 
Or.  Sib. 


ΣΤΑ3 

Στάλ.αγμα,ατος,  τό,  {σταλάζω)  that 
which  drops,  a  drop,  Aesch.  Eum.  802, 
Soph.  Ant.  1224.  [στα] 

Στΰ/ιαγμιαϊος,  a,  ov,  in  drops,  drop 
by  drop. 

Στά/ιαγμίας,  ov,  b,  dropping,  trick- 
ling, Plin. 

Σταλαγμός,  ov,  b,  {σταλάζω)  a 
dropping,  dripping,  Aesch.  Theb.  61, 
Eum.  247,  783,  Soph.  Fr.  340 ;  αίμα- 
τος, Eur.  Ion  351. 

Στά/ιάζω,  f.  -ξω,=^στάζω  II,  στα- 
λάω,  to  drop,  drip.     Hence 

Σταλακτικός,  η,  όν,  dropping,  drip- 
ping. Diosc. 

Στύ,λακτίς,  ίδος,  ή,  that  which  drops. 
Id. 

Στΰλακτός,  η,  όν,  {σταλάζω)  = 
στακτός,  Id. 

Στάλίάσσω,  Att.  -ττω  ;  fut.  -fcj  ."= 
σταλάω  I,  Eur.  Phoen.  1388  ; — c.  ace. 
cognato,  to  have  a  thing  dripping 
with..,  Sappho  82 ;  cf.  στάζω  11,  κα- 
ταστάζω. — Ι1.=σταλάω  II,  δάκρυ  στ., 
Eur.  Hel.  633. 

Σταλάω, =  στάζω  II,  to  drop,  drip, 
Anth.  P.  5,  237.— II.  trans.,  to  let  fall 
in  drops,  δάκρυ,  lb.  7,  552  ;— also  στα- 
λάζω, στα?.άσσω. 

Στΰ,ληδών,  όνος,  ή,  α  drop. 

Στάλύδωμα,  ατός,  τό,  as  if  from 
σταλιδόω,=  στα7Λς.  [i] 

Στά^.ιξ,  ίκος,  ί/,  Dor.  for  σταλίς, 
Anth.  P.  6,  109,  187;  7,  338.  [ά] 

Στΰλ.ίς,  ίδος,  ή,  Dor.  στά/αξ  [ιστη- 
μι) :  any  thing  set  up  ;  a  stake  to  which 
nets  were  fastened,  v.  I.  Xen.  Cyn.  2, 
8 ;  6,  7  ;  cf.  σχαλύς. 

Στάλίς,  ίδος,  ή.  Dor.  for  στηλίς. 

^Στάλκας,  a,  ό,  iitalcas,  an  Elean, 
Xen.  Hell.  7,  4,  15. 

Στά?ιουργός,  όν.  Dor.  for  στηλ• 
{στήλη,  *εργω)  : — τύμβος  στ.,  α  grave 
with  a  στηΚη  or  gravestone,  Anth.  P. 
7,  423. 

Σταλ.τέος,  a,  ov,  verb.  adj.  from 
στέλλ.ω,  Clem.  Al. 

Σταλτικός,  ή,  όν,  {στέλλω)  draw- 
ing together,  contracting  or  lessening  a 
thing,  c.  gen.,  Arist.  Probl.  1, 33,  Ath., 
etc. 

Σταλτός,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from 
στίλλω. 

Στύλϋζω,  f.  -ξω,  to  weep :  hence 
ασταλνζω,  άνασταλύζω,  νευστάλνζ. 
(Prob.  from  στάζω,  σταλ.άζω.) 

Στάμΰ}ορίς,  ίδος,  ή.  Dor.  for  στη- 
μαγ-,  {στήμα,  άγείρω)  the  twisting  of 
several  threads  of  the  warp  into  one,  ap. 
Hesych. 

Στάμεν,  Dor.  for  στήναι,  inf.  aor. 
2  of  Ιστημι,  Pind. 

^Σταμένης,  ους,  ο,  Stamcnes,  a  sa- 
trap of  Babylonia,  Arr.  An.  4,  18,  3. 

Σταμίν  or  στύμίς  (no  nom.  is  found 
in  use),  ίνος,  ή  {ιστημι): — any  thing 
that  stands  up  ;  esp.,  in  plur.,  the  ribs 
of  a  ship  standing  up  from  the  keel, 
Lat.  statumina,  Ικρια  άραρών  θαμέσι 
σταμίνεσσι,  fitting  planks  to  the 
close-set  ribs,  Od.  5,  252.  [i  in  gen.] 

Σταμνάριον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  of  στάμ- 
νας, Eupol.  Marie.  17,  Ephipp.  In- 
cert.  3. 

Σταανίον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  of  στάμνας, 
Ar.  Ran.  22,  Lys.  196. 

Σταμνίσκος,  ov,  ό,  dim.  of  sq. 

Στάμνας,  ov,  ό,  also  ή,  Hermipp. 
Phorm.  2,  7  {'ίστημι)  :  an  earthen  jar 
or  bottle  for  racking  off  wine,  1.  c,  Ar. 
Plut.  545, — which  operation  was  calf*- 
ed  κατασταμνίζειν  :  generally,  a  jar, 
Hipp._ 

Στάΐ',  Aeol.  3  pi.  aor.  2  from  Ιστη- 
μι, for  εσταν,  έστησαν,  II. — 2.  neut. 
of  part,  στύς,  στάσα. 

Σταννω,  Cretic  for  'ίστημι,  Insrr. 

Στάξις,  ή,  {στάζω)  a  dropping,  drip- 
1377 


ΣΤΑΣ 

ping,  trickling,  e.  g.  of  blood  from  the 
nose,  Hipp.,  V.  Foes.  Oecon. 

Στάς,  στύσα,  στύν,  part.  aor.  2  of 
Ιστημι,  Horn. 

Στφς,  An.  for  σταΐς,  q.  v. 

Στύσάνη,  ης,  ή,  (Ιστι/μι)  a  pledge 
given,  ap.  Hesych.  [σΰ] 

+  ΣΓ«σά)'ωρ,  ομης,  6,  Slasanor,  a 
general  of  Alexander  the  great,  Arr. 
An.  3,  29. 

■[Στασέας,  ov,  6,  Staseas,  a  peripa- 
tetic of  Naples,  Cic.  de  Orat.  1,  22. 

ΣτάσιάζίΛ),  f.  -άσω  (στάσις):  intr., 
to  rebel,  revolt,  rise  in  rebellion,  τίνί, 
against  one,  Hdt.  4,  IGO,  Xen.  An.  2, 
5,  28;  ί-ί  -in,  Hdt.  1,  60;  ττερί  τί- 
νος, about  or  for  a  thing,  Hdt.  5,  66, 
etc.  ;  ειεκά  τίνος.  Id.  9,  27 :— gen- 
erally, to  form  parties,  quarrel,  be  at 
odds,  Hdt.  1,  59;  7,  2 ;  9,  27,  Plat. 
Rep.  488  B,  etc.  ;  στ.  μετά  τίνος,  to 
side  with  one  against  another,  Ar.  Eq. 
590  : — esp.,  of  states,  to  be  at  discord, 
be  distracted  bij  factions  iind  party-strife, 
Ar.  Av.  1014^  Thuc.  4,  1,  60,  etc. 

Στΰσιάρχης,  ov,  o,  Dio  C,  and  στΰ- 
σίαρχος,  ov,  6,  Aesch.  Supp.  13  {στά- 
σις, ύρχω) : — the  chief  of  a  band  or 
company,  Aesch.  :  esp.,  the  head  of  a 
party,  a  leader  in  sedition,  Dio  C. 

Στΰσιασμός,  ov,  a,  (στασιάζω)  the 
raising  nf  sedition,  Thuc.  4,  130  ;  8,  94. 

Στασιαστής,  ov,  ό,  (στασιάζω)  one 
who  stirs  up  to  sedition,  N.  T.     Hence 

Στύσιαστικός,  η,  όν,  of  οτ  belonging 
to  a  party  :  seditious,  factious,  Plat. 
Polit.  303  C.  Adv.  -κώς,  στ.  ίχειν, 
to  he  factious,  Id.  Phaedr.  263  A,  Dein. 
245,  20. 

^Στασικράτης,  ονς,  ό,  Stasicrates, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Anth.  P.  12,  91. 

Στάσιμος,  ov,  rarely  ?/,  ov  ;  (στά- 
σις) : — act.,  setting,  stopping  :  tu  στά- 
σιμα τον  αίματος,  styptics,  Hipp.  638. 
— II.  pass.,  brought  to  a  stand :  stand- 
ing, statioyiary,  στ.  ύδωρ,  Xen.  Oec. 
20,  11  :  set,  firm,  like  στρνψνύς,  opp. 
to  υγρός,  Hipp.,  Foes.  Oecon.  : — gen- 
erally, stable,  steady,  regular,  set,  κίνη- 
σις,  φύσις.  Plat.  Soph.  256  Β,  Rep. 
539  D  ;  so  adv.  -μως.  Id.  Tim.  55  Ε  : 
Γ0  στ.  τον  Ιτζ-ον,  heavy  cavalry,  Ρο- 
lyb.  3,  65,  6. — 2.  of  men,  steady,  Lat. 
constans,  Polyb.  21,  5,  5  :  το  στ., 
steadiness.  Id.  6,  58,  13  :  used  of  the 
Hypodorian  mode  in  music,  Arist. 
Frobl.  19,  48.  —  3.  ΰργύριον  στύσι- 
μον,  money  out  at  interest,  Solon  ap. 
Lys.  117,  39. — 4.  στύσιμον  (sc.  μέ- 
?.ος),  τό,  in  tragedy,  a  song  of  the  cho- 
rus continued  without  the  interruption  of 
dialogue  or  anapaestics,  and  perhaps  so 
named  from  its  rfgu/ar  structure  ;  or, 
ace.  to  others,  because  the  στάσιμον 
was  not  sung  till  the  chorus  had  taken 
its  place  in  the  orchestra,  after  the 
Ίτύροδος,  cf.  Herm.  Arist.  Poet.  12,  8, 
Elem.  Metr.  p.  724,  sq. ;  στάσιμον  is 
also  called  στάσις  με'λών  in  Ar.  Ran. 
1281  : — in  comedy  there  were  no  στά- 
σιμα, Herm.  Arist.  Poet.  12,  2.— III. 
{στάσις  III)  weighed,  weighable.  [a] 

^Στασινος.  ov.  Ό,  Stasinus,  a  poet 
of  Cyprus,  Ath.  682  C. 

Στάσιοκοπίω,  ώ,  (κόπτω)  to  stir  up 
sedition. 

Στΰσιοττοιέω,  ω,  to  cause  sedition. 

Στάσις,  εως,  ή,  (ιστημι)  act.  a  plac- 
ing, setting.  —  II.  (ιστημι  Λ.  IV)  α 
weighing,  weighing  off  or  to,  στ.  μισθού, 
the  weighing  out  or  paying  of  wages, 
Hipp. 

B.  (ΐσταμαι)  pass.,  a  standing,  the 
posture  of  standing,  Aesch.  Eum.  36; 
(^al.  βάσιν),  Xen.  Cyn.  2,  8  ;  άπόφα- 
σις  τού  ίέναι  ace.  to  Plat.  Crat.  426 
D ;  opp.  to  φορά,  κίνησις,  lb.  437  A, 
etc. — 2.  the  place  or  way  in  tchich  one 
137Θ 


ΣΤΑΤ 

stands  or  should  stand,  a  position,  post, 
station,  Hdt.  9,  21,  26,  and  Att.  :  esp. 
a  point  of  the  compass,  στάσις  των 
ώρέων,  τον  νάτον,  της  μεσαμβρίης, 
Hdt.  2,  26,  etc. — 3.  the  state  or  condi- 
tion ill  which  a  person  is,  Lat.  status,  εν 
καλ'λίονι  στάσει  είναι.  Plat.  Phaedr. 
253  D. — 4.  στάσις  με?ιών,  v.  sub  στά- 
σιμος II.  4. — II.  ίΐ  party,  company, 
band,  Ae.sch.  Cho.  114,  459,  Eum. 
311  ; — esp.,  one  for  seditions  purposes, 
ati  illegal  union  to  carry  out  political 
views,  a  faction,  party,  Theogn.  51, 
779,  Solon  15,  19,  Hdt.  1,  59,  GO,  etc. ; 
a'l  τών  Μ^εγαρέων  στάσεις,  Thuc.  4, 
71  ; — hence, — 2.  sedition,  faction,  dis- 
cord, Pind.  N.  9,  31,  etc.,  Hdt.  5,  28, 
Thuc,  etc. ;  στ.  άντιάνειρσ,  Pind. 
Ο.  12,  23  ;  εις  λύγον  στύσιν  έττε/.- 
Οεΐν,  Soph.  Tr.  1180  ;  στάσει  νοσού- 
σα τϊό'λις.  Eur.  Η.  F.  34  ;  στύσεις 
ττανειν,  Xen.  Mem.  4,  6,  14;  ττοιεί- 
σθαι,  Isocr.  56  D ;  πόλεμοι  καΐ  στά- 
σεις. Plat.  Phaed.  66  C  ;  στάσεις 
και  διαστάσεις,  Arist.  Pol.  4,  11,  12; 
στάσις  ενεστι  ταΐς  γνώμαις,  Thuc. 
2,  20 ;  ουκ  ενι  στάσις,  there's  no  de- 
nying it,  Aesch.  Pers.  738.  [--] 

■\Στάσίχορος,  ov,  6,  Όοι.=ιΣτησί- 
χορος.  , ,  . 

Στΰσιώυης,  ες,  {στάσις,  είδος)  sedi- 
tious, tumuUuoiis,  Xen.  Mem.  2,  6,  4. 

Στάσ'ιωρον,  τό,  in  Eur.  Cycl.  53, 
usu.  e.xplained  by  στάσις  εν  όρει,  a 
mountain-fold ; — but,  prob.,  it  ought  to 
be  στασιωρός,  6,  (ώρα)  watcher  of  the 
station  Or  fold,  like  θυρωρός,  πυλω- 
ρός. 

Στάσιωτεία,  ας,  η,  α  state  of  fac- 
tion, formed  after  πο?.ιτεία.  Plat. 
Legg.  715  B,  832  C  :  from 

Στάσιώτης,  ov,  ό,  (στάσις  Β.  II) 
one  ii-ho  stirs  up  sedition,  esp.  one  of  a 
party  or  faction,  a  partisan;  in  plur., 
the  members  of  a  parly  or  faction  in  a 
state,  partisans,  οι  τού  Μεγακ?^έονς 
στ.,  Hdt.  as  1,  60,  cf.  50,  173,  etc., 
Thuc, etc.: — the  chajnpions of  Acause, 
and  with  a  punning  allusion  to  στά- 
σιμοι, as  opp.  to  o'l  βέοντες,  Plat. 
Theaet.  181  A.     Hence 

Στάσιωτικός,  ή,  όν,  inclined  to  fac- 
tion, seditious,  Thuc.  4,  130;  7,"  57. 
Adv.  -κώς,  Arist.  Pol.  5,  6,  15. 

Στάσκε,  Ion.  for  εστη,  3  sing.  aor. 
2  from  ϊστημι,  I!.  3,  217. 

iΣτaτavός  οίνος,  ό,  wine  of  Sta- 
tana  (a  city  of  lower  Italy),  Ath.  26 
D. 

Στατίος,  a,  ov,  verb.  adj.  from 
ιστημι,  that  must  be  placed. — II.  στα- 
τέον,  one  must  place. 

Στάτενσις,  ή,=^στάθενσις,  Arist. 
Meteor.  4,  2,  1 :  from 

Στάτενω,=^σταθεύω,  q.  v. 

Στάτήρ,  ηρος,  ό,  (ιστημι  Α.  IV)  any 
Wright. — II.  esp.  a  coin  of  a  certain 
weight,  a  stater,  at  Athens  of  silver, 
called  also  τετράδραχμος,  =  about 
+70.4  cts.  ;+  though,  later,  esp.  in 
Philip's  time  and  afterwards,  a  gold 
staler  was  current  at  Athens,  worth 
20  Att.  drachmae,  or  j$3.  ryzf.  The 
stater  first  occurs  as  a  name  for  the 
Persian  gold  coin,  Hdt.  3,  130:  the 
oldest  were  struck  by  Croesus  in  Ly- 
dia  (cf.  Hdt.  1,  54);  Darius  Hysta- 
spis  struck  them  of  very  pure  gold, 
and  they  arc  said  to  have  been  called 
from  him  Darics  (like  a  Louis  d'or,  a 
Napoleon,  etc.),  worth  about  1/.  Is. 
lOd.,  -f  English,  or  $5.33-[, —στατί/ρες 
Ααρεικοί,  Hdt.  7,  28,  cf.  Ar.  Plut. 
816,  Thuc.  8,  28.  There  were  other 
staters  in  Greece,  as  the  Cyzicene,= 
28  Alt.  drachmae,  Dem.  914,  11  ;  the 
basest  was  the  Phocaean,  Thuc.  4, 
52,  Dem.  1019,  16.     Cf.  Hussey  An- 


ΣΤΑΦ 

cient  W.  and  M.  3,  4  ;  7,  2,  sq.,  and 
Diet.  Antiqq. — 111.  oneivho  owes  money, 
a  debtor,  opp.  to  ύποόοτήρ,  Epich.  p. 
06.     Hence 

ΣτάτηριαΙος,  a,  ov,  worth,  of  the 
value  of  a  arar//p,  Theopomp.  (Com.) 
Call.  3  :  —  στατηρίδιος  is  a  dub.  form. 

Στατηρός,  ά,  όν,^^σταθερός,  dub. 

Στατίας,  ου,  ύ,  Att.  for  σταιτί- 
της- 

Στάτίζω,  poet,  for  ϊστημι,  to  place : 
ραΒ5.=^ϊσταμαι,  to  stand,  Eur.  Ale 
90 : — the  act.  is  also  used  intr.,  to 
stand,  Eur.  El.  315. 

Στατικός,  ή,  όν,  (ιστημι)  causing  to 
stand,  bringing  to  a  stiindstill,  Arist. 
Probl.  13,  5:  ή  στατική,  ση  astringent 
herb,  statici. — II.  (  ϊστημι  A.  IV  ), 
skilled  in  weighing.  Plat,  de  Justo373 
C  : — hence//  στατική  (sc.  επιστήμη), 
Sialics,  the  science  which  ascertains  the 
properties  of  bodies  at  rest,  opp.  to 
dynamics,  Plat.  Charm.  166  B,  PhiL 
55  E.     Adv.  -κώς. 

'\Στατί?.ιος  and  -ίλλιος,  ov,  l>,  the 
Rom.  name  Statilius,  Plut. 

Στάτινος,  η,  ov,  (στάς)  Att.  for 
σταίτινος.  [a] 

Στατίτης,  ov,  6,  (στφς)  Att.  for 
σταιτίτης. 

Στάτός,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from  ϊστη- 
μι, placed,  standing,  στατος  ίππος,  a 
stalled  horse,  11.  6,  500 ;  15,  263 ; 
στατόν  ϋδωρ,  standing  water.  Soph, 
Phil.  716  ;  στατοίς  λ.ίκνοισι.  Id.  Fr. 
724  ; — στατός  χιτών,  like  όρθοστοτ 
δίας  and  στάόιος  χιτών  (v.  στάδιος 
II),  Plut.  Alcib.  32.— II.  οΊ  Στατοί. 
=^' Αγαθοεργοί,  Ruhnk.  Tim. 

ίΣτατωνία,  ας,  ή,  Statonia,  a  city 
of  the  Tyrrheni,  Stiab.  p.  226. 

Σταν,  τό,  an  ancient  Greek  letter, 
;•,  which  stood  between  ε  and  ζ,  and 
was  retained  as  a  numeral,=:6;  cf. 
κόππα,  σαμπί. 

Στανρηύόν,  adv.,  (σταυρός)  like  a 
pale  or  cross,  susp. 

Σταυροειδής,  ές,  shaped  like  a  pale 
or  cross. 

Σταυρός,  οΰ,  ό,  (ϊστημι)  an  upright 
pale  or  stake,  σταυρούς  έκτος  ε'/.ασσε 
διαμπερές  ένθα  και  ένθα  πνκνονς 
και  θαμέας,  Od.  14.  11,  cf.  II.  24,  453: 
also  οϊ piles,  Hdt.  5,  16  :  cf.  σταύρω- 
μα .—later,  the  cross,  as  the  Roman 
instrument  of  crucifixion,  N.  T.  :  its 
form  was  represented  by  the  Gr. 
letter  T,  Luc.  Jud.  Voc 

Σταυρότνπος,  ov,  (σταυρός,  τύπτω) 
marked  with  the  cross,  Eccl. 

Σταυροφάνεια,  ας,  ή,  (σταυρός, 
φαίνομαι)  the  appearance  of  the  Holy 
Cross,  Eccl.  [ά] 

Στανρόω,  ώ,  (σταυρός)  to  strike  in 
pales,  to  impalisade  a  place,  Thuc.  6, 
100.— II.  to  crucify,  Polyb.  1,  86,  4; 
cf.  άναστ:  Hence 

Σταύρωμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  place  secured 
with  a  palisade  ;  or  the  palisade  itself, 
Lat.  vallum,  Thuc.  5, 10  ;  6,  64,  Xen., 
etc. 

Σταύρωσις,  εως,  ή,  (στανρόω)  a 
palisading  :  also=foreg.,  Thuc.  7,  25. 
— Π.  crucifixion,  Eccl.     Hence 

Στανρωσιμος,  ov,  of  the  crucifixion, 
ήμερα  στ.,  Eccl. 

Στανρωτήρ,  ήρος,  Ό,  and  σταυρω- 
τής, ού.  ό,  (στανρόω)  one  who  drives 
in  pales  or  slakes. — II.  ο  crucifier, 
Eccl. 

Στΰφΐδενταΐος,  a,  ov,  (σταφίς)  of 
dried  and  pressed  grapes,  like  στεμφν- 
λίτης,  Hipp. 

Στύφίδιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  στα- 
φίς. [I] 

Στάφίδιος.  ον,^=σταΦιδίτης,  esp. 
οΐΐ'ος,  Hipp.  [I] 

ΣτάφΙδίτης  οίνος,  6,  roisin-wine. 


ΣΤ  ΑΧ 

Στΰ^ιΰοποιία,  ας,  ή,  α  making  of 
raisins,  Geop. 

Στΰφϊόό(^,  ώ,  to  dry  grapes,  make 
raisins,  Diosc.  :  from 

ΣτΰόίΓ.  t(5of.  ή,  a  dried  grape,  raisin, 
also  άστηφίς,  Theocr.  27,  9.  (Akin 
to  σταφυλή  and  στέμόν/.ον.) 

Στάόν'/.άγρα,  ας.  η,  (σταφυλή  III, 
άγρίύω)  α  forceps  far  taking  hold  of 
the  uvula.  Paul,  Aeg. 

ΣΤΑ'ΦΥ'ΛΗ',  ϊ/ς,  ή,  a  bunch  of 
grapes,  aTa<iv'/.yai  μέγα  βρίθονσαν 
άλωήν,  Π.  18,  561  ;  ήμερίς  ήβώωσα 
Γεθ•ή?.ει  όέ  σταφν?:!)σι,  Od.  5,  69, 
etc. ;  cf.  Plat.  Legg.  844  Ε.— 2.  the 
uvula  in  the  throat  when  swolleti  at  the 
lower  end  SO  as  to  resemble  a  grape 
on  the  stalk,  Hipp.,  IS'icoph.  Incert. 
8,  Arist.  H.  A.  1,  11,  12;  cf.  Foes. 
Oecon. ;  and  v.  sub  κατά/^^οος : — 
also  a  vine. — II.  parox.,  σταφυλή,  the 
plummet  in  a  carpenter's  level ;  also 
the  level  itself;  hence,  ΐττ-οι  σταφν- 
λ?ί  έττΐ  νώτον  έϊσαι,  horses  equal  in 
height  even  to  a  level,  matched  to  a 
nicety,  11,  2,  765. 

Στάφνληκόμος,  ov,  (σταφυλή,  κο• 
μέ(ϋ)  cultivating  grapes,  Nonn. 

Στΰφϋλητομία,  ας,  ή,  a  cutting  of 
grapes. 

Στΰφνλτ/τόμος,  ov,  (τέμνω)  cutting 
grapes. 

Στΰφν/.ίζω,  (σταφυλή)  to  make 
even  by  a  level  or  plumb-line. 

ΣτΰφύλΙνος.  η,  ov,  (σταφυ?.ή)  of  a 
bunch  of  grapes,  [ΰ] 

Στΰφϋ?,ϊνος,  ου,  ό  and  ή,  a  kind  of 
carrot,  or  parsnep,  Hipp.,  and  Diosc. 
3,  59. — II,  ό  στ.,  an  ijisect  like  the 
σόονδν/.η,  Arist.  H.  A.  8,  24,  6. 

Στΰφνλιον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  of  σταφν- 
Αή.  Μ,  Anton.  6,  13.  [ί•] 

Στύ,φύ'λίς,  ίόος,  ή,  like  σταφυλή,  α 
hunch  of  grapes,  Theocr.  27,  9. — II. 
the  stalk  on.  which  grapes  hang,  Lat. 
racemus. 

\Σταφνλίτης,  ov,  b,  appell.  of  Bac- 
chus from  σταφυλή,  Ael.  V.  H.  3, 
41. 

ΣτΰφϋλοΒολεΙον,  and  στάόϋλοβό- 
?Λθν,  ov,  TO,  (βάλλω)  a  place  in  which 
grapes  are  put  for  pressing. 

Σ  ταφν?.οκαύστης,  ov,  ό,  burning  the 
uvula,  Paul,  Aeg. 

Στάφϋ/Μκλοπίδης,  ov,  6,  (σταφν?.ή, 
«λέτΓω)  α  stealer  of  grapes,  Leon.  Al. 
42. 

'[Στάφνλος,  ov,  ό,  Slaphylus,  son 
of  Bacchus  and  Ariadne,  Ap.  Rh.  3, 
996  :  ace.  to  Plut.  Thes.  20,  son  of 
Theseus  and  Ariadne  ;  an  Argonaut, 
Apollod.  1,  9,  16. — 2.  a  historian  of 
Naucratis,  Strab.  p.  475. 

Στΰφν/.οτομέίι),  ώ,  to  cut  bunches  of 
grapes. — II.  to  cut  out  the  swollen  uvula, 
Artemid.  3,  46  :  and 

Στΰφνλοτομία,  ας,  ή,  a  cutting  of 
grapes  :  from 

Στάφϋλοτόμος,  ov,  (σταφυλή,  τέμ- 
νω) cutting  grapes. — II.  cutting  out  the 
swollen  uvula  :  το  στ.,  a  knife  for  this 
purpose,  Paul.  Aeg. 

Στΰφνλοφόρος,  ov,  (σταφυ7.ή,  φέ- 
ρω) bearing  grapes. — II.  το  στ.  μόριον, 
the  uvula,  Arist.  H.  A.  1,  11,  12. 

Σταφν7.ωμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  defect  in 
the  eye  inside  the  cornea,  [ϋ] 

Σταχύνη,  ης,  ή,  (ίστημι)  α  balance; 
Doric  word. 

Στΰχνηκομύω,  ώ,  ΐ.  -ήσω,  (στάχυς, 
κομύω)  to  bear  ears  of  corn  for  hair,  of 
lields,  0pp.  C.  2, 150 ;  cf.  Lob.  Phryn. 
629:  from 

Στύχνηκόμος,  ov,  (στάχνς,  κομέω) 
cultivating  ears  of  corn,  Nonn. 

Στΰχνη?,ό}θς,  ov,  gleaning  ears  of 
corn. 

Στΰχνηρός,  ά,  όν,  with  ears  of  com  : 


ΣΤΕΑ 

Tu  στ.,  the  plants  that  bear  ears,  the 
grasses,  Theophr. 

Στάχνητόμος,  ov,  (στάχνς,  τέμνω) 
cutting  ears  of  corn,  reaping,  Anth.  P. 
6,  95. 

Σταχνητρόφος,  ov,  {στύχνς,  τρέ- 
φω) feeding  ears  of  com,  Anth.  P.  7, 
209. 

Στάχνηφόρος,  ov,  (στάχνς,  φέρα) 
bearing  ears  of  corn,  Anth.,  Nonn. 

Σταχνίνος.  η,  ov,  of  an  ear  of  corn, 
Lat.  spiceus.  [i] 

Στάχνμήτωρ,  ορός,  η,  (στάχνς,  μή- 
τηρ)  mother  nf  ears  of  corn,  epith.  of 
Isis,  Anth.  Plan.  264. 

Στάχνοβο7.έω,  ω,  f. -ήσω,  (στάχνς, 
βά?.?.ω)  to  put  forth  ears  of  corn,  to  put 
forth  the  ear,  Theophr, 

Στΰχΰόθριζ,  τρΐχος,  ό,  ή,  (στύχνς, 
θρίξ)  epith.  ot  the  νάρόος,  the  leaves 
of  which  form  ears,  Mel.  1,  45. 

Στΰχνο/.ογέω,  ύ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  glean 
ears  of  corn :  and 

Στΰ.χνη?ιθγία,  ας,  η,  a  gleaning  of 
ears  nf  corn  :  from 

Σταχνο/.όγος,  ov,  (στύχνς,  λέγω) 
gleaning  ears  of  corn. 

Στάχϋόομηι,  as  pass.,  (στύχνς)  to 
have  or  be  furnished  uith  an  ear  of 
corn  :  to  he  in  ear,  Diosc. 

ΣτΰχνοτΓ?ιόκΰμος,  ov,  (  στάχνς, 
τ?.όκαμυς)  having  the  hair  wreathed 
with  ears  of  corn,  Orph.  Lith.  240. 

ΣτΰχΙ'οστέφάνος,  ov,  (στάχυς.  στέ- 
φανος) crowned  with  ears  of  corn,  Anth. 
P.  6,  104. 

Στΰχνοτρόφος,  ov.  (στάχνς,  τρέφω) 
feeding  ears  of  corn,  Orph.  H.  39,  3. 

Στΰχνοώόρος,  ov,  {στύχνς,  φέρω) 
bearing  ears  of  corn, 

ΣΤΑ'ΧΤΣ,  νος,  ό:  pi,  ace.  στά- 
yi'f,  Ar.  Eq.  393  : — an  ear  nf  com, 
Lat.  spica,  usu.  in  plur.,  II.  23,  598, 
Hes.  Op.  471,  etc.;  metaph.,  στ. 
ΰτ7;ς,  Aesch.  Pers.  821  : — in  Eur.  of 
the  Theban  Στταρτοί,  Phoen.  939, 
H.  F.  5. — II.  generally,  a  plant ;  and, 
poet.,  a  scion,  child,  progeny,  Eur. 
Erechth.  17,  22;  cf.  καρ-ός  I.  1.— 
III.  the  lower  part  of  the  abdomen,  Lat. 
pubes,  Poll.  2,  168.— IV.  the  plant 
stachys,  woundwort,  Diosc.  3,  110. 
(Akin  to  Germ.  Achel,  Stachel.)  [a: 
V  in  Eur.  H.  F.  5.] 

iΣτάχvς,  νος,  ό,  Stachys,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  N.  T. 

Στύχνώδης,  ες,  (στύχνς,  είδος)  like 
ears  of  corn,  Theophr. 

Στέύρ,  TO,  gen.  στίάτος:  contr. 
στήρ,  στητός  ('ίστημι) : — stiff  fat,  tal- 
low, suet,  such  as  ruminating  animals 
have,  Lat.  sevum,  sebum,  στέατος  μέ- 
γας τροχός,  a  large  cake  of  suet,  Od. 
21,  178,  183  :— τΓίαελτ?  is  soft  fat  (v. 
sub  voc);  but  we  find  στέαρ  used 
for  ττιμελή  in  Xen.  An.  5,  4,  28. — II. 
=  ατηΙς,  dough  made  from  wheaten 
flour,  Theophr.  H.  PL  9,  20,  2,  ubi  v. 
Schneid. ;  cf.  Foes.  Oec.  Hipp.  ;  as 
vice  versa  σταΐς  (q.  v.)  is  used  for 
στέαρ  : — also  leaven,  ζνμΐ],  Gdlen. — 
\\\.^=στεύτωμα.  [ά  in  the  oblique 
cases,  cf.  στεύτιον  ;  but  they  seem 
to  be  always  used  as  dissyll.,  as  in 
Od.  11.  c._]   'Hence 

ΣτεάτΙνος,  η,  ov,  of  tallow. — 11.=: 
σταίτινος,  Aesop,  [a] 

Στεύτιον,  συ,  τό,  dim.  from  στέαρ, 
Alex.  Eretr.  1.  [a] 

Στεατόω,  ώ,  Ϊ.  -ώσω,  (στέαρ)  to  turn 
into  tallow  or  suet : — pass.,  to  be  fatted, 
LXX.  ;  esp.  to  get  a  στεάτωμα. 

Στεατώδης,  ες,  (στέαρ,  είδος)  tal- 
lowy, ζώα  στ.,  animals  that  have  tallow 
or  suet,  Arist.  H.  A.  3,  17,  5,  Part. 
An.  2,  6,  2. 

Στεάτωμα.  ατός,  τό,  (στεατόω)  a 
kind  of  fatty  tumour,  Galen. 


ΣΤΕΓ 

Στεγάζω,  f.  -άσω,=  στέγω,  to  cover, 
wrap  around.  Soph.  El.  781  ;  ΰστζίόες 
τα  σώματα  στεγάζονσι,  Xen.  Cyr.  7, 
1,  32: — ττ/Μϊον  εστεγασμένον,  a 
decked  vessel,  Antipho  132,  8. 

Στεγύνη.  ης,  ή,  (στεγανός)  a  cover- 
ing, Anth.  P.  6,  294.  [a] 

Στεγάνογρύφία,  ας,  ή,  the  art  of 
secret  writing :  from 

Στεγάνογράφος,  ov,  writing  in  secret 
hand  or  cipher. 

Στεγάνόμιον,  ov,  τό,  house-rent, 
Ath.  8  D. 

Στεγάνόμος,  ov,  (στέγη,  νέμω  III) 
inhabiting  a  house,  ό  στ-,  the  master  of 
a  house,  Lvc.  1095  ;  v.  Lob.  Pliryn. 
641. 

Σ7ε}'αΐ'07Γοΐ'ζ•,  ποδός,  δ,  ή,  (στεγα- 
νός, ττονς)  covering  one^s  self  with  one's 
feet,  Alcman  56 ;  cf  σκιάττοδες. — II. 
στεγανότΓοδες,  animals  that  have  their 
toes  connected  by  a  membrane,  wcb- 
footed  animals ;  opp.  to  σχιζόττοδες, 
Arist.  H.  A.  2,  12,  3 :  cf  στεγνός. 

Στεγανός,  ή,  όν,  (στέγω)  :  covered, 
τινί.  by  a  thing.  Soph.  Ant.  114; 
roofed  over,  Thuc.  3,  21. — 2.  close, 
compact,  xeater-proof  τρίχες,  Xen.  Cyn. 
5,  10. — 3.  metaph.  of  persons,  close, 
reserved,  Lat.  tecttis  homo.  Plat.  Gorg. 
493  Β  ;  στεγανώτατα  τήν  αντοΰ  γνώ- 
μην  ένδον  κατείχε,  Memnon  6,  cf. 
Anth.  P.  5,  216:  proverb.,  Άρεοττα- 
γίτου  στε';  ανώτερος. — 4.  closed  up, 
obstructed,  νηδνς,  Nic.  ΑΙ.  367.  —  II. 
act.  covering,  δοκοι  στ.,  rafters,  Eur. 
Cret.  2,  7  :  confining,  enclosing,  δίκτν 
OV,  Aesch.  Ag.  358. — 2.  constipating, 
astringent:  cf  the  contr.  form  στε- 
γνός.— III.  adv.  -ΐ'ώς.  closely,  in  a  close, 
thick  stream,  στ.  Ίέναι,  Thuc.  4,  100. 

Στε}άνόω,  ώ,  (στεγανός)^ στέγω. 
Hence 

Στεγύνωμα,  ατος,  τό,  roofing-timber. 

[«]     , 

Στέγαρχος,  ον,  ό,  (στέγη,  άρχω) 
master  of  the  house,  Hdt.  1,  133. 

Στεγάρχων,  οντος,  o,=  foreg.,  dub. 

Στέγΰσις,  ή,  (στεγάζω)  a  covering  : 
roofing. 

^τέγασμα,  ατος,  τό,  (στεγάζω): 
any  thing  which  covers  or  shelters,  a  cov- 
ering, Xen.  An.  1,  5,  10:  esp.,  a  roof, 
Lat.  tectum,  opp.  to  3.  σκέπασμα.  Plat. 
Polit.  279  D,  cf  Criti.  Ill  C. 

Στε-)  αστέον,  verb.  adj.  from  στεγά- 
ζω, one  must  cover,  Xen.  Eq.  12,  7. 

Στεγαστήρ,  ήρος,  ό,  (στεγάζω)  a 
tile. 

Στεγαστής,  ov,  ό,  (στεγάζω)  one 
who  covtrs. 

Στεγαστός,  ή,  όν,  (στεγάζω)  cover- 
ed, sheltered. 

Στεγαστρίς,  ίδος,  ή,  (στεγάζω)  that 
covers  or  serves  for  covering,  διφθέρα, 
Hdt.  I,  194. 

Στέγαστρον,  ov,  τό,  (στεγάζω)  a 
covering,  cover,  wrapper,  Aesch.  Cho. 
984,  cf  Fr.  344  ;  esp.  of  leather,  Lat. 
segestrium,  segesire,  Plut.  Crass.  3. — 
2.  a  place  in  which  to  hide  or  keep  any 
thing,  a  receptacle.  Antiph.  Aphr.  1,  9. 
— 3.  a  covered  carriage. 

Στέγη,  ης,  ή,  also  τέγη,  (στέγω):— 
a  roof,  Lat.  tectum,  Hdt.  6,  27,  Aesch., 
etc. — II.  a  roofed  place,  a  chamber,  room, 
Hdt.  2,  2,  148  ;  a  tent.  Soph.  Aj.  108  ; 
a  hare's  seat  or  form.  Id.  Fr.  184. — 
2.  esp.  in  plur.,  like  Lat.  tecia,  a  house, 
dwelling,  Aesch.  Ag.  3,  518,  Soph., 
etc.  ;  κατιι  στέγας,  at  home.  Soph. 
O.  T.  637,  etc.— 111.  the  deck  of  a  ship 
Hence 

Στε}ήρης,  ες,  (στέγη.  *άρω?)  with 
a  covering  or  ronf,  roofed,  οίκος,  Mos- 
chio  ap.  Stob.  Eel.  1^  p.  242. 

Στεγίτης,  ov,  ό,  (στέγη)  belonging 
to  a  roof,  house  or  room,  to  be  fjuna 
1379 


ΪΤΕΙ 

therein  : — στε-/1τίς,  ιόος,  ή,  α  prosti- 
tute {whose  haunt  is  calUd  στέγος  or 
τίγος). 

Στε)'ν6ς,  ή,  or,  contr.  from  στεγα- 
νός, (στε;'ω)  : — covKred,  water-tight, 
■water-proof,  ttc/.oc,  Hcit.  4,  23  ;  σ«7/- 
νώματα,  Eur.  Cycl.  321  ;  ατ.  προς 
νύορ  και  ττρος  χιόνα,  Hipp. : — στε- 
γΐ'ά,  covered  dwellings,  Xen.  Occ.  7, 
•19. — 2.  closed,  costive,  Hipp. — 3.  στε- 
γνά πτερά,  wings  joined  hi)  a  mem- 
.brane,  like  tliose  ol  the  bat,  Nic.  Th. 
"Gi;  cf.  στεγανύτΐονς  II.     Hence 

^τεγνότης,  7)της,  ή,  closeness:  στ. 
γαστρος,  costivcness,  Hipp. 

Στε-,νοφϋ/ς.  ές,  {στεγνός,  φυή)  of 
thick  nature,  .Alltll.  P.  11,  354. 

Σγ6>  ΐ'όω,  ώ,  {στεγνός)  to  cover  close- 
ly.— Η.  Ιο  make  costive  :  to  check  bleed- 
ing, Diosc. — 2.  to  solder,  lute ;  whence, 
(η'ϋτεγνύυ,  to  solder  together  ;  cf.  Lat. 
ttagnum,  stannum,  i.  e.  soldering-metal. 
Hence 

'Στέγνωσις,  ή,  a  making  close  or  cos- 
live,  a  checking  of  natural  evacuations, 
etc.,  Foes.  Oecon.  Hipp. — Π.  a  sol- 
dering.   Hence 

Στεγνωτικύς,  ή,  όν,  suited  for  mak- 
ing costive,  astringent,  Diosc. 

Στεγονύμιον,  ου,  τό,  {στέγος)  = 
στεγανόμιον. 

Στέγος,  εος,  -o,=the  Homeric  τέ• 
γος,  α  roof,  Aesch.  Pers.  141,  Ag. 
310,  Soph.  Aj.  307,  etc.: — a  cinereal 
urn.  Soph.  El.  11C5  : — τάφος,  a  grave. 
Lye.  1098. 

ΣΤΕΤΩ,  f.  -ξ<ύ,  to  cover  closely, 
esp.  so  as  to  keep  out  wet,  δόμος  αλα 
στέγων,  a  house  that  keeps  out  the 
sea,  i.  e.  a  gooil  ship,  Aesch.  Supp. 
134;  absol.,  νήες  ονόέν  στέγονσαι, 
not  water-tight,  Thuc.  2,  94 :  so  in 
mid.,  ναϋς  ουκ  έστέξατο  κϋμα,  Pha- 
laec.  5. — 2.  generally,  to  keep  off,  fend 
off,  πΙ?.οί  oi'K  εστεγον  τοίίνματα, 
Thuc.  4.  34  ;  δόρυ  τγο'/Juiov  στέγειν, 
Aesch.  Theb.  216,  cf.  797  ;  πληγάς. 
At.  Vesp.  1295;  στ.  τινός,  to  protect 
from....  Plat.  Rep.  415  Ε  :  — mid., 
στέγεσθαι  δμβρηνΓ,  to  keep  off  rain 
from  one's  self.  Pi'nd.  P.  4,  144.— II. 
to  cover  over,  shelter,  protect,  πύργοι 
ττόλιν  στέγονσιν.  Soph.  Ο.  C.  15  ;  cf. 
Xen.  Cyr.  7,  1,  33. — 2.  to  cover  and 
conceal,  κακόν  τι  στέγεις  νπό  σκότω, 
Eur.  Phoen.  1214  ;  στ.  σιγ?/.  Soph. 
Ο.  Τ.  311  ;  τί  χρη  στέγειν  η  τί  λέ- 
γειν, Id.  Phil.  136;  cf.  Valck.  Hipp. 
974 :  so  in  pass.,  to  he  kept  secret, 
Thuc.  6,  72. — HI.  to  hold  water  within 
itself,  Plat.  Rep.  021  A,  Criti.  HID; 
■όάκρνον  ΰμματ'  ονκέτι  στέγει,  Eur. 
I.  Α.  888 :  hence,  τό  μη  στέγον,  α 
leaky  vessel,  ονκ  αν  δνναιμην  μη  στέ- 
γοντα  πιμπλύναι,  Eur.  Incert.  9 ; 
hence  applied  by  Plat,  to  a  soul  in- 
continent of  desire,  Rep.  586  Β  :  then, 
—  2.  generally,  to  contain,  hold  any 
thing,  as  ashes.  Soph.  El.  1118,  Eur. 
Ion  1412,  Plat. — 3.  to  bear  up  against, 
resist,  Polyb.  3.  53.  2;  18,  8,  4,  etc.; 
— whence  some  read  in  Soph.  O.  T. 
1 1,  στέξαντες,  hearing,  v.  Dind.  ad  1. 
.(Lat.  lego,  tectum  ;  Germ,  deckcn, 
Dach ;  our  deck.) 

Στεία,  ή,  worse  form  for  aria. 
Στειίεύς,  στειβία,=στι3εύς,  στι- 
βία,  dub. 

Στείβυ,  lengthd.  from  root  ΣΤΙΒ-  : 
fut.  στείψω  :  aor.  2  εστίβον  : — cf. 
στιβέυ,  στί3υ.  To  tread  or  stamp  on, 
tread  under  fool,  of  horses,  στείβοντες 
νέκνάς  τε  κηΐ  ασπίδας,  II.  11,  534; 
20,  499:  but,  στείβον  εν  βόθροισιν 
είιιατα,  washed  the  clothes  by  treading 
thim  in  the  water,  Od.  6,  92,  like 
walken  in  Germ.  : — νόμον  στ.,  Nic. 
Th.  609;  cf  sub  στίβω.—2.  c.  ace. 
1380 


ΣΤΕΙ 

cognate,  χηρόν  στ>ί3.,  ϊο  tread  η 
mea.sure,  dance,  Eur.  Ion  495.-3. 
absol.,  to  tread,  Eur.  Hel.  689,  Hipp. 
217. — i.  mid.,  to  go  upon  any  one's 
track,  to  chase,  trace,  hunt  out,  Theocr. 
17,  122  ;  80  in  act.,  Eur.  Hipp.  217.— 
II.  to  stamp  down,  stamp  tight,  Opp.  C. 
1,  456.  {Hence  στιπτός,στιβύς,  στι- 
βαρός, στιβενω,  στίφος,  στιφρός : 
στί'φω,  στνφε'λός,  στνφλός,  στνφρος, 
στρνψνής :  στνπος,  στνπη,  στίππ?/, 
στνπαξ,  στνπύζω  :  στοιβή,  στοιβά- 
ζω :  στόβος,  στοβάζω :  στόμφος, 
στομφάζω :  στέμβω,  στεμβύζω,  στέμ- 
φν'/.ον  :  akin  to  Lat.  stipo,  stipes,  stu- 
pa,  stvppa,  our  step, slop,  stamp,  xlujiip.) 
Στεϊ'λα,  aor.  Ep.  from  στ-ίλλω,  for 
Ιστει?.α,  Horn. 

Στειλαιός,  o,=;sq.,  Hipp. 
Στει/.ειά,  άς,  ή.  Ion.  στειλειή : — 
the  hole  for  the  handle  of  an  axe,  Od.  21, 
422  :  cf.  στε?.εύ,  στελειόν,  στέλεχος. 
Στειλειόν,  ον,  τό,  the  handle  or 
helve  of  an  axe  fitted  in  the  στείλεΐά, 
Od.  5,  236. 

Σηίλίόν,  TO,=foreg. 
Στεινανχην,    ενός,    ό,    ή,    narrow- 
necked.  Ion.  for  στεν-,  Anth.  P.  6,  248. 
Στεινόπορος,  ov,  Ion.  for  στενόπο- 
ρος,  Hdt. 

Στεινός,  ή,  όν,  Ion.  for  στενός,  nar- 
row, Hdt. 

ΣτεΙνος,  εος,  τό,  (στείνω) : — α  nar- 
row, close  or  confined  space,  II.  8,  476. 
Od.  22,  460  ;  στ.  όδοϋ,  a  narrow  part 
of  the  way,  a  pass,  II.  23,  419;  στ. 
μάχης,  the  press  of  battle,  II.  15,  426. 
— 11.  generally,  press,  straits,  distress, 
πόνοι  και  στιίνεα,  Lat.  angustiae,  Η. 
Horn.  Λ  p.  533.— Cf  Att.  στενός. 

Στεινόω,  {στεινός)  Ion.  for  στε- 
r06),=  sq. 

Στείνω,  Att.  στένω  :  {στεινός) : — 
to  make  strait,  narrow  or  chse,  to  con- 
fine, straiten,  Orph.  Arg.  112.  —  II. 
elsewh.  only  in  pass.,  στείνομαι,  στέ- 
νομηι,  to  become  strait,  to  he  narrowed , 
θί'ρετρα  στεινεται  φενγοντι,  Od.  18, 
386:  to  be  straitened  for  room,  11.  14, 
34  :  and  so, — 2.  to  be  or  become  full, 
be  thronged,  Hes.  Th.  160  :  c.  gen.,  to 
be  full  of  a  thing,  στείνοντο  δε  σηκοί 
άρΐ'ών  ήδ'  έρίφων,  Od.  9,  219;  c.  dat., 
with  a  thing,  ποταμός  στεινόμενος 
νεκυεσσι,  U.  21,  220. — 3.  hence,  met- 
aph.,  to  be  straitened,  distressed,  Hes. 
Th.  160:  άρνειόςλαχμώ  στεινόμενος, 
distressed  by  weight  o(  wool,  Od.  9, 
445. — Cf  Att.  στένω.     Hence 

Στεινωμα.  ατός,  τό,=  Att.  στένωμα, 
a  narrow  place. 

Στεινωπύς,  όν,  Att.  στεν-,  made 
narrow,  straitened,  στ.  οδός,  11.  7,  143  ; 
23,  416: — στεινωπός,  ή.  a  narrow  icay, 
pass,  Od.  12,  234.  (For  the  compos., 
V.  sub  στενωπός.) 

Στείομεν,  Ep.  for  στωμεν,  1  pi. 
subj.  aor.  2.  from  ϊστημι,  II.  15,  297  ; 
like  βείομεν  for  βώμεν,  τραπείομεν 
for  τράπωμεν,  etc. 

Στειπτός,  ή,  όν,  {στείβω)  =:  στι- 
πτής,  q.  ν. 

Στείρα,  ας,  ή.  Ion.  στείρη,  {στείρος, 
στερεός)  : — -the  stout  beam  of  a  ship's 
keel,  esp.  the  curved  part  of  it,  cutvater, 
Lat.  carina,  άμφΐ  δε  κύμα  στ'ίρτι  παρ- 
φνρίον  μεγάλ'  Ιαχε,  II.  1,  482,  Od.  2, 
428  :  also,  στείρωμα,  στερέωμα,  στή- 
ριγμα. (Strictly  fern,  from  στείρος.) 
Στείρα,  ή,  {στε^^ός,  στέριφης  q.  ν.) 
in  Horn,  βονς  στείρα,  a  barren,  cow, 
Od.  ΙΟ,  522  ;  11,  30,— where  στείρα 
must  be  taken  as  a  specific  subst..in 
appos.  with  βονς,  like  βοΐς  ταϋρος, 
συς  κάπρος,  etc.  : — for,  if  it  were  an 
adj.  fern,  from  στεϊρος,  the  Homeric 
form  would  be  στείρη. 

Στειρεύω,  {στείρος)  to  be  barren. 


ΈΤΕΛ 

■^Στειριά,  ύς,  ή.  Sliria,  an  AUir 
demc  of  the  tribe  Pandioiiis.  Slrab. 
p.  399  :  also  wr.  Στηριύ  and  Στεριά  : 
hence  Στειριενς,  εως,  σ,  one  of  the 
deme  Utiria,  Lys.  147, 13;  Plut.  Alcib. 
26  :  and  adj.  Στειριακός,  i/,  όν,  of 
Stiria.  tStirian, 

^ΣτεΙρις,  ιόος,  η,  Siiris,  a  place  in 
Phocis,  Plut.  Cim.  1  :  cf  Στιρις. 

Στείρος,  α,  ov.  also  ος,  ov,  Eur. 
Andr.  711:  {στερός,  OTtppac,  στερε- 
ός) : — strictly,  ol  the  ground,  barren, 
Lat.  sterilis :  inetaph.  of  the  leinale, 
Eur.  1.  c. :  cf.  στείρα,  and  στέριφος. 
Hence 

Στειρύω,  ώ,  to  make  hard  or  barren  : 
— pa.ss.,  to  be  so. 

Στειρώδης.  ες,  {στείρος,  είδος)  as  it 
were  barren,  Hipp. 

Στείρωμα,  ατός,  τό,  (στείρος)  = 
στείρα,  στερέωμα. 

Στιϊρωσις,  ή,  {στείρος)  barrennes», 
unfruilfalncss. 

Στειφμός,  ύ,  όν,  —  στιφρύς,  very 
dub. 

Στείχω,  lengthd.  from  root  ΣΤΙΧ-: 
{.στειξω:  aor.  1  εστειξα,  but  also 
aor.  2  εστίχον.  Strictly,  to  go  up. 
mount.,  a.\cend,  προς  οϋρανόν.  Od.  11, 
17;  έπι  την  εννί/v,  Hdt.  1.  9:  then, 
generally,  to  go,  journey,  Horn.,  Hes., 
and  Trag.,  whether  oi  going  to  or  from 
a  place,  hence  sometimes  simply  to 
depart.  Soph.  Arit.  98,  Tr.  47  ;  or,  t.t 
approach,  Eur.  R hes.  992  : — esp.  to  go 
after  one  another,  go  in  line  or  order 
(whence  στίχος,  στίχες.  στοίχος),  ΐς 
πολεμον  στ.,  to  march  to  war,  II.  2, 
833  ;  oi  δ'  άμα  ΪΙατρόκλω ίστιχον,  II. 
16.  253  -.—στ.  όδόν  «htu,' Od.  17,  204  ; 
έν  ενθείαις  όδοίςστ.,  Pind.  Ν.  1,  37  ; 
— which,  later,  is  usu.  expressed  by 
an  ace.  cognat.,  στ.  όδόν,  Aesch.  Ag. 
81,  Soph.  Ant.  808;  so,  the  words 
avi/p  οπλίτης  κλίμακας  -ρηςομβύ- 
σεις  στειχει,  in  Ae.scli.  Theb.  467. 
may  be  compared  to  our  phrase  ol 
*  walking  Ά  horse  up  to  a  place:' — 
Ireq.  also  c.  ace.  loci,  στ.  πιΊλιν,  δό- 
μους, etc.,  Aesch.  Su{)p.  955,  Soph. 
O.  C.  643  : — metajih.,  στείχει  ό'  lov- 
/ιος  άρτι  δια  παρηίδων,  Aesch.  Theb. 
531. — The  word  is  only  poet.,  and 
Ion.  (The  root  is  found  in  the  Lat. 
ve-stig-ium.) 

Στεκτικός,  ή,  όν,  {στίγω)  covering, 

esp.  against  wet :  i]  -κή  (sc.  τέχνη) 

an  art  of  sheltering.  Plat.  Polil.  280  C. 

Στελ•;1δολήκν0ος,    ό,   {στε7^γίς)^t: 

ξνστρηλί/κνθος. 

Στε?^γΙδοποιός,  όν,  =  στ/ιεγγιδο- 
ποιος. 

Στ£λγίζω,=  στλεγγίζω  ;  from 
Στελγίς,  ίδος,  5;,=  the  more  nsu. 
στλεγ-γίς,  q.  v.,  Polyb.  26,  7,  10. 

Σ  τέΛγισμα,ατος,τό,=  στλ  έγγισμα . 
and 

Στέλγιστρον,  ον,  τό,=  στλέγγι 
στρον. 

Στελεά,  ή,  Jon.  στελεή,=  στειλεΐ7/. 
Αρ.  Rh.  4,  957. 

Στε'λειόω,  ώ,  ίο  furnish  with  a  han- 
dle. 

Στελεόν.  οϋ,  τό,=  στειλειόν,  α  ban 

die,  Anth,  P.  6,  297  : — an  implement 

of  cookery,  Anaxipp.  Κιθηρ.  1.  3. 

Στε?.εόω,=  στελειόω,  Leon.  Tar.  4. 

Στελεφονρος.  ov,  ό,  a  plant  bearing 

ears,  a  grass.  Theophr. 

Στελεχηδόν .  {στέλεχος)  adv.,  .<item 
by  stem,  Ap.  Rh.  1,  1004,  (al.  στοιχη- 
δόν.) 

Στελεχτιτόμος,  ov,  {στέλεχος,  τέμ- 
νω) cutting  stems,  .4nth.  P.  6,  103. 

Στελ^εχιαΐος,  a,  ov,  (στέλεχος) :  of 
a  trunk  or  stem  :  φλέψ  στ.,  the  vena 
portae,  from  which  all  the  others 
branch. 


ΣΤΕΑ 

ΣτΛεχόκορτΓος.     ον,     (^στέλεχης,  ] 
KapTTOc)    bearing  fruit    on    the    stem. 
Theophr. 

ΣΤΕΛΕΧΟΣ,  TO,  the  crown  of  the 
root,  whence  the  stem  or  trunk 
springs,  of  trees,  Lat.  codex,  ^ρνης  ίν 
στελε.χεί,  Pind.  Ν.  10,  115,  cf.  Hdt. 
β,  55 : — generally,  a  trunk,  log,  στε- 
λέγ??  φερειν,  ' pnrfare  fustes,^  Ar.  Lys. 
336 ;  έκττρεμνίζείΐ'  στε?.έχη,  Dem. 
1073,  27.  (Akin  to  στε?.εόν,  στε?.εός, 
our  stalk.  Germ.  Stid.) 

Έτε'λεχόω,  ύ,  to  sprout  out  with,  τι, 
Philo. 

Στΐ/.εχώι^ης,  ες,  (,στέλεχος,  είδος) 
tike  a  stem,  Theophr. 

Στε'/Λδιον,  ov,  TO,dim.  ο{στε?ιεόν, 
Bahrivis  Fab.  21.  [t] 

Στε/.ίς,  ίδος,  ή,  also  άσπιλίς,  a  pa- 
rasitic plant,  a  kind  of  mistletoe,  also 
νόεαρ,  Theophr. 

Στέ/^Μ.  strengthd.  from  root 
ΣΤΕ.ν-,  ΣΤΑΑ-:  ftit.  σ-ϊλώ,  Ep. 
στελέω :  aor.  εστειΆα,  mid.  εστει- 
λάμην,  pass,  έστάλτ/ν  [ΰ],  rarely  ίσ- 
τύ?θην  :  perf.  ίσταλκα.  pass,  ίστα?^- 
ΐιαι,  plqpf-  έστα).μην,  of  which  a  3  pi. 
έστα/.άδατο  occurs  in  Hdt.  7,  89, 
which  Buttmann  holds  to  be  an  an- 
cient error  for  έστά/.ατο,  as  in  Hes. 
Sc.  298. — Horn,  has  only  pres.  act. 
and  pass.,  aor.  act.  and  mid.,  and  fut. 
Ep.,  and  these  hut  rarely. 

Radic.  signf. :  to  set,  place  ;  esp.,  to 
xet  in  order,  to  arrange,  array,  έτάρονς 
στέλ/MV,  II.  4,  294  ;  oft.  with  collat. 
signf.,  to  furnish,  equip,  get  ready,  as, 
στ.  Tivu  ές  μάχην,  II.  12,  325 ;  στ. 
νήα.  to  rig  or  fit  her  out,  Od.  2.  297  ; 
π7•Λΐον  στ.,  Hdt.  3,  52 :  also,  στρα- 
τιήν,  στό7Μΐ',  στρατην  στεύ,αι,  to  fit 
out  an  armament,  Hdt.  3,  141  ;  5,  Ci, 
Aesrh.  Pers.  177,  etc. ;  στ.  ττ/ονν. 
Soph.  Aj.  1045:  στέ}.7^ειν  tivu  ίσβή- 
Τί,  tn  furnish  with  a  garment,  Id.  314: 
— mid-,  στεί/ασθαι  πέτ/.ονς.  to  put  on 
robes,  Eur.  Bacch.  821  ;  εσβητιστει- 
/.άμενοι,  Luc.  Philops.  32  : — pass.,  to 
fit  one's  self  out,  get  ready,  u?^?.OL  δε 
στέλ/ίσβε  αατά  στρατόν,  11.  23,  285  ; 
ίσταλαένος  σκενήν,  furnished  uith 
<lress,' dressed.  Hdt.  7,  62,93;  ίστ. 
ίτΓί  ΰό7.εμον,  Xen.  An.  3,  2,  7 :  also 
c.  inf ,  εστέ7.7.ετο  άττιεναι,  he  prepared 
to  go,  Hdt.  3,  124,  cf  Eur.  Tro.  181  : 
— hence  ατο7.ός,  στο/.η,  apparel. — II. 
from  the  sense  o{  getting  a  ship  ready, 
and  the  like,  comes  that  of  to  dispatch 
on  an  expedition  ;  and,  generally,  to 
dispatch,  send,  ές  τόπον,  .\esch.  Pr. 
387,  etc. ;  c.  inf,  to  charge  one  to  do, 
υμάς  (5*  έ/ώ  εστει7'  Ικέσβαι,  Soph. 
Ant.  165,  cf.  Phil.  495  : — esp.  in  pass., 
to  get  ready  for  an  expedition,  to  start, 
Hdt.  3,  53,  124,  etc. ;  and  so  {esp.  in 
aor.  2  pass.),  to  go.  depart,  journey, 
voyage,  ές  TO-QV,  Hdt.  1,  165,  etc.  ; 
ίττί  τι,  for  some  purpose,  Id.  3,  102, 
Soph.  O.  C.  530,  cf.  Aj.  32^  ;  Ιδιης 
ίν  κοινώ  σταλείς,  Pind.  Ο.  13,  69.— 
2.  in  Alt.  the  act.  has  sometimes  the 
intrans.  signf.  of  the  pass.,  like  Lat. 
trajicere,  etc.,  to  prepare  to  go.  start, 
set  forth,  where  στό7.ον  may  be  sup- 
plied, Hdt.  4, 147  ;  5,  125,  Soph.  Phil. 
571,  610,  Eur.  Supp.  646  ;  also  στ. 
κέ7.ευβον,  AescK.  Pers.  609. — III.  in 
mid.  sometimes,  στέ/.λεσθαί  τίνα.  to 
sendfor  one,  Br.  Soph.  O.  T.  434,  like 
μεταστί7.7χ>μαι,μεταπεμ~οηαι.: — the 
act.  is  sometimes  used  by  Soph,  in  a 
somewhat  similar  way,  to  fetch,  bring 
a  person  to  a  place,  Phil.  60.  495, 
Aut.  165. — IV.  as  a  nautical  term. 
Ιστία  στέ7.7.ειν,  to  take  in  sail,  shorten 
sail,  Od.  3,  11  ;  16,  353  ;  and  in  mid., 
Ιστία  στέ7.7•.εσθαι.  II  1,  433  ;  so,  χι- 
τώνας έστύ7.ατο,  they  girded  up  their 


ΣΤΕΝ 
clothes  to  work,  Hes.  Sc.  2SS :  hence. 
— 2.  generally,  to  bring  together,  con- 
tract ;  and  in  medic,  writers,  to  hind, 
make  coslire.  στ.  Tt/v  KoO.iav  : — and 
metaph..  7ιόγον  στέ7.7.εσθαι,  to  dmu- 
in,  shorten  one's  words,  i.  e.  not  speak 
out  the  whole  truth,  F]ur.  Bacch.  669  : 
πρόςω-ον  στέ7.λεσθαι,  to  draw  up 
one's  face,  look  rueful,  A.  B. : — in 
mid.  and  pass.,  to  shrink  up,  flinch, 
Hipp. ;  to  contract,  Nic.  At.  193. 

Στε7^μα.  ατός,  τό,  {στέ7.λω)=ζώμα, 
a  girdle,  belt. 

Στε7.μονίαι,  αϊ,  broad  belts  or  girths, 
put  round  dogs  when  used  to  hunt 
wild  beasts,  Xen.  Cyn.  6,  1.  (Prob.  a  ! 
local  form  for  τε?.αμών.)  \ 

Στε//,'3«ίω,=8ς.  ! 

Στέμβο),^στείβ(Λ),  esp.  to  shake  by 
stamping :  hence,  ΰστεμφής,  άστέμ- 
βακτος.  also  στέμψυ7.ον,  στόμφος. 

Στέμμα,  ατός,  τό,  (στέφω)  : — usu. 
in  plur.  (though  Ar.  Pac.  498  has 
sing.),  materials  for  crowning,  a  wreath, 
garland,  chaplet,  II.  1,  14,  where  It  is 
the  suppliant's  laurel-wrealh  wound 
round  with  white  wool,  Lat.  infulae; 
so,  Hdt.  1,  132;  7,  197:  the  στέμμα- 
τα were  either  worn  on  the  head  or 
borne  on  the  sceptre,  cf  11.  I.  c,  Eur. 
Andr.  894.  Plat.  Rep.  617  C:  hence, 
also,  the  wool  itself,  Pors.  Or.  12  : — 
εκ  των  στεμμάτων .  from  shrine  with 
chaplets  decked,  Ar.  Plut.  39. 

Στεμματ'ιας,  ov.  ή,  a  personwearing 
a  wreath.  Paus.  3,  20,  9. 

Στεμμάτιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from 
στέυμα.  [α] 

Στεμμΰτόω,  ω,  f.  -ώσω.  (στέμμα)  to 
furnish,  adorn  with  a  wreath  Or  chaplet, 
Eur.  Heracl.  529. 

Στεμφνλίς,  Ίδος,  ή,  dub.  1  for  στεμ- 
φν/.Ιτις.  .\th.  56  C. 

Στεμφν/Ιτης,  ov.  6.  fern.  -ϊτις.  ιδος, 
(στέμφν/.ον)  :  made  from  fruit  already 
pressed  :  οίνος  στ.,  wine  from  grapes 
already  pressed,  bad  nine,  Lat.  lora : 
τρύγες  στεμφν'/ίτιδες,  new  wine /rom 
grapes  already  pressed,  Hipp. 

Στέμφν7.ον.  ov,  TO,  usu.  in  pi.  ru 
στέμφν7.α  :  (στέμβω,  στείβω): — olit^es 
already  pressed,  the  mass  of  jn-essed 
olives,  oilcake.  Lat.  fraces  {torn  f ran  go. 
Ar.  Eq.  806,  Nub.  45. — II.  'pressed 
gropes.  Lat.  floces,  Alciphr.  3.  20  ; — 
in  which  signf  the  stricter  Alt.  pre- 
ferred βρντεα,  βρύτια.  Lob.  405. 

Στέμφω,=στέμβω,  dub. 

Στένα•)αα.  ατός,  τό.  a  sigh,  groan. 
Soph.  O.  t.  5,  Eur.  Or.  1326,  Heracl. 
478:  and 

Στεναγμός,  ov.  b,  a  sighing,  groan- 
ing. ?\nA.  Fr.  150,  4.  and  Trag.,  as 
Aesch.  Pers.  896,  Soph.  O.  T.  30; 
Plat.,  etc. :  from 

Στενάζω,  f.  -(ifw,strict!y  frequentat. 
of  στένω.  to  sigh  much  or  deeply,  gen- 
erally, ro.>./g-/i  or  groiin.Tras,  as  Aesch. 
Eura'.789,Soph.Phil.916;^eryfreq,in 
Eur.  :  c.  ace,  to  sigh  over,  bewail,  τότ- 
μον.  Soph.  Ant.  882 ;  τινά,  Eur. 
Phoen.  1640  :  τί  έστέναξας  τοντο  : 
v/hy utieredst  thouth\s cmnplaint  ?  Eur. 
I.  T.  550 : — the  aor.  i.s  used  bv  Dem. 
690,  18 ;  835,  12.     Hence 

Στενακτέον,  verb,  adj.,  one  must 
groan,  Eur.  Supp.  291. 

Στενακτικός,η,όν,  sighing  or  groan- 
ing continually. 

Στενακτός,  η.  όν,  (στενύ'ω)  to  be 
mourned,  ΰνήρ.  Soph.  0.  C.  1663  ;  Ια- 
χή, άτη,  Eur.  Phoen.  1302,  H.  F. 
917. 

Στενανχην,  ενός,   δ,  ή,  (  στενός, 
αΐ'χήν)  narrow-necked,  cf.  στειν-. 
Στενΰχέω,  ν.  sub  στοναχέω. 
Στεναχή.    ή,    dub.    for    στοναχή, 
1  Buttm,  Lexil.  s.  v.  στεναχίζειν  3. 


i'TEN" 

ΣτεναχίΖω.  f  -ίσω.=^στενύ.χω,  στέ 
νω.  to  groan,  sigh,  uail,  ΰδινόν  στενα- 
χίζων.  Od.  24,  316.  cf  9.  13,  etc., 
Hes.  Th.  853  ;— so  in  mid..  II.  7,  95  ; 
but  in  Hes.  Th.  159,  all  the  MSS. 
and  good  Edd.  have  στοναχίζετο. — 
II.  transit.,  to  bewail,  lament,  c.  ace, 
Od.  1,  243.— The  form  στovaχiζωr 
which  freq.  occurs  as  a  v.  1.,  is  reject- 
ed in  Homer  by  Wolf,  foil,  by  Spiizn. 
Excuft.  iii.  ad  11.,  but  defended  by 
Buttm.  Lexil.  s.  v.  Of  στεναχίζω  or 
στοναχίζω  only  the  pres.  and  impf. 
seem  to  have  been  used  by  the  an- 
cients ;  the  aor.  was  furnished  by 
στοναχέω. 

Στενάχω.  {στενός  lengthd.  by  the 
sound  ach  !  άχέω) : — lengthd.  form 
for  στένω,  to  groan,  sigh.  freq.  in  Horn., 
who  usu.  joins  έιδινά.  βαρέα,  ,ί/e}  ύ/χχ 
or  ττνκνά  μύ7.α  στ,,  and  uses  the  mid. 
in  act.  signf..  II.  19.  301  ;  23,  1,  etc.  ; 
sometimes  also  in  Trag.,  as  Aesch. 
Pr.  99.  Soph.  El.  141 ;  metaph.  of  the 
roar  of  a  torrent,  the  noise  of  horses 
galloping,  II.  16,  391,  393  ;  στοάς  στε- 
ναχούσης,  like  γεμούσης,  groaning 
from  being  over  crowded,  Ar.  Ach. 
548. — II.  transit.,  to  bewail,  lament, 
τί/ν  αίεϊ  στενάχεσκε.  II.  19,  132,  cf. 
Aesch.  Pr.  99  ;  so  in  mid.,  Od.  9,  467. 
— The  ancients  used  only  pres.  and 
itnpf  of  στενάχω,  and  most  freq.  part, 
pres.  act.  [ά] 

Στενόβρογχος,  ov,  (στενός,  βρό- 
γχος) narrow-throated,  of  vessels,  Arr. 
Epict.  3,  9. 

Στενοε—ψηκης,  ες,  narrow  and 
Ions;. 

Σνενοθώραξ,  ΰκος,  6,  ή,  (στενός, 
θώραξ)  with  narrow  breast  or  chest, 
Galen. 

Στενοκοίλιος,  ov,  (στενός,  κοιλία) 
narrnw-bellied.  Medic. 

Στενοκορίασις,  ή,  ( στενέις,  κόρη 
III)  unnatural  contraction  of  the  pupil. 

Στενοκνμων,  όνος,  6,  ή,  (στενός, 
κΪΊΐα)  surging  in  a  narrow  strait,  Ar- 
chestr.  ap.'  Ath.  313  A. 

Στενοκώκντος,  ov,  ( στενός,  κω- 
κνω): — τρίχες  στενοκώκντοι.  hairs  so 
fast  set  in,  that  one  screams  when  they 
are  pulled  out,  comic  word  in  Ar.  Lys. 
448. 
]       Στενο7.εσχέω,    ώ,    to   talk  subtlety, 

quibble.  Ar.  Nub.  320  :  from 
I      Στενο7.έσχης,  ov,  6,  (στεν•ός,  ?.ε- 
(Τχν)   one   that  talks  subtlety,  fond  ojT 
quibbling. 
I       Στενολεσχία,  ας,  rj,  qtiibbling. 

Στε^•ο7.ογέω,^στενο7.εσχέω. 

Στει^ο7.όγος,  ov,  (λέγω)  —  στενολέ• 

!       Στενόμακρος,  ov,  narrow  and  long. 
j      ΣτενοπορΟαίς,    ίδος,    ή,   Archestf. 

ap.  Ath.  92  D:  fem.  of 
I       Στενόπορθμος,    ov,   (στενός,    πορ- 
θμός) at  or  on  a  strait,  Χα7.κίς,  Eur. 
I.  .A.  167. 

Στενηπορία,  ας,  η,  a  narrow  way  or 
pass,  Dio  C. :  from 

Στπ'ότΓοροζ•,  ov.  Ion.  στειν..  (σττ- 
νός,  ττόρος)  with  a  narroiv  pass  Or  open- 
ing, στ.  χώρος,  Hdt.  7,211  ;  ττύ/.αι, 
Aesch.  Pr.  729  :  όρμοι  Αυλίδος.  Eur. 
I.  A.  1497  ;  ύκτή.  ap.  Anst.  Rhet.  3, 
3,  1  : — TU  στενόττορα,  narrow  pas.^es, 
defiles,  Hdt.  7,  223,  Thuc.  7,  73;  also, 
a  strait,  narrow,  Xen.  Ath.  2,  13. 

Στενότΐονς,  ποδός,  ό,  ή.  (στπ'όζ•, 
πονς)  narrow-footed,  Arist.  Physiogn. 
6.  2. 

Στενοττρόςωπος,  ov.  (στενής,  προς- 
ωπον)  narrow-faced,  Arist.  Physiogn. 
5,  5. 

Στη'όπρωκτος,  ov,  narrow-rumped. 

Στενό^βϊνος,  ov,  (βίς)  with  a  nar- 
row, thin  nose. 

1381 


ΣΤΕΝ 

'Στενοβ(>νμη,  tjr,  ή,  (στενός,  ()ύμη 
II)  α  narrow  sirtit.   [ν] 

Στενός,  ή,  όν,  Ion.  στεινός,  narrow, 
strait,  first  ill  Hdt.  2,  8  ;  4,  195,  etc.  : 
tv  ατενώ,  in  a  ytanow  cotnpass,  Id.  8, 
60,  2,  Aesch.  Pcrs.  413  ;  ru  στενά,  a 
narrow  pass,  Hdt.  7,  223  ;  so,  τυ  στε- 
νόν,  Xen.  Cyr.  4,  1,  3;  ή  στενή,  Thuc. 
2,  99  :  fiV  oTivhv  καταστήσεαι,  will 
be  brought  into  smail  compass,  Dein. 
15,  24. — II.  inetaph.,  close,  cofifined, 
scanty,  liitte,  vetly.  Plat.  Gorg.  497  C. 
— Opp.  to  ενμυς  and  7τ?Μτνς.  The 
old  Gramin.  say  that  στενός,  like  κε- 
νός, forms  the  coinpar.  and  super!. 
στενότερος,  arfrorarof,  which  seems 
to  originate  in  tiie  earlier  Ionic  form 
στεινός,  cf.  Buttm.  Ausf.  Or.  ^  65 
Anin.  4,  n.  :  στεινότεμος  occurs  Hdt. 
1, 181 ;  7, 175,  and  as  v.  1.  Plat.  Phaed. 
HID,  Xen.  Cyr.  2,  4,  3  ;  but  στενό- 
τερος, Arist.  H.  A'.  2,  17,  29.  Adv. 
-νώς.     Hence 

Στενός,  εος,  τύ,  a  strait,  difficnUy, 
trouble,  distress,  Aescll.  Eum.  520;  cf. 
Ion.  στεΐνος. 

Στεΐ'ύσημος,  ov,  (στενός,  σήμα) 
with  narrow  border:  ή  στ.,  the  Roman 
tunica  august iclavia,  opp.  to  ττΤίατνσ-, 
Arr.  Epict.  1,  24. 

Στενύστομος,  ov,  (στενός,  στόμα) 
narrow-moutked. 

Στενότης,  Ί/τος,  ή.  Ion.  στειν-, 
(στενός)  :  narrowness,  straitness,  Hdt. 
4,  85,  Thuc.  4,  21 ;  7,  62.— II.  metaph., 
scantiness,  φορτίων,  Lys.  93,  29 ;  need, 
Lat.  angustiae,  Josejih. 

Στενοτρύχηλυς,  ov,  thin-necked,  [a] 

Στενηφλεβοτόμος,  ov,  6,  a  narrow 
lancet,  Paul.  Aeg. 

Στε^'οφυής,  ες,  (στενός,  φνή)  narrow 
by  nature,  Alex.  Incert.  30,  5. 

Στενοφνλ?.ία,  ας,  ?/,  narrowness  of 
leaf,  Theophr.  :  from 

Στενόφνλλος.  ov,  (στενός,  φύλ?Μν) 
narrow- leaved,  Diosc. 

Στενόφωνος,  ov,  {στενός,  φωνή) 
with  a  weak,  thin  voice. 

Στενοχωρέω,  ώ,  f.  -ησω,  [στενόχω- 
ρος) to  be  straitened  or  pressed  for  room, 
perh.  in  Macho  ap.  Ath.  582  Β  :  but 
more  freq.,  —  II.  trans.,  to  straiten, 
Luc.  Nigr.  13,  Charito  9,  3,  etc.  : 
hence  pass.,  Luc.  Tox.  29,  N.  T.,  cf. 
Diod.  20,  29. 

Στενόχωρης,  ές,=^ στενόχωρος.  Ar- 
ist. Gen.  An.  3,  4,  5  ;  cf.  Lob.  Phryn. 
185. 

Στενοχώρια,  ας,  ή,  narrowness  of 
space,  a  confined  space,  by  sea  or  land, 
Thuc.  2,  89  ;  4,  30,  Plat.,  etc.  ;  opp. 
to  ευρυχωρία.  —  II.  metaph.,  straits, 
difficulty,  στ.  ττοταμοϋ,  difficulty  of 
passing  the  river,  Xen.  Hell.  1,  .3,  7  : 
στ.  βίου,  scantiness  of  means,  Ael.  N. 
A.  2,  40  ? 

Στενόχωρος,  ov,  (στενός,  χώρα)  of 
narrow  space,  strait,  Hipp. 

Στενόω,  ώ,  f.  -ώσω.  Ion.  στεινόω, 
to  straiten,  confine,  Liban. 

Στεντόρειης,  a,  ov.  (Στέντωρ)  Sten- 
torian, κήρυξ,  Arist.  Pol.  7,  4,  11. 

^Στεντορίς,  ίόος,  ή,  sc.  λίμνη,  Lake 
Stcntoris,  an  estuary  formed  by  the 
Hebrus  near  its  mouth.  Hdt.  7,  58. 

Στέντωρ,  Ορος,  ό,  Stentor,  a  Greek 
at  Troy,  famous  for  his  loud  voice, 
II.  5,  785  :  hence  proverb.,  a  Stentor. 

Στενυγρός,  ή,  όν.  Ion.  for  στενός, 
Simon.  200  :  ή  στεννγρή,  a  narrow 
pass,  Oenom.  ap.  Euseb. 

Στενυγροχωρίη,  ης,  ή.  Ton.  for  στε- 
νοχώρια, V.  Foes.  Oec.  Hipp. 

Στεννγρόω,  Ion.  for  στενόω,  esp. 
to  contract.  Galen. 

^Στεvvκ'Λύpoς,  nv,  ή.  Ion.  -κλήρος, 
Stenyclerus,  an  ancient  city  of  Mes- 
senia,  residence  of  its  kings,  Hdt.  9, 
13a2 


ΣΤΕΡ 

64  ;  Strab.  p.  361 :  the  plain  around 
it  was  ττεδίοΐ'  Στεννκληρικόν,  ace.  to 
Paus.  4,  33,  4,  from  an  ancient  hero 
Στεννκ7ιηρος. 

ΣΤΕ'Ν!ι2,  Ion.  στείνω  ;  only  used 
in  pres.  and  impf  ;  (στενός).  Strict- 
ly, to  make  narrow,  straiten,  esp.  by 
cramming  full ; — pass,  στενυμηι,  Ep. 
στείνομαι  (v.  sub  στείνω),  to  be  nar- 
row or  strait. — II.  to  groan,  sigh,  II.  10, 
16,  Od.  21,  247,  etc.,  and  Trag  ;  νττέρ 
Τίνος,  Aesch.  Pr.  C6  ;  Tivi,at  a  thing, 
Aesch.  Pers.  295  ;  so,  επί  τινι,  Eur. 
Hipp.  903  ; — also  of  the  hollow  roar 
of  the  sea,  11.  23,  230,  Soph.  Aj.  675, 
cf  Aesch.  Pr.  432;  —  also  in  mid., 
Aesch.  Theb.  872,  Eur.  Ion  721  ;  of 
the  plaintive  note  of  the  turtle-dove, 
εστενε  τρύγων,  Theocr.  7,  141.— 2. 
after  Hom.,  also  transit.,  to  bewail, 
lament,  c.  ace,  Trag.,  as  Aesch.  Pi. 
435,  Soph.  Phil.  338;  and  in  mid., 
Aesch.  Pers.  62 :  στένειν  τινά  της 
τύχης,  to  pity  him  for  his  ill  fortune, 
Aesch.  Pr.  398  ;  and  without  ace, 
'Κλλάόος  της  ταλαίπωρου  στίνω, 
Eur.  I.  Α.  370.  The  strict  signf.  of 
to  straiteji  seems  to  be  confined  to  the 
Ion.  form  στείνω,  q.  v.,  the  usu.  form 
being  confined  to  the  metaph.  sense 
to  groan,  both  in  Hom.  and  Att.  The 
connection  of  groaning,  with  confiyie- 
ment  01  over-fulness, is  obvious  enough; 
cf.  γέμω  with  its  Lat.  deriv.  gemere. 

Στενώόης,  ες,  (στένος,  εΐύος)  some- 
what strait  or  narrow,  Scymn. 

Στένωμα,  ατος,  τό,  (στενόω)  a  nar- 
row place  or  pass. 

Στενώπαρχος,ον,  ό,(στενω—ός,ίρ- 
χω)  a  surveyor  of  streets  or  roads  Dio  C. 

Στενωπός,  όν.  Ion.  and  Ep.  στει- 
νωπύς  (στενός)  : — narrow,  strait,  con- 
fined ;  esp.  ή  στενωπός  (sc.  δδος), — 
also  ή  στενωπή,  Lob.  Phryn.  106, — a 
narrow  way,  by-way,  lane,  Lat.  atigi- 
porius.  Soph.  b.  f .  1399,  Plat.  Tim. 
70  B,cf.  Luc.  Nigr.  22  (where  ύ  στ.) ; 
στ.  "Αιόου,  the  narrow  entrance  to  Ha- 
des, Soph.  Fr.  716;  στ.  θα?.άσσίος, 
of  the  straits  of  Messana,  Aesch.  Pr. 
364;  so,  στ.  ά?.ός.  Αρ.  Kb.:  —  also 
dim.  στενώπιον,  τό,  and  στενωπεΐον, 
Jac.  Ach.  Tat.  p.  902.  (It  is  more 
natural  to  assume  a  compos,  of  στε- 
νός with  ώψ  or  οπή,  than  to  consider 
-ωπός  as  a  mere  adject,  termin.) 

Στένωσις,  εως,  ή,  (στενόω)  a  being 
straitened  :   anguish,  LXX. 

Στεπτήρίος,  ov,  (στέφω)  of  οτ  for 
crowning,  tu  στεπτηρια=  στέμματα. 

Στεπτός,  ή,  όν,  (στέφω)  crowned, 
Anth. 

Στέργανος,  ό,  =  κόπρος,  the  Lat. 
stercus.  ap.  Hesych. 

Στεργηβρον,  ου,  τό,  (στέργω)  α 
love-charm,  etc.,  like  ώίλτρον  : — then, 
love  itself,  affection,  in  sing.,  Aesch. 
Cho.  241  ;  in  plur..  Id.  Pr.  492  ;  στέρ- 
γηβρα  εχειν  τινός.  Id.  Eum.  192  ;  so, 
στέργηθρα  φρενών,  Eur.  Hipp.  256. 

Στέργημα,  ατος,  τό,  (στέργω)  α 
love-charm.  Soph.  Tr.  1138. 

Στεργοξύνευνος,  ov,  (στέργω,  σν- 
νευνος)  loving  one's  consort,  Lye.  935. 
[ν] 

ΣΤΕΤΓΩ,  f.  -ξω,  aor.  εστερξα: 
with  the  rare  pf.  2  έστοργα,  Hdt.  7, 
104.  To  love,  esp.  of  the  mutual  love 
of  parents  and  children,  Soph.  O.  T. 
1023,  O.  C.  1529,  etc.  ;  παίς  στέργει 
τε  και  στέργεται  υπό  των  γεννησάν- 
των.  Plat.  Legg.  754  Β  ;  nence,  of 
the  mutual  love  between  king  and 
people,  Hdt.  7,  104;  9,  113;  of  a 
country  and  her  colonies,  Thuc.  1, 
38. — 2.  less  freq.  of  the  love  of  hus- 
band and  wife,  Hdt.  2,  181  ;  7,  69, 
Soph.  Tr.  577,  Eur.  Andr.  469,  etc. : 


ΣΤΕΡ 

— very  seldom  of  mere  sensual  lore, 
as  Xen.  Symp.  8,  14  and  21.  —  II. 
generally,  to  lore,  like,  to  be  fond  of, 
have  pleasure  in,  στ.  εννοίην,  Hdt.  7, 
104,  cf.  Aesch.  Eum.  673,  Soph.  Ant. 
277,  etc.— 2.  c.  part.,  Ζ,ενς  fir'  Άίδι/ς 
ονομαζόμενος  στέργης,  wlx-ther  thou 
hktst  to  be  nauied  {Ithentius  audi.'i) 
Jupiter  or  Pluto,  Eur.  Incert.  103. — 
III.  to  be  content  or  sati.'fieil,  aci/uiesce, 
like  αγαπάν  and  ύΐνεϊν.  Soph.  O.  T. 
11,  O.  ('.  7  ;  and  that, — 1.  c.  ace.  στ. 
τα  παρόντα,  to  be  satisfied  or  content 
with  the  present  state  of  things,  ac- 
quiesce in,  subynit  to,  hear  xvillt  them, 
Wess.  Hdt.  9,  117  ;  στ.  την  τυραννί- 
δα, bear  with  It,  .'Vesch.  Pr.  11  ;  ίθέ?.ω 
τιϊόε  μεν  στεργειν  ύνςτλητύ  περ 
όντα,  Ag.  1570;  στ.  την  γυναίκα, 
Soi)h.  Tr.  486;  ru  κακά,  Phil.  538. 
— 2.  c.  dat.,  στ.  τοις  παρονσι,  etc. 
Valck.  Phoen.  1679;  τή  έμ?)  τνχιι 
στέρξω.  Plat.  Hipp.  Maj.  295  Β  ':— 
absol.,  στέρξον,  oblige  me,  du  7ne  the 
favour.  Soph.  O.  C.  518.— IV.  bke 
εύχομαι,  to  pray,  beg,  entreat,  c.  acc. 
et  inf.,  Herm.  Soph.  O.  C.  1006  ;  and 
so  many  interpret  Soph.  O.  T.  1 1  (v. 
supra  111,  cf.,  also  στέγω  fin.). — Cf. 
στορ)  ή. 

Στερέμνιος,  ov,  also  a,  ov.  Plat. 
Epin.  981  Ό  ■.=  στερίός,  hard,  fa.ft, 
firm,  Ei)icur.  ap.  Diog.  L.  10,  46,  48. 
Adv.  -ίως,  Hipp.     Hence 

Στερεμνιύω,  ώ,  to  make  hard,  fast 
or  firm  .—pass.,  to  be  or  become  so, 
Zeho  ap.  Schol.  Ap.  Kh.  I,  498. 

Στεμεμνιώδης,  ες,  of  a  hard  ot  firirt 
nature. 

Στερεογνώμων,  όνος,  ό,  ή,  (γνώμη) 
hard  οτ  firm  of  mind. 

Στερκοειδής,  ές.  (στερεός,  είδος)  oj 
solid  nature,  Plat.  Tim.  32  13. 

Στερεοκάρδιος,  ov,  (στερεός,  καρ- 
δία) hard-hearted,  LXX. 

Στερεομετρέω,  ώ,  to  measure  solids  : 
from 

Στερεομέτρης,  ov,  h,  (στερεός,  με- 
τρέω)  one  who  measures  solids.    Hence 

Στερεομετρία,  ας,  ή,  the  rneasure- 
ment  of  solids,  geometry  of  three  dimcn- 
.sions,  Arist.  An.  Post.  1,  13,  7. 
Hence 

Στερεομετρικός,  η,  όν,  belonging  to 
the  measurement  of  solids  ;  πονς  στ.,  Λ 
cubic  foot. 

Στερεοποιέω,  ώ,  f.  -ί/σω,  to  make 
hard,  firm  or  solid. 

Στερεός,  ύ,  όν,  stiff  and  stark,  hard, 
firm,  solid,  λίθος,  σίδηρος,  Od.  19, 
494  ;  βόεαι,  II.  17,493  ;  αιχμή  στερεή 
πάσα  χμνσίη,  all  of  solid  gold,  Hdt. 

I,  52,  cf  183.-2.  metaph.,  stiff,  stub- 
born, στερεοις  έπέεσσι,  opp.  to  μειλι- 
χίοις,  II.  12,  207  ;  κραδίη  στερεωτέρ^ι 
έστΙ  λίθοιο,^  Od.  23,  103:  — so  the 
adv.,  στερεώς  ΰρνεΐσθαι,  άποειπεΐν, 

II.  9,  510,  etc.  :  στερεώς  καταδήσαι, 
έντετάσθαι,  Od.  14,  346,  II.  10,  263  :— 
difficult.  Plat.  Rep.  348  Ε  .—hard,  stub- 
born, cruel,  πϊ^ψ,  Pind.  O.  10(11),  45; 
άπειλαί,  Aesch.  Pr.  174 ;  ύμαρτί/ματα, 
Soph.  Ant.  1201. — II.  of  bodies  and 
quantities,  solid,  cubic,  opp.  to  επίπε- 
δος (superficial),  Plal.  Phil.  51  C  ; 
στ.  γωνία,  a  solid  angle.  Id.  Tim.  54 
Ε  ;  στ.  άριϋμός,  a  cubic  nmnher,  Arist. 
Pol.  5,  12,  8  ;  τα  στερεά,  cubic  num- 
ber.K,  representing  solids  (or  bodies  of 
three  dimensions),  Plat.  Theaet.  148 
B.  (The  root  is  prob.  ΣΤΑ-,  ϊστα- 
μαι,  to  stand,  be  stiff  and  hard :  στε^- 
βός  is  a  coilat.  Att.  form,  also  στέρι- 
φος,  Lat.  stcrilis,  cf.  στείρα  :  hence 
also  στεριφνός,  στέρφος,  στέρφινης, 
στερέμνιος  :  akin  also  to  στηρίζω.) 

Στερεόσαρκος,  ov.  (στέρεος,  σύρξ) 
with  hard  or  firm  flesh,  Hipp. 


ΣΤΕΡ 

Στερΐότης,  ητος,  η,  (στερεός)  stiff- 
ness, hardness,  firmness.  Plat.  Tim. 
74  Ε. 

Στερεόφρων,  ovoc,  ό,  ή,  {στερεός, 
ψρήν)  hard  or  firm  of  soul,  stubborn- 
hearted,  Soph.  Aj.  926. 

Στερεόω,  ώ,  [στερεός)  to  make  firm, 
strong,  Xeii.  Eq.  4,  3,  Arist.  Gen.  An. 

2.  2,  2,  in  pass.  ; — to  confirm,  settle, 
LXX. 

ΣΤΕΡΕΏ,  ώ,  fut.  -ήσω,  but  also 
•έσω,  Jac.  Anth.  P.  p.  6S0,  711:  hence 
in  Od.  13,  2G2,  inf.  aor.  στερέσαι. 
The  pass,  is  most  common  in  the  col- 
lat.  form  στέρομαι,  which  however 
has  a  modified  signf.  (v.  sub  voce) : 
fut.  στερήσομαι,  in  pass,  signf.,  Thuc. 

3,  2,  Xen.  An.  1,  4,  8;  4,  5,28;  pf. 
εστέρημαι :  aor.  έστερί/θην,  Pind.,  cf. 
Pors.  Phoen.  1277. — Cf.  στερίσκω. 

To  deprive,  bereave,  rob  of  any  thing, 
τινά  Τίνος,  Od.  13.  262,  Aesch.  Pr. 
862,  Soph.  Ant.  574,  and  Eur.  :— 
pass.,  to  be  deprived,  bereaved  or  robbed 
p^any  thing,  c.  gen.,  οττ/ωχ»  στερηθείς, 
Pind.  Ν.  θ,  46  ;  των  ομμάτων,  της 
υψιος  στερηθηναι,  Hdt.  6,  117;  9, 
9.3 ;  γης  πατρώας  εστερημένυς,  Aesch. 
Eum.  755,  etc. ;  also  c.  ace.  rei,  κτή- 
σιν  εστερημενη.  Soph.  Ei.  960,  cf. 
Thuc.  3,  2  :  cf.  ύποστερέω. 

Στερεώόης,  ες,  {στερεός,  είδος)  of 
firm  or  solid  nature. 

Στερέωμα,  ατός,  τό,  (στερεόω)  that 
which  has  been  made  firm  or  solid,  a 
solid  body,  Anaxag.  ap".  Plut.  2,  891  C. 
— 2.  esp.,  a  fmndalion,  basis  :  e.  g.  the 
skeleton,  on  which  the  body  is,  as  it 
were,  6ui7i,  Arist.  Part.  An.  2,  9,  12: 
nielaph.,  stedfastness,  N.  T. — 3.  also 
=στεφα,  Theophr. — 4.  in  LXX.,  the 
firmament  of  heaven. 

Στερέωσις,  εως,  ή,  (στερεόω)  a  mak- 
ing firm  or  hard  :  στ.  της  μάχης,  hard- 
ness, vehemence  of  battle,  LXX. 

Στέρημα,  ατός,  τό,  (στερέω)  that 
which  is  taken  away,  plunder,  booty, 
Soph.  Fr.  227. 

Στέρησίς,  εως,  ή,  (στερέω)  depriva- 
tion, privation,  loss,  τινός,  of  a  thing, 
Thuc.  2,  63,  Plat.  Legg.  865  B. 
Hence 

Στερητικός,  ή.  όν,  depriving:  τα 
στ.=  στερήσεις,  Plut.  2,  917  D.— Π, 
privative,  negative,  of  propositions, 
opp  to  κατηγορικός,  Arist.  Anal.  Pr. 
1,  18.  1,  etc.     Adv.  -κώς. 

Στέριπο,  for  στέριφος,  barbarism  in 
Ar.  Thesm.  1185. 

Στερισκω.  Att.  collat.  pres.  of  στε- 
ρέω, Thuc.  2,  43,  Plat.  Rep.  413  A  : 
in  pass.,  c.  pen.,  Eur.  Supp.  1093, 
Agatho  ap.  Arist.  Eth.  N.  6,  2,  6,  etc.; 
but  also  in  Hdt.  4,  159  ;  7,  162. 

Στερϊόεύομαι,  dep.,  (στέριφος)  to 
be  barren. 

Στεριφνός,  ή,  όν,=  στέριφος,  Hipp, 
ap.  Hesych. 

Στερίφοποιέω,  ώ,  to  make  firm,  or 
hard:  from 

ΣτέρΊφος,  η.  ον.=:στερεός,  στε/5- 
/)ής,  firm,  hard,  of  ground,  Thuc.  6, 
101  ;  strong,  της  πρώρας  στεριφωτέ- 
ρας  εποίησαν,  Id.  7,  30. — -Π.  like  Lat. 
sterilis,  barren,  unfruilfid,  of  women, 
Ar.  Thesm.  C41,  Plat.  Theaet.  149  B. 
cf.  Ruhnk.  Tim.,  and  στείρα. — 111.  of 
a  ship,  ή  στέριφος  =ζστεϊρα,  ap.  Suid. 
Hence 

Στεριφόω,  ώ,  to  make  firm  or  solid. 
Hence 

Στερίφωμα,  ατός.  τό,  a  solid  found- 
ation, App.  Civ.  4,  109.  [i] 

Στερκτικός,  ή.  όΐ'.  (στέργω)  dis- 
posed to  love.  nffectio>iate,  Arist.  H.  A- 
9.  44.  2:  TO  στ.=  στορ)ή,  Plut.  2, 
769  C. 

Στερατός,  ή,   όν,  verb.  adj.   from 


ΣΤΕΡ 

στέργω,  loved :  to  be  loved,  amiable, 
lovely.  Soph.  O.  T.  1338. 

Στερνίόιον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from 
στέρνον. — II. =  προστερνίδιον.  [ϊ] 

Στέρνιξ,  ικος,  η,^^εντεριώνη,  He- 
sych. 

Στερνίον,  ον,  τό,  α  breast  of  meat, 
Alex.  Trail. 

Στερνίτης,  ov,  ό,  fern,  -ϊτις,  ιδος, 
of  the  breast. 

Στερνοβριθης,  ες,  (στέρνον,  βρίθω) 
with  a  strong  chest,  ίππος,  Polyaen.  4, 
7,  12. 

Στερνοκοπέομαι,  as  mid.,  to  beat 
one's  breast  for  grief. 

Στεpvoκτvπέω,=  (oreg.,d\lh.  in  Ae- 
sop. 

Στερνόμαντις,  εως,  ό,  ή,  (στέρνον, 
μάντις)  one  who  prophesies  from  his 
own  breast,  like  θνμάμαντις  : — also= 
εγγαστρίμυθος. 

ΣΤΕΡΝΟΝ,  ου,  τό,  the  breast, 
chest,  freq.  in  Horn,  both  in  sing,  and 
plur.  ;  he  always  has  it  of  males  (στή- 
θος being  used  of  both  sexes),  βύ?>.ε 
όουρί  στέρνον  ίητέρ  μαζοϊο,  II.  4,  528, 
etc. ;  and  in  plur.,  είφύτερος  δ'  ώμοι- 
σιν  ίδε  στέρνοισιν,  II-  3,  194,  etc. ; 
στέρνα  λαχνάεντα.  Pind.  Ρ.  1,  34; 
also  of  horses,  11.  23,  305,  508;  and 
of  sheep,  Od.  9,  443  -.—in  Trag.  oft. 
of  women,  as  στέρνων  π?.ηγαί,  δον- 
ποι,  like  Lat.  planctus,  Soph.  El.  90, 
Aj.  632,  cf.  Eur.  Hec.  563;  στέρν' 
ΰρασσε,  Aesch.  Pers.  1054:  —  Xen. 
also  uses  it  in  plur.  of  a  single  man, 
Cyr.  1,  2,  13,  etc.— 2.  in  Trag.,  also, 
like  στήθος,  στήθεα,  the  breast  as  the 
seat  of  the  affections,  etc.,  Aesch. 
Cho.  746,  Soph.  O.  C.  487,  etc.  ;  οντω 
Xpt/  δια  στέρνων  έχειν,  one  ought  to 
feel  thus.  Id.  Ant.  639.— II.  metaph., 
στέρνα  γης,  a  broad-swelling  country, 
Poet.  ap.  Suid.  ,  cf.  στερνοϋχος. 

Στερνοσώμάτος,  ov,  v.  sub  στε^ιβο- 
σώματος. 

Στερνοτϋπέομαι,  =  στερνοκοπέο- 
μαι, to  beat  one's  breast  for  grief,  Lat. 
plangere,  Plut.  2,  114  F:  from 

Στερνοτϋπής,  ές.  (στέρνον,  τνπτω) 
κτύπος  στ.,  the  sound  of  beaten  breasts, 
of  passionate  wailing,  Eur.  Supp.  604, 
cf  Anth.  P.  7,  711.     Hence 

Στερνοτΰπία,  ας,  ή,  a  beating  of  the 
breast  for  grief,  Lat.  planctus,  Luc. 
Luct.  19. 

Στερνοτύπτης,  -τυπτέομαι,<\\ή).  fox 
στερνοτνπης,  -τνπέομαι,  Lob.  Phryn. 
593. 

Στερνοϋχος,  ov,  (στέρνον,  ίχω): — 
χθων  στ.,  broad-swelling  land,  of  the 
plain  of  Athens,  Soph.  O.  C.  091 ;  cf. 
στέρνον  II. 

Στερνόφθα?.μος,  ov,  (στέρνον,  οφ- 
θαλμός) with  eyes  in  his  breast,  Aesch. 
Fr.  188. 

'ΙΣτέρνοφ'  οπός,  ό,  Stemops,  son  of 
Melas,  Apollod.  1,  8,  5  ;  where  Heyne 
Στέροψ. 

Στερνώδης,  ες,  (στέρνον,  είδος)  like 
the  breast. 

Στέρζις,  εως,  τ).  (στέργω)  α  loving ; 
love,  affection  ;  like  στοργή. 

ΣΤΈ'ΡΟΜΑΙ,  as  pass.,  only  used 
in  pres.  and  impf ,  with  poet!,  part, 
aor.  2  pass.  στερεί(',=  στερ}^θείς,  Eur. 
Hec.  623,  Hel.  95",  El.  736  :— collat. 
form  o{  στερέομαι,  στερίσκομαι,  hut 
with  a  notion  of  state  or  condition, — to 
be  without,  to  be  waiiting  in,  to  lack, 
want,  lose,  Lnt.  carere,  τινός,  Hes.  Op. 
209,  cf.  Hdt.  8,  1-10,  1,  and  Trag., 
Pint.,  etc  ;  rarely  c.  ace,  Eur.  Hel. 
95.  cf  Elmsl.  Baccli.  1309:  absol., 
χαίρειν  τε  και  στέρεσθαι.  Soph.  Tr. 
136.  —  This  difference  of  signf.  be- 
tween στερέομαι  or  -ίσκομαι,  and 
στέρομαι,  should  not  be  neglected. 


ΣΤΕΡ 

Στεροπενς,  ό,  —  ύστεροπηττ'/ς,  Po6t. 
ap.  Plut.  2,  1129  E,  dub. 

Στεροπή,  ης,  ή.=άστεροπή,  αστρα- 
πή, a  flash  of  lightning,  στ.  πατρός 
άιός,  II.  11,66,  184,  Hes.  Th.  845  ; 
ακτίνες  στεροπάς  άπορη-) ννμένας, 
Pind.  P.  4,  353  ;  στεροπαν  κεραυνών 
τε  πρνταΐ'ΐς,  i.  e.  Jupiter,  lb.  6,  24  ; 
βροντι)  στεροπ?)  τε,  Aesch.  Supp.  35, 
etc.: — generally,  any  flashing,  daz:.lmg 
light,  glitter,  sheen,  χαλκού,  χρυσού, 
II.  11,  83,  etc. ;  of  the  sun.  λαμπρά 
στεροπά  φλεγέθων,  Soph.  Tr.  99  ;  v. 
στράπτω. 

\Στερόπη,  ης,  ή,  Sterope,  a  Pleiad, 
wife  of  Oenomaus,  Apollod.  3,  10,  1 : 
ace.  to  Paus.  5,  10,  6,  daughter  of 
Atlas.  — 2.  daughter  of  Pleuron  and 
Xanthippe,  Apollod.  1,  7,  7.-3.  wife 
of  Dorylaus,  Strab.  p.  477. — Others 
in  Apollod. 

Στεροπηγερέτύ,  ό,  Ep.  for  στερο- 
πηγερέτης,  either  (from  άγείρω,  στε- 
ροπή) he  υ  ho  gathers  the  lightning,  or 
(from  εγείρω)  who  rouses  the  lightning, 
Ζευς,  II.  16,  298,  cf.  νεφε?•.ηγερέτα. 
[ά,  but  always  long  by  position  at 
the  end  of  the  Hexam.,  before  Ζευς.] 

Στερόπης,  ου,  ό,  Lightner,  name  of 
one  ol  the  three  Cyclopes,  Hes.  Th. 
140. 

Στερός,  ά,  όν,=  στερεός,  στε^ιβός, 
dub. 

Στέροφ,  οπός,  ό,  ή,  lightning,  flash- 
ing, bright.  Soph.  Ant.  1127:  ace.  to 
Gramm.,  also=σrepo7r;7.  (Usu.,  but 
prob.  wrongly,  deriv.  from  στερέω 
and  6φ :  cf.  στεροπή,  ά•στραπ-ή.) 

Στεββοβΰρής,  ές,  (στεββός,  βαρύς) 
hard  and  heavy,  burdensome  ;  also  στε- 
ρεοβαρής. 

Στε()βοβόας,  ό,  (βούω)  =  χαλ,κο- 
βόας. 

Στεββόγυιος,  ον,  (στεββός,  γνΐον) 
ivith  strong  limbs,  Anth.  Plan.  52. 

Στεββοποιέω,  ώ,  (στεββός,  ποιέω) 
to  make  hard,  firm  or  strong,  Polyb.  5, 
24.  9.  ■ 

Στεββός,  ά,  όν,  also  6ς,  όν,  Pors. 
Hec.  147  : — collat.  Att.  form  of  στέ- 
ρεος, stiff,  firm,  solid,  opp.  to  soft,  pli- 
ant, fluid,  Tim.  Locr.  101  A  ;  of  wa- 
ter, hard,  Plut.  2,  725  D  : — .<!liff,  strong, 
δόρυ,  Eur.  Supp.  711. — II.  of  lands  or 
countries,  hard,  stoiiy,  Eur.  Tro. 
114:  also  barren,  Lat.  sterilis. — IIL 
stiff  with  age,  Ar.  Ach.  219.  — IV. 
metaph.,  stiff,  stubborn,  hard,  cruel, 
ανάγκη,  Aesch.  Pr.  1052  ;  δαίμων, 
άλγηδόνες,  etc.,  Eur.  Andr.  98,  Med. 
1031  ;  ψυχή,  Ar.  Nub.  420  :— in  adv., 
στεββώς,  stiffly,  obstinately,  Xen.  An. 
3,  1.  22.     Hence 

Στεββοσώματος,  ov,  (στεββός.  σώ- 
μα) with  strong  body  or  frame,  Xen- 
arch.  But.  1,  as  Lob.  Phryn.  176 
reads  for  στερνοσώματος,  cf.  Meineke 
ad  I.        ^ 

Στεββότης,  ητος,  ή,  ^=  στερεότης, 
hardness,  firmness. 

Στεββόω,  ώ,  (στεββός)  ^=  στερεόω, 
to  make  hard,  firm  or  solid. 

Στέρφ'ινος,  η,  ov,  and  στέρφνιος, 
ov,  (στέρφος)  : — hard,  firvi,  tight,  esp. 
of  leather. 

Στερφ()πεπλος,  ov,  clad  in  hide  or 
skin,  Lye.  652. 

Στέρφος,  εος,  τό,  (στερβός)  :  — 
strictly  any  thing  firm  or  tight :  esp. 
a  hide,  ski^i,  Ap.  Rh.  4,  1348,  Leon. 
Tar.  11;  cf.  στρέψος,  τέρφος,  έρφος. 
— II.=  ?.f7ri'poi',  a  husk,  shell. — 111.=: 
σέρφυς.     Hence 

Στερφόω,  ώ,  to  cover  with  hide. 
Hence 

Στέρφωσις,  ή,  a  covering  with  hide. 

Στερφωτήρ,  ήΐ)ος,  ύ,  one  clad  in  hide 
or  skin,  Ibyc.  55. 

1383 


ΣΤΕΦ 

ΣΤΕΤί2,  not  used  in  act.,  v.  ατέ- 
ρημαΐ- 

Στενμηι,  an  Epic  dep.,  usH  by 
Horn,  only  in  3  sing,  of  pres.  and 
impf.,  σηνται,  arevro,  and  by  Aesch. 
Pers.  49,  in  3  pi.  στεννται :  (ϊστημι) : 
— strictly,  to  stand  on  the  spot,  art  ντο 
ΰέ  όιτρύων,  he  stood  there  thirsting, 
Od.  11,  584  :  usu.  c.  inf.,  to  stand  as 
if  going  to  do  something,  tn  give  signs 
of  something  by  o>ie's  altitude  or  hear- 
ing ;  hence,  to  assure,  promise,  boast, 
threaten,  freq.  in  Hom. ;  c.  inf.  fut.,  11. 
2,  507;  3,  83;  9,  241  ;  18,  191;  21, 
455;  c.  nif  aor.,  Od.  Π,  525;  also 
στ.  τηί,  c.  inf  fut.,  II.  5,  832. 

^Στΐώανΰς,  α,  ό,  Stephanas,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  N.  T. 

Στεφάνη,  ης,  ή,  (,  στέφω): — any 
thing  that  surrounds  or  encircles  the 
head,  fordefence  or  ornament:  hence, 
— I.  the  brim  of  the  helmet,  projecting 
behind  as  well  as  before,  βάλ'  Ιγχεϊ 
όξνόεντι  ανχεν'  νπο  στεφάνης  ενχάλ- 
κον,  II.  7,  12  ;  στ.  χαλκοβύρεια,  11. 
11,  9G  ;  the  helmet  itself,  επΙ  στεφάνην 
κεφα??ιφιν  άείρας  θήκατο  χαλκείι/ν, 
11.  10,  30. — 2.  part  of  a  woman's  head- 
dress, a  diadem,  coronal,  II.  18,  597, 
H.  Horn.  5,  7,  Hes.  Th.  578,  Bockh 
Expl.  Pmd.  O.  2,  75  (135)  ;  found  on 
statues  of  Juno,  Miiller  Archiiol.  d. 
Kunst  ^  352,  5 :  στεφ.  χρνσέη,  Hdt. 

8,  118,  of  Ar.  £q.  908  :— metaph., 
άπο  στίφάναν  κί:κηΐ)σαι  πύργων, 
thou  hast  been  shorn  of  thy  coronal 
of  towers,  Eur.  Hec.  910;  (with  al- 
lusion to  the  technical  sense  of  στε- 
φάνη, στέφανος,  the  wall  round  a.  town, 
cf  Id.  Tio.  779)  •. — στ.  τριχών,  a  front 
of  false  hair. — 3.  the  part  of  the  head 
round  tvhich  the  στεφιΊτ)/  is  placed,  the 
sutura  coronalis.  Medic. — 4.  the  brim 
of  any  thing,  brow  of  a  hill,  edge  of  a 
cliff,  11.  13,  138  ;  cf  Polyb.  7,  16,  (J.— 
5.  part  of  the  ττούοστράβη,  Xen.  Cyn. 

9,  12.  [ίί]     Hence 
Στεφΰνηδόν,    adv.,    like    a    cromi, 

Nonn. 

ΣτεφάνηπΤίΟκέω,  ώ,  f.  -ησω,  to  plait 
tvreaths,  Ar.  Thesm.  448 :  and 

Στεφάνηπλοκία,  ας,  ή,  a  plaiting 
of  wreaths:  and 

ΣτεφάνηΤΓ?.όκίον,  ου,  τό,  a  place 
where  wreaths  are  plaited  or  sold,  Anth. 
P.  12,  8:   from 

Στεφ(ΊνητΓ?.όκος.  ov,  {στεφάνη,  π?:.έ- 
κω)  plaiting  wreaths.  Theophr. :  also 
στεφανοπ?.όιιος,  hnt  in  all  these  com- 
pounds the  form  with  η  is  best.  Lob. 
Phryn.  650. 

Στεφάνηφορέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  wear  a 
wreath,  Eur.  H.  F.  781,  Dem.  530, 
fin. :  and 

Στεφάνηφορία,  ας,  ή,  the  wearing 
a  wreath,  esp.  of  victory,  Pind.  O. 
8,  13;  νίκης  στ.,  Eur.  El.  862.  — II. 
the  right  of  wearing  a  crown,  which 
belonged  to  certain  magistrates  (v. 
sq.  II),  Dem.  525,  2,  Plut.  2,  558  Β : 
from 

Στεφάνηφόρος,  ov,  {στεφάνη,  φέ- 
ρω) :  —  teearing  a  crown  or  wreath, 
crowned,  Eur.  Bacch.  531 :  άγων  στ. 
=στεφανίτης,  a  contest  i7i  which  the 
prize  was  a  crown,  Hdt.  5,  102,  Andoc. 
29,  11- — II.  oi  στ-,  certain  magistrates 
in  the  Greek  states  who  had  the  right  if 
wearing  crowns  when  in  office,  as  the 
archons  at  Athens,  Aeschin.  3,  33 : 
compared  with  the  Roman  flamen  by 
Dion.  H.  2,  64. 

Στεφανιαίος,  a,  ov,  (στέφανος)  of 
or  like  a  crown,  Diod. 

Στεφανίζω,  Dor.  aor.  1  ίστεφάνιξα, 
to  crown,  Ar.  Eq.  1225. 

Στεφΰνικός,  η,    όν,    belonging  to  a 
crown  or  wreath. 
1384 


ΣΤΕΦ 

Στεφάνιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  στέ- 
φανος, [a] 

Στεφΰνίς,  ίόος,  ή,^^στέφανος. 

Στεφΰνισκος.  ov,  ό,  dnn.  Irom  στέ- 
φανος, Anacr.  53. 

Στίφύνιτης,  ov,  ό,  fem.  -Ιτις,  ιδος, 
ή,  [στέφανος) : — belonging  to,  consisting 
of  a  crown  or  wreath  :  στ.  άγων,  a  con- 
test in  which  the  prize  was  a  croivn  or 
wreath,  Xen.  Mem.  3,  7,  1,  Dem.  500, 
5,  Lycurg.  154,22:  esp.  of  the  four 
great  games,  cf  στέφανος  II.  fin.,  and 
άργνρίτης:  hence  in  Eccl.,  ύ  στ.,  the 
conqueror. — II.  //  στεφανίτις  (sc.  βαφή) 
sutura  coronalis.  Medic. 

Στεφανίων,  ωνυς,  ή,  the  crested  daiv. 

Στεφάνοπ?(οκέω,  -π/ιοκία,  -πλόκι- 
ov,  -πλόκος,  worse  forms  for  στιφα- 
νηπλ-,  Lob.  Phryn.  650. 

Στεφΰνοποιός,  όν,  (στέφανος,  ττοι- 
έω)  making  crowns,  Arist.  Μ.  Mor.  2, 
7,  30. 

ΣτεφΰνοτΓώΤίης,  ov,  6,  (στέφανος, 
ττωλέω)  a  dealer  in  crowns ;  fem.  στε- 
φΰνόπωλις.  ιόος,  Plut.  2,  646  Ε. 

Στέφανος,  ov,  ύ,  (στέφω)  '■ — strictly, 
that  which  surrounds  or  encompasses, 
στ.  ττο?^μοιο,  the  circling  croud  of 
fight,  II.  13,  736;  of  the  wall  round  a 
town,  Pind.  O.  Θ,  42,  cf  στεφάνη  2, 
ενστέφανος. — II.  usu.,  a  crown,  wreath, 
garland,  H.  Hom.  6,  42  ;  32,  6,  Hes. 
Th.  576:  esp.,  the  conquerors  wreath 
at  the  public  games,  crown  of  victory, 
Pind.  O.  8,  99,  etc.  ;— στ.  έ7αίης.  Hdt. 
8, 26 ;  also  called  στ.  θαλλον,  Aeschin. 
34,  12,  etc.  ;  hence,  στ.  θα/.λον  χρν- 
σονς,  an  olive  croum  worked  in  gold, 
Bockh  Inscr.  1,  p.  242  :  —  hence,  the 
meed  of  victory,  the  prize,  victory,  like 
Lat.  palma,  τονόε  γάρ  b  στέφ-,  Soph. 
Phil.  841  ;  στέφ.  ενκΆείας,  Id.  Aj.  465. 
— We  have  it  with  various  verbs, 
στέφανον  προτιθέναι,  to  propose  a 
prize,  Thuc.  2,  46  ;  στ.  λαχείν,  ι^χε- 
σθαι^,  to  win  07ie,  Pind.  O.  10(11),  73, 
P.  1,  fin.;  στέφ.  ηεριθέσβαι,  to  put 
one  on,  Eur.  Med.  984  ;  στεφύνω  στε- 
φανωβηναι,  Plat.  Ion  530  D,' etc. ; 
στέφ.  είρειν,  άνείρειν.  πλέκειν,  Pind. 
Ν.  7,  113,  Ar.  Ach.  1006,  Thesm.  400. 
— These  prize-crowns  were  usu.  of 
leaves,  as  of  κότινος  at  the  Olympic 
games,  όά.φνη  at  the  Pythian,  σέλι- 
vov  at  the  Nemean,  κισσός  or  πίτνς 
at  the  Isthmian. — 2.  a  crown  of  glory, 
an  honour,  glory,  Inscr.  ap.  Hdt.  4,  88, 
Lycurg.  154,  17,  and  freq.  in  Eur.— 
3.  in  the  later  times  of  Athens  a  pub- 
lic officer  was  oft.  presented  with  a 
golden  crown  in  approbation  of  his 
conduct,  see  the  famous  orations  of 
Aeschin.  in  Ctesiphontem,  and  Dem. 
pro  Corona. — 4.  a  croivn  as  a  badge  of 
office,  public  honours,  distinction,  Dem. 
524,  24  ;  v.  στεφανιιφόρος,  στεφανόω 
fin. — 5.  οι  στέφανοι,  the  garland-mar- 
ket, Antiph.  Αιδνμ.  4,  v.  Meineke. — 
Cf  στεφάνη. 

■[Στέφανος,  ov.  ό,  Stephanus,  an 
Athenian,  son  of  Thucydides,  Plat. 
Meno  94  C. — 2.  son  of  Menecles  of 
Acharnae,  against  whom  one  of  the 
orations  of  Demosthenes  was  direct- 
ed. —  Freq.  as  masc.  pr.  n.,  Dem. ; 
Ath. ;  etc. 

Στεφάνονχος,  ov,  (στέφανος,  ίχω) 
wearing  a  crown,  Diog.  L.  1,  73. 

Στεφΰΐ'οφορέω,-φορία,-φέφος,ν,ΌΤΒβ 
forms  for  στεφαν7ΐΦ-,  Lob.  Phryn.  650. 

Στεφάνύω,  ώ,  ι.  -ώσω :  Ion.  pres. 
pass,  στεφανενμαι  for  στεφα^οϋμαι, 
Hdt. :  —  the  act.  does  not  occur  in 
Horn.,  or  Hes.  :  (στέφανος).  Strictly, 
to  surround,  encompass,  esp.  to  surround 
as  a  rim  or  border:  hence,  ^v  ττέρι 
μεν  πάντη  φόβος  ίστεφάνωται.  round 
about  the  shield  is  Terror,  II.  5,  739; 


ΣΤΕΦ 

so,  Ty  iV  έπι  μεν  Τοργίύ  έστεφάνυτο, 
11.  1 1,  36  ;  άμφί  (5ε  μιν  νέφος  έστεφα- 
νώτο,  all  round  about  him  ιι•ίΐ.ν  a  cloud, 
11.  15,  153;  περί  νησον  πόντος  έστε- 
φάνωται,  the  sea  lies  round  about  the 
island,  Od.  10,  195:  rarely  c.  ace, 
άστρα,  τά  τ'  υνρανος  ίστεφάνωται, 
constellations  with  which  heaven  is 
encircled,  Hes.  Th.  382  :  —  also  of  a 
crowd  of  people  surrou?iding  any  thing, 
άμφι  6'  όμιλος  άπείριτος  έστίφάνωτο, 
Η.  Hom.  Ven.  120;  περί  fV  υ'λβος 
έστεφάνωτο.  around  were  riches  ι»  α 
circle  placed,  HeS.  Sc.  204  ;  cf  Q.  Sm. 
5.  99. — This  was  the  Ep.  usage. — II. 
later,  to  crown,  wreath,  χαίτιρ'.  Pind. 
O.  14,  35  ;  κράτα  κισσινοις  βληστή- 
μασιν.  Eur.  Bacch.  177;  στεφέινφ, 
lb.  101,  Ar.,  etc.;  βόόοις,  Ar.  Eq. 
966  :  also  of  crowning  with  libations, 
στ.  τνμβον  α'ιματι,  Eur.  Hec.  128  (cf. 
στέφω  II.  fin.) ;  metaph,,  στ.  τίνα 
χρηστοΊς  τ/βεσι,  Ar.  Nub.  1)60:  — 
sometimes  also  c.  gen.  rei,  Schiif. 
Long.  p.  369,  Phalar.  p.  149:  —  στε 
φανονν  ίναγγέ2.ια,  to  croun  one  for 
good  tidings.  At.  Eq  647:— pass.,  to 
be  croxvned  or  rewarded  xcith  a  croa?i, 
Hdt.  7,  55;  8,  59:  —  mid.,  to  win  a 
crojc»,  of  the  victor  at  the  games.  Pind. 
O.  7,  29,  146 ,  12,  25,  N.  6,  33  ;  also, 
to  crown  one's  self  of  one  going  to 
sacrifice,  Thuc.  ;  of  a  Spartan  pre- 
paring for  battle,  cf  Xen.  Lac.  13,  8. 
—  2.  to  crown,  hnnmir,  Eur.  Tro.  1030, 

Critias  3,  1.  —  HI.  in  pass,  to  wear  a 
crown  as  a  badge  of  office,  esp.  of 
persons  sacrificing,  Xen.  An.  7,  1, 
40  ;  of  magistrates  in  office,  ό  άρχων 
ό  ίστεφανωμένος.  Dem.  520,  16;  cf. 
στέφανρς  111.  —  V.  plura  ap.  Spitzn. 
Excurs.  xxviii.  ad  11. 

Στεφάνωόης,  ες,  (στέφανος,  είδος) 
like  a  wreath,  wreathing,  twisted,  χλόη, 
Eur.  L  A.  1058. 

Στεφύνωμα,  ατός,  τό,  (στεφανόω)  : 
— that  which  surrounds  or  encompasses, 
στ.  πνρ)ων,  the  .lurromiding  towers, 
Soph.  Ant.  122. — II.  a  croum  or  wreath, 
TheOgn.  995,  Soph.  O.  C.  684:— esp., 
a  crown  as  the  prize  of  victory,  Pind. 
P.  12,  9,  I.  2,  22.-2.  generally,  a  re- 
ward, μόχθου,  Eur.  H.  F.  355;  a?i 
honour,  glory.  π?ίθντυν,  Kt'piii'af  ,Pilid. 
P.  1,  96  ;  9,  5.  [a]     Hence 

Στεφάνωμητικός,ή,  όν,  belonging  to, 
fit  for  a  crown,  Theophr. 

Στεφύνωσις,  εως.  ή,  a  crowning,  [ΰ] 

Στεφΰνωτής.  ov,  ό,  one  who  crowns. 

Στείράνωτικύς.  ή,  nv,fit  for  crown- 
ing, άνθη.  .'Vth.  73  A. 

Στεφάνωτίς,  ίόος,  ή,  Theophr.,  and 
-ωτρίς,  ίόος.  ή,  belonging  to,  fit  for  a 
crown  or  wreath,  Apollophan.  Cret.  1 ; 
cf  Lob.  Phryn.  255. 

Στεφηπ'λόκυς,  Plut.  2,  41  E;  -ηφο- 
ρέω,  Dion.  Η. ;  and  -ηφήρος.  Lye.  327; 
=^στεφανηφ-,  v.  Lob.  Phryn.  680. 

Στέφος,  εος,  τό,  (στέφω) : — i>oet.  for 
στέφανος,  a  crown,  wreath,  Eur.  I.  A. 
1512,  etc.  :  —  στέφη,  =  στέμματα, 
Aesch.  Ag.  1265,  Theb.  101,  Soph. 
O.  T.  913:  —  στΕΦτ?,  of  libations, 
Aesch.  Cho.  95  ;  cf  στέφω  II.  2. 

ΣΤΕ'Φί2,  f  -φω:  aor.  έστεψα,  pass. 
εστέφβην  :  pf.  pass,  [στέμμα i.  To 
surround,  encompass,  encircle  closely  or 
thickly,  like  πνκάζεη',  ΐιμφϊ  όέ  οι  κε- 
φα'λίι  νέφος  έστεφε,  II.  18,  205  :  met- 
aph., θεός  μηρφην  έπεσι  στέφει,  the 
god  invests  the  Unsightly  form  with 
power  of  speech,  Od.  8.  170  ;  cf.  άμ- 
φιπεριστέφω- — II.  to  crown,  wrea/h,  τι- 
νά άνθεσι,  Hes.  Op.  75;  τταγχρνσοις 
?.αφ{'ρηις.  Sojih.  A).  93;  μυρσίνης 
κ/Μύοις.  Eur.  Ale.  759  ;  εριω.  Plat. 
Rep.  398  A  ;  στ.  μνημεία  χερσιν, 
Aesch.  Theb.  50  :   esp.  of  crowning 


ΣΤΗΑ 

with  libations,  οτ.  χοαίαι,  7.οι3αίς, 
Soph.  Ant.  431,  ΕΙ.  53,  cf.  Aesch. 
Cho.  95,  Eur.  Or.  1322 ;  v.  sub  στε- 
φανόω  II,  fin.,  στέςιος: — mid.,  to  adorn 
one's  self,  arkotauai  Ιον'/.ονς,  Mehl- 
horn  Ariacr.  32,  10  : — in  pass.,  to  be 
crowned,  Tivi,  with  a  thing,  Aesch. 
Eum.  44  ;  but  also  στέφεσβαί  τίνος 
and  στ.  τι,  Jac.  Ach.  Tat.  p.  423. — 2. 
generally,  to  crown,  to  honour,  Soph. 
El.  458. — The  notion  of  excessive 
fulness,  proper  to  this  word,  appears 
isp.  in  έττιστέφω,  έττιστεφής,  cf.  στεί- 
βυ-     Hence 

'Στέ'φις,  εως,  τ/,  α  crowning. 

Στέωμεν,  Ιοπ.  for  στώμεν,  1  pl^r. 
lubj.  aor.  2  of  ίστημί.  in  Horn,  al- 
•«rays  used  as  dissyll.,  11.  11,  348  ;  22, 
:31. 

Σττ},  Ιοα  for  ίστη,  3  sing.  aor.  2 
(.{Ίστημί.  Horn. 

Στήότ/ν,  adv.,  {ΐστημι)=στάδην  II, 
4j  weight,  Nic.  Al.  327. 

Στή^ς,  στήΐ),  Ep.  for  στ^ς,  στη,  2 
»:il  3  sing.  subj.  aor.  2  of  Ίστημι,  11. 

Στήθι,  imperat.  aor.  2  of  Ιστημι, 

JL). 

Στηθιαϊος,  a,  ov,  (στήθος)  of  the 
ftt^ast. 

Υ,τηθία€,  ου,  ό,  {στήθος)  a  kind  of 
».,  d. 

Στηθίδιον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  of  στήθος, 
»  little  breast.   [I] 

ίτηΟικος,  ή,  όν,  (στήθος)  of,  at  or 
«.  the  breast,  Arist.  Part.  An. 

Στηθίον,  ου,  τό.  dim.  from  στήθος, 
Μ.  ist.  Physiogn.  6,  11. 

Στηθοδέσμη,  ης,  ή,=σττιθό6εσμος. 

Στη&όδεσμον,  ov,  τό,  and  -δεσμός, 
*  1,  ό,  1  breast-band  for  women  : — 
t  ence  the  dim.  -όέσμιον,  τό,  and  iii 
^XX.  -όεσαίς,  ίδος,  ή. 

Στηθοειδής,  ές,  (στήθος,  είδος)  like 
he  breast,  Hipp. 

Στηβομε/.ης.  ές,  {στήθος,  μέ/.ος)  : 
—singing  with  the  breast ;  epith.  of  the 
cicada,  V'aick.  Theoer.  7,  139. 

Στήθος,  εος,  τό,  the  breast,  Lat. 
pectus.  Horn.,  who  has  it  of  both  sex- 
es (cf.  στέρνοι),  both  in  sing,  and 
plur.,/3aAe  στήθος  παρά  μαζόν,1\.  4, 
4S0 ;  έβαλε  στ.  μεταμύζιορ.  5,  19 ; 
κ/,ηϊς  άτΓοέργει  αυχένα  τε  στήθος  τε, 
8,  326 ;  so  m  Hes.,  and  Att.  : — also 
of  animals,  11.  11,  292  ;  12,  204,  etc.  ; 
in  this  signf  Horn,  has  most  freq.  the 
Ep.  dat.  pi.  στήβεσς)ΐ. — II.  metaph., 
the  breast  as  the  seal  of  feeling,  passion 
and  thought,  the  heart,  freq.  in  Hom., 
but  always  in  plur.,  θυμον  kvi  στή- 
θεσσιν  όρινεν,  II.  2,  142  ;  νόον  και 
θυμον  ενί  στήθεσσιν  έχοντες,  4,  309, 
etc.  : — proverb.,  ύπό  στήθους  λέγειν, 
to  speak  from  the  heart,  post-Horn. — 
III.  the  ball  of  the  hand  or  foot,  Arist. 
H.  A.  1,  15,  6. —  IV.  a  brea.tt-shaped 
hill  or  bank,  a  bar,k  of  sand  or  earth  in 
a  river  or  the  sea,  Lat.  dorsum,  Polyb. 
4,  41,  2;  elsewh.  ταινία.  (Prob. 
from  ιστημι,  that  which  stands  up.) 

Στηθννιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  of  στήθος, 
Ephip7   Geryon.  2,  7. 

^Στήλαι,  ών,  αϊ,  Ήρύκλ.ειαι,  v. 
sub  Ηράκλειος. — 2.  ai  Ίνδικαί,  a 
mountain  in  India,  to  which  Bacchus 
is  said  to  have  proceeded  in  his  In- 
dian expedition,  Strab.  p.  171  ;  in 
Dion.  P.  023  ai  τον  Αιοννσον  στή/.αι. 
— Cf.  also  Strab.  p.  168,  and  769. 

Στήλη,  ης,  ή.  Dor.  στά'/.α,  (ιστη- 
μι) : — an  upright  stone,  a  post,  used  as 
a  prop  or  Stat/,  II.  12,  259  ;  hence  as 
an  image  of  tirmness,  ώστε  στήλην 
ΰτρέμας  έσταότα,  13,  437  :  also,  a 
block  of  rock-cr\stal,  in  which  the 
Aegyptian  mummies  were  cased,  Hdt. 
3^  Z4  : — and  so,  generally,  a  block  or 
post,  Lat.  cippus,  rather  than  a  pillar 


ΣΤΗΜ 

(which  is  κίων,  Lat.  columna).  —  IL 
esp.,  a  post  or  slab,  bearing  an  inscrip- 
tion, a  monument ;  and  so, — 1.  a  grave- 
stone, 11.  11,  371,  Od.  12,  14,  etc.; 
ώστε  στή/.η  μένει  έμτϊεδον,  //r'  έ~ι 
τύμβφ  έστήκει,  II-  17,  434  ;  μήτε  στη- 
λ.αις  μήτε  ονόμασι  δηλονντας  τονς 
τύφους.  Plat.  Leisr.  873  D: — στύλαν 
θέμεν  (of  a  poety.'Pind.  Ν.  4,  130.— 
2.  α  post  or  slab  set  up  in  a  public  place, 
inscribed  with  a  record  of  victories, 
dedications,  votes  of  thanks,  treaties, 
decrees,  and  other  documents,  Hdt. 
2,  102,  106,  Ar.  Ach.  727,  Thuc.  5, 
47,  56,  etc. ;  τι  βεβούλιενται  περϊ  των 
σπονδών  εν  Ty  στήλ.ΐ)  παραγράτ{ιαι, 
Ar.  Lys.  513  : — γρύφειν  τινά  εις  στη-  ' 
7,ην,  άναγράόειν  εν  στήλ.ΐ},  whether  ' 
for  honour,  as  Hdt.  6,  14  ;'  or  for  in-  I 
famy,  as  Andoc.  7,  45  (cf.  στηλ.ίτης); 
κατά  την  στή'/.ην,  according  to  agree- 
ment, Ar.  Av.  1051. — III.  a  boundary- 
post,  Xeti.  An.  7,  5,  13,  Decret.  ap. 
Dem.  278.  23  :— and  so,  the  turning- 
post  at  the  end  of  the  race-course, 
Lat.  meta.  Soph.  El.  720, 744 :— hence, 
περί  την  στ.  διαόθείρεσΟαι,  Lys.  Fr. 
2,  3. —  For  Στήλαι  Ήρακλ-ήιαι,  v. 
sub  Ηράκλειος.  (Akin  to  στνλ.ος, 
στνλος.)    Hence 

Στηλήτης,  ov,  ό,  fem.  -ήτις,  ιδος. 
Dor.  στα/Μτας,  fem.  -ΰτις,= στηλ.ί- 
της, στηλΰτις,  Anth.  P.  7,  424. 

Στη/Λόιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  στή- 

Στη/.ίς,  ιοος,  η,  dim.  from  στήλη. 
— II.  esp.,  a  pole  to  carry  a  sail  at  a 
.■thij/s  stern  ;  v.  also  στυ/.ίς. 

Στηλύτενσΐς,  ή,  a  being  written  on  a 
στήλ.η  :  esp.  a  being  publicly  placarded 
as  infamous.     Hence 

Στηλϊτευτικός,  ή,  όν,  of  or  fitted  for 
invective. 

Στηλ.Ιτεύω,  to  inscribe  on  a  στήλη, 
Plut.  2,  354  Β  ;  esp.,  to  placard  public- 
ly, inveigh  against. 

Στηλ.ίτης,  ov,  b,  fem.  -ϊτις,  ιδος, 
(στήλ.η)  : — of  a  στήλη,  like  one. — 11. 
inscribed  on  a  στήλ.η  :  esp.,  of  one 
whose  name  is  placarded  as  infamous, 
στηλ.ίτην  τινά  ύναγράφειν,  ποιείν, 
Isocr.  348  D,  Dem.  122,  24  ;  cf.  στή- 
λ.η II.  2. — III.  dwelling  on  a  pillar,  like 
Simeon  the  hermit  ;   also  στνλίτης. 

Στηλογρΰφέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (στήλη, 
γράφω)  to  engrave  or  inscribe  on  a  tab- 
let :  —  hence  =  στηλ.ιτείω,  Dio  C. 
Hence 

Στ7ΐλογρΰ.φία,  ας,  ή,  an  inscription 
on  a  tablet. 

Στηλ.οειδης,  ές,  like  a  post  or  pillar, 
of  the  form  of  one. 

Στη/.οκοπέω,  ώ,  to  engrave  or  inscribe 
on  a  tablet  :  ]\βηο6,^σΤ7]λΛτενω. — II. 
to  break  or  mutilate  a  στήλ.η. 

Στηλ.οκόπης.  ου,  ό.  and  -κόπος,  ov, 
ό,  ( στήλαι,  κόπτω  )  α  tablet-picker, 
epith.  of  Polemo,  a  sort  of  Old  Mor- 
tality, who  used  to  go  about  copying 
the  inscriptions  on  public  monuments 
(στήλαι),  Ath.  234  D. 

Στη/ονργός,  όν,  v.  σταλονρ^ής.^ 

Στηλ.όω,  ώ,  to  set  up  as  a  στήλ.η, 
Anth.  P.  7,  394  :  to  make  a  pillar  of, 
LXX.  : — pass.,  to  be  set  up.  stand  firm, 
LXX. : — mid.,  στηλ.ονσθαί  τινι,  like 
στη?.οϋν  εαυτόν,  to  devote  one\  self  to 
another,  Eccl. 

Στήμα,  ατός,  τό,  (Ιστημι)=:σττ/μων 
II,  the  exterior  part  of  the  membrum  vi- 
rile. Poll.  2,  171. — li.  the  stamen  of  a 
flower. — in.  as  nautical  term,=<T-a- 
μίν. 

Στί]μνιος,  ov,  contr.  for  στημόνιος, 
dub. 

Στημονάριον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from 
στήμων. 


ΣΤΗ? 

Στημονητικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  ttf 
the  στήμων  or  warp,  τέχνη  στ.,  the 
art  of  spinning.  Plat.  Polit.  282  E. 

Στημονίας,  ου,  ό,^=στημόνιος :  in 
Cratin.  Incert.  96,  of  a  thin,  thread- 
like curl. 

Στημονίζομαι,  f.  -ίσομαι,  dep.  mid., 
to  stretch  the  warp  in  the  loom,  to  begin 
the  web,  Arist.  H.  A.  9,  39,  3. 

Στημονικός,  ή,  όν,=  στημονητικός, 
susp. 

Στημόνιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  στή- 
μων, Arist.  Pol.  2,  6,  14. 

Στ7ΐμόνιος,  ov,  of  οτ  like  the  threads 
of  the  warp. 

Στημονοφνής,  ές,  (στήμων,  φνή)  of 
the  same  kind  with  the  threads  of  the 
warp,  Plat.  Polit.  309  B. 

Στημονώδης,  ες,  (στήμων,  είδος) 
like  the  threads  of  the  warp,  of  a  torn 
edge.  Plut.  2,  9(56  E. 

Στημο^)βύγέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω.  {στήμων, 
βήγννμι)  to  undo  the  threads  of  the 
warp. — II.  intr.,  to  break  up  into  thread.•!, 
be  torn  to  shreds,  Aesch.  Pers.  836. 

Στϊ'ιμων,  όνος,  ό,  (ιστημι):  —  the 
warp  in  the  ancient  upright  loom  at 
which  the  weaver  stood  instead  of 
sittmg,  Hes.  Op.  536;  στήμονα  νεϊν, 
Ar.  Lys.  519;^the  woof  was  callpil 
κρόκη  (v.  sub  voc),  cf  Plat.  Polit. 
281  A,  etc. — II.  in  wicker-work,  the 
sticks  round  which  the  pliant  tivigs  are 
plaited. — III.  a  thread  as  spun,  Ar.  Lys. 
519. — 2.  στ.  εξεσμένος,  nickname,  of 
a  very  thin  person,  as  we  say,  'a 
thread-paper,'  Ar.  Fr.  684. 

Στήνια,  τά,  a  nightly  festival  in. 
which  the  return  of  Ceres  from  the 
nether  world  was  celebrated  by  women, 
with  mutual  abuse  and  low  language, 
Eubul.  Incert.  25  :  hence,  στηνιώσαι, 
to  be  scurrilous,  ap.  Hesych.  —  II.  α 
place  at  Athens,  Alciphr.  2,  3. 

Στηνίον,  ov,  τό.=^στήΟθΓ. 

Στηνιώσαι,  v.  Στήνια. 

Στήρ,  τό,  gen.  στητός,  contr.  for 
στέαρ  (q.  v.) ;  as  κήρ  for  κέαρ. 

Στήριγμα,  ατος,  τό,  (στηρίζω)  α 
support,  foundation,  γερός  στ.,  the  sup- 
port of  one's  hand,  Eur.  I.  A.  617. — 2. 
=  Lat.  furca,  Plut.  Coriol.  24.-3.  = 
στείρα,  στερέωμα. 

Στηριγμός,  ov,  ό,  (στηρίζω)  a  setting 
firmly,  propping,  supporting. — II.  pass., 
a  standing  still.  Plat.  2,  76  D  :  fixture, 
of  Steady  light,  as  opp.  to  flashing, 
Arist.  Mund.  4,23. 

Στήριγξ,  ιγγος,  ή,  a  support,  prop, 
stay,  Xen.  Eq.  1,5:  the  pole  of  a  car- 
riage, Lys.  ap.  Poll.  10,  157 :  also,  the 
fork  with  which  the  pole  was  propped, 
until  the  beasts  were  yoked  to  it,  lb., 
Lat. /urea. 

Στηρίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (ΣΤΑ-,  ιστημι): 
— to  set  fast,  make  fast,  prop,  fix,  set. 
Ίριδας  έν  νέόει  στήριζε,  he  set  rain- 
bows in  the  cloud,  II.  11,  28;  λίθον 
κατά  χθονός,  he  set  the  stone  fast  in 
the  ground,  Hes.  Th.  498  ;  ονρανω 
έστήριξε  κάρη.  she  lifts  up  her  head 
to  heaven,  II.  4,  443  :  metaph.,  to  con- 
firm, establish,  N.  T. 

B.  pass,  and  mid.,  to  be  firmly  set  or 
fixed,  to  stand  fast,  ονδέ  πόδεσσιν 
είχε  στηρίξασθαι.  i.  e.  he  could  not 
get  a  firm  footing,  11.  21,  242  ;  so,  ov- 
δαμή  έστήρικτο.  Hes.  Sc.  218  ;  δώμα- 
τα κίοσιν  προς  ovpavhv  ΐστήρικται, 
the  house  is  lifted  vp  to  heaven  on 
pillars,  Hes.  Th.  779,  cf  Eur.  Bacch. 
1073 ;  κακόν  κοκ-ω  έστήρικτο.  evil 
was  set  upon  evil,  II.  16.  Ill  ;  δεκοτος 
μεις  οίφανίΐι  έστήρικτο,  the  tenth 
month  «ίΐ.•;  set  in  heaven.  H.  Hom. 
Merc.  1 1  :  όπου  ποτέ  στηρίζει,  where 
soever  thou  art  lying  or  inrrying.  Sojh. 
Al.  195. — II.  the  act.  a'so  occurs  in 
U85 


ΣΤΙΒ 

same  signf.,  ονδέ  τττ?  είχον  στηρίξαι 
ποσίν  εμ-ΐδον,  Od.  12,  434  (like  στη- 
ρίξασθαι  in  11.  21,  242,  ν.  supra) ;  κνμα 
οϋμανω  στήριζαν,  a  wave  rising  tip  to 
heaven,  Eur  Hipp.  1207 ;  and  me- 
taph.,  κλέος  οίιρανώ  στήριζαν,  Elm.sl. 
Bacch.  970  ;  also,  προς  οϊψανον  εστή- 
ριξε  ψώς,  lb.  1081  :  —  of  diseases,  to 
βχ  or  settle  in  a  particular  part,  άπύτε 
εις  την  καρδίαν  στηρίξαι  (sc. ;/  νυσος), 
Thuc.  2,  49,  cf.  Foes.  Oec.  Hipp. 

^Στ7]σαγόρας,  Ion.  -ρης,  εω,  ό,  Ste- 
sa^oras,  an  Athenian,  father  of  Cimon, 
Hdt.  6,  33.  — 2.  son  of  Cimon,  Id.  6, 
39.-3.  a  Samian,  Thuc.  I,  116. 

iΣτήσavδpoς,  ov,  a,  Stesandrus,  a 
citharoedus  of  Samos,  Ath.  638  B. 

iΣτt|σr}ι■ωp,  ορός,  6,  Stesenor,  a 
tyrant  of  Curium,  Hdt.  5, 113. 

^Σ-ΐ]σικλείόης,  ov,  6,  Slesiclides, 
an  Athenian,  who  wrote  a  list  of  the 
Olympian  victors,  Diog.  L.  2,  56. 

\Στησίκ?ίίις,  έους,  ύ,  Stesicles,  an 
Athenian  naval  officer,  Xen.  Hell.  6, 
2,  10. 

iΣτησίλaoς,  ov,  a,  Ion.  Στησίλεως, 
Stesilaus,  son  of  Thrasylus,  a  com- 
mander of  the  Athenians  at  Mara- 
thon, Hdt.  6,  114.— 2.  another  Athe- 
nian, Plat.  Lach.  183  C. 

^Στησίμβροτος.ον,  ό,  Stesimhrotus, 
a  rhapsodus  of  the  island  Thasus, 
Plat.  Ion  530  C  ;  Plut.  Cim.  4.-2.  a 
historian,  Plut.  Pericl.  8. 

Στήσιος,  ov,  6,  (ίστημι):  —  Ζευς 
Στ.,  the  Rom.  Jupiter  Stutor,  Plut. 
Cicer.  16 ; — called  Έ-ιστάσως,  Id. 
Rom.  18. 

Στ?ισίχορος,  ov,  {'ίστημι,  χορός) : — 
exhibiting  or  leading  χοροί. — 11.  α  throw 
at  dice  which,  showed  eight  pips, — acc. 
to  Poll-,  from  the  eight-sided  nionu- 
ment  of  the  poet  at  Himera.  [I] 

^Στησίχορος,  ov,  o,  Stc^ichorus,  a 
Grecian  poet  of  Himera  in  Sicily,  a 
contemporary  of  Pythagoras,  Plat. 
Phaedr.  243  A. 

Στ/'/τη  or  στητά,  ή,  a  rare  Dor. 
word  for  vvr/j,  Anth.  P.  15,26;  cf. 
Lob.  Paral.  429.  (Some  suppose  the 
form  arose  from  the  words  διαστήτην 
ίρίσαντε,  H.  1,  6,  where  some  wrote 
separately  δια  στήτην  ίρίσαντε,  con- 
tending about  a  woman :  but,  more 
pro!).,  this  inlerpr.  arose  from  στητή, 
than  vice  versa.) 

Στητώδης.  ες,  {στήρ,  είδος)  contr. 
for  στίατωδης. 

Στήωσι,  Ερ.  3  plur.  subj.  aor.  2 
from  ϊστηιιι,  for  στώσι- 

ΣτΙ,  v.  sub  Σ. 

Στια,  ας,  ή,  like  τΐη/φος,  α  small 
stone,  pebble,  Schol.  Αρ.  Kh.  2,  1176: 
alsoffrioi'.• — different  from  i/'ia,  perh., 
only  in  dialect.  [/.•  later  writers,  ig- 
norant of  this,  wrote  στεία,  στεΐον.] 
Hence 

Στίύζα,  to  pelt  with  pebbles. 

Στΐ3ύδεύω.  (στίι^ύς)  to  vse  as  litter 
for  animals,  to  spread  as  litter,  Diusc. 

Στϊ3άδιον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  of  στιίάς, 
Plut.  Phllop.  4.  [a] 

Στΐ.3ύδοκοίτέϋ),  ώ,  f.  -ησο,{στί3ύς, 
κοίτη)  ίο  steep  on  litter  Or  bedding  of 
straw,  leaves,  etc.,  Polyb.  2,  17,  10.  " 

ΣτΙβύδοποιεομαι,  {στί,ίύς,  ηοιέυ) 
as  mid.,  to  make  one  a  bed  of  straw, 
leaves,  etc.,  Anst.  H.  A.  8,  30,  4;  9, 
7,  2. 

ΣτΙβάζυ.  f.  -άσω,  like  στιβενω, 
στι<3έω.  στεί3ω,  to  tread  upon. — II.  to 
follow  the  track,  track  out,  Aresas  ap. 
Slob.  Eel.  1,  p.  848,  854. 

Στΐ3άρός,  ά,  όν.  {στείβω) : — strict- 
ly, close  pressed  ;  and  so,  thick,  strong, 
si'iui,  sturdy,  frei].  in  Horn.,  and  Hes., 
both  of  men's  limbs,  ί^αος,  ανχήν, 
βραχίονες.  Π.  5,  400;  18,  415,  Od. 
1386 


ΣΤΙΓ 

18,  68  ;  and  of  weapons,  εγχος,  σά- 
κος, 11.  5,  746 ;  3.  3.35,  etc. :— of  a 
man,  Ar.  Thesm.  639  :— compar.  στι- 
βαρότερος, Od,  8,  187.— .4dv.  -ρώς, 
πί'κα  στιβαρώς  άραρνίαι  ττΐ'λαί,  gates 
close  shut,  11.  12,  454. 

ΣτΙόάς,  άδος,  ή,  {στείβω) : — α  bed 
of  straw,  rushes,  or  leaves,  whetlier 
strewed  loose  or  stuffed  into  a  ma- 
trass ;  hence,  a  matrass,  Hdt.  4,71; 
esp.,  one  used  by  soldiers,  Ar.  Pac. 
348,  Xen.  Hell.  7,  1,  16;  made  of 
rushes,  Ar.  Plut.  541  ;  of  yew  and 
myrtle-twigs.  Plat.  Rep.  372  Β ;  so, 
στειπτη  φνλλάς.  Soph.  Phil.  33. 

ΣτΙβεία,  ας,  ή,  (στιβενο))  a  tread- 
ing, walking. — Π.  α  going  on  the  track 
with  hounds. 

Στϊβενς,  έυς,  ό,  (στιβέω) : — one  who 
treads  or  walks: — esp.  a  fuller,  who 
cleans  clothes  by  treading  them  ;  cf. 
στείβω  I.  fin. — II.  one  who  tracks  out; 
στ.  κνων,  0pp.  C.  1,  462. 

ΣτΙβεντής,  ov,  δ.=στιβενς :  from 

Στιβενω, =sq.,  Plut.  2,  399  A,  966 
C.       ' 

Στιβέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  pf.  pass,  εστί- 
βημαι,  {^στείβω,  στίβος) : — to  trend, 
walk  upon. — If.  to  track,  πάν  εστίβη- 
Tul  ττέδον,  all  has  been  tracked  or 
searched,  Soph.  Aj.  874. 

Στίβη,  ης.  ή.  frozen  dew,  rime,  hoar- 
fro.1t,  esp.  in  the  morning,  Od.  5,  467  ; 
17,  25.  (From  στίίβω,  as  πάγος, 
παγετός,  πάχνη.  πη}ν?.ίς,  from  π?/- 
γννμι.)  [ι]     Hence 

Στίβήεις,  εσσα,  εν,  frosty,  rimy. 

Στίβι,  τό,  Lat.  $ΐώίΐΜΐ,=^στίμμι, 
q.  ν. 

ΣτΙβία,  ας,  ή,  poet,  for  στιβεία. 

Στίβ'ίύω,  ώ,  {στίβη)  to  freeze. 

ΣτΙβίζω,  f.  -ίαω,  to  stain  with  black 
paint  {στί3ί) : — mid.,  to  paint  one's 
eyelids  and  eyebrows  therewith, 
LXX. 

Στίβος,  ov,  6,  (στείβω) : — a  trodden 

way,  a  footpath,  H.  Horn.  Merc.  352, 

Hdt.   4,   140,    Soph  ,   and    Eur. ;  cf. 

δγμεύω. — II.  a  track,  footstep,  H.  Hom. 

Merc.  353  ;  κατά  στί3ον,  on  the  track 

or   trad,  Hdt.   4,    122 ;    5,    102,   and 

',  Trag. :  also,  στίβος  ποδών,  Aesch., 

i  and  Xen.:  cf.  Aesch.  Ag.  411. — JH. 

I  ^=στιβεία,  a  going,  gait,  as   Herm. 

takes  στίβον  κατ'  ανάγκην  in  Soph. 

Phil.  206 ;  and  the  word  is  so  used 

in  Crinag. 

Στίβω,  a  collat.  form  of  στείβω; 
οδοί  στιβόμεναί,  beaten  ways, — if  the 
reading  of  Schneid.  and  Dind.in  Xen. 
An.  1,  9,  13  be  right. 

ΣτΙγενς,  έως,  b,  {στίζω)  a  brander, 
Hdt.  7,  35. — 11.  the  branding  iron ; 
also  καντί/ριον,  and  in  Suid.  κεντή- 
pioi>. 

Στίγμα,  ατός.  τό,  (στίζω): — the  prick 
or  mark  of  a  pointed  instrument,  a  spot, 
mark  : — esp.,  a  mark  burnt  in,  a  brand, 
Hdt.  7,  233  ;  esp.,  of  a  runaway  slave, 
Plat.  (Com.)  Hyperb.  2  :  also,  gener- 
ally, a  mark,  spot,  as  on  the  dragon's 
skin.  Hes.  Sc.  106, — though  Herm. 
would  read  στιγμαί.     Hence 

Στιγμαΐος,  a,  αν,=  στιγμιαΙος,  q.  v. 

ΣτΓ/μάτηφορέω,  ώ,  to  bear  marks, 
esp.  brandmarks,  to  be  branded,  Luc. 
Dea  Syr.  59. 

Στιγμΰτηφόρος.  ov,  (στίγμα,  φέρω) 
bearing  marks,  esp.  brandmarks,  Po- 
lyaen. ;  cf  Lob.  Phryn.  082. 

Στιγματίας,  ov,  h,  flon.  -ίης^, 
(στί^,μα)  : — one  icho  bears  marks,  esp. 
I  brandmarks  ;  a  branded  culprit,  runa- 
[  tray  slave,  fAsius  1,  It,  Ar.  Lys.  331, 
j  Xen.  Hell.  5.3,  24;  στ.  οίκετης.  Lys. 
I  ap.  Ath.  612  C. — 2.  in  Comedy,  one 
!  whosL  property  is  marked  as  mortgaged, 
I  Cratin.  Incert.  140 ;  cf.  στίζω. — U.  a 


ΣΤΙΑ 

critic  who  lays  great  stress  on  punctua- 
tion ;  v.  στίζω  II. 

Στιγματίζω,  like  στίζω,  to  brand. 
Στιγμύτοφόρος,  ον,=^στιγματηφό- 
ρος,  Polyaen.  1 ,  24. 

Στιγμή,  f/ς,  ή,  (σ~ίζω)  : — α  prick, 
mark  made  by  a  pointed  instrument :  a 
mathematical  point ,  Lat.  punctum,  Ar- 
ist.  Top.  1,  18,8,  etc. :— metaph.  of 
any  thmg  very  small,  a  jot,  tittle,  εΐ 
γε  είχε  στιγμήν  ή  σκιάν  τούτων, 
Dem.  552,  7  : — of  time,  a  moment, 
στιγμή  χρόνον  ύ  βίος,  Plut.  2,  13  D. 
— II.  in  Grainm.,  στι^,μή  or  τε'Κεία 
στιγμή,  the  full  stop,  period  :  μέση  στ., 
the  colon:  νποστιγμή,  the  comma. — 2. 
=  όβε?.ός  HI.     Hence 

Στιγμιαίος,  a,  ov,  iio  bigger  than  a 
point,  Plut.  2,  1084  B:  of'time,  mo- 
mentary, lb.  117  E,  where  the  form 
CTr/>|UaiOf  is  found,  cf  Lob.  Phryn. 544. 

Στιγμός,  ov,  ό,  (στίζω)  a  pricking, 
poking,  striking,  Aesch.  Supp.  839. 

Στίγων,  ωνος,  δ,^στιγματίας,  Ar. 
Fr.  46. 

ΣΤΙ'ΖΩ,  f.  στίξω  :  pi.  pass,  εστιγ- 
μαι.  To  mark  uilh  a  pointed  instru- 
ment, to  prick,  Lat.  pvngere  :  hence,  to 
tattoo,  as  the  Thracians  used  to  do, 
among  whom  το  ίστίχθαι  ενγενές 
κέκριται,  Hdt.  5,  6.  cf  5,  35  :  also,  to 
burn  a  mark  in,  to  brand,  as  a  mark  Ot 
disgrace,  lb.  7,  35  ;  esp.  of  runaway 
s\a\es,  δραπέτης  έστίΛμένος.  Ar.  Αν. 
760 ;  so,  έσΓ.  αντομό'λος,  Aeschin. 
38.  26,  (cf.  στιγματίας)  :— also,  mere- 
ly for  the  purpose  of  marking  as  one's 
property,  as,  στίξαι  ιππον,  elsewh. 
έγκανσαι,  cf.  κοππατίας,  σαμφόρας  : 
but  στ.  ϊππον  also,  to  brand  the  figure 
of  a  horse  upon  a  person,  Plut.  Nic. 
29,  cf.  Pericl.  20  .—hence,  generally, 
to  murk,  στίζε IV χωρίον,  to  mark  a  piece 
of  land  as  mortgaged,  by  a  notice 
set  up  upon  it,  v.  Meineke  Menand. 
p.  277,  and  cf.  άστικτος : — rarely  c. 
dupl.  acc,  στίγματα  στίζειν  τινά,  to 
brand  one  with  a  mark,  Hdt.  7,  233  : 
— metaph.,  a  breeze  is  said  στίζειν 
εις  ά'λα,  Simon.  137. —  2.  to  make  spot- 
ted or  parti-coloured,  βακτηρία  στ., 
to  beat  black  and  blue,  Ar.  Vesp. 
1296: — pass.,  to  be  spotted,  Xen.  An. 
5,  4,  32. — II.  in  Gramm.,  to  put  a  full 
slop  or  period,  Lat.  interpungere,  Anth. 
P.  15,38;  cf.  στιγμή  111.  (The  true 
root  is  ΣΤΙΓ-,  which  appears  in  all 
the  derivs  ,  and  in  Lat.  instigo  and 
distinguo,  etc.)     Hence 

Στικτέος,  a,  ov,  verb,  adj.,  that 
ought  to  be  pricked,  branded,  etc. — II. 
to  he  punctuated,  Gramm. 

Στικτόπονς,  ovv,  (στικτός,  πους) 
with  spotted  feet,  0pp.  C.  1,  307. 

Στικτός,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from  στί- 
ζω, pricked,  branded  ; — in  gen.  marked, 
spotted,  dappled,  esp.  of  deer.  Soph. 
Phil.  184,  Eur.  Bacch.  Ill,  835  .—fa- 
riegated,  πτέρνξ,  Aesch.  Fr.  291. — Π. 
punctuated,  Grainm. 

Στίκτόχροος,ον,  coniT. -χρονς,  ovv, 
(στικτός,  χρόα)  with  spotted  skin, 
Anth. 

Στίλβη,  ης,  ή,  (στί?.βω)  the  sheen  οί 
a  bright  or  polished  surface. — 2.  a 
mirror. — If.  a  lamp,  •\r.  Fr.  470.  Plat. 
(Com.)  Incert.  15  ;  cf  πότης.     Hence 

Στι'λβηδάν,  adv.,  shining,  glittering. 

Στιλβηδών,  όνος,  ή,^  πτί'λβη  I, 
polish,  στ.  λαβείν,  Theophr. 

ίΣτιλβίδι/ς,  ov.  ή.  Stilbides,  a  cel 
ebiated  seer  in  Athens,  Ar.  Pac.  1031. 

Στιλβοποιέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (στιλβός 
ποιέω)  to  make  to  shine,  Diosc. 

Στί'λβός,  ή,  όν,-^ στιλπνός,  LXX. 
Hence 

Στΰβότης.  ητος,  ή,=  στι?^πνότης, 
Plut.  Alex.  57. 


ΣΤΙΠ 

'Στίλθόω,  ώ,  {στι?.βός)=στι/.ττνόύ, 
LXX. 

ΣΤΓΛΒΩ,  f.  -fu,  to  glitter,  glisten, 
of  polished  or  bright  surfaces,  έ?.αίω, 
11.  18,  59G ;  metaph.,  κά/./.fi.  χάρι- 
σιν  στ.,  11.  3,  392,  Od.  6,  237  ;  ακτί- 
νες στί'/.3ον(ην  ά~ό  τίνος,  beam  from 
him,  Η.  Horn.  31,  11  ;  στ.  άττλοις,  Id. 
Andr.  1146;  στ.  νώτον  τΐτερυγοιν 
χρυσαΐν,  Ar.  Αν.  697  :  absol.,  of  sleek 
horses,  Eur.  Rhes.  618  :  c.  ace.  cog- 
nato,  στ.  άστρα— άς,  to  flash  lightning, 
Eur.  Or.  180 :— of  the  fixed  stars,  to 
twinkle,  Arist.  An.  Post.  1,  13,  2.-2. 
metaph.,  to  shine,  be  bright,  Eur.  Hipp. 
195. 

Στβ,βωμα,  ατός,  τό,  (στίλ,θόω)  any 
thing  made  to  shine. — JI.=  στί?.β(ι)τρον, 
Diosc. 

Στί/.3ων,  οντος,  6,  the  planet  Mer- 
cury, .\rist.  Mund.  2,  9  ;  cf  Cic.  Nat. 
D.  2,  20.— II.  among  the  Sybarites,  a 
dwarf. 

■^Στίλβωνίδης,  ov,  6,  son  of  Stilbo, 
Ar.  Av.  139. 

Στί/.βωσις,  εως,  ?'/,  (στΰ.βόω)  a 
making  to  shine,  polishing,  LXX. 

ΣτιΆβοιΤίίς,  oD,  6,  a  polisher. 

Στί/.βωτρον,  ου,  τό,  an  instrument 
for  polishing ,  Diosc. 

Στί/.η,  ης,  ή,  a  drop,  Lat.  stilla: 
metaph.,  like  στιγμή,  a  little  bit,  a  mo- 
ment, Ar.  Vesp.  213.  [t] 

Στΰ.-νός,  ή,  όν,  glittering,  glisten- 
ing, ίΐρσαι,  II.  11,  351,  cf.  Luc.  Gym- 
nas.  29,  Imag.  9. 

Στί7,•^νότης,  ητος,  ή,^στιλβότης, 
Clem.  ΑΙ. 

Στιλττνόω,  ώ,  to  make  to  shine,  pol- 
ish, Arr.  Epict.  2,  8. 

Στί/.—ων,  ό,=^σ~ί'λ3ων  Π. 

^Στί'/,—ων,  ωνος,  ό,  Stilpo,  a  cele- 
brated philosopher  of  Megara,  Ath. 
422  D  :  Diog.  L. 

Στίλφις,  εως,  η,  (στίλβω)  a  shin- 
ing, glittering. 

Στίαμι,  τό,  Lat.  stimmi  or  stibium, 
a  sulphuret  nf  antimony,  whence  a  dark 
pigment  was  made,  with  which  wo- 
men, esp.  in  the  East,  stained  their 
eyelids,  so  as  to  add  to  the  beauty  of 
the  eyes,  Diosc.  :  also,  στίμμις  or 
στϊμις,  ή,  ace.  στίμιν,  Atitiph.  Pa- 
roem.  2 ;  and,  στίβι,  τό. — It  is  still 
used  in  Asia  under  the  names  cohel, 
surmeh. 

Στιμμίζω,  to  tinge  the  eyelids  black 
with  στίμμι : — mid.  στιμμίζομαι,  to 
tinge  one"s  eyelids  with  black,  Galen. 

Στίμμις,  η,  v.  στίμμι. 

Στιμμισμα,  ατός,  τό,  the  black  pig- 
ment prepared  from  στίμμι. 

*Στίζ,  η,  a  word  only  used  in  gen. 
sing,  στιχόζ,  II.  16,  173  ;  20,  362,  and 
in  nom.  and  ace.  plur.  στίχες,  στίχος 
(the  other  cases  being  taken  for  στί- 
χος, which,  in  all  cases,  is  the  com- 
monest form  in  prose) : — a  row,  line, 
rank  οτ file,  esp.  of  soldiers,  usu.  in 
pi.,  στιχες  ανδρών,  11.  ;  άσττιστάων, 
II.  16,  173;  so  Hes.  Sc.  170:— mostly 
of  foot,  but  also,  στ.  ηρώων  τε  και 
l~77(jv,  II.  20,  326  ;  κατά  στίχας,  in 
ranks  or  lines,  II.  3,  326  :  έ~ϊ  στίχας, 
II.  18,  602:  also  in  .\tt.  poets,  στίχες 
-πολεμίων,  λαών,  Eur.  Heracl.  676, 
Ar.  Eq.  163,  cf  Aesch.  Theb.  925  :— 
rare  in  sing.,  battle-array,  στίχος  εΙμι 
διαμ-ερές,  II.  20,  362  : — metaph., 
άνεμων  στίχες,  Pind.  P.  4,  373  ;  έ-ε- 
ων  στιχες.  verses,  lays,  Pind.  P.  4, 
100. — Cf.  στίχος,  as  also  στοίχος  and 
στόχος.     (For  the  root,  v.  στείχω.) 

Στί:ις,  ή,  (στίζω)  a  marking  with  a 
pointed  instrument,  pricking,  branding, 
etc. — II.  puttctuation. 

Στϊον,  τό.^=στία,  q.  v.,  Hipp. 

Στιπτός,  ή,  όν,  (not  στειπτός,  Dind. 


ΣΤΙΧ 

Soph.  Phil.  33, — for  it  is  formed  from 
the  root  ΣΤΙΒ-) :— strictly,  trodden 
down :  hence,  pressed  closely,  close, 
firm,  solid.  Lat.  stipatus  :  στηττη  φνλ- 
/.άς,=  στι3άς.  Soph.  Phil.  33: — but, 
άνθρακες  στιτζτοί,  a  kind  of  hard  coal 
or  charcoal,  Theophr.  de  Ign.  37  ;  from 
which  the  Acharnians,  as  colliers, 
are  called  στιτττοί,  Ar.  Ach.  180, — 
unless  here  it  be  better  taken  in  the 
signf.  of  στίφρός,  στρυφνός  (being 
joined  with  τϊρίνινοι,  σφενδύμνινοι), 
sturdy,  tough. 

ίΣτίρις,  εως  and  ιδος,  Tj,  Stiris,  a 
city  of  Phocis,  Paus.  10,  3,  2. 

ΪΣτιούνη,  ης,  ή,  Stiphane,  a  large 
lake  in  Pontus,  Slrab.  p.  560. 

Στίφος,  εος,  τό,  {στείβω) : — any 
thing  pressed  firm,  compact,  esp.  a  body 
of  men  in  close  array,  Hdt.  9,  57,  Aesch. 
Pers.  20  ;  νεών  στΙ<ρος,  the  close  ar- 
ray of  the  ships,  lb.  366 ;  στίφος  ττοι- 
ήσασθαι,  to  form  a  close  column,  Hdt. 
9,  70 ;  cf  Ar.  Eq.  852,  Thuc.  8,  92, 
Xen.  Cyr.  1,  4,  19,  etc.  [I  only  in 
Gramm.,  unless  by  error  ol  accent  in 
Edd.] 

Στιφράω,^στιφρόω,  dub. 

Στιφρός,  ά,  όν,  (στεί3ω) : — pressed 
close :  hence,  close,  compact,  solid, stout, 
strong,  Ar.  Fr.  190,  Xen.  Cyn.  4,  1  ;  5, 
30,  etc. ;  opp.  to  μαδαρός,  of  flesh, 
Arist.  H.  A.  4,  6,  9;  to  υγρός.  Id. 
Gen.  An.  2,  2,  5  ;  στ.  και  στερεόν,  lb. 
3,  3,  3  '.—στρυφνός  is  a  freq.  v.  1. 
(Strictly  the  same  as  στιβαρός:  hence 
στνφε'/.ος,  στνφνός,  στυφρός,  στρυ- 
φνός, στριΦνός,  Ruhnk.  Tim.)  Hence 

Στιφρότης,  ητος,  ή,  solidity,  stout- 
ness, Timocl.  Marath.  1,  3. 

Στιφρόω.  ώ,  to  make  firm,  solid. 

ΣτΙχάοιδός,  ov,  ό,  {στίχος,  άείδω) 
one  who  sings  verses,  a  poet,  Anth. 
Plan.  316. 

ΣτΙχύριον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  στί- 
χος, [α] 

Στιχάς,  άδος,  ή,  poet,  for  στίχος. 

ΣτΙχύω,  {στειχω,  στίχες,  στίχος) : 
— to  set  in  rows  or  ranks  :  usu.  in  mid. 
στιχάομαι,  to  march  in  rows,  ranks, 
esp.  of  soldiers,  freq.  in  II.,  where 
however  we  find  only  Ep.  3  pl.impf. 
εστιχόωντο,  II.  2,  92,  etc. ;  also  of 
ships  in  line  or  squadron,  II.  2,  516, 
602.  etc. 

Στίχες,  at,  v.  sub  *στίξ :  στίχΐ],  ή, 
^στίχος,  dub. 

ΣτΙχηδόν,  (στίχος)  adv.,  by  rows 
or  lines,  Hdn.  4,  9. 

Στίχήρης.  ες,  and  -ρός,  ύ,  όν,  in 
rows  or  ranks  :  esp.  in  verse. 

Στιγίδιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  στί- 
χος. Plut.  2,  60  A,  668  A.  [Z] 

Στϊχίζω,  (στίχος)  to  bring  into  rows, 
to  arrange,  dub.  in  LXX. 

Στίχΐνος,  η,  ov,  (στίχος)  of  lines  or 
verses  :  στ.  θάνατος,  of  one  uho  was 
rhymed  t-o  death,  Anth.  P.  11,  135. 

^Στιχίος,  ov,  0,  Slichius.  a  leader 
of  the  Athenians  before  Troy,  II.  13, 
195. 

Στϊχιστ7/ς,  οϋ,  ό,  a  miter  of  verse. 

Στΐχογράφος,  ov,  (στίχος,  γράφω) 
ivriting  verse,  Anth.    P.  appeua.  321. 

Στϊχομνθεω,  ώ,  to  answer  one  an- 
other line  by  line.     Hence  | 

ΣτΙχομνβία,  ας,  ή,  a  conversation  in 
alternate  lines.  [ 

Στΐχο~οιΐα.  ας,  ή,  verse-making, 
versification,  Plut.  2,  45  Β :  from 

Σ7ί;);ο77θίί)ζ•,    όν,   (στίχος,    ηοιεω)  I 
making  verses  :  ό  στ.,  a  verse-maker. 

Στίχος,   ov,  ύ,  (στείχω) : — a  row, 
order,  line,  of  persons  and  things,  a 
rank  of  soldiers,  Aesch.   Pers.  366,  1 
Xen.,  etc. :  a  row  of  trees,  etc.,  Xen.  | 
Oec.  4,  21 :  also  of  numbers,  Plat.  1 


ΣΤΟΑ 
Phaed.   104  B. — II.  a  line  of  writing, 
line  in  a  book,  esp.  in  poems,  α  verse, 
Ar.  Ran.  1239,  Plat.  Legg.  958  E.— 
Cf  *σ-ίξ,  στόχος,  στοίχος,  [i] 

Στίχος,  Τ7/ς,\.  *στίξ. 

Στΐχουργέω,  ώ,  (στιχουργός)  to 
make  verses  ;  hence 

ΣτΙχοί'ργημα,  ατός,  τό,  α  verse, 

Στΐχονργία,  ας,  ή,  versification  . 
from 

Στιχουργός,  όν,  (στίχος,  *ίργω) 
versifying. 

Στϊχωόός,  ύ,  contr.  for  στιχαοιδός, 
Menaechmrap.  Schol.  Pind.  Ν.  2,  1. . 

Στϊώόης,  ες,  (στϊον,  είδος)  stony, 
hard,  Lat.  scruposus,  Galen. 

Στ/.εγγ ίδιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from 
στλε}'}  if,  Ath.  605  B. 

Στλεγγίδο/.ήκϋθος,  ό,  like  ξυστρο- 
/.ήκυθος,  the  servant  who  carried  his 
master's  στ/.εγγίς  and  λήκυθος  to  and 
from  the  bath. 

Στ?.εγγιδθ77θΐός,  όν,  (ποιέω)  mak- 
ing στλεγγίδες,  Strab. 

Στ/^εγγίζω,  to  scrape  or  dress  with 
the  στ/^εγγίς  at  the  bath  or  palaes- 
tra : — cf.  άττοστλ-. 

Στλεγγίον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  sq. 

Στλεγγίς,  ίδος,  {/,  (rarely  στε/.γίς, 
στελεγγίς) : — a  sort  of  scraper.  Lat. 
strigil,  to  remove  the  oil  and  dirt 
(γ/ΜΪος)  from  the  skin  in  the  bath  or 
after  the  e.xercises  of  the  Palaestra, 
Hipp.,  Plat.  Hipp.  .Min.  308  C,  etc  ; 
cf  Diet.  Antiqq.  p.  150: — proverb,  ol 
poverty,  οϋδ'  εστίν  αιτώ  στλεγ-)ΐς 
ουδέ  λήκυθος,  Ar.  Fr.  14,  cf  Cic.  Fin. 
4, 12,  Plut.  2,  .59  F  :— at  Sparta  reeds 
were  used,  elsevvh.  it  was  of  metal, 
Plut.  2,  239  Α.— II.  a  sort  of  tiara  of 
this  material,  at  Sparta.  Sosib.  ap. 
Ath.  671  B:  hence  of  gold,  of  the 
same  shape,  Ath.  128  D;  proposed 
as  a  prize,  Xen.  An.  1,  2,  10  ;  also  by 
the  θεωροί  sent  to  an  oracle  or  a  sol 
emn  festival,  v.  Foes.  Oecon.  Hipp.— 
III.  in  Ar.  Thesm.  556,  the  women 
are  said  to  draw  wine  with  στλί)•}  ('- 
δες. 

Στλέγγισμα.  ατός.  τό,  (στ/.εγγίζω) 
like  γ'/.οίος,  the  oil  and  dirt  scraped  οβ 
by  the  στλεγγίς,  Lat.  strigmentum. 
Lye.  874  ;  ubi  legitur  στέλγισμα. 

Στλέγγιστρον,  ov,  τό,=  στλεγ-\ίς. 

Στ?.ε-)'γ'θτ:οιός,όν,=^στ/.εγγιδο-οι- 
ός:  from 

Στλεγγος,  τό,  rare  collat.  form  ol 
στλεγγις. 

Στοά,  άς,  ή.  or  στοιύ,  Elmsl.  Eur. 
Heracl.  431,  Ar.  Ach.  548  (Ισττ/μι)•. 
a  place  eticlosed  by  pillars,  a  colonnade, 
piazza,  arcade,  cloister,  Lat.  porliciis, 
Hdt.  3.  52,  Xen.,  etc. :  they  were  usu. 
attached  to  a  temple,  etc.,  but  also 
were  separate  buildings,  used  as 
places  of  resort  in  the  heat  of  the 
day,  cf  Diet.  Antiqq.— II.  at  Athens 
this  name  was  given  to  various  pub- 
lic buildings,  prob.  of  a  long  shape, 
supported  by  pillars:  as,— 1.  a  .store- 
house, magazine,  warehouse,  esp.  for 
corn,  Ar.  Ach.  548;  also,  στοιά  «λ- 
φιτόπωλις.  Id.  Eccl.  690 ;  cf  lb.  14. 
— 2. 7/  βασ'ά.ειος  (or  ή  τον  βασΰέως) 
στοά,  the  court  where  the  άρχων 
βασιλεύς  sat,  Ar.  Eccl.  684,  Plat. 
Theaet.  210  D,  cf  Paus.  1,  3,  1  ;  14, 
6. — 3.  the  Pocciie,  Andoc.  11.  37,  cf. 
sub  τνηικί/.ος : — as  Zeno  of  Cilium 
and  his  successors  taught  in  this  pi- 
azza, this  school  of  philosophers  was 
called  oi  Ik  τής  στοάς  or  Στωικοί, 
and,  as  a  nickname,  Στόΰκες,  Her 
meas  ap.  Ath.  563  C. — III.  a  roof  oi 
shed  to  protect  besiegers,  like  Lat. 
vinea,  testiido,  Polyb.  1,  48,  2:  cf 
στωά. 

Στόαξ,  άκος,  ό,  v.  foreg  ,  II,  3. 
1387 


^ 


ΣΤΟΙ 

Σ?ο3ύζω,  like  στοβέω,  to  scold, 
abuse.  Hcsych. 

ίΣιΤΐ)3αϊ(ΐζ,  ov,  6,  Siobaeus,  a  late 
Greek  writer  or  compiler. 

^τόβασμα,  ατυς,  τό,  a  scolding. 

Στο•3ί:ω,  ώ,  ίο  scold,  Ε.  Μ. 

tSriiJoi,  ov,  οι,  Sioii,  a  city  of 
Macedonia,  Strab.  p.  389. 

Σ-ό:ίος,  ov,  a,  scoldtn^  (hom  στόμ- 
φος).—  Ι1.=:φ'λναρία,  bragging,  vaunt- 
ing. Lye. 

Στοιύ,  η,  V.  sub  στοά. 

Στοΐι-ίύζω,  ί.  -άσυ,  {στοιβη)  to  ■pile 
or  heap  up,  pack  together.  Luc.  Catapl. 
5  ;  cf.  διαστοίίίάζω.     Hence 

Στοΐ'3άσία,  ας,  ή,  a  stuffing,  heaping 
up. 

Στοίβάσιμος,  ov,  heaped  up  or  to- 
gether. 

Στοιβασαός,  οΰ,  6,  a  heaping  up, 
Nicet. 

Στοιβαστής,  ov,  ό,  one  who  heaps 
up. 

Στοι3έω,=  στο3έω,  dub. 

Στοιβή,  (not  στοίβη,  Arcad.  104, 
14,)  7/c,  ?'/,  [στείβω)  : — a  stuffing,  filling 
up ;  or  that  which  is  used  for  stuffing, 
etc. :  hence, — 1.  a  shrubbi/  plant, 
φέυς,  'I'heoplir.  ;  the  leaves  of  which 
were  used  to  stuli"  cushions,  etc.,  and 
to  make  brooms  ;  hence, — 2.  στοίβής 
ττυβμήν,  a  broom-ena.  Hippun.  8. — 3. 
a  cushion,  pad,  etc.,  Arist.   Part.   An. 

2,  9,  C. — II.  nietaph..  any  thing  stuffed 
in,  an  expletite.  At.  Ran.  1179.    Hence 

Στι:/.•ί(ΐεΐ(^ί/ς, ές,{εϊόοΓι  loose, porous. 

Στοΐι^ιον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  liom  στοά, 
Strab.  [ij 

Στοίχάόικός.  ή,  όν,  prepared  from 
the  plant  στοιχάς,  στ.  οίνος,  ύξος,  etc., 
Diosc. 

Στοιχάδίτης,  ov,  ό,  (em.  -ϊτις,  ιδος, 
=  toreg.,  Diosc. 

Στοιχάμιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  στοί- 
χος, [a] 

Στοιχάς,  άδος,  6,  ?/,  (στοίχος) : — ly- 
ing ί>ι  rows  or  lines:  hence, — 1.  ai 
Στοιχάδες  (sc.  νήσοι),  a  row  of  islands 
Otf  Marseilles,  now  les  Isles  d'  Hi'eres, 
Ap.  Kh,  t4,  554;  Strab.  p.  184t;  cf 
'Κυκλάδες,  Σποΐ)άδες.- — 2.  έ'/.άαι  στοι- 
χύδες,  olive-trees  in  rows,  which  were 
not  sacred,  like  the  μόριαι,  Solon  ap. 
Poll.  5,  30. — II.  στοιχάς,  ή,  an  aro- 
matic plant,  Lavandula  sloechas,  Diosc. 

3,  31  ;    sometimes   wrongly  written 
στιχύς. 

Στοιχειακός,  ή,  όν,^=στοιχειώδης : 
in  the  manner  or  order  of  letters,  literal, 
alphabetic.     Adv.  -κώς. 

Στοιχειαταί.  οι,  a  name  given  to 
the  grammarians  who  invented  the  anas- 
troplte  of  the  accent,  Gottl.  'I'heodos. 
p.  208. 

ΣτοιχεΙον,ου.  τό,  strictly  dim.  from 
στοίχος,  a  small  upright  rod  or  post : 
esp.,  the  gnomon  of  the  snn-dial,  or  the 
shadow  thrown  by  it,  δεκάπουν  στοι- 
χείον  (which  was  supper-time),  Ar. 
Keel.  052. — II.  a  first  beginning,  first 
principle  or  element :  esp., —  1.  a  simple 
sound  of  the  voice,  as  the  first  ele- 
ment of  language.  Plat.  Crat.  424  ϋ, 
426  ϋ,  Theaet.  202  Ε,  etc. ;  στοιχείόν 
έστι  όυντ/  αδιαίρετος,  Arist.  Poet.  20, 
2  ;— στοιχεία  therefore,  strictly,  were 
diflerent  from  written  letters  (γράμμα- 
τα), as  accurate  Latin  writers  (e.  g. 
Priscian)  distinguished  between  ete- 
menta  or  elementa  litterarum  and  litte- 
rae : — κατά  στοιχείον,  in  the  order  of 
the  letters,  alphabetically,  Anlh. — 2.  ra 
στοιχεία,  the  first  and  simplest  compo- 
lunt  parts  ;  hence,  in  physics,  the  pri- 
mary matter,  elements,  lirst  reduced  to 
four  by  Einpedocles,  who  called  them 
Ριζώματα,  v.  Sturz  Emped.  p.  255 
eqq.;  στοιχεία  being  tirst  used  by 


ΣΤΟΑ 

Plat.,  Tim.  48  B,  cf.  Bentl.  Phal.  p. 
523  ;  στυιχεία  are  often  interchanged 
Willi  άμχαί.  the  formal  causes  of  cre- 
ated things,  Sturz  ubi  supra  :  άτνο  τών 
στ.,  from  the  first  elements,  Xen.  Mem. 
2,  1,  1. — 3.  the  elements  of  knowledge 
and  the  sciences  ;  ill  geometry,  points, 
lines,  surfaces;  in  logic, =^r07rot  τών 
ένθνμψάτων,  Arist.  Rhet.  2,  22,  13. 
— III.  in  Alexandr.  writers,  α  shape, 
figure;  esp.,  α  sign  of  the  jiodiac. 
Hence 

Στοιχειόω,  ώ,  to  teach  the  elements 
(στοιχεία),  Chrysipp.  ap.  Plut.  2, 
103C'a. 

Στοιχειώδης,  ες,  elementary. 

Στοιχείωμα.  ατός,  τό,  (στοιχειόο) 
an  element,  principle,  Diog.  L. — 11.  IT 
astrology,  στοιχειώματα  were  the 
signs  of  the  Zodiac.     Hence 

Στοιχειωμΰτικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging 
to  a  στοιχείωμα.  elementary. — II.  later, 
στοιχεΐί.>ματικοι,  persons  who  cast  na- 
tivities, eic,  from  the  signs  of  the  Zo- 
diac (στοιχειώματα). 

Στοιχειυσις,  εως,  ij.  (στοιχείου) 
elementary  instruction,  LXX. 

Στοιχειωτής,  οϋ,  ό,  (στοιχειόω)  a 
teacher  of  elements,  esp.  as  an  epith.  of 
Euclid.     Hence 

Στοιγειωτικός,  ή,  όν,  elementary. 

Στοιχέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω  (στοίχος) : — to 
stand  or  go  in  a  line  or  row,  μη  ίγκα- 
τα?αττεΐΐ'  τοι>  τταραστάτην,  ώ  στοι- 
χοίη,  not  to  desert  him  by  whose  side 
he  ought  to  stand  in  battle, — from  the 
oath  of  .\thenian  citizens,  ap.  Stob. 
p.  243,  21  : — hence,  to  go  in  battle-or- 
der, Xen.  Cyr.  β,  3,  34,  Hipparch.  5, 
7  :  tn  dance  in  rows  or  set  order,  Jac. 
Philostr.  Imag.  p.  647  :  κατά  τυ  στοι- 
χούν, in  sequence,  Arist.  Iriterpr.  10, 
3.— II.  στ.,  c.  dat.,  to  walk  by  a  rule, 
etc.,  .'iubmit  to,  Polyb,  28,  5,  6,  Dion. 
H. :  also,  στοιχείν  μια  γνναικι,  to  be 
satisfied  with  one  wife,  Heinst.  Schol. 
Plut.  773. 

Στοιχηγορέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (στοίχος, 
άγυρεί'ί,ι)  to  tell  in  regular  order,  Aesch. 
Pers.  430. 

Στοιχ7ΐόίς,  adv.=  sq.,  A.  B.  in  in- 
dice,  s.  V.  αιφνηδίς. 

Στοιχΐ]δόν,  adv.,  (στοίχος)  in  a  row, 
in  order.  Or  one  after  another,  Alist. 
Gen.  An.  4,  4,  6. 

Στοίχημα,  ατός,  τό,  (στοιχέω)  a 
contract,  pledge,  very  late. 

Στοιχίζω,  f.  -ίσω  (στοίχος) : — to  set 
in  a  row,  set  out,  arrange,  Aesch.  Pr. 
484  :  esp.,  to  set  a  row  of  poles  with 
nets  to  drive  the  game  into,  Xen.  Cyn. 
G,  8  ;  cf.  ττεριστοιχίζω  :  mid.,  στοιχί- 
ζομαι,=  στοιχηγορέω.     Hence 

Στοιχισμύς,  οϋ,  ό,  α  surrounding 
with  hunting  nets. 

Στοιχομνθέω,  ω,  f.  -ήσω,  (μϋθος)=^ 
στοιχηγορέω. 

Στοίχος,  ον,  6,  (στείχω)  '. — α  row, 
στοίχοι  τών  αναβαβμών,  rows  of 
steps,  Hdt.  2,  125  :  esp.  of  persons 
standing:  one  behind  another,  as  in 
a  procession,  επΙ  στοίχον,  all  in  a  roiv, 
Ar.  Eccl.  756  ;  κατά  στοίχον,  Thuc. 
2,  102:— of  soldiers,  a  file,  Thuc.  4, 
47. — II.  a  line  of  poles  with  hunting 
iiets  into  which  the  game  was  driven, 
Xen.  Cyn.  6,  10,  and  21.  (Orig.  the 
same  word  as  στίχος,  στόχος.)  Hence 

Στοιχώδης,  ες,  (είδος)  like  rows,  in 
rows,  κριθή  στ.,  barley  which  has  its 
grains  one  directly  under  another,  The- 
ophr. 

Στολύρχης,  ov,  6,  =^  στόλαρχος, 
Anth.  P.  append  204. 

ΣτοΑαρχία,  ας,  ή,  the  office  or  rank 
of  στο'λαμχος,  Nicet. 

Στολαρχος,  6,  (στόλος,  άρχω)  the 
cominander  of  a  fleet. 


ΣΤΟΛ 

Στολύς,  ύδος,  ή.  (στΐλ7.ω) : — going 
in  a  body,  like  a  στόλος  or  army,  of 
cranes,  in  Eur.  Hel.  1480  (ubi  Aid. 
στοχάδες). — 11.  as  subst. ,  a  horseman  s 
cloak,  V.  1.  for  σπολάς  in  Xen.  An.  3, 
3,  20;  4,  1,  18. 

Στολτ},  ης,  ή,  (στέλλω): — equip- 
ment, fitting  out,  στρατού,  Aesch. 
Supp.  764. — 11.  esp.,  equipment  in 
clotlies.  clothing,  dress,  στολών  ίπτταδα 
εσταλμένοι,  Hdt.  1,  80  ;  στ.  Σκνΰικ'η, 
Id.  4,  78,  and  olt.  so  in  Trag.,  etc. : 
cf.  'Ύ/λλην  11 :  esp.  of  soldiers,  Xen. 
Cyr.  3,  3,  42. — 2.  α  piece  of  dress,  a 
garment,  robe,  Lat.  stolu.  Soph.  (J.  C. 
1357,  1597  and  Eur.  ;  στολϊι  β?/ρύς, 
the  lion's  skm  which  Hercules  wore, 
Eur.  H.  F.  465. — Later  writers  olt. 
join  στολή  και  σχήμα,  Jac.  Philostr. 
Imag.  390. 

Στολίδιον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  στο- 
7Λς,  στολή.  \l\ 

Στο'/Ιδυω,  ώ,  (στολίς)  to  fold  (a 
robe)  so  as  to  put  it  on  : — mid.,  to  put 
on  one's  self  dress  in,  νεβρίδα,  Kut. 
Phoen.  1754,  cf.  1.  A.  255. 

Στυ7.1δώδης,  ις,  (στολίς  II,  ύδος) 
in  folds,  folded,  Hipp. 

Στολίδωμα,  ατός,  τό,  (στολιδόω) 
a  fold,  πέπλου,  Anth.  P.  5,  104.  [t] 

Στολϊδωτός,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  troin 
στολιδόω,  put  o?!.— II.  folded,  στολι- 
δωτϋς  χιτών,  a  long  tunic  hanging  in 
many  folds,  such  as  we  see  in  many 
ancient  statues,  Xen.  Cyr.  G,  4,  2; 
cf.  Poll.  7,  54,  and  στολίς  II. 

Στολίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {στο?Λς) : — like 
στέλλω,  to  make  ready,  put  in  trim, 
στολ.ίσας  νηός  πτερά,  drawing  in  the 
sail,  Hes.  Op.  626 :  to  equip,  dress, 
τινά,  Anacreont.  15,  29,  Plut.  2,  366 
F: — pass.,  έστολισμένος  δορί,  armed 
with  spear,  Eur.  Supp.  659 ;  νήες 
σημείοις  έστο'λισμέναι,  Id.  I.  A.  255. 

Στόλων,  υν,  τό,  dim.  from  στολή 
II,  a  small  or  scanty  garment,  esp.  of 
the  dress  of  philosophers,  Anth.  P. 
11,  157. 

Στολύς,  ίδος,  ή,^=στο7.ή  II,  α  gar- 
ment, robe,  Eur.  Phoen.  1491  ;  νεβρών 
σταλίδες,  i.  e.  fawn-skins  worn  as 
garments.  Id.  Hel.  1359. — II.  in  plur., 
folds  in  a  garment,  στολιδες  ανδριάν- 
των, Arist.  Audib.  35  ;  cf.  στυλιδω- 
τός : — hence,  in  Plut.  2.  64  A,  prob. 
of  a  folded  or  knitted  brow. —  111.  νηών 
στολίδες,  sails,  Anth.  P.  10,  6: — but 
στο7ΰςάκρα^^άκροστολιον,ΈιτΆ\.ο^\.\\.. 
Catast.  35. 

Στό/.ισμα,  ατός,  τό,  (στολίζω)  an 
equipment,  dress  :  a  garment,  mantle, 
Eur.  Hec.  1156. 

Στο7.ισμός,  ov,  L•,  an  equipping, 
clothing  :  dress. 

Στο7Λστήριον,  ου,  τό,  a  place  where 
the  priests  attired  themselves  or  the 
statues  of  the  gods,  a  vestry.  Plut.  2, 
359  A,  cf.  Wytt.  352  B. 

Στο7.ιστής,  ov,  ύ,  one  who  equips  or 
clothes,  Plut.  2,  366  E. 

Στο7.μός,  ov,  ό,  (στέλλω)=^ στολή, 
Eur.  Supp.  1055. — ΙΙ.=  σ-ο//^  II,  α 
fold,  στολμοί  πέπλων,  folded  robes, 
Aesch.  Supp.  715,  Cho.  29  ;  and  in 
sing.,  Eur.  Ale.  215,  Andr.  148. 

Στο/.οδρομέω,  ώ,  [στόλος,  δρόμος) 
to  go  in  a  fleet. 

Στό/.ος,  ov,  0,  (στέλλω)  equipment, 
esp.  for  warlike  purposes,  an  expedi- 
tion by  land  or  sea,  olt.  in  Hdt.  ;  στ. 
κατ'  ήπειρον.  κατά  θάλασσαν,  Hdt. 
5,  64;  oft.  followed  by  επί  c.  ace, 
Hdt. 3, 25, etc.;  στό/.ον  αιρειν,  Aesch. 
Pers.  795,  Eur.  Hec.  1141  : — gene- 
rally, a  sending  or  going  a  journey, 
ό  δε  στό/.ος  νώι•  έστι  παρά  τον  Ύη- 
ρέα,  Ar.  Αν.  46 ;  or  (oftener)  α  voy- 
age, Soph.  Phil.  244,  499,  etc. :  idty 


ΣΤΟΜ 

■■<rro?.u,  in  a  journey  privately  under- 
taken, on  one's  own  account,  Hdt.  5, 
63  ;  ojip.  ίοκοινώ  στ.,Ιά-  6,  39  ;  ελευ- 
θερία στό?.(Α>.  with  free  course,  Pind. 
P.  8,  141,  cf.  2,  114;  ττατρώον  στό- 
/,ον,  as  adv.,  by  my  father's  sending, 
Schaf  Soph.  Tr.  562. — 2.  the  purpose 
or  cause  of  a  journey,  Soph.  O.  C.  358, 
Phd.  244. — 3.  that  which  goes  or  is 
sent  on  an  expedition,  an  army,  Hdt.  5, 
64 ;  or  (oftener)  a  sea-force,  fleet. 
Id.  1,  4  ;  5.  43,  and  Trag.  ;  οΰ  πολ/.ώ 
στόλω,  i.  e.  in  one  ship.  Soph.  Phil. 
547  : — generally,  a  party  of  men,  a 
band,  troop,  very  freq.  in  Aesch. 
Supp.,  as  2.  29 ;  ~ρό~ας  στό/.σς,  all 
the  people.  Soph.  O.  T.  170.— 4.  -αγ- 
κρατίον  στ.,  periphr.  for  τταγκράτιον, 
Pind.  Ν.  3.  27  :  also,  στ.  /.όγωι•,  a  set 
narrative,  Ernped.  58. — II.  a  stalk, 
stem,  κέρκος  μικρόν  στό?.ον  έχουσα, 
Anst.  Part.  An.  2,  14,  5;  cf  4,  10, 
52  :  στο'/.ος  όμόαλώόης,  Id.  Gen.  An. 
3,  2,  6. — 2.=e//.io/,ov,  α  ship's  beak, 
of  which  the  extremity  was  called 
άκροστύ?.ιον,  Pind.  P.  2,  114;  usu. 
plated  with  brass,  χα/.κί/ρης  στόλος, 
Aesch.  Pers.  406,  cf  Interpp.  ad  Eur. 
I.  T.  1135:  hence,  δώδεκα  στόλοι 
ναών,  for  δώδεκα  νΰες.  Id.  I.  Α.  277. 
'Στόμα,  ατός,  τό.  Dor.  στνμα  : — the 
mouth,  Lat.  OS,  Horn.,  etc.:  later 
poets  oft.  use  the  plur.  for  sing.,  like 
Lat.  ora,  Jac.  Anth.  P.  p.  2G3,  470  :— 
also,  for  the  whole  face,  II.  6,  43  ;  J 6, 
410:  metapli.,a70^ia  τττολέμοιο,νσμί- 
ντις,  the  very  jaws  ol  the  battle,  as  of 
a  devouring  monster,  II.  10,  8;  20, 
359  (but  cf  infra  III)  : — periphr., 
στόμα  τό  δϊον,  for  Jupiter,  Aesch. 
Pr.  1033,  cf  Soph.  O.  C.  603;  στ. 
ΤΙινδάρον,  etc.,  like  Lat.  os  Pindari, 
Jac.  Auth.  2,  1,  p.  303 :— in  Trag. 
also  very  freq.  the  mouth,  tongue,  as 
Aesch.  Pr.  1032,  Soph.  O.  T.  671  ; 
and  sometimes  for  speech.  uOrds, 
Soph.  0.  T.  426, 706.— Special  phras- 
es : — άττό  στόματος  είττεϊν,  like  ύττό 
y/.ώσσης,  to  speak  by  word  of  mouth, 
1.  e.  by  memory,  like  άττό  χειρός, 
Plat.  Theaet.  142  D,  Xen.  Mem.  3, 
6,  9,  etc. ;  so,  διά  στόαα  λέγειν, 
Aesch.  Theb.  579,  cf  Eur.  Or.  103; 
εν  στόματί  /.έγειν,  Ar.  Ach.  198 : 
avu  στόμα  έχειν,  to  have  always  in 
one's  mouth,  whether  for  good  or  ill, 
Eur.  El.  80,  Andr.  95  ;  so,  δια  στόμα 
ίχειν,  Ar.  Lys.  855 ;  οίκτος  ην  διά 
στόυ,ιι.  Aesch.  Theb.  51  ;  ττάσι  δια 
στόματος,  'tis  the  common  talk,  The- 
ocr.  12,  21 :  kv  στόαασιν  or  στόματι 
έχειν,  Hdt.  3,  157;  6,  136:  ό  τι 
ηλθεν  k~i  στόμα,  whatever  came 
uppermost,  Lat.  quicquid  ventrit  in 
buccam.  Plat.  Rep.  563  C,  cf  Schaf 
Dion  Comp.  p.  13  :  έξ  ενός  στόματος, 
with  one  voice,  all  at  once,  Ar.  Eq. 
670 ; — κοιμΰν  στόμα,  i.  e.  to  keep 
silence,  Aesch.  Ag.  1247;  so,  στόμα 
κλείΐΐν,  έττέχειν,  Eur.  Phoen.  865, 
Hec.  1283  ;  also,  δάκνειν  στόμα,  i.  e. 
to  keep  a  forced  silence,  Aesch.  Fr. 
279,  Soph.  Tr.  977  (cf  όύκνυ,  ΰττίλ- 
λω) ; — opp.  to  /.ύειν  στ.,  Isocr.  252 
C. — II.  the  mouth  of  a  river,  Lat. 
ostia,  ιτοταμών,  II.  12,  24,  Od.  5,  441  ; 
so,  ηιόνος  στόμα  αακρόν,  the  wide 
mouth  of  the  bay,'  II.  14,  36,  cf  Od. 
10,  90,  Hdt.  2,  17  ;  στ.  τον  Πόιτοι•, 
Lat.  fauces  Fonti,  Hdt.  4,  86,  cf 
Thuc.  4, 102  ;  στ.  εΙς3ολής,  Ar.  Eccl. 
1107: — but  also,  a  chasm  or  cleft  in 
the  earth  or  rock  with  a  stream 
gushing  out,  Hdt.  1,  202 :  hence,  any 
outlet,  or  entrance,  ΰργα?,έον  στόμα 
λανρης,  Od.  22,  137  ;  so,  στ.  της 
αγυιάς,  Xen.  Cyr.  2,  4,  4  ;  στ.  φρέα- 
τος, Id.  An.  4,  5,  25 ;  χθόνιον  Άιδα 


ΣΤΟΜ 

στόμα,  Pind.  Ρ.  4,  78 ;  έ-τάττν/.ον 
στόμα,  the  seven  gates  of  Thebes, 
Soph.  Ant.  119: — but,  to  άνω,  το 
κάτω  στόμα  τον  ορύγματος,  the  width 
of  the  trench  at  top,  at  bottom,  Hdt. 
7,  23,  37  (cf  gape,  gap). — III.  the  fore- 
most part,  face,  front ;  esp.  of  weapions, 
the  point,  κατά  στόμα  ε'ιμένα  χα'/.κώ, 

11.  15,  3S9  :  the  edge  of  a  sword,  Lat. 
acies.  Soph.  Aj.  651,  etc.: — hence, 
also  like  Lat.  acies,  the  front  ranks  of 
the  battle,  the  front,  Xen.  An.  3,  4, 
42  and  43  (and  so  perh.  στ.  ττο'λέμοιο, 
νσμίνης  in  Hom.  should  be  taken) : — 
κατά  στόμα. face  to  face,  front  to  front, 
Lat.  adversa  fronte,  Hdt.  8,  11,  Xen. 
An.  5,  2,  26  ;  κατά  στόμα  τινός,  con- 
fronted with  him,  Plat.  Legg.  855  D  : 
— άκρον  στόμα  ττίφγων,  the  edge  or 
top  of  the  towers,  Eur.  Phoen.  1166. 

Στομακύκη,  ης,  ή,  a  disease  in 
which  all  the  teeth  fall  out,  scurvy  of 
the  gtims,  Strab.  cf  Plin.  H.  IS.  25, 
3.  [ά]      _ 

Στομαλγέω,  ύ,  f.  -τ/σο,  to  be  στο- 
μαλγής.  __     ^ 

Στημα7.-,^ς,  ές,  {στόμα,  άλγος)  : — 
grievous  ivith  the  mouth,  i.  e.  talking 
incessantly,  like  στόμα/.γος.  (Στόμαρ- 
γος,  στομαργία,  στομαργέω,  are  prob. 
merely  Att.  forms  of  στομα/.γ-,  v. 
Pott.  Et.  Forsch.  2,  98 ;  andcf.  γλώσ- 
σα?.γος.)     Hence 

Στομα/.γία,στόμα7.γος,=στομαργ-. 

Στυμάλιζομαι,  used  only  in  coinpd. 
διαστομα/ίζομαι,  which  Hesych.  ex- 
plains by  ?.οιόορεΐν. 

Στομά/.ίμνη,  ης,  ή,  {στόμα,  7ύμνη) 
like  /.ιμνοθά/ΜΤτα,  α  place  where  the 
sea  runs  up  inland,  a  salt-water  lake, 
Lat.  aestuarium,  Strab.  pp.  184,  595. 
(Before  Aristarch.,  it  was  read  in  11. 
6,  4,  V.  Spitzn.  ad  1.) 

Στομαλιμνον,  ro,=  foreg.,  f  1.  The- 
ocr.  4,  23. 

Στομαργέο),  ύ,  to  be  very  talkative  ; 
and 

Στομαργία,  ας,  ή,  endless  talking, 
Philo :  from 

Στόμαργος,  oi>,  busy  with  the  tongue, 
a  noisy  prater,  loud-tongued,  Aesch. 
Theb.  447,  Soph.  El.  607 :  στ.  }λωσ- 
σα'λγία,  wearisome  talkativeness,  Eur. 
Meci.  525  : — cf  στομαλγής. 

Στοματικός,  ή,  όν,  {στόμα)  belong- 
ing to,  for  the  7ηοίίί/ί,  Galen. — II.  dis- 
eased in  the  7vouth. 

Στομΰτονργός,  όν,  (στόμα,  *εργω) 
a  word-maker,  Ar.  Ran.  826. 

Στομανλέω,  ώ,  {στόμα.  av?J(j)  to 
mimic  a  flute  with  the  lips,  Plat.  Grat. 
417  E;  cf  Poll.  2,  101. 

Στομαχικός,  η,  όν,  of  or  for  the 
stomach,  stomachic. — II.  disordered  in 
the  stomach,  Diosc.    Adv.  -κώς :  from 

Στόμαχος,  ov,  b,  {στόμα  II): — 
strictly,  α  mouth,  opening:  hence, — 
1.  in  the  oldest  Greek,  the  throat,  gul- 
let, ά~ό  στομάχους  άρνών  τάμε  νη- 
λέί  χαλκώ,  II.  3.  292;  17.  47;  19, 
266  ;  the  same  as  οισοόύγος,  Arist. 
Η.  Α.  1,  16,  8,  sq.,  compared  with  1, 

12,  1  :  but,  after  Arist.,  the  orifice  of 
the  stomach ;  and,  in  later  medical 
writers,  the  stomach  itself: — in  Hipp, 
also,  the  neck  of  the  bladder  or  uterus  : 
—v.  Foes.  Oecon.,  Greenhill  Theo- 
phil.  p.  56,  10. 

Στομ3άζω,=στομφάζο) :  from 

Στόμι^ς,  η,  ον,=;3αρνηχος,  βαρύ- 
φθόγγος,  Galen  ;  cf  στόμφος  II. 

Στομήρης,  ες,  {στόμα)=  εύστομσς, 
ενφημος. 

Στομίας  ϊττττος,  6,  α  hard-mouthed 
horse  :  also  στόμις.  Ι 

Στόμιον,  ον,  τό,  dim.  from  στόμα,  Ι 
α  small  mouth. — 11.  the  mouth  of  a  ves-  i 
sel ; — also  of   a  grave,   Soph.   Ant.  [ 


ΣΤΟΝ 
1217;  or  of  a  cave,  hence  a  cai'f,  vauu; 
of  the  lower  world,  Aesch.  Cho.  807 
t(so  Schol.  ad  1.,  but  rather  to  be  re- 
ferred to  the  cave  at  Delphi  over 
which  the  sacred  tripod  was  placed. 
Blomf  and  Klaus,  ad  I.,  υτνερκείσβαι 
δε  τον  σ.  τριτζοδα.  Strab.  p.  641)1  : 
— generally,  any  aperture  or  opening. 
Plat.  Rep.  615  D,  E.— III.  a  bridle-bit, 
hit,  χα/.ινονς  και  στόμια  ίμβαλεϊν, 
Hdt.  4,  72,  cf  1,  215;  so,  στόμιον 
τταρέχειν,  Soph.  Tr.  1261  ;  γϊώμ^ 
στομίων  άτερ  ενθννων,  Aesch.  Pr. 
287;  στ.  δάκνειν,  Aesch.  Pr.  1009; 
σννδάκνειν,  Xen.  Eq.  6,  9  ;  cf  Valck. 
Hipp.  1223  :  met.,  στόμιον  δέχεσθαι, 
Soph.  El.  1462. 

'\Στόμιος,  ov,  ό,  Stomius,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  Paus.  6,  3,  2;  etc. 

Στόμις,  ό,—  στομ'ιας,  Aesch.  Fr. 
335. 

Στομίς,  ίδος,  if  {στόμα) : — the  mouth- 
piece of  a  flute-player,  also  χεύ.ωτηρ 
and  φορβειά,  qq.  v.,  Poll.  10,  56.  Cf. 
έηΐστυμίζιο. 

Στομοδόκος,  ον,^=στωμνλος,  Phe- 
recr.  Incert.  71. 

Στομοκάκη,  ης,  ή,^=  στομακύκη. 

Στόμος,  ό,  dub.  1.  in  Hesych.  for 
στόβος,  στόμφος. 

Στομόω,  ώ,  ί.  -ώσο)  \στόμα)  : — to 
stop  the  mouth  of,  to  muzzle  or  gag,  Hdt. 
4,  69  ; — pass.,  φιμοΐς  έστομωμένοι, 
with  their  mouths  muzzled,  Aesch. 
Fr.  330.— II.  {στόμα  II),  to  furnish 
with  a  mouth  or  oper.ing.  έχiJH'aις  έσ- 
τομωμένη,  set  round  with  mouths  of  vi- 
pers, Eur.  I.  T.  287:  hence — 2.=  άν- 
αστομόω,  to  open,  esp.  medically,  ei- 
ther by  the  knife,  or  by  alteratives, 
Hipp. — HI.  {στόμα  III)  to  furnish  with 
a  point  or  edge,  and  oI  iron,  to  harden, 
make  into  steel,  Plut.  2,  943  D,  946  C  : 
mctaph.,  to  harden,  train  for  anything, 
Ar.  -Nub.  1108,  1110. 

Στομφάζω,  f  -άσω  {στόμφος)  : — to 
speak  muuthj'u's,  to  mouth  : — to  talk  big, 
vaunt,  Ar.  Vesp.  721. 

Στόμφαξ,  άκος,  ό,  ή,  {στόμφος)  one 
who  speaks  mouth-filling  words,  esp. 
such  as  have  the  broad  a  and  ω  : — so 
Aeschylus  is  called  m  Ar.  Nub.  1367. 
cf.  Schol.  ad  1. 

Στομόασμός,  ov,  6,  (στομφάζω)  a 
talking  big,  bragging,  S  icet. 

Στομόαστικός,  ή,  όν,  full-mouthed : 
bragging. 

Στόμφος,  ov,  b,  also  στόβος.  Lye. 
395;  and  \)er\\.  στόμος  [στομα) :  strict- 
ly, α/ί/Ζ/ζηοΜ^Λ,  hence —  \.  Inf ι  y  phrases, 
like  όγκος,  Lat.  ampullae,  Longin. : 
also  in  worse  sense  bombast.  Id. — 2. 
scoffing,  abuse,  like  λοιδορία.  Lye.  I.  c. 
— 11.  as  adj.  στόμφος,  ov,  also  ?/,  m•, 
high-sounding,  bombastic :  bragging, 
Hipp. 

Στομώδης,  ες,  {στόμα,  εΙδος)=εν- 
φημος,'  Soph.  Fr.  947. 

Στιιμωμα,  ατός,  τό  {στομόω) : — 
like  στόμα  U,  α  mouth,  Πόιτοί'.  Aesch. 
Pers.  878. — Π.  {στομόω  111)  any  thing 
pointed,  sharpened  or  hardened,  a  steel 
edge,  Plut.  2,  326  Β  :— also,  στ.  σιδή- 
ρου, the  hardening  of  iron  into  steel,  Ih. 
625  B. — 2.  a  scale  which  flies  fro?n  ham- 
mered iron,  Lat.  squama  ferri,  Cels. 

Στόμωσις,  εως,  ή  {στομόω)  : — a  giv- 
ing an  edge  to  a  thing,  hardening  of 
iron  into  steel,  Muson.  ap.  Stob.  p. 
160,  55,  Plut.  2,  73  C,  etc. :— metaph.. 
στόμα  ΤΓΟ/J.i/v  στόμωσιν  έχον,  a 
mouth  that  hath  much  sharpness  of 
tonsue.  Soph.  O.  C.  795. 

Στομωτήρ.  ηρος,  ό,  and  στομωτής, 
ov,  ό,  ίστομόί^  111)  one  who  hardens 
iron  into  steel. 

Στοναχέω,  ω,  f.  -ήσω  [στοναχή) : — 
like  στένω,  στέναχω,  to  groan,  sigh, 
1389 


ΣΤΟΡ 

I),  18,  124 :  cf.  24,  79.— II.  trans.,  to  ' 
.νι,ςΛ,  groiin  over  or  fur ^  τινά,  Soph.  El. 
133.— Tlie  V.  1.  ΰτΐναχκι,),  is  rejected 
from  Horn,  by  Wolf  ami  Spitzrier;  v. 
sub  ατεναχΊζω. 

Στονΰχή,  7/f,  ;/,  (στΕνύχω):  like 
ητήνος,  a  groaning,  «;σι7(«ς,  II.  24,  512, 
(i'Jli,  etc.  ;  also  in  plur  ,  groans,  sighs, 
II.  2,  39,  etc.  (cf.  ο(>μηαα) ;  so  in 
Pind.  N.  10,  141,  Soph.  Aj.  203,  and 
Kur. 

Στονάχίζω,  ατοναχίζομαι,  v.  sub 
ατεναχίζω. 

Στόνΰχος,  ου,  ό,=στοναχη.  ^ 

Στονόεις,  όεσσα,  όεν,  (.στάνης): 
cnusing  groans  or  sighs,  βέ/.εα,  II.  H, 
159;  οίστοί,  Οά.  21,  CO;  κήδεα,  Od. 
9,  12  ;  etc. : — generally,  mournful,  sad, 
wretched,  uiiTTj,  εννή,  Od.  1 1 .  382  ;  17, 
102  ;  (ΐοιδή,  11.  8,  159  ;  ϋμαδος,  Pind. 
I.  Η  (7),  55  ;  and  in  Trag. 

tSrot'ot,  wi',  oi,  the  Stoni,  an  Al- 
pine people,  Strab.  p.  204. 

Στόΐ'ος,  ov,  6,  {στένω)  a  sighing  or 
groaning,  Έμις  οφέΑ/ουσα  στόι>οΐ' 
άνομων,  II.  4,  445 ;  στόνσς  (ορνντ' 
άεικής,  10.483  ;  στ.  κτεινομένων,  Od. 
23,  40:— and  in  Trag. :  also  of  the 
sea.  Soph.  Ant.  592. 

Στόννξ,  νχος,  ό,  like  οννξ,  any 
sharp  point,  as  of  a  rock,  Ap.  Rh.  4, 
1G79,  Lye.  1181  the  tusk  of  a  boar, 
Id.  48ti  ;  a  tooth,  Id.  795  ;  a  sharp  in- 
strument, shears,  knife,  Anth.  P.  C, 
307.     Hence 

Στοννχώδης,  ες,  (είδος)  like  a  point, 
pointed. 

ίΣτ<φας,  ov,  6,  the  Astura,  a  small 
river  of  Latiuin,  now  fitura,  Strab.  p. 
232. 

Στοργέω,  ώ,  f.  -τ/σω,=  στέργω. 

Στοργή,  f/ς,  ή,  (σ-φχω) :— /'«>ρ,  af- 
fection, esp.  of  parents  and  children, 
Philein.  p.  427  : — of  sexual  love,  Mel. 
14;  04.8;  103;  109:  cf.  σΓφχω. 

Στορένννμι,  shortd.  στόρνϋμι,  and 
by  rnetath.  στρώνννμι  (v.  fin.):  fut. 
στορέσο)  and  στρώσω,  Att.  στορώ,  in 
compd.  τταραστορώ,  Ar.  Eq.  481 :  aor. 
έστορεσα  and  έστρωσα :  pf.  pass.  usii. 
εστροιμαί :  aor.  pass,  εστορέσΰην, 
whence  καταστορεσΟ/'/ναι  in  Hipp.  ; 
but  more  freq.  ίστρώθην,  which  is 
the!  strict  aor.  (orin, — εστορήθην  only 
in  Hesych. :  verb.  adj.  στρωτός. — Of 
these  forms  Horn,  has  only  aor.  ιστό- 
ρεσα  with  and  without  augm.,  and 
from  στρώΐ'ννμί,Ά  piqpf.  pass,  εστρω- 
TO  in  II.  From  the  iorin  στόρννμι, 
we  have  3  sing,  στόρννσι,  Eiir.  He- 
racl.  702  ;  imperat.  στόρνν,  Ar.  Pac. 
810;  part,  στόρνυντες,  στόρννντα, 
Hdt.  7,  54,  Soph.  Tr.  898  ;  and  the 
co:npd.  κηστορννσα  in  Od.  17,  32. 

Strictly,  to  spread,  spread  or  stretch 
out,  strew,  λέχος  στορέσηι,  Lat.  ledum 
sternere,  to  spread  or  make  tip  a  bed,  II. 
9,  021,  660;  so,  δέμνια,  τάπητας, 
κώεα  στ.,  Od.  4,  301  ;  13,  73,  11.  24, 
798  ;  so,  στορι•νς  δέμνια.  Soph.  Tr. 
902;  κ'/ύνην  έστρωσαν,  Hdt.  6,  139: 
— ΰνθρακη/ν  στ.,  to  spread  nhrnnd  or 
scatter  a  heap  of  coals,  II  9,  213. — 2. 
to  spread  smooth,  level,  πόντυν  στ., 
Lat.  sternere  acquor,  Od.  3,  158;  το 
κνμα  έστρωτο,  Hdt.  7,  193:  metaph. 
to  calm,  στορέσας  ϋργήν,  Acsch.  Pr. 
190 ;  to  level,  lay  low,  "λημα  στόρννσι 
χρόνος  TO  σον.  Eur.  Heracl.  702  ;  iva 
σταρέσωμεν  το  φρόνημα  των  Πελο- 
■7Τοννησίων,'Γ\Λν\ο.  6,  18;  cf.  Epitaph, 
ap.  Lycurg.  103,  32.-3.  όδόν  στ.,  to 
m  ike  a  lecel  road,  to  pave  it,  Lat.  viam 
sternere,  viam  stratam  ficere,  hence  in 
pass.,  έστρωμένη  οδός,  Hdt.  2,  138. 
— ^11.  to  strew,  bestrew  with  a  thing, 
όδόν  μ,υρσίνησι,  Hdt.  7,  54,  cf.  8,  99. 
—  111.  intr.,  tn  stretch  or  extend  to,  so 
}.390 


ΣΤΡΑ 

in  part.  aor.  στορέσας,  Anacreont.  30, 
3,cf.  Wagner  Alciphr.  1,  I.— (Length- 
ened from  root  ΣΎΟΪ'-,  ΣΤΙΌ-, 
which  answers  to  the  Sanscr.  stri, 
stri,  Lat.  sterno,  stravi,  stratum.) 
Henee 

Στορενς,  έως,  6,  one  who  spreads, 
Lat.  qui  sternit. — II.  the  undermost  of 
two  substances  by  which  fire  is  produced 
{ττνρεία),  Scliol.  Ap.  Rh.  1,  1182. 

Στόρθνγξ,  νγγος,  ή,  also  στόμθνξ, 
νγος,  J/,  a  point,  spike,  esp.  the  tyne  of 
a  deer's  horn.  Soph.  Fr.  1 10  ;  the  tusk 
of  a  boar.  Lye.  492  :  a  point  or  tongue 
of  land.  Id.  865,  1400;  cf.  Jac.  Anth. 
P.  p.  128,  149.— In  Hesych.  also  στορ- 
θη.  (Seemingly  akin  to  στορύνη, 
στνραξ,  siurio.) 

Στόρνη,  ης,  ή,=  ζώνη,  Call.  Fr. 
476,  Lye.  1330. 

Στόρννμι,  a  later  form  of  στορέν- 
ννμι,  q.  V. 

Στορύνη,  ης,  ή,  a  pointed  instrument 
used  by  surgeons,  Aretae.  (Seem- 
mgly  akin  to  στόρβνγξ.)  [i•] 

Στορχύζω,  to  enclose  cattle  in  a 
fold;  elsew.  σηιιάζω.  (From  είργω, 
έρκος,  όρκος,  όμκύνη,  όρχύνη,  akin  to 
arceo.) 

^Στονρύ,  ΰς,  ι),  Slura,  a  place  in 
India,  Arr.  Ind.  21,  1. 

Στοχάζομαι,  dep.  c.  fut.  et  aor. 
mid..  Plat.  Gorg.  464  C,  etc. :  pf.  pass. 
έστόχασμαι.  Id.  Legg.  635  A  :  (στό- 
χος).  To  aim  or  shoot  at,  c.  gen.,  του 
σκοπού  στ..  Plat.  Rep.  519  C,  Isocr. 
420  A  ;  ϋλ?.ου  στοχαζύμενος  έτνχε 
τούτον,  to  aim  at  one  thing  and  hit 
another,  Antipho  115,  19  : — hence, 
metaph.,  to  aim  at,  endeavour  after,  τον 
ΐ/δέος,  Oorg.  465  A,  etc.  ;  προς  τι,  Id. 
Legg.  962  D. — 2.  esp.,  to  endeavour  to 
make  out  ;  to  guess,  c.  ace.  Plat.  Legg. 
635  A,  Xen.  Mem.  2,  2,  5  :— absol.,  to 
make  guesses,  feel  one^s  way,  εν  }ε 
στοχύζει,  Soph.  Ant.  241. 

Στοχάς,  ύδος,  ή,  a  hillock  or  mound 
thrown  up  for  fixing  the  poles  of  nets 
{στοίχοι)  in.  Poll.  5,  36;  but  it  ought 
prob.  to  be  στοιχάς. — II.  as  adj.  v. 
sub  στολάς. 

Στόγΰσις,  εωΓ,  ή, =  στοχασμός, 
Plat.  Phil.  62  Β. 

Στόχασμα,  ατός,  τό,  (στοχάζομαι) 
the  thing  aimed  at  a  mark,  an  arrow, 
javelin,  Eur.  Bacch.  1205.— II.  the 
mark. 

Στοχασμός,  ov,  6,  (στοχάζομαι)  an 
aiming  at  a  mark  :  hence,  a  guess,  con- 
jecture. Plat.  Phil.  56  A. 

Στηχαστέον,  verb.  adj.  from  στο- 
χάζομαι, one  must  aim  at,  τινός,  Arist. 
Pol.  2,7,  7. 

Στοχαστής,  ov,  6,  (στοχάζομαι)  one 
who  aims  at  any  thing,  one  who  has  an 
end  in  view.     Hence 

Στοχαστικός,  η,  όν,  disposed  to  aim 
at,  able  to  hit,  c.  gen.,  rofi  άριστον, 
Arist.  Eth.  N.  6,  7,  6;  able  to  guess, 
guessing,  τινός,  Def.  Plat.  412  Ε  : — 
absol. ,  sagacious.  Plat.  Gorg.  463  A. 
Adv.  -κώς,  στ.  έχειν  προς  τι,  Arist. 
Rhet.  1,  1,  11. 

Σ~όγοζ•,  ου,  6,  α  mark,  ν.  1.  for  σκο- 
πός, Xen.  Ages.  1,  25  :—ague.<ss,  con- 
jecture, Aesch.  Supp.  243. — (Orig.  the 
same  as  στοίχος,  στίχος.) 

Στρά'•Ιΰ/οκομύω,  ώ,  to  have  curly 
ΛηίΓ,  Soph.ap.Poll.2,23;  cf.  EUendt 
Lex.  s.  V.  :  from 

Στράβάλοκόμης,  ου,  δ,  (στράβαλος, 
κόμη)  curly-headed. 

Σ  τρά3ΰλος,ον,  like  στρεβλός,  twi.st- 
ed-  of  hair,  cur/y.•  a\so  distorted.  (Like 
στρε-Ιλος  t'ram  στρέφω.)  [a] 

^Στράβαξ,  ακος,  ό,  Strabax,  an  offi- 
cer of  the  Athenians  under  Iphicrates, 
Dem.  482,  25  ;  etc. 


ΣΤΡΑ 

Στράβη,  ης,  ή,  (στρέφω)  a  nooee, 
fetter,  mostly  in  plur.  :  more  usu.  in 
compd.  ττυδυστρύβη.  [$\ 

Στράβηλος,  ov,  ό,  (στρέφω)  for 
στράβα7,ος,  a  wounded,  distorted  body, 
as  στρόβιλος  and  στρόμβυς,  esp.  a 
snail.  Soph.  Fr.  299  :  also  a  kind  of 
olive,  Meineke  Pherecr.  Agr.  2.  [«2] 

Στράβίζω,  (στραβός)  Ιο  have  distort- 
ed eyes,  to  squint.     Hence 

Στραβισμός,  ov,  o.  a  squinting. 

Στρά3ός,  ή,  όν,  (στρέφω)  like  στρε- 
βλός, distorted,  oblique ;  esp.  squint- 
ing, Lat.  strabus.  Poll.  2,  51.     Hence 

Στρϊιβών,  ώνυς,  ό.  =  foreg.,  Lat. 
strnbo.  Com.  Anon.  (Nov.)  Fr.  314. 

^Στράβων,  ωνος,  δ,  Strabo,  the  cel- 
ebrated geographer,  of  Amasea  in 
Cappadocia.  —  2.  the  Rom.  name 
Strabo. 

Στραγγΰ?.άω.=^στραγγα?ύζω,  dub. 
in  Menand.  p.  289. 

Στραγγάλη,  ης,  (στράγγω)  a  halt», 
Pint.  Agis  20. 

Στραγγάλία,  ας,  ή,  (στράγγω)  a 
knot  hard  to  unloose,  cf.  στραγγαλις. — 
1\.=^στραγ)άλιον.     Hence 

Στραγγύ'λιάω,  ώ,  to  tie  knots,  start 
difficulties,  Plut.  2,  618  F;  cf.  στραγ- 
γαλίς. 

Στραγγΰ7ύζω,  (στραγγάλη)  tostran- 
gle,  Lat.  strangulare,  Alciphr.  3,  49. 

Στραγγΰλιον,  ov,  τό,  usu.  in  plur. 
Tu  στρ.,  indurations  in  the  limbs,  esp. 
by  humours. 

Στραγγαλίς,ίδος,ή,=στραγγαλιύ, 
Strattis  Phoen.  5 ;  στραγγαλίδας 
σφίγγω^^στραγγαλιάω,  Pherecr.  Au- 
tom.  12:  στρ.  γάλακτος,  a  clot  of 
milk,  Arist.  H.  A.  7,  11,  1:  hence, 
Chrysippus  was  called  by  Aristo- 
creon,  στραγγαλίόων  Άκαδι/μαϊκών 
Kon'ic,  a  knife  to  cut  Academic  knots, 
Plut:  2,  1033  E. 

Στμαγγΰλισμός ,  οΰ,δ,  a  strangling : 
generally,  α  twisting. 

Στραγγάλιώδης,  ες,  {στραγγα?αύ, 
είδος)  like  a  knot. — II.  metaph.,  knotty, 
crafty,  LXX. 

Στραγγΰλόω,  ώ,  (στράγγω, στρηγ- 
γάλ}/)  to  twist  up,  knot :  hence,— II.  to 
strangle,  choke,  LXX.     Hence 

Στραγγάλωτός,  ή,  όν,  twisted,  knot- 
ted. 

Στρηγγεία,  ας,  ή,  a  hesitating,  loiter- 
ing, tarrying. 

ΣτραγγεΙον,  ov,  τό,  a  cupping  in- 
strument, elsewh,  σικνα. 

Στράγγενμα,  ατός,  τό,  =  στραγ- 
γεια. 

Στραγγεύω,  (στράγγω)  =  στρέφω, 
to  twist,  wind: — usu.  in  mid.  στραγ- 
γεύομαι,  to  turn  one^s  self  about,  hesi- 
tate, waver,  loiter,  tarry,  έγώ  δητ'  kv- 
θαδι  στραγγενομαι,  Ar.  Ach.  126;  τι 
ταντ'  έχων  στρ. ;  Id.  Nub.  1.31  ;  στρ. 
περί  τι,  Macho  ap.  Ath.  580  Ε  : — cf. 
στρεύγομαι. 

Στραγγία,  ας,  ή,  poet,  for  στραγ- 
γεία. 

Στραγγίας  πυρός,  δ,  a  kind  ol 
wheal,  Theophr. 

Στΐ)ηγγίζω,  (στράγξ)  to  press  or 
squeeze  out,  LXX. 

Σ  τραγγίς.  ίδος,  //,=  στράγξ. 

Στραγγός,  ή,  όν.  (στράγγω)  twisted, 
crooked:  also  στρα) of. 

Στραγγονρία,  ας.  ή,  {στράγξ,  ον 
ρέω)  :  retention  of  the  urine  (when  it 
falls  by  drops),  strangury,  Ar.  Vesp. 
810,  Ep.  Plat.  358  E.     Hence 

Στραγγουριάω,  ώ,  to  suffer  from 
strangury,  Ar.Thesm.  616,  Plat.  Legg. 
916  A. 

ΣτίΗίγγονρικός,  ή,  όν,  (στραγγον- 
ρία) liable  to,  suffering  from  strangury, 
Hipp.  513:  τα  στρ-,=  στραγγονρία, 
Id.  190. 


ΣΤΡΛ 

ΣΤΡΑΤΓί2,  fut.  σΓρύ)^ω,  Lat. ! 
utriiigo,  Germ,  strangen,  to  draw  tight, 
bind  or  tk  tight,  sqtieeze,  etc.  (Root 
seldom,  if  ever,  used  ;  but  hence 
come  στράγξ,  στραγός,  στραγγός, 
στραγγενω,  στραγγίζω,  στραγγάλη, 
etc. ;  akin  also  to  στρεύγομαι.) 

"Στράγξ,  ή,  gen.  στραγγος,  (στράγ- 
γω)  that  which  oozes  out,  a  drop,  Me- 
nand.  p.  82,  Mel.  1,  38  ;  of.  Schoi.  Ar. 
Nub.  131. 

Στραγός,  ή,  όν,=  στραγγός. 
Στράτττω,  f.  -φω,  rarer  and  later 
for  ύστράπτω,  to  lighten,  Soph.  O.  C. 
1515,  Ap.  Rh.  1,544.  (Ace.  to  some, 
akin  to  στρέφω,  because  of  the  zigzag 
motion  of  lightning.) 

Στραταρχέω,  ώ,  f.  -ησω,  to  lead  or 
command  an  army.     Hence 

Στρατάρχης,  ov,  6,  (στρατός,  άρχω) 
the  general  of  an  army,=  στpaτηγός, 
Hdt.  3,  157 ;  8,  44,  Aesch.  Fr.  168. 
Hence 

Στρΰταρχία,  ας,  ή,  the  office  or  dig- 
nity of  a  general,  Phllo. 

Στρατάρχης,  ov,  6,=  στρατάρχης. 
Find.  P.  6,31,  I.  5  (4),  50.  [pa] 

iΣτpάτapχoς,  ov,  ό,  Stratarchus, 
brother  of  Lagetas,  a  relative  of  Stra- 
bo,  Strab.  p.  477. 

Στρύτάω,  assumed  as  pres.  of  the 
Ep.  impf.  έστρατόωντο,  they  were  en- 
camped, II.  3,  187  ;  4,  378  ;  of.  sub 
στρατόω. 

Στράτεία,  ας,  ή,  Ion.  στρΰτηΐη, 
{στρατεύω) : — an  expedition,  campaign, 
στρατηίην  ττοιείσθαι,  Hdt.  1,71,  171, 
etc. ;  εις  στρ.  άγειν  τινάς,  Eur.  Supp. 
229 ;  έπΙ  στρατείας  είναι,  to  be  on 
foreign  service.  Plat.  Symp.  220  A  ;  so, 
έν  στράτεία  είναι,  Xen.  Cyr.S,  2,  19; 
στρατείας  έκδί/μονς  οΰκ  έξ>ιεσαν, 
Thuc.  1, 15  ;  οίκοι  και  ίττι  στρατείας, 
Lat.  domi  mititiaeque,  at  home  and 
abroad,  Plat.  Phaedr.  260  Β  :  freq.  also 
in  piur.,  military  service,  warfare,  Id. 
Rep.  404  A.  Legg.  878  C  ;  so,  ΰπο 
στρατείας,  returning  from  war,  Ae.sch. 
Ag.  603,  Earn.  631. — στρατιά  is  a 
constant  v.  1.,  and  is  sometimes  un- 
doubtedly used=  (Trpa-fia,  v.  sub 
voc. ;  but  στράτεία  is  never=ff-pa 
rat,  an  army,  Stallb.  Plat.  Phaedr. 
I.e. 

Στράτεία,  ας,  ή,  the  Warlike,  epith 
of  Minerva,  Luc.  D.  Meretr.  9,  1. 

Στράτευμα,  ατός,  τό,  {στρατεύω) 
— like  στράτεία,  an  expedition,  cam 
paign,  Aesch.  Pers.  758,  freq.  in  Hdt., 
Thuc,  etc. ;  στρ.  έπι  Σάμον,  Hdt.  3, 
49. — II.  an  armament,  army,  host,  Hdt. 
1,6;  7,  48,  and  Trag. ;  στρ.  Ίππικόν, 
Xen.  Cyr.  3,  3,  26  ;  a  company,  band, 
Eur.  Supp.  653.   [pu]     Hence 

Στράτενμάτικός,  ή,  όν,  inclined  to 
war,  warlike,  military,  Plut. 

Στρΰτενσείω,  desiderat.,  to  he  anx- 
iousfor  war,  Dio  C. 

Στρατεύσιμος,  ov,  fit  for  military 
service,  serviceable,  ηλικία,  Xen.  Hell. 
6.  5,  12  ;  στρ.  έτη.  Id.  Cyr.  1,  2,  4; 
oi  στρατ.,  Polyb.  6,  19,  6 :  from 

Στρύτενσις,  ?/,  an  expedition,  like 
στράτεία,  Hdt.  1,  189.  [ώ] 

Στρατευτέον,  verb  adj.  from  στρα- 
τεύω, one  must  march,  Xen.  Hell.  7,  1, 
41. 

Στρΰτεντικός,  ή,  όν,=^στρατενμα- 
τικός,  Chaerem.  ap.  Ath.  562  F. 

Στρατεύω,  f.  -σω,  {στρατός) : — to 
serve  in  war,  serve  as  a  soldier,  do  mili- 
tary service,  to  take  the  field,  march, 
first  in  Hdt.,  ίπΐ  τους  ΐίερσας,  ίττΐ 
την  ΈλΤιάδα,  Hdt.  1,  77,  Eur.  Η.  F. 
825,  Thuc,  etc.  ;  c.  ace.  cognato, 
στρ.  πόλεμον,  Thuc.  1, 112  :— so  also 
as  dep.  mid.  στρατεύομαι,  to  take  the 
field,  be  on  active  service,  serve  as   a 


ΣΤΡΑ  • 

soldier,  absol.,  Hdt.  4,  28,  etc. ;  and  ] 
like  the  act.,  ίπί  τίνα.  Id.  3, 139,  etc. ; 
aor.  pass,  έστρατενθην,  only  in  Pind.  ' 
P.  1,  98;    pf.  pass,  εστρατενμένος, 
having  been  a  soldier,  Ar.  Ran.  1113  : —  j 
later  the  dep.  became  much  the  most  ; 
freq.,  and  was  used  exactly  like  the 
act.,  as  in  Xen. — II.  later,  to  take  or 
receive  into  the  army,  to  enroll,  enlist, 
App.,  and  Hdn. 

Στρύτηγεΐον,  ov,  τό,  (στρατηγός) 
the  general's  tent,  Lat.  praetorinm  : — at 
Athens,  the  place  where  the  στρατηγοί 
held  their  sittings,  Lat.  curia  stratego- 
rvm,  Aeschin.  74,  21 ;  cf.  στρατή- 
γιον. 
Στράτηγέτης,  ov,  6,=  στρατηγός. 
Στράτηγέω,  ώ,  ί.  -ήσω,  to  be  στρα- 
τηγός, to  he  general,  Hdt.  5,  28,  Ar. 
Eq.  288,  Thuc,  etc. : — c.  gen.,  to  be 
general  of  an  army,  των  Ανόών,  etc., 
Hdt. 1,  34;  7,  82, 161  ;  soinSoph.  Aj. 
1 100,  and  often  in  Xen. :  but  also  like 
ήγείσθαι,  c.  dat.,  εστρατηγησε  Αακε- 
όαιμονίοισι  ίς  Βεσσα'λίην,  Hdt.  6, 
72,  cf.  Aesch.  Eum.  25,  Lys.  135,  29. 
— II.  c.  ace.  rei,  to  do  a  thing  as  gen- 
eral, Xen.  An.  7,  6,  40 ;  -πάντα  στρ. 
νπερ  Φιλίττπον,  Ιο  carry  on  the  whole 
war  in  Philip's  favour,  Dem.  30,  13. — 
2.  c  ace  pers.,  to  out-general,  Epist. 
Socr.  28,  cf.  καταστρατηγέω. — HI. 
rare  in  pass,  to  be  commanded,  Plat. 
Ion  541  C,  Dem.  52,  2.     Hence 

Στρατήγημα,  ατός,  τό,  the  act  of  a 
general,  esp.  a  stratagem,  piece  of  gen- 
eralship, Xen.  Mem.  3,  5,  22,  Polyb., 
etc. 

Στρατηγητέον,•νβΛ.  adj.  from  στρά- 
τηγέω, one  must  be  a  general,  one  must 
command,  Plat.  Sisyph.  389  D. 

Στρΰτηγητικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  or 
suited  to  the  command  of  an  army,  Plat. 
Phileb.  56  B. 

Στράτηγία,  ας,  ή.  Ion.  στρατηγίη, 
{στρατηγός)  the  office,  dignity,  post  of 
a  general,  command,  Hdt.  6,  94,  Eur. 
Andr.  678,  704  ;  ίινύσσων  'Έιλλίιδος 
στρατηγίας,  being  chief  general  of 
Greece,  Id.  I.  T.  17  :  καθιστάναι  τι- 
νά εις  στρατηγίαν,  Aeschin.  33,  28  : 
— later,  also  the  qualities,  skill  of  a 
general,  generalship,  Xen.  An.  2,  2,  13, 
etc.  ;  his  conduct,  Thuc.  1,  95. 

Στράτηγιάω,  ώ,  desiderat.  of  στρα- 
τηγέω,  to  tiish  to  be  a  general,  Xen. 
An.  7,  1,33,  Dem.  435,  27. 

Στρατηγικός,  ή,  όν,  (στρατηγός) 
of  οτ  fit  for  a  general :  ή  -κή  (sc.  τέχ- 
νη)=στρατηγία  II,  Plat.  Euthyd.  290 
D,  etc.;  so  στρ.  έργα,  Xen.  Cyr.  1, 
6,  12.  — II.  stated  or  fitted  for  command, 
general-like,  versed  in  generalship.  Plat. 
Gorg.  455  C,  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  4,  7  :— adv. 
-Kur,  εν  και  στρ.,  Ar.  Αν.  362  :  coin- 
par,  -ώτερον,  Polyb.  10,  32,  7. 

Στρύτήγιον,  ov,  τό,=  στρατηγειον 
II,  Dem.  1043,  Jl,  Aeschin.  39,  25.— 
\\.=  στρατ07τεύον,  a  camp,  Soph.  Aj. 
721. 

Στράτηγίς,  ίόος,  fem.  adj.,  of  a  gen-, 
eral,  πύλαι  στρ.,  the  door  or  entrance 
of  a  general's  tent.  Soph.  Aj.  49  ;  νανς 
στρ.,  the  admiraVs  ship,  ^^n^-ship, 
Thuc.  2,  84;  cf.  Andoc.  2,  31  ;  so  // 
στρ.,  alone,  Hdt.  8,  92.— II.  as  subst., 
fern,  of  sq.,  a  female  commander,  Ar. 
Eccl.  835 ;  from 

Στράτΐ]γός,  ov,  δ  (στρατός,  άγω): 
the  leader  or  commander  of  an  army,  a 
general,  very  freq.  from  Hdt.  down- 
wards ;  opp.  to  ναύαρχος  (admiral), 
Soph.  Aj.  1232  (though  at  Athens  the 
two  offices  were  not  distinct) :— also, 
ή  στρατηγός,  Ar.  Eccl.  49) ,  500 ; 
στρατηγός  τον  πεζον,  Hdt.  7,  83. — II. 
at  Athens,  the  title  of  10  officers  elect- 
ed by  yearly  vote  to  command  the  army 


ΣΤΡΑ 

ajid  navy,  a?td  conduct  the  war-depart- 
ment at  home,  first  in  Hdt.  6,  109,— 
where  they  are  all  in  the  field,  with 
the  Polemarch  at  their  head  ;  cf.  πο 
'λέμαρχος,  and  v.  Herm.  Pol.  Ant. 
1^  152. — 2.  also  the  chief  niagistrates  οί 
the  Achaians  and  some  other  Greek 
states,  Polyb. — 3.  στρ.  νηατος,  the 
Roman  consul.  Id.  1,  52,  5  ;  so,  στρα- 
τηγός ii\one,  1,  7,  12,  etc.;  cf.  ύπα- 
τος U;  στρ.  εξαπέλεκνς,  the  praetor. 
Id.  3,  106,  6. — III.  an  officer  with  a  re- 
cruiting commission. 

Στρατηίη,  ης,  ή,  Ion.  for  στράτεία, 
Hdt. 

Στρατηλάσία,  ας,  ή.  Ion.  -Ίη  : — an 
expedition,  campaign,  freq.  in  Hdt.  ; 
στρ.  έττ'  Αίγνπτον  εποιέετο  2,  1. — II. 
sometimes,  but  rarely,  the  army  itself, 
as  Hdt.  8,  140,  1. 

Στράτη7.άτέω,  ώ,  f.  -τ/σω  (στρατός, 
έλαννω) : — to  lead  an  army  into  the 
field,  εττί  τίνα,  έτζΐ  χώραν,  Hdt.  1, 
124,  etc. ;  absol.,  7,  \W,  Aesch.  Eum. 
687  ;  στρ.  έκεισε,  Aesch.  Pers.  717. — 
II.  trans.,  to  lead,  command,  c.  gen., 
Aesch.  Pers.  717,  Eur.  Rhes.  276;  c. 
dat.,  Id.Bacch.  52,  El.  917. 

Στρατηλάτης,  ov,  b,  (στρατός, 
ελαύνω)  a  leader  of  an  army ,  a  general, 
commander,  Soph.Aj.  1223,  and  Eur. ; 
στρ.  νεών.  Aesch.  Eum.  637.  [ά] 

Στρατιά,  ας,  ή,  Ion.  στρατιή  : — an 
army,  squadron,  Aesch.  Pers.  534,  Ag. 
799,  etc.  ;  στρ.  ναντική,  πεζή,  Thuc, 
6,  33,  etc.  : — generally,  α  company, 
band,  Pind.  P.  11,  75.— II.  sometimes 
=:στρατεία,  an  expedition,  Ar.  Eq. 
587,  Thesrn.  828,  1169,  Lys.  592 
(where  the  metre  requires  it),  Thuc. 
8,  108  ;  cf.  sub  στράτεία.  (Not  fem. 
from  στράτιος,  but  a  lengthd.  form  of 
στρατός.)    Hence 

Στράτιάρχης,  στράτίαρχος,  6,— 
στρατάρχης,  -χος. 

^Στρατίη,  ης,  i],  Stratia,  a  city 
of  Arcadia,  II.  2,  606:  in  Strabo's 
time  in  ruins,  p.  388:  cf.  Paus.  8, 
25,  12. 

Στράτιος,  ov,  (στρατός)  of  an  army 
or  war,  warlike  ;  epith.  of  Jupiter.  Hdt. 
5,  J19,  Arist.  Mund.7,3;  and  of  Mars: 
— στράτιον,  as  adv.,  valiantly,  Ar. 
Vesp.  618.    [ά] 

\Στράτιος,  ov,  6,  Stratius,  son  of 
Nestor  and  Anaxibia,  Od.  3,  413, 
where  ace  is  Στρατίος. — 2.  an  .Athe- 
nian, son  of  Buselus,  Dem.  1055,  25. 
—3.  another,  Isae.  84,  9.— Others  in 
Paus.  ;  etc. 

Στρατιώτης,  ov,  6,  (στρατιά)  .—a 
citizen  bound  to  or  performing  military 
service  :  then  generally,  one  serving  as 
a  soldier,  a  soldier,  Hdt.  4,  134.  Thuc, 
etc.: — later,  a  soldier  by  profession, 
Arist.  Elh.  N.  3,  8,  9  ;— elsewh!  μισθό 
φόρος.— U.  ποτίψίος  στρατιώτης,  an 
Aegyptian  water-plant,  Sprengel  Di- 
osc".  1,  100;  στρ.  χιλιόφνλλος,  our 
yarrow,  Achillea  millefolium,  lb.  101. 
Hence 

Στρατιωτικός,  ή,  όν,  of  or  belonging 
to  soldiers,  οικήσεις.  Plat.  Rep.  415 
E;  σκηνή,  Xen.,  etc. :— ro  στρ.  (sc. 
άργνριον)  the  pay  of  the  forces,  Dem. 
107,  16:  but  ro  στρ.  (sc.  πλ,ήβος)  the 
soldiery,  Thuc.  8,  83  : — τα  στρατιω- 
τικά (sc.  έργα,  πράγματα),  military 
affairs.  Plat.  Ion  540  E.— II.  fit  for  a 
soldier,  military,  like  στρατεύσιμος, 
στρ.  ηλικία,  the  military  age,  Xen. 
Cyr.  6,  2,  37. — III.  warlike,  soldierlike, 
Polyb.  23,  17,  3 ;  opp.  to  πολιτικός, 
lb.  10,  4. 

B.  Adv.  -κώς,  στρ.  ζην,  Isocr.  248 

Ε  ;  like  a  rude  soldier,  and  so  brutally, 

Polyb.  22,  21,  6: — but,  στρατιωτικά- 

τερον   παρεσκενασμένοι  (opp.  to  ές 

1391 


ΣΤΡΑ 

■νανμαχίαν)  equipped  raihcr  as  troop- 
lihipx,  Thuc.  2,  83. 

'Στ(ηΊηωτίς,  itiof,  fem.  of  στ  pur  ιώ- 
Τι/ς. — 11.  as  adj.,  a~f).  ύρω}ύ,  llie  mar- 
tial aid,  Aeseh.  Ag.  47. — 2.  ;/  στμ.  (sc. 
νανς).  a  troop-ship,  transport,  Thuc.  6, 
43  ;  H,  02,  Xen.,  etc. 

Στρΰτο.ίύη/ς,  ov,  a,  (στρατός,  βαί- 
νω) Rtrict.ly,  one  who  is  in  the  camp, 
i.  e.  a  soldier,  Apollod. 

■[Στράτο -{άτί/ς,  ov,  ύ,  ISiratobates, 
son  of  Electryon  and  Anaxo,  Apollod. 
2,  4,  5. 

■\Στρατόδ7ΐμος,  ov.  6,  Stratodemus, 
8  Lacedaemonian,  Thuc.  2,  07,  v.  1. 
11ρατύ07ΐμος. 

Στράτοκήρνξ,  ϋκος,  6,  {στρατός, 
κτ/ρνξ]  the  herald  of  a  camp  or  army, 
Joseph. 

■ϊΣτρητοκ?.ης.  έονς,  6,  Slralocles,  a 
leailcr  of  the  slingcrs  from  Crete  in 
the  Greek  army  of  Cyrus,  Xen.  An.  4, 
2,  29. — Others  of  this  name  in  Isocr. ; 
Dcm. ;  etc. 

iΣτpn-όλa,  ή,  Siratola,  fern.  pr.  .n., 
Dein.  1351.  14. 

]ΣτραΓΟ'λΰς,  a,  ό,  Stratolas,  an 
Elean,  Xen.  Hell.  7,  4,  15. 

Στράτυλογιίω,  ώ,  f.  -τ/σω,  to  levy  an 
army,  enlist  soldiers,  Plut.  Mar.  9,  Cat. 
Min.  27,  etc.  :  and 

Στράτο'λογία,  ας,  ή,  a  raising,  levy- 
ing an  army :  from 

Στρατολόγος,  or,  {στρατός,  ?J.yu) 
raising,  levying  an  army. 

Στρατόμαντις,  εως,  ό,  { στρατός, 
μύντις)  prophet  to  the  army,  Aesch. 
Ag.  122. 

^Στρατονίκεία,  ας,  ή,  Siratonicea, 
a  city  of  Caria,  founded  by  Antiochus 
Soter,  and  named  after  his  queen 
Stratonice,  now  Esl.-ihissar,  Strab.  p. 
C60.— 2.  another  city  of  (Jaria,  lb. 

^Στρατονίκη,  ης,  η,  Stratonice, 
daughter  of  Pleuron  and  Xanthippe, 
Apollod.  1,  7.-2.  a  daughter  of  Thes- 
pius.  Id.  2,  7,  8.-3.  sister  of  Perdic- 
cas,  wife  of  Seuthes  of  ^'hrace,  Thuc. 
2,  101. — —4.  wife  of  Antiochus  So- 
ter. Luc.  de  Dea  Syr.  17. — Others  in 
Ath.  ;  etc. 

^ΣτρατόνΙκος,  ov,  6,  Stratonicus,  a 
citharoedus  of  Athens,  Strab.  p.  CIO. 
—Others  in  Ath.  782  Β  ;  etc. 

Στρύτοτνεόάρχης,  ov,  h.  {στρατό- 
•ττεόον,  άρχω)  a  general  officer,  Luc. 
Hist.  Conscr.  22  : — the  Lat.  tnhunns 
legionis,  Dion.  H.  10,  36.     Hence 

Στρατοτζεύαρχία,  ας,  ή.  the  office  of 
ατρατο~εδάρχ7]ς,  Dion.  H.  ib. 

Στρατοπεόεία.  ας,  Ί/.  =  στρατοπε- 
δενσις,  Xen.  Hell.  4,  1,  24. 

Στρύτοττέόενμα,  ατός,  τύ,  α  camp, 
an  army,  Diod. 

Στράτοττέόενσις,  ευς,  ή,  an  encamp- 
ing, Xen.  Cyr.  8,  5,  C,  Plat.  Rep.  526 
D :  also,  the  position  occupied  by  an 
army,  or  by  a  fleet.     Hence 

Στβύτυττεδεντίκός,  ή,  ov.foran  en- 
campment, Polyb.  6,  30,  3. 

ΣτρατοΊΤεδενω,  to  encamp,  bivouac, 
take  vp  a  position,  Xen.  An.  7,  C,  24, 
cf  Poppo  Cyr.  4,  2,  6  : — more  freq.  as 
dep.  mid.,  στρατοττεδεύομαί,  Hdt.  1, 
62;  2,  141,  Thuc,  etc.;  of  a  fleet, 
Hdt.  7,  124  :  from 

Στρύτόττεδον,  ov,  τό,  ( στρατός, 
ττέδον) : — strictly,  the  ground  on  which 
soldiers  are  encamped,  Aesch.  Theb. 
79  ;  in  Hdt.  2,  154,  Στρατόττεδα,  as 
the  proper  name  of  a  part  of  Aegypt  : 
— hence,  a.  c.nmp,  encampment,  encamp- 
ed army,  Hdt.  4,  114,  etc.;  in  both 
signfs.,  Thuc.  3,  81  ;  generally,  an 
army,  squadron,  Hdt.  1.  76,  etc.  ;  also, 
»•   squadron    of   ships,    Thuc.    I,    117, 

Lys   162.  9. — 2.  the  Greek  name  for 
Ihe  Roman  legion,  Polyb.  1,  16,  2,  etc. 
1392 


ΣΤΡΕ 

Στράτόπ7Μτος,  ον,(στρατός,  ττλίω) 
transporting  an  army,  f)fiTpuL  στρ.,  OT- 
uem  for  sailing,  Lyc.  1037. 

f Στράτος,  ov,  6,  Stratus,  a  Thra- 
cian,  Qu.  Sm.  8,  99.-11.  /),  a  city  of 
Acarnania  on  the  Acheloiis,  Thuc.  2, 
80  ;  Strab.  p.  450  :  hence  jy  Στρατικη, 
the  territory  of  Stratus,  Polyb.  4,  63, 
10. — 2.  a  city  of  Achaea,  the  subse- 
quent Dyrne,  Strab.  ρ,(3β7. 

ΣΤΡΑ  ΤΟ'Σ,  ov,  6,  an  encamped 
army;  generally^  n?;  army,  host,  freq. 
from  Hom.  downwards,  who  most 
freq.  has  ΰνά  στρατόν,  κατά  στρ., 
throughout  the  army  :  στρ.  άνδι>ών,  a 
military  force,  Hdt.  1 .  53  ;  of  a  naval 
force,  στρ.  ντμτι/ς,  ναυτικός,  Thuc. 
4,  85 ;  7,  71 :  m  ])rose,  as  in  Hdt.,  it 
is  olt.  omitted  with  ύ  πεζός,  ό  ναυτι- 
κός:  V.  sub  voce. — In  Hom.  στρατός 
always  means  the  soldiery,  the  people, 
e.xclusive  of  the  chiefs  : — hence, — 2. 
later,  the  commons,  people,=l'λaός,  δή- 
μος, opp.  to  01  σοφοί,  Pmd.  P.  2,  160  ; 
cf.  0.  9.  143,  Aesch.  Eum.  683,  762, 
Soph.  El.  749  ;  cf.  στόλος  I.  3.-3. 
any  hand  or  body  of  men,  as  of  the 
Amphictyons,  Pind.  P.  10,  12;  of  the 
Centaurs,  lb.  2,  86  :  metaph.,  έρφρύ- 
μον  νεφέλας  στρατός  άμείλιχος,  lb. 
6,  11. 

Στρατόφι,  Ερ.  gen.  of  foreg.,  II.  10, 
347. 

Στρΰτοφύ?ιαξ,  ΰκος,  6,  {στρατός, 
φνλ,αξ)  α  sentinel  in  a  camp  ΟΓ  army, 
Strab.  [}-)] 

Στρΰτόω,  ώ,  {στρατός)  to  lead  to 
war,  only  found  in  the  part.  aor.  1 
pass.  :  στρατωθέν,  Aesch.  Ag.  135 
(ubi  al.  στρατενθέν) ; — for  the  Ep. 
inipf.  εστρατόωντο  belongs  to  a  pres. 
στρατύω,  cf  Buttm.  Ausf.  Gr.  ^105 
Anm.  6. 

^Στράττις,  ιδος.  ό,  Stratlis,  a  ty- 
rant of  the  island  Chios,  Hdt.  4,  1,38. 
— 2.  a  poet  of  the  old  comedy,  Mei- 
neke  2,  p.  263  sqq. 

Στράτνλλαξ.  δ,  Cic.  ad  Att.  16,  15, 
a  comic  dim.,  Lat.  imperatorculus. 

^Στράτων,  ωνος.  ύ.  Strata,  an 
Athenian.  Ar.  Ach.  122. — 2.  another. 
Id.  Av.  942.-3.  of  the  family  of  the 
Buselidae,  Dem.  1064,  7. — 4.  a  Phale- 
rian,  Id.  541,  17. — 5.  a  king  of  Sidon, 
Ael.  V.  H.  7,  2.^.  a  subsequent 
king  of  Sidon,  Arr.  An. — 7.  ό  Φυσι- 
κός, a  philosopher  of  Lampsacus, 
teacher  of  Ptolemy  Philadelphus. 
Strab.  p.  49;  etc.— Others  in  Plut.; 
etc. 

Στράτωνίδης,  ov,  6,  comic  patro- 
nymic. Son  of  a  Gun,  Ar.  Ach.  596  ; 
cf.  Σττουδαρχίδης. 

^Στρατώνας  νήσος,  ή,  island  of 
Strata,  in  Arabicus  sinus,  Strab.  p. 
770. 

ίΣτράτϋ)νος  ττνργος,  6,  lower  of 
Strato,  in  Palestine,  the  later  Caesa- 
rea,  Strab.  p.  758. 

Στραφείς,  στράψήναι,  part,  and  inf. 
aor.  2  pass,  from  στρέφω. 

Στρέβ/ενμα,  ατός,  τό,  as  if  from 
στρεβλενω,  frowardncss,  LXX.  ;  v. 
στρεβλός. 

Στρεβλή,  ης,  ή,  strictly  fern,  from 
στρεβλός,  an  instrument  for  turning  or 
winding,  a  windlass,  roller,  Aesch. 
Supp.  441,  Arist.  de  Motu  An.  7,  7. 
sq.  : — a  screw,  press,  Plut.  2,  950  A  : — 
a  rack  or  instrument  of  torture,  Polyb. 
18,  37,  7. 

Στρεβλοκάρδιος,  ov,  froward  of 
heart. 

Στρεβ?,όκερως,  uv,  with  crumpled 
horns. 

Στρεβλόπονς,  now,  crook-footed. 

Στρεβλό^βϊν,  Ινος,{^ίς)  crook- nosed. 

Στρεβ/.ός,  ή,  όν,  {στρέφω) : — Iwist- 


ΣΤΡΕ 

ed,  bowed,  crookl,  Ar.  Thesm.  516 ;  ατρ. 
ηαλαίσματα,  tricks  of  wrestling.  Id. 
Ran.  878 :  ol  the  eyes,  squinting,  like 
στραβός,  A.  B.  :  of  the  brows,  knit, 
wrinkled.,  Leon.  Tar.  85. — 11.  metaph., 
like  σκόλιος,  crooked  in  one's  ways, 
froward,  LXX.     Hence 

Στρεβλότ>ις,  7]Τος,  ή,  a  being  twist- 
ed, Plut.  Mar.  25  :  crookedness,  ΰδύν. 
Id.  2,  908  A. 

ΣτρεβλόχεΟ.ος,  ov,  {στρεβλός, ^εΐ- ' 
?ι.ος)  crooked-lipped,  i.  e.  deceitful, UicGt. 

Στρεβ?.όω,  ώ,  f.  -ώσω,  {στρεβ'λός, 
στρέβλτ]) : — to  twist  or  strain  with  a 
ti'indlass,  όπλα  όνοισι  ξυ?ύνοισι  στρε- 
βλονν,  Hdt.  7,  36:  also  to  screw  up, 
stretch  the  strings  of  an  instrument, 
έπΙ  τών  κολιΑόττων  στρεβλονν  τάς 
χορδής.  Plat.  Rep.  531  Β. — 11.  to  tivist 
or  wrench  a  dislocated  limb,  with  a 
view  to  setting  it,  στρ.  πόδα,  Hdt.  3, 
129  : — also,  of  wrestlers,  Jac.  Phi- 
lostr.  Imag.  p.  435  : — pass.,  στρεβλού- 
σθαι  τονς  οφθαλμούς,  to  squint. — 2.  to 
stretch  on  the  rack,  etc.,  rack,  torture, 
Ar.  Ran.  620,  Antipho  133.  17,  etc. ; 
and  metaph.,  Ar.  Nub.  620: — pass., 
to  be  racked,  wrenched,  etc.,  στρεβλον- 
σθαι  επΙ  τροχού.  Ar.  Lys.  846,  Plut. 
875;  στρεβλωθιις  απέθανε,  Lysias 
134,  40:— Plat,  also  has  fut.  mid. 
στρεβ/.ώσομαι  in  pass,  signf..  Rep. 
361  E.     Hence 

Στρέβ?Μσις,  εως,  ή,  a  putting  to  the 
torture,  Plut.  2.  1070  B. 

Στρεβλωτήρ,  τ/ρος,  b,=  στρεβλω- 
τ7/ς. 

Στρεβλοτί/ριον,  ov,  τό,  a  rack,  neut. 
of  sq.,  Joseph. 

Στρεβλωτήριος,  a,  ov,  racking,  tor- 
turing. 

Στρεβλωτί/ς,  οΰ,  ύ,  {στρεβ?ιόω  II. 
3)  α  torturer,  executioner:  also=arpf- 
β?ιωτήριον. 

Στρέμμα,  ατός,  τό,  {στρέφω)  that 
whicli  is  twisted  or  wound. — II.  a  wrench, 
strain,  .sprain,  [)ήγμα  7/  στρέμμα,  Dem. 
24,  6;  156.  1. 

Στρέπταιγ7Μς.  η,  ov,  {στρέφω,  αί- 
γλη) whirling-bright,  ορμή  Νεφελών, 
coniico-dithyrambic  epith,,  Ar.  Nub. 
335. 

Στρεπτ7φ,  ήρος,  ό,  {στρέφω)=στρο- 
φενς,  Α  nth.  Ρ.  5,  294. 

Στρεπτίνδύ,  adv.  (στρέφω)  a  game 
in  which  a  piece  of  money  being  laid 
down,  was  to  be  struck  by  anothei 
piece  so  as  to  be  made  to  turn  over, 
Poll.  9,  117. 

Στρεπτός,  7),  όι•,  also  ός,  όν,  verb, 
adj.  from  στρέφω,  easily  bent  or  twist- 
ed, pliant :  στρεπτός  χιτών,  in  II.  5. 
1 13  ;  21,  31,  was  (ace.  to  Aristarch.) 
a  shirt  of  chain-armour  or  mail,  Lat. 
lorica  annulnta,  elsewh.  αλυσιδωτός 
χ.  ;  or,  one  covered  with  scales,  else- 
wh. λεπιδωτας  χ. :  στρεπταΐ  λύγοι, 
plin7it  withs,  Eur.  Cycl.  225. —  2.  ύ 
στρεπτός,  also  in  full  στρ.  κύκλος,  a 
collar  of  tiiisted  or  linked  metal,  Lat. 
torques,  esp.  among  barbarous  nations, 
στρ.  περιηνχένιος.  Hdt.  3,  20;  9,  80, 
cf  Plat.  Rep.  553  C,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  3, 
2,  etc.— 3.  of  pastry,  a  twist,  cracknel. 
Dem.  314,  1,  cf.  Hippol.  ap.  Ath.  130 
D. — II.  metaph.,  to  be  bent  or  turned, 
στρεπτοί  και  θεοί  αυτοί,  the  gods 
themselves  may  be  turned,  II.  9,  497  ; 
στρ.  φρένες,  11.  15.  203  ;  στρ.  γλώσ- 
σα, a  glib,  pliant  tongue,  11.  20,  248. 
— 111.  btiit,  curved,  στρ.  σί07/ρος,  of  a 
pick-axe,  Eur.  H.  F.  946. 

Στρεπτοφόρος,  ov,  {στρεπτός  1.  2, 
φέρω)  wearing  a  collar  or  necklace,  Lat. 
torqualus.  Hdt.  8,  113. 

Στρενγεδών,  όνος,  ή,  distress,  suffer- 
ing, Nic.  Al.  313. 

Στρενγοααι,  {στράγγω,  στραγγίζω, 


ΣΤΡΕ 

στραγγείομαι)  as  pass. ;  strictly,  to 
be  sqtieezed  or  pressed  out  in  drops  ; 
hence,  to  be  gradually  drained  of  one^s 
strength,  grow  iveary,  weary  one's  self, 
στρεύγεσθαι  ίν  aivy  δηϊοτητί,  if  νή- 
σω έρήμτι,  II.  15,  512,  Od.  12,  351  ; 
στρ.  κaμύτo^σι,  to  be  worn  out  by  toils, 
Ap.  Rh.  4,  384  ;  νόσω  στρ.,  Call.  Cer. 
68 :  later,  generally,  to  be  distressed, 
to  suffer  distress,  pain,  etc.,  Nic.  Al. 
291.  (No  act.  στρενγω  seems  to  oc- 
cur: the  usa.  assumed  mid.  signf., 
to  turn  one''s  se//"  about,  i.  e.  to  hesitate, 
leaver,  etc.,  like  στραγγενομαί,  is  also 
dub.) 

Στρεφεδινέω,  ω,  f.  -7/σω,  [στρέφω, 
όινέω) : — to  spin  or  whirl  something 
round  :  hence,  in  pass.,  to  spin  round 
and  round,  ΰσσε  oi  στμεφεύίνηθεν  (for 
-νήθησην),  his  eyes  went  round,  of  one 
stunned  by  a  blow  on  the  nape  of  the 
neck,  11.  ί6,  792.— II.  intr.  in  act.,  to 
spin,  whirl  round,  Q.  Sm.  13,  6.  Also 
στροφοδα'έω. 

Στρέφος;  εος,  τό,  (στρέφω)=  στρέμ- 
μα. 

Στρέφος,  τό,  =  στέρφος,  q.  ν. 
Hence 

Στρεώόω,  ω,=  σ-ερφύω. 

ΣΤΡΕ'ΦΩ,  f  -φω  :  aor.  1  ίστρε-φα, 
Ερ.  3  ρ1.  στρέφασκον,  II.  18,  546  :  pf. 
ίστροφα,  cf.  Theognet.  ap.  Ath.  104 
C,  Lob.  Phryn.  578  :  pf  pass,  εστραμ- 
μαί ;  aor.  1  pass,  εστρέφθην,  oil.  in 
Hom.,  but  only  in  part.;  Ion.  and 
Dor.  έστράφϋην,  Theocr.  7,  132, — a 
form  never  found  in  Ep. ;  and  in  Att. 
the  aor.  2  pass,  έστράφην  prevailed. 
Hom.  uses  pres.,  impf,  but  most 
freq.  aor.  1  act.,  and  pres.,  impf,fut., 
and  esp.  aor.  1  pass.  No  pres.  στρα- 
φώ seems  to  be  in  use. 

To  twist,  turn,  αψ  δε  θεοί  οιψον 
στρέφαν,  Od.  4,  520 ;  ΐττπονς  στρ.,  to 
turn  or  guide  liorses,  II.  8,  168,  Od. 
15,  205  ;  so,  στρ.  πηδύλιοί',  Pind. 
Fr.  15  ;  σάκος.  Soph.  Aj.  575  -.—στρ. 
έαντον  προς..,  Aesch.  Pr.  707  ;  εαυ- 
τόν εις  novijpa  πράγματα,  Ar.  Nub. 
1455: — to  wheel  soldiers  round,  Xen. 
Lac.  11,  9. — II.  to  turn  about,  ΰνω  nal 
κάτω  στρ.,  to  turn  upside  down,  Aesch. 
Eum.  651 ;  so,  κάτω  στρ..  Soph.  Ant. 
717 ;  άνω  κάτω  στρ.,  Dem.  544,  2  ; 
and  στρέφειν  alone,  to  overturn,  jtpset, 
Eur.  1.  T.  1166.  Meleag.  21  :  hence, 
to  change,  alter,  Eur.  Med.  416,  Plat., 
etc. — III.  to  twist  a  rope,  Xen.  An.  4, 
7,  15  : — to  torture,  torment,  στρέφει  με 
περί  την  γαστέρα,  Antiph.  Omph.  2, 
cf  Ael.  Ν.  Α.  2,  44 :  v.  sub  στρόφυς 
II,  στροφεω. —  IV.  to  twist  threads,  i.  e. 
spin,  Luc. — V.  as  a  technical  term  of 
wrestlers,  to  twist  the  adversary  back  : 
hence,  ίριδα  στρέφειν,  Pind.  Ν.  4, 
151 ;  cf.  αποστρέφω. — VI.  metaph., 
στρ.  τι  φρεσίν,  to  turn  a  thing  over  in 
one's  mind,  Lat.  consilium  animo  vol- 
vere  ;  SO,  absol.,  τι  στρέφω  τάδε ; 
Eur.  Hec.  750;  cf  Ael.  N.  A.  10,  48. 
—VII.  to  turn  from  the  right  course,  di- 
vert, embezzle  money,  Lys.  905,  4. 

B.  pass,  and  mid.,  to  twist  or  turn 
one's  self,  to  turn  round  or  about,  turn 
to  and  fro,  Hom. ;  ένθα  και  ένθα  στρέ- 
φεσθαι,  of  one  tossing  in  bed,  II.  24, 
5  :  to  turn  to  or  from  an  object,  ace. 
to  the  prep,  which  follows,  as,  έμε?..- 
'/.εν  στρέφεσθ'  εκ  χύρι^ς,  II.  6,  516: 
hence  also  absol.,  to  turn  back,  II.  15, 
615,  Soph.  O.  C.  1648,  etc.;  to  turn 
and  flee,  Xen.  An.  3,  5,  1,  etc.  : — and 
of  the  heavenly  bodies,  to  revolve,  cir- 
cle, Plat.  Tim.  40  B,  etc.— 2.  metaph., 
to  twist  about,  like  a  wrestler  trying 
to  elude  his  adversary ;  and  so,  in  ar- 
gument, W  twist  and  turn,  shuffle,  τι 
ταϋτα  στρέφει  ;    Ar.   Ach.  385  ;    τι 


ΣΤΡΗ 

δητα  έχων  στρέφει ;  Plat.  Phaedr. 
236  Ε,  etc.  ;  πάσας  στροφας  στρέ- 
φεσθαι,  to  twist  every  way.  Id.  Rep. 
405  C  ;  cf  Euthyd.  302  B,  στροφή  I. 
2.  —  3.  to  turn  and  change,  καν  σοϋ 
στραφεί))  θυμός.  Soph.  Tr.  1134:  c. 
gen.  causae,  του  δε  συϋ  φύφον  ονκ 
αν  στραφείην,  Ι  would  not  turn  for  any 
noise  of  thing.  Id.  Aj.  1117  ;  cf  επι- 
στρέφομαι.-—ii.  to  attach  one'sself,  stick 
close,  νωλεμέως  στρεφθείς,  Od.  9,  435  ; 
16,  352  : — then  simply,  like  Lat.  ver- 
sari,  to  be  always  engaged,  εν  τινί. 
Plat.  Theaet.  194  Β  ;  and  of  things, 
to  be  rife,  ταύτα  μεν  εν  δήμω  στρέφε- 
ται κακά,  Solon  15,23. — ίΐί.  of  limbs, 
to  be  twisted,  dislocated,  Hdt.  3,  129, 
Plat.  Legg.  789  E. 

C.  strictly  in  mid.  signf,  to  turn 
about  ivith  one's  self,  take  back.  Soph. 
O.  C.  1416. 

D.  intr.  in  act.,  like  pass.,  to  turn 
about,  II.  18,  544,  546;  where,  how- 
ever, ζενγεα  may  be  supplied  from 
V.  543 ;  as  may  δις  in  Od.  10,  528 : 
of  soldiers,  to  wheel  about,  Xen.  An. 
4,  3,  26,  and  32  :  of  the  sun,  to  revolve, 
Soph.  Fr.  771,  cf  Eur.  Ion  1154. 

(στρέφω  is  orig.  the  same  word 
with  τρέπω  :  hence  στροφή,  στρε- 
βλός, στρόβος,  στρόμβος,  στρομ- 
βέω.) 

Στρέφωσις,  η,  {στρεφόω)=στέρφω- 
σις. 

iΣτpέφa,  ης,  ή,  Strepsa,  a  place  in 
Maceclonia  on  the  Thracian  borders, 
Aeschin.  31,  38. 

Στρέφασκον,  Ep.  for  έστρεφαν, 
aor.  1  from  στρέφω,  II.  18,  546. 

Στρεφαύχην,  ενός,  b,  ή,  {στρέφω, 
ανχήν)  with  twisted  neck,  κώθων,  The- 
opomp.  (Com.)  Strat.  1. 

ίΣτρεφιάδης,  ov,  6,  Strepsiades,  a 
victor  in  the  Isthmian  games,  cele- 
brated in  song  by  Pind.  I.  7. — 2.  one 
of  the  characters  in  the  Clouds  of 
Aristophanes,  formed  from  στρέφω, 
with  comic  allusion  to  στρεφοδικέω ; 
with  irreg.  voc.  Στρεφίαδες,  1206. 

Στρεφίμαλλος,  ov,  (στρέφω,  μαλ- 
λός)  with  curly  wool,  όϊς : — metaph., 
using  distorted  phrases,  of  Euripides, 
prob.  1.  Ar.  Fr.  542. 

Στρεφίμελος,  ov,  changing  simple 
airs,  V.  1.  for  foreg. 

Στρέφις,  εως,  ή,  a  turning,  twisting; 
like  στροφή. 

Στρεφοδικέω,  ω,  f.  -ήσω,  (στρέφω, 
δίκη)  Ιο  twist  or  pervert  the  right,  Ar. 
Nub.  434.     Hence 

ΣτρεφοδΙκοπάνονργία,  ας,  ή,  (πα- 
νουργία) cunning  in  the  perversion  of 
justice,  Ar.  Av.  1468. 

Στρεφοδΐνέω,=^στρεφεδινέω,  susp. 

Στρηνής,  ές,  also  στρηνός,  ή,  όν, 
strong,  hard,  rough,  harsh,  esp.  of 
sounds,  like  τραχύς,  οξύς  ;  hence, 
στρηνές  βρέμει  ακτή,  Αρ.  Rh.  2,  323  ; 
so,  στρηνές  φωνενσα  θάλασσα,  Anth. 
Ρ.  7,  287 ;  στρηνές  Φθέγγεσθαι,  of 
the  trumpet.  Id.  6,  350  :  cf  στρ?]νν- 
ζω,  Lat.  strenuus. 

Στρηνιάω,  ω,  f.  -άσω,  (στρήνος) : 
—  to  be  over-strong ;  hence,  to  wax 
wanton,  a  word  of  the  new  comedy 
for  τρνφάω,  Antiph.  Didym.  1  (ubi  v. 
Meineke),  Sophil.  Philarch.  1,  3,  Di- 
phil.  Incert.  48 ;  cf.  Phryn.  381.— II. 
to  exult  over.  Lob.  1.  C. 

Στρηνός,  ή,  όν,=στρηνής,  q.  v. 

Στρήνος,  ov,  b,  and  στρήνος,  εος, 
τό,  (στρηί'ής) : — power,  .strength,  Anth. 
P.  7,  680 :  hence,  haughtiness,  like 
νβρις,  LXX. :  c.  gen.,  eager  desire  for 
any  thing,  μύρου.  Lye.  438. 

"Στρηνόφωνος,  ov,  (στριμ-ός,  φωνή) 
ro II sb- voiced,  Callias  Incert.  5. 

Στρηννζο},  (στρηνής)  to  cry  strongly 


ΣΤΡΟ 

or  roughly,  strictly  of  elephants :  also 
written  στρνννζω. 

ΣτριβιλΙκίγξ,  comic  word,  ονδ'  uv 
στριβιλικίγξ,  not  the  very  least,  not  a 
fraction,  Ar.  Ach.  1035.     (Cf  sq.) 

Στρίβος,  b,  a  weak,  fine  voice,  the 
root  of  στριβιλικίγξ,  ace.  to  Schol. 
Ar.  Ach.  1035  ;  though  he  expressly 
distinguishes  it  from  a  bird's  voice, 
λίκιγξ.     (Akin  to  σφίζω.) 

Στριγμός,  ov,  ό,^=τριγμ(ΐς. 

Στρίγξ,  ή,  gen.  στριγγός,  (στρίζω, 
τρίζω) : — α  night-bird,  so  called  from 
its  shrieking  cry,  Lat.  strix. — II.  a 
row,  line,  cf  *στίξ,  στίχος,  Lat.  striga  : 
a  form  στλίξ  is  quoted  in  Cramer's 
Anecd. 

ΣΤΡΓΖΩ,  collat.  form  of  τρίζω, 
seldom,  if  ever,  used  :  hence  στρίγξ, 
στριγμός,  στρίβος,  Lat.  strideo. — 11. 
collat.  form  of  στμάγγω,  hence  Lat. 
stringo. 

Στυιφνός,  ή,  όν,  like  στιφρός,  στρν 
φνός  (q.  fortasse  legend.),  firm,  hard, 
solid,  Plut.  2,  642  E. 

Στρίφνος,  ov,  b,  hard,  sinewy  flesh, 

Στροβελοβλέφΰρος,  στροβελοκο- 
μάω,=  στροβιλ-. 

Στροβελός,  ή,  όν,  =  στρόβιλος, 
στρύβαλος,  στρεβλός. 

Στροβενς,  έως,  ό,  an  instrmnent  for 
stirring,  used  by  fullers. 

Στροβέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (στρόβος) : — 
to  spin  a  top,  to  make  to  spin  or  whirl, 
πάντα  τρόπον  σαυτόν  στρόβει,  Ar. 
Nub.  700,  (hepce,  seemingly  intr., 
στρόβει  (sc.  σεαυτόν),  Ar.  Eq.  386, 
Vesp.  1528) : — to  make  giddy,  τίνες  σε 
δόξαι  στροβοϋσι,  Aesch.  Cho.  1052  ; 
to  distract,  distress,  νόσος  έστρόβησε 
την  Ύώμην,  Plut.  Num.  13. — Pass.,. 
to  be  spun  about,  wheel  round  and  round, 
οϊοισιν  εν  χειμώσι  στροβονμεθα. 
Aesch.  Cho.  203  ;  with  fut.  mid.,  Ar, 
Ran.  817:  to  be  distracted,  νύκτωρ 
και  μεθ'  ήμέραν,  Polyb.  24,  8,  13. — 
Cf  στρομβέω,  -όω. 

Στροβ7]τός,  ή,  όν,  whirled  round  or 
about,  Luc.  Tragop.  12. 

Στροβί?.έα,  ή,=στρόβιλος  5. 

Στροβΐ?ιέω,  ώ,  f.  ■ήσω,=^  στροβι- 
λίζω. 

Στροβίλεών,  ώνος,  ό,  {στρόβιλος 
6)  α  forest  of  pines  or  firs,  hat.  pinetum. 

Στροβίλη,  ης,  ή,  a  plug  of  lint  twist- 
ed into  an  oval  shape  like  a  pine-cone, 
Hipp. ;  cf  Foes.  Oecon.  [i] 

Στροβιλίζω,  (στρόβιλος)  to  twist 
about,  αυχένα,  Anth.  P.  6,  94. 

Στροβίλινος,  η,  ov,  (στρόβιλος  6) 
of  οτ  like  a  pine-cone,  Diosc.  [Jt] 

Στροβίλιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  of  στρό- 
βύ.ος,  a  small  pine-cone,  or  small  pine- 
tree,  Diosc. — II.  α  cone-shaped  earrin'r. 

[βι] 

Στροβίλίτης  οίνος,  o,vime  flavour 
ed  with  pine-cones,  Diosc.  5,  41. 
'  Στροβιλοβλέφάρος, ον,^λικοβλέ 
φάρος,  Orph.  Lith.  666  ;  Herm.  metri 
grat.  στροβελοβλέφαρος,  sed  v.  στρυ 
βιλος  fin. 

Στροβίλοειδής,  ές,  like  a  στρόβι- 
λος, conical,  Theophr. 

Στροβΐ7•.οκομάω,  ω,  to  have  curly 
hair. 

Στρόβιλος,  ου,  ό,  (στραβός,  στρο- 
βέω, στρέφω)  : — any  thing  twisted  up, 
στρόβΛος  ΰμφ'  άκανθαν  είλίξας  δέ- 
μας, of  the  hedgehog,  Ion  ap.  Ath. 
91  Ε  ; — or,  one  ivliich  turns  round,  spins : 
hence,— 2.  a  lop.  Plat.  Rep.  436  D. — 
3.  a  whirlpool :  a  whirlwind,  which  spins 
upwards,  Arist.  Mund.  4.  16;  cf  Luc. 
Ύοχ.  19. — 4.  a  twist  or  turn  in  imisic, 
Pherecr.  Cheir.  1,  14,  Plat.  (Com.) 
Incert.  57. — 5.  a  whirling  dance,  pi- 
rouette, Καρκίνου  στρόβιλοι,  Ar.  Pac. 
1393 


ΣΤΡΟ 

864,  cf.  Vpsp.  1502. — 6.=  κώνος,  the 
cone  of  the  fir  or  pine,  fir-apple,  pine- 
cone,  Lat.  ?it<,r  pinen,  Theophr.,  cf. 
Schneid.  in  Imlice,  Lob.  Pliryn.  397: 
also  of  the  tree  itself,  a  fir,  pine,  Plut. 
2,  648  D. — 7.  a  cone-shaped  earring, 
like  κόννος. — II.  as  adj.,  στρόβιλος, 
■η,  όν,  whirlin•;,  Anth.  P.  15,  25.  [[ 
regularly,  as  in  II.  cc. ;  but  ΐ,  in  signf. 
I.  C,  Anth.  P.  6,  232.]    Hence 

Στρο3ϊ?.ό(ύ,  ώ,  to  turn  about,  keep 
goitig,  ri/v  γλώσσαν,  Plut.  2.  235  E. 

Στροβίλώόης,  ες,  contr.  for  στρο- 
βιλοειδής,  Plut.  Sull.  17. 

Στραβός,  ov,  a,  also  στροφός  and 
στρόμβος,  {στρίψω) : — like  στροφός, 
a  top. — 11.  a  making  to  spin,  a  ivhirling 
round ;  ττοψένος  κακού  στρύβω,  i.  e. 
by  a  whirlwind,  Aesch.  Ag.  iB57.•— 
Cf.  στροφός  I.  1. 

Στρογγνλαίνω,  (.στρο-}η'νλος)  to 
round  off,  Plut.  2,  894  A. 

Στρογγνλίνμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  round 
body,  [w] 

Στρογγν2.ενω,=  στρογγνλαίνω. 

^Στρογγυλή,  ης,  ij,  Strongyle.  one 
of  the  Aeolian  islands  near  Sicily, 
now  Stromboli,  Thuc.  3,  58;  Strab. 
p.  276. 

Στρογγϋλίζω,  v.  1.  for  sq.  in  Dion. 
H. 

^Στρογγνλίων,  ωνος,  6,  Strongyli- 
on,  a  statuary,  Paus.  1,  40,  3. 

Στρογγν?Αω,  ( from  στρογγν?.ος, 
as  στωμνλλω  from  στωμνλος)  to 
rovnd  off.  rnake  round,  Leon.  Tar.  78, 
8,  Dion.  H.  Comp.  14. 

Στρογγύλμα,  ατός,  τό,^στρογγν- 
λεναα. 

Στρογγνλόγλνφος,  ον,  cut  round. 

Στρογγνλοόίνητος,  ον,  (στρογγυ- 
λός, όινέω)  turned  into  a  round  shape, 
rounded,  Archestr.  ap.  Ath.  112  A.  [[] 

Στρογγν^.οείύής,ές, somewhat  rou7id. 
Adv.  -όύς. 

Στρογγνλόκανλος,  ον,  (στρογγυ- 
λός, καυλός)  u'ith  a  round  stalk,  Diosc. 

Στρογγνλό7ιθ3ος,  ov,  with  a  round 
pod  or  shell. 

Στρηγγϋλονανττις ,  ov,  ό,  (ναύτης) 
sailing  in  a  merchant  ship,  Ar.  Fr.  685  ; 
cf.  στρογγυλός. 

Στρογγν?ώομαι,  (στρογγύ^,ος)  as 
pass.,  to  have  an  impression  or  concep- 
tion of  roundness,  Plut.  2,  1121  A. 

Στρογγνλόπλενρος,  ov,  (στρογγϋ- 
/.ος,  πλευρά)  round-sided,  of  an  eel, 
Strattis  Phil.  1. 

Στρογγϋ'λοττρόςωτΓος,  ov,  (στρογ- 
γυλός, ητρόςωττον)  ivith  a  round  face, 
Arist.  H.  A.  1,  16,  4,  Physiogn.  3,  5. 

Στρογγυλός,  η,  ov,  (στράγγω) : — 
rou7id,  Hdt.  2,  92,  Ar.  Nub.  751,  1127, 
Plat.,  etc.: — spherical,  0•ξι\ι.  to  ττλα- 
τΰς,  Plat.  Phaed.  97  D  ;  or,  circular, 
opp.  to  ευθύς.  Id.  Meno74  D: — στρογ- 
γυλή ναϋς,  =  γανλος,  6?.κάς,  a  mer- 
chant-ship, from  its  round,  roomy  shape, 
as  opp.  to  the  long  narrow  ship-of- 
war  (μακρά  νανς),  Hdt.  1,  163,  Thuc. 
2,97;  στρ.  ιστία,  full,  swelling  sails, 
App. — II.  metaph.  of  words  and  ex- 
pressions,  well-rounded,  neat,  pithy, 
close,  terse,  στρ.  1>7]ματα,  Ar.  Ach.  686; 
so,  στρ.  ονόματα  ΰποτετόρνενται, 
Plat.  Phaedr.  234  Ε  ;  στρ.  ?.έξίς,  etc.  ; 
also,  TO  στρ.  στόματος,  neatness,  terse- 
ness οί  expression,  Ar.  Fr.  397  ;  στρογ- 
γυλός ίκφέρειν,  like  συστρέφειν,  to 
express  neatly  and  cleverly,  cf.  Lat. 
verba  or  oralio  pressa,  Cic.  de  Or.  2, 
23,  Brut.  55,  cf.  Schneid.  Theophr. 
T.  3,  p.  63  ;  so  in  Germ,  gedrungen  : 
hence  also,  στρογγύλως  Βιοϋν,  i.  e. 
to  live  closely,  i.  e.  simply,  Plut.  2, 
157  B.     Hence 

Στρογγνλότης,  ητος,  ή,  roundness, 
Plat.  Meno  74  B. 
1394 


ΣΤΡΟ 

Στρογγύλωμα,  ατός,  το,=  στρογγν- 
?,.ευμα,  LXX.  [ϋ] 

Στρογγνλωσις,  ή,  α  rounding,  Hipp. 

Στροιβάω,  and  στροιβέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσο, 
=  στροβέω:  from 

Στροφός,  6,=  στρόβος,  στρόμβος, 
ap.  Hesych. 

ίΣτροΙβος,  ον.  ό,  l^fiff^us,  an  Ath- 
enian, father  of  Leocrates,  Thuc.  1, 
105. 

ΣτρομβεΙον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from 
στρό/ζ,ίοζ•,  Nic.Th.629. 

Στρομβέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,^=  στροβέω. 
Hence 

Στρομβηόόν,  adv.,  like  a  top,  whirl- 
ing. Antii.  Plan.  300. 

Στρομβίον,ον,  τό,  dim.fwm  στρόμ- 
βος. 

ΪΣτρομβιχί^ης,  ov,  ό,  Strombichides, 
father  of  Diotimus,  Thuc.  1,  45  ;  vulg. 
Στρύμβιχος,  as  also  in  Strab.  p.  47. 
—  2.  son  of  Diotimus,  a  naval  offi- 
cer, Thuc.  8,  15;  Xen.  Hell.  6,  3,  2. 

Στρομβοειδής,  ες,  (είδος)  like  a 
στρόμβος,  a  top,  cone,  etc. 

Στρήμβος,  ov,  6,  (στρέφω) : — like 
στραβός,  στροφός,  στροφός,  στρόβι- 
?.ος,  α  body  rounded  or  spun  round : 
hence, — 1.  a  top,  II.  14,  413. — 2.  a 
snail-shell,  Arist.  H.  A.  1,  11,  1,  The- 
ocr.  9,  25  : — also,  the  snail,  Arist.  H. 
A.  5,  15,  22,  cf.  4,  4,  35.-3.  α  tuhirl- 
wivd,  usu.  στροφόιλίγξ,  Aesch.  Pr. 
1085. — 4.  a  pine-cojie,  elsev/h.  στρόβυ- 
λο(•,  κώνος,  Nic.  Th.  884. — 5.  a  spin- 
dle. Lye.  585.     Hence 

Στρομβόω,  ώ,  like  στροβέω,  to  turn 
roxmd,  spin  about. — II.  to  make  into  a 
στρόμβος. 

Στρομβώδης,  ες,  contr.  for  στρομ- 
βοειδής  :  τα  στρ.,  animals  of  the  snail 
kind,  Arist.  H.  A.  4,  4,  2,  sq. 

Στρονθάριον,  ου,  τό.  dim.  from 
στρουθός,  Eubnl.  Incert.  14.  [a] 

iΣτpovθaς,  ύ,  Struthas,  a  Persian, 
Xen.  Hell.  4,  8,  17. 

Στρούθειος,  a,  ov,  of  or  like  a  στρον- 
θός. — II.  μήλον  σ~ρ.,=  στρονθίον  III, 
Anth.  P.  6,  252. 

iΣτpovθcaς,  ov.  6,  Struthias,  a  para- 
site often  named  in  comedy,  Luc. 
Fug.  19. 

Στρονθίζω,  to  chirp  like  a  στρονβής, 
to  twitter,  chatter,  Ar.  Fr.  717.— II.  to 
clean  ivith  the  herb  στρονθίον,  Diosc. 

Στρονθίον.  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  στρον- 
θός,  Anaxandr.  Anter.  1. — II.  tu  στρ. 
(sc.  1)ίζίον),  soap-xtort,  used  for  clean- 
ing wool,  Theophr.  :  a  chaplet  of  this 
flower,  Eubul.  Steph.  2  (with  a  play 
on  στρσνθός  IV),  Theophr.,  etc. — III. 
(sub.  μήλον),  also  στρούθείον,  a  kind 
of  qxiince,  Theophr. 

Στρούθίος,  a.  ον,^στρονθειος. 

Στρουθίων,  ωνος,  ό,=  -ϋοκύμη7.ος. 

■\Στρονθοβά7Μνοι,  ων,  οΊ,  (στραν- 
Οάς.  βά?ιανος)  the  SlnUhohalani,  name 
of  a  people  in  Luc.  Ver.  H.  1,  13. 

Στρουθοκάμηλος,  ό,  also  ή,  (στρου- 
θύς,  κάμηλος)  an  ostrich,  from  its  ca- 
mel-like neck,  struthiocamelus  in  Plin. 
10,  1,  1.  [a]^ 

Στρονθοκέφΰλος,  ov,  (  στρουθός, 
κεφαλή)  with  the  head  of  a  στρουθός  : 
with  a  sharp-pointed  head,  Plut.  2,  520 

ΣτρουθότΓονς,  ττουν,  with  sparrow's 
or  ostrich's  feet. 

ΣΤΡΟΤΘΟ'Σ,  ov,  b,  also  ή,  any 
small  bird ;  esp.,  of  the  sparroiv  kind,  a 
sparrow,  II.  2,  311,  sq.  in  iem.  ;  in 
masc,  Hdt.  1,  159:  generally,  η  oiVti, 
even  of  an  eagle,  Aesch.  Ag.  145  ;  cf. 
Ar.  Vesp.  207,  Av.  578. — II.  ά  μέγας 
στρ.,  the  large  bird,  i.  e.  the  ostrich, 
Xen.  An.  1,  5,  2;  also  called  στρον- 
θοι  κατάγαιοι  (i.  e.  birds  that  run,  do 


ΣΤΡΟ 

not  fly);  later  also  στρονθοι  χερσαιαι, 
Wess.  Hdt.  4,  175,  192,  Schneid. 
Xerr.  An.  1,  5,  2  ;  also  simply  ή  στρον- 
θός,  like  στρουθοκάμηλος,  !ίτ.  Ach. 
1106,  Αν.  875.— III.  ή  στρ.,  aplant,= 
στρουθίον  II. — IV.  ύ  στρ.,  α  lewd  fel- 
low, lecher  (as  in  Juvenal,  passer)  ;  cf. 
στρουθίον  II. 

iΣτpoυθoϋς,  σνντος,  ο,  Stmthus,  a 
promontory  near  Mases  in  Argolis, 
Paus.  2,  36,  3. 

Στρουθοφύγος,  ov,  (στρονθός,  φα- 
γείν)  feeding  on  birds,  Strab. 

Στρονθωτός,  ή,  όν,  as  if  from 
στρουθύω,  painted  or  embroidered  with 
bird.9,  Sophron  ap.  Ath.  48  C. 

'ΙΣτρονχατες,  ων.  οι,  the  Struchates, 
apeoplcof  Media,  Hdt.  1,  101. 

■\Στροφάδες:  ων,  al,  νήσοι,  v.  στρο- 
φής II. 

Στροφαϊος,  a,  ov,  (στροφή)  adroit, 
cunning. — II.  ό  στροφαίος  (στροφείς 
Π),  epith.  of  Mercury,  standing  as 
porter  at  the  dnor-hinges,  Ar.  Plut. 
1153,  with  a  play  upon  signf.  I, — v. 
Schol. 

^Στρόφακος,  ov,  ό,  Strophacus,  a 
Thessalian,  Thuc.  4,  78. 

Στροφάλιγξ,  ίγγος,  ή,  (στρέφω, 
στροψαλίζω) : — α  whirl,  eddy,  στρ.  κο- 
νίϊ/ς,  II.  10.  775,  Od.  24,  39.— II.  α 
curve,  bend,  Dion.  P.  162,  584  :  also  a 
star's  orbit,  Arat.  43. — HI.  any  thing 
of  a  round  shape,  e.  g.  α  cheese,  Nic. 
i'h.  697. — IV.  α  thing  to  turn  upon, 
piiwl,  axle,  etc. 

Στμηφάλίζω,  a  lengthd.  form  of 
στρέφω,  ήλάκατα  στρ.,  to  turn  the 
spindle,  i.  e.  to  spin,  Od.  18,  315 ;  cf. 
Anth.  P.  6,  218. 

Στρόφαλος,  ου,  6,  a  top. — II.  a  cvrved 
handle  on  a  catapult. 

Στροφύ,ς,  άδος,  Ό,  ή,  (στρέφω):— 
turning  round,  whirling,  circling,  esp. 
of  the  constellations,  άρκτου  στροφύ- 
δες  κέλευθοι,  the  Bear's  circling  paths, 
Soph.  Tr.  131,  cf.  Dion.  P.  594:— 
ύελλα  στρ..  a  whirlwind,  Orph.  Arg. 
675  : — of  cranes  on  their  rrturn,  Arat. 
10.32. — II.  ai  Στροφάδες  (sc.  νήσοι), 
the  Drifting  Isles,  a  group  not  far  from 
Zacynthus,  supposed  to  have  been 
once  floating,  cf.  Thuc.  2,  tin.,  fcar- 
lier  called  Τϊλωταί,  Αρ.  Kh.  2,  295 
sqq. ;  another  dcriv.  is  given  from  the 
turning  (  στρέφω )  back  here  of  the 
sons  of  Boreas  from  the  pursuit  of 
the  Harpies,  Apollod.  1,  9,  21t:  cf. 
Σττορί'ιδες.  Κυκλάδες. 

ΣτροφεΙον,  ov,  τό,  (στρέφω):  —  ο 
twisted  noose,  cord,  Xen.  Cyn.  2,  7. — 
II  an  instrument  for  turning  any  thing 
ti'ith,  esp.  in  the  theatre,  a  machine  by 
rvhich  an  actor  disappeared  from  the 
audience,  Poll.  4,  132. — 2.  a  woo/Jen 
windlass  on  which  a  cable  runs,  Luc. 
Navig.  5. 

Στροφείς,  έως,  ό,  (στρέφω)  a  verte- 
lire  of  the  neck  or  spine. — -11.  the  socket 
in  which  the  door  moves  (cf.  στρό- 
φιγξ),  Ar.  Thesm.  487,  Polyb.  7,  IG, 
5,  Luc. 

Στροφέω,=  στρέφω,  esp.  to  have  a 
στροφός  (signf.  II),  Ar.  Pac.  175. 

Στροφή,  ής.  ή,  (στρέφω) : — ο  turning, 
Xen.  Eq.  7,  15  :  α  turning  roxmd,  cir- 
cling. Άρκτου,  Soph.  Fr.  379 ;  των 
ωρών.  Plat.  Legg.  782  A  ;  cf.  στρο- 
φής :  στρ.  ομμάτων,  rolling  of  the 
eyes,  Eur.  H.  F.  932.-2.  a  twist,  such 
as  wrestlers  make  to  elude  their  ad- 
versary ;  a  slippery  trick,  a  dodge,  ov 
δεΙ  στροφών,  Ar.  Plut.  1154,  Eccl. 
1026;  so  Aesch.  Supp.  623;  cf.  στρέ- 
φω Β.  I.  2.-3.  in  music,  a  twist  or 
turn,  στρηφάς  κατακάμπτειν,  Ar. 
Thesm.  68  ■  cf.  καμπή. — II.  esp.  the 
turning  of  the  chorus,  dancing  towards 


ΣΤΡΎ 

one  side  of  the  ορχήστρα  :  hence  also 
the  strain  sung  during  this  evolution  ; 
the  strophe,  to  which  the  αντιστροφή 
answers. 

Στροφιγγοειδής,  ές,  like  a  στρόφιγξ, 
Math.  Vett. 

Στρόφιγξ,  ίγγος,  ό.  Plat,  and  Plut. 
11.  citand. :  {στρέφω) : — like  στροφενς, 
the  pivot,  axle,  pin.  etc.,  ore  which  a 
body  turns.  Ear.  Phoen.  112G.  —  2. 
οτρόάιγγεζ  were  pivots  sunk  in  sock- 
ets, Lat,  scapi  cardinales,  at  top  and 
bottom  of  a  door,  and  which  there- 
fore served  as  hinges  :  they  were 
made  from  the  /.ωτός,  ττνξος  or  ττρί- 
νος,  whereas  the  στροφενς,  made  from 
the  τττελέα,  was  the  socket  in  which 
the  στρόφίγξ  turned,  Theophr.  H.  PI. 
5,  5, 4,  sq.,  cf.  Vitruv.  4,  6,  Plut.  Rom. 
23  ; — hence,  the  vertebrae,  as  the  pivots 
on  which  the  body  moves,  Pherecr. 
Incert.  71  B,  Plat.  Tim.  74  A,  B.— 
3.  στρ.  γ/.ώττης,  of  a  ivell-kung  tongue, 
Ar.  Ran.  892. 

fΣτpoόίrί,  ης,  ή.  Strophia,  a  fount- 
ain near  Thebes,  Call.  Del.  76. 

Στροφικός,  rj,  όν,  (στροφή)  -.—jit for 
turning  about ; — cf.  sub  /.ισχροί. — II. 
{στροφή  11)  strophic,  consisting  of  a 
strophe. 

Στρόόιον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  στρο- 
φός, a  band  worn  by  women  round  the 
head,  or  (more  usu.)  round  the  breast, 
Ar.  Lys.  931,  Thesm.  139,  255.  Fr. 
509;  cf.  στρόφος\-  1. — II.  ahead-band 
worn  by  priests,  Plut.  Arat.  53,  cf. 
Diog.  L.  8,  73. 

^Στβοφίος,  ov,  0,  Strophius,  father 
of  Scamandrius,  11.  5,  49. — 2.  son  of 
Crisus.  king  of  Phocis,  father  of  Py- 
lades,  Pind.  P.  II,  53  ;  Eur.  1.  T.  60: 
in  Paus.  2,  16,  7,  also  a  son  of  Pyla- 
des  and  Electra. 

Στρόφις,  ιος,  ό,  {στρέφω)  a.  twisting, 
slippery  fellow,  Ar.  Nub.  450 ;  cf.  στρέ- 
φω Β.  1.  2. 

Στροφίς,  ίδος,  ή,=^στρόώιον,  Eur. 
Andr.  718. 

Στροφοόΐνέομαι,  {στρέφω,  δίνέω) 
as  pass.,  to  wheel  eddying  round,  of 
birds,  Aesch.  Ag.  51. 

Στροφόομαι,  f.  -ώσομαι,  as  pass., 
(στροφός  II): — strictly,  to  have  the 
colic,  Diosc. 

Στροφός,  ου,  ό,  {στρέφω) : — a  twist- 
ed band  or  cord,  used  as  a  sword-belt, 
έν  δε  στρόόος  ήεν  άορτήρ,  on  it  was 
a  cord  to  hang  it  by,  Od.  13,  438  ;  17, 
198  :  generally,  a  cord,  rope.  Hdt.  4, 
60: — α\90^στρόφίον,  a  7naiden-zone, 
Aesch.  Theb.  871  (et  sic  legend,  pro 
στρό,οονς  in  Supp.  457). — 2.  a  swath- 
ing-cloth.  swaddling-band,  H.  Horn.  Ap. 
122,  128  ;  like  σττύργανα. — 3.  basket- 
work,  braided-work  ;  also  a  braid  of 
hair. — II.  a  twisting  of  the  bowels,  colic, 
Lat.  tormina,  στροφός  μ'  έχει  τ?/ι>  γα- 
στέρα, Ar.  Thesm.  Ί84,  and  Hipp.  ; 
cf.  Foes.  Oecon.,  and  v.  sub  στρέφω, 
A.  Ill,  στροοέω.    Hence 

Στροφώδης,  ες.  like  a  στροφός, 
Hipp. ;  al.  τροφίώδης. 

Στράφωμα,  τό,=στρόφιγξ  U. 

Στροφωμάτίον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from 
στρόφωμα. 

Στρί'ζω,  rare  coliat.  form  of  τρΰζω. 

^Στρϋμι;,  ης,  ή,  Stryme,  a  city  of 
the  Thasians  in  Thrace,  on  the  Lis- 
sus,  Hdt.  7,  108 ;  Dem.  163,  18. 

.'\Στρϋμόδωρος,  ov,  υ,  Stryjnodorus, 
a  citizen  of  Acharnae,  Ar.  Ach.  273. 
— 2.  a  banker  in  Aegina,  Den).  953, 19. 

Στρνμονίας,  Ion.  Στρυμονίης,  (sc. 
άνεμος),  ο,  a  wind  blowing  from  the 
Thracian  river  Strymon  towards 
Greece,  i.  e.  a  jVXE.  xvind,  Valck. 
Hdt.  8,  118  ;  cf.  Aesch.  Ag.  192. 

^Στρνμονικός,  ij,  ov,=sq.,  b  Στρ. 


2TPQ 

κό7.7τος,  the  Strymonicus  sinus,  a  gulf 
on  the  coast  of  Macedonia,  Strab. 

^Στρϋμόνως.  a.  or,  of  or  relating  to 
the  Strymon,  Sirymonian.  and  so  Thra- 
cian, 6  Στρ.  πώλος,  of  Rhesus,  Eur. 
Rhes.  386  ;  ή  Στρ.  Άμφίπολις,  Anlh. 
P.  7,  485. 

^Στρνμών,  όνος,  ό,  the  Strymon,  a 
large  river^tThrace,  which  empties 
into  the  A^^an,  now  Karasou,  Hes. 
Th.  339  ;  Hdt.  ;  etc.— The  river-god 
was  the  father  of  Rhesus,  Eur.  Rhes. 
351,  sqq. 

Στρννίζω,  V,  στρηννζω. 

Στρυφνός,  όν,  {στρύφω): — strictly, 
of  a  taste  which  draws  up  the  mouth, 
rough,  harsh,  astringent.  Plat.  Tim.  65 
D,  "Xen.  Hier.  1,  22.— II.  melaph.  of 
temper,  manner,  etc.,  harsh,  austere, 
στρ.  ήθος,  Ar.  Vesp.  877  ;  cf.  Xen. 
Cvr.  2,  2,  11.— ΙΙ1.=σ-ρ/<Αι^όί•  (q.  v.), 
stiff,  0pp.  C.  1,  411  ;  cf.  Jac.  Phi- 
lostr,  Imag.  p.  263.  [Ace.  to  Draco, 
p.  83,  2,  V  by  nature,  as  appears  also 
by  its  deriv.  from  στύφω.]     Hence 

Στρνφνότης,  ητος,  ή,  a  sour,  harsh 
taste,  sourness,  Arist.  Categ.  8,  8, 
Probl.  1,  42,  4. — II.  metaph.,  sourness, 
ill-temper,  Dion.  H. 

Στρνφνόω,  ώ,  {στρυφνός)  to  make 
sour  or  harsh  :  generally,  =  στύφω, 
Plut.  2,  624  E. 

Στρνχνη,  ης,  ή,^στρνχνος,  dub.  in 
Diosc. 

Στρνχνον,  ov,  ro,=:sq.,  Nic.  Th. 
878. 

Στρνχνος,  ov,  ό,  also  ή,  nightshade, 
solanu?n,  a  family  of  plants  of  which 
the  ancients  knew  three  or  four  spe- 
cies, some  poisonous,  one  bearing  an 
eatable  berry  of  an  acid,  vmous  fla- 
vour, Theophr.,  and  Diosc.  4,  71-4: 
cf.  τρνχνος. 

Στρώμα,  ατός,  τό,  {στρώνννμι)  : — 
any  thing  spread  or  laid  out  for  resting, 
lying,  silting  upon,  a  ?natrass,  bed, 
Theogn.  1193  :  esp.,  in  plur.,  the  ma- 
trass and  bed-clothes,  bedding,  Lat.  ves- 
tis  stragula,  freq.  in  Ar.,  as  Ach.  1090, 
Nub.  37,  1069,  Comici  ap.  Ath.  48  B, 
sq..  Plat.,  etc.  ;  στρώματα  αίρεσθαι, 
Ar.  Ran.  596;  στρ.  νττοσ-ΰν,  to  pull 
the  bed  from  under  one,  Dem.  762,  4  ; 
ττερισαύν,  Luc.  Asin.  38. — 2.  in  plur. 
3.\50=στρωματεϊς,ν.  sq.  2. — 3.  in  plur. 
also  piles  for  building  bridges  on,  Lat. 
suhlicae,  Poiyaen. 

Στρωυ.άτενς,  έως,  ό,  the  coverlet  of 
a  betl,  first  in  the  New  Comedy,  An- 
tiph.  Άτΐοκαρτ.  1,  Ale.x.,  etc. :  also 
=  στρωματόδεσμος.  cf.  Lob.  Phryn. 
401. — 2.  in  plur.  στρωματεΐς.  patch- 
work (such  as  these  coverlets  were 
often  made  of) ; — the  name  of  a  mis- 
ctUaneoiis  work  by  Clemens  Alex. —  II. 
a  flat  fish  marked  with  divers  colours. 

Στρωμύ,τίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {στρώμα)=^ 
στρώνννμι. 

Στρωμΰτίτης,  ov,  ό,  έρανος  στρ.,  a 
pic-nic  at  which  the  host  found  the 
στρώματα. 

Στρωμΰτόδεσμον,  ov,  τό  ;  and  in 
Ar.  Fr.  249,  -δεσμός,  ov,  ό  :- — a  leath- 
ern or  linen  sack  in  uhich  slai>es  had  to 
put  the  bed-clothes  {στρώματα),  and  tie 
them  up  therein  {σννάήσαι  ίμάντι, 
σνσκενύζεσθαι),  Ar.  1.  c.  Plat.  The- 
aet.  175  E,  Xen.  An.  5,  4,  13. 

Στρωμύτοθήκη,  ης,  ή,  a  pack-saddle. 

Στρωματοφθορέω,  ώ,  to  spod  carpets, 
etc.,  cf.  σωματοφθ-. 

Στρωματοφύλαξ ,  ΰκος,  ό,  ή,  {στρώ- 
μα, φν'λα;)  one  who  has  the  care  of  the 
bedding,  table-cloths,  etc.,  Plut.   [ϋ] 

Στρωμνή,  ης,  ή,  a  bed  spread  or  pre- 
pared ;  generally,  a  bed,  couch,  Pind. 
P.  1,  54,  etc.,  and  Att.,  as  Aesch.  Cho. 
671,  Thuc.  8,  8  ;  α  matrass,  bedding, 


ΣΤΤΓ 
Xen.  Mem.  2,  1,  30  .—στρ.  άφθιτος, 
of  the  golden  fleece,  Pind.  P.  4,  410. 

Χτρωνννμι,  and  -jihj,  f.  στρώσω, 
formed  metaplast.  from  στόρνυμι, 
στορένννμι,  q.  v.     Hence 

Στρώσις,  εως,  ή,  a  spreading,  cover- 
ing, Ath.  48  D. 

Στρωτήρ,  ήρος,  ό,  {στρώνννμί)  = 
στρωτής. — II.  in  plur.,  the  rafters  laid 
upon  the  bearing  beam,  Ar.  Fr.  54 
(where  allusion  is  made  to  the  prov- 
erb in  A.  B.  respecting  a  drunken 
man,  όταν  μη  δννηταί  τις  τονς  στρω- 
τήρας τ)  τάς  δοκονς  άριθμείν),  Polyb. 
5.  89,  6 :  cf.  Bockh  Inscr.  1.  p.  281.— 
2,  the  laths  nailed  across  the  rafters, 
Philo. 

Στρωτηρίδιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from 
foreg. 

Στρωτής,  ου,  6,  {στρώνννμι):  — 
like  στρωτήρ,  one  that  spreads,  esp. 
one  that  gets  ready  the  beds  and  dinner- 
couches,  Lat.  strator,  Ath.  48  D,  Plut. 
Pelop.  30. 

Στρωτός,  ή,  όν,  {στρώνννμι)  spread, 
laid,  centered,  Lat.  stratus,  Άεχος,  Hes. 
Th.  798,  Eur.  Or.  313  ;  στρωτό,  φύρη. 
Soph.  Tr.  916. 

Στρωφύω,  ώ,  poet,  and  Ion.  freq. 
of  στρέφω,  as  τρωττάω  for  τρέπω  : — • 
to  turn  constantly,  στρ.  ή7.άκατα.  to 
turn  the  spindle  of  wool,  i.  e.  spin, 
Od.  6,  53,  306,  etc.  : — pass.,  στρωφά- 
σθαι,  to  turn,  one's  self  about,  keep  turn- 
ing, II.  13,  557;  20,  422:  hence,  like 
Lat.  versari  in  loco,  to  keep  in  a  place, 
abide,  tarry,  live  there,  11.  9,  463,  Hdt. 
2,  85,  and  Hipp,  (where  it  is  wrongly 
written  στροφύυμαι) :  usu.  στρωφΰ- 
σθαι  έν  χώρω,  Aesch.  Ag.  1224,  cf. 
Eur.  Ale.  1052 ;  but  in  pregnant  signf., 
στρ.  έπΙ  πόλεις,  to  visit  cities  and 
abide  there,  Hes.  Op.  526. — II.  intr., 
στρωφάν  for  στρωφάσθαι.  Αρ.  Rh.  3, 
893. 

■\Στν3έ^ί)α,  ας,  η,  a  city  of  Mace- 
donia, Polyb.  28,  8,  8,  in  Liv.  Slubera. 

ΣτνΛανος,  i),  όν,  {στνγέω)  the  pri- 
mary form  of  στυγνός. 

Στνγάνωρ,  ορός,  ό,  ή,  {στνγέω, 
άνήρ)  hating  the  man  or  the  male  sex, 
Aesch.  Pr.  724.  [a] 

Στυγερός,  ύ,  όν,  {στνγέω)  : — hated, 
abominated  ;  hateful,  abominable  ;  freq. 
in  Hom.,  Hes.,  and  Trag.,  both  of 
persons  and  things  ;  στ.  Άιόης,  II.  8, 
368  ;  δαίμων,  πό?.εμος,  γάμος,  πέ\•- 
θος,  etc.,  Od.  5,  396,  11.  4,  240,  etc.  ; 
so,  μοίρα,  etc.,  Aesch.  Pers.  909, 
Theb.  335,  Eum.  308,  cf.  Herm.  Soph. 
Phil.  166  :— c.  aai.,  filled  with  hate  to 
any  one,  στυγερός  δέ  οι  έπλετο  θνμω, 
he  was  his  enemy  in  heart,  11.  14,  158. 
Adv.  -ρώς.  Od.  23,  23,  etc.— Poet, 
word.     Hence 

Στνγερότης,  ητος,  ή,  a  being  hated, 
etc.,  hatrfulness,  dub. 

Στνγερώπης,  ες,  {στυγερός,  ώφ) 
ivilh  hateful,  horrid  look,  epith.  offiy- 
λος.  Hes'.  Op.  194. 

Στνγερωπός,  όν,  =  foreg. :  hateful, 
horrid,  Anth.  P.  9,  662. 

Στνγέω.  ω,  f.  -ήσω  :  lengthd.  from 
root  ΣΤΥΓ-,  whence  the  deriv. 
tenses  used  by  Hom.  are  directly 
formed,  viz.  aor.  1  εστνξα,  opt.  στΰ- 
ξαιμι,  Od.  11.  502;  aor.  2  eari'}  or, 
Od.  10,  113,  cf  11.  17,  694:  fut.  mid. 
as  pass.,  στνγήσεται.  Soph.  O.  T. 
672.  To  hate,  abominate,  abhor,  c. 
ace,  freq.  in  Horn.,  Hes.,  and  Trag. ; 
also  in  Pind.  Fr.  217,  2,  Hdt.  7,  236, 
and  Ar.,  but  never  in  Att.  prose  ; — a 
stronger  word  than  μισέω, — to  show 
hatred,  not  merely  to  feel  it,  cf.  Eur. 
El.  1016  : — sometimes,  c.  inf.  also, 
to  hate  or  fear  to  do  a  thing,  11.  1,  186; 
8,  515,  cf."  Soph.  Phil.  87.— II.  in  aor. 
1395 


ΣΤΤΛ 

I,  to  make  hateful,  fearful,  horrid,  Τω 
κέ  τεω  στνξαιμί  μένος  καϊ  χείρας; 
then  would  I  make  my  courage  ami 
my  hands  a  dread  to  many  a  one,  Ofl. 

II,  502  :— but  this  aor.  is  used  in  the 
common  sense  by  Ap.  llh.  4,  512, 
Anth.  P.  7,  430.  —  Poet.  word. 
Hence 

Στνγημα,  ατός,  τό,  an  abomination, 
Eur.  Or.  480.— II.  Ari/m/.  [v] 

Στνγητός,  ή.  όν.  also  ός,  όν,  Aesch. 
Pr.  592  (ffryyftj)  : — haled,  abominated, 
horrid  :  to  be  hated,  hateful,  Acsch.  1.  C. 
Στνγιος,  a,  ov,  also  of.  ov,  Eur. 
Med.  195,  He).  1355  (^ίτνξ):— Stygi- 
an, of  the  nether  world,  Ae.sch.  Pers. 
COS. — \\.=  στν)ητός,  hateful,  abomina- 
ble, λνπαι,  όμγαί,  Eur.  11.  c. 

Ί,τνγνάζω,  f.  -ύσω,  {στυγνός)  to  be 
or  become  sad  or  gloomy,  to  look  so, 
LXX.,  and  N.  T. 

\Στύγνη,  τ/ς,  ή,  Stygna,  a  Dana'id, 
Apollod.  2,  1,4.    ^ 

ΣτνγνοτΓΟίός,  ov,  making  sad  or 
gloomy. 

Στυγνός,  η,  όν,  strictly  contr.  from 
στνγανός,^=ατνγερός,  haled,  abhorred; 
hence,  hateful,  of  persons  and  things, 
ΰτη,  δαίμων,  Aesch.  Pr.  886,  Pers. 
472,  etc. ;  στνγνος  είκων  εΐ,  you  yield 
with  an  ill  grace.  Soph.  O.  'Γ.  073. — II. 
sad,  sorrowful,  gloomy,  of  outward  ap- 
pearance, like  Lat.  tnslis,  στ.  τνρόςω- 
ττον,  Aesch.  Ag.  639 ;  ϋφρνων  νέφος, 
Eur.  Hipp.  173 ;  opp.  to  φαιόρός,  Xen. 
An.  2,  6,  9  and  11 ;  but  it  is  rare  in 
prose.     Hence 

Στνγνότης,  ητος,  ή,  sadness,  gloom- 
iness, Lat.  tristitia:  esp.,  of  outward 
appearance  :  hence  of  the  sky,  Polyb. 
3,  20,  3,  etc. 

Στνγνύχροος,  ov,  ίχρόα)  sad-colour- 
ed, Nicet.' 

Στνγνόω,  ώ,  {στυγνός)  to  make 
sad  : — pass.,  to  be  or  become  so,  Anth. 
P.  9,  573. 

Στϋγόδεμνος,  ov,  {στυγέω,  δέμνων) 
hating  marriage,  νόος,  Atith.  P.  10,  68. 
Στνγος,  εος,   τό,  {στυγέω)  hatred, 
abhorrence :    sadness,   gloom,    δύςφρον 
στ.,  Aesch.  Ag.  547  ;  φρενών  στ.,  lb. 
1308. — II.  the  object  of  hatred,  an  abom- 
ination, lb.  558,  Cho.991 ;  στνγη  θεών, 
of  the  Erinyes,  Id.  Eum.  C44.  [ϋ] 
*Στνγω,  v.  στυγέω. 
Στϋλίς,  ίδος,  ή,  dim.  from  στύλος. 
— II.  like  στηλίς,  a  mast  or  spar  to 
carry  a  sail  at  the  stern,  Plut.  Pomp. 
24. 

Στϋλίσκος,  ου,  ό,  dim.  from  στύλος, 
Strab. 

Στϋλίτης,  ου,  ό,  fern,  -ΐτις,  ιδος,  of 
or  like  a  pillar,  cf.  στηλίτης. 

^Στυλλάγιον,  ov,  τό,  Slyllagium, 
a  place  in  Triphylian  Elis,  Polyb.  4, 
77,  9. 

Στυλοβάτης,  ου, 6,  {στύλος,  βαίνω) 
the  foot  or  base  ofapillar.  Plat.  (Com.) 
Έορτ.  12.  [α] 

Στύλογλνφος,  ov,  {στύλος,  γλύφω) 
cutting  pillars,  Phllo.    [γλϋ] 

Στϋλοειδί/ς,  ες,  {στύλος,  είδος)  like 
α  pillar. — II.  like  a  stile  or  writing  in- 
strument. 

Στϋλοπΐνύκιον,  ου,  τό,  {στύλος, 
ηίναξ)  α  pillar  with  figures  oil  it,  Anth. 
P.  3,  tit. 

Στύλος,  ό,  a  pillar,  Hdt.  2,  109, 
Aesch.  Ag.  898,  Eur.  I.  T.  50.— II. 
any  long,  upright  body  like  a  pillar,  a 
post,  pale,  etc.,  Polyb.  1,  22,  4.-2.  in 
late  writers, =  Lat.  stilus:  —  (but  as 
the  best  authorities  write  stilus,  not 
stylus,  and  the  penult,  of  this  word  is 
short,  sl'ilus,  whereas  ϋ  always  in 
στύλος  (Eur.  1.  c,  Leon.  Tar.  04,  5, 
ap.  Paus.  5,  20,  7),  it  is  prob.  that  the 
Lat.  stilu.f  rather  belongs  to  στέ/ίεχοΓ, 
ir;96 


ΣΤΥΠ 

stalk,  which  is  one  of  its  signfs. — 
{στύλος  is  no  doubt  akin  to  στήλ?}, 
q.  V.)     Hence 

Στύλυω,  ώ.  f.  -ώσω,  to  prop  or  stay 
with  pdlars,  ζωην  στυλώσασθαι,  to 
give  slay  to  one's  life  (by  means  of 
children),  Leon.  Tar.  64. 

Στνμα,  ύτος.  τό,  AeoL  for  στόμα, 
Thcocr.  29,  25.  [ν]   Jg^ 

Στνμα,  ατοΓ,  τό,  (^Ku)  priapism, 
Plat.  (Com.)  Pha.  1.  ^ 

iΣτύμ3apa,  ων,  τύ,  Slymbara,  a 
city  of  Macedonia,  Strab.  p.  327. 

Στύμμα,  ατός,  τό,  {στνφω)  that 
which  contracts  :  esp.  α  material  for 
thickening  oil,  that  it  may  retain  scent 
better,  Galen  :  see  also  στύφις. 

^Στυμμόδωρος,  ου,  ό,  IStymmodo- 
rus,  masc.  pr.  n.,  v.  1.  in  Ar.  Lys.  259 
for  Στρυμόδωρυς. 

Στνμνός,  ή,  όν,  {στύφω)  drawn  up: 
hence,  firm,  solid. 

\Στνμφάλως,  a,  ov.  Ion.  -τ'/λιος, 
of  Slijmphalus,  Stymphalian,  τειχΐ], 
Pind.^0.  6,  167.  [d] 

iΣτυμφάλίς,  ίόυς,  ή,  pecul.  fem.  to 
foreg.,  Pind.  O.  6,  144;  esp.  ή  Σ. 
λίμνη,  in  Hdt.  6,  76,  Στνμφαλίη,  the 
lake  nf  ISlyinphalus,  or  lake  Slympha- 
lis,  in  Arcadia,  whence  the  Στνμφα- 
λίδες  όρνιθες,  killed  by  Hercules, 
Strab.  p.  371  ;  Paus.  8,  22  ;  etc. :  from 
iΣτυμφάλoς,  ov,  ή.  Ion.  Στνμώη- 
λος,  Stymphalus,  a  city  of  Arcadia, 
on  a  mountain  of  same  name  ;  its 
ruins  near  Znraka,  11.  2,  608  ;  Xen.  ; 
etc. — II.  0,  a  river  flowing  from  lake 
Stymphalis,  which  disappears  under 
ground,  and  reappears  in  Argolis  as 
the  Erasinus,  Strab.  p.  275,  371. — III. 
masc.  pr.  n.,  son  of  Elatus.  a  king  of 
Arcadia,  Paus.  8,  4,  4. — Others  in 
Apollod. ;  etc. 

Στύξ,  ij,  gen.  Στνγος,  {στυγέω)  : — 
the  Styx,  i.  e.  the  Hateful,  a  river  of 
the  nether  world,  by  which  the  gods 
in  Homer  swore  their  most  sacred 
oaths,  II.  14,  271  ;  15,  37,  Od.  5,  185, 
cf.  όρκος:— ή  Στύξ,  the  nymph  of 
this  river,  ace.  to  Hes.  Th.  301,  the 
eldest  daughter  of  Oceanus  and  Te- 
thys. — 2.  a  well  of  fatal  coldness  ill  Ar- 
cadia, tnear  Nonacris,  Hdt.  6,  74  ;  cf. 
Paus.  8,  17,  6,sqq.t— 11•  as  appellat., 
piercing  frost,  in  plur.,  ai  στνγε.ς, 
Theophf.  C.  PI.  5,  14,  4.-2.  that 
which  is  hated,  an  abomination,  Aesch. 
Cho.  532  ;  like  στΰγος- — 3.  hatred,  ab- 
horrence, esp.  of  mankind,  Alciphr.  3, 
34. 

Στΰηάζω,ί.  -ύσω,  {στνπος)  to  strike, 
bent. 

Στνπαξοτ  στνπτταξ,  ΰκος,  6,  {στν- 
■κη)  α  rope-seller,  nickname  of  the 
Athenian  Eucrates,  Ar.  Fr.  510  ;  cf. 
στυπεωπώλης. 

Στϋπεΐον  or  στνππεϊον,  ov.  τό,= 
στνπη,  tow,  Hdt.  8,  52,  Xen.  Cyr.  7. 
5,23,  Dem.  1145,  0;  cf.  στύπη.  Hence 
Στϋπειοηώλης  or  στνππ-,  ov,  ό, 
{τζωλέω)  a  hemp  or  rope-seller,  Ar.  Eq. 
129  ;  cf.  στνπαξ. 
Στντΐέϊνος,  η,  oi',=sq.,  LXX. 
Στνιτειος  or  στνππειος,  a,  ov,  of 
tow :  [ϋ]  from 

Στί'τττι,  ης,  ή,  tov:,  the  coarse  part  of 
the  stalks  of  flax  or  hemp  next  to  the 
woody  bark  {στύπος).  [ν  by  nature. 
Lob.  Phryn.  261  ;  so  that  στυπη,  etc., 
(with  single  π)  are  prob.  the  true 
lorms,  cf  κνίσα.]     Hence 

Στύττΐνος  or  στνππ-,  //,  ov,  of  tow, 
Lat.  stupcus,  Diod.  [li] 

Στνπιοποώς,  όν,  {ποιέω)  making 
tow. 

Στϋπιοπώλης,  ov,  ό,^^στνπειοπώ- 
7.ης. 
Στνπογ7Λ'.^οΓ,  ov,  {στνπος,  γ?,νφω) 


ΣΤΤΦ 
culling,  heiving,  working  trunks  οτ  stems 

Στύπος,  εος,  τό,  α  stem,  stv.mp, 
block,  Lat.  stipes.  Αρ.  Rh.  1,  1117, 
Polyb.  22,  10,  4  :  — also=Ki)roc>  όλ- 
μου στ.,  Nic.  Th.  952,  Al.  70.  (From 
στύφω,  στνφλός,  akin  to  στείβω,  etc., 
as  Lat.  .ifiries  to  .-itipo.) 

Στυππεϊον,  στνππη,  στΰππινος, 
etc.  ;  V.  στνπεϊον,  etc. 

Στυπτηρία,  Ion.  στνπτηρίτ)  (sc.  -γη), 
ij,  an  astringent  salt,  prob.  alum,  made 
from  χαλκίτις  (q.  v.),  Hdt.  2,  180, 
and  freq.  in  Hipp. ;  v.  Foes.  Oecon., 
Beckm.  Arist  Mirab.  139.     From 

Στυπτηρίας,  a,  ov,^=  στυπτικός. 

Στνπτηριώδης,  ες,  like  στυπτηρία, 
containing  it,  ύδατα,  Theophr. 

Στυπτικός,  ή,  όν,  {στύφω)  of  astrin- 
gent or  bitter  taste  :  generally,  astrin- 
gent, thickeniyig,  Diosc. 

■\Στνρα,  ων,  τύ,  Styra,  a  city  in 
the  island  Euboea,  near  Carystus, 
II.  2,  539  ;  Dem. ;  etc. ;  hence  Σττ;- 
ρενς,  έως  Ion.  έος,  ό,  of  Styra,  Styre• 
an,  Hdt.  8,  46. 

Στύράκίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (ό  στνραξ)  to 
stick  or  thrust  with  the  στνραξ. — II.  {ή 
στνραξ)  to  be  somewhat  like  the  gum  of 
the  siorax,  esp.  in  smell,  Diosc. 

Στνράκινος,  η,  ov,  {ή  στνραξ)  made 
of  siorax,  Diosc.  [<i] 

Στνράκιον,  ov,  TO,  dim,  of  στνραξ, 
ό,  Thuc.  2,  4.  [ά] 

Στνραξ,  ύκος,  ό,  like  σανρωτηρ, 
the  spike  at  the  tower  end  of  a  spear- 
shaft,  Xen.  Hell.  6,  2,  19,  Plat.  Lach. 
183  E.   (Prob.  akin  to  στόρί/ν};)  [ν] 

Στνραξ,  ύκος,  η,  (once  in  Strabo, 
ό),  the  shrub  or  tree  which  yields  siorax 
(cf.  sq.),  Hdt.  3,  107.  [v] 

Στνραξ,  ύκος,  τό,  siorax,  a  sweet- 
smelling  gum  or  resin  used  for  in- 
cense, ami  produced  by  the  shrub 
στνραξ,  {ή),  Theophr.,  and  Diosc.  1, 
79. 

Στυρβύζω,=  τυρβάζω. 

ίΣτυρεύς,  ό,  v.  sub  Στνρα. 

Στύσις,  ή,  {στνω)  priapism. 

Στντικός,  ή,  όν,  {στνω)  causing 
priapism,  leivd,  Ath.  18  Ε. 

Στύφεδύνός,  ό,  ν.  τυφεδανός. 

Στνφελιγμός,  ού,  ό,  α  striking,  beat- 
ing, pushing;  generally,  ill-usage, 
abuse,  Ar.  Eq.  537  :  from 

Στΰφελίζω,  f.  -ξω,  {στνφελός)  : — to 
strike  rudely,  smite,  'Απόλλων  έστν- 
φέλιξεν  ασπίδα,  11.  5,  437,  cf.  7,  261  ; 
16,  774;  νέφεα  στ.,  of  the  wind,  to 
scatter  the  clouds,  II.  11,  305;  στ.  τί- 
να έξ  έδέων,  to  thrust  him  rudely  from 
his  seat,  etc.,  II.  1,  581,  Od.  17,  234: 
generally,  to  treat  roughly  and  rudely, 
maltreat,  by  deed  or  word,  II.  21,  380, 
512,  Od.  18,  416,  etc.— Ep.  word,  used 
by  tXenophan.  6,  2  Bgk.f,  Pind.  Fr. 
247,  Soph.  Ant.  139, 

Στύφελός,  ή,  όν,  also  ός,  όΐΊ  Aesch. 
Pers.  964  (cf  στνφλός)  :  {στύφω)  : — 
close,  solid,  hard,  rough,  ύκτή,  Aesch. 
1.  c. :  also  of  flavour,  astringent,  sour, 
acid,  Mel.  1  :■ — metaph.,  harsh,  severe, 
cruel,  έφέται,  Aesch.  Pers.  80. 

Στνφελώδης,  ες,  (fi(5of)=  foreg. 

Στυφλός,  όν,  shortd.  from  στν- 
φε'λός,  hard,  rugged,  ύκταί,  πέτραι, 
γ?'/,  Aesch.  Pers.  303.  Pr.  748,  Soph. 
Ant.  250,  Eur.  Bacch.  1137:— often, 
but  wrongly,  written  στύψλος. 

Στυφνός,  ή,  όν,^=  στρυφνός,  dub, 

Στνφόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  poet,  for  στυ- 
πτικός, ν.  1.  Nic.  ΑΙ.  375. 

Σrίl(^o/ίόπof,  αν,  {στνπος-  κόπτω): 
striking  with  a  slick;  esp. =  όρτυγοκό- 
πος,  of  a  favourite  Athen.  game,  in 
which  they  put  quails  in  a  small 
ring,  and  hit  them  on  the  head  with 
little  sticks :  if  a  quail  flinched  and 


ΣΥ 

lan  out  of  the  ring,  it  was  reckoned 
as  beaten,  Ar.  Av.  1299.  (libri  στυ- 
ψοκόμ-χον,  V.  ad  1.) 

Ί,τνφός,  ή,  όν,=^σΓυφρός.     Hence 
Στνφότης,  ητος,  ή,  ttackness,  firm- 
1USS,  solidity,  Plut.  2,  96  F. 

Στνφρός,  ύ,  όν,  {ατνφω)^στνφνός, 
στρυφνός,  στυφλός,  ν.  1.  Arist.  Η.  Α. 
2,  17,'  29. 

Στύψω,  ί.  -ψω,  to  contract,  draw 
together ;  esp.  of  an  astringent  taste, 
χείλεα  στυφθείς,  having  one's  lips 
drawn  up  by  the  taste,  Anth.  P.  9, 
375. — II.  intr.,  to  be  astringent,  Diosc: 
inetaph.  to  look  sour,  [ϋ  always, 
seemingly,  Nic.  Al.  375.] 

iΣτυ<j)ωv,  ωνος,  ό,  Stypho,  a  Lace- 
daemonian, son  olCharax.Thuc.  4, 38. 
Στΰφις,  εως,  η,  (στύφω)  a  contracting, 
drawing  together,  esp.  by  an  astringent 
taste. — II.  in  dyeing,  the  steeping  of 
wool  iii  some  astringent  solution,  as 
alum,  to  prepare  it  for  taking  the 
dye  aright,  Arist.  Color.  4,  4 ; — suffi.- 
ccre  lanam  medicamentis,  ut  purpuram 
combibat,  Cic. — III.  in  perfumery,  the 
thickening  of  oil  with  certain  drugs  to 
make  it  retain  the  scent  longer,  cf. 
στνμμα. 

ΣΤΤ'Ω,  ί.  στύσω,  to  make  stiff  or 
erect ;  sensu  obscoeno,  penem  erigere, 
Ar.  Lys.  59S  : — pass,  στνομαι,  with 
an  intr.  pf  act.  ίστνκα,  of  men,  freq. 
in  Ar.  [ϋ  only  in  pres.  and  impf] 
(Akin  to  στύφω.) 

Στωά,  η,  Dor.  for  στοά,  v.  στοιά. 
Στώόιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  οί  στοά. 
Στωικός,  ή,  όι>,  {στοά)  of  α  colon- 
nade, piazza. — II.  USU.  Stoic,  of  or  be- 
longing to  the  Stoics  or  their  system  :  6 
Στ.,  a  Stoic,  Diog.  L. 

Στωΐς,  ίόος,  pecul.  fem.  of  στωι- 
κός. 

Στωμϋλενω,  and  dep.  στωμνλεύο- 
μαι,^=στωμύλλω. 

Στωμνλέω,  and  in  Ar.  Eq.  1376  as 
dep.  στωμΰλέομαι,^=στωμνλ7.ω. 
Στωμϋλήθρης,  ov,  o,=sq.,  dub. 
Στωμύ?.Τιθρος,    ov,    talkative,    bab- 
bling, Aristaen.  1,  1.  [ϋ] 

Στωμϋλίά,  ας,  η,  wordiness,  Ar. 
Ran.  1069,  Polyb.  9,  20,  6.     Hence 

Στωμν?ιΐοσνλλεκτάδτις,ον,ό,{συλ• 
/.έγω)  a  gossip-gleaner,  Ar.  Ran.  841. 
Στωμύλλω,  only  used  in  pres., 
(from  στωμνλος,  as  στρογγν'λλω  from 
στρογγύ?Μς): — to  be  talkative,  to  chatter, 
babble,  Ar.  Nub.  1033;  ludicrously  of 
birds,  Id.  Ran.  1310. — More  freq.  as 
dep.  στωμΰλλομαί.  Id.  Thesm.  1073, 
Ran.  1071 ;  also  in  good  signf ,  to 
talk,  chat  away,  εις  άλλή?Μνς,  Ar. 
Pac.  995.     Hence 

Στώμυλμα,  ατός,  τό,=  στωμν7.ία, 
Ar.  Ran.  943 :  hence  of  persons,  a 
chatterbox,  lb.  92. 

Στωμύλος,  ov,  (στόμα): — mouthy, 
wordy,  talkative,  full  of  small  talk,  Ar. 
Ach.  429,  Polyb.  40,  6,  2  :— in  good 
signf, ^«eii,  conversing  like  a  gentle- 
man, Anth.  P.  9,  187.  [i] 

ΣΤ',  Dor.  TY',  Lat.  Tif,  our 
THOU,  Gem.  DU,  Sanscr.  TV  AM, 
etc. ;  subst.  pron.  of  the  second  pars. : 
Ep.  nom.  τΰνη,  in  II.  5,  485,  etc. : — 
gen.  σον,  dat.  σοι,  ace.  σε,  which  are 
also  enclit.  σου,  σοί,  σε.  Horn, 
never  uses  the  common  gen.  σον, 
but  freq.  the  Ion.  and  Ep.  σεϋ,  σέο, 
σεΊο  ;  also  σέθεν  ;  moreover  σεν,  σεο, 
enclit.:  Hdt.  has  only  σεο  (enclit.), 
σεϋ .' — Dor.  gen.  τεν,  rarely  τέο, 
lengthd.  τεον  and  (in  11.  8,  37)  reolo, 
Aeol.  and  Dor.  τεϋς,  τεονς- — Dat. 
σοί,  Ion.  and  Ep.  τοί,  in  Horn,  and 
Hdt.  alwa)'s  enclit.,  while  in  them 
σοί  has  the  accent :  Dor.  τειν,  τίν, 
the  former  also  in  XL  11,  201,  Od.  4, 


ΣΥΒΑ 

619,  etc.  ;  the  latter  in  Find.  O.  10 
(11),  114.— Ace.  σε;  Dor.  τέ,  The- 
ocr.  1,  5;  enclit.  τν,  lb.  56,  78,  etc. 
— Strengthd.  by  compos,  with  the 
enclit.  }'ε,  σνγε,  σονγε,  etc.,  thou  at 
least,  for  thy  part,  several  times  in 
Horn.,  and  freq.  in  Att. ;  Dor.  τνγα, 
Theocr.  5,  C9,  71. — In  Ion.  prose  σύ 
is  used  c.  inf.,  as  c.  imperat.,  Hdt.  3, 
134  ;  4,  163.-igi)ifrerent  roots  appear 
in  the  other  numbers,  dual  σφώί,  pi. 
νμείς,  qq.  v.  [v,  except  in  Ep.  nom. 
τύνη.  I  in  τεϊν  and  τίν.  Even  in 
Ep.  there  seems  to  have  been  no 
elision  of  the  dat.  σοί  or  τοι,  Heyne 
11.  T.  7,  p.  401.] 

Σνάγρειος,  ov,  {σύαγρος  II)  of  the 
wild  boar,  DlOSC. 

Σναγρεσία,  ας,  ή,  (σνς,  άγρα)  α 
boar-hunt,  Anth.  P.  6,  34. 

Σνάγριος,ον,=  σνάγρειος,ίιγηοβη8 
ap.  Ath.  402  Α. 

Σναγρίς,  ίδος,  ή,  α  sea-fish,  Epich. 
p.  13. 

Σναγρος,  ov,  6,  (σϋς,  άγρα)  one 
who  hunts  wild  boars.  Soph.  Fr.  166. 
— ΙΙ.=σί'ζ•  άγριος,  a  wild  boar,  Antiph. 
Άρπαζ.  1  ;  but  never  in  the  best  Att., 
Lob.  Phryn.  381.  [i] 

^Σναγρος,  ov,  b,  Syagrus,  an  an- 
cient poet,  said  to  have  sung  of  the 
Trojan  war,  Ael.  V.  H.  14,  21.— 2.  a 
Lacedaemonian,  Hdt.  7,  153. 

Σναγρώδης,  ες,  (σναγρος,  είδος) 
like  a  wild  boar,  Polyb.  34,  3,  8, 
Strab. 

Σναγχος,  ov,  (σϋς,  ύγχω)  choking 
Οί  suffocating  swine,   [ϋ] 

\Σνάδρας,  ό,  Syadras,  a  statuary 
of  Sparta,  Paus.  6,  4,  4. 

Σναινα,  ης,  ή,  (σϊκ)  a  sow. — Π.  ο 
sea-fish,  Ορρ.  Η.  1,  129.  [C] 

Σνανία,  η.  Dor.  for  σνηνία,  q.  v. 

Σναξ,  ΰκος,  ό,  a  kind  ο{ pulse,  Lob. 
Paral.  276. 

Σΐ'ύς,  άόος,ή,  usu.  in  plur.  σνάδες, 
=ΰάζ•,  ϊ'άδες. 

Σνβύλής,  if,=sq. 

Σνβαξ,  άκος,  ό,  η,  {σνς)  hoglike, 
sivinish,  Hesych. :  also  σνβύς,  ruttish, 
lustful,  lb. :  cf  Lat.  subare. 

'\Συι3αρίάδης,  ov,  b,  Sybariades,  a 
Lacedaemoniati,  a  conqueror  at  Olym- 
pia,  Paus.  5,  8,  10. 

Σΰβύρίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  to  live  like  a  Sy- 
barite or  voluptuary,  Ar.  Pac.  344 
[where  however  ϋ  in  arsis]. 

Σνβΰρις,  ως  and  ιόος,  ή,  Sybaris, 
a  city  of  Magna  Graecia,  on  a  river 
of  the  same  name,  noted  for  luxury. 
tHdt.  6,  21;  Thuc.  7,  35;  etc.t; 
afterwards  called  θούριοι  or  θούριον, 
tStrab.  pp.  251,  262,  sq.— 2.  another 
city,  of  the  Bruttii,  Id.  p.  264.— 11.  ό, 
a  river  of  Lucania  mentioned  under 
foreg.  1. — 2.  a  fountain  near  Bura  in 
Achaia,  Strab.  p.  386t :  hence — III. 
as  appellat.  luxury,  voluptuousness. 
(From  σοβαρός,  proud,  ace.  to  Valck. 
Callim.  p.  182:  but  the  name  of  the 
city  and  river  was  doubtless  older 
than  the  luxury  of  the  citizens.  Yet 
this  existed  in  very  ancient  times, 
and  gave  rise  to  the  words  σνβριύζω, 
σνβριασμός,  συβριακός.)  [ϋ] 

Σΰβΰρίτης,  ov,  b,  a  Sybarite,  fHdt. 
5,  14t : — metaph.,  a  voluptuary.  [i\ 

Σν3άρϊτικός,  ή,  όν,  of  Sybaris  :  λό- 
γος  Σ.,  a  class  of  fables  among  the 
Greeks,  Ar.  Vesp.  1259,  ubi  v.  Schol., 
cf  1427,  1435  :  ϋστορίαι  Σ-,  Ael.  V. 
Η.  14,  20t. — II.  metaph.,  voluptuous, 
luxurious. 

Σνβΰρΐτις,  ίδος.  fem.  of  ΣνβαρΙ- 
της,  a  woman  of  Sybaris,  Ar.  Vesp. 
1438 :  \η  Σ.  κράνα,  the  fountain 
Sybaris,  Theocr.  5,  146 :  v.  Σύβαρις 
II.  2. 


ΣΥΓΓ 

^Σνβάρτας,  a,  ό.  Dor.  for  Σνβαρί 
της,  Theocr.  5,  5,  etc. 

Σνβάς,  ύδος,  ό,  ή,  v.  σύβαξ. 

Συβανβαλος,  b,  cf  συοβ-,  Mei- 
neke  Cratin.  Incert.  33  B. 

Σνβήνη  or  σνβίνη  [ί],  ης,  ή,  a  flute- 
case,  Ar.  Thesm.  1197,  1215;  cf  σι• 
βύνη. 

Σνβόσιον,  ov,  τό,  (σϋς,  βόσκω)  α 
herd  of  swine,  11.  11,  679,  Od.  14,  ΙΟΙ 
(both  times  in  pi.  σνών  σνβόσια,  and 
with  I  in  arsis) ;  Polyb.  12,  4,  8. — II. 
a  pigsty. 

Σνβοτα,  τά,  Thuc.  1,  47,  50,  52, 
54,  the  name  of  some  islets  near 
Corcyra,  and  spots  on  the  main-land 
opposite ;  originally,  no  doubt,  swine- 
pastures. 

Σνβότης,  ov,  ό,=  σν3ώτης,  Arist. 
Poet.  16,  4,  cf  Jac.  Ael.  8,  19. 

Σύβρα,  adv.,=  rtip,J(i. 

Σνβριύζω,  {Σύβαρις)  to  riot,  revel. 
Hence 

Σνβριακός,  ή,  όν,  voluptuous  ,•  and 
συβριασμός,  οΰ,  ό,  voluptuousness, 
luxury. 

Σϋβωτέω,  ω,  f.  -ήσω,  to  be  a  swine- 
herd :  from 

Σνβώτης,  ov,  b,  (σνς,  βόσκω)  a 
swineherd,  Od.  4,  640,  etc.,  Hdt.  2, 
47,  48,  Plat.,  etc.    Hence 

Σϋβωτικός,  ή,  όν,  of  οΐ  belonging  to 
a  swineherd,  μέ?ιος  σνβ.,  the  swineherd's 
song.  Poll.  4,  187. 

Σνβώτρια,  ας,  ή,  fem.  of  σν3ώτης, 
Plat.  (Com.)  Incert.  12. 

Σνγγά'λακτος,  ov,  (σνν,  γάλα)=ι 
ομογάλακτος. 

Σύγγαμβρος,  ου,  δ,  brother-in-law  of 
the  same  person. 

Συγγάμέω,  ώ,  to  marry  together,  at 
the  same  time,  Sext.  Einp.  p.  650: 
and 

Σνγγαμία,  ας,  η,  union  by  wedlock: 
from 

Σνγγύμος,  ov,  (σνν,  γαμεω)  united 
in  wedlock,  married,  ά/λω,  to  another, 
Eur.  El.  212  ;  ό,  ij  σύγγαμος,  husband 
or  wife:  the  plur.,  also  in  a  wider 
sense,  connected  by  marriage,  like  γαμ 
βρός,  Eur.  Aiidr.  182,  cf.  Valck. 
Phoen.  431. 

Σνγγαννσκομαι,  ά6ρ.,=^σνγχαΐρω, 
Themist. 

Σνγγελάω,  ώ,  ί.  -ύσω,  (σνν,  γελάω/ 
to  laugh  with  or  together,  Eur.  Erechth. 
20,  22. 

Συγγενεΰλογέω,  ω,  f.-ησω,  to  reckon 
up  one's  pedigree,  V.  1.  Hdt.  2,  143. 

Σνγγένεια,  ας,  ή,  (σνγγενής)  : — 
sameness  of  stock,  descent  or  family, 
relationship,  kin,  Eur.  I.  A.  492,  ThuC. 
3,  65,  etc. : — not  applied  to  the  rela 
tion  of  parents  and  children,  Isae.  72. 
32  : — generally,  a  class,  Arist.  An. 
Post.  1,  9,  2.-2.  kinsfolk,  kin,  family, 
Eur.  Or.  733,  1233 :— collectively, 
one's  kin,  kinsfolk,  kinsmen,  ή  ΪΙερι 
κλέονς  6?.η  οικία  η  άλ?.η  συγγένεια, 
Plat.  Gorg.  472  Β,  cf  Charm.  155  A; 
in  plur.,  families,  Dem.  25,  87;  796, 
17: — in  Diod.  13,  20,  συγγένεια,  of 
two  sons. — II.  the  relation  of  a  colony  to 
the  mother-city.  Wolf  Dem.  Lept.  p. 
328. — III.  family  influence  or  interest, 
TiuTj  και  ξυγγ.,  Stallb.  Plat.  Symp. 
178  C,  where  Wyttenb.,  needlessly, 
ευγένεια. 

Συγγενέτειρα,  ας,  ή,  fem.  of  sq.,  α 
common  mother,  Eur.  El.  746. 

Συγγενετης,  ov,  b,  a  common  father. 
Hence 

Σνγγενετις,  ιδος,  ή,=  σνγγενέτει- 
pa,  Philo. 

Σνγγενής,   ες,   (σνν,    *γένω)  bom 

with,    connate,    natural,    inborn,    ήθος, 

Piiid.  O.  13,  16;  σ.  νόσημα,  Hipp.: 

σνγγενές  τινι,  natural  to  him,  Aesch. 

1397 


ΣΤΓΓ 
Ag.  832,  cf.  Find.  Ν.  1,  41 ;  v.  sub 
σνμφντος.—ΙΙ.  of  the  same  stock,  race, 
descent  or  family,  akin  to,  rivi,  Hdt.  1, 
109,  and  Atl. ;  also  as  siibsl.,  τινός, 
Plat.,  Xen.,  etc.,  as  φίλος  καΐ  ξ.  τί- 
νος, Plat.  Rep.  487  A: — absol.,  akin, 
kindred,  Pind.,  Trag.,  etc. ;  συγγενέ- 
στατος, inost  nearly  akin,  Isae.  85,  25: 
—  OL  σνγγενεϊς,  kinsfolk,  kins7nen, 
Pind.  P.  4,  236,  Hdt.  2,  91,  etc. ;  not 
applied  to  children  {ίκγονοι)  in  rela- 
tion to  their  parents,  Isae.  72,  12  ; 
proverb.,  τοϊς  συγγενίσι  τα  τών  συγ- 
γενών. Id.  48,  40  : — 70  σνγγενές.=^ 
συγγένεια,  kindred,relalionship,  Aesch. 
Pr.  289,  Soph.  El.  14C9,  Thuc,  etc.  ; 
but  also  the  spirit  of  one's  race,  Pind. 
P.  10,  20,  N.  6,  15  -.—συγγενής  ό  κν• 
σθος  αντί/ς  θάτέρα  (for  τω  της  ετέ- 
ρας), Ar.  Ach.  789. — Adv.  -νώς,  Eur. 
Ή.  F.  1293.— 2.  metaph.,  akin,  cognate, 
of  like  kind,  freq.  in  Plat.,  cf.  Ar.  Eq. 
1280  ;  σ.  τιμωρία,  a  fitting,  proper  pun- 
ishment, Lycurg.  105,  10: — homoge- 
neous, Arist.  An.  Post.  1,  9, 1. — III.  at 
the  Persian  court,  σνγγει•ής  was  a  ti- 
tle bestowed  by  the  k)ng  as  a  mark 
of  honour,  (like  our  old  English  cous- 
in, Germ.  Vetter),  cf.  όμοιος,  Schneid. 
Xen.  Cyr.  1,4,27. 

"Σνγγένησις,  ή,  like  σννονσία,  a  be- 
ing together,  meeting.  Plat.  Legg.  948 
Ε  ;  cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  352. 

"Συγγενήτωρ,  ορός,  ό,=  σνγγεννή• 
τωρ,  dub.  ♦ 

Συγγενικός,  η,  όν,  (συγγενής)  be- 
coming, beseeming,  or  due  to  kinsmen, 
belonging  to  one's  race  or  family,  Hipp. ; 
σ.  φι'λυστοργία,  Polyb.  32,  11,  1  ;  τα 
κοινά  και  σ.,  things  common  and  of 
our  own  nature,  Alex.  Ach.  1,  7.  Adv. 
-κώς,  like  kinsfolk,  Dem.  797,  2. 

'Συγγενίς,  ίύος,  pecul.  fern,  of  συγ- 
γενής, Plut.  2, 265  C  ;  cf.  Lob.  Phryn. 
452. 

Συγγεννάω,  ώ,  f.  -7;σω,  {σνν,  γεν- 
νάω) to  beget  or  produce  jointly.  Plat. 
Theaet.  156  E.     Hence 

Σνγγεννήτωρ,  ορός,  ό,  a  common 
father,  Plat.  Legg.  874  C. 

Συγγεύομαι,  dep.  mid.,  to  taste  with, 
eat  with. 

Συγγεωργέω,  ώ,  to  be  a  fellow-la- 
bourer, Isae.  76,  25  :  from 

Συγγεωργύς,  οϋ,  ό,  (συν,  γεωργός) 
α  fellow-labourer,  Ar.  Plut.  223. 

Συγγηθέω,  ώ,  (συν,  γηθέω)  pf.  •γέ- 
γηθα,  to  rejoice  with,  τινί,  Eur.  Hel. 
727. 

Σνγγ7}ράσκω,  fut.  -ύσομαι,  (σύν, 
γηράσκω)  to  grow  old  together  with, 
γηράσκοντι  τω  σώματι  συγγηρά- 
σκουσι  και  α'ι  φρένες,  Hdt.  3,  134  ;  cf 
Eur.  Incert.  31,  Isocr.  2  C  ;  cf.  συν- 
νεάζω. 

Σΰγγηρος.  ov,  (συν,  'ίήρας)  growing 
old  together,  Anth.  P.  7,  260,  635. 

Συγγίγνομαι,  Ion.  and  later  σνγ- 
γίν-  [ί],  fu'•  -γενήσομαι,  dep.  mid. 
(συν,  γίγνομαι).  To  be  with  any  one, 
hold  converse  or  communication  with, 
τινί,  Hdt.  3,  55,  Thuc.  2,  12,  Plat., 
etc. ;  also,  σ.  ες  λόγους  τινί,  Ar.  Nub. 
253  ;  of  disciples,  to  discour.';e  with  a 
master,  περί  τίνος.  Plat.  I'haed.  61 
Ϊ),  cf.  Meno  91  Ε  ;— of  things,  to  fall 
in  with,  ένδεια,  Plat.  Phil.  45  Β  ;— in 
comic  writers,  of  good  eating,  σ.  μά• 
ζαις  σπλάγχνοις,  etc.,  Meineke  Com. 
Pr.  2,  p.  438  : — σ.  γυναικί,  like  συν- 
ουσιύζειν,  to  have  sexual  intercotirse 
xcith  her,  Hdt.  2,  121,  5,  Xen.  An.  1, 
2,  12. — 2.  also,  to  come  to  assist,  τινί 
or  προς  τίνα,  Aesch.  Cho.  456,  460  ; 
cf.  Soph.  El.  411. — 3.  absol.,  to  come 
together,  meet,  Thuc.  5,  37  ;  σ.  ές  πό- 
σίν,  Hdt.  1,  172;  οΐ  αυγγιγνόμενοι, 
comrades,  Xen.  Mem.  1,  2,  16. 
1398 


ΣΤΓΓ 

Σνγγιγνώσκω,  Ion.  and  later  σνγ- 
γΙ•,  f.  -συγγνώσομαι :  aor.  2  σννέγνων 
(σνν,  γιγνώσκω).  Το  think  with, 
agree  with,  τινί,  Hdt.  4,  43  ;  προς  τι, 
Id.  4, 5  ;  η,  Thuc.  7,  73  ; — absol.,  like 
Lat.  con.sentire ,  to  consent,  agree,  Hdt. 

7,  13,  Thuc.  2,  60 ;  so  in  mid.,  Hdt. 
3,  99  ;  7,  12  :— hence,— II.  to  yield  up, 
Lat.  condonare,  τινί  τι,  Xen.  Ath.  2, 
20  :  hence, — 2.  to  yieltt0Kow,  acknmv- 
ledge,  oum,  conj'css,  τι,  Hdt.  4,  3,  Thuc. 

8,  24;  c.  inf,  Hdt.  6,  92;  c.  ace.  et 
inf..  Id.  1,  89,  91 : — also  in  mid.,  to 
grant,  allow,  etc.,  Hdt.  5,  94,  etc. ;  c. 
inf.,  to  allow,  confess,  that..,  1,  45;  4, 
126,  etc. ;  so,c.  part. , παθόντες uv ξνγ- 
γνοϊμεν  ί/μαρτηκότες.  Soph.  Ant.  926 ; 
also,  σ.  ώς...  Plat.  Legg.  717  D. — 3.  to 
be  conscious,  έαυτίΐ),  with  one's  self, 
c.  inf.,  Hdt.  3,  53 ;  σ.  σώίσιν  ώς,  c. 
part.,  Lys.  115,  11  ;  so  also  in  aor.  2 
act.,  συγγνώναι  έαντώ,  c.  part.,  Hdt. 
5,  91. — 111.  to  have  a  fellow-feeling  with 
another ;  and  so,  to  make  allowance  for 
him,  excuse,  pardon,  forgive.  Soph.  Tr. 
279;  τινί,  Eur.  El.  1105,  etc.;  -nn 
την  άμαρτίαν,  Lat.  ignosccre  alicui 
cvlpam,  Eur.  Andr.  840,  cf.  Aesch. 
Supp.  215  ;  also,  ξυγγνώΟι  ήμΐν  τοις 
λελεγμένοις,  Eur.  Hel.  82: — so  in 
mid.,  Aesch.  Supp.  216: — pass.,  to 
obtain  pardon  or  forgiveness,  σνγγιγνώ- 
σκεταί  μοι,  Lat.  ignoscitur  mihi,  v.  1. 
Xen.  Cyr.  7,  1,  44. — This  signf.  of 
the  verb  is  first  in  Att.,  though  Hdt. 
uses  συγγνώμη  so. 

Σνγγνοια,  ας,  ή,  =  sq.,  Soph.  Ant. 
66. 

Συγγνώμη,  ης,  ή,  a  fellow-feeling 
with  another  ;  and  so,  pardon,  forgive- 
ness, σνγγνώμην  εχειν  τινί,  Ιο  pardon 
one,  Hdt.  1.  155,  Plat.,  etc. ;  τινός, 
for  a  thing,  Hdt.  6,  86,  3,  Plat.,  etc.  ; 
σ.  ποιήσασθαι,  Hdt.  2,  110  ; — opp.  to 
συγγνώμης  τνγχύνειν,  Xen.  Mem.  1, 
7, 4  ;  γίγνεταί  μοι  σνγγνώαη,  Hdt.  9, 
58  ;  εστί  μοι  ξνγγνώμη,  Tnuc.  8,  50  ; 
συγγνώμην  αίτεΐσθαι,  Plat.  Criti.  106 
Β  ;  διδόναι,  άπονέμειν,  Polyb.  12,  7, 
5,  Luc.  Alex.  17  : — of  acts,  etc.,  κα- 
Kij  μεν  άλλα  συγγνώμην  ίχει,  admits 
of  excuse,  is  excusable.  Soph.  Tr. 
328  ;  ίχειν  τι  ξυγγνώμης,  Thuc.  3, 
445  ;  so,  ξυγγνώμη  {εστί),  c.  ace.  et 
inf.,  it  is  excusable  that....  Id.  4,  61  ;  5, 
88,  Dem.  415,  16:  talso  c.  dat.,  σνγ. 
Toi...  εχειν,  Hdt.  1,  39.t — II.  leave, 
permission. 

Συγγνωμονέω,  ώ,  (σνγγνώμων)  to 
pardon,  allow,  worse  form  for  σνγγι- 
γνώσκω III,  Apollod.  2,  7,  6 ;  cf.  Lob. 
Phryn.  382. 

Σνγγνωμονικός,  ή,όν,  (σνγγνώμων) 
inclined  to  pardon,  or  7)iake  allowance, 
indulgent,  Ar.  Rhet.  2,  6,  19.— II.  of 
things,  pardonable. 

Σνγγνωμοσϋνη,  ης,  ή,=.σνγγνώμη, 
Soph.  Tr.  1265  :  from 

Συγγνώμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  (σνγ- 
γιγνώσκω III):  pardoning,  forgiving  a 
thing,  σ.  είναί  τίνος,  Eur.  Med.  870: 
— disposed  to  pardon,  indulgent.  Id.  In- 
cert. 3,  1  ;  σνγγν.  εΙναί  τινι,  to  be  in- 
dulgent, show  ίίΐ\ο\ιχ  to  any  one, Thuc. 
2,  74,  cf.  Xen.  Mem.  2,'  2,  14:  το 
ξυγγ.=  σνγγνώμη,  Plat.  Legg.  757  D. 
— 11.  pass.,  pardoned,  forgiven,  deserv- 
ing pardon  or  indulgence,  pardonable, 
allowable,  Thuc.  3,  40  ;  4,  98.— III. 
(συγγιγνώσκω  I)  agreeing  with,  App. 

Συγγνωσις,  εως,  ή,  {σνγγιγνώσκω 
III)  a  pardoning,  Clem.  Λ1. 

Συγγνωστέον,  ox  -έα,  verb.  adj.  of 
σνγγιγνώσκω,  one  must  pardon,  in- 
dulge, τινί,  Plat.  Phaedr.  236  A. 

Συγγνωστός,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  of 
σνγγιγνώσκω,  to  be  pardoned,  pardon- 
able, allowable,   Soph.   Fr.   323,  and 


ΣΤΓΓ 

Eur. :  σνγγνωστόν  (-τά)  ίστι,  c.  inf., 
Eur.  Ale.  137,  Med.  491. 

Συγγογ}  ϋλίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (σνν,  γογγν- 
λίζω)ίο  turn  round  together,  Ar.Thesm. 
61. 

Σνγγομφό(.ι,  ύ,  (σύν,  γομφόω)  to 
join  or  fasten  with  nails,  Diod.,  Plut. 
Num.  9. 

Σνγγονή'ς,  b,  c.  gen.  rci,  one  who 
has  something  (as  a  disease)  hom  with 
him,  congenital,  Hipp.  Foes.  Oecon. 

Σΰγγονος,  ov,  (cvv,  *γένω)  bom 
with,  inborn,  natural,  ύτρεμία,  Pind. 
N.  11,  15;  φρήν,  Aesch.  Theb.  1034: 
ξύγγονον  βρυτοισι  τον  πεσόντα  ?.ακ• 
τίσαι.  Id.  Ag.  885. — II.  connected  by 
blood,  akin,  Lat.  cognatus,  Pind.  P.  9, 
190,  Eur.,  etc. ;  σ.  τίχναι,  the  arts 
proper  to  his  race,  Pind.  P.  8,66: — 
esp.,  ό,  ή,  σ.,  a  brother,  sister,  freq.  in 
Eur. — III.  ofone'snalive  country.  Soph. 
Fr.  758.— Poet.  word. 

Σύγγραμμα,  ατός,  τό,  (συγγράφω): 
— that  which  is  noted  or  written  down,  a 
writing,  a  written  paper,  Hdt.  1,  48  : — 
a  writing,  book,  work ;  esp.,  a  prose 
work,  opp.  to  ποίημα.  Plat.  Legg.  810 
B,  Isocr.  16  B,  23B  ;  a  written  speech. 
Id.  405  C  : — a  written  form,  law,  ordi- 
nance. Plat.  Polit.  299  D,  sq. ;  a  clause 
of  a  law,  Aeschin.  71,  30:— a  physi- 
cian's prescription,    Xen.   Mem.  4,  2, 

10,  Arist.  Eth.  N.  10,  9,21.  Cf.  συγ- 
γραφεύς. 

Συγγραμμάτων,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from 
foreg.,  Luc.  Herod.  1. 

Σνγγραμμύτοφνλαξ,  b,  a  keeper  of 
books,  librarian. 

Συγγραφεύς,  εως.  b,  {συγγράφω): 
one  who  notes  or  writes  down  ;  esp.  one 
who  collects  and  tirites  down  historic 
facts,  an  historian,  Xen.  HeU.  7,  2,  1  : 
then,  a  prose-writer,  opp.  to  ποιητής. 
Plat.  Phaedr.  235  C  ;  and,  generally, 
a  writer,  author,  Ar.  Ach.  1150,  Plat. 
Phaedr.  272  Β  :  cf.  Heind.  Plat.  Lys. 
204  D,  Schiif.  Dion.  Comp.  p.  105.— 

11.  oi  συγγραφείς,  at  Athens  (in  the 
21st  year  of  Pelop.  war),  a  committee, 
to  consider  all  suggested  alterations 
of  the  constitution,  Thuc.  8,  67  ;  cf. 
συγγράφω  III.  2. 

Συγγραφή,  ης,  ή,  (συγγράφω) : — a 
writing  or  noting  down,  Hdt.  1,  93. — Π. 
that  which  is  written,  a  writing,  book, 
esp.,  a  hib-tory,  Thuc.  1,  97. — 2.  esp., 
a  written  contract,  a  covenant,  bond,  Lat. 
syngrapha,  opp.  to  the  looser  συνάλ- 
λαγμα, etc.,  Thuc.  5,  35,  Dem.,  etc. ; 
συγγ.  ναυτικοί,  Dem.  932,  3;  κατιι 
τάς  συγγραφής,  according  to  the  cov- 
enant, Lys.  184,  38;  ανδριάντα  έκδε- 
δωκώς  κατά  σ-,  having  delivered  the 
statue  according  to  contract,  Dem. 
268,  10  (hence,  work  dune  by  contract, 
as  a  painting,  Aiidoc.  31,  17  ;  cf.  συγ- 
γράφω V) : — any  document.  Plat.  Legg. 
953  E. 

Σνγγραφία,  ας,  7),=foreg.,  Arotae. 

Σνγγρύίφικός,  if,  όν,  {σΎ'γγραόή) 
belonging  to  a  contract,  Luc.  Plsc.  23  ; 
or  to  prose,  A.  B.  368,  25.  Adv.  -κώς, 
σ.  έρείν,  to  speak  like  a  hook  or  bond, 
i.  e.  with  great  precision.  Plat.  Phaed. 
102  D. 

Σύγγράφος,  ov,  ΐ^,^^συγγραφή, dub. 

Συγγράφω,  f.  -■^'ω,  {σί'ν,  γράφω)  to 
write  or  note  down,  Lat.  conscribere, 
Hdt.  1,  47,  48  (in  mid.) : — to  describe, 
σ.  είδος  τον  καμήλου  όκοΐόν  τι  εστί. 
Id.  3,  103,  cf.  6,  14. — II.  to  compose  a 
writing  or  a  work  in  writing,  Lat.  com- 
ponere :  c.  ace,  πό7.εμον  ξ.,  to  write 
the  hi.<!tory  of  the  war,  Thuc.  1,1;  to 
describe,  Theocr.  Epigr.  20,  4 :  so,  σ. 
την  όιΙ'οπούαι•,  to  write  a  book  on  cook- 
ery. Plat.  Gorg.  518  B,  etc.  (hence 
σνγγραψενς) ;  esp.,  to  write  in  prost. 


ΣΥΓΚ 

ορρ.  to  τϊοιεΐν.  Id.  Lvs.  205  A;  cf. 
Schaf.  DioQ.  Comp.  p.  25,  TO,  105, 
185: — then,  generally,  to  compose, 
write,  esp.  a  speech  to  be  delivered 
by  another,  Isocr.  1  C,  230  A,  and 
Plat. ;  so  also  in  mid..  Plat.  Euthyd. 
272  \. — IIL  to  draw  up,  νυμους,  Xen. 
Hell.  2,  3,  2  : — esp.,  to  draw  a  written 
contract: — usu.  in  mid.  avj  γράόεσθαί 
τι,  to  settle  by  contract  or  bond,  Xen. 
Eq.  2,  '2;  σνγ}ρύφ£σθαί  ε'ιμήνην  προς 
τίνα,  to  make  a  treaty  of  peace  uith  an- 
other, Isocr.  205  Ε  ;  σ.  '}άμον,  to  make 
a  coatract  of  marriage,  Piut.  2,  1034 
A  : — but,  σνγγράφεσβαι  εις  ίμττόριυν, 
to  make  a  contract  to  carry  a  ship  to  a 
port,  Dein.  1280,  19;  1297,  3 :— pass., 
ό  σνγγεγραμμέι>ος,  one  hound  by  con- 
tract, Hipp. — 2.  also  in  mid.,  to  draw 
up  a  form  of  motion  to  be  submitted  to 
vote,  Ar.  Thesm.  432,  Plat.  Gorg.  451 
B. — IV.  to  paint  to  order  or  by  contract 
(of.  συγγραφή  II),  Ar.  Av.  805;  cf. 
ευτέλεια. 

Συγγυμνάζω,  f.  -άσω,  (σνν,  γνμ- 
νύ^ω)  to  exercise  together,  Polyb.  5,  C5, 
3  : — pass.,  to  exercise  one's  self  with  or 
together,  Plat.  Symp.  217  B,  C.  Hence 

Συγγνμνάσία,  ας,  η,  common  exer- 
cise, jplut.  2,  898  B,  etc. 

Συγγνμ,ναστίις,  ov,  a,  (σνγγνμνάζω) 
a  companion  in  bodily  exercises.  Plat. 
Soph.  218  B,  Legg.  830  B. 

Σύγε,  v.  σν. 

Σνγκαΰΰγίζω,  ί.  -ίσω,  (συν,  καθα- 
γίζΐύ)  to  burn  up  together,  Plut.  Aemil. 
24 :  to  burn  along  with,  tlvL  tl.  Id.  2, 
141  E. 

Σνγκαθαιρέω,  ώ.  Ion.  σνγκατ- ;  fut. 
-Tjau  {σίρ,  καθαιρέω) : — to  pull  down, 
together,  to  join  in  pulling  down,  τον 
βάρβαρον,  Thuc.  1,  132 ;  τους  κρα- 
τοϋΐ'τας,  Id.  8,  46 : — to  accomplish  a 
thing  with  any  one,  σ.  τινι  αγώνας 
μέγιστους,  Hdt.  9,  35. 

Σνγκαϋαρμόζω,  (σνν,  καθαρμόζω) 
to  join  on  with  or  together. — 11.  esp. 
like  σνα~εριστέ/Λ<ύ,  to  bury  along 
with,  soph.  Aj.  922. 

Συ•}  κάθιδρος,  ov,  (συν.  καθέδρα) 
sitting  with  or  together,  a  fellow-assessor, 
Lob.  Phryn.  465. 

Συγκαθέζομαι,  c.  fut.  mid.  -εδοϋ- 
μαι,  {συν,  καθέζομαι)  to  sit  with,  to- 
gether with,  Tivi,  Isocr.  236  D  :  to  sit 
together.  Plat.  Theaet.  162  D. 

Συγκαθείμαρμαι,  (συν,  κατά,  εΐμαρ- 
μαι)  pf.  pass,  with  pres.  signf.,  to  be 
■joined  with  by  fate,  άλ/.ή'Λοις,  Hierocl. 
ap.  Stob.  p.  416,  3,  M.  Anton. 

Συγκαθείργω,  Att.  iox  συγκατείργ<ύ, 
to  shut  up  with  others,  Xen.  Cyr.  6, 1, 
36,  Aeschin.  26,  9. 

Συγκαθέλκω,  f.  -ξω:  aor.  -είλκνσα 
(cf.  έλκω) : — to  drag  down  with  or  to- 
gether, Aesch.  Theb.  614. 

Σνγκύθεσις,  εως,  η,  (σνγκαθίημι)  a 
letting  down  together  with,  letting  in, 
Galen. — II.  (from  ηύά.)=^σνγκατύθε- 
αις. 

Συγκαβεύδΐ]σις,  ή,  a  sleeping  with, 
sexual  intercourse. 

Σνγκαθενδω.  f.  -ήσω,  to  sleep  with, 
Tivi,  Aesch.  Cho.  ίΚ)6;  esp.  of  sexual 
intercourse,  σ.  rivi,  Cratin.  Incert. 
174,  Plat.  Legg.  838  B. 

Σνγκαθέφω,  f.  -ί/σω,  (συν,  καϋέφυ) 
to  boil  down  with,  Diosc. 

Σνγκάθημαί,  (σνν,  κατά,  ημαί) 
strictly  perf.  of  συγκαθέζομαι,  to  sit 
with  or  by  the  side  of,  Hdt.  3,  68,  Eur. 
Bacch.  810 :  esp.,  to  sit  together  at 
one  common  work,  or  in  deliberation, 
meet  in  assembly,  Thuc.  5,  55,  Xen. 
Hell.  2,  4,  23. — II.  to  sijik  or  subside 
together,  settle  down,  Lat.  considere, 
Strab. 
'  Συγκαθιδρύω,  {σνν,  καθιδρύω)  to 


ΣΥΓΚ 

set  up  or  dedicate  with,  τον  'Έρμϊ/ν 
ταΐςΧύρισίν,  Plut.  2,44  Ε: — pass., ίο 
be  set  up  together  with,  τινί,  Strab.  p. 
411. 

Συγκαθϊερόυ,  ώ,  to  consecrate  with 
or  at  the  sa?ne  time. 

ΣυγκαΟιζω,  f.  -ιζήσω,  (συν,  καθίζω) 
to  make  to  sit  together  : — mid.  or  pass., 
to  sit  together,  meet  for  deliberation,  Xen. 
Hell.  5,  2,  j^ — 11.  σώμα  συγκεκαθι- 
κός,  a  bent,  stooping  ligure,  Arist. 
Probl.  3,  2. 

Συγκαθίημι,  f.  -7/σω,  (σνν,  καθίημι) 
to  let  down  with  or  together,  Eur.  Hel. 
1068: — σ.  εαυτόν,  to  let  one's  self 
down,  stoop,  εις  τι.  Plat.  Theaet.  174 
A  ;  then  absol.,  in  like  signf.,  to  stoop, 
condescend,  τινί,  to  another,  Id.  Rep. 
503  A,  cf.  Stallb.  Protag.  336  A, 
Heind.  Theaet.  168  Β  ;  cf.  συγκατα- 
βαίνω, and  Lob.  Phryn.  398  : — pass., 
to  stoop  down  and  enter,  εις  τότϊον,  Po- 
lyb. 8,  26,  1. 

Σνγκαθίστημι,  {συν,  καθίστημι)  to 
set  with  or  together ;  to  join  in  setting 
up,  or  establishing,  esp.  of  setting  up 
kings,  Lat.  constituere,  Aesch.  Pr.  305, 
Lex  ap.  Andoc.  13,  13,  Xen.  Ages.  2, 
31  ;  or,  of  settling  disturbed  coun- 
tries, Thuc.  4,  107  : — to  help  iti  ar- 
ranging, managing,  treating,  Eur.  Hipp. 
294,  ct.  Thuc.  8,  68.— II.  in  pass.,  and 
intr.  tenses  of  act.,  to  go  down  (into 
the  arena)  with  another  ;  generally, 
to  take  one's  ground  for  a  contest  with 
any  one,  σ.  τυΐς  ττο'/.εμίοις  εις  μάχην, 
τοΙς  ϋπεναντιοις  κατά  ττρόςωτΓοί',  Po- 
lyb. 11,  23,  4  ;  9,  3,  Ο  ;  προς  τίνα,  Id. 
31,  20,  8  ;  οι  συγκαθεστώτες,  the  con- 
tending parties ,  4,  12,  6. 

Συγκαθορμίζω,  f.  -ισω,  {σύν,  καθορ- 
μίζω)  to  bring  to  port  together :  in  pass., 
to  be  at  anchor  along  with  one,  Polyb. 
5,  95,  3. 

Συγκαθοσώω,  ώ,  {σνν,  καθοσιόω) 
to  consecrate  with  or  at  once,  Plut.  2, 
636  E. 

Συγκαθΰφαίνω,  {σύν,  καθνφαίνω) 
to  interweave  with,  LXX. 

Σνγκαιρος,  ov,  {συν,  καιρός)  con- 
formable to  the  time :  generally,  agree- 
able to,  suitable,  Alciphr.  3,  10. 

Συ}  καίω,  Att.  -κύω  [ΰ]  ;  fut.  -καύ- 
σω  {σνν,  καίω) : — to  set  on  fire  with  or 
at  once,  burn  up,  Lat.  comburere.  Plat. 
Tim.  22  C  :  κοιΆίαι  ξνγκαίειν  άγα- 
θαί,  having  a  tendency  to  inflamma- 
tion, Hipp. : — pass.,  to  be  burnt  up, 
Plat.  Tim.  49  C. 

Συγκάκοπύθέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {συν, 
κακοιταΟέω)  to  be  unfortunate  with,  at 
once,  together. — II.  to  be  compassionate, 
to  feel  with  or  for. 

Σνγκάκονργέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {σνν, 
κακονργέω)  to  behave  ill  with  others, 
Liban.     Hence 

Συγκάκούργημα,  ατός,  τό,  mischief 
jointly  done. 

Συγκάκουργία,  ας,  ή,  a  joining  in 
mischief  with  others. 

Σνγκάκονχέομαι,  as  pass.,  to  en- 
dure adversity  with. 

Σνγκάκόω,  ώ ;  and  σνγκΰκύνω, 
Theophr. ;  to  injure,  harm,  or  corrupt 
conjointly. 

Σνγκάλέω,  ώ,  f.  -έσω,  (συν,  καΆέω) 
to  call  or  summon  together,  call  to  coun- 
cil, II.  2.  55  ;  10,  302  ;  so  Hdt.  1,  206, 
Aesch.  Supp.  517,  etc. :  also  in  mid., 
Hdt,  2,  160  :— ίο  invite  to  a  feast,  Xen. 
Cyr.  8,  4,  1 : — mid.,  to  call  and  collect 
to  one's  self. 

Συγκΰλινδέομαι,  as  pass.,  to  roll 
about  together  or  with,  v.  1.  in  Xen.  for 
σνγκν?.-. 

Σνγκα/ίλννω,  {σύν,  καλλννω)  to 
sweep  or  brush  together,  Arist.  Probl. 
24,  9,  1. 


ΣΥΓΚ 

Σνγκαλύμμα,  ατός,  τό,=σνγκά?Λ'- 
■φις,  LXX. 

Συγκά'λυμμός,  ού,  ό,=  συγκά?.υφις: 
formerly  read  in  Ar.  Αν.  1496. 

Συγκα/.υ-τέος,  a,  ov,  {συγκα?,.ν• 
πτω)  to  be  covered  or  veiled,  Aesch.  Pr 
520. 

Σνγκύ?'.ν7ττός,ή,  όν,  (,σνγκαλντζτω) 
veiled,  wrapped  up,  Aesch.  Pr.  496. 

Σνγκά'/.ύτττω,  f.  -ψω,  {σνν,  κα?.ν 
τττω)  to  cover  or  veil  completely,  Eur. 
Phoen.  872,  Plat.  Rep.  352  D  :— mid. 
συ}  κα'/.ύφασθαι,  to  wrap  one's  self  up, 
cover  one's  face,  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  7,  28, 
Symp.  1,  14.    Hence 

Συγκά?ίυ'ψις,  ή,  a  covering  quite  up. 
["]  ^ 

Συγκάμνω,  {σνν,  κάμνω)  to  labour 
or  suffer  with,  sympathize  with,  τινί, 
Aesch.  Pr.  413,  1059,  Soph.  El.  987, 
etc. 

Σνγκαμπη,  ης,  ή,  a  bending  together : 
a  joint,  Xen.  Eq.  1,  8,  Polybus  ap. 
Arist.  H.  A.  3,  3,  4  :  and 

Σνγκαμτΐτός,  ή,  όν,  bent  together, 
Arist.  Incess.  An.  9,  11 :  from 

Συγκάμτζτω,  f.  -ψω,  {σνν,  κάμπτω) 
to  bend  together,  bend  the  knee-joint. 
Plat.  Phaed.  00  B,  cf.  Xen.  Eq.  7,  2  ; 
— pass.,  to  bend,  so  as  to  sit  down. 
Plat.  Phaed.  98  D.— II.  metaph.,  to 
bow  down,  humble,  LXX.     Hence 

Σύ}καμφις,  }/,  a  bending  in  or  to- 
gether, a  crooking,  curving. 

Συγκάνηόορέω,  ώ,  to  help  as  κανψ 
όόρος. 

Σνγκά,ττη?.ενομαι,  dep.,  ίο  help  in 
falsifying. 

ΣνγκαρκΙνόομαι,  {σύν,  καρκινόω) 
as  pass.,  of  corn,  to  entwine  its  roots, 
Pherecr.  Autom.  8. 

Σνγκΰσιγντ/τη,  ης,  ή,  {σνν,  κασι- 
γνήτη)  an  own  sister,  Eur.  I.  Τ.  800. 

Σνγκάσις,  ό  and  ?),  {σύν,  κάσις)  an 
own  brother  or  sister,  Eur.  Ale.  410. 

Συγκαταβαίνω,  f.  -βησομαι,  {σύν, 
καταβαίνω)  to  go  or  come  down  with 
or  together,  Aesch.  Eum.  1040,  Eur. 
Andr.  505 ;  e.  g.  to  the  sea-side,  Thuc. 
0,  30  :  to  come  to  one's  aid,  Aesch.  Cho. 
727  :— of  the  hair,  to  hang  down,  Jac. 
Philostr.  Imag.  p.  200 :  so,  σνγκάτ- 
ειμι. — 2.  metaph.,  ίο  let  one's  selfdoum, 
condescend,  submit  to,  εΙς  τι,  Polyb.  4, 
45,  4,  etc.  ;  σ.  εις  πύν,  to  agree  to  all 
conditions.  Id.  3,  10,  1 :  cf.  συγκαθί- 
ημι. — II.  to  come  to  pass  at  the  same 
time. 

Σ  υγκαταβά/.λω,  {σύν,  καταβά7.7.ω) 
to  throw  down  along  with  or  together, 
Plut.  LucuU.  23  : — ra  χρήματα  σ.,  to 
pay  together,  Dio  C. 

Συγκατάβΰσις,  ή,  a  going  down  with. 
— II.  metaph.,  condescension,  submis- 
sion, accommodation.     Hence 

Σνγκαταβΰτικός,ή,  όν,  condescend- 
ing, accommodating. 

Συγκαταβΐβάζω,  f.  -άσω,  {σνν,  κα- 
ταβι3άζω)  to  lead  or  decoy  down  with 
one,  Polyb.  5,  70,  8. 

Συγκαταβΐόω,  ώ,  f.  -ώσομαι,  (σνν, 
καταβιόω)  to  live  with  or  together,  Plut. 
2,  754  A. 

Σνγκαταγήρασις,  ή,  a  growing  old 
together,  a  living  even  to  old  age  together. 
Plat.  Legg.  930  Β  :  from 

Σνγκαταγηρύσκω,  fut.  -γηράσομαι : 
aor.  -εγήρασα  (σνν,  κατά]  τ/μάσκω)  : — 
ίο  grow  old  ivith  or  together,  Hdt.  1, 
203,  Hipp.,  Isae.2,  '^8. 

Συγκαταγιγνώσκω,  later -^ίνώσ/ίω, 
{συν,  καταγιγνώσκω)  to  condemn  along 
with  or  at  once,  Dion.  H. 

Σνγκαταγομφόω,  ώ,  (συν,  καταγομ• 
φόω)  to  nail  together,  join  together,  Plut. 
2,  426  C. 

Συγκαταγράφω,  f.  -φω,  like  σνγ^ 
γράφω,  to  write  down,  [ά] 

1399 


ΣΤΓΚ 

"Σνγκατύγο,  f.  -ξυ,  (σνν,  κατάγω) 
to  lead  down  with  : — to  join  in  bringing 
back,  Tvpawov,  Ar.  Thesin.  339. 

Σνγκαταύαρθάνω,  (σνν,  καταδαρ- 
θύνω)  to  sleep  with  one,  Ar.  Eccl.  613, 
t)22. 

Συγκαταδΐκύζω,  to  sentence  or  con- 
deimi  together. 

Σνγκχιταόιώκω,  (.σνν,  καταδιώκω) 
to  pursue  ivith  Or  together,  Thuc.  8,  28, 
in  pass. 

Συγκαταδουλόϋ),  ώ,  (σνν,  καταδον- 
λόω)  to  join  in  enslaving,  Thuc.  3,  64  ; 

8,  46. 

Σνγκατηδύνω  and  -δύω:  aor.  -έδνν 
(σνν,  κηταόννω) :  to  sink  or  set  to- 
gether uith,  ΙΙλΐίύδι,  Theocr.  Epigr. 

9.  Hence 

Σνγκατάδϋσις,  εως,  ή,  a  sinking, 
diving  with,  Strab. 

Σνγκαταζάω,  (σνν,  καταζάω)  to 
spendone's  life  «Ί7Λ,τ<νί, Plut. 2,749 D. 

Σνγκαταζενγννμι,  f.  -fcj,  (σνν,  κα- 
ταζεύγννμί)  to  yoke  together,  to  join  in 
marriage,  marry,  τινά  τινι,  Plut.  Ca- 
mill.  2  :  σ.  τινά  άττι,  to  bind  one  fast 
to  misery,  Soph.  Aj.  123  ;  cf.  σνγκε- 
ρύνννμι. 

ΣνγκαταθύτΓτω,  f.  -ψω,  (σνν,  κα- 
ταθάητω)  to  buri)  along  with  one,  Hdt. 
2,81  ;  5,92,  7,  Lys.  196,  12. 

Σνγκατάθεσις,  εως,  ή,  (σνγκατατί- 
θημι)  agreement,  approval,  Polyb.  2,  58, 
11,  etc.  ;  esp.  in  Stoic  philos.,  the  as- 
sent given  by  the  mind  to  its  perceptions, 
assensus  in  Cic.  Acad.  Pr.  2,  47,  cf. 
Plut.  2,  1055  F,  1056  C,  etc.— II.  sub- 
mission, Plut.  Anton.  24.     Hence 

Σνγκατηθετικύς,  η,  όν,  accordant, 
approving,  Plut.  2,  1122B. 

Σνγκαταθέω,  (σνν,  καταθέω)  to 
make  an  inroad  with  another,  Xen.  Cyr. 
5,3,1. 

Σνγκαταθλάω,  (συν,  καταθλύω)  to 
break  all  to  pieces,  Macho  ap.  Ath.  348 
K. 

Σνγκαταθνήσκω,  (σνν,  καταθνη- 
σκω)  to  die  along  with,  τινί,  Anth.  P. 
7,  139. 

Σνγκαταίθω,  (σνν,  καταίθω)  to  burn 
all  together,  Soph.  Ant.  1202. 

Σνγκαταίνεσις,  ή,  approval,  sanc- 
tion; from 

Σνγκαταινέω,  ώ,  (σνν,  καταινέω) 
to  agree  with,  favour,  τίνί,  Xen.  Cyr. 
3,  3,  20 :  to  sanction,  approve,  Polyb. 
15,  8,  9,  Plut.  Camill.  6.    Hence 

Σνγκύταινος,  ην,  agreeing,  approv- 
ing, Philipp.  ap.  Dem.  284,  3. 

Σνγκαταφέω,  Ion.  for  σνγκαθαι- 
ρέω,  Hdt. 

Σνγκαταίρω,  to  come  to  land  together, 
V.  1.  Polyb.  1,52,  6. 

Σνγκαταιτιύομαι,  f.  -άσομαι,  (σνν, 
καταιτιύομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  accuse 
with ;— aor.  1  σνγκαταιτιΰθϊ/ναι,  as 
pass.,  to  be  jointly  accused,  Joseph. 

Σνγκατακαίνω,  =^σνγκατακτείνω, 
App. 

Σνγκατακαίω,  Att.  -κάω  [ά]  (σνν, 
κατακαίω)  :  to  burn  along  with,  τινί 
τι,  Xen.  An.  3,  2.  27 : — pass.,  to  be 
burnt  with,  τινί,  Hdt.  4,  69,  Diod. 

Σνγκατακά?ιντττω,  f.  -ι/ζω,  (σνν,  κα- 
τακα'λνιττω)  to  wrap  up  with,  Diod. 

Σνγκατάκειμαι,  (σνν,  κατάκειμαι) 
as  pass.,  to  lie  down  with,  to  lie  with,  of 
se.\ual  intercourse,  Ar.  Eccl.  614, 
_Plat.  Phaedr.  255  E,  etc. 

Σνγκατακλάω,  f.  -άσω,  to  break  to 
pieces  at  once,  [a] 

Σνγκατακλείω,  Ion.  -κλιμω,  (σνν, 
κατακ'λείω)  to  shut  in  or  enclose  with 
or  together,  Hdt.  1,  182  ;  σ.  τίνα,  άττο- 
οία,  Luc.  V^it.  Auct.  9. 

Σνγκατακληρονομέω,  ώ,  f.  -r/σω,  to 
inherit  along  with,  LXX. 

'Σνγκατακλίνω,  {σνν,  κατακλίνω) 
1400 


ΣΤΓΚ 

to  make  to  lie  with,  την  ννμφην  τω 
ννμφίφ,  Plut.  2,  655  A  : — pass,,  to  lie 
on  the  same  couch  with  another  αί /a6/e, 
Ar.  Ach.  981,  Nub.  49.     Hence 

Σνγκατύκ?Λσις,  εως,  h,  a  lying  to- 
gether with  another  in  bed  or  at  board, 
Clearch.  ap.  Ath.  516  B. 

Σνγκατακοιμάω,  ώ,  (σνν,  κατακοι- 
μάω)  ίο  cause  to  sleep  together,  Joseph.  : 
— t'ass.  c.  fut.  mill.,  to  sleep  together. 

Σνγκατακολονθέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (σνν, 
κατηκολονθέω)  to  follow  along  with, 
Strab. 

Σνγκατακομίζω,  f.  -ί'σω,  (σνν,  κα- 
τακομίζω)  to  bring  down  together,  Dion. 
H.  7,  12. 

ΣνγκατακότΓτω,  f.  -ψω,  (σύν,  κατά- 
κόπτω)  to  cut  up  along  with  or  together  : 
in  pass.,  Plut.  SuU.  22,  Caes.  18,  etc. 

Σνγκατακοσμέω,  ώ,  (σνν,  κατακο- 
σμέω)  to  order  or  arrange  together, 
Plut.  2,  938  F.     Hence 

Σνγκατακόσμ>]σις,  εως,  ή,  an  order- 
ing or  settling  together,  Philodem.  de 
Mus. 

Σνγκατακρημνίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (σνν, 
κατακρημνίζω)  to  throw  dow7i  a  preci- 
pice along  with  or  together,  Joseph. 

Σνγκατακτάημαι,  f.  -ήσομαι,  (σνν, 
κατακτάομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  join  with 
another  in  acquiring,  j.  Φιλίπττω  την 
αρχήν,  Dem.  246,  3. 

Σνγκατακτείνω.  f.  -κτενώ,  (σνν, 
κατακτείνω)  to  kill,  sL•-!/,  murder  with 
or  together.  Soph.  Aj.  230,  Eur.  Or. 
1089. 

Σνγκατακνλίω,  (σνν,  κατακνλίω) 
to  roll  down  at  once  or  together,  Dion. 
H.  [I] 

Σνγκαταλαμβάνω,  f.  -λήψομαι, 
(σνν,  καταλαμβάνω)  to  take,  receive 
with  or  together,  Xen.  Cyr.  4,  2,  42. — 
II.  to  enclose  with  walls,  Thuc.  7,  26. 

Συγκαταλέγω,  f.  -^ω,  to  elect  with 
or  besides  :  to  note  or  write  down  with 
or  at  the  same  time. 

Σνγ καταλείπω,  f.  -φω,  (σνν,  κατα- 
λείπω) to  leave  all  together,  Thuc.  5, 
75. 

Σνγ καταλήγω,  f.  -ξω,  (σνν,  κατα- 
λήγω) to  leave  off  together,  Dem.  Phal. 

Σνγκαταλλάσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  (σνν, 
καταλλάσσω)  to  reconcile  to  each  other, 
Dion.  H. 

Σνγκαταλογίζημαι,  f.  -ίσομαι,(σνν, 
καταλογίζομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  calculate 
or  consider  with  or  together,  Joseph. 

Σνγκαταλνω,  (σνν,  κατα?.νω)  to 
join  or  help  in  undoing  or  putting  down, 
τον  δήμον,  Thuc.  8,  68,  Lys.  146,  7, 
etc. — II.  intr.  to  halt  or  stop  fur  the 
night  with  another,  Plut.  2,  94  A. 

Σνγκαταμαρτνμέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (σνν, 
καταμαρτυρέω)  to  join  in  bearing  wit- 
ness against  another,  v.  1.  Dem.  855, 
18. 

Σνγκαταμίγνϋμι,  and-viij,  f.  -μ'ιξω, 
(σνν,  καταμίγννμι)  to  mix  in  with, 
mingle  with,  Χάριτας  Μονσαις  σνγκα- 
ταμιγννς,  Eur.  Η.  F.  674  : — mid.,  to 
absorb  in  a  thing,  give  up  to  it,  ΐοδαΐς 
και  θαλίαις  την  ίρνχήν  σνγκαταμί- 
γννται,  Xen.  Hier.  6,  2 :— pass.,  to 
be  mingled  with,  εις  Tt,  Plat.  Polit. 
288  E. 

Σνγκαταμνω,  (σύν,  καταμνω)  to 
shut,  close  quite  Or  altogether,  Anth.  P. 
9,  311. 

Σνγκατανανμάχέω,  ώ,  to  conquer 
with  or  together  by  sea,  Diod. 

Σνγκατανέμω,  (σνν,  κατανέμω)  to 
allot  or  assign  together: — mid.,  to  di- 
vide jointly  among  themselves,  γην, 
Thuc.  6,  4. 

Σνγκατανενσίφάγος,  ov,  (σνν,  κα- 
τανενω,  ώαγεΐν)  liinng  by  saying  '  yes,^ 
comic  epith.  of  a  parasite,  Crates  ap. 
Stob.  p.  150, 40. 


ΣΤΓΚ 

Συγκατανεύω,  (σνν,  κατανενω)  Ιο 
agree,  consent  to,  τοις  λεγομενυις, 
Polyb.  3,  52,  6  ;  to  grant  at  the  same 
time,  τινί  τι.  Id.  7,  4,  9. 

Σνγκαταπύτέω.  ώ,  (σύν,  καταττα- 
τέω)  to  trample  down  together,  Diod. 

Συγκαταπανω,  (σύν,  καταπαύω)  to 
bring  at  the  same  lime  to  an  end : — 
pass,  and  mid.,  to  cease  at  the  same 
time. 

Σνγκαταπίμπλημι,ΐ.  -πλήσω,  (συν, 
καταπίμπ7ίημι)  to  fill  up  with  at  the 
same  time,  esp.,  with  something  foul, 
c.  gen.  rei,  Antipho  116,  13  ;  cl.  uva- 
πίμπ'λημι  J II. 

Σν}  καταπίπτω,  f.  -πεσονμαι,  (σνν, 
καταπίπτω)  to  fall  down  along  tvilh, 
σ.  ταΐς  τνχαις,  to  let  one's  spirits/«// 
together  with  one's  ibrtunes,  Dion.  H. 
de  Isocr.  9. 

Σνγκαταπ?^κω,  f.  -ξω,  (σνν,  κατά- 
πλέκω)  to  plait  or  tivi.st  with,  Dion.  H. 

Σνγκαταπο'λεμέω,  ώ,  (σνν,  κατα- 
ηολεμέω)  to  overcome  with  or  together, 
Diod. 

Σνγκαταποντόω,  ώ,  or  -τίζω,  to 
sink  in  the  sea  together,  So.xt.  Emp.  p. 
352. 

Σνγκαταπράσσω,  f.  -ζω,  to  act  or 
do  with  or  togetlier  with,  join  in  doing, 
Dem.  63,  2;  96,  21. 

Συγκαταπρήθω,  (σνν,  καταπρήθω) 
to  burn  with  or  together,  Pans. 

Σνγκατΰριβμέω,  ώ,  (σνν,  καταριθ- 
μέω)  to  include  in  the  account,  Arist. 
Categ.  8,  38. 

Σνγκατα^βέω,  f.  -(ιενσομαι,  to  flow 
down  or  fall  off  together. 

Σνγκατα/^βίπτω,  (σνν,  κατα()1)ί• 
πτω)  to  throw  down  together,  Diod  , 
Luc.  Contempl.  5. 

Συγκατάρχω,  f.  -ξω,  (σνν,  κατάρ- 
χω)  to  begin  with,  Eccl. 

Σνγκατασβένννμι,  f.  -σβέσω,  to  ex- 
tinguish together. 

Σνγκατασήπω,  to  make  to  putrefy 
with  or  together  : — pass.  c.  perf.  2  act. 
to  rot  ivith  or  together. 

Σνγκατασκάπτης,  ov,  6,  a  joint-de- 
stroyer. Lye.  222  :  from 

Σνγκατασκύπτω,  f.  -ψω,  (σνν,  κα- 
τασκάπτω)  to  raze,  pull  down  with  an- 
other or  altogether,  Eur.  Or.  735,  Rhes. 
39),  Andoc.  13,  38. 

Συγκατασκεδάνννμι,ί.-ύάσω,(σνν, 
κατασκεδάνννμι)  to  pour  over  at  the 
same  time,  Xen.  An.  7,  3,  32,  where 
some  books  give  the  act.,  and  some 
the  mid. 

Συγκατασκενέιζω,  (σνν,  κατασκευ- 
άζω) to  help  in  establishing  or  setting  jip, 
την  ιιρχίμ',  Thuc.  1,  93  ;  c.  dat.  pers., 
Dem.  33,  4;  215,  27,  cXc.\— to  fur- 
nish completely.  Plat.  Polit.  274  D, 
Isocr.  27  E,  etc. ;  τινί,  with  a  thing, 
Plat.  Legg.  920  D. 

Σνγκατασκηνόω,  ώ,  (σνν,  κατασκη- 
νόω)  to  bring  into  one  tent  or  dwelling 
with  others,  Xen.  Cyr.  5,  4,  17. 

Σνγκατασκτ/πτω,  ί.  -ψω,  to  fall 
down  with  or  together. 

Σνγκατασπάω,  f.  •ύσω,  (σνν,  κατα- 
οπάω)  to  snatch  away  with  or  together, 
Xen.  Cyr.  5,  5,  24,  in  pass. :  tu  pull 
down  with  one's  self,  Luc.  Nigr.  11. 

Σνγκατασπείρω,  (σνν,  κητασπεί- 
ρω)  to  scatter  with  or  together,  He- 
liod. 

Σνγκαταστύσιύζω,  (σνν,  καταστα- 
σιύζω)  to  help  in  stiiring  up,  την  πάλιν, 
Plut.  Philop.  13. 

Σνγκατάστάσις,  εως,  ή,  (σνγκαθί• 
στημι)  α  falling  in  with  so  as  to  fight, 
σ.  των  θτ/ρίωΐ',  a  conflict  with  animals, 
Polyb.  4,  8,  9. 

Συγ καταστρέφω,  f.  -ψω,  (αύν,  κα- 
ταστρέφω)  to  end,  close  or  conclude  ia 
gcther : — mid.,  to  make  subject  togtiha 


ΣΤΓΚ 

or  at  the  same  time,  Thuc.  6,  69,  Xen. 
Cyr.  8,  1,  8. 

Συγκατασ^ι^μάτίζω,  f.  -ί'σω,  {σνν, 
κατασχηματιζω)  to  bring  into  shape, 
order  in  accordance  with,  tlv'l,  Plut.  2, 
442  D. 

"Συγκατάτασις,  εως,  ή,  {σνγκατα- 
τείνω)  α  stretching  together,  violent  ten- 
sion, Hipp.  864. 

Σνγκατατάσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  f.  -ξω, 
{σνν,  κατατάσσω)  to  arrange,  draw  up 
with  or  together,  Xen.  Cyr.  6,  3,32. 

Ύ,υγ κατατείνω,  {συν,  κατατείνω)  to 
stretch,  extend  with  or  together,  Hipp. 

Σνγκατατήκω,  f.  -ξω,  {συν,  κατα- 
Tr/Ku)  to  melt  down  together:  —  pass., 
to  melt  away  with  or  together  ;  σνγκα- 
τατήκεσθαί  τινι,  like  Lat.  intahescere, 
to  pine  away  over  a  thing,  to  spend  all 
one^s  powers  upon  it,  ίργοις,  Μ.  Anton. 
5,  1. 

Σνγκατατίθημι,  {σνν,  κατατίθημι) 
to  deposit  together  or  at  the  same  time, 
Isae.  59,  25,  in  mid. : — pass.,  to  agree 
with,  assent  to,  τινί,  Philipp.  ap.  Deni. 
283,  22  ;  τινΙ  περί  τίνος.  Plat.  Gorg. 
501  C. 

Σνγκατατρίχω,  {σνν,  κατατρέχω) 
to  run  together,  come  together,  Leucipp. 
ap.  Diog.  L.  9,  31. 

Σνγκατατρίβω.  (σνν,  κατατρίβω) 
to  crush  together,  Plut.  Cleom.  26. 

Σνγκατατρώγω,  f.  -ξομαι,  to  gnaw 
to  pieces  along  with,  to  destroy  gradu- 
ally. 

Σνγκαταφάγεΐν,  inf.  aor.  of  σνγκα- 
τεσθίω,  Plut.  Thes.  22. 

Σν}καταφεύγω,  f.  -ξομαι,  to  flee  to 
for  safety. 

Σνγκαταφέρω,  {σνν,  καταφέρω)  to 
carry  with  or  together  : — pass.,  to  be  car- 
ried along  with,  Arist.  Probl.  23,  4,  1  ; 
5,  4  ;  metaph.,  to  agree,  go  along  with 
in  opinion,  τινί,  Polyb.,  10,  5,  9,  etc. 

Σνγκαταφθείρω,  {σνν,  καταφθείρω) 
to  destroy  or  lose  together,  Polyb.  9, 
26.  6. 

Συγκαταφλέγω,  f.  -ξω,  {σύν,  κατα- 
φλέγω)  to  burn  with  or  together,  Luc. 
Nigr.  30. 

Σνγκαταφονεύω,  {σνν,  καταφονενω) 
to  put  to  death  with  or  together,  Polyaen. 

Σνγκαταφρονέω,  ώ,  {σνν,  καταφρο- 
νέω)  to  despise  with  or  alike,  App. 
Hence 

Σνγκαταφρόνησις,  εως,  ή,  utter  con- 
tempt, App. 

Σνγκαταφύρτος,  ov,  {σνν,  κατά, 
φνρω)  mixed  or  kneaded  in  with,  Philox. 
ap.  Ath.  C43  C. 

Συγκαταχρύομαι,  {συν,  καταχράο- 
uai)  dep.,  to  consume  or  misuse  alike, 
Clem.  Al. 

Σνγκαταχώννϋμι,  f.  -χώσω,  to  bury 
with,  Geop. 

Σνγκαταφενόομαί,  f.  -σομαι,  {σνν, 
κατα-φευδομαί)  dep.,  to  join  in  a  lie 
against,  τίνός,  Aeschin.  49,  21. 

Σνγκαταψηφίζω,  f.  -ί'σω,  {σνν,  κα- 
τα'φηφίζω)  to  condemn  with  or  together. 
— II.  to  reckon,  along  with,  N.  T.,  in 
pass. 

Σνγκατέδω,  to  eat,  devour  with  or 
together.  {?) 

Συγκάτειμι,  (σνν,  κατά,  ειμί)  to  go 
down  with,  Luc.  D.  Mort.  27,  7  :  esp. 
like  σν/καταβαίνω,  of  hair,  to  fall  in 
ringlets.  Jac.  Philostr.  Iinag.  p.  260. 

Συγκατείργω,  f.  -ξω,  Att.  σνγκα- 
θείργω,  q.  v. 

Συγκατεξανίστημι,  v.  1.  Plut.  Alex. 
16.  for  σννεξανίστημι. 

Σνγκατεπείγω,  to  urge  on  together. 

Σνγκατεργάζομαι,  f.  -ύσομαι,  {σνν, 
κατεργάζομαι)  aep.  mid. : — to  help  or 
assist  any  one  in  accomplishing  a  work, 
XLvi  Ti,  Hdt.  1,  162;  2,  154,  Eur.  Or. 
33,  Thuc.  1, 132  ,—ίο  be  of  use  to  any 


ΣΥΓΚ 

one,  to  help,  aid,  assist,  τινί,  Hdt.  8, 
142,  etc.  —  Π.  to  kill  with  or  together, 
join  in  murdering,  Eur.  H.  F.  1024. 

Σνγκατέρχομαι,ί.-ελενσομαι,{σύν, 
κατέρχομαι)  dep.  mid.,  c.  aor.  et  perf. 
act.,  to  come  back,  return  with  or  iw- 
gether,  Lys.  187,  33,  Plut.,  etc. 

Σνγκατεσθίω,  {σνν,  κατεσθίω)  to 
eat  up  together,  Plut.  2,  94  A. 

Σνγκατενχοίΐαι,  f.  -ξομαι,  {σνν, 
κατενχομαι)  aep.  mid.,  to  pray,  beg 
for  with  or  together,  τι.  Soph.  Ant. 
1336. — II.  to  pray  to  with  or  together, 
τινί,  Plut. 

Σνγκατέχω,  f.  -θέξω,  {σνν,  κατέχω) 
to  help  in  holding  down,  Plat.  Crat. 
404  A.  ^ 

Σνγκατηγορέω,  ω,  f.  -ησω,  (σνν, 
κατ7ΐγορέω)  to  charge  or  accuse  with,  at 
once  or  together,  Dem.  434,  22  ;  1232, 
24.  —  II.  in  logic,  to  predicate  jointly. 
Hence 

Σνγκατηγόρημα,  ατός,  τό,  that 
which  is  said  or  can  be  said  of  a  per- 
son or  thing  along  with  other  words, 
a  syncategorematic  word,  such  as  ad- 
jectives and  adverbs.     Hence 

Σνγκατηγορηματικός,  ή,  όν,  that 
can  be  used  as  a  σνγκατηγόρημα. 

Συγκατηγόρησις,  ή,  a  joint  accusa- 
tion. 

Σνγκύτημαι,  Ion.  for  σνγκύθημαι, 
Hdt. 

Συγκατηρεφής,  ες,  quite  covered, 
Lye.  1280. 

Σνγκατοικέω,  ώ,  f.  -ησω,  (σνν,  κα• 
τοικέω)  to  dwell  with,  Soph.  Ο.  C. 
1259. 

Σνγκατοικίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (σνν,  κατοι- 
κίζω) to  settle,  colonize  jointly  with  an- 
other, σ.  τινι  Σύμον,  Hdt.  3,  149  :  to 
establish  jointly,  μνημεία,  Thuc.  2,  41. 
— II.  σ.  τινά,  to  settle,  plant  in  a  place 
along  ivith  or  together,  Eur.  Hipp.  646  : 
to  help  in  establishing  or  restoring, 
Thuc.  6,  4,  8. 

Σνγκατοίκτίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (συν,  κα- 
τοικτίζω)  to  pity  jointly  wit  hiLTiOthex : — 
mid.,  to  lament  with  or  together.  Soph. 
Tr.  535. 

Σνγκατολισθαίνω,  {συν,  κατολι- 
σθαίνω)  to  slip  waafall  together,  Diod. 

Συγκατορθόω,  ώ,  {συν,  κατορθόω) 
to  help  in  righting,  Isocr.  112  E,  Plut. 
2,  53  C. 

Συγκατορνσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  {σνν, 
κατορνσσω)  to  bury  with,  Plut.  Ly- 
sand.  30,  etc. 

Σνγκάττνσις,  ή,  a  patching  up,  cob- 
bling, Clem.  Al. :  from 

Σνγκαττνω,  {συν.  καττνω)  to  patch 
up,  cobble,  strictly  of  shoemakers  and 
saddlers,  Luc.  Hist.  Conscr.  23 ; 
έσθητες  συγκεκαττυμέναι  έκ....  Id. 
Saturn.  28  :  —  metaph.,  ψενσματα 
συγκ.,  to  patch  up  lies,  Clem.  Al. 

Σνγκανσις,  εως,  ή,  {σνγκαίω)  a 
burning  :  esp.  α  scorching,  over-roasting. 
Plat.  Tim.  83  A. 

Συγκέας,  part.  aor.  1  of  σνγκαίω, 
Ar. 

Σνγκειμαι,  {σύν,  κεΐμαι)  as  pass., 
to  lie  with  or  together.  Soph.  Aj.  1309. 
— II.  to  have  been  put  or  fitted  together, 
to  be  composed,  εκ  τίνων  freq.  in  Plat., 
etc. ;  σύγκειται  το  σώμα  εξ  οστών  και 
νεύρων,  Plat.  Phaed.  98  C  ;  την  φύ- 
σιν  ημών  εκ  τε  τον  σώματος  σνγκεΐ- 
σθαι  και  της  ■φνχης,  Isocr.  Aiitid. 
$  193  ;  so  of  quack-doctors,  έξ  άόοξί- 
ας  σνγκείμενοι.  Foes.  Oec.  Hipp.  ; 
έξ  ονομάτων  συγκείμενος  άνθρωπος, 
Aeschin.  86,  27:  —  of  words,  to  be 
compounded.  Id.  Crat.  402  D  :  εΙς  εν 
σνγκείμενον,  compounded  into  one 
body.  Id.  Phil.  29  D:  σΐ'μφοραι  νπο 
ποιητών  σνγκείμεναι,  misfortunes 
composed  by  poets,  Isocr.  76  A ;  πάν- 


ΣΥΓΚ 

τα  αϋτώ  σύγκειται  και  μεαηχύνηται, 
Lys.  98,  34;  cf.  Antipho  122,  41, 
Thuc.  1,  22,  etc.— III.  to  be  agreed  on 
by  two  parlies,  ό  σνγκείμενος  χρόνος, 
το  σ.  χωρίον,  the  tmie,  place  agreed 
upon,  Hdt.  4,  152  ;  8, 128  ;  κατίί  tu  σ., 
according  to  the  terms  of  the  agreement, 
Hdt.  3,  158,  etc. ;  κατά  τα  σ.  προς 
τίνα,  according  to  what  had  been 
agreed  on  with  him.  Id.  6,  14  ;  έκ  τών 
ξυγκειμένων,  Thuc.  5, 25 ;  παρά  τά  σ., 
Luc.  Jup.  Trag.  37:  ■ά\&ο,σπονόαΙοΰ 
καλώς  ξνγκεινται,  Thuc.  8,  43;  ξνγ- 
κείμενα  σημεία,  Ar.  Eccl.  6,  cf.  61. — 
2.  impers.,  σύγκειται,  it  has  been  or  is 
agreed  on,  c.  inf.,  Hdt.  9,  52  ;  absol., 
Thuc.  4,  23 :  so,  συγκειμένου  σφι, 
C.  inf.,  since  they  had  agreed  to...,  Hdt. 

5,  62. — Cf.  συντίθημι.     Hence 
Συγκειμένως,  adv.  part,  pres.,  ac- 
cording to  agreement. 

Σνγκεκβάμένως,  adv.  part.  pf.  pass. 
of  συγκεράννυμι,  in  a  mixed  or  tem- 
pered 7nanner. 

Συγκεκροτημένως,  adv.  part.  pf. 
pass,  of  συγκροτέω,  as  if  hammered 
together,  firmly,  Luc.  Merc.  Cond. 

Συγκελεύω,  {σνν,  κε?.εύω)  to  join 
in  ordering,  bidding,  etc.,  Eur.  I.  A. 
892  :  also  in  mid. 

ΣυγκέΆλω,  {σύν,  κέλλω)  to  push 
together,  0pp.  H.  5,  602. 

Συγκενόω,  ώ,  to  empty  out  with,  to 
make  empty  with. 

Συγκεντέω,  ώ,  f.  -ησω,  {σνν,  κεν- 
τέω)  to  pierce  together,  to  stab  at  once, 
Lat.  telis  confodere,  Hdt.  3,  77  :  in 
pass.,  έμε?ιλε  συγκεντηθήσεσθαι.  Id. 

6,  29  ;   cf.  σννακοντίζω. 
Συγκεράννυμι  or  -ννω  :  f.  -κεράσω 

[α]  :  pf.  -κέκράκα,  pass,  -κέκράμαι : 
— aor.  1  pass,  σννεκράθην.  Ion.  -εκρη- 
θην ;  also  -εκεράσθην.  Plat.  Legg. 
889  C :  fut.  pass,  σνγκραθησομαι, 
Eur.  Ion  406:  {σνν,  κεράνννμι).  To 
mix  together,  mingle,  commingle,  Thuc. 
6.  18;  λύπη  την  ήόονην  ξ.,  to  temper 
pleasure  by  a  mixture  of  pain.  Plat. 
Phil.  50  A. — II.  in  pass.,  to  be  mixed 
with,  τινί  or  προς  τι.  Plat.  :  παιδεία 
ενκαίρως  συγκεκραμένη,  Dem.  1414, 
7 ;  to  become  united,  coalesce,  Xen. 
Cyn.  3,  1  ;  —  of  persons,  to  be  close 
friends  with,  τινί,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,4,  1  ; 
so,  φιλίαι  μεγάλαι  σΐ'νεκρήθησαν, 
Hdt.  4,  152,  ubi  v.  Wess.  (and  so  in 
mid.,  σνγκερύσασθαι  φιλίαν,  to  form 
a  close  friendship,  προς  τίνα,  with 
any  one,  Hdt.  7,  151) ;  cf.  Pors.  Med. 
138.  —  2.  to  become  closely  acquainted 
with,  become  deeply  involved  in,  σνγκε- 
κρΰσθαι  δνα.  Soph.  Ant.  1311,  cf. 
Aesch.  Cho.'  744  ;  so,  σ.  δαίμονι,  Ar. 
Plut.  853  ;  σ.  οικτω,  to  be  deeply  af- 
fected by  pity.  Soph.  Aj.  895  ;  Tray- 
χρίστω  σνγκραθείς.  Id.  Tr.  662. — III. 
mid.  to  mix  U'ith  or  for  one's  self.  Plat. 
Tim.  35  A,  69  D.     Hence 

Συγκέρασμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  mixing, 
tempering. 

Σνγκερασμός,  ov,  b,  a  mixing,  tem- 
pering. 

Συγκεραστός,  η,  όν,  {συγκεράννυ- 
μι) mixed  ;  tempered  by  mixing. 

Σνγκεράτιζομαι,  (σνν,  κερατίζω) 
dep.,  to  butt,  fight  with  the  horns, 
LXX. 

Σνγκεραυνόω,  ώ,  (σύν,  κεραυνόω) 
to  strike  uith  a  thunderbolt,  shiver  in 
pieces,  Cratin.  Pytin.  8,  Eur.  Bacch. 
1103,  ubi  V.  Elinsl: — pass.,  ξνγκεραν- 
νωθείς,  thunder-stricken,  Lat.  attonitus, 
Archil.  36. 

Σνγκερκίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {σύν,  κερκίζω) 
to  weave  together,  Plat.  Polit.  310  B. 

Σνγκεφΰ?.αιάω,  ώ,{σύν,  κεφαλαιόω) 
to  bring  together,  sum  up  the  heads  or 
chief  points,  to  sum  up,  reckon  up,  Acs- 
1401 


ΣΥΓΚ 

chin.  62,  9 ;  more  fieq.  in  mid.,  Plat. 
Phil.  11  B,  Soph.  219  B,  Xen.  Cyr. 
8,  1,  15,  etc.     Hence 

'Συγκΐφάλαίωμα,  ατός,  τό,  the  sum 
total  of  a  reckoning  :  and 

Σνγκεφΰ/.αίωσις,  ewf,  ή,  asumming 
up,  conclusion,  Def.  Plat.  415  B. 
Hence 

Σνγκεφΰ/ι.αιωτικός,  ή,  όν,  summing 
up  ike  principal  points. 

Σνγκεχϊ'μένως,  adv.  part.  pf.  pass. 
from  συγχέω,  mixedly.  confusedly,  in- 
discriminately, Arist.  Eth.  N.  7,  1,  6. 

"Σνγκηδΐσνής,  οί,  ύ,  {σί>ν,  κι/δε- 
στης )  one's  brother-in-law,  ap.  Dem. 
949,  6  ;  one'sfalher-in-law,  Diod. 

"Σνγκηδεύο),  {συν,  κηύενω)  to  join 
in  burying,   Phylarch.  ap.   Ath.   COG 

Σνγκινδϋνενο),  (σύν,  κινδυνεύω)  to 
be  involved  in  danger  along  with  Others, 
Tivi,  Thuc.  8,  22,  Plat.  Legg.  969  A, 
etc.  :  absol.,  to  be  partners  in  danger, 
Xen.  Ages.  11,  13. 

ΣυγκΙνέω,  ώ,  f.  -ι'/σω,  (σύν,  κινέω) 
to  move,  excite  together,  Polyb.  15,  17, 
]  :^pass.,  to  move  along  with,  τινί, 
Arist.  Top.  2,  7,  5,  Polyb.,  etc. 
Hence 

Σνγκίνημα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which  is 
moved  jointly. — II.=:sq.  [i]  :  and 

Σνγκίνησις,  εως,  τ),  joint-motion: 
metaph.,  an  emotion. 

Συγκιρνύω,  and  in  Tim.  Locr.  96 
A,  συγκίρνημι,—σνγκεράνννμι. 

Συγκλύζω,  f.  -κ'λύγξ{ΰ,  to  sound 
with. 

Συγκ/Μΐω,  Att.  -«λύω  [ά],  to  weep 
with. 

Σνγκλΰσίς,  εως,  ή,  a  breaking  to- 
gether :  σ.  της  φάλαγγας,  collision  with 
the  enemy's  main  body,  Arr.  An. : 
and 
Σνγκλασμός,  οϋ,  o,=foreg. :  from 
Συγκ/.ύω,  [ά]  f.  -κ?Μσω,  {σύν, 
κλάω)  to  break  together,  break  off,  Chae- 
rem.  ap.  Ath.  008  C: — pass.,  to  be 
broken  off.  Plat.  Theaet.  173  A  ;  me- 
taph., τάς  ψυχας  συγκεκλασμενοι. 
Id.  Rep.  495  Ε.— II.  intr.,  to  dash  to- 
gether, Ath.  608  C. 

Σνγκ?Μω,  Att.  for  συγκλαίω.  [u] 
Σύγκλεισίς,  εως,  ή,  Att.  σύγκ?^τισις, 
ή,  (συγκλείω) : — α  shutting  up,  closing 
up  (of  a.  line  of  battle),  Thuc.  5,71.— 
2.  a  being  closed,  σνγκλεισιν  εχειν,  to 
be  closed.  Foes.  Oec.  Hipp. :  close 
union.  Plat.  Tim.  81  Β  :  συγκλείσεις, 
narrow  passe.i,  defiles,  Polyb.  5,  41,  7, 
Plut.  Camill.  41  (Reiske  et  Schaf 
συγκλίσεις). 

Σύγκλεισμα,  ατός,  τό,  (συγκλείω) 
α  joint,  band,  border,  LXX. 

Συγκλεισμός,  οϋ,  δ,—  σύγκλεισις. 
— II.  confinement,  prison,  LXX. 

Συγκλειστός.  7},  όΐ',  shut  up:  with 
the  power  of  shutting  or  closing,  όστρα- 
κα, Arist.  H.  A.  4,  4,  11 : — verb.  adj. 
from 

Συγκλείω,  f.  -κ7.είσω  :  Ion.  συγ- 
κληίω,  f.  -ΐσω :  Att.  συγκ?.{ιω,  i. 
-^σω,  {σύν.  κλείω).  To  shut  up,  hem 
in,  iiwlose,  Hdt.  4,  157  ;  7,  41  ;  f.  δια 
μέσον,  to  intercept,  Thuc.  5,  64;  tpi- 
δι  ξ.  τινύς,  Eur.  Andr.  122.— 2.  to 
shut  close,  to  close,  στόμα,  όμμα,  Eur. 
Hipp.  498,  Ion  241  ;  τας  πύλας, 
Thuc.  4,  67  ;  τας  θύρας,  Aeschin.  11, 
5  : — to  shut  up,  close  shops,  etc.,  τά  κα• 
'πη7.εΙα,  το  δικαστηρίου,  Lys.  Fr.  2, 
5,  Andoc.  7,  26  : — σ.  τους  όφθα7Μθύς, 
to  close  them  up  (by  blows),  Dem. 
1259,  13. — 3.  to  close  up,  as  an  army 
does  its  ranks,  Thuc.  4,  35  ;  5,  72  ; 
so,  σ.  τας  άσπίδαΓ,  to  lock  their 
shields,  Xen.  Cyr.  7,  1,  33.-4.  to 
close,  conclude,  τα  προειρημένα  τοϊς 
μέλλονσι  σ.,  to  viake  the  latter  part 
1402 


ΣΤΓΚ 

of  the  speech^i  as  a  conclusion  to  the 
former,  Isocr.  238  A  :  to  close,  corne  to 
an  end,  συγκλΐΐούσικ  της  ώρας  i/δη, 
Polyb.  17,  7,  3. — Π.  pass.,  to  be  shut 
in,  etc.,  λίμνη  σνγκεκληισμένη  πάν- 
τοθεν,  Hdt.  7,  129.— 2.  to  be  closely 
united,  Isocr.  342  D  ;  \\ο\κ&,επιγαμί- 
αις  συγκλεισθί/σονται,  Xen.  Hell.  5, 
2,  )9.— Cf.  κλείω,  sub  fin. 

Συγκλέπτης,ου,  6,  a  fellow  thief  . 
Συγκλέπτω,  f.  -ψω,  (σύν,  κλέπτω) 
to  steal  along  with,  μετά  τίνος,  Anti- 
pho    145,    27 :     to    elude,    evade,    την 
όψιν.  Foes.  Oec.  Hipp. 

Συγκλιμω,  Ion.  for  συγκλείω. 
Συγκληρία,   ας,  ή,  {σύγκληρος)  α 
happening  together,   coincidence,  παΟη- 
αάτων,  Hipp. ;  v.  Foes.  Oecon. 

Συγκληρονομέω,  ώ,  to  be  joint-heir, 
Dion.  H. :  from 

Συγκληρονόμος,  ov,  a  joint-heir. 
Σνγκληρος,  ov,  {σύν,  κ7^ιρυς)  allot- 
ted together,  coming  together  by  chance, 
bordering  upon,  neighbouring,  χθων, 
Eur.  Heracl.  32;  τείχεα,  Nic.  Al.  1. 
— II.  assigned  by  lot,  allotted,  Plut.  2, 
103  F.     Hence 

ΣυγκΤίΤΐρόω,  ω,  to  join  or  embrace  in 
one  lot.  Plat.  Legg.  745  C  :  to  choose 
by  lot,  δίκαστήριον,  Plut.  Alcib.  19. — 
11.  to  assigyi  by  lot,  τινί  τι,  Dem.  183, 
1.     Hence 

Συγκλήρωσις,  η,  an  allotting,  assign- 
ing by  lot. 

Σύγκλτισις,συγκλ^ω,ν.σύγκλεισις, 
συγκλείω. 

Συγκ/ί,7]τικός,  i],  όν,  (  συγκα7^έω  ) 
calling  together,  convening.  —  II.  ό 
συγκλ.,  a  senator,  Luc.  Alex.  25,  v. 
sq. 

Σύγκλητος,  ov,  (συγκαλέω)  called 
together,  summoned,  Eur.  I.  A.  301  : — 
7/  σύγκλητος  (sc.  εκκλησία)  a  legisla- 
tive body,  Arist.  Pol.  3,  1.  10;  at 
Rome,  the  senate,  Polyb.,  etc.  ;  so, 
σύγκλητος  λέσχη.  Soph.  Ant.  159. 

Σνγκλινης,  ές,  {σύν,  κλίνω)  lying 
with:  a  bedfellow.  —  II.  inclining  to- 
gether, hanging  upon,  έπί  τινί,  Aesch. 
Fr.  77.     Hence 

ΣυγκλΙνίαι,  al,  the  meeting-line  of 
mountain-ridges  which  slant  towards 
one  another,  ξ.  των  τόπων,  defiles, 
Plut.  Pomp.  32,  Pyrrh.  28. 

Συγκλίνω,  f.  -ινω,  {σύν,  κλίνω)  to 
incline  together,  to  lean  towards,  Polyb. 
7,  12,  4. — Pass.,  to  lie  with,  γυναικί, 
Hdt.  2,  181,  Eur.  Ale.  1090.  [κλί] 
Hence 

Σνγκ?ΰσις,  ή,  an  inclining  together ; 
cf.  σΰγκλεισις,  fin. 

Συγκ7ύτης,  ου,  ό,  {συγκλίνω)  one 
who  ties  with  one,  a  companion  at  table, 
Plut.  2,  149  B,  503  A.  [t] 

Σνγκλονέω,  ώ,  {σύν,  κλονέω)  f. 
-7/σω,  to  dash  together,  confound  utterly, 
entangle,  II.  13,  722,  cf.  Anth.  P.  9, 
755.     Hence 

Συγκλόνησις,  ή,  a  dashing  together. 
Συγκλϋδάζouaι,=  sq.,  Iambi. 
Σνγκλϋδωνίζομαι,  dep.,  to  be  dis- 
turbed hi/  slorjns  and  waives. 

Συγκλνζομαι,  {σύν,  κλνζω)  as  pass.. 
to  be  washed  over  by  the  waves,  of  a 
ship,  Plut.  2,  206  C,_d67  D.  Hence 
Σύγκλΰς,  νδος,  ό,  ή,  washed  together, 
esp.  by  the  waves :  metaph.,  άνθρω- 
ποι σύγκλ-,  a  promiscuous  crowd,  a 
mob,  Lat.  colluvies  hominum,  Thuc.  7, 
5,  Plat.  Kep.  569  A,  Luc,,  etc.  ;  also, 
σύγκλνδος,  ov,  Clem.  Al. — Cf.  σύνη- 
?Λ'ς. 

Σύγκλυσμα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which  is 
washed  together. 

Συγκ7.υσμός,  οϋ,  ό,  {σνγκ7.ύζομαι) 
a  meetins  of  waves,  Menand.  p.  194. 
Συγκλύω,  to  listen  to,  agree  to. 
Σνγκλώθω,  f.  -ώσω,  {σνν,  κλώθω) 


ΣΥΓΚ 

to  spin  together  : — II.  to  unite  by  fate 
Hence 

Σύγκλωσις,  εως,  ή,  a  spinning  to 
gether  :  a  uniting  by  fate,  M.  Anton. 
2,3. 

Συγκνϊσάω,  and  -σύω,  ώ,  to  seethe 
or  stew  together,  συγκεκνισωμένα  ζωμώ 
κρέατα,  Ath.  395  F. 

Συ-^κοιλαίνω,  to  hollow  out  with. 

Συγκυιμάομαι,  as  pass.,  with  fut. 
mid.  -7/σομαι,  {συν,  κοιμάομαι)  :  to 
sleep  with  another,  lie  with,  of  the 
man,  σ.  γυναικί,  Hdt.  3,  69,  Soph. 
El.  274 ;  of  the  woman,  Aesch.  Ag. 
1258,  Eur.  Phoen.  54.     Hence 

Συγκοίμημα,  ατός,  ό,  a  sleeping  to- 
gether.— 11.  the  partner  of  one^s  bed,  in 

plur.,  Eur.  Andr.  1273,  cf.  Monk  Hip- 
pol.  11  :  and 

Συγκοίμησις,  εως,  η,  a  sleeping  to- 
gether ;  sexual  intercourse.  Plat.  Phae 
drus  255  E,  Rep.  460  B. 

Συγκοιμητηρ,  ηρος,  δ,  and  συγκυι 
μητής,  υΰ,  ό,  α  husband. 

Σνγκοινολογεομαι,  ί.  -ησομαι,  {συν, 
κοινολογέομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  join  m 
forming  plans  or  plots,  Dinarch.  93, 
40. 

Σνγκοινόομαι,  {σύν,  κοινόω)  dep. 
mid.,  to  impart,  communicate,  give  a 
share  of,  Thuc.  8,  75. 

Σύγκοινος,  ov,  common,  familiar. 

Συγκοινωνέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  partake 
with,  have  a  joint  share  of  a  tbmg,  τι- 
νός, v.  1.  Isae.  70,  28,  Dem.  1299,  20  : 
from 

Συγκοινωνός,  ή,  όν,  {σύν,  κοινω- 
νός) partaking  jointly,  ^τινός,  also  έν 
Tivi,i  Ν.  Τ. 

Συγκοιτάδιος,  ον,  =  σύγκοιτος, 
Gramm. 

Σνγκοίτιον,  ου,  τό,  (sc.  αργύρων) 
α  harlot's  hire. 

Σύγκοιτις,  ιδος,  pecul.  fern,  of  sq. 

Σύγκοιτος,  ov,  {σύν,  κοίτη)  a  bed- 
fellow, ϋπνον  σ.  γλυκνν,  Pind.  P.  9, 
42. 

Συγκολάζω,  f.  -άσω,  (σύν,  κολάζω) 
to  help  in  chastising.  Plat.  Legg.  730 
D. 

Συγκολλάω,  ώ,  {σύν,  κολλάω)  f. 
-ήσω,  to  glue  or  stick  together,  Ar.  V'esp. 
1041 ;  εις  ταΰτό.  Plat.  Tim.  43  A. 
Hence 

Συγκόλλησις,  εως,  ή,  a  gluing  or 
sticking  together  ;  and 

Συγκολλητής,  οϋ,  ό,  {συγκολλάω) 
a  gluer  or  sticker  together  :  metaph., 
a  fabricator,  σ.  χΡευδών,  Ar.  Nub.  446. 

Σύγκο?Λος,  ov,  {σύν,  κό/.λα) :  — 
glued  together :  generally,  closely  join- 
ed. Soph.  Fr.  746: — ailv.  -λ/ωο,  in. 
accordance  uilh,  τινί,  Aesch.  Supp. 
310  ;  σ.  εχειν,  to  agree.  Id.  Cho.  542. 

Συγκολνμβάω,  ώ,  ί.  -ήσω,  to  swim 
with,  dive  together. 

Συγκομιδή,  ης,  ή,  a  bringing  togeth- 
er, Thuc.  2,  52  :  esp.  of  harvest,  a 
gathering  in,  housing,  καρπού  ξνγκ.,  Id. 
3,  15  ;  των  ωραίων.  Plat.  Legg.  845 
Ε  ;  σίτου,  Xen.  Hell.  7,  5.  14  :  from 

Συγκομίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {σύν,  κομίζω) 
to  carry  or  bring  together,  Hdt.  1.  21, 
etc. :  of  harvest,  to  gather  in,  house 
it,  Xen.  Mem.  2,  8,  3,  etc. :  so  in 
pass.,  οργά  συγκοαίζεσβαι,  it  is  ripe 
for  carrying,  Hdt.  4,  199; — mid.,  to 
collect  to  or  for  one^s  self,  supply 
one's  self  with,  Hdt.  2,  94  (and  so 
in  Act.  2,  121,  4);  to  sf ml  for,  Xen. 
Cyr.  8,  2,  24  :  συγκομίζεσθαι  εις  την 
ιρυχήν,  to  store  up  in  one's  soul,  to 
learn,  lb.  1,  5,  12;  σ.  προς  εαυτόν,  to 
claim  as  one's  own,  lb.  4,  3,  17  : — 
pass.,  to  be  gotten  or  gained  both  at 
once.  Soph.  O.  C.  585. — II.  to  help  in 
burying,  τον  νεκρόν.  Soph.  Aj.  1048; 
like  συστέ/ίλειν.    Hence 


ΣΤΓΚ 

"Συγκομιστήρ,  ηρος,  ο,  α  reaper. 
Hence 

Σνγκημιστηριος,  α,  ον,  of  or  belong- 
ing to  harvest :  τα  σνγκομιστήρι,α  {τα 
ιερά),  the  feast  at  harvest-home. 

Συγκομιστός,  ή,  όν,  {συγκομίζω) 
brought  together,  of  harvest,  gathered 
in:  δεϊττνον  σ-,  a  picnic,  Ath.:  but, — 
II.  άρτος  c,  bread  of  unbolted  7neal, 
Trypho  ap.  Ath.  109  Β  :  σ.  όιαιτι'/μα- 
ra,  mixed  food,  v.  Foes.  Oec.  Hipp. 

Σνγκονίομαι,=^5ί]. 

Συγκονιάομαι,  (συν,  koviou)  as 
pass.,  to  roll  in  the  dust  with  another  ; 
i.  e.  to  wrestle  or  struggle  with,  Tivi, 
Plut.  2,  97  A. 

Συγκοη?},  ijg,  ή,  (σνγκόττω)  a  cut- 
ting short :  shortness,  φράσεως  Ο-,  con- 
ciseness, Longin. :  hence,  in  Gramm., 
syncope,  i.  e.,  a  striking  out  one  or  vwre 
letters  in  a  word. — II.  a  striking  to- 
gether, collision,  Lat.  collisio,  τών  τ/χων 
σ.,  Dion.  Η. — III.  a  sudden  loss  of 
strength,  swoon;  cf.  σύγκοττος,  σνγ- 
κόπτω  III. 

Συγκοπιάω,  ώ,  to  labour  along  with, 
Eccl. 

Σνγκοπος,  ov,  (συγκοπή  III)  falling 
down  in  a  swoon.  Died.  3,  57. 

Συγκοτττίκός,  ή,  όν,  fit  for  cutting 
short. — 11.  causing  sudden  faintness  ; 
cf.  συγκοπή  111. 

Σνγκοπτος,  ov,  chopped  up,  λάχα- 
να, Ath.  373  A  :  from 

Σνγκότττω,  f.  -ψω,  (συν,  κόπτω)  to 
beat  together,  cut  up,  Xen.  Cyr.  6,  4, 
3 :  χειμων  σννέκοψε  πάντα  καΐ  6ιε- 
?ιυσε,  Hdt.  7,  34  ;  to  thrash  soundly, 
maltreat,  τινά,  Lvs.  97,  42,  Xen. 
Symp.  8,  G,  Metagen.  Thur.  4;  ffny- 
κεκομμένος,  Eur.  Cycl.  228,  cf.  Xen. 
Cyr.  2,  3,  20. — II.  to  cut  short,  abridge, 
Lat.  concidere. — III.  to  shake  violently  ; 
to  weary,  tire : — esp.  in  pass.,  συγκε- 
κόφθαι,  to  feel  all  sore  from  weariness, 
Theophr. 

Συγκορδϋ?.έω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  and  -ίζω, 
f.  -ίσω,  {κορδύλη)=:συναθροίζω. 

Συγκορνβαντιάω,  ώ,  to  join  in  the 
revels  of  the  Corybantes  :  to  share  inspi- 
ration OT  frenzy,  Plat.  Phaedr.  228  B. 

Σνγκόρνφος,  ov,  {σύν,  κορυφή)  with 
the  vertices  joined,  κώνοι,  Arist.  Probl. 
15,11,2. 

Σνγκορνφόω,  ώ,=  σνγκεφαλαιόω, 
also  to  complete,  Dion.  H.     Hence 

Συγκορΰφωσις,  7],=συγκεφα'λαίω- 
σις. 

Σνγκοσμέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {συν,  κοσ- 
μέω)  to  arrange  together,  to  adjust, 
Arist.  Coel.  2,  13,  2.— II.  to  confer 
honour  on,  to  be  an  ornament  to,  Xen. 
Cyr.  2,  2,  2G. 

Συγκοττΰβίζω,  (σύν,  κοτταβίζω) 
to  play  at  the  cottabus  with. 

Συγκονφίζω,  f.  -ίσω.  (σύν.  κουφί.ζω) 
to  help  to  lighten,  or  hold  up,  Luc.  Tox. 
20. 

Συγκράδαίνω.  (συν,  κραδαίνω)  to 
shake  together,  Arist.  Mund.  4,  29. 

Σνγκρΰμα,  ατός,  τό,  {συγκερύννυ- 
μι)  α  mixing,  minture,  Plut,  2,  943  Ε. 
Hence 

Σνγκράμάτικός.  η,  όν,  belonging  to 
mixing ;  of  a  mixed  nature,  Plut.  2, 
904  F. 

Σύγκράσις,  εως,  ή,  (συγκερύννυμι) 
a  mixing  together,  blending,  Eur.  Aeol. 
2,  4 ;  χρωμάτων,  Plat,  Polit.  277  C  ; 
ξνγκρ.  ες  τινας,  Thuc.  8,  97 ;  προς 
τι,  Plut.'Arat."lO:  of  friendship.  Id. 
Anton.  31. 

Συγκρΰτέον,  verb.  adj.  of  σνγκε- 
ράνννμι,  one  must  mingle  or  blend. 
Plat.  Phil.  62  B. 

Συγκρΰτέω,  ω,  f.  -τ/σω,  {σύν,  κρα- 
τέω)  to  hold  together,  Plut.  2,  508  D, 
876  A, 


ΣΤΓΚ 

Σύγκρΰτος,  ov,  (σνγκεράνννμι) 
mixed  together,  Luc.  Amor.  12 :  closely 
united,  σ.  ζεύγος,  Eur.  Andr.  494. 

Συγκρατύνω,  (σύν,  κρατύνο))  to 
strengthen  together :  to  make  quite 
strong,  Plut.  2,  656  Ε  :— pass.,  to  be- 
come so,  Hipp.  1006. 

Σνγκρέκω.  to  weave  together. 

Συγκρημνίζω,  (συν,  κρημνίζω)  to 
throw  down  a  precipice  with  or  together, 
Polyb.  8,  34,  7. 

Συγκρητίζω, (σύν,  Κρητίζω)  tomake 
two  parties  join  against  the  third.  Hence 

Συγκρητισμός,  οΰ,  6,  the  union  of 
tivo  parties  against  a  third,  Plut.  2, 
490  B. 

Σύγκρϊμα,  ατός,  τύ,  (συγκρίνω)  a 
cotnpound  substance,  Plut.  2,  898  D,  etc. 

Σνγκρϊμάτιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from 
foreg.,  M.  Anton,  [ά] 

Συγκρίνω,  (συν,  κρίνω)  to  separate 
from  other  matter  a?id  compound  anew, 
in  gen.,  to  compound,  put  together,  opp. 
to  διακρίνω,  Epich.  p.  95,  Plat.  Tim. 
67  D,  etc. :  hence,  esp.  in  physical 
philosophy,  τά  συγκρινόμενα,  com- 
pound matter,  Ana-xag.  3,  cf.  Plat. 
Phaed.  72  C,  Farm.  157  A,  etc.— II. 
to  compare,  τι  προς  τι,  Arist.  Rhet.  1, 
9,  38  ;  cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  278 ;  τινί  τι, 
Ν.  Τ. :  σνγκρ.  τι  έκ  παραθέσεως, 
Polyb.  12,  10,  1;  and,  in  pass.,  to 
measure  07ie's  self  with  another,  strive 
or  contend,  LXX.     Hence 

ΣύγκρΙσις,  εως,  ή,  a  putting  togeth- 
er, compounding,  opp.  to  διάκρισις. 
Plat.  Tim.  64  E,  65  C,  etc.— II.  a 
comparing,  comparison,  Menand.  p. 
401  ;  προς  άλλη?Μ,  Arist.  Top.  1,  5, 
9,  cf.  Polyb.  15,  11,  9;  and  freq.  in 
late  prose,  and  Luc.  and  Plut. ;  cf. 
Lob.  Phryn.  278. 

Συγκριτέον,νβΛ.  adj.  of  συγκρίνω, 
one  must  compare.  Arist.  Pol.  4,  12,  3. 

Συγκριτικής,  ή,  όν,  (σύγκρισις) 
compounding,  compositive,  opp.  to  δια- 
κριτικός. Plat.  Polit.  282  B,  sq.,  Arist. 
Top.  1,  15,  21. — II.  comparing :  ό  σν- 
γκρ. (sc.  τρόπος)  the  comparative  de- 
gree, Plut.  2,  677  D,  Gramm.  Adv. 
-κως. 

Σύγκρϊτος,  ov,  (συγκρίνω)  put  to- 
gether, cojnpound. — II.  comparable,  τινί, 
Polyb.  12,  23,  7.-2.  v.  1.  for  συγκρι- 
τικός Π. 

Συγκροτέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (σύν,  κρο- 
τέω)  to  strike  together ;  σ.  τω  χεϊρε,  to 
clap  the  hands,  Xen.  Cyr.  2,  2,  5 : 
absol.,  to  clap,  applaud  ;  and,  in  pass., 
to  be  applauded,  Xen.  Symp.  8,  1. — II. 
to  beat,  hammer,  or  weld  together,  Ar. 
Eq.  471. — 2.  metaph.,  σ.  ονόματα,  to 
weld  words  together  (by  composition, 
contraction,  etc.).  Plat.  Crat.  409  C, 
415  D,  416  B.— 3.  to  weld  a  number  of 
men  into  one  body,  i.  e.,  train  and  dis- 
cipline them,  τον  χορόν,  Dem.  520, 
11  : — in  pass.,  esp.  of  ships,  soldiers, 
etc.,  to  be  well-trained,  in  good  disci- 
pline, Xen.  Hell.  6,  2,  12 ;  συγκεκρο- 
τημενος  τα  τον  πολέμου,  Dem.  23,  3  ; 
συγκεκρ.  πληρώματα,  Polyb.  1,61,3, 
etc.     Hence 

Συγκρότημα,  ατός,  τό,  any  thing 
beaten,  welded  together. — 2.  metaph.,  a 
mass,  multitude,  crowd. — II.  any  thing 
hammered  out  or  forged  in  the  mind,  an 
artifice,  craft. 

Σνγκρότησις,  εως,  y.  (σιιγκροτέω) 
a  hammering,  welding  together. — II.  a 
joining  together,  conspiracy,  Joseph. 

Σνγκροτος,  ov,  welded  together,  v.  1. 
for  σύγκρατος. 

Συγκροτούσιος,  ον,ν.  σνγκρούσιος. 

Σνγκρονμα,  ατός,  τό,  (συγκρούω) 
borrowed  money  :  hence  debt. 

Σνγκρούσιος,  (συγκρούω)  γέλως, 
laughter  accompanied  by  clapping  of 


ΣΤΓΚ 
the  hands,  etc.,  immoderate  mirth,  Pa- 
roemiogr. ;  so  in  Suid.,   γέ?Μς  συ- 
γκροτούσιος. 

Σύγκρονσις,  εως,  ή,  (συγκρούω)  α 
stnkins,  dashing  together,  collision,  άνε- 
μων, Theophr.  ;  φωνηέντων,  Plut.  2, 
1047  Β.— 2.  quarrel,  Plut.  Num.  17.— 
II.  in  music,  the  rapid  alternation  of 
two  notes,  a  shake. — 2.  in  genl.  α  trem- 
bling, quaking. 

Συγκρουσμός,  οϋ,  o,=foreg.,  Plut. 
Marcell.  16,  etc. 

Σνγκρονστός,  ή,  όν,  struck  or  beat- 
en together ;  ίμύτιον  σνγκρ.,  a  cloth 
with  a  thick,  shaggy  pile,  like  velvet  or 
plush,  Diosc. :  from 

Συγκρούω,  (σύν,  κρούω)  to  strike  to- 
gether, clap,  τω  χεΐρε,  Ar.  Ran.  1029  : 
— to  bring  into  collision,  Dem.  231,  12  ; 
282,  1  ;  to  throw  into  confusion,  Isocr. 
68  B.  —  II.  metaph.,  to  stir  up,  excite, 
to  embroil,  σ.  τινάς  άλλή'/.οις,  to  wear 
them  out  one  against  the  other,  Thuc. 
1,44;  σ.  πόλεμον,  Diod. — III.  intr., 
to  strike  one  against  another,  νήες  αλ- 
λήλαις  συγκρούονσαι,  Polyb.  1,  50,  3. 
— Cf.  συγκροτέω. 

Σνγκρύπτω,  f.  -ψω.  {συν,  κρύπτω) 
to  cover  up  or  completely,  δέμας  ύπ/.οις, 
Eur.  Heracl,  721  : — to  conceal  utterly. 
Id.  I.  T.  1052,  Antipho  1)8,  19,  Xen. 
Cyr.  8,  1,  40,  etc. ;  generally,  to  hide, 
πενίαν,  Amphis  Erith.  1.     Hence 

Σύγκρυψις,  ή,  complete  concealment. 

Σνγκτάοβαι,  f.  -ησομαι.  (σύν,  κτύ- 
ομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  win  or  gain  along 
with,  Thuc.  7,  57,  Arist.  Pol.  5,  7,  9. 

Συγκτερειζω,  f.  -ί^ω,  (σύν,  κτερεί- 
ζω)  to  join  in  paying  the  last  honours  to 
a  corpse,  Ap.  Rh. 

Συγκτησείδιον,  and  -σίδιον,  ov,  τό, 
dim.  from  sq. 

Σύγκτησις,  ή,  joint-possession. 

Σνγκτήτωρ,  ορός,  ύ,  α  joint-pos 
sessor. 

Συγκτίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (σύν  κτίζω)  to 
join  with  another  in  founding  or  colo- 
nizing, σ.  Βά-rcj  Κυρήνην,  Hdt.  4, 
156,  cf.  Thuc.  7,57.     Hence 

ΣύγκτΊσις,  ή,  the  joint  building  or 
founding  of  a  city. 

Σνγκτίητης,  ov,  6,  (συγκτίζω)  a 
joint  founder  or  colonizer,  Hdt.  5,  46. 

Συγκτϋπέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {σύν,  κτυ- 
πέω)  to  crash  with  or  at  the  same  time, 
Nonn. 

Συγκυβευτής,  ov,  6,  a  person  with 
whom  one  plays  at  dice,  a  fellow-game- 
ster, Aeschin.  8,  41  ;  9,  6  :  from 

Σνγκνβενω,  (σύν,  κνβενω)  to  play 
at  dice  with,  τινί,  Hdt.  2,  122,  Arist. 
Eth.  N.  9,  12,  12. 

Σνγκϋκάω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (σύν,  κνκάω) 
to  throw  into  an  utter  ferment,  to  con- 
found utterly,  Ar,  Ach,  531,  Plat. 
Legg.  669  D. 

^Σνγκυκλέω,  ω,  f.  •ήσω,  (σνν,  κν 
κλέω)  to  roll  along  together.  Plat.  Polit 
269  C  :  also  συγκυκλόω. 

Συγκύκλ-ωτρ,  ωπος,  6,  a  fellow-Cy 
clops. 

Συγκϋ7.ινδέομαί,  (συν,  κνλινδέω) 
as  pass.,  to  roll  about  or  wallow  together, 
άκρασία,  Xen.  Symp.  8.  32. 

Σνγκύλίομαι.  (σνν.  κνλίω)  as  pass., 
=foreg.,  ap.  Ath.  588  E.  [i] 

Σνγκϋνηγετέω,  ώ,  ί.  -ήσω,  to  hunt 
together. 

Σνγκννηγέτης,  ου,  ό,  =  συγκννη- 

Συγκννηγέω,  ώ,ι.  -ησω, —σνγκϋνη- 
γετέω, Arist.  Eth.  Ν.  9,  12,  2 :  from 

Σνγκννηγός.  Dor.  and  Att.,  σνγκύ- 
νάγός.  όν,  (σνν.  κυνηγός)  α  fellow- 
hunter,  Eur.  I.  Τ.  709  ;  ή  σ.,  a  fellow- 
huntress.  Id.  Hipp.  1093. 

Σνγκύπτης,  ου.  ό,  that  which  stoops 
towards  ;  in  mechanics,  a  kind  of  prop 
1403 


ΣΥΓΧ 

or  support,  Lat.  capreolus,  Vitruv.  4, 
2 :  fro  in 

ΣνγκντΓτυ,  f.  -ψω,  {συν,  κύπτω)  to 
bend  forwards  towards  each  other,  κέ- 
ρατα, Xen.  An.  3,  4,  19:  absol.,  to 
stoop  and  lay  heads  together,  Ar.  Vesp. 
570  ;  hence,  συγκυφαντες  tvolovol, 
Ίτράσσονσι,  tliey  do  it  in  concert,  in 
conspiracy,  Hdt.  3,  82  ;  7,  145  ;  τούτο 
δ'  ές  εν  εστί  συγκεκνφός,  Ar.  Eq. 
854. 

Σνγκϊ'ρέω,  ώ,  ί.  -κνρήσω  or  -κνρσω 
{σνν,  κιφέω) : — Ι.  of  persons,  to  meet, 
come  together  by  chance,  μι/ττίος  σνγ- 
κνμσειαν  ύύώ.  11.  23,  435  ;  so  ol  ships, 
Hdt.  8,  92  :  to  meet  with  an  accident, 
7^  τνχ^ι,  Soph.  O.  C.  1404  ;  also,  σ. 
Ις  τι,  to  li^hl  upon  a  thing,  Eur.  Andr. 
1172:  c.  ■^a.xi.,  a.  παραπεσονσα,  Hdt. 
8,  87. — U.  of  events  and  accidents,  to 
happen  at  the  same  time,  τινί.  to  one, 
Hdt.  4,  15.  Eur.  Ion  1448  ;  impers., 
c.  inf.,  σννεκνρησε  γενέσθαι,  it  came 
to  pass  tlial..,  lidt.  9,  90  ;  τα  σνγκν- 
ρήσαντα,  w/iat  had  occurred,  Hdt.  1, 
119;  so  in  pass.,  το  ές  Κακεδαιμο- 
νίονς  σνγκεκνρ?/μένον,  Hdt.  9,  37. — 
III.  of  ulaces,  to  be  contiguous  to,  TLv'i, 
Polyb."3,  59,  7.     Hence 

Σνγκύρημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  chance,  ac- 
cident, Polyb.  4,  8C,  2.  etc. 

Σνγκνριισις,  εοις,  ή,  (συγκνρέω)  a 
meeting  by  chance  :  a  conjuncture,  event, 
Polyb.  9,  12,  6. 

Συγκυρία,  ας,  ή,  rarer  form  for 
foreg-,  τα  από  σνγκνρίης,  chance 
events.  Foes.  Oec.  Hipp.  :  ^κατύ 
αυγκυρίαν,  by  chance,  N.  T.t 

Συγκνρκύνάω.  ύ,=συγκυκύ(ΰ,Ερί• 
nic.  ap.  Ath.  432  C. 

Συγκϋρόω,  ώ,  to  establish  or  sanction 
along  with  a  thing. 

Σνγκνρσις,  ή,=  σνγκνρησις. 

Συγκνφίο,  to  make  to  stoop,  LXX. 

Σνγκωθωνίζομαι,  {συν,  κωβωνίζω) 
dep.,  to  tipple  together,  Ath.  19  D. 

Σύγκωλος,  ov,  {σύν,  κώλον)  with 
limbs  united  :  generally,  standing  close 
together,  σκέλΐ],  Xen.  Cyn.  5,  30. 

Συγκωμύζυ,  1.  -άσω  Dor.  -άξω, 
(σνν,  Κ(ύμάζο))  to  march  together  in  a 
κώμος.  Find.  0. 11  (10),  16,  Luc.  Salt. 
11. 

Σύγκ(β)μος,  ov,  {συν,  κώμος)  a  part- 
ner in  a  κώμος,  a,  fellow-reveler,  Eur. 
Bacch.  1171,  Ar.  Ach.  264;  c.  dat., 
a.  άωνύσω,  Aesch.  Fr.  381,  e  conj. 
Pors. 

Συγκωμωδέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {σύν,  κω- 
αφύέ(ύ)  to  play  with  in  a  comedy,  Luc. 
— Π.  to  mock  or  scoff  with. 

Σνγξαίνω,  {σνι>,  ξαίνω)  to  card  with 
or  together,  to  card  thoroughly.  —  Π. 
nietaph.,  to  bring  together,  join. 

Συγξενϊτεύω,  {σύν,  ξενιτενω)  to  be 
with  on  a  journey  or  in  a  foreign  coun- 
try. 

Σνγξέο),  f.  -ξέσω,  (σύν,  ξέω)  to 
stnooth  by  scraping  or  planing :  me- 
taph.,  to  polish  one's  style,  Dion.  H. 

Σνγξηραίνίύ,  to  dry  vp  unth. 

Σνγξύΐύ,  f.  -ιίσω,  {σνν,  ξύω)  to 
scratch  or  tear  to  pieces,  Diog.  L.  4, 
47. 

Συγχύζομαι,  dep.  mid.,  ^=σνγχω- 
ρέω. 

Συγχαίρω,  {σύν,  χαίρω)  to  rejoice 
with,  take  part  in  another  s  joy,  Aesch. 
Ag.  793,  Ar.  Pac.  1330;  a.  kni  tlvl, 
Xen.  Hier.  11,  12. — \\.  to  wish  one  joy, 
congratulate,  σ.  τινϊ  τών  γεγενημένων, 
to  wish  one  joy  of..,  Dem.  194,  23  ;  so, 
σ.  τινϊ  δτι..,  Aeschin.  34,  9 :  so  in 
aor.  pass,  συγχάρηθι,  Anacreont.  34, 
30  ;  fut.  -ρησόμενός  τινι  έπί  τινι, 
Polyb.  30,  16,  1. 

Συγχαλύω,  ώ,  f.  -άσω,  {σύν,  χα- 
λάω) to  relax  with  Or  at  the  same 
1404 


ΣΥΓΧ 

time,  Archyt.  ap.  Steph.  Excerpt,  p. 
81. 

Συγχαλκενω,  {σύν,  χαλκεύω)  to 
weld  together,  Ath.  488  F. 

Σνγχύρ7ΐτικός,  ή,  όν,  (συγχαίρω) 
congratulatory,  Joseph. 

Συγχάρίζομαι,  f.  -ίσομαι,  (σύν,  χα- 
ρίζομαι) dep.  mid.,  to  be  agreeable  at 
the  same  time,  or  ivith  others,  to  comply 
with,  gratify  :  σνγκεχαρισμένος,  dear- 
est, 7nost  lovely. 

Συγχαρτικός,  ?'/,  όν,=ζσνγχαρητι- 
κός. 

Συγχειλίαι,  α'ι,  {σύν,  χε'Λος)  the 
joining  of  the  lips,  Arist.  Physiogn.  6, 
18.  ^  ^ 

Σνγχειμάζω,  f.  -άσω,  {σύν,  χειμά- 
ζω)  to  winter  with  or  together. — Pass., 
to  weather  the  same  storm,  Ar.  Plut.  847. 

Συγχειρίζω,  {σύν,  χειρίζω)  to  ad- 
tninister  with,  τινί  τι,  Polyb.  6,  2,  14. 

Σνγχειροπονέω,  ώ,  (.  •ήσω,  {σύν, 
χείρ,  πονέω)  to  do  at  the  sa7ne  tirne  by 
manual  labour,  Luc.  Lexipll.  2. 

Σνγχειρυνργέω,  ώ,  t.  -ήσω,  {σνν, 
χειρονργέω)  to  put  hand  to  a  thing  to- 
gether, to  accomplish,  τα  ιερά,  Isae.  70, 
28. 

Σνγχεναι,  Ep.  inf.  aor.  1  of  sq. 

Συγχέω,  f.  -χενσω :  Horn,  uses 
pres.  and  impf.  act.  and  aor.  Ep.  σνγ- 
χέας,  but  more  usu.  σννέχενα,  inf. 
συγχεϋαι ;  and  3  syncop.  aor.  pass. 
σύγχντο,  {σνν,  χέω).  To  pour  togeth- 
er, comtningle,  confound,  II.  15,  364,  cf. 
366,  373  ;  16,  471  ;  σ.  τά  διακεκριμέ- 
να. Plat.  Phil.  46  Ε  (so,  στήμονας 
συγκεχυμένους  διακρίνομεν,  Id.  Crat. 
388  Β):  so,  like  συγχώννυμι,  σ.  τους 
τύφους,  Hdt.  4,  127  ;  τιιν  όδόν,  Hdt. 

7,  1)5  (cf.  Bahr  ad  1.).— 2.  of  persons, 
to  confound,  trouble,  άνδρα,  θνμόν,  Od. 

8,  139,  II.  9,  612,  etc.,  Hdt.  8,  99 ;  and 
in  pass.,  συν  δε  γέροντι  νύος  χύτο, 
II.  24,  358 ;  τί  σνγχνθεΐσ'  έστι/κας  ; 
Eur.  Med.  1005  ;  συνεχέοντο  αϊ  γνώ- 
μαι  τών  φαμένων,  Hdt.  7,  142. — 3.  σ. 
δρκια,  σπονδύς,  νόμιμα,  etc.,  to  scat- 
ter them  to  the  winds,  set  them  at 
nought,  violate  them,  II.  4,  269,  Valck. 
Hdt.  7,  136,  Eur.  Hipp.  1063  ;  also, 
σ.  χάριν,  Soph.  Tr.  1229  ;  την  ττο'λι- 
τείαν,  τον  βίον,  Dem.  729,  14  ;  777, 

9,  etc.  :  but,  πό/.εμον  συγχ-,  to  stir 
up  a  war,  Lat.  conjlare  bellum,  Polyb. 
4,  10,  3. 

Συγχίλίαρχος,  ου,  ό,  a  fellow-tribune, 
Joseph. 

Σνγχίς,  ίδος,  ή,  a  kind  of  shoe  or 
sock,  Anth.  P.  6,  294  ;  cf.  Jac.  p.  198  ; 
cf.  συκχίς. 

Σνγχόνδρωσις,  ή,  a  growing  into  one 
cartilage. 

Συγχορδία,  ας, η,  harmony  of  strings, 
concord.  Soph.  Fr.  361  :  from 

Σύγχορδος,  ov,  {σύν,  χορδή)  harmo- 
nious, in  harmony,  strictly  of  musical 
strings;  generally,  harmonizing,  agree- 
ing. 

Συγχορεντής,  ov,  b,  (σνγχορενω)  a 
companion  in  a  dance.  Plat.  Legg.  053 
E,  665  A,  Xen.  Hell.  2,  4,  20. 

Συγχορεύτρια,  ας,  fern,  of  foreg., 
partner  in  the  dance,  Ar.  Fr.  399. 

Σνγχορεύω,  {συν,  χορεύω)  to  dance 
with,  Ar.  Av.  J  761  :  to  be  one  of  the 
same  chorus,  Plut.  2,  94  B. 

Σνγχορηγέω,  ώ,  f.  -ι'/σω,  to  assist 
with  supplies,  τινί,  Polyb.  4,  46,  5, 
Plut.  ;  to  assist  by  supplying,  τροφάς, 
Plut.  Rom.  6  :  to  contribute  towards, 
τινί.  Id.  Phoc.  30 :  from 

Σνγχορηγός,  όν,  {σύν,  χορηγός)  a 
fellow  -  choragus  :  generally,  sharing 
with  a  partner  in  the  expense,  Dem. 
853,  1. 

Σύγχορος,  ov,  {σύν,  χορός)  partner 
in  the  chorus,  ϋυμφών,  Orph.  H.  10,  9. 


ΣΥΓΧ 

Σύγχορτος,  ov,  {σύν,  χόρτος)  strict- 
ly, with  the  grass  joining,  i.  e.  bordering 
upon,  χβόνα  σνγχορτον  Σνρία,  Aescll. 
Snpp.  5,  cf.  Eur.  Antiop.  9  ;  c.  gen., 
σύγχορτοι  Όμόλας,  Eur.  Η.  F.  371  ; 
σνγχορτα  ττεδία,  i.  e.  the  marches  or 
boundaries  of  two  lands,  Id.  Andr.  17. 

Συγχόω,  Ion.  for  σν^χώνννμι,  q.  v. 

Σνγχρύομαι,  f.  -ί/σομαι,  (σύν,  χρά- 
ομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  itse  at  the  saine  time; 
generally,  to  make  use  of,  τινί,  Polyb. 

3,  14,  5. — II.  to  borrow  jointly,  Id.  1,20, 
14. — III.  to  have  dealings,  associate  with, 
τινί,  Ν.  Τ.    Hence 

Σΰγχρησις,  εως,  ή,  common  or  joint 
use,  Clem.  Al. — II.  intercourse. 

Σνγχρηστιιριάζομαι,  dep.,  to  consult 
an  Oracle  together. 

Σνγχρίμπτω,  f.  ■■ψω,^=σνγκρούω. 

Σύγχρισμα,  ατός,  τό,  (συγχρίω) 
ointment,  salve,  Diosc. 

Σνγχριστέον,  one  must  anoint ;  and 

Συγχριστός,  ή,  όν,  anointed  :  verb, 
adj.  from 

Συγχρίω,  f.  -<σω,  to  anoint. 

Σνγχρονέω,  ώ,  f.  -^σω,  and  -νίζω 
f.  -ί'σω,  (σύγχρονος)  : — to  be  contempo- 
rary with,  τινί,  Ath.  599  C. — II.  to  de- 
lay a  long  time  together,  LXX.• — III.  to 
be  in  the  same  tense,  Gramm.     Hence 

Συγχρονισμός,  οϋ,  ύ,  agreement  of 
time. 

Σύγχρονος,  ov,  {σύν,  χρόνος)  con- 
temporaneous. 

Σύγχροος,  ov,  contr.  -χρονς,  ovv, 
{σύν,  χρόα)  : — of  like  colour  or  look, 
like  όμόχροος,  Polyb.  3,  46,  6,  Posi- 
dipp.  ap.  Ath.  596  D. 

Σνγχρώζω,  f.  -ώσω,  {σύν,  χρώζω) 
to  colour,  to  give  a  colour  to,  Plut.  2, 
934  D. — II.  in  painting,  to  blend  col- 
ours ;  and  in  pass.,  of  the  colours,  to 
melt  one  into  the  other,  though  Schaf. 
takes  ιΙ=συγχρωτίζεσΟαι  ίχοι\\χρώς, 
Dion.  Comp.  p.  366. 

Σύγχρως,  ωτος,  ό,  ή,  {σνν,  χρως) 
body  to  body,  USU.  as  adv.  ανγχρωτα, 
Loi).  Phryn.  414. 

Συγχρωτίζομαι,  {σνν,  χρωτίζω)  as 
pass.,  to  touch  one  another:  to  be  in 
contact,  have  close  intercourse  with,  νε• 
κροίς,  Diog.  L.  7,  2  ;  cf.  σνγχρώζω. 

Συγχννω,  later  form  for  συγχέω. 

Σνγχνσις,  εως,  ή,  {συγχέω):— a 
miocing  together,  commingling,  confound- 
ing, Hipp.:  a  destroying,  βίου,  δόμων, 
Eur.  Andr.  292,  959;  σπονδών,  Thuc. 
1,  146;  5,  46;  νόμων,  Isocr.  64  C: 
σνγχνσιν  έχειν,  to  be  confounded,  Eur. 
I.  A.  354,  1 128  :  σνγχνσις  ΰρκίων  was 
the  name  given  by  the  Gramm.  to  the 
first  half  of  the  fourth  book  of  the 
Iliad,  see  v.  269  ; — of  persons,  confu 
sion,  Luc.  Nigr.  35,  cf.  Polyb.  14,  5, 
8.     Hence 

Συγχντικός,  τ),  όν,  commingling, 
confounding,  Plut.  2,  948  D. 

Σνγχωμα,  ατός,  τό,  {συγχώννυμι) 
that  which  is  heaped  together,  a  heap, 
mound. 

Συγχωνεύω,  {σνν,  χωνεύω)  to  melt 
together,  to  melt  down,  Lycurg.  104,  29, 
39,  Dem.  615,  12. 

Σνγχώνννμι  and  -νύω  ;  Ion.  pres. 
συγχόω,  inf.  συγχονν,  Hdt.  4,  120, 
also  in  Xen.  Hell.  3,  1,  18  :  f.  -χώσΐΔ, 
{σνν,  χώνννμι).  To  heap  all  together, 
to  heap  with  earth,  cover  vp,  σορόν, 
κρήνας,  ύδατα,  τύφους,  Hdt.  1,  68; 

4,  120,  140;  τ))ν  όδόν,  Hdt.  θ,  71.— 
Π.  to  make  into  ruinous  heaps,  destroy, 
like  καταβάΆ'/^ειν,  Id.  9,  13  ;  also  in 
pass.,  οικήματα,  σνγκεχωσμένα,  Id. 
8,  144. — III.  to  throw  one  thing  into  a 
heap  with  another,  confound  with,  τινί 
τι,  Aesch.  Pr.  1049. 

Σνγχωρέω,  ώ ;  f.  -^σω  (Xen.  Hell, 
3,  2,  12,  Isocr.  118  D),  and  -ήσομαι 


ΣΥΖΕ 

Eur.  I.  Τ.  741,  Plat.,  etc.),  (,σύν,χω- 
οέω).  To  come  together,  unite,  like 
συνάγεσθαι,  Eur.  I.  T.  124 :  to  com- 
bine, opp.  to  έκχωρέο,  Ana.xag.  19  : — 
σνγχίύρεΐν  ?.όγοις,  to  meet  (me)  in 
argument,  bandy  words  with  me, 
Eur.  Hipp.  703. — II.  to  give  place,  give 
way.  Plat.  Charm.  155  Β  :  raetaph., 
to  make  concessions,  yield,  Σνρηκοσίοι- 
ai  της  ήγεμονίης  ουγχ.,  to  make  con- 
cessions to  them  about  the  command, 
Hdt.  7,  161:  ξ.  TivL,  Thuc.  1,  140. 
Plat.,  etc. :  ξ.  ά7.7.ή7^οις,  to  make  a 
compromise,  Thuc.  3,  75 ;  and,  in  bad 
sense,  to  be  in  colhision  withj  connive 
at,  τοις  ■ηονηροΐς,  Dem.  922,  17. — 2. 
C.  ace.  rei,  to  concede,  give  up,  yield, 
agree  on,  συγχωρησύντων  ταντα  των 
Αακεόαιμονίων,  Hdt.  9,  35 ;  hence 
in  pass.,  ru  σνγχωρηθέντα  χρήματα, 
Dem.  985.  22;  ειρήνη,  ήμερα  σνγχω- 
ρηθείσα.  Id.  231,  fin. ;  1042,  26:  σ. 
θάνατον  έαυτφ  την  ζημίαν,  to  acqui- 
esce in  death  being  his  punishment, 
Dinarch.  91,  11  :  σ.  τοντο,  άς...,  Plat. 
Euthyphr.  13  C,  etc. — 3.  to  accede  or 
agree,  assent,  to  acquiesce  in,  Ty  γνώμη, 
Hdt.  4,  148,  Thuc.  7,  72;  Ty  αιτία. 
Plat.  Phaed.  100  A:  c.  inf., 'ίο  agree 
to  do,  agree  that...,  Hdt.  2,  2  ;  c.  ace. 
et  inf.,  Thuc.  3,  52,  etc. :  absol.,  to 
agree,  acquiesce,  assent,  Hdt.  3,  83  ;  4, 
43':  -h  σνγκεχωρηκος  της  ευσέβειας, 
a  yielding,  unexacting  temper  of  piety, 
Dem.  533,  17. — 4.  impers.  συγχωρεί, 
it  is  agreed,  it  may  be  done,  δ  Try  uv 
ξνγχωρ^,  as  may  be  agreed,  Thuc.  5, 
40;  et  σνγχωροίη,  if  it  were  possible, 
V.  1.  Xen.  Efq.  9,  11.    Hence 

Συγχώρημα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which  is 
conceded,  a  concession  ;  permission,  con- 
sent, σνγχ.  7.α3εΐν  παρά  τίνος,  Ρο- 
lyb.  4,  73,  10;  περί  τίνος,  Μ.  1,  85, 
3 ;  σ.  γίγνεταί  τινι.  Id.  6,  13,  3. 

Σνγχώρησις,  εως,  ή,  {σνγχωρέω)  ac- 
quiescence, concession.  Plat.  Legg.  770 
C  :  την  σιγήν  σ.  θεΐναι,  to  take  si- 
lence/or consent.  Id.  Crat.  435  B. 

Σνγχωρητεον,  verb.  adj.  from  συγ- 
χωράω, one  must  concede.  Plat.  Phaedr. 
234  E,  etc. :  so  also  in  plur.  σνγχω- 
ρητέα.  Soph.  Ο.  C.  1426. 

Συγχωρητίκός,  ή,  όν,  inclined  to 
yield,  yielding,  compliant. 

Συγχωρία,    ας,  ή,  =  σνγχώρησις, 

Σνγχωρος,  ον,  (συν,  χωρά)  neigh- 
bouring, bordering  on. 

Σνγχωσμα,  ατος,  τό,  {σνγχώνννμί) 
that  which  is  heaped  or  thrown  up,  a 
mound. — 2.  a  place  defended  by  a  mound. 

Σύδην,  adv.,  (σενω)  with  rushing 
motion,  hurriedly,  σ.  αίρεσθαί  φυγήν, 
Aesrh.  Pers.  480.  [ί] 

\Σνεόρα,  τύ,  Syedra,  a  city  in  Cili- 
cia,  Strab.  p.  669. 

Σνειος,  a,  ov,  (συς) : — of  swine,  Lat. 
suillus,  χρίσμα  σ.,  Ao^s-lard,  Xen.  An. 
4,  4,  13,  (ubi  Muret.  σονσινον),  of. 
Luc.  Hist.  Conscr.  20.  [ϋ] 

■\Σνέννεσις,  εως  and  tor,  6.  Syen- 
■ne.iis,  name  of  the  kings  of  Cilicia, 
Aesch.  Pers.  326  ;  Hdt.  1,  74  ;  7,  48  ; 
Xen.  An.  1.2,  12. 

Σνζάω,  f.  -ήσω,  {συν,  ζάω)  to  live 
with.  Plat.  Polit.  302  Β  ;  τινί,  Dem. 
363,  4  ;  σ.  φι7.ο~ραγμοσννη,  to  pass 
one's  life  in  meddling,  Id.  13,  10 : — 
βηρίον  νδατι  σνζών,  a  creature  living 
in  water,  Aesch.  Fr.  21. 

Σι^ενγνρίΐι,  f.  -ζενξω,  (σνν,  ζενγνν- 
μι)  to  yoke  together,  cottple.  Hdt.  4,  189  ; 
esp.  in  marriage,  Eur.  Ale.  166,  Xen. 
Oec.  7,  30. — Pass.,  to  he  yoked  with, 
coupled  with,  π7.άνφ  σ..  Eur.  Ale.  482; 
στεβ^ύ  δαίμονι  σ.,  Id.  Andr.  98.  cf 
Ion  343 ;  σνζνγέντες  ό/ίίλοΐ'σ<,  they 
live  in  close  familiarity,  Xen.  Lac.  2, 


ΣΤΚΑ 
12  : — mid.,  to  yoke  for  one's  self,  άρμα, 
Xen.  Cyr.  6,  1,  51.    Henee 

Σνζενξίς,  εως,  ή,  a  yoking  together, 
coupling,  union,  Plat.  Rep.  508  A, 
Legg.  930  B. 

Σνζέω,  t  -έσω,  {συν,  ζέω)  to  make  to 
boil  uith,  Diosc. 

Σνζητέω,  ω,  f.  -ήσω,  {συν,  ζητέω)  to 
seek,  ej:amine  with,  at  the  same  time  or 
together.  Plat.  Crat.  384  C,  Meno  90 
B.     Hence 

Σνζήτησις,  εως,  ή,  a  joint  inquiry  : 
and  so,  a  disputation,  N.  T. 

Συζητητής,  ov,  a,  (σνζητεω)  a  joint 
inquirer:  and  SO,  a  disputer,  N.  T. 

Σνζοφόω,  ω,  {συν,  ζοφόω)  to  darken 
at  the  same  time,  Anlll.,  in  pass. 

Συζυγέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {σύζυγος)  to 
draio  together  in  α  yofce,  strictly  of  beasts 
of  draught,  Aesch.  Fr.  298 :  of  sol- 
diers, to  stand  in  one  rank,  Polyb.  10, 
21,7. 

Συζυγής,  ές,— σύζυγος.    Hence 

Συζυγία,  ας,  ή,=  σνζενξίς,  union, 
Eur.  Η.  F.  675:  a  joint,  as  in  plants, 
much  like  γόνυ,  Theophr. — II.  a  yoke 
of  animals,  a  pair,  σ.  ττώλων,  Eur. 
Hipp.  1131,  cf.  Plat.  Phaed.  71  C, 
Parm.  143  D.— HI.  in  Gramm.,  a  con- 
jugation. 

Συζΰγιος,  a,  ov,  poet,  for  σύζυγος, 
joined,  united,  χάριτες,  Eur.  Hipp. 
1147;  cf  SchiafDion.  Comp.  p.  175. 
— II.  act.,  joining,  hence  like  ζνγία, 
epith.  of  Juno,  as  patroness  of  mar- 
riage, Stob.  Eel.  2,  p.  54. 

Σνζϋγίτης,  ov,  δ,  fem.  συζνγΐτις, 
i(Jof,=  sq. 

Σύζυγος,  ov,  {σνζεύγννμι) : — yoked 
together ;  paired,  united,  esp.  by  mar- 
riage, σ.  όμαν7ύαί.  wedded  union, 
Aesch.  Cho.  599 ;  hence  as  subst., 
/;  σ.,  a  wife,  Eur.  Ale.  314,  342  :  but, 
ό  σ.,  generally,  a  yokefellow,  comrade, 
friend.  Id.  I.  T.  250,  Ar.  Plut.  945. 
Adv.  -γως. 

Σνζυξ,  νγος,  b,  ^,=foreg.,  Eur. 
Ale.  921,  Plat.  Phaedr.  254  A. 

Σνζνμύω,  ω,  to  leaveyi,  make  to  fer- 
ment. 

Σνζωμα.  ατος,  τό,  a  girding  together. 
— II.  a  girdle,  Aesch.  Supp.  462  :  from 

Συζώννϋμι,  f.  -ζώσω,  {συν,  ζώνννμι) 
to  gird  together,  gird  up,  τι,  Ar.  Thesm. 
255  : — mid.,  to  gird  one's  self,  gird  up 
one's  loins,  lb.  656. 

ΣνζωοτΓΟίέω,  ω,  f.  -ήσω,  (σνν,  ζωο- 
ΤϊΟίέω)  to  quicken  at  the  same  time,  N.  T. 

Σνηβό7.ος,  ov,  {συς.  βάλλω)  strik- 
ing or  killing  swine,  Opp.  C  2,  27. 

Σϋηλαι,  ai,  (συς)  a  pig-sty,  the  Lat. 
suite,  formed  like  θνηλ.ή,  άνΟήλη. 

Σνηνέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {σνηνός)^ 
νηνέω. 

^Συήνη,  ης,  ή.  Syene,  a  city  of  L^p- 
per  Aegypt  on  the  borders  of  Aethio- 
pia,  Hdt.  2,  28  ;  Strab.  pp.  786,  sqq. : 
hence  an  inhab  of  S.,  Συηνίτης,  6,  and 
adj.  ΣνηνΙτικός,  ή,  όν,  Syenitic. 

Σνηνία,  ας,  ή,:=ΰηνία,  Pherecr.  Ιη- 
cert.  11,  Plut.  2,  988  Ε:  from 

Σνηνύς,  ή,  όν,  {σνς)=^νηνός,  stvin- 
ish. 

Σνθεν,  Aeol.  3  pi.  aor.  1  pass,  of 
σείω,  for  έσνθησαν.  [ν] 

Σΰβι,  imperat.  aor.  1  pass,  of  σείω, 
make  haste,  speed,  formed  like  κλ.νθί 
and  ττίθι,  Hesych. 

Σνίδιον,  ov,  TO.  dim.  of  σί£",  a  pork- 
er. M.  Anton.  10,  10.  [?] 

Σϋκάζω,  f.  -άσω,  {σνκή) : — to  gather 
or  pluck  ripe  figs,  Ar.  Av.  1699  (with 
a  play  on  συκοώαντέω) ;  σ.  σνκα, 
Xen.  Oec.  19,  19.  — II.  in  Strattis 
Atal.  1,  2,  to  tickle ;  cf.  συκοφαντέω 
II. 

Σνκΰλίς,  ίδος,  ή,  (σϋκον)  the  fig- 
pecker.  Italian  beccafico,  {motacillafice- 


2TK0 

dula,  Linn.),  Epich.  p.  25,  41,  who 
writes  συκα7.7.ίς,  metri  grat. 

Σϋκύμϊνέα,  ας,  ή,^συκάμινος. 

ΣνκάμίνΙνος,  η,  ον,  of  or  belonging 
to  the  σνκάμινος,  σ.  τρίμμα,  mulberry- 
jam,  Sotad.  ap.  Ath.  293  β.   [μί\ 

ΣϋκάμΙνον,  ov,  τό,  the  fruit  of  the 
συκάμινος,  a  mulberry,  Lat.  morum, 
Amphis  Incert.  6;  its  juice  was  used 
by  women  as  a  wash,  Eubul.  Steph. 
1,  2.  [ώ] 

Σνκάμϊνος,  ov,  η,  more  rarely  ό, 
the  mulberry-tree,  Lat.  moms,  Amphis 
Incert.  6 ;  black  and  white,  ερνθρον 
ή  7.ευΐίόν,  Theophr.  C.  PI.  6,  6,  4. — 
11.=  σνκόμορος,  v.  sub  voc.  [ά] 

ΣνκάμΙνώδης,  ες,  like  the  mulberry- 
tree  or  mulberry. 

Σϋκάρίον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  of  σϋκον,  a. 
small  fig,  Eupol.  Lacon.  1.  [ά] 

Σϊ'κάς,  άόος,  ή,=  συκίς. 

Σϋκαστής,  οϋ,  ό,  one  who  gathers 
figs. — ϊ1.=  συκ.οφάντης. 

Σνκάστρια,  ή,  fem.  of  σνκαστής. 

Σνκέα,  ας,  ή,  Ion.  and  Ερ.  σνκέη, 
as  always  in  Hdt.,  but  in  Od.  always 
eontr.  σϋκή,  ής,  (except  in  Od.  24, 
341,  and  here  it  must  be  pronounced 
as  dissyll.):  Ion.  gen.  pi.  συκέων, 
Hdt.  1,  193:  {σϋκον): — the  fig-tree, 
Lat.  ficus,  Od.,  Hdt.,  etc. :  Theophr. 
mentions  many  kinds,  cf.  Schneid. 
Index. — ΙΙ.^σϋκον  II. 

^Σνκέα,  ας,  ή,  Sycea,  a  city  of  Cili- 
cia, Ath.  78  B. 

ίΣυκέας,  ov,  ό,  Syceas,  one  of  the 
Titans,  Ath.  78  A. 

■\Συκή,ής,  ή,  Syce,  a  fortified  place 
at  Syracuse  in  Sicily  held  by  the 
Athenians,  so  called  no  doubt  from 
the  fig-trees  growing  there,  Thuc.  6, 
98. — II.  daughter  of  Oxylus,  a  hama- 
dryad, Ath.  78  B.  _ 

Σνκηγορία,  ας,  ή,  {σϋκον,  αγορεύω) 
=  συκοφαντία. 

Σνκία,  ας,  ή.  Dor.  for  σνκέη,  Tab. 
Heracl. 

Σϋκίδιον,  ον.  τό,  dim.  from  σϋκον, 
Ar.  Pae.  598.  [Ζ] 

Σνκίζω,  ί.  -ίσω,  {σϋκον)  to  fatten 
ivilhfigs,  Anth.  P.  9,  487. 

ΣνκΙνος,  η,  ov,  {σϋκον)  of  the  fig- 
tree  or  figs,  σ.  ξνλον,  fig-vi ood.  At  . 
Vesp.  145  (where  it  is  taken  to  ex 
press  the  pungent  smoke  produced 
thereby)  :  σ.  ττομα,  fig-wine,  Plut.  2, 
752  B. — JI.  metaph.  from  the  spongy, 
useless  nature  of  this  wood  (Horace's 
inutile  lignum),  σύκινοι  άνδρες,  weak, 
worthless,  good -J  or -nothing  fellows, 
Theocr.  10,  45  ;  so,  σ.  σοφιστής,  An- 
tiph.  ΚΑεοι^.  1,  4:  proverb.,  σ.  επι- 
κουρία. Meineke  Strattis  -ίτυχαστ.  4 
(there  is  an  obscene  play  on  this  in 
Ar.  Lys.  110):— in  Ar.  Plut.  946,  σ. 
σύζυγος,  a  false,  treacherous  comrade, 
with  a  play  on  συκοφαντικός. 

Σνκινόφνλ.λον,  ov,  τό,  a  fig-leaf. 

Σνκίον,  ov,  TO,  {σϋκον)  a  drink  made 
from  figs,  Hipp. 

Σϋκίς,  ίδος,  ή,  {σνκέ?])  a  slip  or  att- 
ting  from  a  fig-tree,  a  young  fig-tree,  Ar. 
Ach.  996. — II.  a  person  having  large 
warts  ;  cf.  σϋκον  II. 

Σνκίτης,  ov,  ό,  fem.  -ϊτις,  ιδος,  {σϋ- 
κον) fig-like,  of  figs,  οίνος,  fig  wine. 
Hipp.  —  II.  a  Lacedaem.  name  of 
Bacchus,  Ath.  78  C. 

Σνκοοΰσί/εια,  ων,  τά,  royal  figs,  a 
very  fine  kind,  Ath.  78  A;  when  dried 
thev  were  called  βασΟ.ίδες  ίσχάδες. 
Id.  76  Ε. 

ΣνκύβΙος,  ov,  living  on  figs. — II.  /ά•- 
ing  by  slander,  of  a  συκοφάντης. 

Σνκο7ιθγέω,  ώ,  f.  -τ^σω,  to  gather  figs, 
Ar.  Pae.  1346:  fiO.m 

Σνκολόγος,  ov,  (σΐκον,  7^γω)  gath- 
ering figs. — II.  S2:'cahing  nffio.i. 
Ii05 


ΣΥΚΟ 

Έιϋκομύμας,  or  -μάμμας,  Ό,  α  coward, 
poltronn ;  cf.  βλιτοαύμμας. 

Σΰκομορέα,  αςι,  ?],=  σνκόμορος,  Ν. 
Τ. 

Σϋκομορίτης  οίνος,  δ,  wine  pre- 
pared from  the  συκόμορον. 

Σνκόμορον,  ον,  τό,  the  fruit  of  the 
σνκόμορος. 

Σνκημορος,  ον,  ή,  {σνκον,  μόρον)  : 
— the  fig-mulberry,  an  Aegyptian  kind 
thai  bears  its  fruit  on  the  branches, 
and  has  leaves  like  the  white  mul- 
berry {ficus  sycomorits,  Linn.),  Diosc. 
1,  181,  Plin.  13,  14  :— Theophr.  calls 
il  συκάμινος  ι)  Αίγνπτία,  Η.  PI.  1,  1, 
7  ;  14,  2  ;  and  the  σνκόμορος  was  oft. 
called  simply  σνκάμινος,  as  in  LXX., 
Luc.  17,  6.  (The  Hebrew  is  sikemah.) 
ΣΤ'ΚΟΝ,  ου,  τό,  a  fig,  Od.  7,  121, 
Hdt.  2,  40,  and  Att.  :  proverb.,  δσω 
διαφέρει  σνκα  καρδάμων,  '  as  differ- 
ent as  chalk  from  cheese,'  Henioch. 
Trochil.  1,  2. — II.  from  its  shape,  a 
large  ivart,  esp.  on  the  eyelids,  Hipp. : 
also  on  the  anus,  oipiles,  Galen.,  cf. 
Foes.  Oecon.  Hipp.,  and  v.  σύκωσις- 
— III.  pudenda  muliebria,  Ar.  Pac.  1349, 
of.  1346. 

Σϋκοπέδί?Μς,  ον,  ό,  {σΰκον,  ττέδι- 
7mv) fig- sandaled,  a  parody  on  Homer's 
χρνσοπέδίίος,  with  a  play  on  συκο- 
φάντης, Cratin.  Eun.  2. 

Σνκόπρωκτος,  ον,  (σϋκον  II,  πρω- 
κτός) with  warts  or  piles  on  the  poste- 
riors. 

Σνκοσπΰόίας,  ον,  6,  and  σϋκοσπάς, 

ύδος,  ό,  (σνκον,  σπάω) ; — comic  for 

συκοφάντης,  formed  after  λνκοσπύς. 

Σνκοτρΰγέω,  ώ,  ΐ.  -ησω,  (σνκοτρά- 

γος)  to  eat  figs,  Theophr.  Char.  10. 

Σνκοτραγίδης,  ον,  ό,  a  fig-nihbler, 
comic  nickname  for  a  miser,  Archil. 
Fr.  114  :  strictly  dim.  from 

Σνκοτράγος,  ον,  (  σΰκον,  τρώγω  ) 
fig-ealing,  Ael.  Ν.  Α.  17,  31. 
Σνκοτρώκτης,  ου,  o,=  foreg. 
Σνκονρός,  όν,  also  σνκωρός,  {ώρα, 
ονρος)  watching  figs. 

Σϋκοφαντέω,  ώ,  ί.  -ήσω,  to  be  a  συ- 
κοφάντης  or  informer  :  and  so, — 1.  c. 
ace.  pers.,  to  inform  against,  accuse, 
slander,  Ar.  Vesp.  1096,  Av.  1431  : 
hence  in  pass.,  νττό  τίνος  συκοφαν- 
τούμαι, Lys.  Fr.  20. — 2.  c.  ace.  rei,  to 
lay  information  against  a  thing,  Ar. 
Ach.  519,  Xen.,  etc. : — but  σ.  τριά- 
κοντα μνΰς,  to  extort  them  by  laying 
informaiioas,  Lys.  177,  32.-3.  absol., 
to  use  an.  informer^s  tricks.  Plat.  Rep. 
341  B. — \\.=  κνΊζω  ερωτικώς,  Meine- 
ke  Plat.  (Com.)  Incert.  36,  Menand. 
p.  295.     Hence 

Σνκοφύντημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  syco- 
phanVs  trick,  a  false  accusation,  slander, 
misrepresentation,  Aeschin.  33,  19. 

Σϋκοφύντί/ς,  ου,  ό,  {σνκον,  φαίνω) : 
■ — α  fig-shoiter,  i.  e.  one  who  informs 
against  persons  exporting  figs  from  At- 
tica, or  plundering  sacred  fig-trees : 
hence,  a  common  informer,  and  so, 
generally,  a  false  accuser,  slanderer, 
backbiter.  The  Sycophants  began  to 
multiply  from  the  time  of  Pericles, 
and  were  a  common  object  of  attack 
to  the  comic  writers,  Ar.  Ach.  818, 
sq.,  etc. ;  V.  esp.  Schol.  Pint.  31. — 
The  literal  signf.  is  not  found  in  any 
ancient  writer;  and  is  perh.  alto- 
gether an  invention. 

ΣνκοφαντΊ/τός,  τ/,  όν,  accused  by 
syco])hants. 

Συκοφαντία,  ας,  i],  {συκοφάντης) 
the  behaviour  of  a  sycophant,  false  accu- 
sation, misrepresentation,  slander,  Lys. 
102,  5,  Xen.  Hell.  2,  3,  12,  Dem., 
etc.  ;  σ.  Tivl  διδόναι,  to  give  occasion 
for  false  informations  against  him, 
Dem.  012.  11.  Cf.  sq. 
IIOC 


ΣΎΛΑ 

Συκοφαντίας,  ου.  ό,  {συκοφάντης) 
in  Ar.  Eq.  437,  πνεΐ  καικίας  και  σν- 
κοόαντίας,  Caecias  is  blowing,  and 
the  Sycophant-wind ;  but  there  is  a 
play  on  κακίας καΐ  συκοφαντΊας,ί\ίβχΒ 
is  a  wind  of  villany  and  sycophancy. 

Συκοφαντικός,  ή,  όν,  {συκοφάντης) 
like  a  sycophant,  slanderous,  Dem.  907, 
11.     Adv.  -κώς,  Isocr.  Antid.  '^  330. 

Σνκοφάντρια,  ας,  ή,  fem.  of  σνκο- 
φύντης,  Ar.  Plut.  970. 

Σνκοφαντώδης,  ες,  sycophant-like, 
Lys.  Fr.  2,  1. 

Σνκύφύσις,  ή, =  συκοφαντία,  dub. 

I.  Diog.  L. 

Σνκοφορεΐον,  ου,  τό,  a  basket  for 
carrying  figs  :  from 

Σνκοφορέω,  ύ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  carry  figs  : 
from 

Σνκοφόρος,  ον,  {σνκον,  φέρω)  car- 
rying figs,  Strab. 

Σνκόω,  ώ,  {σνκον)  to  make  into  a  fig. 
— 2.  like  συκίζω,  to  feed  with  figs. — 3. 
in  pass.,  to  have  warts. 

Σνκχίς,  ίδος,  ή,  also  written  συκ- 
χάς,  άδος,  η,  and  σνκχος,  b,  like  συγ- 
χίς,  a  kind  of  shoe  or  sock. 

Σΰκώδης,  ες,  {σΰκον,  είδος)  fig-like, 
Arist.  Η.  Α.  9,  40,  5 :  full  of  figs. 

Σύκωμα,  ατός,  τό,^^σύκωσις.  [ϋ] 

Σϋκώρ,  ώνος,  ΰ,  {σΰκον)  α.  fig-gar- 
den, LXX. 

Σϋκωρέω,  ώ,  ί.  -ί/σω,  to  watch  figs: 
from 

Σνκωρός,  όν,  {σνκον,  ωρα)  watching 
figs, =  σνκονρός,  LXX. 

Σνκωσις,  η,  {σνκόω)  α  rough,  fig-like 
excrescence  on  the  flesh,  esp.  on  the 
eyelids.  Foes.  Oecon.  Hipp. ;  cf.  σν- 
κον II.  [ij] 

Σϋκωτός,  ή,  όν,  {σνκόω)  fed  or  fat- 
ted on  figs,  fjtvap  σνκ.,  the  liver  of  an 
animal  so  fatted.  Lat.  jecur  ficatum. — 

II.  dressed  or  flavoured  with  figs,   Tu 
σνκωτά,  Hipp. 

Σνλα,  τά,  v.  sub  σύλη. 

Σί'λα,  Ep.  for  ίσνλα,  3  sing.  impf. 
act.  from  σϋλάω. 

Σϋλά-^ωγέω,  ω,  f.  -7/σω  {σνλον, 
άγω)  to  carry  off  as  booty  or  plunder, 
Heliod. — II.  to  rob,  despoil,  τον  οίκον, 
Aristaen.  2,  22. 

Σνλασκε,  Ion.  impf.  from  sq.  [v] 

Σνλάω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  frequent.  3  impf. 
σνλασκε,  Hes.  Sc.  480. 

To  strip  off,  esp.  to  strip  off  the 
arms,  etc.,  of  a  slain  enemy,  Horn, 
(only  in  II.),  Pind.,  etc.  Construc- 
tion ; — 1.  in  full,  c.  ace.  pers.  et  rei, 
to  strip  off  froin  another,  strip  him  of 
his  arms,  etc.,  τενχεα  σ.  τίνα,  II.  15, 
428  ;  1 G,  500  ;  σ.  την  θευν  τονς  στε- 
φάνους, Dem.  C16,  19  ;  σ.  {)ήματα  ά\- 
λήΧονς,  to  steal  one  another's  phras- 
es, Dion.  H. : — hence,  in  pass.,c.  ace. 
rei,  to  be  stript,  robbed,  deprived  of  a 
thing,  σκήπτρα,  Άέκτρα  σν'λύσθαι, 
Aesch.  Pr.  761,  Eur.  I.  A.  1275,  cf 
Soph.  Phil.  413. — 2.  c.  ace.  pers.  only, 
to  strip,  σ.  TLVu  νεκνων,  11.  10,  343, 
387  :  to  strip  bare,  pillage,  plunder,  τονς 
θεούς,  τά  ίρά,  etc.,  Hdt.  6,  101,  and 
Att.— 3.  c.  ace.  rei  only,  to  strip  off.  in 
Horn.  usu.  τενχεα  σν?Μν,  oft.  with 
the  addition  of  άττ'  ώμων,  II.  Ο,  28, 
etc. ;  so,  άπό  χροος  έντεα  σ.,  II.  13, 
640  : — then,  generally,  to  take  away, 
off,  down,  τύξον  σ.,  to  take  down  the 
bow,  11.  4.  105  ;  σ.  πώμα  ώαρέτρης, 
to  take  the  lid  ojf  the  quiver,  11.  4, 116  : 
usu.  with  a  notion  of  violence  or  sud- 
denness, a.  κράτα  Μεδο,,ύας,  Pind. 
P.  12,  28  ;  σ.  θεών  γέρα,  Aesch.  Pr. 
83,  cf.  Soph.  Phil.  1363  ;  σι-λ.  τω  λό- 
γω τά  τών  προ•}  όνων  έΐ)γα,  Dem.  4Ί2, 
7 :  C.  gen.  loci,  τις  σε  δαίμων  σνλα 
πάτρας  ;  Eur.  Hel.  669  : — pass.,  to  be 
taken  away,  carried  off  as  spoil,  σεσυ- 


ΣΥΛΑ 

λημένον  άγαλμα.  Hdt.  6,  118;  to  tie 
taken  away,  Eur.  Hipp.  799  ;  σνλα- 
θεις  ΐιγενείων,  taken  out  of  the  boys, 
i.  e.  having  become  a  man,  Pind.  O. 
9,  135.  Rarer  collat.  forms  are  συ- 
λενω,ΰ,ηά  συλέω.  (From  σϋλοι•,  σν• 
λη,  akin  to  σκνλλω,  σκυλενω.  σκν- 
λον,  of.  Buttm.  Lexil.  s.  v.  κελαινός 

ίΣυ/.έα,  ας,  η,  Sylea,  daughter  of 
Corinthus,  Apollod.  3,  16,  2. 

ΊΣυλεύς,  έως,  6,  Sylcus,  son  of 
Neptune,  king  at  Aulis,  Apollod.  2, 
6,  3. — II.  TO  Σνλέος  πεδίον,  the  plain 
of  Syleus,  along  the  Strymonicus  si 
nus,  Hdt.  7,  115. 

Σϋλεΰω,  rare  collat.  form  of  σνλάω, 
to  despoil,  esp.  of  arms,  τινά,  11.  5,  48  : 
also,  iodespoi/ one  secrei/i/ of  any  thing, 
to  trick,  cheat,  II.  24,  43C.  Cf.  σκυ- 
λενω. 

Σνλέω,=  σνλάω,  in  Chandl.  Insci. 

Σύλη,  ης,  ή,  or  σΰλον,  ον,  τό,  usu. 
in  plur.,  σνλαι  or  σνλα : — the  right  of 
seizing  the  ship  or  cargo  of  a  merchant 
(esp.  a  foreigner),  to' cover  losses  re- 
ceived through  him  (cf  σνμβολον  II) ; 
generally,  the  right  of  seizure,  strictly 
of  goods  only,  as  opp.  to  άνδρυληψία, 
Dem.  1232,  4  ;  σνλας  διδόναι  τινι  κα- 
τά τίνος.  Id.  931,  23;  opp.  to  σνλον 
{σνλα  ?)  εχειν  κατά  τίνος,  Arist.  Oec. 
2,  11,  1  ;  όπου  σϋλαι  μη  ώσιν  Άθη- 
ναίοις,  where  the  Athenians  have  (to 
fear)  no  right  of  seizure,  ap.  Dem.  927, 
4 : — σΰλα  ποιείσθαι  τονς  Βοιωτούς, 
to  exercise  this  right  against  them, 
Lys.  185,  18. — This  right  of  reprisals, 
when  e.xercised  in  war  towards  whole 
states,  answers,  more  or  less,  to  the 
modern  letters  of  marque,  v.  BOckh  P. 
E.  1,  185;  2,  375.'  ( Cf.  σνλάω.) 
Hence 

Σνλημα,  ατός,  τό,  {σνλάω)  spoil, 
booty,  plunder,   [ϋ] 

Σν?^ήσΐος,  ον,  (συλάω)  robbed,  sto- 
len, Maxim.  583. 

Σύλησις,  εως,  ή,  {σνλάω)  α  spoiling, 
plundering,   [ΐ] 

Σϋλήτειρα,  ας,  ■}/,  fem.  from  sq., 
Eur.  Η.  F.  377. 

Σνλητήρ,  ήρας,  ό,  and  σνλήτης,  ον, 
ό,  (συλάω)  α  robber. 

Σνλήτρια,  ας,  ή,  fem.  from  σνλη- 

Σϋλήτωρ,ορυς,υ,=συλήτης,Α.β8ΐ\). 
Supp.  927. 

Συλλαβή,  ής,  ή,  {σν/.λαμβάνω): — 
α  taking  together  ;  also,  conception, 
pregnancy. — Π.  act.  that  which  holds 
together,  συλ?ΜβαΙ  πέπλων,  i.  e.  a 
girdle,  Aesch.  Supp.  457. — 2.  pass., 
that  tvhich  is  held  together  ;  usu.,  sive- 
ral  letters  taken  together  so  as  to  form 
one  sound,  a  syllable,  Eur.  Palam.  2, 
2,  and  freq.  in  Plat.  ;  σ.  βραχεία  και 
μακρά,  Ari.st.  Categ.  6,  3  : — έν  γραμ- 
μάτων ξν'λλαβαΐς,  in  written  worcls, 
Aesch.  The!).  468. — III.  in  music, 
the  concord  called  the  Fourth,  Bockh 
Philolaos  p.  68.     Hence 

Συλ'λάβίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  to  join  letters 
into  syllables,  to  pronounce  letters  to- 
gether. Plut.  2,  496  F. 

Συλλαβικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to 
syllables,  syllabic. 

Σν?ί.?.άβομ&χέω,  ώ,  {σν?^,αβή,  μά- 
χομαι) to  fight  for  syllables,  Phiio. 

ΣνλλάβοπενσΙλάλητής.  ον,  δ,{σνλ- 
λαβή,  πυνθάνομαι,  λαμβάνω) : — ex- 
amining each  syllable  before  pronomi- 
ciTjg-ii,  Hegesand.ap.Ath.  162  A,  with 
V.  1.  -'λαβητής. 

Σύλλαβος,  ό,=  σίττνβος,σίλ?ινβος, 
the  title  of  a  book,  dub.  in  Cic.  Alt 
4,  4  b. 

Σν?.7ιαγνενω,:=σνμπορνενω. 

Σν'λιλαγχάνω,  f.   -?α/ξομαι,   { σύν 


ΣΤΛΑ 

λαγχάνω)  to  be  joined  with  any  thing 
by  lot,  Tcvi,  Plat.  Polit.  266  C,  E, 
Tim.  18  E,  Plut.,  etc. 

^Σνλλαΐος,  ov,  δ,  Syllams,  a  gov- 
ernor of  the  Nabataei,  Strab.  p.  780. 

Συ/.?ίΰλέω,  ώ,{σύν,λα?.έω)  ί.  -ήσω, 
to  talk  with,  τινί,  Polyb.  4,  22,  8. 

Σν?.?Μμΐ3ύνω,  f.  -λήφομαι  :  pf. 
σννείλημμαι,  aor.  συνέλαβαν,  inf. 
σνλλάβείν  :—συλ?.ηψεται,  for  pass, 
fut.  σνλληφθήσεται,  in  Xen.  An.  7, 
2,  14,  is  certainly  wrong,  (σύν,  λαμ- 
βάνω). To  lake  together,  lay  hold  of, 
seize,  Hdt.  6,  26;  to  seize  the  person 
of..,  apprehend,  arrest,  Id.  1,  80;  2, 
114,  etc.,  and  Att.  ;  κόμην  άπριξ 
όνυξι  συλλαβών  χεμί,  Soph.  Aj.  310. 
— II.  to  put  together,  close,  το  στόμα 
και  όάθαλμονς  (of  a  corpse),  Plat. 
Phaea.  sab  fin. — III.  to  comprehend, 
ένΐ  επεϊ  πάντα  σν?.λαβών  ειπείν, 
Hdt.  3,  82  ;  πάν  συλλαβών  είρηκας, 
Hdt.  7,  16,  3  ;  also,  ξ.  εις  εν.  Plat. 
Theaet.  147  D  : — also  of  the  mind, 
to  comprehend,  understand,  το  βηθέν, 
τον  ?.όγον,  την  φωνήν,  Hdt.  1,  91 ; 

2,  49  ;  4,  114,  cf.  Pmd.  Ο.  13,  103.— 
IV.  to  bring  together,  collect,  esp.  to 
rally  scattered  troops,  Hdt.  5,  46  ;  σ. 
τας  δυνάμεις.  Plat.  Gorg.  456  A. — V. 
to  receive  at  the  same  time,  enjoy  to- 
gether, Hdt.  1,  32. — VI.  of  women,  to 
conceive,  become  pregnant,  Plut.  2,  829 
B. — Vll.  σνλ?.αμβάνειν  εαυτόν  έκ 
γης,  to  take  one's  self  off  from  the 
land,  Soph.  Phil.  577.— VIII.  to  take 
with  or  besides,  take  as  an  assistant, 
την  οικτρά  σ.,  Eur.  Palam.  5: — but 
also, — IX.  c.  dat.  pers.,  to  take  part 
with  another,  assist  hun,  Hdt.  6,  125, 
and  Att. ;  εις  τι,  towards  a  thing, 
lb.  7,  6,  cf  Xen.  Mem.  2,  6,  28  ;  so, 
σ.  τινί  τίνος,  to  take  part  with  one  in 
a  thing,  assist  one  in  it,  Eur.  Med. 
946,  Ar.  Vesp.  734,  etc. :  absoL,  to 
assist,  Aesch.  Cho.  812,  Plat.  etc.  : 
— in  this  signf.  the  mid.  is  also  freq., 
συνελάβετο  τον  στρατεύματος,  he 
took  part  in  it,  Hdt.  3,  49,  cf  Soph. 
Phil.  282,  cf.  Br.  Ar.  Lys.  313,  Pac. 
465 :  cf  σννεπιλαμβάνομαι. 

Συ?.λάμπω,  f.  -ψω,  {συν,  λάμπω)  to 
shine  together,  be  bright  on  all  sides  or 
all  over,  Lat.  collucere.     Hence 

Σύλ'λαμψις,  εως,  ή,  a  being  bright 
on  all  sides  Or  all  through. — II.  a  union 
of  light,  Plut.  2,  025  F. 

Συλλανθάνω,  f.  -λήσω,  to  be  kidwith 
or  together. 

Συλλάνιος,  ό,  and  -ία,  ή,  dub. 
epith.  of  Jupiter  and  Minerva,  Plut. 
Lycurg.  6  (Schaf  Έλλαν-). 

iΣύλλaς,  α,  ύ,  the  Rom.  name 
Sylla,  Strab.  —  2.  a  Carthaginian 
Σέξτιος  ΣύλλαςίΒ  mentioned  in  Plut. 
Rom.  15. 

Σνλλατρεύω,  (  σύν,  λατρεύω  )  to 
serve  with  or  together,  Plut.  2,  941  E. 

Συ?ιλίίψύσσω,  {--ξω,  {συν,  λαφύσσω) 
to  devour,  carry  off  together.  Lye.  1207. 

Συλλεα/ΐ'ω,  {σύν,  λεαίνυ)  Ιο  smooth 
by  rubbing  together,  to  polish,  Dion.  H. 
— II.  to  rub,  pound  up  with,  τινί, 
Diosc. 

Συλλέγω,  i.  -ξω,  {συν,  λέγω)  to 
collect,  gather,  II.  18,  301,  Hdt.  1,  68  ; 

3,  107.  and  Att.;  esp.  of  money,  Xen.; 
and  in  mid.,  όπλα  τε  πάντα  /Μονακ' 
ές  ΰργυρέην  συλλέξατο,  II.  18,  413  : 
cf.  Ar.  Pac.  1327. — 2.  of  persons,  to 
call  together,  Eur.  I.  T.  303  ;  and  in 
mid.,  Od.  2,  292: — pass.,  to  come 
together,  assemble,  esp.  in  aor.  2  συλ- 
λεγί/ναι,  Hdt.  1,  81;  7,  8,  1,  etc.; 
εις  ταύτό  σ.,  Plat.  Lesig.  901  A  ;  εΙς 
TO  δικαστήριον.  Id.  Phaed.  59  D  ; 
προς  TO  ιερόν.  Id.  Legg.  784  A. — 3.  to 
collect,  get  together,  στασιώτας,  Hdt. 


ΣΎΛΑ 

1,  59  :  to  raise  or  levy  an  army,  Lat. 
conscribere,  Xen.  An.  6,  1,6,  etc. — i. 
σ.  σθένος,  to  collect  one's  powers, 
make  a  rally,  Eur.  Phoen.  850  ;  so, 
έκ  της  ασθενείας  σ.  εαυτόν^  Plat.  Αχ. 
370  Ε. — 5.  σ.  φιλίας,  to  form  many 
friendships. — 6.  in  pass.,  of  things,  to 
come  together,  arise,  become  customary, 
Xen.  Cyr.  1,  4,  3. 

Συ7ί,λείβω,  f.  ■■φω,  {σύν,  ?.είβω)  to 
pour  together,  commingle,  Arist.  Meteor. 
1,  13,  10. — Pass.,  to  flow,  run  together. 

Σν?.?..ειόω,  ώ,  to  make  smooth  by 
rubbing  together. 

Σν?Λειτουργέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  be  a 
fellow-λειτουργός :  from 

Συλλειτουργός,  όν,  performing  a 
public  service  {λειτουργία)  with  or  at 
the  same  time. 

Σύλ?^εκτος,  ov,  gathered  or  brought 
together. 

Σύλλεκτρος,  ov,  {σύν,  λέκτρον) 
partner  of  the  bed :  a  husband  or  ivife, 
Eur.  H.  F.  1,  1268:  σ.  τινί,  having 
the  same  bed-fellow,  L•uc.  D.  Deor.  6,  5. 

Σύλλεξις,  εως,  ή,  {συλλέγω)  a  gath- 
ering together,  assembling. 

Συλλεσχηνεύω,  {σύν,  λεσχηνεύω) 
to  converse  uith,  App. 

Συλλήβδην,  {συλλαμβάνω)  adv., 
taken  together,  i.  e.  collectively,  in  sum, 
in  short,  Theogn.  147  ;  βραχεί  δε  μύθω 
πάντα  σ.  μάθε,  Aesch.  Pr.  505  ;  ορρ. 
to  κατά  σμικρόν  (little  by  little). 
Plat.  Rep.  344  A  ;  to  καθ'  έκαστον, 
Xen.  Oec.  19,  14  ;  etc. 

Συλ2ήγω,  to  make  to  cease  at  the 
same  time, 

Σύλληξις,  εως,  ή,  {σύν,  λαγχάνω) 
α  joining  together  by  tot  OX  fate  ;  gene- 
rally, α  joining  together,  combining  :  σ. 
πνκτών,  a  pairing  of  boxers  by  lot. 
Plat.  Legg.  819  B,  cf.  Wyttenb. 
Plut.  2,  390  B. 

Συλλήπτεφα,  ας,  η,  fem.  from  συ7.- 
ληπτήρ. 

Συλ7.ηπτέον,'ν&χ\ί.  adj.  οϊ  συλλαμ- 
βάνω, one  must  lay  hold  of  together, 
Eur.  Cycl.  472. 

Συ7.7.ηπτήρ,ηρος,  ο,^συ7.7,'ηπτωρ. 

Συλ7ίηπτικός,  η,  όν,  {συλλ,αμβά- 
νω)  apt  or  able  to  conceive,  θήλειαι, 
Arist.  Gen.  An.  2,  8,  13.     Adv.  -κώς. 

Σν7.ληπτός,  ή,  όν,  verb,  adj.,  taken 
together. 

Συλλήπτρια,ας,ή,=  συ7^.λήπτεφα, 
Xen.  Mem.  2,  1,  32. 

Συ7.λήπτωρ,  ορός,  6,  {συλ7Μμβά- 
νω)  a  partner,  accomplice,  assistant, 
Aesch.  Ag.  1506;  τινός,  in  a  thing, 
Eur.  Or.  1229,  Antipho  123,  35,  Plat. 
Symp.  218  D,  etc. 

Συλλ?;ρεω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  trifle  with 
or  at  the  same  time. 

Συλλr|στεύω,tυ  join  in  robbery. — II. 
trans.,  to  steal  with. 

Σν7:7.Ί)στήρ,  ηρος,  ό,  and  συλλ?;- 
στης,  ου,  δ,  {σύν,  7^ΐ]στής)  α  fellow- 
robber. 

Σν7.7.τιστρια,  ας,  ή,  fem.  from  foreg., 
Ar.  Fr.  399. 

Σύλ7^ηφις,  εως,  ή,  {συλλαμβάνω) 
α  taking  together,  or  putting  together  ; 
esp.,  a  seizing,  laying  hold  of,  arrest- 
ing, apprehending,  ποιείσθαι  ξύ7Λη- 
■ψιν,  to  arrest,  Thuc.  1,  134  ;  σ.  κατά- 
σκευάζειν,  Aeschin.  85,  37. — II.  a 
grasping  with  the  mind,  comprehension. 
— III.  conception,  pregnancy,  Arist.  H. 
A.  7,  2,  3,  etc.  :  also,  of  the  child,  η 
kv  μητβΐ  σ.  'Ρωμύ7Μυ,  Plut.  Rom.  12. 
— IV.  a  taking  with  one,  taking  as  as- 
sistant : — a  taking  part  with  another, 
help,  assistance. 

Συ7.λίάζομαΐ,  to  slip  atcay  at  the 
same  time. 

'\Σύλλιον,  ου,  τό,  Syllium,  a  strong 
city  of  Pamphylia,  Arr.  An.  1,  26,  5. 


ΣΥΑΑ 

Σν7ί7ύπαίνω,  (  σύν.  ?.ιπαίνω )  to 
melt  down  with  something  else,  to  melt 
out,  Strab. 

Συ7.7ιογενς,  έως,  δ,  one  uiho  assem- 
bles, Bockh  Inscr.  2,  p.  253  ?     Hence 

Συ7^ίθγευτικός,  ?/,  όν,  belonging  to 
collecting  or  assembling. 

Συλλογή,  ης,  ή,  {συ7.λέγω)  like 
σύλλεξις,  a  gathering,  collecting,  φρυ 
γάνων,  Thuc.  3,  111 :  σ.  τριχώματος, 
the  first  groivth  of  a  bearcl,  Aesch. 
Theb.  666. — 2.  a  raising,  levying  of 
soldiers,  Lat.  conscriptio,  σιιλλο}  ην 
ποιείσθαι,  Xen.  An.  1,  1,  6. — Π.  (from 
pass.)  an  assembling,  an  assembly,  con- 
cozirse,  Hdt.  5, 105  ;  ποιεϊν  σν7'/.ογήν, 
to  hold  an  assembly,  Lys.  160,  23. 

Σνλ7.ογίζομαι,  f.  -ίσομαι,  {σύν,  λυ- 
γίζω) dep.  mid.,  to  reckon  all  together, 
bring  at  once  before  the  mind,  Hdt.  2, 
148  :  generally,  to  sum  up  completely, 
reckon  up.  Plat.  Tim.  87  C  :  ίο  consider 
fully,  σ.  on..,  etc.,  Plat.  Rep.  516  B. 
— H.  esp.,  to  bring  together  premises, 
and  draw  a  conclusion  from  them,  to 
reason,  infer,  conclude,  Lat.  colligere, 
Ti,  Plat.  Gorg.  479  C,  Phil.  41  C  ;  σ. 
δτι .,  Id.  Rep.  516  B,  etc.  : — hence, 
in  the  Logic  of  Aristotle,  to  infer  by 
way  of  syllogism,  to  conclude ;  αν7Λ. 
τι  κατά  τίνος,  to  conclude  one  thing  of 
another ;  συλλ.  tl  είναι.  Anal.  Post. 
1,  16,  1  :  cf  συ7Λογισμός.     Hence 

Συ7.7.ογϊμαΙος,  a,  ov,  wont  to  unite, 
collected  from  divers  places,  νδατα, 
Arist.  Meteor.  2,  1,  6;  άνθρωποι, 
Luc.  Tox.  19. 

Συ7.7.ογισμός,  οϋ,  ό,  {συλ7ιογίζο• 
μαι)  α  reckoning  all  together,  reckoning 
up  ;  generally,  consideration,  reasoning, 
Plat.  Theaet.  186  D.— II.  a  conclusion, 
consequence,  inference  from  premises 
(Cicero's  ratiocinatio).  Id.  Crat.  412 
A  : — hence,  in  the  logic  of  Arist.,  a 
syllogism  or  demonstrative  argument,  in 
which  a  conclusion  is  deduced  by 
comparison  of  its  terms  with  a  mid- 
dle term  (as  opp  to  induction,  επα- 
γωγή, q.  v.).  Anal.  Pr.  2,  23,  1,  Post. 

I,  1,  2,  etc. ;  but  sometimes  in  a 
looser  sense,  for  any  reasoning,  as  ό  εξ 
επαγωγής  συλλ.,  Anal.  Pr.  2,  23,  2  ; 
cf  σνλ7ιθγίζομαι  II. — III.  in  Diod., 
military  pay.  dub. 

Σν7.7,ογιστής,  ov,  ό,  {συ7.7.ογίζο- 
μαι)  one  who  reckons,  an  accountant. — 

II.  one  u-ho  deduces,  concludes  or  infers. 
Σνλ7Μγιστέος,  a,  ov,  verb.  adj.  irom 

συλλογίζομαι,  to  be  concluded  or  infer- 
red. Plat.  Rep.  517  C— II.  συλλογι 
στέον,  one  must  conclude,  Arist.  Org. 

Σν7ί7Μγιστικός,  ή,  όν,  {σνλλογι- 
στης)  of,  suited  for.  practised  in  conclu- 
ding, inferring,  illative,  Def.  Plat.  414 
E,  Arist.  An.  Pr.  1,  25,  9,  etc. 

Σύ7.λογος,  ov,  δ,  {σν7ι7ιέγω)  like 
συ7.7.ογή,  a  gathering,  esp.  an  asse?nbly, 
concourse,  meeting  of  persons  ;  froq.  in 
Hdt.,  usu.  in  the  phrase,  σν7.7ογον 
ποιί/σασθαι,  opp.  to  όια7.νειν,  Hdt.  7, 
10,  4,  and  Att.  ;  of  the  people,  όιη7.ν- 
εσθαι  εκ  τον  σν7.7.όγον,  Hdt.  3,  73 — 
so  often  ill  Att.,  esp.  of  any  special 
regular  meeting  or  assembly,  opp.  to  the 
common  έκιΟ.ησία,  Thuc.  2,  22,  Plat. 
Legg.  704  A,  cf  Xen.  An.  5,  7,  2, 
Dem.  378,  21.— II.  metaph.,  collecied- 
ness,  presence  of  mind,  σύ/,λογον  τ/'υ- 
χής  λαβείν,  Eur.  Η.  F.  626. 

Συλλοιδορέω,  ώ.  f.  -ήσω,  {σύν,  λοι- 
δορέω)  to  join  in  reviling,  LXX. 

Σν7.7.ουομαι,  {σύν,  λούω)  mid.  or 
pass.,  to  bathe  together,  Plut.  Cat.  Maj. 
20,  Luc,  etc. 

Συ7.7.οχάω,  ώ,  in  Li'KX .=  σν7.7.οχί• 
ζ". 

Συ7.λοχία,  ας,  ή,  {σύν,  7Μχος  II)  α 
joining    soldiers   into    ?.όχοι,   levying 
1407 


ΣΤΜΒ 

troops. — II.  medic,  α  stoppage,  obstnic- 
tion,  like  άθροισμα,  Hipp. 

Συ?.λοχίζω,  (συν,  ?Μχίζω)  to  put  to- 
gether with,  τινά  Tivi,  riut.  2,  761  B, 
etc.     Hence 

Σνλλοχισμός,  6,=  σν?.?.οχία. 

Σνλλοχίτης,  ov,  b,  a  soldier  of  the 
same  λόχος,  Hdt.  1,  82. 

Σνλλνπέο),  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {συν,  λνπέω) 
to  hurt  or  mortify  together,  c-  Ttvu  av- 
τώ,  to  make  him  share  one's  grief,  Ar- 
ist.  Eth.  N.  9,  11,4:— pass.,  to  feel 
pain  for,  sympathize  or  condole  with, 
Tivc,  Hdt.  9,  94,  of.  6,  39,  Antipho 
122,  4,  etc. 

Σύλλνσις,  εως,  η,  (σνλλνο)  a  dis- 
solution, end  of  hostility  :  a  treaty  of 
peace,  league.  Died. 

Σνλλυσσάω,  ώ,  (σύν,  λυσσάω)  to 
rave,  go  mad  with  :  also  in  pass.,  Anth. 
Plan.  83.  ^ 

Συλλνω,  f.  -νσω,  {συν,  λύω)  to  help 
in  loosing  or  setting  free,  e.  g.  from 
crime,  Aesch.  Cho^294  ;— but  others, 
perh.  better,  explain  it  to  lodge  with, 
(of.  κατα?ιύω,  κατάλυμα). — II.  opp.  to 
συνάπτω,  ίο  pnri  combatants,  like  Jt- 
αλΰω,  Soph.  Aj.  1317. 

Σϋλον,  TO,  V.  sub  σύ?.•η. 

Σϋλόννξ,  ϋχος,  ό,  ή.  (σΐ'λάω,  όνυξ) 
taking  away,  paring  the  nails,  Anth.  P. 
6,  307. 

\Σν?Μσών,  ώντος,  6,  Syloson,  son 
of  Aeaces,  brother  of  Polycrates  in 
Samos,  Hdt.  3,  39,  139. 

^Σνμαιθος,  ov,  a,  the  Symaethus,  a 
river  of  Sicily,  emptying  into  the  sea 
south  of  Catana,  Thuc.  6,  65  ;  Strab. 
p.  272. 

Σνμβάδην,  adv.,  {συμβαίνω)  with 
the  feet  close  together,  opp.  to  περίβύ- 
ύην  (with  the  feet  asunder  as  in  rid- 
ing), Nicet.  [ά] 

Συμβαδίζω,  f.  -ί'σω,  {σύν,  βαδίζω) 
to  go  with,  Joseph. 

Σ  νμβαίνω,  f.  -βήσομαι :  pf.  -βεβη- 
κα.  Ion.  inf.  συμβεβάναι,  Hdt.  3, 146  : 
aor.  2  σννέβ7)ν,  inf.  σνμβήναι,  {σύν, 
βαίνω).      To  stand  with  the  feet  togeth- 
er, opp.  to  διαβαίνεα',  διαβαίνοντες 
μάλλον  η  σνμβεβηκότες,  Xen.   Eq. 
1,  14;  άνόριάς  σνμβεβ7ΐκώς,  a  statue 
with  closed  feet,  as  in  early  Greek  art, 
Mullcr  Archaol.  d.  Kunst  ^  68,  3.— II. 
to  stand  with  or  beside,  so  as  to  assist. 
Soph.  Aj.  1281  ;  but,  Ύίρυνθι  σνμβέ- 
βηκε,  he  has  reached  Tiryns   and  is 
there.  Id.   Tr.    1152.— III.  'to  come  to- 
gether, meet,  esp.  on  a  conference :  to 
agree  with,  Lat.  convenire  ;  and  so, —  1. 
to  came  to  an  agreement,  make  an  ugrce- 
vxent,   Hdt.   l',    13.  82,  Thuc,   etc.; 
προς  Τίνα,  with  another,  Thuc.  1, 103  ; 
4,  61  :  generally,  to  tie  or  make  friends 
with,  TLvi,  At.  Ran.  807  :  έκ  ττολήιον 
ξνμβ;    In.    Vcsp.   867 :— pf.    συμβε- 
βάναι,  of  the  terms,  to  be  agreed  on, 
Hdt.  3,  146,-2.  to  suit,  fit,  be  like,  τι- 
νί,  Hdt.  1,  116  ;  2,  3  :   to  coincide,  cor- 
respond with,  ό  χρόνος  τι)  ίβικίτ)  συμ- 
βαίνει,   Hdt.   1,    116;    ές  ταύτό   σ., 
Aesch.  Cho.  210,  cf.  580,  Soph.  Tr. 
1164. — 3.  to  be  fitting,  to  .luit,  Lat.  con- 
venire,  Dem.  300,  5 ;  493,  fin.— IV.  to 
fall  to  one's  lot,  Dem.  1154,  11.— V.  of 
chance  events,  etc.,  to  come  to  pass, 
fallout,  happen,  Lat.  contingere  ;  usu. 
impers.    συμβαίνει,  συνέβη,^    some- 
times c.  dat.  ej  inf.,  συνέβη  αντω  άνε- 
λέσθαι,  Hdt.  6,  103,  cf.  3,  50,  Thuc. 
I,  1  ;  also  c.  ace.  et  inf.,  συνέβη  Τέ- 
λωνα  νικάν,  Hdt.  7,  166,  cf.  Thuc. 
i,  25,  etc. :  in  Plat.  oft.  συμβαίνει  εί- 
ναι or  γίγνεσθαι,  it  happens  to  be,  i. 
e.  is  ;  but  also  c.  part.,  σ.  δν,  γιγνό- 
αενον,  Id.  Soph.  224  D,  Phil.  42  D : 
— TO  συμβεβηκός,  a  chance  event,  con- 
tingency. Plat.  Parm.  128  C,  Dem.  89, 
1408 


ΣΥΜΒ 

27,  cf.  Arist.  Top.  1,5,  8,  sq. :  so,  tu 
συμβαίνοντα,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,6,  43  ;  κα- 
τά συμβεβηκός,  by  chance,  contingent- 
ly, Arist.  Eth.  N.  3,  10,  5,  etc.;  so, 
τον  συμβαίνοντος  εστί,  'tis  an  every- 
day matter,  Isae.  47,  40  :  also  euphem., 
av  Ti  σνμβ?ι,  if  any  thing  happens 
(meaning  something  bad),  Dem.  551, 
15. — 2.  esp.,  to  turn  out  in  a  certain 
way,  ορθώς  συνέβαινε  η  φήμη,  Hdt. 
9,  101  ;  ί;^θιστα  συμβέβηκε.  Soph. 
ΕΙ.  262  ;  το  μαντεϊον  τουναντίον  ξνν- 
i7i?/,Thuc.  2,  17  ;  κακώς.  κα7,ώς  ξνμ- 
βήναι,  Xen.  Mem.  1,  2,  63,  Cyr.  5,  4, 
14,  Eur.  I.  Τ.  1055  ;  so,  absol.,  to  turn 
out  well,  Lat.  succedere.  f/v  ζυμβΐ)  ή 
πείρα,  Thuc.  3,  3,  cf.  Plat.  Legg.  '744 
A. — 3.  of  consequence,  to  come  out, 
result,  δαπανώντες  ές  τοιαύτα  άφ' 
ών  ή  ασθένεια  ξυμβαίνει,  Thuc.  8, 
45  ;  κάλλιστον  δη  έργων  ήμιν  ξνμβή- 
σεται,  Id.  6,  33  : — so  of  logical  con- 
clusions, to  follow,  freq.  in  Plat.,  as 
Phaed.  74  A,  Gorg.  459  B,  etc. 

ίΣυμβάκη,  ης,  ή,  Symbace,  a  city  of 
Armenia  or  Media,  Strab.  p.  523. 

Σνμβακχεύω,  {συν,  Έακχεύω)  to 
join  in  the  feast  of  Bacchus,  or  Bacchic 
revelry,  absol.,  Kur.  Bacch.  725;  με- 
τά τίνος,  Plat.  Phaedr.  234  D  :  so  of 
countries,  mountains,  etc.,  Jac.  Phi- 
lostr.  Imag.  p.  294. 

Σύμβακχος,  ου,  δ,  and  ή,  {συν,  Βάκ- 
χος) joining  in  Bacchic  revelry,  τινί, 
Eur.  Tro.  500. 

Σνμβάλλο) :  ί. -βάλω :  aor.  σννέ- 
βάλον,  inf.  συμβάλεΐν :  pf  -βέβληκα: 
aor.  1  pass.  σννεβ?ιήθην  . — of  which 
lenses  Hom.  uses  only  pres.,  c.  aor. 
act.  et  mid. ;  he  has  much  more  freq. 
the  Ep.  intr.  aor.  -εβλήμην  in  the 
forms  ξύμβλητο,  -βλήτην,  -βλιμ'το, 
-β'ληται,  -βλήμενος,  -β/ιήμεναι,ν,ΛήαΥί 
Wolf,  even  where  the  verse  does  not 
need  it,  writes  with  the  Att.  f,  while 
in  the  fut.  mid.  (pass.)  σνμβλήσομαι, 
and  in  all  other  lenses,  he  retains  σ. 
In  Hdt.  may  be  noted  the  Ion.  part, 
pres.  and  aor.  σνμβαλλεόμενος,  συμ- 
βάλεόμενος,  Schweigh.  v.  1.  Hdt.  1, 
68,  etc.,  cf  Buttm.  Ausf  Gr.  ()  112 
Anm.  7,  {σύν,  βά?.λω). 

To  throw,  bring  OT  put  together,  e.  g. 
of  rivers  that  fall  into  one  another, 
σνμβάλ'λειν  νδωρ  or  βοάς,  11.  4,  453  ; 
5,  774  ;  also  in  mid.,  νδωρ  συμβάλ?.ε- 
σθαι,  Hdt.  4,  50  : — to  throw  together, 
collect,  Xen.  Cyr.  2,  1,  5,  etc. :  and 
then,  seemingly  intr.,  to  come  together, 
lb.  6,  2,  41  : — σ.  βινούς,  ασπίδας,  of 
men  in  close  combat,  Ar.  Pac.  1274, 
and  Xen. :  σ.  β/^φαρα,  όμμα,  to  close 
the  eyes,  Aesch.  Ag.  15,  1294: — gen- 
erally, to  join.,  unite,  σ.  σχοιχ'ία,  to  twist 
ropes,  Ar.  Pac.  37  ;  ξ.  δεξιάς,  to  join 
hands,  Eur.  I.  A.  58;  σ.  λόγους  τινί, 
lb.  830  : — σ.  συμβόλαια  τινι  or  προς 
τίνα,  to  make  a  contract  with  a  person, 
esp  to  lend  him  money  on  bond,  Dem. 
907,5, Plat. Rep. 425C;  absol. .in same 
signf ,  Isocr.  402  D,  Plat.  Ale.  1,  125 
D  : — mid.,  ίο  bring  tngctlier  some  of  one's 
own  property,  to  pay  a  share,  contribute, 
σνμβάλλεσθαι  ύλκάδα  τινί,  to  give 
him  one's  merchant-vessel,  Hdt.  3, 
135  ;  χρι'ιματά  τινι  εΙς  τι,  to  contribute 
one's  share  for  any  joint-stock  busi- 
ness, invest  one's  money  therein,  σνμ- 
βόλαιον  εΙς  άνδράποδα  σνΐίβεβ7^ημέ- 
νον,  Dem.  822,  4  ;  generally,  to  con- 
tribute, 7/  τύχη  ουδέν  ξνμβά?.'λεται 
εΙς  τό  έπαίρειν,  Tliuc.  3,  25,  etc. ;  so, 
συμβά7νλεσύαι  προς  τι,  Xen.  Cyr.  2, 
4,  21,  Isocr.  143  Ε  ;  and  so  c.  ace,  το 
μη  άγανακτειν  πολ?.ά  συμβάλλεται. 
Plat.  Apol.  30  A  ;  rarely  c.  gen.  par- 
titive, ξυμβάλ?„εται  πολ?Μ  τονδε  δεί- 
ματος,  many  things  contribute  {their 


ΣΤΜΒ 

share)  of  this  fear,  i.  e.  join  in  caus- 
ing it,  Eur.  Med.  284;  συμβάλλεσθαι 
ξενίαν,  to  contract  friendly  relations, 
Xen.  An.  6,  6,  35 ;  σνμβά7ιλεσθαι 
γνώμας,  to  add  one's  opinion  to  that  of 
others,  Hdt.  8,  61 ;  and  simply,  to  add. 
Pind.  1.  1,  84  ;  συμβάλλεσθαι  λόγους 
(or  absol.,  as  Lat.  conferrc,  witn  or 
without  semionem),  to  bring  words  to- 
gether, converse,  confer,  τινι,  Xen.  An. 
2,21;  C,  14;  also  c.  ace— II.  to  bring 
men  together ;  esp.,  in  hostile  sense, 
to  set  them  together,  match  them,  like 
συνίημι,  Lat.  commitio,  θεοί  συμβα- 
λον  αμφότερους,  U.  20,  55  ;  έμέ  και 
Μενέλαον  συμβάλετε  μάχεσθαι,  11.3, 
70 ;  σ.  τινά  τινι,  to  set  one  to  fight 
with  another,  Hdl.  3,  32.-2.  intr.,  to 
come  together,  σνμβαλον  μάχεσθαι,  II. 
16,  565  ;  also,  σνμβ.  alone,  to  come  to 
blows,  engage,  oft.  in  Hdt.,  either  ab- 
sol., or  c.  dat.  pers.,  as  1,  77,  80,  82, 
103  ;  more  rarely,  σ.  προς  τίνα,  Xen. 
Cyr.  7,  1,  20;  sometimes  ίηιηκΙ.,σί'Γ 
ό'  έβάλοντο  μάχεσθαι  εναντίον,  11. 
12,  377. — 3.  in  Alt.,  we  also  have  σ. 
μάχην  τινί,  Lat.  committtre  pugnam, 
Eur.  Bacch.  837  ;  so,  έχθραν,  εριν  σ. 
τινί.  Id.  Med.  44,  521  ;  cf  Soph.  Aj. 
1323. — 4.  in  mid.,  to  fall  in  with  one. 
meet  him  by  chance,  c.  dat.,  freq.  in 
Hom.,  who  uses  Ep.  aor.  ξύμβ?ίητο, 
etc.,  and  fut.  συμβλησομαι,  solely  in 
this  signf.,  Νεστορίίίέ  ξνμβληντο,  II. 
14,  27,  cf.  39 ;  ξνμβλημενος  άλλος 
όδίτης,  Od.  11,  127,  etc.;  ύτε  κεν 
συμβλήσεται  αντώ,  II.  20,  335: — (so, 
later,  in  act.,  συμβάλεΐν  τινι,  προς 
τίνα,  Aesch.  Cho.  461,  677  ;  absol.  cf 
roads,  to  meet,  join.  Soph.  O.  C.  901). 
— 111.  to  put  together  ;  and  SO,  to  com- 
pare, τι  τινι,  Hdt.  2,  10  ;  3,  160;  also, 
Ti  προς  τι,  Hdt.  4,  50;  so  in  pass..  Id. 
2,  10;  3,  125;  ro  Βαβν?ίώνιον  τύ- 
λαντον  σνμβαλ?ιεόμενον  προς  τό  Εΰ- 
βοεικόν,  the  Babyl.  talent  being  re- 
duced to  the  Euboic,  Hdt.  3,  95. — 2.  to 
compare  one's  own  opinion  with  facts, 
and  so  to  come  to  a  conclusion,  to  con- 
clude, infer,  guens,  conjecture,  σχ'μβα- 
λεϊν  τι  είναι,  Pind.  Ν.  11.  43  ;  -ί, 
Soph.  Ο.  C.  1474,  Eur.  Or.  1394  ;  also 
to  interpret.  Id.  Med.  1675: — but  in 
this  sense,  from  Hdt.  downvvds.,  usu. 
in  mid.,  and  that  either  absol.,  as 
Hdt.  4,  15,  45,  87,  etc. ;  or,  τι  έκ  τί- 
νος, 6,  107  ;  or  c.  ace.  et  inf ,  ais  Hdt. 
1,  68;  2,  33,  112,  etc.;  or  foil,  by 
ότι---,  Hdt.  3,  08  :  also  c.  ace,  to  gaesf 
or  make  out  by  conjecture,  to  interpret,  un- 
derstand, Hdt.  4,  111  ;  6,  107.— IV.  to 
put  together, reckon,  compute,  Hdt.  6,  03. 
65  ;  and  in  pass.,  η  όδος  άνά  διηκό- 
σια  στάδια  σνμβέβληταί μοι,  Hdt.  4. 
101  ;  cf  δάκτυλος. — V.  in  mid.,  to 
agree  upon,  τι,  Xen.  An.  6,  3,  3. 

Σνμβαμα,  ατός,  τό,  (συμβαίνω  V) : 
— ο  chance,  casually. — II.  as  philosoph. 
term  of  the  Stoics, =κατηγόρημα,  a 
complete  predicate,  such  as  is  an  in- 
trans.  verb,  e.  g.  Σωκράτης  περιπα- 
τεί:  while  an  impers.  verb,  was  re- 
garded as  an  incomplete  predicate, 
e.  g.  Σωκράτει  μέλει,  and  called  πα- 
ρασύμβαμα,  παρακαταγόρημα.  [It 
Dor.  for  σύμβημα,  it  must  be  σύμβά 
μα :  but  Lob.  Paral.  423  questions 
this.]     Hence 

Σνμβαματικός,  rj,  όν,=κατηγορί- 
κός,  Ptolem. 

Συμβαπτίζω,  f.  -ί'σω,  {συν,  βα- 
πτίζω) to  baptize  with  : — pass.,  σνμβα- 
πτίζεσθαί  τινι,  to  sink  along  with  others 
in  any  thing. 

Συ/ιβαρβΰρίζω,  f.  -ί'σω,  to  join  in 
siding  with  the  barbarians. 

Σνμβάρύνω,  to  weigh  doivn  xvith. 

Συμβάσείω,  desidcrat.   from  σνμ- 


ΣΤΜΒ 

βαίνω  III.  1,  to  wish  to  make  a  league 
or  covenant  with,  rivi,  Thuc.  8,  56. 

Σνμ:3ύσϊλενζ,  ό,  a  joint-king. 

Σνμ3ύσίλΐυω,  {συν,  βασί'λεύω)  to 
rule  conjointly  with,  τινί,  Polyb,  30,  2, 
4,  Plut. 

Σύμβάσις,  εως,  ή,  {συμβαίνω)  a 
standing  together  or  having  the  feet 
closed,  Hipp. ;  opp.  to  ύιάβασις. — II. 
(^συμβαίνω  III)  an  agreement,  arrange• 
nient,  treaty,  Hdt.  1,  74;  ξ.  ποιεϊσθαι, 
Eur.  Supp.  739;  δός  ξύμβασιν  τέ- 
κνοις, make  them  friends,  Id.  Phoen. 
85 ;  εις  ξ-  ΰγειν  τινύς.  Id.  Andr.  423. 
— III.  {συμβαίνω  V)  like  σνμβαμα,  a 
chance,  casualty,  Ep.  Plat.  359  B. 

Συμβαστάζω,  f.  -άσω,  {σύν,  βασ- 
τάζω) to  carry  together. — II.  to  hold  to- 
gether, to  cornpare,  Lat.  conferre. 

Συμβάτεύω,  (συν,  βατεύω)  to  go  to- 
gether, to  pair,  Palaeph. 

Σνμ3ΰτήριος,  ov,  =  sq.,  λόγοι, 
Thuc.  5,  76. 

Συμβατικός,  ή,  όν,  {συμβαίνω  III) : 
— tending  or  leading  to  agreement,  dis- 
posed thereto,  ξυμβ.  λόγοι,  Thuc.  6, 
103 ;  ούδίν  πράξαντες  ξνμβατικόν, 
having  effected  nothing  towards  an 
agreement,  Id.  8,  91,  cf.  71.  Adv.  -αώς, 
σ.  εχειν,  to  be  disposed  for  agreement, 
Plut.  Flamin.  5,  etc. 

Σνμ3άτόν  έστι=  συμβαίνει,  Polyb. 
9,  2,  4'. 

Συμβεβαιόω,  ω,  {συν,  βεβαιόω)  to 
confirm  with  or  at  the  same  time,  Clem. 
Al. 

Σνμβεβηκότως,  adv.  part.  pf.  act. 
from  συμβαίνω,  by  chance. 

Σνμβεβη/Μω,  ώ,  to  profane  or  dese- 
crate with. 

Συμβελης,  ες,  {συν,  βέλος)  hit  by 
several  arrows  at  once,  Polyb.  1,  40,  13  ; 
elsewh.  καταβελής. 

Σνμβηναι,  inf.  aor.  2  οϊ  συμβαίνω. 

Συμβίάζω,  f.  -άσω,  (σύν,  βιάζω)  to 
extort  by  force  at  the  same  time,  Dem. 
100,  3,  in  pass. 

Συμβιβάζω,  f.  -άσω,  {σύν,  βιβάζω) 
to  bring  together  :  metaph.,  to  reconcile, 
bring  to  terms,  Hdt.  1,  74  ;  σ.  τινά  τι- 
VI,  to  reconcile  one  to  another,  Thuc. 
2,  29 ;  σ.  εις  το  μέσον,  to  mediate. 
Plat.  Prot.  337  E.— Pass.,  like  συμ- 
βαίνω III,  to  come  to  terms  with  an- 
other.— II.  like  συμβάλλω  III,  to  put 
together,  to  compare,  and  SO  to  exam- 
ine closely,  Plat.  Hipp.  Mm.  309  D ; 
so,  prob.,  σ.  b  έκαστον  ε'ιη.  Id.  Rep. 
504  A  (though  Timaeus  here  ex- 
plained it  intr.,  to  agree,  v.  Ruhnk.) : 
hence,  to  deduce,  prove,  συμβ.  ότι.., 
Arist.  Top.  7,  5,  2,  etc. :— but,— III.  to 
teach,  instruct,  τινά  and  τινά  τι,  like 
διόάσκειν,  only  in  LXX.  and  Ν.Ύ. ; 
the  Attics  using  only  προςβιβύζειν 
in  this  signf.    Hence 

Συμβίβάσις,  εως,  ή,  a  bringing  to- 
gether, an  agreement. — II.  a  comparing, 
comparison. — III.  teaching,  instruction  : 
[i]  and 

Συμβιβασμός,  οϋ,  o=foreg..  Iambi. 

Σνμβίβαστης,  οϋ,  ό,  {συμβιβάζω) 
a  reconciler  or  comparer.     Hence 

Συμβιβαστικός,  rj,  όν,  leading  to  re- 
conciliation, reconciliatory,  Plut.  Alcib. 
14. 

Σνμβΐος,  ov,  {σύν,  βίος)  living  with 
one,  α  companion,  partner,  Arist.  Eth. 
N.  9,  11,  1;  of  α  wife,  Anth.  P.  ap- 
pend. 282. 

Συμβΐοτεΰω,  =  sq.,  Anth.  P.  ap- 
pend. 39. 

Συμβιόω,  ώ,ί.  -ώσομαι,{σνν,  βιόω) 
to  live  with,  τινί,  Dem.  313,  5  ;  τ/δισ- 
τος  σνμβιωναι,  Isocr.  414  A ;  σ.  κοι- 
vy.  Plat.  Symp.  181  D.     Hence 

Συμβίωσις,  εως,  if,  a  living  with, 
companionship,  connexion,  Polyb.  5,  81, 
89 


ΣΥΜΒ 

2;  μετά  τίνος,  Id.  32,  11,  10:  [t] 
and 

Συμβιωτέον,  one  must  live  with,  τι- 
νά ιτμός  τίνα,  Arist.  Eth.  Ν.  8,  12,  8. 

Συμβιωτής,  οΰ,  ό,  {συμβιόω)  one 
who  lives  with,  a  companion,  partner, 
prob.  1.  Eupol.  ap.  Poll.  6,  159,  Po- 
lyb. 8,  12,  3. 

Σνμβλάτττω,  {σύν,  βλάπτω)  to  hurt 
together,  Arist.  Part.  An.  4,  10,  65, 
pass. 

Συμβλαστάνω,  {σύν,  βλαστάνω)  to 
sprout  together,  M.  Anton. 

Συμβλαστής,  ov,  6,  sprouting  togeth- 
er, dub. 

Συμβληδην,  adv.,  {συμβάλλω)^ 
συλλήβδην,  dub. 

Σύμβλημα,  ατός,  τό,  {συμβάλ?.ω) 
α  joining,  joint,  seam,  LXX. 

Σνμβλής,  ήτος,  ό,  ή,  {συμβάλ7•.ω) 
thrown  together,  Orph.  Arg.  684. 

Σύμβλησις,  εως,  ή,  {σνμβάλ?.ω) 
union:  α  joint,  LXX. — II.  corriparison  : 
reference  to  any  thing,  Diog.  L.  9,  87 : 
— explanation. 

Συμ3?.ήσομαι,  Ep.  fut.  pass,  of 
συμβάλλω,  II.  20,  335. 

Συμβλητέος,  a,  ov,  verb.,  adj.,  com- 
parable. 

Σνμβλητός,  ή,  όν,  verb,  adj.,  of 
σνμ3άλ?ιΜ,  comparable,  Arist.  Top.  1, 
15,  19  ;  προς  τι,  Theocr.  5,  92. 

Συμβλΰζω,  and  in  Nonn.  σνμβ^Λίω, 
to  spirt  out  together. 

Συμβοάω,  ώ,  {σύν,  βοάω)  to  cry 
aloud  or  shout  together,  to  shout  together 
with,  τινί,  Xen.  Cyr.  7,  5,  26. — II.  to 
shout  at  once,  άλλή?ιθΐς,  lb.  3,  2,  6  : 
but,  σ.  ά7.λί]λους,  to  shout  to,  call  on 
at  once.  Id.  An.  6,  3,  6. 

Σνμβοηθεία,  ας,  ?;,  joint  aid  or  as- 
sistance, Thuc.  2,  82  :  from 

Συμβοηθέω,  ώ,  f.  -ί/σω,  {συν,  βοη- 
θέω)  to  render  joint  aid,  join  in  giving 
aid,  Ar.  Lys.  247,  Thuc.  2,  80,  81,  etc. 

Σνμβοηθός,  όν,  {σύν,  βοηθός)  aid- 
ing or  assisting  jointly,  LXX. 

ίΣύμβο?.α,  ων,  τά,  Symbola,  a  place 
in  Arcadia,  Pans.  8,  54,  1. 

Συμβο7.αιογράή)θς,  ov,  {γράφω)  writ- 
ing contracts,   [ώ] 

Συμβολαίου,  ov,  τό,  {συμβάλλω) : 
like  σύμβολον,  a  inark  or  sign  from 
which  one  concludes  any  thing,  a  token, 
Hdt.  5,  92,  7  :  α  syynptom,  Soph.  Phil. 
884,  Eur.  Ion  411.— II.  at  Athens 
usu.  in  plur.,  συμβό?.αια,  a  contract, 
covenant,  bond,  usu.  in  acknowledge- 
ment of  money  lent,  Plat.,  and  Oratt. ; 
τα  προς  άλ7.ή7.ους  σνμβ.,  Plat.  Rep. 
556  A  ;  τά  'Αθήναζε  και  Άβηνηθεν 
συμβ.,  bonds  for  money  lent  on  freights 
to  or  from  Athens,  Dem.  882,  6 : — 
this  money  was  recoverable  by  ac- 
tion, σνμβο?ιαίων  δίκη,  Dem.  882,  6 ; 
τα  τοϋ  καθ'  ημέραν  βίου  συμβ.,  \.  e. 
common  civil  suits,  Id:  298,  3 ;  συμ- 
βολαίου λαχείν  (sc.  δίκην),  Lys.  148, 
21 ;  αντίδικος  εκ  συμβολαίων,  the 
opposite  party  in  such  a  suit,  Isae. 
54,  16 :  συμβόλαια  άποστερειν,  to 
fail  in  payment  of  money  lent  on  sttch 
bond,  Isocr.  283  D,  Dem.  884,  9  ;  συμ- 
βό?Μΐον  άπολλύναι,  to  lose  it.  Id. 
1185,  11  ;  πράξις  σ.,  exaction  of  such 
monies,  Andoc.  12,  8  : — cf.  συγγραφή, 
συνάλλαγμα,  συνθήκη. — 2.  generally, 
iiitercourse,  άνδρόςπρός  γυναίκα,  Plut. 
Alex.  30,  cf.  Anton.  25. — Strictly  neut. 
from  sq. 

Συμβόλαιος,  a,  ov,  {σύμβολου)  of, 
referring  to,  concerning  bargains,  con- 
tracts, esp.  in  trade,  δίκαι  ξ.,=^αί  άπό 
ξυμβό?.ων  δ.,  Thuc.  1,  77;  cf.  σύμ- 
βολον II. 

Συμβολάτεύω,  in  Epich.  p.  58,  ex- 
plained by  ΗβΒγαΚζι^σνναλλατενω, 
prob.  in  trading  signf. 


ΣΎΜΒ 

Συμβο?.ευς  {συμβά?.?.ω)  σχοινιών, 
ό,  one  who  twists  cords  :  also  the  fork- 
ed pole  with  which  fishermen  stretch 
their  nets.  Math.  Vett. — II.  σ.  φίλων, 
one  who  sets  friends  at  enmity. 

Συμβο?.εύω,=5^. 

Συμβο'Μω,  ώ,  ί.  -ήσω,  like  σνμβα).- 
?ιω,  to  throw,  carry,  bri?ig  together,  c. 
acc. — II.  like  συμβάλλομαι,  to  meet 
or  fall  in  with,  τινί,  Aesch.  Theb.  352  : 
from 

Συμβολή,  ης,  ή,  {σνμβύλ7<.ομαι) : — 
<ι  coming  together,  meeting,  joining,  τρι- 
ών κε/.εύθων,  Aesch.  Fr.  160,  cf.  Xen. 
Hell.  7,  1,  29. — 2.  the  part  that  meets, 
the  joining,  end,  Hdt.  4,  10  ;  σ.  ΰστέων, 
of  the  joints,  Lat.  commissura,  Hipp., 
cf.  Plat.  Phaed.  98  D,  etc.— II.aHieei- 
ing,  esp.  in  hostile  sense,  a  coming  to 
blows,  engaging,  συμβο/.ήν  ποιεϊσθαι, 
συμβο/.-ή  γιγνεται,  Hdt.  1,  74  ;  6,  100  ; 
cf.  Aesch.  Pers.  350. — III.  in  plur., 
συμβο7.αί  were  contributions  made  to 
provide  a  common  meal,  Cicero's  col- 
lectae,  σνμβο/.άς  πράττεσθαι,  to  make 
people  pay  their  share  of  the  reckoning, 
Eubul.  Οιδ.  1,  4;  δειπνείν  άπό  συμ- 
βο/Μν,  to  have  a  picnic,  de  symbolis 
esse  in  Terent.  Eun.  3,  4,  2  ;  cf.  συνά- 
γω IV,  σύμβο7^ον  ί.  3,  συμβολικός 2: 
■ — also,  the  meal  or  entertainment  itself, 
a  picnic,  Xen.  Symp.  1,  16. — In  Ar. 
Ach.  1210,  1211  there  is  a  play  on 
signfs.  II,  and  III. 

Συμβόλησις,  ή,  {συμβο7.έω)^οχ^ζ. 

Συμβο7ακός,  ή,  όν,  of  or  belonging 
to  a  συμβολή  οτ  a  σνμβολον,  esp., — 1. 
showing,  signifying  by  a  sign  or  symbol, 
symbolical,  figurative,  Luc.  Salt.  59  : — 
adv.  -κώς,  σ.  φράζειν,  by  sigTis,  Plut. 
2,  511  B. — 2.  belonging  to  a  contribu- 
tion, esp.  for  a  picnic,  πρόποσις, 
Anth. 

Συμβο7Λμαϊος,  a,  ov,  {σύμβο7.ον) 
of  OT  concerning  bargains  or  contracts. 

Συμβο7ιοκοπέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  be 
given  to  feasting,  LXX.:  from 

Συμβολοκόπος,  ov,  {σνμβολον 
κόπτω)  given  to  feasting. 

Σύμβολον,  ου,  τό,  (συ/ί;3άλ?ιω  III) : 
—α  sign  by  u-hich  one  knows  or  infers  a 
thing  ;  usu.  in  plur.,  marks,  token.':,  σ- 
τίθεσθαι,  Theogn.  1146;  είφείν,  Pind, 
Ο.  12,  10 ;  so,  σ.  έχειν  τινός.  Soph. 
Phil.  403 ;  and  so  Eur.  ;  also  ol 
omens,  Archil.  107,  Aesch.  Ag.  144, 
σ.  7.αμπάδος,  a  beacon-fire,  signal,  Id. 
8  ;  ές  ξύμβολ'  έ7θεΐν,Έυτ.  Hell. 291 : 
νόμισμα  σνμβ.  ά7ύ.αγής.  Plat.  Rep. 
371  Β  : — hence, =  άρ/ί>α,^ώΐ',  an  earnesi 
or  pledge,  χρυσίον  φιλίας  συμβ.,  Plut. 
Pyrrh.  20. — 2.  σύμβο7.α\νβτβ  strictly 
the  two  pieces  of  a  bone  or  coin, 
which  two  ξένοι,  or  any  two  con- 
tracting parties,  broke  between  them 
and  preserved,  tallies,  Lat.  tes.^crae 
hospitalitatis,  Hdt.  6,  86,  2,  Eur.  Med. 
613  :  hence,  generally,  the  halfov  cor- 
responding portion  of  a  thing  cut  in 
two.  Plat.  Symp.  191  D  :  cf.  λίσπη. 
— 3.  at  Athens,  σύμβολον  was  a  ticket, 
cheque,  Lat.  tessera,  such  as  the  di- 
casts  had  given  them  on  entering 
the  court,  and  on  presenting  which 
they  received  their  fee,  Dem.  298,  6  ; 
cf.  Ar.  Eccl.  297,  Bockh  P.  E.  i,  315: 
— so,  aliens  had  a  permit  or  license  to 
reside,  σ.  επιβαλ/.ειν  τινί,  to  make 
one  take  out  his  license,  Ar.  Av.  1214, 
ubi.  v.  Schol. : — also,  a  ticket  or  cheque 
given  by  each  person  who  joined  in 
a  picnic,  to  bo  presented  for  payment 
at  the  end,  cf.  συμβολή  IV:  these 
were  usu.  sealed,  or  signets  were- 
given  instead  of  them,  whence  σνμ- 
βολον and  σφραγίς  are  freq.  synon.^ 
Ar.  Av.  ubi  supra.— 4.  like  Lat.  tesse- 
ra, a  verbal  signal,  watchieord,  usUi. 
I409> 


ΣΤΜΒ 

σύνθημα:  hence  in  Eccl.  esp.,  the 
vtnlchivnrd  0Γ  rlislinctive  mark  of  the 
Christian  body,  consisting  in  their 
confession  of  faith,  a  creed,  Lat.  symbo- 
litm. — 5.  a  symbol,  outward  sif^n  of  a 
conception  or  idea,  Arist.  Interpr.  2,  2  ; 
14,  11. — II.  in  legal  phrase,  ru  σύμ- 
βολα was  a  covenant  or  treaty  betueen 
two  stales  for  mutual  ■protection  of  com- 
merce ;  such,  that  all  commercial  dis- 
putes were  settled  in  the  law-courts 
of  the  defendant's  city,  σύμβολα 
ποιεΐσθαι  προς  ττόλιν,  to  make  α  com- 
mercial treaty  with  a  state,  Dem.  79, 
17  ;  Tu  σ.  σνγχέειν,  to  violate  such 
treaty.  Id.  570,  18:— this  relation 
(which  superseded  the  more  ancient 
process  of  reprisals,  σνλαι,  βύσια) 
was  called  άπο  σνμβόλίύν  KOivuvtlv 
(Arist.  Pol.  3, 1,4) ;  or,  ύίκας  λαμβά- 
νειν και  όιόόναι,  (cf.  λαμβάνω  fm.)  : 
the  lawsuits  were  ui  άπο  συμβόλων 
δίκαι,  or  σνμβόλαιαι  όίκαι  (Thuc.  1, 
77) ;  and  to  bring  such  action,  άπο 
συμβόλων  όικάζασθαι  (Antipho  138, 
31);  —  at  Athens,  however,  these 
phrases  were  often  applied  to  the 
arrangement  by  which  that  state 
compelled  all  her  subject-states  to 
bring  their  causes  for  trial  to  her 
courts,  Xen.  Ath.  1,  16.— Cf.  Bockh 
P.  E.  2,  p.  141,  Diet.  Antiqq.  s.  v. 

Σνμβο?ιθς,  ov,  {συμβάλλω)  : — com- 
ing together,  meeting  :  chance,  occasion- 
al:  hence,  ό  σνμβολος  (sc.  οιωνός), 
an  augury,  omen,  Aesch.  Pr.  487,  Xen. 
Apol.  13,  cf.  Soph.  Fr.  161. 

^Συμβόλων  λιμήν,  ό,  a  harbour  of 
the  Tauric  Chersonese,  Strab.  p. 
308. 

Σνμβόσκο),  f.  -τ/σω,  {συν,  βόσκω) 
to  pasture  sheep  or  cattle  together  or  on 
common  land  : — pass.,  to  feed  or  live 
together,  LXX. 

"Σνμβότης,  ov,  6,  one  who  tends  cattle 
oil  a  common  pasture. 

Σνμβοτος,  ov,  pastured  together  or 
in  common  :  άγρος  σ.,  common  pasture- 
land. 

Συμβονλενμα,  ατός,  τό,  {συμβου- 
λεύω) advice  given,  Xen.  Apoi.  13,  Eq. 
9.  12. 

Σνμβούλενσις,  εως,  ή,  {συμβου- 
λεύω) advice,  Def.  Plat.  413  C. 

Σνμβουλεντέος,  a,  ov,  {σνμβον- 
λεΰω)  to  be  deliberated  upon  ;  to  be  ad- 
t'j'sei/,  Thuc.  1,  140. — II.  συμβουλεν- 
τέον,  one  must  advise,  τίνί,  Isocr.  An- 
tid.  ^  187. 

Συμβουλευτής,  οΰ,  6.  {συμβουλεύω) 
an  adviser,  counsellor,  L•Άt.  aucior,  Plat. 
Legg.  921  A. — II.  (βουλευτής)  a  fel- 
low-senator.    Hence 

Συμβουλευτικός ,  ή,  όν,  fit  or  dis- 
posed for  advising  ;  persuasive,  opp.  to 
βιαστικός.  Plat.  Legg.  921  E,  Arist. 
Rhet.,  etc. 

Συμβουλεύω,  (αύν,  βονλενω)  to  ad- 
vise, counsel,  τινί,  like  Lat.  consulere 
alicui,  Hdt.  1,  59,  etc.  ;  rivl  περί  τί- 
νος. Plat.  Prot.  319  D  ;  σ.  τινί,  c.  inf., 
to  adcise  one  to  do  a  thing,  Hdt.  1, 
53  ;  2,  107,  etc.  ;  and  without  the  inf., 
σ.  τινί  τι,  Theogn.  38,  Hdt.  1,  71  ;  7, 
237:  oil  σ.,  to  advise  one  not...  Hdt.  7, 
46: — absol.,  to  advise,  give  advice. 
Soph.  O.  T.  1370,  etc. ;  ύ  συμβουλεύ- 
ων, an  adviser,  Lat.  auctor,  suasor  sen- 
tcntiae,  Arist.  Rhet.  1,  1,  10;  ru  συμ- 
βουλεύοντα των  ποιημάτων,  Isocr. 
23  Β  :  τα  σνμβου?>.ενβέντα,  the  ad- 
vice. Id.  29  C. — II.  mid.,  to  take  advice 
or  counsel:  hence,  also  to  considtwith 
a  person,  i.  e.  ask  his  advice,  τινί, 
Lat.  consxdere  aliquem,  Hdt.  2,  107  ; 
Ti.,  in  a  matter,  Thuc.  8,  68  ; — σ.  τι 
ιιετα  τίνος,  to  consider,  debate  a  mat- 
ter with  another,  Ar.  Nub.  475: — ab- 
1410 


ΣΤΜΜ 
sol.,  to  consult  together,  deliberate,  Xen. 
Cyr.  2,  1,  7,  etc.:  we  have  the  act. 
and  mid.  opposed,  συμβουλευόμενου 
uv  σνμβονλενσειε  τα  άριστα,  if  one 
asked  his  advice  he  would  give  him  the 
best,  Hdt.  7,  237. 

Συμβουλή,  ?/ς,■ί/,—  sq.,  Hdt.  1, 157, 
Xen.  An.  5,  C,  4.  Plat.,  etc. ;  σ.  περί 
τίνος.  Plat.  Gorg.  455  Ε  :  εις  σ.  πα- 
ρακαλείν  τίνα.  Id.  Prot.  313  A,  etc. 

Συμβούλια,  ας,  ή.  Ion.  -/?;,  {σνν, 
βουλή)  advice  or  counsel  given,  freq.  in 
Hdt.,  as  3,  125;  4,  97;  also  Xen. 
Mem.  1,  3,  4,  etc. 

Συμβούλων,  ov,  τό,  Ισύν,  βουλή) 
advice,  counsel. — II.  a  council,  N.  T. 

Σνμβονλομαι,  {  σύν,  βού7.ομαι  ) 
dep.  pass.,  c.  fut.  mid.: — to  will,  to 
wish  together  with,  συμβούλου  μοι  Oa- 
νεΐν,  Eur.  Hec.  373  :  to  agree  with, 
τινί.  Plat.  Lach.  189  A,  etc. :  absol., 
to  consent,  Id.  Legg.  718  B. 

Σνμβον?ιθς,  ου,  ό,  {συν,  βουλή) : — 
an  adviser,  counsellor.  Soph.  Phil. 
1321,  Thuc.  3,  42,  etc. ;  τινός  or  περί 
τίνος,  about  a  thing,  Aesch.  Pers. 
170,  Cho.  86,  Plat.  Prot.  319  B,  etc. : 
ξύμβσνλός  εΙμι,  c.  inf.,  Aesch.  Eum. 
712  : — at  Athens,  the  council  of  the 
θεσμοθέται  were  called  their  σύμ- 
βουλοι, Dem.  1330,  15,  cf.  Diet.  An- 
tiqq. V.  πάρεδροι. 

Συμβράβεύω,  {σνν,  βραβεύω)  to 
judge  or  govern  along  with,  τινί,  LXX. 

Σνμβρύζω,  {σύν,  βράζω)  lo  bait  vp 
together  .• — pass.,  to  be  thrown  out  as  m 
boiling,  LXX. 

Συμβράσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  (av'v,  βρύσ- 
σω)  to  shake  violently  together  or  along 
with  others  :  — pass.,  καχασμω  σΐ'μ- 
βράττεσθαι,  to  be  convulsed  with 
laughter,  Nicet. 

Σνμβρέμω,  {  σύν,  βρέμω )  to  soar 
along  with  or  together,  Dio  C 

^Σνμβροι,  ων,  οι,  the  Insubres, 
Strab.  p.  218  ;  v.  Ίνσονβροι. 

Σνμβρνκω,  {σύν,  βρνκω)  τους  οδόν- 
τας σ.,  to  gnash  the  teeth.  Iambi,  [ν] 

Συμβύω,  f.  -ϋσω,{σνν,  βύω)  to  cram, 
huddle  together,  Ar.  Vesp.  1110.  [v\ 

Σύμβωμης.  ov,  {συν,  βωμός)  sharing 
(i.  e.  worshipped  at)  one  altar,  Strab. 

■\Σύμη,  ης,  ή,  Syme,  a  small  island 
on  the  coast  of  Caria,  II.  2,  671  ;  Hdt. 
1,  174. 

Συμμαθητής,  οϋ,  ό,  {σνμμανβάνω) 
a  fellow-disciple,  a  school-fellow,  Plat. 
Euthyd.  272  C.     Hence 

Σνμμαθητιάω,  desiderat.  of  σνμ- 
μανθάνω,  to  wish  to  be  a  fellow-dis- 
ciple. 

Σνμμαίνομαι,  {σνν,  μαίνομαι)  pass. 
c.  pf.  2  σνμμέμηνα,  to  rave  or  be  mad 
along  with  or  together,  Luc. 

Σνμμάλάσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  Ιο  soften 
with  οτ  together. 

Συμμανθάνω,  f.  -μΰβήσομαι,  {σνν, 
μανβάνω)  to  learn  along  with  one,  τινί, 
Xen.  Symp.  2,  21  :  κούδείς  επίστα- 
ταί  με  συμμαθείν  τόπος,  prob.  is, 
and  no  place  knows  it  so  that  I  may 
learn.  Soph.  Aj.  869,  v.  Elmsl.  (ap. 
Dind.)  ad  1.  :  —  ύ  σνμμαθών.  one  that 
is  accustomed  to  a  thing,  Xen.  An.  4, 
5, 27.     ^ 

Συμμάρπτω,  f.  -ψω,  {σύν,  μάρπτω) 
to  seize  together,  II.  10,  467,  Orac.  ap. 
Hdt.  6,  86,  3 ;  σνν  δε  δύω  μάρφας, 
Od.  9,  289,  cf.  Eur.  Cycl.  397. 

Σνμμάρτνρ,  νρος,  ύ,  ή,  (συν,  μύρ- 
τυρ)  α  fellow-witness,  joint  witness, 
Soph.  Ant.  846,  Plat.  Phil.  12  B. 

Σνμμηρτνρίω,  ω,  f.  -ήσω,  [σνν, 
μαρτυρεω)  to  bear  witness  with  or  i?i 
accordance  vnth  another,  τινί.  Soph. 
Phil.  438,  Eur.  Hipp.  286;  τι,  to  a 
fact,  Solon  28;  συμμ.  τα  ()ηθέντα 
τοις  ίργοις,  Isocr.  47  A ;  σ.  τινι  ότι 


ΣΤΜΜ 

πάντα  αληθή  /^έγει,  Xen.  Hell.  7,  1, 
35. 

Σνμμάρτνρος,  ον,=:  σνμμάρτνρ. 

Σνμμαστϊγόω,  ω,  {σνν,  μαστιγόω)  to 
whip  or  lash  along  with  or  together, 
Luc. 

Σνμμΰχέομαι,  f.  -ήσομαι.  Ion.  for 
συμμάχομαι,  τινί,  Hdt.  7,  239. 

Σνμμύχέω,  ύ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  be  a  σύμ- 
μαχος or  ally,  Aesch.  Pers.  793  ;  to  be 
in  alliance,  Thuc.  1,  35  ;  7,  50  : — gen- 
erally, to  help,  aid,  succour  ;  σ.  Tivi, 
Soph.  Ant.  740,  Phil.  1366,  Plat.,  etc. ; 
τοίσιν  εν  φρονονσι  συμμαχεί  τύχη, 
Critias  13  ;  σ.  ΰςτε  είναι,  to  assiat  to- 
wards.., Hdt.  1,  98. 

Συμμαχία,  ας.  Ion.  σνμμαχίη,  ης, 
■ή,  (σύμμαχος)  help,  succour,  aid,  an 
alliance  offensive  and  defensive  (opp.  to 
an   ίπιμαχία  or  defensive  one,  Thuc. 

1,  44),  Hdt.,  etc. ;  σ.  ποιεΊν,  ποιεΐ- 
σθαι  προς  τίνα,  Hdt.  5,  63,  73 :  gen- 
erally, the  duty  or  office  of  a  σύμμαχος, 
ξνμμαχίας  ύμαρτών,  Aesch.  Ag.  214. 
— Ιί.=  τό  σνμμαχικόν,  οι  σύμμαχοι, 
the  body  of  allies,  Hdt.  1,  77,  82, 
Thuc.  2,  9  ;  cf.  ίπικουρία  II : — also, 
an  allied  or  auxiliary  force,  Thuc.  6, 
73  :  generally,  a  body  of  friends,  Pind. 
O.  10  (11).  88;  cf.  "Schiif.  Appar. 
Dem.  1,  p.  851.    Hence 

Συμμαχικός,  ή,  όν,  of  οτ  for  alliance, 
allied  ;  θεοί  ξ.,  the  gods  invoked  at  the 
making  of  an  alliance,  Thnc.  3,  58. 
— II.  TO  σνμμαχικόν,  the  auxiliaries, 
allied  forces,  Hdt.  6,  9,  Thnc.  4,  77.— 

2.  also,  a  treaty  of  alliance,  Ar.  EccL 
193,  Thuc.  5,  6.— III.  adv.  -κώς,  like 
an  ally,  Isocr.  62  C,  186  A. 

Σνμμάχίς,  idof,  pecul.  iem.  oi  σύμ- 
μαχος, allied,  νήες,  etc.,  Thnc.  :  ή  ξ. 
(sc.  πόλιΐς),  an  allied  slate,  Id.  1,  98; 
2,  2  ;  also=TO  ξνμμαχικόν ,  Id.  5,  36, 
110. 

Συμμάχομαι,  f.  -ονμαι,  {σνν,  μά- 
χομαι) dep.  mid.,  to  fight  along  with, 
to  be  an  ally,  auxiliary.  Plat.  Legg. 
699  A,  and  Xen. :  generally,  to  help, 
succour,  τινί,  Xen.  An.  5,  4, 10  : — Ion 
σνμμαχεομαι,  q.  v.  [(2] 

Σύμμαχος,  ov,  {σύν,  μάχη)  :— fight- 
ing along  with,  leagved  or  allied  with, 
τινί,  freq.  from  Hdt.  downwds. ;  τοϋ 
χωρίον  Τ(ΐ  δνςέμβατον  ξύμμαχον  γί- 
γνεται.  Thuc.  4,  10;  πολλά  έστι  τά 
ξνμμαχα,  Xen.  An.  2,  4,  7  : — hence, 
ό  a.,  as  subst.,  an  ally,  auxiliary, 
Pind.  I.  6  (5),  39,  Hdt.  1,  22,  10'2, 
etc.  ;  generally,  an  assistant,  helper, 
Hdt.  .5,  65,  cf.  3,  31  ;  4,  129,  Trag., 
etc. 

^Σύμμαχος,  ov,  6,  Symmachtis, 
masc.  pr.  n..  Pans. ;  etc. 

Σνμμεθαρμόζω,  {  σνν,  μεθαρμόζω  ) 
to  alter  along  with  or  together,  Dion.  H. 

Σνμμεθελκνω,  and  -έλκω,  to  draw 
away  together. 

Σνμμέθεξις,  εως,  ή,  (συμμετέχω) 
participation  m,  τινός,  Arist.  Eth.  Ε. 
7,  12,  20. 

Συμμεθεπω,  {σύν,  μεθεπω)  to  sway 
jointly  with,  σκήπτρα,  Anth. 

Σνμμεθίστημι,  {σύν,  μεθίστημι)  to 
help  in  changing,  Arist.  Probl.  26,  2,  2. 
— II.  pass.  c.  aor.  2  et  pf.  act.,  to 
change  places  along  with  another.  Pint. 
Pyrrh.  16,  Id.  2,  53  B,  etc. 

Συμμεθύσκομαι,  as  pass.,  =  sq., 
Plut.  2,  97  A,  124  C. 

Σνμμεθνω,  (σνν,  μεθνω)  to  get  drunk 
along  with  or  together,  Ath. 

Σνμμειόω,  ω,  to  diminish,  lessen 
along  with  or  together. 

Σνμμειράκιώδης,  ες,  {σνν,  μειρα- 
κιώδης)  altogether  childish,  Lucil.  ap. 
Cell.  18,  8.  ' 

Σν/ιμε/.αίνω,  to  make  black  with: — 
to  make  ipiite  black. 


ΣΤΜΜ 

Σνμμε?Μνειμονέω,  ώ,  to  wear  mourn- 
ing along  tcith  Others. 

Συμμελετάω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {σύν,  μελε- 
τάω) to  exercise,  or  practise  with  or  to- 
gether, AiUipho  124,  2G,  Anth.  P.  12, 
206. 

Σνμμ€?ι.ης,  ές,  {σνν,  μΆος)  in  unison 
mill,  Ael.  N.  A.  9,  29. 

Σνμμεμετρημένως,  adv.  part.  pf. 
pass,  from  σνμμετρέω,  in  proportion  or 
relation,  symmetrically,  proportionately, 
Hipp. 

Σνμμένω,  f.  -μενύ,  (σύν,  μένω)  to 
hold  together,  keep  together,  of  an  army, 
Dem.  lOl,  7  :  of  treaties,  etc.,  to  hold, 
συμβάσίΐς  ίσχνραΐ  ουκ  έθέ?ιονσι  σνμ- 
ιιένειν,  Hclt.  Ι,  74;  ξννέμεινεν  ή 
όμαιχμία,  Thuc.  Ι,  18  ;  χαλεπον  ψί- 
'/Ιαν  σνμμένειΐ'.  Plat.  Phaedr.  232  Β, 
cf.  Xeii.  Hell.  7,  I,  2. 

Σνμμερίζο),  {σύν,  μεμίζυ)  to  give  a 
share  of  a.  thing  with  others: — mid.,  to 
partake,  of  a.  Uang  joititly  with  olh.ers, 
c.  dat.  pers.,  N.  T. 

Σνμμερίΰτήρ,  ijpog,  ό,  and  -της,  ov, 
h,  a  partaker, 

Σνμμερίστρια,  fem.  of  foreg. 

Σνμμεσονράν έ(ϋ ,  ώ,  to  be  in  the  same 
tneridian.    Hence 

Σνμμεσονράνησίζ,  ή,  a  being  in  the 
same  meridian,  Strab. 

Συμμεσονράνίος,  a,  ov,  in  the  same 
meridian,  Ptolem.   [«] 

Σνμμεταβαίνω,  {σύν,  μεταβαίνω) 
Ιο  pass  over,  be  transferred  at  the  same 
time,  Liic.  Nigr.  38. 

ΣνμμεταβάλΆω,  f.  -βΰλώ,  {σνν,  με- 
ταβάΆ'?.ω)  to  change  along  with  another 
thing  (iatr.),  Arist.  Gen.  An.  1,  2,  8, 
Mot.  An.  9,  3  : — pass.,  to  change  sides 
and  take  part  with,  nvi,  Aeschin.  77, 
18. 

Συμμεταδίόωμι,  {σνν,  μεταδίδωμι) 
to  impart  information  about  a  matter, 
σ.  TLvi  τίνος  or  περί  τίνος,  Polyb.  5, 
36,  2;  23,  14,  7. 

Σνμμεταίτιος,  ov,  like  μεταίτιος, 
<7.  ΊΤρός  τι,  contributing  to  cause  a 
thing,  Plat.  Tim.  46  E. 

Συμμετακινέω,  ώ,  to  alter  along  with 
or  together. 

Σνμμετακλίνομαι,  {σύν,  μετά,  κ7  ί- 
ΐ'ω)  pass.,  to  recline  at  meals  together, 
Clem.  Al. 

Σνμμετακοσμίομαι,  {σνν,  μετακοσ- 
uku)  as  pass.,  to  change  one's  habits 
with  another,  Plut.  Ale.t.  47. 

Συμμεταλαμβάνο,  f.  -/.ήψομαι,  to 
partake  in  with  others. 

Σνμμεταπίπτω,  {σνν,  μεταπίπτω) 
to  change  sides  along  with  0thei"S,  τΐΐ'ί, 
prob.  1.  Polyb.  9,  23,  8. 

Σνμμεταποίέω,  ώ,  to  alter  along  with 
or  together. 

Σνμμετασχημάτίζο),  ( σύν,  μετα- 
αχηματίζω)  to  change  the  shape  of  a 
thing  ui/h  or  together : — pass.,  to  as- 
sume a  different  shape  together. 

Σνμμετατίβιιμι,  {σνν,  μετατίθημι) 
to  place  differently  together: — mid.,  τον 
βνρευν  συμ/ιετατίθεσθαί  τϊρύς  τί,  to 
Mft  one's  shield  according  to  the 
blows,  Polyb.  18,  13,  7:— pass.,  to 
change  along  with,  ταΐς  πραγμάτων 
μεταβοΆαΐς,  Id.  9,  23,  4. 

Σνμμεταψέρο),  f.  -μετοίσω,  ( σύν, 
ιιεταφέρω)  to  transpose,  shift  with  or 
'together,  Plut.  2,  901  C,  1071  B. 

Σνμμεταχειρίζομαι,  f.  -σομαι.,  {σύν, 
μεταχειρίζίϋ)  dep.  mid.,  to  take  charge 
of  along  with,  a.  μεθ'  νμίν  το  σώμα, 
isae.  71,  17. 

Σνμμετέρχομαι,  f.  -μετελείσομαι, 
{σνν,  μετέρχομαι)  dep.  mid.,  c.  aor. 
et  pf.  act.,  to  go  after,  to  pursue  togeth- 
er, TL. 

Συμμετέχω,  f.  -θέξω,  {σύν,  μετέχω) 
to  take  part  in  or  partake  of  a  thmg 


ΣΥΜΜ 

with  a  person,  Βύκχαις  σνμμχτασχψ 
σω  χορόν,  Eur.  Bacch.  63,  cf  Supp. 
648 ;  c.  gen.,  έργου,  Xen.  An.  7,  8, 
17 ;  etc. 

Σνμμετεωρίζω,  (σνν,  μετεωρίζω)  to 
raise  along  ivith  or  together,  Hipp. 

Σνμμετεωροτΐολέω,  ω,  to  join  in 
transcendental  speculations,  Philostr. 

Σνμμετίσχω,  =  σνμμετέχω.  Soph. 
Ant.  537. 

Σνμμετο/.κέω,  ώ,  {σύν,  μετοικέω) 
to  emigrate  along  with,  Tivi  εις  τόπον, 
Plut.  Num.  21. 

Σνμμετοικίζω,  to  trarvsplant  together 
to  another  place. 

Συμμέτοχος,  ov,  {συμμετέχω)  par- 
taking in,  τινός,  Ν.  Τ. 

Σνμμετρέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω, {σνν,μετρέω) 
to  make  one  thing  commensurate  with 
another  or  proportional  to  it,  to  adapt, 
Ti  πρύς  τι,  Theophr.  ;  τι  εις  τι,  Jac. 
Philostr.  Imag.  p.  379:  —  in  mid., 
ώραν  σνμμετρήσασθαι,  to  compute,  as- 
certain the  time  of  day,  Hdt.  4,  158  ; 
ξννεμετρήσαντο  [το  τείχος}  ταΖς  έπι- 
βολαΐς  τών  πλίνθων,  Thuc.  3,  20; — 
pass.,  ίο  be  commensurate,  προς  τι. 
Plat.  Tim.  19  C  ;  -ήμαρ  σνμμετρονμε- 
νον  χρόνφ,  this  day  brought  into  reck- 
oning with  the  time  of  his  absence. 
Soph.  O.  T.  73 ;  εφθιτο  μακρίρ  σνμ- 
μετρούμενος  χρόνω,  he  died  measured 
out  by  (i.  e.  having  reached  to)  length 
of  days,  Id.  963  ;  οίς  ένενδαι/ιοντ/σαί 
τε  ό  βίος  και  έντελεντήσαι  ξννεμε- 
τρήβη,  Thuc.  2,  44.     Hence 

Σνμμέτρησις,  ε(,)ς,  ή,  α  measuring  by 
a  standard,  admeasurement,  Thuc.  2, 
20:  and 

Συμμετρητης,  ov,  o,  a  measurer,  cal- 
culator. 

Συμμετρία,  ας,  ή,  {σύμμετρος)  sym- 
metry, due  proportion,  freq.  in  Plat.  ; 
opp.  to  άμετμια,  Id.  Legg.  925  A  ;  σ. 
τινός  προς  τι,  Id.  Rep.  530  A  ;  τ/ 
προς  άλληλα  σ.,  Id.  Soph.  228  C. 

Σνμμετριάζω,  to  keep  measure,  Dion. 
H.  de  Comp.'ll. 

Σύμμετρος,  ov,  {  σύν,  μέτρον  ) : — 
commensurate  with,  άρβύλη  ποδί  ξ., 
Eur.  El.  533  ;  λόγοι  άνόρΐ  σύμμε- 
τροι, Isocr.  57  C  :  also  c.  gen.,  of  like 
?neasure  or  size  with,  Eur.  Scir.  1  : — 
of  Time,  commensurate  uilh,  keeping 
even  with  one,  όαλόν  ϊβακα  σύμμε- 
τρου τε  διαι  βίου,  Aesch.  Cho.  612  ; 
of  like  age  with,  τινί.  Soph.  O.  T.  II 13 : 
ποια  σύμμετρος  προνβη  ~ύχ7}  ;  coin- 
cident with  (i.  e.  ΐΓί  consequence  of)  what 
chance  has  he  come  .'  Id.  Ant.  387. — 
2.  like,  resembling,  τριχός  ξυμμέτρον 
τώ  σω  κάρφ,  Aesch.  Cho.  227. — 3.  in 
mathematics,  having  a  common  meas- 
ure, opp.  to  ασύμμετρος,  Anst.  Rhet. 
2,  19,  5,  etc. — II.  symmetrical,  in  due 
proportion,  fieq.  in  Plat.: — generally, 
fitting,  meet,  due,  Aesch.  Eum.  531  ; 
δένδρον  πολνκαρπότερον  τον  συμμέ- 
τρου. Plat.  Tim.  86  C  : — σύμμετρος 
ώς  κλύειν,  within  fit  distance  for  hear- 
ing. Soph.  O.  T.  84  : — moderate,  πό- 
νοι, Isocr.  4  C  ;  moderate  in  size,  στέ- 
γη, Xen.  Oec.  8,  13. — III.  adv.  -τρως, 
Eur.  Ale.  26  ;  σ.  έχειν,  to  be  in  pro- 
portion, Xen.  Eq.  1,  16  ;  σ.  εχειν  πά- 
χους. Plat.  Tim.  85  C.  —  Compar. 
-ότερον,  better  fitted,  τινί,  Dem.  1409, 
22.     Hence 

Σνμμετρότης,  ητος,  ή,=  σνμμετρία. 

Σνμμηκίζω,  {συν,  μήκος)  to  lengthen 
with  or  after  any  thing,  Nicet. 

Σνμμτμ'ία,  ας,  ή,  {σύν,  μήνη)  the 
period  wheti  the  moon  does  not  shine, 
Lat.  interlunium,  Arr.  Peripl. 

Σύμμηρος,  ov,  {σύν,  μηρός)  with 
the  thighs  close  together,  Hipp. 

Σνμμηρύομαι,  {σύν,  μηρύω)  dep.,  to 
wind  together,  M.  Anton.  [{■]    Hence 


ΣΤΜΜ 

Σνμμηρνσις,  εως,  ή,  a  winding  to- 
gether, connexion,  Λ1.  Anton.  4,  40. 

Σνμμήστωρ.  ορός,  ό,  {σύν,  μήστωρ) 
α  fellow-counsellor.  Αρ.  Rh.  1,  228. 

Σνμμητίάομαι,  f.  -ύσομαι,  {  σνν, 
μητιαομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  lake  counsel 
with  or  together,  II.  10,  197. 

Σνμμηχύΐ'άομαι,  (.  -ήσομαι,  {σνν, 
μηχανάομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  bring  about 
together,  to  help  to  bring  about  or  pro- 
cure, Xen.  Cyr.  1,  6,  11  :  toformplaris 
with,  τινί,  Plut.  Alex.  72. 

Σνμμιαίνω,  {σνν,  μιαίνω)  to  defile 
with  or  together,  LXX. 

ΣύμμΙγα,  (σνμμίγννμι)  adv.,  mixed 
III,  all  together  with,  c.  dat.,  Hdt.  6 
68. 

Σνμυίγδην,  adv.,=foreg.,  Nic.  Th. 
677. 

Σνμμΐγής,  ές,  {σνμμίγννμι)  mixed 
up  with,  τινί,  Aesch.  Theh.  741  :  min- 
gled, protniscnous.  Soph.  Tr.  762;  έν 
συμμιγεϊ  σκιά,  in  α  mi7igling  shade, 
i.  e.  of  various  trees,  Stallb.  Plat. 
Phaedr.  239  C  : — άι^ρί  και  γνναικί 
σ.  κακά,  common  to  both.  Soph.  Ο.  Τ. 
1281.     Hence 

ΣνμμΙγία,  ας,  ή,^σνμμιξις,  dub. 

Σνμμιγμα,  ατός,  τό,  α  tnixture,  com- 
pound, medley :  from 

Σνμμίγννμι, move  rarely -νίίω,  Xen. 
An.  4,  6,  24,  etc. :  fut.  σνμμίξω,  {σνν, 
μίγνυμι)  Ep.,  and  Ion.,  pres.  συμμίσ- 
γω,  as  always  in  Horn.,  Theogn.,  and 
Hdt.  To  mix,  mingle  one  thing  with 
another,  τινί  τι,  first  in  H.  Hom. 
Merc.  81  ;  then  in  Pind.,  etc.,  in  va- 
rious relations,  βοάν  ανλών  έπέων 
τε  θέσιν  ξνμμίξαι,  Pind.  Ο.  3,  12  ; 
σ.  τινά  ενθα7ιεί  τνχα.  to  introduce  to, 
make  acquainted  with,  high  fortune.  Id. 
P.  9,  128:  esp.,  to  unite  in  sexual  in- 
tercourse, θεονς  γνναιίί.  θεάς  άνθρώ- 
ποις,  Η.  Ηοιη.  Ven.  50,  52,  251  ;  so, 
λέχος  τινι  σνμμ.,  Ar.  Thesm.  891 : — 
but,  κοινόν  τι  πρήγμα  σνμμϊξαί  τινι, 
to  communicate  to  one  a  subject  of 
common  interest,  Hdt.  8,  58  ;  σ.  σνμ- 
βόλαια.  to  form,  mutual  contracts, 
Plat.  Legg.  958  C— II.  pass.,  with 
fut.  mid.  (Bacis  ap.  Hdt.  8,  77),  to  be 
mingled,  θα'λίαισι  σ.  νέκταρ,  Sappho 
5  ;  τινί  or  προς  τι.  Plat.  Tim.  83  C, 
57  D;  άΐ'οσίοισι  σνμμιγεί.ς.  mixed  up 
with  ungodly  men,  Aesch.  Theb.  611  : 
— to  be  formed  by  combination,  opp.  to 
διακρίνομαι,  freq.  in  Ana.xag. : — of 
rivers,  to  join,  unite,  όγε  ΤΙηνειώ  συμ- 
μίσγεται,  II.  2,  753,  cf  Hdt.  4,  49: 
esp.  of  sexual  intercourse,  σ.  γνναικί, 
Hdt.  4,  114,  Plat.,  etc. :— metaph., 
ουδείς  {εστί)  τύ  κακόν  ov  σννεμίχθη, 
there  is  none  who  has  not  misery  as 
an  ingredient  in  his  nature,  Hdt.  7,  203  ; 
cf  σνγκεράννυμι.  —  III.  intrans.  in 
act.,  to  have  dealings  or  intercourse  with, 
τινί,  Theogn.  1167,  Hdt.  1,  123;  esp. 
to  meet  one  for  conversation  or  traffic, 
Hdt.  4,  151  ;  6,  23,  etc. :  hence,  to 
talk  or  converse  with,  τινί,  Eur.  Hel. 
324,  and  Xen. ;  δια  λόγων  σ.  τινί. 
Plat.  Polit.  258  A ;  προς  τίνα,  Xen. 
Cyr.  7,  4,  11:  but  also,— 2.  freq.  in 
hostile  signf.,  to  meet  in  close  fight, 
come  to  blows,  τινί,  with  one,  freq.  in 
Hdt.^  as  1,  127;  6,  14,  cf.  Thuc.  1, 
49,  Xen.,  etc.  ;  also,  σνμμ.  τι)  νανμα- 
χίΐ],  Hdt.  1 ,  166  ;  σνμμ.  τινι  εις  μά- 
χην,  Hdt.  4,  127,  etc.  ;  σ.  όμόσε  τινί, 
Xen.  Cyr.  7,  1,  26  ;  (in  full,  σ.  χείρας 
τινι,  lb.  2,  1,  11) : — generally,  tomeet, 
just  like  the  pass.,  ε'ις  τόπον,  Xen. 
An.  6,  3,  24.     Hence 

Συμμικτέην,  verb,  adj.,  one  must 
cojnmingle.  Plat.  Phil.  62  E. 

Συμμικτός,  όν,  (συμμί-^τυμι)  com- 
mingled, promiscuous,  Hes.  Op.  561  ; 
σ.  στρατός,  Hdt.  7,  55  ;  άνθρωποι, 
1411 


ΣΥΜΜ 

όχλος,  Thuc.  6,  4,  17  : — σ.  ύδος,  of 
a  centaur,  Eur.  Thes.  6. — W.mhi'^kd, 
confounded,  Id.  Ino  13,  3.  Adv.  -τώς, 
Stiab. 

Σνμμϊμέομαι,  f.  -ί/σομαι.,  (συν,  μι- 
ιιέομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  join  in  imitatiriff 
or  copying,  τινί,  Plat.  Poiit.  274  D. 
Hence 

Σνμμίμντης,  ov,  ό,  ο  joint-imitator, 
Ν.  Τ. 

Σνμμιμνήσκομαι,  pf.  -μέμνημαι,  as 
pass.,  (σύΐ',  μιμνήσκω)  to  remember, 
bear  in  mind  along  with,  τι,  Dem.  1129, 
15. 

ΣνμμΊννθω,  {σνν,μιννθω)  to  decrease 
with  or  together,  Philostr.     [i>] 

Σύμμιξίς,  ιως,  ή,  (σνμμίγννμι)  a 
mixing,  mixture,  τίνος  προς  τι.  Plat. 
Phil.  23  D,  cf.  Polit.  30t)  Β  ;  also,  τί- 
νος και  τίνος,  Id.  Soph.  264  Β  : — 
promiscuousness,  -γάμων.  Id.  Legg. 
721  A. — II.  intercourse,  esp.  sexual  in- 
tercourse, Id.  Legg.  839  A. 

Σνμμίσγω,  Ep.  and  Ion.  for  σνμμί- 
γννμι, q.  V.        t 

ΣνμμΙσέω,  ώ,  {σύν,  μισέω)  to  join 
with  in  hating,  Tivi  Tiva,  Polyb.  1, 
14,  4. 

.  Σνμμϊσοττονηρίω,  ώ,  to  feel  a  com- 
mon hatred  to  what  is  bad,  LXX. 

Σνμμνάομαι,  -μνώμαι.  Ion.  for  συμ- 
μιμνήσκομαι. 

Σνμμνημόνενσις,  εως,  ή,  recollec- 
tion together,  Se.xt.  Einp.  p.  618  :  from 

Σνμμνι/μυνεύω,  like  ανμμιμνησκο- 
μαι,  to  remember  along  with  or  togeth- 
er.— II.  to  mention  at  the  same  time. 
Pint. 

Σνμμογέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (σνν,μογέω) 
to  toil  or  weary  one's  self  with  Others, 

Σνμμοφάω,  ώ,  f.  -άσω  [a],  {σύν, 
μαιράω)  to  imparl  at  the  same  time  : — 
Mid.,  to  partake  in  with,  M.  Anton. 

Σνμμολπος,  ov,  =  σννωδός,  Eur. 
Ion  165. 

Σνμμολννω,  to  defile, pollute  with  or 
together. 

Σνμμοναρχέω,  ώ,  {σνν,  μοναρχέω) 
to  he  monarch  ivilh  Or  together,  App. 

Σνμμονη,  ης,  ij,  {σνμμένω)  a  re- 
maining  together,  Chrysipp.  ap.  Phit. 
2,  1054  F. 

Σνμμονόομαι,(σύν,μονόω)  as  pass., 
to  be  alone  with  one,  τινί  Joseph. 

Σνμμορία,  ας,  ή,  {σύν,  μέρος)  : — 
strictly,  a  joint  division  : — a  word  used 
at  Athens  after  the  census  of  377 
B.  C,  when  the  1200  wealtliiest  cit- 
izens were  divided  into  20  σνμμορ'ιαι 
or  companies,  2  in  each  tribe  {φνλή), 
and  each  containing  60  members : 
each  σνμμ.  was  called  on  in  its  turn 
to  discharge  extraordinary  expenses 
of  war  by  payment  of  the  property- 
tax  {είςφορύ): — first  in  Xen.  Hell.  1, 
7,  32  ;  but  the  chief  ancient  authority 
is  the  speech  of  Dom.  ττερί  τών  Συμ- 
μοριών ;  cf.  Buckh  P.  E.  2, 285,  sqq., 
Diet.  Antiqq.  s.  v.  είςφορύ. — 2.  gener- 
ally,/"""ineri/iip  with,  concern  in,  τινός, 
Aristid.  2,  p.  20. — II.  the  word  is  used 
by  Dion.  H.  4,  18,  of  the  Classes  of 
Servius. 

Σνμμοριάρχ'ης,  ου,  b,  and  -άρχος, 
ό,  (άρχω)  the  first  man,  or  president  of 
a  σνμμορία,  also  τ/γεμών  συμμορίας. 
Σνμμορίτιις,  ov,  ύ,  a  member  of  a 
συμμορία. 

Σνμμορος,  ov,  (συν,  μόρος)  like 
σνντε?.ής.  xinited  for  the  purposes  of 
taxation,  etc. ;  n'l  ξύμμοροι,  of  the  mi- 
nor states  of  Boeotia,  Thuc.  4,  93  ; 
cf.  Arnold  ib.  76. 

Σνμμορφίζω,  =  σνμμορφόω. 
Σύμμορφος.  ov,  {σύν,  μορφή)  con- 
formed   to,   τινί    and   τινός,   Ν.   Τ. 
Hence 

1412 


ΣΥΜΠ 

Σνμμορφόομαι,  as  pass.,  to  be  con- 
formed to,  τινί,  Ν.  Τ. 

Σνμμοχβέω,  ώ,  {συν,  μοχθέω)  to 
share  in  toil  with,  τινί,  Eur.  i.  T.  690. 

Σνμμνέω,  ώ,  (σύν,  μνέω)  to  initiate 
with  or  together,  Plut.  Alex.  2. 

Σνμμνο/.όγος,  ov,  (σνμμνω,  λόγος) 
one  that  shuts  up  his  words. 

Σνμμϋσις,  ή,  (συμμύω)  a  closing  iip 
of  the  womb,  Hipp. 

Σνμμύστης,  ου,  ό,  {σνν,  μύστης) 
one  who  is  consecrated  with  Others. 

Συμμύω,  f.  -ύσω,  (σνν,  μνω)  to  be 
shut  up.  close,  be  closed,  ol  wounds, 
συν  δ'  ίλκεη  πάντα  μέμυκε,  11.  24. 
420 :  later  usu.  of  the  eyelids  and 
lips.  Plat.  Rep.  529  B,  Tim.  45  Ε 
(hence,  to  be  silent,  Polyb.  31,  8,  8): 
also,  of  the  mouth  of  the  uterus  in 
pregnant  women,  Hipp.;  generally, 
of  pores.  Plat.  Phaedr.  251  B. 

Συμπαγής,  ές,  ίσνμπηγνυμι)  joined 
or  put  together.  Plat.  Tim.  45  C,  etc. 

Συμττΰγία,  ας,  ή,=σΰμπηξις,  Stob. 
Eel.  1,  1100. 

Συμπάθεια,  ας,  -ή,  like-feeling,  fel- 
low-feelino,  community  of  feeling  or  dis- 
position, Polyb.  22.  11,  12,  Stoic,  ap. 
Plut.  2,  906  Ε  :  sympathy,  Ib.  119  C, 
etc. :  and 

Συμπάβέω,  ώ,  ί.-ήσω,  to  feel  with  or 
together,  to  sympathise  with,  Arist. 
Physiogn.  4,  1,  Plut.,  etc. : — also  c. 
dat  rei,  to  sympathise  in,  feel  for,  ΰτυ- 
χίαις,  Isocr.  64  Β ;  cf.  συμπάσχω : 
troni 

Συμπί'ιβής,  ες,  {σύν,  πάθος,  πάσχω) 
of  like  feelings  or  constitution:  endued 
with  fellow-feeling,  sy7npathising  with, 
τινί,  Arist.  Physiogn.  4,  2,  Polyb.  2, 
56,  7,  etc. :  sympathetic,  compassionate, 
Plut.  2,  536  A,  etc.  Comp.  -θέστε- 
por,  Plat.  (Com.)  Incert.  19. 

Συμπάθησις,  ή,=  σνμπάθεια,  Hipp. 

Συμπΰθητιαω,  ώ,  to  feel  disposed  to 
sympathise  with,  τινί. 

Σνμπάθία,  ας,  ή,  poet,  for  συμπά- 
θεια, Anth.  Plan.  143. 

Σνμπαιΰνίζω,  {σνν,  παιανίζω)  to 
sing  the  paean  with  another,  τινί,  Dem. 
380.  27  :  generally,  to  shout  out  togeth- 
er, Polyb.  2,  29,  6. 

Σνμπαίγμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  playing 
with  :  o,  7]  σ.,  a  playfellow. 

Συμπαιδύγωγέω,  ώ,  {σνν,  παιδα- 
γωγεω)  to  bring  up  along  with,  The- 
mist. 

Συμπαιδενω,  (σνν,  παιδεύω)  to 
teach  together,  Xen.  Oec.  5,  14 : — 
pass.,  to  be  educated  with  others,  Isocr. 
193  Β  ;  μετά  τίνος,  Isae.  77,  32. 

Σνμπαίζω,  f.  -ξομαι,  (σύν,  παίζω) 
to  play  or  sport  with.  τινί.  Aliacr.  2, 
4  ;  15.  4,  Soph.  O.  T.  1 109  ;  absol.,  to 
play  together,  Hdt.  1,  114  :  c.  ace.  cog- 
nato,  σ.  έορτι/ν  μετά  τίνος,  to  keep 
holiday  or  festival  unth,  Ar.  Pac.  817. 
Hence 

Συ^^παικτήρ,  ήρας,  ό,  and  -κτης, 
ov,  ό,  in  Mel.  97,=  σνμπαιστ7}ς :  fern. 
συμπαίκτρια. 

Σνμπαίκτωρ,  ορός,  ό,^^σνμπαι- 
στής,  Mel.  114,  Leon.  Tar.  .30. 

Σνμπαίσδεν,  Dor.  for  σνμπαίζειν, 
Theocr.  11,  77. 

Σνμπαιστ/'/ς.  ov,  ό,  (σνμπαίζω)  a 
playmate,  playfellow.  Plat.  Minos  319 
Ε :  fern,  συμπαίστρια,  ή,  Ar.  Ran. 
411. 

Σνμπαίστωρ,  ορός,  (5,=  foreg.,  Xen. 
Cyr.  1,3,  14. 

Σνμπαίω,  f.  --ησω,  taor.  -έπαισα, 
{σύν,  παίω  q.  v.)t,  to  dash  together  or 
againit,  πώ?ίθΐ  μέτωπα  σνμπαίονσι... 
δχοις.  Soph.  El.  727. — Η.  intrans., 
ίριδος  ξννέπαισε  κλ.νδων,  in  Eur. 
Hec.  1 18,  ubi  v.  Pors. 


ΣΤΜΠ 

Συμπαιω\^ίζω,=σνμπαΜνίζω. 
Σνμπάλαίω,  (σύν,  παλαίω)  to  wres- 
tle with,  Plut.  Alcib.  4,  etc'. 

Σνμπΰλάμάομαι,  ί.  -ήσομαι,  (συν, 
παλαμάομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  take  in  hand 
along  luith,  to  help  or  assist  in  a  thing, 
Synes. 

Σύμπαν,  τό,  the  whole  collectively, 
neut.  of  σύμπας,  q.  v. 

Σνμπΰνηγϊ'ριζω,  {σύν,  πανηγυρίζω) 
to  keep  high  festival,  attend  a  solemn 
assembly  along  with  others,  Plut.  De- 
mctr.  25,  Dio  17.     Hence 

Συμπάί'ηγϋρισταί,  oi,  persona  who 
join  in  keeping  festival. 

Σνμπΰνονργέω,  ώ,  (σνν,  πανονρ- 
γέω)  to  play  the  knave  nlo7ig  with,  Plut. 
2,  t>i  C. 

Σνμπαραβΰόίζω,  to  go  along  together. 
Σνμπαραβάλλω,  to  compare  with  or 
together. 

Σνμπαραβνω,  (σνν,  παραβνώ)  to 
cram  in  along  with,  τινί,  Lnc.  [v\ 

Σνμπαραγγέλλω,  τινί,  ίο  help  one 
in  canvassing  for  an  office  (v,  παραγ- 
γέλλω 3),  Plut.  Crass.  7. 

Σνμ7Γαραγί-}•νομαι,  (σνν,  παραγι- 
γνομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  come  in  at  the 
same  time,  of  fruit  ripening,  Hdt.  4, 
199:  to  stand  by  another,  τινί,  Dem. 
1369,  17;  to  come  in  to  assist,  Thuc. 
2,  82  ;  6,  92. 

Συμπαράγω,  f.  -ξω,  (συν,  παράγω) 
to  lead  by  along  with  or  together,  Diod.  : 
— mid.,  to  arrive  or  advance  along  with 
or  together. 

Σνμπαραδ?}?  όω,  ω,  {σίη',  παραδη- 
λόω)  to  signify  at  the  same  time,  Strab, 
Σνμπαραδιδωμι,  (σύν,  παραύιδω- 
μΐ)  to  give  xip  along  with,  Procl. 

Σνμπαραδύοηαι,  as  pass.,  to  go  into 
along  with  anotlier. 

Σνμ-αραΟέω,  (σύν,  παραθέω)  to  um 
along  xinth,  Dem.  52,  2,  Plut.  Them. 
10,  etc. 

Σνμπαραινέω,  ω,  f.  -έσω  (σύν,  πα- 
ραινέω) :  to  join  in  recommending,  χρτ)- 
στά  r/j  πάλει,  Ar.  Ran.  687 ;  καλώς 
κακώς  πράσσοντι  σνμπαμαινέσαι. 
Soph.  Fr.  14. — 2.  to  join  in  approving, 
Ib.  435,  Ar.  Av.  852. 

Σνμπαρακαθέζομαι,  (σύν,  παρά, 
καθίζομαι)  dep.  pass.,  to  sit  beside  with 
another,  μετά  τίνος.  Plat.  Lys.  207 
B. 

Σνμπαρακαθίζω,  (σύν,  παρά,  καθί- 
ζω) to  set  beside  with  another  :  in  mid. 
or  pass.,=:foreg.,  Dem.  840,  9. 

Σνμπαρακάλέω,  ώ,  f.  -έσω,  (συν, 
παρακαλέω)  to  call  upon  or  exhort  to- 
gether, έπι  σνμμαχίαν,  Plat.  Rep.  555 
A  :  to  invite  at  the  same  ti7ne,  εΙς  τι, 
Xen.  Cyr.  8,  1,  38. — II.  to  invoke  to- 
gether, Ib.  3,  3,  21.— III.  to  ask  for  at 
the  same  time,  τι  άπό  Τίνος,  Id.  Hell. 
4,  8.  13. 

Σνμπαρακατακλίνω,  (σνν,  παρά. 
κατακλίνω)  to  make  to  lie  beside,  Dio 

Συμπαράκειμαι,  (σύν,  παράκειμαι) 
as  pass.,  to  lie  along  with  or  by  the  side 
of  any  one,  Epicur.  ap.  Diog.  L.  10, 
107. 

Συμπαρακελεύω,  f.  -σω,  (σύν,  πα- 
ρακελεύω)  to  join  in  exeiti7tg:  so,  συμ- 
παρακε?ίενομαι,  as  dep.  mid.,  Isocr. 
295  D. 

Σνμπαρακμάζω,  (σνν,  παρακμάζω) 
to  be  past  one's  prime  along  with,  τινί, 
Diosc. 

Συμπαρΰκολονθέω,  ώ,  (σύν,  παρα- 
κολουθέω)  to  follow  along  with,  accmn- 
patiy,  Plat.  Polit.  308  D  :  to  follow  in 
7nind,  τω  λόγω,  lb.  271  C  :  esp..  to 
follow  close,  stick  to,  Aeschin.  87,  12 , 
σνμπ.  φόβος,  Xen.  Hier.  6,  6. 

Σνμπαρακομίζω,  {σύν,  παρακομί- 
ζω)  to  carry  or  lead  together  to  a  place, 


ΣΤΜΠ 

of  ships,  to  convoy,  Thuc.  8,  41  ;  and 
in  pass.,  lb.  39. 

Σνμπαρακύτττω,  {συν,  τταρακνπτω) 
to  bend  one's  self  along  with,  Luc.  Ica- 
rom.  25. 

Σνμ~αρα?Μμ3άνω,  (συν,  7ταρα7ιαμ- 
3άνυ}  to  take  along  with,  κοινυνόν  Τί- 
να σ.,  Plat.  Phaed.  65  A,  cf.  84  D, 
Lacti.  179  E.     Hence 

Σνμ~αρα?~η•ϊττέον,  verb,  adj.,  one 
must  take  along  with  a  thing,  Arist. 
Rhet.  Al.  37,  4. 

Συμ-αραμένω,  {συν,  παραμένω)  to 
stay  along  with  or  among,  c.  dat.,  Hipp., 
and  Thuc.  6,  89. 

Σνμτταραμίγννμι  {σνν,  παραμίγνυ- 
μι)  ;  more  rarely  -ννω,  Ar.  Plut.  719; 
and  -μίσγο),  Hipp. ;  to  mix  or  mingle 
with. 

Σνμτταράνΰλίσκω,  {συν,  παρά,  άνα• 
7ύσκω)  to  waste  or  destroy  together,  Dio 
C. 

Σνμπαρανενω,  {σνν,  παρανεύω)  to 
nod  assent  or  agree  in  both  ways,  of  am- 
biguous oracles,  Arist.  Rhet.  3,  5, 4. 

Σιμπαρανηχομαι,  f.  -ξομαι,  {σνν, 
παρανήχομαί)  dep.,  to  float  along  with, 
Luc. 

Σνμπαρανομέυ,  ώ,  {σνν,  παρανο- 
ιιεω)  to  transgress  the  laws  along  with, 
Joseph. 

Σνμπαραπέμπω,  {σνν. παραπέμπω) 
to  escort  along  with  others,  Aeschin.  50, 
34. 

Σνμπαραπ7.έκω,  f.  -ξω,  to  entwine 
with,  {.  1.  Plut.  Crass.  25. 

Σνμπαραπλέω,  {σνν,  παραπ?ίέω) 
to  sail  along  with,  Poiyb.  5,  68,  9. 

Σνμπαραπληρωματίκός,  ή,  όν,  = 
παραπ/.ηρωματίκός. 

Σνμπαραπό///.νμι,  {σνν,  παραπόλ- 
?.νμι)  to  destroy  along  with  : — pass,  and 
mid.,  to  perish  along  with  or  besides, 
Dem.  396,  7. 

Σνμπαρασκενύζω,  {σνν,  παρασκεν- 
ύίω)  to  get  ready,  bring  about  along  with 
others,  τινί  τι,  Xen.  Cyr.  7,  5,  81  : 
to  help  or  join  in  preparing,  lb.  5,  3,  14, 
and  Dem.  ;  a.  τον  αγώνα,  to  help  in 
providing  for  it,  Andoc.  17,  16  ;  σνμπ. 
όπως,  una  eflicere  ut.,.,  Dem.  413,  5. 

Σνμπαρασπονδέω,  ώ,  to  join  in  break- 
ing a  truce  or  league. 

Σνμπαραστΰτέω,  ώ,  to  be  a  σνμπα- 
ραστύτης,  to  stand  by,  help,  τινί, 
Aesch.  Pr.218,  Ar.  Ran.  385,  Eccl.  15. 

Συμπαραστάτης,  ov,  6,  {σνμπαρίσ- 
τημι)  one  who  stands  by  to  aid,  a  joint 
lielper  or  assistant,    Soph.  Phil.  675. 

Σνμπαραταίζΐς,  jj,  a  meeting  in  battle 
array  :  generally,  a  desperate  struggle, 
as  between  disease  and  one's  consti- 
tution, Hipp.,  cf.  Foes.  Oecon. 

Συμπαρατάσσομαι,  Att,  -ττομαι, 
{σνν,  παρατάσσω)  as  pass.  : — to  be  set 
in  array  with  Others,  fight  along  with, 
Xen.  Hell.  3,  5.  22  ;  μετά  τίνων,  v.  1. 
Dem.  304,  10,  cf.  300,  15. 

Σνμπαρατείνω,  {σνν,  παρατείνω) 
Ιο  stretch  out  along  with,  Philostr. 

Σνμπαρατηρέω,  ώ,  {σνν,  παρατη- 
βέω)  to  stand  by  and  ivatch  along  with 
or  together,  Dem.  204,  20.     Hence 

Σνμπαρατήρησις,ή ,  a  watching  along 
with. 

Σνμπαρατίθηιιι,  {σνν,  παρατίθημι) 
to  place  alongside  of,  Polvb.  2,  66,  7. 

Συμπαρατρέφω,  f.  -θρέφω,  (^σύν,  πα• 
ρατμέφω)  ίο  feed  or  nurture  along  with, 
Xen.  Oec.  5,  5 ;  cf.  Schaf.  Greg.  p. 
1040. 

Σνμπαρατρέχω,  {σύν,  τταρατρέχω) 
to  run  along  with,  Plut.  Cat.  Maj,  5. 

Σνμπαρατροχάζω,=:{οιβζ.,  Plut.  2, 
970  B. 

Σνμπαραφέρυ,  {συν,  παραφέρω)  to 
eirry  forth  along  with : — pass.,  to  rush 


ΣΤΜΠ 
forth  or  over  along  with,  Xen.  Cyn.  3, 
10. 

Συμπαραψύομαί,  as  pass.,  to  grow 
along  with  or  together. 

Σνμπαρεδρενω,  to  sit  by  with  or  to- 
gether, V.  1.  Luc.  Navig.  31. 

Συμπάρειμι,  {συν,  παρά,  ειμί)  to  be 
present  along  u'ith,  τινί,  Dem.  749,  16: 
to  be  present  together  or  at  the  same  time, 
Xen.  Hell.  7,  1,  12,  Lac.  12,  3  -.—to 
come  to  help,  τινί.  Id.  Hell.  4,  6,  1. 

Σνμπάρειμι,  {σνν,  παρά,  εΙμι)  to  go 
along  at  the  same  time,  Aeschin.  42, 
37  :  to  go  on  together,  Xen.  Hell.  2,  1, 
28. 

Σνμπαρειςέρχομαί,  {σύν,  παρειςέρ- 
χομαι)  dep.  mid.,  c.  aor.  et  pf.  act. : 
to  go  or  slip  in  along  with,  Luc.  Tim. 
28. 

Σνμπαρείςφθείρομαι,  {συν,  παρά, 
είςόΰείρω)  as  pass.,  to  fall  intomi.'for- 
tune  along  with  or  together,  Joseph. 

Σνμπαρέκτάσις,  i],  a  stretching  out 
beside  together ;  and  so  α  comparing  : 
from 

Σνμπαρεκτείνω,  to  stretch  out  beside 
together  ;  to  compare. 

Σνμπαρεμφέρω,  to  carry  or  bring 
into  along  with. 

Σνμπαρέπομαι,  {σνν,  παρέπομαι) 
dep.  mid.,  to  go  along  with,  accompany, 
Xen.  Cyr.  7,  1,  8:  metaph.,  τιμή 
σνμπαρέπεταί  τινι,  lb.  2,  1,  23,  Hier. 
8,  5  ;  cf  Plat.  Legg.  667  E. 

Σνμπαρέχω,  {σνν,  παρέ,]^ω)  to  offer 
or  present  along  with,  φόβον,ασ<ρά?^ειάν 
TivL  σ.,  Xen.  An.  7,  4,  19;  6,  30:  in 
mid..  Id.  Symp.  8,  43. 

Σνμπαρήκω,  {σνν,  παρήκώ)  to  be 
present  together  with,  Plut.  2,  1024  C. 

Σνμπύρθενος,  ov,  η,  {σνν,  παρθέ- 
νος) a  fellow-maiden,  Ael.  V.  H.  12,  1. 

Σνμπαριππενω,  {σύν,  παριππενω) 
to  ride  along  with,  Dio  C.  63,  2. 

Σνμπαρίπταμαι,  dep.  mid.,  to  fly 
along  with. 

Σνμπαρίστημί,  {σνν,  παρίστημι)  to 
place  with  by  the  side  of,  τινά  Tivi, 
Pind.  O.  6.  72: — pass,  and  mid.,  c. 
aor.  et  pf  act.,  to  stand  beside  so  as  to 
assist,  Soph.  O.  C.  1340. 

Σνμπύροικος,  ov,  {σνν,  πάροικος) 
dwellinci  beside  along  with,  neighbouring, 
Eupol.  Κολ.  26. 

Σνμπαροίχομαι,  dep.,  to  have  past 
by  with  or  together. 

Σνμπαρο'λισθαινω,    {σύν,   παρο?Λ- 
σθαινω)  to  slip  along  with  or  together, 
\  Plut. 

Σνμπαρομαρτέω,  ώ,=^  σνμπαρέπο- 
μαι, to  follow  togetlier  with,  τινί,  Xen. 
Cyr.  8,  7,  7  ;  ίπί  τι,  lb.  1,  6,  24. 

Σνμπαροξύνω,  {σνν,  παροξύνω)  to 
provoke  along  with,  together,  Xen.  Oec. 
6,  10. 

Σνμπαρορμάω,  ώ,  {σνν,  παρορμάω) 
to  ur^e  on  along  with  or  together,  προς 
τι,  Arist.  Μ.  Mor.  2,  10,  3. 

Σvμπapoτpvvω,^z{oτeg. 

Συμπάς,  σύμπασα,  σύμπαν,  {συν, 
πάς)  all  together,  all  at  once,  all  in  a 
body,  Horn,  only  in  pliir. ;  in  Od.  7, 
214;  14,  198,  though  the  metre  does 
not  require  it,  he  uses  the  Att.  ξύμπ-: 
later  with  article,  &/'  ξύμπαντες. 
Soph.  O.  T.  752,  Xen..  etc. : — post- 
Horn,  also  in  sing.,  with  collective 
nouns,  the  whole,  ό  σνμπας  στρατός, 
Hdt.  7,  82  ;  ξνμπασα  πό/.ις.  Plat., 
etc.  ;  χρόνω  σύμπαντι,  Pind.  Ο.  6, 
94  ;  α'ιών,  Eur,  Hec.  757  :  also,  σ.  αρε- 
τή, σώμα  αίσβησις.  Plat,  :  ξ.  -γνώμη, 
\,\\e  general  scope  (of  a  speech),  Thuc. 
1,  22: — TO  σύμπαν,  the  whol£  together, 
the  sum  of  tlie  matter,  Hdt.  7,  143, 
Soph.,  etc.  ;  the  universe,  Isocr.  223 
Ε  :  but  also  TO  σύμπαν,  as  adv.,  alto- 
gether, on  the  whole,  in  gerural,  Thuc. 


ΣΥΜΠ 
4,  63,  Isocr.  18  B,  etc. ;  so,  σύμπαντα. 
Plat.  Legg.  079  E.— Cf.  σννύπας. 
[The  neut.  σύμπαν  also  seems  some 
times  to  have  had  a  in  Att.,  Draco  ρ 
29,  26.] 

Σύμπασμα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which  is 
sprinkled  over  one,  like  διύπασμα. 
Foes.  Oecon.  Hipp. :  from 

Σνμπάσσω,  {σύν,  πάσσω)  to  bespriri- 
kle.  bestrew,  Plut.  2,  89  D,  638  E. 

Συμπάσχω,  {σνν,  πάσχω)  to  suffer 
along  with,  have  like  feelings,  be  affected 
by  the  same  thing.  Plat.  Charm.  169  C  : 
to  have  a  fellow  feeling,  to  sympathize 
with,  τινί,  Id.  Rep.  605  D,  Polyb.,  etc. 

Σνμπάταγέω,  ώ,  to  beat  together, 
clap  ;  V.  σνμπλαταγέω. 

Σνμπάτάσσω,  f.  -ξω,  {σνν,  πατάσ- 
σω) to  strike  along  with  or  together, 
Eur.  Supp.  699. 

Σνμπΰτέω,  ώ,  f.  -ησω,  {σύν,  πατέω) 
to  tread  together,  tread,  as  clothes  in 
washing,  Cratin.  Incert.  116  : — pass., 
to  be  trampled  under  foot,  as  by  horses, 
Aeschin.  77,  10,  Polyb.  1,  34,  7,  etc. 

Συμπατριώτης,  ov,  a,  {σύν,  πατρι- 
ώτης) a  fellow-countryman,  a  form  con- 
demned by  Luc.  Soloec.  5. 

Σνμπΰχύνω,  {σύν,  παχύνω)  to  make 
thick  or  fat  along  with  or  together,  Hipp. 

Σνμπεδάω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {σνν,  πεδάω) 
to  bind  together,  bind  hand  and  foot : 
metaph.  of  the  frost,  to  benumb,  v.  1. 
Xen.  An.  4,  4,  11. 

Σνμπείθω,  f.  -σω,  {σνν,  πείθω)  to 
persuade  along  with  or  together,  to  join 
in  persuading,  Lvcurg.  162,  2;  C.  ace. 
et  inf,  Xen.  Cyr.  2,  2,  24;  also,  σ. 
τον  μη  άθυμεϊν,  to  help  in  persuading 
against  despair,  Thuc.  7,  21  : — pass., 
to  allow  one's  self  to  be  persuaded  at  the 
same  time,  τι,  to  a  thing,  Aeschin.  64, 
1  ;  ποιεΐν  τι,  Polyb.  17,  13,  4  ;  σνμ- 
πεπεισμένοι  καθ'  ημών,  Luc.  Jup. 
Trag.  45. 

Σνμπειρος,  ov,  {σνν,  πεΐρα)  experi- 
enced in,  acquainted  with  a  thing,  Lat. 
expertus  rei,  c.  dat.,  Pind.  N.  7,  15. — 
II.  experiencing  the  same  thing  with 
Others. 

Σνμπείρω,  {σνν,  πείρω)  to  pierce 
through  together,  Plut.  Camil.  41,  etc. 

Σνμπέμπω,  f.  -"φω,  {σνν,  πέμπω)  to 
send  or  despatch  along  with  or  at  the 
same  time,  τινί  Tiva  or  τι,  Pind.  I.  5 
(4),  fin.,  Hdt.  1,  36;  5,  60,  Aesch. 
Supp.  493,  etc. ;  τινά  σίΦ  τινι,  Xen. 
Cyr.  1,  4,  7. — 2.  to  help  in  conducting, 
την  πομπήν,  Isae.  61,  17,  Lys.  137, 
23. 

Συμπενθέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {σνν,  πεν- 
θέω)  trans,  to  join  in  mourning  for  a. 
thing,  Ti,  Lycurg.  153,  23.— II.  intr., 
to  mourn  together,  τινί,  with  one,  Aesch. 
Cho.  199  ;  absol.,  Eur.  H.  F.  1390, 
Dem.  1399,  26. 

Σνμπένομαι,  {σύν,  πένομαι)  dep., 
to  be  poor  along  with  another  in  a  thing,. 
τινί  τίνος.  Plat.  Meno  71  B. 

Σύμπεντε.  {σύν,  πέντε)  five  togeth- 
er, by  fives,  Valck.  Hdt.  4,  66. 

Συμπίπαίνομαι,  {σύν.  πεπαίνω)  as 
pass.,  to  becorne  quite  ripe,  come  to  a 
head,  Hipp. 

Σνμπε-'λεγμένως,  adv.  part.  pf. 
pass,  from  σνμπ/ιέκω,  complicatedly, 
involvedly. 

Σνμπεπτικός,  ή,  όν,  promoting  di- 
gestion, digestive:  from 

Σνμπέπτω.=^σνμπέσσω,  q.  v. 

Συμπεραίνω,    {σύν,    περαίνω)    to 

finish  aluntr  with  or  al  the  same  time, 

dub.  1.  Hdt.  2,  11  :  to  join  in  finishing 

or  accomplishing,  Isocr.  76  C  : — κ/.y- 

θρα  μοχλοΐς  σ-,  to  secure  the  door  with 

I  bars.  Eur.  Or.  1551  : — pass.,  to  be  quite 

finished.  Plat.  Tim.  39  D,  Xen.  Cyr. 

I  6,  1,  30. — II.  in  Logic,  to  conclude  so 

1413 


ΣΤΜΠ 

and  so,  Arist.  Org. ;  also  in  mid.,  Id. 
Anal.  Pr.  2,  5,  1  : — pass,  συμπεραίνε- 
ται, the  conclusion  is  so  ana  so,  it  re- 
sults or  follows  that... — III.  mid.  σνμ- 
■περαίνεσβαι  τινι  έχθραν,  to  join  fully 
in  enmity  with  another,  Dem.  281,  27. 
— IV.  intr.  in  act.,  to  stretch  far  out, 
extend  along  with,  Arist.  H.  A.  5,  5, 
7. 

Σνμπεραιόω,  ci,  (συν,  περαιόω)  to 
conclude  along  with  or  together : — pass., 
to  be  concluded,  end  together,  εις  Tl, 
Clem.  Al.     Hence 

Σνμπεραίϋ>σις,  ε(.>ς,  ή,  a  common 
ending,  τον  βίον,  Clem.  Al. 

Σνμπεραντικός,  ?/,  ύν,  (συμπεραί- 
νω) tending  to  a  conclusion,  conclusive. 
Adv.  -κώς,  σ.  λέγειν,  to  speak  conclu- 
sively, Arist.  Soph.  El.  15,  5. 

"Συμπέρασμα,  ατός,  τό,  {σνμπεραί- 
νω)  Λ  finishing,  end: — in  Logic,  the 
conclusion  in  a  syllogism,  Arist.  An. 
Pr.  1,  Θ,  3,  Eth.  N.  1,  8,  1,  etc. 
Hence 

Συμπερασματικός,  η,  όν, finishing: 
— in  liOgic,  belonging  to  the  conclusion, 
hence  conclusive.  Adv.  -κώς,  Arist. 
Rhet.  2,  24,  2. 

Συμπερασμός,  οϋ,  ό,=^  συμπέρασμα, 
Artemid.  3,  58. 

Συμπεραστικός,  η,  όν,^=σνμπεραν- 
Γ'.κός.     Adv.  -κώς. 

Συμπέρθω,  (σνν.  πέρθω)  to  destroy 
with,  Eur.  Hel.  106,  in  tmesis. 

Συμπεριύγω,  f.  -ξω,  {συν,  περιά- 
γω) to  lead,  drive  about  along  with  or 
together,  Xen.  Cyr.  4,  3,  1,  Oec.  8,  12  : 
— mid.,  to  lead  about  with  one's  self,  Id. 
Hier.  2,  8.  [ώ]  Hence 

Συμπεριάγωγός,  όν,  bringing  round 
to  a  point  with  or  at  the  same  time ; 
generally,  cooperating.  Plat.  Rep.  533 
D. 

Σνμπεριαιρέω,  ώ,  to  join,  help  in 
taking  away  from  all  armmd. 

Συμπεριβομβέω,  ώ,  to  buzz  about 
together,  Fhemist. 

ΣυμπεριγίγνομΜ,  dep.  mid.,  to  ex- 
ceed, surpass  along  with  or  at  the  same 
time. 

Συμπεριγρύψί),  (συν,  περιγράφω) 
to  cancel  together,  Se.xt.  Emp.  p.  488. 
[a] 

Σνμπεριδϊ.νέω,  ώ,  {συν,  περιδι- 
νέω)  to  make  to  whirl  about  with  or  to- 
gether : — pass.,  to  whirl  round  with  or 
together,  Tim.  Locr.  96  D. 

Συμπερίειμι,  {συν,  περί,  εΙμι)  to  go 
about  along  with,  τινί,  prob.  1.  Xen. 
Cyn.  10,  4. 

Σνμπεριέλκω,  {σνν,  περιέ7ικω)  to 
drag  about  together,  Plut.  ? 

Σνμπεριενι.κτέον,  verb.  adj.  oi συμ- 
περιφέρω,  one  must  accommodate  one's 
self  to,  τινί,  Socrat.  ap.  Stob.  p.  456, 
50. 

Σνμπεριέρχομαι,  {συν,  περιέρχο- 
uai)  dep.,  to  go  about  with  or  together, 
App. 

Συμπεριέχω,  {σύν,  περιέχω)  to  em- 
brace with  or  together,  uion.  H. 

Σνμπεριζώννϋμι,  {σύν,  πεpιζώv^w- 
μΐ)  to  gird  about  with  : — mid.,  to  gird 
one's  self  with  a  thing,  e.  g.,  stays, 
Ath.  551  D. 

Σνμπεριθέω,  f.  -θεύσομαι,  {σνν, 
περιθέω)  to  run  about  with,  M.  Anton. 
7,  47. 

Συμπερύπταμαι,  dep.  mid.,  to  fly 
about  with  or  together. 

ΣυμπερΛαμβύνω,  {σύν,  περΛαμ- 
βάνω)  to  embrace  together  with,  τινί  Tl, 
Plat.  Tim.  74  D: — generally,  ίο  em- 
brace or  comprehend  a!  once,  lb.  58  A  : 
to  comprehend  people  in  a  treaty  unth 
otliers,  Philipp.  ap.  Dem.  251,  9,  cf. 
Decret.ap.235, 16:  σνμπεριειλήφθαι, 
Arist.  Top.  6,  4,  13.  Hence 
1414 


ΣΤΜΠ 

Σνμπεριληπτέον,  verb,  adj.,  one 
must  also  embrace  or  comprehend,  The- 
ophr. 

Σνμπερινοέω,  €>,  {σνν,  περινοέω) 
to  consider  well  with  or  together,  M. 
Anton. 

Σνμπερινσστέω,  ώ,  {σνν,  περινοσ- 
τέω)  to  travel  with  Or  together,  Luc. 
Tox.  56,  etc. 

Σνμπεριοδενω,  {σνί',  περιοδεύω) 
to  come  round  together  with,  Tif  σελήΐ'^, 
Arist.  Mund.  4,  35:  to  describe  togeth- 
er, Strab. 

Σνμπεριπάτέω,  ώ,  {σύν,  περιπα- 
τέω)  to  walk  about  with,  τινί.  Plat. 
Prot.  314  E. 

Σν/ιπεριπλ-εκω,  {σύν,  περιπλέκω) 
to  plait  all  round  with,  encompass  with. 

Σνμπεριπλέω,  {σνν,  περιπ/ιέω)  to 
sail  abmit  with,  Vita  Hom.  8,  App. 

Σνμπεριπλοκή,  ης,  ή,  {σνμπεμιπλέ- 
κω)  an  encompassing  or  surrounding 
ivith,  Luc.  Hist.  Cor.'-icr.  55. 

Σνμπεριποιέω,  ώ,  (σνν,  περιποιέω) 
to  help  in  procuring,  Tivi  αρχήν,  Polyb. 
3,  49,  9. 

ΣνμπεριπολΛω,  ώ,  {σνν,  περιπο- 
λέω)  to  follow  all  about,  Plut.  2,  745 
E,  766  B. 

Σνμπερισπάω,  to  circumflex  the  last 
syllable  also. 

Σνμπερισ-έ?.λω,{Γτνν, περιστέλλω) 
to  help  in  cloaking,  αμαρτίας,  Polvb. 
10,  25,  9. 

Σνμπεριστρέφω,  {σνν,  περιστρέφω) 
to  turn  about  with:  in  pass.,  ίο  revolve 
along  wth,  Arist.  Mund.  2,  7,  Plut.  2, 
927  D. 

Σνμπεριτειχίζω,  {σνν,  περιτειχί- 
ζω) to  help  in  walling  round,  Plut 
Timol.  9. 

Σνμπεριτίθημι,  {σύν,  περιτί.θημι) 
to  put  round  together,  π.  αύτώ  ύόξαν, 
to  get  honour  for  himself  at  the  same 
time,  Plut.  Nic.  5. 

Σνμπεριτρέπω,  {σνν,  περιτρέπω) 
to  turn  about  ivith  or  at  the  same  time. 

Σνμπεριτρέχω,  (σύν,  περιτρέχω) 
to  run  aboxit  with,  Luc. 

Σνμπεριτνγχάνω,  (σύν,  περιτνγ- 
χύνω)  to  fall  in  ivith  at  the  same  time, 
only  as  v"  1.  Xen.  An.  7,  8,  22. 

Σνμπεριφαντύζομαι,  { σύν,  περί, 
φαντάζομαι)  as  mid.,  to  form  concep- 
tions of,  contemplate  at  once,M.  Anton. 
10,  38. 

Συμπεριφέρω,  (σνν,  περιφέρω)  to 
bear,  carry  about  with,  Plat.  Rep.  404 
C. — II.  pass,  συμπεριφέρομαι,  to  be 
carried  round  together,  lb.  617  Β  :  rwu- 
περιφέρεσθαι  περιφοράν.  Id.  Phaedr. 
248  A. — 2.  σνμπεριφέρεσθαί  τινι,  to 
go  about  with  one,  to  have  intercourse 
with  one,  live  in  his  society,  Polyb.  2, 
17,  12,  cf.  Wytt.  Plut.  2,  124  Β  :— 
hence,  to  accommodate,  adapt  one's 
self  to,  σ.  τοις  καιροίς,  Aeschin.  50, 
17:  of  things,  to  understand  and  fol- 
loio  them,  be  well  acquainted  with,  τοις 
λεγομένοις,  τοις  παραγγελλομένοις, 
Polyb.  3,  10,2;  10,21,9. 

Σνμπεριφθείρομαι,  (σύν,  περιφθεί- 
ρω)  as  pass.,  to  go  about  ivith  any  one, 
to  one's  own  ruin,  Luc.  Pseudol.  18. 

Συμπεριφορά,  άς,  ή,  (συμπεριφέρω) 
intercourse,  companionship,  society,  Po- 
lyb. 5,  26,  15  :  hence,  revelry,  debauch, 
Wytt.  Plut.  2,  124  B.— 2.  an  accommo- 
dating temper,  indulgence,  complaisance, 
Polyb.  1,  72,  2,  cf  24,  2,  10 :— also, 
like  ovvnvaia,sexualintercourse,  Diod. 
— II.  ability,  adroitness. 

Σνμπεριφράσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  (crvv, 
περιφράσσω)  to  fence  all  around  or  to- 
gether, Arist.  Physiogn.  6,  16. 

Συμπερονάω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (σύν,  περο- 
νάω)  to  pin  together,  χείρας  θνρεοίς 
σνμπεπερονημένας,  Plut.  Crass.  25. 


ΣΤΜΠ 

Συμπέσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  (σνν,  πέσσω) 
to  help  in  cooking  :  to  digest  entirely, 
assimilate,  Arist.  Gen.  An.  3,  2,  IC, 
etc. 

Συμπετάννϋμι,  to  spread  out,  ex- 
tend with  or  together. 

Σνμπέτομαι,  dep.  mid.,  to  fly  with 

or  together. 

Συμπέττω,  Att.  for  ανμπέσσω. 
q.  V. 

Σύμππρις,  εως,  η,  (  συμπέσσω  ) 
digestion,  Ath. 

Σνπήγννμι  and  -ννω:  fut.  -πήξω, 
(σνν,  πήγνυμι): — toput  togtther,frame, 
make,  τάφον,  Eur.  Supp.  938  ;  λύγαν, 
Pind.  Ν.  5,  53 ;  in  mid.,  σνμπήγνν- 
σϋαι  όίφρον,  Critias  1,  10. — 2.  fe 
make  solid,  congeal,  γάλα  βν%<έπΐίξε, 
he  made  it  curdle,  II.  5,  902  ;  cf.  Plat. 
Tim.  85  D.  — II.  Pass ,  with  pf.  2, 
σνμπεκτιγα.  Ιο  be  cmnpounded,  Anas- 
ag.  4. — 2.  to  become  solid,  congeal.  Plat. 
Tim.  81  B,  91  A,  etc. 

Σνμπηδάω,  ώ,  f.  -j/σω,  to  hap  with 
or  at  the  same  time.     Hence 

Συμπί/δημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  leap  taken 
with  or  together. 

Σνμπηκτος,  ov,  {σνμπψ/ννμι)  : — 
joined  together,  put  together,  framed, 
made,  εκ  τα•ος,  Ildt.  4,  190:  close- 
fitted,  jointed,  Ar.  Ran.  800.— 2.  curd- 
led, σ.  γάλα,  Philox.  ap.  Ath.  147  E. 

Σνμπηξις,  εως,  ή,  (σΐ'μπίιγννμι)  a 
putting  together,  framing,  Hdn.  4,  2. 

Συμπιέζω,  f.  -έσω,  (σνν,  πιέζω)  to 
press  or  squeeze  together,  to  grasp 
closely  with  the  hand.  Plat.  Phaed.  89 
B,  Soph.  247  C  ;  σ.  τό  στόμα,  E- 
phipp.  Emp.  1,  3: — ^pass.,?»  be  squeezed 
up,  ϋΐ)ρ.  to  διέλ.κεσθαι,  Xen.  Mem. 
3,  10,  7,  cf  Arist.  Probl.  11,  44. 
Hence 

Σνμπίεσις,  εως,  η,  a  pressing  to- 
gether. Plat.  Crat.  427  A.  [?] 

ΣυμπΙεσμός,  οΰ,  o,=  foreg. 

Σνμπύί,εω,  ώ,  f  -ήσω,  (συν,  πΛέω) 
to  force  together  like  felt :  generally, 
to  compress.  Plat.  Tim.  45  Β ;  and 
more  freq.  in  pass.,  lb.  49  C,  Polit. 
281  A;  κομή  συμπεπιλημένη,  matted, 
Luc.  Το,χ.  30.    Hence 

Σνμπίλησις,  εως,  ή,  a  felting  to- 
gether, co?npressing.  [ττί]  :  and 

Συμπίλητής,  ov,  6,  one  who  felts 
together  or  compresses.     Hence 

Συμπιλητικός,  ή,  όν,  compressing, 
apt  to  close  up,  των  πόρων,  Tim. 
.  Locr.  100  E. 

Σνμπίλόω,  σνμπϊλωτικός,  =:  σνμ- 
πιλέω,  -ητικός. 

Σνμπίνω,  f  -πίομαι,  {σνν,  πίνω): 
to  drink  together,  σ.  μετά  τίνος,  Hdt. 

2,  121,  4  ;  esp.  at  a  drinking-party  or 
any  entertainment  (σνμπόσιον,  q.  v.) 
Plat.  Symp.  213  A  ;  παρά  τινι,  Xen 
Cyr.  5,  2,  28. 

Σνμπιπράσκω,  Ion.  -πιπρήσκω,  to 
sell  with  or  together. 

Σνμπίπρημι,  (σύν,  πίπρημί)  to  set 
fire  to,  bum  along  with,  v.  I.  Plut. 

Σνμπ'ιπτω,  f.  -πεσυνμαι :  pf  -πε- 
πτωκα,  (σνν,  πίπτω).  To  fall  to- 
gether, meet  violently,  Lat.  concurrere, 
of  winds,  σνν  (5*  Έίφός  τε  Νότος  τε 
πέσον,  Od.  5,  295  ;  so  of  two  cham- 
pions beginning  fight,  σύν  />'  έκεσον, 
II.  7,  256;  21,  387;  so  in  Hdt.,  to 
come  to  blows,  opp.  to  distant  fighting, 
1,  214,  cf  5,  112 ;  also,  σ.  τινί,  Pind. 
I.  4,  86  (3,  69) ;  σ.  τινι  εις  αγώνα. 
Soph.  Tr.  20,  cf  Eur.  Tro.  1036:— 
of  ships,  λάβρω  κλνδωνι  σ..  Id.  I.  Τ. 
1393  ;  ξυμπεσονσης  νιμ  νεώς,  Thuc. 
7,  63.-2.  generally,  to  fall  in  with, 
meet  with,  esp.  with  accidents,  mis- 
fortunes, e.  dat.  rei,  Hdt.  3,  52,  Soph, 
Aj.  429,  etc. :  also,  σ.  ές  νείκεα,  Hdt. 

3,  120 ;  9,  55.-3.  also  of  accidents. 


ΣΥΜΠ 

etc.,  to  fall  upon,  happen  to,  TLvi,  Hdt. 
5,  36,  Aesch.  Eum.  336 ;  ες  τιυας, 
Hdt.  7,  137  : — absol.,  to  happen  or  fall 
out  at  the  same  time,  concur,  freq.  in 
Plat.,  e.  part.,  σ.  έοϋσα  ί'ρις,  Hdt.  1, 
82  : — more  freq.  impers.  συνέπεσε,  it 
happened,  fell  out,  came  to  pass,  foil. 
hy  ύςτε,  c.  inf.,  Id.  8,  15,  133;  or  c. 
ace.  et  inf.,  5,  35  : — τα  συμπίπτοντα, 
one's  lot  or  fortune,  Eur.  Oenom.  3. 
— IL  to  coinci(L•,  agree  or  be  in  accord- 
ance with,  Tivi,  Hdt.  6,  18 ;  7,  151 ; 
absol.,  to  agree  exactly.  Id.  2,  49  ;  also, 
εΙς  ταντον  σ.,  Plat.  Rep.  473  D,  etc. 
— III.  to  fall  together,  i.  e.  fall  in, 
esp.  of  a  house,  Lat.  concidere,  στέγη 
σνμπ.,  Eur.  Η.  F.  905,  cf.  Thuc.  8, 
41  : — esp.  of  the  vessels  of  the  body, 
to  collapse,  be  compressed,  Hipp.,  cf. 
Xen.  Eq.  I,  10 ;  so,  'σώμα  συμπεσόν, 
a  fratae  fallen  in  or  away  by  sickness, 
Plat.  Phaed.  80  C,  cf.  Jac.  Philostr. 
luiagg.  p.  674. — IV^  σ.  tlvI  προς  τα 
γόνατα,  Polyb.  39,  3,  1. 

Ί,νμπιστενυ,  (σνν,  πιστεύω)  to  be- 
lieve or  trust  along  with,  Joseph.  ' 

Συμπιστόω,  oi,  {σνν,  πιστόω)  to 
confirm,  Sext.  Emp.  p.  274,  in  mid. 

Σνμπίτνίύ,  poet,  for  συμπίπτω,  aor. 
2  -έπιτνον  : — to  fall  or  dash  together, 
Aesch.  Pr.  432 :  to  agree,  εις  εν.  Id. 
Cho.  299  ;  τινί,  with  a  thing,  Eur. 
Hee.  1030.    Cf.  πίτνω. 

Συμπλύζομαι,  f.  -άγξομαι,  =  sq., 
Soph.  Fr.  342,  ace.  to  Dind. 

Συμπλύνάομαι,  pass.  c.  fut.  mid. 
-ήσομαι,  {σύν,  π?ιανάομαι)  to  wander 
about  along  with,  Polyb.  3,  21,  10. 

Σύμπλΰνος,  ov,  [σύν,  πλάνος)  wan- 
dering about  together,  ννξ  σ.  κώμων, 
night  the  fellow-roamer  of  revehy,  Mel. 
102,  cf.  64. 

Σΰμπλασις,  εως,  φ,  fiction,  fabrica- 
tion :  from 

Συμπλάσσω,  {σύν,  πλάσσω)  to 
mould  or  fashion  together,  γαίης,  of 
clay,  Hes.  Th.  571  ;  σησαμή  ξνμπλύτ- 
τεται,  Ar.  Pac.  869. — 11.  metaph.,  to 
feign  or  fabricate  together,  Dem.  949, 
13;  σ.  τι  έαυτζι,  Aeschin.  64,  34. 

ΣυμτΓ?Μτΰγέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {σνν, 
■πλαταγέω)  to  beat  together,  clap,  χερσί, 
with  the  hands,  II.  23,  102 ;  al.  σνμ- 
πατάγησεν. 

Σνμπλέγδην,  adv.,  by  plaiting  to- 
gether, Nonn. 

Σύμπλεγμα,  ατός,  τό,  {συμπλέκω) 
that  which  is  twined  together,  esp.  of  a 
pair  of  wrestlers,  with  their  limbs  en- 
twined, Plin.  36.  4,  6  and  10  ;  cf.  Miil- 
ler  Archaol.  d.  Kunst.  ^  126,  4. 

Συμπ?.είονες,  ui,  ai,  -ova,  τύ,  {σνν, 
■π7.είων)  several  together,  Lat.  complu- 
res,  Arist.  Pol.  3,  15,  16. 

Συμπλεκής,  ες,  {συμπλέκω)  en- 
twined, entangled,  Nonn. 

Σνμπ/,έκτειρα,  ας,  ή,  she  who  plaits, 
dub.  1.  in  Orph.  H.  28,  9. 

Συμπλεκτικός,  η,  όν,  (συμπ?.έκω) 
twining,  plaiting  together.  Plat.  Polit. 
282  D.     Adv.  -κως- 

Σνμπλεκτος,  ov,  twined  together,  ίρ- 
νεσι,  Mel.  1,  18,     Hence 

Συμπλέκω,  f.  -ξω,  [συν,  πλέκω)  to 
twine  OT  plait  together.  Plat.  Polit.  309 
B,  etc. ;  Ti  Ik  τίνος,  Dinarch.  92,  30 ; 
σνμπλέκοντες  τώ  χείρε  εις  τούπίσω, 
joining  their  hands  behind  them, 
Thuc.  4,  4. — 2.  to  combine  words  so  as 
to  form  a  proposition,  σ.  ~α  ^)7}ματα 
τοις  όνόμασί.  Plat.  Soph.  262  D  :  cf. 
<}νμπλοκή. — II.  pass.,  to  be  twined  to- 
gether, plaited,  εκ  τίνος.  Plat.  Rep. 
533  C  ;  προς  τι.  Id.  Tim.  80  C  ;  /.w- 
γοισι  σώμα  σνμπεπ?.εγμίνοι,  Eur. 
Cycl.225. — 2.  esp,  of  persons  wrest- 
ling, to  be  intertwined,  locked  together 
(cf.  σνμπλεγμα) ;  to  be  e?igaged  in  a 


ΣΥΜΠ 

close  struggle,  Hdt.  3,  78  ;  so  of  a  ship, 
to  be  entangled  with  her  opponent.  Id. 
8,  84  :  then  metaph.,  to  be  entangled 
in,  Ty  Σκνθών  έρ7]μία  σνμπλακήναι, 
Ar.  Ach.  704  (not  without  allusion  to 
a  straggle  with  Cephisodorus) ;  also, 
σνμπεπλέγμεθα  ξένω,  to  be  entangled 
or  engaged  with  him,  JEur.  Bacch.  800, 
cf.  Aeschin.  48,  33  :  and  of  war,  έαν 
συμπλακ^  πόλεμος,  Dem.  24,  10,  cf. 
συνάπτω :  generally.  Ιχνη  σνμπε- 
πλεγμένα,  of  many  lootsteps  crossing 
in  different  directions,  Xen.  Cyn.  5,  6. 
— 3.  of  lovers,  to  be  locked  in  an  em- 
brace, Soph.  Fr.  548  :  generally,  of 
friends,  etc.,  συμπ7\.έκεσθαι  άλ7.ί]λοις. 
Plat.  Symp.  191  A. — 4.  σνμπεπλεγ- 
μένος,  η,  ov,  complex,  opp,  to  απλούς, 
Arist.  Interpr.  2,  2,  Part.  An.  1, 3,  18. 
Hence 

Σύμπλεξις,  εως,  η,  a  twining  or 
platting  together:  complexity,  Arist. 
Part.  An.  1,  3,  20. 

Σύμπλεος,  a,  ov,  quite  full,  τινός, 
of  a  thing,  Hipp. 

Συμπλενρος,  ov,  {πλευρά)  side  to 
side. 

Συμπλέω,  f.  -πλενσομαι,  (σνν, 
πλέω)  to  sail,  float,  swim  along  with  or 
together,  τινί,  Hdt.  4,  149  ;  5,  46,  Eur. 

1,  A.  102,  Thuc,  etc. 

■\ Συμπληγάδες,  αϊ,  v.  sq.  II. 
Σνμπληγύς,  άδος,  ή,  {συμπλησσω) 
striking,  dashing  together,  Arist.  Mund. 

2,  13. — II.  a'l  συμπληγάδες  (sc.  ττέ- 
Tpai),  the  Symplegades,  the  justling 
rocks,  i.  6.  the  Κυάνεαι  νήσοι,  q.  v., 
which  vi'ere  supposed  to  close  on  all 
who  sailed  between  them,  Eur.  Med. 
2,  Theocr.  13,  22 ;  also  called  συν- 
δρομάδες :  hence  in  Eur.  Andr.  796, 
'Αξενον  ποντίαν  ξυμπληγάδα,  of  the 
passage  out  of  the  Euxine. 

Σνμπ7.ήγδην,  adv.,  {σνμπ^.ήσσω)  by 
beating  0Γ  dashing  together,  Theocr.  24, 
55.  _^ 

Σvμπ?uηθύvω,=sq.,  to  increase,  lien. 
Oec.  18,  2. 

Συμπ?ιηθνω,ί.  -νσω,  {σνν,  πληθύω) 
to  help  to  fill,  ποταμόν,  Hdt.  4,  48,  50. 

Σνμπληξις,  εως,  ή,  a  striking,  dash- 
ing together. 

Σνμπλήρης,  ες,^σνμπλ^εος,  Plat. 
Epin.  985  A. 

Σνμπλ.ηρόω,  ώ,  {συν,  ιτληρόω)  to 
help  to  fill,  fill  completely,  τίς  νέας  σ., 
to  man  them  completely,  Hdt.  8,  1, 
Thuc.  6,  50  ;  πάντα  ξνμπεπλήρωται 
σαρξ'ιν.  Plat.  Tim.  75  A.     Hence 

Συμπλήρωμα,  ατός,  τό,  the  comple- 
ment, Tim.  Locr.  96  Β  :  and 

Συμπλήρωσις,  εως,  ή,  a  filling  up, 
completio7i,  perfection,  ευδαιμονίας,  Po- 
lyb. 5,  90,  4.     Hence 

Συμπληρωτικός,  ή,  όν,  of,  suited  to 
filling  up  or  perfecting,  complementary, 
'τινός,  Plut.  2,  1060  C. 

Συμ•π?.ησιάζω,  {σύν,  πλησιάζω)  ίο 
draw  near  uith  or  together,  to  have  in- 
tercourse wilh,  τινί. 

Σνμπ7.ι)σσω,  Att.  -ττω,  f.  -ξω,  to 
beat,  iveld  together. 

Σύμπλοια,  ας,  ή,  a  joint  voyage,  voy- 
age taken  in  common. 

Σνμπλοϊκός,  ή,  όν,  {σύμπ/.οος)  sail- 
ing with,  on  a  voyage  together,  σνμπλ. 
φιλία,  friendship  of  shipmates,  Arist. 
Eih.  N.  8,  12,  1.  _ 

Σνιχπλοκ?'/,  ης,  ή,  {συμπλέκω)  an  in- 
terweaving, interlacing,  connexion.  Plat. 
Polit.  281  A,  etc. — 2.  a  struggle,  esp. 
of  wrestlers ;  7/  έν  ταις  σνμπλοκαΐς 
μάχη,  a  close  struggle,  Id.  Legg.  833 
A. — 3.  sexual  intercourse.  Id.  Symp. 
191  C. — 4.  a  combination  of  words  so  as 
to  form  a  proposition.  Id.  Soph.  262  C, 
cf.  Theaet.  202  Β  : — κατά  σνμπλοκην 
λέγεσθαι,  to  be  used  in  combination, 


ΣΥΜΠ 

opp.  to  άνευ  συμπλοκής,  Arist.  Categ 

Σύμπλοκος,  ov,  {συμπλέκω)  en 
twined,  interwoven,  Paul.  S.  7,  14. 

Σύμπλυος,  ov,  contr.  -πλους,  συν, 
(σνν,  π?^έω) : — sailing  with  one  in  a 
ship,  a  shipmate,  Hdt.  2,  115;  3,  41; 
ξνμπλοι  ή  ξνστρατιώται.  Plat.  Rep. 
556  C. — 2.  metaph.,  a  partner  or  coyn- 
rade  in  a  thing,  πάθους.  Soph.  Ant. 
541. 

Συμπλώω,  Ep.  and  Ion.  for  σνμ- 
πλ.έω. 

Συμπνευσμός,  οΰ,  ό,  =  σύμπνοια : 
from 

Συμπνέω,  f.  -πνεύσω,  {σύν,  πνέω) 
to  blow  or  breathe  together  :  metaph., 
like  Lat.  conspirare,  to  agree  with.  Plat. 
Legg.  708  D  ;  σ.  έμπαίοις  τύχαις,  to 
go  along  with  sudden  blasts,  to  yield 
or  bow  to  them,  Aesch.  Ag.  187  :  ab- 
sol., to  agree  together,  conspire,  Dom. 
284,  17  ;  εΙς  τι,  Ael.  Ν.  Α.  3,  44. 

Συμπν'ιγής,  ές,  strangling,  choking 
by  pressure,  Diod.  :  from 

Συμπνίγω,  f.  -πνιξονμαι,  {σνν, 
πνίγω)  to  throttle  :  generally,  to  choke 
up.  Theophr.  [i,  but  in  aor.  pass.  Z] 

Σύμπνοια,  ας,  ή,  a  breathing  together, 
τών  φυσών,  Artemid.  2, 37: — metaph., 
an  agreement,  union,  Diog.  L. 

Σύμπνοος,  ov,  contr.  -πνους,  ουν, 
(σύν,  πνέω,  πνοή)  : — animated  by  one 
breath,  Plut.  2,  574  Ε  :  agreeing  with, 
seconding,  τινί,  Anth.  P.  6,  227. 

Σνμποδέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (σύν,  πους) 
to  tie  the  feet  together,  fetter. 

Συμποδηγέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {σνν,  πο 
δηγέω)  ίο  conduct  or  lead  together.  Plat. 
Polit.  269  D,  270  A. 

Συμποδίζω,  {σύν,  ποδίζω)  to  tie  the 
feet  together,  bind  ha7id  and  foot,  τινά, 
Ar.  Ran.  1512  ;  συμπ.  τινά  χείρας  Tc 
και  πόδας  και  κεφαλήν.  Plat.  Rep. 
615  Ε  :  metaph.,  to  entangle,  involve, 
μέθτ),  lb.  488  C  : — pass.,  to  be  entan- 
gled' in  an  argument,  υπό  τίνος.  Id. 
Gorg.  482  D,  cf.  Xen.  Mem.  3,  11,  8. 

Σνμποδοδεσμέω,  ώ,  {συν,  πους, 
δεσμύς)=^ίοτβξ.,  ν.  1.  in  Strab. 

Συμποιέω,  ώ,  (σύν,  ποιέω)  to  help 
or  assist  in  doing,  Isae.  70,  29,  Andoc. 
9,  8,  etc. : — to  make  poetry  together,  Ar. 
Thesm.  158. 

Σνμποικίλλω,  {σύν,  ποικίλλω)  to 
help  to  variegate,  colour  or  paint,  Jo- 
seph. 

Σνμποιμαίνομαι,  {σνν,  ποιμαίνω) 
as  pass.,  to  feed  together,  to  herd  togeth- 
er, Eur.  Ale.  579. 

Σνμπολεμέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {σύν,  πο- 
λεμέω)  to  war  with  or  together,  to  suc- 
cour or  join  in  the  war,  Thuc.  1,  18  ; 
8,  46  ;  μετά  τίνος.  Plat.  Rep.  422  D; 
σ.  πόλεμον,  Dem.  254,  24. 

Σvμπoλεμίζω,:={oreg. 

Συμπολίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {σνν,  πολίζω) 
to  unite  into  one  city  icith,  τών  επτά 
λόφων  συμπεπολισμένων  τη  'Έώμι^, 
Dion.  Η.  1,  71,  cf.  32. 

Συμπο?ιΐομκέω,  ώ,  {σνν,  πολιορκέω) 
to  join  in  beeieging,  besiege  jointly,  Hdt. 
1,  161,  Thuc.  3,20. 

Συμπολιτεία,  ας,  ή,  a  federal  union 
of  several  states,  with  interchange  of 
civic  rights,  v.  Nieb.  R.  H.  2,  p.  51  : 
generally,  a  confederacy,  league,  τών 
'Αχαιών,  Polyb.  3,  5,  6  ;  cf.  2,  41, 12, 
etc. :  from 

Συμπολϊτενω,  {σύν,  πολιτενω)  to 
live  with  as  felloiv-citizens  or  members 
of  one  state,  Thuc.  6,  4  ;  8,  47,  73, 
Xen.  Hell.  5,  2,  12:— also  in  mid. 
συμπολιτεΰομαι,  Lys.  116,  6,  etc.; 
μετά  τών  'Αχαιών,  Polyb.  23,  8,  9 ; 
oi  ονμπολιτενόμενοι,  one's  fellow-cit- 
izens, Isocr.  27  C,  238  E. 

Σνμπο?.ίτης,  ov,  6,  {σνν,  πολίτης) 
1415 


ΣΥΜΠ 

a  fellow-citizen,  Aesch.  Theb.  605, 
Eur.  Heracl.  826  ; — but  condemned 
by  Phryn.  p.  172. 

'Σνμ-ίΐολλοι,  ai,  a,  {avf,  πολνς) 
many  together.  Plat.  Ale.  1,  114  li.  etc. 

Σνμττομπεύω,  {σνν,  ττομηη'ο))  to 
accompany  in  a  procession,  Aeschin.  6, 
43. 

*  Σνμπονέω,  ύ,  f.  ■■ησω,  {σνν,  πονέω) 
to  work  with  or  tosether,  to  help  or  re- 
lieve in  toil,  Tivi,  Trag.,  as  Aesch.  Pr. 
274,  Soph.  El.  986 ;  σ.  τινι  τνόΐ'ονς, 
Eur.  Or.  1224  :  also,  σ.  κακοίς,  to 
take  part  in  them,  lb.  CS3. 

Σνμττονηιχνομαι.  {σνν,  πονηρεύω) 
dep.,  to  join  others  in  villany,  play  the 
knave  together,  Ar.  Lys.  404. 

Σνμπηρενομαι,  dep.  c.  fut.  mid.  et 
aor.  pass.,  {avp,  πορεύω) : — to  go  or 
journey  together,  EuT.  I.  T.  1488,  Xen. 
An.  1,  3,  5,  etc. : — metaph.,  to  consort 
together,  hold  intercourse,  Plut.  Lycurg. 

Σνμ-ορθέο),  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  like  συμ- 
ττέρϋω,  to  help  to  destroy  or  lay  waste, 
ri  Ttvi,  Eur.  Or.  888. 

Σνμττυρίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {σύν,  ττορίζω) 
to  help  in  procuring,  Thuc.  7,  20  : — 
mid.,  to  do  so  for  one's  self.  Id.  8,  1, 
Isocr.  47  A.     Hence 

Σνμττορισμός,  ov,  6,  a  bringing  to- 
gether and  providing,  Joseph. 

Σνμπορνεύίύ,  to  commit  fornication 
with. 

Συμπορπάω,  ώ,  {σνν,  πορπάο)  to 
pin  together  :  to  set  as  jewels,  LXX. 
Hence 

ΣνμτΓορττητός,  ή,  όν,  verb,  adj., 
pi}ined  together. 

Σνμπορσννω,  {συν,  πορσννω)  to 
help  to  arrange,  to  promote,  Hipp.,  Ap. 
Rh.  4,  549.   [i] 

ΣνμτΓοσία,  ας,  ή,  (σνμττίνο)  a  drink- 
ing together,  Sappho 33,  Find.  P.  4,524. 

Συμποσιάζω,  f.  -άσω,  to  drink  to- 
gether. 

Συμποσιακός,  ή,  όν,  {σνμπόσιον) 
fit  for  a  drinking  party,  convivial :  tu 
σ.  distinguished  from  τύ  συμποτικά 
by  Plut.  2,  629  D. 

Σνμποσιαρχεω,  ώ,  to  be  a  συμποσί- 
αρχος,  Arist.  Pol.  2,  12,  12. 

Σνμποσίάρχης,  ov,  δ,^=σνμποσίαρ- 
χος,  Plut.  2,  620  Ε. 

Σνμποσιαρχία,  ας,  ή,  the  office  of 
σνμποσίαρχος,  Plut.  2,  620  Α. 

Σνμποσίαρχος,  ov,  ό.  (σνμπόσιον 
άρχω)  the  president  of  a  drinking-party, 
toastmaster,  Lat.  rex  convivii  or  magi- 
ster  bibendi,  Xen.  An.  6,  1,  30,  Plut. 
2,  620  B,  etc. :  of.  σνμποτικός. 

Συμποσιαστής,  ov,  ύ,^=σνμπότης. 

Σνμπόσιον,  ov,  τό,  {σνμπίνω) : — 
a  drinking-party,  entertainment,  feast, 
Lat.  convivium,  first  in  Theogn.  298, 
496,  Hdt.  2,  78,  Pind.,  etc.  :  strictly 
after  the  δείπΐ'ον,  cf.  Ar.  Ach.  1 142  ; 
cf.  σνμποτικός.  On  the  Athenian 
symposia,  v.  Diet.  Antiqq.,  Plat.,  Xen., 
and  Plut.  wrote  dialogues  under  this 
name. 

Σνμποσις,  ;^,=foreg.,  dub. 

Σνμπότ7]ς,  ου,  b,  {σνμπίνω)  a  fel- 
low-drinker, a  boon-companion,  Hdt.  2, 
78,  173,  Pind.  O.  1,  99,  P.  6,  fin.,  and 
Att. 

Συμποτικός,  η,  όν,  belonging  to, 
suitedfor  a  σνμπόσιον,  Ar.  Ach.  1 142  ; 
νόμοι  σ.,  the  laws  of  such  parties,  en- 
forced by  the  σΐ'μποσίαρχος.  Plat. 
Legg.  671  C  (whence  tne  phrase 
σνμπόσιον  παιόαγωγεϊν,  Id.  Legg. 
641  B) :  σ.  ΰρμηνιηι,  airs  suited  for 
drinking-songs.  Id.  Rep.  398  Ε  :  συμ- 
ποτικός, a  jolly  fdlow,  Ar.  Vesp.  1209, 
cf.  Polyb.  31,  21,  Θ. 

Σνμποτ'ίς,    Ίδος,  and   συμπότρια, 
iems,  from  συμπότης. 
1416 


ΣΥΜΠ 

Σύμπονς,  ποδός,  ό,  ή,  with  the  feet 
closed  together. 

Σνμπραγμΰτενομαι,  f.  -ενσομαι, 
{σνν,  πραγματεύομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to 
assist  in  transacting  business,  Plut. 
Lycurg.  5. 

Σνμπράκτωρ,  Ion.  -πρήκτωρ,  ορός, 
ό,  (σνμπράσσω)  a  helper,  assistant, 
Hdt.  0,  125,  Xen.  Cyr.  3,  2,  29  ;  σ. 
ϋδοϊ',  a  companion  in  travel,  Soph.  O. 
T.  116. 

Σνμπραξις,  ή,  a  doing  with,  an  as- 
sisting, assistance. 

Σνμπράσσω,  Att.  -ττω :  Ion.  -πρήσ- 
σω :  ι.  -ξω,  {σνν,  πράσσω) : — to  do  with 
another,  to  help  in  doing,  absol.,  Aesch. 
Pr.  295,  Soph.  Tr.  ΐί77  ;  συμπρ.  τι. 
Soph.  Aj.  1396,  Eur.  I.  T.  980:  to 
help  in  negociating,  είρήνην,  Xen. 
Ages.  7,  7 :  oi  ξνμπράσσοντες,  the 
confederates,  Thuc.  4,  67,  Xen.  Hell. 
3,  3,  10  :  to  act  with,  assist,  τινί,  Lys. 
128,  5,  Isocr.  ;  etc. ;  to  make  for,  τινι 
περί  τίνος,  Xen.  An.  5,  4,  9 ;  σ. 
ωςτε  -γενέσθαι  τι.  Id.  Cyr.  3,  2,  28, 
etc. ;  σ.  τινι  όπως  'έξει,  Isocr.  67  Β. 
—2.  to  be  on  the  side  or  in  the  interest 
of  another,  Thuc.  8,  14  ;  συν  κακώς 
πράσσοντι  σ.  κακώς,  to  share  in  an- 
other's woe,  Eur.  Heracl.  27. — II. 
mid.  σνμπράσσομαι,  to  assist  in  exact- 
ing a  debt,  συνεπρ7)ξαντο  Μενέλεω 
τας  ΈλεΊ'7/f  άρπαγύς,  they  helped 
Menelaus  to  avenge  the  rape  of  Helen, 
Hdt.  5,  94  ;  cf.  σννεκπρύσσομαι. 

Σνμπράτης,  ov,  ό,  {σνμπιπράσκω) 
a  fellow-dealer,  Lys.  ap.  Poll.  7, 12.  [a] 

Σνμπρεπί/ς,  ές,  {σνν,  πρέπω)  be- 
seeming, befitting,  τινί.  Aesch.  Supp. 
458,  Theb.  13;  in  tmesis. 

Σνμπρέπω,  (σνν.  πρέπω)  to  agree 
ivith,  τινί,  Plut.  Philop.  11: — to  befit, 
beseem,  βοά  συν  Άριστοκλείδα  πρέ- 
πει, Pind.  Ν.  3,  119. 

Σνμπρεσβευτής,  οϋ,  δ,  α  fellow-am- 
bassador, Lys.  177,  41,  Aeschin.  24, 
12:  from 

Σνμπρεσβεύω,  {σνν,  πρεσβεύω)  to 
be  a  fellotv-ambassador,  be  joined  with 
on  an  embassy,  Dem.  400,  11,  Aeschin. 
50.  fin. : — mid.,  to  join  in  sending  an 
embassy,  Thuc.  3,  92  ;   5,  44. 

Σναπρεσβυς,  εως,  ό,=σνμπρεσβεν- 
τής,  but  prob.  only  in  plur.  (cf.  πρέ- 
σβνς  il),  Thuc.  1,  90,  sq. ;  σ.  τινί, 
Xen.  An.  5,  5.  24. 

Σνμπρεσβύτερος,  ov,  b,  a  fellow- 
presbyter,  N.  T. 

Σνμπρηκτωρ,  ορός,  b.  Ion.  for  σνμ- 
π[>άκτωρ,  Hdt. 

Σνμπρήσσω,  Ion.  for  σνμπράσσω, 
Hdt. 

Συμπρίασθαι.  inf  aor.  2  (with  no 
pres.  in  use,  cf.  *πρίαμαι),  to  buy 
along  with  or  together,  Lys.  164,  33.  [(] 

Σνμπρούγω,  f.  -ξω,  {σνν,  προάγω) 
to  lead  forward,  escort  with  or  together, 
Dion.  H.  —  II.  intr.  to  move  forward 
with  or  together,   [u] 

Σνμπροανξάνομαι,  {σνν,  πρό,  αυ- 
ξάνω) as  pass.,  to  iiicrease  with  or  to- 
gether, Hipp. 

Σνμπρογ ιγνώσκω,  {συν,  προγιγνώ- 
σκω)  to  foreknow  οτ  foresee  alortg  with. 
Iambi. 

Συμπρόεδρος,  ov,  (.σνν.  πρόεδρος) 
presiding  along  with,  Joseph. 

Σνμπρόειμι,  (σνν,  πρό,  ειμί)  to  go 
forth,  come  out  along  with,  or  together. 

Σνμπροερχομαι,  dep.  mid.,=  fureg., 
Ath. 

Σνμπροθΐψέομαι,  {σνν,  προθνμεο- 
μαι)  dep.  c.  fut.  mid.,  et  aor.  pass. : — 
to  have  equal  desire  with  any  one  ;  e. 
acc.  rei,  to  join  zealously  in  promoting, 
την  Ικπ?.ονν,  Thuc.  8,  1,  cf  Xen. 
Cyr.  6,  1,  19;  more  usu,  c.  inf.,  to 
have  a  joint  zeal,  share  i?»  the  desire 


ΣΤΜΠ 
that...,  Thuc.  9,  2,  Xen.  An.  3, 1,9, 
etc.  ;  so,  (T.  δπως...,  lb.  7,  1,  5  :  absol., 
to  share  one's   eagerness.  Id.  Hell.  5, 
4,5. 

Σνμπροκόπτω,  to  advance  or  in- 
crease with. 

Σνμπροκνπτω,  to  bend  forward 
along  with,  to  bend  over. 

Σνμπρονομενω,  to  join  in  foraging 
or  plundering. 

Σνμπροξενέω,  ώ,  {σνν,  προξενέω) 
to  help  in  furnishing  with  means,  Eur. 
Hel.  146. 

Συμπροπεμπω,  {σνν,  προπεμπω)  to 
escort  or  attend  together,  join  in  escort- 
ing, τινά,  Hdt.  9,  1,  Ar.  Ran.  403, 
413;  σ.  τινά  ναυσίν,  Thuc.  1,  27; 
Xen.,  etc. 

Σνμπροπίπτω,  {σύν,  προπίπτω)  to 
go  forth  with,  τινί,  Polyb.  31,  22,  1. 

Σνμπρυπορενομαι,  {σνί',  πρό,  πο- 
ρεύομαι) dep.  c.  fut.  mid.,  et  aor. 
pass.,  to  travel  forward  with,  to  advance 
with,  LXX. 

Σνμπροςάγω,  ί•-ξω,  {σνν,  προςύγω) 
to  lead  to  along  with  or  together. — II. 
intr.  to  move  tonards  or  advance  %t<ith, 
sub.  στρατόν.    [ώ] 

Συμπρόςειμι,  {σνν,  προς,  εψι)  to 
approach  along  with  or  together,  LXX. 

Σνμπροςίρχομαι,  dep.  mid.,  c.  aor. 
et  pf  act.,=  foreg. 

Σνμπροςέχω,  to  apply  or  attend  to 
with  or  together  (sub.rcii'  vovv  or  την 
4'νχήν). 

Σνμπροςίσχω,  =  foreg. : — pass.,  to 
cleave  to,  Plut.  2,  322  F. 

Σνμπροςκϊ'νίω,  ώ,  to  worship  along 
with  or  together. 

Σνμπροςμίγννμι,  f.  -μίξω,  [σνν, 
πρυςμίγννμι)  to  add  to  and  mix  togeth- 
er.— ΪΙ.  intr.,  to  go  into  compant/  with, 
converse  with,  τινί,  Plat.  Theaet. 
183  E. 

Σνμπροςπιπτω,  {σνν,  προςπίπτω) 
to  fall  to  or  on  together,  M.  Anton. 

Σνμπροςπλέκω,  ί.  -ξω,  (σνν,  προς- 
πλέκω)  to  twine  in  with  or  together  : — 
pass.,  to  contend  or  struggle  to  the  last, 
LXX. 

Σνμπροςφαύω,  {σνν,  προςψαύω)  to 
touch  along  with,  Aesop. 

Σνμπροτερέω,  ώ,  f  -τ/σω,  to  precede 
or  exceed  together,  ap.  Suid. 

Σνμπροτρεπω,  f.  -ι/'ω,  (σνν,  προ- 
τρέπω) to  urge  on  together,  Dion.  H. 

Σνμπροφητενω,  {σύν,  προφητεύω) 
to  prophesy  along  with  or  together,  Plut. 
2,  860  D. 

Σνμπροχέω,  f.  -χενσω,  (σύν.  προ- 
χεω)  to  pour  out  together,  v.  1.  Orj)h. 
Arg.  573. 

Σνμπροχωρέω,  ώ,  f.  -ησω,  to  go 
forward  with  or  together. 

Σνμπρύτανις,  εως,  ύ,  {σύν,  πρντα- 
νις)  α  joint-prytanis,  Dinarch.  ap.  Poll. 
6,  159. 

Σνμπρώτα,  ad\\,firstof  all,  Emped. 

Σνμπτερύω,  ώ,  to  join  with  in  fur- 
nishing with  wings. 

Σνμπτερύσσηβαι,  dep.  mid.,  to  fly 
or  fifitter  with,  Isicet. 

Σνμπτνκτικός,  ή,  όν.  folding  tip. 

Σνμπτνκτος,  ov,  {συμπτύσσω) fold- 
ed up.  σ.  ανάπαιστοι,  folded  anapae- 
stics,  i.  e.  spondaic,  Meineke  Phereer. 
Coriann.  5. 

Σνμπτνξις,  εως,  ^,  a  folding  up  wtd 
laying  by :  from 

Σΐ'μπτνσσω,  f.  -ζω.  {σνν,  πτύσσω) 
to  fold  up  and  lay  by.  Soph.  Tr.  691. 

Σύμπτνστος,  ov,  {σνν,  πτνω)  to  be 
spitten  on,  ebornhiahle  :  but  the  VrOrd  is 
very  dub,,  Osann  .\uctar.  Les.  p.  150. 

Σνμπτωθέν,  έντος,  τό,  neut.  part, 
aor,  1  pass,  of  συμπίπτω,  that  whith 
has  fallen  in  ruins. 

Σύμπτωμα^  ατός,  τό,  {σνμττίπτω): 


ΣΥΜΦ 

— any  thing  that  has  befallen  one,  a 
chance,  casualty,  esp.  a  mischance^ 
Thuc.  4,  36 ;  άκούσων  a-,  Dem. 
1295,  20 ;  κατά  σ.,  by  chance,  Polyb. 
5,  24,  2  :— α  disease.  Plat.  Ax.  304  C  ; 
cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  248.     Hence 

Συμπτωματικός,  ή,  όν,  exposed  to 
chance  or  accident. 

Σνμτντωσία,  ας,  7;,=:sq. 

Σνμπτωσις,  εως,  ή,  {συμπίπτω)  : — 
α  falling  together,  collapsing,  contraction, 
Hipp. — II.  a  falling  together,  a  meeting, 
ποταμών,  Polyb.  3,  49,  6  ;  όρων,  2, 14, 
8:  esp.  in  hostile  sense,  an  attack, 
onset.  Id.  1,  57,  7,  etc. 

Σνμπτωχος,  Of,  {συν,  πτωχός)  a 
fellow-beggar,  Synes. 

Συμπΰκύζω,  f.  -άσω,  {σνν,  πνκύζω) 
to  cover  quite  up,  Diofl. 

Σύμπυκνος,  ov.  {σύχ'.  πυκνός)  press- 
ed together,  tight,  Xen.  Eq.  10,  10. 

Συμπυκνόω,  ώ,  {σύν,  πυκνόω)  to 
press    close    together,    make    compact, 

Συμπννθανομαι,  {συν,  πννθανο- 
μαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  ask,  hear  or  learn 
along  with,  τινί  τι,  Eur.  Hel.  328. 

Σνμπνρόω,  ω,  {σνν,  πνρόω)  to  burn 
up,  consume  along  with  or  together,  Eur. 
Cycl.  307,  Rhes.  960:  — Pass.,  Id. 
Supp.  1071. 

Σνμπωλέω,  ώ.  {σύν,  πωλέω)  to  sell 
with  or  together,  Dio  C 

Σνμπωρόω,  ώ,  to  join  or  bind  together 
by  a  callus  {πώρος) : — Pass.,  to  be  uni- 
ted or  to  grow  in  such  a  manner. 

Συμφάγείν,  inf.  aor.  of  σννεσθίω. 

Σνμφαίνομαι,  to  appear  along  with 
or  together.     Hence 

Σνμφάνής,  ές,  manifest  at  the  same 
time,  quite  manifest,  Arist.  Eth.  N.  1, 
9,  7,  de  Anima  1,  2,  25,  Polyb.,  etc. 
— II.  clear  or  bright  on  all  sides. 

Συμφαντύζομαι,  {συν,  φαντάζω)  as 
pass.,  to  appear,  be  thought  of  or  im- 
agined along  with,  Plut.  2,  392  E. 

Σΰμφΰσις,  εως,  ή,  {σνμφαίνομαι) 
an  appearing  together,  άστρων,  a  con- 
junction, Arist.  Meteor.  1,  6,  1. 

Συμφέρει,  impers.  from  σνμφερω 
A.  I.  5. 

Συμφέρον,  τό,  neut.  from  σνμφερω 
A.  I.  5. 

Συμφερόντως,  adv.  part.  pres.  from 
σνμφερω,  profitably,  τινί.  Plat.  Legg. 
662  A,  Isocr.  19  E,  Xen.,  etc. 

Σνμφερτός,  η,  όν,  {συμφέρω)  like 
συμφορητός,  brought  together ;  united, 
joined,  συμφερτή  αρετή,  II.  13,  237. 

Σνμφερω,  ι.  συνοίσω  :  aor.  1,  σννή- 
νεγκα  :  aor.  2,  συνηνεγκον :  pf.  σνν- 
ενήνοχα  (Dem.  294,  15),  {σύν,  φέρω). 
Το  bring  together,  gather,  collect,  ές 
μέσον,  Hdt.  7,  152  ;  esp.,  like  συγκο- 
μίζω, of  dead  bodies,  cf.  Xen.  An.  6, 
4,  9,  Lycurg.  153,  29. — 2.  to  match  to- 
gether, like  συμβάλλω,  Aesch.  Theb. 
510. — 3.  to  hear  along  with  or  jointly, 
to  help  to  bear,  Xen.  Cyr.  4,  3,  13  : 
esp.,  σ.  κακά,  etc.,  to  bear,  suffer,  en- 
dure With  others,  Soph.  El.  916,  Eur. 
H.  F.  1366,  etc.  :  hence,  to  suffer,  bear 
with,  indulge,  οργάς  συνοίσω  σοι, 
Aesch.  Eum.  848. — 4.  to  bring  together, 
contribute,  βουλεύματα,  Aesch.  Pers, 
528 ;  πάν  όσονπιρ  άν  σθένω,  Soph. 
El.  916;  εις  τι,  Hdt.  3,92.-5.  seem- 
ingly intr.,  the  ace.  rei  being  omitted, 
to  be  useful  or  profitable,  τινί.  for  one, 
Aesch.  Supp.  753,  Soph.  Phil.  027, 
Plat,,  etc. ;  εις  or  προς  τι,  Xen.  Hell. 
6, 2, 19,  Mem.  2,  2, 5  ;  ξνμφέρει  σωφρο- 
νείν  υπό  στένει,  Aesch.  Eum.  520 : 
also,  καλώς  ξνμφέρει,  Ar.  Ach.  252 ; 
συμφέρει  έπι  τό  βέλτιον,  ααεινην. 
Xen.  An.  7,  8.  4,  Andoc.  \θ',  35  (cf. 
infra  Β.  5) ;— part,  συμφέρων,  ούσα, 
ov,  useful,  expedient,  fitting,  Soph.  0. 


ΣΥΜΦ 

T.  875,  etc. ;  esp.  in  neut.  συμφέρον, 
οντος,  τό,  use,  profit,  advantage,  expe- 
diency. Soph.  Phil.  926,  and  freq.  in 
prose  :  τα  ξυμφέροντα  άνβρώποις. 
Plat.  Legg.  875  A  ;  but  also,  τα  της 
πατρίδος  σ.,  Dinarch.  102,  40 :— hence 
adv.  συμφερόντως  (q.  v.) :  συμφέρον 
έστί,=συμφέρεί,  Ar.  Plut.  49.  —  II. 
intr., — 1.  to  agree  with,  ξυμφέρει  όνομα 
τοις  εμοίς  κακοίς.  Soph.  Aj.  431 ;  to 
assist.  Id.  Phil.  659:  to  come  to  terms 
v>ith.  bear  with,  give  viay  to,  τοις  κρείσ- 
σοσι.  Soph.  El.  1465,  Elmsl.  Med. 
13  ;  cf.  infra  B.  2.-2.  of  events,  to 
happen,  take  place,  turn  out,  C.  inf., 
Hdt.  3,  129;  0,  22,  117,  etc.:  συνή- 
νεικε  airy  ές  εντνχίην  γίνύμενα,  it 
turned  out  for  her  advantage,  Hdt.  8, 
88  ;  cf.  infra  B.  5. 

B.  pass,  σνμφέρομαι :  fut.  mid. 
σννοίσομαι :  aor.  pass,  συνενείχϋην 
(Hdt.),  Att.  συνηνέχθην :  pf.  συνή- 
νεγμαι.  To  come  together,  of  sexual 
intercourse,  σ.  γυναικί,  Ar.  Lys.  106. 
— 2.  in  hostile  sense,  to  meet  in  bat- 
tle, engage,  hat.  consredi,  II.  11,  736, 
Aesch.  Theb.  636,  Thuc.  7.  36;  so, 
συνοισόμεσθα  πολεαίζειν,  Hes.  Sc. 
358. — 3.  to  agree  together,  ώςτε  άπαλ- 
λάσσεσθαι  του  πο7άμου,  Thuc.  4, 
65  :  to  live  unfriendly  terms  with,  τινί, 
Hdt.  4,  114  ;  to  bear  with.  Soph.  0.  C. 
641  ;  cf.  supra  II.  1  :  to  agree  with, 
τινί,  Hdt.  1,  173  ;  2,  80,  etc.  ;  cf. 
Aesch.  Supp.  243  : — ένω  (5έ  τούτοις 
κατά  ταύτα  είναι  ον  ξνμφέρομαι. 
Plat.  Prot.  317  A;  so,  σνμφερεται 
τούτο  είναι,  this  is  generally  allowed 
to  be,  Hdt.  2,  79,  cf.  4,  13.— 4.  to  be 
acquainted,  κακφ  συνοισόμενος,  Id.  6, 
50. — 5.  of  events,  to  happen,  turn  out, 
like  act.  (II.  2),  ξνμόέρεσθαι  έπι  τό 
βέλτιον,  Ar.  Nub.  590,  cf.  supra  I. 
5:  hence  also  impers.,  σνμφερεται 
ίς  τό  ύμεινον,  it  happens,  falls  out  for 
the  better,  Hdt.  7,  8,  1  ;  ονδέν  σφι 
χρηστόν  συνεφέρετο,  no  good  cajne 
of  it  to  them,  Hdt.  4,  157  ;  so,  αντώ 
συνεφέρετο  παλιγκότως,  it  turned  out 
ill  to  him  again,  c.  inf ,  Schweigh. 
Hdt.  4,  156  ;  so  too,  συνηνείχθη  γενέ- 
σθαι. Id.  1, 19,  etc.,  Thuc.  ί,  23,  etc. ; 
or  c.  ωςτε  et  inf.,  Hdt.  1,  74: — part. 
τα  σνμφερόμενα,  things  which  happen, 
events. 

Σνμφενγω,  f.  -φενξομαι,  {συν,  φεύ- 
γω) to  flee  along  with,  τινί,  Hdt.  4,  11, 
Eur., etc.  ;  σύν  φεύ•}θνσί  σνμφενγειν, 
Eur.  Heracl.  26  :  esp.,  to  be  banished 
along  with  or  together,  Lycurg.  151, 
13;  ξ.  φυγην.  Plat.  Apol.'21  A. 

Σύμφημι,  {σύν,  φημί)  to  assent,  ap- 
prove or  agree  fully,  Aesch.  Pr.  40, 
Soph.,  etc. ;  to  agree  with,  τινί,  Eur. 
Hipp.  266  ;  ξνμφημί  σοι.  I  grant  you. 
Plat.  Rep.  403  C,  608  Β  ;  and  often 
so  in  Platonic  dialogue :  ξύμφαθι  η 
άπειπε,  say  yes  or  no,  lb.  523  A  : — σ. 
c.  inf.,  to  agree  that...  Soph.  O.  T.  553, 
and  Xen. 

Σνμφήτωρ,  ορός,  ό,  a  witness. 

Σύμφθαρσις,  εως,  ή,  {συμφθείρω)  α 
melting  into  one  another,  esp.  of  col- 
ours. 

Σνμφθέγγομαι,  f.  -γξομαι,  {σύν, 
φθέγγομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  sound  with 
or  together  :  to  accord  with,  Plut.  Alcib. 
2,  etc. 

Συμφθείρω,  {σνν,  φθείρω)  to  destroy 
along  with  or  entirely,  σ.  λέχος,  tn  pol- 
lute the  bed,  Eur.  Andr.  947  : — Pa.ss., 
to  perish  along  with,  τινί,  Arist.  Top. 
0,  13,  4,  Polyb.  6,  5,  6  ;  σνμφθείρεσθαι 
εις  τό  αυτό,  to  meet  jin fortunately  at 
one  place,  Plut.  2,  708  £.— II.  of  col- 
ours, to  7nelt  or  die  away  into  each  other, 
lb.  436  Β ;  cf,  Schaf.  Dion.  Comp,  p, 
129. 


ΣΥΜΦ 

Σνμφθίνω,  {σύν,  φθίνω)  intr.  and  in 
pass.,  to  pine  away  or  decay  along  with, 
τινί,  Arist.  Gen.  An.  2,  6,  49. 

Σύμφθογγος,  ov,  {σύν,  φθόγγος) 
sounding  together,  σνμφθ.,  ουκ  ενφω• 
νος,  sounding  together,  but  not  in  har- 
mony, Aesch.  Ag.  1187. 

Σνμφΐλέω,  ώ,  f.  -ησω,  {συν,  φιλέω\ 
to  love  mutually,  Soph.  Phil.  519. 
Hence 

ΣυμφΙλία,  ας,  η,  mutual  friendship, 
Epicur.  ap.  Diog.  L.  10,  115. 

ΣνμφΓΑοδοξέω,  ώ,  {σνν,  φιλοδοξέω) 
to  take  part  in  promoting,  Cic.  Att.  5, 
17,2. 

Σνμφΐλοκαλέω,  ώ,  {σύν,  φι?ί.οκα- 
λέω)  to  join  in  love  of  beauty,  Plut.  2, 
53  C  : — to  be  candidate  for  an  honour 
along  with  another.  Id.  Sertor.  14. 

ΣνμφΙλολ.ογέω,  ώ,  {σύν,  φιλο?ιθ- 
γέω)  to  join  another  in  the  study  of 
language,  Cic.  Fam.  16,  21,  8. 

ΣυμφΧλομάθέω,  ώ,  to  join  another 
in  the  love  of  knowledge. 

ΣνμφΙλονεικέω,  ώ,  {συν,  φιλονει- 
κέω)  to  be  emulous  along  with  another, 
join  in  quarrelling  ivith,  τινί.  Plat. 
Prot.  336  Ε  :  to  join  iti  a  disputation, 
Plut.  Arat.  3  : — to  take  zealous  interest 
in,  τινί,  Andoc.  31,  39. 

ΣνμφΙλοσοφέω,  ώ,  {σύν,  φιλοσοφέω) 
to  join  another  in  the  love  and  pursuit 
of  ivisdom,  Arist.  Eth.  N.  9,  12,  2, 
Luc.  D.  Deor.  18,  2. 

ΣνμφΙλοτιμέομαι,  {σύν,  φιλοτιμέο- 
μαι)  dep.  c.  fut.  mid.,  et  aor.  pass.,  to 
join  in  emulating,  τινί,  Diod.,  Plut. 
LucuU.  6,  etc. 

Σνμφλάω,  f.  -άσω,  {σύν,  φλάω)  to 
crush  in  pieces.  Foes.  Oec.  Hipp. 

Σνμφλέγω,  f.  -ξω,  {σνν,  φλέγω)  to 
set  on  fire  together,  Eur.  Bacch.  595  ; 
σ.  κεραννώ,  Theocr.  22,  211  ;  of  love, 
Anth.  P.  5,  111. 

Σνμφ?.ογίζω,  f.  -ίσω,=  ίoτeg.,  LXX. 

Σνμφλνΰρέω,  ώ,  to  chatter,  trifle 
along  with  or  together. 

Συμφοβέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (σύν,  φοβέω) 
to  frighten  at  the  same  time : — Pass., 
to  be  afraid  at  the  same  time,  Thuc.  6, 
101. 

Συμφοιτάω,  ώ.  Ion.  -έω,  fut.  -ησω, 
{σνν,  φοιτύω)  to  go  regularly  to  a  place 
together,  Hdt.  2,  CO ;  4,  180:  esp.,  to 
go  to  school  together,  Ar.  Eq.  988  (ubi 
V.  Interpp.),  Plat.  Euthyd.  304  B,  etc. 
Hence 

Σνμφοίτησις,  εως,  ή,  a  going  to 
school  together,  Aeschin.  2,  23  :  and 

Σνμώοιτητης,  ov,  ύ,  a  schoolfellow. 
Plat.  Euthyd.  272  D,  Xen.  Hell.  2,  4, 
20,  etc. 

Σνμφονενω,  {σύν,  φονενω)  to  kill 
along  with  or  together,  τινί,  Eur.  Hec. 
391,  cf.  Ion  851. 

Συμφορά,  ας,  ή.  Ion.  -ρ?'/,  {σναφέ- 
ρω)  :  α  bringing  together  :  but  usu., — 
II.  {horn  συμφέρω  Α.  II.  2,  and  Β.  5), 
ati  event,  circumstance,  hap,  chance,  παν 
έστιν  άνθρωπος  σύμφορη,  Hdt.  1,  32, 
cf.  7,  49.  1  ;  συμώοραι  βίου,  the  haps 
ο/"  life,  Trag.,  cf.Eur.  Ion  530;  both 
of  good  and  evil  chances,  but  far  more 
freq.  the  latter,  a  mishap,  mischance, 
misfortune,  distress,  evil,  a  disease,  com 
plaint,  defeat,  σ.  οικτρά,  Pind.  Ο.  7, 
141  ;  συμφορά  δεδαιγμένοι.  Id.  P.  8, 
125;  σ.  πάθους,  Aesch.  Pers.  436; 
and  freq.  in  Alt.  ;  σύμφορη  χρήσϋαι, 
to  be  unfortunate,  Hdt.  1,  42.  etc.  ; 
συμψορήν  or  μεγύλην  σ.  ποιείσθαί  τι, 
to  look  upon  or  consider  a  thing  as  a 
great  misfortune,  Hdt.  1,  83,  210,  etc., 
cf  σνμφοραίνω  :  proverb.,  πίνε,  πΐν' 
έπι  σνμφοραΐς,  Simon.  (120)  ap.  Ar. 
Eq.  406  : — rarely  in  good  sense,  good 
luck,  a  happy  issue,  Aesch.  Ag,  24, 
Soph.  El.  1230;  σ.  kaOAai,  ενόαίμΟ' 
1417 


ΣΥΜΦ 

νες,  Eur.  Ale.  1155,  El.  457  ;  σ.  άγα• 
βη,  Λγ.  Eq.  655,  cf.  Schiif.  Dion. 
Comp.  p.  10.  —  2.  very  rarely  in  a 
moral  relation,  an  offence,  trespass. 
Plat.  Legg.  854  D,  934  B.     Hence 

Σνμφοράζω,  f.  -άσω,  and  σνμφοραί- 
VU),  to  bewatl  one's  ill-htck,  like  σνμφο- 
puv  τΓοιεΙσθαι,  ΛΊΙ.  Horn.  14. 

Σνμφορενς,  ό,  (συμφέρω  Λ.  II) : — in 
Xen.  Hell.  6, 4, 14,  a  Lacedaemonian 
officer,  a  sort  of  aid-de-camp. 

Σνμώορέω,  ώ,  f.  -ί)σ(•),  =  σνμφέρΐύ, 
but  only  in  the  primary  signf.,  to  bring 
together,  to  gather,  collect,  heap  up,  Hdt. 
5,  92,  7  ;  9,  83,  Thuc.  6,  99  ;  εις  μίαν 
οίκησιν.  Flat.  Legg.  805  Ε  ;  πνενμα 
σνμφοροϋν  την  χιόνα,  Xen.  Cyn.  8, 
1  ;  αιτίας  καΐ  σκώμματα  και  λοιδο• 
ρίας  σ.,  Dem.  230,  6.     Hence 

Συμφόρημα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which  is 
brought  together,  a  heap,  Plut.  2,  955 
A  :  and 

Σνμφόρησις,  εως,  ή,  a  bringing  to- 
gether, Plut.  Pericl.  34,  Otho  14. 

Σνμφορητός,  ή,  όν,  (  σνμφυρίω  ) 
irought  together,  collected  promiscuously, 
όχ7ιος,  Dion.  H.,  etc. ;  σ.  εκ  ττο'/'/.ών 
τότΓον,  Id.  ;  compiled,  Luc.  Pseudol. 
4  : — σ.  έστίασις  or  δεΐΰνον,  a  meal 
tovards  which  each  guest  contributes, 
Lat.  conrivium  collatitium,  a  picnic, 
Arist.  Pol.  3,  11,  2;  15,  7;  V.  Lob. 
Paral.  493. 

Σύμφορος,  ov,  (συμφέρω)  : — happen- 
ing with,  accompanying,  7.ιμος  lifp}  ω 
σύμφορος  ΰνδρί,  hunger  is  the  slug- 
gard's companion,  Hes.  Op.  300 ;  c. 
gen.,7Tivi?ir  ov  σύμφορα,  άλ/.ά  κόροιο, 
Hes.  Th.  593,  cf.  Ruhnk.  Ep.  Cr.  p. 
83.— U.  useful,  profitable,  Hdt.  8,  CO,  1, 
Soph.,  etc. :  suitable,  proper,  fit,  c.  dat., 
Kovpij  ov  σύμφορος  εστίν  έκτη,  the 
eixth  day  is  not  good  for  a  girl,  Hes. 
Op.  781  ;  so,  -yvvi)  νέα  ov  σύμφορον 
άνόρΐ  γέροντι,  Theogn.  457  ;  ή  ττενίη 
κακύ  σύμφορον  ύνδρι  φέρειν,  poverty 
is^i  for  a  bad  man  to  bear.  Id.  526  :  τα 
σύμφορα.  ~ϋ  σύμφορον,  what  is  expedi- 
ent. Soph.  O.  C.  464,  592  ;  τών  άναγ- 
Kuiuv  ζνμφόροιν  διαναστάς,άζ^ΐιχύηξ 
from  his  necessary  (i.  e.  natural)  intc- 
rfs's,Thuc.4,l28(v.Goller):— σί);ϋφ.  tf 
T/,  Time.  3,  47;  προς  τι,  Plat.  Legg. 
760  E. — .'Vdv.  -ρως,  σ.  εχειν,  to  be  ex- 
pedient, Isocr.  102  Ε  :  compar.  σνμ• 
φορώτερον,  Thuc.  3,  40  :  superi.  -ώτα- 
τα.  Eur.  Med.  876. 

Σνμφράδμων,  όνος,  ό,  η,  giving  good 
counsel,  a  counsellor,  ει  γύρ... τοιούτοι 
δέκα  μοι  συμφρύδμονες  εΐεν,  II.  2, 
372  ;  cf.  Anth.  P.  9,  365 :  from 

Σνμφρύζομαι,  f.  -άσομαι,  mid.  c. 
pf.  pass,  σνμττέφρασμαι  (Soph.  Ant. 
364),  (σύν,  φράζομαι).  To  take  coun- 
sel with  one,  c.  dat.,  έφ  θνμώ,  Od.  15, 
202  ;  also,  τις  <5'  av  τοι  θεών  σνμφρύσ- 
caro  ί3οΐ'7:άς',  who  imparted  his  coun- 
sels to  thee  ?  Od.  4,  462  ;  cf.  11.  1, 
637  ;  9,  374  : — but,  μήτιν  σνμφρύσσα- 
σθαι  (so.  έαντώ),  to  contrive  a  plan, 
Hes.  Th.  471,  cf.  Soph.  I.  c— II.  la- 
ter, act.  σνμφράζο),  f.  -ύσω,  to  sat/  or 
express  together  with ;  SO  in  pass., 
Plut.  2.  22  A. 

Σύμφραξις,  εως,  ή,  (σνμφράσσω)  a 
clo-nng  up,  Theophr. 

Σύμφρύσις,  ή,  (σνμφράζω)  the  con- 
nexion of  speech,  context. 

Σνμύράσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  f.  -ξω  (σνν, 
φράσσυ)  : — Ιο  press  or  pack  closely  to- 
gether, Hdt.  4,  73  ;  τάς  νανς,  Xen. 
Hell.  1,  1,7;  τάς σapίσσaς,Vo\yb.2, 
69,  9. — II.  to  force  together  and  shut  in, 
to  fence  all  round,  /.ιθοειδεΐ  περιβόλυ. 
Plat.  Tim.  74  A.  Ε  :  to  block  up,  1(1. 
Phaedr.  251  E,  in  pass. 

Σνμφρονέω.  ύ,  f.  -ήσω,  (,σύν,  φρο- 
νέυ)  to  be  of  one  mind  or  opinion  with 
1418 


ΣΥΜΦ 

any  one,  to  agree  with,  assent  to,  σ.  ΰ?.- 
λήλοις  ε'ις  τι,  Polyb.  4,  60,  4  ;  επί 
τινι.  Id.  3,  2,  8  ;  πυός  τίνα  περί  τι- 
ΐ'ος,  4,  81,  3  :  absol.,  to  agree  together, 
Lat.  conspirare.  Id.  2,  22,  1,  etc. — II. 
to  comprekend,  also  to  ponder,  consider, 
c.  acc.  Id.  18,  9,  2,  Plut.,  etc.— III.  to 
recollect  one's  self,  Plut.  Cat.  Min.  70. 
Hence 

Σνμφρόνησις,  εως,  ή,  agreement, 
union,  Polyb.  2,  37,  8. 

Σνμφρονίζω,=^σωφρονίζω,  dub.  in 
Joseph. 

Σνμφροντίζω,  {σνν,  φροντίζω)  to 
have  a  joint  care  for,  τινός,  Luc.  Dem. 
Enconi.  25. 

Σνμφροσύνη,  ης,  ή,—συμφρόνησις, 
A  pp. 

Σύμφρονρος,  ov,  {σνν,  φρονρός) 
watcliing  with  or  together,  a  fellow- 
watchman,  μέλαθρον  ξ.  έμοί,  the 
chamber  that  keeps  watch  with  me,  i.  e. 
in  which  1  lie  sleepless,  or  which  I  can- 
not quit.  Soph.  Phil.  1455. 

Συμφρνγω,  f.  -ξω,  {σύν,  φρνγω)  to 
roast  or  burn  quite  up,  Theophr. 

Σνμφρων,  όνος,  ό,  ή,  {σύν,  φρην)  : 
of  one  mind,  agreeing,  brotherly,  Aesch. 
Ag.  110  ;  σ.  θεοί.  Id.  Cho.  802. 

Συμφυής,  ύδος,  ή,  {σνμφύω)  a  grow- 
ing together, connexionby  natural  growth, 
as  of  the  joints.  Foes.  Oec.  Hipp. 

Σνμφνγΰδεύω,  {σύν,  φυγαδεύω)  to 
banish  with  or  at  the  same  time.  Iambi. 

Συμφνγύς,  άδος,  δ,  ij,  {σνν,  φυγάς) 
afettow-exile,Em.  Bacch.  1382,  Thuc. 
6,88. 

Συμφυή,  ης,  ri,=  σνμφνσις,  v.  1. 
Plat.  Legg.  734  E,  for  συννφή. 

Συμφυής,  ες,  {σνμφύω)  grown  togeth- 
er, joined  or  united  by  nature,  intimate- 
ly connected,  σ.  γίγνεσθαι  τινι.  Plat. 
Soph.  247  D,  Tim.  45  D:  metaph., 
τώ  κοινύ  σνμφ.,  attached  by  nature  to 
a  commonwealth,  of  bees,  Plut.  Ly- 
curg.  25.     Adv.  -ώς.     Hence 

Σνμφνία,  ας,  ή,=  ΰνμφνσις,  Plut.  2, 
1112  A,  etc. 

Συμφύλαξ,  άκος,  ό,  {σνν,  φνλαξ)  α 
fellow-watchman  or  guard,  Thuc.  5, 
80,  Plat.  Rep.  463  C,  Xen.,  etc.  [i] 

Σνμφν7ιάσσω,  f.  -ξω,  {σνν,  φν?.άσ- 
σω)ΐο  watch,  keep  guard  along  with  or  to- 
gether, Hdt.  7,  172,  Plat.  Rep.  451  D. 

Σνμφϋ/.έτης,  ov,  6,  of  or  from  the 
sayne  φυλή,  Lat.  contribulis :  in  genl., 
a  countryman,  v.  1.  Isocr.  263  A. 

Σύμφνλος,  ov,  {σύν,  φνλ^ον)  of  the 
same  stock  or  race  ivith,  τινί,  Arist. 
Part.  An.  4,  6,  3:  kindred,  natural. 
Plat.  Ax.  366  A. 

Σνμφΐφάω,=σνμφνρω,  Plut.  2,  398 
A,  Diosc. 

Συμφύρδην,  {σνμφνρω)  adv.,  mix- 
edly,  Mc.  Th.  110. 

Σύμφνρτος,  ov,  kneaded  or  mixed  to- 
gether:  metaph.,  confounded,  confused, 
Eur.  Hipp.  1234;  from 

Σνμφνρω,  f.  -σω,  {σνν,  φνρω)  to 
knrad  together :  metaph.,  to  confound, 
confuse,  commingle,  αίμα  σνμπεψιφμε- 
vnv  πνρί,  Eur.  Med.  1199;  σ.  εις  εν, 
Phat.  Phil.  15  Ε  ;  σνμπεφνρμένος  λιΊ- 
παις,  μετά  κακοί).  Id.  Phil.  51  A, 
Phaed.  06  Β  :  πλ.αγαΐς  σννέφνρεπρός- 
υπον,    Theocr.  22,  111.  [(ίιί'] 

Συμφΰσάω,  ώ,  ί.  -ήσω,  [σνν,  φυσάω) 
to  blow  together,  Lat.  con  flare  ;  hence,  to 
beat  up,  contrive,  ταντ'  έφ'  οίαίν  εστί 
σνμφνσώμενα,  Ar.  Eq.  408. — II.  me- 
taph., ξνμφνσήσαι  εις  ταντόν,  to  blow 
(as  it  were)  into  one  horn,  i,  e.,  to  agree 
exactly,  harmonize  in  all  things,  Plat. 
Legg.  70S  D:— in  pass.,  of  the  wind, 
toblowat  thesametime,  Plut.  Sertor.  17. 

Σνμόνσιύω,  ώ,  to  unite  or  joiri  with 
nature. 

Σύμφνσις,  ?/.  {σνμφύω)  a  growing  to- 


ΣΥΜΦ 
getker,   natural   joining,    esp.    of    the 
limbs,  Hipp.,  v.  Foes.  Oecon. :  in  genl. 
intimate  connexion,  uniori,  dependence. 

Σνμφντενω,  {σύν,  φυτεύω)  to  plant 
along  with  or  together,  συν  τέ  οι  δαί- 
μων φυτεύει  δύξαν,  Pnid.  1.  6,  (5),  16  : 
metaph.,  to  contrive  οτ  plot  with,  τινί 
τι.  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  347. 

Συμφϋτικός,  ή,  όν,  {σνμφύω)  likely 
to  grow  together,  of  a  wound,  Arist. 
Probl.  1,33. 

Σύμφυτου,  ου,  τό,  a  plant,  comfrey, 
in  old  English  boneset,  so  named  from 
its  healiyig  qualities  (v.  foreg.),  Symphy- 
tum officinale,  Linn.,  Diosc.  4, 10 :  Irom 

Σύμφυτος,  ov,  (σνμφύω) — planted 
together  with  :  metaph.,  innate,  inborn, 
inbred,  ΰρετά,  Pind.  I.  3,  23  ;  σ.  αιών, 
one's  natural  age  (acc.  to  the  Scliol.), 
or  rather  the  time  appointed  by  fate, 
Aesch.  Ag.  107:  νεικέων  σ.  τέκτων, 
the  7ini7irn/author  of  strife.  Id.  152  ;  ir 
TO  σ.,  according  to  one's  nature,  Eur. 
Andr.  954;  σ.  δειλία  τινί,  Lys.  118, 
31;  έπιθνμία.  Plat.  Polit.  272  Ε; 
etc.  :  cf.  σνγγεί'ής,  σνγγονος. — II. 
grown  together,  closed,  healed,  of  a 
wound. 

Σνμφύω,  f.  -νσω,  (σνν,  φνω)  to  make 
to  grow  together,  συντήξαι  και  συμφν- 
σαι  εις  το  αυτό.  Plat.  Symp.  192  Ε  ; 
cf.  Ep.  Plat.  323  Β,  Arist.  Meteor.  4, 

1,  1. — II.  pass.,  with  act.  pf.  συμπέ- 
φϋκα,  aor.  2  σννέφνν,  to  grow  togeth- 
er, be  naturally  or  necessarily  connect- 
ed, άλ.λίήλοις,  εις  εν,  εις  ταντό.  Plat. 
Rep.  588  C,  ΐ>,  503  β  :  to  grow  up. 
close,  as  a  wound,  Arist.  Probl.  1,  33  : 
— so  of  a  political  constitution,  Polyb. 
4,  32,  9. 

Σνμφωνέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {σύν,  φωνέω) 
to  agree  in  sound,  be  in  harmony  or  uni- 
son, έκ  πασών  μία  αρμονία  ξνμψωνεϊ. 
Plat.  Rep.  617  Β  ;  cf.  Arist.  An.  Post! 

2,  2,  3. — II.  usu.  metaph.,  to  agree 
with,  hold  or  express  the  same  opinions 
with,  τινί,  freq.  in  Plat.  ;  tu  έργα  oi 
ξυμφωνέΙτοΙςλΑγοις,  Plat.  Lach.  193 
E. — 2.  to  make  an  agreement  or  bargain 
with  any  one,  σ.  προς  τίνα,  Xen.  Hell. 
1,  3,  8  :  περί  τίνος,  Polyb.  2,  15,  5. — 
— 3.  also  to  unite  for  a  bad  purpose,  to 
conspire,  Arist.  Pol.  4,  12,  5.    Hence 

Σνμφώνησις,  y,  an  agreeing  togeth- 
er, xmison. 

Συμφωνία,  ας,  ή,  {σύμφωνος)  : — an 
agreeing  together  in  sound,  unison  of 
sound,  symphony,  αρμονία  τις,  6μο?^ο- 
γία  τις,  acc.  to  Plat.  Symp.  187  Β, 
Crat.  405  D,  cf.  Rep.  430  Ε  ;  λόγος 
αριθμών  έν  όξεΐ  η  βαρεί,  Arist.  An. 
Post.  2,  2,  3  ; — strictly  of  two  sounds 
only,  a  concord,  accord,  such  as  the 
fourth,  fifth  and  octave  {=διά  τεσσά- 
ρων, δια  πέντε,  δια  πασών),  distin- 
guished from  mere  ομοφωνία,  Plut.  2, 
389  D  ;  cf.  Midler  Literal,  of  Greece 

I,  p.  151,  Diet.  Antiqq.  p.  649.— II.  a 
union  of  many  voices  or  instruments  in 
concord  : — a  concert  either  of  vocal  or 
instrumental  rnusic,  Polyb.  26,  10,  5. 

Σύμφωνος,  ov,  {σύν,  φωνή) : — agree 
ing  in  sound,  harmonious,  Ar.  Av.  221 
659  ;  χορδαί,  Η.  Horn.  Merc.  51 :  gen 
erally,  echoing  to,  c.  gen.,  βοής.  Soph. 
0.  T.  421. — 2.  esp.  as  music,  term,  in 
concord  with,  accordant.  Plat.  Legg. 
812  D;  distinguished  from  ομόφωνος, 
Arist.  Probl.  19,  16,  and  39.— II.  usu. 
metaph.,  agreeing,  in  unison,  friendly, 
ησυχία,  Pind.  P.  1,  136;  δεξιώματα. 
Soph.  O.  C.  619  ;  and  freq.  in  Plat.: 
σ.  τινι,  agreeing,  in  unison  tiith,  rarely 
προς  Tivu,  as  Ep.  Plat.  332  D ;  σνμ• 
φωνόν  τινι  προς  τίνα,  Polyb.  6,  36, 
5 :— adv.  -νως.  Plat.  Epin.  974  C— 

II.  also  pass.,  agreed  upon,  σ.  όροι, 
perh.  in  Diod.  5,  6. 


ΣΥΝ 

Σνμόονούντως,  {συμφωνεω)  adv., 
in.  harmony  ΟΓ  agreement  with,  έαντώ, 
Plat.  Legg.  662  Ε. 

Συμφωτίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {σνν,  φωτίζω), 
to  give  light  together,  Plut.  2,  893  A. 

Σΰμψαλμα,  ατός,  τό,  (ψά/.λω)  α 
joint  sounding  of  striyigs. 

Σύμψανίτις,  εως,  ή,  a  joint  touching: 
from 

Σνμφαύω,  f.  -σω,  {συν,  -φάνω)  to 
touch  one  another,  τοϊς  σώμασι,  Xen. 
Symp.  4.  2G. 

Συμ-φάω,ί.  -ήσω, {σνν , ■φάω)  to  scrape 
together :  hence,  to  wipe  out  the  traces 
of  any  thing  in  the  sand,  etc.,  Ar. 
Nub.  975  :  generally,  to  siveep  away, 
ό  ποταμός  τον  ϊττττον  σνμφήσας  νπο- 
βρνχιον  οίχώκεε  φέρων,  Hdt.  1,  189. 

ΣνμφεΧλίζω,  to  stammer  with  or  to- 
gether. 

Συμφενδομαι.  f.  -σομαι,  {σίψ,  ■φεν- 
δομαι)  Dep.  mid.,  to  tell  a  lie  with  or 
together,  Polyb.  6,  3,  10. 

Σνμφηφίζω,  {σνν,  φηφίζω)  to  reckon 
together,  count  up,  N.  T.  —  II.  more 
usu.  in  mid.,  to  vote  with,  τινί,  Ar. 
Lys.  142.     Hence 

ΣνμφηφίστΖ/ς,  οϋ,  ό,  a  joint  reckoner. 

Σνμφηφος,  ov,  {σύν,  -φήφος)  voting 
with,  Tivt,  Plat.  Gorg.  500  A,  etc. ;  τι- 
νί τίνος,  voting  icith  one  for  a  thing. 
Id.  Rep.  380  C,  Crat.  398  C  ;  λαβείν 
Tiva  σύμφηφον,Ώβαι.  206, 15;  cf.  Lob. 
Phryn.  2. 

Σνμφηχω,  to  rub  with  or  together. 

Σνμφιθνρίζω,  f.  -σω,  to  whistle,  whis- 
per with  or  together. 

Σνμφοφέω,  ω,  f.  -ήσω,  {σνν,  φοφέω) 
to  make  a  noise  together,  τοις  δτΓ/.οις, 
Polyb.  1,  34,  2;  σ.  τους  θνρεονς  ταϊς 
ιιαχαίραις,  to  rattle  upon  the  shields 
with  the  swords,  Id.  11,  30,  1. 

Συμφϋχέω,  ώ,  to  be  of  one  mind  : 
and 

Σνμψνχία,  ας,  ή,  unity  of  mind : 
from 

Σΰμφνχος,  ov,  {σνν,  'φυχή)  of  one 
mind,  at  unity. 

Σνμφύχω,  {συν,  φνχω)  to  cool  with 
or  together  : — pass.,  to  groiv  cool  or  cold 
together,  Hipp.  244.   [v] 

ΣΤ'Ν,  old  Att.  ξνν  (v.  sub  voc), 
prep,  with  dat.,  the  Lat.  citm,  and 
akin  to  Sanscr.  sa-,sam,  άμ-α,  Lat.  sim- 
id,  etc. ;  —  the  radic.  signf.  being, 
with. — I.  usu.,  along  with,  in  company 
with,  together  with,  Horn.,  etc. — 2.  with 
coUat.  notion  of  help  or  aid,  συν  θεώ, 
with  God's  help,  (the  God  being  con- 
ceived as  standing  with  or  4^  one),  II. 
9,  49,  Od.  13,  391  ;  so,  σνν  δαίμονι, 
σνν  Ail,  συν  Άθήν^,  II.  11,  792 ;  20, 
192,  etc.,  cf.  Bockh'Pind.  P.  9,  2  ;  so 
in  prose,  σύν  τινι  είναι  or  γίγνεσθαι, 
to  be  with  another ;  i.  e.  on  nis  side, 
of  his  party,  Xen.  An.  3,  I,  21  ;  o'l 
σύν  τινι,  any  one's  friends,  followers, 
lb.  1,  2,  15,  etc. — 3.  furnished  with, 
endued  with,  ύκοιτις  συν  μεγύ/.ri  ΰρε- 
ry,  Od.  24,  193. — 4.  of  any  accidental 
union ;  in  Hom.  esp.,  συν  νηνσί,  i.  e. 
on  board  ship ;  συν  ϊπ~οισιν  και 
όχεαφιν,  Π.  5,  219;  esp.  of  arms,  συν 
δη/.οις,  τεύχεσι,  ΐντεσι,  σττήπτρφ, 
Horn.,  and  Att. ;  also,  θνε/.?.αι  σνν 
Βορέΐβ,  άνεμος  συν  /.αίλαττι,  II.  15, 
2C  ;  17,  57  ;  in  such  cases  σνν  is  oft. 
put  where  καί  might  stand,  cf  μετά 
A, — 5.  of  necessary  connexion,  con- 
sequence, etc.,  συν μεγά?Μ  άττοτΐσαι, 
to  pay  with  a  great  loss,  i.  e.  suffer 
greatly,  II.  4,  161 ;  συν  όημοσίφ  κακφ, 
with  loss  to  the  public,  Theogn.  50  ; 
συν  τω  σω  ά-,αθω,  to  your  advantage, 
Xen.  Cyf.  3,  1,  15 ;  just  like  the  Lat. 
tuo  cum  commodo,  publico  cum  incom- 
modo :  σνν  μιάσμβτι,  attended  with  pol- 
lution, Soph.  Ant,  172 :  and  so,  gen- 


ΣΥΝΑ 

I  erally,  to  denote  agreement,  συν  τοις 
νΰμοις,  in  accordance  with  the  laws  ; 
σνν  τώ  δικαίφ  και  κα?.ώ,  Xen.  An.  2, 

6,  18  ;  so,  συν  κόσμω,  σνν  τάχει,  etc., 
which  answer  pretty  much  to  the 
advs.  κοσμίως,  ταχέως,  etc.,  freq.  in 
Att. — 6.  of  the  instrument  or  means, 
with  or  by  which  a  thing  is  done,  with, 
by  means  of,  σνν  νεφέεσσι  κύ/.νφεν 
γαϊαν  και  πόντον,  Od.  5,  293  :  so  in 
Att.,  συν  βία,  by  force. — Π.  the  Att. 
oft.  use  the  dat.  alone,  where  in  Ep. 
the  prep,  σνν  is  added,  esp.  in  such 
phrases  as  αϋτοΐσι  σνμμύχοισι,  etc. ; 
V.  sub  αντός  I.  4.  cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  100. 

B.  σύν  sometimes  follows  its  case, 
II.  10,  19,  Od.  9,  332  ;  15,  410. 

C  σνν  AS  ADV.,  together,  at  once, 
jointly,  Hom.  ;  though  he  also  has  it 
merely  detached  from  its  verb  by 
tmesis  :  so,  ξiJV  κακώς  ττοιεΐν,  Thuc. 
3,  13. — 2.  where  persons  are  spoken 
of,  σύν  may  be  rendered  besides,  more- 
over, furthermore,  too,  II.  23,  879  ;  in 
Att.  esp.  followed  by  δε,  σνν  δ'  αντως 
εγώ.  Soph.  Ant.  85,  etc.  ;  σνν  δ'  εγώ 
τταρών.  Id.  Aj.  1288  :  but  also  togeth- 
er, all  at  once,  Od.  10,  42  ;  σνν  τε  δι- 
ττλοί  βασύ.ής.  Soph.  Aj.  960. 

D.  In  COMPOS. — 1.  uith,  along  with, 
together,  at  the  same  time,  hence  of  any 
kind  of  union,  connexion,  or  partici- 
pation in  a  thing,  and  metaph.  of 
agreement  or  unity,  like  Lat.  con-. 
In  compos,  with  a  transit,  verb  σνν 
may  refer  to  the  object  as  well  as  the 
subject,  as  σνν  in  σνγκτείνειν  may 
mean  to  kill  one  person  along  with, 
amongst  others  ;  or,  to  join  with  others 
in  killing  one. — 2.  of  the  completion 
of  an  action,  quite,  thoroughly,  com- 
pletely, as  in  σνμτ:7.ηράω,  σννάγννμι, 
σνγκότττω,  σνμ~ατέω.  συντέμνω, etc.: 
hence  it  seems  oft.  only  to  strengthen 
the  force  of  the  simple  word. — 3.  with 
numerals  it  has  a  separate  force,  σνν- 
δυο,  two  together,  i.  e.  by  ttvos,  two  ayid 
two  ;  and  so  σνντρεις  ;  like  Lat.  bini, 
terni,  etc. — II.  further  must  be  re- 
marked, that  σνν  in  compos.,  before 
β  μ  τΓ  φ  -φ,  changes  into  σΐ'μ- ;  be- 
fore y  κ  |^  ν,  into  σνγ- ;  before  λ  into 
σν?.- ;  before  σ  usu.  into  συσ- ;  and 
that  ν  is  wholly  dropped  before  ζ,  be- 
fore σ  followed  by  a  conson.,  and 
perh.  sometimes  before  ξ.  In  one 
poet,  passage  ap.  Piat.  Phaedr.  237 
A,  we  have  ξνμ  alone  in  tmesis,  ξνμ 
μοι  λάβεσθε  for  σν7.7.άβεσθέ  μοι.  [ν] 

Σνν,  ace.  from  σνς,  Hom. 

Σννάγά?.?.ομαι,  dep.  mid.,  to  re- 
joice with  or  together. 

Σννάγάνακτέω,  ώ,  f.  -ησω,  {σνν, 
άγανακτέω)  to  be  angry  along  with, 
TLvl  ίπί  τινι,  Polyb.  2,  59,  5,  etc. 
Hence 

ΣννάγάνάκτΊίσις,  ή,  joint  anger  or 
displeasure. 

Σννάγάττάω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {σνν,  άγα- 
ττάω)  to  love  along  with  or  together, 
τοις  φίλοις  Toiic  φίλους  σ.,  Polyb.  1, 
14,  4. 

Σνναγγελλω,  (σνν,  άγγέ?.λω)  to  an- 
nounce along  with  or  together,  Dion.  H. 

Σννάγγελος,  ov,  ό,  {συν,  άγγελος) 
a  fellow-messenger  or  ariibassador,  Hdt. 

7,  230. 

Σννΰγείρω,  ful.  -ερώ :  aor.  ξννά- 
γειρα,  in  11.  20,  21,  metri  grat.,  {σνν, 
άγείρω).  To  gather  together,  assemble. 
Id.  20,  21 ;  also,  σ.  έκκλησίην,  Hdt. 
3,  142,  cf.  1,  206;  σ.  ττάντας  εις  τό- 
πον. Plat.  Criti.  121  C  : — esp.,  to  col- 
lect armies,  soldiers,  etc.,  στόλον, 
στράτευμα,  Hdt.  1,  4;  4,  4,  Polyb., 
etc.  : — pass.,  to  gather  themselves  to- 
gether, come  together,  assanble,  σννα- 
γειρόμενοι,  those  who  are  assembling, 


ΣΤΝΑ 

II.  24,  802  ;  but  σνναγρόμενοι,  Ep. 
syncop.  part.  aor.  2  pass.,  those  assem 
bled,  an  assembly,  11.  11,  687. — 2.  to 
collect  the  means  of  living,  etc.,  βίο- 
Tov,  Od.  4,  90 ;  and  in  mid.,  to  collect 
for  one's  self,  κτήματα,  Od.  J  4.  323; 
19,  293  ;  cf.  συναείρω. — 3.  metaph. j 
σ.  εαυτόν,  to  collect  one's  self.  Plat. 
Prot.  328  D  : — so  in  pass.,  to  rally.  Id. 
Phaed.  67  C,  Charm.  156  D. 

Συνΰγε/.άζω,  f.  -άσω,  {σύν,  άγε/.ά- 
ζω)  to  bring  into  a  flock  or  herd  : — pass., 
to  herd  together  with,  τινί,  Polyb.  6,  5, 
7,  Plut.  2,  40  A.     Hence 

Σννάγε?.ασμός,  οϋ,  ό,  a  driving  to- 
gether : — a  flocking  together. 

Συναγελαστικός,  -η,  όν,  {σνναγε- 
?Μζω)  driving  together  in  herds : — flock- 
ing or  herding  together,  social,  Por- 
phyr. 

Σννάγένητος,  ov,  {σνν,  a  priv.,  γί- 
γνομαι),  or  σννΰγένν7]τος,  ov,  {γεν- 
νάω) ;  alike  uncreated,  co-eternal,  Eccl. 

Σννάγκκια,  ας,  ή,  ■=  Homer's  μισ- 
γάγκεια,  a  narrow  valley  in  which 
streams  meet,  Theophr.  C.  PI.  2,  4,  8, 
Polyb.  18,  14,  5,  Plut.,  etc. 

Σνναγ/,άιζω,  f.  -ίσω,  to  deck  out, 
adorn . 

Σνναγμα,  ατός,  τό,  {σννύγω)  that 
which  is  brought  together,  a  collection, 
concretion  ;  esp.  of  stone  or  gravel  in 
the  kidneys,  Hipp. ;  v.  Foes.  Oecon. 

Σνναγνοέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  be  igno- 
rant along  with  or  together. 

Σννάγνϋμι,  [συν,  άγννμι):  aor. 
σννέαξα  (the only  tense  found  in  use): 
— to  break  together,  break  to  pieces,  shiv- 
er, εγχεος,  b  ξννέαξε,  11. 13,  166  ;  νή• 
ας  ξννέαςαν  άε'λλαι,  Od.  14,  383 ; 
τέκνα  ελάφοιο  σννέαξε,  he  broke  their 
necks,  11.  11,  114. 

Σννάγοράζω,  f.  -άσω,  {σνν,  αγορά 
ζω)  to  buy  up,  Arist.  Oec.  2,  9,  1. 

Σννάγόρευσις,  ή,  a  speaking  with  : 
— a  defending  :  from 

Σννάγορενω,  {σνν,  αγορεύω)  to 
speak  with  another,  join  in  advising, 
recommend  the  same  thing,  ξ.  τί  τη  •, 
Thuc.  7,  49  ;  c.  inf ,  Xen.  Hell.  5,  2, 
20  ;  foil,  by  ijf  .  .  ,  Id.  Cyr.  6,  2,  24: 
to  agree  or  assent  to  a  thing,  τοις  λε- 
γομένοις,  Isocr.  69  Β  ;  opp.  to  ΰντι- 
?^γω,  Lys.  122,  23. — II.  to  speak  with 
or  in  behalf  of  a  person,  support  him, 
advocate  his  cause,  c.  τινί,  Thuc.  6, 
6 ;  8,  84,  and  Xen. ;  σ.  τινός  σωτη- 
ρία, Dem.  194,  22;  ταΐς  έπιθνμίαις, 
Isocr.  82  C. — pass.,  to  have  others  ad- 
vocating one's  cause.  Pint.  2,  841  E. 

Συναγραν/.έω,  ώ,  {σύν,  άγρανλέω) 
to  be,  live  in  the  country  along  with  or 
together,  Dion.  H. 

Συναγρενω,  {σύν,  άγρεύω)  to  hunt 
or  catch  jointly  with,  Leon.  Tar.  17. 

Σνναγρίς,  ίδος,  ή,  a  kind  of  sea-flsh, 
Epich.  p.  105,  Arist.  H.  A.  2,  13,  8; 
15,  14. 

Σνναγρόμενος,  Ep.  part.  aor.  2 
pass,  syncop.  of  συναγείρω,  II. 

Σνναγρνπνέω,  ώ,  to  keep  awake 
with,  Aristaen. :  from 

Σννύγρνττνος,  ov,  {σίψ,  άγρυπνος) 
keeping  awake  with,  Nonn. 

Σνναγρώσσω,^^σνναγρενω,  Nonn. 

Σννά}  υρμός.  ov,  ό,  {συν,  άγνρμός) 
a  bringing  together,  collecting,  τής  φρο• 
νήσεως.  Plat.  Polit.  272  C. 

Συναγνρτός,  όν,  {σνν,  άγνρτός)  as- 
sembled,collected,P\&t.  Legg.845E.  [d] 

Συνάγχη,  J?f ,  r/,  {σνν,  άγχω)  a  kind 
of  sore  throat;  constantly  interchanged 
with  κυνάγχΐ],  v.  Foes.  Oecon.  Hipp. 
Hence 

Σνναγχικός,  y,  όν,  liable  to  or  af- 
fected with  συνάγχη. 

Συνάγχομαι,  {σνν,  άγχω)  as  pass., 
to  be  choked  or  oppressed,  LXX. 
1419 


ΣΤΝΑ 

Σννάγ<ο,  f.  •ύξω :  aor.  1  οννηξα, 
part,  -ύξας,  Hdt.  7,  60  (  where 
Schvveigh.  συννάξης) ;  but  \isu.  aor. 
2  συνήγαγαν  :  Att.  pf.  σννί/χα,  Xen. 
Mem.  4, 2,  8  ;  συι• α>7/ο,γα,  Arist.  Oec. 
2, 1, 10:  οΙάΑη.ξννάγω,  which  Horn, 
also  uses  metri  grat.,  {σνν,  άγΐύ). 

To  lead  together,  to  gather  together, 
σΰναγεν  νεψΆας,  Ocl.  5,  291  ;  ϊνα  ni 
σνν  φόρτον  άγοιμι,  Od.  14,  296;  ίφ- 
κια  πιστά  θεών  σνναγον,  11.  3,  269 ; 
σ.  όικαστηριον,  Hdt.  6,  85  ;  έκκ?.η- 
σίαν,  Thuc.  2,  60  ;  ίνθα  ~οτ'  Όρφενς 
σΰναγεν  όένδρεα  Μοΰσαίζ•,  σνναγεν 
θήρας,  Eur.  Bacch.  562  :— ία  11.  usu. 
in  the  phra.ses,  σννύγειν  Άρηα,  ίρι- 
δα Άρτιος,  ύσαίνην,  πόλεμον,  to  join 
battle,  begin  tlie  battle-strife,  etc.,  II. 
2,  381 ;  5.  861  ;  14,  448,  etc. :— also, 
like  σνμ3ύ7.Αυ,  σνιήτ/μι,  to  set  to  fight, 
Aesch.  Theb.  508,  756  :— hence  intr., 
σ.  εις  μέσσον,  to  engage  in  light, 
Theocr.  22,  82,  cf.  Polyb.  11, 18,  4.— 

2.  to  gather  in  fruits,  Id.  12,  2,  5.— II. 
generally,  to  bring  together,  join  in  one, 
unite,  Hdt.  6,  113,  cf.  Ear.  I.  A.  290; 
also,  σ.  εις  ίν.  Id.  Or.  1640;  εις  ταυ- 
τον.  Plat.  Phaedr.  256  C  :  σ.  γάμους, 
to  contract  a  marriage,  Xen.  Svmp.  4, 
64  ;  σ.  εταιρείας.  Plat.  Rep.  365  D. 
— 2.  metaph.,  to  bring  together,  make 
friends  of,  reconcile,  Dem.  1335,  fin.  ; 
1360,  6;  cf.  Plat.  Polit.  311  C— 111. 
to  draw  together,  straiten,  narrow,  την 
πρώρην,  την  διώρνχα,  Hdt.  1,  194  ; 
4,52  ;  rijv  πόλιν,  Polyb.  5,  93,  5,  etc.  ; 
and,  in  pass.,  ες  όξν  or  ίς  στενον 
συνηχϋαι,  Diod.,  and  Athen. ;  also, 
(Η^ρϋς  σννύγειν,  to  contract  the  brows, 
frown,  Soph.  Fr.  752  ;  but,  σ.  ru  ώτα, 
to  prick  the  ears,  of  dogs,  Xen.  Cyn. 

3,  5  :— in  pass.,  to  be  straitened,  afflict- 
ed, λιμώ,  σιτούεία,  Polyb.  1,  18,  7  and 
10. — iV".  to  collect  or  club  together  for  a 
picnic  ;  hence  seemingly  intr.,  σννύ- 
γειν ύττυ  συμβολών,  to  have  a  picnic 
(like  δειπνείν  ύ~ό  συμβολών),  Di- 
phil.  Zogr.  2,  28 :  cf.  Meineke  Me- 
nand.  p.  58,  Schweigh.  Ath.  142  C  : 
—in  LXX.,  and  N.  T.,  generally,  to 
receive  hospitably,  entertain. — V .  to  col- 
lect from  premises,  i.  e.  to  conclude,  in- 
fer.    Hence 

Σννύγυγεΰς,  έως,  ό,  one  who  brings 
together,  an  assembler,  Hipp.  ;  a.  πολι- 
τών, Lys.  124,  13. — II.  one  who  brings 
into  one  or  unites,  Plat.  Symp.  191  D. 
— III.   οι   σ.,   the  contracting  mtiscles, 

Σννΰγυγη,  ης,  η,  (σνναγω) : — α 
bringing  together,  gathering,  σίτου,  Po- 
lyb. 1,  17.  9,  etc. :  σ.  πο?.έμον,  a  levy- 
ing war,  Thuc.  2,  18. — 2.  α  collection 
of  writings,  etc.,  α  treatise,  Plut.  2, 
1131  F,  1 132  E. — 3.  an  assembly,  meet- 
ing, LXX.  : — and,  a  place  of  meeting 
or  assembling,  esp.  among  the  Jews 
after  the  captivity,  a  synagogue,  N.  T. 
— II.  a  bringing  together,  uniting,  opp. 
to  διαίρεσις.  Plat.  Phaedr.  266  Β  : 
hence,  a  coupling.  Id.  Theaet.  150  A  : 
σ.  στρατιάς,  a  forming  in  close  order. 
Id.  Rep.  526  D. — III.  a  drawing  togeth- 
er, σ.  τοΰ  προςώπον,  a  pursing  up  or 
wrinkling  of  the  face,  Isocr,  190  E. 

Σννύγωγία,  ας,  ;),==foreg.  II,  Plut. 
2,  632  E. 

Σννύγώγιμον  δεΐττνον,  TO,=sq., 
Ale.t.  Φιλοκ.  1,  Ephipp.  Ger.  3. 

Συναγωγών,  ου,  το,  (συνάγω  IV)  α 
picnic,  Menaiid.  p.  58, 

Συνάγωγός,  όν,  {συνύγω): — bring- 
ing together, uniting,  άμ<1>οΙν,  Plat.  Tim. 
31  C  ;  φιλίας  σ..  Id.  Prot.  322  C. 

Συν&γωνιάω,  ώ,  {σνν,  ύγυνιύο)),  to 
share  in  the  anxiety,  Polyb.  3,  43,  8, 
Plut.  2,  96  A. 

Συναγωνίζομαι,  i.  -ίσομαι,  {αύν, 
1420 


ΣΥΝΑ 

αγωνίζομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  contend  along 
with,  to  share  in  a  contest,Tivi,  with  one, 
Ar.  Thcsm.  1061,  cf.  Thuc.  1,  123; 
Tivi  ττρός  Tiva,  Plat.  Ale.  1,  119  Ε  : 
generally,  to  share  in  the  fortunes  of 
another,  τινί,  Thuc.  3,  64  :  to  help,  aid, 
succour,  second,  τινί  Ti,  one  in  a  thing, 
Dem.  872,  20  ;  -ivi  προς  τι,  one  to- 
wards a  thing.  Id.  231,  20.     Hence 

Συνΰγώνισμα,  ατός,  τό,  succour  in 
a  contest :  generally,  succour,  aid,  Po- 
lyb. 10,  43,  2. 

Συναγωνιστής,  ov,  6,  (συναγωνίζο- 
μαι) one  who  shares  with  another  in  a 
contest,  a  fellow-combatant,  Dem.  239, 
21,  etc. ;  τινός,  for  a  thmg,  Aeschm. 
52,  37  ,  66,  24  :  a  fellow-soldier.  Plat. 
Ale.  1,  119  D:  generally,  a  seconder, 
assistant,  Isocr.  70  B,  etc. 

Σννύδελ.φος,  ov,  {συν,  αδελφός) 
one  that  has  a  brother  or  sister,  opp.  to 
ύνύδε'λφος,  Xen.  Mem.  2,  3,  4.  [u] 

ΣννύόΙκέω,  ώ,ί.-ήσω,  {σνν,ύόικεω) 
to  join  in  wrong  or  injury,  τινί,  with 
another,  Thuc.  1,  37,  39,  Plat.  Rep. 
496  D,  Xen.,  and  Oratt. 

Σνναδόντως,  adv.  pres.  part,  from 
συνάδω,  in  unison. 

Σννύδοξέω,ώ, f.  -ήσω,  [σνν,  άδοξεω) 
to  share  in  disgrace  with,  Plut.  2,  96  A. 

Σννάδω,  f.  -άσομαι,  (σνν,  άδω)  to 
sing  with  or  together,  to  accompany  in  a 
so?ig,  τινί  τι,  Aeschin.  49,  42  ;  50,  3. 
— 11.  generally,  to  accord  with,  agree 
with,  τινί.  Soph.  O.  T.  1113,  Ar.  Av. 
858,  Plat.,  etc. 

Σννύίθλος,  ον,^=σνναθλος.  [«] 

Σννύείδω,  poet,  for  συνάδω,  The- 
ocr. 10,  24,  Arat.  752. 

Συνάείρω,=^σνναίρω,  to  raise  up  to- 
gether, σνν  c5'  εταροι  ϊ/ειραν,  U.  24, 
590,  cf.  10,499  :— mid.,  to  take  for  one's 
self,  choose,  ε/c  πόλεων  πίσνρας  σννα- 
είρεται  'ίππους,  11.  15,  680,  Spitzn. ; 
vulg.  σνναγείρεται. 

Συναέξω,  poet,  for  συνανξω. 

Συνύθετέω,  ώ,  ί.  -ήσω,  ίο  agree  in 
declaring  spurious. 

Συναθλέω,  ώ,  f.  ■ησω,=  σνναγωνί- 
ζομαι,  Ν.  Τ. — II.  to  impress  by  prac- 
tice upon,  μεταφοράς  μνήμη  συνηθλη- 
μένης,  Diod.  3,  4. 

Σύναθλος,  ov  ,  helping  in  a  contest, 
also  σννύεθλος. 

Σνναθροίζυ,  (σύν,  αθροίζω)  to  gather 
together,  assemble,  εις  εν,  Ar.  Lys.  585 ; 
esp.  of  soldiers,  Xen.  An.  7,  2,  8,  Lys. 
194,  2. — pass.,  in  intr.  signf.,  Xen. 
An.  6,  5,  30 ;  ξυναθροισθήναι  εις  'έν. 
Plat.  Tim.  25  Β  ;  εις  μίαν  πόλιν,  Id. 
Rep.  422  D :  ov  ξυνήθροισται  στρα- 
τώ,  has  not  joined  the  main  army,  Eur. 
Rhes.  613.     Hence 

Σννύθροισις,  ή,  a  gathering  together  : 
and 

Σννάθροισμα,  ατός,  τό,  an  assem- 
blage. 

Σνναθροισμός,ον,ό,=σννάθροισις, 
Babrius  28,  Plut.  2,  884  D. 

Σννάθνρω,  to  play  with  or  together. 

Σννάΐγδην,  (σνν,  άΐγδην)  adv., 
pressing  violently  or  boisterously  togeth- 
er, Hes.  Sc.  189,  olim  σνναίκτ7]ν. 

Σννάιδιος,  ov,  (συν,  αίδιος)  co-eter- 
nal, Eccl. 

Σνναιθριύζω,  (σνν,  αίθριύζω)  to 
clear  at  the  same  time,  v.  1.  Xen.  An.  4, 
4,  10,  for  διαιθρ-. 

Σνναιθνσσω,  (σύν,  αίθύσσω)  to  flut- 
ter along  with  or  together,  Nonn. 

Σνναικλίεία,  ας,  ή,  {σνν,  αίκλον) 
Lacon.  for  σννδειπνον,  Alcman  19. 

Σΰνηιμας,  ov,  (σνν,  αίμα) : — of  com- 
mon blood,  kindred,  γόνα  ξ..  Soph.  El. 
156:  ό,  ή,  ξ.,  a  kinsman,  kinswoman, 
esp.  a  brother,  sister.  Id,  Ant,  198,  488: 
Ζευς  ξ.,  as  presiding  over  kindred,  lb. 


ΣΥΝΑ 

659  ;  νεΐκος  ξ.,  strife  between  kinsmen, 
lb.  794. 

Σνναίμων,  ov,  gen.  ovof,=foreg. 

Σνναίνεσις,  εως,  ή,  approbation,  as- 
sent, Plut.  2,  258  Β  :  and 

Συναινέτης,  ov,  h,  one  who  agrees, 
approves,  or  assents  :  from 

Σνναινέω,  ώ,  f.  -ίσω,  (σύν,  αΐνέω) 
to  join  in  praising  οτ  approving,  Aesch. 
Ag.  484,  Plat.  Rep.  393  E,  and  Xen.: 
to  co^isent,  come  to  terms  with  another, 
Aesch.  Ag.  1208,  Soph.  Phd.  122:— 
σ.  ποιείν,  to  do,  Xen.  Cyr.  4,4,9: 
hence,  to  agree  with,  τινί,  Hdt.  5,  92, 
7,  Soph.  El.  402. — II.  to  grant  at  once, 
τινί  τι,  Eur.  Rhes.  172,  Xen.  Cyr.  8, 
5,  20. 

Σνναινος,  ov,  agreeing  w'ith. 

Συναίννμαι,  (σνν,  αΐννμαι)  defect. 
dep.,  to  take  hold  of  together,  to  gather 
up,  Αητω  δε  σνναίνντο  τόξα,  II.  21, 
502. 

Σνναίρεμα,  ατός,  τό,  α  contraction. 

Συναίρεσις,  εως,  ή,  α  taking  οτ  draw 
ing  together,  Plut.  2,  924  F.— II.  in 
Gramm.  synaeresis,\\\ieTehy  two  vow- 
els are  not  changed,  but  coalesce  into 
a  diphthong,  as,  ΰίστός  οίστός,  opp.  to 
διαιρεσις :  from 

Σνναιρεω,  ώ,  fut.  -ήσω:  fut.  2-ελώ: 
aor.  -εΐ'λον  :  Horn,  only  uses  3  sing, 
aor.  σννελεν,  and  part,  σννελών,  (σνν, 
αίρέω).  To  grasp  or  seize  together, 
χλαΐναν  μεν  συνε7ιών  καΐ  κώεα,  Od. 
20,  95  ;  cf.  Thuc.  2,  29  -.—to  seize  at 
once,  πάντα  ξυντ/ρει  ή  νόσος,  Thuc. 
2,  51  : — to  join  in  lifting  or  grasping, 
αίχμήν,  Soph.Trach.  884. — 2.  to  bring 
together,  bring  into  small  compass,  com- 
prehend :  hence,  ^ιινίλών  ?ιέγω,  I  say 
briefly,  in  a  word,  Thuc.  1,  70  ;  2,  41, 
etc.  ;  ώς  σννελύντι  ειπείν,  to  speak 
concisely,  briefly,  Xen.  An.  3,  1,  38, 
etc. :  so  in  mid.,  εΙς  ενλογισμώ  ξυναι- 
ρούμενον,  Plat.  Phaedr.  249  Β  : — in 
pass.,  <o  fte  contracted,  Po\yb.  10,  11, 
4. — II.  to  carry  away  with  one,  to  de- 
stroy all  trace  of ,  ύμφοτέρας  δ'  όφρϋς 
σννελεν  ?ύθος,  11,  16,  740 ;  to  take 
clean  away,  Soph.  Tr.  884  :  often  me- 
taph., to  cut  short,  destroy,  make  an  end 
of,  V.  Arnold  Thuc.  8,  24  ;  to  end,  con- 
clude, πόλε  μον, Vint.  Marcell.  3;  καύ- 
μα, πυρ,  φάρμακον,  etc.,  Dio  C. ; 
hence,  to  achieve,  accomplish,  to  διά- 
στημα συνήρητο,  Plut.  Lysaod.  11, 
cf.  2,  759  C. — 2.  to  help  to  conquer, 
subdue,  την  Σνβαριν,  Hdt.  5,  44,  sq., 
cf.  Thuc.  2,  29.— In  Arist.  Rhet.  1, 1, 
7,  legend,  συνήρτηται  (Bekk.  συν^• 
ρηται). 

Συναιρώ,  (σνν,  αίρω)  poet,  σννά- 
είρω  (q.  ν.)  :—to  raise,  lift  or  take  up 
with  or  together  : — mid.,  to  take  part  in 
a  thing,  c.  gen.  rei,  σνναίρεσθαί  τινι 
πολέμου,  κινδύνου,  Thuc.  5,  28  ;  4, 
10  : — but  also  c.  ace.  rei,  to  help  in 
bearing,  ov  ξνναίρεται  δόρυ,  Eur. 
Rhes.  495 ;  ξνναίρεσθαι  κίνδυνου, 
Thuc.  2,  71  ;  also,  σ.  Κνπριν  τινί, 
Aesch.  Pr.  650  ;  φόνον,  Eur.  Or.  767: 
— pass.,  σνναίρεσθαί  εις  τό  αυτό,  to 
be  joined  together,  to  unite,  Xen.  Ath. 
2,  2,  ^ 

Σνναισθύνομαι,  f.  -σθήσομαι,  (σνν, 
αισθάνομαι)  dep.  mid.,  toperceive  along 
with  or  together  ;  esp.  by  the  organs  of 
sense  ;  to  feel,  Arist.  H.  A.  4,  8,  26, 
Polyb,,  etc.     Hence 

ΣνναίσθησίΓ,  εως,  ή,  joint-sensation, 
προς  τι,  Plut,  2,  75  A,  76  Β, 

Συναίσσω,  f,  -ζω,  to  hasten  together. 

Σνναίσχΰνω,  (σνν,  αίσχννω)  to  dis- 
grace with  or  at  the  sarne  time.  Max. 
Tyr. 

Σνναιτιύομαι,  dep.  mid.,  to  accuse 
along  with. 

Σνναίτιος,  ov,  also  a,  ov,  (σνν,  al 


ΣΥΝΑ 

Tia) : — being  the  cause  of  a  thing  (τι- 
νός) joinily  with  another,  helping  an- 
other toivards  a  thing,  a.  τινι  αθανα- 
σίας, ΰ(ι>Τ7]ρίας,  helping  him  towards.., 
Isocr.  89  A,  91  Β  :  sharing  in  the  guilt 
of  a  thing  [τινός)  with  another  (τινί), 
Isocr.  Antid.  §  102,  Dam.  246, 11.— 2. 
C.  gen.  rei  only,  being  joint-cause,  ac- 
cessory to,  Plat.  Gorg.  519  B,  etc. : — 
hence  as  subst.,  συναιτία  φόνον,  ac- 
complice in  murder,  Aesch.  Ag.  1116, 
cf.  Plat.  Tim.  46  D ;  ουκ.  αιτίων  όν- 
των αλλ'  Ισως  συναιτίων,  Id.  Gorg. 
519  Β  :  το  συναίτιον,  α  joint  or  sec- 
ondary cause,  Tim.  Locr.  93  A. 

Συναιχμάζω,  f.  -ύσω,  (σύν,  αίχμύ- 
ζω)  to  fight  along  with,  Anth.  P.  15,  50. 

Σνναιχμάλωτίζω,  f.  -ί'σω,  to  take 
captive  along  with. 

Σνναιχμάλωτυς,  ov,  pecul.  fem. 
•ωτίς,  {συν,  αιχμάλωτος)  a  fellow- 
pri.ioner,  N.  T. 

Σύναιχμος,  ov,  allied  with,  an  ally. 

Σνναιωρέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {σύν,  αίω- 
ρέω)  to  raise  and  hold  suspended  to- 
gether .• — pass.,  to  be  so  raised,  ξυναι- 
cjpovuEvov  τω  νγρώ  το  πνεύμα,  Plat. 
Phaed.  112  0.    Hence 

Συναιώρησις,  εως,  η,  α  raising  or 
suspending  with  Or  together.  Plat.  Tim. 
80  D. 

Σννακμάζω,  f.  •ύσω,  (σύν,  ακμάζω) 
to  blossom  at  the  same  time,  as  of  plants, 
Anth.  P.  11,  417: — of  persons,  to 
flourish  at  the  same  time  with,  τινί, 
Plut.  Lycurg.  1,  cf.  Pomp.  1,  Polyb. 
32,  12,  3  : — absol.,  to  flourish  together, 
Plut.  T.  Gracch.  3. — II.  συνακμάσαι 
ταΐς  όρμαΐς  προς  τι,  to  be  in  the 
highest  degree  zealous  for  a  thing, 
Polyb.  16,  28,  1. 

Συνάκολασταίνω,(σνν,άκο%ασταί- 
vu)  to  live  dissolutely  with  or  together, 
Plut.  2,  140  B,  etc. 

Συνάκϋλουθεω,  ω,  (σύν,  άκολου- 
θέω)  to  follow  along  with  or  closely,  τινί, 
Thuc.  6,  4i,  Xen.,  etc. ;  μετά  τίνος. 
Plat.  Rep.  464  A  :  esp.  to  follow  an 
argument,  understand,  λό>'ω,  Plat.  Phil. 
25  C,  Legg.  629  A  : — to  follow  neces- 
sarily with  a  term,  to  be  involved  in  it  (cf 
συνεπιφέρω),  Arist.  An.  Pr.  1,  46, 15. 

Συνακόλουθος,  ov,  (σύν,  ΰκό/.ου- 
6ος )  accompanying,  metaph.,  Arist. 
Rhet.  Al.  26,  2. 

Σννακοντίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (σνν,  ακον- 
τίζω) to  throw  a  javelin  along  with  or 
at  once,  Antipho  124,  31. — II.  to  strike 
with  many  javelins,  Lat.  telis  confodere, 
συνηκοντίσθησαν,  Polyb.  1,  34,  7, 
etc.,  where  however  Schweigh.  pro- 
poses συνεκεντήθησαν. 

Σννύκοος,  ον,=  συνήκοος,  dub. 

Συνακούω,ΐ.-ούσομαι, (σύν, ακούω) 
to  hear  along  with  or  at  the  same  time, 
Xen.  Hell.  2,  4,  36 :— but,  σ.  άλλ?)- 
?MV,  to  hear  each  the  other,  Id.  An.  5, 
4,  31. 

Συνακράτίζομαι,  f.  -ίσομαι,  (σύν, 
άκρατίζομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  breakfast 
with  or  together,  μετά  τίνος,  Antiph. 
Incert.  20. 

Συνακροάομαι,  f.  -άσομαι,  ( σύν, 
ϋ,κροάομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  listen  to  with 
or  together.  Plat.  Menex.  235  B. 

Συνακτέον,  verb.  adj.  from  συνάγω, 
one  must  bring  together,  Plat.  Rep. 
537  C. 

Συνακτήρ,  ηρος,  δ,  {συνάγω)  one 
that  brings  together,  a  collector. — II.  atiy 
thing  which  girds  one,  an  apron.     Hence 

Σννακτήριον,  ου,  τό,  a  heaping  up: 
a  heap. 

Σννακτικός,  ή,  όν,  {συνάγω)  able  to 
bring  together,  accumulative:  το  σ-, 
power  of  accumulation  in  oratory,  as 
Luc.  speaks  of  το  σ.  και  κρουστικόν 
of  Demosthenes,  Dem.  Encom.  32. 


ΣΤΝΑ 

Συνάλάλαγμα,  ατός,  τό,  cry,  clam- 
our raised  in  common,  LXX  :  from 

Συναλύ2.άζω,  f.  -άξω,  {σύν,  αλα- 
λάζω) to  cry  aloud  with,  λωτώ,  Eur. 
H.  F.  11  ;  cf  Polyb.  1,34,2.  ' 

Συνάλάομαι,  (σύν,  άλάομαι)  dep. 
pass.,  to  roam,  wander  about  with,  share 
the  exile  of  any  one,  Diog.  L.  6,  20. 

Συναλγέω,  ώ,  ϊ.  -ήσω,  (σύν,  άλγέω) 
to  share  in  suffering  or  grieving  for ,  τι, 
Soph.  Aj.  283;  ξυναλγών,  a  partner 
in  suffering,  lb.  255. — II.  to  feel  with, 
sympathise  in,  ταΐς  σαΐς  7i5;^;aif,Aesch. 
Pr.  288  :  absol.,  to  share  m  sorrow, 
show  pity,  Eur.  H.  F.  1202,  etc.,  An- 
tipho 122,  4,  Plat.,  etc. ;  σ.  φνχ^, 
Dem.  321,19.     Hence 

Σνναλγ?ιδών,  όνος,  ή,  joint  grief: — 
in  γΑΜΤ.,^^αΙ  συναλγοϋσαι,  fellows  or 
partners  in  pain,  Eur.  Supp.  74. 

Σνναλγύνω,  (σύν,  ά?.γύνω)  to  make 
to  feel  pain  with  : — to  fill  with  compas- 
sion, 0pp.  H.  1,726. 

Συναλδής,  ές,  {σύν,  άλδαίνω)  grow- 
ing together,  Nic.  Al.  544,  0pp. 

Συνάλεαίνω,  (σύν,  άλεαίνω)  to  help 
to  warm,  Plut.  2,  691  E. 

Συνΰλειπτικός,  ?'/,  όν,  daubing  to- 
gether, effacing  or  blotting  out :  melting 
together,  coalescing  by  συναλοιφ/'/  (q• 
v.),  Sext.  Emp.  p.  251.  Adv.  -κώς, 
by  coalition,  Gramm.  :  from 

Συνάλείφω,  f.  -■φω,  (σύν,  αλείφω) 
to  smear  together,  hide  by  daubing, 
smooth  over,  Arist.  Rhet.  2,  0,  8  :  to 
close  up,  plaster  up,  Theophr. — II.  to 
melt  together:  generall)',  to  join,  com- 
bine, unite. — 2.  in  Gramm.,  to  melt  two 
syllables  into  one,  Dion.  H.  ;  v.  συνα- 
λοιφή  :  —  pass.,  to  coalesce,  esp.  in 
Gramm.,  of  two  syllables. 

Συνάλέω,  f.  -έσω,  (σύν,  άλεω)  to 
grind  together,  grind  small. 

Συνάληβεύω,  (σύν,  αληθεύω)  ίο  be 
true  together,  Arist.  Interpr.  10,  5. — II. 
to  join  in  seeking  or  speaking  the  truth, 
Plut.  2,  53  B. 

Συνάλήθω,=^συνα?.έω. 

Συνάλητενω,  (  σύν,  αλητεύω  )  to 
roam,  wander  about  with,  Heliod. 

Συναλθαίνω,  and  συνα?..θάσσω,  v. 
sq. 

Συναλθέω,  transit.,  to  heal  or  cure 
with  or  together : — pass.,  to  heal  up,  of 
a  wound  ov  fracture,  also  in  the  form 
συναλϋάσσομαι.  Foes.  Oec.  Hipp. 

ΣυνάλΙάζω,  f.  -ξω,  {σνν,  άλία)-= 
sq.,  Ar.  Lys.  93. 

Συνάλίζω,  f  -ίσω,  (σνν,  αλίζω)  to 
bring  together,  collect,  assejnble,  ές  τό- 
πον, Hdt.  1,  125.  176,  etc.  ;  πάντας 
εις  εν  σννύ,λ.,  Eur.  Heracl.  404  : — 
pass.,  to  come  together,  assemble,  meet, 
Hdt.  ],  62  ;  5,  15.  [a,  Eur.  1.  c,  ubi 
V.  Elms!.] 

Συνάλίσκομαι,  (σνν,  ά?ύσκομαι)  as 
pass.,  c.  fut.  mid.  -άλώσομαι,  pf  act. 
-εύλωκα,  to  be  taken  captive  tvith  or  to- 
gether, Plut.  Dio  et  Brut.  3. 

ΣνναΤι^Μγή,  ης,  ή,  (συναλλάσσω) : 
— an  interchange,  ξννα'λ^Μγτι  λύγου, 
by  reconciling  words,  Soph.  Aj.  732  ; 
so,  λόγων  ξνναλλαγαΐς,  opp.  to  battle, 
Eur.  Supp.  602  :  absol.,  α  making  up 
of  strife,  reconciliation,  making  of 
peace,  Thuc.  4,  20  ;  δρκοι  ξννα?ίλα• 
γης.  Id.  3,  82  ;  ξνναλλαγαί,  a  treaty 
of  peace,  Xen.  Hell.  6,  5,  8. — 2.  gen- 
erally, commerce,  intercourse,  λέκτρων 
έλθείν  εΙς  ξννα7ιλαγάς,  Eur.  Hipp. 
652. — II.  that  which  is  brought  about  by 
the  intervention  or  agency  of  another, 
δαιμόνων  ξνναλλαγαί,  interventions 
of  the  deities,  opp.  to  σνμφοραί,  Soph. 
O.  T.  34 :  so  νόσου  ξυναλλαγ^,  by 
the  intervention  of  disease,  i.  e.  by  dis- 
ease as  an  agent,  lb.  900  :  generally, 
the  issue  of  such  intervention,  a  contin• 


ΣΥΝΑ 

gency,  Id.  O.  C.  410;  μολόντα  όλε 
θρίαις  ξυναλλ.,  coming  with  destruc 
five  issues  or  results,  Id.  Tr.  845. 

Συνάλλαγμα,  ατός,  τό,(σνναλλύσ 
σω):  —  a  mutual  agreement,  covenant, 
contract,  Dem.  766,  3,  etc.  ;  cf  Arist. 
Rhet.  1,  1,  10,  Eth.  N.  5,  2,  Π,— 
which  passage  shows  that  σννά7ιλαγ- 
μα  is  the  most  general  word  for  '  a  con- 
tract'' : — more  special  kinds  are  σνγ 
γραφή,  a  written  contract ;  σνμβόλαιον, 
a  contract  for  loan  of  money  ;  συνθή- 
και,  a  convention  (usu.  of  political  na- 
ture), v.  Diet.  Antiqq.  s.  v.  σνμβόλαι- 
ον.    Hence 

Συνα?ι?.αγμάτικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging 
to  contracts.     Adv.  -κώς. 

Σννα7χ7ίακτής,  οϋ,  ό,  a  mediator :  a 
negotiator. 

Συναλ?Μκτικός.ή,  όν,  of  ότ  belong- 
ing to  barter,  reconciliation,  intercourse, 
etc.     Adv.  -κως. 

'\Συνάλ7ιαξις,  εως,  ή,  Synallaxis,  a 
nymph,  Paus.  6,  22,  7. 

Συνάλ7.αξις,  εως,  ή,  exchange,  bar- 
ter, commerce.  Plat.  Legg.  850  A  :  from 

Συναλλάσσω,  Att.  -ττω :  f.  -ξω, 
(σύν,  ίλλάσσω):  —  to  interchange  a 
thing  with  :  to  exchange  pledges,  etc., 
as,  σ.  τα  συμβό7ισ.ιά  τινι,  to  exchange 
bonds,  negotiate  with  him,  Dein.  760, 
12,  cf  867, 11.— 2.  intr.  m  act.,  to  deal, 
associate,  have  iyitercourse,  have  to  do 
with.  Soph.  O.  T.  1110,  1130,  Eur. 
Heracl.  4 ; — so  in  pass.,  τινί.  Soph. 
Aj.  493. — 3.  but  also  trans.,  to  bring 
into  intercourse  or  communication,  asso- 
ciate with,  τινά  τινι,  Aesch.  Theb. 
597 :  hence,  to  reconcile,  τινά  τινι, 
Thuc.  1,  24: — pass,  and  mid.,  to  be 
reconciled  with  one,  come  to  terms,  agree 
with  him ;  to  make  arrangement,  to  make 
a  league  or  alliance  with,  μετρίως,  on 
fair  terms,  Thuc.  4,  19  ;  προς  τίνα, 
Id.  8,  90  :  generally,  to  make  peace, 
Thuc.  5,  5. 

Σνναλλοιόω,  ώ,  to  alter  together  or 
with  others, 

Συνάλλομαι,  (σύν,  ΰλλομαι)  dep. 
mid.,  to  leap  together,  Luc.  Gymn.  4 : 
of  a  horse,  to  rear  and  leap  upon,  Plut. 
2,  970  D. — II.  to  start  back  with  terror, 
Artemid.  1,29. 

Σνναλμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  leap  taken  to- 
gether. 

Σύναλμος,  ov,  {σνν,  άλμα)  salted. 
Macho  ap.  Alh.  580  D. 

Σννά7Μάω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  poet,  -οιάω, 
{σύν,  άλοάω)  to  thresh  with  or  together: 
generally,  to  dash  to  pieces,  smash,The- 
ocr.  22,  128,  Opp.  C.  1,  208. 

Σννά7.οιφή,  ης,  ή,  (σνναλείφω)  a 
melting  together:  esp.,  in  Gramm.,  ο 
coalescing  of  two  syllables  intoone, eithei 
by  Synaeresis,Crasisor  Elision  (0λί- 
Ίΐ'ΐς),  Sext.  Emp.  p.  250 :  Draco,  p. 
157,  enumerates  seven  kinds  of  σννα- 
λοιφή. 

Σύνάλος,  ov,  (σύν,  άλ(•)  eating  salt 
uith  one  :  in  genl.,  eating  with  or  to- 
gether, Lat.  consatineus. 

Σνναλόω,=  σνναλοάω,  very  dub. 

Συνάλύω,  t.  -νσω,  (σνν,  άλύω)  to 
ivander  about :  to  be  at  a  loss,  to  be  sad 
or  sorry  along  with  or  together,  Plut. 
Anton.  29. 

Σννάλωνιάζω,  {σύν,  άλων)  to  be 
with  on  the  threshing  floor. 

Συνάμα,  adv.  for  σϊ'ΐ'  άμα,  together, 
Theocr.  25,  126  :  oft.  in  tmesis,  σύν 
δ'  άμα,  Jac.  Anth.  P.  p.  217,  795. 

Σννΰμάθύνω,  (σύν,  άμαθύνω)  to 
annihilate  together,  Ap.  Rh.  3,  295. 

Σνναμάομαι,  (σύν,  άμάω)  as  mid., 
to  gather  together,  Ap.  Rh.  3,  154. 

Σννάμαρτάνω, {σύν,  ΰμαρτάνω)  to 
sin  along  with  or  together,  Plut.  2,  53 
C. 

1421 


ΣΥΝΑ 

Συνΰ.μι?.?.ύομαί,  ί.  -τ/σομαι,  {σνν, 
ύμιλλύομαί)  dep.  c.  fut.  mid.  et  aor. 
pass. : — to  begin  a  race,  sfart  along  with 
or  together,  Eur.  H.  F.  1205. 

Σνναμμα,  ατός,  τό,  {συνάπτω)  a 
joining  of  several  things,  a  band,  knot, 
Arist.  Part.  An.  4,  10,  26,  Gen.  An.  5, 
7,  22. 

Σννύμωρος,  f.  1.  for  σινάμωρος,  q.v. 

Σνναμπέχω,  fut.  -αμφέξω :  aor. 
■ήμπεσχον,  inf.  -αμπισχην,  {σνν, 
άμπέχω).  To  cover  up  together  or  en- 
tirely :  metaph.,  to  cloak,  wrap  xip, 
Aesch.  Pr.  521  :  so  in  mid.,  τί  συναμ- 
πίσγΐί  κόμας ;  why  dost  veil  thine 
eyes?  Eur.  H.  F.  UH- 

Σνΐ'αμτΓρ(νο>,{σνν,  άμπρενω)  to  help 
in  drawing,  Arist.  H.  A.  6,  24,  3. 

Σνναμύνω,  {σνν,  άμννω)  to  join  in 
assisting,  τινί,  Eur.  I.  A.  62. 

Σνναμφίάζω,  {σνν,  άμψίύζω)  to  put 
about  one  along  tvith  or  together :  gene- 
rally,—σνναμπέχω,  Clearch.  ap.  Ath. 
256  F. 

Σνναμφιβά?.λο),  to  throw  around  or 
nut  on  together. 

Σνναμφότερος,  a,  ov,  {σνν,  άμφό- 
τερος)  usu.  in  plur.,  both  together, "The- 
ogn.  818,  Hdt.  1,  147  ;  3,  !)7,  and  Att. : 
—in  sing.,  h  ξ.  βίος,  Plat.  Phil.  22  A; 
TO  ξ.=σνναμφότερθί.  Id.  Symp.  209 
Β  ;  Tovro  συναμφότερον,  e.  g.,  this 
united  power,  Dem.  22,  6. 

ΣννάμΦω,  01,  at,  {σνν,  ΰμφω)  both 
together,   Plat.  Polit.  278  C,  Ap.  Rh. 

4,  134. 
Σvvaι>a3aίvω,{σvv,ΰva3aίvω)togo 

up  with  or  together,  esp.  of  going  into 
central  Asia,  Hdt.  7,6,  Xen.  An.  1,3, 
18,  Isocr.  70  E. 

Σνναναβλαστάνω,  (σνν,  άναβλασ- 
τάνω)  to  shoot  forth  with  or  together, 
Theophr. 

Σνναναβοάω,  ώ,  {σνν,  άναβοάω)  to 
cry  out  along  with  or  together,  Xen.  Cy  r. 

5,  1,  6. 

Σνναναβόσκομαι,  {σνν ,ανά,βόσκω) 
as  pass.,  to  feed  and  grow  ιψ  along  ti'ith 
or  /o^c/Aer,  metaph.,  Plut.  2,  409  A. 

Σνναναγιγνώσκω,  {σνν,  αναγι- 
γνώσκω) to  read  with  or  together,  Plut. 
i,  97  A,  etc. 

Σννύναγκάζω,  f.  -ύσω,  {σνν,  αναγ- 
κάζω) to  force  or  co?npel  at  the  same 
tiine,  c.  inf.,  v.  1.  Isocr.  78  D:— pass., 
to  be  compelled  at  the  same  time,  C.  inf., 
Xen.  Hier.  3,  9,  Dem.  803,  24.— II.  to 
obtain  by  force,  extort,  Isocr.  58  Ε  ; 
όρκοι  σνντ/ναγκασμένοι,  Eur.  I.  A. 
395.     Hence , 

Σννάναγκασμός,  ov,  d,  constraining 
proof.  Iambi. :  and 

Σννανάγνωσις,  εως,  ή,  a  reading 
together,  Plut.  2,  700  B. 

Συναναγράφω,  to  register  with  or 
together. 

Σννανα-}'νμνόω,  ω,  {σνν,  ηνά,  γν- 
μνόω)  to  leave  naked  together,  Plut. 
Lye.  et  Num.  3. 

Σννανάγω,  f.  -ξω,  (.σνν,  ανάγω)  to 
carry  back  together  :  —  pass.,  to  retire 
together,  Polyb.  1,  C6,  10;  also,  to  go 
to  sea  together,  Dem.  910,  17. 

Συναναόείκνϋμι,  f.  -δείξω,  to  pro- 
claim as  colleagues  to  an  office. 

Σνναναόέχομαι.,  (σνν,  άναόέχομαι) 
dep.  mid.  :  —  to  undertake  together,  σ. 
κίνόννον,  Polyb.  16,  5,  6. 

Συΐ'αι.'(ΐ(5ίί5ω/^(,  {σύν,  άναόίδωμι)  to 
give  hack  along  with,  Luc.  Symp.  15.  [7] 

Συναναδιπ'λωσις,  ή,  {δίπλύοή  re- 
duplication. 

Σνναναζενγνΰμι,  [σνν,  άναζεύγνν• 
μι)  to  set  out  along  with,  Plut. 

Σνναναζέω,  ί-  -ζέσω,  {σνν,  άναζέω) 
to  make  Ιο  boil  tvith  or  together,  Diosc. 

Σνναναζητέω,  ω,  f  -ήσω.  {σύν.  άνα- 
ζητέω)  to  search  out  with,  Heliod. 
1422 


ΣΥΝ  A 

Σνναναθρηνέω,  ώ,  {συν,  άναβρψ 
νέω)  to  mourn  over  along  with,  Xen. 
Ephes. 

Σνναναθνμιύω,  ώ,  {σύν,  άναβν- 
μιάω)  to  burn  as  incense  together : — 
pass.,  ίο  be  burnt  together,  Anst.  Probl. 
12,11. 

Συναναίρεσις,  ή,  a  destroying  to- 
gether :  from 

Σνναναιρέω,  ω,  f.  -ήσω,  {σνν,  άναι- 
ρέω)  to  take  away,  cut  short,  destroy 
along  with  or  together,  Antipho  134, 
23,  Isocr.  407  C  : — pass,,  to  be  destroy- 
ed together,  Lycurg.  155,  32,  cf  Ar- 
nold Thuc.  8,  24. — II.  to  give  the  same 
answer,  εάν  και  ή  ΤΙνθία  σνναναιρη. 
Plat.  Rep.  540  C. 

Συνανακάμπτω,{σνν,  άνακάιιπτω) 
intr.,  to  return  along  with,  Polyb.  8, 
29,  6. 

Σννανάκειμαι,  {σνν,  άνάκειμαι)  as 
pass.,  to  recline  together,  esp.,  at  table, 
LXX. 

Σννανακεράννϋμι,  f.  -άσυ,  {σνν, 
ΰνακεράννυμι)  to  mix  vp  along  with, 
Pint. 

Σννανακεφαλαιόω,  ώ,  to  sum%ipthe 
whole  briefly,  Dion.  H. 

ΣννανακΙνέω,  ώ,  ί.-ήσω,  to  move  or 
stir  up  along  with  or  together. 

Σννανακίρνημι,=^σννανακερύννν- 
μι. 

Συνανακλίνομαι,  as  pass.,  {σνν, 
άνά,  κλίνω)  to  lie  down  along  with, 
esp.,  in  bed  or  at  table,  μετά  τη'ος, 
Luc.  Asm.  3.— The  act.  σννανακλί- 
νω  occurs  in  Eumath.  [t] 

Σννανακοινοληγέομαι,  {σνν,  άνά, 
κοινολογέομαι)  dep.  mid. : — to  impart 
for  deliberation,  τινί  τι,  v.  1.  Dinarch. 
93,  41. 

Σννανακομίζω,  {σνν,  άνακομίζω)  to 
bring  back  or  restore  along  with,  Polyb. 
4,  25,  8,  in  mid. 

Συνανάκρΰσις,  εως,  ή,  a  mixing  up 
tvith  other  things. 

Σννανακνκλέω,  or  -κνκλόω,  ω,  to 
make  to  go  round  together : — pass.,  to 
come  round  together,  Plat.  Polit.  271  B. 

Σννανακνλίομαι,  as  pass.,  to  turn 
round  or  roll  along  with.  [<] 

Σννανακύπτω,  to  raise  up  the  head 
along  with. 

Σνναναλαμβάνω,  {σνν,  αναλαμβά- 
νω) to  take  up  together,  Plut.  2,214  E. 

Συνΰνύλίσκω,  f.  -λώσω,  {σνν,  ava- 
7ύσκω)  to  spend  or  waste  along  with, 
τινί  τι,  Dem.  12,  12  ;  1220.  2.— II.  to 
help  bi)  furnishing  money,  Xen.  Mem. 
2,  4,  6. 

Συναναμαλάσσω,  {σύν,  άναμαλάσ- 
σω)  to  soften  along  with  or  together, 
Diosc. 

Σνναναμέλπω,  {σνν,  άναμέλπω)  to 
sound  with,  sing  with,  Ael.  N.  A. 
11,  1. 

Σνναναμίγννμι,  f.  -ξω,  {σνν,  άνα- 
μίγννμι)  to  mix  up  with,  Plut.  Philop. 
21,  in  pass. 

Σνναναμψνήσκω,  {σνν,  άναμιμνή- 
σκω)  to  remind  along  tvith  or  together  : 
■ — pass.,  to  remember  along  with  or  to- 
gether. Plat.  Legg.  897  E. 

Σνναναμίξις,  εως,  ή,  {σνναναμί- 
γννμι) a  mixing  toget/ier  ;  intercourse, 
LXX. 

Σνναναμνάομαι,  Ion.  for  σννανα- 
μιμνήσκομαι. 

Συναναπύλλημαι,  as  pass.,  to  fly 
forth  along  uith,  Philostr. 

Συναναπαϋομαι,  {σύν,  άναπαν^)) 
pass.,  to  sleep  with,  τινί,  Plut.  2,  125 
A. 

Σνναναπείθω,  {σύν,  άναπείθω)  to 
assLst  i)i  persuading,  Thuc.  6,  83, 
Isocr.  50  A. 

Σνναναπέμπω,  f.  ■tpω,  {σνν,  ανα- 
πέμπω) to  send  up  together,  Plut. 


ΣΥΝΑ 

Συναναπηδάω,  ώ,  to  spring  up  along 
with,  V.  1.  Arist.  Mirab.  127. 

Σνναναπίμπ?.ημι,  to  fill  up  with, 
Joseph. 

Σνναναπίπτω,  i.  -πεσονμαι,=  σνν- 
ανάκειμαι, Philo. 

Σνναναπλάσσω,  to  form  or  feign 
along  with  or  together. 

Σνναναπλέκω,  f.  -ξω,  {σνν,  άνα- 
πλέκω)  to  plait  tipon  or  into  along  with, 
Luc. 

Σνναναπληρόω,  ώ,  {σύν,  άναπλη- 
ρόω)  to  fill  up  at  the  sayne  time,  The- 
ophr., in  pass.  :  to  make  up  or  compen- 
sate for,  Ti,  Polyb.  23,  18,  7. 

Σνναναπράσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  {σνν, 
αΐ'απράσσω)  Ιο  help  or  join  in  exacting 
payment,  μισθόν  παρά  Tivor,  Xen. 
An.  7,  7,  14. 

Σνναναρπάζω,  f.  -σω  or  -ξω,  to 
snatch  up  tiith  or  together. 

Σνναναββιπτέω,  ώ,  f.  -r/CTu,=sq., 
Luc. 

Σννανα^ιβίπτω,  f.  -ψω,  to  throw  up 
along  with  or  together.  [(] 

Σννάναρχος,  ov,  {άναρχος)  likewise 
tvithout  beginning,  Eccl. 

Σννανασκάπτω,  {σκάπτω)  to  dig  up 
along  with  or  besides,  Strab. 

Σννανασκενάζω,  to  refute  along 
with. 

Σννανασπάω,  {σνν,  άνασπάω)  to 
draw  tip  together,  Luc.  Catapl.  18. 

Σννάνάσσω,  to  rule  tvith,  Inscr. 

Σνναναστομόομαι,  {σύν,  άνά,  στο• 
μόω)  as  pass.,  to  be  joined  by  a  mouth 
or  opening,  to  open  into,  τί)  Αίγαϊον 
σννεστόμωται  ττ)  ΧΙροποντίδι.  Arist. 
Mund.  3,  10;  — so,  intr.  in  act.,  λί- 
μνη  Μ.αίύτις  εις  τον  'ίΐκεανον  άνα- 
στομονσα,  Arr.  Peripl.  p.  37,  Huds. 

Σνναναστρέφω,  ί.  -ι/'ω,  (σύν,  ανα- 
στρέφω) to  turn  back  together  : — pass, 
and  mid.,  to  live  along  with  or  among, 
τινί,  Plut.  Lycurg.  17,  etc.     Hence 

Σνναναστροφή,  ί/ς,  ή,  a  turning 
about  with: — esp.  in  plur.,  intercourse, 
social  life,  Diod.  4,  4. 

Σννανασώζω,  f.  -σω,  {σύν,  άνασώ- 
ζω)  to  restore  along  tvith,  τινί  Ti,  Polyb, 
3,  77,  6,  etc. 

Σννανατέλ,?.ω,  {σνν,  ανατέλλω)  to 
rise  or  appear  tvith  or  together,  Ael. 

Σννανατήκω,  f.  -^ω,  (σνν,  ΐινατή- 
κω)  to  melt  with  or  together,  Plut. 
Pomp.  8. 

Σννανατίθημι,  {σνν,  άνατίΟημι)  to 
set  up  and  consecrate  along  with,  Luc. 

Σννανατολή,7/ς,  η,  {σννανατελλω) 
a  rising  together,  Strab.  p.  24. 

Σννανατρέφω,  f.  -θρέφω,  {σνν,  iiva- 
τρέφω)  to  rear  along  with,  Plut. 

Σννανατρέχω,  {σύν,  έινατρέχω)  to 
run  up  along  with,  Plut.  Ale.x.  15. 

Σννανατρίβω,  f.  -ψω.  (σί'ΐ',  άνατρί- 
βω)  to  rub  upon  together  : — pass.,  to 
have  intercourse  with  a  person,  and  get 
something  from  him.  [f] 

Σνναναφαίνω,  (σνν.  άναφαίνω)  to 
hold  up  and  show  together: — pass.,  to 
appear  on  high  together,  Dfiin.  Phal. 

Σνναναφέρω,  {  σύν,  αναφέρω )  to 
bring  up  together,  Plut.  2,  451  A  : — 
metaph.,  to  bring  up  before  one,  rifer 
to  at  the  same  time,  Polyb.  5,  32,  4  : — 
pass.,  to  be  carried  up  tvith,  τινί,  Arist. 
Meteor.  1,3,  27. — II.  intr.,  to  recover 
one's  self  along  with  or  together. 

Σνναναφθέγγομαι,  (σνν,  άναφθέγ- 
γομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  cry  out  or  speak 
together,  Plut.  Mar.  19. 

Σνναναφλέγω,  to  set  flre  to  along 
with  or  together. 

Σνναναφσρά,  ΰς,  ^,  {σνναναφέρω) 
a  carrying  up  together  : — metaph.,  refer- 
ence to  something  before,  M.  Anton. 

Σνναναφνρω,   {σνν,  άναφνρω)  to 


ΣΤΝΑ 

knead  or  mix  up  together: — pass.,  to 
wallow  together,  tv  τω  πηλώ,  Luc. 
Gymn.  1 :  so  of  lewdness,  παισίν  η 
γνναιξίν,  Luc.  Saturn.  28  ;  σ.  έν  κα• 
-ηλείοις  μεθ'  εταίρων,  Ath.  567  Α. 

Συναναφνω,  (σνν,  αναφύω)  to  pro- 
duce along  with  : — pass.,  c.  aor.  2  et 
pf.  act.,  to  grow  tip  with,  Clem.  Al. 

Σνναναχέω,  f.  -χενσω,  {συν,  ava- 
χέω)  to  pour  upon  with,  Heliod. 

"Συναναχορενω,  {συν,  άναχορενω) 
to  dance  in  chorus  u;iiA,  metaph.,  Arist. 
Mund.  2,  2. 

Συναναχρέβπτομαι,  (  σνν,  ύνα• 
χρέμπτομαι)  dep.,  to  cough  up  togeth- 
er, TL  μετά  Τίνος,  Luc.  Gall.  10. 

Σνναναχρώννϋμι,  ίηΙ.-χρώσω,{σνν, 
άναχρύνννμι)  to  rub  against  and  so 
impart  colour: — pass.,  to  rub  against 
one  another ;  with  coUat.  notion  of  be- 
ing stained  and  infected,  βαρβάροίς 
και  μοχθηροϊς,  Plut.  2,  4  A,  ubi  v. 
Wyttenb.  Hence 
*  Συνανύχρωσις,  εως,  ή,  an  imparting 
colour:  infection,  Plut.  2,  680  E. 

Συναναχωρέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {σνν,  άνα- 
χωρέω)  to  go  back  along  with  or  togeth- 
er, Plat.  Lach.  181  B. 

Σννανδύνω,  v.  σννεναδα. 

Σννανδρύγάθέω,  ώ,  {σύν,  άνόρα- 
γαθκω)  to  behave  bravely  with  or  to- 
gether, Diod. 

Σννανδρόομαι,  {σνν,  ανδρόω)  pass., 
to  grow  up  along  with,  συνανδροϋται 
τ<)  νόσημα.  Foes.  Oec.  Hipp. 

Συνύνειμί,  {σνν,  ανά,  εΙμι)  to  grow 
up  with,  Ael.  N.  A.  6,  63. 

Σννανείργω,  {σνν,  άνείργω)  to  keep 
back  together,  Arist.  de  Anima  1,  2,  5. 

Σννανέλκω,  f.  -ξω,  to  draw  up  with 
or  togethet . 

Σννανέρχομαι,  {σνν,  ανέρχομαι) 
dep.  mid.,  c.  aor.  et  pf.  act. : — to  come 
or  go  up  with,  Tivi,  Ap.  Rh.  2,  91.3. 

Συνανέχω,  to  hold  up  together. — II. 
intr.,  to  come  forth  along  with  or  togeth- 
er, to  rise  together. 

Σννανηβάω,  ώ,  f.  -7/σω,  to  grow 
young  again  with  Or  together. 

Συνανβέω,  ώ,  {σνν,  άνθέω)  to  blos- 
som with  or  together,  Theophr.,  Polyb. 
6,  44,  2. 

Σννα^θροπενομαι,  f.  -ενσομαι,  dep. 
mid.,  rarely  in  act.  σννανθρωπενω 
{σνν,  άνθρωπενομαι)  :  to  live  with  or 
among  men,  έν  ταΐς  οίκτ/σεσι,  Arist. 
Η.  Α.  8,  14,  1 ;  ζώα  συνανθρωπενό- 
μενα,  domestic  animals,  lb.  5,  8,  6, 
etc. — II.  to  put  one^s  self  on  a  level 
with. 

Σννανθρωπέω,  ώ,  to  live  with  men, 
τοΊς  πολλοίς,  Plut.  2,  823  Β. 

Συνανθρωπίζω,  f  -ίσω.^=συνανθρω- 
ττενομαι,  of  domestic  animals,  Arist. 
H.  A.  1,  1,  30.     Hence 

Σννανθρ:Λ)πιστικ.ύς,  ή,  όν,  gladly 
living  with  mankind. 

Σννανιάω,  ω,  {σνν,  άνιάω)  ίο  af- 
flict along  with  or  together,  Synes. 

Συνανίημι,  {συν,  ανίημι)  to  relax 
along  with  or  together,  Phllo. 

Συνανίπταμαι,  dep.  mid.,  to  fly  up 
OT  forth  along  with. 

Σννανίστημι,  {συν,  ανίστημι)  to 
make  to  stand  up  or  rise  together,  Xen. 
Symp.  9,  5 : — in  pass.,  c.  aor.  2  et 
perf.  act.,  to  rise  at  once  or  together.  Id. 
An.  1,  3,  34. — 2.  to  help  in  setting  up 
again  or  restoring,  τα  τείχη,  Id.  Hell. 
4,  8,  9. — 3.  to  drive  out  from  a  country 
together. 

Συνανίσχω,-^σννανέχω,  Ael.  N.  A. 
14,23. 

Συνανιχνενω,  {σνν,  ανιχνεύω)  to 
track  along  with,  Ael.  N.  A.  10,  45. 

Συνΰνοηταίνω,  to  join  in  foolish  con- 
duct. 


ΣΤΝΑ- 

Συνανοίγννμι,  also  -οίγω,  Inscr.,  to 
open  together. 

Σννανοιμώζω,  {συν,  άνοιμώζω)  to 
bewail  with  or  together,  App. 

Σνναντΰγωνίζομαι,  f.  -ίσομαι,  dep. 
mid.,  to  help  in  fighting  against  anoth- 
er, V.  1.  Plat.  Ale.  1,  119  D. 

Συναντάω,  ώ,  Ion.  -έω :  f.  -ήσω 
{σύν,  άντάω) : — to  come  to  meet  togeth- 
er, i.  e.  to  fall  in  with  oi  meet  one  anoth- 
er, Od.  16,  333  ;  generally,  to  meet, 
assemble,  εις  τόπον,  Philipp.  ap.  Dem. 
280,  10  : — also,  σ.  τινι,  to  meet  with, 
Hes.  Th.  877,  Eur.  Ion  787,  Ar.  Plut. 
41,  and  Xen. ;  so  in  mid.,  II.  17,  134 ; 
V.  Lob.  Phryn.  288,  cf.  σννάντομαι. 
Hence 

Συνάντημα,  ατός,  τό,  an  occurrence: 
and 

Σννάντησις,  εως,  η,  a  meeting,  Eur. 
Ion  535  :  a  happening,  an  occurrence, 
LXX. 

Σνναντιάζω,  f.  ■άσω,  =  συναντάω, 
τινί.  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  804. 

Σνναντ ιβύλΤιω,  {συν,  άντιβάλλω) 
to  set  against  together  and  so  to  com- 
pare closely,  Clem.  Al. 

Σνναντιλαμβάνομαι,  {σνν,  άντι- 
λαμβάνω)  as  pass.,  to  lay  hold  along 
with,  to  help  in  a  thing,  τινός,  LXX. 

Συναντλέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {συν,  av- 
τλεω)  to  drain  along  with  or  together, 
σ.  πόνους  τινί,  to  join  him  in  bearing 
all  his  sufferings,  Lat.  u7ia  exhaurire 
labores,  Eur.  Ion  200. 

Σννάντομαι,  (συν,  ύντομαι)  dep., 
poet,  for  συναντάω,  to  come  over 
against,  fall  in  with,  meet,  τινί,  Od.  4, 
367,  etc.  ;  άΐ-λήλοισι  δε  τώγε  συν- 
αντέσθ-ην  παρά  φηγω,  II.  7,  22  ;  also 
in  hostile  sense,  to  meet  in  battle,  II. 
21,  34,  cf.  Pind.  O.  2,  71 :  κόρος  ov 
δίκα  σνναντόμενος,  satiety  that  never 
combines  u'lV^  justice,  lb.  175  ;  φόρμιγ- 
yi  (7.,  to  approach  (i.  e.  use)  the  lyre, 
Id.  I.  2,  4.— Cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  288. 

Σννάνντω,=^8(\. : — seemingly  intr., 
to  come  to  an  end  together  with,  σ.  βίον 
δνντος  ανγαϊς,  Aesch.  Ag.  1123.  [ΰ] 

Σννάνύω,  {συν,  ανύω)  to  accomplish, 
arrive  at  together,  Arist.  Physiogn.  6, 
54. 

Συναξιόω,  ώ,  {σνν,  ufiow)  to  join  in 
desiring  or  thinking  fit ;  and  so,  gener- 
ally, to  approve,  allow,  c.  acc.  et  inf., 
Xen.  Cyr.  7,  1,  15. 

Σΰναξις,  εως,  ή,  {συνάγω)  a  bring- 
ing together  :  an  assembly,  esp.  at  the 
Lord''s  Supper,  Commwiion,  Eccl. 

Συνάοιδία,  ας,  τ/,=σννωδία. 

Σννάοιδός,  όν,  =  συνωδός,  q.  v., 
Eur.  Η.  F.  787. 

Συνΰορέω,  ώ,  strictly,  to  be  yoked 
together  with  :  generally,  to  accompany, 
c.  dat.,  έλπίς  οι  συναορεί,  Pind.  Fr. 
233. 

Συνάορος,  ov.  Dor.  and  Att.  for 
σννήορος,  q.  v.  [ά] 

Σννάπαγω,  f.  -ξω,  {σνν,  απάγω)  to 
lead  away  with,  τινί,  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  3, 
23  : — pass.,  to  be  led  away,  seduced  by 
or  iiiith,  N.  T.  [ά] 

Συναπάθύνάτίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  to  make 
immortal  with  or  at  once. 

Σνναπαίρω,  {σύν,  άπαίρω)  to  lift 
and  carry  off  together. — II.  intr.,  to  go 
away  with,  Luc.  Bis  Acc.  27. 

Συναπαντάω,  ώ,  f.  -τ/σω,  ( σύν, 
απαντάω)  to  meet  at  the  same  time, 
Arist.  Mirab.  56. 

Συναπαρτίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {σύν,  απαρ- 
τίζω) to  make  even  together. — II.  intr., 
to  be  equal  one  to  another,  to  correspond 
with,  Strab.  p.  617.    Hence 

Συναπαρτισμός,  οΰ,  ό,  a  making 
even  or  exact  together. 

Σννύπάς,  άσα,  αν,  like  συμπάς, 
strengthd.  for  πάς,  πάσα,  πάν,  all  to- 


ΣΤΝΑ 
gether,  usu.  in  plur.,  Hdt.  1,  98,  134, 
etc. :  but  also  in  sing.,  with  collect- 
ive nouns,  TO  σννάπαν  στράτευμα, 
Hdt.  7,  187;  especially  of  countries. 
Id.  2,  39,  112;  9,  45  ;  μουσική  συνά- 
πάσα,  the  whole  range  of...,  Plat.  Soph. 
224  A. 

Σνναπατάω,  ω,  {σύν,  απατάω)  to 
join,  in  cheating,  Plut. 

Σνναπανγάζομαι,  as  pass.,  to  beam 
forth  together. 

Συνΰπειλέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  threaten 
with  or  at  the  same  time. 

Σννάπειμι,  {σνν,  άπό,  ειμί)  to  be 
away  or  absent  with  or  at  once. 

Συνάπειμι,  {συν,  άπό,  ειμί)  to  go 
away,  depart  together,  Xen.  An.  2,  2,  1, 
Lys.  134,  34. 

Συναπειπειν,  inf.  aor.  of  συναπό- 
φημι. 

Σνναπε?Μύνω,  to  drive  away  ivith 
or  together.  —  II.  seemingly  intr.,  to 
ride,  march  or  go  away  with  or  at  once. 

Συναπε?^ενθερος,  ov,  set  free  with  a 
fellow-freedman. 

Συναπεργάζομαι,  {σνν,  απεργάζο- 
μαι) dep.  mid.,  to  help  in  flnishiyig  or 
completing.  Plat.  Rep.  443  E,  Tim.  38 
E.  ^ 

Συναπερείδω,  {συν,  άπερείδω)  to 
fix  firmly  together,  σ.  την  ΰπόνυιάν 
τινι  or  επί  τίνα,  to  help  in  fixing  a 
suspicion  upon  one,  Plut.  Cic.  21. 

Συναπερεϊν,  inf.  fut.  of  συναπό• 
φημι. 

Συναπέρχομαι,  {συν,  απέρχομαι) 
dep.  mid.,  c.  aor.  2  et  pf.  act.,  to  go 
away,  depart  with  or  at  once,  Arist. 
Gen.  An.  1,  18,  53,  etc. 

Συναπενθύνω,  {σνν,  απευθύνω)  to 
make  straight  together,  help  to  guide, 
Plut.  2,  426  C. 

Σνναπεχθάνομαι,  (σύν,  απεχθάνο- 
μαι) dep.  mid.,  to  become  an  enemy 
ivith  or  together,  share  in  enmities  with, 
Plut.  2,  96  A. 

Σνναπίσταμαι,  Ion.  for  σνναφίστα- 
μαι,  Hdt. 

Σνναπ?.όο},  ώ,  to  xmfold  ivith  or  at 
once,  Callistr. 

Σνναποβαίνω,  {σύν,  αποβαίνω)  to 
go  away  along  with  or  together  :  to  dis- 
embark along  ivith,  Hdt.  6,  92. 

Σνί'αποβάλλω,  {σνν,  αποβάλλω) 
to  lose  at  the  same  time,  Diod.,  Plut. 
Philop.2]. 

Σνναποβιάζω,  {σνν,  άποβιάζω)  to 
force,  drive  away  together :  also  in  mid., 
σνναποβιύζεσθαι  ταϊς  έπιμελείαις, 
to  strive  with  all  force  and  diligence, 
Arist.  H.  A.  7,  1,  4. 

Σνναποβρέχω,  {σύν,  άποβρεχω)ίο 
macerate  along  with,  Diosc. 

Συναπογράφομαι,  as  mid.,  {σνν, 
απογράφω) :  to  enter  one^s  name  as 
candidate  together,  Plut.  Aemil.  3. 

Συναπογνμνόω,  ώ,  f.  -ώσω,  to  lay 
bare  along  with. 

Σνναποδείκννμι,  to  demonstrate  to- 
gether, Eud. 

Συναποδημέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  be 
abroad  together,  Arist.  Pol.  5,  11,  20: 
from 

Συναπόδημος,  ov,  {συν,  απόδημος) 
abroad  together,  Arist.  Pol.  2,  5,  4. 

Σνναποδιδράσκω,  {σνν,  άποδιδρα- 
σκω)  to  run  away  along  with,  τινί,  Ar. 
Ran.  81. 

Συναποδίδωμι,  {σύν,  άποδίόωμι) 
to  give  back  with  or  together,  Dio  C. 

Συναποδοκΐμάζω,  {σύν,  αποδοκι- 
μάζω) to  join  in  reprobating,  Xen.  Oec. 
6,5. 

Σνναποδύρομαι,ύβρ.,  to  lament  with 
or  together.  Joseph. 

Συναττυδυω,  {σνν,  άποδύω)  to  strip 
off  with  or  together  : — pass.,  συναποδν- 
εσθαί  τινι  εις  or  προς  τι,  to  strip  one's 
1423 


ΣΥΝΑ 
fflf  for  a  contest  along  with,  Plut.  2, 
94  C  (ubi  V.  Wyttenb.),  40G  E. 

Σνναττοθλίβω,  {συν,  ΰποθλίβω)  to 
sqveeze,  press,  crush  together,  Diosc. 

Σνναποθνήσκω,  f.  -Οΰνοϋμαι,  (σύν, 
αποθνήσκω)  to  die  together  with,  rivi, 
Hdt.  3,  16  ;  5,  47,  Plat.  Phaed.  88  D. 

Σνναττοικίο),  ώ,  {συν,  άποικέω)  to 
place  elsewhere  together  : — pass,  to  mi- 
grate together,  hence  to  remain  constant, 
Soph.  O.  C.  1752,  as  Herm.  reads, 
for  ξυνατζόκειται ;  but  Dind.  ξνν' 
απόκειται. 

Συναττοικίζω,  to  remove  together. 

Σνναποίχομαι,  dcp.  mid.,  to  have 
gone  away  together. 

Σνναποκαθαίρω,  to  purify  from  any 
thing  together. 

Σνναποκύμνω,  {συν,  άποκάμνω)  to 
be  iveary  together,  Eur.  I.  T.  1371. 

Συναπόκειμαι,  {σύν,  ά7ΓΟκειμαι)α8 
pass.,  to  be  laid  up  together  :  1.  vulg. 
Soph.  O.  C.  1752 :  v.  sub  συνατνοι- 
κέω. 

Σνναποκείρω,  to  shear  off  tvith  or  at 
once. 

Σνναποκινόννεύω,  {συν,  άποκινδν- 
νενω)  to  venture  or  risk  along  with, 
Hcliod. 

Σνναποκλείίο,  to  shut  off,  close  up 
with  or  at  once. 

Σνναποκ?ύνω,  {συν,  αποκλίνω)  to 
turn  auaytcith  or  together. — II.  intr.,  to 
fall  off  with  or  together,  έπ'  αμφότερα, 
Plut:  2,  790  Ε.  [t] 

Συναποκλνζω,  {σύν,  ΰποκλνζω)  to 
tca.ih  away  with  or  at  once,  Diosc. 

Σνναποκομίζί,),  {συν,  αποκομίζω) 
to  carry  away  with  or  at  once,  Diod. 

Συναποκόπτω,  f.  -ψω,  {σύν,  απο- 
κόπτω) to  cut  off  with  or  together,  Plut. 

Σνναποκρίνομαι,  {σύν,  ύποκρίνω) 
as  pass.,  to  be  carried  off  or  secreted  to- 
gether, Arist.  H.  A.7,  ],  12.— II.  to  an- 
swer along  with  or  at  once,  [i] 

Σνναποκτείνω,  {σύν,  άποκτείνω). 
to  kill  along  with  or  together,  Antipho 
131,  8,  Aeschin.  48,  3. 

Συναποκτίννϋμι,  =  foreg.,  Arist. 
Eth.  Eud.  7,  12,  20. 

Συναπολαμβάνω,  ΐ.-7.?/φομαι,  {σύν, 
απολαμβάνω)  to  receive  from  another 
with  or  together :  gciierally,  to  take  or 
receive  in  common  or  at  once,  esp.,  that 
which  one  has  a  right  to,  σνναπ.  τον 
μισΟόν,  etc.,  Xen.  An.  7,  7,  40. — II. 
to  intercept  with. 

Σνναπο?ιύμπω,  f.  -ψω,  (σύν,  άπο- 
?ΛΪμπω)  to  shine  forth  together,  Luc. 

Συναπο?.ανω,  f.  -σομαι,  {σύν,  άπο- 
?.αύω)  to  enjoy  together,  Arist.  Eth. 
Eud.  7,  12,  4  :  to  share  in  profit  or  loss, 
Id.  Probl.  5,22,  1. 

Σνναπολείπω,  f.  -ψω,  {σύν,  ΰπο- 
2.είπω)  to  forsake  aloizg  with  or  at  once, 
Diod. 

Συναπολήγω,  f.  -ξω,  {σύν,  απολή- 
γω) to  cease  along  luith  or  together,  σ. 
τους  πόδας  τω  άκρωτηρίω.  to  have  the 
feet  ending  with  (i.  e.  reaching  to)  it, 
Pbilostr. ;  cf.  Jac.  Imag.  p.  507. 

Σνναπό2,λνμι,  (σύν,  άπόλ?Λ'μι)  to 
destroy  together,  Antipho  139,  7 ;  σ. 
τους  φίλους,  to  destroy  one^s  friends  as 
well  as  one's  self,  Thuc.  6,  12  : — pass.•, 
to  perish  along  with  or  together,  Hdt.  7, 
221,  Thuc.  2,  60,  Lys.  128,  20,  Plat, 
etc. 

Σνναπολογίοιιαι,  f.  -ήσομα^,  (σύν, 
ΰπολογέομαι)  tiep.  mid.,  to  join  or 
help  in  defending,  rivL,  ap.  Dem.  707, 
15  ;  749,23  ;  μισθού,  for  hire,  Lycurg. 
167,  23. 

Σνναπομάλάσσω,  f.  -ξω,  {συν,  ΰπο- 
μαλάσσω)  to  soften  together,  Aristaen. 
1,  1. 

Συναπομάραίνω,  (σύν,  άπομαραί- 
νω)  to  ?nake  to  wither  along  with  or  to^ 
1424 


ΣΥΝΑ 
gether  : — pass.,  to  fade  away  and  die 
with  or  together,  Xen.  Synip.  8,  14. 

Συναπονενω,  (  σύν,  άπονεύω  )  to 
bend  away  from  a  thing  along  with  or 
together,  Thuc.  7,  71;  cf.  Plut.  2, 
780  A. 

Σνναπονοέομαι,  {σύν,  άπονοέομαι) 
dep.  c.  fut.  mid.,  aor.  et  pf.  pass.,  to 
defend  one''s  self  desperately  together 
with,  Tivi,  Diod. 

Σνναποξύω,  (σύν,  άποξύω)  to  shave 
off  with  or  together,  Themist.  [ί'ω] 

Συναποπέμπω,  {σύν,  αποπέμπω) 
to  send  atvay  along  with  or  together, 
Xen.  Cyr.  3,  1,  2. 

Σνναποπλίω,  f.  -π7^ενσομαι,  to  sail 
away  with  or  together. 

Σνναπορέω,  ω,  and  as  dep.  pass. 
σνναπορέομαι,  {σύν,  άπορέω)  to  be  in 
doubt  together  with,  Sext.  Emp.  p. 
634,  in  pass. 

ΣνναποΙ^βτ/γνϋμι,  (σύν,  άποβί)?'/- 
γννμι)  to  break  or  tear  off  together,  Plut. 
Mar.  12. 

Σνναπο()()ίπτω,  (σύν,  άποβΜπτω) 
to   throw   away  along  with,    Pnilostr. 

[i] 

Συναποσβέν,νϋμι,  {σύν,  άποσβέν- 
ννμι)  to  put  out  with  or  together,  τί 
Tivi,  Anth.  P.  7,  367:  pass.,  Plut. 
Marcell.  24. 

Σνναποσεμνύνω,  (σύν,  άποσεμνύ- 
νω)  to  exalt  or  extol  highly  together, 
Diod. 

Συναποσπύω,  {σύν,  αποσπάω)  to 
tear  off  together,  Apoliod.  2,  7,  7,  in 
pass. 

Σνναποστύζω,  to  drop  down  from 
along  with. 

Συναποστάτ7}ς,  ov,  b,  (σνν,  υποστά- 
της) a  fellow-apostate,  Diod. 

Σνναποστέλλω,  (συν,  ΰποστέ?.λω) 
to  send  away,  dispatch  together  with, 
Tivi,  Thuc.  6,  88,  Isae.  59,  9,  and 
X«n. 

Σνναποστερέω,  ώ,  {σύν,  άποστε- 
ρέω)  to  help  to  strip  or  cheat,  τινά 
τινυς,  one  of  a  thing,  Dem.  872,  21, 
cf.  864,  16. — II.  to  help  to  get  by  cheat- 
ing, Ti,  Plat.  Legg.  918  C. 

Συναποτελίω,  ώ,  (σύν,  άποτελέω) 
to  finish  off  or  coinplete  along  with  or 
together.  Plat.  Polit.  258  E. 

Συναποτερμΰτίζω,  to  bound,  border 
with  or  together. 

Σνναποτίθεμαι,  (συν,  αποτίθημι) 
as  mid.,  to  put  off  together,  Plut.  2,  37 
D.  [Γ] 

Συναποτίκτω,  {σνν,  άποτίκτω)  to 
produce  at  the  same  time,  Plut.  The- 
aet.  L56  E. 

Σνναποτίλλω,  (σύν,  ΰποτίλλω)  to 
pluck  off  along  with  or  together,  Diosc. 

Συναποτροχάζω,=^8^. 

Σνναποτρέχω,  to  run  off  along  with 
or  together. 

Σνναποφαίνομαι,  {σύν,  απηφαίνω) 
as  mid.,  to  assert  likewise,  together, 
Aeschin.  33,  32 ;  σ.  τινι,  to  agree  with 
another  in  asserting,  Polyb.  4,  31,  5. 

Σνναπόφΰσις,  εως,  ή,  ( σνναπό- 
Φημι)  α  joint  denial,  Arist.  Metaph.  9, 
5,  10. 

Σνναπυφέρω,  (σνν,  αποφέρω)  to 
carry  off  along  with  or  together,  Demad. 
180,  17  : — mid.,  to  take  away  with  one, 
Ath.  273  F. 

Σνναπόφημι,  {σύν,  απόφημι)  to 
deny  together. 

Σνναποφθίνω.  (σύν,  άποφθίνω)  to 
destroy  together,  0pp.  H.  5,  576:  pass., 
to  perish  together,  lb.  587. 

Συναποχράομαι,  dcp.  mid.,  to  use 
up  along  with  or  together. 

Σνναποχωρέω,  ώ,  to  go  away  together, 
Polyb.  20,  10,  5. 

Σνναπτέον,  verb.  adj.  from  συνάπ- 
τω^ one  must  join  together. 


ΣΤΝΑ 

Συνοπτικός,  ή,  όν,  joining  togcthet, 
uniting.     Adv.  -κώς. 

Συναπτός,  ή,  ύν,  also  ός,  όν,  Ar. 
Eccl.  508  : — verb,  aa].,  joined  together, 
fastened,  tied,  Ar.  1.  c. :  linked  to- 
gether, continuffus,  Arist.  Rhet.  Al.  32, 
2,  etc. :  V.  Lob.  Paral.  497  :  from 

Συνάπτω,  f.  -aijuj,  (σύν,  άπτω)  to 
join  together,  χειρι  χείρα,  of  dancers, 
Ar.  Thcsm.  955 ;  but,  σ.  χείρας,  to 
bind  another's  hands,  Eur.  Bacch. 
615,  cf.  198,  Plat.  Legg.  098  D ;  σ. 
στόμα,  to  kiss  one,  Eur.  I.  T.  375: 
proverb.,  σ.  λίνον  λίνω,  to  keep  on 
doing  the  same  thing,  ΪΊ3ΐ.  Euthyd. 
298  C,  ubi  V.  Schol. : — also  σ.  τι  εκ. 
τίνος,  as  δύο  εξ  ενός,  Eur.  Ι.  Τ.  488, 
cf.  Hipp.  515  ;  ορρ.  to  σ.  τρία  εις  ίν, 
etc.,  PlaL  Rep.  588  D,  cf.  Eur.  Bacch. 
1304  ;  so  in  pass.,  συνάπτεται  έτερον 
εξ  έτερου.  Plat.  Soph.  245  Ε  :— σ. 
μηχανί/ν,  to  frame  a  plan,  Aescii.  Ag. 
1609,  Eur.  Hel.  1034:  σ.  δναρ  εΙς 
τίνα,  to  connect  it  with,  refer  it  to  him. 
Id.  I.  T.  59 : — also,  ξ.  τινά  yy,  to 
bury  him,  Eur.  Phoen.  673,  cl.'Hel. 
544 :  ξ.  Tivi  κακά,  to  bring  evil  on 
him,  Id.  Med.  1232  ;  ξ.  τινι  δαίτα,  Id. 
Ion  807. — II.  esp.  of  persons, — 1.  in 
hostile  signf.,  σ.  τα  στρατόπεδα  εις 
μάχτμ'^ίο  bring  them  into  action,  Hdt. 

5,  75;  so,  σ.  τινάς,  to  make  them 
fight.   Soph.    Aj.    1317,    Eur.  Supp.        # 
480  : — and  very  freq.,  σ.  μάχην,  πό- 
?\.εμαν,  to  join  battle,  begin  war,  Hdt. 

6,  108 ;  1,  18,  etc. ;  τινί,  with  one, 
cf.  Eur.  Hel.  55,  etc.  ;  absol.,  συν.,  to 
engage,  Hdt.  4,  80,  cf.  Ar.  Ach.  086; 
and  then,  σ.  μάχτ},  Eur.  Heracl.  808; 
also,  σ.  έχθραν  τινί,  lb.  459  : — these 
phrases  come  from  the  simple  notion, 
as  in  σ.  φάσγανα  (Eur.  Or.  1482), 
Lat.  conserere  manus. — 2.  in  friendly 
signf,  σ.  εαυτόν  εις  λόγους  τινί,  to 
enter  into  conversation  with  him, 
Ar.  Lys.  468;  so,  σ.  μνθον,  Eur. 
Supp.  566 :  also,  σ.  όρκους,  Eur. 
Phoen.  1241,  κοινωνίαν,  Xen.  Lac. 
6,  3: — and  freq.  in  Eur.,  σ.  γάμους, 
λέκτρα,  κηδος,  to  form  an  alliance  by 
marriage;  but  in  mid.,  ξυνύπτεσΟαι 
κήόυς  θνγατρός,  to  get  one's  daughter 
married,  Thuc.  2, 29  : — also,  σΛχνος, 
πόδα  τινί,  t  .  ■  -- 
Phoen.  37. 


πόδα  τινί,  to  meet  him,  Eur.flp  663, 


ψ 


Β.  intrans. : — 1..  of  lands,  to  border 
on,  lie  next  to,  Hdt.  2,  75,  Aesch. 
Pers.  885 :  then,  generally,  to  be 
joined  to,  Elmsl.  Soph.  O.  T.  664, 
Monk  Eur.  Hipp.  187  ;  γεωλόφοι  συν- 
άπτοντες  τω  ποταμώ,  reaching  to.., 
Polyb.  3,  67,  9:  σ.  προς  τι,  Arist. 
Categ.  6,  2. — 2.  of  time,  to  be  nigh  at 
hand,  ωρα  συνάπτει,  Pind.  P.  4,  440; 
χρόνου  συνάφαντος,  Polyb.  2,  2,  8 ; 
συνάψαντος  τοϋ  καιρού,  Id.  6,  36,  1, 
etc. : — to  meet  in  one  point,  coincide, 
συνάπτει  εν  αύτη  πάνθ'  δσα  δει, 
Arist.  Eth.  Ν.  8,  4,  7.-3.  of  persons, 
σ.  λύγοισι  or  εις  λόγους  τινί\  to  enter 
into  conversation  with...  Soph.  EI. 
21,  Eur.  Phoen.  702  ;  also,  σ.  εΙς  χο- 
ρεύματα,  to  join  the  dance,  Id.  Bacch. 
133 ;  σ.  ίς  χείρα  γι},  i.  e.  to  come 
close  to  land.  Id.  Heracl.  429  : — τνχα 
ποδός  ξυνάπτει  μοι,  i.  e.  1  have  come 
fortunately,  Id.  Supp.  1014. 

C.  mid.  and  pass.,  to  lay  hold  of, 
τοϋ  καιρόν,  Polyb.  15,  28,  8: — to  take 
part  with  one,  Aesch.  Pers.  742  ;  τινός, 
in  a  thing,  lb.  724  : — to  contribute  to- 
wards, τινός,  Soph.  Fr.  710. — 2.  to 
bring  upon  one's  self  πληγάς,  Dem. 
1018,  8. — 3.  αναλογία  συνημμένη,  con- 
tinuous proportion  ;  cf.  συνεχής. 

Συναπωθέω,  ώ,  Ιο  push  off  or  away 
along  with  or  together,  Arist.  Probl., 
Luc.  Τυ-χ.  19. 


ΣΤΝΑ 

Σννΰρύσσυ,  Att.  -ττω :  f.  -ξω,  (σνν, 
ύράσσω) : — Ιο  dash  together ;  to  dash 
in  pieces,  σύν  κεν  ίραζ'  τ/μέων  κεφα- 
?Μς,  Od.  9,  498  ;  σϋι^  ό'  ύστε'  ΰραξεν 
Ίΐάντ'  άμνδίΓ,  11.  12,  384  ;  σ.  οίκον, 
πό/uv,  Eur.  Ή.  F.  1142,  HeracL378: 
• — pass.,  to  be  dashed  in  pieces,  of  ships, 
Hclt.  7,  170:  but,  συναμάσσεσθαι  κε- 
φάλας, to  get  their  heads  broken,  Id.  2, 
63. — 11.  to  beat  or  hammer  together, 
make  fast,  Ap.  Rh.  2,  614. 

Σνναραχιόομαι,  as  pass.,  to  be  cov- 
ered with  fine  net-work  (like  a  spider's 
web),  Hipp.  ;  but  cf.  Foes.  Oecon. 

Σννύρέσκω,  {συν,  αρέσκω)  ίο  please 
or  satisfy  together,  σννήρεσκέ  μοί  ταύ- 
τα, Dein.  404,  12. — 2.  impers.,  like 
Lat.  placet,  συναρέσκει  μοι,  I  am  con- 
tent also,  c.  inf.,  Xen.  Hell.  2,  3,  42.— 
II.  to  concede,  grant,  Tivi  Tt,  Ap.  Rh. 
3,  901,  cf.  4,  373:  to  agree  with,  rtvi, 
lb.  3,  1100. 

Σννάρηγω,  f.  -ξο),  (σνν,  άρήγω)  to 
assist  also  with  or  together. 

Σνναρϋμέω,  ώ,  (σύν,  ύρθμέω)  to  be 
fitted  together,  σ.  ετζέεσσι,  to  agree  with 
any  one,  Ap.  Rh.  4,  418. 

Σvvapθμίζω,=  foreg. 

Συνάρθμιος,  ov,  stronger  form  of 
ύρϋμιος,  0pp.  H.  5,  424. 

Συναρθμυω,  ώ,  {συν,  αρθμός)  to  join 
together: — pass.,  to  fit  closely,  Hipp. 

Σύναρθρυς,  ov,  [σύν,  άρθρον)  link- 
ed together :  agreeing  with,  in  accordance 
with,  τινί,  Aesch.  Ag.  254  ;  ubi  Wel- 
lauer  et  Dind.  ξννορθρον. — U.  con- 
nected by  the  article.     Hence 

Σνναρθρόω,  ώ,  to  link  together: — 
pass.,  to  be  joined,  Galen.     Hence 

Σννάρθρωσις,  εως,  ή,  a  being  joined 
together  ;  a  peculiar  mode  of  joining  ; 
cf.  sub  όιύρθρωσις. 

Συνΐφίδμέω,  ώ,  (συν,  άριθμέυ)  to 
count  along  with,  to  take  into  the  account, 
Isae.  52,  26;  so  in  mid.,  Plat.  Phil. 
23  D  :  in  pass.,  Anst.  Eth.  N.  1,  7,  8. 
Hence 

Σννάρίθμησις,  εως,  η,  a  counting 
along  with,  Ath. 

Σννάριθμος,  ov,  {σί'ν,  αριθμός) 
counted  with,  included  in  a  number. — 
II.  of  like  or  equal  number,  Simon.  23. 

Συνάρισταω,  ώ,  f.  -ησω,  (σνν,  upi- 
ΰτύω)  to  take  breakfast  or  luncheon 
with,  At.  Av.  I486,  Aeschin.  7, 1,  Luc. 
Asin.  50. 

Συνίρίστενω,  (σύν,  αριστεύω)  to 
do  brave  deeds  with  another,  άμα  Tivi, 
Eur.  Tro.  803. 

Σννάριστος,  ov,  (σνν,  άριστον) 
breakfasting  with,  Luc.  Asin.  21.  [d] 

Συναρκέομαι,  dep.  (σύν,  άρκέω) : — 
to  be  satisfied  with,  submit  to  together 
with  another,  τινί,  Theophr.  Char.  3, 
fin. 

Συναρμογή,  ης,  ή,  a  joining  οτ fitting 
together,  combining,  Tim.  Locr.  95  Β  : 
— harmony :  from 

Συναρμόζω,  Att.  -όττω  :  f.  -σω  Dor. 
^ω,  Pind.  N.  10,  22,  (σύν,  αρμόζω)  to 
fit  together,  Xidoi  εν  σννηρμοσμένοι, 
Hdt.  1,  163;  σνναρμόζειν  βλέφαρα, 
to  cZose  the  eyelids,  Eur.  Phoen.  1451, 
cf  I.  T.  1167  -.—to  fit  01  furnish  with  a 
thing,  Tivi,  Eur.  Tro.  1 1  :  so,  ευχέ- 
ρεια σ.  βροτονς,  to  furnish  them  with 
recklessness,  i.  e.  make  them  indif- 
ferent to  crime,  Aesch.  Eum.  495. — 
2.  to  join  together,  unite,  βίαν  και  δί- 
κην,  ϋοΐοη  28,  14 ;  τινί  τι,  Pind.  1.  c. : 
also,  to  join  in  wedlock.  Arist.  Mirab. 
109,  2 : — to  compound  a  word.  Plat. 
Crat.  414  B. — 3.  to  put  together,  so  as 
to  make  a  whole,  σκάφος,  Eur.  Hel. 
233  ;  συνηρμοσμένος  εκ  τίνος.  Plat. 
Tim.  54  C  :  f.  πάλιν,  etc.,  Plat.  Legg. 
628  A ;  ξ.  πολίτας  rf;iOZ  και  άνά• 
90 


ΣΤΧΑ 

γκα,  Id.  Rep.  519  Ε. — 4.  metaph.,  to  ' 
fit  or  adapt  one  thing  to  another,  σ. 
Tivi  τον  τρόπον,  Ephipp.  Έμπολ.  2, 
4  ;  so  in  pass.,  προς  παρόντα  σννηρ- 
μοσμένος,  Xen.  Apol.  ]6  :  esp.  of  mu- 
sic, ?Λψα  σννηρμοσμένη  προς  τον  αν- 
λόν.  Id.  Symp.  3,  1. — II.  inlr.,  to  agree 
together,  άλληλοις,  Plat.  Prot.  333  A  ; 
σ.  TLvl  εις  φύίαν,  Xen.  Mem.  2,  6, 20  : 
to  fit,  suit,  Id.  Cyr.  7,  5,  60.— III.  in 
mid.,  much  like  act.,  to  join  together, 
unite.  Plat.  Tim.  53  C,  Polit.  309  C. 

Συναμμολυγέω,  ώ,  f.  -;;ffij,=foreg., 
N.  T. 

Σνναρμονιάω,  ώ,  to  agree  together. 

Σνναμμος,  ov,  (σύν,  αρμός)  joined 
together,  joined.  Math.  Vett.,  Philo. 

Συναρμοστέον,  verb.  adj.  from  συν- 
αρμόζω, one  must  join  together,  Plat. 
Tim.  18  C. 

Σνναρμοστέω,  ■=σνναρμόζω. 

Συναρμοστής,  ov,  ό,  (συναρμόζω) 
one  who  joins  or  fits  together,  Luc. 
Somn. — 1 1.  an  assistant  αρμοστής,  dep- 
uty governor.  Id.  Toxar.  32.     Hence 

Συναρμοστικός,  ή,  όν,  qualified  for 
uniting,  iambi. 

Σνναρμοττόντως,  adv.  part.  pres. 
from  σνναρμόττω,  fitly ,  suitably.  Plat. 
Legg.  967  E. 

Σνναρμόττω,  Att.  for  συναρμόζω. 

Σνναρπαγη,  ης,  η,  joint  robbery. 

Συναρπάζω,  fut.  -άσω  later  -άξω, 
(σύν,  αρπάζω)  to  snatch  and  carry  ivith 
one,  carry  clean  away,  Aesch.  Pers. 
195  ;  esp.  of  a  storm,  Soph.  El.  1 150  ; 
and  of  an  eagle,  Xen.  Cyr.  2,  4,  19 : 
— pass.,  to  be  seized  and  carried  off, 
Soph.  Aj.  498,  Fr.  485.-2.  ξ.  χείρας, 
to  seize  and  pin  them  together,  Eur. 
Hec.  1163,  cf.  Lys.  Fr.  45,  4:  so  in 
mid.,  ξυναρπάαασθαί  τίνα  μέσον,  of 
a  wrestler,  Ar.  Lys.  437. — 3.  metaph., 
σ.  φρενί,  to  seize  with  the  mind,  catch 
eagerly  at.  Soph.  Aj.  16  :  σ.  70  ζητού- 
μενον,  in  arguing,  to  be  guilty  of  a  pe- 
tilio  principii,  Luc,  Sext.  Einp.  p.  81. 

Σνναββωστέω,  ώ,  to  be  sick  with  or 
together. 

Σύναρσις,  ή,  (συνάρω)  a  joining  to- 
gether. 

Συναρτάω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (συν,  ΰρτάω) 
to  hang  up  with  :  to  knit  or  join  together, 
σ.  γένος,  Eur.  Med.  564  :— pass.,  συν- 
ηρτήσβαι  πλείους  ναϋς  περί  μιαν,  to 
be  closely  engaged  ΟΓ  entangled  with.., 
Thuc.  7,  70 ;  σννηρτησΟαι  πολέμω, 
Plut. ;  but  also,  σννηρτήσθαί  τισι, 
Plut.  Num.  20  ;  to  hang  close  on  an 
enemy's  rear.  Id.  Pomp.  51.     Hence 

Σννάρτησις,  ή,  a  fastening  or  knit- 
ting together. 

Συναρτίζω,  f.  -ί'σω,  (σνν,  άρτίζω)  to 
finish  completely,  Schaf.  uion.  Comp. 
p.  296. 

Σνναρτννω,  (σνν,  άρτννω)  to  fit  out, 
furnish  with,  άσπίόι,  .Kp.  Rh.  2,  1077  : 
— mid.,  to  join  in  accomplishing,  τι,  Id. 
4,  355.  [ϋ] 

Si'i'apriiu,=foreg. 
Σνναρχαιρεσιάζω,  (σύν,  άρχαιρε- 
σιάζω)  to  help  in  canvassing,  Plut.  2, 
97  A. 

Σνναρχία,  ας,  η,  joint  administra- 
tion.— II.  in  plur.,  a'l  σνναρχίαι,  the 
assembled  magistracy,  Anst.  Pol.  4,  14, 
4,  Polyb.;  etc. :  from 

Σνναρχος,  ov,  (σνν,  αρχή)  ruling 
with. 

Σννάρχω,  i.  -ξω,  (σύν,  άρχω)  to  rule 
jointly  with,  τινί,  Hdt.  8,  130  :  to  be  a 
colleague  or  partner  in  office,  Thuc.  7, 
31 :  hence,  ό  σννάρχων,  a  colleague, 
Id,  6,  25  ;  8,  27,  Lys.  125,  6,  Plat.,  etc. 
— II.  as  dep.  mid.,  σννάρχομαι,  to  be- 
gin with,  begin  in  like  manner. 

*Σννάρω,  hence  aor.  2  σννήρΰρον : 
— like  σνναρμόζω,  to  join  together. — 


ΣΤΝΑ 

II.  intr.  in  pf.,  σννάρηρεν  άοιόή,  the 

song  hung  well  together,  H.  Hom.  Ap. 

164 ;  φάλαγξ  σνναραρνία,  Luc.  Zeuz. 
8. 

Σννύ,ρωγός,  όν,  (σνν,  αρωγός)  a 
joint  helper,  Η.  Hom.  7,  4,  Anth.  P.  6, 
259. 

Σννΰσεβέω,  ώ,  f.  -ησω,  (σνν,  άσε- 
βέω)  to  join  in  impiety,  Antipho  125, 
29. 

Σννασκέω,  ώ,  f.  -τ}σω,  (συν,  άσκέω) 
to  practise  together,  join  in  practising, 
επιμελειαν.  Isocr.  295  D,  δεινότητα, 
Uem.  450,  6: — pass.,  to  be  trained  so 
as  to  act  together,  of  soldiers,  Plut. 
Cleom.  20.     Hence 

Σννάσκησις,  εως,  ή,  joint  practice. 
— II.  complete  practice,  Dion.  H. 

Συνασμενίζω,  to  rejoice  or  be  glad 
with. 

Συνΰσοφέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (σνν,  άσο- 
όος)  to  be  utiuise  οτ  foolish  along  with, 
Eur.  Phoen.  394,  ubi  v.  Pors.  et 
Schaf.,  cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  630. 

Σννασπάζομαι,  (σύν,  ασπάζομαι) 
dep.  mid.,  to  greet  together,  Heliod. 

Σννασπϊδόω,  tl),=  sq.,  to  keep  the 
shields  close  together,  Xen.  Hell.  7,  4, 
23,  cf.  sq. 

Συνασπίζω  :  fut.  -ίσω  Att.  -ιώ  (σνν, 
άσπίζω)  • — to  hold  the  shields  together, 
to  stand  in  close  rank,  Polyb.  4,  64,  C, 
etc. :  generally,  to  fight  together,  ξνν- 
ασπιονντες  εναντία  τινί,  Xen.  Hell. 
3,  5,  11  ;  ubi  al.  ξυνασπιύονντες,  cf. 
foreg. — II.  to  be  a  messmate,  τινί.  Eur. 
Cycl.  39.     Hence 

Συνασπισμός,  ov,  6,  a  holding  of  the 
shields  together,  fighting  in  close  rank, 
Diod.,  Ael.  Tact.  11. 

Σννασπιστής,  ov,  ό,  (συνασπίζω) 
a  shield-fellow,  comrade,  messmate. 
Soph.  O.'  C.  379  ;  σ.  τινί,  Anth.  Plan. 
184. 

Συναστάχύω,  (σύν,  άσταχνς)  to  be 
full  of  ears  of  corn,  Arat.  1050.   [v] 

Σνναστρΰγάλίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  to  play  at 
αστράγαλοι  with. 

Συναστράπτω,  f.  -■ψω,  to  flash  like 
lightning  with  or  together. 

Σνναστρία,  ας,  ή,  slight  disagree- 
ment among  friends,  Procl. 

Σννασφαλίζομαι,  dep.,  to  secure 
along  with. 

Συνασχά/.άω,  ώ,  (σύν,  άσχαλάω) 
to  be  sad  or  angry  along  with,  to  feel 
common  anger  at  a  thing,  μόχθοις,  κα- 
κοίς,  Aesch.  Pr.  161,  243,  303. 

Συ!'ασ,ΐ'άλ/ω,=;  foreg. 

Συνασχ7/μονέω,  ώ,  (σύν,  άσχημο- 
νέω)  to  behave  unseemly  along  with, 
Plut.  2,  64  C. 

Συνασχολέομαι,  {σνν,  άσχο?^έω)  as 
pass.,  to  share  in  bu^tiness  with,  τινί. 
Plut.  Philop.  4,  Id.  2,  95  D,  E. 

Συνΰτενίζω,  to  look  fixedly  at. 

Σννύτίμάζομαι,  (cri^v,  ατιμάζω)  as 
pass.,  to  share  in  dishonour  with,  τινί, 
Plut.  Agis  17. 

Σvva-ιμόoμaι,=  {oτeg.,  Plut.  Fla- 
min.  19. 

Συνατμίζω,  (σύν,  άτμίζω)  to  be 
joined  in  a  vaporous  form,  I)iog.  L.  6, 
73. 

Σννάτνχέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (σνν,  άτν- 
χέω)  to  be  unlucky  with  or  together, 
μετά  τίνος,  Lycurg.  166,  28 ;  τινί, 
Plut.  Agis  17,  etc. 

Σννάτνχής,  ες,  sharing  in  ill  luck. 

Σνναυαινω,  {συν,  αύαίνω)  to  dry 
up,  Ti,  Hipp.,  Eur.  Cycl.  463  : — pass., 
ίο  be  dried  up,  wither  away.  Plat. 
Phaedr.  251  D. 

Σννανγασμός,  ov,  6,  (σύν,  ανγασ- 
μός)  a  rneeting  of  rays,  Plut.  2,  893  A, 
929  B. 

Σνναύγεια,  ας,  ή,  {σύν,  α{)}7/)=•. 
foreg. :   in  the  Platonic   philos.,  the 
1425 


ΣΤΝΑ 
meeting  of  the  rays  of  sight  from  the 
eye  {όψις)  with  the  rays  of  light  from 
the  object  seen,  the  union  of  which 
produced  sight,  Pint.  2,  901  C. 

"Σννανδάίΰ,  ώ,  f.  -ί/σω,  [συν,  ανδάω) 
to  speak  with  or  together  :  hence,  like 
σίιμ(Ρηαί,  to  agree :  to  confess,  allow, 
Soph.'Aj.  943. 

Συναυλεω,  ώ,  (σνν,  αΰλέω)  to  ac- 
company on  the  flute,  τοις  χοροίς,  Ath. 
617  Β. 

"Συναυλία,  ας,  ή,  {συν,  αυλός) : — α 
playing  on  the  flute  together,  a  duet, 
trio,  ipiartet,  etc.,  of  flules,  Soph.  Fr. 
79  :  also,  a  playing  upon  the  flute  and 
lyre  together,  Ath.  617  F:  generally, 
any  union  of  musical  instruments,  a 
concert,  opp.  to  μονφδία,  Plat.  Legg. 
7C5  Β :  hence,  ξυναυλίαν  k7melv 
Οϋλύμπον  νόμον,  to  sob  one  of  Olym- 
pus' pieces  in  concert,  Ar.  Eq.  9,  cf. 
Meineke  Antiph.  Ανλητ.  1  :— then, 
— 2.  still  more  generally,  any  concert, 
agreement,  fellowship,  δόμος  ξ-,  i.  e. 
single  combat,  Aesch.  Theb.  839  :  σ. 
θρήνου,  πένθους,  etc.,  Jac.  Philostr. 
Imag.  p.  275. — II.  (prob.  from  αυλή, 
cf.  σνναυ?.ίζομαι)  a  dwelling  together 
as  man  and  wife,  σ.  ποιεΐσΟαι,  Arist. 
Pol.  8,  16,  10,  cf.  μονανλία:  though 
this  signf.  almost  melts  into  I.  2. 

Συναυλίασμός,  ov,  o,=foreg.,  dub. 
in  Ath.  109  E. 

Συνανλίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (σύν,  αϋλίζο- 
μαι)  : — to  bring  together  into  one  αΰ?>,ή 
or  αύ?ιΐςτ  to  assemble,  v.  1.  Xen.  Hell. 
1,  1,  30. — Usu.  as  pass,  συναυλίζό- 
μαι,  to  sleep  together,  dwell  together, 
LXX. :  metaph.,  to  be  brought  together 
in  one  or  in  one  point  of  view,  Hipp.  : 
sometimes  also  used  in  aor.  mid. 
Hence 

Σνναυλισμός,  οϋ,  b,  a  dwelling  to- 
gether. 

Σύνανλος,  ov,  {σύν,  αυλός) : — play- 
ing the  flute  together  :  generally,  sound- 
ing in  concord  or  unison  :  harmonious, 
βοά,  Ar.  Ran.  212: — then,  more  gene- 
rally, agreeing  ivilh,  accordant,  in  har- 
mony with,  βοα  ξ.  χαρά,  Eur.  El. 
879  :  άνέμφ  σννανλος  ήχθη,  he  was 
borne  away  in  union  with  the  wind, 
as  fast  as  the  wind.  Anacreont.  62, 
10.^11.  (αυλή)  dwelling  with  or  in  a 
place,  προς  χώρΐύ,  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  1126; 
c.  μανία,  i.  e.  mad,  Id.  Aj.  611. 

Σνναυξάνω,  t-ξήσω,  {σνν, αυξάνω) 
to  increase  or  enlarge  along  with  or 
together,  dub.  1.  in  H.  Hom.  Cer.  268, 
Xen.  Mem.  4,  3,  0 ;  also,  σ.  την  αρ- 
χήν. Id.  Cyr.  8,  3,  21  :  to  join  in 
exaggerating,  τι,  Polyb.  6,  15,  7: — 
pass.,  to  increase  with  or  together,  wax 
larger  together,  αϋξανομένφ  δέ  σώματι 
συναύξονται  και  αϊ  φρένες.  Hilt.  3, 
134,  cf.  Eur.  El.  544,  Isocr.  193  C. 

Συναφαιρέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσυ,{σνν,  άφαι- 
ρεω)  to  take  away  together: — mid.,  ίο 
assist  in  rescuing,  Thuc.  8,  92. 

Σννάφ&νίζω,  ί.-ίσω,  {σνν,  αφανίζω) 
to  make  away  with  at  the  same  time, 
Strab. 

Συνάφεια,  ας,  ή,  the  state  of  a  συν- 
αφή r,=  συν  αφή  :  V.  Lob.  Phryn.  497. 
— 2.  in  prosody,  a  mutual  connexion  of 
all  the  verses  in  a  system,  so  that  they 
are  scanned  as  one  verse,  as  in  Ana- 
paestics. — II.  a  joining,  joint,  Aretae. 

Σννάφεσις,  εως,  ή,  {συναφίημι)  a 
letting  loose  with. — II.  pass,  α  running 
out  or  away  with. 

ΣυναφέιΡω,  f.  •ήσω,  to  boil  off  or 
down  together,  Diosc. 

Συναφή,  ης,  ή,^=συνάφεια:  a  join- 
ing, junction,  as  in  bivalve  shells, 
Arist.  Part.  An.  4,  5,  30 ;  ή  τον  βέ- 
λους προς  το  ξύλον  σ.,  Polyb.  6,  23, 
11. — 2.  point  of  contact,  Math. :  from 
1426 


ΣΤΝΔ 

Συναφής,  ες,  united,  joined,  con- 
nected. 

Σνναφίημι,  f.  -φήσω,  [σύν,  άφίημι) 
to  let  loose  together,  Lat.  una  immittere, 
esp.  upon  the  enemy,  Polyb.  11,  12, 
7  ;  cf.  Pint.  2,  074  C. 

Συναφίκνέομαι,  dep.  mid.,  ίο  arrive 
with  or  together. 

Σνναφίστημι,  {συν,  ΰφίστημι)  to 
draiv  into  revolt  together,  Thuc.  1,  56. 
— II.  Pass.,  c.  aor.  2  et  pf.  act.,  σνν- 
αφίσταμαι.  Ion.  συναπίσταμαι,  to  fall 
off  or  revolt  along  with,  τινί,  Hdt.  5, 
37,  104;  η  δήμος  ϊνναφίσταται  τοις 
ολίγοις,  Thuc.  3,  39,  etc. 

Σνναφομοιόω,ώ,(σΰν,ΰπό,όμοιόω) 
to  make  quite  like,  τίνί,  Plut.  2,  51  D, 
52  E,  etc. 

Συναφορίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {σύν,  αφορίζω) 
to  mark  off  together,  Plut.  2,  425  B. 

Συνάχθομηι :  dep.  c.  fut.  mid. 
-θέσομαι,  Att.  -θήσομαι ;  aor.  pass. 
■αχθεσθείην,  Dem.491,  10,  etc.,  (σνν, 
άχθομαι) : — to  be  troubled  or  grieved 
along  with  or  together,  to  mourn  with, 
τινί,  Hdt.  8,  142,  Dem.  491,  10;  έπί 
Tivi,  at  a  thing,  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  2,  2, 
etc. ;  so  c.  dat.  rei,  lb.  4,  6,  5,  Dem., 
etc. 

Συνάχννμαι,  {συν,  ύχνυμαι)  as 
pass.,  to  be  grieved  along  with,  Q.  Sm. 
2,  625. 

Σύνα•φις,  εως,  ij,  (συνάπτω)  a  bind- 
ing or  tying  together,  union,  τινός  προς 
τι.  Plat.  Theaet.  195  C:  τινί,  Arist. 
Part.  An.  3,  4,  32. 

Συνάωρ,  ορός,  ύ,  //,  a  consort,  spouse. 
Lob.  Paral.  216. 

Σννδΰίζω,  f.  -ξω,  {σνν,  δαίζω)  to 
kill  with  another,  kill  also,  Soph.  Aj. 
361. 

Σννδαίννμαι,  dep.,  ίο  eat  with  or  to- 
gether. 

Σννδαιτάλεύς,  ό,  {σύν,  δαιταλεύς) 
a  fellow-guest,  Ath. 

ΣννδαιτίΓ,  ιδος,  ή,  fem.  of  sq.,  v. 
1.  Orph.  H.  54,  11. 

Συνδαίτωρ,  ορός,  ό,  a  sharer  of 
meats,  companion,  at  table,  ουδέ  Τΐς  σ., 
Aesch.  Euin,  351  :  from 

Σννδαίω.  t.  -δίΐίσω,  {σνν,  δαίω,  δαί- 
ννμι)  to  feast  along  with,  σ.  γάμους 
τινί,  to  share  a  marrlage/easi  with  one, 
Eur.  Hel.  1439. 

Σννδάκνω,ί.  -δήξομαι,{σύν,δάκνω) 
to  bite  together,  συνδ.  το  στόμιον,  of  a 
horse,  to  take  the  bit  in  his  teeth  and 
run  away,  Xen.  Eq.  6,  9. 

Σννδακρύω,  {συν,  δακρύω)  to  weep 
with  or  together,  Plut.  2.  599  Β  :— c. 
acc,  to  lament  together,  Id.  Lucull.  29. 

Συνδΰμάω,  ω,ί.  -άσω,  {σύν,  δαμάω), 
to  subdue  in  common  with  or  together  : 
— poet,  pass.,  σννδάμνΰμαι ,  to  be  sub- 
dued together,  Nic.  Al.  173. 

Συνδάνείζομαι,  (σνν,  δανείζω)  as 
mid.,  to  borrow  together,  to  scrape  to- 
gether by  borrowing,  Plut.  Eumen.  13. 

Σννδάπΰνύω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  spend  in 
or  upon  along  with. 

Σννδείδω,  {συν,  δείδω)  Ιο  fear  with 
or  in  common;  used  esp.  in  pf.  with 
pres.  signf.  σννδέδοικα  and  σννδέδια, 
App. 

Σννδειπνέω,  ω,  f.  -ήσω,  (σνν,  δει- 
πνέω)  to  dine  or  sup  with,  Lat.  coena- 
ri  apud  aliquem,  σννδειπνέω  τω  λώντι, 
Epich.  p.  15,  cf  Xen.  Hell.  4,  1,  6: 
to  dine  or  eat  together,  Xen.  Cyr.  4,  5, 
9,  etc. ;  μετά  τίνων,  Isae.  39,  26 :  ol 
ξννδειπνονί'τες,  the  members  of  a  pic- 
nic party,  Xen.  Mem.  3,  14,  2. 

Σννδείπνιον,  ου,  τό,  poet,  for  sq., 
Call.  Cer.  73,  Ath.  140  C. 

Σννδειπνον,  ου,τό,  {σνν,  δεΐπνον) 
a  common  ?neal  or  banquet,  Ar.  Fr.  204, 
Plat.  Symp.  172  B,  Lys.  ap.  Ath. 
365  B. 


ΣΥΝΔ 

Σίνδειπνος,  ov,  {σνν,  δεΐπνον): — 
dini?ig  together,  a  compatiio7i  at  table, 
Lat.  conviva,  Eur.  Ion  1172,  Xen.  Cyr. 
3,  2,  25  ;  ξ.  τινά  παιείσβαι.  Id,  An.  2, 
5,  27 ;  ξ.  τινά.  άγεσθαι,  to  take  hira 
with  one  as  an  umbra.  Id.  Cyr.  2,  2,  28. 

Σννδεκάζω,  f.  -άσω,  {σύν,  δεκάζω) 
to  bribe  the  whole  together,  all  at  once, 
την  ήλίαιαν,  hex.  ap.  Dem.  1137,  1 ; 
cf.  Aeschin.  12,  25. 

Σννδεκατενω,  (σνν,  δεκατενω)  to 
help  in  exacting  the  tithes  or  tenths. — 
II.  to  celebrate  the  feast  of  a  child's 
tenth  day  together,  to  join  in  keeping  it ; 
V.  δέκατος  II.  2. 

Σννδενδρος,  ov,  {συν,  δένδρον) 
overgrown  with  trees,  thickly  wooded, 
Polyb.  12,  4,  2,  Dicaearch.  p.  12  :  τό 
σ.,  the  U'oody  country,  the  "  Bush." 

Συνδέομαι,  {σνν,  δέομαι)  dep.  fut. 
mid.  et  aor.  pass.,  to  beg  along  with, 
to  join  in  begging  or  asking.  Plat. 
Parm.  136  D  ;  σ.  τίνος  μη  ποιείν  τι, 
Ερ.  Plat.  318  C  ;  τι  τίνος,  something 
of  a  person,  Dem.  962,  1. 

Σύνδεσις,  εως,  ij,  (σννδέο)) : — α 
binding  together,  δέρματος.  Hipp.  : 
generally,  a  uniting.  Plat.  Tim.  43  D. 
— II.  (from  pass.)  density,  solidity. 

Σννδεσμενω,  {σνν,  δεσμεύω)  to  bind 
together,  bind  firmly,  Polyb.  3,  42,  8. 

Σl'^'(5eσ/^έω,=foreg. 

Συνδέσμιος,  ov,  (σύν,  δέσμιος) 
bound  or  captured  along  with,  Dio  C. 

Σύνδεσμος,  ov,  ό;  heterocl.  pi.  τά 
σύνδεσμο,  Eur.  11.  citand.  {σνν,  δεσ- 
μός) :  that  which  binds  together,  a  band, 
bond,  ξ.  τον  μη  ασθενές  είναι  τό  οικο- 
δόμημα, Thuc.  2,  75 :  α  headband, 
Eur.  Med.  1193  ;  σννδεσμα  άμμάτων, 
the  fastenings  of  garments.  Id.  Bacch. 
697 ;  σ.  με/.έων,  the  sinews  or  joints, 
Eur.  Hipp.  199:  good  men  are  called 
ξ.  της  πόλεως.  Plat.  Hep.  520  A,  cf. 
Polit.  310  A :  ξ.  τής  πόλεως  μετά 
θεών,  the  bond  between  the  state  and 
heaven.  Id.  Legg.  921  C. — 2.  in  sur- 
gery, a  ligament.  Foes.  Oecon.  Hipp. 
— 3.  in  Grammar,  a  conjunction,  Arist. 
Rhet.  3,  5,  2 :  but  he  also  uses  it  in 
a  loose  sense  for  a  particle.  Poet.  20, 
6. — II.  that  which  is  bound  together,  a 
bundle,  Hdn.  4,  12. 

Σννδεσμώτης,  ov,  6,=σννδέσμιος, 
Thuc.  6,  60,  Plat  Rep.  516  C. 

Σννδέτης,  ov,  ό,  {σννδέω)  bound  to- 
gether, bound  hand  and  foot,  Ath.  213 
B,  Dio  C. — II.  act.  bindiiig  together 
Hence 

Συνδετικός,  ή,  όν,  fit  for  binding  to 
gether  or  joining,  Plut.  2,  908  B,  etc. 
νενρα  σ.,^σύνδεσμα,  Galen. 

Σννδετός,  όν,  (σννδέω): — bovnd to- 
gether, bound  hand  and  foot.  Soph.  Aj. 
296  :  U7iited  with,  τινί.  Plat.  Polit.  279 
E. — II.  as  subst.  σύνδετον  (Lob.  Pa- 
ral. 491).  τό,=σννδεσμος,  Eur.  Ion 
1390.     Adv.  -τως. 

Συνδενω,  (σνν,  δένω)  to  moisten  and 
mix  up  together,  Q.  Sm.  4,  213. 

Σννδέω,  f.  -δήσω,  (σύν,  δέω)  to  bind 
together,  σννέδηπα  πόδας  δεινηΐο  πε 
λώηον,  Od.  10,  168  (so,  σ.  τους  πόδας 
και  τάς  χείρας.  Plat.  Euthyjihr.  4 
C) ;  γαυλούς  συνέδεε,  Hdt.  8,  97  ;  and 
so  in  Att. : — to  bind  up  a  wound,  II. 
13,  599  : — to  bind  hand  and  foot,  όππό- 
τε  μιν  ξννδήσαι  'Ολύμπιοι  ήθελον 
άλλοι,  11.  1,  399;  cf.  Hdt.  9,  119, 
Soph.  Aj.  62,  Phil.  1016,  and  Eur., 
etc. : — generally,  σ.  φίλονς  φίλοις, 
Eur.  Phoen.  538;  τό  κοίνον  ξννδεί 
τάς  πόλεις.  Plat.  Legg.  875  .\  ;  ηδονής 
και  ?ιύπης  κοινωνία  ξννδεί.  Id.  Rep. 
402  Β  ;  σ.  και  σννέχειν.  Id.  Phaed. 
99  C— II.  to  stop,  hinder,  Jac.  Phi 
lostr.  Imag.  p.  522.— In  II.,  Wolf  al 
ways  reads  ξυνδ-. 


ΣΥΝΔ 

Σννδη^ΜΟ),  ώ,  intr.,  to  become  mani- 
fest together,  Theophr. 

Σίνόηλος,  ov,  [σνν.  δϊ/λος)  quite 
clear  or  manifest,  Arist.  Poet.  7,  12. 

"Συνδημΰγκύγΐω-,  ώ,  {σνν,  όημαγω- 
yio})  to  join  in  seeking  popularity,  Plut. 
Pomp.  2  :~σννεδημαγώγ7ΐσε  τω  πά- 
θει Τους  πολ?.ονς,  joined  with  his  ca- 
lamity ill  persuading  the  mob,  Id. 
Caes.  5. 

Σνί'δημιονργέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  create 
with  or  together,  Hierocl. :  from 

Σννδημιονργός,  όν,  {σνν,  δημιουρ- 
γός) creating  along  with  or  together,  a 
joint  maker,  νόμων,  Plat.  Legg.  671 
D. 

'Σννδιαβαίνο),  (σνν,  διαβαίνω)  to 
go  through,  cross  over  together,  Thuc. 
6,  101,  Xen.  An.  7.  1,4. 

Σννδια3ύ?Λω,  {cvv-,  διαβύΑ?ίω)  to 
convey  over  together ;  and  absoi.,  like 
Lat.  Irajicere,  σννδ.  κόλπον,  to  cross 
the  gulf  together,  Thuc.  6,  44. — II.  to 
accuse  along  ivilk  or  together,  Dem. 
1404,  fin.  : — pass.,  to  be  so  accused, 
Thuc.  6,  61,  Lys.  128,  40. 

Σννδιαβαπτίζομαι,  v.  1.  in  Dem. 
for  διαβατΓΤ-,  q.  v. 

Συνδιαβαστύζω,  f.  -άσω,  to  carry 
through  together. 

ΣννδιαβΙβύζω,  f.  -άσω,  {σνν,  δια- 
βιβάζω) to  carry  through  or  over  along 
with  or  together,  Plat.  Legg.  892  E. 

Συνόιαγΐ}•νώσκω,  {σί'ν,  διαγιγνώ- 
σκω)  to  decide  along  with,  join  in  de- 
creeing, σ.  Tivl  δράν  τι,  Thuc.  2,  64. 

Σννδιάγω,ί.  -ξω,  {σνν,  διάγω)  to  go 
through  together: — avi(5.(sc.  τον  βίον), 
to  live  together,  Arist.  Rhet.  2,  4,  12  ; 
έτϊΐβνμίαις  άνόμοις  σννδ.,  Plut.  2, 
993  C.     Hence 

Συνδιύγωγή,  τις,  ή,  a  living  together. 

Συνδιαδίδωμι,  {σνν,  διαδίδωμι)  to 
let  through  along  with  or  also,  Galen. 

Σννδιαθερμαίνω,  to  warm  thorough- 
ly together,  Hipp. 

Σννδιαβέω,  f.  -θενσομαι,  {σνν,  δια- 
θέω)  to  continue  running  or  racing  to- 
gether, μετά  τίνος.  Plat.  Polit.  266  C. 

Σννδιαίρεσις,  εως,  ^,in  Logic,  cross 
division  :  from 

Σννδιαίρέω,  ύ,  (συν,  διαιρεω)  to 
separate  at  the  same  time,  Plut.  2,  425 
B. 

Σννδιαιτύομαι,  f.  -ήσομαι,  {crvv, 
όιαιτάω)  as  pass.,  to  dwell  with  or  to- 
gether, Thuc.  2,  50  ;  μετά  τίνος.  Plat. 
Tim.  18  Β ;  etc.     Hence 

Σννδιαίτησις,  εως,  ή,  a  living  to- 
gether,iiitercourse,  society,  Plut.  Aemil. 
1,  Die  16,  etc. :  σ.  tlς  τίνα,  behaviour 
towards  one,  Arr.  An.  4,  7. 

Συνδιαίτηττ'/ς,  ov,  b,  {σννδιαιτύο- 
μαι) one  who  lives  with  another,  α  com- 
panion, V.  1.  Luc.  Saturn.  36. — II.  a 
joint  arbitrator,  (v.  διαιτητής)  Dem. 
898,  25  ;  902,  25. 

Σννδιαιωνίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (σίν,  διαιω- 
νίζω) to  pass  all  one''s  life  with,  Philo. 

Σννδιακαίω,  {σνν,  διακαίω)  to  burn, 
heat  through  at  the  same  time,  Plut.  2, 
752  D. 

Σννδίακινδϋνενω,  {σνν,  διακινδυ- 
νεύω) to  share  in  danger,  Hdt.  7,  220  ; 
μετά  τίνος,  Plat.  Lach.  189  B. 

Σννδιακομίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {σνν,  διακο- 
μίζω) to  carry  through  or  over  together  : 
— pass.,  to  cross  over  together,  Polyb.  3, 
43,  4. 

Σννδιύκονος,  ov,  6,  {σνν,  διάκονος) 
a  helper,  Posidipp.  ap.  Ath.  376  E. 

[«] 

Σννδιακοσμέω,  ω,  f.  -ήσω,  {σνν,  δια- 
κοσμέω)  to  arrange  or  set  in  order  along 
with  or  at  once,  Plat.  Legg.  712  B. 

Σννδιακρίνω,  {σνν,  διακρίνω)  to 
determine  together,  Tim.  Locr.  104  Ε  : 


ΣΥΝΔ 

— pass.,  to  be  separated  at  once,  Arist. 
de  Xenophane  2,  29. 

Σννδιάκτορος,  ov,  b,  a  fellow-διά• 
κτορος,  co-mate  (said  of  Mercury), 
Luc.  Contempl.  1. 

Σννδιακνβερνάω,  ώ,  {σνν,  διακν- 
βερνάω)  to  guide  or  govern  jointly. 
Plat.  Poht.  304  A. 

Σννδιαλαμβάνω,  f.  -λή•φομαι,(,σνν, 
διαλαμβάνω)  to  examine  along  with  or 
together,  περί  τίνος,  Polyb.   16,  25,  1. 

Σννδια7.έγομαι,  {σνν,  διαλέγομαι) 
dep.  c.  fut.  mid.,  aor.  pass.,  etc. :  to 
converse  ivith  or  together,  Diod. 

Σννδίάλη-φις,  ή.  (σννδιαλαμβάνω) 
joint  consideration,  Μ.  Anton.  1,  10. 

Σννδια7.7.άγή,  ης,  ή,  a  reconciliation, 
Dion.  Η. :  from 

Συνδια7ιλάσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  {σνν, 
δία7ι.7.άσσω)  to  help  in  reconciling,  ϊνα 
σννδιαλ7ιάττωσιν  αντω  τονς  '\7^εϊς 
■κρός  τονς  Φαρσα7.ίονς,  Dem.  352,  17  ; 
of.  Plut.  Lysand.  8,  etc. 

Σννδια7Λμαίνομαι,  dep.,  to  help  to 
ruin,  Dion.  H. 

Σννδιαλνω,  f.  -λΰσω,  {σνν,  διαλνω) 
to  help  in  putting  an  end  to,  τας  ταρα- 

ΰάς,  Isocr.  68  C  :  to  help  in  reconciling, 
>e.m.  897,  28  : — mid.,  to  help  to  pay, 
Luc.  Dem.  Encom.  45. — II.  in  pass., 
to  be  dissipated,  melt  away  with,  όμον 
Tivi,  Plut.  2,  823  E.  ^ 

Σννδιαμάχομαι,  {σνν,  διαμάχομαι) 
dep.  mid.,  to  fight  together  to  the  end, 
προς  τι.  Plat.  Phileb,  66  E.  [a] 

Σννδιαμένω,  {σνν,  διαμένω)  to  re- 
main and  persevere  with  0Γ  together, 
Xen.  Cyr.  4,  5,  53. 

Σννδιαμνημονενω,  {σνν,  διαμνη- 
μονενω)  to  mention  or  bring  to  remem- 
brance along  with  or  together,  Dem. 
347,  3,  Aeschin.  3,  25. 

Σννδιανέμομαι,  {σνν,  διά,  νέμω)  as 
pass.,  to  be  distributed  with,  τινί,  Plut. 
2, 1082  Β  : — to  remain  with,  accompany, 
lb.  1024  C. 

Σννδιανενω,  {σνν.  διανενω)  to  in- 
cline, turn  one^s  self  every  way  together, 
Polyb.  1,  23,  10:  metaph.,  σ.  r?;  διά- 
νοια ίπί....  Id.  3,  38,  5. 

Σννδιανήχομαι,  {σνν,  διανήχομαι) 
dep.,  to  swim  throngh  together,  Sotion 
ap.  Stob. 

Σννδιανυέομαι,  f.  -ησομαι,  {σνν, 
διανοέομαι)  dep.  pass.,  to  deliberate 
along  with,  rivi  περί  τίνος,  Polvb.  2, 
54,  14  :  σ.   πώς  ύν....  Id.  31,  20,  '7. 

Σννδιαπεραίνω,  {σνν,  διαπεραίνω) 
to  help  to  bring  quite  to  an  end.  Plat. 
Gorg.  506  B. 

Σννδιαπέτομαι,  {σνν,  διαπέτομαι) 
dep.  mid.,  to  fly  through  or  over  as  in  a 
flock.  Plat.  Theaet.  199  E. 

Σννδιαπλέω,  {σνν,  διαπλέω)  to  sail 
through  together,  Luc.  Bis  Acc.  27. 

Σννδιαπολεμέω,  ώ,  {σνν,  διαπο7.ε- 
μέω)  to  carry  on  a  war  along  with,  to 
stay  with  throughout  the  whole  war, 
τινί,  Thuc.  8,  13,  Bekk. 

Σννδιαπονέω,  ώ,  {σνν,  διαπονέω) 
to  work  out,  flnish  along  with,  μετά  τί- 
νος. Plat.  Legg.  842  E,  Soph.  218  B. 

Σννδιύπορέω,  ώ,  {σνν,  διαπυρέω) 
to  start  doubts  or  questions  together, 
Plut.  Aristid.  11 ;  περί  τίνος,  Id. 
Pomp.  75 ;  etc. 

Σννδιαπράσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  f.  •ξω, 
{σνν,  διαπράσσω)  to  carry  through, 
effect  together  or  besides,  Isocr.  48  A, 
Luc.  D.  Deor.  24,  1,  etc. :  —  mid.,  to 
negotiate  with  one,  νπέρ  τίνος,  Xen. 
An.  4,  8,  24. 

Σννδιαρθρόω,  ω,  {σνν,  διαρθρόω) 
to  arrange  into  members  OX  clauses  to- 
gether, Arist.  Metaph.  1,  8,  11. 

Σννδιαρκέω,  ώ,  f.  -έσω,  to  hold  out 
along  with  or  together. 

Σννδιαββέω,    f.    ■{)ενσομαι,    {συν. 


ΣΤΝΔ 

διαβΙ)έω)  to  flow  through  along  with  or 
together,  Diod.  —  II.  to  fall  asunder 
along  with  or  together. 

Σννδιαι^βήγνϋμι,  to  break  to  pieces 
with. 

Σννδιασκοπέω,  ώ,  c.  fut.  -σκέ•φο- 
μαι,  etc.  {σνν,  διασκοπέω) : — to  look 
through,  examine  along  uilh,  τί  τινί  or 
μετά  Τίνος,  Plat  Prot.  349  Β,  361  D  : 
— so  in  mid.,  Id.  Rep.  458  B. 

Σννδιαστρεφω,  f.  -ψω,  {σνν,  δια- 
στρέφω) Ιο  distort  along  with  or  togeth- 
er : — pass,  to  be  twisted  together  with, 
Plut.  Lysand.  17,  etc. 

Σννδιασώζω.  {σνν,  διασώζω)  to  help 
in  preserving,  Thuc.  5,  62  ;  7,  57  ;  σ. 
Tivl  την  ονσίαν,  Dem.  840,  16:  σ.  καΐ 
Tu  όπλα  καΐ  αντον  έμέ,  to  save  both 
my  arms  and  myself  together.  Plat. 
Symp.  220  E. 

Σννδιατά/Μίπωρέω,  ω,  {σνν,  δια- 
ταλαιπωρέω)  to  endure  hardship  with 
or  together,  Plat.  Crito  45  D. 

Συνδιατάράσσω,  f.  -ξω,  {σνν,  δια- 
ταράσσω) to  alarm  all  at  once,  Plut. 
Demetr.  28. 

Σννδιατείνω,  {σνν,  διατείνω)  to 
extend  along  with  or  together,  Plut.  2, 
63  C. 

Σννδιατε7νέω,  ώ,  {σΐ'ν,  διατελέω) 
to  remain  or  continue  with  to  the  end. 
Plat.  Phaed.  91  B.  Dem.  1412,  fin. 

Σννδιατηρέω,  ώ.  {σνν,  διατηρέω) 
to  uatch  along  with  or  together,  Polyb. 
2,  58,  3. 

Σννδιατίθημι,  {σνν,  διατίθημι)  το 
help  in  disposing,  Plut.  Lycurg.  1, 
Timol.'24. 

Σννδιατρέπομαι,  {σνν,  διατρέπω) 
as  pass.,  to  turn  away,  be  put  to  shame 
along  with,  τινί,  Plut.  2,  528  E. 

Σννδιατρέφω,  {σνν,  διατρέφω)  to 
help  in  bringing  up,  Ael.  N.  A.  3,  45. 

ΣννδιατρΙβή,  ης,  ή,  a  passing  time 
together :  from 

Σννδιατρίβω.  f.  -i/'(J.  {σνν,  διατρ(- 
βω)  to  pass  one's  time  or  live  with  or 
together,  τινί  and  μετά  τίνος.  Plat. 
Symp.  172  C,  Isocr.  20  B,  etc.  ;  esp. 
with  a  master,  as,  oi  τώ  Σωκράτει 
σννδιατρίβοντες.  the  disciples  of  So- 
crates, Xen.  Mem.  1,  2,  3;  4.  1,  1; 
also  in  full,  σ.  τον  αιώνα,  Cratin. 
Archil.  1,  5;  σ.  διατριβής  ά7.λή7.οις, 
Aeschin.  21,  I. — II.  of  things,  to  occu- 
py one's  self  with,  μνθοις,  Isocr.  73  E. 
[rpi] 

Σννδιαφέρω,  [σνν,  διαφέρω)  to  bear 
to  the  end  along  with,  to  help  in  main- 
taining, σ.  Tivi  τον  πόλεμοι',  Hdt.  1, 
18  ;  5,  79,  99  ;  of  Ar.  Eq.  597.— II.  to 
help  in  spreading  a  report. 

Σννδιαφεύγω,  f.  -ξομαι,  {σνν,  δια- 
φεύγω) to  escape  along  with  or  together, 
Dio  C. 

Σννδιαφθείρω,  {συν,  διαφθείρω)  to 
destroy  along  with  or  together: — pass., 
to  perish  along  u-ith,  τινί,  Isocr.  167  D, 
V.  1.  Dinarch.  99,  35. 

Συνδιαφορέω,  =  σννδιαφέρω,  Lon- 
gus. 

Συνδιαφϋλάσσω,  {σνν,  διαφυλάσ- 
σω) to  help  in  keeping  or  preserving, 
Lycurg.  168,  16;  σ.  τινϊ  την  αρχήν, 
Polyb.  7,  3,  7. 

Συνδιαχειμάζω,  f.  -άσω,  {σνν,  δια- 
χειμάζω) to  pass  the  winter,  be  ί?ι  «ϊπ- 
ter  quarters  along  with  or  together,  μετά 
τίνος,  Plut.  Ages.  40,  etc. 

Συνδιαχειρίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {συν,  δια- 
χειρίζω)  to  take  in  hand,  manage  to- 
gether, to  assist  in  managing,  Hdt.  9, 
103  :  also  sometimes  as  mid. 

Σννδιαχέω,  f.  -χενσω,  {σνν,  δια- 
χέω) to  dissolve  a  thing  so  as  to  null  it 
into  another  substance,  Plut.  2,  953  D. 

Σννδ'ίδύσκω,  ί.  -ξω,  to  teach  a'ong 
with  or  together. 

1427 


ΣΤΝΔ 

Έυνδίδωμι,  f.  -δώσω,  {συν,  δίδωμι) 
to  give  along  with  or  together :  to  con- 
tribute, Tivi  TL,  Plut.  2,  C60  B,  etc.— 
II.  to  give  ill,  abate,  slacken  :  to  waver, 
sink,  opp.  to  σνντειι^ω,  Foes.  Oec. 
Hipp. 

Σννδιεκκντττω,  f.  -ψω,  to  stoop  aiid 
slip  out  together. 

Σννδιεκπίπτυ.  (am>,  διεκπίπτω) 
to  rush  out  through  together,  Plut.  Po- 
plic.  19. 

Συνδίέξειμί,  (σνν,  δίέξειμι)  to  go 
through  and  examine  along  with,  rivi, 
Xeii.  -Mem.  4,  7,  8. 

Σννόιεξίημι,  to  let  through  along 
ivilh  or  together. 

Σννδιίφχομαι,  dep.  mid.,  c.  aor.  et 
pi.  act.  :  to  go  through  with  or  at  the 
same  time. 

Συι•διΐ]θέ(ύ,  ώ,  {σνν,  διηθέω)  Ιο  strain 
through  together  : — pass.,  to  run  through 
a  strainer,  filter  through.  Plat.  Tim.  66 
E. 

ΣvvδLημίpιvσtς,εuς,η,apassingthe 
day  together,  Plut.   Demetr.  32  :  from 

Σννδιημερεί'ω,  (σίιν,διημερενω)  to 
spend  the  day  with,  Tivi,  Xen.  Symp. 
4,  44.  Arist.  Rhet.  2,  4,  12. 

ΣννδΙκάζω,  f.  -άσω,  (σνν,  δικάζω) 
to  have  a  share  in  judging,  Plat.  Legg. 
708  Β  :  to  be  assessor  to  a  judge,  Lys. 
184.  11.  24. 

Σννδίκάσία,  ας,  ή,  a  commmi  law- 
suit. 

Σννδικαστής,ον,  b,  (συν,  δικαστής) 
a  fellow- dicast  or  juryman,  Ar.  Vesp. 
197,  215,  etc. 

ΣννδΙκέω,  ώ,  f.  -ησυ,  to  be  <t  σύνδι- 
κος or  adi'ocale,  to  defend  one  accused, 
Aesch.  Eum.  579  ;  σ.  τινι.  to  be  his 
advocate,  Plat.  Legg.  937  E,  Andoc. 
19,  31,  etc.  ;  esp.,  to  be  one  of  the  pub- 
lic advocates  (σύνδικος  I.  2),  Dem. 
503, 18,  etc.  ;  σ.  τώ  δημοσίω,  Aeschin. 
3,  33  : — Ζενς  σοι  τάδε  σννδικι'/σει, 
Jove  will  be  thv  advocate  in  this  mat- 
ter, Eur.  Med."  157. 

Συνδίκη,  ης,  7/,=  sq.,  and  συνδικα- 
σία. 

ΣννδΙκία,  ας,  η,  the  position  of  a 
σύνδικος,  a  being  advocate.  Plat.  Legg. 
938  Β  :  also  in  bad  sense,  partiality 
shown  by  the  judge  to  one  party  :  from 

Σύνδικος,  ov,  (σύν,  δίκη)  : — helping 
in  a  court  of  justice,  advocating  one's 
cause,  Tivi :  as  subst.,  ό  σύνδικος,  in 
a  court  of  justice,  an  advocate,  esp.  at 
Athens,  the  defendant's  advocate,  de- 
fender, npp.  to  συΐ7}}Όρο(•  (the  prose- 
cutor), l^lat.  Legg.  929  E,  Dem.  689, 
7,  cf.  Herald!  Jus  Alt.  3,  10.  14  :  gen- 
erally, an  advocate,  supporter,  hacker, 
Aesch.  Eum.  701  ;  so,  τύμβος  Ιολά- 
ου σ.  αιτώ,  Pind.  Ο.  9,  148  ;  τον  νό• 
μον  σννδι.κον  έχων,  having  the  law 
on  one's  side,  Isocr.  387  A  ;  a.  νπέρ 
τίνος,  Dem.  271,  22.-2.  at  Athens, 
after  the  30  tyrants,  ol  σύνδικοι  were 

judges  appointed  to  determine  on  confis- 
cations and  confiscated  pmuerly,  Lys. 
146,  12,  etc.  ;  cf  Bockh  P.  E.  1.  212, 
Att.  Process,  p.  110. — II.  belonging  to 
in  common,  σ.  Άπόλ?.ωνος  και  Μοί- 
σΰν  κτέανον,  their  joint  possession, 
Pind.  P.  1,3;  so  adv.  σννδίκυς,  with 
joint  sentence,  jointly,  (or  simply  for 
σνν  δίκη),  Aesch.  Ag.  1601. 

Σννδίοικεω,  ω,  t.  -ησω,  (σύν.  διοι- 
κέω)  to  administer,  order  along  uith  or 
together,  Isae.  64,  15,  Dem.  750,  11. 

Σννδιό'λ?.ι'μι,  (σνν,  διό?Λνμι)  to 
kill  along  with  or  together,  Eur.  Oed. 
10. 

Σννδιορύω,  ώ,  f.  -όφομαι,  (σύν,  διο- 
ράω)  to  see  through,  examine  along  with 
or  together.  Isocr.  80  C,  Bekk. 

Σννδιορθόω,  ώ,  (σύν,  διορθόω)  to 
make  straight,  set  in  order,  arrange  along 
1428 


ΣΤΝΔ 
with    or   together :    to  set  a   dislocated 
joint,  Hipp. 

Σννδιορίζω,  f.  -ίσω.  (σύν,  διορίζω) 
to  mark  off,  limit,  distinguish  along  with 
or  together,  St  rah. 

Σννδισκενω,  (σνν,  δισκενω)  to  play 
at  (juoiis  with,  Luc.  D.  Deor.  14,  2. 

Συνδηράω,  ω,  (σνν,  διψάω)  to  thirst 
along  with,  διψώντι,  Arist.  Eth.  Eud. 

7.  6. 

Σννδΐωκομένως,  adv.  part.  pres. 
pass,  from  σννδιώκω,  in  haste  like  a 
pursuer.  Clem.  Al. 

Σννδιώκω,  i.  -ξω,  (σνν,  διώκω)  to 
hunt  or  chase  aivay  along  with  or  at  the 
same  time,  Thuc.l,  135,  Polyb.  1,  17, 
13,  etc. — II.  as  law-term,  to  prosecute 
along  with,  help  in  the  prosecution,  LeX 

ap.  Dem.  1068,  (in.,  Luc,  etc.    Hence 
Σννδϊωξις,  ή,  joint  pursuit.   [I] 
Σννδοιάζω,:=σννδνάζω,  LXX. — Π. 
to  make  dubious.     Hcnce 

Σννδοιασμός,  ov.  ό,=^σννδνασμός. 
Σννδοκέω,  ώ,  ί.  -δόξω,  {σύν,  δοκέω) 
to  seem  to  one  as  to  another,  Eur.  I. 
T.  71  ;  cf  Xen.  Cyr.  3,  3,  34,  etc.— 
2.  esp.,  to  seem  good  to  another  also, 
ταύτα  ξννέδοξε  τοις  άλλοις,  Thuc. 

8,  84,  cf.  4,  44  ;  ει  συΐ  σννδοκεΐ  όπερ 
και  έμοί.  Plat.  Prot.  340  Β  :— also 
συνδοκεϊ,  impers.,  like  Lat.  placet,  ει 
ξννδοκοίη  τοίσιν  άλλοις  όρνέοις,  Ar. 
Αν.  197  ;  ε'ι  τοι  δοκεϊ  σιρών  ταύτα, 
χήμϊν  ξννδοκεϊ.  Id.  Lys.  1G7 ;  ή  και 
σοι  ξννδοκεϊ  ούτως.  Plat.  Prot.  331 
Β  ;  etc.  : — the  neut.  part,  is  also  used 
absol.  like  εξόν,  παρόν,  etc..  σννδο- 
κοϊιν  απασιν  ύμίν,  since  you  all  agree, 
Xen.  Hell.  2,  3,  51  ;  σννδοξαν  τω  πα- 
τρί,  since  the  father  approved,  Xen. 
Cyr.  8,  5,  28,  cf  8,  1,  8. 

Σννδηκϊμάζω,  f.  -άσω,  (σύν,  δοκι- 
μάζω) to  test  or  examine  along  uith  or 

together.  Plat.  Theaet.  197  B,  Tim. 
20  D,  Isocr.  20  C. 

Σΐ'νδονέω,  ώ,  f.  -ησω,  {σνν,  δονέω) 
to  move,  shake  along  tvith  or  together, 
Hipp. 

Σννδοξάζω,  f.  -άσω,  {σνν,  δοξάζω) 
to  agree  with  in  opinion,  confirm,  hence 
o'l  σννδεδοξασμένοι  νόμοι,  Arist.  Pol. 
— II.  to  glorify,  extol  jointly,  N.  T. 

Σννδοξαν.  V.  σννδοκέω. 

Σννδορπος,  ον,=^σννδειπνος.  Lye. 

Σύνδοσις.  η,=^σύνοδος.  Hipp. 

Σννδοτήρ.  ήρος,  b,  α  joint  giver. 

Σννδονλεία,  ας,  ή,  joint  slavery  or 
service  :  from 

Σννδουλ.ενω,  (σνν,  δονλενω)  to  he 
a  fellow-slave,  τινί,  with  one,  Eur.  Hec. 
204. 

Σύνδονλος,  ov.  b,  ή,  (σύν,  δούλος) 
serving  with,  a  fellow-slave,  Hdt.  1,  110 
(v.  1.  σννδυνλη),  2,  134,  Eur.  Ion 
1109,  etc. 

Σννδράσσω,  (σνν,  δρύσσυ)  to  clutch 
along  with  or  together,  Q.  Sm.  13,  185. 

Σννδράω,  f  -άσω.  (σνν,  δράω)  to 
do  along  ivith  or  together,  help  in  doing, 
τοις  δρώσι  και  ξννδρύσι.  Soph.  El. 
498,  cf  1025.  Thuc.O,  04;  σ.  τινί  τι, 
Eur.  Andr.  40  :  f.  αίμα  και  φόνον,  to 
help  in  shedding  blood  and  doing  mur- 
der. Id.  Or.  406  :  τό  σννδρών  χρέος, 
the  joint  necessity,  Id.  Andr.  337. 

Σννδρηστήρ.  ήρος,  b.  Ion.  for  σνν- 
δραστήρ,  a  joint  agent,  nssixtnnt :  — 
fcm.  σννδρτ'/στεφα.  Αρ.  Rh.  .'i,  700. 

Σννδρομάς,  άδος,  pecul.  fem.  of 
σύνδρομος : — al  σ.  πέτραι,^  σνμπλ.η- 
γάδες,  Eur.  I  Τ.  422. 

Συνδρομή,  τ/ς,  ή,  α  tumultuous  con- 
course ο{  people,  Cephisod.  ap.  Arist. 
Rhet.  3.  10,  7,  Polyb.  1,  67.  2  :— esp. 
in  Medic,  a  coiicMrreiirff  of  symptoms. 
Foes.  Oecon.  Hipp. :  from 
I      Σύνδρομος,  ov,  (σνν,  δρόμος,  τρέ- 


ΣΤΝΕ 

χω): — running  together,  meeting,  ο. 
πέτραι,=σννδβομάδες,  σνμττληγάδες, 
Pind.  P.  4,  370  :  ό  σ.,  as  subst  .  a 
place  where  several  roads  meet,  Strab. 
— 2.  metaph.,  concurring,  agreeing,  of 
Tnne,  Plat.  Legg.  844  E— II.  running 
along  with,  following  close,  σ.  Αρτέμι- 
δος, Call.  Lav.  Pall.  110: — hence  in 
adv..  Ίχνος  σννδρόμως  {)ΐνηλατεΙν, 
Aesch.  .■^g.  1184  ;  also,  σύνδρομα  τινί 
πορενεσβαι,  to  keep  up  with  in  run- 
ning. Plat.  Poht.  266  C,  cf.  Anth. 
Plan.  276. 

Σννδνάζω,  f.  -άσω,  (σίη>,  δνάζω)  to 
join  two  together,  to  couple,  pair,  Arist. 
Eth.  N.  4,  1,  30 ;  τι  προς  τι.  Id.  Pol. 
6,  7,  2 ;  esp.  to  wed,  σννδνασΟίνΤες 
άββην  βηλιία  και  Οήλεια  άρ^ιεπ.  Plat. 
Legg.  840  D;  cf  Valck.  Diatr  p.  50. 
— 11.  intr.  in  act.,  to  join  one's  self  with 
any  one,  pair  with,  τινί,  Polyb.  4,  38, 
6.  —  III.  as  law-term,  σννδνάζεσθαί 
τινι,  to  be  in  league  or  compact  with  any 
one ;  cf  σννδνασμός. 

Συνδναίνω,  (σύν,  δύω)  to  double, 
Galen. 

Σννδϋάς,  ύδος,  ή,  (σννδνο)  paired, 
σ.  άλ.οχος,  one's  wedded  wife,  Eur. 
Ale.  473. 

Συνδυασμός,  ov,  ό,  {συνδυάζω) : — α 
joining  two  together,  a  coupling,  pair- 
ing, Arist.  Pol.  6,  1,  4,  etc.  :  marriage  ; 
and,  generally, spxi/a/  intercourse,  Foes. 
Oec.  Hipp. — 2.  a  secret  understanding 
of  a  judge  with  either  party,  Lat.  conr 
pactum,  Casaub.  Sueloii.  Jul.  20. 

Σχη'δϋαστικός,  ή,  ύν,  {συνδυάζω) 
disposed  to  live  in  pairs,  άνθρωπος  yup 
τη  φύσει  σννδναστικον  μαλλ.σν  ή  πο- 
λ'ιτικόν,  Arist.  Eth.  Ν.  8,  12,7;  cf. 
Hierocl.  ap.  Stob.  p.  414,  41. 

Σννδϋναστεύω,  (σύν,  δνναστενω) 
to  rule  or  have  chief  power  along  ivith  or 
together,  Nicol.  Damasc.  ap.  Ath.  249 
B. 

Σύνδνο,  ol,  al,  τά,  (σνν,  δυο)  two 
togclher,  two  and  two,  by  pairs,  Lat. 
bint,  H.  Hom.  Ven.  74,  Xen.  An.  6, 

I,  2,  etc.;  cf.  Valck.  Hdt.  4,  66,  11. 
10.  224. 

Σννδνςτνχεω ,  ΰ,  to  he  unlucky  along 
with  or  together,  to  be  in  like  misforiune, 
Eur.  Or.  1099,  Isae.  56.  17  :  from 

Συνδυςτνχής,  ες,  (σίτν,  δνςτνχής) 
sharing  in.  misfurtuyic. 

Σννδώδεκα,  ol,  al,  τά,  (σνν,  δώδε- 
κα) every  twelve,  by  twelves  or  dozens, 
Lat.  diiodcni,  Eur.  Tro.  1076. 

Σννεάριζω,  (σνν.  έαρίζω)  to  pass  the 
spring  with,  τινί,  Plul.  2,  959  C  ;  but 
with  V.  1.  σνννεαρ•. 

Σννεγγίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (σύν,  εγγίζω) 
to  draw  near  together,  Polyb.  1,  23,  8. 
Hence 

Σννεγγισμός,  ov,  b,  a  drawing  near, 
Strab. 

Συνεγγράφω,  f  -ψω,  (σύν,  εγγρά- 
φω) to  register  or  enter  along  with,  Lat. 
adscribere,  εις  θεούς,  Plut.  2,  763  Ε. 

Σννεγγνάω,  ώ.  (σύν.  έγγνύω)  to 
join  in  betrothing,  Plut.  Cat.  Min.  25. 

Σύνεγγυς,  (σύν,  ίγγνς)  adv.,  near 
together,  quite  near,  close  to,  Thuc.  4, 
24;  c.  gen.,  Xen.  Hell.  6,  5,  17,  etc.; 
c.  dat.,  Arist.  Pol.  2,11,  1,  Plut.  2, 
77  C  : — superl.,  συνέγγιστα,  Plut. 

Συνεγείρω,  Ησύν,  Ιγείρω)  to  aid  in 
arousing  or  raising  up  (κτήνος),  Pseu- 
doPhoc.  132t  ;  to  awaken  together, 
θρήνους,  Plut.  2,  117  C.^ 

Σννεγκά?ιέω,  ώ,  f.  -έσω,  (σύν,  εγ• 
καλέω)  to  accuse  along  with  or  together, 
Diod. 

Σννεγκλίνω,  {σνν,  εγκλ.ίνω)  to  bend 
ill  or  tojl-ards  along  vjith  or  together. — 

II.  in  Gramm.,  to  write  as  an  enclitic. 
Σννέδρα,  ή,^=σννεδρία. 
Σννέδρύμον,  a'lr.  of  συντρέχω,  II. 


ΣΥΝΕ 

Σννεδρεία,  ας,  τ;,=σννεδρία,  Arist. 
Eth.  Eud.  7,  2,  13  :  σ.  μετά  φίλων, 
Polyb.  18,  37,2. 

Σννεδρεντής,  ον,  ό,  an  assessor  in 
council :  from 

Σννεδρεΰω,  {σύνεδρος): — to  sit  to- 
gether or  along  ivith,  σ.  λόγω,  to  be 
present  at,  take  part  in  a  discussion, 
Arist.  Metaph.  1,  5,  14. — II.  to  sit  to- 
gether or  7neet  in  council,  Aeschin.  66, 
39  ;  to  consult  together,  Polyb.  2,  26, 
4:  oi  σννεδρενοντες.  the  members  of  a 
council,  deputies,  Dein.  133,  7 ;  215, 
21  :  τα  σννεδρενόμη>α,  orders  in  coun- 
cil, decrees  of  the  senate.  Dion.  H. 

Σνι>εδρία,  ας,  ή,  the  stale  of  a  σύνε- 
δρος, a  sitting  together,  e.  g.  of  birds, 
from  which  omens  were  drawn, 
Aesch.  Pr.  492  ;  of.  Arist.  H.  A.  9,  1, 
10  :  opp.  to  διεδρία. — II.  a  sitting  in 
council ;  a  council,  Xen.  Mem.  4,  2,  3. 

Σννεδριάζω,=  σννεδρενω,  LXX. 

Συνεδριακός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to  or 
governed  by  a  συνέδρίον,  Polyb.  31, 

12,  12. 

Σννεδριάομαι,  poet,  for  συνεδρεύω, 
Αρ.  Rh.  1,  328. 

Συνέδρων,  ου,  τό,  (σύνεδρος)  α  sit- 
ting together,  sitting  in  council :  a  coun- 
cil-board, council,  Hdt.  8,  56,  75,  Plat., 
etc. ;  esp.  of  the  Areopagus,  Aeschin. 

13,  11 :  a  council  of  war,  Xen.  Hell.  1, 

I,  31,  etc.  : — also  used  to  translate 
the  Roman  senatus,  Polyb.  1,  11,  1, 
etc. — 2.  the  place  of  session,  council- 
chamber,  session-house,  Lat.  curia,  Hdt. 
8,  79,  Xen.  Hell.  2,  4,  23. 

Σύνεδρος,  ov,  {σνν,  έδρα)  -.—sitting 
together  or  with.  esp.  in  council,  Eur.  I. 
A.  192  ;  δίκ7;  σ.  Ζ,ηνος  Άρχαίοίς  τρό- 
τζοις.  Soph.  Ο.  C.  1382;  σ.  κύκλος, 
an  assembled  council.  Id.  Aj.  749. — II. 
δ  σ.,  one  who  sits  with  others,  esp.  ire 
council,  a  councillor,  senator,  Hdt.  3, 
34  :  oi  σύνεδροι,  select  commissiotiers, 
a  committee,  Thuc.  4,  22  ;  cf.  5,  85, 
Jusjur.  ap.  Dem.  747,  4,  Isocr.  165  A. 

Σννεείκοσι.  v.  συνείκοσι. 

Σννεεργύθω,  Ep.  for  σννεφγάθω, 

II.  14,  36,  [ά] 

Συνεέργω,  Ep.  for  σννείργω,  Od. 

Συνεέ/>()αισα,  Aeol.  for  σννείρασα, 
Neue  Sapph.  Fr.  44. 

Σννεζενγμένως,  adv.  part.  pf.  pass, 
from  σνζεύγννμι,  connectedly,  by  pairs. 

Σννέηκα,  Ion.  for  συιη/κα,  aor.  1  of 
συνίημι- 

Σννεθε?,ω,  {σνν.  ίθέλω)  to  wish  with 
or  together,  to  consent,  Antipho  122,  4. 
Xen.  Hipparch.  9,  7: — in  poets  usu. 
σννθέλω.  Soph.  O.  C.  1344,  Eur.  H. 
F.  8.T2,  Ar.  Av.  851. 

Συνεθίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {σνν,  ίθίζω)  to 
accustom,  ίτερον  ετέρφ.  Plat.  Rep. 
589  A  ;  σ.  τίνα  ποιείν  τι,  to  accustom 
him  to..,  Dem.  169,  fin.,  etc.  In  pass., 
to  become  used  to  ;  aor.  1  and  pf ,  to  be 
used  to,  TivL,  Thuc.  4,  34 ;  c.  inf , 
αννειβίσθην  ττοιείν,  Isucr.  22  C,  Xen. 
Mem.  3,  14,  6.  Hence 

Σννεβισμός.  ov,  6,  a  being  accus- 
tomed to  any  thing,  use,  custom. 

Σννεθιστέον,  verb.  adj.  from  σννε- 
θίζω,  one  must  accustom  one's  self,  Plat. 
Rep.  520  C. 

Συνειδέναι,  inf.  of  σννοιδα,  q.  v. 

Σννείδησις,  εως,  η,  a  knowing  with 
one's  self,  consciousness. — 2.  conscience, 
Periander  and  Bias  ap.  Stob.  p.  192, 
21,  sq. 

Συνε'ίδον,  inf  -ιδεΐν,  aor.  2  without 
pres.,  σννοράω  being  used  instead, 
{σύν,  είδοί')  to  see  together,  see  in  one 
view.  Plat.  Leffg.  904  B,  etc.  :  to  per- 
ceive plainly,  Xen.  An.  1,  5,  9,  Isocr. 
16  B,  etc.  :  to  understand,  Dem.  1351, 
6. — Cf  also  σύνοιδα. 

Σννεικύζω,  {σύν,  εικάζω)  to  com- 


ΣΤΝΕ 
pare  together,  and  so  copy,  mimic,  Ath. 
391  B. 

Συνείκοσι,  {σνν,  είκοσι)  tioeniy  to- 
gether, every  twenty,  Lat.  viceni  ;  Ion. 
σννεείκοσι,  ξννεεικοσι,  Od.  14,  98. 

Συνείκω,  (συν,  εΐκω)  to  give  way, 
Lat.  concedere,  τω  καιρώ,  Polyb.  32, 
19,  3. 

Σννειλαπϊνάζω,  to  feast  with  or  to- 
gether, Nonn. 

Σννειλέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω.  {σύν,  ε'Λεω) 
to  crowd  together,  σ.  τύ  τέκνα  και  τας 
γυναίκας  ες  τους  νέωςοίκονς,  Hdt.  3, 
45  ;  also  ot  things,  to  hind  firmly  to- 
gether, 1)ά>3δονς,  Hdt.  4,  67  : — pass., 
to  be  crowded  or  pressed  together,  εις 
ελαττον,  into  less  compass,  Xen. 
Hell.  7,  2,  6.     Hence 

Συνείλησις,  εως,  ή,  a  crowding  to- 
gether. Ael. 

Σννείληχα,  pf  of  σν7,λαγχάνω. 

Συνειμαρμένα,  τά,  {σύν,  είμαρμένα, 
μείρομαι)  that  which  is  jointly  depend- 
ent on  fate,  Plut.  2,  569  E,  Aristid. 

Σννειμι,  i-  -έσομαι,  {σύν.  ειμί)  : — 
to  be  with,  be  joined  or  linked  uith, 
εμελ?ίθν  έτι  ξννέσεσθαι  όϊζνΐ,  Od.  7, 
270  ;  freq.  periphr.  for  a  verb,  σ.  όνεί- 
ρασιν,  to  dream,  Aesch.  Pers.  177  ;  σ. 
νόσω,  σ.  σνν  δίκη  for  νοσείν,  δίκαιον 
εΙνάι,  Soph.  Ο. 'Τ.  303,  ΕΙ.  611;  σ. 
κύ—ω,  μερίμναις,  to  be  acquainted  with 
toil,  cares,  Ar.  Plut.  321,  Nub.  1404; 
σ.  τζράγμασι,  to  be  engaged  in  business, 
Id.  Kan.  957  ;  γεωργία  σ-,  Xen.  Oec. 
15,  12 ;  απορία,  ευδαιμονία,  Luc. 
Cron.  11,  Bis  Ace.  3:  —  also,  kμoι 
ξννεστιν  ελ~ίς,  Eur.  Tro.  677. — 2. 
of  persons,  to  have  intercourse  with, 
live  with,  τινί,  Soph.  El.  204,  Eur., 
etc.  ;  μετά  τίνος,  Ar.  Plut.  504  ;  esp. 
of  a  woman,  to  live  ivilh  a  husband, = 
σννοικέω,  Hdt.  4,  9,  Soph.  El.  276, 
etc. ;  and  then,  rrferely,  to  have  sexual 
intercourse,  Ar.  Eccl.  619,  cf  συνου- 
σία:—  generally,  to  agree  with,  lake 
part  or  side  with,  Δί'/ί??  ξννονσα  όωτί, 
.Aesch.  Theb.  671,  cf  Soph.  O.  T. 
275,  etc.  : — to  attend,  as  to  a  pupil. 
Plat.  Theaet.  151  A,  etc.  ;  oi  σννόν- 
τες.  followers,  partisans,  disciples,  freq. 
in  Plat.,  as  Apol.  25  E,  Theaet.  168 
A  ;  guests,  Xen.  Symp.  1,  15,  etc. 

Σννειμι,  {σύν,  εΙμι) : — to  go  or  come 
together,  hence  to  asssemble.  ίς  χώρον 
ενα,  II.  4,  446  ;  8,  60  ;  ίς  τωντό,  Hdt. 

I,  62. — 2.  in  hostile  sense,  to  meet  in 
battle,  engage  with,  II.  6,  120  ;  20,  159, 
Hes.  Th.  686,  etc.  ;  εριδι  ξυνιόντες, 

II.  20,66,  Hes.  Th.  705:  also  of  states, 
to  engage  in  war,  Thuc.  2,  8. — 3.  in 
peaceable  sense,  to  come  together,  meet 
to  advise  or  debate,  Thuc.  2,  15,  Ly- 
curg.  165,  32,  etc.  ;  of  conspirators, 
συν.  έτι  καταλύσει  τον  δήμου,  Dem. 
745.  15,  cf.  Dinarch.  102,  15  :  —  also 
of  festive  meetings,  ζυνιέναι  ξυνό- 
δονς.  Plat.  Symp.  197  D— 4.  of  sex- 
ual intercourse,  Lat.  co'ire,  Arist.  H. 
A.  5.  2,  2. — 5.  to  come  together,  to  come 
in,  of  money,  χρήματα  σννιόντα,  Hdt. 
1,  64;  4,  1.— Horn,  in  II.  has  Att. 
form  ξυνιόντες,  ξύνισαν,  etc.,  metri 
grat. 

Συνεΐπον,  inf.  -ειπείν,  aor.  of  σύμ- 
φημι : — to  speak  icith  any  one,  confirm 
what  another  says,  Isocr.  399,  fin.  ; 
to  agree  uith,  τηή,  Xen.  Cyr.  4,  2,  46, 
etc.  ;  opp.  to  άντειπείν,  Lys.  123,  12: 
to  advocate\i\e  cause  ;  and.  generally, 
to  help,  further,  σ.  ταϊς  έπιθνμίαις  τι- 
νός. Isocr.  412  Β. — 2.  to  tell  along  with 
one,  help  one  to  tell,  Eur.  Hipp.  557. — 
3.  in  mid.,  σννείπασθαι,  to  agree  upon, 
settle,  Dion.  H.  5,  51. — Cf  σννερώ. 

Συνειργάθω,=  σννείργω,  Ep.  συν- 
εεργάθω,  II.  14,  36.  [α] 

Σννείργνϋμι  and  -vvu,=sq. 


ΣΤΝΕ 
Σννείργω,  Ep.  -εέργω,  as  in  Od., 
Ion.  -έργω  :  f.  -ί;ω,  {σύν,  ε'ιργω).  To 
shut  in  or  enclose  together,  0<i.  9,  427  ; 
to  shut  tip.  Soph.  Aj.  593  : — to  bind  0Γ 
tie  together,  Od.  12,  424  ;  14,  72:  gen- 
erally, to  join  together,  umte,  esp.  in 
wedlock,  JPlat.  Rep.  461  B,  cf  Wyt- 
tenb.  Plut.  2,  138  B. 

Σννείρηκα,  pf  of  σνμφημι. 

Συνειρμός,  ov,  ό,  a  tying  or  joining 
together,  connexion,  dependence,  Dem. 
Phal. :  from 

Σννείρω,  {σνν,  είρω)  to  string  to- 
gether, join  one  after  another,  Ar.  A  v. 
1079  ;  generally,  to  connect  together. 
Plat.  Crat.  425  B,  Legg.  654  A  :  to 
add  besides,  Lat.  continuare,  τον  λό- 
γον.  Id.  Polit.  267  A  :  esp.,  σ.  λόγους 
απνευστί,  string  words  together,  Dem. 
328,  12,  Arist.  Eth.  N.  7,  3,  8,  cf 
Polyb.  10,  47,  9  :  hence. — II.  seem- 
ingly intr.,  to  speak  on.  continue  the 
subject,  Arist.  Metaph.  13,  3,  10,  Gen. 
An.  1,  2,  1,  Luc.  Prom.  5:  and  then, 
more  generally,  to  continue,  c.  part., 
σννεΐρον  άπιόντες,  i.  e.  they  went 
οίΐ  without  pausing,  Xen.  Cyr.  7.  5.  6; 
σ.  κινούμενος,  to  contimie  moving,  Ar- 
ist. Phys.  Ausc.  8,  8,  5  : — absol.,  to 
continue,  be  continuous  or  connected.  Id. 
Meteor.  2,  5,  17,  etc. 

Σννειςάγω,  f  -ξω,  {σύν,  είςάγω)  to 
bring  in  with  or  together,  στρατίήν, 
Hdt.  5,  75  ;  τά  επιτήδεια,  Xen.  Cyr. 
3,  2,  24.  [u]     Hence 

Συνείςακτος,  ov,  introduced  along 
with  or  together  :  ή  σ.  in  Eccl.,  a 
priest's  housekeeper,  Lat.  subintroducta. 

Συνειςβαίνω,  {σνν,  είςβαίνω)  to  go 
into  or  embark  in  together  with,  τινι 
π?Μον.  Aesch.  Theb.  602,  cf  Eur. 
Med.  477 ;  εις  τό  πλοΐον,  Antipho 
139,  7. 

Σννειςβάλλω,  {συν,  είςβάλλω)  to 
throw  into  wilh  or  together. — II.  USO. 
intr.,  to  make  an  inroad  into  a  country 
together,  join  in  an  inroad,  ες  'Αθήνας, 
Hdt.  9,  17,  cf  Thuc.  4,  94 ;  with  an- 
other, τινί  or  μετά  τίνος.  Xen.  Cyr. 
7,  1,30,  Hell.  6,  5,  22.     Hence 

Σνι  ειςβο/,ή,  ης,  ή,  a  joint  invasion, 
inroad  or  attack. 

Σ  υνειςδννω,  =sq. 

Σννειςδνω,  {σύν,  είςδνω)  to  slip  into 
with  or  together,  Arist.  Mirab. 

Σννείςειμι,  {ειμί}  to  go  into  with  OF 
together. 

Συνειςίλαύνω,  {σύν,  ε/ςελαύνω)  to 
join  in  driving  into. — II.  intr.,  to  go, 
ride  into  along  with,  Plut.  Artas.  13, 
etc. 

Σννειςέρχομαι,  {.σύν,  ε'ιςέρχομαί) 
dep.  mid.,  c.  aor.  et  pf  act.,  to  enter 
along  with  or  together,  δόμους,  Eur. 
Hel.  327;  εις  τείχος,  Thuc.  4,  57; 
οίκαδε,  Andoc.  31,  15;  etc. 

Σννειςενπορέω,  ω,  to  furnish  with 
besides,  to  assist,  Ath.  367  B. 

Σννειςηγέομαι,  {σνν,  είςηγέομαι) 
dep.  mid.,  to  introduce  along  with  or 
together,  λόγους,  Plut.  2.  795  B. 

Σννειςβλύω,  Ion.  -ώ7.ύω,  to  break 
along  with  or  together,  Hipp. 

Συνειςθρώσκω,  to  leap  into  along  with 
or  together. 

Συνειςκατοικέω,  ω,  to  dwell  with  in 
a  place,  Hipp. 

Σννειςκο/ίίζω,  to  carry  into  along 
with  or  together. 

Σννειςκρίνομαι,  {σύν,  είςκρίνω)  as 
pass. ,  to  be  introduced  (as  into  the  body, 
cf  εκκρίνω)  with  or  together,  Plut.  2, 
902  A. 

Συνείσομαι,  fut.  without  any  pres. 
in  use,  cf  sub  σύνοιδα. 

Συνειςπέμπω,  f.  -■φω,  {σνν,  είςπέμ' 
πω)  to  send  into  along  with,  Ael.  V.  H. 
12,  43. 

1429 


ΣΤΝΕ 

Σννείςτ^ηδύω,  ώ,  {σύν,  εΙςίΓηδάω)  Ι 
to  leap  into  with  ΟΤ  together,  0|)[). 

"Σννειςτύητω,  (συν,  είςπίτττω)  to 
fail  or  be  thrown  into  along  uith  or  to- 
gether, εις  τ/μ•  θύλατταν,  Xen.  Λη. 

5,  7,  25. — II.  to  rush  in  along  with  or 
together,  esp.  of  soldiers  pursuing  the 
besieged  to  their  own  gates  and  get- 
ting in  with  them,  σ.  ές  το  τείχος, 
Hdt.  3,  55,  cf.  9,  102  ;  τηί,  with  one, 
Thuc.  C.  100  ;  σ.  μετά  τίνος.  At. 
Eccl.  1095;  σ.  είσω  τών  πν'λών  σύι> 
τινι.  Xen.  An.  7,  1,  18  ;  κατά  τίς  πύ- 
λας,  Id.  Hell.  4,  7,  6.    _ 

Σννείςπ7χ(ύ,  (σνν,  είςπλέω)  to  sail 
into  together,  εΙς  λιμένα,  Xen.  Hell.  1 , 

6,  16. 

Συνειςττοιέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (συν,  είς- 
ΙΤΟιέίΛ))  to  bring  into  along  with  or  to- 
gether :  esp.,  to  draw  into  one's  ouni 
party,  τινά,  Plut.  2,  482  E,  484  D. 

Συΐ'ειςτΓομευομαι,  as  pass.  c.  fut. 
mid.,  to  go  into  along  with  or  together, 
Dion.  H. 

Συνειςττράσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  f.  -^ω, 
{σνν,  είςπρύσσω)  :—to  help  one  {tivl) 
in  exacting  money  from  another  (τινά), 
Dem.  1205,  9. 

Συνειςρέ(ύ,  (σύν,  είςρέω)  to  flow 
into  together,  to  steal  in  together,  Ael. 
N.  A.  1,2.  ^ 

Συνειςτρέχο),  (σνν,  είςτρέχω)  to  run 
into  along  with  or  together,  App. 

Σννειςφέρω,  (σύν,  ειςφέρω)  to  join 
in  paying  the  war-tax,  [είςφορά)  Xen. 
Hell.  2,  1,  5.     Hence 

Σννειςφορά,  άς,  ή,  a  joint  contribu- 
tion, esp.  to  the  war-tax,  Dion.  H. 

Συνειςφλάω,  Ion.  for  -θλάω,  q.  v. 

Σννειςφορέω,^σννειςφέρω. 

Συνειςφρέυ,  f.  -τ}σομαι,  to  let  into 
along  with  or  together. 

Σννεκβαίνω,  (σύν,  έκβαίνω)  to  go 
out  luiih  or  together,  εις  το  ορός,  Xen. 
An.  4,  3,  22. 

Σννεκβάλλω,  {σνν,  έκβάλλω)  to 
cast  out  along  ivith,  Tivi  Tl,  Hdt.  3, 
108  :  to  assist  in  casting  out  or  expel- 
ling, Xen.  Hell.  3,  2,  13,  etc. 

Συνεκβιβάζω,  f.  -άσω,  {σύν,  εκβιβά- 
ζο))  to  help  in  bringitig  out,  τας  άμαξας 
έκ  τοϊ)  πηλού,  Xen.  An.  1,5,  7. 

Σννεκβοάο),  ώ,  to  shout  out  with  or 
together,  Hipp. 

Συνεκβοηθεω,  ώ,  to  join  in  going  out 
to  aid  one,  Diod. 

Σννεκβράσσίΰ,  {σύν,  ίκβράσσω)  to 
throw  out  together,  as  boiling  water 
does  scum  :  hence  cff  the  sea,  to  throw 
on  shore  along  with,  στρατΐ]λάτην  vav- 
ταις.  Lye.  898  : — in  pass,  to  be  ejected, 
cast  out,  LXX. 

Συνεκόέχομαι,  f.  -ξομαι,  {σύν,  εκδέ- 
χοααι)  dep.  mid.,  to  join  in  receiving, 
entertaining  kindly,  Plut.  2,  662  B. 

Σννεκύημέω,  ώ,  (σύν,  ίκόημέω)  to 
be  abroad  with  or  together,  Plut.  Cat. 
Min.  5. 

Συνεκδημία,  ας,  ή,  a  being  or  going 
abroad  together :  from 

Συνέκδημος,  ov,  {σνν,  εκδημος)  a 
fellow-traveller,  Plut.  Otho,5,  etc. 

Σννεκδ'ιδωμί,  {σύν,  έκδιδωμι)  to 
give  out  together:  esp.,  to  help  a  poor 
man  in  portioning  out  his  daughter 
(cf.  εκδίδωμι  I.  2.),  σ.  τινΙ  την  θυγα- 
τέρα. Lys.  157,  18.  Dem.  316,  4.  [<] 

Συνεκδοχ?/,  ης,  ή,  (συνεκόέχομαι): 
— strictly,  an  utiderstanding  one  thing 
with  another :  hiMice  usu.  in  rhetoric, 
an  indirect  iiind  of  expression,  esp. 
when  the  whole  is  put  for  a  part,  or  vice 
versa.  Quint.  Inst.  8,  6,  19.     Hence 

Σννεκδοχικός,  ή,  όν,  making  use  of 
σννεκδοχή.  Adv.  -κώς,  in  the  way  of 
synecdoche,  Diod. 

Σννεκδμομή,  ης,  η,  a  general  running 
out,  esp.  for  a  sally. 
1430 


ΣΪΝΕ 

Σνί'εκδνω,  {σύν,  έκδνω)  to  put  off, 
strip  off  together  : — Mid.,  to  strip  one's 
self  of,  put  off  together,  άμα  κιβώνι 
έκδυομένφ  σννεκδύεται  και  την  αιδώ 
γυνή,  Hdt.  1,  8.— II.  pass.,  c.  aor.  2, 
et  pf.  act.,  to  go  out  together,  Polyaen. 
2,31,2. 

Σννεκθειάζω,  {σνν,  εκθειάζω)  to  join 
in  placing  among  the  gods,  Plut. 

Συνικθερμα'ινυ.  [συν,  εκθερμαίνω) 
to  heat  together,  Plut.  Pomp.  8. 

Σννεκθηλύνω,  {σύν,  ε.κθηλύνω)  to 
help  to  make  womanish,  Ath.  087  A. 

ΣννεκΟλίβω,  {σύν,  εκθ7Λβω)  to 
squeeze  out  together,  Arist.  Probl.  4,  2, 

Συνεκθνήσκω,  {σνν,  έκθρήσκο)  to 
die  along  with  or  together,  σ.  τώ  πώμα- 
τι.  i.  e.  to  drink  till  wine  and  drinker 
fail  together,  Eur.  Cycl.  571. 

Σννεκκαιδεκα,  (συν,  έκκαίδεκα) 
sixteen  together,  by  sixteens,  Dem.  260, 
fin. 

Σννεκκαίω,  f.  -καύσου,  {σνν,  έκ- 
καίυ)  to  set  on  fire  with  or  together,  Ael. 
V.  H.  13,  1  :  melaph.  to  help  to  inflame, 
τινά,  Polyb.  3,  14,  3. 

Συνεκκάλέο,  ώ,  f.  -έσω,  (σύν,  έκκα- 
λέω)  to  join  in  calling  out : — to  entice 
out  or  excite  together,  τινά  ηρός  τι, 
Polyb.  18,2,  11. 

Σννέκκειμαι,  {σύν,  έκκειμαι)  as 
Pass.,  to  be  exposed  along  with  a  child, 
Heliod.  2,  31. 

Συνεκκεντέω,  ώ,  {σνν,  έκκεντέω) 
to  pierce,  stab  at  once,  LXX.,  nisi  le- 
gend, συγκ-. 

Σννεκκλέπτω,  {σύν,  εκκλίπτω)  to 
help  to  steal  away,  Eur.  Tro.  1018, 
I  Hel.  1370  ;  σ.  -)άμονς,  to  help  in  evad- 
ing or  frustrating  a  marriage,  Id.  El. 
364. 

Σννεκκλησιάζ<ΰ,{σύν,  έκκλησιάζω) 
to  frequent  the  εκκλησία  together,  Plut. 
Sol.  18. 

Σννεκκλίνω,  {σνν,  ίκκλίνω)  to  bend 
aside  together,  Diod.   [tj 

Σννεκκλνζω,  {σύν,  έκκλύζω)  Ιο 
wash  out  along  with  or  together,  Arist. 
Gen.  An.  1,  19,20. 

Σννεκκολν/ιβάω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {σύν, 
έκκυλνμβύω)  to  swim  out  from  together, 
Galen. 

Συνεκκομίζω,  {σύν,  έκκομίζω)  to 
help  171  carrying  out  a  thing,  help  in 
achieving,  Eur.  Hipp.  465 :  σ.  τινϊ 
κακά,  πόνους,  to  help  one  in  bearing 
them,  Id.  Or.  685,  El.  73  ;  cf.  σννεκ- 
φέρω. 

Σννεκκόπτω, {σνν, έκκόπτω)ΐο  help 
to  cut  out,  cut  away,  Xen.  An.  4,  8,  8. 

Σννεκκρίνω,  {σύν,  εκκρίνω)  to  help 
to  secrete,  Arist.  Gen.  An.  2,  4,  5.  [t] 

Σννεκλΰ?^έω,  ώ,  to  utter  along  with 
or  together. 

Συνεκλύμπω,  (σνν,  έκλάμπω)  to 
shine  forth  together,  Plut. 

Συνεκλεαίνω,  (σύν,  έκλεαίνω)  to 
smooth  off  along  with  or  together,  Diosc. 

Συνεκ7'.έγω,  {σύν,  εκλέγω)  to  pick 
out  alongwilh  or  together  : — mid.,  to  con- 
tract an  illness,  Luc.  Epist.  Saturn. 
28. 

Σννεκλειόω,  ώ,^=σννεκλεαίνω. 

Συνεκλείπω,  (σύν,  εκλείπω)  to  van- 
ish along  u'ith  or  together,  Plut.  2,  777 
A;  etc.  :  '^ονμα  συνεζέ?.ιπε  έν  ειρή- 
νη την  Ύώμην  είναι.  Id.  Lycurg.  et 
r>iuin.  4. 

Συνεκ7.εκτός,  η,  όν,  (σ^ινεκλέγω) 
chosen  along  with  or  together,  Ν.  Τ. 

Σννεκλΰω,  {σύν,  έκλνω)  to  dissolve 
with  or  together:  σννεκλνεσθαι  την 
■ψνχήν  τω  σώματι,  Plut.  2,  596  Α  ; 
πάντα  σννεκλέ?^νται.  Antli.  Ρ.  Ο,  56. 

Συνεκμάχέω.  ώ,  {σνν,  έκ,  μάχομαι) 
to  march  out  to  fight  together,  Ar.  Lys. 
1154. 


2TNE 

Σννεκμοχλεύω,  {σνν,  έκμοχλεϋω)  to 
join  in  forcing  with  a  lever,  Ar.  Lys.  430. 

Σννεκνήχομαι,  Dep.  mid.,  to  swim 
out  along  with. 

Συνεκπέμπω,  {σύν,  εκπέμπω)  to 
send  out  or  forth  together.  Plat.  Tim. 
91  A  ;  to  conduct  or  take  out  together, 
Xen.  Hell.  7,  2.  18. 

Συνεκπεπαίνω,  {σνν,  έκπεπαίνω) 
to  help  to  ripen,  Plut.  2,  700  F. 

Σννεκπέπτω,  later  form  for  σννεκ• 
πέσσω. 

Σννεκπεράω,  ώ,  f.  -άσω  Ion.  -ησω, 
(σύν,  έκπεράω)  to  run  to  the  end  along 
with  or  together,  μετά  τίνος,  Xen. 
Cyn.  4,  5. 

Σννεκπέσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  f.  -πέφο) 
{σνν,  ίκπέσσω) :  —  to  help  m  getting 
rid  of  by  digestion.  Plut.  2,  648  F  :— 
pass.,  Arist.  Probl.  2,  21,  1,  Plut.  2, 
647  D. — II.  metaph.,  to  boil  down; 
and  so,  to  make  mild,  mellow  together, 
Plut.  2,  676  B. 

Συνεκπηδάω,  ώ,  {σύν,  έκπηόάω)  to 
spring  out  along  with  or  together,  Phl- 
lostr. 

Σννεκπΐέζω,  f.  -έσω,  {σύν,  έκπιέζω) 
to  press  out  together,  Geop. :  from 

Σννεκπιεστέον,  verb,  adj.,  one  must 
press  out  together. 

Συνεκπικραίνω,  (σνν,  έκπικραίνω) 
to  make  angry  along  with  or  together, 
Plut. 

Σννεκπίμπρημι,  {σνν,  έκπίμπρημι) 
to  make  hot  together,  Arist.  Meteor.  3, 
1,9. 

Σννεκπίνω,  {σνν,  εκπίνω)  to  drink 
out  or  off  along  with  or  together,  τινί, 
Xen.  An.  7,  3,  32.  [ϊ] 

Σνί'εκπίπτω,  {σύν,  εκπίπτω)  to 
come  forth  along  with  or  together,  μετά 
Tivor,  Plat,  tiieaet.  156  B.— II.  esp. 
of  the  voting  tablets  coming  out  ot 
the  urn  in  which  they  were  collected, 
to  come  out  in  unison  or  agreement  ;  and 
so,  generally,  of  the  voles,  to  turn  out 
to  agree,  happen  to  agree,  οι  γνώμαι 
σννεκπίπτονσιν,  Hdt.  1,  206;  8,  49; 
so,  οι  πολλοί  σννεξέπιπτον,  Hdt.  8, 
123  : — c.  dat.,  to  come  out  equal  to 
another,  run  a  dead  heat  with  him, 
αγωνιζόμενος  στάδιον  σννεϊέπιπτε 
τω  πρώτφ,  Hdt.  5,  22,  cf.  Plut.  2, 
1045  D.— III.  to  fall  out,  be  throum  out, 
fail  together,  έν  τινι,  Deinad.  179,  29, 
but  Bekker  would  eject  the  iv. — 2. 
to  be  torn  out  together,  έκ  τών  1>ιζων, 
Plat.  Tim.  84  Β.  [,:] 

Συνεκπλέω,  Ion.  -πλώω,  {σ'ύι>,  έκ• 
πλέω)  to  sail  out  along  with,  τινί,  Hdt. 
1,  5,  Thuc.  4,  3,  Lys.  132,  7,  etc. 

Σννεκπληρόω.  ώ,  {σνν,  έκπληρόω) 
to  fill  ψιite  up,  fill  up  the  measure  of  a 
thing,  TO  ελλιπές,  Polyb.  10,  28,  2: 
to  complete.  Id.  14,  4,  3 :  to  indulge  to 
the  full.  Id.  3,  78,  5. 

Συνεκπ'λήσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  {σύν,  εκ- 
πλήσσω) to  strike  with  fear  together, 
Plut.  2,  41  C. 

Σννεκπνέω,  f.  -πνενσω,  (σύν,  εκ- 
πνέω) to  breathe  out,  i.  e.  breathe  one's 
last  along  with  another,  τινί,  Eur.  I.  T. 
684. 

Σννεκποίέομαι,  {σνν,  έκποιέω)  to 
be  sufficiently  supplied  by,  be  content 
with,  τινί,  Polyb.  6, 49,  7  ;  cf.  έκποιέω 
IV. 

Συνεκπολεμέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {σνν, 
έκπο/^εμέω)  to  vanquish  along  with  or 
together,  Diod. 

Σννεκπο7.εμόομαι,  {σύν,  έκπολε- 
μόω)  as  pass.,  to  become  hostile  togeth- 
er, προς  άΛ/7/λονΓ,  Plut.  2,  380  Β. 

Σν}•εκ~ονέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (σνν,  έκπο- 
νέω)ΙοΙΐ6ΐρ  in  working  out  a  thing,  help  in 
achieving  or  effecting.  Tl,  Eur.  I.  T.  1 063, 
Hel.  1406:  σ.  μόχθον  τινί,  suffer  it 
to  the  end  with  hira,  Eur,  Andromed 


ΣΥΝΕ 

8,  4  :  —  to  assist  to  the  utmost,  Eur. 
Ion  740;  cf.  Plut.  2,  807  C,  etc. 
Hence 

Σννεκπονητέον,  verb,  adj.,  onemust 
help  in  working  out. 

Σννεκπορενομαί,  (συν,  έκπορεύω) 
as  pass.  c.  f'ut.  mid.,  to  go  or  travel  out 
along  with  or  together,  LXX. 

Σννεκττορίζω,  (  συχ',  έκπορίζω)  to 
help  in  discovering  and  procuring,  Xen. 
An.  5,  8,  25,  Plut.  2,  73  E. 

ΣυνεκτΓοτέον,  or  -ia,  verb,  adj.,  of 
σννεκπίνω,  one  must  drink  out  or  off. 
At.  Plut.  1085. 

Σννεκπράσσω,ΑΙί.  -ττω,  Ιοη.-ττρήσ- 
σω  ;  f.  -^ω  (συν,  έκπράσσω)  : — to  ex- 
act money  with  or  together. — Mid.,  to 
join  a  person  {τίνί)  in  taking  vengeance 
for  a  thing  {tl),  to  assistYara  in  aveng- 
ing. Hdt.  7,  169  ;  cf.  σνμπράσσομαί. 

Σννεκπϊφόω,  ώ,  (σύν,  έκπυρόω)  to 
inflame  together,  Plat.  Tim.  65  E. 

Σννεκρέω,  {σύν,  έκρέω)  to  flow  or 
run  out  along  with  or  together,  Clem. 
Al. 

Σιινεκροφέο),  ώ,  to  gulp  down  along 
with  or  together. 

Σννεκστρατενω,  (  σύν,  εκστρα- 
τεύω) to  march  out  along  with  or  to- 
gether, Joseph. 

Συνεκσώζω,  (σνν,  εκσώζω)  to  help 
in  drawing  out  of  danger  ζχΐά  delivering. 
Soph.  O.  C.  566,  Antipho  140,  28. 

Συνεκταττεινόίύ,  ώ,  (συν,  ίκταττεί- 
vou)  to  humble  greatly  along  with  or  to- 
gether ;  σ.  iavTOv,  to  condescend  greatly, 
Plut. 

Σννεκτΰράσσίο,  Att.  -ττω,  to  disturb 
along  with  or  together. 

Συνεκτύσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  {σύν,  εκ- 
τύσσω)  to  arrange  in  line  or  battle  order 
along  with  Others,  Xen.  Cyr.  6,  3,  18. 
Σννεκτείνω,  {  σύν,  εκτείνω  )  to 
stretch  out  along  ivith  or  together,  Philo. 
— II.  intr.,  to  extend  along  with  or  to- 
gether, Plut.  2,  901  B;  (al.  pass.)_ 

Συνεκτελεω,  ώ,  f  -έσω,  {σύν,  έκτε- 
Τί,έω)  to  help  in  completiyig,  Theophr. 

Συνεκτέμνω,  {σύν,  έκτέμνω)  to  cut 

out,  exterminate  together,  Plut.  2, 159  C. 

Σννεκτέον,  yerb.  adj. ,ίτοιη  συνέχω, 

one  must  keep  with  one  or  together,  Xen. 

Cyr.  7,  5,  70. 

Σννεκτίθημι,  ( airv,  έκτίθημι )  to 
expose,  put  oji  shore,  along  with  or 
together,  Plut.  2,  27  C. 

Σννεκτΐθηνέομαι,  {σύν,  εκ,  τίθη- 
νεύω)  dep.,  to  assist  in  fostering,  Plut. 
2,  662  C. 

Συνεκτικός,  η,  όν,  {συνέχω)  fit  for 
holding  together  or  maintaining,  αιτία 
σ.  των  όλων,  Arist.  Mund.  6,  1  ;  σ. 
της  σωφροσύνης,  Phintys  ap.  Stob.  p. 
444,  26  ; — also  pass.,  lasting,  enduring, 
V.  1.  Theophr. — II.  Adv.  -κώς,  summa- 
rily. 

Συνεκτίκτω,  (  σύν,  έκτίκτω )  to 
bring  forth  along  with  or  together,  σ. 
τροφή V,  to  produce  young  ones  and 
their  food  together,  as  oviparous  ani- 
mals do,  Arist.  Pol.  1,  8,  10,  Gen. 
An.  3,  2,  9. 

Σννεκτινννω,=^  σννεκτίνω,  Plut. 
Romul.  13. 

Συνεκτίνω,  f  -τίσω  [t],  (σύν,  έκτί- 
νω)  to  pay  along  with  or  together,  to 
help  in  paying.  Plat.  Legg.  855  B, 
Dem.  1254,  27. 

Συνεκτοκίζω,  {σύν,  ίκτοκίζω)  to 
make  to  produce  together,  LXX. 

Σννεκτρΰχη?Λζομαι,  {σύν,  ίκτρα- 
Υΐ1?.ίζω)  as  pass.,  to  be  run  away  with 
by  a  horse  or  as  if  by  a  horse,  Plut.  2, 
802  D. 

Συνεκτράχύνω,  {σύν,  εκτραχύνω) 
to  make  quite  savage  along  with  or 
together : — pass.,  to  become  so,  Plut. 
SuU.  16. 


ΣΤΝΕ 

Σννεκτρεφω,  f.  -θρέφω,  {σύν,  εκ- 
τρέφω) to  rear  up  along  with  or  together, 
τους  παΐδας.  Plat.  Mene.K.  249  A ; 
μετά  τίνος.  Id.  Symp.  209  C  : — pass., 
to  grow  tip  with,  σννικτραφείς  έμοί, 
Eur.  I.  T.  709,  cf  Andoc.  7,  29. 

Συνεκτρέχω,  {συν,  έκτρέχω)  to  run 
out  along  with  or  together,  to  sally  out 
together,  Xen.  Hell.  4,  3.  17,  Ages.  2, 
11. — II.  to  turn  out  well,  to  prosper, 
speed,  Polyb.  12,  13,  5,  cf  10.  40,  6. 
— III.  to  be  equal  to,  correspond  in  size, 
quantity,  opinion,  etc.,  c.  dat.  Schaf 
Dion.  Comp.  p.  425. 

Συνεκτρίβω.  f  -ψω,  {σνν,  έκτρίβω) 
to  destroy  utterly  with  or  together, 
LXX. 

Συνέκτροφος,  ov,  { συνεκτρέφω ) 
reared  up  together,  LXX. 

Σννεκφαίνω,  { σύν,  έκφαίνω )  to 
shoiv  or  signify  together,  τινί  tl,  Plut. 
2,  33  D. 

Συνεκφέρω,  {σύν,  εκφέρω)  to  bear 
or  carry  out  together,  esp.  to  burial : 
hence  to  attend  a  fimeral,  Thuc.  2,  34: 
— to  vomit  forth,  disgorge  together,  Plut. 
2,  453  D. — II.  to  bear  to  the  end  along 
with,  τινί  TL,  Eur.  Dictys  7. — III.  to 
utter,  express  with  or  together ;  metaph., 
of  an  artist,  σ.  Ty  μορφή  την  ίιρετην, 
Plut.  2,  335  Β,  cf.  25  fc.— IV.  pass., 
to  go  out  from  with  or  together. 

Σννεκφεύγω,  {συν,  έκφεύγω)  to  es- 
cape with,  Philostr.  Imagg.  2,  2. 

Σννεκφλεγμαίνω,  {σνν,  έκφ7.εγμαί- 
νω)  to  become  inflamed  together,  The- 
ophr. Fr.  7,  12. 

Συνεκφορά,  άς,  ή,  {συνεκφέρω)  a 
carrying  out  together,  esp.  to  burial. — 
II.  an  uttering  together,  Dion.  H. 

Συνεκφορέω,  ώ, ^συνεκφέρω,  He- 
liod. 

Συνεκφνω,  (σύν,  έκφνω)  to  produce 
along  with  or  together,  Philostr. 

Συνεκφωνέω,  ώ,  {σύν,  εκψωνέω)  to 
call  out,  utter  along  with  or  together. 
Hence 

ΣυvεκφώvησLς,  εως,  ή,  an  uttering 
together,  Clem.  ΑΙ.: — hence,  =συνί- 
ζησις  2. 

Συνεκφωτίζω,  {σύν,  έκφωτί'ω)  to 
lighten  quite  up,  or  Tnutually,  Plut.  2, 
806  A.        ^ 

Σννεκχέω,  {σύν,  εκχέω)  to  pour  otit 
together  : — pass.,  to  stream  out  together, 
metaph.  of  men,  Polyb.  9,  9,7,  cf  11, 
14,  7.  _  -    _ 

Σννεκχνμόω,  ώ,  to  help  in  emptying : 
as  medic,  term,  to  assist  nature  in  emp- 
tying the  vessels  of  the  body,  Hipp. ; 
v.  Foes.  Oecon. 

Σννελαττόω,  ώ,  to  lessen  or  dimin- 
ish along  with,  Ach.  Tat. 

Συνελαύνω :  f.  ■ε?Λΐσω  [u],  Ep. 
■ελάσσω,  etc.,  (σύν,  έλαύνω).  To 
drive  together,  II.  11,  677,  Xen.  Cyr.  1, 

4,  14:  (T.  οδόντας  έλ-,  to  gnash  the 
teeth  together,  Od.  18,  98  :  to  hammer 
together,  Plut.  2,  567  Ε  :— pass.,  to  be 
driven  OT  forced  together,  Polyb.  4,  48, 
2,  etc. — il.  esp.,  to  set  together,  set  one 
against  the  other,  like  σννίημι,  συμ- 
βάλλω, Lat.  committere,  θεούς  έριδί  !;., 
11.  20,  134  ;  21,  394  :  to  inake  to  fight 
with  each  other,  Od.  18,  39  :  also  intr., 
ipLOi  ξ.,  to  meet  in  quarrel,  11.  22,  129. 
— Horn.  usu.  has  Att.  form  ξυνελ., 
but  always  metri  grat.  :  he  only  uses 
pres.,and  Ep.  Άοτ.συνελάσσαμεν,ξυν- 
ελύσσαι.  etc. 

Σννελέγχω,  to  convince  together. 

ΣυνελεΙν,  inf ,  and  σύνελεν,  Ep.  3 
sing.  aor.  2  of  συναιρέω- 

Σννελενθερόω,  ω,  (συν,  έλενθερόω) 
to  join  in  freeing  from,  τινά  τπ^Οζ",  Hdt. 

5,  46:  absot.,  to  join,  in  freeing,  την 
'Ελλάδα,  Id.  7,  51,  157,  Thuc.  2,  72, 
etc. 


ΣΎΝΕ 

Σννέλενσις,  ή,  a  coming  together, 
meeting,  intercourse. 

Σννελεύσομαι,  fut.  of  συνέρχομαι. 
Hence 

Συνελενστικός,  η,  όν,  disposed  for 
intercourse  or  society,  Plut. 

Συνέλιξις,  ή,  a  rolling  together,  com- 
bining :  from 

Σννελισσω,  Att.  -ττω,  (σύν,  ελίσ- 
σω) to  roll  together,  Arist.  H.  A.  2, 
11,  2. 

Σννελκνστέον,  one  must  dratu  to- 
gether, Xen.  Ages.  9,  4:  verb.  adj. 
from 

Σννέλκω,  f.  -ξω :  aor.  -είλκνσα 
(cf.  έλκω) : — to  draw  together  or  to  a 
point.  Plat.  Symp.  190  Ε  :  σ.  εαυτούς, 
to  draw  together  or  into  union,  opp.  to 
έλκεσθαι  ες  τα  εναντία.  Id.  Theaet. 
181  Α. — 2.  to  draw  up,  contract,  θρυαλ- 
λίδ'  εις  έαυτον  ξυνελκύσας,  Ar.  Nub. 
585. — II.  to  draw  out  along  with,  to 
help  to  draw  out,  Ar.  Pac.  417,  Xen. 
Ages.  2,  15. 

Συνελώμ ,  part.  aor.  2  of  συναιρέω, 
Od. 

Συνέμβαίνω,  {σύν,  έμβαίνω)  to  go 
in  along  with  or  together,  σ.  τινι  εις  τι, 
to  embark  luithone  m  any  undertaking, 
Schweigh.  Polyb.  29, 3,  8,  cf  1, 20,  7. 
Συνεμβάλ?.ω,  (σύν,  εμβάλλω)  to 
throw  in  along  with,  help  in  putting  in,  Ar, 
Lys.  246. — II.  intr.,  to  fall  in  or  iipon, 
join  in  attacking,  Xen.  Hell.  7,  4,  22 ; 
σ.  εΙς  την  Άττικήν,  to  make  a  joint 
inroad,  Dem.  299,  10.     Hence 

Συνεμβολή,  ης,  η,  a  throwing  0Γ 
putting  in  together,  σ.  κώττης,  the  regu- 
lar dip  of  all  the  oars  together,  to  the 
sound  of  the  κέλευσμα,  Aesch.  Pers. 
396  : — and  ξννεμβο?ιαΙς  should  be 
read  in  Id.  Ag.  984,  though  the 
passage  is  corrupt. 

Συνέμεν,  for  σννΰναι,  inf  aor.  2 
of  συνιημι,  Pind. 

Σννεμπάσσω,  to  strew  in  or  upon 
along  with  or  together. 

Σννεμττίπρημι,  {σύν,  εμπίπρημι) 
to  burn  along  with  or  together,  Eur. 
Rhes.  489. 

Σννεμηίπτω,  {σύν,  εμπίΐϊτω)ΐο  fall 
in  or  upon  together : — to  come  on  0Γ 
happen  together,  Hipp.  Demetr.  34, 
etc. 

Συνεμττ?.έκω,   {σύν,   εμπλέκω)    ίο 
twine  or  plait  in  together,  Plut.  2,  71  F. 
Συνεμ-νέω,  {σύν,  έμ~νέω)  to  blow 
in  along  with  Or  together,  Longin. 

Σννέμπορος,  ov,  {συν,  έμπορος) 
travelling  with  :  6  σ.,  as  subst.,  a  fel- 
low-traveller, a  companion,  attendant, 
Aesch.  Cho.  208,  Soph.  Tr.  318,  Phil. 
542  ;  opp.  to  ήγεμών  (a  guide).  Plat. 
Phaed.  108  Β  ;  ξννεμπόρους  έμοί, 
Eur.  Bacch.  57 ;  λύπη  ο'  άμισθος 
εστί  σοι  ξννέμπορος,  Aesch.  Cho. 
733 : — σ.  χορείας,  partner  in..,  Ar. 
Ran.  396;  v.  Valck.  Callim.  Fr. 
67,  3. 

Συνεμπρήσαι,  aor.  1  inf  of  σνν- 
εμπίπρημι. 

Σννέμπτωσις,  ή,  {συνεμπίπτω)  α 
happening  together. 

Συνεμφαίνω,  {  συν,  εμφαίνω )  to 
point  out,  indicate  together,  Theophr., 
Ath.  663  C  : — pass.,  to  appear  together 
or  besides.  Id.     Hence 

Συνέμφασις,  εως,  ή,  a  pointing  to, 
indicating  together :  σ.  τινός,  secondary 
allusion  to  a  thing,  Ath.  325  B. 

Σννε/ιφέρω.  {σνν.  έμφέρω)  to  bring 
in  with,  dr  perhaps  merely  strengthd. 
for  συμφέρω,  in  an  obscure  passage 
of  M.  Anton.  3,  4  ;  v.  Gataker. 

Σννεναντίον,  (σνν,  εναντίον)  adv., 
just  over  against,  right  opposite,  Opp. 

Σννενδείκννμι,  to  give  notice  of  along 
with. 

1431 


ΣΥΝΕ 

'Σννεΐ'^ύ^ΰμι,  (σνν,  ίνδίόωμι)  to  give 
in,  abate,  Diod.     Hence 

"Συνένδοσίς-,  εως.  ή,  a  giving  in, giv- 
ing way,  Plut.  2,  680  A. 

Συνενόνω,  {aiw,  ένύνω)  to  put  in 
along  with  or  to>;ether,  Arr. 

Σνι•εΐ'ε'ίκομαι,  as  pass.,  Ep.  for 
σνμφέίΜμαι,  to  be  carried  so  as  to  meet, 
hence  to  strike  or  dash  against,  τώ  δι/ 
σννενείκεται,  Hes.  So.  440 :  prob. 
the  only  example  of  this  form  of  the 
pres. 

Σννενθονσίύζω,  {cvv,  ενθουσιάζω) 
to  share  in  inspiration  or  enthusiasm. 
Died. 

Σνι•ει•βονσιάω,  ύ,  —  foreg.,  Polyb. 
38,  4,  7,  Plut.,  etc. 

Σνί'ενί'οέυ,  ύ,  to  have  in  one's  mind 
along  with  or  together. 

Σννενύο),  ώ,  Ιο  unite  in  one,  dub.  1., 
Polyb.  2,  14,  1. 

Σννέντύσις,  εως,  ή,  {σνν,  εντείνω) 
tension,  pressure  together,  Plut.  2,  589 
A, 901  D. 

Σννεντάσσω,  to  arrange  with,  bring 
into  line  with. 

Σννεξάγω,  f.  -ξω,  {σνν,  εξάγω)  to 
lead  out,  cam/  away  along  with  or  to- 
gether. Plat,  theaet.  157  I),  Plut.,  etc. 

Σννεξαιθερόω,  ώ,  {αίθήρ)  to  change 
into  air  with. 

Σννεξαιβριύζω,  i.  -ύσω,  {σνν,  ίξ• 
αιθριάζω)  to  put  into  the  open  air  along 
with  or  together,  Diosc. 

Σννεξαίρέω,  ω,  f  -ήσω,  {σνν,  Ιξαι- 
ρεω)  to  take  out  along  with  or  together : 
to  help  in  removing,  το  θηρίον  έκ  τϊ/ς 
χώρ?ις,  Hdt.  1,  30  ;  rcii'  εχβρον  σ.  δό- 
μων, Eur.  Ion  1044  : — to  help  in  tak- 
ing, σ.  Tivi  ττόλίν,  Xen.  Hell.  7,  4, 
12 ;  μετά  τίνος,  Aeschin.  32,  28  ;  so, 
σ.  Φρΰγας,  Eur.  Tro.  24: — to  help  in 
rescuing,  Polyb.  5,  11,  5: — mid.,  σνν- 
εξαίρεΐσθαί  tl  τινός,  to  take  away  from 
one,  Xen.  Cyn.  5,  28. 

Σννεξαίρω,  {σνν,  εξαίρω)  to  elevate 
or  excite  along  with,  Jac.  Philostr. 
Imag.  p.  321,  cf  p.  219.— II.  intr.  to 
go  out  along  with,  of  colonies,  Polyb. 
12,  5,  8  ;— but,  σννεξ^ρκός.  Id.  3,  68, 
8,  is  now  altered. 

Συνεξάκο?.ονβέω,ώ,{σνν,έξακολον• 
θέω)  to  follow  constantly,  to  attend  eve- 
ry where,  σννεξακολονπεΐ  Ttvi  όνειδος, 
Polyb.  2,  7,  3,  cf  58,  11:  to  fall  to 
one's  lot.  Id.  3,  63,  11,  etc.  :  to  be  hab- 
itual to,  σννεξηκολονθει  oi  ασέλγεια, 
Id.  37,  2,  4  :  τά  σννεξακολονθοϋντα 
τούτοις,  the  consequences.  Id,  3,  109, 
9  : — of  events,  to  turn  out  in  accordance 
wUh,  Tivi,  Id.  18,  15,  12. 

Σννβξΰκοντίζω,  to  throw  for,  dart 
along  with  or  together. 

Σνί'εξακονω,  ί.  -ονσομαί,  {σνν,  εξ- 
ακούω)  to  hear  all  of  a  thing  at  the 
same  time  or  together.  Soph.  Tr.  3T2, 
Plut.  2,  720  D. 

Συνεξά?.ειφω,  {σνν,  εξαλείφω)  to 
wipe  out  together,  Plut.  Cat.  Min.  17. 

Σννεξάλ?Μμαι,  liep.  mid.,  to  leap 
cut  along  with  or  together. 

Σννεξάμαρτύνω,  {σνν,  έξαμαρτά- 
ϊ<ω)  to  err  along  with,  have  part  in  a 
fault,  Antipho  133,  18,  Thuc.  3,  43, 
Lys.,  etc. ;  σ.  τοις  άσεβήμασίν  τίνος, 
Polyb.  5,  11,  1. 

ΣννεξύμιΧλάομαι.  {σνν,  ίξαμιλλύ- 
αμηι)  dep.  c.  fut.  mid.  et  aor.  pass.,• 
ta  begin  a  contest  ivith  or  together,  labour 
equally  with,  Plut. 

Σννεξύι-'ά/.ίσκω,  {σύν,  έξανα?.ίσκω) 
te  consume  along  with  or  together,  Dion. 
H. 

Σννεξαναπληρόω,  ω,  {σνν,  ίξανα- 
ττληρόω)  to  fill  up  againwith  or  togeth- 
er, Hipp. 

Συνεξανβεω,  ώ,  {σνν,  εξανβέω)  to 
blossom  together,  Plut.  2,  434  B. 
1432 


2TNE 

Σννεξανίστημι,  {σύν,  ίξανίστημί) 
to  make  to  stand  up  together  : — to  stir  up 
or  excite  together,  Plut.  2,  44  C. — 11. 
pass.,  c.  aor.  2  et  pf  act.,  to  rise  and 
come  forth  ivith,  v.  I.  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  4, 
27  ;  to  rise  up  at  the  same  time,  Plut. 
Ages.  12,  etc. — 2.  to  rise  in  rebellion, 
rebel,  revolt,  riot  along  with  0Γ  together, 
Polyb.  10,  9,  4. 

Συνεξαντ?ίέω,  ώ,  to  exhaust,  endure 
along  with  or  together. 

Σννεξΰνύω,  Att.  -ανντω,  [ν]  {σνν, 
ΐξαννω)  : — to  accomplish  along  with  or 
together,  Hermesian.  5,  39. — II.  ab.sol., 
(sub.  τον  δρόμον)  to  overtake  or  equal 
in  running,  Plut.  2,  137  C. 

Συνεξΰπάτάω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {σνν,  εξα- 
πατάω) to  cheat  along  with  or  together, 
Dem.  202,  14  ;  673,  2,  Plut.,  etc. 

Σννεξαποστέ?ίλω,  {σνν,  έξαττο- 
στέ'λλ■ω)tosend  forth  together : — pass., 
f  -σταλίισομαι,  aor.  2  •εστάληv,to  go 
out  with,  Polyb.  23,  14,  11. 

Σννεξάπτω,  f  -ψω,  {σύν,  εξάπτω) 
to  set  on  fire  along  with  or  together, 
Plut.  2,  929  B. 

Σννεξΰριθμέω.  ώ,  {σύν,  έξαριθμέω) 
to  reckon,  count  with  or  besides.  Diod. 

Σννεξαρκέω,ώ.{.-έσω,{σύν,ίξαρκέω) 
to  suffice  along  u'tth  or  together,  Slrab. 

Σννεξάρχω,  [σύν,  έξύρχω)  to  join 
in  leading,  τώ  δί/μ(ο,  Plat.  Ax.  368   D. 

Συνεξατμίζω,  {σύν,  εξατμίζω)  to 
evaporate  with  or  together,  Arist.  Part. 
An.  2,4,  1,  Gen.  An.  3,2,  5. 

Σννεξάτονέω,  ώ,  {σνν,  ίξατονέω) 
to  lose  tension,  become  powerless  along 
with  or  together,  Plut.  2,  528  E. 

Σννεξαναίνω,  to  dry  up  with  or  at 
the  same  time. 

Σννεξεγείρω,  {σνν,  εξεγείρω)  to 
rouse  together  : — pass.,  to  be  roused  or 
excited  together,  Polyb.  4,  47,  3. 

Σννεξειμι,  {σνν,  ίκ,  εΙμι) : — to  go 
out  along  with  or  together,  μετά  Tivor, 
Thuc.  3,  113  ;  τινί,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,4,  15. 

Σννεξελαννω,  (.  -ελάσω,  (σύν,  έξε- 
Τίαύνω)  to  drive  out  along  with  or  to- 
gether, Aesch.  Ag.  1G06. — II.  intr.  (sub. 
στρατόν,  ϊπττον.  etc.),  to  march  out, 
ride  out,  Anth.  P.  9,  715. 

Σννεξελενθερος,  ov,  6,  a  fellow- 
freedman,  A  pp. 

Συνεξελίσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  to  unroll 
with  or  together,  Callistr. 

Σννεξελκνω,  to  draw  out  with. 

Σννεξεμέω,  ώ,  f.  -έσω,  {σύν,  ίξε- 
μέω)  to  vomit  out  with,  Arist.  H.  A.  5, 
15,  10. 

Σννεξερενθω,  {σνν,  έξερενθω)  to 
make  red,  inflame  with,  Hipp. 

Σννεξερεννάω,  ώ,  (.  -ήσομαι,  {σνν, 
έξερεννάω)  to  search  out,  examine  thor- 
oughly with,  Tivi  Tl :  in  aor.  mid., 
Plat.  Theaet.  155  E. 

Σννεξερύω,  {σνν,  έξερνω)  to  draw 
out  with  or  together,  Anth.  P.  6,  57. 

Σννεξέρχομαι,  (σνν,  εξέρχομαι) 
dep.  mid.,  c.  aor.  et  pf.  act. : — to  go  or 
come  out  with,  τινί,  Hdt.  5,  74,  Eur. 
Hec.  1012,  Thuc.  8,  61,  etc.  ;  esp.  to 
attack,  Xen.  Hell.  3,  4,  2. 

Συνεξετάζω,  f  -άσω,  {σύν,  εξετάζω) 
to  search  out  and  examine  along  with  or 
together.  Plat.  Legg.  900  D.— PaSs.,  to 
be  reckoned  with  or  among,  oi  σννεξε- 
ταζόμενοι  μετά  τίνος  or  τινί,  his  par- 
ty or  adherents,  Dem.  556,  16;  576, 
12,  cf  Luc.  Imagg.  15:— also,  σννεξ- 
ΐτάζεσΟαί  τινι,  to  measure  one's  self 
with  one,  rival  him,  Alciphr.  3,  54. 

Συνεξενπορέω,  ώ,  or  -ίζω.  ί.  1.  for 
συνεκΊτοριζω  m  Xen. ;  cf  Lob.  Phryn. 
595  sq..  Schaf  Mel.  p.  6,  7. 

Σννεξευρίσκω,  (σύν,  εξευρίσκω)  to 
help  or  join  in  finding  out,  τινά,  Ar. 
Thesm.  601  ;  πάντα,  Isocr.  50  Β  : — 
σ.  όπως  σωθήσεσθε,  Eur.  Heracl.  420. 


ΣΤΝΕ 

Σννεξηγέομαι,  f.  -ήσομαι, dep.  mid,, 
to  lead  out  together. 

Σννεξιιμερόομαι,  {σύν,  έξημερόω) 
as  pass.,  to  become  tame  or  civilized  with 
or  together,  ύ  δήμος  άμα  Ty  χώρα  σνν• 
εξ.,  Plut.  Num.  16. 

Συνεξιδρόω,  ώ,  (σύν,  ίξιδρόω)  to 
exude  together.  Hipp.  ;  σ.  δνςώδτ/,  to 
send  forth  an  ill  0(li>iir  with  the  perspi- 
ration, Arist.  Probl.  13,  11. 

Σννεξικμάζω,  {σνν,  εξικμύζω)  to 
exude,  throw  off,  .A.rist.  Probl.  5,  27. 

ΣννεξΙσόω,  ώ,  (σνν,  εξισόω)  to 
equalize,  make  even  with,\Xi  pass.,  Diod. 
2,  10. 

Σννεξίσταμαι,  (σύν,  εξίσταμαι) 
pass.,  to  rise  and  go  out.  march  out  to 

battle,  Tivi,  to  meet  another,  Polyb.  3, 
34.  9. 

Σννεξιχνενω,  {σνν,  έξιχνενω)  to 
trace  out  along  with,  τινί  τι,  Plut.  Cic. 
18. 

Σννεξοδεύω,  {σύν,  έξοδεύω)  to  go 
out  of  along  with  or  together,  τινί,  Ath. 
248  F. 

Σννεξύζω.  {σνν,  έξόζω)  to  smell  of 
a  thing  besides,  Theophr. 

Σννεξοκέλλω,  (σνν,  έξυκέλλω)  to 
drive  out  together. — 2.  intr.  (sub.  την 
vavv),  to  push  out  together,  Plut.  2,  985 
C. 

Σννεξολισθαίνω,  to  slip  out  along 
ivith,  Manetho. 

Σννεξομοιόω,  ώ,  {σνν,  εξομοιόω)  to 
make  quite  like,  τ  ί  τινι,  Plut.  2,  1054  Β: 
— pass.,  to  become  so,  Theophr.,  etc. ; 
σννεξομοιονσθαι  τώ  περιέχοντι,  to 
become  acclimated,  Polyb.  4,  21,  L 
Hence 

Σννεξομοίοσις,  ή,  complete  assimila- 
tion. 

Σννεξορθίύζω,  {σνν,  ΐξορβιάζω)  to 
raise  up,  excite  together,  Plut.  2,  998  E. 

Σιη'εξομιζω,  to  help  to  remove  beyond 
the  frontiers. 

Συνεξορμύω,  ΰ,  f.  -ήσω,  (σίν,  εξ- 
ορμάω) to  help  to  urge  on,  Isocr.  216 
C  ;  Tivu  προς  τι,  Plut. ;  etc. — 11.  intr., 
to  rush  forth  or  sally  out  together,  Xen. 
Cyr.  1,'4,  20;  7,  I,  29  :  ν'λ-η  συνεξορ- 
μα  τώ  σίτω,  shoots  up  along  with  the 
corn,' Id.  Oec.  17,  12  and  14. 

Σννεξυρούω,  {σύν,  έξυρούω)  to  rush 
out  with  or  together,  Ath. 

Σννεξορύσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  to  dig  out 
with  or  together. 

Σννεξοστρύκίζω,  to  banhh  by  ostra- 
cism with  or  together. 

Σννεξοχ'ρέω,  to  discharge  with  the 
wine,  Hipp. 

Σννεξνγραίνω,  (σύν,  ίξνγραίνω)  to 
moisten  with  or  together,  Plut.  2,  752  D. 

ΣννεξωΟέω,  ώ,  {σύν,  έξωβεω)  to 
thrust  out  together,  Hipp.,  Plut.  2,  819 
F,  etc. 

ΣννέορσίΓ,  ?/,  dub.  1.  in  Plut.  2,  449 
A  :  the  sense  requires  σννερεθισμός, 
or  some  such  word. 

Συνεορτάζω,  {σύν,  εορτάζω)  Ιο  keep 
festival  with  or  together,  Plut.  2,  666 
D.     Hence 

Σννεορταστής,  ov,  ό,  a  sharer  in  a 
festival,  Vlat.  Legg.  653  D. 

Σννεοχμός,  ov,  6,  poet,  for  σννο- 
χμος,=ζ  συνοχή,  a  joining,  κεφαλής  τε 
και  ανχένος  έν  σννεοχμώ,  11.  14,  465, 
ubi  ν.  Spitzner  ;  cf.  οχμα. 

Σννεπάγω,  ί.  •ξω,  (σΰΐΛ  επάγω)  to 
join  in  bringing  in  against  another,  ^oin 
in  inviting,  Thuc.  4,  1,  79. 

Συνεπάγωνίζομαι,  (σνν,  έπαγωνί- 
ζομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  join  in  stirring  up 
a  contest,  τοις  γεγοτόσι,  besides  all 
that  had  happened,  Polyb.  3,  118,  6. 

Σννεπάδω,  and  poet,  -αείδω,  (σύν, 
ίπάδω)  to  join  in  celebrating,  Άρτεμιν, 
Eiir.  I.  A.  1492. — II.  to  sing  spells  or 
charms  together,  έπωδάς  σ-,  Theophr. 


ΣΤΝΕ 

.  ■  Σννεπαινέο),  ώ ;  f.  -έσω  Ερ.  -ησω 
(σνν,  έπαινέω) : — to  approve  or  advise 
together,  Aesch.  Tlieb.  1073  ;  to  join 
in  advising  or  recomrnending,  c.  inf. 
Thuc.  4,  91,  Xen.  Cyr.  5,  3,  34;  c. 
ace,  to  approve,  consent  or  agree  to, 
Xen.  An.  7,  3,  36,  Plat.  Hipjj.  Min. 
init.  :  absol.,  to  approve,  Xen.  Cyr.  4, 
3,  23,  Dem.  288,  6:  σ.  -iin,  to  agree 
with  one,  Dem.  1438,  9. — II.  to  join  in 
praising,  τινά,  Xen.  Hipparch.  5,  14. 

Σννέπαινος,  ov,  {cvv,  έπαινος) 
joining  in  approbation  of  a  thing,  con- 
senting to  it,  c.  dat.  rei,  Hdt.  3,  119  ; 
absol.  5,20,  31 : — σ.  εΙναί,=-σννετΓ(α- 
νείν,  c.  ace.  et  inf.,  to  consent  that..., 
Hdt.  7,  15. 

Συνετταίρω,  {συν,  ετταίρω)  to  raise, 
lift  at  the  same  time,  εαυτόν,  Xen.  Eq. 
7,  2. — II.  to  urge  on  together  or  also,  c. 
inf ,  Xen.  Symp.  8,  24,  of.  Oec.  5,  5. 

Σννετταισθάνομαι,  dep.  mid.,  to  feel 
along  with. 

Σννετταιτίάομαι,  (συν,  έτταιτιύο- 
uai)  dep.  mid.,  to  accuse  together,  in- 
volve in  the  same  charge,  ηνά  τίνος, 
Thuc.  1,  135,  Plut.  Pericl.  10,  etc. 

Σννεπαιωρέομαι,  {συν,  έπαιωρεω) 
as  pass.,  to  continue  soaring  over,  Tivi, 
Plut.  Ales.  33. 

Συνεπύκολονβέω,  {σνν,  ίπακο7\,ον- 
θέω)  to  folloiv  tvith  or  together,  follow 
close,  TLVL,  Plat.  Phaed.  81  E,"Calli- 
crat.  ap.  Stob.  p.  426,  15,  Plut.,  etc. 

Σννεπα/ίτήρ,  ηρος,  ό,  a  fellow- 
huntsman. 

Σννεπάλαλύζω,  f.  -^ω,  {σνν,  εττα- 
Ζαλί/^ω)  to  join  in  raising  the  war-cry, 
Joseph. 

Σννεπΰμίινω,  {σνν,  ίτταμΰνω)  to 
join  in  repelling,  c.  acc,  Thuc.  6,  56. 

Σννεπανίστϊίμι,  {σνν,  έπανίστι/μι) 
to  make  to  rise.  esp.  rise  up  against  to- 
gether : — II.  pass.,  c.  aor.  2  et  pf  act., 
to  join  in  a  revolt  or  rebellion,  Hdt.  1, 
59  ;  3,  61,  Thuc.  1,  132. 

Σννεπανορβόω,  ώ,  {σνν.  έπανορ- 
θόω)  to  join  in  setting  right  or  estab- 
lishing, Dem.  140,  14,  Polyb.  30,  18, 
4. 

Σννεπαττερείδω,  to  support  one's  self 
upon,  along  with  or  together. 

ΣννεττύτΓτομαι,  Ion.  for  σννεφά- 
ιττομαι,  Hdt. 

Συνεπάρήγα,  to  help,  aid,  succour 
together. 

Συνεττασκέω,  ώ,  to  join  in  practising, 
Aristid. 

Συνεπανςάνω  and  -αύξω,  to  in- 
crease, enlarge  along  with  or  together. 
— II.  intrans.  and  in  pass.,  to  grow 
with. 

Σννεπαφίημι,  {σνν,  ίτταφίημι)  to 
let  loose  at  jointly  or  together,  Joseph. 

Σννεπεγείρω,  to  help  to  arouse 
against. 

Σννεττέόησε,  aor.  1  from  βνμπε- 
<5άω,  Xen. ;  not  from  σννεπιδέω. 

Συνίττεία,  ας,  r/,  {σνν,  εττος)  the 
connexion  of  words  or  verses,  Dion.  H. 
Comp.  23  ;  al.  συνέχεια. 

Σννεττείγω,  {σνν,  έττείγω)  to  urge 
on  along  with  : — pass.,  to  increase  or 
groiv  with,  Ael.  N.  A.  14,  23. 

Σννίττειμι,  {συν,  εττί,  εΙμι)  to  go 
with  against,  join  in  attacking,  τινί 
μετά  τίνος.  Thuc.  3,  G3. 

Συνεπείςειμι,  {σύν,  επί,  εΙς,  εΙμι) 
to  go  into  along  with,  Ath.  615  C. 

Σννεπειςκυκ'/.έο),  Co,  to  roll  into  be- 
sides or  along  with. 

Σννεπειςπίπτω,  (σνν,  έττειςπίπτω) 
to  rush  in  upon  along  with,  άμα  Tivi, 
Plut.  Fab.  17,  cf.  Coriol.  8. 

Συνεττειςφέβθμαι,{σνν,  έπειςφέρω) 
as  mid.,  to  bring  in  together  with  one^s 
self,  Xen.  Hell.  6,  ^,  43,  si  vera  lec- 
tio. 


ΣΤΝΕ 

Σννεπεκπίνω,  {σνν,  έττεκπίνω)  to 
drink  off  quickly,  Anth. 

Σννεπεκτείνω,  {σύν,  επί,  εκτείνω) 
to  help  to  stretch  out  over,  Aristaen.  2, 
15. 

Σννεπεκφαίνω,  {σύν,  επί.  εκφαίνω) 
to  show  forth  manifestly  : — pass.,  to  be 
or  become  quite  manifest,  shine  forth  to- 
gether, V.  1.  Plut.  Anton.  83. 

Συνεπε?.αφρύνω,  {σνν,  έπε?.αφρν- 
νω)  to  help  to  make  light,  i.  e.,  to  assist 
in  bearing,  σ.  Tivl  τον  πόλεμον,  Hdt. 

I,  18. 

Σννεπεμϊ3αίνω,  {σύν,  επεμί3αίνω) 
to  take  one's  stand  upon  together,  σ. 
τοίς  καιροϊς,  ταϊς  άτνχίαις,  to  pounce 
νροη  opportunities,  etc.,  Polyb.  20, 

II,  7;  30,9,21. 
Σννεπεμφαίνω,  to  show  on  the  sur- 
face with  or  together :  susp. 

Συνεπεργύζομαι,  dep.,  to  help  in 
performing,  Aristid. 

Σννεπερείόω,  f.  -σω,  {σνν,  επερεί- 
δω)  to  help  in  inflicting,  π'ληγήν.  Piut. 
Brut.  52 :  σ.  νπύνοιάν  τινι,  to  help  to 
fix  a  suspicion  on  him.  Id.  Caes.  8. 
—2.  to  transfix,  τινά.  Id.  Philop.  10  : 
— σννεπερείσας  Ty  ()νμτι  τού  ϊππον, 
charging  him  with  all  the  force  of  his 
horse,  Id.  Marcell.  7. 

Συνεπερίζω,  {συν,  έπερίζω)  to  con- 
tend with,  Tivi,  Anth.  P.  9,  709. 

Σννεπεσπόμην,  Ion.  aor.  of  σννε- 
φέπομαι,  Hdt. 

Σννίπενθύνω,  (σνν,  έπενθννω)  to 
help  to  direct  or  guide,  Plut.  Koinul.  7, 
etc. 

Σννεπενφημέω,  ώ,  to  join  in  cheer- 
ing, Diod. 

Σννεπενχομαι,  (σύν,  έπεύχομαι) 
dep.  mid.,  to  join  in  a  prayer,  Thuc.  6, 
32 :  C.  inf,  to  vow  at  the  same  time,  σ. 
θνσαι,  Xen.  An.  3, 2,9,  cf.  Ar.  Thesm. 
952. 

Σννεπηχεω,  ω,  f.  -ησω,  {σνν,  επη- 
χέω)  to  join  in  singing,  sing  in  cho- 
rus, ό  μεν  εξηρχε  παιάνα,  οι  ήέ  πάν- 
τεΓ  σννεπήχησαν,  Xen.  Cyr.  3,  3,  58  ; 
cf.  7,  1,  25,  Plut.  2,  44  C,  etc. 

Σννεπιβαίνω,  (σνν,  επιβαίνω)  to 
go  together  towards  or  upon,  mount  a 
ladder  together,  Polyb.  10,  13,  8.— JI. 
to  enter  upon  or  undertake  along  with, 
τινί  τι,  Antipho  117,  41. 

Σννεπιβάλλω,  {σνν,  έπιβά?.λω)  to 
cast  upon  together. — II.  intr..<o  coincide 
with,  τινί,  Polyb.  2,  56,  4.— III.  mid., 
to  begin  together. 

Σννεπιβ?Μπτω,  f.  -ψω,  {σύν,  έπι- 
βλάπτω)  to  damage  besides  at  the  same 
time,  Arist.  Pol.  2,  9,  20,  in  pass. 

Σννεπιβονλεύω,  [σύν,  έπιβουλεύω) 
to  join  in  plotting  against,  Isae.  61, 
40. 

Σννεπιγανρόω,  ω,  {σνν,  έπιγαν- 
ρόω)  to  encourage  along  with,  Plut.  2, 
746  0,796  A. 

Συνεπιγίγνομαι,  {σύν,  ίπιγίγνο- 
μαι)  dep.,  to  come  on  together,  of  an  ill- 
ness, Diod. 

Σννεπιγραφενς,  6,  afellow-registrar, 
fellow-clerk,  Isocr.  367  A. 

ΣννεπΓ/ράφω,ί.  -ψω,  [σνν,  επιγρά- 
φω) to  ascribe  or  assigyi  besides,  τύχην 
πρύγμασι,  Plut.  2,  816  D.— II.  pass., 
to  be  enrolled  among,  take  part  in  or 
with,  Clem.  Al.  [ά] 

Συνεπιόείκννμι,  {σύν,  ίττιδείκννμι) 
to  point  out  together,  Polyb.  3,  38,  5,  in 
pass. 

Σννεπώέω,  {σνν,  έπιόέω)  to  bind 
fast  with  or  to,  τινί  τι,  Hipp.  748. 

Σννεπιδημέω,  ώ.  (συν,  επιδημέω) 
to  come  to  a  place  and  stay  there  togeth- 
er, Strab. 

Συνεπιδίδωμι,  {σνν,  έπιδίόωμι)  to 
give  up  wholly  οτ  willingly,  έαντόν  τινι 
or  εϊς  τι,  Polyb.  .82,  10,  5;  21,  10.— 


ΣΤΝΕ 

II.  intr.,  to  increase  along  with  or  to- 
gether, Plut.  2,  448  D. 

Συνεπιζενγννμι,  to  yoke  along  with 
or  together,  v.  1.  Ath. 

Σννεπιζητέω,  ώ,  {σνν,  έπιζητέω)  to 
examine  along  with,  .\ristaen.  2.  3. 

Σννεπιΰειάζω,  {συν,  έπιβειάζω)  to 
ascribe  to  divine  interjiosilion,  Plut. 
SuU.  6,  etc. 

Σννεπιθεωρέω,  ώ,  {σύν.  επιβεοφέω) 
to  contemplate  along  with,  Sext.  Emp. 
p.  379. 

Σννεπιβήγω,  (συν.  έπιθηγω)  to  help 
to  sharpen  or  stimulate,  Plut.  2,  433  D. 

Σννεπιθορϋβέω,  ώ,  (σνν,  επιθορν- 
βέω)  to  join  in  applauding  loudly,  Plut. 

2,  531  C. 

Σννεπιθρηνέω,  ώ,  (σύν,  επιθρηνέω) 
to  join  in  bewailing,  Plut.  2,  541  A,  etc. 
Hence 

Συνεπιθρήνησις,  εως,  ή,  a  joint  be- 
wailing, Plut.  2,  610  B. 

Σννεπίθρν-ψις,  η,  {συν,  έπιθρνπτω) 
participation  in  luxury,  Plut.  2,  1092 

Σννεπιβνμέω.  ύ,  {σνν.  έπιθνμέω) 
to  desire  along  with,  τινί  τίνος,  Xen. 
Hipparch.  1,  8.     Hence 

Συνεπιϋνμητής,  ov,  6,  one  of  the 
same  desires  with  another.  Plat.  Cli- 
toph.  408  C. 

Σννεπιθωνσσω,  {σνν,  επιθωνσσω) 
to  cheer  on  together,  esp.  ol  hallooing 
to  hounds,  Plut.  2,  757  D. 

Σννεπικάθημαι,  strictly,  perf.  of 
-καθέζομαι,  to  sit  upon  with  or  together, 
Eumath. 

Συνεπίκειμαι,  (σύν,  επίκειμαί)  as 
pass.,  to  press  upon  together:  to  join 
in  attacking,  Ar.  Eq.  267. 

Σννεπικερύνννμι,  to  mix  with  be 
sides. 

Σννεπικιρνύω,=^ίοτ6ζ. 

Συνεπικλύω,  f.  -ύσω,  (σνν,  επι- 
Κ?.άω)  to  break  with  or  at  once  :  me- 
taph.,  της  α'ισθήσεως  σννεπικ?^ώσης 
την  διύνοιαν,  Plut.  Philop.  9.  [ύ] 

Σννεπικοσμεω,  ώ,  {σνν,  έπικοσμέώ) 
to  help  to  adorn,  Xen.  Hier.  8,  6,  Arist. 
Eth.  N.  L,  10,  12. 

Σννεπικονρέω,  ώ,  {σνν,  επικονρίώ) 
to  join  as  an  ally,  help  to  relieve,  ΰπο- 
ρίαις,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  6,  24,  Hier.  3,  2. 

Σννεπίκονφίζω,  {σνν,  έπΐΗονφίζω) 
to  lighten  at  the  same  time,  Plut.  Ca- 
mill.  25  : — to  help  m  relieving.  Id.  Eu- 
men.  9. 

Σννεπικραδαίνω,  {σνν,  επικραδαί- 
νω)  to  move  one  thing  backwards  and 
forwards  with  another  ;  το  σώμα  Ty 
ουρά  σννεπ.,  of  dogs  near  game,  Xen. 
Cyii.  6,  16. 

Σννεπικρίνω,  {συν,  επικρίνω)  to 
help  to  judge  or  decide  between,  τινάς. 
Plat.  Legg.  792  C;  absol.,  Plut.  2, 
53  B. 

Σννεπικροτέω,  ώ,  {σνν,  επικροτεω) 
to  join  in  applauding,  Piut.  2,  56  B, 
63  A. 

Σννεπικρνπτω,  {σνν,  ίπικρνπτω) 
to  help  to  conceal,  Plut.  Timol.  10,  etc. 

Σννεπικΐφόω,  ώ,  (σύν,  έπικνρόω) 
to  join  in  ratifying,  τί,  Polyb.  4,  30,  2, 
etc. 

Σννεπικωμάζω,  {σνν.  έπικωμάζω) 
to  join  in  a  κώμος  with,  τινί,  Ath.  534 
E. 

Σννεπιλαμβάνομαι,  (σνν,  έπιλαμ• 
βάνω)  as  mid.  : — to  take  part  in  with 
or  together,  have  a  share  in,  partake  in, 
c.  gen.,  στρατεύματος,  πολέμου,  Hdt. 

3,  48 ;  5,  45.  v.  Thuc.  6.  70,  (cf  σνλ- 
?.αμβύνω  IX,  προςεπι'Ααμ3άνω) : — to 
help,  support  one,  Thuc.  3.  74  ;  (so  in 
act.,  which  is  very  rare.  Id.  2,  8) ; 
σννεπι7.αβέσ(1αι  τιν\  σωτηρίας,  to 
help  one  towards  it.  Polvb.  11,  24,  8, 
etc.,  cf.  Plut.  Themist.  12. 

1433 


ΣΥΝΕ 

Έννεπιλαμπρύνω,  ( συν,  έπιλαμ- 
Itpiivu)  to  help  to  brighten,  σ.  φρόνημα, 
Pint.  2,  795  C. 

Σννεπιλύμπω,  (συν,  ίπιλάμπω)  to 
shine  upon  or  forth  at  the  same  time, 
Theophr. 

Συνε~ι?ίέγομαι,  dep.,  to  read  over 
with. 

Συνεπιλεκτέον,  verb.  adj.  from 
σννεπιλέ-γω  (not  in  use),  one  must  fur- 
ther add,  Eust. 

Σννεπιλεί-υ,  to  fail  along  luith  or 
together,  Iambi. 

Συι•ε-ύογίζομαι,  dep.  mid.,  to  reck- 
on with  besides. 

Σννεπιμαρτϋρέω,  ώ,  (συν,  επιμαρ- 
ηφέω)  to  loin  in  atlestina  or  ratifying, 
Arist.  Mund.  6,  31,  Polyb.  26,  9,  4, 
Plut.,  etc.     Hence 

Σννεττιμαρτύρησις,  εως,  ?;,  joint 
testimony  Or  approval,  M.  Anton.  1,  10. 

[*]  ,  ,  , 

Σννεπιμείδιάω,ώ,ί.-άσο)  [α],  (συν, 

έπιμειδιάω)  to  sjnile  at  with  or  together, 

Plut.  2,  672  E. 

Συνεπιμε'λέομαι,  dep.  c.  fut.  mid. 
et  aor.  pass.  ;  (σνν,  kni,  μέλομαι) : — 
to  join  in  taking  care  of  or  attending  to, 
τινός,  Thuc.  8,  39,  and  Xen.  ;  to  have 
joint  charge  of,  της  στρατιάς,  Xen.  An. 
6,  1,  22:  to  join  in  providing,  ξυνεπι- 
μεληΟήναι  όπως  τι  έσται.  Plat.  Legg. 
754  C.     Hence 

Σΐ'νεκιμε7•.Τ]της,  ov,  6,  one  who  joins 
in  taking  care  of,  an  associate,  Xen. 
Cyr.  5,  4,  17. 

Συνεπιμερίζϋ),  to  assign  along  with 
or  together. 

Σννετϊΐμετρέο),  to  add  to  the  mea- 
sure. 

ΣννετΓΐμίγννμι,  to  mix  with  besides. 

Σννεπινενο),  (aiw,  ίττινεύω)  to  join 
in  assenting,  Arist.  Soph.  El.  7,  2  ;  ίξ 
ύλης  -φνχής  σ.  τινί,  Plut.  2,  446  A ; 
etc. 

Σννεπινήχομαι,ί.  -ξομαι,  {σνν,έπι- 
νήχομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  float  on  the  sur- 
face along  uiih  or  together,  Aristaen. 

Συνεττιΐ'οέω,  ώ.  (συν,  έττινυέω)  to 
join  in  contriving,  Polyb.  8,  )7,  2. 

Σννεττιορκίυ,  ώ,  to  join  in  swearing 
falsely. 

Συνεπιττύσχω,  {συν,  kniTiaoxui)  to 
feel  emotion  at  a  thing  with  another, 
Plut.  2,  1037  A. 

Συνεπίπ7:.έκω,  {συν,  εττιπλέκω)  to 
help  to  twine  or  plait,  Anth.  P.  4,  2. 

Συνεττιτλεο),  f.  -π'/.ενσομαι,  {συν, 
έπιπλέυ)  to  sail  agai7ist  together,  to  join 
in  a  naval  expedition,  Dem.  1224,  27. 

Συνεπιπονέω,  ώ,  {οΰν,  έπιπονέω) 
to  help  in  extra-work,  v.  1.  Xen.  Cyr.  5, 
4,  17. 

Συνεττφβέττο),  {συν,  έτΓΐ()()έτΓω)  to 
incline  towards  along  with.  Plut.  Phoc. 
2. 

Συνεπφ^έο),  (συν,  έπφβέω)  to  flow 
to  along  with  or  together,  Plut.  2, 696  D. 
Σννετη^)βώι>ννμι,{σνν,έπίρ()ώννυμι) 
to  help  to  support,  Plut.  Alex.  33. 

Συνεπισ/ιμαίνω,  {συν,  ίτησημαίνω) 
to  help  to  indicate,  Plut.  2,  398  A  : — but 
Usu.  as  dep.,  συν εττιστι μαίνομαι,  to 
join  in  expressing  a  judgment,  whether 
of  disapproval.  Polyb.  4,  24,  5  ;  or  of 
approval,  Diod. 

Συνεττισκέπτομαι,  v.  σννεττισκυ- 
ττέω. 

Συνεττισκενάζω,  to  prepare  along 
with,  Procl. 

Σννεπισκοπέω,ώ,{.-σκέ4>ομαι,(σύν, 
ίτησκοττέίο)  to  look  over,  examine  along 
wither logelher,  Xen.  Mem. 4,7, 8;  συν- 
ε-ισκέφασθαί  τι  τινί,  οτ  μετά  τίνος, 
Plat.  Hipp.  Maj.  296  Β,  Crat.  422  C. 

Σννε~ίσκο~ος,  ov,  ό,  ο  joint  overseer 
or  superintendent. 

Σννεπισκυθρωπάζω,  {σνν,  έπισκυ- 
1434 


ΣΥΝΕ 

θρωττύζϋ))  to  look  sternly  at  with  or  to- 
gether, Plut.  2,  672  E. 

Συνεπισπάω,  (συν,  έπισπάω)  to 
draw  on  with,  Plut. Crass.  19. — II.  usu. 
in  mid.,  to  draw  along  with,  τινά  τινι, 
Dem.  411,  2  — 2.  to  draw  to  one's  self 
wholly  or  at  once,  draw  over  to  one's 
own  views,  etc.,  τινά.  Plat.  Rep.  451 
A,  Xen.  Cvr.  2,  2,  24  ;  προς  τι.  Plat. 
Soph.  236  I),  Polyb.,  etc. 

Συνεττισπεσθαι,  -σπόμενος,ίηί.  and 
part.  aor.  2  of  συνεφέπομαι. 

Συνεπισττενδω,  (συν,  επισπεύδω) 
to  join  or  assist  in  forcing  onward,  τάς 
άμαξας,  Xen.  An.  1,5,  8. 

Σννεπίσταμαι,  (συν,  ετύσταμαι) 
dep.  pass.,  to  know  along  with,  be  privy 
to,  Ti,  Xen.  Hell.  5,  4,  19  ;  σ.  τινΙ  πο- 
νηρά δράσαντι,  Luc.  Catapl.  23. — 2. 
to  know  thoroughly.  Plat.  Legg.  821  C. 

Συνεπ'ιστΰσις,  ή,  joint  attention  or 
observation. 

Συνεπιστάτέω,  ώ,  (συν,  ίπιστατεω) 
to  direct,  superintend,  preside  in  common, 
Plat.  Kep.  528  C. 

Συνεπιστίλλυ,  (συν,  έττίστέλλω) 
to  send  with  or  together,  Luc.  Cron. 
15. 

Συνεπιστενάζυ,  (συν,  Ιπιστενύζω) 
to  groan  at  or  over  together,  Epict. 
Ench.  16. 

Συνεπιστένω,=  ίοτ&ζ.,  Plut.  Galb. 
23. 

Συνεπιστρΰτεϋω,  (συν,  επιστρα- 
τεύω) to  join  in  war  against,  Thuc.  5, 
48. 

Συνεπιστρεφω,  ί.  •ψω,  (συν,  επι- 
στρέφω) to  turn  round  at  the  same  time, 
τον  άτρακτον.  Plat.  Rep.  617  C,  cf 
Tim.  84  D. — 2.  to  help  to  lum  totvards, 
serve  to  make  attentive,  Plut.  Num.  14  ; 
πρύς  TLva,  Id.  2,  542  C,  etc.— pass., 
to  pay  all  one's  attention,  προς  τι.  Id. 
Lycurg.  el  Num.  4. — II.  intr.  to  turn 
jointly  towards,  προς  άλλήλας,  Id. 
Num.  13.     Hence 

Συνεπίστροφος,  ov,  twisted  up  to- 
gether ;  concise,  Philostr. 

Συνεπισφύζω,  {σΰυ,  έπισφάζω)  to 
kill  at  a  spot  along  with,  Parthen.  6, 
4. 

Συνεπισχύω,  {συν,  ίπισχύω)  to  help 
to  strengthen  or  support,  Xen.  Mem.  2, 
4,6;  σ.  ταΐς  πλεονεξ'ιαις  τινός,  Polyb. 
28,  5,  5. 

Συνεπίτΰσις,  ή,  joint  erection,  dub. 
in  Iambi. 

Συνεπιτΰχύνω,  (συν,  επιταχύνω) 
to  join  in  hastening,  Plut.  Agis  8,  etc. 

Συνεπιτείνω,  {συν,  επιτείνω)  to 
help  to  strain  or  aggravate,  bpyrjv  τί- 
νος, Polyb.  3,  13,  1. — 2.  intrans.,  to  be 
parallel  with,  Arist.  Insomn.  2,  17. 

Σννεπιτε?ύω,  ώ,  f  -εσω,  (σύν,  επι- 
τελέω)  to  help  to  accomplish,  Plut.  Pe- 
ricl.  13:  to  join  in  performing,  παιάνα 
θεώ,  Xen.  Ages.  2.  17. 

Συνεπίτέμνω,  to  help  to  cut  off, 
shorten,  abridge. 

Σννεπιτίθημι,  (συν,  'επιτίθημι)  to 
help  in,  patting  on,  to  put  on  still  more, 
Plut.  2,  748  C. — II.  mid.  to  set  on  or 
attack  jointly,  τινί,  Thuc.  3,  54  ;  6, 
17;  ξ.  Tivt  μετά  τίΐ'Οζ-,  Thuc.  1,  23; 
6,  10,  Plat.  Phil.  16  Λ  -.—to  throw  one's 
self  upon,  seize  and-use  to  one's  own  ad- 
vantage, σ.  τ-η  uyvoia  τινός,  Polyb.  6, 
43,  4,  cf.  2.  45,  4.  [i] 

ΣυνεπιτΙμάω,  ώ,  to  help  to  scold  or 
punish. 

Συνεπιτρέπω,  {σύν,  επιτρέπω)  to 
commit  jointly  to  one's  charge,  Joseph. 

Σννεπιτρίβω,  {συν,  έπιτρίβω)  to 
destroy  at  once  or  utterly,  σ.  πάντα, 
Xen.  An.  5,  8,  20.  [τρί] 

Συνεπίτροπος,  ου,  ό,  (  σύν,  επί- 
τροπος) α  joint-guardian,  τινί,  Dem. 
818,  2,  21. 


ΣΥΝΕ 

Συνεπιτροχάζω,  to  run  violently  to- 
wards with  or  together. 

Σννεπιτνφόω,  ω,  (σύν,  ίπιτνφόω) 
to  help  to  puff  up,  Plut.  2,  58  B. 

Συνεπιφαίνομαι,  {  σύν,  ίπιφαίνω  ) 
as  pass.,  to  appear  on  some  occasion 
along  with,  Plut.  2,  767  C,  etc. 

Συνεπιφάσκω,=  συνεπίφνμι,  Plut. 
2,  63  C. 

Συνεπιφέρω,  {σύν,  επιφέρω)  to  join 
in  applying,  όνομα,  Plut.  Pomp.  2. — 
II.  of  a  term,  to  carry  along  until  ilstlf 
i.  e.  to  imply,  involve,  as  'quadruped' 
implies  •  animal,'  Arist.  Top.  8,  2,  6, 
An.  Pr.  1,  46,  15. 

Σννεπιφεύγω,  to  flee  to  along  with 
or  together. 

Σννεπίφημι,  to  join  in  assenting, 
promising. 

Συνεπιφθέγγομηι,  (σύν,  έπιφβέγ- 
γομηι)  dep.  mid.,  to  help  in  calling  to, 
Plut.  Timol.  27. 

Σννεπιφορτίζω,  (σύν,  επιφορτίζω) 
to  help  to  lade  still  more,  Plut.  2,  728 
C. 

Συνεπιχειρέω,  ώ,  to  take  in  hand 
with  or  jointly. 

Συνεπιχειρονομέω,  ώ,  to  use  addi- 
tional violence,  Diod.  Excerpt.  32,  p. 
593  Wess. 

Σννεπιχωρέω,  ώ,  to  go  to  with  or 
together,  Inscr. 

Συνεπιψευδομαι,  (σύν,  έπι-ψεύδο- 
μαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  join  in  lying,  Call. 
Dian.  223. 

ΣυνεπηΙ'ηφίζω,  (σύν,  έπιψηφίζω) 
to  join  in  putting  to  the  vote  :  hence,  to 
join  in  ratifying  a  motion,  Arist.  Pol. 
2,  10,  7. 

Συνεποκέλλω,  (σύν,  έποκέ?.λω)  to 
put  to  land  with  or  together,  Plut.  2, 
161  A. 

Συνέπομαι,  aor.  -εσπόμην  (σύν, 
ίπω) :  —  to  follow  close  upon  or  with, 
τινί,  Hdt.  5,  47  ;  7,  39,  Aesch.  Ag. 
955,  etc. ;  ποίμναις  σ.,  to  follow  the 
flocks,  i.  e.  tend  them.  Soph.  O.  T. 
1125;  τώ  βίω  ξυνέσπετο  (thy  for- 
tunes) have  remained  constant  to  thy 
life,  lb.  1523  ;  σ.  λόγω,  to  follow  it,  to 
understand  It  fully,  Plat.  Legg.  695 
C  ;  μουσιΚ7]  ξυνεπόμεναι  τέχναι,  the 
arts  attendant  on  music,  Id.  Phileb.  56 
C  ;  Tu  τούτοις  ξννεπόμενα.  the  conse- 
quences of  these,  Id.  Legg.  679  E,  cf. 
Tim.  52  D; — but  also  as  subst.  c. 
gen.,  like  Lat.  consequentia,  ξννεπόμε- 
να τούτων.  Plat.  Legg.  899  C. 

Σννεπόμννμι,  (συν,  επόμννμι )  to 
swear  to  in  addition,  or  besides,  τι,  Ar. 
Lys.  237 ;  c.  inf,  Xen.  An.  7,  6,  19. 

Συνεποτρύνω,  (σύν,  έποτρύνω)  to 
join  in  urging  on,  So[)h.  El.  299. 

Σννεπου?.ωσις,  εως,  ή,  (σύν,  έπον- 
λόω)  α  scarring  quite  over,  Anst.  Probl. 
1,49. 

Συνεπουρίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (σύν,  επουρί- 
ζω)  to  direct  another  in  one's  own 
course,  metaph.  from  a  fair  wind, 
Arist.  Coel.  3,  2,  17;  cf  H.  A.  8, 
13,  9. 

Συνεπτυγμένως,  adv.,  pari,  pf  pass, 
from  συμπτύσσω,  as  if  folded  together, 
taken  together,  Eccl. 

Σννεπωάζω,  (σύν,  επωάζω)  to  sit 
on  eggs  together  with,  τη  ϋηλεία,  Arist. 
Η.  Α.  5,  27,  4. 

Συνεπωθέω,  ώ,  {σύν,  ίπωθέω)  to 
help  to  push  towards  or  upon,  Plut.  2, 
1005  A. 

Συνερΰνίζω.  ί.  -ίσω,  (σύν,έρανίζω) 
to  collect  contributions:  generally,  to 
collect  or  contribute,  άλ?.ή?.οις  τας 
χρείας,  App.  : — pass.,  to  assemble,  come 
or  run  together.  Plat.  Ax.  369  A. 
Hence 

Σννερΰνισμός,  οϋ,  ό,  a  gathering  in 
collecting,  Plut.  2,  992  A. 


ΣΤΝΕ 

Σννεράνιστός,  όν,  (  σννερανίζω  ) 
one  who  joins  in  collecting,  Crobylus 
Άτταγχ.  1 ;  —  as  Pors.  for  σννερανι- 
στής. 

Σννεράσαι,  inf.  aor.  without  any 
pres.  σννεράω  in  use,  to  pour  together, 
collect,  Isocr.  110  Β  ;  so  part,  σννερύ- 
σας,  Arist.  Gen.  An.  3,  1,  38,  with 
V.  ].  συνερανίσας. 

Σννεραστής,  οϋ,  δ,  a  joint  lover,  σ. 
τινός  τινι,  loving  one  jointly  with  an- 
other, Xen.  Symp.  8,  41  :  from 

Σννερύω,  ώ,(σνν.  έράω)  to  love  join  t- 
ly  or  in  concert,  τινά  τινι,  Eur.  Andr. 
223:  —  in  pass,  or  mid.,  σννερασθαί 
τινι,  to  return  him  love  for  love,  Bion 
16,8. 

Συνεργάζομαι,  f  -ύσομαι,  (σνν,  ερ- 
γάζομαι) dep.  mid.,  to  work  with  an- 
other ;  to  help,  assist  him,  Soph.  Ant. 
41  ;  σ.  ~ρόζ  τι,  to  help  towards,  con- 
tribute to  a  thing,  Xen.  Cyr.  7,  1,  33. 
—  II.  the  pf  in  pass,  sense,  7/ιθοι 
ζννειργασμένοι,  stones  wrought  so 
as  to  fit  together,  i.  e.  wrought  for 
building,  ashlar,  Thuc.  1,  93.    Hence 

Συνεργασία,  ας,  ή,  joint  work  or  la- 
bour.— II.  a  place  where  several  slaves 
are  employed  together,  a  work-house,  Lat. 
ergastulum,  Diod.  20,  13. 

Zt)i'ep}'aar;?f,ou,o,^sq.,  Jac.Anth. 
P.  p.  394. 

Συνεργάτης,  ov,  b,  {συνεργάζομαι) : 
— a  fellow -workman,  partner,  colleague, 
assistant.  Soph.  Phil.  93,  Eur.  Hipp. 
417;  τινός,  in  a  thing,  σ.  άγρας,  Eur. 
Bacch.  1146: — so,  in  fein.,  συνεργά- 
τις  φόνου.  Id.  El.  100.  [α] 

Συνεργύτίνης,  ου,  6,  poet,  for  συν- 
εργάτΐ]ς,  Leon.  Tar.  91.  [ΐ] 

Σννεργάτις,  ιδος,  ή,  fem.  from  συν- 
εργάτης, q.  V. 

Συνεργεία,  ας,  ή,^=σννεργία. 

Συνέργειον,  ον,  τό,  α  workshop. 

Συνεργέτης,  ου,  ό,^συνεργάτης. 

Σννεργέίι),  ώ,  impf  σννήργουν, 
(συνεργός) : — to  work  together  with,  άλ- 
Arff.oiv,  Xen.  Mem.  2,  3,  18  ;  to  join 
or  help  in  work,  Eur.  Hel.  1427:  gen- 
erally, to  cooperate  with,  assist,  τινι, 
Dem.  799,  11  ;  σ.  τινι  συμφέροντα,  to 
do  one  fitting  service,  Xen.  Mem.  3, 
5,  16  ;  σ.  τινι  προς  τι,  Polyb.  3,  97, 
5 : — pass.,  to  receive  aid,  be  helped, 
Dion.  H.     Hence 

Σ  υνέργημα,  ατός,  τό,  assistance,  sup- 
port, Polyb.  2,  42,  4  ;  ττρός  τι,  3,  99,  9. 

Συνεργήτης,  ου,  ό, ^συνεργάτης, 
Anth.  Ρ.  7,  693.     Hence 

Σννεργητικός,  ή,  όν,  cooperative,  Μ. 
Anton.  6,  42. 

Συνεργία,  ας,  ή,  {συνεργός)  joint- 
work,  assistance  or  help,  cooperation, 
Polyb.  8,  35,  10  ; — and,  in  bad  sense, 
conspiracy,  collusion.  Dem.  1285,  17  ; 
■περί  τι,  Dinarch.  104,  33. 

Συνέργιον,  ου,  τό,^ συνέργειον. 

Συνεργο?,ά3ος,  ον,  {συνεργός,  Ααμ- 
βάνω)  undertaking  work  in  partnership 
with  others,  Strab.  p.  354.  [ΰ] 

Συνεργοπονέω,  ώ,  to  support  in  work 
or  labour. 

Συνεργός,  όν,  {συν,  *εργω)  working 
together  with,  joining  or  helping  in  work, 
c.  dat.  pers.,Xen.  Cyr.  8,  4, 17,  etc. : — 
taking  part  in  a  thing,  c.  dat.  rei,  θρη- 
νοις  ξυνεργός.  Eur.  Hel.  11)2;  but 
also  c.  gen.  rei,  σ.  τείχεος,  helping  to 
make  it,  Pind.  O.  8,  43  ;  σ.  άδικων 
έργων,  άρετάς,  helping  towards  them, 
Eur.  Hipp.  676,  Med.  845;  σ.  τινι 
τίνος,  helping  a  person  in  a  thing, 
Xen.  An.  ] ,  9,  21  ;  σ.  εϊς  τι.  Id.  Symp. 
8,  38;  προς  τι,  Id.  Mem.  4,  3,  7  ;  έν 
τινι,  At.  Eq.  588:— and  as  subst., 
συνεργός,  ό,  or  η,^^συνεργάτης,  -άτις, 
Eur.  Or.  1446,  Med.  395,  Plat,  etc.— 
II.  of  the  same  labour  or  trade  as  an- 


ΣΤΝΕ 

other,  a  fellow-workman  or  colleague,  c. 
gen.  pers.,  Dem.  385,  23 :  in  this 
signf  some  write  συνεργός,  of.  Bast 
Ep.  Crit.  p.  208. 

Συνεργώ,  old  form  o{συvείpγω,q.^v. 

Σννέρδω,  ί.  -ξω,  {συν,  ίρδω)  to  join 
in  a  work,  help,  τινί,  Soph.  El.  350, 
Tr.  83. 

Συνερείδω,  f.  -σω,  {συν,  ερείδω)  to 
set  firmly  together,  συν  τε  στόμ'  ερει- 
σαι  χερσί,  Od.  11,  420;  σ.  οδόντας, 
to  set  the  teeth,  lock  ihemfast.  Foes. 
Oec.  Hipp.  :  to  bind  together,  fasten  up, 
Eur.  Bacch.  97  :  —  pass.,  ξυνερηρί- 
σθαι  τους  οδόντας,  to  have  the  teeth 
set  or  locked,  Foes.  u.  s.  ;  σ.  χέρας 
δεσμοις,  to  have  one's  hands  tight  bound. 
Id.  I.  T.  457,  cf  Theocr.  22,  68.-2. 
σ.  τον  λογισμόν,  to  apply  reasoning, 
Plut.  2,  600  D.— II.  intr.,  to  be  firmly 
set,  οδόντες  συνηρείκασι  (sic  leg.  pro 
-ήρκασι).  Foes,  ut  supra. — 2.  to  meet, 
engage,  attack,  τινί,  Polyb.  5,  84,  2  : 
to  dash  together,  Plut.  Themist.  14. — 
3.  to  lean  against,  προς  τίνα,  Plut.  12, 
21,  3. 

Σννερείπυ.  to  dash  together,  break 
in  pieces,  destroy. 

Συνέρεισις,η,  {συνερείδω)  a  setting 
firmly  together,  οδόντων,  a  setting  or 
locking  of  the  teeth.  Foes.  Oec.  Hipp. 
Hence 

Συνερειστικός,  ή,  όν,  leaning  firmly 
against :  helping  to  prop,  Plut. 

Συνερέσσω,  to  row  with  or  together. 

Σννερέω,  Alt.  σννερώ,  fut.  without 
any  pres.  in  use,  {συν,  έρέω  q.  v.)  / 
shall  speak  with  or  together,  shall  advo- 
cate, support  in  a  speech,  Xen.  Cyr.  2, 
2,  22  ;  8,  1,  6  :  cf  συνεΐπον. 

Συνερίζω,  f  -ίσω,  (σνν,  ερίζω)  to 
contend  with  or  together,  LXX. 

Σννέρίβος,  ου.  ό,  also  η,  {σύν,  ερι- 
θος)  α  fellow-worker,  helper,  assistant, 
Od.  6,  32,  as  fern.,  as  in  Ar.  Pac.  786: 
esp.,  one  who  is  hired  to  assist  in  do- 
jnestic  work,  as  spinning,  sewing,  etc., 
Jac.  Anth.  P.  p.  471  : — σ.  τέχναι,  as- 
sistant arts,  Plat.  Rep.  533  D,  Legg. 
889  D. 

Συνερκτικός,  ή,  όν,  [συνεργώ) : — 
of  a  speaker,  driving  his  opponent 
into  a  comer,  cogent,  Ar.  Eq.  1378  ;  cf. 
σννακτικός. 

Σύνερξις,  εως,  ή,  {  συνεργώ  )  α  for- 
cing together,  junction  :  esp.  (with  or 
without  γάμων)  wedlock.  Plat.  Rep. 
460  A,  Tim.  18  D. 

Συνέρομαι,  inf  συνέρεσθαι,  or  perh. 
better  συνέρεσθαι,  dep.  mid.,  to  ask 
with  or  together. 

Συνερπύζω,=^σννέρπω,  to  creep  to- 
gether, Opp.  H.  1,  328. 

ΣυνέΙφωγα.  pf  2  of  συββήγννμι,  q. 
V.  signf.  JI  -.—συνέ^ρωσε,  in  Heracl. 
Alleg.  52,  either  should  be  σννέΙ)1)ω- 
γε.  or  must  come  from  συββώννυμι 
in  intr.  signf 

Συνέρχομαι,  f.  •ε7.εύσομαι,  {συν, 
έρχομαι)  uep.  mid.  c.  aor.  2  et  pf 
act.  : — to  come,  go  along  with  or  togeth- 
er, Hdt.  7,  97  ;  σύν  τε  δν'  ερχομένω, 
II.  10,  224. — II.  to  come  together,  meet, 
Hdt.  1,  152  ;  σ.  έ'ς  τωυτό.  Id.  1,  202  ; 
εΙς  έν.  Eur.  Phoen.  462  ;  σ.  ές  λόγους 
τινί,  Hdt.  1,  82  ;  and  simply,  σ.  τινί, 
to  have  dealings  with.  Soph.  O.  T.  572 : 
— to  have  sejrual  iiitercourse  tvith,  γυ- 
ναικί,  Xen.  Mem.  2,  2,  4. — 2.  in  hos- 
tile signf,  to  men  in  battle,  Hdt.  1,  80; 
σ.  εις  μάχην.  Plat.  Theaet.  154  D  ; 
έτΓί  αγώνα,  Dem.  532,  8  :  also  of  the 
battle,  μάχη  υπό  τίνων  ξννε/.θονσα, 
engaged  in,  contested  by  them,  Thuc. 
5,  74. — 3.  c.  ace.  cognato,  στρατείαν 
σ.  (like  όδην  ερχ.),  to  join  m  an  expe- 
dition, Thuc.  1,3;  so,  σ.  ?^έχος  σόν, 
to  share  thy  bed,  Soph.  Aj.  491,  cf. 


ΣΤΝΕ 
Pors.  Phoen.  831  ;  but  also— III.  of 

things,  to  be  made  up,  completed,  Hdt. 
3,  159  :  to  be  joined  in  one,  Soph.  Tr. 
619;  so,  σ.  ές  ταντόν,  Hdt.  4,  120, 
and  freq.  in  Plat.— IV.  of  events,  to 
concur,  happen  together.  Hdt.  6,  77. 

Σννερωτάω,  ώ,  ί.  -τ/σω,  {συν,  ερω- 
τάω) to  ask  tvith  or  at  the  same  time, 
Luc.  Bis  Ace.  22. — II.  λόγον  σ.,  to 
put  questions,  and  draw  conclusions  from, 
the  answers,  Cicero's  interrogatione  con- 
cludere,  Sext.  Emp.,  cf  Diog.  L.  2, 
119  : — pass.,  to  be  established  by  such 
mode  of  arguments,  Luc.  Hist.  Conscr. 
17.     Hence 

Συνερώτησις,  ή,  a  syllogism  couched 
in  questions,  Sext.  Emp. 

Σΰνες,  Att.  ξννες,  imperat.  aor.  2 
of  συνίημι,  mind,  mark  ! 

Σννεσθίω,  {σνν,  εσθίω)  to  eat  with 
or  together,  Arist.  Eth.  Eud.  7,  12,  9. 

'\Σϋνέσιος,  ov,  b,  Synesius,  masc 
pr.  n.,  Anth.  Plan.  38. 

Σννεσις,  εως,  ή,  Att.  ξύν-,  {συνίη 
μι) : — strictly,  like  σϋμβλησις,  a  hit 
ting,  coming  together,  joining,  union, 
ξννεσις  δνω  ποταμών,  Od.  10,  515 
(m  Att.  form  metri  grat.). — II.  usu., 
the  faculty  of  comprehension,  judgment, 
understanding,  intelligence,  sagacity, 
first  in  Hdt.  2,  5 ;  7,  49  ;  σ.  φρενών, 
Pind.  Ν.  7,  88  ;  οικεία  ξννέσει,  by  his 
mother-wit,  opp.  to  μάθησις  (of  The- 
mistocles),  Thuc.  1,  138,  cf  Arist. 
Eth.  N.  6, 10,  and  συνετός  :  hence  of 
anmials  generally,  Plat.  Menex.  237 
D. — 2.  conscie?ice,=  σννείδησις,  Eur. 
Or.  396,  Menand.  p.  224,  Polvb.  18, 
26,  13.-3.  perception,  Plut.  2,  588  D  : 
σ.  τινός,  acquaintance  with  a  thing, 
Diod.  1,  1. 

Συνεσκενασμενως,  adv.  part.  pi. 
pass,  from  σνσκενίιζω,  by  joint  prep 
arntion,  v.  1.  Xen.  Oec.  11,  19. 

Συνεσκιασμενως,  adv.  part,  pf  pass, 
from  συσκιάζω,  obscurely. 

Σννεσπόμην,  aor.  of  σννέπομαι. 

Σννεστα'λμένως.  adv.  part,  pf  pass, 
from  σνστέ/ιλω,  shortly  :  m  Gramm. 
with  a  short  vowel,  Ath.  106  B. — II.  of 
a  mode  of  life,  simply, frugally,  σ.  ζην, 
Plut.  2,  216  F,  etc. 

Συνεστέον,  verb.  adj.  from  σννειμι, 
one  must  meet,  τινί,  Plat.  Prot.  313  B. 

Συνεστηκότως,  adv.  part,  pf  from 
συνίστημι,  steadfastly,  gravely,  σ. 
εχειν,  Arist.  Pol.  8,  5,  22. 

Σννεστίάσις,  ή,  a  feasting,  banquet• 
ing  together. 

ΣννεστΙάω,  ώ,  f.  -άσω  [ά],  {σνν, 
έστιάω)  : — to  entertain  in  one's  house  : 
— pass.,  to  live  or  feast  alotig  with  or 
together,  Lys.  Fr.  31,  2,  Isae.  45,  7, 
Luc,  etc. 

Σννεστίη,  ης,  ή,  {σνν,  εστία) : — α 
commonfeast,  Hdt.  6,128 ;  where  Schiif. 
with  one  MS.  reads  συνεστώ,  a  being 
together  {hke  ενεστώ), — for  Hdt.  would 
have  written  συνιστίη.  not  σννεστίη. 

Σννέστιος,  ov,  {συν,  εστία):  — 
sharing  one's  hearth  or  house,  living  to- 
gether, a  fellow-lodger.  Soph.  0.  T. 
249;  esp.,  a  guest,  Eur.  Ale.  1)5).  El. 
784 :  σ.  καϊ  ομοτράπεζος.  Plat.  Eu- 
thyphr.  4  Β ;  σ.  και  σνσσιτος,  Ep. 
Plat.  350  C  ; — σ.  πό/.εος,  a  fellow, 
citizen,  Aesch.  Theb.  773  ;  σ.  δαιτός, 
Anth.  P.  6,  248.-2.  as  epith.  of  gods, 
the  guardians  of  the  hearth,  upholding 
hospitality,  Aesch.  Ag.  704,  cf  Theb. 
770. 

Συνεστραμμένως,  adv.  part,  pf  pass, 
from  σνστρέφω,  as  if  twisted  up,  σ. 
ειπείν,  to  speak  tersely,  Arist.  Rhet. 
2,  24,  2. 

Συνεστώ,  ή,  v.  sub  σννεστίη. 
Σννεταιρέω,   ώ,  to  cohabit  HUcitly 
with,  Aescnin.  Epist. 

1435 


ΣΥΝΕ 

Σννεταφίς,  ίδος,  fem.  from  sq.,  a  ι 
female  companion,  friend,  Erinn.  2,  7.    I 

Συνέταιρος,  ov,  ό,  (σνν,  έταϊμος)  a 
companion,  partner,  comrade,   Hclt.    7,  j 
193. 

Σννετέω,  like  σννίημι,  to  under-  \ 
stand,  (iub.  in  Hipp.  [ 

ΣνίΈτίζω,  ί.•-ίσω,  to  make  sensible, 
make  to  understand,  LXX.  :  from  I 

Συΐ'ετός,  ή,  όν,  (,συνίι/μι) : — under-  \ 
standing,  sagacious,  first  in  Htit  1,  | 
185,  and  Pind. ;  esp.  bi/  nature,  opp.  j 
to  6 μαβών,  Pind.  O.  2,  1.52  sq..  Thuc. 

1,  Bl.  etc.,  cf  σύνεσίς :  of  Jupiter  and 
Apollo,  ξυΐ'ΐτοί  και  τα  βΐ)υτώι>  εΐύό• 
τες.  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  498  : — το  σνίΈτόι/,^^ 
σννεσις,  Eur.  Or.  1180. —  11.  pass., 
easy  to  be  comprehended,  intelligible, 
Hdt.  2,  57  ;  esp.  in  oxymora,  ανά- 
βουν ού  σννετα  συνετώς,  Eur.  I.  Α. 
4ϋ(3 ;  so,  ι]υςξννετον  ξννετόν  μέλος. 
Id.  Phoen.  1507  ;  and  the  act.  and 
pass,  senses  conjoined,  ενξννετος 
ξυνετοΐσι  βοά.  Id.  I.  Τ.  1092.  Adv. 
-τώς,  Eur.  1.  c,  etc. 

Σννενάδε,  3  aor.  Ep.  of  obsol.  σνν- 
ανδύνυ,  to  please  likewise,  Ap.  Rh.  3, 
30,  Pseudo-Phocyl.  178. 

Σννεναστήρ,  ήρος,  ό,  {συν,  ενάζω) 
α fdlombacchanal,  Orph.  Η.  1,  34. 

Σννενδαιμονέυ,  ώ,  {συν,  εϋδαιμο- 
νέω)  to  share  in  happiiiess,  Xen.  Hell. 
5,  I,  16. 

Συνενδοκέω,  ύ,  (σύν,  ε'υδοκέω)  to 
approve  uf  with  or  together,  to  consent, 
Demad.  180,  fin. ;  τινί,  to  a  thing, 
LXX. 

Σννεύδυ,  (.  -ενδήσω  (σύν,  evou) : — 
to  sleep  or  lie  with,  γυναικί,  Hdt.  3, 
69;  άνδρί.  Soph.  El.  587,  Eur.  El. 
1145: — ό  ξννεΰδων  χρόνος,  the  time 
which  passes  while  one  is  asleep,  Aesch. 
Ag.  894. 

Σννευημερέυ,  ώ,  {σνν,  ενημερέω)  to 
enjoy  the  day  together,  Plut.  Coriol.  4. 

Σννενκοσμέω,  ώ,  to  arrange  with, 
Inscr. 

Σννεννύζΐύ,  {σνν,  εννάζω)  to  make 
to  lie  together ;  to  marry  to  each  other  : — ■ 
pass.,  to  lie  with,  esp.  of  sexual  inter- 
course, Hdt.  6,  69,  107,  Pind.  P.  4, 
452,  Soph.  O.  T.  982. 

Συνεννάω,  u,=  foreg.,  Luc.  V.  Hist. 

2,  46. 

Σννεννέτης,  ov,  Ό,  {σννεννος): — a 
bedfellow,  husband,  consort,  Eur.  Med. 
240,  etc. :  συνευνέτις,  ιδος,  ή,  a  wife, 
Id.  Andr.  908. 

Συνεννιος,  ον,^^σννεννος. 

Συνεννομέομαι,  as  pass.,  to  live  to- 
gether under  good  laws  or  a  good  govern- 
ment, V.  1.  Plut. 

Σννεννος,  ov,  (σνν,  εννή)  in  one 
bed  together:  6  or  ή  σ.,  a  bedfellow, 
consort,  husband  or  wife,  but  esp.  the 
latter,  Pind.  O.  1,  143,  Aesch.  Pr. 
866,  Ag.  1110,  Soph,  etc.— The  fem. 
συνεννα,  in  Mel.  89,  is  a  f  1. :  v.  Jac. 
Anth.  P.  p.  96,  Lob.  Para!,  473. 

ΣννενπάσχίΛ),  to  receive  favours,  de- 
rive profit  along  with  or  together,  Dem. 
105,  23  and  26.  ΒηΛ  it  should  be 
written  divisim  συν  εν  πεπονθότων. 
Lob.  Phryn.  619. 

ΣννευΤίΟρέω,  ύ,  {σνν,  ενζορέω)  to 
help  to  provide,  contribute,  c.  acc.  rei, 
Dem.  894,  10  ;  also  with  the  acc.  rei 
omitted,  σ.  έκ  των  ιδίων  προς  την 
κοινί/ν  σωτηρίαν,  Lycurg.  167,  34  : 
C.  gen.  rei,  to  provide  a  part  of,  contri- 
bute towards,  προικός,  Isae.  87,  40  ; 
χρημάτων  άναλωμάτων,  Dem.  94,  21  ; 
1369,  18  : — generally,  to  assist,  help, 
TLvi,  Dinarch.  97,  32  : — to  help  in  con- 
triving, συνενπ-  όπως...,  Plut.  Lycurg. 
15. 

Σννενρίσκω,  to  find,  find  out  along  \ 
teiik  or  together.  I 

1436 


ΣΤΝΕ 

Σννενσχτ}μονέω,  ώ,  {σνν,  ενσχηιιο- 
νέω)  to  observe  decency  with,  τινί,  Plut. 
2,  442  F. 

Σννεντνχέω,  ώ,  (σύν,  εύτνχέω)  to 
be  fortunate  or  prosperous  along  with  or 
together,  σ.  βίον,  Eur.  Hipp.  1119. 

Σννενφημέω,  ώ,  {σύν,  ενφημέω)  to 
use  words  of  good  omen  or  to  be  silent  to- 
gether.— II.  transit.,  to  extol,  praise  or 
bless  together,  Diod. 

Σννενφράζομαι,  to  think  well  along 
with,  dub.  in  Ap.  Rh.  3,  918 ;  for  it 
should  be  written  divisim;  σνν  εύ 
φρ..  Lob.  Phryn.  024. 

Σννενφραινομαι,  (σύν,  ευφραίνο- 
μαι) as  pass.,  to  rejoice  with  or  together, 
LXX. 

Σννεύχομαι,  f.  -ξομαι.  {σύν,  εύχο- 
μαι) ilep.  mid.,  to  pray  with  or  together, 
Eur.  I.  T.  1221  ;  τι,  for  a  thing,  Hel. 
646;  σ.  τινι  οτ  μετά  τίνος,  jointly  with 
one.  Plat.  Phaedr.  257  B,  Legg.  909 
Ε  ;  but  he  also  uses  dat.  of  person /or 
whom  one  prays,  Legg.  687  D. 

Σννενωχέω,  ώ.  f.  -ήσω,  {σνν,  ενω- 
χεω)  to  entertain  along  with  or  together : 
— pass.,  to  feast  with  or  together,  Arist. 
Eth.  Eud."7,  12,  14. 

Συνεφάπτομαι,  Ion.  συνεπάπτο- 
μαι :  f.  -ύφομαι  {σύν,  έπί,  άπτω) : 
dep.  mid.  : — to  lay  hold  of  jointly,  τι- 
νός, Plut.  Brut.  52  :  to  put  hand  to 
along  with  another,  to  help  in  a  work, 
Ιργου,  Pind.  0.  10  (11),  117  .—to  help, 
assist,  esp.  to  join  one  {τινί)  in  attack- 
ing another  {τινός),  Hdt.  7,  158,  cf 
Luc.  Amor.  6. 

Συνεφαρμόζω,  to  suit,  fit  along  with 
or  together. 

Σννεφεδρενω,  to  wait  as  έφεδρος,  to- 
gether, Polyb.  1,  27,  9:  σ.  τοΐς  και- 
ροϊς,  to  watch  one's  times  and  sea- 
sons. Id.  31,  13,  6. 

ΣννεφΆκω,Άθτ.-είλκϋσα{ο(.ελκω): 
— to  draw  after  or  to  along  with  or  to- 
gether, Plat.  Phaed.  80  Ε  :— mid.,  to 
pull  down  with  one,  Plut.  2,  529  C,  etc. 

Συνεφέπομαι,  Άοτ.-εφεσπόμην,  lun. 
-επεσπόμην,  {  σύν,  έφέπομαι )  dep. 
mid. : — like  συνεπακολονθέω,  to  fol- 
low along  with  or  together,  τινί,  Hdt.  5, 
47  ;  9.  102  ;  absol.,  Xen.  Cyr.  6,  4,  10, 
Plat.  Legg.  701  A ;  etc. : — cf  συνέ- 
πομαι. 

Σννεφηβενω,  {σύν,  ίφηβενω)  to 
pass  one's  youth  together,  Plut.  2,  816 
A. 

Σννέφηβος,  ov,  {συν,  έφηβος)  at  the 
age  of  youth  together,  a  fellow-youth, 
Aeschin.  50,  33  ;  7,  37. 

Σννεφιζύνω,  to  sit  by  the  side  of. 

Συνεφ'ιστημι  and  -ιστάνω  :  i.  -στή- 
σω :  aor.  -έστησα,  (σνν,  έφίστημι): — 
to  place  upon  together  :  metaph.,  to 
make  attentive,  tivu  έπί  τι,  Polyb.  1 1, 
19,  2  ;  σ.  τους  αναγιγνώσκοντας,  Id. 
10,  41,  6  : — seemingly  intr.  (sub.  τόν 
7Όϋν)  to  attend  to,  observe  along  with, 
σ.  επί  τι.  Id.  3,  9,  4  ;  τινί,  9,  2,  7  ;  cf 
4,  40,  10,  etc. — II.  pass.,  σννεφίστα- 
μαι,  c.  aor.  2  et  pf  act.,  to  stand  over, 
superintend  along  with  or  together,  Thuc. 
2,  75. 

Σννεφομοιόω.  ω,  'to  make  like  one's 
self  Plut.  2,  780  B,  al.  συνεξ-. 

Σνΐ'έ\εια,  ας,  ή,  continuity,  unbroken 
connexion.  Plat.  Soph.  20l  VI,  262  C  ; 
of  time,  Plut.  2,  792  D.— II.  continued 
attention,  perseverance,  Dem.  301,  14: 
from 

Συνεχής,  ες,  (σννεχω)  : — keeping  or 
holding  together,  continuous,  in  an  un- 
broken line  or  series,  Arist.  An.  Post. 
1,  29,  1  ;  opp.  to  διωρισμένος.  Id.  Ca- 
teg.  6,  1  ; — of  time,  continuous,  unceas- 
ing, unintermilting,  a.  πνιητός.  opp.  to 
δια'Κείπων,  Hipp.,  v.  Foes.  Oecon.  ; 
so,  ξ.  (ίήσις,  α  continuous  speech,  Thuc. 


ΣΤΝΗ 

5,  85  ;  πόνος  ξννεχεστερος,  a  long 
continued  struggle.  Id.  7,  81  ;  το  ξύνε 
χές,=σννέχεια,  lb.  71  ;  πόλεμος  διά 
βίον  ξννεχής,  Plat.  Legg.  625  Ε ; 
etc. : — adv.  -χώς,  Ep.  and  Ion.  -χέως, 
continually,  unceasingly,  Hes.  Th.  636, 
Hdt.  7,  16,  3  ;  σ.  πολεμείν,  Thuc.  1, 
11,  cf  5,  24: — but  in  Ep.  we  have 
σννεχές,  as  adv.,  II.  12,  26  ;  and 
strengthd.  συνεχές  αίε'ι,  unceasing 
ever,  Od.  9,  74  ;  (like  σννεχέως  αίεί 
in  Hdt.  1,  67,  cf  Meineke' Menand. 
p.  182) ;  σννεχές,  also  in  Pinil.  I.  4, 
110  (3,  83),  Ar.  Eq.  21  ;  κατά  το  σ., 
Polyb.  3,  2,  6.— Π.  c.  dat.,  in  a  line 
with,  Polyb.  1,  42,9:  Tiext  to,  συνε- 
χέες  τυύτοισι,  Hdt.  4,  22. 

[Σννεχές  and  σννεχέως  in  Horn, 
and  Hes.  have  σύν-  in  arsis,  without 
the  V  being  doubled  :  so  also  in  later 
Ep.,  as  Theocr.  20,  12,  Ap.  Rh.  1, 
1271.] 

Σννεχθαίρω,  {σύν,  έχθαίρω)  to  hale 
together,  join  in  hating,  Anth.  P.  6,  20. 

Σvvεχθpaίvω,={oreg. 

Σννέχθω,  poet,  for  σννεχθαίρω. 
Soph.  Ant.  523. 

Συνεχίζω,  {συνεχής)  to  combine,  con- 
nect. 

Σννεχω,  f.  -ξω,  (σνν,  ίχω) : — to  hold 
or  keep  together,  confine,  secure,  υϋι  ζωσ- 
τήρες όχήες  χρνσειοι  σννεχην,  11.  4, 
133  ;  ϊνα  τε  ξννέχουσι  τένοντες  αγ- 
κώνας, where  the  sinews  of  the  elbow 
hold  (It)  together,  II.  20,  415  ;  cf  Hes. 
Sc.  315,  Pind.  P.  1,  35,  etc. ;  in  Att., 
esp.,  to  keep  soldiers  together,  Xen. 
An.  7,  2,  8  ;  to  keep  the  state  together, 
keep  it  from  falling  to  pieces,  πό?..ιν, 
Eur.  Supp.  312;  κοινωνίαν.  Plat. 
Gorg.  508  A  ;  πολιτείαν,  Dem.  700, 
15  : — also,  σ.  την  είρεσίαν,  to  keep  the 
rowers  together,  make  them  pull  to- 
gether, Thuc.  7,  14. — 2.  tu  contain,  com- 
prise, embrace.  Plat.  Hipp.  Min.  374 
D  ;  σ.  εΙς  ίν,  Id.  Legg.  915  D  :  hence, 
TO  συνέχον,  that  which  contains  the 
chief-matter,  Polyb. — 3.  like  Lat. 
comprimere,  to  check,  hinder . — 4.  to  con- 
strain, oppress,  afjlict :  hence,  (req.  in 
pass.,  συνέχεοβαί  τινι,  to  be  con- 
strained, troubled,  distressed,  and,  gen- 
erally, to  be  affected  by,  under  the  in- 
fluence of  any  thing  whether  in  mind 
or  body.  e.  g.  πολεμώ,  δονλτμτ),  Hdt. 
5,  23;  6,  12;  όνειρασι,  Aesch.  Pr. 
656 ;  φροντίδι,  Eur.  Heracl.  634 ; 
δι^Ιη),  Thuc.  2,  49  ;  κακώ,  νοσήματι, 
etc.;  Ar.  Eccl.  1096,  Plat.  Gorg.  512 
A,  etc.  ; — but  also,  σ.  χα?ιεπ(ρ  πατρί, 
to  be  oppressed  by  a  severe  father,  Hdt. 
3,  131.-5.  also  in  pass.,  σννέχεσϋαι 
αιχμήσι,  like  σνμπ7Λκεσθαι,  to  cti- 
g'lge,'  fight  with  spears,  Hdt.  1,214. 
The  fut.  mid.  σννέξομαι,  in  pass, 
signf,  Dem.  1484,  23;  part.  aor.  mid. 
σνσχόμενος,  in  pass,  signf,  as  in 
Plat.  Theaet.  165  B,  is  rare. 

Σννεψέω,=σννέψω,  Hipp. 

Σννεψιάω,  ώ,  (συν,  έφιάομαι)  to 
play  together,  Anth.  P.  5,  288. 

Σννέφω,  f.  -ίφήσω,  {σνν,  ίψω)  to 
boil  or  S7nelt  with,  τινι  τί,  Arist.  Mirab. 
62. 

Σννηβύω,  ώ,  ί.  -ήσω,  {σνν,  ήβύω) 
to  pass  their  youth  together :  to  he  merry 
along  with  or  together,  τινί,  Opp.  H. 
5,  472,  cf  Plut.  2,  409  A  ;  absol.,  An- 
acr.  22,  43. 

Συνηβολέω,  ώ,  to  happen,  befall, 
come  to  pass  to  one.     Hence 

Σννηβολίη,  ης,  ή,  a  happening,  com- 
ing to  pass,  Ap.  Rh. 

Σύνηβος,  ov,  (σνν,  ήβη)  y^ung  at 
the  same  lime,  a  young  friend  or  com,- 
t  rade,  Eur.  H.  F.  438. 

Σννηγέομαι,  {σύν,  ήγέομαι)  dep, 
I  mid,,  to  lead  an  together,  Died 


ΣΥΝΗ 

Σνί'ηγορέω,  ώ,  to  be  συνήγορος, 
plead  another's  cause,  like  σνναγομεύω, 
c.  dat.  pers.,  Ar.  Ach.  685,  Aeschin. 
30,  12,  etc.;  νηέρ  τίνος,  Dem.  1233, 
18  ; — but,  σ.  τώ  κατηγορώ,  to  second 
the  accuser,  Soph.  Tr.  Sil.    Hence 

Συνηγόρημα,  ατός,  ro,=sq.,  Dio  C. 

"Συνηγορία,  ας,  ή,  advocacy  in  a 
cause,  exertwns  in  another  s  behalf, 
Aeschin.  54,  33  ;  etc. 

Σννηγορικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  or 
suited  to  a  συνήγορος :  hence,  το  σ-, 
the  advocate's  fee,  being  a  drachma 
per  diem  paid  to  the  pubHc  συνήγο- 
ροι while  the  court  sat,  Ar.  Vesp. 
691  ;  cf.  Bockh  P.  E.  1,  p.  317 :  from 

Σννή}ορος,  ov,  (συν,  αγορά):  — 
speaking  with,  agreeing  with,  oj  the 
same  tenor,  Soph.  Tr.  1165.  — 2.  sup- 
porting, on  one's  side,  Aesch.  Ag.  831  : 
— esp.,  supporting  in  a  court  of  justice  ; 
hence,  ό  σ.,  an  advocate,  counsel  for 
the  prosecution  ( opp.  to  σίψδίκος, 
q.  v.),  Ar.  Ach.  705,  715,  Eq.  1358, 
Vesp.  432  : — these  were  officers  paid 
by  the  state  for  conducting  prosecu- 
tions, 10  in  number:  —  but  in  some 
states,  ot  σ.  were  magistrates,  =  ol 
ενθυνοι,  Arist.  Pol.  6,  8,  16. 

Συν?]δίατε,  Ion.  2  pi.  plqpf.  from 
σύνοιύα,  Hdt.  9,  58. 

Συνήδομαι:  fut. -ησθήσομαί :  aor. 
-ήσθ>ιν,  (συν,  ήδομαι)  dep.  pass.  To 
rejoice  with  one  ;  hence,  to  wish  him 
jot/,  to  congratulate,  τινί,  Valck.  Hipp. 
1285,  uiatr.  p.  113  Β  ;  σ.  tlvl  περιέ- 
οντι,  Hdt.  3,  36 ;  opp.  to  σνλ'Αυ-εΙ- 
σ^αί,  Anlipho  122,  4:  —  also  c.  dat. 
rei,  to  rejoice  at  a  thing,  be  pleased, 
gratified.  Soph.  G.  C.  1398,  Isocr. ; 
έπί  'tcvi.  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  6,  24.  etc.  :— 
always  oi  joy  at  another's  good-fortune, 
never  like  έφήδομαι,  of  joy  over  his 
«■//-fortune,  cf.  Eur.  Med.  136,  Rhes. 
958,  etc.,  Reisig  Enarr.  Soph.  O.  C. 
I.e. 

Συνηδύνω,  {συν,  ήδννω)  to  sweeten 
or  niahe  pleasant  to  the  taste,  Plut.  2, 
668  Ε  :  generally,  to  help  in  cheering, 
Arist.  Eth.  N.  4,  6,  6. 

Συνήθεια,  ας,  ή,  a  dwelling  or  living  j 
together,  Ael.  N.  Α.•2,  31  :  intercourse, 
acquaintance,  intimacy,  Lat.  consuelu- 
do,  ττρός  τίνα,  u-ith  another,  μετά 
τίνος,  Aeschin.  31,  18  ;  ruf  τύν  φαυ- 
?.ών  σ-  ολίγος  χρόνος  διέ?.υσεν,  Isocr. 
1  Α  : — rarely,  sexual  intercourse,  Xen. 
Cyr.  6,  1,  31.  —  II.  use.  custom,  habit, 
H.  Hom.  Mer.  485,  Plat.  Rep.  516  A, 
etc.  ;  κατά  σ.  τον  προτέρου  βίου,  lb. 
620  A  ;  also,  δια  συνήβειαν,  etc.,  Id. 
Soph.  248  Β  -.—practice,  Polyb.  1,  42, 
7. — 2.  the  usage  of  language,  σ.  των 
ονομάτων.  Id.  Theaet.  168  Β. — 3.  in 
plur.=  ra  καταμήνια,  Arist.  H.  A.  6, 
21,  7:  from 

Συνήθης,  ες,  gen.  εος,  contr.  ους, 
gen.  pi.  συνηθέων,  contr.  σννηθών  : 
(σνν,  ήθος)  : — dwelling,  living  togetlier  ; 
hence,  accustomed,  used  to  each  other, 
συνήθεες  άλλήλοισιν,  Hes.  Th.  230: 
like  each  other  in  habits,  Thuc.  1,  71  ; 
well-suited  to,  συνηθέστερα  T(j  γένει, 
Andoc.  22,  tin.  :  —  σ.  τινί.  well-ac- 
quainted, intimate  with  him,  Plat.  Cri- 
to  43  A,  etc.  ;  οι  συνήθεις,  acquaint- 
ances, Id.  Rep.  375  E.  —  II.  uaed,  ac- 
customed, τινί,  to  a  thing.  Plat.  Rep. 
518  D  :  usual,  common,  εθοΓ,  πότμο€, 
Soph.  Phil.  894,  Tr.  88  ;  well-known, 
όμμα.  Id.  El.  903  : — habitual,  custom- 
ary, Eur.  Ale.  41,  Thuc.  6,  18  ;  ro 
ξννηθες  ήσυχον,  your  habitual  quiet- 
ness, Thuc.  6,  34 ;  το  ξύνηθες  φοβε- 
ρόν,  lb.  55. 

Συνήκοος,  ov,  (συν,  ακοή) : — hear- 
ing or  listening  to  along  with,  ol  σ.  τών 
Τίόγων,  Plat.  Legg.  711  Ε  ;  τω  κορυ- 


ΣΤΝΗ 

ώαίω  σ.,  as  able  to  hear  as  the  first, 
Plut.  2,  678  D. 

Σννήκω,  {σύν,  ήκω)  to  have  come 
together,  to  he  assembled,  to  meet,  Thuc. 
5,  87  ;  σ.  εις  εν,  Xen.  Vect.  4,  44  :  σ. 
εις  στενόν,  to  become  narrow,  Arist. 
Inc.  An.  10,  )0. 

ΣυνιβΙκΐώτης,  ov,  6,  Dion.  H. ; 
and  συνήλίκος,  ov,  v.  1.  Dem.  308,  29, 
cf.  Lob.  Paral.  289;=sq. 

Συι>ήλιξ,  Ικος,  ό,  ή,  (συν,  νλιξ)  of 
like  or  equal  age,  Lat.  aequalis,  a  play- 
fellow, play-mate,  school-fellow ;  gen- 
erally, α  comrade,  Aesch.  Pers.  784, 
Eupol.  Marie.  5,  5. 

Συνη/.όω,  ώ,  {συν,  ή?.όω)  to  nail 
together,  Polvaen.  7,  21,  3. 

Σννη?.νς,  νδος,  ό,  ή,  (συνέρχομαι) : 
— going  along  with,  coming  togetlier,  as- 
sembling, Nonn. ;  cf.  σνγκ?,υς.   Hence 

Συνη?Λσίη,  ης,  ή,  Anth.  P.  9,  665; 
and  σννήλνσις,  ή  : — a  meeting,  assem- 

biy.     ^ 

Συνή?.ωσις,  ή,  (σννηλόω)  a  nailing 
together. 

Συνημέρενσις,  εως,  ή,  a  passing  the 
day  together,  daily  intercourse,  Arist. 
Eth.  Eud.  7,  5,  3:  and 

Συνημερευτής,  οϋ,  ό,  one  tvho  passes 
the  day  with  another,  a  daily  compan- 
ion. Arist.  Pol.  5,  11,  14:  from 

Συνημερενω,  [συν,  ημερεύω)  to  pass 
the  day  with,  to  live  with.  Plat.  Syinp. 
217  Β  ;  τινί,  Xen.  Mem.  1,  4,  1  ;  μετά 
τίνος,  V.  1.  Arist.  Eth.  N.  9,  4,  9. 

Σννημερόω.  ώ,  to  help  to  tame  or 
cultivate,  Theophr. 

Σννημμένως,  adv.,  part.  pf.  pass, 
from  συνάτΓτω,  connectedly. 

Σννημοσννη,  ης,  ή,  union,  connex- 
ion: hence,  like  συνθήκη,  an  agree- 
ment, covenant,  solemn  promise,  II.  22, 
261,  Theogn.  284:  also,  relationship, 
Ap.  Rh.  3,  1105:  from 

Συνήμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  {σννίημι)'• 
— joined  together,  united,  esp.  locally, 
like  συνεχής,  Αρ.  Rh.  4,  1210. 

■\Σννήνεικα,Άθΐ.  1  of  (Tu//^epu,Hdt. 
7,  10. 

Συνηνιοχέω,  ώ,  to  help  to  guide  a 
chariot  :   to  govern  jointly. 

Συνήορος,  ov,  Dor.  and  Att.  σννά- 
ορος  :  {συν,  αίωρέω) : — hanging  to- 
gether, linked  with  or  together,  φόρμίγζ 
δαιτι  σ.,  the  lyre  ever  linked  with 
feasting.  Od.  8,  99 ;  ευλογία  φόρμιγ- 
γι  σ.,  Pind.  Ν.  4,  9:  in  communion 
with,  ξννάορυν  ξνναΐς  γυναιξί.  Id.  Fr. 
87,  9  ; — es\>.,  joined  in  wedlock  ;  a  con- 
sort, whether  a  husband,  Eur.  Or. 
1136;  or  (as  more  usu.)  a  wife,  lb. 
654,  Ale.  824,  etc.  —  Poet.  word. 
(Hence  by  contr.  σννωρίς.) 

Σννητϊεροπενω,  {σνν,  ήπεροπενω) 
to  join  in  cheating  or  tricking,  Ar.  Lys. 
843. 

Σννηρέτης,  ov,  6,  (συν,  έρέτης)  a 
fellow-rower :  a  fellow-servant. 

Σννηρετμέω,  ώ,  {σνν,  έρετμός)  to 
pull  with :  generally,  to  work  with,  be 
friends  with,  τινί.  Soph.  Aj.  1329  ;  ubi 
Lob.  (ex  Hesychio)  σννηρετεΐν. 

Συνηρέφεια,  ας,  ή,  a  thick  tangled 
shade  of  trees  :  and 

Συνηρεφέω,  ω,  to  shade  thickly ;  or, 
perh.  intr.,  to  be  thickly  shaded,  Eur. 
Phaeth.  12 :  from 

Συνηρεφής,  ες,  (συν,  έρέφω): — 
thickly  shaded  or  covered,  χώρη  Ιδτ/σι 
σ.,  Hdt.  1,  110;  ονρεα  Ιδ/ισι  και  χιό- 
νι σ..  Id.  7,  111;  ξυνηρεφ):ς  πρόςω- 
πον  ές  γην  βα7.ονσι  ^  ^ 
freq.  in  Plut.,  etc. 

Συνηρεφία,  ας,  ή, 
Αρρ. 

Συνηρημένως,  adv.  part.  pf.  pass, 
from  σνναιρέω,  contractedly. 

Σννήρης,  ες,  {σνν,  *άρω  ?)  joined 


συνηρέφεια. 


ΣΤΝΘ 

together,  common,  δαίς,  Nic.  ΑΙ.  512.— 
11.=  σννηρεόής,  Id.  Th.  69. 

Συνήριθμος,  ov,  poet,  for  συνάριθ- 
μος,  oj  the  same  7iumber,  Anth.  P.  7, 
389. 

Συνηρμοσμένως,  adv.  part.  pf.  pass, 
from  συναρμόζω,  conformably,  M.  An- 
ton. 

Σννήσθησις,  εως, ή,  sympathetic  joy, 
gratulation,  App.  Civ.  5,  69. 

Σννησκημένως,  adv.  part.  pf.  pass, 
from  σννασκεω,  neatly. 

Συνησσάομαι,  Att.  -ττάομαι,  {συν, 
ήσσάομαι)  as  pass.,  to  be  conquered  or 
overcome  together,  Xen.  Cyr.  6,  4,  10. 

Σννηχέω,  ώ,  [σνν,  ήχίω)  to  sound 
or  peal  together,  Plut.  U.  Gracch.  3, 
Anton.  18:— <o  re-echo,  Polyb.  2,29, 
6  : — to  smttid  in  unison.     Hence 

Συνήχησις.  εως.  ή,  a  sounding  in 
unison,  Plut.  2,  1021  B. 

Συνήωρ,  ορός,  δ,  ή,=  συν?/ορος,  Eu- 
nap. 

ΣννΟάκέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  sit  with  or 
together,  σ.  ννκτί,  to  take  counsel  ivith 
the  night,  Eur.  Heracl.  994,  cf.  Pind. 
P.  4,  204  :  Irom 

Συνβάκος,  ov,  {συν,  θάκος)  sitting 
with  or  together,  σ.  θρόνων  Ζηνί,  part- 
ner of  his  throne,  like  σύνεδρος,  σύν• 
θρόνος.  Soph.  Ο.  C.  1267  :  generally, 
a  partner,  Eur.  Or.  1637,  Hipp.  1093. 

Σννθάλττω,  f.  --ψω,  {σνν,  θόλ-ω)  to 
warm  with  or  together,  Plut.  2,  974  C  : 
— metaph.,  to  warm  or  soothe  by  flat- 
tery, Aesch.  Pr.  685. 

Σννθαμβέω,  ώ,  [συν,  θαμβέω)  to  be 
astounded  together  with,  τινί.  Plat.  Ion 
535  E. 

Συνθάτττω,  f.  -ψω,  {σνν,  θάπτω)  to 
bury  tilth  or  together.  Trag.,  as  Aesch. 
Theb.  1027,  Soph.  Aj.  1378:— pass., 
to  be  buried  with  or  together,  Hdt.  5,  5, 
Thuc.  1,  8,  Plat.,  etc. 

Σννθανμάζω,  f.  -ύσω,to  admire  along 
with  or  toaelher. 

Σννθεάζω,  {σύν,  θεάζω)  to  be  in- 
spired together,  Diod.  ;  cf.  ένθεάζω. 

Σννθεύομαι,  f.  -άσομαι,  {σύν,  θεά- 
ομαι)  dep.  mid.: — to  view  together; 
esp.,  to  see  a  play'  or  games  together, 
Xen.  Oec.  3,  7 ;  oi  σννθεωμενοι,  the 
other  spectators,  Anlipho  124,  27. — 2. 
to  examine  together,  examine  carefully, 
Xen.  An.  6,  4,  15,  Plat.  Legg.  967  E. 
Hence 

Σννθεατής,  ov,  b,  a  fellow- spectator, 
companion  at  the  theatre.  Plat.  Rep.  523 
A,  Lach.  179  E. 

Συνθεάτρια,  ας,  ή,  fem.  of  foreg., 
Ar.  Fr.  399. 

Σννθεία,  ας,  ή,  {σνν,  θειος)  coequal 
divinity,  Eccl. 

Σννθειάζω,^σννθεάζω. 

Συνθέλω,=  συνεθέ'λω,  q.  v. 

Σννθίμα,  ατός,  τό,  poet,  for  σύνθη- 
μα, also  in  late  prose,  Lob.  Phryn. 
249. 

Σννθεο,  Ep.  for  σννθου.  imperat. 
aor.  2  mid.  of  σνντίθημι.  Hom. 

Σννθεο'λογέω,  ώ,  to  join  in  reckoning 
as  a  God. — li.  to  speak  on  divine  things 
with  or  together,  Eccl. 

Σννθεράπενω,  {σύν,  θεραπεύω)  to 
court  along  with  or  together,  Philostr. 

Σννθερίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  to  reap  or  rnow 
along  with  or  together. 

Σννθερμαίνω,  to  warm  together;  to 
warm  thoroughly.  " 

Σ  ννθεσία,  ας,  ή,  {σνντίθημι)  α  put 
ting  together,  an  arrangement,  covenant, 
11.  2,  339  :  in  plur.,  injunctions,  inslruc 
tions,  II.  5,  319  ;  later,  also,  a  wager, 
Posidipp.  ap.  Ath.  412  Ε  ;  cf.  σννθε- 
σις  II,  συνθήκη  Π,  Lob.  Phryn.  527. 

Σννθεσις,  εως,  ή,  {σνντίθημι)  α  put- 
ting together,  making  a  whole  out  of 
parts,  compounding,  composition,  Plat., 
1437 


ΣΥΝΘ 

etc. ;  esp.  of  lettera,  words,  etc.,  σ. 
-/ραμμάτων,  Aesch.  Pr.  460 ;  1)ημά- 
των  και  ονομάτων,  Plat.  Soph.  263 
D  :  hence,  a  composition,  treatise,  book, 
cf.  Foes.  Oec.  Hipp. — 2.  logical  and 
mathematical  synthesis,  a  process  of 
deduction  from  first  principles,  opp. 
to  analysis. — 3.  a  composition  of  me(ii- 
calrfrM^^s, etc.Theophr. — II.  metapli., 
like  σννθεσία,  an  agreement,  treaty. 
Find.  P.  4,  299  ;  good  faith.  Id.  Fr. 
221. — HI.  in  the  Roman  times,  a  kind 
of  dress-garment  worn  at  dinner-par- 
ties, etc.,  Martial,  etc.;  cf.  Becker 
Gallus  1,  p.  37,  Diet.  Antiqq.  s.  v. 

Σvvθετέov,^^erh.  adj.  οί  συντίθημι, 
one  must  compound,  Plat.  Crat.  434  B. 

Συνβΐτης,  ου,  ό,  {σνντίθημι)  a  put- 
ter together,  composer,  writer.  Plat. 
Legg.  722  Ε  :  esp.,  σ.  λόγων,  a  prose- 
writer,  like  συγγραφεύς,  opp.  to  ποιη- 
τής, Paus. 

Σννθετίζω,  to  put  together,  arrange, 
Joseph.,  in  mid. 

Συνθετικός,  ή,  όν,  {σύνθεσις)  skill- 
ed in  putting  together,  τινός,  Luc.  Hist. 
Conscr.  47  ;  ετηστήμη  a  ,  the  art  of 
composition.  Plat.  Polit.  308  C. 

Σύνθετος,  ov,  also  η,  ov,  Lys.  Fr. 
18,  Anst.  Poet.  16,  10  ;  20,  5:  {σνντί- 
θημι) '■ — put  together,  compounded  of 
parts, composite, compound,  Plat.Phaed. 
73  B,  etc.;  of  a  centaur,  Xen.  Cyr. 
4,  3,  20,  cf.  Lys.  1.  c.  :  σ.  εκ  πολλών. 
Plat.  Rep.  611  Β,  cf.  Phil.  29  Ε  :-^ 
esp.  in  language,  compound,  (puvi). 
Anst.  Poet.  20,  5,  sq.  : — complex,  σ. 
ύναγνώρισις,  lb.  16,  10. — II.  put  to- 
gether, got  up,  and  so,  σ.  λόγοι,  feign- 
ed, forged  words,  Aesch.  Pr.  686. — 
III.  metaph.,  agreed  upon,  covenanted, 
εκ  συνθέτου,  by  agreement,  Lat.  ex 
compacto.,  Hdt.  3,  86  ;  cf.  σύνθημα. 

Συνθέω,  f.  -θεύσομαι,  {συν,  ϋέω)  to 
run  together,  Luc.  Tim.  45,  etc.  : — of 
things,  to  go  along  with,  to  go  smoothly 
with,  ονχ  ήμίν  σννθεύσεται  ηδε  γε 
βουλή,  Od.  20,  245  : — also,  to  run  to- 
gether, meet,  join  in  one  point,  Xcil.  £q. 

10,  11,  Plut.,  etc. 

Συνθεωρέω,  ώ.  {συν,  θεωρέω)  to 
look  upo7i,  contemplate  ivith  or  together : 
also,  to  study  carefully,  Arist.  Eth. 
Eud.  7,  12,  14. 

Σννθέωρος,  ου,  6,  a  colleague  in  a 
mission  {θεωρία),  Inscr. 

Συνθήγω,  f.  -ξω,  {συν,  θήγω)  to  help 
to  sharpen  or  provoke,  όργι)  συντεθη- 
γμένος  φρένας,  Eur.  Hipp."  689. 

Συνθήκη,  ης,  ή,  {συντίθημι):  —  α 
putting  together  :  esp.  of  words  and 
sentences,  a  composition. — II.  an  agree- 
ment, arrangement,  convention.  Plat. 
Crat.  433  Ε  ;  so  in  plur.,  Aesch.  Cho. 
555  : — a  contract,  covenant,  treaty,  esp. 
between  states,  (cf.  συνάλλαγμα), 
Thuc.  5,  31  ;  but  usu.  in  plur.,  articles 
of  agreement,  heads  of  a  covenant,  ξ. 
τινών  προς  βασιλέα.  Thuc.  θ,  37,  cf. 
Plat.  Crito  54  C,  Dem.  199,  9  ;  συν- 
βήκας  ποιεισθαί  τινι,  Hdt.  6,  42,  and 
Xen.  ;  σ.  άναιρεϊν,  λνειν,  Isocr.  365 
A,  37  Β  ;  έκ  των  σ.,  according  to  the 
covenant,  Isocr.  78  C  ;  κατά  τάς  σ.. 
Plat.  Theaet.  183  C  ;  opp.  to  παρά 
τας  σ-.  Id.  Crito  52  D  ;  also,  δια  συν- 
θήκης, Arist.  An.  Pr.  I,  44,  1  ;  εκ  συν- 
θήκης, Lat.  ex  compacto.  Plat.  Legg.  879 
A. — Cf.  σννθεσία,  νύνθεσις.     Hence 

Συνθηκοποιίομαι,  dep.  pass.,  = 
σννθήκην  ποιέομαι. 

Συνθηκοφύ?ιαξ,  άκος,  6,  the  guaran- 
tee of  a  covenant,   [ii] 

Σύνθημα,  ατός,  τό,  {συντίθηυ,ι)  : — 
that  which  is  put  together,  as  the  letters 
of  words,  a  writing.  Soph.  Tr.  158. — 

11.  any  thing  agreed  upon,  a  preconcert- 
ed signal,  Hdt.  8,   7 :    α   conventional 

1438 


ΣΥΝΘ 

sign,  Plat.  Crat.  433  Ε  :  in  plur.,  let- 
ters in  cipher,  Polyb.  8,  17,  9,  cf.  συν- 
θηματικός : — hence, — 2.  a  watchword, 
Hdt.  9,  98  (where  Ήβη  is  the  word) ; 
σ.  παρέρχεται,  the  word  is  passing 
round,  Xen,  An.  1,  8,  10;  σ.  παρα- 
διόύναι,  to  pass  it,  lb.  7,  3,  34  :  opp. 
to  παρησύνθημα,,  any  other  kind  of 
military  signal,  v.  Stanl.  Aesch.  Ag. 
21. — 3.  any  token,  pledge  of  agreement. 
Soph.  O.  C.  1594  :  a  .'dgn,  omen,  σνμ- 
φορΰς  σ.  έμής.  Soph.  Ο.  C.  46.-4.  = 
συνθ?}κη,  an  agreement,  covenant,  σ. 
ποιεΐσΰαι,  Xen.  An.  4,  G,  20 ;  άπο 
συνθήματος  and  εκ  συνθήματος,  by 
agreement ,  Lat.  ex  compacto,  Hdt.  5, 
74  ;  6,  121  ;  ύπο  συνθήματι,  Ael.  Ν. 
Α.  : — generally,  communion,  connexion, 
Ti  c.  ασπίδι  και  βακτηρίφ,  Ath.  215 
D.     Hence 

ΣννθημΰτιαΊος,  a,  ov,  agreed  upon: 
bespoken.  Ar.  Thesm.  458. 

Σννθημάτίζω,  {σύνθημα)  to  give  a 
preconcerted  sign: — mid.,  to  make  an 
agreement,  Nicet. 

Συνθηματικός,  ή,  όν,  {σύνθημα)  in 
or  by  preconcerted  signs,  γράμματα  σ., 
writings  in  cipher,  Polyb.  8,  18,  9, 
ubi  V.  Schweigh.  Adv.  -κώς,  in  ci- 
pher, lb.  19,  4. 

Συνθημάτιον,  OV,  TO,  Dim.  from 
σύνθημα. 

Συνθηρατής,  οϋ.  ό,  a  fellow-hunter, 
Xen.  Mem.  3,  11,  15:  from 

Σννθηράω,  ώ,  {σύν,  θηράω)  to  hunt 
with,  Tivi,  Xen.  Cyr.  3,  1,  14,  and  38. 
— 2.  to  catch  or  find  together,  in  mid., 
Soph.  Ant.  433  (in  tmesis)  :  hence  in 
pass.,  χείρες  σννθηρώμεναι,  hands 
taken  by  force,  made  powerless,  Soph. 
Phil.  1005. 

Σννθηοευτής,  ov,  ό,=  συνθ7ΐρατής, 
Xen.  Cyr.  2,  4,  15. 

Σννθηρεύω,=  συΐ'θηρύω,  Eur.  E- 
rechth.  17,lin.,  Pint. 2,  799  D  :— pass., 
to  be  caught,  found  out  to.be  so  and  so, 
μίμησις  ταύτα  σννθηρεύεται,  this  is 
found  to  be  all  imitation,  Ar.  Thesm. 
156. 

Σύνθηρος,  ov,  {συν,  θήρα) : — hunt- 
ing with,  Tivi,  Xen.  Cyr.  3,  1,  7  :  join- 
ing in  pursuit  of,  τινός,  Id.  Mem.  2,  6, 
35. 

ΣννθΙάσενω,  {συν,  θιασευω)  to  hold 
the  θίασος  along  with  or  together,  Strab. 

ΣυνθΙΰσώτης,  ov,  b,  a  partner  in  the 
θίασος:  generally,  α /^Ζ/οιυ,  comrade, 
σ.  τού  ληρείν,  a  fellow-gossip,  Ar. 
Plut.  508. 

Σννθλάω,  f.  -άσω,  to  crush  along 
with  or  together,  Theophr.  [a] 

Συνθλίβω,  f.  -Φω,  (συν,  θλίβω)  to 
press  together.  Plat.  Tim,  91  E.  [i] 
Hence 

Σύνθλιφις,  ή,  a  pressing  together. 

Συνθνήσκω  ,{σύν  ,θνήσιιω)  to  dieuiih 
or  together,  Trag.,  as  Aesch.  Ag.  819, 
etc.  ;  θανόντι  συνθανεΐν.  Soph.  Tr. 
798,  Fr.  690  ;  ή  γαρ  ευσέβεια  σ.  βρο- 
τοϊς.  Id.  Phil.  1443. 

Συνθοινάτωρ,  οράς,  ό,{σΰν,  θοινύ- 
τωρ)  α  partaker  in  a  feast,  Eur.  El. 
638.  [a] 

Σύνθοινος,  ον,^=σύνδειπνος,  Pole- 
mo  ap.  Ath  234  D. 

Σννθο?.όω,  ώ,  to  make  muddy :  me- 
taph., to  confound  together. 

Συνθορϋβέω,  ώ,  {σύν,  θορνβέω)  to 
applaud  along  with  or  together,  Diod. 

Σννθράνόω,  ώ,  {σύν,  θρανόω)  to 
break  in  pieces,  shiver,  Eur.  Bacch.  033. 

Συνθρανω,  {σύν,  θραύω)  =  foreg., 
Eur.  Or.  1569,  Xen.  Ages.  2,  14,  Po- 
lyb. 

Σννθρηνέω,  ώ,  to  mourn  along  with 
or  together. 

Σύνθρηνος,  ov,  {σύν,  θρηνέω)  con- 
,  Arist.  Eth.  N.  9, 11,  4. 


ΣΤΝΙ 

Σννθριαμβεύω,  {σύν,  θριαμβαυω) 
to  share  in  a  triumph,  Plut.  Mar.  44, 
Lucull.  36. 

Συνθρίζω,  contr.  for  σννθερίζω. 

Συνθρόησις,  εως,  η,  {σύν,  θροέω) 
perplexity,  Sext.  Emp.  p.  588. 

Σννθρονος,  ov,  {σύν,  θρόνος)  en- 
throned with,  σύνθρονος  'ϋφαίστω, 
Or.  Sib.  ap.  Luc.  Peregr.  29  :— α  joint 
ruler,  Mel.  129 ;  σ.  Μκη,  Anth.  P.  9, 
445. 

Σννθροος,  ov,  {σύν,  θρύος)  sounding 
together  or  in  harmony,  σ.  κΐθάρη,  Anth. 
P.  9,  308. 

Σννθρύπτω,  f.  -ψω,  {συν,  θρνπτω) 
to  break  in  pieces  : — to  weaken,  την  καρ- 
διαν,  Ν.  Τ. 

Συνθνμέω,  ώ,  to  be  of  one  mind, 
prob.  1.  Epich.  p.  115. 

Σννθϋμόομαι,  as  pass.,  to  be  angry 
with  or  together. 

Σννθύτης,  ov,  b,  a  fellow-offerer  or 
priest,  Inscr.  ;  [i]  from 

Σννθύω,  {σύν,  θύω)  to  offer,  sacrifice 
along  with,  τινί,  Eur.  El.  795  :  oi  συν- 
θύοντες,  Polyb.  4,  49,  3. — Also  as 
dep.  mid.,  σννθύομαι. 

Σννθωκέω,  ώ,=συνθακέω,  Joseph. 

Σννθωκος,  ον,=^σννθακος,  Oenom. 
ap.  Euseb. 

Σννΐηίνω,  {σύν,  Ιαίνω)  to  cheer  along 
with  or  together,  Opp.  C.  3,  167. 

ΣννιδεΙν,  aor.  2  inf.  of  συνορύω. 

Συνιδίάζω,  to  appropriate  along  with 
01  together. 

Σννιδρύω,  to  set  up,  found,  dedicate 
along  with  or  together. 

Σύνιε,  imperat.  of  σννίημι,.  q.  v., 
dub. 

ΣννΙέμεν,  Ep.  for  σννιέναι,  inf. 
pres.  from  σννίημι,  Hes.  Th.  831. 

ΣννΙεράομαι,ί.  -ύσομαι,  {σύν,  ιερά• 
ομαι)  dep.  mid.  : — to  share  in  the  priest- 
ly office,  Strab.,  Dion.  H.,  etc. 

ΣννΙερεύς,  έως,  b,  {σύν,  ιερεύς)  α 
fellow-priest,  Plut.  Aemil.  3,  etc. 

Συνιεροποιέω,  ώ,  to  join  in  sacrifice 
with  one,  τινί,  Isae.  71,  5 :  from 

ΣυνΙεροποιός,  όν,  joining  in  sacrifice 
or  worship. 

Συνίερος,  ov,  {σύν.  Ιερός)  having 
joint  sacrifices  or  worship  : — worshipped 
alongwith  another,  τινός,  Plut.  2,  753 
Ε  ;  cf.  σύνναος.  [t] 

Συνιερονργέω,  ώ,=  σννιεροποιέ<ύ, 
Dion.  Η. 

Σννιζάνω,  {σύν,  ιζάνω)  to  sit  down, 
etc..  like  σννίζω  1. — 2.  to  sink,  fall,  as 
the  wind,  Luc.  V.  Hist.  1,  29:  to  set- 
tle down,  collapse,  Arist.  Somn.  2,  16: 
— to  shrink  up,  collapse,  σάρκες  δ'  ίδρώ- 
τι  συνίζανον,  Theocr.  22,  112,  Plut. 
PopJic.  13,  etc.     Hence 

Σννίζησις,  εως,  ή,  a  falling  in  of 
houses,  Plut.  Crass.  2. — 2.  in  Gramm., 
a  melting  of  two  voieels  int-o  one. 

Συνίζω,  f.  -ιζήσω,  {σύν,  ίζω)  intr., 
to  sit  with  or  together,  to  hold  sittings 
or  meetings,  of  a  court  of  magistrates, 
Hdt.  6,  58. — 2.  to  fall  together,  sink  in, 
as  the  ground  :  to  shrink  up,  collapse, 
Arist.  Probl.  21,  9  ;  so,  ές  ταντυν  σ., 
Plat.  Tim.  72  D. — II.  transit.,  to  set 
down  together  or  beside. 

Συνίημι,  Att.  ξυνίημι :  impf.  σνν- 
ίην,  or  usu.  συνίειν,  Jac.  Ach.  Tat. 
p.  442 :  f.  -σννήσω,  or  usu.  συνήσσ- 
μαι :  aor.  1  σννήκα :  pf.  σννεΐκα, 
etc. — In  Hom.  we  find  of  pres.,  only 
imperat.  ξννίει,  Od.  1,  271,  etc.  (for 
which  Tlieogn.  1240  has  the  dub. 
form  σύνιε)  :  of  impf.,  3  pi.  ξύνιον  for 
ξυνίεσαν,  with  v.  I.  ξύνιεν,  II.  1,  273  : 
of  aor.  1,  Ep.  3  sing,  ξυνέηκε,  II.  1, 
8  :  of  aor.  2,  imperat.  ξννες,  II.  2,  26, 
etc. :  of  aor.  2  mid.,  3  sing,  ξύνετο, 
Od.  4,  76  ;  subj.  1  pi.  συνώμεθα,  U.  13, 
381 :— all  except  last  form  with  the 


ΣΥΝΙ 
Alt.  ξνν-,  though  seldom  required  by 
the  verse. — Further  may  be  remark- 
ed ai;  old  inf.  pres.  σνί'ΐεϊν,  Theogn. 
565  ;  Ep.  inf.  σννίέμεν,  Hes.  Th.  831  ; 
Dor.  inf  aor.  2  ξννέμεν,  Find.  P.  3, 
141,— Cf  'ίημι. 

I.  strictly,  to  send  together,  to  bring 
or  set  together,  esp.  in  hostile  sense, 
like  σνμβά?ι,λω,  Lat.  commtttere,  σφώε 
ίριδί  ξυνέηκε  μάχεσθαι,  11.  1,  8  ;  ονς 
Ιριδος  μένεί  ξυνέηκε  μάχεσθαι,  Π.  7, 
210. — II.  metaph.,  to  perceive,  hear,  oft. 
in  Horn,  (who  also  has  mid.  in  this 
signf.,  αγορενοντος  ξννετο,  Od.  4, 
76) : — generally,  to  be  aware  of,  observe, 
Od.  18,  34:  to  take  in,  understand, 
know,  Hdt.,  Trag.,  etc.,  (v.  infra)  ;  ξ. 
άλ?.7ΐ?.οιι>,  to  understand  one  another's 
language,  Thuc.  1,  3. — Construction 
much  like  that  of  άκονο,  in  Horn, 
usu.  c.  gen.  pers.  et  ace.  rei,  θεάς  δττα, 
έπος  Τινός,  etc.,  11.  2,  182,  etc. ;  also 
alone  c.  gen.  pers.,  II.  2,  26,  etc. ;  and 
even  c.  gen.  rei,  11.  1,273  :  so  in  Hdt., 
Find.,  and  Att. ;  sometimes  c.  gen. 
pers.,  as  Hdt.  4, 114,  Flat.  Ale.  1,  132 
C  ;  but  mostly  c.  ace.  rei  only,  Hdt. 

3,  46,  Find.  P.  3,  141,  Aesch.  Fers. 
361,  etc. : — also,  like  all  verbs  of  per- 
ception, c.  part.,  as,  σννήκα  γεγενη- 
μένος,  Luc.  D.  Deor.  2,  1,  but  this  is 
rare: — also  foil,  by  a  relat.,  σ.  otl..., 
Si'...,  Foes.  Oec.  Hipp. — The  word  in 
this  metaph.  signf.  strictly  means,  to 
bring  the  outward  object  into  connexion 
with  the  inward  sense. — III.  in  mid.,  to 
come  to  an  understanding  or  agreement, 
agree  about  a  thing,  όφρα  σννώμεβα 
άμφι  γάμφ,  II.  13,  381  :  hence,  συνή- 
μων,  συνημοσννη.  [On  quantity  v. 
sub  ϊι^μι :  Hes.  however  has  [  in  σνν- 
ίέμεν, while  sometimes  in  Att.  we 
find  i,  Ar.  Av.  946,  cf.  Seidl.  Dochm. 

p- ^°iJ     ,      ,    ,      . 

ΣννΙκετενω,  (σνν,  ικετεύω)  to  sup- 
plicate together  with,  Tivi,  Plut.  Aristid. 

4,  etc. 

Σννικμάζω,  f.  -ύσω,  (σύν,  Ικμίζω) 
to  make  quite  tvet,  wet  through : — pass., 
to  get  wet  or  soaked,  Theophr. 

Σνιηκνέομαι,  {σνν,  Ικνεομαι)  dep. 
mid.,  to  come  together,  meet,  Theophr. 

ΣννίΧλομαί,  {σύν,  Ιλλω,  είλω)  as 
pass.,  to  be  rolled  together,  dub.  in  Eu- 
bul.  Steph.  2,  3. 

Σννίμεν,  Ep.  for  σννιέναι,  inf. from 
σννειμί  {εΙμή.  [ϊ] 

Συνιπτΐάζομαι,  {σύν,  ίππύζομαι) 
dep.,  to  ride  with,  τινί,  Plut.  2,  1043 
C. 

Σννίττπαρχος,ον,  6,{σνν,  ίππαρχος) 
a  joint  commander  of  horse,  Hdt.  7,  88. 

Σννιππεύς,  έως,  ό,  {σνν,  ίππεύς)  α 
fellow-rider,  comrade  in  cavalry-service,- 
Dem.  558,  13. 

Σννιππεΰω,-=  σννιππάζομαι,  Dio 
C. 

Σννιππία,  ας,  η,  a  troop  of  horses. 

Σννίπταμαι,  dep.  mid. : — to  fly  with 
or  together. 

^Σύνιρίς,  ιδος,  b,  Syniris,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Folyb.  5,  57,  5. 

Σννϊσαν,  Ep.  3  pi.  impf.  from  σνν- 
ειμί. {  εΙμι)  went  together. — II.  Ep.  3 
plur.  impf.  of  σννοιόα,  shared  in  the 
knowledge. 

Σννίσημι,  v.  sub  σννοιόα. 

Σννισθμίζω,  {σνν,  ίσθμίζω)  to  join 
by  an  isthmus,  Scymn.  370. 

Σννιστάνω,  rarer  collat.  form  for 
πννίστημι,  Folyb. 

Σννιστάω,  ώ,  rarer  collat.  form  of 
αννίστημι,  whence  impf.  σννίστα, 
Folyb.  3,  43,  11. 

Σννίστημι,  impf.  σννίστην ."  f.  σν- 
στήσω,  aor.  1  συνέστησα,  {σνν,  ϊστη- 
μι).  Το  place  οτ  set  together  :  hence, 
— 1,  to  associate,  unite,  band  together, 


ΣΤΝΙ 

J.  Αρκάδας  ίπι  Σπάρττ),  Hdt.  6,  74 ; 
cf.  Thuc.  6,  16,  Xen.  tiyr.  6,  1,26: 
but,  σ.  Άσίαν  έαυτώ,  to  unite  Asia  in 
dependence  on  himself,  Hdt.  1,  103  ; 
σ.  τινάς  ές  ξννωμοσίαν,  Thuc.  8,  48  ; 
and  in  a  rare  phrase,  μαντικην  έαν- 
τύ  σνστήσαι,  to  bring  prophetic  art 
into  union  with  himself,  i.  e.,  to  win,  ac- 
quire it,  Hdt.  2,  49. — 2.  to  put  together 
as  a  whole,  to  compose,  create,  form, 
frame,  freq.  in  Plat. ;  πράγμα  ότιονν 
ίκ  χρηστών  και  πονηρών  σ.,  Plat  Ρο- 
lit.  308  C  ;  σ.  την  οΆιγαρχίαν,  Thuc. 
8,  48;  έταφείαν,  Dem.  1137,  4  :— 
hence,  to  bring  into  order,  appoint,  ar- 
range, contrive  together,  join  in  contriv- 
ing, in  bad  sense,  a.  θάνατον  επί  τι- 
VI.  Hdt.  3,71 ;  σ.  τιμάς,  to  settle  prices, 
Dem.  1285,  6  : — in  this  sense,  freq.  in 
fut.  and  aor.  1  mid.,  σνστήσασθαι  το 
όλον,  ονρανόν,  τέχνην,  πολιν,  Flat. 
Phaedr.  269  C,  Tim.  32  Β,  etc.  ;  πο• 
λεμον,  πολιορκίαν,  κίνδννον,  etc., 
Polyb.  2,  1,1,  etc. ;  (but  Flat,  has  the 
fut.  mid.  in  pass,  signf.,  Tim.  54  C). 
— 3.  to  bring  together  as  friends,  intro- 
duce or  recommend  one  to  another,  τινά 
Tivi,  Xen.  An.  3,  1,  8,  Plat.  Lach.  200 
D,  etc.  :  to  recommend,  advise  one  to 
do,  c.  inf.,  Dem.  1032,  27,  cf.  1029, 
26. — 4.  to  make  solid,  firm,  σ.  τύ  σώμα, 
Hipp.  Aphor.  3,  17,  cf.  infra  II.  4 ;  σ. 
Tu  Ίχνη,  to  harden  tracks  in  mud, 
Xen.  Cyn.  5,  3  ;  esp.  of  liquids,  to 
make  them  congeal,  curdle,  σ.  }'άλα, 
Arist.  Η.  Α. — II.  more  freq.  in  pass., 
with  aor.  2  act.  σννέστην  ;  pf.  συνέ- 
στηκα,  part,  σννεστηκώς,  usu.  contr. 
σννεστώς,  ώσα,  ώς.  Ion.  σννεστεώς, 
εώσα,  εώς.  Το  stand  together,  Hdt.  8, 
27,  Xen.,  etc.  :  to  meet,  assemble,  Eur. 
I.  A.  87 :  also,  to  stand  one's  ground, 
Hdt.  6,  29.-2.  in  hostile  signf,  to 
meet,  come  together,  once  only  in  Horn., 
πο?.έμοιο  συνεσταότος,  when  battle 
is  joined,  has  begun,  II.  14,  96  ;  μάχης 
σννεστεώσης,  Hdt.  1,  74;  πόλεμος 
ξννέστη,  Thuc.  1,  15  ; — then  of  per- 
sons, σννίστασθαί  τινι,  to  meet  him 
in  fight,  Aesch.  Theb.  435,  509  ;  also, 
εν  μάχτι  σ.  τινί,  Eur.  Supp.  847  ;  συ- 
σταθείς δια  μάχης.  Id.  Phoen.  755  : 
to  be  at  odds  with,  differ  with,  τινί.  Hdt. 
4,  132  ;  6,  108  ;  to  contradict,Tivi,  Jac. 
Anth.  P.  p.  71 : — absol.,  σννεστηκό- 
των  τών  στρατηγών,  when  the  gene- 
rals were  in  dispute,  Hdt.  8,79  :  γνώμαι 
σννέστησαν,  opinions  clashed,  Hdt.  1, 
208,  cf.  7,  142.— 3.  of  friends,  to  form 
a  league  or  union,  to  band  together, 
Thuc.  6,  21,  33,  etc. ;  σννίστασθαί 
προς  τίνα,  to  league  o?/e's  self  with 
him.  Id.  1,  1,  15  ;  μετά  τίνος,  Dem. 
917,  13,  etc.  :  το  ξννιστάμενον,  a  con- 
spiracy, Ar.  Eq.  863,  cf.  Xen.  Cyr.  1, 
1,2;  so,  TO  συνεστηκός.  Thuc.  8,  66, 
Aeschin.  44,  23: — generally,  to  be 
connected  or  allied,  as  by  marriage,  c. 
ace.  cognato,  λέχος  Ήρακ/ιεϊ  ξνστά- 
σα,  Soph.  Tr.  28. — 4.  like  σννειμι, 
to  be  engaged,  invohed,  or  implicated  in 
a  thing,  λιμώ,  πόνφ,  Hdt.  7,  170;  8, 
74  ;  άλγηδόνι.  Soph.  0.  C.  514  ;  σνν- 
εστώτες  ύγώνι  ναντικω,  Thuc.  4, 
55. — 5.  to  be  put  together,  composed, 
created,  framed,  Eur.  Incert.  101,  6, 
and  Flat. ;  of  a  play,  Arist.  Poet.  14, 
2  : — to  co7isist,  έκ  μερών.  Flat.  Tim. 
56  Β  : — hence,  to  arise,  become,  take 
place,  lb.  25  A,  etc.  ;  and,  in  perf., 
to  exist,  be  so  and  so,  ή  πο?ιΐτεία 
ξννέστηκε  μίμησις βίον,Ιά.  Legg.  817 
Β.- — 6.  to  hold  together,  endure,  con- 
tinue, like  σνμμένω,  τοϋτο  σννεστή- 
κεε  μέχρι  ου...,  Hdt.  7,  225  :  το  σννε- 
στηκός  or  τα  σννεστηκότα,  the  exist- 
ing state  of  things  ;  στράτευμα  συνε- 
στηκός,  a  standing  army. — 7.    to  be 


ΣΥΝΝ 
contracted :  σννεστώς  πρόςωττον,  a 
frowning,  gloomy  countenance,  Plut. 
Demetr.  17 ;  το  σννεστώς  φρενών, 
sullenness,  Eur.  Ale.  797. — 8.  to  be  com' 
pact,  tight,  firm,  σώματα  σννεστηκότα, 
of  animals  in  good  condition,  Xen. 
Cyn.  7,  8,  cf.  Plat.  Tim.  83  A :— to 
acquire  substance  or  co7isistency,  of  eggs, 
Arist.  H.  A.  6,  13,  3;  σννεστηκότα 
διαχωρήματα,  excrements  with  a  firm 
consistency,  freq.  in  Hipp.,  cf.  Foes. 
Oecon.  s.  vv.,  ξννίστημι,  σννίστασ 
θαι,  συνεστηκός  : — to  be  congealed  or 
frozen,  συνεστηκυϊα  χιών,  Folyb.  3, 
55,  2. 

Σννιστορέω,  ώ,  {σνν,  ίστορέω)  to 
know  about  a  thing  along  with  or  to- 
gether, σ.  αί'τώ  τι,  to  be  conscious  of  & 
thing,  MenaniJ.  p.  224. 

Σννίστωρ,  ορός,  ό,  ή,  {σύν,  Ιστωρ) 
knowing  along  with  another,  conscious, 
οι  θεοί  ξννιστορες,  the  gods  are  ivit• 
nesses,  Soph.  Phil.  1293  ;  cf  Ant.  542, 
Eur.  Supp.  1174,  Thuc.  2,  74. — 2.  con- 
scious of  Ά  thing,  esp.  a  crime,  τινός, 
or  (with  the  verbal  constr.)  τι,  Aesch. 
Ag.  1090. 

Σννισχναίνω,  {σνν,  Ίσχναίνω)  to 
help  to  dry  up,  shrivel,  make,  lean,  Hipp. : 
metaph.,  to  join  with  in  reducing,  6  νό- 
μος avTu  Τω χρόνω  ξυνισχνανει,  Eur. 

1.  A.  694  (al.  ξννισχανεΐ,  cf.  sub  Ισ- 
χναίνω). 

Σννισχί'ρίζω,  {σύν,  ίσχνρίζω)  to 
help  to  strengthen,  τινά,  Xen.  Cyr.  2, 

2,  26. 

Σννισχνω,  to  be  strong,  stout  with  or 
together,  [i;] 

Σννίσχω.  =  συνέχω  :  pass.,  to  be 
aβιcted,  Plat.  Gorg.  479  A. 

Σννιχνεύω,  to  track,  trace  out  to- 
gether. 

]Σννναδα,  ων,  Ta,Synnada,  a  town 
of  Phrygia,  famed  for  the  marble  in 
its  vicinity,  Strab.p.  576,  sqq.  Hence 

^Συνναδικός,  ή,  όν,  of  hynnada, 
Synnadic,  ό  Σ.  λίθος,  Strab.  1.  c. 

Σννναίω,  {σνν,  ναίω)  to  dwell  or  live 
with,  γυναιξί,  Aesch.  Theb.  195,  cf. 
Soph.  Phil.  892,  Tr.  1237. 

Συννακτός,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from 
σνννύσσω,  pressed  together,  Plut. 

Σύννΰος,  ov,  [σύν,  ναός)  of  gods, 
in  the  same  tem.ple,  worshipped  together, 
Strab.,  Plut.  2,  668  E,  etc.  ;  cf.  Er- 
nesti  Indic.  Cic. 

Σνννύσσω,  i.  -ξω,  {σύν,  νάσσω)  to 
pack  tight  together,  σνννάξαντες,  Hdt. 
7,  60,  ace.  to  Schweigh.  for  συνά- 
ξαντες. 

Σνννανάγέω,  ώ,  (σύν,  ναναγέω)  to 
suffer  shipwreck  together,  Aesop. 

Σνννανι3άτης,  ov,  ό,  {σύν,  ναυβά- 
της)  α  shipmate.  Soph.  Phil.  565.    [α] 

Συνναύκ?,ηρος,  ου,  {σνν,  νανκλη- 
ρος)  α  joint-owner  of  α  ship  :  a  partner, 
Luc.  Tragop.  327. 

Σνννανμαχέω,  ώ,  {σύν,  νανμαχέω) 
to  engage  in  a  sea-fight  along  with,  τινί, 
Hdt.  8,  44,  cf.  Ar.  Ran.  702,  Thuc.  1, 
73. 

Σννναυσθλόω,  ώ,  to  cross  by  ship 
together. 

Συνναύτης,  ov,  ό,  {σνν,  ναύτης)  a 
shipmate.  Soph.  Aj.  902,  Eur.  Cycl. 
425,  Plat.  Rep.  389  C,  etc. 

Συννεάζω,  {σύν,  νεάζω)  to  spend 
one's  youth  ivith,  τινί,  Eur.  Dan.  2. — 
2.=sq.,  Alciphr.  2,  3,  Philostr. 

Σνννεάνιενομαι,{σύν,νεανιενομαι) 
dep.  nud.,  to  be  young  or  riotous  together, 
Dio  C. 

Σνννέμω,  {σνν,  νέμω)  to  feed  or  tend 
together,  of  the  shepherd  : — pass.,  to 
feed  xviih,  τοις  Θή7.εσι,  of  the  herds, 
Arist.  H.  A.  6,  18,  17  :— generally,  to 
be  conjoined,  Plut.  2,  424  A,  744  F. 

Σνννενέαται,  v.  σνννέω. 
1439 


ΣΥΝΝ 

Σννι>ενΐ)ωσις,  ή,  {vevpou)  α  joining, 
union  by  sinews. 

Σνννενσις,  εο)ς<  V'  ""  inclination 
togcl/ier,  ττρός  ΤΙ,  PllU.  2,  128  A  :— 
inetaph.,  agreement,  union,  προς  ΐι/ι/.ή- 
λας.  Polyb.  2,  40,5:  from 

Ιυννεύίι),  {σνν,  νενω)  to  bend,  in- 
cline together,  e.  g.  τύς  όφρνς,  Luc.  (.') 
Philopalr.  1  : — also  iiitr.,  to-  turn  to 
one  point,  προς  το  αυτό,  Polyb.  3,  32, 
7;  εις  εν  κέντρον,  Plut.  Num.  9; 
κάτω  σννν.,  Luc.  Gymn.  21. — H.  to 
approve  bt/  a  nod,  consent.  Soph.  O. 
T.  1510,  Pind.  O.  t",  li^l  in  tmesis. 

ΣυΐΊ'ίφεια,  ας,  ή,  {συννεφής)  a 
clouding  over:  a  clouded  sky,  dub.  in 
Arist.  Prolil.  26,  38. 

'Σνννέφελος,  ον,=  σνννεφτ/ς,  Thuc. 
8,  42. 

Σνννεφέο,  ώ,  to  collect  clouds,  Ζενς 
ξυννεφεί,  Ar.  Αν.  1502 ;  and  then 
iiiifiers.,  συννεφεΊ,  it  is  cloudy  (like 
νει,  νίφει,  etc.),  ει  συννεφεϊ,  είκυς 
νσηι,  Arist.  Rhet.2,  19,24:— metaph., 
σνννεφονααν  όμματα,  wearing  a  dark 
and  cloudy  look,  Eur.  El.  1078.-11. 
to  be  under  a  cloud,  in  adversity,  Eur. 
Dan.  4,  7  :  from 

Σνννεφής,  ές,  {σνν,  νέφος)  clouded, 
cloudy,  ά/'/ρ.  νύξ,  Polyb.  9,  15,  12  ;  16, 
3  : — of  persons,  gloomy,  Eur.  Phoen. 
1307  ;  όμμα,  Mel.  44. 

Συννεφιά,  ας,  ή,^=σνννέφεια. 

Συννεφόω,  ώ,=  σνΐ'νεφέθ). 

Σνννέώω,=  σνννεφέο),  very  dub. 
except  in  pf.  συννένοφα,  Ar.  Fr.  142, 
349. 

Συννέω,  Ion.  -vtju,  and  •νηέω :  f. 
νί/σω,  (συν,  νέω) : — to  pile  or  heap 
together,  heap  up,  Hdt.  1,  34,  86,  etc.; 
Ion.  pf.  pass.  3  sing,  σνννενέύται, 
Hdt.  2,  135 ;  4,  62  ;  τών  νεκρών  όμον 
ΰλλήλοις  ξνννενημένων,  Thuc.  7, 
87. 

Σνννέω,  {.  -ήσω,  =  σνννί/θω,  Μ. 
Anton. 

Σνννεωτερίζω,  f.  -ί'σω,  {συν,  νεω- 
τερίζω) to  join  in  innovation  or  sedi- 
tion, Strab. 

Σΐ'ννηεω,  Ion.  for  σνννέω. 

Σνννήθω,  {συν,  νι'/ϋω)  to  spin  with  ; 
to  allot  by  the  thread  of  ime,  Μ .  Anton. 
4,34. 

ΣΌννηττιάζω,  to  play  the  child,  act 
or  talk  childishly  with. 

Σνννησις,  εως,  ή,  (  σννντ/θω )  a 
spinning  together  ;  connexion,  M.  An- 
ton. 4,  40. 

Σνννηατενω,  to  fast  with  or  together. 

Σνννήχομαι,  f•  -ξομαι,  {συν,  ν!/χο- 
uai)  dep.  mid.,  to  sivim  tvith  or  to- 
gether, Ar.  Ecci.  1104,  Luc.  V.  Hist. 
1,  33. 

Σνννήω,  Ion.  for  σνννέω. 

ΣυννΙκύω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,{σνν,  νικάω) 
to  have  part  in  a  victory,  TiVi,  with 
another,  Eur.  Ale.  1 103  ;  μετά  τίνος, 
Xen.  Cyr.  6,  4,  14  ;  absol.,  Andoc. 
27,  2. — II.  transit.,  to  help  in  conquer- 
ing. Dio  C. 

Συΐ'ΐΌε'ω,  ώ,  f.  -7/σω,  {σνν,  νοέω)  to 
think  upon  together,  to  think  deeply 
upon,  meditate  or  reflect  on,  consider, 
Tt,  Soph.  O.  C.  453,  and  freq.  in 
Plat. ;  σ.  οτι...  Plat.  Polit.  280  Β  :— 
so  in  mid.,  Eur.  Or.  634,  Ar.  Ran. 
598,  Plat.  Ale.  2,  138  Α.— 2.  simply, 
to  think,  suppose,  Plat.  Soph.  238  C. 
Hence 

Σνννοητύς,  η.  όν,  comprehensible. 

Σνννοια,  ας,  η,  Ion.  σνννοίη,  {σνν- 
νοος)  ■ — meditation,  deep  thought,  σνν- 
voiy  έχεσθαι,  Hdt.  1,  88;  of.  Soph. 
Ant.  279 ;  ες  σ.  αντφ  ίφίκέσθαι, 
Plat.  Rep.  571  D:  —  esp.,  anxious 
thought,  anxiety,  σνννοια  όάπτομαι 
κε<φ,  Aesch.  Pr.  437  ;  επΙ  σνννοια 
πόδα  κνκλείν,  Eur.  Or.  632;  σνν- 
1440 


ΣΤΝΟ 

νοιαν  όμμασιν  φέρων.  Id.  Heracl.381. 
— 2.  consciousness,  σ.  οίον  δέόρακε, 
Eur.  Andr.  806. 

Σνννομέομαι,  dep.  mid.,  to  live  all 
together,  Piut.  2,  1065  E. 

Σνννομενς,  έως,  b,  a  fellow-shep- 
herd. 

Σνννομη,  yr,  ή,  {σνν,  νομή)  a  feed- 
ing together,  joint  pasture.  Plat.  Polit. 
208  C— II.  m  Plat.  Legg.  737  E, 
Bekk.  reads  γι-νόμενα  άνήρ  καΐ  κλή- 
ρος ξνννομη  (for  i;hv  νομΐ)),  the  man 
and  his  allotment  being  a  joi?ii  affair ; 
but  Asl's  reading,  ξνννομα,  is  easier. 

Συννομίζω,  f.  -ί'σω,  [σνν,  νομίζω) 
to  think  or  agree  with,  Plat.  Mmos 
316  D. 

Σνννομίκός,  ή,  όν,  {σύννομος) : — 
of  or  for  feeding  together  :  η  -κή  (sc. 
τέχνη),  v.  1.  for  σνννομή  I,  in  Plat. 

1.  c. 

Συννσμοθετέω,  ώ,  {συν,  νομοθετέω) 
to  be  a  joint  lawgiver.  Plat.  Legg.  833 
E,  Dem.  708,  tin. 

Σύννομος,  ov,  {σύν,  νέμω  I,  νομή): 
—  feeding  with  or  together,  herding  to- 
gether, gregarious,  ζώα.  Plat.  Criti. 
110  B: — metaph.,  έρωτες  άταις  σ., 
Aesch.  Cho.  598. — 2.  c.  gen.  rei, 
partaking  in  a  thing,  σ.  τινί  τίνος, 
partner  with  one  in  a  thing,  Pind.  I. 
3,  27 ;  σ.  λέκτρων,  partner  of  the 
bed,  Aesch.  Pers.  704 ;  cf.  Ar.  Av. 
678. — 3.  as  subst.,  ό,  y  σ.,  one  who 
lives  witli,  a  consort.  Soph.  El.  600; 
of  birds,  a  mate,  Ar.  Av.  209  : — then, 
esp.  of  brothers  and  sisters.  Soph. 
O.  C.  340  ;  ώς  λέοντε  σνννόμω,  like 
twin  lions,  Soph.  Phil.  1436: — any 
companion.  Plat.  Legg.  666  E: — me- 
taph., θα^.άσσης  σύννομοι  πέτραι,  of 
the  Scironian  rocks  which  skirt  the 
sea,  Eur  Hipp.  979;  also,  ποταναί 
σύννομοι  νεφέων  δρόμου,  i.  e.  swilt 
as  the  clouds.  Id.  Hel.  1488.— 4. 
generally,  as.^ociated,  kindred,  σ.  τέ- 
χναι,  Plat.  Polit.  287  Β;  cf.  289  Β, 
Legg.  930  A  :  λίθοι  σ.,  stones  vni- 
form/y  hewn,  fitted,  Folyb.  Spicileg.  8, 

2,  1. — II.  parox.,  σύννομος,  ov,  act. 
tending  cattle  together,  Heliod. 

Σύννομος,  ov,  ό,  α  living  together, 
pairing,  Ael.  N.  A.  15,  3. 

Σύννοος,  ov,  Alt.  contr.  -νους,  ουν, 
{σύν,  νόος)  in  deep  thought,  meditative, 
isocr.  5  A,  Plut.  Themist.  3,  etc. : — 
anxious,  gloomy,  i3?J//ua,  Arist.  Probl. 
31,  7,  5. — II.  σ.  γίγνομαι,  to  come  to 
one^s  self,  become  wise  OT prudent,  Arist. 
Pol.  2,7,  17. 

Σνννοσέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {σνν,  νοσέω) 
to  be  sick,  ill  together,  Eur.  I.  A.  407  ; 
or  along  with,  τινί.  Id.  Andr.  948 ; 
νοσονντι  συννοσονσ'  άνέξομαι,  Id. 
Incert.  100,  6. 

Σννννκτερενο),  {σύν,  ννκτερενω) 
to  pass  the  night  with,  Plut.  Dio  55. 

Σννννμφοκόμος,  ov,  {σνν,  ννμφοκό- 
μος)  helping  to  deck  a  bride,  Eur.  I.  A. 
48.    ^ 

Σννννμφος,  ov,  o,  ή,  a  brother^s  wife 
or  sister's  husband,  LXX. 

Συνοδεύω,  {σέ>ν,  ΰδενω)  to  journey 
along  ivilh,  τινί,  Plut.  Pomp.  40,  etc. 

Σννοδία,  ας,  ή.  {σύνοδος)  a  journey 
in  company,  Cic.  Att.  10,  7,  2,  Plut.  2, 
48  A,  ubi  v.  Wyttenb. — II.  a  party  of 
travellers,  caravan,  Strab.  :  generally, 
a  family,  LXX. 

Συνοδικός,  ή,  όν,  v.  sq. 

Σννόόιον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  σύνο- 
δος, esp.,  the  conjunction  of  the  moon 
with  the  sun,  when  no  moon  shines  : 
— hence,  μήνη  συνοδική,  Lat.  inter- 
lunium ;  ννξ  συνοδική,  a  moonless 
night,  Synes. 

Σννοδίτης,  ov,  6,  {σνν,  δδίτης)  a 
fellow-traveller,  Anth. 


ΣΎΝΟ 

Σννοδοιπορέω,  ώ,  to  trai  •'.  together, 
Luc.  Ilennot.  13  :  from 

Συνοδοιπόρος,  ov,  (σύν.  οδοιπόρος) 
a  fellow-traveller,  Xen,  Mem.  2,  2,  12. 

Σννοδοντίς,  ίδος,  ή,  (συνόδους)  a 
kind  of  tnnHi),  caught  in  the  Nile, 
Ath.  312  B,  Diphil.  Siphn.  ib.  356  F. 

Σύνοδος, ον,==^σννοόοιπόρος,  Anth. 
P.  7,  635;  cf.  Epict.  2,  14,  8;  3,  21, 
5. 

Σύνοδος,  ov,  ή,  {σύν,  οδός)  a  com- 
ing together,  assembly,  meeting,  esp., 
for  deliberation,  Hdt.  9,  27,  Orac.  ap. 
9,  43,  Thuc,  etc. ;  or  for  festivals, 
Thuc.  3,  104:  generally,  a  festive 
meeting,  party,  σ.  και  δείπνα.  Plat. 
Theaet.  173  D  :  σ.  προς  τώ  διαιτ?/τ}), 
a  meeting  of  parties  in  court,  Deiii. 
1266,  9: — ξύνοδοι,  political  u?iions, 
Thuc.  3,  82. — 2.  in  hostile  sense,  a 
meeting  of  two  armies,  Lat.  concursus, 
Thuc.  3,  107  ;  5,  70,  and  Xen.— 3. 
sexual  intercourse,  like  συνουσία,  Lat. 
coitus,  Arist.  H.  A.  5,  5,  14. — 4.  of 
things,  a  coming  together,  as  χρημά- 
των σύνοδοι,  an  incoming  of  money, 
Hdt.  1,  64  ;  like  πρόςοδοι. — 5.  a  meet- 
"'Si  joining,  σύνοδοι  θαλάσσης,  of  the 
straits  of  the  Hellespont,  Eur.  I.  T. 
393 :  σ.  μηνών,  i.  e.  the  end  of  one 
month  and  beginning  of  another, 
Arist.  Gen.  An.  2,  4,  9  :  a  conjunction 
of  the  sun  and  moon,  Plut.  : — general- 
ly, union,  junction.  Plat.  Phaed.  97  A, 
etc. 

Συνόδους,  οντος,  ό,  ή,  {σύν,  οδούς) 
with  teeth  together,  ί.  e.,  that  meet  along 
their  whole  surface,  opp.  to  καρχαρό- 
δονς  {\\Λ\\  pointed  teeth):  τά'σννό- 
δοντα,  animals  with  such  teeth,  Arist. 
H.  A.  8,  6,  1. — II.  as  subst.,  ύ  et  ή  σ., 
a  fish  witli  such  teeth,  Lat.  dentex, 
Epich.  p.  105,  Anaxandr.  Protes.  1, 
50 ;  also  σννόδων,  Antiph.  Cvcl.  1, 
3. 

Συνοδϋνάω,  ώ,  (σύν,  όδννάω)  to  af- 
flict together: — pass.,  to  sympathise 
with  another:  generally,  to  be  very 
sorrowful,  LXX. 

Σννοδνρομαι,  {σνν,  οδύρομαι)  dep. 
mid.  : — to  bewail  along  ivith  or  together. 
Plat.  Menex.  247  C.  [δϋ] 

Συνόδων,  ΰ,=συνόδους  II,  q.  v. 

Σννόζω,  {σύν,  όζω)  to  smell  or  be 
smelt  at  once,  Arist.  Probl.  12,  4. 

Σύνοιδα,  pf  with  pres.  signf.,  (there 
being  no  pres.  σννείδω);  3  pi.  σννοί- 
δασι,  Lys.  119,  5  (Att.  usu.  σκί'ίσασί) ; 
inf.  σννειδέναι :  plqpf.  with  impf. 
signf.  συνήδειν,  Att.  συν-ήδη,  Ion.  2 
plur.  σννΐ)δέάτε,ΙϊάΧ.  9,58:  to  this 
also  belongs  fut.  σννείσομαι,  rarely 
σννειδήσω  (Isocr.  5  B).  To  share  m 
the  knowledge,  be  cognisant  of  a  thing, 
to  be  privy  to  it,  Lat.  conscius  esse, 
absol.,  Hdt.  5,  24  ;  6,  57  ;  σ.  τι.  Id.  6, 
39 ;  αυτός  ξυνειδώς  ή  μαθών  άλλιου 
πάρα,  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  704  : — but  usu., — 
2.  c.  dat.  pers.,  to  know  the  same  as 
another,  σ.  έαυτίΐ),  to  be  conscious,  con- 
vinced with  one's  self,  c.  part.,  which 
may  be  in  the  nom..  έσθλός  ων  αντφ 
ξύνοιδε,  Soph.  Fr.  669 ;  σννοιόα 
έμαντω  ονδ'  ότιονν  σοφός  ων.  Plat. 
Αροΐ.  21  Β ;  or  in  the  dat.,  ξ.  έμαντω 
ουδέν  έπισταμένω,  lb.  22  C,  cf.  Symp, 
193  Ε,  216  Β,  etc. :— also  c.  ace.  rei, 
σ.  έμαντω  τι  καλόν,  I  know  some- 
thing good  o/ myself,  Ar.  Eq.  184; 
μηδέν  έαυτζ)  σννειδέναι,  to  have  no 
load  on  one's  conscience,  Socrat.  Dio- 
gen.,  etc.,  ap.  Stob.  Tit.  24,  cf  1  Cor. 
4,  4  ;  hence,  ro  σννειδός:=σννείδησις, 
conscience.  Wolf  Dem.  Leptin.  p.  231  : 
— but  also,  σννοιδά  τινί  τι,  to  know 
something  of  another,  Hdt.  8,  113  ;  9, 
58,  Eur.  Ion  956,  etc. : — σ.  τινί.  to  be 
privy  to  his  opinions.  Xen.  Hell.  3,  3, 


ΣΤΝΟ 

6;  (so,  ξννειδώς,  absoL,  Soph.  Ο.  Τ. 
330) : — rtva  σννοισθά  μοί  κα/.ονμέ- 
VI)  ; — answered  by,  οννοιό'  Όρέστην 
ΤΓολλά  σ'  έκτταγλουμίιημ! .  Aesch. 
Cho.  217  ;  cf.  Soph.  Ant.  266  .—τοΙς 
Χάγοις  ξννοιόα  ονσιν  άλαζόσι,  Ι  know 
they  are  conceited,  Plat.  Phaed.  92 
D:— (T.  on...,  ώς...,  Plat.  Phaedr.  257 
D,  Soph.  232  C  :— Cf.  σννεϊδον. 

Συνοιδάω,  ώ,  f.  •ήσω,  to  swell  up 
along  with  or  together. 

Συνοίκει.όω,  ώ,{σύν,  οΐκειόω)  to  bind 
together  as  friends,  to  associate  or  com- 
bine with,  rivi  Ti,  Polyb.  5,  21,  5,  cf. 
Luc.  Gymn.  24  :  to  adapt,  conciliate 
one  to  another,  τίνί  τίνα.  Pint.  Num. 
8,  Anton.  75,  etc.  ;  cf.  Wyttenb.  2, 
355  Β  : — pass.,  to  be  bound  by  ties  of 
kindred,  to  be  closely  united,  TLvi,  to 
one,  Arist.  Eth.  N.  8,  12,  2 ;'  10,  1,  1  ; 
to  be  suited  or  adapted  to,  τινί,  Plut. 
Lycurg.  4.     Hence 

Σννοικείωσις,  εως,  η,  a  binding  to- 
gether:  esp.  a  figure  in  rhetoric, 
whereby  heterogeneous  things  were  com- 
bined or  attributed  to  one  person,  Rutil. 
Lup.  2,  9,  Quintil.  9,  3,  64. 

Συνοικέσια,  ας,  ή,^συνοίκησις. 

Σννοικέσιον,  ον,  τό,  in  late  writers 
=^<7υνοίκτισις,  esp.  marriage.  Lob. 
Phryn.  516. — II.  v.  συνοικία. 

Σννοίκέτης,  υν,  ό,=^σννοικήτης. 

Συνοικέω,  ώ,  ί.  -ήσω,  (σύν,  ο'ικεω) 
to  dwell  or  live  together,  Ep.  Horn.  15, 
15  ;  τινί,  with  one,  Aesch.  Cho.  909  ; 
of  peoples,  to  live  together  and  form 
one,  Thuc.  2,  68 : — but  of  persons,  to 
live  with  or  together,  esp.  as  man  and 
wife,  or  merely  to  cohabit  with,  άνδρί, 
δονλω,  γνναικί,  δεσπηίντι,  etc.,  Hdt. 
1,  37i  91,  108,  etc.;  absol..  to  marry, 
wed,  Hdl.  1,  93;  4,  168,  Plat.,  etc.; 
so,  τούτων  σννοικησάντων  γίνεται 
Κλεισθένης,  from  their  marriage 
sprang  Clisthetie.'s,  Hdt.  6,  131  :  oft. 
metaph.,  σ.  άχθει,  φόβω,  yr/pai,  to  be 
wedded  to  misery,  etc.,  Soph.  Phil. 
1168,  Eur.  Heracl.  996,  Erechth.  13, 
3  ;  then,  reversely,  γήρας,  ίνα  πάντα 
κακά  κακών  ξυνοικεΐ,  Soph.  Ο.  C. 
1238;  y  αν  ξυνοικία  μήτε  π?.οϋτος 
ξυνοικη  μήτε  πενία.  Plat.  Legg.  679 
Β. — 2.  absol.,  to  live,  exist,  be.  Lye. 
957. — II.  c.  ace.  loci,  to  make  to  dwell 
in  together :  hence  in  pass.,  of  a  coun- 
try, to  be  thickly  peopled,  Xen.  Oec.  4, 
8,  cf  Plat.  Criti.  117  E.     Hence 

Συνοίκημα,  ατός,  τό,  that  with  which 
one  lives,  νομίζων  δημον  είναι  σ.  ΰ,χα- 
ριτώτατον,  a  most  unpleasant  house- 
fellow,  Hdt.  7,  156. — ΙΙ.=σ!;ΐΌί/ι£α  II. 

Σννοίκησις,  εως,  η,  (συνοικέω)  α 
living  or  being  together,  άλλτ/λων  σ., 
Plat.  Rep.  520  C,  etc. :  esp.,  marriage, 
Hdt.  1,  196,  Plat.  Legg.  930  A. 

Σννοικητήρ,  ήρας,  o,=  sq.,  Simon. 
Amorg.  102. 

Συνοικητής,  ov,  δ,  (συνοικέω)  one 
who  lives  with  or  together,  Lat.  contu- 
bernalis :  one  who  lives  with  iyi  mar- 
•      riage,  a  consort. 

Συνοικτ/τωρ,  ορός,  b,  ή,  (συνοικέω) 
living  with,  τινί,  Aesch.  Eum.  833. 

Συνοικία,  ας,  ή,  Att.  ξυνοικία:=: 
σννοίκησις,  a  living  or  dwelling  togeth- 
er, συνοίκί.αν  δέχεσθαι,  to  agree  to 
hve  with  another,  Aesch.  Eum  916. 
— 2.  a  body  of  people  living  together,  a 
communily,  Plat.  Rep.  369  C,  etc.  : — 
generally,  a  band,  troop,  brood,  Aesch. 
Supp.  267. — II.  a  place  where  people 
live  together,  as  a  city.  Plat.  Rep.  369 
C,  etc.  :• — esp.,  α  house  in  which  sev- 
eral families  live,  a  house  divided  into 
chambers  or  flats,  like  the  Lat.  insula, 
opp.  to  οικία,  a  dwelling  occupied  by 
one  family,  Thuc.  3,  74,  Isae.  Me- 
necl.  ό  33 ;  cf.  Ar.  Thesm.  273  :  όπου 
91 


ΣΤΝΟ 

πο?ι,λοΙ  μισθωσύμενοι  μίαν  οϊκησιν 
διελόμενοι  εχουσιν,  συνοικίαν  κα- 
λοϋμεν,  Aeschin.  17,  29  :— at  Athens, 
these  lodging-houses  were  a  common 
investment  of  money,  Dem.  916.  6 ; 
1110,  12;  cf  Bockh  P.  E.  1,90,  Diet. 
Antiqq.  s.  v. — 2.  an  additional  building, 
side-roojn,  nut-house,  Ar.  Eq.  1001  ; 
(unless  here  too  it  is  a  hired  room) ; 
V.  Schol.  ad  1. — 3.  generally,  the 
neighbourhood,  Plut.  2,  280  E,  etc.  :  in 
plur.  ai  ξννοικίαι,  a  village,  hamlet,  a.s 
being  made  up  of  a  number  of  poor 
houses  joined  in  one,  Polyb.  16,  11, 
1. 

Συνοικία,  (sc.  Ιερά),  τύ,  at  Athens, 
a  public  feast  in  memory  of  Theseus' 
uniting  all  the  toivns  of  Attica  under  the 
single  government  of  the  capital,  cele- 
brated on  the  17th  Boodromion,Thuc. 
2,  15  ;  cf  sq.  (signf  II),  and  v.  Herm. 
Pol.  Ant.  §  97,  8  : — τύ.  συνοικέσια  is 
a  later  form  ;  cf  also  μετοίκιον  II. 

Συνοικίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (σνν,  οίκίζω)  to 
make  to  live  with,  τινά  τινι,  esp.  in 
marriage,  Epich.  p.  92,  Isocr.  391  C  ; 
σ.  Tivl  την  θυγατέρα,  to  give  him 
one's  daughter  in  marriage,  Hdt.  2, 
121,  6;  σ.  νύμφας  ννμώίοις.  Plat. 
Rep.  546  D;  so,  σ.  είνήν  τινι,  Eur. 
Η.  F.  68. — 2.  to  make  to  live  together, 
join  in  one  city,  unite  under  a  capital  or 
metropolis,  ξ.  πάντας  (sc.  ες  τας 
Αθήνας),  Thuc.  2,  15,  cf  foreg. ;  so, 
ξ.  την  Αέσβον  ες  την  Μυτιλήνην, 
Thuc.  3,  2  ;  hence,  πόλεως  ξυνοικισ- 
θείσης,  when  the  city  becaine  a  regular 
capital,  opp.  to  κατά  κώμας  οΐκίζεσ- 
θαι.  Id.  1,  10,  cf  2,  16,  Dem.  425,  18. 
— II.  to  join  in  peopling  or  colonising 
a  country,  την  Ύροίαν,  Eur.  Hec. 
1139  ;  cf.  Thuc.  1,  24  ;  6,  5.     Hence 

Συνοίκϊσις,  εως,  ή,  α  making  to  live 
together,  joining  tmder  one  city  as  a  cap- 
ital, Thuc.  3,  3  ;  cf  foreg  I,  2. 

Συνοικισμός,  ov,  o,  =  foreg.  Po- 
lyb. 4,  33,  7. — II.  intercourse,  marriage, 
Diod.  18,  23;  ανδρός  και  γυναικός, 
Plut.  Sol.  20. 

Σννοικιστήρ,  ηρος,  ό,  (συνοικίζω) 
one  who  joins  in  peopling,  a  fellow-colo- 
nist, Pind.  O.  6,  8,  Fr.  185. 

Συνοικιστής,  ov,  ό,=  foreg. 

Συνοικοδομέω,  ω,  (σνν,  οίκοδομέω) 
to  build  together,  Plut.  Thes.  et  Rom. 
4,  N.  T.  ^ 

Σννοικονομέω,  ώ,  (συν,  οίκονομέω) 
to  goverji  along  with  or  together,  Lon- 
gin.  ^ 

Σννοικος,  ov,  (σνν,  οίκος)  dwelling 
or  living  with  or  together,  τινί,  Hdt.  I, 
57 ;  7,  73,  Aesch.  Theb.  188,  etc.  : 
τινός.  Soph.  Ant.  451  ;  ξννοικον  δέ- 
χεσθαι, Ar.  Plut.  1147  : — esp.  in  plur., 
joint-inhabitants,  Thuc.  4,  64,  etc. : — 
oft.  tnetaph.,  living  with,  wedded  to, 
used  to,  ξ.  άλλαγφ  βίου.  Soph.  Ο.  Τ. 
1206;  ξ.  ένδεια,  κακώ,  etc.,  Plat. 
Symp.  203  D,  Rep.  367'  A  ;  and  then, 
reversely,  βλάβη,  έρως  σ.  μοι.  Soph. 
El.  775,  Xen.  Symp.  8,  24  :— ό  δνς- 
φιλεΐ  σκότω  λιμός  ξννοικος,  Aesch. 
Ag.  1642. 

Σννοικονρέω,  ώ,  to  help  in  watching 
the  house,  live  at  home  together,  Dion. 
H. :  from 

Σννοικονρός,  όν,  (σνν,  οίκονρός) 
living  at  home  together:  c.  gen.,  σ. 
κακών,  a  partner  in  mischief,  Eur. 
Hipp.  1069. 

Σννοικτ'ιζω,  (σνν,  οίκτίζω)  to  pity 
along  with  or  together,  c.  acc,  Xen. 
Cyr.  4,  6,  5. — II.  intr.,  to  feel  or  show 
compassion. 

Σννοίμιος,  ov,  (σνν,  ο'ιμη)  agreeing 
or  harmonising  with,  like  σύμφωνος, 
c.  dat.,  φόρμιγγι  σ.  ύμνος,  Αρ.  Rh. 
2,  161. 


ΣΤΝΟ 

Συνοίομαι,  aor.  -οιήθην,  (σνν,  οίο- 
μαί)  dep.  pass. : — to  suppose  the  same 
with  another,  agree  with  him,  Plat. 
Rep.  500  A,  517  C,  etc. 

Σννοισις,  εως,  ή  .future  profit ,  Plut. . 
fronfi 

ΣυΐΌί'σω,  fut.  of  σνμφέρω,  mid. 
σννοίσομαι,  II.  8,  400  :  neut.  part,  το 
συνοΐσον,^οτ^ξ. 

ΣυνοκλΛζω,  f.  -ίσω,  to  cower  togeth- 
er, si7ik  on  one  knee. 

Σννόκτω,  οι,  a'l,  τά,  (σνν,  οκτώ) 
eight  together,  by  eights,  Lat.  octoni, 
Sopat.  ap.  Ath.  702  C. 

Σννοκωχή,  ης,  ή,  like  συνοχή,  a 
joining,  junction,  σ.  στήθεος,  Foes. 
Oec.  Hipp. ;  cf  σννό^χωκα. 

Συνο'λισθαίνω,  (συν,  ολισθαίνω)  to 
slip  and  fall  together,  Plut.  Pericl.  6, 
etc. 

Σννο?ίΚή,  ης,  ή,  a  drawing  together, 
Diosc. 

Σί'νο?^κος,  ov,  (συνέλκω)  drawn  to- 
gether, Arist.  Probl.  20,  8. 

Συνόλλνμι,  (σνν,  όλ.?Λμι)  to  destroy 
along  with  or  together  : — mid.,  to  perish 
along  with,  αί'τφ  d'  oi)  ξννωλόμην 
όμον,  Eur.  Hel.  104. 

Σννο?ίθλνζω,  f  -^ω,  to  raise  a  loud 
cry  together,  esp.  of  women,  Xen.  An. 
4,  3,  19,  cf  όλυλνζω. 

Σίινολος,  ov,  also  η,  ov.  Plat.  Polit. 
299  D  (σνν,  δλος)  -.—all  together.  Plat. 
1.  c.  :  as  neut.,  to  σννυλον,  the  whole 
together ;  and,  as  adv.,  nn  the  whole,  m 
general,  at  once.  Plat.  Soph.  220  Β  : 
also  σννό?.ως,  Luc. 

Σννολοφνρομαι,  dep.  mid.,  to  wail 
with  or  together.  [<pi] 

Σννόμαιμος,  ov,=sq.,  Orph. 

Σννομαίμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  (σνν, 
όμός,  αίμα)  :  —  of  the  sayne  blood,  kin- 
dred, tPseudo-Phoc.  194t :  ό,  ή  σ.,  a 
brother,  sister,  Aesch.  Pr.  410,  Eur. 
I.  T.  848,  etc. 

Σννομάλ-ύνω,  (σνν,  όμα/.ννω)  to 
make  quite  Itvel,  Plut.  Timol.  22,  Sull. 
14. 

Σννομαρτέω,  ώ,  (σνν,  δμαρτέω)  to 
follow  along  ivith,  attend  on,  τινί,  So- 
lon 5,  55,  Eur.  Or.  950,  Periclyone 
ap.  Stob.  p.  488,  56. 

Σννομβρίζω,  (σνν,  Όμβρίζω)  to  del- 
uge with  rain,  Plut.  Fr.  9,  7. 

ΣννομβροΓ,  ov,  joined  οτ  mixed  xrith 
rain. 

Σννόμιννος,  b,  ή,  (σνν,  δμεννος)  a 
bed-fellow,  mate,  Anth.  P.  append.  244, 
384. 

Σννομήθης,  ες,^=συνήθης,  Anth.  P. 
6,  206. 

Σννομήλιξ,  Dor.  -ά?.ιξ,  ΐκος,  ό,  ή, 
like  σννήλιξ.  a  fellow,  comrade,  The- 
ogn.  1059,  Theocr.  18,  22. 

Σννομηρενω,  (σνν,  δμηρενω)  to  be 
a  joint  hostage,  Polyb.  21,  9,  9. 

Σννομήρης,  ες,  (σνν,  όμήρης)α38ειη 
bled.  Nlc.  ΑΙ.  449. 

ΣΐΊΌ,ίίίλεω,  ώ,  f  -τ/συ,  (σύν,  ΰμι- 
λέω)  to  converse  or  live  with,  τιΐ'ί, 
Ν.  Τ. 

Σννόμι/ίΟς,  ον,  living  ivith,  a  friend, 
acquaintance. 

Σννόμινμι  or  -νω  :  f.  -ομόσω  (σνν, 
δμννμι) : — to  swear  along  with  or  to- 
gether, to  join  in  a  league  or  corfederacy, 
Thuc.  5,  48;  6,  18;  ξννώμοσαν  γύρ, 
όντες  έχθιστοι  τό  πριν,  πνρ  και  θά- 
λασσα, Aesch.  Ag.  650,  cf.  σννωμύ- 
της:  but  also  simply,  like  όμννναι 
τι  τινί,  to  sircar  to  one,  or  promise  him 
by  oath.  Soph.  Phil.  1367.— II.  to  bind 
one's  self  with  another  by  oath,  conspire 
together,  έπί  τινι,  Hdt.  7.  235,  Ar.  Eq. 
236;  έπί  τίνα,  Dem.  1319.  1  ;  so,  σ. 
δρκονς  επί  τινι,  Hdt.  1,  176  :  also  σ. 
θάνατον  τινι,  to  join  in  swearing  death 
against  him,  Aesch.  Cho.  978 :  also  in 
1441 


ΣΤΝΟ 

mid.,  οΐ  σννομοσάμενοί  τινί,  his  fel- 
low-co7ispirators,  Plut.  Sertor.  27. 

Σνιχιμοιοττΰθέω,  ώ,  {συν,  δμοιοττα- 
θέω)  to  be  of  like  passions  with,  to  sym- 
pathise with,  Tivt,  Arist.  Rhet.  3,  7,  5  : 
so  ουνομοπαθέω- 

Συΐ'ομοίόω,  ώ,  {σνν,  δμοίόω)  to  make 
quite  like,  Dion.  H. 

Σννομο'λογέω,  ώ,  {σνν,  δμολογέω) 
to  say  the  same  thing  with  ;  and  SO,  to 
agree  with,  τινί,  Hdt.  2,  55  :  to  confess 
together,  confess  the  whole,  τι,  Thuc.  1, 
133  : — to  agree  mutually,  c.  acc.  et  inf., 
περί  δικαιοσννι/ς  σ.  πάντα  είναι 
ταντα  καλά.  Plat.  Legg.  859  D ;  so 
in  mid.,  Id.  Euthj'd.  280  A  :  σννωμο- 
Αογ?ιμένον  τοΰτο  κείται.  Id.  Phil.  41 
D. — II.  to  agree  to  do,  promise,  τι,  Xen. 
An.  4,  2,  19,  etc. — 111.  to  come  to  terms 
with,  make  a  covenant  with  ;  hence, 
σννθήκαι  σννωμολογημέναι,  Polyb. 
3,21,2. 

Σννομολογία,  ας,  ή,  agreement,  con- 
fession :  an  agreement,  covenant,  Plat. 
Soph.  252  Λ  :  from 

Σννομόλογος,  ov,  agreeing  to  :  con- 
fessing. 

Σννομοπΰθέΐύ,  ώ,  =  σννομοιοπα- 
θέω,  Plut.  Alcib.  23,  etc. 

Σννομορέω,  ώ,  to  border  on,  march 
with,  τινί,  Ν.  Τ.  :  from 

Συνόμορος,  ov,  (σνν,  όμορος)  bor- 
dering on,  marching  ivith. 

Σννομοσία,  ή,  worse  form  for  συν- 
ωμοσία. 

Σννομωννμεω,  ύ,  to  have  the  same 
name  with  another  :  from 

Σνί'ομώννμος,  ov,  {συν,  δμώννμος) 
having  the  same  name  with,  τινός, 
Achae.  ap.  Ath.  173  D,  Anth.  P.  G, 
206. 

Σννοξννυ-  {σνν,  οξύνω)  to  bring  to 
a  point.  Polyb.  6,  22,4.^ 

Σύνοξνς,  V,  {σνν,  οξύς)  brought  to  a 
point,  pointed,  Theophr. 

Σννοπύδός,  όν,  {σύν,  οπαδός)  fol- 
lowing along  with,  attending  on,  c.  gen., 
ΰοιδης,  Panvas.  1,  13;  c.  dat.,  βεψ, 
Plat.  Phaedr.  248  C  :  absol.,  Id.  Soph. 
216  B. 

Σννοπάζομαι,  f.  -άσομαι.  mid.  {σύν, 
υπάζω)  : — to  folloir  along  with,  attend 
on,  V.  I.  Soph.  Fr.  342  ;  Dind.  σνμ- 
πλύζομαι. 

Σννοπάων.  όνος.  ό,  ή,=  σννοπαδός, 
Ορρ.  Η.  30,  5,  Anth.  [«] 

■\Σννοπηδός,  όν.  Ion.  for  σννοπα- 
δός. 

Συνοπλίζω,  to  arm  together  : — pass., 
to  be  a  companion  in  arms. 

Σύνοπλος,  ov,  {σύν,  δπλον)  under 
arms  together,  allied,  δόρατα,  Eur. 
H.  F.  128. 

Σννοπλοφορέω,  ώ,  to  bear  arms  with 
or  together,  Themist. 

Σννοπτάω,  ώ,  ί.-ησω,  {σνν,  όπτάο) 
to  roast  together,  Hippoloch.  ap.  Ath. 
129  B. 

Συνοπτικός,  ή,  όν,  .teeing  the  whole 
together,  seeing  at  a  glance,  taking  a 
comprehensive  view.  Plat.  Rep.  537  C  ; 
TO  σννοπτικόν,  far-sightedness,  acute- 
ness :  from 

Σύνοπτος,  ov,  {σννόφομαι)  that  can 
be  seen  at  a  glance,  within  .light,  Arist. 
Pol.  2,  12,  9,  Polyb.  2,  28,  9  :  cf.  ευσύ- 
νοπτος. 

Συνόράσίς,  ευς,  ή,  a  seeing  all  to- 
gether, far-sightedness,  Clem.  Al. :  and 

Σννοράτικός,  ή,  όν,= συνοπτικός : 
from 

Σννοράω,  ώ,  ί.  συνόφομαι  :  cf 
σννεΐδον  {σύν,  όράω):  —  to  see  the 
whole  together,  to  see  at  a  glance,  α- 
πάντα. Plat.  Phaedr.  265  D,  etc. :  to 
take  a  view  of  a  thing,  Dem.  1122, 
16:  aor.  pass,  σννώφθη,  Polyb.  6, 
49,6. 

1442 


ΣΥΝΟ 

Σννοργ'ιάζω,  {σνν,  οργιάζω)  to  as- 
sist in  holding  orgies,  Plut.  2,  944  C. 

Σννοργίζομαι,  as  pass.  c.  fut.  mid. 
-ίσομαι,  rarely  -ισθησομαι,  as  in  Dem. 
547,  6  ;  aor.  συνωργίσβην,  {σύν,  οργί- 
ζομαι). To  be  angry  along  with  or  to- 
gether, Isocr.  78  E,  Dem.  516,  7,  and 

Συνόργιος,  ov,  {όργια)  joining  in 
celebration  of  orgies. 

Σννορέω,  ώ,  {σννορος)  to  border  on, 
be  a  neighbour,  τινί,  Polyb.  5,  55,  1. 

Σννορθιάζω,  to  set  upright  along 
with,  Philo. 

Σννορθόω,  ώ,  (σνν,  όρθόω)  to  make 
straight  together,  bring  into  order,  App. 

Σύνορθρος,  ov,  {σύν,  όρθρος)  dawn- 
ing or  coming  to  light  along  with  ;  a 
word  introduced  into  Aesch.  Ag.  254 
by  Wellauer  and  Dind. ;  cf.  σύναρ- 
θρος. 

Σννορία,  ας,  ή,  {σννορος)  neighbour- 
hood. 

Συνοριγνάομαι,  dep.  pass. ; — to  de- 
sire U'ith  or  together. 

Σννορίζω,  {■  -ίσω,  {σνν,  ορίζω)  to 
make  to  border  on,  combine,  Arist.  Coel. 
3,  8,  12. — II.  ίηΙΐ.=  αννορέω. 

Συνορίνω,  {σύν,  όρίνω)  to  rouse  or 
stir  up  together,  'iva  ol  σνν  θνμον  ορί- 
ντις,  II.  24,  467,  cf  568  :— pass.,  σνν- 
ορινόμεναι  κίννντο  φάλαγγες,  the 
lines  moved  on  by  one  impulse,  II.  4, 
332.  [t]  ^       ^ 

Σννορκος,  ov,  {σνν,  όρκος)  bound 
together  by  oath,  Xen.  Vect.  5,  9. 

Σννορμάς,  άδος,  i],  =  σννόρομάς, 
σνμπληγάς,  Simon.  163. 

Σννορμάω,  ώ,  ί.  -ήσω,  (σύν,  ορμάω) 
to  set  in  motion  Of  urge  on  together, 
Plut.  2,  1129  E.— II.  more  tisu.  mtr., 
to  move  on,  start,  .set  out  along  with  or 
together  :  so  also  in  pass. 

Συνόρμενος,  part.  aor.  mid.  of  συν- 
όρννμι. 

Σννορμέω,  ω,  f.  -ησω,  {σνν,  όρμέω) 
to  lie  at  anchor  together',  Polyb.  5,  68,  6 

Σννορμίζω,  ί.  -iaii,  {σύν.  όρμίζω) 
to  bring  to  anchor  together,  Xen.  Hell. 
1,  1,  17,  Polyb.,  etc.  :  generally,  to 
pack  close  together,  Dio  C 

Συνόρννμι,  ^=  συνορίνω :  hence 
part.  aor.  2  mid.  σννόρμενος,  having 
started  OT  set  forth  together,  Aesch.  Ag. 
420.  ^ 

Σύνορος,  01',  Ion.  σννονρος  {σνν, 
δρος)  :  border'ijtg  on,  marching  ivith, 
conterminous,  c.  πολιτεϊαι,  Arist.  Eth. 
N.  8,  10,  3,  9f.  Eth.  Eud.  7,  9,  1  : 
κόνις  πιιλ.ο^  κάσις  ξύνονρος,  dust 
twin-brnther  ο{  mvia,  Aesch.  Ag.  495. 

Σννορούω .  {σύν,  όρηνω)  to  rush  on 
with  or  together,  Ap.  Rh.  2,  88. 

Σν^οροφόω,  ώ,  {σύν,  όμοφόω)  to 
roof  over^ over-arch,  Luc.  Amor.  12. 

■  Σννορχέομαι,  (σύν,  όρχέομαι)  dep. 
mid.  : — to  dance  together,  Plut.  2,  52  B. 

Συνονλόω,  ώ,  to  scar  quite  over,  Ga- 
len.    Hence 

Συνούλωσις,  εως,  η,  a  scarring  over , 
making  quite  whole,  LXX.     Hence 

Σννου?ΜΤΐκός,  ή,  όν,  scarring  over 
and  making  whole. 

Σννουρίζω,  σννονρος,  Ion.  for  σνν- 

°P'•  .    ■.        ' 

Σννονσία,  ας,  ή.  Ion.  -ιη,  {σννειμι, 

part,  σννών,  συνονσα) : — α  being  with 
or  together,  esp.  for  purposes  of  feast- 
ing, conversing,  etc.,  a  friendly  meet- 
ing, party,  Hdt.  2,  78,  and  Plat.  ;  ή 
kv  οινω  σ.,=σνμπόσιον.  Plat.  Legg. 
652  A,  cf  Isocr.  9  A  ;  and  absol., 
Isocr.  Antid.  ^305;  σ.  ποιε'ισβαι,  to 
converse  together,  Plat.  Symp.  176 
E,  Soph.  217  D  ;  διαλύειν.  Id.  Lach. 
201  C  ;  συνονσίαν  σνγγενέσθαι.  Id. 
Legg.  672  A ;  al  σοφαΐ  ξυνονσίαι, 
of  literary  parties,  conversazioni,  At. 


ΣΤΝΟ 

Thesm.  21  ;  ή  περί  τύ,  γράμματα  ξνν. 
τύν  μανθανόντων,  of  school-boys, 
Plat.  Polit.  285  C— 2.  a  living  togeth- 
er, friendly  intercourse;  generally,  in 
tercourse,  society.  Hdt.  6,  128,  Aesch. 
Eum.  285,  Soph.,  etc.  ;  κομψός  bv 
σννονσία,  Ar.  Nub.  649  ;  σ.  τινός,  in 
tercourse  with  one,  Soph.  Fr.  12,  Ar. 
Eccl.  110,  Plat.,  etc. : — but,  ξννουσί 
ai  θηρών.^=οΙ  ξυνόντες  θήρες.  Soph. 
Phil.  936 ;  so,  όταν  δε  πλησθ^ς  της 
νόσου  ξυνονσία,  lb.  520: — the  method 
or  rules  of  society,  Plat.  Theag.  130 
Ε  ;  οΰ  λόγοις  .  .  άλ?Μ  Ty  ξννοΐ'σίφ, 
but  by  custom.  Soph.  O.  C.  63. — 3. 
esp.,  sexual  intercourse,  Lat.  coitus. 
Plat.  Symp.  191  C,  206  C,  etc.  ;  αν- 
δρός σ.,  Ju.sjur.  ap.  Dem.  1371,  22. 
Hence 

Συνουσιάζω,  to  keep  company  with  : 
esp.,  to  have  sexual  intercourse,  Theo- 
pomp.  ap.  Ath.  526  E.     Hence 

Σννονσίασις,  εως,  η.  Philo  ;  and 
σννονσιααμός,  ov,  ό,  Plut.  2,  1  D;  = 
σννονσία,  esp.  sexual  intercourse. 

Σννονσιαστης,  ov,  ό,  {σννονσιάζω) 
one  who  keeps  company  with,  a  compan 
ion.  Plat.  Minos  319  Ε  ;  a  disciple, 
Xen.  Mem.  1,  6,  1.     Hence 

Σννονσιαστικός,  ή,  όν,  suited  for 
society  or  company,  agreeable,  Ar.  Vesp. 
1209  ;  esp.,  given  to  se.vual  intercourse. 

Σννονσιόω,  ύ,  to  connect  essentially 
with  : — pass.,  to  agree  essentially  with, 
τινί.     Hence 

Σννονσίωσις,  ή,  essential  connexion. 

Σννοφρϋόομαι,  {σύν.  όφρνόομαι)  as 
pass.,  to  knit  the  brow,  άήθης  και  ξνν- 
ωφρνωμέντι,η'ίίΐι  bent  and  gloomy  brow. 
Soph.  Tr.  869  :  ξυνωφρνωμένω  προς- 
ώπφ,  with  frowning,  gloomy  counte- 
nance, Eur.  Ale.  777,  cf.  800. 

Σύνοφρνς,  V,  gen.  νος,  {συν,  όφρνς) 
with  meeting  eyebrows,  Arist.  Physi- 
ogn.  6,  41  ;— of  girls,  Theocr.  8,  73; 
σννόφρνν  βλεφάρων  ιτνν  κελαίνην, 
Anacreont.  15,  16; — still  cousidered 
as  a  beauty  in  the  East. — II.  with 
knitted  brow. 

Συνοφρνωμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  meeting  of 
the  eye-brows. 

Σννοχεύς,  έως,  δ,  {σννέχω)  that 
which  holds  together,  a  hold-fast. 

Σννοχέω,  ώ,  {σύν,  όχίω)  to  carry 
with  or  together : — pass.,  to  travel  to- 
gether in  a  chariot,  Plut.  Anton.  11, 
etc. 

Συνοχή,  ης,  ή,  Att.  ξννοχή,  (συνέ- 
χω) : — α  being  held  together,  meeting, 
joining,  kv  ξννοχ7]σιν  όδον,  at  the 
cross-roads,  II.  23,  330;  but,  ξννο• 
Xyaiv  αγώνος,  in  battle-con^icis,  Q. 
sin.  4,  342,  cf  Ap.  Rh.  1,'  160.— 2. 
melaph.  distress,  anguish,  LXX.,  and 
N.  T. — II.  α  fastening,  band,  Arist. 
Top.  4,  2,  13  :  of  a  belt  or  girdle,  A  p. 
Rh.  1,  744,  cf.  0pp.  H.  5,  131  :— in 
plur.,  bonds,  Manetho.     Hence 

Σννοχηδόν,  adv.,  holding  together, 
Anth.  P.  9,  343. 

Σννοχμάζω,  {σνν,  δχμάζω),  to  hold    • 
or  bind  together,  Luc.  ί  ragop.  215. 

Σννοχμός,  ov,  δ,=  σννοχή,  σννεο- 
χμός  (q.  v.),  II.  14,  465. 

Σύνοχος,  ov,  (σννέχω)  like  σννε- 
χής,  joined  together :  metaph.,  agreeing 
with,  suiting,  τινί,  Eur.  Bacch.  161, 
Hel.  171. — 2.  of  Time,  lasting,  perpet- 
ual. 

Σννόχωκα,  old  Ep.  and  Ion.  intr. 
pf  of  σννέχω,  for  σννύκωχα  : — to  be 
held  together,  come  togetlwr,  ώμω  έπΙ 
στήθος  σννοχωκότε ,shouk\ers  bending 
towards  each  other  over  the  chest,  II. 
2,  218:  cf  συνοκωχή.- — II.  to  fall  to- 
gether, sink  down,  Q.  Sm.  7,  502. — On 
the  form  v.  Buttm.  Ausf  Gr.  ij  85 
Anm.  5. 


ΣΥΝΤ 

"Σννοψίς,  εως,  ή,  α  seeing  all  togeth- 
er ;  and,  generally,  a  general  view,  con- 
templation. Plat.  Legg.  858  C  :  σνν- 
ακτέον  εις  σ-,  one  must  bring  under 
one  view.  Id.  Rep.  537  C  ;  νττο  μίαν 
,σ.  άγαγεϊν,  Polyb.  1,  4,  1  ;  εν  σ.  ά'λ• 
λτ/λοιν,  in  sight  of  one  another,  lb. 
40,  5,  6. — II.  a  general  vieiu  of  a  sub- 
ject, synopsis,  Plut.  2,  1057  C  :  from 

Σννόφομαι,  fut.  of  σννοράω. 

Σννοψοφΰγέω,  ώ, {συν,  όψοφαγίω) 
to  be  gluttonous  with  or  together,  Plut. 
124  0. 

Συνσ-,  σννσκ-,  συνστ-: — for  words 
wrongly  so  written  v.  sub  συσσ-, 
ονσκ;  αυστ-. 

Συνταγή,  ής,  η,  (συντάσσω) : — α 
putting  together  in  order,  arranging,  esp. 
β  physician^s  prescription,  Artemid.  4, 
22. — II.  in  plur.  συνταγαί,  like  σνν- 
θηκαί,  a  covenant,  treaty,  Iambi. 

Σύνταγμα,  ατός,  τό.  {συντάσσω) 
that  which  is  put  together  in  order  : 
hence, — 1.  σ.  οπλιτών.  Ιππέων,  etc., 
α  body  of  troops  drawn  up  in  order; 
generally,  a  body  of  troops,  a  squadron, 
a  corps,'Xen.  Hell.  3,  4,  2,  Polyb.  9, 

3,  9,  etc. — 2.  the  constitution  of  a  state, 
σ.  πολιτείας,  a  form  of  constitution, 
Isocr.  145  B,  264  C— 3.  a  table  or 
schedule  regularly  drawn  out,  σ.  συν- 
τάσσειν,  Aeschin.  67,  16. — 4.  an  ar- 
rangement of  musical  7iotes,  like  apuo- 
via,  a  mode,  Αωρικον  σ.,  Arist.  Pol. 

4,  3,  7.-5.  a  regular  collection  of  writ- 
ings, a  work,  book,  Plut.  2,  1036  C, 
etc.     Hence 

Συνταγματάρχης,  ov,  b,  (άρχω) 
the  leader  of  a  σύνταγμα  (1),  Luc. 
Bacch.  2,  Pseudol.  18. 

Συνταγματικός,  ή,  όν,  of  or  like  a 
σύνταγμα:  τα  συνταγματικά,  a  reg- 
ular, set  treatise,  opp.  to  νπομνηματι- 
κά,  Ammon. 

Συνταγμάτων,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from 
σίη'ταγμα. 

Συντάκ7ΐς,  ές,  {συντήκω)  asthmatic, 
Philostr. 

Συντακτέον,  verb.  adj.  from  συν- 
τάσσω, one  must  arrange,  Luc. 

Συντακτήριος,  ov,  and  συντακτι- 
κός, 7],  όν,  {συντάσσω)  putting  togeth- 
er in  order,  arranging. — II.  (from  mid. 
4)  oforfor  departure  ;  σ.  λόγος,  afare- 
u'e//-speech. 

Συντακτός,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from 
συντάσσω,  put  together  in  order,  estab- 
lished, Diog.  L.  7,  58,  64. 

Σνντάλαιπωρέω,  ω,  f.  -ήσω,  {συν, 
ταλαιπωρέω)  to  endure  along  with  or 
together,  τι.  Soph.  O.  C.  1136  ;  to  share 
in  misery,  μετά  Τίνος,  Ar.  Lys.  1221. 
Also  sometimes  as  dep.  pass.,  -πω- 
ρέομαι. 

Σνντάλάσιουργέω,  ώ,  to  work  wool 
together,  Ath.  516  B. 

Συντάμιείας,  ov,  b,  and  συντάμίας, 
ov,  b,  {συν,  ταμίας)  a  colleague  in  the 
quaestorship,  Dio  C. 

Συντάμνω,  Ion.  for  συντέμνω,  Hdt. 

Συντΰνύω.=  συντείνω,  to  stretch  to- 
gether, τΓολ/ών  πείρατα  συνταννσαις 
εν  βραχεί,  bringing  the  issues  of  many 
events  io^ei/i er  in  small  compass,  Pind. 
P.  1,  158. 

Σΰνταξις,  εως,  η,  {συντάσσω)  a  put- 
ting together  in  order,  arranging.  Plat. 
Tim.  24  C  :  esp.,  of  soldiers,  a  draw- 
ing up  in  order,  array,  Thuc.  6,  42  ;  σ. 
ποιεΐσθαι,  Xen.  Cyr.  2,  4,  1. — 2.  or- 
der, σ-  στρατιωτική,  military  disci- 
pline, Xen.  Cyr.  8,  1,  14: — arrange- 
ment, system,  method,  Lat.  constitutio, 
Plat.  Kep.  591  D ;  σ.  τον  ποιεΐν  τι, 
Dem.  14,  27  :  a  position,  condition,  ή 
του  άρχοντος  σ..  Plat.  Rep.  462  C  : — 
organization,  Dem.  182,  25. — 3.  a  put- 
ting together,  compiling  a  book,  histo- 


ΣΤΝΤ 

ry  :  hence,  ο  writing,  narrative,  Polyb. 
1,  4,  2,  etc. — 4.  in  Gramm.  the  combi- 
nation of  words  and  sentences,  the  doc- 
trine of  grammatical  connexion,  syntax. 
— II.  like  σύνταγμα,  that  which  is  put 
together,  esp.  a  body  of  troops,  ή  εις 
μυρίους  σ.,  Xen.  Hell.  5, 2,  37  ;  σ.  Έλ- 
ληνική,  the  combined  forces  of  Greece, 
Plut.  Aristid.  21. — 2.  a  covenant,  con- 
tract, Dem.  1334,  12. — 3.  an  assigned 
impost,  contribution,  euphem.  for  φό- 
ρος, tribute  or  tax,  Dem.  60,  11;  σ. 
τελείν,  νποτε?ιείν,  Aeschin.  67,  21, 
Isocr.  140  Β  :  introduced  at  Athens 
by  Callistratus,  v.  Bockh  P.  E.  2, 
162. — 4.  covenanted  pay  or  reward,  a 
more  delicate  word  than  μισθός,  first 
in  Dem.  95,  9,  and  20;  305,  16:  an 
annual  allowance,  salary,  pension,  Plut. 
Alex.  21,  Lucull.  2. 

Συντΰπεινόω,  ω,  {συν,  τηπεινόω) 
to  join  in  humbling,  reducing,  Strab. 

Συντάραξις,  εως,  ή,  a  total  confu- 
sion, Arist.  Probl.  1,  4:  [ru]  from 

Συνταράσσω,  Att.  -ττω  ;  i.  -ξω, 
{σύν,  ταράσσω) : — to  throw  all  together 
into  confusion,  to  disturb,  trouble,  Lat. 
conturbare,  σύν  6'  ϊππονς  ετάραζε,  II. 
8,  86 ;  so,  συν  δ'  ήμϊν  ύαΐτα  ταρ.,  II. 
1,  579:  σ.  την  κρήνην,  to  trouble  the 
water,  Hdt.  9,  49  ;  so.  σ.  την  Έλλά- 
6a,  Id.  3,  138  :  to  trouble,  to  confound, 
perplex,  Ar.  Nub.  1037  ;  σ.  τά  πράγ- 
ματα, Dem.  714,  26;  etc.: — pass., 
to  be  troubled,  thrown  into  confusion,  of 
soldiers,  Thuc.  7,  81  ;  of  social  or- 
der. Soph.  Ant.  1067,  Xen.  Hell.  3, 
4,  7  ;  ξυνταραχθέντος  βίου,  Thuc.  3, 
84  ;  νόμοι  σ.,  all  legal  order  was  at  an 
end,  Thuc.  2,  52  ;  αίθηρ  πόντω  ξνν- 
τετάρακται,  Aesch.  Pr.  1088  ;  to  be 
much  distressed,  νόσω.  Plat.  Legg.  798 
Α.— II.  c.  ace.  rei,  σ.  πό7\εμον,  to  stir 
up  war,  Polyb.  4,  14,  4,  Plut. 

Σννταργΰνόω,  ώ,  {σύν,  ταργανόω) 
to  wrap  up.  Lye.  1101. 

Σύνταρ()ος,  ov,  {συν,  ταββός,  ταρ- 
σός) : — interwoven,  entangled,  δένύρον 
σ.,  a  tree  with  interlacing  roots,  The- 
ophr.     Hence 

Σννταββόω,  ώ,  to  interweave,  entan- 
gle ;  in  pass.,  to  be  full  of  entangled 
roots,  Theophr. 

Σύντάσις.  εως,  ή,  (συντείνω)  a 
stretching  together,  straining,  exertion, 
Plat.  Symp.  206  B,  Phil.  46  D.— Π. 
distension,  Hipp. 

Συντάσσω,  Att.  -ττω  ;  f.  -ξω,  {σύν, 
τάσσω) : — to  put  together  in  order,  esp. 
to  draw  up  soldiers  in  order,  put  an  ar- 
my in  array,  like  διατάσσω,  Hdt.  7, 
78,  Xen.  Cyr.  3,  1,  2,  etc. :  but,  also, 
to  draw  tip  along  with  Others,  form  into 
one  body  with  them,  lb.  6,  4,  14,  Hell. 
4.  8,  28. — 2.  generally,  to  arrange,  or- 
der as  parts  of  a  whole,  organise,  Lat. 
conslituere,  το  σώμα,  Plat.  Gorg.  504 
A  :  to  regulate,  ordain,  τας  ώρας.  Id. 
Phil.  30  C,  etc.  :  to  contrive  by  art, 
Dem.  888,  26  :— cf.  σύνταγμα  4.-3. 
to  ordain,  cow.mand,  τινά  ποιεΙν  τι, 
Xen.  Cyr.  8,  6,  8  ;  also,  σ.  τινί  τι. 
Plat.  Legg.  625  C— 4.  to  put  together 
or  compose  a  narrative,  Polyb.  2,  40, 
4. — 5.  to  impose  a  tax  or  tribute  on,  cf. 
B.  4. — II.  pass.,  to  be  drawn  up  in  or- 
der, Xen.  Cyr.  1,  4,  18,  etc.— 2.  to  be 
joined  to,  τινί,  Plat.  Legg.  903  D  ;  ol 
συντεταγμένοι,  conspirators,  Xen. 
Hell.  3,  3,  7.-3.  metaph.,  to  rally,  col- 
lect one's  self,  be  collected  OX  firm,  ο  συν- 
τεταγμένος, a  sober,  steady  man,  lb. 
4,  8,  22 ;  πριν  σννταχθήναι  την  δό- 
ξαν,  before  their  minds  are  collected, 
their  courage  screwed  up,  Thuc.  5,  9. 
— 4.  to  be  assessed  for  taxation,  Dem. 
167,  6  ;  168,  21.— III.  mid.,  toput  one's 
self  in  order  of  battle,  form,  Ar.  Lys. 


ΣΥΝΤ 

452 ;  τισί  or  μετά  τίνων,  in  the  same 
body  as  others,  Xen.  Hell.  1,  2,  15, 
Vect.  2,  3. — 3.  to  arrange  for  one's  self , 
and  so  much  like  the  act.,  to  ordain, 
Plat.  Legg.  625  E,  cf.  781  Β  :  σ.  λό- 
γους, to  put  together,  compose  them, 
Plat.  Phaedr.  263  Ε  ;  βίβλον,  Polyb. 
1,  3,  8  ;  (and  absol.,  to  write,  υπέρ  τί- 
νος. Id.  9,  2,  2)  ;  σ.  ΰπόθεσιν,  to  treat 
ο/ a  subject,  Schaf.  Dion.  Comp.  70. 
— 3.  to  agree  together,  bargain,  Dem. 
344,  fin.  ;  Aeschin.  14,  33  ;  προς  άλ- 
λήλονς,  Polyb.  3,  67,  1  : — (so  in  pass,, 
TO  συντεταγ.μένον  and  το  συνταχΟέν, 
an  agreement,  Polyb.  3,  42,  9,  etc.  ;  cf. 
σύνταξις  II.  4). — 4.  later,  to  take  leave 
of  one,  bid  him  farewell,  τινί,  Jac 
A  nth.  P.  p.  Ixviii. 

Συντάτέον,  verb.  adj.  from  συντεί- 
νω, one  must  use  exertion,  strive  earnest- 
ly, Ep.  Plat.  340  C. 

Συντάτικός,  ή,  όν,{συντείνω)  strain- 
ing, drawing  tight. 

Σνντάφος,  ov,  {σύν,  τάφος)  buried 
along  with,  together,  in  the  same  grave, 
Plat.  Legg.  873  D. 

Συντάχύνω,  {σύν,  ταχυνω)  to  help 
to  urge  on,  hurry,  Hdt.  3,  71. — IJ.  intr., 
to  hasten.  Id.  3,  72;  b  βίος  συνταχύ- 
νεί,  life  hastens  to  an  end.  Id.  2,  133. 

Συντείνω,  {σύν,  τείνω)  to  stretch  to- 
gether, strain,  draw  tight,  Eur.  Hipp. 
257 ;  σ.  τά  νενρα,  opp.  to  χα?ίάω. 
Plat.  Phaed.  98  D  :  metaph.,  to  exert, 
ποδός  όρμήν,  Eur.  El.  112;  to  urge 
on,  excite,  δρόμημα  κυνών,  Id.  Bacch. 
872  ;  σ.  τινά  εΙς  or  επί  τι,  Plat.  Gorg. 
507  D,  Legg.  641  Ε  ;  σ.  έαυτύν,  Id. 
Euthyphr.  12  A  : — pass.,  to  exert  one's 
self,  endeavour,  c.  inf ,  Plat.  Rep.  504 
Ε  ;  ξνντεταμένον  τε  και  σπουδάζον- 
τα, Id.  Euthyd.  288  D  ;  γνώμ7)  συν- 
τεταμένοι,  earnestly,  seriously,  Xen. 
Oec.  2,  'l8. — II.  intr.,  to  exert  one's 
self,  strive.  Plat.  Soph.  239  Β  :— 
hence,  like  Lat.  contendere,  to  haste, 
haste7i,  σ.  δρόμω  εις  άστυ,  Plut.  Nic. 
30  : — to  increase,  συντείνοντας  τοϋ  κα- 
κού, Plut.  Dio  45. — 2.  to  direct  all  one's 
poiuers  to  one  object,  tend  towards, 
Lat.  tendere  ad..,  c.  inf.,  Eur.  Hec. 
190  ;  εις,  επί,  προς  τι.  Plat.  Legg. 
903  C,  Polit.  294  B,  Legg. 903  C,  Xen. 
Ages.  7, 1  :  and  more  literally,  σ.  τοις 
τόξοις,  to  aim  at..,  Hipp. 

Συντειχίζω,  f  -ίσω,  {σύν,  τειχίζω) 
to  help  to  build  a  wall  or  fortification, 
Thuc.  4,  57,  Xen.  Cyr.  3,  2,  24. 

Σνντεκμαίρομαι,  {σύν,  τεκμαίρο- 
μαι) dep.  mid.,  to  conjecture  from  signs 
or  symptoms.  Foes.  Oec.  Hipp.  :  to 
guess,  calculate,  Thuc.  2,  76,  Xen. 
Symp.  2,  8. 

Συντεκνοποιέω,  ω,  {σύν,  τέκνο 
ποιέω)  to  breed  children  with  one,  of  the 
woman,  Xen.  Mem.  2,  2,  5. 

Συντεκνόω,  u,^{oxeg. ;  generally, 
to  breed.  At.  Thesm.  15. 

Συντεκταίνομαι,  {  σύν,  τεκταίνω  ) 
dep. mid., to  helpto  build,  make  or  frame, 
Plat.  Tim. 30  B,  45  B,  Ap.  Rh.  1,  1295. 

Σνντε?^θω.=συντελέω  II.  2,  to 
belong  to,  Pmd.  P.  9,  100. 

Συντέλεια,  ας,  ή,  {σνντελέω) : — α 
paying  in  together;  a  joint  or  common 
contribution  for  the  public  burdens,  σ. 
ποιεΐν,  Dem.  306,  18.— II.  at  Athens, 
a  subdivision  of  the  συμμορία,  (q.  v.), 
consisting  of  5,  6,  or  15  citizens,  who 
equipped  a  ship  for  the  public  service 
at  their  joint  expense,  and  were 
called  συντελείς,  Hyperid.  ap.  Harp.; 
but  the  subject  is  very  obscure,  v. 
Bockh  P.  E.  2,  344  sq. — 2.  any  simi- 
lar partnership  for  bearing  public  bur- 
dens, εις  σ.  άγειν  τάς  λειτουργίας,  to 
impose  the  liturgies  on  a  company, 
not  on  one  person  (as  was  usual) 
1443 


ΣΤΝΤ 

Dem.  463,  24,  cf.  262,  8  :  generally,  a 
club,  company,  Plat.  Legg.  905  Β ; 
hence,  σ.  βίων  (who  separately  were 
called  ri/.eioi),  Aesch.  Theb.  251  : — 
a  federal  union  of  cities  with  a  common 
treasury,  Polyb.  5,  94,  1,  Plut.  Philop. 
et  Flam.  1. — 111.  the  combination  of 
parts  to  one  end,  nnity  of  a  scheme. 
Plat.  Legg.  005  β  : — accomplishment 
of  a  scheme,  opp.  to  i-ijSo7a/,  etc., 
Polyb.  1,  3,  3  ;  4,  3,  etc. ;  σ.  ίπίθεΐναί 
TLVL,  III.  11,  33,  7.-2.  in  grammar, 
the  perfect  tense,  Dem.  Phal.— IV.  in 
later  philosophers,  like  εντελέχεια, 
reality,  Occll.  Luc. 

Σνιτίλίίόω,  ώ,  to  rnake  quite  perfect, 
Clem.  Al.     Hence 

Σνντε?.εί(.>(7ΐς,  ευς,  ή,  a  completion  ; 
esp.  a  perfect,  completed  action,  Opp.  to 
παρύτασίΓ,  Gramm. 

Σνί'τέ'λεσμα,  ατός,  τύ,  (σνντελέω) 
a  joint  contribution,  tax,  LXX. — IL  ac- 
complishment, completion. 

Συντίλεστι/ς,  ov,  a  member  of  a  συν- 
τέλεια, (II). — 11.  a  completer,  finisher : 
hence 

Συντελεστικός,  η,  όν,  complete,  per- 
fect :  6  a.{sQ.  χρόνος)  the  perfect  tense, 
Gramm. 

Σνντελεστρια,  ας,  η,  fern,  of  συν- 
τελεστής. 

Σνντελευτάω,  ώ,  f.  -τ/σω,  {συν,  τε- 
?.εντάω)  to  help  to  brin^  to  an  end. — II. 
intr.,  to  die  along  with  or  together,  Diod. 

Συντελεί^,  ώ,  f.  -έσoJ,  {συν,  τελέω) 
to  bring  to  one  end  together,  bring  quite 
to  an  end,  finish,  σ.  την  δαπάνην,  to 
make  np  the  whole  sum,  Detn.  183,  13  ; 
so  too,  σ.  (sc.  τα  άρματα)  εις  τα  εκα- 
τόν άρματα,  to  make  up  the  number 
100,Xen.Cyr.  6, 1,50:— ofaworkman, 
to  finish  off,  make,  σ.  γεϊσον,  Lys.  ap. 
Po"ll. ;  στέφανον,  ap.  Dem.  522,  4.-2. 
to  perform  or  celebrate  sacred  rites,  uyi- 
στείας,  Plat.  Ax.  371  D  ;  τα  ΊσΟμια, 
etc.,  Plut.  Ages.  21  ;  etc. — II.  to  pay 
joint  taxes,  tribute,  to  incur  joint  expense  : 
σ.  ίξήκοντα  τάλαντα.  Aeschin.  67,17  : 
but  mostly,  without  the  sum  express- 
ed, σ.  εις  τυν  πό?^εμον  εν  ταϊς  είςφο- 
ραΐς,  to  pay  all  alike  in  the  είςφοραί, 
towards  the  war,  Dem.  465,  23. — 2. 
σνντε/.εΐν  εις  τους  ί-ττεϊς,  etc.,  strict- 
ly to  pay  to  the  knights  or  the  class  of 
knights,  and  so  to  belong  to  this  class 
or  body  (because  at  Athens  all  citizens 
were  classed  ace.  to  their  τίμημα,  or 
rateable  property) ;  then,  generally,  to 
belong  to  it,  be  counted  in  a  class  or 
body,  σ.  εις  άνδρας,  Isocr.  277  Β  ;  σ- 
εις τους  νόθυνς.  Dem.  691,  18:  of. 
τελέω  111 :  so,  also,  σ.  εΙς  Όρχομε- 
νόν,  εις  το  Άρκαδικόν,  etc.,  used  esp. 
of  a  number  of  small  states  tributary 
to  or  under  the  protection  of  a  larger, 
Thuc.  4,  76,  Xen.  Hell.  7,  4,  12: 
hence,  also,  to  gn  to  make  up  the  whole, 
belong  to,  count  as  part  of  a.  people,  εις 
τινας,  V.  Arnold  Thuc.  2,  15  :  also  c. 
dat.,  σ.  Βηβαίοις,  Isocr.  298  Β,  cf. 
Plut.  .\rat.  34  ;  hence,  σνντελείν  τύ 
βίω,  Alex.  Incert.  31.     Hence 

Συντε?.7]ς,  ές,  effecting  joint  pay- 
rrienls,  paying  joint  taxes  or  tributes, 
Antipho  ap.  Harp. ;  'έκτος  καΐ  δέκα- 
τος σ-,  paying  a  sixteenth  share,  ap. 
Dem.  201,  3  : — hence,  belonging  to  the 
same  συντέλεια  (II)  or  company,  Dem. 
564,  27  : — σ.  ττόλις,  the  city  which  had 
to  pay  a  part  of  the  penalty,  Aesch. 
Ag.  532. — 2.  rated  in  the  same  class, 
counted  among,  belonging  to: — absol., 
σ.  μόρια,  the  component  parts,  Arist. 
Part.  An.  3,  14,  3  :  cf.  σνντελέω  II. 
2. — 3.  tributary  to  another  state,  depend- 
ent upon  it,  Lat.  contributus,  7ϊό7\,ιν 
ης  αντονς  συντελη  ποιείν,  Dem.  198, 
15.  Hence 
1444 


ΣΤΝΤ 

Σνντελικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to  a 
σνντελής,  or  συντέλεια,  (11) :  το  συν- 
τελικόν=συντέλεια,  α  body  of  persons 
paying  lax  jointly,  Lat.  contributi,  Po- 
lyb. 40.3,4. — II.  intiramm.,;j;poi'of  σ., 
the  perfect  tense  ;  /i/7/ia  σ.,  virbum  per- 
fect um:  στύσιςσ-,  status  facti  seu  prae- 
teriti  et  consummati,  Quintil.  3,  6,  46. 

Συντέμνω,  Ion.  -τάμνω,  Hdt. ;  fut. 
-τεμώ  {σύν,  τέμνω): — to  cut  alt  m  pie- 
ces, to  chop  up,  Ar.  Ran.  1262  :  to  di- 
vide. Plat.  Polit.  261  Α.— II.  to  cut 
down,  cut  short,  Lat.  concidere,  σ.  τάς 
πρώρας  ες  ελαττον,  Thuc.  7,  36 ; 
τους  χιτώνας,  to  cut  out,  shape  them, 
Xen.  Cyr.  8,  2,  5  ;  ξυντέμνει  δ'  ορός 
νγράς  θαλάσσης,  the  sea  cuts  short  my 
realm,  Aesch.  Supp.  258 : — meiaph.,  <o 
cut  short,  abridge,  σ.  πολ7.ους  iv  βρα- 
χεί λύγους,  Ar.  Thesm.  178  ;  συντέ- 
μνε μοι  τας  αποκρίσεις  και  βραχντέ- 
ρας  ποιεί.  Plat.  Prot.  334  D  (cf.  infra 
III.  2) ;  to  cut  down,  σ.  την  μισθοφο- 
ράν,  Thuc.  8,  45  ;  σ.  τάς  δαπύνας  εις 
τά  καθ'  ήμέραν,  to  cut  doum  one's  ex- 
penses to  one's  daily  wants,  Xen., 
Ilier.  4,  9  ;  so,  σ.  είς  εντέ7^ειαν,  Thuc. 
8,  86;  also,  σ.  τιμάς,  Aesch.  Eum. 
227  ;  συντέμνονσι  θεών  βλάβαι  τους 
κακόφρονας.  Soph.  Ant.  1103;  so  in 
mid..  Id.  Fr.  678,  16.— HI.  seemingly 
intr., — 1.  (sub.  όδόν),  to  cut  the  road 
short,  cut  across,  σ.  άπ'  'Αμπέλου  άκ- 
ρης επΙ  Καναστραίΐ]ν  άκρην,  Hdt.  7, 
123:  cf.  σύντομος  II. — 2.  (sub.  λό}Όν, 
ν.  supra  II),  to  cut  the  matter  short, 
speak  briefly,  ως  δε  συντέμω,  Eur.  Tro. 
441,  cf.  Hec.  1180;  συντέμνε,  cut  short, 
make  an  end,  Mnesim.  Al'fK.  1,4;  ώς 
συντέμνοντι  ειπείν,  like  συνελόντι 
ειπείν,  or  .simply  συντέμνοντι,  Valck. 
Schol.  Phoen.  837. — 3.  τοϋ  χρόνου 
συντύμνοντος,  as  the  time  became 
short,  Lat.  instante  tempore,  Hdt.  5, 
41  :  cf.  σύντομος  II. 

Συντερετίζω,  {συν,  τερετίζω)  to 
whistle  an  accompaniment,  Theophr. 
Char.  21,  Schneid. 

Συντερμονέω,  ώ,  to  march  with,  bor- 
der on,  Tivi,  Polyb.  2,  21,  9  :  from 

Συντέρμων,  ov,  {συν,  τέρμα)  border- 
ing on,  close  together,  Anth.  Plan.  185. 

Συντέρπω,  to  delight  along  with  or 
together. 

Συντεταγμένως,  adv.  part.  pf.  pass, 
from  συντάσσω,  in  nn  orderly  manner, 
in  set  terms,  σ.  και  πιθανώς,  Plat. 
Apol.  23  Ε,  Bekker ;  cf.  sq. 

Σνντετάμένως,  adv.  part.  pf.  pass, 
from  συντείνω,  earnestlij,  eagerly,  Ar. 
Plut.  325,  Plat.  Rep.  499  A,  Phil.  59 
A,  etc. ; — usu.  with  v.  1.  συντεταγμέ- 
νως. 

Συντετραίνω :  f.  -τρήσω,  aor.  -έτρη- 
σα :  pf.  pass,  -τέτρημαι :  the  pres. 
-τιτραίνω  or  -τιτρύω  is  a  late  form, 
(σύν,  τετραίνω).  To  bore  through  so  as 
to  meet  each  other,  σ.  τους  μυχούς  αλ- 
λ/'ίλοις,  Hdt.  2,  1 1  (cf.  παραλλάσσω) ; 
την  τοϋ  ποτού  διέξοδον  σνντέτρη- 
σαν  ε'ις  τον  μνε7ί.όν,  they  carried  the 
passage  through  into  the  marrow, 
Plat.  Tim.  91  A,  cf.  Criti.  1 15  D  ;  σΐ'ΐ'- 
τμήσαι  είς  τά  τών  π7.ησίον,  to  run  out 
a  gallery  into  one's  neighbour's  mines, 
Dem.  977,  22  : — pass.,  to  be  cotmected 
by  openings  or  channels,  είς  a7i7i.?'/7.ovr, 

l''lat.  Phaed.  Ill  D,  cf.  Criti.  115  Ε  ; 
συντέτρηται  ή  ΰσφρησις  τώ  στόματι, 
Arist.  Probl.  13,  2,  cf.  33,  '17,  2 ;  so, 
είς  την  ιΙ'υχήν  ή  άκοί}  συντέτρηται, 
Plut.  2,  502  D.— II.  metaph.,  συντε- 
I  τραίνειν  μύθον  δι'  ώτων,  to  let  words 
pierce  in,  sink  deeply,  Aesch.  Cho.  451. 

Σύντενξις,  εως,  ή,  (συντυγχάνω) 
=:συντνχία  II. 

Συντεχνάζω,=  5^.,  Plut.  Timol.  10, 
Marcell.  20. 


ΣΤΝΤ 

Σνντεχνάημαι,  (συν,  τεχνάομαι) 
dep.  mid.  : — to  help  in  contriving,  σ. 
Tivi  τά  έργα,  Dem,  Phal. ;  σ.  απατην, 
Plut.  Demetr.  43. 

Συντεχνίτης,  ου,  o,=  sq, 

Σύντεχνος,  ov,  ύ,  ή,  (,σνν,  τέχνη) 
practising  the  same  art,  a  fellow  in  art, 
Ar.  Fr.  226  ;  c.  gen.,  onv's  fellow-work- 
man, Ar.  Ran.  763  ;  Minerva  is  the 
σύντεχνος  of  Vulcan,  Plat.  Polit. 
274  C. 

Σύντηγμα,  ατός,  τό,  (σνντί/κω) 
that  which  is  melted  down  anil  so  cii» 
solved,  Arist.  Somn.  3,  10. 

Σνντηκτικός,  ή,  όν,  apt  to  melt  into 
one  or  dissolve,  Arist.  Somn.  3,  10 : 
from 

Συντήκω,  f.  -ξω,  {σνν,  τήκω)  to 
melt  into  one,  melt  down,  σ.  και  σνμφύ- 
σαι  είς  το  αυτό,  Plat.  Symp.  192  Ε: 
— to  make  to  waste  or  pine  away,  ίμε 
σνντί/κουσι  νύκτες  ήμέραι  τε  όακρν- 
οις,  Eur.  Ι.  Α.  398;  also,  τον  πάντα 
σνντί/κυυσα  δακρύοις,  Id.  Med.  25. — 
2.  pass,  συντήκομαι,  aor.  1  συνετή- 
χθην,  aor.  2  σννετύκην  [ά]  :  and  in 
same  signf.  intr.  pf.  act.  συντέτηκα : 
to  melt  away,  disappear,  Xen.  Cyn.  10, 

1  : — to  waste,  fall  away,  συντήκεσθαι 
7ιύπαις,  νόσω,  Eur.  El.  240,  Or.  34, 
cf.  lb.  283,  IVIed.  689  ;  συντακεις  τφ 
έρωμένω,  melted  away  with  him,  Plat. 
Symp.  192  E.     Hence 

Σνντηξις,  εως,  ή,  a  melting  into  one, 
Theophr.,  Cic.  Att.  10,  8.— II.  a  melt- 
ing away,  wasting,  falling  away,  Hipp., 
cf.  Foes.  Oecon. 

Συντηρέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {σύν,  τηρέω) 
to  watch  closely  together,  observe  strictly, 
Polyb. :  σ.  την  γνωμών  παρ'  ίαιτώ, 
ίο  keep  it  close.  Id.  31,  6,  5:— to  take 
aim,  Plut.  Marcell.  12.     Hence 

Σιη.'τήρτ/σις,  fj,  a  watching  closely  : 
observation.     Hence 

Συντηρητικός,  ή,  όν,  watching  close- 
ly. 

Σνντίθημι,  f.  σννΟήσω,  {σύν,  τίΟη- 
μι)  : — to  place,  put  togellier,  lldt.  2,  47  ; 
4,  67,  Plat.,  etc. ;  σ.  άρθρα  στόματος, 
to  close  the  lips,  Eur.  Cycl.  625:  to 
add  together,  as  numbers,  Hdt.  3,  95. 
— 2.  to  put  together,  combine,  frame, 
build,  σ.  πεντηκοντέρυυς  και  τριή- 
ρεας,  Hdt.  7,  36  ;  to  compose,  τι  άπό 
τίνος,  Hdt.  4,  23  ;  εκ  τών  νεών  και 
τοϋ  πεζού  σνντιθέμενον,  Hdt.  7,  184  : 
σ.  το  πάν,  to  frame  the  universe,  ό 
συνθείς,  the  Creator,  Plat.  Tim.  33  D  : 
metaph.,  συντιθεις  }έλωΐ'  πολύν, 
Soph.  Aj.  303  ;  σ.  δνοΐν  άμι7.7.αν,  to 
strive  jur  two  things  at  once,  Eur.  El. 
95. — 3.  to  compose,  as  an  author  does 
a  book,  Thuc.  1,  21,  97;  σ.  μύθους, 
ποίησιν,  etc..  Plat.  Rep.  377  D, 
Phaedr.  278  C,  etc. — 4.  to  compound 
words,  Plat.  Crat.  424  E,  434  Α.— 5. 
to  plan,  devise,  contrive,  μικρόν  τινός. 
Aesch.  Supp.  65;  ύ  συνθεις  τάδε, 
Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  401;  cf.  Thuc.  8,  08: 
also,  σ.  λόγον,  to  devise  a  story,  Eur. 
Bacch.  297. — 6.  to  put  together  in  one, 
take  together,  unite,  comprehend,  πάν 
γένος  είς  εν.  Id.  Med.  747;  έν  βρα- 
χεί συνθείς  λόγω,  putting  things  short 
ly  together,  speaking  briefly,  Si;ph. 
El.  673. — 7.  to  give  into  a  person's  care, 
Tivi  Ti,  Polyb.  5,  10,  4.-8.  to  collect, 
conclude,  infer.  Id.  28,  15,  14  ;  so,  σ 
7ίθγισμώ.  Arr. 

Β.  Mid.  σνντίθεμαι,  as  first  in 
Horn.,  though  he  only  uses  the  aor. 

2  (in  signf.  I) : — 1.  strictly,  to  get  to- 
gether for  one's  self ;  and  SO,  to  observe 
a  thing,  take  heed  to  it,  σύνθετο  βον- 
λην  ϋυμώ,  II.  7,  44  ;  φμεσι  σύνΟετ' 
άου'/ν,  Od.  1,328;  and,  simply,  to 
perceive,  hear,  κ/Μΐούσης  όπα  σύνθετο, 
Od.   20,    92 ;    so,    συνθεμένος  1)ήμα 


ΣΤΝΤ 

Pind.  P.  4,  494  :  but  Horn,  has  it  usu. 
absol.  ill  the  phrase,  aii  δε  σύΐ'θεο,  do 
thou  take  heed,  II.  1,  76,  etc.  ;  σν  όέ 
σύνθεοθυμώ,  Od.  15,27.• — -2.  to  agree  on, 
•Miiclude,  σνμμαχίην,  όμαιχμίην,  etc., 
Hdt.  2,  181 ;  8,  140,  1,  etc. ;  σ.  ξεινίην 
τινί,  i.  e.  with  one,  Id.  1,  27;  ταύτα 
σννθέμεΐΌΐ,  having  agreed  on  these 
points.  Id.  1,  87;  ξυνεθεσθε  Koivy 
τάδε,  Eur.  Bacch.  807,  cf.  808;  so, 
σνντίθεμαί  τίνί  τι,  with  another,  Hdt. 

3,  157,  etc.  ;  also,  σ-  τι  προς  τίνα, 
Hdt.  7,  145 :  sometimes  c.  inf.  pro 
ace,  to  covenant  or  agree  to  do,  ιιισθώ 
σννετίθευ  τταρέχειν,  Pind.  P.  11,  64  ; 
c.  inf.  flit.,  Hdt.  9,  7,  2,  Thuc.  6,  65  ; 
and  an  inf  must  be  supplied  in  the 
phrases,  κατά  (i.  e.  καθ'  u)  συνεθή- 
iavTo,  καθ'  δτι  αν  συνθώνται,  etc., 
Hdt.  3.  86,  Thuc.  5,  18 ;  σ.  ώς.  Id.  6, 
84 :  also  in  pass.,  συντεθείς  χρόνος, 
the  time  agreed  on,  Plat.  Phaedr.  254 
D:  absol.,  to  make  a  covenant,  τινί, 
Xen.  An.  1,9,  7 :  also,  to  bet,  wager, 
προς  Tiva,  Plut.  Alcib.  8; — cf.  συν- 
θήκη. 

Σνντίκτω,  to  beget  or  bear,  procreate 
with  or  together. 

Σνντίλ?Μ,  {σνν,  t'iXJaS)  to  phick 
along  with  or  together,  Anth.  P.  12,  27. 

Συντϊμάω,  ώ,  ί.  -ήσω,  {συν,  τιμάω) 
ίο  value  together  or  with  others  : — rnid., 
συνετιμήσαντο  υπέρ  εμού  ταύτ7]ν 
Ttjv  είςφοράν,  they  fixed  this  as  the  es- 
timate of  my  contribution,  Dem.  815, 
19: — pass.,  to  be  honoured  among  or 
above  others,  Lys.  1 89,  40 ;  to  increase 
in  value,  rise  in  price,  Dem.  1285,  15. 
Hence 

Συντίμησις,  εως,  ή,  value,  worth, 
price,  h^X.  [r/] 

Σνντίμωρέο,  ώ,  (συν,  τιμωρεω)  to 
stand  by  and  help  : — mid.,  to  kelp  to 
avenge,  Hipp. 

Συντινάσσω,  f.  -ξω,  {σύν,  τινάσσω) 
to  shake  to  the  foundations,  Lat.  concu- 
tcre,  Arist.  Mund.  4,  29 ;  σνν  δε  τί- 
ναξε μάχαν,  i.  e.  began  to  fight  at 
random,  Theocr.  22,  90. 

Συντΐταίνω,=^σνντείνω- 

Συντιτραίνω  and  -τιτρύω,  later 
forms  of  the  pres.  σνντετραίνω. 

Συντιτρώσκω,  (σύν,  τιτρώσκω)  to 
U'uund  iti  many  places,  Xen.  Hell.  3,  1, 
18:  to  wound  at  the  same  time,  Plut. 
Alex.  63,  etc. 

Συντο7ιϋηενω,  to  help  iti  winding  up 
a  business. 

Συντομεύω  and  σνντομέω,  to  cut 
short,  abridge. 

Σύντομη,  ης,  ή,  {σύντομος  II)  a  cut- 
ting short,  Dio  C. 

Συντομία,  ας,  ή,  {σύντομος  II) 
ahridginent,  shortness,  brevity,  σ.  Χόγων, 
Plat.  Phaedr.  267  Β. 

Σνντομίζω,^=συντέμν(ι> :  from 

Σύντομος,  ov,  {συντέμνω)  cut  up, 
chopped  up  ;  cf.  infra. — II.  cut  off,  cut 
short :  abridged,  shortened,  esp.  of  a 
road,  σ.  οδός,  a  short  cut,  Ar.  Ran. 
123  (with  a  pun  on  signf.  I) ;  so,  τά 
σ.  της  όδοϋ,  Hdt.  1, 185;  4,  136  ;  συν- 
τομώτατον,  the  shortest  cut.  Id. 2,  158; 

4,  183 ;  ;}  σύντομος  (sc.  οδός),  Hdt.  5, 
17:  cf.  συντέμνω  III. — 2.  concise,  brief, 
in  language,  ε'ιπέ  μοι  μη  μήκος  αλλά 
σύντομα,  Soph.  Ant.  446;  cf.  Aesch. 
Pers.  698,  etc. :  generally,  s/iori,Thuc. 
7,  42. — III.  adv.  -μως,  of  time,  shortly, 
immediately,  Hipp.,  Soph.  O.  T.  810, 
etc, — 2.  σ.  ?^γεΐν,  etc.,  shortly,  con- 
cisely, Aesch.  Eum.  585,  Sooh.,  etc. ; 
ώς  σ.  ειπείν.  Plat.  Tim.  *25  Ε  :— 
compar.  -ώτερον,  Isocr.  53  D,  etc.  : 
superl.  -ωτάτως,  Soph.  O.  C.  1579. 

Σνντονέω,  ώ,  to  stretch  tight,  strain. 

Σνντονία,    ας,    ή,    {σύντονος )    a 

ttretching,  straining,  distension,  Hipp. — 


ΣΤΝΤ 

2.  intense  application,  opp.  to  relaxation, 
Arist.  Pol.  ;  προς  τι,  Def.  Plat.  413 
D. — II.  strength,  energy  :  intensity,  τον 
παθήματος.  Plat.  Tim.  84  £.— HI. 
agreement,  Diog.  II.  7,  140. 

ΣνντονολνδιστΙ  αρμονία,  ή,  a  mu- 
sical mode,  called  also  νπερλνδιος, 
Plat.  Rep.  398  Ε  ;  cf.  Bockh  Pind.  1 , 
part.  2,  p.  237. 

Σύντονος,  ov,  {συντείνω)  on  the 
stretch,  strained  tight:  το  σ.,=^σνντο- 
νία,  Xen.  Cyn.  6,  7 :  intense,  exces- 
sive, πόνος,  οδύνη.  Foes.  Oec.  Hipp. ; 
<T.  πορεία,  a  forced  march,  Polyb.  5, 
47,  4. — 2.  strong,  grave,  earnest,  au- 
stere, opp.  to  άνειμένος,  σ.  μούσα, 
Pratin.  ap.  Ath.  624  F ;  to  μα?.ακός. 
Plat.  Soph.  242  Ε  :  so,  συντόνως  ζην. 
Plat.  Rep.  623  B.— 3.  violent,  impetu- 
ous, eager,  σνντόνω  χερΙ  λύει  τον  αυ- 
τής πέπ7Μν,  Soph.  Tr.  919  ;  βακχεία, 
δρύμημα,  Eur.  Bacch.  120,  1091  :  so 
of  persons.  Plat.  Symp.  203  D.— II. 
in  harmony,  accordant  with,  γράμμασι, 
Eur.  I.  A.  116. — III.  adv.  -νώς,  in- 
tensely, unflinchingly,  βλέπειν,  μένειν. 
Plat.  Phaedr.  253  A,  Rep.  539  D. 
Hence 

Σνντονόω,  ω,  to  mark  with  the  same 
tone  or  accent. 

Συντορμόω,  ώ,  {τύρμος)  to  fasten 
with  pegs.  Math.  Vett. 

Συντορϋνάω,  ώ,  to  stir  up  together 
as  with  a  spoon. 

Συντρΰγωδέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {σύν, 
τραγωδέω)  to  act  tragedy,  act  with, 
Luc.  Alex.  12  :  or,  in  accordance  with, 
Tivt,  Plut.  2,  771  A. 

Συντράπεζος,  ov,  {σύν,  τράπεζα)  a 
messmate,  βίον  σ.  εχειν,  to  live  with 
one,  Eur.  Andr.  658,  Xen.  An.  1,  9, 
31.  [«] 

Συντραν?ιίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {συν,  τραυ- 
λίζω)  to  lisp  with  or  together,  Clem.  Al. 

Σύντρεις,  o'l,  ai,  -τρία,  τά,  (σύν, 
τρεις)  three  together,  three  and  three. 
Od.  9,  429,  cf.  Valck.  Hdt.  4,  66 ;  κα- 
τά σνντρεις.  Plat.  Tim.  54  E. 

Συντρέπω,  f.  -ψω,  {σύν,  τρέπω)  to 
help  in  turning,  esp.  to  flight. 

Σνντρέφω,  f.  -βρεψω,  {σύν.  τρέφω) 
to  help  to  feed  :  to  feed  besides,  Xen. 
Mem.  4,  3,  6  : — pass.,  to  grow  up  to- 
gether, live  together.  Plat.  Legg.  752  C, 
and  Xen.  ;  τινί,  with  one,  Eur.  Hel. 
1036. — II.  in  pass,  also,  of  liquids,  to 
be  congealed  :  hence,  to  be  consolidated, 
to  assume  a  consistency.  Plat.  Phaed. 
96  B,  Tim.  75  A. 

Συντρέχω:  f.  -θρίξομαι,  usu.  -δρα- 
μούμαι :  aor.  2  συνέδραμον,  {σνν, 
τρέχω)  : — to  run  together,  Hdt.  2,  121, 
4  :  esp.  as  enemies,  to  rush  together, 
meet  in  battle,  Hom.,  only  in  II.  16,  335, 
337,  in  aor.  2,  which  prevails  also  in 
Hdt. — 2.  as  friends,  to  come  together, 
unite,  agree,  ui  γνώμαι  συνέδραμον  ίς 
τωύτό,  Hdt.  1,  53;  συντμέχειν  τοις 
κριταΐς,  to  agree  in  (or  about)  the 
judges,  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  2,  27  (where 
others  take  it,  to  meet  before,  have  re- 
course to  them). —  3.  to  meet  with,  μόρω. 
Soph.  Tr.  880  -.—-to  agree  with,  fit.  har- 
monise with,  τινί,  lb.  295  : — absol.,  of 
time,  to  concur,  coincide,  Aesch.  Fr. 
286.  Eur.  Or.  1215;  εΙς  ταντό  το  δί- 
καιον άμα  και  ό  καιρός  και  το  συμ- 
φέρον συνδεδράμηκε,  Dem.  214,  7. — 
4.  to  run  together,  twist  or  shrivel  up, 
as  hair,  Xen.  Cyn.  10,  17.— II.  to  as- 
semble, gather  together,  meet,  Hdt.  8, 
71  ;  ε'ις  τι,  in  one.  Eur.  Pal.  1  ;  εις 
τόπον,  Lycurg.  149,  40:  of  clouds,  to 
gather  in,  thicken,  Hdt.  1,  87:  of  li- 
quids, to  mingle  with,  τινί.  Soph.  O. 
C.  160. — III.  to  run  the  same  way  with, 
τινί.  Plat.  Polit.  266  C. 

Σνντρησις,  εως,  ή,  {συντετραίνω) 


ΣΤΝΤ 

α  piercing  through,  connexion  by  a  pas-, 
sage  or  channel,  εκ  τίνος  εις  τι,  A  list. 
Η.  Α.  1,  16,  9:  cl.  συντετραίνω. 

Σύντρητος,  ov, pierced  througti ;  join- 
ed by  a  passage. 

Σνντρϊαινόω,  ώ,  {σύν,  τριαινόω)  to 
dash  to  pieces  with  a  trident.  Plat. 
(Com.)  Hell.  2:  generally,  to  shatter, 
στρεπτφ  σιδήρω  σνντριαινώσω  -ή?ιΐν 
(metapli.  from  a  pick-axe),  Eur.  H. 
F.  946. 

Συντριβή,  ης,  ή,=  σύντριιρις,Ι^ΧΧ. 

Συντριβής,  ές,^σνντριψ :  from 

Συντρίβω,  f.  -ψω,  {σνν,  τρίβω)  to 
rub  together,  σ.  τά  πνρεία,  to  rub  dry 
sticks  together  to  procure  a  light. — II. 
to  shatter,  shiver,  την  χντραν.  Plat. 
Hipp.  Maj.  290  E,  Lys.,  etc.  :  to  make 
a  jelly  of,  like  Lat.  conterere,  contundere, 
Eur.  Cycl.  705 ;  σ.  νανς,  to  stave 
them  in,  Thuc.  4,  11:  generally,  to 
destroy  utterly,  Ar.  Vesp.  1050 :  to 
crush  an  enemy,  Polyb.  5,  47,  1 : — 
hence,  συντριβήναι  της  κεφαλής,  to 
have  one's  head  broken  (like  κατεαγή- 
vai),  Ar.  Pac.  71  ;  την  κεφαλήν,  Lys 
98,  7  ;  τήν  κλεΐν,  Andoc.  9,  6.— Ill 
metaph.  in  pass., — 1.  to  be  tii  perplexi 
ty,  anguish,  Ty  διάνοια,  Polyb.  21,  10, 
2.— -2.  to  run  against,  clash  with,  Dem. 
142,  22.  [i] 

Συντρϊηραρχέω,  ώ,  to  be  a  σνντριή• 
ραρχος,  Lys.  107,  21  ;  907,  fin.:  from 

ΣυντρΙήραρχος,  ov,  6,  {σνν,  τριή- 
ραρχος) a  partner  in  the  equipment  of  a 
trireme.  Dem   566,  24,  etc. 

Σνντριμμα,  ατός,  τό,  {συντρίβω) 
that  which  is  shattered :  a  fracture, 
Arist.  de  Audib.  34:  ruin,  LXX. — II. 
a  thing  to  stumble  against,  obstacle. 

Σνντριμμός,  ού,  ύ,  =  σύντριφις, 
LXX. 

Σΰντριψ.  ΐβος,  ό,  ή,  (συντρίβω) 
shattering :  hence  the  Smasher,  a  lub- 
ber-fiend that  breaks  all  the  pots  in 
the  kitchen,  Epigr.  Hom.  14,  9.— II. 
=^οΙκότριψ,  dub. 

Σνντριφις,  εως,  ή,  (συντρίβω)  a 
dashing  together  :  shattering,  breaking  : 
generally,  a  blow,  LXX. 

Συντροφιά,  ας,  ή.  a  growing  up  to- 
gether, προς  Tiva,  Strab. :  generally, 
α  living  together,  society,  Polyb.  6,  5, 
10  :  α  brood,  Anth.  P.  7,  216  :  from 

Σύντροφος,  ov,  {συντρέφω)  brought 
up  together  with,  τινί,  Hdt.  1,  99: 
hence,  as  old  as,  of  the  same  origin  as, 
TLvi,  Id.  2,  65  ;  ξ.  γένος,  as  Ajax  calls 
the  Athenians,  Soph.  Aj.  861. — 2. 
generally,  living  with,  φηνενσι.  Soph. 
El.  1 190  ;  όμμα  σ.,  a  friendly  eye.  Id. 
Phil.  171  :  τά  σύντροφα,  common,  ev- 
ery-day  evils,  Thuc.  2,  50  :  of  animals, 
domestic,  Xen.  Mem.  2,  3,  4  :  metaph., 
Tp  Ελλάδι  πενίη  αίεΐ  σύντροφος, 
Hdt.  7,  102,  so  c.  gen.,  τηγάνων  σύν- 
τροφα μειρακν/.λια,  Eubul.  Orthan. 

1  ;  TO  της  φύσεως  ξνντροφον.  Plat. 
Polit.  273  Β. — 3.  like  σύμφυτος,  nat- 
ural, σ.  οργαί.  Soph.  Aj.  639  ;  also, 
σ.  τινός.  Id.  Phil.  203.— II.  act.,  σ. 
ζωής,  helping  in  the  preservation  of  life, 
Xen.  Mem.  4,  3,  8 ;  cf.  Plat.  Legg. 
845  D. 

Συντροχάζω,  like  συντρέχω,  to  run 
with  or  together,  Mel.  127,  Anacreont. 
32,  3,  Plut.  Ages.  36,  etc. :— also,  σνν- 
τροχάω. 

Συντρύγύω,  ω,  to  gather  in,  as 
grapes,  with  or  together. 

Συντρνφύω,  ώ,  to  share  in  luxury 
with,  v.  1.  for  σνντροφα  in  Eubul.  1.  c. 

Σνντνγχάνω,  fut.  -τενξομαι:  aor. 

2  συνέτϋχον  {συν,  τυγχάνω) : — I.  of 
persons,  to  meet  with,  fall  in  with,  τινί, 
Hdt.  4,  14,  Ar.  Nub.  598,  etc.;  so. 
μοίρςι  τούδ'  έχθίονι  σ..  Soph.  Phil. 
683  ;  more  rarely  τινός,  Herm.  Soph. 

1445 


ΣΥΝΤ 

Phil.  320,  Ο.  C.  1482 ;  cf.  έντυγχά- 
vu  :  absol.,  Id.  O.  T.  122;  ύ  σνντυ- 
χων,  like  ό  τυχών,  the  first  that  meets 
one,  any  one,  Eur.  Khes.  804  ;  ή  uei  ξνν- 
τυχών,  1(1.  Hec.  1182  ;  so,  ό  ξνντυγ- 
χάνων.  Plat.  Legg.  762  D ; — (so  also, 
TO  σνντνχόν,  the  first  that  co?nes  to 
hand,  anif  thing  common,  mean,  bad, 
Hdt.  1,  51,  Xen.  Ages,  it,  3) :  but,  οι 
ξυντυχόντίς,  οί  two  persons  meeting, 
hiit  I  134 — II.  of  acciclents,  etc.,  ίο 
happen  to,  be/all,  τιΐ'ί,  Hdt.  8,  136, 
Tluic.  3,  59  :  also  absol.,  to  happen, 
fall  out,  εν  ξνντνχόντωι;  if  things  go 
well,  Aesch.  Theb.  274  :  linpers.,  ξυν- 
CTvyxave,  it  happened  that..,  c.  inf., 
Thuc.  7,  70. 

Συντυμ;5ωρνχέω,  ώ,  {σνι>,  τνμβω- 
ρνχέω)  to  help  in  rubbing  (or,  pedant- 
ically, in  digging)  graves,  Luc.  Lex- 
iph.  2. 

Σνντνπόω,  ώ,  {συν,  τυπόω)  to  form 
οτ  fashion  along  with:  hence  in  uiid., 
συντντϊοϋσθαι    τάς  φυχάς   τοΙς  πα- 

Covat,  to  allow  the  soul  to  be  acted  on 
y  circumstances,  Simplic. 
Σνντϊφαννιύω,  (σύν,   τνραννενω) 
to  share  in  absolute  power  with,  Strab. 
ΣνντϋρανίΌΚΤονίω,   ώ,   to  join   in 
slaying  tyrants,  Luc.  Tyrann.  7. 

Συντύμαννος,  ov,  6,  also  7j,  (συν, 
τύραννος)  a  fellow-tyrant,  Plut.  2,  105 

Σνντϊφόω,  ώ,  {συν,  τνρόω)  to  make 
into  cheese  together  :  hence,  comically, 
— Lat.  concoquerCy  to  get  up,  concoct, 
Ar.  Eq.  479. 

Συντϋχία,  ας,  ή.  Ion.  σνντνχίη, 
(σΐ7Τΐ'}_,^;ύΐ'ω)  a  meeting  with  :  a  hap, 
chance,  event,  incident,  Theogn.  590, 
Hdt.  3,  43,  etc. :  σ.  κρνόεσσα,  Find. 

1.  1,  54  ;  μεταλλαγαΐ  ξνντυχίας,  Eur. 
Η.  F.  766  ;  κατά  συντυχίην,  by  chance, 
Hdt.  3,  74,  etc.  : — esp.,  a  happy  chance, 
happy  event,  Hdt.  I,  68,  Find.•?.  1,  70, 
Soph.  Ant.  158;  etc.; — but  also,  a 
mishap,  mischance,  accident,  Thuc.  3, 
45,  Plat.  Phaedr.  248  C— 11.  later,  an 
assembly  :  conversation,  acquaintance. 
Hence 

Σνντνχικός,  ή,  όν,  accidental,  Plut. 

2,  611  A. 

Σνννγραίνομαι,  pass.,  to  be  wet  along 
with  or  together. 

Συννθλέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (συν,  νθλέω) 
to  chat  with  or  together,  Luc.  Lexiph. 
14. 

Σννΰλακτίω,  ώ,  to  bark  together, 
Nonn. 

Συννμεναιόω,  ώ,  {συν,  ύμεναώω)  to 
join  in  the  bridal  hymn,  Plut.  2,  138  B. 

Σνννμι•έυ,  ώ,  (σύν,  νμνέω)  to  praise 
in  song  together  with,  Synes. 

Σννυττάγυ,  f.  -fcj,  to  bring  under  to- 
gether, [a] 

Σννυτϊακουστέον,  one  must  join  in 
obeying,  Strab. :  from 

Συνυ7ζΰκ.οΰω,  f.  -σομαι.  {συν,  υπα- 
κούω) to  obey  together,  rivi,  Polyb.  25, 
9,  7  ;  προς  τι,  in  a  thing.  Id.  1,  06,  7.— 
II.  to  comprehend  under  the  meaning  of 
terms. 

Συνύπαρκτος,  ov,  {συνυπάρχω)  co- 
existent.    Hence 

Συνΰπαρξι,ς,  εως,  y,  coexistence, 
Sext.  Emp.  p.  677. 

Συνΰπαρχος,  ου,  6,  a  felloip-govern- 
or :  esp.  among  the  Romans,  α  juitit- 
prefect. 

Συνυπάρχω,  {σνν,  υπάρχω)  to  be 
or  exist  together,  Polyb. 

Συνύπάτεύω,  {συν,  νπατενω)  to  be 
a  fellow-consul,  Plut.  Foplic.  1,  Fab. 
25,  etc. 

Συνύπάτος.  ov,  ό,  a  fellow-consul, 
Lat.  collega.   [£i] 

Συνύπειμι,  (.ειμί)  to  be  in  or  under 
together. 

144Γ) 


ΣΤΝΤ 

Συννπερβάλλω,  {σύν,  υπερβάλλω) 
to  carry  over  together. — II.  ilUr.,  to  pass 
over  along  v>ith,  σ.  Tivl  τον  Ύανρον, 
Polyb.  4,  48.  6. 

Συννπ7]ρετεω,  ώ,  (σύν,  νπηρετέω) 
to  join  in  helping,  τίνί,  Plat.  Legg. 
934  B. 

Συνυπηχέω,  ώ,  {συν,  νπηχέω)  to 
accompany  in  singing,  Himer. 

Συνυποβάλλω,  (σνν,  υποβάλλω) 
to  put  close  at  hand  together,  Plut. 
Fragm.  I,  1. 

Συνυπυόείκνϋμι,αηά  -ννω,  f.  -δείξω, 
{συν,  ύποδείκννμι)  to  suggest  along 
with  or  together,  Polyb.  17,  15,  12. 
Hence 

Συνυποδεικτέον,  verb,  adj.,  one 
?nust  indicate  together,  Polyb. 

Σνννίϊοδυυμαι,  (σύν,  υποδύομαι) 
to  go  under  or  insinuate  one's  self  with, 
TLvi,  Plut.  2,  542  B.  —  II.  c.  ace,  to 
undergo  along  with  or  together,  κίνδν- 
vov.  Id.  Brut.  18. 

Σνννποζεΰγννμι,  {συν,  νποζενγνν• 
μι)  to  yoke  together,  Ath.  533  D. 

Συννποκορίζημαι,  f.  -ίσομαι,  (συν, 
νποκορίζομαί)  dep.  mid. : — to  call  by 
diviinutive  names  : — the  act.  σνννπο- 
κορίζω  in  Eust.  II.  p.  1283,  40. 

Σννυποκρίνομαι,  {σύν,  υποκρίνο- 
μαι) dep.  mid.  : — to  play  a  part  along 
with  or  together,  τινι,  Polyb.  3,  52,  6  ; 
cf.  31,  7 :  —  σ.  rivi  προςποίημα,  to 
support  another  in  his  pretence,  Plut. 
Mar.  14. 

Συννπολαμβάνω,  to  help  in  support- 
ing, Geop. 

Συνυπονοέω,  ώ,  (σνν,  νπονοέω)  to 
comprehend  under  the  meaning  of  terms, 
Arist.  Soph.  El.  17,  15.  —  II.  to  per- 
ceive, bear  in  mind  together,  Polyb.  4, 
24,  2. 

Σνννποπίπτω,  {σνν,  υποπίπτω)  to 
be  comprised  together,  Sext.  Emp.  p. 
489. 

Συννποπτενω,  {σνν,  νποπτενω)  to 
suspect  together,  Pol)'b.  14,  4,  8. 

Συνυπόπτωσις,  εως,  ή,  {σνννπο- 
πίπτω) a  being  comprised  in  one  view, 
perceived  together,  Sext.  Emp.  p. 
490. 

Συνυποστέλλω,  to  shorten  along 
with  or  together. 

Σννυποτίβεμαι,  {συν,  ΰποτίβημΐ) 
as  mid.,  to  lay  doivn,  assume  a  thmg 
along  with  or  together.  Plat.  Ax.  370 
A  :  to  help  in  composing,  σ.  Tivl  λόγον, 
Plut.  Cat.  Min.  66.  [t] 

Σννυπονργέω,  ώ,  to  join  in  serving 
or  assisting. 

Σννυποφέρω,  to  sustain,  suffer  along 
with,  Tivi  Ti. 

Σννυποφύομαι,  {συν,  νποφύομαι) 
as  pass.,  to  grow  up  after,  Plut. 

Σννυποχωρέω,  ώ,  to  give  way  along 
with  or  together. 

Συνυφαίνω,  {σνν,  υφαίνω)  to  weave 
together;  metaph.,  ώςτε  ταϋτα  σννυ- 
φανθηναι,  so  that  this  web  was  woven, 
Hdt.  5,  105  :  generally,  to  put  together, 
frame,  σ.  λόγον.  Plat.  Tim.  09  A  ; 
also  in  mid.,  π?.έγμα  έξ  άίρος  καΐ 
πνρος  συννφήνασΰαι,  lb.  78  Β  :— ύλ- 
λή7.οις  συνυφασμένοι,  quite  close  to- 
gether, Ael.  Ν.  Α.  15,  3.     Hence 

Σννΰφανσις,  εωΓ,  jj,  a  weaving  to- 
gether. Plat.  Polit.  310  E.  [ϋ] 

Σνννφασμα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which  is 
woven  together,  a  web. 

Συιΰφειαι,  αϊ,  {συννφης)  bees'"  cells 
(from   their    net-like   appearance),   α 
honeycomb,     Arist.    H.    A.    9,    40,    9 ; 
which  he  also  calls  ίστοί  συνυφεϊς,  i 
Ibid.  8.  [i.]  I 

Σνί'ϋΰη,  ης.  ή,  =  συνύφασμα :  —  it  [ 
was  taken  (or  the  woof  in  Plat.  Legg. 
734  Ε  ;   but  ενυφή  is  now  received  j 
there. — II.  metaph.,  σκνυφί/οί/ίζ/σεων,  \ 


ΣΤΪ!ϊβ 

aputting  together, construction  of  houses. 
Plat.  Epinorn.  975  B. 

Σννϋψης,  ες,  woven  together,  v.  sub 
συνύφειαι. 

Σνννφίστημι,  {σύν,  νφίστημί)  to 
call  into  existence  together  :  pass.,  with 
perf.  and  aor.  2  act.,  to  exist  together, 
coexist. — 11.  in  mid.,  to  undertake  along 
with,  TIVL  Ti,  Polyb.  4,  32,  7. 

Συνυφόω,  ώ,  to  exalt  with  or  together, 
LXX. 

Σννωδέω,  ώ,  to  sing,  play  with  Or 
together. 

Σννωδή,=ζ5^. 

Σννωόία,  ας,  ή,  {συνωδός)  α  singing 
together :  hence,  agreement,  assent, 
-Plat.  Legg.  837  E. 

Συνωύίνω,  {συν,  ώδίνω)  to  be  in 
travail  along  with  or  together :  a.  κα- 
κοίς,  to  share  in  distresses,  Eur.  Hel. 

'^^•  W    ,       , 

Συνωδός,  όν,  {σύν,  ωδή)  singing 
with  or  together :  echoing  or  responsive 
to,  θρηντ/μασι,  Eur.  Or.  133,  Hel. 
174  ;  metaph.,  according  with,  i)i  har- 
mony with,  TIVL,  Hdt.  5j  92,  3,  Eur. 
Med.  1007;  φρονεϊν  σννωδά,  Ar.  Αν. 
634 ;  λόγοι  σ.  τοΙς  εργυις,  Arist.  Eth. 
Ν.  10,  1,4. 

Συνωθέω,  ύ,  ί.  -ωθήσω  and  •ώσω, 
{σύν,  ώθέω)  to  push,  press,  force  togeth- 
er, τι  εις  τόπον.  Plat.  Tim.  53  A,  58  Β 
etc. — II.  intr.,  to  force  one's  way,  push 
in  together,  Arist.  Mirab.  99.     Hence 

ΣννώΟησις,  ή,  a  pushing,  pressing 
together. 

Σννώμεθα,  1  pi.  subj.  aor.  2  mid.  ol 
σννιημι,  11.  13,  381. 

Σννωμια,  ας,  ή,  {σνν,  ωμός)  the 
joining  of  the  shoulder-blades,  Polyb. 
12,  25,  3. — II.  also  in  horses,  a  twist- 
ing of  the  shoiddcr-Uades,  Hippiatr. 

Σννωμίασις,  ^,=  foreg.  ll,Hii)piatr. 

Συνωμοσία,  ας,  ij,  {συνόμννμι) : — a 
being  leagued  by  oath,  conspiracy,  Ar. 
Eq.  470,  Thuc.  6,  27,  00,  etc.  :  con- 
federacy, προς  τινας.  Id.  5,  83. — II.  a 
body  of  men  leag-ued  by  oath,  cf.  sub 
εταιρεία  II. 

Συνωμόσιον,  ov,  τό,  that  which  is 
sworn  to  by  clubbists  0Γ  conspirators, 
Dion.  H.  10,  41. 

Σννωμόττις,  ov,  6,  {σννόμνυμι)  one 
who  is  leagued  by  oath,  a  fellow-conspi- 
rator, confederate,  Soph.  O.  C.  1302, 
Ar.  Eq.  257,  etc.;  επί  τινι,  against 
another,  Hdt.  7, 148  :  metaph.,  νττνος 
πόνος  τε,  κύριοι  ξ.,  Aesch.  Eum.  126 ; 
cf.  σννόμνυμι  1.     Hence 

Συνωμοτικός,  ή,  όν,  of  οτ  for  a  con- 
spiracy, adv.  -κώς,  Plut.  2,813  A. 

Σννωμότις,  ιόος,  lem.  from  (τννω- 
μότης. 

Σννώμοτος,  όν,  (σννόμνυμι)  leagued 
or  banded  by  oath  :  τό  σννώμοτον=^ 
σννωμοσία  II,  Thuc.  2,  74. 

Συνωνεομαι,  f.  -ήσομαι,  {σνν,  ώνέ• 
ομαι)  dep.  mid.  :  —  to  buy  with  or  to- 
gether :  esp.,  to  hire  a  body  of  soldiers, 
take  into  one's  pay,  σ.  ϊππον,  Hdt.  1, 
27. — II.  to  buy  up,  Lat.  coemere,  σίτον, 
Lys.  164,  36: — the  pf.  σΐΊ•ίώΐ'ί///αίί8 
used  as  pass.,  ό  σννεωνι/μένος  σίτος, 
corn  bought  up.  Id.  165,  17  ;  but  with 
act.  signf  in  Dem.  175,  11  ;  689,22; 
cf.  ώνέομαι,  fin. 

Σννωννμία,  ας,  η,  likeness  of  name, 
Arist.  Rhet.  3,  2,  7  :  from 

Συνώνυμος,  ov,  {σύν,  όνομα)  of  like 
name  or  meaning,  Aesch.  Supp.  193, 
Eur.,  etc. — II.  in  the  logic  of  Arist., 
univocal,  as  opp.  to  ομώνυμος  (equiv- 
ocal) ;  for  συνώνυμα  are  objects  ex- 
pressed by  one  common  name,  as  man 
and  ox  by  amma/,  Categ.  ],  3,  Top.  6, 
10,  3  : — so  in  adv.  -μως.  Id. 

Συνωριαστής,  ov,  ό,  one  who  drives 
a  σννωρίς,  Luc.  Zeux.  9. 


ΣΥΡΑ 

Συνυρίζω,{σννωρίς)  to  yoke  together, 
Nic.  ap.  Ath.  683  D,  Ael.  N.  A.  15, 
24 :  —  in  mid.,  ξννωρίζον  χέρα,  join 
thy  hand  with  mine,  t,ur.  Baccli.  198. 

Συνί^ρϊκεύομαι,  dep.  :  —  to  drive  a 
σννωρίς,  Ar.  Nub.  15. 

Σννωρίς,  ί^ος,  ή,  {σννύορος) : — α 
pair  of  horses,  mutes,  etc.,  α  two-horse 
chariot,  Ar.  Nub.  1302,  Plat.,  etc.  : — 
generally,  a  pair  or  couple  of  any  thing, 
like  Lat.  big'a,  Aesch.  Ag.  643,  Soph. 
O.  C.  895,  etc.  :  esp.,  a  wedded  pair, 
Valck.  Phoen.  331.  —  II.  that  which 
binds  together,  hence  a  pair  of  fetters, 
τϊοδοΐν  ξ.,  Aesch.  Cho.  982.  (This 
word  is  almost  always  used  in  the 
form  ξννωρίς.) 

Σννωσις,  εως,  η,  (συνωθέω)=σνν- 
ώθηαις.  Plat.  Tim.  62  Β. 

Συνωόελέω,  ώ,  (συν,  ώφελέω)  to 
join  in  aiding  or  relieving,  τινά,  Xen. 
Mem.  3,  5,  16 ;  τινί,  Soph.  Phil.  871  : 
absol. ,  to  be  of  use  or  assist  together,  εΙς 
τι,  Xen.  An.  3,  2,  27,  Oec.  2.  14  :— 
mid.,  to  assist  one's  self,  Lys.  128,  40. 

Σννωχΰδόν,  adv.  (συνέχω)  : — poet, 
for  σννοχηδόν,  of  time,  perpetually, 
continuaily,  Hes.  Th.  690,  Q.  Sm.  14, 
517 ;  —  ace.  to  others,  forthwith, 
straightway :  cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  701. 

Σνξέω,^σνγξέω,  q.  v. 

Σνοβαΰβά/.ος,  of  or  from  a  pig-sly  : 
— hence,  σ.  ?ίόγος,  a  swine-herd's 
song.  Gratia.  Incert.  33  b,  ubi  v. 
Meineke. 

Σνόι3αννος,  ου,  ό,  a  pig-sty. 

Σνο3οιωτοί,  ών,  οι,  (σΰς,  Βοιοτοί) 
the  Hog-Boeotians,  as  Cratinus  calls 
them,  Fr.  Incert.  153,  cf  Pors.  Hec. 
Praef.  p.  Ivii. 

Σνοδή7.η~ος,  ov,  hurt  or  slaiii  by  a 
boar. 

Σϊ'οθήρας,  ov,  δ,  ίσνς,  θιιρύω)  a 
boar-hmUer,  Philostr.  Imag.  1,  28. 

Σνοκτύσία,  ας,  ^,=sq.,  Mel.  128, 
12. 

Σϋοκτονία,  ας,  ή,  a  slaughter  of 
swine,  Dion.  P.  853  :  from 

Σνοκτόνος,  ov,  {σϊ•ς,  κτείνω)  shy- 
ing swine  or  boars.  Call.  Dian.  216. — 
II.  proparox.  σϋόκ.τονος,ον,τρΆ58.  slain 
by  a  boar. 

Σνοτρόφος,  ov,  feeding  or  keeping 
pigs. 

Σνο^όντης,  ov.  o,  (,σνς,  φονεύω)  a 
slayer  of  swine  or  boars:  fem.  σνοφόν- 
τις,  ίδος,  Anth.  P.  11,  191. 

Σνοώορβέω,  ώ,  to  feed  pigs,  Longin. 
9, 14 :  and 

Σϋοφορβεϊον,  ov,  τό,  a  pig-sty. — II. 
α  herd  of  swine,  Arist.  H.  A.  6,  18,  3, 
where  Bekk.  has  σνοφόρβιον  :  from 

Σνοφορβός,  όν,  (σνς,  φορβή,  φέρ- 
βω)=σνοτρόφος,  Polyb.  12,  4,  6. 

ίΣν-α?.?.ήττιος,  ου,  ό,  of  Sypallet- 
tus,  Sypalletian,  Isae.  79,20  ;  in  Diog. 
L.  6,  12,  Συπα?:ΐιττεύς. 

i Σ ί•ρα,  ας,  ή,  Syrian,^=z  Σνρία,  v.  Σιί- 
ριος,  Theocr.  10,  26  : — α  Syrian  maid- 
servant, used  as  pr.  n.,  Syra,  Ar.  Pac. 
1146. 

^Σνρακ,όσιος,  a,  ov.  Dor.  v.  sub 
Σϋρύκονσαΐ- 

[Σνρακοσαίς,  ίδος,  ή,  fem.  adj. 
Syracusan,  Nonn.  Dion.  19,  23. 

Σύράκουσαι,  ών,  ai,  Syracuse: 
Hdt.  uses  Ion.  form  Σνρήκονσαι,  the 
better  Att.  follow  the  Dor.  form  Συ- 
ράκοσαι,  which  Pitid.  metri  grat. 
makes  Σνράκοσσαι,  Bockh  v.  1.  Pind. 
O.  6,  6 :  Σνράκουσα,  ή,  is  an  older 
form,  in  Steph.  Byz. — Adj.  Σίφάκού- 
σιης.  ία,  lov.  Ion.  Σνρηκ-,  Dor.  and 
Att.  Σνρΰκόσιος,  Syracusan. — Σνρΰ- 
κοσενς,  ό,  α  Syracusan.  [ά  in  all 
forms.] 

^Σνρακώ,  ονς,  ή,  =  Σνράκονσαι, 
Epicharm.  ap.  Strab.  p.  364. 


ΣΥΡΙ 

Σίρ,θά,  adv.==riip,i3a,  q.  V. 

Σνρβη,  ης,  ή,  Ion.  and  common 
form  for  Att.  τίφβη,  a  noise,  row,  Lat. 
turba.  —  II.  (σί<ρω)=σνρμα,  συρμός, 
σνρφαξ,  by  the  freq.  change  oi  β  and 
φ.     Hence 

Σνρβηνεύς,  ό,  Cratin.  Thratt.  13, 
and  σνρβηνός,  όν,  noisy,  rowing,  Lat. 
turbulentus. 

Σύργαστρος,  6,  strictly  σνρόγα- 
οτρος,  (σί'ρω,  γαστήρ)  trailing  the  bel- 
ly, as  a  worm  or  snake,  Anth.  P.  15, 
26. — II.  metaph.,  a  common  man,  day- 
labourer,  Alciphr.  3,  19,  63. 

Συρ}άστωρ,  ορός,  o,=foreg. :  if  it 
is  to  mean  swine-herd,  it  must  be  writ- 
ten συογάστωρ. 

ίΣί'ργις,  ιος,  ό,  the  iSi/rfi'is,  a  river 
of  Europe  falling  into  the  Palus  Mae- 
otis;  also  written  °Ύρ}ΐς,  Hdt.  4, 
123. 

Σίφδην,  adv.,  (σύρω)  : — rushing  fu- 
riously :  long-drawn  out.  in  a  long  line, 
Aesch.  Pers.  54,  Eur.  Rhes  58. 

jΣvpia,  ας,  i].  Ion.  Συρυι,  ης,  Syria, 
a  country  of  Asia  lying  at  the  eastern 
extremity  of  the  Mediterranean,  and 
including  Coele-Syria,  Phoenicia, 
and  Palestine,  Strab. : — in  a  more  ex- 
tended sense  it  comprised  also  Mes- 
opotamia, Babylonia  and  Assyria, 
Hdt.  7,  63  ;  Xen.  An.  6,  1,  27  ;  hence 
by  the  Greeks  oft.  used  for  Άσσυρία- 
— Later,  by  the  Romans,  the  northern 
part  of  Syria  proper,  called  by  the 
Greeks  ή  άνω  Συρία,  Strab.  p.  133. — 
2.  V.  Σνρίη. 

^Σνριακός,  ή,  όν,  Syrian,  ή  Σ.  θά- 
/.ασσα,  Strab.  ρ.  535. 

tΣl'pί(2^'όf,  οΰ,  ό,  Syrianus,  masc. 
pr.  η.,  Anth.  P.  7,  341. 

Σϋριγγίας  κύ/.αμος,  ό,  α  hollow 
reed,  Tneophr. 

Σϋρίγγιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  σν- 
ριγξ,  a  little  reed  or  pipe. — II.  a  small 
fistula  or  ulcer. 

Σύριγγοτόμιον,  ov,  τό,  a  small  knife 
for  operating  on  a  fistula. 

Σϊ'ριγγοτόμος,  ov,  {σΐ'ριγξ  II.  5, 
τέμνω  ) :  —  cutting  fistulas,  made  for 
this  purpose. 

Σΰρίγγόω,  ώ,  {σίφιγξ'} :  —  to  make 
into  a  pipe  or  channel,  a.  φ7.εβα : — 
pass.,  to  grow  or  become  hollow ;  to  end 
in  a  fistula.  —  II.  sometimes  intr.  in 
act.,  to  pass  like  a  pipe,  εις  τό  στόμα  : 
— for  all  these  see  Poes.  Oec.  Hipp. 

Σΐριγγώδης,  ες,  (σϋρ<)  f,  είδος)  like 
a  pipe  or  tube  :  like  a  fistula,  Hipp.• — II. 
with  many  tubes,  perforated,  carious, 
όστέα,  Id. 

Σϋριγκτής,  οϋ,  ό,=^σνρικτής. 

Σί'ριγμα,  ατός,  τό,  (σνρίττω)  the 
sourid  of  a  pipe,  a  whistle,  Eur.  Bacch. 
952,  Ar.  Ach.  554.  [i]     Hence 

Σϋριγμάτώδης,  ες,  (είδος)  like  the 
sound  of  a  pipe,  whistling,  Arist. 
Probl. 

Συριγμός,  οϋ,  ό,  (σνρίττω):  —  a 
piping,  a  playing  on  the  pipe  :  hence, 
any  shrill,  piping  sound, a  ivhistle,  Xen. 
Symp  6,  5  :  α  hissing,  σ.  καί  χ/.ενα- 
σμός,  Polyb.  30,  20,  6 :  σ.  κάλων,  the 
rattling  of  ropes,  Lat.  stridor  rudentum : 
a  ringing  in  the  ears. 

Σϊ'ριγξ,  ιγγος,  ή,  any  pipe  or  tube  ; 
hence, — I.  a  musical  pipe,  esp.,  a  shep- 
j  herd's  pipe,  Pan's-pipe,  αί'λων  σνρίγ- 
\  γων  τ'  ενοπη,  II.  JO,  13  ;  νομηες  τερ- 
ί  πόμενοί  σύριγξι,  18,  526  ;  Hes.,  etc. ; 
ι  κατ"  άγρονς  τοις  νοαεϋσι  σϊφιγξ  άν 
Ι  εΐη.  Plat.  Rep.  399  D.— 2.  a  cat-call, 
!  whistle,  as  in  theatres.  Plat.  Legg.  700 
I  C. — 3.  the  mouth-piece  of  the  ανΆός  or 
^  flute.  —  4.=  συριγμός,  Strab.  p.  421  ; 
I  cf  Lob.  Paral.  131. — II.  any  thing  like 
I  α  pipe;  as  —  1.  ο  spear-case,  II.  19, 
I  387  ;  also  δορατοθήκη. — 2.  the  box  or 


ΣΤΡΜ 

hole  in  the  nave  of  a  wheel,  Aesch. 
Theb.  205,  Soph.  El.  721,  Eur.  Hipp. 
1234. — 3.  the  hollow  part  of  a  hinge, 
Parmenid. — 4.  a  vein  or  artery.  Soph. 
Aj.  1412  ;  cf  αν/.ός. — 5.  a  hollow  sore, 
a  fistula,  Hipp. ;  v.  Foes.  Oecon.— 6. 
σ.  τζτεροϋ,  cf  τττερόν.—  Ι.  σύριγγες 
σαρκών  in  Emped.  209,  appear  to  be 
the  lymphatic  ducts,  v.  Sturz  ad  I. — 8. 
a  hollow  in  the  earth,  also  a  mine.  Lat. 
cuniculus,  Polyb.  22,  11,8,  etc.  : — σύ- 
ριγγες were  esp.  the  underground  bu- 
rial vaults  of  the  Aegyptian  kings  at 
Thebes,  Jac.  Philostr.  Imag.  p.  679. 
— 9.  a  covered  gallery  or  cloister,  Polyb. 
15,  30,  6,  Ath.  205  D. 

ΣΤ'ΡΓΖΩ,  more  Att.  pres.  σνρίτ- 
τω, Lob.  Phryn.  192  ;  Dor.  σνρίσδω  : 
j  fut.  -ίξω,  more  freq.  and  better  Att. 
'  -ίξομαι ;  whereas  σνρίσω  is  not  Att., 
I  though  we  have  the  aor.  σνρίσαι  in 
I  Luc.  Harmon.  2,  cf  Heinst.  Ar.  Plut. 
1  689.  To  pipe  or  whistle,  σνρίζων  κισ- 
σοδέτας  ό  κά?.αμος,  Eur.  I.  Τ.  1125; 
of  shepherds,  σ.  νμεναίονς.  Id.  Ale. 
579 ;  φιμοι  δε  σνρίζονσι,  Aesch. 
Theb.  463  ;  σ.  όόνον,  to  hiss  forth 
murder,  Aesch.  Pr.  355  : — absol.,  to 
hiss,  Ar.  Plut.  689,  Plat.  Theaet.  203 
Β  :  esp.,  to  hiss  an  actor,  like  Lat. 
explodere,  σύ  γ'  έξέττιτττες  εγώ  δ'  έσν- 
ριττον,  Dem.  315,  10,  cf  Aeschin.  64, 
29 :  —  of  a  ship's  rudder,  Eur.  I. 
T.  431.  (Cf  Lat.  susurr-us,  Sanscr. 
SIT!,  to  sound  :  hence  perh.  τίτνρος, 
Pott  Et.  Forsch.  1,  p.  225. 

ίΣϊ'ριγξ,  ιγγος,  ή.  Syrinx,  capital 
of  the  Hyrcanii,  Polyb.  10,  31,  6. 

Σνρίζω,  ί.  -ίσω,  to  speak  or  act  like 
a  Syrian. 

ίϊ,υρίη,  ης,  ή,  ^οη.=  Σνρία,  Hdt. — 
2.  in  Od.  15,  403  =  Σνρος,  ace.  to 
Strab.  p.  487. 

Σϊφιηγενής,  ές,  (Σύρος  II,  *γένω) 
Syrian-horn,  Orac.  ap.  Hdt.  7,  140. 

Σϋρικός,  ή,  ovtfrom  Syria,  Syrian. 

^Σνρικτά,ό,  Oor. =  σνριστής,  The- 
ocr. 8,  34. 

Σϋρικτήρ,  ήρος,  b,  =  σνριστής, 
Leon.  Tar.  1  : — also  σνρικτης,  ov,  b, 
Arist.  Probl.  18,  6,  1,  Anth.  P.  6, 
237. 

\Σίψιος.  a,  ov,  of  ox  from  Syria,  Sy• 
rian,  Hdt.  1,  72,  76,  etc.  ;  ai  Σνρίαί 
τζύ'λαι,  V.  τζν/.η. —  Also  for 'Acyfrrpiof, 
Hdt.  7,  63  ;  Aesch.  Pers.  84.  [ϋ] 

Σύριος,  a,  ov,  of  the  island   Syros. 

Σϋρίσδω,  Dor.  for  σνρίζω,  Theocr. 
1,  3,  etc. 

Σύρισμα,  ατός,  τά,=  σνριγμα.  [ν] 

Σύρισμός,  ου,  ό,^σνριγμός,  Luc. 
Gymn.  32. 

Συριστής,  οϋ,  ό,  (σνρίζω)  α  piper, 
esp.,  a  player  on  the  Ρ  an  s -pipe  (σνριγξ), 
Luc. — U.  the  male  crane,  socallea  from 
his  voice,  Hesych. ;  cf.  Eur.  Hel.1483. 

Σϊ'ριστί,  adv.,  in  the  Syrian  lan- 
guage, Σ.  t-ίστασθαι,  to  know  Syri- 
an, Xen.  Cyr.  7,  5,  31. 

Σΰρίττω,  f.  -ίζω,=^σνρίζω,  q.  v. 

Σνριχος,  ov,  ό,=ίφΙ)ίσκος  (q.  v.), 
Alex.  Leb.  1,  3.  [σϋ] 

Σνρκάζω,  συρκίζω,  Aeol.  for  σαρ• 
κάζω,  σαρκίζω. 

Σνρμα,  ατός.  τό,  (σίφω):  —  any 
thing  drawn  or  trailed  after  one  ;  α  the- 
atric robe  u'ith  a  long  train,  Juven.  8, 
229 :  also  simply  in  periphr.,  σύρμα 
7τ/.οκάμων,  long,  flowing  hair,  Anth. 
P.  5,  13  :  σ.  τερηδόνας,  a  long  wood- 
worm, lb.  12,  190.  —  II.  ally  thing 
drawn,  swept,  or  thrown  together,  sweep- 
ings, refuse,  litter,  Lat.  quisquiliae,  like 
σύρφος,  τό,  and  σνρόετός.  in  plur., 
Heraclit.  ap.  Arist.  Eth.  N.  10,  5,  8. 
— III.  in  medic.,  α  place  lehere  the  skin 
has  been  torn  off,  Lat.  dtsquamatum, 
1447 


ΣΤΡΡ 

Foes.  Oec.  Hipp. — IV'.  in  music,  a 
drawing  out  Or  prolonging  the  ioues, 
Ptolem.  Harm.  2,  12. 

Σνμμαια,  ας,  /},  Ion.  σνρμηίη,  (σΐ'ρ- 
μός  jV):  —  an  emetic  or  purgative 
draught,  much  used  by  the  Aegyptians, 
Hdt.  2,  88  ;  cf.  σνρμαΐζω  :  they  com- 
pounded it(says  Erotian)  of  the  juice 
of  the  radish  (/ιαίραΐ'ίς)  and  salt  water, 
hence  the  radish  itself  is  called  σνρ- 
μαίη,  Hdt.  2,  125,  cf.  Ar.  Pac.  1254  , 
hence  also  .\r.  calls  the  Aegyptians 
μελανοσνρμαίος  ?.αύς,  Thesm.  857  : 
proverb.,  σνρμαίαν  β/.έττειν,  to  look 
like  one  just  going  to  vomit,  ap.  Pha- 
vorin. — 11.  also,  ace.  to  Hesych.,  a 
mixture  of  honey  and  suet,  given  as  a 
prize  at  Sparta,  in  a  contest  of  the 
same  name.     Hence 

Σνρμΰίζω,  to  lake  an  emetic  QT purge, 
of  the  Aegyptians,  σνρμαΐζονσι  τρεις 
ί/μέρας  έττεξτ/ς  μηνός  έκαστου,  ίμε- 
τοϊσι  θηρώμενοι  την  νγιείην  καΐ  κλν- 
σμασι,  Hdt.  2,  77. 

"Σνρμαιοτϊίύλης,  ον,  6,  {σνρμαία, 
Τΐΐο'λεω)  one  who  sells  emetics  or  purges, 
Ar.  Fr.  252. 

Σνρμάισμός,  οϋ,  δ,  (σνρμαίζω)  the 
use  of  an  emetic  or  purge.  Foes.  Oec. 
Hipp. 

Σνρμύς,  άόος,  η,  (σΰρ(ύ)=^σνρμα  Π, 
Anth. 

Σνρματίτης,  ον,  ό,  fern,  σνρματΐ- 
τις,  ιόος : — κόττρος  σ.,  manure  mixed 
with  sweepings  or  litter,  Theophr.  ;  v. 
σύρμα  II. 

Συρμός,  ον,  δ,  (σύρω) : — any  thing 
that  draws,  drags,  or  tears  along  with 
violence,  any  lengthened,  trailing  motion, 
like  Lat.  tractus,  the  track  of  meteors, 
waves,  etc.,  a.  πρηστήρυν,  Plat.  A.x. 
370  C,  cf.  Arist.  Mirab.  130,  1  ;  vi(pE- 
των,  άνεμων,  Anth.  P.  7,  8,  498  ;  χα- 
λαζήεις,  Leon.  Al.  12,  etc.  —  II.  that 
vihich  IS  drawn  or  dragged  along ;  hence 
like  Lat.  tractus  serpenlis,  the  trail  ol  a 
serpent,  Plut.  Anton.  86. — III.  =σί'ρ- 
μα.  —  IV.  α  vomiting,  Lat.  vomit  us : 
generally,  a  purging  and  clearing  of 
the  body,  Nic.Al.  256;  hence  σνρμαία. 

iΣvpuoς,  ον,  ό,  Syrmus,  a  kmg  of 
the  Tn'balli,  Plut.  Alex.  11 ;  Strab.  p. 
301. 

^Σνρνος,  ον,  -η,  or  Σύρος,  Syrnus, 
a  city  of  Caria,  Paus.  3,  26,  10. 

Σΰρξ,  ή,  Aeol.  for  σαρξ,  flesh. 

Σνρομένως,  adv.  part.  pres.  mid. 
from  σνρω,=  σνρδην. 

Σνροπέρδιξ,  Ικος,  ό,  =  Σνρος  τζερ- 
διξ,  Ael.  Ν.  Α. 

Σνρος,  ον,  7/,  Syros,  one  of  tlie  Cy- 
clades:  also  Σνρα,  ή,  and  in  Od.  Συ- 
ρίη. — II.  Σνρος,  ον,  ό,  ο  Syrian,  fHdt. 
1,  6,  etc.  ;  hence  as  appell.  of  a  slave, 
Syrus,  Strab.  p.  304,  freq.  in  Com. ; 
cf.  Hor.  Serm.  1,  6,  38;  so  also  in 
fern.  Σνρα,  q.  v. 

Σνροφοίνιξ,  Ικος,  6,  a  Syro-phoeni- 
cian,  Luc.  jDeor.  Concil.  4t :  fem. 
Σνροφοίνισσα,  Ν.  Τ. 

Σνββαγμα,  ατός,  τό,  (σνββάσσω)  α 
dashing    together,    C07iflict,    battle,    like 

σίφβαξις,  Plut.  2,  346  Ε,  ubi  v. 
Wyttenb. 

Σνββάδιος,  ον,  (σύρω)  promiscuous, 
of.  Hesych. 

Σνββαδιουργέω,  ώ,  to  commit  a 
crime  n-ith,  τινί,  Plut. 

Σνββάβΰγέω,  ώ,  (συν,  βαθαγέω)  to 
make  a  noise  with  or  together,  Nic.  Th. 
194. 

Σνββαξις,  εως,  ή,^σίφβηξις,  Arist. 
Mirab.  130,  2:  a  conflict,  battle;  cf. 
συββα-'/μα. 

Σνββατττύς,  όν,  sewn  together,  Arr.  ; 
V.  Lob.  Paral.  493 :  from 

Σνββύτϊτω,  f.  -ψω,  {σνν,  βύπτω)  to 
sew  or  stitch  together,  δέρματα  νενρω 
1448 


ΣΥΡΣ 

βοάς,  Hes.  Op.  542,  cf.  Hdt.  2,  86 ;  4, 
64  :  Tu  στόματα  των  ανθρώπων  σνρβ., 
to  sew  men's  mouths  together,  i.  e.  stop 
their  mouths,  muzzle  them,  Plat. 
Euthyd.  303  Ε  :  σ.  ίττιθνμίας  άπο- 
λανσεσι.  to  bring  appetites  into  con- 
nexion iciih  enjoyment,  i.  e.  to  gratify 
them  immediately,  Plut.  2,  565  D. 

Σνββάσσω,  Att.  -ττω  :  f.  -ξω :^=σν(ι- 
βήσσω,  σνββή}ννμι,  to  dash  together, 
fight  with  another,  τινί,  Lat.  confli- 
gere  cum  aliquo,  Thuc.  8,  96  ;  αντιμέ- 
τωπος σννέρβαξε  τοις  θηβαίοις,  Xen. 
Hell.  4,  3,  19,  cf.  7,  5,  16 :  —  v.  σνβ- 
βίίγννμι  Π,  σίφβαγμα. 

Σνββάφενς,  δ,  one  who  seivs  or  stitch- 
es together. 

Σνββαφή,  τ/ς,  η,  a  sewing  together. 

Σνβρέζω,  t.  -ξω,  {σνν,  βέζω)  to  do 
along  with  or  together,  Anth.  P.  ap- 
pend. 164. 

Σνββέμβομαι,  {σνν,  βέμβω)  dep.  to 
roam  about  together,  v.  1.  LXX. 

ίΣνββεντΙνος,  η,  ον,  of  Surrentum, 
Surrentine,  esp.  ό  Σ.  οΙνος,  Ath.  27  Β  : 
from 

^Σνββεντον,  ου,  τό,  Surrentum,  a 
city  of  Campania,  Strab.  p.  247. 

Σνββέττω,  {σνν,  βέπω)  to  bend  or 
turn  together,  σ.  τι)  διανοίφ  επί  τι, 
Polyb.  3,  38,  5. 

Σίφβενσις,  εως,  η,  aflowing  together, 
conflux,  Arist.  Η.  Α.  5,  19,  4  :  from 

Σνββέω,  f.  -βενσομαι :  pf.  -εββύη- 
κα,  {σύν,  βίω)  : — to  flow  together  or  in 
one  stream,  of  rivers.  Plat.  Phaed. 
109  B,  112  A;  metaph.  of  men,  to 
flow  or  stream  together,  Hdt.  8,  42 ; 
and  of  money,  Isae.  Menecl.  ^  34. 

Σίφβηγμα,  ατός,  τό,^σνββαγμα. 

Σνββήγννμι,  f.  -βήξω:  pf.  pass. 
σννερρηγμαι :  aor.  pass,  σννεββάγι/ν 
[α]  :  mtr.  pf.  2  σννέββωγα  : — σνββη- 
γννω.  σνββήσσω,  σνββάσσο,  σνββώσ- 
σω,  are  coilat.  forms,  {σνν,  βι/γννμι) : 
— Ι.  trans.,  to  tear  or  break  up,  dash  to 
pieces:  metaph.  κακοΐσι  σννέββηκται, 
he  is  broken  down  by  sufferings,  Od. 
8,  137. — 2.  σνββήξαι  εις  εν  άπαντα, 
to  break  up  all  into  one,  i.  e.  to  join  in 
one,  Ar.  Eccl.  674. — 3.  to.  strike  or 
dash  together :  metaph.  to  cause  to 
burst  or  break  out,  σ.  πόλεμον,  Plut. 
2,  1049  D.— II.  Pass,  and  inlr.  in  act. 
(esp.  in  the  pf.  -έββωγα,  which  is 
always  intr.)  :  to  break  or  fall  to 
pieces,  to  burst  out  and  crush  together, 
run  together,  of  rivers,  "Υλλος  σνβ- 
βί/γννσι  ές  τον  "Ερμον,  Hdt.  1,  80: 
so  of  war,  tumult,  etc.,  to  break  out, 
δ  πό7.εμος  ξννεββώγει,  Thuc.  1,  66, 
π.  σνββαγέντος,  Plut.  2,  322  Β  ;  σ.  ή 
κρανγή.  Id.  Α  rat.  21.— 2.  like  συββύσ- 
σω,  to  meet  in  battle,  engage,  Plut. 
Caes.  45. — 3.  to  break  or  burst  forth. 
Hence 

Σίφβτίξΐς,  {],  a  striking,  dashing, 
running  together,  esp.  iheflrst  onset  in 
battle  ;  cf.  σύββαγμα. 

Σνδβιζύομαι,  {σνν,  βιζόω)  as  pass., 
to  take  or  strike  root  at  the  same  time, 
Luc.  V.  Hist.  1,  8. 

Σνββιζος,  ον,  (βίζα)  having  taken 
root  together. 

Σνββίπτω,  {σνν,  βίπτω)  to  throw 
or  cast  together,  Diod.   [ΐ] 

Σνββοη,  ης,  ή,=  σνββενσις,  The- 
ophr. 

Σνββοια,  ας,  ή,  =  foreg.,  Hipp., 
Polyb.  2,  32,  2  ;  v.  Lob.  Phryn.  497. 

Σνββοος,  ον,  (συββέω)  flowing  to- 
gether, confluent,  Tim.  Locr.  101  E. 
— II.  as  subst.,  σνββονς,  =  foreg., 
Arist.  H.  A.  10,  7,  12. 

Σίφβύσις,  ή,=^σνββενσις,  Polyb.  9, 
43,  5. 

Σύρσις,  ή,  (σίφω)  a  rare  form  for 
συρμός. 


ΣΤΣΚ 

Σύρτης,  ον,  δ,  {σύρω)  α  rope  or  cord 
for  drawing  with. — II.  in  mechanics, 
the  sheaf  of  a  block,  Math.  Vett. 

Σνρτις,  ιδος,  ή,  {σνρω)  : — a  sand- 
bank in  the  sea,  es[i.  the  Syrtis  (Major 
and  Minor)  on  the  coast  of  Libya, 
Hdt.  2,  32,  150:  +7)  μεγάλ?ί  Σνρτις, 
on  the  coast  of  Cyr(?ne,  now  gvlf  0} 
Sidra,  Polyb.  ;  Strab,  ;  etc.  :  ή  μι- 
κρά or  ελάττων,  on  the  coast  of  By 
zacene,  now  gulf  of  Cubes,  Id.f^lL 
metaph.,  destruction,  ap.  Hesych. 

Συρτός,  ή,  όν,  {σνρω)  swept  or 
washed  down  by  a  river,  oi  gold-dust, 
etc.,  Polyb.  34,  9,  10,  Strab. 

Σί'ρφαξ,ΰκος,  ό,  {σνρω)=σνρφετός, 
σνρφος,  Ar.  Vesp.  673. — II.  as  adj., 
=  σνρφετώδτ/ς. 

'\Σνρφαξ,  ηκος,  δ,  Syrphax,  masc. 
pr.  η.,  Arr.  An.  1,  17,  12. 

Σνρφετός,  ον,  δ,  {σύρω)  :— lengthd. 
form  for  σϋρφος,^φορντός,  any  thing 
dragged  or  swept  together,  sweepings, 
refuse,  litter,  Lat.  qui.^qiiiUae,  χόρτος 
και  σνρφετός,  hay  and  litter,  Hes.  Op. 
604,  cf.  σίφμα  II. — II.  metaph.,  α 
mixed  crowd,  mob,  rabble,  σ.  δον7.ων. 
Plat.  Gorg.  4'^9  C,  Theaet.  152  C  : 
also,  one  of  the  mob,  like  Horace's 
plebs  eris.  Plat.  Hipp.  Maj.  288  D. 
(Akin  to  σύρβη,  τνρβη,  Lat.  turba.) 
Hence 

Σνρφετώδης,  ες,  (είδος)  like  a  συρφε- 
τός, j^imhled  together,  promiscuous,  σ. 
όχλος,  Polyb.  4,  75,  5  ;  cf.  Luc.  Salt. 
83. 

Σύρφος,  δ,=σέρφος. 

Σνρφος.  εος,  τό,^^  σνρφετός,  which 
is  a  lengthd.  form. 

2TTi2,  in  pass,  only  with  aor.  2 
έσίφην.  To  draw  or  trail  along,  to 
drag  a  net,  Plut.  2,  977  F  -.—to  drug  by 
force,  force  away,  hale.  N.  T. :  of  rivers, 
to  sweep  or  carry  down  with  them, 
σύρεται  δ  χρυσός,  Strab.,  cf.  Plut. 
Mar.  23 ;  κ?.ύδων  δέλφινα  εσνρεν 
έπϊ  χέρσον,  Anth.  P.  7,  216,  cf.  9.  81 : 
so  of  war,  to  sweep  away,  Plut.  2,  5 
F  ;  cf.  συρτός  .•— absol.  in  pass.,  ol  a 
stream,  to  flow  or  run  down,  Dion.  P. 
16,  46.  [v,  except  in  aor.  2  pass. 
ίσϊφην.'Ι 

ΣΥ~Σ,  δ  and  τ/,  but  oftener  masc. 
than  fem.  :  gen.  σνός  :  ace.  σνν  : — 
in  pi.  Hom.  never  contracts  the  nom. 
σύες,  of  ace.  he  has  both  forms,  σνας 
and  σνς,  in  dat.  σνσί  and  σύεσσι :  he 
uses,  like  Hdt.,  both  forms,  σνς  and 
νς. — Like  νς,  a  .iwine,  pig,  a  hog,  boar 
or  sow,  freq.  in  Horn.,  usu.  in  masc, 
συς  άγριος,  a  wild  boar,  II.  8,  338; 
υγρότερος,  1 1 ,  293 ;  also,  σνς  κύπριος, 
σνς  κάπρος  (v.  sub  voce.) ;  so  loo, 
σνς  χλοννης,  σύες  χλοϋναι,  II.,  and 
Hes.  Cf.  sub  νς.  \_v  in  mono- 
syll.  cases,  in  the  rest  ϋ.]  (Lat. 
SUS,  Germ.  SA  U,  oursoti',  of  which 
swine  is  Strictly  the  ]ilur. :  prob.  from 
σεύομαι,  εσσνμαι,  σνμενος.  akin  to 
θνω  Β,  as  in  Lat.  sus,  from  the 
violence  and  fierceness  of  the  wild 
boar.) 

ΙΣΓ'ζ•,  ύ,  the  Sys.  a  mountain-tor- 
rent of  Olympus  in  Boeotia,  Paus. 
9,30,  11. 

Σνσβένννμι,  {σνν.  σβένννμι)  to 
extinguish  together,  Opp.  H.  2,  477. 

Σνσκάπτω,  (σνν,  σκάπτω)  to  dig  to- 
gether.— II.  to  fill  or  lieap  up,  σ.  τονς 
γύρους.  Theophr. 

Σνσκΐδάνννμι.  also  -ννω,  fut.  σκε- 
δάσω (σύν,  σκεδάνννμι) : — to  help  in 
scattering  :  to  toss  all  about,  Ar.  Kan 
903. 

Σνσκεμμα,  ατός,  τό,  joint  considera 
tion. 

Σνσκεπύζω,  to  cover  with  or  en 
tirely. 


ΣΤΣΚ 
Σνακεπτέον,  verb,  adj.,   one  must 
consider,  μετά  Τίνος,  Plat.  Soph.  218 
Β  :  from 

Συσκέπτομαι,  f.  --φομαί,  {σνν,σκέττ- 
τομαι)  dep.  mid.  : — to  consider  along 
with. 

Σ  υσκενάζω,  f.  -άσω,  (tri'v,  σκευάζω) : 
— to  make  ready  by  putting  together,  to 
pack  up  baggage,  etc.,  for  another, 
Xen.  Cyr.  1,  4,  25  ;  atid  then,  gener- 
ally, to  make  ready, prepare,  το  δείπνον, 
Αγ.  Vesp.  1251  :  to  hatch,  get  up,  con- 
trive, Dem.  764,  7,  cf.  365,  5  ;  σ.  τινί 
την  βασιλείαν,  Dion.  Η.  3,  35. — II. 
in  mid. ,  to  pack  up  one's  own  baggage, 
to  pack  up,  Lat.  convasare,  vasa  cotli- 
gere,  Thuc.  7,  74,  Plat.  Theaet.  175 
E,  Xen.,  etc. :  esp.  in  part.  aor.  1 
inid.,  or  pf.  pass.,  all  packed  up,  ready 
for  a  start,  παρεϊναι  σννεσκευασμέ- 
νος,  Xen.  Cyr.  3,  2,  3  ;  ττορεύεσθαι 
σνσκευασάμενοι,  lb.  6,  2,  3,  etc.  :  the 
pf  pass,  is  even  followed  by  an  ace, 
συΐ'εσκευασμένος  τα  έαντοϋ  ένθάόε, 
with  alt  his  goods  packed  up  and  brought 
hither,  Lys.  187,  28,  cf.  Id.  Fr.  32, 
Xen.  Cyr.  5,  3,  16. — 2.  to  prepare,  inake 
ready,  πορείαν,  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  5,  1 ; 
σίτον,  έπιτί'/όεια,  etc.,  Id. — 3.  to  con- 
trive, get  up,  as  in  act.,  Dem.  772,  11. 
— 4.  to  bring  together,  scrape  up  for  one's 
own  use  or  advantage,  σ.  χρήματα, 
Lycurg.  149,  44,  cf.  Dinarch.  100,  25 : 
hence  also — 5.  lo  win,  gain  over,  to 
overreach,  fall  upon,  surprise,  Dem. 
438,  14  :  and  so  of  love,  συσκευάζεται 
τον  άνθρωπον,  Xen.  Cyr.  5,  1,  16. 
Hence 

Συσκευασία,  ας,  ή,  a  packing  up, 
getting  ready,  esp.  for  a  journey  or 
inarch,  Xen.  Cyr.  4,  2,  35. 

Συσκευαστής,  οΰ,  ό,  {συσκευάζω) 
one  who  packs  up  or  gets  ready,  Clem. 
Al.  _ 

Συσκευή,  ης,  ή,  a  getting  ready,  prep- 
aration, esp.  on  the  theatre  :  iiietaph. 
juggling,  sleight  of  hand,  delusion,  ildn. 
3,  12. 

Σνσκενοφορέω,  ώ,  (σύν,  σκευοφο- 
ρέω)  to  bear  or  carry  baggage  along  with 
or  together, Xen.  Cyr.  8,  3,  7. 

Συσκευωβέομαι,  f  -ήσομαι,  {σύν, 
σκευωρέομαι)  dep.  mid. : — to  contrive, 
devise,  plan,  plot,  Dem.  313,  15. 

Συσκτινέω,  ω,  {σύν,  σκηνεω)  to  be 
or  live  in  the  same  tent  or  Iiouse  with 
another,  like  όμοσκηνεω  :  to  lodge  to- 
gether, Xen.  Hell.  3,  2,  8:  to  mess  or 
eat  with  any  one,  Xen.  Cyr.  2,  2,  I, 
etc.     Hence 

Σνσκηνητήρ,  ήρος,  6,  one  who  dwells 
with  another,  a  messmate  :  fern,  συσκη- 
νήτρια,  Ar.  Thesm.  624. 

Συσκηνία,  ας,  ή,  {σύσκηνος)  a  dwel- 
ling in  one  tent  :  esp.  of  soldiers,  a 
messing  together,  Xen.  Hell.  5,  3,  20, 
V.  1.  Cyr.  2,1,  26.     Hence 

Σνσκήνιον, ου, τό,=^συσσίτιον, usu. 
in  plur.  tu  συσκήνια,  for  the  Spartan 
φιόίτια,  Xen.  Lac.  5,  2. 

Σύσκηνος,  ov,  {συν,  σκηνή)  dwelling 
or  living  in  one  tent :  a  messmate,  com- 
rade, Lat.  contubernalis ,  Thuc.  7,  75, 
Xen.  An.  5,  8,  6,  etc.     Hence 

Συσκηι/όω,  ω,  =  συσκηνέω,  Xen. 
Hell.  7,  1,38. 

Σνσκΐάζω,  f.  -άσω,  {σύν,  σκιάζω)  to 
shade  or  cover  quite  over,  Hes.  0pp. 
611  ;  γένυν  σ.,  i.  e.  to  get  a  beard, 
Eur.  Supp.  1050  :  metaph.  to  veil,  con- 
ceal, Dem.  155,  25,  and  v.  1.  23,  fin.— 
II.  intrans.,  άγχος.,  ττενκαισι  σνσκιά- 
ζον,  a  vale  with  pines  thick-shading, 
Eur.  Bacch.  1052.     Hence 

Συσκίάσις,  ή-  a  shading,  shadowing, 
covering  over  :   [t]  and 

Συσκίασμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  shaded  place 
or  thing  .•  also=foreg. 


ΣΤΣΣ 

Συσκϊασμός,  οϋ,  6,  =  συσκίασις, 
LXX. 

Σύσκϊος,  ov,  {συν,  σκιά)  quite-sha- 
ded, shady,  covered,  Xen.  Cyn.  8,  4  : 
TO  σύσκ.,  the  shade  or  shadiness  of  a 
tree,  Plat.  Phaedr.  230  Β  ;  cf  Luc. 
Gymn.  16. 

Σχ'σκιρτάω,  ω,  {σύν,  σκιρτάω)  to 
leap  together,  Ael. 

Συσκοπεω,  ί.  -έφομαι,  {σύν,  σκο• 
πέω)  to  contemplate  along  with  or  to- 
gether. Plat.  Phaed.  89  A,  Lach.  189 
C  :  also  as  dep.  mid.,  συσκυτΐέομαι. 

Συσκοτάζω,  t.  άσω,  {σύν,  σκοτάζω) 
to  make  quite  dark. — II.  intr.,  ίο  grow 
dark:  impers.,  σνσκοτάζει,  it  grows 
dark,  Thuc.  1.  51  ;  7,  73,  Xen..  etc.  ; 
so,  ήδη  συσκοτάζοντος,  when  it  was 
now  getting  dark,  Lys.  Fr.  45,  4. 

Συσκυθρωπάζω,  {σύν,  σκυθρωπάζω) 
to  be  or  look  sad  along  with  or  together, 
Eur.  Incert.  100,  4,  Xen.  Cyr.  6,  2, 
21. 

Συσκϋ?Μω,  ώ,^σνγκα7.ύπτω. 
Σνσμηρίζω,  to  solder  together. 
Σνσπάράσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  (.  -ξω.  {σύν, 
σπαράσσω)  to  pull  all  to  pieces,  N.  T. 
ΣνσΤίάσις,  ή,  a  drawing  together. 
Σύσπαστυς,  ov,  or  συσπαστός,  όν 
(Lob.    Paral.    490),    drawn    together : 
closed  by  drawing  together,  βαΆάντιον, 
Plat.  Symp.  190  Ε  ί  from 

Συσπάω,  ί.  -άσω,  {σύν,  σπάω)  to 
draw  together,  squeeze  together,  Ar.  Fr. 
406,  Plat.  Tim.  71  C  ;  συνεσπακως 
τους  δακτύλους,  Luc.  Tim.  13  ; — esp. 
by  stitching,  to  sew  together,  τάς  διφθέ- 
ρας, Xen.  An.  1,  5,  ίΟ.  [ώ] 

Συσπεφάω,  ώ,  {σύν,  σπειράω)  to 
roll  up  together: — mid.,  to  wrap  one's 
cloak  about  one,  metaph.  of  one  who  is 
content  with  a  little  {rnea  virtnte  me 
inrolvo),  Plut.  2,  828  C,  v.  Wyttenb. 
157  C. — II.  in  pass,  of  soldiers,  to  be 
formed,  stand  in  close  order,  Xen.  Cyr. 
7,  5,  6,  etc.  ;  σ.  επΙ  τόποι',  to  inarch 
so  to  a  place.  Id.  Hell.  2,  4,  11.— 2.  to 
shrnik  up,  shrivel.  Plat.  Symp.  206  D. 
Συσπείρω,  {σύν,  σπείρω)  to  sow  or 
sprinkle  along  with  or  together,  Luc. 

Συσπένΰω,  f  -σπείσω,  {σύν,  σπέν- 
δω)  to  join  in  making  a  libation,  Dem. 
400, 21,  Aeschin.  61,2: — mid.,  to  join 
in  making  a  treaty,  etc. 

Συσπεύδω,  (σύν,  σπεύδω)  to  join  in 
hastening  or  pressing  ott,  to  letid  a  help- 
ing hand,  τινί,  to  one,  Hdt.  1,  92; 
φι/.εΐ  δε  τω  κάμνοντι  σνσπενδειν 
θεός,  Aesch.  Fr.  277. 

^Συσπιριτις,  ιδος,  ή,  Syspiritis,  a 
district  of  Armenia,  Strab.  p.  503. 

Συσπλαγχνεύω,  {σύν,σπλαγχνενω) 
to  help  to  σπλάγχνα  at  a  sacrifice,  Ar. 
Pac.  1115. 

Συσποδέω,  ώ,  to  mince  up. 
Σύσπονδος,  ον,=^όμόσπονδος,  Aes- 
chin. 50,  9. 

Συσπουδάζω,  f.  -άσω,  {συν,  σπου- 
δάζω) to  make  haste  along  with  or  to- 
gether, to  be  zealous  or  serious  concern- 
ing, περί  τίνος,  Ar.  Pac.  768,  Xen. 
An.  2,  3,  11. — II.  transit.,  to  pursue, 
do  or  manage  along  with  or  together, 
τινί  τι,  Xen.  Ages.  8,  2  :  to  take  any 
one's  part,  favour  him,  τινί,  Dio  C. 
Hence 

Συσπουδαστικός,  ή,  όν,  zealous  in 
helping,  M.  Anton.  1,  16. 

Συσσαίνω,  {σύν,  σαίνω)  to  caress  or 
fondle  together,  τινά  : — pass.,  to  feel 
flattered  or  pleaded  by  a  thing,  τινί, 
Polyb.  1 ,  80,  6. 

Συσσαρκία,  ας.  ή.=εΰσαρκία,  for 
which  it  is  v.  1.  in  Hipp. 

Συσσαρκόω,  ώ,  to  join,  unite  by  flesh, 
cover  over  with  flesh.     Hence 

Συσσάρκωσις,  ή,  a  joining  with  flesh, 
growing  over  with  flesh. 


ΣΎΣΤ 

Συσσάττω,  f.  -ξω,  {σύν,  σάττω)  to 
stop  οτ  fill  quite  up,  Arist.  Probl.  26, 
8,4. 

Συσσεισμός,  οϋ,  ό,  a  shaking  together, 
esp.  a  whirlwind,  LXX.  :  also  an  earth- 
quake :  from 

Συσσείω,  {σύν,  σείω)  to  shake  to. 
gelher,  to  put  in  motion  together,  H. 
Hom.  Merc.  94  :  to  make  to  tremble, 
awe,  LXX. 

Συσσεύω,  to  urge  on,  set  in  motion 
along  with  or  together. 

Συσσημαίνομαι,  {  σύν,  σημαίνω  ) 
dep.,  to  seal  or  sign  along  with  others, 
join  in  signing  or  ratifying,  Dem.  928, 
4  ;  1034,  till. 

Σύσσημος,  ov,  {σύν,  σήμα)  marked 
in  common;  esp.  of  weights  and  meas- 
ures, sio/nped  as  current :  το  σύσσημον, 
a  fixed  sign  or  signal,  like  σύμβολον, 
LXX.  :  ο  pledge  or  pawn,  Anth.  P. 
append.  32. 

Συσσήπω,  f.  -ψω,  {σύν,  σήπω)  to 
digest  completely,  την  τροφήν,  Arist. 
Part.  An.  3,  14,  13  : — pass.,  c.  perf. 
act.,  to  grow  putrid  together.     Hence 

Σύσσηφις,  ή,  a  growing  putrid,  de- 
caying together. 

Συσσϊτέω,  ώ,  {σνσσιτος)  to  mess 
with,  τινί,  Ar.  Eq.  1325,  Lys.  137,  18, 
etc.  :  absol.,  m  plur.,  to  eat  or  mess  to- 
gether. Plat.  Symp.  219  E,  Dem.  401, 
1,  elc.     Hence 

Συσσίτησις,  εως,  ;7,=sq.,  Plut.  Ly- 
curg. 12.  [fftj 

Συσσίτια,  ας,  ή,  {σύσσιτος)  a  mess- 
ing together  or  in  common.  Plat.  Legg. 
781  A  :  α  club  or  mess,  Xen.  Oec.  8, 
12.    Hence 

ΣυσσΙτικός,  ή,  όν,  of  or  for  a  mess, 
οίκος,  Donad.  ap.  Ath.  143  C. 

Συσσίτιον,  ov,  τό,  usu.  iji  plur.  τά 
συσσίτια,  a  common  meal,  a  mess,  such 
as  Lycurgus  instituted  for  all  the 
Spartans,  Hdt.  1,  65,  Ar.  Eccl.  715, 
Plat.,  etc.  ;  cf  φειδίτια. — II.  a  mess- 
room,  common  hall,  Eur.  Ion  1105, 
Plat.  Legg.  762  C  ;  σ.  χειμερινά, 
winter-quarters,  Id.  Criti.  112  B.  [σί] 

Σνσσϊτοποιέω,  ώ,  {σύν,  σιτοποιέω) 
to  help  to  prepare  corn  or  bread.- — II.  to 
prepare  and  knead  with  bread,  άρτω, 
Diosc. 

ΣύσσΙτος,  ov,  {σνν,  σίτος)  eating 
together  or  in  common,  a  messinate, 
Theogn.  309,  Hdt.  5,  24,  Ar.  Λ'ββρ. 
557,  Xen.,  etc. 

Σιισσό^,  ης,  or  σύσσοια,  ας,  ή,  joint 
motion  of  several  bodies  to  one  point,  a 
word  of  the  Atomic  Philosophy,  De- 
mocr.  ap.  Hesych. :  from 

Συσσοϋμαι,  defect,  dep.,  to  rush 
along  with  Or  together. 

Συσσυκοφαντέω,  ω,  {σύν,  σνκοφαν- 
τέω)  to  join  in  laying  false  informations, 
Dem.  1359,  4. 

Σνσσύρω,  to  draw  backwards  and  for- 
wards, to  disturb. 

Σνσσώζω,  {σύν,  σώζω)  to  help  to 
save,  deliver,  Eur.  I.  A.  1209,  Ar. 
Thesm.  270,  Thuc.  1,  74.  —  II.  to 
maintain,  observe  along  with  or  together, 
Polyb.  10,47,  10. 

Σνσσωμάτοποιεω,  ώ  {σύν,  σωματο- 
πυιέω)  to  bring  into  one  body  uitli  or 
together,  to  incorporate,  Arist.  Mund.  4, 
32. 

Σύσσωμος,  ov,  {σνν.  σώμα)  joined, 
united  in  one  body,  N.  T. 

Συσσωρεύω,  {σύν,  σωρεύω)  to  heap 
up  or  together,  Diod.,  Ath.  333  B. 

Συσσωφρηνέω,  ώ,  {σύι•,  σωφρονεω) 
to  be  a  partner  in  temperance,  ξνσσω- 
ώρονείν  γύρ,  ούχι  συννοσείν  εφυν, 
Eur.  Ι.  Α.  407;  συσσοφρονήσω  σώ- 
φρονι,  Scol. 

ΣυστάδJjv,Άάv.,=  sq.,  Polyb.  3,  73 
8  ;  13,  3,  7.  [ά] 

144<) 


ΣΥΣΤ 

Συστΰδόν,  adv.,  {σννίστημι)  stand- 
ing close,  close  together,  σνστ.  μάχαις 
ίρήσθαι,  to  fight  in  close  combat, 
.at.  cominus  pugnare,  Thuc.  7,  81  ; 
so,  ή  σνσταδον  μάχη,  Hdn.  4,  7. 

^νστάβίύω,  to  roast  together:  to 
roast,  toast  thoroughlu. 

Συσταθμέομαι,  aep.  ιη[ά.,=  σνμ• 
μετρέω. 

Συσταθμία,  ας,  ή,  α  mixing  together 
by  weight,  Diosc. :  from 

Σνσταθμος,  ov,  {συν,  σταθμός  III) 
of  equal  weight,  Hipp.  ap.  Galen. 

Συστα'ληκός,  ή,  όν,  (συστέλλω) 
drawing  together,  constringent,  check- 
ing, opp.  to  κινητικός,  Arist.  Probl. 

Σνσταμνίζω,  (σύν,  στάμνος)  to  put 
together  in  the  same  vessel,  TL  TlVl, 
Nic.  ap.  Ath.  133  D. 

Σνστάς,  άόος,  η,  (συνίστημι)  stand- 
ing close  together  :  σνστάύες  ύμτϊέλων, 
vines  planted  closely  and  irregularly, 
not  in  rows,  Lat.  vites  compluviatae, 
Arist.  Pol.  7,  11,5,  cf  Hesych.  sub 
V.  ξυστάόες- — 2.  συστάδες  θαλάσσης, 
όμβμιοιν  υδάτων,  cisterns,  reservoirs 
lor  sea  or  rain  water,  Strab.  p.  773. 

Συστύσιάζω,  f  •άσω.  {συν,  στασιά- 
ζω) to  join  in  rebellion  or  sedition,  take 
part  therein,  Thuc.  4,  86,  Plut.  C. 
Gracch.  13  : — to  be  of  the  same  party 
with,  TLvi,  Plut.    Hence 

Συστασιαστής,  οϋ,  ό,  a  fellow-rebel 
or  rioter,  N.  T. 

Συστύσις,  εως,  ή,  {συνίστημι): — a 
setting  together,  composition  :  so,  σ. 
προςώκου,  a  studied  arrangement,  se- 
rious expression  of  countenance,  of 
Pericles,  Plut.  Pericl.  5. — 2.  introduc- 
tion, recommendation.  Id.  Themist. 
27,  etc. — 3.  the  forming  of  a  plan,  σ. 
έπΐι3ουλης,  Polyb.  G,  7,  8. — II.  {συν- 
ίσταμαΐ)  a  standing  together,  meeting, 
esp.  in  hostile  sense,  a  conflict,  battle, 
Hdt.  6,  117;  7,  1C7  ;  α  quarrel,  Eur. 
Heracl.  415:  metaph.,  σ.  γνώΐί7/ς,  a 
conflict  of  mind,  intense  an.xiety, 
Thuc.  7,  71. — 2.  a  collection,  e.  g.  of 
humours.  Foes.  Oec.  Hipp. — 3.  a 
union  ;  a  political  union,  club,  like 
εταιρεία  (q.  v.),  Dem.  1122,  5 :  a  knot 
of  men  assembled,  Eur.  Andr.  1088, 
Thuc.  2,  21,  Xen.  Eq.  7,  19.— 4. 
friendship  or  alliance,  προς  τίνα,  Po- 
lyb. 3,  78,  2  :  a  conspiracy,  έπί  τίνα, 
Plut.  Pyrrh.  23. — 5.  the  constitution 
of  a  person  or  a  thing,  τών  ωρών,  τού 
κόσμου,  της  ι}ινχ})ς.  Plat.  Symp.  188 
A,  Tim.  32  C,  36  ϋ,  etc.  ;  φυσική  σ., 
Arist.  Categ.  8, 13  :— absol.,  apolitical 
constitution.  Plat.  Rep.  516  A. — 6. 
metaph.,  σ.  φρενών,  sternness,  harsh- 
ness, rigour  of  mind,  Eur.  Hipp.  983, 
cf  Ale.  797.— Cf  συνίστημι  through- 
out.— 111.  of  bodies,  a  becoming  com- 
pact or  solid,  recovery  of  good  condi- 
tion, etc.,  Plat.  Tim.  89  A. 

Συστάσιώτης,  ου,  ό,  [συν,  στασιώ- 
της)  α  member  of  the  same  party  or  fac- 
tion, a  partisan,  Hdt.  5,  70,  124,  Strab., 
etc. 

Σνστάτης,  ov,  ό,  (,σννίστημι)  one 
who  stands  with  Others  :  in  plur.,  the 
rafters  of  the  roof  which  meet  in  the 
top-ridge,  [ά]     Hence 

Συστατικός,  ή,  όν,  introductory, 
commendatory :  proverb.,  το  κύ/.?,ος 
πάσης  συστατικώτερον  ίπιστο?.ης, 
personal  appearance  is  better  introduc- 
tion than  any  letter,  Diog.  L.  5,  18: 
ή  συστ.  (sc.  ε~ιστολή),  a  letter  of  in- 
troduction. Id.  8,  87,  and  N.  T.— II. 
drawing  together,  -making  compact  or 
solid,  curdling. 

Συστανρόω,  ώ,  (συν,  σταυρόω)  to 
secure,  fortify  with  a  palisade. — II.  to 
crucify  along  with,  τινί,  Ν.  Τ. 

Συστεγάζω,  f.  -άσω,  {σνν,  στεγάζω) 
1450 


ΣΤΣΤ 

ΐν,  τ 
a  thing.  Plat.   Tim.  75  C  ;  in  pass.. 


to  cover  together  or  entirely,  τινί,  with 
a  thing.  Plat.   Tir 
Xen.  Cyr.  6,  2,  17, 


Συστεγνύω,  ώ,  to  solder  together. 

Σνστείχω,  to  go  at  the  same  time  or 
together. 

Συστέλλω,  pf  σννέστα?^κα,  {σνν, 
στέ/Λω) : — Ό  draw  together,  to  straiten : 
hence,  to  lessen,  shorten,  esp.  to  shorten 
sail  (sub.  ιστία),  Ar.  Ran.  999,  cf 
Eq.  432. — 2.  to  draw  in,  contract,  εις 
TO  ελάχιστον,  Dem.  309,  2  :  to  check, 
restrain,  moderate.  Plat.  Legg.  691  E, 
and  freq.  in  Plut.  :  σ.  την  δ'ιαιταν, 
Plut.  Cat.  Min.  4  : — pass,  to  contract, 
grow  smaller,  Xen.  Vect.  4,  3  :  σνσ- 
τέλλεσθαι  εις  εΰτέλειαν,  to  retrench 
e.xpenses,  Thuc.  8,  4  (cf  συντέμνω); 
συσ.  εις  ολίγον,  Plut.  Aristid.  14, 
etc.  ;  ες  ί3ραχν,  Luc.  Icarom.  12  : — 
σννεσταλμένην  διάνοιαν  εχειν,  to 
keep  α  moderate  mind,  Isocr.  280  D ; 
συνεσταλμένος όγκω,  short  in  stature, 
Diod. ;  cf  σννεσταλμένως. — 3.  me- 
taph., to  lower,  humble,  abase,  τά  μέ- 
γιστα θεοςσννέστειλεν,  Eur.  Teleph. 
25  :  and  in  pf  pass.,  to  be  lowered  or 
cast  down,  συνέσταλμαι  κακοίς.  Id. 
Η.  F.  1417,  cf  Tro.  108.-11.  to  wrap 
closely  up,  shroud,  esp.  of  the  dead, 
Eur.  I.  T.  295,  in  pass.:  also,  rrf- 
ττλοις  σνσταλέντες,  Id.  Tro.  378  : — 
mid.,  σνστέλλεσΟαι  θαίμάτια,  to  wrap 
our  cloaks  close  round  us,  Ar.  Eccl. 
99  :  hence,  σνστέλλεσθαι  εαυτόν,  to 
gird  up  OHe''s  [nins,  get  ready  for  action, 
Id.  Eccl.  484 :  and  so.  συσταλείς, 
tucked  up,  all  ready,  Id.  Vesp.  424. — 
2.  to  cloak,  hide,  Plut.  Galb.  18.— III. 
in  Gramm.  to  use  a  syllable  as  short. 

Συστενάζω,  f  -ξω,  (σνν, στενάζω)  to 
sigh  or  groan  with,  τινί,  Eur.  Ion 
935. 

Σύστενος,  ov,  {σνν,  στενός)  running 
to  a  Jiarrow  point,  Antimach.  Fr.  89 : 
formed  like  σύνοξυς. 

Συστενοχωρέω,  ώ,  {συν,  στενοχω- 
ρέω)  to  drive  into  a  narrow  place  togeth- 
er, trammel  quite  up,  Plut.  2,  601  I). 

Σνστένω,^=σνστενάζω,  Arist.  Eth. 
N.  9.  11,4. 

Συστεφύνηφορέω,  ώ,  {συν,  στεφα- 
νηφορέω)  to  wear  a  croun  with  Others, 
σ.  Tivi,  Scol.  ap.  Ath.  695  D. 

Σνστεφάνόω,  ω,  [σνν,  στεφανόω) 
to  crown  ivith  or  together,  Anth.  P.  5, 
36  ; — pass.,  to  wear  a  crown  with,  σνν- 
εστεφανοντο  και  συνεπαιώνιζε  τώ 
Φύίπττω,  Dem.  380,  27. 

Σύστημα,  ατός,  τό,  (συνίστημι)  α 
whole  compounded  of  several  parts  or 
members,  a  complex  whole.  Plat.  Epin. 
991  E,  Arist.  Alund.  2,  1.-2.  a  body 
of  persons  leagued  by  the  same  laws,  in- 
stitutions, etc.,  a  regular  government, 
established  power,  confederacy,  Plat. 
Legg.  686  Β  :  also,  the  constitution  of 
a  state,  σ.  δημοκρατίας,  ΤΓο?.ιτείας, 
Polyb.  2,  38,  6;  6,  11,  3;  σ.  τών 
'Αχαιών,  Id.  2,  41,  15. — 3.  α  body  of 
soldiers,  a  corps,  usu.  of  a  delinite 
number,  like  τάγμα  and  σύνταγμα, 
hence  σ.  μισθοφόρων,  ιππέων,  etc., 
Id.  1,  81,  11,  etc. ;  but,  τό  της  φάλαγ- 
γος  σύστημα,  the  phalanx  it.self  Id. 
5,  53,  3. — 4.  generally,  α  ^ocA,  herd, 
ζώων,  ίπποτροφείων.  Id.  12,  4,  10, 
etc. — 5.  a  college  of  priests  or  magis- 
trates. Id.  21,  10,  11. — 6.  in  music,  the 
combinatioii  or  unison  of  several  tones. 
Plat.  Phil.  17  D :  esp.  the  concord  of 
four  tones. — 7.  in  metre,  the  union  of 
se-veral  versus  nexi  into  one  whole,  as 
esp.  in  anapaestics  :  cf  συνάφεια. — 
8.  in  medicine,  like  άθροισις,  the  ac- 
cumulation or  deposition  of  sediment. 
Foes.  Oec.  Hipp. — 9.  later,  as  we  use 
it,  a  system,  arrangement  of  the  elements 


ΣΤΣΤ' 

of  an  art  or  science. — The  word  is  late, 
and  rare  in  good  Att.  authors.    Hence 

Συστηματικός,  ή,  όν,  combined  in 
one  whole,  brought  into  system,  systemat- 
ic, Plut.  2,  1142  F. 

Συστοιχέω,  ώ,  to  stand  in  the  same 
row  or  line  wilfi,  Polyb.  10,  21,  7  :  to 
be  co-ordinate  with,  τινι :  and 

Συστοιχία,  ας,  i/,  a  standing  togeth- 
er in  one  row  or  line  ;  a  co-ordinate  ar- 
rangement or  series  of  co-ordinates.  Ar- 
ist. Eth.  N.  1,  6,  7: — any  regular  se- 
ries. Id.  Anal.  Pr.  2,  21,  2  :  a  belonging 
to  the  same  cla.fs,  kind,  race  or  sex, 
Theophr.,  cf  Arist.  Metaph.  9,3, 10: 
cf.  σύστοιχος  fin. 

Σύστοιχος,  ov,  (σνν,  στοίχος)  stand- 
ing in  the  same  row  or  line  with  Others, 
belonging  to  the  same  class,  kind,  race 
or  sex :  hence,  co-ordinate,  simitar, 
opp.  to  αντίστοιχος,  Arist.  Top.  2,9, 
1 :  so,  in  Aristot.,  the  elements  ui  air 
and  fire,  water  ami  earth,  are  σύστοι- 
χα ;  but  water  and  fire,  air  and  earth, 
aie  αντίστοιχα  :  so  in  Gramm.  letters 
classed  ace.  to  the  organ  of  pronun- 
ciation are  σύστοιχα,  as  the  labials 
π  β  φ,  etc.  ;  but  classed  ace.  to  their 
properties  they  are  αντίστοιχα,  as 
the  tenues  π  κ  τ,  etc. :  this  reciprocal 
relation  of  letters  is  c.illed  συστοιχία 
and  αντιστοιχία  : — hence,  κατ'  άντι- 
στοιχίαν,  by  the  relation  of  letters. 

Σνστολέω.^σνστολίζω,  susp. 

Συστολή,  ης,  ή,  [συστέλλω)  a  draw 
ing  together,  a  contracting  ;  metaph.,  a 
repressing,  reproof,  Plut.  2,  544  E,  etc. 
— 2.  in  medicine,  a  contraction  of  the 
heart,  Galen. — 3.  in  Gramm.,  the 
change  of  a  long  vowel  into  a  short  one, 
e.  g.  εσαν  for  ήσαν  :  also,  a  pronoun• 
dug  as  short  a  syllable  strictly  long: 
— so  also  in  music. — 4.  a  lessening  of 
expenses,  economy,  Polyb.  27,  12,  4. 
— in  all  these  senses,  opp.  to  διαστο- 
λή. 

Σνστο?ύζω,  f.  ■ίσω,=  σνστέλλω,  to 
put  together,  make,  Eur.  Or.  1435. — II. 
to  clothe,  deck,  adorn  along  with  or  to- 
gether, Mel.  126. 

Σύστομος,  ov,  {σνν,  στόμα)  with  a 
narrow  mouth,  opp.  to  μεγαλόστομος, 
Arist.  Part.  An.  3,  1,  12. — 2.  mouth  to 
mouth,  of  a  kiss,  Telecl.  Aps.  2. 
Hence 

Συστοιιόω,  ώ,  to  make  narrow-mouth- 
ed:— pass.,  to  be  joined  with  by  a  mouth, 
Strab.  p.  308. 

Σνστονΰχέω,  — συστενάζω,  Q.  Sm. 
1,  296. 

Σνστορένννμι,  [σύν.  στορένννμι)  to 
spread  or  lay  together,  Diphll.  ap.  Poll. 
10,  38. 

ΣvστoχάCoμaι,  {σύν,  στοχάζομαι) 
dep.  mid.,  to  aim  at  with  or  together,  τι- 
νός, Μ.  Anton.  3,  11. 

Σνστρατεία,  ας,  ή,  a  common  cam- 
paign or  expedition,  Xen.  Hell.  3, 1,  6 
from 

Συστράτενω,  f  -σω,  or  more  freq. 
as  dep.  mid.,  -εύομαι,  f.  -εύσομαι 
(σύν,  στρατεύω) : — to  make  a  cam- 
paign or  to  be  on  service,  serve  along 
with  or  together,  to  join  or  share  in  an 
expedition,  τινί,  or  absol.,  Hdt.  5,  44  ; 
6,  9,  Thuc,  etc.— Hdt.  always  uses 
it  as  dep.  mid.  ;  Thuc.  always  as  act. ; 
Xen.  has  both,  but  more  usu.  dep. 

Σνστράτηγέω,  ώ,  to  hold' joint  com- 
mand, to  be  the  fellow-general  of,  τι,νόζ, 
Dem.  401,  2  :  trom 

Σνστράτηγος,  (not  συστρατηγός, 
Poppo  Thuc.  3,  109),  ου,  ό,  {σνν. 
στρατηγός)  a  fellowgeneral,  partner  in 
command,  Eur.  Phoen.  745,  Thuc.  2, 
58,  [ά] 

Σνστρΰτιώτης,  ov,  6,  {σνν,  στρα- 
τιώτης) a  fellow-soldier,  Xen.  An.  1,  2. 


ΣΤΣΤ 

26,  Plat.  Rep.  556  C  :  fern,  -ύτις, 
ιδος. 

Σνστρΰτοτϊεδενομαι,  (σνν,  στρατο- 
ττεόενομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  encamp  along 
with,  Tivi  or  συν  τινι,  Xen.  Hell.  6, 
5,  19,  An.  2,  4,  9. 

Σνστρεμμα,  ατός,  τό,  {συστρέφω) 
any  thing  twisted  up  together  or  collect- 
ed, like  ανατροφή  II :  hence, — 1.  α 
body  of  men  ;  a  crowd,  concourse, 
Polyb.  1,45,  10. — 2.  a  tumour.  Foes. 
Oec.  Hipp. — Π.  roundness  of  form,  as 
of  a  drop  of  water. — III.  any  thing 
turned  by  art :  a  stratagem,  plot,  LXX. 

Σνατρεμμΰτάρχης,  ου,  ό,  {σνστρεμ- 
μα ι.  1,  άρχω) : — the  commander  of  a 
corps,  Arr.  Tact. 

Σνατρεμμάτων,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from 
σνστρεμμα,  a.  ύδατος,  a  whirlpool, 
Arist.  Mirab.  29. 

Σνστρε-τικός,  η,  όν,  twisting  to- 
gether, bringing  to  a  head,  Foes.  Oec. 
Hipp.  :  from 

Σνατρέ(Ι>ω,  f.  -φω,  {σνν,  στρέφω)  to 
twist  up  together,  roll  into  a  mass,  Lat. 
conglobare ;  generally,  to  collect  in  one, 
combine,  as  the  wind  does  the  clouds  ; 
hence,  σ.  το  Μηδικον  εβνος,  Valck. 
Hdt.  1,  ΙΟΙ  ;  of  soldiers,  σ.  έαντονς, 
to  rally  and  throw  themselves  together, 
form  in  one  body  or  into  a  solid,  compact 
body,  esp.  so  as  to  resist  attacks,  Hdt. 
9,  18,  of  infra ;  a-  εαυτόν,  to  rally, 
collect  one's  self,  Plat.  Rep.  336  Β  ; 
συστρέφας,  absol.,  with  all  one's  force, 
collectis  viribus,  Aeschin.  63,2 : — pass., 
to  be  or  become  united  in  one  body,  com- 
bine, Hdt.  4,  136;  6,  6.  40;  esp.  of 
soldiers,  like  σ.  έαυτονς,  Id.  9,  62, 
Thuc.  2,  4,  etc.  ;  συνεστραμμένοι,  in 
a  body,  agmitie  facto,  Xen.  Hell.  6,  4, 
12,  etc.  :  also,  to  club  together,  conspire, 
Thuc.  8,  54  ;  ίττί  Ttva,  Aeschin.  52, 
6. — 2.  to  twist  or  curl  the  hair,  a.  κο- 
μήν,  Theodect.  ap.  Strab. :  αννε' 
στραμμένη  ρίζα,  a  knotted,  gnarled 
root,  Theophr. :  also,  αννεστραμμέ- 
νος  ταίς  ρίζαις.  Id. — 3.  of  sentences, 
to  bring  into  a  close  form,  compress, v/ith 
collat.  notion  of  brevity,  conciseness, 
terseness,  a-  /.όγονς.  Antiph.  Aphrod. 

I,  17,  Φι/.οθ.  1,  17 ;  ενθυμήματα, 
Arist.  Rhet.  3, 18,  4  ;  βήμα  βραχν  και 
σννεστραμμένον,  a  short  and  pithy 
saying,  of  the  Lacedaemonians,  Plat. 
Prot.  342  E,  ubi  v.  Stallb. ;— so  Cicero 
uses  cotitortus. — 11.  to  twist  or  whirl 
round,  whirl  away,  carry  off  like  a 
whirlwind,  Aesch.  Fr.  181,  Ar.  Lys. 
975. — III.  to  turn  all  together,  a.  ε~1 
δόρυ,  to  make  them  all  wheel  to  the 
right,  Xen.  Lac.  13,  6  :  a-  τον  Ιτζ-ον, 
to  turn  him  about,  Plut.  Anton.  41. 

Συστρογ''/ν7.ίζω,  f.  -ίσω,=8ς.,  Ni- 
com.  ap.  Ath.  58  A. 

Συατρογγν?.?.ω,{σνν,στρογ-}ν?.?.ω) 
to  roll  up  into  a  ball : — a.  την  oiaiav, 
to  play  at  ball  with  it,  i.  e.  to  throw  it 
away,  Alex.  Phaedr.  2,  4. 

Σνατροφή,  ης,  ή,  a  rolling  up  together, 
a  twisting  as  of  a  thread.  Plat.  Polit. 
282  E. — II.  that  which  is  rolled  up  or 
united,  any  dense  mass,  like  σνστρεμ- 
μα :  hence, — \.  a  body  of  men,  a  crowd, 
Lat.  globus,  Hdt.  7,  9,  2  ;  α  seditious 
meeting,  mob,  Polyb.  4,  34,  6  ;  also,  a 
swarm  of  bees,  LXX. — 2.  a  gathering, 
tumour,  wen,  Hipp.,  v.  Foes.  Oecon. — 
3.  a  knot  in  wood,  Theophr. — 4.  συ- 
στροφή,  with  or  without  δμ3ρον,  a 
sudden  storm  of  rain,  Polyb.  3.  74,  5  ; 

I I,  21,  9  :  so,  σ.  άνέμον,  a  whirlwind ; 
σ.  νδάτων,  a  ΐίίΛι>/ροο1. — 5.  metaph., 
σ.  της  /,εξεως,  Dion.  Η. ;  of.  ανατρέ- 
φω I.  3. 

Συστροφία,  ας, ή,  combination, union, 
esp.  for  party  purposes,  Polyb.  24,  2, 
2  ; — or,  it  may  be  the  power  of  turning 


ΣΤΦΕ 

quickly,  craft. — II.  intercourse ,  familia- 
rity :  study  of  an  author,  Dion.  H.  de 
Dinarch.  7 :  from 

Σύστροφος,  ov,  {ανατρέφω)  rolled 
up  together,  compressed,  combined,  united. 
— II.  turning  quickly:  metaph.,  dex- 
terous, artful,  Lat.  versutus. 

Σνατνγνύζω,  to  mourn  with. 

Σνστΰλος,  ov,  {avv,  στϋ/.ος)  with 
columns  standing  close,  Vitruv.  3,  2. 

Σνστί'φω,  to  draw  together.   [στί•] 

Σνσφύζω,  ί.  -ξω,  {avv,  σφάζω)  to 
slay,  sacrifice  along  with  or  together, 
Eur.  I.  T.'  685,  in  aor.  2  pass,  σνσφα- 
γη  ναι. 

Σνσφαιρίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (σνν,  σφαιρί- 
ζω)  to  play  at  ball  with  or  together,  Plut. 
Hence 

Σνσφαιριστής,  ov,  δ,  one  who  plays 
at  ball  with  another,  Ep.  Plat.  363  D, 
Ath.  19  A.  ^ 

Σνσφαιρόω,  ώ,  to  round  off  oi  make 
quite  round. 

Σνσφά?.λω,  {avv,  σφά'/.λω)  to  cause 
to  fall  with  : — pass.,  to  fall  with,  Max. 

Σνσφάττω,  f.  ■ξω,=^σνσφάζω. 

Σνσφηκόω,  ώ,  (σνν,  σφηκόω)  to  join, 
fasten  together,Timon  ap.  Diog.  L.  2,  6. 

Σνσφτμ'όω,  ώ,  to  wedge  together,  to 
press  together. 

Σνσφίγγω,  {avv,  σφίγγω)  to  clasp 
or  bind  close  together,  Anth.  Plan.  199. 
Hence 

Σνσφιγκτηρ.  ηρος,  δ,  a  garment 
laced  tight  to  the  body,  like  σφιγκτήρ, 
LXX.  :  and 

Σνσφιγκτος,  ov.  laced  close  together : 
TO  σ.,  a  hook,  LXX. 

Σνσφιγμα,  ατός,  τό,  {συσφίγγω) 
that  which  is  laced  or  bound  close  to- 
gether:  in  plur.,  a  chain,  LXX. 

Σΰαόιγξις,  εως,  ή,  (σνσφίγγω)  a 
lacing  or  binding  close  together  :  als0= 
ανσφιγμα,  LXX. 

Σναφρΰ,γίζω,  fut.  -ίσω,  to  seal  up : 
used  also  in  mid. 

Σνσχετήριον,  ov,  τό,  (συνέχω)  a  re- 
pository, receptacle,  coffer,  Stob.  Eel.  1, 
p.  1082. 

Σνσχημάτίζω,  (σνν,  σχηματίζω)  to 
form,  fashion,  or  shape  one  thing  after 
another,  a.  tl  προς  τι,  Arist.  Top.  6, 
14,  4  : — pass.,  to  form  one's  self  after 
another,  to  be  conformed  to  his  exam- 
ple, προς  Tiva,  Plut.  2,  100  F,  ubi  v. 
Wyttenb. ;  τινί,  Ν.  Τ.  .—of  the  con- 
stellations, to  stand  in  mutual  opposi- 
tion, Sext.  Emp.  p.  343.     Hence 

Σνσχημάτισμός,  ov,  ό,  mutual  op- 
position of  the  constellations,  Sext. 
Emp.  p.  343. 

Συσχο/.άζω,  {avv,  σχο?.άζω)  to  de- 
vote one's  leisure  to  any  thing  with 
others  :  to  be  a  fellow-pupil  with  ;  in 
genl.  to  be  intimate,  Luc.  Jud.  Voc.  8. 
Hence 

Σνσχολαστής,  ov,  δ,  a  playmate, 
Dion.  H. :  also,  a  school-fellow,  Stra- 
bo,  Plut.  2,  47  Ε  :  cf.  Lob.  Phryn. 
401. 

Σναχο?.ος,  ov,  {σνν,  σχολή)  at  lei- 
sure with  or  together. 

Σντο,  3  aor.  syncop.  or  plqpf  pass, 
of  σει'ω,  II.  [ν] 

Σνφαξ,  ό.=^••,/.εΰκος,  ap.  Hesych. : 
hence,  συφακίζω^άπωρίζω,  lb.    [ϊ•  ?] 

Σνφαρ.  not  αυφαρ,  τό,  a  piece  of  old 
or  wrinkled  skin,  Sophron  ap.  E.  M., 
Call.  Fr.  49  :  the  old  coat  or  slough  of 
serpents  and  insects,  Lat.  exuviae, 
Luc.  Hermot.  79  : — the  skim  or  scum 
on  milk,=  ypaif. — II.  as  adj.,  σΰφαρ, 
δ,  ή,  very  aged,  Lyc.  793. 

Σνφειός,  o,=  sq.,  Od.  10,389. 

Σνόεός,  οΰ,  δ,  (σνς)  a  hog-sly,  Od 
10,  238  ;  14,  13,  73  :  σνφεόνδε,  to  the 
sty,  lb. 


ΣΦΑΓ 

Σϊ'φετός,  o,=foreg.,  dub. 

Σνφεών,  ώνος,  ό,  later  form  for  σν 
φεός. 

Σνφόρβιον,  ov,  τό,  (σνς,  φέρβω)  α 
herd  of  swine,  Anth. 

Σϋφορβός,  οι;  ό,  (σνς,  φέρβω)  like 
ί'φορ3ός,  α  swineherd,  11.  21,  282,  Od. 
14,  504. 

Σνφός,  δ,=  σνφεός,  Lyc.  076. 

Σί'φος,  α,  ον,  Aeol.  for  σοφός,  ap. 
Ε.  Μ. 

Συχνάζω,  ί.  -άσω,  {συχνός)  to  be 
frequent,  to  do  or  come  frequently,  Uke 
θαμίζω. 

Σνχνάκΐς,  adv.,  frequently,  often, 
ofttimes,  Luc.  Scyth.  2.   [ύ] 

Σνχνασμα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which  is 
done  Jrequently,  dub. 

Συχνός,  ή,  όν, —  1.  of  time,  long,  a. 
χρόνος,  Hdt.  8,  52,  Plat.,  etc. ;  σ.  λό- 
γος, a  long,  unbroken  speech,  Plat. 
Gorg.  465  E,  etc. — 2.  of  number  and 
quantity,  like  πο/.νς,  many,  έβνεα, 
νήσοι,  Hdt. ) ,  58  ;  3,  39,  etc.  ;  σνχνοί, 
many  people  together,  Ar.  Ran.  1267, 
etc. ;  hence,  to  πολίχνιον  a.  ποιείν, 
to  make  the  small  town  populous. 
Plat.  Rep.  370  D :—  with  sing,  nouns, 
much, frequent,  a.  ovaia,  Ar.  Plut.  754  ; 
πειθώ,  Plat.  Rep.  414  C  ;  ή  διοίκησις 
σ.,  the  expense  was  great,  Dem.  1359, 
9 : — the  dat.  σνχνω  is  oft.  joined 
with  a  compar.  adj.,  like  -ολλώ,  as, 
σ.  βελτίων,  far  better.  Plat.  Legg. 
761  D;  νεώτερος  εμού  και  σνχιώ, 
younger  by  a  good  deal,  Dem.  iu02, 
23. — II.  the  adv.,  -νώς  is  rare,  the 
neut.  σνχνόν,  σνχνύ,  being  used  in- 
stead, ανχνόν  διαααοτάνειΐ',  to  err 
much.  Plat.  Phaedr.  257  C  ;  σνχνα 
χαίρειν  έάν,  lb.  Phileb.  59  Β.  (Prob. 
transp.  and  contr.  from  συνεχής.) 

Σνώδης,  ες,  {ανς,  είδος)  sunne-like, 
suinish,  esp. gluttonous,  Jac.  Philostr. 
Imag.  511. 

Σφάγανον,  τό,  a  word  coined  by 
Gramm.  to  show  the  deriv.  of  φύσγα- 
vov. 

Σφάγεϊον,  ov,  τό,  (σφύζω)  : — a  bowl 
for  catching  the  blood  of  the  victim  in 
sacrifices,  Aesch.  Ag.  1092,  cf.  Ar. 
Thesm.  754. — II.  like  σφάγιον,  the 
victim  itself,  Eur.  Tro.  742,  El. 
800. 

Σφΰγενς,  έως,  ό,  (σφάζω) : — a  slay- 
er, butcher,  Eur.  I.  T.  623  :  a  murder- 
er, ciU-throat,  Dem.  175,27  : — in  Soph. 
Aj.  815,  ό  σφαγενς  έατηκε,  of  the 
sword  on  which  Ajax  is  about  to 
throw  himself: — α  sacrificial  knife, 
Eur.  Andr.  1134. 

Σφαγή,  ης,  ή,  (σφάζω) : — slaughter, 
butchery,  sacrifice,  both  in  sing,  and 
plur.,  Trag. :  also  in  prose,  αφα-}ας 
ποιείν,  Dem.  424,  22  : — σφαγαΐ  ττυ- 
ρός.  the  sacrificial  fire,  Aesch.  Ag. 
1057  : — with  collat.  signf  of  a  wound. 
Soph.  Tr.  573,  717  :  σφαγή  α'ίαατος, 
the  blood  gushing  from  the  w^ound, 
Aesch.  Ag.  1389 ;  the  victim  itself, 
Soph.  Tr.  756. — II.  the  throat,  strictly 
the  spot  where  the  victim  is  struck, 
(cf  Lat.  jugutum,  jugulari):  usu.  in 
plur.,  like  Lat.  fauces,  Aesch.  Pr. 
863,  Eur.  El.  1228,  cf  Thuc.  4,  48  j 
Koivov  μέρος  ανχένος  και  στήθονς, 
Arist.  Η.  A,  1,  14,  2. 

Σρΰ)ία,  ας,  ή,  α  day  of  sacrifice, 
strictly  fem.  from  σφύγιος,  sub.  ήμε- 
ρα. 

^Σφάγια,  ας,  ή,=  Σφακτηρία,  Plat, 
Menex.  242  C  ;  Xen. ;  etc. 

Σφαγιάζομαι,  f.  -ύσομαι,  (σφάγιον) 
dep.  mid.  : — to  slay  a  victim,  sacrifice, 
ταϊ'ρον,  Hdt.  9,  61.  72  ;  absol.,  Id.  6, 
70  : — an  act.  σφαγιάζω  occurs  in  Ar. 
Av.  569  ;  also  part.  pres.  pass,  in  pass, 
signf.,  Ar.  Av.  570  ;  and  so  aor.  part. 
H51 


ΣΦΑΙ 

σφαγιασθείς  in  pass,  signf.,  Hdt.  7, 
180,  Xen.  Lac.  13,  8.     Hence 

Σόΰγίασμής,  ov,  6,  a  slaying,  sacri- 
ficing, Eur.  El.  200. 

Σφΰγιαστήριον,  ov,  τό,—σφαγεϊον. 

Σφύγίδιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  σψα- 

Σφά)ΐ^(Α).^σφαγιύζυ. 
Σοάγιον,  ου,  τό,  a  victim,  Eur.  Hec. 
Ill  :  usu.  in  plur.,  σφάγια  καλά  or 
χμ7]στά,  like  hpu  καλά,  victims  of 
good  omen,  Hdt.  9,  61,  02,  and  Trag., 
esp.  in  Eur. ;  σφάγια  tponv.  τέμνειν, 
Aesch.  Theb.  '2:iO,  Eur.  Siipp.  1196; 
δηνλα  σφάγια,  the  slaughter  of  a  slave, 
Eur.  Hec.  137;  so,  σ^(ί)ία  τέκνων, 
Id.  Or.  815  ;  σφάγια  παρθένους  κτα- 
ι-εϊν.  Id.  Ion  278  ;  also  in  Thuc.  6,  69, 
Xen.,  etc. — 1\.^σφαγεϊον,  a  bowl  for 
the  blood  at  sacrifices. — Strictly  neut. 
from  sq.  [a] 

Σφάγιος,  ov,  also  a,  ov,  (σφάζω) 
slaying,  sacrificing :  killiiig,  deadly, 
Hipp. ;  σφ.  βόρος,  slaughter.  Soph. 
.\nt.  1291.     Cf.  σφάγια,  σφάγιον. 

Σγύγίς,  ίόος,  ή.  α  sacrificial  knife, 
Eur.  ΕΙ.  811, 1142:  generally,  a  knife, 
Polyaen. 

Σφαγίτης,  ου,  ό,  (.σφαγή  II)  of  the 

throat,    φλέΦ    σφαγίτις,    the  jugular 

vein,  Polybus  ap.  Arist.  H.  A.  3,  3,2. 

Σφάγνος,  ov,  ό,^σφάκος  and  φά• 

σγανον  II,  Theophr. 

Σφαδάζω  (v.  sub  fin.) :  f  -άσω  : — 
to  loss  the  body  about,  to  struggle,  rear, 
and  kirk,  like  a  restive  horse,  Aesch. 
Pers.  194,  Soph.  Fr.  727,  Eur.  Aeol. 
19,  Incert.  141  : — to  writhe,  struggle 
from  spasms.  Foes.  Oec.  Hipp.,  Xen. 
Cyr.  7,  1,  37  :  of  a  wounded  horse, 
Polyb.  34,  3,  5 ;  and  so  Valck.  pro- 
posed to  read  in  Eur.  El.  843  ;  cf. 
άσφάδαστος. — 2.  to  struggle,  be  eager, 
impatient  for  a  thing,  έπι  την  μάχην, 
Plut.  Caes.  42  :— cf  Wytt.  Plut.  2, 10 
C,  Ruhnk.  Tim.— Hdn.,  Draco,  and 
E.  M.  write  it  σφαδάζω,  as  if  contr. 
from  σφαδαίζω,  v.  Ellcndt  Le.x  Soph. 
(Akin  to  σπάω,  σττα'ιρω,  and  prob.  to 
σφύζω.) 

Σφΰδάνός,  ή,  όν,  v.  I.  II.  11,  165; 
16.  372,  for  σφεδανός,  q.  v. 
Σφάδασμα,  ατός,  ro,=sq. 
Σφάδασμός,  οϋ,  ύ,  violent  motion  of 
the  bodv,  a  spasm,  convulsion,  Plat. 
Rep.  579  E. 

ΣΦλΎ.ΪΙ,  and  in  Att.  prose  σφύτ- 
τω  :  {.  σφάξω  :  aor.  έσφαξα  :  pass. 
έσφάχθην,  Hdt.  5.  5,  Find.  P.  11,  36, 
Eur.  I.  T.  177,— but  in  Alt.  usu.  έσφά- 
γην  [<2]  :  pf  pass,  έσφαγμαι :  Hom. 
nas  pres.  σφάζω,  impf.  and  aor.  act., 
pres.  and  pf  pass.  To  slay,  slaugh- 
ter, butcher,  in  Horn,  always  of  cattle, 
etc.  :  ////λ'  άδινά  σφάζονσι.  Od.  1,  92, 
etc.  :  to  offer,  sacrifice  ;  and,  general- 
ly, to  kill,  Pind.,  and  Trag. ;  so  too  in 
Xen.  An.  4,  5,  16,  etc.  ;  σφ.  καΐ  έκ- 
δερειν,  Plat.  Euthyd.  301  C  :— strict- 
ly, to  slat/  by  culling  tlie  throat,  Lat. 
jugulare,  Od.  3,  454  ;  σφ.  έττ'  ωμών 
μόσχον,  to  cut  its  throat,  as  it  hung 
from  the  servant's  shoulders,  Eur. 
El.  813;  so,  σφ.  παρθένου  δέρην.  Id. 
Or.  1199;  δέρη  σφαγείσα,  the  throat 
cut.  Id.  I.  A.  1516  : — poet.,  αίμα  σφάτ- 
τειν,  to  shed  blood  in/slaughter  or  sac- 
rifice, Seidl.  Eur.  El.  92.  279;  cf 
σφαγή  I,  fin.  (The  root  is  ΣΦΑΓ-, 
as  it  appears  in  aor.  2,  and  σφαγή, 
etc.) 

Σφαϊρά.  ας,  ή,  a  ball,  esp.  a  playing 
ball,  σφαίρΐ]  παΟ^ειν,  to  play  at  ball, 
Od.  6,  100 ;  σφαΐραν  ρίπτειν,  Od.  6, 
115;  ωςπερ  σφαΐραν  έκδεξάμενοςτυν 
λόγον.  Plat.  Euthyd.  277  Β  ;  cf  ίίω- 
δεκάσκυτος. — 2.  α  sphere,  globe,  which 
AlJaiimander,  etc.,  conceived  as  sur- 


ΣΦΑΙ 

rounding  the  universe,  ap.  Plat. 
So|)h.  244  E,  cf.  Euseb.  Praep.  Ev. 
1,  8,  Arist.  Mund.  2,  8;  called  σφαί- 
ρας by  Emped.  24  :  then  freq.  in 
Pythag.  philosophy,  of  the  spheres  of 
the  planets,  cf  Arist.  Coel.  2,  4,  5: 
— σφ.  π?.ανωμένη,  opp.  to  απλανής, 
a  planet,  opp.  to  a  li.xed  star,  Plut.  2, 
1028  Α.— 3.  a  weapon  of  boxers,  prob. 
an  iron  ball,  worn  with  padded  covers 
(έπισφαίρια),  instead  of  the  usu.  bo.K- 
ing-gloves  (Ιμάντες),  in  the  σφαιρο- 
μαχιαΐ-.  Plat.  Legg.  830  B,  v.  VVyt- 
tenl).  Plut.  2,  80  B.— II.  metaph., 
σφαΐραν  απέδειξε  την  ονσίαν,  just 
like  σνστρογ)νλλω  (q.  v.),  Alex. 
Phaedrus  2,  3. — Cf  σφαΐρος.  (Perh. 
akin  to  σπείρα,  q.  v.  sub  fin.) 

Σφαιρενς,  έως,  6,  a  Spartan  youth, 
between t(/)^/3eia  and  manhood,  Paus. 
3,  14,  6; — prob.  from  his  then  begin- 
ning to  use  the  bcxing-gloves  (σφαί- 
ρα I.  3),  or  to  play  at  foot-ball,  cf 
Muller  Dor.  4,  5,  <J2. 

Σφαιρηδήν,  (σφαίρα)  adv. ; — like  a 
sphere,  globe,  or  ball,  ήκε  δέ  μιν  σφαι- 
ρηδυν  έλιξάμενος,  11.  13,  204,  cf. 
Anth.  P.  6,  45,  etc. 

Σφαιρίδιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  σφαί- 
ρα, [ι] 

Σφαιρίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (σφαίρα)  to  play 
at  ball.  Plat.  Theaet.  146  A,  Plut.  2, 
45  E,  etc. 

Σφαιρικός,  ή,  όν,  (σφαίρα)  globular, 
spherical,  v.  1.  Arist.  Part.  An.  4,  5, 
35.  Adv.  -κώς,  like  a  globe,  Plut.  2, 
682  D. 

Σφαιρίον,  ov,  TO,  like  σφαιρίδιον, 
dim.  from  σφαίρα,  Ep.  Plat.  312  D. — 
II.  α  molecule,  atom,  Democr.  ap.  Arist. 
de  Anima  1,  4,  19. — III.  α  round  ticket 
or  token,  entitling  the  bearer  to  a 
present,  specified  upon  it,  Dio  C. 

Σφαίρισις,    εως,    ή,   (σφαιρίζω)    a 
playing  at  ball.  Arist.  Rhet.  1,  11,  15. 
Σφαίρισμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  game  at  ball : 
a  blow  given  in  the  game. 

Σόαιρισμός,  ov,  ό,=^σφαίρισις,  Ar- 
temid.  4,  69. 

Σφαιριστίφ,  τ/ρος,  6,=  σφαιριστής. 
Σφαιριστήριον,  υν,  τό,  α  court  for 
playing  at  ball ;   neut.  from 

Σφαιριστήριος,  a,  ov,  of  or  for  a 
gavie  at  ball. 

Σφαιριστής,  ov,  6,  (σφαιρίζω)  a 
ball-player,  Mel.  97.     Hence 

Σφαιριστικός,  ή,  όν,  skilled  in  play- 
ing at  ball :  ό  σφαιριστικός,  a  clever 
player  :  ή  -κή,  (sc.  τέχν?/)  skill  in  ball- 
play. 

Σφαιρίστρα,  ας,  ή, =^ σφαιριστήρι- 
ον, susp.  1.  in  Plut.  2,  839  Β  :  but 
formed  ace.  to  analogy  of  ιϊλινδήθρα, 
ποτίστρα,  etc. 

Σφαιρίτης,  ov,  ό,  sphere-shaped, 
globular. — II.  fem.  σφαιρίτις,  ιδος,  the 
cypress,  so  called  from  its  globular 
fruit,  Foes.  Oec.  Hipp. 

Σφαιροειδής,  ες,  (σφαίρα,  είδος) 
ball-like,  globular,  spherical.  Plat.  Tim. 
33  B,  63  A. — 2.  rounded,  blunted,  Xen. 
An.  5,  4,  12;  cf  σφαιρόω. 

Σφαιρομάχέω,  ω,  (σφαίρα,  μάχο- 
μαι) to  spar  with  the  σφαιραι  (σφαίρα 
I.  3),  Plat.  Legg.  830  E.— 2.  to  play 
at  ball,  Polyb.  16,  21,  6.     Hence 

Σφαιρημΰχία,  ας,  ή,  a  sparring- 
match  with  the  σφαΙραι  (σφαίρα  I.  3). 
— II.  a  game  at  ball,  Seneca. 

Σφαιρόμορφος,  ov,  globe-shaped, 
spherical. 

Σφαιροπαικτέω,  ω,  to  play  at  ball : 
from 

Σφαιροπαίκτης,  ov,  ό,  a  player  at 
ball.     Hence 

Σφαιρόπαικτον,  ov,  τό,  a  game  at 
ball. 

Σφαιροποίέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  ίο  make 


ΣΦΑΑ 

globular  or  spherical :  of  the  peacock, 
to  spread  his  tail. 

Σφαιροποιός,  όν,  (ποιέω)  making 
globular  or  spherical. 

Σφαΐρος,  ον,^^σφαίρα,  Emped.  24, 
ubi  V.  Sturz. 

^Σφαίρας,  ου,  ύ,  Sphaerus,  chario- 
teer of  Pelops,  Paus.  2,  .33,  1.— 2.  of 
Borysthenes  (2),  a  pupil  of  Zeno, 
Plut.  C'leom.  2.— Others  in  Ath. 

Σφαιρόω,  ώ,  to  make  round,  globular, 
or  spherical : — pass.,  στήθεα  ό'  έσφαί• 
puTO,  his  chest  was  round  and  arched, 
Theocr.  22,  46.— 11.  in  pass.,  also,  of 
pointed  weapons,  ακόντια  έσφαιρω- 
μένα,  spears  with  buttons,  like  our 
foils,  Xen.  Eq.  8,  10 ;  opp.  to  λΐ?.ογ- 
χωμένα,  Arist.  Eth.  N.  3,  1,  17;  cf. 
Polyb.  10,  20,  3.     Hence 

Σφαίρωμα,  ατός,  τό,  any  thing  made 
round  or  globular:  esp.  in  plur., — 1. 
the  round  weight  in  stilly ards,  Arist. 
Mechan.  20,  2.-2.  in  pi.,  the  buttocks, 
Sext.  Emp.  p.  114. 

Σφαιρών,  ώνος,  ό,  α  round  fishing- 
net.  Opp.  Η.  3,  83. 

Σφαίρωσις,  εως,  ή,  α  spherical  shape, 
Paul.  Aeg. 

Σφαιρωτήρ,  τ/ρος,  ό,  (σφαιρόω)  α 
leathern  thong  for  tying  the  s/iues,LXX.; 
al.  σφνρωτήρ. 

Σφαιρωτός,  ή,  όν,  (σφαιρόω)  round- 
ed.— II.  with  a  ball  or  button  at  the  end, 
like  έσφαιρωμένος,  Xen.  Eq.  8, 10. 

Σφάκελίας,  ov,  b,  suffering  from 
σφάκελος. 

Σφάκελίζω,  to  suffer  from  σφάκε?.ος, 
to  be  gangrened,  mortify,  έσφακέ/.ισέ 
τε  TO  οστέον  καΐ  b  μηρός  έσάπη,  Hdt. 
3,  66  ;  σφακελίσαντος  τον  μηρον  και 
σαπέντος.  Id.  6,  130: — in  Hipp.,  and 
Att.  usu.  as  dep.  mid.,  σφακελίζομαι. 
— 2.  of  the  effect  of  severe  cold  on 
single  limbs,  to  be  frostbitten,  Dion.  H. 
. — 3.  of  trees,  to  be  blighted,  smutted, 
Arist.  Respir. — 4.  generally,  to  suffer 
violent  pain,  have  spasms  or  convulsions, 
like  σφαδάζω. 

Σφάκελισμός,  ov,  o,=^sq.,  Hipp. 

Σφάκελος,  ου,  ό,  gangrene,  mortifi- 
cation, Hipp. :  the  strict  technical 
word  is  γάγγραινα  : — blight,  smut,  or 
mildew  of  trees. — 2.  generally, η  spasm, 
convulsion,  like  σφαδασμός,  Aesch.  Pr. 
878  :  metaph.,  σφ.  (Ίνέμων,  the  convul- 
sive fury  of  winds,  lb.  1040.  (As- 
sumed to  be  akin  to  σφαδάζω  and 
σφύζω,  [α] 

Σφάκος,  ov,  ό,  the  plant  sage,  Lat. 
salvia.  At.  Thesm.  486  ;  still  called 
έλελισφακία  in  Greece,  v.  Schneid. 
Ind.  Theophr. — II.  a  kind  of  tree-moss, 
found  esp.  on  oaks,  also  σφάγνος, 
φάσκον  and  φύσγανον.  [α] 

ίΣόακτηρια,  ας,  ή,  Sphacteria,  an 
island  on  the  coast  of  Messenia,  oflf 
Pylos,  also  called  Σφάγια,  now  Sfa- 
gia,  Thuc.  4,  8  ;  Strab.  ;  etc. 

Σφάκτης,  ου,  ό,  a  slayer,  murderer. 

Σφακτός,  jj,  όν,  (  σφάζω  )  slain, 
slaughtered,  δαίς.  Eur.  Hec.  1077. 

Σφάκτρια,  fem.  of  σφάκτης:  a 
priestess,  Jac.  Anth.  P.  p.  594. 

Σφάκτρον,  ov,  TO,  (σφάζω)  a  tax 
paid  for  victims,  Pol.  6,  97. 

Σψάκώδης,  ες,  (σφάκος,  είδος)  like 
sage  :  abounding  in  sage. 

Σφά7.αξ,  ακος,  ό,  the  buck-thorn : 
from 

Σφαλάσσω,  f.  -ζω,  to  sting,  scratch, 
ap.  Hesych. 

Σφΰλερόνηκτος,  ov,  dangerous  to 
swim,  ποταμός. 

Σφΰλερός,  ά,  όν,  (σφά?.λω)  making 
to  fall,  trip,  totter  or  stagger  :  metaph., 
slippery,  delusive,  dangerous,  Lat.  lu- 
bricus,  τυραννίς χρήμα  σφαλερίη•,  Hdt. 
3,  53 ;   sc,  -γνώμη  σφαλερωτέρη  (or 


ΣΦΑα 
-τάττ)),  Id.  7,  IG,  1  ;  σφα'λερον  ήγεμων  \ 
θρασύς.  Eur.  Supp.  508  ;  so  in  Thuc.  j 
4,  62,  Plat.,   etc. — II.  intr.,  ready  to  \ 
fall,  tottering,  reeling,  staggering,  κώ- 
λα,  Aesch.  Eum.  371  ;  ^νμα,  Soph. 
Aj.   159  : — σ.  rrpog  vyieiav,  uncertain 
in  point  of  health,  Plat.  Rep.  40+  A. 
Adv.  -ρώς.  Eur.  I.  A.  601. 

Σφα?.'/.όζ,  οΓ',  ό,  a  round,  leaden  plate, 
which  wasthrovvn  by  a  strap  attached 
to  a  ring:  a  variety  of  the  δίσκος. — II. 
in  the  prisons,  a  round  block  of  tvood 
with  two  holes  for  the  feet,  a  pair  of 
stocks. — Written  also  σφα?Μς.  (Akin 
to  σόέλας.) 

ΣΦΑΆΛί2:  f.  σψΰλώ;  aor.  I  έσφη- 
2,a,  inf.  σφή?.αι..  Dor.  εσφ<1?.α,  σφύ- 
λαι :  aor.  2  εσφύ,λον :  pass.  pf.  Ισφαλ- 
μαί :  aor.  ίσφάλην  [α]  ;  but  there  is 
no  aor.  2  mid.  έσφα/.όμην,  Buttm. 
Ausf.  Gr.  (}  96  Anm.  5,  n,  cf.  Bekker 
Thuc.  5,  110.  Hoin.  only  uses  it 
twice  in  aor.  1,  the  compds.UTroa^-, 
παρασφ:  To  make  to  fall,  throw  down, 
esp.  by  tripping  up  (like  Lat.  pedes 
fallere,  Liv.  21,  36),  to  trip  up  in  wrest- 
ling, ovt'  ^Οόνσεί'ζ  δύνατο  σφή/.αι 
ονδει  Τΐ  πελάσσαι,  11.  23,  719  : — to 
throw  down,  overthrow,  Οά.  17,  464, 
Find.  Ο.  2,  145;  opp.  to  κατορθοϋν. 
Soph.  El.  416;  to  έπανορθονν,  Plat. 
Gorg.  461  C,  and  Xen.  : — to  make  to 
totter  or  reellike  a  drunken  man,  Xen. 
Cyr.  8,  8,  10,  cf.  1,  3,  10 :— generally, 
to  overthrow,  ruin,  Hdt.  7.  16,  1,  Find. 
I.  4,  57  (3,  53),  Soph.  Fr.  204,  Eur., 
etc. — 2.  to  make  to  totter  or  stagger,  and 
melaph.,  to  perplex,  embarrass,  Hdt.  7, 
142  :  to  balk,  foil.  Soph.  Aj,  452,  and 
Eur. — II.  pass.,  to  be  tripped  up,  stum- 
ble, stagger,  reel  like  a  drunken  man, 
Ar.  Vesp.  1324,  Xen.,  etc.  :  to  fall, 
esp.  metaph.  of  persons  falling  from 
high  fortunes.  Soph.  Tr.  297.  719, 
Eur.,  etc. — 2.  esp.  to  be  balked  or  foiled, 
to  fail,  εν  Tivi,  Hdt.  7,  50,  1  ;  κατά  τι. 
Id.  7,  52  ;  περί  τι.  Plat.  Rep.  451  A; 
τοις  δλοις  σφαΆήναι.,  Polyb.  1,  43,  8  ; 
and  with  a  neut.  adj.,  iv  μέγα  σφάλ- 
λεσθαι.  Plat.  Legg.  648  Ε  ;  ου  τι  μη 
σφα/Μ  y'  έν  σοι  ττοτε,  Ι  shall  never  be 
disappointed  in  thee.  Soph.  Tr.  621, 
cf.  Aj.  1136: — in  Att.,  c.  gen.  rei,  to 
be  balked  of  or  foiled  in  a  thing,  βον- 
λενμάτυν,  Aesch.  Eum.  717;  γάμηυ, 
δόξ?]ς,  τύχης,  Eur.  Or.  1078,  Med. 
1010,  Phoen.  758  ;  ονκ  εσφαλται  της 
αληθείας,  Flat.  Crat.  436  C:  also, 
σφύ?ύ.εσθαι  ανδρός,  to  lose  him,  Soph. 
Tr.  1 1 13. — 3.  to  fail,  i.  e.  err.  go  wrong. 
blunder,  Hdt.  5.  50,  Soph.  El.  1481, 
Eur.  I.  A.  1541,  Flat.,  etc.  {σ-φάλλ-ω 
is  from  root  σ-φηλ-ός,  {έρίσφιβος), 
φη?^-ός.  Lat.  fallere,  Germ,  fallen,  to 
fell,  also  akin  to  balk,  foil : — and  σ- 
φάλλ-ομαι  answers  to  Germ,  fallen, 
fehlen,  to  fall,  fail. — The  σ  is  dropped, 
as  in  σ-πόγγυς,  fungus,  σ-φενό-όνη, 
fund-a.)    Hence 

Σφάλμα,  ατός,  τό.  a  trip,  stumble, 
false  step,  Anlh.  P.  7,  634.— II.  met- 
aph.,— 1.  a  fall,  failure,  defeat,  Hdt.  1, 
207;  7,  6,  "Thuc.  5,  14.— 2.  a  fault, 
failing,  trespass,  tu  ττρόσθε  σφ.,  Eur. 
Andr.  54,  Supp.  416,  cf.  Plat.  Theaet. 
167  E. 

Σόαλ,αάω,  ώ,Γ.  -ησω,^=σφά/.7.ομαι, 
Polyb.  35,  5,  2 : — Hesych.  explains  it 
by  σκιρτάω,  σφαδάζω. 

Σφά?ιός,  ύ,  V.  σφαλλός. 

Σφά?.τ?ις.  ον,  ό,  (σφάλλω)  one  who 
trips  up  or  throws  down.  Lye.  207. 

Σφαλτώδης,  ες,=  άσφαλτώδης. 

Σφάνιον,  ου,  τό,  α  S7nall  bed,  He- 
sych. 

Σφάξ,  σφαγός,  the  hat.  faux,  faucis, 
only  found  in  the  compd.  διασφάξ, 
etc.,  Lob.  Faral.  97. 


ΣΦΕΐ 

Σφάρΰ.γέομαι,(σφάραγος)άβγ. mid., 
to  burst  with  a  noise,  to  crack,  crackle, 
as  green  wood  does  in  the  fire,  so, 
βίζαι  σφαραγενντο,  the  roots  of  the 
eye  crackled  or  hissed  (when  Ulysses 
burnt  them  with  the  hot  stake),  Od. 
9,  390. — 2.  to  groan  with  fulness,  to 
sioell,  like  στταργάω,  σφριγάω,  ονθα- 
τα  σφαραγενντο,  Od.  9,  440  ;  cf.  sq. 

Σφάρά)  ίζω,  to  move,  stir  up  with  a 
noi.^e  and  bustle,  ενοσίν  τε  κόΐ'ΐν  τε, 
Hes.  Th.  706. 

ΣΦΑ'ΡΑΓΟΣ,  ον,  ό,  α  bursting  ivith 
a  noise,  cracking,  crackling.  (The 
Sanscr.  root  is  sphurj,  explodere,  to- 
nare  :  akin  to  σφριγάω,  στταργύω,  cf. 
σφαραγεω,  and  v.  Fott  Et.  Forsch.  1, 
238). 

Σφΰς,  a  rare  enclit.  ace.  from  σφεΐς, 
II.  5,  567,  Farmenid.  12  FuUeb. 

Σόύζ•.  ace.  pl.  fern,  from  σφός,  Od. 
2,  237.  [a] 

Σφύττω,  more  freq.  Att.  pres.  for 
σφάζω,  Att.  impf.  εσφαττον  :  all  oth- 
er tenses  are  formed  from  σφάζω:  no 
pres.  σφύσσω  occurs,  Lob.  Phryn.  241. 

Σφε,  Ep.  and  Ion.  enclit.  ace.  pi. 
masc.  and  fem.  of  σφείς,  II.  19,  256, 
Hdt.,  and  Trag. ;  also  as  ace.  dual, 
Od.  8,  271  ;  21, 192,206.-11.  in  Attic 
and  later  poets,  esp.  Trag.,  also  ace. 
sing.,  Aesch,  Fr.  9,  Theb.  469,  etc.. 
Soph.  O.  T.  761,  O.  C.  40,  Ant.  44, 
Phil.  200,  etc. ;  cf.  Valck.  Hipp.  1253: 
so  also  in  Hdt.  3,  52,  53  : — v.  σφεΐς. 

Σφίΰ.  nom.  and  ace.  pl.  neut.  from 
σφεΐς,  Hdt. 

Σφέΰς,  Ep.  and  Ion.  ace.  pl.  masc. 
and  fem.  for  σφύς,  Hom.,  and  Hdt. 

Σφεδάνός,  ή,  όν.  prob.  an  old  col- 
lat.  form  of  σφοδρός  (cf.  τΐιεδνός,  ipa- 
θαρός),  eager,  veheinent,  violent,  INic. 
Th.  642: — in  Hom.  only  as  adv., 
επετο  σφεδανόν,  followed  eagerly,  II. 
11,  165  ;  16,  372  ;  σφεδανόν  εφεπε,  II. 
21.542.  (In  the  last  passage,  Heyne, 
with  Aristarch.,  wrote  σφεδανύν  as 
=  φονενων,  but  v.  Spitzn.  ad  h.  1.  et 
ad  11,  165.) 

ΣΦΕΓΣ,  nom.  plur.  masc.  and  fem. 
of  the  personal  pron.  of  3d  person, 
they  .•  rare  neut.  σφέα,  most  freq.  in 
Hdt.:  gen.  σφών ;  dat.  σφίσΐ  [ly.  ace. 
σφάς,  neut.  σφέα  :  —  but  of  these 
forms  Hom.  uses  only  genit.  in  phrase 
σφών  αντών ;  and  dat.  very  freq. — 
The  following  are  the  Ep.  and  Ion. 
forms.  Nom.,  σφεΐς,  Hdt. ;  the  un- 
contr.  form  σφέες  is  not  found.  Genit., 
σφέων,  in  Hom.  of  course  a  monosylL, 
and  sometimes  enclitic,  II.  18,  311, 
Od.  3,  134 ;  merely  poet,  σφείων, 
Hom.,  only  in  II.,  and  always  in 
phrase  ώσαν  or  ώσαι  άπό  σφείων. 
Dat.,  σφϊ  and  σφ'ιν,  oft.  in  Horn.,  also 
in  Ion.  prose,  and  Trag.;  the  ι  some- 
times elided,  as  in  II.  3,  300 :  proper- 
ly enclit.,  but  written  σό/ι•  in  Hdt.  7, 
149 :  the  use  of  σφι  as  dat.  sing,  for 
oi  is  rare,  H.  Hom.  18,  19;  30.  9, 
Aesch.  Fers.  759,  Soph.  O.  C.  1490, 
v.  Lob.  Aj.  801  (for  in  Od.  15,  524, 
σφιν  should  with  Voss  be  referred  to 
all  the  suitors,  and  in  Hes.  Sc.  113, 
to  Mars  atid  Cycnus) :  Buttmann  sus- 
pects that  only  σφιν,  not  σφι,  was  used 
as  sing.,  from  the  apparent  analogy  of 
έμίν,  τίν,  IV,  V.  Lexil.  voc.  ΐ'ώε  14. 
Accus.  σφέάς,  oft.  in  Hom.,  and  Hdt., 
usu.  enclit.,  and  then  always  to  be 
pronounced  as  one  long  syllable,  as 
is  proved  esp.  by  Od.  8,  315  ;  for 
where  a  short  syll.  is  wanted,  σφάς  is 
now  restored  from  the  MSS.  (v.  sub 
voc):  when  accented  in  Hom.  it  is 
a  dissyll.,  II.  12.  43,  Od.  12,225,  etc., 
(so  that  in  Od.  8,  480;  13,  276,  the 
accent  should  be  taken  off) :  σΦεΐας 


ΣΦΕΝ 
is  another  very  rare  form,  Od,  13, 213, 
where  Wolf  wrongly  σφείας :  σφε 
also  is  a  rare  poet,  ace,  always  en- 
clit., II.  19.  256,  which  however  in 
all  other  places  of  Hom.  is  ace.  dual, 
e.  g.  Od.  8,  271,  also  Hes.  Sc.  62; 
which  makes  it  prob.  that  σφε  was 
orig.  contr.  from  σφωέ :  in  later  Ep. 
it  is  usu.  plur.,  Jac.  Anth.  P.  p.  261  ; 
and  in  other  poets,  esp.  Trag.,  σφε, 
like  viv,  is  sing.  masc.  and  fem.,  ν 
sub  σφε,  and  cf.  Thom.  M.  p.  825. 
Rare  Aeol.  and  Dor.  forms  are  nom. 
σφές,  ά?Λ.  φίν  and  ψΖι•,  ace.  ιίιε.  All 
the  oblique  cases  may  be  usecl  enclit., 
except  the  circumflexed  σφων  and 
σφάς. — In  Hom.  this  pron.  is  strictly 
personal,  and  therefore  he  uses  no 
neut.  (which  first  occurs  in  Hdt.) ;  in 
Od.  9,  70;  10,  355,  indeed,  it  refers 
to  a  thing,  which  however  is  a.  femi- 
nine noun  :  as  early  as  Hom.  the  no- 
tion is  oft.  strengthd.,  as  in  σφών  αυ- 
τών, so  σφέας  αυτούς,  Od.  12,  225,  cf. 
Thom.  M.  p.  826  :  unusu.,  τταρά  σφιν 
εκάστω  for  παρά  σφέων  έκάστω,  11. 
5,  195. — II.  we  must  here  remark  a 
rare  poet,  usage  of  σφεΐς  for  2d  pers. 
pl.,  μετά  σφίσιν  for  μεθ"  νμίν.  II.  10. 
398  ;  so  too  ace.  to  Schaf.  Greg.  p. 
470,  Spohn  Hes.  Op.  56,  σφΙν  αϋτοΐς 
for  νμΐν  αντοΐς,  and  so  in  Ap.  Rh.  2, 
1278  :  and  later  even  in  prose  for  1st 
pers..  Wolf  Froleg.  p.  ccxlvii,  cf. 
σφέτερος,  σφωίτερος  and  έός.  —  On 
the  prob.  origin  of  this  pron.  from  I, 
Lat.  se,  cf.  Buttm.  Lexil.  s.  v.  νώϊ  II, 
not. 

Σφε?Μς,  ατός.  τό,  a  footstool,  Od. 
18,  394;  Ep.  plur.,  σφέλά,  Od.  17, 
231. — II.  α  rowing  bench. — HI.  α  hollow 
block  of  leood,  for  putting  any  thing 
into,_  Nic.  Th._644.  (Prob.  akin  to 
σφαλ?ός,  σφαλάς:  perh.  also  to 
σφάλ'/.ω.  cf.  Buttm.  Lexil.  s.  v.  προ- 
σε7.εΐν  sub  fin.) 

Σοέλμα,  ατής,  τό,  the  blossom  of  the 
hohn-oak  {πρίνος). 

■\Σφενδάλη,  ης,  η,  Sphendale,  an 
Attic  deme  of  the  tribe  Hippothoon- 
tis ;  hence  ΣΦενδαλεϊς  Ion.  -έες, 
έων,  οί,  the  inhab.  of  Sphendale,  Hdt. 
9,  15. 

ΣφενδάμνΙνος,  η,  ον,  of  maple  wood : 
hence,  metaph.  for  tough,  stout  (like 
our  "  hearts  of  oak"),  Ar.  Ach.  181  ; 
cf.  πρίνινος:  from 

Σφενδαμνος,  ον,  ή,  the  maple,  Lat. 
accr,  Theophr. 

Σφεvδικίζo),^sq.,  Luc.  Fseudol. 
24;  but  dub. 

Σφενδονύω,  ώ.  Ion.  -νέω,  f.  -ησω,  to 
sling,  to  use  the  sling,  Xen.  An.  3,  3,  7, 
15,  etc.— II.  tothrow  as  from  a  sling,  hurl 
violently,  έκ  κλιμάκων  έσφενόονάτο 
χωρίς  αλλήλων  μέλη,  Eur.  Phoen. 
1190. — III.  to  move  like  a  suing,  to 
suing,  brandish.  Id.  Supp.  715. 

ΣΦΕΝΔΟ'ΝΗ,  ης,  ή,  a  sling  foi 
throwing,  Lat.  funda,  being  a  strip 
of  leather  broad  in  the  middle  and 
narrow  at  each  end,  II.  13,  600, 
Archil.  4,  Thuc.  4,  32,  etc. :  hence, 
— II.  any  thing  of  like  ."hope; — 1.  a 
sling  for  a  disabled  arm.  Foes.  Oec. 
Hipp. — 2.  also,  a  bandage  for  aivound- 
ed  limb,  v.  II.  1.  c. :  a  band  round  the 
pudenda,  elsewh.  φύλαξ,  φνλάκειον, 
χοιροκομείον,  Foes. — 3.  a  head-band 
worn  by  women,  broad  in  front, 
Winckelm.  Gesch.  d.  Kunst.  3,  2, 
^  13. — 4.  the  hoop  of  a  ring  in  which 
the  stone  was  set  as  in  a  sling,  esp.  the 
outer  or  broader  part  round  the  stone, 
as  also  in  Lat.  funda  for  pala  annvli 
Eur.  Hipp.  862,  ubi  v.  Valck.,  Plat'. 
Rep.  359  E,  cf.  Ruhnk.  Tim.— 5.  the 
white  of  the  eye, — 6.  a  strip-shaped 
]453 


ΣΦΗΚ 

travelling  map,  like  the  Tabula  Peu- 
tingeriana. — II.  any  ineans  nf  throwing , 
a  throw,  cast,  Aesch.  Ag.  1010. — HI. 
that  which  is  slung,  the  stone  or  bullet 
of  the  sling,  Xcn.  An.  3,  4.  4  ;  5,  2, 
14,  etc.,  cf.  Ar.  Nub.  1125.— IV.  a 
vault,  arched  way. — V.  like  funda,  any 
elliptical  figure.  {σ-φει•ό~όνη  is  the 
lial.  /uiirf-a,  witli  σ  prefixed,  cf.  σφάλ- 
?iU  fin.)     Hence 

Σ(ρενόονη(^όν,  adv.,  like  a  sling. 

Σφενόύνησίζ,  εως,  >/,  (σόενδονάω)  a 
slinging,  throwing  with  a  sling,  the  art 
thereof.  Plat.  Legg.  791  C. 

Σφη'δοντ/τ?/^,  ου,  ό,  (σφενόονάω)  a 
slinger,  Hdt.  7,  158,  Thuc.  6,  22,  etc. 
Hence 

Σφενόονητικός,  ή,  ov,  belonging  to 
or  fitted  for  a  slinger  or  slinging :  ή 
-κή  (sc.  τέχΐΊΐ),  the  art  of  sliyiging. 
Plat.  Lach.  193  B. 

Σ<ρενδονίζω,=  σφενόονύ(ο,  LXX. 

Σφενόονιστής,  also  -ίτης,  ov,  ό,= 
αφενύοντ/της,  v.  1.  in  LXX. 

ΣφενόονοΕίδής,  ες,  («(5ος)  sling- 
shaped. 

Σφέος,  -έη,  -έον,  Ερ.  collat.  forms 
for  σφός,  σφέτερος.  Αρ.  Rh. 

Σόές,  Aeol.  and  Dor.  for  σφεις. 

Σφετερίζω :  f.  -<σω  and  Dor.  -ifw 
{σφεΤίμος)  '■ — to  make  one's  own,  ap- 
propriate, csp.  other  people's  property, 
Plat.  Legg.  715  Λ,  843  D :— more 
usu.  as  dep.  mid.,  σφετερίζομαι, 
whence  aor.  part,  σφετεριξύμενος, 
Acsch.  Supp.  39;  cf  Xen.  Hell.  5,  1, 
36,  Deni.  882.  13,  etc.     Hence 

Σφετερισμός,  ov,  6,  appropriation, 
έττι  σφετερισμέ,  for  one's  own  use  and 
advantage,  Arist.  Rhet.  1,  13,  10:  and 

Σφετεριστής,  ov,  ύ,  an  appropriator, 
opp.  to  έτΐίτροτϊος,  Arist.  Pol.  5,  11, 
33. 

Σφέτερος,  a,  oi>,  possessive  adj.  of 
the  3d  pers.  pi.,  from  the  pers.  pron. 
σφεϊς.  their  own,  their,  Hom.,  Hes., 
Pind.,  etc. ;  τΙ)  σφέτερον  αυτών,  their 
own  business.  Plat.  Soph.  243  A  ; — 
but  in  prose,  the  gen.  έαντών  is  com- 
monly used  for  it.  —  II.  sometimes 
also  used  of  the  other  persons  ;  e.  g. 
— 1.  of  the  2d  pers.  ρ1.,=  ίι/ίέΓερο(•, 
Hes.  Op.  2,  Theocr.  22,  67,  Ap.  Rh. 
4,  1327,  Wolf  Proleg.  p.  ccxlviii ;  cf. 
σώεΐς  II. — 2.  of  the  3d  pers.  sing.,= 
έος,  whether  direct  or  reflexive,  his, 
his  own,  Hes.  Sc.  90,  Pind.  O.  13,  86, 
P.  4,  147,  etc.,  Aesch.  Ag.  760.— 3.  of 
the  1st  pers.  suig.,=i  έμός,  only  in 
Theocr.  25,  163.-4.  of  the  2d  pers. 
sing.,=  σός,  thy,  thine,  Id.  22,  67. — 5. 
of  the  first  pers.  plur. ,:=ήμέτερος,  cf 
Schneid.  Xen.  Cyr.  6,  1,  10.— Cf. 
σφός.  (The  Lat.  vester  is  to  σφέτε- 
ρος, as  vespa  to  σφί/ξ.) 

Σφέίύν,  Ερ.  and  Ion.  gen.  of  σφείς, 
Honi.,  and  Hes. 

ΣΦ^,  dat.  fem.  from  σφός,  Π. 

^Σφήκεια,  ας,  ή,  Sphecea,  early 
name  of  the  island  Cyprus,  Lye. 
474. 

Σφηκεϊον,  ov,  τό,  {σφήξ)  a  kijid  of 
ώα/.άγγιον,  venomous  like  a  wasp, 
iNic.  Th.  738. 

Σφήκειος,  a,  ov,  of  the  wasp:  wasp- 
like, waspish. 

Σφηκιά  (not  σφηκία),  ας,  ή,  {σφ//ξ) : 
— α  wasp's  7icst,  Soph.  Fr.  850,  Eur. 
Cycl.  475,  Ar.  Vesp.  224,  etc.  ;  σφη- 
κία έχθρων,  opp.  to  έσμοςφί?Μν,  Plut. 
2,  90  B. 

Σφηκίας,  ov,  έι,  =  σφηκίσκος,  Mei- 
neke  Pherecr.  Incert.  54. 

Σφηκίον,  ov,  TO,  a  cell  in  a  wasp's 
nest,  as  KtjpLov  of  bees,  Arist.  H.  A. 
9,  41,6,  Ael.  N.  A.  4,39. 

Σφηκίσκος,  ov,  ό,  {σφήξ)  apiece  of 
wood  pointed  like  a  wasp's  sting,  a  point- 
1454 


ΣΦΗΗ 
ed  stick  or  stake,  elsewh.  σκύλοψ,  Ar. 
Plut.  301  :  a  pile  for  building,  Polyb. 
5,  89.  6. 

Σφηκισμός,  ov,  δ,  an  imitation  of  the 
hum  of  a  wasp  on  the  flute. 

Σφηκίωσις,  ή,=σφηκιά,  dub. 
'     Σφηκοειύής,  ές,  {σφήξ,  ειόος)  —  σφη- 
κώόης. 

Σφι/κός,  οϋ,  ό,  =  σφηκώδης.  Soph. 
Fr.  27. 

Σφηκόο),  ύ,  f.  -ώσω,  (σφήξ) :  —  to 
make  like  a  wasp,  i.  e.  to  pinch  in  at  the 
waist :  —  hence,  in  pass.,  πλοχμηι 
χρνσώ  τε  και  άργίφω  έσφήκωντο,  the 
braids  of  hair  were  bound  up  with  gold 
and  silver,  II.  17,  52  ;  δειρην  έσφήκω- 
ται,  he  is  narrow  in  the  neck,  Nic.  Th. 
289  ;  θυρίδες  εύ  και  καλώς  έσφηκω- 
μέναι,  well-closed  window-shutters, 
Aristid. ;  so,  κα?.νμματα  έσφηκ.,  Αη- 
acr.  19, 3. — σφηκόω  is  freq.  confound- 
ed with  σφηνόο). 

Σφηκώδης,  ες,  contr.  for  σφηκοει- 
δής,  wasp-like,  ι.  e.  pinched  iti  at  the 
waist  like  a  wasp,  Ar.  Plut.  561,  sq. — 
II.  στίχος  σφηκώδης,  a  ivasp-like 
verse,  with  a  time  wanting  in  the  mid- 
dle, Gramm.,  v.  Buttm.  Schol.  Od. 
10,  00. 

Σφήκωμα,  ατός,  τό,  (σφηκόω)  that 
lehich  is  tied  tight. — II.  a  band  for  bind- 
ing firmly. — III.  the  point  of  a  helmet 
where  the  [)lume  is  fixed  in.  Soph.  Fr. 
314,  Ar.  Pac.  121G. 

Σφηκών,  ώνος,  ό,  (σφήξ)  a  wasp's 
nest,  prob.  1.  Arist.  H.  A.  9,  41,  5. 

Σφή?Μΐ,  inf.  aor.  from  σφύλ?Μ. 

Σφή'λεν,  Ερ.  for  εσφηλεν,  3  sing, 
aor.  1  act.  from  σφάλλω,  Od. 

Σφη7Μς,ή,  ov,easilymoved,  Hesych., 
asalsoitsoppos.,ctσ07/λoζ■,=  (iσ(/)α?ι,^f.• 
in  use  we  have  only  the  compd.  έρί- 
σφη'λος. 

iΣφήλoς,  ov,  ό,  Sphclus,  son  of  Bu- 
colus  of  Athens,  father  of  lasus,  II. 
15,  338. 

ΣΦΗ'Ν,  σφηνός,  ό,  a  wedge,  Aesch. 
Pr.  64. — II.  any  thing  wedge-shaped, 
e.  g.  an  instrument  of  torture,  Plut.  2, 
498  D. 

Σφηνύριον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  σφήν. 
[ά] 

Σφηνενς,  έως,  6,  a  sea-fish,  a  kind 
of  mullet,  prob.  from  its  wedge-like 
shape,  Euthyd.  ap.  Ath.  307  B. 

Σφηνίσκος,  ov,  b,  dim.  from  σφήν. 

Σφηνοειδής,  ές,(σφήν, εiδoς)wedge- 
shaped,  Theophr. 

Σφηνοκέφύ?Μς,  ov,  {σφήν,  κεφαλή) 
U'ith  wedge-shaped  or  peaked  head, 
Strab.  p.  70. 

Σφηνοττώγων,  ωνος,  δ,  (σφήν,  ττώ- 
yωv)with  wedge-shaped  οχ  peaked  beard, 
as  Mercury  is  represented  :  hence  as 
his  epith.,  Artemid.  2,42  ;  cf  Miiiler 
Archiiol.  d.  Kunst  ()  379,  1  and  4  :  — 
in  comedy  old  men  were  thus  repre- 
sented, Luc.  Ep.  Saturn.  21. 

Σφηνόω,  ώ,  (σφήν)  to  cleave  with  a 
wedge. — II.  to  wedge  together,  wedge  in, 
bind  or  shut  close  with  a  wedge  : — pass., 
to  be  wedged  in,  Polyb.  27,  9,  4  :  cf 
σφηκόω. — III.  to  torture,  rack  (v.  σφήν 
II),  Plut.  2,  498  D.     Hence 

Σφήνωμα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which  is 
wedged  or  driven  in  ;  and 

Σφήνωσις,  εως,  ή,  a  cleaving  with  a 
wedge,  Galen  :  also,  a  wedging,  press- 
ing together,  Plut.  2,  127'  D,  ubi  v. 
Wyttenb. 

ΣΦΗ'α,  σφηκός,  ό,  a  wasp,  II.  12, 
167,  Hdt.  2,  92,  Ar.,etc.  ;  called  είνό- 
δίοι,  from  their  making  their  nests  by 
the  road-side,  II.  16,  259.— ΙΙ.=σ07/- 
κίσκος,  Pherecr.  Incert.  54  ;  cf  σόη- 
κίας.  (σφήξ  is  to  Lat.  vespa.  Germ. 
Wespe,  our  luasp,  as  σφέτερος  to  ves- 
ter ;  -K  at  the  end  of  the  root  chang- 


ΣΦΙΓ 

ing  to  p,  as  vice  versa  in  eqmis,  In- 
πος.  It  may  be  akin  to  σφίγγω,  to 
tie  tight,  from  the  thin  middle  of  this 
insect.) 

'[Σφήττιος,  a,  ov,  of  Sphettus, 
Sphettian,  Plat.  Apol.  33  Ε  :  proverb. 
όξος  Σφήττιον,  Sphettian  vinegar, 
with  comic  allusion  to  the  sharpness 
and  calumniating  habits  of  the  inhab., 
Ar.  Plut.  720 :  cf.  also  Schol.  ad  1. : 
from 

^Σφηττός,  ov,  δ,  Sphettus,  an  Attic 
deme  of  the  tribe  Acamantis,  Strab. 
p.  397  :  hence  adv.  ΣφηττοΙ.  at  or  m 
Sphettus,  Lys.  148,  33:  ΣφηττόΟεν, 
fro?n  Sphettus,  Plut.  Thes.  13. 

Σφϊ  and  σφίν,  Ep.  and  Ion.  dat. 
plur.  o{  σφεϊς,  Horn.,  and  Hdt. ;  also 
as  dat.  sing.  ;  v.  sub  σφεϊς. 

Σφιγγία,  ας.  ή,  greediness,  avarice, 
LXX.  (Prob.  from  CT/crt^of  for  σ/cvi- 
φία.) 

Σφιγγίον,  ov,  τό,  {σφίγγω)  a  string, 
band,  esp.  a  bracelet  or  necklace,  Luc. 

ΊΣφίγγιον  όρος,  τό,  mountain  of 
the  Sphuιx,::^Φικειov. 

Σφιγγόπονς,  ττοδος,  δ,  ή,  (Σφίγξ, 
ηονς)  sphini-footed,  with  sphinxes'  feet, 
κλίνη,  Callix.  ap.  Ath.  197  A. 
^  ΣΦ1ΤΓί2,  {.  σφίγξω  :  pf  pass. 
έσφιγμαι,  -γξαι,  -γκται,  etc.  To  bind 
tight,  Aesch.  Pr.  58 ;  bind  in  or  together, 
Emped.  168;  to  squeeze,  torture :  gen- 
erally, to  shut  close,  πυλας,  Anth.  P. 
5,  294  :  to  straiten,  abridge,  φράσιν, 
Plut.  2,  1011  F;  hut, σφ.λυ•)ον,ΐυ  have 
one's  utterance  stopped,  be  tongue- 
tied,  lb.  6  Ε  :  pass.,  έσφιγμένοι,  Luc. 
Muse.  Enc.  3.  (Cf.  σφήξ,  fin.)  Hence 

Σφιγκτήρ,  ΐ/ρος,  δ,  that  which  biyids 
tight,  a  lace,  band,  Lat.  spinther  or 
rather  spinter,  κόμης  σφ-,  Anth.  6, 
206. — II.  a  muscle  closing  an  aperture, 
(such  as  the  sphincter  am),  which  nat 
urally  remains  in  a  state  of  contrac- 
tion, lb.  12,  7. — III.  a  Tarentine  χι- 
τών,  prob.  because  laced  tight  to  the 
body ;  also  σνσφιγκτήρ. 

Σφίγκτης,  ov,  δ,=  κίναιδος,  Cratin. 
Incert.  89  ;  so  spintriae  in  Tacit.,  and 
Suet. ; — the  reason  of  the  name  being 
in  σφιγκτήρ  II. 

Σφιγκτύς,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from 
σφίγγω,  tight-bound,  Mel.  60:  θάνα- 
τος σφιγκτός,  death  by  strangling, 
Eustalh.     Adv.  -τώς. 

Σφίγκτωρ.  ορός,  ό,  poet,  for  σφιγκ- 
τήρ, Anth.  P.  6,  233. 

Σφίγμα,  ατός,  τό,  (σφίγγω)  that 
which  is  bound  tight. — II.  a  binding  or 
compressing  by  machines,  Math.  Vett. 

Σφιγμός,  ov,  δ,^σφίγξις.  Math. 
Vett. 

Σφίγξ,  ή,  gen.  Σφιγγός,  Sphinx,  a 
she-monster,  daughter  of  Echidna 
and  her  son  Orthrus,  or  of  Cliimaera 
and  her  brother  Orthrus,  Hes.  Th. 
326,  (where  however  Wolf  has  re- 
stored the  Boeot.  form  Φί'^).  In 
Tiag.,  she  is  said  to  have  proposed  a 
riddle  to  the  Thebans,  murdering  all 
who  failed  to  guess  it  ;  Oedipus 
guessed  it,  and  she  killed  herself,  v. 
Argumenta  ad  Soph.  O.  T. :  in  works 
of  art  she  is  usually  represented  with 
a  woman's  bust  on  the  body  of  a  lion- 
ess. The  legend  seems  to  come  from 
Aegypt,  where  the  colossal  head  of 
a  Sphinx  is  still  left  uncovered  by  the 
sand.  Formerly  there  were  many, 
male  as  well  as  female,  Hdt.  2,  175, 
cf  Meineke  Philem.  p.  411 :  tliey  are 
said  to  have  symbolised  the  annual 
overflow  of  the  Kile ;  but  that  they 
were  also  connected  with  the  mystic 
worship  of  Bacchus  is  clear  from 
Hdt.  4,  79.  (The  usu.  deriv.  is  from 
σφίγγω,  as  if  the  Throttler.) 


ΣΦΟΝ 

ΣφΙγξις,  εως,  ή,  {σφίγγα)  α  binding 
tight,  Ael.  Ν.  Α.  8,  18. 

Σψίδη.  ης,  ή,  like  χορδή,  gut,  cat- 
gut;  cf.  the  lj<<t.  fides. 

Έφικύο),  ύ,  to  hu7n,  buz:,  of  gnats. 

Σφΐν,  V.  σφί. 

Σφΐσΐ  and  σφίσΐν,  dat.  from  σφεϊς, 
Horn. 

Σφογγιά,  ή,  also  ρψόγγιον,  σφόγ- 
γος,  Att.  for  σηογγ-,  Piers.  Moer.  360, 
Elmsl.  Ar.Ach.  463.  Lob.  Phryn.  113. 

Σφοδρά,  adv.,  strictly  neut.  pi.  from 
(Χφοδρόο,  very,  very  much,  exceedingly, 
violently.  Hdt.  9,  17,  Soph.  El.  1053, 
Aj.  150,  Plat.,  etc.  ;  to  σφ.,  Plat. 
Symp.  210  B,  etc. :  σφόδρα  γε,  in  an- 
swers, strongly  affirmative.  Id. 

iΣφoδpίaς,  ov,  o,  Sphodrias,  a  cele- 
brated commander  of  the  Spartans, 
Xen.  Hell.  5,  4,  15  ;  Plut.  Agesil.  24. 
— 2.  a  cynic,  writer  of  a  τέχντι  έρω- 
TLKT],  Ath.  162  B. 

Σφοδρός,  ά,  όν,  also  ός,  όν.  Plat. 
Rep.  586  C  : — vehement,  violent,  exces- 
sive, TO  σφοδρον  μίσος,  Thuc.  1,  103  ; 
ένδεια,  Xen.  An.  1,  10,  18  ;  επιθυμία, 
etc.,  Plat.  Polit.  308  A ;  σφοδρότερα 
όμοώτης,  Arist.  Top.  1,  7,  3. — 2.  of 
men,  violent,  impetuous,  νέος  καΐ  σφ-. 
Plat.  Legg.  839  Β ;  φι/.ότιμος  kuI 
σφ-.  Id.  Apol.  23  D  : — also  active,  zeal- 
ous, νπηρέται,  Xen.  Cyr.  2,  1,  31 : — 
also  strong,  robust,  ή  γεωργία  σφοδρον 
το  σώμα  παρέχει,  Xen.  Oec.  5,  5.— 

11.  adv.  σφοδρώς,  vehemently,  etc., 
αάλα  σφ-,  Od.  12,  124  ;  alone,  Xen. 
Oec.  5,  4  and  13,  Arist.  Categ.  7,  35 ; 
— but  in  Att.,  σφόδρα  (q.  v.)  is  the 
usu.  adv. :  superl.  -ότατον,  Xen.  Eq. 

12,  13.  (Akin  to  σπεύδω,  σπουδή: 
cf.  σφεδανός.)    Hence 

Σοοδρότης,  ητος,  ή.  vehemence,  vio- 
lence. Plat.  Polit.  306  Ε  ;  in  plur.,  Id. 
Legg.  733  B. 

Σφοδρννω,  (σφοδρός)  to  make  vehe- 
ment: —  pass,  σφοδρννομαι,  to  be  or 
become  so,  σφοδρύνεσθαί  Ttvt,  to  put 
overweening  trust  in  a  thing,  Aesch. 
Pr.  1011. 

Σφονδύλειον,  ov,  τό,  an  kerb,  Nic. 
Th.  948.  [v] 

Σφονδύ?.η,  ης,  ή,  Att.  for  σπονδύ?.η, 
Lob.  Phryn.  113;  —  an  insect  which 
lives  on  the  roots  of  plants,  prob.  a  kind 
of  htetlc  ;  it  has  a  strong  smell  when 
attacked,  Ar.  Pac.  1077,  cf  Schneid. 
Arist.  H.  A.  5,  8,  3;  8,21,  6.  [ϋ] 

Σφονδν?Λον,  ου,  τό,=  σφονδυ/.ειον, 
Diosc.  3,  90.  [ιι] 

Σφονδύλίον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from 
σφόνδνλος.  [ν] 

Σφονδνλιος,  ου,  ό,  like  σφόνδνλος, 
α  verlebre,  II.  20,  483.   [ν] 

Σφονδϋλοδίνητος,  ον,  (σφόνδυλος, 
δινέω)  twirled  on  a  spindle,  Anlh.  P. 
C,  247. 

Σφονδϋλόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  (σφόνδυ- 
λος) composed  of  vertebrae,  Manetho. 

Σφοι•δν?.όμαντις,  εως,  ό,  η,  (σφόν- 
δυ?.ος  III.  1,  μύντις)  prophesying  from 
the  spindle. 

Σφόνόΰ?.ος,  ov,  δ,  Att.  for  the  Ion. 
and  common  σπόνδυ?.ος,  v.  Lob. 
Phryn.  113: — a  vertebre,  La.t.  vertebra, 
Eur.  Phoen.  1413,  Ar.  Vesp.  1489, 
Plat.  Tim.  74  A  :  esp.,  the  second  large 
vertebre  of  the  neck,  a\so  μέγας  σφ.  and 
όόονς.  Foes.  Oecon.  Hipp.  s.  v.  σπόν- 
δυλος :— then,  generally,  a  joint,  esp. 
in  the  scorpion's  tail. — II.  a  tambour 
in  a  column,  i.  e.  one  of  the  pieces 
which  go  to  make  up  the  shaft,  Cal- 
lix.  ap.  Ath.  206  A. — HI.  any  round 
body; — as, —  1.  verticillus,  the  round 
weight  which  balances  and  twirls  a 
spindle,  Plat.  Rep.  616  C,  sq. ; — then, 
any  round  sto>ie,  σφ.  μεγάλοι.  Math. 
Vett.  :  also  of  the  voting  pebbles,  -φή- 


■  ΣΦΡΙ 

φοί. — 2.  the  head  of  the  artichoke,  Ga- 
len :  then,  generally,  the  xvhorl  of  a 
plant,  the  verticillus  of  Linnaeus. 

Σφός,  σφή,  σφόν,  sing,  his,  his  oivn, 
fern,  her,  her  oivn,  like  έός,  Horn. — II. 
in  plur.  for  masc.  and  fem.,  their,  their 
own,  belonging  to  them,  like  σφέτερος, 
Horn.,  and  Hes. ;  in  later  poets  also 
σφέος.  (From  σφέ,  σφεϊς,  like  Lat. 
suus  from  .te.) 

Σφρύγίδιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  σφρα- 
γίς,  Ar.  Thesm.  427  ;  cf.  βριπήδεστος. 

jΣφpΰγίδtov,  ov,  τό,  Sphragidium, 
a  cave  of  the  nvmphs  of  Cithaeron, 
Paus.  9,  3,  9.     Hence 

\Σφραγίτιδες,  ων,  αϊ,  'Ννμφαι,  the 
Sphragidtan  Nymphs  ;  v.  foreg.,  Plut. 

Σφράγϊδοννχαργοκομήτης,  ου,  ό, 
(σφραγίς,  όνυξ,  αργός,  κομέω)  comic 
name  for  α  coxcomb,  ace.  to  some,  a 
lazy  long-haired  onyx-ring-tvearer ;  or, 
as  others,  a  long-haired  fellow  with 
rings  up  to  the  whites  of  his  nails  !,  Ar. 
Nub.  332. 

Σφρΰγίδοφνλύκιον,  ov,  τό,  a  ring 
or  jewel-box.  [/.ά] 

Σφραγίδοφνλαξ,  ΰκος,  ό,  a  keeper 
of  the  seals,   [v] 

Σφραγίζω,  Ion.  σφρηγίζω  ."  f.  -ίσω  : 
— to  seal,  γράμματα,  Eur.  I.  A.  38  : 
to  seal  lip,  shut  up,  Aesch.  Euni.  828, 
in  pass. —  II.  to  mark  with  wounds, 
scratches,  etc.,  cf  Eur.  I.  T.  1372. — 
III.  metaph.,  to  limit,  define,  determine, 
fix.  Anth. :  from 

Σφρΰγίς,  Ion.  σφρηγίς,  ΐδος,  η.  a 
seal  with  which  any  thing  is  fastened 
up  or  marked  :  a  signet,  seal-ring,  The- 
ogn.  19,  Hdt.  3,  41  ;  σόραγιδα  έπι- 
βάλλειν,  Ar.  Αν.  560,  cf.  Plat.  Polit. 
289  B,  etc.  :— α  ring,  Hdt.  1,  195.— 2. 
the  gem  or  stone  for  a  ring.  Id.  7,  69, 
cf  Theophr.  Lap.  44 :  generally,  a 
gem,  Luc.  adv.  Indoct.  8. — II.  the  im- 
pression of  a  signet-ring,  a  seal,  σφρα- 
γίδας 'έρκος,  Soph.  Tr.  615;  cf  Eur. 
1.  A.  155  : — any  round  mark,  0pp.  C. 
■2,  299. — -III.  any  thing  sealed  or  mark- 
ed with  a  seal,  a  token,  ticket,  passport, 
Ar.  Av.  1213.  [i ;  though  in  late 
poets  we  have  σφριρ/ίδας  [ί],  Jac. 
Anth.  P.  431.] 

Σφράγισμα,  ατός,  τό,  (σφραγίζω) 
an  impression  of  a  signet-ring,  a  seal, 
Eur.  Hipp.  864,  Xen.  Hell.  1,  4,  3. 

Σφράγιστήρ,  νρος,  ό,  (σφραγίζω) 
a  sealer,  i.  e.  a  seal-ring,  signet,  Diog. 
L. 

Σφρά  γιστηριον,  ον,τό,α  seal,  stamp. 

Σφραγιστής,  ov,  6,=  σφράγιστήρ, 
Plut.  2,  363  Β. 

Σφραγιστικός,  ή,  όν,  of  οτ  for  seal- 
ing. 

Σφραγιστός,  ή,  όν,  (σφραγίζω)  seal- 
ed, μέτρον  σφρ-,  a  measure  stamped 
with  the  public  seal,  Inscr.  ap.  Bockh 
P.  E. 

Σφρηγίζω,  σφρηγίς.  Ion.  for  σφραγ-. 

Σφρΐγύνός,  ή,  όν,  plump,  fresh, 
Hipp.  ap.  Timae.  Gloss. 

ΣφρΙγάω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  be  full  to 
bursting,  to  be  plump  and  full,  Lat,  tur- 
gere,  turgescere,  esp.  (like  κνδωνιάν) 
of  a  woman's  breasts,  Foes.  Oec. 
Hipp. :  then,  generally,  of  young 
persons,  high-fed  horses,  etc.,  to  be 
full  and  plump,  to  be  in  full  health  and 
strength,  Lat.  vigere,  σφρίγώντι  σώμα- 
τι, Eur.  Andr.  196  ;  ενσωματεΐ  και 
σφρίγη.  Ar.  Nub.  799,  cf  Lys.  80  :  τά 
σώματα  σφρη^ώντες.  Plat.  Legg.  840 
Β  : — metajih.,  to  swell  with  pride,  θν- 
μυς  σφριγών,  Aesch.  Pr.  380;  so, 
σφριγών  μϋβος.  a  swelling,  haughty 
S|ieech,  Eur.  Supp.  478  : — also,  to 
sivell  with  desire,  be  at  heat,  Opp.  C.  3, 


ΣΦΥΡ 
368,  to  lust,  c.  inf ,  Ael.  N.  A.  14,  5.— 
On  the  word  v.  Ruhnk.  Tim.  (Σφρι- 
γύω  is  seemingly  only  another  form 
ol  σπαργύω,  akin  to  σφαραγέω,  σφά• 
ραγός,  q.  v.) 

Σφρίγος,  εος,  τό,  full  health  and 
strength,  σφρίγει  βραχιόνων,  Her- 
mipp.  Strat.  1,  6. — II.  metaph.  strong 
desire. 

Σφρϊγώδης,  ες,  in  high  health  and 
strength,  Lat.  vegetus. 

Σφνγμα,  ατός,  τό,  {σφνζω)=  σφυ- 
γμός.   Hence 

Σφνγμάτώόης,  ες,  =  σφνγμώδης, 
Plat.  Αχ.  368  D,  Plut.  2,  1088  D. 

Σφνγμή,  ης,  ή,^σφυγμός,  dub.  in 
Galen. 

Σφνγμικός,  ή,  όν,  of  or  belonging  to 
the  pulse. 

Σφυγμός,  οϋ,  ό,  (σφύζω) :  —  in  the 
earliest  medic,  writers,  the  throbbing 
pulse  in  inflamed  parts,  elsewh.  παλ- 
μός, Hipp.  :  then,  the  beating  of  the 
heart,  and,  generally,  of  any  artery, 
the  common  regular  pulse.  Id.  ;  cf  Foes, 
Oecon. —  II.  metaph.,  desire,  any  vio- 
lent emotion,  Wyttenb.  Plut.  2,  ί32  D. 

Σφνγμώδης,  ες,  (σφυγμός,  είδος) 
like  the  pulse,  throbbing,  ί/.κος,  Hipp. 

Σφύζω,  f.  -^ω,  to  throb,  beat  violently, 
elsewh.  ττάλλω,  cf  σφνγμός:  but 
also  of  the  regular  pulse,  to  beat.  Foes. 
Oec.  Hipp.  ;  Tu  σφύζοντα,  the  veins 
or  arteries,  Plat.  Phaedr.  251  D.— IL 
tnetaph.,  to  be  very  eager,  επί  τι,  ap. 
Suid.  (Akin  to  σφαδάζω,  σφάκελος.) 
Hence 

Σφνξις,  εως,  tj,=  σύνγμός,  Arist. 
Gen.  An.  5,  2,  3. 

Σφνρΰ,  ας,  ή,  a  hammer,  Od.  3,  434. 
— II.  a7i  implement  of  husbandry,  a  bee- 
tle, mallet,  for  breaking  clods  of  earth, 
Hes.  Op.  423,  Ar.  Pac.  566.  (Akin 
to  σφαίρα,  from  its  rounded  head  ;  also 
to  σφνρόν,  q.  v.,  like  Lat.  malleus, 
malleolus  pedis.)  [In  the  earliest  and 
best  poets  v,  and  therefore  properisp. 
ap.  Buttm.  Ausf  Gr.  §  34  Anm.  4  n, 
Dind.  Ar.  1.  c. ;  for  σφύρα  there  is  no 
authority,  even  in  E.  M.  823,  20, 
sq.] 

Σφνραινα,  ης,  ή,  a  sea-fish,  so  call- 
ed from  its  shape,  the  hammer-fish,  in 
Att.  κέστρα,  Strattis  Maced.  2 ;  cf. 
Arist.  H.  A.  9,  2,  1. 

Σφνράς,  άδος,  ή,  Att.  for  σπνράς, 
σπύραθος,  round  dung,  such  as  that 
of  goats  and  sheep,  Ar.  Pac.  790,  ubi 
V.  Schol.  (Akin  to  σφαίρα  and  σφύ- 
ρα, q.  V.) 

Σφί'ρηλ.άτέω,  ω,  to  work  with  the 
hammer,  to  hammer,  Philo.      Hence 

Σφνρηλύτησις,  ή,  a  hammering. 

Σφυρήλατος,  ov.  (σφύρα,  ϊλαννω)  : 
— ivrought  with  the  hammer,  hannnered, 
beaten,  forged,  σίδηρος,  πέδαι,  Aesch. 
Theb.  816,  Pers.  747;  είκώ  χρνσέη 
σφ.,  Hdt.  7.  69 ;  σφ.  εν  'Ολυμπία 
σταβήναι.  Plat.  Phaedr.  236  Β  ;  of. 
Theocr.  22,  47  ;  opp.  to  works  of  cast 
metal  (έργα  χωνευτά). — II.  metaph., 
as  if  of  beaten  iron,  tough,  hard,  άνάγ 
και  σφ.,  Pind.  Fr.  223  ;  so,  σφ.  φιλ.ία, 
close  friendship  ;  and  σφ.  νονς,  a  close, 
shrewd  mind,  like  Homer's  πνκινος 
νόος,  Wyttenb.  Plut.  2,  65  D  ;  σφ. 
/Μγος,  Luc.  Dem.  Enc.  15. 

Σφνρίον.  ου,  τό,  also  proparox. 
σφύρων,  dim.  from  σφύρα,  a  small 
hatnmer  or  mallei,  Chirurg.  Vett.  [ί] 

Σφνρίς,  ίδος,  ή,  Att.  for  σπυρίς, 
Geop.  ;  Lob.  Phryn.  113. 

Σφνροδέτης,  ov,  ό,  (σφνρόν,  δέω) 
an  ankle-band,  Hesych. 

Σφνροκόπάνον,  ov,  τό,  (σφύρα)  a 
kind  of  hammer. 

Σώϊφοκοπίω,  ω,  to  heat,  smite  uith  a 
hammer,  LXX.  :  and 

1455 


ΣΦΩΙ 

^φϋροκοττία,  ας,  {/,  a  beating  with  the  \ 
hammer,  forging :  from  1 

Σφυροκόκος,  or,  {σφνρα,  κόπτω) 
heating  with  the  hammer.  —  II.  propu- 
roxyt.  σφϊφόκοτΓος,  ov,  pass.,  beaten 
with  the  hammer. 

Σφϋιιοκτντζέω,::=σφνροκοπέω. 

■\Σφϋρόμαχος,  ov,  6,  v.  1.  Ar.  Eccl. 
22  for  Φνρόμαχος. 

Σφi'pόl•^,  ov,  TO,  the  ankle,  κνήμαί  r' 
ijoe  σονρύ.  II.  4,  117,  cf.  518,  etc.,  Ar- 
chil. 26,  11  :  inetaph.,  όρθώ  στί/σαι 
έτΓΐ  aipvpC),  to  set  upright,  Piiid^  I." 
(6),  19  ;  ποδών  τένοντε  ές  σφνρον  ΐκ 
■πτέρνης,  II.  22,  397;  Eur.  Phoen.2r), 
etc.  :  σφ.  μονόχ?]7.ον,  of  a  horse,  Eur. 

I.  A.  225  ;  σόΐ'ρώ  κούφω.  Id.  Ale.  586. 
— II.  metaph.,  the  lowest  part  or  end  of 
any  thing,  e.  g.  of  a  mountain,  tv 
ΐίαλίον  σφνροίς.  Find.  P.  2,  85  :  also, 
Αίβνας  άκρον  σφίφον,  the  very  fur- 
thest part  of  Libya,  Theocr.  16,  77. 
(Akin  to  σπείρα,  σφαίρα,  from  the  no- 
tion of  roundness  common  to  them  all: 
also,  akin  to  σψΐ•ρα,  as  ni  Lat.  malle- 
olus pedis,  to  tnalleus.) 

Σφΰρόομαι,  {σφνρόν)  as  pass., only 
in  an  Ithyphallic  song  ap.  Ath.  622 
C,  έθέ?.ει  yap  b  θεός  ΰρΟός  έσφνρω- 
μένος  ()ίά  μέσου  βαδίζειν,  prob.  in  ob- 
scene signf. 

Σφνροπρησΐπύρα,  ή,  {σφνρόν,  πρή- 
θο),  /Tip)  firing  the  anhle,  eplth.  of  the 
gout,  Luc.  Tragop.  199.  [πνρϋ-] 

ίΣφνρος.  ov,  ύ.  Sphyrus,  son  ol  Ma- 
chaon,  Paus.  2,  23,  4. 

Σφϋρόο,  ύ,  {σφύρα)  to  hammer. — Π. 
Ιο  rake  in  the  seed  with  the  σφνρα. 
Hence 

Σφίφωσιςί  ή,  a  raking  in  the  seed  with 
the  σφύρα  (11).  [ϋ] 

Σφνρωτήρ,  ηρος,  ό,  ν  σφαιρωτηρ. 

Σουρωτός,  ή,  όν,  {σφνρόω)  hammer- 
ed. 

Σφνσδω,  Dor.  for  σώνζω. 

Σφώ,  shortened  Att!  nom.  and  ace. 
for  σφώϊ,  q.  v. ;  also  in  II.  —  11.  as  a 
contraction  for  σφωέ  in  Horn.,  dub. 

ΣΦίΐΕ',  dual  masc.  and  fern.  nom. 
and  ace,  σφωίν  gen.  and  dat.,  of  the 
person,  pron.  of  3d  pers.  :  — •  Ihei/  two, 
both  of  them,  Hom.,  who  however  only 
uses  σώωέ  as  ace,  σφΆν  as  dat.,  both 
always  enclit. ;  strengthd.  σφωϊν  ύ/ι- 
φοτέροΰν,  Od.  20, 327 :  σόωί  for  σφωιι• 
IS  without  example  : — whether  σφοέ 
was  also  used  for  σφώϊ  is  dub. ;  it  is 
found  as  a  v.  1.  for  it  in  II.  7,  280  :— 
the  contract,  of  ace.  σφωέ,  into  σφώ, 
is  equally  dub.  (in  II.  17,  531  Wolf 
has  restored  σφω  ΑΙηντε),  though 
Antimach.  is  said  to  have  so  used  it, 
A  poll,  de  Pronom.  p.  373:  but  it  is 
certain  that  in  Ep.  the  dat.  was 
Bhortd.  into  σφιν,  the  ace.  into  σφε, 
so  that  it  became  one  with  the  plur., 

II.  11,  111,  Od.  8,  271,  etc. ;  cf.  σφεϊς, 
and  Buttm.  Lexil.  s.  v.  viJi  13. 

ΣΦΩ~Γ,  nom.  and  ace  ,  σφώϊν  gen. 
and  dat., — dual  masc.  and  fcm.  of  the 
person,  pron.  of  2d  pers. :  —  you  two, 
both  of  you,  freq.  in  Hom.,  esp.  in  II. ; 
also  strengthd.,  ΰμφοτίρω  σφώϊ,  II.  7, 
280:  hence  arose  a  shorld.  form  of 
nom.  and  ace.  σφώ,  not  σφώ  or  σφώ, 
II. ;  gen.  and  dat.  σφών,  Od.  4,  62 ; 
and  the  shortd.  forms  only  are  al- 
lowed in  Att.,  as  Aesch.  Pr.  12,  Ar. 
Ran.  8G7,  cf.  Piers.  Moer.  p.  266.— 
None  of  these  forms  are  enclit.,  and 
σφώϊ  for  σφώϊν  is  without  any  certain 
example,  for  in  II.  4,  286  it  is  the  ac- 
cus.,  depending  upon  κελεύω :  the 
assumption  also  that  σφώϊν  is  some- 
times used  for  σφώϊ,  as  in  Od.  23,  52, 
rests  only  on  a  false  interpr.,  cf. 
Buttm.  Lexil.  s.  v.  νώϊ  8.    Hence 

Σφωίτερος,  a,  ov,  possess,  adj.  of 
1456 


ΣΧΑΣ 

2d  person  dual  σφώϊ ;— o/or  belonging 
to  you  two,  σφωίτερον  έπος,  the  word 
of  you  two,  Juno  and  Minerva,  II.  1, 
2I6.--2.  as  adj.  of  3d  pers.  dual  σφωέ  : 
— of  or  belonging  to  them  two  or  both 
of  them,  Antimach.  ap.  ApoUon.  Dysc. 
de  pron.,  v.  Buttm.  Lexil.  s.  v.  νώϊ, 
etc.  6.  —  II.  directly  for  σφέτερος  in 
Ap.  Rh., — 1.  for  3d  pers.  sing.,  whe- 
ther direct  or  reflexive,  his,  his  own, 
etc.,  1,  643;  3,600.-2.  for  2d  pers. 
sing.,  thy,  thine,  3,  395  ;  so  too  The- 
ocr.  22,  67.    [I] 

Σφών,  contr.  Att.  gen.  and  dat. 
from  σφώϊ  for  σφώϊν,  also  Od.  4, 
62. 

Σχΰδών,  όνος,  ή,  the  larva  of  the 
bee  or  wasp,  Arist.  H.  A.  5,  22,  12. — 
II.  the  cell  of  a  honeycomb,  the  honey- 
comb, Lat.  favus,  Ar.  Fr.  302,  6,  The- 
ocr.  1,  147." 

ΣΧΑ'ΖΩ,  f.  -άσω  [u] :  3  pi.  impf. 
έσχάζοσαν.  Lye.  21.  To  slit,  cut  open, 
esp.  σχ.  φ7.έ8α,  to  lance  or  open  a  vein, 
to  let  blood^  Hipp•,  and  Xen.  Hell.  5, 
4,  58;  so,  σχ.  τον  ά)κώνα,  i.  e.  to 
bleed  in  the  arm,  Foes.  Oec.  Hipp. : 
and  Ar.  uses  εσχων  (from  σχάω)  in 
the  same  way,  A'ub.  209 : — Cf  Lob. 
Phryn.  219. — 2.  to  cleave  or  burst  in 
twain,  of  flowers,  σχ.  κύλνκας,  Anth. ; 
so  metaph.,  θάλαμον  σχάσε μηνις,  lb. 
9,  422.  —  II.  to  let  fall,  σχ-  ονράν,  to 
(hop  the  tail,  Xen.  Cyn.  3,  5 ;  σχ. 
βαλβίδα,  to  let  fall  the  rope,  and  so 
open  the  race-course.  Lat.  aperirc 
carceres,  Lyc.  13:  —  mid.,  σχύσασβε 
τύς  oppff,  let  dov:n  your  eyebrows, 
Plat.  (Com.)  Έορτ.  5  ;  metaph.,  σχά- 
ζεσθαι  την  ίππικήν,  to  s^ive  up  one's 
love  for  horses,  Ar.  Nub.  107.— 2.  to 
let  drop,  κώπαν  σχάσον,  i.  c.  cease 
rowing,  Pind.  P.  10,  79 :  —  to  check, 
master,  overpower,  πνρ.  Id.  N.  4.  104; 
δεινόν  όμμα,  Eur.  Phoen.  454;  φθόγ- 
γον  αγηρνν,  lb.  900. — 3.  to  let  go,  σχ. 
τηΐ'  φροντίδα,  to  let  the  mind  go,  give 
it  play,  Ar.  Nub. 740  ;  σχ.  τάς  μηχα- 
νής, to  let  off  the  engines,  Plut.  Mar- 
cell.  15.  —  4.  to  run  by  a  rope  over  a 
pulley,  σχ.  άγκνραν,  Lyc.  99,  cf.  21, 
329. — 5.  to  let  a  joint  go  and  then  pull 
it  back,  to  set  it  by  a  wrench,  Foe>s.  Oec. 
Hipp. — 6.  as  pugilist,  term,  σχ.  την 
χείρα,  to  bring  back  the  hand  to  its 
former  position,  recover  it.  (In  signf. 
I.  it  is  very  clearly  akin  to  σχίζω,  and 
perh.  to  κεάζο),  κείω  :  in  signf  II.  it  ra- 
ther points  to  χαλάω.  cf.  σχαστηρια, 
χαλαστηρία;  but  prob.  this  is  acci- 
dental, for  the  signfs.  under  II.  all 
come  from  the  notion  of  cutting  open, 
and  so  letting  go,  letting  loose.) 

Σχά?.ίδόω,  ώ,  (σχαλίς)  to  prop  up 
nets  luith  forked  sticks.     Hence 

Σχΰ?ύδωμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  forked  prop 
or  .'Stay.  [Γ] 

Σχΰ?ύς,  ίδος,  ή,  a  forked  stick,  used 
as  a  ladder,  Lat.  scala  : — also,  used  as 
a  prop  fur  nets,  Xen.  Cyn.  6,  7  ;  v.  1. 
σταλίς,  q.  v. 

Σχάσίς,  εως,  η,  {σχάζω)  a  pricking: 
a  bleeding,  scarifying,  Theopnr.   [ώ] 

Σχάσμα,  ατός,  τό,  {σχάζω  II.  4)  that 
which  has  been  wrenched,  Hipp.  ap. 
Erotian. 

Σχασμός,  οΐ•,  6.  {σχύζω)^σχύσίς. 
— II.  =σχάσμα,  Hipp. 

Σχαστήρ,  ήρος,  6,  {σχάζω)  α  snare, 
trap,  Lat.  tendicula,  unless  it  should 
be  σχα?Λστήρ,  from  σχα?ι,ίς. 

Σχαστηρια,  ar,  ή,  {σχάζω  II)  a  rope 
for  letting  down:  esp.,  across  the  en- 
trance to  a  race-course,  Galen. — II.  the 
rope  running  round  a  pulley ;  the  pulley 
itself,  Polyb.  8,  7,  10 ;  8,  3  :  hence, 
δια  μιΰς  σχαστηρίας  οργάνου,  by 
one  pull  or  turn  of  the  machine,  Arist. 


ΣΧΕΔ 

Mund.  6, 14 ;  cf  σχετήριον,  χαλαστή- 
pia. 

Σχαστήριον,  ov,  τό,  {σχάζω)  a 
lancet. 

Σχάω,  impf.  εσχων,  rarer  Aft. 
coUat.  form  of  σχάζω,  used  perh. 
only  in  impf,  Ar.  Nub.  409:  but 
Hipp,  has  the  compds.  ύποσχύν,  κά- 
τασχαν. Lob.  Phryn.  219. 

Σχέ,  im|)erat.  aor.  of  ε  χω  for  σχές, 
prob.  only  found  in  compels.,  as  κάτα- 
σχε, μετασχε,  πάρασχε,  etc.,  Pors. 
Hec.  836,  Or.  1330. 

Σχεδάριον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  sq., 
a  little  tablet  or  book,  [a] 

Σχέδη,  ης,  η,  {σχίζω)  strictly,  any 
thing  formed  by  cleaving,  hence  α  tab- 
let, leaf  prob.  borrowed  from  the 
Lat.,  for  it  is  first  used  in  Greek  by 
Eustath.,  and  Moschop. ;  while  the 
Lat.  scheda  and  scida  are  found  in 
Cic,  and  Plin. 

Σχέδην,  adv.,  {εχω,  σχεϊν)  gently, 
thoughtfully.  Macho  ap.  Ath.  349  13. 

Σχεδία,  ας,  ή.  Ion.  -ίη,  a  light  boat, 
raft,  float,  Od.  5,  174,  177,  etc.  ;  σχ. 
δίφθερίνη,  a  raft  of  hides,  Xen.  An. 
2,  4, 28  :  generally  oi ships,  Eur.  Hec. 
113. — 2.  a  light  military  bridge,  a 
bridge  of  rafts  or  pontoons,  Hdl.  4,  88, 
97,  etc. ;  σχ.  ?.ινόδεσμος,  of  Xerxes' 
bridge,  Aesch.  Pers.  09. — 3.  a  light 
scaffold  or  frame,  σχ.  νπότροχυς,  a 
frame  ori  ivheels,  for  moving  any  thing 
upon,  Math.  Vett. — II.  a  cramp  or 
holdfast,  Philo.  (In  signf.  I  the  word 
is  prob.  fem.  from  σχέδιος,  something 
knocked  tip  off-hand,  and  only /or  im- 
mediate  use.  The  last  signf.  however 
points  immediately  to  ίχω.) 

iΣχεόίa,  ας,  ή,  Schedia,  a  city  of 
Aegypt  on  the  Canobic  mouth  of  the 
Nile,  Strab.  p.  800. 

Σχεδιάζω,  f.  -άσω,  {σχέδιος)  : — to 
do  or  treat  of  a  thing  off-hand  Or  on  the 
spur  of  the  moment,  σχεδίάζοντα  λί- 
γειν  ό  τι  άν  τνχη.  Plat.  iSisyph.  387 
Ε  :  then,  esp.,  to  speak  or  write  off- 
hand, Anaxandr.  '\1ρακλ.,  1,  3,  Cic. 
Att.  6,  1,  11. — 2.  intr.,  to  be  careless 
or  negligent,  τοις  κοινοΐς  πράγμασι, 
in  the  administration  of  the  govern- 
ment, Polyb.  23,  9,  12 ;  νπέρ  τίνος. 
Id.  12,  4,  4. — II.  {σχεδόν)=ΐγγίζω, 
LXX. — Cf.  αυτοσχεδιάζω. 

Σχεδίας,  άδος,  η,  a  boragineous 
plant,  Hipp. ;  cf.  Foes.  Oecon. 

Σχεδίασμα,  ατός,  τό,  {σχεδιάζω) 
that  which  is  done  off-hand,  an  extern- 
pore  speech  or  action,  Cic.  Att.  15, 
19,  2. 

Σχεδιασμός,  ov,  ό,  {σχεδιάζω)  a 
speakuig,  making  or  writing  off-hand. 
Plat.  Sisyph.  390  C. 

Σχεδιaσrικώς,a.dγ.,off-hand,hastily 

^Σχεδιεϊον,  ov,  τό,  tomb  of  Scht 
dius,  in  Daphnus,  Strab.  p.  424. 

Σχεδίην,  Ep.  adv.  formed  from  the 
fern,  from  σχέδιος,  like  σχεδόν,  of 
place,  near,  nigh,  Lat.  comimis,  II.  5, 
830. 

Σχέδιος,  a,  ov,  {σχεδόν): — of  place, 
near,  σχεδία  μάχη,  close  fight,  hand  to 
hand,  σχέδια  βέλη,  weapons/or  close 
fight,  Aesch.  Cho.  162  ;  cf.  σχεδίην. 
— II.  of  time,  sudden,  on  the  spur  oj 
the  moment,  off-hand,  ποτός,  Anth.  P. 
11,  64;  έπι  σχεδίου  as  adv.,  as  we 
say  on  the  sudden,  Aretae.  : — adv. 
-ίως,  Aral. 

^Σχεδίας,  ov,  b,  Schedius,  son  of 
Iphitus  and  Hippolyte.  leader  of  the 
Phocians  before  Troy,  11.  2,  517  ; 
etc. — 2.  son  of  Perimedes,  also  a 
leader  of  the  Phocians  before  Trov. 
II.  15,  515. 

Σχεδίονργός,  ov,  b,  {σχεδία,  *tp>cj'> 
a  raft-builder. 


2ΧΕΘ 


ΣΧΕΤ 


Σχεδισμός,  οϋ,  ό,  α  dance  of  women,  ι  sary  here.    However,  the  pres.  σγέ- 


rery  dub. 

Σχεόογρΰψία,  ας,  ή,(σχέόη,  γράφω) 
a  sketch  on  a  tablet.     Hence 

Σχεόογράφικός,  ή,  όν,  of  or  for 
writing  on  a  tablet. 


θω,  etc.,  is  maintained  by  Stallb.  Plat. 
Gorg.  483  A,  Euthyphr.  15  D,  who 
refers  to  Imman.  Hermann  de  Verbis 
i)i  -ύβω,  •νβ(ο,  etc.  (Erfordiae  1832), 
as  conclusive  on  this   side. — II.  to 


Σχεόόθεν,   adv.,  from  near,  from    have  a  child,  produce.  Soph.  Fr.  230. 


nigh  at  hand,  Lat.  cominus,  II.  16,  800, 
607  :  but  also,  nigh  at  hand,  near,  c. 
gen.  vel  dat.,  σχ.  ε7.θ(ΐν  τινι,  σχ. 
στηναί  τίνος,  θα.  2,  267  ;  19,  447, 
etc.  (though  here  too  the  first  signf. 
may  be  defended ;  for  to  come  from 
near  totvards  a  person  is  to  come  very 
near  him) :  from 

Σχεδόν,  adv.,  (ex(j,  σχεΐν) : — of 
place,  7iear,  hard  by,  nigh,  Lat.  cwni- 
nus,  freq.  ia  Horn.,  and  Hes.,  esp.  in 
phrases  σχεόόν  είναι,  σχεδόν  έλθείν 
or  ίέναι :  Horn,  uses  it  sometimes 
absol.,  σχεδόν  οντασε,  II.  5,  458 ; 
sometimes  c.  dat.,  oftener  c.  gen., 
σχεδόν  ίγχεος,  σχ.  αίματος,  11.  20, 
363,  Od.  11,  142:— Hes.  has  it  only 
absol.,  and  c.  dat.:  so  in  Find.,  τνμ- 
βω  σχ.,  Ν.  10,  123;  also,  σχεδόν 
αμοί  Ttvi,  σχεδόν  τταρά  τινι.  Id.  Ρ. 
5,  53,  Ο.  1,  118. — 2.  rarely  of  motion, 
into  the  neighbourhood  of,  towards,  opp. 
to  έ-'  έσχα-ι?/ς,  Od.  9,  280.— 3.  me- 
taph.  of  relationship,  Od.  10,  441. — 
II.  post-Hom.,  of  degree,  nearly,  pretty 
nearly,  all  but,  σχ.  η'άντες,  πάντα, 
etc.,  nearly  all,  Hdt.  1,  10,  65  ;  and  so 


Σχέδυνος.  η,  ov,  (erij,  σχεϊν)  tena- 
cious, dub. ;  V.  Sturz  Emped.  p.  230. 

Σχεΐν,  inf.  aor.  of  έχω,  11. 

Σχε/.ίς,  ίδος,  ψ  Att.  for  σκελίς, 
usu.  in  plur.  σχε/.ίδες,  ribs  of  beef, 
Aesch.  Fr.  331,  Ar.  Eq.  362;'σχε/.ί- 
δες  ό/.όκνημοί,  Pherecr.  Metall.  1, 
13 ;  cf.  Luc.  Lexiph.  6. 

Σχε/.ννάζο),  V.  χε/.ννάζο). 

Σχέμεν,  Ep.,  and  Ion.  inf.  aor.  of 
έχω  for  σχεΐν,  II.  8,  254:  lengthd. 
σχέμεναι. 

Σχένδν?.α,  ή,  also  σχενδν7.η,  a 
ship-carpenter's  and  blacksmith's  tool, 
perh.  a  pair  of  pincers  or  tongs,  Anth. 
P.  11,  203.  (From  έχω,  σχεΐν.) 
Hence 

Σχενδν?ιάω,  ώ,  to  take  hold  of  with 
a  σχένδνλα. 

Σχενδν?η,  ης,  η,^σχένδνλα.  [υ\ 

Σχενδνλιον,  ον,  τό,  dim.  from 
σχένδϋ?.α. 

Σχενδν?,ό?^η~τος,  ον,  held  with  a 
σχένδν?.α. 

Σχέο,  Ερ.  and  Ion.  imperat.  aor. 
mid.  of  έχω  for  σχον,  II. 

Σχερία,  ας,  ή,  Ερ.  -ίη,  ης,  Scheria, 


■without  πάντα,  σχ.  είρηκα  ά  νομίζω    the  island   of  the   Phaeacians,  Od 


συμφέρειν,  Dem.  38,  27  ;  σ.  ταντα, 
nearly  the  same,  Hdt.  2,  48,  cf.  6, 
42  :  in  Att.  esp.  with  verbs  of  know- 
ing, σχ.  εττίσταμαι.  Soph.  Tr.  43  ; 
σχ-  οΐόα,  Eur.  Tro.  898: — oft.  in 
Plat,  merely  to  soften  an  assertion, 
Phaed.  61  C,  63  E,  etc.,  cf.  Schaf. 
Mel.  p.  54  : — σχεδόν  τι  is  freq.  in 
Att.,  as,  σχεδόν  τι  πρόσθεν,  just  be- 
fore, Soph.  O.  T.  736;  σχεδόν  τι 
ταντα,  Plat.  Gorg.  472  C  :  freq.  in 
affirmative  answers,  Id.  Soph.  250  C. 


5,  34 ;  6,  8t :  later  Κέρκυρα,  Lat. 
Corcyra,  now  Corfu,  tStrab.  p.  44, 
299t.     (Prob.  from  sq.) 

Σχερός,  6,  explained  by  Gramm.,  the 
firm  land,  mainland,  as  opp.  to  the  sea, 
but  used  only  in  the  phrase  έν  σχε- 
ρζ),  in  a  row  Or  line,  one  after  another, 
uninterruptedly .  successively,  Pind.  N. 
1,  105;  11,  49,  I.  6  (5),  32:  some- 
times written  together,  ένσχερώ,  έπι- 
σχερώ,  qq.  v.  (Usu.  deriv.  from  έχω, 
σχεΐν,   hke   εφεξής :  but  the   signf. 


Σχεδρός  or  σχεθρός,  ύ,  όν,  (έχω,  \  quoted  by  Gramm.  points  to  ξερής. 


σχέβω  ) :  —  Att.  tor  σκεθρός.  ap. 
Hesych.,  who  explains  it  by  τλήμων, 
patient. 

Σχέβω,  assumed  as  a  col  lat.  form 


ξηρός,  σκληρός,  χέβ()ος.  χέρσος,  etc.) 
Σχές,  imperat.  aor  of  έχω. 
Σχέσθαι,  inf.  aor.  mid.  of  έχω,  Od. 
Σχέσις,  εως,  ή,  (έχω,   σχεΐν) : — 


of  έχω  (as  φ'λεγέθω  from  φλέγω),  to  \  state,    condition,    esp.    habit   of   body, 


have;  usu.  in  strengthd.  signf. 
hold,  keep  fast,  check,  hinder.  But 
this  pres.  appears  to  be  a  fiction  ;  for 
no  part  of  it  is  found  in  use,  that 
may  not  be  referred  to  the  aor.  έσχε- 
βον,  a  poet,  lengthd.  form  of  έσχον 
(which  would  then  be  an  ανθνττό- 
τακτον) ; — this  is  certainly  true  of 


Avhich  is  alterable,  opp.  to  είις  or 
διύθεσις  (constitution  or  temperament, 
which  is  permanent),  Hipp. ;  v.  Foes. 
Oecon.  :  and  so  temporary,  passing 
diseases  are  said  to  be  έν  σχέσει, 
opp.  to  those  which  have  become 
constitutional  {έν  έξει),  lb.  ;  σχέσις 
εξεως,   Luc.   Symp.  23  : — generally, 


Hom.,  who  only  has  έσχεθον,  σχέ-  ^  the  nature  or  fashion  of  a  thing,  o~- 
θον.  έσχεΟε[ν)  σχέθε(ν),  έσχεθέτην,  :  7,ων,  Aesch.  Theb.  507,  Plat.  Rep. 
σχεθέτω,  σχεθέειν,  II.  23,  466,  etc.  ;  |  452  C  ;  τριχών,  Xen.  Symp.  4,  57  ; 
ασπίδας  πάροιβεν  σχέθον  αντον,  14,  |  βίου  σχ.,  α  way  of  life^  Dem.  1122, 
428  ;  ΰπό  έο  σχ.,  13,  163  ;  έπ'  άγκώ-  ,  25. — II.  α  checking,  retention,  esp.  of 
νος  κεφαλήν  σχέθεν,  Od.  14,  494  ;  '  urine,  Hipp. ;  opp.  to  βοή.  Plat.  Crat. 
φόρμιγγα  σχεθέτω,  8,  537  :  σχέθε  δ'    424  Α. 

άσσε  γόοιο,  4,  758  (so,  όπως  άν  αΰ-  \  Σχεταΐος,  α,  ον : — hence  σχεταΐα 
τους  νβρεως  σχέθω,  Ar.  Lys.  425)  ;  j  δράν,  ioao  what  ought  to  be  stopped,  io 
etc. — In  Pind.  and  Att.,  the  inf.  and  '•  behave  unseemly,  Hipp, 
part,  are  usu.  written  σχέθειν,  σχέ-  Σχετήριον,  ον,  τό,  (έχω,  σχεΐν) 
θων,  prob.  wrongly  for  σχεθεΙν,  σχε-  !  that  which  checks,  a  remedy,  'λιμον, 
0ών,  for  no  evidence  of  the  existence  I  against  hunger,  Eur.  Cycl.  135. 
of  a  pres.  σχέθω,  impf.  έσχεθον,  can  j  Σχετικός,  ή,  όν,  (έχω,  σχεΐν)  hold- 
he  adduced,  except  the  authority  of  ing  back;  holding  firmly,  retentive, 
the  Gramm.,  as  E.  M.  739,  51  ;  τινός,  Plut.  2,  725  A,  etc.— II.  in 
and  they  might  have  been  misled  by  ;  Logic,  relative. 

faulty  accents,  v.  Herm.  Soph.  El.  j  Σχετλιάζω,  f.  -άσω,  (σχέτλιος) : — 
744.  These  facts  were  first  observed  ι  to  complain  of  hardship,  to  complain  an- 
by  Elmsl.  Med.  186,  995,  Heracl.  272;  j  grily  and  bit'terly,  Ar.  Plut.  477,  Anti- 
and  many  verbs  of  the  same  sort,  j  pho  124,  17,  Piat.  Gorg.  519  Β  ;  επί 


άμνναϋεϊν,  είργαθεΐν,  etc.,  will  be 
found  fully  discussed  in  EUendt 
Lex.  Soph.  s.  v.  εικαθεΐν  :  —  the 
strongest  cases  in  favour  of  a  pres. 
signf.  are  Pind.  P.  6, 19,  Aesch.  Cho. 
832,  though  it  is  by  no  means  neces- 
92 


Tivi,  Dem.  913,  9.     Hence 

Σχετ?.ιασμός,  ov,  6,  angry,  bitter 
complaining,  impatience,  and  the  like, 
Thuc.  8,  53. 

Σχετ?.ιαστικός,  ή,  όν,  suited  to  com- 
plaint, indignant. 


ΣΧΗΜ 

ΣχέΓ?.ιος,  a,  ov,  though  Hom.  has 
σχετ'λίη  only  in  II.  3.  414,  Od.  23. 
150 ;  σχέτ/.ιαι  only  Od.  4,  729  ;  of, 
ov,  Eur.  1.  T.  051 :  (ίχυ.  σχεΐν).— i. 
of  persons,  doing  and  enduring,  daring, 
rash,  reckless;  hence,  hard-hearted, 
cruel,  ynerciless,  savage,  freq.  in  Hom.  ; 
usu.  of  heroes,  etc.,  terrible  for 
strength  and  recklessness,  as  Achil- 
les, Diomed,  Hector,  II.  5,  403;  9, 
630,  etc. ;  σχέτ/.ιος,  ονδέ  θεών  όπιν 
τ)δέσατο,  Od.  21,  28  ;  esp.  of  the  Cy- 
clops, Od.  9,  351, 478  ;  also  of  Jupiter. 
II.  2,  112,  Od.  3,  161  ;  of  the  gods  gen- 
erally, U.  24,  33  ;  of  Saturn,  Hes.  Th. 
488;  of  sleep,  during  which  one  is 
killed,  cr^tel,  Od.  10,  69  ;  also  of  wild- 
beasts,  savage,  Hdt.  3, 108 : — in  Oratt., 
σχ.  και  αναιδής,  Dem.  346,  1,  etc. — 
2.  much-siiffering,  unflinching,  of  Nes- 
tor, σχέτλιος  έσσί,  γεραιέ-  σν  μέν 
πόνου  ονποτε  ?ήγεις,  11.  10,  164,  cf. 
Od.  12,  279  :  —  hence,  just  like  r/.^- 
μωv,7niserable, unhappy, Aesch.Pr. 6^1, 
and  freq.  in  Eur. :  olt.  with  a  notion 
of  contempt,  ώ  σχετ/αώτατε  ανδρών. 
Ο  wretched  fool !  Hdt.  3,  155  ;  ώ  σχέ- 
τλιε.  Soph.  Phil.  369,  cf.  Ant.  47, 
Eur.,  etc. ; — but  this  signf.  oi  misera- 
ble never  occurs  in  Hom. ;  for  in  II. 
18,  13,  which  is  usu.  quoted  for  it, 
the  sense  of  reckless,  rash,  should  be 
retained. — II.  of  things,  first  in  Od., 
and  Hes.,  but  only  in  the  phrase  σχέ- 
τλια  έρ}α,  cruet,  shocking,  abominable 
doings,  Od.  9,  295 ;  as  opp.  to  δίκη 
and  α'ισιμα  έργα,  Od.  14,  83;  as  ^ 
άτασθαλίαι,  Od.  22,  413  ;  so  in  Hdt. 

6,  138  ;  also,  σχ.  πέπονθα  πράγματα, 
Ar.  Plut.  856  :  also,  σχέτ/.ια  alone, 
as,  σχέτ?.ια  γάρ,  Soph.  Aj.  887 ;  σχέ- 
TAia  παθεΐν,  Eur.  Andr.  1179;  σχ. 
και  ί'περφνή  λ.έγειν.  Plat.  Gorg.  467 
Β  ;  δεινά  και  σχ-,  Isocr.  378  Α. — 
[Horn,  always  puts  σχέτλ.ιος  em- 
phatically at  the  beginning  of  a  line, 
except  once  in  fem.,  II.  3,  414;  and 
twice  in  neut.,  Od.  14,  83  ;  22,  413. 
Hence  always  σχέτ?.-  in  Horn.,  ex- 
cept in  11.  3,  414,  where  σχετ'λίη 
must  either  be  pronounced  as  dissyll.. 
or  has  the  first  syll.  short.] 

Σχέτο,  Ep.  ίοτ  έσχετο,  3  sing.  aoi. 
mid.  of  έχω,  II. 

Σχήμα,  ατός,  τό,  (έχω,  σχεΐν):  — 
like  Lat.  habitus,  the  form, shape,  frame, 
outuord  appearance,  the  figure,  person, 
Ar.  Eccl.  150;  also  in  plur.,  Eur.  An- 
tiop.  6 ;  μορφής  σχήματα.  Id.  I.  T. 
292 ;  σχ.  τρίγωνον,  a  triangulai 
shape,  Polyb.  1,  42,3  : — periphr.,  σχή 
μά  τίνος  for  τις,  as,  σχ.  Ίππομέδον 
τος,  Aesch.  Theb.  488;  σχήμα  πέ- 
τρας. Soph.  Phil.  952 ;  σχ.  δόμων, 
Lur.  Ale.  911,  etc. — 2.  esp.,  the  form, 
figure,  opp.  to  the  reality,  ονδέν  πλ.ην 
σχήμα,  a  mere  outside,  Eur.  Aeol.  18, 
cf.  Erechth.  17,  27  :  hence,  a  mere 
show,  pretence,  like  πρόσχημα,  Thuc. 
8,  89.  —  3.  the  bearing,  look,  air,  mien, 
τίφαννον  σχ.  έχειν.  Soph.  Ant.  1169 ; 
άφοβον  σχ.  δεικνύναι,  Xen.  Cyr.  6, 
4,  20  ;  ταπεινόν  σχ.,  Jb.  5,  1,  5  :  esp., 
stateliness,  dignity,  pomp,  Ar.  Eq.  1331, 
αρχής  σχ.,  Plat.  Legg.  685  C  ;  ov 
κατά  σχ.  φερειν  τι,  not  according  to 
his  rank,  Polyb.  3,  85,  9  :  — of  the 
stately  air  of  a  horse,  Xen.  Eq.  1,  8, 

7,  10  :  in  plur..  gestures,  Xen.  Apol. 
27. — 4.  the  fashion,  manner,  way  of  a 
thing,  σχ.  βίον,  μάχης,  Eur.  Med. 
1039,  Phoen.  252 ;  τοντω  κατώκον 
σχήματι.  Plat.  Criti.  112'D:  σχήμα 
στολής,  fashion  of  dress.  Soph.  Phil. 
223  ;  so,  σχήμα  alone,  Xen.  Oec.  2,. 
4. — 5.  a  character  assumed,  Lat.  per- 
sona, partes,  σχ.  ποιεΐν,  μετα3ά/./  ειν. 
Plat.  Rep.  476  Β,  Ale.  1,  135  D  :  έν 

1457 


ΣΧΙΔ 

μτ)τρος  σχηματι,  Lat.  in  malris  loco, 
Id.  Legg.  918  E,  cf.  Isocr.311  E.— β. 
the  state,  nature,  constitution  of  a  thing, 
πό?.εως,  Thuc.  6,  89  ;  so,  σχήματα 
νόαων,  species,  kinds  of  diseases, 
Hipp.,  V.  Foes.  Oecon. — 7.  a  figure  in 
dancing  ;  hence  in  plur.,  steps,  Eur. 
Cycl.  221 ;  and,  generally,  a  dance, 
Ar.  V'esp.  1485  ;  cf.  σχημάτων. — 8. 
also  in  music.  Plat.  Legg.  055  A  :  in 
rhetoric,  etc..  Id.  Ion  53ϋ  C,  cf.  Cic. 
Brut.  37,  etc.  :  in  logic,  the  figure  of 
a  syllogism,  Arist. — 9.  a  sketch, outline, 
plan,  scheme  of  a  thing,  Plat.  Rep.  365 
C  :  a  mathematical  form,  diagram. 
Hence 

Σχηματίζω,  f.  -ί'σω,  to  form,  shape, 
dress  up,  arrange,  tu  στρατάηεδα, 
Plat.  Rep.  526  D  :  so  in  mid.,  σχηαυ- 
τίζισθαι  κόμην,  to  dress  her  hair,  Eur. 
Med.  1161. — 2.  σχήματα  σχ..  to  ges- 
ticulate, Plat.  Hipp.  Mm.  374  Β  ;  and, 
absol.,  to  dance,  Ar.  Pac.  324.  —  II. 
pass,  σχιιματίζομαι,  to  put  one's  self  in 
certain  forms  or  postures,  assume  vari- 
ous shapes.  Foes.  Oec.  Hipp.  :  to  ges- 
ticulate, Xen.  Symp.  1,  9. — 2.  to  be 
dressed  out,  tricked  or  adorned  in  a  cer- 
tain way,  ίσχημάτισται  ασπίς,  Aesch. 
Theb.  405. — 3.  to  behave  or  demean 
one's  self  in  a  Certain  way,  give  one's 
self  a  certain  appearance,  Lat.  simvlare, 
ώς  είδως  ίσχημάτισται,  he  made  as  if 
he  knew  him,  Plat.  Soph.  268  A,  cf. 
Stallb.  Gorg.  511  D  ;  σχηματίζονται 
άμαβίΐς  είναι,  they  pretend  to  be  un- 
learned. Id.  Prot.  342  D  ;  cf.  Phaedr. 
255  A  :  ε  σχηματισμένος,  made  up, 
artificial,  with  borrowed  plumes,  Lys. 
Fr.'43,  cf.  Ruhnk.  Tim. 

"Σ,χημάτιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  σχή- 
μα, esp.  in  plur.,  the  figures  of  a  dance, 
σχημάτια  Αακο}νικύ,  Hdt.  6,  129.  [d] 

ΣχημύτΙσις,  ^,=  sq. 

Σχηματισμός,  ov,  Ό,  (σχηματίζω) 
.rthe  assuming  of  a  shape  or  posture,  a 
dressing  up,  τοϋ  σώματος.  Plat.  Rep. 
425  Β  : — and  so,  absol.,  pomp,  vanity, 
lb.  494  Β  : — generally,  assumjAion  of 
what  does  not  belong  to  one,  pretence, 
Plut  Nic.  3,  Arat.  49,  etc. : — outward 
behaviour,  Id.  Dio  13  :  deportment,  Id. 
Demosth.  10,  Num.  8  ;  etc. 

Σχημΰτυγρΰφέω,  ώ,  to  mark  fig-ures , 
Arithm.  Vett. 

Σχημ(1τογρΰ<1>ία,  ας,  ή,  a  marking 
of  figures. 

Σχημΰτοθήκη,  ης,  η,  a  magazine  of 
gestures,  etc.,  Ath.  258  A. 

Σχημάτοττοιέω,  ώ,  (σχήμα,  ποίέω) 
to  give  form,  shape  or  fashion  to  a  thing, 
and  so  =  σχηματίζω,  Theophr. : — 
pass.,  like  σχηματίζομαι,  to  take  a 
form,  shape  or  posture,  Xen.  Eq.  10, 
5  :  to  gesticulate.     Hence 

Σχημύτοποιία,  ας,  ή,  a  forming, 
shaping  or  putting  in  posture. — II.  USU. 
of  pantomimes,  gesticulation. 

Σχημάτότης,  ητος,  ή,  a  late  form 
for  σχήμα,  Hermes  ap.  Stob.  Eel.  1, 
162. 

Σχήσις,  η,^σχέσις,  Hcsych. ;  cf. 
Lob.  Phryn.  447. 

Σχήσω,  fut.  of  εχω,  Hom. 

Σχητηρία,  ας,  ή,  (εχω,  σχήσω)= 
σχετήρίον,  σχαστηρία. 

Σχΐόΰκηόον,  also,  σχίδάκΐδύν,  adv., 
splinter-wise,  esp.  of  fractures  of  the 
bones,  Medic. 

ΣχΙδάκώδι/ς,  ες,  (σχίδαξ,  είδος)  like 
a  splinter,  splintery,  DlOSC. 

Σχϊδανόπονς,  ποδός,  ό,  ή,^σχιζό- 
πονς,  Arist.  ap.  Ath.  p.  397  Β. 

Σγίδαξ,  ύκος,  o,=sq.,  Anth.  P.  6, 
231.  [ί] 

Σχίδη,  ης,  ή,  (σχίζω)  like  σχίζα,  α 
cleft  piece  of  wood,  a  splint,  splinter, 
like  Lat.  scindula  from  scindo  :  hete- 
1458 


2XIN 
rocl.  ace.  σχίδα  for  σχίδην,  Hesych. 

[i] 

Σχίδιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  foreg. — 
2.  in  ρ\ητ.=  ώμό/.ινα.  [ί] 

ΣχΙδος,  τό,— σχίδη.  σχίζα,  Hesych. 

Σχϊδώΐ'νχος,  ον,  (σχίζω,  ΰννξ)  with 
cloven  hoofs,  susp. 

Σχίζα,  not  σχίζα,  ης,  ή,  Ion.  σχίζη, 
(σχίζω) : — α  piece  of  wood  cleft  off.  a 
splinter,  pale,  like  σχίδη,  σχίδαξ,  Od. 
14,  425  :  in  plur.,  wood  cleft  small,  esp. 
fire-wood,  II.  1,  462,  Od.  3, 459  :  hence, 
from  the  common  use  of  such  wood, 
—2.  a  torch,  tyrand,  Ar.  Pac.  1024,  1032. 
— 3.  an  arrow,  LXX, — II.  a  cleft,  gap, 
Synes. 

Σχιζίας,  ου,  6,=1σχνός,  τέτανος, 
Cratm.  Incert.  90,  ubi  v.  Meineke. 

Σχιζίον.  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  σχίζα. 

Σχιζογνί'ανδρος,  ό,  ace.  to  Phavo- 
ήη.=  σνκο<ί)ύΐ'της. 

Σχιζοποδία,  ας,  η,  the  nature  of  a 
σχιζόπονς,  Arist.  Part.  An.  1,  3,  18. 

Σχιζόποιτς,  ποδός,  ό,  ή,  (σχίζω, 
πονς)  with  parted  toes,  ορρ.  to  στεγα- 
νόπονς,  Arist.  Η.  Α.  8,  3,  12,  Part. 
An.  1.  3,  20. 

Σχιζόπτερος,  ον,  (σγ/ζω,  πτερόν) 
uuth  parted  U'ings,  of  birds,  opp.  to 
bats  and  winged  insects  (όλότττερα), 
Arist.  Incess.  An.  10,  4. 

ΣΧΓΖί2,  f.  -ίσω  [ί],  to  split,  cleave, 
Od.  4,  507  ;  of  the  plough,  Pind.  P.  4, 
406  ;  σχίσσε  κεραννίΐ)  Ζ,ενς  χθόνα,  Id. 
Ν.  9,  59;  κάρα  πελέκει.  Soph.  ΕΙ. 
99;  esp.  of  wood,  Xen.  Απ.  1,  5,  12, 
etc. :  to  rend  asunder,  Hes.  Sc.  428  : 
σχίζειν  φλέβα,  like  σχύζειν,  Plat. 
T)m.  36  D  : — generally,  to  part  asun- 
der, separate,  H.  Hom.  Merc.  128; 
Nf  tAof  μέσην  ΑΙγνπτον  σχίζων,  Hdt. 
2,  17,  cf.  4,  49: — so  in  pass.,  Ίϋεΐλος 
σχίζεται  τριφασίας  όδονς,  branches 
into  three  channels.  Id.  2,  17,  cf  1, 
75 ;  so,  περί  b  σχίζεται  το  τοϋ  Νεί- 
λου 1)ενμα,  Plat.  Tim.  21  Ε  ;  so  also, 
σχιζομένη  οδός,  Hdt.  7,  31  ;  ή  στρα- 
Τίή  έσχιζετο,  the  army  divided,  8,  34  ; 
ίσχίζοντό  σφεων  αϊ  γνώμαι,  their 
opinions  were  divided,  7,  219.— II.  σχί- 
ζειν γάλα,  to  make  milk  curdle,  make 
the  whey  separate  from  the  curds  : 
hence  yaka  σχιστόν,  curds,  Diosc. 
(Akin  to  κείω,  κεάζω,  σχάζω,  to  Lat. 
scindo,  scheda.  Germ,  schciden,  etc., 
cf  Pott  Et.  Forsch.  1,244.) 

Σχινδάλύμος,  ov,  6,  Att.  for  σκιν- 
δάλαμος,  a  cleft  piece  of  wood,  a  splin- 
ter, Ar.  Nub.  130,  Ran.  819:  also 
σχινδαλμός,  6,  Hipp. 

Σχινδϋλέω,=^σχίζω.    Hence 

Σχινδυλτ/σις,  η,  a  cleaving  into 
smalt  pieces,Galen.  [v~] 

ΣχΙνέλαιον,  ov,  τό,  (σχΐνος,  ίλαι- 
ov)  mastich-oil,  from  the  berries  of  the 
σχίνος,  Diosc. 

ΣχΙνίζω,  ί.-ίσω,  (σχίνος):  —  τονς 
οδόντας  σχ.,  to  clean  the  teeth  with  a 
inastich  tooth-pick.  Iambi.  ;  so  also 
absol.  in  mid. — II.  in  mid.  also  of  cer- 
tain movements  in  a  dance,  Ath.  621  C, 
ubi  al.  σχοινίζομαι. 

Σχίνΐνος,  η,  ov,  (σχΐνος)  of  mas- 
tich-wood,  Diosc.  [σχί] 

Σχίνίς,  ίδος,  ή,  (σχίνος)  the  berry 
of  the  mnstich-tree,  Theophr.  —  II.  a 
name  of  Venus,  Lye.  832. 

Σχϊνοκέφάλος,  ov,  (σχϊνος  II,  κεφα- 
?.ή)  with  a  squill-shaped,  i.  e.  peaked 
head,  epith.  of  Pericles,  Cratin.  θραττ. 
1 ;  cf.  Plut.  Pericl.  3  and  13. 

Σχΐνος,  ου,  ή,  the  7nastich-trce,  Lat. 
lentiscus,  first  in  Hdt.  4, 177  ;  browsed 
by  goats,  Babrius  3,  5  (Boisson.) — II. 
a  squill,  usu.  σκίλ?.α,  Ar.  Plut.  720, 
V.  Foes.  Oec.  Hipp. 

ΣχΙνοτρώατης,  ov,  ό,  (σχΐνος,  τρώ- 
γω)  one  who  chews    mastich-wood    or 


ΣΧΟΙ 

tises  a  mastich  toothpick,  Luc.  Lexiph. 
12. 

ΣχΙνοτρώξ,  ώγος,  b,  (τρώγω)  = 
foreg. 

ΣχΙνώδης,  ες,  (είδος)  mastich-like, 
full  of  it. 

Σχίσις,  εως,  ή,  (σχίζω)  a  cleaving, 
parting,  division.  Plat.  Phaed.  97  A, 
C  :  esp.  of  roads,  lb.  108  A  ;  of  rivers, 
Plut.  2,  93  F.  [t] 

Σχίσμα,  ατος,  τό,  (σχίζω)  that  which 
is  cloven  or  parted  :  a  cleft,  division,  as 
of  hoofs,  Arist.  H.  A.  2,  1,  26.— IL 
generally,  division,  variance,  schism, 
N.  T.     Hence 

Σχισματικός,  ή,  όν,  of  or  for  divi 
ding :  schismatic. 

Σχισμή,  ης,  ή,  a  cleft,  Arist.  Plant. 
1,  6,  6. 

Σχισμός,  ov,  b,  (σχίζω)  a  cleaving, 
Aesch.  Ag.  1149. 

Σχιστός,  ή,  όν,  (σχίζω)  cloven,  part' 
ed,  divided,  σχιστή  οδός.  Soph.  Ο.  Τ. 
733  :  σχ.  γάλα,  ν.  σχίζω  fin.  :  αϊ  σχισ 
ταί,  a  kind  of  women's  shoes,  prob. 
so  called  from  their  finely-cut  straps, 
Eupol.  Phil.  2  :  σχιστός  χιτών,  a 
woman's  garment.  Poll. — 2.  cloven-hoof- 
ed, opp.  tu  μωννξ.  Plat.  Polit.  265  D. 
— II.  that  may  be  split  or  cleft,  divisible, 
Lnt.fi.^silis,  Theophr. 

Σχοιάτο,  poet,  for  σχοΐντο,  3  pi. 
opt.  aor.  mid.  of  ίχω,  II.  2,  98. 

Σχοίην,  opt.  aor.  act.  of  ίχω. 

^Σχοινενς,  έως,  ό,  Schoeneiis,  son 
of  Athamas  and  Themisto,  king  of 
Boeotia,  father  of  Atalanta,  Apollod. 
1,  9,2. 

Σχοινιά,  ΰς,  η,  (σχοΐνος)  a  hump  or 
bunch  of  rushes,  Theophr. —  II.  a  place 
or  tine  measured  out  (v.  σχοϊνος  111)  . 
hence,  the  circuit  of  a  city,  Casaub, 
Strab.  p.  379. — III.  a  cording  together, 
σχ.  βοτρνων,  a  garland  or  cluster  of 
grapes,  Joseph. 

Σχοινιαία,  ας,  η,  (σχοϊνος  II)  α 
ropewalk,  Inscr.  Olbian. 

Σχοινίζω,  {.  -ίσω,  (σχοΐνος  III)  ίβ 
measure  out  a  country  by  σχοίνοι :  esp. 
to  portion  out  conquered  countries. — II, 
mid.  σχοινίζομαι,  v.  1.  for  σχινίζο 
μαι. 

Σχοίνικ7.ος,  ov,  ό,  a  water-bird,  like 
the  white  water-wagtail,  prob.  akio 
to  κίγκλος.  Arist.  II.  A.  Θ,  3,  13; 
where,  however,  Bekk.  reads  σχοι- 
νίλος :  the  forms  σχοίνικος,  σχοινι- 
ών are  also  found. 

Σχοινίκύς,  ή,  01",=: sq. 

ΣχοίνΙνος,  η,  ov,  (σχοΐνος)  : — of 
nishes,  made  of  rushes,  Eur.  Autol.  3, 
Ar.  Fr.  227. — 11.  like  a  rush,  hence 
long,  lank,  Hesych.  ;  like  Lat.  juncevs, 
ejuncidus,  ior  gracilis. 

Σχοινίον,  ov,  τό,  (σχοΐνος) :  —  α 
rope  twisted  of  rushes ;  generally,  α 
rope,  cord,  Hdt.  1,  26  ;  5,  85,  Ar.  Ach. 
22,  etc. :  proverb.,  έξ  αμμον  σχοινίον 
τζ'λέκειν,  Aristid. — II.  nietaph.,  an  un- 
broken series  or  chain,  λνειν  σχοινίον 
μερίμνων,  Pind.  Fr.  124,  like  negoti- 
orum  catenam  abrumpere  in  Seneca. — 
III,  in  comedy,  for  the  wiemfcrum  DiVi/c, 
Ar.  Vesp.  1342. 

Σχοινιοπλόκος,  ov,  (σχοινίον,  πλέ• 
κω)=  σχοινιοστρόφος. 

Σχοίνιος,  ον,=^σχοίνινος,  ν.  1.  Eur. 
Cycl.  208. 

Σχοινιοστρόφος,  ον,  (σχοινίον, 
στρέφω)  twisting  ropes :  a  ropemaker. 
— II.  winding  up  the  rope  of  a  well,  a 
water-drawer. 

Σχσινιοσνμβολενς,  ό,  and  -βόλος, 
ov,  (συμβάλλω)— ioTeg. 

Σχοινίς,  ΐδος,  ή,  (σχοινος) : — α  ves- 
sel of  rushes,  a  sieve,  etc.  :  also  a  rope, 
cord,  Theocr.  23,  51. — II.  the  fruit  of 
the  σχοΐνος,  Theophr.  [t] 


ΣΧΟΙ 

Σχοίνίς,  ίδος,  [ZJ,  poet.  fern,  of 
αχοίνινος,  Nic.  ΑΙ.  546. 

Σχοίνισμα,  ατός,  τό.  (σχοινίζω)  α 
measuring  out  by  ϋχοϊνοί. — II.  a  piece 
of  land  so  7neasiired  out,  a  portion,  allot- 
merit,  LXX. 

Σχοινισμός,  ov,  ό,  {σχοινίζω)  a 
measuring  out  with  ropes,  Plut.  LucuU. 
20;  where  it  is  usu.  interpr.  racks; 
but  V.  Schaf.  ad  1. 

Σχοινίτι/ς,  01',  ό,  (CT^'Oii'Of)  made  of 
rushes,  fern,  -ΐτις,  ιόος,  Leon.  Tar. 
91. 

Σχοιτίων,  ωνος,  6,  =  σχοίνικλος, 
Arist.  Η.  Α.  9, 1,27. — II.  an  effeminate 
air  on  the  flute. 

Σχοίνοβάτέω,  ώ,  to  dance  on  a  rope  : 
from 

Σχοινοβάτης,  ov,  6,  (σχοΐνος  II, 
8uiv<j)  a  rope-dancer,  schoenobates  m 
Juven.  3,  77.  [a]     Hence 

Σχο(ΐ-ο3ατία,  ας,  ή,  a  rope-dance, 
Hipp.     Hence 

Σχοινοβιίτικός,  η,  όν,  of  ox  for  rope- 
dancing  :  ij  -KTj  (sc.  τέχνιι),  the  art  of 
rope -dancing, 

Σχοινόύεσμος,  ov,  ό,  a  rope  of  rush- 
es, Nicet. 

Σχοινόδετος,  ov,  (σχοΐνος,  δέω) 
bound  with  ropes  or  cords,  Nicet. 

Σχοινοδρομία,  ας,  ή,  rope-dancing, 
Hipp  :  from 

Σχοινοδρόμος,  ov, {σχοΐνος,  τρέχω, 
δραμείν)  a  rope-dancer. 

Σχοινοειδής,  ές.  {σχοίνος,  είδος) 
rtish-like :  rushy.  —  II.  like  a  rope  or 
cord,  Joseph. 

Σχοινόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  {σχοΐνος)  rusht/: 
cf.  σχοινονς. 

Σχοινόττλεκτος,  ov,  {σχοϊνος,  πλέ- 
κω) plaited  of  rjishes,  άγγος  Araros 
Καμπυλ.  1,  4. 

Σχοινοπ'λοκικός,  ή,  όν,  of  or  for 
rope-making,  στιάρτον,  Strab. :  from 

Σχοινοπλόκος,  ov,  {σχοΐνος,  πλέ- 
κω) twisting  rushes :  a  maker  of  rush- 
ropes,  mats,  etc.,  Hipp.  p.  1120. 

Σχon'07Γώ?iης,  ov,  6,  a  dealer  in  rush- 
ropes,  mats,  etc. 

ΣΧΟΓΝΟΣ.  01',  6.  also  ή  in  later 
writers  from  about  Theophr.  :  α  rush. 
Lit.  junctis,  H'it.  4,  190  ;  esp.,  the  aro- 
matic rush,  Hipp,  cf  Foes.  Oecon.; 
V.  sub  στιβάς :  various  other  kinds 
are  found,  όλόσχοινος,  όξύσχοινος, 
ιιε/.ηγκρανίς,  μυρεψικτ/,  etc.  :  also,  a 
sharp,  sti^  rush,  a  reed,  arrow,  Batr. 
256,  Ar.  Ach.  230;  used  as  a  spit, 
Plat.  (Com.)  Incert.  22.-2.  α  place 
where  rushes  grow,  a  rtish-bed,  Od.  5, 
463,  Find.  O.  6,  90.— II.  ό  and  ?/,  any 
thing  twisted  or  plaited  of  rushes,  esp. 
a  rush-rope,  and  so  generally,  a  rope, 
cord,  first  in  Hdt.  1,  66  ;  5,'l6,  etc. ; 
cf.  σχοίνιον  : — πλέκτη  σχ.,α  basket, 
Ar.  Fr.  89. — III.  in  Greece,  the  σχοΐ- 
νος  was  a  land-measure,  by  which,  as 
in  Italy  by  the  pertica.  conquered 
countries  were  measured  out  and  al- 
lotted to  new  settlers,  cf  Hdt.  1,  66; 
called  a  Persian  measure  by  Call.  ap. 
Plut.  2,  602  F,  cf  Ath.  122  A  :— Hdt., 
2,  6,  makes  it=2  Persian  parasangs, 
^60  stades;  but  it  was  usu.  taken 
at  An//that  length,  Hero  de  Mens. 

^Σχοϊΐ'ος,  ov,  ή,  Schoenus,  a  city 
of  Boeotia  on  the  Schoenus,  near 
Thebes,  II.  2,  497;  Strab.  p.  408: 
hence  Σχοινιενς,  iur,  ό,  an  itihab.  of 
Schoenus,  Anth.  P.  13,  22. 

Σχοινοστρόφος,  ον,=σχοινιοστρό- 
όος,  Plut.  2,  473  C. 

Σχοινοσνμβολενς,  έως,  δ,=  σχοι- 
νκοσνμβολεύς. 

Σχοινοτένεια,  pecul.  fern,  of  sq., 

>•  ^•  ,      , 

Σχοινοτενής,  ες,  {σχοΐνος,  τείνω) : 

tretched  out  like  a  measuring  line  or 


ΣΧΟΑ 

marked  out  thereby,  hence — 1,  straight, 
in  a  straight  line,  Hdt.  1,  189,  199; 
σχοινοτενές  ποιήσασβαι,  to  draw  a 
straight  line,  Hdt.  7,  23. — 2.  stretched 
out  lengthwise,  far  stretched  uut,  prolix, 
in  which  sense  Find.  Fr.  47  has  a 
pecul.  fem.  σχοινοτένεια  άοιδύ,  form- 
ed like  ήδνέπεια,  μοννογένεια,  etc.— 
II.  twisted  or  plaited  of  rushes,  Anth. 
P.  0,  5. 

Σχοινοτονία,  ας,  ή,  a  straight  course. 
— 11.  length,  Strab.  :  from 

Σχοινυτονος,  ov,  {σχοΐνος,  τείνω) 
stretched  with  rushes  or  cords,  δίφρος 
σχ-,  a  seat  of  rushes,  Hipp. 

Σχοινοϋς,  ονσσα,  ovv,  contr.  for 
σχοινόεις :  esp.  ό  σχ.,  a  place  grown 
over  with  rushes,  Strab.     Hence 

^Σχοινυϋς,  ονντος,  ό,  Schoenus,  a 
river  of  Boeotia,  Sirab.  p.  408. — II.  a 
harbour  of  Corinth  on  the  Sinus  Sa- 
ronicus,  Id.  p.  369. — 111.  a  large  plain 
in  Hispania,  the  Spartnria  ol  Phny, 
near  Carthago  Nova,  Id.  p.  160. 

Σχοινυφΐ/.ίνδά,  adv.,  written  also 
σχοινοφολίνδα  and  σχοινοβυλένόα,  a 
game  .so!newhat  like  our  liuiit-the-slipper. 
Poll.  9,  1 15. 

Σχοινοψόρος,  ov,  carrying  rushes, 
cords  or  mats. 

Σχοινυχάλϊνος,  ov,  with  a  rein  of 
twisted  rushes,  [uj 

Σχοινώδης,  ες,=σχοινοειδής,  Nic. 
Al.  152. 

Σχοινωτός,  ή,  όν,  (as  if  from  σχοι- 
νόω)  twisted  like  a  rope  or  cord,  Cos- 
mas. 

Σχολάζω,  f.  -άσω,  {σχολ.ή)  to  have 
leisure  or  spare  time,  be  at  leisure,  to 
have  nothing  to  do,  Ar.  Lys.  212,  Thuc. 
4,  4,  Plat.,  etc. :  c.  mf ,  to  have  leisure 
or  time  to  do  a.  thing,  Xen.  Cyr.  2,  1, 
9  ;  8,  1,  18:  hence, — 2.  to  act  leisurely, 
linger,  delay,  Aesch.  Supp.  207,  883, 
Eur.  Hec.  730. — II.  σχ.  από  τίνος, 
Lat.  vacare  a  re,  to  have  rest  or  respite 
from  any  thing,  cease  from  doing,  Xen. 
Cyr.  7,  5,  52,  cf.  Hell.  7,  4,  28 ;  so, 
σχ.  τινός,  Plut. — III.  σχολύζειν  τινί, 
Lat.  vacare  rei,  to  have  leisure,  time  or 
opportunity  for  Άην  thing,  to  devote  one's 
tnne  to  any  thing,  έσχολακεν  ένί  τού- 
τω πάντα  τον  βίον,  Dem.  594,  16 ; 
so,  σχ-  προς  τι,  Xen.  Mem.  3,  6,  6; 
περί  τι,  Plut.  Brut.  22. — 2.  also  c.  dat. 
pers.,  to  devote  one's  self  to  him,  τοΐς 
φίλοις.  Id.  Cyr.  7,  5, 39  :  esp.  of  schol- 
ars, σχ.  Tin,  to  deivte  one's  self  to  a 
master,  attend  his  lectures,  Plut.  2,  844 
A,  B. — 3.  absol.,  to  devote  one's  self  to 
learning  ;  and  then,  to  give  lectures  (cf. 
σχολή),  keep  a  school,  Id.  Demosth.  5. 
— IV.  of  a  place,  to  be  empty,  vacant  or 
unoccupied,  Id.  C.  Gracch.  12. 

ΣχολαΙος,  u,  ov,  {σχολή) '. — at  one's 
leisure  or  ease,  slow,  σχ.  κομισθήναι, 
to  go  leisurely,  Thuc.  3,  29 ;  σχολαία 
πορεία,  Xen.  An.  4,  1,  13.  Adv.  -ως, 
lb.  1,  5,  8: — compar.,  σχολ.αίτειχι  or 
-αίτεραν,  Hdt.  9,  6,  Thuc.  4,  47,  Plat., 
etc. ;  superl.  σχο'λ.αίτατα,  Xen.  Hell. 
6,  3,  6  ; — as  if  formed  from  dat.  σχο- 
?.y,  like  πα'/Μίτερος  from  πά'/.αι :  but 
also  σχολ.αιότερον,  -ότατα,  Xen.  An. 
1,  5,  9,  Lac.  11,  3.     Hence 

Σχο7.αώτης,  ήτοι:,  ή,  slowness,  lazi- 
ness, Thuc.  2,  18. 

Σχολαρχέω,  ώ,  to  be  a  σχολάρχης, 
Diog.  L.  8,  1. 

Σχο7.άρχΐ]ς,  ov,  h,  {σχο7.ή  III,  άρ- 
χω) the  head  of  a  school. 

Σχολαστήρίον,  ov,  τό,  {σχο^Λζω) 
a  place  for  passing  leisure  in,  Plut.  Lu- 
cull.  42,  Moschio  ap.  Ath.  207  E. 

Σχολιαστής,  ov,  ό,  like  σχολαστι- 
κός, at  leisure,  βίος,  Plut.  2,  135  Β  : 
αργός  και  σχ.  όχ/ιος,  Id.  Solon  22. 

Σχο/.αστικός,  ή,  όν,  {σχο?.ύζω)  be- 


ΣΩΓΧ 

«If  οί  leisure,  idle,  Arist.  Pol.  6,  8,  22  ; 
σνλ.λογοι  σχ.,  lounging  parties,  lb.  5, 
11,5:  TO  σχο'λαστικόν,  leisure,  Epict. 
—  II.  devoting  one'. 1  leisure  to  learning, 
learned,  Lat.  scholasticus,  scholaris, 
Plut.  Cicer.  5.-2.  a  pedant,  learned 
ass,  simpleton,  Luc.  Hierocl.,  etc. 

ΣΧΟΑΗ',  ής,  ή,  leisure,  spare  time, 
rest,  ease,  Lat.  otium,  vacalio,  first  in 
Hdt.  3,  131,  Pind.  N.  10,  86.  then  freq. 
in  Att. :  σχολήν  aytiv,  to  be  at  leisure, 
Hdt.  1.  c,  Eur.,  etc. ;  μή  σχολήν  τί- 
θει,  i.  e.  make  haste,  Aesch.  Ag.  1059  ; 
ήνικ'  uv  σχο/.ήν  ζ^άβω,  Eur.  I.  T. 
1432  ;  σχ.  έχειν  άμφι  έαντορ,  Xen. 
Cyr.  7,  5,  42,  Mem.  2,  6,  4  :  σχολή 
{εστί)  μοι,  c.  inf.,  I  have  time  to.., 
Aesch.  Ag.  1055,  Plat.,  etc. :  ov  σχο- 
?,ή  αντώ.  Plat.  Prot.  314  D  ;  σχολή 
έδόκει  γίγνεσθαι,  he  thought  he  had 
plenty  of  time,  Thuc.  5,  10  :  σχ.  διδό• 
ναι,  παρέχειν  τινί,  Xen.  Cyr.  4,  2, 
22,  Hier.  10,  5:  σχο'λήν  τίνος  περι- 
μένειν,  to  wait  one's  leisure.  Plat. 
Rep.  370  Β  :  σχολής  έργον,  a  work 
for  leisure,  i.  e.  requiring  attention, 
Eur.  Andr.  552 :  oft.  with  a  prep.,  as 
adv.,  έπΙ  σχο/ή,  at  leisure,  at  a  fit  time, 
Eur.  1.  T.  1220  ;  so,  έπί  or  μετά  σχο- 
λής. Plat.  Theaet.  172  D,  Criti.  110 
A  ;  κατά  σχολήν,  Id.  Phaedr.  228  A  ; 
cf  infra  B. — 2.  c.  gen.,  leisure,  rest 
from  a  thing,  κακού.  Soph.  O.  T. 
1286  ;  πόνων,  Eur.  H.  F.  7:^5 ;  so,  σχ. 
ύπό  τίνος.  Plat.  Phaed.  66  D,  cf  Xen. 
Cyr.  8,  3,  47. — 3.  idleness,  σχολ.ή  τερ- 
πνόν κακόν,  Eur.  Hipp.  384,  cf  Soph. 
Fr.  288. — 11.  that  in  which  leisure  is 
employed,  esp.,  a  learned  discus.sion,  dis- 
putation, lecture,  Lat.  schola,  Plat. 
Legg.  820  C  ;  σχο'λήν  περί  πολιτείας 
γρα-φάμενος,  Plut.,  etc.  ;  cf  Wyt- 
lenb.  2,  15  A,Cic.  Tusc.  1,4:  hence, 
learned  leisure,  philosophy,  and  the  like, 
Plut. — III.  the  place  where  such  lectures 
were  given,  a  school,  Arist.  Pol.  5,  11, 
5,  Plut.  Ale.x.  7 ;— but  also,— 2.= 
σχολαστήρίον,  Vitniv. 

B.  σχο/.7),  as  adv.,  leisurely,  like 
σχολαίως  (q.  v.),  Thuc.  1,  142. — 2.  at 
one's  leisure,  i.  e.  scarcely,  hardly,  not 
at  all.  Soph,  O.  T.  434,  Ant.  390,  Plat., 
etc. :  a  Utile,  ov  κάμνω  σχο/Ίΐ,  Eur. 
Ion  276.^.3.  ήπον  σχολή,  alter  ει  δέ 
μή..,  much  less.  Andoc.  12.  21,  cf.  13, 
tin. ;  so,  σχολή  γε...  Plat.  Phaed.  65  B. 

Σχολιαστής,  ov,  ό,  {σχόλιον)  a  scho 
liast,  commentator. 

Σχολικός,  ή,  όν,  {σχολή  Π)  scho 
lastic,  usual  in  the  schools,  σχ.  παρα- 
σημειώσείς,=τά  σχόλια,  Prol.  Arist. 
Plant. — Adv.  -κώς,  after  the  manner  nf 
the  schools,  Se.xt.  Emp.  p.  461. 

Σχο?Λογρύφέω,  ώ,  to  write  scholia. 

Σχολιογράφος,  ov,  {σχόλαον,  γρά 
φω)  writing  scholia,  b  σχ.,  a  commen 
tator. 

Σχόλιον,  τό,  {σχο/.ή  II)  α  scholium, 
interpretation,  comment,  Cic.  Att.  16, 
7,  3 ;  σχόλαα  σνναγείρων,  Luc.  Vit 
Auct.  23. 

Σχόμενος,  η,  ov,  part.  aor.  mid. 
έχω,  Horn. 

Σχον,  imperat.  aor.  mid.  of  έχω. 

Σχϋρος,  ov,  6,  a  hedge-hog,  urchin, 
also  χήρ,  the  Lat.  heres,  hericius,  heri 
naceus,  akin  to  χοίρος. 

Σχώ,  subj.  aor.  act.  of  ίχω,  1  plur 
σχώμεν,  II. 

Σχών,  part.  aor.  act.  of  έχω,  Od 

Σώ,  v.  σάω,  σήθω. 

Σύ,  Att.  nom.  pi.  contr.  for  σώοι. 

\Σωγέν7]ς,  ονς,  6,  Sogenes,  son  of 
Thearion  of  Aegina,  a  victor  in  the 
pentathlon  at  the  Nemean  games, 
Pind.  iN.  7, 11,  103. 

ή'Σώγχις,  εως.  h,  Sonchis,  an  .\e- 
gyp tian  priest  of  Sais,  Plut.  Sol.  26. 
1459 


ΣΩΖΩ 

^Σωόύμης,  αντος,  ό,  Sodamas,  masc. 
pr.  η.,  Paus. 

^Σώόάμυς,  ου,  δ.  Sodamus,  masc. 
pr.  η.,  Aiith.  P.  7,  40•!;  etc. 

Σωόάβίον,  ov,  TO,  v.  sub  σηνδύριον. 

Σώόες,  ai,  a  kind  of  singing  bird, 
0pp.  Ix.  3,  2. 

Σώεσκον,  Ton.  impf.  from  σώω,  II. 

8,  363,  V.  σώζ^). 

Σωζήπο?.ις,  εως,  ύ,  ^,=  σωσ<7Γολ/(•. 

Σώζω,  lengthd.from  Σ\'ίΙ,  ΣΑΟ'ίΙ, 
ΣίΙ'ϋ,  (.V•  iiiira) :  f  σώσω,  aor.  ίσω- 
σα :  pass,  ίσώβην :  pf.  pass.  usu. 
σέσωσμηι,  but  more  Att.  σέσωμηι,  ci. 
Plat.  Criti.  109  D,  Bekk. :— mid.  σώ- 
ζομαι, etc.  Of  these  regul.  forms 
Hoin.  has  only  part.  pres.  σώζων,  Od. 
5,  490 :  the  opt.  σώζοι  is  dub.  in  Hes. 
Op.  374.  But  from  the  obsol.  σαύω, 
Horn,  has  the  Ep.  forms — 1.  regul. 
fut.  σαώσω,  and  aor.  act.  ίσάωσα  [α], 
very  freq. :  fut.  mid.  σύώσομαι,  Od. 
21,  309;  aor.  pass.  ίσάώΟην,  which 
aor.  occurs  also  in  Att. :— of  this 
pres.  there  occur  only  σαοΊ,  Theogn. 
866.  Call.   Del.  22,   σαονσι,  Tyrtae. 

2,  13,  imperat.  σύου,  Η.  Honi.  12,  3 
(where  howe-ver  Wolf  has  σύω),  Call. 
Epigr.  34,  and  twice  in  Anth.  ;  but 
in  some  of  these  places  changes  are 
proposed. — ^2.  irom  contr.  pres.  σώω 
(whence  the  usu.  σώζω),  part,  σώον- 
τες,  Od.  9,  430  ;  freq.  impf.  σώεσκον, 
II.  8,  363  :  Αρ.  Rh.  has  besides  σώετε 
and  mid.  σώεσθαι. — 3.  from  σόω,  subj. 
σότι,  σόΐιζ,  σόωσι,  II. — 4.  imperat.  act. 
σά'ω  [ύ],  σώ  for  the  contr.  form,  Od. 
13,  230,  etc. :  but  also  as  3  impf.  for 
ίσώ,  II.  16,  363 :  etc. :  and  σύω  also 
stands  for  σώζε  and  έσωζε,  ci.  Heyne 
II.  16,  363  :  the  regul.  aor.  pass,  έσώ- 
θην  is  first  in  Hdt.  4,  97.— Buttm. 
recognises  an  old  Att.  fut.  σώω  in 
Bockh  Inscr.  1,  p.  107. 

To  save,  rescue,  keep,  Hom.  ;  esp., 
to  keep  alive,  preserve,  ζωους  σύω,  11. 
21,  238  ;  opp.  to  ΰπόλλνμι,  Xen.  An. 

3,  1,  38  : — pass.,  tn  be  saved,  preserved, 
kept  aline,  opp.  to  άπο'/εσθαι,  II.  15, 
503,  Od.  3,  185,  etc.  ;  g<-nerally,  to  be 
well  off,  do  well,  prosper,  oi  σωΟησόμε- 
voi,  those  who  would  he  well,  Plat. 
Theaet.  176  D.— 2.  of  things,  to  keep 
safe,  preserve,  only  once  in  Horn., 
σττέρμα  πνρος  σώζων,  Od.  5,  490  (yet 
in  Greek  poetry  fire  is  a  living  ele- 
ment);  for  in  σ.  ττόλιν,  vf/ας,  etc., 
the  inmates  are  referred  to :  but  in 
Alt.  freq.  of  things,  σ.  tu  πατρώα, 
τα  ν-άρχοντα,  Ar.  Thesm.  820, 
Thuc.  1,  70  :  σ.  καιρόν,  Dcm.  343,  4  : 
and  so  to  maintain,  uphold,  Id.  022, 
16. — 3.  to  keep,  i.  e.,  observe,  the  laws, 
etc.,  σ.  ίψετμάς,  Acsch.  Eum.  241  ; 
νόμους.  Soph.  Ant.  1114;  τους  σονς 
λόγους,  Eur.  Hel.  1552,  etc. :  also  σ. 
λέχος  άκήρητον,  to  keep  it  undefiled, 
Id.  Or.  575. — i.  in  mid.  c.  ace,  to  pre- 
serve for  one's  self,  esp.  to  store  up  m 
mind,  reme/nber,  opp.  to  όίολ7Λναι, 
Soph.  O.  T.  318,  cf  El.  1257;  or  to 
ι^αφβείρειν,  Eur.  Hipp.  389,  nbi  v. 
Monk,  and  cf.  Elmsl.  Bacch.  792; 
and  so  in  prose,  Plat.  Uep.  455  B, 
Theaet.  153  B,  163  D;  the  act.  in 
this  signf.  occurs,  Eur.  Hel.  206. — II. 
Construftion  : — 1.  simply  c.  ace.  v. 
supra. — 2.  with  adilitional  signf.  of 
motion  to  a  place,  ifl  britig  one  safe  to, 
if  προχού(•,  Od.  5,  452  ;  iwl  νηα,  II. 
17,  692.  ττολινδί,  II.  5, 224,  etc.  ;  later 
also  with  adverbs,  δεϋρο,  δποι,  etc., 
Valck.  Phoen.  732:  in  pass.,  to  get 
safe  off  or  escape  to  a  place,  όττίσω  ες 
οίκον  σωθι'/ναι,  Hdt.  4,  97,  cf.  5,  98  ; 

9.  103 ;  so.  ετΓί,  προς  τόπον,  Xen. 
An.  Ο,  3,  20,  etc. ;  μόλις  νμμιν  έσώ- 
C//!',Theocr.  15.4. — 3.  σ.  έκ  πολέμου, 

1460 


ΣΩΜΑ 

ώλοίσβοΐΟ,  etc.,  to  carry  off  safe,  res- 
cue from...,  II.  5,  4G9  ;  11.  752.  Od.  4, 
753  :  ίχβρών  σώσαι  χϋονα,  to  rescue 
it  from  tiiem,  Sofih.  Ant.  1102:  and 
m  pass.,  σωθί/ναι  κακών,  Eur.  Or. 
779:  cf.  σωτί/ρ. — i.  c.  int.,  a'i  σε  σώ- 
ζονσιν  θανε'ιν,  who  save  thee  from  dy- 
ing, Eur.  Phoen.  GOO. 

Σωκάριον,  ov,  τύ,=  σχοινίον,  Math. 
Vett. 

Σωκέω,  to  have  power  or  strength, 
Aesch.  Eum.  36:  to  be  able,  be  in  a 
condition  or  stale  to  do,  C.  inf.,  Soph. 
El.    119. 

^Σώκ7Μρος,  ου,  ο,  Soclarus,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Plut. 

^Σωκλείδας,  a.  Dor.  and  Σωκλεί- 
δης,  ov,  ό,  Soclides,  an  Aeginetan, 
Pnid.  N.  6,  35.-2.  a  Spartan,  Xen. 
Hell.  7,  4,  19. 

ίΣωκ?ίέης  contd.  -κλής,  εονς,  δ. 
Socles,  son  of  Lycaon,  Apollod. — 
Others  in  Dem. ;  etc. 

Σί2~Κ0Σ,  ov,  δ,  stout,  strong,  epith. 
of  Mercury,  II.  20,  72  ;  also  as  a  pr. 
n.  jSocus,  sonof  Hippasus,aTrojant, 
II.  11,427. 

Σωκρύτέω,  tDind.  -τάω,  uf,  comic 
word  in  Ar.  A  v.  1282,  to  do  like  So- 
crates, to  imitate  his  dress,  gait,  and 
slovenly  habits. 

Σωκράτης,  εος  contr.  ους,  δ ;  ace. 
sing,  in  Plat.  fSymp.  174  A  ;  etc.t 
Σωκράτη,  tso  in  Ar.,  Nub.  182,  1465, 
elct;  in  Xen.  fMeni.  1,  1,  1  ;  etc.f 
Σωκράτην  :  vocat.  ΣώκρατεΓ,  fXen. 
Symp.  2,  10;  Plat.  Theaet.  147  C; 
etc.,  Socrates,  son  of  Sophroniscus, 
the  celebrated  Athenian  philosopher, 
Plat. ;  Xen. ;  etc. — 2.  son  of  Antige- 
nes,  a  naval  commander  of  the  Athe- 
nians, Thuc.  2,  23.-3.  a  banker  at 
Athens,  Dem.  953,  12. — 4.  an  actor 
at  Athens,  Id.  314,  12.-5.  an  adhe- 
rent of  Philip  of  Macedon,  of  Oreus, 
Id.  126,  4. — 6.  an  Achaean,  a  com- 
mander of  the  Greeks  in  tiie  army  of 
the  younger  Cyrus,  Xen.  An.  2,  6, 
30.— Others  in  Plat.  Theaet.  147  D ; 
Polyb. ;  etc.  [a] 

iΣωκpaτίδης,  ov,  δ,  Socratides,  an 
Athenian  archon,  01.  101,  3,  Dem. 
1186,  10;  1356,5. 

^Σωκρατίδιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from 
Σωκράτης,  my  dear  Socrates,  Ar.  Nub. 
222. 

Σωκρατικός,  ή,  δν,  adj.  from  Σω- 
κράτης,  Socratic,  of  or  concerning  So- 
crates:  oi  Σωκ.,  the  philosophers  of  his 
school,  tLuc.  Amor.  23. 

Σωκρατόγομώος,  ov,  (Σωκράτης, 
γομφόω)  nailed,  patched  up  with  or  by 
Socrates,  Mnesil.  ap.  Diog.  L.  2,  18. 

Σωλην,  7/νος,  δ.  a  channel,  gutter, 
pipe.  Archil.  98,  Hdt.  3,  60  :  a  syringe, 
squirt,  as  perh.  in  Plut.  Galb.  19. — 2. 
a  cylindrical  box  for  keeping  a  broken 
limb  straight.  Foes.  Oecon.  Hipp. — 3. 
a  hollow  fold  in  a  garment. — 4.  a  grooved 
tile,  Lat.  imbrex,  Plut.  2,  526  B. — 5.  α 
shell-fish,  perh.  like  the  razor-fish, 
Epich.  p.  22.  (Said  to  come  from 
αΐΟιός.) 

Σωληνάριον,  ov,  τό,  Diosc,  and 
σωληνίσκος,  ου,  ό,  dim.  from  σωλήν. 

Σω7.ηνιστης,  ού.  ΰ,  as  if  from  σω- 
2-7ΐνίζω,  one  who  fishes  for  the  σω7^ιν 
(5),  Phanias  ap.  Aih.  90  E. 

Σω7.ηνοει6ής,  ες,  {σω7//ρ,  είδος) 
groove-like  or  pipe-shaped,  Dio  C. 

Σωλιμ'οθήρας,  ov,  ό,  one  who  fishes 
for  the  σωλήν  (5),  Ath. 

Σωληνόω,  ώ,  {σωλήν)  to  make  into 
a  groove  or  pipe,  Paul.  Aeg.     Hence 

Σω7^7μ>ωτός,  ή,  όν,  like  a  σωλήν, 
grooved,  hollowed  out. 

Σώμα,  ατός,  τό,  the  body  as  a  whole, 
both  of  men   and  animals :   but  in 


ΣΩΜΑ 

[  Horn.,  as  Aristarch.  remarks,  always 
the  dead  body,  corpse,  carcass,  whereas 
the  living  body  is  δέμας,  Apollon.  Lex. 
s.  V.  σώμα  ;  ώςτε  λέων  έχάρη  μεγά- 
λφ  επΙ  σώματι  κνρσας,  11.  3,  23  (ubi 
ν.  Heyn.);  σώμα  δε  υικαδ'  έμδν  δό- 
μεναι  πάλιν,  7,  79  ;  σ.  κατελείττομεν 
άθαπτον,  Od.  1 1,  53  : — Irom  Hes.  Op. 
538  downwds.,  also  of  the  living  hu- 
man body  ;  so  Hdt.  and  Att.  in  both 
signfs.  ;  δόμοι  καΐ  σώματα,  Aesch. 
Theb.  890  ;  etc. : — ίχειν  τό  σώμα  κα 
κώς,  ώς  βέλτιστα,  etc.,  to  be  in  a  bad, 
a  good  state  of  body,  etc.,  Xen.  Mem. 
3,  12,  1,  and  5. — 2.  body,  as  opp.  to 
the  spirit  {εϊδωλον).  Find.  iV.  96 ; 
opp.  to  the  soul  (-ψνχή).  Plat.,  v.  esp. 
Gorg.  493^  A,  Phaed.  91  C  :  τα  τον 
σώματος  έργα,  bodily  labours,  Xen. 
Mem.  2,  8,  2 ;  αϊ  τον  σ.  ήδοναί,  at 
κατά,  TO  σ.  ηδ.,  lb.  1,  5,  6,  Plat.  Kep. 
328  D  ;  cf.  σωματικός  :  τα  εις  το  σώ- 
μα τιμήματα,  bodily  punishments, 
Aeschin.  46,  31. — 3.  one's  life  in  the 
flesh,  life,  existence,  περί  τό  σώμα 
άγωνιζεσθαι,  Lys.  102,  35  (but  also 
one's  personal  freedom.  Id.  167,  36) ; 
τοϋ  σώματος  στερεΙσΟαι,  Antipho  117, 
19. — II.  generally,  any  material,  corpo- 
real substance,  σ.  εμ-φνχον  και  ΰχΙ)νχον, 
Plat.  Phaedr.  245  Ε  ;'  an  outward  cor- 
poreal frame.  Id.  Polit.  288  D ;  τό 
σώμα  τοϋ  κόσμου,  τοϋ  παντός.  Id. 
Tim.  31  Β,  32  C  :  the  whole  body  or 
7nnss  of  a  thing,  τοϋ  ύδατος,  Arist. 
Probl. :  but  also  an  animal  body,  as 
opp.  to  plants,  Plat.  Rep.  564  A. — 
111.  a  person,  hmnan  being.  Plat.  Legg. 
908  A,  Xen.,  etc.,  cf.  Lob.  Phryn. 
378 :  esp.  of  slaves,  σώματα  αιχμά- 
λωτα, Dem.  480,  10,  Plut.,  etc.  :— 
ελεύθερα  σώματα,  Xen.  Hell.  2,  J, 
19  :— also  periphr.,  σώμα  τίνος,  for 
τις,  Valck.  Phoen.  415. — IV.  a  single 
member  when  spoken  of  by  itself, 
σώμα  παιδοποιόν,  Ael. 

Σωμά7^ειπτέω,  ώ,  {σώμα,  αλείφω) 
to  anoint  the  body  and  exercise  it, 
Diod. 

Σωμασκέω,  ώ,  (σώμα,  άσκέω)  to 
exercise  the  body,  to  practise  wrestling, 
etc.,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  6,  17  ;  3,  1,  20,  etc.: 
— metaph.,  σ.  τον  πόλεμον,  to  trai7i 
one's  self  for  v/ar,  prepare  for  it,  Plut. 
Aemil.  8.     Hence 

Σωμασκητής,  οΰ,  δ,  one  who  prac- 
tises bodily  exercises  :  also  a  teacher  oj 
them,  Diog.  L.  8,  46 :  and 

Σωμασκία,  ας,  ή,  bodily  exercise, 
esp.  of  an  athletic  kind,  Plat.  Legg. 
646  D,  674  B,  Xen.  Mem.  3,  9,  11. 

Σωμάτεΐον,  ov,  τύ,  like  σωμάτιον, 
dim.  from  σώμα. 

Σωματεμπορέω,  ώ,  to  trade  in  bodies, 
of  a  slave-merchant,  Strab. :  and 

Σωματεμπορία,  ας,  ή,  trade  in  slaves : 
from 

Σωμάτέμπορος,  ov,  (σώμα,  έμπο- 
ρος) a  slave-merchant. 

Σωμΰτηγέω,  ώ,  to  lead  a  mass  or  a 
corps  :  from 

Σωματηγός,  όν,  (.σώμα,  άγω)  carry- 
ing a  man,  i.  e.  used  for  riding,  σ.  ήμί• 
όνος,  Suid. 

Σωμάτίζω,  (σώμα)  to  embody,  like 
ένσωματίζω,  StoD. 

Σωματικός,  ή.  όν,  (σώμα)  bodily,  of 
or  for  the  body,  Lat.  corporeus,  πάθη, 
Arist.  Eth.  N.  10,  3,  6 ;  1)ώμη,  δννα- 
μι.ς,  Polyb.  6,  5,  7,  etc.  Adv.  -κώς, 
Plut.  2,  424  D. 

ΣωμάτΙνος,  η,  ov,  (σώμa)=ίoτeg. 
[«]        ^ 

Σωμάτιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  σώμα, 
a  small  body,  Isocr.  415  E. — II.  in 
plur.,  padding  or  stays,  used  by  actors 
to  improve  their  figure,  Plat.  (Com.) 
Incert.  68 ;  cf  Luc.  Jup.  Trag.  41. — 


ΣΩΠΙ 

ΠΙ.  α  book,  α  volume,  Heraclid.  Alleg. 
ι. — IV.  a  corporate  body,  Pandect,  [ά] 

Ί,ωμΰτοβ'λάβία,  ας,  ή,  bodily  harm 
or  injury. 

Σωμάτοειδης,  ες,  (σώμα.  είδος)  like 
the  nature  of  a  body,  corporeal,  Pjlat. 
Phaed.  83  D  :  ro  σ,  α  corporeal  na- 
ture, lb.  81  C,  etc. — II.  rnetaph., 
organic,  systematic,  ύτταγγελία,  Arist. 
Rhet.  Al.  37,  14  ;  ιστορία,  Polyb.  1 , 
3,  4.     Adv.  -όώς. 

Σωμΰτοθήκη,  ης,  ή,  a   coffin,  Inscr. 

Σωμάτοκύ~η?.ος,  ου,  ό,=:^σίι>ματέμ- 
ΤΓορος. 

Σωμΰτοποιέω,  ώ,  (σώμα,  ιτοιέω)  to 
make  into  a  body  or  a  whole :  and 
pass.,  to  be  united  in  one  body,  Polyb. 
— II.  to  make  like  a  body,  make  com- 
pact, firm,  strengthen,  έθνος,  Polyb.  2, 
45,  6 :  hence,  to  maintain,  support, 
τινά,  Diog.  L.  2,  138  :  to  refresh,  ipv 
χύς,  ελπίδα,  Polyb.  3,  90,  4,  Fr.  Gr. 
123  :  to  exalt,  magnify,  πράξεις,  Id. 
Fr.  H.  58. — III.  to  embody,  personify, 
like  ττροςωποττοιέω,  Ernesti  Lex. 
Rhet. 

ΣωμΰτοτΓΟίία,  ας,  η,  personification. 

Σωμΰτοτϊρεπής,  ες,  suited,  fitted, 
proper  for  the  body. 

Σωμάτότης,  ητος,  η,  (σώμα)  corpo- 
reality, Sext.  Einp.  p.  325. 

ΣωματοτροφεΙον,  ov,  to,  (σώμα, 
Tpitptj)  a  place  where  slaves  are  kept, 
Lat.  ergastidum,  Diod. 

Σωμΰτονργία,  ας,  ή,  (σώμα,  *έργω) 
=^σωματοποαα,  Hermes  ap.  Stob. 
Eel.  1,  p.  1088. 

Σωμάτοφθορέω,  ώ,  (σώμα,  φθείρω) 
ίο  corrupt  or  enervate  the  body,  Aesch. 
Ag.  948  ;  iibi  nunc  Dind.  στρωματ-, 
Schiitz  δωματ-. 

Σωμΰτοφορβός,  όν,  nourishing  or 
supporting  the  body. 

Σωμάτοφρονρητήρ,  ήρος,  6,  =  σω- 
ματοφνλαξ. 

Συμάτοφνλΰκέω,  ώ,  f.  -?}σω,  to  be  a 
body-guard,  Diod.  :  and 

'Σωμύτσφϋ?.άκία,  ας,  ή,  a  guarding 
the  body,  Diod.  :  and 

Σωμύτοφϋ/ίάκιον,  ov,  to,  a  place 
where  a  body  is  guarded  or  kept,  a  grave, 
sepulchre,  Luc.  Contempl.  22 :  [ct] 
from 

Σωματοφύλαξ,  ΰκος,  ό,  (σώμα,  φν- 
?Μξ)  α  body-guard,  Ath.,  Hdn.  4. 13.  [ϋ] 

Σωμΰτόω,  ώ,  (σώμα)  to  embody,  make 
into  a  body  :  in  pass.,  to  become  solid 
and  substantial,  Arist.  Gen.  An.  2,  C, 
35;  Theophr. — II.  to  bring  into  a  whole. 

Σωματώδης,  ες,  =  σωματοειδής, 
Theophr. 

Σωμύτωσις,  εως,  ή,  (σωματόω)  an 
embodying:  a  thickening,  Ύ^ί^Ο^ιΥίΤ.  [α] 

\Σώμις,  ιδος,  ό,  Somis,  a  statuary, 
Paus.  6,  14,  13. 

Σων,  Att.  ace.  sing,  for  σώον,  Thuc. 
3,34. 

Σωνννω,  for  σώζω,  Dinol.  ap.  A.  B. 
p.  114. 

Σώομαι,  r=  σονμαι,  σεύομαι.  Αρ. 
Rh. ;  cf.  Ruhnk.  Ep.  Cr.  206. 

Σωοναντης,  ov,  ό-,  v.  σοωναντης. 

Σώος,  a,  ov,  contr.  σώς,  q.  v. 

^Συπαίος,  ov,  ό,  Sopaetis,  father 
of  the  person  who  delivered  the  ora- 
tion of  Isocrates  entitled  Τραπεζιτι- 
κός, Isocr.  358  C. 

\Σώπατρος,  ov,  6,  Sopatrus  or  So- 
paler,  a  writer  of  Paphos,  Ath.  644  Β : 
cf  Id.  158  E.— Others  in  N.  T.  ;  etc. 

Σωπάω,  Dor.  and  poet,  for  σιωπάω, 
Bockh  V.  1.  Pind.  O.  13,  87  (130),  I. 
I,  63  (89);— like  βώσεσθε  for  βιώ- 
σεσθ-ε. 

■\Σωπείθης,  ό,  SopUhes,  a  king  of 
the  Indi,  Strab.  p.  700. 

Σωπιαίνω,  dub.  word  quoted  by 
Hesych.  from  Xen.,  σ.  ol  κννες- 


ΣΩΣ 

^Σώπολις,  ιδος.  ό,  Sopolis,  an  Athe- 
nian, Isocr.  386  D. — 2.  a  cavalry  offi- 
cer of  Alexander  the  Great,  Arr.  An. 
1,  2,  5  ;  etc. — Others  in  Anth. ;  etc. 

ίΣώρα,  ας,  ή,  Sora,  a  city  of  La- 
tium,  Strab.  p.  238. 

Σωρακίς,  ή,  a  woollen  cloth  for  rub- 
bing down  horses.  Poll. 

Σώράκος,  ου,  6,  (σωρός)  a  chest  or 
basket,  for  various  purposes,  Ar.  Fr. 
244;  cf  Jac.  Anth.  P.  p.  91.— II.  a 
barrow  for  carrying  ivood  upon,  [ΰ,  Ar. 
I.  c,  Babr.  Fr.  25,  Schneid.] 

ίΣώρακτον,  ov,  όρος,  τό,  Mons  So- 
racte.  a  mountain  of  Etruria,  now 
Sant'  Oreste,  Strab.  p.  226. 

Σωρεία,  ας,  ή,  a  heaping  up,  Plut. 
Otho  14.— ΙΙ.=σωρόζ•. 

Σωρείτης,  ov.  ό,  heaped  up,  in  heaps: 
esp.  in  Logic,  ό  σωρείτης  {συλλογισ- 
μός) a  sorites,  or  α  heap  of  syllogisms, 
the  conclusion  of  one  forming  the 
premiss  of  the  next,  Cic.  Acad.  2, 16, 
etc.,  Luc.  Symp.  23;  —  acervus  was 
used  in  Lat.  as  well  as  sorites. 

Σωρεός,  ό,=  σωρός,  Suid. 

Σώρενμα,  ατός,  τό,  (σωρεύω)  that 
ichich  is  heaped  up  :  a  heap,  pile,  Xen. 
Cyr.  7,  1,  32. 

Σώρενσις,  εως,  η,  an  accumulating, 
Arist.  Metaph.  12,  2,  7  :  and 

Σωρεντός,  ή,  όν,  heaped  up,  Alex. 
"Επτ.  1  :  from 

Σωρεύω,  f  -εύσω,  (σωρός)  to  heap 
one  thing  oji  another,  εΙς  τι,  Arist. 
Rhet.  2,  15,  2. — II.  to  heapuith  some- 
thing, c.  gen.,  a.  aiyiaXov  νεκρών, 
Polyb.  16,  8,  9;  c.  dat.,  σ.  βωμούς 
λιβύνω,  Hdn.  4,  8  ;  αυχένας  στέμμα- 
σιν,  Anth.  P.  7,  233. 

Σωρ7;(5ϋΐ',  adv.,  as  if  from  σωρέω,  by 
heaps,  Polyb.  1,  34,5,  etc. 

ΣωρΊκός,  ή,  όν,  (σωρός)  of  or  be- 
longing to  heaps  :  of  the  nature  of  a  σω- 
ρείτης, Sext.  Emp.  p.  231  ;  cf  Hor. 
Ep.  2,  1,  47. 

Σωρίτης,  ου,  ό,=  σωρείτης.   Hence 

ΣωρΙτΙκός,  ή,  όν,  in  the  form  of  a 
sorites.     Adv.  -κώς,  Sext.  Emp. 

Σωρίτις,  ιδος,  ή,  fem.  from  σωρί- 
της :  esp.  epith.  of  Ceres,  The  Giver 
of  heaps  of  corn,  Orph.  H.  39,  5. 

Σωροειδής,  ες,  (είδος)  like  heaps, 
Hesych. 

Σωρός,  ov,  ό,  a  heap,  Lat.  cumulus, 
φήγματος,  Hdt.  6,  125  :  esp.  a  heap 
of  corn,  Hes.  Op.  770  ;  σ.  σίτου,  Hdt. 
1,  22;  2,  75;  ξν7.ων,  λίθων  σ.,  Xen. 
Hell.  4,  4,  12  ;  generally,  a  heap,  quan- 
tity, χρημάτων,  κακών,  αγαθών,  Ar. 
Plut.  269,  270,  804  :  a  heap  or  mound 
of  earth,  Xen.  Vect.  4,  2  :  νεκρών  σ., 
Xen.  Hell.  1.  c.     (Akin  to  σορός,  q.  v.) 

ΣΩ'Σ,  ό,  σών,  τό,  defect,  adj.,  of 
which  we  find  in  good  authors  only 
the  ace.  sing,  σών,  ace.  pi.  σώς,  which 
is  also  nom.  pi.  in  Dem.  61,  13;  93, 
24  : — but  σώ,  σώες  are  said  to  have 
been  used  as  nom.  pi.,  and  the  Gramm. 
quote  a  fem.  sing,  σα,  and  neut.  pi. 
σα,  of  which  the  last  occurs  in  Eur. 
Hypsip.  12,  Plat.  Criti.  Ill  C,  Bekk. : 
— Horn,  has  only  nom.  sing.  masc. 
σώς.  Of  the  post-Honi.  lengthd.form 
σώος,  the  exact  Att.  writers  used  only 
nom.  plur.  masc.  and  neut.  σώοι,  σώα, 
Thom.  Μ.  p.  Θ30  ;  though  Xen.  also 
has  σώος,  An.  3,  1,  32;  and  Luc. 
σώονς,  pro  Laps.  8  :  so,  the  Ion.  σΰος 
seems  to  have  been  used  only  in  nom. 
and  ace.  sing,  and  pi.  of  all  genders, 
— at  least  both  Horn",  and  Hdt.  avoid 
the  gen.  and  dat.  Lastly,  the  radio, 
form  ΣΑΟΣ  has  been  preserved  only 
in  the  Homeric  compar.  σάώτερος,  ct'. 
Piers.  Moer.  p.  347. 

Radio,  signf ,  safe  and  sound,  alive 
and  well,  in  good  case,  Lat.  salvus,  esp. 


ΣΩΣΙ 
of  men,  Horn.,  Pind.  Fr.  242,  and 
Att.  ;  cf  Valck.  Phoen.  732;  σώς  και 
νγιης,  Hdt.  4,  70,  Thuc.  3,  34,  Plat. 
Tun.  82  Β  :  also  of  things,  sound, 
whole,  entire,  remaining,  Lat.  integer, 
ui  πέδαι  ίτι  και  ές  ίμέ  ήσαν  σώαι, 
Hdt.  1,  06;  ποτόν..,  είπερ  εστί  σών. 
Soph.  Phil.  21  ;  σώα  άποδιδόναι  τα 
χρτ'/βατα,  Xen.  Cyr.  7,  4,  13,  cf  Ar. 
Lys.  488. — 2.  metaph.,  safe,  sure,  cer 
tain,  νϋν  TOl  σώς  αίπυς  όλεθρος,  II. 
13,  773,  Od.  5,  305.  (From  σώς  comes 
σώζω  with  its  collat.  forms:  and  ζώς. 
ζωός,  ζώω,  ζάω,  etc.,  are  prob.  akm  to 
it.  From  this  root,  the  Greeks,  m 
their  fondness  for  good  omens,  formed 
a  great  number  of  proper  names,  Σώ- 
σος  and  fem.  Σωσώ,  Σωσίας,  Σώστρα- 
τος,  Σωκράτης,  etc.) 

^Σωσύνδρα,  ας,  ή,  Sosandra,  a 
priestess  of  Minerva,  Luc.  Imag.  4: 
prop.  fem.  from 

iΣώσavδpoς,  ου,  6,  {σώζω,  άνήρ) 
Sosandrus,  masc.  pr.  n.,  Anth.  P.  6, 
253  ;  Paus. 

Σωσάνιον,  ov,  τό,  part  of  a  coat  of 
mad,  shoulder-piece,  v.  Winckelm. 
Gesch.  d.  Kunst.  3,  4,  45. 

iΣώσapχoς,  ov,  δ,  (σώζω,  αρχή) 
Sosarchus,  masc.  pr.  n.,  Anth.  P.  12, 
37. 

'\Σωσθάνης,  ους,  ό,  Sosthanes,  a 
commander  of  the  Persian  cavalry, 
Aesch.  Pers.  32. 

^Σωσθένης,  ους,  ό,  Sosthenes,  masc 
pr.  n.,  Diog.  L. ;  N.  T. ;  etc. 

iΣωσιύδης,  ου,  ό.  Dor.  -ας,  Sosia 
des,  masc.  pr.  n.,  Anth.  P.  12,  204. 

^Σωσίας,  ου,  ό,  Sosias,  son  of  Philo- 
cleon,  an  Athenian,  Ar.  Vesp.  78. — 2. 
a  Syracusan,  an  officer  in  the  Greek 
army  of  the  younger  Cyrus,  Xen.  An. 
1 ,  2,  9.-3.  a  philosopher,  Ael.  V.  H.  2, 
31. — 4.  a  slave-name  in  comedy,  Ath. 
469  B.     (Cf  ΣΩ~Σ,  fin.) 

ίΣωσίβιος,  ου,  o,iSosibius,  a  general 
of  Ptolemy  Lagus,  Polyb.  5, 65 ;  Plul. 
Cleom.  33. — Others  in  Ath. ;  etc. : 
from 

Σωσίβιος,  ov,  saving  life.  [Z] 

iΣωσιγέv?jς,  ους,  ό,  (σώζω,  γένος) 
Sosigenes,  masc.  pr.  η.,  Plut. ;  Dion. 
H. ;  etc. 

fΣωσίθεoς,  ov,  δ,  (σώζω,  θεός)  So- 
sitheus,  an  Athenian,  father  of  Eubuli- 
des,  Dem.  1061,  9. — 2.  a  tragic  poet, 
Ath.  415  B.— Others  in  Anth. ;  etc. 

ίΣωσικ?,έης  contd.  -κλής,  έονς,  ό, 
(σώζω,  κλέος)  Sosicles,  a  Corinthian, 
Hdt.  5.  92. — 2.  an  opponent  and  ac- 
cuser of  Demosthenes,  Dem.  310,  9. 
— 3.  a  banker.  Id.  953, 15. — Others  in 
Anth.  ;  Plut. ;  etc. 

Σωσίκοσμος,  ov,  preserving  order,  or 
the  world,  [i] 

^Σωσικράτης,  ους,  δ,  (σώζω,  κρά- 
τος) Sosicrates,  a  grammarian  of 
Rhodes,  Ath.  163  F;  261  E.— 2.  a 
poet  of  the  new  comedy,  Meineke,  1, 
p.  498.— Others  in  Strab. 

^Σώσιλος,  ου,  ό,  Sosilus,  of  Ilium, 
writer  of  a  history  of  Hannibal,  Po- 
lyb. 3,  20,  5. 

^Σωσιμένης,  ους,  ό,  Sosimenes, 
father  of  Panaetius,  Hdt.  8,  82. 

^Σώσιμος,  ου,  δ,  >S'osi7niis,  a  banker 
at  Athens,  Ath.  611  E. 

'\Σωσινομος,  ov,  δ,  Sostnomus,  an 
Athenian  banker,  Dem.  959,  26. 

Σωσίυικος,  ov,  saving  or  maintain• 
ing  the  house.   [I] 

iΣωσίπaτpoς,  ov,  a,  Sosipaier, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Anth.  5,  52 ;  N.  T. ; 
etc. 

■^Σωσίπολις,  ιδος,  δ,  Sosipolis,  a 
divinity  honoured  by  the  Eleans, 
Paus.  6,  20,  2  :  Irom 

Σωσί'7Γoλίf,  εως,  δ,  ή,  (σώζω,  πό/.it,) 
1461 


ΣΩΤΗ 
saving  ike  city  or  slate,  Ar.  Ach.  163. 

Π] 

■\Σώσητπος,  ov,  ό,  {σώζω,  ϊτντνος) 
Sosippus,  masc.  pr.  η.,  Anth.  P.  0, 
296. 

t  Σ  ωσίπτολίς ,  0,= ΣωσίτΓολ  if ,  Anth. 
P.  11,  109. 

+Σώσίζ•,  ιδος,  ό,^^Σωσίας,  Sosis, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Anth.  P.  6,  118.  Cf. 
Kriiger  ad  Xen.  An.  1,  2,  9. 

■ΙΣίοσίστρατος,  υν,  ό,  Sosistratus, 
an  adherent  of  Philip  of  Macedon  in 
Euboea,  Dem.  324,  17. — Others  in 
Diod.  S. ;  etc. 

\Σωσί<ράν7]ς,  ονς,  ό,  Sosiphanes,  a 
poet,  Ath.  453  A. 

"ίΣώσοζ•,  ov,  ό,  Sosus,  masc.  pr.  n., 
Anth.  P.  6,  216.    (Cf.  ΣΩ'Σ  sub  fin.) 

ΙΣώστΓίΓ,  ιδος,  ό,  Sospis,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  Pint. ;  etc. 

Σωστεον,  verb.  adj.  from  σώζω,  one 
must  save,  Eur.  H.  F.  1385. 

Σώστης,  ov,  ό,=^σωττ/ρ. 

Σωστικός,  η,  όν,  {σώζω)  able  to  save, 
keep  or  uphold,  c.  gcn.,  αγαθού,  Arist. 
M.  Mor.  1,  2,  4.     Adv.  -κώς. 

Σωστός,  η,  όν,  saved. 

\Σωστράτη,  ης,  ή,  Sosfrate,  fem. 
pr.  η.  Ar.  Eccl.  41  :  cf.  Σώστρατος  3. 

^Σωστρατίύας,  ov  and  a,  ό,  Sostra- 
tidns,  a  Spartan  ephor,  Xen.  Hell.  2, 
3,  10. — 2.  an  Athenian,  father  of  the 
commander  Sophocles,  Thuc.  3,  115. 

'ΙΣώστρατος,  ov,  ό,  Soslratus,  father 
of  Agesias  of  Syracuse,  Pind.  O.  C. — 
2.  an  Aeginetan.  Hdt.  4,  152.— 3.  an 
Athenian,  derided  for  his  effeminacy, 
and  called  Σωστρύτη,  Ar.  Nub.  678  ; 
f,tc. — Many  others  of  this  name  in 
Dem. ;  Plut. ;  etc. 

Σώστρον,  TO,  prob.  only  used  in 
phir.  σώστρα,  (σώζω): — a  rcivard  for 
saving  one's  life ;  a  thank-offering  for 
deliverance  from  a  dayiger,  σώστρα  τον 
τταιδός  θνειν  θεοϊς,  Hdt.  1,  118;  α 
Sinn  given  to  a  physician  on  recovery  : — 
also,  the  reward  for  bringing  back  a  run- 
away slave,  σώστρα  τοντον  ανακηρνσ- 
σειν,  Xen.  Mem.  2,  1,  10. 

^Σώσνλος,  ου,  ό,  Sosylus,  masc.  pr. 
η.,  Anth.  P.  9,  412. 

iΣωσώ,  ονς,  τ],  Soso,  fem.  pr.  n., 
Anth.  P.  6,  216.    (Cf  ΣΩ'Σ,  sub  fin.) 

iΣωτάόης,  ov,  6,  Sotades,  a  Grecian 
poet  under  Ptolemy  Philadelphus, 
Ath.  620  E.— 2.  a  Cretan,  Dem.  1382, 
8. — Others  in  Paus. ;  etc. 

Σώτειρα,  ας,  η,  fem.  from  σωτήρ, 
Hdt.  2.  156,  Pind.  O.  13,  76,  Plat. 
Legg.  960  C. — II.  freq.  epith.  of  pro- 
tecting goddesses,  as  of  Ύνχα,  Pind. 
O.  12,  3  (cf  σωτήρ  II) ;  of  Themis, 
Id.  8,  28  ;  of  Ευνομία,  lb.  9,  25  ;  of 
Ceres,  Ar.  Ran.  378 ;  also  of  Juno, 
the  Juno  Sospita  of  the  Romans. 

Σωτέος,  a,  ov,  verb,  adj.,  to  be  saved 
or  delivered. 

Σωτήρ,  ήρος,  6,  vocal,  σώτερ,  Ar. 
Thesm.  1009  (σώζω)  : — a  saviour,  de- 
liverer, preserver,  c.  gen.  subjecti,  σ. 
ανθρώπων,  νηών,  Ελλάδος,  etc.,  Η. 
Hom.  21,  5;  33,  6,  Hdt.  7,  139;  but 
also  c.  gen.  objecti,  σ.  νόσου,  κακών, 
βλύβι/Γ,  etc.,  a  preserver  from  ills, 
hurt,  etc..  Soph.  O.  T.  304,  Eur. 
Med.  3G0,  Heracl.  640,  cf.  Pors. 
Praef.  Hec.  p.  xxxii. —  II.  freq.  as 
epith.  of  protecting  gods,  and  above 
all  of  Jupiter,  Pind.  O.  5,  39,  Trag., 
etc. ;  to  whom  persons  after  a  safe 
voyage  addressed  their  vows,  Do- 
nalds. Pind.  O.  8,  20  (27).  To  Ζενς 
Σωτήρ  the  third  cup  of  wine  was  dedi- 
cated (Αιός  σωτηρίου  σπονδή  τρίτον 
κρατήρος.  Soph.  Fr  375);  and  to 
dunk  this  cup  became  a  symbol  of 
good-luck,  Donalds.  Pind.  I.  6  (5), 
11;  hence,  proverb.,  το  τρίτον  τώ 
1462 


ΣΩΦΡ 

σωτήρι,  for  the  third  (i.  e.  the  lucky) 
time,  Heind.  Plat.  Rep.  583  B, 
Charm.  167  A ;  on  which  notion 
there  is  a  play  in  Aesch.  Ag.  1387. 
{Three  being  a  mystical  number  of 
good  omen,  Id.  Cho.  1073,  Eum.  760  ; 
and  Zei'f  was  himself  called  τρίτος. 
Id.  Supp.  27,  Ep.  Plat.  334  D,  cf. 
Spanhcm.  Ar.  Plut.  1175,  Miiller 
Eum.  i5>  95,  and  v.  sub  τρίτόσττονδος.) 
— Also  of  other  gods,  as  of  Apollo, 
Aesch.  Ag.  512,  etc. ;  and  we  have  it 
for  σώτειρα,  as  epith.  οίΎνχη,  Aesch. 
Ag.  664,  Soph.  O.  T.  81  ;  and  absol. 
for  a  guardian  or  tutelary  god,  Hdt. 
8,  138. — Lastly,  it  is  used  as  a  mere 
adj.  with  a  fem.  noun,  σωτήρες  τιμαί, 
the  office  or  prerogative  of  saving,  of 
the  Dioscuri,  Eur.  El.  993,  cf.  Lob. 
Aj.  323.     Hence 

Σωτηρία,  ας,  ή,  Ion.  -ίη,  η  saving, 
deliverance,  means  or  way  of  safely, 
safely,  Lat.  sa/jis,  Hdt.  4,  98,  etc.,  and 
freq.  in  Att. ;  σωτηρίην  νποτιθέναι 
τινί,  αηχανασθαι.  Id  5,  98 ;  7,  172  ; 
σ.  Tivi  κατεργάσασθαι,πορίζειν,  Eur. 
Heracl.  1045,  Plat.  Prot.  321  B.— 2. 
a  safe  return,  ή  οίκύδε  σωτηρία,  Dem. 
1211,  17;  σ.  εις  τόπον,  Plut.  2,  241 
Ε  :  poet,  also,  νόστιμος  σ.,  Aesch. 
Pers.  797,  Ag.  343. — 3.  α  keeping  safe, 
έπΙ  σωτηρία,  for  safeguard,  Plat. 
Legg.  909  A  : — σ.  τινός,  security  for 
possession,  guarantee  for  the  safe  keep- 
ing of  a  thing,  ap.  Dem.  927,  8. 

Σωτηριακόν,  ov,  τό,  the  charges  of 
a  funeral,  Hesych. 

iΣωτηpίδaς,  ov,  6,  Soteridas,  a  Si- 
cyonian,  Xen.  An.  3,  4,  46. 

Σωτηρικός,  ή,  oi;,=  sq.,  dub. 

Σωτήριος,  ov,  (σωτήρ):  —  saving, 
delivering,  Trag.,  Plat.,  etc. :  c.  gen. 
pers.,  saving  Or  delivering  him,  πόλεως 
σωτήριος,  Aesch.  Eum.  701,  cf.  Soph. 
Aj.  779  ;  also  c.  dat.,  πί)λει  σωτήρια, 
Aesch.  Theb.  183,  cf.  Valck.  Phoen. 
1099  :  τα  σωτήρια,  like  σωτηρία,  de- 
liverance, safety.  Soph.  El.  925,  Plat. 
Polit.  311  A  ;  so,  to  σωτήριον,  Luc. 
Jup.  Trag.  18. — 2.  tu  σωτήρια  (sc. 
ιερά),  a  thank-offering  for  deliverance, 
σ.  θΰειν  θεοίς,  Xen.  An.  3,  2,  9  ;  5, 

1,  1. — 3.  the  public  privy  at  Smyrna 
was  called  το  σ. — II.  pass.,  saved,  de- 
livered, preserved,  Soph.  O.  C.  487,  cf. 
EUendt  Lex.  Soph.  s.  v. — III.  adv. 
-ίως,  σ.  εχειν,  to  be  convalescent,  Plut. 

2,  918  D. 

ΣωτήρΙχος,  ov,  ό,-=σωτήρ. 

^Σωτήριχος,  ov,  b,  Solerichus,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Anth.  P.  11,  331  ;  Plut.;  etc. 

Σωτηριώδης,  ες,  (σωτήριος,  είδος) 
wholesome,  Dio  C     Adv.  -δως. 

^Σωτιανοί,  ων,  οι,  the  Sotiani,  a  Cel- 
tic people,  Ath.  249  A. 

Ι'Σωτίωΐ',  ωνος,  ό,  Sotion,  an  Alex- 
andrine grammarian,  Ath.  343  C. — 
Others  in  Plut.  ;  etc. 

Σώτρενμα,  ατός,  ro,=  sq. 

Σώτρον,  ov,  τό,  the  wooden  circuit  of 
the  wheel,  the  felloe  ;  the  iron  hoop  or 
tire  being  έπίσωτρον.  (Deriv.  un- 
certain.) 

■\Σωφάνης,  ονς,  δ,  Sophanes,  an 
Athenian,  of  Decelea,  Hdt.  9,  73  sqq. 

^Σωφηνή,  ης,  ή,  sc.  γή,  Sophejte,  a 
district  in  Armenia,  Strab.  p.  -527  : 
hence  Σωώηνός,  οϋ,  ό,  an  inhab.  of 
Snphfne,  id.  p.  530. 

ΙΣώψίΡιο^,  ov,  ό,  8<ψ?ι11ιΐ8,  v.  Σόφι- 
λοςί. — 2.  a  Sainianpancratiast,  Dem. 
537,  15. — 3.  a  comic  poet  of  the  mid- 
dle comedy,  Meineke  1,  p.  425. 

Σωφρονέω,  ώ,  poet,  σάυφ- :  f.  -τ/σω: 
— Ιο  be  σώφρων,  be  soxmd  of  7nind,  in 
one's  sound  seyises,  Hdt.  3.  35:  hence, 
to  be  discreel,  temperate, moderate,Trag., 
etc. ;  opp.  to  μαίνεσθαι,  to  ϋβρίζειν, 


ΣΩΦΡ 
Plat.  Phaedr.  244  A,  Xen.  Cyr.  8, 1 ,30  : 
TO  σωφρονείν  =ισωφροσννη,  Aesch. Pr. 
982,  Ag.  1425  ;  σ.  περί  τι,  κατά  τι, 
Xen.  Mem.  1,  1,  20;  4,  3,  1  ;  to  be 
obedient,  lb.  3,  5,  21 . — 2.  to  learn  moder- 
ation, self-control,  e\C.,  to  recover  one's 
senses,  Hdt.  3,  64,  Aesch.  Eum.  1000, 
etc.    Hence 

Σωφρόνημα,  ατός,  τό,  the  action  of  a 
σώφρων,  an  instance  of  temperance, 
moderation,  etc.,  Xen.  Ages.  5,  4. — Π. 
—σωφρονιστής,  Aristarch.  ap.  Stob. 
p.  602,  13. 

Σωφρονητεον,  verb.  adj.  from  σω- 

ίρονέω,  one  must  be  temperate,  etc., 
.uc. 
Σωφρονητικός,  ί},  όν^=σΐύφρονΐ)ΐός, 
TO  σ.=^σωφροσννη.  Xen.  Mem.  3,  10, 
5;  ubi  al.  σωφρονικόν. 

Σωφρονίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (σώφρων)  to  7e 
call  a  person  to  his  senses,  to  moderalr, 
control,  chasten,  Eur.  Tro.  350,  Anti 
pho  118,  16,  Plat.,  etc. ;  τήν  Aayvet 
av  λιμω  σ.,  Xen.  Mem.  2,  1,  16:  σ 
άμπνούς,  to  pant  less  violently,  Eur. 
H.  F.  869. — 2.  to  chastise,  correct,  Eur. 
Antiop.  8,  1,  Thuc.  6,78;  ές  εντέ- 
λειαν  σ.  τι.  Id.  8,  1. — II.  intr.,  to  be- 
have like  a  σώφρων,  Joseph.  B.  J.  4, 

2,  5. 

Σωφρονικός,  ή,  όν,  {σώφρωί')  natu- 
rally temperate,  moderate,  sober,  etc., 
Plat.  Polit.  307  A,  Xen.  Mem.  1,  3, 
9,  etc.     Adv.  -κώς,  Ar.  Eq.  545. 

Σωφρόνϊσις,  εως,  ή,  {σωφρονίζω) 
chastisement,  correction,  App. 

^Σωφρονίσκος,  ov,  ύ,  Sophroniscus, 
an  Athenian,  father  of  Socrates. 

Σωφρόνισμα,  ατος,  τό,  {σωφρονίζω) 
a  chastisement,  lesson,  Aesch.  Supp. 
992. 

Σωφρονισμός,  ov,  (>,=:^σωφρόνισις, 
Plut.  2,  653  C,  etc. 

Σώφρον ίστήβ,  ήρος,  b,=^ σωφρονι- 
στής. Pint.  Cat.  Maj.  27. — II.  in  plur., 
the  wise-teeth,  elsewh.  κραντήρες, 
Hipp. 

Σωφρονιστηριον,  ov,  τό,  a  house  oj 
correction.  Plat.  Legg.  908  A. 

Σωφρονιστής,  ov,  b,  {σωφρονίζω) 
one  that  makes  temperate,  a  moderator, 
chaslener,  chastiser,  Thuc.  3,  65  ;  6, 
87,  Plat.,  etc. — II.  at  Athens,  super- 
intendents of  the  youth  in  the  gymnasia, 
10  in  number.  Plat.  Ax.  367  A  ;  v. 
Herm.  Pol.  Ant.  150,  4.  Hence 

Σωφρονιστικός,  ή,  όν,  making  tem- 
perate, etc.,  chastising. 

Σωφρονιστνς,  νος,  ή.  Ion.  for  σω• 
φρόνισις :  σωφρονιστνος  ένεκα,  for 
the  sake  of  correction,  Plat.  Legg.  933 
E. 

Σωφροσύνη,  ης,  ^,poet.fftioii)p-(asin 
Horn.), the  character  Οΐ  conduct  of  the  σώ- 
ώρων,  inoderntion,  good  sense^  prudence, 
discretion,  Od.  23,  13;  in  plur.,  Od.  23, 
30 ;  the  common  form  first  in  Theogn 
379,  etc. : — esp.,  moderation  in  sens-ual 
desires,  self-control,  temperance .  chastity, 
sobriety,  Lat.  temperantia,  modestia,  a. 
TO  κρατείν  ηδονών  και  επιθυμιών. 
Plat.  Symp.  196  C  ;  cf.  Phaed.  68  0, 
Rep.  430  E,  sq.,  Arist.  Eth.  N.3,  10. 

Σώφρων,  όνος,  b,  ή,  Ep.  σΰόφρων 
(as  in  Hom.):  neut.  σώφ[χ>ν  :  —  of 
sound  mind,  Lat.  sanae  mentis,  hence 
discreet,  prudent,  II.  21,  402,  Od.  4, 
158  ;  σώφρον  Ιστι.  c.  inf.,  Thuc.  1, 
42  :  moderate,  sensible,  Hdt.  1,  4,  etc.  : 
— esp.,  free  from  sensual  desires,  tem- 
perate, chaste,  sober,  Theogn.,  who 
uses  both  forms,  cf.  41,  437,  454,  483, 
and  Att.  ;  σ.  και  εγκρατής  έαντον. 
Plat.  Gorg.  491  D;  cf.  Arist.  Eth.  N. 

3,  10: — also,  σ.  γνώμη.  Aesch.  Ag. 
1604;  σ.  ενχαί,Μ.  Supp.  710.  Adv. 
-όνως,  Hdt.  4,  77,  Aesch.,  etc. : — 
compar.  αωφρονέστερον,  {έπΙ  τό  σω• 


TABA 

φρονέστερον,  Hdt.  3*  71) :— superl. 
-εστατα.  Plat.  Legg.  728  E.  (From 
σώς,  φρήν,  cf.  Arist.  Eth.  N.  6,  5,  6, 
Plat.  Crat.  411  E.) 

iΣώφpG)V,ovoς■,  ό,  Sophron,  a  mimo- 
grapher  of  Syracuse,  Arist.  Poet.  1. 

■[Σωχάρης,  ονς,  6,  Sochares,  masc. 
pr.  ti-,  Plut.  Ciin.  8,  for  Σωφάνης. 

Σώχο),  a  softer  Ion.  form  for  -φώχω, 
to  rub,  rub  to  pieces :  the  cotnpd.  κατα- 
σώχω  occurs  in  Hdt.  4,  75. 

Σώω,  Ep.  for  σώζω,  q.  v.,  Horn. 

Σ^αόίνα,  ?'{,  saving  from  travail, 
epith.  of  Diana,  Bockh  lo^cr.  no.  1595. 


T,  T,  ταν,  TO,  indecL,  nineteenth 
letter  of  the  Gr.  alphabet :  as  numeral, 
r'=:300,  but  ,r=300,000.  In  MSS. 
and  old  Edd.  we  also  lind  the  form  J. 

Dialectic  and  other  changes  of  r ; 
— 1.  Aeol.  and  Dor.,  r  and  σ,  as,  rv, 
σΰ,  Lat.  tu.  Germ,  du,  our  tliou:  so 
also,  Toi  τέ  rvKov  τευτλίον  φατί,  etc., 
for  σοί  σε  σύκον  σεντ7.ίον  φησί.  etc., 
Koen  Greg.  p.  236  :  the  Att.  also  put 
r  for  σ,  v.  σ  III:  the  Ion.  alone  pre- 
ferred the  softer  σ. — 2.  in  new  Att., 
as  well  as  Dor.  and  Boeot.,  ττ  for  σσ, 
usu.  in  verbs,  but  also  in  some  nouns  ; 
V.  σ  III.— 3.  in  Aeol.  and  Dor.,  ττ  for  r, 
esp.  initial  σπ  for  ffr,  v.  π  IV  ;  hence 
Lat.  pavo  for  ταώς. — 4.  in  Ion.,  esp.  in 
Hdt.,  the  tenuis  τ  for  its  correspond- 
ing aspirate  Θ,  e.  g.  αύτις  for  αύθις : 
also  Att.  in  the  substantive  termm. 
-βρον,  τ  oft.  took  the  place  of  Θ,  κόσ- 
μητρον  φόβητρον  σάρωτρον  for  κό- 
σμηθρον,  etc..  Lob.  Phryn.  131. — 5. 
the  poets,  metri  gral.,  insert  a  τ  after 
π  at  the  beginning  of  some  words, 
6.  g.  τττόλίς,  τττόλεμος. — 6.  later,  the 
insertion  of  τ  chiefly  marked  the  Ma- 
cedon.  dialect,  Koen  Greg.  p.  338  : 
the  modern  Greeks  always  put  a  r 
before  ζ,  to  represent  σ,  e.  g.  τζύκω- 
μα  for  σύκωμα,  τζίζω  for  σιζω,  etc. ; 
they  sound  tnis  τζ  much  like  our  sh 
or  -tsh. — The  same  relation  between 
t  and  ζ  appears  in  the  Teutonic  lan- 
guages, as  Germ,  cm,  zdhlen,  zahm, 
Zange,  etc.,  Engl,  to,  tell,  tame,  tongs, 
etc. — 7.  in  Dor.  and  Ion.,  τ  is  dropped 
in  the  oblique  cases  of  some  neut. 
nouns  of  3d  decl.,  as  κέραος,  κρέαος, 
τέραος,  etc.  for  κέρατος,  etc.,  Koen 
Greg.311 ;  so  also  in  Att.,  where  how- 
ever contraction  always  follows,  as 
κέρως,  etc.  See  a  laughable  account 
of  the  encroachments  of  r  on  other  let- 
ters in  Lucian's  Judicium  Vocalium. 

T',  apostroph.  for  re,  and. — 2.  the 
particle  toc,  which  used  to  be  written 
with  apostrophe  before  άν  and  άρα 
thus,  t'  iv,  τ  u.pa,  μέντ'  άν,  etc.,  is 
now  more  correctly  joined  with  them 
by  crasis,  ruv,  τάρα,  μενταν,  ete. 
Wolf  wrote  it  τάρα,  but  v.  Buttm. 
Ausf.  Gr.  %  29  Anm.  22.— A  rare  eli- 
sion of  Toi  before  αΐ-φα  is  found,  Od. 
3,  147.— 3.  the  artic.  τό,  τά  is  never 
elided  by  apostrophe,  but  may  suffer 
crasis. — 4.  η  or  tl  can  sulfer  neither 
elision  nor  crasis. 

T<t,  neut.  pi.  from  ό,  δ  and  δς. 

\Ύάβαί,  ών,  at,  Tabae,  a  city  of 
Caria,  Strab.  p.  576.-2.  a  city  of  Per- 
sia, Polyb.  31,  11,  3.  ' 

Ύαβαίτας,  ου,  ό,  a  wooden  bowl,  a 
Persian  word,  Amynt.  ap.  Alh.  500  D. 

Ύάβαλά,  τά,  Persian  for  τύμπα- 
να, Λ  kettle-drum  (the  Moorish  atabal, 
which  has  been  adopted  into  Span- 
ish), Hesych. ;  v.  Salmas.  ad  Solin. 
K•  717. 


ΤΑΓΗ 

^Ύάβάλος,  ov,  ό,  Tabalus,  a  Per- 
sian governor  m  Sardes,  Hdt.  1,  153. 

iTapiai,  ών,  ai,  Tabeae,  a  city  oi 
Greater  Phrygia,  Strab.  p.  576. 

ίΤαβέρναι,  ών,  ai,  the  Lat.  taber- 
nae,  only  as  pr.  n.,  Ύρεΐς  Ύαβέρναι, 
the  Three  Taverns,  a  place  on  the  Ap- 
pian  way  near  Forum  Appii,  N.  T. 

iΎaβ■/jvόv,  TO,  πεδίον,  the  Tabe- 
iiian  plain,  in  Phrygia,  Strab.  p. 
629. 

^Ταβιθά,  ή,  Tabitha,  Heb.  fem.  pr. 
n.,  N.  T. 

\Ύαβίτί,  in  Hdt.  4,  59  appell.  of 
Vesta  among  the  Scythians. 

Ύάβλα,  ή,  the  Lat.  tabula,  a  dice- 
table.     Hence 

Τα/3λίζω,  f.  -ICO),  to  play  at  tables 
or  dice. 

Ύαβ/αόπη,  ης,  ή,  comic  word,  form- 
ed after  Καλλίόη-τ/,  α  game  at  dice, 
Anth.  P.  11,373. 

Ύαβλιστήριον,  ου,  τό,  a  place  for 
dice-playing,  Gramm. :  from 

Ύαβλίστης,  ov,  6,  {ταβλίζω)  a  dice- 
player. 

ίΤάβρακα,  Tabraca,  a  city  of  Afri- 
ca, Polyb.  12,  1,2:  hence  ό  Ύαβρα- 
Κ7]νός,  an  inhab.  of  T.,  Id. 

Ύαγαθά,  Att.  contr.  for  τά  αγαθά. 

tTayai,  ών,  al,  Tagae,  a  city  of 
Parthia,  Polyb.  10,  29,  3. 

Ύάγαΐος,  a,  ov,  doing  or  done  by 
command,  Hesych. 

Ύάγαμέμνονος,  Att.  contr.  for  τον 
'Αγαμέμνονος. 

Ύαγγή,  η,  also  τύγγος,  τό.  (ταγ- 
γύς)  α  being  or  becoming  rancid :  hence, 
a  kind  of  putrid  swelling  or  abscess, 
Hipp. 

Ύαγγίασις,ή,=  ταγγή.  [ί] 

Ύαγγίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  to  be  or  become  ran- 
cid :  to  have  ταγγαί,  Medic. 

Ύαγγός,  ή,  όν,  rancid,  Anth.  P. :  cf 
Lob.  Paral.  341. 

Ύάγγος,  εας,  τό,^=ταγγη. 

Ύύγγω,=  ταγγίζο. 

Ύάγεία,  ας,  ή,  the  office  or  rank  of 
ταγός,  Xen.  Hell.  6,  4,  34. 

Ύάγείς,  εϊσα,  εν,  part.  aor.  2  pass, 
from  τάσσω. 

Ύάγεΰω,  to  be  ταγός,  Xen.  Hell.  6, 
1,  7 : — in  mid.,  τάγευσαι  αρίστους  άν- 
δρας, order  or  station  the  bravest  men, 
Aesch.  Theb.  58  :— pass.,  to  be  united 
under  one  τάγος,  Xen.  Hell.  6,  1,4. 

Ύύγέω,  ώ,  (ταγός)  to  be  commander 
or  ruler,  c.  gen.,  άπάσης  Άσίόος, 
Aesch.  Pers.  764. 

Ύάγή,  ης,  rj,  like  τάξις,  an  ordering, 
arraying,  array,  Lat.  acies,  Ar.  Lys. 
105. — 2.  command,  rule,  hence,  ξνμ- 
ώρων  τ.,  the  chiefs  of  one  mind,  Aesch. 
Ag.  110. — 3.  also  fem.  of  ταγός,  Lex. 
MS.  in  Osann.  Auctar.  Lex.  p.  141, 
154.  [(2,  Aesch.  1.  c,  but  ώ  Ar.  1.  c, 
cf.  ταγός.^ 

Ύάγηνάριον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  άτ- 
ταγήν,  late,  [ά] 

Ύάγηνίας  άρτος,  ό,  =  ταγηνίτης, 
τηγαν-,  Magnes  Dionys.  2. 

Ύάγηνίζω,  like  τηγανίζω,  to  fry, 
broil,  Eupol.  Incert.  2.     Hence 

Ύάγηνισταί,  the  Broilers,  name  of 
a  lost  play  of  Aristoph. 

Ύάγηνιστός,  ή,  όν,  verb,  adj.,  roast- 
ed, fried,  baked. 

Ύύγηνίτης,  ov,  ο,=ζτηγανίτης,ΑΧ\ί. 
646  D. 

Ύΰγηνοκνισοθήρας,  ov,  ό,  (τάγη- 
νον,  κνίσα,  θηράω)  α  frying-pan-snif- 
fer, Eupol.  Κόλακ.  4,  doubted  by 
Lob.  Phryn.  627  sq.,  but  v.  Meineke 
1.  c. 

Ύάγηγον,  ov,  τό,  like  τηγανον,  a 
frying-pan,  sauce-pan,  Ar.  Eq.  929, 
Plat.  (Com.)  Pha.  1,  12,  Luc.  Symp. 
38.  [uj 


TAIN 

Ύάγηνοστρόφιον,  ov,  τό,  a  spoon 
for  stirring  in  afrying-pan. 

Ύάγηνόστροφον,  ov,  ro,=foreg. 

Ύάγης,  ov,  ό,  =  ταγός,  v.  1.  Xen. 
Hell.  6,  1,  6. 

Τά>'μα,  ατός,  τό,  {τάσσω)  :  —  that 
which  has  been  ordered  or  arranged: 
e.sp.,  —  1.  an  ordinance,  command,  vo- 
μον  τ.,  Def.  Plat.  414  E.— -2.  a  regular 
body  of  soldiers,  a  division,  brigarle, 
Xen.  Mem.  3,  1,  11,  Polyb. ;  the  Ro- 
man manipulus,  Polyb.  6,  24,  5. 

Ταγματάρχης,  ov,  ό,  {άρχω)  the 
leader  of  a  τάγμα. 

Ύαγμάτίκός,  η,  όν,  {τάγμα  2)  be- 
longing to  a  τάγμα,  Lat.  legionarius. 

Ύαγύς,  οϋ,  ο,  {τάσσω)  :  —  an  ar- 
ranger, ordcrer,  commander,  ruler,  II. 
23,  160 ;  ταγός  μακάρων,  Jupiter, 
Aesch.  Pr.  96;  ταγοί  ΙΙερσών,  Id. 
Pers.  23;  ναών  ταγοί,  lb.  480;  cf. 
Soph.  .\nt.  1057,  etc. :  specially,  as 
title  of  the  Chief  of  Thessaly,  Xen. 
Hell.  6,  1,  6;  4,  28,  etc.  [a  usu.,  as 
in  Trag. ;  but  α  in  II.  1.  c,  and  in  Ar. 
Eq.  159,  ace.  to  the  Rav.  MS. :  there 
is  the  same  doubt  in  ταγή,  ταγονχος  : 
whence  Brunck  assumes  a  twofold 
deriv.,  from  a  pf.  τέτΰγα  (which 
however  does  not  occur),  and  from 
aor.  pass,  τάγήναι.'] 

tTuyof,  ov,  0,  the  Tagus,  in  His- 
pania,  Strab.  p.  106. 

Ύαγονχος,  ov,  ό,  {ταγή,  εχω)  he  that 
has  the  command  or  rule,  a  commander, 
ruler,  Aesch.  Eum.  296.  [a,  1.  c] 

Ύάγϊ'ρΓ.  τό,  indecl.=  sq.,  Eupol. 
Ai'y.  10,  cf  Piers.  Moer.  p.  331 :  an 
old  Att.  word,  prob.  used  only  as  an 
adv.,  without  article.  For  Solon  21, 
3  (Bach),  v.  sub  Α,ίγναστάδης.  [ά] 

Ύάγνρων,  ου,  τό,  also  in  plur.,=ro 
ΐΤιάχιστοί',  a  little  bit,  crumb,  Lat.  par- 
ticuln.  [D] 

Ύάόελφον,  Att.  contr.  for  τοϋ  άδελ 
φοΰ. 

Ύάδικον,  Att.  contr.  for  τό  άδικον. 

Ύάθείς,  εϊσα,  έν,  part.  aor.  1  pass, 
from  τείνω,  Horn. 

Ύάθη,  Ep.  for  έτάθη,  3  sing.  aor.  1 
pass,  from  τείνω,  II.  [α] 

Ύαί,  Ep.  and  Ion.  for  αϊ,  nom.  pi. 
fem.  of  the  art.  ό,  Horn.,  and  Hdt. 

ίΤαινάριος,  a,  ov,  of  Taenarus, 
Taenarian,  ή  Τ.  χθών,=Ύαίναρον, 
Αρ.  Rh.  1,  102. 

Ύαίνΰρος,  ov,  ό  and  ή,  also  Ύαίνά- 
ρον,  ov,  τό,  Taenarus,  a  promontory 
and  town  on  the  southern  end  of  La 
coiiia,  H.  Hom.  Ap.  412  :  f  with  a 
celebrated  temple  of  Neptune  and  a 
cave,  through  which  was  fabled  to  be 
the  entrance  to  the  lower  world,  now 
Cape  Matapan,  Eur.  H.  F.23  ;  Thuc. 

7,  19  ;  Strab.  pp.  360,  362,  etc. 
Ταινία,  ας,  ή,  {τείνω): — α  band, 

riband,  fillet,  Lat.  taenia,  fascia,  esp.  α 
head-band,  worn  in  sign  of  victory, 
Xen.  Symp.  5,  9,  Plat.  Symp.  212 
Ε  ;  cf  ταινιόω  :  also  the  breast-band 
q/' young  girls,  Anacreont.  22,  13. — 2. 
of  a  ship,  the  pennant,  streamer. — II.  a 
strip  or  tongue  of  land,  a  sand-bank 
Polyb.  4, 41,  2. — III.  in  joiner's  work, 
a  fillet,  fascia. — IV.  a  tape-uorm,  Plin. 
— V.  a  kind  of  long,  thin  fish,  Epich. 
p.  29.  [i  is  found  in  arsis,  ap.  Diog.  L, 

8,  62,  v.  Blomf.  Aesch.  Pr.  93.] 
Ταινιύζω,=^  ταινιόω. 
Ταινίδιον,  ov,  τό,  Dim.  from  ταινία, 

a  small  band,  Hipp,   [vi] 

Ταινιοείδης,  ες,  like  a  ταινία,  nar 
row,  thin,  ξν/^α,  Theophr. 

Ταινίον,  ov,  TO,  Dim.  from  ταινία 
a  s?nall  band. 

ΤαινιότΓω?ιίς,  ή,  {ταινία,  πωλεω) 
dealer  in  ταινίαι,    Eupol.    Prosp.  .V 
Dem.  1309,  2. 

U63 


ΤΑΛΑ 

Ύαινιόω,  ώ,  to  bind  with  a  ταινία 
or  head-band,  csp.  as  conqueror.  Ar. 
Ran.  393,  Thuc.  4,  121,  Xen.  Hell.  5, 
1,  3: — in  mid.,  to  wear  one,  Ar.  Eccl. 
1032. 

Ύαινιώδης,  ες,=ταινιοείύης,  The- 
ophr. 
Ύαίτιον,  V.  sub  τόπον- 
Ύάκατεων,  by  crasis  for  το  άκά- 
τείον,  Ar. 
'ΓΰκεΊ-άκείνυν,\)γοτα5Ί8{οτ  τα  έκ-. 
Ύύκεμός,  ύ.  of,  (τήκω): — molten, 
flowing,  fluid  ;  soft,  tender,  τακερα  μη- 
'κύδων  μέλη,  Antiph.  "λγμοικ.  \,  4; 
τακερα    ττοιεϊν     τα     κρία,    Dionys. 
(Com.)  Όμων.   1,  7:  nietaph.,  melt- 
ing, langTiishing,  Έρως,  Anacr.  107  ; 
SO,  of  the  eyes  of  lovers,  τακεμαΐς 
κόραις  λενσσειν,  Anth.  P.  9,  567  ;  r. 
βλέπειν,  Alciphr.  1,  28  ;  r.  τι  iv  τοις 
υμμασιν    πάϋος    άΐ'νγραίναν,    Luc. 
Amor.   14: — of  song,  Ael.   N.  A.  5, 
38. — II.   act.,  serving  to  melt,  νύατα, 
Hipp.     Hence 

Ύύκερόχρως,  b,  ή,  {χρύς)  v:ith  ten- 
der flesh,  Antiph.  Aphrodis.  1,  5. 

Ύάκερόω,  ώ,  to  make  soft,  to  boil 
soft,  to  melt,  Diosc. 

Ύάκίπτα,  for  τάχιστα,  barbarism 
in  Ar.  Thesm.  1214. 

Ύακτεον,  verb.  adj.  from  τάσσω, 
one  must  arrange  or  order.  Plat.  Legg. 
C31  D. 

Τακτικός,  ή,  όν,  (τάσσω)  fit  for  or- 
dering or  arranging,  esp.,  belonging  or 
fit  for  military  tactics,  αριθμοί  τ.,  reg- 
ular lines  of  battle,  Xen.  Cyr.  3,  3, 
11  ;  r.  (Ίνήρ,  a  tactician,  Id.  S,  5,  15; 
τακτικον  ηγεΐσθαι  τι,  to  think  it  a 
good  piece  of  tactics,  lb.  : — ή  τακτικ?'/ 
(so.  τέχΐ'7]),  the  art  of  drawing  up  sol- 
diers in  array,  tactics,  Nicom.  ap.  Ath. 
291  D ;  so,  tu  τακτικά,  Xen.  Cyr.  1, 
6,  14,  etc. :  r.  σύγγραμμα,  a  treatise 
on  tactics.     Adv.  -κώς :  from 

Ύακτός,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from  τάσ- 
σω, ordered,  arranged,  fixed,  stated,  r. 
άργύριον,  a  fixed  sum,  Thuc.  4,  65; 
σίτος  Τ-,  a  fi^rd  quantity  ot  corn,  lb. 
16;  τακτήν  τροφην  λαμβάνειν.  Flat- 
Legg.  909  C. 
Ύάκω,  Dor.  for  τήκω.  Rind,  [a] 
Τάκων,  6,  a  kind  of  sausage  or  ris- 
solle,  Crates  θηρ.  3,  cf.  Poll.  6,  53. 

tTa?.a/3po/C7?,  ης,  ή,  Talabroce,  a 
city  of  Hyrcania,  Slrab.  p.  508. 

Τάλύεργός.  όν,  (*τλάω,  *ίργω)  : 
— bearing,  enduring  labour,  painful, 
drudging,  of  mules,  II.  23,  654,  002, 
Od.  4,  636,  and  Hes.  ;  also  of  Her- 
cules, like  πολντλας,  Theocr.  13, 19: 
laborious,  ττόνος,  0pp.  H.  5,  50. 
Τάλαίνα,  fern,  from  τάλας. 
ΤάΆάϊονίδης,  ov,  ό,  patronym. 
formed  irreg.  inetri  grat.  for  Ταλαΐ- 
δης,  son  of  Tataiis,  tMecisteus,  II.  2, 
566;  Adrastus,  Pind.  O.  6,  24.  [lovl] 
Ύΰλαιπωρέω,  ώ,  f.  -ησω,  [ταλαίπω- 
ρος) : — to  do  hard  nork,  to  go  through 
hard  labour,  to  suffer  hardship  or  dis- 
trc.is,  Eur.  Or.  072,  Ar.  Lys.  1220, 
Thuc.  1,  99  ;  5,  74,  etc.  ;  /.νποννται 
και  συνεχώς  ταλαιπωροναι,  Dom.  22, 
24. — II.  rarely  trans.,  to  weary,  xcear 
out,  annoy,  πάντα  τρόπον  τεταλαι- 
πώρηκεν  ήμΰς,  Isocr.  163  A  : — hence 
very  oft.  in  the  inir.  signf.  of  act.,  έν 
τοις  άγροϊς  τα7.αιπωρονμένονς,  Ar. 
Plut.  224  ;  iva  μη  ταλαιττωροίτο  μηό^ 
άχθος  φεροι,  Id.  Ran.  24  ;  cf.  Vosp. 
967  ;  τεταλαιπωρημενοι  νπη  της  ΐ'ύ- 
σον,  worn  out  by...,  Thuc.  3,  3  ;  τύ 
μί/κεί  τού  πο?.έμον,Όβΐϊ\.  231,  15;  δια 
τον  πόλεμον,  Isocr.  89  D  ;  σώμα  τα- 
λαιπωρονμενον,  α  ηοτη  out,  exhavpted 
frame,  Plut.  Brut.  37.     Hence 

Τΰλαιπώρημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  misery, 
kardship,  distress,  Phalar. 
U64 


TAAA 

Ταλαιπωρία,  ας,  ή.  Ion.  -ίη,  hard 
work,  severe  labour,  Hipp.,  etc.  ;  in 
plur.,  great  bodily  exertions,  like  τα- 
λαιπωρήματα,  Hdt.  4,  134  ;  C,  12. — 
2.  bodily  pam,  suffering,  Thuc.  2,  49: 
hence,  hardship,  trouble,  affliction,  mis- 
ery, distress,  Thuc.  4,  117  ;  ή  έν  τοις 
εργοις  τ.,  Polyb.  3,  17,  8  :  from 

Ταλαίπωρος,  ov,  going  through 
much  toil,  laborious,  much-enduring  : — 
suffering  hardship,  trouble  or  distress, 
wretched,  miserable,  Pind.  Fr.  210, 
Aesch.  Pr.  231,  595,  Soph.  0.  C.  14, 
etc. : — so  of  things,  ώ  ταλαίπωρα 
πράγματα,  Ar.  Αν.  135.  Adv.  -pur, 
Ar.  Eccl.  54,  Thuc.  3,  4.  (Usu.  de- 
riv.  from  *τλάω,  πωρός :  but  prob.  it 
is  a  coUat.  form  of  ταλαπείριος.) 

Τΰλαίφρων,  όνος,  6,  ή,  (*τλάω, 
φρήν)  Tmtch-enduring,  wretched.  Soph. 
Aj.  903.  Ant.  806,  Eur.  Hel.  524: 
daring.  Soph.  Ant.  39. 

Τάλάκάρδιος,  ov,  {*τλάω,  καρδία) : 
— jjalienl  of  heart,  stout-hearted,  epith. 
of  Hercules,  Hes.  Sc.  424  :  of  Oedi- 
pus, much-enduring,  miserable.  Soph. 
O.  C.  540,  Epigr.  ap.  Aeschin.  80,  9. 

Ταλανίζω,  to  call  one's  self  unhappy, 
like  σχίτλιάζω.  , 

Τάλαντα'ιος,  a,  ov,  dub.  1.  for  τα- 
λαντιαϊος,  Lob.  Phryn.  544. 

Τάλάντατυς,  τ),  ov,  superl.  from 
τάλας. 

Τά?Μντάω,=^ταλαντενω,  dub. 

Τάλαντεία,  ας,  ή,  {τα'λαντίύω)  α 
balancing,  swinging  motion,  restored  by 
Stallb.  Plat.  Crat.  395  E. 

'ΐΰλάντερος,  a,  ov,  compar.  from 
τάλας. 

Ύά'λάντενσις,  ή,=  ταλαντεία. 

Ταλαντεύω,  (τύλαντον): — to  bal- 
ance ; — hence,  in  pass.,  to  sivay  back- 
wards and  forwards,  to  oscillate,  waver, 
μάχης  δεϋρο  κάκεΐσε  ταλαντενομέ- 
νης,  Diod.  11,  22,  cf.  16,  4,  Plut.  2, 
682  Ε. — 2.  to  weigh,  and  so,  to  decide, 
determine,  νδασιν  (i.  e.  by  the  κ/<,εψύ• 
δρα)  ηελίοιο  ταλαντεύονσι  κέ'λενθονς, 
Anth.  P.  9,  782  ;  νύκτα  τ.Τιτάν,  lb. 
ajipend.  92  :  τούτων  συ  την  αΐρεσιν 
ταλ.,  Alciphr.  1,8;  το  ζην  ύπό  τού- 
των ου  ταλαντεύεται,  lb.  25.  —  II. 
intr.,  like  τανταλεύω,  to  swing  to  and 
fro,  oscillate,  Arist.  Incess.  An.  8,  7. 

ΤαλαντιαΙος,  a,  ov,  (τάλαντον) 
worth  a  talent,  οΙκος,  Dem.  833,  23  : — 
so  of  persons,  worth  a  talent,  i.  e.  pos- 
sessed ()/ one.  Crates  Tolm.  2  ;  Ιγγνος 
Τ-,  surety /or  a  talent,  Arist.  Occ.  2, 
23. — 2.  weighing  a  talent,  λιθοβολάς  τ., 
an  engine  throwing  stones  of  a  talent 
weight,  Polyb.  9,  41 ,  8  ;  generally,  im- 
mense, T.  νοσήματα,  Alcae.  (Com.) 
Eudym.  2. 

Τάλαντίζω,  f.  -ίσω,=  ταλαντεύω, 
cf.  τανταλίζω. 

Τάλαντον,  ου,  τό,  α  balance,  ζυγον 
ταλάντου,  Aesch.  Supp.  823;  cf.  Ar. 
Ran.  797 :  but  almost  always  in  plur., 
a  pair  of  scales,  χρνσεια  πατήρ  ετί- 
ταινε  τάλαντα.  '\\.  8,  69,  cf.  16,  658; 
επην  κλίνησι  τύλαΐ'τα  ZiVf,  19,223; 
ώςτε  τάλαντα  γυνή...,  ήτε  σταθαον 
έχουσα  και  εϊριον  άμφιςάνέλκει  ισά- 
ζονσα,  12,  433  ;  τά/ιαντα  βρίσας  ονκ 
ίσο/)^)όπω  τΰχι^,  Aesch.  Pers.  346; 
etc. — II.  any  thing  weighed, — 1.  a  defi- 
nite weight,  a  talent,  in  Hom.  always 
of  gold,  χρυσοίο  τάλαντον,  Od.  8, 
393  ;  in  plur.,  II.  19,  247,  etc.  :  αργυ- 
ρίου τάλαντα,  first  in  Hdt.,  v.  infra. — 
In  the  post-Horn,  writers,  it  took  a 
double  signf., —  1.  the  talent  of  icright, 
of  which  there  were  many,  but  tho.«e 
in  general  use  were  the  Euboi'c  or 
Attic  talent, =  almost  57  lb. ;  and  the 
Aeginelan,=^  about  82^  lb.,  first  in 
Hdt.  2,  180,  etc.  (cf.  ήμιτόιλαντον) : 


TAAA 

esp.  of  a  ship's  tonnage,  Hdt.  1,  194 ; 
2,  96. — 2.  the  talent  of  money,  ).  e.  a 
talent's  weight  of  silver,  or  a  sum  of 
money  equivalent  to  this  ;  so  that,  in 
our  current  coin,  the  Euboic  and  Attic 
talent  would  be  worth  in  Eng.  money 
£243.  15s.,  +i.  e.  about  $1056-601, 
containing  GO  miiiae,  and  6000  drach- 
mae, Hdt.  3,  89,  who  there  mentions 
a  Babylonian  talent  of  money,  which 
was  to  the  Euboic  as  7  to  ti ; — Hdt. 
calls  the  money-talent  τ.  άρ'}υρίου.  7, 
28  ;  and  this  phrase  recurs  occasion- 
ally in  Att.,  cf.  Xen.  Hell.  3.  5,  1.— 
On  these  points  v.  Hussey,  Weights 
and  Measures. — 3.  that  which  is  weighed 
out,  apportioned,  allotted  to  one  (Irom 
the  nietaph.  of  Jupiter's  golden  scales 
in  11.  8,  69,  etc..  Jac.  Anth.  P.  p.  945. 
(From  *τλάω,  Lat.  lul-isse,  Sanscr. 
tul,  ponderare,  Pott  Et.  Forsch.  1 
265.) 

Ταλαντούχος,  ov,  (τάλαντον,  εχω) 
holding  the  balance  :  metaph.,  Άρης  τ. 
έν  μάχ7)  δορός,  he  who  turns  the  scale 
of  battle,  Aesch.  Ag.  349  (where  δο- 
ρός belongs  to  μάχη,  not  to  ταλ•). 

Τάλαντόω,  ώ,  like  τα?Μντενω,  to 
weigh,  balance  : — pass.,  to  be  balanced  : 
also  opp.  to  Ισοβ^)οπί'Ιν,  to  waver,  sway 
to  and  fro.  Plat.  Tim.  52  E.     Hence 

Τά?ιάντωσις,  εως,  ή,  a  weighing, 
Antipho  ap.  Poll.  9,  53.-2.  (from 
pass.)  a  wavering. 

Τά'λάος,  ή,  όν,  {*τλύω)—τλίιμων, 
Ar.  Αν.  687. 

^ΤαΆαύς,  οϋ,  ό,  Talans,  son  of 
Bias  and  Pero,  king  of  Argos,  an  Ar 
gonaut,  Pind.  N.  9,  33.-2.  son  of 
Cretheus,  Paus.  8,  25,  9. 

Τά/.άπάθής,  ες,  {*τλάω,  πάθος)= 
τ?^ηπαθής. 

Τάλάπείριος,  ον,  {'τ'λάω,  πείρα): 
— one  who  has  seen  and  suffered  much, 
in  Od.  mostly  of  Ulysses,  ξεϊνος  ταλ. 
ένθάδ'  ίκάνω,  Od.  7,  24,  etc. ;  ικέτης 
ταλ-,  6,  193 :— hence  in  later  times, 
vagrant,  vagabond,  πτωχός  Τ-,  Anth. 
P.  10,  06. — Cf.  ταλαίπωρος. 

Τά'λάπενβής,  ές,  {*τλάω,  πένθος) 
bearing  great  griefs  and  sufferings,  pa- 
tient in  woe,  θυμός,  Od.  5,  222. — 2.  of 
things,  toilsome,  νσμ'ιναι,  Panyas.  1, 5. 

fTά?Mpες,  ων,  oi,  the  Talares,  a 
Molossian  people  around  Pindus, 
Strab.  p.  434. 

Τά'λάριον,  ov,  TO,=  sq.  [a] 

Τάλάρις,  ίδος.  ή.  dim.  from  sq., 
Lat.  quasillus  :  also,  ταληρίσκοΓ,  ό, 
+Theocr.  15,  113t,  Anth.  P.  6,  174. 

Ύύ2(ίρος.  ov,  ό,  a  basket,  Lat.  qua- 
lus,  Od.  4,  131,  Hes.  Sc.  293  :  usu.  of 
wicker  work,  πλεκτός  τάλ..  11.  18, 
568,  Od.  9,  247 ;  in  the  latter  passa- 
ges, a  cheese-baskel,  through  which 
the  whey  can  run  off,  cf.  Ar.  Ran. 
560,  Anth.  P.  9,  507. — 2.  a  flicker  cage 
for  fowls,  hen-coop  ;  and,  nietaph., 
Μονσέ•ων  τ.,  of  the  Musevjn,  Timon 
ap.  Ath.  22  D.  (Prob.  from  *τλ(2ω, 
that  ivhich  bears  or  holds  :  others  not 
so  well  from  ταλασ'ιη-)  [r«] 

Τόιλάς,  τάλαινύ,  τίίλΰν :  gen.  ΰνυς, 
αίνης,  άνος :  voe.  τά'λάν,  Horn.,  and 
Ar.  Kan.  559.  Eccl.  658,  though  τά- 
λας is  more  usu.  in  Att. :  τάλας  as 
fem.,  Ar.  Thesm.  1038,  cf.  infra: 
(*τλύω) :  —  like  T/J/μων,  suffering, 
wretched,  Lat.  miser,  Od.  18,  327,  and 
Trag.;  c.gen.,Oi')o;  τάληινα ξ^νμφηρΰ^ 
κακής,  -Aesch.  Pers.  445  ;  cf.  Ar.  Plut. 
1044  : — sometimes  also  in  liad  sense, 
fool-hardy,  τά/.αν,  Ο  wretch  !  Od.  19, 
68: — but,  τύλαν,  a.s  a  sfiri  of  coaxing 
address,  Ar.  Lys.  910,  914  ;  ώ  τάλαι- 
va,  Ar.  Eccl.  242. — Compar.  τΰλήν- 
τερος,  a.  ov  :  superl.  Tti/«vrarcf.  rj, 
ov. — Poet,  word,  used  also  by  Xen. 


ΤΑΜΑ 

Cyr.  4,  6,  5.  [τΰλάς,  Br.  Ar.  Αν.  1494 ; 
Dor.  also  τύλΰς,  Theccr.  2,  4,  cf. 
Jac.  Anth.  F.  p.  547.] 

Τΰλάσεως,  a,  ov,  Ion.,  and  Ep.  τΰ- 
λάσί/ως,  η,  ov,  (τα7.ασία) : — belonging 
to  wool-spinning,  τα'λααήϊα  ίργα^τα- 
?Μσία,  Αρ.  Rh.  3,  292 ;  so,  ταλάσια 
έργα,  Xen.  Oec.  7,  6. 

Ύΰ'λΰσία,  ας,  ή,  wool-spinning, ζ=τα- 
λασιονργία.  Plat.  Legg.  805  Ε,  Xen. 
Mem.  3,  9,  11.  (Prob.  from  *τλάω, 
because  the  wool  seents  to  have  been 
weighed  out  to  the  spinners :  there- 
fore, strictly,  the  weighing  out  of  wool 
to  be  spun.)    Hence 

Ύάλάσιος,  ov,  v.  sub  ταλάσειος. 
[a] 

Ύι'Λύσιονργέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {ταΆα- 
σιονργός)  to  spin  wool :  generally,  to 
spin,  Xen.  Mem.  3,  9,  11. 

ΤΰΆΰσιουργία.  ας,  ή,  =  τα7.ααία. 
Plat.  Polit.  282  C,  283  A ;  and 

Ύά?.(ίσιονργικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  ίο 
wool-spinning,  Xen.  Oec.  9,  7,  Plat. 
Polit.  282  C  ;  ή  -κή  (sc.  τέχνη), = 
foreg.,  lb.  A,  Β  :  from 

Τΰλάσιονργός,  όν,  {ταλασία,  *ερ- 
γω)  spinning  wool;  as  subst.,  ό  or  // 
Τ.,  a  wool-spinner.  Plat.  Ion  540  C. 

ΎάΤίάσις,  ή,  {*τ7Μω)=τλησι.ς-  [τα] 

Ύά7.άσίψρ(ύν,  όνος,  6,  ή,  (*7λάω, 
φρήν) : — patient  of  mind,  stout-hearted, 
νπό  κεν  τα?Μσίόρονά  τζερ  όέος  είλεν, 
II.  4.  421  ;  but  in  Horn.  usu.  as  epith. 
of  Ulysses,  II.  11,  466,  and  Od. ;  so 
also  in  Hes.  Th.  1012. 

Ύα/.άσσ7^ς,  -ay,  2  and  3  pers.  sing, 
aor.  subj.  from  *τ?.άω,  etc.,  Hom. : — 
Lye.  formed  a  fut.  -α/,ύσσω.  746. 

ΤάλαύρΙνος,  ov,  {*τλάω,  βινόξ  II. 
2) :  —  with  shield  of  tough  buirs-hide, 
epith.  of  Mars,  r.  πο?.εμιστής,  li.  5, 
289  ;  20,  78,  etc. ;  so  as  epith.  of  Πό- 
?,εμος,  Ar.  Pac.  241  ;  and,  jokingly, 
of  Lamachus,  Id.  Ach.  964  :  hence, 
generally,  sturdy,  tough,  stout,  τα/.αν- 
pivov  πο?.εμίζείν,  II.  7,  239  ;  r.  χρως, 
a  thick,  tough  hide,  Anth.  P.  7,  208. 
(The  diphthong  av  is  due  to  the  di- 
gamma,  τα/Λ^ρίνος.) 

ΎάλάφρίύΡ,  όνος,  ό,  ή,  shortd.  form 
for  τα/.ασίφρων,  11.  13,  300. 

Ύάληθές,  Att.  by  crasis  for  το  άλη- 
θές. 

iΎa?Mvβiύόης,  ov  Ion.  εω,  ό,  son  of 
Talthybius  ;  in  pi.  oi  Ύαλθυβίάόαι,  a 
family  in  Sparta,  who,  as  descending 
from  Talthybius,  held  the  office  of 
heralds  at  Sparta,  Hdt.  7,  134. 

1;Ταλθύι3ίος,  ov,  6,  Talthybius,  the 
herald  of  Agamemnon  at  Troy,  II.  1, 
320  ;  3,  118  :  honoured  as  a  hero  in 
Sparta,  Hdt.  7,  134. 

^Ύαλιθύ,  ή,  y.  sub  τΰλις,  Ν.  Τ. 

Τίίλ/ζ",  ίδος,  7],  α  marriageable  maid- 
en, like  νύμφη.  Soph.  Ant.  629  :  only 
poet.  (Prob.  from  θήλυς,  θάΆλΐύ,  τη- 
λεθύω.  Some  connect  it  with  the 
Syriac  talitha  (maiden)  in  N.  T.,  from 
root  tala,  recens  fuit.) 

Τώλλα  or  τάλλα,  by  crasis  for  τα 
άλλα,  cf.  άλλοζ•  I.  3. 

ΥΐάΑμενα,  τύ,  Talmena,  a  harbour 
on  the  Indian  sea,  Arr.  Ind.  29,  1. 

tTUAOf.  ov,  o.  Talus,  sonof  Oeno- 
pion,  Paus.  7,  4,  8. 

tTuAijf,  ω,  ό,  Talos,  nephew  of 
Daedalus,  an  artist,  honoured  as  a 
hero  on  the  citadel  at  Athens,  A  pol- 
led. 3,  15,  9;  Luc.  Pise.  42.-2.  a 
brazen  man  made  by  V'nlcan  for  Mi- 
nos, to  guard  the  island  of  Crete  ; 
destroyed  by  Medea,  Apollod.  1,  9,  2  ; 
Ap.  Rh.  4,  1038  sqq. :  cf.  ap.  Plat. 
Mm.  320. 

Ύάμά,  Att.  by  crasis  for  τα  έμά. 

Ύαμάλιστα,  adv.,  for  τα  μάλιστα, 
esuuKtara.  [ώ] 


TAMI 

^Ύάμασος,  ov,  ή,  Tamasus,  a  city 
of  Cyprus,  Strab.  p.  255. 

\Ύάαβραζ,  ακος,  ή,  Tambrax,  a 
city  oithe  Parlhians,  Polyb.  10,  31. 

Ύάμε,  for  εταμε,  Ion.  3  sing.  aor.  of 
τέμνω,  11.  [ά] 

Ύάμέειν,  poet,  for  ταμεΐν,  inf.  aor. 
Ion.  of  τέμνω,  11. 

Ύάμείας,  ov,  ό,^^ταμίας. 

Ύύμεϊον,  ov,  τό,  =  ταμιεΐον,  Lob. 
Phryn.  493,  Bernhardy  Dion.  P.  p. 
897. 

Ύάμέσθαι,  inf  aor.  Ion.  mid.  of  τέ- 
μνω, 11.  9,  580. 

Ύάμισίχρως,  οος,  ό,  ?/,  ( τάμνω, 
χρως)  cutting  the  skin,  wounding,  χα?•.- 
κός,  έγχείη,\\.4,51\;  13,340. 

Τύμία,  ας,  ή,  Ερ.,  and  Ion.  -ίη,  α 
housekeeper,  housewife,  freq.  in  Horn.  ; 
-,  η  τϊάντ'  έφνλ.ασσεν,  Od.  2,  345  ; 
γννη  Τ;  11.  6,  390  ;  άμφίπο?.ος  τ.,  24, 
302 :— so  Xen.  Oec.  9,  11 ;  10,  10  :— 
cf.  sq.  fin. 

Ταμίας,  ov,  6,  Ep.,  and  Ion.  -ίης, 
heterocl.  dat.  plur.  ταμίάσιν,  in  many 
Att.  Inscrr.  ap.  Bockh,  v.  esp.  1,  p. 
180:  —  a  distributer,  dispenser,  II.  19, 
44,  cf  Ar.  Vesp.  613 :  so,  τ.  ■κλοντον 
άνθρώποις,  Pind.  Ο.  13  ;  ό  των  πνευ- 
μάτων τώ  σώματι  τ.  πλενμων.  Plat. 
Tim.  84  b. — 2.  generally,  a  manager, 
overseer,  Jupiter  is  called  r.  πολέμοιο 
ανθρώπων,  II.  4,  84 ;  so  Aeolus  is  - 
άνεμων,  Od.  10,  21  ;  and  a  king  is  τα- 
μίας Κνρύνας,  Pind.  P.  5,  82,  etc.  ; 
r.  Λιός,  the  steward  or  priest  of  Jupi- 
ter, Pmd.  O.  6,  7  ;  r.  Μοισάν,  }■  e.  a 
poet,  Pind.  N.  10,  97,  Fr.  4;  οίκος  τ. 
στεφάνων,  that  hath  store  of  crowns, 
Pind.  N.  6,  44  :  r.  γνώμης,  one  that  is 
master  of  his  judgment,  Theogn.  504  ; 
T.  άμα  της  τε  επιθυμίας  και  της  τύ- 
χης, Thuc.  6,  78  ;  r.  τριαίνης,  of  Nep- 
tune, Ar.  Nub.  566  ;  άλόζ•  ταμίαι,  the 
lords  of  the  sea,  Critias  1,11  ;  cf.  τα- 
μία.— II.  later,  esp.,  a  steward,  receiv- 
er, comptroller,  treasurer,  as  early  as 
Hdt.,  r.  των  βασίλεος  χρημάτων  2, 
121,  1  ;  τ.  τον  ipov,  the  comptroller  of 
the  sacred  treasure  in  the  citadel  of 
Athens,  Hdt.  8,  51,  called  r.  τΐις  θεον 
by  Dem.  1075,  2,  cf.  Plat.  Legg.  774 
B,  Ε  :  V.  plura  ^ip.  Herm.  Pol.  Ant. 
<J  151,  7. — 2.  at  Rome,  the  quaestor, 
Dion.  H.,  Plut.  Poplic.  12,  etc. 
(Either  from  τέμνω,  ταμ-εΐν,  one  who 
cuts  for  each  his  share  :  or  akil)  to  Lat. 
dare,  δαίω,  v.  Pott  Et.  Forsch.  1, 
186.) 

Ύΰμιεία,  ας,  ή,  (ταμιενω) : — the  of- 
fice or  bjisiness  of  a  ταμίας  or  ταμία, 
stewardship,  housekeeping,  management. 
Plat.  Legg.  806  A,  Xen.  Oec.  7,  41. 
—  2.  at  Rome,  the  quaestorship,  Lat. 
quaestura,  Plut.  Cat.  Min.  17,  18. 

Ύάμιείας,  ου,  ό,=ταμίας,  Dio  C. 

ΎάμιεΙον,  ov,  τό,  (ταμιεύω)  a  mag- 
azine, storehouse,  treasury,  Thuc.  1,  96, 
Xen.  Eq.  4,  1. 

Ύάμίενμα,  ατός,  τό,  (ταμιεύω)  that 
which  one  has  to  manage,  stores,  sup- 
plies, Diod. — II.=  sq.,  Xen.  Oec.  3, 15. 

Ύάμίενσις,  ή,  like  ταμιεία,  house- 
keeping, etc. 

Ύΰμιευτηριον,  ov,  τό,=ταμιεΐον. 

Ύΰμιεντικός,  ή,  όν.  {ταμιεύω)  : — of 
or  for  housekeeping  ;  saving,  careful. — 
II.  at  Rome,  belonging  to  the  quaestor 
or  quaestorship,  Lat.  quaestorius,  Plut. 
Cat.  Min.  16,  etc. 

Ύύμιεντωρ,  ορός,  6,  poet,  for  ταμί- 
ας, Manetho. 

Ύάμιενω.  and  asdep.  mid.,  ταμιεν- 
ομαι  : — to  be  a  ταμίας  or  ταμία,  to  be 
a  housekeeper  or  manager,  ονκέτι  εμοί 
ταμιενσεις,  Ar.  Eq.  948,  cf  959  ;  συ 
■γαρ  ταμιενονσ'  έτυχες,  Vesp.  964  ; 
ταμιεύειν  της  τταρύλον,  Dem.  570. 


TAN 

15 :  and  in  mid.,  ανταΐς  ταμιεύεσθαι, 
Ar.  Thesm.  419.  —  II.  trans.,  to  deal 
out,  to  dispense,  in  act..  Plat.  Rep.  465 
C  ;  Tu  τίμια  ταμιεύεσθαι  εκ  της  ψυ- 
χής, Xen.  Symp.  4,  41  ;  and  so  in 
pass.,  την  δνναμιν  'εκ  τούτον  ταμιεν- 
ομενιγν.  Plat.  Rep.  508  Β  : — also,  τους 
νόμους  τεταμιενμεθα,  we  have  the 
laws  dealt  out,  Lys.  183,  17. — 111.  of 
keeping  house,  to  regulate,  manage, 
Ar  Av.  1542,  Lys.  493  sq.,  Xen. : — 
and  in  pass.,  χώρα  ταμιευομένα  τινί, 
governed  by  oiie,  Pind.  O.  8,  40. — 2.  to 
husband,  save,  store  up,  ταμιενσας  εν 
Άκρυ-ό?.ει  τα  αριστεία,  Dem.  741, 
4  ;  Ζηνός  ταμιενεσκε  γονάς,  she  was 
the  depository  of  it,  Soph.  Ant.  950. — 
3.  metaph.,  to  turn  to  good  account, 
husband,  manage  well,  Ισχνν,  Hipp.  ; 
also,  ταμιεύεσθαι  ttjv  τνχην,  τον  και- 
ρόν, to  7nake  the  best  use  o/" fortune  or 
the  time,  Dion.  H. :  ταμιεύεσθαι  εις 
όσον  βονλόμεθα  άρχειν,  to  control  and 
determine  how  far  we  mean  to  extend 
our  sway,  Thuc.  6,  18;  so,  εξεστιν 
^ΐμΐν  ταμιεύεσθαι  όπόσοις  άν  βονλοί- 
μεθα  μάχεσθαι,  Xen.  An.  2,  5,  18,  cf. 
Cyr.  3,  3,  47 ;  ες  τό  ανριον  ταμιεύε- 
σθαι το  μίσος,  to  lay  it  by..,  Luc.  Pr. 
8  ;  cf.  Wyttenb.  Plut.  2,  131  D.— In 
this  signf'  usu.  as  dep.,  though  Hipp. 
1.  c.  has  act. — IV.  ίο  be  quaestor,  Plut. 
Num.  9,  etc. 

Ύάμίη,  ή,  Ep.  and  Ion.  for  ταμία, 
Hom. 

Ύύμίης,  ov,  ό,  Ep•.  and  Ion.  for  τα- 
μίας. II.,  and  Hdt. 

Ύάμιονχέω,  ώ,  to  have  the  charge  oj 
the  store-room,  Nicet. 

Ύΰμιοϋχος,  ov,  6,  (  εχω  )  having 
charge  of  the  store-room,  and  so^ra- 
μίας. 

ΎΰμΙσίνης  τυρός,  ό,  cheese  made 
with  rennet. 

Ύύμΐσος,  ή.  Dor.  Avord  =  πΐ'ετια, 
rennet,  Hipp.  ;  δέρμα  νέας  ταμίσοιο 
ποτόσδον,  Theocr.  7,  16.  [ά] 

Ύάμμέσω,  Alt.  coiitr.  for  τά  εν  μέ- 
σω, restored  by  Reiske  and  Bekk. 
from  MSS.  in  Dem.  995,  27. 

iΎύμva.  ή,  Tamna,  a  city  in  Arabia 
Feli.x,  Strab.  p.  768. 

Ύύμνω,  Ep.  and  Ion.  for  τέμνω, 
q.  v.,  Hom.,  Hes.,  and  Hdt. 

iΎaμvvaι.  ων  Ion.  έων.  at,  Tamy 
nae.  a  city  of  Euboea  in  the  territory 
of  Eretria,  with  a  temple  of  Apollo, 
Hdt.  6,  101  ;  Dem.  567,  2. 

^Ύαμυράκη,  ης,  ή,  Tamyrace,  a 
promontory  on  the  Euxine,  near  the 
Tauric  Chersonese,  Strab.  p.  308 ; 
hence  Ύαμνράκης  κόλπος,  ύ,  a  gull 
near  foreg..  Id.  ib. :  cf  Καρκινίτης. 

^Ύαμύρας,  ό,  the  Tamyras,  a  river 
of  Phoenicia,  also  called  ύ^αμονρας, 
Strab.  p.  756. 

Ύαμών,  part.  aor.  Ion.  of  τέμνω, 
Hom. 

ίΎαμωνΐτις,  ιδος,  ή,  Tamonitis,  a 
district  of  Syria,  later  assigned  to 
Armenia,  Strab.  p.  528. 

ή-Ύαμώς.  ώ,  ό.  Tamos,  an  Aegyptian 
of  Memphis,  a  governor  of  Ionia  :  la- 
ter a  commander  of  the  Heet  of  the 
younger  Cyrus,  Thuc.  8,  31 ;  Xen. 
An.  1,2,21. 

Ύύν  or  τύΐ',  indecl.,  only  Att.  and 
in  phrase  ώ  τάν  or  ώ  τΰν,  as  a  forai  ot 
address,  mostly  in  good  sense,  sir,  my 
snod  friend,  first  in  Soph.  O.  T.  1145, 
Phil.  1387,  freq.  in  Ar.,  and  Plut.  ; 
rarely  (ace.  to  Herm.  Soph.  Phil. 
1373,  never)  in  bad  sense,  like  οντυς 
V,  Plat.  Apol.  25  C,  Dem.  16.  23; 
used  m  addressing  several  persons, 
€ratii;.Incert.l45.— Cf.  Ruhnk.Tnn. 
(Even  the  ancients  differed  much 
about  the  origin  and  form  of  the 
1465 


TANE 

word. — Some,  as  Philera.  de  Nomin. 
31!),  etc.,  wrote  it  ύταν  ;  others,  as 
E.  M.  p.  825,  15,  ΰτΰν ;  others,  as 
Apoll.  Dysc.  ap.  A.  B.  p.  569,  11, 
ύτάν.  So  also  some  modern  editors 
write  it  ώ  Wav,  taking  it  as  vocat.  of 
kruv,  like  μεγίστύν,  ξυνύν,  etc. : 
others,  ώ  'ταν,  as  if  vocat.  of  ίτης, 
q.  V. ;  others,  as  Herm.  1.  c,  and  Bek- 
ker,  ώ  'τάν : — others,  as  Dmd.,  etc., 
ώ  τάν  or  ώ  τάν,  without  apostrophe. 
Passow  follows  these,  thinking  it  a 
shortd.  form  of  Dor.  τ/'/νος  (according 
to  the  analogous  usage  of  ούτος,  ώ 
ούτος) ;  or,  referring  it,  with  Buttm. 
AusL  Gr.  «J  57  Anm.  1,  to  τύ,  τννη, 
as  an  old  dialectic  vocat.  of  the  2d 
personal  pron. ;  and  Donaldson,  New 
Crat.  p.  162,  adopts  the  latter  view, 
comparing  the  Sanscr.  ivam.) 

Tup,  Att.  by  crasis  for  rot  uv, 
Buttm.  Ausf.  Gr.  ^  29  Anm.  22. 

Tiif,  Att.  contr.  for  tu  iv. 

Ύάναγρα,  ας,  //,  a  copper  kettle. 

tTuvovpa,  Of,  7/,  Tanagra,  Άΐονιη 
of  Boeotia,  ton  the  Asopus,  Hdt.  9, 
15  ;  Slrab.  pp.  103  sqq.     Hence 

■^Ύαναγραϊος,  a,  ov,  of  or  belonsi'ig 
to  Tanagra.  Tanagraean  ;  oi  T.,  Hdt. 
δ,  79  :  7/  Ύαναγραία,  the  territory  of 
T.,  Strab. 

ίΤαναγρικός,  ή,  6v,—  foreg.,  ό  Τ., 
=ό  ά'λεκτρνών,  Luc.  Gall.  4. 

Ύΰνΰήκης,  ες  {ταναύς,  άκή),  with  α 
long  point  or  edge,  τ.  χαλκός,  11.  7,  77; 
of  an  axe,  23,  118;  of  a  sword,  21, 
754,  etc.  —  W.  far-stretching,  'A/TTfif, 
Orph.  Arg.  1124. — Constantly  inter- 
changed with  ταννί)Κ7]ς. 

Ύάνΰ7]χέτης,  ου,  6,(ταναός,  ήχέω) 
far-sounding .  poet.  -7]χετα,  v.  1.  Ορρ. 
C.  2,  1 14. 

Ύάναιμνκης,  ff,=sq.  [ί'] 

Ύύναίμϋκος,ον,{ταναός,μνκάημαι) 
bellowing  so  as  to  be  heard  far  off,  laud- 
bellowing,  βονς,  Anth.  P.  6, 116. 

tTai'aif,  ίδος  and  ϊος,  ύ,  the  Tana- 
is,  a  river  of  Sarmatia,  flowing  be- 
tween Europe  and  Asia  into  the  Pa- 
lus  Maeotis,  now  the  Don,  Hdt.  4,  20  ; 
Strab.  p.  65,  108,  490,  etc.— II.  ή,  a 
city  at  mouth  of  foreg.,  Strab.  p.  493. 

Ύάναντία,  Att.  contr.  for  τώ  εναν- 
τία. 

Ύάνΰόδειρος,  ov,  (ταναός,  δειρή) 
long-necked,  Ar.  Αν.  254,  1394. 

^Ύαναοξάρης,  ους,  ό,  Tanaoxares, 
a  son  of  Cyrus,  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  7,  11  : 
cf.  Ύαννοξάρκης. 

Ύΰνύός,  η,  ov,  also  6c,  ov,  II.  16, 
589,  {τανύ(ύ,  τείνω)  ; — stretched,  out- 
stretched, long,  T.  aiyavh],  II.  1.  c.  ; 
tall,  slim,  άστύχυες,  Η.  Horn.  Cer. 
454  ;  ττ?,όκαμος  r.,flouing  locks,  Eur. 
Bacch.  455  ;  r.  αίθί/ρ,  outspread  ether. 
Id.  Or.  322  ;  r.  γήρας,  long  old  age, 
A  nth.  P.  5,  282. 

ίΤαναός,  δ,=  Ύάνος,  Eur.  El.  410. 

ΎΰναύτΓονς,  ποδός,  ό.  ή,  (ταναός, 
■πους)  old  Ερ.  form  for  *ταναό- 
ττονς,  τανύτΓονς,  stretching  the  feet, 
swift-running,  or  taking  long  steps,  or 
long-legged,  long-shanked,  μι/λα.  Od.  9, 
461,  H.  Ap.  304,  Merc.  232:— the 
common  form  τανύττονς  occurs  in 
Soph.  837,  as  epith  of  the  Erinyes. 

Ύάνύνφίις,  ες,  {v<j>^)  woven  long  and 
finely,  [ϋ] 

Τΰνάχαλκος,  ov,  with  a  long  metal 
head  or  point,  [va] 

Ύ&νΰώτΓίς,  ιδος,  f/,  {ταναός,  ώψ) 
far-sighted,  Emped.  11. 

Ύανδον  or  τύνδον,  Att.  crasis  for 
τα  ίνδον. 

Ύύνδρ).,  τανδρός,  Att.  crasis  for 
τώ  ΐινδρί,  τον  ανδρός. 

Ύανεΐαι.  αΐ,  beams,  Lat.  tigna,  The- 
ophr.    (Prob.  from  τείνω.) 
1466 


TANT 

Ύανηλεγτίς,  ^ς,  {ταναός,  At'yw) : — 
laying  one  out  at  length,  freq.  epith.  of 
death,  Μοίρα  τανιβεγέος  θανάτοιο, 
Od.  2,  100,  etc. ;  Kr/p  τ.  θ.,  11,  170, 
II.  8,  70,  etc. 

Ύάν//λοφος,  ov,  long-necked,  with  a 
long  dome  or  top. 

ΎάΓ7//.ϊγ!'/ς,  ες,  {ταναύς,  ίβνγη) : 
— thrnu-ing  a  long  shadow,  of  the  dark- 
ness of  death,  v.  1.  for  τανηλεγ7}ς  in 
Od.  11,398. 

Ύανθά'λνζω,  collat.  form  of  sq. 

Ύανβΰρνζω,  to  quiver,  shiver,  shake, 
also  KavOapiCu  and  τανΟα'λνζω,  a 
rare  word,  only  found  in  Gramm., 
perh.  akin  to  τονθορίιζω,  τανταλενω, 
τανταλιζω,  and  τανταλόω.     Hence 

ΎανΟύρνστύς  οτ  -ιστός,  ov,  6,shak- 
ing  violently,  Theopomp.  (Com.)  In- 
cert.  35  : — pecul.  fem.  -νστρια. 

νΤύνβρώπεια  for  τώ  ανθρώπεια, 
Xen.  Mem.  1.  1.  12. 

Ύΰνί.κα,  Dor  for  Τ7)νίκα. 

fTuvif,  ιος,  7],  Tanis,  a  city  of 
Lower  Aegypt,  Strab.  p.  802. 

tTai'iTi/iof,  ή,  όν,  of  Tanis,  Tani- 
tic,  TO  T.  στόμα,  one  of  the  mouths 
of  the  Kile,  Strab. :  and  ΒοΤανίτης, 
as  ο  Τ.  νομός,  the  Tanitic  nome,  Id. 

iΎάvv7^τoς  κώμη,  ή,  the  town  Ta- 
netum  in  Gallia  Cisaipina,  Polyb.  3, 
40,  13. 

tTuvof,  ov,  6,  the  Tanus,  a  river 
of  Argolis,  Pans.  2,  38,  7  :  cf.  Ύαναός. 

Ταΐ'ταλε/α,  ή,  v.  1.  in  Plat,  for  τα- 
7ΜντεΊα,  q.  v. 

^Ύαντάλεως,  a,  ov,  of  Tantalus, 
Tantallan  ;  Πίλοι/'  ό  Τ.,  Pelops,  the 
son  of  Tantalus,  Eur.  I.  T.  1. 

^Ύαντάλεος,  a,  or,— foreg.,  Anth. 

Ύανταλεΰΐύ,  to  move  like  a  τάλαν- 
Tov,  sway  to  and  fro. — II.  trans.,  like 
ταΤιαννενω,  ταντα?Μω. 

iΎavτa?ύδης,  ov  poet,  eu,  ό,  son 
of  Tantalus,  i.  e.  Pelops,  Tyrtae.  3.  7  : 
01  Ύαντα?ιίόαι,  the  descendants  of  Tan- 
talus  ;  in  Eur.  Or.  813  Atreus  and 
Thyestes. 

Ύαντάλίζω,  like  τα?.αντίζω,^=ταν- 
ταλενω  I,  Anacr.  82  : — proverb.,  τα 
Ταντάλου  τάλαντα  τανταλ.ίζεται,  he 
weighs  in  purse  as  much  as  Tanta- 
lus, V.  Paroemiogr.  p.  377,  Gaisf. 

Τάνταλος,  ov,  6,  Tantalus,  king  of 
Phrygia,  ancestor  of  the  Pelopidae, 
Od.  11,  582,  sq.— Adj.  Ταντάλειος, 
a,  ov,  and  Ταντάλ.εος,  a,  ov,  pecul. 
fem.  ΤαιταΛίζ•,  ίδος,  which  is  also  a 
patronym.,  daughter  of  Tantalus. 
(Clearly  akin  to  τύλαΐ'τοί',  ταλαν- 
τόω,  τανταλόω,  prob.  in  relation  to 
the  mythological  story  of  his  hanging 
balanced  Over  water,  etc.) — 12.  son  of 
Thyestes,  first  husband  of  Clytaem- 
nestra,  slain  by  Agamemnon,    Eur. 

I.  A.  1150. — 3.  a  commander  of  the 
Spartans,  Thuc.  4,  75. — Others  in 
ApoUod. ;  etc. 

Τανταλόω,  ώ,  like  ταλαΐ'τόω,  to 
swing,  shake,  dash  : — pass.,  τανταλ.ω- 
θείς.  swung,  hurled,  dashed  down,  Soph. 
Ant.  134. 

TuiTOf,  contr.  for  τα  ίντός.  Plat. 
Tim.  79  D. 

Τάνυγλ-ηνος,  ov,  (ταννω,  γλήνη) 
large-ei/ed,  full-eyed,  Nonn. 

Τάννγλωσσος,  ov,  (ταννω,  γλώσσα) 
long-tongued  :  chattering,  κορώναι,  Od. 
5,  66. 

ΤΰννγλώχΙς,  Ινος,  b,  ή,  (ταννω, 
γλωγίν)  with  long  point  or  head,  όϊστοί, 

II.  8'.  297,  Simon.  45. 
Τάννδρομος.    ov,    running   at    full 

stretch,  Aesch.  Eum.  371  ;  cf.  ταννω 
fin.,  τηναΰτ7ονς. 

Τΰνϋέθβιρος.  ov,  (ταννω,  (θειρα) 
long-haired,  with  flowing  hair:  pecul. 
fem,  ταννέθεφα',  Pind.  O.  2,  46. 


TANT 

Ταννήκης,  ες,  (ταννω,  ΰκή) : — like 
ταναήκης,  with  a  long  point  or  edge, 
ταννηκες  uop,  II.  14,  385,  Od.  10,  439, 
etc.  —  II.  far-stretching,  όζοι,  11.  16, 
768. — Cf.  τανα7/κ)]ς. 

Tuvv7]?ui,  ϊκος,  ό,  fj,  of  extended 
age,  Leon.  Tar.  1. 

Τάννηχετά,  ό,—τανα7ΐχέτα,  prob. 

1.  Ορρ.  C.  2,  144. 

Τΰννθριξ,  τρϊχος,  ό,  ή,  long-haired, 
shaggy,  αΐξ,  Hes.  Op.  514  ;  ταν.  νς,  a 
bristly  Swine,  Simon.  Amorg.  1. 

Τύνυκνήμΐς,Ιόος,ό,ή,(ταννω,  κνη 
μις)  long-legged,  long-shanked,  Nonn. 

Τάνύκνημος,  0^,=  foreg.,  Nonn. 

Τΰννκραιρος,  ov,  (ταννω,  κραΐρα) 
long-hnrned,  Ορρ.  C.  1,  191,  Anth.,  etc. 

Τΰνι•κρ)]πΙς,  ϊδος,  ό,  ή,  with  long, 
high  shoes. 

Τάννμαι,  as  pass.,=rTavi;o/iai,  τεί• 
νομαι,  to  be  stretched,  extend,  τάννται, 
II.  17,393.  [α] 

Τάννμετρος,  ov,  (ταννω,  μέτρον) 
of  long  measure,  Paul.  S.  Ambo  49. 

Τάννμ7)κης,  ες, (ταννω,  μήκος) long- 
stretched,  slim,  ίτέαι,  Anth.  P.  6,  170. 

Tavvv,  adv.  for  νϋν,  now,  at  present, 
V.  vvv  I.  3. 

iTavυoξάpκης,  ους,  ό,  a  son  of  Cy- 
rus the  elder,  Ctes. :  cf.  Ταναοξάρης. 

Τάννττεπ/.ος,  ov,  {ταννω,  ττέπλ.ος) 
with  flowing  peplos,  long-robed,  freq.  in 
Horn.,  and  Hes.,  always  as  e])ith.  of 
high-born  dames,  Έ?.ένη,  II.  3,  228  ; 
θέτις  18,  385.  [ν] 

Τΰνύπλ^εκτος,  ov,  (ταννω,  ττλ.έκω) 
long-plaited,  in  long  plaits,  Anth.  P.  7, 
473. 

Ταννττλενρος,  ov,  (ταννω,  πλ.ενρά) 
long-sided,  huge,  ττέτροι,  Anth.  P.  9, 
650. 

Τΰννηλόκύμος,  ov,  (ταννω,  πλό• 
καμος)  with  long  locks  of  hair,  Nonn. 

Τύννττονς,  ό,  ή,  v.  sub  τανανττονς. 
[ν] 

Τανύπρεμνος,ον, (ταννω, πρέμνον) 
with  long  stem,  φ7ΐγός,  Nonn. :  with  tall 
trees,  Ίδη,  Coluth.  195. 

Τάνν-ρωρος,  ov,  (ταννω,  πρώρα) 
with  long  front :  of  a  ship,  with  long 
prow,  Q.  Sm.  5,  348. — II.  going  over 
the  whole  front. 

Τάννπτερος,  ov,  shorter  form  for 
ταννσίτττερος,  uith  extended  wings, 
long-wi7iged,  οιωνοί,  Η.  Horn.  Cer.  89 
αίετός,  Hes.  Th.  523,  cf.  Ibyc.  3,  Pin4 
P.  5,  149. 

Τάνντττέρνγος,  ov,  =  sq.,  Simon. 

2,  4. 

Τάνντττέρνξ,  νγος,  6,  ή,  (ταννω, 
πτέρυξ)  with  outstretched  οτ  long  wings, 
hence  swift-flying,  οιωνοί,  II.  12,  237 ; 
upTTtj,  19,  350. 

Τύννπτορθος.ον,(τανύω,  πτόρθος) 
with  long  boughs,  Nonn. 

Τάνίφβιζος,  ov,  (ταννω,  1)ίζη)  with 
long,  outstretching  roots,  αίγειρος,  Hes. 
Sc.  377. 

Τΰνν^()Ινος,  ov,  (τανύω,  βίς)  long- 
nosed,  Nonn. 

Τΰνυσιπτερος,  ov,  (ταννω,  τττερόν) 
=  ταννιττερος,  ταννητέρνξ,  όρνιθες, 
Od.  5,  65,  cf.  2,  468,  Hes.  Op.  210 ;  oi 
ωΐ'ός,  Η.  Hom.  Merc.  213 ;  cf.  Ar. 
Av.  1415,  etc. 

Τύννσιπτέρνγος,  ov,=  ταννπτέρνξ. 

Τάννσις,  ή,  (ταννω):^τύσίς,  Hipp. 
833.  [ΰ] 

Τϊ^ιννσκΙος,  ov,  (ταννω,  σκιά)  with 
long-stretching  shadow,  Ορρ.  C.  4,  356. 

Ύΰννσκόττελιος,  ov,  with  high-peaked 
cliffs  or  rocks. 

Τάννσκω,  late  form  for  τανίιω. 

Ταννστροφος,  ov,  with  a  long  tuni 
or  circuit. 

Τάννστνς,  νος,  rj,  (ταννω)  a  stretch- 
ing, r.  τόξον,  a  stringing  the  bow,  Od. 
21,  112. 


ΤΑΞΙ 

Ύάννσφν(>κ)ς,  ον,  {τανύω.  σφυρόν) 
with  long,  taper  ankles  οτ  feet,  θυγάτηρ, 
ιταϊς.  Η.  Horn.  Ccr.  2,  77 ;  ΏκεανΙ- 
ναι,  lies.  Th.  364. 

ΎάνύτρΙχος,  ον,  =  τανύθριξ,  Ορρ. 
C.  1,  186. 

Ύΰνύφθογγος,  ον,  {ταννίύ,  φθόγγος) 
far-sounding,  loud- sounding,  Q.  Sm. 
11,  110. 

Ύάννφλοιος,  ον,  (τανύω,  φλοιός) 
strictly,  with  long  bark :  of  trees,  of 
tall  or  slender  growth,  κράνεια,  II.  16, 
767  ;  αίγειρος.  Soph.  Fr.  692. 

Ύΰνύφνλλος,  ον,  {ταννω,  φνλ?.ον) 
with  long-pointed  leaves,  of  the  olive, 
Od.  13.  102, 346.— II.  with  thick  foliage, 
leafy,  όρος,  Theocr.  25,  221.  [v] 

Ύΰννχει?ι.ής,  ές,  (ταννω,  χείλος) 
long-beaked,  long-nebbed,  όρνις,  Q.  Sm. 
5,  12  ;  also  of  the  bee,  lb.  3,  221. 

Ύύννω  :  fut.  -ΰσω,  also  -νω  in  Od. 
21,  174,  ace.  to  Buttm.  Ausf.  Gr.  '5s  95 
Anm.  17  :  pf.  pass,  τετάννσμαι :  aor. 
1  pass.  ετανϋαΟην=:τείνω,  τιταίνω, 
τιτνσκομαι.  To  stretch,  strain,  stretch 
out,  Horn.  ;  r.  Ipiv,  11.  17,  547  ;  r.  j3i- 
όν,  to  string  a  bow,  Od.  24,  176 ;  to 
μεν  τόξον  . . .  τανυσσύμενος,  having 
strung  his  bow,  II.  4,  112,  cf.  Archil. 
3  Bergk  ;  so,  absol.,  Od,  21,  152,  171 
sq. ;  1>ηίδίως  έτάννσσε  νέφ  έττι  κόλ- 
λοττι  χορδήν,  lb.  407  ;  but,  έπΙ  Άκρά- 
γαντι  τανύσαις  (  sc.  όΐστονς),  aim- 
ing at  it ;  r.  κανόνα,  to  draw  the 
weaving-bar  tight,  to  weave,  11.  23, 
761  :  ίμάσι  τ.,  to  pull,  guide  with 
leathern  reins,  II.  23,  324  ;  άρμα  τά- 
ννεν  έττΐ  Ίσθμώ,  drove  it  to  the  Isth- 
mus, Find.  0.  8,  65  ;  cf.  infra  II.  3.— 
2.  to  stretch  out,  to  lay  along,  lay  out, 
ΰνθρακιην  στορέσας  όβε'λυνς  έφν- 
■περθε  τάννσσεν,  II.  9,  213  ;  εγχος, 
θα.  15,  283  ;  τράπεζαν  τ.,  to  se(  out  a 
long  table,  freq.  in  Od. ;  τ.  κληιόα,  to 
let  it  hang,  hang  it  up,  Od.  1,  442  :  τ. 
τινά  εν  κονίτις,  ίπι  γαίτ}.  to  lay  one  in 
the  dust,  stretch  him  at  his  length,  11. 
23,  25,  Od.  18,  92 ;  cf.  εκταννω.—'ί. 
metaph.,  to  strain,  i.  e.  put  in  violent 
motion,  strain  yet  further,  make  more  in- 
tense, μύχην,  II.  11.  336;  ίριδα,  II.  14, 
389  ;  ■ττόνον,  II.  17,  401  ;  from  the 
metaphor  fully  expressed  in  II.  13, 
359,  όμοιΐου  πολέμοιο  rrttpap  έπαλ- 
λάξαντες  έπ'  ίμφοτέροισι  τάννσσαν 
(cf.  έτΐαλ/ιύσσω). — II.  pass.,  to  be  on 
the  stretch,  to  expand,  γναθμοι  τύνυ- 
σθεν  (for  έτανύσθησαν),  the  hollow 
cheeks  filled  out,  Od.  16,  175. — 2.  to 
lie  stretched  out,  to  extend,  νήσος  ηαρέκ 
"λιμένος  τετύννσται,  Od.  9,  116;  τε- 
τύννστο  ηερί  σπείονς  ημερίς,  Od.  5, 
68;  έ'^αννσότ/  πάντη,  he  stretched  him- 
self every  way,  Hes.  Th.  177  ;  raw- 
σθείς,  stretched  on  the  ground,  II.  13, 
392,  etc. — 3.  metaph.,  to  strain  or  exert 
one's  self  esp.  to  run  at  full  stretch,  of 
horses  galloping,  ϊπττοι  ταννοντο 
ύψο^ρον  προτΐ  άστυ,  II.  16,  375  ;  so, 
έν  βυτήρσι  τάνυσθεν,  II.  16,  475:  and 
of  mules,  αμοτον  τανύοντο,  Od.  6, 
83  ;  cf.  τάνυμαι. —  Ερ.  word,  used 
twice  by  Find.,  but  never  in  Trag. 
(Cf.  τείνω  sub  fin.)  [£/  always,  except 
in  Anacreont.  38,  5 : — hence,  Horn, 
freq.  doubles  σ  in  aor.,  metri  grat.] 

iΎάξaιiις,  h,  Taxacis,  a  king  of  the 
Scythians,  Hdt.  4,  120. 

Ύαξείόιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  τύί;ις. 

Ύαςεώτης,  ον,  b,  (τάξις)  the  officer 
of  a  magistrate,  a  sergeant,  late.    Hence 

Ύαξεωτικός,  η,  όν,  belonging  to  a 
ταξεώτης. 

Ύαξιαρχέω,  ώ,  to  be  a  ταξίαρχοη, 
Ar.  Pac.  444,  Thuc.  8,  92,  Lys.  130, 21. 

Ταξιάρχης,  ου,  6,~  ταξίαρχος.  Hdt. 
7,  99  ;  9,  53,  Aesch.  Fr.  168  j  cf.  Pop- 
po  Xea.  Cyr  2,  1,  22. 


TASl 

Ταξιαρχία,  ας,  ή,  the  office,  duty  or 
business  of  a  ταξίαρχος  :  from 

Ταξίαρχος,  ον,  6,  [τάξις,  άρχω): — 
the  commander  of  a  large  division  of  an 
army,  a  brigadier,  Hdt.  8,  67  ;  more 
definitely,  ταξίαρχοι  τών  πο/.έων, 
Hdt.  9,  42. — II.  at  Athens,  the  com- 
mander of  the  τάξις,  or  quota  of  infan- 
try furnished  by  a  φυλί/,  of  course 
ten  in  number,  the  like  cavalry-ofR- 
cers  being  φνΆαρχοι,  Ar.  Pac.  1172, 
Av.  353,  etc.,  cf.  Herm.  Pol.  Ant. 
%  152  :  but  in  Thuc.  4,  4 ;  7,  60,  it 
seems  to  be  used  of  all  officers  under 
the  στρατηγοί,  v.  Arnold  ad  1. ;  in 
Xen.  usu.  α  centurion,  captain. 

^Τάξι7.α,  ων,  τά,  ΤαχιΙα,  a  city  of 
India,  Strab.  p.  691. 

\Ταξίλης,  b,  Taxiles,  a  king  of  the 
Indians,  Strab.  p.  689. 

^ΤάξίΑος,  ον.  ό,  Taxilus,  a  general 
of  Mithradates,  Paus.  1,  20,  6. 

Ταξιλόχος,  ov,{τάσσω.λόχoς)com- 
manding  a  division  of  an  army,  τ.  Ααων 
Anth.  P.  append.  9,  5. 

Ταξιόομαι,  as  pass.,  to  engage  in 
battle.  Find.  O.  9,  118:  from 

Τάξις,  εως.  Ion.  ιος,  η,  {τάσσω) : — 
an  arranging  :  esp.  of  soldiers,  a  draio- 
ing  up  in  rank  and  file,  the  disposition 
of  an  army,  Thuc.  7,  5  -.—battle  array, 
order  of  battle,  Lat.  acies,  κατά  τάξιν, 
Hdt.  8,  86  ;  έν  τάξει,  Thuc.  4,  72, 
etc. ;  ες  τάξιν  καθίστασθαι,  άνάγειΐ', 
Thuc.  4,  93,  Ar.  Αν.  400 ;  τάξιν  δια- 
σπάν,  Thuc.  5,  70 ;  and  of  ships,  εκ 
της  τάξιος  έκπ?Μσαι,  Hdt.  6,  14. — 2. 
α  single  rank  or  line  of  soldiers,  Lat. 
ordo,  έτΐϊ  τάξεις  όλ.ίγας  γίγνεσθαι,  to 
be  drawn  up  a  few  tines  deep,  Hdt.  6, 
111,  cf.  9,  31. — 3.  a  post  or  place  in  the 
line  of  battle,  Lat.  statio,  Hdt.  9,  21, 
26,  etc.  ;  r)  έκαστος  την  τ.  έχει,  Xen. 
An.  4,  3,  29:  έκλείπειν  την  τ-,  Hdt. 
5,  75 ;  λείπειν,  Plat.  Apol.  29  A, 
Dem.,  etc. ;  διαφν?Αττειν,  Xen.  Cyr. 

5,  3,  43 ;  της  τάξεως  ιταραχωρείν, 
Dem.  38,  26,  etc. — 4.  like  τάγμα,  a 
division  of  an  army,  a  brigade,  esp.,  at 
Athens,  ίΛί  quota  of  infmtry  furnished 
bv  each  φυ7^'η,  (ct.  ταξίαρχος),  Lys. 
140,  30;  147,  19:  but  oft.  of  smaller 
bodies,  a  company,  cohort,  etc.,  Xen. 
An.  1,  2,  16,  etc.  ;  cf.  Arnold  Thuc. 
4,  4:  ξυν  επτά  τάξεσιν.  Soph.  Ο.  C. 
1311;  of  ships,  α  squadron,  Aesch. 
Pers.  380:  —  generally,  a  band,  com- 
pany, φιλία  γαρ  ηδε  τ..  Id.  Pr.  128. — 
II.  an  arranging,  arrangement,  τον 
όλου,  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  7,  22 ;  r.  λόγον, 
ορρ.  to  its  matter,  Arist.  Rhet.  3,  12, 

6.  —  2.  esp.  an  assessment  of  tribute, 
Xen.  Ath.  3,  5,  (cf.  σύνταξις,  and  our 
tax) :  an  arrangement  with  creditors. 
Plat.  Legg.  844  B,  Lex  ap.  Dem.  715, 
2. — in.  order, good  order,  τ.  και  κόσμος, 
Plat.  Gorg.  504  A  ;  ούτε  νόμος  ούτε 
τάξις.  Id.  Legg.  875  C  ;  έν  τάξει,  in  an 
orderly  manner,  lb.  637  Ε  ;  ύστερον 
Ty  τάξει,  later  in  order,  Dem.  32,  18. 
—  IV.  the  post,  rank,  or  position  one 
holds,  ύττο  χθόνα  τάξιν  έχουσα, 
Aesch.  Eum.  396 ;  Ιδία  βίου  τ.,  Isocr. 
116  Β;  οίκέτου  τ.,  Dem.  313,  13: 
hence,  έν  θεττάλων  τάξει,  έν  εχθρού 
τ-,  viewed asThess&hfins, as  an  enemy. 
Id.  246,  2  ;  481,  21  ;  etc. :  iv  έττηρείας 
τάξει,  by  way  of  insult.  Id.  229,  14  : 
hence, — 2.  one's  duty  towards  another, 
jl  νττέρ  τίνος  τ..  Id'.  273, ,26,  cf,  1478, 
15  ;  7/  εννοίας  τ.,  the  duty  of  good- will. 
Id.  286,  3. — V.  an  order,  class  of  men, 
as  of  magistrates,  Xen.  Mem.  2.  1,7, 
Dem. 171, 17. — Ci. τάσσω,  throughout. 

Ταξίφυ/Λος,  ον,  {τάξις,  φνλλον) 
with  regular  leaves,  Theophr. 

Ταξιώτης,  ου,  ύ,  and  ταξιωτικός, 
ή,  όν,=ταξεώτης,  'ϋτικός. 


ΤΑΠΗ 

Τύξος,  ου,  (5,  the  yew  tree,  Lat.  taxus, 
usu.  σμίλαξ,  σμΐ/.ος,  Galen. 

■\Ταοκη,  ης,  ή,  Taoce,  ancient  res 
idence  of  the  Persian  kings,  Arr.  Ind- 
30,  3. 

iTaovia,  ας,  ή,  Tavia,  a  city  in 
Gallatia,  Strab.  p.  567. 

^Τάοχοι,  ων,  οι,  the  Taochi,  a  peo- 
ple between  Armenia  and  the  Euxine, 
near  the  Phasis,  Xen.  An.  4,  4,  18 ; 

6,  5 ;  etc. 

Ύάπεινο7Μγία,  ας,  ή,  low,  humble 
speech. 

Τύπεινοββημοσύνη,  ης,  η,=  {oreg. 

Τάττεινός,  ή,  όν,  low: — 1.  of  place, 
lying  low,xupy,  Hdt.  4,  191  ;  ταττεινά 
νέμεσθαι,  to  live  in  low  regions.  Find. 
N.  3, 144  ;  r.  έζεσϋαι,  Eur.  Or.  1411 ; 
so,  of  stature  or  size,  low,  Xen.  Eq. 

1,  3. — 2.  of  condition,  brought  down, 
humbled,  low,  Hdt.  7,  14,  Aesch.  Pr 
908  ;  τά  μέγιστα  θεός  ταττείν'  έθηκε, 
Eur.  Tel.  25 :  esp.  of  rank,  of  low 
rank,  lowly,  poor,  mean,  Lat.  vilis,  Eur. 
Hec.  245,  Andr.  979,  Xen.,  etc. ;  r. 
και  άπορος  δίαιτα,  Plat.  Legg.  762 
Ε  :  hence,  ταπεινά  ττράττειν,  to  be 
poorly  off,  Plut.  Thes.  6.-3.  like  Lat. 
humtlis,  demissus,  doimicast,  downheart- 
ed, διάνοια,  Thuc.  2,  61 :  also  simply, 
submissive,  obedient,  Aesch.  Pr.  320 ; 
T.  Tiva  τϊαρέχειν,  Xen.  An.  2,  5,  13: 
in  bad  sense,  mean,  base,  abject,  τ.  καΐ 
άνε?.ενθερος.  Plat.  Legg.  774  C,  Xen. 
Mem.  3,  10,  5  ;  and  in  good  sense, 
lowly,  humble.  Plat.  Legg.  716  A, 
Xen.  Cyr.  5,  1,  4. — 4.  of  style,  low, 
poor,  T.  λέξις,  Lat.  exilis  dictio,  Arist. 
Rhet.  3,  2,  1.  — II.  Adv.  -νώς,  Xen. 
Cyr.  5,  5,  8,  and  Isocr.  (Ace.  to  some 
from  τάπης,  δάπις,  δάπεδον :  others 
from  πέδον,  as  it  for  πεδεινός,  τϊεΰι 
νός.)    Hence 

Τΰπεινότης,  ητος,  ή,  lowness  of 
stature,  Hdt.  4,  22. — 2.  of  condition, 
lowness,   low  estate,  abasement,  Thuc. 

7,  75. — 3.  lowness  of  spirits,  dejection, 
Xen.  Hell,  3,  5,  21 :  in  bad  sense, 
baseness,  vileness.  Flat.  Polit.  309  A  : 
in  good  sense,  lowliness,  humility,  ές 
τοσαντην  τ.  καθιστάναι,  Isocr.  65  Β. 

Τΰττεινοόρονέω,  ώ,  to  be  ταπεινά• 
φρων,  LXX.,  Arr.  Epict.  1,  9. 

Ταπεινοφροσύνη,  ης,  ή,  lowliness  of 
mind,  Ν.  Τ. :  from 

Τάττεινόφρων,  όνος,  b,  ή,  {ταπει- 
νός, φρήν)  low-minded,  base,  Plut.  2, 
336  Ε  : — in  good  sense,  lowly  in  mind, 
humble,  LXX. 

Τάπεινόω.  ώ,  (ταπεινός)  to  make 
low,  lower,  humble,  abase,  tame,  Xen. 
An.  6,  3,  18  ;  r.  καΐ  σνστέλλων.  Flat. 
Lys.  210  Ε ;  ταπεινωθείς  υπό  πενίας. 
Id.  Rep.  553  C  ;  τεταπείνωται  ή  τών 
'Αθ?]ναίων  δόξα,  Xen.  Mem.  3,  5,4  : — 
ταπεινονν  τό  σνμ3εβηκός,  to  make 
light  of  a  thing,  Aeschin.  87,  24 : — in 
good  sense,  to  make  lowly  or  humble, 
]N.  T.     Hence 

Τάπείνωμα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which  is 
made  low  : — in  astronomy  the  declina- 
tion of  a  star,  opp.  to  ν-ψωμα,  Plut.  2, 
149  A. 

Τάπείνωσις,  εως,  ή,  (τάπεινόω)  a 
lowering,  humbling,  abasing,  Polyb.  9, 
33,  10  :  abasement,  defeat.  Plat.  Legg. 
815  A,  Plut. — 2.  lowness  of  style,  Plut. 

2,  7  A,  Quintil.  Inst.  8,  3,  48.-3.  in 
good  sense,  lowUiiess,  humility,  N.  T. 
Hence 

Ταπεινωτικός,  ή,  όν,  lowering :  dis• 
couraging,  etc. 

Τάπης,  ητος,  6,  a  carpet,  rug,  Lat. 
tapes,  made  of  wool,  Od.  4,  124 ;  ού- 
λοι τ.,  II.  16,  224;  used  to  spread  on 
seats  and  beds,  11.  9,  200,  Od.  10,  12, 
etc. ;  φορμον  εχειν  άντϊ  τάπητος,  Ar. 
Plut.  542.— Later  forms  are  Tartc 
1467 


ΤΑΡΑ 

δύττις,  qq.  λ'.  (Prob.  akin  to  δάπε- 
δον.)  [α] 

Ύΰ7Τ7/τιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  foreg., 
Alciphr.  Fr.  18. 

Ύάττί,  Alt.  contr.  lor  ru  επί. 

Ύάπιεική,  Att.  for  tu  έπ•. 

Ύατίς,  ίδος,  η.  later  form  for  τά• 
πης,  Xen.  An.  7,  3,  27,  where  the 
ace.  ταττίδα  occurs,  which  shows 
that  the  ri!?ht  accent  is  ταττίς,  not 
τάπις,  for  then  llie  accus.  would  be 
τάτην.  The  form  δάττις  is  a  com- 
mon V.  1.,  as  in  Xcn.  Cyr.  8,  8,  16. 

ΤάτΓο,  Att.  contr.  from  tu  uno. 

Τύ-οββητύ,  Att.  for  rd  ύττοββ-. 

^Ύα~όσεφι.ς,  η,  Taposiris,  a  city 
of  Acgypt,  not  far  from  Alexandrea, 
Strab.  p.  799 :  who  also  mentions 
another  westward  from  Alexandrea. 

ίΤατίοιφία,  ας,  ή,  =  Ύαπνρία, 
Polyb.  10,  49,  1. 

ίΤύττουροι,  οΙ,=^Ύάπνροί,  Arr.  An. 
7,2.3,1. 

iΎaπβoβάvη,  ης.  ή,  Taprohane,  an 
island  on  the  coast  of  India,  now 
Ceylon,  Strab.  p.  690,  etc.,  Dion.  P. 
593.  [3ά] 

Ύα-ρώτα,  adv.  for  τα  πρώτα,  at 
first,  II.  1,  6. 

f Ύαπνρία,  ας,  ή,  Tapyria,  the  coun- 
try of  sq..  Strap,  p.  517. 

Υΐάπνροι,  U)v,  and  Tnnvptoi,  ων, 
οι,  the  Tapyri,  a  nomadic  people  of 
Asia  near  the  Caspian,  Strab.  p.  514, 
etc. 

Tap,  ace.  to  some  old  Gramm.  an 
enclit.  conjunction,  εΐ  ταρ,  ov  rap, 
etc.,  where  we  write  είτ,  άρα,  οντ' 
άρα,  as  in  II.  1,  65,  93. 

Τάρα,  Att.  contr.  for  τοί  άρα, 
Buttm.  Ausf.  Gr.  {)  29  Anm.  22: 
others  write  τάρα  [--],  as  Dind.  Ar. 
Ran.  252. 

Τύραγμα,  ατός,  τό,  (ταράσσω)  dis- 

iuieiude,  trouble,  πίπτειν  ίν  Τ.,  Eur. 
ι.  F.  1091.  [τά] 

Ύΰραγμός,  ον,  ό,  (ταράσσω)  like 
τάραζις,  η.  disturbance,  confusion,  τ.  ες 
φρένας  πίπτει,  Aesch.  Cho.  1058. 

Ύΰράκτης,  ου,  ό,  (ταράσσω)  α  dis- 
turber, Lye.  43.     Hence 

Ύΰρακτίκός.  η,  or,  disturbing,  της 
ψυχής,  Plut.  Crass.  23  : — esp.  of  food 
that  does  not  agree  with  the  stomach, 
Id.  2,  734  Ε  ;  τ.  οίνος,  lb.  648  Β,  etc. 

Ύάρακτός,  ή.  όν,  verb,  adj.,  from 
ταράσσω,  disturbed,  troubled :  that  may 
be  disturbed  or  troubled. 

Ύάρακτρον,  ov,  τό,  a  tool  for  stir- 
ring  with,  a  ladle,  Ar.  Pae.  654.  [τα] 

Ύάράκτωρ,  ορός,  ο,  poet,  for  τα- 
ράκτ?/ς,  Aesch.  Theb.  572. 

Ύάρανδος,  ov,  h,  a  horned  quadru- 
ped of  the  North,  Theophr.  [τΰ] 

Ύΰραντίζω,  to  imitate  the  Tarentines, 
to  take  their  part :  esp.  to  ride  like  a 
Tarentine  horseman. 

Ύαραντίνίον,  ov,  τό,  a  fine  Taren- 
tine woman's  garment,  prob.  woven 
from  the  threads  of  the  pinna,  Ath. : 
dim.  Ύαραντίΐ'ίδιον,  Luc.  Calumn. 
16,  D.  Meretr.  7,  2:  fv.  Bentley's 
Dissert.  I,  p.  391  Dyee. 

ΥΓαραντΐνος,  η,  ov,  of  or  belonging 
to  Tarentum,  Tarentine  ;  ό  T.  κόλπος, 
sinus  Tarentinus,  now  gulf  of  Taranto, 
Strab.  p.  202 :  ή  Τ.,  the  territory  of  T., 
Id.  p.  254. 

Ύάραζίας,  ov,  δ,^ταράκτης. 

Ύΰραξΐκάρδιης,  ov,  (ταράσσω,  καρ- 
δία) heart-troubling,  Ar.  Ach.  315. 

ΎΰραξίποΑίς,  εως  and  ιδος,  ό,  ή, 
(ταράσσω,  πό?.ΐΓ)  troubling  the  city, 
Philo.  [ί] 

Ύΰράξιππος,  ov,  (^ταράσσω.  Ιππος) 
troubling  or  frightening  horses  : — 6  τ., 
the  name  of  an  altar  on  the  Olympic 
14ΰθ 


ΤΑΡΑ 

race-course,  described  by  Paus.  6, 20, 

15,  cf  lb.  19,  and  10,  37,  4. 

Ύάραξιππόστρΰτος,  ov,  {ταράσσω, 
ίππος,  στρατός)  troubling  the  horse,  of 
Cleon  as  a  sworn  foe  to  the  Ίππεϊς, 
Ar.  Eq.  247. 

Ύάραξις,  εως,  η,  (ταράσσω)^=τα• 
ραγμός,  confusion,  βίου,  Ar.  Thesm. 
137  :  α  disordered  state  of  the  bowels, 
bowel-complaint,  Foes.  Oec.  Hipp. — II. 
also  in  medio.,  inflammation  of  the 
eyes,  lb.  [τΰ} 

iΎapaξLωv,  ωνος,  ό,  Taraxion,  an 
officer  in  the  island  of  dreams,  Luc. 
Ver.  H.  2,  33. 

Tapaf,  αντος,  ό,  tThuc.  6,  104, 
and  usu.t  also  //,  +Dion.  P.  376t,  Ta- 
rentum, a  town  of  Magna  Graecia,  on 
a  river  of  the  same  name,  fa  colony 
of  the  Spartan  Partheniae  under  Pha- 
lantus,  now  Tarantoj,  Hdt.  1,  24. — 12. 
ό,  a  river  of  same  name,  v.  foreg., 
Paus.  10,  10,  8. — II.  an  ancient  hero, 
mythic  founder  of  Tarentum,  son  of 
Neptune,  Strab.  p.  279  ;  Paus. 

'ΙΎαράσκων,  ωνος,  ij,  Tarascon,  a 
city  of  Gallia  Narbonensis,  Strab.  p. 
187. 

ΤΑ'ΡΑ'ΣΣΩ,  Att.  -ττω,ϊη  Att.  also 
shortd.  ββάσσω,  q.  v. :  fut.  ταράξω  ; 
mid.  ταράξομαιίη  pass,  signf .  Thue. 
7,  36  :  pf  τέτρηχα  (intr.),  cf  infra  II. 
To  stir,  stir  up,  trouble,  σύναγεν  νεφέ- 
7-ας  έτάραξε  δε  πόντον  (sc.  Ποσεί- 
δων),  Od.  5,  291  ;  so,  τ.  πέλαγος 
αλός,  Eur.  Tro.  88,  ef  687  ;  r.  τον 
θίνα,  to  stir  up  the  sand,  Ar.  Vesp. 
696 :  yF/v  καΐ  Θά7νατταν  τ.  εική.  Id. 
Eq.  431  ;  τ.  και  κνκάν,  Id.  Ach.  688  ; 
so  also,  βροντήμασι  κνκάτω  πάντα 
και  ταρασσέτω,  Aesch.  Pr.  994  ;  ταρ. 
φάρμακον.  like  κυκάω,  Meineke 
Ameips.  Sphend.  2  : — υν  χθόνα  τα- 
ράσσοντες, troubling  not  earth  (i.  e. 
not  ploughing).  Find.  O.  2,  114;— 
metaph.,  r.  φωνάν,  to  wag  the  tongue, 
Pind.  P.  11,  66;  r.  νεικος,  πόλεμον, 
to  stir  up  strife,  war,  Soph.  Ant.  794, 
Plat.  Rep.  567  A  ;  r.  δίκας  τινί,  Plut. 
Themist.  5 :  to  jumble  vp,  Lat.  com- 
miscere,  Dem.  370,  12 : — so  also  ab- 
sol..  Soph.  O.  T.  483,  and  freq.  in 
Plut. : — pass.,  γόος  άμφιλαφ}/ς  ταρα- 
χθεις,  Aesch.  Cho.  331.— 2.  usu.,  to 
trouble  the  mind,  confound,  alarm, 
frighten,  Aesch.  Cho.  289  ;  r.  φυγην, 
φρένα,  γνώμην.  Soph.  Fr.  607,  6ur., 
etc. :  so,  7.  γλωσσαν,  Eur.  I.  A.  1542  ; 
πολλά  με  ταράττει.  Plat.  Phaed.  103 
C  ;  etc.  ;  cf  συνταράσσω. — 3.  to  trou- 
ble, dist-urb,  throw  into  disorder,  esp.  an 
army,  Hdt.  9,  51,  Xen.,  etc. ;  and  in 
l)ass.,  to  be  in  disorder,  Hdt.  4,  125 ;  8, 

16,  Thuc,  etc.  : — r.  τονς  ταρσονς 
των  κώπεων,  Hdt.  8, 12  : — τ.  την  κοι- 
λίαν,  to  disorder  the  bowels.  Foes. 
Oec.  Hipp. — 4.  oft.  of  political  mat- 
ters, to  agitate,  distract,  την  πόλιν, 
Ar.  Eq.  867  ;  tu  πράγματα,  Dem.  278, 
15  :  and  pass.,  to  be  in  a  state  of  disor- 
der or  anarchy,  εν  ά7.λή7.οις  τ.,  Thuc. 
2,  65,  cf  Dem.  22,  8,  etc.— II.  except 
in  the  places  quoted,  Hom.  only  uses 
the  intrans.  pf.  τέτρηχα,  to  be  in  dis- 
order or  confusion,  be  in  an  uproar,  τε- 
τρήχει  δ'  άγορη,  II.  2,  95  ;  ύγορη  τε- 
τρηχυια,  II.  7,  346:  also,  τετρηχνια 
θάλασσα,  Leon.  Tar.  96 :  hence  τρη- 
χύς,ΑίΙ.  τραχύς,  τρηχννω,  etc. — The 
common  opinion,  that  τέτρηχα  is  pf. 
of  a  verb  τρήχω  (from  τριιχνς)  is  re- 
futed by  Buttm.  Lexil.  s.  v.,  after  the 
old  Gramm. — Later  poets  indeed  act- 
ed on  this  opinion  so  far  as  to  form  a 
pres.  τρήχω.  to  be  rough  or  stiff,  e.  g. 
Nic.  Th.  521  ;  and  Ap.  Rh.  3,  1393 
uses  τέτρηχα  in  this  signf.  (Akin  to 
τάρβος,  ταρβέω,  perh.  also  to  άράσ- 


ΤΑΡΓ 

σω,  βύσσω,  βήσσω,  v.  βήγννμι.) 
Hence 

Τμράχη,  ης,  ή,  contr.  τάρχη,  trouble, 
disorder,  confusion,  ov  φρενών  ταρα- 
χαί,  Pind.  Ο.  7,  55  ;  γνώμης,  Hipp., 
Isocr.  16  A  (cf  ταραχώδης) ;  τ.  πα- 
ρέχειν.  Plat.  Phaed.  66  D  :  esp.  of  an 
army  or  fleet,  Hdt.,  Thuc.  3,  77,  etc. ; 
T7]  ταραχή,  in  the  confusion,  Hdt.  3, 
126,  156  : — also,  political  confusion,  tu- 
mult, etc.,  Isocr.  33  B,  Xen.,  etc. : — 
T.  αδελφών,  a  quarrel  between  broth- 
ers. Pseud.  Eur.  I.  A.  508: — τ.  της 
κοιλίας,  a  bowel-comp/ain/. 

Τάραχος,  ov,  o,=foreg.,  Xen.  An. 

I,  8,  2,  Plut.  Pomp.  61,  etc.  [τά] 
Ταραχώδης,   ες,    (  ταραχή,    είδος ) 

troublous,  fond  of  troubling  or  perplex- 
ing, TO  Θε1<)ν  (έστι)  φθυνερόν  και  τα- 
ραχώδες, Hdt.  1,  32;  τνχη,  Isocr.  50 
C  ;  φάρμακον,  Luc.  D.  Mar.  2,  2. — 

II.  troubled,  disordered,  confused,  T. 
ναυμαχία,  Thuc.  1,  49;  στράτευμα, 
Xen.  Cyr.  3,  3,  26  :  esp.  of  persons, 
troubled  in  mind,  delirious,  and  the  like, 
Hipp.  :  τά  της  γνώμης  ταΐ)αχώδεα, 
fits  of  delirium,  Hipp.,  cf  Foes.  Oec. : 
also,  κοιλία  τ.,  disordered  bowels,  Id. : 
— Ιχνη  τ.,  confused  traces  (of  game), 
Xen.  Cvn.  5,  4. — Adv.  -δώς,  Dem. 
1477,7.' 

Ύαρβάλεος,  a,  ov,  (τάρβος)  fright- 
ed, fearful,  H.  Hom.  Merc.  165,  Soph. 
Tr.  953. 

^Ταοβασσός,  ov,  ή,  Tarbassus,  a 
city  ot  Pisidia,  Strab.  p.  570. 

]Τάρβελ7.οι,  ων,  o't,  the  TarbelU,  a 
people  of  Gaul,  Strab.  p.  190. 
I       Ταρβέω,   ώ,   f.  -ήσω,  (τάρβος)  :— 
\  intr.,   to  be  frightened   or  alarmed,   to 
'  fear,  θυμώ  τ.,  Hom.  ;  θάρσεο.-.φρεσΐ 
μηδέ  τι  τάρ3ει,  11.   24,  171,  cf.  21, 
i  288,  Od.  18.  330,  etc.  ;  r.  φόβω.  Eur. 
H.  F.  971  ;  so  prob.,  Soph.  Tr  37,  cf. 
Valck.  Phoen.  364,  and  v.  τάρβος: — 
;  r.  μη...  Soph.  O.  T.  1011,  etc. :— ro 
ταρβεΐν,  a  slate  of  fear,  Eur.  Or.  312  ; 
τεταρβηκώς,  fear-stricken,    Id.    I.    A. 
i  857: — also,  to  feel  awe,  reverejitial  fear, 
;  τω  μεν  ταρβήσαντε  καϊ  α'ιδομένω  βα• 
.  σι7.ήα  στήτην,  II.  1,  331. — 2.  c  ace, 
to  stand  in  aioe  of  revere,  σέβας,  χρη- 
σμούς, Aesch.  Eum.'700,  714:  to  fear, 
dread.  Soph.  O.  C.  293,  Tr.  720.  and 
Eur. : — c.  inf ,  Eur.  Bacch   774.-11. 
causative,  e.  ace.  pers.,  like  φοβέω, 
!  to  frighten,  alarm,  II.  6,  469  ;  11,  405  ; 
17,  586.— Poet.  word. 

Τάρβη,  ης,  ?),=  sq.,  Suid. 

ΤΑ'ΡΒΟΣ,  εος,  τό,  fright,  alarm, 
terror,  II.  24,  152,  181  :  also,  awe,  rev- 
erence, τινός,  for  one,  Aescli.  Pers. 
696;  περίφοβον  τ..  Id.  Supp.  736;  so, 
τάρβους  εις  φόβον  άφικόμην,  Eur. 
Phoen.  361  (where  Valck.  distin- 
guishes φόβος,  fear,  from  τάρβος,  ex- 
pressed fear,  fright). — II.  an  object  of 
alarm,  a  fear  or  alarm,  πόλεΐ  τάρ- 
βος τ/σθα,  Eur.  Bacch.  1311: — poet, 
word. 

Ταρβοσννη,  ης,  η,  poet,  for  τάρβος, 
Od.  18,  342. 

Ταρβόσννος,  τ/,  ov,  (τάρβος)  af- 
frishted,  Aesch.  Theb.  240. 

Ταρβνζω,^^ταρ3έω,  Hesych.,  who 
also  quotes  ταρμνζομαι  in  same  signf. 

Τάργα,  Att.  for  tu  έργα :  others 
τάργα. 

Ύηργαίνω,^=ταράσσω,  Hesych. 

Ταργάνη,  τ/ς,  ή,  also  σαργάνη, 
plaited  work,  a  band,  cord,  [γα] 

Τάργάνον,  ov,  τό,  vinegar,  bad  vine, 
Lat.  lora.  Phoenix  ap.  Ath.  495  E.— 
Ion.  word.  Prob.  from  ταράσσω,  and 
so  strictly  thick,  troubled  liquor ;  cf. 
sq.     Hence 

Ταργΰνόω,  ώ,  to  stir  vp,  stir  to- 
gether, οίνος  τΒταργανωμένος,  thick 


TAPI 
wine,    or    siinDly=rap7avov,    Plat. 
(Com.)? 

Ύαργάνόω,  ύ,  {ταργάνΐ])  to  bifid. 

ί'Ταργίταος,  ov,  δ,  Targitaiis,  son 
of  Jupiier,  progenitor  of  the  Scythae, 
Hdt.  4,  5. 

Ύάργύριον,  by  crasis  for  rb  αργύ- 
ρων, Ar.  Theem.  1196  :  so  also,  rap• 
γνρίου,  etc. 

Τάρες,  gen.  τάρων,  shortd.  for  τέτ- 
ταρες,  Amphis  Plan.  1,  ll,cf.  ταρτη- 
μόριον. 

Ταρίόη,  ή,=  ταρπάνη,  Hesych. 

^ΎαρΙχΰνες,  uv,  oi,  the  Tarichanes, 
name  of  a  people,  formed  from  τάρι- 
χος,  inhabiting  a  large  fish,  Luc.  Ver. 
H.  1,  35. 

ΎάρΙχεία,  ας,  η.  Ion.  ταριχηΐη, 
{ταρίχενυ)  a  preserving,  embalming, 
.Luc.  i\ec.  15  : — ai  Ύαρίχηίαι, 'places 
in  Aegypt  so  called /rom  the  number  of 
mummies  Tnade  or  kept  there,  Hdt.  2, 
15,  113. 

τΎαρΙχεία,  ας,  η,  Tarichea,  a  city 
of  Judea,  on  the  lake  Genesareth, 
famed  for  its  salted  fish,  Slrab.  p.  764. 
—2.  V.  sub  foreg.— 3.  In  Strab.  p.  834 
ΎαριχεΙαι  are  small  islands  on  the 
Carthaginian  coast. 

ΎαρΙχεΙον,  ου,  τό.  Ion.  -xyiov, 
(ταριχεύω)  the  place  in  which  pickling 
or  embalming  is  done. 

ΎΰρΙχέμττορος,  ου,  ό,  a  dealer  in  salt 
fish. 

Τΰρίχευσις,  ή,=  ταρι.χεία,  of  mum- 
mies, Hdt.  2,  85,  88  ;  of  fish,  Id.  4,  53. 

ΎΰρΙχευτής,  οϋ-,  ό,  (ταριχεύω)  a 
Salter,  pickler  or  embaimer,  Hdt.  2,  89. 

Ύΰρϊχεντός,  ή,  όν,  verb,  adj.,  sailed, 
pickled,  Ath.;  from 

ΎάρΙχενω,  ί.  -εύσω,  (τάριχος)  : — to 
preserve  the  body  by  artificial  Tneans,  to 
einbalm,  esp.  of  the  Aegypt.  mum- 
mies, Hdt.  2,  66,  88,  etc. ;  cf  ταρ- 
χνω. — II.  esp.,  to  preserve,  dry,  or 
smoke  meat,  fish,  etc.,  for  eating,  rap. 
(ίλμτ},  to  salt,  Hdt.  2,  77  ;  7.  bu.  Plat. 
Symp.  190  D :  τιμύχη  τεταριχευ- 
μένα,  preserved  meat,  Xen.  An.  5,  4, 
28  :  then  also  of  other  substances,  to 
season  wood  by  soaking  it  in  water, 
etc. — III.  metaph.  of  care,  disease, 
age,  in  pass.,  to  waste  away,  wither, 
κακώς  ταριχευθέντα  τζαμφθάρτφ  μό- 
ρω,  Aesch.  Cho.  296;  so,  τεταριχευ- 
μένος,  ορρ.  to  νεα?.ηίκαί  πρύςώατος, 
Detn.  788,24.-2.  in  Tnedic,  to  reduce 
a  patient  by  starving,  cf.  τΐροταριχεύω. 

ΎάρΙχηγός,  όν,  ( τάοιχος,  άγω  ) 
hawking  about  salt-fish,  Alex.  Σωρακ.  1. 

ΤΰρΙχηρός,  ά,  ov,  belonging  Ιο  τάρι- 
χος, τ.  κεράμων,  α  pickling-ia.T,  Arist. 
Η.  Α.  4,  8,  21  ;  τ.  οσμή,  a  smell  of  it, 
lb.  20. — 2.  esp.,  belonging  to  salt-fish, 
T.  γύρος,  saltfish  pickle,  Soph.  Fr. 
531,  in  contr.  form  ταρχηρός. 

Ύάρίχιον,  ov,  TO,  cirni.  from  τάρι- 
χος, Ar.  Pac.  563,  Comici  ap.  Ath. 
119  C,  sq.  [pi] 

ΎάρΙχον,  ου,  τό,  v.  τάριχος,  fin. 

ΎάρΙχόπ?.εως,  ων,  {τάριχος,  τϊλέως) 
full  of  salt-fish.  Poet.  ap.  Ath.  116  B. 

Τύρίχο~ω?.εΙον,  ου,  τό,  the  .-salt- 
fish  market,  Theophr.  Char.  6  :  from 

Ύΰρϊχο7Γω?.έω,  ώ,  f  -ησω,  to  sell 
dried  or  saltfish,  Plat.  Charm.  163  B. 
— II.  to  be  engaged  with  the  embalming 
of  corpses,  Luc.  Nec.  17.     From 

Ύΰρίχ;οπώ?.ης,  ου,  ό,  (τύριχος,  ττω- 
λέω)  α  dealer  in  salt-fish,  Nicostr.  An- 
tyll.  2. 

Ύΰρϊχος,   ου,   ό,  α   dead   body  pre- 
served by  embalming,  a  mum/ny,  Hdt. 
9, 120,  3. — II.  generally,  meat  preserved  ' 
by  salting,  pickling,  drying  or  smoking, 
esp.    dried   or   smoked  fish,   Hdt.   ib.  | 
(ubi  V.  Bahr),  Ar.  Ach.  967  (in  plur.),  | 
etc.  i    cf.  Foes.  Oecon.  Hipp. — III.  , 


ΤΑΡΣ 

metaph.  of  a  stupid  fellow,  Meineke 
Antiph.  Άλιενομ.  1,  2. — In  Att.,  the 
neut.  TO  τύριχος,  εος  contr.  ους,  is 
also  used,  e.  g.  Chionid.  Ptoch.  2, 
Ar.  Vesp.  491,  Fr.  528,  etc.  (ap.  Ath. 
119  B,  sq.),  V.  Piers.  Moer.  p.  369: 
also,  TO  τάριχον,  Anaxandr.  Pharm. 
2,2. 

Ύάριχος,  ον,=  ταριχεντός,  Ael.  Ν. 
Α.  12,  6  ;  15,  9.  [<] 

^Ύαρκονδίμοτος,  ου,  ό,  Tarcondi- 
motus,  a  king  in  the  range  of  Amanus, 
Strab.  p.  676. 

^Ύαρκννία,  ας,  ή,  the  city  Tarquinii 
in  Etruria,  Strab.  p.  219  :  hence  oi 
Ύαρκύνιοι  and  Ύαρκννϊται,  the  in- 
hab.  of  T.,  Id. 

■^Ύαρκννως,  ov,  6,  the  Rom.  name 
Tarquinius,  Strab. ;  Plut. 

^Ύάρκων,ωνος.ό,  ΤΌγοΛοπ,  founder 
of  Tarquinii,  Strab.  p.  219. 

Ύαρμνσσω,  to  frighten.  Lye.  1177, 
ubi  V.  Baclimann.  (Hence  ΰτάρμυκ- 
τος.)  ^ 

iΎύpvη,  ης,  ή.  Tame,  a  city  of 
Lydia,  at  the  base  of  Mt.  Tmolus, 
II.  5,  44.  ^ 

Ύαρ~άνη,  ης,  η,  a  large  wicker 
basket.   [77a] 

ίΤαρπεΙος,  a,  ov,  Tarpeian,  Anth. 

Ύύρπη,  ης,  η,  and  ταρ—ός,  οϋ,  ύ, 
wicker-work :  esp.  a  large  wicker  basket. 
(Hence  ταρττάνη,  akin  to  ταββός, 
ταρσός.) 

Ύαρ-ήναι,  Ep.  ταρτζήμεναι,  mf 
aor.  2  pass,  of  τέρπω,  Horn. 

^Τάρπητες,  ων,  oi,  the  Tarpetes,  a 
people  on  the  Palus  Maeotis,  Strab. 
p.  495. 

tTd/Wa,  ας.  ή,  Tarrha,  a  city  of 
Crete,  Paus.  10,  16,  5.     Hence 

■\ΎαρραΙος,  a,  ov,  of  Tarrha,  Tar- 
rhaean. 

^Ύαββακίνα,  ή,  the  city  Tarracina 
in  Latium,  now  Terracina,  Strab.  p. 
231 :  hence  ό  Ύαββακινίτης,  ov,  an 
inhab.  of  T.,  Polyb. 

τΎαβρακών,  ώνος,  ή,  Tarraco,  a 
city  of  Hispania,  Polyb.  10,  34,  1 ; 
now  Tarragona. 

Ύαββίον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  ταββός, 
a  small  hurdle. 

Τάββοθος,  o,=:the  more  usu.  έττί- 
τάρβοΟος,  Lye.  360,  400,  etc. 

Ύαββός,  ό,  -βόω,  -βώόης,  -βωμα, 
Att.  lor  ταρσ-. 

ίΤαρσήίον,  ου,  τό,  Tarseium,  a 
city  ot  Hispania,  near  the  Pillars  of 
Hercules,  Polyb.  3,  24,  2. 

iTapσεύς,  έως,  6,  an  inhab.  of  Tar- 
sj«,  Luc.  Macrob.  21 ;  N.  T. ;  etc. 

Ύαρσιύ  and  τερσιά,  ή,=  τρασιά, 
q.  V. 

Ταρσός,  οϋ,  ό,  Att.  ταββός ;  also 
heterocl.  plur.  τα  ταρσά  in  late  poets, 
as  0pp.,  and  Nonn.  (τέρσομαι) : — a 
stand  OT  frame  of  wicker-work,  a  crate, 
flat-basket,  Lat.  crates,  for  warming 
or  drying  things  upon,  as  for  drying 
cheeses  on,  Od.  9,  219:  a  mat  of 
reeds,  such  as  were  built  into  brick- 
work to  bind  it  together,  ταρσοί 
καλάμων,  Hdt.  1,  179,  ubi  v.  Bahr: 
a  wicker  basket,  Ar.  Nub.  226,  cf 
Thuc.  2,  76 :  a  mass  of  matted  roots, 
Theophr. — II.  any  broad,  flat  stirface, 
as, — 1.  r.  ττοδός,  the  flat  of  the  foot, 
the  part  between  the  toes  and  the  heel, 
II.  11,  377,388,  Hdt.  9.  37  :  it  answers 
to  καρπός  in  the  hand.  Foes.  Oecon. 
Hipp.: — generally,  iAe/oo^Anacreont. 
38,  4. — 2.  r.  κωττέως,  the  flat  end, 
blade  of  an  oar,  Lat.  palmula,  Hdt.  8, 
12  :  generally,  an  oar,  Eur.  L  T.  1346; 
cl.  -/.άτη — also  as  a  collective  noun, 
the  tchole  line  of  oars  on  one  side  of  a 
ship,  V.  Arnold  Thuc.  7,  40,  Polyb. 
1,  50,  3,  etc.— 3.  r.  τττέρνγος,  the  fiat 


ΤΑΡΦ 
of  the  wing  when  stretched  out,  and 
so,  generally,  a  wing,  Mel.  42,  Ana- 
creont.  9,  3  :— from  the  fabled  fall  of 
the  wing  of  Pegasus,  the  city  of  Tar- 
sus had  its  name,  Juven.  3,  118. — 4. 
Γ.  οδόντων,  the  row  of  teeth  in  a  saw, 
0pp.  H.  5,  202. 

^Ταρσός,  οϋ,  ή,  Tarsus,  ancient 
capital  of  Cilicia,  on  the  Cydnus, 
Strab.  p.  672  sqq. :  also  pi.  Ταρσοί, 
ων,  Xen.  An.  1,  2,  23.  (v.  foreg.  11. 
3  tin.) 

Ταρσόω,  Att.  ταββόω,  ώ,  (ταρσός) 
to  make  a  hurdle  or  crate  :  generally, 
in  pass.,  to  be  matted,  of  roots,  The- 
ophr. : — so  of  the  reticulation  of  veins, 
τϊερί  την  ό/.ην  κεφαλήν  έκτετάρσω- 
ται,  prob.  1.  Hipp.,  v.  Foes.  Oecon. : 
— also,  τεταρσωμένος,  of  plants  with 
pinnatified  leaves,  Diosc. 

Ταρσώδης,  ες,  Att.  ταββώδης,  (ταρ- 
σός, είδος)  like  a  hurdle  or  crate,  plait- 
ed :  and  so,  matted,  of  roots,  Theophr. 

Τύρσωμα,  ατός,  τό,  Att.  τάββωμα, 
=^ταρσός. — 11.==  κωττη/.ασία,  Ar.  Fr. 
686. 

Ταρτάρειος,  a,  ov,  Tartarean,  hor- 
rible, τάραγμα,  Eur.  H.  F.  907. 

Ταρτύριζω,  to  quake  with  cold,  shiv- 
er, Plut.  2,  943  F. 

Ταρτύρότταις,  τταιδος,  ό,  η,  (Τάρ- 
ταρος,  παΙς)  child  of  Tartarus,  Orph. 
Arg.  975. 

Τάρτάρος,  ov,  ό  :  also  7)  Τ.,  Find. 
P.  1,  29,  Nic.  Th.  203  :  heterocl.  pi. 
7ά  Τάρταρα,  first  Hes.  Th.  119,  841, 
as  m  Lat.  Tartarus,  Tarlara :— Tar- 
tarus, a  dark  abyss,  as  deep  below 
Hades,  as  earth  below  heaven,  the 
prison  of  Saturn,  the  Titans,  etc.,  11. 
8,  13  sq.,  431,  Hes.  Th.  807,  etc., 
(never  in  Od.)  Later,  Tartarus  was 
either  the  nether-world,  generally,  like 
Άιδης,  Hes.  Sc.  255  ;  or  the  regions 
of  the  damned,  as  opp.  to  the  Elysian 
fields,  Yoss  Virg.  G.  1,  36.  In  Hes. 
Th.  822  personified  as  husband  ot 
Gaea  and  father  of  Typhoeus. — 
(Prob.  onomatop.,  to  express  some- 
thing terrible :  like  other  redupl.  forms 
καρκαίρω,  κάρκαρον,  βάρ3αρος,  μαρ- 
μαράς, βόρβορος,  μόρμνρος,  etc.) 

Ταρτάρόω,  ώ,  to  hurl  or  cast  into 
Tartarus,  fN.  T. 

Ταρτημόριον,  τό,  shortd.  for  τε- 
ταρτ-.  Macho  ap.  Ath.  582  E:  cf. 
τάρες. 

ίΤαρτήσιος,  a,  ov,  of  Tartessus, 
Tartesian,  Ar.  Ran.  475. 

^Ταρτησσίς,  ίδος,  ή,  Tartessis,  a 
district  between  the  mouths  of  the 
Baetis,  old  legendary  land  in  the  far 
west,  with  which  Tartarus  is  placed 
in  connexion  by  Strab.  p.  148  sqq. 

ίΤύρτησσος,  ov.  0,  Hdt.  1, 163.  and 
ή,  Dion.  P.  337,  Tartessus,  an  ancient 
city  on  the  southwestern  coast  ol 
Hispania,  by  some  made  Gades,  by 
others  Carte'ia,  but  its  actual  site,  il 
any  particular  city  is  meant,  has  not 
been  determined,  v.  Bahr  ad  Hdt.  1. 
c.  ;  Strab.  p.  151.-11.  ό,  the  Tartes 
sus,  6  Βαΐτίς,  Arist.  Meteor.  1,  13; 
Strab.  p.  148. 

Ταρ^έες,  oi,  ταρφέα,  τύ,  v.  sub 
ταρφνς. 

Ταρφειός,  ά,  όν,  (cf  sub  ταρφνς) : 
— thick,  close  together,  frequent,  Lat. 
frequens.  Horn.,  Only  in  II.,  and  ai 
ways  in  fern,  plur.,  ταρόειαι  νιφάδες, 
κόρνβες,  II.  12,  158  ;  19,  357,  359. 

tTapp//,  ης,  ή,  Tarphe,  an  ancient 
city  of  Locris,  11.  2,  533  ;  ace.  to 
Strab.  p.  426  the  later  Φαρύγαι. 

Τάρώθη,  Ep.  for  έτάρόθη,  3  sing 
aor.  1   pass,  of  τέρπω,  Od.,  τάρφθεν 
for  έτύρψθησαν,  3  pi.,  Od.  6,  99. 
Τύρώος.  εος,  τό,  closeness,  thickness 
1469 


\ 


i 


ΤΑΣΣ 

τάρφεα  ϋ?.ης,  thickets,  11.  5,  555  ;  15, 
COG.  (From  τρέφω,  to  thicken.)  Hence 

Ύαρφνς,  εΐα,  ν,  also  νς,  ν,  Aesch. 
Theb.  535  ; — thick,  close,  ταρφνς  θρίξ 
1.  c. ;  ταρφέος  έχετλης,  Orac.  ap.  Luc. 
Jup.  Trag.  31  :— Hoiii.  only  nses  the 
plur.  masc.  and  neut.,  like  Lat.  fre- 
quentes,  ταρφέες  Ιοί,  11.  11,  387,  Od. 
22,  246 ;  so,  ταρφέες  κεραυνοί,  Hes. 
Th.  693;  ταρφέα  όρύ•)ματα,  11.  11, 
C9 :  neut.  pi.  ταρφέα,  freq.  as  adv., 
ofttimes,  often,  11.  12,  47  ;  13,  718,  Od. 
8,  379. — Horn.,  also  in  II..  has  a  fern. 
ταρφειαί,  which  with  this  accent  be- 
longs to  a  nom.  ταρφειός  (as  θύμειος 
and  θάμεες  are  collat.  forms),  ταρ- 
φειαί νιφάδες,  κόρνθες,  11.  12,  158; 
19,  357,  359:  so  Aristarch.  wrote  it ; 
but  others  would  write  ταρφεϊαι,  as 
if  from  ταρφνς,  cf.  Spitzn.  11.  12,  158. 

Ύαρχαίνω,  {τάρχη)=ταράσσω,  He- 
^ych. 

Ύάρχεα,  τά,  v.  τάραχος. 

Ύαρχενω,  =  ταρχυω,  Hesych.  : 
hence  άτύρχεντος. 

Ύύρχη,  η,  shortd.  form  of  ταραχή, 
Hesycii. 

Ύαρχηρός,  ον,  shortd.  for  ταριχη- 
ρός. 

Ύάρχος,  τό,  usu.  in  plur.  τά  τάρ- 
χεα,  α  solemn  funeral,  Lat.  inferiae, 
exsequiae. 

Ύαρχνω,  f.  -vcu,  to  bury  solemnly, 
νέκνν,  11.  7,  85  ;  ε  ταρχνσουσι  τνμβω 
τε  ατή}.!}  τε,  16,  450,  674.  (Hence 
ΰτάρχντος,  τάρχος,  ταρχύνιος,— επι- 
τάφιος:  τάρχανοΐ',=  7τένθος,  κήδος, 
Hesych. :  but  ταρχνω  itself  seems  to 
be  a  shorter  form  for  ταριχεύω,  as 
τάρχος  for  τάρι  χος.)  [ΰ  in  all  tenses, 
both  m  II.,  and  Ap.  Rh.  2,  838;  3, 
208.]  ^ 

γνήσιος,  ov,  δ,  Tasins,  leader  of 
the  Khoxolani  against  Mithradates, 
Strab.  p.  306. 

Ύάσις,  εως,  ή,  (τείνω)  a  stretching, 
straining,  της  φωνής,  Plut.  2,  1047  A  : 
a  raising  of  the  note,  in  music,  lb.  2, 
1020  Ε  :  τάσιν  λαβείν,  of  darts,  Id. 
Sull.  18  :  οφρύων  τ.,  a  raising  of  the 
eyebrows,  Anth.  P.  12,  42. 

ίΤασκοί,  ών,  ol,  the  Tasci,  a  people 
of  Persis,  Dion.  P.  1069. 

ΤΑ'ΣΣΩ,  Att.  -Γ-ω;  fut.  τάξω, 
pass,  τετάξομαι  (Ar.  Av.  636):  aor. 
έταζα,  mid.  έταξύμην,  pass,  ετύχθην, 
but  also  k-ayry  [a] :  pf  pass,  τεταγ- 
μαΐ.  To  arrange,  put  in  order,  esp.  in 
military  sense,  to  draw  vp  soldiers, 
array,  marshal,  freq.  from  Hdt. 
downwds.  : — pass.,  to  be  drawn  up, 
εις  μάχην,  Hdt.  1,  80 ;  οΰδένα  κόσ- 
uov  ταχϋίντες.  Id.  9,  69,  etc. : — also 
in  mid.,  to  fall  in,  form  in  order  of  bat- 
tle, τάξασθαι  κύκλον,  to  form  in  a 
circle,  Thuc.  2,  83;  3,  78  ;  τάξασθαι 
οί'χ  ομοίως.  Id.  5,  68 ;  sometimes 
with  an  ace.  added,  έττι  τεσσάρων 
ταξάμενοι  τας  νανς,  having  drawn  up 
their  ships  in  four  lines.  Id.  2,  90  (cf. 
Eur.  Heracl.  664);  but,  είκοσι  νανσι 
έτάξαντο,  Thuc.  3,  77  :  so  in  pass., 
κατά  μίαν  vavv  τεταγμένοι,  in  single 
column,  Id.  2,  84,  cf.  6,  67: — gener- 
ally, τεταγμένον  μετά  τίνος,  coupled 
with  it,  Thuc.  2,  63.-2.  to  post,  sta- 
tion, τινά  επί  τίνος,  one  against  an- 
other, Hdt.  5,  109  ;  επί  τινι,  Aesch. 
Theb.  448,  and  Eur.,  etc. ;  επί  τινι, 
Xen.  Cyr.  2,  1.9,  etc.  ;  προς  τίνα,  Id. 
Hell.  1,  7,  34,  Plat.  Polit.  262  E: 
hence, — 3.  to  appoint,  τινά  έπί  τίνος, 
one  over  a  thing,  to  a  service  or  task, 
Dem.  143,  23  ;  έπί  τινι,  Aesch.  Pers. 
298,  Eur.  Ion  1040,  etc. :  επί  τι,  Ar. 
Αν.  636,  and  Xen.;  προς  τι,  Xen. 
Cyr.  5,  4,  7  : — freq.  also,  r.  έαυτον 
Ιπί  rt,  etc.,  to  undertake  a  task,  Xen., 
1470 


TAYP 

etc. ;  to  affect  to  be  so  and  so,  Dem. 
438,  5  : — oft.  c.  inf ,  to  appoint  one  to 
do  a  thing,  and  in  pass.,  to  be  appoint- 
ed to  do,  Aesc^i.  Euin.  279,  639,  etc. ; 
oi  τετηγμένοι  (sc.  ττοιείν  or  προς  τού- 
το), Xen.,  etc. : — also,  (sine  inf.)  r. 
τινά  άρχοντα,  to  appoint  him  ruler, 
Xen.  Hell.  7, 1,  24  ;  πρέσβεις  ταχθέν- 
τες,  Dem.  363, 3  ;  so,  τοντο  τετάγμεθα 
(sc.  ποιείν),  Eur.  Ale.  49. — 4.  to  order, 
Tivu  ποιεϊν  τι,  Hdt.  3,  25,  Soph.  O. 
C.  639,  Eur.  Hec.  223;  also,  τινι 
ποιείν,  Xen.  ("yr.  1,  5,  5,  etc. ;  so  in 
pass.,oif  έτέτακτο  βοηθεΐν,  Thuc.  3, 
22  :  τάσσεσθαι  ές  ΑΙγνπτον,  to  be  or- 
dered to  Aegypt,  Hdt.  3,  62  : — also 
simply,  r.  τι,  to  order  a  thing.  Plat., 
etc. ;  οντω  τάττει  ό  νόμος.  Id.  Lach. 
199  Α. — 5.  to  assign  to  a  class,  r.  είς..., 
Xen.  Mem.  2,  1,  7: — pass.,  to  be  as- 
signed, τινι,  Pind.  O.  2,  54,  cf.  Dem. 
200,  11. — 6.  to  fix  or  assess  payments 
to  be  made,  r.  τινί  φόρον,  Aeschin. 
31,  20,  cf  Dem.  690,  1  ;  so,  r.  δραχ- 
μην  τινι,  Xen.  Hell.  1,5,  4;  so  too, 
χρήματα  τάξαντες  φέρειν,  Thuc.  1, 
19,  etc. ;  and  in  pass.,  φόρον  ετάχθη- 
σαν φέρειν,  Hdt.  3,  97;  τάσσειν  αρ- 
γυρίου, to  fix  the  price,  ηί  which..., 
Thuc.  4,  26: — also  in  mid.,  to  take  a 
payment  on  onc^s  self,  i.  e.,  agree  to  pay 
It,  φόρον  τάξασθαι,  Hdt.  3,  13  ;  4,  35, 
65  ;  χρήματα  άποδονναι  ταξάμενοι, 
Thuc.  1 ,  ΙΟΙ  ;  ταξάμενοι  κατά  χρό- 
νους,agreeing  tnpayby 'msia\mcnu,lh. 
117,cf  3,70: — generally, /ο  agree  upon, 
Ti,  Plat.  Rep.  416  D,  Legg.  844  Β  ; 
also,  τάξασθαι  είς  δωρεήν,  Hdt.  3, 
97  : — but,  in  mid.,  also,  much  like  the 
act.,  έτάξατο  φόρους  ol  προςιέναι. 
Id.  3,  89. — 7.  to  impose  punishments, 
etc.,  r.  δίκην,  Ar.  Vesp.  1420,  Plat., 
etc. ;  r.  ζϊ/μίαν,  τιμωρίαν,  Plat.  Legg. 
876  C,  Dem.  500,  25  ;  r.  θάνατον  την 
ζημίαν,  Lycurg.  156,  10. — 8.  to  fix, 
settle,  b  τεταγμένος  χρόνος  (like 
ra/crof),  Hdt.  2,41,and  so  very  freq.  ; 
also,  τά  τεταγμένα  ονόματα,  the  re- 
ceived names,  Isocr.  190  Ό  ;  ή  τ.  τέχ- 
νη, regular  art,  Id.  293  C. — First  in 
Pind.,  and  Hdt. 

Ύάτα,=  ~έττα,  Anth.  P.  11,  67  ;  cf. 
Martial.  1,  101. 

Ύάτάω,  Dor.  for  τητάω,  Pind. 

■\Ύατιάνός,  ov,  6,  Tatianus,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Anth. 

Ύΰτικός,  ή,  όν,  (τείνω)  stretching : 
fitted  for  so  doing. 

Ύάτιον,  Att.  contr.  for  το  αίτιον, 
Ar.  rhesm.  549  ;  more  correct  tlian 
τα'ιτίον,  Buttm.  Ausf.  Gr.  ό  29  Anm. 
10  n. 

tTa-fof,   ov,  ό,  the  Rom.  name 

Talins,  Plut. 

Ύητός,  ή,  όν,  that  can  be  stretched, 
Arist.  H.  A.  3,  13,  1. 

Ύάττω,  Att.  for  τάσσω,  q.  v. 

Ύατύρας,  ov,  i,  and  τά,τνρος,  ό, 
oriental  name  a{  theplicasant,  Persian 
ledsrew  iPott  Et.  Forsch.  1,  p.  l.xxx), 
Pamphil.  ap.  Ath.  387  D;  cf  tetv- 
ρος. 

^Ταϋγέτη,  ης,  ή.  Dor.  -τα,  Ion. 
Ύηϋγέτη,  Taygltc,  daughter  of  Atlas 
and  Pleione,  Pind.  O.  3,  53. 

ίΤάνγετον,  ov,  τό,  Ion.  Ύηύγετον, 
Mons  Taijgetus,  a  range  ruiuiing 
through  Laconia,  now  called  Pente- 
dnktylos,  Od.  6,  103;  Hdt.  4,  146: 
also  (1  Ύανγετος,  Luc.  Icarom.  19, 
and  7(i  Ύανγετα,  Plut.  [ϋ] 

^Ύαυ7Μντιοι,  ων,  ol,  the  Taulantii, 
an  lUyrian  or  Epirotic  jieople  around 
E|)idamnus,  Thuc.  1,  24:  Strab.  p. 
326. 

Ύαν?.η,  ης,  ή,— τάβλα,  tabula, 
Agath. 

Ύανρα,  ή,  a  barren  cow,  Lat.  taura. 


TATP 

Ύανράω,  ώ,  (ταϊφος)  to  want  the  bidi 
of  cows,  Arist.  H.  A.  6,  18,  12  (but 
with  V.  I.  ταυριάω) ;  cf  καπράω. 

Ύανρέα,  ας,  ή,  Ion.  τανρέη,  contr. 
τανρή,  also  τανρεία,  (sub.  δορά); — 
α  buWs  hide,  ox-hide. — 11.  α  kind  of 
drum  covered  with  tliin  skin,  Geop. : 
also  a  scourge  or  ivhip,  like  the  Amer- 
ican cowhide,  Lat.  taurea,  Artemid.  1, 
70. 

^Ύανηέας,  ov,  6,  Tavreas,  an  Athe- 
nian, Plat.  Charm.  153  B. — Others  in 
Andoc. ;  Dem.  ,  etc. 

Ύανρειος,  a,  ov,  also  ος,  ov,  Eur. 
Hel.  1582  (ταϋρος) : — of  bulls,  oxen  or 
cows,  Lat.  taurinus,  φόνος,  κέρατα, 
etc.,  Aesch.  Theb.  44,  Soph.  Tr.  518, 
etc.;  but  in  Horn,  always,  o/ ou/Z's- 
hide,  κννέη,  ασπίς,  11.  10,  258;  13, 
161,  etc. :  cf  τανρεος. 

Ύανρειών,  ώνος,  ό,  name  of  a  month 
at  Cyzicus,  Inscr. 

Ύανρελάτης,  ov,  ό,  {ταύρος,  έ7.αν• 
νω) : — a  bull-driver :  a  Thessalian 
horseman  who  played  a  principal 
part  in  the  bull-fights  {τανροκαθύψι- 
a),  a   Invridor,  Anth.  P.  9,  543.   [uj 

Ύανρέλΰώος,  ov,  b,  an  ox-deer,  an 
animal  usea  as  a  beast  of  burden  in 
India,  ace.  to  Cosmas,  cf  Ael.  N.  A. 
17,  45. 

Ύανρελιέφας,  αντος,  ό,  an  ox-ele- 
phant, an  Indian  monster,  cf  Jacobs 
ad  Ael.  N.  A.  17,  45. 

Ύανρεος,  a,  ov,  =  τανρειος. — Π. 
ppith.  of  Neptune  in  Boeotia,  Hes. 
Sc.  104,  either  because  bulls  were 
offered  to  him,  as  Tzetzes  says,  or 
from  the  roaring  of  lake  Onchestos,  v. 
Guttling  ad  1. :  cf  ταύρος  2. 

Ύανρή,  ή,  V.  τανρέη. 

Ύαυρηδόν,  (τανρυς)  adv.,  like  η  bull : 
esp.,  fiercely,  savagely,  Lat.  torvo  vultu, 
τανρηδόν  β'λέπειν  or  νποβλέπειν,  Ar. 
Ran.  804,  προς  τίνα,  Heind.  Plat. 
Phaed.  117  Β  ;  cf.  τανρόω. 

'\Ύανριανή,  ης,  ή,  Tauriane,  a  dis- 
trict near  Thurii,  Strab.  p.  254. 

^Ύανρίηνον,  ov,  τό,  Tauriamim,  a 
city  of  the  Bruttii,  Strab.  p.  256. 

Ύανριάνός,  ή,  όν,  born  under  the 
constetlatioJi  Taurus  ;  cf.  κριανυς. 

Ύανριάω,  v.  sub  τανρύω. 

Ύανρίδιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  of  ταύρος,  [ΐ] 

Ύανρικός,  ή,  όν,  of,  belonging  to  a 
bull.  Λ 

'\Ύαυρικός,  η,  ov,  of  the  Tauri,  Tau- 
ric,  Hdt.  ;  etc.,  esp.  ή  'Γανρική  (with 
and  without  γη,  χθων),  Taurica,  tbe 
country  between  the  Palus  Maeotis 
and  the  sinus  Carcinites,  now  Crimea, 
Hdt.  4,  99 ;  Eur.  I.  T.  85  :  τά  Ύανρικά 
ονρεα,  the  Tauric  mountains  in  the  T. 
Chersonese,  Hdt.  4,  3. 

VVavplvoi,  ών.  ol,  or  Tiivpivoi,  the 
Taurini,  a  people  of  Gallia  Cisalpi- 
na,  Strab.  p.  204. 

ίΤανρίσκοι,  ων,  o/,=  foreg.,  Polyb. 
2,  15,  8  :  distinguished  from  them  by 
Strab.  p.  293. 

'[Ύανρίσκος,  ov,  6,  Tauriscus,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Arr.  An.  3,  6,  7. 

^Ύανρίων,  ωνος,  b,  Taurion,  a  com- 
mander of  the  Achaeans,  Polyb.  5,  92, 

Ύανροβόας,  ου,  ό,  bellowing  like  a 
hull,  V.  1.  Orph.  5,  3. 

ΎανροβόλίΟς,  ov,  (ταΐφος,  βάλλω) 
striking  or  slaughtering  bull.'!,  τελετή 
τ.,  a  sacrifice  of  a  bull,  Anth.  P.  ap- 
pend. 104,  239. 

Ύανροβόρος.  ov,  (ταϋρος,  βορά)  de- 
vouring bulls,  7.έων,  Anth.  Plan.  94. 

Ύανρογάστωρ,  ορός.  ό,  (.ταύρος,  γασ- 
τήρ)  with  α  paunch  or  body  of  a  bull : 
metaph.,  huge,  Anth.  Plan.  52. 

Ύανρογενής,  ές,  (ταύρος,  γένος) 
doubtful  epith.  of  Bacchus,  Orph.  Fr, 
28,  7. 


ΤΑΤΡ 

Ύανροδέτης,  ον,  ό,  (ταϋρος,  δέω)  ' 
binding  bulls,  bull-binder  ;  fem.  -δέτις, 
ιδος,  Anth. 

Ύανρούετος,  ον,  {ταϋρος,  δέω)  : — τ. 
κόΆλη,  bound  with  bairs-hide  glue, 
Eur.  Cret.  2,  8;  cf.  τανρόκο'/.λα. 

Ύανροειδής,  ές,  (ταύρος,  είδος)  bull- 
like, bull-shaped,  Strab. 

Ύανροθροος,  ον,  roaring  like  a  bull. 

ΤαυροΟϋτος  (ταΐ'ρος,  βνω)  λοιβή, 
a  libation  at  the  sacrifice  of  a  bull,  Orph. 
Arg.  612. 

iTavpoi,  ων,  οι,  the  Tauri,  a  Scy- 
thian people  dwelling  in  the  penin- 
sula, named  from  them  Tauric  Cher- 
sonese, Hdt.  4,  99  ;  Strab.  p.  308. 

Ύαυροκαθάτττης,  ον,  ό,  the  stuffed 
■figure  used  at  bull-fights  to  enrage  the 
bull ;  V.  sq. 

Ύανροκαθύ-φια,  τύ,  {τανρος,  καθά- 
-ΰτομαι)  α  bull-fight,  held  on  occasion 
of  a  festival  jn  Thessaly,  Bockh 
Schol.  Find.  P.  2,  78;  cf.  τανρελύ- 

Ύανροκερως,  ωτος,  ιι,  η,  {τανρος, 
κέρας)  with  bull's  horns,  Eur.  Bacch. 
100. 

Ύανροκέφά?.ος,  ον,  bull-headed. 

Ύανρόκολλα,  ης,  ή,  (ταύρος,  Ko7Jia) 
ghie  made  from  bulls'  hides,  Polyb.  6, 
23,  3. 

Ύαυροκο?ι.λώδης,  ες,  like  bulVs-hide 
glue. 

Ύανρόκράνος,  ον,=^τανροκ.εώα7ι.ος, 
Eur.  Or.  1378,  Anth.  Plan.  126. 

Ύαυροκτονέο),  ώ,  to  slaughter,  sacri- 
fice bulls,  θεοΐσι,  Aesch.  Theb.  276; 
c.  ace,  βούς.  Soph.  Tr.  760. 

Ύανροκτόνος,  ον,  (ταύρος,  κτείνω) 
killing  or  slaying  bulls,  λέων.  Soph. 
Phil.  400. — II.  proparox.  τανρόκτο- 
νος,  ον,  pass.,  killed  by  a  bull. 

Ταυρομαχία,  ας,  ή,  or  -μάχιον,  τό, 
(μάχη)  α  bull-fight,  Inscr. 

iΎavpoμέvιov,  ου,  τό,  Taurome- 
nium,  a  city  on  the  east  side  of  Sicily, 
Strab.  p.  266:  hence  ό  Τανρομενί- 
της,  an  inhab.  of  T.,  Id.  p.  267  ;  and 
ή  Γανρομενία,  the  territory  of  T.,  Id. 
p.  268. 

Ύανρομετωπος,  ον,  (ταύρος,  μ'ετω- 
πον)  bull-faced,  Orph.  Η.  44,  1. 

Ύανρόμορφος,  ον,  (ταύρος,  μορφή) 
hull-formed,  όμμα  Κηφισού,  Eur.  ]οη 
1261. 

Ύαυροττύρθενος,  ου,  fj,  (ταϋρος, 
■παρθένος)  either  bull-maiden,  i.  β.  Eu- 
ropa,  who  was  carried  away  by  a 
bull  ;  or,  cow-maiden,  of  lo,  Lye. 
1292. 

Ύανροτζάτωρ,  ορός,  ό,  ή,  {ταϋρος, 
•πατήρ)  sprung  from  a  bull,  of  bees, 
Theocr.  Fistula  ;  cf.  Virg.  G.  4,  554, 
sq.  [u] 

Ύανροπόλος,  υν,  η,  Eur.  I.  Τ.  1457, 
Ar.  Lys.  447  ;  also  τανροπο/.η.  Soph. 
Aj.  172  ; — a  doubtful  name  of  Diana, 
perh.  honoured  by  sacrifice  of  bulls  or 
hunting  bulls ;  cf.  Liv.  44,  44,  Lob. 
Aglaoph.  p.  1089, — το  Ύαυροπό?.ιον, 
her  temple  on  the  island  Klcaria)! 
Doliche,  Strab.  p.  639. 

Ύανρύπους,  ττοόος,  ό,  ή,  -πουν,  τό, 
(ταϋρος,  τϊούς)  bull-footed,  τ.  σήμα,  οί 
a  river-god,  Eur.  I.  Α.  275. 

Ύανροπρόςωπος,  ον,  bull-faced, 
front-de-hoeuf. 

ΤΑΥ-ΡΟΣ,  ον,  6,  α  bull.  freq.  in 
Horn.,  esp.  as  a  sacrifice  to  Neptune  : 
also,  ταύρος  βούς,  like  σΰς  κάπρος, 
κίρκος  Ίρηξ,  etc.,  11.  17,  389  -.—ά-εχε 
της  βοός  τον  ταύρον,  oracularly  of 
Agamemnon  and  his  wife,  Aesch.  Ag. 
1126  : — a  wandering  murderer  is  corn- 
pared  to  a  bull  driven  by  a  rival  from 
the  herd,  Soph.  O.  T.  478,  cf.  Virg. 
G.  3,  224,  sq. — 2.  the  priest  of  Neptune 
Taureios. — II.  the  bull  as  a  sign  of  the 


TATT 
Zodiac. — 111.  the  space  between  the  tes- 
ticles and  fundament,  eisewh.  κοχώνη : 
also  the  membrum  virile,  whence  λάσ- 
τανρος  :  cf.  also  Κένταχφος  HI.  (Cf. 
Welsh  tarw,  Gaelic  tarbh.) 

]Ύαϋρος,  ου,  ό,  Tawrtis, =Τάλο;ζ•  2, 
Apollod.  1,  9,  26 ;  Plut.  Thes.  19.— 2.  a 
Lacedaemonian,  son  of  Echitimides, 
Thuc.  7,  119.— Others  in  Apollod.; 
etc. — II.  Mt.  Taurus,  a  celebrated 
range  dividing  Asia  into  two  great  di- 
visions, 7/  'Ασία  η  έντος  and  //  έκτόζ• 
roil  Ύαίφου.— 111.  ή,  a  stronghold  in 
Judea,  near  Jericho,  Strab.  p.  763. 

^Ύαυροσθένης,ονς,  ό,  Taurosthenes, 
an  Aeginetan,  victor  at  Olympia, 
Paus.  6,  9,  3. 

Ύανροσφάγέω,  ώ,  to  cut  a  bull's 
throat,  slaughter  a  bull,  τ.  ές  σάκος,  to 
cut  its  throat  (so  that  the  blood  runs) 
into  a  hollow  shield,  Aesch.  Theb.  43  : 
from 

Ύανροσφάγος,  ον,  (ταϋρος,  σφάτ- 
τω) : — like  τανροκτόνος,  slaughtering 
bulls,  esp.  in  sacrifice,  r.  ήμερα,  Soph. 
Tr.  609.  [a] 

Ύανροφάγος,  ον,  (ταύρος,  φαγεϊν) 
eating  bulls,  epith.  of  Bacchus,  Soph. 
Fr.  594  ;  whence  Ar.  Ran.  357  trans- 
fers it  to  Cratinus,  v.  Meineke  Com. 
Fragin.  1,  p.  52,  and  cf.  ταυρογενΖ/ς. 
[α] 

ΎαυροώάνΖ/ς,  ές,  (ταύρος,  φαίνω) 
bull-like,  Dion.  P.  642. 

Ύανρόφθογγος,  ον  (ταϋρος,  φθόγ- 
γος) : — τ.  μίμοι,  sounds  that  imitate 
the  bellowing  of  bulls,  Aesch.  Fr.  54. 

Ύανροφόνος,  ον,  (ταϋρος,  φονεύω) 
=  τανροσφαγος,  τ.  τριετηρίς,  Pind. 
Ν.  6,  69  ;  epith.  of  Hercules,  Theocr. 
17,  20. 

Ύανρόφορος,  ον,  drawn  by  bulls. 

Ύανροψνής,  ές,  (ταύρος,  φνή)  bull- 
shaped,  ]Νοηη. 

Ύανρόω,  ώ,  (ταύρος)  to  make  into  a 
bull : — pass,  τανρόομαι,  to  be  or  become 
savage  as  a  bull,  Aesch.  Cho.  275,  Eur. 
Bacch.  922  ;  to  look  savage,  τανρον- 
σθαι  όμμα  Τίνί,  ίο  cast  savage  glances 
on  one,  Eur.  Med.  92  ;  cf.  τανρηδόν. 
— II.  of  sexual  intercourse  only  in  the 
deriv.  άταίψωτος. 

Ύανρώ,  ούς,  ?/,  epith.  of  Diana,  like 
τανροπόλος. 

Ύανβώδτ]ς,  ες,  contr.  for  τανροει- 
δής,  Nic. 

ίΤανρων,  ωνος,  ό,  Tauron,  masc. 
pr.  η.,  Arr.  An.  5,  14,  1. 

■[Ύανχεφα,  ων,  τά,  Tauchira,  a  city 
of  Cyrenaica,  later  Arsinoe,  Hdt.  4, 
171. 

Ύανρώπις,  ιδος,  pecul.  poet.  fem. 
of  sq.,  Nonn. 

Τανρωπός,  όν,  (ταϋρος,  ω-φ)  bull- 
faced.  Ion  ap.  Ath.  35  E. 

Ύανρώφ,  ώπoς,=:foτeg. 

Ύαύς  or  τανς.=-αέγας,  πολύς,  ap. 
Hesych. 

Ύανσιμος,  η,  ον,  and  τανσιος,  ον, 
words  assumed  by  Gramm.,  as  com- 
mon forms  of  the  Ion.  τηνσιος. 

Ύαντα,  neut.  pi.  from  οντος,  used 
freq.  as  adv.,  v.  οντος  XV. 

Ύαντά,  contr.  for  τύ,  αυτά.     Hence 

Ύαντάζω,=  τα  αυτά  λέγειν:  then, 
generally, =τευτά(Γω,  which  seems  to 
have  arisen  from  it,  Ruhnk.  Tim. 

Ύαντη.  dat.  fem.  from  ούτος,  very 
freq.  from  Hdt.  downwds.,  v.  sub  ού- 
τος XVI.  also  TavTiji,  Ar.  Thesm. 
1221. 

Ύαυτί,  strengthd.  Att.  for  ταύτα, 
V.  oiTOf  XVIII.  [I] 

Ταυτίζω,  to  make  or  take  as  one  and 
the  same :  to  speak  tvith  tautology. 

Ύαντό,  Ion.  τωϋτό,  Alt.  also  ταύ- 
τόν,  contr.  for  το  αυτό,  τό  αυτόν,  just 
the  same.     Hence 


ΤΑΦΗ 

Ύαντόαιμος,  ον,  of  the  same  blood, 
Nicet. 

Ύαντοβου?ιία,  ας,  ή,  like  will  or 
mind. 

Ύαΰτόγε,  Att.  contr.  for  to  αντό  γε. 

Ύαΐ'τογενής,  ές,  of  the  same  sex  or 
ki7id,  Nicet. 

Ύαντογρύφέω,  ώ,  to  write  in  the  same 
way. 

Ύαντόδοξος,  ον,  of  the  same  opinion. 

Ταντοδννΰμέω,  ώ,  to  have  the  same 
power  or  force  :  of  words,  to  mean  the 
same :  from 

Ύαντοδύνάμος,  ον,  of  the  same  pow- 
er, force  or  meaning.   [y'\ 

Ύαντοειδής,  ές,  of  the  same  kind  or 
shape. 

Ύαντοέπεια,  ας,  ή,=  ταυτολογία. 

Ταντοεπέω,  ώ,=^ταντο?ιθγέω. 

Ύαντοεργέω,  ώ,  to  do  'the  same. 
Hence 

Ύαντοεργία,  ας,  ή,  sameness  of  deed 
or  action. 

Ύαΰτόζιβος,  ον,  zealous  for  the 
same,  Nicet. 

Ύαντοθε'λής,  ές,  willing  the  same  • 
TO  ταντοθε'λές,=^ ταντοβουλία. 

Ύαντοκλΐνής,  ές,  under  the  same  cli- 
mate, Strab. 

Ύαντυ'λογέω,  ω,  to  be  a  ταντολό• 
γος,  τ.  περί  τίνος,  to  repeat  what  has 
been  said  about  it,  Polyb.  1,  1,3,  etc. 

Ταυτολογία,  ας,  ή,  repetition  of  what 
has  been  said.     Hence 

Ταντο2,ογικώς,  adv.,  tautologically. 

Ταυτολόγος,  ον,  (ταντό,  'λέγω)  re- 
peating what  has  been  said,  tautologous, 
Anth.  P.  9,  206.     Adv.  -γως. 

Ταντόματον,  contr.  for  to  αντόμ-, 
a  hap,  chance  ;  άπο  ταντομάτου,  of 
itself,  by  chance,  Thuc.  6,  36,  Plat. 
Euthyd.  282  C. 

Ταντομήκης,  ες,  of  the  same  length, 
Math.  Velt. 

Ταϋτονοέω,  ώ,  to  be  of  the  same 
mind. 

Ταντοπάθεια,  ας,  ή,  liability  to  the 
same  sufferings,  etc.  :  [ti]  from 

Ταΰτοπΰθής,  ές,  {ταντό,  πάσχω, 
παθείν)  having  suffered  or  felt  the  some: 
liable  to  the  same  sufferings,  accidents, 
etc. 

Ταΰτοποδία,  ας,  ή,  repetition  of  the 
same  foot  in  the  same  verse. 

Ταντοσήμαντος,  ov,=sq. 

Ταυτόσημος,  ον,  of  the  same  signifi- 
cation. 

Ταντοσθεντ/ς,ές,  of  the  same  strength. 

Ταντόσπορος,  ον,  of  the  same  birth 
or  sej7,  Nicet. 

Ταντοσν7ι,λάβέω,  ώ,  to  have  the  same 
syllables. 

Ταντότης,  'ητος,  ή,  (ταντό)  same- 
ness, identity,  Arist.  Eth.  N.  8,  12,  3. 

Ταντοφωνία,  ας,  ή,  sameness  of 
tone :  from 

Ταντόφωνυς,  ον,  of  the  same  tone. 

Ταυτώννμος,  ον,  (όνομα)  of  the  same 
name. 

Τάφε,  in  Pind.  for  ετΰφε,  3  sing, 
aor.  with  no  pres.  in  use,  v.  sub  τέ• 
ϋηπα. 

Τάφεϊος,  a,  ον,  (τύφος)  v.  sub  τα- 
φήϊος. 

Τάφενς,  έως,  ό,  (θάπτω)  one  who 
buries  the  dead,  a  burier.  Soph.  O.  C. 
582,  El.  1488. 

Τάφεών,  ώνος,  ό,  (τάφος)  a  burying• 
ground. 

ΤΑ'ΦΗ',  ης,  ή,  (v.  sub  θάπτω)  : — 
burial,  Lat.  scpultura,  ταφής  τνχεΐν, 
κυρήσαι,  Hdt.  1.  24,  112,  etc.:  mode 
of  burial,  Id.  2,  85  ;  5,  8  : — the  phir.  is 
often  used  of  one  burial,  like  Lat. 
funera,  as  Hdt.  5,  63,  Soph.  Aj.  1090, 
1109;  ταόας  ποιεϊσθαι.  Thuc.  2.  34: 
— in  plur.,  also,  of  η  burial-place,  Hdt 
4,  71  : — ημι  ταφήν  τον  πατρός  οίκ 
1471 


ΤΑΧΑ 

ίκέλαβε,  he  received  no  payment  for 
it,  Deni. 

TuipT/'ioc,  η,  ov,  Ep.,  and  Ion.  for 
ταφεϊοζ,  belonging  to  a  burial  or  α  grave, 
r.  φάρος,  a  winding-sheet,  shroud, 
Od.  2,  99  ;  19,  144,  etc. 

'\Ύαώιασσός,  ov,  6,  'faphiaxsus,  a 
mountain  in  the  territory  of  Calydon, 
containing  ihc  tomb  of  the  Centaurs, 
Strah.  p.  427. 

tTa^iOf,  a,  ov,  of  Tr.phus,  Taphian, 
Άρης,  Eur.  I.  A.  284  :  in  pi.  oi  Ύά- 
φιοι,  the  Taphiaus,  famous  as  sea- 
men and  pirates,  whence  the  epi- 
thet oar-loving  in  Horn.,  Od.  1,  181, 
419 ;  15, 426 ;  Eur.  H.  F.  60 :  cf.  Ύηλε- 
βόαι. 

Ύάφιος,  a,  ον,-=ταφηίος,τ.  λίθος,  a 
gravestone,  Anth.  P.  7,  40. 

Ύάφόί'ίια,  Ati.  cra.sis  for  τα  ίφ-. 

Ύΰφοϋΐόής,  ίς,  (tiJof)  like  ο  burial 
or  grave,  DlO  C. 

ΤΑ'ΦΟΣ,  ov,  6,  (v.  sub  θάπτω)  :— 
a  burial,  Lat.  funus,  esp.  a  funeral- 
feast,  wake,  Horn.,  and  Hes. ;  ύαινν- 
vai  τύφον,  to  give  a  funeral-feast,  11. 
23,  29,  Od.  3,  309,  like  γάμον  δαινν- 
vat :  τάφου  τυχεΐν,  to  obtain  the  rites 
of  burial,  Eur.  Hec.  47  ;  τάφυν  τινός 
θέσθαί,  to  perform  them.  Soph.  O.  T. 
1447  ;  T.  7Τίριστέ?.?.,είν  νεκροί'.  Id.  Aj. 
1170;  also  in  plur.,Plat.  Kep.414  A, 
etc. — 11.  the  grave  itself,  tomb.  Hcs. 
Sc.  477,  Pind.  I.  8  (7),  120,  Trag., 
etc.:  but  never  so  in  Horn.:  —  in 
plur.,  α  burial-place,  Hdt.  4,  127,  etc. 

[Γώ] 

ΤΑ'ΦΟΣ,  τό,  (V.  sub  τίθηπα)  :— 
astonishment,  amazement,  τύφος  δ'  ελε 
ττάντας,  Od.  21,  122  ;  τάάος  ύέ  οι 
ητορ  ίκανεν,  23,  93,  etc.  :  dat.  τάφεί 
in  lljyc.  52. — θάμβος  from  the  same 
root  is  more  freq.  \y  ^] 

Ύύφος,  ov,  ή,  Taphus,  the  old  name 
of  one  of  the  small  islands  between 
Acarnania  and  Leucadia,  N.  W.  of 
the  Echinades,  fOd.  1,  417t ;— ace.  to 
Isitzsch  the  modern  Meganisi :  the 
Taphians  were  famous  seamen  and 
pirates,  v.  Nitzsch  Od.  1,  181:  fin 
Strabo's  time  it  was  called  Ύαφίονς, 
ονντος,  (v.  1.  Ύαφωνσσα)  Strab.  p. 
356. 

Ύαφρεία,  ας,  ή,  (ταφρενω)  a  making 
of  flitches  or  trenches,  Dem.  325,  20. 

Ύάφρενμα,  ατός,  τό,  (^ταφρενω)  a 
ditch  already  made,  Plat.  Legg.  761 
B. 

"Τάφρενσις,  εωζ•,  ή,  a  digging,  method 
of  digging,  Ael.  N.  A.  9,  8 :  from 

Ύαφρεύω,  (τάφρος)  to  make  a  ditch, 
Plat.  Legg.  7(30  E,  778  E. 

Ύάφρη,  ή.  Ion.  for  τάφρος,  Hdt.  4, 
28,  201,  ul)i  V.  Schweigh. 

Ύαφροβη'λέω,  ώ,  to  throw  up  the  earth 
from  a  ditch. 

ΤαφροειόΖ/ς,  ες,  ditch-like  trcnch- 
like. 

ΎαφροτΓοιίω,  ώ,  to  make  a  trench  for 
besieging,  Diod. 

Τάφρος,  ov,  ij,  a  ditch,  trench,  freq. 
in  Hom.  (esp.  in  II.),  usu.  τάφρον 
όρνσσειν,  II.  7,  341,  etc. ;  r.  έλαννειν, 
to  draw  a  trench,  lb.  450 ;  so  too 
Hdt.  4,  3,  etc. ;  in  plur.,  Soph.  Aj. 
1279 : — CaUim.  is  said  to  have  used 
it  as  masc,  and  so  in  Alcidam.  p. 
65  ; — cf.  modern  Greek  τρύφος,  ό. 
(From  same  root  as  θά-τω,  τάφος.) 
Hence 

Ύαφρώδης,  ες,  (είδος)  contr.  for  τα- 
φροειδής. 

ΎαφρωρύχοΓ,  ov,  (τάφρος,  ορνσσω) 
digging  α  ditch  or  trench,  a  sappier  and 
viinrr,  Diog.  L.  4,  23.   [ϋ] 

Τάφων,  part,  aor.,  v.  sub  τέθι/πα. 

TaYfl.adv.,  (ταχύς) : — quickly,  soon, 
forthwith,  Lat.  statim,  oft.  in  Horn., 
1472 


ΤΛΧΤ 

who,  like  Hes.  and  Pind.,  uses  it  only 
of  time,  11.  1,  205,  Od.  18,  72,  etc. ;  in 
which  signf  it  is  also  found  in  Att., 
as  Aesch.Theb.  261,  cf  Ruhnk.Tim., 
Heind.  Plat.  Phaedr.  228  ϋ•.—τάχ' 
ίιτειδάν  for  ίιτειδάν  τάχιστα,  Lat. 
quum  primum.  Plat.  Phaedr.  242  A, 
ubi  v.  Heind.  :  y  τάχα,  soon  i'faith, 
Od.  18,  73, 338.— II.  in  prose  and  Att., 
τάχ'  άν  is  freq.  used  to  express  some- 
thing more  or  less  probable,  probably, 
perhaps,  may  be,  first  in  Hdt.  1,  70,, 
etc.,  and  freq.  in  Trag.,  etc. ;  usu.  c. 
optat.,  as  Aesch.  Euin.  512,  etc. ;  but 
sometimes  c.  indie,  Plat.  Phaedr. 
256  C  :  τάχ'  άν  alone,  in  answers, 
Id.  Soph.  255  C  : — strengthd.,  τάχ' 
Ισως  άι>,  τάχ'  ύν  Ισως,  Ίσως  τάχ'  άν. 
Id.  Soph.  247  D,  Polit.  264  D,  Tim. 
38  E,  cf.  Ισως  111 ; — the  άν  is  rarely 
omitted,  as  in  Plat.  Legg.  711  A, 
Bion  5,  8,  cf  Jelf  Gr.  Gr.  ξ  859.— For 
superl.  τάχιστα,  v.  ταχύς  C.  II. 

Ταχέως,  adv.  from  ταχύς,  q.  v. 

ΤάχΙνά,  V.  sub  ταχινος. 

Τΰχίνας,  ov,  ΰ,  epith.  of  the  hare, 
Ael.  N.  A.  7,  47.  [t] 

ΤΰχΙνός,  η,  όν,  poet,  for  ταχνς.  Αρ. 
Rh.,  Anth.  P. 6, 167,  etc.:  neut.'plur. 
ταχινά,=^τάχα,  also  ταχινώς. 

Τά,γίοΐ',  οΐ'ος,  neut.  οίταχίων,  freq. 
as  adv.  [d] 

Τάχιστα,  superl.  adv.,  v.  snb  ra- 
χύς.ρ.λΐ. 

Τάχιστος,  η,  ov,  superl.  of  ταχύς, 
Hom.,  and  Hdt.,  v.  ταχύς,  C.  II.    [«] 

Τάχιων,  ovor,  neut.  τάχιον,  com- 
par.  of  ταχύς,  q.  v.  (C.  I.  3.) 

iTaχoμ^l>ώ,  οϋς,  ή,  Tnchompso,  an 
island  of  the  Nile,  on  the  borders  of 
Aethiopia,  Hdt.  2,  29. 

ΤΑ'ΧΟΣ,  εος,  τό,  (ταχύς) : — swift- 
ness, speed,  quickness,  fleetness,  II.  23, 
406,  515,  Hdt.,  etc.  ;  τάχος  ^pvχ■ης, 
quickness  of  mind  or  apprehension, 
Plat.  Legg.  689  C,  cf  Eur.  Bacch. 
070. — II.  τάχος  is  freq.  used  in  ad- 
verbial phrases  for  ταχέως,  as,  άττό 
τάχηνς,  Xen.  An.  2,  5,  7  ;  όιά  τάχους, 
Soph.  Aj.  822,  etc. ;  εν  τάχει,  rind. 
Ν.  5,  04,  Aesch.  Pr.  747,  etc. ;  κατά 
τάγοΓ,  Hdt.  1,  124,  152;  συν  τίιχει. 
Soph.  Ο.  C.  885,  904;  and  absol.Va- 
χης,  Aesch.  Ag.  945,  Eum.  124: — also 
with  relatives,  ώς  or  ο  τι  τάχος,  like 
ώς  (ο  τι)  τάχιστα,  Hdt.  5.  106  ;  9.  7, 
and  Att.  ;  όσοι-•  τάχος.  Soph.  El.  1373, 
etc.:  5  (Dor.  a)  τάχος,  Pind.  O.  6, 
39,  Tlieocr.  14',  68,  cf  Valck.  Hipp. 
491  :- — also,  ώς  τάχεος  είχεν  έκαστος, 
Hdt.  8,  107;  ώς  είχαν  τάχονς,Τ\\\3θ. 
7,  2  ;  πώς  τάχους  έχει,  Plat.  Gorg. 
451  D ;  cf.  Jelf  Gr.  Gr.  §  528.  [ΰ] 

Ταχύ,  neut.  from  ταχύς,  q.  v. 

Τάχνά'λωτος,  ov,  (ταχύς,  άλίσκο- 
μηι)  confjiiered  quickly  or  easily,  χώρη, 
Hdt.  7,  1.30.  [u] 

Τΰχΰ3άδιστος,  oi.',=:sq.,  Physiogn. 

Τάχνβύμων,  όνος,  ο,  fj,  (ταχύς, 
βαίνω)  fast-walking,  fast-going,  Arist. 
Physiogn.  6,  44.  [ti] 

Τάχϋβί'ιτης,  ov,  o,=foreg.,  Eur. 
Rhes.  134.  [ώ] 

Τάχνβ?ιαστία,  ας,  ή,  a  sprouting  or 
groining  quickly,  Theophr.  :  from 

Τάχν3?Μστος,  ov,  (ταχύς,  β?ια- 
στάνω)  sprouting  Or  growing  quickly, 
Theophr. 

Τάχνβον7.ος,  ov,  (ταχύς,  βουλή) 
quickox  hasty  of  counsel,  Ar.  Ach.  630. 

Τάχύγηρως,   ων,    (ταχύς,    "^ήρας) 
qwckly  gi owing  old,  Hipp. 
Τύχύ)/ ωστος, ov, (ταχύς,  τλώσσα) 

quick  of  tmigve,  talking  fast,  Hipp. 

Τΰ,χνγονία,  ας,  ή,  quick  production, 
Arist.  H.  A.  6,  37,  4  ■  from 


ΤΑΧΥ 

Ύάχνγόνος,  ov,  (ταχνς,  γονή)  yield 
ing  fruit  quickly  or  soon,  Theophr. 

Τάχύγοννος,ον,{ταχύς,γύνυ)  quick- 
kneed,  i.  6.  swift-footed,  Nonn. 

Τάχνγραφέω,  ώ,  to  write  fast . 
from 

Τάχνγράφος,  ov,  writing  fast,  a  fast 
writer,    [a] 

Τάχύόακρνς,  ν,  gen.  νος,  (ταχνς, 
δάκρυ)  soon  moved  to  tears,  Luc.  Na- 
v)g.  2. 

Τΰχνδίνής,  ές,  {ταχύς,  δινέω)  whirl- 
ing quickly,  Nonn. 

Τάχνδρομέω,  ώ,  to  run  fast ;  and 

Τΰχνδρομία,  ας,  ή,  quickness  in 
running,  Arist.  Probl.  5,  9,  1  :  from 

Τάχνδρόμος,  ov,fast  running. 

Τάχνεργης,  ές,=  ταχνεργος. 

Τάχνεργία,  ας,  ή,  quickness  in  work- 
ing, Xen.  Cyr.  7,  1,  19. — U.  wavering, 
inconstancy,  App.  :  from 

Τάχνεργος,  ov,  (ταχνς,  *εργω) 
doingOT  working  quickly. — II.  wavering, 
inconstant,   [{i] 

Τάχνήρης,  ες,  (ταχύς,  έρέσσω)  fast- 
rowing,  δχος,  Aesch.  Supp.  33. 

Τάχνθάνάτος,  ov,  dying  soon. — Π. 
act.,  killing  speedily. 

Τύχνϊππος,  ov,  riding  fast,  [v] 

Ταχυκίνητος,  ov,  moving  quickly,  [i] 

Τάχνκρίσΐμος,  ov,  (ταχύς,  κρίσις) 
leading  quickly  to  a  decision :  in 
medic,  bringing  quickly  to  a  crisis, 
Hipp.   [I] 

ΤάχνμάΟής,  ές,  quick,  apt  to  learn. 

Τάχύμηνις,  εως,  ύ,  ή,  (ταχύς,  μήνις) 
swift   to   anger,  Anth.   P.  9,  524,  20. 

^^'^ 
Τάχνμί/της,  ov,  b,  Nonn.,  and  -μη- 

τις,  ιος,  6,  ή,=  ταχνβονλος. 

Τάχνμήτωρ,  ή,  (ταχύς,  μήτηρ)  be- 
ing quickly  or  often  a  mother.  Anth. 

Τάχνμορος,  ov,  (ταχύς,  μόρας)  soon- 
dying,  short-lived,  κλέοΓ,  Aesch.  Ag. 
486.    [v) 

Ταχνμνθος,  ov,  (ταχύς,  μύθος) 
speaking  fast ,  Nonn.  [v] 

Τΰχνναντέω,  ώ,  (ταχνς,  ναύτης) 
to  sail  fast,  Thuc.  6,  31,  34,  Polyb., 
etc. 

Τάχννοια,  ας,  ή,=  άγχίνοια,  dub. : 
[ϋ]  from 

Τάχύνοος.  ov,  contr.  -νονς,  ovv,=-- 
άγχίνοος.  [ϋ] 

Τ(ϊ;ΐ;ΰΐ'ω,  (ταχύς)  to  make  quick  or 
speedy,  to  hasten,  urge  on.  Soph.  Aj. 
1164  ;  and  so  perh.  in  Ale.  255. — 11. 
intr.,  to  be  quick,  to  make  haste,  speed, 
hurry,  Aesch.  Pers.  692,  Soph.  O.  T. 
861,  O.  C.  219;  and  in  prose,  Xen. 
Cyr.  S,  5,  15.  [ϋ] 

Τάχνττειθής,  ές,  (ταχνς,ΤΓείθω)  soon 
persuaded,  credulous,  Theocr.  2,  138  ; 
7,  38. — II.  obeying  quickly  or  easily. 

Τάχνπέτης,  ες,  (πέτομαι)  flying 
fast. 

Τάχνπ?.αέω,  ώ,  to  sail  fast,  Polyb. 
3,  95,'  6  :  and 

Τάχνπ/ίΟία,  ας,  η,  swtftnees  in  sail- 
ing :  Irom 

Τάχνπ7.οος,  ov,  contr.  -πλονς,  ovv, 
(ταχύς,  πλέω)  fast- sailing. 

Ταχύπνοια,  ας,  ή,  quickness  of  res 
piration,  Hipp.  p.  278. 

Τάχύπομπος,  ov,  (ταχύς,  πέμπω) 
sending  Or  accompanying  quickly,  διωγ- 
μός, Aesch.  Supp.  1046.  [C] 

Τύχύπορος,  ov,  (  ταχύς,  πόρος ) 
fast-going,  quick  of  motion,  Aesch.  Ag. 
486,  Eur.  El.  451  ;  τ.  κώπη.  Id.  Hel. 
1272; — always  in  lyric  passages. 

Τάχύποτμος,  ov,  {ταχύς,  πότμος) 
=  ταχύμορος,  Pind.  Ο.  1,  107,  Anth. 

Τάχύπονς,  -ποδός,  6,  ή,  (ταχύς 
πους)  stvift footed,  Eur.  Bacch.  782, 
Ar.  Eq.  1008  ;  r.  ίχνος,  Eur.  Tro 
232;  κώλοι•.  Id.  Bacch.  168.  [v] 


ΤΑΧΐ 

Ύΰχνπτερνος,  ον,  (ταχύς,  τττέρνα) 
tcith  swift  heels,  i.  e.  swift-footed,  Ιπ- 
ποι, Theogn.  551. 

Ύΰχνπτερορβϋέω,  ώ,  to  moult  quick- 
ly, Aristaen.  2,  1. 

Ύάχνπ-ερος,  ov,  {ταχύς,  ητερόν) 
swift-winged,  Aesch.  Pr.  88. 

Ύάχν-ω7Μς,  ov,  {ταχύς,  ττώλος) 
with  fleet,  swift  horses,  Aavaoi,  II.  4, 
232,  etc.  ;  but  never  in  Od.  [C] 

Ύύχνββοθος,  ov,  {ταχύς,  />όθος) 
rushing  rapidly,  /.όγοι,  Aesch.  Theb. 
285. 

Ύΰχύ/^βωστος,   ov,=foreg.,   Soph. 

0,  C.  1081. 

ΤΑ'ΧΥ'Σ,  εΐα,  ν,  like  ώκνς,  quick, 
swift,  fast,  fleet,  first  in  Horn.,  who 
has  it  mostly  of  speed  in  running, 
which  he  sometimes  expresses  more 
fully  by  ταχνς  πόδας,  11.  13,  249, 
482;  ταχνς  θέειν,  Od.  17,308;  then 
freq.  in  Hdt.,  and  Att. :  opp.  to  j3pa- 
όύς. — 2.  quick,  speedy,  Aesch.  Pers. 
739,  Soph.,  etc. : — and  of  the  mind, 
Eur.  Ion  742  ;  r.  έλ-ίόες,  Pmd.   P. 

1,  161 ;  Γ.  προς  όργήν,  Plut.  Cat. 
Min.  1. 

B.  Adv.,  τΰγέυς,  quickly,  etc.,  II. 
23,  365,  Hes.  f  h.  103,  and  Att. :  the 
adv.  is  also  e.icpressed  by  periphr., 
oiu  ταχέων,  in  haste,  Thuc.  3,  13, 
etc.  :  also  neut.  ταχύ  as  adv.,  Eur. 
H.  F.  885,  and  Ar. ;  more  freq.  τάχα, 
q.  V. ;  cf  τάχος. 

C.  Comparison  : — I.  compar., — 1. 
the  regul.  form  ταχύτερος,  a,  ov,  is 
not  Att.,  but  in  Hdt.  is  the  usu.  form, 
e.  g.  ποιέειν  ταχύτερα  η  σοόώτερα, 
3,  65  ;  7,  194,  cf  Lob.  Phrj'n.  77  ;  τα- 
χντερον,  as  adv.,  Hdt.  4,  127  ;  9, 101. 
— 2.  usu.  θύσσων,  neut.  θάσσον,  gen. 
όνος,  Horn. ;  new  Att.  θάττυν,  neut. 
θάττον:  the  neut.  as  adv.,  like-Lat. 
ocius,  oft.  stands  for  the  positive,  11. 

2,  440,  Od.  16,  130,  Pind.,  etc.  ;  οϋ 
θύσσον  οίσεις ;  i.  e.  make  haste  and 
bring.  Soph.  Tr.  1183,  cf  O.  T.  430. 
— 3.  the  compar.  ταχίων,  neut.  tov,  is 
very  freq.  in  late  prose,  as  Dion.  H., 
Diod.,  and  Plut. ;  but  rare  in  good 
Att.,  Piers.  Moer.  p.  436,  Meineke 
Menand.  p.  144. — II.  superl.,  τάχι- 
ατός,  η,  ov,  the  prevalent  form  of  su- 
perl. in  Hdt.  :  Horn,  however  uses 
only  neut.  plur.  τάχιστα  as  superl. 
adv.  (of  τάχα),  most  quickly,  most 
speedily,  όττι  τάχιστα,  as  soon  as  may 
be,  as  soon  as  possible,  like  δ  Ti,  ώς  τά- 
χος, etc.,  II.  4,  193,  etc. ;  so  in  Hes., 
Hdt.,  and  Att.,  δ  τι  or  ώς  τάχιστα, 
used  also  as  a  conjunction,  like  Lat. 
quamprimum,  in  which  case  ώς  is  usu. 
separated  from  τάχιστα,  Hdt.  1,  11, 
05,  80,  etc. ;  so,  όπως.  όσον  τάχιστα, 
Aesch.  Supp.  465,  883,  Soph.,  etc. : 
επεί,  επεάν  (  Att.  ε~ήν )  τάχιστα, 
Hdt.  7,  163,  129  : — freq.  also  in  prose, 
την  ταχίστην  (sc.  όδόν),  as  adv.,  by 
the  quickest  way,  i.  e.  7nost  quickly,  Hdt. 
1,  73,  81,  86,  etc.  (Perh.  akin  to  θέω.) 
[In  compar.,  Ιων,  lov,  but  in  later  Ep. 
ϊων,  tov.] 

Ύάχύσκαρθμος,  ov,  {τύχνς,  σκαρθ- 
μός)  swift-springing,  Anth.  P.  9,  227, 
e  conj.  Jac. 

Ύάχυσκε?^ής,  ες,  swift  of  leg  ox  foot. 

Ύάχύσπερμος,  ov,  {ταχύς,  σπέρμα) 
quickly  producing  seed,\.  1.  Arist.  H.  A. 
10,  5,  5. 

Ύΰχντής,  ήτος,  ή,  not  parox.,  Ar- 
cad,  28,  9 :  {ταχύς) :  —  like  τάχος, 
quickness,  swiftness,  of  dogs,  Od.  17, 
315 ;  ταχυττ/τος  άεθλα,  of  the  race, 
n.  23,  740  ;  -.  ποδών,  tXenophan.  2, 
1,  Bgk.t,  Pind.  O.  1.  155;  ησσων  ές 
ταχύτητα,  Hdt.  3,  102  :  and  m  Plat., 
etc. 

Ύΰ^^ϋτόκος,  ov,  {ταχύς,  τίκτω) 
93 


TE 
quickly  bringing  forth,  Arist.  Probl.  10, 
9. 

Ύάχνφωνος,  ov, fast-speaking,  [f] 
Ύΰχνχει?.ής,  ές,  {ταχύς,    χείλος) 

quick-lipped,  av?i.oi  τ.,  flutes  or  pipes 

over  which  the  lips  run  rapidly,  Leon. 

Tar.  1,3;  al.  ταννχει?ι.εΐς. 
Ύάχύχειρ,   χειρός,  ό,  ή,    {ταχνς, 

χείρ)  quick  of  hand,  nimble,  Critias  46. 

[ir] 

Ύΰχνχειρία,  ας,  ή,  quickness  of 
hand,  dexterity,  A.  B. 

i^aχώς,  ώ,  ό,  Tachos,  a  king  of 
Aegypt,  Ael. 

Τάων,  Dor.  and  Aeol.  gen.  plur. 
fern,  of  the  article,  for  των,  also  very 
freq.  in  Hom.,  and  Hes.  [u] 

Ύάών,  ώνος,  ό,  v.  ταώς. 

Ύΰώνιος,  ov,  of  a  peacock  :  from 

ΤΑί2~Σ,  ό,  gen.  ταώ,  ace.  ταών  (not 
so  well  ταώς,  ταώ,  etc.),  Ar.  Av.  102, 
269  ;  nom.  pi.  ταώ,  or  ταοί,  ap.  Ath. 
655 A: — but  also,  nom.  ταών,  gen. 
ταώνος,  nom.  pi.  ταώνες,  dat.  ταώσι, 
Ar.  Ach.  63,  cf  Buttm.  Ausf  Gr.  (^  58 
s.  v.,  Jacobs  Ael.  N.  A.  11,  33: — a 
peacock : — metaph.  of  coxcombs,  Ar. 
Ach.  1.  c,  cf  Strattis  Maced.  7.— 
Ace.  to  Trypho  ap.  Ath.  397  E,  the 
Athenians  inserted  an  aspirate  ταώς, 
cf  Dind.  Ar.  Ach.  63 :— this  was 
prob.  a  relic  of  the  digamma,  ταί^ώς, 
which  appears  in  the  Lat.  pavo, 
whence  Anglo-Sax.  pawa,  our  pea- 
fowl, etc. 

TE,  enclitic  particle,  and,  Lat.  que, 
esp.  in  poets  :  ace.  to  Herm.  Soph. 
O.  T.  6S8,  distinguished  from  καί,  in 
being  adjunctive,  rather  than  conjunc- 
tive ; — i.  e.,  in  that  it  merely  strings 
expressions  together  without  imply- 
ing any  actual  connexion  between 
them,  cf  II.  19,  221,  Od.  1,  392,  and 
V.  Herm.  H.  Hom.  Cer.  488.  It  joins 
not  merely  single  words,  but  also 
clauses,  as  in  II.  2,  198. 

Special  usages: — I.  τε  usu.  stands, 
in  joining  words,  after  the  word  to 
be  joined  ;  or,  in  joining  clauses,  af- 
ter the  first  w'ord  of  the  clause  to  be 
joined,  as  in  II.  1,  5. — II.  a  nearer  con- 
nexion is  marked  by  τε...τε..,  both... 
and..,  πατήρ  ανδρών  τε  θεών  τε, 
Hom. ;  so  in  prose,  as  Antipho  116, 
8  ;  117,  9,  Plat.,  etc.:  it  may  be  re- 
peated any  number  of  times,  as  εΙδός 
τε  μέγεθος  τε  φνην  r'  άγχιστα  εώκει, 
II.  2,  58;  cf  1,  177,  Aesch.  Pr.  89, 
sq.,  486,  sq.,  Soph.  Tr.  1094,  sq. ;  so, 
sometimes  in  prose,  Lys.  153,  22, 
Xen.  Cyr.  3,  3,  36  : — the  phrase  πρίν 
γ'  δτ'  uv  ενδέκατη  τε  δνωδεκάτη  τε 
γένηται  in  Od.  2,  374,  prob.  means, 
till  eleven  days  are  past  and  the  twelfth 
come. — III.  the  closest  union,  imply- 
ing a  real  connexion,  is  expressed  by 
τε  και..,  as  in  Hom.,  αυτοί  τε  και  ίπ- 
ποι, πνματόν  τε  και  νστατον,  etc.  ; 
or  by  τε...καί..,  with  one  or  more 
words  between,  as  is  usu.  in  prose ; 
though  even  here  τε  και...  is  often 
found,  as,  εν  τε  και  χείρον,  Thuc.  2, 
35  ;  βούλεταί  τε  καΐ  επίσταται.  Id. 
3,  25,  etc. ;  cf.  Lat.  et...et..,  -que  et, 
both. ..and..,  as  well  so..,  as  so..,  not  only 
...but  also.. ;  cf  καί  II  : — on  oi  τε  ΰ?.- 
7.01  και..,  α}.7.ως  τε  και..,  etc.,  ν.  sub 
ά/.?.ης  Ι.  3,  ύ/.?.ως  Ι. — 2.  in  this  signf 
1  r'  7/δέ  is  solely  Ep.,  II.  2,  206,  etc. ; 
r'  Ιδέ  is  very  rare. — 3.  the  transpos. 
και  τε  is  also  peculiar  to  Ep.,  II.  1, 
521 ;  9,  159,  etc. ;  and  repeated,  καί 
τε..,  καί  τε..,  Od.  14,  465  ;  yet  that 
καί...τε  is  good  Att.,  at  least  when 
one  or  more  words  come  between,  is 
established  by  Schaf  Dion.  Comp.  p. 
191. — IV.  τε  is  sometimes  put  in  ir- 
regular positions,  as  ίοΐσίν  τε  τιτν• 


TE 

σκόμενοι  7.άεσσί  r'  εβαλ/.ον,  Ώ.  3, 80 ; 
νόησε  δε  όΙος  Όδνσσε-νς  σαίνοντάι 
τε  κννας,  περί  τε  κτύπος  η/.θε  ποδοϊ- 
ϊν,  Od.  16,  6;  άρώμειος  εως  Ικηιο 
γήρας  τ  ε  /.ιπαρόν,  θρέ-ψαιό  τε  όαίυι- 
μον  νΐόν,  Od.  19,  367: — sometimes 
also,  it  joins  a  finite  verb  with  a  par- 
ticiple, as,  i/.Aa  τε  ζιραζόμενος  και 
δη  καί  ίπεπόμφεε,  Hdt.  1,  85 ;  ΰλλω 
τε  τρόπω  πειράζοντες  καί  μηχανην 
προςήγαγον,  Thuc.  4, 100  ;  cf  Herm. 
V'ig.  η.  219. — V.  though  τε  is  an  en- 
clitic, yet  there  are  many  places 
where  it  seems  to  go  before  the  word 
to  which  it  refers,  v.  Elmsl.  I.  A.  508, 
Heracl.  622,  Herm.  Soph.  Phil.  454, 
etc. :  but  the  exceptions  are  for  the 
most  part  more  apparent  than  real ; 
for,  often,  the  irregularity  is  caused 
by  an  ellipse  ;  or,  the  word  which  τε 
actually  fullov\'s  is  so  closely  con- 
nected with  that  to  which  it  belongs, 
as  to  be  almost  part  of  that  word  ; 
and  so,  τε  may  stand, —  1.  after  a  gen- 
itive dependent  on  the  word  to  which 
τε  belongs,  as  Hes.  Op.  19. — 2.  after 
the  article  of  the  word  to  which  τε 
belongs,  as  Soph.  Phil.  314,  cf  325.— 
3.  after  a  relative  on  which  the  whole 
sentence  depends,  as  Aesch.  Theb. 
1073. — 4.  most  freq.  after  a  prepos. 
when  it  refers  to  the  second  clause 
as  well  as  the  first,  Pind.  P.  1,  22, 
Hdt.  1,  69,  etc.:  but  this,  for  the 
most  part,  only  where  the  prepos.  is 
the  first  word  of  the  clause,  Pors.  Or. 
887.— See  further  Pind.  N.  1,  46, 
Aesch.  Cho.  130,  and  v.  Jelf  Gr.  Gr. 
<J  756. — V'l.  in  Ep.  and  Ion.,  τε  stands 
after  relatives  seemingly  pleonast., 
which  is  thus  to  be  explained  : — The 
realatives  in  the  earliest  language 
were  nothing  but  demonstratives, 
which  therefore  needed  to  be  joined 
by  -ε.  When  they  themselves  ob- 
tained a  relative  force,  -ε  was  dropped 
as  superfluous  :  but  in  Hom.  this  had 
not  yet  been  fully  done,  and  hence  it 
is  that  δςτε,  ήτε,  ο  τε,  δσος  τε,  οίος 
τε.  όππότερός  τε,  όσσάτιύς  τε  are 
still  so  freq.  in  him,  while  in  Att.  no- 
thing of  this  usage  remained,  except 
the  particles  άτε,  ώςτε,  and  the  phra- 
ses οίος  τε,  εφ'  ώτε-  The  same  may 
be  said  of  the  relat.  adverbs,  which, 
are  very  freq.  in  Hom.  with  τε,  as, 
ένθα  τε,  II.  5,  305  ;  δτε  τε,  II.  5,  500  ; 
ότε  πέρ  τε,  II.  10,  7  ;  ώςτε,  II.  2,  474, 
ώςεί  τε,  11.  9,  481  ;  ινα  τε,  ά?./.ύ  τε, 
II.  19,  165,  etc.  ;  cf  Herm.  Vig.  η. 
315 ;  so  too,  έπεί  τε,  freq  in  Hdt.,  e.  g. 
5,  33.  This  old  usage  is  compared 
by  Herm.  Soph.  O.  T.  688,  to  the 
Germ,  der  da..,  which  is  also  some- 
what antiquated.  Nitzsch  Od.  1,  50, 
attempts  an  ingenious  distinction  be- 
tween ύς,  δςτε,  δθι,  δθι  τε,  etc. — 2. 
Hom.  oft.  puts  other  particles  be- 
tween the  relatives  and  τε,  esp.  δς 
ρά  τε  (never  δς  τέ  pa),  δς  μέν  τε,  δς- 
περ  τε,  Herm.  Η.  Horn.  Αρ.  390. — 
VII.  in  Hom.  also  τε  is  used  seem- 
ingly pleon.  after  other  particles, esp., 
—  1.  after  -,άρ.  to  strengthen  it,  like 
Lat.  etenim,  II.  1,  81  ;  4,  160,  etc.  ; 
also,  τε  γήρ,  II.  23,  277 ;  and  even  in 
Att.,  Schiif  Soph.  Tr.  1021,  Dion. 
Comp.  p.  409. — 2.  after  μέν,  v.  μέν 
XI. — 3.  after  δέ,  but  also,  but  then, 
very  freq.  in  Hom.,  also  with  a  word 
between,  vvv  δ'  άμα  τ'  αντίκα.  II.  9, 
519:  μέν  τε...  δέ  τε...,  answering  to 
one  another,  II.  5,  139  ;  21,  260  :  but 
δέ  τε  is  never  found  in  Att.,  Herm. 
Vig.  n.  316,  Seidl.  Eur.  El.  667.— 
The  union  of  τε  with  other  particles 
is  to  be  explained  in  the  same  way  as 
its  union  with  relatives,  from  its  gen- 
1473 


ΤΕΓΕ 

eral  connective  power,  which  we  are 
oft.  quite  unable  to  express,  cf.  also 
ήτε. — V^III.  τε  in  the  hrst  clause  is 
not  always  followed  by  re  or  καί  in 
the  second,  but  sometimes  by  (5έ,  as 
in  the  famous  passage  of  11.  10,  224, 
αύν  τε  ύύ'  έμχημένω  καί  τε  προ  ο  τον 
ένόησεν..,  μοννος  (5'  είπερ  τι  νύησεν.., 
etc. ;  so  too.  Soph.  Ο.  C.  367,  Tr. 
285,  Wellauer  Aesch.  Pers.  017  :  in 
this  case  the  second  clause  is  made 
emphatic  by  6έ.  as  in  Lat.  by  et  vera: 
more  rarely  followed  by  ?;,  Find.  O. 
1,  167,  1.  8,  74,  IlOckh  v.  11.  p.  352  ; 
but  sometimes  even  in  prose,  e.  g. 
Plat.  Theaet.  143  C,  Ion  535  D.— 2. 
also,  μέν  in  the  first  clause  is  some- 
times followed  by  τε  in  the  second, 
V.  μεν  I.  6. 

Te,  Dor.  for  σε,  ace.  sing,  from  συ, 
Theocr.  1,  5,  cf.  Ar.  Ach.  779:  al- 
ways oxyt.,  whereas  τν  (as  the  ac- 
cus.)  is  always  enclit.,  Buttm.  Ausf 
Gr.  i  72  Anm.  7. 

Τέ',  apostroph.  for  τεά,  neut.  pi. 
from  τευς,  II.  5,  237. 

jTiavuv,  or  Ύεανήν,  οϋ,  τό, — 1. 
Άττουλοί',  Teanum  Apulorum,  a  city 
of  Apulia,  Strab.  p.  242. — 2.  Σιόικη- 
νόν,  Teanum  Sidicinum,  a  city  of  the 
Osci  in  Campania,  Id.  p.  237. 

^Ύεύρκων,  ωνος,  ό,  Tearchon,  an 
Aethiopian  traveller,  vStrab.  p.  Gl. 

ΧΤεαρος,  ου,  ό,  the  Tearus,  a  Thra- 
cian  river  joining  the  Hebrus,  Hdt. 
4,  89. 

iΎέaσπις,  ιος,  6,  Teaspis,  a  Per- 
sian, Hdt.  4,  43.  _ 

tTfuriii,  ας,  ή,  Teatea,  or  Teate, 
capital  of  the  Marrucini,  Strab.  p.  241. 

}Ύί:3ρος,  ov.  6,  v.  Σέβρος. 

TElTiZ  :  fut.  τέγξω,  to  wet,  moist- 
en, Trag.  :  τ.  τινί,  to  bedew  with,  esp. 
with  tears,  as,  δάκρνσι  τέγγων  κόλ- 
ποι•, Aesch.  Pers.  540 ;  απ'  άσσων 
παρειαν  νοτίοις  ετεγξα  παγαϊς,  Id. 
Pr.  401  ;  and  so  simply,  r.  παρειάν, 
όμμα,  etc..  Soph.  Ant.  530,  and  Eur.  ; 
and  in  pass.,  to  weep,  Aesch.  Pers. 
1065. — 2.  c.  ace.  cognato,  r.  δάκρυα, 
to  shed  tears,  Pind.  N.  10,  141  ;  ΰδι- 
νών  χλωμάν  τέγγει  δακρύων  άχναν. 
Soph.  Tr.  649  :  hence  in  pass.,  ό^- 
βρος  ίτέγγετο,  a  shower  fell.  Id.  O. 
T.  1279. — 11.  to  soften  (properly,  by 
soaking  or  bathing),  ύοιδαι  θελξαν  Viv 
άπτόμεναί'  ουδέ  θερμον  νδωρ  τόσον 
γε  μα/.θακα  τέγγεί  γνΐα  (i.  e.  ωςτε 
μαλθακά  γενέσθαι).  Find.  Ν.  4.  5 :  to 
melt,  more  to  compassion,  touch  at  heart, 
Valck.  Hipp.  303. — Pass,  τέγγομαι,  to 
be  touched  or  moved,  yield,  Aesch.  Fr. 
1008  ;  χωρεΐτ'  opyy  και  μη  τέγγεσθ', 
Ar.  Lys.  550 ;  νπύ  κακοδοξίας  τέγ- 
γεσθαι.  Plat.  Rep.  361  C  ;  etc.— III. 
to  dye,  stain,  Lat.  tingere ;  metaph., 
like  Lat.  imbuere,  r.  λόγον  -ψεύδει, 
δάκρυα  στοναχαΐς,  Pind.  Ο.  4,28,  Ν. 
10,  141.  (Lat.  tingo.  Germ.  tUnchen, 
Engl,  tinge,  are  akin.) 

Υΐεγέα,  ας,  ή.  Ion.  -εη.  and  Ύέγεα, 
Tegea,  an  ancient  city  of  Arcadia,  in 
the  southeast,  11.  2,  607  ;  Thuc. ;  etc. : 
adj.  Ύεγεατίκος,  ή,  ύν,  of  Tegea. 

Ύεγεάτης,  ov,  ό,  tlon.  -εητηςΛ  of 
or  from  Tegea,  fHdt.  1,  65  ;  9,  26+  : 
then,  by  a  play  upon  words,  of  or  from 
a  brothel,  ap.  Diog.  L.;  v.  τέγος  IV.  [ά] 

^Ύεγεατικός,  ή,  όν,  of  Tegea. 

\Ύε}εΰτίς,  ιδος,ή,  fern,  from  foreg  ; 
esp.  ή  Τ.,  the  territory  of  T.,  Polyb. 
16,  17,  4. 

Τε>  fof,  ov,  {τέγος)  : — with  a  roof  ox 
at  the  roof,  τ.  θάλαμοι,  the  women's 
chambers  at  the  top  of  the  house,  II.  6, 
248  ;  elsewh.  υπερώοι  οίκοι. 

■\ΎεγεστραΙοι,ων,οΊ,=ΎεργεσταΙοι, 
.Dion.  JP.  382. 
1474 


ΤΕΘΝ 

Τεγη,  ή,=στέγη,  τέγος,  Hesych. 

Ύεγκτός,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from 
τέγγω,  wetted,  or  that  can  be  wetted, 
Arist.  Meteor.  4,  9,  2.-2.  softened,  or 
that  may  be  softened,  Lat.  exorabilis. 

Ύέγξις,  εως,  ή,  {τέγγω)  a  wetting, 
moistening.  Hipp. 

ΤΕΤΟΣ,  εος,  τό,  like  στέγος,  a 
roof,  covering  of  a  house  or  room,  Lat. 
lectuin,  Od.  10,  559  ;  11,  64.  Ar.  Nub. 
1126  ;  θεώ  μ'  ΰπο  του  τέγους,  Ar. 
Ach.  262  ;  τ.  τον  οικήματος,  Thuc.  4, 
48,  Xen.,  etc. — Π.  any  covered  part  of 
a  house,  a  hall  room,  chamber  (properly, 
at  the  top  of  the  house),  Od.  1,  333  ;  8, 
458,  etc. ;  τέγος  ΤΙαρνύσιον,  the  tem- 
ple at  Delphi,  Pind.  P.  5,  54  ;  λιθίνω 
ένδον  τέ^ει,  i.  e.  in  a  cave.  Id.  N.  3, 
94. — III.  a  vault,  grave,  Lyc. — IV.  la- 
ter, esp.,  a  brothel,  stew,  Jac.  Λ  nth.  P. 
p.  717  ;  cf  Polyb.  12,  13,  2.  {Στέγω  is 
merely  another  form  of  the  root ; 
which  recurs  in  Lat.  tego,  tectum,  in 
Germ,  decken,  Dccke,  Dach,  our  deck, 
thatch.) 

iΎεγvpιoς,  ov,  ό,  Tegyrius,  a  king 
of  Thrace,  Apollod,  3,  Γ5,  4. 

ΎεΟάλνΙα,  Ep.  fern.  part,  pf  τέθη- 
λα  from  θάλλω,  Hom.,  and  Hes.  :  the 
Homeric  masc.  is  τεθηλώς,  in  the 
Doric  poets  τεθάλώς. 

ΎίθαΙφηκ()τωΓ,  adv.  part,  pf  from 
θαββέω,  boldly,  Polyb.  2,  10,  7. 

Ύεθάφαται,  Ion.  3  pi.  pf  pass,  from 
θάπτω,  Hdt.  6,  103. 

Ύέθεικα,  pf  from  τίθημι,  a  form  of 
Boeot.  origin. 

Ύέθηλα,  pf  from  θάλ?Μ,  Od.,  and 
Hes. 

Ύέθηπα,  pf  with  pres.  signf ,  from 
a  root  ΤΑΦ-,  of  which  no  pres.  is 
found,  but  it  occurs  in  aor.  τΰφεϊν  (v. 
infra),  and  τύφος,  τό. — I.  intr.,  to  be  as- 
tonished, astounded  or  amazed,  θνμός 
μοι  ένΐ  στήθεσσι  τέβηπεν,  Od.  23, 
105  ;  mostly  in  the  part,  τεθηπώς,  II. 
4,  243;  21,  64,  etc.;  Ep.  plqpf  as 
imperf  έτεθήπεα,  Od.  6,  166;  έτεθή- 
πεας  (to  be  pronounced  as  a  quadri- 
syll.),  Od.  24,  90 :— to  this  belongs 
also  aor.  έτάφον,  which  is  also  freq. 
in  Hom.,  but  only  in  masc.  part,  τύ- 
φων, in  the  phrases  ταφών  ανόρουσε, 
II.  9,  193  ;  στη  δε  ταφών,  1 1,  545,  etc. ; 
but  Pind.  has  3  sing,  τάφε,  P.  4,  168  : 
— later,  the  pf  is  sometimes  joined 
with  the  part.,  τέθηπα  άκονων,  Hdt. 
2,  156.  —  2.  c.  ace,  to  wonder  or  be 
amazed  at  a  thing,  only  in  Hesych.  ; 
for  in  Od.  6,  168,  τέθηπα\ια5  its  usu. 
intr.  signf  :  Hesych.  quotes  a  pres. 
θήπω  in  this  signf — II.  of  the  causa- 
tive perf  ΤΐΟύψα,  to  astonish,  amaze, 
τινά,  we  have  3  sing,  τέθαφε,  in  Cro- 
byl.  Apol.  1,  as  emended  by  Casau- 
bon.  (Akin  to  θάμβος,  θύομαι,  θαέ- 
ομαι,  θαϋμα,  etc.) 

Ύέθμιος,  α,  ον,  Dor.  for  θέσμιος, 
fixed,  settled,  regular,  Lat.  solennis, 
έορταν  Ίίρακλέος  τέθμιον,  Find.  Ν. 
11,  35  :  τέθμιον,  τό,  —  sq.,  a  law,  Id. 
I.  6  (5),  28;  cf  0pp.  C.  1,  450. 

Ύεθμός,  ό.  Dor.  for  θεσμός,  that 
which  is  fixed,  a  law,  custom,  freq.  in 
Find.,  as  O.  6,  117;  7,  162;  cf  Dis- 
sen  N.  4,  33  (54),  and  v.  sub  αμφία- 
λος, έγκώμιος. 

Ύέθνάθι,  imperat.  pf  of  θνησκω,  II. 
22,  365. 

Ύεθναίην,  opt.  pf  of  θνησκω,  II. 

Ύεθνάκην,  Aeol.  for  τεθνάναι,  inf 
pf  of  θνησκω,  Sappho  2,  15. 

Ύίθνάμεν^ηά  τεθνάμεναι,  Ep.  inf 
pf  of  θνησκω,  for  τεθνάναι,  Horn.  ; 
liut  the  form  τεθνάμεναι,  only  in  II. 
24.  225.  [u] 

Ύέθνάμεν,  Att.  for  τεθνήκαμεν,  1 
pi.  perf  of  θνησκω. 


TEIN 

Τεθνάναι  [ΰ],  inf  pf  of  θνησκω : 
but  also  τεθνάναι  in  Theogn.  181, 
and  Aesch.  Ag.  539  ;  cf  Draco  p.  39, 
13;  108,25. 

Ύεθνάσι,  3  pi.  pf  of  θνησκω,  Horn. 

Ύεθνεικα,  ISoeot.  for  τεθνηκα,  pf 
of  θνησκω,  like  τίθεικα,  from  τιθημι: 
part,  τεθνειώς. — v.  sub  τίθνηώς. 

Ύεθνεώς,  ώτος,  ό  and  τό,  usu.  Att. 
masc.  and  neut.  part.  pf.  of  θνησκω, 
in  Hom.  only  Od.  19,  331  ;  feni.  τε- 
θνεώσα:  but  in  Hdt.  1,  112,  we  also 
find  the  neut.  τεθνεός,  which  is  prob. 
better. 

Ύέθνηκα,  perf  of  θνησκω,  Hom. 

Ύεθνήξομαι,  Att.  fut.  of  θνησκω, 
Br.  Ar.  Ach.  590. 

Ύεθνηώς,  ώτυς.  Ion.  for  τεθνεώς, 
masc.  and  neut.  part.  pf.  oi  θνησκω, 
which  is  the  only  form  allowed  by 
Aristarch.  in  Hom.,  and  he  is  fol- 
lowed by  Wolf:  Zenodot.,  followed 
by  Buttm.,  preferred  the  Boeotian 
τίθνειώς,ΐί.  Spitznerll.  6,71  ;  Hom. 
has  also  gen.  τεθνηότος,  ace.  -ότα,  II. 
19,  300,  Od.  24,  56:  the  fem.  howev- 
er even  in  Horn,  is  always  τεθνηκνΐα. 
(The  neut.  may  perhaps  have  been 
τεθνηός.) 

Ύεθνώς,  poei.  for  τεθνεώς. 

ΎιθορεΙν,  redupl.  for  θορείν,  aor.  2 
of  θρώακω. 

Ύεθορνβημένως,  adv.  part,  pf  pass, 
from  θορυβέω,  tmnultnously,  in  a  dis- 
orderly manner,  άπυχωρείν,  Xen.  Hell. 
5,  3,  5,  etc. 

Ύεϋρήμερον,  ov,  τό,  a  lime  of  four 
days,  Anth. 

Ύεθριππηλάτης,  ov,  6,  one  who 
drives  a  τέθριππον.  [u] 

Ύεθριπποβάμων,  όνος,  o,=  sq.,  τ. 
στόλος  =  τέθριππον,  Eur.  Or.   989. 

Ύεθριπποβάτης,  ov,  ό,  {τέθριππον, 
βαίνω)  one  who  goes  in  a  τέθριππον,  a 
four-horse  driver,  epith.  of  the  Cyre 
neans,  Hdt.  4,  170. 

Ύέθριππος,  ov,  (τέτταρα,  ίππος) 
with  four  horses  yoked  abreast,  άρμα, 
Pind.  I.  1,  18  ;  ζενγης  τ.,  Aesch.  Fr. 
357  ;  δχος.  Eur.  Hipp.  1212  ;  άμιλλαι 
τ.,  the  chariot-race.  Id.  Hel.  386.— II. 
τέθριππον  {  sc.  άρμα ),  τό,  a  four- 
horsed  chariot,  Pind.  O.  2,  91,  Hdt.  6, 
103  ;  T.  ϊππων,  a  team  of  four  abreast, 
Ar.  Nub.  1407  :  in  plur.,  of  a  single 
chariot,  Find.  P.  1,  114. 

Ύεθριππητροφέω,  ώ,  to  keep  a  team 
of  four  horses,  Hdt.  6,  125  :  from 

Ύεθριπποτρόφος,  ov,  {τέθριππον, 
τρέφω) :  —  keeping  a  team  of  four 
horses,  τ.  οικία,  i.  e.  a  wealthy  family 
that  could  support  this  the  most  expen- 
sive contest  in  the  games,  Hdt.  6,  35. 

Ύεθρνλημένως,  adv.  part,  pf  pass, 
from  θρνλέω,  as  is  well  known. 

^Ύεθρνμμένος,  pf  pass.  part,  from 
θρνπτω,  Qu.  Sin.  4,  396.     Hence 

Ύεθμνμμένως,  adv.,  luxuriously. 

^Ύεθρώνιον,  ov,  τό,  Tethronium.  a 
small  city  of  Fliocis,  on  the  Cephi- 
sus,  Hdt.  8,33  :  in  Paus.  Ύιθρώνιον. 

Ύεθνωμένος,  part,  pf  pass,  from 
θυόω,  11. 

Tf  ί,  Dor.  for  τέ,  σέ,  ace.  sing,  from 
σί'. 

Ύεΐν,  Dor.  for  σοι  from  συ,  dat. 
sing.,  also  in  Ep.,  11.  11,  201  ;  Od.  4, 
619,  etc.,  Orac.  ap.  Hdt.  5,  60,  61. 

Τεΐνδε,  Dor.  for  τ^δε  or  έντανθα, 
Theocr.  8.40,  \.  1.  5*,  32. 

Ύεινεσμός,  οϋ,  ό,  {τείνω)  : — a  vain 
endeavour  to  evacuate,  a  hard  stool, 
Hipp.;  Nic.  Al. 382,  ubi  Schneid.  τη- 
νεσμός.     Hence 

Ύεινεσμώδης,  ες,  {είδος)  ■ — like  a 
τεινεσμός :  or,  of  persons,  vainly  en- 


TEIN 
deavouring   to   evacuate,   with   a    hard 
slool,  Aretae. 

ΤΕΓΝΩ  .■  f.  τει^ώ  .■  aor.  έτεινα, 
pass,  ετάθην  [u]  :  pf.  τέτύκα,  pass. 
τέτΰμαί :— Horn,  has  of  act.,  pres. 
and  aor. ;  pass.,  3  sing.  pf.  τέταται, 
3  sing,  plqpf  τέτατο,  'Άάα9\τετάσθην, 
3  pi.  τέταντο,  11.  4,  544,  3  aor.  τάϋη, 
part,  -αθείς. 

Τ»  stretch,  strain,  extend,  τόξον  Τ-, 
to  stretch  the  bow  to  its  f till,  bend  it  to 
the  utmost,  11.  4,  124,  cf.  Aesch.  Ag. 
364  ;  7/via  εξ  άντυγος  τ.,  to  tie  them 
tight,  at  full  stretch,  11.  3,  261  ;  5,  262; 
so  in  pass.,  Ιμα,ζ  τέτατο,  it  was  at  full 
stretch,  11.  3,  372,  cf.  14,  404  ;  ιστία 
τέτατο,  the  sails  were  stretched  taught, 
Od.  11,  11  ,  so  too,  ναας  ττόόα  τ.,  to 
keep  the  sheet  taught.  Soph.  Ant.  716: 

metaph.,  Ζ,ενς  λαίλαπα  τείνει,  he 
strains,  i.  e.  spreads  the  hurricane,  II. 
16,  365 ;  ννζ  τέταται  βροτοίσιν, 
night  is  spread  over  mankind,  Od.  11, 
19;  άηρ  τέταται  μακάρων  ίπΐ  έργοις, 
Hes.  Op.  547 ;  so,  of  light,  Soph. 
Phil.  831  ;  of  sound.  Id.  Ant.  124.— 
II.  to  lay  along,  stretch  out,  φάσγανον 
VKo  7ια~άρην  τέτατο,  hung  along  or 
bu  ins  side,  11.  22,  307  :  esp.,  to  stretch 
on  the  earth,  lay  prostrate,  ταθείς  έπι 
yaiy,  II•  13,  655,  έν  κονίτισι  τέταντο, 

II.  4,  536,  544  ;  ταθείς  έιΊ  δεημω,  ly- 
ing stretched  in  chains,  Od.  22,  200.— 

III.  metaph.,  to  set  on  the  stretch,  strain 
to  the  iitijiost,  ίσον  τε'ινειν  πολέμου 
τέλος,  to  strain  the  even  tug  of  war, 
II.  20,  101  ;  so  in  pass.,  των  έπι  Ισα 
μάχη  τέτατο  πτόλεμός  τε,  11.  12,  436; 
15,'  413,  cf  Hes.  Th.  638  ;  τέτατβ 
κρατερή  νσμίνη,  the  fight  was  strained 
to  the  utmost,  was  intense,  II.  17,  543  ; 
ίπποισι  τάθη  δρόμος,  their  pace  was 
strained  to  the  utmost.  11.  23,  375  (but 
τέτατο  δρόμος  is  merely  the  course  ex- 
tended or  lay,  of  its  direction,  II.  23, 
758,  Od.  8,  121):  r.  ανδάν,  to  strain 
the  voice,  raise  it  high,  Aesch.  Pers. 
574: — in  pass.,  absol.,  to  exert  one^s 
self,  be  anxious,  Pind.  I.  1,  70;  άμφί 
Tivi,  Id.  P.  11,  82.-2.  to  extend,  length- 
en, of  time,  T.  βίον,  Aesch.  Pr.  539 ; 
αιώνα,  Eur.  Ion  625  ;  τείνειν  λόγον, 
hke  μακράν  τείνειν,  Aesch.  Cho.  510; 
τι  μάτην  τείνονσι  βοάν ;  Eur.  Med. 
201  ;  ν,  sub  μακράν,  εκτείνω.  —  3.  to 
aim  at,  direct  towards  a  point,  strictly 
from  the  bow.  τ.  βέ'λη  έπι  Τροία, 
Soph.  Phil.  198 :  hence,  τείνειν  ώό- 
νον  εις  τίνα,  to  aim,  design  death  to 
one,  Eur.  Hec.  263  (but,  τ.  φόνον,  to 
prolong  murder,  Id.  Supp.  672) ;  τ. 
λόγον  εις  τινα.  Plat.  Phaed.  63  A  ; 
εις  τι.  Id.  Theaet.  163  A. 

B.  τείνω,  intr.,  of  geographical  po- 
sition, to  stretch  out  or  extend  towards.., 
T.  εις-,  Hdt.  2,  8,  cf  4,  38:  then, 
simply,  to  stretch,  extend.  Aesch.  Theb. 
763,  and  Plat.  ;  so,  of  time,  τείνοντα 
χρόνον,  lengthening  time,  Aesch.  Pers. 
64  : — rarely  so  in  pass.,  το  όρος  τετα- 
μένον  τον  αυτόν  τρόπον,  Hdt.  2,  8. — 
II.  to  aim  at,  hurry  on,  hasten,  oi  δ' 
ίτεινον  ές  ■πυ?Μς,  Eur.  Supp.  720  ; 
τείνειν  ως  τινα,  Αγ.  Thesm.  1205  ; 
έτειναν  άνω  πρυς  το  όρος,  Xen.  An. 
4,  3,  21  : — generally,  to  reach,  Lat. 
pertinere.  έπι  την  φνχην.  Plat.  The- 
aet. 180  C  ;  έπι  πάν.  Id.  Symp.  186 
B. — III.  to  tend,  refer,  belong  to,  Lat. 
spectare,  pertinere  ad..,  τείνει  ές  σε.  it 
refers  In.  concerns  you,  Hdt.  6,  109, 
Eur.  Phoen.  438,  etc.  :  ποϊ  τείνει ; 
to  what  tends  it?  Plat.  Crito  47  C  ; 
r.  προς  τι.  Id.  Symp.  188  D.  etc.  ;  εΙς 
ταντό,  Id.  Crat.  439  Β  :— Plat,  uses 
the  pass,  much  in  the  same  way. — 2. 
τείνειν  προς  τινα  or  τι,  to  come  near 
to  ;  and  so,  to  be  like,  Plat.  Theaet. 


TEIX 

169  A,  Crat.  402  C  ;  so.  t)'}tV  τι  τεί- 
νειν τινός.  Id.  Phaed.  65  A,  Rep.  548 
D. — IV.  absol.,  <o  be  on  the  stretch,  be 
vehement,  obstinate,  τείνειν  άγαν.  Soph. 
Ant.  711. 

(The  root  is  TAN-,  TEN-,  as  in 
Sanscr.  tan  iextendere),  τύννμαι,  τα• 
ννω,  τιταίνω  :  hence  τένος,  τένων, 
Lat.  tendo,  teneo,  tenus,  tenor,  tenuis. 
Germ,  diinn,  our  thin  ;  also  prob.  ται- 
νία ;  and  ace.  to  some,  tabula,  like 
fabula  from  φημί  : — but  τιτνσκομαι 
is  prob.  a  distmct  word.) 

ΎεΙος,  for  τέως,  q.  cf  sub   fin. 

'\Ύειρεσίας,  ov  Ep.  ao,  ό.  Ion.  -σίης, 
Tiresias,  the  celebrated  blind  sooth- 
sayer in  Thebes,  son  of  Eiieres  and 
Chariclo,  Od.  10,  492  ;  etc.  ;  Pind.  N. 
1,  92;  cf.  Luc.  Astrol.  11. 

Ύεΐρος,  εος,  τό,  Ep.  form  from  τέ- 
ρας, found  only  in  pi.  τείρεα,  the  heav- 
enly constellations,  signs,  U.  18<  485  ; 
έΐ'ί  τείρεσιν  αιθέρος,  Η.  Hom.  7,  7  ; 
cf  τέκμαρ  sub  fin. 

ΤΕΓΡί2,  impf  ετεφον,  found  only 
in  pres.  and  impf.  act.  and  pass.  To 
rub,  rub  away :  USU.  metaph.,  to  wear 
away,  wear  out,  distress,  afflict,  either 
in  body  or  mind,  άλλα  σε  γήρας  τεί- 
ρει,  II.  4,  315  ;  βέλεος  δέ  σε  τείρει 
ακωκή,  13,  251  ;  τείρε  γαρ  αυτόν  έλ- 
κος, 16,  510;  όδννάων  αϊ  νυν  μιν 
τείρουσι  κατά  φρένας,  15,  61,  cf  Od. 

1,  342  ;  άϊρώζ•  γάρ  νιν  έτειρεν.  5,  796; 
also  of  a  noisome  smell,  Od.  4,  441  ; 
so,  τνχαι  τείρσνσί  με,  Aesch.  Pr.  348 ; 
όδννη  με  τείρει,  Eur.  Rhes.  749  : — 
so  in  pass.,  ένδοθι  θυμός  έτείρετο 
πενθεί  λνγρώ.  II.  22,  242  ;  τείρετο  δ' 
αίνώς,  II.  5,  352.  cf  Od.  4,  441,  etc.  ; 
also  in  Hes.  Fr.  51,  Theogn.,  and  Att. 
poets. — Poet.  word.  (The  following 
are  cognate  words,  Lat.  tero,  τέρσο- 
μαι,  τιτρύω  τετραίνω,  τορός  τορέω 
τορεΰω,  τρνω  τρύχω,  θρνπτω,  τρίβω, 
θρανω,  τιτρώσκω,  τρώγω,  τέρην  te- 
ner.) 

^Ύείσπης,  ον  Ion.  εω,  6,  Teis- 
pes,  son  of  the  elder  Cyrus,  Hdt.  7, 
11. 

Ύειχεσιβλ-ητης,  ου,  b,  v.  1.  for  τει- 
χεσιπ7.ήτης,  thrower  down,  ofivalls. 

Ύειχεσιπ?ήκτΐΐς,  ου,  6,  striker  of 
walls,  of  a  battering-ram. 

Ύειχεσιπ?.ήτης,  ov,  a,  (τείχος,  πε- 
?Μζω) : — strictly  approarher  of  walls, 
i.  e.  stormer  of  cities,  epith.  of  Mars, 
II.  5.  31.455. 

Ύειχέω,  like  τειχίζω.  to  build  walls 
ov  fortresses,  to  build,  Hdt.  1,  99,  etc.  ; 
τείχος  τειχειν.  Id.  9,  7. — II.  to  wall, 
fortify,  c.  ace,  Hdt.  5,  23;  8,  40, 
etc. :  cf.  τειχίζω. 

Ύειχήεις,  εσσα,  εν,^τειχιόεις. 

Τειχτιρτ/ς,  ες,  (τείχος,  *άρω1): — 
within  walls,  enclosed  by  walls  :  and 
so, —  1.  beleaguered,  besieged,  Hdt.  1, 
162 ;  τειγήοειςαντονς που/σας,  Thuc. 

2,  101,  cf  Xen.  Hell.  5,  3,  2 ;  τ.  γίγ- 
νεσθαι, Andoc.  26,  9  :  like  πυργήρης. 
— 2.  walled,  fortified,  LXX. 

Τειχίζω,  ί.  -ίσω,  {τείχος)  :  to  build 
a  wall ;  generally,  to  build,  τείχος 
έτειχίσσαντο,  they  built  them  a  wall, 
II.  i,  449,  cf  Thuc.  5.  82  ;  8,  90  ;  iqv- 
μα  στρατοπέδω  r.,Thuc.  1,  11  ;  πνρ- 
γος  τετείχιστάι.  Pind.  I.  5  (4),  56,  of 
P.  0,  9  : — in  plqpf  τετείχιστο,  im- 
pers.,  there  were  buildings.  Hdt.  1,  181. 
— II.  to  wall  or  fortify,  το  όρος,  Hdt.  1, 
175,  etc. ;  Μαγνησίαν.  Dem.  15,  20  ; 
so  in  mid.,  τειχίζεσθαι  τό  χωρίον, 
Thuc.  4,  3  : — pass.,  to  be  walled  or 
fenced  with  walls,  oi  'Adtjvaloi  έτει• 
χίσθησαν,  Id.  1,  93  ;  τά  τετειχισμένα, 
the  fortified  parts.  Id.  4,  9  ;  Αί>'υ:ΓΓθν 
τω  Νείλω  τετειχισμίνην,  Isocr.  224 
A :  cf.  τειχέω. 


TEIX 

Τειχικός,  η,  όν,  of  or  for  a  wall, 
Lat.  nwralis. 

Τειχΐόεις,  εσσα.  εν,  (τείχος)  walled, 
of  towns.  11.  2,  559,  646. 

ίΤειχιόεις,  εντός,  ό,  contd.  Τειχι• 
ονς,  ονντος,  Tichiois,  a  fortress  by 
Trachis,  Strab.  p.  428. 

Τειχίον  or  τείχιον,  ov,  τό,^τείχος, 
a  wall,  μέγα  τειχίον  αυλής,  Od.  16, 
105,  343  (the  same  as  έρκεα,  lb  341) : 
— a  dini.  only  in  form  ;  yet  usu.  lim- 
ited to  private  buildings,  etc.  ;  not 
being  used,  like  τείχος,  of  c!/i/-walls, 
V.  Ar.  Eccl.  497  (though  in  Ar.  \'esp. 
1109  It  seems  to  be  so),  Thuc.  6,  66  ; 
7,  81  ;  cf  Thom.  M.  p.  837,  Meineke 
Com.  Fr.  2,  p.  511.     Hence 

^Τειχίον,  ov,  τό,  Tichium,  a  small 
town  of  Aetolia,  Thuc.  3,  96. 

^Τειχιονσσα,  7/ς,  ή,  Tichiussa,  a 
fortified  place  in  the  territory  of  Mile- 
tus, Thuc.  8,  26 :  in  Ath.  325  D  Τεί- 
χιοϋς. 

Τείχισις,  εως,  ή,  (τειχίζω) : — the 
work  of  walling,  building  a  wall,  Thuc. 
7,  6,  Xen.  Hell.  6,  5,  4. 

Τείχισμα,  ατός,  τό,  (τειχίζω)  a  wall 
or  fort,  a  raised  fortification,  Eur.  H. 
F.  1090,  Thuc.  4,  8,  115,  etc. 

Τειχισμός,  ov,  ό,=^τείχισις,  Thuc. 
5,  82;'  6,  44,  Polyb.,etc. 

Τειχιστής,  ov,  ό.  (τειχίζω)  a  build- 
er of  walls,  etc.,  LXX. 

Τειχοδομέω,  ώ,  to  build  a  wall  or 
fortress,  Anth.  Plan.  279:  and 

Τειχοδομία,  ας,  ή,  a  building  of 
walls  or  forts,  Piut.  Nic.  18  :  from 

Τειχοδόμος,  ον,{τεΙχος,δέμω)  build- 
ing a  wall  or  fort,  Manetho. 

Τειχοκαταλύτης,  ου,  ό,  a  demolisher 
of  vxills.  [fi] 

Τειχοκράτέω,  ύ,  (τείχος,  κρατέω) 
to  take  afort,  Ctes\as,  Poiyaen.4,  2,  18. 

Τειχη'λέτης,  ov,  a,  (τείχος,  όλλυ- 
μΐ)  a  destroyer  of  walls  or  fortifications  : 
fem.  -έτις,  ιδος,  Snnyl.  ap.  Plut.  Ro- 
mul.  17. 

Τειχυμάχεϊον,  ov,  τό,  =  τειχομά- 
χιον. 

Τειχομΰχέω,  ώ,  (τειχόμαχος)  to 
fight  with  the  -walls,  i.  e.  to  assault, 
storm,  besiege,  Hdt.  9,  70.  Thuc.  7, 
79,  Xen.,  etc. ;  r.  τινι,  Ar.  Nub.  481  ; 
τειχομαχεϊν  δυνατοί,  skilled  in  con- 
ducting sieges,  i.  e.  good  engineers, 
Thuc.  1,  102. 

Τειχομάχης,  ου,  ό,  (τείχος,  μάχο- 
μαι) fighting  with  walls,  i.  e.  assaulting, 
besieging  them  ;  an  engineer,  Ar.  Ach. 
570.   [a] 

Τειχομάχία,  ας,  ή.  Ion.  -ίη,  a  bat- 
tle with  walls,  i.  e.  an  assault,  siege, 
Hdt.  9,  70  :  the  twelfth  book  of  the 
Iliad  was  so  called.  Plat.  Ion  539  B. 
Hence 

Τειχομύχικός,  ή,  όν,  adapted  for 
besieging. 

Τειχομάχιον,  ου,  τό,  an  engine  for 
demolishing  walL•. 

Τειχομάχος,  ov,  v.  1.  for  τειχομά- 

Τειχομε?.ής,  ές,(τεΐχος,  με/.ος)  wall- 
ing by  music,  τ.  κιβύρη,  of  Amphion's 
lyre,  Anth.  P.  9,  216. 

Τειχοποιΐα,  ας,  ή,  a  budding  walls 
or  forts,  Died  — II.  the  office  of  the  τει- 
χοποιός :  from 

Τειχοποιός,  όν,  (τείχος,  ποιέω) 
building  tvalls  or  forts,  Lyc.  :  superin- 
tending their  repair :  esp., — II.  oi  τει- 
χοποιοί,  at  Athens,  magistrates  who 
had  the  care  of  the  city  walls,  Dem.  243, 
20,  Aeschin.  57,  15. 

Τειχάπνργος,  ov,  ό,  a  gate-tower, 
gatehouse  in  the  wall. 

ΤΕΓΧΟΣ,  εος,  τό,  a  wall,  esp.  a 
wall  round  a  city,  town-wall,  freq.  from 
Horn,  downwds. ;  in  early  times  al• 
1475 


TEKM 

ways  of  massy  stone  (cf.  λογύς,  ?^o- 
γύδην,  λιθολόγος)  ;  hence  a  ξνλινον 
τείχος  was  something  unusual,  Orac. 
ap.  Hdt.  7,  141,  ct.  Θ,  SI  ;  9,  65 ; 
(Find,  uses  this  phrase  for  a  funeral 
pile.  P.  3,  67) :  ΤΕίχέΐύν  κίΟύης,  coats 
of  wall,  i.  e.  walls  one  within  the 
other,  Hdt.  7,  139 :  τείχος  ϊλαΰνειν, 
cf  ίΡιαύνω,  III-  2  ;  r.  βήξασβαι,  to 
breach  the  wall,  11.  13,  90,  257  ;  τεί- 
χος άναβρί/ξας,  7,  401  ;  so  in  Att. 
prose,  r•  ύιαίμεΐν,  καθαιρείν,  ττεριαι- 
ρεϊν,  κατασκάττεη',  etc. ;  ορρ.  to  τ. 
οΊκοδυμεΙν,  τειχίζειν,  άνορβυνν,  etc. 
— it  differs  from  τοίχος,  as  Lat.  mu- 
ms, moenia,  from  paries, — as  city-walls 
etc.  from  α  hmise-wall :  cf.  τειχίον. — 
II.  any  fortification,  a  castle,  fort,  Hdt. 
3,  14,  91,  etc.  :  also,  in  plur.,of  α  siu- 
gle  fort,  as  we  say  fortifications,  Id.  4, 
]2. — III.  a  walled,  fortified  town  or  city, 
Hdt.  9,  41,  1 15,  Xen.,  etc. ;  and  so  m 
plur.,  Hdt.  1,  98,  Xen. 

Υΐεΐχος,  ονς,  τό,  Tichos,  a  fortress 
near  Dyme,  Polyb.  4,  59,  4. 

Ύείχοσκοπία,  ας,  ή,  a  looking  from 
the  walls :  name  given  to  the  3d  book 
of  the  Iliad. 

Ύείχοφνλάκέω,  ώ,  to  watch  or  g^iard 
the  walls,  Dion.  H.  4,  16,  Plut.  Crass. 
27;  V.  Lob.  Phryn.  574,  sq.,  who  re- 
jects the  form  τειχοφυ?ίακτέω  in  Po- 
lyaen.  7, 11,  5,  as  contrary  to  analogy  : 
from 

Ύειχοφνλαξ,  άκος,  δ,  {τείχος,  φν• 
7Μξ)  one  that  ha.i  the  watch  or  giiard 
of  the  walls,  a  sentinel,  warder,  Hdt.  3, 
157.  [v]  ,     .       9 

Ύείχύδριον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  τεί- 
χος, Xen.  Hell.  2,  1,28. 

Ύείως,  adv.,  Ep.  and  Ion.  for  τέως, 
Od. 

Ύέκε,  Ep.  3  sing.  aor.  of  τίκτω, 
Horn. 

Ύεκεκτόνος,  ov,  dub.  in  Orph.  for 
τεκοκτόνος.  Lob.  Phryn.  678. 

Τεκμαίρομαι,  dep.,  v.  infra  Β : 
(τέκμαρ)  : — to  set  as  an  end  or  bound- 
ary, to  ordain,  decree,  esp.  of  God  or 
Fate,  T.  κακά  tlvl,  II.  6,  349  ;  7,  70  ; 
ττόλεμον,  δίκην  τινί,  Hes.  Op.  227, 
237 :  —  generally,  of  any  person  in 
authority,  to  lay  a  task  upo}i  a  person, 
enjoin,  appoint,  πομττην  ές  τόδ'  ίγω 
τεκμ.,  Od.  7,  317;  άλ?ιην  θ'  ήμιν 
δδόν  τεκμτ/ρατο  Κίρκη,  10,  563  ;  and, 
with  a  notion  of  foretelling,  τότε  τοι 
τεκμαίρομ'  ό7ιεθρον,  11,  1 12  ;  12,  139  ; 
hut,  c.  inf.,  to  settle  with  one^s  self,  i.  e. 
to  design,  purpose  to  do,  H.  Horn.  Ap. 
285  (which  in  v.  287  is  explained  by 
φρονεϊν):  to  mark  out,  Lat.  designare, 
έδρας  πρέπουσας.  Plat.  Legg.  849  Ε  ; 
— but  tnis  sense  is  very  rare  after 
Horn.,  and  Hes. — II.  after  Horn.,  al- 
most always,  to  perceive  from  certain 
signs  and  tokens,  to  infer,  conclude, 
judge,  usu.  c.  dat.,  έμπίφοις  τεκμαί- 
ρεσθαι,  to  perceive  or  judge  by  the 
burnt-offerhig,  Pind.  O.  8,  4  ;  τεκμαί- 
ρομαι ίργοισιν  Ήρακλέος,  Id.  Fr. 
151,  5;  τ.  Tii  μη  yr/νωσκόμενα  τυΐς 
ίμώανέσι,  to  judge  of  ihe  unknown  by 
tne  known,  Hdt.  2,  33  ;  ίργω  κον  λό- 
γω τ..  Aesch.  Pr.  336;  cf.  Soph.  O.  T. 
916,  Eur.  Oenom.  6,  Isocr.  70  A,  etc. : 
we  also  find,  r.  τι  άπό  or  εκ  τίνος, 
Xen.  Mem.  3,  5,  6 ;  4,  1,  2,  Plat., 
etc. ;  up'  αϋτοϋ  την  νόσον  τεκμαίρε- 
ται, Ar.  Vesp.  76  ;  and,  τ.  τι  προς  τι, 
Dem.  820,  15 ;  also,  περί  τίνος  in- 
stead of  ace,  τ.  περί  τώΐ'  μελ?ώντων 
τοις  γεγενημένοις,  Isocr.  128  Β :  — 
τεκμαίρεσθαί  τι  ότι...,  to  take  as  a 
reas-on  the  (following)  fact  that..., 
Thuc.  1,  1,  Xen.  Rep.  8,2;  cf.  τεκ- 
ur/piov  1  :  —  r.  ει...,  to  be  uncertain 
whether...,  Anth.  P.  12,  177  :  —  in 
1476 


TEKM 

medic,  to  judge,  conjecture  frorn  symp- 
toms, Hipp. ;  cf.  τέκμαρσις  II. — 2.  to 
look  about  after  a  mark,  sign  or  token, 
to  look  about  for  any  thing,  oft.  with 
coliat.  notion  ofdesire,  Valck.  Phoen. 
186 : — also,  r.  εΊς-,  lo  direct  a  thing 
to  or  towards...,  Dion.  P.  101,  135.— 3. 
to  reckon,  count,  c.  ace,  Ap.  Rh.  4,  217. 

B.  an  act.  τεκμαίρω  occurs  first  in 
post-Horn,  poets,  to  show  by  a  sign  or 
token,  c.  acc,  Pind.  O.  6,  123,  Aesch. 
Pr.  605 ;  also,  τεκμαίρειν  τι  ιδειν, 
Pind.  Ν.  6,  14: — to  determine,  finish, 
T.  άοιδίμ',  Arat.  18. 

TE'KMAP,  Ep.  τίκμωρ,  τό,  as 
Horn,  always  has  it,  while  the  other 
form  occurs  in  Hes.  Fr.  55,  2,  Pind., 
Aesch.,  etc. ;  both  indecl. :  —  a  fkved 
viark  or  boundary,  goal,  end,  Ικετο 
τίκμωρ,  he  reached  the  goal,  11.  13, 
20 ;  ενρετο  τεκμωρ,  he  came  to  the 
end  (of  trouble),  11.  16,  472;  τεκμωρ 
εί'ρείν,  generally,  to  find  an  end  or 
way  out,  Od.  4,  373,  466,  cf  Pind,  N. 
11,  57,  P.  2,  90;  'Ιλίου  τεκμωρ,  the 
end  of  Troy,  11.  7,  30,  etc.  ;  r.  αιώνος, 
a  term  of  life,  Pind.  Fr.  146.  —  2.  α 
fixed  line  of  separation,  r.  δεύ^ν  τε 
και  MRQv,  Hes.  Fr.  55,  2.— II.  like 
τεκμηρίον,  a  fixed  sign,  sure  sign,  or 
token,  though  only  of  some  high  and 
solemn  kind,  as  Jupiter  says  that  his 
nod  is  μεγιστον  τεκμωρ  Ιξ  έμέϋεν, 
the  highest,  surest  pledge  I  can  give, 
II.  1,  526;  T.  τινός,  a  sure  token  of 
something,  Aesch.  Ag.  272,  315, 
Supp.  483;  a  sign  of  weather,  etc., 
Id.  Pr.  454,  cf  Buttm.  Lexil.  s.  v. : 
hence,  with  coUat.  notion  of  foretel- 
ling, ο  prophecy,  H.  Horn.  32,  13  ;  and, 
since  these  were  chiefly  taken  from 
the  sky.  a  sign  in  the  heavens,  constel- 
lation, like  τέρας,  τείρεα  and  signa, 
Arat.,  and  Ap.  Rh. — Poetic  word. 

Ύέκμαρσις,  εως,  ή,  (τεκμαίρομαι)  a 
judging  from  siire  signs  or  tokens  ;  esp. 
in  medic,  a  judging  from  symptoms, 
conjecturing,  Hipp  ,  cf.  Foes.  Occon.  : 
generally,  a  proving,  showing,  ov  δι- 
καίαν  τέκμαρσιν  έχει,  has  no  real 
way  of  proving  or  shoiving  lohy...,  has 
no  just  grounds,  Thuc.  2,  87. 

Τεκμαρτός,  ή,  όν,  (τεκμαίρομαι) 
from  which  a  token  can  be  taken,  possi- 
ble to  be  made  out,  ονδεν  προςιδόντί 
τεκμαρτόν,  Cratin.  ^S2p.  3. 

Τεκμι'ιριον,  ov,  τό,  (τεκμαίρομαι)  : 
— like  τέκμαρ  II.  (cf.  Arist.  Rhet.  1, 
2,  17),  a  sure  sign  or  token,  esp.  when 
used  as  a  proof,  first  in  Hdt.  2,  13, 
43 ;  τεκμηρίοισιν  ίξ  οίμωγμάτων, 
Aesch.  Ag.  1300 ;  θανόντος  πίστ' 
εχων  τεκμήρια.  Soph.  El.  774 ;  τ. 
περί  των  μελλόντων,  Andoc.  23,  39  ; 
etc  : — in  Att.,  we  often  have  τεκμη- 
ρίον δέ  as  an  independent  clause, 
now  the  proof  of  it  is  this  (which  fol- 
lows), take  this  as  a  proof,  e.  g.  Thuc 
2,  39,  cf.  Wolf  Dem.  Lept.  459,  28 ; 
j  more  fully  τεκμήριον  δε  τούτου  και 
τόόε'  παρά  μεν  Κύρον,  κ.  τ.  λ.,  Xen. 
An.  1,  9,  29.  —  11.  a  proof  from  sure 
signs  or  tokens,  Acsch.  Eum.  485,  and 
freq.  in  Plat.,  etc. :— in  the  Logic  of 
Aristotle,  a  demonstrative  proof,  opp. 
to  the  fallible  σημείον,  v.  Analyt.  P. 
2,  27,  7,  Rhet.  1,  2,  16. 

Τεκμηρώω,  to  show  or  prove  by  evi- 
dence, Thuc.  1,  9  ;  τοσαντα  έτεκμηρί- 
ωσε  ότι...,  thus  much  evidence  has  he 
given  to  the  fact  that...,  Id.  3,  104: — 
mid.,  to  conclude  from  a  sure  sign  or 
token,  Philo. 

Τεκμηριώδης,  ες,  (είδος)  of  the  na- 
ture of  a  τεκμήριον,  Arist.  Rhet.  2, 
25,  14. 

Ύεκμηρίωσις,  εως,  ή,  a  proving : 
proof,  Arr. 


TEKN 

^Ύέκμησσα,ης,η,  Tccmcssa.azwgn 
tcr  of  the  Phrygian  Teleutas,  or  Te<3- 
theas,  taken  captive  by  Telamonian 
Ajax,  to  whom  she  bore  Eurysaces, 
Soph.  Aj. 

Τεκμωρ,  τό,  Ep.  form  from  τέκμαρ, 
q.  V. 

Τεκνίδιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  of  τέκνον, 
a  little  child,  Ar.  Lys.  889.  [vl] 
Τεκνίον,  ου,  TO,=  foreg.,  Anth. 
Τεκνογονέω,    ω,    to   beget   or   bear 
young,  Anth.  P.  9,  22  :  and 

Τεκνογονία,  ας,  ή,  a  begetting  or 
bearing  of  children,  N.  T. :  from 

Τεκνογόνος,  ov,  {τέκνον,  *γέ^'ω) 
begetting  or  bearing  children,  Aesch. 
Theb.  929. 

Ύεκνοδαίτης,  ov,  6,  (τέκνον,  δαίυ 
Β,    δαίννμι)    devmirijig    his    children, 
Orac.  ap.  Paus.  8,  42,  6. 
Τεκνόεις,  v.  snb  τεκνονς. 
Τεκί'οκτονέω,  ώ,  to  murder  children, 
Clem.  Al. :  and 

Τεκνοκτονία,  ας,  η,  child-murder, 
Plut.  2,  998  Ε  :  from 

Τεκνοκτόνος,  ov,  (τέκνον,  κτείνω) 
murdering  children,  μναος,  Eur.  Η.  F. 
1155. 

Ύεκνολετήρ,  νροζ,  ό,  {τέκνον,  ϋλ- 
λνμι)  having  lost  one's  children  or 
young ;  fem.  τεκνολέτειρα,  of  the 
nightingale.  Soph.  El.  107. 

Τέκνον,  ov,  TO,  (τίκτω,  τεκεϊν)  : — 
that  which  is  born  or  produced,  hence 
(like  A.  Sax.  beam,  Scottish  baim, 
from  beran,  to  bear, — ovK  ίστι  μήτηρ 
ή  κεκλημένον  τέκνον  τοκενς,  τροφός 
δέ...,  Aesch.  Eum.  658),  α  child,  whe- 
ther son  or  daughter,  ΰλοχοι  και  νή- 
πια τέκνα,  II.  2,  136,  etc.':  the  sing. 
is  used  by  Horn,  only  in  vocat.,  as  r. 
form  of  address  from  elders  to  their 
youngers,  v^y  son,  my  child,  some- 
times with  masc.  adj.,  φίλε  τέκΐ'ον, 
II.  22,  84,  Od.  2,  363,  etc.,  the  relat. 
pron.  or  participle  is  oft.  in  masc.  or 
fern.,  as  in  Hdt.  7,  224,  Pind.  Fr.  157, 
Eur.  Supp.  12  sq.,  Tro.  735.-2.  of 
animals,  the  young,  11.  2,  311,  Od.  16, 
217,  cf.  Valck.  Hdt.  3,  109,  Xen.  Cyr. 
4,  1,  17,  etc. — 3.  birds  are  called  αι- 
θέρος τέκνα,  Eur.  El.  897. — Cf.  τέκος. 
Τεκνοποίέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (τεκνοποι- 
ός)  to  make  children ; — in  act.,  of  the 
woman,  to  bear  them  ;  in  mid.,  of  the 
man,  to  beget,  Xen.  Mem.  2,  2,  4,  etc. : 
— in  mid.,  also,  to  have  children  begot- 
ten for  one,  Xen.  Lac.  1,  7.     Hence 

Τεκνοποίησις,  ?;,  =  τεκνοποιία : 
and 

Τεκνοποιητικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to, 
fitted  for  the  begettiitg  or  bearing  of 
children  :  ij  -κή  (sc  τέχνη),  as  a  sub- 
division of  the  οικονομική,  Arist.  Pol. 
1,  3,  2. 

Τεκνοποιία,  ας,  ή,  (τεκνοποιός)  a 
making  of  children,  a  bearing  or  beget- 
ting of  children,  Xen.  Mem.  1,  4,  7, 
Lac.  1,3. 

Τεκνόποινος,  ov,  (τέκνον,  ποινή) 
child-avenging,  μήνις,  Aesch.  Ag.  155. 
Τεκνοποιός,  όν,  (τέκνον,  ποιέω) 
child-making,  hence,  τ.  γυνή,  of  the 
wife,  Hdt.  1,  59  ;  r.  πόσις,  of  the 
husband,  Eur.  Tro.  853 :  ru  τ.  αφρο- 
δίσια, legitimate  sexual  intercourse, 
opp.  to  tmnatural  crimes,  Xen.  Hier. 
1,  29. — II.  generally,  able  to  bear,  fruit- 
ful, Hdt.  5,  40. 

Τεκνοββαίστης,  ov,  ό,  (τέκνον, 
βαίω)  destroying  children,  Lyc  38. 

Τεκνοσπορία.  ας,  ή,  a  begetting  of 
children,  Anth.  P.  7,  508  :  from 

Ύεκνοσπόρος,  ov,  (τέκνον.  σπείρω) 
sowing,  i.  e.  begetting  children,  Manetho. 
Τεκνοσφάγία,  ας.  ή,  child-murder. 
Τεκνοτροόέω,  ώ,  to  rear  children  or 
young,  Arist!  H.  A.  9,  40,  32 :  and 


TEKT 

Ύεκνοτροφία,  ας,  ή,  α  rearing  of 
children  or  young,  Arist.  H.  A.  6,  4,  5  : 
from 

Ύεκνοτρόήιος,  ov,  (τέκνου,  τρέφω) 
feeding  or  rearing  children. — II.  propa- 
rox.  τεκνότροφος,  ov,  pass.,  fed  or 
reared  by  children. 

Ύεκνονς,  ονσσα,  ovv,  for  τεκνόεις, 
εσσα,  εν,  having  children.  Soph.  Tr. 
308;  cf.  παιδοϋς. 

Ύεκνοφάγία,  ας,  ή,  a  devouring  of 
children :  from 

Ύεκνοφάγος,  ov,  (τέκνον,  φαγεϊν) 
eating  children,  Luc. 

Ύεκνοφθορέω,  ώ,  to  destroy  children; 
and 

Ύεκνοφθορία,  ας,  ή,  destruction  of 
children  :  from 

Ύεκνοφθόρος,  ov,  {τέκνον,  φθείρω) 
destroying  children. 

Ύεκνόφι,  poet.  gen.  from  τέκνον, 
Simon.  7,  20. 

Ύεκνοφονέω,  ω,  to  murder  children, 
Leon.  Al.  31,  etc. :  from 

Ύεκνοφόνος,  ov,  (τέκνον,  φονεύω) 
murdering  children,  LXX. 

Ύεκνόω,  ω,  t.  -ώσω,  (τέκνον)  :  to 
furnish  or  stock  with  children,  τ.  πόλίν 
παίσί,  Eur.  Η.  F.  7 : — pass.,  to  be  fur- 
nished with  children,  i.  e.  to  have  them, 
Pors.  Phoen.  882.  —  II.  to  engender, 
procreate  children  ;  in  act.,  USU.,  of  the 
man,  to  beget  them,  Hes.  Fr.  43,  0, 
Eur.  Phoen.  19,  Hel.  1146;  νύμφης, 
from  a  bride.  Id.  Med.  805 :  (when- 
ever the  fern,  τεκνονσα  is  found  in 
MSS.  or  Edd.,  it  should  be  read 
either  τεκονσα  or  τεκνοϋσσα,  as 
Soph.  Tr.  308):— mid.,  of  the  female, 
to  bear  children;  as  metaph.,  χθων 
έτεκνώσατο  τέκνα,  Id.  I.  Τ.  1262,  cf 
Supp.  1087 ;  also  metaph.,  οΆβος 
τεκνοϋταί,  it  has  offspring,  Aesch.  Ag. 
754  ;  μυρίας  6  μύρως  χρόνος  τεκνοϋ- 
ταί νύκτας  ημέρας  τε,  Soph.  Ο.  C. 
618  :  but  the  mid.  is  used  of  the  man 
in  Eur.  Med.  574,  and  the  act.  of  the 
woman,  Theophr.  H.  PI.  9,  18,  10.— 
Pass.,  to  be  born,  Pind.  I.  1,  25,  Eur. 
Phoen.  863  :  metaph.,  μι/  καΐ  τεκνω- 
dy  δυςφορώτερος  γόος,  Aesch.  Theb. 
657,  cf.  Soph.  O.  T.  867;  whence 
Soph.  O.  T.  1215  has  the  strange 
phrase,  γάμον  τεκνονντα  καΐ  τεκ- 
νούμενον,  ί.  e.,  a  marriage  where  hus- 
band and  son  are  one. — III.  to  take  as 
one's  child,  adopt,  hat.  adoptivumfacere. 
Died.     Hence. 

Ύέκνωμα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which  is 
born,  a  child:  metaph-,  r.  πόνου,  the 
produce  of  toil,  Aesch.  Fr.  292. 

Τέκνωσις,  εως,  fj,  (τεκνόω)  a  beget- 
ting, bearing,  τέκνωσιν  ποιείσθαί,  to 
have  children,  Thuc.  2,  44. — II.  a 
taking  as  one's  child,  adoption,  Diod.  4, 
39,  67. 

Ύεκοκτόνος,  ον,—τεκνοκτόνος. 
ΤΕ'ΚΟΣ,  εος,  τό,  poet.  dat.  pi. 
τεκεσσι,  τεκέεσσι,  both  in  Horn., 
poet,  for  τέκνον,  oil.  in  Horn.,  and 
Hes. ;  freq.  as  a  term  of  endearment 
from  elders  to  their  youngers  ; — also 
in  Pind.  I.  6  (5),  44  ;  όυσσεβίας  μεν 
ύβρις  τέκος,  Aesch.  Eum.  534  ;  etc. : 
— also  of  animals,  II.  8,  248,  etc. 
Ύέκταινα,  ή,  fem.  of  τέκτων. 
Ύεκταίνομαο,  f.  τεκτανονμαι  (τέκ- 
των): dep.  mid.: — strictly,  to  work 
at  a  τέκτων,  or  carpenter:  but  usu. 
trans.,  to  make,  build,  frame  of  wood 
or  other  materials,  -  vr/άς  Ttvi,  II.  5, 
62  ;  χέλυν,  Η.  Horn.  Merc.  25  ;  ναΐ^ς, 
Ar.  Lys.  674  ;  and  freq.  in  Plat. ;  ό 
τεκταινόμενος,  the  maker.  Plat.  Tim. 
28  C  : — metaph.,  to  devise,  plan,  con- 
trive, esp.  by  craft  or  cunningly,  Lat. 
Mtruere  or  machinari,  τ.  μήτιν,  II.  10, 
19;  ονγκολλά  τίνα  τ.,  to  fit  and  fast- 


ΤΕΛΑ 

en  together.  Soph.  Fr.  746 ;  σιγ^  δ' 
έτεκτήναντ'  άπόφθεγκτόν  μ',  they  kept 
me  from  speech  of  them,  Eur.  I.  T. 
951 ;  cf  Plat.  Tim.  91  Α.— Later  we 
find  the  act.  τεκταίνω  in  same  signf , 
first  in  Ap.  Rh.  2,  381 ;  3,  592,  and  in 
late  prose  :— but  Dem.  921,  22,  has 
Tu  τεκταινόμενα,  in  pass,  signf 

Ύεκτόνιιρχος,  ον,=άρχιτέκτων,  τ. 
μούσα.  Soph.  Fr.  170. 

Ύεκτονεία,  ας,  ή,  or  τεκτονία,  ας, 
ή,  carpentry,  Theophr. 

ΎεκτονεΙον,  ου,  τό,  the  workshop  of 
a  τέκτων,  Aeschin.  17,  33. 

Ύεκτονεύω,  like  τεκταίνομαι,  to  be 
a  carpenter,  Artemid.  1,  1. 

Ύεκτονικός,  ή,  όν,  (τέκτων) : — prac- 
tised or  skilled  in  building.  Plat. :  as 
subst.,  ό  Τ;  a  good  carpenter  or  builder. 
Id.  Rep.  443  C,  etc. ;  as  opp.  to  a 
smith  {χαλκεντικός),  Xen.  Mem.  1, 
1,  7  : — η  -κή  (sc.  τέχνη),  carpentry, 
building,  freq.  in  Plat. ;  as  opp.  to 
χαλκεία,  χαλκεντίκή.  Plat.  Prot. 
324  E,  Xen.  Oec.  1,  1,  Diog.  L.  3, 
100. 

Ύεκτονόχειρ,  ό,  ή,  (τέκτων,  χείρ) 
with  the  hand  of  a  τέκτων,  Orpn.  Fr. 
8,  44. 

■\Ύεκτόσαγες,  ων,  οι,  the  Tectosa- 
ges,  a  Gallic  tribe,  who  settled  in  Asia 
Minor,  Strab.  p.  187. 

Ύεκτοσύνη,  ης,  η,  (τέκτων)  the  art 
of  a  carpenter  or  builder,  carpentry, 
avi/p  εν  είδώς  τεκτοσννάων,  Od.  5, 
250  ;  άτιμον  χέρα  τεκτοσννας,  hand 
unhonoured  inits  art,  Eur.  Andr.  1015  ; 
metaph..  r.  έπέων,  Anth.  P.  7,  159. 

Ύεκτόσυνος,  η,  ov,  poet,  for  τεκ- 
τονικός. 

Τέκτων,  όνος,  ο,  any  worker  in  wood, 
esp.  a  carpenter,  joiner,  builder,  τέκ- 
τονες  άνδρες,  ο'ί  οί  εποίησαν  θά?•,αμον 
και  δώμα  καϊ  av7J]v,  II.  6,  315,  ct.  5, 
59 ;  πίτυν  ονρεσι  τέκτονες  άνδρες 
έξέταμον  πε?ίέκεσσι,  13,390  ;  νηών  τ., 
α  ship  carpenter  or  builder,  Od.  9,  126  ; 
τέκτονα  δούρων,  17,  384  ;  cf  Xen. 
Mem.  1,2, 37. — 2.  generally,  any  crafts- 
man or  workman,  κεραοξόυς  τέκτων, 
a  worker  in  horn,  II.  4,  110  :  rarely  of 
metal-workers,  H.  Horn.  Yen.  12,  cf 
Eur.  Ale.  5  ;  being  usu.  opp.  to  χαλ- 
κεύς  or  σιδηρενς  (a  smith).  Plat. 
Prot.  319  D,  Xen.  Hell.  3,  4,  17  ;  cf. 
τεκτονικός. — 3.  a  master  in  any  art, 
as  ni  gymnastics,  Pind.  N.  5,  90  ;  of 
poets,  τέκτονες  σοφοϊ  έπέων,  Id.  P. 
3,  200  ;  τέκτονες  ύμνων,  Cratin.  Eun. 
3  (ap.  Ar.  Eq.  530)  ;  but,  τέκτονες 
κώμων,  in  Pind.  N.  3,  7,  are  the  γορεν- 
ταί  : — of  a  physician,  r.  νωοννιάν, 
Pind,  P.  3,  11. — III.  a  planner,  plotter  : 
an  author,  νεικέων,  Aesch.  Ag.  152  : 
— poet,  also  τέκτων  γένους,  the  au- 
thor of  a  race,  Aesch.  Supp.  594. 
(Akin  to  τέχνη,  τίκτω,  τεκεΐν.) 

Ύΐκών,  aor.  part,  of  τίκτω. 

Ύελύμώΐ',  ώνος,  ό,  α  broad  band  or 
strap  for  bearing  or  supporting  any 
thing  ;  hence, — 1.  a  leathern  strap  or 
belt,  freq.  in  Horn.,  whose  heroes  use 
it  for  carrying  both  the  shield  and 
sword,  hence  we  read  of  Ajax,  δύω 
τε?Μμώνε  περί  στήθεσσι  τετύσθην, 
ήτοι  ό  μέν  σάκεος,  ό  δε  φασγύνου,  II. 
14,  404  ;  ξίφος  συν  ko7Ju  τ  ε  και  έντ- 
μήτω  τελαμώνι,  7,  304  ;'  cf  18,  598  ; 
Γ.  άσπίδος,  2, 388,  etc. :  in  Horn.,  the 
τε?-αμώί>  is  usu.  άργνηεος,  silver- 
studded,  11.  18,  480 ;  also  χρύσεος, 
Od.  11,  610  ;  φαεινός,  II.  12,  401,  Hes. 
Sc.  222. — 2.  a  broad,  linen  bandage  for 
wounds,  II.  17,  290,  Hdt.  7,  181 ;  cf 
Valck.  Phoen.  1663. — 3.  a  long  linen 
bandage  for  rolling  about  mummies, 
a  roller,  Hdt.  2.  86,  Anth.  P.  11,  125. 
— II.  in  architecture,  Ύελαμώνες  were 


TEAE 
colossal  male  figures  used  as  bearing 
pillars,  being  the  Roman  name  for 
Άτ'λαντες,  MuUer  Archaol.  d.  Kunsl 
^  279  ;  cf  Καρυατίδες.  (No  doubt 
irom  τ'/.ήναι,  to  bear,  whence  also  the 
hero  Telamon  prob.  took  his  name  ; 
cf  ' Κτλας.) 

\Ύε7Μμών,  ώνος,  6,  Telamon,  son 
of  Aeacus,  king  of  Salamis,  an  Argo- 
naut and  Calydonian  hunter,  II.  17, 
293  ;  Pind.  N.  8,  39.— II.  a  port  ol 
Etruria,  Polyb.  2,  27. 

■ηε?Μμωνιάδης,  ov  Ep.  and  Ion. 
εω,  δ.  Dor.  -δας,  a,  son  of  Telamon, 
i.  e.,  Ajax,  II.  9,  623  ;  Pind.  1.  6,  38 : 
Teucer,  N.  4,  77. 

Ύελάμωνίζω,  f.  -ίσυ,  {τελαμών)  to 
bind  up,  esp.  to  bind  up  a  wound,  Sa- 
tyr, ap.  Ath.  248  F. 

Ύε'λαμώνιος,  a,  ov,  of  or  belonging 
to  a  τε?Μμών,  v.  1.  for  στελμόνιος  in 
Xen.  Cyn.  6,  1. 

^Ύελαμώνιος,  a,  ov,  of  or  relating 
to  Telamon,  Tetamonian,  ό  Τ.,  AjaX, 
i.  e.,  son  of  T.,  II.  2,  528,  etc. 

Ύε?Μρχης,  ov,  (άρχω)  the  command- 
er of  a  τέλος  (signt.  II). 

Ύελαρχία,  ας,  ή,  the  duty  or  rank 
of  a  τελάρχης. 

Ύέ/ίβω,  τελβομαι,^^ατέμβω,  He- 
sych. 

Ύελεαρχία,  ας,  η,  the  office  of  τε• 
λεαρ;};οί•,  Plut.  2,  811  Β. 

ΎεΑέαρχος,  ov,  6,  (τέ?.ος  III.)  α  po- 
lice magistrate  at  Thebes,  lb. 

ίΤελέας,  ου,  ό,  Teleas,  an  infamous 
character  in  Athens,  satirized  by  Ar. 
Pac.  1008,  etc.— 2.  father  of  Chrysi- 
lia  in  Cormth,  Ath.  436  F. 

iTελέδaμoς,  ov,  ό,  Teledamus,  an 
Argive,  an  adherent  of  Philip,  Dem. 
324,  10.— Others  in  Polyb. ;  etc. 
I      ΎεΑέεις,  εντός,  v.  τελήεις. 

^Ύελέϋριον,  ov,  τό,  Mt.  Telethri- 
us,  in  Euboea,  Strab.  p.  445. 
'  Ύελέθω  :  3  sing,  frequent,  impf.  re- 
I  /.έβεσκε,  Η.  Horn.  Cer.  242.  To  come 
forth,  come  into  being,  to  be  quite  so  and 
so  ;  and,  by  consequence,  to  be,  in 
which  signf  it  is  not  rare  in  Hom., 
as,  αριπρεπέες,μινννθάδιοι  τελέθον- 
σι,  11.  9,  441,  Od.  19,  328 ;  άμείνων 
τε?.έθει,  Od.  7,  52 ;  so  also  Orac.  ap. 
Hdt.  7, 141,Theogn.,  Pind.,  and  other 
poets,  but  never  in  Soph. ; — also  of 
time,  ννς  τε/.έθει,  it  is  quite  night,  II. 
7,  282,  293,  cf  II.  12,  347,  Od.  17, 
486,  Hes.  Op.  179,  504.  (Poet,  word, 
being  a  lengthd.  form  of  τέλ?.ω,  q.  v., 
in  intr.  signf  : — a  connexion  with 
θά/ιλω  is  very  unlikely.) 

Ύε?.ειογονέω  or  τελεογ-,  to  produce 
fruit  in  perfection  or  in  due  season, 
Theophr.  C.  PL  I,  11,  3 ;  3,  18,  I : 
and 

Ύελειογονία,  ας,  ij,  or  τε7ιεογ-, 
timely  or  perfect  production  or  birth, 
Arist.  Gen.  An.  2,  8,  17:  from 

Ύε7.ειογόνος  or  τε7.εογ-,  (τέλειος, 
*γένω)  bearing  timely,  perfect  young  or 
fruit,  Arist.  Gen.  An.  4,  4,  9.— IL 
proparox.  τε7.ειόγονος,  ov,  pass.,  borri 
in  due  or  full  time.  Id.  H.  A.  7,  4,  19. 
Ύε7.ειοκαρπέω,  ώ.  or  τελεοκ-,  to 
produce  perfect  fruit,  Theophr. 

Ύε?ιειόκαρπος,  ov,  or  τε/^εόκ-,  pro- 
ducing perfect  fruit. 

Ύελείοποιέω,  ώ,  to  make  perfect, 
complete,  Eccl. 

Ύελειοποώς,  όν,  making  perfect, 
completing. 

Ύέ7.ειος,  a,  ov,  in  Att.  also  ος,  ov : 
also  τέλεος,  as  in  Hdt.  (cf  infra  C) : 
both  forms  are  common  in  Att.,  but 
the  latter  most  freq.,  esp.  in  prose  : — 
(τέλος)  Having  reached  its  end,  fin- 
ished, Horn,  (only  in  11.),  etc. ;  of  vic- 
tims, complete,  perfect,  entire,  without 
1477 


TEAE 

spot  or  blemish,  αίγες  τέ7.ειαι,  II.  1, 
66;  24,34,v.  Hdt.  l,183(cf.  iiilrall): 
but,  icpu  τέλεια  are  perfect  sacriliccs, 
sacrilices  of  full  tale  or  number,  or  per- 
formed with  all  rites,  Lex  ap.  Ancloc. 
13,  9,  Dem.  1365,  17  :  so  in  II.  8,  217  ; 
24,  315,  some  take  αίετυς  τελειότα- 
τος ττετεηνών  to  be  the  surest  bird  of 
augury ;  cf.  τελήεις. — 2.  of  animal.s, 
full-grown,  τέ?Λον  νεαροίς  ίπιϋΰσας, 
Aesch.  Ag.  1504  (and  so  some  take 
αίγες  τ.  in  II.  11.  c.) :  esp.,  r.  άνήρ,  a 
full-grown  man,  Lat.  adultus,  Xen. 
Cyr.  1,  2,  4,  12,  14  ;  (in  Hesych.,  τέ- 
λειοι οι  -γεγαμηκότες,  cf.  infra  II.  2) : 
τ.  Ιτττϊος,  opp.  to  ττύλος.  Plat.  Legg. 
834  C  ;  hence  also,  τ.  άρμα,  a  chariot 
drawn  by  horses,  opp.  to  (ίρμα  πωλι- 
κόν,  Inscr.  in  Wordsw.  Athens  and 
Att.  p.  161  : — hence  generally,  perfect 
in  his  or  iis  kind,  τ.  σο(?ιστής,  Plat. 
Crat.  403  Ε ;  τέλ.  εΙς,  κατά  or  προς 
τι.  Id.  Phaedr.  269  Ε,  Tim.  30  D, 
Legg.  647  D  :  το  τελεον,  perfection, 
Id.  Phil.  66  B. — 3.  of  qualities,  num- 
bers, times,  etc.,  absolute,  perfect,  com- 
plete, freq.  in  Plat. :  also  of  evils,  r. 
νόσημα,  a  fatal  illness,  Hipp. ;  τελέα, 
τελεωτάτη  αδικία.  Plat.  Rep.  384  Β, 
344  Α. — 4.  of  actions,  ended,  finished. 
Soph.  Tr.  948,  ubi  v.  Herm.  :  so  too 
of  prayers,  vows,  etc.,  fulfilled,  accom- 
plished, εύχωλαί,  Pind.  Fr.  87,  12: 
τέλειον  έπ'  ενχα  έσλόν.  Id.  P.  9, 
156 ;  ενγματα.  Ar.  Thesm.  353 ;  of 
omens  or  predictions,  όφις  ov  τελίη, 
a  vision  ivhich  imported  nothing,  Hdi. 

I,  121  :  also,  r.  ψηψος,  a  fixed  resolve, 
Soph.  Ant.  632. — 5.  in  arilhm.,  those 
numbers  are  τέλειοι,  which  are  Cijual 
to  the  sum  of  their  factors  or  divi- 
sors, as,  6=3-f2+l;  28=14+7+4 
+2+1  ;  etc. ;  cf.  Plat.  Rep.  546  B.— 

II.  act.,  bringing  to  pass,  accomplishing, 
άρα  τ.,  a  curse  working  its  own  fulfil- 
ment, Blomf.  Aesch. Theb.  832(vvhere 
τέλεια). — 2.  of  the  gods,  listening  to, 

fulfilling  prayer,  as  granting  success 
m  any  thing,  esp.  7.ενς  τ.,  Pind.  P. 
1,  130;  Aesch.  Ag.  973;  τέλεων  τε- 
λειότατον  κράτος,  Ζεν,  Id.  Supp. 
526 : — esp.  as  epith.  of  Juno  ζνγ'ια, 
the  Lat.  Juno  pronuba,—2iS  the  pre- 
siding goddess  of  marriage,  looked 
upon  as  a  τέλος  or  perfect  condition 
oflife,  Pind.  N.  10,  31,  Aesch.  Eum. 
214,  Ar.  Thesm.  973  (v.  supra  II),  cf. 
Ruhnk.  Tim.,  and  τέλος,  v.  2. — 3. 
τέ?-ειος  av7jp,=  ljZt.  paterfamilias,  the 
head  or  lord  of  the  house,  Aesch.  Ag. 
972  ;  c(.  ημιτελής. — 111.=  τελενταϊος, 
last.  Soph.  Tr.  948.— IV.  τέλειον,  a 
royal  banquet,  as  a  transl.  of  the  Pers. 
tycta,  Hdt.  9,  110, — the  only  place 
where  he  uses  this  form. — V.  adv. 
•είως,  at  last,  Aesch.  Eum.  320. — 2. 
completely,  absolutely,  r.  ές  ασθενές 
ερχεσθαι,  Hdt.  1, 120 ;  τ.  άφρων,  Isae. 
Fr.  1,  4.     Cf.  τελήεις. 

Ύελειοστιγμτ/,  ης,  η,  for  τελεία 
στιγμή,  α  full  stop,  period,  dub. 

Ύελεΐάτης,  ητος,  ή,  (τέλειος)  com- 
pleteness, perfection,  Def.  Plat.  412  Β. 

Ύελειοτοκέο),  ώ,  to  bear  a  timely, 
full-grown  child ;  and 

Ύελειοτοκία,  ας,  ή,  the  timely  birth 
of  a  child  ;  from 

Ύελειοτόκος,  ov,  bearing  perfect  or 
timely  children. 

Ύελειονργέω,  ώ,  {*εργω)  to  perfect, 
complete,  1  heophr. 

Τελίίόω  or  τε?.εόω,  ώ,  {τέλειος)  : 
— to  make  perfect,  esp.  to  inaugurate  as 
king,  confirm  in  the  kingdom,  Hdt.  3, 
86  :  to  consecrate  to  a  sacred  office, 
LXX. — II.  to  complete,  bring  to  accom- 
plishment, Hdt.  1,  120;  τελ.  ?Μχον, 
to  make  the  troop  accomplish  its  end, 
1478 


TEAE 

i.  e.  to  make  it  successful,  Soph.  O.  C. 
1059  :  T.  TO  είδος,  to  complete  it,  make 
it  perfect,  Arist.  Elh.  N.  10,  4,  1.— 2. 
to  fulfil,  accomplish.  Soph.  Tr.  1257  ; 
τάς  σπονδάς,  Thuc.  6,  32  ;  τελεω- 
Οέντων  άμφοτέροισι,  when  their  wishes 
were  accomplished  for  both,  Hdl.  5,  11. 
— 111.  in  pass.,  to  come  to  full  age, 
grow  vp.  Plat.  Symp.  192  A,  Rep. 
466  Ε  :  and  generally,  to  be  made 
perfect,  completed,  of  numbers,  Id. 
Pol  it.  272  D. 

Tf  λ«ω,  Ep.  for  τελέίύ,  q.  v.,  Horn. 

Τελείωμα,  ατός,  ro,=sq. 

Ύελείυσις,  εως,  ή,  (τελειύω)  α  com- 
pleting, making  perfect,  Arist.  Anal. 
Pr.  1,  6,  17  :  consecration,  LXX. — II. 
a  being  perfect,  perfection,  Plut.  2, 
961  C — 2.  marriageableness;  mar- 
riage, LXX. 

Ύελειωτής,  ov,  b,  a  perfectcr,  fin- 
isher.    Hence 

Ύελειωτικός,  ή,  όν,  perfecting,  com- 
pleting, ending. 

ΎελενΙκίζω,  to  make  empty,  coined 
by  Cratin.  (Seriph.  10,  ubi  v.  Mei- 
neke)  from  Ύελένικος,  the  name  of 
a  poor  man  otherwise  unknown : 
hence,  Ύελενίκιος  ήχώ,  an  empty 
sound. 

\ΎελένΙκος,  ov,  6.  Telenicus,  an 
Athenian,  Andoc.  5,  40. — 2.  a  Byzan- 
tian,  Ath.  638  B. 

Ύελεογονέω,  -νια,  -νος,=  τελειογ-. 

Ύελεοδρομέω,  ώ,  to  complete  the 
course. 

Ύελεόδρομος,  ov,  completing  the 
course. 

Ύελεοκαρπέω,  -καρπος,=^  τελείοκ-. 

Ύελεόμηνος,  ov,  (τελεία,  μήν)  : — 
ΰροτος  τ.,  the  year  revolving  with  full 
complement  of  months,  i.  e.  a  full 
twelvemonth.  Soph.  Tr.  824 : — τέκνον 
τ.,  a  child  born  after  the  full  number  of 
months,  bom  in  due  season,  Arist.  H. 
A.  7,  4,  20. 

Ύε?.έοντες,  οι,  one  of  the  four 
original  Attic  tribes,  prob.  (from  τε- 
λέω  III)  the  Consecrators,  i.  e.  Priests  ; 
or  (from  τελέο)  II)  the  Payers,  Farm- 
ers, cf.  Thirlw.  Hist,  of  Gr.  2,  p.  5, 
and  cf.  Αίγικορεΐς : — others  however 
read  Τελέοντες:  compare  Hdt.  5, 
66,  with  Eur.  Ion  1580. 

Ύέ?ιεος,  τελεόω,  v.  sub  τέλειος, 
τελειόω. 

iΎελέσapχoς,  ov,  b,  Telesarchus,  a 
Samian,  Hdt.  3,  143.— 2.  father  of 
the  Aeginetan  Oleander,  Pind.  I.  8, 
3. — Others  in  Paus. ;  etc. 

[ΤελέσΩ{•,  αντος,  b,  Telesas,  a 
rhetorician  in  Alliens,  Ath.  220  B. 

^Ύελεσθώ,ονς,ή,  Te/e^Mo,  a  daugh- 
ter of  Oceanus,  Hes.  Th.  358. 

tTf  λε σί'α,  ας,  ?'/,  Telesia,  an  ancient 
city  of  the  Samniles,  Strab.  p.  250. 

ΪΎελεσιάδας,  a,  b,  Telesiadas,  a 
Theban,  Pind.  I.  4,  77. 

Tελεσ<άCω.  {τελέσιος)=τελέω. 

^Ύελεσίας,  a.  b,  Telesias,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Plut. ;  Ath. ;  etc. 

Ύελεσ'ιδρομος,  ov,=  τελεόδροιχος : 
generally,  complete,  Incert.  ap.  Stob. 
Eel.  l,p.  274. 

Ύελεσίερος,  ov,  accomplishing,  per- 
forming a  sacrifice,  or  a  sacred  func- 
tion. 

Ύελεσικαρττέο),  ώ,^τελεοκαρττέο. 

Ύελεσίκαρπος,  ον,=:τελεόκαρπος, 
Strab. 

^Ύελεσικράτης,ονς,  b,  Telesicrntes, 
a  Cyrenean,  victor  in  the  Pythian 
games,  Pind.  P.  9,  2  sqq. 

+Τελέσίλλα,    ης,    ή,     Telesilla,    a 

Grecian  poetess  of  Argos,  Apollod. 

3,  5,  6  ;  Plut. ;  etc.— Others  in  Anth. 

ίΤελεσίνικος,  ov,   b,    TelesinUus, 

a  Corinthian,  Polyaen.  5,  32. 


TEAE 

TελεσίVoof,  ov,  contr.  -νονς,  ον%•, 
^τελεσ'ιφρων. 

\Ύ ελεσίνος,  ov,  6,  or  Ύε7.εσίνονς, 
Telesinus,  masc.  pr.  η.,  Plut.  Lys.  et 
Sull.  4. 

Ύελέσιος,  ov,  finishing  :  r.  ήμερα, 
the  last  day. 

Ύελεσιονργέω,  ύ,  {τελεσιονργός) 
to  finish  a  work,  accomplish,  Polyb.  5, 
4,  10  : — pass.,  to  be  brought  to  perfec- 
tion, Arist.  H.  A.  6,  10,  16,  Plut.,  etc. 
Hence 

Ύελεσιονργημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  com- 
pleted work  :  the  end  worked  out,  ac- 
complished purpose,  Polyb.  3,  4,  12. 

Ύελεσιονργία,  ας,  ή,  the  finishing 
of  a  work. 

Ύελεσιονργικός,  ή,  όν,  fitted  for 
working  its  end,  v.  1.  for  sq. 

Τελεσίοι>ρ)Όί;•,  όν,  {τελέω,  έργον) 
completing  a  irork  :  working  its  end, 
effective.  Plat.  Phaedr.  270  A,  Polyb. 
2,  40,  2  ;  cf.  foreg. 

ΙΤελεσίΤΓΤτα,  ή,  Telesippa,  fern.  pr. 
n.,  Plut.  Alex.  41 :  Dor.  form  of 
Ύελεσίππη,  wh.  occurs  as  pr.  n.  of 
an  Athenian  female,  Dem.  1064,  15. 

ΙΤεΛεσίζ•,  ύ,  'Felesis,  masc.  pr.  n., 
Ath.  21  F.— 2.  ή,  fem.  pr.  n.,  Phile- 
taer.  ap.  Ath.  587  E. 

Ύέλεσις,  εως,  ή,  completion. 

Ύε?.εσίφάντ>ις,  ov,  b,  {φαίνυ)=^ 
Ιεροφάντης,  οργιοφάντης. 

Ύελεσίφρων,  όνος,  ο,  ή,  (τελέυ, 
φρήν)  : — μήνις  τ.,  wrath  that  works  its 
will,  i.  e.  divine  vengeance,  Aesch. 
Ag.  700. 

Ύελέσκω,  v.  sub  τελίσκω. 

Ύέλεσμα,  ατός,  τό,  (τελε'ω)  like 
τέλος  ΐν ,  toll,  taxes:  generally,  out 
lay,  a  payment,  Diod.  Excerpt,  p.  576, 
Luc.  Saturn.  35. 

Ύελεσμός,  οϋ,  b,  completion,  finish 
ing. 

Ύελεσσίγάμος,  ov,  poet,  for  τελε 
σίγαμος,  perfecting  or  consecrating  η 
marriage,  Nonn. 

Τελεσσ(>ΌΐΌζ•,  ov,  poet,  for  τελε 
σίγονος,  perfecting  or  completing  the 
birth,  Nonn. 

Ύελεσσιδώτειρα,  poet,  for  τε?.εσιδ-, 
=  τέλος  δονσα,  she  that  gives  complete 
ness  or  accomplishment,  ^oipa,  Eur 
Heracl.  899. 

Τελεσσή'οοί•,  ov,  poet,  for  τελεσί- 
νοος,  Orph.  Ag.  1308. 

'\Ύελεσταγόρας,  ov,  6,  Telestago- 
ras,  a  wealthy  man  in  Naxus,  Arist. 
ap.  Ath.  348  B. 

}Ύελέστης,  ov,  b,  Dor.  -τας  used 
also  in  Att.,  Telestas,  a  son  of  Priam, 
Apollod.  3,  12,  5. — 2.  a  dancer  ol 
Aeschylus,  Ath.  22  A. — 3.  a  poet  ot 
Selinus,  Ath.  616  £. — Others  in 
Paus. ;  etc. 

ΤελεσΓ/;ρ,  ήρος,  ό,=  τελεστής. 

Ύελεστήριον,  ου,  τό,  α  place  foi 
initiation,  as  the  temple  at  Eleusis, 
Plut.  Themist.  1,  Pericl.  13.— II.  τα 
τελεστηρια  (sc.  ιερά),  a  thank-offering 
for  success,  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  7,  3  : — neut. 
from  sq. 

Ύε?.εστήρίος,  a,  ov,  accomplishing. 
— 2.  initiating. 

Ύε?.εστήΓ,  ov,  6: — a  magistrate, 
Bockh  Inscr.  1,  p.  28. 

Τελ,εστί/ίΟ£•,  ή,  όν,  (τελέω)  fit  for 
finishing,  etc.  :  esp.  proper  for  initio 
tion  or  consecration,  initiative,  mystical, 
τελ.  και  μαντικός  βίος,  Plat.  Phaedr. 
248  D,  265  Β  :  σοφία  τ.,  the  wisdom 
of  the  mysteries,  Plut.  Scion  12.  Adv 
-κώς. 

Ύελεστός,  ή,  όν,  verb,  adj  from 
τελέω,  completed,  initiated. 

Ύελέστωρ,  ορυς,  b,  poet,  for  τε?.ε- 
στής,  Anth.  P.  9,  525,  20. 

Ύελεσφορέω,ώ,  (τελεσφόρος)  tobear 


ΤΕΛΕ 

or  brinjr  fruit  to  perfection,  Theophr.  : 
generally,  to  bring  to  perfection,  Strab. 
— II.  to  pay  toll  or  custom,  Xen.  Vect. 
3,5. 

Ύε?.εσφόρησις,  ^,=  sq. 

Ύε/εσόορία,  ας,  η,  a  bringing  to 
perfection: — esp.,  a)t  initiating  in  the 
mysteries,  initiation,  Call.  Cer.  129, 
Ap.  Rh.  1,917:  a  festival  of  this  kind, 
T.  επετήσιος.  Call.  Apoll.  77. — II.  toll, 
custom,  A.  B.  p.  309  :  from 

Ύελεσφόρος,  ov,  (τέλοζ•,  φέρω) : 
bringing  to  an  end,  in  Horn,  always  in 
phrase,  τε/.εσφόρον  εις  ένιαυτόν,  for 
the  space  of  a  year's  accomplishing  its 
round,  for  Λ  full  year,  11.  19,  32,  Od.  4, 
86,  etc.,  and  so  Hes.  ; — where  the 
sense  is  strictly  pass.,  yet  the  accent 
is  paroiyt.,  and  so  it  remained  in  la- 
ter writers,  as,  τελεσφόροι  ΰραί, 
εί'χαί,  Aesch.  Theb.  655,  Cho.  212, 
Eur.  Phoeii.  69  ;  χρησμός,  lb.  641  ; 
φάσματα  όος  τελεσφόρα,  grant  ac- 
complishment to  the  visions,  Soph.  El. 
646,  cf  Eur.  Plioen.  641.— II.  really 
act.,  bringing  to  att  end,  accomplishing, 
Μοίρα,  Aesch.  Pr.  511  ;  Αίκη,  Soph. 
A}.  1390:  ττεσεΐν  ές  το  μη  τελεσφό- 
ρον,  to  fall  fruitless,  powerless  to  the 
ground,  Aesch.  Ag.  1000. — 2.  bearing 
fruit  in  due  season,  and  SO,  generally, 
productive,  Theophr. — 3.  having  the 
management  or  ordering,  τ.  δωμάτων 
T'Vi'r/,  Aesch.  Cho.  663;  cf  TtAaof  II.2. 

^ΎεΑεσφορος,  ov,  6,  Telesphorus,  a 
viceroy  of  Lykmachus.  Ath.  616  B. 
• — Others  in  Diog.  L.  ;  etc. 

^Ύελέσων,  ωνος,  6,  Teleson,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Anth.  P.  6,  35. 

Ύε?.εΓαρχέω,  ώ,  to  be  a  τελετάρχης, 
to  consecrate. 

Τελετάρχης,  ου,  ό,  {τελ.ετη,  άρχω) 
the  beginner  of  a  consecration,  Orph. 
Hence 

Ύελεταρχία,  ας,  ή,  the  business  of  a 
τε/.ετάρχης. — II.  in  Eccl.,  the  Holy 
Trinity. 

Τελετή,  ης,  ή,  {τελέω)  : — like  τέ- 
λος, a  finishing,  making  perfect :  esp., 
initiation  in  the  mysteries,  or,  the 
celebration  of  mysteries,  Hdt.  2,  171, 
Andoc.  15,  5  ;  ές  χείρας  άγεαθαι  την 
τελετήν,  to  receive  initiation,  Hdt.  4, 
79  ;  καθαρμών  καΐ  τε/,ετών  τνχοϋσα. 
Plat.  Phaedr.  244  Ε  ;  so,  ζέσεις  τε 
και  καθαρμούς  αδικημάτων,  ύς  δη  τε- 
λ.ετάς  καλούσιν.  Id.  Rep.  365  A  ;  cf. 
omnino  Isocr.  46  B. — II.  in  plur., 
mystic  rites,  Eur.  Bacch.  22,  73,  etc., 
Ar.  Nub.  304,  Plat., etc. : — and  so,  any 
religious  rites,  a  feast,  festival,  Pind.  P. 
9,  172,  N.  10,63;  and  so  in  sing., 
Eur.  I.  T.  959  : — metaph.,  πρωτόγο- 
νος τελ.ετή,  of  a  child's  birth,  Pind.  O. 
10(11),  63. 

Τελ,ετονργέω,  ώ,  to  effect  consecra- 
tion, consecrate :  and 

Ύελ^ετουργία,  ας,  ή,  consecration : 
from 

Ύελετονργός,  όν,  working  by  means 
of  consecration,  Eccl. 

^Τελενταγόρας,  ov,  ό,  Teleutagoras, 
a  son  of  Hercules,  ApoUod.  2,  7,  8. — 
Others  in  Anth.  ;  etc. 

Τελ-ευταΙος,  a,  ov,  (τελ-ευτή) : — 
bringing  to  an  end,  or,  being  at  the  end, 
last,  Lat.  ultimus,  first  in  Hdt.  5,  68  ; 
7,  142  ;  ή  τελ-  ήμερα,  one's  last  day, 
Soph.  O.  T.  1528  ;  ίν  τελενταίοις 
■πίπτειν.  Plat.  Rep.  619  Ε  :  oft.  with 
verbs,  τελ.  είπε,ηλ.θε,  etc.,  Xen.,  etc. : 
— TO  τε?.ενταϊον,  as  adv.,  lastly,  Lat. 
postremo.  Hdt.  1,  91.  etc.  ;  also  τελ,ευ- 
ταΐον.  Plat.  Rep.  516  B,  etc. ;  τα  τε- 
?.ευταϊα,  Id.  Gorg.  515  Ε. — 2.  of  or 
concerning  the  end  of  life.  Soph.  Tr. 
1149. — 3.  extreme,  excessive,  ύβρις,  Id. 
EL  271, 


ΤΕΛΕ 

^Τελεντας,  αντος,  ό,  Teleutas,  a 
Phrygian,  father  of  Tecmessa,  Soph. 
Aj.  210. 

Τελ.εντάω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (τελ^εντή)  : — 
like  τέλεω,  to  bring  about,  complete,  ac- 
complish, Lat.  perficere,  freq.  in  Horn., 
who  uses  it  not  only  of  finishing  a 
work  begun,  as  in  Od.  5,  253  ;  but  also 
oi fal filling  an  oath  or  promise,  wish  or 
hope,' έέλ,δωρ  τ.,  Od.  21,  200,  cf.  II.  15, 
74  ;  very  often,  έττεί  ^'  δμοσέν  τε, 
τε/.εύτησέν  τε  τον  όρκον,  when  he 
had  pronounced  the  words  and  com- 
pleted the  oath,  i.  e.  ratified  it  by 
going  through  the  regular  forms,  II. 
14,  280,  Od.  2,  378,  etc.  ;  ob  Ζενς 
άνδρεσσι  νοήματα  πάντα  τελεντα, 
II.  18,  328  ;  so,  τελ.εντύν  τινι  κακόν 
ήμαρ,  to  bring  about  an  evil  day  for 
one,  Od.  15,  524  ;  so  also,  r.  πόνους 
ίίαναυΐς,  Pind.  P.  1,  105,  cf.  Eur. 
Phoen.  1580. — Pass.,  τελ.εντάομαι, 
fut.  mid.,  -ησομαι,  (in  pass,  signf.,  II. 
13,  100,  Od.  8,  510,  Eur.),  to  be  ful- 
filled, to  come  to  pass,  happen,  11.  c, 
etc.  ;  πριν  γε  το  ΤΙη/.είδαο  τελεντη- 
θήναι  έέλδωρ,  II.  15,  74. — II.  to  bring 
to  an  end,  finish,  end,  Horn.,  etc.  :  r. 
άσνχιμον  άμέραν,  to  close  a  peaceful 
day,  Pind.  O.  2,  61  ; — βΒρ.,τ.τόν  βίον, 
τον  αιώνα,  to  finish  life,  i.  e.  to  die, 
Hdt.  1,  32 ;  9."  17,  etc..  Aesch.  Ag. 
929,  etc. : — hence,  absol.,  τελ.εντάω, 
to  end,  die,  εν  or  κακώς  τ.,  Hdt.  3,  40, 
43  ;  τελεντύν  νττό  τίνος,  to  die  by 
another's  hand  or  means,  Hdt.  1,  39  ; 

4,  78,  etc.,  and  freq.  in  Att.  ;  so,  r. 
ΰττ'  ά?./.α/.οφόνοίς  χερσίν,  Aesch. 
Theb.  930  ;  τελ.  μύχ?!,  Aesch.  Theb. 
617  : — also  c.  gen.,  τελεντάν  β'ιον,  to 
make  an  end  o/life,  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  7, 17  ; 
(so,  Ζό)οι;  -,  Thuc.  3,  59) : — hence, 
— 2.  generally  intr.,  to  come  to  an  end, 
to  end,  V.aX.  finire,  oi  εντνχίαι  ές  τού- 
το έτε/^εντησαν,  his  good  fortune 
came  to  this  end,  Hdt.  3,  125  ;  r.  ές 
τωντο  γράμμα,  to  end  in  the  same 
letter,  1,  139;  cf.  2,  33;  4,  39;  so. 
Trot  τελεντα  ;  in  what  does  it  end  l 
Aesch.  Pers.  735,  cf  Cho.  528,  Soph. 

0.  C.  477,  Plat.  Legg.  630  C,  etc.— 3. 
the  part,  τελ.εντών,  ώσα,  ών,  was 
used  with  verbs  like  an  adv.,  at  the 
end,  lastly,  at  last,  as,  καν  έγίγνετο 
πληγή  τελ.εντώσα,  there  would  have 
been  a  fray  to  fitiish  with.  Soph.  Ant. 
261;  τάςόλοφνρσεις  τελεντώντες  έξέ- 
καμνον,  at  last  they  got  tired  of  mourn- 
ing. Thuc  2.  51,  cf.  8,  81  ;  and  freq. 
in  Plat.,  etc.;  sometimes  even  with 
another  part.,  τελεντών  δήσας,  at  last 
having  bound  him,  Lys.  142,  13,  cf. 
125,  35. 

Τελεντέω,  Ion.  for  foreg.,  only 
found  in  part,  τελευτέοντες,  Hdt.  8, 
38. 

Τελ.εντή,  ης,  ή,  (τελέω,  τέλος) : — 
like  τελετή,  α  finishing,  fulfilment,  ac- 
complishment, τελεντήν  ποιήσαι,  to 
accomplish,  Od.  1,  249  ;  16,  126  ;  so, 
κραίνειν  τελεντάν  γάμου,  Pind.  P. 
9,  118  ;  πΰσαν  τελ..  πράγματος  δειξεν, 
Μ.  Ο.  13,  104.— II.  α  finish,  end,  μύ• 
θοιο,  II.  9,  625,  etc. : — esp..  βιότοιο 
τ.,  11.  16,  787  ;  βίου  τ.,  II.  7,  104,  Hdt. 

1,  30,  31,  etc.  ;  and  so  without  βίον, 
the  end  οτ  issue  of  life,  death,  Pind.   O. 

5,  52,  Thuc.  2,  44 ;  r.  ύστατη.  Soph. 
Tr.  1256;  τελεντήν  τελεϊΐ',  lb.  79: 
also  θανάτοίο  τελιευτή,  the  end  that 
death  brings,  Lat.  mortis  exitus,  Hes. 
Sc.  357,  cf  τέλος  I.  6  : — ές  τελ.εντήν, 
at  the  end,  at  last,  H.  Horn.  6,  29,  Hes. 
Op.  331  :  in  plur.,  τελ.ενταΐ  Αιβνης, 
=  έσχατιαί,  the  eyid,  extremity  of  Libya, 
Wess.  Hdt.  2,  32 ;  so,  τελευταϊ  γά- 
μων, κακών,  the  issues  of...,  Eur.  Med. 
1388,  El.  908. 


TEAE 

^Τελ.ευτία,  ar,  ή,  Teleutia,  a  Spat- 
tan  female,  Plut. 

^Τε/.ευτίας,  a,  ό,  Teleutias,  a  half 
brother  of  Agesilaus  king  of  Sparta, 
Xen.  Hell.  4,  4, 19  ;  Plut.  Ages.  21.— 
2.  son  of  Theudorus,  Anth.  P.  7,  496. 

Τελέω,  ώ,  Ep.  also  τε/.είω,  both  in 
Horn. :  f.  τελέσω,  and  in  Hom.  metri 
grat.  τελ.έσσω  :  τελέω  also,  Att.  τε- 
λώ, seems  to  have  been  a  real  future 
form,  II.  8,  415,  Plat.  Prot.  311  β  ;  so 
too  in  pass,  τελ.ενμενα.  Hdt.  1,  206, 
cf  Buttin.  Ausf  Gr.  (^  95,  9 :  pf  -ε- 
τέλ.εκα,  Dem.  295,  29,  etc. — Pass,  τε- 
7•.έομαι,  Ep.  -είομαι :  fut.  mid.  in 
pass.signf  τελέσο/ζαί ."  aor.  έτελέσθην: 
pf  τετέλεσμαι  :—(τέ7.ος). 

To  bring  about,  complete,  fulfil,  ac- 
complish ;  and,  generally,  to  perform, 
do,  Lat.  perficere,  freq.  from  lluIIL 
downwds. ;  esp.  to  fulfil  or  keep  one's 
word,  etc.,  as,  r.  έπος,  μϋθον,  νπό- 
σχεσιν,  II.  14,  44,  Od.  4,  776  ;  10, 
483  ;   τελέω  και  πάροιθεν  νπέστην, 

11.  23,  20,  cf.  21,  457,  Od.  4,  699: 
hence  also,  to  grant  one  the  fulfilment 
or  accomplishment  of  any  thing,  τινί 
τι,  II.  9,  157,  Od.  22,  51  ;  τ.  νόον  τινί, 
to  fulfil  his  wish,  II.  23,  149 ;  so,  τ. 
έέλ.δωρ,  Hes.  Sc.  36 ;  -ελέσαί  κότον, 
χόλον,  to  glut  his  fury,  wrath,  II.  1, 
82 ;  4,  178  ;  rarely  c.  inf ,  ονό'  έτέ- 
λεσσε  φέρειν,  he  succeeded  not  in..,  II. 

12,  222  (cf.  άννω  III)  :  generally,  to 
grant  in  full,  work  out,  Lat.^niVe,  αγα- 
θόν, Od.  2,  34  ;  γήρας  άρειον,  Od.  23, 
286  ;  κακόν  τινι,  etc. :  but,  όρκια  τε• 
λείν,  like  όρκον  τελ.ευτάν,  to  finish, 
complete  or  confirm  an  oath,  11.  7,  69  ; 
r.  ενχάς,  Aesch.  Ag.  973 ;  ιερά,  Eur. 
Bacch.  485  (unless  this  belongs  to 
signf  III)  :  absol.,  to  accomplish  one's 
work,  θεών  τελεσάντων,  Pind.  P.  10, 
78,  cf.  Aesch.  Theb.  35,  782,  Soph. 
El.  947,  etc.  : — in  Att.,  τελείν  c.  ace. 
is  merely  a  periphr.  for  the  verb,  to 
which  the  ace.  is  akin,  φόνον  τελ^εϊν 
for  φονενειν,  γάμον  τ.  for  γαμεΐν, 
Ruhnk.Tim.,etc. — Pa.ss.,to  be  brought 
about,  completed. fulfilled,  accomplished ; 
to  come  to  pass,  happen,  freq.  in  Horn., 
who  besides  the  pres.  uses  part,  pf., 
mostly  (as  always  in  Hes.)  in  neut., 
TO  Koi  τετελεσμένον  εστί,  έσται,  etc. ; 
the  masc.  only  in  II.  1,  388,  H.  Ven. 
26 ;  the  fern,  not  at  all :  so,  έσται 
τελ^ενμενον,  Hdt.  1,  206  :  τετελ.εσμέ- 
νον  έστί=τε?.εΐσθαι  δνναται,Ηβγηβ 
II.  14,  195 : — proverb.,  αντίκ'  έπειθ' 
άμα  μϋθος  έην  τετέλεστο  δε  έργον, 
'  110  sooner  said  than  done,'  11.  19, 
242 :  τετελεσμένος=^  τέ?.ειος,  absolute, 
Lat.  summus,  Pind.  N.  9,  14. — 2.  to 
make  perfect,  άρετάν,  lb.  4,  70  ;  r. 
Tiva,  to  bless  him  with  perfect  happi 
ness,  Id.  I.  6  (5),  67  :  so,  τετε/.εσμέ- 
vov  έσλ.όν.  Id.  N.  9,  13 ;  τελ.εσϋεϊς 
δλ.βος,  Aesch.  Ag.  752  : — also,  to  bring 
a  child  to  maturity,  bring  it  to  the  birth, 
Eur.  Bacch.  100. — 3.  to  bring  to  an 
end,  finish,  end,  δρόμον,  πόνον,  II.  23, 
373,"Od.  3,  262  ;  23,  250  ;  r.  άέθλονς, 
ήμαρ,  Od.  5,  390  ;  ήαατα  μακρά  τελέ- 
σθη,  Od.  10,  470,  Hes.  Th.  59 :  so  in 
pass,  of  men,  to  make  an  end  of  life, 
come  to  one's  end,  Aesch.  Cho.  875,  cf. 
Dissen  Pind.  O.  9,  15  (23).  — 4.  in 
poets  sometimes  intr.,  like  the  pass., 
to  come  to  an  end.  be  fulfilled,  turn  out 
so  and  so,  Aesch.  Cho.  1021,  Theb. 
693,  Soph.  El.  1419:  — also,  -  εις 
τόπον,  to  finish  (one's  course)  to  a. 
place,  i.  e.  arrive  at  it,  like  άννω  I.  3, 
Markl.  Eur.  Supp.  1142,  Schaf  MeL 
p.  94. — II.  to  pay  what  one  owes,, 
what  is  due,  θέμιστας,  II.  9,  156,  298 : 
generally,  to  pay,  present,  δώρα,  δωτι- 


ly.p 
3,  0( 


νην,  II.  9,  598,  Od.  11,  352;  rttvov 
1479 


ΤΕΛΙ 

Find.  P.  1,  153;  2,  24:  — hence  in 
Att.,  esp.  of  all  slate-taxes,  to  pay 
tax,  duty,  toll,  etc.,  reAeif  το  μετοί- 
KLOV,  to  pay  the  tax  of  a  μέτοικος, 
Plat.  Legg.  850  Β  ;  and  so,  -  -b  βη- 
τικόν,  τυ  ξηηκόν,  etc.,  ap.  Dem. 
1067,  27  ;  1309,  5  ;  τ.  σύνταξιν,  Aes- 
chin.  06,  40,  of.  Bockli  P.  E.  2,  267  : 
— also,  simply,  to  lay  out,  spend,  τ.  ίς 
τι,  to  lay  out  money  upon  a  thing,  as, 
in  pass.,  ίς  το  (hlnvov  Τίρακόσια 
τάλαιιτα  τετίλεσμι-να,  Hdt.  7,  118, 
of.  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  1,  13;  -.  μισβόν, 
χρήματα,  etc.,  Ar.  Ran.  173,  Plat. 
Apol.  20  A,  etc.  : — metaph.,  τ.-ψνχύρ 
Αίύα,  to  pay  one's  life  to  Hades,  i.  e. 
die,  Pind.  I.  1,  99: — also  in  pass.,  to 
receive  pay  merit,  Dem.  1461,  16; — but 
the  act.,  τε/ίέσαΐ,  to  exact  payment,  m 
Xen.  Hell.  3,  5,  3,  can  hardly  be  right. 
(Hence  εντελής,  πολυτελής,  etc.) — 
2.  since  at  Athens  all  the  citizens 
were  distributed  into  classes  ace.  to 
their  property,  and  then  rated  for  the 
payment  of  taxes,  the  usu.  expression 
for  this  was  τελείν  εΙς  or  ως  Ίπ—ύδα 
or  εις  ίτνπέας,  to  pay  to  the  knights, 
and  so,  to  belong  to  the  class  of  knights, 
Lat.  censeri  inter  equites,  Isae.  67,  24. 
— 3.  then,  generally,  τελεϊν  εις..,  to 
belong  to,  to  be  reckoned  among,  r.  ές 
'Έ?.ληνας,  ές  Βοιωτούς,  to  belong  to  the 
Greeks,  the  Boeotians,  Hdt.  2,  51  ;  6, 
108  ;  ες  Φύρσα?.ον  έτέλεσε,  Thnc.  4, 
78  ;  f  if  ύστονς  τ.,  to  become  a  citizen. 
Soph.  O.  T.  222  ;  εις  άνδρας  τελεΙν,  ίο 
come  to  man's  estate.  Plat.  Legg.  923 
Ε  ;  εις  γυναίκας  έξ  ανδρών  τ.,  Ιο  be- 
come a  woman  instead  of  a  man,  Eur. 
Bacch.  822.  —  4.  rare  phrase,  προς 
τον  πάτερα  τε?.ίσαι.  to  compare  with 
his  father,  Hdt.  3,  34.— ΠΙ.  to  conse- 
crate, initiate,  esp.  in  the  mysteries : 
— pass.,  to  have  one'' s  self  initiated,  Lat. 
initiari,  Ar.  Nub.  258,  Plat,  etc.; 
Αιοννσφ  τελεσθήναι,  to  be  corisecrated 
to  Bacchus,  initiated  in  his  mysteries, 
Hdt.  4,  79,  cf  Xen.  Symp.  1,  10;  cf 
τέλος  V,  τελετή  : — c.  ace,  τελεσθή- 
ναι Βακχεία,  Ar.  Ran.  357,  cf  Plat. 
Phaedr.  250  β  ;  στρατηγός  τελεσθή- 
ναι, to  be  formally  appointed  general, 
Dem.  171,  19;  τετελεσμένος  σωφρο- 
σννη,  a  votary  of  Temperance,  Xen. 
Oec'.  21,  12. 

■\Ύελέων,  οντος,  6,  Teleon,  son  of 
Ion,  ace.  to  myth,  from  whom  the 
Ύελέοντες  (q.  v.)  in  Attica  were 
named,  Eur.  Ion  1579. — Others  in 
Ap.  Rh.  1,  72;  etc. 

Ύελεωτικός,  η,  όν,=τελειωτικός. 

Ύελήεις,  εσΟα,  εν,  (τελέω)  : — per- 
fect, complete,  of  full  number,  etc., 
hence  like  τέ?<.ειος,  esp.  of  victims, 
in  II.  and  Od.  always  Ιρδειν  or  βέζειν 
τεληέσσας  έκητόμβας,  ι.  e.  either  he- 
catombs of  full  tale  or  number,  or  of 
full-grown  beasts,  or  beasts  ivilhout  blem- 
ish .•  also,  τελήεντες  οιωνοί,  birds  of 
sure  augury,  as  if  they  brought  about 
what  they  betokened,  opp.  to  μαφι- 
λόγοι,  Η.  Horn.  Merc.  544  (as  perh. 
τελειότατος  πετεηνών, — cf  τέλειος 
I):  in  this  signf  Tyrtae.  8,  2  has 
ίττεα  τελέεντη,  sure  predictions,  from 
the  orig.  form  τελέεις. — II.  τεληείς 
ποταμός,  of  ocean,  is  prob.  the  last 
river,  in.  which  all  others  end,  Hes.  Th. 
242  ;  others  take  it=  ύψύββοος. — Ep. 
word. 

Ύέλθος,  εοΓ,  τό,  rare  poet,  form  for 
τέλος.  Call.  Lav.  Pall.  206,  Cer.  77. 
(Formed  from  τέ'/.ος,  as  άχθος  from 
ύχος.) 

Ύελικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to  the  τέ• 
λ,ος  (in  its  various  signfs.) :  ΰγαθα 
τελικά,  final  goods,  i.  e.  things  con- 
nected with  the  chief  good,  Stoical 
1480 


TEAfti 

term  in  Diog.  L., — the  bona  ad  illud 
ultimum  pertinentia  of  Cic.  Fin.  3,  16; 
κεφάλαια  τελικά,  topics  drawn  from 
these  goods. 

Τελίσκω.  poet,  for  τιλίω ;  we  also 
have  τελέσκω,  Nic.  Fr.  2, 10  ;  v.  Lob. 
Paral.  435. 

Ύέλισμα,  ατός,  τό,  as  if  from  τε- 
λίζω,=τέλεσμα.  Hipp.,  susp. 

Ί'έλ?.η,  ή,=  τελλίν>ι,  dub.  in  Xen. 

ΥΙ'έλλην,  ηνος,  ό,  Tellen,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  Anth.  P.  7,  719. 

Υνελλήναι,  ων,  al,  Tellenae,  a  town 
of  Lalium,  iStrab.  p.  231 :  in  Dion.  H. 
'Γελλήν//,  3,  38. 

ΥΓελλιάότ/ς,  ov  Ion.  εω,  ό,  son  of 
Tellias  ;  o'l  Ύελλιάδαι,  the  Telliadae, 
a  celebrated  prophet-family  in  Elis, 
Hdt.  9,  37. 

ΥΥελλίας,  ου,  Ion.  -Ίης,  εω,  ό,  Tel- 
lias, a  seer  of  Elis,  Hdt.  8,  27. — 2.  a 
Syracusan  general,  Thuc.  6,  103. 

Ύελλίνι/,  ι/ς,  ή,  a  kind  of  shell-fish, 
called  also  from  its  shape  ξιφΰόρων, 
Epich.  p.  65,  Sopat.  ap.  Ath.  86  A.  [i] 

Ύέ'λλις,  ^,=  foieg.,  prob.  1.  Epich. 
p.  43. 

ΥΓέλ/.ις,  ιδος,  ό,  Tellis,  a  Spartan, 
father  of  Brasidas,  Thuc.  2,  25.-2.  a 
Spartan  ambassador,  Thuc.  5,  24. — 
Others  m  Paus. ;  etc. — 3.  gen.  ινος, 
6,  a  wretched  flute-player,  Plut. 

ΙΤίλλοζ-,  ου,  ό,  Teiius,  an  Athe- 
nian, called  the  happiest  of  men  by 
Solon,  Hdt.  1,  30. 

ΤΕ'ΛΛί2  f  Γελώ:  aor.  έτει/.α: 
Aeol.  τέλσω,  ετελσα  :  pf.  pass,  τέταλ- 
μαι :  plqpf.  έτετάλμην  :  aor.  1  έτάλ- 
θην. — Mid.  τέλλομαι,  aor.  1  ίτειλά- 
μην.  To  make  to  arise,  call  into  ex- 
istence, make,  ετειλαν  όδόν,  made,  ac- 
complished their  way,  Pind.  O.  2, 126  : 
but  usu.  in  pass.,  to  come  forth,  arise, 
much  like  τελέθω,  αίει  τέλλετο,  arose 
in  successive  generations,  Pind.  P.  4, 
457  ;  ύμνοι  τέλλεται  και  δρκιον,  Id. 
Ο.  11  (10),  5;  ές  χάριν  τέλλεται,  it 
turns  to  good,  lb.  1,  122  (for  Aesch. 
Theb.  768,  cf  πέλω,  sub  tin.) : — some- 
times intr.  in  act.,  like  άνατέλ'λω, 
ήλιου  τέλ7.οντϋς,  at  sun-nse.  Soph. 
El.  699,  cf.  Ap.  Rh.  1,  688,  Jac.  Anth. 
P.  p.  966. — Poet,  word,  used  by  Horn. 
only  in  the  coinpds.  ανατέλλω,  έπι- 
τέλλω  (oft  in  tmesis,  sometimes  trans., 
έττί  μύθον  Ιτελλεν),  and  περιτέλ?Μ• 
μαι.  (Hence  τελέθω,  in  intr.  signf  : 
τέλλω  is  prob.  orig.  a  collat.  form  of 
στέλλω,  as  τρέπω  of  στρέφω,  tego  of 
στέγω,  etc.,  cf.  Σ,  σ  VIII.  2  : — its 
connexion  with  τελέω,  τέλος  may  be 
doubted,  though  Pind.  O.  2,  12C,  fa- 
vours this.) 

ίΤέ'λλων,  ωνος,  ό,  Tellon,  a  boy- 
victor  al  Olympia,  Paus.  6,  10,  9. 

Τέλμα,  ατός,  τύ,  (τέ'λλ,ω) : — water 
which  has  run  together  and  accumulated, 
standing  water,  a  pool,  puddle,  pond, 
Ar.  Av.  1593:  a  marsh,  swamp,  Plat. 
Phaed.  109  B,  Xen.  Oec.  20,  1 1  ;  gen- 
erally, low  land  subject  to  inundation, 
flat  meadow-land,  Hdt.  2,  93. — II.  the 
mud  or  slime  of  a  .iwamp ;  hence,  7nud 
for  building  with,  mortar,  τέλματι  ασ- 
φαλτώ  χρήσϋαι,  Hdt.  1,  179  ;  cf.  τελ- 
μίς. — 2.  the  space  jioinled  with  mortar, 
between  the  courses  of  masonry,  Pro- 
cop. — ΙΙΙ.=  7Γε?ν/ζα,  very  dub.     Hence 

Ύελμάτιαίος,  a,  ov,  of  a  marsh,  ύδωρ 
τ.,  marsh  water,  Arist.  H.  A.  1,  1,  15; 
ΐ3άτρηχοι  τ.,  lb.  9,  40,  37. 

Ύελμΰτόω,  ώ,  (τέλμα)  to  make  into 
a  marsh. — Pass.,  to  become  inarshy, 
Strab. 

Τελματώδης,  ες,  {τέλμα,  είδος)  : — 
marshy,  swampy,  muddy,  Arist.  H.  A. 
6,  16,  2 :  metaph.  in  medic,  full  of 
bad  humours,  Hipp. 


TEAO 

^Τελμησσενς,  έως  Ion.  ήος,  b,  an 
inhab.  of  Telmessus,  Hdt.  1,  78;  else- 
where Τελμισσεύς  :  οι  Τελμεσσής,  ti- 
tle of  a  comedy  of  Aristophanes. 

|Τελ(ΐί;;σσός,  ού,  ή,  =  Τελμισσύς, 
Hdt.  1,78. 

Τελμίς,  ίνας,  ό,  like  τέλμα  II,  mud, 
slime,  Isae.  ap.  Ε.  Μ. 

ΥΓελμισσεύς,  έως,  ό,  α  Tclmissian, 
inhab.  of  Telmissus,  famed  for  their 
skill  in  divination,  Arr.  An.  1,  24. 

ΥΓε?ψισσίς,  ίδος,  ή,  sc.  άκρα.  Til 
missis,  promontory  near  Telmissus, 
Strab.  p.  665. 

iTελμισσός,  οΰ,  ή,  also  Ύε/.μηο- 
σός,  Telmissus,  an  ancient  city  ol  Ly- 
cia,  on  the  borders  of  Caria,  Strab.  p. 
665.—2.—Τερμΐίσσυς  in  Pisidia,  Po- 
lyb. — 3.  ό,  a  mountain  in  Lydia,  Par 
laeph. — 4.  a  river  of  Sicily,  near  Se- 
gesla,  Ael.  V.  H.  2,  33. 

ΤΕ'ΛΟΣ,  εος,  τό,  an  end  accom- 
plished :  and  so,  the  fulfilment,  comple- 
tion, accomplishment  ol  any  thing,  Lat. 
effectus  (v.  sub  tin.),  first  in  Horn.,  and 
Hes. :  τέλος  έπιτιθέναι  τινί,  to  put 
a  finish  to  a  thing,  II.  19,  107  ;  20,  369, 
and  Att.  ;  so,  τέλος  έπιγιγνεται  I'lpij- 
σι,  one's  prayers  are  accomplished,  Od. 
17,  496  (in  Att.  τέλος  γίγνεταί  τίνος 
or  TivL,  the  end  or  issue  of  a  thing 
comes)  :  τέλος  εχειν,  to  have  reached 
the  end,  to  be  finished  or  ready,  II.  18, 
378  (so,  r.  λαμβάνειν.  Plat.  Crat.  417 
C)  :  absol.,  the  accomplishment  of  wish- 
es, success,  Od.  9,  5 :  τ.  γάμοιο,  the 
accomplishment  of  marriage,  Od.  20| 
74,  ct.  infra  V.  2:  generally,  ati  end, 
issue,  Lat.  eventus,  exitus,  τ.  πολέ• 
μοιο,  11.  3,  291  ;  16,  630,  etc.  :  esp. 
later,  τέλος,  like  τελεντή,  with  and 
without  βίου,  the  end  of  life,  death, 
Hdt.  1,  31,  etc.,  cf  κάμπτω  II.  tin., 
and  V.  infra  0  ;  ol  to  t.  έχοντες,  the 
dead.  Plat.  Legg.  717  E. — 2.  ait  end, 
extremity,  ές  τέλος,  to  the  uttermost, 
Hes.  Op.  216;  also  a  boundary,  τέλος 
αγαθών  τε  κακών  τε,  lies.  Op.  C07.— 
3.  the  end  proposed,  chief  matter,  μύθον 
or  μύθων  τέλος,  II.  9,  56  ;  16,  83  :  Ireq. 
in  philosophers,  of  the  end  of  action, 
first  in  Plat.  Gorg.  499  Ε ;  hence 
later  to  t.  was  used  simply  for  to 
αγαθόν,  the  chief  good,  Cicero's  finis 
bonorum,  etc.,  cf  Arist.  Eth.  N.  1,  t, 
Diog.  L.  10,  137,  Cic.  Fin.  1,  12;  3,  7. 
— 4.  τέ?.ος  μισθοίο.  time  for  the  pay- 
ment, II.  21,  450.— 5.  τέλος  εχειν,  to 
have/iW2;)ou.'£rs,  of  plenipotentiaries, 
Thuc.  4,  118. — 6.  periphr.  in  various 
phrases,  τέ7ιος  θανάτου,  tJie  end,  point 
or  term  of  death,  i.  e.  death,  Lat.  ex- 
itus mortis,  U.  3,  309,  Od.  5,  326,  Hes. 
Op.  165,  Aesch.  Theb.  906,  cf.  τελεν- 
τή :  so  too,  T.  νοστοιο,  return,  Od. 
22,  323,  Pind.  N.  3,  44  ;  so,  τ.  χαρί- 
των, Pind.  1. 1,  7  ;  απαλλαγής,  Valck. 
Hdt.  2,  139;  τ.  μοίρας,  Theocr.  1,  93, 
etc.  ;  cf.  Dissen  Pind.  O.  2,  17  (31). 
— 7.  a  being  complete  or  perfect,  perfec- 
tion, full  age,  τέλος  ίχειν  or  λαμβά- 
νειν, to  be  grown  up.  Plat.  Phaedr.  276 
B,  Legg.  834  C. — 8.  adverbial  usages : 
— τέλος  for  κατά  το  τέλος,  at  the  end, 
at  last,  Hdt.  1,  36,  etc.,  Aesch.  Pr. 
663,  etc. ;  to  τέλος.  Plat.  Legg.  740 
F-,  etc. ;  so,  ές  τό  τέλος,  Hilt.  3,  ΊΟ; 
εις  τέλος.  Soph.  Phil. 409,  Eur.,  etc.: 
— in  dat.  τέλει,  at  all,  Lat.  omnino. 
Soph. O.  T.  1 98  -.—όιά  τέλους,  through- 
out,forever,  completely,  Aesch.  Pr.  273, 
Soph.  Aj.  685,  Eur.,  etc.;  όιά  τί?.ουζ 
ύεί.  Plat.  Phil.  30  Ε. — Later  writers 
not  seldom  used  plur.  for  sing.,  Schiif. 
Bos  Ell.  p.  465. — II.  a  body  of  soldiers, 
prob.    of   a    definite,    complete    vufrcber, 

though  this  is  nowhere  staled,  11.7, 
380 ;   10,  470,  etc. ;  ίεμυν  τέλος,  is 


ΤΕΛΦ 
the  company  of  the  watch,  II.  10,  56 
(never  in  Od.  in  this  signf.) :  Kara 
τε/.εα,  in  regular  bodies,  in  troops,  Lat. 
turmatim,  Hdt.  1,  103  ;  7,  87,  etc. :  in 
the  Roman  army,  a  legion : — also,  δφ- 
()υμα  τέ7.η,  troops  of  two-horsed  cha- 
riots, Aesch.  Pers.  47  :  τε'/.η  νεών, 
squadrons  of  ships,  Thuc.  1,  48.— Cf. 
τάξίζ. — 2.  metaph.  of  other  things, 
ορνίθων  τέ'Αεα,  flocks  of  birds,  v.  1.  for 

iiVta,  Hdt.  2,64:  τ.  αθανάτων,  hesch. 
>.  144,  cf.  Theb.  161.— III.  the  high- 
est or  last  station  in  civil  life,  i.  e.  a 
magistracy,  ojfice,  like  Lat.  magistratrts, 
τέ'/.ος  όωόεκάμηνον,  Pind.  iS.  11,  10; 
cf  Aesch.  Ag.  1202,  Eum.  729 ;  oi  kv 
ΤίλεΓ,  men  in  office,  magistrates.  Soph. 
Aj.  1352,  Phil.  385  ;  εςω  τών  βασι- 
λέων και  τών  μά/Λστα  εν  τέλει, 
Thuc.  1,  ΙΟ,  etc. ;  ο'ι  εν  τελεί  εόντες, 
Valck.  Hdt.  3,  18 ;  9,  106 ;  poet.,  oi 
εν  τέλει  βεβώτες,  Soph.  Ant.  67 ; 
so,  oi  Tu  τέλη  έχοντες,  Thuc.  5,  47  : 
in  Att.  70  τέλος,  the  government,  τοι- 
αΰτ'  εδοξε  τώόε  Καδμείων  τέ7.ει, 
Aesch.  Theb.  1025  ;  τά  τέλη,  the  ma- 
gistrates, Thuc.  (who  joins  it  with  a 
masc.  part,  and  plur.  verb)  1,58;  4, 
15,  and  Xen.  :  hence,  of  any  superior 
power,  as  Jupiter  is  called  τελέων  τε- 
λ.εώτατον  κράτος,  Aesch.  Supp.  525. 
— IV.  that  which  is  paid  for  state  pur- 
poses, a  tax,  duty,  toll,  Ar.  \'esp.  658, 
Plat.,  etc.  ;  αγοράς  τ.,  a  market-due, 
Ar.  Ach.  896  ;  τέλος  ττρίασθαι,  εκλέ- 
γειν, to  farm  α  tax,  and  collect  it, 
Dem.  745,  16 ;  cf.  τελέω  II.  1 ;  r.  re- 
λείν,  to  pay  it.  Plat.  Legg.  847  Β  : 
and  so  Herm.  takes  Soph.  Ant.  143, 
έ/Λττον  Ζηνι  τροτζαίφ  ττάγχαλκα  τέ- 
7ίη,  abandoned  them  to  be  tributary 
offerings  : — for  /.νειν  τέλη,  cf  λνω  IV : 
generally,  outlay,  expense,  Thuc.  6, 16, 
Valck.  Diatr.  p.  202,  Ruhnk.  Tira. : 
hence,• — 2.  at  Athens,  the  property  of 
a  citizen,  that  at  which  he  was  rated  for 
taxation,  and  according  to  the  amount  of 
which  he  belonged  to  a  certain  class,  Lat. 
census :  hence,  generally,  a  class,  or- 
der, of  citizens,  Dem.  462,  26,  etc. ; 
κατά  τέλος  ζημωνσθαι,  to  be  punish- 
ed m  proportion  to  one''s  property  or 
rank,  Isae.  47,  26,  cf  Dem.  1076,  19  : 
cf.  τε/.έω  II.  2. — V^.  consummation  by 
being  consecrated  or  initiated,  initiation, 
esp.  into  the  Eleusinian  mysteries, 
which  were  c'onsidered  as  the  con- 
summation of  life  (cf  Isocr.  46  B) ; 
whereas  the  Romans  took  them  as 
the  beginning  (initio)  of  a  new  and  per- 
fect life:  in  plur.,  also,  the  mysteries 
themselves,  esp.  the  Eleusinian,  Valck. 
Hipp.  25,  Lob.  Soph.  Aj.  692  ;  called 
TU  μεγά?.α  τέλ.η  by  Plat.  Rep.  560  Ε  : 
cf  τέλέω  IV,  τελετή  II. — 2.  general- 
ly, any  religious  ceremony,  a  solemnity, 
τέλος  γαμήλιον,  Aesch.  Eum.  835 ; 
ννμφικά  τέ'λη,  Soph.  Ant.  1241  : 
(hence  τελειωβί/ναι,  to  marry,  τέ?ίεί- 
01,  married  persons,  etc.,  cf.  τέλ.ειος 
V). 

(The  strict  signf  of  τέλος — not  as 
the  ending  of  a  departed  state,  but  the 
arrival  of  a  complete  and  perfect  one,  cf. 
τελέω — is  remarkably  illustrated  by 
the  agreement  οΐάρχή  with  signf  III, 
and  the  Lat.  initio  with  signf  V  ;  cf 
Wachsm.  Antiq.  1,  append.  14,  p.  465 
sq.  Engl.  Tr.,  Nitzsch  Od.  9,  5.) 

Ύέλοςδε,  as  adv.,  towards  the  end  or 
term,  θανάτοιο  τέλοςδε,  11.  9,  411 ;  13, 
602. 

Ύέλσον,  τό,  poet,  collat.  form  from 
τέ/lof ,  τέλσον  αρηνρης,  τέλσον  νειοϊο, 
the  bowidary  ΟΙ  the  corn-land,  i.  e.  α 

f'  ce  of  corn-land  marked  off  by  limits, 
13,  707  ;  18,  544. 
■^Ύέλιφονσα,  ή,—Ύελφοϋσσα,  Ύελ- 


TEMA 

φούσιος^^Ύελφούσσιος,  Η.  Horn.  Αρ. 
244,  386,  etc. 

iΎε?^φovσιoς,  a,  ov,  of  Telphusa, 
Telphusian;  oi  T.,  Polyb.  4,  73,2; 
ij  Ύελφονσία,  the  T.  territory.  Id.  4, 
60,  3. 

^Ύ έλφονσσα  and  Ύέλψονσα,  ης,  ή, 
Telphusa,  a  city  of  Arcadia,  on  the 
Ladon,  Polyb.  2,  54,  12. 

Ύε'/.χίν,  Ινος,  ό,  also  written  Θε7.- 
yiv,  one  of  the  Telchines,  who  were 
the  first  inhabitants  of  Crete  (hence 
calledTeλ;^;t^•ία),  Cyprus  and  Rhodes, 
and  the  first  workers  in  metal ;  but 
(like  the  Duergar  of  the  northern 
mines)  of  ill  report  as  spiteful  enchant- 
ers or  genii,  cf  Hocks  Kreta  1,  345, 
356,  Welcker  Aesch.  Trilogie  p.  182, 
Miiller  Archiiol.  d.  Kunst  ()  70. — II. 
later,  as  appellat.  ό  τελχίν,  a  mischie- 
vous, spiteful  person  :  and  then  as  adj., 
τε/.χίνες  σήτες  βίβλων,  of  gramma- 
rians, Anth.  P.  11,  321  ;  and  as  fem. 
T.  δεξιά,  Liban.  (No  doubt  from 
θέλγω,  though  Buttmann,  Mythol.  1, 
164,  connects  it  with  the  Roman  Vul- 
canus,  and  Hebr.  Tubalcain  !) — fill•  as 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Te/cAi«,  ApoUod. ;  Pans. ; 
etc. 

^Ύελχινία,  ας,  η,  Telchinia,  ancient 
name  ol  Crete,  and  of  Sicyon,  Steph. 
Byz. :  V.  sub  foreg.  I. 

^ΎελχΙνίς,  ίδος,  ή,  Telchinis,  an- 
cient name  of  Rhodes,  Strab.  p.  653  : 
V.  sub  Ύε'λχίν. 

Τε/.χϊταινω,  {Ύε?-χΙνες)  to  be  spite- 
ful, malignant,  Gramm. 

Ύε?.ωνάρχης,  ov,  ό,  a  chief  τελώ- 
νης. 

Τελωνεία,  ας,  η,^=τε/.ωνία. 

ΎελωνεΙον,  ov,  τό,^τε'λώνιον. 

Ύε/.ωνέω,  ώ,  ί.  -ήσω,  to  be  a  τε?^ώ- 
νης,  Luc.  Pseudol.  30 :  c.  ace,  τ. 
τίνα  πικρώς,  to  take  heavy  toll  of  one, 
excise  him,  Strab. :  metaph.,  τ.  τονς 
/.όγονς,  to  make  merchandise  of  learn- 
ing, cf  καπη?ιενω. 

Τελώνης,  ov,  6,  {τέ/.ος  IV,  ώνέο- 
μαι)  : — a  farmer  or  collector  of  the  tolls, 
customs  or  taxes  of  a  state,  Ar.  Eq. 
248.  Aeschin.  17,  3  ;  v.  Bockh  P.  E. 
2,  52,  sq.  : — later,  oft.  in  a  contemp- 
tuous sense,  εφ'  οίς  uv  και  τελώνης 
σεμνννθείη  η  βύνανσος,  Polyb.  12, 
13,  9 :  in  Ν.  Τ.  as  transl.  of  the  Lat. 
publica7ius. 

Ύελωνητης,  ov,  o,=  foreg.,  Mane- 
tho. 

Τελώνια,  ας,  ή,  the  office  of  τε7.ώ- 
νης :  tax-gathermg,  or  rather  the  farm- 
ing the  taxes,  Dem.  568,  7. 

Τε?.ωνιάς,  άόος,  ή,  of  tolls  or  cus- 
toms, μάζα  Τ-,  the  good  fare  of  the  τε- 
λώναι,  Anth.  P.  6,  295  :  peciil.  fem. 
of  sq. 

Τελ.ωνικός,  ή,  όν,  oforfor  τελώνια, 
τ.  νόμοι,  the  excise  and  custom  laws, 
Dem.  732,  1  ;  τά  τελωνικά,  the  tolls. 
Plat.  Legg.  842  D. 

Τελ.ώνιον,  ov,  τό,  a  toll-house,  cus- 
tom-house, N.  T. 

Τεμαχίζω,  f  -ίσω,  (τέμαχος)  to  cut 
into  pieces,  slice,  esp.  to  cut  up  large 
sea-fish,  for  salting,  Xenocr. :  metaph., 
to  divide  and  retail,  Plut.  2,  837  D. 

Τεμάχιον,  ov,  τό.  Dim.  from  τέμα- 
χος. Plat.  Symp.  191  E.  [ά] 

Ύεμΰχιστός,  ή,  ύν,  verb.  adj.  from 
τεμαχίζω,  sliced  and  salted.  Macho  ap. 
Ath.  244  G. 

Τεμάχίτης,  ov,  ό : — ιχθνς  τ.,  a  large 
sea-iish  sliced  and  salted,  Eubui.  Άνα- 
σωζ.  1,  4. 

Τεμάχοπώλης,  ov,  ό,  (τέμαχος, 
ηωλέω)  α  dealer  in  salt-fish,  Antiph. 
Κουρ.  1. 

Τέμάχος,  εος,  τό,  {τέμνω,  τεμε'ιν) : 
— α  slice  cut  off,  esp.  α  slice  of  salt-fish 


TEMN 

(τόμος  being  usu.  employed  of  other 
meat),  Hipp.,  Ar.  Eq.  283,  Nub.  339, 
etc. :  cf  Lob.  Phryn.  22. 

^Τεμβρίων,  ωνος,  ό,  Tembrion, 
founder  of  Samos,  Strab.  p.  633. 

ίΤεμενίόης,  ov,  ό,  Ternenides,  an 
Athenian,  taxiarch  of  the  tribe  Pan- 
dionis,  Aeschin.  50,  42. 

Τεμενίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (τέμενος)  to  make 
a  sacred  grove,  consecrate  a  spot  of 
ground,  τέμενος  τεμ.  τινί.  Plat.  Legg. 
738  C  ;  ετεμενίσθη,  Dio  C.  57,  9. 

Τεμενικός,  ή,  oi',=sq. 

Τεμένιος,  a,  ov,  of  or  belonging  to 
the  τέμενος  :  φν7ύ.ας  τεμενία,  the 
grove  in  the  τέμενος.  Soph.  Tr.  754. 

Τεμένισμα.  ατός,  τό,  {τεμενίζω)  the 
precincts  of  a  temple,  Dio  C.  57,  9. 

Τεμενίτης,  ov,  ό,=  τεμένιος :  esp. 
at  Syracuse,  Apollo  of  the  Temenos  : 
fem.  ΤεμενΙτις  άκρα,  the  ridge  m 
that  quarter  of  the  city  :  and  the  quar- 
ter itself  was  called  Τεμενίτης,  Ar- 
nold Thuc.  6,  75 ;  7,  3,  and  Append, 
p.  526  :  ton  Τεμενίτης  in  Xen.  An. 
4,  4, 15,  V.  Interpp.  ad  1.,  perhaps  Τη- 
μενίτης  (q.  v.)  to  be  read  :  from 

Τέμενος,  εος,  τό,  (τέμνω)  : — α  piece 
of  land  cut  or  marked  off,  assigned  as  a 
private  possession,  esp.  to  kings  and 
chiefs,  καϊ  μεν  oi  (sc.  Βελλεροφόντι^) 
AvKioi  τέμενος  τύμον  εξοχον  άλλων 
κα7.ον  φνταλιής  καΐ  άρονρης,  δψρα 
νέμοιτο,  II.  6,  194,  cf  20,  184,  391 ; 
also  9,  578  ;  12,  313,  Od.  6,  293  ;  τέμ. 
βαθνλήιον,  U.  18,  550;  δμώες  Όόν- 
σήος  τέμ.  μέγα  κο—ρίσσοντες,  Od.  17, 
299  ;  so  in  plur.,  τεμένη,  Od.  11,  185. 
— II.  esp.,  a  piece  of  land  inarked  off 
from  common  uses  and  dedicated  to  a 
god,  a  sort  of  churchyard,  ένθα  δέ  oi 
τέμ.  βωμός  τε  θνήεις,  II.  8,  48,  cf. 
Od.  8,  363,  etc. ;  in  it  stood  the  βω- 
μός or  ν7]ός,  cf  Hdt.  2,  155  ;  3,  142  : 
— hence  the  Pythian  race-course  is 
called  a  τέμενος  or  sacred  field,  Pind. 
P.  5, 45  ;  Syracuse  is  the  τεμ.  Άρεος, 
lb.  2,  2  ;  the  sacred  valley  of  the  Nile 
is  the  τέμ.  ΐ^είλοιυ,  lb.  4,99;  the 
lake  formed  by  the  Cephisus  is  the 
τέμ.  Καφισίδος,  lb.  12,  47  ;  and,  later, 
the  sea  is  called  the  τέμενος  of  Nep- 
tune, cf  ύλσοζ•  II :  poet,  also,  τ.  αιθέ- 
ρος, like  coeli  templa  in  Lucret.,  Aesch. 
Pers.  365. — HI.  later,  any  grove  or 
park,  the  τεμένη  of  the  gods  being 
usu.  planted.    Hence 

Τεμενοϋχος,  ov,  (εχω)  holding  a  τέ- 
μενος,  Pind.  Fr.  185. 

Τεμενωρός,  οϋ,  ό,  (οιφος):  guard- 
ian of  a  τέμενος. 

Τεμέση,  ης,  η,  Temese,  a  place 
whence  (ace.  to  Od.  1,  184)  the  Ta- 
phians  obtained  copper  in  exchange 
for  iron  :  Strabo  and  other  ancients 
place  it  on  the  Italian  coast,  fconsid- 
ering  it  the  Tempsa  of  Strabo's  time, 
p.  255t :  others  more  prob.  in  Cy- 
prus, the  original  country  oi  copper,  cf. 
Nitzsch  1.  c.     ■\{2f.  Τάμασος. 

ίΤεαμικες,  ων,  oi,  the  Temmices, 
the  olaest  inhabitants  of  Boeotia, 
Strab.  pp.  321,  401. 

ίΤεμμίκως,  a,  ov,  Boeotian  ;  ή  Τ. 
κλιτνς,  Lye.  786. 

Τέμνω,  Ion.  τάμνω,  lengthd.  from 
root  TEM-,  TAM-:  fut.  τεμώ :  aor. 
έταμον.  in  Att.  ετεμον  :  pf  τέτμηκα. 
Ion.  and  Ep.  part,  (in  pass,  signf) 
τετμηως,  Αρ.  Rh.  4,  156:  pf  pass. 
τέτμημαι :  aor.  pass,  έτμήθην  :  lut.  3 
τετμησομαι  (in  corapd.  ίκτετμ).  Plat. 
Rep.  564  C. — Hom.  in  pres.  and  impf. 
act.  and  pass,  uses  the  Ion.  form 
τάμνω,  which  prevails  also  in  Hes., 
and  Hdt. :  only  in  Od.  3,  175,  we  find 
τέμνειν :  his  aor.  is  always  ετύμον, 
inf.  τάμείν,  Ep.  τύμέειν,  mid.  inf. 
1481 


TEMN 

-αμέσθαι,  subj.  τύμηται,  and  so  Hdt. 
—On  τέμει  in  II.  13,  707,  v.  sub  v. 
τεμω- — Horn.  oft.  has  a  form  τμήγω, 
aor.  1  Ιτμηξα  :  aor.  2  ίτμάγοι> :  aor. 
pass,  έτμύγην  [ΰ],  which  is  only  Ep. 
To  cut,  hew,  cut  to  pieces,  cut  off, 
freq.  in  Hom.,etc. ;  esp., — I.  of  men, 
to  cut,  wound,  niaim,  ΰ'λ'λι'/λων  τημεειν 
χρόα  χαλκώ,  II.  13,  501  ;  16,  701. — 
2.  of  tlie  surgeon's  knife,  to  cut,  as 
opp.  to  κάειν  or  cautery,  first  in  Aesch. 
Ag.  819,  Xen.  An.  5,  B,  18,  and  freq. 
in  Plat.,  as  Gorg.  480  C,  521  E;  cf. 
τομάω. — II.  of  animals,  to  cut  up,  cut 
to  pieces,  Hdt.  2,  65 ;  generally,  to 
slaughter,  sacrifice,  II.  19,  197 ;  a<pa- 
για,  Eur.  Supp.  1196:  also  in  mid., 
ταμνόμενοι  κρέα,  Od.  24,  364. — 2. 
δρκια  τάμνειν,  to  make  a  covenant, 
truce,  etc.,  with  sacrifice ;  and  so,  to 
viake  or  take  solemn  oaths,  II.  2,  124, 
Od.  24,  483,  etc. ;  also,  (ρί7ιότητα  κηι 
δρκια  πιστά  ταμεϊν,  II.  3,  73,  etc. ; 
and  in  mid.,  (Jj)Kta  τάμνεσβαι,  Hdt. 
4,  70  (but  Hdt.  also  uses  the  act.,  τ. 
τισΐ  μένειν  το  δρκιον,  4,  201) :  curi- 
ously c.  diipl.  ace,  (Ιύνατόν  vv  tol 
opKL  ΐταμί'ον,  I  made  a  truce  which 
was  death  to  thee,  II.  4, 155  : — cf  the 
Lat.  foedus  ferire,foedus  iclam. — 3.  in 
Hes.  Op.  784,  789,  to  cut,  geld  ani- 
mals, Lat.  castrare. — HI.  of  trees  and 
wood,  to  cut,  cut  down,  fell,  hew,  6oh- 
ρατα,  φιτρούς,  etc.,  Od.  5,  162;  12, 
11,  etc.,  Hes.  Op.  805;  τίς.,.ετεμε 
Tuv  δακρνόεσσαν  Ίλ/ω  πεύκαν  ;  Eur. 
Hel.  231 ;  etc. ;  βόπα'λην  τετμημένον, 
Od.  17,  195  :  also  in  mid.  c.  ace,  iSov- 
pu  τάμνεσβαι,  Ιο  fell  one's  self  limbeT, 
Od  5,  243,  Hdt."  5,  82;  also  λίθους 
τάμνεσβαι,  to  have  them  wrought  or 
hewn,  Hdt.  1,  186:  τ.  σίτον,  to  cut, 
reap  corn. — 2.  φύρμακον  τεμνειν,  to 
cut  or  chop  up  a  plant  for  purposes  of 
medicine  or  witchcraft,  Uiihnk.  H. 
Horn.  Cer.  229,  cf  Blomf  Aesch.  Ag. 
16,  and  v.  Find.  P.  4,  393,  Plat.  Legg. 
836  B,  919  Β  :  hence,  πήραν  τεμνειν, 
to  contrive  a  means,  Aesch.  Supp.  807  : 
cf.  ύντιτέανω,  άντίτομος. — 3.  τεμνειν 
yfjv,  πεδίον,  etc.,  to  lay  waste  a  coun- 
try by  felling  the  fruit-trees,  cutting  the 
corn,  etc.,  Thuc."2,  18,  19,  Andoc.  24, 
25,  etc.  ;  cf.  κείρω  :  falso  of  peace- 
ful operations,  to  clear  a  much-wood- 
ed country  by  felling  the  trees  for 
agricultural  purposes,  γ-ΐ/ν  πολυδέν- 
όρεον  τ.,  Sol.  5,  47.t — IV.  to  cut  off, 
setter,  κάρα.  Soph.  Phil.  619,  etc.; 
τρίχας  ετμήθην,  Eur.  Tro.  480.— 2.  to 
part  off,  mark  off,  τέλσον  άρονρης,  II. 
13,707;  τέμενος,  II.  6,  194;  άροσιν, 
II.  9,  580  ;  hence,  rajxvovr  άμφί  βοοιν 
άγέ?.ας  (for  άμφεταμνοντο),  they  cut 
them  off,  surrounded  them,  II.  18,  528  ; 
cf.  περιτέμν<Λ>  II. — V.  to  cut  or  draw  a 
line,  cut  lenHhwise,  as  r.  ύρονραν,  to 
plough  it,  Aesch.  Fr.  181  ;  and  so, 
T.  6χετονΓ,  to  cut  or  carrii  channels 
along.•••  Plat•  Tim.  70  D,  77  C  :  also, 
T.  όδονς,  to  cut,  make  roads,  clear  a 
way,  Thuc.  2,  100,  Plat.,  etc.;  ov 
τετμημένον  τών  6δών,  Hdt.  4,  136  : — 
hence, — 2.  τεμνειν  οδόν,  κέ'λενθον,  to 
make  one's  wav,  go  on,  advance,  Eur. 
Phocn.  l,Ar.  fhesm.  1100;cf  Bockh 
Expl.  Pmd.  P.  5,82(119);  την  μεσύ- 
yaiav  τών  οδών  τ.,  to  take  the  middle 
road,  strike  through  the  mterior,  Hdt. 
9,  89  ;  so,  μέσον  τεμνειν,  to  hold  a 
middle  course.  Plat.  Prot.  338  A  ;  δια 
βέσων  τ..  Id.  Polit.  262  Β  ;  την  μέ• 
σην  Τ-,  Plut.  2,  7  Β  :  hut  also — 3.  of 
ships,  to  cut  through  the  waves,  plough 
the  sea,  Lat.  secure  mare,  r.  ηέλαγος 
uioov,  κύματα  θαλάσσης,  Od.  3,  175  ; 
13,  88,  Pmd.  P.  3,  121  ;  so,  metaph., 
φενδτι.-τάμνοισαι  κυ?ύνύοντ'  έλπί• 
1482 


ΤΕΝΘ 

δες,  men's  hopes  are  tossed  about  as 
they  cut  (the  sea  of)  lies.  Id.  O.  12,  8  : 
— so  too  of  birds,  r.  αιθέρος  αύλακα 
Τ-,  to  plough,  cleave  the  air,  Ar.  Av. 
1400:  hence, — 4.  absol.,  τεμνειν,  to 
go,  Ap.  Kh.  4,  771. — VI.  to  cut  short, 
bring  to  a  crisis  or  decision,  Lat.  de- 
ciderc,  τ.  μαχάν  τέλος,  Pind.  Ο.  13, 
80  ;  κίνδννον  τ.  σιδήρφ,  Eur.  Heracl. 
758. 

Ύέμττεα,  τά,  contr.  Τέμπη,  Tempi, 
the  romantic  valley  between  Mounts 
Olympus  and  Ossa,  through  which 
the  Peneiis  escapes  into  the  sea, 
Hdt.  7,  173.  —  II.  any  sequestered  vale, 
Cic.  Att.  4,  15,  5.  Cf  Theocr.  1,  67. 
Hence 

^Ύεμπικός,  η,  όν,  of  Tempe,  Ael. 
V.  II.  3,  1. 

Ύεμπίς,  ίδος,  ή,  of  or  belonging  to 
Tempe,  Nic. 

Ύεμπώ<1ης,  ες,  {Ύέμπεα,  είδος)  like 
the  vale  of  Ternpe. 

■\Ύέμ-φα,  ης,  ή,  Tempsa,  a  city  of 
Bruttium,  Strab.  p.  255 :  cf  Ύεμέση. 

Ύέμω,  an  orig.  form  of  the  pros. 
τέμνω,  retained  by  Heyne  in  II.  13, 
707,  cf  Buttm.  Ausf.  Gr.  ^  92,  fin. : 
but  Wolf  reads  the  fut.  τεμεϊ,  and  the 
passage  is  dub.,  v.  Spitzn.  ad  I. 

Ύενάγίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (τέναγος)  to  he 
covered  with  shoal-water,  Strab.  p.  50  : 
to  stand  in  pools  of  water,  Plut.  Lu- 
cuU.  24. 

Ύενάγίτης,  ov,  δ,  fem.  -ΐτις,  ιδος, 
shallow,  Anth.  P.  9,  551  :  from 

Τει^(ί)Όζ•,  εος,  τό,  shoal-water,  a 
shoal,  shallow,  whether  in  the  sea  or 
in  rivers,  Lat.  vadum,  Pind.  N.  3,  41. 
Hdt.  1,  202  ;  8,  129,  Thuc.  3,  51,  etc! 
(Prob.  from  τείνω,  τενώ.)     Hence 

Ύενάγόω,  ώ,  to  fill  withpools  of  shoal- 
water. 

Ύενάγώδης,  ες,  {τέναγος,  είδος) 
covered  with  shoal-water,  standing  in 
pools.  Lat.  vadosus,  Polyb.  10,  8,  7, 
Ap.  Rh.  4,  1264. 

ή:Ύενάγων,  οντος,  b,  Tenagon,  a 
Bactrian,  Aesch.  Pers.  306. 

ίΤέναρος,  ου,  ύ,  Tenarus,  a  writer, 
Ath.  672  A. 

Ύένδω,  to  gnaw,  gnaw  at,  Hes.  Op. 
522  :  esp.,  to  nibble  at,  eat  daintily,  Att. 
τένθω.  (Prob.  from  τείνω,  like  tenuis, 
from  tendo,  and  so  strictly  to  nibble 
away,  make  thin.) 

ίΤενέα,  ας.  ή,  Tenea,  a  town  in  the 
territory  of  Corinth,  with  a  temple  of 
Apollo,  Strab.  p.  380.     Hence 

iΎεvεύτης,  ov,  b,  an  inhab.  of  Te- 
nea. Strab.  1.  c.  :  and 

\Ύενεητικός,  ή,  όν,  of  Tenea,  Te- 
neatic ;  i/  T.  πνλη,  the  Teneatic  gate 
in  Corinth,  Paus.  2,  5,  4. 

\Ύενέας,  ov,  h,  the  Tinia,  a  river  of 
TJmbria,  now  Timia,  Strab.  p.  227. 

^Ύενέδιος,  a,  ov,  of  Tenedns,  Te- 
nedian  ;  for  the  proverb.  Ύενέδιος  άν- 
θρωπος. Τ.  πέ'λεκνς,  v.  Paroem.  Ze- 
nob.  6,' 9,  Meineke  Menand.  p.  70. 

^Τένεδος,  ov,  ή,  Tenedos,  an  island 
of  the  Aegean  sea  on  the  coast  of 
Troas,  earlier  called  Leucophrys,  II. 
J,  452  ;  etc.,  with  a  city  of  same  name, 
Strab.  p.  604. 

^Ύενειαι,  ων,  al.  Teniae,  fountains 
near  Orchomenus  in  Arcadia,  Paus. 
8,  13,  5. 

\Ύένης,  or  Ύέννης,  b,  Tenes,  son  of 
Cvcnus,  king  of  Tenedos,  Strab.  p. 
640. 

Ύενθεία,  ας,  ή,  a  nibbling,  lasting 
daintily  :  hence  lickerishness,  gluttony , 
Ar.  Av.  1691  :  from 

Ύεΐ'θενω,  to  be  a  gourmand,  Lat. 
ligurrire,  catillari :  also  as  dep.,  τεν- 
θενομαι :  from 

Ύένϋης,  ov,  6,  {τένθω)    a    dainty 


TEOY 

feeder,  gourmand,   Cratin.   Incert.  14, 
Ar.  Pac.  1009  ;  cf.  προτένθης. 

^Ύενθρηδών,  ίτνος,  b,  Tenthredon, 
leader  of  the  Magnesians  from  Thes- 
saly  before  Troy,  II.  2,  756. 

Ύενθρηδών,  όνος,  ?/,  a  kind  of  bee 
or  wasp,  Arist.  H.  A.  9,  43,  2;— akin 
to  άνθρηδών,  πεμώρηδών. 

Ύενθμήνη,  ης,  ?/,=foreg.,  Nic.  ΑΙ. 
560. 

Ύενθρηνιον,  ην,  τό,  the  nest  of  the 
τενθρηδών,  Arist.  Η.  Α.  9,  43,  2. 
Hence 

Ύενθρηνιώδης,  ες,  (είδος)  full  of 
holes,  honey-combed,  Ael.  Ν.  Α.  12,  20, 
prob.  1.  in  Hipp,  for  τεθρ-,  v.  Foes. 
Oec.  sub  hac  v. 

Ύενθρηνώδης,  ff,=  foreg.,  Plut.  2, 
721  E. 

Ύένθω,  Att.  for  τένδω. 

Ύενία,  ας,  7ΐ,=  ταινία,  Gramm. 

Ύενίδιον,ον,τό,  dim.  fromforeg.  [ί] 

Ύέννος,  εος,  τυ,=  τένος. 

ΤενοντιΊγρα,  ας,  ή,  {τίνων,  άγρα) 
stiffness  of  the  sinews  in  the  nape  of  the 
neck.  Medic. 

Ύενοντότρωτος,  ov,  (τένων.  τιτρώ- 
σκω)  wounded  in  a  sinew,  Medic. 

Ύένος,  εος,  τό,=  τένων,  τενία,  ται- 
νία, Gramm. 

]Ύέντνρα,  ων,  τά,  Tentyra,  a  city  οι 
the  Thebaic!  in  Aegypt,  Strab.  p. 
814.     xHence 

^Ύεντνρίτης,  ov,  b,  an  inhab.  of 
Tentyra;  οι  Τ.,  Strab.  p.  814. 

Τένων,  οντος,  ό,  (τείνω) :  —  strict- 
ly, any  tight-stretched  band,  esp.,  a  sin- 
ew, tendon,  like  νενρον,  most  freq.  of 
the  two  strong  tendons  of  the  neck,  τέ- 
νοντες ανχένιοι,^^ίνίον,  Od.  3,  449; 
and  oft.  in  dual,  ύμφω  βήξε  τένοντε, 
II.  5,  307,  etc.,  cf.  4,  521  ;  of  the  arm, 
'ένα  τε  ξννέχονσι  τένοντες  ϊιγκωνος, 
20,  478  ;  of  the  foot,  ποδών  τέτρηνε 
τένοντε,  22,  390  ;  cf  Hes.  Sc.  419  :— 
in  Trag.,  usu.,  of  the  tendons  of  the 
foot,  T.  ποδός,  Eur.  Phoen.  42,  Cycl. 
400 ;  and  then  absol.  for  the  foot, 
Aesch.  Cho.  209,  cf.  Elmsl.  Med. 
1134,  Bacch.  936.— II.  metaph.,  like 
ανχήν,  as/nj)of  land,  mountain-nJ^?, 
Jac.  Anth.  P.  p.  47,  cf  ανχην.  (Akin 
to  ταινία  and  τενία.) 

Τέξις,  εως,  ή,  (τίκτω,  τέξω)  child- 
bearing. 

Ύέξω  and  τέξομαι,  fut.  of  τίκτω, 
Hom. 

Τεο,  Ion.  and  Dor.  for  τίνος,  gen. 
from  interrog.  τίς,  II.  2,  225,  etc. —  II. 
τεο.  Ion.  and  Dor.  for  τινός,  gen.  from 
enclit.  τις,  Od.  16,  305. 

Teo,  Dor.  for  σον,  gen.  from  συ,  τν, 
Alcman. 

Τεοίο,  Ep.  for  σον,  gen.  from  συ, 
only  in  11.  8,  37,  where  it  must  not  be 
changed  into  τεεΐο. 

Τέοισι,  Ion.  for  τισί,  dat.  plur.  from 
τις.  Hdt.  1,  37,  etc. 

Τεός,  7/,  όν,  Ε  p.  and  Ion.  for  σός, 
thy,  thine,  hence  Lat.  tiius,  freq.  in 
Horn.,  Hes.,  Hdt.,  and  Pind. ;  also  in 
lyric  j)assages  of  Trag.,  as  Aesch. 
Pr.  162,  Soph.  O.  C.  534,  Eur.  He- 
racl. 911.  [τεός  is  used  as  one  short 
syll.  in  Praxill.  ap.  Hephaest.  p.  22 
Gaisf ,  cf  Seidl.  Eur.  El.  468.] 

*Τέος  and  τεύς,  obsolete  nom.,  only 
found  in  Gramm.,  the  oblique  cases 
of  which  are  used  for  the  correspond- 
ing cases  of  τίς  and  τις,  esp.  gen.  and 
dat.  plur.  τέων,  τέοισι:  the  dat.  sing. 
is  always  τεώ,  therefore  belongs  sole- 
ly to  the  enclitic  τις  :  the  gen.  τέο 
however  must  not  be  referred  to  τέος, 
V.  sub  τίς. 

Τεον,  Ep.  and  Dor.  for  σον,  gen. 
from  σν,  Call.  Cer.  98,  Apoll.  Dysc 
de  Pron.  p.  356. 


ΤΕΡΑ 

Teoi;f,  Dor.  and  Aeol.  for  σον,  gen. 
from  σύ,  but  Buttin.  would  rather 
write  it  paroxyt.  τέονς. 

Ύερύζω,  f.  -άσω,  {τέρας)  to  interpret 
portents  or  prodigies,  Aesch.  Ag.  125. 
— II.=  τερατεΰο/ζαί. 

Ύέραμνον,  ου,  τό,=^τέρεμνον,^.  v., 
Eur. 

Ύέραμνος,  ον,=:τέρεμνος.     Hence 

Ύεραμνότης,  ητος,ή,=^τερεμνότης. 
— II.=sq.,  very  dub. 

Ύερΰμότης,  ητος,  ή,  softness,  The- 
ophr.  :  from 

Ύερύμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  (from  τεί- 
ρω,  τέρην)  : — soft,  tender  :  becoming 
soft  by  boiling,  esp.  of  pulse,  Theophr.: 
also  of  water  itself:  compar.  -ονεστε- 
ρος,  Theophr.  [α] 

ΤΕ'ΡΑΣ,  ατός  Ερ.  αος,  τό:  nom. 
ρΐ.  τέράτά,  Ερ.  τέράά;  τέρύΰτά  [ρα], 
Dion.  Ρ.  604  ;  τέρα,  Αρ.  Rh.  4,  1410: 
gen.  τερών,  Ερ.  gen.  and  dat.  τεράων, 
II.,  τερέων,  Alcae.  109  :  dat.  τέρασι, 
Ερ.  τεράεσσι,  II.  Α  sign,  wonder, 
marvel,  of  any  appearance  or  event,  in 
which  men  believed  that  they  could 
see  the  finger  of  God,  and  read  the 
future,  Lat.  portentum  and  prodigium, 
Αώς  τέρας,  II.  5,  742,  Od.  16,  320, 
etc.  ;  ήμϊν  μεν  τόδ'  έψηνε  τέρας  Ζευς, 
II.  2,  324,  of  Od.  3,  173,  Hdt.  6,  98  ; 
ττροφαίνειν  τέραα,  Od.  12,  394  ;  τέ- 
ρας ήκε,  Od.  21,  415  ;  also,  r.  φανήΤω, 
Od.  20, 101 ;  φαίνεται,  Hdt.  7,  57  ;  so 
also,  r.  γίγνεται,  Hdt.  8,  37  ;  r.  πο- 
λέμηιο,  the  fearful  signs  of  coming 
war,  II.  11,  4,  cf.  Hes.  Th.  744,  Pind. 
O.  13,  103,  etc.  :— hence,— II.  any 
thing  that  serves  as  a  divine  sigti  or 
omen  ;  as, — I.  a  huge,  unearthly  crea- 
ture, monster,  of  a  serpent,  II.  12,  209, 
H.  Ap.  302  ;  δάϊον  τ.,  of  Typhoeus, 
Aescfi.  Pr.  352  ;  άπρόςμαχον  τ.,  of 
Cerberus,  Soph.  Tr.  1098 ;  ονρειον 
τ.,  of  the  Sphinx,  Eur.  Phoen.  806  ; 
ταϋρον,  άγριον  τέρας.  Id.  Hipp.  1214, 
cf.  1247. — 2.  a  strange  monster,  abor- 
tion. Lat.  monstrum.  Plat.  Crat.  393 
B,  394  A  ;  cf.  Aesch.  Cho.  548.-3. 
esp.  like  τέκμαρ,  τείρεα,  Lat.  signa, 
a  sign  in  the  heavens,  a  star,  meteor, 
etc.,  II.  4,  76;  of  the  rainbow,  11.  11, 
28  ;  cf.  17,  548. — 4.  in  colloquial  lan- 
guage, τέρας  λέγεις  και  θανμαστόν. 
Plat.  Hipp.  Maj.  283  C,  cf  Theaet. 
103  D :  τέρας  λέγεις,  ει...  Id.  Meno 
91  D.    (Akin  to  τέρμα.) 

Ύερασκόπος,  ov,  poet,  for  τερατο- 
σκόττος,  Pind.  P.  4,  357,  and  Trag. ; 
καρδία  τ.,  '  my  prophetic  soul,'  Aesch. 
Ag.  978  :  cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  673. 

Ύεραστεία,  ή,  f.  1.  lor  τερατεία. 

Ύεράστειος,  a,  ov,  and  τεράστιος, 
ov,  (  τέρας  )  ;  —  strange,  monstrous, 
Lat.  portentosas,  Theophr.  Char.  21, 
Schneid.,  Luc.  Alex.  16,  etc. 

Ύεράτεία,  ας,  η,  (τερατενομαι)  a 
talking  of  τέρατα  ;  or,  a  talking  and 
acting  as  if  one  was  a  τέρας :  hence, 
generally,  humbug,  quackery,  Ar.  Nub. 
318.  Polyb.  2,  17,  6,  etc. 

Ύεράτειος,  ον,=  τεράστιος.  [ά] 

Ύερύτενομαι,  dep.  mid.,  to  talk  τέ- 
ρατα, to  speak  marvels,  Lat.  portenta 
loqui :  to  practise  jugglery  or  quackery  ; 
and,  generally,  to  play  the  marvethus, 
be  an  arch-quack,  Ar.  Eq.  627,  Ran. 
834  ;  άποθανμάζων  και  τερατ.,  Aes- 
chin.  13,  29.    Hence 

Τεράτενμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  juggling 
trick,  piece  of  quackery,  Ar.  Lys.  702. 

Ύερατιας,  ov,  ο,^τερατονργος,  a 
juggler,  Diod. 

Ύεράτίζο),— τερετίζω.  Hesych. 

Ύερΰτικός,  ή,  όν,=  τεράστιος.  Adv. 
•κώς,  τ.  εν,  wonderfully  well,  ap.  Plut. 
2,  1124  C, 


TEPE 

Ύερατογονία,  ας,  η,  a  monstrous 
birth,  abortion. 

Ύερΰτογράφέω,  ώ,  {τέρας,  γράφω) 
to  write  of  τέρατα,  Strab.  p.  22. 

Ύερατοκέω  and  τεράτοκία,  ή,  f.  1. 
for  τερατοτ. 

Ύερύτολογέω,  ώ,  to  tell  of  marvels  or 
strange  phenomena,  Arist.  Meteor.  2,  8, 
34  :   and 

Τερατολογία,  ας,  ή,  a  telling  of  τέ- 
ρατα or  marvels,  Isocr.  Antid.  ^  304  : 
from 

Ύεράτο?•.όγος,  ov,  (  τέρας,  λε/ω  ) 
telling  of  τέρατα  ;  a  marvel-monger. — 
II.  pass.,  of  which  marvellous  things  are 
told,  tnarvellous,  strange,  Heind.  Plat. 
Phaedr.  229  E. 

Τερατόμορφος,  ov,  of  marvellous 
strange  shape. 

Τεράτοποιέω,  ώ,  to  do  τέρατα  or 
marvels :  and 

Τερΰτοποιΐα,  ας,  Tj,  jugglery,  Apol- 
lon.  Hist.  Fab.  6  :  from 

Τεράτοποιός,  όν,  { τέρας,  πηιέω ) 
doing  τέρατα,  working  wonders,  LXX. 
— II.  in  bad  sense,  juggling :  6  τ.,  a 
juggler. 

Τερΰτοσκοπία,  ar,  η,  an  observing 
and  interpreting  of  τέρατα  :  from 

ΤεραΓοσ«07Γθ(•,  ov,  {τέρας,  σκοπέω) 
observing  and  interpreting  τέρατα  ;  b 
T.,  a  soothsayer.  Plat.  Legg.  933  C,  E. 

Τεράτοτοκέω,  ώ,  to  give  birth  to  a 
monster :  and 

Τεράτοτοκία,  ας,  ή,  an  unnatural 
birth,  monster :  from 

Τεράτοτόκος,  ov,  giving  birth  to  a 
monster. 

Τεράτονργέω.  ώ,  to  work  τέρατα  or 
wonders,  to  be  a  juggler  ;  and 

Τερατούργημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  marvel- 
lous deed :  juggling  trick. 

Ύερύτουργία,  ας,  ή,  a  working  of 
τέρατα  or  ivonders,  Plut.  2,  17  Β : 
juggling. — II.  also=foreg. :  from 

Τεράτονργός,  όν,  working  wonders : 
6  r.,  a  juggler. 

Τεράτόω,  ύ,  to  make  a  τέρας  of  any 
thing: — mid.,  to  look  on  as  a  wonder, 
stare  at,  Timon  ap.  Diog.  L.  4,  42. 

Τερατώδης,  ες,  {τέρας,  είδος)  like  a 
τέρας,  marvellous,  wondrous,  Ar.  Nub. 
364 ;  σοφία  τ.,  marvellous  wisdom, 
Xen.  Epist.  1,8;  also  of  men,  r.  εις 
σοφίαν.  Plat.  Eulhyd.  296  Ε  ;  τό  τε- 
ρατώδες, Arist.  Poet.  14,  4. 

Τερΰτωδία,  ας,  ή,  any  thing  marvel- 
lous. 

Τεράτωπός,  όν,  {τέρας,  ώ-ψ) : — with 
a  marvellous  strange  face.  r.  ΐδέβθαι, 
marvellous  to  behold,  H.  Horn.  18, 
36. 

Τέρβινθος,  δ,  contr.  for  τερέβινθος. 

■^Τεργέστη,  ης.  ή,  and  Τεργέσται, 
αϊ,  Tergeste,  a  city  of  Histria,  at  the 
head  of  the  Adriatic,  now  Trieste, 
Strab.  p.  215,  314:  hence  ol  Τεργε- 
σταίοι,  the  inhab.  of  T.,  Dion.  P. 

Τερεβινθίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  to  be  like  tur- 
pentine, Diosc. :  and 

Τερεβίνθϊνος,  η,  ov,  made  from  the 
turpentine-tree  or  from  turpentine,  χρί- 
σμα, Xen.  An.  4,  4, 13  ;  οίνος,  ίλαιον, 
Diosc. :  from 

Ύερέβινθος,  ov,  ή,  shortd.  τέρβιν- 
βος,  earlier  form  τέρμινθος,  ή,  (q.  v.), 
also  τρέμΐθος  and  τρίμίθος,  η : — the 
terebinth  or  turpentine-tree,  Lat.  pista- 
cia  terebinthus,  LXX.  : — also  the  resiri 
that  flows  from  a  wound  in  its  bark,  tur- 
pentine, cf.  Winer's  Biblisches  Real- 
worterbuch,  s.  v.    Hence 

Τερεβινθώδης,  ες,  {είδος)  full  of 
terebinth-trees,  νησίς,  Anth.  P.  9,  413. 

^Τέρεινα,  ης,  i],  Terlna,  fern.  pr.  n., 
Anth.  P.  5,  111,— In  Lye.  726,  a  city 
of  Italy. 

Τέρεινος,  as  collat.  form  of  τέρην, 


ΤΕΡΘ 

is  rejected  by  Elmsl.  Eur.  Med.  875; 
but  cf.  Lob.  Paral.  139. 

Τέρεμνον  or  τέραμνον,  both  in  Eur., 
Valck.  Phoen.  335 -.—any  thing  closely 
shut  fast  or  closely  covered,  a  room, 
chamber,  Eur.  Hipp.  536,  Ale.  457; 
τέρεμνα  οίκων,  τταστύδων,  periphr. 
for  the  house,  etc.,  Id.  Hipp.  418,  Or. 
1371. 

Τέρεμνος,  ov,  also  τέραμνος,  for 
στέρεμνος,  στέρεος,  στε^βός,  firm, 
close.     Hence 

Τερεμνότης,  ητος,  ή,  also  τεραμνό- 
της,  firmness. 

Τερενοπλόκΰμος,  ov,  {τέρην)  with 
soft,  silky  hair. 

Τέρενος,  η,  ov,  a  rare  collat.  form 
of  τέρην,  Anth.  P.  9,  430. 

Τερε^'ό^ροοζ•,  ov,  contr. -;^poiif,  ovv, 
with  the  heterocl.  dat.  τερενόχροί  in 
0pp.  H.  2,  56.=sq. 

Τερενόχρως,  ωτος,  ο,  η,  ( τέρην, 
χρως)  with  tender  skin,  τερενοχρώτες 
μαζών  όψεις,  Anaxandr.  Protes.  1,  37. 

Τερετίζω,  ί.  -ίσω,  to  twitter,  chirrup, 
strictly  of  swallows  anrl  grasshop- 
pers ;  hence  of  the  strings  of  the  lyre ; 
also  of  men,  to  trill,  quaver,  whistle. 
Teles  ap.  Stob.  p.  09.  19,  Babrius  9, 
4  (Boisson.) ;  r.  προς  τό  δίχορδον, 
Euphron  ap.  Ath.  380  Β  ;  τερ.  τό 
πτιστικόν.  Plat.  (Com.)  Κωμ.  2  :  cf. 
σνντερ-.   (Onomalop.)     Hence 

Τερέτισμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  twittering, 
chirruping,  of  swallows  and  grasshop- 
pers :  hence  of  the  lyre,  etc.,  a  tril- 
ling, quavering,  Anth.  P.  7,  612;  cf. 
Luc.  Nigr.  15: — generally,  an  empty 
sound,  Arist.  Anal.  Post.  1,  22,  4. 

Τερετισμός,  ov,  o,=  foreg.,  Arist. 
Probl.  19,  10. 

Τερέτριον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  τέρε• 
τρον,  Theophr. 

Τέρετρον,  ov,  τό,  a  borer,  gimlet, 
Lat.  terebra,  Od.  5,  246  ;  23, 198,  Leon. 
Tar.  4,  etc. 

Τερέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω  and  -έσω,  to  bore, 
bore  through,  pierce. — 2.  to  turn  on  a 
lathe.  (Akin  to  τείρω,  τετραίνω,  τι- 
τράω,  τιτρώσκω.) 

Τερηδονίζομαι,  only  found  as  pass., 
to  be  worm-eaten,  esp.  of  wood,  Diosc. : 
of  bones,  to  be  carious  :  from 

Τερηδών,  όνος,  ή,  the  u'ood-worm, 
Lat.  teredo,  Ar.  Eq.  1308.— II.  caries, 
in  the  bones,  Hipp.  (From  τείρω, 
τετραίνω,  τιτμύω,  and  so  strictly  τρη- 
δών) 

iTεpηδώv,  όνος.  ή.  Teredon,  a  city 
of  Babylonia,  Dion.  P.  982  ;  Strab.  p. 
765.  —  il.  a  female  flute-player,  Ar. 
Thesm.  1175. 

Τέρην,  εινά,  εν,  gen.  ειΌf,  είνης, 
etc.,  {τείρω).  Strictly,  rubbed  down, 
and  so,  smooth,  soft,  delicate,  Lat.  tener, 
in  Hom.  mostly  in  neut.,  τερει.•  δάκρυ, 
II.  3,  142,  etc.  ;  τέρενα  φν'λλα,  13, 
ISO,  Od.  12,357;  τέρεν'  urdta  ποίης, 
Od.  9,  449 ;  only  in  the  phrase,  τέρε- 
να χρόα,  II.  4,  237,  etc.,  Hes.  Op.  520, 
Th.  5 ;  fem.  γλήχωνι  τερείν^,  Η. 
Cer.  209  ;  τέρειναν  ματέρ'  οΐνάνθας 
όπώραν,  Pind.  Ν.  5,  10,  cf  Aesch. 
Supp.  998;  τέρεινα  δάφνη.  Ibyc.  7; 
όψιν  τέρειναν,  Eur.  Med.  905: — 
compar.  τερεινότιρος,  Anth.  (Akin 
to  τέρνς,  τεράμων,  as  also  to  Lat. 
teres,  tener,  from  tero.) 

Τερθρειη,  ας.  ή,  jugglery,  sleight  of 
hand :  esp.  in  rhetoric,  quackery,  use  of 
clap-traps.  Pherecr.  Incert.  12,  Diog. 
L.  prooem.  17;  cf  Ruhnk.  Tim. 
(Ace.  to  Moeris,  p.  364,  contr.  from 
τερατεία.) 

Τέρβρευμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  juggling- 
trick,  clap-trap,  Clem.  Al.  :  from 

Τερθρενομαι,  dep.,  to  practise  jug- 
gling, to  use  clap-traps,  Dcm.  1405• 
1483 


ΤΕΡΜ 

27,  Arist.  Top.  8,  1,  17.  (Cf.  τερ- 
epein.)     Hence 

Ύιρβρΐνς,  ό,  a  juggler,  dub. 

Ύερΰμηδών,  όνος,  ό,  v.  τερθρωτ-ί/ρ. 

Tepdpia,  ας,  ή,^τερθρεία. 

Ύέρϋριος,  ον,  ό,  the  rope  from  -the 
end  of  a  sail-yard  (τερβρον),  with 
which  the  sails  were  furled,  a  sail- 
rope,  Ar.  Eq.  410:  strictly  an  adj., 
τερθρίος  κύ'λως,  as  in  Galen. 

Ύεΐ)βρον,  ου,  τύ,  the  end,  extremity, 
Einped.  252,  Eur.  Eurysth.  3.-11. 
esp.,  the  end  or  point  of  a  sail-yard, 
like  κεραία  ;  or  ace.  to  others,  the 
hole  therein  through  which  passed  the 
τέρθριοί.  (Akin  to  τέρμα,  τέλος,  τέλ- 
σον :  some  refer  signf.  II  to  τε- 
τραίνω.) 

Ύέμβρος,  ό,=^τέρθρίος. 

Ύερθρωτήρ,  ηρος,  δ,  (τερβρον)  the 
place  at  the  end  of  a  ship^•  prow,  from 
which  the  underpilot  {προρενς)  kept  a 
look-out,  Hesych. :  hence  the  πρω- 
μείις  himself  is  called  τερθρτρ'ίών.  Id. 

ΥΓέρΙνα,  7]ς,  ή,  Terina,  a  city  of 
the  Bruttii,  Strab.  p.  256:  hence 

ΥΤεριναΙος,  a,  ov,  of  Terina,  Teri- 
naean,  ό  Τ.  κόλπος,  the  Terinaeus 
Sinus,  later  Sinus  Vibonensis,  Thuc. 
6,  104. 

Ύέρμα,  ατός,  τό,  an  end,  boundary, 
Lat.  terminus  : — 1.  the  goal  round  which 
horses  and  chariots  had  to  turn  at 
races,  έλίσσειν  ττερί  τέρματα,  11.  23, 
309 ;  στρέφείν,  βά?Λειν  or  εν  σχε- 
θέειν  περί  τέρμα,  lb.  323,  333,  462, 
466;  τέρματα  σ7]μαίνείν,  lb.  358, 
757  ;  εστασεν  ίν  τέρμασιν  άγωνος. 
Find.  Ρ.  9,  202 ;  cf.  Soph.  El.  680, 
and  V.  sub  δωόεκάγναμπτος : — the 
meta  of  the  Romans,  elsewh.  καμ- 
πτήρ,  νύσσα. — 2.  the  mark  at  which 
the  quoits  were  thrown,  Od.  8,  193. — II. 
generally,  an  end,  finishing,  e.  g.  of  a 
river's  course,  Hdt.  4,  52:  in  plur., 
the  far-end,  boundaries.  Id.  7,  54  ;  fso 
r.  αρετής  η  θανάτου,  Tyrt.  lOf: — τ. 
πλούτου,  a  limit  to  wealth,  Theogn. 
227,  cf.  Aesch.  Ag.  1002,  etc.  -.—προς 
τέρμα  είναι,  έπΙ  τέρμ'  άφιαέσβαι,  to 
have  reached  the  limit,  be  at  the  end, 
Aesch.  Pr.  828,  Soph.  Aj.  48:— then, 
of  any  end,  τ.  άέϋλων,  the  prize  of 
games,  Pind.  I.  4,  115  (3,  85);  cf. 
τέ?ίθς  I.  1,  fin.  :  r.  βιότου,  βίου,  the 
term  or  end  of  life,  death,  Simon.  100, 
13,  Soph.  O.  T.  1530;  r.  μόχθ(.)ν, 
πλάνης,  κακών,  Aesch.  Pr.  100,  and 
Eur.  ;  T.  τέχνης,  the  highest  point  of 
art,  Anth. : — also  like  τέλος  periphr., 
as,  τέρματα  εμπορίης  for  έμπορίη, 
Theogn.  1 108  ;Tep//nuy;);oi';;f,  Aesch. 
Eum.  740  ;  r.  θανάτου,  γήρως,  Eur. 
Hipp.  140,  Andr.  1081  ;  τ.  σωτηρίας. 
Soph.  Ο.  C.  725,  cf.  Eur.  Or.  1343. 
— 3.  the  last  or  highest  power,  su- 
premacy, T.  Κορίνθου  εχ-ειν,  to  be 
sovereign  of  Corinth,  Simon.  172 
Schneidew.  (cf.  Buttm.  Lexil.  s.  v. 
ίρμα  3,  not.) ;  so,  θεοί  απάντων 
τέρμ'  έχοντες,  Eur.  Supp.  617,  cf. 
Anth.  P.  12,  170:  v.  sub  τέλος  111, 
κύρος. — lit.  τέρμα,  like  τέλος,  as 
adv.,  at  last,  fPseudo-Phocyl.  130|. 
— Chiefly  poet.  (The  form  points 
to  τείρω,  Lat.  tero,  as  the  root, — 
perh.  strictly  the  stone  that  is  worn  by 
turning  round.)     Hence 

Ύερμάζω,  f.  -ύσω,  and  in  Strab. 
τερματίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  like  ορίζω,  to  limit, 
define. — 11.  to  end,  finish. 

^Ύέρμερα,  ων,  τά,  Termera,  a  city 
of  Asia  Minor  on  the  borders  of 
Lycia  and  Caria  ;  hence  Ύερμερενς, 
έως  Ion.  έος.  ύ,  ατι  inhab.  or  native  cf 
Termera,  Hdt.  5,  37. 

Ύερμέρειον  or  Ύερμέριον  κακόν, 
τό,  proverb.,  ο  misfortune  one  brings 
1484 


ΤΕΡΠ 

on  himself,  said  to  be  deriv.  from  one 
Ύέρμερος  (q.  v.)  a  highwayman,  v. 
Paroeiniogr.  p.  377. 

^Τιρμέριον,  ου,  τό,  Termerium,  a 
promontory  of  Caria  near  Termera, 
Strab.  p.  657. 

ΥΥέρμερος,  ου,  6,  Termerus,  a  rob- 
ber of  the  mythic  period,  slain  by 
Hercules,  Plut.  Thes.  11. 

■\Ύερμησσός,  ού,  η,  and  Ύερμισ- 
σός,  Tirmessus,  a  strong  city  of  Pisi- 
dia,  Strab.  p.  570  :  hence  ό  Ύερμησ- 
σενς,  έως,  an  inhab.  of  Τ.,  Icl.  p. 
630. 

Ύερμιευς,  6,  (  τέρμα  )  Ζευς,  the 
guardian  of  boundaries,  όρίος. 

^Ύερμίλαι,,  ών,  οι,  the  Termilae,  a 
Cretan  race,  who  settled  in  Lycia 
under  Sarpedon,  the  Solymi  of  Ho- 
mer, later  called  Lycians,  Hdt.  1, 
173  ;  Strab.  p.  573  ;  etc. 

ΥΤερμινθεύς,  ύ,  appell.  of  Apollo, 
Lye.  1207. 

Ύερμίνθΐνος,  η,  ov,  earlier  form 
of  τερεβίνθινος,  Theophr. :  hence 
pecul.  fem.  τερμινθίς,  ίδος,  Nic.  Al. 
299. 

Ύέρμινθος,  ου,  ή,  earlier  form  of 
τερέβινϋος,  Theophr. — 2.  in  medic, 
α  swelling  like  the  fruit  of  the  terebinth- 
tree,  V.  Foes.  Oecon.  Hipp. — II.  also 
a  flax-like  plant,  growing  parasitically 
on  the  olive,  from  which  the  Athe- 
nians made  fishing-lines,  Theophr., 
Mel.  1,  30;  v.  Salmas.  ad  Solin. 
911  A. 

Ύερμϊόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  (τέρμα) ; — 
ending  or  goiyig  to  the  end,  άσπΙς  τερ- 
μιόεσσα,  a  shield  that  covers  one  even 
to  the  end,  i.  e.  all  over,  U.  16,  803  ; 
χιτών  τερμιόεις,  like  χ.  ποόηρης,  a 
frock  reaching  to  the  ground,  Od.  19, 
242,  Hes.  Op.  535. 

Ύέρμιος,  a,  ov,  (τέρμα) : — at  the 
end,  last,  always  of  time,  r.  ήμερα, 
the  day  of  death.  Soph.  Ant.  1331; 
τερμία  χώρα,  the  spot  where  one  is 
destined  to  end  life.  Soph.  O.  C.  89. 

Τέρμις,  ιος,  ή,=  τέρμα,  Hesych. 

Τερμοδρομέω,  ώ,  to  run  to  the  goal, 
Manetho. 

Ύερμόνιος,  a,  ov,  at  the  end,  τ.  ττά- 
γος,  the  hill  at  the  world's  end,  Aesch. 
Pr.  117;  from 

Ύ  έρμων,  όνος,  ό,=  τέρμα,  a  bound- 
ary, Aesch.  Fr.  177,  Eur.  Hipp.  746  ; 
and  in  plur.,  lb.  3,  etc. — II.  α?ί  end, 
Aesch.  Supp.  624 ;  r.  βίου,  Eur. 
Phoen.  1352. 

^Τέρπανδρος,  ov,  6,  (τέρπω,  άνήρ) 
Terpander,  a  poet  of  Antissa  in  Les- 
bos, Ael.  V.  H.  12,  50. 

^Ύερπιάδης,  ov,  ό,  so?i  of  Terpius, 
i.  c.  Phemius,  Od.  22,  330. 

Ύερπΐ κεραυνός,  ov,  (τέρπω,  κεραυ- 
νός) delighting  in  thunder,  epith.  of 
Jupiter,  Hom.,  and  Hes. 

Ύερπνίστατος  and  τέρπνιστος,  ir- 
reg.  superl.  from.  sq. 

Τερπνός,  ή,  όν,  (τέρπω) : — delight- 
some, delightful,  pleasant,  agreeable,  en- 
joyable, cheering,  first  in  fTyrtae.  3, 
38,  Mimn.  1,  1  t;  5,  3,  Theogn.  1013, 
and  freq.  in  Pind.,  Aesch.,  etc. ;  also 
in  Alt.  prose,  προς  το  τερπνόν,  as 
Thuc.  2,  53 ;  τά  τερπνά,  delights, 
pleasures,  Isocr.  6  C,  Xen.  Mem.  2,  1, 
23:  —  in  Hom.  only  as  v.  1.,  Od.  8, 
45.  —  11.  pass.,  delighted,  gladsome, 
merry,  Mehlh.  Anacr.  37,  1  :  and  so 
some  take  Aesch.  Ag.  143,  όβρίκύ- 
λοίσι  τερπνά  (Dor.  for  τερπνή),  de- 
lighting in  the  young  of  beasts. — III. 
regul.  compar.  and  superl.  τερπνέιτε- 
ρος,  -ότατος,  Theogn.  1062,  256  ;  ir- 
reg.,  τερπνίστατος,  τέρπνιστος.  Call. 
Fr.  256.— IV.  adv.  -νώς,  Theogn.  910, 
Soph.  Fr.  517,  5.    Hence 


ΤΕΡΣ 

Ύερπνότης,  ητος,  ή,  pleasantness, 
delight. 

Τερπότραμις,  εως,  ή,=ή  τών  ιϊφρο• 
δισίων  τέρψις,  Teleclid.  ap.  Phot. ; 
v.  however  Meincke  Incert.  23. 

ΤΕ'ΡΠί2,  f.  -ι/'ω  .•  aor.  έτερ•φα  :  but 
the  pass,  and  mid.  τέρπομαι  has  in 
Ep.  a  threefold  aor.,  —  1.  έτέρφβην, 
Od.  8,  131,  and  Att. ;  or,  έτάρφθτ/ν, 
Od.  6,  99  ;  19,  213.-2.  ίτάρπην,  freq. 
in  inf.  ταρπήναι  and  ταμπήμεναι, 
Horn.  ;  and  subj.  τράπείω  (by  metath. 
for  ταρπώ),  hence  τρύπείοαεν,  11.  3, 
441,  Od.  8,  292.-3.^  redupl.  through 
all  moods,  τεταρπόμην,  τετάρπετο, 
τεταρπώμεσθα,  τεταρπόμενος,  freq. 
in  Horn.,  who  now  and  then  also  has 
aor.  mid.  έτερφύμι/ν,  τερ-φάμενος, 
Od.  12,  188;  τέρφαιτο,^  Η.  Αρ.  153; 
usu.  aor.  2  mid.  έταρπόμην. 

Strictly,  to  fill  to  the  full,  satisfy, 
content;  hence,  generally,  to  delight, 
gladden,  cheer,  δ  κεν  τέρπΐ}σιν  άείδων, 
Od.  17,  385 ;  r//  (sc.  φόρμιγγι)  όγε 
θνμον  έτερπεν,  11.  9,  189  ;  πεσσοΐσι... 
θνμόν  ετερπον,  Od.  1,  107 ;  etc. ;  καΐ 
τον  έτερπε  λόγοις,  11.  15,  393;  so 
also  in  Trag. ;  proverb.,  Ίίλιξ  7/λίκα 
τέρπει.  Plat.  Phaedr.  240  C,  etc.  :— 
absol.,  to  give  delight,  Od.  1,  347  ;  τά, 
τέρποντα,  delights.  Soph.  O.  C.  1218, 
cf.  1281. — II.  more  freq.  in  pass,  and 
miti.,  strictly,  c.  gen.  rei,  to  have 
enough  of,  enjoy  to  one^s  heart's  content, 
έπεί  τάρπημεν  έδητνος  ήδέ  ποτήτος, 
11.  11,  780;  τεταρπόμενος  σίτου  και 
οίνοίο,  II.  9,  705,  cf  Od.  6,  99 ;  so,  τ 
ύπνου,  εύνής,  φιλότητος,  11.  24,  3,  Od. 
23,  346,  30(3 ;  τ.  ήβης,  to  enjoy  one's 
youth,  Od.  23,  212  :  metaph.,  r.  γόοιο, 
to  take  one's  fill  of  lamentation,  II.  23, 

10,  Od.  11,  212,  etc.— 2.  to  be  cheered, 
delight  or  enjoy  one's  self,  make  merry,  c. 
dat.  rei,  φόρμιγγι,  μνθοισι,  δίσκοισι, 
etc.,  Horn.,  Hes.,  etc. ;  of  eating  and 
drinking,  τέρπεσθαι  δαιτί,  Hom. ;  ei; 
θάλίης,  Od.  11,  003,  Hes.  Op.  115; 
so, λαμπάδιτερπόμεναι,  Aesch.  Eum. 
1042;  cf.  Soph.  O.  C.  1140,  etc.  ;  επί 
Tivi,  Eur.  Rhes.  194  : — also  c.  part., 
τέρπεται  τιμώμενος.  Id.  Bacch.  321, 
etc.  ;  cf.  Xen.  Mem.  2,  1,  24  :— absol., 
πίνε  και  τέρπον,  drink  and  be  merry, 
Hdt.  2,  78.  —  3.  rarely  c.  ace,  ohjv 
μοΐραν  τέρπεσθαι,  to  enjoy  a  part 
only,  Hes.  Fr.  56,  6 ;  τέρπεσθαι  όνη- 
σιν,  Eur.  Or.  1043.  —  4.  oft.  with 
words  that  limit  its  signf.  more 
closely,  τέρπεσθαι  θνμώ,  11.  19,  313, 
Od.  16,  26;  θνμόν,  11.  21.  45;  κατά. 
θνμόν,  Hes.  Op.  58  ;  τέρπεσθαι  φρέ- 
να, II.  1,  474,  Od.  4,  102,  etc. ;  φρεσίν 
νσιν,  11.  19,  19,  Od.  5,  74  ;  ίτ<  φρεσίν, 
Od.  8,  368  ;  τεταρπόμενος  φίλον  κήρ, 
Od.  1,  310 ;  άπάταισι  θνμόν  τέρπεται, 
Pind.  Ρ.  2, 135.  (τέρπ-ω  is  the  Sanscr. 
trip,  gaudere,  satiari :  prob.  akin  to 
τρέφω.)     Hence 

Τερπωλή,  τ/ς,  ή,  poet,  for  τέρφις, 
delight,  Od.  18,  37,  Archil.  7,  Theogn. 
978,  1004. 

Τερπών,  όνος,  ?),=:foreg.,  Ε.  Μ. 

Τέββω,  v.  τέρσομαι  11. 

Τερσαίνω,  aor.  έτέρσηνα  : — to  dry 
up,  wipe  tip,  αίμα  μέλαν  τέρσηνε,  11. 
16,  529;  cf.  τέρσομαι. 

Τερσιύ,  ύς,  ή,  like  ταρσός,  ταρσιά, 
τρασιά,  α  contrivance  for  drying  any 
thing  on,  Simon.  217. 

Τέρσομαι,  dop.,  with  inf.  aor.  pass. 
τερσήναι,  τερσημέναι,  as  if  from 
έτέρσην,  11.  10,  519,  Od.  6,  98.  To 
be  or  become  dry,  to  dry  up,  έλκος 
έτέρσετο  πανσατο  δ'  αίμα,  tlie  wound 
dried  up  and  the  blood  staunched,  II. 

11,  267  ;  θει?Μπεδον  τέρσεται  ήελίφ, 
the  plain  is  parched  by  the  sun,  Od.  7, 
124 :  c,  gen.,  όσσε  δακρνόοιν  τέασον 


ΤΕΣΣ 

το,  eyes  became  dry  from  tears,  Od.  5, 
152. — II.  the  act.  first  occurs  in  later 
Ep.  (Horn,  using  only  τερσαίνω),  3 
sing,  τέρσεί,  Theocr.  22,  63 ;  though 
Buttm.  holds  this  to  be  a  fut.,  as  if 
from  pres.  τέρβω :  and  certainly  we 
have  an  aor.  of  this  form,  viz.  im- 
perat.  τερσον,  inf.  τέρσαι,  in  Nic.  Th. 
96,  693,  709.  (The  Sanscr.  trL^h, 
sitire,  etc.,  Pott  Et.  Forsch.  1,270: 
akm  to  ταρσός,  also  perh.  to  θέρω, 
θέρος,  θερμός,  Lat.  tergo,  tergeo  and 
torreo. ) 

Ύέρσω,  Aeol.  fut.  of  τείρω. — II.  v. 
sub  τέρσομαι  II. 

\Ύέρ~ιος,  ου,  δ,  Tertius,  Rom. 
masc.  pr.  n.,  N.  T. 

^Τέρτνλλος,  ov,  b,  Tertulbis,  a 
Roman  orator,  employed  by  the  Jews 
against  Paul,  N.  T. 

Ύερννης,  ov,  b,  v.  sq. 

Ύερνς,  νος,  b,  η,  τέρν,  τό,  {τεί- 
ρο) : — strictly,  worn  by  rubbing  ;  worn 
out,  jaded,  τέρνς  'ίππος,  also  τερννης 
όνος,  but  only  in  Hesych.  {Ύέρυς  was 
οή%.=^-έρτ)ν,  except  that  use  con- 
fined the  latter  to  the  notion  of 
smooth,  soft,  in  a  good  sense.) 

Ύερνσκω,  τερνσκομαι,  =  τείρω, 
τρνω,  τρίβω,  Hesych. 

Ύέρφος,  εος,  τό,  also  ερφος  and 
στέρώος,  α  skin,  εΠβΙΙ,^λέίΓος,  Nic. 
ΑΙ.  268. 

Τέρχνος,  εος,  τό,  also  τρέχνος,  α 
twig. 

■\Τερφίας,  α,  ο,  Terpsias,  a  victor 
at  the  Isthmian  games,  v.  1.  Pind.  O. 
13,  59. 

■\Ύερ-φικ7.7ΐς,  έονς,  6,  Terpsicles,  a 
writer,  Ath.  325  D. 

^Ύερ-ψικρύτη,  ης,  ή,  Terpsicrate,  a 
Thespiad,  Apollod,  2,  7,  8. 

Ύερφίμβροτος,  ov,  {τέρπω,  βρατός) 
gladdening  the  heart  of  man,  epith.  of 
the  sun,  Od.  12,  269,  274 ;  of  morn 
(Ήώς),  Η.  Αρ.  411,  Orph. 

Ύερφίνοος,  ov,  {τέρπω,  νόος)  heart- 
gladdening,  Anth.  P.  9,  505,  2.  [t] 

Ύέρφις,  εως,  ή,  (τέρπω)  '-—βΜ  en- 
jcryment,  and,  generally,  enjoyment, 
delight,  c.  gen.,  τέρ-φίς  άοιόής,  Hes. 
Th.  917;  δείπνων  τέρψιες,  Pind.  P. 
9,  35  ;  εις  τέρψιν  τινός  έλθεΐν,  Eur. 
Phoen.  195,  ct.  I.  T.  797,  Cycl.  522  : 
— gladness,  delight,  pleasure,  Pind.  O. 
12,  15,  Aesch.  Ag.  611,  etc.;  distin- 
guished from  the  more  general  term 
ηδονή  by  Prodicus  ap.  Arist.  Top.  2, 
6,  6 ;  cf.  Plat.  Phil.  11  Β  ;  τ.  ηδονής, 
Eur.  Erechth.  20,  23. 

Ύερ-ψιχόρεια,  ας,  7j,=  sq. 

Τερψιχόρη,  ης,  ή,  Att.  Ύερψιχό- 
pa,  Plat.  Phaedr.  259  C  ;  cf.  A.  B.  p. 
1173: — Terpsichore,  the  Dance-enjoy- 
ing, one  of  the  nine  muses.  Hes.  Th. 
78 :  later  she  appears  as  inventress 
and  patroness  of  the  higher  kind  of 
dancing :  from 

Ύερψίχηρος,  ov,  also,  a,  ov,  {τέρ- 
πω, χορός)  enjoying  the  dance,  esp.  the 
choral  dance,  of  Apollo,  Anth.  P.  9, 
525,  20. 

ΊΎερψίων,  ωνος,  b,  Terpsion,  of 
Megara,  a  pupil  of  Socrates,  Plat. — 
2.  a  writer  on  γαστρολογία,  Ath.  337 
A. 

Τεσσάρα,  v.  τέσσαρες. 

Τεσσάρύβοιος,  ον,{τέσσαρες,  βονς) 
worth  four  steers,  II.  23,  705. — II.  made 
from  four  ox-hides. 

Τεσσΰρύκαίδεκα,  oi,  al,  τύ,  four- 
teen, but  more  usu.  τεσσαρεςκαίδεκα, 
and  that  even  with  a  neut.  subst.,  as, 
τεσσερεςκαίδεκα  έτη,  Hdt.  1,  86,  cf. 
Lob.  Phryn.  409,  v.  Buttm.  Ausf  Gr. 
^70,  Anm.  16  : — when  the  τέσσαρες 
was  inflected,  it  was  written  divisim. 
Lob.  1.  c.    Hence 


TETA 

Τεσσάράκαιδεκάδωρος,  ov,  {δώρον 
II  )  :  — fourteen  hand-breadths  long, 
broad,  high,  elc,  Anth. 

Τεσσΰρΰκαιόεκΰταϊος,  a,  ov,  on  the 
fourteenth  day. 

Τεσσΰρύκαιδέκάτος,  η,  ov,  {τεσσα- 
ρακαίδεκα)  the  fourteenth.  Lob.  Phrvn. 
409. 

Τεσσΰράκαιδεκέτης,  ov,  b,  fourteen 
years  old :  fem.  -έτις,  Anth. 

Τεσσάράκονθήμερος,  ov,  of  forty 
days,  Hipp. 

Ύεσσΰράκοντα,Αΐί.τεττΰράκοντα, 
οι,  αϊ,  τά,  indecl.  {τέσσαρες)  ■.—forty, 
Horn.  etc.  [ά] 

Τεσσαρακονταετής,  ov,  ό,  and 
-ετής,  ές,  (έτος)  forty  years  old,  Hes. 
Op.  439.     Hence 

Τεσσΰράκυντΰετία,  ας,  ή,  a  space 
of  forty  years,  Philo. 

Τ εσσΰρύκονταιος,  a,  ov,  dub.  1.  for 
τεσσαρακοσταΐος. 

Τεσσάρΰκοντΰκαιπεντάκιςχίλιοσ- 
τός,  ή,  όν,  the  forty-five-thousandth. 
Plat.  Legg.  877  D. 

Τεσσΰρΰκοντύκις,  adv.,  forty  times. 

Τεσσύράκοντάπηχνς,  υ,  gen.  εως, 
forty  cubits  long. 

Τεσσΰράκοντύς,  ύδος,  ή,  the  number 
forty. — II.  a  period  of  forty  days,  Hipp. 

Τεσσύρΰκοντήρης,  ες,  with  forty 
ba>iks  of  oars ;  v.  sub  τριήρης. 

Τεσσύρΰκοντόργνιος,  ov,  (όργνια) 
forty  fathoms  high,  deep,  etc.,  Hdt.  2. 
148. 

Τεσσαρακοντούτης,  ov,  b,  contr. 
for  τεσσαρακονταετής. 

Τεσσΰρΰκόσιοι,  ai,  a,  a  false  form 
for  τετρακόσιοι,  Buttm.  Ausf  Gr. 
i)2,  p.  412. 

Τεσσΰράκοσταΐος,  a,  ov,  of  forty 
days,  on  the  fortieth  day,  Theophr. : 
from 

Τεσσαρακοστός,  η,  όν,  (τεσσαρά- 
KOVTu) : — the  fortieth  :  ή  τεσσαρακοσ- 
τή (sub.  μοίρα), — 1.  a  tax  of  one-forti- 
eth. At.  Eccl.  825.-2.  a  fortieth,  a 
coin  of  Chios  (as  the  French  have 
their  centimes).  Thuc.  8,  101. 

ΤΕ'ΣΣΑΤΕΣ,  oi,  ai,  -pa,  τά,  gen. 
ων :  dat.  τέσσαρσι,  poet,  τέτράσι, 
first  in  Hes.  Fr.  47,  5,  also  in  late 
prose ;  Ion.  τέσσερσι,  Hdt.  6,  41  : 
Att.  τέττύρες,  τέττΰρα  :  in  Ion.  prose 
τέσσερες,  τέσσερα :  Dor.  τέττορες 
and  τέτορες :  Aeol.  πίσνρες,  some- 
times also  indecl.,  as  τέσσαρες  for 
dat.,  Lob.  Phryn.  409  .—Four,  Hom. 
fwho  uses  both  common  and  Aeol. 
lorm),  etc. — (Its  form  varies  much : 
— Sanscr.  chatur,  chatvar :  Lat.  qua- 
tuor,  but  in  Oscan  peiiir,=  Aeol.  πίσν- 
ρες (cf  ποίος,  qualis,  ίππος,  equus, 
etc.),  Germ,  vier,  out  four,  etc.:  cf. 
τέταρτος,  fin.) 

Τεσσαρεσκαίδεκα,  oi,  al,  τύ,  in- 
decl., fourteen,  Hdt.  1,  86;  cf.  Lob. 
Phryn.  409 :  but  in  Att.  τέσσαρες  is 
inflected.     Hence 

Τεσσΰρεσκαιδεκύταϊυς,  a,  ov,  on 
the  fourteenth  day,  Hipp. 

Τεσσύρεσκαιδεκάτίτης,  ov,  b,  one 
who  keeps  the  fourteenth  day. 

Τεσσύρεσκαιδέκάτος,  η,  ov.  Ion. 
τεσσερεσκ-,  the  fourteenth,  Hdt.  1,  84, 
etc. 

Τεσσάρεσκαιδεκέτης,  ov,  b, fourteen 
years  old,  Plut.  Aemil.  35. 

Τεσσερύκοντα,  Ion.  for  τέσσαρα- 
κοντά,  Hdt. 

Τέσσερες,  oi,  ai,  -pa,  τά,  Ion.  for 
τέσσαρες,  Hdt. 

Τεσσερήκοντα,  ol,  ai,  τά,  Ion.  for 
τεσσαράκοντα,  Hdt. 

Τεταγμένως,  adv.  part.  pf.  pass, 
from  τάσσω,  in  order,  orderly,  regular- 
ly, άρχεσΟαι,  Plat.  Legg.  700  C  ;  ττο- 
λιτενεσθαι,  Isocr.  169  C. 


TETA 

Τετΰγών,  όντος,  b,  Ep.  redupl. 
part.  aor.  2,  with  no  pres.  in  use,  βίψί 
ποδός  τεταγών,  taking  him  by  the 
foot,  II.  1,  591,  cf  λαμβάνω,  'έ'λκω : 
also  simply,  ρίπτασκον  τεταγών,  II. 
15,  23.  (The  old  Gramm.,  as  far  as 
signf  went,  rightly  recognised  τετα- 
γών as  strengthd.  poet,  for  λαβών, 
but  its  kin  to  τείνω,  pf.  τέτακα,  is 
justly  rejected  by  Schneider  and 
Buttm.  Le.xil.  s.  v.  They  assume 
TA-  as  the  root,  which  also  appears 
in  -//  (q.  v.),  in  Lat.  tango,  te-tig-i,  and 
our  lake,  tmich.) 

Τέτάκα,  perf.  from  τείνω. 

Τέταλμαι,  pf  pass,  from  τέλλω, 
hence  τέταλτο,  Ep.  3  piqpf  for  έτέ- 
ταλτο,  Od. 

Τέτΰμαι,  pf  pass,  from  τείνω. 

Τετάμιενμένως,  adv.  part,  pf  pass, 
from  ταμιενω.  frugally,  thriftily,  Dion. 
H. 

Τετανικός,  ή,  όν,  suffering  from  τέ- 
τανος. 

Τετΰνοειδής,  ές,  like  τέτανος,  dub. 
1.  Theophr. 

Τετάνόθριξ,  ό,  ή,  {τέτανος,  θρίξ) 
with  long,  straight  hair,  Plat.  Euthy- 
phro  2  13. 

Τετΰνός,  ή,  όν,  {τείνω,  ταννω)  : — 
stretched  or  straightetied,  smooth,  τετα- 
νον  έρφος,  Nic.  ΑΙ.  343,  cf  464; 
πρίων,  Leon.  Tar.  28 ;  τετανόν  και 
καθαρόν  πρόςωπον,  Galen  ;  cf.  Jac, 
Anth.  P.  p.  512.^ 

Τέτανος,  ov,  b,  a  straining,  stretch- 
ing :  strain,  tension. — II.  a  convulsive 
tension  of  the  body,  so  that  it  becomes 
stiflf  as  a  corpse,  tetamis,  Hipp.,  v. 
Foes.  Oecon.; — rigor  nervorum  in  Cel- 
sus;  cf.  έμπροσθότονος,  δπισθότονος, 
Plat.  Tim.  84  E. — II.  sensu  obscoeno, 
Ar.  Lys.  553,  846. 

Τετάνόω,  ώ,  {τέτανος)  to  stretch, 
straighten,  DlOSC. 

Τετάνωβρον,  ov,  τό,  a  lotion  for 
freeing  the  skin  from  wrinkles,  a  cosmetic. 

Ύετάνωμα,  ατός,  τό,  {τετανόω)=: 
foreg. 

Τετΰραγμένως,  adv.  part,  perf 
pass,  from  ταράσσω,  confusedly,  Plat. 
Legg.  608  E,  Isocr.  Antid.  (}  262. 

Τέτάρος,  ov,  b,  a  pheasant,  Ptolem. 
ap.  Ath.  654  C  ;  cf  τατύρας. 

Τετάρπετο,  -πώμεσθα,  -πόμενος, 
Ep.  redupl.  aor.  2  of  τέρπομαι,  Hom. 

Τεταρτΰίζω,  to  have  a  quartan-fever. 

Τ εταρτάϊκός,  ή,  όν,  of  a  quartan- 
fever,  Diosc. 

Τεταρταϊος,  a,  ov,  of  four  days,  on 
the  fourth  day,  τ.  γενέσθαι,  to  he  four 
days  dead,  Hdt.  2,  89 ;  άφικνεϊσθαι 
τεταρταίονς,  Plat.  Rep.  616  B; 
T.  πνρετοί,  quartaji-ieyer,  Id.  Tim. 
86  A. 

Τ εταρτημοριαΐος,  a,  ov,  to  he  had 
for  a  quarter  of  an  obolus,  worth  as 
much,  Lat.  quadrantarius  :  from 

Τίταρτημόριον,  ov,  τό,  (τέταρτος, 
μόριον)  the  fourth  part.  Hdt.  2,  180; 
esp.  of  an  obolus,  Lat.  quadrans, 
Arist.  Pol.  7,  1,  4. 

Τεταρτο/.ογέω,  ω,  to  take  every 
fourth  man,  Lat.  quartare. 

Τέταρτος,  η,  ov,  the  fourth,  Hom., 
who  also  has  Ep.  form  τέτρατος :  τό 
τέταρτον,  as  adv.,  the  fourth  time, 
Horn.,  or  (as  Wolf)  τοτέταρτον. 
Adv.  -τως,  fovr-fold,  Lat.  quadruplo. 
Plat.  Tim.  86  A,  cf  Lob.  Phryn.  311. 
— II.  ή  τετάρτη. — 1.  (sub.  ήμέρα'^  the 
fourth  day,  Hes.  Op.  802.— 2.  (sub. 
μοίρα)  a  liquid  measure  (cf  our  quart); 
the  Spartan  kings  had  a  μέύιμνος  ol 
corn  and  a  τετάρτη  of  wine  on  the 
1st  and  7th  of  the  month,  Hdt.  6,  57. 
(Sanscr.  chaturtha  stands  between 
1485 


ΤΕΤΡ 

τέταρτος  and  Lat.  quartus :  cf.  Li- 
thuan.  ketwirta.) 

Ύετάσθην,  Ep.  for  έτετύσθην,  3 
dual  piqpf.  pass,  from  τείνω,  II.  4, 
536  ;  14,  404. 

Τίτάτο,  Ep.  for  έτέτατο,  3  plqpf. 
pass,  from  τείνω.  Horn. 

Ύετάχαται,  Ion.  3  pi.  pf.  pass, 
from  τάσσω,  Hdt.  [a] 

Ύετελεσμένον,  part,  pf  pass,  from 
T£?J<i),  Horn. 

Ύετενχαται,  Ion.  3  pi.  pf.  pass. 
from  τενχω,  Horn. 

Ύετενχετον,  3  dual  pf  from  τενχω, 
II.  13,  34ϋ  ;  but  Buttm.,  Catal.  Verb, 
s.  V.  τνγχάΐ'Ο),  would  read  έτενχετον, 
considering  redupl.  impf  τετεύχετον, 
post-Honi. 

Ύετενχημαι,  an  Ep,  pf  pass,  with 
pres.  signf.  formed  from  the  subst. 
τεύχεα,  without  any  pres.  in  use  : — 
to  be  armed,  inf.  τετευχησθαι,  Od.  22, 
104. 

Ύετεχνημένως,  adv.  part.  pf.  pass. 
from  τεχνύω,  artificially. 

Ύετηρημένως,  adv.  part,  pf  pass, 
from  τηρέω,  attentively. 

Ύετίημαι,  (τίω,  τίνω)  : — to  be  sor- 
Towfid,  to  sorrow,  mourn,  Horn.,  though 
of  the  indie,  he  only  uses  2  dual  τε- 
τίησθον,  II.  8,  447;  elsewh.  always 
the  part,  τετιημένος,  τετι,ημένη  (as 
in  Hes.  Th.  163).  always  with  ητορ 
added,  except  in  II.  9,  30,  695  :— be- 
sides, we  find  the  act.  form  τετιηώς 
(in  same  signf)  mostly  in  the  phrase 
τετιηύτι  θνμώ,  with  sorrowing  heart, 
II.  11,  555;  17,  664;  24,  283  ;  also, 
Ιζον  τετιηότες,  H.  9,  13 ;  ήσαν  τετιη- 
ότες,  they  were  sorrowing,  distressed, 
II.  9,  30,  695. — No  act.  τιέω  occurs  : 
but  the  word  is  akin  to  τίνειν,  τιμώ- 
ρεΐσθαί,  to  be  punished,  and  so  nuide 
sad.  [i] 

ΎετΙμένος,  η,  ov,  part,  pf  pass, 
from  -ίω,  Hom. 

Ύέτλα,  shortd.  for  τέτλαθι,  v.  1.  II. 
4,  412,  for  τέττα. 

Ύέτλΰβί,  poet,  imperat.  pf  of  *Γλύω, 
Horn.,  and  Hes. 

Ύετλαίην,  poet.  opt.  pf  of  *τ-λάω,  II. 

Ύετλάιιεν,  Ep.  inf  pf  of  *τ'λάω, 
Od. ;  cf  Herm.  H.  Hom.  Cer.  148  [ύ]; 
but  τέτΆαμεν,  1  pi.  pf ,  not  found  in 
Hom. 

Ύετλύμεναι,  Ep.  inf  pf  of  *τλάω, 
Od. 

Ύετίηώς,  ότος,  fern,  -ηνία,  Ep.  and 
Ion.  part,  pf  of  τλάω,  Hom. 

Ύετμημένος,  η,  ov,  part,  pf  pass. 
of  τέμνω,  Od. 

Ύετμηώς,  Ep.  part,  pf  of  τέμνω, 
(with  pass,  signf),  Ap.  Rh. 

Ύέτμον,  Ep.  for  ετετμον,  an  aor. 
without  any  pres.,  used  by  Hom.  in 
indicat.  both  with  and  without  augm., 
to  reach,  come  up  to,  find,  ένθ'  δγε  Ne- 
στορ'  ετετμε,  11.  4,  293  ;  ονκ  ένδον 
ΰμύμονα  τέτμεν  Ilkoltlv,  6, 174,  etc. ; 
bv  }7ΐρας  ίτετμεν,  Od.  1,  218  ;  and 
once  in  the  2  smg.  subjunct.,  Od.  15, 
15. — 2.  C.  gen.,  to  receive  by  fate  or  lot, 
have  by.  partake  of.  άταρΤ7]ροΙο  γενέ- 
θ?.ης,  Hes.  Th.  6"l0. 

Ύετοκνΐα,  fern.  part,  pf  of  τίκτω, 
Hes.  Op.  589. 

Ύετολμηκότως.  adv.  part,  pf  from 
το?.μύω,  Folyb.  1,  23,  5. 

Ύέτορε,  Ep.  redupl.  aor.  2  οίτορέω, 
Hesych. 

Ύέτορες,  oi,  al,  -pa,  τά.  Dor.  for 
τέσσαρες,  Hes.  Op.  696,  Epigr.  in 
Hdt.  7,  228. 

'Γετορήσω,  irreg.  fut.  from  τορέω, 

Ύέτρΰ-,  for  τέτορα,  τέσσαρα,  only 
in  the  deriv.  and  compd.  words,  which 
follow. 

1486 


TETP 

Ύετρΰ,βύμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  (τέτρα-, 
βαίνω)  : — -fourfooted,  ϊττποι,  Eur.  El. 
476;  τ.  ύτϊήνη=^τέθριτττΓυν,  Id.  Tro. 
517 ;  τ.  χηλαί,  ψάλια,  the  hoofs,  trap- 
pings of  horses.  Id.  Phoen.  792,  808  : 
— τετραβάμοσί  γνίοις,  in  the  shape 
of  a  quadruped.  Id.  Hel.  376.  [/ia] 

Ύετράβύρής,  ές,  (τέτρα-,  βάρος) 
four  times  as  heavy,  Alcae.  83,  in  poet, 
gen.  pi.  τετραβαρήων. 

Ύετράβιβλος,  ov,  (τέτρα-,  βΊβ?.ος) 
consisting  of  four  hooks,  title  of  a  book, 
by  Ptolemy,  Buttm.  Mus.  d.  Alter- 
thumsw.  2,  3,  p.  485.  [ά] 

Ύετρΰβόεως,  ov,  =  τεσσαράβοιος, 
Call.  Dian.  53,  Q.  Sm.  6,  547.  [a] 

Ύετρύβρύχνς,  εως,  6,  a  metrical 
foot  consisting  of  four  short  syllables, 
usu.  προκελευσματικός. 

Ύετράγηρνς,  ν,  gen.  νος,  (τέτρα-, 
γήρνς)  four-toned,  τ.  άοιόή,  the  music 
of  the  tetrachord,  Terpander  ap.  Strab. 
p.  618. 

Ύετράγλωσσος,  ov,  of  four  tongues 
or  languages. 

Ύετραγλώχϊς,  Ινας,  δ,  ή,  (τέτρα-, 
y7ίωχiv)  with  four  points  or  angles, 
square,  Leon.  Tar.  35. 

Ύετράγνΰθος,  ov,  (τέτρα-,  γνάθος) 
with  four  jaws,  esp.  as  epith.  of  a  spi- 
der, φα'λάγγων,  Strab. 

Ύετραγράμμΰτος,  ov,  (τέτρα-,  γράμ- 
μα) of  four  letters  :  το  Τ.,  the  word  of 
four  letters,  i.  e.  in  Hebrew  the  sacred 
name  JeHoVaH. 

Ύετράγραμμος,  ov,  u'ith  or  of  four 
lines. 

Ύετράγνος,  ov,  (τέτρα-,  γνα)  as 
large  as  four  γυαι  of  land,  Od.  7,  113  : 
— τετράγνον  as  subst.,  a  measure  of 
land,  as  much  as  a  7nan  can  plough  in  a 
day,  Od.  18,  374,  cf  Ap.  Rh.  3,  1344. 
[ά] 

Ύετραγωνέω,  ώ,  (τετράγωνος)  c. 
ace.  pers.,  to  stand  in  square  with  an- 
other, ό  Άρης  τετραγωνεΐ  τον  Αία, 
astrolog.  phrase  in  Luc.  (?)  Philop.  24. 

Ύετράγωνία,  ας,  ?/,  the  spindle-tree, 
bird-cherry,  Lat.  euonymus  europaeus, 
SO  called  from  its  square  fruit,  The- 
ophr. 

Ύετράγωνιαϊος,  a,  ov,— τετράγω- 
νος. 

Ύετρΰγωνίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (τετράγωνος) 
to  make  square,  square,  of  lines  or  num- 
bers. Plat.  Theaet.  148  A,  Rep.  527 
A:  r.  κΰκλον,  to  square  the  circle, 
Avist.  Soph.  El.  11,  3. 

Ύετράγώνίον,  ov,  τό,  a  cloak  ivith 
four  lappets,  dub. 

Τετραγωνισμός,  ov,  δ,  (τετραγω- 
νίζω) a  making  square  :  quadrature,  as 
of  the  circle,  Arist.  Anal.  Post.  1,  9, 
1,  Soph.  El.  11,3. 

ΎετράγωνοεκΊτ/ς,  ές,  square-looking. 

Ύετρΰγωνοττρύςωπος,  ov,  (τετρά- 
γωνος, τνρόςωττον)  square-faced,  of  Ot- 
ters and  Iseavers,  Hdt.  4,  109. 

Τετράγωνος,  ov,  (τέτρα-,  γώνος) 
stnctly  four-angled,  but  usu.  with  four 
equal  angles,  rectangular,  esp.  square, 
Hdt.  1,  178,  181,  Thuc,  etc.:  r.  ερ- 
γασία, of  the  Hermes-statues,  Thuc. 
6,  27:  TO  τετράγωνον,  a  square,  esp. 
a  body  of  men  draivn  up  in  a  square, 
Lat.  agmen  quadratum,  Xen.  Lac.  12, 
1  ;  r.  τάξις,  in  Thuc.  4,  125 ;  cf 
Τϊ?.αίσΐον. — II.  made  square,  as  broad 
as  long,  Lat.  quadratus. — III.  metaph., 
perfect  as  a  square ;  generally,  complete, 
perfect,  χερσί  καϊ  ΤΓοσϊ  καΐ  νόω  τετρά- 
γωνος τετυγμένος,  Simon,  .ap.  Plat. 
Prot.  344  A  (Fr.  12,2  Schneidew.), 
cf  Arist.  Eth.  N.  1,  10.  11.— IV.  r. 
αριθμός,  a  square  number,  i.  e.  a  num- 
ber jnii/i^/iW  info  itself.  Plat.  Theaet. 
147  E.  —  V.  Ιμάτιον  and  σχήμα  τε- 
τράγωνον, the  Greek  clodikwhichhung 


TETP 

square,  while  the  Roman  toga  formed 
a  ήμικνκλιον. — VI.  Adv.  -νως,  Phi• 
lostr. 

Τετρΰγωνώδης,  ες,=  τετραγωνοει 
δ?/ ς. 

Τετρΰδακτν?.ιαΙος,  α,  ον,  four  fin- 
gers long  or  broad. 

Τετράδάκτνλος,  ov,  four  fingered. 

Τίτράδαρχέομαί,  =  τετραρχέυμαι. 
Hence 

Τετρύδαρχία,  ας,  η,=  τετραρχία, 
Aristid. 

Τετράδεϊον,  ον,  τό,  (τετράς)  α  num- 
ber of  four,  four  united  persons  or  things, 
a  quaternion,  also  τετράδων,  Phllo, 
and  N.  T. 

Ύετράδισταί,  οι,  young  people  who 
met  to  make  merry  on  the  fourth  of  the 
month,  Alex.  Χορηγ.  1  ;  cf  Meineke 
Menand.  p.  1 10. — II.  men  born  to  a  life 
of  toil,  like  Hercules,  who  was  born 
on  the  fozirth  of  the  month  (τετράς,  Q. 
v.),  A.  B.  p.  309. 

Τετραδραχμιαϊος,  a,  ov,=  sq. 

Τετράδραχμος,  ov,  (τέτρα-,  δρα- 
χμή) weighing  or  worth  four  drachms  : 
TO  T.,  a  silver  coin  of  four  drachms,  te- 
tradrachm.  Plat.  Ax.  366  C. 

Τετράδϋμος,  ov,  (τετράς)  fourfold, 
0pp.  C.  2,  181.  (-όνμος  is  plainly  an 
adj.  numeral  ending,  cf  δίδυμος,  τρί- 
δυμος, ίπτάδνμος,  also  άμφιδυμος.) 
['■'] 

Τετράδων,  ό,  a  bird,  prob.  of  the 
grouse  kind,  tetrao  Linn.,  Alcae.  116: 
cf  τέτραξ. 

Τετράδωρος,  ov,  (δώρον  II)  four 
palms  long  or  broad,  [ά] 

Τετρύελικτος,  ov,=sq.,  όφις,  Anth. 
P.  7,  210. 

Τετράελιξ,  ϊκος,  ό,  ή,  (τέτρα-,  ίλιξ) 
four  times  ivound  or  twisted  round :  τε• 
τραέλίξ,  ή,  a  plant  of  the  thistle  kind, 
also  τετρύλίξ,  q.  v. 

Τετράένης,  ft-,=sq.,Theocr.  7, 147. 

Τετράενος,  ov,  (τέτρα-,  ένος)  of 
four  years,  four  years  old,  Lat.  quadri- 
mus,  τταΐς.  Call.  Fr.  154.  [a] 

Τετράετηρία,  ας,  ή,  a  term  of  four 
years. 

Τετράετηρικός,  ή,  όν,  of  or  belong- 
ing to  a  τετραετΐ]ρίς. 

Τετράετηρις,  (sc.  εορτή),  ίδος,  ή,  a 
festival  held  every  four  years,  tike  the 
Olympic  games. 

Ύετρΰέτ7/ρος,  ov,=  sq. 

Τετραετής,  ές,  (τέτρα-,  έτος)  four 
years  old,  Plat.  Legg.  793  E.— II.  pa- 
rox.  τετραέτ>ις,  ες,  of  four  years,  χρό- 
νος, Hdt.  1,  199.     Hence 

Τετραετία,  ας,  ή,  a  term  of  four 
years,  Theophr. 

Τετράζενκτος,  ov,=sq.,  Philem.  de 
Nomin.  318. 

Τετράζνγος,  ov,  (τέτρα-,  ζνγόν) 
four-yoked,  δχος,  Eur.  Hel.  1039  : — 
generally,  fourfold  :  to  t.  (sc.  άρμα), 
a  four-horsed  chariot. 

Τετράζνξ,  νγος,  δ,  ή,  ^=τετράζνγος, 
Νοηη. 

Τετράζω,  to  cackle,  as  a  hen  does  on 
laying  an  egg,  Alex.  Mynd.  ap.  Ath. 
398  D. 

Τετραήμερος,  ov,  of  four  days,  last- 
ing four  days. 

Τετράθέλνμνος,  ov,  (τέτρα-,  θέ?^νμ- 
νον)  :  —  of  four  layers,  τ.  σάκος,  a 
shield  of  four  ox-hides,  11.  15,  479,  Od. 
22,  122. 

Τετράθνρος,  ov,  (θίφά)  with  four 
dofirs  or  openings,   [ctj 

Τετραίνω,  lengthd.  from  Root 
TPA- ;  fut.  τε-ράϊ^ώ;  aor.  έτέτρηνα, 
in  Hom.  τέτρηνα:  later  ετέτράνα: 
also,  fut.  τρήσω :  aor.  έτρησα :  pf. 
pass,  τέτρημαι : — Horn,  only  uses  the 
aor.  We  have  a  pres.  τιτραίνω,  in 
Theophr.,  with  an  aor.  ετίτρανα.  Id. 


ΤΕΤΡ 

Η.  PI.  2,  7,  7;  5,  4,  5  (si  vera  1.) :  a 
3  pi.  itnpf.  pass,  τετρηνοντο,  in  Call. 
Dian.  244,  cf.  τετρ?/νω. — The  pres. 
Tirpacj,  not  till  later.  Generally,  the 
compds.  όίατετρ-,  σνντετρ-,  are  more 
used.  To  bore  through,  pierce,  τι,  11. 
22,  396,  Od.  5.  247  ;  23,  198  ;  λιβός 
τετρημένος,  Hdt.  2,  96 ;  so,  ■πίθος 
τετρ.,  of  the  Danaidae,  Xen.  Oec.  7, 
40 ;  τετρανθείς  αν/.ός,  Leon.  Tar. 
12. 

ΎετράΙππον,  ου,  τό,  rare  collat. 
form  of  τέθρι-ηττον.  [ύ] 

Ύετρακ.αιδεκ.άετ-ί]ς,ές,/οηΓΐεεηι/εατ3 
old. — II.  parox.  -έτης,  ες,  of  fourteen 
years. 

Ύετράκαιδεκέτης,  fem.  ετις,  ιδος, 
=foreg.  I,  Isocr.  388  E. 

Ύετράκερως,  ων,  {τέτρα-,  κέρας) 
four-horned,  ε/.αφος,  Anth.  P.  append. 
319,  0pp.  [(2] 

Ύετράκίφΰλος,  ov,  {τέτρα-,  κεφα- 
?ιή)  four-heiuLed,  Epigr.  ap.  Eust.  II. 
p.  1353,  8  ;  [with  αλ  at  the  end  of 
an  hexam.,  as  if  -κέιρα'/.λος ;  cf.  τρι- 
κέ<ρα7.ος,  κυνοκέφαλος]. 

Ύετράκίνη,  ης,  ή,=θριδακίνη,  Hip- 
ροη.  75.  [/α] 

Τετράκις,  (τέτρα-)  adv.,  four  times, 
Od.  5,  306,"  Ar.  Pint.  851 :  post-Horn, 
also  τετράκι,  Pind.  Ν.  7,  153,  Call. 
Epigr.  55,  2.     Hence 

Ύετρύκιςμνριοι.  ai,  a,  {μύριοι)  four 
times  ten  thousand,  forty  thoiisand,  Xen. 
Cyr.  2,  1,  5:  [v]  and 

Ύετράκιςχίλιοι,  ai,  a,  {χίλιοι)  four 
thousand.  Hat.  2,  9,  etc.  [χϊ] 

Τετρύκίων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  {τίτρα-, 
κίον)  with  four  pillars,  Orph.  ad  Mus. 
39.  [i] 

Ύετράκ?ιαστος,  ov,  (τέτρα-,  κλάω) 
broken  fourfold,  in  four,  Procl. 

Ύετράκ/ΰμος,  ov, under  all  four  quar- 
ters of  heaven. 

Ύετράκλίνος,  ov,  {τέτρα-,  κλίνη) 
with  four  couches,  Luc.  Tox.  46. 

Ύετράκνάμος.  ov.  Dor.  for  τετρύ- 
κνημος,  {τέτρα-,  κνήμη)  four-spoked, 
όεσμος  τετρ.,  of  Ixion's  wheel,  Pind. 
P.  2,  73 ;  Ίυγξ  τετρ.,  the  wryneck 
tied  on  the  four-spoked  wheel,  lb.  4,  382. 

Ύετρακνάμων,  ov,  dub.  1.  for  foreg. 

Ύετρΰκόρυμβος,ον,  {τέτρα-,  κόρυμ- 
βος  III)  : — with  four  bunches  ;  gener- 
ally, clustering,  κισΰός,  Anth.  P.  7, 
23. 

Ύετρΰκόρωνος,  ov,  {τέτρα-,  Κορώ- 
νη) four  times  a  crow's  age,  Hes.  Fr. 
50,  2. 

Τετρακόσιοι,  ai,  a,  four  hundred, 
Hdt.  1,  178,  etc.     Hence 

Ύετράκοσιοστός,  η,όν,  the  four-hun- 
dredth, LXX. 

Ύετρύκοστός,  η,  όν,=  τεσσαρακοσ- 
τός.  [ά] 

Τετρύκοτν?.ιαΐος,  a,ov,=sq.,  Sext. 
Emp.  p.  152. 

Ύετρΰκότν?.ος,  ov,  consisting  of,  or 
holding  four  κοτνλαι,  Theopfcal.  Boe- 
ot.  1. 

Ύετρακτνς,  νος,  η,  (τετράς) : — the 
number  four,  Lat.  qualernio.  esp.  with 
the  Pythagoreans,  who  held  it  to  be 
the  root  or  source  of  all  things,  ναι 
μα  τον  υμετέρα  ψυχα  παραδόντα 
τετρακτνν,  ^ayuv  ΐιενύον  φύσεως, 
Carm.  Aur.  48,  cf.  Sturz  Emped.  p. 
672  sq.,  Ritter  Hist.  Phil.  1,  363. 

Ύετράκνκ?.ος,  ov,  {τέτρα-,  κνκ?.ος) 
four-wheeled,  ΰ—ήνη,  II.  24,  324  ;  αμα- 
ξαι,  Od.  9,  242,  Hdt.  1,  188.  [ά  al- 
ways, except  in  Od.  1.  c,  ubi  al.  τεσ- 
σαράκνκ?.οι.] 

Ύετράκω/.ος,  ov,  four-fooled,  [a] 

Ύετρακωμία,  ας.  ή,  {τέτρα-,  κώμη) 
α  union  of  four  villages,  Strab.  p.  405. 

Ύετρύκωμος,  ov,  6,  (τέτρα-,  κώμος) 
a  triumphal  song  and  dance  sacred  to 


TETP 

Hercules  (cf.  τετραδισταί  II),  Ath. 
618  C.  [a] 

Ύετράλϊνον,  τό,  a  fourfold  lace  or 
string,  [dj 

Ύετράλιξ,  ή,=^τετραέλιξ  II,  The- 
ophr. 

Τετραλογία,  ας,  ή,  {τέτρα-,  λόγος) : 
— α  group  of  four  dramas,  three  tra- 
gedies and  one  satyric  play,  which 
were  exhibited  together  on  the  Attic 
stage  for  the  prize  at  the  festivals  of 
Bacchus,  without  the  satyric  play, 
the  three  tragedies  were  called  τρι- 
λογία, V.  Miiller  Gr.  Literat.  1,  p. 
319,  Welcker  Aeschyl.  Tnlogie. 

Τετραμερής,  ες,  {  τέτρα-,  μέρος ) 
quadripartite,  Plut.  2,  1139  Β. 

Τετρύμετρος,  ov,  {τέτρα-,  μέτρον) 
consisting  of  four  metres,  i.  e.,  in  iam- 
bic, trochaic  and  anapaestic  verse, 
consisting  of  four  double  feet,  or  syzy- 
gies,  (Lat.  versus  octonarius) ;  in  dacty- 
lic, cretic,  bacchiac,  antispastic,  cho- 
riambic,  and  paeonic  verse,  consisting 
of  four  feet,  b  τετρ.,  a  verse  of  this  length, 
Ar.  Nub.  642,645;  so,  το  τετράμε- 
τρον,  Xen.  Symp.  6,  3.  [ώ] 

ΤετραμηνιαΙος,  a,  oi^,=sq.,  Diod. ; 
cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  549. 

Τετράμηνος,  ov,  {τέτρα-,  μην)  : — 
of  four  months,  lasting  four  months, 
thuc.  5,  63,  Polyb.,  etc.  [a] 

Τέτραμμαι,  perf  pass,  from  τρέττω, 
hence  part,  τετραμμένος,  Horn.,  and 
Hes. 

Τετραμναϊος,  a,  ον,^^τετράμνονς, 
Diod. 

]Τετρύμνηστος,  ου,  ό,  Tetramne- 
stus,  a  Sidonian,  Hdt.  7,  98. 

Τετράμνονς,  ovv,  (τέτρα-,  μνΰ) : — 
of  four  minae,  worth  or  weighing  four 
minae,  Ath.  ;  cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  553. 

Τετρΰμοιρία,  ας,  ή,  a  fourfold  por- 
tion. Xen.  An.  7,  2,  36  ;  6,  1  :  from 

Τετρύμοφος,  ov,  {τέτρα-,  μοίρα) 
C07isisting  of  four  parts,  fourfold,  φρον- 
ρά,  Eur.  Rhes.  5.  [ά] 

Τετράμορος,  ov,  =  foreg.  [ά] 

Τετράμορφος,  ov,  (τέτρα-,  μορφή) 
four-shaped,  fourfold,  ώραι  τ.,  tne  four 
changing  seasons,  Eur.  Incert.  120.  [u] 

ΤετραντιαΙος,  a,  ov,  worth  a  fourth 
part,  dub. 

Τετράννκτία,  ας,  ή,  (ννξ)  a  space 
of  four  nights. 

Τέτραξ,  άγος  and  ΰκος,  6,  name 
of  two  kinds  o{  wild  birds,  acc.  to  Ath. 
398  ;  one  prob.  of  the  grouse  kind,  te- 
trao,  Linn.  ;  the  other  a  small  bird  ; 
cf.  Epich.  p.  25,  Ar.  Av.  885  ; — cf.  τέ- 
τριξ,  τετρύων,  and  also  τατνρας. 

Τετρύξοος,  ov.  {τέτρα-,  ξέω):  — 
split  four  times,  δένδρα  τ.,  trees  which 
must  be  so  split,  before  they  can  be 
worked,  Theophr.  H.  PI.  5,  1,  9 :  cf. 
δίϊοος,  μονύξοος. 

Τετραξός,  ή,  όν,  fourfold,  Arist. 
Metaph.  12,  2,  7.    _ 

Τετρΰοδία,  ας,  ή,  and  τετρΰόδιον, 
ov,  τό,  {τέτρα-,  δδός)  α  place  where 
four  roads  meet,  Lat.  quadrivium. 

Τετράοδος,  ov,  ή,—toreg.,  Orac.  ap. 
Paus.  8,  9,  4  ;  cf.  τρίοδος.  [ά] 

Τετρύοίδιος,  ov,  {τέτρα-,  άοιδή)  of 
four  notes  in  music,  Plut.  2,  1132  D. 

Τετρύόργνιος,  ov,  {τέτρα-,  όργνια) 
four  fathoms  long  or  broad,  Dio  C. 

Τετράορία,  ας,  ή,  a  four-horsed  char- 
iot, Pind.  O.  2,  8,  P.  2,  8,  etc. :  from 

Τετράορος,  ov,  contr.  τέτρωρος, 
{τέτρα-,  ΰρω)  :■ — yoked  four  together, 
ϊιτποι,  Od.  13.  81  ;  r.  άρμα,  a  four- 
horse  chariot,  Pind.  P.  10,  101,  etc.: 
also,  τέτρωρος  ΰχος,  τέτρωρον  άρμα, 
Eur.  Hipp.  1229.  Ale.  483.— II.  four- 
legged,  ταύρος,  Soph.  Tr.  507.  [a] 

Τετρύ.πα7.αι,  {τέτρα-,  τϊάλαι)  adv., 
four  times  long  ago,  i.  e.  long,  long  ago. 


TETP 
Call.    Epigr.    2,   4 ;    cf    δεκαπάλαι. 

Ύΐτράττά/.αιστιαϊος,  a,  ov,  =  sq., 
Geop. 

Τετρα.7Γά?.αιστος,  ov,  (τέτρα-,  na- 
?Μΐστή)  of  four  spans,  four  spans  long 
or  broad,  Hdt.  2,  149.  [d] 

Τετράπεδος,  ov,  {τέτρα-,  πέδον) 
of  or  with  four  surfaces,  Hdn.  8,  4. — II. 
of  four  feet,  τώ  ττ'/.ύτει,  Polyb.  8,  6,  4; 
cf.  Orac.  ap.  t'lut.  Aemil.  15. 

Τετρά—εζος,  ov,  (τέτρα-,  τϊέζα) four- 
footed,  Orph.  Lith.  741.  [a] 

Τετράτνηχναϊος,  a,  ov,:=sq. 

Τετράπηχνς,  ν,  gen.  εος,  (τέτρα-, 
Ίτηχνς)  four  cubits  (six  feet)  long.  Hdt. 
7,  69,  Plat.,  etc. ;  of  men,  six  feet  high, 
tall  fellows.  At.  Ran.  1014.— Cf.  Lob. 
Phryn.  549.  [ύ] 

Τετρα7Γ?.άσιύζω,  to  make  fourfold. 

Τετρατΐλασιετζιδιμερής,  ές,  41  times 
as  great  (14:3),  Arithm.  Vett. — So, 
τετραπ?.ασιεπίττεμπ-ος,  ov,  4|  time* 
as  great  (21  :  5). — τετραπλασιεπιτέ- 
ταρτος,  ov,  4|  times  as  great  (17  :  4). — 
τετρατϊ?.ασιε~ιτετραμερής,  ές,  4J 
times  as  great  (24  :  5). — τετραπλάσιε• 
πιτριμερής,  ές,  4j  times  as  great  (19 : 4). 
— τετρα—λασιεττίτριτος,  ov,  4J  times 
as  great  (13  :  3). — τετραπλασιεφήμι- 
συς,  ν,  4^  times  as  great  (9  : 2). 

Τετραπλάσιος,  a,  ov,  fourfold,  four 
times  as  much,  Lat.  quadruplus.  Plat. 
Rep.  369  E,  etc.    Adv.  -ίως.     Hence 

Τ ετραπλασώτης,  ητος,  ή,  muliipli 
catimi  by  four. 

Τετραπλάσιων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  = 
τετραπλάσιος. 

Τετραπλεβρία,  ας, ή,  an  area  of  four 
π/.έθρα,  Inscr. :  from 

Τετράπλευρος,  ov,  (τέτρα-,  πλέ 
θρον)  consisting  of  four  plethra,  Polyb. 
6,  27,  2. 

Τετρύπ?.ενρος,  ov,  (τέτρα-,  π?.εν 
ρά)  four-sided,  κίων,  Anth. 

Τετραπλή  or  τετραπ/.η,  adv.,  in  a 
fourfold  manner,  fourfold,  11.  1,  128. 

Τετραπ/Μος,  η,  ov,  contr.  -πλοϊς, 
η,  ovv,  fourfold,  Lat.  quadruplus :  το 
τ.,=^τετραμοιρΊα,  Xen.  An.  7,  6,  7. 
Adv.  -πλώς,  =  foreg.,  LXX.  (For 
deriv.,  cf.  άπ?ιόος.) 

Τετράπνονς,  ovv,  (τέτρα-,  ττνέω, 
πνοή)  with  four  tiosirils  :  Lye.  has  also 
a  fem.  τετρύπνη,  1313. 

Τετράποδηδόν,  adv.,  o?i  four  feet, 
Ar.  Pac.  896:  from 

Τετράπόδης,  ου,  6,  (τέτρα-,  πονς) 
four-footed  — II.  four  feet  long,  broad  or 
deep.    Hence 

ΤετράποδητΊ,  adv.,  on  all  fours, 
Polyb.  5,  60,  7. 

Τετράποδία,  ας,  ή,  (τετρύπονς  Ή.) 
α  measure  or  length  of  four  feet,  Bockh 
Inscr.  1,  p.  279. 

Τετράποδίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (τετρύπονς) 
to  go  on  all  fours,  to  be  Ot  live  as  a  qua- 
druped, Arist.  H.  A.  2,  1,  48.     Hence 

Τετράποδιστής,  ov,  ό,  going  on  all 
fotirs,  quadrupedal. 

Τετράποδιστί,  adv. ,=^τετραποδη- 
τι,  Luc.  D.  -Mar.  7,  2. 

Τετράποδος,  ov,  collat.  form  of 
τετράπονς.  Lob.  Phryn.  546.  [<2] 

Τετράπο?.ις,  εως,  ή,  poet,  τετρά• 
πτολις,  of  or  with  four  ci/ies,  Λαόζ•  τ., 
of  the  northern  part  of  Attica,  Eur. 
Heracl.  81,  ubi  v.  Elmsl.  ;  tccmposed 
of  Oenoe,  Marathon,  Probalinthus, 
and  Tricorythus,  cf.  Ar.  Lys.  285 ; 
Strab.  p.  446. — 2.  Αωρική,  the  Dorian 
Tetrapolis,  between  Locns  and  Thes- 
saly,  composed  of  Erineiis,  Boeum, 
Pindus,  and  Cytinea,  Strab.  p.  425 
sqq. — 3.  της  Συρίας,  or  Σελενκίς, 
composed  of  Antiochia,  Apamea, 
Laodicea,  and  Seleucia,  Strab.  p. 
749t. — 4.  of  Cephallenia,  +consisting 
1487 


ΤΕΤΡ 

of  Pale,  Cranii,  Same,  and  Pionif, 
rhiic.  2,  30.  [a] 

ΎΐΤρύπολος,  ov,  {τέτρα-,  ιζολεω) 
turned  ϊΐρ,  ploughed  four  times,  Thcocr. 
25,  26.  [a] 

Ύετράπορος,  ov,  with  four  passages, 
ways  or  holes,  [ά] 

Ύετράπος,  ov,  poet,  for  τετρύπονς, 
Aral.  214.  [«] 

Ύετράπους,  6,  ή,  -πουν,τό,  {τέτρα-, 
πους)  four-footed,  Hdt.  2,  68  ;  4,  71  ; 
λεία  τετρύπους,  a  booty  of  cattle, 
Polyb.  1,  25,  7  : — ra  τετράποδα,  qua- 
drupeds, Hdt.  3,  100,  Thuc.  2,  50,  etc. 
— II.  of  four  feet  in  length,  Plat.  Meno 
85  B,  C.  [ά] 

Ύετραπρύςοττος,ον,  with  four  faces 
or  fronts. 

Ύετράπτερος,  ov,  (τέτρα-,  τττε- 
ρόν)  foiir-winged.  Soph.  Fr.  27. 
Hence 

Ύ ετραπτερνλ7.ίς,  ίδος,  ή,  a  four- 
tui'n^,  i.e.  a  grasshopper  or  locust, Boeot. 
word  in  Ar.  Ach.  871 ;  Elmsl.  thinks 
that  by  τών  όρταλίχων  η  των  τετρα- 
πτερν?ί?.ίόων,  is  intended  birds  and 
beasts;  andDind.  follows  him; — but  the 
τετραπτερνλλίδων  is  prob.  brought  in 
Trap'  νπονοίαν. 

ΎετράπτΙλος,  ov,  {τέτρα-,  πτίλον) 
four-winged,  Ar.  Ach.  1082. 

Ύέτραπτο,  Ep.  for  έτέτρ.,  3  sing, 
plqpf.  pass,  from  τρέπω,  Horn. 

Ύετράπτο?ιΐς,  ή,  poet,  for  τετρύπο- 
λιc,  Eur. 

ΎετράτΓτνχος,  ov.  {τέτρα-,  πτυχή) 
fourfold,  four-leafed,  Hipp. 

Ύετρύπτοτος,  ov,  with  four  cases, 
Gramm. 

Ύετρύπϋλος,  ov,  four-gated. 

Ύετράπυργία,  ας,  η,  {τέτρα-,  πύρ- 
γος) α  building  with  four  towers,  Polyb. 
31,26,  11.     Hence 

■\Ύετραπυργία,  ας,  ή,  Tctrapyrgia, 
name  ofa  place  in  Cyrenaica,  Slrab. 
p.  838. 

Ύετραπώγων,  ωνος,  6,  a  plant,= 
τραγοπώγων,  Diosc. 

Ύετράπωλία,  ας,  ή,  a  team  of  four 
horses. 

Ύετΐ)άβ^αβδος,  ov,  with  four  staves, 
rods,  streaks  or  rows. 

Ύετριϊββνθμος,  ov,  consisting  of  four 
metres. 

Ύετράββνμος,  ov,  {τέτρα-,  βνμός) 
with  four  poles  and  yokes,  i.  e.  eight- 
horsed,  Xen.  Cyr.  6,  1,  51 ;  also  τε- 
τράρνμος. 

Ύετραρχέω,  ώ,  to  be  a  tetrarch,  N.T. : 
from 

Τετράρχης,  ου,  b,  {τετράς,  άρχω)  a 
tetrarch,  as  among  the  Galatiaiis  in 
Asia,  of  whom  each  tribe  had  four 
chiefs,  Plut.  Anton.  56,  etc. — II.  a 
leader  of  four  λόχοι..     Hence 

Ύετραρχία,  ας,  ή,  a  tetrarchy,  the 
power  or  dominions  of  a  tetrarch,  Eur. 
Ale.  1154,  Dem.  117,26,  Plut.  Anton. 
36. — Thessaly  was  anciently  divided 
into  4  tetrarchies,  Thirlw.  H.  of  Gr. 
6,  p.  14  ;  of.  τετράς  II. — II.  τ.  ίππι- 
κή,  the  command  of  four  λόχοι,  Arr. 
An.  3,  18.     Hence 

Ύετραρχικός,  7],  όν,  of,  belonging  to 
a  tetrarch  or  tetrarchy,  Strab. 

Ύέτραρχος,ον,ό,—  τετράρχης,ΓΙηΙ. 
2,  768  Β. 

Τετράς•,  άδος,  ή,  the  number  four, =^ 
τετρακτΰς,  Arist.  Metaph.  13,  3,  9, 
etc.  :  esp., — 2.  the  fourth  day,  Hes. 
Op.  792,  796,  etc. : — τετράδι  γέγονας, 
proverb,  of  one  who  labours  for  others, 
not  for  himself  (cf.  τετραδιστής). 
Plat.  (Com.)  Incert.  29,  Ariston.  Ήλ. 
jity.  6. — Ιϊ.=τετραρχία  I,  Hellan.  ap. 
Harpocr.  s.  v.  τετραρχία.  (Strictly 
shortd.  (or  τετταράς.) 

Τετράς,  αντας,  6,  the  fourth  part. — 
1488 


TETP 
II.  a  coin,  a  fourth,  like  Lat.  quadrans; 
cf.  έξΰς. 

Τετράσημης,  ov,  {τέτρα-,  σήμα)  of 
four  signs  :  in  music,  of  four  kinds  of 
time,  Osann  Anal.  Cr.  p.  76,  Auctar. 
Lex.  p.  157.  [a] 

Τετράσκαλμος,  ov,  with  four  σκαλ- 
μοί  .'  four-oared,  Diod. 

Τετρασκε?.ής,  ες,  {τέτρα-,  σκέλος) 
four-legged,  four-footed,  Trag.  ;  r.  οιω- 
νός, of  a  kind  of  griffin,  Aesch.  Pr. 
395. 

Τετράσσάρον,  ov,  TO,four  ases,  the 
Rom.  sestertius,  one  fourth  of  the  de- 
narius, Arr.  Epict. 

Τετραστάδιος,  ov,  {τέτρα-,  στάδι- 
01')  four  stades  in  length  :  το  τ.,  a  length 
of  four  stades.  Strab.   [στα] 

Τετραστέίτηρος,  ov,  {τέτρα-,  στα- 
τήρ)  worth  four  staters,  Ar.  Eccl.  413. 

Τετράστεγος,  ov,  {τέτρα-,  στέγη) 
with  four  stories,  Diod. 

ΤετρύστΊχος,  ov,  {τέτρα-,  στίχος) 
in  four  rows,  li7ies,  LXX. 

Τετραστοιχία,  ας,  ή,  a  fourfold  row 
or  line,  Theophr. :  from 

ΤετρύστοίΎος,  ov,  {τέτρα-,  στοίχος) 
in  four  rows,  like  τετράστιχος,  The- 
ophr. 

ΤετρύσΓοοΐ',  ov,  τό,  an  antechamber, 
Lat.  atrium. 

Τετράστοος,  ov,  surrounded  with 
four  στοαί  or  cloisters. 

Τετράστνλος,  ov,  {τέτρα-,  στύλος) 
with  four  pillars  in  front,  of  a  temple, 
Vitr. 

Ύετρΰσνλ?.ΰ3ία,  ας,  ή,  a  being  of 
four  syllables :  from 

Τετρασύλλαβος,  ov,  of  four  sylla- 
bles.     \ 

Τετράσχιστος,  ov,  split  or  parted 
into  four. 

Τετράσχοινος,  ov,  four  σχοϊνοι, 
(i.  e.  240  .stades)  long,  Strab. 

Τετρΰσώμάτος,  ov,  {τέτρα-,  σώμα) 
with  four  bodies,  Paul.  S.  Arnbo  252. 

Τετράτομος,  oi>,  cut  fourfold,  in  four. 
[a] 

Τετράτονος,  ov,  of  four  tones  or 
notes,  [a] 

Τέτράτος,  η,  ov,  poet  for  τέταρτος, 
fourth,  Hom.,  Hes.,  Pind. ;  το  τέτρα- 
τον,  the  fourth  time,  \\.  21,  177,  Hes. 
Op.  594,  Sc.  363. 

Τετρέιτροχος,  ov,  four-wheeled. 

Τετράτρϋφος,  ov,  {τέτρα-,  βρνπτω) : 
— broken  into  four  pieces,  or,  that  may 
be  so  broken,  άρτος,  Hes.  Op.  440. 

Τέτρΰφα,  pf.  from  τρέπω,  also  τέ- 
τροφα  : — but — II.  dub.  for  τέτροψα, 
pf  from  τρέφω,  in  Simmias. 

Τετράφάλαγγαργία,  ας,  ή,  the  com- 
mand of  a  τετραφαλαγγία :  from 

Τετράφά?ΜγγίΊρχης,  ov,  6,  {άρχω) 
the  leader  ofa  τετραφαλαγγία. 

Τετράφύ?ί.αγγία,  ας,  f/,  {τέτρα-,  φά- 
λαγξ)  α  corps  of  four  phalanxes  or  a 
phalanx  in  four  divisions,  Polyb.  12, 
20.  7,  Ael.  Tact.  40. 

Τετρΰφάληρος,  ov,  of  a  helmet  in 
11.5,743;  11,  41,usu.  taken  as=re- 
τρά0α/1θζ-.— If  a  lengthening  of  the 
form  τετράφαλος\)Β  not  allowed  (and 
it  is  suspicious,  for  in  both  places  άμ• 
φίφαλος  is  added),  Buttman's  assump- 
tion (Le.xil.  s.  φύλος  9)  becomes  very 
prob.,  viz.  that  the  root  is  φάληρος{3. 
word  never  indeed  found  in  use),  ei- 
ther the  plume  itself,  or  an  epithet  of  it ; 
and  so,  τετραφύληρος  would  mean 
with  four  crests  or  plumes :  cf.  φάλη- 
ρος,  φαληριόων.  [ΰ] 

Τετράφά7ιος,  ov  {τέτρα-,  φάλος) : — 
κνί'έη.  κόρνς,  a  helmet  ivith  a  fourfold 
φάλης,  11.  12,  384  ;  22,  315  ;  v.  φάλος, 
άμφίφαλος,  and  foreg. 

Τετραφάρμάκος,  ov,  compounded  of 
four  drugs. 


TETP 

Τετρίιφαται,  -φατο,  Ep.  and  Ion.  3 
pi.  pf  and  plqpf  pass,  from  τρέπω,  11. 
[a] 

Τέτράφε,  V.  1.  11.  21,  279  ;  23,  348, 
for  >''  έτραφε. 

Τετραφνλος,  ov,  {τέτρα-,  φνλ?'/)  di 
vided  into  four  φνλαί,  Hdt.  5,  06. 

Τέτράχά,  {τέτταρες)  adv.,  in  four 
parts,  T.  διανέμειν  τι,  Plat.  Gorg. 
464  C. 

Τετρύχεφ,  χειρός,  6,  y,foiir-handed. 
[α] 

Τετράχή,  adv.,  =  τέτραχα,  Xen. 
Hell.  5,  2,  7,  Luc.  Navig.  16. 

Τετραχθά,  adv.,  poet,  for  τέτραχα, 
II.  3,  363,  Od.  0,  71,  cf  διχθα  and 
τριχθύ.  [θά] 

Τετράχίζω,  f  -ίσω,  (τέτταρα)  to  di- 
vide into  four  parts  :  to  do  or  engage  to 
do  the  fourth  part,  Ar.  Fr.  088. 

Ύέτραχμον  or  τετράχμον,  ov,  τό, 
shortened  for  τετράδραχμον,  Buckh 
Inscr.  1,  p.  750. 

Τετρΰχοιαΐος,  a,  ον,=^τετράχοος, 
I-nscr. 

ΤετραχοινΙκός,  ή,  ov.=  sq..  Diosc. 

ΎετράχοΙνιξ,  Ικος,  δ,  ή,  holding  four 
χοίνικες. 

Ύετράχοος,  ov,  contr.  -χονς,  ουν, 
holding  four  χόες,  Anth.  [ά] 

Τετρηχορδίκος,  ί/,  όν,  of  or  belong 
i?ig  to  the  tetrachord,  Plut.  :  from 

Τετρίϊχορδος,  ov,  {τέτρα-,  χορδή) : 
—four-stnnged :  τυ  τ.,  the  tetrachord, 
a  scale  comprising  two  tones  and  a 
half,  Arist.  Probl.  19,  33 ;— the  oldest 
Greek  musical  system,  and  the  base 
of  all  later  ones,  v.  Muller  Literal,  ol 
Greece  12  (j  3,  Diet.  Antiqq.  p.  625. 

Τετραχρονία,  ας,  ή,  four  times,  four 
kinds  of  time  or  measure. 

Τετραχρόνιος,  ov,=sq. 

Τετράχρονος,  ov,  of  four  times  or 
four  kinds  of  time. 

Τετράχντρος,  ov,  {τέτρα-,  χντρος) 
made  of  four  pots,  τρνφάλεια,  Batr. 
258. 

Τετρύχωρος,  ov,  with  four  divisions, 
Diosc. 

Τετράχώς,  {τέτταρες)  adv.,  in  a 
fourfold  manner,  Arist.  Categ.  12,  1, 
Pint. 

Τετράων,  ωνος,  h,  also  τετράδων, 
a  bird  of  the  grouse  kind,  tetrao  Linn., 
Plin.     (Akin  to  τέτραξ.) 

Ύετρύωτος,  ov,  {τέτρα-,  ους)  with 
four  ears  or  handles,  Siniarist.  ap.  Ath. 
483  A. 

Τετρεμαίνω,  used  only  in  pres.  and 
impf ,  to  tremble,  Hipp.,  Ar.  Nub.  294, 
374.  (A  redupl.  form  of  τρέω,  τρέ- 
μω.) 

Τέτρημαι,  pf.  pass,  from  τετραίνω. 

Τετρήμερος,  ov,  {ήμερα)  of  four 
days  :  7/  τετρί/μερος  (sc.  ήμερα),  the 
fourtii  day. 

Τέτρηνα,  Ep.  for  ετέτρηνα,  aor. 
from  τετραίνω. 

Τετρήνω,  dub.  for  τετραίνω,  in 
Hipp.,  and  Callim. ;  although  Buttm. 
Catal.  Verb.  s.  v.  τιτρύω,  lets  it  pass 
as  Ion. 

Τετρήρης,  ή,  (sc.  νανς)  a  quadri- 
reme,  Polyb.  1,  47,  5.     Cf.  τριήρης. 

Τετρηρικός,  ή,  όν,  7r)loiOt',=foreg., 
Polyb.  2,  10,  5. 

Ύέτρηχα,  intr.  perf  with  pres. 
signf.  from  ταράσσω,  q.  v. ;  hence 
part.  fem.  τετρηχνία,  II.  7,  340 ;  and 
in  II.  2,  95,  Ep.  3  sing,  plqpf  τετρη- 
χεί- 

Ύετρίγει,  Ep.  3  plqpf  from  τρίζω, 
II.  [ί] 

Τετρίγνΐα,  part.  fem.  pf.  from  τρί- 
ζω, Hom. 

Τετηϊγώτας,  Ep.  for  τετριγότας, 
ace.  pl.  part.  masc.  pf  from  τρίζω,  II. 
2,  314. 


TETT 

Τέτριξ,  ιγος,  rj,  a  wild  bird,  prob. 
of  the  groujie  kind,  Arist.  H.  A.  9,  1,7: 
cf.  τέΓραξ. 

Ύίτρομος,  ό,=  τρόμος,  Gramm. 

Ύετρομγνιος,  ov,  {όργνία)=^τεΓρά- 
οργνιος,  Xen.  Cyn.  2,  5. 

Terpo^a,  pert',  from  τρέ(^ω,  Od.  23, 
237. — 11.  pi.  iroin  τρέπω,  q.  v. 

TeTpufJo^ualog,  a,  ov,  =  τετρώβο- 
?Λ>ς. 

Ύετρωβολίζω,  to  receive  four  obols  ; 
hence,  to  be  a  soldier,  Theopoinp. 
(Com.)  Strat.  2,  cf.  sq.  :  from 

Ύετρώβολος,  ov,  {τέτρα-,  όβολός) 
weighing  or  worth  four  obols,  Lob. 
Phryn.  549 :  proverb.,  τετρώβο'λον 
τοϋτ'  έστί,  it's  very  dear,  Ar.  Pac. 
254,  ubi  V.  Schol. — II.  το  τετρώβο- 
λον,  a  piece  of  four  obols  ;  esp.  ot  the 
soldiers'  pay  ;  hence  proverb.,  τετρω- 
βό/^ον  βίος,  a  soldier's  life,  Paus.  ap. 
Eust.  1405,  29. 

'ΐετρώκοντα,  Dor.  for  τεσσαράκον- 
τα,  Archimed. 

Ύετρωκοστομόριον,  ov,  τό,  Dor., 
the  fortieth  part. 

Ύετρώκοστος,  η,  ov.  Dor.  for  τεσ- 
σαρακοστός. 

Ύετρωμένος,  η,  ov,  part.  pf.  pass, 
from  τίτρώσκω,  Hdt. 

Ύετρωρία,  ας,  η,  contr.  for  τετραο- 
ρία. 

Ύετρωρίς,  ίδος,  7/,=foreg. 

Ύετρώριστος,  ov,  —  τέτρωρυς,  τε• 
τράορος.  Soph.  Fr.  781. 

Ύέτρωρος,  ov,  contr.  for  τετράορος, 
q.  V. 

Ύετρύροφος,  ov,  {τέτρα-,  οροφή)  of 
four  stories,  Hdt.  1,  180. 

Ύέττΰ,  a  friendly  or  respectful  ad- 
dress of  youths  to  their  elders,  Father, 
II.  4,  412;  cf.  τάτα,  ύ,ττα,  άτΓττα,  ύττ- 
ίρά,  πάττττα.     t'^f•  also  τέτλα. 

Ύεττΰράκοντα,  τέτταρες,  etc.,  Att. 
for  τεσσαρ-.  [ρά] 

ΎεττΊγομήτρα,  ας,  ή,  (τέττιξ,  μή- 
τρα) the  matrix  or  larva  of  the  τέττιξ, 
Arist.  H.  A.  5,30,  5. 

ΎεττΙγόνια,  ων,  τά,  a  smaller  kind 
of  τέττιξ,  Arist.  H.  A.  4,  7,  13 ;  cf. 
Meineke  Com.  Fr.  2,  p.  887. 

Ύεττϊγοφύρας,  ov,  (τέττιξ,  φέρω)  : 
• — wearing  a  τέττιξ  or  cicada :  the 
Athenians  esp.  were  called  τεττιγο- 
ijiapoi,  because  in  early  times  they 
wore  golden  τέττιγες  as  an  emblem 
of  their  race  (cf.  τέττιξ  11;,  Ar.  Eq. 
1331. 

Ύεττιγοφόρος,  ov,  v.  foreg.,  Eust. 

Ύεττίγώδι/ς,  ες,  (εΐόος)  like  a  τέτ- 
τιξ, Luc.  Bacch.  7. 

Ύεττίζω,  V.  τιτίζω. 

ΤΕΤΤΙΞ,  ϊγυς,  ό,  α  kind  of  grass- 
hopper, Lat.  cicada,  a  winged  insect 
fond  of  basking  at  noon  on  single 
trees  or  bushes,  when  the  male  makes 
a  chirping  noise  by  striking  the  low- 
er membrane  of  the  wing  against  the 
breast :  this  noise  was  so  pleasing  to 
the  ear  of  the  ancients,  that  their  po- 
ets are  always  using  it  as  a  simile  for 
sweet  sounds,  as  II.  3,  151,  Hes.  Op. 
580,  Sc.  393;  and  Plat,  calls  them 
Μουσών  προφηται,  Phaedr.  262  D; 
cf.  Voss  Virg.  Eel.  5,  77.  People 
kept  them,  as  now  in  Spain,  in  rush- 
cages,  and  fed  thern  with  γήτειον, 
Theocr.  1,52,  Mel.  112.  The  Greeks 
ate  their  larvae. — II.  χρνσέα  T.,agold- 
cn  cicada,  such  as  were  worn  by  the 
Athenians  before  Solon's  time,  as  an 
emblem  of  their  claim  to  being  Αΰ- 
τόχβορες  (for  such  was  the  supposed 
origin  of  the  insects) :  prob.  it  was  a 
pin  with  a  gold  cicada  for  a  head, 
which  served  to  fasten  the  κρωβνλος 
or  braid  of  hair  on  the  crown,  Thuc. 
1,  6;  cf.  τεττιγοφόρας,  Schol.  Ar. 
94 


TETK 

Nub.  984. — III.  r.  ένά7αος,  a  lobster, 
Ael.     (Prob.  onomatop.) 

Ύέτνγααι,  pf.  pass,  from  τεύχω, 
Hom.,  piqpf.,  έτετύγμην,  Ep.  τετνγ- 
μην,  Hom. 

ΎετνκεΙν,  Ep.  redupl.  inf.  aor.  2  of 
τενχω,  Od.  15,  77,  94. 

Ύέτνξαι,  2  sing.  pf.  pass,  from  τεν- 
χω, 11. :  τέτνξο,  Ep.  for  έτέτνξο,  2 
sing.  pIqpf..  II. 

Ύετϋφωμένως,  adv.  part.  pf.  pass, 
from  τνφόω,  stupidly,  Dem.  665,  13. 

Ύετνχτ/κα,  part,  τετΰχηκώς,  pf.  of 
τνγχάνω,  Hom. 

Ύετνχθαι,  inf.  pf.  pass,  from  τενχω, 
Hom. 

Ύεν,  Dor.  gen.  from  τν,  σν,  for 
σον,  Aicman. 

Ttv,  Ion.  and  Dor.  for  τίνος,  gen. 
from  τίς ;  but  τεν  enclit.  gen.  ior  τι- 
νός  from  τΙς,  freq.  in  Horn.,  and  Hes. 

Ύενγμα,  ατός,  τό,  {τενχω)  that 
which  is  made,  a  work,  Alith. 

iΎεvθέa,  ας,  ή,  Teuthea,  a  town  of 
Achaia,  Strab.  p.  342. 

\Ύευθέας,  ov,  ό,  the  Teutheas,  a 
river  of  Elis,  Strab.  p.  342. 

Τενθίόιον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  τεν- 
θ'ις,  Pherecr.  Pers.  1,  10,  Ephipp. 
"Ομοι.  1,4.  [θΐ,  11.  c] 

ΎΐνβΙόώδΊΐς,  ες,  like  a  τενθϊς- 

Ύενβίς,  ίδος,  ή,  a  kind  of  cuttle-fish 
or  squid,  eaten  at  Athens,  Lat.  sepia, 
loligo,  Simon.  201,  Ar.  Ach.  1156, 
Eq.  934,  etc.  [-ΐς,  Ar.  11.  c. ;  though 
Draco  p.  15,  24,  makes  it  long.] 

Teiftjf  or  τενθός,  6,  the  sepia  or 
cuttle-fish,  Arist.  H.  A.  4,  I,  8,  ap. 
Ath.  326  D :  (seems  a  different  spe- 
cies from  foreg.) 

^Ύενθρανία,  ας,  ή,  Teuthrania,  a 
city  of  Mysia,  residence  of  the  early 
kings  of  Mysia.  on  the  Ca'icus,  said 
to  be  so  named  from  Teulhras,  Xen. 
An.  2,  1,  3  ;  Hell.  3,  1,  6 :  in  Ae.sch. 
Suppl.  549  Ύενθραντος  άστυ. — Also 
the  territory  around  the  city,  Hdt.  2, 
10;  in  Pind.  O.  9,  108  called  Ύεν- 
θραντος πεδίον  ;  7/  Ύενθραντιας  γτ), 
Anth.  P.  3,  2. 

\Ύενθρανίδης,  ov  Ep.  ao,  6,  son  of 
Teuthras,  i.  e.  Axylus,  II.  6,  13. 

ίΤενθράντιος.  a,  ov,  of  Teuthrania, 
Teuthranian,  Eur.  Licym.  3  :  pecul. 
fem.  Ύενθραντιάς,  v.  Ύενθρανία,  fin. 

\Ύενβράς,  αντος,  6,  Teuthras,  an 
ancient  king  of  Mysia,  ApoUod.  2,  7, 
4 :  from  him  Ύενθρανία  said  to  be 
named,  and  called  also  Ύενθραντος 
ύστν,  V.  Ύενθρανία. — 2.  a  Greek  from 
Magnesia  before  Troy,  II.  5,  705. — 
Others  in  Paus. ;  etc. 

Ύενθώδης,  ες,  shaped  like  a  τενθος. 

Ύεύκριον,  τό,  an  herb  of  the  ger- 
mander kind,  Diosc.  3,  111. 

\Ύενκ.ρίς,  ίδος,  η,  fem.  adj.,  of  or 
relating  to  Teucer,  or  the  Teucri,  Tcu- 
crian,  ή  Ύενκρις  γή,  ala,  in  genl.= 
Ύρωάς,  Aesch.  Ag.  113;  Hdt.  2, 
118. 

^Ύενκροί,  ων,  ο!,  the*  Teucri,  in 
genl.  the  Trojans,  Hdt.  7,  122 ;  so 
also  were  the  priests  of  Jupiter  in 
Olbe  named,  Strab.  p.  672.  —  Also 
written  Ύενκροι,  Call.  Dian.  231. 

iΎεvκpoς,  ov,  6,  Teucer,  son  of  the 
Scamander  and  the  nymph  Idaea,  ace. 
to  Apollod.  3,  12,  1  the  earliest  king 
of  Troy. — 2.  son  of  Telamon  and  He- 
sione,  half  brother  of  Ajax,  from  Sa- 
lamis,  II.  8,  266;  after  the  Trojan 
war  founded  Salamis  in  Cyprus, 
Pind.  N.  4,  76 :  cf.  Aesch.  Pers.  895. 

Ύενκτήρ,  ήρος,  ό,  a  maker. 

Ύενκτικός,  ή,  όν,  {τνγχύνω)  usually 
attaining  to  or  reaching,  τινός,  Arist. 
Eth.  N.  6,  9,  4. 

Ύενκτός,  ή,   όν,  verb.  adj.    from 


TETX 
τενχο),     made,    prepared,    esp.    well- 
wrought,  artificial ;  v.  τνκτός. 

Ύεύκτωρ,  ορός,  ό,^τενκτήρ,  Man- 
etho. 

Ύενμύομαι,  f.  -τ/σομαι,  dep.  mid., 
^τενχω,  τενχομαι,  Antim.  3. 

^ΎενμΊΐσίος.  α,  ov,  of  Teumesus, 
Teumesian  ;  for  the  proverb,  ή  Ύεν- 
μτ/σία  άλώπηξ,  ν.  Diibn.  Cycl.  Fr.  p. 
589,  3. 

^Ύενμησός,  ην,  ο,  and  Ύενμησσός, 
Tcumessiis,  a  town  of  Boeolia  on  the 
road  from  Thebes  to  Chalcis,  H. 
Hom.  Ap.  224;  Eur.  Phoen.  1100; 
etc. — Also  a  hill  near  this  city,  Strab. 
p.  412. 

Ύεϋξις,  εως,  ή,  like  τνξις,  a  putting 
together  :  a  making,  preparation. — II. 
(τνγχάνω)  attainment,  acquisition,  Arr. 
Epict. 

Ύενς,  Ael.  and  Dor.  for  cov,  geu. 
of  σΰ,  TV  :  never  enclit. 

Υΐεντα,  ή,  Teuta,  a  queen  of  lUy- 
ria,  Polyb.  2,  4,  7.  ^ 

Ύεντύζω.  lor  ταντάζω,  to  say  or  do 
the  same  thing :  c.  inf.,  to  bid  or  order 
repeatedly,  Pherecr.  Incert.  55  :  r.  πε- 
ρί τι,  to  linger,  dwell  upon  a  thing,  be 
constantly  at  it.  Plat.  Rep.  521  E,  Phil. 
56  E,  Tim.  90  B,  cf.  liuhnk.  Tim. ; 
like  διατρίβειν,  σπονδάζειν,  πραγμα- 
τενεσθαι :  later  also  m  mid.,  The- 
mist. 

ΥΓενταμίας,  ov,  6,  Teutamias, .  a 
king  of  Larissa  in  'Thessaly,  Apollod. 
2,  4,  4. 

ΊΎεντΓιμίδης,  ov  Ep.  ao,  δ,  son  of 
Teutamus,  a  Pelasgian  noble,  i.  e. 
Lethus,  II.  2,  843. 

^Ύενταμης,  ov,  o,  Teutamus,  a  lead- 
er of  the  argyraspides,  Plut.  Euin.  13. 
—2.  father  of  Bias,  Diog.  L.  1,82; 
from  whom  a  place  in  Priene  was 
named  Ύενταμίειον,  lb.  88. 

Ύεντασμός,  ov,  ό,  a  dwelling  on  a 
thing,  occupation  therewith. 

Ύεντύω,  collat.  form  from  τευτά- 
ζω,  Hesych. 

'\Ύεντίαπ?-θς,  ov,  ύ,  Teuiiaplus,  an 
Elean,  Thuc.  3,  29. 

*Γεντλιον  or  τεντ'λίον,ον,τύ,=^τεν• 
τλον,  Att.  for  σεντλίον,  Ar.  Ran. 
942. 

Ύεντλίς,  ίδος,  ή,  Att.  for  σεντλίς, 
Theophr. 

Ύεντ?.όεις,  εσσα,  εν,  contr.  ονς, 
ονσαα,  ονν,  nf  or  full  of  beet:  hence 
the  island  Ύεντ/.ονσσα  or  Ύεντ7.ονσ- 
σα.  Beet-island,  i ^eutlussa,  an  island 
on  the  coast  of  Asia  Minor  near 
Rhodest,  Thuc.  8,  42  :  from 

Ύεντ'λον,  ov,  TO,  Att.  for  the  Jon. 
and  common  form  σεντλον,  a  kitchen 
herb,  beet,  Lat.  beta,  Ar.  Pac.  1014. 

^Ύεντ^Λνσσα,  ή,  v.  sub  τεντλόεις. 

Ύεντ?ιθφύκη,  ης,  ή,  a  dish  of  beet 
7nixedwith  lentils,  Diosc.   [ώ] 

iΎεvτovες,  ων,  οι,  the  Teutones, 
Strab.  p.  196. 

Ύενχεσφόρος,  ov,  {τεύχος,  φέρω) 
wearing  armour,  armed,  Aesch.  Cho 
627,  Eur.  Supp.  654,  Rhes. 

Ύενχέω,  ν.  τετεί'χημαι. 

Ύενχήεις,  εσσα,  εν,  (τενχος)  armed, 
Ορρ.  C.  3,  4. 

Ύενχήρης,  ες,  {τενχος,  *ΐφώ)  arm 
ed,  Orph.  Arg.  525. 

Ύενχηστήρ,  ηρος,  υ,  Aesch.  Pers. 
901  ;  τενχηστ/'/ς,  ov,  6,  Id.Theb.  644  ; 
(τενγος)  :  an  armed  man,  warrior,  v. 
Lob^  Paral.  449. 

Ύενχήτης,  ov,  b,  =foreg. :  fern. 
-ήτις,  ιδος.  Lye. 

Ύενχήτωρ,  ορός,  b,=  τενχησττ/ρ. 

Ύενχοπ/.άστης,  ov,  ό,  {τίϋχος, 
πΆάσσω)  making  utensils  or  vessels. 
Lye.  1379. 

Ύενχος,  εος,  τό,  (τενχω) : — strictly. 
1489 


TETX 

like  δττλον,  a  tool,  implement,  utensil : 
esp.  in  plur.  τινχεα,  like  ίντεα,  im- 
plements of  ivar,  armour,  arms,  very 
freq.  in  Horn.,  and  Hes.  ;  more  pre- 
cisely, ap7'/ia  τενχεα,  πολεμηια  τ.,  II. 
6,  340  ;  7,  193  ;  always  of  a  warrior's 
whole  armour,  harness,  τενχεα  δνειν, 
καταδνειν,  άποόνειν,  II.  ;  χα'Ακήρεα 
τενχε'  άπ'  ωμυν  συλήσειν,  II.  15, 
544  ;  "Κκτορι  tV  ί'/ρμοσε  τενχε'  ίπΐ 
Χροί,  17,  210: — so  also  in  Soph.  Aj. 
571,  577,  etc. — 2.  in  plur.  also,  the 
tackle,  rigging,  etc.,  of  a  ship,  Od.  15, 
218  ;  16,  326.-3.  later,  esp.,  a  vessel 
of  any  kind,  hathing-tub,  Aesch.  Kg. 
1128:  a  cinerary  urn,  Soph.  El.  1114, 
1 120  ;  a  baltoling-urn,  Aesch.  Ag.  815, 
Eum.742.etc. — 4.  in  medic,  the  human 
frame,  body,  as  holding  the  intestines, 
cf.  Foes.  Oecon.  Hipp. :  τεύχος  νεοσ- 
σών λενκόν,  of  an  egg,  Eur.  Hel. 
258. — 5.  after  the  Alexandrian  age, 
also  α  book,  Anth.  P.  9,  239  ;  cf.  Jac. 


p.  13  ;  hence,  πεί'τάτενγος,  όκτύτεν- 
the  same  root.) 


χος,  etc.     (The  Germ.  Zeag  is  from 


Ύενχοφόρος,  ον,{τενχης,φέρω)  bear- 
ing arms,  armed,  Eur.  Rhes.  3. 

TET'Xi2  :  f.  τενξω  :  aor.  έτενξα : 
pf.  τέτενχα:  ρί.  ])ass.  τέτνγμαι :  fut. 
3  τετενξομαι :  aor.  pass,  ίτνχθιιν 
(oft.  used  by  Ep.  in  signf.  of  ετνχον) ; 
— which  tenses  are  all  in  Hom.  :  he 
also  oft.  uses  the  irreg.  (poet.)  3  pi. 
τετενχΰται,  τετενχάτο,  the  latter 
also  in  Hes.Th.  581 :  the  rednpl.  aor. 
2  τετναειν,  and  aor.  mid.  with  act. 
signf.  τετνκοντο,  τέτνκέσθαί,  are  also 
solely  Ep.  and  \on. ,=  τενξαι,  τενξα- 
σθαι',  Od.  15,  94,  II.  1,  467  :— the  pf. 
act.  indeed  appears  in  II.  13,  346  as  a 
real  act.  (unless  we  read  ετενχετορ 
for  τετεΰχατον,  v.  Spitzn.  ad  I.),  but 
elsewh.  it  is  used  m  the  signf.  of  τυ- 
γχάνω, q.v.  ;  (for  in  Plat.  Rep.  521  E, 
τετεντακε  is  the  true  readmg,  now 
generally  adopted,  cf.  Lob.  Phryn. 
395):  the  fut.  3  τετεύξομαι  has  al- 
ways the  intr.  signf.  of  τέτνγμαι,  II. 
13,  345;  21,  322:  besides  έτΰχθην, 
the  common  reading  gives  τενχθίν  in 
Anacreont.  10,  5. 

To  prepare,  get  or  make  ready,  rnakc, 
in  Hoin.  and  Hes.  of  any  work,  whe- 
ther of  the  mind  or  hands  ;  esp.  of 
works  in  wood  or  metal,  to  work,  II.  2, 
101;  18,373,  etc.;  of  women's  handi- 
work, εϊματα  τ-,  Od.  7,  235  ;  of  food 
or  meals,  to  dress,  20.  108,  etc. :  and 
Hom. uses  the  Ep. aor., act. and  mid., re- 
τνκεϊν.τετνκέσθαί,  in  this  signf.  only, 
and  always  joined  with  Jatra,  ΰείπνον 
and(5όpπo^',  11. 1,467;  2, 430,  Od.  8, 61 , 
etc. ;  also,  Jupiter  is  said  r.  δμβρον  ηε 
χάλαζαν,  II.  10,  6  ;  then,  in  many 
metaph.  senses,  τενχεα'  αλγεά  τινι, 
to  work  one  woe,  II.  1,  110  ;  r.  πόλε- 
μον,  θάνατον,  γέλων,  Od.  24,  476; 
20,  11;  18,  350  ;  τ.  παλίωξιν,  to  make 
a  rally,  II.  15,  70,  cf  Hes.  Sc.  154;  r. 
γάμον,  to  bring  about  a  marriage,  Od. 
I.  277  ;  T.  πομπήν,  βοήν,  Od.  10,  18, 
188  :  to  form,  create,  II.  5,  449,  Od.  8, 
177  :  έν  ό'  άρα  οι  στηθεσσί...  αίμνλί- 
ονς  τε  λάγονς  και  έττίκλοπον  ήθος 
τενξε,  Hes.  Op.  79,  cf  Hes.  Th.  570, 
Op.  203 : — so  also  in  later  poets,  θεός 
ό  ττάντα  τευχών  βροτοίς.  Find.  Fr. 
105;  τ.  μέλος,  Id.  P.  12.  34;  τ.  vat 
πομπάν.  lb.  4,  292  ;  τ.  γέρας  τινί,  to 
get  him  honour.  Id.  I.  I,  19 ;  r.  κακά, 
Aesch.  Euin.  125  ;  στάσιν  τ.  kv  αλ- 
Ιήλαίς,  i.  e.  to  quarrel,  Id.  Pers.  189  ; 
rarely  like  ύράν,  c.  dupl.  ace,  τενχειν 
τινά  TL.  to  do  a  thing  to  one,  Soph. 
Phil.  1189;  etc.— The  pres.,  impf., 
and  fut.  mid.  τενξομαι.  also  some- 
times take  an  ace.  like  the  act..  II. 
1490 


ΤΕΦΡ 

19,  208,  Od.  10,  182;  though  τενξο- 
μαι occurs  also  as  fut  pass.,  II.  5,  653. 
— In  pass.,  oft.  r.  gen.  rei,  τενχισθαι 
χρνσοϊο,  κασσιτέροιο,  to  be  made  of..., 
11.  18,  574,  Od.  19.  226,  Hes.  Sc.  208  : 
so  in  pf  act.,  έπίτονος  βοος  (yivolo 
τετενχώς.  made  of  ox-hide,  Od.  12, 
423  ;  but  also  c.  dat.  rei,  Od.  10,  210  ; 
19,563. — II.  the  pf,  pass.,  as  repre- 
senting that  which  has  been  made,  and 
so  is  existing,  is  oft.  Used  (esp.  by 
Horn.)  α8=ζγίγνεσβαί  or  είναι,  chiefly 
in  3  sing.,  the  piqpf.  being  used  as 
impf,  Ziiif  ταμίης  πολέμσιο  τέτυ- 
κται,  II.  4,  84;  cf  5,  78,  402,  Od.  4, 
392,  etc.  ;  γυναικός  αντί  τέτνίο.  thou 
wast  like  a  woman,  II.  8,  163,  cf  Od. 
8,  546  ;  freq.  of  any  thing  ordained  or 
de.Hined,  μοίρα  τέτνκται,  II.  18,  120, 
Hes.  Op.  743,  cf.  II.  22,  30,  Od.  4,  772  ; 
so,  έι>  βροτοίς  γέρων  λόγος  τέτνκται, 
Ae.sch.  Ag.  750,  cf  Eur.  El.  457  :— so 
in  aor.  pass.,  Aesch.  Eum.  353. — 2. 
the  part,  pf  τετυγμένος  has  not  only 
the  signf.  made,  built,  but  usu.  also 
a  collat.  notion  of  well-made,  well- 
wrought,  compact,  lasting,  δώματα,  βω- 
μός, τείχος,  σάκος,  δέπας,  εϊματα, 
etc.,  Hom. ;  metaph.,  άγρος  καλόν 
τετυγμένος,  a  vieW-tilled  held,  Od.24, 
206  ;  νόος  kv  στ?/θεσσι  τετυγμένος.  a 
firm  and  active  mind,  Od.  20,  366,  cf. 
τετράγωνος,  -κυκνι^ς  V  ;  (so,  τυκτός 
was  used  for  εν  τνκτύς,  ττοηιτός  for 
εν  ποίητός)  :  ονκέτι  γαρ  δύναται  το 
τετνγμένον  είναι  άτυκτον,  what  is 
done  can  never  be  undone,  Pseudo- 
Phocyl.  V.  50: — Later  prose  writers 
have  also  a  pf.  τέτενγμαι,  part,  τε- 
τενγμένος.  Lob.  Phryn.  728 ;  and 
Hdt.  so  uses  the  pf  act.,  v.  sub  τυ- 
γχάνω. (Nearly  akin  to  τυγχάνω, 
the  notion  imi)lied  in  which  has 
grown  out  of  the  pass,  pf  of  τεύχω  ; 
hence,  in  Ep.,  the  pass,  forms  τετυ- 
γμα.ι.  ετετν\μην,  ετνχθην,  are  sub- 
stantially the  same  with  τυγχάνω, 
ετνχον :  and  the  act  pf  τέτενχα, 
when  used  intr.,  is  exactly  like  τν- 
γχύνω  :  lurther,  τενχειν  is  manifest- 
ly akin  to  τίκτω,  Germ,  zeugen ;  cf. 
τεύχος.) 

Ύέώρα,  ή,  Ep.  and  Ion.  τεφρή,  (θύ- 
ητω.  τάφος,  τνφω) : — ashes,  as  of  the 
funeral  pile,  II.  23,  251  ;  νεκταρέω 
δε  χιτώνι  μέλαιν'  άμφίζανε  τέφρη 
(sprinkling  the  clothes  with  ashes 
being  an  expression  of  deep  sorrow, 
a.s.  later,  sprinkling  the  head),  II.  18, 
251  :  τέφραν  καταηάβαι,  έαπάσαι. 
At.  Nub.  178,  Plat.  Lys.  210  A  :— in 
the  phrase  τέφρα  τίλλεσθαι  (cf  τ'ιλ- 
λω),  proh.  a  kind  of  pungent  dust,  Ar. 
Nub.  1083  : — proverb.,  δρκονς  εις  τέ- 
φραν γράφειν,  Philonid.  Incert.  1  ; 
cf.  ίίί5ωρ.     Hence 

Ύεφραϊος,  α,  ov,  ashy,  ash-coloured, 
Ael.  N.  A.  6,  38. 

Ύεφράς,  άδος.  δ,  ash-coloured,  a  kind 
of  τέττιξ,  Ael.  N.  A.  10,  44. 

Ύεφρήεις,  εσσα,  εν,  poet,  lor  τεφρός, 
Nonn. 

Ύεφρίζω,ίο  be  ash-coloured. — II.  tran- 
sit.=7ί(>ρόω. 

ΎέώρΙνος,  rj,  ον,^=τεφρός,  Hipp. 

Ύέφριον,  ον,τό,  an  ash-coloured  oint- 
ment, esp.  for  the  eyes. 

'ΐεφροειδης,  ές,  (τέφρα,  είδος)  like 
ashes,  ash-coloured,  Diosc. 

Τεφρός,  ά,  όν,  (τέφρα)  ash-coloured, 
χρώμα,  Arist.  Η.  Α.  9,  45,  3. 

Ύεφρόω.  ώ,  (τέφρα)  to  make  ash- 
colound. — II.  to  7nake  into  ashes,  burn  to 
a.s/ifs.  Lye.  227,  Nic.  Al.  534. 

Ύεφρώδ7]ς,  ες,  contr.  for  τεφροειδής, 
Plut.  Themist.  8,  Sert.  17. 

Ύέφρωσις,  εως,  ή,  (τεφρόω  II)  ο 
burning  to  ashes. 


ΤΕΧΝ 

Τεχνάζω,  f.  -ύσω,~τεχνά(,ι :  esp., 
ίο  use  art  or  cunning,  deal  subtlety,  vne 
shifts  or  subterfuges,  Hdt.  3,  130;  6, 
I  ;  Ti  ravTu  στρέφει  τεχναί,εις  τε  ; 
Ar.  Ach.  385  ;  cf.  Han.  957  ;  τ.  τε  και 
ιΐιενδεσθαι.  Plat.  Hipp.  Min.  371  D; 
τους  λαγώς  θηρώντις  πολλά  τεχνά• 
ζουσιν,  Xen.  Mem.  3,  1 1,  7. — II.  Hdt. 
also  uses  aor.  mid.,  έτεχνασύμην,  to 
contrive,  2,  121,  1  :  and  in  pass.,  άμα• 
ξαι  Τετεχνασμεναι,  made  skilfully, 
Hipp. ;  cf  Lob.  Phryn.  477. 

Ύεχνάεις,  εσσα,  εν,  l)or.  for  τεχ- 
νηεις.  [α] 

Ύέχνασμα,  ατυς,  τό,  any  thing  madu 
or  ejected  by  art,  artificial,  a  piece  of 
handiwork,  κέδρου  τιχνύσματα,  of  a 
cedar-coffin,  Eur.  Or.  1053;  cf.  τέχ- 
νημα. — II.  an  artifice,  trick,  lb.  1560, 
Ar.  Thesm.  198,  Xen.  Hell.  6,  4,  7. 

Ύεχνασμός,  ov,  b,  a  cunning  contri- 
vance, artifice,  Manetho. 

Ύεχναστέος,  a,  ov,  verb.  adj.  from 
τεχνάζω,  to  be  contrived. — II.  τεχνα- 
στέον,  one  must  contrive,  τ.  όττως..., 
Arist.  Pol.  6,  5,  8. 

Ύεχναστής,  ov,  ό,=  τεχνίτης. 

Ύεχναστός,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from 
τεχνάζω,  made  by  art,  cunningly  tnade, 
Arist.  Part.  An.  1,  1,  11. 

Ύεχνέιω,  ώ,  i. -ήσω,  (τέχνη):  —  to 
make  cunningly  or  skilfully,  make  by 
art,  Ίστόν,  Od.  7,  110: — but  also  (as 
always  in  Alt.),  τεχνάομαι,  f.  -ήσο- 
μαι,  as  dep.  mid.,  to  make,  contriva, 
prepare  by  art,  to  execute  or  perform 
skilfully,  11.  23,  415,  Od.  5.  259;  11, 
613  ;  so,  T.  κακά.  Soph.  Phil.  80,  cf. 
Ant.  494,  Eur.  Med.  369,  etc. :— c. 
inf ,  to  contrive  how  to  do,  Thuc.  4,  26  : 
so  also,  followed  by  a  relat.,  to  con- 
trive or  devise  means  for  doing,  τεχνή- 
σομαι  ίις  κε  γένν/ται  παις  ίμός,  Η. 
Horn.  Αρ.  326;  so,  τ.  τί  άν  ψάγοι, 
Xen.  Ages.  9,  3. — Xen.  also  uses 
τεχνάομαι  as  a  pass.,  to  be  made  by 
art,  Cyr.  8,  6,  23. — Cf.  τεχνάζω. 

Τέχνη,  ης,  ή,  (v.  sub  fin.) ; — an  art, 
handicraft,  trade,  in  Hom.  esp.  a  met- 
al-worker's art,  Od.  3,  433;  6,  234, 
etc. ;  also  that  of  a  shipwright,  11.  3, 
61  ;  of  a  physician,  Hdt.  3,  130 ;  πα- 
σαι  τέχναι  βροτοισιν  έκ  Ώρομηθέως, 
Aesch.  Pr.  506  ;  της  τέχνης  έμπειρος, 
Ar.  Ran.  811  ;  τέχΐ'τ/ν  ταντην  έχει, 
he  makes  this  his  trade,  Lys.  93,  17  ; 
103,  43  ;  έπΙ  τέχνη  μαθείν  τι,  to  have 
learnt  a  thing  for  a  trade,  Plat.  Prot. 
312  Β  ;  τέχναι  και  εργασίαι,  Xen. 
Mem.  3,  10,  1  ;  τέχνην  ποιεϊσθαί  τι, 
to  make  α  trade  of  it,  Dem.  982,  2. — 
2.  generally,  an  art  or  regular  method 
of  making  or  doing  a  thing,  opp.  to 
επιστήμη,  whether  of  the  useful 
(productive)  arts,  or  of  the  fine  arts, 
Plat.,  Arist.,  etc.,  v.  esp.  Arist.  Rhet. 
1,  1,  2,  Eth.  N.  6,  4;  ή  περί  τονς 
λιίγονς  τ-,  the  art  of  rhetoric.  Plat. 
Phaed.  90  Β ;  so  τέχναι  τών  λόγων, 
or  perh.  rather  tricks  of  rhetoric, 
Aescliin.  16,  31,  etc.  :  τέχνη,  by  rules 
of  art,  Stallb.  Plat.  Euthy'd.  282  D; 
η  φνσει  η  τέχνη.  Id.  Rep.  381  Β. — II. 
art,  skill,  cunning  of  hand,  ώπασε  πΰ• 
σαν  τ..  Find.  Ο.  7,  91  : — esp.  in  bad 
sense,  δολίη  τέχνη,  Od.  4,  455,  529, 
Hes.  Th.  160:  in  plur.,  cunning  de 
vices,  as  in  Lat.  vialae  arles,  Od.  8,  327, 
332  ;  arts,  idles,  Hes.  Th.  496,  929 
δολίαις  τέχναισι  χρησάμενος.  Find 
Ν.  4,  93;  τέχναις  τινός,  by  his  arts 
(or.  simply,  by  his  agency),  Find.  P. 
3,20:  τέχνην  κακήν  έχει,  he  has  a 
bad  trick,'  Hes.  Th.  770;  cf  Find.  1. 
4,  57  (3,  53),  Soph.  Phil.  88,  etc.— 2. 
any  way,  manner  or  means  whereby  a 
thing  is  gained,  USU.  implying  art  and 
cunning  :  hence  the  phrases,  υ-ΐ^δεμι-η 


ΤΕΧΝ 

τέχνι^,  in  no  wise,  Hdt.  1,  112:  Weiij 
Τέχν^,  straight'-fiiy,  Hdt.  9,  57  ;  so, 
Wfiirn  τέχΐ'^,  by  all  means.,  At.  Thesm. 
65,  Eccl.  366  ;  παντοίτ/  τεχι>η,  Soph. 
Aj.  752,  etc.  ;  οί.μηχαν//. — 111.  a  work 
of  an.  Soph.  O.  C.  472,  Fr,  168.  (From 
same  root  as  τίκτω,  τεκείν ; — and, 
perh-,  akin  to  τ€ί•χω.) 

Ύεχνήεις,  εσσα,  εν,  (τέχ%•η) : — cun- 
ningly wtought,  ingeniotis,  Od.  8,  297  : 
— adv.  τεχν>ίέι>τως,  arlfully,  with  art, 
Od.  5,  270. 

Ύέχν7)μα,  ατός,  τό,  {τεχνύω) : — that 
which  is  ciuniingly  wrought,  a  work  of 
art,  β  kdiiditvork.  Soph.  Phil.  36, 
(where  the  plur.  is  used  of  a  single 
thing,  cf.  τέχνασμα,  and  Pors.  Or. 
1051).  Plat.  Prot.  319  A,  etc.— II.  an 
artful  (/".vice,  (rick,  artifice,  Aesch.  Fr. 
328,  Eur.  I.  T.  1355  :  so,  of  a  man,  a 
piece  of  art,  all  trick  and  cunning.  Soph. 
Phil,  928, 

Ύεχνήμων,  ον,^τεχν^εις,  Anth.  P. 
9,  sot.  Opp.  G.  1,  326. 

Τεχνητής,  ov.  o,  dub.  form  for  rt- 
YV(T7ir,  rejected  by  Bekker  in  Arist. 
Divin,  per  Somn.  1,  7  : — so,  for  τεχνη- 
τεία,  V.  τεχνίΓ: 

Ύεχνητικός,  ή,  όν,{τΐχΐ'ύω)  refining 
artificially. — II.  pass.,  much  refined, 
Lat,  claboratus,  Polyb.  32,  20,  9, 

Ύΐχί^ητός.  ή,  όν,  {τεχνάω)  cunning- 
ly wrought,  Plut.  Pericl.  6, 

Ύεχνίδιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  τέχνη. 

PI 

Τεχνικός,  ή.  ov,  (τέχνη) : — ariisiic, 
ingenious,  skilftd,  workjuanlike,  of  per- 
sons, Epich,  p.  79,  Plat.,  etc. :  esp. 
of  rhetoricians  and  grammarians,  τε- 
χνικος  ?.^γων  ττέρκ.  Plat.  Phacdr.  273 
Ε  ;  οι  πεμί  τονς  λόγους  τ.,  lb.  Α;  ό 
τεχν.  Τ€  και  αγαθός  βήτυβ,  Μ.  Gorg. 
504  ϋ. — 2.  of  things,  artificial,  ορρ.  to 
αυτοφυής,  Theophr. — II.  of  or  by  art, 
artistic,  lecknical,  τοντο  σοφον  είψών 
ΰμα  Koi  τεχηκόν,  Plat.  Phaedr.  273 
Β,  cf.  Euthyphr.  14  Ε  :  regular,  sys- 
tematic, T.  πραγματεία.  Plat.  Gorg. 
501  B,  etc. ;  ίχειν  τό  τ.  πε/ύ  τι,  to  be 
technicaUsi  employed  upon...,  Arist. 
Rhet.  1,  2,  1  : — adv.  -κώς,  according  to 
the  rules  of  art,  in  a  workmanlike  man- 
ner. Plat.  Phaedr.  271  C,etc.— 2.  art- 
ful, cunning,  Polyb.  16,  6,  6. 

Τέχνιον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  τέχνη, 
Plat.  Rep,  495  D, 

Τεχνϊτεία,  ας,  ή,  a  working  artisti- 
cally, uit.  elaboralio :  artifice:  Epicur. 
ap.  Diog.  L.  10,  93  ;  vulg.  τεχνητεία  : 
and 

Τεχνίτενμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  work  of  art, 
art:  [<]  from 

Τεχνϊτενω,  to  make  artificially  or 
cunningly :  τ.  την  μαντικήν,  to  prac- 
tise soothsaying  as  one's  art  or  trade, 
Synes. — II.  intr.,  to  use  art  oi  cunning, 
Joseph.  :  from 

Τεχνίτης,  ov,  b,  {τέχνη) : — an  arti- 
ficer, artist,  workman,  τεχιΊται  oi  χρή- 
σιμόν  τι  ποιείν  ίπιστάμενοι,  Xen. 
Mem.  2,7,  4;  cf.  Dem.  401,  14:  esp., 
one  tvhn  does  or  handles  a  thing  by  the 
rides  of  art,  opp.  to  ΰτεχνος.  Plat. 
Soph.  219  A,  Xen.,  etc. ;  r.  τινός  or 
περί  τι,  skilled  in  a  thing.  Xen.  Lac. 
13,  5,  Cyr.  8,  3,  H•  — Π.  τεχνίται 
Αιοννσιακοί  or  περί  τόν  Αιόννσυν, 
theatrical  artists,  musicians  as  well 
as  actors,  Polyb.  16,  21,  8,  cf.  6, 
47,  8. 

Τεχνϊτις,  ιδος,  fern,  from  τεχνίτης, 
of  an  accomplished  courtesan,  Anth. 
P.  11,  73. 

Τεχνογράφικός,  ή,  6i>,  of  or  proper 
to  a  τεχνογράφος,  Dion,  H.  de  Isae. 
20:  from 

Ύεχνογρύφος,  ov,  (τέχνη,  γράφω) 
writing  on  art,  Arist.  Rhet.  Ai.  1,  17. 


ΤΕΩΣ 

Τεχνοόίαιτος,  ov,  (τέχνη,  ΰίαιτα) 
living  in  art,  of  V^ulcan,  Orph.  65,  3. 

Τεχνοειόής,  ες,  (τέχνη,  είδος)  like 
art,  artistic,  DlOg.  L.  7,  156. 

Τεχνολογέού,  ώ,  f.  -i/act,  to  bring 
under  rules  of  art,  to  systematise,  τι, 
Arist.  Rhet.  1,  1,  9:  also,  τ.  περί  τί- 
νος, lb,  10 :  and 

Τεχνο?^ογία,  ας,  η,  systematic  treat- 
ment, of  grammar,  Plut,  2,  514  A: 
from 

Τεχνο7Μγος,  ov,  (τέχνη,  λέγω)  dis- 
cu.ssing  and  treating  by  rules  of  art,  esp, 
rhetoric  and  grammar. 

Ύεχνοπαίγνιον,  ov,  τό,  a  game  of 
art,  esp.  a  way  of  showing  off  one's 
powers  of  verse-making,  Ausonius, 

Τεχνοποιέίύ,  ώ,  to  make  artificially. 

Τεχνοπωλικός,  ή,  όν,  {τέχνη,  πω- 
λέ(χ) )  fond  of  trading  in  art,  making  gain 
thereof.  Plat.  Soph,  224  C, 

Τί;ί;ΐ'οσΰΐ'?7,  ης,  ή,  poet,  for  τέχνη, 
Leon.  Tar.  25,  8, 

Τεχνονργέω,  ώ,  ί.  -ήηω,  to  work  arti- 
ficially, Euinath. :  hence 

Τεχνούργημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  work  of 
art.  Eumath. 

Τεχνονργία,  ας,  ^,=foreg. 

Τεχνόω,  ώ,  f.  -ώσω,  {τέχνη)  to  in- 
struct in  an  art,  Galen. 

Τεχννδριον,  ov,  τό.  Dim.  from  τέ- 
χνη. Plat.  Rep.  475  E, 

Τεχννφιον,ον,  ro,=foreg.,  Sueton, 
[v] 

^Τέχνων,  ωνος,  b,  Technon,  a  flute- 
player,  Ath.  344  C, 

Τε'ω,  Ion.  for  τίνι,  dat,  from  τίς; 
but  τεφ  Ion.  for  τινί,  dat.  from  τις, 
Horn.,  and  Hdt. 

Τέων,  Ion.  for  τίνων,  gen.  pi.  from 
τίς  ;  Horn.  ;  sometimes  to  be  pro- 
nounced as  monosyll.,  Od.  6,  119; 
13,  200, 

Τ  ίων,  Ε  ρ,  for  των,  ων  gen.  pi, 
from  ός,  Nic.  ΑΙ.  2  :  also  Ion.  for  τΐ' 
νών,  Buttm.  Ausf.  Gr.  ()  77  Anm.  3. 

Τέως,  Ep.  τείως,  only  in  Od.  4,  91  ; 
15,  127  ;  16,  139  ;  and  perh.  τε!ος  (v. 
sub  fin.)  : — of  time,  so  long,  meanwhile, 
the  while,  correlat.  to  έως,  as  έως  έγώ.. 
ή7>Μμην,  τείως  μοι  ύδελφεόν  ύλλος 
έπεφνεν,  Od.  4,  90,  cf.  II.  20,  42; 
δφρα  stands  for  εως  in  II.  19, 189  ;  but 
oft,  without  any  antecedent,  II,  24, 
658,  Od.  15,  127,  etc.,  and  Att.  ;  ύ 
τέως  χρόνος,  Lys.  179, 13,  etc.  ;  φίλοι 
τέως  οντες,  Isae.  36,  10;  etc. : — also 
before,  ere  this,  Hdt.  6,  112,  cf.  Xen. 
An.  7,  6,  29.-2.  later  Ep.,  to  avoid 
hiatus,  use  τέως  for  έως,  Herm.  H. 
Hom.  Ven.  226,  Cer.  138 ;  a  usage, 
which  is  found  also  in  Hdt.  4,  165, 
and  Hipp. ;  and  maintained  even. in 
Att,  by  IButtm.  Dem.  Mid.,  ind.  s.  v. 
—  II.  absoL,  a  while,  for  a  time,  Od. 
15,  231,  etc. ;  and  in  Att.,  as  Ar.  Nub. 
66  ;  usu.  with  some  answering  word, 
as,  τείως  μεν..,  αντάρ  vvv,  Od.  16, 
139  ;  τέως  μέν..,  άλλ'  ότε  δή.  24,  161  ; 
τέως  μεν..,  μετά  δέ..,  Hdt.  1,11;  τέως 
μεν..,  (5ί'••,  6,  83;  τέως  μέν..,  τέ?>ος 
δέ..,  ι,  82  ;  cf  Ar.  Thesm.  449,  Xen. 
Cyr.  5,  3,  17,  etc. — Cf.  εως.  [Besides 
the  natural  quantity  -,—,  τέως  occurs 
in  Hom.  as  a  monosyll..  e.  g.  Od.  15, 
231  ;  16,  370  ;  24,  162  :  but  in  II.  20, 
42,  Qcc.  to  the  common  reading,  τείως 
must  be  a  trochee  ;  to  avoid  which 
Thiersch  proposes  τεϊος,  Gr.  Gr.  ^ 
168,  10;  and  Spitziier  reads  τόφρα 
t5' ;  so,  in  II.  19,  189,  for  άνθι  τέως 
έπείγομεν,  Herm.  reads  αντοθι  τεϊος, 
— but  the  passage  is  dub.,  v,  Spitzner : 
cf  είης,  and  έως  sub  iin.] 

ΙΤέωζ•,  ω,  η.  Teas,  one  of  the  Ionian 
cities  on  the  coast  of  Asia  Minor,  op- 
posite Samos ;  its  site  is  now  Bou- 
droun,  Hdt.  1    142  ;  Thuc. ;  etc. 


THOO 

T^,  old  Ep.  imperat.  like  7Λβε, 
έχε,  φέρε,  there,  take,  which  is  always 
followed  by  a  second  imperat.  of  more 
precise  signf ,  τη,  σπεισον  Ait..,  II. 
24,  287  ;  τη,  πίε  oivov..,  Od.  9,  347  ; 
τη,  τάδε  φύρμακον  έσθλον  έχων  έρ 
χευ,  10.  287  ;  so  too,  τη  νυν,  11.  14, 
219  ;  τη  ννν,  καί  σοι  τοντο  κειμήλιον 
έστω,  II.  23,  618  ;  τη  δή,  Od.  8,  477; 
τη  δέ,  Od.  5,  346. — In  the  old  poets 
τη  was  always  used  absol..,  like  the 
French  tiens,  tenez  ;  (v.  supra) :  later, 
as  in  Anth.,  it  is  now  and  then  fol- 
lowed by  an  ace,  Jac.  Anth.  P.  p. 
498.  But  that  τη  is  a  real  imperat., 
from  a  root  'raw,  akin  to  *τύγω,  τε- 
ταγών  (formed  on  analogy  with  ζην), 
and  not  for  τη,  a  dat.  of  the  relat. 
pron.,  used  adverbially,  is  shown  by 
Buttm.  Lexil.  s.  v.,  and  indeed  is 
fully  proved  by  the  plur.  τήτε,  used 
by  Sophron  ap.  Schol.  Ar.  Ach.  204. 

Ty,  dat.  fem.  from  ύ,  and  poet,  also 
from  ός. — II.  as  adv.  like  ταντη  and 
the  Lat.  hac,  here,  etc.  v.  ό  A,  B.  1. 

Τήιίεννα,  ης,  ή,  a  Greek  dress  worn 
by  persons  of  distinction,  Polyb.  10,  4, 
8  ;  also,  τήβεννος,  ov,  ή,  Plut.  Rom. 
26,  etc. ;  (also  written  τήμενος  and 
τημενίς).  These  words  were  used 
to  express  the  Roman  toga,  trabea, 
chlamys  by  Polyb,,  Dion,  H.,  and 
Plut.     Hence 

Τηβέννειος,  ov,  and  τηβεννικός,  ή, 
όν,  wearing  a  Inga  or  trabea :  έσθης 
τηβεννική,  for  τήβεννα,  Strabo. 

Τηβεννίς,  ίδος,  ή,  and  τήβεννος,  ή, 
=^τήβεννα,  q.  ν. 

Τηβεννοφορέω,  ώ,  to  wear  the  τη 
βεννα:  from 

Τηβεννοφόρος,  ov,  wearing  the  τή- 
βεννα, Lat.  togatus,  trabealus,  chlamy• 
datus. 

Ύ7/γΰ.νίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  to  melt  or  fry  in 
a  τήγανον,  LXX. 

Τηγύνιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  τήγα• 
VOX',  [ά] 

Τηγύνισμός,  ov,  6,  (τηγανίζω)  a 
frying  in  a  τήγανον,  Menand.  p.  90. 

Τηγανιστός,  ή.  όν,  melted  or  fried 
in  a  τήγανον,  Ath. 

Τηγανιτής  άρτος,  ό,  bread  baked 
in  a  τήγανον  ;  a  pancake,  Hippon.  26  ; 
cf  ταγηνίας. 

Τήγανον,  ov,  τό,  a  pan  for  melting 
or  frying,  Pherecr.  Pers.  4.  etc.  :  also 
τάγηνον,  q.  v.  (Prob.  from  τήκω,  to 
melt.) 

Τήδε,  dat.  fem.  from  όδε  (q.  v.), 
used  as  adv. 

Τηδες,  v.  τήτες. 

Τηδί,  dat.  fem.  from  όδί  (q.  v.), 
used  as  adv. 

Τηθέλης.  6.  also  τηθελΰς,  τηθαλ- 
?Μδνς,  τηθαλλαδονς,  and  τηθα7.λω• 
δονς,  ο,  (τήθη  II)  α  grand-dam's  pet: 
hence  a  spoilt  child,  a  silly,  ill-bred  fel- 
low. Lob.  Phryn.  299. 

Τηθενω,=ζτιτθενω,  susp. 

Τηθή,  ης,  or  τήθη,  ης,  ή,  a  grand- 
mother, Ar.  Ach.  49,  Plat.  Rep.  461 
D,  Isae.  40,  16,  etc.— II.=  ri7i^;7,  α 
nurse:  but  it  is  prob.  that,  in  all 
places  where  this  signf  is  required, 
τίτθη  should  be  read,  for  the  words 
are  perpetually  interchanged  in 
MSS.,  Meineke  Menand.  p.  190,  Lob. 
Phryn.  134.  .       ^ 

Τηθηνός,  όν,=^τιθηνός,  susp. 

Τηθία.  ας,  ή.=  τηθίς  : — generally, 
a  term  of  respectful  address  to  elder- 
ly women. 

Τηβίβιος,  ή. =  τηθία,  Gramm. 

Τηθίς,  ίδος,  ή,  (τήθη  II)  .• — afc.ther't 
or  mother's  sister,   aunt,  Dem.  818,4 
1039,  4  ;  cf  Lob.  Phryn.  134. 

Τί/θος,  εος,  τό,  an  oyster,  τήβεα  δι 
φων,  II.  16,  747;  cf  sq. 

1491 


ΤΗΛΕ 

Ύήθυα,  τά,^τήθεα,  oysters,  Arist.  1 
H.  Α.  4,  G,  1.  I 

Ύηθννάκιον,  συ,  τό,  prob.  dim.  from 
foreg.,  Epich.  p.  22. 

Ύηβΰς,  νος,  ή,  Tethys,  wife  of 
Oceanus,  nurse  ot  Juno,  11.  14,  201, 
302;  daughter  of  Uranus  and  tlaea, 
mother  of  the  nver-gods  and  Oceain- 
des,  Hes.  Th.  V.iii,  337.— II.  in  later 
Greek  and  Latm  |)oets,  as  Virg., 
Tethys  is  tke  sea  itself.  (Prob.  from 
τι)Οη,  the  ιιατί!-  or  mother  of  all :  acc. 
to  others,  the  Earth.)  [ϋ  m  dissyll. 
cases,  Virg.  G.  1,  31 ;  i»  m  the  Iri- 
syll.] 

\Ύήϊος,  η.  ov,  of  Teas,  Teian;  ol 
Ύήίοι,  Stnib.  p.  644. 

Ύ7ΐκΐύάνός,  ή,  όν,  melling,  molten, 
fusible. 

Ύηκεδονικός,  ή,  όν,  wasting  away, 
pining. 

Ύηκεόών,  όνος,  ή,  a  melting  or 
wasting  away :  hence,  consumption  or 
decline, Oi\.  II,  201  :  also,  a  means  for 
reducing  one's  self,  Hipp.  ;  τηκ.  σαρ- 
κός. Tun.  Locr.  102  C,  cf.  Plat.  Tun. 
82  E. 

Ύηκτικός,  ή,  όν,  (τήκω)  capable  of 
melting,  τινός,  Arist.  Part.  An.  2,  2, 
15. 

Ύηκτής,  ή,  όν.  verb.  adj.  from  τή- 
κω, melted,  jnelted  down,  poured  in, 
μύλυΜος,  Eur.  Andr.  207:  capable  of 
being  melted  or  dissolved,  σώματα  τηκ- 
Tu  και  ύτηκτα.  Plat.  Soph.  2t)5  C  : 
νδατα  -,  soft  water.  Foes.  Oec.  Hipp. 

ΤΗΚΩ,  fut.  -/;^'ω  .—transit.,  to 
melt,  melt  down,  make  to  melt,  χιόνα, 
Aesch.  Fr.  290,  etc. :  esp.,  to  smelt 
metals,  Hdt. 3, 96  :  τηκεινκαιλεί^ειν, 
Plat.  Rep.  411  B;  etc.— 2.  inetaph., 
T.  Ονμσν,  to  let  the  heart  melt  or  pine 
away,  Od.  19,  264  ;  τίν'  at  ι  τάκεις 
(Dor.)  ώδ'  άκόρετον  οίμωγάν  ;  (i.  e., 
τίνα  οΐμώζεις  τηκομένη:)  Soph.  El. 
123  ;  τήξηνσιν  έρωτες  κραύίην,  Anth. 
Ρ.  5,  278. — II.  pass,  τήκομαι,  aor. 
Ιτάκην  [α],  to  melt,  ?nett  nway,  Hes. 
Th.  802,  806,  807. — 2.  metaph.",  to  melt 
or  waste  away,  pine,  esp.  with  «iisease, 
sorrow,  desire,  Od.  5,  390  ;  8,  522  ; 
τήκετο  χρως,  τήκετη  καλά  παρήϊα 
όακρνχεηνσης,  Od.  19,  204,  207  ;  τη- 
κόμενος  νονσφ,  Hdt.  3,  99  ;  cf.  The- 
ocr.  1 ,  66,  82,  etc. ; — to  come  to  nou<;lit, 
δόξαι ...τακόμενοι  κατά  γάν  μιννϋον- 
σιν,  Aesch.  Eun».  374  : — of  putrefying 
flesh,  to  fall  away.  Plat.  Tun.  82  E. 
etc.  ;  κηκίς  μηρίων  ίτήκετο.  Soph. 
Ant.  1008.— 111.  the  pf.  τετηκα  has 
also  an  intr.  signf.,  to  be  in  a  melting 
state,  to  be  pining  away,  κλαίουσα  τε- 
τηκα, II.  3, 176;  κλΜίω,  τέτιικα,  Soph. 
El.  283  ;  so  in  Plat.,  etc.  :  κρέα  τετη- 
κότα,  sodden  flesh,  Eur.  Cycl.  246 ; 
Trip  τετάκός,  a  dead  fire.  Id.  Supp. 
1141.  (Prob.  akm  to  τέγγω:  from  a 
like  root  comes  Lat.  taheo,  tabesco.) 
Ύηλ.ανγέω,  ώ,  to  shine  afar.  Hence 
Ύηλ.αύγημα,  ατας,  τό,  brightness 
seen  far  off,  LXX. 

Ύηλ.ανγής,  ες,  (-f/λε,  ανγή)  '.—far- 
shining,  far-beaming,  τ.  ττρόςωπον,  of 
the  sun,  H.  Horn.  31,  13;  TifKavyia 
ε'ίματα,  of  the  moon,  lb.  32,  8  ;  so  in 
Theogn.,  Pind.,  etc.:  generally, /ar- 
seen,  cnnspicnous,  όχθος,  So|)h.  Tr. 
524.  Adv.  -γώς,  .Ν. Τ.: — τηλ.ανγέστε- 
ρον  όρΰν.  to  see  tn  a  greater  distance, 
Diod.     Poet.  word. — Cf.  τήλ.ε,  fin. 

^Ύηλανγης,  ονς,  b,  Telavges,  a  Sa- 
mian,  son  of  Pythagoras,. Schol.  Plat. 
Jlep.  475. 
^  ,  Ύη?Μύ)ησις, r^.hrilliance, brightness. 
^  Ύίβε,  adv.  like  τηλ,οϋ,  far  off,  far 
away,  far,  Horn. :  abroad,  Od.  2,  183  ; 
17,  312  ;  μά'λα  τί/λε,  Hes.  Th.  1014  ; 
also  like  τηλόθεν,  c.  gen.,  far  from, 
1492 


THAE 

τηλε  φίλ.ων  και  ττατρίδος  αίης,  II.  Π, 
817;.  16,  539;  τήλε  δ'  άπεπλάγχθη 
σύκεης  δόρυ,  II.  22,  291  :  etc. ;  so, 
τήλε  δ'  ύ/τ'  αντην  κάππεσεν,  II.  23, 
880,  cf  Od.  5,  315,  Hes.  Sc.  275; 
also,  τ//λε  έκ-.,  II.  2,  863  :  τ~τ/λε  προς 
δνσμαΐς,  Aesch.  Pers.  232.  This 
word  anil  its  coinpds.  remain  un- 
changed in  Aeol.  and  Doric,  as  Pind. 
P.  11,  36,  etc.  (The  root  is  referred 
by  Buttm.  to  τέλος,  cf  τηλνγετος.) 
Hence 

ΎηλεβαΘής,  ες,  {βαθύς)  far-deep, 
very  deep,  Opp.  Hal.  1,  633. 

Ύηλ-εβόαι,  ών.  οι,  the  Telehoae.  an 
Acarnanian  tribe,  flater  called  Τά- 
φιοι  (q.  v.),t  Hes.  Sc.  19;  tPind.  N. 
10,  27  ;  Strab.  p.  456  ;  v.  sq.  II. 

Ύηλε-ίόας,  ου,  δ.  (τήλε,  /3οάω) 
shouting  afar  or  loud. — fH-  as  pr.  n., 
Teleboas.  grandson  of  the  autochthon 
Lelex,  whose  sons.  Ύηλεβόαι,  occu- 
pied Acarnania,  Strab.  p.  322. — Oth- 
ers in  Apollod. ;  etc. — III.  a  river  of 
Armenia,  joining  the  Euphrates,  Xen. 
An.  4.  4,  3. 

Ύηλεβολέω,  ώ,  to  throw,  hurl  or 
strike  from  afar,  Nonn.  :   from 

Ύ7ΐλεβόλος,  ov,  (  τήλε.  βάλ.λω ) 
striking  from  afar,  χερμάς,  Pind.  P.  3, 
86  ;  of  a  bow,  Anth.  P.  append.  9,  49. 

ΙΤ7/λε>  oj'i'a,  ας.  ή,  Eugamrnon's 
poem  concerning  Telegonus,  son  of 
Ulysses,  DUbn.  Cycl.  Fr.  p.  594. 

Ύηλ.έγονας.  ov,  {τή/ιε.  *γένω)  bom 
far  from  one's  father  or  father-land.  c{. 
τηλνγετος :  but  usu.  as  pr.  name, 
Hes.  Th.  1014,  etc.,  like  Lat.  Procu- 
lus :  cf  sq. 

^Ύ7ΐλ.έγονος,  ov.  6,  Telegomis.  son  of 
Proteus  m  Torone,  Apoliod.  2.  5,  9. 
— 2.  a  king  of  Aegypt,  husband  nf  lo, 
Id.  —  3.  son  of  Ulysses  and  Circe, 
who,  acc.  to  Mvthol.,  slew  his  father, 
Hes.  Th.  1014';  Luc.  Salt.  46:  acc. 
lo  the  Cyc!.  Fr.  Diibn.  p.  601,  son  of 
Calypso  and  U.  ;  v.  toreg. 

Ύτιλεδΰνός,  όΐ',  lasting  Ιοηζ,  linger- 
ing. Or.  Sib.,  e  conj.  Schiieideri  pro 
θζ/λεδανός.  (Like  ττενκεδανός,  τνφε- 
δανός,  etc.,  formed  from  τήλε,  with 
pecul.  termin.  -δανός) 

Ύηλεόύιτός,  ή,  όν,  (τήλε)  from  a  far 
country ,  foreign,  άνδρες,  ξεϊνοι,  Od.  6, 
279  ;  19,  351,  etc.  :  also,  afar  off',  dis- 
tant, νήσηι,  II.  21,  454.  (On  the  ter- 
min. -όαττός,  V.  sub  άλίλοόαπός,  πο- 
δαπός.) 

Ύηλεθάω,  lengthd.  for  θύλλω,  τέ• 
θηλα,  θηλεω,  θαλ.έβω,  used  only  in 
part.  pres. .luatiriant-growing,  blooming, 
flourishing,  ν?.η  τηλεθόωσα,  II.  6, 
148;  εΚαΙαι  τηλεθόωσαι,ΟΛ.  b,  63; 
δένδρεα  τηλεθόωντα,  7,  114:  metaph. 
παίδες  τη7.εθύοντες  (or  -όωντες?) 
blooming  children,  11.  22,  423  ;  χαίτη 
Trf/  εϋοωσα,  Inaruriant  hair,  II.  23,  142 : 
c.  dat.,  ΰνθεσι  τ.,  blooming  with  flow- 
ers. H.  Horn.  6,  41. 

Ύη?.εθροος.  ov,  far-sounding. 

ίΤηλ-εκλ είδης,  ov,  ύ,  Trlf elides,  a 
poet  of  the  old  comedy,  Meiueke  1, 
p.  86,  sqq. 

Ύη/ιεκ/^ειτός,ήν,  also  ή,όν,  Ap.Rh. 
3,  1097  {τήλε,  κλειτός)  '■ — far-famed, 
Φοίνιξ,  11.  14,  321  ;  'Έφιάλτη'ς,  Od. 
11,  308:  —  elsewh.  as  epilh.  of  the 
Trojan  επίκουροι,  11.  5.  491,  etc. ;  and 
then  Wolf  wrote  τηλεκλητοί  (v.  sq.); 
but  Buttm.  dissents,  Le-xil.  s.  v.  κλει- 
τός.  Cf.  Spitzn.  Exc.  xi.  ad  II., 
where  he  also  discusses  the  question 
of  accent. 

\Ύη/.εκ/.ής,  εονς,  ό,  Telecles,  a  Do- 

lionian,   Ap.   Rh.   1,   1010.-2.  a  Sa- 

mian,  Hdt.  3,  41. — 3.  an  Athenian, 

Andoc.  6,  30. — Others  in  Arist. ;  etc. 

Ίηλικλητός,  όν,   {τ.ήλε,   κλητός. 


ΤΗΛΕ 

καΤιέω)  : — called  from  afar,  summmfd 
to  aid  from  afar,  \.  foreg. 

tT^Af  «/or.  ov,  0,  Teleclns,  eon  of 
Archelaus,  king  of  Sparta,  Hdt.  7, 
204. 

Ύηλ.εκλντός,  όν,  not  τηλ.έκλντος, 
Buttm.  Lexil.  β.  v.  κΑειτός.  fin., 
(τήλε,  κλντός,  κ  Ανω)  ■^=^τη/.εκ?^ειτός 
(from  which  strictly  it  only  differs  in 
the  quantity  of  the  j>enult.),  Όρίστης, 
Od.  1.30;  cf  U.  19,  400. 

Ύηλ.εμύχος,  ov,  (τ/}λ?,  μάχομαι) 
fighting  from  afar,  "Αρτιμις,  Luc 
Lexiph.  12  :  —  usu.  proparox.,  as  pr. 
name,  Τηλέμαχος,  ό,  Hom.  :  v.  sq 
[a]    Hence 

^Ύηλέμαχος,  ov,  h,  Telemachug, 
son  of  Ulysses  and  Penelope,  Od.  1, 
113,  sqq. ;  and  frcq. — Others  in  Dem. ; 
Paus.  ;  etc. 

'\Ύίιλ.εμος,  ov,  ό,  Telemiis,  son  of 
Eurymus,  a  celebrated  seer,  Od.  9, 
509. 

Ύηλ.έπλανος,  ov,  (τήλι,ε,  ττλανάσ- 
μαι)  far-wandering,  π'λάναί  τ.,  devious 
wanderings,  Aesch.  Pr.  576,  e  conj. 
Elmsl. ;  olim  τηλέπλαγκτοι. 

Ύηλέπομπος,  ov,  (τήλ.ε,  πεμπω)faτ■ 
sent ,  far- journeying,  (^ύος,  Aesch.  Ag. 
300. 

Ύηλέπορος,  ov,  (τήλε,  ττόρος)  far- 
travelling,  Γ.  βόαμα,  Scol.  ap.  Ar. 
Nub.  967  .far-stretching,  άντρα.  Soph. 
Ant.  983. 

ΎηλέτΓν?Μς,  ov,  (τήλε,  πνλη)  with 
gates  far  distant  from  each  other.  Od. 
10,  82:  but  in  Od.  23,  318,  Wolf 
writes  it  Ύηλέπυλ.ον,  as  the  name  of 
the  Laestrygonian  city,  —  which 
should  be  done  in  both  places  or  nei- 
ther. 

Ύι/λεσκόπος,  ov,  {τήλε,  σκοττεω) 
esjiying  or  viewing  afar,  far-seeing,  όμ- 
μα, Ar.  Nub.  290. — II.  proparox.  τη- 
λέσκοπος,  W.  pass.,  far-seen,  con.rpic- 
umis,  Hes.  Th.  566,  5C9,  Soph.  Fr. 
319. 

Ύηλεφΰής,  ες,  (τήλε,  φύος)  far-shi- 
ning :  only  found  in  the  pccul.  fern, 
pr.  name  Ύηλεφάεσσα,  contr.  Ύηλε- 
φάσσα,  Apollod. 

Ύηλίεφύνής,  ές,  (τήλε,  Φαίνομαι) 
appearing  afar,  far-seen,  conspiciivu». 
τνμ-ίος,  Od.  24,  83;  πΐ'ρ,  Pind.  Fr. 
95,  7  ;  σκοπιαί,  Ar.  Nub.  281  :  oi 
hearing,  r.  αχώ,  Soph.  Phil.  189 ;  cf. 
τηλωπός. 

^Ύη/.ί  Φάνης,  συς,  ό.  Telephones,  a 
flute-player  at  Athens  in  the  time  of 
Demosthenes,  Dem.  520,  9. — Other» 
in  Ath. ;  etc. 

Ύηλέφαντος,  οι•,=  τηλεψανής,  Pind 
Fr.  1.  _ 

iΎηλεφάσσa,  ης,  ή,  Telephassa. 
wife  of  Agenor,  mother  of  Cadmus. 
Apollod.  3,  1,  1.— Acc.  to  Mosch.  2. 
42,  wife  of  Phoenix  son  of  Agenor  : 
V.  sub  τηλεφαής. 

Ύηλ.έφΰτος,  ον,^^τηλεφανήτ,  Pind 
Fr.  58,  4. 

Ύηλεφεγ\ήΓ,  ές,  far-shining. 

'\Ύ?}λεφί()7)ς,  ov,  6.  .von  of  J'elephus, 
i.  e-,  Euryp>lus,  Od.  11,  519.-0/ 
Ύηλεφίδηι,  the  descendants  of  Tele- 
phvs,  Anih.  Plan.  91. 

ΎηλέήιΙλην,  ov,  (τή?ε.  φίλος): — 
strictly,  far-love,  the  leaf  of  some 
plant  used  as  a  charm  by  lovers  to 
try  whether  their  love  was  returned  : 
it  was  laid  on  one  hand  or  arm  and 
struck  with  the  other,  and  a  loud 
crack  was  a  favourable  omen,  ονδί 
τό  τη?ίέφιλ.ον...π?>.ατάγησεν.  Theocr. 
3.  29: — hence,  as  adj.,  τηλέφιλ.ον 
πλ.ατύ.γημα,  Anth. 

Ύηλ.έφΐην,  ov.  τό,  a  kind  of  srdvm, 
also  called  άείζωον  άγριον  and  ύν- 
δράχνη  αγρία,  Lat.  ilkcebra,  Hipp. 


ΤΗΛΟ 

^Ύήλεφος,  ον,  ό.  Telephus,  son  of] 
HercuiRS  and  Auge.  father  of  Eury- 
pylus,  adopted  by  Teuthras  of  Mysia 
and  became  his  successor,  Pind.  O.  , 
9,  il2;  ApoUod.  2.  7,  4 :  of.  Paus.  8,  | 
48,  7. — 2.  a  Macedonian,  Arr.  An.  6, 
23, «. 

Ύηλέχθων,  όνος,  ό.  /;,  {τήλε,  χθων) 
foreign,  far-away,  yata,  0pp.  Η.  4, 
"330. 

Tj/?io,  Of,  ή,  Att.  for  the  Ion.  and 
common  aij/.ia,  any  flat  board  or  tray 
with  a  raised  rim  Or  edge,  as, — 1.  a 
sieve,  hoop  of  a  sieve,  Ar.  Plut.  1037, 
ubi  V.  Schol. — 2.  a  stand  on  which 
flour,  etc.,  was  set  out  for  sale,  Pei- 
thol.  ap.  Arist.  Rhet.  3,  10,  7.-3.  α 
gaming-table,  Aeschin.  8,  22. — 4.  a 
stage  whereon  game-cocks,  quails,  etc., 
were  set  to  fight,  Poll.  9,  108. — ^5.  a 
chimney-board,  Ar.  Vesp.  147. 

Ύη/ύκοζ,  η,  ον.  Dor.  τύ,λίκος,  of 
such  an  age,  so  old  or  so  young,  11.  24, 
487,  Od.  1,  297,  etc. ;  c.  inf.,  οΰ  γαρ 
έτί  σταθμοΐσι  μένειν  ίτι  τηλίχ-ος 
ειμί,  Od.  17,  20,  cf.  Theogn.  578:  so 
great,  Lat.  tantus.  cf  sq. : — τη'/.ίκος 
was  anteced.  to  the  relative  ήλίκος, 
interrog.  -η/ύκος,  akin  to  τή/.ίς.  Dor. 
ταλίς,  cf.  Lat.  talis.  [ΐ\ 

Ύτ//.ϊκόςόε,  ηόε,  ονδε,  =  foreg•., 
Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  1508,  Ant.  727,  Plat., 
etc  : — also,  so  great,  Lat.  tantus,  Plat. 
Theaet.  155  B. 

Ύη/ΐκοντος,  αύτη,  οντο,  also  -ον- 
τάς in  fem.  Soph.  11.  citand.,  Att.  for 
τηλίκος.  Aesch.  Ag.  1020,  Soph.  O. 
C.  751,  El.  614  :  Plat.,  etc. :  also,  so 
young,  τη?,,  ων,  Plat.  Gorg•.  466  A, 
etc. : — of  things,  τι/λικαύτα  και  τοι- 
αύτα, Dem.  348,  18,  etc. ;  νησνύρια 
τοιαύτα  και  τι/λ.,  Isocr.  247  A  : — 
strengthd.  τηλικοντοσέ.  -ονί,  etc.,  Ar. 
Xub.  819,  etc. — The  neut.  as  adv., 
so  very,  so  much.  (Not  a  compd.  of 
τη'/Ικος  and  ούτος,  but  rather  a 
lengthening  of  τη/.ίκος,  as  ούτος  of 
Of,  τημούτος  of  τημος,  etc.) 

τΎτ/'/ίνης,  ου  Ion.  εω,  ό,  Telines,  a 
hierophant  of  Telus,  an  ancestor  of 
Gelon,  Hdt.  7,  153. 

Ύή/2νος,  η,  ον,  of  fenugreek,  μνρον, 
Polyb.  31,  4,  2:  from 

Ύή/.ις,  εως  and  ιδος,  ή,  a  legumi- 
nous plant,  fenugreek,  foenum  Grae- 
cum. 

Ύή/.ις,  ιδος,  ή,  v.  raAtf. 

Ύήλιστος,  η.  ον,  (τη/.ον)  : — superl. 
without  posit,  or  compar.  in  xiBe,  far- 
thest, most  remote :  τή?,ιστον,  τη?.ισ- 
τα,  as  adv.,  farthest  off,  Orph.  Arg. 
179,  1186. 

Ύη/ύτης,  ου.  ό,  {ττ/'λις) : — οίνος  τ., 
wine  racked  off  over  fenugreek,  and  SO 
flavoured  with  it. 

Ύηλόθεν,  also  τη/.όθε,  adv.  (τη- 
7.ov) :  from  afar,  from  a  foreign  land, 
τη'/.όθεν  ή'/.θεν,  U.  5,  651 ;  cf.  Soph. 
Aj.  1318,  Phil.  454:  in  Hom.,  usu. 
followed  by  εκ,  τη?.όθεν  έζ  άπίης 
)  ai'7?f ,  1,  270,  etc. ;  rarely  c.  gen.,/ar 
from,  τη/.όθεν  ΐΐε/^ειάδων.  Pind.  \. 
2,  18.  It  was  never  used  like  τηλοϋ, 
far,  afar,  though  some  have  taken  it 
so  in  some  places,  as,  ει  καΐ  μά7.α 
τηλόβεν  έσσί,  but  here  it  means, 
though  you  are  there,  whence  it  is  so 
far  to  come,  Od.  6,  312  ;  cf.  7,  194,  II. 
23,  359. 

Ύη'/Μθί,  adv.,=T^^E,  τη7J>v,  far, 
afar,  at  a  distance,  Od.  1,  22,  II.  8, 
285,  etc. :  c.  gen.,  τη?.όθι  ηύτρης,  II. 
1,  30,  etc. 

Ύη7.οΐ,Λά<ι.,^:τηλον,τη'λόθι,Α.^ο\\. 
Dysc. 

Ύηλοπέτης.  ες,  (τη7.ε,  πέτομαι) 
far-flying,  Anth.  P.  6,  239. 

Ύη7.ορός,  όν,  collat.  form  of  τηλου- 


THAT 

fof,  of  a  person,  τη7ορ6ς  ναίοι,  Eur. 
;i.  251, — altered  by  Seidler  into  τηλ" 
όρος. 

tTr/Zof,  ον,  ό,  Telus,  a  flute-play- 
er, Ath.  624  B.  Cf.  Ύέ7/Αην  and 
Ύιι7.εφάν?ίς. 

■\Ύή7.ος,  ου,  ή,  Telns,  a  small  island 
of  the  Aegean,  opposite  Cnidus,  now 
Episkopia,  Hdt.  7,  153:  one  of  the 
Sporades,  Strab.  p.  488. 

Ύη/.όαε,  {τη/Μν)  adv.,  to  a  distance, 
far  away,  II.  4,  455 ;  22,  407. 

Ύη7.οτάτω,  adv.,  superl.  of  τη/Μν, 
farthest  away,  like  the  common  τ:ο()- 
βί^τάτω,  Od.  7,  322. — Compar.  τη7.ο- 
τέρω,  farther  atvay.  like  ποόβωτέρυ, 
Arat.  1050:  but  with  anotner  corn- 
par.,  by  very  far,  Hipp. 

Ττ/λοϋ,  adv.,  like  τη7.ε,  afar,  far  off 
or  away,  in  a  far  country,  Horn.,  and 
Hes. ;  τηλον  επ'  'Α.7.ς>ειί1}.\\.  11,712: 
also  c.  gen.,  far  from,  Od.  13,  249  ; 
23,  69  (but,  τηΑ.ον  τών  αγρών,  far 
away  in  the  country,  Ar.  Isub.  138) : 
so,  τ^^λοΰ  ά-ό...,  Hes.  Th.  304.  (Opp. 
to  ΰγχην  and  άγχι.  An  obsol.  adj. 
τΓ/7.ος  may  be  taken  as  the  source 
whence  come  τη7.ον,  τη7.οι,  TifAoOi, 
ττβ.όθεν,  τη7ώσε,  all  used  as  advs. : 
so  too  compar.  and  superl.  τη7.οτέβω 
and  τη/.οτάτω :  a  collat.  form  τή7.ν 
for  τ^λε  IS  recognised  by  Ap.  Dysc. ; 
hence  superL  τΐί/.ιστος,  cf.  sub  t7j7.v- 
γετος.) 

Ύτι7.ονρός,  όν,  (τήλε,  όρος) : — 
strictly,  with  distant  boundaries  or  con- 
fines ;  hence,  generally,  of  places, 
far  away,  far,  distant,  χθων.  Aesch. 
"Pr.  1,  V.  I.  in  Soph.  Aj.  564,  Eur.  Or. 
1325,  Andr.  889  ;  cf.  τη7.ορός. 

Tf/7.v,  adv.  rare  collat.  form  for 
77}λε,  Apoll.  Dysc.  do  Pron.  329  B. 

Ύηλνγέτης,  ον,  o,=sq..  Phot. 

Ύη7.νγετος,  η,  ον,  later  also  of ,  ov : 
—well  beloved,  usu.  of  sons,  II.  5,  153; 
9,  143,  285,  482,  Od.  4,  1 1  ;  16,  19,  Ji. 
Cer.  164,  284;  of  a  daughter,  II.  3, 
175  :  in  bad  sense,  τηλνγετος  ΰς,  like 
a  spoilt  child  or  pet,  one  who  is  brought 
up  θαλί^  IvL  ττο7'/.ΐ),  II.  13,  470  ;  cf. 
9,  143,  285.— The  word  must  have 
something  like  the  signfs.  just  given ; 
but  the  etymology  is  very  doubtful. 
The  ancients  mostly  held  it  to  be  a 
compd.  of  ττ)7.ε  (or  Tif/.v,  q.  v.),  and 
*}WiJ,  -^ίγνομαι,  born  afar  off,  i.  e. 
when  his  father  was  far  away,  like  τη- 
7.έ)ονος ;  or,  born  at  a  distant  time, 
late  born,  like  όφίγονος.  But  the  for- 
rner  interpr.  will  not  suit  the  passa- 
ges in  Hom. ;  and,  for  the  other,  the 
sense  of  Time  given  to  τή7.ε  is  unex- 
ampled, except  in  the  late  word  τη- 
7.εόανύς  (which  itself  is  not  without 
suspicion).  Other  ways  therefore 
have  been  tried.  Doderlem  (Com- 
ment, de  V.  τιβνγετος,  Erlangae 
1825,  and  in  the  Rhein.  Museum,, 
derives  it  from  θάλ7.ο,  τεθη7Μ.  Θή7.νς, 
and  *  γένω,^θα/.ερος  γεγως.  θα/.ίρης 
κατά  φνσιν.  Buttm.  (Lexil.  s.  v.) 
assumes  that  -;/λε,  τή/.ν,  is  of  the 
same  root  with  τέλος,  τε/.εντ//,  τε- 
/^ευταΐος,  so  that  we  may  interpret 
τη7^νγετος  (with  Orion  ap.  Etym. 
Gud.  p.  616.  37)  ό  τε/^ευταϊος  τώ  ττα- 
τρί  )  ενόμενος,  one  horn  at  the  end.  the 
last  born.  And  this  suits  all  the  Ho- 
meric passages,  if  with  Buttm.  we 
take  τε7.ενταΐος  to  mean  the  lasl  child, 
i.  e.  one  followed  by  none,  even  though 
none  have  gone  before  :  and  so  the 
meaning  o(  τη7.ύγετος  will  melt  into 
that  o{  μονογενής,  q.  v.  So  also,  τη- 
7.ύ}ετος  may  be  applied  to  λ  son  who 
has  no  brother,  as  in  II.  9,  143.  285  to 
Orestes,  though  he  had  three  sisters  ; 
and  in  H.  Cer.  164  lo  Demophoon, 


THMO 
though  he  had  four :  and  so  τη7.νγε- 
τη  may  be  a  daughter,  who  has  no  sis- 
ter, like  Hermione,  II.  3. 175  ;  though, 
ace.  to  Od.  4,  U,  she  had  a  brother 
Megapenthes,  who  again  is  called 
τψ,νγετος,  as  being  the  only  son  of 
Menelaus  and  Helen.  If  this  be  so, 
there  is  nothing  remarkable  in  the 
combination  oi  μοννος  τηλνγετος,  II. 
9,  482,  Od.  16,  19  ;  and  of  τηλνγετος 
ύφίγονος,  Η.  Cer.  164. — II.  from  the 
first-named  interpretation  of  the  radic. 
signf ,  it  was  used  by  later  authors  in 
a  purely  local  signf,  oorn  afar  off,  and 
so  living  afar  off,  distant,   Eur.    I.  T. 

829  (the  only  example  in  Att.),  Sim- 
mias  ap.  Tzetz.  Chil.  8,  144.  [ϋ] 

Ύή/.νς,  ν,  V.  τηλον. 

ήΎί'/λ.νς,  νος,  ό,  Telys,  a  prmce  of 
Sybaris,  Hdt.  4,  44. 

Ύη7:ώ~ις,  ιόος,  pecul.  fem.  of  sq., 
Orph.Arg.  898. 

Tr/Z-wrrof,  όν,  (τ7}/,ε,  ώι/0  looking 
afar,  seeing  to  a  distance. — II.  pass., 
seen  from  afar,  far  off.  Soph.  Aj.  564: 
of  sound,  perceived,  heard  from  afar, 
ίωά.  Id.  Phil.  216  ;  cf.  τη/.εόανης. 

Ύημέλεια,  ας,  ή,  care,  heed,  atten- 
tion, attendance  :  from 

Ύημε7.έω.  ώ,  {τημελης)  ίο  lake  care 
of,  c.  gen.,  Eur.  I.  T.  311  : — to  heed, 
look  after,  c.  acc,  Id.  I.  A.  731,  Plat. 
Legg.  953  A. 

Τημέ/^η,  ή,  rare  collat.  form  of  τη• 
μέ7.εια. 

Ύημε7.ής,  ες.  (μέλω)  careful,  heedful. 
(Hence  άτημε/.τ/ς,  άτημελέω.) 

Ύημελίη.  ης,  ή.  Ion.  for  τημέλεια. 

Ύημε7ονχέω.^=  τημελ.έο).     Hence 

Ύημε7.ονχημα,  ατός,  τό.  an  object 
of  attention,  Clem.  Al. :  and 

Ύημε/ονχησις,  ή,  care,  attention. 

Ύημε7.ονχος,  ov,full  of  care  ;=.τη• 
με7ής- 

^Ύημενίδες  7τν7.αι,  ai,  the  Teme- 
nian  gate  in  Tarentum,  Polyb.  8, 
27.  7. 

ίΎημενίδης,  ov,  6,  son  or  descendarit 
of  Temenus,  Anth.  P.  11,  195:  usu. 
oi  Ύημενίύαι,  the  Temenidae,  descend- 
ants of  Temenus,  who,  expelled  from 
Argos,  founded  the  Macedonian  mon- 
archy, Hdt.  8,  138  :  hence  the  kings 
of  Macedon  so  called,  Thuc.  2,  99. 

\Ύημενίον,  ov,  τό,  Temenium,  a 
town  of  Argolis  on  the  Argolic  gulf, 
with  the  tomb  of  Temenus,  Strab.  p. 
368. 

Ύημενίς,  ή,  τήμενος,  ή,  ν.  sub  τή- 
βεννα. 

ίΤήμενος,  ον,  ό,  Temenus,  the  elder 
son  of  Aristomachus,  a  Heraclid,  king 
of  Argos,.  Plat.  Min.  683  B;  Apol- 
lod.  2,8,  2. 

Ύήμερα,  τήμερον,  v.  sub  σήμερον. 

Ύνμγ,  Att.  contr.  from  Ty  έμ-rj. 

^Ύήμνον,  ov,  TO,  Mount  Temnus,  a 
range  m  Mysia,  Strab.  p.  616. 

tTi///i'Of,  01',  η,  Temnus.  a  city  on 
the  Aeolian  coast  of  Asia  Minor  at 
the  mouth  of  the  Hermus,  Hdt.  1, 
149  :  Xen.  Hell.  4,  8,  5  ;  etc. 

Ύήμος,  adv.,  then,  thereupon,  always 
of  past  time,  answering  to  the  relat. 
conjunction  rjuoς,  II.  23.  228,  Hes. 
Op.  486,  583,  Soph.  Tr.  533  :— more 
freq.  with  a  particle,  τήμος  άρα,  11.7,' 
434,  Od.  4,  401,  etc. ;  τϊιμος  δέ,  Hes. 
Op.  668  ;  τΐιμος  δή,  Od.  12,  441  ;  τ^- 
μος  ΰτε,  Jac.  Anth.  P.  p.  420  ;  also 
answering  to  εντε,  Od.  13,  95: — ab- 
sol.  without  any  conjunction  to  an- 
swer to.  H.  Merc.  101,  Hes  Op.  557  : 
ίς  τηαος,  till  then,  Od.  7,  318. — II.  in 
Ap.  Kh.  4,  252.  to-day.  (Perh.  akin 
to  ημαρ,  cf  σήμερον  τήμερον,  σήτες 
τήτες.  Or  it  may  be  shortd.  from- 
αύτήμαρ.) 

1493 


ΤΗΞΙ 

Ύημόςόε,  Dor.  ταμός^ε,  adv.,  =  r^- 
μος,  dub.  in  Od.  7,  318,  but  certain 
in  Theocr.  10,  49,  and  other  late  Ep. ; 
V.  Buttm.  Ausf.  Gr.  ^  116,  Anm.  IG. 

Ύημοντος,  adv.,  rare  collat.  form 
from  τημος,  Hes.  Op.  571 ;  on  the  lor- 
mation  of  the  word,  v.  sub  τη?Λκού• 
τος. 

Ύηνάλ?.υς,  adv.,  strictly  for  Τ7;ν 
ύλλθ)ς  [άγονσαν]  όύόν,  in  the  way 
leading  dsewhither,  i.  6.  in  another  man- 
ner :  USU.,  like  άλλως,  with  no  partic- 
ular aim,  to  no  pur-pose,  in  vain,  Schaf. 
Dion.  Comp.  p.  230. 

Τί/ΐ'εί,  adv..  Dor.  for  εκεί,  there, 
Epich.  p.  15,  Theocr.,  etc. 

Ύήνελλα,  a  word  formed  by  Archil. 
Fr.  1)9,  10  imitate  the  twang  of  a 
guitar-string :  he  began  a  triumphal 
hymn  to  Hercules  with  τήνελ'λα,  ύ 
καλλίνικε  χαίρε,— ana  so  the  words 
τηνελλα  καλλίνικε  became  a  com- 
mon mode  of  saluting  conquerors  in 
the  games,  a  kind  of  huzza,  Schol. 
Find.  O.  9,  1,  Bockh  Expl.  ad  1.,  In- 
terpp.  ad  Ar.  Av.  17C1,  Ach.  1227, 
1230. 

Ύηνελλος,  6,  comic  word  in  Ar. 
Eq.  276,  a  conqueror  who  is  received 
with  a  cry  of  τηνελλα, — and  50=καλ- 
λίνικος. 

^Ύηνερικον  πεδίον,  τό,  the  plain 
of  Teneras,  in  Boeotia,  Slrab.  p.  412: 
from 

iΎήvεpoς,  ov,  6,  Tenerus,  a  son  of 
Apollo,  a  seer,  Strab.  p.  413. 

'ίΤΐίνεσίς,  ή,  Tenesis,  in  Aethiopia, 
a  large  island  of  the  Nile,  8trab.  p. 
770  sq. 
ίΤ7]νεσμός,ον,  6,  v.  τεινεσμός. 
Ύηνίκά,  adv.,  (r^/j'Of) .— in  Att.,  at 
this  or  that  time  of  day,  at  this  or  that 
precise  time,  whatever  It  may  be  :  but 
the  forms  in  common  use  are  τι/νικά- 
δε,  τηνικαντα  :  cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  50.— 
II.  later,  generally,  then,  at  this  or  that 
time,  Ap.  Kh. — Cf  ήνίκα,  πηνίκα, 
δπηνίκη.  (Buttm.  Lexil.,  s.  v.  εντε. 
supposes  that  there  was  an  old  word 
Ft'i,  Fi/cof,  corresponding  to  the  Lat. 
vice,  and  thai  hence  came  τ//ν  ϊκα, 
τηνίκα,  hac  vice:  so  he  would  take 
αντίκα  for  την  αντην  Ικα  :  but  ?).  [ϊ] 
Ύηνϊκάόε,  adv.,=  foreg.,  at  this  time 
of  day,  so  early.  Plat.  CrilO  43  A,  Prot. 
310  Β  :  avpiov  την.,  to-morrow  at  this 
time,  Id.  Phaed.  76  B. 

Ύηνΐκαντα,  commoner  form  for  τη- 
νίκα, Hdt.  1, 17,  18,  63,  etc.,  and  Att. ; 
answering  to  όπηνίκα.  Soph.  Phil. 
465  ;  to  όταν.  Id.  O.  T.  76,  etc. :— c. 
gen.,  T.  τοϋ  θέρους,  at  this  time  of  the 
summer,  Ar.  Pac.  1171.  (From  τη- 
νίκα, as  ενταύθα  from  ίνθα,  Buttm. 
Ausf  Gr.  ^116  Anm.  15.) 

Ύηνόθεν,  adv..  Dor.  for  ίκείθεν,  cf 
τηνώθεν- 

Ύηνόθι,  adv.,  (τήνος)  Dor.  for  έκεϊ, 
there,  Theocr.  8,  44. 

Ύήνος,  τηνα,  τηνο.  Dor.  for  κήνος, 
κείνος,  εκείνος,  that,  E|)ich.  p.  15, 
etc.,  and  Theocr.:  but  Piiid.  seems 
to  have  used  only  εκείνος,  κείνος. 

^Ύήνίος,  a,  ov,  of  Tenus,  Tenian  ; 
ol  Tr'jVlOL,  the  Tenians,  Hdt.  4,  33. 

iTijvoc,  OV,  ή.  Tenus,  one  of  the 
Cyclades  islands,  near  Andros,  with  a 
city  of  same  name,  now  Tine,  Aesch. 
Pers.  886  ;  Hdt.  4,  33  ;  etc.  :  also  call- 
ed 'Ύόρονσσα  and  Όφιούσσα. 

Ύηνφ,  adv..  Dor.  for  εκεί,  Theocr. 
3,  25,  though  the  reading  varies. 

Ύηνώθεν  and  τηνώθε,  adv.,  Dor.  for 
εκείθεν,  from  there,  thence,  Ar.  Ach. 
754,  Theocr.  3,  10. 

Ύηξϊμελής,  ές.  ίτήκίύ,  μέλος)  wast- 
ing the  limbs,  νοΰσος,  Anlh.  P.  7,  234. 
Ύηξίτΐοθος,  ov,  {τήκω,  πόθος)  melt• 
1494 


THTA 

in/r  away  with  desire,  έρωτες.  Crates 
(Theb.)  ap.  Clem.  Al.  p.  492.  [i] 

Ύι'/ξΐς,  εως,  ή,  (τί/κω)  a  melting 
away,  dissolution,  Plut.  2,  658  A. 

Ύ))περ,  Ep.  and  Ion.  for  ίιπερ,  dat. 
fem.'from  οςπεμ,  Hom. 

iΎr/patoς,  uv,  a,  Terarus,  a  king  of 
Charax,  Luc.  Macroh.  16. 

ΥΥηρεια,  ας.  ή,  Terea,  a  high  moun- 
tain in  Mysia  near  Zelea,  το  Ύηρείης 
όρος,  II.  2,  829  ;  Strab.  p.  589.— Also 
a  city  of  Mysia,  Id.  p.  565. 

iΎηpέίoς,  a,  ov,  of  or  relating  to 
Tereus,  Terean.  Aesch.  Suppl.  60. 

ίΎηρενς,  έως,  ο.  Terms,  son  of 
iMars,  king  of  the  Thraces  in  Daulis, 
changed  into  a  hoopoe,  Thuc.  2,  29  ; 
Apollod.  3,  14,  8.     Cf.  Ώρόκνη. 

Ύηρέω,  ώ,  f.  -ησω,  (τηράς) : — to 
watch  over,  take  care  of,  δώματα,  Hom. 
Cer.  142;  πό?.ιν,  Pind.  P.  2,  161,  Ar. 
Vesp.  210. — 2.  to  have  an  eye  upon,  give 
heed  to,  watch  narrowly,  τηρώ  αντονς 
ουδέ  δοκών  όρύν  κλέπτοντας,  Ar,.  Eq. 
1145;  cf.  Vesp.  364;  τίις  αμαρτίας, 
Thuc.  4,  60  :  r.  τι  μη..,  Ar.  Pac.  146, 
Plat.  Rep.  442  A  : — to  observe,  watch 
for  a  person  or  thing,  και  μ'  ό  πρεσ- 
βυς  παραστείχυντα  τήρησης.  Soph. 
Ο.  Τ.  808  ,  cf.  Thuc.  6,  2  ;  τ.  τίνα 
ανιόντα,  to  watch  for  one's  coming  up, 
Dem.  1252,7;  τηρήσας άνεμον,Ύ\\\ι^. 
1,  65  ;  r.  νύκτα  χειμέριον.  Id.  3,  22 ; 
νύκτα  άσέληνον,  Dem.  1380,  6;  so, 
καιρός  έτηρήθη,  Lys.  126,  35. — 3.  to 
observe  or  keep  a  treaty,  etc.,  παρακη- 
ταθήκην,  Isocr.  6  D;  είρήνην,  Dein. 
255, 13. — II.  mid.  τηρέομαι, I.  -ι'/σομαι, 
\\ke  <{>υ?.ύττομαι,  to  be  on  one's  guard 
against,  take  care  or  heed,  c.  ace,  όπως 
μή..,  Ar.  Vesp.  371  ;  so,  τηρον  μή.., 
cave  ne..,  lb.  1386  ;  and  in  act.,  ό  τη- 
ρήσετον.  μη  άρχειν  επιχείρηση.  Plat. 
Rep.  442  A  ;  cf  Theaet.  169  C— The 
fut.  mid.  τηρήσομαι  in  pass,  signf, 
Thuc.  4,  30.    Hence 

Ύηρημων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  watching, 
keeping,  Or.  Sib. 

ίΤηρης,  εω  and  ονς,  ό.  Teres,  king 
of  the  Odrysae  in  Thrace,  father  of 
Seuthes,  Hdt.  7,  137;  Thuc.  2,  29  ; 
Xen.  An.  7,  2,  22.-2.  a  later  king  of 
the  Odrysae,  driven  out  by  Philip,  an 
ally  of  the  Athenians,  Dem.  160,  19. 
Ύήρησις,  εως,  ή,[τηρέω)  a  watching, 
heeding,  keeping.  Eur.  Antig.  6:  vigi- 
lance, Thuc.  7,  13 :  a  noticing,  ohserv- 
ing,  Def.  Plat.  413  E.— II.  a  means  of 
keeping  secure,  e.  g.  ο  ward,  prison, 
Thuc.  7,  86. 

Ύηρητέον,  verb.  adi.  from  τηρέω, 
one  must  watch.  Plat.  Rep.  412  E. 

Ύηρητής,  ov,  6.  (τηρέω)  a  watcher, 
keeper,  Diod.     Hence 

Ύηρητίκός,  η,  όν,  tvatching,  keeping. 
— 2.  pass.,  needing  to  be  observed,  Diog. 
L.  9,  108,  Strab. 

ίΤηρίας,  ov,  6,  the  Terias,  a  river 
of  Sicily  near  Leontini,  Thuc.  6,  50, 
94. 

^Ύηρίβαζος,  ov,  6,  Teribazus,  a 
Persian  governor  in  Armenia,  after- 
wards in  Ionia,  Xen.  An.  4,  4,  4. 

\Ύηριδάτας  and  Ύηριδάτης,  ov,  6, 
Teridates,  masc.  pr.  11.,  Luc.  and  Ael. 
^Ύηριλλος,  ov,  o,  Terillus,  a  tyrant 
of  Himera  in  Sicily,  Hdt.  7,  165. 

ΤΗΡΟ'Σ,  a  watch,  guard,  — ΆΏ  old 
word,  the  root  of  τηρέω,  found  in  use 
only  ill  Aesch.  Siipp.  218.  (Cf  San- 
scr.  tra  servare,  and  Lat.  luer-i.) 

'Γ^ς,  Tijai,  Ep.  and  Ion.  for  ταΐς, 
dat.  tem.  pi.  from  ό,  of,  Hom. 

^Ύησίντε,  Ep.  dat.  fem.  pi.,  from 
όςτε,  Od.  5,  67. 

Ύι/τιιω,  ώ,  Dor.  τΰτ-,  (τήτη) : — to 
bereave,  rob,  τινά  τίνος : — pass.,  to  be 
in  want,  starve,  Hes.  Op.  406  (where 


TIB  A 

some  MSS.  have  wrongly  τιτύσθαι): 
c.  gen.,  to  be  in  want  of  a  thing,  to  lose 
it,  φίλων  τάτώμενος,  Pir.d.  Ν.  10, 
146  ;  ΰδέρκτων  ομμάτων  τητώμενος. 
Soph.  Ο.  C.  1200,  cf  Phil.  383  ;  χαρ- 
μάτων τητώμεΰα.  Eur.  Or.  1084  ;  ()υ• 
θμυν  τητώμενοι.  Plat.  Legg.  810  Β  ; 
ευγένειας  τητ.,  Arist.  Eth,  Ν.  1,  8,  16. 
(Perh.  akin  to  ζητείν,  by  which  word 
the  ancients  explain  it:  hence  in 
pass.,  literally,  to  be  to  seek  in  a  thing.) 
Ύητάνειος,  ov,  and  τί/τειος,  ov,  like 
Τ7]Τΐνος,  of  this  year :  irom 

Ύητες,  adv.,  Att.  for  the  Ion.  and 
common  σήτες.  Dor.  σάτες,  this  year, 
of  or  in  this  year,  esp.  in  comic  poets, 
as  Ar.  Fr.  196;  ή  τήτες  ήμερα,  this 
very  day,  cf.  Piers.  Moer.  p.  364  : — 
rarer  collat.  form  τηύες,  only  in 
Gramm.,  hence  the  adjs.,  τί/τινος, 
σήτινος,  αατινός,  τήτειος,  οήτειος, 
τητάνειος,  σητάνειος,  σητάνιος,  etc. 
{.Ύήτες,  σήτες,  is  related  to  έτος,  as 
σήμερον  τήμερον  to  ήμερα,  cf.  στ'ιμε- 
ρον,  sub  tin.) 

ΤΗΤΗ,  ή,  like  σπάνις,  want,  in 
Gramm.  as  root  of  τητάω. 

Ύήτϊνος,  1),  ov,  or  τητινός,  A.  B. 
p.  66,  {τήτες)  of  this  year,  this  year's, 
Luc. 

Ύήτος,  εος,  τό,=^τήτη. 
^Ύηνγετον,  ov,  τό,  Ion.=Tai)'c- 
τον. 

Ύηνσιος,  α,  αν,  empty,  idle,  vain, 
undertaken  to  vo  pvrpose,  τηνσίη  οδός, 
Od.  3,  316  ;  15,  13  ;  τηνσιον  έπος,  an 
idle,  rash,  insolent  word,  H.  HoiH.  Ap. 
540.  Adv.-i(jf,Theocr.25,230.  (Ace. 
to  some  Ion.  for  -αίισιος  or  ταύσιμος, 
and  this  for  ανσιος,'=ματαως.  Oth- 
ers refer  it  to  αΰω,  ΰντέω,  wnsy,  emp- 

'!/)■  [*]         .  , 

•τί,  terniin.  of  seireral  oxytone 
advs.,  which  we  often  lind  changetl 
into  -τεί.  Ktibner,  Gr.  Gr.  φ  363 
Anm.  1,  holds  that  -rci  is  the  iermin. 
when  τ  belongs  to  the  root,  -τί,  when 
it  is  a  mere  intlexiun.  'l"he  quantity 
of  (  varies  in  a  way  not  ytt  satis- 
factorily explained,  v.  Lob.  Aj.  1213 
^i227),Blomf  Gloss,  ad  Aesch.  Pr.21. 

Tt  and  Tt,  neut.  from  τις  and  τις, 
q.  v. 

Τιάρα,  ας.  ή,  in  Hdt.  always  τιά- 
ρας, or  τιήρης,  ov.  6  : — ο  tifjr«,  the 
Persian  head-dress,  esp.  on  solemn 
occasions,  Hdt.  ],  132;  7,  61  ;  8,  120; 
worn  by  the  great  king,  Aesch.  Pers. 
661  ;  but  then  upright,  Xen.  An.  2, 
5,  23  ;  V.  sub  κνρβασία,  κίδαρις,  cf. 
Diet.  Antiqq. :  described  by  Curtius 
3,  3,  19,  regium  capitis  insigne,  quod 
caerulea  fascia  albo  dislincla  cncumibat, 
cf  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  3,  13:— Hdt.  3,  12 
joins  πί7.ονς  τιάρας,  ci. πίλος  II.  [ΰρ'\ 

^Ύ ιαρηντός,  ov,  6,  the  Tiarantus,  a 
branch  of  the  Ister,  Hdt.  4,  48. 

Τιάρας,  ov,  o,  Ion.  τιήρης,— τιάρα, 
Hdt.  [άρ] 

Τίάμις,  ή,  rare  collat.  form  from 
τιάρα,  Hesych. 

Τίάρόδεσμον,  ov,  τό,  and  -μος,  ό,  a 
band  for  fastening  the  tiara  behind ; 
written  also  τιαρίδεσμος. 

Τϊάροειδής,  ές,  (τιάρα,  είδος) 
shaped  like  a  tiara,  like  or  resembling 
one,  Xen.  An.  5,  4,  13. 

Τϊάροφόρος,  ov,  (φέρω)  wearing  a 
tiara. 

iTiaaa,  ή,  Tiasa,  daughter  of  the 
Eurotas,  and  a  river  of  Laconia, 
Pans.  3,  18,  6. 

■\Τίασσος,  ov,  ή,  a  fountain  of  La- 
conia,=foreg.,  Ath.  139  B. 

^Τιβαρηνία,  ας,  ή,  Tibarenia,  conn- 
try  of  the  Tibareni  on  the  Euxine, 
Strab.  p.  309 ;  ήΤιβαρηνών  παρα/ύα, 
i  Id.  p.  534. 


TIH 

■^Ύιβαρηνίς,  ίδος,  ή,  fern.  adj.  Ti- 

harenian ;  esp.  ή  Τ.  γαΙα,=Ύιβαρηνία, 
Ap-  Rh.  2,  1015. 

ίΤιβαμηνοέ,  ών,  οι,  the  Tibareni,  a 
people  oa  the  Euxine  between  the 
Chalybes  and  the  Mosynoeci,  Hdt.  3, 
94  ;  Xen.  .4n.  5,  5.  2  ;  Ap.  Rh.  2,  377. 

ίΎιβεριάς,  άόος,  ή,  Tilierias,  so 
called  from  the  emperor  Tiberiys,  a 
city  of  Galilee  on  the  lake  Genesa- 
reth,  N.  T. :  and  thi.s  lake  hence  also 
bO  called.  Id. 

ίΤφέριος.  ov.  6.  the  Rom.  name 
Tiberiiu:,  N.  T.  ;  also  ΎιβήριοςΊ 

iΎίβεpις.ό,the  Tiber,  Strab.  p. l.etc. 

Ύίβήν,  f/νος,  ό,  =  -ρίπους.  Lye. 
1104.  [rZ-?] 

Ύίβηνος,  ow,o,=  foreg. ;  perh.  akin 
to  ίβάνη,Ιβηνης:  cf.  Lob.  Paral.  138. 

ΥΤίβηρος,  ου,  ό,  Tiberus,  a  Paphla- 
gonian  name,  Strab.  p.  553 :  cf  Ti'.JiOf. 

\Ύίβίος,  ov,  b,  Tibius,  a  Phrygian 
masc.  pr.  name,  esp.  freq.  as  name  of 
slaves,  Strab.  p.  553.— Cf  Id.  p.  551. 

tTtiitffif,  ιος.ό,  the  Tibisis,  a  branch 
of  the  Ister  in  Thrace,  Hdt.  4,  49. 

iΎίβovpa,  ων,  τά,  Tibur,  in  Latium, 
Strab. :  hence  ΎιβουρτΙνος  οίνος,  ό, 
Tiburtine  wine,  Ath.  26  E. 

Ύιγγάβΰρι,  τό,  Att.  for  κιννύβαρι, 
Diocl.  Mel.  4.  [γα] 

ΎιγγάβάρΙνός,  ή,  όν,  vermilion-col- 
oured. 

tTi'yytf,  ιος  and  εως,  ή,  Tingis, 
capital  of  Mauritania,  Strab.  p.  238. 

\Ύιγράνης,  ov,  b,  Tigriines,  a  leader 
of  the  Persians,  Hdt.  7,  62.-2.  a  king 
of  the  Armenians,  Xen.  Cyr.  3,  1,  7, 
sqq. — 3.  a  Persian  satrap,  Dem.  193, 
4.—  Others  in  Luc. ;  etc. 

fTiypavOKtpra,  uv,  τά,  Tigrano- 
ceria,  a  city  of  Greater  Armenia,  built 
by  Tigranes,  Strab.  p.  532. 

tTt}p>;f,  ητος,  always  in  Xen.,  and 
Ύίγρις,  ιόος,  ό,  the  Tigris,  a  celebrated 
river  of  Asia,  joining  the  Euphrates, 
empties  into  the  Arabian  gulf  as  Πασί- 
τιγρις ;  gen.  also  ιος,  v.  Tzschucke 
Strab.  p.  521,  and  εως,  Eustath.  Dion. 
P.  V.  976  ;  dat.  also  Ύίγρει,  and  Ύίγρι, 
Strab.  p.  522  ;  ace.  also  Tiypiv,  Hdt. 
1,  189,  Ύίγριδα,  Hdn.  3,  74;  v.  Eu- 
stath. ad  Dion.  P.  w.  976, 988.— Two 
other  rivers  of  this  name  in  Armenia, 
Hdt.  5,  52,  V.  Bahr  ad  1.,  and  Kruger 
ad  Xen.  An.  4,  4,  3.  (Pers.  tir,  an 
arrow,  Sanscr.  tigra,  acutus.  Pott 
Et.  Forsch.  1,  235.) 

ΎίγρΙς,  ή,  also  ό,  Alex.  Wvpavv.  4, 
Arist.  H.  A.  8,  28,  14,  Theophr.  ;  the 
tiger.  The  declension  with  the  gen. 
τίγρίύς,  ace.  τίγριν,  nom.  plur.  τί- 
γρεις, gen.  t(jv,  seems  to  have  been 
the  best  Att.  ;  gen.  τίγριόος,  etc., 
not  till  later.  However  the  animal 
seems  to  have  been  unknown  in 
Greece  till  Alexander's  time  ;  Seleu- 
cns  sent  one  to  .\thens,  b  'Σελενκον 
τίγρίς,  Alex.  1.  c,  cf.  Meineke  Phi- 
lem.  p.  372.     Hence 

Τιγροειόής,  ες,  {είδος)  like  a  tiger, 
tiger-spotted. 

\Ύιγνρηνοί,  ύν,  oi,  the  Tigurini,  a 
Helvetian  people,  Strab.  p.  293. 

^Ύίεων,  ον.τό,^ΎΙον,  Strab.  p.  542. 

Ύίζϋύ,  (τι):  — to  be  always  asking 
'  what  r  Ar.  Fr.  689. 

Ύίη,  strengthd.  for  ri,  why  ?  where- 
fore ?  Hom.,  Hes.  and  Att.  Comedy : 
followed  by  a  particle,  τίη  δε,  II.  15, 
244,  Od  16,  421,  etc.  ;  -/?/  δη,  U.  21, 
436  ;  τ  IT]  τι  δη  ;  A  Γ.  Thesm.  84,  cf 
Nnb.  755. — It  is  usu.  written  oxytone 
in  Att.,  Buttrn.  Ausf.  Gr.  ^  117  Anm. 
5  ;  cf  ότιί).  (It  was  formed  from  τι, 
as  ότιή  from  ότί,  and  έπειή  from 
ίπεί  ■ — ace.  to  Buttin.,  Lexil.  sub  v. 
δείλη  9,  for  ri  δη.) 


ΤΙΘΗ 

Τί  ην  είναι,  τό,  as  subst.,  existence 
in  thought  0Γ  idea,  as  distinct  Irom  the 
matter  or  reality,  Arist.  Metaph.  6,  4, 
4,  6,  etc. 

Ύϊήρης,  ου,  ΰ.  Ion.  for  τιάρας,  Hdt. 

Ύίθαιβώσσω,  to  build,  make  a  nest, 
—of  bees,  to  make  hone.i/-combs,  Od. 
13,  106  ;  also  of  fowls,  Nic.  Th.  199. 
— II.  to  nourish,  foster,  tend,  Lyc.  622. 
(Akin  to  τιθύς.  τιθή,  τίτθη,  τιβήνη, 
τιθασός,  τιβασσός,  etc.) 

\Ύι.θαϊος,  ον,  ό,  Tithaeus,  son  of  Da- 
tis.a  leader  ofthe  Persians,  Hdt.  7,88. 

Ύΐβάς,  άδος,  ή,  όρνις,  like  τιθή, 
the  domestic  hen,  barn-door  fowl,  Allth. 
P.  9,  95. 

Ύίθΰσεία,ας,  η,{τιθασενω)  a  taming, 
domestication,  ιχθύων,  Plat.  Polit.  264 
C. 

Ύϊθάσενμα,  ατός,  τό,  (τιθασεύω) 
a  device  for  taming  or  domesticating. 

Ύϊθύσενσις,  εως,  ή,(τιθασενω)  a  tam- 
ing, domesticating,  prob.  1.  Theophr. 

Τίθάσεντί/ρ,  ήρος,  (),=  sq. 

Ύϊθάσεντής.  ob,  ό,  (τιθασεύω)  one 
who  tames,  domesticates,  Ar.  Vesp.  704. 
Hence 

ΎΙΘΰσευτικός,ή,  όν,  tameable,  Arist. 
H.  A.  1,  1,  33. 

Τίθΰσευτός,  ^,όΐ',  verb,  adj.,  tamed : 
tameable. 

Ύΐθΰσεντυρ,  ορός,  ό,  poet,  for  τι- 
θασευτής. 0pp.  C.  2,  543. 

Ύΐθΰσεύω,  to  tame,  domesticate.  Plat. 
Rep.  589  B,  etc. ;  τιθασεύοντες  τύ 
χρήσιμα  των  ζώων,  Xeii.  Mem.  4,  3, 
10  : — metaph.,  νμΰς  τιθασεύυυσι  χει- 
ροήθεις  ποιονντες,  Dem.  37,  9  :  from 

Ύϊθασός,  όν,  not  so  well  τίθασος, 
(τιθής,  τιθή,  τίτθη,  τιθήνη)  :  tamed, 
domesticated  ;  esp.  of  animals,  tame, 
domestic,  Lat.  cicur,  χήν.  Soph.  Fr. 
745,  cf  Epic  rat.  Lai's  ;  opp.  to  άγρι- 
ος, Plat.  Polit.  264  A  :— and  so  of 
plants,  cultivated,  reared  in  gardens, 
etc.,  Plut.  Cor.  3  ;  hence  adv.  -σώς, 
τ.  ίχειν,  to  be  reclaimed.  Plat.  Tim. 
77  A  : — τιθασος  Άρης,  domestic,  in- 
testine strife,  like  εμφύλιος,  Aesch. 
Eum.  356. — The  forms  τιθασσός,  τι- 
θασσένω,  etc.,  are  rejected  by  Bekk. 
in  Plat.,  and  Dem.,  though  he  retains 
them  in  Arist., — that  is,  he  thinks 
them  less  good  Att. ;  they  are  never 
found  in  poets.     Hence 

ΎΙΘΰσοτρόφος,  ov,  (τρέφω)  keeping 
tame  animals,  Opp.  C.  1,  354. 

Ύιθασσεία,  τιθασσός,  etc.,  v.  sub 
τιθασείη,  etc. 

Ύΐθάσσω,  rare  coUat.  form  from  τι- 
θασεύω. 

Τίθέαμεν,  for  τίθεμεν,  as  διδύαμεν 
for  δίδομεν,  1  pi.  pres.  from  τίθημι. 
Lob.  Phryn.  245 ;  so  τιθέάσι.  Ion. 
and  Att.  3  pi.  for  τιθεΐσι,  τιθέΰται  for 
τίθενται. 

Ύιθέμεν,  for  τιθέναι,  inf  of  τίθημι, 
Hes.  Op.  742,  Pind.  P.  1,  78. 

Ύίθεμμι,  Aeol.  for  τίθημι. 

Τίθεν,  Aeol,  Dor.  and  Ep.  for  έτί- 
θεσαν,  3  pi.  impf  from  τίθημι. 

Ύίθεσκε,  Ion.  3  impf.  from  τίθημι. 

Ύίθεντήρ,  ήρος.  ό,=τιθηνός,Οτ.  Sib. 

Ύϊθεύω,  dub.  form  of  τιτθεύω. 

Ύιθέω,ροεί.  iormoi τίθημι, usedhy 
Hom.  only  in  3  impf  ίτίθει,  τίθει :  of 
the  pres.  we  have  2  sing,  τιθείς,  Pind. 
P.  8,  14  ;  3  sing,  τιθεϊ.  Mimnerm.  1, 
6 ;  5,  7  ;  never  in  Att.,  Pors.  Or.  141. 

Ύϊθή,  ή,  rare  collat.  form  from  τίτ- 
θη, τιθήνη. 

Τίθημι,  τίθης,  τΊθησι,  but  2  sing, 
in  Hom.  always  τίθησθα.  which  is 
also  the  2  sing,  impf  in  Od.  9,  404 ; 
3  pi.  τιθεΐσι,  Horn.,  and  Hes.  ;  Ion. 
and  Att.  τιθέάσι :  inf  τιθέναι,  Hom., 
and  Hes.  ;  also  τιθήμεναι,  II.  23,  83  ; 
and  τιθέμεν  (v.  sub  voc).     Of  the 


ΤΙΘΗ 

impf.  έτίθην.  Hom.  has  only  3  pi. 

τίθεσαν,  Od.  22,  456  ;  Ion.  τίθεσκον, 
also  έτίθεα.  He  also  has  the  collat. 
form  τιθέω,  q.  v.  Fut.  θήσω,  Ep.  in£ 
θησέμεναι,  ΐίοιη.,θησέμεν,  Pind.  Aor. 

1  έθηκα,  Horn.,  and  Hes., — with  and 
without  augm.  Pf.  τέθεικα.  plqpf• 
έτεθείκειν,  post-Horn.  Aor.  2  ίθην, 
in  Hom.  usu.  without  augm.,  esp.  in 
3  pi.  θέσαν  :  opt.  θείην :  subj.  θω. 
Ion.  resolved  θέω,  whence  θέωμεν 
(pronounced  as  dissyll.),  Od.  24,  485  ; 
and  lengthd.  Ep.  θείω,  Hom. ;  θεί• 
ομεν  for  θείωαεν,  θώμεν,  11.  23,  244, 
Od.  13,  364;'  but  2  sing,  θήης,  not 
θείτ)ς,  II.  16,  96,  Spitzn.  Exc.  i.  ad 
II. :'  inf  θειναι,  in  Hom  also  θέμεναι, 
and  sometimes  in  Od.  θέμεν,  so  too 
Hes.  Op.  61,  67 :  imperat.  θές  for 
θέθι.  (Both  aorists  are  common,  but 
the  inf  and  part,  are  always  formed 
from  aor.  2.) — Mid.  τίθεμαι,  Ep.  part. 
τιθήμενος,  11.  10,  34  :  impf  ίτιθεμην, 
rare  in  Hom.  Fut.  θήσομαι,  post- 
Horn.  Aor.  1  mid.  έθηκάμην,  whence 
θήκατο,  11.  10,  31,  Hes.  Sc.  128,  part. 
θηκάμενος,  Pind.  P.  4.  51,  201.     Aor. 

2  mid.  έθέμην,  freq.  in  Horn..  3  opt. 
θεϊτο,  Od.  17,  225;  θέο,  imperat.  for 
θέσο,  θον,  Od.  10,  333.  The  aor.  I 
mid.  belongs  exclus.  to  Ion.  and  Dor. . 
the  .^tt.  use  only  the  aor.  2.  Pass. 
τίθεμαι :  fut.  τεθήσομαι :  aor.  έτέ- 
θην  :  pf  τέθειμαι :  plqpf  ετεθείμην : 
Horn,  has  not  the  pass,  at  all.  (The 
root  was  BE-,  ΘΗ-,  whence  τίθημι; 
as  Sanscr.  dndhami  from  dha.)  [ri,  as 
a  mere  redupl.] 

Radic.  signf  to  put,  set, place  ;  then, 
generally,  to  bring  a  thing  into  a  place, 
put  it  therein  ;  and  so,  to  bring  into  a 
situation  or  condition,  to  bring  about, 
cause.  The  mid.  in  Hom.  only  dif- 
fers from  the  act.,  in  the  action  being 
strictly  reflected  on  the  subject,  or 
something  immediately  connected 
with  it,  cf  II.  3,  310  ;  10,  31  :  so  that 
it  is  difficult  to  separate  them. 

A.  in  strictly  local  signf,  to  set, 
put,  place,  followed  rather  by  in  than 
into,  like  Lat.  ponere  and  collocare,  r. 
έν  .  .  ,  Horn. ;  also  c.  dat.  only,  Od. 
10,  333,  etc. :  more  rarely,  to  put  into, 
εις  .  .  ,  II.  23,  704  ;  24,  797 :  also,  r. 
έπί  OT  μετά  τινι  ;  also,  r.  έτνί  τίνος, 
Od.  6,  252 ;  άμφί  τινι,  11.  10,  34  ;  άνό 
τινι,ΊΙ  8,  441  ;  ύπό  τινι,  11.  24,  644; 
ύπό  τι,  Od.  4,  445;  etc. — Special 
usages  : — I.  θεϊναί  τινί  τι  έν  χερί  or 
χερσίν,  e.  g.  γέρας,  κίθαριν,  to  place 
It  ίίΐ  his  hand,  give  it  him  by  so  doing, 
Hom.  ;  also,  r.  οπ'ον  έν  χείρεσσι,  to 
hand  the  wine  to  him,  Od.  14,  448  : 
in  mid.,  of  women,  θέσθαι  νίόν,  παϊδα 
v~b  ζώνη,  to  have  a  child  put  under 
her  girdle,  i.  e.  to  conceive,  H.  Hom. 
Veil.  256,283:  metaph.,  θειναι  τινι 
έπος,  μένος  έν  φρεσ'ι,  βονλήν,  νόον, 
θυμόν  εν  στήθεσσι,  to  plant  a  word, 
warning,  etc.,  in  his  mind,  like  the 
Att.  νουθετέω,  (where  we  rather  say, 
to  put  him  in  mind,  in  a  rage,  etc.), 
Horn. ;  but,  τιθέμεν  νόω,  to  lay  a  thing 
to  one's  own  heart,  bear  in  mind, 
Pind.  P.  1,  78;  and  in  mid.,  θέσθαι 
θνμον  έν  στήθεσσι,  to  lay  up  wrath 
in  one's  heart,  treasure  it  there,  II.  9, 
629 ;  so,  αιδώ  καΐ  νέμεσιν  έν  φρεσι 
θέσθαι.  II.  13,  121  ;  θέσθαι  τινι  κότον, 
to  harbour  enmity  against  him,  II.  8, 
449  ;  θέσθαι  νυον  καθαρόν,  Theogn. 
89 ;  τιθέμενος  άγναμπτον  νόον,  Aesch. 
Pr.  163:  absol.,  έν  φρεσι  θέσθαι,  ο. 
inf,  to  bear  in  mind,  think  of  doing  a 
!  thing,  Od.  4,  729  ;  cf  βάλλω  III.— 
!  II.  to  set,  place,  fix  upon  a  thing,  επί 
φρένα  θήχ' ίεροίσι,  he  turned  his  mind, 
,  gave  his  attention  to  them,  II.  10,  46. 
1495 


ΤΙΘΗ 

— Til.  to  fix,  settle,  τ.  Tspuara.  tn  set 
the  boundaries,  II.  23,  333,  0(i.  8, 
193  :  esp.,  r.  άγώΐ'α,  to  appoint,  hold 
games,  Hdt.,  etc.  ;  πεί'τετηβίόα  τ.,  to 
institute  it,  Pind.  O.  3,  38  :  usu.  of  tlie 
prizes  in  these  games,  to  bring  them 
out,  Lat.  propottere,  άεΟλα,  11.23,  263, 
etc.  ;  in  full,  θεΐναι  Ις  μέσσον,  lb. 
704  ;  in  Att.  usu.  έν  μέσω  τ.,  Lat.  in 
medio  ponere,  to  lay  before  people  (but 
in  Aesch.  Cho.  145  to  interpose  as  a 
parenthesis) ;  νμίν  ίς  μέσον  ('φχην 
Τίθε'ις,  placing  it  at  your  disposal, 
Hdt.  3,  142:  elsewh.  r.  τι  εις  τυ 
κοινύν,  Xen.  Mem.  3,  14,  1. — 2.  to 
assign,  award,  τιμήν  τινί,  Π.  24,  57: 
esp.  τ.  νόμοι',  to  assign,  fix,  give 
law,  of  a  supreme  legislator,  Plat. 
Rep.  339  C,  Dem.  731,  21,  etc.  ;  but 
βέσΟαι  νόμον,  strictly,  to  give  one^s 
self  a  law,  of  any  procedure  under  re- 
publican forms,  and  hence  usu.  in 
cases  of  Greek  lawgiving,  Hdt.  1,29, 
etc.;  cf.  Stallb.  Plat.  Gorg.  483  B; 
lience  the  word  θεσμός  for  νόμος,  τι- 
θέναι  θεσμόν,  Aesch.  Eum.  484  :  so, 
uyopjjv  Οέσθαι,  to  hold  or  call  an  as- 
sembly of  the  people,  Od.  9,  171,  etc. 
(where,  however,  the  mid.  may  mean 
to  call  it  for  ojie's  own  business)  :  hence, 
•^—3.  generally,  to  ordain,  establish,  or- 
der, ούτω  vvv  Ζευς  θεί//,  So  may  Ju- 
piter ordain  for  me...,  Od.  8,  465,  etc. 
— 4.  όνομα  θεΐναί  τινι,  to  fix  a  name 
lipon  him,  solemnly  give  it,  Od.  1 9,  403 : 
but  usu.  in  mid.,  όνομα  θέσθαι — not 
reflexively,  to  give  oiit's  self  a  name, 
but  to  give  a  child  either  one''s  own 
name,  or  at  least  a  name  at  one's  own 
discretion,  Od.  19,  406,  Hdt.  1,  113, 
etc. ;  so  always  in  Att.,  V^alck.  Phoen. 
12.— 5.  in  mid.,  to  fix  in  common  with 
others,  agree  upon,  ήμέραν,  Dem.  1039, 
6.— IV.  to  place,  set  up,  erect,  esp.  to 
deposit  in  a  temple,  like  άνατΊθημι,  to 
devote,  dedicate,  αγάλματα,  Od.  12, 
317,  cf.  II.  6,  92,  Valck.  Phoen.  577 ; 
hence — 2.  of  artists,  to  exhibit  their 
works  ;  then,  also,  to  represent,  por- 
tray in  a  work  of  art,  of  the  shield  of 
Achilles,  II.  18,  541,550,  etc. ;  so,po- 
iiere  virum,  Hor.  Od.  4,  8,  8,  A.  P.  31. 
— V.  to  assign  to  a  place  or  class,  to 
hold,  reckon,  TL  elr  τι.  Plat.  Soph.  264 
C,  cf  235  A  ;  also,  εν  τινι,  lb.  236 
C  :  freq.  in  mid.,  τίθεσβαί  τίνα  kv 
τιμί),ΐο  Λο/rf  him  in  honour,  Hdt.  3, 
3;  but,  τιθέναι  h  αιτία,  Hdt.  8,  99  ; 
r.  Ti  έν  αίσχρφ,  to  reckon  it  for  shame- 
ful, Eur.  Hec.  806:  τιθέναι  τινά  Iv 
φιλοσόφοις,  Plat.  Rep.  475  D  ;  also, 
θεΐναι  έν  μέρει  τινός.  Id.  Soph.  252 
Β,  and  so  in  mid. : — then,  generally, 
to  hold,  reckon  for  or  as,  esp.  in  mid., 
implying  that  such  is  one's  own  opin- 
ion, so  c.  dupl.  ace,  τί  ό'  έλέγχεα 
ταύτα  τΊθεσθε  ;  why  hold  you  this/or 
a  reproach.'  Od.  21,  333:  and  so,= 
ήγεΐσθαι,  νομίζειν,  to  hold,  believe, 
Οέσθαι  παρ'  ονδέν,  to  set  at  nought, 
Aesch.  Ag.  230  ;  but  also  in  act.,  f*ei- 
ναί  Tiva  των  πεπεισμένων,  to  put  him 
down,  reckon  him  for  one  of  them, 
Plat.  Rep.  424  C,  cf  Dem.  615,  22.— 
VI.  to  place  to  account,  in  ratio7iem  re- 
ferre,  Dem.  825,  2  ;  839,  24.— VII.  την 
^ρΡμρον  τιθέναι,  to  put  the  pebble  down 
on  the  board,  count,  reckon :  but  in 
mid.,  τίθεσθαι  φήφον,  to  put  down 
one's  pebble  or  ballot,  to  give  one's 
vote,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  3,  17  ;  ίπϊ  φόνφ, 
for  death,  Eur.  Or.  756;  hence  also, 
τίθεσθαι  την  γνώμ>/ν,  to  determine,  c. 
inf,  Hdt.  7,  82;  ταύτζΐ,  Ar.  Eccl. 
658  ;  περί  τίνος,  Andoc'  26,  9  ;  τίθε- 
σθαι τινι  (sc.  77/1^  φήψορ),  in  his  fa- 
vour; and  so,  τίθεσθαι  tFj  γνώμτι,  to 
agree  to  the  opinion,  Soph!  Phil.  1448, 
1496 


ΤΙΘΗ 

ubi  V.  Harm. — 2.  to  pay  down,  pay, 
discharge,  καταβολής,  μετοίκων,  etc., 
Dem.  791,  21  ;' 845,  21.— VIII.  to  de- 
posit, as  in  a  bank,  Dem.  1236,  fin.  ; 
for  which  hovs'ever  Hdt.  0,  86  has  the 
mid.,  χρήματα  θέσθαι  παριΊ  τίνα,  to 
deposit  one's  money  in  his  hantls  : — 
also,  to  deposit  a  pledge  and  borrow 
money,  a  βείς,  the  mortgager,  ύ  θέμε- 
νος,  the  mortgagee.  Plat.  Legg.  820  Κ  ; 
cf  Lob.  Phryn.  468.— IX.  in  military 
language,  τίθεσθαι  tu  όπλα,  has 
three  signfs. ; — 1.  to  stack,  pile  arms, 
as  in  a  camp,  to  bivouac,  esp.  in  the 
face  of  an  enemy,  Thuc.  4,  44  ;  7,  3  : 
hence,  όπλα  τ.,  to  encamp,  take  up  a 
position,  Valck.  Hdt.  9,  52,  Xen.  An. 
1,  5,  17,  etc. — 2.  to  get  soldiers  under 
arms,  to  draw  up  in  position,  in  array, 
άντία  τινός,  against  one,  Hdt.  5,  74, 
(but  in  1,  62,  ίΐντία  τον  ναού  seems 
to  be  merely  over  against  it,  cf.  Poppo 
Ind.  Xen.  Anab.)  :  poet.,  πύτρας  'ένε- 
κα εις  ότ/ριν  ίθεντο  όπλα,  Inscr.  ap. 
Dem.  322,  6.  —  3.  to  lay  down  one's 
arms,  surrender,  Plut.  2,  759  A  :  SO, 
πόλεμον  θέσθαι,  to  settle,  end  it,  Thuc. 

1,  82: — but,  —  4.  εύ  θέσθαι  όπλα, 
merely  to  keep  one's  arms  in  good  order, 
Xen.  Cyr.  4,  5,  3  ;  like  εν  ασπίδα  θέ- 
πθω,  II.  2,  382.— Χ.  to  lay  in  the  grave, 
oury,  Thuc.  1,  138. 

B.  nietaph.,  to  put  in  a  certain  state 
or  condition,  much  the  same  as  τΓΟί- 
εϊσθαι,  and  so  oft.  to  be  rendered  by 
our  make:  hence, — I.  of  persons,  to 
make  one  something,  appoint,  θεϊναί 
Tiva  μάντιν,  ίέρειαν,  Od.  15,  253,  II. 
6,  300 ;  so,  6.  τινά  βασιλέα,  ΰρχίπο- 
λίν,  Pind.  Ο.  13,  31,  P.  9,  93:  θεΐναί 
Tiva  γυναικά  τίνος,  to  make  her  an- 
other's wife,  of  a  third  person  who 
negociates  a  marriage,  11.  19,  298  ; 
bat  in  mid.,  θέσθαι  τινά  γυναίκα  or 
ίίκοιτιν,  to  make  her  one's  wife,  take 
her  to  wife,  Od.  21,  72,  316;  τ/τε  με 
τοϊονεθ/ικε  όπως  (θέλει,  whohasmade 
me  such  as  she  will,  Od.  16,  208  ;  συς 
εθηκας  έταίρονς,  thou  hast  made  my 
comrades  swine,  Od.  10,  338 ;  so,  vavv 
λάαν  εθηκε,  Od.  13,  103,  cf.  11.  2, 
318:  also,  θέσθαι  τινά  γέλωτα,  to 
make  one  a  laugh,  a  laughingstock, 
Hdt.  3,  29  ;  7,  209  ;  but,  θεϊναί  τινι 
γέ'λων,  to  cause  them  laughter,  Eur. 
Ion  1172. — 2.  with  an  adj.,  θεϊναί 
Tiva  άθάνατον  και  άγήραον,  to  make 
him  undying  and  undecaying,  Od.  5, 
136;  so,  τυψλόχ',  άφνειόν  τ.  τινά,  II. 
Ο,  139;  9,483;  ζηλωτόν,  Pind.,  etc. 
— 3.  τίθεσθαι  τίνα  παίύα,  to  juake  him 
one's  child,  adopt  him.  Plat.  Legg. 
929  C. — 4.  C.  inf,  to  make  one  do  so 
and  so,  τιθέναι  Tivu  νικήσαι,  to  make 
him  conquer,  Pind.  N.  10,  89;  μετά- 
τρέπειν,  Fr.  164.— II.  of  things,  etc., 
to  make,  prepare,  cause,  bring  to  pass, 
έργα,  II.  3,  321  ;  τ.  κέ?Μδον  και  άντί/ν, 
to  make  an  Uproar,  II.  9,  547  ;  όρνμαγ- 
όόν,  Od.  9,  2.35  ;  c.  dat.  pers..  τ.  φόως 
έτάροισι,  to  bring  light  to  his  com- 
rades, II.  0,  6 ;  so,  χάρματ  άλλοις 
έθηκεν,  Pind.  Ο.  2.  180  ;  πόλει  κατα- 
σκαφάς  θέντες,  Aesch.  Theb.  47 ; 
ειρήνην  φίλοις.  Id.  Pers.  769;  etc.— 

2.  Ireq.  in  mid.,  to  make  or  prepare  for 
one's  self,  θεσθαι  κέλενθον,  to  make 
one's  self  a  road,  open  a  way,  II.  12, 
418;  μεγάλιιν  έπιγοννίδα  θέσθαι,  to 
make  one's  self,  get  a  large  thigh,  Od. 
17,  225,  cf.  18,  74 :  θέσθαι  πύνον,  to 
work  one's  self  annoy,  Aesch.  Eum. 
226  ;  μαρτύρια  θέσθαι,  to  procure  one's 
self  testimony,  Hdt.  8,  55 ;  χάριν  τί- 
θεσθαι τινι,  to  win  favour  from  a  per- 
son, do  him  a  kindness,  Hdt.  9,  90, 
107  ;  θήκασθαι  ανδρός  αιδοίου  προς- 
oxpiv,  to  put  on  the  aspect  of  a  rever- 


ΤΙΘΥ 

end  man,  Pind.  P.  4,  52,  cf.  Interjjp. 
Hesych.  1,  p.  1710. — 3.  εν  or  καλώς 
θέσθαι  τι,  to  manage  or  arrange  a  thing 
well  ybr  one's  self,  to  make  good  use  of, 
Hdt.  7,  236,  Valck.  Hipp.  708,  cf. 
supra  A.  tin. 

C.  τίθημι  c.  ace.  oft.  stands  po- 
riphr.  for  a  simple  verb,  σκέδασιν 
θεΐνΰΐι,  Ιο  make  a  scattering,  for  σκε- 
δάσαι,  Od.  1,  116:  so,  θεΙναι  κρνφον, 
νέμεσιν,  aivov,  for  κρνπτειν,  νέμε- 
σάν,  αΐνείν,  Pind.  Ο.  7,  111  ;  8,  114, 
Ν.  1,  5:  also  in  mid.,  θέσθαι  μύχην 
ίοχ  μόχεσθαι,  11.24,402;  θέσθαι  θυ- 
σίαν,  γάμον.  for  θνειν,  γημεΐσθαι, 
Pind.  Ο.  7,  77  ;  13,  75 ;  θέσθαι  σπον- 
δί/ν  άμφί  Τίνος,  Pind.  Ρ.  4.  492  ;  τ. 
έπιστροφην  πρό  τίνος,  Soph.  Ο.  Τ. 
134  ;  but  usu.  c.  gen.,  θ.  λιισμοσννην, 
σνγγνωμοσννην  τινός,  Soph.  Ant. 
151,  Tr.  1265. 

Ύϊθηνεία,  ας,  ή,~τιθηνία,  Ορρ.  Η. 

I,  663. 
Ύιθηνενω,^8<\. 

Ύίθηνέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  take  care  of, 
tend,  nurse,  but  usu.  in  mid.  (v.  Scliiif. 
Mel.  p.  82),  H.  Horn.  Cer.  142,  Xen. 
Cyr.  8,  5,  19 :  generally,  to  keep,  like 
θεραπεύω,  ov  (where)  πότνιαι  σεμνά 
τιθηνοννται  τέλη  θνατοϊσιν,  Soph. 
Ο.  C.  1050  :  from 

Ύίθηΐ'η,  ης,  ή,  strictly  fem.  from 
τιθηνός,  a  nurse,  uaiting-uoman,  maid, 

II.  6,  389;  παις  ΰτερ  ό>ς  φίλας  τιθή- 
νας.  Soph.  Phil.  704,  cf.  Plat.  Tim. 
49  A,  etc. ; — metaph.,  Aetna  is  called 
χιόνος  τίθήνα,  Pind.  P.  I.  39:  gene- 
rally ior  μητηρ,  Coluth.  372. 

Ύϊθήνημα,  ατός,  τό,  (τιθΐ}νέω)  a 
nurselini',  ίήδα  έαρος  Τ-,  Chaerem.  ap. 
Ath.  C08  Ε. 

Ύΐθίμ'ησις.  εως,  ή,  {τιβηνέι^)  α 
nursing,  tending,  rearing.  Plat.  Legg. 
790  C. 

Ύίθηνήτεφα,  η,=τιβ)μ'η,  Antip. 
Sid.  45. 

Ύίθι/νητήρ,  ήρος,6,=ζ  τιθηνός,  Anth. 
Plan.  179. 

ΎΙΘηνητήριος,  a,  ov,  rtursiyig,  tend 
ing.  Anth.  P.  9,  1. 

ΎΙΘηνία,  ας,  ή,=τιθήνησις,  LXX 

Ύΐθιμ•ός,  όν,  nursing,  lending,  rear 
ing,  πόνων  τιθηνονς  τροφάς  άποδι- 
όόναι,  i.  e.  to  keep  and  feed  a  nurse 
in  return  for  her  labours,  Eur.  I.  A. 
1230  : — also  ό  τ.,  as  subst.,  07ie  uhn 
nurses  or  brings  up,  a  foster  father, 
tutor,  Nic.  Al.  31  ;  and  ή  τιθηνΟΓ.=: 
τιθήνη,  Pind.  Fr.  14.  (From  τιΟή, 
τίτβιμ  τιθός,  etc.) 

Ύίθησθα.  \οη.{οττίθης,2&\ηζ.  from 
τίθημι,  Od  9,  404  :  24,  470. 

νΐ'ιθορέα,  ας,  ή,  Tiihorea,  a  city  of 
Pliocis,  on  Mt.  Parnassus,  Pans.  10, 
32,  8. — 2.  the  northwestern  summit 
of  Parnassus,  Hdt.  8,  32. 

Ύΐθός,  η,  όν,=  τιθασός,  Aral.  960, 
Ael. 

\ΎίΟρας,  αντος,  ό,  Tithras,  an  At- 
tic ileme  of  the  tribe  Aegeis.     Hence 

\Ύιθράσιος,  a.  ov,  of  Tithras,  Ti- 
thrasian,  Ar.  Ran.  477. 

\Ύιθρανστης,  ov,  ό,  Tithraustes,  a 
Persian  governor  in  Lydia,  Xen. 
Hell.  3,  4,  25. 

^Ύιθρώνιον,  ου,  τό,—  Ύεθρώνιον, 
Pans.  10,  3,  2. 

Ύίθΰμάλίς,  ίδος,  η.=ζ  τιθύμα?ος 
παρύλιοε,  Ορρ. — The  form  θνμάλίς, 
ϊδης,  ?).ίη  Nic.  Th.  617,  is  rejected 
by  Schneider. 

■\Τιθύμαλλος,  ov,  b,  TiihymnUns, 
name  of  a  parasite  in  comedy,  Aristo- 
phon  Pyth.  1,2. 

ΎΙΘνμύ'λος  (not  so  well  τιθνμαλ- 
λος),  ό,  spurge,  euphorbia,  Cralin. 
Incert.  135,  Ar.  Eccl.  405 :  heterwi. 
pi.  τιθύμαλα,  Anth.  P.  9,217.— Many 


ΤΙΚΤ 

kinds  were  known  to  the  ancients : 
—  1.  -.  αΙ)()ην,  also  χαρακιάς,  κομή- 
της, ύμνγόαλοειδής  and  κο)/ίιός. — 2. 
τ.  θήλυς,  also  καρνίτης,  μνρτίτης 
and  μνρσινίτης. — 3.  -.  παράλιος,  also 
τιθνμαλίς. — 4.  τ.  ήλιησκόπίος. — 5.  τ. 
Κυπαρισσίας. — 6.  τ.  δενόρώόης. — 7.  τ. 
ιτ'λατύφν?.λος.  Physicians  used  the 
juice  or  berries,  as  a  purgative  or 
emetic. — (  Prob.  from  βύμος,  from 
some  likeness  to  the  plant  βνμος  or 
to  a  wart  ;  v.  θίψος  11).  [f] 

Ύιθανός,  ov  poet,  olo,  ό,  Tithonus, 
brother  of  Pnam,  husband  of  Aurora, 
and  father  of  Memnon,  \\\.  11,  1 ;  20, 
237;  H.  Ven.  219;  Hes.  Th.  984t, 
etc.  : — metaph.  of  a  decrepit  old  man, 
Ar.  Ach.  688, — because,  as  the  tale 
went,  Aurora  begged  Jupiter  to  grant 
immortality  to  Tithonus,  but  forgot 
to  ask  for  eternal  youth,  so  that  he 
kept  pinmg  away  for  ever. 

}ΎίκΙνον,  ov,  TO,  Tichium,  a  city 
of  Gallia  Cisalpina,nowPai;ia,  Strab. 
p.  217. 

iΎίκivoς.  ov,  b,  the  Tictnus,  a  river 
of  Gallia  Gisalpina  joining  the  Po, 
now  the  Tesino,  Strab.  209. 

Ύικτικός,  ή,  όν,  of  or  belonging  to 
childbirth,  τ.  φύρμακον,  ameaicme  used 
for  women  lying  in,  Ar.  Fr.  690:   from 

Τίκτω,  lengthd.  from  root  TEK-  :■ 
fut.  τέίοι,  Od.  11,  249,  H.  Hom. 
Merc.  493  ;  usu.  τάζομαι,  Od.  19,  99, 
Hes.  Th.  469,  898,  H.  Hom.  Ap.  101  ; 
poet,  also  τεκονμαι,  inf.  τεκησθαι, 
Η.  Hom.  Ven.  127,  though  Buttm. 
questions  this  form,  as  also  τεξείεσθε 
in  Arat.  124  :  aor.  ετεκον :  pf.  τέτο• 
κα,  part,  τετοκώς,  via,  ός,  Hes.  Op. 
589.  The  pf.  pass,  τέτεγμαι  and 
aor.  έτέχθην.  are  used  by  Hipp.,  Pau- 
san.,  Anacreont,  39,  8;  41,  1;  but 
not  in  good  Att. ;  τέτογμαι  only  in 
Synes.;  aor.  1  act.  ίτεξα  is  very  rare, 
Lob.  Phryn.  743. — Only  poets  use 
τίκτομαι  as  dep.  mid.  in  same  signf. 
as  act.,  Aesch.  Fr.  38;  aor.  1,  τέξα- 
σβαι,  Hes.  Th.  889,  though  here  the 
reading  varies  :  freq.  in  aor.  2,  έτε- 
κόμην,  τέκετο,  τεκέσθαι. — Of  these 
tenses  Hom.  has  pros,  and  impf.,  but 
most  freq.  aor.  ετεκον,  τέκον,  also  not 
seldom  in  the  mid.  form,  τεκέσθαι, 
τέκετο  ;  the  f.  τέξω,  τέξομαι,\'.  supra. 

To  bring  into  the  world  : — 1.  USU.  of 
the  mother,  to  bring  forth,  bear,  Lat. 
parere,  τέκνα,  παΐόα,  νίόν,  etc.,  first 
m  Hom. :  usu.  c.  dat.  pers.,  to  bear  a 
child  to  a  father  ;  but  also  υπό  τινι, 
11.  2,  714,  728,  742,  etc. ;  also,  r.  εκ 
τίνος,  to  have  a  child  by  a  father,  Isae. 
39,  29  ;  ή  τεκοϋσα,  the  mother  (cf. 
infra  3) ;  and  in  prose,  Plat.  Charm. 
158  B. — 2.  of  the  father,  to  beget,  not 
rare  in  Horn.,  who  uses  the  aor.  mid., 
mostly  in  this  signf.,  yet  not  always, 
V.  II.  2.  742  ;  6,  206  ;  22,  48  ;  also  in 
act.,  Hes.  Th.  208.  287,  Fr.  10,  2, 
Aesch.  Eum.  660  (cf.  infra  3) ;  but  in 
mid.,  Id.  Fr.  32,  1,  Eur.  I.  Α.,  Hel. 
216,  H.  F.  1023.— 3.  of  both  parents, 
II,  22,  234,  481,  Od.  7,  55;  23,  61, 
Hes.  Th.  45  :  hence,  οι  τεκόντες,  the 
parents,  Aesch.  Theb.  49,  Soph.  O. 
T.  999,  etc. ;  c.  gen.,  just  like  o'l 
τοκείς,  ιόντων  τοΙς  τεκονσι,  Aesch. 
Pers.  245  : — and  so,  separately,  6  τε• 
κών,  the  father,  Aesch.  Cho.  690, 
Soph.  O.  C.  1108;  ή  τεκοϋσα,  the 
mother,  Aesch.  Theb.  928,  etc.  ;  c. 
gen.,  0  κείνου  τεκών,  Eur.  El.  335  ; 
— but  the  accent  does  not  change. 
Lob.  Phryn.  322  :  also,  oi  τεκόμενοι, 
of  the  mother,  Aesch.  Cho.  419.— II. 
of  beasts,  to  bear  young,  breed,  11.  10, 
150,  Hes.  Op.  589  ;  of  the  hare,  τα 
nev  τέτοκε,  τα  όέ  τίκτει,  τα  όέ  κύει, 


ΤΙΛΤ 

Xen.  Cyn.  5,  13  :  of  birds,  to  hatch, 
11.  2,  313:  ώα  τίκτειν,  to  lay  eggs, 
Hdt.  2,  68.— 111.  of  trees,  to  bear,  pro- 
duce, ij  γή  τίκτονσα  noiuv,  Eur.  Cycl. 
333;  καρπόν,  Ar.  Nub.  1103:  in 
mid.,  Aesch.  Cho.  127.— IV.  metaph., 
to  produce,  generate,  bring  about,  Αέγω 
Tijv  χώρην  'λιμον  τέξεσθαι,  Hdt.  7, 
49 :  έπειχθήναι  τίκτει  σφάλματα, 
Id.  7,  10,  6  ;  το  γάρ  δνςσερές  έργον 
μετά  μεν  πλείονα  τίκτει,  Aesch.  Ag. 
760 ;  μή  θράσος  τίκττι  φόβον.  Id. 
Ι  Supp.  498;  χάρις  χάριν  γάρ  έστιν  ή 
τίκτουσ'  άει,  Soph.  Aj.  522  ;  μέλι], 
βήματα,  Eur.  Supp.  180,  Ar.  Ran. 
1059  ;  ά  άίί  τίκτει  πόλεμον  και  έχ- 
θραν.  Plat.  Rep.  547  A  ;  πυρ  τέξεται, 
Xen.  Cyr.  7,  5,  23  ;  etc. 

Τίλαί,  αϊ,  any  thing  pulled  to  pieces ; 
flocks,  motes  floating  in  the  air,  Plut.  2, 
722  A,  cf.  τίλος. 

ΙΤιλοταίΟί,  ων,  οι,  the  Tilataei,  a 
Thracian  people  around  Mt.  Scomius, 
Thuc.  2,  96. 

Ύϊλύω,  ώ,  ί.  -ήσω,  to  have  a  thin 
stool,  χολην  τι7ιάν,  Hippon.  40.  Hence 

Ύίλημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  thin  stool,  [i] 

Ύι'λλάρια,  τά,  v.  τιτλάρια. 

^Ύι'λ'λιβορος,  ov,  δ,  Tilltborus,  a 
famous  highwayman,  Luc.  Alex.  2. 

Τι/.λοπώγων,  ωνος,  δ,  {τι7.λω, 
πώγων)  one  who  plucks  out  his  beard, 
A.  B. 

ΤΓΛΛΩ,  f.  τϊλώ :  aor.  ετιλα  :  pf. 
pass,  τέτιλμηι.  To  pluck,  pull,  pluck 
out  or  ofl',  tear,  shred,  πολιάς  ()'  dp' 
ύΐ'ά  τρίχας  έ/.κετο  χερσίν,  τίλλων  εκ 
κεφαλής,  II.  22,  78,  cf.  406  ;  so  in 
mid.,  χαίτας  τίλλεσθαι,  to  pluck  out 
one's  hair,  Od.  10,  567  :  τίλλειν  πέ- 
λειαν,  to  pull,  rend  a  dove  in  pieces, 
Od.  15,  527,  cf.  Hdt.  3,  76,  Aesch. 
Pers.  209  ;  as  a  description  of  an  idle 
fellow,  τίλ'λων  εαυτόν,  Ar.  Pac.  546, 
cf.  Ach.  31  :  but  τέφρα  τιλθήναι,  as 
a  punishment  of  adulterers,  Id.  Nub. 
1083  ;  cf.  Ran.  424,  and  v.  sub  πάρα- 
τίλλω,  τέφρα  : — τ.  μέλη.  to  pull  the 
harp-strings,  play  harp-tunes.  Cratin. 
Hor.  2. — 2.  since  tearing  the  hair  was 
a  usual  expression  of  sorrow,  hence, 
τίΑ?„εσθαί  τίνα,  to  tear  one's  hair  in 
sorrow  for  any  one,  i.  e.  to  mourn  bit- 
terly for  him,  II.  24,  711 ;  like  κόπτε- 
σθαί  τίνα,  τνπτεσΟαί  τίνα,  Lat.  ρΐαη- 
gere  aliquem,  cf.  Heyne  TlbuU.  Obss. 
1,  7,  28. — 3.  metaph.,  to  pluck,  vex,  an- 
noy, like  Lat.  vellere,  vellicare,  vexare, 
Bergk  Anacr.  34  ;  vno  των  συκοφαν- 
τών τίλλεσθαι,  Ar.  Αν.  285 ;  cf  The- 
ocr.  3,  21.  (Akin  to  Lat.  vello,  vellico, 
vellus,  villus,  and  the  redupl.  titillo, 
perh._  also  to  σίλλνβος  and  σίλλος). 

Τίλ'λων  or  τί'λων,  ό,  a  fish  of  the 
Thracian  lake  Prasias,  Hdt.  5,  10  : — 
wrongly  written  also  τύλων,  ψύ?.ων. 

Τίλμα,  ατός,  τό,  (η'λλω)  any  thing 
pidleil  or  shredded,  esp.  lint,  Hipp. — II. 
any  thing  that  can  be  pulled  or  plucked. 
— ΙΙΙ.=  Γί7ι,σίζ•,  Diosc— IV.  in  medic, 
language, -ίλ,ίζαΓα=σ7τ«σ/^αΓα, Galen. 

Τιλμύτιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  foreg., 
Galen. 

Τι?^μός,  οϋ,  δ,  (,τί?Λω)  a  pulling, 
tearing,  of  the  hair,  Aesch.  Supp.  839. 

ΤΙλος,  not  τίλος,  δ,  a  thin  stool,  as 
in  diarrhoea,  sterctis  Uquidum.  -(Hence 
τιλάω  :  akin  to  σπατιλη.) 

Τιλος,  ό.  {τίλλω)  any  thing  pulled 
or  shredded,  flock,  down,  etc. :  οι  τίλοί, 
the  fine  hair  of  the  eyebrows,  also  tu 
τίλα,  cf.  τίλαι.  (Akin  to  πτιλον, 
πτίλος,  but  not  to  όπτιλος.) 

Τίλσις,  εως,  ή,  {τίλλω)  α  pulling, 
shredding. — 11.  a  tearing. 

Τιλτός,  ή,  όν.  verb.  adj.  from  τίλ- 
λω,  pulled,  plucked,  shredded :  τιλτος 
μοτός,  also  το  τι7^τόν  (or  τίλτον),= 


ΤΙΜΑ 

τί7.μα  Ι,  /ra?.•— but  το  τιλτόν  (sc.  τά- 
ριχος)  salt-fish  that  was  stripped  of  its 
scales  before  curing,  Nicostr.  Antyll. 
2,  5,  Plat.  (Com.)  Incert.  14. 

Τίλφη,  ης,  ή.=  σΰφη,  Luc. :  also 
written  τίφη,  Lob.  Phryn.  300. 

ίΤιλφονσα,  or  rather  Τιλϋονσσα, 
ης,  ή.  Dor.  Τι7,φώσσα.  Pind.  ap.  Alh. 
41  E,  also  writlen  Τε?.φούσα,  Td- 
phussa,  a  fountain  in  Boeotia,  near 
Haliartus,  sacred  to  Apollo,  H.  Horn. 
Ap.  244;  Strab.  p.  410:  — also  the 
nymph  of  the  fountain,  H.  Horn.  I.  c. 
(contd.  from  Τιλφόεσσα,  from  τίλφη 
—σιλφη.  Ijgen  ad  1.  H.  Ap.  Pyth.  66). 

iTι7Lφoύσιov,  or  rather  Τι/ιφούσ- 
σιον,  ου,  τό.  Dor.  -ώσσιον,  Tilphus- 
sium,  a  city  of  Boeotia  on  lake  Copais, 
Strab.  p.  410. — 2.  a  mountain  near 
this  city,  Id.  p.  411. 

■\Τιλφούσσιος,  ov,  δ.  Dor.  -ώσσιος, 
an  iiLhubitant  of  Titphussimn  ;  esp.  as 
epith.  of  Apollo,  Telphussian,  from 
the  fountain  Τελφοΰσσα,  Η.  Horn.  Αρ. 
386. 

^ΤιλφωσσαΙον,  ου,  τό,  Tilphossae- 
urn,  a  fortress  on  Ύιλφονσσιον  2, 
Dem.  385,  5. 

Τι7.ων,  ωνος,   ό,  v.  τίλλων. 

iTtμaγέvης,  ους,  ό,  Timugenes,  a 
historian  and  rhetorician  of  Alexan- 
drea,  Suid.  ;  Strab.  p.  711. 

^Τΐμάγητος,  ου  Ep.  oio,  6,  Tima• 
getus,  keeper  of  a  palaestra,  Theocr. 

2,  18. 

^Τιμαγόρας.  ov,  ό,  Timagorn.i, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Theogn.  1055.— 2.  father 
of  Timonax  of  Cyprus,  Hdt.  7,  98. — 

3.  a  Tegeat,  Thuc.  2,  67.-4.  an  Athe- 
nian, an  envoy  to  the  Persian  king, 
Xen.  Hell.  7,  1,  33  ;  Dem.  400,  fin.— 
Others  in  Ath.  ;  etc. 

^Τΐμάεσση,  ης,  ή,  (i.  e.  τιμήεσση) 
Ti7naessa,  fem.  pr.  n..  Anth.  P.  6,  272. 

■\Τΐμαία,  ας,  ή.  Timaea,  wife  of  the 
Spartan  king  Agis,  Plut.  Lys.  22. 

^Τίμαιθώ,  ούς,  ή,  Timaetho,  fem. 
pr.  n.,  Anth.  P.  7,  463. 

'\Τΐμαίνετος,  ου,  δ,  Timaenetus.  a 
celebrated  painter.  Pans.  1,  22,  7. — 
Others  in  Pans.  ;  etc. 

Τίμαιογρύφέω,  ώ,  to  write  a  Timae- 
us,  used  of  Plato  by  Tirnon  Phli.  14, 
7,  cf.  Valck.  Aristob.  p.  65. 

Τίμαιος,  ov,  highly  prized,  Diocl. 
Incert.  2:  but  usu.  as  prop.  n.  Τίμαι- 
ος :  V.  sq. 

ίΤίμαιος,  ov,  δ,  Timaeus,  a  philos- 
opher of  Locri  in  Italy,  a  follower  of 
Pythagoras,  Plat.  Tim. — 2.  a  histo- 
rian of  Tauromenium  in  Sicily,  Po- 
lyb.  ;  Ath.  163  C  ;  etc. —  3.  a  pupil 
of  Plato's  from  Cyzicus,  Ath.  509  A. 
— 4.  a  sophist,  author  of  the  Lexicon 
to  Plato. 

Ύίμα7ιφέω,  ω,  f.  -ήσω,  to  do  honour 
to,  to  worship,  honour,  exalt,  τιμ.  7.0- 
γοίς  νίκαν,  Pind.  Ν.  9, 130  ;  μολόντα 
τ.,  to  celebrate  any  one's  arrival,  Aesch. 
Eum.  15  ;  also  of  the  gods,  -.  θευνς. 
Id.  Ag.  922  ;  and  in  pass.,  σκήπτροι- 
σι  τιμαλφούμενης.  Id.  Eum.  026,  cf. 
807  :  rare  in  prose,  as  in  Arist.  Pol. 
7,  17,  10:  from 

Τιμαλφής,  ες.  (τιμή,  ά7.φεΐν): — 
fetching  a  price :  costly,  precious,  κτή- 
μα τιμα7.φέσ-ατον,  Plat.  Tim.  59  B. 

^Τϊμύνόρα.  ας.  ή,  Timandra,  a 
daughter  of  Tyndareus,  Apollod.  3, 
10.— 2.  mother  of  Lais  of  Corinth, 
Ath.  535  B.— 3.  a  mistress  of  Alcibi- 
ades,  with  him  at  his  death.  Plut. 
Alcib.  39. — Others  in  Anton.  Lib. 

ίΤϊμανδρίδας,  ov,  δ,   Tunandridas, 

a  Lacedaemonian,  .4el.  V.  H.  14,  32. 

^Τίμανδρος,    ov,    6,     Timander,    a 

Theban,  father  of  Asopodorus,  Hdt.  9, 

69.— 2.  a  Macedonian,  Arr.  An.  1, 22, 4. 

1497 


ΤΙΜΑ 

^Τϊμύνθης,  ονς,  δ,  Timanlhes,  a 
Corinthian,  lather  of  Tiinanor,  Thuc. 
1,  29. — Others  in  Paus.  ;  etc. 

^Ύ/μύνορέόας,  ου,  ό,  Timanoridas, 
a  Corinthian,  Dein.  1354,  11. 

Ύϊμύντα,  Dor.  for  τιμτ/ντα,ν.  τιμ?ις. 

^Ύΐμάνωρ,  ορός,  ό.  Ion.  Τιμί/νωρ, 
Timanor,  a  Corinthian,  son  of  Timan- 
thes,  a  naval  commander,  Thuc.  1,29. 
— Others  in  Anth.;  etc. 

Ύΐμύορος,  ov.  Dor.  for  τιμωρός,  q. 
v.,  Find,  [a]  ;  Ion.  ημήορος. 

Ύϊμάοχος,  ov,  poet,  for  τψονχος, 
having  honour,  or  held  in  honour,  hon- 
oured. H.  Horn.  V'en.  31,  Car.  208.  [a] 

ίΤΐμαρίτειος,  a,  ov,  of  or  relating 
to  Ttmnrete,  T.  παΙς,  Anth.  P.  6,  280. 

ΥΓιμαρέτη,  ης,  ή,  Timare.te,  a  priest- 
ess at  Dodona,  Hdt.  2,  55 :  Dor.  -ρε- 
τα,  Anth.  P.  6,  280. 

\Ύίμάρης,  ovr,  ό.  Timares,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Anth.  P.  7,  652. 

iT^dpiov,  ov,  η,  Timarium,  fern, 
pr.  n.,  Anth.  P.  12,  113.         ^ 

Ύΐμαρχία,  ας,  ή,  {τιμή,  ύρχυ)  in 
Plato  Rep.  515  Β,  550  Ώ,^=τιμοκρα- 
τία,  q.  V. — Π.  the  censorship  at  Rome, 
Lat.  cenxura,  Dio  C. 

\Ύΐμαρχίδης,  ου,  b,  Timarchides, 
an  Athenian  archon,  Died.  S.  12,  6. — 
Others  in  Paus. ;  etc. 

\Ύίμαρχος,  ου,  6,  Timarchus,  an 
Athenian  i^tatesman,  assailed  by  Aes- 
chines  for  his  infamous  conduct,  adv. 
Tim.;  Dem.341,18;  etc.— 2.  another 
Athenian,  son  of  Tisias,  Aeschin.  22, 
25. —Others  in  Plat.  Theag.  129; 
Plut. ;  etc. 

^Ύιμαρχώίίεις,  euv,  o'l,  (Τίμαρχος 
1,  είδος)  Timarchus-like,  adj.  formed 
by  Aeschines  in  derision  of  foreg.  1, 
^eschin.  22,  28. 

^Ύιμάααρχος.  ov,  6,  Timasarchus, 
son  of  Timocritus  of  Aegina,  victor 
in  wrestling  among  the  bnys  at  the 
Nemean  games,  Pmd.  N.  4,  16. 

ΥΓΐμάσίων,  ωνος,  ό,  Tiniasiim,  a 
leader  of  the  Greeks  who  accompa- 
nied the  younger  Cyrus,  from  Darda- 
nus,  Xen.  An.  3,  1,  47. — Others  in 
Anth. ;  etc. 

^Ύίμαυον ,ον,τό,  Timavum,  temple 
of  Diomede  on  sq.,  Strab.  p.  214. 

^Ύίμανος,  ov,  ύ,  the  Timnrus,  a 
small  river  of  Histria  at  the  extremi- 
ty of  the  Adriatic,  now  Tinavo,  Strab. 
p.  214. 

ΥΓιμαχίδας,  a,  6,  Timachidas,  a 
Rhodian,  Ath.  31  E. 

Ύϊμάω,  ώ ;  f  -τ/σω ."  aor.  Ιτίμησα, 
besides  which  Horn,  uses  aor.  mid. 
τιμήσασθαι  in  same  signf,  Od.  19, 
280  ;  20,  129  ;  23,  339,  11.  22,  235,— 
where  τιμήσεσθαι  is  f.  !.,  for  this  fut. 
is  pass.  H.  Ap.  485,  and  in  Att.,  cf. 
Piers.  Moer.  p.  367;  though  we  also 
have  the  strictly  pass,  form  τιμηβή- 
σομαι  in  Thuc.  6,  80,  whereas  the 
only  other  example  of  τιμήσυμαι  in 
act.  signf,  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  7,  15,  is  now 
corrected  by  L.  Dind.  on  Thuc.  3,  40: 
Plat,  however  uses  τιμήσομαι,  ίτιμη- 
σάμην,  as  mid.  in  signf  111.  2,  Apol. 
37  B,  Legg.  954  B.— In  II.,  Od.,  and 
Hes.  the  only  pass,  tense  is  pf  τετί- 
μημαι ;  in  Hdt.  also  aor.  ίτιμήθι/ν, 
5,  5,  etc.  :•— (ri/z^). 

To  deem  or  hold  worthy,  oft.  in 
Hom.,  who  uses  it  mostly  of  the 
bearing  of  inferiors  towards  superi- 
ors, as  of  men  to  gods,  their  elders, 
rule.rs,  guests,  etc.,  to  honour,  respect, 
revere,  treat  honmirubl ii ,  respectfully,  and 
reverently,  περί  κηρί  Htov  ως  τιμήααν- 
το,  Od.  19,  280;  δωτίντισι  θευν  ως 
τιμί/σουσι,  11.  9,  1.55 ;  so  in  pass., 
σκήτττρω  μεν  τοι  ^ώκε  τετιμήσθαι 
ττερι  ττ'ίντων,  II.  9,  JS,  cf.  12,  310 ;  c. 
1498 


ΤΙΜΗ 

gen.  rei,  τετιμί/σθαι  τιμής,  to  be  deem- 
ed worthy  of  honour,  II.  23,  649 : — also 
conversely  of  the  bearing  of  superiors 
to  inferiors,  as  of  gods  to  men,  pa- 
rents to  children,  to  value,  prize,  love, 
II.  2,  4,  Od.  3,  379  ;  14,  203,  Hes.  Th. 
81,  532,  etc. :— so  also  in  Hdt.,  Find., 
and  Att.,  εξόχως  τιμασεν,  Pind.  Ο.  9, 
105;  δαιμόνων  τιμάν  γένος,  Aesch. 
Theb.  2.36 ;  τόν  φί?ίθν  τιμώηιν  εξ 
Ισου  πατρί.  Soph.  Ant.  C14  ;  cf.  Plat. 
Legg.  932  A,  etc.  : — to  honour  with  a 
thing,  Γ.  Tiva  τάφω,  γυοις,  Aesch. 
Theb.  1046,  Supp.  116;  χοροίς,  στε- 
φάνοις,  etc.,  Eur.  ;  δώροις  καΐ  τιμαϊς. 
Plat.  Legg.  953  D : — hence,  simply, 
to  reward,  Hdt.  7,  213,  Xen.  Cyr.  3,3, 
6  :  oi  τετιμ7]μίνοι,  men  of  rank,  men 
ill  office,  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  3,  9. — II.  of 
things,  to  value,  prize,  H.  Horn.  24,  6, 
Pind.,  etc.  ;  ταντα  τι]δε  τιμάτε,  form 
the  samfe  estimate  with  her,  i.  e.,  obey 
like  her.  Soph.  Aj.  688 ;  τι  την  τυ- 
ραννίδα τιμάς  νπίρφευ  ;  Eur.  Phoen. 
549  : — c.  gen.  pretii,  to  estimate  or  value 
at  a  certain  price.  Plat.  Legg.  917  C, 
921  Β  ;  πλοία  τετιμημένα  χρημάτων, 
Thuc.  4,  26;  τετιμησθαι  ί^καστου  την 
ονσίαν  χρεών,  that  each  man's  prop- 
erty should  he  valued  (for  assessment). 
Plat.  Legg.  955  D ;  etc. : — esp.  in  mid., 
7Γο?.λΐ)ν  τιμάσθαι,  like  πο?.'λον  ποιεί- 
σθιιί  τι,  with  act.  signf,  Hdt.  3,  154; 
so,  προ  παντός  τιμάσΟαί  τι,  Thuc.  3, 
40  ;  μείζονος  τιμάσθαι,  Xen.  Cyr.  2, 

1,  13  ;  ετιμήσαντο  τάς  οικίας,  Polyb. 

2,  62,  7;  cf  προτιμάω. — HI.  as  Att. 
law-term  : — 1.  in  act.,  of  the  judge,  to 
estimate  the  amount  of  punishment  due 
to  the  criminal,  Lat.  litem  aestimare,  τ. 
τί/ν  ύξίαν  της  βλάβης,  Plat.  Legg. 
879  Β  ;  so  r.  την-βλάβην,  lb.  84.ί  D  ; 
τ.  ί'ί  τι  δει  πάσχειν  τόν  ήττηθέντα,  lb. 
Β ;  τ.  την  δίκην,  to  awardthe  sentence, 
Plat.  Legg.  880  D  ;  τ.  μακράν  τινι, 
Ιο  award  the  long  line,  i.  e.,  sentence 
of  death,  Ar.  Vesp.  lOG.  ubi  v.  In- 
terpp. :  heoce,  τ.  τινι  θανάτου  (sc. 
δίκην),  to  give  sentence  of  death  against 
a  man,  or  (as  we  say)  condemn  him  to 
death.  Id.  Gorg.  516  A,  Dem.,  etc.  ; 
r.  Tivi  δίκα  ταλάντων,  to  mulct  him 
in  ten  talents,  Dem.  1332,  6,  etc. ;  so, 
η  ηλιαία  τιμύτω  περί  αντον  ότου  ΰν 
δόΪΊ)  παθεϊν.  Lex  a  ρ.  Dem.  529,  21  : 
— so  in  pass.,  τιμάσθαι  αργυρίου,  to 
be  condemned  to  a  line,  τινός,  for  a 
thing.  Lex  ap.  Dem.  529,  26,  cf  7.32, 
21 :  also,  ti  τετίμηταί  τινι  θανάτου, 
if  sentence  of  death  has  been  passed 
upon  him.  Plat.  Legg.  916  E,  cf  An- 
tipho  115,  4). — 2.  in  mid.,  of  the  ac- 
cuser, τιμάσθαι  τινι  [δικην]  δεσμών, 
φνγής,  αργυρίου,  τών  εσχάτων,  θανά- 
του, etc.,  to  lay  the  punishment  at 
death,  exile,  etc.,  against  the  ac- 
cused, pray  for  such  sentence  against 
him,  Lys.  105,  17;  178,  26,  Plat. 
Onto  52  C,  Gorg.  486  Β  :— in  reply, 
the  accused  could,  if  found  guilty, 
lay  the  punishment  at  a  less  rate, 
which  was  called  άντιτι  μασθαι,Υ'\Άΐ. 
Apol.  36  Β,  or  νπυτιμάσθαι,  Xen. 
Apol.  23  (though  the  latter  has  been 
questioned) : — cf  τίμημα  Η,  Att.  Pro- 
cess p.  724,  sq. : — but  also  in  same 
signf,  o.  ace.  pers.,  τιμάσθαι  τίνα. 
Plat.  Legg.  954  B.— Cf.  τίω,  τίνω, 
τίννμι. 

Ύιμάωρ,  ορός,  ό,  ν.  sub  τιμωρός. 

^Ύϊμέας,  ον,  ύ,  Timeas,  son  of  Ρο- 
lynices,  one  of  the  Epigoni,  Paus.  2, 
20,  5.  _ 

Τιμή,  ης,  η,  (τίω) : — worth,  tvorship, 
honour  paid  to  one.  a  mark  of  honour  or 
esteem,  honour,  εκ  oi  Αιός  τιμή  και  κϋ- 
δος  όπάζει,  11.  17,  251  ;  {-ν  όέ  ίϊ)  τιμ^ 
ήμέν  κακός  ήόέ  και  έσθλός,  II.  9,  319'; 


ΤΙΜΗ 

τιμήν  ίχειν  προς  τίνος,  Hdt.  1,  120: 
εν  τιμή  τίθεσθαι.  Id.  3,3;  τ.  ενμίσκί- 
σθαι,  δέκισθαι,  Pind.  Ρ.  1,  94  ;  8.  6; 
τιμιις  φέρεσθαι.  Plat.  Phaed.  113  D  ; 
τιμήν  νομίζειν  τι,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  6,  11  ; 
etc. — 2.  α  post  of  honour,  rank,  dignity, 
esp.  of  gods  and  kings,  r.  θεών,  6d.  5, 
335;  r.  βασιληίς,  II.  0,  193;  absol., 
lordship,   rule,   dominion,    0(\.    1,   117; 
11,  33S,  Hdt.,  etc..  cf  Bockh  v.  1. 
Pmd.  P.  4,  106  (191) :— generally,  a 
prerogative,  privilege,  esp.,  like  γίρας, 
the  special  attribute  of  any  god.  both 
in  sing,  and  plur.,  Hes.  Th.  203  ;  cf. 
Kuhnk.  H.  Hom.  Cer.  328,   Valck. 
Hipp.  107,  Heinst.  Luc.  Dial.  Deor. 
26,  1  ;  σκήπτρον  τιμάς  τ'  ύττοσυλα- 
ται,  Aesch.   Pr.   171  ;  μητρός  μηδα- 
μοϋ  τιμάς  νέμειν.   Id.  Eum.  624 : — 
hence,  a  dignity,  office  of  rank,  Aesch. 
I  Ag.  44  ;  άρχαι  και  άλλαι  τιμαί.  Plat. 
ί  Apol.  35  Β  ;  etc. : — and  so,  a  civil  rna- 
gistracy,  usu.  in  plur.,  like  Lat.  hono- 
i  res,  viunera,  Hdt.  1,  59,  cf  Scidl.  Eur. 
I  El.  988;  έκβάλλΐΐν  τινά  τής  τιμής, 
I  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  3,  9: — then,  an  office, 
j  τιμή  άχαρις,  Hdt.  7,  36. — 3.  a  present 
I  of  honour,  coinpliment,  offering,  e.  g.,  to 
!  the   gods,   Hes.    Op.    141 :    a   reward, 
I  present,  Lat.  honorarium.  Soph.  Ant. 
699,   Plat.    Phileb.   61    C  ;   cf   Wolf 
Dem.  Lept.  p.  233,  and  v.  sub  γέρας. 
I  — II.  a  prizing,  valuing,  estimate  of  the 
1  worth  or  price  of  a  thing,  Plat.  Legg. 
744  D  :   hence,  the  worth,  value  or  price 
of  a  thing,  like  ή  άξια,  Lat.  pretmm, 
H.  Hom.  Cer.  132  (elsewh.  in  Hom. 
ώνος) : — έξίνρίσκειν  τιμής  τι,  to  get 
I  a  thing  at  a  price  (i.  e.  a  high   price), 
I  Hdt.  7,   119;  τής  αυτής   τ.  πωλεΖν, 
Lys.    165,  16;  πρίασθαι,  Dein.  5G3, 
7;  δεκαπ7\.άσιον  τής  τιμής  άποτίνειν, 
Ι  Plat.   Legg.  914   Β  : — an  assessment, 
\  rating,  τοΰ  κλήρου,  lb.  744  D : — hence, 
— 2   an  estimate,  valuation,  assessment 
of  damages,  with  view  to  compensa- 
tion, and  so  compensation,  satisfaction, 
esp.  in  money,  a  penalty,  άρνυσθαί 
!  τινι  τιμ//ν,  to  get  one  compensation, 
i  II.  1,  159;  τίνειν  or  άποτίνειν  τιμήν 
1  τινι,  to  pay  or  make  it,  II.  3,  286,  288  ; 
so,  άγειν  τιμήν,   Od.  22.  57;  then, 
!  generally,  punishment,  viewed  as  an 
j  estimate  and  payment  of  damages,  like 
τίμημα,  τισις,  Lat.  ultio,  Od.  14,  70, 
117,  etc.     Hence 

Ύΐμήεις,  εσσα,  εν :  contr.  τιμ^ς,  II. 
9,  605  ;  ace.  τιμήντα,  II.  18,  475  :'  Dor. 
τιμάεις,  Pind.  1.  4,  12  (3,  25) :  —  jaZ- 
j  ucd,  prized,  honoured,  esteemed,  of  men, 
i  Od.  13,  129;  18,  161.— 2.  of  things, 
prized,  valuable,  costly,  χρυσός,  δώρον, 
etc.,  Od.  1,  312  ;  8,  393  :— compar  τι 
μηέστεροΓ,  Od.  1.  393  ;  superl.  -έστα 
Tor,  Od.  4,  614;  15,  ll4. 

νϊΊμηγενίδης,  ov  Ion.  εω,  6,  Tirne 
genides,  son  of  Herpys  of  Thebes,  Hdt. 
9,  38. 

Τίμημα,  ατός.  τό,  (τιμάω)  :  —  thai 
which  is  estimated,  valued  or  determined 
by  valuation  ;  hence, —  I.  worth,  price, 
value  :  τίμηιια  τύμβου,  a  price  or  Λοη- 
our  paid  to  the  tomb.  Aesch.  Ch.  511. 
— II.  an  estimate,  x'aluation,  τ.  τής  άξι- 
ας, Eur.  Hipp.  622  ;  esp..— 2.  the  esti- 
mate of  daynages  done,  and  so  a  penal- 
ty, punishment,  Lat.  litis  aestimatio,  Ar. 
Vesp.  897,  Plut.  480,  Plat.,  etc. :  esp., 
a  fine,  Plat.  Legg.  845  E,  etc.,  cf  Att. 
Process  p.  175;  v.  τιμάω  111. — 3.  the 
nominal  value  of  which  an.  Athenian  cit- 
izen's  property  was  rated  for  the  pur- 
poses of  taxation,  his  rate  of  assess- 
ment, rateable  properly,  Lat.  census, 
Lys.  148,  40;  156,  13,  Plat.,  etc.: 
hence,  ή  από  τιμημάτων  πολιτεία,  a 
government  where  the  magistrates  were 
chosen  according  to  property,  timocra- 


TIMI 

cy,  Plat.  Rep.  550  C  ;  so,  έκ.  τιμημά- 
των άρχαί.  Id.  Legg.  698  Β. — The  τί- 
αημα  was  differeut  from  the  ουσία  or 
'■eal  value,  being  calculated  at  so 
many  years'  purchase,  varying  with 
the  class  of  the  citizen,  v.  Dem.  815, 
fin.,  Bockh  P.  E.  2,  269  sq.  [[] 

ϊΎψιινορίδης,  ov.  o,  Tiinenorides, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Anth.  P.  7,  513. 

Ύψηντα,  poet,  for  τιμήεντα,  contr. 
ace.  from  τιμήεις,  11. 

Ύΐμήορος,  ov,  Ion.  for  τιμάορος,  τι- 
μωρός, q.  V. 

Ύΐμηονλκέω,  or,  perh.  better,  τιμι- 
ονλκέω,  (έλκω) : — to  raise  the  price,  sell 
dearer,  LXX. :  cf.  sq.,  et  τιμιοπωλέω. 

Ύϊμηρνω,  (tpi'w)=foreg. 

Τϊμ^ς,  poet,  contr.  for  τιμηεις,  11. 

\Ύΐμησιος,  ου,  δ,  Timesius,  a  Cla- 
zomcnian,  who  led  a  colony  to  Abde- 
ra.  Hdt.  1,  168  :  in  Ael.  V.  H.  12,  9, 
Ύιμησίας. 

\Ύΐμησίθεος,  ov,  ό,  Timesitheus,  a 
citizen  of  Delphi,  Hdt.  5,  72.-2.  an 
inhab.  of  Trapezus,  Xen.  An.  5,  4,2. 
• — Others  in  Aeschin.  ;  etc. 

Ύΐμησως,  ov,  =  τιμητός,  formed 
like  ύμνήσιος,  Ael.  N.  A.  11,  7. 

Ύίμησις,  εως,  ή,  (τιμάω)  : — an  esti- 
mating, valuing  the  worth  or  price  of  a 
thinsr,  esp.,  of  property,  Plat.  Legg. 
878  E.  Polyb.  32,  14,  3  .—an  assessment 
of  damages,  -.  ττοιείν  τινι,  Antipho 
130,  25  ;  άπανταν  εις  την  τ.,  Aeschin. 
82,  21  ;  cf  τιμάω  111. —  II.  α  holding 
worthy,  honouring,  honour,  Plat.  Legg. 
696  C.  [i] 

Ύίμήσσα,  poet,  contr.  fem.  from  rt- 
μηεις,  for  τιμήεσσα. 

Ύΐμητεία,  ας.  ή,  (τιμητενω)  the  cen- 
sor\i  office  or  dignity,  censorship,  Plut. 
Cat.  Maj.  10,  etc.;  also  τιμητία,  ή. 
Id.  Aemil.  38,  bis. 

Ύιμητέος,  a.  ov,  verb.  adj.  from  τι- 
μ/ιω,  to  be  honoured,  Eur.  Or.  484,  Plat. 
Rep.  561  C. — II.  τιμητέον,  one  must 
honour.  Plat.  Legg.  722  B. 

Ύΐμητενω,  to  be  censor,  Plut.  T. 
Gracch.  14. 

Ύίμητήρ,  ηρος,  b,  =  τιμητής. 
Hence 

Ύΐμητήριος,  ov,  estimating,  honour- 
ing. 

Τιμητής,  οϋ,  δ,  (τιμάω)  : — one  who 
values  or  estimates,  an  appraiser  :  esp., 
one  who  assesses  damages  or  penalties. 
Plat.  Legg.  843  D.— II.  at  Rome,  the 
censor,  who  took  the  census,  i.  e.  rated 
the  properly  of  the  citizens,  Polyb.  6, 
13,  3,  etc.     Hence 

Τιμητικός,  ή,  όν,  estimating,  val- 
uing  :  and  so,  —  1.  honouring,  τινός, 
Plut.  2,  120  Α.— 2.  of  ox  for  determin- 
ing the  amount  of  punishment,  πιΐ'άκίον 
Τ.,  Ar.  Vesp.  167.  —  II.  δ  τ.,  Lat.  vir 
censorius,  one  who  has  been  censor  {τι- 
μητί/ς) :  ή  τιμητική  άρχή,=  τιμητεία, 
Pint.  Aeinil.  38,  etc. 

Τίμητός,  η,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from  τι- 
μάω, rateable :  esp.  as  Att.  law-term, 
ayijv  τιμητύς,  ιΥικη  τιμητή,  of  suits 
ίίί  which  the  damages  are  to  be  assessed 
by  the  judges,  Dem.  834,  26  ;  opp.  to 
όίκη  ατίμητος,  where  the  penalty  is  fix- 
ed by  law.  Others  say  just  the  re- 
verse, but  v.  Att.  Process  p.  171  sq. 

ίΤυχίδας,  a,  ό,  Timidas,  an  Aegine- 
tan,  Pind.  N.  6,  106,  ubi  B.  conjec- 
tures ΤΙο?.ντιμίύας. 
^  Τίμιοττωλέω,  ώ,  to  sell  dear. 

^  Τίμιοπώ?.ης,   ov,   δ,   (πωλέω)   one 

who  sells  dear,  Phryn.  (Com.)  Tra- 
goed.  5:  from 

Τίμιος,  a,  ov,  in  Att.  also  ος.  ov, 
(τιμή)  : — valued;  o{ persons,  esteemed 
worthy,  held  in  honour,  worthy,  δόε 
πΰσι  φίλος  καΙ  τίμιος  έστι,  Od.  10, 
38  ;  cf.  Η.  Αρ.  483,  Hdt.  9,  71,  etc  ; 


ΤΙΜΟ 

άνδρα  τίμιον,  Aesch.  Cho.  556 ;  τί- 
μιοι εν  τ^  τΐόΆει,  Plat.  Legg.  829  D  ; 
etc. : — of  things,  prized,  τινί,  Hes.  Fr. 
39,  7 ;  so,  γέρας  τ.,  Aesch.  Supp. 
986;  ουδέν  κτήμα  τιμιώτερον.  Soph. 
Ant.  702,  cf.  Eur.  Ale.  301  i—tu  τί- 
μια,=  τιμαί.  Polyb.  6,  9,  8.-2.  of  high 
price,  dear,  Lat.  carus,  Hdt.  8,  105, 
Lys.  165,  1,  Plat.  Euthyd.  304  B; 
etc. — II.  act.  esteeming,  honouring,  [ri] 
Hence 

Τϊμιότης.  ητος,  η,  worth,  value,  pre- 
ciousness,  N.  T. 

Τίμιονλκέω,  v.  τιμηονλκέω. 

^Τίμνης,  ου  Ion.  εω,  δ,  Timnes,  a 
Scythian,  Hdt.  4,  76. 

Τίμογράφέω,  ώ,  to  write  down  the 
value  :  to  vabie,  rate,  LXX. 

\Τΐμοδημίδαι,  ών,  οι,  the  Timode- 
midae,  descendants  of  Timodemus, 
Pind.  N.  2,  27. 

^Τιμόδημος,  ov,  δ,  Timodemus,  an 
Athenian  of  Achamae,  victor  in  the 
Nemean  games,  Pind.  N.  2,  22,  etc. : 
an  opponent  of  Themistocles,  Hdt. 
7, 125. — 2.  a  banker  at  Athens,  Dem. 
953,  16. 

Τιμόθεος,  ov,  honovring  God :  esp. 
as  a  pr.  n.  :  v.  sq. 

iTιμόθεoς,  ου,  δ,  Timotheus,  father 
of  Conon,  Paus.  8,  52,  4.-2.  son  of 
Conon.  an  Athenian  commander,  Ar. 
Plut.  180;  Xen.  Hell.  5,  4,  64.— 
Others  in  Paus.  ;  Ath.  ;  etc. 

^Τΐμόκ7.εια,  ας,  ή.  Timoclea,  fem. 
pr.  n.,  Ar.  Thesm.  374;  Plut.  Alex. 
12  ;  etc. 

■\Τιμοκ7.είδας,  δ,  Timoclidas,  a  ty- 
rant in  Sicyon,  Paus.  2,  8,  2. 

^ΤιμοκΤιης,  έονς.  δ,  Timocles,  an 
Athenian  archon,  Diod.  S. — Others 
in  Paus. ;  etc. 

ΊΤίμοκράτης,  ονς,  ό,  Timocrates, 
an  Athenian  against  whom  one  of 
the  orations  of  Dem.  is  directed. — 
Other  Athenians  in  Thuc.  5.  19; 
Xen.  Hell.  1,7,  3;  Dem;  etc.— 2.  a 
generalot  the  Lacedaemonians, Thuc. 

2,  85. — Many  others  of  this  name  in 
Thuc. ;  Xen.  ;  etc. 

Τίμοκράτία,  ας,  ή,  (τιμή.  κρατεω) 
α  state  in  which  a  love  of  honour  is  the 
ruling  principle.  Plat.  Rep.  545  Β  ; 
also  τιμαρχία. — II.  a  state  in  which 
state-offices  and  honours  are  distributed 
according  to  a  paling  of  property,  timo- 
cracy,  Anst.  Eth.  N.  8, 10,2.     Hence 

Τίμοκρατικός,  η.  όν,  of  or  for  a  τί- 
μοκράτία, one  who  favours  such  a  gov- 
ernment. Plat.  Rep.  549  B,  etc.  :  ή  τ. 
ττο'λιτεία,  =foreg.,  Arist.  Eth.  N.  8, 
10,  1. 

^Τιμοκρεων,  οντος,  b,  Timocreon, 
an  athlete  and  poet  of  Rhodes,  Ael. 
V.  H.  1,27;  Plut.  Them.  21. 

^Τίμόκριτος,  ov,b,  Timocritus,masc. 
pr.  n.,  Pind.  N.  4,  21-2. 

ίΤϊμύ/.αης,  ov,  b.  Dor.  Τϊμόλας, 
Timolaus,  a  Corinthian,  Xen.  Hell. 

3,  5.  1. — 2.  a  Theban,  a  partisan  of 
Philip  of  Macedon,  Dem.  241,  26  :  in 
Polyb.  17,  14,  4  Τί/ζόλας.— Others 
in  Paus.  ;  etc. 

^Τίμολεων,  οντος,  δ,  Timoleon,  a 
celebrated  general  of  the  Corinthians, 
commanded  in  Sicily,  Plut. 

^Τίμήμαχος.  ov,  b,  Timomachus,  a 
commander  of  the  Athenians,  of 
Acharnae,  Xen.  Hell.  7,  1,  41  ;  Dem. 
658,  fin.  ;  etc. — 2.  a  celebrated  paint- 
er of  Byzantium,  Anth.  Plan.  135. — 
Others  in  Ath.  ;  etc. 

^Τίμονόη,  ης.  η,  Timonoe,  fem.  pr. 
n.,  Anth.  P.  7,  522. 

tTiiioiOOf.  01',  b,  Timonoiis,  masc. 
pr.  n.,'  Pind.  N.  2,  16. 

^Τϊμόξενος,  ov,  ό.  Ion.  -ξεινος,  Ti- 
moxenns,  a  commander  of  the  Scio- 


TIMQ 
naei,  Hdt.  8,  128.— 2.  a  commander 
of  the  Corinthians,  son  of  Timocra- 
tes, Thuc.  2,  33.— Others  in  Dem. ; 
Polyb.  ;  etc. 

Τϊμόπτο?Λς,  εως,  ό,  ή,  {τιμή,  πό• 
7.ις)  honoured  by  the  city  :  dub.,  v.  ad 
Eur.  Supp.  375. 

Τϊμος,  ό,  poet,  form  for  τιμή.  Ar- 
chil. 88,  Aesch.  Cho.  916  :  also  writ- 
ten oxyt.,  but  V.  Blomf  Aesch.  1.  c. 

ίΤϊμοσθένης,  ονς,  b,  Timostlienes,  a 
victor  in  wrestling  at  the  Nemean 
games,  of  Aegina.  Pmd.  O.  8,  19. — 
Others  in  Dem. ;  Paus.  ;  etc. 

'\Τΐμόατρατος,  ov,  δ,  Timustratus, 
a  poet  of  the  new  comedy,  Meineke 
1,  p.  499. 

Τϊμονχης,  ov,  {τιμή,  εχω)  having 
honour,  honoured,  esteemed. — 2.  among 
the  Massihans,  etc.,  the  city  magistrate, 
Strab. 

^Τίμοφάνης,  ονς,  b,  Timophanes,  a 
Corinthian,  Arist.  Pol.  5,.  5,  9. — 2.  a 
Mytilenaean,  Id.  5,  3,  3. 

'^Τιμόχάρις,  ιδος,  b,  Timocharis,  an 
astrologer,  Plut. 

'\Τϊμώ,  ονς,  ή,  Timo,  a  priestess  of 
Paros,  Hdt.  6,  134. 

στίβων,  ωνος,  ό,  Timon,  a  citizen 
of  Delphi,  Hdt.  7,  141.— 2.  an  Athe- 
nian, son  of  Echecratides,  the  mis- 
anthrope, Ar.  Av.  1549;  Luc.  Tim. 
— Others  in  Paus.  ;  etc. 

'\Τΐμώναξ,  ακτος,  δ,  Timonax,  a 
Persian  naval  commander  from  Cy- 
prus, Hdt.  7,  98.— Others  in  Anth. 

^Τιμωνίόης,  ov,  b,  Ttmonides,  a 
writer,  Plut.  Dion.  35. 

Τϊμώνιον,  ov,  TO,  a  Timon's,  i.  e. 
a  misanthrope's  duelling.  — fH.  Timo- 
wi«77?,a  fortress  of  Paphlagonia  ;  hence 
fem.  adj.  Τιμωνϊτις,  Strab.  p.  562. 

Τίμωρέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω  (τιμωρός) : — 
to  help,  aid,  succour,  τινί,  Hdt.  1,  141, 
152.  etc.,  and  Att.  ;  also  absol.,  Hdt. 
1,  18  : — esp.,  to  assist  by  way  of  re- 
dressing injuries,  to  avenge,  τινί,  Hdt. 
1,  103;  8,  144;  absol.,  1.  4.— In  full 
construction,  the  person  avenged  is  in 
dat.,  the  person  on  whom  vengeance  is 
taken  in  acc,  τιμωρην  τινι  τον  παι- 
δός  τον  φονέα,  to  avenge  him  on  the 
murderer /or  (the  murder  of)  his  son, 
Xen.  Cyr.  4,  6,  8,  ubi  v.  Poppo,  cf. 
Soph.  O.  T.  107  :  also,  τιμωρΰν  τινί 
τι,  to  avenge  a  thing /or  one,  Plat. 
.\po\.  28  C ;  distinguished  from  pun- 
ishment (κο?.άζειν),  Anst.  Rhet.  1.10, 
17  : — pass,  τετιμωρήσθαί  τινι.  to  have 
vengeance  taken  for  any  one,  Hdt.  9, 
79  ;  rarely  in  act.  sense,  τετιμώρησαι 
ες  Αεωνίδην,  for  τετιμώρηκας  Αεω- 
νίδ-η,  Hdt.  9,  78;  ττατμΐ  τιμωρεϊσβαι 
ττάντα,  for  -ατρί  τιμωρείν.  Soph.  ΕΙ. 
349. — 2.  τιμωρείν  τίνα,  for  τιμωρεϊ- 
αθαί  τίνα,  to  take  vengeance  on  him. 
Soph.  O.  T.  107,  140,  cf  Pors.  Or. 
427. — II.  mid.,  τιμωρεισθαί  τίνα,  to 
help  one's  self  against  any  one,  i.  e.,  lo 
avenge  one's  self  upon  him,  always  c. 
ai?c.  pers.,  as  Hdt.  3,  53 ;  so,  ό  εαυ- 
τόν τιμωροί'μεχ'ος.  the  Self-tormentor, 
name  of  a  play  by  Menander,  cf  Xen. 
Cyr.  3,  1,  15  :  c.  gen.  rei,  τιμωρεισθαί 
τινά  τίνος,  to  take  vengeance  on  one 
for  a  thing,  Hdt.  3,  145,  and  Plat.  ; 
also,  αντί  τίνος,  lb.  6,  135  ;  but  more 
freq.  c.  acc.  rei,  as  Eur.  Cvcl.  695, 
Xen.  An.  7,  1,  25,  v.  Elmls.  Eur.  I.  T. 
554  : — also  absol.,  to  avenge  one's  self, 
seek  vengeance,  Hdt.  3,  49  : — but,  τι- 
μωρεισθαί τινι,οτ  νπέρ  τινος,^=τιμω- 
ρείν  τινι,  to  assist.  Soph.  El.  349.  399, 
Phil.  1258,  Xen.  An.  1,  3,  4.     Hence 

Τϊμώρημα,  ατός.  τό,  help,  aid,  suc- 
cour, TO  τίνος  τ.,  the  help  recdi-ed  by  a  ' 
man,  but  also  c.  dat.,  τα   Mei'f/.eej 
τιμωρήματα,  succovr  given  to  him, 
1499 


TINA 

Hdt.  7,  169.  —  II.  vengea7icF,  τ.  τίνος 
elc  nra,  taken  by  one  upon  another, 
Piut.  2,  860  A  :  a  pnmlly,  (1ιτγ7μ  ?σ-α> 
τα  τιμίΔβήιιατα  τω  ΰφλόντι,  Plat. 
Legii.  866  Β. 

ΙΊμωρητέον,  verb.  adj.  from  τιμώ- 
(tiu,  one  must  assist,  avenge,  punish, 
Hdt.  7,  168,  Isocr.  Antid.  «S  186. 

Ύΐμώρησις,  εως,  ή,  {τιμωρέυ)  a 
helping,  succouring :  punishment.  Plat. 
Lc?g.  874  D. 

Ύίμωρητήρ,  ηρος,  o,=sq.,  Hdt.  5, 
80. 

Ύίμωρητής,  ov,  ό,  (τιμωρέω)  a  help- 
er :  an  avenger.     Hence 

Ύίμωρητίκός,  ή,  όν,  ready  to  avenge, 
Arist.  de  Virt.  et  Vit.  6,  2. 

Τιμωρία,  ας,  ή,  Ion.  -ρίη:  —  help, 
aid.  succour,  τιμωρίην  είφίηκεσθαι, 
Hdt.  3,  148,  cf,  5,  90,  etc.,  Eur.  Or. 
425. — II.  revenge,  vengi'unce  on  another, 
r.  Kat  τίσις,  Hdt.  7,  8,  1 :  usu.  c.  gen., 
Aesch.  Pars.  473 ;  but  also  κατά 
τίνος,  Lycurg.  167,  39,  Dem.  317,  16  ; 
If  Ttva,  Hdt.  1,  123  ;  τιμωρίαν  ντνέρ 
ων  ίιτεπόνθειν  λαβείν,  Dem.  702, 
20  ;  Γ.  παρά  των  θεών,  Hdt.  2,  120  : 
punishment,  torment,  torture,  but  dis- 
tinct from  κόλασις,  Arist.  Rhet.  1, 10, 
17 :  from 

Ύϊμωρής,  όν,  (τιμή,  ΰείρω,  α'φω) : 
— contr.  from  τιμί/ηρος,  τι/ιάορος,  as 
in  Pind.  Ο.  9, 124,  and  Aesch. :  Aesch. 
Supp.  43  has  an  ace.  τιμάορα,  as  if 
from  τιμάωρ,  ορός,  6  : — strictly,  valu- 
ing, honouring :  but  usu., — I.  helping, 
aiding,  succouring,  ύ  Γ.,  a  helper,  aider, 
Hdt.  2,  141. — II.  avenging,  punishing 
for  wrong  done,  c.  gen.  pers.,  r. 
Tivoc.  any  one's  avenger,  Pind.  I.  c, 
Aesch.  Ag.  1280,  Soph.  El.  811,  etc. ; 
also  c.  dat.,  τιμ.  τινί.  Hdt.  7,  171  ; 
and,  7".  τινί  τίνος,  helping  one  to  ven- 
geance for  a  thing.  Soph.  El.  14:  λό- 
γος τ.,  a  plea  or  argument  for  ven- 
geance, Hdt.  7,  5  :  —  an  executioner, 
Polyb.  2,  58,  8. 

■^Ύϊμώσα,  ης,  ή,  Timosa,  fem.  pr.  n., 
Ath.  609  A. 

Τά',  Dor.  for  σοί,  dat.  of  σί,  like 
τείν,  Pind.,  etc.  ; — never  enclit.,  e.K- 
cept  in  Theocr.  21,  28.— II.  Dor.  for 
σε,  also  with  the  accent,  Corinna  4, 
Pind.  P.  8,  97,  Theocr.  11,  39,  55, 
68.  [I] 

Τίναγμα,  ατός,  τό,  (τινάσσω)  that 
which  is  shaken : — a  shake,  quake,  Anth. 
P.  n.  139.  [τι] 

Τιναγμός,  οϋ,  ό,  α  swinging,  shak- 
ing. 

Τΐνακτήρ,  ηρος,  6,  (τινάσσω)  one 
who  swings  or  shakes :  fem.  γης  τΐ- 
νάκτειρα  νόσος,  τρίαινα,  Aesch.  Pr. 
924. 

Τινάκτης,  ov,  o,=fureg. 

Τινακτοπήληξ,  ηκος,  b,  ή,  shaking 
the  helmet  or  plume. 

ΤΙΐ'άκτρια,  ή,—  τινάκτειρα. 

ΤΙνάκτωρ,  ορός,  ύ,  =  τινάκτης,  of 
Neptune,  Soph.  Tr.  502. 

Τινάσσω,  (■  -ζω :  aor.  pass,  ert- 
νάχβην,  in  Strabo  also  ετινάγην. 
To  swing,  shake,  brandish,  όνο  όοϋρε 
τινάσσων.  Π.  12,  298,  etc.  ;  φύσγα- 
νον,  22,  311  ;  άστεροττήν,  αιγίδα,  13, 
243  ;  17,  595  ;  so,  τ.  έι^  χεροΐν  πΰριτ- 
νουν  βέ?Μς,  Aesch.  Pr.  917  ;  τόξα  και 
Α.όγχας  ()όπηλόν  τε.  Soph.  Tr.  512: 
also,  Γ.  γαίαν,  of  Neptune,  II.  20,  57  : 
έανοϋ  ίτίναξε  ?.α3οίισα,  shook  her  by 
her  robe  (to  make  her  attend),  II.  3, 
385  :  θρόνον  ?.ακτίζων  έτίναξε,  upset 
it,  Od.  22,  88  :  to  toss  about,  scatter,  of 
the  sea  or  wind,  Od.  5,  363,  368; 
νεϋρα  κιθάρας  τ.,  to  make  the  strings 
quiver,  strike  them,  Anth. : — in  mid., 
τιναίάσθην  τττερά,  they  shook  their 
wings,  Od.  2,  151 ;  so,  τινάσσονται 
150Q 


ΤΙΝΩ 

πτερνγεσσι,  Arat.  971  ■.—ρΆ88.,πή?ι.ηξ 
τινάσσετο,  II.  15,  609  ;  ίτινύσσετο 
μακρός  Όλνμπος,  Olympus  shook  or 
quaked,  Hes.  Th.  6S0  :  φόβω  τινάσ- 
σεσθαι,  to  quake  with  fear,  A  p.  Rh. 
4,  641.  Cf  εκτινάσσω,  συντινάσσω. 
(Akin  to  τείνω,  ταννω.) 

Τίνη.  rare  Dor.  coUat.  form  for  τίν, 
Apoll.  Dysc.  [i] 

Ύινθάλέος,  a,  ov=sq.,  Nic.  Al.  445, 
463.  Nonn.  ' 

Τινθός,  όν,  boiling-hot :  —  ό  τ.  as 
subst.,  the  steam  of  a  kettle,  Lyc.  36. 

Τίννμαι,  as  mid.,  poet,  for  τίνυμαι, 
to  punish,  chastise,  c.  acc.  pers.,  Τ,ενς 
τίννται  οςτις  άβαρτι).  Od.  13,214,  cf. 

11.  3.  279  ;  c.  acc.  rei,  r.  λώ^7/ΐ',  to 
chastise  \niio\ence,  Od.  24,  326  ;  φόνον, 
Eur.  Or.  323:  absoL,  to  avenge  one's 
self,  Hdt.  5,  77. — -2.  to  avenge,  take 
vengeance  for,  "Opsov,  Hes.  Op.  806. 
The  act.  does  not  occur  till  late. 
[Tl,  Ep.,  whence  it  is  freq.  wrongly 
written  τίνννμαι :  τι,  Att.,  cf.  τίνω. 
Buttm.  indeed  (Catal.  Verb.  s.  v.  τίω) 
assumes  τίνννμαι  as  Ion.  (and  so  it 
stands  in  Hdt.  1.  c),  τίννμαι  as  Att. 
But  would  not  this  require  also  an 
Ion.  τίννω  besides  τίνω.'] 

Tivoj,  f.  τίσω :  aor.  1  ετίσα :  pf. 
τέτίκα,  pf  pass,  τίτισμαι :  aor.  pass, 
έτίσθην  .•— cf  sub  τίω  II.— I.  in  act., 
to  pay  a  price  by  way  of  return  or 
recompense  (whereas  τίω  is  confined 
to  the  signf  of  pajjing  honour,  cf.  τίω 
II)  ;  usu.  in  bad  signf,  to  pay  a  penal- 
ty, τιμήν,  θωήν,  II.  3,  289,  Od.  2,  193  ; 
ποινύς,  Pind.  Ο.  2,  106  ;  ίδίκην,  Soph. 
Fr.  94,  etc. ;  also,  τ.  Ισην  (so.  όίκην), 
Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  810;  like  Lat.  poenas 
dare  or  solvere,  Pors.  Med.  798  ;  but 
also  in  good  signf.,  to  pay  a  debt,  ac- 
quit one's  self  of  an  obligation,  r.  ^ωά- 
γρια,  II.  18,  407  ;  τίσειν  α'ισιμα  πάν- 
τα, Od.  8,  348  ;  τ-  χάριν  τινί.  Ιο  ren- 
der one  thanks,  Aesch.  Pr.  985 ;  r. 
όασμόν.  Soph.  O.  C.  635  :  very  freq. 
inTrag.,  who  use  it  in  all  kinds  of 
phrases,  as,  τ.  ΰντητοίνυνς  δύας, 
Aesch.  Eum.  268;  ΰράς  τ.  χρέος,  to 
discharge  the  duty,  i.  e.  do  tne  work 
of  a  curse.  Id.  Ag.  457  ;  r.  μνσος, 
prob.  to  send  one  pollution  m  payment 
for  another.  Id.  Cho.  0.50,  cf  Soph. 
Phil.  959  ;  so.  ών  -κροπάβ-τι  τό  τίνειν, 
to  pay  back  what  one  has  first  suffer- 
ed. Soph.  O.  C.  229  (cf  sub  fin.).— 
Construction  :  the  thing  for  ivhich  one 
pays,  freq.  in  gen.,  r.  άμοιβήν  βοών, 
to  pay  compensation /or  the  oxen,  Od. 

12,  382  ;  so,  r.  Ttvl  ποινήν  τίνος,  to 
pay  one  retribution  for  a  thing,  Hdt. 
3.  14;  7,  134;  also,  r.  ττληγήν  άντΙ 
τζληγής  (which  is  prob.  the  full  con- 
str.),  Aesch.  Cho.  313  :  but  also  freq. 
in  acc,  the  price  being  omitted,  to 
pay  or  atone  for  a  thing,  τίσειαν 
'.\χαιοί..  ίμά  δάκρυα  σοίσι  βέλεσσι, 
II.  1,  42;  so.  τ.  ϋβριν,  Od.  24,  352; 
Γ.  φόνον  or  λώβην  τινός,  II.  21,  134  ; 
11,  142;  (5ί7Γλά  δ'  έτισαν  ΐίριαμίδαι 
θάμάρτια.  Aesch.  Ag.  537;  etc.: — 
more  rarely  c.  acc.  pers.,  τίσεις  γνω- 
τόν  τον  ίπεφνες,  thou  shall  make  atone- 
ment for  the  son  thou  hast  slain,  11. 
17,  34: — the  price  is  usu.  in  acc,  as 
we  have  seen,  but  also  in  dat.,  σω 
κράατι  τίσεις,  Od.  22,  218;  so,  τ. 
ψνχ^,  Aesch.  Cho.  277  ;  but,  τ.  θανά- 
τω,  to  pay  for  it  by  death,  Id.  Ag.  1 529 : 
— absol.,  to  make  return,  repay,  Soph. 
O.  C.  1203  ;  and  so  it  must  be  taken 
lb.  230,  ubi  V.  Herm.— 11.  in  mid.,  to 
have  a  price  paid  one,  make  another  pay 
for  a  thing,  avenge  one's  self  on  him, 
to  chastise,  punish  one,  Lat.  poenas  su- 
mere  de  aliquo,  freq.  from  Hom.  down- 
wards.— Construction:    usu.  c.  acc. 


ΤΙΣ 

pers.,  II.  2,  743,  Od.  3,  197 ;  the  thing 
being  added  in  geiiit.,  τίσεσϋαι  Άλε- 
ξανόρον  καιιότητος,  to  punish  him /or 
his  wickedness,  ]\.  3,  306,  cf  Od.  3, 
206,  Theogn.  204  ;  also,  τινά  νττέρ 
τίνος,  Hdt.  1,  27,  73;  c.  acc.  rei,  to 
take  vengeance  for  a  thing,  τίσασΟαι 
φόνον,  βίην  τινός,  Π.  15,  116,  Od. 
23,  31  ;  but  also  c  du|)l.  acc.  pers.  et 
rei,  έτίσατο  έργον  άεικες  άντιθεον 
'Ν?ΐληα,  he  made  Neleus  pay  for  the 
misdeed,  visited  it  on  his  head,  Od. 
15,  236:  also,  τίσασθαί  τίνα  δίκην, 
to  e.ract  retribution  fro?n  a  person, 
Elmsl.  Eur.  Med.  1283.  cf  άντιτίνω, 
άποτίνω  : — but  also  we  have,  τίνεσ- 
θαί  τίνα  άμοιβαΐς,  φνγ//,  to  repay  or 
requite  with..,  Pind.  P.  2,  44,  Aesch. 
Theb.  638  ; — absol.,  to  repay  one's  self, 
take  vengeance,  ήμεϊς  δ'  άντε  άγειρό- 
μενοι  κατά  δήμον  τισόμεθα,  Od.  13, 
15,  cf  II.  3,  351,  Od.  3,  203  ;  12,  378 
(where  τίσαι  is  imperat.  aor.  mid.). 
The  fut.  and  aor.  1,  act.  and  mid., 
are  most  freq.  in  this  signf  o{  paying 
or  receiving  a  price,  V.  τίω  II  :  the 
signf  of  the  act.  and  mid.  are  never 
interchanged,  as  they  have  been  by 
Doderlein  Soph.  O.  C.  229  : — cf  τίνν- 
μαι, τιμωρέω.  [i  of  pres.,  in  Ep.  ;  I 
in  Att.,  as  Aesch.  Pr.  112,  Soph.  O. 
C.  635,  Eur.  Or.  7  ;  ί  also  in  the  Dor. 
of  Pind.,  as  P.  2,  44,  and  even  in 
Solon  5,  31,  as  also  in  later  Epigr. 
poets,  Jac  Anth.  P.  p.  823  :  ί  in  fut., 
aor.  1,  and  pf] 

Τίό  τιό,  imitation  of  a  bird's  note, 
Ar.  Av.  237. 

Τίοις,  Aeol.  for  τίσι,  dat.  pi.  from 
τίς,  Sappho  113. 

tTiO)',  ov,  TO,  or  TiOf,  ov,  ή,  Tium 
or  Tins,  a  city  of  Bithynia  ;  in  Strab. 
Tieiov :  hence  Τιαί'ός,  ή,  όν,  of  Tium, 
Tian,  Luc.  Alex.  43. 

Τίος,  τίως,  τίω,  τιονς,  τεοΐις.  Dor. 
for  τέο,  σον,  gen.  from  σΰ.  Αρ.  Dysc. 

Τ  ιός,  Boeotian  for  τεός,  σός.  Αρ. 
Dysc. 

Τίποτε  ;  (τί,  πότε)  : — what  or  why 
then  ?  why  ?  wherefore  7 

Τίπτε  ;  Ep  syncop.  form  for  τί- 
ποτε;  Hom.,  Aesch.  Ag.  975  (lyr.) , 
oft.  elided  before  an  aspirate,  τιφθ' : 
— on  τίπτε  δε  σε  χρεώ,  v.  sub  χρεώ, 
χρειώ. 

ίΤιρέως,  ω,  ό,  Tireus,  a  eunuch  of 
Darius  Codomanus,  Plut.  Alex.  30. 

iT ιρίβαζος,  ov,  ό,=^Τηρί.βαζος. 

ίΤίριζις,  ή,  Tirizis,  a  jtromontory 
of  Haernus.  with  a  fortress  of  same 
name.  Strab.  p.  319. 

^T  ιρίστασις,  εως,  ή,  Tiristasis,  a 
city  of  Thrace,  Dem.  159,  11. 

^Τίρννθιος,  a.  ov,  ofTiryns,  Tiryn- 
thian,  στρατός,  Pind.  O.  10,  40  :  esp. 
as  epith.  of  Hercules,  ό  Τ.,  Call. 
Dian.  146  : — ή  Τιρυνθίη,  the  Tiryn- 
thian  territory,  Hdt. 

^Τίρννθος,  ov,  ή,  =  Τίρνί•ς,  Hes. 
Sc  81,  where  better  Τίρυνθας  as  gen. 
of  sq. 

ίΤίρννς,  ννθος.  ή.  Tiryn.<!,  an  an- 
cient city  of  Argolis,  residence  of 
Proetus  and  Perseus,  11.  2,  559  ;  Hdt. 
6,  77  ;  etc. :  famed  for  its  walls  of 
Cyclopian  architecture,  [i] 

ΤΙΣ,  neut.  τι:  gen.  τινός,  Hom. 
τεν,  Att.  του:  dat.  τινί.  Hom.  τω  or 
τεφ.  cf  ό  D :  acc.  τινά,  τι  :  plur., 
τίνες,  τινά,  gen.   τινών  :   dat.  τισί :  ^ 

acc.  τινάς,  τινά  :  of  the  plur..  Hom. 
only  uses  acc.  τινάς.  II.  15,  735,  Od. 
11.  371,  except  in  compds.  οντινες 
and  ονςτινας. — Indef  pronoun,  enclit. 
through  all  cases:  masc.  and  fem., 
one,  a  certain  one,  hence  any  one.  some 
one,  also  freq.  to  be  rendered  by  our 
indef  article  a,  an;  in  Hom.  usu.  ot 


ΤΙΣ 

some    inconsiderable    person. 


who  1 


cannot    be    specially    described,   or 
who  is  now  first  spoken   of:   so  of 
places  and  things,  τις  νήσος,  ποτα- 
μός, δμνς,  etc.,  an  island,  etc..  Horn. : 
— neut.,  some  thing,  any  thin•;,  Horn.  : 
— ει  τις.  et  τι,  if  any  one  or  any  thing, 
usu.einphat.,  whoever,  whatever,  Horn., 
like  Lat.  51  quis. — From  Horn,  down- 
wards its  noun  is  oft.  put  in  gen., 
ϋεών,   φΩ.ων,    ίχθβών   τις.  etc.,   for 
ϋεύς  τις,  etc.— Although  the  enclitic 
Τις  can  never  begin  a  clause,  yet  it 
may  stand  before  its  subject  or  even 
be   itself  the   subject,   esp.  in    Ion. 
prose:  also,  ης  is  put  between  its 
gen.  and  the  article  of  that  gen.,  as, 
Γώΐ"  τις  ΥΙερσέων  (for  τις  τών  Π.), 
τών  τίνες  Φοινίκων,  Hdt.  1,  85;  8, 
90,  etc. ;  and  so  sometimes  in  late 
authors,  as  Alh.  108  D,  Hemst.  Luc. 
Nigrin.  38.  —  II.  in  collective  signf., 
where  an  indefinite  portion  of  a  multi- 
tude is  spoken  of,  ύόε  δέ  τις  ε'ιπεσκεν, 
but  thus  men  spake,  11.  7,  201,  cf  6, 
479,  etc. :   sometimes  ironical,  τ/ιο.ςί 
men,  men  in  general,  II.  13,  638,  Od.  3, 
224.  — 2.  like  έκαστος  or  ττΰς,  each, 
each  one,  every  one,  as,  εν  μεν  τις  δόρυ 
βηξάσβω,  II.  2,  382  ;  άΡ.λύ  τις  αί'τος 
Ιτω,  let  each  come  himself,  II.  17,  254, 
etc.  :  so,  ίνα  τις  στυγέτ/σι  και  ctA?.or, 
that  men  may  for  ever  dread,  11.  8, 
515. — 3.  something  like  this  is  found 
in  Att.,  e.  g.,  κο?Μζειν  αυτόν  τίνα 
τους  ττροςήκοντας.  each  one  his  own, 
Thuc.   1,  40;   φοίεϊταί  τις,   fear   is 
among  them,  Aesch.  Cho.  59  ;  and  in 
Att.,  τις.  some  one,  somebody,  one,  is 
used  for  pers.  pronouns  in  all  cases, 
as  for  έ^ώ  or  ήμεΐς.  Soph.  Aj.  245, 
Ar.  Thesm.  003  ;   for  cry.  Soph.  Aj. 
1138;  and  prob.  of  3  pers.,  Ar.  Ran. 
552,  554  ;— and  then  always  in  sing., 
even  when  a  plur.  is  signified  :  but 
— 4.  the  relative  to  τις  in  this  collect- 
ive signf  is  sometimes  used  in  plur.. 
Soph.  Aj.  965,  Xen.  Mem.  1,  2,  62.— 
5.  in  poets,  the  neut.  τι  with  a  nega- 
tive is  used  to  comprehend  all  gen- 
ders,   nothing,    110    creature    or   being, 
Herin.  H.  Horn.  Merc.  143  ;  τών  αλ- 
7.ων  ov  ττέρ  τι  πεφνγμένον  ίστ'  Άφρο- 
όίτην,  ούτε  θεών,  ούτ''  ανθρώπων,  Η. 
Ven.  34. — HI.  τις,  τι,  like  Lat.  alujiiis 
aliqnid,  quidant  quiddain,  emphat.  of  a 
person  or  thing,  some  great  one,  some 
great    thing,   τ/ύχεις    τις    dvat,   you 
boasted  that  you  were  somebody,  Eur. 
El.   939 ;  κί/γών  τις  φαίνομαι  ημις, 
after  all  I  too  am  somebody,  Theocr. 
11,  79;  also  in  plur.: — λέγειν  τι,  to 
be  near  the  mark.  Plat.  Prot.  339  C, 
etc.,   opp.    to  ουδέν   ?ίέγειν,   Herin. 
Vig.  n.  )  13. — 2.  einphat.  a  man,  opp. 
to  a  brute,  τις  η  κύων,  Ar.   Pac.  24, 
cf.  Eur.  Cycl.  117:  but. — 3.  reversely, 
with  signf.  of  contempt,  somebody  or 
other:  esp.  with  proper  names,  θερ- 
σίτης  τις  ην,  there  was  one  Thersites, 
Soph.  Phil.  442  :  hence  τις,  ior  aslave, 
Xen.  Symp.  1,3,  etc. — 4.  Aristot.  joins 
it  with  the  article,  thus,  δ  τις  άνθρω- 
πος, δ  τις  Ίππος,  an  individual  man, 
horse,  etc.,  Categ.  2,  2 ;  5,  1.  —  IV. 
joined  with   adjs.,  τις  makes/  them 
less  precise,  in  some  degree,  more  or 
less,    freq.    ironical,   as,    τις  θαρσα- 
Ίεος,  Od.  17,  449.  cf.  II.  3.  220,  Od. 
18,  382,   Wess.    Hdt.  4,   198:   thus, 
δνςμαθής,    stupid,   is    qualified    into 
όνςμαθής  τις,  a  slow  sort  of  person ; 
μαινόμενος,  a  madman,  into  μαινόμε- 
νος τις,  a  crazy  sort  of  fellow,  etc., — 
very  freq.  in  Att. :  so  with  an  adj.  of 
number,  size  or  the  like,  δσος  τις  χρυ- 
σός, what  wealth  of  gold,  Od.  10,  45  : 
έκαστος  τις,  Od.  9,  65  ;  οΙός  τις,  II.  5, 


ΤΙΣ 

638,  Od.  20,  377 ;  όποΐός  τις,  etc. ;  cf. 
δςτις ;  πάς  τις,  every  one,  Elmsl. 
Med.  548 ;  εις  τις,  some  one,  etc.,  v. 
EUendt  Lex.  Soph.  2,  p.  832  :  πολύς 
τις,  Hdt.  5,  48  ;  ό'λίγοι  τινές,  or  (as 
Aesch.)  οΰ  ττολλοί  τίνες,  some  few  : 
esp.  in  phrases  like  τρεις  τίνες,  some 
three  or  so,  cf.  Thuc.  3,  68  ;  7,  87,  cf 
Schiif  Greg.  8  :  esp.  interrog.,  πόσος 
τις ;  ποΙός  τις ;  etc.,  Trag. — 2.  in  this 
signf.  TL  is  joined  as  adv.  with  verbs 
and  adjectives,  somewhat,  in  a  way,  in 
a  manner,  freq.  in  Hom.,  and  Hdt. ; 
also  with  another  adv.  or  atij.  used 
as  adv.,  οϋτω  ύή  τι  ίσχνραί,  οντω  δή 
τι  πολύγονον,  etc.,  Hdt.  3,  12,  108, 
cf.  4,  52  ;  so  also,  »)-rov  τι,  somewhat 
less,  ουδέν  τι.  πάνυ  τι,  πολύ  τι,  σχε- 
δόν τι,  etc. — V.  τίς  τε,  usu.  in  simi- 
les : — so  too,  ώς  τίς  τε,  ώς  δτε  τίς  τε, 
for  ώςτε  τις,  II.  3,  33,  etc. :  though  τε 
is  sometimes  strictly  a  conjunction, 
Od.  19,  265,  etc. — VI.  τιςίοτ  δς,δςτις, 
only  in  late  poets,  as  in  Call.,  cf. 
Jac.  Anth.  P.  p.  88,  740;  never  in 
Att. — VII.  as  a  do\ibtful  negat.,  η  τις 
7/  ουδείς,  but  one — if  so  many,  next  to 
none,  Valck.  Hdt. "3,  401,  Xen.  Cyr. 
7,  5,  45  ;  η  Ti  η  ουδέν,  little  or  nothing. 
Plat.  Apol.  17  B:  so,  εΙς  ΰνήρ, 
ονόεις  ΰνήρ,  as  vel  duo,  vel  nemo,  Pers. 
Sat.  1,  3. —  VIII.  τις  is  really  pleonast. 
in  such  phrases  as  ουδέν  τι  or  μηδέν 
τι,  Democr.  ap.  Stob.  p.  310.  42,  Jac. 
Ach.  Tat.  p.  728 ;  and  so  perh.  in  the 
susp.  ουδείς  τις,  Eur.  Ale.  79.  —  2. 
also  pleon.  in  to  μεν  τι...,  το  δε  τι, 
for  -ό  μέν...,  το  δέ,  Ερ.  Plat.  358  Α  ; 
also  masc,  ό  μέν  τις...  δ  δέ  τις,  Bor- 
nem.  Xen.  Symp.  2,  6,  Cyr.  2,  3,  19. 
— 3.  in  long  sentences,  and  such  as 
have  two  clauses,  τίξ-is  oft.  repeated, 
Pors.  Hec.  1161,  Elmsl.  Ar.  Ach. 
569:  whereas  elsewh.  it  is  found 
only  in  the  second,  Pors.  Hec.  370. 
— IX.  τις  is  sometimes  omitted,  ουδέ 
κεν  ένθα  τέον  }£■  μένος  και  χείρας 
δνοιτο  (sc.  τις),  11.  13,  287  ;  but  more 
freq.  in  Att.,  as  Soph.  O.  C.  1226, 
El.  1323,  Stallb.  Plat.  Gorg.  456  D; 
though  many  passages  are  wrongly 
referred  hither,  v.  Herm.  Soph.  O.  T. 
310.  —  2.  still  more  singularly  Tif  is 
omitted  before  a  gen.  case  which 
must  depend  upon  it,  as,  ή  [τις]  τΰς 
άσωτου  Σισυφιδύν  γενεάς.  Soph.  Aj. 
190  ;  fjv  γαμΐ}  ποτ'  αντδς  η  [τις]  τών 
ξυγγενών,  Ar.  Nub.  1128;  ουκ  αν 
αιών'  έκμύθοι  [τις]  βροτών.  Soph. 
Tr.  2  (though  Herm.  defends  Tricli- 
nius'  reading — ίκμύθοις),  cf  Hemst. 
Luc.  Nig:rin.  24.  —  3.  τις  must  often 
be  supplied  from  what  goes  before, 
Heind.  Plat.  Gorg.  478  C,  Prot.  319 
D. — Cf.  όςτις,  οντις,  μήτις,  ΰ/J.oTi. 
[1  in  all  cases  :  Hom.  however  some- 
times has  τις  long  in  arsis,  11.  24,  149, 
Od.  21,  324:  the  neut.  τι  is  never 
elided.] 

ΤΓΣ  ;  neut.  τί;  gen.  riVof,  in  Hom. 
always  τέο  and  contr.  τεϋ,  Att.  τον : 
dat.  τίνι,  Att.  also  τώ,  cf.  ό  D:  ace. 
τίνα,  neut.  τί.  Plur.  τίνες,  τίνα : 
gen.  τίνων,  in  Hom.  always  τέων : 
dat.  τίσι :  ace.  τίνας,  τίνα.  Of  the 
plur.  Hom.  uses  only  nom.  rirff  with 
gen.  τέων.  nor  has  he  the  dat.  sing., 
τίνι. — Pronoun  of  direct  question,  al- 
ways written  with  the  acnte  accent, 
masc.  and  fem.  who?  which?  neut. 
what  ?  which  ?  Lat.  quis,  quae,  quid  ?, 
Hom. : — strengthd.  τίς  γύρ,  τί  -yap, 
just  like  Lat.  quisnam,  quidnam,  11.  2, 
803.  and  freq.  in  Od. ;  also  in  Pind. 
P.  4,  124,  and  Att.  (cf  infra  VIII.  2) : 
if  Ti  ;  until  when  ?  how  long  ?  11.  5, 
465 :  τίς  δ'  ούτος  ερχεαι ;  who  art 
thou  that  comest  ?  II.  10,  82,  cf.  Pors. 


ΤΙΣ 
Hec.  499 :  sometimes  also  expressing 
surprise  or  anger,  as  in  τί  τοντο  ;  τί 
χρήμα ;  ία,  τί  τούτο  ;  and  the  like, 
Valck.  Hipp.  905.— When  the  ques- 
tion is  asked  by  τίς  or  τί  without  an 
interrog.  particle,  the  pronoun  fol- 
lows the  verb,  e.  g.  Ar.  Pac.  192,  206, 
Nub.  239. — II.  the  question  is  vari- 
ously modified  by  the  addition  of  όΐ' 
or  κεν  and  a  change  of  mood  :— 1 .  τίς 
αν  or  κεν,  with  the  opt.,  expresses 
strong  doubt,  -who  could,  who  would  do 
30?  Od.  21,  259,  II.  10,  303.  etc. :  rare- 
ly so  with  the  indie,  as  in  Hes.  Sc. 
73. — 2.  the  poets  however  omit  ύι•  or 
κεν  with  the  opt.  when  the  doubt  he- 
comes  in  fact  a  denial,  who  could  do 
so  .'  i.  e.  710  one  could,  v.  Aesch.  Cho. 
315,  Soph.  Ant.  604.  — 3.  τις  with 
the  subjunct.  expresses  deliberation 
whether  a  thing  shall  be  done  or  not, 
what  mv^t  I  do  ?  what  must  I  say  ? 
Herm.  Vig.  n.  108. — III.  τίς  is  more 
rarely  used  for  δστις  in  indirect  ques- 
tion, or  rather  oratio  obliqua  aftei 
verbs  which  themselves  express  a 
question,  doubt,  etc.,  and  that  usu. 
with  the  opt.,  ηρώτα  όή  έπειτα,  τίς 
ε'ιη  και  πόθεν  ελθοι,  Od.  15,  423,  cf. 
17,  368,  Soph.  El.  316,  etc.,cf  Dind. 
ad  O.  T.  1144:— yet,  from  the  liveli- 
ness common  in  Greek  narrative,  the 
verb  of  the  indirect  question  oft.  pass- 
es again  into  the  indic.  as  if  the  ques- 
tion were  direct,  as,  έπισκεΦώμεθα 
τίνες  πέπανται.  Xen.  An.  3.  3,  18. — 
IV.  sometimes  two  questions  are 
asked  in  one  clause  by  different  cases 
of  τίς,  as,  εκ  τίνος  τίς  έγένετο  ;  from 
whom  is  who  descended  1  i.  e..  who  is 
he  and  from  whom  descended?  Wytt. 
Ep.  Cr.  p.  181.-2.  a  like  doubling  of 
the  question  lies  in  the  union  of  τίς 
with  other  interrog.  words,  τίςπόθιν 
εις  ανδρών,  Od.  1,  170,  cf.  Soph.  Tr. 
421  :  πώςτί;  Heind.  Plat.  Hipp.  Mnj. 
297  E. — V.  after  τι  as  predicate  fol- 
lowed by  εστί,  the  subject  is  not  sel- 
dom put  in  plur.,  as,  τί  ποτ'  εστίν, 
a  διανοονμεθα  ;  τί  ποτ'  έστι  ταύτα; 
Plat.  Theaet.  154  Ε,  155  C,  Heind. 
Plat.  Gorg.  508  Β.— VI.  τίς  =  ποΊος, 
Soph.  Tr.  311,  Ο.  Τ.  489;  cf.  Herm. 
Vig.  η.  114. — 2.=  TTo-fpor,  Xen.  Cyr. 
1,  3,  17;  like  Lat.  quis?  for  utcr  ? 
Liv,  30,  1.— VII.  τί ;  alone,  as  a  sim- 
ple question,  ivhat  ? — but,  in  comic 
writers,  it  sometimes  takes  the  arti- 
cle, TO  τί ; — this  happens  when  the 
question  refers  to  something  going 
before,  about  which  one  desires  to  be 
further  informed,  Ar.  Pac.  696,  Nub. 
775,  Av.  1039  :  if  that  which  goes  be- 
fore is  in  plur.,  the  question  m.Tv  be 
asked  by  τα  τί ;  Ar.  Pac.  693 — VHI. 
τί  ;  also  oft.  stands  absol.  as  adv., 
how?  for  why?  wherefore?  II.  1,  362, 
414.  etc. :  so  too  in  Att.,  though  they 
also  have  in  full  f5ia  τί :  cf.  τίη. — 2. 
τί  γύρ  ;  why  not  ?  how  else  ?  Lat.  quid 
enim  ?  quidni  ?  Aesch.  Ag.  1239,  Eum. 
678,  V.  Blomf  Cho.  880  (Dind.) :  used 
in  affirmative  answers,  Plat.  Phaedr. 
258  D,  Theaet.  209  B.  etc. ;  cf.  Schaf. 
Soph.  O.  C.  1679 :  cf.  infra  5.-3.  -/ 
δέ  ;  but  how  ?  i.  e.  only  see  now  !  serv- 
ing to  pass  on  quickly  to  a  fresh 
point,  the  Lat.  quid  vero  ?,  τί  δέ,  ει 
μη..,  what  else  but..,  quid  aliud.  nisi.., 
Xen.  Oec.  9,  1  ;  cf.  Soph.  O.  T.  941, 
Phil.  421  :  so  also,  τί  δέ  δή  .—of 
course  τί  δέ  beginning  a  clause  has 
its  simple  interrog.  and  connective 
force. — 4.  τΊ  δή  ;  τί  δή  ποτέ ;  why 
ever  ?  ivhy  in  the  world  ?  expressing 
surprise.  Plat.  Gorg.  469  A  : — so  too 
τί  δήτα  ;  how,  pray  ? — 5.  τί  μην  ;  why 
not?  i.  e.  yes  certainly,  much  like  τί 
1501 


ΤΙΣΙ 

/βρ ;  very  freq.  in  Plato. — 6.  τί  ovv ; 
hmc  so  ?  making  an  objection,  Aesch. 
Theb>  20Θ,  704,  etc.— 7.  τί  τούτο; 
what  is  this  f  what  mean  you  ? — but  the 
neut.  sing,  τί  is  oft.  followed  by  a 
plur.,  τί  ταϋτα;  Heinii.  Plat.  Gorg. 
508  C,  Phaed.  57  A,  Schiif.  Soph.  Ei. 
766. — 8.  τί  μαθών  ;  τί  παθών  ;  v.  μαν- 
θάνω,  sub  tin. — IX.  τί,  c.  part.,  fol- 
lowed by  a  verbal  clause,  iorins  one 
sentence  in  Greek,  where  we  use 
two,  as,  τί  ύν  ποιονντες  εϋτνχοΐεν  ; 
what  must  they  do  to  be  successful  ?, 
cf.  Xen.  Mem.  2,  2,  1  :  so  also  with 
cotijunctions,  e.  g.  άλλ'  όταν  τί  ποίή- 
σωσι,  νομιείς  έπιμε^.ΐΐαθαί  σου  ; 
what  must  they  do,  before  thou  wilt 
believe  that  they  care  for  thee  ?,  cf. 
Heind.  Plat.  Hipp.  Maj.  288  A. 

(Lat.  QVIS,  Saner.  KAS,  etc.) 
[t  m  all  cases  :  but  τί  was  never  eli- 
ded, nor  even  τινά  in  prose,  ace.  to 
Schaf  Mel.  p.  135.  The  hiatus  is  al- 
lowed after  τί  in  Com. ;  but  this  li- 
cence is  rare  in  Trag..  Valck.  Hipp. 
971 :  indeed  it  is  disputed  altogether 
by  Pors.  Phoen.  892,  Monk  Hipp.  'J75, 
etc. ;  but  it  is  now  generally  allowed 
in  some  forms,  as,  τί  εστίν  ;  Soph. 
Phil.  733 ;  τί  ovv  ;  Aesch.  Theb.  208, 
704,  etc. ;  τί  είττας ;] 

Ύϊσαίατο,  Ion.  ibr  τίσαιντο,  Od. 

ίΎϊσαϊον,  on,  τό,  όρος.,  Mt.  Tisaens, 
m  Thessaly,  Polyb.  10,  42,  2  ;  the  pro- 
jectmg  point  of  which  formed  the  Ti- 
σαίη  άκρα,  Αρ.  Rli.  1,  508. 

^Ύίσαμενός,  ov,  ό,  Tisamenus,  son 
of  Orestes,  king  of  Argos,  Apollod.  2, 
8,  2 ;  etc. — 2.  son  of  Thersander, 
grandson  of  the  Theban  Poly  η  ices, 
Hdt.  4.  147. — 3.  a  seer  of  Elis,  an 
lamid,  Ildt.  9,  33.-4.  an  Athenian, 
son  of  Mechanion,  Lys.  186.5. — Oth- 
ers in  Thuc.  3,  92;  Xen.  Hell.  3,  3, 
11  ;  etc. 

■fTcaavopog.  ov,  ό,  Tisander,  son  of 
Jason  and  Medea,  Diod.  S.— 2.  an 
Aetolian,  Thuc.  3,  100.-3.  father  of 
Isagoras,  Hdt.  5,  66. — Others  in  Id.  6, 
127  ;   Plat. ;  etc. 

^Ύίσαρχος,  ov,  b,  Tisarchus,  an 
Athenian,  Andoc.  3,  18. 

'\Ύΐσιά6ης,  ov,  ό,  Tisiades,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Ar.  Vesp.  401. 

ίΤίσίας,  ov,  ion.  -ης,  εω,  ό,  Tisias, 
a  Parian,  father  of  Lysagoras,  Hdt. 
6,  133. — 2.  an  Athenian,  brother  of 
the  celebrated  Iphicrates,  Dem.  534, 
24. — 3.  an  Acharnian,  umpire  between 
Apollodorus  and  Phormio,  Id.  1104, 
3. — 4.  an  Athenian  general,  Thuc.  5, 
84. — 5.  a  teacher  of  eloquence  from 
Syracuse,  Plat.  Phaedr.  267  Α.— Oth- 
ers in  Dem.,  etc. 

Ύισιγίτης,  ov,  ό,  a  utensil,  vessel, 
Persian  word. 

^Ύΐσίμαχος,  ov,  ό.  Tisimachus,  an 
Athenian,  father  of  Tisias  (4),  Thuc. 
5,  14. 

tTtffif,  ό,=Τ/σίας•,  a  Messenian, 
Pans.  4,  9,  3.-2.  ιόος,  η,  Tisis,  fern, 
pr.  n.,  Anth.  P.  6,  274. 

Ύισις,  εως,  ή,  {τίω) : — strictly,  an 
estimating,  valuation :  hence  a  recom• 

fiense,  atonement,  Od.  2,  70:  general- 
y,  a  penalty,  punish^nent,  revenue,  II. 
22,  19,  Od.  1,  40,  etc.,  and  often  in 
Hdt. :  τίσιν  όοϋναι,  to  suffer  punish- 
ment, Lat.  poenas  dare,  Hdt.  8,  70  ;  τί- 
σιν έκτίνειν.  Id.  6,  84  ;  τισιςηκει,  Id. 

2,  152,  cf.  Soph.  O.  C.  229  (v.  sub  τί- 
νω) ;  τ.  είσι.  Soph.  Fr.  813. — II.  rare- 
ly, a  requital  of  good,  recompense,  re- 
ward, τίσις  φίλων,  Theogn.  337. — HI. 
ai  τίσιες,  the  powers  of  vengeance,  like 
the  'Ep£i't;ef,  Άραί,  etc.,  ^Οροίτεα 
ΙΙο?.νκράτεος  τίσιες  μετηλθον,  Hdt. 

3,  126,  128.  [--] 

1502 


ΤΙΤΑ 

Τίσϊφόνη,  ης,  ή,  {τίω,  φόνος)  Tisi- 
phone,  The  Avenger  of  blood,  one  of  the 
Erinyes,  Orph.  H.  68,  2.— til.  daugh- 
ter of  Alcinaeon  and  Manto,  Apollod. 
3,  7.  7. 

ΥΓισίφονος.  ov,  ό,  Tisiphonus,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Qu.  Sm.  1,  406.-2.  tyrant  of 
Pherac,  successor  of  Ale.xander,  Xen. 
Hell.  6,  4,  37. 

ΥΓισσαφέρνης,  gen.  ονς,  dat.  -νει 
and  -vy,  v.  Bornem.  ad  Xen.  An.  1,  4 
2 ;  Poppo  ad  2,  5,  3  j  ace.  -vi/v,  al 
ways  in  Xen.,  on  the  form  -νη,  ν 
Poppo  ad  An.  2,  5,  27  ;  voc.  -νη.  Id.  2 
5,  3  ; — Tissaphernes,  a  Persian  name 
esp.  a  satrap  in  Lydia  under  Artaxer 
xes,  who  first  gave  that  monarch  in 
formation  of  the  designs  of  his  bro- 
ther Cyrus,  for  which  he  received  the 
provinces  of  Cyrus  and  other  favours, 
Thuc.  8,  5 ;  Xen.  An.  1,  1,2;  etc. 

Ύΐταίνω,  aor.  ετίτηνα,  Ep.  verb, 
synon.  with  τείνω,  ταννω,  to  stretch, 
τόξα,  II.  8,  266  ;  also  in  mid.,  τόξα  τι- 
ταίνεσθαι,  to  bend  one's  bow,  II.  5,  97, 
Od.  21,  259  ;  so,  φόρμιγγα  Τίτηνάμε- 
voc,  having  tuned  it,  Orph.  Arg.  253. — 
2.  to  stretch  out,  spread  out  or  along, 
spread,  τράπεζας,  Od.  10,  354 ;  τά- 
λαντα, II.  θ,  69  ;  χεΐρε,  II.  13,  534  :— 
mid.  or  pass.,  to  stretch  one's  self  τι- 
ταινομένω  τττερύγεσσιν,  Od.  2,  149  ; 
and,  generally,  to  extend,  spread,  Ty 
και  Ty,  Dion.  P.  637. — 3.  to  stretch  or 
dratv  along,  άρμα  τιταίνειν,  II.  2,  390  ; 
άροτρυν,  II.  13,  704  :  so,  absol.,  τιταί- 
vtTov,  haste  along,  II.  23,  403  :  hence 
in  mid.  or  pass.,  ίππος  θέει  τιταινό- 
μένος  πεόίοιο,  the  horse  runs  stretch- 
ing over  the  plain  {ventre  a  tcrre),  11. 
22,  23  ;  ίππος  ανακτά  έλκει  πεόίαιο 
τιταινόμενος σνν  όχεσόιν,  II.  23,  518: 
also  of  a  man  running  violently,  Hes. 
Sc.  229  ;  but  in  Anlli.  Plan.  105,  γνία 
τιταινόμενος. — 4.  in  mid.,  also,  to 
strain  or  exert  one's  self,  Od.  11,  599. 
— II.  τίταίνω  [ί]  is  said  to  mean  to 
avenge  (as  if  from  -ί'ω),  in  Hes.  Th. 
209,  φάσκε  όέ  τιταίνοντας  ύτασθα- 
λίης μέγα  1)έξαι  έργον, — but  the  signf. 
is,  Uranus  in  wrath  called  his  sons  Ti- 
tans, for  that  they  were  stretching  out 
their  hands  to  do  violence.  It  is  true 
that  the  poet  has  £ ;  but  this  was  be- 
cause the  i  in  Ύιτάν  was  so. — Ep. 
word. 

iΎιτaκός,  ov,  6,  Titacus,  an  au- 
tochthon in  Attica,  Hdt.  9,  73. 

Τίτάΐ',  άνος,  ό,  usu  in  plur.  Τιτά- 
νες, Ep.  and  Ion.  Ύϊτήνες,  ο!,  the  Ti- 
tans, a  race  of  gods  placed  beneath 
Tartarus.  11.  14,  279,  H.  Ap.  336: 
ace.  to  Hes.  Th.  133,  six  sons  and  six 
daughters  of  Uranus  and  Gaea,  viz., 
Oceanus,  Coeus,  Creius,  Hyperion, 
lapetus,  Cronus,  Theia,  Rheia,  The- 
mis, Mnemosyne,  Phoebe,  and  Te- 
thys  ;  cf  II.  8,  481,  where  lapetus 
and  Cronus  are  named.  .At  first  they 
dwelt  in  heaven,  hence  called  Ovpa- 
νίωνες  even  in  II.  5,  898  ;  but  when 
Jupiter  prevailed  he  hurled  them  into 
nether  darkness  :  their  struggle  with 
Jupiter  assisted  by  the  hundred- 
handed  Coitus,  Briareus  and  Gyes, 
is  told  at  length  by  Hes.  Th.  616-736, 
where  they  are  always  called  Ύιτή- 
νες  θεοί. — (This  legend  must  not  be 
confounded  with  the  like  revolt  of 
the  sons  of  Aloeus  in  Thessaly,  Od. 
11,  305;  nor  with  the  storming  of 
heaven  by  the  later  Gigantes.)  Many 
other  names  are  given  by  later  poets, 
as  Prometheus,  Epimetheus.  Atlas, 
Aesch.  Pr.  205,  427 ;  so,  θέμις  Ύιτα- 
νίς,  lb.  874,  etc. — Later,  any  descend- 
ants of  Uranus  and  Gaea  are  so 
called: — and  in  Lat.  poets  Tttan  is 


ΤΙΤΘ 

usu.  the  Sun-god,  Helius.  (The  old 
est  deriv.  of  the  name  is  given  in 
Hes.  Th.  207.  v.  τιταίνω,  fin.,  the 
Stretchers,  .Strivers,  —  tendones,  as 
Herm.  translates  it : — ace.  to  others, 
τιτύν  ίΒ=τιμωρός,  v.  τίτας :  ace.  to 
others,=  /iaai/itDf,  cf.  πτηνά). 

'Γϊτάν'ια,  (sc.  ιερά),  τά,  the  festival 
of  the  Titans:  strictly  neut.  from  Tt 
τύνιος.  [ru] 

1  Ύίτάνικυς,  ή,  oi',=  sq.,  Plat.  Lege. 
701  C. 

Τιτάνιος,  a,  ov,  Ion.  Τιτηνιος, 
{  Τιτάν  )  Titanian,  Titan  ■  sprung  : 
hence  pecul.  fern.  Τιτάνιας,  άόος.  [α] 

Ύϊτάνίς,  ίόος,  ή.  Ion.  Τιττμ•ις,  fem. 
from  Τιτάν,  Aesch.  Pr.  874. 

Τίτΰνις,  εως,  ή,=  τίτανος.  [τΐ] 

Τίτάνογρύφια,  ας,  ή,  α  history  of 
the  Titans. 

Τίτάνοκράτωρ,  ορός,  ό,  {Τιτάν,  κρα• 
τέω )  conqueror  of  the  Titans,  Luc. 
Tim.  4. 

Τίτάνοκτόνος,  ov,  {Τιτάν,  κτείνω) 
slaying  Titans,  Batr.  273. 

Τιτανομαχία,  ας,  ή,  {Τιτάν,  μάχη) 
battle  of  the  'Titans,  Dlod. 

iTιτavoς,  ov,  ό,  Titanus,  a  moun- 
tain of  Thessaly,  II.  2,  735. 

Τίτάνος,  ov,  ij,  lime,  also  gypsum, 
Hes.  Sc.  141  :  generally,  a  xihite  earth, 
chalk :  also,  niarbte-scrapings,  Luc. 
Somn.  6.  (Perhaps  from  the  Thes- 
salian  town  or  hill  Τίτανος,  II.  2, 
735,  as  creta,  chalk,  from  Creta  ;  or 
— vice  versa),  [t]     Hence 

Τίτάνόω,  ώ,  to  cover  with  lime,  plas- 
ter. 

Τϊτάνώύης,  ες,  {Τιτάν,  είδος)  like 
Titans,  Titanic,  Τιτανώδες  βλ.έπειν, 
Luc. 

Τίτΰνωτός,  ή,  όν,  plastered  with 
lifne. 

Tίτaξ,6,{τίω)=βaσιλεvς,l1esych.^, 
cf.  τιτήνη. 

ΥΓιταρήσιος,  ov,  b,  theTitaresius,  a 
river  of  Thessaly,  the  later  Eurotas, 
a  branch  of  the  Peneus,  II.  2,  735  ; 
Strab.  p.  441. — II.  Titaresian,  appell. 
of  Mopsus,  from  sq.  2,  Hes.  Sc.  181  ; 
Ap.  Rh.  1,  65. 

^Τιταρον,  ov,  τό,  Titarum,  a  city 
of  Thessaly,  Lye.  :  adv.  Τιταρι/θεν, 
from  Titara,  Orph.  Arg.  126.-2.  Mt. 
Tiiarus,  in  Thessaly,  a  branch  ol 
Olympus,  Strab.  p.  441. 

Τίτας,  ov,  ό,  {τίω)  Dor.  for  τίτης,= 
τιμωρός,  an  avenger,  Aesch.  Cho.  67. 

Τίτηγενης,  ες,  {*γένω)  Titan-born, 
formed  like  ' Κτλαγενής :  from 

Τίτηνες,  οι,  Ep.  and  ion.  for  Τιτά- 
νες, Horn.,  and  Hes. 

Τιτί]νη,  ης,  ή,=βασι?Λς,  Aesch. 
ap.  Hesych.  (Fr.  252) ;  cf.  τίταξ  : — • 
hence  Herm.  (Opusc.  5,  162)  reads 
Tu  χθονίων  τιτηνύ,  the  powers  of  the 
j  nether  world,  in  Aesch.  Cho.  399  ; — 
supposing  this  to  be  heterocl.  plur.  oi 
τιτηνός,  a  king  :  cf.  τιθηνός,  τιβήνη. 

]ΤιτήνιοΓ,  η,  ov,  lon.  =  Tirartof. 

Τιτθεία,  ας,  ή,  the  suckling  by  a 
nurse,  a  nurse's  place  or  oijice,  Dem. 
1312,  2 :  from 

Τιτθίίω,  to  be  a  nurse,  do  nurse's 
service. — II.  trans.,  to  suckle,  nurse, 
τινά,  Dem.  1309,  19;  1311,  fin.  ;  of 
one's  country,  Plut.  Lycurg.  16: — • 
oi  τιτθενόμενοι, sucklings,  Arist.  H.  A. 
3,  21,  7  :  from 

Τιτθή,  ης,  or  τίτθη,  ης,  ή,  the  teat 
or  nipple  of  a  woman's  breast,  cf.  tit- 
θίον. — II.  a  nurse,  Ar.  Eq.  716,The.'5m. 
009,  Plat.  etc.  ;  cf.  μάμμα  II.— III. 
prob.  ηβ\βτ=ΤΓ/θη,  αί.ττ/θη,  fin.  (Akin 
to  τιθηνός,  τιθηνη,  τιθή,  τιθός,  from 
θάω,  θήσαι,  to  give  suck.) 

Τιτθιβνζω,==  τιττνβίζω. 


ΤΙΤΥ 

Τι  τθίζο.  Ιο  suck  the  breast.  —  2. 
trans.,  to  suckle. 

Ύιτθίον.  ov,  TO.  Dim.  from  τίτθη\, 
Αγ.  Ach.  1199,  Ran.  412,  etc. 

Ύιτθίς,  ίδος,  ή.  Dim.  from  τίτθη- 

ΎΐΓθο/.ύ3έω,  ώ,  {τίτθη.  ?.αμ3άνω) 
to  take  hold  of  the  teats,  Anstaen.  2, 
IG. 

Τί-^όζ-,  ov,  a,  like  τίτθη,  the  teat, 
nipple  of  a  woman's  breast,  Ar. 
Thesm.  640,  Lysias  92, 32,  33  :  rarely 
of  the  man's,  Jac.  Anth.  P.  p.  753. — 
II.  a  nurser,  rearer,  like  τροφός,  Pllilo. 

Τί'Γί^ω,  ]\ke  πιτϊΐζω,  to  cry  '  ti  ti,' 
chirrup  like  a  young  bird  ;  τιτίζοντες 
was  the  reading  of  Zenodotus  forre- 
τρί^ώτες  inll.  2,  314.  (Onomatop., 
like  τρττίζω). 

Ύϊτίς,  ίόος,  ή,  like  πίτϊώ,  a  small 
chirping  bird.  Phot. 

Ύιτ/.άβία,  τύ,  a  kind  of  writing- 
tablets,  Arr.  Epict. :  others  write  τιλ- 
7.άρια,  and  take  it  to  mean  pens. 

tTt'r/.of,  01',  ύ.  the  Lat.  tituhis,  a 
title,  inscription,  N.  T. 

iΎίτoρμoς,  ov.  a,  Titormus,  an  Aeto• 
Han  herdsman,  brother  of  Melas,  re- 
nowned for  his  strength,  Hdt.  6, 127  ; 
Ael.  V.  H.  12,  22. 

tTtrof ,  ov,  6,  the  Rom.  name  Tiius, 
Polyb. 

Ύίτραίνω,  dub.  form,  and  Τίτρύω, 
late  form,  for  τετραίνω. 

Ύίτρώσκω,  and,  in  Od.  21,  293, 
ΤΡΩΩ,  q.  V. :  i.  τρώσω  :  aor.  έτρω- 
σα :  pf-  pass.  Τΐτρωιιαι.  To  wound, 
hurt,  II.  23,  341,  Od.  16,  293  ;  τετρώ- 
ϋθαι  τον  μηρόν,  to  be  wounded  in  the 
thigh,  Hdt.  6,5  ;  θνήσκοντας  η  τετρω- 
αένονς,  Aesch.  Theb.  242: — also  of 
ships,  to  damage  ihem,  Thuc.  4,  14; 
Oi  ήμϊσεαι  των  νεών  τετρωμέναι, 
Hdt.  8,  18  : — of  wine,  to  do  one  a  mis- 
chief, οΗ'ός  σε  τρώει  με7ΛηίΊής,  6ς  τε 
και  ά7.λονς  βλάτττεί,  Od.  21.  293; 
τρώσει  νιν  οίνος,  Eur.  Cycl.  422;  so 
έ~εί  μ'  έρως  έτρωσε.  Id.  Hipp.  392, 
cf.  Valck.  Diatr.  p.  52 ;  τα  τϊαραόεί- 
γματα  ήμΰς  ονόέν  τιτρώσκει.  Plat. 
Phil.  13  C. — (.\kin  to  τορέω,  *τρύω, 
τετραίνω :  hence -ραϊ/ίο.)     Hence 

Ύιτρωσμός,  ov.  ό,  a  wounding. — II. 
α  miscaiTiage,  Hipp. 

ΤίΓπΌ,  barbarism  for  τιτθίον,  Ar. 
Thesm.  1185. 

TirriJt'CiJ.strictly  of  the  cry  of  par- 
tridges, but  different  frocn  κακ,αβίζω, 
Theophr.  ap.  Ath.  390  Β  :— also,  like 
τρίζω,  τιτίζω,  of  swallows  and  other 
small  birds,  to  twitter,  chirrup,  used  by 
Ar.  Av.  235  in  compd.  ΰμφιτιττυ- 
βίϊω. 

Ύΐτνοκτόνος,  ov,  (Τίτυόξ-,  κτείνω) 
slaving  Tityus,  Call.  Dian.  110. 

ΎΙτνός,  ov,  0,  Tityus,  son  of  Gaea, 
a  giant,  whose  liver  was  always  torn 
by  two  vultures  in  the  nether  world, 
as  a  punishment  for  violence  offered 
to  Latona,  Od.  11,  576,  cf.  7,  324: 
+acc.  to  ApoUod.,  1,  3.  12,  son  of  Ju- 
piter and  Elara:  cf.  Έλύμα. 

Ύΐτί'ρΙνος  αί'/.ός,  ό,  a  shepherd's 
pipe  or  flute,  Artemid.  ap.  Ath.  182  D. 

Ύίτνριστης,  ov,  o,  a  piper,  App. 
Pun.  66. 

Ύίτνρος,  ov,  6,  Dor.  for  Σύτνρος,Ά 
Satyr,  companion  of  Bacchus  ;  but 
Strabo  distinguishes  the  Τίτνροι 
from  the  Σ;ί7ΐ'ρο£,  Σει7.ηνοί,  etc.,  pp. 
468.  470 : — hence,  a  common  shep- 
herd's name,  Tiiyrus,  Σάτυρος  also 
beinensed  for  a  prop,  n.,  fTheocr.  3, 
2;  cf  'Ύττύθεσις  of  3d  Idyllf.— II.= 
σάτυρος  3,  a  tailed  ape.  not  the  same 
as  πίθηκος.  Theophr.  Char.  5,  cf  Ael. 
V.  H.  3,  40,  Schol.  Theocr.  3.— III. 
with  the  Laconians,  the  goat  or  ram 


ΤΙΩ 
that  leads  the  flock,  the  bell-wether,  Serv. 
Virg.  Eel.  1.  [i] 

Ύΐτύσκομαι,  only  used  by  Ep.  in 
pros,  and  impf ,  combining  the  signfs. 
of  the  kindred  verbs  τενχω,  τυγχά- 
νω : — hence, — I.  like  τενχω,  to  make, 
make  ready,  prepare,  τιτνσκετο  ττνρ, 
II.  21,  342;  νττ'  όχεσφι  τιτνσκετο 
ι~—ω,  he  put  two  horses  to  the 
chariot,  II.  8,  41  ;  13,  23  :— in  Ale.x- 
andr.  poets,  we  find  an  act.  form 
τιτνσκω,  Arat.  418,  Lye.  1403;  so 
also  in  Antim.  Fr.  26,  cf  Ruhnk.  Ep. 
Cr.  p.  38. — II.  more  freq.  like  τυγ- 
χάνω, to  aim,  with  darts,  etc.,  τινός, 
at  a  person,  τινί,  with  a  thing,  as, 
Μηριόνης  ό'  αντοΐο  τιτνσκετο  δονρί, 
II.  13,  159  ;  έγγείη  δ'  μτοϊο  τιτν- 
σκετο, 21,  582;  cf'.  3,  80;  11,  350, 
etc. ;  τιτνσκεσθαι  καθ'  όμύ.ον,  13, 
498,  560 ;  ΰντα  τιτνσκεσθαι,  to  aim 
straight  before  one,  at  a  mark  right 
opposite,  Od.  21,  421  ;  22,  266  :  absol., 
22,  118  : — also,  to  shoot  a  bolt  into  its 
socket,  21,  48: — a\so,  χερσί  τιτνσκό- 
μενος,  of  a  boxer,  Theocr.  22,  187  : 
— c.  ace.  cognato,  φώριον  β7.έμμα 
τιτνσκεσθαί  tivoc,  to  cast  a  stolen 
glance  at  one,  Anth.  P.  5,  221.— 2. 
metaph.,  όρεσΐ  τιτνσκεσθαι,  to  aim 
at  a  thmg  m  mind.  i.  e.  to  purpose, 
design,  c.  inf,  II.  13,  558  ;  hence  of 
the  Plweacian  ships,  όφρα  σε  τη  πέμ- 
ττωσι  τιτνσκόμεναι  φρεσΐ  νηες,  Od. 
8,  556. 

Ύΐτώ,  ονς,  ή.=^τιμέρα,  day.  Call. 
Fr.  200,  Lye.  941  ;  cf  Ttrai•,  fin. 

Tiorj,  ης.  η,  a  kind  of  grass  or 
straw  (which  some  compare  to,  or 
confound  with  67.vpa),  Theophr. — 
II.  a  kind  of  beetle  (like  τί7.Φη  or 
σί7.ό?ι),  or,  ace.  to  others,  the  water- 
spider,  that  runs  on  the  top  of  smooth 
water.  Lat.  lipnla,  cf  Ael.  N.  A.  8, 
13: — also  a  kind  nf  small  boat,  Ar. 
Ach  920,  925,  as  Elmsl.  interprets 
it  from  Suid.  ;  and  Dind.  quotes 
Schol.  Pac.  142  to  the  same  effect. 
(Perh.  from  τΐφος.)  [I  ?] 

Tipfl',  for  7ίπτε,  before  an  aspirate, 
Hom. 

Ύίφιος,  a,  ov,  of  or  belonging  to  a 
τΐόος,  marshy.    ["<] 

Ύ'ιφος,  εος,  τό,  standing  water,  a 
pond,  pool,  Theocr.  25.  15,  Ap.  Rh. 
— Π.  Tu  τίφη.  woodlands.  Lye.  268. 

Ύίφνον,  TO,  a  plant  of  the  narcis.<itts 
kind,  used  for  garlands  and  nose- 
gavs,  perh.  akin  to  Ιφνην. 

Ύϊφνς,  νος,  ό,  Tiphys.  the  pilot  of 
the  ship  Argo,  +Ap.  Rh.  1,  lOSf.— 11. 
the  night-mare.,  Lat.  incubus. 

Ύΐόώδης,  ες,  {είδος)  like  a  τϊφος, 
and  5θ=τίφιος,  Strab. 

Τί'Ω  .•  f  τίσω  :  impf  ετιον :  pres. 
pass,  τίομαι :  pf  pass,  τέτιμαι,  part. 
τετιμενος:  Ep.  inf.  pres.  act.  τιέμεν : 
impf.  act.  and  pass,  τίεσκον.  τιέσκετ-ο, 
Horn.,  and  Kes.  (cf  infra  Π).  To 
pay  honour  to  a  person  (whereas  rn'O) 
is  confined  to  the  signf  of  payiiig 
a  price)  ;  hence,  to  esteem,  honour, 
respect,  like  τιμάω,  the  bearing  of 
men  towards  the  gods,  II.  8,  540  ;  9, 
238;  13,  827,  Od.  13,  129.  etc.  ;  and 
conversely  of  the  gods  towards  men, 
II.  1.  508  :  9,  110  ;  in  which  signf  we 
also  find  the  mid.,  Χενς  τίεται  αντήν, 
Hes.  Th.  428  ;  but  more  usu.  of  the 
respect  paid  by  men  to  other  men, 
kings,  etc.,  οϊ  σε  βεον  ώς  τίσονσιν, 
II.  9,  302  ;  ίσον  γάρ  σε  θεώ  τίσονσιν 
ΆνΐίΟί,  lb.  603  ;  άριστον  ' Κχαιών 
ουδέν  ετισας,  1,  244,  cf  354;  άνδρα 
φέριστον,  υν  αθάνατοι  ττερ  ετισαν, 
ητίμησας,  9,  110,  etc.  ;  on  τ.  τινά  έν 
καρυς  αίση,  ν.  sub  κάρ  {=ιθρίξ)  ;  τ. 
ξείνον,  Οά.   15,  542 ;  -.  τινά  φι7.ό- 


ΤΑΑΩ 
τηη,  η.  9,  631 :— also  of  things,  θεοϊ 
δίκην  τίονσιν,  they  honour  right,  Od. 
14,  84  ;  Ί7.ιός  μοι  τιέσκετο,  II.  4,  46: 
— in  this  sense  the  trag.  use  only  the 
pres.  and  impf  (cf  infra  II),  δαίμο- 
νας τίει,  Aesch.  Theb.  77,  cf  Ag. 
259,  531  ; — τίειν  μέ7.ος,  to  honour,  \.  c. 
sing  the  strain,  lb.  706 :  part.  pf. 
pass,  τετιμένος,  honoured,  Hom.,  and 
Hes. ;  τινί.  by  any  one,  II.  24,  533, 
Od.  13,  28,  etc.  ;  always  of  men, 
Herm.  H.  Hom.  Ap.  478; — τετιμένηί 
in  Aesch.  Cho.  399  is  against  the 
metre,  cf  sob  τιτηνός. — 2.  tu  value  or 
rate  at  a  certain  worth,  τρίηοδα  δωδε• 
κά3οιον,  γνναΐκα  τεσσαράβοιον,  to 
value  a  tripod  at  twelve  steers'  north, 
a  woman  at  four,  11.  23,  703,  705. — 
II.  the  fut.  and  aor.  1,  τίσω,  ετισα, 
are  used  by  pnst-Homeric  poets  only 
in  the  signf  of  τίνω,  to  pay  a  price, 
make  return  ;  and  τίσυμαι,  ετισάμην 
only  in  that  of  τίνεσθαι,  have  a  price 
paid  one,  or  return  made  one,  so  that 
these  tenses  properly  belong  to  τίνω, 
— e.xcept  in  the  Homeric  passages 
above  quoted. — Perh.  also  τίομαι, 
which  is  strictly  only  pass.,  may  be 
used  for  τίνομαι  in  late  poets.  [Of 
pres.  and  impf,  in  Ep.,  I  in  arsis,  Ζ 
in  thesis ;  but  sometimes  t  even  in 
thesis,  before  a  long  svl!.,  e.  g.,  Od. 
14,  84;  16,  306 ;— in  An.  usu.  I  :—l 
in  pf  pass,  always  :  cf  τίνω  fin.] 

Τί'ω,  τίως.  Dor.  forms  for  σον,  τέο, 
τεονς. 

Ύλάθϋμος,  ov,  Dor.  for  τλ.ήθνμος, 
Pind.  [ά] 

Ύ7Μΐ~ΰθής,ές,~τ7.ηπαθής,Μβ&^α)λ. 

Ύ7.αισίφρων,  όνος,  ό,  ή,=^τ7.ησί• 
όρων,  Hesych. 

Ύλάμων.  Dor.  τ7.ημων,  Pind.  [ά] 

\Ύ7.ά•πο7^εμος,  ον,Ό,  Dor.=  Τλ7/π-ό- 
7^εμος. 

ΤΑΑ'Ω,  a  radic.  form  never  found 
in  pres.,  this  being  supplied  by  the 
pf.  τετ7.ηκα,  or  the  verbs  τυ7μάω, 
ανέχομαι,  νπομένω,  etc.  :  fut.  τ7^ήσο- 
μαι : — aor.  ετλην  (as  if  there  were  a 
pres.  τ77ΐμι,  which  there  is  not,  Pors. 
Phoen.  1740)  ;  imperat.  τ/.ηθι ;  opt. 
τ7.αίην.  Ep.  3  pi.  τ/.αιεν  (for  τ/.αίη- 
σαν),  11.  17,  490  ;  part.  τ7.άς.  τ/.άσα, 
τλάν  ;  inf  τ7<.ήναι : — pf  (\vith  pres. 
signf)  τέτΛηκα,  but  as  a  real  pf  in 
Ar.  Plut.  280.— These  are  all  in 
Hom. : — from  the  pf  τέτ7^ηκα,  which 
he  uses  only  in  indie,  is  formed  the 
poet,  svncop.  imperat.  τέτ7^αθι,  τέ• 
-Ζά7ω'[ώ],  Od.  16,  275;  opt.  τε• 
τ/.αίην,  II.  9,  373  ;  inf  τετ7,άναι  [ά], 
for  which  Hom.  uses  τετ7.ύιιεν,  and 
in  Od.  13,  307  τετλάμεναι :  kp.  part. 
τετ7.ηώς.  ότος,  Horn.,  and  Hdt. ; 
fern,  τετληνϊα,  Od.  20,  23  :  the  Ep. 
aor.  έτά7.ασα  [ά]  (as  if  from  a  pres. 
ταλάω),  Hom. ;  who  also  has  the 
Ep.  form.  έτά7.ασσα.  11.  17,  166,  subj. 
ταλάσσω,ης.  y.  II.  13,  829;  13,  164; 
whence  a  ίύΙ.'τα7.άσσω  in  Lye.  746. 

Strictly,  to  take  upon  one's  self,  to 
bear ;  to  .suffer,  undergo,  hardship,  dis- 
grace, etc.,  but  never  like  φέρω,  of 
bodily  loads  or  burdens;  c.  ace.  rei, 
ετ7.ην  oV  ονττω  και  ά7.7.σς.  II.  21,  505  ; 
ετλην  άνέρος  εΰντ'/ν,  Ι  submitted  to  be 
wedded  to  a  man,  18.  433  ;  ίτ7.α  πέν- 
θος, Pind.  1.  7  (6),  52  ;  τληναι  ττάθη, 
Aesch.  Pr.  704,  etc. — 2.  inf,  to  dare  or 
venture  to  do,  ~ώς  ετ7.ης  ί7.θέμεν  οίος; 
II.  24,  519  ;  οντε  7.όχονδ'  Ιέναι  τέτ7.η• 
κας  θνμω,  1,  228  ;  cf  21,  150;  7,  480, 
etc. ;  so  also  in  Hes.,  Pind.,  etc. : — in 
Att.  poets,  to  dare  to  do  something  con- 
trary to  one's  feelings,  whether  good  or 
bad,  hence  to  have  the  courage,  effront- 
ery, grace,  patience,  cruelty,  to  do  any 
thing,  τζως  έτλης  σας  όψεις  μαράναι. ; 
1503 


ΤΛΗΣ 

how  couldft  thou  quench  thy  orbs  of 
eight .'  Soph.  O.  T.  J3'J7  ;  μη  τλί/ς  με 
Tcpooovvui,  he  not  so  cruel  as  to  for- 
sake me,  Eur.  Ale.  275,  (see  more  ex- 
ample.s  ap.  Monk  ad  1.) ;  so  c.  ace. 
rei  (where  όράν  may  be  snppUod),  to 
dan:  Ά  ibing.  i.  e.  dare  to  do  It,  Soph. 
Tr.  71,  cf.  Kur.  Hec.  1251  : — later  c. 
jjort.  pro  inf.,  Aesch.  Ag.  1041,  Theb. 
750;  cf.  0.1.  5,  362,  Schaf.  Soph.  El. 
943. — 3.  absol.,  to  be  patient,  sufimit, 
venture,  etc.,  ητοί  έ}ώμενέω  και  τ?ι//- 
σομιιΐ,  II.  11,  317;  esp.  in  imperat., 
τέτλαΟι  μητερ  έμ?/  και  ΰνασχέο,  1, 
580  ;  etc.  ;  τετληότι  βνμω,  II.  ;  κρα- 
ύέη  τεΓ/^ηνϊα,  Οά.  20, 23. — Poet,  word, 
used  also  by  Xcn.  Cyr.  3,  1,  2  ;  τολ- 
μάω being  the  common  prose  word. 
(Τλ-άω  is  radically  the  same  as  τολ- 
uau),  Sanscr.  tul,  Lat.  tol-erare,  tul- 
isse,  (()  latus  :  hence  τελάμων,  τύλαν• 
τον.)     Hence 

Ύλ7/θνμος,  ov,  Dor.  τλύθ-,  (θνμός) 
of  enduring  soul,  stout-hearted,  Ό{5ιισ- 
σενς,  Anth.  P.  9,  472  ;  τλ.  κνων,  a 
staunch  hound,  Pind.  Fr.  258 ;  τλ. 
ύλκά.  Id.  Ν.  2,  24. 

*Ύλήμι,  V.  sub  *Γ/\άω. 

]Ύλ7]μονίδας,  ov,  ό,  Tlemonidas,  a 
Spartan,  commander  of  peltastae, 
Xen.  Hell.  5,  3,  3. 

Ύλημόνως,  adv.  from  τλήμων, 
q.  V. 

Ύλημοσννη,  ης,  η,  that  which  is  to 
be  endured,  misery,  distress,  in  pi.,  H. 
Horn.  Ap.  191. — \\.  endurance, patience, 
Archil.  I,  6.     Hence 

Ύ/τ/μων.  ονας,  ό,  ή,  vocat.  τλημον, 
(*τλύω)  : — suffering,  enduring  ;  hence, 
— J.  patient,  stedf'ast,  stout-hearted,  of 
Ulysses,  II.  10,  231,  498,  (to  whom  a 
τλήμων  θνμόςΐΒ  ascribed,  II.  5,  C70  ;) 
also,  bold,  during,  hardy,  θαρσαλέοι 
καΙ  τ/ήμονες.  11.  21,  430;  τ?ιάμονι 
xljvra,  Pind.  P.  1,  93;  cf.  Elmsl.  He- 
racl."  570  ;  and  in  bad  signf.,  over-bold, 
recklcf:s,  Lat.  audax,  Aesch.  Cho.  383, 
596.  Soph.  El.  439,  Eur.  Med.  865.— 
\\.  fxdl  of  suffering,  uretched,  miserable, 
Theogn.  196,  Aesch.  Pr.  614,  Soph. 
Phil.  161,  etc.;  τλήμονες  φνγαί,  τν• 
χαι,  Eur.  Hipp.  1 177,  Η.  F.  921  ;  τλη- 
αονέστατος  λόγος,  Id.  Hec.  502  : — in 
Ar.  Thesm.  1072,  θανάτου  belongs  to 
αέρος  ίξέληχον,  not  to  τλήμων. — III. 
adv.  -μόνως,  patiently,  Aesch.  Cho. 
749,  Eur.  Supp.  917.  — Poet,  word, 
used  once  or  twice  by  Xen. 

Ύλί^πάβεια,  ας,  ή,^=ταλαιπωρία. 

ΎληττάΗέω,  ώ,  to  endure  tnisert/,  like 
ταληι-ωρέω. 

Ύλη—άβής,.ές,  {*τ?ιύω,  ττύθος)  = 
τα'ληίηωρος,  wretched. 

Υΐλτιττόλεμος,  ου,  ό,  Tlepolemus, 
son  of  Hercules  and  Astyoche  (or  As- 
tydamia.  Pind.  O.  7,  43),. fled  from 
Argos  to  Rhodes  for  murder,  and 
from  Rhodes  went  with  nine  ships  to 
the  Trojan  war,  in  which  he  was 
slain,  II.  2,  053,  sqq.  ;  5,  659. — 2.  son 
of  Damastor,  a  Lycian,  11   IG,  416. — 

3.  a  general  of  the  Athenians,  Thuc. 
1,  117. — 4.  a  general  of  Alexander 
the  Great,  Arr.  An.  3,  22,  1.— Others 
in  Pans. ;  etc. 

\Ύληβίας,  ov,  6,  Tlesias,  an  Athe- 
nian archon,  Paus.  4,  15,  1. 

'Γλί/σΐκύρύιος.  ov ,=  ταλακύ,ρδιος, 
hard-hearted,  Aesch.  Ag.  430. 

ΥΤλησιμένης,  ονς,  ύ,  Tlesimenes, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Anth. ;  Paus. ;  etc. 

Ύλησίμοχθος,  ov,  =  sq.,  Eur.  In- 
cert.  63. 

Ύλησίπονος,  ov,  {*τ?Μ.ω,  πόνος) 
patient  of  toil,  stout-hearted,  0pp.  C.  4. 

4,  H.I,  35. 

Τλ//σις,  εως,  η,  {*τλάω)  endurance : 
— daring.     Hence 
1504 


ΤΟΔΙ 

T?i;;ri«of,  i],  ov,  of  ox  for  enduring, 
patient.  Phllo. 

Ύλητός,  η,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from 
*τ7.άω,  —  I.   act.,  suffering,   enduring, 

fatient,  stedfast  in  suffering  or  labour, 
I.  21,  49.^ — II.  pass.,  suffered,  endured  : 
to  be  suffered  or  submitted  to,  endura- 
ble, Aesch.  Pr.  1065,  etc. ;  cf.  Valck. 
Hipp.  874. 

ίΤλώζ-,  ώ,  7],  Tlos,  a  city  of  Lycia, 
Strab.  p.  065  ;  hence  Ύ?^ωενς,  έως,  ό, 
an  inhah.  of  Tlos,  Anth. 

Ύμάγεν,  Ep.  for  έτμύγησαν,  3  pi. 
aor.  pass,  of  τμήγω,  11.  16,  374. 
[ύ] 

Ύμύγον,  Ep.  for  ίτμαγον,  aor.  act. 
of  τμήγω.  [ώ] 

fT/yuptof,  =:  Ύομάριος,  Call.  Cer. 
52. 

jT/zapof,  ό,^^Τόμαρος,  Strab. 

Ύμήγης,  ου,  6,-6  τμήγων,  Dor.  for 
a  ploughshare. 

Ύμήγος,  εος,  τό,  ploughed  land :  a 
furrow. 

Ύμτ/γω,  aor  1  ετμηζα;  aor.  2  ετμΰ- 
γον  ;  aor.  mid.  ετμηξάμην  ;  aor.  pass. 
ετμύγην  [ά]  :— Ep.  collat.  form  from 
τέανω,  to  cut,  cleave,  τμήξας,  II.  11, 
146  :  in  aor.  pass.,  metaph.,  to  be  di- 
vided or  dispersed,  to  part,  έτνει  up  τμά- 
γεν  (3  pi.  for  έτμύγησαν),  11.  16,  374. 
Hom.  uses  also  in  the  compds.  the 
pres.,  aor.  2,  and  (more  freq.j;  aor.  1  ; 
the  aor.  mid.  occurs  in  Nic.  Al.  301. 
No  pres.  τμήσσω,  or  fut.  τμήξω  is 
found.     Hence 

Ύμι/δην,  adv.  (τέμνω) : — by  cutting, 
or  grazing,  II.  7,  262. 

Τμήμα,  ατός,  τό,  {τέμνω,  τμήγω)  : 
— that  which  is  cut,  cut  off,  a  section, 
piece, portion.  Plat.  Synip.  191  D,  etc. 
— 2.  a  cut,  incision,  wound,  Id.  Gorg. 
470  C.     Hence 

Ύμημΰτώδης,  ες,  (είδης) : — like  or  in 
the  form  of  a  τμήμα. — II.  endued  with 
a  quality  of  cutting  or  parting,  Hipp. 

Ύμή^ας,  part.  aor.  1  from  τμήγω,  II. 

Ύμήσις,  εως,  ή,  {τέμνω,  τμήγω) : — 
α  cutting,  cutting  off  or  m  two.  Plat. 
Synip.  190  Ε  ;  τμ.  της  γής,  ravaging 
a  country.  Id.  Rep.  470  A  ;  cf  κείρω 

1.  3,    τέμνω    III.   3.  —  IT.   a  division, 
branch  of  a  subject.  Id.  Polit.  276  D. 

Ύμητέος,  a,  ov,  verb.  adj.  oi τέμνω, 
to  be  cut,  etc. — II.  τμητέον,  one  must 
cut.  διχτ/.  Plat.  Soph.  219  D. 

'Τμ7]τήρ,  ήρος,  ό,  (τέμνω)  one  viho 
cuts  or  severs,  a  destroyer,  Nonn. 

Ύμητής,  ov,  ύ,  =  foreg.,  Theophr. 
Hence 

Ύμ7ΐτικός,  η,  όν,  cutting,  severing, 
Plat.  Tim.  56  A,  Theophr. :  cutting, 
piercing,  πνενμα  δμιμΰ  και  τμ.,  Plut. 

2,  697  Β. 

Ύμ7]τός,  η,  όν,  (τέμνω) : — cut,  hewn, 
τ  μ.  Ιμάντες,  thongs  shaped  by  cutting. 
Soph.  El.  747.  Eur.  Hipp.  1245.  —  2. 
cut  lengthwise,  furrowed,  ύλκοι,  Soph. 
El.  803. — 3.  cut,  severed. 

'Γμητοσίδηρος,  ov,  (τμητός,  σίδη- 
ρος) cut  duwn  with  iron,  ύλη,  Anth.  P. 
14,  19. 

iΎμώλoς,  ov,  ό,  Tmolus,  an  early 
king  of  Lydia,  Apollod.  2,  6,  3. — II. 
Mt.  Tmolus,  in  Lydia  near  Sardis, 
now  Bouz  Dagh,  II.  2,  866  ;  Hdt.  5, 
100  :  sacred  to  Bacchus,  Aesch.  Pers. 
49  ;  cf  Strab.  p.  625,  sqq. 

^Ύνέφαχθος,  ov,  ό,  Tnephachthus, 
an  early  king  of  Aegj'pt,  Diod.  S.  1, 
45. 

To,  neut.  of  ό. 

'Voap;\^atov,  adv.,  of  old,  better  di- 
visim.  To  άρχαΐον. 

Ύύδε,  V.  sub  δδε. 

Ύοδεί'τερον,  adv.,  the  second  time, 
better  divisim,  τ()  δεύτερον. 

ToeJi,  neut.  of  oJe. 


TOIN 

ΎοεπΙπάν,  adv.,  on  the  whole,  better 
divisim,  to  επιπαν. 

Ύοθεν,  demonstr.  adv.,  strictly  an 
old  form  of  the  gen.  τον,  hence,  thence, 
Hes.  Sc.  32  :  —  also  for  δβεν,  Bockh 
V.  1.  Pind.  N.  9,  18  (40),  Aesch.  Pers. 
100,  and  perh.  in  He?.  I.  c. — II.  hence, 
therefore,  thereupon,  like  έκ  TOVTOV, 
Aesch.  Ag.  220,  cf  Ap.  Rh.  4,  990.— 
Only  poet. — (Ύόθεν  answers  to  the  re- 
lat..  and  interrog.,  ΰβεν,  πόθεν,  q.  v.) 

ΎόθΙ,  adv.  demonstr.,  there,  in  that 
place,  like  αυτού,  αυτόθι.  Od.  15,239  ; 
also  in  H.  Horn.,  and  Pind. — II.  also 
for  relat.  οθι,  where,  Pinil.  N.  4,  84, 
and  in  Alex,  poets,  as  Theocr.  22, 
199  ;  yet  only  to  avoid  a  hiatus  or  to 
make  a  syll.  long  by  position,  Herm. 
Orph.  Arg.  631,  H.  Hom.  Ven.  158, 
Jac.  Anth.  P.  p.  565.  —  Only  poet. — 
Cf  the  corresponding  relat.  and  in- 
terrog. advs.  υθι  and  πόθι.) 

Τοί,  enclit.  i)article,  strictly  an  old 
dat.  for  tCj,  therefore,  accordingly,  con- 
necting by  way  of  inference  ;  often 
also  serving  to  strengthen  an  asser- 
tion, in  truth,  in  sooth,  verily,  etc. 
(though  it  is  hard  to  render  it  by  any 
English  word),  frcq.  in  Hom.  ;  so  too 
in  Trag.,  very  freq.  to  introduce  a 
general  sentiment  or  maxim,  Pors. 
Hec.  228,  Valck.  Phoen.  1455:  — 
rarely  to  denote  the  apodosis,  as  in  II. 
22,  488. — In  prose  it  very  often  serves 
to  strengthen  other  particles,  wliich 
it  usu.  follows  ; — cf  γάρ  τοι  (sub  )άρ 
IV.  9),  γέ  τοι,  ήτοι,  καίτοι,  μεν  τοι 
(sub  μεν  II.  10),  μήτοι,  ούτοι,  υν  γά,ρ 
τοι,  Od.  21,  172  ;  ει  γάρ  τοι,  Od.  17, 
513  ;  η  γάρ  τοι,  Od.  16,  199  ;  but 
sometimes  τοι  is  put  first,  as  Toiyiip, 
τοιγύρτοι,  τοιγαρηύν,  τοίννν  ;  so  in 
τοι  άρα,  τοι  άρα,  which  however  are 
mostly  contracted  by  crasis  into  τά- 
ρα and  τάρα,  as  also  τοι  άν  into  τάν, 
μέντοι  άν  into  μεντάν — for  τοι  is  not 
elided  ill  those  cases,  Elmsl.  Ar.  Ach. 
322,  Soph.  O.  C.  1351,  Monk  Eur. 
Hipp.  443. 

Ύοι,  Dor.,  Ion.  and  Ep.  for  σοι,  dat. 
sing,  from  σν  (but  with  this  differ- 
ence, that  σοί  always  retains  its  ac- 
cent in  Dor.,  Ion.  and  Ep.,  while  tol 
is  always  enclitic),  freq.  in  Horn., 
and  Hdt.,  v.  Herin.  H.  Hom.  Merc. 
368. 

Toi,  ταί,  Ep.  and  Ion.  for  oi  or  ol, 
al  or  αϊ,  iiom.  plur.  from  ύ  and  6ς, 
often  in  Hom.,  though  always  ir, 
strict  demonstr.  sense  :  but  in  Dor 
without  any  such  restriction. 

ΎοιγιΊρ,  a  strengthd.  form  of  the 
enclit.  particle  τοι,  so  then,  wherefore, 
therefore,  accordingly,  esp.  freq.  in 
prose,  but  found  as  early  as  Horn., 
II.  1,  70  ;  so  τοιγάρ  ίγών  έρέω,  II.  10, 
427,  Od.  8,  402,  etc.  ;  usu.  beginning 
a  speech  or  narrative  :— but  not  so  in 
Aesch.  Theb.  1033,  Pers.  607,  Soph. 
Aj.  666. 

Ύοιγαρονν,  Ion.  τοιγαρών,  a 
strengthd.  form  of  τοιγάρ,  esp.  freq, 
in  prose,  as  Hdt.  4,  148,  Plat.  Soph. 
234  E,  246  B,  etc. :  esp.  with  the  im- 
perat., cf.  Soph.  Phil.  341. 

Ύοΐ)  άρτοι,  a  strengthd.  form  of 
τοΐ)ύρ,  esp.  in  prose,  usu.  at  the  be- 
ginning of  a  speech  or  narrative, 
Aesch.  Supp.  655,  Plat.  Phaed.  82 
D,  Gorg.  471  C,  etc.:  —  sometimes 
with  a  word  between,  as  τοιγέιρ  εγώ 
τοι,  II.  10,  413,  Od.  1,  179  tlroi  in 
these  passages  rather  the  dat.  for 
σοί  ?)t.  etc. 

ΎοΙϊν,  Ep.  for  Tolv,  gen.  and  dat. 
dual  from  ύ,  Hom. 

Ύοίννν,  (νυν) : — a  strengthd.  form 
of  the    particle    τοι,   therefore,   then, 


ΤΟΙΟ 

esp.  freq.  in  piose,  ει  τοίννν..,  Hdt.  1, 
57.-2.  in  Alt.  oft.  used  to  resume  or 
continue  a  speech,  further,  moreover, 
Aesch.  Theb.  990,  etc.  ;  έλεγες  τοί- 
ννν oil  ΟΓ<..,  Plat.  Gorg.  459  A,  cf. 
Xen.  An.  3,  1,  36,  etc.; — sometimes 
slightly  ironical,  Soph.  O.  T.  1067.— 
3.  sometimes  at  the  beginning  of  a 
speech,  έγώ  μεν  τοίννν..,  referring  to 
something  present  to  the  mind  of  the 
speaker  and  hearer,  7ioiv  I..,  Xen.  An. 
5,  1,  2,  cf.  Thuc.  5, 87,  89  ;  v.  ap.  Lob. 
Phryn.  3i2. 

Toio,  Jon.  and  Ep.  for  τοϋ,  gen. 
sing,  from  ό,  Hom. 

Ύθίος,τοία{1οη.τοίη),  τοΐον :  (τοϊο. 
old  gen.  of  ό,  ?},  τό) : — of  such  kind, 
nature  or  quality,  such,  such  a...,  such- 
like, Lat.  talis,  demonstr.  Pron.,  to 
which  the  relat.  οίος,  interrog.  ποίος, 
and  indetin.  ποιος  correspond,  very 
t'req.  as  early  as  Hom.,  and  Hes. 
Strictly,  τοίος  requires  a  following 
clause  with  οίος,  as  in  11.  1,  262,  Od. 
J,  257,  etc.  :  but  for  υΙος  we  have 
όποιος,  as  in  Od.  17,  421  ;  or  the  sim- 
ple relat.  pron.,  as  in  II.  7,  231,  Od. 
2,  286,  etc. ;  τοϊος  δπο)ς,  such  as...,  is 
more  rare,  Od.  16,  203  : — but  τοΐος  is 
most  common  in  Hom.  without  any 
relat.,  referring  to  something  gone 
before,  such  as  is  said ;  so  also  in 
Find.  I.  G  (5),  20,  Aesch.  Eum.  379, 
Soph.  Aj.  562,  etc. : — with  the  superl., 
τοίος  μέγιστος  δουττος,  Hes.  Th.  703, 
cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  424. — In  prose,  the 
simple  form  τοϊος  is  used  when  a 
slight  stress  only  is  laid  on  the  qua- 
lity, τοΐος  ή  τοΐος.  Plat.  Rep.  429  Β, 
437  Ε,  cf  Phaedr.  271  D  ;  otherwise 
τοιόςύε  or  τοιούτος. — II.  τοΐος,  c.  inf., 
such  as  to  do,  i.  e.  fit  or  able  to  do, 
τοΐοι  αμννέμεν,  Od.  2,  60  :  cf.  οίος. — 
III.  with  an  adj.  of  the  same  gender 
and  case,  it  makes  the  proper  signf. 
of  the  adj.  more  prominent,  so  very, 
just...,  ίπιεικηςτοΐος,]^εΐ  of  moderate 
size,  11.  23,  246  ;  πέλαγος  μέγα  τοΐον, 
a  sea  so  large,  Od.  3,  321  ;  κερδαλέος 
τοΐος,  so  very  crafty,  Od.  15,  451  ;  and 
still  stronger,  άβληχρος  μάλα  τοΐος, 
so  exceedtiig  gentle,  Od.  11,  135;  23, 
282  ;  Σαρδάνιον  μάλα  τοΐον,  Od.  20, 
302.— IV.  Hom.  uses  the  neut.  τοΐον 
as  adv.,  so,  thus,  so  very,  so  much,  11. 
22,  241,  Od.  1,  209  ;  3,  496,  etc.— 
Later,  we  have  also  τοίως. 

Ύοιόςδε,  άδε  (Ion.  ηδε),-  όνδε,  in 
common  Att.  also  τοιοςδί,  etc. : — =: 
τοΐος,  with  stronger  demonstr.  signf., 
of  such  kiiul,  nature  or  quality,  USU. 
with  the  collat.  notion  of  so  great  or 
excellent, — in  Hom.  not  so  freq.  as 
τοΐος,  but  in  Hdt.  and  Att.  much  more 
so :  Strictly,  anteced.  to  οίος,  as  αοι- 
δού τοιονό^  οίος  δδ'  εστί,  Od.  1,  371, 
cf.  II.  24,  375 :  but  more  usu.  with- 
out any  relat.,  τοιόςδ'  ηιϊεν  δέμας  ι'/δέ 
και  έργα,  Od.  17,  313 ;  τοιόςδ'  έστι 
πόδας  τοιόςδε  τε  χείρας,  19,  359  ; 
τοιόςδε  τοσόςδε  τε  λαός,  a  host  such 
and  so  large,  II.  2,  120,  799  ;  τοσόςδε 
και  τοιόςδε,  Hdt.  2,  73  ;  έτερος  τ., 
just  sjich  another,  Hdt.  1,  207  :  ellipt., 
κατά  τοιόνδε  [rpOTrof],  in  such  wise, 
Hdt.  4,  48  ;  7,  10.  5  :  έν  τω  τοιώδε, 
in  such  circumstances,  Hdt.  9,  27  : 
the  sense  is  made  more  indef.  by 
τοιόςδε  τις,  freq.  in  Att.,  as  Plat. 
Syiiip.  173  Ε  ;  etc. ;  but  also  in  Hdt. 
4,  50. — In  comparison  ώς  also  stands 
instead  of  οίον,  Aesch.  Pers.  179. — 
In  prose  narrative  τοιάδε  is,  properly, 
as  follows,  τοιαύτα,  as  aforesaid,  Hdt. 
1,  8,  etc. ;  cf.  δδε,  ούτος.  Cf.  το- 
σόςδε. 

Τοιούτος,   αύτη,   ούτο,  Att.    also 
τοιούτον,    which    however   is    also 
95 


TOIX 

found  in  Od.  7,  309;  13,  330,  and 
seems  to  prevail  in  Hdt.,  while  we 
find  τοιούτο  in  Aesch.  Pr.  601,  Ag. 
315,  and  Thuc.  7,  86  :  Att.  also  τοι- 
οντοσί,  Plat.Theaet.  163  Ε: — —τοΐος 
and  τοιόςδε,  but  with  stronger  de- 
monstr. signf,  of  such  kind,  nature  or 
quality,  in  Hom.  not  so  freq.  as  τοϊος, 
but  in  Att.  the  most  common  of  the 
three  forms,  usu.  with  collat.  notion 
of  so  great,  etc.  ;  but  sometimes  (from 
the  conte.xt)  with  that  of  so  small : — 
strictly  anteced.  to  οίος,  as  in  Od.  4, 
269,  Plat.  Symp.  199  D.etc. ;  toocror, 
U.  21,  428;  to  ίοςτε.  Plat.  Symp.  175 
D:— but  more  freq.  without  any  relat.. 
Find.  O.  6,  24,  Hdt.,  etc.  ;  έν  tijtoi- 
οντω,  έν  τοις  τοιοντοις,  in  such  a  state 
of  things,  Xen.,  etc.  ;  τοιούτος  έστι 
or  γίγνεται  εις,  or  περί  τίνα,  he  is  so 
disposed  towards  any  one,  Xen.  Cyr. 
5,  2,  27,  Isocr.  4  D ;  c.  dal.,  τοιούτος 
TLVusuch  in  a  thing.  Soph.  Phil.  1271 ; 
strengthd.,  r.  έτερος,  just  such  an- 
other, Hdt.  1,  207;  3,  47;  also  in 
neut.,  έτερον  τοιούτον,  έτερα  τοιαύ- 
τα, Hdt.  1,  120;  2,  5:  the  sense  is 
still  more  indef.  in  τοιούτος  τις,  such 
a  one,  freq.  in  Att.,  which  phrase  we 
oft.  translate  by  an  adv.,  as,  έγένετο 
η  διακομιδή  τοιαύτη  τις,  it  took  place 
in  some  such  way,  nearly  so,  Polyb.  3, 
45,  6. — In  prose  narrative,  τοιαύτα 
properly  refers  to  what  goes  before  ; 
so,  τοιαύτα  μεν  (5^  ταϋτα,  Aesch.  ^r. 
500  ;  cf.  τοιόςδε,  fin. — After  a  ques- 
tion, τοιαύτα  affirms  like  ταύτα,  (v. 
ούτος  XIH),  just  so,  even  so,  Valck. 
Phoen.  420,  "Seidl.  Eur.  El.  640.— 
Τοιαύτα,  absol.,  like  the  Lat.  et  sic 
porro,  τά  πλοία,  τά  τοιαύτα,  ships 
and  such-like,  Dem.  96, 10. — Adv.  -τως, 
τ.  έχει,  v.  1.  Antipho  143,  7. — Cf.  το- 
σούτος. (Τοιούτος  is  not  a  compd.  of 
τοΐος,  ούτος,  but  merely  a  lengthd. 
form  from  τοΐος,  as  τοσούτος,  τηλι- 
κούτος,  etc.,  from  τόσος,  τηλικος, 
etc.)  [τοί,  freq.  in  Trag.  and  Com., 
Valck.  Phoen.  512,  Diatr.  p.  109.] 
Hence 

Ύοωντόσχημος,  ov,  (σχήμα)  of  such 
shape,  Sext.  Emp.  p.  413. 

Τοιουτοσχήμων,  ov,  gen.  ονος,= 
foreg. 

Τοιοντότροπος,  ov,  (τοιούτος,  τρό- 
πος) of  such  fashion  0Γ  kind,  such  like, 
Hdt.  7,  226,  Thuc.  2,  13,  Plat.,  etc. ; 
v.  Epicur.  ap  Diog.  L.  10,  79.  Adv. 
-πως. 

Τοιουτόχροος,  ov,  (τοιούτος,  χρόα) 
of  such  like  colour,  Hipp. 

Ύοιοντώδτις,  ες,  (τοιούτος,  είδος)  of 
such  kind,  like  τοιοντότροπος,  Luc. 
Pisc.  20. 

Τοΐςδεσι,  Od.  10,  268  ;  21,  93,  and 
τοΐςδεσσι,  τοΐςδεσσιν,  oft.  in  Horn., 
— old  Ep.  forms  for  τοΐσι  δέ,  anoma- 
lous. 

Τοίχαρχος,  6,  (τοίχος  II,  άρχω) : 
— overseer  of  the  rowers  on  each  side  of 
the  ship  ;  cf.  Luc.  D.  Meretr.  14,  3. 

Τοί,\ί,'ω,  {τοίχος  II) : — of  a  ship, 
to  lie  on  her  beam-ends. 

Τοίχιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  τοίχος, 
Inscr. 

Τοιχογραφία,  ας,  ή,  a  writing  or 
painting  on  the  wall:  esp.  the  Annals 
of  the  Roman  Pontifex  Maximus, 
which  were  written  for  perusal  on 
the  temple  walls:  from 

Τοιχογράφος,  ov,  (τοίχος,  γράφω) 
writing  or  painting  on  the  walls,  [ά] 

Τοιχοδίφ7/τωρ,  ορός,  δ,  one  who 
creeps  through  a  hole  in  the  wall  (in 
order  to  steal) ;  generally=;Toi;i;(jpii- 
χος. 

Τοιχόκράνον,  ov,  το,  the  top  of  a 
wall. 


TOKO 

Τοιχόομαι,  (τοίχος)  as  pass.,  to 
have  the  conception  of  a  wall,  as  Opp. 
to  really  seeing  one,  "Plut.  2,  1120  D  ; 
cf.  ίππόομαι. 

Τοιχορνκτης,  ov,  ό,=  τοιχ<ύρύχος, 
Lob.  Phryn.  232. 

Τοίχος,  ov,  0,  the  wall  of  a  house  or 
court,  Hom.,  who  also  has  in  full  r. 
δώματος,  τ.  μεγάρου,  II.  16,  212  ;  18, 
374  ;  r.  ανλής,  Hes.  Op.  730 ;  οικίας, 
Plat.  Rep.  574  D  ;  γράφειν  έν  τοίχοις, 
Legg.  859  A  ;  cf.  όιορύσσω,  λενκόω. 
— 11.  in  plur.,  the  sides  of  a  ship,  Od. 
12,  420,  Thuc.  7,  36,  Theocr.  22,  12  : 
— proverb.,  ό  εύ  πράττων  τοίχος, 
'  the  snug  side  of  the  ship,'  Ar.  Ran. 
537.  (Akin  to  τείχος,  which  how- 
ever was  never  used  in  these  senses, 
V.  τείχος  fin.) 

Τοιχωρνχέί),  ω,  f.  -ήσω,  {τοιχωρν- 
χος)  to  dig  through  a  wall  like  a  thief ; 
to  be  a  housebreaker,  Ar.  Plut.  165, 
Xen.  Mem.  1,  2,  62;  cf.  διορύσσω: 
metaph.,  οία  έτοιχωρνχησαν  περί  το 
δύνειον,  what  thievish  tricks  they 
played  with  their  usury,  Dem.  925, 
24.     Hence 

Τοιχωρύχημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  hole  dug 
in  the  wall :  metaph.,  a  thievish  trick, 
iv] 

Τοιχωρϋχία,  ας,  ή, a  digging  through 
the  wall,  housebreaking,  Xen.  Apol.  25: 
and 

Τοιχωρνχική,  ης,  ή,  (sc.  τέχνη)  a 
housebreaker's  life,  Sext.  Emp.  :  from 

Τοιχωρνχβς,  ov,  o,  (τοίχος,  όρύσ- 
σω)  : — one  who  digs  through  the  wall, 
i.  e.  a  housebreaker,  burglar,  τ.  και  ιε- 
ρόσυλοι, Plat.  Legg.  831  Ε  :  gene- 
rally, a  thief,  knave,  freq.  in  Ar.,  as 
Ran.  773,  Plut.  204. 

Τοίως,  τοιώςδε,  advs.  from  τοϊος, 
τοιύςδε. 

Τοκά.  Dor.  for  τότε,  Find.  Ο.  6, 
112,  Ν.  6,  18. 

Τοκάρίδιον,  ov,  τό,  like  sq.,  dim. 
from  τάκος  II.  [ΐ] 

Τοκάριον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  τόκος 
Π,  a  small  rate  of  interest,  small  profit, 
Lat.  usurula.  [a] 

Τοκΰρνδιον,  τό,ν.Ι.  for  τοκάρίδιον. 

Τοκάς,  άδος,  ή,  (τίκτω) : — one  who 
has  just  brought  forth,  haLfoeta,  σνες 
θηλειαι  τοκάδες,  Od.  14,  16  ;  τοκάς 
λέαινα,  a  lioness  with  cubs,  Eur.  Med. 
187  :  —  c.  gen.,  τοκάς  τίνος,  one's 
mother,  Id.  Hipp.  559.     Hence 

Τοκάω,  ώ,  to  be  near  delivery,  Cra- 
tin.  Incert.  93. 

Τοκετός,  ού,  6,=  τοκός,  birth,  deliv- 
ery, Arist.  Gen.  An.  2,  8,  21,  Leon. 
Tar.  71. — II.  that  which  is  brought  forth, 
Agath.  prooem.  Anth.  64. 

Τοκενς,  έως,  ό,  (τίκτω)  : — one  who 
begets,  a  father  :  in  Hom.  always, 
and  in  Hes.  usu.  in  plur.  τοκηες,  το- 
κεϊς,  parents ;  so  also  in  Trag.  ; — also 
in  dual,  Od.  8,  312  ;  the  sing,  in  Hes. 
Th.  138,  155,  Aesch.  Eum.  658  (cf. 
sub  τέκνον) : — Horn.,  Hes.,  and  Hdt. 
usu.  have  the  Ion.  forms  τοκήες,  ηων, 
etc. :  yet  in  II.  we  have  also  the  gen. 
τοκέων,  cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  69  :  the  dat. 
τοκέσι  in  an  Epigr.  in  Bockh  Inscr. 
1,  p.  536.         _ 

Ύοκήεσσα,  ή,  (τόκος)=τοκάς,  Hipp. 

Τοκίζω,  (τόκος  II)  ; — to  lend  on  in- 
terest, err'  εννέα  οβολοΐς,  Dem.  1122, 
27  ;  r.  τόκον,  to  practise  usury,  Anth. 
P.  11,  309.     Hence 

Τοκισμός,  ού,  δ,  the  practice  of  usu- 
ry, Xen.  Vect.  4,  6 ;  Arist.  Pol.  1, 
11,3. 

Τοκιστης,  ού,  ό,  (τοκίζω)  an  usurer,. 
Flat.  Ale.  2,  149  E. 

Τοκογλνφέω,  ώ,  to  practise  sordid 
usury,  Plut.  2,  34  D,  Luc,  etc. :  from 

Τοκογλύφος,  ό,  (τόκος  II,  γλύφω)  ; 
1505 


ΤΟΛΜ 

— one  who  splits  interest,  i.  e.  calculates 
his  usury  to  a  fraction,  a  sordid  usurer, 
Plut.  2,  18  E,  Luc,  etc. ;  generally, 
—οβολοστύτ7ΐς,  Jac.  A  nth.  P.  p.  598. 

Ύοκο?.ηψία,  ας,  ij,  a  taking  of  inter- 
est. 

Ύοκοττρύκτορ,  ό,  (ττράσσω  V.  2): 
— one  who  exacts  interest. 

Τόκος,  υν,  ό,  (τίκτω) : — a  bringing 
forth,  birth,  of  women,  II.  19,  119,  H. 
Car.  101  ;  of  animals,  II.  17,  5  :  in 
plur.,  Soph.  O.  T.  26,  173,  Eur.,  etc. ; 
ό  r.  τής  γυναικός,  the  time  of  her  de- 
liver;/, Hdt.  1,  111,  of.  Soph.  Fr.  424. 
— 2.  the  offspring,  young  child,  son, 
πάντων  Άργείων  ορέων  γενεήν  τε 
τόκον  τε,  II.  7,  128  ;  of  an  eagle,  έλ- 
θών  έξ  δρεος,  δθι  οι  γενετ}  τε  τόκος 
τε,  0(1.  15,  175  :  Οίδίπου  τόκος,  his 
son,  Aesch.  Theb.  372,  cf.  407,  etc.— 
II.  metaph.,  the  produce  of  money  lent 
out,  hence  interest,  Lat.  usura  ( as 
Shakspere  says  of  usurers,  that  they 
'  take  aorfed  of  barren  metal,'  cf.  Plat. 
Rep.  555  E,  Arist.  Pol.  1,  10,  5) ;  τό- 
κος ύνάτωρ,  Pmd.  Ο.  11  (10),  12;  in 
sing,  and  pi.,  Ar.  Nub.  18, 20,  34,  etc. ; 
τόκους  κομίζεσβαι,  Plat.  1.  c.  ;  άττο- 
λαμβάνειν.  Lysias  148, 16  ;  ίπΐ  τόκω 
δανείζείν,  Plat.  Legg.  742  C  ;  tokol 
τόκων,  compound  interest,  Ar.  Nub. 
1140  ;  cf.  επίτοκος  II,  έπίτριτος  III, 
and  on  the  whole  question  of  Greek 
interest,  v.  Bockh  P.  E.  1,  164  sq. — 
2.  of  the  produce  of  land,  Xen.  Cyr.  8, 
3,38. 

Ύοκοφορέω,  ω.  (τόκος  II,  φέρω)  to 
bring  in  interest,  Dem.  1362,  25. 

ilO/Jpiov,  ου,  TO,  Tolerium,  a  city 
of  Latium,  Dion.  H. 

tTo/.<aro'ioyiot,  ων,  οι,  the  Tolisto- 
hogii,  one  of  the  chief  tribes  of  the 
Galatae  in  Asia  Minor,  Strab.  p.  566. 
.  Ύόλμά,  ή,  and  Ion.  τό7.μη,  ης, 
which  prevails  also  in  early  Att.,  El- 
lendt  Lex.  Soph.,  Dind.  Eur.  Ion 
1416  ;  though  τόλμα  must  be  allowed 
in  Eur.  Andr.  702,  Ion  1264,  Ixion 
2 :  τόλμα  is  Dor.,  as  in  Pind. : — co%ir- 
age  to  undertake  or  venture  a  thing, 
boldness,  daring,  Pind.  O.  9,  122,  etc., 
Hdt.  2,  121,  6,  and  Att.:  τόλμα  κα- 
λών, courage  for  noble  acts,  Pmd.  N. 
7,  86. — 2.  esp.  in  bad  sense,  over-bold- 
ness, recklessness,  Lat.  audacia,  Aesch. 
Cho.  996,  Soph.  O.  T.  125,  Eur.,  etc.; 
-  καΐ  αναίδεια,  Isae.  60,  43 ;  και 
θρασντης,  Plat.  Lach.  197  Β ;  και 
.  άναισχυντία,  Id.  Apol.  38  D ;  etc. 
(•Akin  to  *τ?.άω,  q.  v.,  Lat.  tolerare.) 
■  ^Ύο?ιμαϊος,  ov,  ό,  Tolmaeus,  father 
of  Tolmides,  an  Athenian,  Thuc.  1, 
108  ;  4,  53. 

Τολμάω,  ώ,  f.  -7;σω,  Ion.  τολμέω, 
Hdt.  8,  77,  τολμήτε  for  τολμάτε. 
Dor.  (τόλμα) : — like  *τλάω,  to  under- 
take, take  heart  either  to  do  or  bear  any 
thing  terrible  or  difficult  (v.  *τλάω 
II),  freq.  in  Hom.,  usu.  absol.,  as,  τών 
■  ούτίνι  θυμός  kvl  στηθεσσιν  έτόλμα, 
II.  17,  68,  cf.  10,  232  ;  c.  ace.  rei,  to 
endure,  undergo.  Plat.  Legg.  872  E. — 
2.  c.  inf.,  to  have  the  heart,  cruelty,  etc., 
to  do  a  thing  in  .spite  of  any  natural 
feeling,  like  Lat.  audere,  c.  inf.,  11.  8, 
424,  Od.  9,  332,  etc.  ;  see  examples 
(as  of  T/ajvai),  ap.  Monk  Alcest.  285  : 
sometimes  c.  part,  pro  inf.,  Od.  24, 
162:  —  more  rarely  c.  ace,  τολμΰν 
πόλεμον,  to  undertake,  venture  on  it, 
Od.  8,  519  ;  ίςόδους  τολμΰν,  Pind.  P. 
5, 156 ;  πάντα  τολμάν,  etc.,  Jac.  Antli. 
P.  p.  438  ;  hence  m  pass.,  οΓ  έτολμη- 
θη  πατήρ,  such  things  as  my  father 
had  dared  (or  done)  against  him,  Seidl. 
Eur.  El.  275: — also  in  prose,  as  Plat. 
Apol.  31  C,  Symp.  182  E,  etc. 
ΤολαήεΐΓ,  εσσα,  εν,  Dor.  -άεις, 
L506 


TOMA 
Pind.  (τόλμα)  :  —  enduring,  stedfast, 
stout-hearted,  Od.  17,  284  :  daring,  bold, 
adventurous,  11.  10,  205,  Pind.  P.  4, 
157,  like  the  prose  το7.μηρός. — Ep. 
contr.  τολμϊις,  ήπσα,  ήν,  whence  su- 
perl.  τολμί/στατος.  Soph.  Phil.  984, 
where  others  wrongly  read  τολμίσ- 
τατος,  V.  Buttm.  Ausf.  Gr.  ^  60  Anm. 
3. 

Τόλμημα,  ατός,  τό,  (τολμάω)  -.—an 
adventure,  enterprise,  freq.  in  Eur.,  usu. 
in  plur.;  but  in  sing.,  Phoen.  1076; 
T.  τολμΰν  τοιούτον,  Ar.  Plut.  419  ; 
cf.  Thuc.  6,  54,  etc. 

Τολμ7]ρία,  ας,  ij,  boldness,  rashness. 

Το'λμηρός,  ά,  όν,  usu.  prose  form 
for  τολμήεις,  Antipho  122,  30,  Thuc. 
1.  74,  etc.,  Lvs.  186,  14,  etc. ;  also  in 
Eur.  Supp.  305.  Adv.  -ρώς,  Thuc.  3, 
83. 

Τολμάς,  ησσα,  ην,  poet,  contr.  for 
τολμήεις,  q.  v. 

Τόλμησις,  εως,  η,  (τολμάω)  a  being 
bold,  daring,  Def.  Plat.  412  B. 

Τολμητέον,  verb.  adj.  from  τολ- 
μάω, one  7nust  venture,  etc.,  τι,  Eur. 
Med.  1051,  etc. 

Το?ίμητής,  ov,  b,  (τολμάω)  a  bold, 
venturous  man,  Thuc.  1,  70  :  τ.  θνμοΓ, 
Anth.  P.  9,  678. 

Τολμητίας,  ov,  o,=foreg.,  Agath. 

Τολμητικός,  ή,  ύν,=-τολ.μηρός. 

Τολμητός,  η,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from 
τολ^μάω,  ventured,  to  be  ventured  or 
hazarded,  Sappho  2,  17,  Soph.  Phil. 
634,  Eur.  Hel.  816. 

'\Τολμίδης,  ου,  ό,  Tolmides,  son  of 
Tolmaeus,  an  Athenian  general, 
Thuc.  1,  108,  113  ;  etc.— 2.  a  herald 
of  Cyrus  the  younger,  Xen.  An.  3,  1, 
46. 

Τολμίστατος,  v.  τολμήεις. 

Το'λοιπόν,  or  divisim  το  λοιπόν,  as 
adv.,  henceforward,  for  the  future,  freq. 
in  Att. — 2.  for  the  rest,  accordingly, 
Xen.  An.  3,  2,  8. 

^Τό?.οφος,  ov,  ό,  Tolophus,  an  Ae- 
tolian,  Thuc.  3,  100. 

■\Τολοφώνιος,  a,  ov,  Tolophonian, 
of  Tolophon,  a  city  of  the  Locri  Ozo- 
lae,  Thuc.  3,  101. 

Τολύπενμα,  ατός,  τό,  =  τολνπη. 
[ί] 

Το7Λπεντικός,  η,  όν,  fit  for  accom- 
plishing. 

Τολνπενω  (το?.νπη) : — strictly,  to 
wind  off  carded  wool  into  a  clew  for 
spinning,  Ar.  Lys.  587 : — usu.  met- 
aph.,— 1.  δολονς  τ.,  like  πλέκειν  aniS 
στρέφειν,  to  contrive,  devise,  invent 
stratagems,  Od.  19,  137:  so,  πένθος 
τινί  τ.,  to  work  one  grief,  Eur.  Rhes. 
744. — 2.  to  wind  up,  achieve  a  hard  task, 
T.  πόλεμον,  II.  14,  86,  Od.  1 ,  238,  etc.  ; 
όπόσα  τολνπενσε,  how  great  things 
he  achieved  in  War,  11.  24,  7  : — cf.  έκ- 
τολνπενω. 

Το?.ΰπη,  ης,  η,  α  clew  or  ball  wound 
up,  wool  carded  arid  ready  for  spinning, 
Lat.  glomus.  Soph.  Fr.  920,  Ar.  Lys. 
586. — II.  a  lump,  ball  of  any  thing, 
πράσων,  Eubul.  Καμπνλ.  4  :  then,— 
111.  from  a  likeness  of  shape, —  1.  a 
globular  cake. — 2.  a  round  kind  of 
gourd,  pumpkin,  LXX. 

■\Ύολώσσα,  ιις,  ή,  Tolosa  now  Tou- 
louse in  Gaul,  Strab.  p.  188. 

ΤομαΙος,  a,  ov,  also  ος,  ov,  (τομή)  : 
— cutting. — II.  pass.,  cut,  cut  off,  βό- 
στρυχος, Aesch.  Cho.  168;  άκος  τ., 
lb.  539,  Supp.  268, — to  be  explained 
from  the  phrase  τέμνειν  άκος,  Blomf. 
Ag.  16. 

^Τομάριάς,  άδος,  ή,  pecul.  fern,  to 

Τομάριος.  ή  Ύ.  φηγός,  from  which 

the   Argo   was   formed,  Orph.    Arg. 

1161. 

Τομύριον,ου,τό,  dim.  from  τόμος- 


TONA 

ίΤομάριος,  a,  ov,  of  Tomarus,  To- 
marian :  from 

Τόμΰρος,  ου,  ό,  ^TomatusOT  Tma- 
nis,  a  mountain  of  Epirus,  not  far 
from  Dodona  ;  also  written  Τμάρος, 
Strab.  pp.  327,  328+  :  v.  sub  Τόμου- 
ρος.  t[u  in  Cailim.  Cer.  52.] 

Τομάω.  ώ,  (τομί))  to  need  cutting, 
πτ/μα  τομών,  a  disease  that  calls  for 
the  knife,  Soph.  Aj.  582. 

ΤαμεΙον,  ου,  τό,  (ro/i^)=  sq.  II. 
Medic. 

Τομενς,  έως,  ό,  Dor.  dat.  plur.  to• 
μέσι,  Archimed.,  v.  Buttm.  Ausf.  Gr. 
φ  52  fin.  not.  :  (τομή)  : — one  that  cuts. 
— 2.  a  shoemaker's  knife.  Plat.  Ale.  1, 
129  C  :  also,  pincers,  a  forceps.  Medic. 
— 3.  oi  τομιις.  the  cutting  teeth,  incisors. 
— II.  in  mathematics,  a  section,  conic 
or  spherical.  Math.  Vett. 

^Τομενς,  έως,  ό,  Tomeus,  a  moun- 
tain in  Messenia,  near  Coryphasium, 
Thuc.  4,  118.— 2.=Τϋ/ζοί,  Strab. 

Τομέχρι,  &dy.,=^μέχpι,hoh.  Phryn. 
50. 

Τομή,  ης,  ή,  (τέμνω) : — the  end  left 
after  cutting,  a  stump  of  a  tree,  II.  1, 
2"35,  cf.  Soph.  Fr.  479  ;  the  end  of  a 
beam,  Thuc.  2,  70  ;  ?.ιθοι  iv  τομ^ 
έγγώνιοι,  stones  cut  square  at  the 
e?id.  Id.  1,  93  ;  the  place  from  which  a 
lock  of  hair  has  been  cut,  Aesch.  Cho, 
230. — II.  a  cut,  stroke,  wound.  Soph. 
Tr.  887,  Eur.  El.  160.  etc.— III.  α  cut- 
ting, cutting  off  or  down,  Soph.  Tr. 
700: — esp,,  as  a  surgical  operation, 
Pind.  P.  3,  95  ;  κανσις  και  τ..  Plat. 
Prot.  354  A,  etc.  ;  cf.  τέμνω  I.  2. — ■ 
IV.  severance,  separation,  τ.  nai  ύιά- 
κρισις.  Plat.  Tim.  61  D. 

iTόμηpoς,  ov,  6,  the  Toments,  a 
river  of  India,  Arr.  Iml.  24,  1. 

Τομίας,  ου,  ό,  (τέμνω)  one  who  has 
been  cut  or  castrated,  κριός  τ.,  a  wetlicr^ 
Antiph.  Κνκλ.  2,  4. 

Τομικός,  ή,  όν,  (τέμνω)  of  or  for 
cutting. 

Τόμιος,  ov,  (τομή)  cut,  Ar.  Lys. 
192:  τά  τόμια  (sc.  itpa),=  έντομα, 
parts  of  a  sacrifice  used  on  taking  sol- 
emn oaths,  lb.  180,  Antipho  139,  42, 
Dem.  642,  18. 

Τομίς,  ίόος,  ή,^τομεύς  II. 

+Τόμο<,  ων,  υΐ,  Tomi,  a  city  on  the 
Euxiiie  near  Odessus,  so  calleii  ace. 
to  myth,  from  τέμνω,  because  Medea 
here  cut  in  pieces  her  brother  Absyr- 
tus.  Apollod.  1,  9,  24. 

Ύομός.  ή,  όν,  veri).  adj.  from  τέμνω, 
cutting  :  sharp.  Plat.  Tim.  61  E,  v.  1. 
Dem.  777,  3:  compar.  τομώτερος, 
Pseudo-Phocyl.  110;  superl.  -ώτα- 
τος.  Soph.  Aj.  815,  ubi  v.  Lob. — Adv. 
-μως,  sharply,  clearly.  Call.  Fr.  78. 

Τ()μος,  ov,  ό,  (τέμνω) : — a  cut :  a 
piece  cut  off,  a  slice,  γάστρας,  πλα- 
κούντας, Ar.  Eq.  1179,  1190. — 11.  a 
part  of  a  book  written  and  rolled  up  by 
itself,  a  volume,  tome. 

Ύόμονρος,  ov,  0,  a  priest  at  Dodona. 
(Usu.  deriv.  from  τόμΰροι=θέμιστες, 
as  if  for  τομάρονρος,  whence  some 
critics  read  τόμάροι  or  τομονροι  for 
θέμιστες  in  Od.  16,  403.  Others  de- 
rive It  from  mount  ΤμΰροςΜΐ  Epirus, 
Steph.  Byz.,  cf.  V'irg.  Eel.  8,  44,  and 
Juppiter  Tmarius  in  Claudian  Bell. 
Get.  18:  the  mountain  is  called  Τό- 
μαρος  by  Strabo,  p.  328,  Tomarus  by 
Plin. ;  others  again  from  τέμνω,  τομή, 
and  understood  it  of  an  eunuch- 
priest.) 

■\Τόμνρις,  ιος,  ij,  Tomyris,  queen 
of  the  Scythae,  who  is  said  to 
have  conquered  and  slain  the  el- 
der Cyrus,  Hdt.  1,  205  ;  in  Luc.  Τώ- 
μνρις. 

Τοναίος,  a,  ov,  (τόνος) : — stretched, 


ΤΟΝΟ 

strained :  ή  τοναία.  (sc.  φωνή),  α  strain-  | 
erf,  loud  voice,  Alex.  Παλ,?,ακ.  1. 

Ύονάριον,  ον,  τό,  {τόνος) : — α  tun- 
tng-pipe,  pitch-pipe,  to  give  the  key  for 
singing  or  speaking  {όωνασκικον  όρ- 
γανον, ώ  τονς  φθόγγους  άναβΐ;3άζου- 
σιν,  Pliit.  Τ.  Gracch.  2):  elsewh. 
ΐπιτόνιον-  [α] 

Ύυνέω^τονόω,  Eust. 

Ύονθο/.υγέω,  ν.  sq. 

Ύονβομνζυ  or  -ίζω.  to  speak  inartic- 
ulately, mutter,  babble,  Λγ.  Ach.  683, 
Ran.  747,  Vesp.  614  (in  all  which 
passages  the  best  MSS.  and  Edd. 
have  the  form  in  -ύζω,  cf.  Lob.  Phryn. 
358).— Rarer  coliat.  forms,  τονθορν- 
γέω  or  -?.υγέω.  Pherecr.  Metall.  1,  4  ; 
contr.  τονθρνζω  or  τονθρίζω.  0pp.  C. 
2,  541  ;  3,  169.  Hence  τοιβρνς,  ή, 
muttering ;  τονθρνστής,  οΰ,  δ,  a  mut- 
terer,  like  γογ^,νστής. 

ΎονιαΙος,  a,  ov,  (τόνας)  consisting 
of  one  tone,  διύστηαα,  Arist.  Probl.  19, 
47,  Plut.  2,  1018  F,  etc. 

Ύονίζω,  to  furnish  with  a  tone  or  ac- 
c-ent. 

Ύονιΐίός,  ή,  or,  of  or  hy  stretching. 
— 2.  consisting  of  one  tone. 

Ύονοειδης,  ες,  like  a  tone. 

Ύόνος,  ov,  0.  (τείνω)  that  by  which 
a  thing  is  stretched,  or  that  which  can 
itself  be  stretched,  a  rope,  cord,  brace, 
band,  oi  τόνοι  τών  κ/.ινέον,  the  cords 
of  beds,  Hdt.  9,  118,  cf.  Ar.  Eq.  532 
(v.  sub  έ~ιτόνος) ;  ώμο/.ίνου  μακροί 
τόνοι,  Aesch.  Fr.  175 : — also  of  the 
single  strands  of  a  rope,  εκ  τριών  τό- 
νων, Xen.  Cyn.  10.  2. — 2.  in  animals, 
oi  τόνοι  are  the  sinews  or  tendons,  Lat. 
nenn,  Hipp. ;  v.  Foes.  Oecon. — 3.  in 
machines,  τόνοι  and  άντίτονοι,  strains 
and  counter-strains,  Plut.  ;  cf.  Id. 
Marcell.  15. — II.  a  stretching,  tighten- 
ing, bracing,  straining,  strain,  r.  τών 
όπλων,  Hdt.  7,  36. — 2.  esp.  of  sounds, 
a  straining,  raising  of  the  voice,  Dem. 
319,  3,  etc.:  hence, — a.  a  tone,  note, 
of  the  voice.  Plat.  Rep.  617  B,  etc.  ; 
of  a  musical  instrument,  Plut.  2.  827 
B,  etc. :  metaph.,  of  colour,  lb.  563  E. 
— b.  the  tone  or  accent  of  a  word  or 
syllable,  Gramm. — c.  τόνος  έξάμε- 
τρος,  hexameter  measure,  Hdt.  1,  47, 
62;  T.  τρίμετρος,  Hdt.  1,  174. — d.  in 
the  later  musical  writers,  τόνοι  were 
the  άρμονίαι  of  Plato,  and  Arist., 
measures  or  modes,  Lat.  modi,  Plut.  2, 
1134  A,  1135  A,  etc.:  in  the  earliest 
Greek  music  there  were  three,  ace. 
to  the  different  divisions  of  the  Te- 
trachord,  viz.,  the  Dorian,  Lydian  and 
Phrygian :  of  these  each  was  one 
tone  higher  than  the  other,  so  that 
the  Dorian  was  lowest,  the  Lydian 
highest,  and  the  Phrygian  between 
the  two  :  but  as  in  later  times  each 
of  these  was  subdivided  by  a  half- 
tone, there  were  added  two  new 
tnodes.  the  Ionian  between  the  Dori- 
an and  Phrygian,  and  the  Aeolian 
between  the  Phrygian  and  Lydian. 
Afterwards  the  number  was  still  fur- 
ther extended,  and  there  arose  two 
systems,  the  smaller  of  eleven,  the 
larger  of  fifteen  modes,  having  their 
names  compounded  from  the  five 
just  mentioned,  v.  Bockh  de  Metr. 
Find.  p.  212  sq.,  where  the  pe- 
culiar character  of  each  is  given. — 
2.  exertion  of  force,  straining  one's  pow- 
ers, and  so,  generally,  force,  strength, 
intensity.  Plut.  Demetr.  21,  etc.;  r. 
όργης,  Id.  Brut.  31. — IH.  metaph.,  <Zi- 
reclion.  course,  εΐ'θυν  τόνον  τρέχειν. 
Find.  Ο.  10  (1 1),  76;  olim  ενβντόνον  : 
— τόνον  εχειν  'ένα,  like  Lat.  unum 
tenorem  tenere,  Plut.  Demosth.  13. 
Hence 


ΤΟΞΕ 

Τοι-'όω,  ώ,  to  stretch,  strain,  brace  up,  I 
Tim.  Locr.  103  Ε  :  esp.,  to  strengthen 
the  sound  ;  to  place  the  tone  or  accent 
on  a  word  or  syllable,  accentuate  it, 
Gramm. 

Ύοννν,  V,  sub  νϋν  I.  3. 

Ύονώδης,  ες,  contr.  for  τονοειδής, 
Hipp. 

Ύόνωσις,  εως,  η,  (τονοω)  a  stretch- 
ing, bracing :  esp.,  a  strengthening  of 
the  sound  by  the  tone  or  accent,  accent- 
uation. 

Τονωτικός,  -ή,  όν.  {τονόω)  belonging 
to,  fi.1  for  stretching  or  strengthening. 

Ύυξύζομαι,  f.  -άσομαι,  dep.  mid., 
(τόξον) : — to  shoot  with  a  bow,  τινός, 
at  one,  Od.  8,  218;  22,  27.— Poet, 
word,  for  which  τοξεύω  is  usu.  in 
prose. 

Ύοζαλκέτης.  ov.  o,=  sq.,  Anth.  P. 
append.  319,  Ael.  N.  A.  11,  40. 

Ύοξα/.κής,  ες.  (,τόΐην.  αλκή)  mighty 
with  the  bow,  Orph.  H.  57,  2. 

Ύοξάριον,  TO,  dim.  from  τόξον.  [ΰ] 

iΎόξapις.  ιδος.  ό,  Toxaris,  a  Scy- 
thian, who  visited  Athens  and  be- 
came the  friend  of  Solon,  honoured 
after  death  by  the  Athenians  as  a 
hero,  in  the  character  of  ξένος  ια- 
τρός. Luc.  Scyth.  2. — 2.  a  chief 
character  in  Lucian's  dialogue  so 
entitled. 

Ύοξάρχης,  ov,  o,=  sq. 

Ύόξαρχος,  ov,  ό,  lord  of  the  bow,  a 
bowman,  archer,  Aesch.  Pers.  556  ;  cf. 
τόξον  I.  fin. — II.  the  captain  of  the 
τοξόται  at  Athens.  Thuc.  3,  98 ;  cf. 
Bockh  P.  E.  1,  278.  (From  τόξον, 
as  ϊ-τταρχος  from  ϊττ-ος.) 

Ύοξασμός,  ov,  o,=  sq.,  Nicet. 

Ύοξεία,  ας,  ή.  a  shooting  with  the 
bow,  archery,  Plut.  ? — II.  collective 
for  oi  τοξόται,  the  archer-force,  Phi- 
lostr. 

Ύοξελκής,  ες,  drawing  the  how. 

Τόξενμα,  ατός,  τό,  (τοξεύω)  that 
which  IS  shot,  an  arrow,  Pind.  I.  5  (4), 
59,  Hdt.  4,  132,  etc. ;  όσον  τόξενμα 
έξίκνέεται,  the  distance  of  a  bow- 
shot, Hdt.  4,  139 ;  εις  τόξενμα  έξικνεΐ- 
σθαι,  to  come  within  shot,  Xen.  Cyr. 
1,  4,  23  ;  so,  εντός  τοξεί'ματος,  lb. : 
— metaph.,  όμματος  θελκτήριον  τό- 
ξενμα, Aesch.  Supp.  1005,  cf.  Ag. 
240.  Soph.  Ant.  1085.— II.  collective 
in  jiUir.  for  oi  τοζόται,  the  archery, 
Hdt,  6,  112,  Plut.  Pyrrh.  21. 

Ύοξεύς,  έως,  ό,  a  bowman  :  as  prop, 
n.,  Bowyer,  Hes.  Fr.  41,  4. 

Ύόξενσις,  ή.  a  shooting  with  the  bow 

Ύοξευττ'ιρ,  τ/ρος,  ό,  =  sq.,  Arat., 
etc. :  fem.  τοξεύτεφα,  0pp.  C.  3, 
22. 

Τοξεντήτ,  ov,  ό,  (τοξεύω)  a  bowman, 
archer,  II.  23,  850.     Hence 

Ύοξί^τικός,  ή,  όν,  fond  of  the  bow 
or  archery. 

Ύοξεντός,  ή,  όν,  struck  by  an  arrow, 
shot,  έκ  Φοίβου,  Soph.  Phil.  335: 
verb,  adj.  from 

Τοξεύω,  like  the  poet,  τοξάζομαι, 
{τόξον)  to  shoot  until  the  bow,  τινός,  at 
a  mark,  II.  23,  855  :  -άντες,  ΰςτε 
τοξόται  σκοτΓοϋ,  τοξενετ'  ανδρός  τού- 
δε. Soph.  Ant.  1034;  also,  εις  τίνα 
or  τι,  Hdt.  1,  214;  8,  12S  ;  προς  τι, 

4,  94;  absol.,  to  use  the  bow,  Id.  1, 
136. — 2.  metaph..  to  shoot  or  aim  at, 
c.  ace,  ταύτα  νοϊς  έτόξενσεν  μάτην, 
this  hath  mv  mind  aimed  at  in  vain, 
Eur.  Hec.  603,  cf.  Tro.255.cf.  Soph. 

0.  T.  1 196  :  so,  ή  τνραννις  πύντο- 
θεν  τοξεύεται  ερωσιν,  Eur.  Incert. 
173. — IT.  to  shoot  or  slay  with  the  bow, 
Ttva,  Hdt.  3,  74  ;  in  pass.,  Xen.  An. 

1,  8,  20. — III.  to  shoot  from  a  bow,  τι, 
hence  metaph.,  τ.  νμνονς,  Pind.  I.  2, 

5,  so,  γ?.ώσσα  τοξεύσασα  μη  τα  και• 


ΤΟΞΟ 

ρια,  Aesch.  Supp.  446  ;  πάν  τετόξεν- 
ται  βέλος,  Eum.  676. 

Ύοξήρης,  ες,  (τόξον,  άρω  ?) -.—fur- 
nished uith  the  bow,  χείρ,  Eur.  .Ale.  35. 
—2.=-οξικός,  τ.  σάγη.  Id.  Η.  F.  188; 
τ.  -φα'/μάς,  the  twang  of  the  bow-string, 
lb.  1063. 

Τοξικός,  ή,  όν,  (τόξον)  of  or  for  the 
bow,  T.  βώμιγξ,  άτρακτος,  Aesch.  Pers. 
460,  Fr.  123. — 2.  /)  τοξική  (sc.  τέχντι), 
bowmanship,  archery.  Plat.  Symp.  197 
A,  etc. ;  cf.  τοξοσννη. — II.  τό  τοξι- 
κόν.  collectively,  the  bowmen,  for  ol 
τοξόται. — 2.  TO  T.  (sc.  φάρμακον),  poi- 
son /"or  smearing  arrows  with,  Diosc. 

ίΤοξικράτη,  ης,  ή,  Toxicrale,  fem. 
pr.  n.,  daughter  ot  Thespius,  Apollod. 
2,  7,  8  :  cf  sq. 

Τοξίκρΰτος,  ov,  and  poet,  jj,  ov,  or 
perh.  τοξικράτης,  ες,  (τόξον,  κρατίω) 
lord  of  the  bow,  prob.  only  found  as 
prop,  n..  Lob.  Phryn.  660. 

^ΤόξιλίΟΐ,  ων,  oi.  the  Toxili,  an  In- 
dian people,  Dion.  P.  1141. 

ΤοξΟ'ίέλεανος,  ov,^=sq.,  Orph.  H. 
33,  6. 

Τοξοβόλος,  ov,  (  τόξον,  βά'/.λ.ω  ) 
shooting  with  the  bow,  Anth.  P.  12.  181. 

Τοξοδάμας,  αντος,  o,^sq.,  Aesch 
Pers.  26,  30.  [δα\ 

Τοξόδαμνος,  ov.  (τόξον,  δαμάω) 
subduing  with  the  bow,  τ.  Άρης,  the 
war  of  archers,  i.  e.  the  Persians, 
Aesch.  Pers.  86  (cf  τόξον  I.  fin.) ; 
Άρτεμις,  Eur.  Hipp.  1451,  cf.  Diphil. 
Έλενηό.  1,  3. 

Τοξοειδής,  ές,  shaped  like  a  bow. 

Τοξοθήκη,  ης,  ή,  a  bow  -  case  or 
quiver. 

Τοξόκλ.ύτος,  ov,  {τόξον,  κλ.υτός) 
famed  for  the  bow,  Pind.  Fr.  279. 

Τόξον,  ov,  TO,  a  bote,  its  arrows  be- 
ing όϊστοί.  Ιοί,  Horn.,  who,  like  Hdt., 
is  fond  of  using  the  plur.  τώ  τόξα  for 
the  sing.,  usu.  with  epith.  καμπν?Μ: 
the  Homeric  bow  was  of  two  pieces 
of  horn  joined  by  the  πήχνς  in  the 
middle,  11.  1 1,  375 ;  the  word  for  the 
string  being  νενρύ  or  νεύρα  βόεια, 
and  for  the  ends,  κορώναι : — for  a  de- 
scription of  a  man  drawing  a  bow,  v. 
II.  4, 123  sq. :  τόξα  τιταίνειν,  to  draw 
the  bow,  II.  5,  97  ;  also,  τόξον  έλ^κειν, 
II.  11,  582;  ανέλκειν,Λΐ.  13,  583;  so 
later,  τόξον  τείνειν,  εντείνειν,  τανν- 
ειν.  cf.  sub  voce.  ;  though  these 
words  often  mean  only  to  string  it : 
cf  πα/  ίντονος. —  The  bow  was  spe- 
cially the  Oriental  weapon,  hence, 
τόξον  1)νμα  (i.  e.  the  Persians),  opp.  to 
λόγχ7ΐς  ισχύς  (  i.  e.  the  Greeks  ), 
Aesch.  Pers.  147;  cf.  τοξόδαμνος, 
τοξονλκός,  τοξότης  I.  —  Aletaph., 
τόξω,  by  guess,  Aesch.  Cho.  1033. — 2. 
sometimes,  the  bow  is  used  for  bow- 
manship, archery,  τόξων  εύ  ειδώς, 
Horn.;  ή  τέχνη  τών  τόξων,  Hdt.  1, 
73 ;  προς  τόξον  κρίσιν.  Soph.  Tr. 
266. — II.  esp.  in  plur.,  bow  and  arrows, 
Hom.,  Hdt..  V.  Interpp.  ad  Soph. 
Phil.  652,  Eur.  Ion  524 :  and  some- 
times perh.  Tu  τόξα  for  the  arrows 
only.  Soph.  Phil.  654,  Plat.  Legg. 
815  A. — III.  any  thing  bowed  or  arched, 
an  arch  ;  the  rainbow,  Lat.  orciis  coeli, 
Aesch.  ap.  Niik.  Choeri!.  p.  189;  τόξα 
?.ατάγων,  the  curve  described  by  liquor 
thrown  from  a  cup,  Critias  1,  2. 
(Prob.  from  τυγχάνω,  τνχειν,  through 
the  Dor.  form  τόσσας,  q.  v.) 

Τοξοποιέω,  ώ,  (τόξον,  ποιέω)  to 
make  like  a  bow,  to  arch,  r.  τήΐ'  όφρύν, 
of  a  supercilious  person,  Ar.  Lys.  8 ; 
cf  όφρνς. 

Τοξοποιία,  ας,  ή,  a  making  of  bows. 

Τοξοποιός,  όν,  making  bows. 

Τοξοσννη,  ης,  ή,  (τόξον)  bowman- 
ship,  archery,  II.  13,  314,  Eur.  Andr. 
1507 


ΤΟΠΙ 

1194: — poet,  word,  ή  τοξικι'ι  being 
used  in  prose. 

ΎοξοτευχΙις,  ές,  (.τόξον,  τεϋχιο,  τεύ- 
χος) armed  with  the  bow,  Aescll.  Supp. 
288.    . 

Ύοξότης,  ov,  ό,  {τόξον):—α  bow- 
man, archer,  11.  11,  385,  Hdt.  3,  39, 
etc. : — it  was  the  device  on  Persian 
coins.  Plot.  Artax.  20;  cf.  τόξou  I. 
fin. — 2.  the  Archer,  Arcilenens,  a  sign 
in  the  Zodiac. — II.  at  Athens,  οι  το- 
ξύται  were  the  policemen,  also  called 
'ΣκνβίΗ,  because  they  were  slaves 
bought  by  the  state,  and  usu.  from 
the  parts  north  of  Greece,  Andoc.  24, 

8,  Aeschin.  51,  19:  v.  Ar.  Ach.  54, 
711,  Eq.  605,  etc.,  cf.  Hern».  Pol.  Ant. 
^  129,  13;  V.  sub  τύξαρχος- 

Ύοξόης,  ιδος,  ή,  fern,  from  foreg., 
archeress,  epith.  of  Diana,  Call.  Dian. 
223  :  at  Ύοξότιδες,  name  of  a  play  by 
Aesch. — II.  (I  loophole  for  shooting  ar- 
rows through,  Polyb.  8,  9,  3. 

Ύοξονλκόζ,  όν,  [τόξον,  ίλκω) : — 
drawing  the  how,  ?.ήμα  Τ.,  skill  in  ar- 
chery, of  the  Persians,  Aesch.  Pers. 
55;  αιχμή  T-,  the  bow-stretching  ar- 
row, lb.  239 ;  cf  τύξον  I.  fin. 

Ύοξσφορίω,  ώ,  to  hear  a  bow,  of 
Cupid,  Anth.  P.  12,  162:  from 

Ύοξοφόρυς,  oi>,  (τόξον,  φέρω) : — 
bow-bearing,  epith.  of  Diana,  II.  21, 
483;  of  Apollo,  H.  Ap.  13,  126,  etc.; 
of  the  Cretans,  Pind.  P.  5, 54  ;  hence, 
ό  τ.=  τοξότ>]ς,  Hdt.  1,  103,  Orac.  ap. 

9,  43. 

Τοςόω,  ώ,  (τόξον)  =  τοξεύω  : — to 
bend  like  a  bow,  Aretae. 

Ύυπύζιον,  ov,  τό,  Diod. ;  and  το- 
Ίτύζιος,  ό,  λΖί^οΓ,  =sq. 

ΎότναζοΓ,  ov,  ό,  the  yelloiv  or  Orien- 
tal topaz,  Dion.  P.  1121;  Pliny's  to- 
paz (H.  N.  37,  32)  seems  to  be  differ- 
ent. 

Ύοπύζω,  f.  -άσω,  (τόπος)  to  put  in 
a  place  ;  but  usu., — II.  to  aim  at ;  me- 
taph.,  to  guess,  divine,  τι,  Aesch.  Ag. 
1369,  Soph.  Fr.  225,  Ar.  Vesp.  73, 
Plat.,  etc. ;  Tztp'i  τινι.  Plat.  Theaet. 
155  D. 

Ύοπάλαι,  adv.,=7raAni,  long  since, 
long  ago.  [τΓίΙ] 

Ύοπύλαιόν,  adv.,  of  old,  formerly. 
Ύοπύν,  adv.,  altogether,  quite,  wholly: 
but,  ές  τοϊτάν,  in  general,  for  the  mass 
of  men,  opp.  to  σννετοί,  Pind.  O.  2, 
153.  [Where  the  ult.  is  short,  v.  ττάς, 
sub  fin.] 

Ύοπαράτνΰν,  Άύ\•.,=7ϊαρύπαν.  [pu] 
Ύοτΐάραντίκα,  adv., τ=αντίκα.  [τΐ] 
Ύοττάροίθε,  -θεν,  adv.,  =  πύροιθε, 
Od.,  and  Hes.  [<ϊ] 

Ύοπάρος,  adv. ,^ττύροζ-,  Horn.,  and 
Hes.  [ύ] 

Ύοττύρχης,  ov,  ό,  =  τόπαρχος, 
LXX. 

Ύοπαρχία,  ας,  η,  the  province  or  of- 
fice of  a  τόπαρχης,  LXX.:  from 

Ύόπαρχος,  ov,  ό,  also  ?},  (τόπος, 
άρχω)  ruling  over  a  place  ;  j  ν  ν  η  τ.,  the 
mistress,  Aesch.  Cho.  664  :  ό  τ.,α  gov- 
ernor. 

Ύοπεΐον,  ov,  τό,  a  rope,  cord,  Ar- 
chipp.  On.  1,  Strattis  Mac.  1 ;  cf.  το- 
■πήϊον. 

Ύοπηγορία,  ας,  ή,  (τόπος  II,  ΰγο- 
ρενω)  discussion  on  a  τόπος  or  f07?i- 
mon-ptace,  rhetorical  treatment  of  the 
same,  Longin.  11,2. 

Τοπί/ίον,  ov,  TO,  Ion.  for  τοπείον. 
Call.  Del.  315.— II.  a  cut  hedge,  Pliny's 
opus  topiarium. 

Τοπικός,  ή,  όν,  {τόπος)  belongi7ig  to 
a  place,  local  .—adv.  -κώς,  with  refer- 
ence to  place,  Plut.  2,  424  E. — II•  con- 
cerning τόποι  or  common-places.  Aris- 
tot.  wrote  a  treatise  (τα  τοπικά)  on 
the  subject ;  being,  he  says,  the  me- 
1508 


TOPE 

thod  or  system  of  drawing  conclusions 
in  probable  matter,  the  art  thereof  be- 
ing }/  διαλεκτική,  Top.  1,  1,  1. 

Ύόπιον,  υν,  τό,  dim.  from  τόπος,  a 
small  place. 

Ύοπίτης,  ov.  ό,  of,  from  or  belong- 
ing to  a  place,   [t] 

Ύοπλέον,  ζά\.,=^πλεον. 

Ύοπογραμμύτενς,  έως,  ό,  α  place- 
writer,  an  Aegyptian  magistrate, 
Biickh  iiber  eine  Aeg.  Urkunde  auf 
Papyros,  p.  18. 

Ύοπογράφέω,  ώ,  to  describe  a  place 
or  country,  Strab. :  and 

Τοπογραφία,  ας,  ή,  a  description  of 
a  place  or  cotmtry,  topography,  Strab.  : 
from 

Τοπογράφος,  ov,  (τόπος,  γράφω) 
describing  a  place  or  country :  hence, 
ό  T.,  a  topographer,   [a] 

Τοποθεσία,  ας.  ή,  the  situation  of  a 
place,  Diod.— II.  the  description  of  a 
place,  topographical  account,  Cic.  Att. 
1,  13,  5  :  from 

Ύoπoθετεω,ώ,(τόπoς,τίθημί)tomar'k 
the  situation  of  a  place,  like  τοπογρα- 
φέω,  Strab. 

Τοποκράτέω,  ώ,  (τόπος,  κρατέω)  to 
rule  or  be  master  of  a  place,  Philo. 

Τοποκράτωρ,  ορός,  ό,=^ΓΟπαρχος. 

Τοπολλύκις,  adv.,  =  πο?ίλακις, 
Pind.  Ο.  1,  52  ;  also  written  divisim. 

Τοπομΰχέω,  ώ,  (τόπος,  μάχομαι) 
to  wngr  war  by  holding  strong  positions 
which  the  enemy  dares  not  attack, 
Plut.  Flamin.  3,  Cleom.  20.— II.  r. 
περί  της  στάσεωΓ,  to  fight  for  position, 
Diod. 

TO  ΠΟΣ,  ov,  ό,  a  place,  spot,  l,at. 
locus,  regio,  first  in  Aesch.,  and  then 
freq.  in  all  Att.  writers :  freq.  per- 
iphr.,  χθονος  πΰς  τόπος,  i.  e.  the 
whole  earth,  Aesch.  Eum.  249  ;  Έλ- 
?.άδος  τόποι.  Id.  Supp.  232  ;  Θράκης 
εκ  τόπων,  Eur.  -\lc.  67;  τονς  της 
χώρας  τόπονς,  Plat.  Legg.  760  C  ; 
cf.  Valck.  Hipp.  1053  ;  ό  τόπος  της 
χώρας,  the  local  circumstances  of  a  dis- 
trict, Dem.  48,  22  -.—τόπω,  c.  gen.,  in 
place  of,  instead  of,  Hdn. :  avu  τόπον, 
on  the  spot,  immediately,  Henn.  Eur. 
Supp.  622  (604) ;  έπι  τόπον,  Polyb. 
4,  72,  5 ;  παρά  τόπον,  at  a  wrong 
place,  Strab. — 2.  a  place  or  part  of  the 
body,  Foes.  Oecon.  Hipp. — 3.  a  place, 
passage  in  an  author,  susp.  in  Xen. 
Mem.  2,  1,  20,  v.  Valck.  Hdt.  2,  117. 
— II.  a  common-place,  hi  rhetoric,  Arist. 
Rhet.  1,  2,  211,  cf.  2,  23,— whose 
τόποι  are  Cicero's  loci  communes  de 
Orat.  3,  27,  Topica  passim. — III.  me- 
taph.,  a  place,  occasion,  opportunity, 
susp.  in  Thuc.  6,  54. 

Τοποτηρητής,  ov,  6,  a  representative, 
Lat.  locum  tencns. 

Τοπρίν,  αάν.,=  πρίν,  Horn.,  and 
Hes.:  τοπρύσβεν,  adv.,=L  πρόσθεν, 
Hoin. :  τοπρύτερον,Άάν.,=^προτερον : 
also  written  divisim. 

Τοπρώτον,  adv.,  first,  at  first,  in  the 
first  place,  Horn.,  and  Hes. :  also  writ- 
ten divisim. 

Τόργος,  ov,  6,  a  vulture.  Call.  Fr. 
204,  Lye.  357,  1080.— II.  -  νγρόφοι- 
τος,  i.  e.  a  swan,  Lye.  88. 

Τορδνλιον,  ov,  ro,=:sq.,  Diosc.  3, 
63.  [0] 

Τόρόνλον,  ov,  TO,  an  umbelliferous 
plant, /mri-ifor/,  Schneid.  Nic.Th.841. 

iTopeurai,  ών,  ot,  the  Torcatae,  a 
people  on  the  Pakis  Maeotis,  Strab. 
p.  495 :  m  Dion.  P.  682  the  Όρέται 
prob.  the  same. 

Τορεία,  ας,  ή,  (τορεύω  II)  α  carving 
in  relief,  in  metal  or  wood,  Plut. 
Aemil.  32,  etc. 

Τόρενμα,  ατός,  τό,  embossed  work, 


TOPN 
work  in  relief  (v.  τορεύω  II),  Strab. : 
a  piece  of  such  work,  a  vase  worked  in 
relief,  etc.,  Menand.  p.  12. — 11.  in  Eur. 
H.  F.  078,  =  τόρνενμα,  a  wheeling 
round,  v.  Matthiii  ad  1.  :  Herm.,  with 
Steph.,  reads  πόρενμα. 

Τορενς,  έως,  ό,  (τορεύω)  the  knife 
or  graver  of  a  τορεντής :  also,  a  kind 
of  borer  or  piercer,  Leon.  Tar.  4. 

Τόρεί'σί^,  ή,=^τορεία. 

Ύορεντής,  ov,  ό,  one  who  works  in 
relief  (v.  τορενω  11),  Polyb.  26,  10,  3. 
Hence 

Τορεντικός,  ή,  όν,  of,  belonging  to 
a  τορεντής,  or  to  work  in  relief,  skilled 
therein,  Clem.  Al. : — ?;  -κή  (sc.  τέχνη), 
the  art  of  embossing  or  working  in  re- 
lief, esp.  in  metal,  Plin.  34,  19,  §1, 
2  ;  cf.  τορενω  II. 

Τορεντός,  η,  όν,  worked  in  relief  or 
chased,  ποτήρια,  Menand.  p.  294 : 
metaph.,  elaborate,  τορ.  έπος,  Crinag. 
15  ;  cf.  Bentl.  Call.  Fr.  40  :  verb.  adj. 
from 

Τορεύω,  strictly, =  *Γαρ£•ω,  to  bore 
through:  metaph.,  uoi/v  τ.,  to  sing  a 
piercing  strain,  proclaim  loud  and  shril- 
ly, Ar.  Thesm.  986;  though  Bentl. 
and  others  would  there  read  τορνεν- 
ειν. — II.  to  work  figures  by  beating  tho 
metal  into  rounded  prominences  (cf. 
ίκτνποί'),  i.  e.  to  work  in  relief,  ox  (acc. 
to  others)  to  chase,  hat.  caelare,  Paus., 
etc.:  V.  Diet.  Antiqq.  p.  179. — Oft. con- 
founded with  τορνεύω  ;  Lob.  Phryn. 
324,  Meineke  Menand.  294. 

*Τορέω,  obsol.  pres.,  whence  the 
aor.  2  ετοροί' : — to  bore,  pierce,  έτορε 
ζωστήρα,  11.  11,  236 ;  more  rarely  aor, 
1  έτόρησα,  part,  τορήσας,  Η.  Merc. 
119 :— the  redupl.  aor.  τέτορον  is  only 
traced  in  Hesych.  with  the  interpret. 
τρώσαι. — IF.  metaph.,  to  proclaim  in 
shrill,  piercing  fωιes,  in  which  signf. 
Ar.  Pac.  381  uses  the  irreg.  fut.  τε- 
τορήσω :  cf.  τορενω  I,  and  τορός. 
(Orig.  identical  with  τετραίνω,  Irom 
τε'ιρω,  τορός,  akin  to  τρώω,  τιτρώ- 
σκω,  as  also  to  τόρνος,  etc. :  the  col- 
lat.  form  τορενω  was  usually  confined 
to  one  signf) 

^Τόρηι3υς,  ov,  6,  Torehus,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  Plut. 

Τορητός,  ή,  όν,  (τορεω)  bored, pierc- 
ed :  vulnerable,  Lyc.  456. 

Τύρμα,  Lyc.  262,  and  τόρμη,  ή,— 
sq.  11. 

Τόημος,  ov,  ό,  any  hole,  socket,  in 
whicn  a  pin  or  peg  is  stuck,  Hdt.  4. 
74,  cf.  Wessel.  Diod.  2,  8  :  the  nave 
of  a  wheel,  like  πλήμνη :  the  socket 
in  which  a  door  turns,  Vitruv. — II. 
=  τέρμα,  the  turning-post,  like  καμπή, 
καμπτήρ,  Lyc.  487. 

Τορνεία,  ας,  ή,  (τορνεύω)  α  turning 
as  on  a  lathe,  a  rounding  off. — 11.  crook- 
ed timber  for  ship-building,  Theophr. 

Τόρνενμα,  ατός,  τό,  (τορνεύω)  that 
which  is  turned  on  a  lathe,  rounded  : 
the  turner's  chips  or  shavings,  Diusc. 

Τορνεντήριον,  ov,  τό,  a  turner's 
chisel,  Theophr. 

Τυρνεντής,  ov,  o,  (τορνεύω)  a  turn- 
er, worker  in  wood,  etc.     Hence 

Τορνεντικός,  ή,  όν,  fit  for  or  fond 
of  turning  on  a  lathe. 

Τορνεντο  -  λνρ  -  ασπίδα  -  πηγός,  ό, 
lyre-turner  and  shield-maker,  comic 
word  in  Ar.  Av.  491. 

Τορνεντός,  η,  όν,  turned  on  a  lathe  : 
verb.  adj.  from 

Τορνεύω  (τόρνος) : — to  turn,  work 
with  a  lathe  and  chisel,  Lat.  tornare  . 
to  round.  Plat.  Criti.  113  D:  in  mid., 
διυ  και  σφαφοειδες  αντό  ετορνεύσα 
το.  Id.  Tim.  33  Β :— metaph.  of  verses, 
to  turn  neatly,  or  round  off',  Ar.  Thesm. 
54,  cf.  Schaf.  Piut.  Aemil.  37  :— geu- 


ΤΟΣΑ 

erally,  to  twist  round,  Eur.  Cycl.  661. 
(Cf.  Topevo)  fin.) 
Ύορνίσκος,  ου,  ό,  dim.  from  τόρνος. 
Ύορροειδής,  ες,  shaped  like  a  circle, 
rounded. 

Τόρνος,  ου,  ό,  α  carpotter^s  tool  for 
drawing  a  round,  like  our  compasses, 
prob.  a  mere  pen  or  pencil  at  the  end 
of  a  string,  Lat.  lomus,  Theogn.  803  ; 
κνκλοτερης  ώς  απο  τόρνου.  Hdt.  4, 
36,  cf.  Plat.  Phil.  51  C,  56  Β  ;  τροχός 
τόρνω  γραφόμενος,  Eur.  Bacch.  1067. 
— Π.  α  turner's  chisel,  a  lathe-chisel, 
βόμβνκες  τόρνου  κύματος,  Aesch.  Fr. 
54  :  (hence,  τορνεύω).  —  2.  a  carver's 
knife  or  chisel,  Lat.  scalprum,  caelum, 
Voss  Virg.  Eel.  3,  38.— III.  that  which 
is  turned,  a  circle,  rmmd,  Dion.  P.  157. 
(Orig.  identical  with  τόρμος  and  τόρ- 
αη,  akin  to  τείρω,  τόρος,  τορός,  *το- 
ρέω.)     Hence 

Ύορνόω,  ώ,  to  round,  make  round, 
mark  off  uilh  compasses :  Horn,  uses 
only  the  mid.,  τορνώσαντο  σήμα,  they 
rounded  them  off  the  barrow,  11.  23, 
255 ;  έδαφος  νηος  τορνώσεται  άνήρ, 
he  will  round  him  office  ship's  bottom, 
wnrk  it  round  and  smooth,  Od.  5,  249  ; 
cf.  Dion.  P.  1170. 

Ύορός,  ά,  όν,  (τείρω): — piercing; 
esp.  of  the  voice,  piercing,  thrilling, 
and  so  prob.  τορος  φόβος,  Aesch. 
Cho.  32  :  esp.  in  adv.,  τορώς  γεγω- 
νεΐν,  Eur.  Ion  696  ;  and  of  the  ear, 
acute,  fine,  Anth.  P.  7,  409. — 2.  me- 
taph.,  like  τρανής,  clear,  distinct, 
plain,  έρμηνενς,  εττος,  Aesch.  Ag.  616, 
1062,  1162  ;  esp.  in  adv.,  τορώς  είδε- 
ναι,  Emped.  92  ;  r.  ?.έγειν,  άπαγ-)έ?-- 
λειν,  Aesch.  Fr.  609,  Ag.  632,  etc. ; 
T.  εΙς  ονς  γεγωνείν,  Eur.  Ion  696.— 
Cf.  *τορέω  II,  τορενω  1. — II.  of  per' 
sons,  sharp,  ready,  active,  Xen.  Lac. 
2,  11  ;  τορώς  τε  και  οξέως  διακονείν, 
Heind.  Plat.  Theaet.  175  Ε. 

Ύόρος,  ου,  ό,  (τείρω) : — α  borer,  used 
in  trying  for  water.  Philyll.  Φρεωρ.  1, 
ubi  V.  Meinek. :  hence,  *-ορέω,  το- 
ρεύω- 

ΙΤόρος,  ου,  ό,  Torus,  a  mountain 
of  Sicily,  Polyb. 

Ύοροτίγζ  or  ropor<'f,  imitation  οία 
bird\<)  note,  Ar.  Av.  267. 

^Ύορτνρη.  ης,  ή,  Tortyra,  name  of 
a  city,  Ath.  30  A. 

^ΎορνΤιαος,ου,ό,  Torylaus,  Ά  Thes- 
salian,  Thuc.  4,  78. 

Ύορννάω,  Hipp.,  and  τορϋνέω,  = 
τορύνω :  from 

Ύορύνη,  ης,  ή,  (τείρω)  :^^α  stirrer, 
Udle  for  stirring  things  while  boiling, 
Lat.  tudicuja,  Ar.  Eq.  984.  Av.  78.  [i 
in  Ar.  :  but  ϋ  in  Leon.  Tar.  14,  6,  cf. 
Draco  p.  86  :  nothing  can  be  proved 
from  Eupol.  Incerl.  60.] 

Ύορννητός,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from 
TOpvvdu,  stirred  up  or  about. 

Ύορΰνω,  to  stir,  stir  up  or  about,  Ar. 
Eq.  1172.  [v] 

\Ύορωναΐος,  η,  ov,  of  Torone,  To- 
ronean  ;  ή  Χορωναίη  άκρη,  the  prom- 
ontory of  Torone.  elsewhere  called 
Derrhis,  Hdt.  7,  122:  ό  Τ.  κόλπος, 
the  Toronean  gulf,  now  g\x\i  of  Cos- 
sandria,  Strab.  p.  330. 

tTopui/?/,  ης.  ή,  Torone,  a  city  of 
Macedonia,  Hdt.  7,  122;  in  Chatci- 
dice,  Thuc.  4,  110. 

Ύοσάκίς,  adv.  (τόσος)  so  many  times, 
so  often,  Ep.  also  τησσάκις,  and  τοσ- 
σάκι,  in  Hom.  only  the  latter,  cf. 
όσάκι.  [α] 

Ύοσύτίος,  a,  ov,  Ep.  τοσσύτιος, 
poet,  for  τόσος,  Jac.  Anth.  P.  p.  141  ; 
cf.  the  correlative  όσάτιος.  [ύ] 

Ύοσαντάκίς,  adv.,  =roffu/i/,f,  An- 
iloc.  34,  3,  Plat.  Rep.  546  C,  Xen., 
etc.  [uj 


ΤΟΣΟ 

Τοσανταπλάσιος,  a,  ον,{τοσοϋτος) 
so  many  fold,  so  many  times,  so  many 
or  so  much  more,  corresponding  to  the 
relat.  όσαιτλάσιος.  [ΰ] 

Ύοσαντατϊλάσίων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,— 
foreg. 

Ύοσανταχώς,  adv.,  ire  so  many  ways, 
Arist.  Anal.  Pr.  1,  36,  1. 

Ύοσήμερον,  ad\'.,=  σήμερον,  to-day. 
Τόσος,  η,  or,  Ep.  τόσσος.  η,  ov,  like 
Lat.  tantus,  of  size,  so  great :  of  space, 
so  wide  :  of  time,  so  long  :  of  number, 
so  mayiy :  of  sound,  so  loud:  in  gen. 
of  degree,  so  much,  so  very: — oft.  in 
Horn.,  both  in  common  and  Ep  form  ; 
so  too  in  Hes. :  usu.  answered  by  the 
relat.  δσος,  which  we  express  by  as, 
oiiTi  τόσος  γε  δσος  Τε?Μμώνιος,  II.  2, 
528,  etc. ;  but  τόσος  oft.  stands  absol., 
esp.  in  Horn.,  when  it  either  refers  to 
something  gone  before,  so  great  as  has 
been  said,  or  to  a  well-known  magni- 
tude, which  may  be  great  or  small, 
ace.  to  the  context:  with  numeral 
adverbs,  τρις  τόσοι,  thrice  as  many,  11. 
1,  213  ;  21,  80  ;  24,  686,  cf.  9,  379  :  so 
also  in  Find.,  Hdt.,  and  Att. — Τόσος 
is  used  absol.  as  a  demonstr.  pron. 
only  in  poets,  for  which  in  prose  we 
usu.  find  τοσόςδε  or  τοσούτος.  Yet 
τόσος  is  used  in  prose,  when  a  slight 
stress  only  is  laid  ση  the  quantity,  τό- 
σον και  τόσον,  τόσα  και  τόσα,  so  and 
so  much.  Plat.  Phaedr.  271  D,  Dem. 
1307,  18;  ζημιονσθω  τόσφ  και  τόσφ. 
Plat.  Legg.  721  D :  cf.  τοϊος. — 2.  τό- 
σος is  used  as  a  relative,  for  δσος. 
Lat.  quan/us,  by  Find.  N.  4,  8  ;  cf. 
Call.  ApoU.  94. — II.  in  Hom..  τόσον 
and  τόσσον  are  very  freq.  as  adv. 
with  verbs  and  adverbs,  so  much,  so 
far,  so  very,  Lat.  tantum  ;  7Λην  τόσον, 
so  much  too  much,  Od.  4,  371  ;  15, 
405  :  τόσον...,  δσον,  II.  3,  12  ;  6,  450, 
etc. ;  so,  τόσον...,  ώς,  II.  22,  424,  Od. 
4,  106  ;  τόσον...,  ώς  δτε.  II.  4, 130.-2. 
έκ  τόσον,  so  long  since,  is  always  used 
of  time,  often  in  Hdt.,  v.  Schweigh. 
ad  6,  81,  cf.  5,  88.  Plat.  Legg.  642  E. 
— 3.  70σω...δσω,  with  a  compar.,  Lat. 
eo,  quo,  tanto,  quanto.  Plat.  Legg.  665 
E. — 4.  Opp.  uses  τόσον  also  like  the 
Lat.  tantum,  only,  C.  2,  183. —  Cf.  TO- 
σόςδε,  τοσούτος. 

Τοσόςδε,  ήδε,  όνδε,  Ep.  τοσσόςδε, 
=  τόσος,  with  stronger  demonstr. 
signf..  Horn.,  who  has  both  common 
and  Ep.  form,  but  not  so  freq.  as  τό- 
σος, while  in  Att.  it  is  more  freq.,  and 
in  prose  the  regular  form,  v.  sub  τό- 
σος: —  in  Ep.,  τοιόςδε  τοσόςδε  τε 
joined,  v.  Γθίόί•'5ε  :—τόσονδε  μέντοι 
χάρισαί  μοι.  Plat.  Rep.  457  Ε  ;  etc. : 
— c.  inf  ,so  strong,  so  able,  to  do  a  thing, 
Od.  3,  305  ;  with  an  answering  δσος, 
II.  14,  94  ;  18,  430.— II.  τοσόνδε,  Ep. 
τοσσόνδε,  as  adv.,  so  very,  so  inuch,  to 
such  a  degree,  11.  22,  41,  Od.  21,  253. 
— Att.  τοσοςδί,  τοσηδί,  τοσονδί,  this 
so  great  as  it  is,  etc.,  e.  g.  in  a  mathe- 
matical demonstration,  Plat.  Meno 
83  D. 

Τοσοντάριθμος,  ον,{τοσοντος,  αριθ- 
μός) of  so  large  a  number,  Aesch.  Pers. 
432. 

Τοσούτος,  αύτη,  οντο,  (in  Att.  more 
freq.  τοσούτον,  Valck.  Hipp.  1250, 
Elmsl.  Med.  254,  and  so  even  in  Od. ; 
yet  in  comedy  usu.  τοσούτο) :  Ep. 
τοσσοΰτος,^Χο. : — pron., =-. τόσος,  with 
a  stronger  demonstr.  signf :  Horn, 
has  both  common  and  Ep.  form,  but 
more  rarely  than  τόσος,  while  in  Att. 
it  is  very  freq. :  also  to  designate  a 
very  small  degree,  hence  τοσούτον, 
like  Γοσοί'τοί'  μόνον,  only  so  much,  so 
much  and  no  more,  Valck.  Hipp.  804, 
Lob.  Soph.  Aj.  747  ;  ες  τοσούτους  τε- 


ΤΟΤΕ 

ταγμένοι,  opp.  to  οντω  βαθεϊα  φά 
λαγξ,  Xen.  Cyr.  6,  3,  22  : — ές  τοσού- 
το, Lat.  eatenus,  Hdt.  3,  113  ;  so,  stt? 
Γ.,  Id.  6,  97:  in  neut.  c.  gen.,  τοσού- 
τον ονήσεος,  Od.  21,  402;  ες  τοσού- 
το τον  Pioyoii,  Hdt.  6,  134:  c.  ace, 
τοσούτος  μέγαθος,  so  large,  Hdt.  7, 
103 ;  τοσούτος  το  βάθος,  so  deep, 
Xen.  An.  3,  5,  7  ;  τοσούτος  την  rf/u- 
κίαν,  Plut.  Aral. ;  also,  τοσούτος  ή/α- 
κίας.  Id.  Cat.  Min.  69,  etc. : — έτερον 
τοσούτο,  as  great,  as  much  or  many 
again,  Hdt.  2,  149  ; — answered  by  ώς, 
Od.  21,  402,  as  in  Lat.  tantus. ..qtiam, 
cf  Dial,  de  Cans.  Corr.  Eloq.  6. — II. 
τοσούτο  or  τοσούτον,  Ep.  τοσσ-,  as 
adv.,  so  much,  so  far,  so  very,  Od.  8, 
203  ;  21,  250  :  with  a  superl.,  τοσού- 
τον νεώτατος,  II.  23,  476 ;  oh  τοσού- 
τον, όσον...,  not  so  much  so,  as... :  το- 
σοντω,  by  so  much...,  Xen.  An.  1,  5,  9, 
Flat.,  etc. — Att.  τοσοντοσΐ,  τοσαντηΐ, 
τοσοντονί.  (The  word  is  not  a  compd. 
with  οντος.  I'ut  merely  lengthd.,  like 
τοιούτος,  τη?ΛΚθύτος,  τημούτος.) 

Τόσσαις,  Dor.  for  τόσσας,  aor.  part, 
of  an  unknown  pTes.=  TvyxavL•),  to 
happen  to  be.  Find.  F.  3,  48  (just  as 
τνχών  is  used,  lb.  4,  7) :  cf.  Bockh 
ISott.  Crit.  p.  456,  and  v.  sub  έπέτοσ- 
σε.  (From  this  root  prob.  comes  τό• 
ξορ.) 

ΤοσσάκΙ,  Horn.,  and  τοσσάκις,  adv. 
Ep.  for  τοσάκις,  q.  v.  [ά] 

Τοσσύτιος,  η,  ov,  Ep.  lor  τοσάτιος. 

["] 

Τοσσήνος,  Dor.  for  τοσούτος,  The- 
ocr.  1,  54.  No  form  τοσηνος  seems 
to  be  in  use. 

Τόσσος,  η,  ov,  Ep.  for  τόσος,  Horn., 
and  Hes. 

Τοσσόςδε,  ήδε,  όνδε,  Ep.  for  τοσός- 
δε,  Hom. 

Τοσσοϋτος,  αντη,  ούτο  and  οίτοι-•, 
Ep.  lor  τοσούτος,  in  Od.  always  in 
neut.  τοσσούτον. 

Τότε,  adv.,  at  that  time,  then,  Horn., 
and  Hes. ;  anteced.  to  the  relat.  ore 
or  οπότε  (cf  infra  II) ;  and  cf.  the 
interrog.  πότε; — usu.  of  a  time  be- 
fore known  or  made  known  ;  but  also 
of  a  time  following,  II.  1,  100  ;  4, 182, 
cf.  Od.  15,  228  :  strengthd.,  τότε  και, 
11.  5,  394  ;  more  freq.  τότε  γε,  then  at 
least,  just  then,  Hom. : — generally,  in 
Att.,  afore-time,  formerly,  erst,  Br.  Ar. 
Plut.  1118,  Lys.   1024,  Markl.  Eur. 

I.  A.  46,  Heind.  Plat.  Theaet.  157  A. 
— 2.  joined  with  other  particles,  at 
the  beginning  of  a  sentence,  και  τότε 
δη,  II.  1,  92,  Od.  8,  299;  και  τότ' 
έπειτα,  II.  1,  426;  και  τότε  μέν,  11. 
20,  40  ;  δη  τότε  γε.  Od.  15,  228  ;  τότε 
δη  βα,  Od.  9,  52.-3.  with  the  article, 
οι  τότε,  people  then  living,  II.  9,  559, 
etc. ;  Ty  τύθ'  ήμερα.  Soph.  El.  1134  ; 
έν  τω  τότε  (sc.  χρόνφ).  Plat.  Criti. 
110  D,  111  Ε  ;  εις  τον  τότε  χρύνον. 
Id.  Legg.  740  C. — 4.  εκ  τότε,  since 
then,  εις  τότε,  till  then.  Flat.  Legg. 
830  B, etc. —II.  in  apodosis,  answering 
to  δππότε,  Od.  23,  257;  to  όππότε 
κενΟΓ  δπότ'άνδή,  11.9,702;  21,341, 
cf  Od.  10,  294  ;  to  αλλ'  δτε  δή,  II.  21, 
451 ;  to  ει,  II.  4,  36 ;  to  επε'ι  κε,  II. 

II,  192;  Ιο  ήνίκα,  Soph.  Aj.  773.-2. 
joined  with  other  particles,  δή  τότε 
after  ^^ος,  11.  1,  476,  Od.  9,  59  ;  after 
αύταρ  ίπή,  II.  12,  17  ;  also  και  τότε 
δή  after  ήμος,  II.  8,  69 ;  after  ά?Λ' 
δτε  δή,  Od.  4,  461  ;  δή  βα  τότε  after 
εντ'  ύν,  Hes.  Op.  563  ;  τότ'  έπειτα 
after  ανταρ  έπήν  δή.  Id.  614  ;  and  και 
τότ'  έπειτα  after  7'/μος,  II.  1,  478. 

Τοτέ,  adv.,  at  times,  now  and  then, 

usu.  in  answering  clauses,  τοτέ  μέν.., 

τοτέ  δέ..,  at  one  time..,  at  another,  Od. 

24,  447,  Aesch.  Ag.  100 ;  Soph.  0. 

1509 


TOTT 

C.  1745,  Ar.  Eq.  540,  Xen.,  etc. ;  so, 
τόκα  μέν— τόκα  δέ  (Dor.),  Find.  Ν. 
6,  19;— like  the  common  ττοτέ  μίν--, 
"ΤΓΟτέ  όέ : — τότ'  η  τότ',  at  one  time  or 
other,  Aesch.  Ag.  7G6  : — also,  τότε 
μεν-.  Ιστι  ύε  ϋτε  and  ύλΆότε  ύέ.  Plat. 
Phaedr.  23~  Ε;  τότε  μεν..,  αϋβις  6έ, 
Id.  Gorg.  491  C  ;  etc.  : — howevei  it 
sometimes  stands  single  in  Att. 
Heind.  Plat.  Phaed.  1J6  A ;— and 
even  in  II.  11,  63. 

ΎοτελευταΙον,  adv.,  at  last,  lastly. 

Ύοτέταρτον,  adv.,  for  the  fourth 
time,  II. ;  where  however  Wolf  writes 
TO  τέταρτον  divisim,  although  he 
has  τοπρώτον  and  τοτμίτον  as  one 
word. 

Ύοτηνίκΰ,  or  divisim  το  τ.,=  τη- 
νίκα,  Soph.  Ο.  C.  440.  [t] 

Ύοτηνϊκάδε,  ζΑν.,=  Τ7]νίκάδε.  [a] 

ΎοτηνΙκαϋτα,  adv.,  =  τηνικαντα. 
Lob.  Phryn.  50. 

Ύοτοβρίξ,  imitation  of  a  bird's 
note,  Ar.  Av.  243. 

Ύοτοΐ,  an  exclam.,  like  ότοτοΐ, 
Aesch.  Pers.  551,  561. 

Ύοτρίτον,  adv.,  for  the  third  time, 
Hom.  ;  cf.  τοτέταρτον. 

Ύον,  v.  ό,  and  τίς. — II.  τον  enclit., 
V.  sub  ό,  D. 

Ύον,  τυνν,  τονγα,  Boeot.  for  σν, 
σνγε,  the  Lat.  tu,  our  thou. 

Ύονβολον,  Att.  contr.  for  τον  6βο• 
λοί). 

tToCJtp,  τό,  Tuder,  a  city  of  Um- 
bria,  Strab.  p.  227. 

\Ύονθόα,  ας,  ή,  Tuthoa,  a  branch 
of  the  Ladon  in  Arcadia,  Paus.  8, 
25,  12. 

Ύονκ,  Att.  contr.  for  τον  έκ. 

ίΤονκεΙβεν,  Att.  contd.  for  to 
εκείθεν,  Soph.  O.  C.  505;  Eur.  Suppl. 
758. 

iTovKtc  ή,  the  town  Tttcci,  in  His- 
pania  Baetica,  Strab.  p.  141. 

Ύονλασσον,  contr.  for  to  έλασσον, 
Theogn. 

■ΙΎούλλιος,  ov,  6,  the  Rom.  name 
Tullius. 

ΙΤοίλλον,  ov,  TO,  Tullum,  a  moun- 
tain in  Noricum,  Strab.  p.  207. 

Ύονμόν,  τονμπΰλιν,  τονμττροσθεν, 
contr.  for  το  έμ-,  Att. 

Ύονναντίον,  contr.  for  το  εναντίον, 
Αγ.,  etc. 

Ύοννεκα,  contr.  for  τον  'ένεκα,  for 
that  reason,  therefore,  Horn.,  and  Hes., 
in  Ap.  Rh.  also  τοννεκεν. — II.  in- 
terrog.,  for  τίνος  'ένεκα;  wherefore? 
Jac.  Anth.  P.  p.  873. 

^Ύοννθένδε,  Att.  contd.  for  το 
ένθένδε,  Eur.  Suppl.  758.^ 

Ύοννομα,  contr.  for  το  όνομα,  U. 

Ύονντενβεν,  Att.  contr.  for  το 
εντεύθεν,  henceforth,  Xen. 

Τονττος  or  τοϋπος,  Att.  contr.  for 
TO  έπος. 

Ύονργον  or  τονργον,  Att.  contr. 
for  TO  έργον. 

Ύοίρανον,  Att.  contr.  for  τον  ovpa- 
vov. 

■\Ύονρδιτάνία,  ας,  τι,  Turditania,  a 
district  of  Hispania  Baetica,  Strab. 
•p.  139:  οι  Ύονρδιτάνοί,  the  Turdita- 
nians,  dwelling  also  in  part  in  Lusi- 
tania,  Id.  ib.  ;  also  called  Ύονρδού- 
λοι,  Id. 

iTovaK?.ov,  ov,  TO,  Tusculum,  in 
Latiuin  ;  hence  Ύονσκονλάνός,  ό,  an 
inhab.  of  T.,  Strab. 

■\Ύονσκοι,  0)V,  ol,the  Tusci,=Tv^- 
^ηνοί,  Strab. 

Ύοντάκϊς  or  -κι,  poet.  adv.  for  τότε, 
Theogn.  842,  Pmd.  P.  4,  49  ;  9,  24.— 
II.=  Toau/c£f.  [u] 

tToirraTTOf,  ov,  ό,  the  Tutapus,  a 
river  of  India,  Arr.  Ind.  4,  10. 

Ύοντεί,  adv.,  Dor.  for  ταντί},  like 
1510 


ΤΡΑΓ 

el  for  ξ,  πει  for  πη,  Theocr.  5,  103  : 
used  just  like  έκεΐ,  v.  ουτοςίί.'^. 

Ύοντερον,  Ion.  contr.  for  το  'έτερον, 
Hdt. 

Ύοντί,  V.  οντος  XVII. 

Ύοντογί,  τοντοδί,  ν.  sub  οντος. 

Ύοντόθε,  adv.,  he/ice,  thence,  The- 
ocr. 4,  Ίο  ;  cf.  αντόθεν. 

Ύοντώ,  adv.,:=roiiret,  τανττη,  So- 
phron  ap.  Apoll.  Dysc,  v.  1.  Tneocr. 
5,  45  ;  cf.  Buttm.  Ausf.  Gr.  Gr.  ^  116 
Anm.  24. 

Ύοντώθεν,  adv.,  thence,  Theocr.  4, 
48. 

Ύοώίών,  ώνος,  ό,  a  tuff-stone  quarry, 
Tabul.  Herac. 

Ύόψος,  ov,  ό,  a  loose  species  of 
stone,  tuff,  Lat.  tophus. 

Ύόφρα,  adv.  of  time,  up  to  that  time, 
so  long,  Horn. ;  strictly  answering  to 
the  relat.  όφρα,  \vbich  may  go  first,  as 
in  II.  18,  381,  ud.  20,  330,  H.  Cer.  37  ; 
and  in  this  case  τόφρα  δέ  sometimes 
stands  for  τόψρα,  II.  4,221,  Od.  10,  126. 
For  the  usu.  τόφρα..,  όφρα,  we  also 
find  τόφρα..,  εως,  Od.  5, 122  ;  τόφρα.., 
έως  άν,  Od.  2,  77  ;  but  more  freq.  re- 
versely έως..,  τόφρα..,  as  II.  15,  392, 
Od.  12,  328,  etc.  ;  έως..,  τόφρα  δέ-, 
II.  10,  507,  Od.  5,  424,  etc. ;  άλλ'  ΰτε 
δή..,  τόφρα..,  Od.  10,  571  ;  πριν..,  τό- 
φρα.., 11.  21,  101  ;  εντε..,  τόφρα  δέ.., 
Od.  20,  77. — 2.  τόφρα  sometimes 
stands  absol.,  meantime,  meanwhile,  the 
time  referred  to  being  before  known, 
as  in  11.  10,  498;  13,  83,  Od.  3,  303, 
464,  etc. — II.  τόφρα, =όφρα,  as  a  final 
conjunction,  so  that,  that,  only  metri 
grat.  in  Alexandr.  poets,  Br.  A  p.  Rh. 
4,  1487,  Jac.  Anth.  P.  p.  507,  790. 

^Ύόχαροι,  ων,  οι,  the  I'ochnri,  a  no- 
madic people  of  Bactria,  Dion.  P. 
752  :  belonging  to  the  Scythian  race, 
Strab.  p.  511. 

Ύράγαινα,  τις,  η,  a  barren  she-goat, 
Anst.  Gen.  An.  4,  4,  15. 

Ύράγύκανθα,  ης,  ή,  a  low  shrub, 
the  astragalus,  whence  the  gum  traga- 
canth,  Theophr. 

Ύράγύλίζω,  =  τρώγω,  Ar.  Vesp. 
674 : — so  the  modern  Greeks  say 
στραγάλια  for  τρωγάλια,  Coray  He- 
liod.  2;  p.  88. 

Ύρΰγάνόν,  ov,  τό,  gristle,  a  carti- 
lage, Ath.  347  E. 

Τραγανός,  ό,— τράγος  III,  Medic. 

tTpayoffat,  ων,  al,  Tragasae,  a 
place  in  Troas  famous  for  its  salt 
works,  whence  Ύραγασαίος,  a,  ov, 
Tragasaean,  esp.  το  ΎραγασαΙον  άλο• 
πήγιον,  Strab.  p.  605. 

'Τρΰγύσαΐος,  a,  ov,  strictly  adj.,  of 
or  from  the  Epirolic  city  Ύραγασαί : 
but  in  Ar.  Ach.  808  of  swine,  ως  τρα- 
γασαΐα  φαίνεται,  with  a  play  on  τρα- 
γεΐν ;  and  Ib.  853,  Ύραγασαίον  πα- 
τρός, with  a  play  on  τρύγος  II. 

'Τρυγάω,  ω,  {τρύγος) :— of  men,= 
τραγίζω  III,  q.  v. ;  cf  καπράω,  ταν- 
ράω. — II.  esp.  of  vines,  to  be  over-lux- 
uriant, run  to  leaf,  like  ν?.ομανέω, 
Arist.  Gen.  An.  1,  18,  58,  Theophr. 

Ύράγεΐν,  inf.  aor.  of  τρώγω. 

ΎράγεΙον,  ov,  τό,  v.  τράγιον. 

Ύράγειος,  a,  ov,  like  τρύγεος,  (τρά- 
γος) of  orfrom  a  he-goat :  ^  τραγείη 
(sc.  δορά),  a  goat's  skin,  Theocr.  5, 
51.  [u] 

Τραγέλαφος,  ov,  ό,  {τράγος,  έ?.α- 
φος)  the  goat-stag,  as  the  Greeks  called 
a  fantastic  animal,  represented  on 
Eastern  carpets  and  the  like,  Ar.  Ran. 
937 :  τραγέλαφοι  and  κέντανροι  are 
expressly  named  as  fabulous  crea- 
tures by  Plat.  Rep.  488  A,  Anst.  Anal. 
Pr.  1, 38, 2,  Post.  2,7, 2.-2.  a  drinking- 
cupwhich  had  such  acreature  worked 
in  relief  on  the  fore-part,  or  was  itself 


ΤΡΑΓ 

in  this  shape,  Antiphan.  etc.  ap.  Ath. 
500  D,  Ε  ;  cf.  όνος  VIII.— II.  later,  a 
real  animal  of  Arabia,  or  on  the  Pha- 
sis,  prob.  a  kind  of  bearded  detr,  Plin., 
etc. :  also  ζόμβρος. 

Τράγεος,  a,  ον,=  τράγειος,  Anth. : 
hence  ;}  τρΰγη  (sc.  δορά),  a  goat's  skin. 
Lob.  Phryn.  78. 

Ύράγημα,  ατός,  τό,  like  τρ^γάλιον, 
strictly  that  which  is  eaten  for  eating'» 
sake;  in  plur.,  sweetmeats,  confection- 
ary, dessert,  and  the  like,  Lat.  bellaria, 
French  dragees,  Ar.  Ach.  1091,  Ran. 
510,  Xen.  An.  2,  3,  15,  etc.:  rather 
dried  fruits,  such  as^^s,  almonds,  etc., 
V.  omnino  Plat.  Rep.  372  C.  [ΰ\ 

Ύράγηματίζω,  to  eat  τραγήματα, 
Arist.  Eth.  N.  10,  5,  4  :  also  in  mid., 
τραγηματίζομαι,  Menand.  p.  179. 

Τ ρύγιιμύτισμός,  ό,  an  eating  of  τρα 
γήματα,  Arist.  ap.  Ath.  641  E. 

^Τραγία,  ας,  ή,  Tragia,  a  small 
island  of  the  Aegean,  near  Samos, 
Thuc.  1,  110  :  also  at  Τραγίαι,  Plut. 

Τράγίο,μβος,  ov,  6,  the  tragic  iambus. 

Τρΰγίί,ω,  f.  -ί'σω,  {τρύγος)  to  be  like 
a  he-goat : — hence, — -I.  to  stiuk  like  a 
he-goat,  also  in  full,  τρ.  εν  όσμη,  Diosc. 
— II.  to  be  lewd  or  lecherous  like  a  he- 
goat,  only  of  the  man,  Hipp. ;  as,  re- 
versely, catullire  only  of  the  woman. 
— III.  of  the  signs  of  puberty,  esp.  of 
the  voice,  to  break,  groiv  rough  attd 
hoarse,  also  τραγάω.  the  Lat.  hirqui- 
lallire,  Arist.  H.  A.  7,  1,  3,  Gen.  An. 
5,  7,  20,  etc.  ;  v.  Foes.  Oecon. 

ΎρύγΙκεύομαι,  Dep.,  to  speak  and 
act  in  tragic  fashion. 

Τραγικός,  η,  όν,  {τράγος) : — strict- 
ly, of  or  like  a  goat,  goatish,  like  τρά- 
γεως,  τράγεος.  Plat.  Crat.  408  C  ; 
but  in  this  signf.  not  common  till 
later  authors,  as  Plut.  Pyrrh.  11,  and 
Luc. ;  V.  Jac.  Anth.  P.  p.  591.— II. 
usu.,  of  or  belonging  to  tragedy,  tragic, 
first  in  Hdt.  5,  67,  and  Att.,  (cf  τρα- 
γωδία): τρ.  ΰνήρ,=  τραγωδός,  Plat. 
Pnaed.  1 1 5  A  ;  τρ.  ?^/ρος,  of  the  splen- 
did dresses  worn  by  tragic  actors, 
Ar.  Ran.  1005,  v.  Miiller  Eumen.  i 
32  sq. : — hence, — 2.  generally,  stately, 
majestic,  magnificent,  Ar.  Pac.  136; 
τραγική  γύρ  έστιν  i/  απόκρια ις,  Plat. 
Mono  76  £  ;  also  in  bad  sense,  pomp- 
ous, affected,  Plut.  2,  330  Α.— III.  adv. 
-κώς,  in  tragic  style  or  fashion,  τρ.  λέ- 
γειν. Plat.  Rep.  413  B. — 2.  οίκεϊν  τρ. 
to  live  1)1  splendour,  Plut.  Poplic.  10 
Hence 

ΎράγΙκώδης,  ες,  {είδος)  of  tragic 
hind  OT  fashion,  Palaeph.  41. 

ΤρύγΙνος,  η,  ov,  like  τράγειυς,  of 
a  he-goat,  Anlh.  P.  9,  558. 

Τράγιον,  ov,  τό,  a  plant  smelling 
like  a  he-goat,  also  τραγείον,  Diosc. 
[a] 

^Τράγιον,  ov,  τό,  Tragium,  a  town 
of  Laconia,  Strab.  p.  360. 

Τράγίσκος,  ov,  6,  Dim.  from  τρά- 
γος, a  young  he-goat,  Theocr.  5,  141. 
— II.  a  .<iea-fish,  Marcell.  Sid.  23. 

^Τραγίσκος,  ov,  ύ,  Tragiscus,  a 
Tarentine,  Polyb.  8,  29. 

Τραγοβύμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  {τρά- 
γος, βαίνω)  goat  fooled,  of  Pan.  [βα\ 

ΎρΰΛοειόής,  ές,  {τράγος,  είδος)  like 
a  he-goat.  Plat.  Crat.  408  D. 

Τράγόκερως,  ων,  {τράγος,  κέρας) 
with  goat's  horns  : — a  plant,  Diosc. 

Τράγοκονρικός,  jy,  ύν,  of  or  for 
shearing  he-goats,  μάχαιρα,  Luc.  Pisc. 
46. 

Τρΰγόκτονος,  ov,  {τράγος,  κτείνω) . 
— αίμα  τρ.,  the  blood  of  slaughtered 
goats,  Eur.  Bacch.  139;  cf.  Lob.  Ai. 
324,  p.  228. 

Ύράγομάσχύλος,  ov,  {τράγος,  μα 


ΤΡΑΓ 

-σχα}•.!})  tcith  armpiU  smelling  like  a 
he-goat,  -/ράσων,  Ar.  Pac.  811. 

Ύ/}αγο:τόδαγμα,  ας,  ή,  name  of  a 
comico-tragic  drama  ascribed  to  Lu- 
cian,  wherein  the  miseries  of  the  gout 
are  described. 

Τρύγόττονς,  ττοδος,  ό,  ή,  (τράγος, 
πους)  goat-footed,  Sirnon.  25. 

ΎραγοπτΙσάνη,  ης,  ή,  α  gruel  made 
from  τράγος  (signl.  V'). 

Ύραγοτΐώγων,  ωνος,  δ,  (τράγος, 
ττώγων)  with  α  goat^s  beard,  Cratin. 
Malth.6. — II.  as  yubst.,a  plant,  ^oai's 
beard,  Theophr. 

'ΐραγορίγΰνον,  ου,  τό,  goat's  mar- 
joram, Iv'ic.  Al.  310: — τραγοριγανί- 
Tijc  οίνος,  wine  fiavoured  therewith, 
Diosc.  5.  55.  [i] 

ΤΡΑΤΟΣ,  ov,  6,  a  he-goat,  Lat.  hir- 
cvs,  caper,  Od.  9,  239  ;  in  lull,  oi  τρύ- 
γοι τών  αιγών,  Hdt.  3,  ll"2. — 11.  the 
goat-like  smell  of  the  armpits,  Lat  hir- 
cus  alarum,  cf.  Ar.  Ach.  853. — III.  the 
age  vchen  the  signs  of  puberty  appear, 
Hipp. ;  V.  Foes.  Oecon.,  and  cf.  τρα- 

ί'ίζυ  III. — 2.  lewdness,  lechery,  Luc. — 
V.  a  small  sea-fish,  0pp.  H.  1,  108.— 
V.  a  mess  of  groats  made  of  wheat,  spelt, 
etc. .  Lat.  tragus. — VI.  a  kind  of  sponge, 
Arist.  H.  A.  5,  16,  3.— \I1.  name  of 
several  plants  not  distinctly  known, 
Diosc.  (From  τραγείν,  τρώγω,  to 
gnaw  ;  —  rode,   caper,    vitem,   Ovid.) 

Ύρΰ,γοσκεΐής,  ές,  (τρύγος,  σκέ?.ος) 
goat-shanked,  goat-footed,  applied  to 
Pan.  Hdt.  2,  46. 

iTpayovpiov,  ov,  τό,  Tragurium,  in 
Dalmatia;  in  ϊΌ\'jb.ΎpaγύpLov■ — 2. 
a  Liburnian  island,  Strab.  p.  124. 

Ύρύ-)οφαγέω,  (τράγος,  φαγεϊν)  to 
eat  he-goals,  Strab. 

Ύράγω,  Dor.  for  τρώγω,  like  ττρΰ- 
τος  for  τρωτός,  etc.  [α] 

Ύράγφόάριον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from 
τραγωδία,  [a] 

Ύρίγωδέω,  ω,  (τραγφδός)  to  act  a 
tragedy,  (strictly,  to  chant  or  sing  it, 
cf.  τραγωδία),  Ar.  ISub.  1091 ;  gene- 
rally, to  represent  or  exhibit  in  tragedy, 
Ar.  Thesm.  85  : — pass.,  to  be  made  the 
subject  of  a  tragedy,  Isocr.  190  A.  An- 
tid.  ί)  144. —  II.  metaph.,  to  tell  in  tragic 
phrase,  to  exaggerate,  declaim  on,  τι. 
Plat.  Crat.  414  C,  Dem.  229,  18  ;  400, 
17. — III.  later,  merely,  to  sing,  recite, 
declaim.     Hence 

Ύρύγώδημα,  τό,  a  tragic  representa- 
tion :  3i\so=^  τραγωδία. 

Ύρύγωδητής,  ov,  ό,'=τραγωδός. 

Ύράγωδία,  ας,  ή,  (τραγφοός) : — α 
tragedy,  or  heroic  play,  mvented  by 
the  Dorians,  and  among  them  of  lyric 
*  character  (τραγικοί  χοροί,  Hdt.  5,  67, 
cf.  Bentl.  Phal.  p.  285  sq.):  then 
transplanted  to  Athens,  where  it 
gradually  assumed  its  regular  dramat- 
ic form,  Arist.  Poet.  4,  14,  sq.  The 
word  first  occurs  in  Ar.  Ach.  464,  etc. 
— Strictly,  the  goat-song,  either  from 
the  oldest  tragedies  being  exhibited 
when  a  goat  was  sacrificed,  or  be- 
cause a  goat  was  the  prize,  or  be- 
cause the  actors  were  clothed  in 
goat-skins,  Bentl.  Phal.  pp.  209,  292, 
Miiller  Literat,  of  Greece,  ch.  21, 
Diet.  Antiqq.  s.  v. :  cf.  also  τρυγωδία. 
— II.  generally,  ΛΜί/  grave,  serious  poe- 
try, as  opp.  to  κωμωδία :  hence  Ho- 
mer is  called  a  writer  of  tragedy. 
Plat.  Theaet.  153  E.— 2.  any  solemn, 
pompous  narrative,  Polyb.  6,  56,  11  : 
hence,  of  the  solemn  discourses  of  phi- 
losophers, Plut. :  and  so.  generally, 
pomp,  dtxplay,  Pseudo-Zaleuc.  ap. 
Bentl.  Phal.  p.  353,  7.-3.  ο  melan- 
choly event,  as  we  say  '  α  tragedy,' 
Plut.  2,  462  B,  etc. 


TPAN 

Ύρ(ίγωδΙδάσκα7Μς,  ov,  ό,  shortd. 
for  τραγωδοδιδάσκα?Μς. 

Ύρύγωδικός,  ή,  όν,  (τραγφδός)  be- 
fitting a  tragic  poet  or  tragedy,  τραγφ- 
'όικον  βλέττειν,  Ar.  Plut.  424  :  gene- 
rally,=tne  more  usu.  τραγικός,  τρ. 
χοροί,  Ar.  Ach.  886 ;  τρ.  τέχνη.  Id. 
Ran.  1495. 

Ύρΰγωδιογρύφος,  ov,  (τραγωδία, 
γράφω)  writing  tragedies,  Polyb.  2,  17, 
6. 

Τρΰγωδιοτνοιός,  όν,  v.  1.  for  τρα- 
γωδυ—οιός. 

Τρύγωδοδιδάσκύ?.ος,  ov,  ό,  a  tragic 
poet,  who  hmiself  trained  his  own 
chorus  and  actors,  and,  in  early 
tunes,  took  a  part  in  the  rep- 
resentation himself,  Ar.  Thesm. 
88 :  also  τραγωδιοδιδάσκαλος,  Ath. 
699  B. 

Ύράγωδοποιΐα,  ας,  ή,  tragic  poetry : 
from 

Ύοάγωδοτΐοιός,  όν,  (τραγωδία, 
ΤΓΟίέω)  making  tragedies,  a  tragic  poet, 
tragedian,  Ar.  Thesm.  30 ;  cf.  sq.  sub 
fin. 

Τρΰγωδός,  ov,  6,  (τρύγος,  αοιδός, 
ώδός) : — first  in  Ar.,  strictly  a  goat- 
singer,  i.  e.  α  tragic  poet  and  singer, 
these  characters  being  orig.  one,  (v. 
τραγωδία),  Ar.  Pac.  806,  Av.  787: 
later,  when  the  poets  ceased  to  act, 
the  term  τραγωδός,  tragedian,  was 
usu.  confined  to  the  tragic  actor,  Ar. 
Thesm.  391,  Plat.  Rep.  395  A  ;  the 
tragic  poet  being  called  τραγφδοποιός 
or  τραγωδοδιδάσκαλος. 

iΎρaίάvός,  ov,  b,  the  emperor 
Trajan,  Hdll. 

Τρακτάίζω,  to  whiten  or  bleach  like 
wax. 

Ύρακτόν,  ov,  TO,  and  τρακτός,  ov, 
ό,  white,  bleached  wax,  Paul.  Aeg. 

Ύρύκτωμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  sticking 
plaster  of  white  wax,  Hippiatr. 

Ύρά/.λεις,  εων,  οι,  Trallians,  Thra- 
cian  barbarians  employed  in  Asia  as 
mercenaries,  torturers,  and  execu- 
tioners, Hesych. — II.  a'l  Ύράλλεις, 
Tralles,  a  city  in  Lydia,  tXen.  An.  1, 
4,  8  ;  Strab.  p.  648. 

\Ύρύλ7.ις,  εως,  T/,=foreg.  II,  Anth. 

'\Ύρύμβ7]7ιος,  ov,  6,  Trambelus,  a 
king  of  the  Leieges,  Ath.  43  E. 

Ύρύμη,  7),=sq. 

Ύράμις,  ή,  the  line  which  divides  the 
scrotum,  and  runs  on  to  the  breech,  the 
perineum,  Hippon.  60,  ί^.  Thesm. 
246;  cf  Foes.  Oecon.  Hipp.  (Cf. 
Lat.  trames.) 

Ύρύμηις,  ιδος,  ή,  a  ship,  Nic.  Th. 
268,  Lye.  (Akin  to  τράπηξ,  τρύφηξ, 
and  Lat.  trabs.) 

Ύράνέω,^=τρανόω,  dub. 

Ύράνης,  ές,  (*τρύω,  τετραίνω) : — 
piercing,  keen,  sharp,  of  sight  and  hear- 
ing : — then,  metaph.,  like  τορός,  clear, 
plain,  distinct,  ονδέν  γάρ  ισμεν  τρα- 
νές, a/Ji'  άλώμεθα,  Soph.  Aj.  23 : 
freq.  in  adv.,  τρανως  εΐδέναι,  έρεΐν, 
μανθάνειν,  Aesch.  Ag.  1371,  Eum. 
45,  Eur.  El.  758 ;  cf.  Wyttenb.  Plut. 
2,  4  A. 

^Ύράνιιΐιαι,  ών,  οι,  the  Tranipsae,  a 
Thracian  people  north  of  Byzantium, 
Xen.  An.  7,  2,  32. 

Τρανός,  71,  όν,  later  form  of  τρα- 
νής, Anth.  P.  9,  298.     Hence 

Ύράνότης,  ητος,  ή,  clearness,  plain- 
ness. 

Ύρΰνόω,  ώ,  (τρανής)  to  make  clear, 
plain,  distinct,  Anth.  P.  append.  304. 
Hence 

Ύρύνωμα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which  is 
made  clear  or  plain,  τρανώματα  γλώτ- 
της,  words,  Emped.  349. 

Ύράνωσις.  ή,  a  making  clear  and 
plain,  [ώ]  Hence 


ΤΡΑΠ 

Ύρΰνωτικός,  ή,  όν,  fitted  for  clear- 
ing up  or  making  plain. 

Τράπ-ε,  for  έτραττε,  Ep.  3  sing.  aor. 
2,  from  τρέπω,  II. 

Τράπεζα,  ης,  ή,  a  table;  esp.,  a 
dining-table, eating-table,  Ireq.  in  Horn., 
who  gives  each  guest  a  separate  one, 
Od.  17,  333,  447  ;  22,  74  ;  alter  din- 
ner they  were  removed,  Xen.  Symp. 
2,  1  ;  Virgil's  mensis  remotis,  (though 
Casaub.  Ath.  639  B,  understands  this 
of  the  courses  only,  v.  intra  2  ;  cf.  Diet. 
Antiqq.  s.  v.  mensa) :  ξενίη  τράπεζα, 
the  hospitable  board,  held  so  sacred 
that  it  was  sworn  by,  Od.  14,158;  21, 
28,  etc.;  τραπέζι^  και  κοίτ?]  όέκεσθαι, 
to  entertain  at  bed  and  board,  Hdt.  5, 
20;  τραπέζης  και  κοίτης  ιιετέχει  (sc. 
ή  γννή),  Plut.  Brut.  13:  ΤΙερσικήν 
τρύπεζαν  παρετίϋετο,  he  kept  α  table 
in  the  Persian  fashion,  Thuc.  1,  130; 
so,  τρ.  Σνρακοσία,  Plat.  Rep.  404  D  : 
«V  άλ'/.οτρίαν  τρύπεζαν  β'λέπειν,  to 
live  at  the  expense  of  others,  Xen. 
An.  7,  2,  33  :  την  τρ.  άνατρέπειν,  to 
upset  the  table,  Dem.  403,  17  ;  hence 
proverb,  of  a  spendthrift,  Andoc.  17, 
10. — 2.  a  table,  as  implying  what  is 
upon  it,  ο  dinner,  meal,  Hdt.  1,  162, 
Xen.  An.  7,  3,  22 ;  also,  βοράς  τρ., 
Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  1464,  cf  Wyttenb.  Plut. 
2,  70  Ε  ;  αϊ  δεντεραι  τρ.,  Lat.  mensae 
secundae,  the  second  course,  lb.  133 
E,  Ath.  639  B,  sq.— II.  a  money- 
changer's table  or  counter,  a  bank,  Lat. 
mensa  arge7itaria,  Plat.  Apol.l7  C,etc.: 
ή  εργασία  της  τραπέζης,  the  trade  oj 
a  banker,  Dem.  946,  2 ;  τρύπεζαν  κα- 
τασκενάζεσθαι,  to  set  up  a  bank,  Isae. 
Fr.  2, 3  ;  άνασκενύζειν  τρ.,  to  break  a 
bank,  cf.  ανασκευάζω  4. — III.  any  ta- 
bleOT  fiat  surface  on  which  a  thing  rests: 
as, — 1.  the  cross  bench  in  which  the 
mast  is  fixed. — 2.  the  place  where  slaves 
are  exposed  for  sale.— 3.  a  tablet  for  em- 
bossed work  or  inscriptions,  Lat.  tabula, 
Pans.  8,  31,  3. — 4.  a  square  cut  tomb- 
stone, Plut.  2,  838  C  ;— mensa  in  Cic. 
Legg.  2,  26. — 5.  a  part  of  the  liver,  Nic. 
Th.  560,  ubi  V.  Schneid.  (The  word 
is  prob.  shortd.  from  τετρύπεζα, 
though  others  put  in  a  claim  for  τρί- 
πεζα,  mensa  tripes  ; — unluckily,  ia 
spite  of  Horace,  we  do  not  know 
whether  the  earliest  tables  had  three 
or  four  legs.)  [τρύ]  Hence 

Tpa7re,'tif,  έως,  6,  at,  of  or  belong- 
ing to  a  table,  in  Horn,  always  κννες 
τραπεζήες,  dogs  that  were  fed  by  their 
masters  at  dinner,  pet-oogs,  II.  22,  69  ; 
23,  173,  Od.  17,  309.— II.  a  parasite, 
Plut.  2,  50  C  ;  cf.  Aristias  ap.  Ath. 
686  A. 

Ύράπεζηεις,  εσσα,  εν,  (τράπεζα)  of, 
from  or  for  the  table,  Nic.  Th.  526. 

Ύραπεζήτης,  ό,=^τραπεζενς,  κυών, 
Ibyc.  40. 

Ύραπεζία,  ας,  ή,=  τραπεζοποΰα. 
dub.  in  Theophr.  Η.  PI.  3,  10,  1 

Ύράπέζιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  τρά- 
πεζα, a  small  table  or  counter,  esp.  of  a 
money-changer,  Lys.  Fr.  28. — II.  in 
geometry,  an  irregular  four-sided  figure, 
Arist.  Probl.  15,  4, 1. 
,  Ύρύπεζίτενω.  to  be  a  τραπεζίτης, 
Dem.  953,  15,  cf  1111,  10. 

Ύράπίζίτης,  ου,  ό,  {τράπεζα  II) : — 
07ie  who  keeps  an  exchange-table  or  bank, 
for  the  convenience  of  market-peo- 
ple, a  7noney-changer,  banker,  mostly 
of  the  class  of  freedmen,  Lat.  argen 
tarius,  nummtdarius,  Dem.  1186,  7,, 
Polyb.  32,  13,  6  :  cf  ανασκευάζω  4. 
Hence 

Τραπεζιτικός,  ή,  όν,  of,  concerning 
a  banker  or  banking,  name  of  an  ora- 
tion of  Isocr. 

Τραπεζοειδής,  ές,  (τρύπεζα,  είδος) 
1511 


ΤΡΑΠ 

trapezium-shaped,  Strab.  Plut.  2,  895 
D. 

Τραπεζοκόμος,  ov,  (τρύπιζα,  κο- 
μέω)  laying  out  a  table,  waiting  at  table, 
Diog.  L.  9,  80,  Plut.  2,  Cltj  Λ,  etc. ; 
cf.  Ath.  170  E. 

ΎρύπεζόκοροΓ,  ov,  (τράπεζα,  κο- 
ρένννμΐ)  filling  one's  self  at  another's 
table;  or  (from  κορεω)  rubbing  the 
table,  epilh.  of  parasites,  Pseudo- 
Phocyl.  85. 

Ύραπεζί)λοιχος,  ov,  a  table  licker, 
parasite. 

Ύρύπεζοποιεω,  ώ,  to  set  out  tables 
with  meats,  Diplul.  7.ωγρ.  2,  3  :  and 

Ύρά-εζοποιία,  ας,  ?/,  a  serving  αϊ  ta- 
ble, prob.  1.  in  Strab. :  from 

Ύράπεζοποιός,  όν,(τρύπεζα,ποίέω) 
setting  out  a  table,  serving  it,  like  τρα- 
πεζοκόμος, Antiph.  Met.  1,  cf.  Ath. 
170  D,  sq. 

Ύρύπεζορήτωρ,  οηος,  ό,  a  table-talk- 
er, Ath.  22  E. 

Ύράπεζότης,  ητος,  ύ,  the  abstract 
ijualily  of  a  table,  Dlog.  L. 

^Ύραπεζονντιος,  a,  ov,  of  Trapezus 
(2),  Trapezuntian,  Xen.  All.  4,  8,  23  ; 
etc. ;  and 

ΥΥραπεζονσιος.  a,  oii,=  foreg.;  esp. 
ή  Ύραπεζουσία,  the  territory  of  Trape- 
zus, Strab.  p.  517  :  from 

'\Ύραπεζοϋς,  οϋντος,  ό  and  ή,  Tra- 
pezus, a  city  of  Arcadia  on  the  Al- 
pheus,  whose  inhab.  removed  to  sq., 
Hdt.  6,  127. — 2.  a  large  commercial 
city  on  the  Euxine  in  Pontus,  now 
Trebisond,  Xen.  An.  4,  8,  12  ;  Strab. 
p.  548. — H.  ό,  a  mountain  in  the  Tau- 
ric  Chersonese,  Strab.  p.  309. 

Ύρύπεζοφόρος,  ov.  (τράπεζα,  φέρω) 
bearing  a  table: — 1.  ό  τρ.,  a  table-bearer, 
Ar.  Fr.  175. — II.  ή  τρ.,  a  priestess  of 
Pallas  at  Athens,  A.  B. — HI.  το  τρ., 
a  sideboard,  Arteinid.  1,  7G. 

Ύρΰ,πεζόω,  ώ,  (τράπεζα)  to  set  upon 
a  table.  Soph.  Fr.  541,  in  pass. 

Ύρΰπεζωότις,  ef ,=  τραπεζοειδής. 

Ύράπέζωμα,  ατός,  τύ,  that  which  is 
set  upon  table,  cf.  έπιτραπ-. 

ίΤραπεζύν,  ώνος,  ό,  Trapezon,  a 
hill  near  Antiochia,  Strab.  p.  751. 

Ύρΰπέζωσις,  εως,  ή,  {τραπεζόω)  a 
setting  upon  table,  Plut.  Mor.  t.  5,  p. 
530  C,  Wyttenb. 

Ύραπείομεν,Ερ.ίοττραττέωμεν,τρα- 
πώμεν,  subj.  aor.  2  pass,  of  τέρπω, 
Horn. ;  but  also  from  τρέπω,  Od.  8, 292. 

Ύράπε?ύζω,=  τροπα?ιίζω. 

Ύρύπελός,  ή,  όν,  (τρέπω)  easily 
turned,  more  usn.  in  conipds.,  as  ύνς- 
τράπελος,  ευτράπελος,  etc. 

Ύρύπέμπαλιν,  adv.,  turned  back- 
wards, Pherecr.  Incert.  56. 

Ύράπεσόα,  ή,  Dor.  for  τράπεζα. 

Ύράπέσθαι,  inf.  aor.  2  mid.  from 
τρέπω,  Hom. 

Ύρύπέω,  to  tread  grapes,  Od.  7,  125, 
Hes.  Sc.  301,  Allan.  2:  hence  Lat. 
Irapetes,  trapetum,  an  oil-press.  ( Bu  ttm. 
Lexil.,  s.  V.  είλεϊν  15,  thinks  that  the 
root  of  this  word  runs  through  all 
Europ.  languages,  as  Germ,  trappen, 
treten,  our  tread,  etc.) 

Ύρύπήναι,  inf.  aor.  2  pass,  from 
τρέπω. 

Ύράπηξ,  ηκος,  ό,  also  τράφηξ, 
(τρέπω)  : — α  beam  to  turn  any  thing 
with,  like  τρόπηξ,  τρόφι/ξ :  generally, 
Jike  όόρν,  a  spear-shaft,  Lyc.  1001  (in 
■form  τράφηξ) :  but  also, β  beam,  stake, 
post,  ct.  τρόπις.  (Cf.  Lat.  trabs,  Ira- 
bes.)  [ϋ] 

Ύρΰπτ/τέον,  verb.  adj.  from  τρέπω, 
aor.  τραπεΐν,  τραπέσβαι,  with  pass, 
signf ,  one  must  turn,  Luc. 

Ύράπητης,  οϋ,  b,  (τραπέω)  :  avnne- 
presser. 

Ύραπτ)τός,  η,  όν,  (τραπέω) :  press- 
1512 


ΤΡΑΦ 

ed  out,  τρ.  οίνος,  wine  fresh  from  the 
press,  Lat.  muslum. 

Ύράπω,  Ion.  for  τρέπω,  q.  v.,  Hdt. 

\Ύράριον,  ov,  TO,  Trarium,  a  town 
of  Acolis,  Strab.  p.  C07. 

Ύρΰσιά,  άς,  ή,  like  ταβλάς,  ταρσός, 
TapaiiL,  τεραιά,  a  hurdle,  croie, where- 
on to  dry  fruit,  cheese,  etc.,  Ar.  Nub. 
50. 

■\Ύρασιμένη  7ύμνη,  ή,  lacus  Trasi- 
menus,  in  Etruria,  Polyb. :  in  Strab., 
().  226,  Ύρασνμενη. 

ΥΤράσπιες.  ων,  ol,  the  Traspies,  a 
Scythian  race,  Hdt.  4,  6. 

Ύρανλίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  to  be  τραυλός,  to 
lisp  and  mispronounce  a  hltcr,  Lat.  bal- 
buiirc,  as  Alcibiades  made  r  into  /,  Ar. 
Vesp.  44,  sq. ;  so  of  children,  Nub. 
862,  1381,  Arist.  H.  A.  4,  9,  17. 
Hence 

Τραυλισμός,  ov,  ό,  a  lisping,  Lat. 
balbuties. 

Τραυλός,  ή,  όν,  lisping,  mispro- 
vouncmg,  Lat.  bnlbus,  Hdt.  4,  155,  cf 
τραυ'λίζω  :  opp.  to  τορός,  Plut.  2,  405 
Β  :  cf.  -ψέλλος. — II.  also  of  the  swal- 
low's song,  Anth.  P.  9,  70.  (From 
θρηνώ,  θρανλός).     Hence 

Τραν7ΜΤης,  ητος,  ή,  lisping,  Arist. 
Probl.  11,30,2. 

Τρηνλόφωνος,  ov,  (τραυλός,  φωνή) 
with  lisping  voice,  ap.  Hesych. 

Τρανμα,  UToc,  τό,  Ion.  τρώμα,  a 
vonud,  hurt,  άπό  τοϋ  τρώματος  άπο- 
θνήσκειν,  Hdt.  2,  63  ;  εκ  τού  τρ.  τε- 
λεντάν.  Id.  3,  29  ;  so  in  Att.,  Aesch. 
Ag.  866,  Eur  ,  etc.  ;  τραύματα  'λα- 
βείν. Plat.  Ale.  1,  115  13  ;  τύπτεσθω 
άνευ  τραυμάτων.  Id.  Legg.  845  C. — 
11.  of  things,  a  hurt,  damage,  as  of 
ships,  Hdt.  6,  16. — 111.  of  losses  in 
war,  a  heavy  blow,  defeat,  Id.  1,  18  ;  4, 
160,  etc.  Cf.  also  τρωνμα.  (From 
τρώω,  τιτρώσκω :  akin  to  θραύω.) 
Hence 

Τραυματίας,  ου,  ό.  Ion.  τρωμ.,  a 
wounded  man,  Pind.  Fr.  244  :  oi  Tp., 
tite  wounded  of  an  army,  Hdt.  3,  79, 
Thuc.  8,  27. 

Τραυματίζω,  f.  -ίσω.  Ion.  τρωμ. 
(τρανμα)  : — to  wound,  Hdt.  1,  59,  etc., 
Thuc.  4,  12,  etc.  ;  τετρανματισμέ- 
vov  γαρ  ώς  κνων  νεβρυν  εκμαστενο- 
μεν,  Aesch.  Eum.  246. 

Τρανμάτικός,ή,όν, of  ΟΙ  for  wounds, 
Diosc. 

Τ ρηνμΰχοποιός,  όν,  making  wounds. 

Τραύξανον,  Pherecr.  Incert.  57, 
and  τρανσανον,  τό.  v.  τρώξανον. 

^Τρανός,  ov,  ό,  the  Trauus,  a  river 
of  Thrace,  Hdt.  7,  109. 

'\Τρανσοί.  ών,  οι,  the  Trausi,  a 
Tliracian  tribe  about  Rhodope,  Hdt. 
5,  4. 

Τρΰφάλίς,  or  τρί1φα7.λίς,  Ίδος,η  ; 
τρΰφΰλός,  ό,  v.  τροφαλίς. 

Τράφέμεν,  Ion.  for  τραφείν,  intr. 
inf  aor.  2  from  τρέφω,  Horn.,  and 
Hes. 

Τράφεν,  Aeol.  for  ίτράφηααν,  3  pi. 
aor.  2  pass,  from  τρέφω,  Hom.  —  II. 
Aeol.  or  Dor.  for  inf.  τρέφειν,  Pind. 
P.  4,  205. 

Τρυφερός,  ύ,  όν,  (τρέφω)  : — strict- 
ly, well-fed,  fat,  oi  τραώεροί  or  τα 
τραφερύ,  the  fat  07ies,  i.  e.  fishes, 
Theocr.  21,  44  ;  but  in  Hom.  always, 
έπι  τραφερήν  τε  και  vypyv,  o'er  dry 
land  and  sen,  II.  14,  308,  Od.  20,  98, 
H.  Cer.  43  (Milton's  '  over  moist  and 
dry,'  Par.  L.  3,  652) ;  as  also  ξηρή 
and  υγρή  are  opposed  :  hence  later, 
ή  τραφερή  is  used  simply  for  γή,  land, 
like  χέΙφος,  χέρσος,  Anth.  P.  9,  672  ; 
τραφερή  άρηυρα,  Opp.  Η.  1,  204  ;  also 
κέλενΗος  υγρή  καΧ  τρ.,  Λρ.  Rh.  2, 
515  ;  ΐβεα  τραφερά,  tracts  ojfdry  land, 


ΤΡΑΧ 

Opp.  Η.  5,  334.— II.  act.  feeding,  fat- 
tening, νομός,  Arat.  1027. 

Τράφηξ,  ηκος,  ύ,  v.  τράπηξ.  [ά] 

Τρίιφος,  ή.  Dor.  for  τάφρος,  [ά] 

Τράφω,  Aeol.  and  Dor.  for  τρέφω, 
Bockh  Pind.  P.  2,  44  (84). 

Τράχάλύς,  ΰντος,  6,  Dor.  for  τρα• 
χτ/λΰς,  (τράχηλος)  epith.  of  Constan- 
tino the  Great,  bull-necked,  παχϋς  τον 
αυχένα:  but  Aurel.  Vict,  explains  it 
by  irrisor, — such,  ace.  to  Polenio's 
Physiogn.,  being  the  character  of 
stout  men. 

^Τραχεία,  ας,  ?/,  (τραχύς)  Trachea, 
a  part  of  Ephesus,  Strab.  p.  634. 

^Τράχειωτης,  ov,  ύ,  fern,  -ώτις,  an 
inhnb.  of  Cilicia  Trachrn,  Strab.  p. 
668 :  Τραχειώτις,  ή,  their  territory, 
Id. 

Ύράχηλάγχη,  ης,  ή,  a  cord  for  stran- 
gling, Eunap. 

Τραχηλιά,  ων,  τύ,  (τράχηλος) : — 
scraps  of  meat  and  gristlefrom  about  the 
7ieck,  which  were  thrown  away  with  the 
offal;  hence  simply,  offal,  Ar.  Vesp. 
968  ;  βόεια  τρ.,  Hipp.  1227. 

ΤρύχηλιαΙος,  a,  ov,  (τράχηλος)  of, 
on  or  from  the  neck,  Strab. 

Τράχηλιάω,ώ,(τράχηλος)  Ιο  arch  the 
neck,  as  a  horse  does  :  metaph.,  to  be 
haughty,  headstrong,  LXX. 

Τράχηλίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (τράχηλιος)  to 
take  by  the  throat,  to  seize :  and  in 
pass.,  to  be  seized,  made  captive,  Diog. 
L.— 2.  esp.  in  wrestling,  to  bend  the 
neck  back  or  grip  by  the  throat,  τρ.  roi>f 
νεανίσκους,  Plut.  Anton.  33  :  and  in 
pass.,  to  be  so  seized,  Plut.  2,  521  C  ; 
and,  absol.,  to  be  throttled,  Plat.  Rival. 
132  C  ;  cf.  Xen.  Lac.  5,  9,  and  v.  sub 
τραχτιλισμός.  —  II.  to  throw  over  the 
head,  as  a  horse  does  its  rider :  hence 
in  pass.,  to  be  flung  headforemost  ;  and 
of  ships,  to  be  carried  down  by  a  whirl- 
pool, Strab. — III.  to  bend  back  the  vic- 
tim's neck,  so  that  the  throat  gapes  when 
cut:  hence,  to  expose  to  view,  lay  bare, 
N.  T. 

Τρΰχηλψ.αΐος,  a,  ov,  dub.  for  τρα- 
χηλιαίος.  Lob.  Phryn.  558. 

Τράχηλισμός,  υϋ,  6,  (τράχηλίζω)  a 
bending  the  neck  back,  or  a  seizing  by 
the  throat,  a  trick  in  wrestling,  Luc. 
Lcxiph.  5,  Plut.  2,  526  E. 

Τρΰχηλοδεσμότης,  ov,  b,  (τράχη- 
λος, δεσμός)  chaining  the  neck,  Anth. 
P.  6,  107. 

Τράχηλοειδής,  ες,  like  the  neck. 

Τ ρΰχηλοκάκη,  ης,  ή,  a  neck-plague, 
i.  e.  iron  collar  ;  cf.  ποδοκάκη.   [ά] 

Τρΰχηλοκοπέω,  ώ,  (τράχηλος,  κό- 
πτω) to  cut  the  throat,  behead,  Plut.  2, 
308  D.     Hence 

Τρύχί/λοκοπία,  ας,  ή,  a  cuiting  of     • 
the  throat. 

Τράχηλος,  ov,  b:  heterocl.  pi.  τά 
τράχηλα.  Call.  Fr.  98  ;  but  a  sing. 
TO  τράχηλον,  only  in  Gramni.  -.—the 
throat,  vcck,  Hdt.  2,  40  ;  distinguished 
from  ανχήν  by  Plat.  Phaedr.  2.%3  Ε  : 
— proverb.,  εν  βρόχω  τον  τράχηλον 
έχων  ένομοθέτει,  etc..  '  with  a  halter 
round  his  neck,'  Dem.  744,  7.  —  II. 
the  upper  part  or  neck  of  the  murex. — 
III.  the  middle  part  of  a  sail,  [a] 

Τ ρΰχ^λόοΐμος,  ov,  bull-necked. 

Τράχι/λώδης,  ff,=  τραχηλοειόής, 

Τράχίν,  or  Τρΰχίς,  ϊνος,  y.  Ion. 
Τρηχ-,  Trachis,  a  City  and  district  in 
Thessaly,  named  from  its  ruvgh,ruoun- 
iiii»o»s  surface  (τρανίίς),  II.  |2,  682; 
Eur.  Heracl.  193;— the  district,  Thuc. 
4,  78,  elsewhere  Τραχινίη,  q.  v.-j- : — 
adj.  Τράχίνιος,  a,  ov.  Ion.  Τρίίχίνιος, 
tHdt.  7,  198;  Soph.  Tr.t  [i] 

iTpaxivy,  ης,  ή,  earlier  name  of 
Terracina.  Strab.  p.  233. 

^Τράχϊνία,  ας,  ή,  Ion.  TpTj^ui^ 


ΤΡΑΧ 

territory  of  Trachis,  Trachinia,  \.  sub 
Ύραχίν,  Hdt.  7,  198  ;  Thuc.  3,  92. 

Ύ ράχοιφος  or  τραχοϋρος,  6,  {τρα- 
χύς, οίφύ) :  —  a  sea-tish,  rough-tail, 
Nuinen.  ap.  Ath.  326  A. 

Ύράχόω,  ω,=  ~ραχννω,  Joseph. 

Ύρΰχνβάτέω,  to  walk  on.  rough, 
rocky  ground,  Hipp. 

Ύρΰχΰόερμος,  ov,  =  sq.,  Arist.  ap. 
Ath.  305  D. 

Ύρύχνδέρμων,  ov,  (τραχύς,  δέρμα) 
rough-skinned,  Epich.  p.  29. 

Ύρΰχν?.ογος,  ov,  rough-spoken,  like 
τραχύστομος. 

Ύράχνντικός,  ή,  όν,  making  rough  : 
— metaph.,  exasperating  :  from 

Ύρΰχννω.  Ion.  τρι/χ- :  pf.  τετράχν- 
σμαι,  or  τετράχϋμαι,  Anst.   Η.  Α.  4, 

9,  tin.,  or  τετράχνμμαι,  Schiif.  Schol. 
Ap.  Rh.  3,  276  :  {τραχύς).  To  make 
rough,  rugged,  etc.,  Plat.  Tim.  65  D, 
67  A  ;  αυρη  τρηχννει  πέλαγος.  Αρ. 
Rh.  4,  768. — Pass.,  to  become  so,  Plat. 
Tim.  66  C— In  Aesch.  Theb.  1045, 
τράχννε  refers  to  τραχύς  ό  δήμος, 
just  before,  call  them,  make  them  as 
rough  as  may  be,  I  care  not. — II.  me- 
taph., in  pass.,  to  be  angry,  exasperated. 
Plat.  Prot.  333  E. 

Ύράχνόστρΰκος.ον. {τραχύς, αστρα- 
κάν) rough-shelled,  Arist.  Η.  Α.  4,  4,  6. 

Ύρΰχντϊονς,  ττοδος,  δ,  η,  {τραχύς, 
τζούς)  rough-footed,  Arist.  Η.  Α.  5, 
13,3. 

Ύρΰχνς,  εΐα,  ν,  Ion.  τρηχνς  (as  al- 
ways in  Horn.,  Hes.,  Hdt.): — roxigh, 
rugged,  rocky,  ?ύθος,  ακτή,  άταρπός, 
II.  5,  308,  Od.  5,  425  ;  14,  1  ;  as  epith. 
of  Ithaca,  Od.  9,  27  ;  10,  417  ;  so,  τρ. 
γη,  Hdt.  4,  23  ;  τρ.  καϊ χα?..επή  ΰδός. 
Plat.  Rep.  328  Ε  :— of  the  voice,  τρα- 
χεία φωνή,  Id.  Tim.  67  C  ;  also  τρα- 
χύς τ?)  φωντι,  of  a  man,  Xen.  An.  2, 

6,  9. — 2.  metaph.,  rough,  hard,  harsh, 
savage,  νσμίντ/,  Hes.  Sc.  119;  τρα- 
χεία νιφας  πολέμοίο,  Pind.  1.  4,  26 
(3,  35) ;  τρ.  έφεδρος  (like  the  slang 
phrase,  '  a  rottgh  customer'),  Id.  N.  4, 
fin. ;  ov  τραχύς  είμι  κατθέμεν,  I  am 
not  niggardly  in  paying,  ib.  7,  111: 
τρ.  δήμος,  Aesch.  Theb.  1044,  cf.  Pr. 
35;  ?Μγοι,  lb.  311  ;  οργή,  Eur.  Med. 
448;  ήθος.  Plat.  Crat.  406  Α.  — II. 
adv.  τρΰχέως.  Ion.  τρηχέως ;  esp.  τρ. 
περιέπειν,  to  handle  roughly,  Hdt.  1, 
73,  etc.  (  cf  περιέπειν  )  y  τραχέως 
εχειν,  Isocr.  33  D  : — sometimes  neut. 
as  adv.,  τραχύ  βλέπειν,  to  look  rough 
or  angry,  Philostr.  (Akin  to  ^άσσω, 
()ήσσω,  ράχος,  βήχος,  βαχία,  etc.) 

Τρύχνσμα,  ατός,  τό.  Ion.  τρήχ-, 
{τραχύνο)  α  roughness,  Hipp. 

Ύρϋ,χνσμός,  οϋ,  ό,  {τραχύν<ύ)  rough- 
ness, Hipp. 

Ύρΰχνστομέω,  ώ,  to  be  rough-mouth- 
ed: to  have  a  harshprommciation,  Strab.: 
and 

Ύρύχνστομία,  ας,  ή,  harsh  pronun- 
ciation: from 

Ύράχνστομος,  ov,  {τραχνς,  στόμα) 
rough-mouthed  :  of  rough  speech  or  pro- 
nunciation, Strab. 

Ύράχντης,  Ί]τος,  ή,  {τραχύς)  rough- 
ness, ruggedness.  της  χώρας,  Xen.  Cyr. 

7,  5.  67  ;  sharpness,  of  a  bit.  Id.  Eq. 

10,  6.  — II.  metaph.,  hardness,  harsh- 
ness, οργής,  Aesch.  Pr.  80. 

Ύράχύφλοιος,  ov,  {τραχύς,  φλοιός) 
with  rough  rind  or  bark,  Theophr. 

Ύραχνφωνία,  ας,  ή,  roughness  of 
voice,  A  rist.  Gen.  An.  5,  7,  25  :  from 

Ύραχΰφωνος,  ov,  (τραχί:ς,  φυνή) 
tvilh  rough  voice  or  speech,  Diod. 

Ύράχω,  Dor.  for  τρέχω,  Pind.  P.  8, 
45 ;  cf.  τρύφω.  [ΰ] 

Τράχώδης,  (ς,  {τραχύς,  είδος)  of 
rough  nature,  as  v.  1.  in  Arist.  H.  A.  5, 
17,8. 


ΤΡΕΠ 

Τράχωμα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which  is 
made  rough  :  a  roughness.     Hence 

Ύράχωματικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to 
roughness:  curing  it,  Galen. 

Τρύγων,  ώνος,  ό,  α  rugged,  stony 
tract:  fin  pi.  Τράχωνες,  ol, two  moun- 
tains above  Damascus,  Strab.  p.  755. 

Τράχωνίτης,  ov,  ό,  fern.  -Ιτις,  ιδος, 
ή. =^  τραχύς  :  esp.  in  fern,  the  rugged 
country,  Hi.  T. 

iTpεj3ελλικός,  ή,  όν,  Trebellian,  a 
Neapolitan  wine,  Ath.  27  B. 

'\Τρεβίας,ην,  ό,  the  Trtbia,  a  branch 
of  the  Po,  Polyb. 

ίΤρεβώριος,  ov,  b,  the  Rom.  name 
Trebonius,  Pint. 

ΤΡΕΓΣ,  oi,  αϊ,  τρία,  τύ,  gen.  τρι- 
ών, dat.  τρισί,  and  in  Hippon.  Fr.  8, 
τριοΐσι  (as  δνοίσι.  Ion.  for  όνσί),  ace. 
same  as  nom. :  on  the  variations  of 
declension  in  compds.,  v.  Lob.  Phryn. 
[m-.— THREE,  Sanser.  TRI,  Lat. 
TRES,  tria,  etc.,  Horn.,  etc.  :  τρία 
επη,  three  words,  proverb,  in  Pmd.  N. 
7,  71, — for  from  the  earliest  times 
three  was  a  sacred  and  lucky  number  : 
on  δια  τριών,  v.  sub  τριύζω. 

Τρείω,  poet,  for  τρέω,  Opp.  C.  1, 
416. 

Τρέμϊθος,  ή,  poet,  for  τέρμινθος, 
Nic.  Th.  844  ;  al.  τρίμίθος. 

Τρέμω,  found  only  in  pres.  and 
impt.  : — to  tremble^  quake,  quiver,  II. 
13,  18 ;  esp.  for  fear,  II.  10,  390,  Od. 
11,  527:  also  of  a  light,  Huttering 
robe,  II.  21,  507: — cf  inf,  like  τρο- 
μέω,  to  tremble  or  fear  to  do,  Aesch. 
Theb.  419,  Soph.  O.  C.  129:--c.  ace, 
to  tremble  at,  fear.  Soph.  O.  C.  256, 
Eur.,  etc.,  τρ.  το  πράγμα,  Ar.  Ach. 
489;  TO  μέλλον.  Plat.  Parm.  137  A  ; 
τρ.  περί  τίνος.  Id.  Rep.  554  D: — τρ. 
μη  KTUVTj  τον  άνδρα,  Soph.  Ο.  Ί\ 
947.  (From  τρέω,  akm  Ιο  τετρεμαί- 
νω  and  τρέμω,  Lat.  tremo.) 

Ύρέξι,  lor  θρέςημαι  and  θρέξεται, 
barbarism  in  Ar.  Thesm.  1222,  1225. 

Τρεπτέον,  verb.  adj.  from  τρέπω, 
one  must  turn,  Ar.  Eq.  72. 

Τρεπτικός,  ή,  όν,  changeable,  varia- 
ble. Max.  Tyr. 

ΤρετΓτόζ-,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from  τρέ- 
πω, turned,  or  to  be  turned  about,  guided, 
changed,  or  to  be  changed. 

Τρεπτότης,  ητος,  ή,=  τροπή,  He- 
sycli. 

ΤΡΕ'ΠΩ.  Ion.  τράπω,  Hdt. :  f  τρέ- 
-ψω  (Ion.  fut.  mid.  έπιτρύφυμαι,  Hdt. 
3,  155):  aor.  1  έτρεφα  (Ion.  έπέτρα- 
■ψα,  v.  I.  Hdt.  4,  202).  mid.  έτρε^άμην, 
pass,  έτρέφθην,  Ep.  and  Ion.  έτρύ- 
φϋην,  freq.  in  Hdt.,  also  in  Od.  15, 
80  :  besides  the  aor.  1  act.,  Horn,  has 
very  freq.  aor.  2  act.  έτράπον  (some- 
times also  used  intr.,  II,  16,  657),  aor. 
2  mid.  έτραπόμτμ',  \n  Horn,  more  freq. 
than  aor.  1  mid. :  and  so  aor.  2  pass. 
έτράπην,  Ep.  1  pi.  subj.  τραπείομεν 
(for  τραπέωμεν,  τραπώμεν),  Od.  8, 
292  :  once  we  find  aor.  2  mid.  in  pass, 
signf  (in  compd.  ανατρέπω).  Plat. 
Crat.  395  D.  Pf  act.  τέτροφα.  Soph. 
Tr.  1008,  Ar.  Nub.  858,  Andoc.  17,  15  ; 
later,  τέτρΰφα,  Dinarch.,  cf  Buttm. 
Ausf.  Gr.  {}  97  Anm.  2,  and  v.  sub 
ανατρέπω :  pf  pass,  τέτραμμαι,  of 
which  Horn,  and  Hes.  have  only 
part,  τετραμμένος,  and  once  the  im- 
perat.  τετραφθω,^Ι.  12.  273  :  of  the 
plqpf.  pass.,  Hom.  has  Ep.  3  sing. 
τέτραπτο ;  also  3  pi.  τετράφατο,  II. 
10,  189;  τετρέιφαται.  Ep.  3  pi.  pf 
pass.,  Theogn.  42. — From  the  aor.  2 
has  taeen  formed  the  singular  pres. 
έπιτραπέονσι,  II.  10,  421. 

To  turn  or  guide  towards  a  thing, 
oft.  in  Hom.,  usu.  followed  by  εις  or 
προς,  also  by  άνά,  c.  ace,  II.  19, 212, 


ΤΡΕΠ 
Od.  15,  80:  by  παρά  c.  ace,  11.  21, 
603  ;  by  έπί  c.  dat.,  II.  13,  542;  or  c. 
ace,  Hes.  Op.  644  :  by  άντίον  e  gen., 
Hes.  Op.  592:  τρ.  τινά  εΙς  εννήν,  to 
conduct,  show  one  to  his  bed,  Od.  4, 
294:  hence,  to  guide,  lead,  drive,  Od. 
9,  315. — Pass,  and  mid.,  to  turn  one's 
self,  turn,  έπΙ  έργα  τρέπεσθαι,  to  turn 
or  go  to  work,  II.  3,  422 ;  23,  53,  and 
freq.  in  Plat. ;  also,  τρ.  εις  and  προς 
έργον,  Hes.  Op.  314,  cf.  Wytt.  Ep. 
Cr.  p.  235;  so,  τρέπεσθαι  εις  όρχη- 
στνν.  εις  άοιδήν,  Od.  1,  422  ;  18,  304  ; 
έπΙ  φροντίδας,  Eur.  Ι.  Α.  646;  εφ' 
ΰρπαγήν,  Thuc.  4,  104  ;  προς  άλκήν, 
Hdt.  3,  78  ;  πρ^  Άι;,στείαν,  Thuc.  1, 
5  ;  etc. : — also  simply  of  locality,  like 
Lat.  spectare  in...,  άντ'  ήελίοιο  τε- 
τραμμένος, turned  towards  the  sun, 
Hes.  Op.  725;  προς  τοϋ  Τμώλου 
τετρ.,  Hdt.  1,  84,  cf  3,  101  ;  and  re- 
versely, έξω  τον  άστιος  τετρ..  Id.  2, 
181  ;  τραφθέντες  ές  τό  πίδίον,  9,  56  ; 
τρέπεσθαι  όδόν,  to  take  a  course,  1, 
11  ;  so,  τρ.  έπι-ψενδέα  όδόν,  Ib.  117, 
etc. ;  and,  τράπεσθαι  προς....  Id.  4, 
60:  freq.  in  Trag.,  etc..  όπη  τρέπο- 
μαι ;  ποί  τρύπωμαι ;  which  way  shall 
I  turn  me,  Eur.'  Hipp.  1006,  etc.,  cf. 
Aesch.  Pers.  470,  Eur.  Or.  634.— IL 
to  turn,  i.  e.,  turn  round  or  about,  'ίπ- 
πους, II.  8,  432:  also,  πάλιν  τρέπειν, 
to  turn  back,  II.  8.  399,  etc.  ;  τα  κα?.ά 
τρ.  έξω,  to  turn  the  best  side  outmost, 
show  the  best  side  (of  a  garment), 
Pind.  P.  3,  149,  cf  Theophr.  Char. 
22. — pass.,  to  turn  (intr.),  πάλιν  τρέ- 
πεσθαι, II.  21,  468;  όπίσσω  τρέπε- 
σθαι, 11.  12,  273  ;  also  e  gen.,  to  turn 
from...,  πάλιν  τρέπεσθαι  τίνος,  II.  18, 
138:  but,  αιχμή  τράπετο,  the  point 
bent  back,  like  άνεγνάμόθη,  II.  11, 
237 : — intr.  in  act.,  like  the  pass., 
Hes.Th.  58. — 2.  τρ.  τι  ες  τίνα.  to  turn 
upon  another's  head,  τρ.  την  οργήν 
εις  Τίνα,  Dem.  103,  25:  freq.  in  im- 
precations, τράποιτο  εις  την  έμήν 
κεφαλήν,  on  my  head  be  it !  cf  Hdt. 
2,  39,  Aesch.  Eum.  434,  Ar.  Ach.  833, 
1019  :  so,  τρέ-ψεσθε  εΙς  νμάς  αυτούς, 
Lys.  114,  10. — 3.  to  turn  another  uay^ 
to  alter,  change,  Od.  19,  479  ;  ές  κακόν 
τρ.  τι,  Pind.  P.  3,  63  ;  τι  έπΙ  τό  βέλ• 
των,  Ar.  Nub.  589;  ές  γέλων  τρ.  το 
πράγμα.  Id.  Vesp.  1261. — In  pass,  and 
mid.,  to  be  changed,  change,  τρέπεται 
χρως,  his  colour  changes,  II.  13,  279, 
Od.  21,  413,  etc. ;  so,  τρέπεται  νόος, 
Ηνμός,  Φρτ/ν,  Od.  3,  147;  7,  263,  II. 
10,45:  ahso]. ,τράπυμαι, I α?η  changed, 
change  my  opinion,  Hdt.  7,  18;  τετραμ- 
μένος, one  who  has  turned,  has  changed 
his  mind.  Hdt.  9,  34  :  also  c.  inf,  κρα- 
δίη  τέτραπτο  νέεσθαι.  Od.  4.  260: 
hence,  οίνος  τρέπεται,  the  wine  turns, 
becoines  sour,  v.  τροπίας. — III.  to  turn 
or  put  to  flight,  rout,  defeat.  11.  15,  261, 
Hdt.  1,  63,  etc.;  in  full,  τρ.  φνγαδε, 
II.  8,  157;  later  usu.,  τρ.  εΙς  φνγήν, 
Lat.  convertere  in  fiigam,  Xen.  .\n.  1, 
8,  24. — Pass,  τραπήναι.  also  τρεφθή- 
vai,  part,  τρεοβεις,  Xen.  Cyn.  12,  5, 
to  be  put  to  flight,  turn  and  flee,  also 
ireq.  τραπήναι  φν)  ή  or  είς  φνγήν  : — 
and  so  in  mid.,  τραπέσθαι,  to  turn 
one's  self  to  fight,  take  to  flight,  flee, 
Hdt.  1,  80;  ές^φνγήν,  Hdt.  8,  91"  :— 
so  also,  intr.  in  act.,  φύγαδ'  έτραπε, 
I!.  16,  657. — But  aor.  1  mid.,  τρέψα- 
σθαι,  in  act.  signf,  to  turn  an  enemy 
away  from  one's  self,  put  him  to  flight, 
Eur.  Heiacl.  842,  Xen.  An.  5,  4,  Ιβ; 
6,  1,  13,  etc.— IV.  to  turn  auay,  keep 
off,  ovK  UP  με  τρέφειαν  όσοι  θεοί  είσ' 
iv  Ό?.ύμπω.  II.  8,  451  ;  άπό  τηος, 
11.  22,  16  ;  έκύ€  τίνος,  Od.  17,  73  :  to 
hinder,  prevent,  II.  4,  38]  ;  5,  187,  Hes. 
Sc.  456. — V.  to  overturn,  like  ϊινατρέ• 
1513 


ΤΡΕΦ 

ίτω,  εΰτνχοϋντα  μεν  σκιά  τις  &v  τρέ- 
■ψειεν,  Aesch.  Ag.  1328 ;  also,  ΰνα 
κάτω  τρ..  Id.  Fr.  309,  8.— VI.  τρ. 
.τινά,  C.  inf.,  to  persuade  him  to..., 
Find.  P.  3,  97.— VII.  to  turn,  apply, 
τρ.  τι  ές  άλλο  τι,  Hdt.  2,  92 ;  πού 
τέτροφας  τάς  ίμβάόας ;  what  have 
you  made  of  your  shoes  ?  Ar.  Nub. 
858  :  and  so  in  mid.,  τρέπεσΟαί  τι 
έπί  τι.  Plat.  Charm.  156  C,  Euthyd. 
303  C  : — in  pass.,  to  turn  one's  self, 
direct  one\i  attention  to  a  thing,  attend 
to  it,  be  occupied  with  it,  τετραμμένος 
ττρος  άριστον,  Hdt.  1,  63. 

{Τρέπω  is  orig.  identical  with  στρέ- 
φω,— perh.  akin  to  τρέω,  τρέμω,  Lat. 
tremo :  hence  old  Lat.  trepo^^verto, 
whence  irepidus. — Ύραττέω  on  the 
contrary  is  a  diOFerent  verb.) 
Ύρεσάς,  άντος,  ό,  v.  τρέω. 
Ύρέστ7}ς,  ου,  ό,  {τρέω)  α  trembler, 
coward. 

Ύρέφος,  εος,  τό,  {τρέφω)=θρέμμα, 
cf.  ίίρεφος.  Soph.  Fr.  166. 

ΤΡΕ'φύ,  Aeol.  and  Dor.  τρύφω 
(v.  sub  V.) :  fut.  θρέψω :  aor.  I  εθρε- 
ipa,  mid.  -ύμην,  Od.  19,  368  :  Ep.  aor. 
2  ετραψον,  intr.  (v.  infra),  Ep.  itif. 
τραφέμεν,  Horn.,  and  Hes. :  pf.  τέ- 
τροφα  (intrans.  in  Od.  23,  237,  but 
trans,  in  Soph.  O.  C.  18G),  and  τέτρά- 
φα.  Lob.  Phryn.  577 :  pf.  pass,  τέ- 
θραμμαι,  inf.  τεβράφθαι.  Plat.  Legg. 
625  A  (not  τετράφθαι,  which  belongs 
to  τρέπω),  and  τεθρεμμαι :  aor.  1 
pass,  εθρεφβην :  more  freq.  aor.  2 
ίτράφην  [ά],  3  pi.  έτράφεν  for  ετρά- 
φιίσαν,  11.  23,  348.— The  fut.  mid. 
ϋρέψομαι  in  pass,  signf.,  Plat.,  and 
Xen. 

Strictly,  like  πηγννμι,  to  make  firm, 
thick  or  solid,  to  thicken  or  congeal  a 
liquid,  γάλα  θρέφαι,  to  curdle  it,  Od. 
9,  246 ;    Tvphv   τρέφειν,  Theocr.  25, 
106;  (hence,  τροφαλίς):  of  cold,  to 
freeze: — pass.,  c.  pf.  act.  τέτροψα,  to 
become   firm,    curdle,    congeal,  freeze, 
ττερί  χροϊ   τέτροφεν   άλμη,   Od.  23, 
237;    cf.    περιτρεφω.  —  Η.    usu.,   to 
make  fat,  to  fatten,   nourish,  feed,  make 
to  grow    or    increase,   nurse,   bring  up, 
rear,  esp.  of  children  bred,  brought 
up  in  a  house,  freq.  from  Horn,  down- 
wards, δ  σ'  έτρεφε  τυτθυν  έόντα,  11. 
8,  283  ;  7/  ίί'  ετεχ,  η  μ'  έθρεψε,  Od. 
2,  131  ;  etc. :  also  in  mid.,  to  rear  for 
one's  self,  θρέψαιό  τε  παΐόα,  Od.  19, 
368,  Pmd.  Ο.  6,  78,  etc.,  and  Att. : 
hence  a  boy  is  called  τρεφόμενος  so 
long  as  he  remains  in  the  charge  of 
the  women,  i.  e.  till  his  fifth  year, 
Hdt.  1,  136;  also,    τρ.  μέχρι  ήβης, 
Thuc.  2,  46 ;  μητέρων  τεΟραμμέναι, 
Aesch.   Theb.  792  :  —  so   of  slaves, 
cattle,   dogs    and    the   like,   to  keep 
them,    11.   22,^  69,    Od.   14,  22,  etc.  ; 
{δούλος  ουκ  ώνητύς,  αλλ'  οίκοι  τρα- 
φείς, Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  1123):  of  plants. 
to  rear,  tend,  U.  17,  53  ;  18,  57,  Od.  14, 
175:   also,  τρ.   γυναίκα,    Eur.   I.   A. 
749  :  αίγιαλον  ένδον  τρέφει,  he  keeps 
quite  a  sea-beach  in  the  house,  Ar. 
Vesp.  110:   τμοφήν  τρ.  τινά,  to  bring 
up  m  a  certain  way,  Hdt.  2,  2 :  —  in 
histor.  writers,  to  feed,  subsist  an  ar- 
my, Thuc.  4,  83  ;  τρ.  τάς  νανς,  8,  44  : 
— also  in  various  metaph.  signfs.,  τρ. 
κόμην,  to c.kerishone'sha.iT,wear  it  long, 
Lat.  co/nan  alere,  11.  23,  142,  cf  Ildt. 
1,  82;   τω   θεώ  πλόκαμον  τρ.,  Eur. 
Bacch.  491;   τρ.  ϋπηνην,  Ar.  Vesp. 
477  :  τάδ'  νεσσι  τρέφει  άλοιφην,  this 
is  whit  puts  fat  on  swine,  Od.  13,  410  : 
esp.  of  the  earth,  sea,  etc.,  ύλη  τρέ- 
φει άγρια,  the  forest  breeds,  feeds  or 
nourishes  wild  animals,  11.  5,  52  ;  χθων 
τρέφει  φάρμακα,  the  earth  produces 
medicines,  II.  11, 741 ;  όν  πόντος  τρέ• 
151.4 


ΤΡΕί- 

φει.  Find.  I.  1,  68  ;  τΓολλα  γα  τρέφει 
δεινά,  Aesch.  Cho.  585  ;  του  τρέφον- 
τος  ηλίου  χθονϋς  φνσιν.  Id.  Ag.  033, 
cf.  Eur.  Hec.  1181,  etc.:  —  hence  in 
poets,  simply,  to  have  within  or  upon 
itself,  to  contain,  have,  6  Tl  καΐ  πολις 
τέτροφεν  άφιλον.  Soph.  Ο.  C.  186, 
cf.  Tr.  117,  817;  τρέφειν  την  γλώτ- 
ταν  ήσνχωτέραν,  to  keep  his  tongue 
quieter,  Id.  Ant.  1089  ;  νέ>σον  τρ.,  Id. 
Phil.  795.  Pass.,  to  grow,  grow  up, 
u>a.r,  thrive,  increase,  Horn.,  once  only 
in  pres.,  II.  9,  143 ;  more  freq.  in  aor. 
and  pf.  pass. :  hence  to  be  born,  πα- 
τρός τραφείς.  Soph.  Phil.  3,  cf.  Aj. 
557  ;  and  then  snnply  to  live,  be.  Id. 
O.  T.  1380,  Ai.  Av.  335.— III.  Horn 
uses  an  intr.  aor.  2  act.  έτραφον  (for 
the  pf.  τέτροφα,  v.  supra  I.  tin.),  as 
ίτραφείοτ  έτράφη,  II.  21,  279;  ετρα- 
φέτην  for  έτραφήτην,  11.  5,  555  ;  τρα- 
φέμεν (Ion.  inf  instead  of  τραφείν) 
lor  τραφήναι,  11.  7,  199,  Od.  3,  28, 
etc. : — as  transit,  the  aor.  2  is  used 
by  Hom.  only  in  II.  23,  90,  and  per- 
haps even  there  ετρεφον  should  be 
read:  reversely  some  Gramme,  read 
in  II.  23,  84,  ώς  ϋμοϋ  έτράφεμέν  περ 
for  άλλ'  δμοϋ  ώς  έτράφημεν.  Later, 
this  aor.  became  obsol.,  except  in 
Ep.  imitators,  as  some  read  in  Call. 
Jov.  55,  Orph.  Arg.  378.  Cf.  Buttm. 
Catal.  sub  v. 

Ύρεχεδειπνέω,  ω,  to  run,  hasten  to 
a  bnnqiiet :  from 

Ύρεχέδειπνος,  ov,  {τρέχω,  δεϊπνον) 
running  to  a  banquet,  Plut.  2,  726  A  : 
τρεχέδειπνα,  τά,  a  kind  of  dress  shoes, 
Juven.  3,  67. 

Ύρέχνος,  εοΓ,  τό,  Dor.  for  τέρχνος, 
Anth.  P.  15,  25'. 

ΤΡΕ'ΧΩ,  rare  fut.  θρέξομαι:  aor. 
1  έΟρεξα  : — but  the  usual  fut.  and  aor. 
come  from  another  root  ΔΡΕΜ-, 
ΔΡΛΜ-,  viz.,  δράμονμαι,  (  rarely 
δρΰμώ.  of  which  the  compd.  νπερ- 
δραμώ  in  Philetaer.  Atalant.  1  ;  δρά- 
μομαι  in  compd.  άναδράμεται,  Anth. 
P.  9,  575 ;  cf.  θεύσομαι,  θευσονμαι, 
sub  θέω) :  aor.  2  έδράμον  :  pf.  δεδρά- 
μηκα  [α] :  poet,  pf  δέδρομα.  The 
verb  is  rather  rare  in  Honi..  who  has 
the  pres.  in  II.  23,  520,  Od.  9,  386; 
and  in  II.  18,  599,  602,  an  aor.  θρέξα- 
σκον  [έθρεξα  was  also  old  Att.,  Herm. 
Ar.  Nub.  1005,  Thesm.  657) ;  but  the 
usu.  aor.  2  in  II.  23.  393,  Od.  23, 
207  ;  and  the  poet.  pf.  in  compds. 
—Dor.  τράχω  [ΰ],  Bockh  v.  1.  Pind. 
P.  8,  34  (45)  :  fut.  θράξομαι,  θμαξοϋ- 
μαι. 

To  run,  hasten,  hurry,  Horn.,  etc. : 
also  with  ποσί,  πόδεσσι,  11.  18,  599, 
etc.  ;  ίίμα  τινί,  Hes.  Op.  217  ;  βαδί- 
ζειν  και  τρ..  Plat.  Gorg.  468  A,  etc.  : 
also  of  things,  to  move  quickly,  Od.  9, 
386, 11.  14,413  ;  τό  δ'  έν  ποσι  τράχον 
ιτω,  let  what  is  now  before  me  go 
trippingly,  Pind.  P.  8,  45 : — c.  ace. 
cognato,  τρ.  δρόμον,  βήμα,  αγώνα, 
etc.,  to  run  a  course,  a  heat,  Eur.  £1. 
883,  954 ;  τρ.  περί  νίκης,  Xen.  An.  1, 
5,  8  :  hence  metaph.,  αγώνας  δραμειν 
περί  εαυτού,  to  run  for  one's  life  or 
safety  (as  we  say  "  to  run  a  risk"), 
Hdt.  7,  57  ;  8,  102  ;  so,  τρ.  περί  της 
■ψνχής,  Id.  9,  37  ;  φόνου  πέρι,  Eur. 
El.  1204 ;  αγώνα  θανάσιμον  δρ..  Id. 
Or.  878  ;  cf.  θέω  I,  κρέας  fin.  :  also, 
παρ'  έν  πάλαισμα  έοραμε  νικάν,  he 
was  within  one  fall  or  bout  of  carry- 
ing oir  the  victory,  Hdt.  9,  33;  cf. 
παρά  C  I.  6,  τριάζω  :—τού  προσω- 
τάτω  δραμούσα.  Soph.  Aj.  731. 

Ύρέώις,  εως,  η,  {τρέπω)  α  turnitig, 
Diog.  L.  7,  114. 
,      Ύρεψίχρως,    ωτος,   ό,   ή,   {τρέπω, 
;  χρως)  changing  the  colour  or  skin,  a 


TPHX 

kind  of  polypus  (cf.  τρέπω  II.  3), 
Arist.  ap.  Ath.  318  B. 

TPE'S2,  inf.  τρεΐν :  f.  τρέσω  :  aor. 
έτρεσα,  Ep.  τρέσσα,  etc. :  Ep.  pres. 
τρείω  : — this  verb  is  never  contracted 
except  when  the  contraction  is  into 
ει.  To  tremble,  quake,  quiver,  esp.  for 
fear,  Horn.,  and  Hes.  :  hence,  to  run 
away,  flee,  fly,  II.  11.  745,  Od.  6,  138, 
Hes.  Sc.  171: — τρέσας,  a  runaway, 
coward,  II.  14.  522  ;  esp.  at  Lacedae- 
mon.  as,  'Αριστόδημος  l>  τρέσας,  Hdt. 
7,231,  cf  Tyrlae.  2,  14:  hence  the 
comic  subst.,  τρέσας,  ΰντος. — 11. 
trans.,  to  fear,  dread,  be  afraid  of,  c. 
ace,  11.  11,  554  ;  17,  663,  Aesch.  Ag. 
549,  etc. ;  cf  Pors.  Phoen.  1093  :— 
also,  τρ.  jU7/...,  Aesch.  Theb.  790: — 
rare  in  prose,  as  Xen.  An.  1,  9,  6. 
(Onomatop.,  like  τρέμω,  τετρεμαίνω, 
Lat.  tremo,  terreo,  Sanscr.  tras,  our 
tremble,  etc.) 

|Τρ77/3οίιλα,  ή,  Trebula,  a  city  of 
the  Sabincs,  Strab.  p.  228. 

Τρήμα,  ατός,  τό,  (*τράω,  τετραί- 
νω)  ■ — that  which  is  pierced  through  :  a 
hole,  Ar.  Vesp.  141,  Eccl.  906,  Plat., 
etc. :  τρ.  [)αφίδος,  the  eye  of  a  needle. 
— II.  in  plur.,  the  holes  or  pips  of  dice. 

Τρημάτίζω,  f.  -ίσω  Dor.  -ίξω,  to  bet 
on  the  pips  of  dice. 

Τρημάτίον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  τρή- 
μα. Math.  Velt. 

Τρημάτιστής,  ov,  6.  Dor.  τρηματί- 
κτης,  (τρημάτίζω)  one  who  bets  on  the 
pips  of  dice,  a  dicer. 

Τρημάτόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  {τρήμα)  with 
many  holes,  porous,  Anth.  P.  6,  62. 

Τρημάτώδης,  tr,=;foreg. 

Tpr/μη,  ης,  ή,=  τρήμα.  Ar.  Fr.  692. 

^Τρηούϊροι,  ων,  οι,  the  Treviri  in 
Gallia  near  the  Rhine,  Strab.  p.  194: 
in  Dio  C.  Τρηούηροι. 

\Τρήρες,  ων,  ol,  poet.  ace.  Τρήρε- 
ας,  Callin.  3,  the  Treres.  a  Thracian 
people  ou  the  borders  of  Macedonia, 
Thuc.  2,  96  :  removed  in  part  to  Asia 
Minor,  Strab.  p.  586. 

^Τρήρος,  ov,  ή,  Trerus,  a  region  ol 
Thrace.— 2.  a  river  of  Latium,  Strab. 
p.  237. 

Τρηρός,  ά,  όν,  {τρέω)— sq.,  dub. 

Τρήρων,  ωνος,  ό,  ή,  (τρέω)  ■.—fear- 
ful, timorous,  shy,  in  Hom.  always 
epith.  of  wild  doves,  πέλειαι  or  πε- 
λειάδες,  II.  5,  778;  22,  140,  etc.: 
later  as  subst.  ή  τρ.,  the  trembler,= 
πέλεια,  Ar.  Pac.  1067. 

Τρήσις,  εως,  ή,  {*τράω,  τετραίνω)  : 
α  boring  or  piercing  through.  Plat. 
Polit.  279  E.— II.  α  hole,  Arist.  H.  A, 
1,  16,  10. 

tTpi/ra,  7/,  Treta,  a  city  of  Cvprus, 
Strab.  p.  683. 

tTp7/rov,  OV  Ep.  0Ϊ0,  TO,  {όρος)  Mt. 
Treius,  a  mountain  in  Argolis  near 
Nemea  with  the  hole  of  the  Nemean 
lion,  Hes.  Th.  331 ;  Paus.  2,  15,  2; 
cf.  Diod.  S.  4,  11. — 2.  a  promontory 
of  Numi(iia,  Strab.  p.  829.    From 

Ύρητός.  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  of  *τράω 
{τετραίνω),  bored  through,  with  a  hole 
in  it,  τρ.  λίθος,  Od.  13,  77 :  Hom. 
usu.  joins  έν  or  παρά  τρητοϊς  λ,εχέ- 
εσσιν,  prob.  of  inlaid  bedsteads,  11.  3, 
448,  Od.  1,  440,  etc.  ;  others  explain 
it  of  the  holes  through  which  the 
cords  or  girths  of  the  bedstead  were 
drawn,  v.  Od.  23,  198: — τρητυς  με 
λισσών  πόνος,  i.  e.,  the  honeyconib, 
Pind.  P.  6,  fin. 

Τρηχάλέος,  η,  ov.  Ion.  for  the  ob- 
sol. τραχά}^ος,  poet,  for  τρηχνς. 

^Ύρηχίς,  Τρηχινίη,  y.  Τραχίς,  etc 

Τρηχϋβάτέω,    τρηχννω,    Ion.   foi 

fpox-- 

Ύρηχΰς,  εΐα,  ν.  Ion.  for  τραχύς, 
Horn.,  Hes.,  and  Hdt. 


ΤΡΙΑ 

Ύρηχυσμα,  τρηχνσμός,  Ion.  for 
τρύχ-. 

Ύρηχω,  assumed  as  pres.  of  the 
Homer,  pf.  τέτρηχα,  but  needlessly  ; 
V.  sub  ταράσσω. — 11.  in  later  Ep.,  to 
be  rough  or  uneven,  from  τρηχύς,  Nic. 
Th.  521. 

Ύρηχώ,  οϋς,  ή,  (τρηχνς)  a  rough, 
stony  country,  Nic.  Th.  283. 

Ύρηχώδης,  ες,  Ion.  for  τραχώόης. 

ΎρΙ-,  from  τρις  or  τρίΰ,  in  compds. 
three,  thrice :  also  indefinitely,  to  add 
emphasis,  e.  g.,  τρίόονλος,  τριδνστη- 
νος,  τριί3ύρ;3αρος,  τριάνωρ,  like  Lat. 
terque  quaterque. 

Ύρίΰ,  neut.  from  τρεΙς,  q.  v.,  Hom. 

Ύρΐαγμός,  ov,  b,  (τριά^ω)  a  victory. 

Ύρ'ίάδελφαί,  ai,  the  three  sisters. 

Ύρϊάζω,  t.  -άσω,  and  τρΐάσσω,  f.  -ξω, 
{τρία) : — to  conquer,  vanquish,  Strictly 
of  a  wrestler,  who  did  not  win  until 
he  had  thrice  thrown  his  adversary,  or 
conquered  him  in  three  bouts  {παλαί- 
σματα),  of  Aesch.  Eum.  589,  Soph. 
Fr.  C78,  13,  Lucill.  ap.  Anal.  Br.  2, 
p.  321,  Heind.  Plat.  Phaedr.  256  Β  : 
so,  δια  τριών  άπόλλνμαι,  I  am  utterly 
undone,  Eur.  Or.  434.  (Hence  τρία- 
κτήρ,  τριακτός,  άτρίακτος.) 

ΎρΙύζω,  i.  -άσω,  (τρία)  to  triple, 
multiply  by  three. 

Τρίαινα,  ης,  ή,  {τρία)  α  trident, X\ie 
badge  of  Neptune,  II.  12,  27 ;  Od.  4, 
500,  Aesch.,  etc.:  cf  τριαη'όω. 

TplatvuTr'/p,  ήρος,  ή,^τριαινωτήρ. 

ΎρΙαινοειδής,  ές,'  contr.  -ώδης,  ες, 
{είδος)  trident-shaped. 

Ύρϊαινοκρύτωρ.  ορός,  δ,  ruler  of  the 
trident,  of  Neptune,  Inscr.  [ΰ] 

Ύρΐαίνόω,  ώ,  (τρίαινα)  to  move  or 
heave  with  the  trident:  generally,  to 
heave  up,  overthrow,  τρ.  τι  μοχλοΊς, 
Eur.  Bacch.  348 ;  τρ.  την  γήν  όικέλ- 
?^7j,  to  break  it  up  with  a  mattock,  Ar. 
P'ac.  570.     Hence 

ΎρΙαινωτήρ,  ηρος,  6,  one  who  breaks 
tip  the  ground. 

Ύριάκαίδεκα,  οι,  ai,  τά,  indecl. 
thirteen.     Hence 

ΎρΙύκαιδεκέτης,  ov,  6,  (έτος)  thir- 
teen years  old  :  fem.  -έτις,  ιδος.  Plat. 
Legg.  833  D. 

Ύρΐύκύς,  ύδος,  i],  Ep.  and  Ion.  τρι- 
ΐΐκάς,  contr.  for  obsol.  τριακοντάς : 
■  (τρεις,  τρία)  :  the  number  thirty,  ες 
τριααάδας  δέκα  ναών,  Aesch.  Pers. 
339. — II.  the  thirtieth  day  of  the  month, 
Hes.  Op.  764  :  at  Athens  the  τριακύ- 
έες  were  dedicated  to  the  memory  of 
the  dead,  like  the  Roman  novemdia- 
lia,  Harpocr.,  etc. — III.  a  political  di- 
vision of  the  φνΤίή  at  Athens,  con- 
tainiyig  thirty  famίlies,=  γέvoς,  Bockh 
P.  E.'  1,  47:  also  at  Sparta,  Hdt.  1, 
65,— either  =  30  families,  1-lOth  of 
an  oba,  or=10  families,  l-30th  of  an 
oba,JVIuller  Dor.  3,  5,  ^6. 

ΎρΙάκύτιοι,  οι,  the  ίφηβοί  belonging 
to  one  τριακάς  (ΠΙ). 

ΎρΙάκις,  (τρία)  adv.,  three  times, 
thrice,  Ar.  Fr.  607.  [/ci] 

Ύρϊάκονθάμμΰτος,  ov,  (τριάκοντα, 
άμμα)  with  or  of  thirty  knots,  Xen. 
Cyn.  2,  5. 

Ύρΐάκονθήμερος,ον Jon.  τριηκοντη- 
μερος.  Dor.  τριακοντάμερος,  (τριά- 
κοντα, ήμερα)  of  thirty  days,  Hdt,  2,  4. 

Τριάκοντα,  Ep.  and  Ion.  τρίήκοντα, 
οι,  αι.  τά,  indecl.  ;  yet  Hes.  Op.  694 
has  the  gen.  τριτικόντων.  and  so  later 
imitators,  as  Call.  Fr.  67  ;  dat.  τριη- 
κόντεσσιν,  Jac.  Anth.  P.  665,  794 : — 
thirty.  Horn.,  etc. — H.  οι  τρ.,  asp., — 
1.  at  Sparta,  the  council  of  thirty,  as- 
signed to  the  kings,  Xen.  Hell.  3,  4, 
.  2,  etc. — 2.  at  Athens,  a  body  of  thirty, 
commonly  called  the  thirty  tyrants, 


ΤΡΙΑ 

appointed  on  the  taking  of  Athens 
(B.  C.  404),  lb.  2,  3,  2,  etc.  [τρία  ; 
but  in  late  Epigr.  also  a,  Jac.  Anth. 
P.  p.  617,  705,  806.] 

Τριακονταετή  ρις,  ίδος,  η,  εορτή,  α 
festival  returning  every  thirty  years, 
Dio  C. :  from 

Τ ρϊάκοντάετής, ές,Ιοη.  τριηκ., (τρι- 
άκοντα, έτος)  : — thirty  years  old.  Plat. 
Legg.  961  Β,  etc. — II.  τριακονταετής, 
ες,  of  thirty  years,  τριακονταετείς 
ff7rov(5at,  Thuc.  5,  14;  but  fem.  -έτις, 
ιδος,  Hdt.  7,  149.— But  in  Att.  the 
υβυ.  form  is  τριακοντοντ/ίς,  ες,  in 
both  signfs.,  cf  Thuc.  1,  23,  1 15,  with 
Plat.  Rep.  539  A,  Legg.  670  A  ;  and 
as  fem.,  τριακόντοντις,  ιδος,  η,  τρια- 
κοντοντιδες  σπονδαί,  Ar.  Ach.  194, 
Eq.  1388,  and  so  in  Thuc.  1,  87, 
though  he  has  more  freq.  the  form  in 
-ης.  V.  supra,  cf  Lob.  Phryn.  408, 
Hence 

Τριακονταετία,  ας,  ή,  a  period  of 
thirty  years,  Dion.  H.  2,  67. 

Τρΐάκοντάζϋγος,  ov,  (τριάκοντα, 
ζνγόν)  with  or  of  thirty  benches  of  oars, 
Theocr.  13,  74. 

Τριάκοντάκΐς,  (  τριάκοντα  )  adv., 
thirty  times,  Plut.   [τά] 

ΤρΙάκοντάκλίνος,  ov,  (τριάκοντα, 
κ7ύνη)  nf  thirty  couches,  Plut.  2,  679  B, 
Ath.  541  C. 

ΎρΙάκοντάκωπος,  ov,  (τριάκοντα, 
κώπη)  thirty-oared,  Polyb.  22,  26, 
13. 

Τρϊάκοντάμερος,  ov,  Dor.  for  τρια- 
κονβήμερος,  of  thirty  days,  Inscr. 

ΤρΙάκοντάμηνος,ον,  of  thirty  months. 

Τρϊάκονταμναιος,  a,  ov,  (τριάκον- 
τα, μνά)  iveighing  thirty  minae,  ?ύθος, 
Polyb.  9,  41,  8. 

Τρϊάκοντΰμόριον,  ov,  τό,  a  thirtieth 
part. 

Τρϊάκοντάπηχνς,  ν,  (  τριάκοντα, 
ττήχνς)  thirty  cubits  long,  Ath.  203  F. 

Ύρϊάκονταπ'λάσιος,  ov,  and  τρΐά- 
κονταπλάσίων,  ov,  thirtyfold,  thirty 
times  as  many.  Math.  Vett. 

Τρΐάκοντάπονς,  ποδός,  ό,  ή,  (τριά- 
κοντα, novc)  thirty  feet  long  or  high, 
Dion.  H.     ' 

ΤρΙάκονταρχία,  ac,  ή,  (τριάκοντα, 
άρχω)  the  rule  of  the  thirty  (tyrants)  at 
Athens,  Xen.  Hell.  6,  3,  8. 

Τρϊάκοντάχοος,  oov,  contr.  -χους, 
ovr,  (τριάκοντα,  xiLd)producing  thirty- 
fold.  Theophr.  H.  PI.  8.  3,  8. 

ΤρΙάκοντηρης,  ες,  thirty-oared,  ή 
τρ.,  a  war-ship  of  thirty  banks  of  oars, 
Ath.  203  D  ;  cf  sub  τριήρης. 

ΤρΙάκοντόργνιος,  ov,  (τριάκοντα, 
οργνια)  of  thirty  fathoms,  Xen.  Cyn. 
2,  6. 

Τρϊάκόντορος,  ov,  =  τριακοντάζν- 
γος,  Thuc.  4,  9  ;  Hdt.  uses  the  form 
τριηκόντερος,  e.  g.  4,  148 ;  7,  97 ;  cf 
πεντηκόντορος. 

ΤρΊάκοντοντης,  -οΰτις,  v.  sub  τρια- 
κονταετής. 

Τριακόσιοι,  ai,  a,  Ep.  and  Ion. 
τριηκόσιοι,  three  hundred,  Horn.,  etc. : 
οι  τρ.,  at  Athens,  v.  sub  συμμορία. 

Τ  ρΐάκοσιοβέδιμνος,ον, (τριακόσιοι, 
μέδιμί'ος)  of  three  hundred  medimni :  oi 
-p.,  at  Athens,  those  whose  property  pro- 
duced three  hundred  medimni,  i.  e.  the 
ΊππεΙς,  Bockh  P.  E.  2,  p.  262. 

ΤρΙάκοσώχοος.  ov,  contr.  -χονς, 
ovv.  bearing  three  hundredfold. 

ΤρΙάκοσταιης,  a,  ov,  (τριακοστός) 
on  the  thirtieth  day :  thirty  days  old, 
παιδίον,  Phylarch.  ap.  Ath.  606  F. 

Τρΐΰκοστημόριον,  ov,  τό.  Ion.  τρι- 
ηκ-, a  thirtieth  part,  Hipp. 

ΤρΙΰκοστόδνος,  ov,  (δνο)  the  thirty- 
second,  Math.  V'elt. :  from 

Τριακοστός,  ή,  όν,  Ion.  τριηκ-, 
(τριάκοντα)  the  thirtieth,  Hdt.  4,  44, 


TPIB 

etc.  : — ή  τριακοστή,  a  duty  of  one  thir- 
tieth, Dem.  467,2. 

Τρϊακτήρ,  ίφος,  ό,  a  victor,  Aesch. 
Ag.  171  ;  cf  τριάζίύ. 

Τρΐακτός,  ή,  όν,  (τριάζω)  conquered. 

Τριάνωρ,  ορός,  ή,  (τρι-,  άνήρ)  she 
that  has  had  three  husbands,  of  Helen, 
Lyc.  851.  [a] 

Τριάριοι,  οι,  the  Lat.  Triarii,  Po- 
lyb. 6,  23,  16. 

ΤρΙάρμενος,  ov,  (  τρι-,  ΰρμενον  ) 
with  three  sails  or  masts,  Luc.  Pseu- 
dol.  27. 

Τρΐαρχία,  ας,  ή,  the  Lat.  triumvira- 
tus,  Dio  C. 

Τριάς,  άδος,  ή,  (τρεις)  :  —  the  num- 
ber three,  a  triad.  Plat.  Phaed.  104  A, 
etc. 

Tptaf ,  άντος,  6,  a  coin  worth  three 
χαΤίΚοΙ,  Lat.  triens,  Hesych. 

Τρΐάσσω,  f.  -ξω,=  τριάζω,  q.  v. 

Τρϊαν?.αξ,  άκος,  three  -furrowed  : 
three-pronged, 

Τρϊανχην,  ενός,  ό,  ή.  (τρι-,  ανχήν) 
with  three  necks,  Lyc.  1186. 

Τρΐβάκός,  ή,  όν,  (τρίβω)  : — rubbed, 
worn,  Lat.  tritus,  ή  τριβακή  (sc.  χλα-' 
μνς),  Anth. : — so  too,  τό  τριβακόν 
(sc.  ίμάτιον),  lb.  ;  esp.  of  a  smooth, 
fine  summer-garment,  opp.  to  thick, 
rough  winter  clothes,  Artemid.  2,  3. 
—  IJ.  a  hackneyed,  crafty  fellow,  Lat. 
veterator,  like  τριβών  and  τρίμμα. — 
III.  άσελ-γεια  τριβακη  (v.  τριβάς), 
Luc.  Amor.  28. 

iTpιβaλ2.tκός,  ή,  όν,  of  the  Trt- 
balli,  Triballian,  to  T.  πεδίον,  Hdt.  4, 
49. 

ΤρΙβα?Λοί  or  Τρίβαλλοι,  ων,  oi, 
the  Triballi,  a  people  on  the  borders 
of  Thrace  ( v.  Bahr  Hdt.  4,  49 )  ; 
tThuc.  4,  101 1:  hence  as  a  comic 
name  for  barbarian  gods,  Ar.  Av. 
1529,  1533,  1627.— II.  a  slang  term  for 
youtig  fellows  ivho  lounge  about  taverns, 
etc.,  like  the  '  Mohocks'  of  Addison's 
time,  Dem.  1269,  9  ;  cf  sq.,  and  Lob. 
Aglaoph.  p.  1037. 

Τριβαλλοπάνόθρεπτα  μαρακν/,- 
λια,  a  comic  exaggeration  of  the  name 
Τρί3α?Λοι  (v.  foreg.  II),  Eubul.  'Opd. 
1,  3'. 

Τριβαλός,  f.  1.  for  τριβακός. 

Τρϊβάμων,  ov,  gen.  ο^ο£•,=:: τρίτο- 
βάμων.  [ά] 

Τρίβανον,  τό,^τρνπανον,  susp. 

Τρίβανος,  ό,—  λήκνθος,  Hesych. 

Τρίβαξ,  ακος,  ό,  ή,  =  τριβακός, 
Gramm. 

Τριβάρβάρος,  ον,  (τρι-,  βάρβαρος) 
thrice-barbarous,  Plut.  2,  14  Β. 

Τρϊβάς,  άδος,  ή,  (τρίβω)  α  woman 
who  practises  lewdness  with  herself  or 
with  other  women, 

Τρίβάφος,  ov,  (τρι-,  βάπτω)  thrice- 
dyed,  i.  e.  of  genuine  dye,  Jo.  Lyd. 

Τρΐβελής,  ές,  (τρι-,  βέλος)  three- 
pointed,  Anth.  Plan.  215. 

Τρϊβενς,  έως,  ό,  (τρίβω)  α  rubber, ^= 
τρίπτί/ς,  Strab.  ρ.  710  : — in  mechan- 
ics, the  fitting  upon  which  the  ajcle  rubs. 
Math.  Vett. 

Τριβή,  7/ς,  ή,  (τρίβω)  a  rubbing  : — 
usu.  metaph.  ; — 1.  a  rubbing  or  grind- 
ing down,  wearing  away,  .spending,  βίον, 
Aesch.  Ag.  465  ;  χρόνου,  Soph.  Ant. 
1078  ;  άξίαν  τριβήν  έχει,  'tis  time 
well  spent,  Aesch.  Pr.  639  ;  βίος  ουκ 
άχαρις  ές  τήν  τριβήν,  a  pleasant 
enough  lile  to  pass,  Ar.  Av.  156. — 2.  a 
busying  one's  self  about  a  thing,  prac- 
tising it,  practice,  esp.  as  opp.  to  the 
ory,  Hipp.  :  also  mere  practice,  routine, 
as  opp.  to  true  art,  ονκ  ίση  τέχνη, 
άτεχνος  τριβή,  Plat.  Phaedr.  2ϋΟ  Ε  : 
hence  joined  with  εμπειρία.  lb.  270  Β, 
Gorg.  463  Β;  τριβήν  εχειν  έν  τινι, 
Polyb.  1,  32, 1.— 3.  that  about  which  owe 
1515 


TPIB 

is  busied,  the  object  of  care,  anxiety,  love, 
etc.,  like  '^όνυς  and  Lat.  cura.  'Ορέ- 
στην  -ijv  ίμης  ψνχής  τρφήν,  Aesch. 
Cho.  749. — 4.  delay,  pullivg  off,  ές 
τριβύς  ί'λύ,ν,  to  seek  delays.  Soph.  O. 
T.  11(30;  also,  τρφας  ττοριζειν,  Λγ. 
Ach.  385  ;  and  with  the  verb  omitted, 
μη  τριβάς  en,  no  more  delays.  Soph. 
Ant.  577  ;  τριβής  ένεκα,  Thuc.  8,  87 
(which  may,  however,  be  act.,  to  wear 
them  out) ;  τριβήν  λαμβάνει  ό  πόλε- 
μος, Polyb.  1,20,9. 

Ύρϊβικός,  ή,  όν,  founded  on  practice. 

'^Ύρίβοκχοι,  ων,  οί,  the  Tribocci,  a 
people  in  Gaul  near  the  Treviri,  of 
German  origin,  Strab.  p.  193. 

ΎρΊ3ολεκτβάιτελος,  ov,  in.  Ar.  Nub. 
1003,  τριβολεκτμάπελα  στωμνλλειν, 
to  deal  in.  coarse,  rude  jests,   [u] 

Ύρίΐ3ολ.ος.  ον,{τρϊ-,  βάλλω,  βέλος) : 
—  like  τρϊβελής,  three-pointed,  three- 
pronged :  hence  as  subst.  ; — I.  ΰ  τμί- 
βόλος,  a  caltrop,  Polyaen.  1,  39,  2  ;  v. 
Diet.  Antiqq.  :  also,  a  thiitg  of  like 
shape  on  a  horse's  bridle. — 2.  from  the 
likeness  of  shape,  a  prickly  water- 
plant,  water-caltrop,  Lat.  tribulus,  Di- 
osc. :  also  a  like  plant  on  land,  which 
was  apt  to  stick  in  sheep's  wool,  Ar. 
Lys.  576,  cf  V'oss  Virg.  G.  1,  153  :— 
Alcae.  34  calls  sour  wine  όξντερον 
τρίβύλων. — 3.  in  plur.,  smart  sayings, 
gibes,  the  French  poiutes,  such  as 
were  attributed  to  Gorgias,  Philostr. 
— II.  Tu  τρίβο7.α,  a  threshing-machine, 
a  board  with  sharp  stones  fixed  in  the 
bottom.  Math.  Vett.,  Virgil's  tribula, 
Georg.  1,  164  [where  the  [  shows 
that  in  this  signf.  it  is  from  τρίβω, 
tero'\ ;  but  we  have  τρίβόλονς  άχνρό- 
τρίβας  in  Anth.  P.  6,  104. 

Τρίβος,  ή,  also  ό  in  Eur.  Or.  1251, 
Plut.  Aral.  22 :  (τρίβω)  : — a  worn  or 
beaten  track,  a  road,  path,  H.  Hom. 
Merc.  448  :  hence  the  high  road,  high- 
way, Hdt.  8,  140,  2;  τρ.  άμαξήρης, 
Eur.  Or.  1251  : — metaph.,  α  path  of 
life,  βιότου  τρίβον  όδενειν,  Anacre- 
ont.  41,  2  ;  ποίην  τις  προς  έρωτας  lot 
τρίβον;  Anth.  P.  5,  302;  and  so 
perh.,  τρίβοι  ερώτων,  Aesch.  Supp. 
1043.  —  11.  a  rubbing,  like  τρίψις, 
Aesch.  Ag.  391  ;  τρ.  κρηπΐδος,  the 
rubbing  of  a  shoe,  Aretae. — 2.  α  hollow 
made  by  rubbing,  Hipp. — III.  metaph., 
like  τριβή,  practice,  use,  τρίβον  λαμ- 
βάνειν, to  get  accustomed  to  a  place 
or  thing,  Foes.  Oec.  Hipp. — 2.  delay, 
Aesch.  Ag.  197. — IV.  bodily  exercise, 
Nic.  [t] 

ΎρΙβρΰχνς,  ό,  {τρι-,  βραχύς)  a  met- 
rical foot  consisting  of  three  short  sylla- 
bles. 

Ύριβροχος,  ov,  (τρι-,  βρέχω)  thrice- 
wetted,  1.  e.  drenched,  soaked. 

Τρίβω,  f.  τρίψω  :  aor.  1  pass,  έτρί- 
φθην,  Thuc,  2,  77,  but  more  usu.  in 
aor.  2  ετρίβην  [<] : — Hom.  has  only 
the  pres.  and  aor.  1  act. ;  in  compds. 
also  the  fut. — The  fut.  mid.  τρίψομαι 
in  pass,  signf,  cf.  Thuc.  6,  18  ;  7, 
42,  EUendt  Lex.  Soph.  s.  v.  To  rub, 
hence,  to  thresh  corn,  thresh  it  out,  be- 
cause among  the  Greeks  this  was 
done  by  rubbers  or  rollers,  II.  20,  496: 
also  to  grind,  pound,  bruise,  τετριμμέ- 
να θνμιήματα,  Hdt.  2,  86 ;  to  beat  up 
or  make,  φύραακον,  καταπλαοτόν, 
μάζαν,  Ar.  Thesm.  486,  Plut.  717, 
Pac.  816: — μοχλλν  τρίβειν  εν  οφϋαλ- 
μω,  to  ivork  round  the  stake  in  his  eye, 
Od.  9,  333:  χρνσΐΊν  βασάνω  τρ..  to 
rub  gold  on  a  touch-stone,  so  as  to 
test  its  purity,  Theogn.  450  (cf.  ττα- 
ρατρίβω) :— and  in  mid.,  τρίβεσθηι 
μνσος,  to  rub  pollution  upon  another, 
taiyit  him  with  it,  Aesch.  Euin.  195 
(cf,  προςτρίβω);  τρ.  την  κεφαλήν, 
1516 


ΤΡΙΓ 

to  scratch  the  head,  in  perplexity, 
Aeschin.  34,  26. — II.  to  rub  away,  grind 
down,  wear  out,  wear,  damage,  bruise, 
τετριμμένοι  τιι  έπ'  αριστερά  των  κε- 
φαλέων,  Hdt.  2,  93  :  esp.  to  wear  out 
clothes,  v.  τριβών:  and  of  a  road,  to 
it'car  or  tread  it  s!7iooth,  ατραπός  τε- 
τριμμένη, Ar.  Ran.  123  (iience  τρί- 
βος). — 'i.  οί  time,  to  ircar  awai/,  spend, 
and  in  pass.,  χρόνων  τριβομενων,  as 
time  wore  on,  Hdt.  4,  201  : — so  later, 
τρ.  βίον,  to  pass  away,  spend  life,  Lat. 
terere  vitam.  Soph.  El.  602,  Ar.  Pac. 
590 ;  τρ.  πόλεμον,  to  prolong  a  war, 
Polyb.  2,  63,  4:— hence  absol.,  to 
waste  time,  tarry,  Acsch.  Ag.  1056, 
Dem.  678,  10.— III.  metaph.  of  per- 
sons, to  wear  out,  ιιλλήλονς  τρίβουσι 
σκολΐ!)σι  όίκ-ι/σι,  Hes.  Op.  249 ;  τρί- 
βεσΟαι  κακοίσι,  to  be  worn  out  by  ills, 
.11.  23,  735  ;  τριβόμενος  ?ι.αός,  an  op- 
pressed people,  Hdt.  2, 124  ;  τρί-φεσβαι 
αυτήν  περί  αυτήν,  to  wear  itself  out 
by  internal  struggles,  Thuc.  6,  18 : 
of  money  and  property,  to  ivaste, squan- 
der it,  joined  with  δαπανάσβαι  in  Hdt. 
2,  37. — 2.  to  wear  or  use,  κατώμοσα... 
μή  πο?ίνν  χρόνον  θεονς  ετι  σκήπτρα 
τι'ιμά  τρίψειν.  Αϊ.  Αν.  636. — 3.  ιη 
pass.,  to  be  viuch  busied  or  engrossed 
with  a  thing,  πολέμω,  Hdt.  3,  134  :  to 
practise  one's  self  in  a  thing,  use  one's 
self  to  it,  άμφ'  αρετή,  Theogn.  465. 
[τρίβω  is  from  the  same  root  with 
τείρω,  τρνω,  τρύχω,  βρίπτω,  etc.  : 
hence  Lat.  tero,  trivi,  teres,  tener,  Ger- 
man reiben,  treiben,  our  rub,  drive).  \l 
in  all  tenses,  except  aor.  2  :  but  I 
usu.  in  derivs.,  they  being  mostly  de- 
rived from  this  tense.] 

Ύρίβωμος,  ov,  6,  a  threefold  or  tri- 
angular altar. 

Ύρίβων,  ωνος,  6,  (τρίβω) : — a  worn 
garment,  threadbare  cloak,  Eur.  Autol. 
1,  12,  Ar.  Ach.  184,  343,  Plat.  Prot. 
335  1),  etc. : — esp.  such  as  was  worn 
by  the  Spartans,  hence,  Αακων/ζειν 
και  τρ'ιβωνας  εχειν,  Dem.  1267,  22  ; 
the  τριβών  was  then  adopted  by 
philosophers,  and  in  after-times  by 
monks:  hence  as  an  emblem  of  au- 
stere life  or  severe  study,  and  later 
of  monachism,  as  we  say  '  the  cow!,' 
V.  Wyttenb.  Plut.  2,  52  C— II.  as 
adv.,  practised,  well  versed  or  skilled  in 
a  thing,  c.  gen.  τριβών  αυτής,  Hdt.  4, 
74  ;  τρ.  λόγων,  Eur.  Bacch.  717,  El. 
1127  ;  also  c.  ace,  τριβών  τα  τοιίιδε. 
Id.  Med.  691,  etc.  :— hence,— 2.  ab- 
sol., a  hackneyed,  crafty  fellow,  a  rogue, 
Ar,  Nub.  869,  870  ;  cf.  έπίτριπτος.  [i] 

ΎρΙβωνάριον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  τρι- 
βών, a  small  cloak,  [a] 

ΎρΙβωνενομαι.  (τρίβων)  dep.,  to 
practise  roguery ;  or  (as  Others  take  it), 
to  put  off,  delay,  Antipho  ap.  Harp. 

ΎρΙβωνικώς,  adv.,  in  the  fashion  of 
a  τριβών,  χληΐναν  ΰναβαλον  τριβω- 
νικώς,  Ar.  Vesp.  1132. 

Ύριβων'ιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  τρί- 
βων, Ar.  Vesp.  33,  116,  etc. 

Ύρίβων  ιώδης,  ες,=-τρι.βωνώδης. 

ΎρΙβωνοφομέω,  ώ,  to  wear  a  τρί- 
βων, Plut.  2,  52  C  :  and 

Ύρϊβωνυφορία,  ας,  ή,  the  wearing 
of  a  τρίβων,  Plut.  2,  52  C ;  cf.  τρί- 
βων I,  fin.  :  from 

Τρϊβωνοφόρος,  ov,  (φέρω)  wearing 
a  τρίβων. 

Ύβίβωνώδης,  ες,  like  a  τρίβων. 

tTpiya'ioAoi,  ων,  οί,  Trigaholi,  a 
place  in  northern  Italy  where  the  Po 
divides  itself  into  two  branches,  Po- 
lyb. 2,  16,  11. 

Τρΐγύμία,  ας,  ή,  a  threefold  or  third 
marriage  :   from 

Ύρί)  άμος,  ov,  (τρι-,  γαμέω)  thrice- 
mamed,  of  Helen,  Stesich.  74. 


ΤΡΙΓ 

Ύρΐγένεια,  ας,  ή,  a  third  generation 
or  race,  also  τριγονία :  τρ.  αγαθών, 
three  kinds  of  goods,  Sest.  Einp.  p. 
171  :  from 

ΎρΙγενής,  ες,  (τρι-,  *γένω)  thrice- 
born,  as  some  ilies  and  moths,  Arist. 
Gen.  An.  3,  9,  11. 

Ύρΐγενία,  ας,  ή,=  τριγένεια,  dub. 

ΎρΙγέννητυς,  ov,  (τρι-,  )εννιιω) 
thriceborn,ep\lh.  of  Minerva,  Lye.  5 19. 

ΎρΙγερήνιος,  ov,  of  thrice  Gerenian 
age,  i.  e.  thrice  as  old  as  Nestor,  M. 
Anton.  4,  50 ;  cf.  sq. 

Ύρΐγέρων,  οντος,  ό,  ή,  (τρι-,  γέρων) 
triply  old,  i.  e.  very  old,  τριγέρων  μύ- 
θος τάδε  φωνεΐ,  'tis  an  old  saw,  Aesch. 
Cho.  314. 

Ύρΐγίγας,  αντος,  6,  (τρι-,  γίγας) 
a  triple  (i.  e.  huge)  giant,  Orph.  Arg. 
1.348.  [yi] 

Ύρίγλά,  or  τρίγλη,  ης,  ή.  a  mullet, 
Italian  trinlia,  E[Jich.  p.  34,  cf  Ath. 
324  D,  sq. ;  τρίγλαι  άπ'  άνθρακιής, 
Anth.  P.  0,  105. 

Τρίγληνος,  ov,  in  Hom.  as  epith. 
of  ear-rings,  έρματα  τρίγληνα  (prob. 
from  τρι-,  γλήνος),  loilh  three  bright 
drops  or  brilliants.  11.  14,  183,  Od.  18, 
298,  cf  Lucas  Quaest.  Lexil.  <i,  10; 
though  others  would  refer  it  to  γ?.ή• 
νη  in  the  signf  of  an  eye  or  hole,  cf. 
τριοπίς,  τριοττίς :  το  τρίγληνον,  an 
ear-ring  ot  this  kind. — 111.  three-eyed, 
of  Hecate,  Ath.  325  A. 

Ύριγλίζω,  like  κιχ?.ίζω,  to  giggle, 
titter. 

Ύριγ?.ίον,  ov,  TO,  and  τριγλίς,  ίδος, 
ή,  dim.  from  τρίγλα. 

Ύριγ7ί.οβόλος,  ov,  (τρίγλα,  βάλλω) 
striking  or  catching  mullets,  Plut.  2, 
966  A. 

Ύριγλοφόρος,  ov,  (τρίγ?•.α,  φέρω) 
bearing  mullets  :  -p.  χιτων,  a  net  for 
catching  them,  Alllh.  P.  6,  11. 

Ύρίγ?ινφος,  ov,  (τρίγλα,  γ?<.νφω) 
thrice-slit  or  cloven,  αίχμη  τρ.,  a  trident, 
Opp.  H.  5,  377.— II.  ή  τρίγλνφης,  in 
Doric  architecture,  the  triglyph,  a 
three-grooved  tablet  placed  at  equal 
distances  along  the  frieze ;  it  .seems 
orig.  to  have  been  the  end  of  the 
beam  (the  spaces  between  being  at 
first  open,  and  then  called  όπαί,  after- 
wards filled  up  and  called  μετυπαί), 
first  in  Eur.  Or.  1372,  I.  T.  113 :  also 
TO  τρίγλυφον,  Arist.  Eth.  N.  10,4,2. 

Τριγλώχϊς,  Ινας,  ό,  ή,  {τρι-,  γλω- 
χίν)  three-longued,  three-barbed,  ύιστός, 
ιός,  II.  5,  393  ;  11,  507  ;  as  epith.  οί 
Sicily,  Pind.  Fr.  219;  in  later  poets 
with  a  neut.  subst..  Lob.  Paral.  204: 
— τρ.  νμένες,  the  valvulae  tricuspides 
of  the  thorax,  Galen. 

Ύριγμ()ς,  ov,  ό,  (τρίζω)  a  chirping, 
squeaking,  esp.  of  mice  and  bats  :  α 
creaking,  grating,  jarring,  Lat.  stridor. 

Τρίγνάθος,  ov,  with  three  jaws. 

Ύριγέιλας,  ό,  a  kind  of  fish  (ς£  τρί- 
γλα), Sophron  ap.  Ath.  324  E. 

Ύρίγομφος,  ov,  (τρι-,  -γόμφος)  with 
three  nails.  Soph   Fr.  295. 

Ύμΐγονέω,  ώ,  to  be  in  the  third  gen- 
eration, Theophr. :  and 

Τριγονία,  ας,  ή,  the  third  generation, 
πονηρός  έ κ  τριγονίας,  Dem.  1327,3; 
cf.  τρίδονλος :  from 

Τρίγονος,  ov,  (τρι-,  *γένω)  begetting 
or  bringing  forth  thrice  : — τρίγονα  τέ- 
κνα, three  children,  Eur.  H.  F.  1023; 
τρίγονοι  κόραι,  three  daughters.  Id. 
Ion  496. 

Τ  ρ  ίγ ράμματος,  ov,  with  or  of  three 
letters. 

Τρϊγωνίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  to  make  triangu- 
lar:  but  in  Plut.  2,  416  C,  to  triple, 
multiply  by  three,  for  he  says  that  40 
πεντάκις  τριγωνίσθείς=0720. — II.  to 
play  the  τρίγωνον,  ν.  τρίγωνον  II.  2. 


TPIE 

ΎρΙ,'ίύνικός,  ή-,  όν,  triangular. 

ΎμΙγωνιστί,  {τριγωνίζω)  adv.,  iri- 
angle-wise,  Math.  Yett. 

ΤρΙ')'<οι•ίστρία,  ας.  ή,  a  woman  who 
plays  the  τρίγωνον  (signf.  II.  2),  Luc. 
Lexiph.  8. 

Ύρΐγοη-οείότις,  ες,  (,είδος)  triangu- 
lar-shaped, Arist.  Η.  Α.  :  from 

Ύρίγωνος,  ον,{τρι-,  γώνος)  three-cor- 
nered, triangular,  of  the  Delta,  Aesch. 
Pr.  815;  τρ.  ρυθμοί,  Id.  Fr.  70.— 2. 
triangular  numbers  {άριθμοΙ  τρίγωνοι. 
Pint.  2,  1003  F)  are  those  which  can 
be  disposed  in  a  triangle,  as  3.'., 
6  .'.,  etc., — being  represented  by  the 

formula  ϊ-ii. — II.  as  subst.,  τρίγω- 
νον, TO,  a  triangle.  Plat.  Tim.  50  B, 
etc. — 2.  a  musical  instrument  of  trian- 
gular form,  somewhat  like  a  harp, 
with  strings  of  equal  thickness  hut 
unequal  lengths.  Plat.  Rep.  399  C  :— 
also,  ό  τρίγωνος.  Soph.  Fr.  361. 

Ύρϊόακτϋ/Λαΐος,  a,  oi',=sq. 

Τρ1δύκτν?Μς,  ov,  (τρι-,  όάκτν?.ος) 
three-fingered. — II.  three  fingers  long. 

Τρίδειρος,  ov,  {τρι-,  δειρή)  three- 
necked.  Lye.  966. 

^Ύ ριδέντίνοι,  ων,  oi,  the  Triden- 
tini,  on  the  Athesis,  Strab.  p.  204. 

Ύρίδεσττοτος,  ov,  with  three  masters. 

Ύρίδον/Λς,  ov,  {τρι-,  δονΑος)  a 
slave  through  th^ee  generations,  thrice  a 
slave,  εκ  τρίτης  μητρός  τρίδονλος. 
Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  1063 ;  cf.  τριγονία. 

Ύρίδραχμος,  ον,  (τρι-,  δραχμή) 
worth  or  weighing  three  drachms,  Ar. 
Pac.  1202 :  το  τρίδραχμον,  three 
drachms. 

Τρίδυμος,  ov,  (τρις)  threefold,  triple: 
τρίδυμοι  (sc.  παίδες),  three  born  at  a 
birth,  Plut.  2,  906  Β :  formed  like 
όίδνμος. 

Τρϊδνστηνος,  ov,  (τρι-,  δνστηνος) 
thrice-wretched,  Anth. 

Ύριέλίκτος,  ov,  {τρι-,  ελίσσω) : — 
thrice  wound  or  coiled,  epith.  of  όφις, 
Orac.  ap.  Hdt.  6,  77  :  τρ.  Ίχνοττέδη, 
a  noose  of  three  threads,  Anth.  P.  G, 
109  ;  τρ.  νήμα  (of  the  Fates),  lb.  7, 
14  : — Tp.  θώρακες,  of  a  ship's  plank- 
ing, Ih.  append.  J 5. 

ΎρΙέ'λιξ,  Ίκος,  (τρι-,  ε?.ιξ)  a  triple 
wreath,  Chaerem.  ap.  Ath.  679  F. 

Ύρϊέμβολος,  ov,  {τρι-,  εμβολος) 
like  three  ship's  beaks,  Ar.  Av.  1256. 

Ύρίενος,  ov,  (τρι-,  ίνος)  three-yearly, 
Theophr. 

Ύρΐέσττερος,  ov,  {τρι-,  εσπέρα) : — 
in  three  successive  nights,  όνειρος.  Luc. 
Somn.  12: — esp.  as  epith.  of  Hercu- 
les, who  was  begotten  in  three  nights. 
Lye.  33. 

Ύριέτεια,  ας,  ή,  {τριετής) :  —  like 
τριετία,  a  period  of  three  years,  v. 
Schaf.  Appar.  Dem.  3,  p.  504. 

ΎρΙετήρ,  ήρος,  ό,=τριέτης,  Orph. 
Η.  52,  4. 

ΎρΙετηρικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to  a 
τριετηρίς,  Plut.  2,  671  D :  from 

Ύριετηρίς  (sc.  εορτή),  ίδος,  ή,  a 
triennial  festival,  esp.  of  Bacchus,  but 
also  of  Neptune,  of  Juno  and  other 
divinities,  in  sing.,  Pind.  N.  6,  69  ; 
in  plur.,  Hdt.  4,  108,  Eur.  Bacch. 
133,  Plat.,  etc.  —  2.  (sub.  περίοδος), 
a  cycle  or  period  of  three  years  :  from 

ΎρΙετηρος,  ον,=  τριετής. 

Ύρΐέτης,  ου.  ό,  {τρι-,  έτος) :  —  of 
three  years,  χρύνον  τριέτεα,  Hdt.  1, 
199  :  TiJ  τριετές,  a  space  of  three  years. 
Plat.  Legg.  794  A.  Adv.,  τριετές. 
three  years  long,  Od.  2,  106  ;  13,  377. 

ΎρΙετία,  ας,  ή,=  τριετεια,  Theophr. 

Ύριετιζω,  i.  -ίσω,  (τριετής)  to  be 
three  years  old,  LXX. 

ίΎριεώών,  ώντος,  ό,  Triephon,  a 
character  in  (Luc.  ?)  Philopatr. 


TPIH 

I      Ύρίζνγος,   ov,  {τρι-,  ζυγόν)  three- 

'  yoked,  of  the  Graces  {Gratia. ..nudis 

juncta  sororibus),  Soph.  Fr.  490 ;  τρί- 

I  ζνγοι  θεαί,  Eur.  Hel.  357  :  —  also, 

τριζϋγής,  ες,  Anth.  P.  11,  27. 

Ύρίζνξ,  ϋγος,  ό,  7/,=foreg. :  threefold, 
triple,  Anth.  P.  6,  181,  etc. 

ΤΡΓΖΩ:  f.  τρίσω  or  τρίξω:  pf 
τέτρ'Γ,α  with  pres.  signf,  the  only 
tense  in  Horn., — except  in  Od.  24,  5, 
7,  w  here  he  has  the  pres. ;  and  even 
I  in  Alt.  the  pf  is  more  freq.  than  the 
pres. :  rare  Ep.  part,  τετριγώτες,  for 
τετριγότες,  11.2,314:  —  ot  animals, 
to  cry  sharp  and  shrilly,  to  squeak,  chirp, 
twitter,  of  young  birds,  II.  2,  314  ;  of 
bats,  Od.  24,  7,  v.  Valck.  Hdt.  3, 110; 
4,  183  ;  also  applied  to  the  noise  made 
by  ghosts  (which,  in  Shaksp.,' squeak 
and  gibber'),  II.  23,  101,  Od.  24,  5,  9 : 
νώτα  τετρίγει  (Ep.  plqpf ),  the  wrest- 
lers' backs  cracked,  11.  23,  714 ;  also 
of  the  gnashing  or  grinding  of  teeth, 
Epich.  p.  9 :  later  of  the  noise  of  the 
elephant,  Luc.  Zeux.  10 :  also  of 
things,  to  creak,  grate,  jar,  Lat.  stri- 
dere  ;  cf.  τρνζω,  κρΊζω. 

Ύρΐηκύς,  άδος,  ή,  Ep.  and  Ion.  for 
τριηκύς,  Hes.,  and  Hdt. 

Τρΐήκοντα,  τριηκόσιοι,  etc.,  Ep. 
and  Ion.  for  τριακ•. 

Τρ'πιμερία.  ας,  ή,  {τριήμερος)  α  pe- 
riod of  three  days,  LXX.     Hence 

Ύρΐημερίζω,  to  be  about  a  thing  for 
three  days. 

ΎρΙημερόννκτος,  ov,  lasting  three 
days  and  nights. 

Τριήμερος,  ov,  {τρι-,  ήμερα)  of  or 
for  3  days,  3  days  old,  M.  Anton.  4, 
50. 

ΤρΙημίεκτον,  ov,  τά,  a  έκτενς  and 
a  half,  dub. ;  v.  Meineke  Plat.  (Com.) 
Φάων.  2,  12. 

ΤρΙημιο?ύα,  ή,  v.  τριηρημιολ'ια. 

Τριημίπηχνς,  ν,  {τρι-,  ήμι-,  πήχνς) 
α  cubit  and  a  half  long,  Ath.  199  C. 

ΤρΙημιποδιαιος,  a,  ov,  a  foot  and 
half  long:  from 

Τρΐημιπόδιον,  ov,  τό,  {τρι-,  ήμι-, 
πους)  afoot  and  half,  Xen.  Oec.  19, 
4  and  5. 

ΤρΙημιτόνιον,  ov,  τό,  {τρι-,  ήμι-, 
τόνος)  a  tone  and  half :  in  music,  the 
discord  now  called  '  the  minor  third.' 

ΤρΙημιχοΙνιξ,  ϊκος,  b,  ή,  {τρι-, 
ήμι-.  χοΐνιξ)  α  χοΐνιξ  and.half,  dub.  1. 
in  Theophr.,  peih.  τριημιχοινίκιον, 
τό. 

Τ ρΐημιωβολιαΐος,  α,  ον,  worth  an 
obol  and  half:  from 

Τρΐημιωβό?Λσν,  ov,  τό,  {τρι-,  ήμί-, 

οβολός)  an  obol  and  half,  Ar.  Fr.  144. 

i       Τρϊηραρχέω,  ώ,  to  be  a  τριήραρχος, 

j  to  command  a  trireme,  Hdt.  8,  46 :  also 

c.  gen.,  τρ.  νηός,  Hdt.  7,  181. — Π.   at 

I  Athens,  to  be  trierarch,  i.  e.  fit  out  a 

trireme  for  the  public  service,  Ar.   Eq. 

912,  Ran.  1065;  τρ.  πολλά,  Antipho 

117,33;  τρ.  τριηραρχίαν,  Lys.  135, 

31  :     οίκος     τριήραρχων,     a    family 

wealthy  enough  for  the  trierarchy,  Isae. 

66,  3S  : — cf  τριηραρχία.     Hence 

Τρίηράρχημα.  ατός,  τό,  the  expense 
of  the  τριηραρχία. — II.  the  trierarch's 
crew  of  seamen,  Dem.  1220,  12. 

Τρΐηράρχης,  ov,  ό,  later  form  for 
τριήραρχος,  q.  v. 

Τριηραρχία,  ας,  ή.  (τριήραρχος) 
the  command  of  a  trireme. — II.  at  Ath- 
ens, the  fitting  out  of  a  trireme  for  the 
public  service  (cf  τριήραρχος  II),  first 
in  Lys.  908.  5,  Xen.  Oec.  2,  6 :  the 
trierarchy  was  tho  most  important  of 
the  extraordinary  λειτονργίαι.  On 
the  office,  its  duties,  liabilities,  etc., 
V.  Bockh  P.  E.  2,  pp.  319-368,  Diet. 
Antiqq. — 2.  the  office  of  trierarch,  Xen. 
Ath.  1,  13. 


ΤΡΙΘ 

Τρΐηραρχικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to, 
fitted  for  a  τριήραρχος  oi  τριηραρχία, 
τρ.  νόμος,  Dem.  329,  18  :  ro  τριηραρ- 
χικόν,  the  Navy-office,  Decret.  ib.  261, 
1 5 :  from 

Τριήραρχος,  ov,  b,  (τριήρης,  άρχω) 
the  captain  of  a  trireme,  Hdt.  8,  93,  Po- 
lyb.  1,  50,  4. — II.  at  Athens,  a  trierarch, 
one  who  (singly  of  jointly  with  other 
citizens)  had  to  fit  out  a  trireme  for  the 
public  service,  being  also  responsible 
for  the  command,  first  in  Ar.  Ach. 
546,  Thuc.  6,  31,  etc.  —  τριηρύρχης 
is  a  later  form,  v.  Bockh  P.  E.  2,  p. 
358  :  cf  τριηραρχία  II. 

Τρΐηρανλης,  ov,  b,  (τριήρης,  av- 
λέω)  ; — the  flute  player,  who  gave  the 
time  to  the  rowers  in  the  trireme, 
Dem.  270,  13. 

Τριηρετεύω,  to  row  in  a  trireme. 

Τρϊηρέτης,  ov,  ό,  a  rower  in  a  tri- 
reme. 

ΤρΊηρετικός,  ή,  όν,  (τριήρης)  of  or 
like  a  trireme,  App. 

Τριήρενς,  Ion.  for  τριήρεος,  gen. 
from  τριήρης.  Hippon.  7. 

Τρϊηρημιηλία,  ας,  ή,  ^\so  τριημοσ- 
λία,  a  light,  undecked  vessel  of  war, 
\Vess.  Diod.  20,  93. 

Τριήρης,  ες,  gen.  εος,  Ion.  ενς  .• 
gen.  pi.  τριηρέων  (or,  ace.  to  Thorn. 
M.,  τριήρίων),  Xen.  Hell.  1,  4,  11  ; 
contr.  τριηρών,  not  τριηρών,  Thuc. 
6,  46,  Dem.  180,  16,  cf  Kiihner  Gr. 
Gr.  <}  264  :  (τρις,  *ύρω,  not  ίρέσσω.) 
Strictly,  triply-fumished  or  equipped  : 
— ή  τριήρης  (sc.  νανς),  Lat.  tnremis, 
a  galley  with  three  banjcs  of  oars,  the 
common  form  of  the  Greek  ship-of- 
war  (ναϋς  μακρά),  first  in  Hdt.  2, 159, 
etc.  Triremes  were  first  built  by 
the  Corinthians.  Thuc.  1,  13.  The 
lowest  rowers  being  called  θαλύμιοι, 
the  middle  ζνγίται,  and  the  topmost 
θρανίται  (cf  sub  voce.)  ;  one  man 
managed  each  oar.  The  τριήρεις 
continued  to  be  the  largest  ships  up 
to  about  the  end  of  the  Pelop.  war: 
after  that,  quadriremes  (τετρήρεις), 
quinquere7nes{πεvτ//pεtς). etc.. became 
common, — up  to  the  τεσσαρηκοντή- 
ρης  of  Ptolemy  Philopator  (Plut.  De- 
metr.  43,  Ath.  203  D),  The  construc- 
tion of  a  trireme  presents  no  great 
difficulty  — taken  alone;  but  when 
we  come  to  the  enormous  size  of  a 
τεσσαρακοντήρης,  or  even  a  όεκήρης 
(words,  be  it  observed,  strictly  anal- 
ogous to  τριήρης,  triremis).  the  subject 
of  ancient  ship-building  becomes  very 
perplexing,!'.  Diet.  Antiqq.  p.  891. — 
2.  metaph.,  a  ship-shaped  drinking  ves- 
sel. Pors.  Med.  139.— II.  of  three  sto- 
ries, like  τριώροφος. 

iTpιήp77ς,  ονς,  ή.  Triires,  a  place 
in  Phoenicia,  Polyb.  5,  68,  8. 

ΤρΊηρικός,  ή,  όν,  ^=  τριηρετικός  : 
TO  τρ.  (sc.  μίλτος),  Ath.  535  D. 

ΤρΙηρίτης,  ov,  b,  (τριήρης)  one  ivhrs 
goes  in  a  trireme,  esp.  as  a  soldier  or 
rower,  Hdt.  5,  85,  Thuc.  6,  46,  Xen. 
An. 6, 4, 7: — theformrp<?;pe<-7/f  isdub. 

Τρϊηροειόής,  ες,  like  a  trireme. 

Τρϊηρονόμος.  ό,=:τριήραρχος. 

ΤρΙηροποώς,  όν,  {τριήρης,  ποιέω) 
building  triremes,  Dem.  598,  23. 

ΤρΙθάλασσος,  ον,  Att.  -ττος,  (τρι-, 
θάλασσα)'  of  three  seas,  touching  on  or 
connected  with  three  seas,  Ephor.  ap. 
Strab.   [θύ] 

Τρΐβώλής,  ες,  thrice  blooming,  i.  e. 
richly  blooming. 

ΎρΊθεια.  ας,  ή,  (τρι-,  θεός)  the  Holy 
Trinity,  or  belief  therein,  Eccl.    Hencf 

Τρϊθεϊτης,  ov,  b.  a  believer  in  the 
Trinity,  Eccl. 

ΤρΊθημερινος,  ή,  όν,  (τρίτος)  done 
three  days  ago,  three  days  old. 
1517 


ΤΡΙΚ 

Ύρίθρονος,  ον,  three  -  throned  or 
seated. 

Ύρίίτητος,  ον,  with  three  horses  :  το 
rpilTTTiOV,  a  team  of  three,  Lat.  triga. 

Ύμϊκάλίνδι/τος,  ον,  =  τρικνλίνδη- 
τος. 

}Ύρικάράνον,  ον,  τό,  {τρικάρηνος) 
Tricaranum,  a  fortress  of  Phlius, 
Xen.  Hell.  7,  2,  1 ;  Dem.  206,  6. 

ΎρΙκάρΰνος,  ον,  ό,  (Όοτ.=  τρικύ- 
ρηνος)  the  Three-headed,  a  satirical 
attack  on  three  cities,  Sparta,  Athens, 
Thebes  ( cf.  τρι-ολιτικός),  falsely 
attributed  to  the  historian  Theopom- 
pus,  Muller  Introd.  to  Mythol.  p.  38, 
116  (Engl.  Tr.). 

^ΎρΊκαμηνία,  ας,  ή,  Tricarenin,  a 
city  on  the  Euxine,  Palaeph.  25,  2. 

Ύρΐκύρηρος,  ον,  poet,  for  τρικέφα- 
λος, {rpt-,  κύρηνον)  three-headed,  Hes. 
Th.  287,  Hdt.  9,  81,  Find.  Fr.  70, 
Eur.,  etc.  [κα] 

Ύρίκαρπης,  ον,  (τρι-,  καρπός)  bear- 
ing fruit  thrice  a  year:  also=  rpterz/f. 

Ύρίκερως,  ων,  three-horned. 

ΎρΙκίφύλος,  ον,  (  τρι-,  κεφαλή  ) 
three-headed,  Ar.  Fr.  468,  Luc.  V. 
Hist.  1,  U,  etc.  [Penult,  in  Att. 
sometimes  long,  as  if  τρικέφαλλος, 
Dind.  Ar.  Eq.  417  :  cf.  κυνοκέφαλος, 
τετρακέφαλος.] 

■\Ύρίκκη,  and  Τρίκη,  ης,  ή,  Triccn, 
a  city  of  Thessaly  near  the  Peneus, 
with  a  temple  of  Aesculapius,  II.  2, 
729  ;  Strab.  p.  437  ;  now  Tricala. 

Τρίκλινος,  ον,  (τρι-,  κλίνη)  with 
three  couches : — ό  τ.  (sc.  οίκος),  like 
the  Roman  triclinivm,  a  dining-room 
with  three  couches,  Antiph.  Incert.  34, 
Amphis  Incert.  10;  also,  το  τρ-,  Po- 
lyb.  31,  4,  3. 

Ύρίκλνστος,  ον,  (τρι-,  κ^νζω)  thrice 
washed  or  cleansed,  Ar.  Fr.  693. 

Τρίκλωνος,  ον,  with  or  of  three 
shoots. 

Τρίκλωστος,  ον,  ( τρι-,  κ7ίώθο) ) 
thrice-spun,  three-threaded,  Anth.  P.  6, 
109. 

Τρίκοκκος,  ον,  with  three  grains  or 
berries. 

Τρΐκόλλνβον,  ον,  τό,  a  three-κόλ- 
λνβος  piece. 

ΎρΊκόλονρος,  ον,  (τρι-,  κόλονρος) 
thrice  docked  or  cut  short,  Arith.  Vett. 

iTpiKO?MVOi,  0)V,  o'l,  Tricoloni,  a 
city  of  Arcadia  with  a  temple  of  Nep- 
tune, Pans.  8,  35,  6  :  from 

Τρΐκόλωνος,  ον,  three-hilled. 

^Ύρικολωνας,  ον,  δ,  Trtcolonus, 
son  of  Lycaon,  myth,  founder  of 
Τρικόλωνοι,  Paus.  8,  3,  4. 

iTpiKOpioi,  ων,  oi,  the  Tricorii,  a 
people  in  Gaul,  Strab.  p.  185. 

Ύρίκορος,  ον,  [κόρη  111)=τρίγ?ιη- 
νος. 

"[Τρικόρνθος,  ον,  ό  and  ή,  Tricory- 
thus,  an  Attic  deme  of  the  tribe 
Aeantis,  Strab.  p.  379  :  cf.  τετράπο- 
λις  1. 

Τρϊκόρνθος,  ov,=^sq..  Alar,  Eur. 
Or.  1480. 

Ύρίκορνς,  νθος,  ό,  (τρι-,  κόρνς) 
with  triple  plume,  Eur.  Bacch.  123. 

ΥΓρικορνσιος,  a.  ov,  of  Tricorythns, 
Tricnrysian.il  έμττΙςΤ.,  Ar.  Lys.  1032. 

Τρΐκύρϊ'φος,  ov,  (  τρι-,  κορνφή  ) 
three-pointed  or  pronged,  Geop. 

Τρΐκόρωνος,  ov,  (τρι-,  κορώνη)  as 
old  as  three  crows,  Anth.  P.  5,  289  ; 
II,  09. 

Ύρικότν/.ος,  ov,  (  τρι-,  κοτύ?ι7ΐ ) 
holding  three  Korv/ai,  Ar.  Thesm. 
743.  Dionys.  (Com.)  Σωζ.  1. 

Τρικουρος,  ov,  (τρι-,  κονρά)  shorn 
even/  three  years,  Hesych. 

ίΤρίκροΛ'α,  7],  Tricrana,  an  island 
at  the  promontory    Buporthmus  in 
Argolis,  Paus.  2,  34,  8. 
1518 


TPIM 

Τρίκράνος,  ov,  (τρι-,  κρΰνον)  three- 
headed,  of  Cerberus,  Soph.  Tr.  1098, 
Eur.  H.  F.  1277. 

ΤρΊκρύσττεδος,  ov,  (τρι-,  κρύσπε- 
δον)  with  triple  border,  Archimed. 

ΥΓρίκρηνα,  τύ,  Tricrena,  a  place 
in  Arcadia  so  named  from  three  foun- 
tains there,  Paus.  8,  10,  1. 

Τρίκροτος,  ov,  rowed  with  triple 
stroke,  of  a  trireme,  Arislid. :  cf.  δί- 
κροτος,  μονύκροτος. 

Τρικτνς,  νος,  ή,=  τριττνς,  as  τρι- 
ξύς=τρισσός,  τριττός,  Sophron  ap. 
Ath.  480  Β.  (?) 

Τρΐκνΰθος,  ον,  holding  three  κύα- 
θοι,  Anacr.  29.  [ί] 

ΤρΙκνλίνδ7]τος,ον,  thrice-rolled,  also 
τρικαλίνδητος. 

Τρϊκνλιστος,  ov,=foreg.,  Epicur. 
ap.  biog.  L.  10,  5. 

Τρικυμία,  ας,  ή,  (τρι-,  κνμα)  the 
third  wave :  hence,  a  huge,  jnighiy 
wave,  since  every  third  wave  was 
supposed  to  be  larger  (Plat.  Rep. 
472  A),  as  in  Latin  the  fluctus  decu- 
manus,  Eur.  Hipp.  1213,  Tro.  83  :— 
hence,  metaph.,  τρ.  κακών,  Aesch. 
Pr.  1015  ;  έν  ύπάσαις  τρ.  της  τύχης, 
Luc.  Demosth.  Enc.  33 :  also,  τρ. 
λόγου,  a  prodigious  swell  of  words, 
Heind.  Plat.  Euthyd.  293  A. 

Τρίκωλος,  ov,  (τρι-,  κώλον)  three- 
meynbered,  to  τρίκωλον,  a  sentence  of 
three-clauses,  Dion.  H. 

\Τρικωνιενς,έως,  ο,=Τριχωνιενς, 
Paus.  2,  37,  3. 

Τρίκωκος,  ov,  with  three  pairs  of 
oars,  V.  1.  Clem.  Al. 

Τρϊλάγηνος,  ov,  and  in  Stesich. 
7,  τρϊλύγϋνος,  ov,  holding  three  bot- 
tles, [ά] 

Τρϊλαμπης,  ες,  thrice  (i.  e.  very) 
bright. 

ΤρίλΙθος,  ov,  (τρι-,  λίθος)  of  or 
xvith  three  stones : — to  τρ.,  a  temple 
(at  Balbec)  buill  of  three  enormous 
stones,  Joh.  Malal. 

ΤρίλΙνος,  ov,  consisting  of  three 
threads  or  strings ;  to  τρ.,  a  necklace 
of  three  strings  of  pearls. 

Τρί?ατρος,  or,  of  three  pounds:  to 
τρ.,  three  pounds,  Lat.  tripondium. 

Τρίλλιστος,  ov,  poet,  for  τρίλι- 
στος,  (τρι-,  λίτομαι,  λίσσομαι) : — 
ihrice,  i.  e.  often  or  earnestly,  prayed 
for,  11.  8,  488''. 

Τρίλο3ος.  ov,  (τρι-,  λοβός)  ihree- 
lobed,  Alex.  Mynd.  ap.  Ath.  392  C. 

Τριλογία,  ας,  ή,  (τρι-,  λόγος)  α 
trilogy,  the  three  tragedies,  which  the 
Athen.  tragic  poets  exhibited  to- 
gether ;  cf.  sub  τετραλογία. 

Τρίλογχος,  ο  ν,  (  λόγχη  )  three- 
pointed. 

Τρϊλοφία,  ας,  ή,  α  triple  crest,  Ar. 
Αν.  94  :  from 

Τρίλοφος,  ον,  (τρι-,  λόφος)  with 
three-crests  :  with  three  peaks. 

Τρΐμάκαιρα,  ή,  fern,  from  sq.,  Anth. 
P.  9,  390.  [a] 

Τρίμύκαρ,  ΰρος,  ό,  thrice-blessed. 

Τρίμαμμα,  ή,  (τρί-,  μάμμα  III): — 
an  a?tcestress  in  the  stj:th  generation, 
Lat.  tritai'ia. 

Τριμελής,  ες,  (τρι-,  μέλος)  -.—con- 
sisting of  three  μέλη,  of  a  certain  style 
of  music,  Plut.  2,  1132  D. 

ΤρΙμέρεια,  ας,  ή,  a  consisting  of  or 
diiisioH  into  three  parts  :  from 

Τριμερής,  ές,  tripartite,  threefold. 
Hence 

Τρΐμερίζο),  to  divide  into  three  parts. 

ΤρΙμετρία,  ας,  ή,  a  co7isisling  of 
three  metres  :  from 

Τρ'ιμετρος,  ov,  (τρι-,  μέτρον): — of 
verses,  consisting  of  three  metres  ;  i.  e. 
in  iambics,  trochaics,  and  anapae- 
stics,  of  three  syzygics  (of  two  feet)  ; 


ΤΡΙΞ 

but  in  dactylics,  etc.,  of  three  single 
feet :  hence  the  iambic  verse  of  six 
feet  is  called  by  the  Greeks  τρίμε- 
τρος  Ίαμβος,  Hdt.  1,  12:  later  ιαμβι- 
κός τρ., — but  Lat.  versus  senarius  ; 
yet  Horace  follows  the  Greek  mode 
of  scanning,  pede  ter  percusso,  each 
syzygy  havmg  only  one  ictus  :— .so, 
τόνος  τρίμετρος,  trimeter  verse,  Hdt. 

I,  174  ;  TO  τρίμετρον,  Ar.  Nub.  012  : 
— cf.  τετράμετρος. 

Τριμηνιαίος,  α,  ov,=sq.,Theophr. ; 
V.  Lob.  Phryn.  550. 

Τρίμηνος,  ov,  (τρι-,  μην)  : — of  three 
months,  three  months  old  :  ή  τρίμ?/νης, 
a  period  of  three  months,  Hdt.  2,  124  ; 
τρ.  χρόνος,  So[)h.  Tr.  1C4  ;  πυρός  τρ., 
wheat  sown  in  spring,  so  as  to  ripen 
in  three  months,  Theophr. 

Τρίμΐθος,  ή,  v.  τρέμιθος.   ■ 

ΤρΐμίτΙνος,  η,  ον,  ofτpίμιτoς:  also 
=  sq.,  Aesch.  Fr.  320. 

ΤρίμΙτος,  ov,  {τρι-,  μίτος)  having 
three  threads  in  the  warp:  generally, 
three-threaded,  Lysipp.  Bacch.  3 : 
hence,  ό  τρίμιτος  or  -ό  τρίμιτον,  three- 
threaded  linen,  sackcloth,  Lat.  trilicium 
a  garment  of  such  cloth,  Cratin.  (Jun.) 
Omph.  2  : — hence  dim.  to  τριμίτιον, 
a  small  sackcloth  garment.  Cf.  δίμο- 
τος.  [ΐ] 

Τρίμμα,  ατος,  τό,  (τρίβω) : — that 
7vhich  is  rubbed  :  metaph.,  like -pi  iov 

II.  2,  a  practised,  tricksy  knave,  Ar. 
Nub.  2G0,  Av.  430.— II.  a  drink  or 
brew  prepared  of  pounded  groats,  grated 
spices,  etc.,  Sotad.  'Ej'/c/ez.  1,  4,  Ax- 
ionic.  Φίλεΐ'ρ.  1,8;  ct.  Meinek.  Com. 
Fr.  2,  p.  295.^111.  a  kind  of  fine  pastry. 

Τριμμύτιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  τρίμ- 
μα, a  spiced  drink,  Sotad.  Έγκλει.  1, 
17,  Diphil.  Ζωγρ.  1.  [ύ] 

Τριμμός,  ov,  ϋ,  (τρίβω) :  a  rubbing, 
rubbing  off. — II.  that  which  is  rubbed 
off,  filings,  etc. — 2.  a  beaten  road,  like 
τρίβος,  Xen.  Cyn.  3,  7 ;  4,  3,  etc. 

Τριμναΐος,  a,  ov,  (μνά)  : — worth  or 
weighing  three  minae. 

Τρίμνως,  ω,  ό,  {μνά)  a  three  7nina. 
piece,  ct.  όίμνως. 

Τρΐμοιρία,  ας,  ή,  (τρίμοιρος)  α  triple 
portion  ;  triple  pay.      Hence 

ΤρΙμοιρίτης,  ου,  ό,  receiving  three 
parts,  Luc.  Jup.  Trag.  48. 

Τρίμοιρυς,  ov,  (τρι-,  μοίρα)  three- 
fold, triple,  χλαίνα,  Aesch.  Ag.  872  : 
— ^later,  τριμοιριαίος,  a,  ov,  Lob. 
Phryn.  545. 

Τρίμορυς,  o^',=  foreg.,  Orph.  Arg. 
1054. 

Τρίμορφος.  ov,  (τρι-,  μορφ//)  triple- 
formed,  triple,  Μοίραι  τρ.,  the  three 
fates,  Aesch.  Pr.  510. 

Τρίμνξος, ον,(μνξα) with  three uicks. 

ΊΤρΙνακίη,  ης,  ή,  poet.  v.  sq.,  Dion. 
P.  434. 

ΤρΙνακρία,  ας,  ή,  Trinacria,  epith. 
of  Sicily,  from  its  three  promontories 
(τρεις,  άκραι) ;  fThuc.  6,  2 ;  Call. 
Dian.  57t. — Others  write  Τρινακία, 
from  άκή,  Jac.  Anlh.  P.  p.  226.  Hence 

Τρίνύκριος,  a,  ov,  f'J'rinarrian,  Si- 
cilian, πόντος,  Αρ.  Rh.  4,  291. 

iTpιvaκpiς,  ίδος,  ή,  pecul.  fem.  to 
foreg. 

Τρίναξ,  άκος,  ή,  (τρι-,  ΰκή)  like 
θρίναξ,  α  trident,  or  three-pronged  mat- 
tock. Anth.  P.  6,  104.  [Ϊ] 

'\Τρίνΰσος,  ov,  ή.  Trinasns,  a  for- 
tress near  Gythium  in  Laconia,  Paus. 
3,  22.  3. 

ΥΤρινεμεΙς,  ίων,  υ[,  and  Τρινέμεια, 
ας,  ή,  Trinemla,  a  deme  of  the  tribe 
Cecropis,  Call.  Fr.  57. 

ΤρΙνύκτίον,  ov,  TO,  (ννξ)  the  space 
of  three  nights. 

Τριξάς,  άντος,  ό.  a  Sicilian  ccin  of 
three  χαλκοί,  Lat.  tncns. 


ΤΡΙΟ 

Τρίξός,  ή,  όν.  Ion.  for  τρισσός, 
Hdt. ;  so  διξός  for  δισσός,  cr.  Koen 
Greg.  435. 

Ύρΐο3ο?Λαϊος,  -ιμαϊος,  f.  1.  for 
τριω3.,  Lob.  Phryn.  551,  709. 

ΎρΙοδέυ,  ώ,  to  go  a  road  three  times. 

ΎρΙοόία,  ας,  ή,  a  meeting  of  three 
roads,  Lat.  trivium. 

Ύρ'ίοδίτης,  ov,  b,  (τρίοδος)  one  who 
frequents  cross-roads :  generally,  α 
street-lounger,  low  fellow,  A.  B.   [i] 

ΎρΊοδΐτις.  ίδος,  ή,  fern,  from  foreg., 
epith.  of  Hecate,  who  was  ivorshipped 
at  the  crossing  of  three  ways,  Lat.  'Pri- 
via,  Plut.  2,  937  E.— 2.  σο3άς  τρ.,  a 
street-walker,  Philo.  —  3.  generally, 
from,  the  street,  low,  common,  Lat.  tri- 
vialis. 

ΎρΙοδοντία  or  τρίοδοντική  (sc.  τέ- 
XVTj),  fishing  with  a  trident  or  leister. 

Τρίοδόντιον,  ου,  τό,  diva,  from 
τριόδονς. 

Ύρίοδος,  ov,  ή,  {τρι-,  όδός)=τριο- 
δία,  α  meeting  of  three  roads,  Lat.  tri- 
vium, Theogn.  907,  Pind.  P.  11,  59, 
where  (he  plur.  is  used  for  the  sing., 
cf.  Bockh  ad  1.  (38) ;  τροχή?.ατος 
σχιστής  κελεύθου  τρίοδος,  Aescti.  Fr. 
160;  cf  Eur.  Supp.  1212,  Plat.,  etc.: 
hence  έΐ'  τριόδφ  γενόμενος,  of  a  low 
fellow,  Lat.  homo  trivialis.  Plat.  Legg. 
799  C  ;  cf  τριοδίτης,  -Ιτις,  and  Lob. 
Phryn.  38. 

ΎρΙόδοχις,  οδόντος,  δ,  fj,  (τρι-, 
οδούς)  with  three  teeth : — ό  τρ.,  as 
snhst. ,=Tpiaiva,  a  trident,  Pind.  O. 
9,  45,  I.  8  (7),  75  ;  used  for  spearing 
fish.  Plat.  Soph.  220  C. 

Ύρίοζος,  ov,  (τρι-,  όζος)  with  three 
branches  or  boughs,  Theophr. 

Ύρΐοϊσι,  V.  sub  τρεις. 

ίΤριόττας,  ov,  Ep.  Ύριόττης,  eu, 
Ύρίοφ,  οπός,  and  Τρίοπυς,  ov,  ό, 
Triopas.  sonjof  Neptune  and  Canace  ; 
or  ace.  to  Diod.  S.  5,  57  son  of  Me- 
lius, king  in  Thessaly,  Call.  Cer.  24, 
sqq. ;  ApoUod.  1,  7,  4. — 2.  father  of 
Phorbas,  H.  Horn.  Ap.  211 :— Tpio- 
τϊυς.  Id.  213  : — son  of  Phorbas,  Paus. 

2,  16,  1.— 3.  father  of  Pelasgus,  Id.  2, 
22, 4.     Hence 

'\Ύριό~ειος,  a,  ov,  of  or  concerning 
Triopas,  Anth. 

ΎρΙότνης,  ov,  6,  fern,  -ίς,  ίδος,  like 
τριόόθαλμος,  three-eyed. 

iΎplO'nίδης,  ov,  b,  son  or  descendant 
of  Triopas,  οι  Ύοιοπιδαι,  Call.  Cer. 
32. 

iΎp^o~ικός,  η,  όν,  of  Tnopium,  Tri- 
opian,  TO  Τριοτνικον  ιερόν,  the  temple 
(of  Apollo  and  Neptune)  on  (the 
promontory)  Triopium,  Hdt.  1,  144. 

fTpiOTTiov,  ov,  TO,  Triopium,  a 
promontory  on  theCnidian  peninsula 
in  Caria  (or  the  tract  of  country  along 
the  coast),  Hdt.  1.  174:  in  Theocr. 
17,  68  ΎρΊοτϊος  κο7.ώνα,  now  cape 
Krio. — 2.  a  city  on  foreg.  promontory, 
Arr.  An.  2,  5,  7. 

■[Ύριόπιος,  a,  ov,  adj.  from  foreg. 
1,  Triopian,  esp.  epith.  of  Apollo,  who 
had  a  temple  thereon,  Hdt.  1,  144. 

ΎρΊόττιος,  a.  ον,=  τριότζης. 

ΎρΙο-ίς,  ίδος,  ή,  fem.  from  τριόττης. 
ΤΙ.=  τριο-τίς. 

tTpt'oTTOf,  ov,  η,  Triopus,  a  city  of 
Cos,Mosch.3,104.— II.  ό,=Τρίό-ας2. 

Ύρϊόργνιος,  ov,  (τρι-,  δργνια)  three 
fathoms  long,  Xen.  Cj'r.  6,  1,  52. 

ΎρΙορία,  ας,  ή,  three  boundaries, 
Lat.  trifimum. 

Ύρΐόροφος,    oi',=:the    more    usu. 
τριώροφος,  Hdt.  1,  180. 
■  Ύρΐόρχης,  ov,  o,=  sq.  I,  Timae.  ap. 
Polyb.  12,  15.  2.— II.=  sq.  II,  Ar.  At. 
ri81,  Vesp.  1534;  cf  Arist.  H.  A.  8, 

3,  1. 

Ύρίορχος,  ov,  {τρι-,  δρχις)•   with 


ΤΡΙΠ 

three  testicles :  metaph.,  very  lewd  or  I 
lecherous. — II.  b  τρ.,  a.  kind  of  falcon 
or  kite,   Simon.  202,  Ar.  Av.    1206 ;  [ 
also  τριυρχης,  q.  v. — 2.  ή  τρ.,  a  fabu- 
lous   plant,    also    called    κεντανρίς,  ; 
Theophr.  ; 

Τρίο-ό,  a  sound  imitative  of  a  bird's  ' 
voice,  Ar.  Av.  243.  | 

Ύριόττιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  sq. 

ΎρΙοττίς,  ίδος,  ή,  an  earring  or  brooch 
with  three  drops,  cf.  τρίγ/.ηνος.  (The 
word  is  prob.  orig.  the  same  with 
τριοπίς,  τριόττης,  as  also  the  form  ό 
τριόττης :  so  in  Aeol.  and  Att.,  όττε 
was  formed  from  όσσε,  όττις  from 
ού)ΐς,  etc.) 

Ύρϊόφθα?.μος,  ov,  three-eyed. 

ίΎρίο-ψ,  οττος,  ό,=^Ύριό~ας. 

Ύρίπαις,  τταιδος,  ό,  ή,  (τρι-,  παΐς) 
having  three  children,  Plut.  Num.  10. 

Ύρίττάλαι,  (τρι-,  πάλαι)  adv.,  long, 
long  ago,  Ar.  Eq.  1153  ;  cf.  τετρατζά- 
7.ai. 

Ύρΐττύλαιος,  a,  ov,  very  old,  cf.  τρι- 
■κάχνιος.  [ΰ] 

Ύριπά/αιστιαΐος,  a,  oi',=  sq.,  v. 
Lob.  Phryn.  548. 

ΎρΙττάλαιστος,  ον,{τρι-,  πα7.αιστή) 
three  hands  broad,  long,  etc.,  Hdt.  1, 
50,  where  some  MSS.  give  τριπά- 
λαστος. 

Ύρί-α/.τος,  ov,  (τρι-,  7ϊύ?.?.ω)  thrice 
brandished  ;  metaph.,  furious,  fierce, 
ττήματα,  Aesch.  Theb.  985. 

Ύ ρϊττύνονργος,  ov,  {τρι-,  izavovp- 
}ος)  triply  base,  an  arch-rogue,  Mel.  12, 
4.   [«] 

Ύρίτταππος,  ov,  b,  an  ancestor  in  the 
sixth  generation,  Lat.  tritavus. 

^Ύριτταράδεισρς,  ov,  ό,  Triparadi- 
sus,  name  of  a  place,  Diod.  S. 

Ύρΐττύρθενος,  ov,  [τρι-,  παρθένος) 
consistiiig  of  three  virgins,  τρ.  ζεϋγος, 
Eur.  Erechlh.  3,  v.  Soph.  Fr.  490  ;  cf 
τρΰνγής. 

Ύρΐκάροδος,  ov,  with  triple  entrance. 

Ύρΐτζύτορες,  οί,=  πρόπαπποι ;  and, 
generally, =οί  πρώτοι  άρχηγέται. 

Ύρίπατρος,  ov,  {πατήρ)  begotten  by 
three  fathers. 

Ύρΐπάχνιος,  ov,  said  to  be  Dor.  for 
τριπήχνιος :  but  in  Aesch.  Ag.  1476, 
the  a  is  short,  so  that  it  must  be  re- 
ferred to  παχύς,  or  must  be  altered  ; 
τριττύλαιον  has  been  proposed  by 
Blomf ,  and  received  by  Klausen. 

ΎρίπεδοΓ,  ov,  {τρι-,  πονς)  three  feet 
long.  Polyb.  G,  22,  2. 

ΎρΙπέδων,  ωνος,  b,  τ),  {τρι-,  πέδη) 
a  slave  who  has  been  thrice  in  fetters, 
Lat.  trifurcifer. 

ΎρΙπέμπελος,  ov,  {τρι-,  πεμπελος) 
childish  from  age,  Plut.  2,  1071  C  :  cf. 
δνςπεμ<ρ. 

Ύρίπέρνσι,  adv.,  years  ago. 

Ύρΐπέτη/.ος,  ov,  (τρι-,  πέτη?.ον) 
three-leafed,  Η.  Hom.  Merc.  530  :  to 
τρ.,^^τρίφν?..λον,  the  herb  trefoil,  Nic. 

Τριττετής,  ες,  {πετάνννμι)  triply 
spread,  threefold. 

Ύρίπηδος.  δ,  δρόμος  τρ.,  the  gallop 
of  a  horse,  elsewh.  ό  δια  κύ7,—ης,  cf. 
Lat.  tripudium  (.''),  and  v.  sub  τριπο- 
δίζω. 

Ύρίπηχνς,  ν,  grti.  εος,  {τρι-,  πή- 
χν)  three  cubits  long,  Hes.  Op.  421. 
Hdt.  4,  192,  Eur.  Cycl.  235,  Xen.; 
etc. -.—metaph.,  τριπήχη  έπη.  Crates 
Lam.  2,  Horace's  verba  sesquίperL•lia, 
Lob.  Phr>n.  519. 

ΎριπιθήκΙνος,  η,  ov,  {τρι-,  πίθηκος) 
thrice  or  thoroughly  apish,  Anth.  P.  11, 
196. 

Ύρίπ2,αϊ,  ΰκος,  b,  η,  {τρις)  : — triple, 
threefold,   Lat.    triplex,    II.    18,   480:  i 
formetl  like  δίπ?.αξ. 

ΎρΙπ7.ΰνής,  ές,  {τρι-,  π?,ανύω)  ιναη-  ' 
dered  through  by  three,  Lye.  846.  I 


ΤΡΙΠ 

Ύρΐπ?άσιάζω,  to  triple,  take  three 
times,  Plut.  Aristid.  24:  from 

Ύρϊπ/.ύσιος,  a.  ov,  thrice  as  many, 
as  much,  or  as  great  as,  c.  gen.,  Ar. 
Ach._^  88,  Plat.,  etc. ;  τριπλάσιας  τι- 
μής ή  πράτερον,  Dem.  1048,  25 :  ab- 
sol.,  τριπ?Μσίαν  δνναμιν  είχε  (sc. 
τής  προτέρας),  Xen.  An.  7,  4,  21  : — 
τριπλασίον  as  adv.,  τρ.  σον,  thrice  as 
much  as  you,  Ar.  Eq.  285,  cf.  718. 
Adv.  -ίως. 

Ύρίπ'λάσίων,  ov,  gen.  ovof,=foreg. 

Ύρίπλεθρος,  ov,  three  πλ.έϋρα  lang. 

Ύριπ/^εκής,  ές,  thrice-plaited,  three- 
fold, Lat.  triplex. 

Ύρίπλενρος,  ov,  {τρι-,  πλ,ενρά) 
three-sided,  Strab. 

Ύριπλ^,  11.  1,  128,  v.  τρΊπ7.οος. 

Ύριπ/.οιστός,  όν,  made  threefold, 
tripled,  οίτος  τρ.,  as  Herm.  nuw  reads 
in  Soph.  Ant.  858,  for  τριπό/.ιστον 
οίκον. 

Ύρίπλοκος,  ov,  {π7.έκω)=τριπ7.ε- 
κής. 

Τρίττλόοζ•,  η,  ον,  contr.  -π7.ονς,  η, 
ονν,  multiplicative  adj.  from  τρεις : — • 
triple,  threefold,  Pind.  Ο.  9,  3,  Aesch., 
etc.  ;  kv  τριπλαΐς  όμαξιτοΐς,  =  έν 
τριόδφ.  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  716.  Adv.  -π?ώς: 
but  the  dat.  fem.  τριπ/.ή  is  used  as 
adv.  in  II.  1,  128. —  Instead  of  Att. 
neut.  plur.  τριπ/.α  we  find  in  low 
Greek  also  τριπ7.ά,  Buttm.  Ausf.  Gr. 
Gr.  ^  2,  p.  397. 

Ύριπόδειος,  ov.  Ion.  -ήίος,  ov,  {τρι-, 
πονς)  three-footed.  Call.  Del.  90 :  pe• 
cul.  poet,  fem.,  τρίποδηις,  ίδος,  ή. 

'[Ύρίποδες,  ων,  οι,  Tripodes,  {the 
tripods)  a  street  in  Athens  leading 
from  the  Prytaneum,  so  called  from 
the  tripods  therein  consecrated,  Paus. 
1,  20,  1. 

ΤρΙποδη7.ά7.ος,  ov,  {τρίπονς,  7a- 
?.έω)  speaking  from  a  tripod,  prophesy- 
ing, Christodor.  Ecphr.  72.  [ΰ] 

ΎρΙπόδης,  όν.,  b,  (τρι-,  πονς)  : — 
three  feet  long,  Hes.  Op.  421  :  βαΟντε 
pov  τριπόδου,  Xen.  Oec.  19,  3. — IL 
three-footed. 

ΎρΙποδηφορέω  or  -δοόορέω,  ώ,  {τρί- 
πονς,  φέρω)  to  bring  a  tripod,  offer  it  as 
a  sign  of  victory,  esp.  in  dramatic  con- 
tests, Strab. 

Ύρΐποδηφορικός,  τ),  όν,  belonging  to 
τριποδηφορεϊν. 

Ύρΐποδίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  to  gallop,  of  a 
horse,  Lat.  tripedo. 

Τριπόδων,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  τρί- 
πονς, Antiph.  Incert.  32. 

Τρϊποδίσκιον,  ov,  τό,  and  -δίσκος, 
b,  dims,  from  τρίπονς. 

ίΎριποδίσκιον,  ov,  ro,=:sq.,  Strab. 
p.  394. 

iΎpι-oδίσκoς,  ov,  ό,  Ύριποδίσκοι, 
ων,  oi,  and  Τριποδίσκη,  ης,  7j,Tripo- 
discus,  a  town  of  Megaris,  Paus.  1, 
43,  7. 

Ύρΐποδοειδής,  ές,  tripod-shaped. 

ΎρΙποδοφορέω,  ώ,  v.  τριποδηφορέο. 

Ύρΐπόθητος,  ov,  {τρι-,  ποθέω)  thrice 
(i.  e.  much)  longed  for,  Mosch.  3,  52. 

Ύρίποκος,  ov,  {τρι-,  πύκος)  with 
triple  (i.  e.  thick)  wool,  Dicaearch.  p. 
29. 

Ύρΐπόλιον.  ov,  TO,  a  flower,  perh.  a 
kind  of  aster,  Theophr. 

Ύρίπηλις,  εως  Ion.  -ιος,  b,  ή,  {τρι-, 
πόλ.ις)  with  three  cities,  νΰσος  τρ.,  ol 
Rhodes,  Pind.  O.  7,  34 : — ή  τρ.,  a 
utiion  of  three  cities:   +v.  sq. 

'\Ύριπο7.ις,  εως,  ή,  Tripolis,  a  union 
of  three  cities. — 1.  in  Arcadia,  com- 
prising Callia,  Dipoena,  and  Nona- 
cris,  Paus.  8,  27,  4. — 2.  in  Phoenicia, 
a  colony  of  the  three  cities  Tvre, 
Sidon,  and  Aradus,  Strab.  p.  754.— 
3.  a  district  of  Laconia,  Polyb.  4,  81, 
7. 

1519 


ΤΡΙΠ 

Ύριπόλιστος,  ον,  {τρι-,  πολίζω) 
thrice  built,  triply  or  firmly  founded, 
οίκος.  Soph.  Ant.  851 ;  but  cf.  τρι- 
π'λο  ιστός. 

ΎρΙπολΙτϊκός,  οϋ,  ό,  title  of  a  work 
of  Dicaearchus  quoled  by  Athen.  141 
A:  also  another  name  for  the  satiric 
treatise  named  Ύρικάυανος,  Joseph. 
c.  Apion,  1,21,  cf.  Cic.  Att.  13,32, 

ο 

^ΎριτταΤΰτίς,  ιδος,  ή,=  τρίπολίς, 
e.  g.,  ΤΙελαγονία  τ.,  in  Macedonia, 
Azorus,  Dolicha,  and  Py thiutn,  Strab. 
p.  326. 

Ύρίπο/.ος,  ov,  (,~pt-,  πολίώ)  thrice 
turned  up  or  ploughed,  i.  e.  bearing  three 
crops  in  a  year,  of  corn-land,  11.  18, 
512.  Od.  5,  127,  Hes.  Th.  971. 

ΎρΙπόνιιτος,  ov,  {τρι-,ττονέω)  thrice 
(i.  e.  much)  worked  :  ίρις  τρ.,  a  contest 
between  three  labouring  women,  Leon. 
Tar.  20. 

Ύρΐπόρθητος,  ov,  (τρι-,  πορθέω) 
thrice-wasted :  also  τριπορθος,  ov, 
Anlh. 

ΎρΙπορνεία,  ας.  ?'/,  threefold  whore- 
dom, Antiph.  ap.  Alh.  587  C  :  from 

Ύρίπορνος,  ov, {τρι-, πόρνη)  awhore 
of  the  third  generation,  Theoponip. 
(Hist.)  ap.  Ath.  595  B. 

Ύρί-ττος,  ov,  0,  poet,  for  sq.,  II.  22, 
104.  Hes.  Sc.  312 ;  cf.  Jac.  Anth.  P. 
in  indice.  [t] 

Ύρίττονς,  ποδός,  ό,  //,  -ττοΐ'ί',  τό, 
(rpt-,  ποίχ)  three-fooled,  three-legged  or 
with  three  feel :  and  so — I.  measuring 
three  feet,  τρ.  το  είφος,  Hdt.  3,  CO.— II. 
going  on  three  feet,  proverb,  of  an  old 
man  who  leans  on  a  staff,  τρίποδας 
όδονς  στείχει,  Aesch.  Ag.  80 ;  cf. 
τριτοβάμων,  and  see  the  Sphinx's 
riddle  in  Argum.  Soph.  0.  T. :  hence 
— 2.  usu.  as  subst.,rpi7rotif,  δ,  a  tripod, 
a  three-footed  brass  kettle,  II.  18,  344, 
sq.,  Od.  8,  434,  etc.  ;  τρίπονς  έμπυ- 
ριβήτης,  II.  23,  702  ;  so,  τρ.  άμφίπν- 
ρος.  Soph.  Aj.  1405: — besides  these 
we  hear  of  τρ.  απνροι,  vessels  un- 
touched by  fire,  which  seem  to  have 
been  of  fine  workmanship,  used  only 
for  ornament,  II.  9,  122,  204,  cf.  18, 
373,  sq.,  Paus.  4,  32,  1.  In  Horn., 
tripods  are  often  given  as  prizes,  11. 
11,  700;  23,  264,  485,  etc.;  also  as 
gifts  of  honour,  II.  8,  290,  Od.  13,  13. 
In  aftertimes,  tripods  of  fine  work- 
manship, bearing  inscriptions,  were 
placed  as  votive  gifts  in  the  temples, 
esp.  inthat  of  Apollo  at  Delphi;  these 
were  then  called  τρ.  αναθηματικοί. 
Δελφικοί,  and  were  sometimes  of 
precious  metals,  even  of  gold,  Hdt.  8, 
82,  Ar.  Plut.  9,  Thuc.  1,  132,  Paus. 

10,  13,  9,  cf.  Diet.  Anliqq.  ; — hence, 
a  street  of  Athens  adorned  with  these 
gifts  was  called  oi  Ύρίποδες,  Paus. 
1,  20,  1. — HI.  any  thing  with  three  legs, 
generally,  a  three-legged  table,  etc., 
Xen.  An.  7,  3,  21  :— esp.  the  stool  of 
the  Delphic  priestess,  Eur.  Ion  91,  Or. 
163,  etc.  ;  proverb.,  ώς  t/c  τρίποδος 
λέγειν,  i.  e.  authoritatively,  Ath.  37 
fin. 

Ύρίπρατος,  ov,  {τρι-,  πιπράσκω) 
thrice  sold,  Ar.  Fr.  718  ;  cf.  παλίμπρα- 
τος. 

Τριπρόςωπος,  ov,  (τρι-,  πρόςωπον) 
three-faced,  Charicl.  ap.  Ath.  325  D. — 

11.  of  three  persons. 

Ύριπτήρ,  ήρος,  δ,  {τρίβω) : — α  rub- 
ber or  tool  for  rubbing  with,  apestle,  Ar. 
Ach.  937,  cf.  Nic.  Th.  95.— IT.  a  press: 
esp.  the  board  under  the  screw  of  a  wine 
or  oil  press,  A.  B.  ;  cf.  Nic.  Al.  493.— 
III.  the  vat  (lacus)  into  which  the  wine 
or  nil  runs,  Harpocr. 

Ύριπτηριον,  ου,  τό,  a  rubbing-tool. 

Ύρίπτης,  ov,  ό,  {τρί3ω)  one  who 
1520 


ΤΡΙΣ 

rubs  ;  esp.  one  who  rubs  down  in  the 
bath,  Plut.  Alex.  40. 

Ύρίπτόλεμος,  ov,  u,  Triplnlemus, 
tson  of  Celeus  and  Mctanuat,  an 
Kleusinian,  who  spread  the  worship 
of  Ceres,  H.  Horn.  Cer.  153,  etc.  : 
tfor  other  accounts  of  his  parentage, 
v.  Pans.  1,  14,  2-4  ;  Plat,  makes  him 
one  of  the  judges  in  the  lower  world, 
Apol.  41  A. 

Ύίΐιπτός,ή,όν,  {τρίβω)  rubbed :  that 
may  be  rubbed  or  pounded. 

Ύρίπτνχος.  ov.  (τρι-,  πτύσσω) : — 
consisting  of  three  layers  or  plates,  three- 
fold, triple,  τρνφάλεια,  II.  11,  353  ;  τρ. 
τυραννίδες,  Eur.  Η.  F.  474 ;  some- 
times simply  =ζτρεΐς.  Id.  Or.  1513, 
Phoen.  1635. 

Ύρίπτωτος,  ov,  with  three  cases, 
Gramm. 

■ϊΎρίπν/.ον,  ov,  TO,  Tripylum,  a 
place  in  Halicarnassus,  Arr.  An.  1,2, 
2  :  from 

Υνρίπνλος,  ov,  6,  Tripylus,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Plut,  Arat.  41,  v^here  prob. 
Ύριτύμαλλος. 

Ύρίπν'λος,  ov,  three-gated,  E.  M. 

iTpiKvpyia,  ας,  ή,  Tripyrgia,  a 
place  in  Aegina,  Xen.  Hell.  5,  1,  10. 

Ύρίπωλος,  ov,  [τρι-,  πύλης)  of  or 
with  three  horses,  Eur.  Andr.  277. 

Ύρί^βνθμος,  ov,  of  three  times  or 
feet. 

Ύρφ/η'μος,  ov,  {τρι-,  ρνμής)  with 
three  poles,  i.  e.  with  six  horses,  Aesch. 
Pers.  47. 

Ύρίς,  adv.  of  τρΰς,  thrice,  three 
times,  Lat.  ter,  oft.  in  Hom.,  and  Hes. : 
τρ\ς  τόσος,  τρις  τόσον,  ί/inVe  as  much 
or  many,  Hom.  ;  ες  τρις.  up  to  three 
times,  even  thrice,  Hdt.  1,  80:  but 
often  used  merely  to  lieighten  the 
simple  notion,  esp.  in  compds.,  like 
τριςύβλιος,  τρίςμακαρ,  etc.,  like  the 
Lat.  trr,  and  our  ?Arice,Valck.Theocr. 
15,  80;  ct.  Tpi-,  τριάζω,  τρικυμία. 
Proverb.,  τρις  εξ  βόιλλειν,  to  throw 
thrice  six,  i.  e.  the  highest  throw 
(there  being  three  dice),  hence  sim- 
ply to  win,  he  lucky,  Aesch.  Ag.  33, 
ubi  V.  Blomf.,  cf.  Plat.  Legg.  968  E. 
[(  usu.  ;  yet  Hes.  Op.  172,  has  ι  in 
arsis  at  the  beginning  of  a  verse.] 

ΎρΙςύγιος,  ov,  also,  a,  ov,  {τρις, 
άγιος)  thrice-holy,  EccL  [u] 

ΎρΙςΰέναος,  ov,  strengthd.  for  αέ- 
ναος. 

Ύρΐςύθλιος,  a,  ov,  thrice  unhappy. 
Soph.  O.  C.  372  (where  however 
Pors.  wrote  it  divisim),  Luc,  etc. 

Ύρϊςάλαστος,  ov,  strengthd.  for 
ά?ιαστος,  Mel.  72.  [αλ] 

ΎβΐςύλΙτήριος,  ov,  thrice  sinful, 
LXX. 

Ύρΐςό./.ϋπος,  ov,  quite  harmless,  The- 
ophr.   [a] 

ΎρΙςάνάριβμος.  ov,  thrice,  i.e.  quite 
innumerable,  [up] 

Ύρΐςιίνθρωπος,  ου,  6,  {τρίς,  άνθρω- 
πος) thrice  a  man.  used  by  Diogenes, 
Ά&:=τριςάθλιος,  Diog.  L.  6,  47. 

ΎρΙςάπβτμος,  ον,=  τριςύθ?.ίος.  [ά] 

ΎβΙςάρειοπΰγίτης,  ov,  ό,  an  Areo- 
pagilc  thrice  over,  i.  e.  a  stern  and  rigid 
jud-e,  Cic.  Att.  4,J5,  4. 

Ύρϊςύριθμος,  ov,  {τρίς,  αριθμός) 
thrice  numbered,  Luc.  Alex.  11.   [ά] 

Ύρϊςΰριστεύς,  έως,  ό,  thrice-con- 
queror. 

Ύρϊςάσμενος,  η,  ην,  {τρίς,  άσμενος) 
very  loilling,  very  glad,  but  better  writ- 
ten divisim,  Poppo  Xen.  An.  3,  2,  24. 

Ύιηςανγονστος,  ov,  b,  three  times 
over  Augustus. 

ΎρΙςαωρος.  ov,  {τρίς,  άωρος)  very 
untimely.  Anth.  P.  7,  527.  [u] 

Ύριςβδέλνκ,τος,  ov,  thrice  or  ihor- 
ovghly  abhorred,  Osann.  Auctar.  Lex. 


ΤΡΙΣ 

Ύριςδείλ.αιος,  ov,  =  τριςάθλιος 
Anth.  P.  7,  737. 

Ύριςδνστηνος,  oi',=  foreg.,  Anth. 
P.  9,  574. 

Ύρΐςεινύς{Β0.  ήμερα),  ύδος,  ή.  {τρίς, 
εϊνύς)  the  third  ninth  day  in  a  month  ; 
i.  e.  not  the  27th,  but  the  ninth  day 
{ή  ίννεύς)  of  the  third  decad,ihe  29th, 
Hes.  Op.  812 ;  called  also  δευτέρα 
φθίνοντος. 

ΎρΙσέληνος,  ov,  {τρι-,  σελήνΐ])  ο) 
three  moons  or  nights :  epith.  of  Her- 
cules, like  τριέσπερος,  Anth.  P.  9, 
441,  cf.  ννξ,  Anth.  Plan.  102.— 2. 
π/.ύτος  τρ.,  the  hreadlh  of  three  7noons, 
of  the  earth's  shadow,  Plut.  2,923  B. 

ΎρΙςέλικτος,  ον,^^τριέλικτος. 

Ύρϊςεξώλης,  ov,  ό,  thrice  accursed, 
strengthd.  for  έξώλ.ης. 

ΎρΙςέπαρχος,  ov,  ό,  thrice  an  έπαρ- 
χος, Anth. 

Ύρΐςευδαίμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  thrice 
happy. 

Ύρΐςευτνχής,  ff,=  foreg. 

Ύρίςεφθος,  ov,  thrice  boiled. 

ΎρΙςέχθιστος,  ov,  strengthd.  foi 
έχθιστος,  thrice  detested,  A.  B. 

Ύρϊςέωλος,  ov,  strengthd.  for  έω- 
λος, very  stale,  Ael.  N.  A.  17,  44. 

Ύρίσημος,  ov,  {τρι-,  στ/μα)  of  three 
signs:  in  music  and  prosody,  like 
τρίχρονος,  of  three  times,  i.  e.  of  three 
short  syllables;  or  (which  is  equiva- 
lent), of  one  short  and  long  one. 

Ύριςθάνής,  ες,  {τρις,  Ονήσκω)  thrice 
dead  or  worthy  of  death,  Greg.  Naz. 

Ύριςκαίδεκα,  oi,  al,  τύ,  indecl., 
thirteen,  for  τριακαίδεκα,  II.  5,  387, 
Od.  24,  340;  cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  409. 
Hence 

Ύριςκαιδεκάετης,  ov,  ό,  {ετος)  Ihir 
teen  years  old,  Isae.  Fr.  1,  12. 

Ύριςκαιδεκάκλίνος,  ov,  {τριςκαίδε- 
κα,  κλίνη)  ivith  thirteen  couches,  Calli.x. 
ap.  Ath.  205  E. 

Ύριςκαιδεκύμηνος,  ov,  every  thirteen 
months. 

Ύριςκαιδεκύπηχυς,  ν,  gen.  εος, 
{τρισκαίδεκα,  πήχνς)  thirteen  cubits 
high,  άνί/ρ  τρ.,  a  long,  lazy  loon,  The- 
ocr.  15,  17. 

Ύριςκαιδεκαπ?.άσίων,ον,  gen.  όνος, 
thirteenfold. 

Ύριςκαιδεκαστάσιος,  ov,  {τριςκαί- 
δεκα,  ϊστημι)  : — of  thirteen  times  the 
weight  or  value,  χρνσίον  τρ.,  Hdt.  3, 
95.  [στίϊ] 

Τριςκαιδεκαταϊος,  a,  ov,  on  the  thir- 
teenth day,  Hipp. :  from 

Ύριςκαιδέκύτος,  η,  ov,  {τριςκαίδε- 
κα)  the  thirteenth,  Horn.,  and  Hes. 

Ύριςκαιδεκΰφόρος,  ov,  {φέρω)  fruit- 
ing thirteen  times,  Luc.  V.  Hist.  2,  13. 

Ύριςκαιδεκέτης,  ov,  b,  fern,  τρις- 
καιδεκέτις,  ιδος,  (τριςκαίδεκα,  έτος) 
of  thirteen  years,  thirteen  years  old,  Lys. 
110,  28. 

Ύριςκαιδεκήρης,  ες,  {τριςκαίδεκα, 
*άρω1)   with    thirteen  banks   of  oars,. 
Plut.   Demetr.  31,  Ath.  203   D;  v. 
τριήρης. 

Ύριςκακοδαίμων,  ov,  {τρίς,  κακο•^ 
δαίμων)  thrice  unlucky,  Ar.  Ach.  1024, 
Ran.  19,  etc. 

Ύριςκαιδεκόργνιος,  ov,  of  tliirteen 
fathoms,  prob.  1.  Theophr. 

Ύρίσκαλμος,  ov,  {τρι-,  σκαλμός) 
strictly  with  three  tholes  or  oar-pegs  : 
but,  νήες  τρ.^τριήρεις,  Aesch.  Pers. 
079,  1074. 

Ύριςκατύπτνστος,  ov,  thrice-abomi- 
nable. 

Ύριςκΰτάράτος,  ov,  {τρίς,  κατύρα- 
τος )  thrice-accursed,  Dein.  794,  24•. 
[dp] 

Ύρισκελής,  ες,  {τρι-,  σκέλος)  three- 
legged,  three-footed,  τράπεζα,  Cratin. 
Incert.  9,  cf.  Theocr.  Ep.  4,  3. 


ΤΡΙΣ 

Ύρίζκοπάνιστης,  ον,  {τρις,  κοπανί- 
ζω) thrice.  strHckoT  stamped,  άρτος  τρ-, 
thrice  kneaded,  i.  e.  fine  bread,  Batr. 
35:  Wi\.  τριςκο-ύνηΓος.  [ύ] 

Ύ/ΜςλοτΓΟζ,  Of,  {-ρις,  λοττός)  thrice 
peeled,  Μνόρον  τρ-,  a  tree  which  hsee 
its  bark  thrice  a  year,  Theophr. 

Ύρίςμΰκαρ,  ύρος,  ό,  η,  strengthd. 
for  μάκαρ,  thrice  blest,  Od.  6,  154,  155  ; 
τριςμάκαρες  και  τετράκις,  V'irgil's 
terque  quaterqae  bcati,  01.  5,  306 ; 
fern,  τριςμάκαιρα.  [a] 

Τριςμΰκάριος,  a,  ov,  =  foreg.,  Ar. 
Ach.  400,  Nub.  166. 

Τριςμάκάριστος,  η,  ov,  =  τρίςμα- 
καρ. 

Ύριςμάκάρίτης,  ov,  6,  epith.  of  Py- 
thagoras, the  thrice-dying  one,  as  a 
pun  on  τρίςμακαρ,  Antiph.  Neorr. 
1,8. 

Ύριςμάκαρος,  ov,  =  τρίςμακαρ, 
Welcker  Syll.  Ep.  75,  3.  [ύ] 

Τριςμέγιστος,  η,  ov,  thnce-greatest. 

Ύρισμός,  οί',  ο.— like  τριγμός,  the 
making  a  shriil  noise,  chirruping,  twit- 
tering, creaking,  Lat.  stridor,  The- 
ophr, 

Ύριςμνριοι,  ai,  a,  {τρις,  μύριοι) 
thrice  tin  thousand,  30,000,  Hdt.  2, 163 ; 
also  in  sing,  with  a  collective  subst., 
τριςμνρία  'ίτνττος,  thirty  thousand  horse, 
Aesch.  Pers.  315.  [v]     Hence 

Ύριςμϋρίόπά/.αι,  (  ττά/.αι  )  adv., 
thirl y-thousand-tiines  long-ago,  Ar.  Eq. 
1156;  of.  τρίτταλαι,  τετρά-α?.αι. 

Ύριςμΰριοτϊλάσίυν,  ov,  gen.  όνος, 
thirty-thousandfold. 

Ύριςμνριος,  a,  ov,  v.  -ριςμύριοι. 

Ύριςνέατος.  η,  ov,  in  Cratin.  Nom. 
14,  of  the  strings  of  the  lyre  (of.  νη- 
τή) ;  but  the  signf.  is  dub. 

ΎρΙςοΙζνρός,  ύ,  όν,  {τρις.  οίζνρός) 
thrice-wretched.  Archil.  116  Bergk. 

Ύρϊςόλ3ίος,  ov,  (τρίς,  ολ;3ίος)  thrice 
happy  Οΐ  fortunate,  Soph.  Fr.  719. 

Ύ ριςολνμπιον'ικης,  ου,  ό,  ( τρίς, 
ΌΆυμπιονίκης)  thrice  victorious  at 
Olympia,  οίκος,  Pind.  Ο.  13,  1.  [yt] 

Ύρίσπαστος,  ov,  drawn  threefold,  v. 
τροχαλία. 

Ύρισττίθύμος,  ov,  {τρι-,  σπιθαμή) 
three  spans  long,  Hes.  Op.  424,  Xen. 
Cyn.  9.  13.  [σπΊ] 

Τρίσπονδος,  ov,  (.τρι-,  σπονδή) 
thrice-poured,  τ  p.  χοαί,  a  triple  drink- 
offering  to  the  dead,  of  honey,  milk 
and  wine,  Soph.  Ant.  431,  of.  Od.  11, 
26. 

Ύρισσάκις,  {τρίς)  adv.,  thrice,  three 
times,  Mel.  89.  [ώ] 

Ύρισσύτιος,  ov,  poet,  for  τρισσός, 
like  μεσσάτιος  for  μέσος,  Anth.  P.  6, 
12.  [a] 

Ύρισσά^)),  {τρισσός)  adv.,  in  three 
places,  Arist.  Meteor.  1,  13,28. 

Ύρισσενω,  {τρισσός)  to  do  a  thing 
thrice  or  for  the  third  lime. — 2.  to  remain 
three  days,  LXX. 

ΎpισσόζtJ>oς,  ov,  {τρισσός,  ζωή)  with 
three  lives,  Aesch.  Fr.  354. 

Ύρισσόθεν,  {τρισσής)  adv.,  from 
three  sides,  Anth.  P.  9,  651. 

Ύρισσοκάρηνος,  ov,  {τρισσός,  κά- 
ρηνον)  three-headed,  Orph.  Arg.  974. 
[a] 

Ύρισσοκέφά?Μς,  ov,  v.  1.  for  foreg. 

Ύρισσός,  ή.  όν,  Att.  τριττόςΐη  Plat., 
etc.,  Ion.  τριξός  in  Hdt.,  like  δισσός, 
διξός,  {τρίς)  : — threefold,  Lat.  triplex, 
Hes.  Fr.  68,  2.  Pind.  P.  8,  115  :  — in 
γ\\ΐΓ.=  τρεϊς,  Hdt.  1,  171,  Soph.  0.  C. 
479,  Plat.  Rep.  504  A,  etc. :  of.  τρι- 
φάσιος.     Adv.  -σώς. 

Ύρισσοφαής,  ές,  and  in  Anth., 
τρισσόφίοτος,  ov,  in  a  threefold  light. 

Ύρισσόω,  ώ,  to  triple,  to  make  or  take 
threefold. 

Ύριστάόιος.  ov.  {τρι-,  στύδιον) 
96 


ΤΡΙΤ 

three  stades  long,  Plat.  Criti.  115  E. 

["] 

Ύριστύσιος,  ov.  {τρίς,  Ιστημι)  τ. 
προς  χρνσίον.  worth  thrice  its  weight  in 
gold,  Arr.  Indic.  [ύ] 

Ύριστάτης,  ov,  ό,  {τρίς,  ιστημι)  = 
τριτοστύτης. — II.  one  who  stands  -next 
the  prince,  a  chief  man,  LXX.   [u] 

Τρίστεγος,  ov,  (τρι-,  στέγη)  of  or 
with  three  stories  :  το  τρ.,  Sub.  οίκημα, 
the  third  story,  N.  T. ;  also  //  τριστέγη. 

Τρίστΐχος,  ov,  {τρι-,  στίχος)  of  three 
rows,  lines  or  verses,  Plut. 

Τριστοιχεί,  Hes.  Th.  727 ;  and 
τριστοιχί,  11.  10,  473;  adv.  of  sq.,  in 
three  rows  or  lines  :   [γ<]  from 

Ύρίστοιχος.  ov,  {τρι-,  στοίχος)  in 
three  rows  or  lines,  Od.  12,  91  ;  v.  Jac. 
Anth.  P.  p.  614. 

Ύρίστομος,  ov,  {τρι-,  στόμα)  three- 
mouthed. — II.  three-edged  or  three-point- 
ed, αιχμή.  Ant.  P.  6,  167. 

ΎρΙσν/Λάβέο),  ώ,  to  consist  of  three 
syllables ;  and 

Ύρΐσνλ?Μ3ία,  ας,  ή,  a  consisting  of 
three  syllables  :  from 

ΎρΙσύλλύβος,  ov,  {τρι-,  συλλαβή) 
trisyllabic.  Luc.   (?) 

ΎρΙσννθετης,  ov,  triply  compounded. 

Ύοίςνπύτος.  ov,  6,  {τρις,  ύπατος) 
thrice-consul,  Plut.  Galb.  22  ;  Schaf 
divisim.  [ϋ] 

Ύρίςφυ7ί.λον,  ου,  τό,  poet,  for  τρί- 
όν/.λον. 

Ύρίςφνλλος,  ον,  poet,  for  τρΊφυ?,- 
λος. 

Ύριςχίλιοι,   at,    α,   {τρίς,    χίλιοι) 
three  thousand,   II.  20,  221.  etc.  :   also  j 
in  sing,  with  collect,  subst.,  as,  τρις- 
χύ,ία  ϊππος.  Longus.  \χΐ\     Hence 

Ύριςχίλιοστός,  ή,  ov,the  three-thou- 
sandth,'Pial.  Phaedr.  249  A:  and 

Ύ ρισχίλιοφόρος,  ov,  {φέρω)  carrying 
I  or   holding   three  thousand  {measures), 
όλκάς,  Dion.  H.  3,  44. 

Ύρίσχιστος,  ov,  cloven  in  three. 

Ύρίσχοινος.  ov,  three  σχοϊνοι  long, 
broad,  etc. 

ΎρΙσώμύτος,  ov,  {τρι-,  σώμα)  three- 
bodied,  Lat.  tricorpor,  of  Geryon, 
Aesch.  Ag.  870 ;  of  Chimaera,  Eur. 
Ion  204  ;  of  Cerberus,  Id.  H.  F.  24. 

Ύρίσωμος,  01^,= foreg. 

ΎρΙτΰγωνιστέω,  ώ.  to  be  a  τρίτα- 
γωνιστής,  Dem.  314, 12  ;  315,  10  :  τρ. 
TLVi,  to  play  the  third  part  to  another, 
Plut.  2,  840  A  :  from 

Ύρΐτάγωνιστής,  ov,  o.  {τρίτος,  αγω- 
νιστής) the  third  combatant :  esp.  on 
the  stage,  the  player  who  lakes  the  third 
part,  and  so  a  third-rate  performer, 
name  of  a  play  of  Antiphanes,  of. 
Dem.  270,  12:— v.  Miiller  Literat.  of 
Gr.  1,  p.  305. 

iTpiTuia,  ας,  ή,  Tritaea.  an  ancient 
city  of  Achaia ;  later  one  of  the 
Achaian  confederacy,  Polyb.  4,  6,  9  ; 
Strab.  p.  341. — II.  fem.  pr.  n.,  daugh- 
ter of  Triton,  Paus.  7,  22,  8. 

^Ύριταιενς,  έως,  ό,  an  inhab.  of 
Tritaea  ;  oi  Ύριταιεΐς,  Ion.  -iff,  the 
Tritaeans,  Hdt.  1,  145;  Pans.— 2. 
Ύριταιεΐς,  Att.  -ής,  έων,  οί,  Tritae- 
ans, in  Thuc.  3,  101,  as  a  people  of 
Locris,  considered  by  Poppo  as  inhab. 
of  Ύριτέαι,  Prolegg.  2,  p.  170 ;  re- 
garded as  different  by  Bahr  ad  Hdt. 
8,  33. 

Τρϊταίζω,  to  have  a  tertian  fever. 
Hence 

Ύρΐταϊκός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to  a  ter- 
tian fever  {τριταίος  πυρετός),  like  one, 
Diosc. 

Ύρΐταιογενής,  ές,  produced  by  tertian 
fever,  ύλγήματα,  Hipp.  Adv.  -νώς, 
Id. 

Τριταίος,  α,  ov,  (τρίτος) : — on  the 
third  day,  Hdt.  6,  120.— 2.  three  days 


TPIT 

old,  παις,  etc.  :  τρ.  γενόμενος,  after 
bemg  three  days  dead,  Hdt.  2,  89; 
cf  τεταρταΐος. — 3.  three  days  ago, 
Schweigh.  Hdt.  7,  196;  cf.  Polyb. 
15,  33,  11.— 4.  generally  for  τρίτος, 
τρ.  φέγγος,  ήμερα,  Eur.  Hec.  32, 
Hipp.  275  ;  cf  δεντεραΐος. — Π.  ό  τρι- 
ταίος (sc .  πυρετός),  a  tertian  fever  or 
ague,  Plat.  Tim.  86  A.     Hence 

Ύρϊταισφνής,  ίς,  {φνή)  of  the  nature 
of  a  tertian  fever,  πυρετός,  Hipp.  ;  v. 
Foes.  Oecon. 

ΎριτύλαντΙαΐος,  a,  oi',=sq.,  Plut. 
Aemil.  33. 

ΎρΙτύλαντος,  ov,  (τρι-,  τύλαντον) 
of  three  talents'  weight,  Ar.  Lys.  338 : 
loorth  three  talents,  οίκος,  Isae.  39,  40  : 
— cf  Phryn.  547.  [τΰ] 

ΎρΙτύλάς,  -τάλαινα,  •τά7.ΰ.ν, 
strengthd.  for  τάλας,  thrice-wretched, 
Eur.  Hipp.  739.  [tu] 

\Ύριτανταίχμης,  ου  Ion.  εω,  ό, 
Tritantaechmes,  son  of  Artabazus, 
commander  of  the  Persians,  Hdt.  1 
192;  7,  82. 

Ύρίτύννστος,  ov,  {τρι-,  ταννω) 
triply-stretched,  very  long,  όόναξ,  Antfa. 
P.  6,  192.  [τά] 

Τρίτΰτος,  7],  ov,  poet,  lengthd.  for 
τρίτος,  \\\ie  μέσσατος  for  μέσος,  Horn. 

Τρ?Γάω^  ώ,  only  in  Ep.  part.,  τρι- 
τόωσα  σελήνη,  the  moon  when  three 
days  old,  Arat.  796. 

^Ύριτέαι,  ων,  ai,  Triteae,  a  city  of 
Phocis  on  the  borders  of  Locris,  Hdt. 
8,  33  :  V.  Τριταιενς  2. 

ΎρΙτέγ-ιΟνος,  ov,  b,  and  τρίτεγγό- 
νη,  ης,  ή,  a  descendant  in  the  third  de- 
gree, Lat.  tnnepos,  trineptis. 

ΎρίτεΙα,  τά,  (τρίτος)  the  third  rank 
or  place,  third  prize,  formed  like  πρω- 
τεία, δεντερεΐα,  αριστεία.  Plat.  Phil. 
22  Ε. 

Ύρΐτενς.  έως,  ό,  the  third  part  of  a 
μέόιμνος :  formed  like  έκτενς. 

Ύριτεντής,  ov,  ό,  one  who  holds  an 
office  for  the  third  time  :  from 

Ύριτενω,  to  be  the  third,  formed  like 
πρωτεύω,  etc. : — to  be  any  thing  for 
the  third  time. 

ΤρΙτημορίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  to  divide  into 
three  parts  :  from 

Ύριτημόριος,  a,  ov,  {τρίτος,  μείρο- 
μαι)  : — equal  to  a  third  part,  C.  gen., 
τρίτη μοριη  ή  Άσσνρίη  της  άλλης 
Άσίης,  Hdt.  1,  192. — II.  as  subst., 
τριτημόριον,  τό,  for  τό  τρίτον  μόριον. 
α  third  part,  a  third,  Hdt.  9,  34,  Thuc! 
2,  98,  etc. — 2.  α  coin,  worth  six  χαλ- 
κοί. 

Ύρϊτημορίς,  ίόος,  ή,  like  τριτημό- 
ριον, a  third  part,  Hdt.  1,  211,  212, 
etc. 

Ύρίτήμορον,  ov,  τό,=  τριτημόριον 
(II.  2),  Philem.  p.  375,  381. 

Ύρΐτοβύμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  (τρί- 
τος, βαίνω)  going  as  third,  forming  a 
third  foot,  βάκτρον,  Eur.  Tro.  276  ; 
cf  τρίπονς  11.  [,βά] 

ΎρΙτογένεια,  ας,  ή,  {*γένω) : — the 
Tntoborn,  epith.  of  Minerva,  also  as 
subst.  as  a  name  of  Minerva.  Hom., 
and  Hes.  (From  the  lake  Ύριτωνίς 
in  Libya,  near  which  the  oldest  le- 
gend represents  the  goddess  as  born. 
Ace.  to  others,  τριτώ  was  a  Cretic  or 
Aeol.  word  for  κεύαλή,  and  so  τριτο- 
γένεια  would  be  the  head-born ;  but 
the  word  τριτώ  is  itself  dub.,  and  the 
legend  to  wliich  it  refers  is  certainly 
not  earlier  than  Hes.  Th.  924,  nay 
does  not  appear  in  its  full  form  until 
Stesichorus.as  Schol.  Ap.  Rh.  4, 1310 
asserts,  cf  Miiller  Orchom.  p.  355, 
Kleine  Stesich.Fr.  76, — whence  some 
infer  that  H.  Hom.  28,  4,  5  was  writ- 
ten after  Stesich. — Others  interpret 
1521 


TPIT 

τμιτογενεια,  born  on  the  third  day, 
Welcker  Aesch.  Trilog.  p.  65.)— Π• 
in  Pythag.  philosophy,  this  was  a 
name  of  the  number  three,  anti  ol  the 
equilateral  triangle,  Plut.  2,  381  F. 

Τριτογενής,  έος,  η,  rarer  coUat. 
iorm  of  loreg.,  H.  Horn.  28,  4,  fOrac. 
ap.  Hdt.  7,  Ult,  Ar.  Eq.  1189. 

ΎρΙτοκέ(ύ,  {τρίτος,  τόκος,  τίκτω)  Ιο 
bring  forth  thrice,  or  three  at  one  birth, 
.\nth.  P.  9,  430. 

ΎρΙτόμηνις,  ιδος,  ή,  for  ή  τρίτη 
τον  μηνός,  the  third  of  the  month,  at 
Athens  sacred  to  Minerva,  Harpocr. 

Τρίτομος,  ov,  thrice-cut :  το  τρίτο- 
uov,  a  piece  of  salt  fish. 

Τρίτονος,  or,  of  three  tones  :  in  mu- 
sic, the  discord  between  the  fourth  and 

Τρϊτοπατωρ,  οράς,  ο,  (τρίτος,  ττα- 
τήρ)  father  in  the  third  degree. — II.  on 
the  Τριτοπάτορες  worshipped  at 
Athens,  v.  Lobeck  in  Friedem.  and 
Seeb.  Misc.  Crit.  1,  3,  p.  520  sq.,  4,  p. 
616  sq.  [ii] 

Τρίτος,  η,  ov,  {τρις,  τρεις):— the 
third,  Horn.,  Hes.,  etc. ;  τρίτος  αυτός 
ίβθε  or  επήλθε,  he  went  himself  the 
third,  i.  e.  with  two  others,  of.  Od.  20, 
185  :  τρίτος  γενέσθαι,  to  be  third  in 
a  race,  Isocr.  353  D:  if  τρίτην  ήμέ- 
pav,  the  day  after  to-morrow.  Ar.  Lys. 
612  ;  cf.  Lob.  "Phryn.  323.— II.  τρίτον, 
as  Adv..  for  the  rarer  form  τρίτως, 
thirdly,  in  Horn,  always  το  τρίτον 
(or,  as  Wolf  writes,  τοτρίτον) ;  so  in 
Hdt.  1,  55,  etc.:  τρίτως,  first  in  Plat. 
Tim.  56  B,  cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  311.— III. 
τα  τρίτα, —  1.  (sub.  Ιερά),  a  sacrifice 
to  the  dead,  offered  the  third  day  after 
the  funeral,  Isae.  Menccl.  (J  40. — 2.  τα 
τρίτα  λέγειν  τινί,  to  play  the  third 
vart  to  any  one,  like  τριταγωνιστεΐν 
Tivi,  Dem.  418,  5,  cf.  Ar.  Lys.  613. 
(Sanscr.  tritiya.)  [ΐ] 

Τρϊτόσττονόος,  ov,  =  τρίσκονδος, 
τρ.  αιών,  a  life  in  which  one  jiours 
the  third  libation  (to  Ύ,ενς  Σωτήρ,  cf. 
σωτήρ  II),  i.  e.  α  complete  life,  which 
leaves  nothing  to  wish  for  but  its 
permanence,  Aesch.  Ag.  245. 

Τρΐτόσ-ορος,  ov,  {τρίτος,  σπορά) 
sown  for  the  third  lime,  τρ.  γονή,  the 
«Airrf  generation,  Aesch.  Pers.  818. 

ΤρΙτοστάτης,ον,ό, {τρίτος,  ϊστημι) 
standing  third  or  in  the  third  rank  of 
the  chorus,  Arist.  Metaph.  4,  11,  4: 
fern,  -άτις,  ιδος,  Ar.  Fr.  411.  [ά] 

Τρίτόω,  ώ.  Ιο  divide  into  three  parts. 

Τριτταΐος,  a,  ov,  very  dub.  form  of 
τριταίος. 

Ύριττός,  ή,  όν,  Att.  for  τρισσός. 

Ύριττύά,  ή,=  τριττνς  II,  Epich.  p. 
114.  [ϋ] 

Τριττναρχέω,  ώ,  to  be  head  of  a 
τριττύς.  Plat.  Rep.  475  A :  from 

Τριττϋύρχης,  ov,  o,=5=q• 

Τριττναρχος,  ov,  6,  (άρχω)  chief  of 
a  τριττνς  (HI). 

Ύριττύς,  νος,  ή,  also  τριτνς,  τριτ- 
τύα,  the  number  three,  Lat.  lernio. — II. 
a  sacrifice  of  three  animals,  bull,  he- 
goat,  boar,  or  bull,  he-goat,  ram,  (like 
the  Roman  suovetaurilia,)  Call.  Fr. 
103,  cf  Ar.  Plut.  820,  ubi  v.  Schol., 
cf.  τριττνα  .•  used  esp.  on  making 
solemn  oaths.— III.  usu.  at  Athens, 
a  third  of  the  φν?.ή,  Dem.  184,  10, 
Aeschin.  58,  8:  — a  division  made 
prob.  for  military  purposes,  v.  Herm. 
Pol.  Ant.  ^  99.  (The  Aeol.  form 
τριππύς  brings  us  to  the  Lat.  tribiis.) 

ή;Ύριτύμα?^.ος.  ov,  6,  Tritymallus, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Plut.  Cleom.  19 ;  cf. 
Τρίπυλος. 

Τρ[τώ,7ΐ,=κεφαλή,ν.Τριτογένεια. 

ΤρΙτώ,ονς,ή,=ΤριτογενειαθΐΤρι• 
τωνίς,  epith.  of  Minerva,  Ep.  Ad.  132. 
1522 


ΤΡΙΦ 

Τρίτων,  ωνος,  6,  Triton,  a  sea-god, 
son  of  Neptune  and  Amphitrite,  Hes. 
Th.  930:  later  in  pi.  Τρίτωνες,  Tri- 
tons, a  lower  race  of  sea-gods,  with 
fishes'  or  (sometimes)  with  horses' 
tails. — 2.  esp.  the  god  of  the  Libyan 
lake  Tritonis,  Hdt.  4,  179,  Ap.  Rh. 
4,  1552,  Midler  Orchom.  p,  351.— II. 
a  river  in  Libya,  joining  the  lake  Tri- 
tonis with  the  sea,  Hdt.  4,  178,  191. 
—  |2.=  Νε?λοο  Αρ.  Rh.  4,  2G9 ;  cf 
260+.  —  III.  a  mountain-stream  in 
Boeotia,  running  into  the  lakeCopais, 
tPaus.  9.  33,  7,  etcf,  Miiller  Orchom. 
p.  45.  [(-] 

Τρίτωνιάς,  ύδος,  ή,  like  Τριτωνίς, 
epith.  of  Minerva  :  but,  λίμνΐ]  Τρ.,  the 
Libyan  lake  Tritonis,  Eur.  Ion  872. 

ΤρΙτώνιος,  a,  ov,  Tritonian. 

ΤρΙτωνίς,  ίδος,  ή,  a  lake  in  Libya 
famous  in  old  Greek  legends,  Trito- 
nis, Pind.  P.  4,  36,  Hdt.  4,  178  :  t  ace. 
to  the  Libyan  legend  the  nymph  of 
this  lake  was  the  mother  of  Mmerva 
by  Neptune,  Hdt.  1,  180. — 2.  a  foun- 
tain near  Aliphera  in  Arcadia,  where 
also  Minerva  was  said  to  have  been 
born,  Paus.  8,  2G,  6.|— II.  epith.  of 
Minerva,  fAp.  Rh.  1,  109t,  Muller 
Orchom.  p.  213,  355.— t  2.  fem.  adj. 
from  Τρίτων  II.  2,  as  epith.  of  Θήι^ι, 
Αρ.  Rh.  4,  260. 

Τρίτως,  adv.,  v.  τρίτος  Η.  fin. 

Τρίτωσις,  ή,  reduction  to  a  third 
pari,  [i] 

Τρϊφύής,  ες,  in  a  triple  light. 

Τρΐφύλαγγία,  ας,  ή,  {τρι-,  φάλαγξ) 
α  triple  phalanx,  Polyb.  6,  40,  11, 
etc. 

Τρΐφύλεια,  ας,  ή,  {τρι-,  φά2.ος) : — 
α  helmet  with  triple  φά?:θς,  Coluth.  30  ; 
who  (if  the  reading  be  right)  meant 
it  for  the  original  form  of  Homer's 
τρνφάλεια. 

ΤρΙφάλης,  7]τος,  ό,  title  of  a  comedy 
of  Ar.,  tLuc.  Fugit.  32t.  (Prob.  from 
φάλης,  φαλλός),  [ά] 

ΤρΙφΰνής,  ές,  appearing  threefold. 

Τρϊφάσιος,  a,  ov,  {τρεις)  threefold, 
Lat.  triplex,  Hdt.  5,  1  ;  in  plur.,  like 
TpiEoi,  generally  =  τρεις,  Hdt.  1,  95  ; 
2,  17,  etc, ;  cf.  διφάσιος.  [«] 

Τρίφάτος,  η,  ov,=foreg.,  Nic.  Th. 
102.  [ij 

ΤρΙφίλητος,  Dor.  -άτος,  ov,  {τρις, 
φι?\,έω)  thrice-beloved,  Theocr.  15,  86. 

^Τριφολ.ϊνος,  ov,  ύ,  οίνος,  a  kind  of 
Italian  wine,  Ath.  26  D. 

ΤρΙφηρέω,  ώ.  Ιο  bear  thrice,  esp. 
fruit,  Theoiihr. :  from 

Τριφόρος,  ov,  {τρις,  φέρω)  bearing 
thrice,  esp.  fruiting  thrice  a  year. 

ΤρΙφνής,  ές.  {τρι-,  φνή)  of  threefold 
nature,  threefold,  "Theophr. 

Τρΐφνιος,  ov,  —  foreg. 

νΓριφύ?ύα,  ας,  y,  {τρίφν?Μς)  Tri- 
phylia,  the  southern  part  of  Elis,  so 
called  from  its  inhabitants  being  des- 
cended from  three  different  races, 
Strab.  p.  342  sqq. 

^Ύριφνλιακός,  ή,  όν,  Triphylian,  ή 
Τ.  Πΐ'λί.Γ,  Strab.  p.  348. 

\Τρίφίλιος,  a,  oi',=foreg.,  Strab. 
p.  337. 

\Τριφν7ύς,  ίδος,  η,  pecul.  fem.  to 
foreg.,  e.  g.,  γαϊα,  Dion.  P.  409. 

Τρΐφνλλιον,  ov,  TO,  Dim.  from 
τρίφυλλον. 

Τριφνλ?ύς,  ίδος,  ή,  a  plant,  the 
same  as  όξυλλίς,  Diosc. 

Τρίφνλ?.ον,  ov,  TO,  a  plant,  trefoil, 
c/orcr,  Hdt.  1,132:  strictly  neut. from 

Τρίφυλλος,  ov,  {τρι-,  φνλλον)  three- 
leafed. 

Τρίφν7.ος,  ov,  {τρι-,  φνλή)  of  three 
tribes,  τριφνλονς  ποιειν,  to  divide 
them  into  three  tribes,  Hdt.  4,  161. 

■\Τρίφνλος,  ov,  b,  Triphylus,  son  of 


TPIX 

Areas,  from  whom  in  Mythol.  is  dc 
rived  the  name  ol  Triphylia,  Polyb 
4,  77  ;  Paus.  10,  9,  5. 

Τρίφωνος,  ov,  [φωνή)  Ihrec-vniced. 

Τρίχΰ,  Horn., Hdt.  4,67;  but  τριχή, 
Hdt.  3,  39,  Plat.,  etc..  Adv.  {τρις)  :— 
threefold,  in  three  parts,  Lat.  trifariam, 
11.  2,  655,  Od.  8,  500 ;  c.  gen.,  τρίχα 
ννκτός  h)v,  'twas  in  the  thinlwatrh  of 
the  night,  Od.  12,312;  14,483:  τρίχα 
σχίζειν  τι,  Hdt.  4,  67  :  τριχή  όαση- 
σθαι,  διελέσβαι  τί/ν  πόλιν.  Hilt.  3.  39, 
Isocr.  120  A,  cf.  Plat.  Rep.  504  C  ; 
τριχή  διανεΐμαι  το  στράτενμα.  Id. 
Legg.  683  D.    Hence 

Τρϊχίύκες,  ol,  the  threefold  people, 
i.  e.  the  Dorians,  so  called  from  their 
three  tribes,  ('Ύλ?Μΐοι,  Ανυανες, 
ΙΙάμφιΟοι).  Od,  19,  177,  Hes.  Fr.  6Θ, 
Bofkh  E.xpl.  Pmd.  O.  7,  76,  Miiller 
Dor.  1,  1,  §8  sq.  (The  deriv.  uncer- 
tain : — some  take  it  to  mean  trlple- 
phuned,  άισσω,  comparing  κορνΰύϊς). 

Τρίχακτον,  ov,  τό,=  κτένιον.  Suid. 

Τρίχάλεπτος,  ov,  {τρι-,  χηλέπτω) 
very  difficult :  very  angry,  Anth.  P.  12, 
229. 

Τρίχαλκος,  ov,  ό,  a  coin  worth  three 
χαλκούς. 

Τρίχάλος,  ov,  Dor.  for  τρίχη?.ος, 
{τρι-,  χιβ.ή)  cloven  in  three :  τρ.  κνμα 
^τρικνμία,  Aesch.  Tlieb.  760. 

Τρίχαπτος,  ov,  {Ορίξ,  άπτω) :  plait- 
ed or  woven  of  hair,  ίι/ιπεχόναι,  Phe- 
recr.  Metall.  1,  28, — το  τρ.  (sc.  Ιμά- 
τιοι•),  a  garment  of  hair,  LXX,   [i] 

Τριχάς,  ή,  a  kind  oi  thrush  or  field- 
fare, Arist.  H.  A.  9,  20. 

Τρίχες,  αϊ,  nom.  pi.  from  θρίξ,  Horn. 

[i] 

ΤρΙχή,  adv.,  in  threefold  manner,  cf. 
sub  τρίχα. 

ΤρΙχήλάβον,  το,  poet,  for  τριχολύ- 
βιον. 

Τρίχηνος,  ov,  (τρι-,χαίνω)  : — iriply 
yatvning,  yawning  wide  :  acc.  to  others, 
with  three  throats. 

Τριχθά,  adv.  poet,  for  τρίχα,  triply, 
into  three  parts,  m  three  pieces,  11.  2, 
668  ;  3,  363,  Od.  9,  71.  [ώ]     Hence 

Τριχθάδιος,  a,  ov,  threefold,  Anth. 
P.  9,  482.  [a] 

ΤρΊχιύζω,^τριχιύω. 

Τριχίας,  ov,  ό,  a  smaller  kind  of  τρι- 
χίς,  Arist.  Η.  Α.  Β,  13,  10,  Dorion  ap. 
Ath.  328  Ε. 

Τριχίας,  ov,  ό,  one  that  is  hairy: — 
cf.  sq.  sub  fin. 

ΤρΙχίασις,  ή,  {τριχιάω) : — a  disease 
of  the  eyelids,  U'hen  the  lashes  grow  in- 
side and  cause  pain,  Hipp. — II.  a  dis- 
ease of  the  urethra,  ivhen  the  urine  is 
full  of  small  hair-like  substances,  Ga- 
len.— III.  a  disease  of  the  breasts  of  wo- 
men giving  suck,  when  they  crack  into 
very  fine  fissures,  Erotian. — Cf.  Foes. 
Oecon. 

ΤρΙχιάω,  ώ,  {θρίξ)  to  shoiv  hairs : — 
to  have  the  τριχίασις  of  the  breasts, 
Arist.  H.  A.  7,  11,  1,  Bekker. 

ΤρΙχίδιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  τριχίς, 
Alex.  Όδνσσ.  2,  3.  [ι] 

Τρίχινος,  71,  ov,  {θρίξ)  from  or  of 
hair.  Plat.  Polit.  279  E,  Xen.  An.  4, 
8,  3.  [i] 

Τρίχιον,  ov,  TO.  dim.  from  θρίξ,  a 
little  hair,  Arist.  Probl.  33,  18,  Plut. 
2,  727  A.  [?] 

ΤρΊχίς,  ίδος,  ή,  {θρίξ)  : — a  kind  οί 
anchovy  full  of  small  hair-like  bones, 
Ar.  Ach.  551,  Eq.  662. 

Τρΐχισμός,  ov,  ό,  {θρίξ)=τριχίασΐζ 
HI,  Erotian. 

Τρΐχοβάπτης,  ου,  δ,  {θρίξ,  βάπτω) 
α  hair-dyer. 

Τριχοβόρος,  ον,  {θρίξ,  βορά)  gnaw- 
ing or  eating  hair. 


τριχ 

ΤβΙχοβόστρνχος,  ον,  v)ith  locks  of 
hair. 

Τιύχόβρως,  ωτος.  and  τρίχοβράς, 
ύτοζ,  δ.  7],  like  τριχοβόρος,  eating 
hair:  hepxe  τριχόβρωτες,  in  Ar.  Ach. 
1 1 1 1 ,  are  =  ΰηTEςy  θρϊπες,  σκώληκες, 
moths  ;  cf.  Poll.  2,  24. 

ΎρίχοΕίόνς.  if,  {θρίξ,  εΐόος)  like 
hair,  hairy,  Diosc. 

ΎρΙχόϋεν•,  ad  v., /rem  three  sides  or 
places. 

ΎμΙχοίνΐκος,  ov,  {τρι-,χοΐνιξ)  hold- 
ing or  measuring  three  χοΐί'ΐκες,  Xen. 
An.  7, 3,  23  :— hence,  in  comic  phrase, 
TO.  ετΓος,  a  most  capacious  word,  Ar. 
Vesp.  481, — like  /)ί}μα  μνριάμφορον. 

Ύρΐχοκόμος.  ov,  dressing  the  hair. 

ΎρΙχοκόσμητης,  οϋ,  ό.  α  hair-dresser. 

Ύρϊχοκονρία,  ας,  ν-,  α  cutting  of 
hair. 

Ύρΐχολάβιον,  ου,  τό,  tweezers  for 
pulling  out  hairs,  [ά] 

Ύρϊχολάβίς,  ίόος,  j?,— foreg. 

\Τρι,χό?^εος,  ov,  ό,  Tricholeus, masc. 
pr.  n.,  Ath.  605  B. 

ΎρϊχοΆογέ^,  ώ,   tn  pick  out  hairs, 

Ύρϊχό7ΜΤος,  ov,  ( τρι-,  χολοω ) 
ihrice-'detested,  Anth.  P.  9,  168. 

ΤρΙχόμαλλος,  ov,  {θμίξ,  μαλλός) 
hair-fleeced,  Anth.  P.  9,  150. 

Τρϊχομάΐ'ές,  τό,  a  plant,  a  kind  of 
adiantum.—  TToAVTpixov,  Theophr. 

ΎρΙχομύχία,  ας,  ή,  a  battle  by  tug- 
ging of  the  hair,  v.  Piers.  Moor.  407. 

Ύρϊχοπ?Μστης,  ov,  ό,  a  hair-dresser, 
Synes.  .  . 

ΎρΙχοποιί.ΐί,  u,tomake,  \.e.  gethair. 
Ύρίχορόος,  ov,  {τρι-,  χορδή)  three- 
stringed,  of  or  toith  three  strings,  βάρ- 
βιτος,  Anaxil.  Lyr.  2  (nisi  ibi  legend. 
TO  TO;  a  three-siringed  musical  instru- 
ment, V.  Meuieke  ad  1.),  Plut.  2, 1 137  B. 
Ύρϊχορία,  ας,  )},  a  triple  choms. 
ΎρΙχορΙίοεω,  «,=sq.,  Pint.  2,  642  E. 
ΤρίγοΜυέω,  ώ,  to  shed  or  lose  the 
hair,  Ar.  Pac.  1222 :  from 

ΎρΙχο^/)ύ?ις,  ές,  Φρίξ,  βέω)  shedding 
or  losing  the  hair,  τρ.  δέρμα  παλαιόν, 
Aesch.  Fr.  255. 

Τ^ί^ΟΓομέω,  «,  {θρίξ,  τέμνω)  to  cut 
the  hair,  τρ.  τρίχας,  Dion.  Η.  7,  72. — 
II.  {τρίχα)  to  cut  in  three. 

ΎρΊχοτρώκτης,  ου,  ό,=  τριχοβόρος. 
Ύρΐχον,  [τρίχα)  adv.,  ire  threeplaces, 
Hdt.  7,  36. 

Ύρίχονλος,  ον,=  ουλόθριξ.  Archil. 
185  Bevgk. 

ΎρΙχοννιαΙος,  a,  ov,  =  sq.,  Diosc, 
dub. 

Ύρίχονς,  ουν,  holding  three  χους, 
Nicosir.  Hecat.  1. 

ΎρΙχόφοιτος  Ιονλος,  in  Strato  9, 
prob.,'the  first  down  of  youth,  just 
passing  into  Itair. 

ΎρΙχθ<ρϊ)έω,  ώ,  to  grow  or  get  hair  : 
from 

Ύριχοφνης,  ές,  growing  or  getting 
hair. 

Τριχοφυία,  ας,  η,  growth^of  hair. 
Ύρίχόφυλλος,   ov,  {θρίξ,  φΰλλον) 
hair-lcifed,  with  leaves  like  hairs,  The- 
ophr. :  TO  τρ.,  a  kind  of  sea-weed.  Id. 

ΎρΊχύω,  ώ,  [θρίξ)  to  furnish  or  cover 
with  hair: — pass.,  τριχούσθαι  το  γέ- 
νειον,  to  get  or  have  a  beard,  Arist. 
An.  Post.  2,  12,11. 

Ύριχρονέω,  ώ,  to  have  three  times, 
be  of  the  measure  of  three  times,  in 
prosody,  Gramm. :  from 

Τρίχρονος,  ov,  {τρί-,  χρόνος)  of 
three  times:  —  1.  in  music,  of  three 
kinds  of  time  or  measure.  —  2.  in 
prosody,  =  τρίσημος,  of  three  short 
syllables,  0Γ  (which  is  equival.)  of  one 
short  and  one  long. 

Τριχρύματος,  ov,  (  τρί-  χρώμα  ) 
three-coloured,  ApoUod.  3,  3,  1. 


TPOI 

Τρίχρωμος,  ov,  shortd.  for  foieg., 
Luc.  D.  Meretr.  9,  2. 

Τρίχρως,  ωτος,  ό,  ΐ/,=  τριχρώματος, 
Arist.  Meteor.  3,  2.  4. 

Τρίχΰφος,  ov,  woven  of  hair,  v.  1. 
for  τριχαιττος  in  Pherecr. 

Τρΐχώδης.  ες,  {θρίξ,  είδος)  like  hair, 
hairy,  fine  as  a  hair,  Arist.  H.  A.  9, 
37,  2  :  metaph..  φωνία  τρ.,  small,  slen- 
der voice.s.  Id.  Audib.  57. 

Τρίχωμα,  ατός,  τό,  {τριχόω)  a 
growth  of  hair,  Hdt.  7,  70  ;  tv  γενείον 
cv7>.'Aoyy  τριχώματος,  i.  e.  at  the  age 
of  manhood,  Aesch.  Theb.  664.  [I] 

ΤρΙχωμύτιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from 
foreg.,  Arist.  Physiogn.  3,  2. 

ίΤριχωνιενς,  έως,  ό,  an  inhab.  of 
Trichonium,  Polyb.  17,  10,  9:  from 

■\Τριχώνιον,  ου,  τό,  Trichonium,  a 
city  of  Aetolia,  Strab.  p.  450. 

{Τριχωι^ίς,  ίόος,  ή,  λίμνη,  lake 
Trichonis  in  Aetolia  near  Stratus, 
Polyb.  5,  7.        ' 

Τρίχωρος,  ov,  {τρι-,  χώρος)  with 
three  divisions  or  cells,  Diosc. 

Τρϊχώς,  adv.,  in  threefold  manner. 
Τρίχωσις,  εως,  ή,  {τριχόω)  a  making 
or  being  hair\j :  ζ\$ο^τρίχωμα,  Arist. 
Gen.  An.  I,"l8,  2.  [7] 

Τριχωτός,  ή,  ύν,  {τριχόω)  haired, 
hairy,  Arist.  Part.  An.  3,  3,  14. 

Τριφεργία,  ας,  ή,  {τρίβω,  έργον)  α 
dela  1/  or  putting  off  of  work. 

Τριψημερέω,  ώ,  {τρίβω,  ημέρα)  :— 
to  idle  away  the  day,  waste  time  in  de- 
lays, Lat.  ierere  tempus,  Ar.  Vesp.  849. 
Τρι-φις.  εως,  ή,  [τρίβω)  -.—a rubbing, 
friction.  Plat.  Theaet.  153  A,  156  A. 
— 11.  firmness  to  the  touch  when  rubbed, 
Hdt.  4,  183.— HI.  τρίφεις,  meats  mixed 
together  artificially,  Anth.  P.  9,  642. 
(The  usu.  accent  τρίψις  is  wrong, 
cf  θλί-φις). 

Τρί-φνχος,  ov,  with  three  souls  or 
lives. 
Τρϊωβολαιος,οΐ  -λιαΐος,  a,  ov,=sq. 
Τριωβολιμαΐος,  a,  ov,  worth  three 
oboli. 

Τριω3ό?Λον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  sq., 
Plut. 

Τριώβολον,  ov,  TO,  [τρι-,  όβολός) : 
— α  three-obol-piece,  i.  e.  a  half-drach- 
ma :  —  at  Athens,  this  was  —  1.  from 
the  time  of  Pericles,  the  pay  of  the 
dicasls  or  Jurymen  for  a  day's  sitting 
in  court,  freq.  in  Ar.,  as  Eq.  51,  800 ; 
V.  φράτωρ,  cf.  BOckh  P.  E.  1,  311.— 

2.  the  pay  given  to  the  members  of  the 
εκκλησία  whenever  they  chose  to 
attend,  from  about  392  B.  C,  Ar. 
Eccl.  293,  308.  Bockh  P.  E.  1,  307 
sq. — 3.  α  Ια,τ  on  slaves.  Ibid.  2,  47,  sq. 

ΤρΙώβοΆος,  ό,=  foreg. 

ΤρΙωνϊψία,  ας,  ή,  a  having  three 
names  :  from 

ΤρΙώνϋμος,  ov,  three-named,  having 
three  names. 

Τρΐώννχος,  ov,  {τρι-,  δννξ)  with 
three  nails  or  points,  Lyc.  392. 

Τρϊώπης.  ov,  6,  fem.  ίς,  ίδος,  with 
three  eyes  or  faces. 

ΤρΙώροώης,  ov,  [τρι-,  όροόή)  of  three 
stories  01  floors,  Hdt.  1,  180,  though 
Schweigh.  writes  τρώροφυς :  of  a 
ship,  Aristid. ;  το  τρ.,—  τρίστεγον, 
the  third  story,  LXX. 

Τροία,  ας,  ή,  Ion.  Τροίη,  ης,  Troy, 
whether  of  the  city — '  Troy-town,'  or 
the  country— ίΛε  Troad,  Horn.,  etc.  : 
— also,  Τροία,  as  trisyll.,  Soph.  Aj. 
1190  ;  and  in  Pind.,T/)Wiu,  N.2,  21  ; 

3,  101,  etc.  ;  contr.  Τρώα,  Id.  O.  2, 
145  :  —  hence,  Τροίάθεν,  Ion.  -ηθεν 
and  ^ηθε,from  Troy,  falso  άπα  Τροίη- 
θεν.  Od.  9,  38t ;  Τροίανδε,  Ion.  -ηνόε, 
to  Troy,  both  in  Horn. 

\Τροιζήν,  ηνος,  ή,  Troezene,  a  city 
of  Argolis,   near  the    Saronic  gulf, 


TPOii 

v^'ith  the  port  Pogon,  now  Damala, 
II.  2,  561  ;  Hdt.  8,  41,  42  ;  Strab.  p. 
373;  etc. — II.  ό,  Troezen,  son  of  Pe 
lops,  fabled  founder  of  foreg.  city, 
Strab.  1.  c. ;  Paus.  2,  30,  8. 

■[ΤροίζτμΊΟς,  a,  ov,  of  Troezene, 
Troezenian ;  oi  T.,  Hdt.  7,  99  -.—ή 
Τροιζηνία  γη,  the  territory  of  Troe- 
zene, Enr.  Med.  683. 

^Τροίξηνος,  ov,  ό,  Troezenus,  son 
of  Ceas,  a  Ciconian,  II.  2,  847. 

ΥΤρόκμοι,  ων,  oi,  the  Trocmi,  a  Gal- 
lic tribe  on  the  Halys,  in  Gallatia, 
Strab.  p.  187. 

Τρομεοίατο,  Ion.  for  τρομέοιντο,  II. 
10,  492,  V.  τρομέω. 

Τρομερός,  ύ,  όν.  trembling,  τρ.  γήρα, 
Eur.  Phoen.  303,  Η.  F.  231  ;  trembling 
for  fear,  quaking.  Id.  Tro.  176,  etc.  : 
from 

Τρομέω,  ώ,  like  τρέμω,  to  tremble, 
quake,  quiver,  esp.  from  fear,  ol  δέ 
μάλ'  ετρόμεον  και  εδείδισαν,  II.  7, 
151. — II.  C.  ace,  to  tremble  before  OX  at 
a  person,  to  fear,  dread,  11.  17,  203, 
Od.  16,  446,  etc.  —  In  both  signfs. 
Hom.  uses  both  act.  and  mid.,  esp. 
the  latter,  but  only  in  pres.  and  impf. : 
Ep.  and  Ion.  τρομεοίατο  for  τρομέ- 
οιντο, \\.  10,  402  ;  Ion.  part,  τρομεύ- 
μένος,  Solon  28,  12. — An  old  poiit. 
word,  used  by  Aesch.  in  Pr.  542  (in 
act.),  Pers.  64  (in  mid.);  but  never 
by  Soph.,  or  Eur. 

ΥΤρόμης,  ητος,  ό,  Tromes,  an  Ath- 
enian, father  of  Aeschines,  as  he  is 
called  by  Dern.  270,  7  :  cf.  Άτρομη- 

Τρομητος,  η,  ov,  and  τρομικος,  η, 
όν,  late  forms  for  τρομερός. 

■\Τρομίλεία,  ας,  ή,  Tromilia.a  town 
of  Achaea,  celebrated  for  its  cheese 
of  goat's  milk,  which  is  called  Tpo- 
μι'λικός  τυρός  by  Simon,  ap.  Ath. 
658  B. 

Τρομοττοιέω,  ώ,  to  make  to  tremble : 
from 

Τρομοποιός,  όν,  causing  fright  or 
trembling. 

Τρόμος,  ου,  ό,  {τρέμω)  a  trembling, 
quaking,  quivering,  esp.  fiom  fear, 
πάντας  ελε  τρόμος,  11.  19,  14  ;  νττό  δέ 
τρόμος  ελλαβε  γνία,  3,  34,  etc. ;  τρό- 
μος μ'  νφέρπει,  Aesch.  Cho.  464,  cf. 
Eur.  Bacch.  607:  —  also  from  cold. 
Plat.  Tim.  62  B,  85  E. 

Τρομώδης,  ες,  {τρόμος,  είδος)  trem- 
bling, tremulous,  of  delirious  persons, 
Hipp.  ;  V.  Foes.  Oecon. 

Τρόττα  or  τρυπά,  adv.,  turning,  τρ. 
παίζειν,  like  όστρακίνδα. 

Τρόπαια,  ας,  ή,  (sc.  πνοή),  fem. 
from  τρόπαιος,  a  returning  ivind,  alter 
nating  wind ;  esp.,  one  which  blows 
back  from  sea  to  land,  (cf.  τροπή  III.  3), 
opp.  to  άπογαία,  Arist.  Probl.  26,  5, 
and  40,  Theophr.,  cf.  Lob.  Paral.  314  : 
hence  metaph.,  βήματος,  φρενός  τρό- 
παια, a  change  in  the  spirit  of  one's 
heart,  etc.,  Aesch. Theb.  706,  Ag.219, 
ubi  V.  Blomf. — 2.  generally,  α  change 
from,  release  from,  κακών,  Aesch.  Cho. 
775. 

^Τρόπαια,  ων,  τά,  Tropaea,  a  place 
in  Arcadia,  Paus.  8,  25,  1. 

Τρόπαιον,  ov,  τό,  but  Ion.  and  old 
Att.  τροπαϊον,  A.  B.  p.  678.  20,  cf. 
Koen  Greg.  20,  21  :  — strictly  neut. 
from  τροπαίος,  a  trophy,  { or  as  it 
should  rightly  be,  α  tropee),  Lat.  tro- 
paeum,  Trag.,  etc.  ;  being  a  monument 
of  the  enemy's  defeat  {τροπι}) ;  usu. 
consisting  of  shields,  helmets,  etc., 
taken  from  the  enemy,  hung  on  trees, 
or  (more  commonly)  fixed  on  upright 
posts  or  frames.  If  the  enemy  al- 
lowed the  trophy  to  be  put  up,  it  was 
a  confession  of  defeat :  and  after  this 
1523 


ΤΡΟΠ 

beinp;  dedicated  to  Ζενς  Ύρο^ταϊος.  it 
was  inviolable  :  when  spoils  were 
taken  on  both  sides,  both  parlies  set 
up  trophies,  Thuc.  2,  92,  etc.,  v.  Diet. 
Antiqq.  The  common  phrase  was 
ατησαι  or  στήσασϋαι  τμ.,  to  set  up 
trophies,  Eur.  Or.  713,  Andr.  763,  etc., 
el.  Pors.  Pboeii.  581  ;  also.  τρ.  Oti- 
rai,  θέσθαι,  Aesch.  Theb.  277,  Ar. 
Lys.  318;  —  also  c.  gen.  pers.,  τρό- 
παια TUf  jSapijuptJV,  trophies  ivon/rom 
them,  Lys.  193,  0,  Xen.  An.  7,  6,  36, 
ci.  Soph.  Tr.  1102,  Eur.  1.  c. ;  so, 
crijaai  τροπηΐα  κατά  or  urro  τών  ττο- 
λεμιων,  equiv.  to  the  Lat.  triumphare 
tie  aliquo,  Lys.  149,  27,  Aeschin.  75, 
40. 

Ύροτϊαϊος,  a,  ov,  {τρο-ή)  of  a  turn- 
ing  or  change  (cf.  τροτταία)- — II.  of, 
brlongitig  tn  defeat  or  rout  (τροπή),  kx- 
ϋρώνθνειντρ.  (so.  Ιερά),  Eur.Heracl. 
402  :  θεοί  τρ.,  the  gods  who  have  given 
victory,  esp.,  Zfif  Γρ.,  Soph.  Ant. 
143,  Eur.  Heracl.  867. — 2.  causing 
rout,  "Ε,κτορος  όμμασι  τροπαϊοι,  i.  e. 
terrible  to  the  eyes  of  Hector,  Eur.  El. 
469,  V.  Barnes  ap.  Dind.— Cf.  τρό- 
ηαιυν. — III.  like  αποτρόπαιος,  tum- 
jMo-  away,  averting,  Lat.  avemmcus, 
ΖεύΓ,  Soph.  Tr.  303,  cf.  Wytt.  Plut. 
2,  149  D. 

Ύροπαιονχία,  ας,  ?/,  the  taking  of  a 
trophy:   victory:  from 

Ύροτταωνχος,  ov,  {τρόπαιον,  εχω): 
—  having  or  gaining  trophies :  τρ. 
"Ζ,ενς,  the  god  to  whom  trophies  are 
dedicated,  Arist.  Mund.  7,  3  ;  to  trans- 
late Jupiter  Feretrius,  Dion.  H.  2,  34. 
Ύροπαιοφορια,  ας,  rj,  the  bearing  of 
a  trophy,  Plut.  Pelop.  et  Marc.  3  : 
from 

Τροτταιοφόρος,  ov,  (τρόΐταιον,  φέ- 
ω)  bringing  trojthies  or  victory,  A  nth. 
.  5,  294;  7Λ0ος,  Plan.  222,  cf.  259, 
etc. 

Τροπ-ΰλίΤω,  poet,  for  τρέπω. 
ΎροπύΆισμός,  ύ,  poet,  for  τροπή. 
Ύροπάλίς,  ίδος,  ή,  like  δέσμη,  α 
bundle,  ounch,  σκορόδυν  τρ.,  α  hunch  of 
garlic,  Ar.  Ach.  813  ;  olim  τροπαλλίς 
vel  τροφαλλίς. — It  is  Dor.  for  τροπη- 
Τίίς,  which  is  now  found  only  in 
Gramm. 

ΎροπεΙον,  ov,  τό.  v.  τροπήϊον. 
Τροπέω.  rare  poet,  form  for  τρέπω, 
to  tnrn,  11.  18,  224. 

Ύρυπή,  ης,  ή.  {τρέπω)  :■ — a  turn.,  re- 
turn, turning  round  or  about,  τροπαί 
τ/ε?ύοιο,  the  solstices  or  tropics,  Lat. 
sohtitia,  Od.  15,  404,  Hes.  Op.  477, 
562,  661  ; — !.  e.  the  points  nf  midsum- 
mer and  midwinter,  when  the  sun  ap- 
pears to  turn  his  course,  or  cross  from 
north  to  south  in  the  ecliptic,  called 
τροπαι  θεριναί  and  χfΊμrpivaίby  Hdt. 
2,  19.  Plat.,  etc. ;  also  known  as  τρο- 
παι βόρειοι  and  νότιοι,  cf.  Voss.  Virg. 
Eel.  7,  47. — II.  esp.,  the  turning  about 
of  the  enemy,  putting  to  flight  or  rout- 
ing him,  τροπήν  τίνος  πηκίν  or  ποι- 
εϊσθαι,  to  put  one  to  flight,  Hdt.  I, 
30,  Ar.  Eq.  246  :  poet.,  έν  μάχης 
τροπτι,  Aesch.  Ag.  1237  ;  έτ  τροπ•η 
όηρός,  in  the  rout  caused  by  the  spear. 
Soph.  Aj.  1275,  Eur.  Rhes.  82.-2. 
(pass,  τρέπομαι)  a  flying, flceing,flight, 
Lat.  conrersio  infugam,  Hdt.  7,  167. — 
HI.  a  turn,  turning,  change,  τροπάς 
τραπόμενος  πλείονς  τον  Ενρίπον, 
Aeschin.  66,  27  ;  αϊ  τοΰ  αίματος  τρ., 
Tim.  Locr.  102  C  ;  τροπαι  περί  τον 
αέρα,  changes  in  the  air  or  weather, 
Plut.  2,  946  Ε  :  of  wine,  a  turning 
smir,  lb.  939  F  ;  cf.  τροπίας. — 2.  τρο- 
παι λέξεως,  a  change  of  speech  by  fig - 
vres  or  tropes  {τρόποι),  Luc.  Dern. 
Encom.  6. — 3.  plur.  τροπαι,  changing 
or  alternating  winds  ;  elsewh.  τρο- 
J524 


^ 


ΤΡΟΠ 

παιαι. — IV,  in  Democr.,=0£'<7if,  posi- 
tion, kusl.  Metaph.  1,  4,  H.  [In  Hes. 
11.  c,  we  have  μετά  τροπας  ϊμ'λ'ιοιο, 
at  the  end  of  the  verse,  the  ult.  of  the 
ace.  pi.  being  used  short  after  the 
Dor.  manner.] 

Τροπήϊον,  ov,  τό.  Ion  for  τροηεΐον, 
a  press,  Hippon.  42:  but  we  should 
prob.  read  τραπεϊον,  τμαπήΐον,  from 
τραπέω. 

Ύΐ)0Ληλίς.  ίδος,  ή,  ν.  τροπαλίς. 
Ύρόπηξ,  ηκης,  ό,  the  handle  of  an 
oar,  an  oar  ;  cf.  τραπήξ. 

'Τροπίας  οΐνσς,  ό,  turned,  i.  e.  sour, 
wine.  (cf.  τρέπω  4),  Ar.  Fr.  13. 

Ύροπιδεϊον,  ov,  τό,=^τρόπις,  τρο- 
πιδεϊα  καταβύλλεσθαι,  to  lay  the  heel, 
Plat.  Legg.  803  A  ;  vulg.  τροπίδια. 

Ύροπίζω,  to  furnish  with  a  keel,  ναίς 
Ικανώς  τετροπισμέντ),  Hipp. 

Ύροπίϋός,  ή,  όν,  {τρόπος) : — belong- 
ing to  a  turn  or  turning  ;  ό  τρ.  κνΐί7.ος, 
the  tropic  or  solstice,  Plut.  2,  890  E,  cf. 
898  B,  etc.  :  τα  τροπικά,  the  parts, 
thereunto  adjacent,  Arist.  Meteor.  1,  6, 
6. — II.  in  rhetoric,  tropical,  figurative, 
τρ.  λέξις,  a  figurative  expression;  but 
on  the  Stoical  τροηικόν,  v.  Upton, 
ad  Epict.  1.  29,  40. 

Tpo-£f,  ή,  older  Ep.  gen.  τμόπιος, 
later  τρόπιδος,  also  τρόπεως :  {τρέ- 
πω) : — a  ship's  keel,  Oct.  12,  421,  etc.; 
τρ.  νεός,  Od.  7,  252  ;  19,  278,  Hdt.  2, 
96  ;  and  poet.,  like  Lat.  carina,  a  ship, 
Soph.  Fr.  151 : — τρόπεις  θέσθαι,  to 
lay  the  keel,  i.  e.  to  build  a  ship,  Plut. 
Demetr.  43  ;  cf.  τροπιδείον  : — mel- 
aph.,  τρ.  τον  πράγματος,  Ar.  Vesp. 
30. 

Ύροπολογέω,  ω,  to  speak  in  tropes  : 
to  expouml  allegorically. 

Τροπολογία,  ας,  ή,  tropical  or  figu- 
rative speech. 

Τροπομάσθλης,  ητυς,  δ,  either  a 
supple,  cringing  fellow  ;  Or  one  who  de- 
serves whipping  for  his  manners, —  a 
word  con(iemned  by  Luc.  Pseudol.24. 
Τροπύς,  ov,  ό,  (τρέπω)  η  twisted 
leath'-rn.  thong,  with  which  tlie  oars 
were  fastened  to  the  thole,  as  is  even 
now  the  practice  in  the  Archipelago, 
τρ.  δερμάτινοι.  Od.  4,  782  ;  8,  53  : 
also,  στμόφος,  Lat.  strophus,  stropus, 
stroppus,  and  later  τροπωτήρ. — II.  in 
later  authors,  a  beam,  like  τράπηξ, 
τράφηξ,  Moschio  ap.  Ath.  208  C. 

Τρόπος,  b,  {τρέπω): — a  turn,  direc- 
tion, way,  διώρνχες  παντοίους  τρό- 
πονς  εχονσαι,  Hdt.  2,  108,  cf.  1,  189, 
199:  but, — II.  usu.  metaph.,  a  way, 
manner, fashion,  guise,  freq.  from  Hdt., 
and  Pind.  downwds. ;  τφ  παρεόντι 
τρόπω  χρέεσβαι,  to  go  on  as  one  is, 
Hdt.  i,  97: — esp.  in  various  adverbial 
usages; — 1.  in  dat.,  τρόπω  τσιωδε, 
in  such  wise.  Hdt.  3,  68  ;  οίδενι  τρό- 
πφ.  in  no  wise.  Id.  4,  111;  τίνι,  τω 
πη'κύ  τρόπω;  how.'  Valck.  Hipp.  911, 
1296,  Elnisl.  Bacch.  1293  ;  πηντί 
τρόπω,  by  all  means,  Aesch.  Theb. 
301  :  έκονσίω  τρόπω,  willingly,  Eur. 
Med.  751 ;  τρόπω  φρενός  is  e.xplained, 
according  to  [the  child's]  humour,  in 
Aesch.  Cho.  754  : — more  rarely  in  pL, 
τρόποισι  ποίοις.  Soph.  Ο.  C.  468,  cf. 
Phil.  128  (so,  tv  τρόποις  'ϊξίοΐ'ος.  ai- 
ter  the  fashion  of  \xion,  Aesch.  Eum. 
441  ;  γυναικός  εν  τρόποις.  Id.  Ag. 
918). — 2.  absol.  in  ace,  πάντα  τρό- 
πον. Hdt.  1 ,  189  ;  τοϊ/τον  τον  τρόπον, 
τόνδε  τον  τρόπον,  Plat.,  etc. ;  τρό- 
πον ταλαίπωρον  ζην.  Hipp.  :  βάρβα- 
ροι' τρόπον,  in  barbarous  g^tise  or 
fashion,  Aesch.  Theb.  463  ;  όρνιθος 
τρόπον,  in  guise  like  a  bird,  Hdt.  2,  57, 
cf.  Aesch.  Ag.  390,  etc.  — 3.  with 
preps.,  εκ  παντός  τρόπον,  by  all 
means,  Xen.  An.  3,  1,  43,  Isocr.,  etc.: 


ΤΡΟΦ 

also,  κατά  πάντα  τρ,,  Xen.  An.  (>,  6, 
30:  —  κατά  τρόπον,  fitly,  duly.  Lat, 
rile,  Isocr.  16  A.  etc, ;   κατά  τράπσν 

ίνσεως,  according  to  nature,  PlaL 
.egg.  804  Β  ;  but,  to  kutu  τρόπον 
Μ)ος,  the  7i.snal  custom,  Iff.  Tim,  42 
£. — III .  of  person»,  a  way  of  life,  hnliil, 
cuttom,  Pind.  N.  1,  42;  τρόπος  ϊπι- 
χώριος.  Ar.  Pint.  47 :  hence, — 2.  a 
man's  ways,  habits,  character,  temper, 
τρόπον  ήσνχίιιν.  of  a  quiet  temper, 
Hdt.  1 ,  107,  cf,  3, 36 ;  ώιλάνΟρωπος  τρ., 
Aescli.  Pr.  1 1 ;  oi  Toi^ov  τρόπο».  Ar. 
Vesp.  1002;  ξνγγενης  τονμον  τρό- 
πον. Id.  Thesm.  574  ;  προς  τρόπον 
τινός,  agreeable  to  one's  temper.  Plat. 
Phaedr.  252  D,  opp.  to  ύπο  τρόπον, 
Rep.  470  C,  Schaf.  Mel.  p.  5)  ;  μ^- 
ταλλάττει  ov  τον  τρόπον,  άλλα  τόν 
τόπον,  coelum  ηοη  animvm  mulnt,  Aes- 
chin. 65,  1 ; — esp.  in  plur,,  Pind.  P. 
10,  58,  and  Trag,,  etc. ;  σκληρός,  ύμ- 
νος τονς  τρόπους,  Ar.  Pac.  360,  935  ; 
ίπηρετεϊν  τοΊς  τρόποις  τινός.  Id. 
Ran.  1432 :  opp.  to  νόμοι,  Thuc.  2, 
39. — IV.  in  music,  like  αρμονία,  a  par- 
ticular mode,  τρ.  Λνδιος.  Pind.  Ο,  14, 
25;  cf.  Plat.  Rep.  424  C.—  V.  τρόποι 
in  rhetoric,  tropes,  figures,  j.  e.  changed 
or  figurative  expressions,  CJC.  Brut.  17, 
where  he  translates  it  by  verbomm 
im?nutationes. —  VI.  in  logic,  the  mode 
of  a  proposition,  Herm.  ad  Arist.  In- 
terpr.  12. 

Τροποφορέω,  ώ,  {τρόπος,  όέρω)  : — 
C.  ace.  per».,  ίο  bear  with  another  mans 
manners,  Lat.  7norigerari  alicni,  CJC. 
Att.  13,  29,  2  :  cf.  τροφοφορέω. 

Ύροπόω,  ώ,  {τρόπος): — like  τρέπω, 
to  make  to  turn,  put  to  flight,  in  mill., 
Dion.  H.  2,  50.— II.  '(-ρσπός  1)  to 
furnish  the  oar  vith  its  thong,  in  mid., 
νανβάτης  d'  ΰνήρ  τρσποντο  κότπτμ' 
σκαλμόν  άμφ'  εvήpετμo^',faitened  his 
oar  by  its  thong  round  the  thole, 
Aesch.  Pers.  376 : — m  pass.,  of  the 
oar,  to  be  furnished  with  its  thong,  Ar. 
Ach.  553.     Hence 

Τροπωτήρ.  ηρος,  ό,=  τροπός,  Ar. 
Ach.  549,  Thuc.  2,  93  :—ΦλιβΌς  τρ., 
sensu  obscoeno,  Xenarch.  Βοντολ. 
1,  8,  ubi  V.  Meineke. 

^ΤρσυεντΙνος,  ον,ό,  the  Trucntinits, 
a  river  of  Italy  in  the  territory  of  the 
Picentini,  Strab.  p.  241.— 2.  ή,  Castel- 
lum  Truentinum,  a  town  on  this  river. 
Id.  ib. 

Ύρον?Λίον.  ov,  TO.  a  ladle,  trowel, 
Lat.  India  or  trullus.  Hero. 

Τροφά?Λον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  τρο• 
φαλίς,  Ale.x.  Παΐ'νυ;ι•.  1,  12.  [ώ] 

Ύροφάλίς,  ίδος.  ij,fresh  cheese  (from 
τρέφω,  to  curdle),  Antiph.  hi<T.  ίμών 
1  ;  ilso,  τρ.  Tvpov,  Ar.  Vesp.  8,'}8. — 
We  find  also  τροφαλλίς,  Aeol.  τρν- 
φα?ύς,  τραφαλίς,  τραφαλλίς,  τραφα- 
Χός. 

Τροφεία,  τύ,  {τροώενω)  : — pay  fbr 
rearing  and  bringing  up.  the  wnges  of  a 
nurse  or  rearer,  τρ.  πληρούν,  άποδοΐ- 
ναι.  ίκτίνειν,  Aesch.  Theb,  477,  Kur. 
Ion  852,  Plat.  Rep.  520  Β  ;  τρ.  μα- 
τρός,  a  mother's  reward  for  niir.nng, 
Eur.  Ion  1493. — IL  βίον  τροφεία,  Ijke 
τροφή,  one's  living, food,  Soph..©.  C. 
341. 

Ύροφενς,  έως,  ό,  {τροφή)  : — one  who 
rears  or  brings  up,  a  rearer,  tutor. 
Soph.  Phil.  344,  Eur.  El.  16,  Antiphi> 
125,  24,  etc.  ;  of  a  woman,  Aesch. 
Cho.  760.— II.  in  Soph.  .Aj.  803,  Ajax 
addresses  the  plains  and  fountains  of 
Troy,  χαίρετ"  ώ  τροφής  εμοί,  i.  e.  yt 
who  have  fed  me.  or  with  wliom  I  have 
lived  ! — cf.  τροφός. 

Τροφενω,  later  collat.  form  from 
τρέφω,  to  rear,  Philo. 

Τροφέω,=  τρέφω,  hence  in  Od.  3, 


ΤΡΟΦ 

290,  τροφέοντα  as  v.  1.  for  τροφόεντα, 
Lob.  Phryn.  589. 

Ύρορή,    f/C,    ή,   (τρέφω)  : — nourish- 
ment, /nod,  victuals,  Hiit.  3,  48,  Soph. 
Phii.  32,  etc.  ;  βίου  τροφή  or  τροφοί, 
a  way  of  life,  livdiltood,  living,  id.   O.  ' 
C.  32S.  338,302,  440;  so  -ροφη  alone,  : 
Id.   Aj.  499,   El.  1183,  Plat.    Phaed.  ! 
81    D,  etc. — 11.   a  rearing  0Γ  niasirig,  j 
bringing  up,  Hdt.  2,  3,   and    Trag. ; 
χάριν  τροφής  αμείβων,   Aesch.    Ag. 
•729; — and   olt.  in   plur.,  as   Aesch.  I 
Ag.  1159;   τροφαΐ  Ιππων,  Piml.  Ο.  i 
4,  24  ;—έκτινειν  τροφάς.  much  like 
τροφεία,  Id.  Theb.  548  : — in  Aesch. 
Theb.   786,    Diiid.   now   reads  with  ! 
Schiitz,  επικότους  τρυφάς. — 2.  a  tend•  ' 
ing  or  keeping  of  animals,  Hdt.  2,  65 ; 
τροφαϊς  Ί-πων,  Pind.  Ο.  4,  24.— III.  I 
like  θρέμμα,  that   which  is  reared  or  ! 
brought  up,  a  nurseling,  broody  ol  young 
people,  Soph.  O.  T.  1  ;  of  animals, 
Eur.  Cycl.  189.  ] 

Ύρόφημα,  ατός,  τό,  {τροφέω)  nour- 
ishment, food. 

Ύρόφι,  IL  11,  307,  v.  τρόφις. 

Ύραφίας,  ου,  b,  (τρέφω)  brought  up 
in  the  house,  stall-fed,  rp.  Ιπποι,  opp. 
to  φορβάδες,  Arist.  H.  A.  8,  24,  2  ;  so, 
-p.  βονς,  Plut.  Aeinil.  33. 

Ύροφϊμαΐος,  a,  ov,  nourishing. 

Τρόφιμος,  J),  ov,  also  ος,  ov,  (τρο- 
^ή)  : — iwiLrishing,  nutritious,  opp.  to 
άτροφος,  Theophr. :  c.  gen.,  yf/  τρό- 
φιμος τέκνων,  earth  fruitful  in  chil- 
dren, Eur.  Tro.  1302 ;  also,  τρόφ.  πε- 
ρί  Tivor,  Plat.  Legg.  845  D. — 1 1.  ό  τρό- 
φιμος, one  who  finds  board,  master  of 
the  house  ;  ij  τροφίμη,  the  mistress. — 
IIL  pass.,  nourished  and  reared,  up,  a 
nurseling,  foster-chdd,  παις  τρ.  τίνος, 
Eur.  Ion  684  ;  οί  τρόφιμοί,  Plat.  Rep. 
520  D,  etc. ;  esp.  or  persons  adopted 
into  Spartan  families,  thus  differing 
from  μόβακες  or  μόθωνες  (vernae), 
Xea.  Hell.  5,  3,  9,  v.  Sturz.  Lex. 
s.  V. : — τμ.  κννες,  dogs  kept  in  the 
house.  Cf  also  μόθων,  μόβαξ.—2.  of 
plants,^&urii/u7i^,  luiruriant,  Theophr. 
Hence 

Ύροφΐμότης,  ητος,  η,  nutriliousness. 

Ύρόφιοτ.  a.  ov,— τρόφιμος,  Numen. 
ap.  Ath.  304  E. 

ΤρόόίΓ,  ύ,  i],  rpoou,  τό,  gerL  ως, 
(τρέφω) : — well-fed,  stout,  large,  τρόφι 
κϋμα,  a  huge,  swollen  wave,  II.  11,  307, 
cf.  τροφόεις :  of  men,  έπεαν  γένων- 
ται  τρύφιες  οΊ  παίδες,  when  the  chil- 
dren grow  big,  Hdt.  4,  9. — II.  τρόφις 
'Έιννοαιγαίον,  like  τρόφιμος,  riurse- 
ling  of  the  Earth-shaker,  epith.  of  the 
dolphin  in  Opp.  H.  2,  634  (al.  τρόχις). 

Ύροφιώδης,  ες,  (είδος)  thickened, 
turbid,  τροφιώδες  οΰρείν,  Hipp. ;  c£ 
Foes.  Oecon. 

Τροόόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  (τρέφω) : — well- 
fed,  stoiU,  large,  big,  κύματα  τροφό- 
κντα,  II.  15,  621,  Od.  3,  290;  cf.  τρό- 
φις and  πη••/ός. 

Τροφοΰοιός,  όν,  c.  gen.,  ορνίθων, 
rearing  birds,  Manetho. 

Τροφός,  οΰ,  ό  and  ή,  (τρέφω)  a  feed- 
er, rearer:  in  Horn,  only  in  Od.  and  as 
fern,,  a  nurse,  οίλη  τρόφος  Εΐφνκλ.εια 
2,  361,  etc. ;  so  too  in  Hdt.  2,  156  ;  6, 
61,  and  .\tt.;  of  a  city,  Σιφακόσαι,  αν- 
δρών ίππων  τε  δαιμόνιοι  τροφοί, 
Pind.  Ρ.  2,  5.— The  masc.  seems  to 
have  been  chiefly  used  in  the  form 
τροφενς.  Lob.  Phryn.  316:  perh.  the 
only  real  exceptions,  where  we  find 
τροφός  as  masc,  are  Eur.  H.  F.  45, 
El.  409  (which  Herm.,  Soph.  Phil. 
344,  defends  against  Elmsley's  alter- 
ations), Plat.  Polit.  268  Α.— 2.  in  neut., 
TO  τροφόν,  that  which  nourishes,  food. 
Plat.  Polit.  289  A. — II.  pass.,  afoster- 
€hild,  nurseling,  Hesych. 


TPOX 

Τροφοφορέω,  ύ,  to  bring  one  nour- 
ishment, cherish,  sustain,  LXX.  and 
N.  T.  (with  έτροποφόρ?/σε  as  a  v.  1.) : 
from 

Τροφοφόρης,  ου,  ό,  one  who  rears  or 
nourishes. 

Τροφώδιις.  ες,  of  nutritious  nature. 
— \1.=ζτροφιώδης. 

Τροφώνιος,  ov,  ό,  the  mythical 
builder  of  the  first  temple  of  Apollo 
at  Delphi,  H.  Horn.  Ap.  290;  after- 
wards hmiself  the  possessor  of  a  cel- 
ebrated oracle,  tin  a  cave  near  Leba- 
dea  in  Boeotiat,  Hdt.  1,  46,  etc.; 
thence  oi  σηκοι  Τροφωνίου,  Eur.  Ion 
300;  in  Strab.  τον  Δίό^•  Τροφωνίου 
μαντείον,  p.  414  :  and  simply  είςΤρο- 
φωνίον,  Ar.  JSub,  508. 

Τ ροχάδην ,  adv.,  (τρέχω) : — running 
in  the  coiuse  or  race,  iorn»ed  like  /o- 
'γάδΐ]ν,  σποράδην,  etc.  [ά] 

Τροχύζω,ί.  -ύσο), (τροχος)=  τρέχω, 
to  run  along,  run  quickly,  Hdt.  9,  66, 
Euf.  Hel.  724,  Xen.  An.  7,  3,  46,  etc. ; 
— though  the  verb  was  rejected  by 
the  Atticists,  Lob.  Phryn.  582: — τρ. 
έν  Toic  δπλοις,  Polyb.  10,  20,  2. 

Τροχαϊκός,  or  (as  some  Gramm. 
prefer)  τροχαιϊκός,  ή,  όν,  trochaic. 

Τροχαίος,  a,  ov,  (τρόχος) : — run- 
ning, tripping : — usu.  in  prosody,  ό 
τροχαίας  (sc.  πονς),  a  trochee,  foot  con- 
sisting of  a  long  and  short  syllable,  also 
ca.[\ea  χορείος.  Plat.  Rep.  400  Β ;  used 
esp.  in  quick  time,  Arist.  Rhet.  3,  8, 
4:  hence  in  music,  o'l  σα^^πιγκται 
τροχαϊόν  τι  σνμβοήσαντες,  playing 
a  brisk  march,  Incert.  ap.  Suid. 

Τροχύ'λεϊον,  ov,  TO,  {τροχα/Μς)  a 
globe  or  sphere,  .-Krat.  530. 

Τροχαλία,  ας,  ή,  {τροχα7<.ός)  a  cyl- 
inder rei-olving  on  its  own  ai:ts.  the  sheaf 
of  a  pulley  (τροχιλέα),  Arist.  Mechan. 
18; — unless  it  be  the  same  as  τροχι- 
AEQ  (q  v.),  for  in  1.  c.  both  occur  to- 
gether ;  and  Poll.  9,  31  uses  τροχα- 
λία alone,  v.  Heaist.     Hence 

Τροχΰ'/^ζω,  f.  -ίσω,  to  roll : — pass., 
to  be  rolled  or  roll  along,  Sturz  Phere- 
cyd.  p.  77. 

Τροχΰλιώδΐ/ς,  ες,  (είδος)  like  a  τρο- 
χαλία, Hipp. 

Τροχά/.ύς,  ή,  όν,  (τρέχω) :  running, 
τροχαλ.09  τίνα  τιθέναι.  to  make  one 
run  quick,  Hes.  Op.  516;  τρ.  όχοι, 
swift  chariots,  Eur.  I.  A.  146 :  hence 
έντρόχα?.ος.—\\.  round,  Anth.  P.  5, 
35,  etc. ;  cf.  τρόχμαλος. 

Τροχαντήρ,  ήρος.  ό,  (τροχάζω) : — 
α  runner,  runner  round. — II.  the  ball  on 
which  the  hip-bone  turns  in  its  socket. — 
HI.  part  of  the  stern  of  a  ship. — IV'.  an 
instrument  of  torture,  Joseph.  ;  cf.  τρο- 
χός IV. 

Ύροχάς,  ύόος,  η.=ζίνόρομίς,  alight 
shoe,  for  running  quick. 

Τρόχασμα,  ατός,  τό,  (τροχύζω)  a 
racing-chariot. 

Τροχάω,  Ep.  collat.  form  of  τροχύ- 
ζω, Anacreont.  32,  6:  esp.,  to  revolve, 
A  rat.  227 :  hence,  also,  to  be  round, 
Nic.  Th.  106. 

Τροχεός,  ά,  of,=sq.,  dub.  in  Nic. 
Th.  658. 

Τροχερός,  ά,  όν,  (τροχός)  running 
round,  rolling,  {)ΐ•θμός  Tp-,  tripping 
time.  Arist.  Rhet.  3,  8,  4. — IL  roa7id 
as  a  wheel. 

"^('οχή,  ης,  ή,=  τρόχος,  a  ruTining, 
course,  Hesych. 

Τροχ7ΐ/Μσία,  ας.  ή,  the  driving  of  a 
carriage:  generally,  motion,  Hipp. 

Τροχηλ.άτέω,  ώ,  to  drive  a  chariot : 
— generally,  to  drive  about,  drive  round 
and  round, μαι•ίαισιτροχη?.ατεϊν  τινά, 
Eur.  Or.  36  ;  Κήρες  τροχηλατήσουσ' 
έμμονη  πλανώμενον,  la.  El.  1253  : 
Irom 


TPOX 

Τροχιιλ.άτης,  ov,  6,  {τροχός,  ε?.αν• 
ΐ"ω)  : — strictly,  one  u-ho  guides  wheels, 
i.  6.  a  charioteer,  formed  like  ίππηλ.ά- 
της.  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  806,  Eur.  Phoen. 
39.  [ά] 

Τροχήλατος,  ov,  (τροχός,  έλ.αννω) 
drawn  by  wheels,  carried  on  wheels,  σκη• 

I  ναι,  Aesch.  Pers.  1001  :  δίφροι,  Soph. 

\  El.  49. — 2.  dragged  by  or  at  the  wheels, 

'  σφαγαι  Έκτορος  τροχή/Μτοι,   Eur. 

I  .Andr.  399.  —  3.  ploughid  with  wheels, 

j  τρίοδος,  Aesch.  Fr.  100. — 4.  turned  or 

1  formed  on  the  wheel,  esp.  the  potter's 

'  wheel,  /.νχνος,  Ar.  Eccl.  1,  cf  Xen- 
arch  Βονταλ.  1,  9,  et  ibi  Meineke. — 

'  5.   nietaph.,   driven  round  and  round, 

I  driven  about,  Eur.  I.  T.  82. 

Τροχιά,  άς,  ή,  (τροχός)  the  track  of 
wheels;  generally,  a  track,  Nic.  I'll. 

'  816. — II.   the  round  of  a  wheel,  Auth. 

j  P.  9,  418. 

I      Τροχίασμα,  ατός,  τό,  as  from  rpo» 

'  χιάζω, =^  τροχός,  wheel-work. 

j       Τροχίζω,  I.  -ίσω,  (τροχός)  :—to  tur/t 

I  round  on  the  wheel,  torture,  Antipho 
113,  33,  in  pass.,  cf  Anst.  Eth.  N.  7, 
13,  3. — II.  to  run  over  with  the  wheels. 
—  III.    fo  furnish  with  wheels.   Math. 

i  Vett. — IV.  intr.,  to  run  round;  and, 
generally,  to  run,  Arist.  Probl.  23,  39, 

I  in  mid. 

I      Τ/Χ)χΙ?.έα,  ας,  ή,  a  pulley,  Lat.  tro- 

I  chlea,  Arist.  Mechan.  18  ;  where  also 
we  have  τροχαλ.ία  (q.  v.),  and  as  a 
v.  1.  τροχι/.αία :  τροχιλ.ία  is  another 

!  form,  V.  sub  voc. 

Τροχίλ.ια,  ας,  ^,=foreg.,  Ar.  Lys. 
722,  Archipp.  'Oy.  1 : — also  τροχίλ.ια, 
τύ.  Plat.  Rep.  397  A. 

Τροχίλ.ος,  ου,  ό,  (τρέχω) : — α  small 
bird  oj  the  wagtail  or  sand-piper  kind, 

j  said  by  Hdt.  to  pick  βδέλ.ληι  out  of 
the  crocodile's  throat,  v.  Bahr  Hdt. 

12,  68;  cf  .Arist.  H.  A.  9,  6,  6,  who 
represents  it  as  picking  the  croco- 
dile's teeth :  elsewh.  κλαδαρόρνγχος. 
cf.  Ar.  Av.  79,  Ach.  876,  Pac.  1004.— 
2.  a  small  land  bird,  prob.  the  wren, 
also  πρέσβνς  and  βασι/.ενς,  Arist. 
H.  A.  8,3.  14;  9,  1,2!  ;  which  Pliny 
also  calls  trochilus :  the  crested  wrea 
was  called  τύραννος. — II.  m  archi- 
tecture, a  hollow  running  round  the  base 
of  a  column,  also  called  scotia,  Vitruv. 
[In  Hdt.  the  older  edd.  wrote  τροχΐ- 
7.ος,  but  the  poetic  passages  quoted 
show  that  t  is  short,  and  τροχίλ.ος  is 
now  generally  read.] 

XV ρόχύ.ος,  ov,  b,  Trochilus.  a  hiero- 
phant  from  Argos,  Paus.  1,  14,  2. 
Tfioxiov,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  τροχός. 
Τροχιίις,  ά,  όν,  V.  Jac.  Anth.  P.  p. 
187,  like  τροχεός  and  τροχερός,  run- 
ning round : — roujid,  φθοίς,  Anth.  P. 
6,  258. 

Τρόχις,  ιος  and  εως,  ό,  (τρέχω)  a 
runner,  messenger,  footman,  Aesch.  Pr. 
941. 
TpoxtjyKiov,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  sq. 
Τροχιακός,  ov,  ό,  dim.  from  τρο- 
χός, a  small  wheel  or  circle,  Theophr.  : 
a  small  glnbe  or  ball,  hence  α  ball  of 
soap,  a  pastille,  etc.,  Galen. ;  y.  Foes. 
Oecon. 

Ύρόχμά/.ος,  ου.  ό,  (sc.  λίθος)  like 
τροχα/.ός,  a  rolled  stone,  pebble,  cobble, 
Theophr. : — in  plur.  also,  τά  τρόχμα- 
λα,  α  heap  of  such  stones,  a  cobble-wall, 
Nic.  Th.  143,  cf  Lye.  1064. 

Τροχοδίνέω,  ώ,  ί.  -ήσω,  (τροχός,  δι- 
νέω) : — like  στροφοδινέω,  to  turn  round 
and  rrrtind,  whirl  0Γ  roll  round,  όμματα 
έλ.ίγδιιν  τρ..  Aesch.  Pr.  882. 

Τροχοειδής.  ές,  (τροχός,  είδος) : — 
like  a  wheel,  round,  τρ.  λ.ίμνη,  the  lake 
of  Delos,  Theogn.  7,  Hdt.  2,  170;  7, 
140;  called  also  περιηγής  (q.  v.) :  cf. 

sq. 

1525 


ΤΡΤΓ 

Ύροχόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  (τροχός): — 
round  as  a  wheel,  round  :  τρ.  λίμνη. 
Call.  Del.  261  (cf.  foreg.) :  cf.  Nic. 
Th.  332,  etc. 

Ύροχοκονράς,  ύδος,  ό,  ?/,  and  τρο- 
χοκονρίς,  ίοος,  ή,  {τροχός,  κείρω) 
shaven  or  shorn  alt  round,  Choeril.  4. 

Ύροχοπαίκτέω,  ώ,  {τροχός,  Τϊαί- 
κτης) : — Ιο  play  with  wheels  or  hoops, 
Artemirl.  1,  76  ;  or  perh.=  rpo;t;oiif 
μιμείσβαι  in  Xen.  Syni]).  2,  22. 

Ύροχοπέδιι.  ης,  ή,  the  drag  or  break 
of  a  wheel,  Lat.  sufflamen,  Herodes 
up.  A  til.  90  C  ;  also  εποχενς. 

'Τρο\οιτοιέ(ύ,  ώ,  to  make  wheels,  At. 
Plut.  513:  from 

Ύροχοττοιός,  όν,  {τροχός,  ττοιέο) 
making  ivheels  :  ό  τρ.,  a  wheelwright. 

Τροχός,  ού,  ό,  (τρέχω) ; — strictly, 
α  runner:  USD.  αημ  thing  round  Or 
circular,  a  round  ball  or  cake,  τροχός 
κηρού,  στέατος,Οά.  12,  173;  21,178: 
the  swis  disk,  Ar.  Thesm.  17:  esp., 
—II.  a  wheel,  11.  G,  42  ;  23,  394,  Find., 
etc.  ;  τρυχοΐς  έπημαξενμένη.  Soph. 
Ant.  251  :  —  τροχούς  μιμεΐσθαι,  to 
imitate  wheels,  of  one  who  bends 
back  so  as  to  form  a  wheel,  Xen. 
Symp.  2,  22  ;  7,  3  : — metaph.  of  for- 
tune, Soph.  Fr.  713. — 2.  a  potter's 
wheel,  II.  18,  COO  ;  τρογώ  έ'λαβείς,  Ar. 
Eccl.  4  ;  cf  Lob.  Phryri.  147.— HI.  a 
boy's  hoop,  made  of  iron  or  copper, 
with  loose  rings  that  jingled  as  it 
moved,  the  Graecns  trochus  of  Horat. 
Od.  3,  24,  57,  cf  Ars  P.  380  :  the 
stick  was  called  ίλατ?'/ρ,  having  a 
wooden  handle  and  a  crooked  iron 
point,  the  clavis  aduucn  of  Propert. 
3,  12,  6  ;  the  play  itself  was  called 
κρικηλασία. — This  τροχός,  Lat.  tro- 
chus, must  not  be  confounded  with 
the  top,  1)όμβος,  στρόμβος,  βίμβίξ. 
Lat.  turbo. — A  hoop-dance  is  described 
by  Xen.  Symp.  7,  2. — IV.  the  wheel 
of  torture,  im  τροχού  στρεβλονσθαι, 
ελκεσβηι,  Ar.  Plut.  875,  Pac.  452, 
Lys.  846,  Dein.  856,  13  ;  έττΐ  τον  τρο- 
χόν  άναβΡ/ναι,  Antipho  134,  10;  cf 
Andoc.  6,  44. — V.  τρηχοΊ  γης,  θαλάσ- 
σης, round  spots  of  land  encompassed 
by  water  or  water  by  land.  Plat. 
Criti.  115  C — VI.  anything  surround- 
ing a  place,  city-walls,  Soph.  Fr.  222, 
V.  Bast  Greg.  Cor.  p.  512  ;  like  τρά- 
χωμα, θριγκός. — Cf  sq.  sub  fin. 

B.  τρόχος,  ου,  ό,  a  running,  course, 
esp.  a  circular  course,  revolution,  e.  g. 
of  the  sun,  Soph.  Ant.  1065  (though 
others  keep  this  in  the  signf  of 
wheel,  v.  Ellendt). — 2.  καμπτός  τρ., 
expressly  opp.  to  δρόμος,  a  straight 
course.  Foes.  Oec.  Hipp. :  generally, 
a  race,  running,  KuT.  Med.  46,  ubi  v. 
Elmsl. — II.  a  place  for  running,  race- 
course, Eur.  Hipp.  1133.— 111.  a  runner. 
— IV.  a  badger,  Arist.  Gen.  An.  3,  6, 
6.  (  Ammonius  distinguished  the 
two  signfs.  as  above, — writing  τρο- 
χός for  a  round,  τροχός  for  a  course, 
V.  Valck.,  cf  Ellendt  Lex.  Soph.) 

Ύροχώόης,  ες,  (τροχός,  εΙδος)= 
τροχοειδής. 

Ύρόχωμα,  ατός,  τό,=  τροχής  VI. 

Ύρν3λιον,  ον,  τό,  (not  τρυβλίον, 
Meioeke  Com.  Fr.  3,  p.  535),  a  cup, 
bowl,  Ar.  Ach.  278.  Av.  77,  etc.  (In 
form  it  is  a  dim.,  but  not  in  signf  : 
nor  does  any  simpler  form  occur ; 
unless  Zeiine's  conj.  of  τρνβί,  from 
τρνψ.  be  received  in  Nic.  Al.  44.) 

Ύρνγάβόλιον,  also  τρύγηβόλιον, 
ου,  τό,  a  place  for  keeping  fruits  in. 

iΎpυγaLoς,  ov.  ό,  Trygaeus  (i.  e. 
rine-dresser),  chief  character  in  the 
Plutus  of  Aristophanes. 

Ύρϋγάω,  ώ,  f  -7;σω,  (τρΰγη) : — to 
gather  in  ripe  fruits,  gather  in  the  vin- 
1526 


TPIT 

tage  or  harvest,  τρνγόωσιν,  Od.  7, 
124  ;  Ετρνγων,  Hes.  Sc.  292 ;  σπεί- 
ρουσι  Kul  τρνγώσι,  etc..  At.  Av.  1698: 
— c.  ace.  cognato,  -ρνγΰν  καρπόν, 
Hdt.  4,  199:  also  in  mid.,  μίλι  τρν- 
■)ΰσβαι,  Mosch.  3,  35. — II.  c.  arc,  to 
reap  or  take  the  crop  off  a  field,  ότε 
τρυγύίύΐν  ΰλωην  (Ep.  opt.  for  τρι>- 
γωερ),  11.  18,  566;  κηττον  rp.,  Longus: 
— metaph.  c.  ace.  pers.,  like  καρπον- 
σθαι.  to  take  a  crop  of  one,  i.  e.  get 
something  out  of  him,  Luc.  D.  Meretr. 
1,  fin. — HI.  proverb.,  ερήμας  τρν/ΰν 
( sc.  αιιτΐέλους),  ta  strip  unwa/ched 
vines,  used  of  one  that  is  bold  where 
there  is  nothing  to  fear,  Ar.  Eccl. 
886,  Vesp.  634,  ubi  v.  Schol. 

Ύρύγγας,  ό,  v.  1.  for  πνγαργος, 
Arist.  H.  A.  8,  3,  13. 

Ύρνγερός, «,  όν,  (τρνξ}=τρνγώδης, 
full  of  tees. 

Ύρνγέω,  =  ξηραίνω,  Hesych.,  v. 
τρύγη  II. 

Ύρνγη,  ης,  ?),  (τρυγία) : — ripe  fruit 
gathered  in  for  keeping,  fruits  of  the 
field  arid  of  trees,  corn,  fruit,  etc.,  like 
ϋπωρα,  Η.  Hom.  Αρ.  55. — \l.  dryne.is, 
Nic.  Th.  368.  (Prob.  akin  Ιοφρνγω, 
φρνσσο),  φρνττω,  as  the  notion  of 
ripeness  includes  that  of  dryness,  esp. 
in  corn.)  [v] 

Ύρνγηβόλιον,  ov,  τό,  \.  τρυγαβό- 
λίον. 

Ύρνγήσιμης,  ov,  ripe  for  gathering. 

Ύρύγησις,  εως,  ή.  (τρυγάω)  harvest, 
milage,  Plut.  2.  646  D. 

Ύρνγητήρ,  ηρος,  6,  (τρυγάω)  one 
who  gathers  ripe  fruits,  esp.  grapes, 
Hes.  Sc.  293.  [With  ti,  contrary  to 
custom.] 

Ύρνγητήριον,  ov,  τό,  a  wine-press. 

Τρυγητής,  οϋ,  ό,=  τρνγητηρ,  LX  Χ. 
Hence 

Τρνγητικός,  ή,  όν,  belmiging  to  the 
harvest  ΟΓ  vintage. 

Τρυγητός,  ov,  ό,  (  τρυγάω  )  : — a 
gathering  of  fruits,  harvest,  vintage  : — 
also,  the  time  thereof  the  harvest  or 
vintage,  Thuc.  4,  84. — \].=^τρνγη,  the 
fruit  gathered,  crop.  ( The  stricter 
Gramm.  write  τρΰγ?}τος  in  signf  1, 
τρυγητός  in  signf  II ;  v.  sub  ύμητος.) 
[i]         ,  ^ 

Ύρϋγήτρια,  η,  fem.  of  τρνγηττ^ρ, 
Dem.  1313,6. 

Τρνγ?/(1)ύγος,  ov,  (τρΰγτι,  φαγεϊν) 
eatina  fruits,  esp.  corn,  like  σιτοφά- 
γος,  Plut.  2,  730  Β;  also  οτρνγηφά- 
γος.  [a] 

Τρϋγηφάνίος,  (τρνγη,  φαίνομαι) 
οίνος,  ό,  or  τό  τρνγι/φάνιον,  α  second 
wine  pressed  from  the  husks,  Lat.  lora, 
Pollux. 

Τρϋγηφόρος,  ov,  (τρνγη,  φέρω)  bear- 
ing fruits,  esp.  wine,  H.  Horn.  Ap. 
529. 

Τρυγία,  ας,  ή,  (τρύξ),  dnb.  in 
Geop. 

Τρυγίας,  ov,  6,  (τρΰξ)  full  of  lees, 
οίνος,  Orac.  ap.  Ath.  31  B. 

Τρνγίζω,  (τρύξ)  to  become  ftdl  of 
lees. 

Τρυγικός,  ή,  όν,  (τρνξ)  of  lees  :=: 
τρνγωδικός,  Ar.  Ach.  628. 

ΤρνγΙνος,  Τ),  ov,  {τρνξ)  full  of  lees. 
[v] 

Τρνγις,  i),=^o7.vpa,  dub.  in  Hipp, 
p.  92. 

Τρνγοδαίμων,  όνος,  ό,  (τρνξ,  δαί- 
μων) in  Ar.  Nub.  296,  for  τρνγωδός, 
with  a  play  on  κακοδαίμων,  a  poor- 
devil  poet. 

Τρϋγοδίφησις,  ή,  a  diving  into  lees, 
a  game  where  something  Wf.s  put 
into  a  bowl  full  of  lees  and  one  had 
to  get  it  out  with  the  lips,  Pollux. 

Τρνγόζω,—  τρνζω,  of  doves,  A.  B. 
p.  1152. 


TPTS 

Τρνγοιτϊίω,  ω,  to  strain,  filter,  esp. 
to  strain  wine  :  from 

Τρνγοιττος,  ό,  (τρνξ,  ι•:νος):  —  a 
straining-cloth,  esp.  for  wine,  Ar.  Pac. 
535,  Plut.  1087,  ubi  v.  Henisl. ;  cf. 
Lob.  Phryn.  303.  [v] 

Τρϋγονάω,  v.  Ορυγανύω. 

Τρνγόνιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  τρν• 
γών,  Philodem.  ap.  Suid.  s.  v.  Σαβα- 
κών. 

Τρνγόνιος,  a,  ov,  coming  from  or 
belomging  to  a  τρνγών,  Opp.  H.  2,  480. 
— II.  TO  τρ.,  a  plant, also  ττεριστερεών. 

Τηνγος,  ό,  later  form  for  τρνγη, 
Spohn  Niceph.  Blcinm.  p.  41. 

Τρνγόωεν,  Ep.  for  τρνγώεν,  3  pi. 
opt.  from  τρνγάω,  II.  18,  566. 

Ύρύγω,  to  dry,  Hesych.,  cf.  τρνσκω 
and  φρνγω. 

Τρνγφδέω,^κωμφδέω. 

Τρνγώδης,  ες. (τρνξ,  είδος)  likelees, 
Hipp.,  Plut.  2,  693  Ε. 

Τρνγωδία,  ας,  ή,=  κωμφδία,  Ar. 
Ach.  499,  500. 

Τρνγωδίκός,  η,  όΐ',=  κωμωδικός, 
Ar.  Ach.  886.     Adv.  -κώς. 

Τρυγωδοττοιομονσική,  ης,  if,  (.«c. 
τέχνιι),  the  art  of  comedy,  Ar.  Fr.  .313. 

Τρνγι^δός,  ού,  ό,  (τρνξ.  ώδή): — 
strictly,  a  innst-singer  or  leessinger, 
the  older  word,  but  less  honourable, 
for  κωμωδός,  Ar.  Vesp.  650,  1537; 
either  because  the  siugers  smeared 
their  faces  with  lees  as  a  ludicrous 
disgnise,  (as  Hor.  A.  P.  277  35.•*ιιπιβ8), 
or  because  the  prize  was  new  wine  : 
ace.  to  others  a  vintage-singer,  and 
so  not  from  τρνξ,  hut  from  τρνγη. — 
Τρνγφδός,  -έω,  -δια,  -δικός,  are  used 
for  κωμωδός,  etc.  ;  but  never  for  rpa- 
γωδός,  etc.,  except  satirically,  v. 
Bentl.  Phal.  p.  290. 

Τρνγών,  όνος,  ή,  (τρνζω)  the  turtle- 
dove, named  from  ils  cooing.  Ar.  Ατ. 
302,  979  :  proverb,  of  a  great  talker, 
τρυγόνας  λαλίστερος,  Meineke  Me- 
nand.  p.  148;  cf  Theocr.  15,  89.- 
11.  a  kind  of  roach  with  a  prickle  in 
the  tail,  Epich.  p.  35,  Luc. 

ΤΡΥ'ΖΩ,  only  used  in  pres.  and 
impf,  to  make  a  low,  mvrmurrng  sound, 
esp.  of  the  note  of  the  όλολ.ΐ'γών, 
Theocr.  7,  140,  Arat.  918,  Anlh.  P. 
5,  292  ;  cf  τρυγόζω : — also  of  liquids, 
to  squirt  out  with  ο  7>oise,  Hipp.,  Y. 
Foes.  Oecofi. : — metaph.  of  men,  ta 
jnntter,  murmur,  11.  9,  31 1.  (Onoma- 
top.,  like  τρίζω,  from  which  it  difi'ers 
only  in  that  τρ{)ζω  refers  to  duller, 
τρίζω  to  sharper,  shriller  sounds,  Ct. 
inc.  Anth.  P.  p.  714.) 

Τρνήλα,  ij.  =ζτρνή?.ης. 

Ύρϋήλης,  ov,  b,  (τρνω)  something 
for  stirring  with,  a  ladle,  .spoon,  Lat. 
trua,  trutta,  Luc.  Lexiph.  7. 

Ύρνη?ας,  ή,—  τρνήλης.^  [ί-] 

Ύρνλλίζω,  also  τρυλίζω,=  θρνλΑί- 
ζω,  Hipp. :  esp.  of  the  cry  of  a  quail, 
cf  Poll.  5,  89.  (Onomatop.,  like 
τρνζω.) 

Τρνμα,  OTor,  τό,  {τρνω)^τ^τρνμη,  a 
hole. 

Τρΐψύλ,ιά.  ΰς,  ή,  {τρνω):^τρνμη, 
α  hole.  Sotad.  ap.  Ath.  621  Α. 

Ύρνμάτιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  τρν- 
μα. [ΰ] 

Τμνμη,  ης,  ή,  (τρνω)  α  hole. — II. 
metaph.,  a  sharp  fellow,  sly  knave,  Ar. 
Nub.  448.  [*] 

Τρνξ,  jj.  gen.  τρ-νγός,  (τρνγω): — 
new  wine  not  yet  fermented  and  racked 
off,  uine  with  the  lees  tn  it,  must.  Lat. 
mustum.  first  in  Anacr.  39,  Hdt.  4, 
23  :  hence,  new,  bad  wine,  Cratin.  'iip 
4.  Proverb.,  τρνξ  κατ' OT70pm',mnst  in 
autumn,  Lat.  qnae  nondun  desedit,  i.  e. 
en  unsettled  business,  Cic.  Att.  2,  12, 
3. — II.  tilt  lees  of  wine,  oil,  etc.,  dregs. 


ΤΡΤΣ 
Lat./aex,  οίνος  ύπο  τρνγός,  Archil. 
5,  3;  έττειό//  και  τον  oivov  ήξίονς 
χίνειν,  ξυνεκποτέ^  εστί  σοι  και  την 
τρύγα,  Ar.  Plut.  1086  ;  και  ίς  τρύγα, 
Theocr.  7,  70  ;  εν  Ty  τρνγϊ  τον  ττί- 
βον,  Luc.  Tim.  19  : — generally,  dross, 
as  of  metal,  Lat.  scorm,  τρν^  σι07ΐρή- 
εσσα,  Nic.  ΑΙ.  51,  cf.  Lob.  Phryn. 
73 ;  of  bile  and  other  secretwis,  Hipp. 
— 2.  Iiietaph.,  of  an  old  man  or  iDoman, 
At.  Vesp.  130.9,  Plut.  1086.— III.  τρν- 
γες  στεμψνλιτι&ες.  second  wine  press- 
ed out  of  the  husks,  poor  wine,  Lat. 
lora,  Geop.  :  also,  ή  άπο  στεμφνλων 
τρνξ,  Theophr.  :  cf.  τρν}ηφάνιος. — 

IV.  τρνξ  olvov  07TT7/ or  τΐεφρνγμένη, 
salt  of  tartar,  later  φέκ/^ι/  (Lat.  fae- 
cula),  obtained  from  the  matter  de- 
posited on  the  bottom  and  sides  of 
wine-vats,  τροχιακοί  τρν}ος  y  βνπ- 
τόμεθα,  scouring  balls  of  this  sub- 
stance, Theophr.  H.  PI.  9,  9,  3. 

Τρνξώδης,  ες,  late  form  for  τρνγώ- 

Ύρύος,  τό,  {τρύο))=7ΤΟνος,  distress, 
toil,  labour. 

Ύρντζα,  ή,  (,τρνω)=τρνπη,  α  hole. 
Hence 

Ύρνπαλώττηξ,  ηκος,  6,  (a?iU77j?f)  α 
fox  that  creeps  into  any  hole :  a  sly 
knat^,  A.  B. 

Ύρνπάνη,  ης,  ή,  {τρυπάω)  like  τρύ- 
Ίτανον,  α  borer,  gimlet,    [α] 

Ύρϋττΰνία,   ας,    ή,   α   thong   drawn 
through  the  handle  of  a  borer. 
.  Ύρϋπΰνίζω,  i.  -ίσω,  to  bore,  pierce 
through. 

Ύρνττύνιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  τρύ- 
wavov,  a  small  borer,  gimlet,  [a] 

Ύρνττανον,  ου,  τό,  {τρνττάω)  : — a 
carpenter's  tool,  a  borer,  auger,  Od.  9, 
385  ; — where  it  is  a  large  borer  turned 
round  by  a  bow  or  thong  through  the 
handle  {τρυπάνια),  cf.  Eur.  Cycl.  461, 
Plat.  Crat.  388  A,  Leon.  Tar.  28,  etc. 
— IL  a  surgical  instrument,  the  trepan, 
τρ.  όξν  και  ενθν,  the  straight-pointed 
trepan,  Hipp.  ap.  Galen.  :  τρ.  άβάπτι- 
στον,  another  kind  with  a  guard  to 
prevent  its  piercing  to  the  brain,  Ga- 
len.— II].  fire  OT  touchwood.for  kindling 
fire.  Soph.  Ft.  640  ;  cf  πνρεϊον. — IV. 
τα  τρύπανα,  raetaph.  for  οι  ανόητοι, 
fellows  who  will  do  nothing  without  driv- 
ing. Crates  ap.  Stob.  p.  55,  43. 

Τρϋπΰνονχος,  ov,  o,  (έχω)  thehan- 
dle  of  a  borer. 

Τρυπάω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {τρνπα,  τρύ-  i 
ηη) :  to  bore,  piercf.  through,  Od.  9, 384, 
Plat.  Crat.  387  E,  etc. :  i5i'  ώτος  τε- 
τρυπημένον,  through  ivell-bored  ear, 
1.  e.  open  to  hear.  Soph.  Fr.  737  ;  also, 
T«  ώτα  τετ(Λΐπημένος.  having  one's 
ears  pierced  for  earrings,  Xen.  An.  3, 
1,  31  :  φηφος  τετρνπτιμέντ/,  the  peb- 
ble of  condemnation  {which  had  a  hole 
in  it,  opp.  to  πλήρης,  Aeschin.  1 1,  34 ; 
ίτετρνπητο  εςοόος,  Luc.  Alex.  16:-— 
sensu  obsc.  A  nth.  Plan.  243. —  Ace. 
to  Thorn.  M.  the  word  is  not  Att.,  but 

V.  11.  c. 

Ύρνπη,ης,  iji^ike  τρϋπα,α  hole.  [j>, 
Jac.  Anth.  P.  p.  801.] 

Ύρνπημα,  ατός,  τό,  (τρυπάω)  that 
which  is  bored,  a  hole,  Eupol.  Incert. 
44  ;  τρ.  νεώς,  i  e.  one  of  the  holes  for 
the  oars,  Ar.  Pac.  1234  :  also,  sensu 
obscoeno,  Ar.  Eccl.  624. 

Τρνπησις.  εως,  ή,  { τρνπύω)  a  boring, 
Arist.  Eth.  Eud.  7,  10.  4. 

Ύρνπητήρ,  ήρος,  ύ,  {τρυπάω)  a  cop- 
per or  earthenware  vessel  pierced  full  of 
holes,  a  colander. 

Ύμνπητής,  οϋ,  ό,  {τρυπάω)  a  borer, 
Plat.  Crat.  388  D. 

Ύρνσάνωρ,  οράς.  ό,  ή,  {τρΰω,  άνηρ) : 
— boring,  i.  e.  wearing  out  or  harassing 
men,  ανδά,  Soph.  Phil.  209.  [<2] 


ΤΡΤΦ 

Ύρϋσίβιος,  ov,  {τρνω,  βίος)  wearing 
Old  life,  making  it  miserable,  Ar.  Kub. 
421.  "[σϊ] 

Ύρνσίππιον,  ov,  {τρΰω.  Ιππος) : — 
a  mark  burnt  on  the  jaw  of  a  horse  su- 
perannuated in  the  public  service,  Eu- 
pol. Incert.  17,  cf.  Meinek.  Crates 
Sam.  2. 

Ύρνσις,τ/,  (τρνω)  a  wearing  away  ; 
ejchaustion,  distress. 

Ύρνσκω,  f  τρνξω.^=τρνω,  τρνχω, 
Hesych.,  but  also  like  τρνγω,τρνγέω, 
=  ξηραίνω.  Ιο  dry.  Id. —  Prob.,  how- 
ever, only  coined  by  Gramm.  to  get 
at  the  forms  τρυγη,  τρυγάω,  etc. 

Ύμυσμός,  όν,  ό,  {τρνζω)  α  murmur- 
ing, moaning. 

'Γρνσσός,  ?/,  όν,  (τρνω)  easy  to  be 
rubbed,  friable:  and  so=z τρνφερός : 
hence,  ace.  to  Scahger,  the  Lat.  tros- 
sulus,  weakling. 

Τρύτάνενω,  to  weigh  :  from 

Ύρντάνη,  ης,  ή,  the  tongue  of  a  bal- 
ance ;  generally,  a  balance,  pair  of 
scales,  Lat.  irHii>ia,  Ar.Vesp.  39,  Dem. 

00,  7,  Luc,  etc.  [tt] 

^Ύρνφαινα,  ι/ς,  ή,  Tryphaena,  fern, 
pr.  n.,  N.  T. 

Ύρϋφά/.εια,  ας,  ή,  a  helmet,  freq.  in 
Horn.,  and  Hes. ;  τρίπτνχος,  11.  11, 
352;  αύλώτΓ/ζ•,  13,  530;  ΊππονριςΛϋ, 
382.  (Usu.  deriv.  from  τρις  and  φά- 
Τ,ος,  a  helmet  with  three  φάλοι,  cf.  τρι- 
φάλεια:  but  Buttm.  Lexil.,  s.  v.  φά- 
λος,  fin.,  remarks  that  τρνφύλεια  is 
a  more  general  name,  not  the  name  of 
any  special  sort  :  hence  he  derives  it 
from  τρΰω,  as  a  helmet  with  a  pro- 
jection {φά/^ος)  pierced  to  receive  the 
plume,  opp.  to  καταΊτυξ-  Heinr.  Hes. 
Sc.  197  also  rejects  the  old  account.) 

Ύρϋφά?.η,  ης,  ή,^^τμυφάλεια,  only 
in  Hesych. 

Ύρϋφΰ/ύς,  ίδος,  ή,  {τρνφος)  a  small 
piece  or  slice,  τυρού,  Luc.  Lexiph.  13; 
al.  τροφαλίς :  τρνφαμίς  in  Draco  is 
perh.  only  a  f.  1. 

Ύρύφαξ,  ακος,  ό,  α  wanton,  debau- 
chee, Hippodam.  ap.  Stob.  p.  250,  22. 

Ύρϋφάω,  ω,  f.  -ήσω,  {τμυφη) : — to 
live  softly  or  delicately, fare  sumptuousli; 
or  daintily,  Eur,  Supp.  552,  Ion  1376, 
τρ.  εν  ταΐς  έσθήσι,  Isocr.  21  R  : — part. 
Τρνφών,  delicate,  effeminate,  Ar.  Nub. 
48,  etc.  ;  το  τρνφών,  effeminacy,  Ar. 
Vesp.  1455:— hence,  like  Lat. /a.sii- 
dire,  to  slacken  in  exertion.  Plat.  Eu- 
thyd.  11  E,  Lach.  179  C— 2.  m  be  li- 
centious, to  revil,  Eur.  Bacch.  969,  Ar. 
Lys.  405,  etc. :  to  be  extravagant,  opp. 
to  γ?.ισχρώς  ζην,  Arist.  Pol.  2,  7,  7. 
— 3.  to  pride  one's  self,  επί  τινι,  Eur. 

1.  A.  1303  : — to  carry  it  high,  give  one's 
self  airs,  he  insolent,  like  ύβρίζειν,  Lat. 
delicias  facere,  Eur.  Supp.  214,  Dem. 
402,  tin. ;  τρ.  διότι....  Plat.  Prot.  327 
E. 

Ύρνφεραίνομαι,  as  pass.,  {τρυφε- 
ρός) Ιο  be  made  or  be  delicate,  etc.  ; 
τρνφερανβείς.  with  a  coxcomb's  air,  Ar. 
Vesp.  688. 

Ύρνφεραμπίχονος,  ov.  {τρυφερός, 
άμπεχόνη)  with  soft  garments,  Ίωνες, 
Antiph.  Dodon.  1. 

Ύρϋφερεύαμαι,  as  pass.,  {τρυφερός) 
=  τρνφεραίνομαι. 

Ύρϋφερία,  ας,  ή,  {τρυφερός)=τρυ- 
φερότης. 

Ύρνφερόβϊος,  ον,  living  delicately, 
luxuriously. 

Ύρϋφερός,  ά,  όν.  {τρνφή) :  soft,  del- 
icate, τρ.  πλόκαμος,  Eur.  Bacch.  150  : 
— effeminate,  luxurious,  voluptuous,  like 
αβρός,  Ar.  Vesp.  551  ;  to  τρνφερόν, 
effeminacy,  Id.  Eccl.  901  ;  ίς  το  τρν- 
φερώτερον  μετέστησαν,  Thuc.  1,  6. 
—So  adv.  -ρύς,  Arist.  Pol.  2,  9,  6 ; 


TPTX 

and  neut.  τρνφερόν  as  adv.,  Ai. 
Vesp.  1169.-11.  feeble,  frail,  Plut. 
Phoc.  2. 

Ύρνφερόσαρκος,  ov,  ( τρυφερός, 
σάμξ)  with  soft,  tender  fiesh  Or  body. 

Ύρϋφεροστήμων,  ov,  {τρυφερός, 
στήμων)  of  delicate  warp  or  texture. 

Ύρνψερότης,  ητος,  ή,  {τρυφερός) 
luxury,   daintiness,  Ath.  544  F,  LXX. 

Ύρϋφερόχρως,  ων,  -χρως,  ώτος,  ό, 
ή,  and  -χρωτός,  ον,  {τρυφερός,  χρως) 
of  tender  skin  or  hue,  Diosc. 

Ύρνφερώύης,  ες,  {τρυφερός,  είδος) 
of  delicate  or  luxurious  kind :  prone  to 
luxury.     Adv.  -δώς. 

Ύρνφή,  ης,  ή,  {βρνπτω,  τρνόήναι) : 
softness,  delicacy,  daintiness,  Eur.  In- 
cert. 12,  3,  and  Plat. :  esp.  in  plur., 
luxuries,  daintinesses,  effeminacy,  Lat. 
delicine,  τρυφαΐ  Ύρωϊκαί,  Eur.  Or. 
1113;  τρυφάς  τρνφάν.  Id.  Bacch. 
970 ;  στυλίδα  τρνφάς,  Id.  Phoen. 
1491. — 2.  revelling,  wantonness;  των 
γυναικών  ή  τρνφή,  Ar.  Lys.  387  ;  τρ. 
και  ακολασία,  τρ.  και  μαλβακία.  Plat. 
Gorg.  492  C,  Rep.  590  Β.— 3.  conceit, 
insolence,  Ar.  Ran.  21,  Plut.  818; 
ύβρις  Kui  τρ.,  Plat.  Gorg.  525  A. 

ίΎρΰφη,  ης,  ή,  Tryphe,  fern.  pr.  n., 
Alexis  Tocist.  1,  3. 

Τρυφηλός,  ή,  όν,  rare  poet,  form  for 
τρυόερός,  Anth.  P.  7,  48. 

Ύρύφημα,  ατός,  τό,  {τρυφάχύ)  the 
object  in  which  one  takes  pride  or  pleas- 
ure, τρ.  λέκτρων,  Eur.  I.  A.  1050;  in 
plur.,  luxuries,  Lat.  deliciae,  Polyzei. 
Incert.  1. 

Τρνφητής,  οϋ,  ό,  also  τρνφητίας, 
ου,  ό,  α  voluptuary. 

Τρϋφητιάω,  ώ,  desiderat.  from  τριι- 
φάω.  Ιο  long  to  revel  or  riot,  Clem.  Al. 

Τρϋφητικός,  ή,  όν,  {τρνοάω)  given 
to  revelry,  voluptuous,  Clem.  Al. 

^Τρνφιόδωρος,  ου,  ό,  Tryphiodvrus, 
a  late  poet. 

Τρύφοκα'/.άσιρις,  ή,  a  soft,  costly 
woman  s  garment,  Ar.  Fr.  309,  6. 

Τρνφος,  εος,  τό,  (θρνπτω,  τρϋφή- 
ναι) : — that  which  is  broken  off  or  to 
pieces,  a  piece,  morsel,  lump,  Od.  4, 
508;  ύρτου,  Anth.  P.  6,  105:  in  plur., 
Hdt.  4,  181  ;  Tp.  κύλικος,  a  potsherd, 
Choenl.  8. 

ίΤρνφων,  ωνος,  ύ,  {θρύπτω,  τρυ- 
φήναι)  'I'ryphon,  appell.  of  Ptolemy 
(8),  Ael.  V.  Η.  14,  31.— 2.  anAlexan 
drean  grammarian,  Ath.  618  0. — Oth- 
ers in  Plut. ;  Ath. ;  etc. 

|Τρΐ'0ώσα,  ης,  ή,  Tryphosa,  fern, 
pr.  n.,  N.  T. 

Τμνχηλός,  ή,  or,  =sq. 

Τρνχηρός,  ά,  όν,  {τρνχος)  ragged, 
tattered,  worn  out,  τρνχηρύ  περί  τρν- 
χηρόν  χρόα  λακίσματα,  Eur.  Tro. 
496. 

Τρϋχϊνος,  η,  ον,  {τρνχος)  made  of 
rags,  ragged,  Joseph. 

Τρνχίον,  ου,  τό.  dim.  from  τρϋχος, 
a  tatter  or  shred,  Hipp. 

Τρύχνος,  ov,  o,=arpiJrvof, Theocr. 
10,  37. 

Τρυχνόω,  ώ,  =  τρυχόω,  τρΰχω, 
τρνω,  dub. 

Tpii^^of,  εος,  τό,  {τρΰχω)  that  which 
is  worn  out,  esp.  a  tattered  garment,  a 
rag,  shred.  Soph.  Fr.  843  ;  τρΰχει  πέ- 
πλων, Eur.  El.  501 :  esp.  in  plur., 
rags,  tatters,  lb.  184,  Ar.  Ach.  418, 
etc.  [The  old  Gramm.  write  τρΰχος, 
but  the  poets  have  always  v,  ace.  to 
the  deriv.  from  τρΰχω.] 

Τμϊχόω,  rare  pres.  for  τρνχω, 
Mimnerm.  2,  12: — later  writers 
tormed  from  it  an  aor.  ετρνχωσα, 
pass,  ετρνχώθην,  and  part.  pf.  pass. 
τετρυχωμένος,  the  two  latter  in 
Hipp. :  so,  τώ  ττολέαω  τετρνχωμένοι, 
Thuc.  7,  28, 'cf.  Polvb.  1,  11,'  2. 
1527 


ΤΡΩΓ 

Ύρνχίΰ,  ΐ.  -ξω,  {τρνω) : — Ιο  ηώ  away, 
wear  out,  destroy,  οίκον  τρ  ,  to  consume, 
waste  the  household  or  property,  Oii. 

1,  248;  16,  125,  cf.  Hes.  Op.  303; 
Ίΐτωχον  οίκ  άν  τις  καλέοι  τρνξοντά 
έ  αυτόν,  no  one  would  invite  a  beg- 
gar to  eat  him  out  of  Iwuae  and  home, 
Od.  17,  387. — 2.  generally,  to  wear 
out,  waste,  τρνχειν  βίον  tv  κακότητι, 
Theoon.  909  ;  τρύχονσιν  ΐρωτες,  πό- 
θος, etc.,  Anth.  P.  12,  88,  143  ;  to  dis- 
tress, afflict,  J  a  φθίνουσα  τρνχει  ψν- 
χάν,  Sonh.  Ο.  Τ.  COG ;  τμνχονσα 
σαυττ/ν,  Eur.  He!.  1286:— pass.,  to  be 
worn  out,  etc.,  τρνχήαενος.  Od.  1, 
288;  2,  219,  cf".  Theogn.  750;  λιμώ 
τρνχεσθαι,  Od.  10,  177  ;  so,  ινναϊς 
άνανι'ίηώτοισι  τρνχεσθαι.  Soph.  Tr. 
110  ;  αμπ?ακίαίς  τρ.,  Eur.  Hipp.  147  ; 
cf.  Ar.  Ach.  68,  etc. ;  also  c.  gen., 
τρυχεαϋαί  τίνος,  to  waste,  pme  away 
for  some  one,  Ar.  Pac.  989.  A  rare 
collat.  form  is  τρνχόού,  q.  v.,  and  cf. 
τρνω.  [ί•] 

Ύρνχωσις,  εως,  η,  exhaustion,  dis- 
tress. Max.  Tyr.  [fi] 

TPT'ii,  esp.  used  in  pf.  pass,  re- 
τρνμαι,  part,  τετρνμένος,  inf.  τετρϋ- 
σθαι ;  the  other  tenses  are  more  usu. 
taken  from  τρνχω :  yet  Aesch.  Pr. 
27  has  fut.  τρνσω.  To  rub,  rub  off  or 
away :  hence,  to  wear  out,  harass,  dis- 
tress, afflict,  vex,  τετρνμένοι  ταλαιττω- 
piriOLV,  Wess.  Hdt.  6,  12,  cf  Ruhnk. 
Tim.  ;  ■γήρα,  ύάκρνσι  τετρνμένος, 
Anth.  P.  6,' 228;  9,  549;  τετρνσθαι 
ίς  το  εσχατον  κακόν,  Hdt.  1,  22,  cf. 

2,  129  ;  πόνοις  τετρνμένα  σώματα, 
Plat.  Legg.  761  D  ;  πράγματα  τετρν- 
μένα, Polyb.  1,  62,  7.  {Τρνω  is  akin 
to  τετριιίνω,  τρώω,  τιτρώσκω,  τείρω, 
lero,  etc.  Hence  τρνος,  τρνχω,  τρύ- 
χος,  τρνχόω,  τρύσκω :  τρνπη,  τρν- 
πύω,  τρύπανον :  τρνμα,  τρΰμη,  τρν- 
μαλίά  .•  θρνπτω,  τρνφος,  τρνφή,  τρν- 
φύω,  τρυφερός,  etc.)  [ν,  so  that  it  is 
wrong  to  write  τέτρνμμαι,  τετρνμμέ- 
νος,  as  is  sometimes  done,  Wess. 
Hdt.  2,  129,  etc.] 

ΙΤρωαί,  ών,  αϊ,  the  Trojan  females, 
II.  3,  384  ;  etc. 

Ύρωύς,  ύδος,  ή,  fem.  of  Ύρώς,  fas 
adj.  τροφυς,  Η.  Horn.  Ven.  114  : — esp. 
(with  or  without  yvvipf  a  Trojan 
woman,  in  plur.  freq.  in  II. — II.  later 
|(with  or  without  77)), t  the  region  of 
Troy,  the  Troad. — fill.  Troas,  a  later 
city  on  the  coast  of  Phrygia,  v.  Ά,ντι• 
γόνεια  (2),  Ν.  Τ. 

Ύρωγάλία,  τύ,  (τρώγω)  :  — fruits, 
etc.,  eaten  raw,  esp.  at  dessert,  nuts, 
almonds,  sweetmeats,  etc.,  Ar.  Plut. 
798,  Pac.  772  ;  rarely  in  sing.,  as  in 
Pind.  Fr.  94  ;  also  τρωκτά.  The  adj. 
τρωγύ?Λος,  =  τρωκτός,  is  quoted  by 
Hesych. 

\Ύρωγίλιον,  ov,  τό,  Trogilium,  a 
city  and  promontory  on  the  Ionian 
coast  of  Asia  Minor,  near  Mycale, 
and  an  island  of  same  name  lying 
near,  Strab.  p.  636. 

ΥΥρώγίλος,  ov,  6,  Trogilus,  one  of 
the  harbours  of  Syracuse,  Trogili- 
orum  partus,  Thuc.  6,  99  ;  7,  2. 

-\ΎρωγΙτις,  ιόος,ή,  Trogitis,  iilake 
in  Lycaonia,  Strab.  p.  568. 

Ύρώγ'λη,  ης,  ή,  (τρώγω) : — α  hole, 
hollow,  Batr.  52,  Anst.  Η.  Α.  5,  20, 
2;  cf  Foes,  Oec.  Hipp. 

Ύρωγλήτης,  ov,  6,  a  kind  of  swallow 
that  i7ihahits  holes,  like  Our  sand-mar- 
tin: — also  τρωγλίτης. 

ΎρωγλΙτις,  ιδος,  ή,  a  kind  οί myrrh ; 
also  τρωγΤ'.οδντις. 

Ύρωγλοδύνω,=^ τβωγ?.οόνω.  [ο] 

Ύρωγλοδντέω,  ώ,  to  dwell  in  holes, 
Arist.  Part.  An.  3,  6,  9 :  from 

Ύρωγλυδνττ/ς,  ον,ό,  (τρώγ/ιη,  όνω) 
1528 


ΤΡΩΝ 

one  who  creeps  into  holes :  hence  oi 
Ύρω)Αοδνται,  Troglodytes,  as  name 
ol  an  Acthiopian  tribe  who  dwelt  in 
holes  or  caves,  Hdt.  4,  1H3,  cf  Arist. 
H.  A.  8,  12,  3.— 12.  a  people  in  north- 
ern Caucasus,  Strab.  p.  506. t  —  II. 
name  of  a  bird,  prob.=  τρωγΑιΊτης. 
[t)J     Hence 

'\''ρωγ7.οδντικός,  ή,  ov,of,  bel/mging 
to  dwellers  in  holes,  ζώα  τρ-,  animals 
that  do  so,  Arist.  H.  A.  1,  1,  27:  βίος 
τρ.,  a  subterranean  life. — II.  of  or  be- 
longing to  the  Troglodytes,  Diosc.  Adv. 
■κώς,  Strab. 

Ύρωγλοδντίς,  ιδος,  ί/,=  τρωγλΐτις, 
Diod. 

Ύρωγ/.όδντος,  ον,^τρωγ'λοδντης, 
Arist.  Part.  An.  4,  11,9. 

Ύρωγλοδνω,  (τρώγλη,  δύω)  to  creep 
into  holes  or  caves,  dwell  therein  :  only 
in  part.,  Batr.  52.  [v] 

ΪΎρωγν/.?αον,  ov,  τό,  another  form 
of  Ύρωγίλιον,  Ν.  Τ. 

ΤΡΩΤΩ,  f  τρώξομαι :  aor.  irpii- 
γον,  for  aor.  1  ετρωξα  is  prob.  only 
found  in  the  compd.  κατατρώξαντες 
in  Timon  Fr.  7  :  aor.  pass,  έτράγην 
[u].  To  gnaw,  chew,  esp.  of  herbivor- 
ous animals,  as  of  mules,  ΰγρω(Γην 
τρ.,  Od.  6,  90 ;  of  swine,  ίρεβίνθονς 
τρ.,  Ar.  Ach.  801  :  hence  of  men,  to 
eat  raw  vegetables,  opp.  to  eating 
dressed  food,  τονς  γενυμένονς  κνύ- 
μονς  ούτε  τρώγονσι  ούτε  εψοντες  πα- 
τέονται,  Hdt.  2,  37,  of.  1,  71  ;  2,  92  ; 
4.  177  ;  esp.  of  a  dessert,  to  eat  fruits, 
as  figs,  almonds,  etc.,  Ar.  Pac.  1324, 
(v.  τρωγάλια,  τρωκτά): — generally, 
to  eat,  Tp.  και  πίνειν,  Dem.  402,21. 
(Τρώ>ω  is  from  the  same  root  as 
τρώω,  τρνω,  qq.  v.) 

iΎpώες,  ων,  oi,  the  Trojans,  v. 
Τρως  L 

Τρωίάθεν,  adv.,  from  Troy,  Pind. 
N.  7.  GO. 

iTpωϊάς,  ύδος,  ή,  v.  sub  Ύρώϊος. 

Τρωικός,  ή,  όν,  ( Τρως )  Trojan, 
?.αός,  πεδίον,  11.  tlO,  II  :  τα  Τριοϊκά, 
Trojan  affairs,  i.  e.  the  Trojan  war, 
Hdt.  2,  145. 

^Τρωΐ?.υς,  ov,  a,  Troilus,  son  of 
Priam  and  Hecuba,  II.  24,  257  :  also 
wr.  Τρώϊλος.—2.  an  Olympic  victor 
from  Elis,  Paus.  6,  1,4. 

ΤρώΙος,  η,  ov,  Ep.  and  Ion.  for 
Τρωος,  Trojan,  'ίπποι,  11.  |5,  222t :  pe- 
cul.  fern.,  Τρωιύς,  άδος,  ?/,  \γνναΙκες, 
II.  9,  130;  etc.;  al  Κολωναϊ  Τρωϊύ- 
δες,Τήηο.  1, 131 :  as  subst.f,  a  Trojan 
woman,  II.  tl8,  122;  etc.t:  cf  Τρωάς. 

Τσωκτά,  τά,  v.  τρωκτός. 

Τρωκταίζω,-=κακονργέω,  Ε.  Μ. 

Τρώκττις,  ον,  6,  (τρώγω) : — α  gnaw- 
er, lover  nf  dainties  :  but  in  Od.  14, 
289;  15,416,  Phoenician  traffickers 
are  called  τρώκται,  greedy  knaves: 
hence  the  old  (Jramm.  explain  it  by 
πανοΐ'ργος,  κακούργος,  άπατεών,  φι- 
λοχρήματος :  others  however  take  it 
here  as  a  prop.  11.  As  adj.,  τρώκται 
χείρες,  the  greedy  hands  of  a  usurer, 
Anth.  P.  9,  409.— II.  a  sea-fi.'<h  with 
sharp  teeth,  Ael.  N.  A.  1,  5, — the  ΰμία 
of  Opp.  (From  τρώκτης  came  the 
later  Lat.  tmtta ;  hence  Ital.  truta, 
our  trout.) 

Τρωκτός,  ή.  όν,  verb.  Adj.  from 
τρώγω,  to  be  gnawed  or  eaten  raw:  eat- 
able, Hdt.  2,  92  :  tu  τρωκτά,  like 
τρωγάλια,  figs,  almonds,  etc.,  dessert, 
flipp.,  Xen.  An.  5,  3,  12. 

Τρώμα.  τρωματίζω,  τρωματίης.  Ion. 
for  τρανματ-,  Hdt. 

Τ  ρώμη,  ης,  Dor.  τρώμά,  7/,=τρώμα, 
τρανμα,  τρ.  ελκεος,  a  festering  wound, 
Pind.  P.  4,  483. 

^Τρωνίς,  ίδος,  ή,  Tronis,  a  region 
of  Daulia,  Paus.  10,  4,  10. 


ΤΥΓΧ 

j      Τρώνννμι,    τρωνννω,  =  τρώω,   Τ1• 
I  τρώσκω,  dub. 

i  Τρώξ,  ό,  gen.  τρωγός,  (τρώγω)  α 
gnawer  :  esp.  a  caterpillar.  Stratus  In- 
cert.  18.— 11.=τρώ)'Λ7;,  Hesych. 

Τρωξαλλίς,  ίύος,  iy,=foreg.  1,  Alex. 
Άπεγλανκ.  1,  12. 

Τρώξύνον,  ov,  τό,  (τρώγω)  that 
which  fills  from  the  manger  when  cattle 
are  eating,  waste. — II.  dry  wood,  hrn.<th- 
u-ood,  Theophr. :  also  written  τραν- 
ξανον  and  τρανσανον. 

Τρωξάρτης,  ο  ν,  6,  (τρώγω,  άρτος) 
Bread-gnawer,  name  οί  a  mouse  in 
Batr. 

Τρώξιμος,  ov,  (τρώγω)=τρωκτός : 
— τά  τρώξιμα^^ τρωκτά,  Hipp. 

Τρώξις,  εως,  ή,  (τρώγω)  α  gnawing, 
eating  of  raw  fruit. 

Τρωύς,  ά,  όν,  conlr.  for  Τρώ<ο{ 
(Τρως),  Trojan,  ϊπποι,  II.  23,  291  : 
Τρωαί  κννες,  oil.  in  11. ;  but  when 
Trojan  women  are  meant,  it  is  Τρωαί, 
without  ι  subscr. 

Τρωοφθόρος,  ov,  (Ύρύς,  φθείρω)  de- 
structive to  the  Trojans  or  to  Troy, 
Anth. 

Τρωπάω,  ύ,  poet,  for  τρέπω,  to 
turn :  to  change,  ητε  θύμα  τρωπώσα 
χέει  πολνηχέα  Φωνί/ν,  of  the  nighlin- 
gale,  Od.  19,  521  : — mid.,  to  turn  one's 
self  turn  about  or  back,  πάλιν  τρω 
πύσθαι,  11.  IC,  95;  προς  πάλιν,  Od. 
24,  536;  ρόβηνύε,  11.  15,  666;  τρω- 
πάσκετο  φενγειν,  11.  11,  508:  cf. 
τρωχύω,  στρωφύω,  νωμάω. 

Τρως,  ό,  gen.  ΤρωοΓ,  Ttos,  fson  ot 
Erichthonius  and  Astyocbef,  the  my- 
thic founder  ot  Troy,  11.  jSO,  230; 
Paus.  5,  24,  5t :  hence,  Τρώες,  οι, 
gen.  Τρώων,  Trojans,  oft.  in  Horn. — 
12.  son  of  Alastor,  a  Trojan,  II.  20, 
462. 

Τρώ<τί£",  εως,  η,  (τρώω)  a  wounding, 
Hipp. 

Τρώσκω,=τρώω,  ητρώσκω,  dnb. 

Ύρωσμός,  ov,  ύ,  (τρώω)  a  wound, 
wounding. — II.  like  έκτρωημός,  a  mis 
carnage,  Hipp. ;  cf  Lob.  Phryn.  209. 

ίΤρώτιλον,ον,τό,  Trotilnm,  a  place 
near  Syracuse,  Thuc.  6,  4. 

Τρωτός,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from 
τρώω,  τιτρώσκω,  to  be  wounded,  xml- 
nerable,  11.  21,  568. 

Τρωνμα,  τό,  like  τρύμα.  Ion.  for 
τρανμα,  formerly  read  in  Hdt.  4,  180, 
and  still  in  Liic.  de  Dea  Syr.,  which 
is  in  imitation  of  Hdl.  Also  quoted 
as  τρώνμα,  Bultm.  Ausf  Gr.  ^  27 
Anm.  19. 

Τρωχάω,  Ep.  for  τρέχω,  to  run,  II. 
22,  163,  Od.  6.  318  ;  οί.'τρωπάω. 

ΤΡΩΏ,  radic.  form  of  τιτρώσκω, 
to  wound,  but  m  the  more  gen.  signf. 
of  βλ,άπτω,  to  hurl,  harm,  bring  toharm, 
οίνος  σε  τρώει,  Od.  21,  293,  cf.  Call. 
Dian.  133. — The  fut.  τρώσω,  etc.,  are 
better  referred  to  the  usu.  form  τι- 
τρώσκω, q.  V. 

Ti>.  Dor.  for  σν,  Pind.  P.  2,  105, 
Ar.  Ach.  777:  but  also  ace.  for  σε, 
then,  however,  always  enclit.,  lb.  730. 

\Tvava,  ων,  τά,  Tyana,  a  city  ol 
Cappadocia,  at  the  base  of  Mt.  Tau- 
rus, Strab.  p.  537  :  also  called  ή  p]v- 
σέβεια  προς  τφ  Τούρω,  lb.  :  hence 

ΥΥυαί'ενς,  έως.  b,  an  iahab.  of  Ty- 
ana ;  esp.  Άπολλ.ώνιος,  Luc. 

jTvavϊτις,  ιδος,  ή,  the  territory  of 
Tyana,  Strab. 

Τνβαρις,  ό.  a  Dorian  sailad,  parsley 
pickled  in  vinegar ,  Poll. 

Τνβιον,  Ti'i,  a  dim.  from  the  root 
*τνβος,  cf  i/piTviiiov. 

Τνγάτριον  for  θνγάτριον,  barbar 
ism  in  Ar.  Thesm.  1184,  1210. 

Τυγχάνω,  ienglhd.  from  root  TYX- 


ΤΤΓΧ 

which  appears  in  aor.  2,  and  τύχη : 
fut.  τενξομαι  ■  aor.  ετνχον,  Ep.  subj. 
τνχωμι,  Jl.  7,  243 :  ill  Ep.  also  aor.  1 
έτνχησα  [ν]  :  pf.  τετνχηκα  [ϊ'],  Ion. 
also  τέτενχα,  Hdt.  3,  14,  and  in  later 
writers,  as  Arist.,  and  Polyb.  ;  and 
latereven  τέτϋχα.  Lob.  Phryn.  395:  pf. 
pass,  τετνγμαί. — Horn.  oft.  uses  each 
aor.,  sometimes  the  pf.  τετνχηκα, 
the  iinpf.  τύγχανε  only  in  Od.  14, 
231,  the  pres.  not  at  all. 

A.  To  hit,  esp.  to  hit  a  mark  with 
an  arrow,  Horn.,  etc. ;  τον  όουρί  τυ- 
χήαας,  II.  12,  394  ;  ημβροτες  ούο'  έτυ- 
χες, 5,  287  :  hence  the  part,  τυχών  is 
oft.  joined  with  βά/.λειν,  οντύν,  etc., 
5,  98,  etc. ;  so  conversely,  τον  θι/ρη- 
τϊ/β  ετύχησε  βα'/.ών,  15,  581  ;  βαλων 
τυχοιμί,  Hdt.  3,  35  :  —  construct., 
either  c.  ace,  v.  supra,  and  cf.  II.  4, 
106  ;  5,  582,  Od.  22,  7  :  or  c.  gen.,  11.  5, 
587  ;  23,  857  ;  also  c.  dupl.  gen.,  Hdt. 
3,  35  ;  τ.  κατά  κ'ληΐόα  II.  5,  579  :  Horn, 
usu.  constructs  it  with  ace,  when  the 
object  hit  is  alive,  with  gen.  when  it 
is  lifeless  ;  cf.  Xen.  An.  3,  2,  19,Cyr. 
8,  3,  28. — II.  generally,  to  hit,  hit  upon, 
light  upon,  with  collat.  notion  of  acci- 
dent, to  happen  upon  ; — 1.  of  persons, 
to  meet  by  chance,  absol.,  Od.  21,  13, 
Hes.  Th.  973  ;  c.  gen.,  Od.  14,  334  ; 
19,  291 ;  and  freq.  in  Find.,  etc.  : — 
hence,  to  find  a  person  such  and  such, 
οίων  υμών  τεύζονται,  Lys.  151,  27  ; 
ερωτάτε  αύτονς  οποίων  τινών  ημών 
έτυχον,  Xen.  An.  5,  5,  15. — 2.  of 
things,  to  meet  with,  hit,  reach,  gain, 
get,  obtain  a  thing,  c.  gen.,  τ:ομ~ής  και 
νόστοιο,  Od.  C,  290 ;  (ρΰ.ότητος,  Od. 
15,158;  αίδοϊς,  Theogn.  253,  256; 
and  freq.  in  Find.,  and  Att.  :  absol.. 
Soph.  O.  T.  598;  in  Att.  also  c.  ace, 
Aesch.  Cho.  711,  Eum.  856,  etc.,  cf. 
Br.  Soph.  1.  c,  Elinsl.  Med.  741,— 
though  Herni.  Vig.  n.  198  endeavours 
to  explain  away  this  usage  : — after 
either  case  a  gen.  pers.  may  be  added, 
to  obtain  a  thing/rom  a  person.  Soph. 
Phil.  1315,0.0.  1168;  also,  εκ  τίνος. 
Id.  Ant.  665. — 3.  also  in  bad  sense, 

ί^ίης  τνχείν,  to  meet  tiith.  suffer  vio- 
ence,  Hdt.  9,  108  ;  τραυμάτων,  κα- 
κών τνχεϊν,  Aesch.  Ag.  866,  Eur. 
Hec.  1280;  όίκηο,  κρίσεως  τ..  Plat. 
Gorg.  472  D,  Phaedr.  249  A,  cf. 
Legg.  869  Β  ; — ^just  like  κυρήσαι,  cf. 
Valck.  Hdt.  7,  208. — 4.  in  aor.  part., 
ό  τυχών,  one  who  meets  one  by  chance, 
tlie  first  one  rneets.  atiy  one,  Lat.  quivis. 
Plat.  Rep.  539  D,  etc.  ;  oi  τυχόντες, 
every-day  men,  the  vidgar,  Xen.  Mem. 
3,  9,  10,  Dem.,  etc. :  οϋχ  ό  τ.  λόγος, 
no  common  discourse.  Plat.  Legg.  723 
Ε  ;  oi  τ.  φόβοι,  trifling {enrs,Lycurg. 
152,  34  ;  το  τν\όν,  any  chance  thing. 
Plat.  Tim.  46  Ε  :  cf  Ιπειμι  (εΙμι)  II, 
ίττιτυγχάνω:  and  v.  infra  B. — HI.  ab- 
sol., to  hit  the  mark,  gain  one's  end  or 
purpose,  as  we  say,  to  make  a  hit,  U. 
23,  466;  to  gain  one's  request,  Hdt.  1, 
213 ;  5,  23 :  καλώς  τνχεϊν,  Aesch. 
Cho.  951  :  and  in  speaking,  to  be 
right,  Tt  VLV  λέγουσα  . . .  τύχοιμ'  uv  ; 
Aesch.  Ag.  1233,  cf.  Cho.  418,  Herm. 
Soph.  Phil.  223. — 2.  of  place,  μη  σν 
γε  κεϊθι  τνχοις,  nuiyest  thou  never  §t/ 
thither,  Od.  12,  106,  cf.  Hes.  Th.  973. 
— 3.  generally,  to  have  the  lot  or  fate, 
ός  κε  τύχτ),  whoever  draws  the  lot 
(namely,  to  die),  11.  8,  430.— 4.  for 
εϋτυχέω.  Find.  O.  2,  95,  N.  7,  16,81  ; 
όρΟώς  πράττειν  καί  τ..  Plat.  Euthyd. 
280  Α. 

Β.  intr.,  to  happen,  come  to  pass,  fall 
out,  be  by  chance,  είπερ  τνχησι  μα/.α 
σχεΛόν,  if  6^^  chance  she  be  quite  near, 
ILIl,  116;  πέτρη  τετύχηκε  διαμπε- 
ρές άμφοτέρωθεν,  Od.  10,  «8  ;  πεδίοιο 


ΤΤΓΧ 

διαπρύσιον  τετνχηκώς,  II.  17,  748  : — 
Horn,  uses  only  pf.  in  this  intr.  signf. 
— 2.  of  events,  acts,  or  undertakings, 
to  happen  to  one,  befall  one,  come  to 
one's  lot  or  share,  c.  dat.  pers.,  οννε- 
κύ  μοι  τύχε  πολλά,  because  much  fell 
to  me,  II. 11, 684,  cf.  Bockh  v.  1.  Find. 
P.  1, 35  (68) :  esp.  with  collat.  notion 
o( falling  out  well,  succeeding,  καί  μοι 
μά?.α  τύγχαν&  πάντα,  Od.  14.  231  : — 
so  in  Att.,  as  Aesch.  Fr.  346,  Soph. 
Phil.  275,  etc.  :  το  τυγχάνοντα,  acci- 
dents, Eur.  Ion  1511  :  hence,  also, — 
3.  from  the  orig.  sense  of  hitting  the 
mark,  esp.  in  point  of  time,  to  happen 
at  a  particular  time,  όπως  ετνγχανεν, 
as  it  chanced,  i.  e.  icithout  any  rule,  in- 
definitely, Eur.  Hipp.  929;  &ο,ώςετν- 
χεν,  Xen.  Mem.  3,  9, 13  ;  so,  fj  ετνχε, 
'οπον  ετνχε.  Id.  Oec.  3,  3,  Cyr.  8,'  4, 
3  ;  οπότε  τύχοι,  sometimes.  Plat. 
Phaed.  89  Β  ;  so,  όπτι  or  όπου  τν- 
χοιεν,  where  they  chanced  to  be.  Xen. 
An.  5,  4,  34,  cf.  Plat.  Symp.  173  A  : 
TO  ότΓ?/  ίτνχεν,  mere  chance.  Plat.  Phil. 
28  D  :'  cf.  adv.  τνχόν. — II.  as  this  no- 
tion must  include  that  of  a  chance 
coincidence,  hence  τυγχάνω  in  this 
signf.  is  joine<i  with  the  part,  of  an- 
other verb,  so  that  the  two  together 
form  one  finite  verb,  and  the  notion 
added  bv  τυγχάνω  can  oft.  only  be 
rendered  by  an  adv.,  just,  just  now, 
just  then,  (like  old  Engl,  jump  :  as 
Shaksp.,  'bring  hiin^um;;  where  he 
may  Cassio  find'),  ο  τυγχάνω  μαθών, 
which  I  have  just  learnt.  Soph.  Tr. 
370 ;  παρών  ετύγχαναν,  I  was  by 
just  then,  Soph.  Aj.  742 ;  ετνχον  στρα- 
τευόμενοι, they  were  just  then  en- 
gaged in  an  expedition,  Thuc.  1, 104  ; 
έτυχε  κατά  τούτο  καιρόν  ελθών,  he 
came  ;?/si  at  that  nick  of  time,  Id.  7, 
2  :  hence  by  chance  or  hap,  as  Find. 
N.  7,  81,  etc. :  but  oft.  τυγχάνω  can- 
not be  translated  at  all,  esp.  in  phrase 
τυ\χάνω  ων,  which  is  simplv=ei/ii. 
Hes.  Fr.  22.  11,  Soph.  Aj.  "88,  Ar. 
Flut.  35,  Plat.  Prot.  313  C,  etc.— 2.  is 
also  used  in  this  signf.  without  any 
part.,  oi'K  άποδαμον  ' Χ—ό?.λωνος  τυ- 
χόντος, not  being  absent,  Find.  P.  4, 
9  (cf.  τόσσαις)  ;  εΐ  σοι  χάρτα  τυγχά- 
νει τάδε.  Soph.  EL  1457 ;  νυν  δ' 
άγροΐσι  τυγχάνει,  lb.  313  ;  cf.  Aj.  9: 
so,  ει  συ  τυγχάνεις  επιστήμων  τού- 
των. Plat.  Plot.  313  Ε,  cf.  Gorg.  502 
Β : — Porson  indeed  (ad  Hec.  782) 
follows  Phrynichus  in  rejecting  this 
usage,  but  v.  Herm.  Soph.  Aj.  9,  El. 
46,  Elmsl.  Mus.  Crit.  1,  p.  351,  Lob. 
Phryn.  277. — 3.  in  phrases  like  ori 
uv  τύχωσι,  τούτο  λεγουσι  (Plat.  Frot. 
353  A,  cf.  Gorg.  522  C,  Symp.  181 
B) ;  τάχ'  ΐίν,  είτνχοιεν,  σωόρονέστε- 
ροιγένοιντο  (Dem.),  etc., — we  may 
easily  supply  a  part,  from  the  other 
verb,  oTL  uv  τύχωσι  λέγοντες,  ει  τύ- 
χοιεν  γενόμενοι,  though  indeed  εΐ 
τνχοιεν  and  the  like  are  so  precisely 
=  et  τύχοι,  etc.,  that  the  use  of  the 
plur.  seems  to  be  a  mere  case  of  at- 
traction to  the  subject  of  the  other 
case,  as  is  very  freq.  in  Att.,  e.  g. 
with  δήλος  or  δίκαιος  είμι :  in  other 
cases,  as,  άνεπαύοντο,  όπου  ετύγχα- 
ναν έκαστος,  Xen.  An.  3,  1,  3,  ώζ• 
έκαστοι  ετύγχαναν,  ην/.ίζοντο,  lb.  2, 
2,  17,  either  όντες  must  be  supplied, 
or  ετύγχαναν  taken  as=i/aav. 

{Τυγχάνω  is  akin  in  root  and  sense 
not  only  to  τεύχω..  but  also  to  τιταί- 
νω,  τιτύσκομαι :  the  intr.  notion  of 
τυγχάνω  has  sprung  from  that  of  the 
pass,  of  τεύχω,  on  which  account  Ep. 
use  the  pass,  forms  τέτυγμαι.  έτύχ- 
θην,  much  like  τιη/χάνω,  ετνχον,  of. 
Buttm.  Catal.  sub  voc.) 


TTAO 

ίΎϋδείδης,  ov  Ep.  and  Ion.  ao  and 
εω,  ό,  Tyd'ides,  son  if  Tydeus,  l.  e. 
Diomede,  II.  5,  1 ;  etc. 

Ύνδενς,  έως  Ep.  έος,  face  Ύνδή, 
II.  4,  384t,  ό,  Tydeus,  fson  of  Oeneus 
king  of  Calydon,  II.  2,  406  ;  14.  115. 
—2.  an  Ionian,  Thue  8,  36.-3.  a 
general  of  the  Athenians,  Xen.  Hell. 
2,  1,  16.— Others  in  Faus.  ;  etc. 

Ύυίδε,  Dor.  for  τΐ^δε,  τνιδ'  έλβέ  for 
δενρο,  come  hither,  Sappho  1 .  5,  v^'here 
however  υι  is  one  syll.,  cf.  Valck. 
Opuse  p.  348  :  Tvt  is  Cretan,  ace  to 
Hesych.  ;  cf.  Schol.  II.  14.  298. 

Ύύϊον,  τό,=:6ύον.  dub.  in  Theo]ihr. 

Ύνκάνη  or  τυτάΐ'η,  ης,  ή,  an  instru- 
ment fur  thrashing,  Lat.  tribula. 

Ύϋκίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (τύκος)  ίο  work 
stones,  λίθους,  Ar.  Αν.  1138.     Hence 

Ύνκισμα,  ατός,   τό,   a  working  of 

stones:  in  plur.  κανόνων  τνκίσματα, 

i.  e.   walls  of  stone   worked  square  by 

,  rule,   opp.   to  the    rude   Cyclopean 

,  building,  Eur.   Tro.   812,   cf.   H.  F. 

945,  Lye  349. 
I      Ύύκον.  TO,  Aeol.  and  Dor.  for  σί• 
I  Kov,  Strattis  Phoen.  3. 
I      Τύκος,  ό,  also  τύχος,  (τεύχω,  τέτν- 
]  γμαΐ)  ;  an  instrument  for  working  stones 
with,  a  mas07t's  hammer  Or  pick,  K\ir. 
H.  F.  945  ;  cf.  Poll.  10,  147.— II.  from 
the   likeness  of  shape,  α   battle-axe, 
pole-axe,  Hdt.  7,  89.   [ί•] 

Τυκτά.  a  Persian  word,  which  Hdt. 
9,  110  translates  by  τέλειον  δειπνορ 
βασιλήϊον. 
I  Τνκτός,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from  τεύ- 
χω, τέτυγμαι.  like  Τίνκτός.  strictly, 
made,  made  ready :  hence  Άρης  is 
called  τνκτόν  κακόν,  an  evil  of  man's 
making,  as  opp.  to  those  that  are 
strictly  natural.  II.  5,  831  ;  so,  τνκτή 
κρήνη,  a  fountain  rnade  by  man's  hand, 
Od  17,  206  :  hence  usu.  like  7frv- 
ί  γμενος  and  εντυκτος,  well-made,  well- 
wrought,  II.  12,  105  ;  of  a  bowling- 
green,  Od.  4,  627 ;  17,  169  ;  τυκτά 
μάριιαρος,  of  a  tomb-stone,  Theocr. 
22,  210:  cf.  ποιητός. 
I  Τύλαρος,  ό,  dim.  from  τν?.ος. — IL 
=μάνδαλος. 

Τν?ιαρόω,=μανδα?Μω  :  also  sensu 
obscoeno. 

Τν?.άς,  ύδος,  ή,  a  kind  of  ίΛπ/ϊΛ, 
also  ί?.?.άς. 

Τνλεία,  ή.  and  Tv7Ja,  ή,  rarer  col- 
lat. forms  of  τύ?.η. 

Τν?.εϊον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  sq., 
Soph.  Fr.  794;  cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  174. 

TT'AH,  ης,  ή,  like  τύλος,  any 
swelling  or  lump,  esp.  ;— 1.  a  callus, 
like  τνλος  I.  —  II.  a  pad  for  carrying 
burdens  on,  a  porter's  knot,  Ar.  Ach. 
860,  954  ;  invented  by  Protagoras, 
ace  to  Arist.  ap.  Diog.  L.  9,  53 ;  or 
(as  the  Schol.  takes  it)  the  shoulders 
grou'n  callous  with  carrving  weights, 
cf  Teleclid.  (ibi  cit)  Fr.  18,  Poll.  7, 
133  : — so  also,  the  hump,  bunch  of  a 
camel,  Hesych.  —  HI.  a  cushion,  bol- 
ster, Lat.  culr.ita,  Sappho  54,  Eupol. 
Κολακ.  21,  Antiph.  Phaon  I  ;  but  in 
strict  Att.  Tv7^tIov  or  κνέφαλλον  vv'as 
preferred,  Meineke  Eupol.  1.  e,  Lob. 
Phryn.  173.  (Perh.  akin  to  Lat.  to- 
rus.) [ij  seems  to  have  been  long,  Lu- 
cill.  52,  Ammian.  19,  for  the  places 
of  Ar.  prove  nothing;  but  cf.  τνλος.'Ι 

Τί'λίσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  to  twist  or  roll 
up.  Lye  11. — II.  to  bend:  aor.  pass. 
έτυ'λιχθη,  v.  1.  in  Theocr.  23,  54,  for 
ελνγιχβη.  (Ace.  to  some  from  τύ- 
λος, τνλη,  ace  to  others,  not  so  well, 
from  εί?.νω,  ε17ώσσω.) 

\Τύλ7.ιης,  ov,  ό.  the  Rom.  name 
Tull'us,  also  wr.  Τυύλλιος. 

Τν?^οειδής,  ές,  {τνλος,  είδος)  like  α 
lump  or  callxis. 

1529 


TTMB 

Τνλόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  callous,  knobby, 
Nic.  Th.  272  :  from 

ΤΤ'ΛΟΣ,  ό,=  τνλη  I,  a  knot  or  cal- 
lus, Xem.  Mem.  1,  2,  54  ;  fsp.  on  tlie 
hands,  Luc.  Sonin.  6 ;  cf.  τνλύω. — 
11.  any  thing  rising  or  sticking  out  like 
a  lamp,  a  knob,  knot ;  es[)., —  1.  a  wood- 
en nail  or  bolt,  used  in  sliipbuilding, 
Ar.  Ach.  553,  Polyb.  Fr.  129.  — 2. 
fnembrvm  virile,  like  /αίΐΊ'Ίη'λυς  and 
πάσσα'/Μς,  Hesych. — 3.  a  spindle,  He- 
liod. — III.  the  hair  of  the  eyebrows,  Poll. 
2,  50.  [υ  seems  to  be  always  short 
in  this  lorm,  Nic.  Th.  178,  Jac.  Anth. 
P.  p.  204.  —  for  Ar.  Ach.  553  proves 
nothing  ;  but  cf.  τνλ?]-} 

iTv/M(,  01',  ή,=  Οΐτνλος. — 2.  Ty- 
lus,  an  island  of  the  Persian  sea, 
famed  for  its  pearl-fishery,  Arr.  An. 
7,  20.  6. 

Ύν?Μτύ-ιις,  ητος,  6,  later  word 
for  αμί'μτάττιμ:,  a  carpet  alike  on  both 
sides,    a    double   carpet,   usu.    in   plur. 

Ύϋλόω,  ώ,  (τύλος)  to  make  callous, 
τνλοΐ  το  στόμα  6  χα?ανός,  Xen.  Eq. 
6,  9 :  —  pass.,  to  grow  hard  or  callous, 
μακέ?.α  τετνλωμένος  ίνδοθι  χείρας, 
Theocr.  16,  32  ;  βόπα/.α  σιδήρφ  τε- 
τν'/Μμένα,  clubs  knobbed  or  knotted 
with  iron,  fldt.  7,  63  ;  cf.  τν'λωτός. 

Ύϋ?.νφάντης,  ov,  ό,  (τΰλί/  111,  νφαί- 
vu)  one  who  weaves  cushion  covers, 
Poll. 

ΤίΛώ<5//Γ,  er,  contr.  for  τνλοειδής, 
Plut. 

Ύν?ιωμα,  ατός,  τό,  (τνΤίόω)  that 
which  has  become  callous,  the  palm  of 
the  hand,  sole  of  the  foot. 

Ύνλύ)σις,  εως,  ή,  (τϋλόω)  a  making 
callous. 

Ύϊ<?.ωτός,  τ/,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from 
τυλόοι  (q.v.),  λότναλατνλωτύ,  knobbed 
or  knotted  clubs,  like  τετνλωμένα, 
Hdt.  7,  09. 

Ύυμβάς,  ύδος,  !/,  (τύμβος)  a  sorce- 
ress, witck,,r  so  called  from  their 
haunting  tombs,  Lat.  bustuaria,  ap. 
Hesych. 

Ύνμβαν7^ης,  ov,  6,  (τύμβος,  αν?ιεω) 
one  who  plays  the  flute  at  a  funeral, 
Lat.  siticen,  Galen. ;  cf.  Perizon.  Ael. 
V.  H.  12,  43. 

Ύνμβεία,  ας,  ή,  (τνμβενω)  a  burial. 

Ύνμβεΐος.  a,  ov.  (τύμ^ioς)pelonging 
to  a  tomb,  sepulchral.  Lye.  882. 

Ύύμβενμα.  ατός,  τό,  (τυμβεύω)  : — 
a  burial,  grave.  Soph.  Ant.  1220. — II. 
the  corpse  to  be  burnt  or  buried,  Eur. 
Ion  033. 

Ύύμβενσις,  ή,  a  burying. 

Ύιψβεύω,  (τύμβος)  : — to  bury,  burn 
or  entomb  a  corpse,  σώμα  τνμβεϋσαι 
τάφφ,  Soph.  Aj.  1063;  cf  Eur.  Hel. 
1245;  πού  δ'  έτνμβενβη  τάφφ;  Ar. 
Thesrn.885. — 2.χοας  τνμβεύσαί  tlvl, 
to  pour  libations  on  one's  grave,  Soph. 
El.  406. — II.  intr.,  to  be  entombed,  εν 
ToiavTTj  ζώσα  τνμβενσει  στέγη.  Id. 
Ant.  888. 

Ύυμβήρης,  ες,  (τύμβος,  *ύρω?) : — 
provided  with  a  grave,  buried,  entombed. 
Soph.  Ant.  255. — II.  grave-like,  θάλα- 
μος, lb.  948;  εδραί,  Ar.  Thesm.  889.— 
Cf  ττνργτ/ρης,  τειχήρης,  etc. 

Ύνμβιάς,  άδος,  η,  pecul.  poet.  fem. 
οί  τνμβιος,  Nonn. 

Ύνμβίδως,  α,ον,  poet,  for  τυμβεΐος, 
Orph.  Arg.  575. 

Ύνμ'3ίον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  τύμ- 
βος- 

Ύύμβιος,  a,  ov,  (τύμβος)=τυμ- 
βείος. 

Ύνμβίτης,  ov,  ό,  fem.  τυμβϊτις, 
ιδος,  in  or  at  the  grave  :=ΐτνμβεϊος, 
Leon.  Tar.  65. 

Ύνμβογέρυν,  οντος,  ό,  an  old  man 
on  the  edge  of  the  grave. 
1530 


ΤΤΜΠ 

Ύνμβολετης,  ov,  ό,  fem.  -έτίς,  ιδος, 
^=τνμβορύχος.  Anth. 

Ύνμβονόμος,  ov,  (τύμβος,  νέμω) 
feeding  or  living  on  graves,  Synes. 

Τύμβος,  ov,  ό,  strictly,  the  place 
inhere  a  dead  body  is  burnt,  Lat.  biistum  : 
usu.,  a  mound  of  earth  heaped  over  the 
ashes,  a  cairn,  barrow,  Lat.  tumidus, 
llom.,  Hdt.,  etc.  ;  τώ  κέν  οί  τύμβον 
μεν  έττου^σαν  ΧΙαναχαφί,  Od.  1.239, 
cf  11.  2,  604,  793,  etc. ;  τνμβον  χέειν, 
Od.  4,  584  ;  12,  14  ;  24,  80  ;  on  this 
stood  the  tombstone  (στήΤίΐ]),  II.  11, 
371  : — generally,  a  tomb,  grave,  Pind. 
O.  1,  149,  Trag.,  etc.  ;  Θρ?]νε1ν  προς 
τύμβοι',  Aesch.  Cho.  926,  cf  87  :— 
also,  the  tombstone  with  the  figure  of 
the  dead,  A.  B.  p.  309  ;  cf  τύμβος 
ξεστός,  in  Eur.  Ale. 836. — II.  metaph., 
γέρων  τύμβος,=^τνμβο}ερων,  Eur. 
Med.  1209,  Heracl.  167  ;  ώ  τύμβε,  Ar. 
Lys.  372  ;  as  Plant,  says  capuli  decus  ! 
(Prob.  from  τύφω,  q.  v.) 

Ύνμβοσύν?},  τ/ς,  ή,  a  wall  in  Con- 
stantinople, so  called  because  it  was 
repaired  with  tombstones,  V.  Hammer's 
Constantinopolis,  1,  p.  67. 

Ύνμβούχος,  ov.  dwelling  in.  a  tomb, 
sepulchral,  ap.  Suid. 

Ύνμβοχοεύω,=τνμβοχοέω. 

Ύνμβοχοέω,  ώ,  like  τνμβον  χέειν 
or  γώσαι,  to  throw  up  a  cairn  or  barrow, 
Hdt.  7,  117,  V.  1.  II.  21,  323:  and 

Ύνμβοχοή  or  τνμβοχόη  (Lob. 
Phryn.  498),  ης,  y,  a  throwing  up  a 
cairn  or  harrow,  11.  21,  323  ;  cf  Butlm. 
Au.sf.  Gr.  "ξν  30  Anm.  5  not. :  from 

Ύνμβοχόος,  ov,  (τύμβος,  χέω)  throw- 
ing up  a  cairn  or  barrow.— 2.  throwing 
or  pouring  upon  a  grave. — II.  pass., 
thrown  or  poured  upon  the  tomb,  χεί- 
ρώματα,  Aesch.  Theb.  1022. 

Ύνμΐ-ΐόχωστος,  ov,  (τύμβος,  χών- 
ννμι)  heaped  up  into  a  cairn  or  barrow, 
έρμα  τ..  Soph.  Ant.  848. 

Ύνμι^ωΐϊϊ'χέω,ώ.Ιο  breakopen graves, 
Arist.  Ή.  A.'  8,  5,  2:  and 

Τυμβωρυχία,  ας,  ή,  a  robbing  of 
groves :  Irom 

Τυμβωρύχος,  ov,  (τύμβος,  ορύσσω): 
— digging  up  graves,  breaking  open 
graves  and  robbing  them  :  as  subst., 
ύ  -.,  a  grave-robber,  Ar.  Ran.  1149, 
Luc.  Jup.  Trag.  52.  [pv] 

Τύμ/ια,  ατός,  τό,  (τνπτω)  a  blow, 
stroke,  Aesch.  Ag.  1430,  Theocr.  4, 
55,  Nic.  Th.  931,  etc. 

Τνμμή,  ή,  rarer  coUat.  form  of 
τύμμα,  ap.  Suid. 

tTj;/ii7/f,  ov  Ion.  εω,  ό,  Tymnes, 
father  of  Histiaeus  of  Termera, 
Hdt.  5.  37  :  7,  98.-2.  a  poet  of  the 
Anthology. 

Τνμπύνίας,  ov,  ό,^τνμπανοειδής: 
— δ  τ.,  (^α.νδρωτ]'  or  ύδερος)  tympany, 
a  kind  of  dropsy  in  which  the  belly 
is  stretched  tight  like  a  drum. 

Τνμπάνίζω,  ί.-ίσω,  (τύμπανον)  : — 
to  beat  a  drum,  as  was  clone  in  the 
worship  of  Cybele,  Eu])ol.  Bapt.  1  : 
in  pass.,  τυμπανίζεσθαι  κατά  τας 
έξόδονς,  to  march  out  to  the  sound  of 
drums. — 2.  r.  επι  ταΐς  θύραις,  to  drum 
with  the  hand  on  them,  LXX. — II.  to 
beat  with  a  stick,  cudgel,  N.  T.  ;  cf. 
άποτυμπανίζω. — III.  of  orators,  to  use 
violent  gestures. 

Τνμπύνιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  τύμ- 
πανον, Strab.  [a] 

Τνμττύνισμός,  ού,  ό,  (τνμπάνίζω)  a 
beating  of  drums,  druniining,  as  the 
Galli  did  in  the  worship  of  Cybele, 
Ar.  Lys.  388  ;  cf  Lob.  Aglaoph.  p. 
652,  sq.  : — hence,  this  worship  itself, 
the  μητρώα  ίφιΊ,  Plut.  2.  171  Β,  338 
C. — II.  a  beating  with  sticks. 

Τυμπανιστής,  ού,  ό,  (τνμπάνίζω) 
one  who  beats  the  τύμπανον,  a  drum- 


ΤΤΝΔ 

mer :  pecul.  fem.  τνμπανίστρια,  of  a 
priestess  of  Cybele,  Dem.  320,  15, 
Luc.  Somn.  12 ;  cf  Lob.  Aglaoph.  ρ 
652. 

Τνμπΰνίτης,  ov,  ο,=^τνμπανίας. 

Τνμπΰνύδονπος,  ov,  (  τύμπανον, 
δονπίω)  sounding  with  dnons,  Orph. 
H.  13,  3. 

Τυμπΰνοειδιίς,  ές,  (τύμπανον,  εί- 
δος) like  a  drum,  Arist.  Coel.  2,  13, 
9. 

ΎνμπΓινόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  =  foreg. , 
νδρω-φ  τ.=^τνμπανίας,  Nic.  ΑΙ.  342. 

Τνμπύ,νον,  ον,  τό,  more  usu.  form 
for  τνπανον,  (τύπτω) : — a  kettledrum, 
such  as  was  used  esp.  in  the  worship 
of  Cybele  and  Bacchus,  Simon.  108, 
5,  Hdt.  4,  76  ;  τύμπανα,  'Pf'Of  τε  μη- 
τρός έμά  θ'  ευρήματα,  savs  Bacchus, 
Eur.  Bacch.  59,  cf  156,  Cycl.  05,  205, 
etc. : — -(hence  tympania.  pearls  with  one 
side  flat,  Plin.) — II.  a  drum-stick;  and, 
generally,  a  stafl,  cudgel,  Ar.  Plut. 
476;  ubi  V.  Heinst. — III.  an  inslru- 
iiient  for  cutting  off  heads.  —  IV.  in 
Virg.  G.  2.  444,  tympana  are  wagon- 
wheels  made  of  a  solid  piece  of  wood, 
rollers. —  V.  in  architecture,  a  sunken 
panel  of  any  shape,  es[).  the  triangular 
space  at  the  end  of  the  roof  of  a  temjile, 
the  pediment,  Lat.  tympanum  fastigii, 
Vitruv.  4,  7,  '^  55  :  the  square  panel  of 
a  door,  Lat.  tymp.forivm,  Id.  4,  6,  ^^  48 
— Cf  τνπανον. 

Τύμπύνος,  ov,  o,=  foreg.,  dub.,  in 
Anth.  P.  6,  220  ;  cf  Jac.  p.  176. 

Τνμπΰνοτερπής,  ές,  (  τύμπανον, 
τέρπω)  delighting  in  drums,  Orph.  H. 
26,  11. 

Τνμπΰνοτρίβης,  ov,  ό,  (τύμπανον, 
τρίβω)  tympanotriba  in  Plant.,  a  drum- 
mer, esp.  used  of  the  Galli  in  the  wor- 
ship of  Cybele  : — hence, — 2.  metaph., 
an  effeminate  person  :  and  so,:=Ki!'ai- 
δος.  [ί] 

Τνμπΰνοφορέομαι,  as  mid.,  to  carry 
drums,  Clearch.  ap.  Ath.  541  E. 

Τυμπΰνώδης,  ες,  contr.  for  τνμπα- 
νοειδής. 

ΥΥυμφαία,  ας.  ή,  Tymphaea,  a  hilly 
region  around  Τφψ//,  in  Epirus,  Arr. 
An.  1,7. 

■\Τνμ<^αΐίς,  ίδος,  ή,  pecul.  fem.  from 
sq..  Call.  Dian.  179. 

ίΤνμφαίος,  a,  ov,  of  Tymphe  or 
Tymphaea,  Tymphaean.  Lye.  802  ;  ol 
ΤνμφαΙοι,  Strab.  p.  326. 

ίΤύμφη,  -ης,  ή.  Mt.  Tymphe,  in 
Epirus,  Strab.  p.  325. 

^Τνμω'λος,  ov,  ύ,=^Τμώλος,  Anth. 

^Τννδάρειος,  a,  ov,  of  Tyndareiis, 
Tyndarean,  T.  παις,  i.  e.  Clytaem- 
nestra,  Eur.  Or.  374  ;  T.  παις  also 
referring  to  Helen,  Ar.  Thesm. 
919. 

Τννδύρεος,  ov,  ό,  Tyndareiis,  hus- 
band of  Leda,  Od.  tll,298;etc.:+ Alt. 
Τννόύρεως,  εω,  δ  : — the  form  Τνΐ'δα- 
ρος,  as  we  say  Tyndarus,  will  hardly 
be  found  in  classical  Greek,  though 
the  patronymic  Τννδύρίδης  [Γ]  seems 
formed  from  it. 

■\Ύννδαρεώνη,  Τ]ς,  ή.  daughter  of 
Tyndareiis,  i.  e.  Helen,  Christod.  Ec- 
phr.  ^167. 

Υνννδα^)ίδης,  ov,  ΰ,  son  of  Tynda- 
reiis (V.  sub  Τννδύρεος).  i.  e.  Pollux, 
Theocr.  22,  89:  oi  Τννδαρίδαι,  i.  e. 
Castor  and  Pollux,  H.  Hom.  26,  2  ; 
Hdt, ;  etc. 

^Τυνδάριος,  a,  ον,ζ=Τννδύρειος, 
esp.  oi  T.  σκόπελοι,  four  small  rocky 
islands  on  the  coast  of  Marmarica, 
Strab.  p.  799. 

iTυvδapίς,  ίδος,  ή,  daughter  of 
Tyndareiis,  i.  e.  Helen.  Eur.  Hec. 
269. — II.  Tyndaris,  a  city  on  north 
coast  of  Sicily,  Polyb.  1,  25. 


ΤΥΠΟ 

ίΎννόύριχος,  ον,  ό,  Tyndarichus,  a 
poet,  Ath.  66'3  D. 

Ύύνη,  Ep.  and  Dor.  for  τΰ,  σύ,  thou, 
freq.  in  11.,  and  Hes.,  like  έγώνη  for 
εγώ.  [ν] 

|Τΰν7;ί•,  T/rof,  ή.  Tunes, ^  a  city  of 
Zeugitana,  now  Tunis,  Polyb.  1,  30, 
15  ;  also  ό  Τ.,  Id.  1,  67:— in  Strab.  p. 
834  Ύύνις. 

^Ύννί'ίχος,  ον,  ό,  Tynnichus,  a  citi- 
zen of  Chalcis,  composer  of  a  paean 
to  Apollo,  Plat.  Ion  53t  D.— Others 
in  Anth.  P.  7,  229  ;  etc. 

Ύνι•νός,  ?!,  όν,  Dor.  for  μικρός,  so 
small,  so  little,  Lat.  tantillus,  Ί  heocr. 
24,  137:  ίκ  τνννών,  like  kn  παίδων, 
from  childhood,  Schiif.  Mel.  p.  70. 
(Identical  with  τυτθΰς,  though  some 
derive  it  from  τείνω.) 

Ύνΐ'νοΰτος,  ον,  Att.  •οσί,  -ονί,  so 
small,  so  little,  Lat.  tayitillus.  At.  Ach. 
367,  Ran.  139,  etc. — The  torm  τυνον- 
τος  is  wrong.  (Formed  from  τνννός, 
like  τοίυντος,  τοσούτος,  τηλικοϋτος, 
Iroin  τοϊος,  τόσος,  ΤΊ]7ύκος  :  —  not 
compd.  of  ούτος.) 

^Ύυννώνόας,  ον,  ό,  Tynnondas,  a 
Euboean,  Plut.  Sol.  14. 

ΎνντΧάζω,  logo  in  the  mud  or  mire : 
hence,  to  grub  round  the  roots  of  a  vine, 
Ar.  Pac.  1148.— 2.  transit.,  ίο  pW^  ϋ^Λ 
filth,  insitlt  grossly,  Sosip.  Καταφενδ. 

I,  35.  —  II.  Hesych.  also  explains  it 
38=~αρύσσω. 

Ύνΐ'Τλος,  ον,  ό,  tnud,  mire,  dirt, 
Menand.  p.  289. 

Ύνντλ,ώδης,  ες,  {είδος)  muddy,  miry, 
dirty. 

Ύί'ξις,  ή,=  τενξις,  Hesych. 

Τϋτά^ω,  f.  -άσω.  {τί)πος)=τνπόω, 
Opp.  C.  1,  457. — II.  {τυ-ή)^^τνπτω, 
aj).  Hesych. 

Υΐνπαιον,  ον,  τό,  Mt.  Typaeus,  in 
Triphylian  Elis,  Paus.  5,  6,  7. 

\Ύν7τύναια,  ας,  ή.  Polyb.,  Τυττα- 
νέα  and  Ύυττανέαί,  Strab.,  Typania, 
a  city  of  Triphylian  Elis. 

Ύνττΰνον,  ον,  τό.  {τντττ'ω)  rarer 
poet,  form  of  τνμττανον,  Η.  Horn.  13, 
3,  Aesch,  Fr.  54,  Diog.  (Trag.)  ap. 
Ath.  636  A,  and  Anth. ; — so  in  Lat. 
poets,  lypunum,  where  a  short  syll.  is 
required,  Nake  Opusc.  p.  34  sq.,  Sillig 
Calull.  63,  9.  [ϋ] 

Ύνπανος,  ον.  ό,  a  bird,  prob.  α  kind 
of  pecker,  Arist.  H.  A.  9,  1,  17. 

Ύνπάς,  ύόος,  ή,  (τΰ-τω)  α  mallet, 
hammer.  Soph.  Fr.  743. 

Ύνττετός,  ον,  ό,  (τνπτω)  α  beating, 
striking. — Ij.  like  κοπετός,  a  heating 
the  breast  for  grief,  mourning,  Dion.  H. 
4,67 

Τΰπή,  ης,  ή,  {τνπτω)  a  blow,  wound, 

II.  5,  887,  in  plur.,  Nic.  Th.  358. 
Ύνπίας,    ον,   ό,    (.τνπτω)  χαλκός, 

wrought  copper,  Lat.  ductilis. 

Ύνπικός.  ή,  όν,  conformed  to  a  τν- 
ΊΓος,  Plut.  2,  442  C  :  typical,  figurative, 
Eccl. 

Ύνπίς,  ίδος,  ?},=ζτνπύς,  a  mallet, 
hammer,  Ap.  Rh.  4,  762,  Diod. 

ΎνποπΆαστία,  ας,  ή,  {τύπος,  πλάσ- 
σω) α  mouldtng  of  fi'^vres. 

'Τύπος,  εος,  τό,=^τνμμα.  [ϋ] 

ΤΤ'ΠΟΣ.  ον,  ό,  α  blow,  Orac.  ap. 
Hdt.  1,  67;  cf.  ΰντίτνπος. — II.  that 
which  is  produced  by  the  blow  ;  hence, 
— 1.  the  mark  of  a  blow,  impression ;  the 
impress  of  a  seal,  Eur.  Hipp.  802,  Lys. 
Fr.  40,  Cic.  Att.  1,  10,  3;  the  stamp 
of  a  coin,  Luc.  Alex.  21  ;  (s(>,  metaph., 
like  χαρακτήρ,  Aesch.  Supp.  282, 
Plat.  Rep.  377  B) ;  cf  κόμμα:— τν- 
ττυι,  marks,  such  as  letters.  Plat. 
Phaedr.  275  A  ;  τύποι  γραμμάτων, 
Vlut.  Alex.  17 ;  τύποι  στί'ίον,  the 
prints,  tracks  o/ footsteps.  Soph.  Phil. 
'^ ;  τύποι,  π'ληγύν,  etc.,  Plut.  Aemil. 


ΤΥΠΤ 

19. — 2.  any  thing  wrought  of  tnelal  or 
stone,  τνποις  εσκενάσβαι  and  εγγε- 
γλνφθαι,  to  be  lurnished  or  carved 
ivith  figures  worked  in  relief,  Hdt.  2, 
138;  σιδ?]ροί'ώτοις  ασπίδας  τύποις, 
Eur.  Phoen.  1130;  εν  τνπφ  and  έπϊ 
τύπον,  in  relitf,  Pans.  2,  \9,  7;  9,  11, 
3  ;  cf.  εκτνπος : — hence,  simply,  afig- 
ure,  image,  statue  of  a  man,  etc.,  Hdt. 
2,  86;  3,  88;  also  γραπτοί  τ.,  Eur. 
Hypsip.  11: — hence,  τύπος  τινός,  a 
man's  image,  i.  e.  himself,  Aesch. 
Theb.  488 ;  χρνσέων  ξοάνων  τύποι, 
Eur.  Tro.  1074. — 3.  esp.,  an  outline, 
sketch,  draught :  hence  metaph.,  τν- 
πω,  ώς  τύπω,  εν  τύπω.  usu.  with  λέ- 
γειν, λαμβάνειν,  περι'λαμβάνειν,  to 
treat  in  outline,  in  general,  Stallb.  Plat. 
Cratyl.  397  A  ;  ώς  kv  τύπω.  μη  δι' 
ακριβείας,  είρήσβαι.  Id.  Rep.  414  A  ; 
cf.  Arist.  Eth.  N.  2,  2,  3  ;  1,  11,  2; 
όσον  τύπω,  in  outline  only.  Id.  Top.  1, 
1,7:  hence — 4.  the  general  character  of  a 
thing,  its  kind,  sort,  Plat.  Rep.  387  C, 
Phileb.  51  D  :  then — 5.  ο  certain  for- 
mula, ace.  to  which  fevers  and  other  dis- 
eases increase  and  abate :  hence,  τα 
πάθη  τνποννται,  the  diseases  assume 
a  τύπος. — 6.  the  original  pattern,  model, 
type,  alter  which  a  thing  is  wrought, 
Plat.  Rep.  443  B,  etc. :  hence  a  type, 
figure,  Eccl. — 7.  as  adv.,  τύπον,  like 
as,  just  as;  cf.  δίκην,  δέμας.  —  III. 
like  κτύπος,  the  effect  produced  on  the 
ear  by  the  sound  of  a  blow,  as  the  beat 
of  horses'  feet,  Xen.  Eq.  11,  12.— IV. 
an  action  for  debt,  in  better  Greek 
?ιήξίς,  Lat.  formula,  Att.  Process  p. 
595,  note.     Hence 

Τί'ττύω,  ώ,  to  make  an  impression,  to 
impress,  stamp,  τ.  σόραγίδι,  to  seal, 
Philo. — II.  to  form,  mould,  viodel,  Plat. 
Prot.  320  D,  cf  Theaet.  194  Β  :— 
pass.,  to  receive  a  form,  be  modelled,  as 
opp.  to  painting.  Id.  Soph.  239  D ; 
τον  τνπυνντος  καΐ  τνπονμένον, 
Plut.  2,  1024  C  :  metaph.,  άηρ  φθόγ- 
γοις  άνάρθροις  τνπωβείς,  the  air  be- 
ing impressed  by  inarticulate  sounds, 
lb.  589  C  ;  also  of  the  soul,  lb.  945  A, 
etc. — III.  in  pass,  of  diseases,  cf.  τύ- 
πος II.  6. 

Γνπτ}]τέος,  a,  ον,  to  be  beaten:  adj. 
verb,  from 

Ύύπτω,  strengthd.from  rootTYH-, 
which  appears  in  aor.  2  pass.,  in  τύ- 
πος, etc.:  fut.  τύφω :  aor.  1  ετνψα  ; 
aor.  2  έτνπον  (Eur.  Ion  767);  aor. 
pass,  ετύπην :  pf.  pass,  τέτνμμαι. 
In  Att.  we  find  also  a  fut.  τνπτήσω, 
Ar.  Nub.  1444,  Plut.  20;  whence  was 
formed  by  later  authors  a  pf  τετν- 
πτι/κα,  pass,  -ημαι,  and  aor.  pass. 
ετνπτηθην,  Lob.  Phryn.  764,  Jac. 
Anth.  P.  p.  483:  the  fut.  pass,  τνπτη- 
σομαι,  in  At.  ISub.  1379,  is  altered  by 
Buttm.  Ausf.  Gr.  (}  113  Anm.  10  n., 
into  τυπήσομαι.  Horn,  has  pres.  and 
impf.,  and  pres.  pass.,  aor.  act.  έτνψα, 
pf.  pass,  τετνμμένος,  and  aor.  pass. 

To  beat,  strike,  smite.  Strictly  with 
a  stick,  τνπτονσιν  ^)οπά/.οισιν  (sc. 
τον  όνον),  11.  11,  561  ;  but  in  Horn, 
mostly  with  weapons  of  war,  φασγύ- 
νφ,  άορι,  ξίφει,  δονρί,  έγχεσι  τύπτειν, 
11.  4,  531 ;  13,  529,  etc. ;  κατά  γαστέ- 
ρα τύψεν,  17,  313 ;  so,  τ.  εις  τον  ώμον, 
Xen.  Cyr.  5,  4,  5 : — metaph.,  αχός 
όξν  κατά  φρένα  τύφε  βαθείαν,  sharp 
grief  smote  him  to  the  heart,  11.  19, 
125  ;  so,  ή  άληθιμη  έτνφε  Καμβύσεα, 
Hdt.  3,  64;  άνίαις  τνπείς,  Pind.  Ν. 
1,  81  : — later  also,  to  sting,  όφις  μ' 
έτνφε  μικρός,  Anacreont.  36,  10  : — 
and,  in  Polyb.  3,  53,  4,  of  missiles  ; 
whereas  Hoin.  opposes  τύπτειν  to 
βάλ'λειν,  II.  11,  191,  etc. — 2.  ΰλα  τύ- 
πτειν έρετμοϊς,  ϊ.  e.  to  row,  freq.  in 


ΤΥΡΑ 
Od. ;  χθόνα  μετώπφ  τύπτειν,  ί.  e.  to 
fall  headlong,  Od.  22,  86:  Ιχνια  πό- 
δεσσι  τύπτειν,  to  tread  in  his  very 
track,  II.  23,  764;  absol.,  Ζέφυρος 
λαίλαπι  τνπτων,  the  west-wind  beat- 
ing, lashing  with  fuiv,  II.  11,  3UG  ;  cf. 
Pind.  P.  6,  13,  v.  sub  ύποτνπτω  :—i:. 
dupl.  ace,  T.  τινά  π'/ ηγαΓ.  Αη\.\\Λ\ο 
127, 13  ;  cf  infra  HI.— 11.  mid.  τνπτο- 
μαι,  to  beat,  strike  one's  self,  esu.  like 
κόπτομαι,  Lat.  plangor,  to  beat  one's 
breast  for  grief,  Hdt.  2,  61  ;  hence, 
τύπτεσϋαί  τίνα,  to  mourn  for  a  per- 
son. Id.  2,  42.  61,  132  ;  v.  sub  κόπτω, 
τίλ'λω,  Heyne  Tibull.  1,  7,  28— IlL 
pass.,  to  be  beaten,  struck  or  wounded, 
δονρί  τνπείς,  etc.,  Horn. ;  κράτων 
τνπτομένων,  Od.  22,  309 : — c.  ace, 
to  receive  blows  or  wounds,  ε/.κεα, 
υσσ'  έτύπη,  II.  24,  421  ;  so,  τύπτομαι 
ΤΓολλάζ•  (sc.  πληγύς),  I  get  many 
blows,  Ar.  Nub.  972,  cf.  Aeschin.  19, 
30.  (Akin  to  κτύπος,  κτνπέω,  v.  τύ- 
πος III.) 

Ύΰπώδης,  ες,  (τύπος  II.  3.  είδος) . 
— like  an  outline  or  sketch  ;  ώς  ιίς  τν- 
πώδη  μύθησιν,  so  far  as  belongs  to 
general  or  superficial  knowledge,  Arist. 
Mund.  6,  1.     Adv.  -δώς,  Strab. 

Τύπωμα,  ατός,  τό,  (τνπόω)  -.—that 
which  is  formed,  fashioned,  modelled  ;  τ. 
χαλκόπλενρον,  a  brazen  urn.  Soph. 
El.  54  :  a  figure,  outline,  r.  μορφής, 
Eur.  Phoen.  162.— II.  an  impression 
made  on  the  senses  Plut.  2,  1121  C. 

Τί'ττωσί^,  εως,  ή,  (τνπόω)  a  form 
ing,  moulding,  Theophr.  :  a  mould 
model,  Plut.  Brut.  37. 

Ύνπωτίίς,  ον,  ό,  fern,  τνπώτις,  ιδος 
ί/,  (τνπόω)  forming,  fashioning,  model- 
ling, σφρη)ίς  τνπώτις,  α  seai-riiig, 
Orph.  Η.  33.  26.     Hence 

Ύνπωτικός,  ή.  όν,  able  to  form  or 
ynould,  Eurypham.  ap.  Stob.  p.  555,50. 

Ύνπωτός,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from  τν- 
πόω, fashioned,  modelled.  Lye.  262. 

TiJpii/Cil-7/f.  ό,  a  kind  at  cheese-cake, 
Philox.  ap.  Meiiiek.  Cora.  Fr.  3,  p. 
641. 

ΥΤυράμβη,  ης,  ή,  Tyrambe,  a  city 
on  the  Maeotis,  Strab.  p.  494. 

Ύνραννεϊον,ΐιν.  τό,  a  tyrant's  dwell- 
ing, usu.  in  pi.,  Plut.  Timol.  13,  etc. 

Ύνραννενω,  f.  -ενσω,  and  τνραν- 
νέω.  ώ,  ί.  -ί/σω,  the  former  always  in 
Hdt.,  but  Soph,  and  other  Att.  writers 
use  both  forms  indiflerently  : — fut. 
τνραννίισομαι  in  .pass,  sign!.,  Dem. 
506,  22.  To  be  a  τύραννος  or  absolute 
sovereign,  first  in  Hdt.  1,15,  etc.  :  c. 
gen  ,  to  be  τύραννος  of  a  people  or 
place,  (0  rule,  govern  it  absolutely,  r. 
Άϋηνών,  Solon  25,  6;  Μίλήτον, 
'Αθηναίων,  Hdt.  1.  20,  bQ■,χOovoς,' 
Soph.,  etc. :  sometimes  also  c.  ace, 
Dem.  127,  1  ;  cf.  κρατέω  : — the  aor. 
τνραννεϋσαι  also  has  the  signf.  to 
have  become  τύραννος,  making  a  tran- 
sition from  private  iife  to  this  estate, 
Hdt.  1,  14. — Pass,  τνραννενομαι,  -έο• 
μαι,  to  be  under  the  sway  of  τνραννοι, 
to  be  governed  with  absolute  power,  Thuc. 

I,  18  ;  πόλεις  τνραννυύμεναι.  Plat. 
Rep.  545  C  ;  υπό  τίνος  τνραννεϊσβαι, 
Dem.  506,  22,  cf.  Plat.  Rep.  574  E.— 

II.  τνραννέω  has  also  the  signf.,  to  be 
of  a  tyrannical  disposition,  be  imperious, 
act  so,  Plat.  Ale.  1,  135  A,  Meno  76  B. 

Ύΐ•ραι•νιισείω,  desiderat.  from  fore- 
going, to  aspire  to  sovereignty. 

Τνραννητέον,  verb.  adj.  from  τν- 
ραννέω, one  must  be  tyrant,  Dion.  H. 

Ύνραννία,  ας,  τ),=^τνραννίς,  v.  1. 
Xen.  Oec.  1,  15: — in  Xeiiophan.  ap. 
Ath.  526  Β  t(3,  2  Bgk.)t,  τνραννίης 
with  the  penult,  long. 

ΎνραννΜω,  ώι  to  smack  of  tyranny. 
1531 


ΤΤΡΑ 
hi  play  the  tyrant,  Diog.  L.  3, 18. — II.= 
τυραννησείω. 

Ύϊφαννέζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (τύραννος)  to 
take  the  part  of  tyrants,  Detn.  213,  15. 

'Γνραννικής,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to  a 
τνρανίΌς.  royal,  Aesch.  Ag.  828  ;  τρό- 
ποίσιν  ού  τυμαννικοϊς,  Id.  Cho.  479 ; 
Γ.  όόμος,  στέγαι,  Eur.  Med.  740,  etc. : 
— hifitlDig  a  tyrant,  lordly,  imperious, 
Plat.  Phaedr.  248  E,  etc.  ;  τυραννικά 
φρονεϊν,  Ar.  Vesp.  507  ;  so  in  siiperl. 
τνραννικώτατος,  Plat.  Rep.  575  D, 
580  C. 

Τίφηννίς.  ίόος,  ή,  vocat.  τυραννί. 
Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  380  :—the  rule  of  a  τύ- 
ραννος, absolute  power  or  sway  ;  and, 
generally,  kingly  power,  sovereignly, 
royalty.  Archil.  21  (Bergk),  Pind.  P. 
2,  159;  11,  81,  Hdt.  3,  53,  81,  and 
freq.  in  Att. : — v.  sub  τύραννος. — 2. 
in  pliir.,  at  τνραννίδες=οί  τύραννοι, 
Hdt.  8,  137. — II.  fern,  from  τύραννος, 
LXX. 

iTvpavviuv,  ωνος,  6,  Tyrannio,  a 
grammarian  of  Amisus,  teacher  of 
Strabo,  Strab.  p.  548. 

Ύνραννοόίδάσκύλος,  ov,  6,  (τύραν- 
νος, όιδάσκαλοΓ)  a  teacher  of  tyratUs, 
Plat.  Theag.  125  A. 

Ύνραννοκτονέω,  ώ,  (τνραννοκτό- 
vor)  to  slay  a  tyrant,  Luc.  Tyrann.  20, 
2i'Plut. 

Ύνραννοκτονία,  ας,  η,  the  slaying 
of  a  tyrant,  Luc.  Tyrann.  22. 

Ύϋοαννοκτονικός,  η,  όν,  belonging 
to  the  slaying  or  slayer  of  a  tyrant,  App. 

Ύνραννοκτόνος,  ov,  (τύραννος, 
κτείνω)  slaying  a  tyrant,  Luc.  Ty- 
rann. 1,  etc. 

Ύϋραννοποιός,  όν,  (τύραννος,  ποι- 
f<y)  making  tyrants.  Plat.  Rep.  572  E. 

Ύίφαννος,  ov,  ό,  also  ?/,  strictly 
Dor.  for  κοίρανος,  from  κύρος,  κύριος, 
a  lord,  master;  hence,  usil.,  an  abso- 
tide  sovereign,  unlimited  by  law  or 
constitution,  prob.  tirst  in  H.  Hom.  7, 
5,  where  it  is  used  of  the  gods,  cf. 
Aesch.  Pr.  7.36,  Soph.  Tr.  217,  Ar. 
Nub.  5U4:  the  word  first  began  to  be 
Used  in  the  time  of  Archil.,  Hippias 
ap.  Argum.  Soph.  O.  T.,  Schol.  Aesch. 
Pr.  221  ;  and  became  common  in  The- 
ogn.,  Pind.,  and  Hdt. ;  when,  free 
constitutions  having  superseded  the 
old  hereditary  sovereignties  (βασι- 
λε'ιαι),  all  who  obtained  absolute 
power  in  a  state  were  called  τύραν- 
νοι, tyrants,  usurpers  ;  SO  that  the  term 
rather  regards  the  way  in  which  the 
power  was  gained,  than  how  it  was 
exercised ;  as  e.  g.  it  was  applied  to 
the  mild  Pisistratus,  but  not  to  the 
despotic  kings  of  Persia  :  however, 
as  usurpation  usu.  leads  to  violence, 
the  word  soon  came  to  imply  re- 
proach, and  was  then  used  like  our 
tyrant  or  despot,  as  in  Plat.,  Gorg.  510 
B,  Polit.  301  C,  etc.  ;  cf  Arnold  Ap- 
pend. 1  to  Thuc.  vol.  1,  Diet.  Antiqq. 
in  voc,  Ebert  Dissert.  Sicul.  1,  p. 
1-64. — 2.  in  a  wider  sense,  the  ty- 
rant's whole  family,  the  royal  race, 
Schiif  Soph.  Tr.  316,  Reisig  Enarr. 
O.  C.  847  (851).— 3.  7}  τύραννος,  both 
the  queen  herself  and  the  king's  daugh- 
ter, princess,  Eur.  Hec.  809,  Med.  877, 
1356 :  so,  ό  τύραννος,  the  king's  son, 
prince. — H,  τύραννος,  ov,  as  adj.  like 
τνραννικός,  kingly,  lordly,  imperious, 
Tvpavva  σκήπτρα,  Aesch.  Pr.  761  ; 
Tvpavva  δρΰν.  Soph.  O.  T.  588,  cf. 
Ant.  1169,  Valck.  Hipp.  840;  ?;  τύ- 
οαννος  κόρη.  Eur.  Med.  1 125  ;  τύραν- 
νος πόλις,  i'huc.  1,  122,  124;  τύραν- 
νου δώμα,  the  kirtg's  palace,  Eur.  Hipp. 
843,  etc.  [ύ] 

Ύϊ'ραννοίράνος,  ov,  {τύραννος,  φο- 
νεύω) slaying  tyrants,  Anth.  P.  7,  388. 

i53a 


TTPO 

ΎνραννόιΙ>ρων,ονος,ό,7/,(τύραννος, 
0p7/i')  of  imperious  temper,  Dio  Chrys. 

i'Γvpaς,  oil.  Ion.  '{'νρης.  ευ,  6,  the 
Tyrns,  a  river  of  European  Sarniatia, 
which  falls  into  the  Eu.xine,  now  the 
Dniester,  Hdt.  4,  1 1  ;  Strab.  p.  107. 

Tvpfia,  adv.,  (τύρ,βη),  pele-mele, 
topsy-turvy  ;  also  σύρβα. 

Ύνρβύζω,  {.  -άσω,  to  trouble,  stir  up, 
Lat.  turbare,  τον  πτ/λόν,  Ar.Vesp.  257, 
cf  Soph.  Fr.  928  ,  τνφ?.όςΆρης  σνος 
προςώττω πάντα  τυρβάζει  κακά. Soph. 
Fr.  720: — pass.,  to  be  in  disorder,  be 
jumbled  or  crowded  together,  Ar.  Pac. 
1007. 

Ύνρβασία,  ή.=  τνρβη  Π. 

Ύύρβη,  ης,  ή,  Att.  for  Ion.,  and  in 
low  Greek  ΰύρβη,  disorder,  throng, 
bustle,  the  Lat.  turba,  τύρβην  παρα- 
σχείν,  Hipp.  ;  την  τύρβην  εν  i]  ζύ- 
μεν,  Isocr.  Antid.  (^  138 ;  cf  Xen. 
Cyr.  1,  2,  3. — H.  a  Bacchic  festival  and 
its  dance,  Pans.  2,  24,  6.  (Akin  to  θό- 
ρυβος, θορνβευ.) 

Ύϋρεία,  ας,  ή,  (τνρενω)  α  making  of 
cheese,  Arist.  Η.  Α.  3,  21,  6.— Π.  con- 
fasion,=  κύκησις. 

Ύνρενμα,  ατός,  τό,  Ιτυρενυ)  that 
itihich  is  curdled,  cheese,  Eur.  El.  496, 
Cycl.  162.  [ϋ] 

Ύύρενσίς,εο)ς.ή,(τνρενω)=τνρεία, 
Arist.  Η.  Α.  3,  20,  13.  [ϋ] 

Ύΐφεντήρ,  ήρος,  6,  and  τϋρεντής, 
οϋ,  δ,  (τνρεύω)  one  who  makes  cheese  ; 
'Κρμής  τνρευτής,  Mercury  as  god  of 
goat-herds,  and  giver  of  goat's-milk 
cheese,  Anth. 

Ύνρεύω  and  τϊφέω,  ώ,  t.-ησω,  (τυ- 
ρός) like  τυρύω,  to  make  cheese,  τυρον 
τυρήσαι,  Alcman  25  ;  also,  to  wake 
into  cheese,  hfence, Ti'piverat  το  yaka, 
Arist.  H.  A.  3,  20,  14  ;  and,  impers., 
τυρεύεται,  cheese  is  made,  lb.  6. — 11. 
metaph.,  to  stir  up,  jumble  or  make  a 
jness  of  any  thing,  confound,  like  τυρ- 
βάζω, κνκάω,  Dem.  436,  5  ;  τνρονντες 
άπαντα,  Archestr.  ap.  Ath.  311  B. — 
2.  to  mix  and  so  to  manage  or  prepare 
a  thing  cunningly,  κακόν  τινι  τ.,  Luc. 
Λ  sin.  31  ;  cf  Casaub.  Ar.  Eq.  479. 

Wvpia,  ας,  ή,  Tyria,  wife  of 
Aegyptus,  Apollod.  2.  1,5. 

^Ύυpιaϊov,  ov,  τό,  also  Ύνρίαιον, 
Tyriaeum,  a  city  of  Lycaonia  on  the 
borders  of  Phrygia  or  in  Phrygia 
Paroreios,  now  Arkut  Khan,  Xen. 
An.  1,  2,  14;  Strab.  p.  636. 

ίΎυριύσπτις,  ov,  b,  Tyriaspes,  a 
Persian  satrap,  Arr.  An.  4,  22,  5. 

ίΤυριγέται,  (also  Ύυραγέται  more 
correctly  in  Strab.),  ών,  οι,  the  Tyra- 
getae,  i.  e.  the  Getae  along  the  Tyras, 
Hdt.  3,  51  ;  Strab.  p.  128. 

Ύνρίδιον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  τυρός, 
Epich.  p.  56.  [<] 

ίΎνριος,  a,  ov,  of  or  relating  toTyre, 
Tyrian,  Aesch.  Pers.963,  Eur.  Phoen. 
639. 

Ύϋρίσδω,  Dor.  for  σνρίζω,  v.  1. 
Theocr.  1,2. 

ίΤύρισκοί,  οι,  V.  1.  for  Ύαύρισκοι. 

ΎνρίσκοΓ,  ov,  ό,  dim.  from  τιφός, 
Ael.  Ν.  Α.  8,  5. 

^Ύνρνος,  ov,  ό,  Turnus,  king  of  the 
Rutuh,  Dion.  H. 

'Γνροβόλιον,  ου,  τό,  (βάλλω)  a 
cheese-basket. 

Ύϊφογλύφος,  ου,  ό,  (τυρός,  γλύφω) 
Cheese-scooper,  name  of  a  mouse  in 
Batr.  137.  [yAi»] 

^Ύνρόόιζα,  ης,  ή.  Tyrodiza,  a  city 
of  Thrace,  on  the  coast  of  the  Aegean, 
Hdt.  7,  25. 

Ύϋρόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  contr.  τνρονς. 
οϋσσα,  οϋν,  {τνρός)  ■  —  cheesy,  like 
cheese,  άρτος,  Sophron  ap.  Ath.  110 
D: — ό  Γ.  (sc.  άρτος  or  π?ΜΚοϋς), 
cheese-bread,  a  cheese-cake,  or  simply 


TTPP 

cheese,  Theocr.  1 ,  58,  Hegem.  ap.  Ath. 
698  F.  [In  Theocr.,  either  τϊφόεντα 
must  be  taken  as  a  trisyll. ;  or,  rather, 
should  be  written  contr.  τνρονντα, 
Dor.  τϋρώντα,  as  Sophron  has  it.] 

^Ύνρόεσσα,  ης,  ή,  Tyroessa,  i.  e. 
Cheese-island,  Luc.  V^er.  H.  2,  25. 

Ύνρόκλετρ,  6,  (κλέπτω)  a  cheese- 
thief. 

Ύϊφόκνηστις,  η,  (τνρός,  κνύω)  a 
cheese-scraprr  or  grater,  Ar.  Vesp.  938, 
963,  Av.  1579. 

Ύϊφοκομειον,  ov,  τό,  a  cheese-crate, 
cheese-rack  :  from 

Ύίφοκομέω,  ώ,  to  make  or  take  care 
of  cheese. 

Ύϋροκοπέω,  ω,  (κόπτω)  to  cut 
cheese. 

ΎνροκόσκΙνον,  ov,  τό,  a  cheese- 
sieve. — 11.  a  cheese-cake,  Ath.  647  E. 

Τνρύμαντις,  6  and  ή,  (τνρός,  μάν- 
τις)  one  who  divmes  from  cheese,  Ael. 
N.  A.  8,  5,  Artemid.  2,74. 

Ύϋρόνωτος,  ov,  (τυρός,  νώτος) 
cheese-backed,  i.  e.  spread  with  cheese, 
πλακονς,  Ar.  Ach.  1125  (cf.  τνροφό- 
ρος), — parodied  from  σιδηρύνωτος. 

Ύίψοξόος,  ov,  (ξέω)  scraping  cheese. 

Ύϊφοποιέω,  ώ,  (τνρός,  ποιέω)  to 
make  cheese,  Longus.     Hence 

Ύνροποιΐα,  ας,  ή,  cheese-making, 
Geop. 

Ύϋροποιϊκός,  ή,  όν,  of  or  for  cheese- 
making. 

Ύϋροπω?^ω,  ώ,  to  sell  cheese,  sell 
like  cheese,  τέχνην  ποιητών  τ.,  Ar. 
Ran.  1369:  from 

Ύνροπώλ7ΐς,  ov,  6,  (τυρός,  πυλέω) 
a  cheese-monger,  Ar.  Eq.  854. 

ΤΥ-ΡΟ'Σ,  ού,  ό,  cheese,  Od.  4,  88, 
etc. ;  V.  sub  όπίας,  χ?ιωρός  111 : — ό 
τυρός,  the  cheese- market,  Lys.  167,  8. — 
Cf  βοντνρον.  [ν,  as  in  all  deriv. 
and  compounds,  Draco  p.  88,  24, 
Schweigh.  Ath.  27  F.] 

■\Ύνρος,  ov,  ή.  Tyre,  an  ancient  and 
celebrated  city  of  Phoenicia,  at  first 
on  the  continent  (afterwards  called 
Τίαλαίτυρος),  alter  its  investment  by 
Nebuchadnezzar  built  upon  an  island 
near,  which,  then  being  joined  to  the 
mainland,  formed  a  peninsula,  Hdt. 
2,  44  ;  etc.  ;  Dion.  P.  91 1.  An  island 
Ύνρός  is  mentioned  by  Strab.  p.  766 
in  the  Persian  gulf:  its  inhabitants 
also  Ύύριοι,  Tyrians,  Id.  p.  784. 

Ύί'ροτόμος,  ov,  (τέμνω)  cutting 
cheese. 

Ύνροφύγος,  ov,  ό,  (τνρός,  φαγεΐν) 
Cheese-eater,  name  of  a  mouse  m  Batr. 
226.  [ά] 

Ύϊψοφορεΐον,  ov,  τό,  a  cheese-bearer, 
stand  for  cheese-racks.  Poll. 

Ύνροφόρος,  ov,  (τνρός,  φέρω)  bear- 
ing cheese,  hainng  cheese  on  it,  πλα 
κονς,  Anth.  P.  6,  155;  cf  τνρόνω 
τος. 

Ύνροψνκτης,  ου,  6,  a  place  for  dry- 
ing cheese  ;=  τνροκομεΐον. 

Ύϋρόω,  ώ,  (τνρός)  to  make  into 
cheese,  γίιλα,  LXX.  : — pass,,  to  curdle. 

ίΤνρβηναϊος,  a,  ον,=Ύν()^ηνός, 
Hdn.  8,  4. 

^Ύνβ^ηνία,  ας,  ή,  Ion.  Ύνρσηνίη, 
Etruria,  in  Central  Italy,  Hdt.  1,  94; 
Strab.  p.  219. 

■[Τυρρηνικός,  ή,  όν,  poet.  Τνρσ.,= 
Ύνββι/νός ;  τό  Τ.  πέλαγος,  the  Tyr- 
rhenian sea  west  of  Italy,  Thuc.  4, 
24;  Strab.  p.  209  :—ό  Ύνρ.  κόλπος. 
Id.  pp.  92,  108:— J7  T.  σά?.πιγξ,  as 
an  invention  of  the  Etrurians,  Eur. 
Phoen.  1376. 

[Τνββηνίς,  ίδος,  ή,  ροβΙ.Τυρσηνίς, 
V.  sub  Ύν/)ρ7ΐνός. 

ΤνββηνολέτηΓ,  ov,  ό,  destroyer  of 
Tyrrhenians,  Anth.  P.  9,  524,  20. 

Ύνβρηνός,  η,  όν,  poet.  Τΐ'ρσ.,  Tyr- 


ΤΤΦΑ 

rkenian,  Etruscan,  first  in  H.  liorn.  6, 
8,  Hes.  Th.  10J5,  Piiid.  P.  1,  139; 
tHdt.  1,  94;  cf.  57t:  hence  pecul. 
fern.  Τυββηνίς,  ίύος,  ή,  tpoet.  Ύνρσ., 
Eur.  Med.  1342 :  αί  Ύνβί)ηνιδες, 
Etrurian  wu?nen,  Folyaeil.  7,  49. 

fT^φ/)ηvός,  ού,  6,  Ion.  Tvpff?;j'of, 
Tyrrhenns,  son  of  the  Lydian  king 
Atys,  who  passed  over  from  Lydia 
with  a  Pelasgian  colony  to  Italy,  and 
gave,  according  to  the  legend,  name 
to  Tyrrhenia  or  Elruria,  Hdt.  1 ,  94 ; 
Strab.  p.  219. — 2.  son  of  Hercules 
and  Omphale,  Paus.  2,  21,  3. — Others 
in  Diog.  L. ;  etc. 

Ύιφβι/νονργής,  ες,  (Ύν^βηνός,  *ερ- 
γω)  of  ryrrkenmn  or  Etruscan  work, 
Meineke  Cora.  Fr.  2,  p.  91. 

Ύιφ{)ί.διον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  τνβ- 
ί>ις.  [I] 

\Ύνρσάνός,  δ,  Dor.  =  Ύυρρηνος, 
Find. 

\Ύνρσηνίς,  ή,  ν.  sub  ΎνβΙί>ηνός. 

^Ύυρστ/νός,  Τυρσηνί?/,  etc.,  Ion. 
and  poet,  for  Ύυ(ψηνός,  etc. 

ΤΥ'ΡΣΙΣ,  ή,  gen.  ως,  Xen.  An.  7, 
8,  12  ;  ace.  τίφσιν,  Pind.,  and  Xen. ; 
but  nom.  pi.  τνρσας,  gen.  έων,  dat. 
-εσι,  Xen.  An.  4,  4,  2,  Hell.  4,  7,  6, 
Cyr.  7,  5,  10 :  later  τνββίς,  like  Lat. 
turns : — a  tower,  Pind.  O.  2,  127  : 
esp.,  the  tower  on  a  wall,  a  bastion, 
Xen.  11.  c.  : — also,  a  walled  city,  forti- 
fied house,  etc.,  Nic.  Al.  2,  Dion.  H. 
(Thought  by  some  to  be  akin  to  βύρ- 
σας, q.  V.) 

Τνρσος,  o,=  foreg. 

ΊΎύίΐταίος  or  Τυρταίος,  ov,  6,  Tyr- 
taeus,  a  poet  of  Athens,  or  Erineus, 
whose  martial  songs  aided  the  Spar- 
tans in  the  second  Messenian  war, 
Plat.  Legg.  629  A;  Strab.  p.  362. 

iΎvpΓaμoς,  ov,  a,  Tyrlamus,  proper 
name  of  Theoplirastus,  Strab.  p.  618. 

Ύύρχ7],  ή.  dub.  I.  for  νρχη. 

^Ύνρώ,  ους,  η.  Tyro,  daughter  of 
Salmoneus,  wife  of  Cretheus,  mother 
of  Pelias  and  Neleus  by  Nept\ine, 
and  of  Aeson,  Phcres  and  Amythaon 
by  Cretheus,  Od.  U,  235  sqq.  ;  A  pol- 
led. 1,  9,  8. 

Ύνρώδης,  ες,  ( τυρός,  είδος  )  like 
cheese,  Plut.  2,  131  Ε. 

^Ύνρωνίόας,  ου,  ό,  Tyronidas,  a 
Tegeat.  Paus.  8,  48,  1. 

Ύϋρωτός,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from 
TVpou,  prepared  with  cheeseit- 

Ύυτύνη,  η,  v.  τνκάνη. 

ΤΤΤΘΟ'Σ,  όν,  later  also  77,  όν  :— 
little,  small,  young,  as  adj.  in  Horn, 
always  of  men,  τόν  γ'  έθρεφε  δόμ.θίς 
ενι  τντβόν  έόντα,  while  yet  a  Utile 
one,  11.  11,  223;  τντϋύς  έούσα,  22, 
480  ;  τυτθον  ovf  εν  σπαργύνοις, 
Aesch.  Ag.  1606.— 2.  τντβόν,  as  adv., 
α  little,  a  bit,  esp.  of  space,  άνεχύ- 
ζετο  τυτθον  όπίσσω,  II.  5,  443 ;  ηλευα- 
το  τυτθον  εγχος,  1.3,  185;  τ.  άττοτνρό 
νεών,  7,  334  : — scarcely,  hardli/,  11.  15, 
628 ;  19,  335,  Aesch.  Pers.  564  :— of 
the  voice,  low,  softly,  gently,  τυτθον 
ώθεγξαμένη,  11.  24, 170  :— more  rarely 
in  pi.  τντϋά,  in  Horn,  only  τυτβά 
otnTUT/ξαι,  κεύσσαι,  to  cut  small,  Od. 
12,  171,  388.  (Prob.  akin  to  τι,τθός, 
τίτθη.) 

Ύντώ,  ους,  ή,  the  night-owl,  so  called 
from  its  cry,  ap.  Hesych.,  v.  Plaut. 
Menaechm.  4,  2,  91. 

\Ύνφί1όνι.ος,  a.  ov,  v.  sub  sq. 

Ύνφάων,  όνος,  ό,  poet.  Ep.  lengthd. 
form  for  Ύυφών,  q.  v. :  hence,  Τυφαό- 
vior,  a,  ov,  poet,  for  Τυφώνίος,  tTw- 
φαονίη  ττέτρη.  the  Typhonian  rock,  in 
Caucasus,  where  Typhon  was  struck 
down  by  Jupiter,  Ap.  Rh.  2,  1210t: 
pecul.  fem.  Ύυφαονίς,  έδος :  Ύνφαό- 
viov,  τό,  a  mountain  between  Olym- 


ΤΥΦΛ 

pus  and  Thebes,  Heinr.  Hes.  Sc.  32. 
[Cf.  Ύυώών.] 

Ύϋφεοΰνος,  οϋ,  ό,  (  τύφίύ  )  : — one 
vnth  smoky,  clouded  wits,  a  stupid  fel- 
low, a  dullard,  Ar.  Vesp.  1364  ;  Brunck 
from  Suid.  would  read  στνφεύανός, 
a  sulky  fellow  (from  στύφω) ;  but  cf. 
τνφογέρων. 

Ύνφεόών,  όνος,  η,  (τνφω)  α  kind- 
ling, lighting,  injiainmation. — II.  α  torch. 

ΤΤ'ΦΗ,  ης,  ή,  α  plant  used  for 
stuffing  bolsters  and  beds,  like  the  lo- 
mentum  circense  of  the  Romans,  iyjoAa 
Linn.,  our  cat's-tail. 

Ύνφήρης,  ες.  (τνφ(ύ,  *άρω  ?)  .let  on 
fire,  burning,  lighted,  Χύχνος,  Anth. 
P.  6,  249.  (Others  derive  it  from 
τύφη.) 

Ύνφλίνης  όφις,  ό,  a  kinri  of  ser- 
pent, like  our  blind-worm,  Lat.  caecilia 
{caecus),  Arist.  H.  A.  6,  13,  9:  but  in 
8,  24,  7,  we  have  τοις  τνφλίνοις 
όφεσι,  as  if  from  τυφ/ΰνος  or  τυφ?Λ- 
νος,  cf.  Ael.  N.  A.  8,  13:— also,  rv- 
φλύφ  and  κωφίας. 

ΎνφΆογενής,  ες,  born  blind. 

Ύνφλο7ΐ?Μστέομαι,  as  pass.,  to  be 
born  blind,  of  bears. 

Ύνφ'λοποιός,  όν,  blinding. 

Ύνφλόπους,  ττοδος,  ό,  ή,  (τνφ?ίός, 
ττοϋς)  with  blind  foot  (as  in  Milton 
'  these  dark  steps'),  of  Oedipus,  Pors. 
Phoen.  1549. 

Τυφλός,  ή,  όν,  blind,  in  Horn,  only 
II.  6,  139,  H.  Ap.  172,  but  freq.  from 
Hom.  downwds. ;  τυφ'λοςέκ  δεδορκό- 
τος.  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  454.  etc. : — c.  gen., 
r.  Τίνος,  blind  to  a  thing,  Xen.  Symp. 
4,  12,  cf.  τνφ7.όυ  1 : — tu  τνφλϊϊ  τοϋ 
σώματος,  i.  e.  one's  back,  Xen.  Cyr. 
3,  3,  45 : — proverb.,  ό  τυφλός  πάρα 
τόν  κωφόν  λαλεί,  of  one  whose  at- 
tacks are  unfelt,  Cratm.  Archd.  3. — 
II.  metaph.  also  of  the  other  senses 
and  the  mind,  -  ψ-ορ,  Pind.  N.  7, 
34  ;  τυφλός  τά  τ'  ώτα,  τόν  τε  νουν, 
τα  τ'  όμματα.  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  371. — III. 
of  things,  dark,  unseen,  dim,  obscure, 
as  vve  too  say,  blind,  έλ,πίόεΓ,  Aesch. 
Pr.  250;  άτη,  Soph.  Tr.  1104;  to  δ' 
avpiov  τυφλόν  αίέν  ερκει,  Id.  Fr. 
685  ;  τ.  σπίλάδες,  blind  rocks,  Anth. 
P.  7,  275. — 2.  of  the  mouths  of  rivers 
and  harbours,  choked  with  mud,  Plut. 
Sulla  20;  τυφ7•.ός  όζος,  a  branch 
without  buds  or  eyes,  Theophr. — IV. 
Adv.  -λώζ•,  r.  εχειν  προς  τι,  to  be 
blind  to  It,  Plat.'Gorg.  479  B.  (Τυ- 
φλός  is  prob.  shortd.  from  τνφελός, 
from  τυφω,  and  so  strictly  smoky, 
misty,  darkened ;  and  perh.  akiu  to 
σιφλός.) 

Τυφλόστομος,  ov,  {τυφλός,  στόμα) 
with  blind  mouth,  i.  e.  with  the  mouth 
choked  up,  of  rivers,  Strab. 

Τνφλόιτης,  ητοΓ.  ή,  {τυφλός)  blind- 
ness, Plat.  Rep.  353  C,  Ale.  1,  126  B. 
— II.  metaph.  of  consonants,  which 
have  no  proper  sound,  Plut.  2,  738  C. 

Τνφλοφόρος,  ov,  (τυφ?Μς,  φέρω) 
carrying  a  blind  person. — II.  proparox. 
τυφλόφορος,  oi',  pass.,  carried  by  a 
blind  person,  Tlicocr.  Fistula  (Anth. 
P.  15,  21). 

Τυφλόω,  ΰ,  {τυφ2ός) :  —  to  blind, 
make  blind,  τινά,  Hdt.  4,  2 ;  όμμα, 
φέγγος,  όψιν,  Eur.  Cycl.  470,  Hec. 
1035,  Phoen.  764  : — pass.,  to  be  blinded 
or  blind,  Hdt.  2,  111;  τνώλοϋσθαι 
περί  τι,  Pbt.  Legg.  731  Ε  ;  τυφλοϋ- 
σθαί  τΐί'ος,  to  be  deprived  of  the  sight 
of  a.  thing.  Id.  Tim.  47  B,  cf.  τυφλός 
1 :  —  in  Soph.  Ant.  973.  τνφλωθέν 
ίλκος  must  be  a  Λvound  wherein  is 
blindness ;  but  the  whole  passage  is 
corrupt.,  v.  Dind.  —  II.  metaph.,  to 
blind,  dull,  baffle,  μόχθος,  φρύδαι,  τε- 
τύφλωνται,  'Pind.  I.  5  (4),  72,  Ο.  12, 


ΤΥΦΩ 
13 :  also  of  milk  anu  the  like,  to  fail, 
cease,  oi'pa  τυφλούται,   Nic.  .\1.  340; 
—like  the  mtr.  τυφλώττω,  cf.  Schiif. 
Greg.  Cor.  p.  925. 

Τυφλώόης,  ες,  (είδος)  of  a  blind 
nature,  blind,  diin,  dull. 

Τύφ'λωσις,  εως,  ή,  {τυφλόω)  a  mak- 
ing blind,  blinding,  Isocr.  257  Ε :  a 
blunting,  dulling.-~ll.   blindne.is,  Hipp. 

Τυςιλώττω,  to  be  blind, =  τυφ'ληω  m 
pass.,  Luc.  Nigr.  4 ;  περί  τι,  Polyb. 
2,  61,  12  :  to  be  dim,  ol  writing.  Phi• 
lostr.  (Formed  like  λιμώττω  from 
λιμός,  υνεφώττω  from  όνειρος.) 

Τνφ7^ώψ,  ώπος,  ό,  ή,  {τυφλός,  ωφ) 
blind-faced,  blind  :  —  ύ  τυφλωφ  =  τν- 
φλ,'ινης  όφις,  JNic.  Th.  492. 

Τϋφογέρων,  οντος,  ό,  {τύφω,  γέ- 
ρων) : — α  silly  old  man,  whose  mind  is 
7nisty  and  confused  with  age,  a  dullard, 
dotard,  Ar.  Nub.  908,  Lys.  335;  — 
perh.  with  a  play  on  τυμβογέμων : 
cf.  τυφεδαΐ'ός. 

Τνφομάνης,  ές,  {τϋφος,  μαίνομαι) 
mad  with  vanity,  Nicet.     Hence 

Ύϋφομΰνία,  ας,  ή,  mad  vanity :  cf. 
τυφωμαν'ια. 

Ύνφοπλαστέω,  ώ,  to  irrvent  a  false• 
hood  out  of  vanity. 

Τύφος,  ου,  ό,  {τύφω)  smoke,  mist, 
cloud.  —  II.  metaph.,  conceit,  vanity 
(because  it  clouds  or  darkens  a  man's 
intellect),  Antiph.  Progon.  1,2:  gen- 
erally, folly,  silliness,  absurdity,  freq. 
in  late  prose,  as  Plut.  2,  8Ϊ  C,  E, 
etc.  ;  cf.  Gataker  M.  Anton.  2.  17  ;  6, 
13. — 2.  stupor  arising  from  fever,  etc.,. 
Hipp.  ;  V.  Foes.  Oecon. 

Τνφός,  ό,  —  τνώως,  dub. 

Τνφόω,  ώ,  {τϋφος)  Ιο  wrap  in  smoke 
or  mist:  metaph.,  to  make  dull  or 
senseless,  τνφοϋν  τίνα  εΙς  ελπίδα 
μειζόνων  πραγμάτων,  to  puff  him  up 
to...,  Hdn.  6,  5 :  —  usu.  in  pf.  pass. 
τετύφωμαι,  to  be  wrapt  in  clouds  of 
conceit  and  folly,  to  be  silly,  stupid,  ab- 
surd, Dem!  lie,  6;  2291  1,  etc.;  ώ 
τετνφωμένε,  Ο  you  dulL•rd !  Plat. 
Hipp.  Maj.  290  A.  (From  τΰφω, 
τύφος.  Others,  as  Harpocr.,  derive 
it  from  τυφώς,  from  the  stupefying 
effect  of  a  sudden  storm,  like  εμβρόν- 
τητος, παραπληξ.  Lat.  s-tupidus,  s-tit- 
peo,  comparing  the  words  of  Alcaeus, 
Fr.  84,  πάμπαν  δε  τυφώς  έξελετο 
φρένας). 

^Τνφρηστός.  ον,  ό,  Typhrestus,  a 
mountain  range  in  western  Thes- 
saly ;  also  Τυμφρηστον  opor,  Strab. 
p.  433. 

ΤΥ'Φί2,  f.  βνφω :  aor.  sflw^ia ;  pf. 
pass,  τέθνμμαι  or  τέθνμαι ;  aor.  pass. 
ετυφην  [i)].  To  raise  a  smoke,  c.  acc. 
cognato,  καπνυν  τνφειν,  Hdt,  4, 
196  ;  absol.,  to  smoke,  ετνφε  κάνίπτυε. 
Soph.  Ant.  1009. — II.  trans.,  to  smoke, 
καπνω  τνφειν  με/ύσσας,  to  smoke 
bees  for  the  sake  of  taking  their 
honey  ;  or  simply,  καπνΰ  τϋφειν,  Ar. 
Vesp.  457  ;  and  metaph.,  καπνώ  τν- 
φειν πόλιν.  to  fill  the  town  with 
smoke,  stupefy  the  folk,  lb.  1079.— 2. 
to  consume  in  smoke  ;  hence,  to  burn,  in 
a  slow  fire  : — pass.,  to  smoke,  smoulder, 
τνφεται  "Ιλιον,  Eur.  Tro.  146,  cf. 
Bacch.  8  :  —  metaph.,  τνφόμενος  πό- 
λεμος, a  war  which  is  smouldering,  but 
has  not  yet  broken  out,  Plut.  Sull. 
C  :  also  of  concealed  love,  πόθυις  τν- 
φόμενον  πί•ρ,  Mel.  13;  cf.  Id.  4.  Anth. 
P.  5,  124.  (Τνφω  is  akin  to  θϋω,  θυ- 
μός, Aeol.  φυμός,  as  also  to  Lat.  fu- 
mus,  and  to  τύμβος ;  prob.  also  tt)  θύ• 
πτω,  τύφος,  τέφρα,  and  to  the  Lat. 
tepor,  tepeo,  teporo,  trpidus.)  [ϋ  in 
pres.,  V  in  aor.  pass.] 

Τϋφώδης,   ες,    {τϋφος,   είδος)   like 
smoke,  smoky,   misty.  —  II.   metaph., 
1533 


ΤΥΧΗ 

dnll,    stupid,    insensible,    Hipp.  ;    like 
τνφεδανός. 

Τΰ<ρωεΰς,  έως  Ep.  έος,  ό,  conlr. 
Ύνψώς,  ώ,  Typhonis,  Tt/phos,  a  giant 
buried  by  Jupiter  in  Cilicia  under 
the  land  of  the  Arimi,  II.  2,  782:  he 
Was  the  youngest  son  of  Gaea  and 
Tartarus  ;  of.  Hes.  Th.  831  :  but  Find, 
(who  first  uses  the  contr.  form  Ty- 
ψώζ•)  places  him  under  Aetna,  and 
so  accounts  for  its  eruptions:  he 
seems  to  have  been  a  type  of  volcanic 
agency  in  general,  v.  Bockh  Expl. 
Find.  F.  1,  13  (31) :  cf.  τνφώς.  [ν  in 
trisyll.  cases,  ν  in  dissyll.,  cf.  Ύνφών]. 

'Γυφωμανία,  αζ,  η,  (τνφος,  μαίνο- 
uai)  α  ntadness  partaking  of  stupor  atid 
frenzy,  Hipp. :  better  form  than  τν- 
<ρομ.,  cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  698. 

ίΤύφων,  (οΐ'ος,  ό,  Typhon,  o{  Aegi- 
um,  founder  of  Caulonia,  Paus.  6,  3, 
12. — 2.  Ύνφών,  ώνος.  ό,  an  early  king 
of  .\egypt,  dethroned  by  Orus  ;  for 
the  legend  see  Kenrick  ad  Hdt.  2, 
144. 

Ύνφών,  ώνος,  ό,  poet.,  esp.  Ep. 
Ύϋφάων,  ovoc,  m  Opp.  also  Ύνφ(Μ- 
νος,  Typhon,  Typhaon,  the  same  giant  I 
who  is  more  freq.  called  Ύνφώς,  Ύυ- 
ψωίυο,  Η.  Horn.  Αρ.  306,  352,  Hes. 
'I"h.  306. — II.  as  appellat..=  -i)^(j<:  II. 
fO  in  the  dissyll.  form  Ύνφων,  ν  in 
the  trisyll.  Ύνφάων,  exceptfin  Opp. 
H.  5,  217,  in  the  rare  gen.  Ύνφάωνος : 
β  in  the  termin.  αων,  as  in  ΪΙοσΐΐ- 
όάων,  contr.  Ύνφών,  not  Ύυφών,  cf. 
Arcad.  p.  94,  6.]     Hence 

iΎvφώv^■^or,  a  Ion.  η,  ov,  of  Ty- 
phon, Typhonian. 

Ύνφωνικός,  ή,  όν,  Typhonian,  com- 
ing from,  belonging  to  Typhon  ;  but, — 
II.  (  τυφών  II )  tempestuous,  άναμος, 
Ν.  Τ. 

Ύϋφώνιος,  a,  oi.',=  foreg.  Later, 
fatuoxcs  persons  were  called  ol  τυφώ- 
vint,  V.  τύφος  II: — poet.  Ύνφάόνιος, 
from  Ύνφάων. 

Ύϊ'φωνοειόής,  ές,  {τνφών  II)  like  a 
whirlwind.     Adv.  -όώς,  Strab. 

Ύνφώς,  ώ,  ό  (v.  sub  fin.),  contr.  for 
Ύνφωΐύς,  q.  v. — II.  as  appellat.  τϋ- 
<ρώς,  gen.  τνφώ,  Aesch.  Supp.  560 ; 
oat.  τυφCJ,  Aesch.  Ag.  656,  Ar.  Lys. 
974;  ace.  τνφώ,  Ar.  Eq.  511:  but 
gen.  τνφώνος,  and  this  form  prob.  is 
always  used  in  plur.  :  (cf.  Piers. 
Moer.  p.  366,  Buttm.  Ausf.  Gr.  2,  p. 
397  : — a  furious  whirlwind  that  rushes 
upwards  from  the  earth,  whirling 
clouds  of  dust,  prob.  because  it  was 
held  to  be  the  work  of  Typhos  ;  and, 
generally, a/unouxsiorm,  Aesch.,  etc., 
11.  cc,  'Soph.  Ant.  418,  cf.  Arist. 
Mund.  4,  18  ;  6,  22  : — also  of  α  water- 
spout, like  σίφων. 

Ύνχάζομαί,  =  στοχάζομαι,  τυγχά- 
νω, Hipp.  ap.  Erot. 

Γνχαιον,  ov,  τό.  strictly  neut.  from 
sq.,  a  temple  ofΎvχη.  [i] 

Ύνχαιος,  a,  ov,  {τνχη)  accidental, 
chance,  Dio  C.  [v] 

Ύνχεΐν,  inf.  aor.  2  of  τυγχάνω. 

ΎνχΐΙον,  ov,  TO,  {τύχη)  in  Byzant. 
Greek,  the  temple  of  the  Genius  urbis 
or  loci.  Bast  Ep.  Cr.  p.  55. 

TT'XH,  ης,  ή,  (cf.  τνγχύνω)  that 
which  seems  to  govern  human  affairs, 
chance,  luck,  Lat.  fortuna,  casus,  fin-^t 
in  H.  Horn.  10,  5,  Theogn.  130,  Ar- 
chil. 131,  and  then  freq.  in  all  writers  : 
proverb.,  κοινον  τνχη,  no  one  can 
call  fortune  his  own,  Aesch.  Fr.  270, 
cf.  Thuc.  5,  102 ;  trri  ξνρον  τύχης 
βί-3άναι,  So|)h.  Ant.  996  :  — a  notion 
of  Divine  Providence  is  often  associ- 
ated with  it,  τύχα  δαίμονος,  τνχφ 
βεών,  συν  θεού  τύχα,  Find.  0.  8,  88, 
Ρ.  8,  75,  Ν.  6, 41 ;  and  so  in  the  com- 
1534 


ΤΥΧΩ 

mon  phrase,  θεία  τύχτ},  Hdt.  1,  126, 
etc.,  cf.  Valck.  3,  153  ;  also,  εκ.  θείας 
τ..  Soph.  Phil.  1317  :  whence  Ύνχη 
was  deified,  like  Ijat.  Fortuna.  Ύύχη 
Σώτειρα,  Find.  Ο.  12,  3  ;  Τ.  Σωτημ, 
Aesch.  Ag.  664  ;  cf.  Soph.  O.  T. 
1080  ;  but  this  did  not  prevail  till 
later,  when  Ύνχη  τνφ?ή,  etc.,  was  a 
common  phrase,  Meineke  Com.  Fr. 

3,  p.  154. — 2.  it  may  designate  either 
good  or  bad  fortune,  good  or  i7/  luck, 
but  usu.  the  former,  as  avv  τύχη. 
Find.  N.  5,  88,  I.  8  (7),  149,  σνν  τύχη 
τινί,  Aesch.  Cho.  138,  cf.  Id.  Theb. 
472,  Seidl.  Eur.  El.  588;  so,  τύχ(ΐ 
μολείν,  Find.  Ν.  10,  47  ;  but,  τν'χτι, 
by  ill-luck,  Antipho  141,  20  :— often 
however  an  epilh.  is  added,  as  6ού- 
λειος  τ..  Find.  Fr.  244 ;  r.  παλίγκο- 
τος,  Aesch.  Ag.  571,  etc.  ;  μάκαρι 
σνν  τύχη,  Ar.  Αν.  1723;  so  also  in 
the  common  Att.  phrase,  τύχη  άγαθη, 
in  prayers  and  good  wishes,  like  Lat. 
quod  bene  vortat,  Ar.  Av.  675,  Andoc. 

10,  6,  Dem.  3:^,  14;  by  crasis,  τύχά- 
γαθη,  Nicostr.  Pandr.  2  ;  so,  έπ'  αγα- 
θοί τύχη,  Ar.  Vesp.  869,  cf.  Plat. 
Legg.  757  Ε  ;  μετ'  αγαθής  τύχης,  lb. 
813  A  :  αγαθή  τύχη  was  also  a  Ibr- 
mula  introduced  into  statutes,  trea- 
ties, and  other  documents,  like  Lat. 
quod  felix  faustumque  sit,  and  our  '  In 
the  name  of  God,''  Dccret.  ap.  Thuc. 

4,  118,  cf.  Stallb.  Plat.  Grito  44  D.— 
3.  adverbial  usages,  τύχη,  by  chance, 
Lat.  forte,  forte  fortuna,  Soph.  Ant. 
1182;  opp.  to  φνσει,  Plat.  Frot.  323 
D  ;  άτΐό  or  έκ  τύχης.  Id.  Phaedr.  265 
C,  Schiif  Dion.  Comp.  p.  146;  κατύ 
τύχην,  Xen.  Hell.  3,  4,  13,  etc.— II. 
a  chance,  hap,  lot,  in  which  signf.  the 
art.,  a  pron.,  or  some  such  word  is 
usu.  added,  as,  ά  τύχα,  Simon.  16; 
τις  τ.  εχθίων  τήςδε  ;  Aesch.  Fers. 
4.38;  ηδετ..  Soph.  Phil.  1098;  της 
τύχης,  το  έμέ  τνχείν-.  !  Lat.  Ο  in- 
fortunium !  what  a  piece  of  ill-luck, 
that..!  Xen.  Cyr.  2,  2,  3:  — so  also 
freq.  in  plur.,  τύχαι  νμέτεραι,  your 
fortunes,  Find.  P.  8,  103  ;  τ.  σαι, 
Aesch.  Fr.  288,  etc. : — usu.  of  mis- 
haps, misfortunes,  Seidl.  Eur.  Tro. 
304.  [ϋ] 

■\Ύύχη,  ης,  ή,  Tyche,  a  Nereid,  Η. 
Hoin.  Cer.  440.  —  2.  a  daughter  of 
Oceanus,  Hes.  Th.  360. — 3.  goddess 
of  fortune,  Fortuna,  Strab.  p.  238. — 

11.  Dor.  Ύνκα,  the  northwestern  part 
of  Syracuse,  so  called  from  a  temple 
of  Fortune,  Steph.  Byz. 

Ύΰχηρός.  ά,  όν,  {τύχη)  from  or  by 
chance,  lucky  or  unlucky,  but  USU. 
lucky, fortunate,  Aesch.  Ag.  404.  Adv. 
-ρώς,  Ar.  Ach.  250,  Thesm.  305. 

Ύυχθείς,  part.  aor.  1  pass,  of  τεν- 

^Ύνχίάδης.  ov,  6,  Tychiades,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Luc.  Philops.  1. 

Ύνχίζω,  {τνχος)=:τνκίζω. 

Ύνχικός,  ή,  όν,  —  τνχηρός,  Polyb. 
9,6,  5.     Adv.  -κώς,  Id.  28,  7,  1. 

ΥΓνχικος,  ov,  ό,  Tychicus,  jnasc. 
pr.  η.,  Ν.  Τ. 

Ύνχίος,  ov,  ό,  Tychius,  masc.  pr. 
η.,  fan  artist  from  Hyle  in  Boeotiat, 
Maker  (from  τεύχω,  for  he  made 
shields,  11.  7.  220). 

Ύνχόν,  adv.,  by  chance,  perhaps, 
Xen.  An.  6,  1,  20,  Plat.  Ale.  2,  140  A  : 
— strictly  ace.  of  the  part.  neut.  aor. 
2  of  τυγχάνω,  used  absol.  like  εξόν, 
παΐ)όν,  etc. 

Ύνχόντως,  adv.  part.  aor.  2  of  τνγ- 
χάνω,  by  chance,  at  random,  Arist. 
Gen.  An.  4,  4,  11. 

Ύύχος,  ό,  (τεύχω)  v.  τύκης. 

Ύνχων,  ωνος,  ύ,  (τύχη)  Tychnn,  the 
god  of  chance,  as  Ύύχη  is  the  goddess, 


Strab.  p.  588,  who  seems  to  connect 
him  with  Priapus  ;  whence  some  de- 
rive it  from  τεύχω.  the  maker,  genera- 
tor, cf.  Wcssel.  Diod.  1,  p.  252.— 12. 
servant  of  Plato,  Diog.  L.  5,  42,  and 
of  Aristotle,  Id.  5, 15,  v.  1.  Ύάχων.-\  [ϋ] 

Ύϋ-φις,  εως.  ή,  α  healing:  also=: 
τύμμα,  Nic.  Th.  921,  933. 

Τω,  dat.  sing,  from  neut.  τό,  used 
absol.,  therefore,  so,  m  this  ivi.ic,  Hom., 
V.  ό,  ή,  τό.  A,  Β.  II.— II.  for  τίνι,  dat. 
sing,  of  τίς. 

Τω,  enclit.,  for  τινί,  dat.  sing,  of 
τις. 

Ύώγαλμα,  Ion.  crasis  for  το  άγαλ- 
μα. Hdt. 

Ύώδε,  dat.  of  όδε,  used  as  adv.=: 
ούτως,  Eur.  H.  F.  665. 

Ύωθάζω,  Dor.  ταϋάσδω :  fut.  -άσω, 
also  -άσυμαι  (Plat.  Hipp.  Maj.  290 
A)  : — to  mock  or  scoff  at,  jeer,  quiz,  τι- 
νά, Hdt.  2,  60,  Ar.  Vesp.  1362,  1368, 
Plat.  1.  c.  :  in  pass.,  to  be  jeered.  Plat. 
Rep.  474  A  : — as  an  instance  of  τωθά- 
ζειν,  the  ancients  quote  the  epigram 
of  Empedoclesin  Anlh.  P.  append. 21, 
cf.  Miiller  Aeginetica  p.  170.    Hence 

Ύωθασμός,  ο  ν,  ό,  mockery,  scoffing, 
jeering,  Arist.  Pol.  7,  17,  10. 

Ύωθαστής.  ov,  o,  a  mocker. 

Ύωθαστί,  adv.,  scoffingly,  jeeringly. 

Ύωθαστικός,  ή,  όν,  given  to  mock- 
ing, scornful.     Adv.  -κώς. 

Ύωθεία,  ar,  7/,=  τωθασμός. 

^Ύΰκίδιον,  τό,  Att.  crasis  for  τό 
οίκίδιον,  Ar.  Niib.  92. 

ΎώΧι/θές,  Ion.  crasis  for  to  ά?.?ιθές, 
Hdt. 

■\Ύώμ-έχονον,  ov,  τό,  crasis  for  to 
αμπέχονον,  Theocr.  15,  21. 

ΎώποβαΙνον,  Ion.  crasis  for  το  άηο- 
βαΐνον,  Hdt. 

ΎώρχαΙον,  Ion.  crasis  for  το  iip- 
χαΐον,  Hdt. 

Ύώς.  demonstr.  adv.,  answering  to 
the  interrog.  πώς ;  and  to  the  reflex, 
(jc,  =ojf,  ούτως,  so,  in  this  wise,  11.  3, 
415,  Od.  19,  234,  Hes.  Sc.  219:  also 
not  rare  in  Trag.,  as  Aesch.  Theb. 
484,  637,  Supp.  69,  691  ;  after  ώςπερ, 
Soph.  Ag.  841.— II.  Dor.=  oi,  where, 
Theocr.  Ep.  4,  1. 

Ύώτρεκες,  contr.  for  το  ΰτρεκές, 
Mel.  123,  12. 

ΙΤωΐ))  ενοί.  ων,  oi,  the  Toygeni,  a 
Gallic  tribe,  Strab.  p.  183. 

Twiirdlfeen.  τωύτέον,  dat.  τωΰτζι, 
Ion.  for  TO  αυτό,  τοϋ  αντον,  τώ  αύτώ, 
Hdt.  (Not  to  be  written  τωντό.  etc., 
nor  yet  as  Schweigh.  does,  τώντό, 
etc.) 


Τ 

γ,  ν,  ν  ■ψιλόν,  τό.  indecl.,  twentieth 
letter  of  the  Gr.  alphabet ;  as  a  nu- 
meral t;'=400,  but  ,i;=400,000.  The 
written  character  Τ  at  first  also  stood 
for  the  digamma,  and  was  therefore 
a  semi-vowel :  hence  as  a  vowel  it  was 
distinguished  by  the  name  of  Τ  -ψι- 
λόν, which  it  retained,  after  the  di- 
gamma had  disappeared  from  use. 
So  the  Lat.  V  served  both  for  the 
semi-vowel  V*(i.e.  the  digamma),  and 
as  a  vowel,  which  latter  was  not  dis- 
tinguished by  a  special  character  U 
until  in  later  times.• — In  l^ter  Greek 
however,  ν  in  the  diphthongs  av  and 
£11  often  passed  into  a  consonant 
again,  and  was  then  expressed  by  β, 
tlius  from  avpa  came  κηλανροψ  κα- 
λάβρο-ψ,  and  the  ΙιΐΛ,  Keen  Greg.  p. 
354,  Jac.  Anth.  P.  p.  580;  and  in 
modern  Greek  ν  is  generally  pro- 
nounced as  β. 


TAIN 

The  use  of  ν  was  most  freq.  with 
the  Aeolians,  being  put  by  them  for 
0,  as  in  υννμα  στνμα  vpvtc  ίιμοως  μύ- 
γις  for  όνομα  στόμα  υρνις  όμοιος  μό- 
γις,  Κυβη  Greg.  ρ.  J84,  sq. ;  unless, 
wilh  Biittm  (Lexii.  s.  v.  βον/.ομαι, 
fin.),  V  in  all  such  cases  is  to  be  taken 
for  the  short  Aeol.  oi',  and  to  be  pro- 
nounced accordingly. — 2.  sometimes 
they  also  changed  α  into  v,  as,  σνρξ 
for  σαρξ. — 3.  sometimes  ω  into  v,  as, 
χελννη  τέκτιψ  for  χε/ι,ώνη  τέκτων. 
Bast  Greg.  p.  5St).^4.  sometimes  ν 
into  i,  as,  φύω  φϊτυ  φιτνω.  Buttm. 
Lexil.  s.  V.  ί—ερφία/.ος  ~. — 5.  they 
often  inserted  ν  after  a  and  ε,  as, 
avr'/p  άυώς  θένω  χίυω  for  άήρ  ΰώς  θέω 
χέω,  Koen.  Greg.  p.  591,  612: — when 
λ  follows  the  vowel,  it  disappears  af- 
ter this  inserted  v,  as,  μνκύ  άυκνων 
άνμα  άνσος  θέν/ειν  ενθεϊν  lor  ά7.κ7) 
ύ'/κύων  αΚμη  α/σος  θέ?•}ειν  έ/.θεΐν, 
Koen  Greg.  p.  354  :  but  when  thus 
inserted,  ν  is  always  a  semi-vowel, 
and  hence  the  position  of  the  breath- 
ing and  accent  should  be  not  αντ/ρ 
ανώς  ανμα,  but  ΰνήρ  ΰνώς  άνμη,  etc. 
— 6.  ν  was  also  inserted  by  the  Aeo- 
lians, Boeotians  and  Laconians  after 
o,  so  as  to  form  with  it  the  diphthong 
ov,  as  ποννος  στούνος  φοϋνος  for  ~o- 
ι•ος,  etc. :  and  reversely  also  they 
placed  ο  before  v,  e.  g.  κοννες  κονμα 
κοντά7.η  for  κννες  κνμα  σκυτάλη, 
Koen  Greg.  p.  208,  388.-7.  the  Aeol. 
sometimes  changed  the  diphthong  ov 
into  Oi,  as  Μοΐσα  for  Μοϊσα,  λέ)οισα 
for  λέγουσα,  and  so  sometimes  m  the 
masc.  ace.  plur.  of  the  2nd  declens., 
Greg.  Dial.  Aeol.  50;  but  this  last  m- 
stance  is  rare,  Koen  p.  618. — 8.  lastly, 
in  words  beginning  with  v.  the  Aeol. 
always  use  the  spiritus  lenis,  where- 
as m  Att.,  and  the  common  written 
language,  it  always  has  the  spiritus 
asper. 

Τ  V,  sound  to  imitate  a  person 
snuffing  a  feast,  Ar.  Plut.  895. 

νΤαγιΐΓ,  loor,  ό,  Hyignis.  father  of 
Marsyas  in  Fhrygia,  inventor  of  the 
art  of  playing  on  the  pipe,  Plut.  2, 
1132  F;  Anth.  P.  9,  266:  of.  Ath. 
624  B. 

'Ύύγχτ),  ης,  ή,  {υς,  ΰγχω)  α  sore 
throat  in  swine  :  generally,  a  bad  sore 
throat ;  cf  κυνάγχη,  συνύγχη.  [C] 

'Ύύγών,  όνος,  η,=  σια-νών,  Ath.  94 
F.  [ϋ]  .     ,  ^' 

'Ύαόες,  ων,  at,  (νω)  the  Hyades,  i.  e. 
the  Riiiners,  Lat.  Pluviae,  in  Virg., 
seven  stars  in  the  head  of  the  bull, 
which  threatened  rain  when  they 
rose  wilh  the  sun,  11.  18,  486,  Hes'. 
Op.  613.  The  Romans  also  called 
them  suculae,  little  pigs,  because  by  a 
strange  mistake  they  derived  the 
word  from  υς,  Voss  Vlrg.  G.  1,  138: 
— Hes.  Fr.  60,  names  five  Hyades  as 
Nymphs,  like  the  Charites,  Φοίσϋλ)/, 
Κορωχνν,  Κλεεία,  Φαίώ,  Εϊ'(5ώρ??. 
Later  legends  made  them  the  Nymphs 
who  reared  Bacchus,  Pherecyd.  Fr. 
16,  p.  109,  Sturz.  [Usu.  -  -  -.-,  but  in 
Eur.  Ion  1156,  El.  468,  f-.] 

'Ύηίνά,  ης,  ή,  (νς)  ■  —  strictly,  α 
sow;  usu., — I.  a  Libyan  wild-beast, 
prob.  the  modern  hyena,  an  animal 
of  the  dog  kind,  with  a  bristly  mane 
like  the  hog  (whence  the  name),  Hdt. 
4,  192,  Arist.  H.  A.  8,  5,  2,  Ael.  N.  .\. 
7,  22,  etc.  ;  also  called  γλύνος  or  γύ- 
νος,  and  κροκόττας  or  κροκουτας. — 
II.  a  sea-fish,  prob.  a  kind  of  plaice, 
Numen.  ap.  Ath.  326  F,  Ael.  N.  A. 
13,  27  ;  also  ΰαιν'ις. — III.  al  'Taivai, 
the  women  dedicated  to  the  religious  ':tr- 

vice  «/""Mithras,  the  men  being  called 
Λέοντες,  Porphyr.  [i] 


TAAH 

'Ύα/,νίς,  ίδος,  η,=^ναινα  II,  Epich. 
34.  [ν] 

i'Yaiot,  ων,  oi,  the  Hyaei,  inhab.  of 
Hyaea  {'Ύαία),  a  town  of  the  Locri 
Ozolae,  Thuc.  3,  101. 

'Ύακίζο),=  ύετίζω,  Hesych. 

Ύύκίνθια,  ων,  τά,  (sc.  ιερά)  the 
Hyacinthia,  a  Laced,  festival  in  hon- 
our of  Hyacinthus,  Hdt.  9,  7,  11  ; 
Thuc.  5,  25,  etc.  [i;•] 

Ύάκινθίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  to  he  like  the 
flower  υάκινθος,  Plin.  [v] 

'ΎάκίνθΙνθ:3άφής,  ες,  (ύακίνθινος, 
8ά~~ω)  dyed  hyacinth-colour,  Xen. 
Cyr.  6,  4,  2.  [ϋ] 

'Ύΰκίνθΐνος,  η,  ov,  (υάκινθος)  hya- 
cinthine,  hyacinth-coloured,  κόμαι  ϋακιν- 
θίνφ  ανθεί  όμοΐαι,  Od.  6,  231  ;  23, 
158;  of  hair.  Luc.  Imagg.  5:  of.  υά- 
κινθος, Β.  I.  [D] 

ΥΎακινθίς,  ίδος,  ή,  prop,  daughter 
of  Hyacinthus  ;  in  pi.  ai  Ύακινθίόες, 
daughters  of  Erechtheus,  or  of  Hya- 
cinthus (3),  Dem.  1397,  17.— II.  όόός, 
Hi/acinthis.  a  way  through  Laconia, 
Ath.  173  F. 

'Υάκινθος,  ου,  ό,  Hyacinthus,  a  La- 
conian  youih,  beloved  by  Apollo,  who 
killed  him  by  an  unlucky  cast  of  the 
discus,  Eur.  Hel.  14G9 ;  cf.  'Ύακίν- 
θια,  Miiller  Dor.  2,  8,  {)  15.  — t2.  son. 
of  Pierus  and  the  Muse  Clio,  favour- 
ite of  Thamyris,  Apollod.  1,  3,  3.-3. 
a  Lacedaemonian,  who  removed  to 
Athens,  and  whose  daughters,  during 
a  war  with  Mihos,  were  offered  up  in 
sacrifice,  Apollod.  3,  15,  8. 

B.  as  appellat., — I.  ό  υάκινθος,  aho 
i]  (V.  fin.),  the  hyacinth,  first  in  11.  14, 
348,  H.  Cer.  7  ;  a  flower  said  to  have 
sprung  up  from  the  blood  of  Hyacin- 
thus, or  ace.  to  others  from  that  of 
Telamonian  Ajax :  and  some  bota- 
nists, as  Sprengel,  think  they  can 
decipher  on  the  petals  the  initial  let- 
ters of  these  names,  TA  or  AI,  or 
the  interjection  al  ai,  cf.  Ovid  Met. 
10,  211  ;  hence  the  epithets  ypa~-u 
υάκινθος,  Theocr.  10,  28;  αιαστή, 
Nic.  ap.  Ath.  683  D,  cf  Virg.  Eel.  3, 
106.  This  name  seems  to  have  ta- 
ken in  the  whole  family  of  the  Iris 
(though  Nic.  1.  c.  compares  the  Iris  to 
it) ;  whence  may  be  explained  the 
very  different  accounts  of  its  colour. 
In  Hom.  it  must  be  very  dark,  for  in 
Od.  6,  231  ;  23,  158,  he  calls  locks  of 
hair  ύακινϋίνφ  άνθει  δμοιαι ;  and  it 
is  expressly  called  black  in  Theocr. 
1.  c,  Virg.  Eel.  2,  18  (for  the  Lat. 
vaccinium  is  only  a  corruption  ofi'a- 
κινθος).     Again,  the  hyacinth  is  ptir- 

fle,  i.  e.  dark-red,  in  Mel.  105,  Euphor. 
'r.  38,  Ovid.  1.  C.  ;  and  iron-coloured, 
ferruoineus,  in  Virg.  Ecl.  4,  183  ;  but 
the  latter  poet  also  makes  it  sky-blue 
and  snow-white.  However,  whether 
the  υάκινθος  was  of  the  iris  or  gladi- 
olus kind,  or  rather  (as  some  think) 
the  larkspur,  Delphinium  Ajacis,  Linn., 
I  it  certainly  haii  nothing  in  common 
with  our  hyacinth,  v.  esp.  Voss  Virg. 
Ecl.  2, 18,  50  ;  3,  106  ;  10,  39.— Hom. 
makes  it  masc. :  after  him  it  seems 
to  have  been  much  more  freq.  fem., 
although  in  Lat.  tlie  fem.  remained 
more  rare,  Voss  Virg.  Ecl.  5,  38. — II. 
ή  υάκινθος,  the  hyacinth  or  jacinth,  a 
precious  stone  of  hyacinthine  colour, 
LXX.,  cf  Plin.  37,  40  :— this  seems 
never  to  be  masc.  [ϊ'α-] 

'Ύηκινθώόης,  ες,  like  a  hyacinth, 
hyacinthine.   [u] 

'Ύά?.έος,  a,  ov,  contr.  ναλοϋς,  a, 
ovv.  Lob.  Phiyn.  309,  {να?.ος)  ;={ιά- 
'/.ινος,  of  glass,  glassy,  Anth.  Iv.  ύα- 
λος tin.] 

'Ύά?\.η,  ή,=  ναλος,  susp. 


ΤΑΑΩ 
'Ύΰλίζω,  (ύαλος)  to  be  like  glass. 

[ϊ•] 

'Ύύ?.ιος,=  πολεμικός,  Suid.,  who 
derives  'Εννάλιος  from  it. 

'ΎάλΙνος,  η,  ov,  later  ΰελινος.  (να• 
λοζ)  of  or  made  of  glass,  glass,  Ar. 
Ach.  74.     [Cf  ϋα'λος  fin.] 

'Ύάλίτης,  ov,  ό,  fem.  -ϊτις,  ιδος, 
(ΰαλος)  of  or  belonging  to  glass-  yij, 
άμμος  ναλιτις,  vitreous  or  quartzoae 
sand,  Strab.  [ϋ] 

'Υαλοειδής,  ες,  (να7ιθς,  είδος)  like 
glass, glassy,  trunspare7it, χυμός,  tiipp. . 
also,  ία/.ώδες  ούρον,  Id.,  ct.  Foe's.: 
ό  V.  λίθος,  a  precious  stone,  perh. 
our  topaz,  Theophr.,  cf.  Orph.  Lith. 
277.     [Cf.  ύαλος  fin.] 

'Ύάλόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  (ύαλος)  of  glass: 
like  glas.i,  glassy,  transparent,  [i,  but 
in  Ep.  and  Epigr.  poets  also  ν  in  arsig, 
Anth.  P.  5,  48.] 

"Ύαλος  or  ίε/.ος,  ov,  ή,  (v.  infra)  : 
— orig.,  any  kind  of  clear,  transparent 
stone,  used  by  the  Egyptians  to  en- 
close their  mummies  in,  Hdt.  3,  24  , 
— where  it  is  prob.  oriental  alabaater, 
or  arragoniie,  which  is  transparent 
when  cut  thin,  v.  Bahr  ad  1.,  Belzo- 
ni's  Researches,  p.  236: — also,  of 
crystal,  amber,  etc. — 2.  α  convex  lens 
of  crystal,  used  as  a  burning-glass, 
λίθος  διαφανής  άό'  ής  το  ~νρ  άπτον- 
σι,  Ar.  Nub.  766,  cf  Theophr.  de  Igne 
73  :— Plin.  37,  10  mentions  globes  fill- 
ed with  water  used  in  the  same  way  ; 
cf  also  σκάφιον. — II.  glass,  Lat.  vilrum, 
first  in  Plat.  Tim.  61  Β  ;  — though 
glass  Itself  (not  then,  it  seems,  called 
ύα7.ος)  existed  in  the  time  of  Hdt., 
for  the  άρτήματα  λίθινα  χυτά,  men- 
tioned in  2,  69,  were  no  doubt  of  this 
material :  we  also  have  a  σκνόος  χυ- 
τής 7.ίθου  in  Epinic.  ap.  Ath.  432' C. 
— On  the  history  of  ancient  glass,  v. 
Strab.  p.  758,  Plin.  1.  c.  Diet.  An- 
tiqq.  sub  v.  V^itrum. — The  form  ύα/Μς 
is  said  to  be  Att.  ;  yet  later,  as  iu 
Arist.  An.  Post.  1,  31,  4,  and  The- 
ophr.,we  have  ϋε7.ος,  ή  and  ύ.  Hemst. 
Thom.  M.  862,  Lob.  Phryn,  309,  A. 
B.  p.  68,  22  :  in  Hdt.  the  MSS.  vary 
between  να7ιθς  and  νελος,  but  the  lat- 
ter is  now  generally  received.  (The 
word  is  said  to  be  Aegyptian,  which 
will  agree  with  the  place  of  its  earli- 
est manufacture  :  those  who  main- 
tain its  Greek  origin  refer  it  to  vu, 
as  we  speak  of  the  water  of  a  precious 
stone.)  [v:  but  in  some  derivs.  ν 
metri  gratia,  as  in  ύά7.εος,  Anth.  P. 
6,  33;  12,  249;  υαλοειδής.  Orph. 
Lith.  277,  ύα7ιόχρους,  Leon.  Tar.  5.] 

Ύάλοτέχνης,  ov,  ό,  an  artificer  or 
worker  in  glass,   [i•] 

'Ύά7.ουργεϊον  or  νε7.-,  ov,  τό,  the 
workshop  of  a  ΰα/Μυργός,  glass-house, 
Diosc. 

Ύά7Μυργική,  ης,  ή,  (sc.  τίχνη),  the 
art  of  making  glass. 

Ύά7.ονργός,  ov,  6,  a  gla.ss-worker 
Strab.  [v] 

Ύά7.οϋς,  a,  οϋν,  ccntr.  for  να7.ίος, 
q.  v. 

'Ύΰ7.όχροος,  ov,  contr.  -χρονς,  ovv, 
(va7.oς,χpόa)glass-coloured,L•eon.ΎΛT. 
5.  [Ct_.  ναλος.] 

'Ύά7.οχρώδης,  ef,=foreg.,  dub.  in 
Anth.  P.  6,  232. 

'Τΰλόω,  ω,  {να7.ος)  to  make  into 
glass,  vitrify,   [ϋ] 

'Ύΰ7.ώδης,  ες,  cf.  sub  ία/.οειδής. 
[ϋ]  _ 

'Ύά7.ωμα,  ατός,  τό,  (va7.oi,j)  α  glaz- 
ing of  the  eye,  glassy-eye,  a  disease  Of 

horses,  Hippiatr.  [i] 

Ύα/ώ-if,  ιδος,  ή,  (ΰα/.ος,  ώφ) 
glassy,  crystalline,  Ίασττις,  Orph.  Lith. 
607.  [ϋ] 

1535 


ΎΒΡΙ 

νΎαμπς.  ου,  ό,  Hyamus,  son  of  Ly- 
corus,  Paus.  10,  ti,  3. 

|'Τ(!//~εία,  ας,  ή,  Hyanrpen,  one  of 
the  two  suinnuta  of  Mt.  Parnassus, 
Hdt.  8,  39. 

νΎύμττη}.ις^  εως  and  toe,  ?/,  Hyam- 
polis-,  a  city  in  the  north  of  Phocis 
near  Cieonae,  prop.  'Ύάντων  ηό/Λς 
(V.  "Yrtvrff),  II.  2,  521 ;  Hdt.  8,  28; 
Strab.  p.  4υΐ.     Hence 

ΥΎαμπολίτης,  ov,  6,  an  inhab.  of 
Hyamjiolis ;  'ΎσμττοΑιτών  rb  Tipuu- 
στΐΐυν,  in  Xen.  Hell.  6,  4,  27  is  con- 
fiidereii  to  be  Cieonae. 

ΥΤαι-αίόας,  ον.ό,  Hyanlhidas,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Pans.  2,  4,  3. 

ΤΎανης,  uv,  oi,  (sing.  "Ύας,  av- 
τος),  the  Hynntes,  the  early  inhabit- 
ants of  Boeotia,  driven  by  Cadmus 
to  Phocis  ;  a  portion  went  also  to 
Aetolia,  Strab.  p.  401  sqq.     Hence 

ΥΎάνηος,  a,  ov,  «f  the  Hyantes, 
Hyanttan  ;  in  genl.  Boentian,  Ap.  Kh. 
3,  1242. 

ΥΎάται,  ων  Ion.  έων,  οι,  the  Hya- 
tae,  an  old  name  of  the  Sicyonians, 
Hdt.  5,  68. 

ΥΎάρωτις,  ιδος,  6,  the  Hyarotis,  a 
river  of  India,  Strab.  p.  694. 

'Ύί3άζω,  {ύ3ός)  to  sloop  forward  and 
set  up  the  back  to  vomit,  Suid.   [f] 

'Ύ33ά'λ?.ω,  Ep.  syncop.  for  νπο- 
βάλ/υ,  II.  19,  80. 

YYJ'Aa,  Ion.  'Ύβ?.η,  ης,  ή,  Hybla, 
three  cities  of  Sicily; — 1.  ή  μΐ-'/ύλη 
or  μείζων,  on  the  southern  slope  of 
Aetna,  Strab.  p.  268  :  —  the  inhab. 
'Tfi'/.aloi- — 2.  ή  ίλύττων.  also  Ηραία 
in  the  south-east  of  Sicily,  between 
Acrae  and  Syracuse,  Steph.  Byz.  : 
cf.  Hdt.  7,  155. — 3.  ή  μικρά,  later 
called  Ήίέγαρα,  near  Syracuse,  famed 
for  its  honey,  'I'huc.  6,  4  ;  Strab.  p. 
26T:  —  ace.  to  Steph.  Byz.  also  ή 
Τα'λεωτις,  for  which  Thuc.  has  Tt- 
λεατις,  ϋ,  C2 ;  cf.  Mf  yupa  Jl.  2. 
Hence 

ΥΎίίλαΙος,  α,ον,  of  Hybla,  Hyblae- 
an,  -d  T.  μέ?Λ,  Sirab.  p.  267  ;  οι 
'Ύβλαιυι,  the  Hyblaeans,  (of  Ύ.  1), 
Thuc.  6,  94.-2.  ofT.  2,  οι  Ύ.  οι 
Με}αρεΐς;  Id.  6,  4.        ♦ 

t'Y.o7.7/(Tiof,  ου,  d,Hyblesius,  a  ship- 
owner,  Ueni.  926,  8. 

Υ'ΎίΆωΐ'.  ωνος,  ό,  HybUm,  an  early 
king  of  Sicily,  under  whom  the  Me- 
ganan.s  founded  Hybla,  Thuc.  6,  4. 

'ΤΒΟ'Σ,  ?/,  όν,  bent  outwards,  liunip- 
baclced,  0|)p.  to  λομ()ός,  Theocr.  5,  43  ; 
cf.  Foes.  Oecon.  Hipp.  (Akin  to  λι;- 
φας,  to  Lat.  gibbus,  gibba,  gibber,  to 
Germ.  Uubel,  and  our  hump.)  [£)] 
Hence 

'T/iof,  ov,  0,  the  hunch  or  hwnp  of 
a  camel,  Anst.  H.  A.  2,  1,  24. 

'Ύβόω,  ώ,  {ί'βός)  to  bend  outwards, 
to  make  hump-bucked,   [ϋ] 

ΥΎβρέας,  ov,  ό,  Hybreas,  an  orator 
and  statesman  at  Mylassa,  Strab.  p. 
059. 

ΥΎβρίας,  ov,  ό,  Hybrias,  a  poet  of 
Crete,  Ath.  695  F. 

Ύβρίγε/.ως,ωτος,  ό,  {νβρις,  γέ?Μς) 
a  scornful  laugher,  Manetho. 

Ύβριζω,  f.  υβρίσω,  also  νβριον- 
/iot,  Ar.  Eccl.  666  :  (.ύβρις)•  To  wax 
wanton,  run  riot,  esp.  in  the  Use  ol  su- 
perior strength,  or  in  the  enjoyment 
of  pleasure,  νβρίζοντες  νπερόιύλως 
ύοκέονσιν  ύαίνυσϋαι  κατά  ύώμα,  Od. 
1,  227;  νβρίζοντες  άτάσθαλα  μηχα- 
νόωνται,  3,  207  ;  17,  588  ;  ά?.λα  μαλ' 
υβρίζεις,  18,  380  ;  so,  6πιτότ'  ΰνήρ 
άδικος  και  άτάσΟαλος... υβρίζει  π?ίθυ- 
τω  κεκορημίνος,  Theogii.  749  ;  esp. 
of  lust,  Xen.  Mem.  2,  1,  30;  opp.  to 
σωφρονείν,  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  1,  30,  An- 
iipho  128,  16:  —  often  of  over-fed 
1536 


YBPI 

horses,  asses,  etc.,  to  whinny,  neigh, 
bray, etc.,  Hdt.  4,  129.(ubi  v.  Wessel.), 
Xen.  Cyr.  7,  5,  62.  cf  Bockh  Expl. 
Pini).  P.  10,  30  (55) :— of  plants,  to 
run  riot,  grow  rank  and  luxuriant,  The- 

ophr. :  of  wine,  to  frment,  Ael. : — 
metaph.,  of  a  river  carrying  away  a 
horse.  Hdt.  1,  189.— II.  esp'.  in  deal- 
ing with  other  persons,  νβρ.  τινά,  to 
treat  him  despitefully,  do  hini  despite, 
to  outrogr,  insult,  affront,  ill-treat,  in- 
jure, first  in  11.  II,  695,  Od.  20,  370, 
and  then  freq.  iiiTrag.,  etc.  ;  but  in 
Alt.  prose  the  more  usu.  phrase  was 
νβρ-  εις  rtva,  to  deal  wantonly  with 
him,  commit  outrages  towards  him, 
Eur.  Phoen.  620,  Hipp.  1073,  etc; 
ΰβρ.  εις  τους  βεονς,  Ar.  Nub.  1506; 
f if  την  πατρίδα,  Isocr.  04  A  ; — (ace. 
to  Luc.  Soloec.  10,  νβρ.  τινά  was  to 
do  one  a  personal  injury,  νβρ.  είς  Τίνα, 
to  injure  some  person  or  thing  belonging 
to  one ;  but  the  distinction,  though  it 
seems  just,  was  little  attended  to, 
cf  Indices  ad  Oratt.  Att.) ;  so  also, 
νβρ.  περί.  θεούς.  Plat.  Legg.  885  Β. 
cf  761  Ε  :  v3p.  επί  τίνα.  to  exult  over 
a  fallen  foe,'  Eur.  H.  F.  708 :— often 
c.  ace.  cognato,  v.jp.  vSpiv,  Aesch. 
Supp.  880,  Eur.  ί.  A.  961,  etc.  ;  so, 
•ϋβρ.  ύβρεις,  id.  Bacch.  247  ;  and  in 
pass.,  νβριν  νβρισθϊ/ναι,  lb.  1298  (cf 
νβρισμα,  νβρισμός) ;  so  too,  νβρ.  αδι- 
κήματα, to  do  wanton  wrongs,  Hdt.  3, 
118:  hence  c.  dupl.  ace,  νβρ.  τινά 
τι,  Soph.  El.  613,  Plat.  Symp.  222  A. 
— 2.  at  Athens  esp.  in  legal  sense,  to 
do  one  a  personal  outrage,  to  beat  and 
insiilt,  ravish,  and  the  like,  (cf.  ν3ρις 
II.  2),  Lys.  142,  12;  169,  30,  Dem. 
516,  0,  sq.,  etc.;  νβρισθτ/ναι  βία. 
Plat.  Legg.  874  C  ;  υβρισμένος  τύ,ς 
γνάθους,  mauled  on  the  cheeks,  Ar. 
Thesin.  903  ;  νβριζύμενος  αποθνή- 
σκει, he  dies  rf  ill-treatment,  Xen.  An. 

3,  1,  13  :  hence  also,  νβρίσθαι,  to  be 
mntilaled,  of  eunuchs,  id.  Cyr.  5,  4, 
35. — III.  aTo?Jj  ουδέν  τι  υβρισμένη, 
a  dress  of  no  ostenialwus  character,  lb. 
2,  4,  5. — Cf.  νβρις  throughout,  [ϋ  by 
nature.] 

ΥΎβρύ.ίδης,  ov,  6,  Hybrilides,  an 
Athenian  archon.  Paus.  0,  9,  2. 

Ύβρίοπΰθέω,  ώ,  {ύβρις,  πάσχω)  to 
suffer  outrageous  treatment,  like  δεινο- 
παθέω. 

"Ύβρις,  εως  Ep.  ιος,  ή,  wanton  vio- 
/eiicc.arising  from  the  pride  of  strength, 
passion,  lu&t,  etc.,  wantonness,  riotous- 
ness,  insolence,  freq.  in  Od.,  usu.  of  the 
suitors,  μνηστήρων,  των  ύβρις  τε  βίη 
τε  σιδηρεον  ονρανον  ϊκει,  15,  329,  cf. 

4,  321,  etc.,  Nitzsch  ad  1,7;  ύβρις 
νπέρβιος,  άτάσθιύ.ος,  1,  368  ;  16,  80  ; 
opp.  to  ευνομία,  17,  487  ;  oft.  coupled 
with  βίη,  as  of  the  violence  of  sol- 
diers in  a  conquered  town,  14,  262  ; 
17,  431  ;  opp.  to  δίκη,  Hes.  Op.  215  ; 
joined  with  ολιγωρία,  Hdt.  1,  106; 
δνσσεβίας  μεν  ύβρις  τέκος,  Aesch. 
Eum.  534; — ace.  to  Plato,  ύβρις  is 
επιθυμίας  ύρξάσης  ίν  ήμιν  ή  αρχή, 
Phaedr.  238  Α  ;  hence  in  the  poets 
oft.  joined  with  κόρος  (v.  κύρος  I.  lin.) : 
—also,  rank  lust,  lewdness,  etc.,   Opp. 

to  σωφροσύνη,  and  then  of  over-fed 
horses,  etc.,  riotousness,  restivenrss, 
Hdt.  1,  189  ;  and  of  asses,  ύβρις  όρθια 
κνωδάλων,  Pind.  P.  10.  55,  cf.  N.  1, 
75  (v.  υβρίζω  1) :  οίνου  ύβρις,  its  fer- 
mentaiwn,  Ael. — II.  of  outwaid  acts 
towards  others,  a  piece  of  wanton  vio- 
lence, despiteful  treatment,  an  outrage, 
insult,  II.  1,203,  214:  in  phir.,  Hes. 
Op.  145 :  ταϋτ'  ονχ  ύβρις  εστί ;  Ar. 
Nub.^  1299  :— for  νβριν  νβρίζειν,  cf. 
υβρίζω  II. — 2.  esp.,  an  outrage  on  the 
person,  esp.  violation,  rape,  Lys.  92,  4  ; 


YBPI 

so,  ίβρις  παίδων,  Isocr.  89  A  ;  νβριν 
τον  σώματος  πεπρακώς,  Aeschin.  26, 
41 ;  so,  πιπράσκειν  το  σύμα  έφ'  ύβριΐ, 
Id.  5,  5 ;  γυναίκας  δεύρ'  ηγαγεν  l<ff 
νβρει,  Dem.  440.  7  ;  etc.— ΛΙ  Athen» 
the  νόμος  ύβρεως  was  very  important, 
the  punishment  being  capital ;  under 
[  it  came  all  the  viore  serinus  injuries 
j  done  to  the  person,  the  sliRhtcr  kind 
;  being  αΐκία ;  hence  in  the  lornier 
case  the  injured  person  proceeded  by 
γραφή,  indirtnie?il,  prosecution  ;  in  the 
latter  by  δίκη  or  private  suit: — ;ρα• 
φαι  ύβρεως  were  tried  before  the 
Thesmothetae,  Dem.  976,  II;  1102, 
18  ;  one  of  the  most  notable  cases  on 
record  is  Demosthenes'  prosecution 
of  Midias.  see  the  law  ther(!  quoted, 
p.  529,  15:  cf.  Att.  Proccs.s,  pp.  319 
sq.,  548  sq.,  Diet.  Antiqq.  p.  522.— III. 
used  of  a  loss  by  sea,  Pind.  (v.  sub 
νανσίστονος).  Act.  Apost.  27,  21. 

B.  as  mascul.  adj.,  ύβρις  άνήρ,  for 
υβριστής,  a  violent,  overbearing  man, 
opp.  to  δίκαιος  and  αγαθός,  Hes.  Op. 
189.  (The  word  prob.  comes  from 
υπέρ.)     [ν  by  nature.] 

'Ύβρις,  ίδος,  ή,  a  night  bird  of  prey, 
Arist.  H.  A.  9,  12,  5. 

'Ύβρίσδω,  Dor.  for  υβρίζω. 

"Ύβρισμα,  ατός,  τό,  (υβρίζω)  α  wan- 
ton act,  outrage,  insult,  Lat.  contumelia, 
Hdt.  3,  48;  7,  160,  and  Eur.;  τόύ' 
ύβρισμ'  ές  r/μύς  ήξίωσεν  ύβρίσαι, 
Eur.  Hcracl.  18;  cf.  Xen.  Ath.  3,  5; 
cf.  υβρίζω  II. — II.  the  object  of  insult, 
ύ.  θέσθαι  τινά,  to  make  a  mock  of,  in- 
sult one,  Eur.  Or.  1038. 

'Ύβρισμός,  ov,  ό,  =  foreg.,  νβρι- 
σμονς  ύβριζίΐν,  Aesch.  Fr.  165. 

'Ύβριστήρ,  ηρος,  ύ,  poet,  for  sq., 
Mel.  119,  also  V.  ].  II.  13,  0.33. 

'Υβριστής,  ov,  ό,  {υβρίζω)  a  violent, 
overbearing  person,  a  wanton,  insolent 
man,  ύβρισταί.,.τών  μένος  αίίν  άτύ- 
σθα'λον,ονδέ  δύνανται  φνΆόπιδος  κο- 
ρέσασθαι,  \\.  13,  033  ;  νβρισταί  τε  και 
άγριοι  οί'δέ  δίκαιοι  ήί  φιλόξεινοι,  Od. 
Ο,  120;  9,  175;  νβρ.  και  άτύσθαλοι, 
24,  281 :  α  licentious,  -ungovernable  7ηαη, 
Hdt.  1,  89;  2,  32.  cf.  Lys.  109,  32, 
etc. ;  esp..  opp.  to  σώφρων,  lustful, 
lewd,  Ar.  Nub.  1068,  Xen.  Cyr.  3,  1, 
21,  etc.;  ό  εις  ίίτιονν  νβρ.,  Aeschin. 
3.  24 : — also,  υβριστής  άνεμος,  Hes. 
Th.  307:  of  beasts,  tameless,  savage, 
wild,  ταύροι,  Eur.  Bacch.  743 ;  ίπ- 
πος, Xen.  Cyr.  7,  5,  62  : — cf  νβρι- 
στος  fin. 

ΥΎβριστής,  ov,  ό,  the  Hybristes,  a 
river  of  Northern  Asia,  Aescli.  Pr. 
717,  ace.  to  some  ;  others  make  it  an 
epithet  of  the  Arases,  or  of  other  riv- 
ers, v.  Bloinf  ad  1.  ;  and  refer  to  Hdt. 
1,  189,  who  applies  υβρίζω  to  the 
Gyndes. 

'Υβριστικός,  ή,  όν,  (υβριστής)  giv- 
en to  wanlonness,  insolence,  outrageous, 
insolent,  Plat.  Phaedr.  252  B,  etc.  ; 
νβριστικώτατος,  Dem.  218,  6  : — διή- 
γήσις  νβρ-,  a  narrative  of  an  outrage, 
Dion.  H.:  το  νβρίστικον,  an  insdent 
disposition,  Xen.  Mem.  3.  10,  5.  Aiiv. 
■κώς,  Plat.  Charm.  175  D,  Xen.  Cyr. 
8,  1,  33. 

'Ύβοιστις,  ιδος.  ή,  fern,  form  υβρι- 
στής, but  very  dub.,  Lob.  Phryii.  256, 
Paral.  443. 

'Ύβριστοδίκαι,  ol,  abusers  of  law, 
corrupt  judges,   [δί] 

'Ύβριστος.  η,  ov,  (υβρίζω)  like 
ί'βρισηκός,  abusive,  insulting,  insolent, 
έρ-jov,  Pherecr.  Incert.  23,  cf.  Plat. 
(Com.)  Peis.  2. — Hence  the  conipar. 
and  superf,  νβριστότερος,  νβριστύ• 
τατος,  Hdt.  3,  81,  Ar.  Ve.sp.  1303, 
Plat.  Legg.  641  C,  808  D,  etc.  These 
are  referred  by  Buttm.  (Ausf.  Or.  ^  66 


ΥΓΙΗ 

Anm.  1)  and  others  to  υβριστής,  un- 
der the  notion  that  νβριστος  (i.  e. 
ν,ίριστός)  is  a  verbal  adj.  :  but  the 
old  Gramin.  agree  in  writing  it  viSpc- 
στος,  some  taking  it  as  shortd.  iiom 
υβριστικός,  some  as  itselt  a  superl. 
like  βαστος,  cf.  Lob.  Paral.  40. 

Ύβριστρια,  ας,  ή,  lem.  from  ΰβρι- 
βτήρ.  LXX. 

"Υβωμα,  ατός.  τό,  (ί'.ϊόω)  like  νβος, 
α  hump,  hunch,  Galen,  [ϋ] 

"Ύβωσις,  εως,  ή,  α  making  hump- 
backed.— ll.=  i'Jof.  [ι"'] 

'Υγεία,  ας,  ή.  low  Greek  for  νγίεια, 
Polyb.  32,  14,  12,  etc. :  never  in  Att., 
Piers.  Moer.  p.  380,  Pors.  Or.  229, 
Lob.  Paral.  28.  [i]  ^ 

ΥΎγεννεΐς,  ίων,  o'l,  the  Hygennes,  a 
people  of  Asia  Minor,  Hdt.  3,  90, 
where  Wesseling  proposes  Όβιγε- 
νείς. 

'Ύγΐάζω,  f.  -άσω,  {υγιής)  to  make 
sound  or  healthy,  heal,  Arist.  Top.  1, 
3,  Tim.  Locr.  104  D: — pass.,  to  be- 
come  healthy,  gel  well,  Arist.  An.  Post. 
1,  13,  9,  Phys.  Ausc.  5,  5,  5. 

'Υγιαίνω,  f.  -άνώ :  aor.  νγίάνα : 
(ύγ'ιής) : — to  be  sound,  healthy  or  in 
health,  Lat.  bene  valere,  Simon.  12, 
Hdt.  1,  153,  Ar.  Av.  605;  opp.  to  vo- 
αειν,  κάμνειν.  Plat.  Gorg.  495  E,  505 
A  ;  νγιάνας  και  σωθείς,  Dem.  1256, 
5 : — to  be  in  a  certain  state  of  health, 
vy.  νοσηλότερον  η  νγιεινότερον, 
Hipp.  Aphor.  6.  2. — 2.  nietaph.,  to  be 
sound  of  mind,  Theogn.  255,  Ar.  Nub. 
1275,  Av.  1214,  Plat.,  etc. ;  in  full, 
νγ.  (ppivac,  Hdt.  3,  33  ;  so,  το  vyial- 
vov  ττις  'ΆΆ^.ύδος,  Id.  7,  157  :  oi  νγι- 
αίνοντες,  opp.  to  turbulent  agitators, 
Polyb.  28,  15,  12.— 3.  υγίαινε,  like 
χαίρε,  a  common  form  of  taking 
leave,  farewell,  Lat.  vale,  Ar.  Ran. 
165,  Eccl.  477.  [ϋ]     Hence 

Ύγίανσις.  εως,  ;},  a  making  or  fee- 
coming-  sound,  Arist.  Phys.  Ausc.  5, 
5,3. 

ΎγΙαντός.  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from 
υγιαίνω,  healed  :  to  be  healed,  curable, 
Arist.  Phys.  Ausc.  5,  1,  2.   [i<] 

Ύ^,ίύσΐ€,  ευς.  ή,^=νγίανσις,  Arkt. 
Eth.  Eud.'2,  1,  5. 

Ύγίασμα,  ατός,  τό,  (ΰγιάζω)  a  cure. 

[*]  ,        , 

Ύγιαστικος,  η,  ον,  (υγιαί,ω)  good 
,Jor  healing,  uholesome  ;  and 

Ύγιαστος,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from 
νγιύζω,  healed :  to  be  healed,  both  in 
Arist.  Phys.  Ausc.  8,  5,  14. 

Ύγίειά,  ας.  Ion.  νγιείη,  ης,  η,  and 
sometimes  in  Att.  νγιείΰ,  as  in  Ar. 
Av.  604,  731,  Meineke  Menand.  p. 
333  :  later  νγεία,  q.  v. :  {υγιής) : — 
health,  soundness  of  bodv,  Lat.  salus, 
Hdt.  2,  77,  Pmd.  P.  3,  128,  and  Att.  : 
— ύ.  φρενών,  a  healthy  state  of  mind, 
soundness  of  mind,  Aesch.  Euin.  535. 
— II.  fein.  pr.  n.  Hygita,  the  goddess 
of  health,  fdaughter  or  wife  of  Aescu- 
lapius, Anth.t  [v] 

Υγιεινός,  ή,  όν,  {υγιής)  good  for  the 
health,  wholesome,  sound,  healthy,  χω- 
ρίον ύγ.,  a  healthy  country.  Xen.  Cyr. 
1.  6, 16,  cf  Plat.  Rep.  401  C  ;  of  food, 
wholesome.  Id.  Mem.  1,  6,  5,  Plat.  Rep. 
444  C,  etc.:  —  of  persons,  sound, 
healthy,  strong,  Lat.  sanus,  lb.  408  A: 
— TO  ύγ-,  health,  opp.  to  το  νοσερόν, 
Arist.  Rhet.  1,  2,  1.  —  II.  adv.  -νως, 
νγ.  έχειν,^ΰγιαίνειν.  Plat.  Rep.  407 
C  : — comp.  ύγιεινοτέρως  and  -pov, 
Xen.  Lac.  2,  5,  Mem.  3,  13,  2 ;  su- 
perl. -ότατα,  lb.  4,  7,  9.  [£'] 

Ύγίεις,  εσσα,  εν,  Boeot.  for  υγιής, 
hence  the  ace.  νγίεντα  δλβον,  in 
Pind.  O.  5,  53.  [ϋγΐ] 

Ύγιηρής,  ες,  v.  sq. 

Ύγιηρός,  ύ,  όν,  {υγιής) : — Ι.  good 
97 


ΤΓΡΟ 

for  the  health,  wholesome,  Pind.  Ν.  3, 
29.  —  II.  of  persons,  in  full  health, 
healthy,  hearty,  strong.  Lat.  sanus, 
νγιηρότατοι,  Hdt.  4,  187,  who  how- 
ever in  2,  77  has  also  a  superl.  ύγιη- 
ρέστατος,  which  points  to  a  posit. 
ύγιήρης,  itself  not  found  :  opp.  to  vo- 
σερός,  Hipp.     Adv.  -ρώς.  Id.  [ϋ] 

ΎΓΙΉ'^;,  ές,  gen.  έος,  sound, 
healthy,  hearty,  strong  in  body,  Lat.  sa- 
nus, fSolon  5,  38t,  ύγιέα  άτϊοδέςαι 
or  ττοιείν  τίνα,  to  restore  him  to 
health,  make  him  sound,  Hdt.  3,  130, 
133 ;  TO  υγιές  τοϋ  σώματος,  opp.  to 
TO  νοσούν,  Plat.  Symp.  186  Β  ;  opp. 
to  σαθρός,  Id.  Theaet.  179  D.— 2.  of 
one's  case  or  condition,  σώς  καΐ  υγιής, 
safe  and  somid,  Hdt.  4,  76,  Thuc.  3, 
34,  and  Plat. — II.  sound  in  mind, 
sound-minded,  Simon.  12,  12  (Schei- 
dewin).  Plat.,  etc. ;  φρένες  ύγιεΐς, 
Eur.  Bacch.  948  : — then  metaph.  oi' 
words,  advice,  etc.,  sound,  wholesome, 
vise,  like  κρήγνος,  v.  μνθος,  a  whole- 
some word,  11.  8,  524  (the  only  place 
where  any  of  this  family  of  words  oc- 
curs in  Horn.) ;  so,  ύ.  ?,όγος,  βούλευ- 
μα, Hdt.  1,8;  6,  100  ;  so  in  Att.,  μη- 
δέν υγιές  ττροφέρειν,  φρονείν,  'λέγειν, 
to  advance  or  think  no  one  sound, 
wise  word,  etc..  Soph.  Phil.  1006, 
Eur.  Phoen.  201  ;  ουδέν  ϋγ.  φέρειν, 
άσκεΐν,  etc.,  Ar.  Ach.  956,  Plut.  50, 
etc. ;  ουδέν  ϋγ.  διανοεΐσθαι,  Thuc.  3, 
75  ;  and  of  a  person,  υγιές  μηδέ  εν, 
i.  e.  a  mass  of  corruption,  Ar.  Plut. 
37,  cf  Stallb.  Plat.  Rep.  584  A  ;  έ-' 
ονδενι  υγιεϊ  ονδ'  ά/.ηβει.  Rep.  603  Β, 
cf  Phaedr.  242  Ε  ;  so  adv.,  ύγιώς 
κρίνειν.  Rep.  409  Α. — Compar.  and 
superl.  υγιέστερος,  -έστατος,  but  an 
irreg.  form  ϋγιώτερος  occurs  in  So- 
phron  ap.  E.  M.  [t] 

Ύγιοζΰγία,  ας,  ή,  {ζνγός)  sound, 
healthy  combination.  [ϊί\ 

ΎγιοτΓΟίέω,  ώ,  to  make  sound,  heal, 
Diod.  [ϋ] 

Ύγιόω,=^ύγΐάζω,  Hipp.  [C] 

'Υγρά,  ή,  V.  sub  νγβός. 

'Υ•)ράζω.  f.  -άσω,  {υγρός)  to  be  wet 
or  moist,  Hipp. 

'Υγραίνω,  f.  -άνώ,  {υγρός)  to  wet, 
Xen.  Cyn.  5,3:  of  a  river,  to  water  a 
country,  Eur.  Tro.  230,  Hel.  3  ;  βλέ- 
φαρον  ύγρ.  δάκρυσιν.  Id.  Hel.  673  : — 
TO  ύγρανβέν,  the  fluidity,  Plat.  Tim. 
51  B.     Hence 

"Υγρανσις,  ή,  a  u-etting,  watering. 

Ύγραντικός,  ή,  όν,  fit  for  wetting. 

'Υγρασία,  ας,  ή,  {ύγράζω)  a  wetne.ss, 
moisture,  Hipp.  ;  v.  Wyttenb.  Plut. 
364  D. 

"Υγρασμα,  ατός,  τό,  (ΰγρύζω)  that 
which  is  wetted  OX  moistened.  —  II.  -^ 
foreg.,  Hipp. 

'Τ}'ρ;;(5ώΐ',  όνος,  ή,  as  if  from  ΰγρέω, 
Ion.  lor  υγρασία,  Hipp. 

Ύγροβάτέω,  ώ,  to  go  or  live  in  the 
water,  Jac.  .Anth.  P.  p.  621  :  from 

Ύγροβύτης,  ου,  δ,  going  or  living 
in  the  water,  [a]     Hence 

Υγροβΰτίκύς,  ή,  όν,  going  in  the 
wet ;  V.  ϋγροτροφικός. 

Ύγροβάφής,  ές,  {υγρά,  βάτττω)  dip- 
ped in  the  uet,  wetted,  Nonn. 

Ύγρόβιος,  ov,  {υγρά,  βίος)  liring 
in  the  wet:  living  on  ΟΓ  by  the  water, 
as  a  fisherman,  Nonn. 

Ύγροβό/.ος,  ov,  {υγρά.  βύ/JM)wet^ 
striking,  i.  e.  wetting,  moistening,  στα- 
γόνες, Eur.  Chrys.  6. 

Ύγρόγονυς,  ov,  {υγρά,  *γένω)  pro- 
duced in  the  wet  or  in  water,  Nonn. 

Ύγροθηρική,  ής,  ή,  (sc.  τέχνη), 
hunting  in  the  water,  1.  e.  fishing. 

Ύγροκέ?.ευθος,  ov,  {υγρά,  κέλευ- 
θος)  going  in  the  wet  or  in  water,  ap. 
Ath.  63  B. 


ΤΓΡΟ 

Ύγροκέφάλος,  ov.  {υγρά.  κεφαλή) 
moist-headed. — 2.  suffering  from  water 
in  the  head,  Arist.  Probl.  1,  16,  2. 

Ύγροκοί/.ιος,  ov,  {υγρός,  κοι?.ία) 
subject  to  looseness  in  the  bowels,  Arist. 
H.  A.  9,  50,  12. 

Ύγροκο7.λούρια,  τά,  =  κολ7.ουρια 
(or  κολλύρια)  υγρά. 

Ύγροκόμος,  ον,  {υγρά,  κομέω)  fos- 
tering with  water  : — watery.  Or.  Sib. 

Ύγρο7.άξεντος,  ov,  scooped  out  by 
the  action  of  water. 

Ύγρομανής,  ές,  {υγρά,  μαίνομαι) 
madly  fond  of  the  water,  Nonn. 

Ύγρομέόων,  οντος,  ό,  {υγρά,  μέ- 
δων)  lord  of  the  water,  like  ποντομέ 
δων,  Nonn. 

'Υγρομέ?.εια,  ας,  ή,  suppleness  of 
limb :  from 

Ύγρομελής,  ές,  {υγρός  II,  μέλος) 
with  supple,  soft  limbs,  Xen.  Cyn.  5, 
13. 

Ύγρομέτωπος,  ov,  {υγρός,  μέτω- 
πον)  with  soft,  smooth  brow,  Anth.  P.  5, 
36. 

Ύγρόμορφος,  ov,  of  liquid  form. 

Ύγρόμνρον,  ου,  τό,  for  ύγρόν  μν• 
pov,  liquid  ointment. 

Ύγρονόμος,  ov,  walking  the  water. 

Ύγρόνοος,  ov,  contr.  νους,  ουν,  of 
a  soft,  weak  mind. 

'Υγροπάγής,  εζ-,  {υγρά,  πήγνυμι) 
with  frozen  water,  Nonn. — H.  of  a  wa- 
tery, iveak  consistency,  as  Opp.  to  σκλτ}- 
ρόσαρκος,  Galen. 

Ύγρόπισσον,  τό,  for  νγρα  πίσσα, 
liquid  pitch. 

Ύγρο—οιός,  όν,  { υγρός,  ■κοιέω ) 
making  tvet,  wetting,  Plut.  2,  367  D. 

'Υγροττόρευτος,υν,=ΰγροκέλευθος, 
Orph.  Η.  81,  1. 

Ύγροπορέω,  ώ,  to  go  through  the 
water,  of  ships,  Anth.  Plan.  221  :  from. 

Ύγροπόρος,  ov,  {υγρά,  ττείρω)^^ 
ΰγροκέ'λευΟος. 

ΎγρορΙιοέω,  ώ,  {υγρά,  ()ίω)  to  be 
liquidXir fluid,  Arist.  Probl.  1,  33. 

'Υγρός,  ά,  όν,  {ϋω,  ϋδωρ) : — wet, 
moist,  running,  fluid,  opp.  to  ξηρός, 
Horn.,  etc. ;  ύγρόν  έ/.αιον,  i.  e.  olive 
oil,  as  opp.  to  fat  or  tallow,  II.  23, 
281,  Od.  6,  79;  ύγρόν  ύδωρ,  i.  e. 
water,  as  opp.  to  ice,  Od.  4,  458 ; 
άνεμοι  ύγρόν  άέντες,  winds  blowing 
moist  or  rainy,  as  opp.  to  dry,  parch- 
ing, Od.  5,  478;  19,  440,  Hes.  Op. 
623,  Th.  869  :  ΰγρ.  ύλς,  ττέλαγος, 
etc.,  Pind.  Ο.  7,  126,  P.  4,  70.  and 
Att. : — then,  ή  υγρά.  Ion.  υγρή,  the 
moist,  i.  e.,  the  sea,  II.  14,  308,  Od.  20, 
98,  etc.  (cf.  τραφερός) ;  also,  υγρά 
κέλενβα,  the  watery  ways,  i.  e.  the 
sea,  Od.  3,  71  ;  9,  252 ;  and  so  υγρά 
alone,  opp.  to  απείρων  γαία,  11.  24, 
341,  Od.  5,  45,  cf  Ar.  Vesp.  678:— 
but,  TO  v)pov  and  τΐΐ  υγρά,  wet,  wet- 
ness, moisture,  Hdt.  1,  142,  and  Hipp.  ; 
water,  liquor,  Hdt.  4,  172  :  ννξ  υγρά, 
a  u-ei  night.  Plat.  Criti.  112  A:— μέ- 
τρα υγρά  και  ξηρά,  liquid  and  dry 
measure.  Id.  Legg.  746  D :  θήρες 
υγροί,  u'a/er-animals,  opp.  to  ττεζοί, 
Anth.  P.  9,  18  :  έφ'  ύγροϊς  ζωγραφεΐν, 
to  paint  on  a  wet  ground,  Plut.  2,  759 
C. — 11.  soft,  pliant,  supple,  lithe,  wav- 
ing, Lat.  mollis,  e.  g.  of  the  eagle's 
back,  Pind.  P.  L  17,  ubi  v.  Bockh; 
esp.  of  young  limbs,  ύγραΐ  άγκά?Μΐ, 
Eur.  Incert.  1,  2;  σκέλη,  τράχηλος, 
Xen.  Eq.  1,  6,  Cyn.  4, 1  ;  so,  of  colts, 
γόνατα  νγρώς  κάμπτειν,  νγρώς  τοις 
σκέλεσι  χρήσθαι  (like  Virgil's  mollia 
crura  reponit,  Georg.  3,  76),  Xen.  Eq. 
1,  6;  10,  15;  νεώτερος  και  υγρότε- 
ρος. Plat.  Theaet.  162  Β  ;  and  so  the 
hare  is  called  υγρός.  Xen.  Cyn.  5.  31 : 
— υγρός  κείσθαι,  to  lie  in  an  easy  po- 
sition, opp.  to  being  stretched  or  stiS',. 
1537 


ΥΔΑΡ 

Hipp.,  cf.  Valck.  Phoen.  1448  :  κέρας 
νγρόν,  of  a  bow,  Theocr.  25,  206  : — 
but  also, — 2.  slack,  languid,  faint, 
Herm.  Soph.  Ant.  1222.— 3.  tender, 
veoTToi,  Ael.  N.  A.  7,  9 ;  βρέφος, 
Nonn. — III.  of  the  eyes,  sumnming, 
melting,  languithing,  to  represent 
which,  Venus's  statues  have  the 
lower  eyelid  drawn  up  a  little  over 
the  eye,  Winckelm.  Geschichte  d. 
Kunst  4,  p.  202,  MuUer  Archiiol.  d. 
K.  ()  329,  5  : — hence,  νγρόν  ύράν  or 
δέρκεσθαι,  to  have  a  languishing  look, 
and  even  νγρυς  πόθος,  a  languishing, 
longing  desire,  H.  Horn.  18,  33,  Jac. 
Mel.  14,  7,  Leon.  Tar.  37,  3.-2.  of 
sound,  melting,  νγρόν  άειόειν,  to  sing 
a  soft,  melting  strain,  Opp.  H.  2,  412. 
— IV.  inetaph.,  of  a  soft,  easy  temper, 
pliant,  easy,  jtnstable,  νγρός  βίος,  a 
delicate,  voluptuous  life,  Ale.x.  Ilvpavv- 
3  :  hence,  easi/  to  be  inclined  to,  prone 
to,  προς  τι. —  V.  adv.  -γρώς,  cf.  supra 
11. 

'Ύγρόσαρκος,  ov,  {σαρξ)  of  soft, 
spongy  flesh. 

'Ύγρότης,  ητος,  ή,  {νγρός)  : — wet- 
ness, moisture,  Eur.  Phoen.  1256,  Plat. 
Phil.  32  A,  etc. — II.  softness,  pliancy, 
suppleness,  Xen.  An.  5,  8,  15. — III. 
metaph.,  pliancy  of  the  mind,  softness, 
easiness  of  temper,  it.  τον  ηθονς,  Ly- 
curg.  152,  12,  Arist.  Virt.  et  Vit.  5, 
5 ;  ίξεως,  Plut.  2,  680  D  -.—νγρότης 
βίου,  like  βίος  νγρός,  a  voluptuous 
course  of  life,  Crobyl.  Άπολιπ.  1. 

'Ύγροτόκος,  ov,  {υγρά,  τίκτω)  pro- 
ducing moisture  or  water,  Nonn. 

'Ύγρο~ράχη7ι.ος,  ov,  with  pliant  neck. 

'Ύγροτροφικος,  η,  όν,  of  the  nature 
'of  a  νγρότροφος,  proper  or  belonging  to 
it,  V.  ζώα,  uYiifr-animals,  Plat.  Polit. 
264  D,  where  Athen.  read  νγροβατι- 
κύ,  cf  Stallb.  :  from 

'Ύγρότροφος,  ov,  {νγρύ,  τρέφω) 
feefling  in  water. 

'Ύγρονσία,  ας,  ή,  wateriness,  late. 

Ύγρόφθαλαος,  ov,  with  moist  eyes, 
opp.  to  σκληρόφθαλμος. 

Ύγρόφθογγος,  ov,  {νγρύ,  φθόγγος) 
λύγννος  νγρ-,  a  narrow-necked  bottle 
that  gurgles  when  one  pours  from  it, 
Anth.  P.  6,  248. 

'Ύγρόφλοίος,  ov,  {υγρός,  φλοιός) 
with  moist,  soft  rind,  Geop. 

Ύγροφοβία,  ας,  ή,—νδροφοβία. 

'Ύγρόφοιτος,  ον,^=νγροπόρος,  Lye. 
88. 

'Ύγροφόρητος,  ov,  {νγρύ,  φορέω) 
home  by  or  on  water,  Nonn. 

'Ύγροφόρος,  ov,=  υδροφόρος,  Max- 
im. 

'Ύγροφνης,  ές,  {νγρός,  φνη)  of  wet, 
moist  nature:  generally,=  i[!}pof.  Adv. 
-ώς,  Aristaen.  1,  1. 

'Ύγροχίτων,  ωνος,  ό,  ή,  {υγρός, 
Ύΐτών)  m  α  wet  garment,  Nonn.  [ι] 

'Ύγρόχρως,  οος,  6,  η,  with  α  moist 
surface,  Jo.  Gaz. 

'Ύγρόχντος,  ov,  {νγρός,  χέω)  pour- 
ing ΟΤ  poured  forth  wel,  Nonn. 

'Ύγρννω,=  νγραίνω,  dub. 

'Ύγρώσσω,  poet,  for  νγρύζω,  to  be 
u'ei,  Aesch.  Ag.  1329. 

Ύδύλέης,  a,  ov,  {νδωρ)  watery. — II. 
dropsical,  Hipp. 

'Ύδαποτέω,  dub.  1.  for  ίδατοπο- 
τέω. 

Υ'Ύόαρα,  ων,  τύ,  Hydara,  a  moun- 
tain stronghold  in  Less  Armenia, 
Strab.  p.  555. 

'Ύδαρης,  ες,  gen.  έος,  {ύδωρ) : — 
watery,  washy,  strictly  of  wine,  Xen. 
Lac.  1,  3;  κερύνννται  ονθ'  νδαρές 
οντ'  ΰκρατον,  Antiph.  Άκοντιζ.  1,  4  ; 
νδ.  κνλίκιον,  Lye.  ap.  Ath.  420  C  : — 
metaph.,  νδ.  φιλότης,  Aesch.  Ag.  798, 
1538 


ΤΔΑΤ 

cf  Arist.  Pol.  2,  4,  7 :  also,  ύδ.  όμμα, 
Arist.  Gen.  An.  5,  1,  17.  [v] 

νΥδάρνης,  ονς  and  ov,  ό,  ilydarnes, 
one  of  the  seven  Persian  noblemen 
who  slew  the  false  Smerdis,  Hdt.  3, 
70  ;  Strab.  p.  531, — 2.  son  of  Hydar- 
nes  (1),  leader  of  the  immortals  in 
the  army  of  Xerxes,  Hdt.  7,  83.-3. 
father  of  Sisamnes,  Id.  7,  65. 

'Ύδάρός.  ά,  ov,={itJ«p?7f.  [i}]Hence 

Ύδύρότης,  ητος,  ή,  wateriness, 
Clem.  Al.  [i-] 

'Ύδάρώδης,  ες,  {υδαρής,  είδος)  of 
watery  nature,  τόποι,  Arist.  Plant.  2, 
6,3.   [ϋ] 

"Τ(5ασ<,  dat.  pi.  of  νδωρ. 

'Ύδύσιστεγης,  ές,  like  νδατοστε- 
γης,  water-proof,  πϊ7ίθς,  Anth.  P.  6, 
90 :  cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  688.  [ϋ,  but  in 
Anth.  1.  c.  v.] 

ΥΎδύσπης,  ov,  6,  the  Hydaspes,  a 
branch  of  the  Acesines  in  India, 
Strab.  p.  686:  in  Luc.  Hist,  scrib.  12 
V.  1.  'Ύδύσπις. 

Ύδΰταίνω,  also  as  mid.  νδαταίνο- 
μαι,  {νδωρ)  to  be  dropsical,  Hipp,  (in 
mid.). — II.  of  women,  to  have  watery 
menses.  Id.  (in  act.),  cf.  Foes.  Oecon. 

'Ύδΰτηγός,  όν,  {νδωρ,  άγω)  convey- 
ing water  ;  νδ.  άνηρ,  a  water-drauier, 
Call.  Fr.  42.  [v] 

'Ύδΰτηρός,  ύ,  όν,  {νδωρ): — of  οτ 
belonging  to  water,  κρωσΓίος  νδ.,  a  tea- 
ter-ewer  or  pail,  Aesch.  Fr.  91.   [f;] 

'Ύδύτϊνος,  η,  ov,  also  ος,  ον,{νδωρ) : 
— of  water,  watery  ;  wet,  moist :  το  ιδ., 
an  eye-lotion,  Galen. — II.  transparent 
like  water,  of  thin,  gauze-like  Milesian 
garments,  νδ.  βρύκη,  Theocr.  28,  11, 
—where  others  understand  it  sea- 
green. — III.  like  νγρός  II,  pliant,  siip- 
ple,  βραχίονες,  Anth.  P.  9,  567  ;  cf 
Mehlhorn  Anacr.  16,  9;  νάρκισσος, 
Anth.  P.  append.  120.  [v ;  but  metri 
grat.  also  ν  ;  and  Matro  1, 79,  has  v, 

'Ύδάτιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  νδωρ, 
a  little  water,  small  stream,  of  the  llis- 
sus,  Plat.  Phaedr.  229  A  ;  and  in  plnr., 
lb.  Β  : — small  rain,  Theophr.    {νδα'\ 

'Ύδΰτίς,  ίδος,  ή,  {νδωρ)  α  watery 
vesicle  under  the  upper  eyelid,  Deiin. 
Med.  [v] 

'Ύδύτισμυς,  ov,  b,  as  from  νδατί- 
ζω,  the  noise  of  water  in  the  body  of  a 
droj/sical  person.  Medic,   [i)] 

'Ύδύτοειδής,  ές,  {είδος)=νδατώδ'ης, 
Diog.  L.  [ϋ]    ^ 

'Ύδΰτόεις,  όεσσα,  όεν,  {νδωρ) : — 
watery,  like  water,  like  νδατώδης, 
Anth.  P.  6,  270;  9,  327;  Dion.  P. 
782.  [ϋ,  but  in  arsis  ϋ.] 

'Ύδύτοθρέμμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος, 
{νδωρ,  θρέμμα)  : — nurtured,  i.  e.  living 
in  water,  ιχθύς,  Emped.  78,  88.  [v,  but 
in  arsis  also  v,  1.  c] 

'Ύδατόκλνστος,  ov,  {νδωρ,  κ/<.νζω) 
washed  with  water  only  {without  soap), 
Wyttenb.  Plut.  2,  134  E. 

'Ύδατοπλήξ,  ήγος,  ό,  ή,  {νδωρ, 
π?.ήσσω)  stricken  by  water,  άκρα.  Oj'p. 
C.  2,  142. — The  nom.  νόατοπ/.ηγής 
is  dub.,  Bast  Ep.  Cr.  p.  282.  [v,  in 
arsis  also  i).] 

'Ύδάτοποσία,  ας,  ij,  a  drinking  of 
water.  Hipp.  Luc.  Rh.  Praec.  9  :  and 

'Ύδΰτοποτέω,  ω,  to  drink  water, 
Luc.  Icarom.  7  :  [i]  from 

'T(5uro7ror7/f,  ov,  h,  {νδωρ,  πίνω)  a 
water-drinker;  y.  νδροπότης.  [ί] . 

'Ύδάτοπωτέω,  poet,  for  -ποτέω, 
Cratin.Incert.l07;cf  ν(5ροπ•ωτέω.  [ν] 

'Ύδατος,  gen.  of  νδωρ. 

'Υδατοστεγής,  ές,  —  ύδασιστεγής. 
[ν] 

'Ύδατοστεφης,  ες,  girt  with  ivater, 
V.  1.  Archestr.  ap.  Ath.  302  A.  [ϋ] 


ΥΔΡΑ 

Ύδατοσνδντ),  ης,  ή,  name  of  a  Ne- 
reid, cf  '.Κλοσνδνη. 

'Ύδάτοτρεφί/ς,  ές,  (νδωρ,  τρέφω) 
like  νδατοθρέμμων ,  bred  by  or  in  wa- 
ter, growing  by  the  water,  αίγειροι,  Od 
17,  208.  [v] 

Ύδατόχλοος,  ov,  (χλόη)  or 

'Ύδύτόχ).ωρος,  ov,  (Μωρ,  χλωρός) 
water-green,  pale,  Hipp.  ;  v.  Foes. 
Oecon. 

'Ύδΰτόχολος,  ov,  {νδωρ,  χολή)  with 
watery  bile,  Hipp,  [ϋ] 

'Ύόύτόχροος,  ov,  xvater-coloured,  v.  I. 
in  Hipp,  tor  -χλωρός. 

'Ύόΰτόω,  ω,  {νδωρ)  to  make  watery : 
— pass.,  tn  be  dropsical,  Hipp,  [fi] 

'Ύδύτώδης.  ες,  {νδωρ,  είδος)  like 
water,  green  like  water,  Theophr.  ;  λί- 
θοι, Luc.  Dea  Syr.  32. — 2.  watery, 
ovpov,  Hipp. ;  tvet,  sloppy,  κρνσταλ- 
λοζ•,  Thuc.  3,  23. — II.  dropsical,  ϋΐ'^γ. 
[ΐ•] 

'Ύδείω,  Ep.  for  νδέω,=  ν6ω,  q.  v.. 
Call.  Jov.  76.  [i] 

'Ύδεραίνω,  {υόερος)  to  have  the  drop- 
sy, Hipp,  [v] 

'Ύδεριϊω,  ύ,^νδεριύω.  Lob.  Phryn. 
80.  [ϋ] 

Ύδερίασις,  εως,  ή,^^νδερος,  the 
dropsy  :  [ϋ]  from 

'Ύδεριύω,  {νδερος)  to  have  the  drop- 
sy, Anstid.  [v] 

'ΎδείΗκύς,  ή,  όν,  {νδερος)  dropsical: 
{)δ.  ΰβρώστιιμα,  dropsy,  [ϋ] 

'Ύδεροειδής,  ές,  {είδος)  of  α  dropsi- 
cal nature.  [ν\    From 

Ύδερος,  ου,  ό,  (  νδωρ  ) :  —  like 
νδρωιΐ),  the  dropsy,  Hipp.,  Arist.  Eth. 
Ν.  7,  8,  1,  Luc,  etc. : — also  νδεροϋς 
ό.  [ν] 

'Ύδερόω,=:νδεραίνω,  Hipp,  [ϋ] 

Ύδερώδης,  ες,  contr.  for  νδεροει- 
δής,  Diosc.   [ίΐ] 

ΎΔΕ'ϋ,  ώ,  to  tell  of,  celebrate,  a 
word  first  used  by  the  Alesandr. 
poets,  Nic.  Al.  47,  525,  Call.  Fr.  477, 
cf  νδείω: — pass.,  to  be  told  of,  to  be 
called  so  and  so,  Ap.  Kh.  2,  528;  4, 
264,  Arat.  257.  (Cf.  Sanscr.  vad  lo- 
qui ;  akm  to  ανδή,  άείδω.  Pott  Et. 
Forseh.  1,  p.  245: — from  the  same 
root  come  νδης,  ίψνυς,  νμνέω  :  prob. 
akin  also  to  νΟλος.)  [Niike,  Choeiil. 
p.  183,  makes  ΰ  in  νδέω,  νδείω,  ν  in 
νδω : — but  the  exi.ticncc  of  this  latter 
form  is  (luestionable,] 

νΎδ•η.•ηΓ,  ?/,  Hiide,a  city  al  the  base 
of  Ml.  Tinolus,  in  Lydia,  11.  20,  385. 

"Ύδης.  ov,  b,  {ί•δέω)=ποιητί/ς,  συν- 
ετός. Hesych. 

t'TcSre,  ης,  ή,  Hydna,  daughter  of 
Scyllus,  beloved  of  Glancus,  Ath. 
296  E. 

'Ύδνέω,  ω,  to  nourish,  ap.  Hesych  : 
from 

"Ύδνης,  ov,  b,  (νω)  strictly,  watery, 
moist ;  hence,  nourishing :  also  pass., 
nourished : — but  only  in  Gramm.,  as 
root  of  ' λ.λΰσνδνη,  'Ύδατοσνδνη. 

"Ύδνης,  ov,  ό,  =  νδ7]ς,  έμπειρος, 
Gramm. 

'Ύδνον,  τό,  also  οίδνιη',  (οίδύω)  : — 
an  esculent  fungus,  or  prob.  the  truffle, 
Lat.  tuber,  Theophr. 

'Ύδνόφνλλον,  ov,  TO,  an  herb  said 
to  grow  over  truffles  and  mark  the  spot 
where  they  are,  Pamphil.  ap.  Ath.  62 
D. 

'Ύδογενής,  ές,  sprung  from  the  water. 
[i] 

"T<5of,  εος,  τό,  poet,  for  νδωρ,  q.  >'., 
sub  init. 

"Ύδρα.  ■\ας.  Ion.  -ρη,  ης\.  η,  {νδωρ) : 
like  νδρος,  α  water-serpent,  Lat.  hydra, 
Hes.  Th.  313,  Soph.  Tr.  574,  etc.  : 
νδραν  τέμνειν,  proverb,  of  labour  in 
vain,  because  two  heads  sprung  up 


TAPE 

for  every  one  of  the  Lernaean  hydra  ι 
which  was  cut  oS.   Flat.  Rep.  426 
E. 

■fT(5po,  ας,  ή,  (with  or  without 
Αερναία)  the  Lernaean  //i/rfra, sprung 
from  Typhon  and  Echidna,  having 
nine  heads,  Apoilod.  2,  5,  2 ;  ace.  to 
others  dfty  or  even  a  hundred  heads  : 
cf.  Paus.'  2,  37,  4-5.— 11.  Hydra,  a 
promontory  oa  the  Aeolian  coast  of 
Asia  Minor,  Slrab.  p.  622.— 111.  a  lake 
in  Aetolia,  near  Pleuron,  later  Ly- 
siinachia,  Id.  p.  460. 

'Ύόράγωγειον,  ου,  τό,  an  aqueduct, 
Strab. :  from 

'Yopu}cj}'€cj,o,  {υδραγωγός)  to  con- 
duct or  convey  water,  Strab. 

'Yopa}<jyia,  ας,  ή,  a  conducting^  or 
conveying  oj  wetter.  Plat.  Tim.  77  E. — 
II.  a  li-ater-course,  Arist.  Part.  An.  3, 
5,  9  :  and 

'Ύδρ(1γώγιον,ου,-ό,=^νόραγωγεϊον: 
from 

'XdpaytJYOc,  όν,  {νδωρ,  ayu)  con- 
ducting  or  conveying  water:  ό  νδρ.,  a 
maker  or  manaj^er  of  aquediocts,  Lat. 
aquilex,  Plut.  2,  914  B; — το  νδρ.,  an 
aqueduct,  LXX. — II.  in  Hipp.,  one  who 
drinks  much  water,  a  dropsical  person. 

'Ύδραίνω,  (ύδωρ)  :  —  to  water  :  v. 
yjjv,  of  a  river,  Eur.  Tro.  226 :  to 
sprinkle  with  ivater,  τινά,  Id.  I.  T.  54  : 
— v.  χούς  Tivi,  to  pour  out  libations 
to...,  Eur.  I.  T.  161  ;  and  in  mid.,  to 
bathe,  wash  one's  self,  νδρηναμένη, 
Od.  4,  750,  etc. ;  y.ov'pij.  ΰδράυασΟαι 
XpoU  to  pour  water  over  oive^s  botly, 
Eur.  El.  157. 

'Υδραίος,  a,  ov,  (νδωρ)  by  water,  on 
the  water,  opp.  to  χερσαίος,  Nicet. 

'Ύδράλεσία,  ας,  η,  and  ύδρα/ίέσια, 
τύ,  plur.  from  νδρα'/Λσιον,  (ύδωρ, 
uAeu) : — a  water-mill:  in  Hesych.  also 
-ετία,  ή. 

'Ύδρα?-ετης,  ου,  ό,  α  water-mill,  Ca- 
saub.  Strab.  p.  556. 

'ΎδράΆμη,  ή,  (άλμη)  salt  leater. 

νΤόραμαρδία,  ας,  ή,  Hydramardia, 
a  fabulous  city  on  the  fabulous  island 
Cabalusa,.Luc.  V'er.  H.  2,  4. 

'Ύδραντικύς,  ή,  όν,=νγραντικός, 
dub. 

'Υδράργυρος,  ov,  ό,  (ύδωρ,  apyv- 
ρος)βαιά  silver,  quicksilver,  artificially 
prepared  from  cinnabar-ore :  native 
quicksilver  was  called  άργυρος  χυ- 
τός. 

Ύδράρ-:ϊαξ,  άγος,  ό,  α  voater-chck, 
like  κλε'φΰδρα. 

ΎδραΰΑης,  ου,  ό,  one  who  plays  the 
ϊ>δραυ'λΛς. 

Ύδραν?ί.ησις,  ή,-=ϋδραυ?ας. 

'Υδραυλικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to  a 
Ι^δραν'λις,  Math.  Vett. :  from 

Ύδραυλις,  εως,  ή,  (ι>δωρ,  αύλέω)α 
hydraulic  organ,  v.  Ath.  174  A,  sqq. 

Ύδρανί^ς,  o,=foreg. 

νΥδραώτης,ον,  ό,  the  Hydraotes,  an 
Indian  river,  Arr.  An.  5,  4,  2. 

νΥδρέα,  ας,  η,  Hydrea,  an  island 
south  of  Argolis,  Hdt.  3,  59. 

Ύδρεία,  ας,  ή,  (νδρενω)  : — a  draw- 
ing water,  fetching  water,  Thuc.  7,  13, 
Plat.  Legg.  844  B.— 2.  α  distribution 
of  moisture,  irrigation,  Plat.  Tim.  77 
D,  Legg.  761  C. — II.  tvater,  a  body  of 
water,  Diod. 

Ύδρεΐον,  ov,  τό.  Ion.  ΰδρηϊον, 
{νδρενω)  : — a  water-buckcL,  well-bucket, 
Hdt.  3,  14. — II.  α  place  where  water  is 
drawn,  a  well  or  reservoir,  Polyb.  34,  2, 
6,  Strab. 

Ύδρέ7.αιον,  ου,  τό,  toatcr  mixed  with 
oil.  Plut.  2,  C63  C. 

Ύδρενμα.  ατος,τό,  {υδρεύω)  a  place 
where  water  is  drawn,  a  well. 

Ύδρενς,  έως,  ό,  poet,  for  νδρεντής, 
Manetho;  Lob.  Phryn.  316. 


ΤΔΡΟ 

Ύδρενσις,  εως,  ή,=νδρεία,  irriga- 
tion, Theophr. 

'Υδρενττ/ς,  ov,  ό,  a  drawer  of  water, 
waterer. 

'Υδρεύω,  {ύδωρ) : — to  draw,  fetch  or 
carry  water,  Od.  10,  105,  Theogn. 
264  : — usu.  in  mid.,  to  draw  or  go  for 
water,  Od.  7,  131  ;  17,  200,  Hdt.  7, 
193,  Eur.,  etc.  ;  τταρά  των  γειτόνων 
νδρεύεσβαι.  Plat.  Legg.  844  Β. 

Ύδρηίον,  ov,  τό,  for  ύδρεΙον,  Hdt. 

Ύδρηλός,  ή,  όν,  (ύδωρ) : — watery, 
moist,  wet,  Άειμύνες,  Od.  9,  133,  Σύ- 
μος,  Η.  Αρ.  41  ;  νέφη,  7.ΐ;ίάδες  νδρ., 
Aesch.  Supp.  793,  Pers.  613  ;  κρωσ- 
σοί,  σταγόνες,  Eur.  Cycl.  89,  Supp. 
206. — Poet,  word,  used  also  by  Hipp. 

νΎδρη?^ος,  ου,  ό,  Hydrelus,  a  La- 
cedaemonian, Strab.  p.  650. 

Ύδρηρός,  ά,  όν,=  νδρηλός,  Eur.  (?) 
ap.  Stob.  p.  520,  32. 

Ύδρηχόος,  ον,^^νδροχόος,  πώμα, 
Eur.  Incert.  12. — II.  ό  ϋδρ.,  the  sign 
Aquarius  in  the  Zodiac,  Plut.  2,  908 
C. 

'Υδρία,  <ic,  η,  {νδωρ)  a  water-pot, 
bucket,  pail,"  Ar.  A  v.  002,  Vesp.  926, 
Eccl.  678. — H.  a  vessel  of  any  kind, 
νδρ.  xaAK7j,olilhe  balloting  vrn  in  the 
law-courts,  Dem.  1155,  6,  cf  Plut.  T. 
Gracch.  11  : — a  cinerary  urn,  Luc.  I)e- 
mosth.  Enc.  29,  Plut.  Philop.  21,  etc. 

Ύόριάς,  άόος,  ή,  {ύδρίον)  'Ννμφη, 
α  water-nymph,  Νοηη. 

Ύδριάφόρος,  ον,  (υδρία,  φέρω)  car- 
rying α  water-vessel,  Αγ.  Eccl.  738. 

Ύδρίον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  ύδωρ,  α 
small  quantity  of  water,  Lat.  aquula, 
Strab.  p.  560. — II.  a  water-clock.  Math. 
Vett. — ΙΙΙ.=ι;(5ρείοΐ'. 

Ύδρίσκη,  ης,  ή,  dim.  from  νδρία, 
Ath.  438  F. 

Ύδροβάτικός,  ή,  όν,  fitted  for  mov- 
ing in  the  water,  v.  1.  {or  ύγροβατικός, 
Ath.  99  B. 

'Υδροβάφης,  ες,  dipped  in  water,  like 
νγροβαφής. 

'Υδρόγάρον,  ov,  τό,  γάρον  prepared 
with  water. 

'Υδρογάστωρ,  ορός,  ό,  ή,  (ύδωρ, 
γασττ/ρ)  with  water  in  the  belly,  dropsi- 
cal, .Manetho. 

'Υδρογνώμων,  ov,  finding  out  water 
and  digging  wells.     Hence 

Ύδρογονικός,  ή,  όν,  of  or  for  the 
production  of  water,  Geop. 

Ύδροδόκος,  ov,  (ύδωρ,  δέχομαι)  re- 
ceiving οτ  containing  water,  Nonn. 

'Υδρόδομος,  ov,  dwelling  in  ivater. 

Ύδρόδρομος,  ov,  (ύδωρ,  δραμείν) 
running  in  water,  i.  e.  swimming,  Orph. 
H.  23,  7. 

'Υδροειδής,  ες,  (νδωρ,  είδος)  like 
water :  watery,  Eur.  Rhes.  353. 

'Υδρόείς,  εσσα,  εν,  (ύδωρ)  watery, 
Eur.  Hel.  349  :  fond  of  the  water,  Lat. 
aquaticus,  poet. 

'Υδροθήκη,  ης,  ή,  a  reservoir  of  wa- 
ter, cistern. 

'Υδροθήρας,  ου,  ό,  (νδωρ,  θηράω)  α 
water-hunter,  fisherman,  Ael.  ii.  Α.  14, 
19  ;  cf  lb.  20. 

'Υδροΰηρία,  ας,  η,  hunting  in  or  on 
water,  fishing,  Ael.  N.  A.  14,  19 ;  cf. 
lb.  20. 

Ύδροθηρικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to  fish- 
ing, Ael.  N.  A.  14,  24. 

'Υδρακέ/.ευθος,  ov,  dub.  1.  for  νγρο- 
κέλενθος,  Orph.  Η.  20,  3. 

'Υδροκέφάλον,  ου,  τό,  Cels.  ;  and 
νδροκέφά/.ος,  ου,  ό,  water  in  the  head, 
hydrocephalus. 

'Υδροκέφαλος,  ov,  suffering  from 
water  in  the  head. 

'Υδροκ7/?.ή,  ης.  ή,  water  in  the  scro- 
tum, hydrocele.     Hence 

'Υδροκηλικός,  ή,  όν,  suffering  from 
hydrocele. 


ΤΔΡΟ 

'Υδροκιρνάω,  ω.  to  mix  with  water. 
Lob.  Phryn.  630. 

'Υδρο/.υγιον,  ov,  τό,  (7.όγος)  a  wa- 
ter-clock, formed  like  ώρολόγιον. 

'Υδρόμαντις,  εως,  6.  ή,(νδωρ,  μάν- 
τις)  one  who  divines  from  water,  a  wa- 
ter-prophet, Strab. 

'Υδρομαστεντής,  ov,  6,  (νδωρ,  μα- 
ατενω)  one  who  seeks  for  water,  Geop. 
Hence 

Ύδρομαστεντικός,  ή,  ov.of,  belong- 
ing to  the  search  for  water  :  ή  -κή  (sc. 
τέχνη),  the  art  of  seeking  for  water, 
Geop. 

Ύδρομέδονσα,  ης,  ή,  (νδωρ,  μέδον 
σα)  Water-queen,  name  of  a  Irog  in 
Batr.  19.   _ 

'Υδρυμέλαθρος,  ov,  (νδωρ,  μέ/.α 
θρον)  dwelling  in  water,  ίχβνες,  Em 
ped.  225. 

Ύδρομελί,  ιτος,   τό,  (νδωρ,  μέ7.ι) ' 
hydromel,  a  kind  of  mead,  Geop. 

'Υδρομέτριον,  ov,  τό,  a  vessel  for 
measuring  hydrostatically,  Math.  Vett. 

'Υδρόμηλον,  ου,  τό,  a  drink  of  wa- 
ter and  μηλόμε/.ι,  Diosc.  5,  30. 

Ύδρομίγής,  ες,  (νδωρ,  μίγννμι) 
mia:ed  with  water,  Aretae. 

'Υδρομν?ίη,  ης,  ή,  and  νδρόμν7•.ος, 
ου,  ό,  α  water-mill. 

Ύδρονομέομαι,  (  νδωρ,  νέμω  )  as 
pass.,  to  get  a  supply  of  water,  Luc. 
Lexiph.  9. 

'Υδροπέττερί,  εος,  τό,  water-pepper. 
Polygonum  Hydropiper,  Diosc.  2,  191. 

ΎδροτΓοιός,  όν,  (νδωρ,  ττοιέω)  pro- 
ducing water,  watery,  Plut.  2,  939  E. 

Ύδροπόρος,ον,=νγρο7ΐόρος,Νοηη. 

'Υδροηοσία,  ας,  ή,  water-drinking, 
Xen.  Cyr.  1,  5,  12,  Plat.,  etc.  :  and 

'ΥδροΤίΟτέω,  ώ,  to  drink  water,  Hdt. 

1,  71,  Xen.  Cyr.  0,  2,  26,  Plat.,  etc. ; 
— as  opp.  to  οίνω  διαχρηαθαι :  cf. 
νδροπωτέω :  from 

'Υδροπότης,  ου,  ό,  (νδωρ,  πίνω) : 
— α  water-drinker.  Xen.  Cyr.  6,  2,  29  : 
hence  in  comic  phrase  for  α  thin-blood- 
ed, mean-spirited  fellow,  i^c.  A  nth.   1, 

2,  p.  231  ;  so,  νδατοποτής,  in  Phryn. 
(Com.)  Incert.  1  ;  νδωρ  πίνων,  Dem. 
73.  3  ;  Horace's  aquae  potor. 

Ύδροττωτέω,  ace.  to  the  Gramm. 
the  more  correct  form  of  νδροττοτέω, 
v.  Lob.  Phryn.  456. 

'Υδρορόδϊνον,  ov,  τό,  oil  of  roses 
mixed  with  water, — or  rose-water  Ί 

Ύδρορόσατον,  ov,  τό,  rose-water. 

'Υδρορ^όα,  ή,  and  poet,  νδρορόα, 
-ρόη.  Lob.  Phryn.  492  :  (νδωρ,  (yor/)  : 
—  a  water-course,  whether  on  the 
ground,  a  conduit,  canal,  sluice,  Ar. 
Ach.  922,  1166;  or  on  the  Toof,  a  gut- 
ter, spout,  Ar.  Vesp.  126. — Ι1.=^νδρωτρ, 
A.  B. — HI.  a  hidden  rock  in  the  sea. 

Ύδρό{)βοια,  ας,  7;,=  foreg.,  Polyb. 
4,  57,  8 ;  V.  Lob.  Phryn.  497  :  from 

'Υδρο^ρόος,  b,  {νδωρ,  /^έω)=ΰ(5ρθ(4- 
βόα,  Alciphr.  3,  47. 

'Ύδροβρύα,  ή,  also  νδροββνη,= 
νδροββόα,  Lob.  Phryn.  492.  [ρν] 

"Υδρος,  ό,  (ύδωρ) :  —  like  ί-δρα,  α 
water-serpent,  11.  2,  723. — II.  a  smaller 
kind  of  water-animal,  elsewh.  φα/.άγ- 
γιον  or  σαϊφος. 

'Υδροσε7ι.ηνίτης,  ov,  ό,  a  fine  kind 
of  selenite. 

'Υδροσκοπέω,  ώ,  to  search  for  water, 
Geop. 

'Υδροσκοπική,  ης,  ή,  (sc.  τέχνη), 
the  art  of  finding  water,  well-sinking, 
Geop.  : — to  -kov,  a  treatise  on  this  art, 
lb. 

'Υδροσκόττιον,  ου,  τό.  a  water-clock. 

'Υδροσκόττος,  ov,  (νδωρ,  σκοπέω) 
seeking  or  finding  water :  ό  νδρ.,  a 
water-seeker,  well-sinker. 

ΎδρόστΓονδα  (sc.  ιερά),  τύ,  a  drink- 
offering  of  water,  Porphyr. ;  cf.  έλαιό- 
1539 


ΤΔΡΩ 

σπονόα,  μελίσ-ονόα,  οΐνόστζονΰα. — 
The  νόμόστίυνόα  were  also  called 
νηφύ/.ια. 

'Ύδροστάσιαος,  ον,  of  or  with  star}d- 
ing  water,  Diosc.  [ΰ] 

'Ύόβοστάσιον,  υν,  τό,  ( πτήναι ) 
standing  tiater,  a  pond,  pool.  [«] 

'Ύδροστύτέημαι,  (νύωρ,  Ιατημΐ)  as 
pass.,  to  have  stagnant  water  : — τόποι 
νδροστατονμειοι,  Sjjots  iiith  standing 
water,  marshes,  ap.  iSuiii. 

'Ύδροστάτης,  ov,  a,  a  hydrostatic 
balance,  Procl.  [u] 

'Ύδροσφράντ>/ς,ον,ό,{νδωρ,όσ(*ιραί- 
νω)  a  water-smelkr,  Akiphr.  3,  61. 

'Ύδροτόκος,  ov,  {νδωρ,  τίκτω)  pro- 
ducing water,  of  a  well,  Ap.  Kb. 

νΎδρονς,  ονντος,  ο,  (νόρύεις)  Hy- 
druntum,  a  city  on  the  east  coast  of 
Calabria,  Strab.  p.  281. 

■\'Ύδρονσσα,  ης,  ή,  (i.  e.  νόρόεσσα) 
Hydrussa,  an  island  in  the  Saronicus 
sinus,  on  the  coast  of  Attica,  Strab. 
p.  398. 

'Ύδροφύντης,  ov,  o,  one  who  discov- 
ers water,  a  well-smker. 

'Ύδρυφαντίκ?'),  fjg,  ή,  (sc.  τέχνη) 
the  art  of  discovering  water. 

'Ύδροφύβας,  ov,  6,  =  νδροφόβος, 
Piul.,  cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  639,  Aj.  604. 

Ύδροφοβία,  ας.  ή,  {νδροφόβος)  hor- 
ror of  water  caused  by  the  bite  of  a 
mad  dog,  hydrophobia. 

Ύδροφοβιάο),  ώ,  f.  -ύσω,  to  have 
the  hydrophobia. 

'Υδροφοβικός,  ή.  όν,  belonging  to  or 
seized  with  hydrophobia :  ■ΰύΟος  v.  = 
ύδροφοβία. 

'Υδρόφοβος,  ov,  (νδωρ,  φοβέω)  hav- 
ing a  horror  of  water,  having  the  hydro- 
phobia. —  II.  as  subbt.  ό  and  ή  νδρ., 
:=νδροφοβΊα,  Diosc. 

Ύδροφορέω,  ώ,  {υδροφόρος)  to  carry 
water,  Xen.  An.  4,  5,  9. 

Ύδροφόρησις,  ή,  and  νδροφορ'ια, 
ας,  ή,  η  carrying  of  water. 

Ύδροφόρια  {'ιερά),  τύ,  the  tvatcr- 
carrytng,  a  festival  in  Aegina  :  from 

'Υδροφόρος,  ov.  {νδωρ,  φίρω)  car- 
rying water:  b  νδρ.,  a  water-carrier, 
Hdt.  3,  14:  fern,  η  υδροφόρος,  Xen. 
An.  4,  5,  10. 

'Υδροχαρής,  ές,  {νδωρ,  χαίρω)  de- 
lighting m  water ;  or  νδροχύρις,  ό, 
Grace  of  the  waters,  name  of  a  frog  in 
Batr.  ;    cf.  λιμνοχαρής. 

Ύδροχοεϊον,  ov,  τό.  a  well,  cistern. 

Ύδροχοενς,  έΐ4ς,  ό,  like  νδροχόος, 
one  who  pours  water. — II.  the  constella- 
tion Aquarius,  Arat.  389. 

Ύδροχό?!,  ης,  ή,  a  water-drain,  gut- 
ter, aqueduct. 

Ύδροχόος,  ov,  {νδωρ,  χέω)  pouring 
οτ  pouring  forth  water. — II.  ό  νδρ.,  the 
constellation  Aquarius,  Anth.  P.  12, 
199,  Manetho. 

Ύδρόχντος,  ov,  {νδωρ,  χέω)  pour- 
ing or  gushing  with  water,  κρηναι, 
Eur.  Cycl.  65  : — overspread  with  water, 
κόλπος,  Nonn. 

Ύδρώδης,  ες,  {νδωρ,  είδος)  like 
loater,  watery,  ivet,  Theophr. 

Ύδρωτϊΐάω,  ώ,  f.  -ύσω,  {νδρωψ) 
to  have  the  dropsy,  Arist.  Gen.  An.  5, 
8,  13  ;  cf.  Foes.  Oec.  Hipp. 

Ύδρω-ικος,  ή,  όν,  {νδρωψ)  dropsi- 
cal, Arist.  Probl.  3,  5,  7.^ 

'Ύδρω7Γίύδ7ΐς,  ες,  and  νδρωττοειδής, 
ες,  {νδρωψ,  είδος)  like  dropsy,  showing 
symptoms  thereof,  dropsical,  Hipp.,  v. 
Foes.  Oecon. 

"Υδρωψ,  ωπος.  also  ο~ος.  ό,  {νδωρ) 
dropsy,  Hipp.,  who  distinguishes  two 
kinds,  ό  νποσαρκίδιος  and  h  μετ'  ill- 
ώνσηματος,  cf.  Fo<'S.  Oecon. — 2.  liKe 
Ιχώρ,  any  watery  humour,  Hipp. — II. 
a  dropsical  person.  Id.,  in  whicn  signf. 
the  more  exact  Gramm.  write  it 
1540 


ΤΕΛΟ 

oxyt.  νδρωψ,  and  take  νδρόττος  as 
gen.  (The  word  is  formed  from  νδωρ 
without  any  compos,  with  ψ,  cf.  ai- 
μύ?.ωψ,  Ονμά?.ωψ,  μω?ιωψ,  etc.) 
Ύδω,  V.  sub  νδέω. 
Ύδωρ,  τό,  gen.  νδατος,  like  σκώρ, 
σκατός  (for  no  nom.  ϋδαρ  or  νδας 
occurs):  an  £p.  dat.  νδει  in  Hes. 
Op.  61,  Theogn.  955,  whence  Callim. 
Fr.  466  formed  a  nom.  νδος :  {νω,  v. 
sub  fin.).  Water,  of  any  kmd,  fresh 
or  salt,  spring  or  rain,  Horn.,  etc.: 
freq.  also  in  plur.,  but  so  used  by 
Horn,  only  in  Od.  13,  109;  esp.  of 
rivers,  νδατα  Καφίσια,  the  tvaters  of 
Cephisus,  Pind.  O.  14,  1  ;  freq.  in 
Trag. :  more  definitely,  νδωρ  πότι- 
μον,  fresh  water,  Xen.  Hell.  3,2,  19: 
νδωρ  ττ'λατν,  salt  water,  Hdt.  2,  108 ; 
so,  V.  ύλμνρόν,  Thuc.  4,  26,  etc. : — 
ί'δωρ  κατά  χειρός,  water  lor  washing 
the  hands,  Ar.  Vesp.  1210,  Av.  464, 
(like  χέρνιψ) : — on  yf/v  και  νδωρ  ai- 
τείν  or  όιδόναι.  v.  sub  yf/. —  Proverbs, 
γράφειν  τι  e/ft'tioip.  of  any  thing  fleet- 
ing or  untrustworthy.  Soph.  Fr.  694, 
Plat.  Phaedr.  276  C,  (cf.  τέφρα)  ; 
όταν  TO  νδωρ  πνί}τι,  τι  δει  έπιπίνειν ; 
of  a  lost  case,  Arist.  Eth.  N.  7,  2,  10 : 
ύδωρ  πίνειν,  cf  νδρηιτοτής. — 2.  esp., 
rain-water,  11.  16,  385:  and  then  sim- 
ply rain,  νσαι  νδατι,  Hdt.  1,  87; 
νδωρ  γίγνεται,  έττιγίγνεται.  Id.  8, 
12,  13  ;  also  called,  νδωρ  έξ  οίφανον, 
Thuc.  2,  77,  and  in  plur.,  νδατα  όμ- 
βρια,  Pind.  Ο.  10  (11),  22;  τώ  Δίόζ• 
νδατα.  Plat.  Legg.  761  A,  etc. :  hence, 
"Ζενς  νδωρ  νει,  b  θεός  νδωρ  ποιεί, 
Ar.  Nub.  1280,  Vesp.  261  ;  absol., 
νδατα  ποιεί,  Theophr.  :  —  νδατα 
βροντιαία,  Vcivmaer-showers ;  νδατα 
σκληρά  or  μα?.ακά,  heavy  or  slight 
rains,  etc.,  Hipp.,  v.  Foes.  Oecon. ^3. 
for  the  phrase  εν  νδατι  βρέχεσθαι, 
Hdt.  3,  104,  V.  sub  βρέχω.  —  4.  in 
Attic  law-phrase,  to  νδωρ  was  the 
water  of  the  water-clock  {κλεψύδρα), 
and  hence  the  time  it  took  in  running 
out,  εάν  TO  νδωρ  έγχωρη,  i.  e.  if 
there's  time  enough,  Deiii.  1094,  3  ; 
έν  τω  εμώ  νδατι,  έπι  τον  έμον  ύδα- 
τος, m  tlie  time  allowed  me.  Id.  274, 
9;  1318,  6;  ονκ  ενδέχεται  προς  τό 
αί'τό  νδωρ  ειπείν,  one  cannot  say 
(all)  in  one  speecli.  Id.  817,  9  ;  τό 
νδωρ  άναλώσαι,  Dinarch.  105,  38 ; 
so,  διδύσκειν  προς  σμικρόν  νδωρ. 
Plat.  Theaet.  201  Β  ;  έν  μικρω  μέρει 
τον  παντός  νδατος,  Dem.  847,  15: 
έπίλαβε  τό  v.,  stop  the  water  (which 
was  done  while  the  speech  was  in- 
terrupted by  the  calling  of  evidence, 
etc.).  Id.  1103,  fin.,  etc.  ;  v.  plura  ap. 
Indd.  Oratt.  Att.  (The  word  orig. 
had  the  digamma,  Γνδωρ,  cf  sub  νω' 
fin. — Cf.  Sanscr.  uda,  Lat.  ndus  unda, 
Slav,  voda,  Goth,  vato,  which  brings 
us  to  water : — Erse  and  Cornish  dour, 
Welsh  dwr.)  [ϋ  strictly,  and  so  al- 
ways in  Att. ;  but  in  Ep.,  from  Hom. 
downwds-,  usu.  ν  in  arsis,  ν  in  thesis, 
Herm.  H.  Hom.  Cer.  381.] 

'Υεικός,  V,  όν,  and  νειος,  a,  ov, 
also  ος,  ov,  (νς)  '—of  or  belongi7ig  to  a 
swine,  like  νίκός,  νίνος,  νεία  κοιλία, 
pig^s  tripe,  Ar.  Eq.  356  ;  βηρίον  v.,  as 
a  type  of  brutish  ignorance,  Plat. 
Rep.  5.35  Ε  ;  cf.  Ruhnk.  Tim.,  and 
V.  sub  νηνός,  νϊκός.  [ν] 

'Υελέος,  a,  ov,  contr.  νε?.οις,  ά, 
ovv,  later  form  for  να?.έος,  q.  v. 

'Υε'/.έψης,  oi<,  b,  {νελος,  'έψω)  one 
who  melts,  7nakes  glass. 

νΥέλη,  ης,  η,— Ελέα,  Strab  p. 
252. 

''Χε/.ίζω,  νέλιΐ'ος,  νελίτης.  Ion.  or 
later  forms  of  ΰαλ-. 

"Τελοί',  ν.  sub  ύα7.ος. 


ΤΙΔΟ 

'Ύελονργεϊον,  νε?.ονργός,  Ion.  or 
later  forms  of  να?.-. 

'Υέ?ί.οψος,  ό,=  νελέψης. 
'Υελώδης,  ες, ^υαλώδης. 

'Υετίζω.  f.  -ίσω,  {νετός)  to  cause  it 
to  rain,  pour  out,  LXX.  [t] 

'Υέτίος,  a,  ov,  {νετός)  rainy,  bring- 
ing rain,  Arist.  Probl.  26,  7  ;  νότος, 
Theophr.  ;  "Ζ,ινς  v.,  Jupiter  plurius, 
Arist.  ^lund.  7,  2  — i-f-.  νδωρ,  rain- 
water,  Plut.  2,  911  F  : — coinpar.  νε- 
τιώτερος,  Theophr.  [f] 

iΎετις,  ίδος,  ή,  {νετός)  Hyetis,  a 
fountain  near  Miletus,  Theocr.  6, 
115.  [f] 

Ύετόεις,  εσσα,  εν,=  νέτιος,  Anth. 
P.  9,  525,21.  [ν] 

Ύετόμαντις,  εως,  ό,  i/,  (  νετός, 
μάντις)  prophet  of  rain,  κορών7],  Eu- 
phor.  Fr.  65, 

Ύετός,  ov,  b,  {νω)  rain,  II.  12,  133, 
Hes.  Op.  543  ;  ποιεί  νετόν,  Ar.  Vesp. 
263 : — esp.  β  heavy  shower,  Lat.  niin- 
hus,  whereas  δμβρος,  Lat.  imber,  plu- 
via,  is  a  lasting  rain,  and  ψεκύς  or 
ψακάς,^α  drizzling  rain,  Xen.  Cyn.  5, 
4,  Arist.  Meteor.  1,  9,  6. — II.  as  adj. 
in  superl.,  άνεμοι  νετώτατοι,  the 
rainiest  winds,  Hdt.  2,  25, — where 
however  Buttm.  would  write  νετιώ- 
τατοι.  (The  word  appears  in  our 
wet.)   [v,  except  in  Ep.  gen.  νετοϊο.'\ 

'Ύετώδης,  ες,  {νετός,  είδος)  like 
rain,  rainy,  showery,  Joseph.  [tJ] 

'Υηνενς,  έως,  β,  ο  swinish,  brutal, 
stupid  fellow.   [{'] 

Ύηνέω,  ω,  ί.  -ησω,  like  σντινεω,  to 
be  or  act  like  a  hog,  be  swinish,  uncouth, 
brutal  or  stupid.  Plat.  Theaet.  166  C  : 
and 

'ΥηνΙα,  ας,  ή,  like  σνηνία,  swinish- 
ness, Ar.  Pac.  928 ;  cf.  νωδία :  [ν] 
from 

^Υηνός,  ή,  όν;  {νς)  like  σνηνός, 
swinish,  θρέμματα  ϋηνά,  swinish  crea- 
tures, Plat.  Legg.  819  Ε;  cf.  νειος. 
[ν] 

Ύης,  ον,  ό,  {νω)  epith.  of  Jujiiter, 
like  νέτιος,  Hesych. — II.  epith.  of 
Sabazios  or  Bacchus,  Meineke  Eu- 
phor.  Fr.  14  (in  Hesych.  also  Ύινς), 
—  ^xob. as t he godof fertilizing  moisture: 
hence  his  mother  Semelc  was  also 
called  Ύ//,  and  the  nymphs  who 
reared  him  'Υύδες. — To  which  of 
these  the  cry  of  Ύης  άττης  in  Dem. 
313,  27,  should  be  referred,  is  dub. 

[ύ] 

ΥΥηττός,  ov,  ή,  Hyettus,  a  town  of 
Boeotia  near  Copae,  Paus.  9,  24,  3  : 
so  called  ace.  to  Paus.  1.  c.  from  an 
Argive  of  that  name. 

Ύθλέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {ύθλος)  to  talk 
nonsense,  trifle,  prate,  Ar.  Nub.  773. 
Hence 

'ΎΗ7.ημα,  ατός,  τό,  in  plur.,=  sq. 

Ύβ'/.ος,  ov,  b,  idle  talk,  nonsense, 
like  λήρος,  Lat.  nugae,  Plat.  Rep. 
336  D,  Dem.  931,  12  ;  γραών  νΟλος, 
old  wives'  gossip.  Plat.  Theaet.  176 
β : — in  Gramm.  also  ναθλος  or  νσλος. 
(Akin  to  ύδω,  νδέω,  νμνος.) 

Υΐα,  Ep.  ace.  of  νιος,  Hom. 

Υιαρχία,  ας,  ή,  {νιος,  αρχή)  the 
power  of  the  Son,  Eccl. 

Υ'ιάσι,  poet.  dat.  pi.  οίνΐός,  Hom. 

Υίάφιον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  νΙός.  [ύ] 

Υίδενς,  έως,  b,  {νιος)  a  son's  son, 
grandson,  Isocr.  424  A. 

ΥΊδ?],  ης,  ή,  fern,  ot  νίδυνς,  a  sons 
daughter,  granddaughter. 

Ύ'ίδιον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  νίός,  Ar. 
Vesp.  1356. — II.  dim.  from  νς,  Xen. 
Mem.  1,  2,  30. 

Ύίδονς,  ov,  0,  (u/of)  like  ν'ιδβύς,  a 
son's  son,  grandson.  Plat.  Legg.  925 
A,  Xen.  An.. 5,  6,  37: — fcin.  νίδϊ/ : 
also χ'ί'ωΐ'όζ• ,  νΐωνενς,  ν'ιωντι. 


ΤΙΩΣ 

*ΎΊενς,  ν.  sub  ν'ιός. 

'Ύΐζω,  ί.  -ίσω,  (νς)  to  squeak  or  squeal 
like  a  pig ;  v.  νίσμος.  [ϋ  j 

Tti,  Ep.  dat.  oi  ν'ίός.  Horn. 

Ύίϊκός,  ή,  όν,  {ν  ιό  ς)  filial. 

'Ύίκός,  η,  όν,  {νς)  of  or  proper  to 
swine ;  tike  a  same,  swinish,  νίκόν  τι 
πάσχειν,  to  have  something  of  the  pig 
about  one,  Xen.  Mem.  1,  2,  30 :  ct'. 
νεικός.  [ϋ] 

'Ύϊνος,  η,  ov,=  foreg. 

Ύίοβεσία,  ας,  ν,  adoption  as  a  son, 
Ν. Τ. :  and 

Ύίοθετέυ,  ύ,  f.  -ήσο),  to  adopt  as  a 
son. 

Ύιόθετος,  ov,  (υιός,  τίθημι)  adopted 
as  a  son. 

Ύίυττοιέομαι,  (νίός,  ■π-οιέω)  mid.,  to 
adopt  as  a  son,  Polyb.  37,  3,  5.   Hence 

Ύίοποίησις,  εως,  η,  adoption  as  a 
son,  like  υιοθεσία:  and 

Ύίοτνοιητός,  ή,  όν,  adopted  as  a  son, 
Dion.  H.  Dinarch.  12. 

ΎΙος,  Ep.  gen.  of  υιός,  Horn. 

ΤΙΌ'Σ,  ό, declined  regul.  υίοΰ,  υ'ιφ, 
etc. ;  but  also,  esp.  in  Att.,  inflected 
as  if  there  were  a  nora.  *νΊενς,  gen. 
νΐέος,  dat.  υίει :  dual,  ν'ιέε,  υ'ιέοιν : 
plur.  ν'ιείς,  νίέων,  υ'ιέσι  (Soph.  Ant. 
571),  υ'ιείς:  however  the  gen.  νίέως, 
and  the  ace.  sing,  and  plur.  υίέα,  υ'ιέας, 
are  rejected  as  not  Alt.,  though  these 
forms  have  crept  into  Edd.  even  of 
Thuc,  and  Plat.,  v.  Thorn.  M.  p.  866, 
Lob.  Phryn.  68 :  in  later  prose,  as 
Ael.,  a  dat.  pi.  υ'ιενσι  occurs.  Homer 
uses  it  in  both  declensions,  but  not 
in  all  cases ; — gen.  υίον  only  in  Od. 
22,  238,  elsewh.  νίέος ;  dat.  always 
νίέϊ  or  νίεΐ ;  ace.  υ'ιέα,  II.  13,  350, 
elsewh.  always  νίόν  : — plur.  nom.  al- 
ways ν'ιέες  or  ν'ιείς  ;  gen.  ν'ιύν  ;  dat. 
υίοΐσι,  Od.  19,418  ;  ace.  ν'ιυύς,  as  v.  1. 
11.  5,  159,  elsewh.  υίέας: — he  also 
uses  the  contr.  forms,  gen.  νΙος,  dat. 
νΐϊ,  ace.  via,  dual,  νιε  (distinguished 
from  the  voc.  sing,  υιέ  by  the  accent), 
plur.  νΐες,  dat.  νίάσι,  ace.  νιας ; — but 
these  remained  wholly  Ep. — The  de- 
clension, νίήος,  etc.,  belongs  solely 
to  Ion.  prose.  The  pretended  Att. 
nom.  νός  seems  to  be  a  mere  inven- 
tion of  Gramm.,  v.  Lob.  Phryn.  40. 
Still  less  were  any  such  nom.  forms 
as  νίεύς,  νίίς,  νϊς,  νίς,  ever  in  use. 
Λ  son,  Horn.,  etc.  -.—vidv  ποιεισθαί 
Tiva,  to  adopt  as  α  son,  Aeschin.  32, 
3. — 2.  later,  the  plur.  was  freq.  used, 
like  τταΐόες,  as  a  periphr.  for  trades 
or  professions  (which  indeed  were 
freq.  handed  down  from  father  to 
son),  as,  Ιατρών  νίεΐς,  βητόρων  υ'ιεϊς, 
i.  e.  physicians,  orators,  etc. ;  so  ni 
Horn.,  νίες  Άχαιύν  for  Αχαιοί :  cf. 
ιταϊς  Γ.  2.  (The  Sanscr.  root  is  su 
(generare),  the  same  as  Gr.  φνω  :  so 
Lat.  filius  from  the  old  fuo  ;  cf.  Pott 
Et.  Forsch.  1,  p.  215:  it  recurs  most 
nearly  in  the  Spanish  hijo.)  [Hom. 
sometimes  has  the  first  syll.  short  in 
thesis,  but  only  in  the  forms  νίός,  11. 
6, 130,  νίόν,  II.  4,  473,  νίέ,  II.  7,  47,  cf. 
Herm.  Η.  Horn.  Αρ.  46.] 

Ύίος,  Ep.  gen.  of  ν  ιός,  Hom. 

Ύίότης,  ητος,  fj,  {νίός)  sonship,  the 
state  of  son,  Eccl. 

Ύίόίύ,  ώ,  {νίός)  to  make  into  a  son : 
— mid.,  to  adopt  as  one's  son. 

'Ύίσμός,  οϋ,  ό,  (ΰΐζο))  the  squeaking 
or  grunting  of  swine. 

Ύίωνεΰς,  έως,  ό,=υίωνός. 

Ύίωνή,  ης,  ή,  fern,  from  sc^.,  a  grand- 
daughter. 

Ύίίύνός,  ου,  6,  (υιός)  a  child's  child, 
a  grandson,  II.  2,  666,  Od.  24,  514  ;  cf. 
νίόοϊ•ς. 

Ύίυσις,  εως,  η,  {νίόω)=νΙοποίησις, 
υιοθεσία,  Ael.  ap.  Suid. 


ΤΑΑΣ 

'Ύκης  or  νκκης,  6,  α  sea-fish,^ipv- 
θρϊνος,  Hippon.  etc.  ap.  Ath.  327 : — 
also  νκος,  ό,  and  νκη,  ή.  [ίι] 

ΧΎκκαρα,  ων,  τά,  Hyccara,  a  city 
on  the  north  coast  of  Sicily,  Thuc. 
6,  62 ;  so  called  from  foreg.,  ace.  to 
Ath.  327  B.    Hence 

νΎκκαρικός,  Τ],  όν,  of  ox  from  Hyc- 
cara, Hyccarian,  άνόράποόα,  Thuc.  7, 
13. 

°Ύ7•.α•γμα,  ατός,  τό,  (νλάω,  νλα- 
κτέω) : — the  bark  of  a  dog,  a  single  bark 
or  yelp  ;  κννών  ν'λάγματα,  Eur.  I.  T. 
293:  metaph.,  also  in  plur.,  currish, 
snarling  words,  Aesch.  Ag.  1631,  1672. 

Ύλαγμός,  ov,  6,  {νλάω,  νλακτεω) 
a  barking,  baying,  11.  21,  575.  [ϋ] 

'Ύ'/.άγωγέω,  ώ,  to  carry  wood,  Dem. 
1041,  2  :  [(!]  and 

'Ύ'λύ}ωγία,  ας,  ή,  a  carrying  of 
wood :  [v]  from 

'Ύλαγωγός,  όν,  {νλη,  άγω)  carrying 
wood,  [ν] 

'Ύ?.άδια,  τά,  α  kind  of  fig,  Ath.  78  Α. 

Ύλάεις,  Dor.  for  νλήεις,  Eur. 

'ΎΆάζομαι,  {vAr/)  dep.  mid.,  to  get 
ox  fetch  wood,  ap.  Hesych.  [ϋ] 

Ι'Τλαί,  αϊ,  v.  "Ύλη. 

νΤλαίη,  ης,  ή  (prop,  the  wood-coun- 
try, the  'Bush'),  Hylaea,  a  tract  in 
southeast  of  European  Sarmatia, 
Hdt.  6,  76  :  from 

'Ύλαϊος,  a,  ov,  {νλη)  belonging  to 
wood  or  to  a  wood,  of  the  wood  OX  forest, 
θηρ  ί'λ.,  Theocr.  23,  10  ;  άνθοσύνη, 
Anth.  P.  11,  305. — II.  material,  corpo- 
real, [ϋ] 

ΥΎλαϊος,  ov,  ό,  Hylaeus  (i.  e.  the 
man  of  the  woods),  a  Centaur,  slain  by 
Atalanta,  Call.  Dian.  221. 

'Ύλΰκάω,  poet.  coUat.  form  for 
νλάω,  νλακτέω,  but  only  found  in 
Ep.  part,  ν'λακόωντες,  0pp.  C.  3,  281. 
[v  in  arsis.] 

'Ύλάκή,  ης,  '//,  α  barking,  howling,- 
Poet.  ap.  Plat.  Legg.  967  D,  Anth. 
P.  6.  167. 

ΥΎλααίδης,  ov,  son  of  Hylaeus,  for 
whom  Ulysses  gave  himself  out,  Od. 
14,  204. 

'Ύ?.ιίκόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  {νλακή)  bark- 
ing, howling,  χό?.ος,  Opp.  Η.  1,721. 
[ύ.  but  ill  arsis  also*.] 

'Ύλάκόμωρος,  ov,  always  barking, 
■•ΊίΙΙ  howling  or  yelling,  κννες,  Od.  14, 
29  ;  16,  4.  (On  the  very  dub.  deriv., 
v.  Heyne  II.  4,  242  ;  and  cf.  έγχεσίμω- 
ρος,  ίόμωρος.)  [Ep.  in  arsis  v.] 

'Ύλακτέω,  ώ,  f  -ήσω,  {νλάω,  νλα- 
κή) : — to  bark,  bay,  howl,  of  dogs,  11. 
18,  586,  Ar.Vesp.  904  :  of  hounds,  ϋλ. 
περί  τα  ίχνη,  Xen.  Cyn.  3,  5. — 2. 
metaph.,  κραδίη  ν?.ακτεΐ,  Od.  20,  13, 
16;  so  of  a  hungry  stomach,  to  yelp 
for  food,  νηδνς  νλακτονσα,  Anth.  P. 
6,  89  ;  like  Horace's  stomachus  latrans, 
cf  Heind.  Sat.  2,2,  18:— also,  to  yell 
forth  bold  and  shameless  words.  Soph. 
El.  299;  άμονσ'  νλακτεί,  howls  his 
uncouth  songs,  Eur.  Ale.  760. — II. 
transit.,  to  bark  or  yelp  at,  τινά,  Ar. 
V'esp.  1402,  Isocr.  8  C  :  metaph.,  to 
snarl  at,  abuse,  Polyb.  16,  24,  6.— The 
radic.  form  ν'λάω,  q.  v.,  like  νλύσκω, 
νλακάω  and  νλακτιάω,  is  only  poet.  : 
the  forms  νλάκτω,  ν?ιάσσω,  very  dub. : 
άλνκτέω  is  Cretan,  [ii]  Hence 

'Ύλακτητής,  οϋ,  ό,  a  barker,  hawler, 
Anth.  P.  7,  479:  the  form  ΰλάκτηςίΒ 
without  example,  [i'] 

'Ύλακτιάω,  ώ,  — ύλακτέω,  Q.  Sm.2, 
375.  [{.] 

'Ύλακτίκός,  ή,  6v,  disposed  to  bark, 
Luc.  Bis  Ace.  33.  [tj] 

'Ύλάκτω,=:νλακτέω.  dub. 

"Ύλαξ,  άκος,  ό,=:^ΰ?ίακτητης  a  bark- 
er, [ϋ] 

ΤΎλας,  a,  δ,  Hylas,  son  of  Thio- 


ΥΛΗΣ 

damas,  a  beautiful  youth,  carried  off 
by  the  nymphs  in  Mysia.  Ap.  Kh.  1, 
131,1350:  iii  Luc'TAAac:  cf.  Strah. 
p.  564. — 2.  a  grammarian,  Plut.  2, 
739  F. — 3.  name  of  a  slave,  Ar.  Eq. 
67.  [i>] 

'Ύλάσκω,=:νλακτέω,  Aesch.  Supp. 
877. 

'Ύλάσσω,  f.  -fij,=: foreg.,  dub.  in 
Charito.  [v] 

'Ύλαστης,  ov,  ό,  one  who  gets  or 
fetches  wood,  [v] 

'Ύλάστρια,  ας,  ή,  fern,  of  foreg.  [v] 

'Ύλάτόμος,  Dor.  for  νλητ-. 

'TAA'U,  ώ,  poet,  radic.  form  of 
νλακτέω,  only  used  in  pres.and  impf., 
to  bark,  bay,  of  dogs,  Od.  16,  9  ;  20, 
15  ;  so  in  mid.,  νλάοντο,  Od.  16, 162. 
— 2.  metaph.  of  a  man,  to  howl,  cry 
out,  Soph.  Fr.  58. — II.  transit.,  <o  oarA 
or  bay  at,  τινά,  Od.  10,  5,  Theocr.  25, 
70.  (Onomatop.,  like  our  howl,  yell, 
etc.)  [ϋ] 

ΥΎλενς,  Ό,  Hyleus,  a  Calydonian 
hunter,  ApoUod.  1,  8,  2. 

"YAH,  7/f,  ή,  wood,  a  wood,  forest, 
woodland,  Ireq.  in  Horn.,  etc. ;  γή  όα- 
σέη  ύλτι  τταντοίη,  Hdt.  4,  21 ;  άπ'ϋλης 
άγρίης  ζώειν.  Id.  1,  203; — but  not 
only  of  a  real  wood,  trees  ;  but  also  of 
copse,  brush-wood,  underwood,  under- 
growth, hence  directly  opp.  to  trees, 
Xen.  An.  1,  5,  1,  cf.  Hdt.  3,  112  ;  v. 
sub.  νληαα. — II.  wood  cut  down,  tim- 
ber, firewood,  fuel,  11.  23,  50,  Od.  9, 234, 
Hdt.  4,  164  ;  6,  80  ;  νλη  νανπηγησί- 
μη.  Plat.  Legg.  705  C— III.  like  Lat. 
materia,  the  stuff  or  matter  of  which  a 
thing  is  made  ;  the  raw,  unwrought  ma- 
terial, whether  wood,  as  in  Od.  5,  257  ; 
or  stone,  metal,  etc.,  Soph.  Fr.  743 : 
νλη  ιατρική,  materia  medica,  Galen.  : 
— in  lull,  ή  νηοκειμένη  νλη,  the  mat- 
ter treated  of,  subject-matter,  Arist. 
Eth.  N.  1,  3,  1  :  in  chemical  signf.,  α 
simple  substajicc,  base. — 2.  matter,  as  a 
principle  of  being,  first  in  Arist.  (cf. 
υλικός),  and  freq.  in  later  philosoph. 
writers, — usu.  as  opp.  to  the  intelli- 
gent principle  {νονς). — (The  aspirate 
becomes  s  in  Lat.,  sylva :  prob.  akin 
to  ξν'λον.)  [ν] 

ΥΎλη,  ης,  ή,  in  Mosch.  3,  89  and 
Strab.  'Ύλαι,  αϊ,  Hyle  or  Hylae,  a 
small  city  of  Boeotia,  on  lake  Copals, 
11.  2,  500  ;  5,  708.  [v  in  11.  5,  708  ;  7, 
221,  hence  some  would  read  "Ύδη 
there] :  cf  Strab.  p.  407. — 2.  a  city  of 
Cyprus  ;  hence  an  appell.  of  Apollo, 
'Ύλάτης,  Lye.  448. 

'Ύληβάτης,  ου,  ό,  {ϋ?.η,  βαίνω)  ν. 
sub  ί'λιβάτης. 

Ύληγενής.  ες,  {ν?ίη,  *γένω)  pro- 
duced in  wood. — 2.  made  of  wood. — II. 
consisting  of  matter,  mate;  ial,  corporeal, 

'Ύλήεις,  εσσα,  εν,  but  ν?.ήεις  as 
feni.  in  Od.  1,  246:  {ν?.η) : — woody, 
wooded,  Od.  1.  c.  Soph.  Aj.  1218;  άν' 
νλάντα  νάττη,  Eur.  Hel.  1303.  [ν] 

'Ύ'ληκοίτης.  ov,  ό,  {νλη,  κοίτη)  one 
who  lodges  in  the  wood,  an  inhabitant  of 
it,  Hes.  Op.  527.  [y] 

'Ύλημα,  ατός,  τό,  {νλη)  any  thing  of 
wood  kind,  esp.  of  shrιώby  plants,  bush- 
es ;  hence  joined  with  τα  φρνγανικϋ 
και  θαμνώδη,  Theophr.  Η.  PI.  1,  5, 
3  ;  opp.  to  ποα.  Id.  9,  10,  4.  [ϋ] 

'Ύλημΰνέω,  and  -νόμος, ζ=νλο-.  [ϋ] 

'Ύληματικος,  η,  όν,  belonging  to  the 
class  of  ν'λ7ΐμα,  Theophr. 

'Ύληνόμος,  ον,=ν'λονϋμος,  Sext. 
Emp.  p.  16  ;  v.  Lob.  Phryn.  636. 

'Ύ'ληονργία,  ας,ή,-=νλυυργία.   [fi] 

'Ύ?.ηονργός,  όν,  =  ν?.ονργός,  Αρ. 
Rh.  2,  80.  [ν] 

'ΎλησκότΓος,ον.^=  vλoσκό■r■oc,  A.ni\i, 
Ρ.  6,  107.  [ν] 

.1641 


ΤΛΛΟ 

'Ύλητύμος,  ον.  Dor.  νλΰτ;=νλο- 
τόμος,  Theocr.  17,  9.  [ν] 

'Ύ'ληφορέω.  ώ,=  νλοφορέω.  [ν] 
"ϊ  ληφόρος,  ον,=νλοφόρος,  Ar.  Ach. 
272.  [ϋ] 

'Ύ'ληώρης,  ον,  ό,  [ν]=ν?.ώδηΓ,  Nic. 
Th.  55. 

'Ύληωρός,  όν,  {νλη,  οιφος)  watching 
α  wood,  α  forester,  epilh.  of  Pan,  Αρ. 
Rh.  1,  1227,  Leon.  Tar.  17.  [ϋ] 

'Ύλίη,  ας,  ή,  the  sole  of  a  shoe,  ap. 
Hesych.,  prob.  of  wood ;  hence  Lat. 
solea. 

ί'Ύλίας,  ον,  ό,  the  Hi/lias,  a  river  of 
lower  Italy  between  Croton  and  Sy- 
baris,  Thac.  7,  35. 

'Ύλίβύτης,  ον,  ό,  (νλη,  βαίνω)  he 
that  walks  or  haunts  the  wood.  Antiph. 
Cycl.  2,  Anaxil.  Circe  1. — The  form 
is  rejected  by  Lob.  Phryn.  637,  who 
reads  νληβύττ/ς.  But  Meitieke  re- 
jects this  also,  and  reads  ήλίβατος  or 
-βάτης,  V.  ad  loca. 

'Ύλίγενής,  ές,  dub.  1.  in  Anth.  for 
νληγενής,  νλυγενής,  v.  Lob.  Phryn. 
637. 

'Ύ?.ίζυ,  f.  -ίσω,  to  cleanse,  clear,  of 
sediment,  to  fitter,  strain,  Diosc.  :  νλί- 
ζεσθαι  τάς  1)1νας,  to  blow  one's  nose, 
Cratin.  Incert.  98:  νλίζεσθαι  όιύ  τί- 
νος, Plut.  2,  897  Β;  of.  δινλίζω. 
( Ace.  to  Gramm.  from  νλις,  trans- 
posed for  Ιλνς). 

'Υλικός,  ή,  όν,  (νλη):  —  ο/ or  be- 
longinir  to  matter,  material,  νλική  ου- 
σία, Arist.  Metaph.  7,  4,  1  ;  8,  7,  7  ; 
νλ.  ύρχή.  Id.  Part.  An,  1,  1,  20 ;  cf. 
νλ?)  111.  2. — II.  in  Eccl.,  worldly,  sec- 
ular,  [ii] 

νΤλικός,  ή,  όν,  of  or  relating  to 
Hyle  ;  esp.  ij  Ύλικη  λίμνη,  lake  Hy- 
lice,  in  Boeotia,  same  with  Cephisis, 
Strab.  p.  407. 

'Ύλισκόπος,  ον,  read  by  Bast  in 
Anth.  for  νλοσκ-  or  νλησκόπος,  but 
V.  Lob.  Phryn.  C37. 

'Υλισμός,  ον,  ό,  {ίλίζω)  a  straining, 
filtering,  [ϋ] 

Ύλιστός,  ή,  όν,  (νλίζυ)  strained; 
to  be  strained  or  filtered,  Diosc. 

Ύλιστήρ,  7/ρος,  ύ,  {νλίζω)  a  filter, 
strainer,  colander,  Diosc,  Att.  Tpvyoi- 
ι:ος.  [iJ] 

Ύλιστήριον,  ον,  TO,=foreg•.  [ν] 
Ύλίστριον,  ον,  τό,  contr.  for  foreg. 
[ϋ] 

ΥΥλλαϊκος  ?.ιμήν,  ό,  the  Hylla'tc 
port,  in  Corcyra,  now  Kaltkiopulo, 
Thuc.  3,  72 ;  in  Dion.  H.  also  Τλοί- 
κός,  and  in  Αρ.  Rh.  4,  \  125 Ύλλικός  : 
cf.  Leake  ap.  Bloomiield  ad  Thuc. 
1.  c. 

ΥΎλλειηι,  ων,  oi,  =  Ύλλεΐς  (2), 
Dion.  P.  38C. 

ΥΥλλεΙς,  έων,  οι,  (sing.  Ύλλενς), 
the  Hylles,  one  of  the  three  Dorian 
tribes,  in  Sicyon,  so  named  from 
Hyllus  son  of  Hercules.  Hdt.  5,  68 : 
V.  Diet.  Antiqq.  p.  1002. — 2.  on  the 
peninsula  Hyllis  in  Illyria,  so  railed 
from  Hyllus  also  :  poet.  Ύλλήες,  Αρ. 
Rh.  4,  524. 

νΥλληίς,  ίδος,  ή,  fem.  adj.  of  Hyl- 
lis, Hyllean  ;  ή  Ύ.  γαΐα,  =  Ύλλίς, 
Αρ.  Kh.  4,  562. 

νΥλλικός.^Υλαϊκός. 
νΥλ?.ίς,   ίόος,  ή,  of  or  relating  to 
Hyllus,  Hyllean,   Pllid.  P.  1,  120.— 2. 
sc.  γη,  Hyllis,  the  peninsula  named 
after  Hyllus  m  lllyria. 

ΥΥλλος,  ον.  ό.  Hyllus,  son  of  Her- 
cules and  Deianira,  Soph.  Tr.  56 ; 
Hdt.  8,  131.— 2.  son  of  Hercules  and 
Melite.  who  went  with  a  colony  of 
Phaeacians  to  Illyria,  Ap.  Rh.  4,  538. 
— II.  a  river  on  the  Ionian  coast  of 
Asia  Minor,  joining  the  Hermus.  II. 
20,  392  :  later  Φρύγιοσ,  Strab.  p.  626. 
1542 


ΤΑΟΦ 

Ύλλος,  ον,  6,  dim.  from  νδρος. — 
II.  the  ichneumon. 

Ύλοβύτης,  ον,  ό,=νλφάτης,Α.τΛ\\. 
P.  6.  32,  Plan.  233. 

ΎλόβΙος,  ον,  ό,  (νλη,  βίος)  living 
in  the  woods,  name  of  a  sect  of  Indian 
devotees,  Arr.  fStrab.  p.  713t.  (A 
literal  translation  of  Vanaprastha,  the 
Sanscr.  name  for  one  of  the  third  or- 
der, i.  e.  a  hermit,  ace.  to  Manu.)  [i] 

'Ύ?.ογενής,  ές,=  νλτιγενης,  ap.  Ath. 
63  Β .  [ϋ] 

Ύλογρύφος,  ον,  painting  wood,  wri- 
ting upon  wood,   [fjj 

Ύλοόίαιτος,  ον,=  ν?ιόβιος,  Synes. 

'Ύ?.οδρόμος,  ον,  (  νλη,  δραμεΐν  ) 
roaming  the  wood,  of  wild  beasts,  Ar. 
The.sm.  47.  [f] 

Ύλοκύτοικος,  ον,  (κατοικευ) dwell- 
ing in  the  wood,   [ii] 

Ύλόκομος,  ον,  (νλη,  κόμη)  thick 
grown  with  wood,  νύπος,  Eur.  Andr. 
283.  [ϋ] 

Ύλοκόμος,  ον,  [νλη,  κομέω)  taking 
care  of  woods,  fond  of  them,   [ΐ] 

Ύλυκοπέυ,  ώ,  {ν?.η,  κόπτω)  to  chop 
or  peck  wood,  Arist.  H.  A.  9,  17,  1.  [v] 

Ύλόκονρος,ον,  (νλη,κείρω,  κονρύ) 
=  νλοτύμος,  Lye.  1111.  [0] 

Ύλομΰνέω,  ώ,  f.  -ijau,  tn  grow  too 
rank  or  run  to  wood,  esp.  of  the  vine, 
Lat.  silvescere,  cf.  τραγάω,  Hipp.: 
then,  generally,  to  run  riot,  Wyttenb. 
Plut.  2,  15  F.— II.  Tu  πεδία  νλομανεΐ, 
the  plains  are  overgrown  with  thick 
wood.  Strab.  p.  6Θ4  :  [C]  from 

Ύλομάνης,  ές,  (νλη,  μαίνομαι) mad 
after  the  woods. — II.  of  fruit-trees,  rwn- 
ning  tn  wood,  T\\eo\)hr.  [ii] 

Ύλομάχέω,  ώ,  f.  -ησω,  (νλη,  μάχο- 
μαι) to  fight  or  contend  m  woods,  defend 
one's  se'lfby  forests,  A  pp.  Mithr.  103.  [i] 

Ύλομητρα,  ij,  a  wood-worm.   [f<] 

Ύλονόμος,  ον,  {νλη,  νέμομαι)  living 
in  the  woods,  θηρ,  Simon.  108,  7  ;  of 
bees,  Arist.  H.  A.  9,  40,  20. 

Ύλοσκόπος,  ον,  (νλη,  σκοπέω) 
watching  over  woods,  epith.  of  Pan. 

Ύλοτημεω,  ώ,  f.  -τ'/σω,  (νλοτόμος) 
to  cut  or  fell  wood,  Hes.  Op.  420.  [v] 

Υλοτομία,  ας,  ή,  (νλοτόμος)  the 
cutting  or  felling  of  wood,  Arist.  Pol.  1, 
11,  4. 

'Υλοτομικός,  ή,  όν,  of,  belonging  to 
the  felling  of  wood  :  ή -κή  (sc.  τέχνη), 
the  woodman's  art  or  trade,  Diog.  L.  3, 
100  :  [v]  and 

'Υ?ίθτόμιον,  ον,  τό,  a  timber-yard,  a 
wood-market,  Strab.  :  [v]  from 

'Υλοτόμος,  ον,  (νλη,  τέμνω)  : — cut- 
ting or  felling  wood  :  ό  V?..,  a  wood-cut- 
ter, woodman,  II.  23,  114,  123,  Hes. 
Op.  805,  Soph.  El.  98.— II.  proparo.x. 
νλότομος,  ον,  pass.,  cut  in  the  wood: 
TO  νλύτομον,  a  plant  cut  in  the  wood, 
used  as  a  charm,  H.  horn.  Cer.  229  ; 
—  like  νποταμνόν  :  cf.  τέμνω  111.  2. 
[i] 

Ύλοτρΰγέω,  ώ,  (ϋλη,  τρώγω)  to  eat 
wild  roots  and  fruits,  Ael.  N.  A.  16,  21. 

Ύλοτρύφής,  ές,  (ν7^η,  τρέφω)  nour- 
ished by  matter,  -material,  Procl.  ap.  A. 
Br.  2,  p.  443.  [«] 

Ύλονρ•)'ία,  ας,  η,  the  carpenter's  art, 
carpentry  :   [ii]   from 

Ύληνργός,  όν,  (ν7.η,  *ίργω)  work- 
ing wood :  ό  νλ.,  a  carpenter  or  wood- 
man, Eur.  H.  F.  241.  [v] 

Ύλοφύγος,  ον,  (νλη,  φαγεΐν)  feed- 
ing in  the  woods,  βοϋς,  Hes.  Op.  589. 
— II.  eating,  consuming  wood. 

Ύλοφορβός,  όν,  (νλη,  φέρβω)  feed- 
ing in  the  rvoods,  Eur.  I.  T.  201. 

Ύλοφορέω,  ω,  to  carry  or  gather 
wood  :  [v]  from 

Ύλοφόρος,  ον,  (νλη,  φέρω)  carrying 


TMEN 

wood,  Leon.  Tar.  16  : — of  a  mountain, 
wooded,  woody,  Polyb.  3,  55,  9.  [i] 

Ύλύδης,  ες,  (νλη,  είδος)  woody, 
wooded,  bushy,  Thuc.  4,  8,  29.-11.= 
ιλνώδης,  impure,  muddy,  Schaf.  Greg. 
555  ;  cf.  νλιζω.  [ϋ] 

'Υλωρός,  όν,  (νλη,  ονρος)=  νληω- 
ρός  : — οι  νλωροί,=^ΰγρονόμοί,  magis- 
trates who  managed  the  public  forests, 
Arist.  Pol.  6,  8,  C. 

Ύ//α,  ητος,  τό,  (νω)  thai  which  is 
rained  upon,  cf.  νσμα. 

Ύμεδΰπύς,  ή,  όν,  (ΐιμεΐς) : — yoiit 
countryman,  Lat.  rc.<(irai.  —  II.  gene- 
rally,=j'//t'-fpof.  (On  the  deriv.,  v. 
sub  ποδαπός,  and  cf.  ημεδαπός.)  [v\ 
ΥΥμέης,  ου  Ion.  εω,  ό,  Hymets,  a 
general  .of  the  Persians,  soM-in-lavf 
of  Darius,  Hdt.  5,  116. 

ΎμεΙς,  old  Aeol.,  Dor.,  and  Ep.  t'/i- 
μες,  (as  alway.s  in  Horn.)  :  Ion.  νμέες. 
Dor.  νμές  :  gen.  νμύν,  Ion.  νμέων,  as 
usu.  in  Horn.,  (always  as  dissyll.),  but 
Ep.  also  νμείων,  II. : — dat.  •ίι;ϋϊν,  often 
in  Horn.,  who  also,  though  more  rare- 
ly, uses  old  Aeol.  νμμι,  νμαΐν,  as  in 
PinH.  O.  13,  18,  P.  2,  0  :'  but  νμίν 
[ — ]  or  νμϊν,  and  νμϊν  only  in  Trag., 
perh.  only  in  Soph. ;  though  the  lat- 
ter was  admitted  in  one  or  two 
places  of  Horn,  by  some  ancient  crit- 
ics, V.  Thiersch  Gr.  Gr.  ^  204,  9  :— 
ace.  νμάς.  Ion.  νμέας,  as  usu.  in 
Hom,,  but  always  as  dissyll. ;  besides 
this  he  has  freq.  the  old  Aeol.  νμμε, 
as  in  Pind.  O.  8,  19,  Dor.  ίμέ ;  in 
Trag.  also  νμύς  [-  -]  or  νμύς  .—the 
only  word  (out  of  the  strict  Dor.  dia- 
lect) of  which  some  forms  have  ν 
with  the  smooth  breathing,  as  in  Ep. 
νμμι,  νμμε,  v.  supra. — Pron.  of  2nd 
pers.,  plur.  of  σύ,  ye,  you,  Sanscr.  yit- 
yam,  Pers.  shuyna,  etc.  :  sometimes 
also  addressed  to  an  individual, 
though  in  reference  to  others  with 
him,  as  Od.  12,  81,  82,  cf.  Bockh 
Expl.  Pind.  P.  7,  17,  Tibull.  1,  3,  1, 
and  v.  υμέτερος,  sub  fin.  [f] 

Ύμείων,  Ep.  gen.  of  {>//εΐζ• ,  U.  [v] 
Ύμέναιος,  ον,  ό,  (Ύμήν) : — hyme- 
naeus,  a  wedding  song,  sung  by  the 
bride's  attendants  as  they  led  her  to 
the  bridegroom's  house,  II.  18,  493, 
Hes.  Sc.  274  ;  νμεναίων  ίαχά  παμφώ- 
νων,  Pind.  P.  3,  30 ;  so  in  Trag.  :— 
hence,  a  marriage,  Soph.  O.  T.  422, 
Eur.  Ion  1475  ;  and  in  plur.,  Id.  I.  A. 
123,  etc.— II.  later.=T//??v,  Hymen, 
the  god  of  marriage,  addressed  in  the 
wedding-songs  as  Ύμηρ  ώ  Ύμέναιε, 
Eur.  Tro.  314,  Ar.  Av.  1742,  Pac. 
1235;  Dor.  Τ//άνώΎ/ίίέναίΕ,  Theocr. 
18,  58;  CatuU.  62.  [i•] 

ΥΥμέναιος,  ον,  ύ,  Hymenaeus, 
niasc.  pr.  n.,  Ath.  ;  N.  T. ;  etc. 

Ύμεναιόω,  ώ,  (νμέναιος)  to  wed, 
take  to  wife,  always  of  the  man,  Ar. 
Pac.  1076,  1Π2,  Theocr.  22,  179: 
generally,  to  tie  together,  couple.  —  II. 
to  sing  the  wedding-song,  Aesch.  Pr 
557.  [v]^ 

ΎμενηΙος,  ον,  6,  epith.  of  Bacchus 
as  cause  of  joy,  Anth.  P.  9,  524,  21. 
[i] 

Ύμένϊνος,  η,  ον,  (νμήν)  of  skin  οι 
membrane,  Ath.  [v\ 

Ύμενιον,  ον,  τό,  dim.  from  νμην, 
Arist.  Η.  Α.  1,  17,  17.  [ι;] 

Ύμενοειδής,  ές,  (νμήν,  ε]δος)  like 
skin,  skitmy,  membranous,  Arist.  Η.  Α. 
3,  15,  1.  [i)] 

Ύμενόπτερος,  ον,  (νμήν,  πτερόν) 
with  wings  of  skin,  membrane-winged, 
like  the  bat,  Luc.  Muscae  Enc.  1.  [v] 
Ύμενόστράκος,  ον,  (νμήν,  δστρα- 
κον)  said  of  earthenware  as  thin  ox 
transparent  as  a  membrane  or  skin,  Luc. 
Lexiph.  7. 


• 


ΥΜΝΕ 

Ύαενόω,  ώ,  (νμήν)  to  change  into 
shin,  enclose  in  shin  : — pass.,  to  become 
skin  or  membrane,  Hipp,  [i•] 

'Ύιιενώδης,  ες,^'αενοείδής,  Arist. 
Η.  Α.  1,  16,  16,  etc. ':— of  liquids,  full 
oj  mjembranous  substances  or  fibres. 
Foes.  Oecon.  Hipp,  [v] 

'Ύμές,  Dor.  for  νμεις.  [ν] 

'Υμέτερος,  a,  ov,  \ί<μεΙς) : — your, 
yours,  Lat.  vesler,  Hoin.  ;  νμέτερος 
έκαστου  θυμός,  the  courage  of  each 
of  you,  11.  17,  226  ;  also,  ίμέτίβος  αυ- 
τών βνμύς,  your  own  mind,  Od.  2, 138; 
νμέτερόΐ'ύε,  to  your  house,  11.  23,  80 : 
TO  i'u-  (so.  μέρος),  what  in  you  lies,  lor 
your  part,  Hdt.  8,  140,  1,  cf.  Plat. 
Gorg.  522  C  ; — in  prose  sometimes 
with  the  article,  ταΐς  νμετέραις  ~όλε- 
ci.  Plat.  Legg.  83C  C,  etc. :— later,  it 
sometimes  stands  Ibr  συς,  Jac.  Anth. 
P.  p.  1 19,  627  : — cf.  also  νμός.  [ν] 

'Y////1',  ti'oc,  ό,  (ί  skin,  membrane, 
Arist.  H.  A.  3,  13,  2,  etc.;  νμην  πε- 
ρικύρ^ίος,  the  pericardium  ;  νμηΐ'  ττε- 
ριτόναιος,  the  perUontum,  Medic.  ; 
νμην  υγρός,  the  large  dorsal  sinew  of 
cartilagmousfish,  AeL  X.  A.  (14,  21)? 
(Perh.  akin  to  ΰώ-ή,  t;(;i-(wVw,Lat.  suo, 
as  if  the  primary  signf.  were  that  of 
a  fine  -web.)  [i] 

'Ύμην,  ένος,  ό.  Hymen,  the  god  oi 
marriages,  cf.  II.  cc.  sub  Ύμέναιος : 
— a  vocat.  Ύμέν  is  quoted.  Call.  Fr. 
461. — II.  like  vμέpaιoς,aweddmg-song. 
(Perh.,  hke  foreg.,  from  root 'T-,  su-o, 
to  connect,  Pott  Et.  Forscb.  1,  230.) 
[ϋ  in  arsis,  11.  cc.  sub  Ύμέραως:  but 
also  £•,  as  in  'Ύμέναιος,  Ον.  Her.  6, 
44.45;  9,  134;  14,27.] 

Ύμήνύος,  ov,  ό,  poet,  for  νμέναιος, 
Sapph.  73,  cf.  Herm.  Eleni.  Metr.  p. 
28. 

ΥΎμησσός,  Att.  Υμηττός,  οΰ,  ό, 
Mt.  Hymettus,  in  Attica  near  Athens, 
famed  for  its  honey,  Hdt.  6,  137, 
Strab.  p.  399. 

ΥΎμήττειος,  a,  ov,  pecul.  fem. 
'Ύμ7ΐττίς,  ίδος,  of  Hymcllus,  Hymet- 
tian,  μελί,  Anth.  P.  7,  30.  [v  Anth. 
1.  c. :  V  Nic.  Al.  446.] 

ΥΤμήττίος,  a,  ov,=  ioreg.,  Strab. 
p.  399  ;  hence  proverb.  'Ύμήττιον  ατό- 
ua  άνοίγειν. 

'Ύμμε,  ύμμες,  νμμϊ  ϋμμιν,  old  Aeol., 
Dor.  and  Ep.  for  ναάς,  νμείς,  νμίν, 
Horn. 

'Ύμμος,  a,  ov,  Aeol.  for  νμός,  υμέ- 
τερος. 

'Ύμνάγόρας,  ου.6,{νμνος,  αγορεύω) 
α  singer  of  hymns,  Anth.  P.  9,  525,  21. 

'Ύμνείω,  poet,  for  sq.,  Hes.  Op.  2. 

'Ύμνέω,  ώ,  fut.  -ήσω  :  Dor.  νμνίω, 
Ar.  Lys.  1305  :  {ύμνος)  ; — toeing, laud, 
praise,  sing  of,  tell  of,  Lat.  canere,  c. 
acc,  first  in  Hes.  Th.  11,  33,  then 
freq.  in  the  Homeric  Hymns,  Find., 
and  Trag. ;  also  in  Hdt.  4,  35,  and 
Att.  prose :  ά  την  ττόΆιν  νμνι/σα.  the 
points  wherein  /  hat^e praised  our  city, 
Thuc.  2, 42  : — to  speak  muck  of;  hence, 
in  pass.,  νμνονμενος,  famous,  Xen. 
Hell.  7,  1,  38,  cf.  Hdt.  5,  67.-2.  also 
in  bad  sense,  to  reproach,  chide,  Lat. 
increpare.  Plat.  Rep.  329  Β  ;  νμνοΐτο 
φροιμίοίς  παΤιφρύθοις,  Aesch.  Theb. 
7,  cfRuhnk.  Tim. — 3.  c.  acc.  rei,  to 
sing,  νμνον,  παιάνα,  Aesch.  Ag.  1 191, 
Eur.  H.  F.  688  :  -hence,  to  tell  over 
and  otrer  again,  to  be  always  telling  of, 
Lat.  decantare.  Plat.  Prot.  317  A,  Rep. 
549  E,  etc.,  cf.  Valck.  Phoen.  441 ; 
τον  νόμον  νμϊ'είν,  to  recite  Ike  form  of 
the  law,  Plat.  Legg.  870  Ε  ;  (as  in 
Lat.  we  have  carmen  for  a  form  of 
words,  Liv.  I,  20,  etc.) ;  ό  (5'  (Ιπε 
ιτρός μεβαι,  άεΐ  δ' ϋμνούμενα  (Schol. 
TU  ποΆυθρύ7.7ΐτα),  Soph.  Aj.  292. — II. 
iotr.,  U>  sing,  Stallb.  Plat.  Rep.  403 


YMSQ 

D;  περί  τίνος,  Thuc.  1,  21.  [In  Att. 
sometimes  i,  Pors.  Med.  441. J 

'Ύμνη7το/ιέω,:=νμνοττο?ιενω. 

'Ύμνηπόλος, ον,^νμνοτζό'λος,  poet. 

'Ύμνήσιος,  ον,=^ΰμνητός,  Ael.  Ν.  Α. 
12,5. 

"Ύμνησις,  εως,  ή,  (νμνεω)  α  singing, 
lauding,  praising,  Diod. 

'Ύμι•7]τίον,  verb.  adj.  from  νμνέω, 
one  must  praise.  Plat.  Epin.  983  E. 

Ύμνητήρ,  ηρος,  o.^sq.,  Leon.  Tar. 
80:  fem.  -ήτειρα,  Anth.  P.  8,  35. 

'Ύμνητής,  ov,  ό,  (νμνεω)  :  a  singer 
of  hymns  οτ  praise  ;  generally,  α  min- 
strel. Plat.  Rep.  568  B.     Hence 

'Ύμν//τήριος,  ov,  and  in  Strab.  υμ- 
νητικός, ij,  ov  : — belonging  to,  fitted  for 
singing  praise  or  praising. 

'Ύμνητός,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from 
νμνεω,  sung  of,  praised,  lauded,  ενδαί- 
αων  Kui  ύμν..  Find.  P.  10,  34 ;  cf.  11, 
93. 

'Ύμνήτρια,  and  ΰμνητρίς,  ίδος,  ή, 
fem.  of  ΰμνητηρ,  ύμνητής. 

'Ύμνίον,  ov,  τό,^=ΰμνίον,  shortd. 
for  υμένων,  dim.  from  ύμήν. 

ΥΎμνίς,  ίδος,  ή,  Hymnis,  fem.  pr. 
η.,  Anth.  P.  7,  643. 

Ύμνίω,  Dor.  for  νμνεω,  Ar.  Lys. 
1305. 

Υμνογράφος,  ov,  {νμνος,  γράφω) 
uriring  hymns,  LXX.  [ύ] 

Ύμνοδότεφα,  ας,  ή,  lem.  from  sq., 
V.  1.  Orph.  Η.  2,7. 

'Ύβνοόοτήρ,  ήρος,  ό,  (νμνος,  όίδω- 
μι)  giver  or  inspirer  of  hymns,  poet. 

'Ύμνοθέτης,ου,  ό,  (ύμνος,  τιθημι) 
a  composer  of  hymns,  a  lyric  poet,  Mel. 
1,44,  123,  etc.;  cf.  Jac.  Anth.  P.  p.  42. 

'Ύμνύθετος,  ov,  composed  of  hymns 
or  songs. 

'Ύμνολογέω,  ώ,  to  sing  praise  :  and 

'Υμνολογία,  ας,  ή,  a  song  of  praise, 
praise  ;  and 

Ύ μνολογίζω,=^νμνολογέω :  from 

'Υμνολόγος,  ov,  [ύμνος,  ?ίέγω)  sing- 
ing hymns  or  praise. 

Ύμνοποιός,  όν,  (ΰμνος,ποιέω)  mak- 
ing hymns,  a  minstrel,  Eur.  Supp.  180, 
Rhes.  051. 

Ύμνοπολενω,  to  be  busied  with  songs 
of  praise,  Synes. :  from 

Ύμνοπόλος,  ov,  {νμνος,  πολέω) 
busied  with  hymns  or  songs  :  ό  νμν.,  a 
poet,  minstrel,  Emped.407,  Simon.  52, 
2,  Anth.  p.  7,  18,  etc. 

"Ύμνος,  ov,  b,  a  song,  νμνος  άοιδής, 
merely  of  the  music,  Od.  8,  429,  and 
in  the  Hymns  ;  but  in  Hes.  Op.  055, 
both  of  the  air  and  words : — a  hynin, 
festive  song  or  ode,  usu.  in  praise  of 
gods  or  heroes,  {ύμνος  θεοίς  και  εγκώ- 
μια τοις  άγαθοΐς,  Plat.  Rep.  607  A, 
cf.  Legg.  700  Β,  801  D),  very  freq.  in 
Find.,  ύμνος  πολνφατος,  έττικώμιος, 
κα?ι?ύνικος,  Ο.  1,  14,  Ν.  8,85,  etc.; 
Θήρωνος  'Ολυμπιονίκαν  ϋμνον,  Ο.  3, 
5:  so  in  Trag.,  etc. ;  ύμνος  έπιννμ- 
φειος,  Soph.  Ant.  814 : — (rarely  of 
dirges,  Aesch.  Pers.  625,  cf.  Theb. 
867.) — It  was  sometimes  inEpic  form, 
as  the  Homeric  and  Orphic  hymns ; 
but  more  usu.  in  Lyric,  as  those  of 
Pindar,  (cf.  Ar.  Eq.  530) ;— the  latter 
being  properly  sung  to  the  cithara 
without  dancing,  Procl.  ap.  Phot.  p. 
523.   (Prob.  from  same  root  as  ύόέω.) 

'Υμνωδέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {υμνωδός)  to 
sing  a  hymn  or  song  of  praise.  Plat. 
Legg.  682  A :  generally,  to  sing,  νμν. 
βρηνον,  Aesch.  Ag.  990. — II.=;^;p7;- 
σμωδέω,  Eur.  Ion   6;  cf.  νμνωδία  II. 

Ύμνώδης,  ες,  (ύμνος,  είδος)  like  a 
hymn,  Philostr. 

'Υμνωδία,  ας,  ή,  (υμνωδός)  the  sing- 
ing of  a  hymn,  hymning,  Eur.  Hel. 
1434. — II.  χρησμωδία,  a  prophetic 
strain,  Id.  Ion  682. 


ΤΠΑΓ 

'Ύμνωδογράφος,  ov,  f.  1.  for  υμνο- 
γράφος. 

'Υμνωδός,  όν.  (νμνος,  ωδή)  :  sitig- 
ing  hymns  or  odes,  νμν.  ' κύραί,  the 
minstrel  maids,  Eur.  H.  F.  394. 

'Υμάς,  ά  and  /),  όν.  Dor.  and  Ep. 
for  υμέτερος,  your,  II.  5, 489  ;  13,  815, 
Od.  1,  375;  2,  140,  Find.  P.  7,  15  : 
cf  άμός.  [ν] 

'Υμος  or  νμός,  ό,  v.  υμα. 

'Υν,  acc.  from  υς.  Od. 

'Υνις,  εως,  ή,  ν.  ύννις. 

'Υννιμάχος,  ον,  fighting  with  a 
ploughshare. 

"Ύννις  or  ννίς,  ή,  a  ploughshare, 
Plut.  Rom.  11,  etc.;  cf.  Jac.  Anth. 
P.  p.  147,  254,  284.  (Plut.,  2,  670  A, 
derives  the  word  from  νς,  from  the 
hog's  nozzling  and  rooting.)  [Suid. 
says  that  υ  is  long,  quoting  Anth.  P. 
6,  104,  where  it  is  short ;  so  Ibid.  7, 
176.] 

Ύννος,  ό,  f.  1.  for  Ιννος. 

Ύοβοσκός,  ov,  ό,  (νς,  βόσκω)  a 
swineherd,  Arist.  Η.  Α.  8,  21,  2. 

Ύοβότης,  ov,  o,^foreg. 

Ύοειδής,  ες,  {νς,  είδος)  like  α  swine 
or  hog,  swinish,  hoggish. — II.  όστοϋν 
vo.,  a  bone  on  the  top  of  the  wind- 
pipe, shaped  like  the  letter  Y,  also  called 
νιΐ'ΐλοειδής.  Poll,  [ϋ] 

νΥόεσσα,  ης,  ή,  Hyoessa,  a  fount- 
ain near  Troezene  in  Argolis,  Soph. 
Fr.  20. 

'Υομονσία,  ας,  ή,  (υς,  Μοίσα) 
swine's  music,  swinish  taste  in  music, 
Ar.  Eq.  986.  [ϋ] 

Ύοπό'λος,  ό,  (νς,  ττολέω)  α  swine- 
herd, [ν] 

Ύόπρωρος,  ον,  (νς,  πρώρα) : — of  α 
skip  having  a  beak  turned  up  like  a 
swine's  s?iout,  cf.  Σάμαινα  :  hence, 
νανς  ϋόπρωρος  το  σίμωμα,  Plut. 
Pericl.  26,  where  before  Coray  was 
falsely  read  ύπόπρωρος  :  Hdt.,  3,  59, 
says  of  the  same  ships,  νηων  καπρί- 
ους  εχουσέων  τάς  πρώρας,  [ν] 

Ύός,  ό,  Att.  for  νίός,  not  in  use. 
Lob.  Phryn.  40. 

'Yof ,  gen.  from  vc,  Hom.  [v} 

Ύοςκνΰμάω,  ώ,  (νοςκναμος)  to  be 
mad  from  taking  henbane  :  generally, 
to  be  raving  mad,  Pherecr.  Coriann.  7. 

'Υοςκνύμινος,  η,  ov,  of  henbane, 
ελαιον,  Diosc. :  from 

Ύοςκνάμος,  ου,  ό,  ( νς,  κναμος ) 
strictly  hog-bean,  but  answering  to 
our  henbane,  which  Causes  giddiness 
and  madness,  Xen.  Oec.  1,  13,  cf. 
Plut.  Demetr.  20.  [i] 

Ύοφορβεΐον,  ου,  τό,  a  pig-sty.  [ν] 

'Ύοφόρβιον,  ov,  τό,  a  herd  of  swine, 
Strab. :  [i)]  from 

'Ύοφορβός,  οϋ,  ύ,  (νς,  φέρβω)  α 
swineherd,   [ϋ] 

'Υπάγάνακτεωί  ω,  f.  -ήσω,  (υπό, 
άγανακτέω)  to  become  somewhat  wroth, 
Dion.  Η.,  Hdn.  2,  7. 

Ύπάγάπάω,  ω,  f.  -ήσω,  (υπό,  αγα- 
πάω) to  love  a  little  or  love  underhand, 
Joseph. 

'Υπαγγέλλω,  (υπό,  άγγέλλω)  to  tell 
underhand,  betray,  Diod. 

'Υπύγγελος,  ov,  (  ΰπό,  άγγε/ιος ) 
called  by  a  messenger,  Aesch.  Cho. 
838. 

Ύπάγγε/^τος,  ov,  verb,  adj.,  told 
underhand  :  betrayed,  ap.  Suid. 

Ύπαγκάλίζω,  f.  -ίσω  and  -ίώ,  (υπό, 
άγκαλίζομαι)  to  take  into  or  in  the 
arms,  embrace,  Eur.  Cycl.  498  :  so  in 
pass.,  γένος  ΰπηγκαλισμένη,  having 
them  clasped  in  her  arms.  Id.  Heracl. 
42. 

'Υπαγκά?αος,  ον,=^νπάγκα?.ος,  ap. 
Suid.  [κά] 

Ύπαγκάλισμα,  ατός,  τό,  (ύπαγκά- 
λίζω) that  which  is  taken  into  the  arms 
1543 


ΤΠΑΓ 

or  embraced ;  hence,  a  wife,  mistress, 
love,  Soph.  Tr.  540,  Eur.  Hel.  242  ; 
of  a  child,  Eur.  Tro.  752 ;  v.  Elmsl. 
Heracl.  42.  [κύ] 

Ύπάγκΰ/Μς,  oi>,  (  νττό,  αγκάλη  ) 
taken  into  the  arms,  in  arms,  ot  a  child, 
Dion.  H.  7,  67  ;  also  νπαγκάλιος : — 
of.  νττωλένιος. 

'Ύπαγκώνίον,  ov,  τό,  {νττό,  άγκών) 
a  cushion  under  the  elbow,  like  Lat.  cu- 
bital from  cubitus,  Galen. 

Ύπάγνϋμι,  f.  -ύξω,  (ύχό,  άγννμι) 
to  break  underneath,  Opp.  H.  4,  653. 

'Ύπάγόμενσις,  εως,  ή,  suggestion, 
advice,  Joseph.  :  and 

'Ύπάγορευτικύς,  ή,  όν,  suggestive, 
τινός,  Sext.  Emp.  p.  495 :  from 

'Υπαγορεύω,  (υπό.  αγορεύω)  to  dic- 
tate, Lat.  praeire  verbis,  Xen.  Oec.  15, 
5,  Dein.  219,  27,  etc. — II.  to  tell  under- 
hand, give  information  of,  τι. — III.  to 
suggest,  TLVL  Tt,  e.  g.  ί?.πίδα,  πρόφα- 
σιν,  Strabo,  cf.  Plut.  Marcell.  20. — 
IV.  to  reply,  answer. 

'Ύττύγορία,  ας,  ή,  =  νπαγόρενσις, 
advice,  Dor.,  Lob.  Phryn.  702. 

'Ύπάγροικος,  ov,  (νκό,  άγροικος) 
sotneivhat  clownish,  subrusticus,  Ar.  Fr. 
552. 

Ύπύγρνπνος,  ov,  (νπό,  άγρυπνος) 
somewhat  sleepless,  Hipp. 

'Υπάγω,  f.  νπάξω,  {ΰπό,  άγω)  : — 
Α.  transit.,  to  lead  or  bring  tinder, 
νπάγειν  'ίππους  ζυγύν,  to  bring  the 
horses  under  the  yoke,  yoke  them.  11. 
16,  148  ;  23,  291  ;  also  simply  ύπά- 
γειν  ίππους,  Od.  6,  73 : — for  Soph. 
Ant.  353,  V.  sub  άέξω. — 2.  to  bring 
xinder  one^s  power,  o'l  θεοί  υπήγαγαν 
σε  ες  χέρας  τας  έμύς,  Hdt.  8,  106 ; 
in  mid.,  to  bring  under  one's  own  power, 
reduce,  πάλιν,  Thuc.  7,  46. — 3.  to  draw 
from  under ;  hence  in  pass.,  νπαγο- 
αένου  τοϋ  χώματος,  Thuc.  2,  76.— 11. 
to  bring  a  person  before  the  judgment 
seat  (where  the  νπό  refers  to  his  be- 
ing set  U7ider  or  below  the  judge)  ;  as, 
νπάγειν  τίΐ'α  ΰπό  το  όικαστήριοί', 
υπό  τους  εφόρους,  to  bring  one  before 
the  court,  l.  e.  to  accuse,  impeach  him, 
Hdt.  6,  72,  82  ;  so,  χι.  τινά  εις  δ'ικην, 
Thuc.  3,  70 :  ύπάγειν  τινά  θανάτου 
υπό  τον  όημον,  to  impeach  him  be- 
fore the  commons  on  a  capital  charge, 
Valck.  Hdt.  6,  136,  cf.  Xen.  Hell.  2, 
3,  12  ;  so  νπάγειν  alone,  lb.  33  ;  and 
(in  mid.)  Eur.  El.  1155.— III.  to  lead 
slowly  on,  το  στράτευμα,  Thuc.  4, 
127. — 2.  to  lead  one  on  by  degrees  or 
secretly,  Xen.  Cyn.  5,  15:  esp.,  to 
draw  on  an  enemy  by  pretended  flight. 
Id.  Cyr.  1,  6,  37;  3,  2,  8:— then,  to 
lead  one  on,  induce  one  (to  do  a  thing), 
esp.  by  deceit  or  cunning,  Lat.  indu- 
cere,  Wess.  Hdt.  9,  94 ;  so  c.  inf., 
Eur.  Andr.  428  ;  and  in  mill.,  ίλπί- 
σιν  νπαγαγέσθαι  τινά,  Isocr.  100  D, 
cf.  Xen.  An.  2,  4,  3,  Dem.  105,  7, 
etc.  ;  also,  νπ.  τινά  εις  ελπίδα,  Eur. 
Hel.  826:  —  in  mid.  also  to  sugge.it 
something,  throw  out  so  'as  to  lead  a 
person  on,  Eur.  Andr.  906,  Xen.  An. 
2,  1,  18: — in  pass.,  κατά  μικρόν 
υπαχθείς,  Isocr.  82  Β  ;  ίλπίαι  και 
^Ρενακισμοϊς  ΰπάγεσθαι,  ν.  1.  Dem. 
.59,  18  ;  νπό  άπατων  και  άλαζονενμά- 
■Tuv,y.  1.  Aeschin.  25,23,  etc. — IV. 
to  lead  or  take  away  from  under,  τινά 
έκ  βελέων,  U.  11,  163. — 2.  to  carry 
down,  carry  off  below,  Lat.  subducere  ; 
hence,  ύπάγειν  τ//ν  κοιλίαν,  to  purge 
the  bowels,  Hipp.,  v.  Lob.  Phryn. 
308  ;  cf.  sub  tin. 

B.  intr.,  to  lake  one's  self  away  se- 
cretly, withdraw,  retire,  νπάγω  φρένα 
τερψας,  Theogn.  917  :— of  an  army, 
to  draw  off  or  retire  slowly,  Hdt.  4, 120, 
122,  Ar.  Av.  1017,  Thuc.  4,  126,  etc. 
1541 


ΤΠΑΙ 

— Π.  to  go  after,  go  slowly  on,  ϋπύγεθ' 
νμεϊς  της  όδον,  Ar.  Ran.  174,  cf.  Nub. 
1298;  νπαγε,  like  άγε,  come.'  cheer 
up.'  Eur.  Cycl.  52. — 111.  also  of  an 
army,  to  come  slowly  or  gradually  on, 
Xen.  An.  3,  4,  48  ;  4,  2,  10.— IV.  me- 
dic, of  the  bowels,  to  be  open,  κοιλία 
νπάγονσα,  Galen. ;  cf.  A.  IV.  2. 

'Ύπάγωγεΰς,  έως,  ό,  a  truivel  or  tool 
for  shaping  bricks  or  tiles,  Ar.  Av. 
1149,  ubi  V.  Schol. — II.  an  instrument 
of  torture. — III.  a  moveable  bridge  on 
stringed  instrmnents,  also  νποβυλεύς, 
Math.  Vett.  :  from 

'Υπαγωγή,  ής,  ή,  {νπάγω)  a  leading 
on,  τινός,  Xen.  Cyn.  0,  12. — 2.  a  mis- 
leading, allurement,  v.  1.  ueni.  444,  23. 
— 11.  a  clearing  out  or  purging  of  the 
body  downwards,  τής  κοιλίας,  Diosc. 
— HI.  a  leading  back:  intr.,  a  return, 
retreat,  withdrawal,  Thuc.  3,  97. 

Ύπάγωγίδιον,  ου,  τό,  and  νπάγώ- 
γιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  νπαγωγενς. 

Ύπΰγωγικός,  ή,  όν,  (υπαγωγή) 
leading  on,  attractive,  dub.,  v.  Schiif. 
Dion.  Comp.  p.  34. 

Ύ7Γα>'ω}'όζ•,  όν,  (υπάγω)  carrying 
off  downwards,  νπ.  τής  κοιλίας. 

'Ύπάδω,  (ΰπό,  άδω)  to  sing  to,  ac- 
company with  the  voice,  τινί,  Ar.  Ran. 
366,  874. — II.  to  sing  gently  or  softly. 

'Ύπάείδω,  poet,  tor  foreg.,  Call. 
[Sometimes  in  arsis  ά.] 

Ύπάέριος,  ov,  (ΰπό,  άήρ)  found  in, 
living  in  the  air,  Ael.  ;.cf.  ΰπηέμιος. 

'Ύπαί,  poet.,  esp.  Ep.  for  ΰπό,  q.  v. 
sub  init.  [i] 

Ύπαιάζω,  f.  -άξω,  {ΰπό,  αίάζω)  to 
ivail,  sigh  to  or  at. — II.  to  sigh  gently, 
be  rather  sad. 

Ύπαιδείδοικα,  Ep.  for  ύποδέδοικα, 
pf.  of  ΰποδείδω,  Η.  Hom.  Merc. 
1C5. 

'Ύπαιδέομαι,  f.  -έσομαι,  dep.  c.  aor. 
pass,  νπτ/δέσθην,  and  mid.  ΰπ^δεαά- 
μην  (ΰπό,  α'ιδέομαι) : — to  feel  some- 
what of  sha7ne,  awe,  respect  before  an- 
other, c.  ace,  Xen.  Hell.  5,  3,  20. 

'Ύπαίετος,  ου,  ό,  a  kind  of  eagle, 
Arist.  H.  A.  9,  32,  3:  al.  ■)νπαίετος. 

"Ύπαιθά,  adv.  (ΰπό,  ΰπαί): — out 
under,  slipping  under  and  away,  hence, 
escaping  to  one  side,  II.  15,  520;  21, 
271  ;  22,  141. — II.  as  prep.  c.  gen., 
under,  at  a  person's  side  to  support  him, 

11.  18,  421  ;  21,255. 
'ΎπαιθρΙάζω,  f.   -άσω,  to  be  in  the 

open  air. 

'Υπαίθριος,  ov,  also  a,  ov,  Eur. 
Andr.  227  (νπό,  αίθήρ) : — under  the 
sky,  in  the  open  i!i>,.esp.  of  an  army, 
ΰπ.  εχειν,  κατακοιμύσθαι,  etc.,  Hdt. 
4,  7;  7,  119,  Thuc.  1,  134.  etc.;  c. 
gen.,  νπ.  νυκτός,  Pind.  Ο.  6,  104: — 
also  of  things,  ΰπ.  λνχνα  καίειν,  Hdt. 
2,  02 ;  νπ.  πάγοι,  Aesch.  Ag.  335 ; 
ΰπαιθρίοις  δεσμοίσι  πασσαλεντός 
ων.  Id.  Pr.  113;  v.  Lob.  Phryn.  251, 
and  cf.  sq. 

"Υπαιθρος,  01',=  foreg.,  νπ.  εϋνή, 
Hipp. ;  νπαιθρον  νλην  λείπε,  Babrius 

12,  13  Boisson.  ; — but  not  used  in 
good  Att.,  e.xcept  in  the  phrase,  iv 
ΰπαιθρω,  sub  Dio,  in  the  open  air,  An- 
tipho  130,29,  Xen.  Mem.  2, 1,  6,  Oec. 
7, 19,  V.  Lob.  Phryn.  251 : — esp.  in  mili- 
tary language, from  Polyb.  downwds., 
τά  ΰπαιθρα  is  the  field,  the  open  coun- 
try, opp.  to  fortified  place.';,  τών  νπ. 
κρατιΐν,  άντιποιείσθαι,  to  he  in  pos- 
session of  the  country,  Casaub.  Polyb. 
I,  12,  4  ;  40,  6  ;  των  ΰπ.  ίκχωρεϊν,  to 
retire  from  the  open  country  and  shut 
themselves  up  in  the  towns.  Id.  9,  3. 
6  ;  εις  νπ.  ΙξελθεΙν,  to  take  the  field, 
Id.  10,  3,  4. 

Ύπα'ιθω,  poet.^ νποκαί'ω,  Soph. 
Tr.  1210. 


ΤΠΑΚ 

Ύπαικάλλω,  Dor.  word  for  ΰπο• 
σαίνω,  Ael.  Ν.  A.  4,  45. 

'Υπαινίσσομαι,  A[t.  -TTouat,  f.  -ξό- 
μαι,  (νπό,  αϊνίσσομαι)  dep.  mid. : — 
to  intimate  darkly,  give  slight  hints, 
Dem.  348,  6,  Piut.  Rom.  8.-2.  ίο 
glance  al. 

Υ'Υπαιπα,  ων,  τά,  Hypaepa,  a  city 
of  Lydia  on  the  southern  slope  of 
Tmolus,  Strab.  γ>.  627. 

Ύπαιρέω,  Ion.  for  ΰφαιρίω,  Hdt. 

Ύπαιρω,  ίο  lift  up  gently  or  by  de- 
grees. 

Ύπαισθάνομαι,  dep.  mid.,  to  observe 
secretly  : — to  notice  slightly. 

Ύπάίσσω,  f.  -ξω,  (υπό,  άΐσσω)  to 
rush  under,  go  quickly  widi-r,  c.  aCC, 
νπαιξει  φρΐκα,  11.21, 126  ;  διά  θνρών. 
Soph.  Aj.  301.— II.  to  dart  out  from 
under,  c.  gen.,  βωμοϋ,  II.  2,  310.  [Ep. 
usu.  d,  but  (i  in  II.  21,  126,  as  usu.  in 
Trag.] 

"Υπαισχρος,  ov,  somewhat  base  or 
ugly. 

Ύπαισχννομαι,  (ΰπό,  αίσχννω) 
pass.,  to  be  somewhat  ashamed,  τινά 
τι,  of  a  thing  before  a  person.  Plat. 
Lach.  179  C. 

'Υπαίτιος,  ov,  (ΰπό,  αίτια) : — under 
accusation,  called  to  account,  for  a 
thing,  τινός  or  υπέρ  τίνος,  Antipho 
117,8;  125,34:  νπ.  τινί,  responsible 
to  one,  liable  to  be  called  to  account  by 
him,  Xen.  Mem.  2,  8,  5:  ΰπαίτιόν 
εστί  τινί  τι  προς  τίνος,  a  charge  is 
made  against  one  by  another,  Id.  An. 
3,  1,  5. 

Ύπαιφοινίσσω,  Ep.  for  ΰποφοινίσ• 
σω,  Nic. 

Ύπαιωρέομαι,  (νπό,  αίωρέω)  pass., 
to  han\;,  or  be  in  suspense  under,  dub. 
in  Plut.  2,  170  F. 

Ύπακμάζω,  to  be  at  or  in  full  vigour. 

'Υπακοή,  ής,  ή,  (υπακούω)  obedi- 
ence, LXX. 

Ύπακολουθέω,  ώ,  (νπό,  άκολον• 
θέω)  to  follow  close  behind,  v.  1.  Xen. 
Hell.  5,  1,  21,  Plut.  Demoslh.  7. 

'Υπάκουος,  οϋ,  ό,  (υπακούω)  listen- 
ing to,  obeying,  τινός,  Αρ.  Rh. 

Ύπάκονσις,  εως,  ή,  (υπακούω)  α 
hearing,  hearkening  or  listening  to. 

Ύπάκουστέον,  verb.  adj.  from  υπα- 
κούω, one  must  obey,  Ep.  Plat.  328  B. 
— II.  one  must  understand,  τι  περί  τί- 
νος. Plat.  Soph.  261  D. 

Ύπάκονστέω,  ώ,=ίίιτακονστίω,  v. 
I.  Xen.  Cyr.  5,  3,  i6. 

'Υπακούω,  f.  -ούσομαι  {νπό,  άκονω): 
— to  listen,  hearken,  give  ear,  Od.  14, 
485,  H.  Veil.  181  ;  to  listen  to  and  an- 
swer, Od.  4,  283;  10,  83;  and  so 
(I  hough  very  rarely)  in  prose,  as  in 
Xen.  Cyr.  8,  1,  18;  δείπνφ  νπ..  to 
accept  an  invitation  to  dinner,  Ath. 
247  D.— II.  to  hearken  to,  give  ear  to, 
τινί,  Ar.  Lys.  878,  Thuc.  5,  98,  etc.  ; 
ΰπ.  τοις  λόγοις,  to  attend  to  and  an- 
swer them.  Plat.  Legg.  898  C  ;  also 
c.  gen.,  Aeschin.  61,  33:— esp.  ot 
porters,  to  answers  knock  at  ihe  door, 
Plat.  Crito  43  A,  Phaed.  59  Ε  ;  cf. 
Ar.  Vesp.  273,  Act,  Apost.  12,  13.-2. 
to  obey,  submit  to,  c.  gen.  pors.,  Hdt. 
3,  101,  Thuc.  4,  56;  c.  dat.  pers., 
Thuc.  2,  61  : — to  yield  to,  comply  with, 
c.  dat.  pers..  Plat.  Rep.  4.'')9  C,'  Dem. 
426,  15: — c.  gen.  rei,  to  he  affected  or 
moved  by  a  thing.  Plat.  Theael.  162  D, 
Xen.  Cyr.  8,  1,  20  : — absol.,  to  submit, 
comply,  Hdt.  3,  148  :  4,  1 19  ;  and  with 
a  neut.  adj.,  τούτο  γε  νπήκονσεν,  in 
this  matter  he  obeyed,  Xen.  Cyr.  2,  2, 
3: — metaph.,  αν)ηΐς  ή?ύβν  νπ.,  to  be 
exposed  to  the  sun's  rays,  Pind.  O.  3, 
44. — III.  c.  ace.  rei,  to  understand  as 
so  and  so,  κοιί'όν  τι  νπ.,  Plat.  Phil. 
31  C ;  cf.  νπακονστέον. — The  fuU 


ΤΠΑΜ 

ύτζακυύσεται  seems  to  be  a  pass, 
impers.  in  Thuc.  6,  69,  though  it  has 
been  otherwise  explained,  v.  Guller. 

"Ύπακβος,  ov,  (υπό,  άκρος)  nearly 
the  highest,  Plat.  Rival.  136  C. 

Υπακτικός,  ή,  όν,  {υπάγω  IV.  2) 
fit  for  carrying  downwards :  vn.  της 
κοιλίας,  purgative,  Ath. 

ΥΎττάκνρις,  ιος,  ό,  the  Hypacuris,  a 
river  of  European  Sarmatia,  Hdt.  4, 
55. 

'Ύπαλγέυ,  ώ,  to  have  a  slight  pain, 
Hipp. 

Ύπάλεάζω,  {νπό,  άλεάζω)  to  warm 
somewhat  or  gradually,  Ael.  N.  A.  15, 
12. 

'Ύπύλειμμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  salve  for 
spreading,  [u] 

'Ύ-ύ'/.εηττος,  ov,  verb.  adj.  from 
ύτταλείφω,  able   to  be  spread,  Galen. 

'Ύπΰλειπτρίς,  ίόος,  ή,  and  ύπάλει- 
ιττρον,  ου,  το,  α  spatula  for  spreading 
a  salve,  both  in  Hipp. ;  v.  Foes.  Oe- 
con.  [u]  From 

'Ύπΰλείφω,  f.  -ψω,  {νπό,  αλείφω) 
to  lay  thinly  on,  to  spread  like  salve  ;  in 
mid.,  υπαλείφεσθαι  φάρμηκον,  Plat. 
Lach.  185  C. : — pass.,  νπαλειφθέν 
ελαιον,  Arist.  Probl.  38,  3,  3.— II.  to 
anoint,  τω  όφθαΆμώ,  Ar.  Ach.  1029 : 
— in  mid.,  to  anoint  one^s  self,  Ar.  Pac. 
897,  Fr.  181  ;  νπ.  τους  οφθαλμούς,  to 
anoint  one's  eyes,  Xen.  Oec.  10,  5  ; 
ΰτερος  προς  τον  έτερον  νπαλείφεται, 
one  anoints  himself  to  fight  with  the 
other,  Com.  ap.  Plut.  Pomp.  53: — 
ύπαλι,είφεσθαι  εις  ίμάτιον.  to  anoint 
one's  self  with  one's  clothes  on. 
Hence 

'Τττάλείτ/'ίζ',  εως,  η,  an  anointing, 
esp.  anointing  one's  self  with  one's  clothes 
on,  Theophr.  [tt] 

'Ύπΰλενομαι,  dep.  mid.,  {νπό, 
άλενω)  ■ — to  avoid,  shun,  flee  from,  es- 
cape, c.  ace,  usu.  in  aor.,  νπαλ.ευάμε- 
νος  θάνατον,  Od.  15.  275,  cf.  Hes. 
Op.  555,  758  :  cf.  νπα'λνσκω. 

'Ύπαλ.λάγή,  ής,  ή,  {ΰπαλλάσσω)  an 
interchange,  exchange,  change,  Philo, 
V.  1.  Eur.  Hel.  294.— II.  hypallage,  a 
figure  of  speech,  by  which  the  parts 
of  a  proposition  seem  to  be  inter- 
changed, Quintil.  Instit.  8,  6,  23. 

'Ύπάλ./Μγμα,  ατός,  τό,  (,νπαΐ^λ.ύα- 
σω)  that  which  is  interchanged,  barter- 
ed, or  exchanged,  νόμισμα  νπάλλ.αγμα 
της  χρείας,  money  is  the  substitute  fur, 
representative  of  demand,  Arist.  Eth. 
N.  5,  5,  11.— Phryn.  306  objects  to  its 
being  used  for  ενέχνρον. 

'Ύπαλλακτικός,  ή,  όν,  of  οχ  for  ex- 
changing. 

Ύτταλλάσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  f.  -ζω, 
{υπό,  άλλάσσω)  to  interchange,  ex- 
change, barter,  Polyb.  5,  8,  9  ;  to  sub- 
stitute one  for  another,  Luc.  Soloec. 
10. 

'ΎπάλΛηλ.ος,  ov,  {νπό,  αλλήλων) 
subordinate  one  to  another,  Arist.  Me- 
taph.  4,  10,  4. 

'Ύπάλ,πειος  or  -ιος,  a,  ov,  {νπό, 
'λ,λπεις)  under  the  Alps : — ή  νπ.  (sc. 
χώρα)  sub- Alpine  Italy,  Plut.  Mar- 
cell.  3. 

'Ύπύλ.νζις,  εως,  ή,  an  avoiding,  shuti- 
ning,  escaping,  11.  22,  270,  κακών  νπ., 
Od.  23.  287  :  only  poet,  [u]  from 

'Ύπάλνσκω,  f.  -ξω,=^νπαλιίνομαι, 
to  avoid,  shun,  flee  from,  escape,  c.  acc, 
τέλος  θανάτοιο,  κήρας,  κνμα,  άελ?Μς, 
II.  1 1,  451  ;  12,  327,  Od.  5,  430  ;  19, 
1Β9  :  χρεΐος  νπαλνξας,  having  got 
quit  of  a  debt  (without  paying  it), 
Od.  8,  355  ;  absol.,  Hes.  iSc.  304, 
Theogn.  815.     Only  poet. 

Ύπΰαάω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (νπό,  άμάω) 
to  cut  short  off,  TL  τίνος,  Nic.  Th.  901. 


THAN 

'Ύπαμβλής,  ές,—ΰπαμβ?.νς,  Philo, 
very  dub. 

'Ύπαμβλύνω,  to  make  blunt  by  de- 
grees. 

'Ύπαμβλ^νς,  ν,  somewhat  blunt, 

'Ύπύμειβομαι,  {νπό,  αμείβω)  as 
mid.,  to  interchange,  exchange  ;  πόν- 
Tov  νπ.,  to  exchange  land  for  sea,  go 
into  the  sea,  0pp.  H.  1,  051. 

"Ύπαμμος,  ον,^νφαμμος,  Theophr. 
ap.  Ath.  62  B. 

'Ύπαμπέχω,  (υπό,  άμπέχω)  to  keep 
under  a  covering  or  cloak,  Plut. 

'Ύπαμφιένννμι,  {νπό,  άμφιένννμι) 
to  put  on  under  another  garment,  Ael. 

νΥπάνα,  ή,  and  "Ύπανα,  τύ,  Hy- 
pana,  a  city  of  Triphylian  Elis,  Po- 
lyb. 4,  77,  9. 

Ύπαναβάλλ.ομαι,  mid.,  to  put  off  or 
delay  a  little. 

'Ύπανα3?ιέπω,  {υπό,  άναβ/.έπω)  to 
see  again  by  degrees,  gradually  recover 
one's  sight,  Ael.  N.  A.  3,  25. 

'Ύπαναγιγνώσκω,  later  -γϊνώσκω, 
{νπό,  αναγιγνώσκω)  to  read  one  thing 
after  another,  esp.  in  public,  Isae.  83, 
19,  Aeschin.  42,  26. 

Ύπαναγνώστης,  ov,  ό,  a  public 
reader. 

'Ύπανάγω,  f.  -ξω,  {νπό,  ανάγω)  to 
lead  off  gradually,  withdraw,  Joseph.  : 
— pass.,  c.  aor.  2  mid.,  to  set  sail  grad- 
ually or  unnoticed. 

'Ύπαναδνω,  {νπό,  αναδύω)  to  come 
up  from  below,  emerge: — mid.,  to  with- 
draw secretly  from  a  matter. 

Ύπαναθλίβω,  to  press  or  squeeze  up 
from  below,  [i] 

'Ύπανακϊνέω,  ώ,  {νπό,  ανακινέω) 
intr.,  to  rise  up  and  go  away,  withdraw, 
retreat,  επι  τό  όείπνον,  Ar.  Eccl. 
1165. 

'Ύπανακλ.ίνω,  to  bend  under,  lie  un- 
der, [i] 

Ύπανΰλ.ίσκω,  {νπό,  αναλίσκω)  to 
spend  or  lavish  gradually,  Thuc.  3,  47. 

Ύπαναμέλπω,  f.  -ψω,  {νπό,  άνα- 
μέλπω)  to  sing  a  hymn  with,  Ael.  N. 
A.  14,  5. 

'Ύπαναπίμπ?ιημι,  {  νπό,  άναπίμ- 
πλημι)  to  fill  underneath,  Ael.  N.  A. 
17,  13. 

'Ύπανύπτω,  to  kindle  underneath. 

Ύπανΰροω,  ώ,  to  plough  up  a  little, 
ap.  Suid. 

'Ύπανάστΰσις,  η,  a  rising  up  from 
one's  seat  to  make  room  or  show  respect 
to  another,  Stallb.  Plat.  Rep.  425  B, 
Arist.  Eth.  N.  9,  2,  9 ;  cf.  νπανί- 
στημι. 

'Ύπαναστάτέον,  verb.  adj.  from 
νπανίσταμαι,  one  must  rise  up,  esp. 
to  make  room  for  another,  Xen.  Lac. 
9,  5. 

'Ύπαναστρέφω,  f  -ψω,  {νπό,  ανα- 
στρέφω) to  turn  back.  Hipp. 

Ύπανατέλλω,  {υπό,  ανατέλλω)  to 
spring  forth  from  under,  πηγή  νπ.,  Ael. 
Ν.  Α.  15,  4. 

'Ύπαναφλέγω,  {νπό,  αναφλέγω)  to 
kindle,  inflame  gradually,  Ael.  V.  Η. 
14,41. 

Ύπαναφνομαι,  {νπό,  άναφνομαι) 
mid.,  c.  aor.  2  et  pf.  act.,  to  grow  or 
be  puffed  up  under  or  gradually,  Ae[. 
V.  H.  14,  7. 

'Ύπαναχωρέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  go  back 
gradually  or  secretly.     Hence 

'Ύπαναχώρησις,  ή,  a  gradual  going 
back,  retiring. 

"Ύπανδρος,  ov,  {νπό,  άνήρ)  under  a 
man,  i.  e.  married,  yvvij,  Polyb.  10, 
26,  3  :  but  in  Plut.,  yvvai.a  νπανδρα, 
loose  women,  Pelopicl.  9. — II.  metaph., 
feminine,  effeminate,  νπ.  αγωγή,  an 
effeminate  mode  of  life.  Diod. 

'Ύπάνεμόω,  ώ,  {ύπό,  άνεμόω)  to 
breathe  upon  a  little,  fan  gently,  Liban. 


ΤΠΑΠ 

'Ύπανερπύζω,  {νπό,  άνερπνζω)  to 
creep  up  secretly  or  softly,  Ael.  N.  A. 
5,  3. 

'Ύπανέχω,  f.  -ξω,  to  stand  under  and 
hold  up,  Eust. 

Ύπανθέω,  ώ,  {νπό,  άνθέω)  to  begin 
to  flower :  to  come  out  like  blossom, 
Philostr. 

'Ύπηνθηρός,  όν,  {  νπό,  ανθηρός  ) 
slightly  coloured,  esp.  with  blood,  νπαν- 
θηρόν  πτνειν,  Hipp. 

Ύπανϊάω,  ώ,  {νπό,  ΰνιάω)  ίο  trouble 
α  little  : — pass.,  to  be  somewhat  distress- 
ed, Ar.  Nub.  1195. 

'Ύπανίημι,  {νπό,  ΰνίημι)  to  remit  or 
relax  a  little,  Plut.  Aemil.  23,  Dio  7. 

Χ'Ύπανις,  ιος,  b,  the  Hypanis,  a 
river  of  European  Sarmatia,  rising 
in  a  lake  {μήτηρ  Ύπύνιος,  Hdt.  4, 
52),  and  falling  into  the  Euxine,  now 
the  Bog,  Strab.  pp.  107,  306.— 2.  a 
river  of  Asiatic  Sarmatia,  emptying 
into  the  Maeotis,  Id.  p.  494. — 3.  a 
river  of  India,  Id.  p.  701  :  cf.  Dion. 
P.  1145. 

'Ύπανίστημι,  {νπό,  άνίστημι)  to  set 
up  slowly  and  gradually: — pass.,  with 
aor.  2  and  pf.  act.,  to  rise,  stand  up, 
Theogn.  485  ;  of  game,  to  start  up,  to 
be  sprung  or  roused,  Xen.  Cyr.  2,  4, 
19  : — νπαναστήναι  της  έδρας  or  των 
θύκων  τινί,  to  rise  up  from  one's  seat 
to  make  room  or  show  respect  to  an- 
other, esp.  to  one's  elders,  Lat.  as- 
surgere  alicui,  Hdt.  2,  80,  Xen.  Symp. 

4,  31,  etc. ;  των  θύκων  τοις  πρεσβν- 
τέροις  νπανίστασθαι,  Ar.  Nub.  993  ; 
cf.  νπανάστασις. 

'Ύπανίσχω,=:νπανέχω  :  — intr.,= 
νπανατέλ.λω,  Ael.  Ν.  Α.  11,  10. 

'Ύπανοίγνϋμι,  =  sq. ;  βίκος  νπα• 
νεώγνντο,  the  cask  was  tapped, 
Ephipp.  Epheb.  1,2. 

'Ύπανοίγω,  {νπό,  ανοίγω)  to  open 
from  below  or  underhand,  γράμματα 
νπανέωγε,  he  opened  letters  underhand, 
Dem.  889,  fin. 

Ύπαντάξ,  adv.,  {νπό,  αντα)^  αν- 
τικρύ, Ar.  Fr.  534. 

'Ύπαντάω,  ώ.  Ion.  έω ;  f.  -ήσω, 
{νπό,  άντάω)  i—to  come  or  go  to  meet, 
τινί,  Pind.  P.  8,  84;  sine  casu,  Xen. 
Cyr.  4,  2, 17 ;  also,  τινός,  Soph.  Phil. 
719. — 2.  to  meet,  i.  e.  to  reply  or  object 
to,  τοις  έμοϊς βονλενμασι,  fJur.  Supp. 
398. — Later  authors,  as  Hdn.,  have 
the  mid.  νπαντύομαι  in  same  signf., 
Lob.  Phryn.  288.     Hence 

'Ύπάντησις,  εως,  ή,  a  coming  to 
meet ;  hence,  a  retort,  answer,  Sext. 
Emp.  p.  425. 

'Υπαντιάζω,  f.  -άσω  [α],  {νπό,  ΰν- 
Τΐάζω)  : — to  come  or  go  to  meet,  step 
forth  to  meet,  11.  6,  17  ;  usu.  c:  dat., 
Pind.  P.  8,  13,  Aesch.  Pcrs.  834,  850, 
and  Xen. ;  but  also  c.  acc,  Pind.  P. 

5,  59,  Hdt.  4,  121. 

'Ύπαντιάω,  ώ,  ί.  -(ίσω,=  foregoing, 
Ορρ.  Η.  2,  565. 

'Ύπαντλέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {νπό,  άν- 
τλ.έω)  to  pump  out  from  below,  Philostr. 
Hence 

'Ύπάντλ.ησις,  εως,  ή,  a  pumping  up 
from  below,  dub.  m  Diod.  2,  10. 

'Ύπύντομαι.  only  in  pres.  andiinpf., 
=^νπαντύω,  Hdn.  4,  11,  4. 

"Ύπαντρος,  ov,  {νπό,  άντρον)  with 
caverns  or  holloivs  underneath,  cavern- 
ous, γη,  Arist.  Probl.  23,  5,  2. 

'Ύπΰννομαι,  as  mid.,  to  accomplish 
gradually. 

'Ύπαξόνιος,  ov,  {νπό,  άξων)  under 
the  axle.  Call.  Lav.  PaU..14. 

Ύπαπαίόεντος,  ov,  somewhat  un- 
taught  or  unpolished,  A.  B. 

Ύπάπει'λέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {νπό,  ΰπει 
λέω)  to  threaten  underhand,  τινί,  C.  inf., 
Xen.  Hell.  4,  6,  3. 

1545 


ΤΠΑΡ 

'Ύπάτ^ημι,  {ΰαύ,  άπειμι)  to  depart 
underhand  or  slowli/,  to  withdraw,  re- 
treat, retire,  Thuc.  3,  111  ;  5,  9. 

'Ύπατΐέμχομαι,  {υπό,  απέρχομαι) 
dep.,  c.  aor.  act.,=foreg.,  Ael.  N.  A. 
11,33. 

ΎτταποκΙνέο),  ώ,  {νπό,  ύποκινέω) 
intr.,  to  move  off  secretly  OT  softly,  sneak 
away,  c.  gen.,  της  όδοΰ,  Br.  Ar.  Av. 
1011.— Hence,  νπαποκίνητέον,  verb, 
adj.,  one  must  make  off,  sneak  away, 
Ar.  Thesm.  924. 

'Ύπαποκρύπτω,  f.  -ι/'ω,  (νπό,  απο- 
κρύπτω) to  conceal  under,  Ael.  N.  A. 
5,  40. 

'Ύπαποτρίχω,  {νπό,  άποτρίχω)  to 
run  away  secretly,  slip  away,  Ar.  Eccl. 
284. 

Ύπαποψί/χο),  f.  -ξω,  {νπό,  άποφή- 
χ(ύ)  to  ηώ  or  scrape  off  by  degrees,  Ael. 

'Ύπάπτω,  Ion.  for  νφάπτω,  Hdt. 

"YIT.VP,  TO,  indecl.,  α  real,  visible 
appearance  in  a  state  of  waking,  a  wak- 
ing vision,  opp.  to  ΰναρ  (a  dream), 
hence,  ουκ.  δί>αρ,  άλλ'  νπαρ,  i.  e.  no 
illusion  but  a  reality,  Od.  19,  547  ;  20, 
90;  so,  ΰπαρ  έξ  ovtipov,  Find.  O.  13, 
95 ;  έξ  όνειρατωχι  a  χρη  νπαρ  γενέ- 
σθαι, Aesch.  Pr.  486 ;  'ίνα  νπαρ  άιτ' 
δνείρατος  γίγν7]ται,  Plat.  Polit.  278 
Ε,  Valck.  Amnion,  s.  v.,  Wyttcnb. 
Plut.  2,  16G  A.— 11.  as  adv.,  strictly 
an  absol.  ace,  in  a  waking  state,  awake. 
Plat.  Theaet.  158  Β  :  hence,  reallt/, 
actually.  Id.  Rep.  520  C,  574  E,  570 
Β  : — όναρ  η  νπαρ  ζην,  to  pass  life 
asleep  or  awake.  Id.  Rep.  476  C ; 
hence,  οντε  όναρ  ούτε  νπαρ,  neither 
in  appearance  nor  in  reality,  i.  e.  not 
at  all,  Id.  Rep.  382  E,  Phil.  36  Ε  : 
νπαρ  και  καθ'  ήμέραν,  opp.  to  κατύ 
τον  νπνον,  Polyb.  10,  5,  5.  [ί] 

'Ύπάράσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  to  strike  at 
underneath. 

'Ύπαργ?'/εις,  εσσα,  εν,=  νπύλευκος, 
Nic.  Th.  663. 

'Ύπύργίλος,  ον,  (  νπό,  άργιλος  ) 
somewhat  clayey,  argillaceous,  γη,  The- 
ophr. 

"Ύπαργμα,  ατός,  τό,  {νπύρχω)  that 
which  subsists  :  hence, — I.  substance. 
— II.  in  plur.,  property,  Parthen.  1. — 
1]1.=  νπαρξίς. 

'Ύτταρ^ίφενω,  (ΰπάργνρος)  to  use 
silver-gilt,  i.  e.  6ax«  -money,  Plut.  2,  328 
A. — II.  in  pass.,  to  get  into  debt :  hence 

'Ύπαργνρενσις,  εως,  ή,  debt,  a  being 
in  debt,  [ϋ] 

'Ύπάργίφος,  ον,  (νπό,  ΰργνρος) 
having  silver  underneath  ;  hence  οί 
rocks  anil  the  like,  containing  silver, 
veined  with  silver,  πέτρα,  Eur.  Cycl. 
294  :  γτ),  λόφοι,  Xen.  Vect.  1,5;  4, 
2  : — of  metallic  substances,  containing 
a  proportion  of  silver.  Plat.  Rep.  415 
C  ;  of.  νποσίδηρος. — II.  turned  into 
silver,  i.  6.  sold  or  hired  for  silver,  φω- 
νά,  Pind.  P.  11,  65;  cf.  καταργνρύω 
II.  —  III.  of  silver-gilt,  στέφανος  νπ. 
και  κατύχρυσος,  Inscr. 

'Ύπάρίϋμησις,  ij,  a  counting  under 
or  among. 

'Ύπύρκιος,  ον,  f.  1.  for  έπύρκιος, 
Trvph.  281. 

'Ύπαρίίτεον,  verb.  adj.  from  ίττάρ- 
yu,  one  must  begin,  τι,  Plat.  Rep. 
467  C. 

'Ύπαρκτικός,  η,  όν,  {νπύρχω)  self- 
subsisting  :  νπ.  βήμα,  a  verb  substan 
tive. 

'Ύπάρκτιος,  ον,  {νπό,  άρκτος)  to 
wards  the  north,  Plut.  Mar.  11,  Sertor. 

Υπαρκτός,  ή.  όν,  verb.  adj.  from 
ίπάρχω.  subsisting,  existent,  Plut.  2, 
1016  C.  —  II.  lying  underneath:  that 
may  be  laid  as  a  foundation,  Posidon. 
ap.'  Diog.  L.  7,  91,  cf.  10,  135. 
1546 


ΤΠΑΡ 

νΎπαρνα,  ων,  τά,  Hyparna,  a  for- 
tress in  Caria,  Arr.  An.  1,  24,  4. 

"Ύπαρνος,  ον,  {νπό,  άρνός) : — with 
a  lamb  under  it,  i.  e.  suckling  a  lamb,  or 
(metai)h.)  a  babe,  Eur.  Andr.  557. 

"Ύπαρξις,  εως,  ή,  {νπάρχω)  subsist- 
ence, existence.  —  II.  substance.  —  HI. 
like  -<i  υπάρχοντα,  that  which  one  has, 
one's  property,  goods,  Polyb.  2,  17,  11. 

'Ύπάρόω,  ω,  f.  -όσω,  {ΰπό,  άρόω)  to 
plough  just  before  sowing,  Lat.  impor- 
care,   Itrare,  Theophr. 

'Ύπαρπίιζω,  Ion.  for  υφαρπάζω, 
Hdt. 

'Ύπαρτάω,  ώ,  (νπό,  άρτύω)  to  hang 
or  bind  on  underneath,  Ael.  N.  A.  5,  7. 

'Ύπαρχη,  ης,  ή,  the  beginning:  εξ 
νπαρχίις,  from  the  beginning,  over 
again.  Soph.  O.  T.  132,  Dem.  1013,  9, 
Arist.  Rhet.  1,  1,  15. 

'Ύπαρχία,  ας,  ή,  the  office  or  rank  of 
νπαρχος,  lieutenancy,  Strab. 

'Ύπαρχος,  ον,  ό,  {νπό,  άρχος)  com- 
manding under  another,  άλλων  νπ., 
Soph.  Aj.  1105  :  α  lieutenant,  τοις 
έμοίς  νπάρχοις,  Eur.  Hel.  1432:  α 
lieutenant-governor,  viceroy,  Hdt.  3,  70  ; 
4,  166,  etc.,  and  Xen.  :  hence  as 
translation  of  the  Roman  legatus  (in 
the  army),  and  procurator  (in  the  prov- 
inces).— II.  as  adj.,  subject  to  one,  Tt- 
νός,  Polyb.  7,  9,  5.    ^ 

'Υπάρχω,  f.  -ξω,  {ΰπό,  άρχω)  to  be- 
gin, start,  Od.  24,  286,  Hdt.,  and  Alt., 
but  rare  in  Trag. : — Construct.: — 1. 
C.  gen.,  to  make  a  beginning  of,  begin, 
άδικων  έργων,  άδικίης,  Hdt.  1,5;  4, 
1,  cf.  Valck.  ad  7,  9  ;  νπ.  κακών 
άχέων,  Eur.  Phoen.  1581,  Andr.  274, 
ct.  H.  F.  1109  ;  νπ.  της  έλενθερίας  τι) 
Έλ'λύδι,  Andoc.  18,  34. — 2.  c.  part.', 
to  begin  doing,  έμέ  υπήρξαν  άδικα 
ποιενντες,  Hdt.  6,  133  ;  7,  8,  2  ;  υπάρ- 
χει εν  (or  κακώς)  ποιών  τίνα,  Xen. 
An.  2,  3,  23  ;  5,  5,  9  ;  ύπ.  κατθανών, 
he  dies  first,  Valck.  Phoen.  1376: 
also  reversely,  υπάρχων  ηδίκεις  av- 
τονς,  Isocr.  356  A  ;  so,  ύ  νπύρξας, 
the  beginner,  (in  a  quarrel),  Dem.  1350, 
4,  cf.  1345,  7. — 3.  c.  ace,  υπ.  ευεργε- 
σίας εΙς  τίνα  or  τινί,  to  begin  (doing) 
kindnesses  to  one,  Dem.  431,  17, 
Aeschin.  31,  31  :  hence  in  pass.,  νπη- 
ρεσίαι  νπηργμέναι  εΙς  τίνα,  lb.  42, 
23  ;  τά  εκ  τίνος  νπαργμένα  (Ion.  for 
νπηργ-),  Hdt.  7,  11  ;  ουδέν  μοι  ΰπήρ- 
κτο  εις  αυτόν,  Antipho  136,  13. — 4. 
absol.,  Od.  1.  c,  etc. : — also  in  mid., 
to  make  a  beginning,  Plat.  Tim.  41  C. 

B.  to  begin  to  be,  come  iyito  being, 
arise,  spring  up,  Aesch.  Cho.  1068, 
Dem.  408,  22  : — hence,  to  be  there,  be 
at  hand,  be  ready.  Find.  P.  4,  366, 
Soph.  Phil.  704,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  5,  5, 
etc.— 2.  simply,  to  be,  Hdt.  1,  192, 
etc. ;  υπάρχει  αγαθής  φύσεως,  he  is 
of  a  good  natural  disposition,  Xen. 
Oec.  21,  11  : — πημονής  άλις  γ'  υπάρ- 
χει, Aesch.  Ag.  1650  ;  and,  absol., 
οίκοις  υπάρχει  τώνδε,  there  is  store  of 
these  things  to  our  house,  lb.  961  : — 
νπάρχει.  impers.,  the  fact  is  that...,  c. 
ace.  et  inf.,  Soph.  El.  1340.— 3.  to  be 
such,  be  so  and  so,  της  φύσεως  νπαρ- 
χοΰσης.  Xen.  Cyr.  6.  4,4:  ή  ύπάρ- 
χονσα  τιμή,  the  price  be  it  what  it  may, 
ap.  Dem.  926,  24. — 4.  to  be  possible, 
υπάρχει,  it  is  possible,  ct.  inf.,  Eur. 
Heracl.  181  ;  ώςπερ  ν~>/ρχε,  as  well 
as  they  could,  Thuc.  3,  109  ;  υπάρ- 
χον, absol.  (like  εξάν,  παρόν)  it  being 
possible.  Plat.  Symp.  217  A  ;  τιθεναι 
ως  υπάρχον,  to  lay  down  as  possible. 
Id.  Rep.  458  A. — II.  to  lie  under,  hence 
like  νπυκειμαι.  to  be  taken  for  granted. 
Plat.  Synip.  198  D  ;  τούτου  υπάρχον- 
τος. Lat.  his  positis.  Id.  Tim.  30  C. — 
111.  to  belong  to,  Tivt,  Thuc.  6,  87, 


THAT 

Plat.  Theaet.  150  B,  C  ;   Ty  τέχν^ 

νπάρχειν  δίδούς,  assigning  us  a  prop- 
erty ol  art,  Id.  Phileb.  58  C  :  hence, — 
2.  freq.  in  part.,  τά  υπάρχοντα,  one's 
property,  all  that  is  at  one's  command, 
Thuc.  1,  70,  etc.  :  present  advantages, 
Dem.  18,  12;  εκ  των  υπαρχόντων, 
according  to  one's  means,  under  the 
circumstances,  Xen.  An.  6,  4,  9  :  also 
a  man's  natural  parts,  talents,  Plat. 
Ale.  1,  104  A,  etc.: — also  in  pass., 
νπηργμενων  πολλών  αγαθών,  Ar. 
Lys.  1159;  τα  παρά  τών  θεών  ύπηρ- 
γμένα,  Dem.  12,  1. — 3.  impers.  υπάρ- 
χει μοι,  it  belongs  to  me,  1  have,  Hdt. 
6,  109  ;  and  c.  inf.,  it  is  mine  to  be  or 
do.  Plat.  Phaed.  81  A,  Andoc.  22,  13, 
etc. 

'Ύπύρωμΰτίζω,  {νπό,  αρωματίζω) 
to  have  something  of  an  aromatic  jlavour, 
Diosc. 

'Ύπασθενέω,  ώ,  to  be  rather  sick  or 
sickly  :  to  begin  to  be  sick. 

Ύπασπίδιος,  ον,  {νπό,  ασπίς) : — 
under  shield,  covered  with  a  shield,  in 
Horn,  as  adv.,  νπασπίδια  προποδί• 
ζειν  and  προβιβάν,  II.  13,  158,  807; 
16,  609  :  ί'ΤΓ.  κόσμος,  the  body-'annoui, 
Soph.  Aj.  1408;  νπ.  κοίτος,  sleep  in. 
arms,  Eur.  Rhes.  740.  [«]  ^ 

'Ύπασπίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {νπό,  άσπίζώ) 
to  carry  the  shield  tor  one,  serve  as 
shield-bearer,  τινί,  Pind.  N.  9,  80,  Eur. 
Heracl.  216.     Hence 

'Ύπασπιστήρ.  τ/ρος,  b,  =  sq.  2, 
Aesch.  Supp.  182. 

'Ύπασπιστ7}ς,  ον,  δ,  {ύπασπίζω)  a 
shield-bearer,  esquire ;  generally,  an  ar- 
mour-hearer, Hdt.  5,  ill,  Eur.  Phoen. 
1213,  Xen.  An.  4,  2,  20.— 2.  shielded, 
armed  with  a  shield,  heavy-armed,  Eur. 
Rhes.  2. — 3.  the  νπασπίδιοι  were  a 
distinguished  corps  in  the  Macedo- 
nian army  (to  which  the  foot-guards 
belonged), — so  called /rom  their  using 
the  long  shield,  Thirlw.  H.  of  Gr.  0, 
p.  148. 

Ύπαστράπτω,  {νπό,  άστράπτω)  to 
flash  or  gleam  by  reflection,  Phllostr. 

"Ύπαστρος,  ον,  {υπό,  άστρνν)  under 
the  stars  :  guided  by  the  stars,  ύπα- 
στρον  γάμον  μήχαρ  ορίζομαι  φνγά,  Ι 
mark  out  by  the  slurs  a  plan  for 
escaping  marriage  by  Uight,  i.  e.  I 
flee  to  escape  marriage,  guiding  my 
course  by  the  stars,  Aesch.  Supp. 393. 
'Ύπΰσώδης,  ες,  somewhat  7iauseous, 
Hipp. 

t"T ττατα,  ων,  τά.  Hypnta,  a  city  of 
Thessaly  on  the  Sperchius,  Polyb. 
20,  9,  6;  Luc.  Asin.  1. 

'Ύπάτεία,  ας,  ή,  the  office  or  rmik  of 
an  ύπατοΓ,  the  consulate,  Plut.  Poplic. 
10,  etc. 

'Ύπύτενω,  {ύπατος)  to  be  cons^il, 
Plut.  Poplic.  3,  etc. 

'Ύπατη,  ης,  ή,  (sc.  χόρδη)  the  lowest 
chord  or  note  in  the  earliest  Greek 
musical  scale.  Plat.  Rep.  443  D;  cf. 
μέση. 

ΊΎπάτης,  ον,  6,  Hypates,  a  The• 
ban,  Xen.  Hell.  7,  3,  7. 

ΥΎπάτία,  ας,  ή,  Hypatia,  a  cele- 
brated female  philosopher,  daughter 
of  Theon  of  Alexandrea,  Anlh.  P.  9, 
400.  [il] 

'Ύπάτικός,  η,  όν,  {ύπατος)  of  or 
belotiging  to  a  consul,  consular,  Plut. 
Camill.  1,  etc. — II.  having  been  consul, 
of  consular  rank,  Lat.  consularis.  Id.  2, 
019  C. 

'Ύπάτιος,  α,  07',=  foreg.  [ν  in  arsis, 
Anth.  P.  7,  591.] 

νΥπάτιος,  ον,  ύ,  Hypatius,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Anth.  P.  7,  592.'  [v] 

'Ύπατμίζω,  {νπό,  άτμίζω)  to  bum 
under  a  thing  so  as  to  fumigate  it, 
Diosc.    Hence 


ΤΠΑΦ 

'Ύττατμισμός,  ον,  ό,  α  holding  under 
so  as  to  fumigate,  Diosc. 

Ύττατμός,  ov,  6,  smoke  or  fumiga- 
tion Jtojii  below. 

ΥΥτΐατόδωρος,  ov,  ό,  Hypatodorus, 
of  Tanagra,  Xen.  Hell.  5,  4,  49.-2. 
a  statuary,  Paus.  8,  26,  7. 

ΥΎττατον  όρος,  τό,  and  ύ  "Ύπατος, 
Mt.  Hypatus,  in  Boeotia,  Strab.  p. 
412. 

'Ύπάτοπος.  ov,  (νπό,  άτοπος)  some- 
what absurd,  Arist.  Part.  An.  1,  4,  5. 

"Ύπατος,  η,  ov,  for  υπέρτατος,  like 
Lat.  summus  lor  supremus  ;  the  highest, 
uppermost,  first,  in  Hom.  usu.  epith. 
of  Jupiter,  ύπατος  κρεώντων,  θεών, 
etc.:  οί  the  gods  above,  opp.  to  χθόνιοι, 
Aesch.  Ag.  89;  also,  ύπατος  χώρας 
Ζευς,  lb.  509  ;  the  word  was  retained 
in  legal  forms  in  this  signf,  νπ. 
Ζευς,  'Κθηνΰ,  ap.  Dem.  531,7;  1072, 
18: — so,  νπατον  δώαα  Αιός,  Pind. 
Ο.  1,  66 ;  νπ.  τεθμός,'ΐά.  Ν.  10,  60.— 
2.  simply  of  place,  έν  πυρ(ι  νπύτΐ}, 
on  the  very  top  of  the  funeral  pile,  11. 
23,  165 ;  24,  787.  —  3.  of  quality, 
highest,  best,  Pind.  O.  1, 161  :  νπ.  προς 
αρετήν,  most  excellent,  Pind.  P.  6,  42. 
—  4.  of  time,  last,  Lat.  supremus. 
Soph.  Ant.  1332. — 5.  c.  gen.  (as  if  a 
superl.  preposition),  νπ.  λεχέtJv,high 
above  their  nest,  Aesch.  Ag.  51. — II. 
ό  ύπατος,  the  Roman  consul,  Polyb. ; 
of.  στρατηγός  II.  3;  so,  νπατον 
άρχην  έχειν,  Id.  2,  11,  1,  cf.  3,  40,  9. 
— 111.  ή  νπύτη,  v.  sub  voc.  (Cf.  με- 
σάτος, νέατος,  μνχατος,  etc.) 

'Ύπαττϊκίζω,  to  speak  Attic  a  little, 
affect  to  speak  Attic. 

'ΎπαττΙκός,  ή,  όν,  (νπό.  Αττικός) 
somewhat  Attic,  half-Attic,  Timon  ap. 
Diog.  L.  2,  19. 

'Ύπάτνφος,  ov,  (νπόψάτνφος)  mode- 
rately free  from  vanity,  Timon  ap. 
Sext.  JEmp.  p.  58. 

'Ύπύτωρ  έξονσία,  η,  potestas  con- 
sularis,  late. 

'Ύπανγύζω,  f.  -άσω,  (νπό,  ανγύζω) 
to  shine  under  ; — esp.  of  slightly  raised 
bodies  reflecting  lii^ht,  as  a  woman's 
breasts,  Philostr.— II.  to  begin  to  shine, 
dawn,  of  day-break,  Luc.  V.  Hist.  2, 47. 

'Ύπαυγής,  ες,  νπανγος,  ov,  under 
the  liaht,  reflecting  light. 

'Ύπαυθάδίζομαι,  dep.  mid.,  to  be 
somewhat  stubborn. 

'Ύπανλίω,  ώ,  (νπό,  ανλίω)  to  play 
on  the  flute  to,  μέλος  Tivi,  Alcman75. 

"Ύπανλας,  ov,  (νττό,  ανλη) : — under 
(in)  the  court  or  tent,  c.  gen.,  σκηνής 
νπαν7^0Γ,  under  the  tent,  Soph.  Aj. 
796. 

'Ύπανστηρός,  ά,  όν,  somewhat  harsh 
or  sour. 

'Ύπανχένιος,  a,  ον,(νπό,  ανχένιος) 
under  the  neck  or  throat,  βνρσα,  Anth. 
P.  6,  41  : — TO  νπ.,  a  cushion  or  pillow 
for  the  neck,  Luc.  Gall.  11. 

'Ύπαύχενον,  ov,  τό,  {νπό,  ανχην) 
the  lower  part  of  the  neck,  Arat.  487, 
524. 

'Ύπανχμηεις,  εσσα,  εν,  (νπό,  αν- 
χμήεις)  somewhat  dry,  Nic.  Fr.  5. 

'Ύπαοίσταμαι,  as  pass.,  with  aor. 
2  and  pf.  act.  [νπό,  υφίσταμαι) : — to 
step  back  slowly,  Ael.  :  to  withdraw, 
Antipho  128,  9,  Diog.  L.  1,  44. 

'Ύπαφρίζω,  (  νπό,  αφρίζω  )  to  be 
somewhat  frothy. — II.  to  froth  up  from 
below. 

"Ύπαόρος,  ov,  (νπό,  αφρός)  some- 
what frothy,  όμμα  νπ.,  an  eye  pearling 
with  tears,  Eur.  Rhes.  711. 

'Ύπάφρων,  όνος.  ό,  /;,  (ύπό,  άφρων) 
someivhat  stupid,  silly  or  un  intellectual : 
hence  compar.  -έστερος.  Hdt.  4,  95. 

'Ύπάφωνος,  ov,  (νπό,  άφωvoς)partly 
mule,  indistinct,  Hipp. 


ΤΠΕΙ 

ΥΎπύχαιοι,  ων,  οι,  the  Hypachaei, 
earlier  name  of  the  Cilicians,  Hdt. 
7,91. 

'Ύπαχλύνω,  and  -νω,  (νπό,  άχλνω) 
to  darken  by  degrees.  Pass.,  to  grow 
dark  by  degrees,  νπαχλννθη  ουρανός, 
Q.  Sm.  1,  67. 

'Ύπέάσι,  Ion.  3  pi.  from  νπειμι  for 
νπεισι,  II. 

'Ύπέγγνος,  ov,  (νπό,  εγγνος)  under 
surety, — 1.  of  persons,  having  given 
surety,  responsible,  liable  to  be  called  to 
account  or  punished,  A  esch.  Cho.  38  ; 
νπ.  π?.ην  θάνατον,  subject  to  any  pun- 
ishment except  death,  Wess.  Hdt.  5, 
71  :  c.  dat.,  δίκα  και  θεοίς  νπέγγυοι, 
Eur.  Hec.  1029.' 

'Ύπεγείρω,  (υπό,  εγείρω)  to  rouse 
gradually,  Philostr. 

'Ύπεγκλίνω,  [νπό,  ίγκλίνω)  to  in- 
cline or  bend  a  little  or  gradually,  Orph. 

t'J  ,  ,  ,     ,     ,       , 

'Ύπεγχέω,  f.  -χενσω,  (νπό,  εγχέω) 

to  pour  !)(,  Plut.  Anton.  75. 

'Ύπέδόεισαν,  Ep.  for  νπέδεισαν,  3 
plur.  aor.  1  from  νποδείδω,  11. 

'Ύπέδεκτο,  Ep.  3  sing.  aor.  2  mid. 
from  υποδέχομαι,  Hom. 

'Ύπείδομαι,  (νπό,  είδομαι)  dep. 
mid.,  to  look  at,  view  from  below,  Lat. 
suspicere,  Eur.  Supp.  694  :  metaph., 
to  mistrust,  stispect,  Lat.  suspicari,  Id. 
Ion  1023.— Cf.  νπεΐδον. 

'Ύπεικύθω,  collat.  form  of  νπε'ικω, 
Soph.  El.  361,  Plat.  Apol.  32  A  ;  but 
prob.  only  so  in  aor.  νπεικαθείν,  v. 
sub  σχέθω.  [uj 

'Ύπεικτέον,  verb.  adj.  from  νπεί- 
κω)  one  must  give  way  or  yield,  Soph. 
Aj.  6C8,  Plat.  CritoSl  B. 

'Ύπεικτικός,  ή,  όν,  yielding. 

'Ύπείκω  :  fut.  -ξω.  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  625  ; 
aiso  -ξομαι,  il.  23,  602,  Od.  12,  117  :— 
in  Hom.  usu  νποείκω.  {νπό,  ε'ικω).  To 
retire,  withdraw,  depart,  c.  gen.  loci, 
νεών,^οΜ  the  ships.  11.  16,  305;  νπ. 
Tivl  έδρης,  to  retire  from  one's  sent  for 
another,  make  room  for  him.  Od.  10, 
42  :  νπ.  τοϋ  άρχαίον  λόγου,  to  draw 
hack  from..,  Hdt.  7,  160  ;  ϋ,τ.  τιιη  λό- 
γων, to  give  one  the  first  word,  allow 
him  to  speak  first,  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  7, 10, 
— where  all  these  phrases  are  joined, 
οδών  και  θύκων  και  λόγων  νπείκειν, 
cf.  Mem.  2,  3,  16.-2.  but  also  c.  ace, 
πύροιθε  νεμεσσηθεϊς  χείρας  έμάςνπό- 
ειξε,  he  scaped  my  hands,  II.  15,  227 
(though  Eust.  joins  χείρας  νεμεσση- 
θείς). — II.  metaph.,  to  yield,  give  way, 
comply,  II.  15,  211  ;  20,  266;  θεοΐσιν 
νπείξεαι  άθανάτοισι.  Od.  12,  117,  cf 
II.  23,  602,  etc. ;  άλλ'  ήτοι  μεν  τανθ' 
ύποείξομεν  ά?.λήλοισι,  II.  4,  62  ;  σοι 
πάν  έργον  νποείξομαι,  Ι  will  give  way 
to  thee  in..,  II.  1,  294 ;  so.  νπ.  τινί,  c. 
inf.,  to  yield  to  one  and  permit  that.., 
Lat.  concedere  ut...  Soph.  O.  C.  1184; 
νπ.  λόγοις  τινός,  to  yield  to  one's  ar- 
gutnents  ;  in  gen.,  to  submit  to,  to  obey, 
Aesch.  Ag.  1362  ;  γήρα  νπ.,  Eur.  I.  A. 
139  ;  ίιπ.  θναονμένοις.  Plat.  Legg.  717 
D,  etc. — III.  c.  inf.,  to  leave  off,  cease, 
πολεμίζειν,  δαμήναι,  Αρ.  Rh. 

'Ύπειλέω,  νπιί?.ω,^=νπί?ι?Μ,  q.  v. 
— Pass.,  to  ivriggle,  creep  under,  νπει- 
λοννται  πίτραν,  Ael.  Ν.  Α.  9,  57. 

'Ύπειλίσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  (νπό,  ε'ιλίσ- 
σω)  to  turn  from  below  upwards,  Ach. 
Tat. 

"Ύπειμι,  (ειμί) : — to  be  under,  c.  dat., 
φίλτατοι  άνδρες  έμώ  νπέασι  μελάθρφ, 
are  under  my  root,  II.  9,  204  ;  also  νπό 
τι,  Hdt.  2,  127  :  esp.  of  young  suck- 
ing animals,  πολλησι  [ιπποις]  πώλοι 
νπήσαν,  under  many  mares  were  suck- 
ing foals,  11.  11,  681  :  also  of  horses, 
to  be  under  the  yoke,  or  yoked  in  the 
chariot,  ύπ.  άρμασι,  Hdt.  7,  86. — 2. 


ΤΠΕΚ 

to  be  near,  be  at  hand,  at  command,  liiot 
άρκέων  νπτ/ν,  Hdt.  1,  3)  ;  νπεστί  μοι 
θράσος.  Soph.  El.  470  ;  cf.  Dem.  801, 
25  ;  νπονσης  της  έχθρας,  Isae.  Cleon. 
<)  41. — II.  to  be  or  lie  underneath,  Hdt. 
2,  127 ;  κρηπις  νπην  λιθίνη,  Xen. 
An.  3,  4,  7  ;  so,  κονόέπω  κακών  κρη- 
πϊς  ύπεστι,  Aesch.  Pers.  815. — 2. 
like  νποκεΐσθαι,  to  be  laid  down,  as- 
sumed as  a  basis,  νπόντος  τούδε,  grant- 
ing this,  Eur.  El.  1036. — 3.  to  remain 
at  the  bottom,  linger  or  lurk,  Xen.  : — 
of  things,  to  be  left  remaining,  Thuc. 
8,  36,  Dem.  330,  4  :  to  remain  after 
every  thing  else,  Thuc.  6,  87. — Hi.  to 
be  subjected  or  subject,  Eur.  Supp.  443. 
"Ύπειμι,  {νπό,  ειμι)=^  νπερχομαι, 
Lat.  subire,  νπ.  τινά,  to  steal  secretly 
upon  one,  insinuate  one's  self  into  his 
favour,  Ar.  Vesp.  465  :  also  to  come 
gradually  or  stealthily,  Paus.  7,  1,  3. — 
II.  more  rarely,  to  depart  gradually  or 
secretly,  Hdt.  4,  120. 

"Ύπειξις,  εως,  ή,  {νπείκω)  a  yield- 
ing or  giving  way,  pliancy,  ohedieyice, 
both  in  sing,  and  plur.,  Plat.  Legg. 
727  A,  cf.  815  A. 

'Ύπειπεΐν,  (νπό,  είπον)  to  say  to, 
after,  besides,  τινί  τι,  Ar.  Vesp.  55: — ■ 
then,  like  νπαγορίνω,  to  say  or  repeat 
before  another,  Lat.  praetre  verba,  νπ. 
όρκον,  Ar.  Fr.  479,  cf.  Eur.  Supp. 
1171  :  to  say  by  way  of  prej'ace  OT  pre- 
caution, Dem.  637,  11,  cf  Isae.  84,  37. 
— II.  to  say  softly  or  secretly,  whisper, 
Ar.  Plut.  997  ;  and  in  the  same  sense 
it  must  be  taken  in  the  strange  pas- 
sage, οί'δενος  άκοην  νπειπών,  Eur. 
Η.  F.  962.— III.  to  suggest.  Soph.  Aj. 
213,  Thuc.  1,  90:  to  hint,  throw  out, 
promise.  Id.  1,  35. — IV.  to  add,  Lat. 
subjicere,  Dem.  797,  19. — V.  to  inter- 
pret, understand  in  a  certain  way, 
Stallb.  Plat.  Prot.  343  E. 

'Ύπείρ,  poet,  for  νπέρ,  used  when 
a  long  syll.  is  needed  before  a  vowel, 
e.  g.  νπείρ  ΰλα,  Hom. :  also  in  com- 
pounds, [ϋ] 

'Ύπειράλιος,  ov,  poet,  for  νπερα• 
λιος.  Dion.  P.  1085.  [ύ] 
'Ύπειρέχω,  poet,  for  υπερέχω,  Hom. 
'Ύπείροπλος,  ov,  poet,  for  νπέρο- 
πλος. 

ΥΎπειροχίδης,  ov,  ό,  son  of  Hyper- 
ochus,  i.  e.  itymoneus,  II.  11,  673. 

ί'Ύπείροχος,  uv,  ό,  Ep. = Ύττέρο^^οζ•, 
Hyperochus.  masc.  pr.  n.,  a  Trojan,  II. 

!  11,  335  :— in  Apollod.  3,  12,  5,  a  son 

!  of  Priam. 

'Ύπείροχος,  ov,  poet,  and  Ion.  for• 
υπέροχος,  q.  v. 

'Ύπείρω,  f.  -έρσω,  to  tie  or  fasten 
underneath. 

ί'Ύπείρων,  όνος,  b,  Hyplron,  a 
Trojan,  11.  5,  144.  [v] 

I      'Ύπείσας,   Ion.  lor  νφείσας.  part. 

I  aor.  1  act.  from  νφείσα,  q.  v.,  Hdt.  3, 

I  126  ;  6,  103. 

j      'Ύπειςδννω,=5^. 

I       'Ύπειςδΰομαι,  (νπό,  είςδίιω)  dep., 

i  with  aor.  2  and  pf.  act.,  to  get  in  un- 
derhand, to  slip  or  steal  in,  Hdt.  1,  12. 

I      'Ύπείςειμι,  (υπό,  εις,  εΙμι)  to  go  in 

I  under  or  underhand,  Luc. 

j      'Ύπειςέρχομαι,  dep.,  with  aor.  and 

I  pf.  act.,  (νπό,  είςερχομαι)  to  come  into 

j  under  or  underhand,  γήρας  νπειςήλθέ 

I  μοι  λαθόν,  caine  on  me  unawares.  Plat. 
Ax.  367  Β  ;  esp.  of  states  of  mind, 
νπειςέρχεταί  με  δέος,  έλεος,  etc., 
fear,  pity  steals  over  me,  Schal.  Greg, 
p.  375. 

'Ύπειςρέω,  f.  -ρνήσομαι,  (νπό,  είς- 
ρέω)  to  flow  in  gradually,  Longus. 

'Ύπέκ.  before  a  vowel  νπέξ,,  (νπό, 
ίκ)  ;  poet.  prep.  c.  gen.,  out  from  un- 
der, from  beneath,  out  and  away,  oft.  in 

Horn.,  though  Wolf  in  his  last  ed.  of 
1547 


ΤΠΕΚ 
the  Iliad  always  writes  divisim  νττ' 
εκ. 

'Ύπεκβαίνω,  f.  -βήσομαι,  to  go  out 
from  below. 

'Ύπεκβά?Λω,  (υπό,  ίκβάλλω)  to 
cast  out  secretly,  reject.  Pint.  2,  530  I). 

'Ύπεκύέχομαι,  f.  -ξομαι,  [ϋττό,  έκ- 
δέχομαι)  uep.  mid. :  to  have  under 
one's  self,  hence  of  a  cow,  πόρτιν  μα- 
στό, to  have  a  call  under  her  at  the 
udder,  Atith.  P.  9,  722. 

'Ύπεκί^όμάσκω.  {υπό,  ίκδιδράσκω) 
to  run  nut  secretly.  Pint. 

'Ύττεκόνομαι,  {υπό,  εκδύομαι)  dep., 
c.  aor.  2  and  pi',  act.,  to  slip  out  of.  es- 
cape, c.  ace,  πόνους,  Eur.  Cycl.  347  : 
absol.,  ϋπεκδυς,  having  slipped  out, 
Hdt.  1,  10,  Plut.  Arat.  9,  etc.    Hence 

'Ύπέκδΰσις,  εως,  ή,  a  slipping  out 
or  autay,  escape,  0pp.  Ιί•  3,  395. 

Ύιτεκθεσίς,  ή,  a  putting  out  secretly. 

'Ύπεκθέω,  (υπό,  έκθέυ)  to  run  off 
secretly  or  gradually,  Emped.  209, 
Plut. 

'Ύπεκκάθαίρο,  {υπό,  ίκκαβαίρω)  to 
cleanse  or  purge  from  the  bottom,  Hipp. 

Ύπεκκαίω,  1.  -καΰσω,  {υπό,  in- 
καίω)  to  set  on.  fire  from  below  or  by 
degrees,  Theophr. :  metaph.,  νπ.  την 
■γνώμην,  Luc.  Peregr.  20. 

'Ύπεκκαλύπτω,  {υπό,  εκκαλνπτίύ) 
to  uncover  from  below  or  α  little,  Leon. 
Tar.  68. 

'Ύπέκκαυμα,  ατός,  τό,  {ύπεκκαίω) 
that  with  which  a  thing  is  lighted,  com- 
bustible matter,  Xen.  Cyr.  7,  5,  22. — 2. 
metaph.,  α  provocative,  incentive,  Lat. 
fames,  νπ'  εροτος,  Xen.  Symp.  4,  25; 
πόθου  καΐ  χάριτος,  Plut.  Lycurg.  15; 
etc. — Π.  that  by  which  heat  is  removed, 
a  fomentation,  Hipp.  p.  1243. 

'Ύπεκκανστης,  ου,  ό,  (ύπεκκαίω) 
one  who  lights  a  fire  underneath,  esp. 
for  sacrifice. 

'Ύπεκκανστρια,  ας,  ή,  fem.  of  fore- 
going, Plut.  2,  292  A. 

Ύπέκκειμαι,  {ύπό,  ίκκειμαι)  as 
pass.,  to  be  carried  out  and  put  in  a  place 
of  safety,  to  he  put  safe  away,  Hdt.  8, 
41  ;  9,  '73,  Thuc.  8,  31  ;  ίς  τόπον, 
Hdt.  8,  00,  2  ;  of  money,  Thuc.  1, 137. 
— Cf.  ύπεκτίθημι. 

'Ύπεκκενόω,  ώ.  (υπό,  έκκενόω)  to 
empty  out  below.  Die  C. 

'Ύπεκκλεπτω,  (ύπό,  εκκλέπτω)  to 
cam/  off  secretly,  Plut.  Themist.  25. 

'Ύπεκκ?ιίι•ω,  {υπό,  εκκ7.ίνω)  to  bend 
aside,  escape,  .\r.  Eq.  273:  c.  ace,  to 
shun,  avoid,  Plut.  Camill.  18.   [ϊ] 

'Ύπεκκομίζω,  f.  -ίσω  Att.  -Ιώ, 
{ύπό,  έκκομίζω)  to  carry  out  or  away 
secretly,  Thuc.  4,  123 :  in  mid.,  ύπεκ- 
κομίσασθαι  πάντα,  to  get  all  one's 
goods  carried  secretly  out,  Hdt.  9,  6, 
cf.  Xen.  Cyr.  2,  4,  13. 

'Ύπεκκρίνω.  (ύπό,  ίκκρίνω)  to  carry 
off  by  stool,  Diog.  L.  [i] 

'Ϋπεκ?Μμβάνω,  (■  -λ/ιφομαι,  (ύπό, 
ίκ7^αμβάνω)  to  carry  off  underhand,  νπ. 
είσω  δόμων,  Eur.  ίΐ.  F.  997. 

'Ύ~εκ?.νω,  (ύπό,  έκλνω)  to  let  loose 
from  below  or  secretly:  —  pass.,  to 
cease  gradually,  πα?.μοΙ  ύπεκλυύμενοι, 
Hipp.  [v.  λύω.] 

'Ύπεκπέμπω,  (νπό,  εκπέμπω)  to 
send  away  underhand.  Soph.  El.  1350, 
Thuc.  4,  8  ;  νπ.  χθονός.  Eur.  Hec.  C: 
fwith  λάθρα,  Eur.  And.  47. 

'Ύπεκπερύω,  ώ,  f.  -ύσω  [a],  (ύπό, 
εκπεράω)  to  pass  gradually  over,  Orph. 
Arg.  08. 

'Ύπεκπηδάω,  ώ,  {ύπό,  έκπηδύω)  to 
spring  out  from  under,  Arislaen. 

'Ύπεκπλεω,  (ύπό,  ίκπλέω)  to  sail 
out  secretly,  Plut.  Lysand.  11. 

'Ύπεκπνέω,  (ύπό,  εκπνέω)  to  expire 
or  evaporate  gradually.  Plat.  Ax.  305  C. 

'Ύπεκπονέω,  ώ,  (ύπό,  ίκπονέω)  to 
1548 


ΥΠΕΚ 

v^nrk  out  under  another's  command, 
Diosc. 

'Ύπεκπρό,  adv.,  (ύπό,  έκ,  πρό)  out 
from  forth,  Ap.  Rh.  4,  225. 

'Ύπεκπροϋέω,  f.  -Οίύσομαι,  (ύπό, 
εκ,  προϋεω)  to  run  forth  from  under, 
run  on  before,  II.  21,  004,  Od.  8,  125  : 
also  c.  ace,  to  outrun,  outstrip,  11.  9, 
500. 

'Ύπεκπροβρώσκω,  inf.  aor.  2  -θο- 
ρείν,  (ύπό,  έκ,  προΟρώσκω)  to  spring 
forth  from  under,  Opp.  C.  4,  100. 

'Ύπεκπρολ.ύω,  {ύπό,  εκ,  προλύω)  to 
loose  from  under,  ί/μιύνυνς  απήνης  νπ., 
to  loose  the  mules  fro?n  under  the  car- 
riage-yoke, unyoke  and  let  them  go 
away,  Od.  0,  88. 

'Ύπεκπρυρέω,  f.  -βϋήσομαι,  (ύπό, 
έκ,  προρέω)  to  flow  forth  from  under, 
Od.  6,  87. 

'Ύπεκπροτάμνω  (Ion.  for  -τέμνω) 
πόντον,  to  run  forth  over  the  sea,  Ap. 
Rh.  4,  225,  in  tmesis. 

'Ύπεκπροφενγω,  (υπό,  έκ,  προφεν- 

ί'ω)  to  flee  away  secretly,  escape  and  flee, 
I.  20,  147,  Od.  20,  43  ;  c.  ace,  Od. 
12,  113,  Hes.  Se  42. 

'Ύπεκπροχεομαι,  (ύπό,  έκ,προχίω) 
as  pass.,  to  flow  forth  from  undir.  Q. 
Sm.  13,  57. 

'Ύπέκπϋρος,  ov,  ( ύπό,  έκ,  πυρ ) 
somewhat  on  fire,  Orph. 

'Ύπεκρέω,  f.  -ρνήσομαι,  (ύπό,  έκ- 
ρεώ)  to  flow  out  under,  to  pass  gradual- 
ly away.  Plat.  Symp.  203  Ε  : — ύπε- 
κρνεϊς  της  σκηνής,  having  slipped  out 
ο/ the  tent,  Plut.  Pomp.  3: — νπεκρεί 
τι  με,  it  slips  from  my  memory,  Id. 
Mar.  46. 

'Ύπεκρήγννμαι,  (ύπό,  έκρήγννμι) 
as  pass.,  to  be  gradually  broken  away. 
Plut.  Camill.  3. 

'Ύπεκρίπτω,  (ύπό.  έκρίπτω)  to  throw 
secretly  out  of,  τινός,  Plut.  Ages,  et 
Pomp.  1. 

'Ύπεκρνομαι,  {ύπό,  έκρνομαι)  dep. 
mid.:  —  to  draiv  out  from  under  and 
rescue,  φόνοιο,  from  death,  Ap.  Rh. 

*Ύ7Γί«;σαόω,  obsol.  pres.  for  sq., 
hence  Ep.  aor.  νπεξεσάωσεν,  11.  23, 
292. 

Ύπεκσώζω,  (υπό,  έκσώζω)  to  save 
from  under,  rescue  or  deliver  from,  φί- 
λους δ'  ύπεκσώζοιεν  εναλίων  πύρων, 
Aesch.  Pers.  453. 

'Ύπεκτάννω,  (  ύπό,  έκταννω  )  to 
stretch  out  binder,  Paul.  S.  Ambo  54. 

'Ύπεκτελ.έω,  ώ,  to  accomplish  secret- 
ly, Q.  Sm.  1,  204. 

'Ύπεκτήκω,  f.  -ξω,  {ύπό,  έκτήκω)  to 
melt  or  waste  slowly  away,  Hipp. 

'Ύπεκτίθημι,  (ύπό,  έκτίθηαι)  to  put 
out  secretly  : — mid.,  to  bring  one^s  prop- 
erty to  a  place  of  safety,  put  or  carry  it 
safe  away,  esp.  of  per.sons  or  things 
with  which  one  escapes  from  the 
dangers  of  war,  ίςτ'  άν  τέκνα  τε  και 
τοί'ς  οΐκέτας  νπεκθέωνται,  Hdt.  8,  4, 
cf.  41,  Thuc.  1,  89  ;  ύπεκθεσθαι  παΐ- 
δας  ές  Σαλαμίνα,  Lys.  194,  1,  etc.: 
80,  ίιν  Ιΐω  δωμάτων  ΰπεζέθου,  Eur. 
Andr.  69,  cf.  Soph.  ΕΙ.  297:— pass., 
like  ύπέκκειμαι,  to  be  carried  safe 
away,  Hdt.  5,  65. 

'Ύπεκτρέπω,  {ύπό,  εκτρέπω)  to  turn 
away,  turn  gradually  or  secretly  from  a 
thing,  ΰπ.  πόδα  τινός,  Soph.  Tr.  549  : 
— mid.,  to  turn  aside  from,  sliun,  avoid, 
c.  ace,  Plat.  Phaed.  108  Β  ;  ύπεκτρα- 
πέσθαι  μη  ov  ξννεκσώζειν,  to  decline 
the  task  of  helping...  Soph.  O,  C,  566. 

'Ύπεκτρέχω,  f.  -θρέξυμαι  and  -opd- 
μονμαι :  aor.  2  ύπεξέδρύμον  (  υπό, 
έκτρέχω)  : — to  run  out  from  under,  run 
beyond,  c.  acc.  Soph.  Tr.  107  :  hence 
to  escape,  shun,  avoid,  also  e  acc, 
Hdt.  1,  156,  Soph.  Ant.  1086.  Eur. 
Med.  524,  etc.,  cf.   Valck.  Phoen. 


THEN 

581  :  so  also  e  inf.,  ήν  έγω  μή  θανεΐν 
ύπεκδράμω,  Eur.  Andr.  338. 

'Ύπεκτροφή,  τ/ς,  ή,  α  bringing  up  by 
slow  degrees,  education. 

'Ύπεκφαίνομαι,  pass.,  to  shine  forth 
a  little. 

Ύπεκφέρω,  (ύπό,  εκφέρω)  to  carry 
out  or  lift  up  a  little,  σάκος,  11.  8,  208  : 
of  time,  to  put  off  a  Utile,  V.  1.  11.  22, 
202. — II.  to  carry  out  from  under,  carry 
off  underhand,  esp.  out  of  danger,  c. 
gen.,  τινά  πολέμοιο,  11.  5,  318,  cf  15, 
028  :  generally,  to  carry  away,  Od.  3, 
490.  —  III.  intr.,  ύπεκφέρειν  ήμερης 
ύδώ,  to  get  on  before,  have  the  start  by 
a  day's  journey,  Wess.  Hdt.  4,  125, 
which  in  4,  120  he  e.\presses  by  ι)μέ• 
ρης  όδω  προέχειν  τινός. 

'Υπεκφεύγω,  (ύπό,  έκφενγω)  to  fly 
or  run  away  out  of,  flee  away  or  escape 
.secretly,  II.  8,  243,  Od.  23,  320  :  more 
freq.  in  Horn,  e  acc.,. όλε flpov,  Kijpa, 
κακότητα,  etc.,  II.  10,  687,  etc.  ;  μί- 
ασμα ύπ.,  Soph.  Ant.  776,  cf.  549 
etc.  ;  ύπ.  τι  ές  τόπον,  Thuc.  2,  91 ; 
cf.  Plat.  Euthyd.  291  B. 

'Ύπεκφνγγάνω,=  ίο\βζ.,  Hipp. 

'Ύπεκχέω,ίηί.  -χεύσω,  {νπό,ίκχέω) 
to  pour  out  from  below  or  gently,  Ap. 
Rh.  3,  705 : — metaph.,  to  get  rid  of, 
φθόνους,  etc.,  Piut.  2,  78  E. 

'Ύπ^κχωρέω,  ώ,  {ύπό,  έκχωρέω)  to 
go  out  of  from  under,  retire  slowly  or 
unnoticed,  έκ  Της  'Αττικής,  Hdt.  9,  13, 
14  ;  also  c.  gen.,  νπ.  τοϋ  βίου.  Plat. 
Legg.  785  Β  :  but  c.  dat.  pers.,  to  re- 
tire and  give  place  to  another.  Plat. 
Phaed.  103  D. — II.  of  excrement,  to 
go  off  by  stool.     Hence 

'Ύπεκχώρησις,  εως,  ή,  a  going  off 
from  below,  excretion  by  stool,  Hipp. 
pp.  408,  421.     Hence 

'Ύπεκχωρητικός,  ι),  όν,  going  off 
from  below,  i.  e.  by  stool,  Hipp.  p.  420. 
sqq. 

'Ύπέλαιον,  ov,  τό,  the  sediment  or 
lees  of  oil,  elsewh.  φλοιός. 

ΥΎπέλαιος,  ου,  τ/,  (υπό,  ελαιος) 
//ypeZaeu.s,  a  fountain  in  Ephesus,  Ath. 
361  D. 

Ύπελαΰνω  :  f.  -λιάσω  [ΰ],  Att.  -?.ώ 
(ύπό,  έλ.αννω)  : — to  drive  under,  into 
or  to:  usu.  seemingly  intr.  (sub.  'ίπ• 
πον,  στρατόν,  etc.),  to  ride,  march, 
etc.,  under,  into  or  up  to,  Xen.  An.  1, 
8,  15. 

Ύπελαφρός,  ά,  όν,  (ύπό,  ελαφρός) 
somewhat  light,  Sext.  Emp.  p.  229. 
Adv.  -ως. 

'Ύπελαφρννω,  to  lighten  a  little. 

Ύπελθετέον,  verb.  adj.  of  ύπέρχο- 
μαι,  one  must  go  wider,  Strabo  p.  622. 

'Ύπεμβάλλω,  to  cast,  pull  or  push  i/i 
underneath. 

'Ύπεμβρϋόω,  ώ,  (ύπό,  εμβρυος)  to 
impregnate,  κόρην.  Soph.  Fr.  708,  4. 

Ύπεμνήμϋκε,  in  II.  22,  491,  πάντα 
δ'  ύπεμνήμϋκε,  of  an  orphan  boy,  usu. 
interpreted — he  hangs  down  his  head, 
casts  down  his  eyes  utterly  ;  so  that  it 
must  be  taken  as  Ep.  3  sing,  pf  from 
νπημνω  for  ύπεμήμνκε  (ν  being  in- 
serted metri  grat.,  as  in  νώννμνος  for 
νώνυμος.  παλαμναίος  from  παλ-,άμη, 
elc.)  :  others  would  read  νπεμμή- 
μνκε  ;  others  would  assume  a  special 
|)res.  ύπομνημνω,  etc. :— v.  Heyne  ad 
1.,  Spitzner  Exc.  xxxiii.  ad  II. 

'Ύπεμπίπρημι,  ( ύπό,  έμπίπρημι ) 
to  set  on  fire,  under  or  underhand,  Jo- 
seph. 

'Ύπεμφαίνω,  (ύπό,  εμφαίνω)  to  hint 
or  give  to  understand  in  part. 

Ύπεναντιόομαι,  dep.,  to  contradict 
a  little,  τινί. 

Ύπεναντίος,  a,  ov,  (ύπό,  έναντίος) 
set  over  against,  τινί,  Hes.  Sc.  347. — 
2.  set  against,  hostile,  hence  an  oppo• 


ΤΠΕα 
nent,  adversary,  Lat.  inimicus,  Thuc. 
2,  2  ;  ot  ντΓ.,  the  enemy,  Lat.  hastes, 
Polyb.  1,11,  14. — 3.  somewhat  opposed 
or  contrary  to,  τινί,  Xen.  Hell.  4,  8, 
24,  Plat.  Legg.  810  D,  etc. :  το  ντνε- 
ναντίον  τούτον,  in  opposition  thereto, 
on  the  contrary  thereof,  Hdt.  3,  80  : — 
of  logical  propositions,  subcontrary, 
Arnmon.  Herm.. — never  so  in  Arist. 
— II.  adv.  -ίως,  Theophr.     Hence 

Ύττεναντίότιις,  ητος,  jj,  contradic- 
tion, disagreement,  Epicur.  in  Diog. 
L.  10,  77. 

'Ύπεναντίωμα,  ατός,  το,  (νπεναν- 
Tiόoμaι)={oreg.,  Arist.  Poet.  25,  22: 
— a  self-contradiction,  Arisl.  Soph.  El. 
30,  2. 

'Ύπεναντίωσις,  εως,  η,  ( νπεναν- 
τιόομαι)  α  being  opposed  to,  like  ύκε- 
ναντιότης,  Hipp. ;  λαβείν  νπεναντίώ- 
σεις,  to  involve  contrarieties,  Dein. 
1405,  18. 

'Ύπενδίδωμι,  (νττό,  ένβίόωμι)  to 
give  way  a  little,  knock  under,  Thuc. 

2,  64. 

'Ύττένδοθεν,  adv., /rom  within. 
'Ύττένδνμα,  ατος,  τό,  {νπό,  ένδυμα) 
an  wider-garment,  Anth.  P.  6,  201. 
'Χπΐνδΰτης,  ου    ό,  =foreg.,  Strab. 

'Ύπενδνω,  {νπό,  ίνδνω)  to  put  in  se- 
cretly, τι,  Alex.  Isost.  1, 11  : — ΰπενδε- 
όνμένοι  χιτώνος,  having  on  tunics 
under  (their  arms),  Plut.  Aemil.  18, 
cf.  Id.  2,  595  E. 

'Ύπένερβε,  and,  before  a  vowel, 
•θεν,  adv.,  under,  underneath,  beneath, 
σφύρα  κύλ'  νπένερθεν,  II.  4,  147,  cf. 
186  :  esp.,  wider  the  earth,  in  the  nether 
world,  3,  278  ;  20,  61  ;  also  c.  gen. 
(which  sometimes  goes  before,  some- 
times after),  under,  beneath,  ποδών 
νπένερβε,  II.  2,  150;  νπ.  Χίο  to,  Od. 

3,  172;  cf.  Hes.  Sc.  418,  Find.  N.  10, 
164:  —  οι  ντΓ.,  opp.  to  oi  ουράνιοι. 
Plat.  Ax.  371  B. 

'Ύπεννοέω,  ώ,  (νπύ,  έννοέω)  to 
have  a.  thing  in  the  mind,  secretly  pur- 
pose it,  Ael. 

'Ύττεξάγο,  (νπό,  efuyw)  to  carry  out 
from  under  ot  secretly,  esp.  out  of  dan- 
ger iHio  safety,  άλλύ  σε  δαίμων  οίκαδ' 
νπκξαγάγοι,  Od.  18,  147;  cf.  11.20, 
300,  Hdt.  8,  40  ;  v.  sub  νπεκτίθημι.— 
II.  νπ.  πόδα,  Eur.  Hec.  812  ;  ΰπ. 
iaiiroy,Luc.  Nigr.  18: — hence,  seem- 
ingly intr.,  to  make  ojf,  retire,  withdraw 
'  gradually,  Hdt.  4,  120,  Xen.  Cyr.  3, 
3,  60.     Hence 

'Ύπεζαγίύ'/ή,  τ/ς,  η,  a  leading  out  and 
aivai/,  withdrawal,  τινός,  Μ.  Anton. 
5,  23. 

'Ύπεξαίρεσις,  εως,  η,  a  taking  out 
froTn  below  :  a  secret  or  gradual  taking 
away,  removal,  v.  Wyttenb.  Plut.  2, 
127  C  :  μεθ'  νπ  εξαιρέσεως,  gradually : 
and 

'Ύπεξαφετέος,  a,  ov,  verb,  adj.,  to 
be  removed,  Hipp.  :  from 

'Ύπεξαιρέω,  ώ,  (υπό,  ^ξαιρέω)  to 
take  away  privily,  to  make  away  with, 
put  cut  of  the  way,  destroy  secretly  or 
gradually,  οΆβον  δωμάτων,  Eur.  Hipp. 
633  ;  νπ.  τινι  τίΐ  δεινά,  to  set  him  quit 
of  all  danger,  Thuc.  4,  83 ;  cf.  Plat. 
Rep.  567  Β  :  τουπΊκ7.ημ'  νπεξελών, 
having  done  awaxj  with  the  offence, 
Spph.  O.  T.  227,  ubi  v.  Elmsl.  :  νπ. 
αίμα  Τίνος,  to  drain  his  blood  by  de- 
grees, Soph.  El.  1411: — generally,  to 
set  aside,  put  out  of  the  question,  hence 
in  pass.,  τουτέων  νπεξαραιρημένων, 
these  being  out  of  the  question,  Hdt.  7, 
8,  3  : — mid.,  to  takeout  or  away  privily 
for  one's  self,  put  out.  Plat.  Theaet. 
151  C,  Bekker;  to  steal  or  purloin, 
Dam.  365,  27. 

'Υπεξαιρώ,  {υπό,  εξαίρω)  to  raise, 


YHES 

lift  up  from  below  or  gradually,  dub.  in 
Xen.  Hier.  5,  2  (ubi  v.  Schneid.). 

'Ύπεξακρίζω,  [νπό,  εκ,  άκρίζω)  to 
bring  out  upon  a  mountain-top,  Eur. 
Bacch.  678. 

'Ύπεξύλέασθαι,  inf.  aor.  1  of  νπε- 
ξύλέομαι,  dep.  mid.,  to  flee  out  under- 
hand and  escape,  C.  ace,  II.  15,  180. 

'Ύπεξύλνσκω,  f.  -ύξω,  =  foreg.,  c. 
ace,  Hes.  Th.  615,  Ap.  Rh. 

'Ύπεξαναβαίνω,  f.  -βήσομαι,  {νπό, 
εξαναβαίνω)  to  rise  out  from  under  se- 
cretly or  gradually,  ποδί,  Theocr.  22, 
197. 

'Ύπεξανάγομαι,  as  pass.,  c.  aor.  2 
mid.  {νπό,  εκ,  άνά,  αγω) : — ίο  sail  out 
and  away  secretly,  Thuc.  3,  74.  [a] 

Ύπεξαναδνομαι,  as  mid.,  with  aor. 
2  -έδυν  and  pf.  act.  {νπό,  έκ,  αναδύο- 
μαι) : — to  dive  up,  emerge,  come  from 
under  secretly  or  gradually,  λάθρ?]  νπε- 
ξαναδνς  πολιης  αλός,  II.  13,  352. 

'Ύπεξανίσταμαι,  =  νπανίσταμαι, 
τινί,  Luc.  Demon.  03,  Plut.,  etc. 

'Ύπεξαντλέω,  ω,  {νπό,  ίξηντλεω)  to 
drain  out  from  below,  exhaust,  κακών 
κνμα  ιρρενί,  Eur.  Ion  927. 

'Ύπεξάπτω,  {νπό,  έξάπτω)  to  kindle 
from  below,  underhand  or  gradually, 
Ael. 

'Ύπεξΰφνομαι,  {νπό,  Ιξαφύω)  as 
pass.,  to  be  drained  off,  of  streams  that 
lose  themselves  in  the  sand,  Ap.  Rh. 
2,  983. 

Ύπέξειμι,  (νπό,  ίκ,  ειμί)  to  go  away 
under  or  secretly,  withdraw  gradually, 
Hdt.  4,  120  ;  7,  211  :  νπ.  τινί,  to  make 
way  for  one,  give  way  to  him,  Dem. 
775,  27  : — of  snow,  to  disappear  grad- 
ually, Plat.  Phaed.  106  Α.— II.  to  go 
out  to  meet  or  against  one,  Hdt.  1,  176. 

'Ύπεξειρνω,  Ion.  for  νπεξερνω,  Hdt. 

'Ύπεξελαννω  :  f.  -λύσω  [α],  Att. 
-λώ  {νπό,  έξελαύνω) :  —  to  drive  out 
under,  drive  off  secretly  or  by  degrees, 
Hdt.  4,  120,  cf  130—11.  seemingly 
intr.,  to  drive,  ride,  march  out  gradually 
(sub.  άρμα,  ϊππον,  στρατόν,  etc.). 

'Ύπεξελενσις,  ή,  a  secret  going  out 
or  forth. 

'Ύπεξερενγω,  {νπό,  εξερενγω)  to 
vomit  forth,  disgorge  gradually,  Nic. 
Al.  227. 

'Ύπεξερνω,  Ion.  νπεξεφνω,  {νπό, 
εξερνω)  to  draw  out  from  under,  draw 
or  snatch  away  underhatid,  Hdt.  7,  225. 

'Ύπεξέρχομηι,  dep.,  with  aor.  2 
and  pf  act.,  {νπό,  εξέρχομαι)  to  go 
out  from  binder  :  to  go  out  secretly,  with- 
draw, retire,  Thuc,  etc.:  —  rarely  c. 
ace.  pers.,  to  retire,  withdraw  from  or 
befire,  Thuc.  3,  34  ;  c.  dat.,  to  give 
icay  to,  Plat.  Legg.  865  E.— 2.  to  rise 
up  and  quit  one's  settleinents,  to  emi- 
grate, Hdt.  1,  7.3;  8,  36.— II.  to  go  out 
to  meet,  Id.  1,  176. 

'Ύπεξέχω,  {νπό,  εξέχω)  intr.,  to  get 
up  and  go  away  Secretly,  Hdt.  5,  72 ;  6, 
74. 

Ύπεξηγητικός,  τ/,  όν,  in  some  meas- 
ure explanatory. 

'Ύπεξίστύμαι,  as  pass.,  with  aor.  2 
and  pf.  act.,  {νπό,  εξίσταμαι)  -.—to  go 
out  from  under,  come  out  or  forth  binder- 
hand  or  suddenly,  esp.  from  an  ambus- 
cade.— 2.  to  go  out  of  the  way  of,  shuti, 
avoid,  c.  ace,  νπεκστήναι  βονλομαι 
τόν  λόγον.  Plat.  Phil.  43  A  ;  c.  dat., 
to  give  place  to,  make  way  for,  Xen.  Ath. 
1,  10,  cf.  Plut.  Solon  ■25.-3.  c.  gen. 
rei,  to  go  off  from  a  thing,  i.  e.  give  up 
all  claim  to  it,  νπεξίστασθαι  της  αρ- 
χής, Hdt.  3,  83,  like  Lat.  abdicare  se 
magistratu :  SO,  c.  inf ,  νπ.  άρχειΐ', 
Luc.  Saturn.  6. 

'Ύπέξοδος,  ov,  fj,  an  involuntary 
stool,  Hipp.  p.  106. 

Υπεξούσιος,  ov,  under  the  power  of 


ΥΠΕΡ 

another,  subject,  opp.  to  αυτεξούσιος, 
V.  ad  Babr.  15,  Boisson. 

'Ύπε^ον<7ίότ7ΐς.  "Ίτος,  ή,  subjection. 

'Ύπεπιμεμής,  ές,  and  -μόριος,  ov, 
an  arithmetical  term,  denoting  the 
same  relation  in  subtraction,  as  έπι- 
μερής  and  ίπιμόριος  in  addition,  i.  e. 
containing  the  whole  minus  a  certain 
part .— e.  g..  in  the  ratio,  3  :  2,  the 
number  2  is  νπεπιμερές,  because  it 
contains  i  less  than  3,  Arist.  Metaph. 
4,  15,  3  :  cf.  sqq. 

'Ύπεπιτέταρτος,  ov,  containing  the 
whole  minus  a  fourth,  as  in  the  ratio, 
4:3. 

'ΎπεπίτρΙτος,  ov,  containing  the 
whole  minus  a  third,  as  in  the  ratio, 
3  :  2. 

'τ'ΠΕΤ,  Ep.  also  ύπείρ,  if  the  last 
syll.  is  wanted  long,  but  in  Horn. 
only  in  the  phrase  ί;πείρ  αλός:  — 
prep,  governing  gen.  and  ace,  which 
recurs  in  all  the  Indo-Germanic  lan- 
guages, Sanscr.  upari,  Lat.  super, 
Germ,  iiber  (old  G.  ubar),  A.  Sax.  ofer 
(our  over) ;  cf  up,  upper,  etc.  :  v.  also 
the  opp.  νπό.  From  it  are  formed 
the  compar.  and  superl.  υπέρτερος, 
-τατος,  the  latter  shortd  into  ύπατος. 

A.  WITH  GENiT.,  which  expresses 
that,  over  which  something  is  or  hap- 
pens.— I.  of  place,  over  ; — 1.  in  a  state 
of  rest,  over,  above,  very  freq.  in  Horn., 
e.  g.  II.  4,  528,  Od.  I,  137;  νπέρ  κε- 
φαλής στήναί  τινι,  to  stand  over  his 
head  as  he  lies  asleep,  II.  2,  20,  Od. 
4,  803,  etc.  ;  to  ονρος  τό  νπέρ  Τε- 
γέης,  Hdt.  6, 105  :  υπέρ  ύ?.ός,  ϋηλύσ- 
σης,  of  towns,  etc.,  on  the  sea,  by  it, 
Dissen  Pind.  N.  7,  64. — 2.  in  a  state 
of  motion,  over,  across.  Horn.,  e.  g.  II. 
15,  382,  Od.  17,  575:  hence,— 3.  over, 
beyond,  II.  18,  228,  Od.  13,  257.— II. 
like  πρό  (from  the  notion  of  standing 
over  to  protect), /or, /or  defence  of,  in 
behalf  of ,  τείχος  νπέρ  νεών,  II.  7,  449; 
έκατόμβ7]ν  βέξαι  νπέρ  Δαναών,  II.  1, 
444:  generally, /or  the  good  or  safety 
of,  θύειν  νπέρ  της  πόλεως,  Xen., 
etc.,  cf.  Valck.  Phoen.  1336 :— the 
orig.  notion  appears  most  plainly  in 
phrases  like  νπέρ  της  πατρίδος  αμύ- 
νειν,  to  fight  for  one's  country  ;  ύ 
νπέρ  της  Έλ/*.(ίΛ)(-  θάνατος,  etc., 
freq.  in  Hdt.  and  Att. — 2. /or  the  sake 
of  a  person  or  thing,  in  Hotn.  only 
joined  wilh  λ'ισσομαι,  e.  g.  νπέρ  το- 
κέων,  πατρός  και  μητρός,  φνχ-ης,  etc., 
11.  15,  660,  665;  22,  338;  24,  466: 
later,  with  other  like  verbs,  as  γον- 
νάζομαι,  Br.  Λ  p.  Rh.  3,  701  ;  cf  προς 
A.  HI.  3,  αντί  II.  5. — 3.  in  .4tt.,  esp. 
Trag.,/or,  because  of,  by  reason  of, 
much  like  νπό,  c.  gen.,  νπέρ  ΰλγέων, 
πένθους,  παθέων,  ίριδος  νπερ,  etc., 
Markl.  Eur.  Supp.  1125.-4.  c.  inf., 
for  the  purpose  of,  νπέρ  τον  μη  πρύτ- 
τειν  τό  προςταττόμενον,  νπέρ  του 
σώζισθαι,  τον  μη  ΰποθανείν,  Att. — 5. 
for,  i.  e.  instead  of,  in  the  name  of, 
υπέρ  έαντον,  in  his  stead,  Thuc.  1, 
141 :  sometimes  as  a  mere  periphr. 
for  gen.,  στρατηγών  υπέρ  υμών  being 
your  general,  i.  e.  by  commission 
from  you,  vcstra  auctnritate,  cf  Dem. 
30,  13; — though  in  like  phrases  it 
also  means  power  or  command  over, 
as  in  νπέρ  της  Άσ'ιας  στρατηγήσας, 
etc..  Wolf  Dem.  Lept.  p.  299.— III. 
like  περί,  oti,  of  concerning,  Lat.  de, 
νπέρ  σέθεν  αίσχε'  ακούω,  II.  6,  524, 
and  so  perh.  in  12,  424  ;  τα  λεγόμενα 
νπέρ  τίνος,  Hdt.  2,  123:  sometime.s 
also  in  Att.,  Erf.  Soph.  O.  T.  164,  but 
V.  Dind.  ad  1.,  Markl.  Lys.  100,  19. 

B.  WITH  Accus..  expressing  that, 
over  and  beyond  which  a  thing  goes: 

1549 


ΥΠΕΡ 
— I.  of  place  in  reference  to  pfotion, 
over,  bexjond  and  axvay,  freq.,i'l  Horn., 
e.  g.  II.  5.  16,  851,  dd.  7,^5,  etc.— 
II.  of  measure,  over,  abe^c,  exceeding, 
beyond,  νπερ  δύναμΜ  λό^οΐ',  vnij} 
ημάς,  beyond  our  pov»*rs,  Heuid.  Plat. 
Parin.  128  Β  ;  νπ^τί/ν  ήλικίαν,  above 
his  years,  be'yoii^  what  could  be  ex- 
pected of'  hi*  age  :  hence— 2.  often 
where  we  s«y  against,  contrary  Ιο,νττερ 

'tnd,  against  right,  opp.  to 

,  witMn,  according  to  it,  11. 

υπέρ  μοίραν,  H.  20,  336  ; 
,  U.  17,  327  ;  ντνερ  δρκια,  II. 

,  ;  cf  νπέρμορον,  παρά  C. 

.  of  number,  above,  upwards 
of,  ί'-έρ  τα  Tf-TupaKov-a  Ιτη,  Xen. 
Hell.  5,  4,  13 ;  vnip  to  ημιαυ,  more 
than  half,  Id.  Cyr.  3,  3,  47.— IV.  of 
time,  ν~ίρ  την  ήβητικην  ήλικίαν,  be- 
yond, i.  e.  after  early  manhood  :  but — 
2.  from  the  opposite  point  of  view,  be- 
yond, i.  e.  before,  earlier  than,  νπερ  την 
ψθοράν,  Plat.  Tim.  23  C. 

C.  POSITION  :  υπέρ  may  follow  its 
subst.  in  all  cases,  but  then  by  ana- 
strophe  becomes  vrrep,  II.  5,  339,  Od. 
19,  450,  etc.,  and  in  Trag. 

D.  IN  COMPOS,  νπερ  signifies  over, 
above,  in  all  relations,  e.  g. — 1.  of 
place,  over,  beyond,  as  in  υπερβαίνω. 
— 2.  of  doing  a  thing  in  defence  of,  or 
for  one,  as  in  νπεραλγέω,  usu.  c.  gen. 
— 3.  of  quantity,  usu.  of  excessive- 
ness,  as  in  νπεηήψανος,  νπερφίαλος. 

'Ύπέρα,  ας,  ή,  (ύπίρ)  -.—-the  upper- 
most rope,  i.  e.  the  brace,  which  at- 
taches the  sailyards  (ίπίκρια)  to  the 
mast,  and  by  means  of  which  the  sails 
are  shifted,  Od.  5,  260.  [v] 

"Ύπερα,  ων,  τά,  a  kind  of  caterpillar, 
Geometra,  Linn.,  Alist.  H.  A.  5,  19,  9. 

Ύπερΰβέλτερος,  ov,  also  a,  ov, 
{υπέρ,  άβέλτερος)  above  measure  si?n• 
pie  or  silly,  πρόφασίζ,  Dem.  1178,  fin. 

Ύπεράγύζομαι,=νπεράγαμαι,  dub. 

Ύπεράγάϋος,  ov,  over-good,  extreme- 
ly good,  [a]     Hence 

'Ύπεράγΰθύτης,  ητος,  ή,  exceeding 
goodness. 

'Ύπεράγάλ?.ομαι,  dcp.,  to  rejoice  ex- 
ceedingly. 

'Ύπεράγάμαι,  {νπερ,  ύγαμαί)  dep., 
C.  aor.  pass.,  to  admire  above  measure  ; 
to  be  exceedingly  pleased,  Plat.  Symp. 
ISO  A.  [Γι] 

Ύπερΰγάνακτίω,  ύ,  {νπέρ,  αγανα- 
κτεί) Ιο  be  exceeding  angry,  τινός,  at 
a  thing.  Plat.  Rep.  535  Ε  ;  τινί,  Aes- 
chin.  9,  13. 

'Υπεραγαπάω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {νπερ, 
ΰγαπύω)  to  love  exceedingly,  make 
much  of,  τινά,  Dem.  172,  18  ;  C86,  9. 

'Ύπεράγορενω,  to  speak  for  one,  τι- 
νός. 

'Ύπεραγρνπνέω,  ώ,  {νπέρ,  άγρν- 
πνέω)  Ιο  keep  watch  for  one,  τινός, 
Ael.  Ν.  Α.  8,  25. 

'Ύπεράγω,  f  -ξω,  {νπερ,  άγω)  Ιο  excel, 
sur/j<iss,c.  gen.,  Polyb.  1 1 ,  13, 5  :~part., 
νπεράγων,  ονσα,  ov,  extraordinary.  Di- 
ed.;  hence,  adv.,  νπεραγόντως,  ex- 
ceedingly, LXX. 

'Ύπεράγωνιάω,  ω,  {υπέρ,  άγωνιάω) 
to  be  ill  great  distress,  Dem.  1410,4; 
ύύι  τίνα.  Plat.  Euthyd.  300  C. 

'Ύπερΰγωνίζομαι,  dep.  mid.,  to  fight 
for,  τινός. 

'Ύπερΰείρω,=  νπεραίρω  : — νπερη- 
έρθη,  Anth.  P.  5,  299. 

'Ύπεράί/ς,  ες.  gen.  έος,  {ίπέρ,  ΰημί) : 
— bloicing  doim  from  above  ;  or,  blow- 
ing very  hard,  άε?ιλα,  II.  11,  297. 
'Ύπεραθλέω,=  νπεραγωνίζομαι. 
Ύπεραιδέομαι,  dep.  (cl.  αίδέομαι)  : 
— to  feel   much   shame    before   one,  to 
stand  in  too  great  aive  of  liiin,  C.  acC, 
Ap.  Rh.  3,  978. 
1550 


ΥΠΕΡ 

'Ύπεραιμύω,  ώ,  {νπέρ,  αίμα)  to  have 
over-much  blood,  Xen.  Eq.  4,  2  ;  ubi 
olim  ίξεμέω.     Hence 

'Ύπεραίμωσις,  εως,  ή,  overfulness 
of  blood. 

Ύπεραίνετος,  ην,  {υπέρ,  αΐνέω)  ex- 
ceeding praiseworthy,  LXX. 

'Ύπεραίρω,  {υπέρ,  αίρω)  to  lift  or 
raise  up  over,  την  κεφαλί/ν  εις-,  Plat. 
Phaedr.  248  A : — pass.,  to  be  much 
elated,  prob.  1.  Arist.  Virt.  et  Vit. 


0  rise  up  c 
.,  like  La 


get  over,  c.  ace,  like  Lat.  transcendere, 
τειχία  υπ-,  Xen.  Hipparch.  8,  3  ;  Άλ- 
πεις, Polyb.  2,  23,  1,  cf  1,  47,  2:— as 
military  term,  to  outflank,  τινά,  Id.  1, 
50,  6,  etc. — 2.  to  transcend,  excel,  out- 
do, τινά  Tivi,  one  in  a  thing,  Dem. 
301,  25;  798,  8:  hence,  to  conquer, 
τινά.  Id.  1395,  23. — 3.  to  overshoot,  go 
beyond,  c.  acc,  καιρόν,  Aesch.  Ag. 
786,  Polyb.,  etc. ;  also  c.  gen..  Plat. 
Legg.  717  D. — 4.  absol.,  of  a  river,  to 
overflow,  be  in  flood,  Dem.  1274,  20. 

'Ύπεραίσιος,  ov,  {νπερ,  alaa)  be- 
yond what  is  right,  excessive,  immoder- 
ate, poet. 

'Ύπέραισχρος,  ov,  {νπέρ,  αισχρός) 
exceeding  base  or  ugly,  Xen.  Cyr.  2,  2, 
28. 

'Ύπεραισχννομαι,  {νπέρ,  αίσχννο- 
μαι)  as  pass.,  to  feel  much  asltamfd, 
Aeschin.  75,  9  ;  ίπί  τινι.  Id.  5,  21  ;  c. 
part,  to  be  ashamed  at  doing  a  thing, 
Dromo  Psalt.  I. 

'Ύπεραιωρέω,  ώ,  f.  -ί/σω  {νπέρ,  αΐω- 
ρέω)  to  hang  up  over  or  above  : — pass., 
to  hang  or  be  suspended  over,  project 
over  a  thing,  τινός,  Hdt.  4,  103,  Hipp, 
p.  795.  —  2.  in  nautical  language, 
νπεραιωρηθήναι,  c.  gen.  loci,  to  lie  off 
a  place,  Hdt.  6,  116.— 3.  in  medic, 
to  lift  or  draw  the  overlapping  ends  of 
a  broken  bone  till  they  meet,  Hipp. 
Hence 

'Ύπεραιώρησις,  εως,  ή,  a  hanging 
up  over  : — intr.,  ο  hanging  over,  Hipp. 
pp.  795,  851.^ 

'Ύπερακμύζω,  to  surpass  in  vigour 
or  bloom,  c.  acc. 

'Ύπέρακμος,  ov,  {νπέρ,  ακμή)  be- 
yond the  bloom  of  youth,  N.  T. 

'Υπερακοντίζω,  f  -ίαω,  {νπέρ,  ακον- 
τίζω) to  overshoot,  i.  e.  to  outdo,  τινά 
Tin,  one  in  a  thing,  Ar.  Av.  363  ;  iha- 
κοσίαισι  βονσιν  νπερηκόντισα,  I  over- 
shot him  with  200  kine,  Id.  Eq.  659  ; 
cf.  Diphi!.  Πολιιπρ.  1,  5: — also,  ΰ π. 
τινό,  κλεπτών,  to  outdo  one  in  steal- 
ing, Ar.  Plut.  606. 

'Ύπερακρϊβι'/ς,  ες,  {νπέρ,  ακριβής) 
exceedingly  exact,  Luc.  Hermot.  .54.• 

'Ύπερακρίζω,  {νπέρ,  ΰκρίζω)  to 
mount  upon,  climb  over,  c.  acc,  τείχη, 
Xen.  Hipparch.  G,  5. — II.  to  project, 
beetle  over,  c.  gen.,  δόμων,  Eur.  Supp. 
988. 

'Ύπεράκριος,  ov,  {νπέρ,  άκρα) : — 
li/ing  over  or  xipon  the  heights,  dwelling 
thereon  ;  Tu  νπ.,  the  heights  above  or 
near,  Hdt.  6,  20: — oi  νπ.,  at  Athens, 
the  poor  inhabitants  of  the  Attic  high• 
latids,  opp.  to  the  richer  classes  of  the 
plains  and  coasts,  πεδιαϊοι  and  πάρα- 
λοι,  Wess.  Hdt.  1,  59;  cf.  διακριοι. 

'Ύπέραι^ρος,  ov,  {νπέρ,  άκρης)  over 
or  ο»ί.  the  top.  Adv.  -κρως,  νπ.  ζην, 
to  carry  every  thing  to  excess,  Dem. 
1415,  1. 

'Ύπεραλγέω,  ω,  f.  -ήσω,  {υπέρ,  άλ- 
γέω)  to  he  afflicted,  feel  pain  for  a  thing, 
τινός.  Soph.  Ant.  630,  Ar.  Av.  406.— 
2.  to  grieve  exceedingly,  τινί  at  a  thing, 
Hdt.  2,  129:  absol.,  Eur.  Med.  118, 
Heracl.  019  ;  νπ.  έττ'  άλγονντι,  Arist. 
Rhet.  2,  6,  8,  cf  Luc.  A  sin.  38. 

'Ύπερα?ιγ?'/ς,  ες,  gen.  έος,  {νπέρ, 
άλγος)  excceeding  grievous  or  painful, 


ΥΠΕΡ 

Soph.  El.  176. — 2.  suffering  excessive- 
ly, Polyb.  3,  79,  12. 

'Ύπερύλιος,  ov,  {άλς)  over  the  sea, 
at  sea  ;  cf  νπειράλιος. 

'Ύπεραλκής,  ές,  gen.  έος,  {υπέρ, 
αλκή)  exceedmg  strong,  Plut.  Pomp. 
65. 

'Ύπεράλλομαι,  {νπέρ,  (ίλλιομαι) 
dep.  mid.,  to  spring  or  leap  over,  or  be- 
yond, c.  gen.,  ανΆής  νπερά'λμενος,  11. 
5,  138;  also  c.  acc,  πολλας  στίχας 
νπεράλτο,  II.  20,  327;  so  in  Att. 
prose,  as  Xen.  An.  7,  4,  17,  Eq.  8,  4, 
Luc.  Gymn.  8. 

'Ύπέρα?ιλος,  ov,  {νπέρ,  άλλος)  above 
others,  exceeding  great,  Piud.  N.  3,  57. 

'Ύπέραλμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  leap  over. 

'Ύπεράλπειος,  ov,  {νπέρ, " Α7.πεις) 
over  the  Alps,  Lat.  transalpinus,  Strab. 

'Ύπεραμφιςβητέω,  ώ,  to  dispute  ex- 
cessiivly  or  superfluously. 

'Ύπεραναβαίνω,  ί.-βήσομαι,  {υπέρ, 
άι•αβαίνω)  to  step  up  over:  metaph., 
to  transcend,  surpass. 

'Ύπεραναβλνζω,  to  spout  up  over  a 
thing,  c.  gen. 

'Ύπεpavaιόέoμaι,=sq. ,  dub. 

'Ύπεραναιδενομαι,  { νπέρ,  άναι- 
δενομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  surpass  in  im- 

fudence,    Dind.    Ar.   Eq.   1206,   Lob. 
'hryn.  67. 

'Ύπεpavaιδίζoμaι,=foτeg.,  dub. 

'Ύπεραναίσχνντος,  ov,  {νπέρ,  Ιιναί- 
σχνντος )  exceeding  impudent,  Dem. 
1071,27. 

'Ύπαρανάκειμαι,  {νπέρ,  ΰνάκειμαι) 
as  pass.,  to  lie  or  sit  above  another  at 
table,  Diog.  L. 

'Ύπερανατείνω,  to  stretch  or  hold  up 
'  over. 

'Ύπερανατέλλω,  poet.  intpavT-, 
{νπέρ,  ανατέλλω)  to  rise  over,  Ap.  Rh. 
1,  776. 

'Ύπερανέχω,  {νπέρ,  άνέχω)  to  rise 
up  over,  Strab.  p.  400  Casaub. 

'Ύπερανθέω,  ώ,  1.  -ήσω,  {νπέρ,  άν• 
θέω)  to  blossom  or  bloom  over. — II.  to 
bloom  exceedingly. 

ΥΎπεράνβης,  ονς,  υ,  Hypcranfhes, 
son  of  Darius  Hystaspis,  Hdt.  7,  224. 

'Υπεράνθρωπος,  ov,  {νπέρ,  άνθρω- 
πος) superhuman,  Dion.  H.  11,  35, 
Luc. 

'Ύπερανίσταμαι,    as    pass.,    with 
aor.  2  and  pf  act.,  {νπέρ,  (Ίνίσταμαι) 
to  stand  up   or  project   over,   C.   gen., 
Dion.  H.  9,  68 ;  absol.,  Luc.  Icarom.  • 
12. 

'Ύπερανίσχω,=^νπερανέχω. 

'Ύπεραντλεομαι,  {νπέρ,  έιντλέω)  as 
pass.,  to  be  very  leaky,  νπ.  ά'λμτι,  to 
be  waterlogged,  Luc.  Merc.  Con'd.  2. 

'Ύπέραντλος,  ov,  {νπέρ,  άντλος) 
strictly  of  a  ship,  quite  full  of  water 
{άντλος),  waterlogged,  Luc.  Navig. 
16:  mctaph.,  overwhelmed  with  sorroio 
and  sufferings,  C.  dat.,  σνμφορφ,  Eur. 
Hipp.  767. — II.  act.,  overfluunng,  over- 
powering, metaph.  abundant,  Luc.  Tim. 
4,  ubi  V.  Hemst. 

Υπεράνω,  (νπέρ,  άνω)  adv.,  over, 
above,  οίκείν,  Luc  D.  Deor.  4,  2,  etc. : 
νπ.  γίγνεσθαι,  to  become  uppermost, 
get  the  upper  hand  of,  τινός,  Luc, 
Plut.,  etc. — 2.  Oi  νπ.  πλεονασμοί,  ex- 
ce.isive  repetitions,  Polyb.  12,  24,  1. 

[ώ] 

'Ύπερύνωρ,  ορός,  δ.  Dor.  for  νπερ- 
ήνωρ,  Eur. 

'Ύπεράπΰτάω,  ώ,  {υπέρ,  απατάω) 
to  deceive  or  cheat  excessively,  Anth.  P. 
9,761. 

'Ύπερηποδίόωμι,  {νπέρ,  άποδίδω- 
μι)  to  give  up  for  something  else,  Inscr. 

'Ύπεραποθνήσκω,  {νπέρ,  αποθνή- 
σκω) to  die  for,  τινός,  Plat.  Symp. 
179  B,  160  A. 

'Ύπεραποκρίνομαι,  {νπέρ,  άποκρί 


ΥΠΕΡ 

t'6))  as  mid.,  to  answer  for  one,  defend 
him,  τινός,  Ar.  Vesp.  951,  Thesm. 
186.  [i] 

'Ύττεμαπόλλνμαι,  as  pass.,  to  die 
for  one,  τινός. 

'Ύττεραπολογέομαι,  dep.,  with  fut. 
mid.,  aor.  mid.  and  (more  rarely) 
pass,  (ίητέρ,  άπολογέομαι) :  to  speak 
for  any  one,  defend  him,  τινός,  Hdt. 
6,  136,  Xen.  Hell.  1,  7,  16;  νπ.  της 
νπο-φίας,  Antipho  119,  26. 

'ΎττερατΓΟΟαντικός,  ή,  όν,  affirming 
again  or  doubly,  v.  1.  for  sq. 

'Ύπεραποφύτικός,  η,  όν,  {υπέρ, 
άττόφημι )  denying  again  or  doubly, 
Diog.  L.  7,  69. 

'Ύττεραποχρύω,  to  be  more  than 
enough. 

'Ύπεραποχρώντως,  adv.  part.  pres. 
act.,  more  than  enough. 

Ύπεράρέσκο),  f.  -αρέσω,  (υπέρ,  άρέ- 
UKU)  to  please  above  measure,  0pp. 

'Υπεράριθμος,  ov,  supernumerary, 
[a] 

'Ύπεραβρω(^ω,  ύ,  f.  -ήσο),  Ion.  for 
ίττερο/^/^ωοεω,  to  be  exceeding  afraid, 
-y  'Ελλάδι  for  Hellas,  Hdt.  8,  72. 

'  'Ύπέραρσις,  εως,  ή,  (νπεραίρω)  a 
raising  over  or  above. — II.  metaph.,  ex- 
cellence, preeminence,  LXX. 

'Ύπεράρχιος,  ov,  {νπέρ,  αρχή)  be- 
fore all  beginning,  Eccl. 

Ύπεράρχω,  to  rule  over  :  to  prevail. 

'Ύπερασβενης,  ές,  (νπέρ,  ασθενής) 
exceeding  weak,  Arist.  Pol.  4,  11,  5. 

'ΎπερασΟμαίνω,  (υπέρ,  ασθμαίνω) 
to  gasp  exceedingly,  Arr. 

Ύπέρασθμος,  ov,  (  νπέρ,  άσθμα  ) 
gasping  or  panting  exceedingly,  Xen. 
Cyn.  10,  20. 

ΥΎπεράσιος,  ov,  6,  Hyperasius,  v. 
Ύπερήσιος. 

Ύπερασμενίζω,  (νπέρ,  άσμενίζω)  to 
take  exceeding  great  pleasure  in  a  thmg, 
επί  Tii^t,  Plut.  2,  1094  C. 

Ύπερασπάζομαι,  ( υπέρ,  ασπάζο- 
μαι) dep.  mid.,  to  be  exceeding  fond  cf, 
Xen.  Symp.  4,  38.  ^ 

'Υπερασπίζω,  {υπέρ,  άσπίζω)  to 
cover  and  protect  with  a  shield,  τινά, 
Polyb. ;  but  also  τινός,  Arr.  An.  6, 
28.     Hence 

'Ύπερασπισμός,  οΰ,  ό,  α  covering 
with  a  shield,  protection,  LXX. :  and 

'Ύπερασπιστι'ιρ,  ήρος,  ό,  and  υπερ- 
ασπιστής, ov,  δ,  a  protector,  champion, 
LXX. 

Ύπερασπίστρια,  ας,  η,  fern,  of 
foreg.,  Joseph. 

'Ύπεράστειος,  ov,  {υπέρ,  αστείος) 
exceedingly  polished  or  witty,  Ath.  250 
E. 

'Ύπεραστράπτω,{ϋπέρ,  άστράπτω) 
to  lighten  exceedingly,  Arr.  Cyn. 

Ύπερασχύλ'λω,  {υπέρ,  άσχά7Λω) 
to  be  exceeding  angry,  Aristid. 

'Ύπερασχημονέω,  ώ,  {υπέρ,  άσχη- 
μονέοι)  to  behave  with  great  indecency, 
Plut.  2,  45  F. 

'Ύπεράτοπος,  ov,  {νπέρ,  άτοπης) 
beyond  measure  absurd,  Dem.  213,  25. 

ΎπεραττΙκίζυ,  {νπέρ,  Άττικίζω) 
to  imitate  the  Attic  dialect  to  excess, 
Philostr.     Hence 

'Ύπεραττϊκισμός,  ov,  ό,  extravagant 
imitation  of  the  Attic  dialect. 

'Ύπεραττΐκός,  ή,  όν,  {νπέρ.  Αττι- 
κός) excessively  Attic,  carrying  imita- 
tion of  the  Attic  dialect  to  excess,  Luc. 
Lexiph.  25.  Adv.-zcuf,  Id.  Demon.  20. 

Ύπερανγάζω,  f.  -άσω,  to  shine  over, 
C.  gen. ;  to  shine  exceedingly. 

'Ύπεραυγής,  ές,  gen.  έος,  {νπέρ, 
αυγή )  shining  exceedingly,  Luc.  V. 
Hist.  1,29._ 

'Ύπερανξάνω,  {νπέρ,  ανξύ,νω)  to  in- 
crease or  enlarge  above  measure,  Andoc. 
32,  23.     Hence 


ΤΠΕΡ 

'Ύπερανξησις,  εως,  ή,  exceeding  in- 
crease or  growth. 

'Ύπερανχέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {νπέρ,  av- 
χέω)  to  vaunt  oi<e's  self  overmuch,  be 
overproud,  Thuc.  4,  19. 

'Ύπερανχής,  ές,  gen.  έος,  =  sq., 
Tryph.  671. 

Ύπέρανχος,  ov,  {νπέρ,  ανχή)  ex- 
ceeding boastful,  overproud,  Xen.  Ages. 
11,  11  ;  νπέρανχα  βάζειν,  Aescli. 
Theb.  483. 

'Ύπερά,ιρανος,  ov,  Dor.  for  υπερή- 
φανος, Pind. 

'Ύπεραφρίζω,  ί.  -ίσω  and  -ιώ,  {νπέρ, 
αφρίζω)  to  foam  exceedingly,  Eubul. 
Κνβεντ.  1,  Aristopho  Φίλων.  1. 

'Ύπεραχθής,  ές,  {νπέρ,  άχθος)  over- 
burdened, Theocr.  11,  37,  Nic,  etc. 

'Ύπερέιχθομαι,  as  pass,  with  fut. 
mid.  -αχθέσομαι  {νπέρ,  άχθομαι) : — 
to  be  exceedingly  vexed  or  grieved  at  a 
thing,  c.  dat.,  τή  Μι?^ήτον  αλώσει, 
Hdt.  6,  21  ;  cf.  Soph.  El.  177. 

'Ύπερβάθμιος,  ov,  {νπέρ,  βαθμός) 
stepping  over  the  threshhold  :  metaph., 
going  beyond  bounds,  transgressing. 

"Υπερβαίνω,  fut.  -βήσομαι:  aor.  2 
νπερέβΊ}ν,  Ep.  ΰπέρβην  {νπέρ,  βαί- 
νω) :—to  step  over,  mount,  scale,  c.  ace, 
νπ.  τείχος,  11.  12,  468  ;  ονόόν,  Od,  8, 
80,  etc. ;  ονρεα,  Hdt.  4,  25 ;  τείχη, 
δόμους,  Eur.  Bacch.  654,  Med.  382, 
Thuc,  etc. :  but  also  c.  gen.,  νπ.  τον 
πνργον,  Hdt.  3,  54,  cf  Eur.  Ion  220 : 
— of  rivers,  to  overfloiv,  run  over  their 
banks,  ες  την  χώρην,  Hdt.  2,  13  ;  and 
absol.,  2,  99. — 2.  to  overstep  bounds, 
transgress  a  law,  θέμιν,  Pind.  Fr.  4  ; 
νόμονς,  Hdt.  3,  83,  Soph.  Ant.  449, 
etc.  : — and  so,  absol.,  to  transgress, 
trespass,  δτε  κέν  τις  ΰπερβήΐ]  (Ep. 
subj.  aor.  for  νπερβ?))  και  άμάρτη,  11. 
9,  501 ;  νπ.  και  άμαρτάνειν.  Plat. 
Rep.  306  A  :  cf  νπερβασία. — 3.  to 
pass  over,  pass  by,  take  no  notice  of, 
Lsit. praetermitto,  τους  προςεχέας,  Hdt. 
3,  89;  cf  Dem.  51,  7,  etc. :  hence  to 
leave  out,  omit.  Plat.  Rep.  528  D,  etc.  ; 
νπ.  της  ουσίας,  to  omit  part  of  it,  Arist. 
An.  Post.  2,  5,  2. — II.  to  go  beyond,  i.  e. 
to  surpass,  outdo,  τινά  Tivi,  one  in  a 
thing.  Plat.  Tim.  24  D,  Rep.  478  C : 
but  also  absol.,  Theogn.  1009.— III. 
to  stand  over,  shield,  protect,  C.  dat., 
0pp.  H.  1,  710. 

B.  transit,  in  fut.  -βήσω,  aor.  1  -έβη- 
σα  .' — to  ptit  over,  lift  or  raise  over,  νπ. 
την  κνήμην  έπΙ  τάς  δεξιάς  πλενράς, 
to  throw  one's  legs  over  the  horse's 
right  side,  Xen.  Eq.  7,  2. 

Ύπερβακχεύω,  {υπέρ,  Έακχενω)  to 
express  in  an  over-Bacchic  style,  i.  e.  ex- 
aggerate grossly,  Philostr.  V.  Soph.  2, 
28. 

'Ύπερβαλλόντως,  v.  sq.  II.  6. 

'Υπερβάλλω,  Ep.  also  νπειρβ-  (II. 
23,  637) :  ί.  -βαλώ  {υπέρ,  βάλλω)  :— 
to  throw  over  or  beyond  a  mark,  to  over- 
shoot, ύπέρβα?ίε  σήματα  πάντων,  II. 
23,  843 ;  τόσσον  πάντος  αγώνος  (sc. 
σήματα)  υπέρβαλε,  lb.  847  :— hence 
to  beat  another  in  throwing,  τινά,  lb. 
637  : — νπ.  άκρον,  to  get  over  the  top, 
Od.  11,  597. — 2.  to  outstrip  in  racing, 
Xen.  Cyn.  6,20,  cf  Soph.  El.  716: 
hence — II.  in  various  metaph.  signfs. ; 
—  1.  to  overshoot,  outdo,  excel,  surpass, 
τινά,  Hes.  Op.  491,  and  Att.  ;  to  con- 
quer, prevail  over,  τινά,  Hdt.  7,  108; 
8,  24 ;  rarely  c.  gen.,  as  Pind.  Fr.  133  : 
— ΰπ.  τινά  τινι,  to  outdo  one  in  a 
thing,  Eur.  Hipp.  924,  Ar.  Plut.  109  ; 
εν  τινι,  Plat.  Legg.  734  Β  :  cf  infra 
Β  ;  so,  υπερακοντίζω. — 2.  to  go  be- 
yond, exceed,  πόσιης  μέτρον,  Theogn. 
479  ;  cf  Hdt.  3,  23  ;  νπ.  τον  χρόνον, 
to  exceed  the  time,  i.  e.  be  too  late, 
Xen."  Hell.  5,  3,  21  :  νπ.  τον  καιρόν, 


ΥΠΕΡ 

to  exceed  all  reasonable  bounds,  Dem. 
660,  fin. : — hence  absol.,  to  exceed  all 
bounds,  to  go  too  far,  be  overgreat,  A  esch. 
Pers.  291,  Eur.  Batch.  785,  Ale.  1077, 
Thuc.  7,  67 :  οϋχ  νπερβαλών,  keep- 
ing within  bounds,  Pind.  i^.  7,  97  : — 
c.  dat.  rei,  to  exceed  in  a  thing.  Plat. 
Gorg.  475  Β  ;  and  later  c.  gen.  rei, 
Heind.  ib. — 3.  to  outbid  at  an  auction, 
αλλήλους,  Lys.  165,  1 : — absol.,  to  go 
on  further  and  further,  esp.  in  such  bid- 
ding, Andoc.  17,  26 ;  so,  προέβαινε 
τοις  χρήμασι  υπερβάλλων,  he  went 
on  bidding  more  and  more,  Hdt.  5,  51, 
cf  Thuc.  8,  56. — 4.  to  be  at  its  height, 
of  the  sun,  Hdt.  4,  184. — 5.  to  be  over 
and  above,  Xen.  Hier.  4,  8. — 6.  esp. 
freq.  in  part,  υπερβάλλων,  ονσα,  ov, 
exceeding  great,  excessive,  extraordinary, 
strange,  νπ.  καρτεράς  κτύπος,  Aesch. 
Pr.  923  ;  το  υπερβάλ?.ον  αυτών,  such 
part  of  them  as  is  extraordinary,  Thuc. 
2,  35  : — τά  υπερβάλλοντα,  an  over- 
high estate,  Eur.  Med.  127  ;  extremes, 
Plat.  Rep.  619  A  : — adv.  -λόντως,  ex- 
ceedingly, Plat.  Rep.  492  Β  :  opp.  to 
μετρίως,  Isocr.  8  B. — III.  to  pass  over, 
cross  mountains,  rivers,  etc.,  like  Lat. 
trajicere,  superare,  c.  ace.  loci,  πρώνα, 
Aesch.  Ag.  307  ;  κορνφύς,  Id.  Pr.  722  ; 
γης  δρονς,  Eur.  Or.  443  ;  etc. :  rarely 
c.  gen.,  as  Eur.  Ion  1321 :  of  ships, 
to  double  a  headland,  άκραν,  Thuc. 
8,  104,  cf  Hdt.  7,  168,  fin.-2.  of  riv- 
ers, to  overflow,  τάς  άρονρας,  Hdt.  2, 
111:  of  a  kettle,  to  boil  over,  Id.  1,  59. 

B.  mid.,  like  A.  II.  2,  to  outdo,  sur- 
pass,excel, overcome, c. ace,  Hdt.  2, 110, 
etc. ;  Tivi,  in  a  thing,  Hdt.  1,  61  ;  9, 
71,  Ar.  Eq.  409,  890,  etc.  ;  εις  τι,  Plat. 
Criti.  115  D  .  —  to  conquer,  prevail  over, 
φίλτροις  νπ.  τινά,  Soph.  Tr.  584 ; 
μάχτι  τινά,  Eur.  Or.  691. — 2.  to  exceed 
all  bounds,  Hdt.  3,  21.— 3.  so  in  pass., 
ΰπερβεβλ.ημένη  γυνή,  anexcellent, sur- 
passing woman,  Eur.  Ale.  153  ;  φνσις, 
ταφή  ΰπερβεβλημένη.  Plat.  Rep.  558 
Β,  Legg.  719  D.— II.  to  put  off,  delay, 
c.  acc,  Hdt.  4,  9  :  c.  part.,  to  put  off 
doing,  Hdt.  9,  51 :  absol.,  to  delay,  lin- 
ger, Id.  3,  17,  76 :  7,  206  ;  είςαϋθις 
ύπερβαλέσθαι,  Plat.  Phaedr.  254  D. 

'Ύπερβάρέω,  ώ,  to  overload ;  from 

'Υπέρβαρης,  ές.  {υπέρ,  βαρύς)  over- 
loaded, exceeding  heavy,  Aesch.  Ag. 
1 175  : — but  ύπερβαρύς,  ύ,  is  the  better 
form  acc.  to  Lob.  Phryn.  539. 

Ύπερβάσία,  ας,  ή,  {υπερβαίνω)  : — 
α  transgression  of  law,  trespass,  esp. 
wanton  violence,  11.  3,  107,  Od.  3,  206, 
Soph.  Ant.  605  :  also  in  plur.,  11.  23, 
589,  Od.  22,  168,  Hes.  Op.  826  :  only 
poet.,  cf  νπέρβασις. 

Ύπέρβάσις,  εως,  ή,  {υπερβαίνω)  an 
overstepping  :  hence  =  foreg. — 11.=: 
ύπέρβατον. — III.  Ά€ί.^=νπερβίβασις 
(nisi  hoc  legend.),  Polyb.  4,  19,  8. 

Ύπερβάτέον,  verb.  adj.  from  υπερ- 
βαίνω, one  must  pass  over,  C.  acc,  Plut. 

Ύπερβάτήρ,  ήρος,  δ,=  ύπερβάτ-ης. 
Hence 

Ύπερβάτήριος,  ov,  of  or  for  passing 
over,  νπερβατήρια  θύειν  (sc.  ίερά) ; 
cf  διαβατήρια. 

Ύπερβάτης,  ov,  δ,  {υπερβαίνω)  one 
who  passes  over,   [ct] 

Ύπέρβατον,  ov,  to,  a  figure  of 
speech,  hyperbaton,  \.e.  a  transposition  of 
words  or  clauses  in  a  sentence,  Quin- 
til.  Inst.  8,  6,  65 :  strictly  neut.  from 

Ύπερβάτός,  ή,  όν,  later  ός,  όν, 
(Lob.  Paral.  484) ;  verb.  adj.  from 
υπερβαίνω,  to  be  passed  or  crossed, 
scaleable,  of  a  wall,  Thuc  3,  25.-2. 
placed  crosswise,  transposed,  usu.  oi 
words,  Plat.  Prot.  343  Ε  ;  σννθεσις 
ύπερβατή,  Arist.  Rhet.  ΑΙ.  26,  1  and 
3  :  ύπ.  νοήσεις,  thoughts  expressed  in 
1551 


ΥΠΕΡ 

inverted  phrases,  Dion.  Η. :— so  adv. 
-Tijr,  in  inverted  order,  Arist.  Rhet.  Al. 
31,  5;  also,  όι'  νπερβατον,  Strab. 
Dion.  H. — 3.  passed  over  slishtly : 
hence  adv.  -τώς,  negligoitly,  Hipp. : 
cf.  νπέμβατοί'. — II.  act.  beyond  all 
bounds,  excessive,  outrageous,  Aesch. 
Ag.  428. 

'Ύπερβεβ?ιημένως,  adv.  part.  pf. 
pass,  of  νττερβάλλω,  immoderately, 
Arist.  Eth.  N.  3,  10,  4. 

'Ύπερβήΐ),  Ep.  3  sing.  subj.  aor.  2 
act.  of  υπερβαίνω,  for  νπερβι),  II.  9, 
501. 

'Ύπερβΐύζομαι,  f.  -ύσομαι,  [νττέρ, 
βιάζομαι)  dep.  iniil.,  to  press  exceeding 
heavily,  of  ths  plague,  Thiic.  2,  52.  _ 

'ΎπερβΙβύζω,  f.  -άσω,  (νπερ,βιβά- 
ζω)  to  carry  over,  transport,  c.  dupl. 
acc,  Polyb.  8,  36,  9,  Luc,  V.  Hist.  2, 
42. — II.  to  transpose  the  letters  of  a 
word.     Hence 

'Ύπερβίβΰσις,  εως,  ή,  a  carrying 
over.  V.  νκέρβασις  111 :  and 

'ΎττερβΙβασμύς,  ov,  b,  a  transposi- 
tion, esp.  of  the  accent. 

'Ύπερβίη,  ης,  ν,  overbearing  might, 
arrogance,  Suid.   [i] 

'ΎπέρβΙος,  ov,  (υπέρ,  βία)  : — of 
overwhelming  strength  or  might,  'Άρα- 
κλής.  Find;  Ο.  10  (11),  20:  usu.  in 
bad  sense,  overweening,  lawless,  outra- 
geous, wanton,  II.  18,  262;  νττέρβιος 
ν3ρις,  Od.  1,  308: — also  neut.  νττέρβι- 
ov,  as  adv.,  11. 17, 19,  Od.  12,  379,  (The 
Lat  super-hus  may  be  compared.) 

νΧπέρβίος,  ov,  b,  Hyperbius,  one 
of  the  sons  of  Aegyptus,  Apollod,  2, 
1,  5, — 2.  son  of  uenops  in  Thebes, 
Aesch.  Theb.  504. — Others  in  Paus. ; 
etc. 

'Ύπερβ?ιασ-άνω,  {νττερ,  βλαστύ- 
νω)  Ιο  shoot  aver-luxuriantly,  Theophr. 
Hence 

'Ύπερβλαση'/ς,  ές,  gen.  έος,  shoot- 
ing over-lii.Turiantly,  Theophr. 

'Ύττερβληδην,  {υπερβάλλω)  adv., 
above  measure,  Orph,  Λ  rg.  255. 

Ύπέρβλημα.  ατός,  το,  [υπερβάλ- 
λω) the  portion  of  a  plane  projecting  be- 
yond a  given  line.  Arcbimed. 

Ύπερβλύζω,  f.  -νσω,  [υπέρ,  βλνζω) 
to  well  over,  overflow  :  metaph.,  to  over- 
step, transgress,  c.  acc,  Clem.  Al. 
Hence 

'Ύπέρβλνσις,  εως,  ή,  an  overflowing, 
Galen. 

'Ύττερβηύω,  ω,  {νπέρ,  βούω)  to  out- 
roar,  την  θάλατταΐ',  Aristid. 

'Ύπερβολάδιμ',  {νπερβο7^ή)  adv., 
immoderately,  excessively, Ύ\ϊ&Οζη.  484. 

["] 

'Ύπερβολαΐοι.,  ων,  οΐ,  the  highest 
tones  in  the  tetrachord  scale,  Pherecr. 
Chir.  1,  24,  p.  334;  cf.  Plut.  2,  1029 
A  :  from 

Ύπερβο?,)),  ης,  η,  {υπερβάλλω)  : — 
η  throwing  beyond,  overshooting,  hence 
superiority,  greater  force  or  power, 
χρημάτων,  χερών,  Eur.  Med.  232, 
Ilipp.  ΚαλυτΓΤ.  2. — 2.  excess,  over- 
great  degree  of  a  thing,  opp.  to  ελλεί- 
■ψις  or  ένδεια.  Plat.  Prot.  357  A,  Β  : 
— hence  in  various  phrases,  ίπέφερον 
τηννπ.  τον  καινονσθαι,  pushed  on 
tlieir  extravagance  in  revolutionizmg, 
Thuc.  3,  82  ;  ova  έχει  νπερβολήν,  it 
can  go  no  further,  Dem.  553,  12  ;  so, 
μηδεμίαν  νπ.  λ.είπειν,  Isocr.  42  Β, 
Dem.  35,  18;  ει  τις  νπ.  τούτον,  if 
there's  aught  beyond  (worse  than)  this, 
Dem.  362,  5,  cf.  Isocr.  90  D :  ταντ' 
ονχ  νπ. ;  is  not  this  the  extreme,  the 
last  degree  ί  Dem.  825,  21  :  τοΰαντην 
iir-  ποαΐσΟαι  ωςτε,  to  go  so  far  that..., 
Id.  291,  24;  νπ.  ποιείσθαι  εκείνων 
της  αντοϋ  βδε?.νρίας,  to  carry  his 
own  rascality  beyond  theirs,  Id.  609, 
1552 


ΥΠΕΡ 

8.  cf.  G87.  21,  Lys.  143,  20  :  but  also, 
νπ.  ποιεϊσϋαι,  to  put  an  extreme  case, 
Dem.  447,  25  : — esp.  with  a  prep,  in 
adverbial  signf.,  =  νπερβαλλόντως, 
as,  εις  νπερβολήν,  Eur.  Hipp.  939 
(ubi  V.  Valck.),  Melauipp.  14,  etc. ; 
εις  νπ.  τίνος,  beyond  him  or  it.  Id. 
Autol.  1,  6,  Dem.  1411,  14:  καθ' 
Νπερβολήν,  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  1196,  Isocr. 
84  D  :  προς  νπερβο'λήν,  Isocr.  43  Α. 
—  3.  overstrained  phrase,  hyperbole, 
Isocr.  58  D. —  II.  a  passing  over,  cros.^- 
ing  mountains,  etc.,  Xen.  An.  1,  2, 
25. — 2.  the  place  of  passage,  a  moun- 
iain-pass,Ib.3,5,18-4,4,18.  — III.(from 
mid.)  delay,  Hdt.  8,  112,  Polyb.  14,  9, 
8. — IV.  the  conic-section  called  hyper- 
bola, beca\ise  the  angle  which  its 
plane  forms  with  the  base  of  the  cone 
IS  greater  than  that  of  the  parabola. 

Ύπερβο?ύα,  ας,  ή,^=νπερβολ.ή,  He- 
sych. 

'Υπερβολικός,  η,  όν,  {υπερβολή) 
overstrained,  exaggerated,  extravagant, 
Polyb.  18,  29,  13.  Compar.  -κώΓε- 
pov.  Id.  7,  12,  8. 

'Ύπερβόλιμος,  ov,  {νπερβο7ίή  III) 
to  be  put  off,  delayed,  δίκη  νπ-,  a  sen- 
tence which  is  delayed. 

^'Ύπέρ3οΆης,  ov,  b,  Hyperbolus,  an 
Athenian  popular  leader,  Ar.  Eq. 
1304  ;  Thuc.  8,  73  ;  etc.— 2.  a  flute- 
player  of  Cyzicus,  Ath.  538  F. 

'Υπερβόρειος,  ov,  and  νπερβόρεος, 
ov,  {{'πέρ,  Βορέας) : — beyond  Boreas, 
1.  e.  in  the  extreme  north : — ol.  'Υπερβό- 
ρειοι or  Ύπερβόριοι,  the  Hyperbore- 
ans, a  supposed  people  in  the  extreme 
north  distinguished  for  piety  and  hap- 
piness, first  in  H,  Hom,  6,  29;  v.  esp. 
Pind.  P.  10,  47,  Hdt.  4,  32,  sq. :— τύ- 
χη νπερβόρεος,  proverb,  of  more  than 
mortal  fortune,  Aesch.  Cho.  373. 

Ύπερβορίς,  ίδος,  pecul.  poet.  fern, 
from  foreg.,  Dion.  H. 

Ύπερβρύζω,  {νπέρ,  βράζω)  to  boil 
or  foam  over,  in  aor.  pass.,  Anth.  P. 
ΐΓ,  248. 

Ύπερβρίθής,  ές,  gen.  εος,  {νπέρ, 
βρίθος)  poet,  for  ΰπερβαρνς,  υπέρβα- 
ρης, overloaded,  exceeding  heavy.  Soph. 
Aj.  951. 

Ύπερβρϋχύομαι,άβρ.,  to  bellow  ex- 
cessively. 

Ύπερβρύω,  {νπερ,βρνω)  to  be  over- 
full, to  overflow,  Luc.  Rhet.  Praec.  6. 

Ύπεργύζομαι,  f.-άσομαι,  dep.  mid., 
but  also  in  pf.  νπείργασμαι  as  pass. 
{νπό,  εργάζομαι):  —  to  work  under, 
plough  up,  prepare  for  sowing,  τω  σπό- 
ρφ  νευν  νπ.,  Xen.  Oec.  16,  10. — II. 
to  subdue,  reduce:  in  pf  pass.,  ίο  be 
subdued,  νπείργασμαι  ψνχην  ερωτι, 
Eur.  Hipp.  504. — HI.  to  do  underhand 
or  .lecretly,  Plut,  Galb.  Ό.—  ΐν.^=νπη- 
ρετίω,  to  do  a  seriice :  in  pf.  pass., 
πόλλ'  νπείργασται  φίλα,  Eur.  Med. 
871. 

Ύπεργάμία,  ας,  ή,  a  late  marriage. 

Ύπεργύννμαι,  {νπερ,  γάννμαι)  as 
pass.,  to  exult  much,  Philostr. 

Ύπεργαργάλίζω,  {νπερ,  γαργαλί- 
ζω) to  tickle  to  excess,  Eumath. 

'Υπέργειος,  ov,  (νπέρ,  γεα,  γη) 
above  the  earth  ;  above  ground,  Arist. 
H.  A.  1,  1,  27. 

Ύπεργέλοίος,  ov,  {νπέρ,  γελοίος) 
above  measure  ridiculous,  Dem.  406, 
fin.  ' 

Ύπεργεμίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (νπέρ,  γεμί- 
ζω) to  overfill,  overload,  Xen.  Vect.  4, 
39. 

Ύπεργέμω.  {υπέρ,  γέμω)  to  be  over- 
full, τίνος. of  a.  thing,  Alex.  Σνντροφ. 
1,  Polyb.  4,75,  8. 

Ύπεργηράσκω,  {νπέρ,  γηράσκω)  to 
be  exceeding  old,  Diog.  L.  8,  52. 


ΥΠΕΡ 

'Υπέργηρος,  ov,  v.  1.  for  sq.,  Luc. 
Demon.  63. 

Ύπέργηρως,  ων,  {νπέρ,  γήρας)  ex- 
ceeding old,  of  extreme  age,  Luc.  D. 
Mort.  27,  9,  etc.  :  τύ  νπ.,  extreme  old 
age,  Aesch.  Ag.  79. 

Ύπέργομος,  ov,  {νπεργέμω)  overla- 
den, Strab.  p.  818  Casaub. 

Ύπεργράφω,  f.  -ψω,  to  paint  or  write 
over  or  upon,   [u] 

Ύπέργνιος,  ov,  {γύα,  γνία)=νπερ- 
μήκης. 

Ύπέρδάσνς.  υ,  {νπέρ,  ύασνς)  very 
hairy,  άνήρ,  Xen.  Cyr.  2,  2,  28. — 2. 
t/iick  with  leaves,  very  close  or  dense, 
κιττός,  Ael.  N.  A.  7,  6. 

Ύπεμδεης,  ές.  gen.  έος,  Ep.  acc. 
νπερδέα,  \or  νπερδεέα,  -ά,  cf.  ίικλεής, 
δνςκλεής :  {νπέρ,  δέος) :  —  above  all 
fear,  undaunted,  νπερδέα  δήμον 
έχοντες,  II.  17,  330;  —  where  some 
Gramm.  derive  it  from  δέομαι  (to 
want)  in  the  sense  of  much  less,  v. 
Spitziicr. 

Ύπερδείδω,  {νπέρ,  δείδω)  to  fear 
for  one,  τινός,  Aesch.  Theb.  292, 
Soph.  Ant.  82  :  absol.,  io6em  exceed- 
ingfear,  Hdt.  8,  94. 

'Υπερδειμαίνω,  {νπέρ,  δειμαίνω) 
to  be  much  afraid  of,  τινά,  Hdt.  5, 
19. 

Ύπέρδεινος,  ov,  {υπέρ,  δεινός)  ex- 
ceedingly alarming  or  dangerous,  το 
πράγμα  μοι  εις  νπέρδεινον  περιέστη, 
Dem.  551,  2. 

Ύπερδειπνέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  feast 
immoderately. 

Ύπερδέ^ιος,  ov,  {νπέρ,  δεξιός)  lying 
high  above  one  on  the  right  hand,  Xen. 
An.  4,  8,  2,  ubi  v.  Hutchinson. — 2. 
generally,  lying  above  or  ox^er,  νπ.  χω- 
ρίον, higher  ground,  lb.  3,  4,  37  ;  so 
τά  νπερδέξια,  lb.  5,  7,  31  ;  εξ  νπερ• 
δεξίον,  from  above,  Id.  Hell.  7,  4,  13  : 
—  c.  gen.,  above,  λόφος  νπερδέξιος 
των  πολεμίων,  Polyb.  1,  30,  7. — II. 
metaph.,  superior,  succes.'ful  in  a  thing, 
Tivi,  Poiyb.  5,  102,  3,  etc. :  having  the 
advantage,  victorious  over,  τινός,  Plut. 
Num.  20. 

Ύπερδέω,  f.  -ήσω,  {νπέρ,  δέω)  to 
bind  upon,  τι  τινι,  Anth. 

Ύπερδιατείνομαι,  {νπέρ,  διίι,  τεί- 
νω) as  pass.,  to  strain  or  exert  one's 
self  above  measure,  Dem.  501,  3  ;  770,  4. 

Ύπερδιδωμι,  {νπέρ,  δίδωμι)  to  give 
tip  in  behalf  of,  τι  πρύ  τινος,  Eur. 
Erechth.  17,  18. 

Ύπερδικάζω,  f.  -άσω,  to  plead  for, 
τινός. — II.  to  avenge. 

Ύπερδϊκέω,  ω,  f.  -ήσω,  to  speak  or 
plead  for,  νπ.  το  φενγειν  τινός,  to  un- 
dertake his  defence  for  him,  Aesch. 
Eurn.  052;  so,  νπ.  τον  λύγου,  Plat. 
Phaed.  86  Ε  :  from 

Ύπέρδϊκος,  ov,  {νπέρ,  δίκη): — ex- 
ceeding just,  strict,  severe,  ΝέμεσίΓ, 
Pind.  P.  10.  68  :  also  of  things,  κάν 
νπέρδικ'  ή,  though  they  be  iiever  so 
just.  Soph.  Aj.  1119.  Adv.  -κως, 
Aesch.  Ag   13'J6. 

Ύπερδίπηχνς,  ν,  gen.  εος,  above  two 
cubits  long.  [I] 

Ύπερδισκενω,  to  cast  the  discus 
farther  than  another  :  in  gen.  to  sur- 
pass, τινά  τινι. 

'Yπεpδισσΰλλάβoς,ov,of  more  than 
two  syllables. 

Ύπερδοκέω,  ω,  {νπέρ,  δοκέω) :  — 
hence  impers.,  νπερδοκεϊ  μοι  ταντα. 
this  is  my  7nost  positive  opinion,  Phi- 
lostr. 

Ύπερδοξάζω,  {νπέρ,  δοξάζω)  to 
praise  exceedingly,   Eccl. 

Ύπερδννάμος,  ov,  {νπέρ,  δνναμις^ 
of  higher  power,  Thcmist.  [v]    Hence 

Ύπερδννάμόω,  ώ,'  to  prevail  over, 
τινά,  LXX. 


ΥΠΕΡ 

'Ύττερί^ώρως,  ον,  hi/per-dorian,  a  mu- 
sical inoile, 

'Ττΐμέζημαι,  fut.  ντϊερΐόοϋμαι,  to 
sit  over  or  abov«. 

ΎπερεθίζΜ,  {ν~ό,  ερεθίζω)  to  provoke 
somewhat^  tease,  App. 

ΥΎττέρεια.•,  ας,  ij.  Hyper ta,  a  foun- 
laiti  ill  Thessaly,  11.  2,  7:?4  :  ace.  to 
Strab.  p.  439  in  tlie  city  Pherae  ;  cf. 
p.  432.  —  II.  the  earlier  seat  of  the 
Phaeacians,  from  which  they  re- 
moved to  Scheria,  Od.  6,  4  ;  later 
interpp.  considered  it  to  be  Camarina 
in  Sicily;  but  on  Scheria  and  the 
earlier  residence  of  the  Phaeacians, 
V.  Nitzsch  Od.  vol.2,  pp.72, .sqq. — 2.  a 
small  town  in  the  territory  of  Troe- 
zene,  Paus.  2,  30,  8. 

ΥΎττερείδιίζ,  ov  and  ηυς  in  Inscr., 
o,=  'Y,Tfpi(J//i•,  Ath.  341  C. 

'ΎττεβεΙδον,  inf.  υττερίδεΐν,  aor. 
without  any  pres.  in  use,  ντίεραμάω 
being  used  instead  : — to  overlook,  neg- 
lect, slight,  c.  ace,  Hdt.  5,  69,  Thuc. 
4,  62;  5,  6,  etc.;  c.  gen.,  Luc.  De- 
mon. 3. 

'Ύττερείδΐύ,  (υπό,  έρείδω)  to  under- 
prop, to  set  up,  Pind.  N.  8,  80;  cf. 
Plat.  Phaed.  99  B.— II.  toputundera^ 
a  support,  in  pass.  Arist.  Part.  An.  4, 
12,  31. 

Ύττέρεικοί',  or  ΰπέρικον,  ov,  τό, 
{ίρείκ7/)  St.  John^s  wort,  a  plant. 

'Ύττέρειμι,  (εΙμι)  to  go  over. 

'Ύττερείττεϊν,  (υπέρ,  είττεϊν)  to 
speak  for  one,  c.  gen.,  Arist.  Oec.  2, 
21,4. 

'Ύηερείττω,  (νπό,  έρείπω)  to  under- 
mine, subvert,  overturn,  Plut.  2,  71  B, 
,ubi  V.  Wyttenb. — II.  intr.  in  aor.  2 
νπήρίττον,  to  tumble,  fall  down,  II.  23, 
691. 

'Ύπέρεισις,  εως,  ή,  a  propping  tip, 
supporting. 

Ύτίέρεισμα,  ατός,  τό,  {νπερείδω)  a 
prop  or  support  set  underneath,  Arist. 
Part.  An.  2,  9,  10. 

'Ύπερειστικός,  ?';,  όν,  for  propping 
or  supporting. 

Ύπερεκί:ίά?Λω,  (υπέρ,  έκβά7ίλω)  to 
throw  or  cast  out  over : — seemingly  in- 
trans.,  sub.  εαυτόν,  to  stretch  or  reach 
out  beyond,  Thuc.  8,  104,  ace.  to  Pop- 
po  ;  cf.  ν~ερΐ3άλ?ί<Α). 

'Ύπερέκεινα,  adv.,  {ΰττερ,  εκείνος) 
like  έττέκεινα,  on  yon  side,  beyond, 
fiver,  N.  T. 

'Ύττερεκθερακεύω,  (υττερ,  ίκθερα- 
Τϊεύίύ)  to  seek  ίο  win  by  constant  or  ex- 
cessive attention,  Aeschin.  48,  fin. 

Ύπερέκκείμαι,  (υπέρ,  εκκειμηί)  as 
pass..  Ιο  lie  or  stand  out  beyond,  lie  be- 
fore, be  exposed,  Plut.  2.  10G6  C,  dub. 

'Ύπερεκκρεμάνννμι,  (υπέρ,  έκ,κρε- 
μάννυαι)  to  hang  out  over,  τινός,  Auth. 
P.  5,  92. 

'Ύπερέκκρΐσις,  ή,  excessive  secretion 
or  evacuation,  Medic. 

Ύπερεκτταίω,ί.  -τταιήσω,  (νπέρ,  έκ- 
traiu)  to  strike  out  beyond  or  over : 
metapli.,  to  excel,  sjirpass,  Clem.  Al. 

'Ύπερεκπέμπω,  to  send  out  over  or 
beyond. 

'Ύπερεκπερισσοΐι,  adv.,  for  νττέρ 
f/c  περισσού,  more  than  superabundant- 
ly, LXX. 

'Ύπερεκπίπτω,  f.  -πεσοϋμαι,  (υπέρ, 
ίκπίτττω)  to  fall  out  over  or  beyond,  to 
exceed,  c.  gen.,  Plut.  2,  877  A. — II. 
abso!.,  to  go  beyond  all  bounds,  Luc. 
Hermot.  C7. 

'Ύ περεκπ7ιήσσω,  f.  -ξω,  {υπέρ,  in- 
•π?ι?/σσω)  to  frighten  or  astonish  beyond 
meas-ure  : — pass.,  νπερεκπλτ/ττεσβαι, 
to  be  beside  07ie's  self  be  quite  astonished, 
έπί  Tivi,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  4,  25  ;  ίιπιρεκ- 
πεπληγμένος  ώς  ύμαχόν  τίνα  Φίλιπ- 
πον,  Dem.  19,  16. 
98 


ΤΠΕΡ 

ΎπερέκτΓΤωσις,  εως,  ή,  {ύπερεκπί- 
πτω) exaggeration,  Longin. 

'Ύπερέκτΰσις,  ή,  α  stretching  out 
over :  from 

'Ύπερεκτείνω,  to  stretch  out  over  or 
beyond.  —  II.  absol.,  to  strain  or  exert 
one\<i  self  exceedingly. 

'Ύπερεκτίνω,  {υπέρ,  έκτίνω)  Ιο  pay 
for  any  one,  τινός,  Luc.  D.  Mort.  22, 
2.     Hence 

'Ύπερέκτϊσις,  εως,  ή,  payment  for 
any  one. 

'Ύπερεκτρέπομαι,Άδ  pzss.,  to  eschew 
utterly,  τινά. 

'Ύπερεκφεύγω,  {υπέρ,  έκφενγω)  to 
come  out  beyond  and  escape,  c.  ace., 
Hipp. 

'Ύπερεκχεω,  {υπέρ,  εκχέω)  to  pour 
out  over,  Ael.  N.  A.  12,  41  : — pass.,  to 
overfioiv,  Strab. 

νΤπερεκχύνω,  coUat.  form  of 
foreg.  to  run  or  flow  over,  in  pass., 
N.  T. 

'Ύπερέκχϋσις,  εως,  i],  {ύπερεκχεω) 
a  pouring  out  over :  an  overflowing,  of 
the  sea,  Plut.  2,  731  C. 

'Ύπερέλάσις,  εως,  ή,  =  ύπερβο7.ή, 
Hesyeh. 

'Ύπερέλαφρος,  ov,  {υπέρ,  ε?ιαφβ6ς) 
exceeding  light  or  nimble,  Xen.  Cyn. 
5,  31. 

'Ύπερεμβάλ7Μ,  to  throw  or  put  in 
over,  add. 

Ύπερεμέω,  ώ,  {υπέρ,  έμέω)  to  vomit 
violently:  also  of  over-full  veins,  to 
cause  suffusion,  Hipp. :  yet  cf.  νπερ- 
αιμόω. 

'Ύπερεμπίμπλημι,(ύπέρ,εμπίμπ7,η• 
μι)  ίο  fill  over  full : — pass.,  to  be  over- 
full, τινός,  of  a  thing,  Xen.  Cyr.  1, 6, 
"17,  Ael.  N.  A.  14,  25. 

'Ύπερεμπληθω,  to  be  over-full,  τι- 
νός. 

'Ύπερεμφορέομαι,  {υπέρ,  ίμφορέω) 
as  pass.,  to  be  filled  over-full,  be  over- 
loaded, Luc.  D.  Meretr.  0,  3. 

'Ύπερένδοξος,  ov.  {υπέρ,  ένδοξος) 
exceeding faynous,  LXX. 

'Ύπερενιαντίζω,  (υπέρ,  ενιαντίζω) 
to  last  above  a  year,  Julian. 

Ύπερεντε7ά/ς,  ές,  gen.  έος,  {υπέρ, 
έντε7ιής)  more  than  complete,  .Dio  C. 

Ύπερέντενξις,  εως,  ή,  intercession 
for  another,  Eccl. 

'Ύπερεντρϋφύω,  ώ,  (υπέρ,  ίντρυ- 
φάω)  to  be  exceeding  haughty,  Alciphr. 
1,  37. 

'Ύπερεντυγχί'ινω,  {υπέρ,  έντνγχύ- 
νω)  to  intercede  for,  τινός,  Ν.  Τ. 

'Ύπερεςαίρω,  to  raise  exceedingly, 
Eust. 

'ΎπερεξακίΓχίΤίιοι,  αι,α,  above  COOO, 
Dem.  1375,  16. 

Ύπερεξανθέω,  ώ,  to  blosso?n  over- 
much or  very  much. 

'Ύπερεξΰπΰτύω,  ώ,  {νπέρ,  ίξαττα- 
τύω)  to  deceive  beyond  meaiure,  Plut. 

Ύπερεξερΰω,  f.  1.  for  ύπεξερύω- 

'Ύπερεξέχω,  to  stand  out  or  forth 
over. 

'Ύπερεξΐ]Κοντέτης,  ες,  {ύττέρ,  ίξή- 
κοντά,  έτος)  above  sixty  years  old,  Ar. 
Eccl.  982. 

'Ύπερεξηκοντοντης.  εζ•,=  foreg. 

'Ύπέρεξις,  εως,  ή,  (υπερέχω)  α  pro- 
perty or  quality  in  excess.  Plat.  Tim. 
87  E. 

'Ύπερεπαινέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω  and  Att. 
■έσω  {υπέρ,  έπαινέω) : — to  praise  above 
measure,  Hdt.  1,  8,  Ar.  Eq.  680,  Plat. 
Eutbyd.  303  B,  etc. 

'Ύπερεπαίρω,  {υπέρ,  έπαίρω)  to  ex- 
tol beyond  measure,  App. 

'Ύπερεπείγομαι,  {νπέρ,  έπείγω)  as 
pass.,  to  hasteii  exceedingly,  App. 

'Ύπερεπιθϋμέω,  ώ,{ύπέρ,έπιθνμέω) 
to  long  for  exceedingly,  Xen.  Cyr.  4,  3, 
21;  6,Ί,5. 


ΓΠΕΡ 

Ύπερεπιτείνω.  (νπέρ,  επιτείνω)  to 
strain  too  tight,  Philostr. 

Ύπερέπτω,  f.  -ι/'ω  {ύπό,  έρέπτω)  : 
— to  eat  away  from  below,  cut  away  from 
under,  of  a  stream,  κονίην  ύπέρεπτε 
ποδοΐιν,  II.  21,  271. — II.  to  gnaw  se- 
cretly, of  mental  sufferings,  Q.  Sm.  9, 
377. 

Ύπερερύω.  also  as  dep.  -άομαι,  ta 
love  beyond  measure,  c.  gen. 

'Ύπερεβίζω,{ύπό,  ερεθίζω)  to  irritate 
a  little,  App. 

'Ύπερέσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  {υπέρ,  ερέσ• 
σω)  to  row  just  behind,  or  row  gently, 
Ael. 

'Ύπερέρχομαι,  {νπέρ,  έρχομαι)  dep. 
mid.,  with  aor.  2  and  pf.  act. : — to 
come  or  go  out  over,  pass  over,  C.  acc, 
Xen.  An.  4,  4,  3  :  to  exceed,  excel,  εν 
Tivi,  Pind.  O.  13,  20. 

'Ύπερεσθίω,  f.  -έδομαι,  {νπέρ,  έσ• 
Οίω)  to  eat  immoderately,  Xen.  Mem.  1, 
2,4. 

Ύπερέσσνμαι,  pf.  pass,  of  ύπερ- 
σενω. 

'Ύπερέσχεθον,  poet.  aor.  2  οίύπερ- 
έχω.\\. 

'Ύπέρεν,  {ύττέρ,  εν)  adv.,  exceed- 
ingly loell,  excellent.  Plat.  Theaet.  185 
D,  Xen.  Hier.  6,  9. 

'Ύπέρευγε,  adv.,  strengthd.  for  εν- 
γε,  Luc.  Paras.  9. 

Ύπερενγεν7'/ς,  ες,  {νπέρ,  ευγενής) 
of  very  noble  race,  Arist.  Pol.  4,  11,5. 

Ύπερεύγομαι,  {ύπό,  έβεν)ομαι) 
dep.  mid.,  to  vomit  forth  from  beneath, 
Ap.  Rh.  3,  984. 

'Ύπερευδαιμονέω,  ώ,  {υπέρ,  ενδαι- 
μονέω)  to  be  exceeding  happy,  Arist. 
Rhet.  2,  8,  3. 

'Ύπεpεvδoκέω,=zsq. 

'Ύπερενδοκϊμέω,  ώ,  {υπέρ,  εΰδϋΐα.- 
μέω)  to  enjoy  exceeding  great  renown, 
Lys.  112,  45. 

ΎπερενθήΓ,  ες,  poet,  for  υπέρυθρος, 
Aral.  867,  0pp.  H.  3,  107. 

Ύπερευκαιρέω,  ώ,  {νπέρ,  ενκαιρέω) 
to  have  an  exceeding  good  opportunity, 
have  great  advantages  :  of  things, /o  be 
very  convenient,  οικία  ύπερενκαΐβέου- 
σα.  Hipp.  p.  1276. 

Ύπερευπρεπώς,  adv.,  exceeding  pro- 
perly or  becomingly. 

Ύπερεντϋχία,  ας,  ή,  {υπέρ,  ευτυ- 
χία) exceeding  good  luck,  Anth.  P.  5, 

^'^■ 

'Ύπερενφραίνω,  {νπέρ,  ευφραίνω) 
to  cheer  beyond  measure  : — pass.,  C. 
fut.  mid.,  t(i  rejoice  exceedingly,  Luc. 
Icarom.  2. 

'Ύπερενχομαι,  f.  -ξομαι,  {υπέρ,  εύ- 
χομαι) dep.  mid.,  to  wish  excessively, 
Joseph. — II.  to  pray  for  any  one,  τινός, 
Clem.  Al. 

Ύπερεύωνος,  ov,  {νπέρ,  ενωνος) 
exceeding  cheap,  Ael.  V.  H.  14,  44. 

'Ύπερεχθαφω,  {υπέρ,  έχθαίρω)  to 
hate  exceedingly,  e.  acc.  Soph.  Ant. 
128. 

ΥΎπερεχίδης,  ov,  6,  Ilyperechides, 
an  Athenian,  father  of  Cailia?, Thuc. 
6,  55. 

Ύπερεχόντως,  adv.  part.  pres.  act. 
from  υπερέχω,  prci'miiiently. 

'Υπερέχω,  Ep.  νπειρέχω.  II.,  and 
Theogn.  :  Hom.  uses  impf.,  in  II.  ; 
aor.  νπερέσχον,  and  in  poet,  form 
-έσγεθον,  11.  11,735,  {νπέρ,  έχω). 

Ιό  hold  up  or  on  high,  hold  over  a 
thing,  τι  τίνος,  e.g.σπ7.ύγχvaΊiφaί- 
στοιο,  II.  2,  426  : — esp.  to  hold  over  any 
one/or  protection,  avTi^)  ύπείρεχε  χεί- 
ρας Άπό77,ων,  U.  5,  433  ;  al  κ'  νμ- 
μιν  ύπέρσχιι  χείρα  Κρονίων,  4,  249  ; 
cf.  Od.  14,  184 :  also  c.  gen.,  υπ.  χεί- 
ρας τινος,ΙΙ.  9,420,  687.Theogn.755; 
so,  πύ7^εως  νπ.  άλκάν,  Aesch.  Theb. 
215 ;  σκίάδιον  ύπ.τινός,  Ar.  Αν.  1508; 
1553 


ΥΠΕΡ 

cf.  Hemst.  Luc.  Tim.  10.— 2.  to  have 
above,  νττείμίχεν  ενμέας  ώμηνζ,  he  had 
his  broad  shoulders  above  the  rest,  i.e. 
out-loppcd  tliein  by  the  head  and 
stioulders.  II.  3,  210;  ct.  iiil'ra.— II. 
itltr.,  to  be  above,  stand  cnit  above,  as 
out  of  water,  Hdl.  2,  4,  41  ;  and  c. 
gen.,  ΰτΓ.  τ7/ς  θαλάσσης,  Thuc.  7,  25; 
so,  νκερέσχεβε  γαίης,  rose  above,  over- 
looked the  earth,  II.  II,  73.5  ;  so,  Ίτνος 
όμμ'  νπερσχόν,  Eur.  Phocu.  1384  ; 
σκεύη  νπεμέχοντα  τον  τειχίον.  Plat. 
Rep.  514  13  ;' cf.  Xcn.  Λη.  3,  5,  7,  etc. : 
— and  absol.,  to  rise  above, overtop,  Hdt. 
5,  92,  C,  etc.  ; — of  a  star,  to  rise  above 
the  horizon,  εντ'  ΰστί/ρ  νττέρεσχε  φα- 
άντατος,  Od.  13,  93. — 2.  inetaph.,  to 
be  above  others,  be  superior,  Theogn. 
202  ;  to  excel,  surpass,  conquer,  outdo, 
c.  acc.  pers.,  tlvu  tlvi,  one  in  a  thing, 
Aesch.  Pers.  709  ;  σωύρυσννΐ}  ■πάν- 
τας  νπ.,  Eur.  Hipp.  1365;  hut  more 
usu.  c.  gen.  pers.,  Plat.  Parni.  150  Ε  ; 
cf.  Plat.  Tim.  24  D,  etc.;  οι  ν~ερέ- 
χοΐ'τες,  the  more  powerful,  Aesch.  Pr. 
213: — absol.,  luv  ή  βά7.αττα  νηέρ- 
οχΐ),  be  too  powerful,  Deni.  128,  25: — 
pass.,  to  he  outdone,  νπύ  Τίνος,  Plat. 
Phaed.  102  C. — 3.  c.  gen.  rei,  to  rise 
above,  be  able  to  bear,  At.  Pac.  17  ;  so, 
νπ.  άνηλωμάτων,  to  bear  the  expense, 
Diod. — 4.  in  military  phrase,  to  out- 
flank, των  ττολεμίων  νπ.  τώ  κέρατι, 
Xen.  Hell.  4,  2,  18,  cf.  Thiic.  3,  107. 
— III.  to  get  over,  cross,  c.  acc.  loci, 
Thuc.  3,  23. 

'Ύπερέψω,  f.  -φήσιο,  to  over-boil. 

'Ύπερέω,  Ion.  i'ut.  of  vπειπεlv,q.'v. 

'Ύπέρζεσις,  εως,  ή,  a  boiling  over, 
Arist.  Probl.  24,  Θ,  1  :  and 

Ύπέρζεστος,  or,  verb,  adj.,  boiling 
over,  Arist.  Mund.  4,  27:  from 

'Ύπερζέω,  f.  -ζέσω,  {υπέρ,  ζεοή  to 
boil  over,  Ar.  Eq.  920. 

'Ύπίρζωος,  ov,  contr.  ύπέρζως,  ων, 
overliving,  outliving. 

'Ύπερηγορέω,  like  νπεραγορενω,  to 
speak  for,  τινός. 

Ύπερηγορία,  ας,  ^,  a  defence. 

'Ύπερήόομαι,  as  pass.,  c.  fut.  mid., 
{νπέρ,  ήόυμαι)  to  rejoice  beyond  mea- 
sure at  Λ  tiling,  Tiv'u  Hdt.  1,  54;  3, 
22;  c.  part.,  νπεη/'/ύετο  άκούων,  he 
rejoiced  much  at  tiearing.  Id.  1,  00, 
Xen.  Cyr.  3,  1,  31  ;  also,  νπ.  ύτι..,  lb. 
8,  3,  50. 

'Ύπέρηδνς,  ν,  (υπέρ,  ή()νς)  exceeding 
sweet  or  pleasant.— Α,άν.  -έως,  Xen. 
Cyr.  1,  6,  21  ;  superl.  -ήδιστα,  Luc. 
D.  Mort.  9,  1. 

ΥΎπερηΙς,  ίδος,  fj,  (acc.  'Ύπερηί- 
δα  contd.  'Ύπερ7Ίδα)='Ύπέρεια  (1), 
Pind.  P.  4,  223.  '     ^    ,      , 

Ύπερηλιξ,  Ικος,  ό,  i],  (νπέρ,  ηλιξ) 
above  a  certain  age,  Luc.  Amor.  10. 

'Ύπέρημαι,  strictly  pf.  of  νπερέζο- 
μαι,  to  sit  above,  c.  gen. 

Υπερημερία,  ας,  ή,  a  being  over  the 
day,  i.  e.  as  law-term,  α  failure  in  ob- 
serving the  appointed  day,  esp.  the  day 
for  payment,  ■>/  νπ.  ίξήκει,  the  term  is 
expired,  Dein.  1154,  8;  άΐ'α/Μλλε- 
σθαί  την  νπ.,  to  defer  it,  lb.  17: — 
hence, — 2.  forfeiture  of  recognisances, 
the  execution  consequent  thereupon,  α 
distress,  λαμβάνειν  τι  υπερημερία,  to 
seize  a  thing  6^  virtue  of  this  right,  Id. 
894,  8  :  from 

'Υπερήμερος,  ov,  {νπέρ,  ημέρα) : — 
over  the  day,  i.  e.  7iot  observing  the  ap- 
pointed day  ;  and  so,  suffering  a  dis- 
tress, -execution,  Dem.  518,  2  ;  927,  1  ; 
ύπ.  γίγνεται,  ho  does  not  keep  the 
time  of  payment.  Antipho  136,  29, 
Lys.  167,42;  so,  νπεηήμερον  λαμβά- 
νων τινά.  i.  e.  having  a  right  to  dis 
train  upon  him,  Dem.  540,  22: — c. 
gen.,  metaph.,  νπ.  γάμων,  past  the 
1554 


ΤΠΕΡ 

tivie  of  marriage,  Anaxandr.  Incert. 
17. 

'ΎπερήμΧσυς,  υ,  {υπέρ,  ήμισυς) 
above  half,  more  than  half,  Hdt.  7,  40, 
156  ;  νπερημισν  τίνος,  Xen.  An.  6, 2, 
10. 

Ύπέρημος,  ov,  {υπό,  έρημος)  some• 
what  desolate,  Plut.  Poplic.  4. 

'Ύπερί/νεμος,  ov,  {νπέρ,  άνεμος) 
above  the  wind. 

Ύπερηνορέη,  ης,  ή,  {νπερήνωρ) 
exceeding  spirit  or  courage :  haughti- 
ness, Ap.  Rh.  3,  65. 

'Ύπερηνορέων,  οντος.  ό,  exceeding 
manly ; — but  always  used  in  bad 
sense  (though  Honi.  always  uses 
ήνορέ7ΐ=ζάνδρία,  ynanliness,  courage), 
overbearing,  overweening,  Horn.,  most- 
ly in  plur.  ;  in  Od.  mostly  of  the  suit- 
ors ;  also  of  the  Cyclopes,  Od.  6,  5  ;  of 
all  the  Trojans,  II.  4,  176,  and  in  sing, 
of  the  Trojan  Deiphobus,  13,  258: 
strengthd.  κακύς  νπερηνορέοντες, 
Od.  2,  266  ;  4,  760.  Cf  νπερήνωρ, 
νπερμενης,  νπέροπ?.υς,  υπερφίαλος. 
— 11.  ill  comic  phrase,  excelling  men, 
thinking  07ie's  self  more  than  man,  Ar. 
Pac.  53.  (No  verb  ύπερηνορέω  oc- 
curs: c(.  νπερμενέων)  :  from 

Ύπερήνωρ,  υρος,  ό.  ή,  {υπέρ,  άνήρ): 
— like  foreg.,  overbearing,  overweening, 
of  the  tyrant  Pelias  in  Hes.  Th.  995  ; 
so,  μεγαλανορία  νπεράνωρ,  Eur. 
Phoen.  185  : — the  adj.  seems  to  have 
been  used  only  in  bad  signf,  v. 
foreg. ; — in  Horn,  only  as  prop.  n. ; 
fv.  sq. 

νΎπερήνωρ,  ορός,  ό,  Hyperenor, 
son  of  Panthous  in  Troy.  II.  14,  516. 
— 2.  one  of  the  Hparti  in  Thebes, 
Paus.  9,  5,  3. — 3.  son  of  Neptune  and 
Alcyone,  Apollod.  3,  10,  1. 

^Ύπέρης,  τ/της,  ό,  Hypcres,  son  of 
Neptune,  king  of  Troezene,  Paus.  2, 
30.  8. 

'Ύπερήσει,  3  sing.  fut.  of  νπερίημι, 
Od. 

ΥΎπερησίη,  ης,  ή,  Hyperesia,  a  city 
of  Achaea,  II.  2,  573  [t] :  acc.  to  Paus. 
7,  26,  1,  the  later  Aegira. 

ΥΎπερήσιος.  ov,  ό,  Hypercsius,  fa- 
ther of  the  Argonauts  Asterius  and 
Amphion,  of  Pallene  in  Achaia,  Ap. 
Rh.  1,  17(3. 

ΥΎπερησίς,  ίδος,  ή,  fem.  adj.,  of 
Hyperesia,  Hes.  ap.  Stcph.  Byz. 

'Υπερηφάνεια,  ας,η  ,=^νπερηφανία, 
Dio  C. 

'Υπερηφανεύομαι,  dep.,  rarely  as 
act.  ϋπερηφανενω,-^sq. 

Ύπερηφάνέω,  ώ,  ί.  -7/σω.  to  be  con- 
spicuous above  Others,  in  Horn,  only 
oncein  part., much  \ike ύπερηνορέων, 
overweening,  arrogant,  νπερηφανέον- 
τες  Έπεωί,  U.  11,  694  ;— so  in  Po- 
ly b.  6,  10.  8,  etc.— II.  transit,  to  puff 
off,  magnify,  εαυτόν,  Polyb.  5,  33,  8 : 
to  treat  .\uperciliouslij,  coyitemn,  c.  aCC, 
Lue.Nigr.  31  : — c.  mi. .to  scorn  to  do, 
Schiif  Long.  p.  419:  and 

Ύπερηφάνία,  ας,  ή,  arrogance,  con- 
temptuous bearing.  Plat.  Synip.  219 
C  ;  νπ.  τρόπον,  βίου,  Xen.  Cyr.  5,  2, 
27,  uem.  559,  17: — also  c.  gen.  ob- 
jecti,  contempt  towards  or  ftr...  Plat. 
Rep.  391  C,  Dem  577,  16  :  from 

Υπερήφανος,  ov,  {υπέρ,  φαίνω)  : — 
conspicuous  above  others  ;  v.  sub  νπερ- 
φανής  : — of  persons,  conduct,  etc., — 
1.  in  good  sense,  excellent,  magnificent, 
noble.  Plat.  Phaed.  96  A,  Sym'p.  217 
E.  Oorg.  511  I):  but, — 2.  more  usu. 
in  bail  signf,  overweening,  arrogant, 
Hes.  Th.  149,  Pind.  P.  2,  52,  Aesch. 
Pr.  402,  Dem.  42,  27,  etc. :— so  in 
adv.,  -νως  εχειν,  to  bear  one's  self 
proudly.  Plat.  Rep.  399  B.  Theaet. 
175    B,  etc. ;  y/r,   Isocr.  72    D. — 3. 


ΥΠΕΡ 

'  generally,  extravagant .  splendid,  ποτή 
\  pia,  Philippid.  Incert.  5,  3. 

Ύπείϊηφερτ/ς,  ές,  =  νπερφερής, 
Hesych.  ;  v.  Lob.  Phryn.  699. 

Ύπερηχέω,  ώ,  I.  -ήσω,  {νπέρ,  ήχέω) 
to  sound  ovtr  or  above. — II.  intrans.,  to 
sound  exceeding  loud. 

"Ύπερϋα,  Aeol.  for  ϊιπερΟε. 

Ύπερθάλασσιδιος,  ov,  {νπέρ,  θά- 
λασσα)  some  way  above  or  frmn  the 
sea,  opp.  to  παμαΟαλάσσιΟΓ,  Hdt.  4, 
199.  [I] 

Ύπερθΰ/.άσσιος,  ov,  over  the  sea, 
beyond  seas. 

Ύπερθαββέω,  ύ,  to  be  exceeding 
courageous. 

Ύπερθανμάζω,  f.  -ύσημαι,  Ion. 
νπερβωνμ-,  {νπερ,  θανιιάζ(ο)  to  won- 
der exceedingly,  be  much  aslonished  or 
amazed,  Hdt.  3,  3. — II.  c.  acc,  to  won• 
der  at,  admire,  Luc.  Zeux.  3. 

Ύπερβε  and  -θεν,  adv.,  {υπέρ)  :— 
from  above,  down  from  above ;  also 
merely  above,  αντάρ  νπερβε  φυξος 
ετιν  κεφα/.ήν,  II.  2,  218;  cf  5,  122; 
τάφρος  και  τείχος  νπερΟεν,  12,  4  ; 
etc.  :  efip.froin  heaven  above,  i.  e.  from 
the  gods,  11.7,  101,  Od.  24,  .344,  H. 
Cer.  13:  tu  νπερβεν,  Xcii.  Mem.  1, 
4,  1 1  : — c.  gen.,  above,  over,  Pind.  P.  4, 
342,  Aesch.  Ag.  232,  etc. ;  ΰπ.  γίγνε- 
σθαι τίνος,  to  get  the  belter  of..  Id. 
Bacch.  904  : — νπνρβεν  είναι  ?}..,  to 
be  above  or  beyond,  1.  e.  worse  than.., 
Eur.  Med.  650. 

Ύπέρβεμα,  ατός,  τό,αη  outbidding. 

Υπερθεματίζω,  to  outbid.     Hence 

Ύπερθεμάτισμός,  ov,  ό,  an  out- 
bidding or  raising  the  price  :  and 

'Υπερθεματιστής,  οϋ,  ύ,  one  who 
outbids. 

Ύπερθεμιστοκλής,  6,  a  more  than 
Themistocles ;  so,  Ύπερπερικλής, 
Ύπερσωκράτης,  etc. 

Ύπέρθεος,  ov,  {νπέρ,  θεός)  more 
than  God,  cf  Meineke  Mcnand.  p. 
578. 

Ύπερθεράπενω,  {υπέρ,  θεραπεύω) 
to  cherish  or  court  exceedingly,  Heliod. 

Ύπερθερμαίνω,  f.  -ΰνώ,  { νπέρ, 
θερμαίνω)  to  warm  or  heat  excessively, 
Hipp.,  Arist.  Probl.  1,  12,  2,  in  pass. 
Hence 

Ύπερθερμάσία,  ας,  ή,  immoderate 
warming,  heating. 

'Υπέρθερμος,  ov,  over-warm,  hot. 

Ύπερθέσιμος  ημέρα,  ή,  a  day  in 
which  eating  ivas  passed  over,  a  fast  day, 
Eccl.  :  from 

Ύπέρθεσις,  εως,  ή,  {νπερτίθημι)  : 
— a  passing  over,  like  νπερβο?.ή  II  : — 
hence,  the  place  of  passage,  a  passage, 
pass,  StraD. — II.  a  transposition,  esp. 
of  words  or  propositions. — III.  banish- 
ment,  exile:  proscription,  dub. — IV.  a 
passing  over,  overlooking. — V.  a  putting 
off,  delay,  Polyb,  3,  1 12,  4  ;  νπ.  εχειν, 
to  be  put  olT,  Id.  2,  51,  7  ;  λ.αμβέινειν 
νπ.  ι'ις  τίνα,  to  be  postponecl  for  the 
sake  of  consulting  one,  to  be  referred 
to  him.  Id.  18,  25,  7.— VI.  like  υπερ- 
βολή, exaggeration. — VII.  the  superla- 
tive degree,  Grainm.     Hence 

'Υπερθετικός,  ή,  όν,  superlative.  6 
νπ.,  the  superlative  degree.  Adv.  -κως, 
in  the  superlative. 

Ύπερθέω,  f  -θεΰσοααι,  (νπέρ,θέω) 
to  rim  over  or  beyond,  UKpav,  Aesch. 
Eum.  562,  Eur.  Arch.  4  :  to  outstrip, 
to  surpass,  excel,  outdo,  τινά  τύχτ), 
Eur.  Andr.  195;  cf  Plat.  Legg.  648 
D,  Valck.  Phoen.  581. 

ΎπερβΙγής,  ες.=ζνπερήφανος. 

Ύπερθνήσκω,  {υπέρ,  βνήσκω)  to 
die  for,  τινός,  Eur.  Phoen.  998,  Andr. 
499. 

Ύπερθορεΐν,  inf  aor.  2,  -θορεομαι, 
fut.  oi  νπερθρώσκω,  q.  v. 


ΥΠΕΡ 

Ύπερθορϋβέω,  ώ,  Ιο  make  an  ex- 
tes.sive  noise. 

'Ύτΐερ(Ιρΰσννομαι,  as  pass.,  c.  fut. 
mid.,  (vTZtp,  θρασννω)  to  be  exceeding 
boUy  act  so,  Dio  C. 

'Ύ;τΐρβΐ)ώσκω :  fut.  -βαρονμαι.  Ep, 
-βορέομαι :  aor.  -ίθορον.  Ep.  -Hopov, 
inl.  -βορέειν  (Hdt.),  contr.  -βορείν, 
{ΰ~έρ,  θρύσκω).  To  overleap,  leap, 
spring,  or  bound  over,  c.  acc,  τύόρον 
ν—ερθορίονται,  II.  8,  179  ;  νττέρβορον 
epKiov  αν'λής,  9,  476 ;  cl.  12,  53 ;  so, 
νπερβορεϊν  τονς  ανϋρώπονς,  το  ίρ- 
κος,  Hdt.  2,  60  ;  6,  131 ;  το  πεόέον, 
Aesch.  Ag.  297,  cf.  827:  βάριν  ουκ 
νπερθορεί,  Μ.  Supp.  874 ;  also,  ν-ερ 
ερκος  ϋτΓ.,  Solon  15,  28;  c.  gen., 
ηόλεως  ϋ~.,  Eur.  Hec.  823. 

'Ύ-ερβνμεομαι,  dep.  pass.,  to  be 
νττέρβυμος,  Dio  C. 

'Υ—έρθνμος,  ov,  {ν~έρ,  θυμός)  high- 
spirited,  daring,  high-minded,  Ireq.  in 
Horn.,  always  in  good  signf.,  II.  2, 
746  ;  5,  376,  etc. ;  so  in  Hes.  Th.  937, 
Pitid.  P.  4,  23,  etc.— II.  in  bad  signf., 
«ver-  daring,  overweening,  Hes.  Th. 
719:  over-spiriifd,  of  a  horse,  Xen. 
Eq.  3,  12. — III.  furiously  angry  ;  in 
adv., -uuf  άγαν,  Aesch.  Eum.  824. — 
IV.  much  inclined,  Inscr. 

^Υττερβύριον,  ov,  τό,  (νιτίρ,  θύρα) : 
— the  lintel  of  the  doorway,  Od.  7,  90, 
Hemr.  Hes.  Sc.  271  ;  superliminare 
in  Vitruv.  4,  6,  4  : — also,  ντΐερθυρίς, 
ίόος,  ή.  [ν] 

'ΫπέρΟεφος,  ov,  (υπέρ.  θύρα)  above 
the  door  :  τό  UT.=foreg,,  Hdt.  1,  179. 

'Ύπερΐάχω,  {ν~έρ,  ϊύχω)  to  shout 
above,  out-shout,  c.  gefi.,  Anth.  Plan. 
305. 

ΎπερΙόεΙν,  inf.  aor.  νττερεΐόον. 

i'Y~rpi07jC,  ov,  b,  Hyperides,  a 
celebrated  orator  and  statesman  in 
Athens,  son  of  Oleander,  Dern.  271, 
fin.;  291,  6;  etc.— 2.  son  of  Callae- 
schrus,  Id.  273,  6. 

Ύττεριζάνω,  {ύ~έρ,  ίζύνω)  to  sit 
over  or  above,  Nonn. 

Ύπερίημί,  f.  -ήσω,  (υπέρ,  ϊημι)  to 
send  further,  send  beyond  the  mark, 
ovTir  ^au]K(j)v  τόν  y'  ϊξεται  aid' 
νπερήσει.  Od.  8,  198. 

'Ύπέμικον,  τό.  v.  νπερεικον. 

Ύττερικταίνομαι,  as  pass.,  in  the 
phrase,  ττόόες  ν~ερικταα>αντο,  the 
ieet  went  exceeding  swiftly,  Od.  23,  3 
iprob.  from  Ικ.ταρ)•.  —  others  read 
ντϊερακταίνοντο,Άηά  somev-οακταί- 

VOVTO. 

'ΎπερΙνάω,  (ύπερ,  Ivau)  to  purge 
violently,  Foes.  Oecon.  Hipp.    Hence 

Ύττερίνησις,  ?/,  violent  purging, 
Hipp,  m 

ΎττέρΙνος,  ov,  (,νττερινάω)  cleared 
out,  purged  violently,  Hipp.  p.  517, 
Theophr.  :  vrr.  όρνιθες,  hens  ex- 
hausted by  laying,  Arist.  Gen.  An.  3, 
1,  16. 

'ΎπερΙονίδης,  ov.  a,  patronym.  from 
'Ύτζερίων,  Hyperioti'sson,  i.  e.  Ήλ<0Γ. 
Od.  12,  176,  H.  Cer.  74,  Hes.  Th. 
JOll. 

ΎπερΙονίς.  ίόος.  ή,  daughter  of  Hy- 
perion, Pythagorean  name  for  the 
moon. 

ΥΎπερίπττη.  ης,  t/,Hyperippe,aax>gh- 
ter  of  Areas,  Pans.  5,  1,4. 

'Ύτϊερίπταμαι,  dep.  mid.,  later  form 
for  νττερπέτοααι,  to  fly  abooe  or  over, 
Ap.  Rh. 

'Ύ-ερισθμέω,  (j,=sq.,  dub.  in  Po- 
lyb.  4,  19,  9.   ^ 

Ύκερισθμίζύ),  {νττέρ.  Ισθμός)  to 
draw  or  convey  over  an  isthmus,  τϊ/.οΐα, 
Polvb.  5,  101,  4,  etc.  ; — like  ύιειρνω, 
cf.  Valck.  Hdt.  7,  2i. 

'Ύπερίστΰμαι,  as  pass.,  with  aor. 
2  and  pf.  act.  (ν~έρ,  'ίσταμαι) : — to 


ΤΠΕΡ 

stand  over,  c.  gen.,  Hdt.  7,  17  : — esp., 
to  stand  over  one  for  protection,  protect, 
defend,  τινός.  Soph.  El.  188. 

'Ύττερίστωρ,  ορός.  ό,  ή,  (ίττέρ,  Ισ- 
τωρ)  knowing  too  much,  knowing  but 
too  well.  c.  gen..  Soph.  F.l.  850. 

Ύηέρισχνος,  ov,  very  lank  or  thin. 

Ύττερίσχϋρος,  ov,  {νττέρ,  ίσχνρός) 
exceeding  strong,  ερνμα,  Xen.  Cyr.  5, 
2,2;  cf  Arist.  Pol.  4,  11.5. 

Ύττερισχύϋ),  f.  -ί'σω.  (νττέρ,  ισχύω) 
to  he  exceeding  strong,  Theophr.  [v] 

'Ύπερίσχω,=  νπερέχο),  Polyb.  3, 
84,  9. 

Ύττερίων,  ovoc.  6,  Hyperion,  in 
Hoin.  the  >Su7ι-^od,=Ή/.ίoς :  yet  he 
always  joins  Ύττερίων  Ήέλιος  or 
Ήέ'/Αος  Ύττερίων.  except  in  ]l.  19, 
398,  Od.  1,  24,  H.  Ap.  369,  where 
Ύττερίων  stands  alone  for  "Ηλιος : 
acc.  to  Od.  12,  132,  he  is  father  of 
Phaethusa  and  Lampctie  by  Neaera. 
Some  ancients  derive  it  from  νττέρ 
ιών.  he  that  walks  on  high,  moves  above 
us  :  but  the  ι  of  the  penult,  makes  it 
prob.  that  Ύττερίων  is  a  shortd.  form 
of  the  patronym.  Ύττεριονίων,  son  of 
Hyperion  ;  cf.  Μο/ίο^μ,  and  V.  Bockh 
E-tpl.  Pind.  O.  11,  25.— Acc.  to  Hes. 
Th.  134.  374,  Hyperion  is  the  son  of 
Uranus  and  Gaea,  husband  of  Thia, 
father  of  Helius,  Selene  and  Eos, 
cf.  H.  Horn.  Cer.  26,  H.  Horn.  28,  13: 
but  in  H.  Hiim.  31,  4,  Helius  is  son 
of  Hyperion  and  Euryphaessa  ;  — 
hence  ΎττεριονίόηΓ,  i.  e.  Ή'λιος,  cf. 
Apollod.  1.2,  2. 

νΥπερίων,  ωνος,  6,  Hyperion,  son 
of  Agamemnon,  king  of  Megara, 
Paus.  1,  43,  3. 

Ύττερκαγχάζω,  (υπέρ,  καγχάζω) 
to  laugh  loud  out,  Diog.  L.  7,  185. 

Ύττερκαθαίρω,  to  cleanse  out,  purge 
excessively.     Hence 

Ύκερκάθαρσις,  εως,  ή,  excessive 
purging,  Hipp. 

Ύττερκαθεύδω,  {ύττέρ,  καθενδω)  to 
hai^e  a  care  of  one  sleeping,  C.  gen., 
Philostr. 

Ύττερκύθημαι,  (  νπέρ,  κάθημαι  ) 
strictly  pf.  pass,  of  -έζομαι,  to  sit  over, 
above  or  upon,  τινός,  also  εττί  τίνος, 
Xen.  An.  5,  2,  1.— II.  metaph.,  to  sit 
over  and  watch,  keep  an  eye  on,  τινός, 
lb.  5,  1,  9. 

Ύτέρκαιρος,  ov,  {ύττερ,  καιρός) 
over  or  beyond  the  time :  hence,  at 
nrong  times,  like  uKuipor,  Ath.  613 
C. 

Ύττερκαίω,  fut.  -κανσω,  (  νττέρ, 
καίω)  to  burn  violently.  Poll. 

Ύττερκΰκέω,  ω,  to  be  quite  luckless, 
formed  like  έκκακέω,  Hesych. 

Ύττερκΰκόω,  ώ,  to  make  exceedingly 
wretched. 

Ύ~ερκα?.Αης,  ες,  gen.  eor,=sq., 
Xen.  Cyr.  5,  1,  18. 

Ύττέρκΰ/.ος,  ov.  (ύττέρ,  κα?.ός)  ex- 
ceeding beautiful,  Arist.  Pol.  4,  11,5. 

Ύ•:τερκύμνω.  {νττέρ.  κάμνω)  to  .luf- 
fer  or  labour  for  anv  one,  τινός,  Eur. 
Bacch.  963,  1.  A.  918.  ^ 

Ύττερκαρττέω,  ώ.  {νττερ,  καρττέω) 
to  bear  over-much  fruit :  in  aor.,  to  be 
exhausted  by  fruiting,  Theoph.  C.  PI. 
2,  11,2. 

Ύπερκατα3αίνω.  (νττέρ,  καταβαί- 
νω) to  get  over  and  descend,  get  quite 
over,  c.  acc,  μέγα  τείχος  νττερκατέ- 
βησαν  όμίλα,  II.  13,  50,  87. 

Ύττερκαταγέλαστος.  ον,  (νττέρ,  κα- 
ταγε/.αω)  exceedingly  absurd,  Aeschin. 
81,29. 

Ύττερκατάκειμαι,  (νττέρ,  κατάκει- 
μαι)  as  pass.,  to  lie  or  sit  above,  esp. 
at  table,  c.  gen.,  Luc.  Symp.  31. 

Ύττερκατύληκτος,  or,  v.  κατα?.η- 
κτικός.. 


ΥΠΕΡ 

Ύττερκατηφής,  ές,  (νττέρ,  κατηφής) 
exceeding  downcast,  Luc.  Amor.  52. 

ΎττερκαχΑ.άζω,  (νπέρ,  κοχλάζω) 
to  run  bubbling  or  boiling  over,  Luc.  D. 
Marin.  11,2,  Philostr. 

Ύττέρκειμαι,  (νττέρ,  κεΐμαι)  as 
pass.,  to  lie  or  be  situated  over  or  abovt, 
Isocr.  75  A  ;  also  c.  gen.  loci,  Polyb. 
4,  29,  1,  etc. 

Ύττερκέρΰσις,  εως,  ή,  an  outflank- 
ing, Polyb.  1,  27,  5,  etc. :  from 

Ύττερκερίιω,  ύ,  (νττέρ,  κέρας  VI): 
— to  outflank,  i.  e.  bring  the  wings  of 
an  army  round  those  of  an  enemy,  c. 
acc,  Polyb.  11,  23,5. 

Ύττέρκερως,  ων,  (νττέρ,  κέρας)  with 
immense  horns,  ε?.αφος.  Poll. 

Ύττερκέρωσις,  τ/,^νττερκέρασις. 

Ύττερκη7.έω,  ω,  (νττέρ,  κηλέω)  to 
charm  beyond  measure,  Luc.  Amor. 
1. 

Ύττερκινόννεύω,  to  meet  danger  for 
another,  c.  gen. 

ΎΐΓερκ?.ονέω,  ώ,  to  overrun,  over, 
flow. 

Ύττερκο2.ΰκενω,  (νττέρ,  κο/.ακενω) 
to  flatter  immoderately,  τινά,  Dem.  391, 
19. — II.  to  excel  in  flattery,  Dio  C. 

Ύττερκομιζω,  f.  -ίσω  and  -Ιω,  (νπέρ, 
κομίζω)  to  carry  over.  Strab. 

Ύττέρκομττος,  ov,  (ν~έρ,  κσμπέω) 
strictly,  making  an  exceeding  loud 
noise:  metaph.,  overweening,  boastful, 
arrogant,  like  νπερτ'/φανος,  Aesch. 
Theb.  391,  404  :  generally,  excessive, 
extraordinary,  θράσος,  Id.  Pers.  831  ; 
c.  dat.,  νήες  νπερκόμττοι  τά;\;ίί,  ships 
surpassing  in  swiliness,  lb.  342. — 
Blomf.  Aesch.  Theb.  387,  would  alter 
νττέρκομττος  (in  this  signf.)  into  -κό- 
πος :  but  Herm.  throws  a  doubt  even 
on  the  e.xistence  of  this  latter  word, 
Opusc.  5,  p.  153. 

Ύττέμκο—ος,  ov,  (A)  (νττέρ,  κόπος) 
over- tired,  foredone  with  toil,  Arist.  Mi- 
rab.  6. 

Ύττέρκοττος,  ov,  (B)  overstepping  all 
bounds,  overweening,  overbearing,  boast- 
ful, like  νπέρκημπος.  νττερήφανος, 
Aesch.  Theb.  455,  Soph.  Aj.  127  (ubi 
V.  Lobeck.)  Adv.  -πως.  Aesch.  Cho. 
1 36. — Cf.  however iirrep«:o/z-Of,  νπέρ- 
κοτος :  from 

Ύπερκάπτω,  f.  -ι/'ω,  (νπερ,  κόπτω) 
to  overstep,  excel,  Themist. 

Ύπερκορέω,  Ion.  lor  νττερκορέννν- 
μι,  to  over  fill  or  glut,  τινά  τίνος,  one 
with  a  thing,  Theogn.  1154. 

Ύπερκορής,  ες,  and  νπέρκορος,  ov, 
overfull,  glutted. 

Ύπερκορνφωσις,  εως,  i],  a  project' 
\  ing  point  or  end,  Hipp,  [ΰ] 
I      Ύπερκόσμιης,   ov,  (νπέρ,  κόσμος) 
I  supramundane,  Eccl. 

Ύττέρκοτος,  ov,  (νπέρ,  κοτέω) : — 
I  exceedmgangry, furious, violent :  hence, 
I  exceeding  savage  or  fearful,  Aesch.  Ag. 
j  822.  Adv.  -τως,  overmuch,  exceeding- 
!  ly.  Id.  466,  Eur.  H.  F.  1087  :— Blomi. 
I  ad  .-Vg.  453  alters  -κότως  into  -κάπως  ; 
cf  νττέρκομπος. 

Ύπερκράζομαι,  to  outshout,  Phi- 
lostr., in  3  fut.  -κεκράξομαι. 

Ύπερκράτέω,  ώ,  (νπερ,  κρατέω)  to 
overpower,  c  acc,  LXX. — 2.  intr.,  to 
prevail. 

Ύπερκρεμάνννμι,  f.  -κρεμάσω  Att. 
-κρεμώ,  (νπέρ.  κρειιάνννμι)  to  hangup 
over,  hence  metaph.,  vn.  γήρας  νπέρ 
κεφα?,7}ς.  Theogn.  1016;  νπ.  άτην 
τινί,  Pind.  Ο.  1,  91. 

Ύπερκρίνω,  to  surpass,  excel. 

Ύπερκτάομαι,  (νπέρ,  κτάομαι) 
dep.  mid.,  to  acquire  oi-fr  and  above, 
-o/.VTi  κιικών  νπερεκτήσω,  thou  hast 
brought  much  evil  on  thyself,  i.  e.  more 
than  was  needful.  Soph.  El.  217  ;  cf. 
νττέρμορον. 

1555 


ΥΠΕΡ 

Ύττερκνύνεος,  ον,  very  dark   blue. 

'Ύττερκνησταω,  ώ,  {νπερ.  κνβι- 
στάω)  to  plunge  headlong  into  danger, 
Polyb.  28,  0,  6. 

'Ύπίρκνι^ας,  αντος,  ύ,  (ν~έρ,  κν- 
ύος) : — exceeding  famous  or  renowned, 
only  found  in  ace.  sing,  and  plur., 
νπ.  \\χαιονς,  II.  4,  Οϋ,  71  ;  Mnot- 
τιον,  lies.  Th.  510.— Some  take  it  to 
be  contr.  from  νττερκνόήεις,  -ιΊ^ς, 
Dor.  -ύάς,  άντος,  like  ΰργτμίς  -i/f  •ΰ.ς, 
<^ωι>7ΐείς  -ας,  τιμηεις  -ας,  etc. ;  but, 
then,  11  should  be  properisp..  lor 
which  there  is  no  authority,  Spitzn. 
ad  II.  4,  C6.  [κν] 

'Ύ-ερκνκνιος,  ον,  {κύκνος)  surpass- 
ing the  sor.g  of  swans. 

'Ύττερκν-τω,^ΰπέρ,  kv-tu)  to  bend, 
firetch  anil  peep  over,  Ep.  Hom.  14,  22, 
Plat.  Euthyd.  271  A  :  to  peep  or  stick 
out  over  a  thing,  c.  gen.,  Nicostr. 
K?.iv.  1.  2,  Luc.  Luct.  IC— 2.  to  step 
over  or  beyond,  overstep,  c.  acc,  Anth. 
P.  6,  250. 

'Ύττερλύλέυ,  ώ,  {ν~έρ,  λαλίω)  to 
speak  for,  τινός,  Philostr. 

'Ύ 77 έρ'λη μπρος,  ον,  {υττερ,  λαμτνρός) 
exceeding  bnglil,  ακτίνες,  Ar.  Nub. 
571. — II.  of  sound,  vtry  clear  or  loud, 
νπ.  ϋλοΆΰζείν,  Dem.  313,  22. 

Ύπερλαμντρννοιιαι,  [νττέρ,  λαμπρν- 
ru)  as  pass.,  to  make  an  exceeding  splen- 
did show,  to  be  exceeding  gay  :  also  to 
distinguish  one's  self  beyond  -measure, 
Xen.  Cyn.  3,  7. 

'Ύττερλάμπω,  f.  -φω,  {ντνέρ,  λάμπω) 
ίο  shine  exceeding  brightly.  Pint. 

ί'Ύπέρλάος,  ον,  ό,  Hi/perlaus,  son 
of  Melas,  ApoUotl  1,8,  5. 

'Υπέρλεπτος,  ον,  exceeding  thin, fine 
or  delicate. 

'Ύπέρλ.ενκης,  ον,  (νπέρ,  λ^,ενκός)  ex- 
ceedingly white,  Hipp. 

'Ύπερλύαν,  (νπέρ,  λίαν)  adv.,  be- 
yond measure,  exceedingly,  Ν .  'Γ. 

'Ύπερλνύιος.  ον,  (  νπέρ,  Αύδιος ) 
hyper-Lydtan,  Χ.  e.  in  a  musical  mode 
higher  than  the  Li/dian.   \λν\ 

'Ύπερ'λνπέω,  ώ,  {νπέρ,  λνπέώ)  f. 
•ijOi•),  to  grieve  or  distress  beyond  meas- 
ure :  —  pass.,  to  be  distressed  beyond 
measure.  Hilt.  8,  90. 

'Ύπερμαζύω,  ώ,  to  be  overfull  (imkp) 
of  barley  bread  {μάζα),  to  be  wanton 
from  high  feeding,  Luc.  Navig.  15, 
Alciphr. ;  cf.  κρίΗύω. — 2.  {μαζός)  to 
have  overfull  breasts,  Synes. 

'Ύπερμαίνυμαι,  1.  -μάνονμαι,  aor. 
-εμάνην,  {νπέρ,  μαίνομαι)  ns  pass.,  ίο 
be  or  go  stark  ma<l,  Ar.  Kan.  776. 

'Ύπερμάκης,  ες.  Dor.  for  νπερμη- 
κης,  Pmd.  [a] 

'Ύπερμαντίί'ομαι,  {υπέρ,  μαντενο- 
μαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  consult  an  oracle  for 
or  on  account  of,  τινός,  dub.  1.  in  Eur. 
Ion  431. 

'Ύπέριχαργος,  ον,  {υπέρ,  μάργος) 
exceeding  silly.  Dion.  Η. 

'Ύπερμΰχέω,  ώ,  (νπέρ,  μάχη) : — to 
fight  for  any  one,  τινός.  Soph.  Ant. 
194,  Eur.  Phoen.  1258  :  also,  tW.  Tivi 
τίνος,  to  fight  with  one  for  another, 
Soph.  Aj.  1346 :  later  c.  acc.  Hence 
'Ύπερμάχΐ]σις,  τ/,  defence :  [d]  and 
Ύπερμύχί/τικός,  ή,  όν,  inclined  to 
fight  for  or  defending,  Plut.  Num. 
16. 

'Ύπερμάχομαι,  (  υπέρ,  μάχομαι  ) 
dep.  m\ά.,^=ΰ-^pμaχέ^J,  τι  τίνος,  to 

fight  out  a  thina;  for  any  one,  Soph. 
Ό.  Τ.  205.     Hence 

'Υπέρμαχος,  ον,  fighting  for.. :  a 
champion.  Anth. 

Ύπερμεγάθης,  Ion,  for  υπερμεγέ- 
θης, Hdt.  [(-,] 

Ύπέρμεγας,  -μεγύ?.?),  -μέγα,  (υπέρ, 
μέγας)  immensely  great,  Ar,  Eq.  158, 
1556 


ΤΠΕΡ 

Ύπερμεγεθέω,  ώ,  to  be  or  grow  im-  ' 
mensely  great,  Artemid.  1,  31  :   from 

'Υπερμεγέθης,  ες.  lop.  νπερμεγά-  \ 
θης,  gen.   εος,=νπέρμεγας,   Hdt.  2, 
175;  4,   191,  etc. — II.  exceeding  difft- 
cull,  έργίΠ',  Xen.  Cyr.  I,  0,  8. 

Ύπερμεθνσκομαι,  as  jiass. ,  aor.  νπε- 
ρεμεβί)αΟιιν,  {νπέρ,  μεΟνσκω)  to  be  ex- 
cessively drunk,  Hdt.  2,  12),  4. 

Ύπερμενέτης,  ον,  ύ,  poet,  for  ίπερ- 
μενής,  Η.  Horn.  7,  1. 

Ύπερμενέων,  οντος,  6,  exceeding 
mighty,  άνδρες  ί<περμενέοντες,  for 
νπερμενέες.  Oil.  19,  02.  (No  verb 
-μίΐ'έω  occurs  :  cf.  νπερτινορέων)  : 
Iroin 

Ύπερμενής,  ές,  (νπέρ,  μένος) : — 
exceeding  mighty,  exceeding  stnmg,  in 
Horn.,  and  Hes.  freq.  epith.  of  Jupiter 
and  of  kings  :  also  in  bad  sense,  over- 
weenmg,  insolent,  Od.  19,  62.  Poet, 
word. 

ί'Υπερμένης,  ονς,  ό.  Hypcnnenes,  a 
Lacedaemonian,  Xen.  Hell.  6,  2,  25. 

ΥΥπερμενίδτ/ς,  ον,  ό,  Hypermaudes, 
a  leader  of  the  Corinthians,  Paus.  4, 
19,  2. 

'Υπέρμετρος,  ον,  (  νπέρ,  μέτρσν  ) 
beyond  all  measure,  excessive.  Plat. 
Leiig.  864  D.    Adv.  -τρως,  Eur.  Ino  22. 

Ύπερμηκης,  ες,  gen.  εος,  (υπέρ, 
μτ/κος) : — exceeding  long,  χειρ,  Hdt.  8, 
110.  2;  όρέιμοι,  Aesch.  Pr.  591  : — ex- 
ceeding high,  Όλνμπος,  Hdt.  7,  128, 
129:  νπερμάκης  Sou,  a  cry  exceeding 
loud,  Pind.  O.  7,  69. 

Ύπερμιξολνόιος.  ον,  in  a  mode 
higher  than  the  viixo-Lydian,  Ath. 
625  D. 

ΎπερμΙσέω,  ω,  {  υπέρ,  μισέω )  to 
hate  exceedingly,  Lys.  188,  32. 

ΥΥπερμνήστρα.  ας,  ή.  Hypermnes- 
tra,  daughter  of  Danans,  wife  of  Lyn- 
ceus,  Pmd.  N.  10,  10.— 2.  daughter 
of  Thestius,  Apollod.  1,  7,  10. 

Ύπέρμορα,  v.  sq. 

Ύπέρμορον.  adv.  (νπέρ.  μόρος) : — 
over,  above,  beyond  fate  or  destiny,  said 
of  those  who  by  their  own  fault  add 
to  their  destined  share  of  misei^, — 

not  so  much  contrary  to,  as  beyond 
(1.  e.  besides)  destiny,  II.  21,  517,  Od. 
1,  34,  35,  etc. :  also  ύπέρμορα,  II.  2, 
155. — Nitzsch  Od.  1,  33.  writes  it  di- 
vi.sim  νπέρ  μύρον,  on  the  analogy  of 
νπέρ  μοίραν,  etc.  (cf.  νπέρ  Β) :  Init 
V.  Heyne  11.  t,  4,  p.  224.  Others  take 
it  as  neut.  from  an  adj.  νπέρμσρος,  ον ; 
an  ailv.  -ρ^ς  is  found  in  Eust, 

Ύπερνευλι,κέω,  worse  form  οίύπερ- 
νεωΑκέυ. 

Ύπερνέφελος.  ον,  (νπέρ,  νεφέλη) 
above  the  clouds,  Luc.  Icarom.  2. 

Ύπερνεφέίο,  ώ,  ίο  soar  or  rise  above 
the  clouds  :  from 

Ύπερνεφης,  ες,  (νπέρ,  νέφος)  above 
the  clouds. 

Ύπερνέω,  fut.  -νενσομαι,  to  swim 
over. 

Ύπερνεωλ.κέω,  ώ,  {νπέρ,  νεωλ^,κέω) 
to  haul  or  bring  ships  overland,  Strab. , 
cf  Schweigh.  Polyb.  8,  36.  12. 

Ύπερνήχομηι,  dep.  mid.,  to  swim 
over,  upon  or  above. 

'Υπερνικάω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (νπέρ,  νι- 
κάω) to  surpass  or  excel  far,  N.  T. 

Ύπερνυέω,  ώ,  {υπέρ,  νοέω)  to  think 
or  refiect  upon,  c.  acc,  Soph.  O.  C. 
1741. 

Ύπερνότιος,  ον,  also  a,  ov,  Dion. 
P.  151  {υπέρ,  νότος): — beyond  the 
south-wind,  i.  e.  at  the  extreme  south, 
opp.  to  νπερβέφεος.  Hdt.  4,  30. 

Ύπερίηνθίζω,  to  be  very  fair  or 
flaxen,  of  hair. 

Ύπερξηραίνω,  f.  -ύ,νώ,  (υπέρ,  ξη- 
ραίνω) to  dry  or  dry  up  exceedingly, 
Hipp.  pp.  304,  451,  etc. :  —  pass.,  to 


ΤΠΕΡ 

be  or  become  st,  Arist.  Meteor,  1,  1 1, 
ID.     Hence 

Ύηερξηρΰσία,  ας,  //,  excessive  dry 
vess.  Hipp.  p.  400. 

Ύπέρξιιρος,  (υπέρ.  ξηρός)  exceedrnn 
dry,  droughty,  Arist.  H.  Λ.  10,  3,  16, 
de  Respir.  14,  7. 

'Υπέρογκος,  ov,  (νπέρ,  όγκος)  of 
exceeding  bulk,  size  or  proportions,  (Tver• 
grown,  Xen.  Hell,  5,  4,  58;  ύνναμις, 
Dem.  46,  16;  ύπ.  γήρας,  excessive  old 
age,  Plat.  Legg.  728  Ε  :  —  of  ponder- 
ous, verbose  style,  Plut.  3,  7  A  : — gen- 
erally, very  great,  very  important, 
πράγμα,  Luc.  D.  Mort.  23,2,   Hence 

Ύπερογκέω,  ώ,  to  become  exceeding 
large,  Hipp.  p.  819. 

Ύπερούύνέω,  ώ,  (οόύνη)  ίο  feel  ex• 
cessive  pain. 

Ύπεροειδής.  ές,  (ύπερος,  εΐόος) 
pestle-shaped,  Hipp,  [ν] 

Ύπεροιύαίνω,  (  νπέρ,  οίδαίνω  ) 
transit.,  to  swell  up  excessively.  —  2. 
intrans.,  to  swell,  be  ewolltn  much, 
Anth. 

Ύπεροιδύω,  ώ,  (υπέρ,  οίόύω)  in- 
trans., to  swell  excessively,  Luc.  Anior. 
5.1. 

Ύπερσικέω,  ώ,  (νπέρ,  οΐκέω)  to 
dwell  above,  beyond  or  over  against, 
c.  gen.,  Hdt.  4,  13,  21,  37;  but  also 
c.  acc,  Hdt.  7,  113. 

Ύπεροικοδομέω,  ω,  to  build  over, 
above. 

Ύπέροικος,  ov,  (νπέρ,  οίκος)  dwell- 
ing above,  beyond  or  over  against,  C. 
gen.,  Hdt.  4,  7. 

Ύπέροινος,  ov,  (νπέρ,  οίνος)  im- 
moderately fond  of  wine,  Polyaen.  8, 
2.5,  1. 

Ύπεροίομαΐ,  dep.,  to  be  very  self- 
conceited. 

Ύπερηίστενω,  to  shoot  over  or  be- 
yond, ontshoot. 

Ύπέρολβος,  ov,  exceeding  rich, pros- 
perous or  happy,  susp. 

Ύπερομβρία,  ας,  ή,  (νπέρ,  όμβρος) 
α  violent  storm  of  rain,  Arist.  Η.  Λ.  8, 
19,  7,  Meteor.  2,  8,  39. 

"Υπερον,  ov,  τύ,  later  form  for 
ύπερος,  Folyb.  1,22,7,  Luc.  Philops. 
35 ;  cf.  Schaf.  Mel.  p.  72.  [v] 

Ύπερον,  TO,  v.  νπε  pa. 

Ύπέροξνς.  ν,  (νπέρ,  όξνς)  exceeding 
sharp.  —2.  exceeding  keen  or  violent, 
πυρετοί,  Hipp.  p.  759. 

Ύπεροπλήεις,  εσπα,  rv,  Ep.  for 
ύπέροπλος: — Αρ.  Kh.,  2,  4,  has  su- 
perl.  νπεροπληέστατος. 

'Υπεροπλία,  ας,  ή,  {ύπέροπλος) : 
— proud  confidence  in  arms  ;  proud  de- 
fiance, scornfulness,  II.  1,  205,  in  i)lur, 
—  II.  in  good  signf.,  high  courage, 
Theocr.  25,  139.  [i  Ep.] 

Ύπεροπλίζομαι,  f.  -ίσομαι.  dep. 
mid.,  (νπέρ,  οπλίζω) :  —  transit.,  to 
vanquish  by  force  of  arms,  ovK  άν  τις 
μη•  άνήρ  νπεροπλ.ίσσαιτο,  Od.  17, 
268,  acc  to  Aristarch.,  —  whereas 
others  explained  it  to  treat  haughtily 
or  scornfully. 

Ύπέροπλος,  ov,  {νπέρ,  όπλον) : — 
proudly  trusting  in  force  of  arms ; 
hence,  overweening,  arrogant,  daring  ; 
but  never  of  persons  in  the  ohier 
poets,  —  in  Hom.  only  νπέροπλιον 
ειπείν,  to  speak  haughtily,  arm^anlly, 
II.  15,  185;  17,  170;  so.  ήνορέη.  βιη 
νπέροπλος.  Hes.  Th.  516,019,670; 
ήβα,  Pind.  P.  6,  48 : — then,  generally, 
excessive,  immense,  overwhelming.   uTtj, 

Pind.  O.  1,  90,  cf  P.  9,  24,  Buiim. 
Lexil,  s.  V.  υπερφίαλος  ^3. -^OiAy  poet. 
(Some,  too  subtly,  derive  it  from 
υπέρ,  πε/ιομαι :  others  make  it  = 
Όπλ.ότερος,  too  youthful :  but  no  doubt. 
ύπέροπλος  comes  from  όπ/MV,  )ust 
as  νπέρβιος  from  βία.) 


ΤΠΕΡ 
Τττεροητάω,  «,  to  overbake,  to  roast 
Οι  parch  too  muck. 

'Ύ-ερό~της.  ov,  ό,  {ντ^ερόφομαι) : 
— α  contemner,  disdainer,  Xfwanv  KU- 
ιαχί/ς  ί'-εμόπτας.  Soph.  Ant.  130  (e 
conj.  Herm.) ;  t'-.  τών  ειυβοτων, 
Thuc.  3,  38  :  absol.,  disdainful,  haugh- 
ty, Theocr.  22.  58. 

'Ύπερότζτηαις,  έως,  ή.  {νπεροτττάίύ) 
an  overbakiii^,  drying  up. 

Ύπεροτττικός,  ή,  όν,  (νπερόφομαι) 
disposed  to  despise  others,  contemptuous, 
disdainful,  Dem.  218,  fin.  Adv.  -κώς, 
Xen.  Hell.  7,  1,  18. 

'Ύπέροτττος,  ov,  {υττεράφομαι) : — 
overlooked,  slighted,  disdained.  —  II. 
neut.  pi.  as  adv.,  disdainfully.  Soph. 
O.  T.  883. 

'Ύ-ερόράσις,  εως,  η.  an  overlooking, 
disdaining,  LXX.  :  and 

Ύ-ερορΰηκός,  ή,  όν,  =  υπεροπτι- 
κός:  from 

'Ύπεροράο,  fut.  -όψομαι:  aor. 
νπερείόον,  inf.  -ιδεϊν :  aor.  pass., 
νττερώφθίμ',  Thuc.  7,  42  {νπέρ,  opiloj). 
To  look  over,  c.  acc,  ri/v  θάλασσαν, 
Hdt.  7,  36.  —  II.  to  overlook,  i.  e.  not 
attend  to,  let  pass,  c.  acc,  Lys.  19S,  1, 
Aeschiti.  16.  25. — 2.  to  slight,  despise, 
disdain,  c.  acc,  Hdt.,  Thuc,  etc  (cf. 
sub  νπερεΐόον) ;  pass.,  ή  Αακεδαίμων 
κακώς  ijKovae  καΐ  νττερώςιθη,  Thuc. 
5,  28,  etc.: — rarely  c  gen.,  ΰττερορώ 
της  ίιπα'/.ο^ίας,  Antipho  122,  43. — 
Whether  the  fut.  νπερόψομαι  was 
ever  used  as  pass.,  is  very  dub.,  cf. 
L.  Dind.  Thuc.  3,  40. 

'Ύπεροργίζομαί,  '.νπερ,  οργίζω)  as 
pass. .  to  break  into  violent  rage,  Dio  C. 

Ύπερορέγομαι,  as  pass.,  to  long 
exceedingly  for,  C.  gen. 

Ύπερορια,  ας,  ή,  v.  νπερόριος. 
.   'Ύπερορίζυ,  (υπέρ,  ορίζω)  to  drive 
beyond  the  frontier,  banish.  Plat.  Rep. 
S60  D. 

Ύπερόριος,  ov,  also  a,  ov,  v.  infra, 
poet,  -ούριος:  {ίπέρ,  δρος):  —  over 
the  boundaries  or  confines,  βιπτειν 
ν~ερούριον,  Theocr.  24,  93  :  hence 
foreign.  /.a?.iu.  ν.,Ά  tale  of  outlandish, 
out-of-the-way,  foreign  ^natters,  Aes- 
ehin.  34,  29  :  νπ.  άσχοΆία,  occupation 
abroad,  Thuc.  8,  72 ;  νπ.  ύρχή, 
Aeschin.  3,  34.  —  2.  /}  νπερορία  (sc. 
γΐι),  the  country  beyond  one's  own  fron- 
tiers, a  foreign  land  Οι  country.  Andoc 
28,  W,"  Lys.  187,  26,  Plat.  Phaedr. 
230  D,  etc. ;  opp.  to  τα  ενδημα,  Xen. 
An.  7,  1,  27 ;  also,  τα  νπερόρια  (sc. 
χωρία).  Id.  Ath.  1,  19.  —  II.  strange, 
unusual,  Aristid. 

'Ύπερορισμός,  ov,  6,  a  conveying 
beyond  the  boundaries,  banishment. 

'Ύπερορμαίνω ,  =  ίττερέρχομαι. 

Ύπερόρννμαι,  {νπέρ,  δρνυμι)  as 
pass.,  to  rise  up  over,  hang  over,  άτας 
νπερορννμένας  πό7ει.  Soph.  Ο.  Τ. 
165  (e  conj.  Musgr.) 

'Ύπέρορος,  ov,  =  νπερόριης.  —  II. 
one  who  outruns  the  term  of  payment, 
does  not  pay  punctually. 

'Ύπερορόφιος,  ov,  worse  form  for 
νπερωρόφίος. 

'Ύπερο(>ρωδέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {νπέρ, 
ο/!)(ιωδέω)  to  be  much  afraid,  τινός,  for 
one,  Eur.  Supp.  344 :  cf.  Ion.  νπερ- 
ίφΙί>ωδέω. 

"Ύπερος,  ov,  δ,  a  pestle  to  bray  and 
pound  with,  Hes.  Op.  421,  Hdt.  1,  200  : 
— proverb.,  υπέρου  περιστροφή  or 
περιτ^οπ-η,  like  τρνπάνυν  περιστρο- 
φή,of  one  who  always  goes  round  in 
the  same  circle,  goes  over  and  over 
the  same  thing.  Plat.  (Com.)  Adon. 
2;  cf.  Heind.  Plat.  Theaet.  209  E, 
Meineke  Philem.  p.  306.  —  II.  the 
knocker  of  a  door. — Later,  το  νπερον, 
9'  V.  [ί] 


ΥΠΕΡ 

Ύπερονρύνως,  ov,  {νπέρ,  οίφανός) 
above  the  hcave?is,  τόπος,  Plat.  Phaedr. 
247  C.  [ύ] 

'Ύπερονριος,  ov.  Ion.  and  poet,  for 
νπερόριος,  q.  v. 

'Ύπερονσως.  ov.  {-νπέρ,  ονσία)  su- 
persubsiantial,  Eccl.     Hence 

'Ύπερονσιότ7/ς,  ητος,  i),  svpersub- 
stantiality,  Eccl. 

Ύπερηφρνον,  ov,  τό,  the  brow,  part 
of  the  forehead  above  the  eyebrows  {έπι- 
σκίηηον). 

Ύπεροφρνόομαι,  dep.  mid.,  to  be 
supercilious. 

'Ύπέροφρυς,  ν,  gen.  νος,  supercil- 
ious. 

Ύπεροχέω,  ώ,  [υπέροχος)  to  project, 
hans  over. 

Υπεροχή,  ΐ/ς,  ή.  {υπερέχω  II)  :— β 
projecting  or  standing  forth  :  a  projec- 
tion, prominence,  tip  of  a  thing,  βινος 
νπερογαί,  Ephipp.  Gervon.  2,  3 :  α 
ridge,  height,  Polyb.  10,  10,  10,  etc.— 
II.  metaph.,  ii  surpassing,  excelling: 
preeminence,  25,  9.  3,  etc.  —  2.  excess, 
superabundance,  like  νπερ3ο7.ί/,  πλού- 
των νπεροχαί.  Plat.  Legg.  711  D:  ή 
υπ.  της  δυναστείας,  Polyb.  1,  2,  7, 
etc  :  hence,  ή  νπ.  alone,  power,  au- 
thority, dignity,  oft.  in  Polyb. — 3.  of 
language, perip/irasi.s•,  lengthiness,  opp. 
to  ίλ?χιψις.  Plat.  Polit.  283  C. 

νΎπερόχΐ),  ης,  ή.  Hyperoche,  a 
Hyperborean  maiden,  Hdt.  4,  33. 

ΥΎπεροχιδης,  ov,  a,  Hyperochides, 
an  Athenian,  Thuc.  6,  55  :  cf  'Y;ret- 
ροχίδης. 

'Ύπεροχικός,  η,  όν,  of  or  for  υπερο- 
χή, prremincnt. 

'Υπέροχος,  ov,  Ep.  and  Ion.  νπεί- 
ροχος,  {υπερέχω  II) : — prominent,  emi- 
nent, distinguished  above  others,  c  gen., 
νπείροχον  έιιμεναι  άλΖων,  II.  6,  208  ; 
11,  784;  absol.,  Η.  Horn.  11.  2,  Hdt. 
5,  92,  7 ;  νπ.  θήρες,  mighty  l>easts, 
Pind.  N.  3,  40;  νπ.  σθένος,  Aesch. 
Pr.  429  ;  νπ.  Sia,  overbearing  force. 
Soph.  Tr.  1096: — a  superl.  -ώτατος 
in  Pmd.  P.  2,  70. 

■['Υπέροχος,  ov,  ό,  Hyperochus,  a 
writer  of  Cyme,  who  wrote  Κυμαϊκά, 
Ath.  528  D. 

'Ύπεροχίφόο),  ώ,  {νπέρ,  ΰχνρόω)  to 
make  excessively  firm,  Clem.  Al. 

'Ύπεροφία,  ας,  ή,  contempt,  disdain, 
ι'ό£/ωι'.Thuc.  1,  84;  ανθρώπων,  Dem. 
577,  17  :  absol.,  haughtiness,  arrogance. 
Lys.  128,  42,  Luc,  etc. :  and 

'Ύπέρο-ψις,  εως.  ή,  a  despising:  gen- 
erally,=foreg.,  LXX. :  from 

'Ύπερό-φομαι,  fut.  of  νπερορύω, 
q.  V. 

Ύπεροφωνέω,  ώ,  to  outbid  in  the 
purchase  of  provisions. 

'Ύπερπά}ής,  ές.  {{)περ,  πάγος, 
πήγννμι) :  —  veru  frosty :  το  νπ.,  too 
hard  frost,  Xen.  Cyn.  8.  2. 

'Ύπερπΰθέω,  ώ,  ί.  -ήσω,  to  suffer 
excessively,  be  vehemently  troubled  OV 
aβicted,  Eur.  Phoen.  1456:  from 

'Ύπερπάθής,  ές,  grievously  afiicted. 

Ύπερπαίω,ί.-παιήσω,{νπέρ.παίω) 
to  overstep,  surpass,  excel,  C  gen.,  Ar. 
Eccl.  1118;  also  c.  acc,  Dem.  1217, 
18,  Polyb.  14,  5,  14.  etc. 

Ύπερπάλαίω,  to  beat  in  wrestling: 
generally,  to  exceed. 

'Ύπερπύλννω,  to  strew  or  scatter 
over. 

'Ύπερπαφλάζω,  {νπέρ,  παφλάζω) 
to  bubble  or  boil  over,  Luc.  Lexiph.  8. 

'Ύπερπϋχννω,  {υπέρ,  παχύνω)  to 
make  exceedingly  thick  or  fat  : — pass,, 
to  be  or  become  so,  Theophr. 

'Ύπέρπάχνς,  ν,  gen.  εος,  {νπέρ, 
παχνς)  exceedingly  thick  or  fat,  Hipp. 

'Ύπερπείθω,  to  convince  even  to  su- 
pererogation. 


ΤΠΕΡ 

'Ύπερπέλομαι,  {νπέρ,  πέ?Μμαι)  to 
be  over  or  above,  c.  gen.,  Ap.  Kh.  4, 
1637. 

'Ύπερπενθέω,  ώ,  {νπέρ,  πενθέω)  to 
7nourn  exceedingly,  c.  acc,  Philostr. 

Ύπερπεπαίνω,  to  ripen  too  much, 
make  over-ripe. 

Ύπερπέπτω,  later  form  for  ύπεμ- 
πέσσω. 

'Ύπερπερισσεΰω,  ( νπέρ,  περισ- 
σεύω) intrans.,  to  have  a  superabun- 
dance, abound  exceedingly,  N.  T.  :  als'o 
as  dep.,  νπερπερισσενυμαι,  Ν.  Τ. 

Ύπερπέρισσος,  η,  ov,  {υπέρ,  περισ- 
σός) excessive.     Adv.  -σως,  jN.  Τ. 

'Ύπερπίρκάζω,  {νπέρ,  περκίιζω)  ta 
have  too  deep  a  colour,  be  over-ripe,  Eu 
math. 

'Ύπερπέσσω,  f.  -πέψω,  {νπέρ,  πέσ 
σω)  to  digest  very  (juickly,  Hipp. 

'Ύπερπέταμαι,  dep.  mid.,=^)7rεpπe 
τομαι. 

Ύπερπετάνννμι,  f.  -πετύσω,  {υπέρ, 
πετάνννμι)  to  stretch  over,  Luc.  Rhet. 
Praec.  6,  11.  Pass.,  to  stretch  one's 
self,  and  so  to  hover  over,  Diod.  4,  51. 

'Ύπερπετάομαι,  dep.,  later  form  for 
υπερπέτομαι. 

"Τπερπετής,  ές,  {  υπέρ,  πέτομαι  ) 
flying  over  or  above,  βέλη  νπ.  τίνος, 
darts  flying  over  the  soldiers'  heads, 
Polyb.  18,  13,  3.  cf  Diod.  14,  23.— II. 
stretching  beyond,  outflanking,  φά/ιαγξ, 
Dion.  H.  9,  11. — III.  reaching  high, 
θωράκια,  Polyb.  8,  6,  4. 

'Υπερπέτομαι,  fut.  -πτήσομαι, 
{νπέρ,  πέτομαι)  dep.  mid.:  —  to  fly 
over,  above  or  beyond,  νπέρπτατο  χάλ- 
κΐον  έγχος,  II.  13,  408  ;  22,  275,  cf. 
Od.  22,  2S0 :  to  fly  over,  beyond,  c. 
acc,  ό  δ'  (ό  ?.ΰας)  ύπέρπτατο  σήματα 
πάντα,  Od.  8,  192  : — a  3  sing.  aor.  2 
act.  νπερέπτα  occurs  in  Soph.  Ant. 
113  :  V.  sub  πέτομαι. 

'Ύπερπέττω,  Att.  for  νπερπέσσω. 

'Ύπερπήγνϋμι,  f.  -πήξω,  to  fasten, 
fix  over  or  upon. 

'Υπερπηδάω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {νπέρ,  πη- 
δάω) to  overleap,  escape  from,  θεοί 
πλη}ην.  Soph.  Fr.  656. — II.  to  over- 
leap, overstep,  transgress,  τα  νόμιαα^ 
Dem.  644,  16,  cf.  Aeschin.  55,  29; 
82,  29. — III.  to  overleap,  surpass,  νπ, 
τώ  μηχανήματιτονς  ξνμπαντας.  Plat. 
Legg.  677  Ε,  cf.  Ael.  Ν.  Α.  6,  25. 

'ΎπερπΙαίνω,  {  νπέρ,  πιαίνω  )  to 
make  exceeding  fat,  Galen. 

'Υπέρπικρος,  ov,  {νπέρ,  πικρός)  ex 
ceeding  sharp  or  bitter,  esp.  in  temper, 
Aesch.  Pr.  944. 

'Υπερπίμπλημι,  {νπέρ,  πίμπλημι• 
to  overfill : — pass.,  to  be  overfull  of  a 
thing,  Hipp.  p.  536 ;  νπερπλησθεϊς 
μέθης.  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  779,  cf.  874 ;  δια 
TO  νπερπεπλήσθαί,  Arist.  Η.  Α.  9, 
40,  29. 

Ύπερπίνω,  {νπέρ,  πίνω)  to  driTik 
overmuch,  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  8,  10.  [ι] 

'Υττερπίπτω,  (υπέρ,  πίπτω)  to  fall 
over,  run  over,  of  water,  Polyb.  4,  39, 
8  :  to  go  beyond,  e.  g.  of  arrows  or 
spears. — II.  of  time,  to  be  past,  gone 
by,  ην  νπερπέση  ή  vvv  ήμερη,  Hdt.  3, 
71  ;  so  also  in  Hipp,  [l  ny  nature.] 

'Υπερπ7.άζω,  {νπέρ,  πλύζω)  to  make 
to  wander  above,  Euphor.  Fr.  36. 

Ύπερπ/.εονάζω,  {υπέρ,  πλεονάζω) 
to  abound  exceedingly,  N.  T. 

Ύπερπ/.έω,  to  sail  over  or  beyond. 

'Ύπερπλήθης,  ες,  superabundant, 
Nichochar.  Lemn.  1  ;  νπερπλήθη 
έξηααρτηκώς,  having  done  more  mis- 
deeds than  enough,  Dem.  802,  25 : 
from 

'Υπερπλήθω,  to  be  overfall  of  a 
thing. 

'Υπερπ?.ημμϋρέοι,  ώ,  to  overflow. 

Ύπερπληρόω,  ώ,  {νπέρ,  πληρόυ) 
1557 


ΥΠΕΡ 

Μ  fill  overfall,  Χ  en.  Cyr.  6,  2,  22  :— 
pass.,  to  be  overfull,  be  gorged  to  tite 
full,  Xen.  Lac."  5,  3,  Arist.  H.  A.  8, 
5,5. 

'Ύτζεριτλήσσομαι,  (υπέρ,  π},ήσσ(ο) 
to  be  greatly  astonished,  Luc.  Rhet. 
Pracc.  13 ;  but  ought  piob.  to  be 
νπεμεκττλ. 

'Ύπερπλονσιος,  ov,  {υπέρ,  π?-ον- 
σίος)  exceeding  rich,  Arist.  Pol.  4,  11,5. 

^Ύτΐερτΐλυντέο),  ώ,  1.  •ήσω.  Ιο  be  ex- 
ceeding rich,  Ar.  Plut.  351:  Irotn 

'Ύπέρπλοντος,  ov,  poet,  for  νπερ- 
■πλούσιος,  Aesch.  Pr.  4u6;  but  also 
in  Plat.  Rep.  55-'  B. 

'Ύπερ-νέω,  (νττερ,  πνέω)  strictly, 
to  breathe  or  snort  over  any  one  :  hence, 
to  raise  one's  self  proudly  above  any  one, 
τινά,  Philostr. 

'Ύπερ-νΙγής,  ές,  (πνίγω)  =  νπέρ- 
ασθμος. 

Ύττερποθέω,  ώ,  ί.  -έσω  and  -ησω, 
to  desire  excessively. 

'Ύ7τερκο?Μζω,  to  overflow,  overrun, 
Strab.  :  cl'.  έπητοΆύζω. 

'Ύττέρττολλ.ος,  ?;,  oc.  Ion.  for  sq. 

'ΎττέρτΓολνς,  -ττύλλη,  -Τΐολν,  (νπερ, 
ΤΓολυζ")  overmuch,  very  much  or  many, 

Hipp.  p.  1015,  Aesch.  Pers.  794,  Xen. 
Hell.  3,  2,  2C,  Dein.  1073,  tin. 

Ύπερπονέω,  ώ,  (νπερ,  πονέω)  to 
toil  or  labour  beyond  7neasure,  Xen. 
Mem.  1,2,4:  to  suffer  or  endure  much, 
c.  acc.  Soph.  O.  C  345. — II.  to  toil 
or  suffer  for  any  one.  Plat.  Leg;;.  717 
C  :  also  in  mid  ,  νπερπονεΙσΟαί  τίνος, 
to  take  triiuble  or  distress  on  one's  self 
for  another,  Soph.  Aj.  1310. 

'Ύπέρπονος,  ov,  (υπέρ,  πόνος)  act., 
toiling  beyond  measure  : — quite  worn  out, 
Plut.  Alex.  61. 

Υπερπόντιος,  ov,  also  a,  ov,  Pind. 
P.  5.  79,  Aesch.  Ag.  414  :  (υπέρ, 
πόντος)  .—over  or  beyond  the  sea,  over 
the  water,  far  away,  Aesch.  I.  c.  -.—from 
beyond  the  sea,  i.  e.  foreign,  strange, 
γ/.ώσσα,  Pind.  1.  c,  cf.  Aesch.  Supp. 
42: — φυίτας  νπ.,  i.  e.  υπέρ  τον  πόν- 
τον.  Soph.  Ant.  785. 

Ύπερποτύομαι,  £p.  for  νπερπέτο- 
uni,  Theocr.  15,  120. 

'Ύπερπμοθνμέημαι,  f.  -θνμτ/θήσο- 
μαι,  [νπέρ,  προθνμέομαι)  dep.  jjass.  : 
— to  have  an  excessive  liking  or  zeal,  be 
exceedingly  ready. 

■  'Ύπερπροφενγω,  v.  1.  for  νπεκπρο- 
φενγω,  Hes.  Sc.  42. 

'Ύπέρπτΰτο,  Ep.  3  sing.  aor.  of 
νπερπέτομαι,  Horn. 

'Ύΰέρ-τωχος.  ov,  (νπέρ,  πτωχός) 
exceeding  poor,  Arist.  Pol.  4,  11,  5. 

Ύπέμπνκνος,  ov,  exceeding  dense  or 
close. 

Ύπερπνππύζω,  (νπέρ,  πνππάζω) 
to  make  very  much  if  one,  to  fondle, 
caress,  and  call  him  πύ,ππαξ,  Ar.  Eq. 
680. 

'ΎπέρπΙ'ρος,  ov,  (υπέρ,  πΐφ)  ex- 
ceeding fiery,  Arist.  Respir.  14.  7. 

'Ύπερπνββίύω.  ώ, f.  -ασω[ίί]  (νπέρ, 
πνρΐιιύω)  to  grow  redder  thiin  another. 
—  II.   but  also  to    redden    or  blush  for 

another,  τινός,  Ar.  Ran.  308. 

'Ύπέρπωλος,  ov,  (νπέρ,  7rw/Of)lil\e 
πολνιππος,  exceeding  rich  in  horses, 
dub.  I.  Aesch.  Pers.  794,  altered  by 
Herm.  into  νπερπό'λλονς. 

Ύπερπώρωσις,  εως,  ή,  the  formation 
of  a  ciiltus  over  a  broken  bone. 

'Ύπερπωτύομαι,  dep.  mid.,  poet, 
for  νπερπέτομαι. 

Ύπερριιγη,  3  sing.  aor.  2  pass,  of 
ύποί>1)?ηννμι,  II.  [ΰ] 

Ύπέρβοος,  ov,  (βεω)  flowing  over. 

'Ύπερσαρκέυ.  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (νπέρ, 
αύρξ)  to  have  or  get  ati  exctss  rf flesh, 

Hipp.  p.  909,  acc.  to  Schneid.;  al. 
ύπερσαρκίί^ω. 
155S 


ΤΠΕΡ 

Ύπερσαρκόω.  ω,  to  make  exceeding 
fleshy  or  fat.     Hence 

'Ύπερσιφκωμα,  ατός,  τό,  overgrown 
flesh  :  and 

'Ύπερσάρκωσις,  εως,  ή,  a  making  or 
being  exceeding  fleshy. 

'Ύπέρσεμνος,  ov,  (νπέρ,  σεμνός) 
exceeding  grave,  solemn  or  pompous, 
Phllo. 

'Ύ περσεμνύνομαι,  (υπέρ,  σεμνννω) 
mid.,  to  be  exceeding  solemn  Or  pomp- 
ous, Xen.  Symp.  3,  11. 

Ύπερσενω,  (νπέρ,  σενω)  to  drive 
away  over:  pf.  pass,  νπερέσσνμαι,  to 
hasten  over,  ορέων  ύκρηΓ,  Q.  Sm.  2, 
183. 

'Ύπερσκελι'ις,  ες,  (νπέρ,  σκέλος) 
with  irtnnoderately  large  legs.  Plat.  'I'lm. 
87  E. 

'Ύπέρσκλ,ηρος,  ov,  exceeding  dry  or 
hard. 

'Ύπερσοφιστενω,(νπέρ,σοφιστενω) 
to  be  an  arch-sophist,  Phllostr. 

'Ύπερσυφιστής,  ov,  υ,  (νπέρ,  σο- 
φιστής) an  arch-sophist,  Phryn.  (Com.) 
Incert.  I. 

'Ύπέρσοφος,  ov,  (υπέρ,  σοφός)  ex- 
ceeding wise  or  clever,  Ar.  Ach.  972, 
Plat.  Euthyd.  289  K. 

'Ύπερσπονύύζω,  (νπέρ,  σπονδύζω) 
to  take  exceeding  great  pains,  περί  Tl, 
Luc.  Gymn.  9. 

'Ύπέρσπονόος,  ov,  exceedingly  ner- 
vous or  earnest. 

'Ύπερπταβμί^ομαι,  as  pass.,  (σταθ- 
μίζω) to  outweigh. 

'Ύπερστΰτέω,  ώ,^=νπερίσταμαι,  to 
stand  over  and  protect,  c.  gen.,  Aesch. 
Supp.  342. 

'Ύπε()στΰχνόω,  ώ,  to  bear  ears  of 
corn  in  abundance. 

'Ύπερστένω,  (νπέρ,  στένω)  ίο  sigh 
ΟΤ  groan  over,  v.  1.  Aesch.  Pr.  66. 

'Ύπερστέργω,  to  love  excessively. 

'Ύπερστίλιίω,  to  shine  exceedingly. 

'Ύπιρστρώνννμι,  and  -ννω,  f. 
-στρώσω,  to  spread,  strew  or  lay  over 
or  upon. 

'Ύπερσυντελικός,  η,  όν,  χρόνος, 
tempus  plus  qitam  perfectum. 

'Ύπερσχέθω,  =  νπερέχω,  but  v. 
σχέΙΙω. 

'Ύπέρσχΐ),  νπέρσχοι,  3  sing,  subj., 
and  opt.  aor.  2  act.  of  νπερέχω,  Honi. 

'Ύπερτάλ.αντύω,  ώ,  (ταλαντον)  to 
mttweifih. 

Υπέρτατος,  η,  ov,  superl.  from 
νπέρ,  uppermost,  highest,  II.  12,  381  ; 
23,  451,  Hes.  Op.  8,  Pind.  O.  2,  140, 
etc.,  and  in  Att.  poets  :  eldest.  Pind. 
N.  (i,  3(5:  mostly  poet.,  cf.  νπατος. 
Pind.  has  also  νπερώτατος,  Ν.  8,  73. 
— Cf.  υπέρτερος,  [ν] 

Ύπιρτείνω,ϊ.  -τενώ,  (νπέρ,  τείνω) : 
— Ι.  transit.,  to  stretch  over,  ncro.is  or 
upon,  Hdt.  4,  71  :  to  hold  out  over,  τινί 
τι,  V.n\\  El.  1257  ;  ΰπ.  σκιάν  σειρίον 
κννός,  to  spread  a  shade  from  the  sun 
over  the  house.  Aesch.  Ag.  9C>~  {κννός 
being  joined  with  σκιάν),  cf.  Eur.  El. 
1022  : — but,  νπ.  χεϊρά  τίνος,  to  stretch 
the  hand  oeer  one  for  protection,  Eur. 

1.  A.  916;  also,  ύπ.  πήδα  ϊικτής,  to 
stretch  one's  foot  over  the  beach,  i.  e. 
pass  over  it.  Id.  Med.  1288,  cf.  Id. 
Scir.  1. —  II.  intr.,  to  stretch,  stand  or 
jut  nut  over,  νπέρ  τον  τείχονς.  Thuc. 

2,  7C  :  also  c.  acc,  νπ.  τό  κέρας,  to 
outflank  the  enemy's  wing,  Xeti.  Hell. 
4,  2,  10. — 2.  metaph.,  to  go  beyond,  ex- 
ceed, surpass,  usu.  c.  gen.,  as  in  l)em. 
1406,  1  ;  but  also  c.  acc,  Arist.  Pol. 
7,  10,  6,  An.  Pr.  2,  23,  3,  Polyb.  1,  26, 
15. 

'Ύπερτέλιειος,  ov.  (νπέρ,  τέλος)  be- 
yond the  murk  Of  measure,  excessive, 
supern  umerary. 

'Ύπερτέ/.εος,  ov,=  foreg. 


ΤΠΕΡ 

'Ύπερτελέω,  ώ,  to  get  quite  over, 
overleap,  c.  acc,  Aesch.  Ag.  359  :  Irom 

'Ύπερτελής,  ές.  gen.  εος,  (νπέρ.τέ- 
λ.ος)  going  over  or  beyond  the  mark,  and 
so  m  gen.,  going  over,  overleaping, 
Aesch.  Ag.  286  :  but  c  gen.,  ύΐίλων 
νπερτελής,  one  who  has  reuched  the  end 
of  his  labours.  Soph.  Tr.  36. —  II. 
(τέλλω)=^νπερτέλ.λων,  rising,  appear- 
ing over  or  above,  Eur.  Ion  1549. — HI. 
numbers  are  called  νπερτελεϊς,  when 
the  sum  of  their  ditiereut  laciors  i» 
greater  than  themselves,  such  as  12, 
because  6-j-2-)-4+3— 15  ;  opp.  to  έλ- 
λαπης. 

Ύπερτέλλ.ω,  Γ  -τελώ,  (νπέρ,  τέλ- 
λω)  to  appear  over  or  above:  νπερτει- 
λας  ό  'ήλιος,  the  sun  when  he  has  risen 
above  the  horizon  and  reached  a  cer- 
tam  height,  Hdl.  3,  104  :  also,  νπ.  εκ 
γαίας.  Ιο  start  from  the  ground,  Eur. 
Phoen.  1007  ;  c  gen.,  φαμεων  μαστός 
νπερτίλ'λων,  Eur.  Or.  839  ;  κορνφ//ς 
ΰπερτελλων  πέτρος,  the  stone  hang- 
ing over  his  head,  Id.  Or.  6  :  later  also 
c.  dat.,  Anth. 

Ύπερτενίις,  ές,  gen.  έος,  (νπερτεί- 
νω)  stretched  or  stretching  over  :  hence, 
standing  or  jutting  forth  over,  c.  gen., 
ίσπιύος  v~.  χαλκός,  Aesch. (?)  ap. 
A.  B.  p.  353,  10. 

Ύπερτερέω,  ώ,  f.  -j/σω,  to  be  over 
or  above  :  hence,  to  surpass,  to  rule,  c. 
gen. ;  and 

'Ύπερτερία,  ας,  ή.  Ion.  -ή/,  »/f,  the 
upper  part,  esp.,  the  upper  frame  of  a 
carriage  on  which  the  loail  is  laid,  Od. 
6,  70,  Plat.  Theaet.  207  Α.— 11.  a  be- 
ing over  and  above,  preeminence. — 111. 
=^νπερΊ/φηνια,  in  'Iheogii.  418,  acc. 
to  the  mlerpr.  of  Hesych. ;  lliougli 
this  seems  dub. 

'Υπέρτερος,  a,  ov,  compar.  from 
νπέρ.  over  or  above,  upper,  κρέ'  νπέρτε- 
pa,  flesh  from  ihe  outer  parts  of  a  vic- 
tim, as  opp.  to  the  σπλάγχνο  or  in- 
wards, Od.  3,  65,  470  : — higlier, greater, 
I  belter,  more  excellent,  κνόος,  ενχος,  II. 
Ill,  290  ;  12,  437  ;  γεvεiJ  νπ.,  higher  by 
birth,  1.  e.  nobler,  II.  11,  786  (where 
I  however  some  ancients  explain  it  by 
j  νεώτερος,  adding  that  in  Ion.  νπέρ- 
'  τερος  signi(iesyo(/)i^pr,inTTag.  soine- 
:  times  older,  cl.  Archil.  24  Bergk): — 
νπερτερον  θέσβαι  τι  τίνος,  to  prefer 
one  thing  above  anolljer,  Pind.  J.  1,2, 
cf.  P.  2,  111  ;  υπέρτερα  νέρτερα  βεΐ- 
vui,  to  turn  things  topsy-turvy,  Ar. 
Lys.  772. — II.  stronger,  7»ightier,  χειμ 
νπ..  Soph.  El.  455: — c.  gen.,  ricto- 
riuus  or  Irnmiphant  over,  Pind.  N.  4, 
62,  Eur.  Med.  921.— lll./ii?-iy«T,wiorf. 
So[)h.  Ant.  16. — The  compar.  forms 
νπερτερέστερος  and  νπερτερωτερος 
are  only  found  in  Hesych.  Cf.  υπέρ- 
τατος, [ϋ] 

'Ύπέρτεχνος,  ov,  (τέχνη)  exceeding 
artificial  or  ingenious. 

Ύπερτήκω,  (νπέρ,  τήκω)  to  melt 
exciedi-ngly,  Strab. 

Ύπερτήρ,  ήρας,  ό,  and  -τήριον,  τό, 
=^νπερτερία,  both  very  dub. 

'Ύπιρτίβτ/μι,  f.  -βήσω,  (νπέρ,  τίθη- 
μι)  Ιο  put  or  set  over,  across  ;  in  mid., 
ίιπερΗέσΟαι  τινά  περϊΊν  ποταμοί,  Po- 
lyb. "ζ2. 22, 9. — 2.  c  acc.  loci  only,  like 
νπεριίαλ.λω,  νπ.  όρος,  etc.,  Ιο  cross, 
pass  over  a  mountain,  Id.  34,  13,  4. — 
ll.  metaph.,  to  put  or  srt  over,  like  Lat. 
praeflcere,  c.  acc.  pers.  et  dat.  rei,  θεόν 
ί'πεμτιθέμεν  παντί,  Pind.  P.  5,  33  : 
lience  in  mid.,  νπερτιθεσΟαί  τινί  τι, 
to  commit  or  intrust  a  tiling  to  any  one, 
esp.,  to  disclose  it  to  hiin,  in  order  to 
ask  his  advice  thereon,  τά  σπηνόηιέ- 
στερατών  πραγμάτων,  τό  έΐ'νπνιον, 
and  the  like,  Hdt.  1,  Η,  107,  108;  3, 
71,  etc. ;  so  also,  though  more  rarely.. 


ΥΠΕΡ 

ia  act.,  ύττερτιθέναι  τινί  τι,  where  it 
denotes  a  simple  communication  or 
announceineiit,  Hdt.  3,  155;  5,  32,  cf. 
Valck.  ad  7,  8,  1. — 2.  to  hold  over  for 
protection,  χρεία,  νττίρ  τίνος,  Jac. 
Anth.  1,  2,  p.  188. — 3.  to  place  higher, 
hence  to  prefer,  ri  ηνος,  also  τι  rivi : 
— mid.,  to  take  a  higher  place  ;  hence, 
to  excel,  surpass,  τινά  Till  and  κατά 
τι,  Polyb.  2,  63,  3;  17,  17,  3.-4.  of 
time,  to  outlast,  outlive,  c.  ace,  Strab. 
— 5.  in  mid.,  to  put  off,  delay,  adjourn, 
την  ταχΟεΙσαν  ήμέραν,  Polyb.  5,  29, 
3,  etc. 

'ΎττερτΙμάω,  ώ,  (υπέρ,  τιμάω)  to 
prize  or  honour  exceedingly,  c.  acc. 
Soph.  Ant.  284:  to  prize  overmuch, 
overrate. 

Ύττερτίμιος,  ov,  (ί'-έρ,  τίμιος)  over- 
dear,  νπ.  άγυρά^ειν  τι,  to  buy  too  dear, 
Arist.  Oec.  2,  34,  5.  [τϊ] 

Ύττερτοκέω,  ώ,  (ν~έρ,  τόκος)  to 
produce  very  many  young:  in  aor.,  ίο 
be  exhausted  by  breeding,  Theophr. 

'Ύττέρτολμος,  ov, ;  ϋ~έρ,  τό'/.μα)  over 
hold,  Aesch.  Cho.  590. 

Ύττερτονέο),  ώ,  to  overstep,  Hipp. 
ap.  Galen. :  from 

'Ύττέρτοΐ'ος.  ov,  {ν~έρ,  τείνω)  over- 
strained, strained  to  the  utmost,  at  full 
pitch,  exceeding  loud,  γήρνμα,  Aesch. 
Eura.  569;  βοά,  Ar.  Nub.  1154. 

'Ύπερτοξενσιμος,  ov,  (ύττέρ,  το- 
ξεύω) to  be  shot  beyond  :  μίασμα  ονχ 
νττερτ.,  an  abomination  not  to  be  out- 
done. Aesch.  Supp.  473. 

'Ύττερτοξενω,  (ύττέρ,  τοξεύω)  to 
overshoot,  Aen.  Tact. 

'Ύττερτράγίζω,  (νπέρ,  τραγίζω)  to 
tmell  rank  like  a  hegoat,  Diosc. 

'Ύττερτράόής,  ές,  (ντζέρ,  τρέψω) 
nourished  with  excee-iing  care. 

Ύττερτρέχω :  f.  -θρέξω  and  -fipa- 
μονμαι,  ill  Philetaer.  Atal.  1,3  also 
-όραμώ :  aor.  -έόράμον  (ύτζέρ,  τρέχω) : 
— to  run  over  or  beyond,  outrun,  escape 
from,  πενίην,  Theogn.  620,  cf.  Eur. 
Ion  973. — 2.  to  excel,  surpass,  τινά  τι- 
VI,  Eur.  Tro.  930,  Philetaer.  I.  c— 3. 
to  overstep,  transgress  a  law,  Soph. 
Ant.  455. 

'Ύ-ερτρΙσνλ?Μ.ί3ος,  ov,  of  more  than 
three  syllables. 

Ύττεμτρνόύω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (υπέρ, 
τρυφάω)  to  revel  or  riot  extravagantly, 
Luc. 

'Ύττερνβρίζω,  (νπέρ,  υβρίζω)  to  in- 
sult, maltreat  excessively,  Dio  C. 

Ύπερνγΐ)αίνω,  ^νπερ,  ν)ραίνω)  to 
make  too  moist,  Hipp.  p.  446:  pass.,  to 
become  so.  Id. 

'Ύπέρνδρος,  ov.  (υπέρ,  νδωρ)  over- 
filled with  water :  in  medic,  very  drop- 
sical, Hipp.  p.  183. 

'Ύπερυβριάω,  ώ,  f.  -άσω  [α]  (νπό, 
έρνβριύω) : — to  grow  rather  red,  blush 
a  little,  Ar.  Plut.  702. 

Ύπέρνβρος,  ov,  (νπό,  ερυθρός) 
somewhat  red,  reddish,  Hipp.,  Thuc.  2, 
49,  Plat.  Rep.  617  A. 

'Ύπερυανητός,  όν.  (νπέρ,  ύμνέω) 
much  to  be  extolled,  LXX. 

'Ύπέρνμνος,  οι•-,  =foreg.,  dub. 

Ύπερνψηλος.  ov,  (νπέρ,  νφη/.ός) 
exceeding  high,  Xen.  An.  3,  5,  7. 

'Ύπερυ-ψόω,  ώ,  (υπέρ,  νφόω)  to  ex- 
alt or  extol  exceedingly,  LXX. 

'Ύπερφάής,  ές,  (νπέρ,  φάυς)  exceed- 
ing bright,  far  seen. 

'Ύπερόαίνοβίαι,  (υπέρ,  φαίνομαι) 
as  pass,  and  mid.,  to  appear,  show  one's 
self  over  or  above,  Άόόον,  Thuc.  4,  93  ; 
later  c.  acc,  Plut.  Uio  39.— Nic.  Th. 
177  uses  the  act.  ύπερφαίνω  as  neu- 
ter. 

'Ύπερφΰλαγγέω,  ώ,  (νπέρ,  φάλαγξ) 
to  extend  the  line  of  one's  phalanx  so  as 
to  outflank  the   enemy;   generally,  to 


ΤΠΕΡ 
1  outflank,  c.  gen.,  Xen.  Cyr.  6,  3,  20,  cf. 
I  7,  1,  5. 

j      'Ύπεpφΰ7.ay-^ίΰσις,  ή,  and  -ίωσις, 
\  ij,  as  if  from  νπεροαλα-,γιάω,  -ιόω, 

an  outflanking  of  the  enemy's  line. 
\  'Ύπερς>άν?/ς,  ές,  gen.  έος,  (νπερφαί- 
'  νομαι)  appearing  over  or  above,  out-top- 
I  ping  others,  δόρατα  ορθά  καΊ  νπερφα- 
;  νή.  Xen.  Hipparch.  5,  7,  acc  to  Sleph. 
and  Schneid.,  ubi  al.  υπερήφανα. — II. 
■  also  =  i}n-ep(i)(i?/f. 

ΥΎπέρφας,  αντος,  ό,  Hyperphas, 
father  ot  Eurygania,  Apollod.  3,  5,  8. 
'Ύπέρφΰτος,  ov,  (νπέρ,  φατός,  φη- 
μί)  : — marvellous,  unspeakable,  "  inex- 
pressive." Pind.  Fr.  74,  8 ;  τινί,  in  or 
for  a  thing.  Id.  O.  9,  98. 

Ύπερφέγ-}  εια,  ας,  ή,  (υπέρ,  φέγ- 
γος) an  excessive  shining,  Iambi. 

Ύπερφέρεια,  ας,  ή,  {νπερφερής  II) 
haughtiness,  pride,  LXX. 

Ύπεροερετης,  ov,  ό,  he  who  is  su- 
preme ;  the  ruler;  in  Dion.  H.,=  Lat. 
Jupiter  Feretrius. 

Ύπερφερτ/ς,  ές,  gen.  έος,  (ύπερφέ- 
pu  li)  : — projecting,  prominent  ;  hence 
eminent,  LXX. — 11.  =  υπερήφανος, 
Gramni. 

'Ύπερόέρω,  to  bear  or  carry  over,  υπ. 
τον  ϊσϋμόν  τας  νανς.  Thuc.  3,  81,  cf 
4,  8. — II.  usu.  intr.,  to  raise  one's  self, 
rise  above  :  to  be  prominent,  stand  out, 
Hipp.  :  hence, — 111.  to  surpass,  excel, 
have  the  advantage  over,  τινός  τινι,  one 
in  a  thing,  {)όόα  όόμη  ύπερφέροντα 
των  άλ/.ων,  Hdt.  9,  96,  cf  8,  1 38,  Ar. 
Eq.  584,  Thuc.  I,  81 :  τέχν?/  τέχνης 
νπερφέρονσα.  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  35 1  ; — also 
c.  acc,  νπερφέρεις  τό/.μτ]  τε  τό/.μαν 
καΐ  λόγω χρηστώ  λόγον,  Eur.  Heracl. 
555  (so  ύπ.  Τ7/ν  ΰνθρωπινην  φνσιν, 
Isocr.  52  Ε,  cf.  Plut.  Rom.  7) :— c. 
dat.  rei  only,  to  excel  in  a  thing,  Hdt. 
4,  74,  Pors.  Hec.  268. 

Ύπέρφεν,  adv.,  like  ΰπερφνώς, 
ύπεράγαν,  excessively,  overmuch, 
Aesch.  Ag.  377  :  too  highly,  όρονείν, 
Aesch.  Pers.  820,  Eur."  Phoen.  550; 

ίέρειν  νττ.,  like  όεινώς  φερειν,  Id.  Η. 
.  1321. 

'Ύπερφεύγω.  (υπέρ,  φεύγω)  to  get 
out  over  and  escape,  Hipp.,  Aesch.  Pers. 
100. 

'Ύπερφθέγγομαι,  (νπέρ,  φθέγγομαι) 
dep.  mid.,  to  sound,  resound  or  shout 
above,  or  louder,  ΰ~.  ενεπεία,  to  excel 
therein,  Plut.  2,  396  D. 

'Ύπερφθίνω  and  νπερφβίω,  (υπέρ, 
φθίνω,  <ρθίω)  to  kill  or  destroy  for  one  : 
— pass.,  to  die  for  or  in  behalf  of  one, 
νπερέφθιτο  πατρός,  Pind.  P.  6,  29. 

'Ύπερφίΰ/.ος,  ov,  overbearing,  over- 
weening, h-aughty,  arrogant,  proud,  vio- 
lent, freq.  in  Horn.  (esp.  in  Od.  of  the 
suitors) :  so  of  the  Cyclopes,  Od.  9, 
106 ;  and  of  the  Trojans.  11.  3,  106 ; 
13,  621,  etc.;  cf  Pind.  O.  10  (11).  43, 
P.  4.  197  :  also,  θυμός  νπ.,  a  haughty 
spirit,  II.  15,  94;  έπος,  μνθος  υπ.,  a 
haughty,  arrogant  word,  Od  4,  503, 
774  ;  οίνος  νπ..  Ion  ap.  Ath.  495  B. — 
But  that  orig.  the  word  only  meant 
exceeding  in  power,  most  puissant,  with- 
out any  bad  signf ,  is  prob.  from  Od. 
21,  289,  where  Antinoiis  uses  it  of 
himself  and  the  rest  of  the  suitors, 
ΰπερφιά/Μίσι  αεθ'  ήμίν  όαίνυσαι  : 
and  so  in  Pind.  Fr.  93,  it  is  simply 
most  huge,  mighty,  cf.  Id.  P.  2,  80. — 
This  orig.  notion  appears  most  clear- 
ly in  the  adv.,  -/.ως,  exceedingly,  ex- 
cessively, υπ.  νεμεσίζειν,  II.  13,  293; 
νεμεσάν,Οά.  17.  481  ;  2i,  285;  ΰνι- 
άζειν.  II.  18,  300:  whence  the  adv. 
also  passes  into  the  signf  of  haughti- 
ly, arrogantly,  Od.  1,  227  ;  4.  663.  etc. 
It  is  plain  ttien  the  bad  signf  is  only 
so  far  in  the  word  itself,  as  it  denotes 


ΤΠΕΡ 
excess,  cf.  Buttm.  Lesil.  s.  v.  (Deriv. 
very  dub.  Two  have  been  suggest- 
ed ;  first  by  poet,  dialectic  change 
from  νπέρβιος  (quasi  ύπερβία/.ος) ; 
second,  by  Aeol.  change  of  υ  ior  νπερ- 
φνής,  which  is  maintained  by  Buttm. 
s.  v.,  Nitzsch  Od.  4,  663.  Others 
from  φιά/.η,  running  over  the  cup's  brim, 
hence  excessive:  but  this  is  very  far- 
fetched. That  of  the  old  Gramm., 
perjured,  breakers  of  truces  made  by  li- 
bations frojn  φιά'λαι,  is  worst  of  all.) 

Ύπερφϊ/.έω,  ώ,  (.  -ήσω,  (νπέρ,  φι- 
/.έω)  to  love  beyond  measure,  Ar.  Plut. 
1072,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  4,  6. 

'ΎπέροΙλος,  ov,  (νπέρ,  φίλος)  a 
very  warm  friend,  Plut.  (?) 

'Ύπερφίλοσοοέω.  ώ,  (υπέρ,  φιλοσο- 
όέω)  to  philosophise  exceedingly,  Hipp, 
p.  1279. 

'Ύπερφϊ7.ότϊμος,  ov,  over-ambitious. 

'Ύπερφ/.εγμαίνω,  (νπέρ,  όλεγμαί- 
νω)  to  be  excessively  inflamed,  Hipp.  p. 
411,  etc. 

'Ύπέρφλ.οιος,  ov,  flourishing,  rich, 
luxuriant,  αήλα,  Emped.  289.  (Prob. 
from  φλοιω,  q.  v.,  φ/.έω,  cf.  Plut.  2, 
083.)     [oi  I.  c] 

Ύπερφλϋάρέω,  ώ,  to  talk  or  chattel 
very  absurdly,  A.  B. 

Ύπερφ/.ύζω,  to  boil,  bubble,  or  spout 
over. 

Ύπερόοβέομαι.(ΰπέρ,φοβέω)ρΆ58., 
C.  fut.  mid.,  to  be  excessively  afraid, 
Aesch.  Theb.  238  ;  ύπ.  μή..,  Xen. 
Cyr.  1,4,  2. 

'Ύπέρφοβος,  ov,  (υπέρ,  φό3oς)very 
fearful,  timid,  Xen.  Eq.  3,  9.— II. 
(causal),  very  terrible,  LXX. 

'Ύπερφορέω,  ώ.  like  νπερόέρω  I,  to 
carry  over.  Xen.  Cyn.  8,  4. 

'Ύπερφρίσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  f.  -ξω, 
{υπέρ,  ορίσσω)  to  shudder  at  one  be- 
yond measure,  to  be  tirribli/  afraid  of 
one,  τινά.  Luc.  Jup.  Confut.  4. 

'Ύπερφρονέω,  ώ,  ίο  be  νπέρφρων,  to 
have  high  thoughts,  Aesch.  Ag.  1039; 
ΰπ.  τινι,  to  be  proud  of  a  thing.  Hdt. 
1,  199. — 2  to  look  down  upon,  disdain, 
c  acc,  Aesch.  Pers.  825,  Ar.  Nub. 
226,  Thuc.  3,  39,  etc. ;  hence  also  in 
pass.,  Thuc.  6,  16:  —  also  c  gen., 
Eur.  Bacch.  1326,  Ar.  Nub.  1400, 
Plat.  Phaedr.  258  B.— II.  to  surpass 
in  knowledge,  νπ.  ιστορία  τον  όήμον, 
V.  I.  Aeschin.  19,  42:  πάντα  νπερφρ., 
to  be  thoroughly  well-informed,  Hipp. 
Hence 

Ύπερόρόνησις,  εως,  ή,  contempt, 
θάνατον,  Plut.  2,  238  Β. 

'Ύπερφροντίζω,  (νπέρ,  όροντίζω)  to 
be  exceedingly  concerned,  Heliod. 

'Ύπερφρόνως,  adv.  from  ύπέρφρων- 

'Ύπερόροσύνη,  ης.  ή,  (ΰπέρόμων) 
contempt,  di.idatn,  Plut.  2,  19  D,  827  A. 

'Ύπερφρνγιος,  ov,  hyper-Phrygian, 
a  musical  mode,  [i] 

Ύπέρφρων,  όνος,  ό,  ή,  {νπέρ,  όρήν): 
—  high  -  minded,  haughty,  disdainfij, 
proud,  σήμα,  λό}  οί,  .\esch.  Theb.  380, 
410;  φρονήματα,  Eur.  Heracl.  388: 
neut.  pi.  ΰπέρΰρονα,  as  adv..  Soph. 
Aj.  1236:  —  in  good  sense,  έκ  τοϋ 
νπέρορονοΓ,  with  confldent  superiority, 
Thuc.  2,  62. 

'Ύπεροϋής,  ές,  (νπέρ,  φυή)  : — over- 
grown, enormous,  immense,  Aesch.  Fr. 
212. — II.  of  things,  monstrous,  extra- 
ordinary, singular,  {)—.  λ.ίθοί,  έργον, 
in  good  sense,  Hdt.  2,  175 ;  9,  78  ;  in 
had.  Id.  8,  116;  νπ.  το  μέγεθος,  Ar. 
Plut.  734 :  marvellous,  strange,  τέχνη, 
Ar.  Eq.  141  :  πώς  ονχ  ύπερφνές ;  is 
it  not  mighty  strange .'  Dern.  818,  23: 
strange,  absurd,  σχέτλια  ?.έ'}  εις  και 
νπερφυή.  Plat.  Gorg.  467  Β :  τυ  ύέ. 
πάντων  νπερφνέστατον..,  Lys.  178, 
40 :  —  oft.  also  joined  with  a  relaL, 
1559 


ΥΠΕΡ 

vTTtp(j>vr/(;  ΰσος,  Ar.  Plut.  750 ;  νπ. 
ώς..,  like  Lat.  minnn  quam..,  ντναρφνεΐ 
ύς  μΐγύ'λΐ}  β'λάβτι.  Plat.  Goig.  477  D. 
—  il.  adv.  -ώζ",  niarvellovxly,  wondfr- 
fully,  excessively,  exceedingly.  Ar.  Ach. 
142;  in  affinn.  answers,  νττεβψυύς 
μ,έν  ovv,  Plal.  Rep.  525  Β  :  so,  νττεμ- 
φνώς  ώς..,  freq.  in  Plat.,  cf.  Stallb. 
Symp.  173  C. — When  joined  witii 
other  adjs.  it  always  comes  second, 
ikivov  και  ΰτ.,  etc.,  Lob.  Paral.  541. 

'Υ-ί-ρφύομαι.  pass.,  willi  aor.  2 
and  pC.  act. :  (υπέρ,  φνω) : — Ιο  spring 
vp  over  or  above :  hence,  to  outshoot, 
surpass,  excel,  c.  ace.  pers.  et  dat.  rei, 
ό  ύττεμφυς  "Ε?.'λιιΐ'ας  ίσχνϊ,  Hdt.  6, 
127. 

'Ύπερόνσάω,  ώ,  {ύττέρ,  ovaiiu)  Ιο 
blow  up.  inflate  excessively,  Luc.  Con- 
tempi.  19. 

'Ύπίμ<ρωνέω,  ώ,  {νττέρ,  φωνέω)  to 
cry  exceeding  loud,  LXX. — Π.  trans., 
to  out-bawl,  τινά,  Luc.  Rhet.  Praec. 
13. 

Ύπερχαίρω,  {νττέρ,  χαίρω)  to  re- 
joice exceedingly  at  a  thing,  τινί,  Eur. 
Med.  1165. — II.  c.  part.,  to  delight  in 
doing  a  thing,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  3,  3. 

'ΎττερχάΤίάΐΰ,  ώ,  {ντζερ,  χαλάω)  to 
let  down  over  or  upon,  Leon.  Al.  4  ;  al. 
νπεκχ-. 

'Ύπερχύρής,  ες,  gen.  έος,  {υπέρ, 
χαίρω)  overjoyed,  έττί  Tivt,  Polyb.  1, 
44,  5. 

'ΎπερχεΜ/ς,  ές,  gen.  έος,  and 
νττέρχει?Μς,  ον,  over  the  brim. 

'Ύττερχίω,  f.  -χενσω,  (νττέρ,  χέω) 
ίο  pour  oner  : — puss.,  to  overflow,  over- 
run, Arist.  Probl.  3,  34,  1. 

'Ύττερχβύνιος,  ov,  (υπέρ,  χθων) 
above  the  earth,  Anth. 

'Ύπερχλϊύάω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {υπέρ, 
χ).ΐ(Ίάω)  to  be  over-luxurious,  be  wanton, 
proud  or  arrogant.  Soph.  Tr.  281. 

'Ύττερχολύω,  ώ.  {νπέρ,  χολύο)  to 
have  an  excess  of  bile  :  hence,  to  he  or 
grow  exceeding  angry,  Ar.  Lys.  694. — 
II.  transit.,  to  fill  full  of  bile,  Hipp.  ap. 
Galen. 

'Ύττέρχολος,  ov,  {νπέρ,  χολή)  ex- 
ceeding bilious  or  wrathful,  Antiph.  In- 
cert.  92. 

Ύπίρχομα/,  f.  -ελεΰσομαι,  dep. 
mid.,  with  aor.  act.  νπήλνβον,  νπηλ- 
βον  :  Horn,  uses  only  the  aor.  m  both 
forms  (υπό,  έρχομαι).  To  go  or 
come  under,  get  under,  go  into,  enter, 
like  Lat.  subtre.  c.  ace,  θύμνονς,  όώ• 
μα,  μέλαΙΙρα.  Od.  5,  476;  )2,  21  ;  18, 
150;  όφρ'  αν  yuv  ντζελθη,  Aesch. 
Euin.  339 ;  more  rarely  c.  dat.,  Mei- 
neke  Philem.  p.  385  :  νπ.  νπύ  την 
φοράν  τον  άκοντίον,  to  come  within  its 
range,  Antipho  121,  35,  cf.  124,  20, 
sq. — II.  to  go  into  secretly,  to  creep  or 
steal  into:  hence  of  mvoluntary  feel- 
ings, to  come  upon  or  over  one,  c.  ace. 
pers.,  Τρώας  τρόμος  νπήλνβε  γνΐα, 
fear  came  over  the  Trojans  in  their 
limbs,  11.  7,  215  ;  20,  44  ;  so,  νπέρχε- 
ταί  με  φρίκη,  Hdt.  6,  131;  cf.  Soph. 
Phil.  1231,  El.  928,  Valck.  Phoen. 
1378. — -111.  metaph.,  to  creep  into  an- 
other's good  graces,  to  fawn  on.  cringe 
to  him,  Ar.  Eq.  270,  Andoc.  31.  43; 
Ιπ.  καΐ  (^ονλενειν.  Plat.  Cnto  53  Ε  ; 
νπ.  και  θεραπενειν,  Dem.  623,  22 : — 
then,  to  undermine,  entrap,  λάθρα  μ^ 
νπελβών.  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  386,  cf  Phil. 
1007;  όόλω  μ'  νπ/βθες,  Eur.  Andr. 
436  ; — c.  ace.  rei.  to  seek  by  base  arts, 
την  Tvpavvif^a,  Pint.  Dio  7. — 2.  to  bow 
down  to,  honmir,  reverence,  τινά,  Xen. 
Lac.  8.  2  ;  also,  to  shrink  from,  dread. 
Id.  Ath.  2,  14. — IV.  to  go  from  under, 
go  from  bottom  to  top,  Aesch.  Fr.  155. 
— v.  to  advance  slowly,  Xen.  An.  5,  2, 
30. 

1560 


ΤΠΕΣ 

'Ύπέρχρεως,  ων,  {νπέρ,  χρέος)  over 
head  and  ears  in  debt,  Dem.  821,  14. 

'Ύπερχρη/ιύτος.  ov,  (νπέρ,  χρί/μα) 
exceeding  wealthy,  Ocell.  Luc. 

'Ύπερχρονίζω,  to  be  over  the  time,  go 
or  pass  over  the  time. 

'Ύπερχρόνιος,  ov,  and  νπέρχρονος, 
ov,  beyond  lime,  eternal. 

Ύπέρχνσις,  εως,  η,  (νπερχέω)  an 
overflowing,  Plut.  2,  502  Λ,  etc. 

Ύπερχωρέω,  ώ,  {νπέρ,  χωρέώ)  to 
depart  over,  v.  1.  Thuc.  4,  43,  for  νπο- 
χωρέω. 

'Ύπέρ^η'χος,  ov,  (νπέρ,  ψνχή)  above 
the  soul,  overpowering  the  soul.  Plat. 
Tim.  88  A,  Bekk. 

'ΎπέριΙ'νχρος,  ov,  (νπέρ,  ■φνχρός) 
exceeding  cold:  metaph.,  very  frigid, 
of  a  bad  joke,  Luc.  Hist.  Conscr.  16. 

Ύπερψνχω,  (νπέρ,  ψί^γω)  to  chill 
exce.^sivcly.  strike  with  a  violent  chill, 
Hipp.  p.  446,  etc. 

'Υπερώα,  ας,  η.  Ion.  νπερώη,  the 
palate,  ll.  22,  495,  elsewh.  οίφανός 
and  ονρανίσκος :  strictly  fem.  from 
νπερώος. 

'Ύπερωδννέω,ζ:^νπεροδννέω,Υαψγ. : 
and 

'Ύπερωόννία,  ας,  ή,  (οδύνη)  exces- 
sive pain  :  from 

'Ύπερώόϊινος,  ov,=  νπερόδννος. 

'Ύπερωέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (υπό,  έρωέω) 
to  go  back,  retire,  recoil,  II.  8,  122,  314. 

'Ύπερω'ιόθεν,  adv.,  from  an  upper 
room,  Od.  1,  328:  [<]  from 

'Ύπερώίον,  ov,  τό,  Ep.  and  Ion.  for 
νπερωον,  q.  v.,  Horn. 

'Υπερώιος,  ία,  tov,  v.  υπερώος. 

'Υπερωκεάνιος,  ov,  over,  beyond  or 
across  the  ocean,  [u] 

Ύπερωμία,  ας,  ή,  (ϋπερ,  ώμος)  the 
part  above  the  shoulders,  LXX. 

Ύπερωνέομαι,(νπί:ρ,  ώνέομαι) dep. 
mid.,  to  buy  too  dear,  Themist. 

Ύπερώννμος,  ov,  above  all  yiame,  in- 
expressible. 

Ύπερώον,  ov,  τΐ),  Ep.  and  Ion. 
νπερώίον,  the  upper  part  of  the  house, 
the  upper  story  or  upper  rooms,  where 
the  women  resided,  παρθένος  αίόοίη 
νπερώίον  είςαναβάσα,  II.  2,  514  ;  εις 
νπερώ'  άναβύς,  16,  184;  and  oft.  in 
Od.  ;  έξ  νπερώον,  Pind.  Fr.  25 ;  also 
in  Att.,  as  Ar!  Eq.  996,  Plut.  811.— 
Strictly  it  is  neut.  from  sq.,  sub.  οί- 
κημα. 

Ύπερίΐίος,  ώα,  ijov,  Ion.  and  Ep. 
υπερώιος,  being  above  or  over,  νπ.  θά- 
'λαμος=νπερ(1)ον,  Plut.  Pelop.  35  :— 
ci.  υπερώα,  {-ώϊος  -ώος  is  a  mere 
termii). ;  the  adj.  being  formed  from 
νπέρ,  just  as  πατρώέος,  -wof  from 
παττ'/ρ.) 

Ύπέρωρος,  ov,  (νπέρ,  ώρα)  beyond 
the  season,  over-ripe,  Diosc. 

Ύπερωρόφιος,  ov,  over  or  above  the 
roof 

Ύπερώσιος,  ον,=^περιώσιος,  Suid. 

Ύπερώτατος,  η,  ov,  poet,  superl. 
for  υπέρτατος,  Pind.  N.  8,  73. 

Ύπερωτύω,  ώ,  f.  -ί/σω,  (.υπό,  ερω- 
τάω) to  ask  covertly,  to  imply  or  insinu- 
ate by  a  question.  Plat.  Gorg.  483  A. 

Ύπεσθίω,  f.  ύπέδομαι,  (νπέ),  έσΟίω) 
to  eat  away  under. — II.  to  eat  gradually 
or  secretly. 

Ύπεσσεΐται,  Dor.  for  νπέσεται, 
νπέσται,  3  sing.  fut.  from  νπειμι. 

Ύπεσταλμένως,  adv.  part.  pf\  pass, 
from  νποστέλλω,  drawn  back  or  in, 
retiringly,  modestly,  Heraclid. 

Ύπέσταν,  Ep.  for  υπέστησαν,  3 
plur.  2  aor.  from  υφίστημι,  II. 

Ύπέσχεθην,  ες,  ε,  poet,  for  νπέ- 
σχον.  leugthd.  aor.  2  act.  of  υπέχω, 
II.  7,  188. 

Ύπέσχημαι,  perf.  of  νπισχνέομαι, 
νπέχομαι. 


ΤΠΗΚ 

Ύπενδιος,  ov,  (υπό,  ενδιος)  some 
what  still  or  calm,  in  the  calm,  clear  sky. 
γερανοί,  Arat.  1012  :  ro  νπ.  της  Oa- 
λάσβης,  a  tolerable  calm,  Plut.  The- 
mist. 32  :  of  a  place,  Ap.  llh.  3,  1203. 
[i  in  arsis  in  Arat.  1.  c] 

Υπεύθυνος,  ov,  (νπό,  ενθυνος)  lia- 
ble to  give  account  for  one's  adjninistra- 
tion  of  an  otiice,  accountable,  an.swera- 
ble,  responsible,  Aesch.  Pr.  324  ;  νπ<:ν• 
θννος  πάλει.  Id.  Pers.  213  ;  νπ.  ίφχή, 
as  opp.  to  μονναρχίη,  Hdt.  3,  80:  oi 
νπ.,  at  Athens,  officers  who  had  to  give 
an  account  (of  their  administration), 
Ar.  Eq.  259,  Antipho  146,  23,  etc.  :— 
υπεύθυνος  παραίνεσις,  Thuc.  3,  43. 
—  2.  e.  genit.,  liable  to,  υπεύθυνος 
αρχής  ετέρας,  ap.  Dem.  747,  1  ;  νπ. 
προκλήσεως,  etc.,  Dem.  1114,  21  ; 
but  also,  liable  to  make  amends  or  pay 
for  a  thing,  e.  g.  of  slaves,  σώμα  νττ. 
άδικτ/μέιτων,  they  must  pay  for  their 
misdeeds  with  their  body,  Dem.  610, 
5  :  guilty  of  a  thing,  Luc. — 3.  also  c. 
dat.,  ΰπ.  κινδννω,  τιμωρία.  Lycurg. 
166,  17;  169,  8:  but  c.  'dat.  pers., 
subject  to  the  tvill  of  others,  dependent 
on  them,  Lat.  obnoxius,  Dem.  291,  19, 
Aesehin.  51,  3. 

Ύπεννέιομαι,  as  pass.,  [νπό,  εν- 
νάω) : — hence  fem.  part.  aor.  νπινί'η- 
θείσα,  v.  1.  in  Hes.  Th.  374  (where 
however  it  is  better  written  νποδμ?)- 
θείσα),  lying  under  a  man,  and  so, 
pregnmit. — II.  to  be  underbedded  with  Λ 
thing,  i.  e.  lying  or  sitting  upon  it, 
όρταλις  νεοσσοϊς  νπευνηΟεισα,  Kic. 
ΑΙ.  294. 

Υπέχω,  f.  νφέξω :  aor.  νιτέσχον, 
cf.  ν—έσχεθον,  [νπό,  εχω).  Το  hold 
■under  or  underneath,  ύπέσχεθε  χείρα, 
II.  7,  188  :  esp.,  to  hold  a  cup  under 
another  ves.sel,  while  something  is 
poured  into  it,  Hdt.  2,  151,  Ar.  Ach. 
1003,  Pac.  431  : — νπ.  μαστύν,  of-- a 
mother,  Eur.  Ion  1372: — νπ.  (sc.  την 
χείρα)  to  hold  out  the  hand  (to  receive 
bribes),  Dem.  421,  18;  cf.  κνλύιός : — ■ 
νπ.  ονας,  like  Lat.  praebere  aurem,  to 
lend  an  ear,  Simon.  7,  16. — 2.  to  hold 
out,  suggest,  Ti,  Dissen  Pind.  O.  2,  54 
(99)  :  to  allege,  make  a  pretence  of,  τί/ν 
έκεχειρίαν,  Ar.  Pac.  908. — 3.  to  sup- 
ply, afford,  πάντα,  Ar.  Lys.  841  ;  Tivi 
Ti,  Plat.  Theaet.  191  D:  im.  έαντ<>ν, 
Lat.  praebere  se  ulicui,  to  put  one's  sell 
at  the  disposal  of  another,  Xen.  Cyr. 
7,  5,  44,  cf  Stallb.  Plat.  Rep.  399  Β ; 
also  c.  inf ,  ΰπόσχες  Σωκράτει  έξελέ- 
γξαι,  let  Socrates  examine  you.  Plat. 
Gorg.  497  B. — II.  to  he  under,  uphnld, 
c.  ace,  Hdt.  4,  72  :  hence  like  Lat. 
sustinere,  to  hear  up  against,  undergo,  he 
subject  to.  suffer,  ύταν,  Soph.  Tr.  1274; 
ζημίαν,  Eur.  Ion  1308  ;  τιμωρίην, 
Thuc.  6,  80,  cf  3,  53.-2.  esp.  in  law- 
phrases,  ύπ.  δίκην  τινός,  to  have  to 
give  an  account  of  a  thing,  Hdt.  2, 
118;  τινί,  to  a  person,  Soph.  O.  T. 
552,  Eur.  Hec.  1253,  Or.  1649  ;  so  too, 
ΰπ.  λόγον,  to  have  to  give  account, 
Plat.  Plot.  338  D,  etc.,  (but  also,  to 
sustain  an  argument,  Arist.  Rhet.  1, 
1,  l,cf.  Anal.  Pr.  2,  19,  1)  ;  ΰπ.  είθν- 
νας,  Lys.  115,  11  ;  ύπ.  αίτίαν  τινόςί 
to  be  accused  of  a  thing,  Antipho 
137,  18,  cf  Thuc.  6,  80,  etc. :  also, 
νπ.  φόνον  τινός,  to  give  account  for  the 
murder  of  any  one,  Eur.  El.  1318. — 
On  the  use  of  the  mid.,  v.  sub  νπι- 
σχνέομαι. 

ΎπήβοΑος,  ον,^=νπώβηλος,  q.  v. 

Ύπηέριος,  ov,  (νπό.  αήρ,  ήήρ)  un- 
der the  air,  exposed  to  the  air,  Ap.  Rh. 
4,  1577. 

Ύπήκοον,  ov,  TO,  a  narcotic  plant, 
with  leaves  like  rue,  Diosc. 

'Υπήκοος,  ov,  (νπό,  ακοή)  : — giving 


ΤΠΗΡ 

ίβΓ,  hearkening,  listening  to  :  hence  α 
hearer,  scholar.  —  II.  obeying,  obedient, 
subject,  usu.  c.  gen.,  Hdt.  1,  102;  4, 
16f,  etc.,  Aesch.,  Thuc,  etc.  ;  —  c. 
(lat.,  Eur.  Heracl.  287  (ubi  v.  Elinsl.), 
Ar.  Plut.  146,  Xeii.  Cyr.  2,4,  22,— 
and  so  most  usu.  in  late  authors : 
Thuc.  has  ύττ.  τινός,  6,  20,  but  ΰπ. 
φόρω=νΐΓθτε?.ί/ς,  7,  57. — III.  the  sub- 
ject allies  of  Athens  were  caUed'vKr/- 
Kooi.  opp.  to  the  αυτόνομοι,  Bockh 
P.  E.  2,  p.  141. 

'Χ-η/.άτος,  ov,  {ν~ό,  έ?.αύνω)  driv- 
ing, carrying  off  downwards,  (φάρμακα 
ύττ.,  purging  medicines,  Hipp. 

Ύττηλιψί/ς,  ές,  {ϋτϊαΆείψω)  smeared, 
esp.  with  pitch. 

'Ύπημύτιος,  a,  ov,  {υπό,  ημαρ)  to- 
wards day,  in  early  morning,  lilie  ν~ηώ- 
ος,  Opp.  Η.  4,  640.  [ώ] 

Ύπημύω,  v.  sub  vTTfUVi'jUVKE. 
Ύπηνεικαν,  3  pi.  aor.  Ion.  of  υπο- 
φέρω, 11.  δ,  885. 

Ύτΐηνέμιος,  ov,  [ύττύ,  άνεμος)  :  — 
windy,  betokening  uind,  A  rat.  839  :  full 
of  wind,  vTv.  ώόν,  a  ivind-egg,  which 
produces  no  chicken,  Ar.  Fr.  237, 
Plat.  (Com.)  Daed.  1.  etc.  ;  (ά^ε- 
μιαίον  ώόν  was  considered  better 
Att.,  Moer.  p.  73,  cf.  Bergk  ap.  Mei- 
neke  Com.  Fr.  2,  p.  1018) ;— properly 
of  eggs  laid  bv  hens  without  the 
cock,  Arist.  Η.Ά.  6,  2,  10,  sqq..  10, 
C,  2,  sqq. ;  so,  ντ:.  κύημα,  .Arist.  Gen. 
An.  3,  1,  5,  and  18  ;— so,  in  Ar.  Av. 
695,  in.  ώον  is  the  egg  produced  by 
Night  (done,  without  impregnation  ; 
and  so,  Luc.  Sacrif.  6  calls  Vulcan  the 
ti-.  παις  of  Juno. — II.  metaph.,  vain, 
idle,  empty,  of  men,  a  braggart,  Plut. 
Sertor.  12. 

'Υπήνεμος,  ov,  (υπό,  άνεμος)  under 
the  wind,  sheltered  from  it,  opp.  to 
προςήνεμος.  Soph.  Ant.  411,  Theocr. 
22,  32,  Anst.  H.  A.  6,  1,  0:  t/c  τοϋ 
υπ.,  on  the  leeward  side,  Xen.  Oec. 
18,  7.— In  Eur.  Cycl.  44,  ύπ.  αύρα, 
prob.  means  a  gentle  breeze.  —  II. 
$wifl  as  the  wind,  Ep.  Adesp.  313. 

'Ύπήνη,  ης,  ή,  the  under  part  of  the 
face,  on  which  the  beard  grows  ;  hence 
the  beard  itself,  esp.  the  moustache, 
Aesch.  Fr.  27  ;  ύπ.  άκονρος,  Ar. 
Vesp.  477  ;  νπήνας  ελκειν,  to  let  the 
beard  grow  long,  trail  a  beard,  Ar. 
Lys.  1072.  (Deriv.  uncertain.)  Hence 
'Ύπηνητης,  ov,  6,  a  bearded  man, 
one  that  has  a  beard,  πρώτον  ύπ.,  of  a 
youth,  with  his  first  beard,  II.  24,  348, 
Od.  10,  279,  cf  Plat.  Prot.  309  B. 

'Τπηνό'ίιος,  ov,  {ύπήνη,  βίος)  liv- 
ing with  a  beard.  Plat.  (Com.)  Presb.  2. 
■\'Ύπηνος,  ου,  6,  Hypenus,  of  Pisa, 
first  victor  in  the  όίαν?.ος,  Paus.  5,8,6. 
'ΎπηοΙος,  η,  ov,  {νπό,  ήώς)  : — about 
daiun.  towards  morning,  early,  II.  8, 
530,  Od.  4,  656;  στί3η  νπηοίη,  early 
rime  or  morning  frost,  Od.  17,  25  : — 
cf.  ΰπηωος. 

'Ύπήρεμα,  better  νπηρέμΰ,  {νπό, 
τ/ρέμα.)  adv.,  somewhat  softly,  gently, 
quietly,  Dion.  P.  1122. 

'Υπηρεσία,  ας,  ή,  (νπηρετέω)  : — 
strictly,  the  service  of  roii'ers  and  sail- 
ors, sea-service:  —  but  usu.,  as  con- 
crete, the  whole  body  of  rowers  and 
sailors,  a  ship^s  crew.  Thuc.  8,  1,  Lvs. 
162,27,  Dem.  1208,  20:— Thuc.  op- 
poses νπηρεσίαι  to  κυβερνάται  (1, 
143)  ;  to  βρανίται  (6,  31) ;  and  so,  in 
Dem.,  νπηρεσίαι  are  opp.  to  νανται, 
ίπιβάται,  ερεται,  1209,  11  ;  1214,  23  ; 
1216,  13,  sq.  ;  v.  Arnold  Thuc.  1.  c, 
cf.  υπηρέτης  I.  —  II.  generally,  hard 
service,  hard  work,  Ar.  Vesp.  C02 :  ser- 
vice done  to  another,  assistance,  Plat. 
Legg.  901  E,  etc.  :  attendance  on,  obe- 
dience to  another,  τίνος  εΙς  τίνα,  Plat. 


ΤΠΗΡ 

Legg.  729  D ;  τινί,  lb.  717  C— 2.  in 
plur.,  the  class  of  manual  labourers, 
servants,  officers,  lb.  956  E.  —  III.  at 
Athens,  esp.,  a  public  duty  or  service, 
orig.  differing  from  άρχ?'/  in  having  a 
salary,  Bockh  P.  E.  1,  320. 

'Ύπηρέσιον,  ου,  τό,  (υπηρέτης)  the 
cushion  on  a  rower  s  bench,  Thuc.  2,  93  ; 
εις  νπ.  και  κώπην,  i.  e.  to  rowers' 
service,  Plut.  Tliemist.  4: — also  a 
riding-pad  or  saddle-cloth,  Diod.  20,  4. 
— II.  the  routers^  pay. 

'Ύπηρετέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (υπηρέτης)  : 
-^strictly,  to  row,  π'λοΐον  νπό  όνο 
ανθρώπων  ΰπηρετεΐσθαι  δννύμενον, 
Diod.  2,  55  ;  to  do  rowers'"  service,  Ael. 
N.  A.  13,  2. — II.  generally,  to  do  hard 
service  ;  to  ivork  for,  aid  and  abet,  τινί 
εις  τι,  Hdt.  1,  109  ;  προς  τι,  Xen.  Eq. 
8,  7 ; — to  serve,  assist,  minister  to,  Lat. 
iaservire,  τινί,  Hdt.  8,  41,  and  Att., 
ίργοις  άνοσίοις  νπ..  Soph.  Ο.  C.  283  ; 
to  comply  with,  gratify,  like  χάριζε- 
σθαι,  Xen.  Cyr.  5,  1,  20,  etc.  ;  τοις 
τρόποις  νπ.,  to  comply  with,  humour 
his  ways,  Ar.  Ran.  1432:— esp.  of 
women,  etc.,  sui  copiam  facere,  Xen. 
Hier.  1,  38  : — also,  νπ.  τι,  to  do  a  ser- 
vice. Soph.  Phil.  15  ;  νπ.  τινί  τι, 
Dem.  1356,  26 ;  hence  in  pass.,  to  be 
done  as  service,  tu  απ'  ήμεων  εις 
νμέας  νπηρετέεται,  Hdt.  4,  139,  cf. 
Isocr.  39  Ε. — 2.  absol.,  to  be  a  servant, 
be  in  a  servile  condition.  Id.  Vesp.  518. 
— The  mid.  is  rejected  by  Herm.  in 
Soph.  El.  1298,  cf  Elmsl.  Heracl. 
1017,  O.  C.  491  ;  but  in  Hdt.  1,  108, 
it  is  sufficiently  established.     Hence 

Ύπηρέτημα,  ατός,  το,  service  ren- 
dered, service,  help,  Lat.  officiam,  An- 
tipho  113,  10,  Plat.  Ale.  1,  106  B,  etc; 
ποδών  νπ.,  feet  that  serve  one,  Soph. 
El.  1358. 

'Υπηρέτης,  ov.  a,  (νπό,  έρέτης) : — 
a  rower ;  generally,  a  seaman,  sailor, 
any  one  whatever  of  a  ship's  crew,  but 
distinguished  from  the  επιβύται  and  j 
νανται  by  Dem.  1209,  sq. ;  cf.  υπηρε- 
σία I,  V.  Bockh  P.  E.  1,  p.  373.— II. 
any  doer  of  hard  work,  a  labourer : 
hence  one  who  does  a  service  to  anoth- 
er, a  helper,  assistant,  servant,  under- 
ling, inferior  officer,  Lat.  apparitor, 
Hdt.  3,63;  5,  lll.cf  Xen.  Hell.  2, 
3,  54,  Dem.  690,  21  ;  ό  τών  ένδεκα 
νπ.,  Plat.  Phaed.  116  Β  :  so  Mercury 
is  II—.  θεών,  Aesch.  Pr.  954  :  freq.  in 
Att.  in  all  kinds  of  relations,  whether 
of  servants,  or  friends,  cf  Xen.  Mem. 
2,  10,  3: — νπ.  έργον,  a  helper  in  a 
work.  Id.  An.  1,9,  18.-2.  at  Athens, 
esp.,  the  servant  who  attended  each  man- 
at-arms  (οπλίτης),  to  carry  his  bag- 
gage, rations,  and  shield,  like  σκενο- 
φόρος,  Thuc.  3,  17  :  they  were  some- 
times light-armed  as  slingers  or  bow- 
men, cf  Ar.  Av.  1186.— 3.  in  Xen., 
νπηρέται  were  α  number  of  men  in  im- 
mediate attendance  on  the  general,  as 
aides-de-camp  or  adjutants,  Cyr.  2,  4, 
4 ;  6,  2,  13,  etc. 

'Ύπηρέτησις,  ή,  (ύπηρετέω)  a  serv- 
ing or  attending,  service. 

'Ύπηρετητέον,  verb.  adj.  from  νπη- 
ρετέω,  one  must  serve,  help,  τινί,  Arist. 
Eth.  N.  9,2,  1. 

'Υπηρετικός,  η,  όν,  (ύπηρετέω)  be- 
longing to  rowing,  π?Μ0ν  νπ.,  a  rowing 
vessel,  galley,  but  v.  signf.  II. — II.  gen- 
erally, suited  or  inclined  for  serving, 
■•serviceable,  τινί.  Plat.  Euthyphr.  13 
D  ;  τινί  εΙς  τι,  lb.  :  helping  or  attend- 
ing, 6π?Μ  νπ.,  the  arms  of  the  common 
men.  Xen.  Cyr.  2.  1,  18  :  κέληςνπ.,  a 
cock-boat,  attending  on  a  larger  ves- 
sel. Id.  Hell.  1,  6,  37. 

Ύπηρέτις,  ιδος,  fern,  from  υπηρέ- 
της Π,  Eur.  I.  A.  322,  Plat. 


ΤΠΝΑ 

Ύπήρϊπε,  3  sing.  aor.  2  from  νπι• 
ρείπω,  II. 

Ύπήσω,  Ion.  for  νφήσω,  fut.  of 
νφίημι,  Hdt. 

"Τπήτριον,  ov,  τό,  the  part  of  the 
body  below  the  τ/τρον,  Ath. 

Ύπηχέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (νπό,  r/χέω) 
to  sound  under,  to  answer  with  a  sound 
from  below,  χθων  νπηχησε,  Eur. 
Supp.  710. — 2.  of  musical  strings,  to 
sound  to,  aiiswer,  Arist.  Probl.  19,  42, 
1 ,  etc. :  so,  βερινόν  ύπηχεΐ  τώ  τεττί- 
γων  χορώ.  Plat.  Phaedr.  230  C. 

Ύπηώος,  ώα,  ώον,  (■ήώς)=^νπηοϊος, 
Αρ.  Rh.'  t4,  841.' 

Ύπί7;μι,  Ion.  for  νφίημι,  Hdt. 

Ύπίλ/.ω,  aor.  1  νπιλα,  Eur.  Oed. 
1  ;  aor.  pass.  νπι'λΆΐιθην,  Hipp, 
ap.  Galen,  ή'πό,  Ιλ/.ω): — strictly,  to 
force  or  draiv  in  underneath,  ovpuv  νπ., 
like  Lat.  remalcere  caudam,  to  put  the 
tail  between  the  legs  in  fear,  Eur.  1.  c. ; 
metaph.,  νπ.  στόμα,  to  keep  one's 
tongue  under,  i.  e.  be  silent,  check  a 
leeling  one  dares  not  e.xpress,  Soph. 
Ant.  509,  (as  he  said  just  before,  εΐ 
μη  γλώσσαν  έγκ/.είσοι  φόβος.) — c£ 
Ael.  Ν.  Α.  12,  7,  Buttm.'  Lexil.  ε.  v. 
εί/.είν  12,  and  v.  εί/^έω. 

'Τ— ίλλωττέω,  ώ,  to  twinkle  a  little 
with  the  eyes. 

ΎπΙχ'ίω,  ώ,  to  evacuate  downwards 
or  a  little. 

ΥΥπιος,  ov  Ep.  oio,  b,  the  Hypius, 
a  river  of  Bithynia  near  Prusa,  Ap. 
Rh.  2,  795. 

"Υπισθα,  Aeol.  for  όπισθε,  like  εξύ- 
πισθα  for  έξοπισθε. 

Ύπίστημι,  Ion.  for  νφίστημι,  Hdt. 

Ύπισχνέομαι,  contr.  -ονμαι.  Ion. 
pres.  νπίσχομαι,  as  also  in  Aesch. 
Euin.  804:  fut.  νποσχήσομαι :  aor. 
νπεσχόμην,  imperat.  νπόσχον,  also 
with  pass,  form  νποσχέθητι  (as  Ste- 
phan.  reads  in  Plat.  Phaedr.  235  D) : 
pf  νπέσχημαι : — Horn.,  like  Hdt., uses 
only  the  Ion.  pres.  and  the  aur.  :  (νπό, 
έχω,  Ιαχω.)  Strictly,  to  hold  one's 
self  under :  hence,  to  take  upon  one's 
self,  i.  e.,  to  undertake,  promise,  eiigage, 
often  in  Hom. ;  esp.  of  a  father,  to 
promise  his  daughter  in  marriage,  be- 
troth her,  11.  J 3,  368,  Od.  4,  6  ;  and  ol 
the  bride,  to  plight  her  troth,  Od.  2, 91 : 
also,  to  vow  to  the  gods,  ιερά,  έ.κατόμ- 
βας,  etc.,  Π.  6,  93,  115,  etc. ;  usu.  τινί 
τι,  II.  9,  263;  12,  236;  19,  141.  etc.; 
so  too  in  Hdt. : — with  inf  fut.,  II.  6, 
93,  274,  etc..  and  in  Att.,  as  Soph. 
Phil.  615,  etc. ;  with  ace.  and  inf  fut., 
Od.  8,  347  ;  rarely  with  inf.  pres.,  11. 
2,  112;  9,  19  (where  however  άπονε- 
εσθαι  has  a  fut.  signf):  also,  with 
inf  Hor.,  sometimes  in  Att.,  as  Xen. 
in  Anab.  (1,  2,  2;  2,  3,  20)  has  inf. 
aor.,  while  in  Cyrop.  (2,  2,  12:  6,  1, 
21)  he  uses  inf  fut.,  cf  Lob.  Piiryn. 
749  :  also  with  //  μτ/ν  followed  by  inf. 
fut.,  Xen.  Cyr.  6,  2,  3  : — generally,  to 

assure,  assert,  profess,  like  Lat.  profi- 
teri,  with  inf  pres..  Hdt.  2, 28  ;  7,  104, 
Plat.  Soph.  232  D,  234  B.— (ύπισχνέ- 
ομαι is  strictly  only  a  collat.  lorm  of 
νπέχομαι,  which  accordingly  sup- 
plies several  of  its  tenses.) 

"Υπισχνος,  ov,  somewhat  thin  or 
lean. 

Ύπίσχομαι,  Ion.  for  ν'κισχνέομαι, 
q.  v.,  Horn.,  and  Hdt. 

Ύπίχνίος.  ov.  (νπό.  Ιχνος)  under 
foot,  susp.  in  Q.  Sm.  9,  383. 

Ύπϊωγή,  τ/ς,  ή,  Od.  5,  404,  v.  1.  for 
έπιω•)?/. 

Ύπνΰ/.έος,  a,  ον,=^νπνηρός.  Nic. 
Th.  160,  Al.  85.— II.  act.,  sending  to 
sleep,  sleepy-making,  κόπος,  Anth.  P. 
5,  47.  ^  _       • 

Ύπνύπάτης,  ov,  6,  (νπΐ'ος,  ύττο- 
1561 


ΤΠΝΩ 

Ttioj)  beguiling  sleep,  or  pleasing  in  sleep, 
Mel.  66,  102.  [ύ] 

'Τττνάω,  (Γ),  Ion.  -to,  {ντη'ος)  tu  sleep, 
usu.  in  mid.     Hence 

ΎτΓΐΊί'λός,  ή,  όι\  poet,  for  sq  ,  Nic. 
Th.  189 ;  but  also  in  late  prose,  as 
Dio?.  L.  6,  77. 

'Ύπΐ'ί/ρός,  ύ,  or,  {νπνάω)  drowstj : 
TO  ΰτΐνημήν,  drowsinesx,  Hipp.  p.  295. 

Ύπνητικός,  η,  όν,  disposed  to  sleep. 

'Ύκνίδιος,  a,  ον,^ΰττνηρός,  Leon. 
Tar.  65. 

'Ύτνί'ί^ο),  {ϋτΐΌς)  to  put  to  sleep. 
■■   Ύ-ΐΊκός,  ή,  όν,  {\)-νος)  belonging 
to  or  producing  sleep,  Hipp. 

'Ύ-νούοτί/ρ,  7/ρος,  o,=  sq.  :  fcm. 
ντηούότΐίρα,  ή,  Lur.  Or.  175. 

'TTro(5(jr7/f,  ov,  0,  (ν-ί'ος,  όίδωμι) 
giver  of  sleep,  νόμος  ντΐν.,  a  lulling 
Strain.  Aesch.  Pr.  575 :  fem  -ότις, 
ιόος.  ή. 

'Ύ-ηνοδώτης,  ον,  o.=  foreg.,  fem. 
-ώης,  ιδος,  ή,  Orph.  Η.  56,  8. 

Ύπνομάχέ^),  ώ,  (ντ^νος,  μάχοίΐαι) 
to  fight  with,  sleep,  ivithstand  sleep. 
Xfen.  Cyr.  2.  4.  26. 

"Ytti-ov,  oil,  TO.  a  kind  oimoss  grow- 
ing on  trees,  Theophr. 

'Ύηΐ-οτΓοιέω,  ώ,  to  cause  or  bring 
sleep :  from 

'  Yxi'OTTOiof,  όν,{ϋπνος,  ποιέω)  caus- 
ing sleep,  lulling  to  sleep,  Ael.  N.  A. 
16,  27. 

"Tttvoc,  ov,  6.  sleep,  very  freq.  in 
Horn.  :  also  of  sleeping  or  lying  with 
a  woman.  Od.  1 1,  215  ;  of  the  sleep  of 
death,  χύ?Μεος  νττνος;  11.  U,  241  :  if 
νζνω  ττίπτειν,  to  fall  Ά-sleep.  Pmd.  I. 
4.  39  (3,  41) ;  ίί-υω  ενδην,  Soph.  Ο. 
Τ.  65  :  ti'  i)-v(J,  καθ'  νπνον.  Plat. 
Rep.  476  C,  Legg.  8(X)  A,  etc.  :— also 
in  pliir.,  Ηίρρ.,ίκ  των  νπνων  iytipe- 
σθαι,  Plat.  Kep.  330  Ε  ;  of.  537  Β, 
Soph.  206  Β  ;  ττερι  πρώτους  νπνονς, 
for  TTtpi  πρώτον  ϋπνον  (as  in  Pint. 
Lysand.  28),  about  the  first  sleep, 
Eubul.  Antiop.  4  : — τάπητες  μαλα- 
κώτεροί  v-v<j,  Theocr.  15,  125.  of.  5, 
51, — as  in  Virgil,  somno  niollwr  herba. 
— II.  Sleep,  as  a  god,  twin-brother  of 
Death,  II.  14,  231  ;  16,  672,  682  ;  ace. 
to  Hes.  Th.  212,  son  of  Night  with- 
out father.  (Sanscr.  svnp,  dormire, 
svapna,  Lat.  smnpnus,  snpor :  prob. 
also  akin  to  ΐπτιος,  as  smnpmis,  som- 
nus,  siipinus  ;  and  so  .strictly  a  lying 
on  the  back.)  [v  in  .\tt.  poets,  and 
Anth.,  Jac.  Anlh.  P.  p.  261.] 

'Ύπΐ'οόάιής,  ίς,  (νπνος,  ώαίνομαι) 
appearing  in  sleep,  Manet  ho. 

'Ύπΐ'οφόβης.  ην,  ό,  (ύπνος,  φοβέω) 
frightening  in.  sleep,  Anth.  P.  9,  521, 
21. 

'Ύπνοφόρος,  ov,  i  νπνης,  φέρω  ) 
bringing  sleep.  Pint.  2,  657  D. 

'Υπνόω,  ώ,  f.  -ώσω,  (νπνος)  to  lull 
to  sleep: — pass.,  tn  fall  asleep,  sleep, 
Hdt.  1,  11  ;  3,  09.— li.  intr..  like 
pass..  Eur.  Cycl.  45i,  Mosch.  2,  24: 
of.  νπνώιω. 

'Ύπνώόης,  ες,  {νπνος,  είδος)  of  a 
sleepi/  nnturi-,  drowsq,  Eur.  H.  F.  1049  ; 
^^-H-,  Plat.  Rep.  404  A. 

Ύπνωδία,  ας,  ή,  sleepiness,  drowsi- 
ness. Iambi. 

Ύπνων,  Lacon.  inf.  from  νπνόω 
for  νπνούν.  At.  Lys.  143. 

Ύττί'ώσσο,  .\11.-ΓΓω,=  ύ7π•'ύω,  intr.. 
to  be  sleepi/  or  droivsy,  Aesch.  Euni. 
124,  121,  Plat.  Rep.  534  C;  simply, 
to  .sleep.  Eur.  Or.  173: — metaph.,  ούκ 
νπνώσσίΊ  κεαρ,  my  heart  resieth  not, 
Ae.«sfh.  Thf.b.  287. 

'Υπνωτικός,  ή,  όν,  (.νπνόω)  inclined 
to  sleep,  sleepy,  drowsy,  Arist.  Probl. 
3.  34.  2.  etc. ^-11.  act., putting  to  sleep, 
ΰΐνος,  Theophr. 

Ύπνώω.  Ep.  for  νπνόω  II,  intr.,  to 
1562 


ΥΠΟ 

sleep,  11.  24,  344,  Od.  5,  48 ;  24,  4  : 
metaph..  to  go  to  rest,  of  the  stars,  to 
set,  Colulh.  342. 

'ΤΠΟ',  prep.,  with  gen.,  dnt.,  and 
arc. :  poet.,  esp.  Ep.,  νπαί  (like  δίαί 
tor  δίά),  when  the  last  syll.  cannot 
Dtherwisc  be  made  long ;  this  Wolf 
allows  in  Hom.  only  before  δ  (II.  3, 
217  ;  10,  376,  etc.),  and  before  π,  as 
II.  2,  824  ;  never  before  λ,  x'.  or  p,  nor 
yet  before  a  vowel,  11.  15,  275  ;  some- 
limes  in  compds.,  as  νπαιδείδοικα, 
Η.  Hom.  Merc.  165:  rarely  in  Att. 
poets,  as  Aesch.  Ag.  892,  944,  1164, 
Eur.  El.  1186,  Ar.  Ach.  970.— (Τπ-ό 
is  to  Sanscr.  npa,  Lat.  sub.  just  as 
νπίρ  to  upari,  Lat.  super.)  [ti] 

A.  WITH  oENiT,, — I.  of  place,  in- 
dicating lhat,/roi7i  under  which  one 
comes  or  goes,  αντις  άναστήσονται 
νπη  ζόφον,  they  will  again  rise  from 
under,  from  forth  the  gloom,  11.  21, 
56 ;  ()έει.  κρήνη  νπο  σπήονς,  Od.  9, 
141  ;  υσσε  δεινόν  νπο  β'λεφάρων 
έξεψύανβεν,  II.  19,  17  :  esp.  of  rescu- 
ing/row tinder  another's  power,  after 
the  verl.'S  ίρνεσθαι,  άρπύζειν,  1)νε- 
σθαι,  ερνεη>,  II.  9.  248  ;  13,  198;  17, 
224,  235  ;  or  out  of  danger,  II.  23,  86, 
of.  Harm.  Eur,  Hec.  53:  also  with 
7.νειν.  ϊππονς  νπο  ζνγον  '/..,  from 
under  the  yoke,  II.  8,  543.  Od.  4.  39  ; 
ι'ιτγ'  ύρνειον  ?.νύμην,  I  loosed  myself 
from  under  the  ram,  Od.  9,  463 ; 
σπ/.άγχνων  νπο  ματερος  μο7.εΙν,\.  e. 
to  be  born.  Pind.  N.  1,  5.5.  cf.  O.  6, 
74 :  cf.  ί'πέκ. — 2.  like  νπό,  c.  dat., 
of  the  object,  under  which  a  thing  is 
or  is  placed,  under,  beneath.  Strictly 
with  some  collat.  signf.  of  motion, 
which  however  often  disappears,  ΰπ' 
άνβερεώνος  τέτατο,  11.  3.  372 ;  νπο 
στέρνοιο  τνχήσας,  11.  4,  106,  etc.; 
also,  νέρβεν  ύπό,  II.  16, 347  : — in  this 
signf.  νπό  c.  gen.  is  so  freq.  in  Att., 
that  Thorn.  M.  868  calls  this  the  Att. 
gen.;cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  196. — II.  of  cause 
or  agency,  freq.  with  pass,  verbs, 
and  with  neuters  in  pass,  signf.,  as, 
νπό  τίνος  θνήσκειν,  πίπτειν,  όλέσαι 
θνμόν,  πασχειν,  etc.,  where  the  gen. 
denotes  the  agent,  under  whose  hand, 
i.  e.  by  or  through  ivhom  the  tiling 
takes  place,  as  in  the  Lat.  ablal. 
with  a  or  ah,  e.  g.  U.  1.  242  ;  3,  61, 
430  ;  4.  479 ;  5,  92,  etc.  ;  νφ'  έαντον. 
hy  one's  own  free  action,  i.  e.  of 
one's  self,  Lat.  sua  sponte,  νφ'  νμών 
αϊτών,  Thuc.  4,  64  :  ακονειν  νπό 
τίνος,  to  be  told  by  one,  hear  /com 
him.  Soph.  Aj.  1321,  Pars.  Med. 
1011 :  sometimes  with  a  verbal  subst., 
as,  TO  νπο  νόμον  Ιπίταγμα  fi.  e.  ίπι.- 
τασσόμενον),  Stallb.  Plat.  Rep.  359 
A  :— cf.  προς  A.  II. — 2.  also  in  preg- 
nant phrases,  not  only  of  the  imme- 
diate act  of  the  agent,  but  also  of  its 
further  result,  σπέρχεσθαι  υπό  τίνος, 
to  haste  driven  on  by  some  one.  11. 
13,  334;  so,  φεϋγειν  νπό  tivoc,  i.  e. 
to  flee  before  him,  II.  18,  149,  cf  11.  7, 
64;  11,  119,  424,  Od.  5,  320;  7,  263, 
etc.— 3.  in  Hdt.  and  Att.,  often  ex- 
tended to  the  agency  of  feelings, 
passions,  etc.,  as  νπο  δέονς,  χαράς, 
φθόνου,  ϋρ)ής,  άγνοιας,  σπονδής,  (yi- 
γονς,  etc.,  by  ot  from  fear,  joy,  etc., 
and  so  oft.  answering  to  Lat.  prae  or 
propter,  e.  g.  Hdt.  1,  85.  131  ;  3,  129, 
etc.  Hence  νπό  is  used  even  with 
active  verbs,  where  some  passive 
word  may  be  supplied,  e.  g.  πράτ- 
τειν  τι  νπ'  αρετής,  to  do  somewhat 
from  courage,  i.  e.  put  to  it  oi/courage, 
Hdt.  8,  1  ;  ποιεϊν  τι  νπο  δέονς,  etc.  ; 
όρύασειν  ΰ-υ  μαστιγών,  Valck.  Hdt. 
7,  21  :  esp.  where  the  oi)ject  is  made 
more  prominent  than  the  subject,  as, 


ΤΠΟ 

ov  σέγε  δό?.ος  ϊσχε  νπο  χειρός  εμΰζ, 
for  σνγε  Ισχέβης  δολω. — 4.  to  ex- 
press subjection,  ίφετώσιν  νπ'  αντοί; 
tliey  are  virtuous  undtr  his  sway,  Od. 
19,  1 14. — 5.  but  νπό  oil.  serves  merely 
to  denote  the  allendant  or  accom- 
panying circumstances;  sometimes 
with  part,  added,  so  that  νπό  it 
merejy  periphr.  for  the  gen.  absol., 
άνσάντων  iiT''A;^'fiiU7',attheir  shoiil- 
ing.  i.  e.  as  they  shouted,  II.  2,  334  ; 
16.  277;  νπό  "Ζεφίφοιο  Ιωής,  II.  4, 
276,  etc.  :  freq.  ot  accompanying 
music,  etc..  to  give  the  time  ;  κωμύ- 
ζειν  νπ'  ανλον,  Hes.  Sc.  278,  sqq.  ; 
cf.  Theogn.  371,  Archil.  02,  Charon 
p.  117;  πινειν  νπό  σά?  πΓ^γος,  Ar. 
Ach.  1001,  v.  Wess.  Hdt.  i,  17:— 
hence,  νπ'  ενφήμην  βοής  θνσαι,  to 
ofl'er  a  sacrifice  accompanied  by  it. 
Soph.  i;i.  630 ;  also,  νπό  φανοϋ 
πορενεσθαι,  as  if  undiT  its  guidance 
or  escort,  Xen.  Lac.  5,  7  :  νπό  πομ- 
πής έξάγειν  τινά.  in  or  with  solemn 
procession,  Hdt.  2,  45:  in  the  same 
way  it  is  used  c.  dat. 

B.  WITH  D.\T.  of  the  object,  un- 
der which  a  thing  is,  and  so  of 
place,  Ircq.  in  Hom.,  c.  g.  νπό  πησσί, 
II.  2,  784,  et  passim  ;  νπό  πλατανί- 
στω,  II.  2,  307;  νπό  Ύμώλω,  at  its 
foot,  11.  2,  866,  cf.  Od.  1,  186;  so, 
νπό  TTJ  ΰκροπό7'.ει,  Hdt.  6.  105  ;  νφ' 
άρμπσι,  under,  i.  e.  yoked  Μ  the  chari- 
ot, 11.  8,  402,  cf  18,  244  :  hence  such 
phrases  as  νπό  χερσί  τίνος  δαμήναι, 
άλώναι,  etc.,  II.  2,  374,  860,  etc.  ; 
έμΐ/ς  νπό  χερσΙ  δάμασσον.  II.  3,  352  ; 
ύπό  δηνρι  δαμήναι,  II.  5,  053,  etc. — 
Π.  of  the  object,  under  whose  hand, 
i.  e.  by  or  throiish  whom  a  thing  is 
done,  φέβεσθαι  νπό  Tivi,for  far  of 
him,  II.  11,  121  ;  so,  φοβείπβαι,  όρμΰ- 
σθαι  νπό  τινι,  etc.,  freq.  in  Hom. 
with  intrans.  or  pass,  verbs,  II.  15, 
037,  Od.  13,  82  ;  so,  νπό  πομπή  τίνος 
βήναι,  II.  6,  171  :  τίκτειν,  τίκτεσϋαί 
νπό  τινι,  II.  2,  714,  728,  742;  cf. 
νπεννάομαι. — 2.  expressing  subjection 
or  dependence,  νπό  TivL.  under  one's 
power,  Od.  3,  304  ;  νπ'  ΰνδρύσι,  Od. 
7,  68:  and,  in  Att.,  είναι  νπό  τινι, 
to  be  subordinate,  subject  to  him  ;  νφ' 
έαντώ,  under  one's  self  alone,  Hdt.  7, 
11  ;  τεβραμμένος  νπό  τινι,  under  Ihe 
eye  or  direction  (f  a  teacher,  Stallb. 
Plat.  Rep.  391  C  ;  εχειν  ίφ'  έαντώ, 
to  have  under  one,  at  one's  command, 
Hdt.  7,  157. — 3.  like  νπό  c.  gen.  I.  3, 
νπ'  ανλητήβΐ  πρόσθ'  ίκιον,  advanced 
to  the  music  of  the  flute-player,  Hes. 
Sc.  283,  also  νπ'  αν'λώ,  νπό  κήρνκι, 
φωτί,  δαδί,  Ααμπάδι,  etc.,  Hernst. 
Iaic.  D.  Mort.  6.  6.  It  may  be  re- 
marked that  νπό  has  no  signf.  c.  dat., 
which  it  has  not  also  c.  gen.  ;  but  all 
its  signfs.  c.  gen.  do  not  belong  to  the 
dat.  :  later  it  is  found  as  a  mere 
periphr.  of  the  dat.,  Jac.  Anth.  P. 
p.  69. 

C.  WITH  Accus.,  to  express  motion 
towards  and  under  an  object,  freq.  in 
Hum.,  as,  ύπό  σπέος  i/λασε  μήλα, 
drove  them  under,  i.  e.  into  the  cave, 
II.  4,  279  ;  νπό  ζνγόν  ή)αγεν,  Od.  3, 
383,  ίέναι  νπό  γαϊαν,  i.  e.  to  die,  11. 
18,  333  : — the  more  vague  signf  to- 
wards, in  the  direction  of  a  place,  is 
later;  for  phrases  like  νπό  Ύροίην, 
Od.  4,  146;  νπό  πτο'λιν.  11.  Π,  181  ; 
νπό  τείχος.  II.  4,  407,  are  to  be  taken 
literally  of  the  lofty  site  of  the  cities  : 
and  so,  νπο  δικαστί,ριον  άγειν,  Hdt. 
6,  72,  104,  prob.  refers  to  the  elevated 
seals  of  the  judges  above  the  parties, 
cf.  νπάγω  I.  2.— II.  like  νπό  c.  dat., 
under  an  object,  without  signf  of  mo- 
tion, II.  2,  603,  Od.  2,  181,  etc. ;  W 


ΥΠΟΒ 

ηΰ  γ"  ήέλίόν  τε,  ever)"\vhere  under 
the  sun,  II.  5,  267  ;  vtco  την  ίμκτον, 
Hdt.  5,  10: — a  sort  of  middle  signf., 
connecting  these  last,  lies  in  such 
places  as  11.  3,  371  ;  21,  26,  Od.  20, 
278. — 2.  under  shelter  or  protection  of, 
and  so  behind  a  thin?,  vtto  rijv  θνρην, 
Hdt.  1,  12;  cf.  Hdt.  9,  90.— 111.  of 
time,  like  Lat.  sub,  in  loose  defini- 
tions of  time,  about,  near,  νττό  νύκτα, 
towards  night,  as  night  came  on,  cf 
II.  22,  102,  Hdt.  6,  2  ;  v-o  ri/v  εω, 
νττό  ταύτα,  about  the  same  time,  Hdt. 
2,  142;  v-o  τον  σίΐσμόν,  Thuc.  2, 
27 ;  and  even  during,  tcuvt'  v~b  μη- 
νιϋμόν,  throughout  its  continuance,  11. 
16,  202  :  sometimes  c.  part.,  ί•— ό  τον 
νηον  κατακαέΐ'τα,  about  the  time  of 
its  burning.  Hdt.  1,  51. — IV.  as  c. 
gen.  and  dat.,  to  express  subjection  or 
dependence:  also,  though  rarely,  of 
circumstances  influencing  an  action. 
— V'.  ΐ'-ήό  τι,  as  adv.,  to  a  certain  de- 
gree, in  some  measure,  Lat.  aliquate- 
nus.  Plat.  Gorg.  493  C,  Phaedr. 
242  D. 

D.  POSITION  :  ί'Τϊό  can  ahva)'s  fol- 
low its  subst.,  tiecoming,  by  anas- 
trophe,  ύττο.  It  is  freq.  separated 
from  the  subst.  by  some  intervening 
■ivords,  as  in  11.  2,  465,  Od.  1,  131 ;  5, 
320,  etc. 

E.  t'770  without  case,  .^s  .\τ>\•.,  un- 
der, below,  beneath,  oft.  in  Horn.  ;  esp. 
of  young  under  the  mother,  i.  e.  at 
the  breasts,  Od.  4,  636;  21,  23.-2. 
behind,  Hdt.  7,  61. — II.  secretly,  unno- 
ticed, 11.  23,  153;  24,  507.— III.  νπ 
έκ,  or  (as  some  write  it)  ντζέκ,  cf. 
sub  v.  In  Hom.  the  separation  of 
the  prep,  from  its  verb  by  tmesis  is 
very  freq.,  and  sometimes  it  follows, 
like  German  prepositions,  in  which 
case  it  suffers  anastrophe,  e.  g.  Od 
9,  17. 

F.  IN'  COMPOS.  : — T.  under,  as  well 
of  rest  as  of  motion,  as  in  ν~ειμι, 
v~0;Saiv(j.  etc. — 2.  of  the  mi.xing  of 
one  thing  with  another,  as  ν-ύργν- 
ρος.  ν-όχρνσος. — 3.  of  the  agency  or 
influence  under  which  a  thing  is  done, 
to  express  subjection,  subordination, 
etc.,  as  ντΓοδαμύω.  ν-οδμώς,  etc. — 

II.  denoting  what  is  in  small  degree, 
gradual,  secret,  etc  ,  somewhat,  a  little, 
as  νττοκινέω,  ν~οό(//ς:  by  degrees,  by 
little  and  little,  underhand,  secretly,  just 
like  Lat.  sub,  as  v~o6ur:tv<j,  νττοκο- 
ρίζομαι. 

'Ύ-οακταίνομαι,  v.  νπερικταίνο- 
uai. 

'Ύποάμοναος.  ov,  (νπό,  ΰμονσος)  a 
little  estranged  from  the  vtuses  or  from 
literature  and  the  arts,  Plat.  Rep.  548 
E. 

'Ύ:τό.3αθμος,  ov,  b,  and  νττοβύθρα, 
ας,  ή,  —  ^.(\. 

'Ύττόβαθρον,  ov,  τό,  any  thing  put 
or  set  under,  η  prop,  stay,  grounduork, 
base.- — 2.  the  foot.— 3.  a  footstool,  The- 
ophr. — 4.  a  carpet  spread  under  foot, 
Xen.  Mem.  2,  1,  30:  from 

'Ύ-ο3αίι-ω.  f.  -βήσομαι,  (ί•τό,  βαί- 
νω)  to  go  under,  stand  under,  esp.  as  a 
prop  or  ha.te. — II.  to  go  under  or  down  ; 
of  the  tide,  to  ebb.  Pint.  2,  897  B.— 

III.  meiaph.,  τεσσαράκοντα  πόδας 
νποβάς  της  έτ'ερης  {πυραμίδας)  των- 
το  μέγαθος,  going  40  feet  below  the 
like  size  of  the  other  pyramids,  i.  e. 
building  it  40  feet  lower,'  Hdt.  2,  127  : 
VTT-  ανχηματος,  to  abate  from  boast- 
ing, Dion.  H.  8,  48. — 2.  to  decrease, 
grow  lesK,  also  of  numbers,  Plat.  Legg. 
775  B. — 3.  to  be  lower  or  inferior,  be 
the  second  in  rank. — 4.  μικρόν  νττοβύς, 
in  writing,  a  little  farther  below  in  the 
tejct. 


ΤΠΟΒ 

'ΎτΓοβάκχειος,  ov,  ό,  in  metre,  a 
foot  consisting  of  one  short  and  two  long 
syllables,  6.  g.  ΐίοσειδών,  like  the 
Βακχείας,  Dion.  H. 

'Ύ-όοακχος,  oi>.  [νπό,  Έάκχος)  un- 
der the  power  or  influence  of  Hacchus, 
hence  frenzied,  Philostr. 

'Ύ~οβά'/./.ω,  f.  -βα/.ώ.  (ν-ό,  βύ?,λω) 
Ιο  throw,  put  or  lay  under,  as  clothes, 
carpets,  etc.,  Lat.  substernere,  λΐτα, 
Od.  10,  353  ;  ττιλονς,  Xen.  Cyr.  5,  5, 
7  : — v~.  Tivi  71,  Eur.  Or.  223,  etc.  ; 
also,  Ti  vTzb  ττάδας,  Xen.  Oec.  18,  5  : 
v~.  αΓ,ας  τοις  τρά^οις,  like  Lat.  siio- 
mittere,  Longus  3,  21  : — to  place  under 
(as  a  beginning,  foundation),  Aescliin. 
4,  19;  and  in  mid.,  PolVb.  13,  6,  2.— 
2.  to  subject,  εαυτόν  Tin,  Aescliin.  66, 
25. — II.  Ill  mid.,  to  substitute  another's 
child  for  one's  own,  Hdt.  5,  41,  Ar. 
Thesm.  340,  407,  Plat.  Rep.  538  A. 
Dem.  563,  5,  etc. ;  the  origin  of  which 
phrase  is  plain  from  the  words  of 
Eur.,  μαστφ  γνναικός  σης  νττεβ/.ή• 
θην  λάβρα.  Ale.  639 ;  cf.  νποβο'λι- 
μαϊος  :  —  metaph.,  νποβαΛ/.όμενοι 
κλέτΓτονσι  μνθονς,  they  lay  false 
charges  at  his  door.  Soph.  Aj.  188, 
cf.  Isocr.  314  C  — III.  to  throw  in  a 
word  under  or  after  another,  to  rejoin, 
repli/,  retort,  interrupt,  as  ugu.  explain- 
ed 'in  II.  19,  80  (in  Ep.  form  νββύλ- 
/.ω) ;  but  cf.  signf.  IV,  and  v.  v-o- 
β/.ήδην  ; — so,  however,  in  Aeschin. 
12,  15;  60,  24,  etc.— IV.  to  suggest, 
whisper  something  to  another  as  a 
prompter  does,  or  to  have  another  to 
speak  lor  one,  «7ii7e  one  prompts  him, 
II.  19,  80,  ace.  to  Henn.  Opusc.  5, 
302  ;  vTco3a7.tlv  δννήσεσθε  ην  τι  έπι- 
7.ανθάνωνται,  Xen.  Cyr.  3,  3,  55;  cf. 
Plat.  Gorg.  491  A  : — to  dictate,  v-rr. 
λόγον  Ttvi,  Isocr.  280  E.  of  112  C, 
Dem.  580.  6.  etc.  ;  ντΐ.  ονόματα,  of 
an  informer,  Lys.  132,  9:  cf.  ν-οβο• 
/ή  I.  3. — V.  to  throw  to  or  before,  as 
food  to  beasts,  etc.,  Polyb.  1,  82,  2. — 
V^I.  in  mid  ,  to  appropriate  to  one's  self, 
ά?.?.ότρια,  Strab. 

'Ύποβαρβαρίζω,  f.  -tu.  {νττό,  βαρ- 
βαρίζω)  to  speak  a  little  like  a  foreigner, 
speak  rather  broken,  Plat.  Lys.  223  A. 

Ύττοβάρβΰρος,  ov,  speaking  some- 
what barbarously. 

'Ύτΐύβΰσις,  εως,  //,  (ΰποβαίνω)  : — 
a  going  down  or  backward. — II.  a  stoop- 
ing or  crouching  down,  esp.  of  a  horse 
that  lowers  itself  to  take  up  the  rider, 
Lat.  subsessio,  Xen.  Eq.  1,  14;  cf. 
υποβιβάζομαι. — III.  a  basement,  pedes- 
tal, foot,  inscr. 

'Ύποβύσκύνος,  ov,  {νπό,  βάσκανος) 
somewhat  envioxis,  Manetho. 

Ύπόβαομος,  ό,  Ion.  for  νπόβαθμος, 

'Υποβαστάζω,  to  bear  from  under, 
underprop. 

'Ύποβύτης,  ov,  ό,^ν-όβαθρον.  [ΰ] 

'Ύπο3δν?.'/.ω,  {νπό,  βόν'/λω)  to 
break  wind  secretly,  Luc.  Lexiph.  10. 

'Ύπο3ένθιυΓ,  ov,  {νπό.  3ίνθος)^ 
νποβνθιος,  Anth.  P.  7,  636. 

'Ύποβήσσω,  Att.  -βήττω,  f.  -βηξυ, 
{νπό,  βησσυ)  to  cough  a  little,  have  a 
slight  cough,  Hipp.  p.  176,  Luc,  Gall. 
10.  etc. 

'Ύποβϊβάζο,  f.  -άσω,  {νπό,  βιβάζω) 
to  draw  0Γ  briyig  down  :  in  medical 
phrase,  to  carry  off  downwards,  i.  e,  by 
purging,  νπ.  τα  χο?.ώδη,  Diosc,  : — 
mid.,  to  let  one's  self  down,  stoop  or 
crouch  down :  of  a  horse,  to  lower 
itself  to  take  up  the  rider,  Lat,  subsidere, 
Xen.  Eq.  6,  16.    Hence 

'Υποβιβασμός,  ov,  6,  a  carrying  off 
downwards,  purging. 

Ύποβιβρώσκω,  {νπό,  βιβρώσκω) 
to  eat  away  underneath,  in  pass.,  tj. 
Sm.  9,  382. 


ΤΠΟΒ 

Ύποβίνητιάω,  ώ,  (,νπό,  βινητιάοΛ 
νποβινητιώντα  βρώματα,  aphroa, 
siacs,  Menand.,  cf.  Meineke  p.  161. 

Ύπόβ/.αισος,  ov.  {νπό,  ι^λαισός^ 
bent  outwards  a  little.  Arist.  Inc.  All 
16,  1, 

^Ύποβ/.αστύνω,   f.   -στήσυ,    {νπό, 
βλαστάνιο)  to  bud  or  grow  from  below 
— to  grow  a  little  or  grudually,  Joseph 

Ύπόβ/,εμμα,  ατός.  τό.  a  secret  look, 
a  look  a.tkance,  angry  look:  anti 

Ύποβ/.επτικός,  η,  όν,  casting  a 
stolen  look,  eyeing  askance  :  from 

Ύποβ/.έπω,  f.  -xt'o,  (νπό,  β'/έπυ)  to 
look  up  from  underneath  at,  glance  at  or 
look  askance  at,  eye  scornfully,  angrily, 
τινά,  Lat,  liniis  oculis  intueri,  suspi- 
cere,  Ar.  Thesm.  396;  νποβ?..  τινύ 
όις  καταφρονοϊντα,  ώς  διαφϋορεα. 
Plat.  Symp.  220  C,  Crito  53  Β  ;  cf. 
Luc.  Symp.  6: — also,  to  cast  .'Stolen 
looks  at.  of  lovers,  Plut.  2.  521  Β  : — 
hence  in  pass.,  νποβ/.έπεσθαι  ώς  εγ- 
νωσμένοι, Eur.  Η.  F.  1287. —  II. 
intrans.,  to  look  with  the  eyes  half  open, 
to  wink,  twinkle,  of  people  half  asleep, 
Hipp.  ;  esp.,  to  give  an  angry  side-look, 
etc.,  τανρηδον  νπ.  προς  τον  άνδρα. 
Plat.  Phaed.  117  Β  ;  άπει'/ητικυν  τι 
νπ.,  Luc.  Vit.  Auct.  7.     Hence 

ΎπόβλειΙης,  εως,  ή,  α  casting  side- 
glances  :  a  looking  askance  or  angrily 
at,  etc. 

Ύποβ/.-ήδην,  adv.,  {υποβάλλω) : — 
strictly,  throwing  undtr.  esp.  suggest- 
ing a  word,  hence  by  way  of  caution, 
warning  or  reproof,  νποβλήδην  7/μεί- 
βετο,  11.  1,  292;  cf.  Herm.  Opusc.  5, 
305,  sqq.,  v.  sub  νποβολή  1.  3. — II. 
suppositilioitsly. — 111.  looking  sidelong, 
H.  Hom.  Merc.  415  (where  νποβ/J- 
βδην  has  been  conjectured,  but  v. 
Herm.  ubi  supra). 

Ύποβ/.ηδόν,  adv.,=foreg, 

Ύπόβ7^ημα,  ατός,  τό,  any  thing  pvt 
under. 

Ύποβλητέος,  a.  ov,  verb.  adj.  ot 
νποβύ/./.ω,  to  be  laid  or  put  under, 
Tivi,  Xen.  Oec.  19.  9  :  /o  he  substituted 
for  another,  etc. — II.  ΰπηβ/.ητίον, 
one  must  put  under,  etc.,  Dion.  H. 

Ύποβ/.ητικώς.  auv .,^νποβ'ληδην. 

Ύπόβλ.ητος,  ov,  {νπιιβάλ/.ω) : — 
put  under. — 11.  put  in  another's  place, 
spurious,  counterfeit,  false,  Soph.  O. 
C.  794  ;  λό-^ος,  Aj.  481. 

Ύποβ/ίττω,  {νπό,  βί.ίττυ)  to  cut 
out  secretly,  as  honey  (rum  a  hive, 
Philostr. 

'Υποβ7.νζω,  to  sprout  vpfrom  below. 

Ύποβο/.ενς,  έως,  ό,{νπο.:ύ7.7ω)  one 
who  jruls  or  lays  under,  gives  u  hint  or 
notion  of,  a  suggester.  reminder  (v.  ί'ττο- 
/3o?.7;  I.  4): — in  a  theatre,  a  prompter, 
Plut.  2,  813  Ε  ;  cf.  Meineke  Comm. 
Misc.  p.  42. 

Υποβολή,  ης,  η,  {νποβύ7.7.ω) : — I. 
actively,  β  throwing,  putting  or  laying 
under,  hence  α  hiding,  concealing,  νπ. 
ενιδρενόντων,  a  setting  men  in  am- 
bush, the  hidden  position  of  an  ambus- 
cade, Polyb.  3,  105,  1. — 2.  a  substitu- 
tion by  stealth,  esp.  of  supposititious 
children.  Plat.  Rep.  538  A  ;  νποβο7.τ/ς 
γράφεσθαί  τίνα,  to  ch:irge  any  one 
with  bastardy,  A.  B.,  c(.  sq.^3.  a 
suggesting,  reminding.  Ιξ  νποβολ.ης, 
upon  secret  advice,  Xen.  Cyr.  3,  3,  37  ; 
cf.  Polyb.  9,  24,  3  : — hence  prob.,  εξ 
νποβο/.ΐις  βατί'ωόεϊσθαι,  to  recite  ac- 
cording to  a  hint  or  cue  given,  Diog.  L. 
1,  57  (on  this  <iisputed  phrase,  v.  on 
the  one  side,  Herm.  Opusc.  5, 300,  sqq., 
7,  05,  sqq. ;  and  on  the  other,  λλ  olf 
Proleg.  II.  p.  cxl}. — II.  pass.,  that 
which  is  put  under,  a  foundation .  ground- 
work. Plut.  2,  320  Β  ;— metaph.,  like 
νπόθεαίς,  the  subject,  .suhieft-matter, 
1563 


ΥΠΟΓ 

Λόγον,  of  a  speech,  Luc. — 2.  natural 
Kibility,  capacity,  Musoil.  ap.  Stob. 
Eel.  2,  p.  428. 

Ύκο^'λι/ιαϊος,  a,  ov,  (ΰττοβο/^ή  I. 
2)  : — substituted  by  stealth,  supposi- 
titious, spurious,  counter f Kit,  esp.  of 
children,  like  νόβος,  Plat.  Rep.  537 
Ε  ;  τα  νπ.  (sc.  τέκνα),  HcJt.  1,  137, 
Polyh,,  etc. 

'Ύττό,βολος,  ov,  pledged ;  v.  sub 
ν'!τώίυ7.ος. 

'Ύποβορι3όριος,  ov,  and  νποβόρβο- 
ρος,  ov.  With  a  viuddy  bottom. 

Ύπο^ορβορύζο),  (ΰ~ύ,  βορβορνζω) 
to  rumble  a  little  ;  tv  ■ΰοτοίσι  νττοά.,ίο 
drink  with  a  noise,  Hipp.  p.  120,  of. 
ICO,  1121. 

'Ύπο3ουλενω,  =  εττίβοΐιλενω,  very 
dub. 

'Ύπόβραγχος,  ov,  (υπό,  βράγχος) 
somewhat  hoarse  from  cold,  Hipp.  p. 
415. 

'Ύτΐοβρΰγεϊν,  aor.  2  of  νποβρύζω 
or  ί'ΤΓοβρύσσω,  to  crack  under  or  with, 
Q.  Sin.  10,  72. 

'ΎπύιΒράχνς,  ν,  somewhat  short: — 
adv.,  νττυβραχυ,  gradually. 

'ΎτΓοβρέμω,  {νττό,  βρίμω)  to  roar 
under  or  in  answer  to,  c.  gen.,  Άϊόος 
νποβρέμει  μνχός  γάς,  Aesch.  Pr. 
434. 

'ΎτΓοβρέχω,  {ύττύ,  βρέχω)  to  soak  or 
moisten  a  little. — II.  to  ivet  or  xuak  one's 
self  a  little ;  nietaph.,  to  drink  mode- 
rately, οίναρίοις  νποβρέχειν,  Alex. 
Incert.  5: — νκοβεβρεγμένος,  some- 
what drunk,  Luc.  D.  Deor.  23,  2,  ubi 
V.  Hernst. 

'ΎτΓοβρομέω,  ώ,=ΰποβρέμω,  Nic. 
Al.  287. 

'Ύ~όβρϋχα,  v.  νπόβρνχος. 

'ΎτΓοβρϋχύομαι,  dep.  pass.,  to  roar 
or  bellow  a  little. 

'Υποβρύχιος,  ov,  poet,  also  a,  ov, 
H.  Hoin.  33,  12,  and  even  in  Plat. 
Phaedr.  248  A  ( νπό,  βρνχίος) : — under 
water,  II.  cc,  Hdt.  1,  18'J— II.  in  the 
deep,  and  so  (generally)  lying  deep, 
not  tienr  the  surface,  Hipp.  ;  under- 
ground, opp.  to  έ~ΐ7Γθ'λύζο)ν,  Luc. 
Dipsad.  3. — II.  nietaph.,  ΰτ.  πυρετός, 
a  hidden  fever,  one  that  shows  itself 
by  degrrecs,  Hipp,  [ϋ] 

'Ύπόβρΰχος,  ov,={oreg.,  usu.  in 
neut.  plur.  νττόβρνχα  as  adv.,  under 
water,  νπόβμνχα  βϊ/κε,  Od.  5,  319; 
γενέσθαι,  Hdt.  7,  130  ;  ναντιλ'ληνταί, 
Aral. 420;  Opp., etc. ; — though  Buttui. 
Le.xil.  s.  v.  βρόξαι  9,  would  explain 
such  passages  adjectively. — All  other 
parts  of  the  word  seein  to  be  taken 
from  ύττοβρυχίος. 

'Ύπύβρωμος,  ov,  (ΰ/τό,  βμύμος) 
stinking  a  little,  Diosc. 

'Ύποβύθιος,  ov,  {βνθός)=.  υποβρύ- 
χιος, [ϋ] 

'Ύπογαίόιος,  ov,  νπόγαιος,  ov,  v. 
sub  υπόγειος. 

Ύπογάμέω,  ώ,  (υπό,  γαμέω)  (ο 
marry  thereupon  or  after,  Ael.  Ν.  Α.  7, 
25. 

'Ύπογαστρίζομαι,  (υπό,  γαστρίζω) 
dep.,  to  eat  one's  belly  pretty  full, 
Aesop. 

'Ύπο'/άστριον,  ov,  τό,  the  lower 
belly  from  the  navel  downwards,  the 
paunch,  Hipp. — II.  the  lower  part  nf  a 
sea-fish,  esp.  of  the  tunny,  a  favourite 
dish  at  Athens,  Comici  ap.  Ath.  302 
D,  sq..  whence  the  joke  in  Ar.  Vesp. 
195: — strictly  neut.  from 

Ύπογάστριος,  ov,  {υπό,  γαστηρ) 
of  or  belonging  to  the  belly,  πάθη  ΰπ., 
luets  of  the  belly,  Phiio. 

'Ύπο^ "ίνομαι.  {ΰπή,  γύνομαι)  dep. 
mid..  Ιο  be  born:  but  in  aor.  ΰπογείνα- 
σβαι.    transit.,    to    bear     brin••   forth, 
Euphor.  Fr,  61. 
15U4 


ΥΠΟΓ 

'Υπόγειος,  ov,  {νπύ,  γη)  under  the 
earth,  subterraneous,  Aesch.  Fr.  54, 
Plat.  Ax.  371  A  :  Ion.  ΰπόγαιος, 
Hdt.  2,  100,  148:  in  Hesych.  also 
ΰπο'-,αίύιος. 

Ύπόγεισος,  ov,  (ϋπό.  γεϊσον)  with 
a  coping  or  eaves. — II.  ή  ύπόγεισος,  a 
kind  oi .houseleek  (άείί^ωον)  growing  in 
the  gutters  of  roofs,  Plin. 

'Ύπογελάο,  ώ,(ύπό,  γελάω)  to  laugh 
slily,  smιle,L•a.t.  subndere.  Plat.  Charm, 
162  B. 

'Ύπογέμω.  to  be  somewhat  full. 

'Ύπογενειάζω,  {υπό,  γενειάζω)  to 
intreat  by  touching  the  chin,  Aeschin.  9, 
20. 

'Ύπογενειάσκω,  (υπό,  γένειον)  to 
have  a  beard  beginning  to  grow,  Philet. 

'Ύπόγεως,  ων,=^ύπόγεως. 

'Ύπογηράσκω  (v.  sub  γηράσκω),  to 
grow  rather  old,  grow  old  gradually, 
Ael.  N.  A.  7,  17. 

'Ύπογίγνομαι,  later  -γίνομαι,  (νπό, 
γίγνομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  grow  up  by  de- 
grees, after  or  in  .succession,  Lat.  sub- 
nasci,  Hdt.  3,  159,  Polyb.,  etc.  -.—to  be 
forthcoming  to  meet  an  occasion,  Tivi, 
Polyb. 

'Ύπογκόω,  ώ,  to  enlarge  a  thing 
somewhat,  make  it  fat. 

Ύπύ}'λαυκος,  υν,  (υπό,  γ?Μνκάς) 
sometvhat  grey,  of  eyes,  opp.  to  νπο- 
χαροπός,  Xen.  Cyn.  5,  23;  of.  γλαυ- 
κός, χαροπύς. 

'Ύπογλαύσσω,  {ΰπό,  γλαΰσσω)  to 
glance  from  under,  glance  furtively ,  like 
νποβλέπω,  Mosch.  2,  86,  Call.  Dian. 
54.  ' 

'Ύπόγ?ίΐσχρος,  ov,  {νπό,  γλίσχρος) 
somewhat  slippery  or  clammy,  Hipp. 

Ύπογ?ιουτίς,  ίι^ος,  ή,  {νπό,  γλου- 
τός) the  outer  side  of  the  thigh,  opposite 
to  the  περίνεον,  Arist.  H.  A.  1,  14,  2. 

Ύπογλΰκαίνω,  {νπό,  γλυκαίνω) 
to  sweeten  a  little:  nietaph.,  to  coax 
and  smooth  down,  τινά,  Ar.  Eq.  216. 

'Ύπ<)γλϋκυς,  ν,  gen.  εος,  sweetish. 

Ύπογλώσσιος,  oy,  Alt.  ■ττιος,{νπύ, 
γλώσσα)  : — under  the  tongue  ;  to  ύπ., 
the  region  under  the  tongue,  Arist.  H.  A. 
2,  15,  10:— ΰπ•.  βάτραχος,=  5(ΐ.,  Lat, 
rana. 

'Ύπογλωσσίς,  ίδος,  ή,  Att.  -ττίς, 
(νπό,  γλώσσα)  α  swelling  on  the  under 
side  nf  the  tongue,  Hipp. — 2.  a  kind  of 
chaplet,  Philet.  58,  Plat.  (Com.)  Ζευς 
κακ.  4. 

'Ύπόγ?ίωσσον,  ου,  τό,  a  kind  of 
hutcher's-brooni  or  ruscus,  on  the  leaves 
of  which  a  small  leaf  tike  a  tongue 
grows,  with  the  flower  and  fruitstalk 
under  it,  written  also  ίππόγλωσσον, 
Diosc.  4,  132, 

Ύπόγλωσσος,  ov,  later  form  for 
ύπογλώσσιος. 

Ύπογνάμπτω,  f.  -τ/'ω,  (ϋπό,  γνάμ- 
πτω)  to  bend  round  under,  bend  unper- 
ceived  Or  gradually,  H.  Hom.  7,  13  ; 
cf.  νποκάμπτω. 

'Ύπόγννθα,  adv.,  in  meditatire  or 
mournful  mood,  Hesych.,  who  explains 
it,  τάς  χείρας  έχων  ΰπυ  την  γνάθον. 

Ύπογογγύζω,  to  inurmur  or  mutter 
to  one's  self. 

'Ύπογογγνστής,  ov,  o,  one  that  mur- 
murs to  himself. 

'Ύπογονύτιος,  ov,  under  the  knee  ; 
T?j  ύ~.,  a  knee-cushion. 

'Ύπογουνίς,'  ίδος,  ή,  dub.  1.  for 
'επιγ-. 

'Ύπόγραμμα,  ατός,  τό,  (υπογράφω) 
that  which  is  written  under:  a  signa- 
ture.— 2.  an  inscription,  Lycurg.  164, 
33. — II.  that  which  is  painted  :  a  stain- 
ing, esp.  of  the  eyelids:  also  the  cos- 
metic used  fur  that  purpose,  Ar.  Fr.  695. 

Ύπογραμμΰτεία,  ας,  ή.  the  office  of 
νπογραμματεύς,  Plut.  2,  840  E.  ^ 


ΥΠΟΓ 

'Ύπογραμμάτεύς,  έως,  6,  (  ύττό 
γραμματεύς  )  an  nnder-clerk,  under 
s> Cretan/,  Antipho  145,  26,  Lys,  186, 
3;  cf.  ilockh  P.  E.  1,  251. 

'Ύπογ(ΐαμμύτενω,  to  be  a  νπογραμ 
ματίνς.  τινί,  Antipho  147,  14;  r^ 
άρχη  νπ.,  Lys.  186,  8. 

'Ύπογραμμυς,  ού,  ό,  {υπογράφω)  α 
writing-copy,  pattern,  model,  Ν.  'Γ.  : — 
νπ.  παιδικοί,  copy-heads  for  children, 
containing  all  the  letters  of  the  al- 
phabet :  three  of  such  forms  have 
been  preserved  by  Clem.  Alex., /ίάρ- 
πτε  σφίγξ  κλώ-ψ  ζβυχβηδόν,  —  βέδν 
ζύμφ  χθώ  π/.ηκτρον  σφιγξ,  —  and 
κναξζβί  χθύπτηςφλε•}μώ  δρό-φ,  which 
last  was  wrongly  ascribed  to  Thes- 
pis,  Bentl.  Phal.  p.  240. 

'Ύπογραπτέον,\^ή).  adv.  fromiiiro- 
γράφω,  one  must  sketch  out,  Strab. 

'Ύπο)ράφενς,  εως,  ύ,  {υπογράφω) 
one  who  ivrites  under  another's  orders,  a 
secretary,  amanuensis,  Luc.  Demosth. 
Enc.  44  ; — at  Athens,  the  clerk  of  the 
Popular  Assembly  (the  clerk  cf  the 
Council  being  called  ΰντιγραφενς): 
— but  in  Ar.  Eq.  1256,  ΰπ.  δικών  ap- 
pears to  be  a  private  secretary,  who 
drew  indictments  for  a  sycophant. 

'Υπογραφή,  ης,  ή,  (υπογράφω)  a 
subscription,  signature  :  esp.  a  bill  of 
indictment,  Lat.  libellus  accusatorius. 
Plat.  Theact.  172  Ε  :  cf.  υπογράφω. 
— 2.  an  impression,  mark,  τενόντων 
νπογραφαί,  foot-prints,  Aesch.  Cho. 
209. — 3.  a  subjoined  writing  or  table, 
Arist.  Interpr.  13,  2. — 11.  a  writing- 
copy. — III.  a  first  sketch,  design,  outline, 
Lat.  adumbralio,  opp.  to  τεΆεωτάτη 
άπεργασία.  Plat.  Rep.  504  D: — niet- 
aph., sketch,  general  description,  sum- 
mary of  what  is  to  be  said,  an  advo- 
cate's brief  lb.  548  D,  Legg.  737  D  ; 
cf.  Stallb.  Theaet.  172  D.  — IV.  a 
painting  under,  of  the  eyelids,  Xen. 
Cyr.  1,  3,  2;  cf.  νπυχρίομαι. 

Ύπογράφια,  ων,  τα,  (sc.  χρήματα) 
7noney  lent  upon  a  note  of  hand  or  bill. 

'Υπογράφω,  f.  -ψω,  {ΰπό,  γράφω) 
to  write  under,  subscribe,  sign  :  also, 
to  write  under  an  inscription,  subjoin  to 
it  ΰπ.  τι  στϊ)7.η,  Thuc.  5,  56  :  to  write 
the  name  or  title  upon  a  thing,  to  indorse 
with  a  title,  etc.,  Dern.  973,  J 4,  v.  1. 
693,  10  (cf.  επιγράφω)  : — mid.,  to  set 
one's  name  to  a  bill  of  indictment,  etc.  ; 
ύπογράφεσθαί  τινι,  to  join  in  bringing 
a  charge  or  accusation  against  any  one, 
Lat.  subscribrre  accusationem  in  aliipiem, 
Dem.  1484,  17;  cf.  Eur.  H.  F.  1118. 
— II.  to  u'rite  under  another's  dictation, 
Plut.  Caes.  17. — III.  to  write  to  be  cop- 
ied, ωςπερ  oi  γραμματιστάΐ  τοις  μήπω 
δεινοϊς  γράφειν  των  παίδων  ΰπογρά- 
τΐ'αντες  γρημμάς  τι)  γραφίδι,  Plat. 
Prot.  326  D,  ubi  v.  Heind.  ;  hence,  to 
pre.icr{he,  νόμονΓ,  Id.  Legg.  734  E;  cf, 
711  B,  Theaet".  171  D.— 2.  also  in 
drawing,  to  sketch,  draw  in  outline, 
Lat.  adumbrare,  opp.  to  απεργάζομαι, 
Stallb.  Plat.  Rep.  500  E,  Isocr.  99  Β  : 
metaph.,  to  sketch,  delineate,  draw  out, 
Plat.  Rep.  548  C: — also  in  mid.,  Id. 
Rep.  501  A,  cf.  Legg.  803  Α.— IV.  to 
assign  over,  to  pledge,  mortgage,  niet- 
aph., ΰπογράφειν  τη•}  ίλπίδη,  to  as- 
sign hope  to  one,  i.  p.  leed  him  with 
empty  hopes,  Polyb.  5,  30,  I  ;  62,  1, 
etc. — V.  ΰπογράφειν  οφθαλμούς  or 
β7.έ<ρηρα,  to  paint  under  or  stain  the 
eyelids,  [u] 

Ύπίιγρϋπος,  ov,  {νπό.  γρυπός)  with 
a  rather  hooked  nose,  Philostr. 

Ύπόγνιος,  ov,  also  ΰπόγνος,  ov, 
{ΰπό,  γυΐον)  : — under  the  hand,  i.  e, 
at  hand,  near,  Hipp.  :  τό  νπογί'ΐότα• 
τον,  the  readiest  means,  Arist.  Pol.  6, 
8,  3. — II.  metaph.,  just  out  of  hand. 


ΎΠΟΔ 

frrsh,  7iew,  γύ?Μ,  Hipp•  :  lately  hap- 
pf^ntd,  Irite,  recent,  νττ.  τοΙς  χμόνοις, 
Dem.  13'J1,  "21,  etc. :  also,  νπ.  χρόνοι, 
Id.  841,  6. — 111.  sudden,  unexpected, 
Isocr.  310  D,  418  Β  :  fi  νττογύον.  nut 
nf  hand,  off  hand,  on  the  spur  of  the 
moment,  Xen.  Cyr.  6,  1,  43,  Isocr.  43 
C,  Anst.  Rhct.  1,  1,7,  etc.  ;  like  έκ 
;:(ripoc(c(.  χείβ  11.  5). — 2.  also  of  per- 
sons, t'TT.  TiJ  Ik'iiCi,  in  the  first  bvrst  nf 
anger,  And.  Rhet.2,  3,  12— IV.  adv. 
νπογνίως  and  -γνυς,  also  νπόγυιον 
and  -■}Vov,  newly,  lately  :  νπογνιότε- 
pOV.  a  le.is  titne  ago:  νττογνίότατα, 
very  lately,  Dem.  161,  fin. 

'Ύττηγνμνάσιαρχέω,  ώ,  to  be  under- 
gymnasiarrh,  Inscr.  no.  2466:   from 

'Ύτζογνμνασίύρχης,  ου,  b,  and  -σι- 
άρχος,  ov,  ό,  an  under-gymnasiarch, 
Inscr.  ;  v.  Osann  Auctar.  Lex.  p.  160. 

'Ύιτογνμνόω,  ώ,  {ν-ή,  γνμνόω)  to 
make  sometvhat  bare,  Anstaen.  1,  27. 

'Ύττόγϊ'ος,  οΐ',—ντΓόγνιος.  q.  v. 

'Ύπόγϋρος,  ov,  [υπό,  γνρός)  some- 
what curved  or  bent,  Nicet. 

'Ύττυγνρό(ι),  ώ,  to  bend  a  little. 

Ύττόόακρνς,  v.  (όύκρυ)  in  tears. 

'Ύτΐοδακρύί.),  (ΰττό,  όακρνω)  to  iveep 
a  little  or  secretly.  Luc.  D.  Deor.  0,  2. 

'Ύπυόάμάω,  ώ,  f.  -ύσω  [α],  (ν~ό, 
δαμάω)  to  tame  and  subdue,  to  over- 
power, overcome  :  hence  fem.  part.  aor. 
1  pass.,  νποόμηθίίσύ  tlvl.  of  a  wom- 
an, overcome  by  a  man,  i.  e.  having 
yielded  to  his  embrace.  H.  Horn.  16, 
4,  Hes.  Sc.  53,  Th.  327,  .374. 

'T7rof5('iHi)77^(,=foreg. : — pass,  νττο- 
δάμνύμαι,  to  be  overcome,  let  one's  self 
be  overpowered  or  overcome,  Od.  3,  214  ; 
16,  95. 

'Ύπόόΰπνς,  ν,  gen.  εος,  somewhat 
shaggy  or  rough. 

'ΎτΓοδόείσας,  Ep.  for  νττοόείσας, 
part.  aor.  1  act.  from  ύττοόίίύω. 

Ύ-^τοόεόιώς,  ό,  comic  name  of  a 
bird  in  Ar.  Av.  65,  v.  ύπούείδί^. 

'Ύ~ούέόρομε,  poet.  pf.  of  νποτρέ- 
χο>,  Η.  Horn.  Αρ.  284. 

'Ύττοδε?']ς,  ες,  gen.  έος,  (iirro,  δέο- 
μαι) : — deficient,  slighter,  less,  s?naller, 
in   gen.  below  another,  inferior  to  him, 

esp.  in  rank  :  but  it  seems  to  have 
been  used  almost  solely  in  compar., 
-ύστερος,  as  ΗΛΙ.  1,  91,  1.34,  etc. ;  ii-. 
τινός,  viferwr  to  One,  Thuc.  1,  11, 
etc.  ;  εκ.  ■ϊτοΆΆφ  υποδεέστερων,  with 
resources  much  inferior.  Id.  2,  89.  Adv. 
■εστέρως,  Id.  8,  87;  also  -έστερα,  An- 
tipho  123,  24. 

'Ύ7τοδε7ίς.  ες,  gen.  έος,  someiohat 
fearful. 

'Υπόδειγμα,  ατός,  τό,  (νιτοδείκνν- 
μΐ)  α  sig7i,  token,  mark,  Xen.  Eq.  2,  2. 
— II.  a  pattern,  like  παράδειγμα,  Po- 
lyb.  3.  17.  8,  etc.     Hence 

'Υποδειγματικός,  ή,  όν.  by  way  of 
example.     Adv.  -κώς,  Sext.  Emp. 

Ύπηδειδίσσομαι,  f  -ξομηι,  (υπό, 
δειδίσσομηι)  ilep.  mid.,  to  frighten  a 
little. —  II.  intraiis.,  to  be  somewhat 
frightened  or  afraid. 

Ύποδείδω.  (■  -σω.ί^νπό,  δε'ιδω)  tran- 
sit., to  fear  a  Utile  or  slightly,  be  some- 
what afraid  of,  c.  acc,  Horn.,  who  how- 
ever uses  only  the  aor.,  usu.  with  dou- 
ble (5,  νπέδδεισαν,  νποδδείσας,  Η.  1, 
406;  12,  413,  etc. ;  νποδείσητε  {wUh 
single  (5),  Od.  2,  66;  and  Ep.  pf  2, 
νποδείδια.  νπηδειδισαν,  Od.  17,  564, 
11.5,521 ;  With  Ep.  pf.  1,  νπαιδειδοικη, 
in  H.  Hom.  Merc.  165  ;  part,  -δεόιώς, 
Αγ.  Αν.  65. — 2.  to  shrink  in  fear  from, 
cower  before,  Soph.  Aj.  169. —  il.  intr., 
to  he  somewhat  afraid,  Luc.  Salt.  63  ; 
cf.  νποδεδιώς. 

'Ύποδείε'λος,  ov,  (δείλη)  towards 
evening. 

Ύποόείκνΐψι,  and  -νύω  :  f.  -δείξω. 


ΤΠΟΔ 

(νπό,  δείκννμι) : — to  show  underhand 
or  secretly  :  to  give  a  sight  or  glimpse 
of,  όλβον,  Hdt.  1,  32: — to  indicate 
one's  will,  give  to  understand,  Xen. 
Mem.  4,  3,  13,  An.  5,  7,  12.— II.  to 
show  by  tracing  out,  mark  out,  Hdt.  1, 
189  :  hence,  to  show  by  example,  teach 
by  example,  Xen.  C)ec.  12,  18,  Isocr. 
38  D,  etc. — HI.  to  show  forth,  make  a 
display  nf,  pretend  to,  άρετήν,  Thuc. 
4,  86":  and.  generallv,=  the  simple 
δείκννμι,  Hdt.  3,  122'- IV.  intr.,  to 
show  or  present  one's  self,  appear,  Hiop. 
p.  196,  Polyb.  2,  39,  12,  etc.     Hence 

'Ύποδεικτέος,  a,  ov,  verb,  adj.,  to 
be  shown  or  pointed  out,  Polvb.  3,36,  5. 

Ύποδΐίκτίίς,  ov,  b,  one  that  shows 
forth  or  displays. 

Ύποδειλιάω,  ώ,  {υπό,  δεύ^ιάω)  to 
be  somewhat  cowardly,  Aeschin.  26.  1. 
— 11.=ν—οδείδω,  πόΆεμον,  Polyb.  35, 
3,  4. 

Ύποδειμαίνω,  (υπό,  δειμαίνω)  = 
ίιποδείδω,  to  stand  in  awe  of,  c.  ace, 
Hdt.  7,  104. 

Ύΰόδίίξις,  εως.  ή,  (νποδείκννμι) 
α?ι  intimation,  Piut.  Demetr.  38. 

'Ύποδειπνέω,  ώ,  (νπό,  δειπνέω)  to 
dine  instead  of  another ,  Luc.  Gall.  10. 

Ύποδέκυμαι,  Ion.  for  νποδέχομαι, 
Hdt. 

'Ύποδεκτέον,  verb.  adj.  from  i'tto- 
δέγοααι,  one  7nust  receive.  Plat.  Legg. 
953  B. 

Ύποδεκτήριον,  ov,  τό,  (υποδέχο- 
μαι) a  place  of  refuge,  resort,  Strab. 

'Ύποδέκτης,  oi>,  b,  n/i  entertainer. 
Hence 

'Ύποδεκτικός,  ή,  όν,  suited  for  re- 
ceiving or  entertaining  ;  δειπνον  νπ., 
an  entertainment  by  way  of  welcome, 
Pint.  2,  727  B. 

'Ύποδέμω,  (υπό,  δέμω)  to  lay  as  a 
foundation,  Hdt.  2,  127. 

'Ύποδενδρύομαι,  as  pass.,  to  grow 
gradually  into  a  tree. 

'ΎποδενδρναζίΟ.  to  slink  away  timid- 
ly under  the  trees,  or  to  come  forth  from 
behind  them. 

'Ύποδεξίη,  ης,  η,  (υποδέχομαι)  re- 
ception of  a  guest,  means  of  entertain- 
ment, like  υποδοχή.  11.  9,  73.    [i,  1.  c] 

'Ύποδέξίος,  a,  ov,  (υποδέχομαι)  re- 
ceiving, capacious,  ample,  λιμένες,  Hdt. 
7,  49,  1  ;  there  is  no  need  to  read 
νποδέξιμοι  with  Valck.,  cf.  Lob. 
Phryn.  315. 

'Ύπέιδεξις,  εως,  ή,^=^ϋποδεξίη,  απο- 
δοχή, Hipp. 

'Ύποδεομαι,  dep.,  to  intreat  in  sup- 
pliant posture. 

Ύποδέρηιον.  ov,  ro,=sq. 

Ύποδερίς,  ίδος,  ή,  (νπο,  δέρις)  the 
lower  part  nf  the  yieck. — 1 1,  a  neck-orna- 
ment, necklace,  Ar.  Fr.  309,  14,  Anst. 
H.  A.  5.  34,  2. 

'Ύ~οδέρκομαι.(ν•!ΐό,δέρκομαι)άΕ^., 
=νποβλέπω,  Q.  Sm.  3.  252. 

'Ύποδέ()ω,  to  strip  iff  the  shin  a  little 
or  below. 

Ύπύόεσις,  εως,  y,  (νποδέω)^=ΐ'πό- 
δησις,  a  bi/idinn  underneath,  Galen. — 
II.  =  ra  υποδήματα,  erne's  shoes.  Plat. 
Prot.  322  A.  Rep.  425  B,  Xen.  Mem. 
1,  2,  5  ;  V.  Lob.  Phryn.  445. 

Ύπόδεσμα.  ατός,  τό,=.ϋποδεσμός. 

Ύποδΐσμενω,=νττοόέω,  also  νπο- 
δεσμέω. 

'Ύποδέσμιος,  ον,  (νποδεσμός  II) 
pledged. 

Ύποδεσμίς,  ίδης,  ή,  α  band  under- 
neath, Foi'S.  Oecon.  Hipp. 

'Ύποδεσμός,  ov,  ό.=^νπύδημα,  Po- 
lyb. 11,9,4. 

'Ύποδέχννμαι,  poet,  for  sq.,  Orph. 
Arg.  82. 

'Υποδέχομαι,  ϊ.-ξοιιαι,  in  Ion.  prose 
ΰποδέκομαι,  dep.  mia. :  also  aor.  pass. 


ΎΠΟΔ 
-εδέχθην  (for  νπεδεξύμην),  Eur.  He- 
racl.  757,  (ϋπό,  δέχομαι).  To  re- 
ceive as  a  guest,  welcome,  entertain,  11. 
6,  136,  Od.  14,  52,  etc.,  Hee.  Th.  513, 
Hdt.,  etc.  ;  ύπίδίκτο  ξεϊνον  όχέων, 
received  the  stranger  [as  he  lighte<l] 
from  his  chariot,  Pind.  P.  9,  17,  cf. 
Eur.  I.  A.  600  : — ό  νποδεξύμενος, one's 
host,  Isocr.  192  Ε  : — also,  to  receive  an 
ambassador  or  suppliant,  Thuc.  5,  83, 
etc.  : — to  admit  an  enemy  mto  a  city, 
Dem.  1343,  9. — 2.  to  give  ear  to,  hearken 
to,  ΰπ.  ε^Jχύς,  Hes.  Th.  419  ;  so,  {'— . 
διαβο/.ύς,  to  give  ear  to  accusations, 
Lys.  172,  1 1. — 3.  to  take  in  charge  as  a 
nurse,  H.  Hum.  Cer.  226,  cf.  Stnllb. 
Plat.  Menex.  237  C— 4.  metaph.,  -ή- 
μα  νπεόεκτό  με,  sorrow  was  my  host, 
Od.  14,  275;  στυγερός  κοίτος  ΰπε- 
δέξατό  με,  Od.  22,  470;  so,  ύκλε'ης 
νιν  δόξα  πρυς  ανθρώπων  ύποδέξεται, 
will  await  hiin,  Eur.  Heracl.  624. — II. 
to  undertake,  engage,  promise,  Lat.  in 
se  recipere,  II.  7,  93,  Od.  2,  387  ;  Twi 
Ti,  Hdt.  2,  121,  6;  with  inf  fut.,  H. 
Hom.  Cer.  443,  Hdt.  4,  133;  6,  11, 
etc.;  rarely  with  inf.  pres.,  Antipho 
123.  7  ;  νπ.  τιν}  η  /z)7i'...,c.  fut., Thuc. 
8,  81  : — absol.,  to  midertake  a  work  or 
task.  Hdt.  9,  21 ,  22.-2.  to  admit,  allmv 
a  thing  with  which  one  is  taxed,  Hdt. 
3,  130;  4,  167,  Plat.,  etc.;  hence, 
OVK  ΰπ.,  to  refuse  to  admit,  deny,  Hdt. 
6.  69. — HI.  to  take  in  silence,  endure, 
bear,  Od.  13,  310;  16,  189.— IV.  to 
wait  for,  abide  the  attack  of,  Lat.  exci- 
pere.  Hes.  Sc.  442,  Thuc,  etc.: — so 
of  hunters,  to  lie  in  wait  for  game, 
Xen.  Cyr.  2,  4,  20,  cf.  Hdt.  6,  104.— 
2.  to  take  up,  as  singers  take  up  a 
song,  Aesch.  Supp.  1023. — 3.  also 
like  Lat.  excipere,  to  follow  in  rank  or 
order,  Posidon.  ap.  Ath.  152  Β  : — so 
of  succession  in  respect  of  place,  to 
come  next  to,  border  upon,  to  προς  TTjV 
ήώ  θάλασσα  νποδέκεται  και  τενάγεα, 
Hdt,  7,  176. — V.  of  a  woman,  to  bc- 
come  pregnant,  Lat.  concipere. 

'Ύποδέω.  i.  -δήσω,  (νπό,  δέω)  to 
bind  or  tie  under  : — mid.,  to  bind  under 
one's  feet,  put  on  shoes. etc.,  κοθόΐ)νονς 
ύποόέεσθαι,  Hdt.  1,  155;  6,  1;  νπ. 
τύς  Αακωνικύς,  Ar.  Ecc.  269,  cf  νπο- 
δνω  :  so,  absol..  to  put  on  one's  shoes, 
Ar.  Av.  492  ;  οι  έμπα/.ιν  νποδηνμε- 
vol,  persons  who  wear  their  shoes 
sometimes  on  the  one  foot  and  some- 
times on  the  other.  Plat.  Theaet.  193 
C: — so  ill  pf.  pass.,  νποδί/ματα,  βλαν- 
τας  νποδεδεμένος,  irith  sandals  or 
slippers  on,  Plat.  Gorg.  490  E,  Symp. 
174  A  ;  ύπ?.άς  νποδεδέσθαι,  Dem. 
1207,22;  and  absol.,  νποδεδεμένοι, 
uilh  their  shoes  on,  Xen.  An.  4,  5,  14  ; 
νποδεδεμένοι  τον  ΰριστερον  ττυδα, 
with  the  left  foot  shod,  Thuc.  3.  22; 
hence  νπόόημα  : — opp.  to  νπο/.νυμαι 
(to  take  olf  one's  shoes). 

Ύπόδηλος,  ov,  (νπό,  όήλ.ος)  some- 
what or  tolerably  clear,  Joseph. 

'Ύποδηλόω,  ύ.  (νπό,  δη/.όω)  to  shmt• 
secretly,  indicate,  Ar.  Thesin.  1011. 
Hence 

'Ύποδί]7ωσις,  εως,  η,  an  indication, 
explanation. — II.  a  subordinate  or  col- 
lateral explanation,  rhetorical  phrase 
used  by  Euenus  of  Paros  in  Plat. 
Phaedr.  267  A. 

'Υπόδημα,  ατός,  τό,  (νποδεω)  : — 
that  which  is  bound  under,  usu.,  a  san- 
dal, which  was  merely  a  sole  bound 
to  the  foot.  Lat.  solea,  Od.  15,  369; 
18,  361,  Hdt.  1,  195,  etc.:  whereas 
νπόδημα  κοίλον,  the  Roman  calceus, 
is  a  shoe  or  half  boot,  which  covered 
the  whole  foot ;  yet  many  authors 
use  υπόδημα  alone  in  this  signf.,  cf. 
Ar.  Plut.  983,  and  the  Interpp. 
1565 


ΎΠΟΔ 

'"Υηοδημάτίον,  ον,  τό,  dim.  from 
foreg.,  Hipp.  p.  828.  [α] 

Ύ ήοόι/μύτορβάύος,  ον,  (ντόύημα, 
ΡάτΓΓω)  stitcliin/f  shoes  :  ύ  ντΓ.,  α  shoe- 
maker, cobbler,  [ά] 

'Ύτΐοδημιονμγέω,  ώ,  (ύτό,  (^ημωνρ- 
γίιο)  to  make  itiider  or  besides,  Hipp.  p. 
1289. 

'Yrrodr/Oij,  ώ,  (ί'τό,  όηόυ)  to  treat  in 
hostile  manner,  destroy,  Q.  Sin.  2,  260. 

Ύπόδησις.  eur,  ή,  {ύτίοόέω)  like 
irrootair,  a  binding  under :  also=£'7ro- 
όημα  and  ίιττοόραμίς.  Hipp. 

ΎτΓοόιαιίάλ'λω,  (v~o,  διαβάλλω) 
to  slander  a  little  OT  secretly,  Arlemid. 
5,  53. 

'Ύποόια3ι3ρώσκω,  {viro,  διαβιβρώ- 
ΰκω)  to  gnaw  through  gradually,  Hipp, 
p.  2tii). 

'Ύποδίαβόϋκω,  to  eat  through  or  cor- 
rode η  little. 

Ύττοόιαζενκτικός,  ή,  όν,  separating 
a  tittle. 

'YTwhaiperytr,  eor,  ή,  subdivision, 
Arilhm.  V'elt. :  I'roiii 

Ύποόιηίρίω,  ώ,  to  subdivide. 

'Ύποδίάκηνέομαι,  dep.  mid. :  to 
serve  under  or  with,  Tivi  :  from 

'Ύττοδ/άκονος,  ov,  6,  (ΰττό,  διάκο- 
νος) an  under -servant,  Posidipp.  Xo/i., 

1,  10.  [a] 

Ύποδιασττάο),  ώ,  {vrca.,  διααπάω) 
to  draw  asunder  a  little  or  gradually, 
Hipp.  p.  986. 

ΎττοδιασΓο?^ή,  f/ς,  ή,  {ύ-ό,διαστελ- 
λω)  a  slight  separation  or  stop,  esp..  he- 
tvvcen  words  in  speaking  or  reading  : 
also  the  symbol  of  a  sliorl  pause,  a  com- 
ma or  colon.  Qiuntil. ;  cf.  νττοση^/ιή. 
—  II.  a  rnark  to  divide  the  syllables  nf  a 
word,  to  distinguish  it  from  another 
like  it,  as  ό  τι  is  freq.  written  ci,  τι. 

'Ύτοδιαφίρυ,  fnt.  -διοίσω,  {ϋτΐό, 
διηφερυ)  to  set  secretly  at  variance, 
DjoC. 

'Ύττοδιαφβείρω,  (.  -φθερύ,  (ντζή,  δια- 
ψβίίρι•})  to  corrupt  secntly  or  gradually, 
begin  to  corrupt  or  destroy,  Joseph. 

'Ύ~οδΐδάσκά?Μς,  ov,  a,  (ΰ-ό,  διδά- 
σκαλος)  an  under-teacher,  esp.  of  a  cho- 
rus. Plat.  Ion  5.36  A. 

'Ύτϊοδιδάϋκυ.   (υπό,   διδάσκω)    to 

tench  bij  degrees,  LXX. 

'Ύΐΐοδιδρύηκω,  to  escape  secretly. 

Ύ-οδίδίομι,  ivrro,  διδωμι)  to  give 
up,  surrender,  betray.  Aristid. — 2.  to  re- 
flect, as  a  mirror,  v.  1.  for  «7rof5-,  Plut. 

2,  9.31  A. — II.  intr.,  to  give  way.  Arist. 
de  MotU  .\n.  2,  2  :  to  decline,  /nil  away, 
come  to  decay,  opp.  to  έτζιδιδωμι,  Aris- 
tid. 

Ύττοδιήγησις,  εως,  η,  a  second  or 
after-narrative. 

Ύττοδΐκάζο),  (ΰ~ό,  δικάζω)  to  sen- 
tence, condemn,  Nicet. 

Ύττόδΐκος.  ov,  {νπό,  δίκη)  accused, 
brought  to  trial,  or  liable  to  an  action, 
τινός,  for  a  tiling,  v~.  γενέσθαι  χε- 
ρών, .Vesch.  Enm.  2t')0  ;  cf.  Andoc,  33, 
13,  Isae.  72,  22,  etc.  :— roii•  διττ^α- 
σίων  τινί  ύττοδ.,  liable  to  forfeit  twice 
the  amount  to  one.  Plat.  Legg,  840 
B;  V-.  rC)  rraOovri  ίστω,  ap.  I)em. 
518,  3: — of  the  offence,  actionable, 
Lys.  117,  3. 

'ΎτΓοδίνέω,  ώ,  (νττό,  διν(ω)  to  whirl 
round  a  little  : — pass.,  to  become  dizzy. 
Call.  Del.  79. 

Ύ~οδί~7.άσίος,  ov,  tuice  as  small, 
Arithm.  Velt. 

ΎττοδιττΆύω.  €>,  to  double.     Hence 

'YTod(~/w<7if,  ευς,  η,  a  doubling. — 
II.   that  ivhich  is  doubled  or  laid  double. 

ΎτΓοδίφθερος,  ov,  {νττό,  διφθέρα) 
vnder  a  skin  or  fur-garment,  clothed  in 
skins,  Strab.,  Lnc.  Tim.  7. 

Ύποδιφάω,  ώ,  (νττό,  δη[ιάω)  to  be 
somewhat  thirsty,  Hipp.  p.  1067, 
1566 


ΎΠΟΔ 

ΎττοδίιΙιιος,  ov,  and  νττύδιψος,  ov, 
(I'TTO,  δίύ)η)  somewhat  thirsty. — 11.  act., 
exciting  thirst  in  so7ne  degree. 

Ύ-οδμί/θείς,  part.  aor.  1  pass,  of 
νττοδαμάω,  Η.  Horn.,  Hes. 

'Ύποδαώς,  ώας,  ύ,  (.νττό,  δμώς)  an 
under- servant,  τινός,  Od,  4,  386 ;  cf. 
ΰττοδρηστήρ. 

Ύποδηρα,  ύς,  ij,  (υττοδίρω)  a  grad- 
ual stripping  of  the  skin,  Chirurgg.  Vett. 

'Ύττυδοσις,  εως,  ή,  (ΰττοδιδωμι)  a 
decreasing,  v.  sul)  νττύδχ>σις. 

'ΎττόδονΆος,  ov,  ό,  an  under-slave, 
Theophr. 

'ΎποδοχεΙον,  ov,  τό,  a  place  of  re- 
ception, an  inn :  and 

Ύττηδογενς,  έως,  ό,  α  receiver,  host : 
— an  undertaker  :  from 

Ύττοδυχή,  ης,  ή.  {υποδέχομαι)  : — α 
reception,  entertainment,  ές  νττοδοχύς 
τον  στρατού,  Hdt.  7,  119,  cf  Ar.  Pac. 
530  ;  είςδέχεσβαι  νττοδοχαΐς  δόμοη•, 
Eur.  I.  Λ.  1229  : — esp..  α  harbouring 
of  runaway  slaves,  Thuc.  1,  139.  cf. 
Plat.  Legg.  955  13  : — εΙς  ίττηδοχτ/ν  τοϊ) 
στρατεύματος  ετύσσοντο,  lor  the  re- 
ception of  the  army  (in  hostile  sense), 
Tnuc.  7,  74. — II.  acceptance,  approval: 
hence,  support,  aid,  succour,  εις  νττο- 
δοχήν  τινι  ττράττειν  τι,  hy  way  of 
suppoiling.  seconding  him,  Aeschin. 
62,  32. — III.  a  supposition,  inference, 
conclu.'<ion,  Dem.  80,  1  ;  1482,  25.— V. 
a  place  nf  refuge,  a  retreat,  Plat.  Phil. 
62  D,  Xen.  Vecf.  3,  1  :— α  receptacle, 
Arist.  Probl.  1,  40. 

Ύττόδρΰ,  poet,  adv.,  freq.  in  Hom., 
but  always  in  the  phrase  ν-όδρα  Ίδών, 
looking  askance  (cf  ίητοβλέπω).  i.  e. 
Inokwig  fiercely,  grimly,  gloomily,  II.  1, 
148,  etc. ;  later  νττοδρι'ιΐ,  q.  v. 

'Ύττοδράκεΐν,  inf  aor.  2  of  νττοδίρ- 
κομαι. 

'Υ-οδρΰμΓίτονργεω,  ώ.  =  νττοτρα- 
γωδέω,  ν.  Ι.  Liic.  Jnp.  Trag.  1. 

'Ύττοδιχίί,  adv.,  later  form  for  νττό- 
δρα.  Nic.  Th.  705. 

'Ύττοδρσ.σία,  ας,  ή,  (ύπόδρα)  an  an- 
gry look,  Hesych. 

'Ύττοδράσσομαι,  Att.  -ττομαι.  (νττό, 
δ/ιόσσω)  as  mid.,  to  try  to  get  hold  of 
secretly,  c.  gen.,  V.  1.  for  έττιδρ-,  Pint, 
Caes.  14. 

'Ύποδρύω,  ώ,  f  -άσω,  poet,  νπο- 
δρώω,  {νττό,  δράω)  to  serve  one,  be 
serviceable  or  useful  to  liim,  c.  dat.,  o'i 
σφιν  νττοδρώωσιν.  Od.  15,  333.  [άσω] 

'Ύττοδρής,  h,  (νττόδρα)  :  —  one  who 
looks  fierce  or  gloomy,  Nonn. 

'Ύποδρήσσω,  =  ύποδρύω,  Αρ.  Rh. 
3,  274. 

'Ύποδρήστεφα,  fem.  from  sq., 
Nonn. 

'Ύποδρηστήρ,  ϊ/ρος,  ο,  (ύποδρύω) 
an  under-servant,  attendant,  assistant, 
τινός,  Od.  15,  330;  like  νποδμώς. 

'Ύπόδρϊμνς.  ν,  gen,  εος,  somewhat 
acrid  or  pungent. 

'Ύ-ηδρημέω,ύ,=νποτρεχω,ο.  ace, 
Sappho  2,  10,  in  pf  δεδρή/ιακεν. 

Ύποδρομή.  ης,  ή,  {νποτρέχω)  α 
running  under  or  into  the  way  of  a 
thing,  Antipho  121 ,  32.— II.  a  place  of 
refuge,  asylum  :  refuge,  softy  ;  a  bur- 
row, Ael.  N.  A.  16,  '5. — 111.  cringing, 
Lat.  assentatio. 

'Ύπόδρομος,  ov,  {ύποτρέχω,  -δρα- 
μειν)  running  under,  down  or  into,  όχ• 
βαις  νπ..  Orph.  Arg.  800  :  running  or 
slijiping  under,  πέτρας  ύπ.  Ιχνονς,  a 
stone  in  the  way  of  the  foot,  Eur. 
Phoen.  1391. 

'Ύπόδρομος.  ov,  ό,=  νποδρομ7/,  esp. 
a  place  to  run  into. — II.  a  kind  of  spider. 

'Ύπόδροσος,  or•,  (ύπό,  δρόσος)  some- 
what moi.steued  or  dewy,  Theocr.25, 16. 

'Ύποδρώωσι,  Ep.  3  pi.  of  νποδριΊω, 
q.  y. 


ΥΠΟΕ 

I      'Ύποδύνω,=ύποδνω,  Hdt.   fi] 
I      'Ύπόδϋαις,   εως,   ή,   (νποδύω) :— α 
,  diving  under,  creeping  or  going  into. — 
I  II.    rejnge,    escape,   μοχθυν,    Irom    la- 

I  hours,  prob.  1.  Aesch!  Eum.  505,  for 

ντιόδοσις. 
I      'Ύποδνςκολος,  ov,  (νπό,  δνςκο?.ος) 
ι  somewhat   morose  or  troublesome  ;   ση• 
!  μείον  νπ.,  a  baddish  symptom,  Hipp. 

I  ^-  Ψ- 

Ύποδνςφορεω,  ώ.   to   be   somewhat 

I  displeased,  Ep.  flat.  357  Ε  :   from 
I      'Ύποδνςφορος.  ov,  (ύπό,  δνςφορος) 
I  rather  impatient,  Hi[ip.  pp.  70,  124. 
'Ύποδιτγεραίνω,  =  νποδννφορέω, 
Plut.  2,  711  1). 

'Ύπιιδνςώδης,  ες.  gen.  εης,  somewhat 
ill  or  rank  smilling. 
\      'Ύποδνςωπέομαι,   {νπό.    δνςωπέω) 
as  pass.,  to  be  somewhat  ashamed  of, 
dislike,  Ti,  Pint.  2,  646  B. 

'Ύποδντης,  ov,  ό,  (νποδνω)  a  gar- 
ment under  a  coat  of  mail,  Diod.,  Plut, 
Philop,  11.  [f] 
'Ύπηδνι,ί,  1.  -δύσω  :  aor.  2  νπέδνν : 
;  also,  ύποδύνω.  (ύπό,  δύω,  δννω) : — to 
ι  draw  unihr,  draw  or  pull  on  under,  κι• 
θόινας  ύποδυνειν  τοίσι  ε'ιμασι,  Hdt. 
I  1,  155. — 2,  intr.,  ύποδννειν  νπό  τι,  to 
[  67/;>  in  under,  Hdt.  4,  75;  also  in  same 
(  signf ,  νπ.  τι,  to  slip  into,  insinuate 
oJie's  self  into  it,  νπέδννε  των  Ιώνων 
την  ήγεμον'ιην,  lb.  6,  2. — 3.  to  slip 
from  under,  c.  acc,  as  a  horse  from 
under  its  rider,  Xen.  Eq.  8,  7. — IJ, 
more  tisu.  in  pass,  and  mid.,  with 
aor.  2  and  perf  act.  (Hom.  only  uses 
aor.  2  act.,  fut.  mid.,  and  Ep.  aor, 
mid.  νπίδί'σετο)  : — tn  dive  under,  slip 
under  or  into,  es|).  by  stooping,  to  steal 
or  slink  into,  II.  8,  332  ;  13,  421  ;  usu, 
c.  acc,  νπυδνσα  θα'λάσσης  κιΥλπον, 
Od,  4,  435.  cf  II.  18,  145:  also,  νπό 
την  ζενγλην,  Hdt.  1,  31,  cf  Plat. 
Gorg.  464  C  ;  νπο  των  κεραμίδων, 
Ar.  V^esp.  205;  εις..,  Jac.  Ach.  Tat. 
617  :  to  gel  into,  put  one's  fit  into 
shoes,  νπόδνθι  τάς  λακωνικάε,  Ar. 
Vesp.  1158,  cf  1159;  cf  νποδίω.~2. 
C.  gen.,  to  slip  out  from  under,  creep  or 
come  forth  from,  θάμνων  νπεδνσετο, 
Od.  6.  127  ;  so,  κακών  ύπυδνσεαι, 
Od.  20,  53. — 3.  to  undergo  labour  or 
toil,  take  it  nn  one's  self,  c.  acc,  ύπ. 
κίνδννον,  Hdt.  3,  C9 ;  πό/εμον.  Hdt. 
4,  120,  cf  7,  10,  8,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  5, 12, 
etc  ;  also  C.  inf,  to  undertake,  νπέδν 
σαν  ποινην  τΐσαι.  Hdt.  7,  134,  Xen, 
Oec.  14,  3. — 4.  of  feelings,  to  steal  into 
or  over,  τις  μ'  υποδύεται  π?.ενρας 
όδύνα  ;  Aescli  Eum.  842: — rarely  c, 
dat.,  πάσιν  δ'  νπέδν  γίιος,  sorrow 
stile  upon  all,  Od.  10,  398  ;  cf  Soph, 
Phil.  1 1 12  : — so  of  diseases.  Xen.  Eq, 
4,  2. — 5.  absol.,  to  slip  or  slink  auay, 
Dem.  778,  20. — 6.  c.  acc.  pers.,  νπο- 
δύεσθηί  τίνα,  to  insinuate  one's  self 
into  his  favour  or  confidence:  νπο- 
δνεσθαι  ύπό  τό  σχήμα.  Ιο  assume  the 
semblance,  Arist.  Rhet.  1,  2,  7;  νπο• 
δνναι  or  ύποδύεσθαι  προςωπεΐοΐ', 
Lat.  suhire  personam.  —  7.  ύφθα'/μοί 
{ιπυδεδνκότεΓ,  sunken,  hollow  eyes, 
Luc.  Tim.  17. 

'Ύποδωρίζω,  (νπό,  Αωρίζω)  to  speak 
with  somewhat  of  the  Doric  manner. 

'Ύποδώριος,ον.(ύπό,  Αώριος)  hypo 
Dorian,  a  mode  in  music,  Plut.  2, 
1142  F. 

'Ύποδωριστί,  (ύπό,  Αωριστί)  adv., 
in.  the  hypo-Dorian  mode,  Arist.  Probl. 
19.  30;  48,  1. 

'Ύποεικύθω,  poet,  for  ύπεικάθω, 
Orph.  Arg.  704. 

'Ύποείκω,  poet,  for  νπείκω  (q.  v.), 
Hom. 

Ύποεργός,  όν,  usu.  contr.  ύπονρ 
γός,  q.  v.,  Hom. 


ΤΠΟΘ 

'Ύ'ΰοζΰκορενω,  to  be  a  ύττοζάκορος. 

'Ύποζακορος,  ου,  ό,  also  ή,  {νττό, 
ζάκπρυς)  απ.  uuder-pnesC  or  priestess, 
minister,  Hdt.  6,  134,  135.  [ά] 

Ύτΐυζενγννμι  and  -ΐ'ω  ;  f.  -ζενξω, 
{υπό,  ζινγννμι) : — Ιο  yoke  under  or  to, 
put  under  the  yoke.  Oil.  15,  Θ1,  cl.  ϋ, 
73,  Htlt.  4,  C9  :  generally,  to  bring  un- 
der, εις  TO  όονλίκοι•  yέvoς.  Plat.  Po- 
lit.  309  Λ  : — pass.,  νττεζίνχθαι  tvl  γέ- 
νει, to  be  brought  under  the  same  class,- 
Arisl.  Part.  An.  1,  4,  2 ;  inetaph.,  to 
be  yoked  under,  submit  to,  c.  dat.,  uruy- 
καις  ταϊςό'  νπέζευγμαι,  Aesch.  Pr. 
108  ;  ν7ίοζν}7/ναι  πόνψ,  Soph.  Aj.  24. 
Hence 

'Ύπόζευξος,  εως,  η,  a  subduing. — II. 
α  connecting  with. 

Ύτίοζέίο,  f.  -ζέσω,  {νττό,  ζέω)  to  fer- 
ment a  little,  to  begin  to  ferment,  Geop. 

Ύποζοφόο),  ώ,  {νπύ,  ζυφύω)  to  be 
somewhat  dark  or  black,  iSlc.  Th.  337. 

'Ύ~οζν'}  tov,  ov,  TO,  a  beast  for  the 
yoke,  a  beast  of  draught  or  burden, 
Theogn.  126,  Hdt.  9,  39 ;  usu.  in 
plur.,  Hdt.  1,  167,  etc.  [i'] :  neut. 
iroin 

'Ύποζνγιος,  a.  ov,  {νττό,  ζνγόν)  go- 
ing or  drawing  under  the  yoke. 

'Ύττοζϋ)  ιώό)]ς,  ες,  like  a  beast  of 
burden.  Ar.  Fr.  696. 

Ύπ-όζνγος,  οΐ',—ί'-οζνγίος,  siisp. 
in  LXX. 

Ύηοζύγόω,  ύ,=  ν-υζενγννμι,  Luc. 
Amor.  28 : — pass.,  νΰοζνγοϋσΟαι  προς 
TO  ους,  of  the  jaw-bone,  Hipp. 

Ύττόζω,  {■  -ζήσω,  {ΰττό,  όζω)  to  smell 
a  little,  be  somewhat  rotten,  LXX. 

Ύποζωγρΰφέω,  ώ,  (νπό,  ζωιραφέω) 
to  paint  under  or  in.  outline,  Eumath. 

'Ύηόζωμα,  ατός,  τό,  {ύποζώνννμι) : 
— the  diaphragm,  tnidnff,  also  διάζωμα, 
Arist.  H.  A.  3.  1,  25.— II.  the  rowers' 
bench  that  runs  across  the  ship's  sides 
(also  called  συρόεσμος).  Stallb.  Plat. 
Rep.  616  C,  Legg.  945  C,  cf.  App. 
Civ.  5,  91,  etc.  : — others  take  it  to  be 
an  undergirth  passed  under  an  old 
ship  to  make  her  sea-worthy,  v.  Gol- 
ler  Thuc.  1,  30,  and  cf.  νττοζώννυ/ΐί 
II. — III.  the  middle  part  of  the  rudder. 

Ύποζώνιον,  TO,  a  girdle. 

ΎτΓοζώννϋμι  and  -νύω,  f.  -ζώσω, 
(ύπό,  ζώνννμι) : — to  under-gird.  ό  νπε• 
ζωκώς  (sc.  νμήν),  the  pleura.  Medic.  : 
— pf  pass.  c.  ace,  ζειρύς  ϋπεζωσμέ- 
voi.  girt  with  ζειραί  (q.  v.),  Hdt.  7, 
C9;  ίμύΐ'τας  νκεζωσμένοι,  Plut.  Koin. 
26. — 11.  ϋπ.  νηϋν,  to  furnish  a  ship 
with  rowers'  benches  ;  or  to  undergird 
her,  Acta  Apost.  27,  17  :  generally,  to 
repair  her  for  sea,  Polyb.  27,  3,  3  ;  v. 
νπόζωμα  II. 

'Ύπόζωσμα,  ατός,  τό,=^ΰ~όζωμα  Η, 
Plut.  Rom.  7. 

'Υ— ο^άλτω,  f.  -ψω,  {'υπό,  θά/.πω) 
to  heat  inwardly,  Aesch.  Pr.  880  :  — 
pass.,  to  glow  under,  τέφρΐ)  τΐϋρ  v~o- 
θά?.πεται,  Mel.  4,  55. 

Ύποθαβρέω,  ώ,  (υπό,  θα/)βέω)  to 
pluck  up  courage.  Ael. 

'Ύττοθίΐήζω,  {ύ~ό,  θειάζω)  to  defy 
almost  or  secretly,  Philostr. 

'Υπόθεμα,  ατός,  τό,  (νποτίθημι) 
that  ivhich  is  put  under,  a  stand,  base, 
Plut.  2,  1011  D. 

'Ύπόθεναρ,  αρος,  τό,  the  part  of  the 
palm  under  the  thumb. 

'Ύτϊοθεραπενω,  {υπό,  θεραπεύω)  to 
he  disposed  to  worship,  to  ΟεΙον,  Phi- 
lostr. 

'Ύποθερμαίνω,  (ύπό,  θερμαίνω)  to 
heat  a  little  : — pass.,  to  grow  somewhat 
hot,  ύπεθεριι.άνθη  ίίφος  α'ίαατι,  II.  16, 
333  ;  20,  476  ;  metaph.,  Luc.  D.  Mer- 
etr.  8,  3. 

Ύπόθεημης,  ov,  (υπό  θερμός)  some- 
uihat  hut  or  passionate,  νποΟερμότερος 


ΤΠΟΘ 

πόλεμος,  Hdt.  6,  38,  cf.  Luc.  Cal- 
nnin.  5. 

'Ύπόβεσις,  εως,  ?/,  (νποτίθημι) : — 
α  placing  under :  that  wiiich  is  placed 
under,  a  groundwork,  foundation,  νπ. 
νποτίθεσθαι  τώ  λόγω,  Hipp.  ;  άρχαΐ 
και  νπ.  πράξεων,  Dein.  21,  7:  hence, 
— II.  that  which  is  laid  down  as  the 
foundation  of  an  argument,  a  hypothe- 
sis, suppositio7i,  Lat.  assumtio,  treq. 
in  Plat.,  νπ.  νποθέσθαι.  Soph.  244  C, 
etc.  ;  εξ  υποθέσεως,  on  supposition  or 
assumption,  Hipp.,  Plat.  Rep.  5iO  B, 
etc. :  hence — 2.  a  question  lor  discus- 
sion, the  subject  under  discussion,  Lat. 
argumentum,  έπι  τι/ν  νπ.  επανάγειν 
τον  λόγον,  Xen.  Mem.  4,  6,  13  ;  ίπΐ 
της  νπ.  μένειν,  άποπλανύν  τίνα,  άπο 
της  νπ-,  Aeschin.  64,  31  ;  79,  6;  γρά- 
φειν  περί  ύπ.,  Lat.  argumentum  trac- 
tare,  Isocr.  99  A. — 3.  the  subject  of  a 
poem,  etc.,  Longin.  ;  cf  Schiif.  Dion. 
Comp.  p.  71. — III.  that  which  is  laid 
down  as  a  rule  of  action,  a  principle  of 
conduct,  Dem.  28,  9;  143,  14;  νπ- 
τον  βιον,  Isocr.  12  C. — il.  generally, 
a  purpose,  plan,  design.  Plat.  Gorg. 
454  C,  Legg.  743  C  :  a  proposal,  Xen. 
Cyr.  5,  5,  13  : — a  promise,  Thuc.  3,  66, 
ace.  to  the  MSS.,  but  νπόσχεσις  is 
the  prob.  1. — -W. ^υποθήκη,  a  sugges- 
tion, counsel,  Polyb.  2,  48,  8,  etc. 

'Ύποθετέον,  verb.  adj.  of  νποτίθη- 
μι, one  must  suppose,  Plat.  Tim.  61  D. 

Ύποθέτης,  ου,  ό,  {νποτίθημι)  one 
vjho places  under. — II.  one  who  suggests, 
a  prompter,  adviser.     Hence 

'Υποθετικός,  ή,  ύν,  hypothetical,  λό- 
γοι, .Vinson,  ap.  Stob.  p.  596,  5. — II. 
suggesting,  advising. 

'Ϋπόβίτος,  ov,  verb,  adj.,  (νποτίθη- 
μι) placed  under  :  to  νπόϋετον  (in  me- 
dicine), a  clyster,  Antiph.  Ύμανμ.  2.4. 

Ύποθέω,  f  -θενσομαι.  {νπό,  θεω) 
to  run  in  under,  attack  secretly,  Pind.  P. 
2,  155. — II.  to  run  in  before,  cut  in  be- 
fore, in  running  a  race,  Ar.  Eq.  1  ICl. — 
111.  to  run  close  behind,  Xen.  Cyn.  3,  8. 

Ύποθεωρέω,  ώ,  (νπυ,  θεωρέω)  to 
contemplate  or  view  from  beluw,  Plut.  2, 
42  C. 

ΥΥποθηβαι,  ών,  ui,  Hypo-thebae,  a 
city  in  Boeolia,  II.  2,  505  ;  either  the 
later  ΙΙότνιαι,  or  the  lower  city  of 
Thebes,  opposed  to  the  upper  city  or 
citadel  Cadmea;  cf  Strab.  p.  412. 

Ύποθι'ρ,Ο),  (νπό,  ϋήγω)  to  sharpen 
or  whet  a  tittle  :  metaph.,  νπ.  τον  σνν 
ί/c  άνήστασιν.  to  provoke  him  to  rise, 
Ael.  N.  A.  8,  2. 

'Υποθήκη,  ης,  η,  (νπατίβημι)  : — an 
undtr-prop,  base,  support:  usu.  me- 
taph.,— 2.  a  suggestion,  hiiit,  counsel, 
warning,  piece  of  advice,  Hdt.  1,  Ιοβ, 
200,  etc.  ;  ποιέειν  τινός  νπηθηκας,  lb. 
211  : — the  ancients  called  didactic  po- 
ems, such  as  Hcsiod's,  ύττοθήκαι,  cf 
Isocr.  15  B,  23  C. — 3.  a  pledge,  deposit, 
a  mortgage,  Dem.  922,  5.     Hence 

ΎποθηκιμαΙος.  a,  ov,  deposited  in 
pledge. 

'Υπόθη?Λ'ς,  εια,  υ,  (νπό,  βή?.νς) 
somewhat  feminine,  effeminate,  νποθη- 
λυτέρα  διάλεκτος,  Ar.  Fr.  552. 

Ύπόθημα,  ατός,  τό,  {νποτίθημι):^ 
υπόθεμα. 

Ύποθημοσύνη.  ης.  ή,  advice  οτ coun- 
sel suggested  off-hand,  a  ready  hint, 
warning,  in  plur.,  νποθημοσννησιν 
Άθίμ-ης,  I!.  15,  412,  Od.  16,  233;'also 
in  Xen.  Mem.  1,  3,  7,  Luc.  Astrol.  I  : 
from 

Ύποθήμων,  όνος,  ό.  ή,  (νποτίθημι) 
suggesting  advice,  adi-tsing. 

Ύποθήριον,  ου,  τό,  a  kind  of  plas- 
ter or  saline.  Medic. 

Ύποθ/.άω,  (νπό,  θλ.ύω)  to  crush 
slightly,  Ael.  N.  A.  1,  15. 


ΥΠΟΓ 

Ύποθ7.ίβω,  f.  -ψω,  (νπό.  θ/.ίβω)  (ο 
press  under  or  gently.  NlC.  Th.  296.  fi] 

Ύποθολόω,  ω,  (νπό,  θολύω)  ίο 
make  rather  muddti,  trouble,  Ael.  N.  A. 
4,31. 

Ύποθόρννμί,  to  leap  upon,  dub.  1. 
fbr  έπιθ-,  in  Ael. 

Ύποθορνβέω,  ώ,  (νπό,  θορνβέω)  to 
make  a  little  noise  :  tv  begin  to  make  a 
noise,  εΙς  τίνα,  Thuc.  4,  28. 

Ύποθράσσω,  Att.  contr.  from  νπο• 
ταράσσω,  q.  v. 

Ύποθραίω.  (νπό,  θρανω)  to  break 
a  little.  LXX. 

Ύποθρηνέω,  ώ,  to  weep  a  little. — II. 
trans.,  to  bewail  a  little. 

Ύποθρόνιον,  ov,  τό,  a  small  foot- 
stool ;  cf  ϋμήννς. 

Ύποθρνπτομαι,  as  pass.,Λvith  fut. 
mid.  -τΐιομηι  (υπό,  θρνπτω) : — to  be 
delicate  or  feeble,  be  slack  and  ynldivg, 
Plut.  Pencl.  15.— II.  νπεθρνοβην  με- 
τώπω,  I  wantoned  with  her  face — -by 
stealing  kisses,  A  nth.  P.  5,  291. 

Ύποθρώσκω,  (νπό,  θρώσκω)  to 
spring  under  or  into,  v.  1.  Orph.  Arg. 
736. 

Ύποθϋμίΰμα,  ατός.  τό,  the  burning 
of  incense  and  the  sweet  scent  thence 
arising,  Hipp.  p.  673. 

Ύποθυμιάς,  άόος,  ή,  τ.  ίποθνμίς  Ι. 

Ύποθνμίάσις,  εως,  ή,  α  perfuming 
by  burnt  spices. 

Ύποθνμιάω,  ώ,  f.  -ύσω  [a],  (νπό, 
θνμιάω)  to  burn  frankincense  or  other 
sweet  spices  on  a  tire,  to  fumigate  there• 
witli.  Lat.  siiffire,  Luc. 

Ύποθϊ'μίς,  ίόος,  ή,  a  garland  ivorti 
on  the  neck,  that  one  may  enjoy  the  sweet- 
ness of  the  flowers.  Anacr.  37,  Sappho 
51,  Alcae.  36,  Bergk, — where  the 
MSS.  of  Alh.  (074  C)  have  νποθν 
μιας.- — 11.  an  unknown  bird;  Ar.  Av. 
304. 

Ύποθνρίς,  ίδος,  ή,  and  νπόθϊρον, 
ου,  τό,  (νπο,  θνρα)  the  lower  sill  of  a 
door:  but  both  forms  are  susp. 

Ύπόθνψις,  ή,  {νποτνφω)  an  i7npulse, 
iJicentive,  provocation,  Lat.  fames,  Po- 
lyb. 0,  59,  4,  where  νποτν'ψις  is  a  f  1. 

Ύπυθωπενω.  (υπό,  βωπενω)  to  flat- 
ter a  little,  win  by  flattery,  Hdt.  1,  30, 
Ar.  Acb.  639,  Vesp.  610. 

Ύπυθωρήσσω,  t  -ξω,  {νπό,  θωρησ• 
σω)  to  arm  underhand  : — mid.,  to  arm 
one's  self  underhand  OI  unnoticed,  il.  18, 
513. 

Ύποθωνσσω,  {νπό,  θωνσσω)  to  call 
to  a  person  softly,  τηί.  Ael.  N.  A.  8,  2. 

Ύποιάχω,  (νπό,  ΐύχω)  to  sound 
forth  a  little  or  in  answer,  Anlli.  P.  9, 
314.   [la] 

Ύποιγννμι  and  νποίγω,  f.  νποίξω, 
(ΰπό,  olyvvui)  to  open,  open  a  little  or 
secretly,  τϊ/ν  θνραν,  Ar.  Thesm.  424. 

'Τ770ί(5αίνω.  to  make  to  suell  up  a 
little. 

'Ύποιδα?.έος,  a,  ov,  (νπό,  οιύαλέος) 
a  little  .luollen,  Lat.  subtumtdns,  Hipp, 
p.  479,  etc. 

Ύποιδαω,  ώ.  Ion.  -έω,  (νπό.  οίδύω) 
intr.,  to  swell  up  a  little,  Hipp.  p.  137, 
etc. 

Ύτϊοικέω,  Ci,  {νπό,  οίκ(•ω)  to  dwell 
under,  lie  under,  τινί,  Anth. 

Ύποικίζομαι,  {νπό,  οίκίζω)  pass.  c. 
aor.  mid.,=  toreg.,  c.  ace,  Anth.  P.  7, 
372. 

Ύποίκσδομέω.ώ,  {νπό,  οίκοδομέω) 
to  build  under,  τον  τείχυνς,  Luc.  Hist. 
Conscr.  3. 

Ύποικονρέω,  ώ,  f.  ■7'/σω.  (νπό,  οΙ• 
κονρέω)  to  keep  the  house,  slay  at  home, 
dwell  within,  Luc.  Gall.  24,  cf.  Ael. 
N.  A.  4,  43. — 11.  trans.,  to  cherish  se- 
crelly.  to  do  or   attend  to  sccretti/,   Ar. 

Thesm.  1168,   cf   Plut.   Pomp.   42: 
metaph.,  vo(70f  νποικοίφησεν  αντονς, 
1507 


ΥΠΟΚ 

disease  crept  in  among  ihem,  Id.  Ca- 
mill.  28: — nietaph.,  νποικουβονμένη 
bpyij,  anger  secretly  cherished,  Polyb. 
4.  49,  4,  cf.  3,  11,  3.-2.  to  steal  into 
Uliy  one's  good  graces,  pain  imdvrhaytd 
influence  With  him,  Plut.  Lucull.  34  ; 

ίρήμασιν  νπ.  και  διαφθείβειν  τινά, 
d.  Pomp.  58  ;— /ο  rgg  on.  Id.  Otho  3. 

ΎττΟί^ώςω,  (νπύ,  οίμώζυ)  to  uail 
softly,  to  whimper,  Luc.  Merc.  Cond. 
27. 

'Ύττοιί'ος,  ov,  {ίπό,  οίνος)  strictly 
under  vine,  i.  e.  rather  dnoih,  Philostr. 

'ΎτΓοίυμαι,  dep.  pass..=  i!Tovotw. 

Ύποιστός,  η,  όν,  verb.  adj.  of  νπο• 
φΐριο.  to  be  borne,  tolerubte. 

'Ύποισχύνω,  [loct.  collat.  form  of 
•Ίοχο),  to  hold  under,  τι.  Αρ.  Kh.  3, 
120. 

'Ύτζοισχομαι,  {νπό,  Ίσχοι)  as  mid., 
to  catch  by  something  held  under,  A  p. 
Rh.  4,  109;  14,  473. 

'Ύποκάβαίρω,  {νπό,  καθαιρώ)  to 
pvrge  downwards,  Pint.  2,  127  C. 
hence 

Ύποκάβαρσις,  εως,  ή,  a  purging 
dou'7itvards  :  a  gentle  purging.  Hipp. 

'Ύττοκαβίζομαι,  ful.  -εύονμαι,  dep. 
ρΆ55.,=ιύ7Γοκάθ7/μαι. 

Ύποκαθενόω,  fut.  -ενόήσυ,  (νπό, 
καβενόω}  to  sleep  a  little,  Philostr. 

'ΎτΓοκάβ/ϊμαι,  Ion.  -\U77//zai,  (strict- 
ly, pf.  of  ν-οκαβίζομαι)  : — to  sit  down, 
under  or  in  a  place,  station  one''s  self 
there,  tv  τύττω,  Hdt.  7,  27  ;  νπ.  χυ- 
ρίοις  έχνροΐς,  to  take  up  a  strong 
position,  Dion.  fl.  0,  i\i.—U.  to  sit 
down  stealthily,  tic  in  ambush,  Xen. 
Hell.  7,  2.  5:  also  c.  ace.  pers.,  to  lie 
in  wait  for,  τον  βάρβαρου,  Hdt.  8,  40. 

Ύποκαβίζω,  fut.  Att.  -ϊώ,  (νπό,  κα- 
θίζιο)  to  set  down  under :  to  place  in 
ambush  : — mid.,  to  lie  m  ambush,  Lat. 
subsiilete,  νπ.  ύπό  τώ  τείχει,  Xen. 
Hell.  7,  2,  5 ;  so  in  act.,  Polyb.  12, 4, 
14. 

Ύποκαθίημι,  fut.  -καϋησω,  {ύπό, 
καβι?/μι)  to  let  down  by  degrees :  τας 
υφρϋς,  to  let  down  or  relax  the  eye- 
brows, to  resume  a  quiet  look,  A.  B. 
p.  09  :  V.  πώγωνος  βάβος,  to  let  the 
beard  grow  long,  1/at.  promittere  bar• 
bam,  Ephipp.  JNat'oy.  1,  7. 

'Ύποκαύιστημι,  (νπό,  καθίστημι) 
to  put.  in  another^s  place,  substitute, 
Hdn. 

Ύποκαίω,  (νπό,  καίω)  to  set  on  fire 
from  below,  Hdt.  4,  01,  Luc. 

Ύπηκύκοηθης,  ες,  (νπό,  κακοί,Οης) 
somewhat  malicious,  Philo. 

'Ύποκακχέω,  poet,  ίοχνποκαταχέω, 

'Ύποκΰλνπτω,  f.  -ι/'ω,  (νπο,  κα- 
λυπτω)  to  cover,  hide,  wrap  up  under, 
LXX. 

Ύποκάμνω,  (νπό,  κάμνω)  to  be  some- 
what weary,  or  sick. 

Ύποκάμπτω,  f.  -ψω,  (νπό,  κάμπτω) 
transit.,  to  bend  under,  bend  short  back, 
νπο  γλωχΐνα  ό'  ίκαμφαν,  11.  24,  274. 
— 2.  intr.,  to  turn  short  bach,  double  a,s 
fl  hare,  Xen.  Cyn.  5,  10.— 11.  metaph., 
to  fall  short  of,  καιρόν  χάριτοΓ,  Aesch. 
Ag.  786. 

'Ύποκάπιιλος,ον,6,(νπό,κύπ7}λος) 
a  petty  huckster,  Philostr.  [«] 

Ύποκαπνίζω,  to  make  a  smoke  under, 
fumigate.    Hence 

'Ύποκάπνισμα,  ατός,  τό,  that  with 
which  one  fumigates  :  and 

'Ύποκαπησμός,  ov,  ύ,  fumigation, 
Diosc.  :  and 

'Ύποκαπνιστός.τ},  όν,  verb,  adj., /ο 
be  used,  fit  for  fumigation. 

'Υποκύπτω,  f.  -j/'ω,  (νπό,  κάπτω) 
to  snap  up  stealthily,  Arist.  H.  A.  9, 
I'D,  3. 

'Ύ.τuκάpδιoς,ov,',vπό,κap^^iu)under, 


ΤΠΟΚ 

at  or  in  the  heart,  ίλ/for,  όρ) 7),Theocr. 
11,  15;  20,  17. 

'Ύποκΰρόω,  ώ,  (νπό,  καρόω)  to  stun 
or  stupefy  a  little,  DlOSC. 

'Ύποκάρπιος,  ov,  (νπό,  καρπός)  un- 
der the  wrist,  νπ.  αρτηρία,  Aristaen. 

'Ύποκάρφω,  (νπό,  κάρφω)  to  dry  a 
little  or  gradually,  Nic.  A  I.  80. 

'Ύποκηρώ()ης.  ες,  (νπό,  καρώόης) 
somewhat  lethargic,  Hipp.  p.  81. 

'Ύποκαταβαίνω,ί\ιΙ.-βήσομαι,(νπό, 
καταβαίνω)  logo  down  or  descend  by  de- 
grees, Hdt.  2,  15  :  to  go  doun  by  stealth, 
Thuc.  7,  60,  Xen.,  etc.     Hence 

Ύποκατάβύαις,  εως,  ?/,  a  gradual 
going  down. 

Ύποκατακλίνω,  (νπό,  κατακρίνω) 
to  lay  down  under: — pass.,  to  lie  down 
under,  Plut.  2,  50  Ε  ;  of  a  wrestler 
allowing  himself  to  be  beaten,  lb.  58 
F. — II.  in  pass.,  also,  to  lie  or  sit  louer 
at  table,  τινι,  Jb.  C18  E.— 2.  metaph., 
to  give  way,  submit,  yield,  rivi,  to  one, 
Plat.  Rep.  330  C,  Έ  ;  τινί  τίνος,  to 
one  in  a  thing,  Dion.  H. :  absol.,  to 
give  in,  Dcm.  127,21.  [i]     Hence 

'Ύποκατάκλϊσις,  εως.  ή,  a  laying  or 
lyingunder. — W.  submission,  compliance, 
flattery,  Plut.  2,  58  D. 

'Ύποκατα7^είπω,  (νπό,  καταλείπω) 
to  leave  behind,  μνΐ]μόσνΐΌν,  Hipp.  p. 
102. 

'Ύποκαταμενω,  (νπό,  κηταμενω) 
to  remain  behind  and  wait,  V.  1.  Xen. 
Cyr.  4,  3,  3. 

'Ύποκαταπίπτω,  [νπό,  καταπίπτω) 
to  sink  doivn  under,  Q.  Sm.  1.  588. 

'Ύποκατασκενάζω,  to  get  ready  se- 
cretly, Dem.  Phal. 

Ύποκατασκεντ},  7/ς,  η,  secret  prepa- 
ration. 

'Ύποκατάστΰσις,  εως.  ή,  (νποκαθί- 
στημι)  .'^ub.-'iitution  ;  and 

'Υποκατάστατος,  ov,  verb.  adj.  from 
νποκαβίστ7/μι,  subsliluled. 

'Ύποκαταφρονέω,  ώ,  (νπό,  κατα- 
φρονέω)  to  slight  or  neglect  a  little, 
Hipp.  p.  1133. 

Ύποκαταχέω,  (νπό.  καταχέω)  to 
pour  gently  forth,  νποκακχέει  αυιόην, 
Sappho  48. 

'Ύποκύτειμι,  (νπό,  κύτειμι)  to  go 
on  without  notice.  A.  13.  pp.  156,  180. 

Ύποκατεσθίω,  f.  -έόομαι,  to  devour 
or  consume  secretly. 

'Ύποκάτημαι,  Ion.  for  νποκάβημαι, 
Hdt. 

'Ύποκατηφης,  ες,  somewhat  dejected 
or  troubled. 

'Ύποκατορνσσω,  (νπό,  κατορύσσω) 
to  bury  under,  Sophron. 

'Ύποκάτω,  (νπό.  κάτω)  adv.,  below, 
under,  νπ.  τινός  κατακ7.(νεσθαι.  Plat. 
Symp.  222  Ε  ;  also  absol.,  Id.  Legg. 
844  C  :  τά  νποκά.τω,  the  subordinate 
genera,  Arist.  Top.  4,  2,  4.  [a] 
Hence 

Ύποκάτωθεν,  adv.,  from  below  or 
underneath,  oi  νπ-  αγροί,  the  lower 
lands,  Plat.  Legg.  761  B.  [ώ] 

Ύποκατώρϋχος,  ov,  (ύποκατορνσ- 
σω) buried,  sunk  into  the  earth,  The- 
ophr. 

'Ύπόκανμα,  ατός,  τό,  that  with  which 
a  thing  is  lighted. 

'Ύπόκανσις,  εως,  ή.  (νποκαίω)  a 
lighting  underneath  :  hence,  —  II.  the 
fire  tinder  the  hypocaustum,  Plut.  2,  658 
Ε  :  or  the  fire  underneath  a  furnace ; 
cf.  sq. 

Ύπόκανστον,  ov,  τό,  (νποκαίω)  in 
baths,  a  vaulted  room  heated  by  η  furnace 
below,  Lat.  vaporarium  :  also,  the  fur- 
nace under  such  a  room,  liiterpp.  ad 
Vitruv.  5,  10. 

Ύποκανστρα.  ας,  ?;,=  foreg. 

'Ύπόκειμαι,  (ι.<πό,  κειμαι)  as  pass., 
to  lie  under,  νποκειμένης  ττ/ς  Ένβοίας 


ΥΠΟΚ 

νπυτην  Άττικί/ν,  Isocr.  63  Β;  neSiov 
ιερω  υπόκειται,  Aeschin.  70,  20; 
υπόκεινται  θεμε7^οι,  Thuc.  1,  93: 
and  so,  to  tie  hidden  under,  Tij  ίατρικί) 
νπ.  ή  κυ?Μκιία,  Plat.  Gorg.  405  Β, 
cf.  Prot.  349  Β. — 11.  in  various  me- 
taph. signfs.,— 2.  to  be  put  under  the 
eyes  or  mind,  i.  e.  to  be  submitted,  pro- 
posed to  one,  like  πρόκειμαι.  νποκεί- 
σεταί  μοι  6  άβλης,  Pind.  Ο.  1,  135; 
at  υποκείμενοι  ί'λπίόες,  one's  present 
hopes,  Dem.  348,  22 ;  ύνυΐν  υποκει- 
μένων, two  things  being  proposed.  Id. 
631,  18;  Tu  νποκείμενα,  the  present 
stale  of  things,  Polyb.  3,  31,  6,  etc.: 
— foil,  by  i')Ti..,  νπόκειτηί  μοι  ΙΊτι..,  1 
have  laid  down  the  rule  that..,  Hdt.  2, 
123. — 2.  to  be  laid  down,  assumed  as  a 
ground  of  argument.  Plat.  Crat.  436 
1),  and  Arist.  ;  υπόκειται  yap  μη  εί- 
ναι-. Plat.  Eryx.  404  Β  ;  υπόκει- 
ται, absol.,  α  rule  is  laid  down,  Dem. 
043,  22 ;  τοντων  υποκείμενων,  Lat. 
his  positis.  Plat.  Prot.  359  A  ;— cf. 
νποτίϋημι  1.2,  Wyttenb.  Plut.  2,235 
E.— 3.  to  be  suggested,  Hdt.  3,  40. — 4. 
to  be.  left  at  bottom,  left  remaining,  έ?πις 
υπόκειται,  Thuc.  3,  84  ;  τιμωρία  υπό- 
κειται, Thuc.  3,84  ;  τιμωρία  υπόκει- 
ται τοις  τα  ψενόή  μηρτνρονσι,  is  re- 
served for  them,  Dem.  913,  0,  cf.  Ly- 
curg.  106,  23  ;  so,  νπόκειταί  τινι  πα- 
βείν,  Polyb.  2,  58,  10. — 5.  to  be  subject 
to,  τινί.  Plat.  Gorg.  510  C— 6.  ν?.η 
υποκείμενη,  cf.  νΆη  111. — 7.  νποκεί- 
ηϋαι  TTJ  γνώ/irj.  Ιο  be  fixed  ill  the  mind, 
Dem.  'l79,  6.' — 8.  lobe  left  behind  in 
pledge,  to  be  pledged  Or  nwrlgnged,  τι- 
νός, for  a  certain  sum.  Isae.  50.31, 
Dem.  1187,23;  1194,  17;  νανς  νπο- 
κειαενη  τινί.  Id.  1283,  fin.  ;  τα  νπο- 
κείμενα, the  articles  pledged.  Id.  926, 
22 :  νποκιίμενοι,  of  persons,  bound 
for  payment  of  a  sum  of  money,  Id. 
816,  10. — 9.  TO  νπηκείμενον,  in  logic, 
the  subject  of  a  proposition,  (the  pre- 
dicate l)eing  TO  κατηγορονμενυν), 
Arist.  Caleg.  5.  etc. : — also,  the  subject 
of  a  disease,  etc.,  Polyb.  1,  81,  6. — 
10.  ό  "υποκείμενος  χρόνος,  the  present 
tense,  Gramm. — 111.  to  fall  down  at  a 
person's  feet,  like  νποπίπτω.  Plat. 
Rep.  494  B. — In  most  signfs.,  it  forms 
a  sort  of  passive  voice  to  νποτιθημι. 

'Ύποκείρω,  (ύπό.  κείρω)  to  cut  ofl 
below,  Ael.  N.  A.  6,  41. 

'Ύποκε2ενω,  (ύπό,  κε/ιενω)  to  do 
the  duty  of  a  κε'λενστής :  to  give  the 
time  in  rowing,  sing  the  boat-song,  Luc. 
Uatapl.  19. 

'Ύποκέλλω,  (  ύπό,  όκέλλ^ω)  to  be 
cast  away  upon,  arrive  at,  εΙς  Ti,  Lon- 
gin. 

'Ύπόκενος,  ov,  somewhat  empty,  idle 
or  vain. 

Ύποκενόω,  ώ,  (νπό,  κενόω)  to  emp- 
ty below,  purge,  κοι?.ίαν,  Hipp.   p.  45. 

'Ύποκεντέω,  ώ,  (νπό,  κεντέω)  to 
prick  slightly,  Dio  C.  —  II.  to  prick  0Γ 
pierce  underneath,  App. 

'Ύποκερΰμος,  ov,  (ύπό,  κέραμος) 
miied  with  clay,  Eust. 

'Ύπόκερας,  gen.  αος,  contr.  ως,  δ, 
?'/,  τό,  with  horn  underneath. 

'Ύποκερχά?ίέος  or  -κερχνόΛευς,  a, 
01',  somiwhnl  hoarse,  Hipp.  p.  1215. 

'Ύποκενθ?'/ς.  ες,  hidden  or  concealed 
under :  from 

'Ύποκενβω,  to  conceal  under  or  in. 

'Ύποκεφάλαιον.  ov,  τό,  (ύπό,  κε- 
φαλή) a  bolster,  pillow,  Hipp.  pp.  798, 
813. 

'Ύπόκηρος,  ov,  (ύπό,  κτ/ρός)  strict- 
ly of  honey,  inixed  with  wax  :  hence, 
generally,  mixed,  impure,  opp.  to 
αγνός,  Hip[).  p.  303. 

'Ύποκηρνσσομαι,  Att.  -ττομαι. 
(νπό,  κηρύσσω)  as  mid.,  to  make  known 


ΎΠΟΚ 

by  voice  of  herald  or  crier,  to  have  a 
thing  proclaimed  or  cried,  esp.  for  sale, 
Plat.  Prot.  349  A,  Aeschin.  59,  25. 

Ύττοκίθύριζο),  to  accompany  on  the 
harp,  Tifi. 

'Υττοκινόννενω,  (υπό,  Κινδυνεύω) 
to  run  some  risk,  Plut.  Pelop.  2,  Schaf. 
ά~οκ•. 

'Ύποκίνδϋνος,  ov,  (νπό,  κίνδυνος) 
somewhat  dangerous.  Plat.  Legg.  830 
E. — II.  being  in  some  danger,  endangered 
a  iiltle. 

'ΎποκΙνεω,  ώ,  {νπό,  κινέω)  to  move 
underneath,  move  softly  or  lightly,  "Ζιε- 
φίφου  ντΓοκινήσαντος  (sc.  το  κνμα), 
11.  4,  423  ;  cf.  Xen.  Cyn.  3,  6,  etc.  :— 
metaph.,  to  move  a  little,  urge  gently 
on.  Plat.  Charm.  162  D.— II.  intr.,  to 
tnove  a  little  or  gently,  ουδεμία  — OAif 
uv  ί'Τΐεκίνησε,  none  would  have  stirred 
a  finger,  Hdt.  5,  106,  cf.  Ar.  Ran.  644. 
— 2.  metaph.,  to  have  gone  wrong,  be 
mad  or  deranged,  Stallb.  Plat.  Rep. 
573  C,  Luc.  Eun.  13. 

'ΎτΓοκίννααι  or  -ύω,  Ep.  for  v~okl- 
νεω  II,  y.  Sm.  3,  36  ;  4,  510.  [i] 

ΎττοκΙννρομαι,  {νττό,  κιννρομαι) 
dep.,  to  hum  a  tune,  Ael.  V.  H.  9,  11. 

'ΎτΓΟκίρνΰμαι,  as  pass.,  to  be  slight- 
ly mixed,  Arist.  Insomn.  2,  14. 

'Ύηόκι^^ος,  ov,  somewhat  yellow. 

'Ύτζόκιστις,  ιδος,  ή,  a  parasitic 
plant  which  grows  on  the  roots  of  the 
κίστος,  Cyti/ius  hypocistis  :  its  juice 
was  used  in  medicme,  Diosc.  1,  127. 

'Ύποκ/.ΰόύν,  adv.,  ivith  the  knees 
somewhat  bent,  inclined  a  little  or  grad- 
ually, 0pp.  C.  4,  205  :  from  j 

'Ύποκ?.άζω,  {ϋττό,  όκλύζω)  to  bend 
the  knees  under  one,  to  sink  slowly  down  : 
metaph.  of  an  e.xpiring  lamp,  etc., 
Anth.  P._5.  279.^ 

'ΎτΓΟΚ/.αίω,  (ϋ~ό,  κ7.αίω)  to  shed  a 
secret  tear,  Aesch.  Ag.  69. 

Ύίτο/ν/.άω,  ώ,  {ν~ό,  κλύω)  to  break 
underneath,  vrr.  yoivuv  δεσμά,  Nic, 
cf.  Q.  Sm.  4,  483  : — to  break  by  degrees, 
θυμός  νποκλασθείς,  Anlh.  P.  5,  216. 

'Ύποΐί?ιέ•ΰτω,  f.  -ι/'ω,  (ν~ό,  κλέπτω) 
to  steal  underhand,  i•—.  εαυτόν,  to  steal 
away  from  another's  company,  Luc. 
D.  Meretr.  10: — pass.,  to  be  stolen 
away,  Pind.  N.  9,  77  :  c.  ace.  rei,  like 
άττοστερεϊσθαι,  to  be  defrauded  of  a 
thing,  εΰνήν,  Soph.  El.  115,  ubi  v. 
Herm. — II.  to  keep  secret,  τι,  Musae. 
85,  oi/Jtj  νττοκ/.επτομένη,  Anth.  P. 
5,  267  :  to  cheat,  beguile,  ζηλόν  τίνος, 
lb.  5,  209. 

'ΤτΓοκλ^νω,  Ion.  ντζοιύ.ηίζω,  (υπό, 
Κ/.τ/ζω)  to  spread  αϊί  underhand  report : 
hence  in  pass.,  άγγε'λίαν  Ααναών 
νποκ?ιτιζομέναν,  Soph.  Aj.  225 ;  but 
here  Herm.  et  Dind.,  Ααναών  υπο 
κ/φ. 

'Ύποκλϊνης,  ες,  gen.  ίος,  bent  under, 
subject :  from 

Ύποκ/.ίνο),  (νπό,  κ7.ίνω)  to  make 
another  bow  under  a  thing :  pass.,  to 
stoop  or  lie  under,  c.  dat.,  σχοίνω  ύπε- 
κ/.ίνθη,  Od.  5,  463,  cf  Anth.  P!  9,  71, 
etc. : — metaph.,  to  submit,  Orph.  Arg. 
851.  [i] 

'ΎποιύΜνέω,  ώ,  (  νπό,  κλονέω  )  to 
shake  a  little  : — pass.,  νποκ?.ονεΐσθαί 
TlVL,  to  be  thrown  into  confused  flight 
before  one,  11.  21,  556. 

'Ύποκ/ιοπέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,^νποκ?.έ- 
πτω  : — pass.,  to  be  hidden  under,  lurk 
in  secret  places,  εΐ  τις  ανδρών  ζώος 
ίποκλ.,  Od.  22,  382  :  from 

'Ύπόκ/.οπος,  ov,  (  νπό,  /ίλετττω  ) 
hidden,  furtive,  Bacchyl.  35. 

'Ύποκ/.ί'ζω,  {.  -νσω.  {υπό,  κ?.νζω) 

to  wash,  cleanse  from  below,  Anth.  :  νπ. 

TO  σώμα,  to  purge  the  body  by  a  clyster, 

Plut.  2,  127  C  : — but  m  pass.,  in  Luc. 

99 


ΤΠΟΚ 

Nigr.  16,  to  be  flooded  (metaph.)  with 
mischief.     Hence 

'Ύπόκ?Λσις,  εως,  ή,  and  νποκλν- 
ομός,  ov,  ό,  a  purging  from  below,  as 
by  a  clyster,  the  latter  in  Plut.  2, 
974  C. 

'Ύποκλνω,  (υπό,  κλυω)  to  hear  se- 
cretly, τινός,  from  one,  Ap.  Rh.  3, 
477,  cf  Q.  Sm.  1,  509. 

'Ύποκνάο).  ώ,  {υπό,  κνύω)  to  scrape 
or  scratch  a  little,  Tryph.  43.  [a] 

ΥΎποκνημίδιοι,  ων,  οι,  the  Locri 
dwelling  jinder  (i.  e.  at  base  of)  Mt. 
Cnemis,  Paus.  10,  1,2:  cf.  Έπικνη- 
μίδιοΐ- 

'Ύποκνίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  =  -κνύω  :  me- 
taph., to  excite  underneath  or  inwardly, 
ίρως  υπ.  φρένας,  Pind.  P.  10,  94  (60) : 
— pass. ,  to  be  someu-hat  provoked  or  ex- 
cited, Xen.  Mem.  3,  11,3. 

'Ύποκού.αίνω,  {υπό,  κοιλαίνω)  to 
hollow  out  a  little  or  by  degrees,  Joseph. 

ΎποκοΓ/.ιον,  ου,  τό,  the  loner  belly. 

'Ύποκοι/.ίς,  ίδος,  ή,  Aretae. ;  and 
νπόκού.ον,  ov,  τό,  the  lower  eyelid  or 
part  under  the  eye :  cf.  κϋ?.α,  νπόκυ- 
'λον,  νποόθάλμιον :  from 

'Ύπόκοι/.ος,  ov,  (νπό,  κοϊ?.ος)  some- 
what hollotv :  hollow  underneath. 

'Ύποκο'/.άκενω,  {νπό,  κο/.ακεί'ω)  to 
flatter  a  little,  Polyb.  0,  18,  5,  in  pass. 

'Ύποκό/Μβος,  ov,  somewhat  maimed. 

'Ύποκο7ί.πίδιος,  oi',=sq. 

'Ύποκό7.πιος,  ov,  {υπό,  κόλπος)  ly- 
ing on  the  bosom,  in  the  lap,  νπ.  εχειν 
τινά,  Anth.  P.  5,  130  ;  τινός,  lb.' 25: 
— hence,  a  darling,  favourite,  pet. — II. 
m  the  mother's  womb,  νποκόλπιος  aivu. 
χο7.ώθη.  Call.  Del.  86. 

Ύπόκολι,πος,  ov,=  foreg. 

'Ύποκολνμβάω,  ώ,  (ΰπό,  κολ.νμ- 
βύω)  to  dive  under,  Galen. 

'Ύπόκομμα,  ατός,  τό,  {κόπτω)=: 
ϋπόζωμα,  in  insects. 

'Ύποκομπέω,  ώ,  {υπό,  κομπέω)  to 
sound  in  answer  to,  εν  τω  βαδίζειν, 
Plut.  2,  672  Α. 

'Ύποκομ-ψίας,  ου,  o,=  sq.,  ap.  He- 
sych. 

'Ύποκόμ-φος,  ov,  (υπό,  κομ-φός) 
rather  neat  or  elegant,  Physiogn. 

'ΎποκονΙύω,  ώ,  and  Theophr.,  -vi- 
ζω,=^νποκονίω. 

'ΎποκόνΙσις,  εως,  ή,  a  covering  with 
dust,  esp.  by  digging  round,  Lat.  pul- 
veratio,  Theophr. :  from 

'Ύποκονίω,  f.  -ίσω,  {υπό,  κονίω)  to 
cover  with  dust,  esp.  by  digging  round 
the  roots,  Lat.  pulvcrare,  elsewh.  υπο- 
σκάπτω, Theophr. — II.  in  mid.,  of 
wrestlers,  to  sprinkle  one^s  self  with 
dust,  hence,  to  prepare  for  the  contest. 
Comic,  ap.  Plut.  Pomp.  53. 

'Ύπόκοπος,  ov,  {νπό,  κόπος)  some- 
ichat  tired,  Xen.  Cyn.  6,  25. 

Ύπόκοπρος,  ον,{νπό,  κόπρος)7ηιχεά 
with  dung,  Hipp.  p.  1132. 

'Ύποκόπτω,  f.  -φω,  {νπό,  κόπτω) 
to  begin  to  cut,  Strab. 

'Ύποκορίζομαι,  f.  -ίσομαι,  {νπό,  κο- 
ρίζομαι)  dep.  mid.  : — to  play  the  child, 
esp.  to    talk  child's  language,  i.  e.  use 
terms  of  endearment,  such  as  diminu- 
tives: hence, — 1.  transit.,  to  call  by 
endearing  names,  e.  g.   of  lovers,  ντ/τ- 
τάριον  uv  και  φάττιον  νπεκορίζετο, 
he  would  call  me  coaxingly  his  little 
duck  and  little  dove,  Ar.  Plut.  1011  ; 
τήν  'Εκά7ιΤ/ν  ετίμων,'ΈιΚαλ.ήνην  νπο- 
κοριζόμενοι,   Plut.  Thes.    14. — 2.   to 
call  by  a  soft  name,  esp.  to  call  some- 
thing base   by  a  fair  name,  to  gloss  I 
over,  palliate,  ην  uvoiav  ονσαν  νποκο-  I 
ριζόμενοι  κα7.ονμεν  or  εΐήθειαν,ΈΊΆΐ.  ' 
Rep.  400  E.^474  Ε,  v.' Stallb.  ad  560  ' 
Ε  ;  so,  Φιλ.ίππον  ψιλίαν  και  ξενίαν  , 
και  έταιρίαν  και  τα  τοιαϋθ'  ΰποκορι-  Ι 
ζόμενος,  Dem.    124,   11:    of.  sq. — 3.  ' 


ΥΠΟΚ 
also  reversely,  to  call  something  good 
by  a  bad  name,  to  disparage,  οι  μισονν- 
τες  ύποκοριζύμενοι  όνομάζουσί  με 
Κακίαν,  my  enemies  nickname  me 
Vice,  Xen,  Mem.  2,  1,  26  :  cf  Plut. 
Solon  16  fin. — 4.  to  imitate,  mimic, 
Philostr.— II.  intr.,  to  use  diminutives, 
Arist.  Rhet.  3,  2,  15.— Cf.  νποκονρί- 
ζομαι.     Hence 

'Ύποκόρισμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  coaxing  or 
endearing  name,  as  Demosth.  said  that 
his  nickname  Βάτα7.ος  was  a  νπ. 
τΊτθης,  Aeschin.  17,  fin.  ;  esp.,  a  fair 
7iame  tor  something  base,  such  as  ra- 
ράσιτος,  Alex.  Parasit.  1,  2,  cf  Id. 
Tarent.  3,  5  ;  or  σεισάχθεια  for  χρε 
ων  αποκοπή,  Plut.  2,  807  D  : — hence, 
=^παρακύ7.υμμα,  Plut.  Galb.  20. 

'Ύποκορισμόο,  οϋ,  o,=  foreg.,  Arist. 
Rhet.  3,  2,  15,  Plut.  Thes.  14. 

'Υποκοριστικός,  ή,  όν,  {ύποκορίζο- 
μαι) glossing  over  by  a  fair  name  :  όνο- 
μα νπ.,  a  diminutive.   Adv.  -κώς,  Plut. 

2,  847  E,  Ath.  308  F. 
'Ύποκουρίζομαι,  Ion.  for  ύποκορί- 
ζομαι :  to  coax  or  soothe  with  softnames; 
έσπερίαις  νποκονρ.  άοιόαϊς,  of  the 
serenades  sung  by  girls  on  the  evenr 
ing  of  a  friend's  marriage,  Pind.  P. 

3,  32  ;   cf   Hesych.  s.  v.  κουριζομέ- 
ναις. 

'Ύποκουφίζω,  to  lighten  or  relieve  a 
little. 

Ύπόκονόος,  ov,  (ΰπό,  κοϋφος)  some- 
what light  or  flckle,  Plut.  Pelop.  14, 
etc. 

Ύποκρΰτήριον,  ov,  τό,  v.  ύποκρη- 
τήριον. 

Ύποκρέκω,  {ύπό,  κρέκω)  of  string- 
ed instruments,  <ο  answer  in  sound,  i.e. 
to  sound  in  harmony  with,  το  κανχΰ- 
σθαι  παρά  καιρόν  μανίαισι  ύποκρέ- 
κει,  Pmd.  Ο.  9,  59. — 2.  trans,  ύπ.  τι, 
to  play  an  accompaniment,  Luc.  D. 
Meretr.  15,2:  i•-.  τι  προς  χάριν,  of 
a  flatterer,  Plut.  2,  55  D. 

'Ύποκρεμύνννμι,  to  hang,  hang  up 
in  H.  Hom.  Ap.  284,  (.  1.  for  έπικρε- 
μύνννμι. 

'Ύπόκρημνος,  ov,  {ύπό,  κρημνός) 
somewhat  steep,  almost  precipitous, 
Strab. 

'Ύποκρήνη,  ης,  ή,  a  by-spring,  by- 
well,  Eunap. 

'Ύπόκρηνος,  ov,  {νπό,  κάρηνον) 
under  the  head. 

'Ύποκρητηρ'ιδίον,  ov,  τό,  a  small 
stand  to  put  under  the  bowl  {κρητήρ), 
Hdt.  1,  25,  cf  sq. : — υποστάτης  was 
the  Att.  word. 

'Ύποκρητήριον,  ov,  τό.  Ion.  for 
ύποκρΰτήριον, ={oTeg.,  Bockh  Inscr. 
1,  p.  20,  Osann  Auctar.  Lex.  p.  161. 

'Ύποκρίζω,  {νπό,  κριζω)  to  grate  or 
jar  a  little,  Ael.  N.  A.  6,  19. 

'Υποκρίνομαι,  dep.  mid.,  aor.  ύπε- 
κρινάμην  :  later  also  aor.  pass,  ύπε- 
κρίθην  (in  mid.  signf ),  Ctes.  Pers.  41, 
Polyb.  5,  25,  7  (cf  άποκρίνω),  (ϋττό, 
κρίνω).  To  reply,  make  ansiver,  answer, 
Tivi,  II.  7,  407,  Od.  2,  111 ;  15,  170, 
Hdt.  1,  2,  etc. ;  the  Att.  word  was 
αποκρίνομαι,  which  has  been  restor- 
ed by  Bekk.  in  Thuc.  7, 44  ;— (though 
νποκρ-  is  quoted  by  Suid.,  etc.,  v.  Ar- 
nold) : — of  an  oracle,  to  give  answer, 
TLvi  τι,  Hdt.  1,  78,  91 ;  and  so,  also, 
to  expound,  interpret,  explain,  δνείρον, 
Od.  19,  535,  555  ;  (so,  κρίνεσθαι  ονεί- 
ρονς,  II.  5.  150,  cf  κρίνω  II.  5) ;  νπ. 
όπως...,  Theocr.  24,  66.— Π.  in  Att. 
USU.,  to  question  and  answer  on  .  the 
stage,  speak  in  dialogue,  hence,  to  play 
a  par!  on  a  stage,  the  part  played  be- 
ing put  m  ace,  as,  νπ.  το  βασιλι 
κόν,  to  take  the  king's  part,  play  the 
king,  Arist.  Pol.  2, 11.  19  ;  νπ.  ΪΙρο- 
μηβέα,  Αιαντα,  etc. :  also,  ύποκρ.  τρα- 
1569 


ΎΠΟΚ 

■γωδίαν,  κωμφδίαν,  to  play  a  tragedy 
or  comedy,  Luc.  Merc.  Cond.  30,  cf. 
Id.  Salt.  84,  Nigr.  11,  24,  etc.  ;  νπε- 
κρίΟησαν  τραγφδοί,  tragedies  were 
performed. — 2.  hence  the  word  was 
used  also  of  the  theatrical  style  of 
rhapsodists  and  orators,  lo  exaggerate, 
Dem.  230,  7,  cf  Wolf  Proleg.  ]).  xcvi. 
— 3.  metaph.,  to  play  a  part,  di.isemble, 
feign,  pretend,  c.  inf ,  Dein.  878,  3, 
Poiyh.  2,  49,  7,  etc. 

'Υποκρισία,  ης,  ή,  rarer  form  for 
sq.  II,  Anth.  Plan.  289. 

'Ύπόκρϊσις,  εως,  ή,  (υποκρίνομαι)  : 
—a  reply,  anxwer,  Hdt.  1 ,90, 1 1 6,  etc.— 
II.  usu.,  the  playing  a  part  on  the  stage, 
playing  or  acting,  the  actor's  art,  his 
action,  delivery,  declamation,  etc.  ;  also 
an  orator's  delivery,  elocution,  Arist. 
Rhet.  3,  1,  3,  and  12,  2.— 2.  metaph., 
the  playing  a  part,  hypocrisy,  outward 
show,  Polyb.  35,  2,  13,  Luc,  etc. — 3. 
νπόκρισιΐ',  as  adv.,  like  δίκιμ',  after 
the  manner  of,  Bockh  Pind.  Fr.  259. 

'Ύποκρΐτήρ,  ήρος,  b,  rarer^  form  for 
sq.,  Hermeas  ap.  Ath.  563  E. 

'Ύποκρίτης,  οϋ,  6,  (υποκρίνομαι) : 
— one  who  answers  :  an  interpreter  or 
expounder,  αΐνιγμών,  etc.,  Plat.  Tim. 
72  B. — II.  usu.,  one  who  plays  a  part 
on  the  stage,  a  player,  actor,  Ar.  Vesp. 
1279,  Plat.  Charm.  162  D,  etc.— 2.  α 
dissembler,  feigner,  hypocrite,  N.  T. 
Hence 

Υποκριτικός,  7/,  6v,  belonging  to 
νπόκρισις,  skilled  therein,  φύσει  υπο- 
κριτικός, having  a  good  natural  de- 
livery or  elocution,  Arist.  Rhet.  3,  1, 
■7  :  suited  for  speaking  or  delivery,  λέξις, 
lb.  3,  12,  2:  ή  -κή  (sc.  τέχνη),  the  art 
of  delivery,  Ih.  3,  1 ,  7. — 2.  acting  a  part, 
νπ.  τον  βε'λτίονος,  Luc.  Alex.  4. 

'Ύποκρούω,  (υπό,  κρούω)  to  accom- 
pany on  the  lyre,  Anth.— II.  metaph., 
to  take  up  the  word,  to  break  in  upon,  in- 
terrupt, c.  ace,  Ar.  Ach.  38  ;  and,  in 
Eccl.  256,  618,  with  a  play  on  the  ob- 
scene signf  of  κρούω  :  to  contradict, 
answer,  τίνί,  Plut.  2,  177  B. — 2.  lofind 
fault  with,  attack,  Ar.  Plut.  548,  in 
•mid. 

'Υποκρύπτω,  f.  -ψω,  (ύπό,  κρύπτω) 
to  hide  under  or  beneath,  άχντ)  νπεκρν- 
ώθη,  the  ship  was  hidden  beneath  the 
spray,  11.  15,  626  : — mid.,  to  hide  one's 
self ;  V.  ace.  pers.,  tn  keep  something 
secret  from  hmi,  Luc.  Amor.  15,  v.  1. 
Xen.  An.  1,  9,  19.     Hence 

'Ύπόκρνψις,  εως,  ή,  a  hiding,  keep- 
ing secret. 

'Ύποκρώζω,  (■  -ξω,  (νπό,  κρώζω)  to 
croak  against,  Luc.  D.  Mort.  6,  4. 

'Ύποκτείνω,  f.  -κτενώ,  to  kill  or  slay 
underhand. 

'Ύποκϋύνεος,  ov,  (υπό,  κυύνεος) 
rather    dark-blue,    Alex.    Mvnd.    ap. 

Schol.  Theocr.  5,  96. 
'Ύποκύανος,  ov,=ioxeg. 
Ύποκνβερί'ύω,  ώ,  to  be  under-pilot, 

νεώς,  of  a  ship. 

'Ύπόκνκλορ,  ου,  τό,  part  of  a  chair, 

elsewh.  ύπόστημα,  ύπόστατον  or  βά• 

σις,  V.  1.  II.  18,  375. 

'Ύπόκυκ?Μς,     ov,     (υπό,    κύκλος) 

roiitid  underneath,  τάλαρος,  Od.  4,  131. 
'Ύπόκυλον,  ov,  τό,  v.  νπόκοιλον. 
'Ύποκνμαίνω,  to  wave  gently,  like 

long  hair. 

'Ύποκνμΰτίζω,  (ύπό,  κυματίζω)  to 

put  into  a  gentle,  waving  motion,  Phi- 

lostr. 

'Ύποκύομαι,  mid.,  v.  νποκύω- 
'Υποκύπτω,  ί.  -ψω,  (ύπό,  κνπτω) 

Ιο  stoop  under,  esp.   under  a   yoke, 

hence  οι  Mj/ool  υπέκυψαν  ΊΙέρστισι, 

submitted  to  the  Persians.  Hdt.  1,  130, 

cf  6,  25,  109  ;  so,  κύνες  τοις  άνθρώ- 

ποίΓ  υποκύπτοντες,  Aesop. :  absol., 
1570 


ΤΠΟΛ 

of  suppliants,  to  bow  down,  how  low, 
υποκύπτοντες  Ικετεύονσιν,  Ar.  Vesp. 
555  (where  however  the  Rav.  MS. 
νποπίπταντις),  Luc.  Navig.  30;  so 
of  animals  drinking,  Xen.  An.  4,  5, 
32  ;  of  persons  stooping  to  prep  into  a 
place. — II.  c.  ace,  ύπ.  τιιν  τύλαν,  to 
stoop  the  shoulder  so  as  to  let  a  load 
be  put  on,  Ar.  Ach.  954. 

'Ύποκϊψόω,  ύ,  dub.  1.  in  Dion.  H. 
for  έπικυρόω. 

'Ύπόκυρτος,  ov,  (νπό,  κυρτός)  rath- 
er gibbous  or  humped,  Plut.  2,  890  D. 

Ύποκυρτόω,  ώ,  to  make  somewhat 
crooked,  bend  a  little. 

'Ύπόκνψος,  ον,=^ύπόκνρτος. 
'Ύποκϋφώνιον,  ου,  τό,  part  of  the 
ornament  of  a  carriage-frame. 

Ύποκύω,  (νπό,  κύω)  to  impregnate, 
gel  with  child:  but  prob.  only  used  in 
mid.,  ύποκύομαι,  of  the  woman,  to 
conceive,  become  pregnant,  hence  part, 
aor.  Ep.  νποκνσάμένη  (not  -κνσααμέ- 
νη,  v.  sub  κνω),  having  conceived,  big 
unth  child,  11.  6,  26,  Od.  11,  254, 
Hes.  Th.  308  ;  so  of  animals,  II.  20, 
225. 

'Ύποκώλιον,ον,τό,(νπό,κώλον)  the 
hip-bone,  hip,  Xen.  Cyn.  4,  1,  etc. 

Ύποκωμωόέω,  ώ,  (ύπό,  κωμφδέω) 
to  ridicule  a  little  or  underhand,  Luc. 
Tox.  14. 

'Υπόκωφος,  ov,  (νπό,  κωφός)  some- 
what  deaf,  rather  deaf,  Ar.  Eq.  43,  Plat. 
Prot.  334  D,  etc. 

'Τπολΰΐζ•,  ίόος,  η,  the  hedge-sparrow, 
Arist.  H.  A.  6,  7,  5 ;  vulg.  έπιλαίς: 
also  written  νπολΰϊς,  νπολτ/ϊς,  νπο- 
λωίς. 

'Υπολάλέω,  ύ,  f.  -ησω,  to  chatter  in 
an  under  tone,  murmur. 

Ύπολαμβύνω,  ί.  -λή-φομαι,  (νπό, 
λαμβάνω)  to  get  under  another  and 
take  him  up,  to  take  up  one  fallen,  as  the 
dolphin  did  Arion,  Hdt.  1,  24,  Plat. 
Rep.  453  D. — 2.  to  catch  up,  come  sud- 
denly upon,  esp.  of  storms  of  wind, 
Hdt.  2,  25;  4,  179,  etc.  ;  of  a  fit  ot 
madness,  Id.  6,  75 ;  of  a  famine,  Id. 
6,  27  ;  so  of  soldiers  marching,  ί5ΐ'ζ•- 
χωρία  νπε?.ύμβανεν  αυτούς,  i.  e.  they 
came  suddenly  into  difficult  ground, 
Xen.  Hell.  3,  5,  20 :— hence,  absol., 
of  events,  to  follow  next,  come  next,  ή 
νανμαχίη  ύπολαβονσα,  Hdt.  8,  12,  cf 
6, 27.-3.  esp.,  to  take  up  the  discourse, 
and  answer,  to  reply,  rejoin,  retort,  Hdt. 
1,  11,  etc.  ;  τι  προς  τι,  Thuc.  5,  85; 
c.  inf,  to  reply  that.., Time.  5,  49  :— but 
esp.  in  dialogue,  ίφη  νπολαβών,  νπ. 
f/Tfti',  he  said  in  answer.  Hdt.  7,  101, 
Thuc.  3, 113,  freq.  in  Plat.,  and  Xen.: 
— also,  to  take  one  up  short,  interrupt 
him  (like  ύποκρούω),  Xen.  Cyr.  5,  5, 
35. — 4.  to  take  tip  the  conqueror,  ^Λί 
with  him,  Lat.  excipere,  Thuc.  8,  105. 
— \\.=  ύποόέχομαι,  to  take  under  one's 
protection,  Xen.  An.  1,  1,  7 — 2.  to  ac- 
cept, entertain  a  proposal,  Hdt.  1,  212  ; 
3,  146. — III.  to  take  up  a  notion,  as- 
sume, suppose,  USU.  of  an  ill-grounded 
opinion,  c.  inf,  Hdt.  2,  55,  freq.  in 
Plat.,  and  Xen. ; — hence,  ύπ.  τι  tsc. 
είναι),  to  asstime  or  understand  it  to  be 
so  and  so.  Plat.  Prot.  341  B,  Phaedr. 
263  D  :  ούτως  ύπ.  περί  τίνος,  Isocr. 
32  Β  ;  etc. — 2.  to  understand,  appre- 
hend, λόγον.  Eur.  I.  A.  523,  and  Plat. ; 
ύπ.  τι  εΙς  τίνα,  to  understand  it  of,  i.  e. 
apply  it  to,  him,  Aeschin.  22,  29  :— in 
pass.,  to  be  supposed,  etc.,  Dem.  623, 
5,  etc.  ;  7}  ΰπειλημμένη  χάρις,  the 
supposed  favour.  Id.  178,  8. — 3.  to  sus- 
pect, disbelieve,  Xen.  Ages.  5,  G. — IV. 
to  take  or  seize  underhand.  Thuc.  1,  68  : 
to  draw  men  off  from  their  duty,  se- 
duce them,  νπ.  μισθω  μείζονι  τους 
ναυβάτας,  Id.  1,  121. — V.  to  check, re- 


ΤΠΟΛ 

strain,  as  a  physician  does  a  disease, 
Hipp.,  v.  Foes.  Oecon. — 2.  ύπ.  ιππον, 
as  a  term  of  horsemanship,  to  hold  up 
the  horse,  half-check  him  in  his  course, 
Xen.  Eq.  7,  15  ;  9,  5,  αναλαμβάνω 
being  to  check  him  quite,  bring  him  up 
short,  lb.  3,  5. 

Ύπολαμπής,  ες,  gen.  έος,  shining 
under,  i.  e.  shining  unth  refected  light, 
glittering,  ήλέκτρω,  Hes.  Sc.  142 : 
from 

Ύπολάμπω,  f.  -ψω,  (νπό,  λάμπω) 
to  shine  under,  Xen.  Mem.  3,  8,  9  :  so 
in  pass.,  7rj>p  τέφρτι  ύπυλαμπόμενον, 
Mel.  55,  cf  Ap.  R'h.  1,  1280.— II.  to 
shine  a  little,  begin  to  shine,  to  lap 
νπέλαμπε,  like  ύπεφαινετο,  Hdt.  1, 
190  ;  νπ.  ή  ήμερα,  Plut.  Anton.  49  : — 
δαίδων  νπολαμπομενύων  was  once 
read  in  11.  18,  492,  Od.  19,  48;  23, 
290,  where  now  νπο  λαμπ-  is  read. 
Hence 

'Υπέ)λαμτΙης,  εως,  η,  a  slight  lustre, 
Hipp.  p.  1133. 

Ύπολανθέινω,  f.  -λήσω,  to  be  con- 
cealed or  hidden  under. 

Ύπολάπάζω,  (  νπό,  λαπύζω  )  to 
empty  from  below,  purge,  Ael.  N.  A. 
14,  f4. 

Ύπολάπύρος,  ov,  (ύπό,  λαπαρός) 
somewhat  flabby  or  loose,  Hipp.  p.  1133, 
etc.   [ά] 

Ύπολαπάσσω,  Att.  -ττω,•=ύπολα• 
πύζω. 

Ύπολεαινω,  to  smooth,  rub,  polish  a 
little. 

'Ύπο7..έγω,  (νπό,  λέγω)  to  dictate, 
prompt,  τί  τινι,  Plut.  2,  46  A. 

Ύπο7.έθριος,  ov,  (νπό,  ολέθριος) 
almost  fatal,  dangermts,  Hipp.  p.  118. 

Ύπολε'ιβω,  ί.  -φω,  (ύπό,  λείβω)  to 
pour  a  libation  therewith  or  to,  Aesch. 
Ag.  69  : — in  pass.,  to  trickle  dotmi,  like 
ύποΙ)1)έω,  Hipp. 

'Υπό7•.είμμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  remnant, 
remainder,  Theophr. :  from 

Ύπολείπω,  i-  -φω,  (νπό,  λείπω)  to 
leave  remaining,  Od.  16,50;  νπ.  λύγον, 
Thuc.  8,  2  ;  ύπ.  τινι  τιμωρείσθαι, 
Antipho  129,  14.-2.  of  things,  to  fail 
one,  ύπολείφει  νμΰς  ή  μισΟυφορά, 
Lys.  177,  fin. — II.  pass.,  to  be  left  re- 
maining or  behind,  πέμπτον  δ'  νπελεί- 
πετ'  ύεθλον,  11.  23,  615;  έν  μεγάρ^ 
νπελείπετο,  he  was  left  at  home..,  Od. 
7,  230 ;  cf.  17.  276,  etc..  Hot.  2,  15, 
86,  etc. ;  ύπολείπεσθαι  τοΰ  στόλον, 
tn  stay  behind  the  expetlition,  i.  e.  not 
to  go  upon  it,  Hdt.  1,  165,  cf  Aesch. 
Ag.  73  : — generally,  to  remain  behind, 
to  be  left  over  and  above,  Plat.,  etc.  ; 
ουδέν  υπολείπεται  αλλ'  η  ποιείν... 
Id.  Phaedr.  231  Β.— 2.  to  be  left  behind 
by  any  one,  strictly  in  a  race,  Ar. 
Ran.  1092  :  hence  of  stragglers  in  an 
army,  to  lag  behind,  Xen.  An.  1,  2,  25, 
etc.  :  metaph.  to  be  inferior  to  one,  τι- 
νός, also  ύπό  τίνος. — 3.  absol.,  to  fait, 
come  to  an  end,  vvE,  Soph.  £1.  91 : 
also,  to  fail  in  what  is  expected  of 
one,  come  short,  Lys.  187,  10. — III. 
mid.,  to  leave  a  thing  behind  one,  c. 
ace,  Wess.  Hdt.  4,  121  ;  6,  7  :  ίο  leave 
remaining,  keep  by  one.  Id.  2,  25  ;  ύπο- 
λείπεσθαι αΐτίαν,  to  leave  cause  for 
reproach  against  one's  self,  Thuc.  I, 
140;  so,  ύπο7.είπεσθαι  άναφοράν,  to 
leave  one's  se// means  of  escape,  Dem. 
301,  23.     Hence 

'ΎπόλειχΙης,  εως,  ή,  a  remaining,  be- 
ing left  behind,  Theophr.  —  II.  like 
εκλειφις  //λίον,  an  eclipse.  Iambi. 

Ύπολέπρος,  ov,  (ύπό,  λεπρός)  some- 
what rough,  scabby,  Theophr. 

'Υπο7.επτο7Μγος,  ov,  (ύπό,  λεπτό- 
λόγος)  rather  too  sxibtlc,  Cratin.  Incert. 
155. 
Ύπόλεπτος,  ov,    (  ύπο,  λεπτός  ) 


ΥΠΟΛ 

.•somewhat  fine,   Hipp.,   LuC.   Philops. 
34. 

Ύίτολεπι-όνω,  {υπό,  λεπτυνω)  to 
nmke  rather  fine,  Paul.  S.  Ambo  74. 

'Ύττολενκαίν<^.,  ίνττό,  'λίνααίνω)  to 
make  white  underneath: — pass.,  to  be- 
come white  underneath,  or  S07newhat 
white,  11.  5,  502,  cf.  Luc.  D.  Meretr. 
11,3,  etc. 

'Τττόλί-ϋκοζ•,  01',  {υπό,  Τ^ενκός)  white 
underneath. — II.  whitish,  Diosc. 

'ΎΐΓθλζυκ.όχρ<ύς,  orof,  ό,  ή,  (ύττό, 
Τίενκόχρως )  whitish,  pale,  Hipp.  p. 
955. 

Ύ^ολ»;}^,  (■ΰίτ'ό,  Ar/yij)  to  desist 
gradually  from,  τινός,  Ael.  N.  A,  12, 
44. 

'Ύπο?^ηίς,  ίόος,  v.  νποΤίϋίς. 

'Ύπόλτ/μμα,  ατός,  τό,  (ύιτολαμβά- 
vu)  that  which  is  supposed,  an  opinion, 
Def.  Plat.  413  B,  Piut.  2,  164  F.— II. 
conception  in  the  womb,  dub.  1.  Plut.  2, 
38  E. 

'Ύΐΐο7^Τ)νιον,  ov,  TO,  the  vessel  under 
a  press  to  receive  the  wine  or  oil,  α 
vat,  Lat.  lacus,  LXX. :  neut.  from 

'Ύπο?ιτμΊος,  ov,  (υπό,  ληνός)  placed 
tinder  a  press.     Hence 

'Ύπο?.τινίς,  ίόος,  ή,  =  νποληνιον. 
Call.  Dian.  166. 

Ύπό7.ηξις,  εως,  ή,  (νττολήγω)  al- 
most the  ending,  Ath.  491  Ε. 

Ύπολη-τέον,  verb.  adj.  of  ΰπο- 
7ίαμ8ύν<ι),  one  must  suppose,  under- 
stand. Plat.  Rep.  613  A,  etc. 

'Ύτϊο?ιηπτικός,  ή,  όν,  {νπολαμβά- 
V(j)  of,  belonging  to  understanding,  etc. ; 
όύναμις  v.  τίνος,  the  faculty  oi  under- 
standing, etc.,  Def.  Plat.  414  C,  cf.  M. 
Anton.  3,  9.     Adv.  -κώς. 

Ύποληπτός,  όν,  verb,  adj.,  (έττο- 
7\.αμβάνω)  supposable,  Arist.  An.  Pr. 

I,  39. 

'Υπ•ολ)?ρε'ω,  ώ,  {νπό,  ληρέω)  to  talk 
somewhat  absurdly,  to  become  imbecile, 
Ael.  V.  H.  3,  37, 

'ΎτΓΟ?ι7]ψις,  ευς,  {νπολαμβύνω) : — 
a  taking  or  catching  up,  esp.  α  taking 
up  the  word,  taking  up  the  discourse 
where  another  leaves  olf:  έξ  νπο- 
ληφεος,  in  turn,  alternately,  Stallb. 
Plat.  Hipparch.  228  Β  ;  cf  citata  sub 
V.  νποβυ'λή  : — hence,  a  rejoinder,  re- 
ply, answer,  νττ.  ποιείσθαι,  Isocr.  227 
C — II.  a  taking  in  a  certain  sense,  an 
understanding,  opinion,  conception,  Def. 
Plat.  413  A  sq.,  cf  Arist.  M.  Mor.  1, 
35,  13,  Rhet.  3,  15,  1,  etc.  :— also,  the 
estimate  formed  of  3.  person  or  thing,  a 
good  or  bad  reputation,  public  opinion, 
Lat.  existiniatio,  Plut. 

ΎιτολΙγαίνω,  (  ύπό,  λιγαίνω  )  to 
make  to  sound  a  little,  Jac.  Ach.  Tat. 
p.  423. 

Ύτϊολίζυν,  ov,  gen.  ovor,  {ύπό,  όλί- 
ζων)  somewhat  less,  slighter,  or  smaller, 

II.  18,  519. 

'Ύπύ?.ΐθος,  ov,  {υπό,  λίθος)  some- 
what stony,  Luc.  Tim.  31. 

Ύπολιμπάνω,  collat.  form  from 
υττολείττω. 

'Ύ•!Το?.ϊμώδης,  ες,  gen.  εος,  (νπό, 
λίμώύης)  somewhat  hungry,  Plut. 

'Ύπολίτταίνω,  {υπό,  'λιπαίνω)  to 
fatten,  a   little  or  by   degrees,  dub.  in 

'Ύπολίπΰρος,  ov,  {νπό,  λιτταρος) 
rather  fat,  Diosc.   [i] 

ΎτΓολϊττάω,  ώ,  to  be  rather  fat,  dub. 
in  Theophr. 

'ΎπολΙπτ/ς,  ες,  (νπολείπω)  left  be- 
liind,  staying  behind,  Plut. 

'Ύπολισθάνω  and  νπολίσθαίνω,  ί. 
-σθησω,  (.υπό,  όλισθύνω,  -αίνω)  to  slip 
or  slide  gently,  εις  τι,  Ael.  Ν.  Α.  9,  9. 

'Ύπόλισπος,  ov,  {νπό,  λίσπος)  some- 
what smooth,  worn  smooth,  Ar.  Eq. 
1368. 


ΎΠΟΛ 

Ύττόλισφος,  ov,  Att.  for  foreg. 

'Ύπόλϊτος,  ov,  rather  poor,  little  or 
mean. 

Ύπόλιχνος,  ov,  {νπό,  λίχνος)  some- 
what lickerish  Or  dainty,  Luc. 

'ΤτΓολ,ο  yf  ω , — sq. 

Υπολογίζομαι,  f.  -ίσομαι  Att.  -ΐον- 
μαι  {υπό,  λογίζομαι),  dep.  mid.  : — to 
take  into  the  account,  as  matter  of  addi- 
tion or  stStraction,  Polyb.  6,  39,  15  , 
metaph.,  to  take  into  account,  κίνόννον, 
πόνους,  Plat.  Apol.  28  B,  Phaedr.  231 
B,  Dem.  259,  7,  etc. ;  οϋόέν  υπ.,  An- 
doc.  33,  27  : — to  take  notice,  foil,  by 
si...  Plat.  Crito  48  D.  The  act.  νπο- 
λογίζο)  is  v.  1,  Arist.  Pol.  7,  3,  4. 
Hence 

'Υπολογισμός,  οϋ,  ό,-=νπόλογος. 

'Ύπολογιστέον,  adj.  verb,  from 
υπολογίζομαι,  one  must  take  into  ac- 
count. Plat.  Rep.  341  D. 

'Τ7ΓΟλο)Όζ•,  OV,  0,  {νπό,  ΛΟ>Όζ•)  α 
taking  into  account,  υπόλογου  ποιεί- 
(τθαί  τίνος,  Lat.  rationem  habere  rei, 
Dem.  790,  9  ;  so,  έν  ΰπολόγφ  ποιεί- 
σθαί  τι,  Lys.  102,  20. — 2.  as  adj.,  taken 
into  account,  made  accountable,  νπόλο- 
γον  ΐΐναι  or  γενέσθαι,  Lys.  180,  36 ; 
184,  31,  Dem.  959,  7:  νπόλογόν  τι 
ποιείσθαί  τινι,  Dinarch.  110,  25: — 
μηδέν  την  ήμετέραν  ή?ιΐκίαΐ'  νπό/ιΟ- 
νον  ποιείσβηι.  not  to  hold  us  respon- 
sible. Plat.  Lach.  189  Β  ;  cf.  Stallb. 
Prot.  349  C— II.  in  Arithm.,  of  ratios 
in  which  the  first  number  is  the  least,  as 
3:5;  opp.  to  πρόλογος: — cf.  νποτέ- 
ταρτος. 

'Υπόλοιπος,  ov,  {νπό,  λοιπός)  left 
behind,  staying  behind,  Hdt.  7,  171  : 
esp.,  still  alive,  surviving,  Lat.  .tuper- 
stes,  Id.  6,  123,  etc.  :  generally, =  Aoi- 
ΐΓΟς,  remaining,  Id.  7,  126,  Thuc,  etc. 

'Ύπόλοξος,  ov,  somewhat  oblique  or 
obscure. 

Ύπολοπ'άω,  ώ,  to  loosen  the  shell  or 
rind  a  little  or  gradually,  Theophr. ;  v. 
λοπάω. 

'Ύτΐο7Μχαγός,  ov,  6,  an  under-λοχα- 
γός,  Xen.  An.  5,  2,  13. 

Ύπολνόιος,  ov,  {νπό,  Αύδιος)  hypo- 
Lydian,  a  mode  in  music.  Pint.  2, 
1141  B. 

ΎτΓολΰζω,  f.  -ξίΔ,  {νπό,  λνζω)  to 
hiccup  or  sob  a  little,  Galen. 

'Ύπολί'ριος,  ov,  {υπό,  /.ύρα) : — un- 
der the  lyre,  δόναξ  νπ.,  either  a  bridge 
of  reed  on  which  the  strings  rest,  or  a 
rod  of  reed  put  under  the  strings  (to 
prolong  the  sound,  as  horn  was  after- 
wards used),  Ar.  Ran.  233  ;  cf.  H. 
Horn.  Merc.  47,  sq.  [λϋ] 

'Ύπό?ί.ϋσις,  εως,  ή,  a  loosing  of  that 
which  is  underneath  :  from 

'Ύπολύω,  {υπό,  λνυ)  to  loosen,  un- 
tie, unbind  from  below,  loosen  a  little  or 
gradually,  νπέλνσε  γνία,  loosened  his 
limbs  below,  made  his  limbs  sink  under 
him  (viz.  by  giving  him  a  deadly 
wound),  II.  15,  581  ;  so  too,  νπ.  μέ- 
νος και  γυΐα,  to  make  courage  and 
strength /ai7,  6,  27  :  also  of  wrestlers, 
γυΐα  νπέλνσε,  23,  726;  so  in  pass., 
γυΐα  ύπέ?.υντο,  16,  311  ;  λνθεν  δ'  νπό 
φαίδιμα  γυΐα,  lb.  805  ;  νπολνετα'ι  μοι 
τα  γόνατα,  Ar.  Lys.  216. — Π.  to  loose 
from  under  (the  voke).  ό  δ'  έλνεν  νφ' 
ϊππονς,  11.  23,  513,  cf  Od.  4,  39:— 
mid.,  συ  τύν  γ'...ύπελύσαο  δεσμών, 
thou  didst  set  him  free  from  bonds  by 
stcallh,  II.  1,  401,  cf  Od.  9,  463.-2.  to 
untie  another  person's  sandals  from 
under  his  feet,  take  off  his  shoes,  Ar. 
Nub.  152,  Thesm.  1183;  νπολνετε, 
παίδες,  Άλκιβιάδην,  Plat.  Symp.  213 
Β  : — mid.,  to  take  off  one's  own  sandals 
or  shoes,  Ar.  Lys.  950,  Plut.  927,  cf 
Xen.  Lac.  2,  3 ;  opp.  to  νποόεϊσθαι, 
cf.  sub  νποόέο. 


ΤΠΟΜ 

'Ύπολωΐς,  ίδος,  ή,  v.  νπο?,αίς. 

'Ύπολωψάω,  ώ,  (.  -ησω,  to  flag  a 
tittle,  or  by  little  and  little. 

'Ύπομάζιος,  ov,=  sq.,  Aristaen.  1, 
25. 

'Ύπόμαζος,  ov,  {νπό,  μαζός)  under 
the  breast,  esp.,  under  the  mother's  breast 
sucking,  Lat.  subrumus. — II.  oi  νηό- 
μαζοι,  the  parts  under  the  breast,  Bioa 
1,  26,  nisi  h.  1.  legend,  οι  δ'  νπό  μα- 
ζοί- 

'Ύπομαίνομαι,  {νπό,  μαίνομαι)  as 
pass.,  to  be  somewhat  mad,  Hipp.  p.  352. 

Ύπόμακρος,  ov,  {νπό,  μακρός)  some- 
what long,  longish,  Ar.  Pac.  1243. 

'Ύπομύλΰκιζομαι,  {νπό,  μαλακίζω) 
as  pass.,  to  grow  soft  or  cowardly  by 
degrees,  Xen.  An.  2,  1,  14. 

'Ύπομά?.ύσσω,  Att.  --Γω,  {νπό,μα- 
λύσσω)  to  soften  by  degrees : — pass.,  to 
be  so  softened,  Luc.  D.  Meretr.  4,  2. 

'Ύπομαντενομαι,  {νπό,  μάντευα• 
μαι)  dep.,  to  divine  a  Utile  or  after  a 
manner.  Plat.  Sisyph.  388  B. 

'Ύπομάραίνομαι,  {νπό,  μαραίνω) 
as  pass.,  to  wither  gradually,  Plut.  2, 
411  E. 

'Ύπόμαργος,  ov,  somewhat  crazy, 
maddish,  ϋπομαργότερος,  Hdt.  3,  29, 
145;  6,  75. 

Ύπομασθίδιος,  ov  [/?t],  and  νπομά- 
σθιος,  ov,  {υπό,  μασθος)=^νπομύζίος. 
Lob.  Phryn.  557. 

'Ύπομάσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  {υπό,  μάσ• 
σω)  to  knead  underneath  or  a  little., 
smear  or  rub  underneath,  Theocr.  2,  59. 

'Ύπομαστίδιος,  ov,=^ νπομάζιος. 

Ύπομάσχαλος,  ov,  {νπό,  μασχάλη) 
under  the  armpits:  to  νπ.,  the  part  un- 
der the  armpit. 

'Ύπόμανρος,  ov,  so?newhat  dark  or 
gloomy. 

"Ύπομβρος,  ov,  {νπό,  δμβρος)  mixed 
with  rain,  θέρος  νπ.,  a  rainy  summer, 
Plut.  Camill.  3  (Schiif.  ίπομβρον); 
cf  Id.  2,  438  A. — II.  wet  under  the  sur- 
face, or  wettish.  Foes.  Oecon.  Hipp. 

Ύπομειδιύω,  ώ,  {ύπό,  μειδιάω)  to 
smile  a  little  or  gently,  Anacreont.  29, 
Μ  :  νπ.  Σαρδόνιον,  Polyb.  17,  7,  6. 

'Ύπομείων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  {νπό, 
μείων)  somewhat  less  or  inferior  :  νπο• 
μειονες,  among  the  Spartans,  were 
subordinate  citizens,  opp.  to  δμοιοι, 
Xen.  Hell.  3,  3,  6,  cf  Muller  Dor.  3, 
5,  7  :  in  an  army,  οι  νπ.,  the  subaltern 
officers,  Dio  C. 

'Ύπομελαίνω,  {υπό,  μελαίνω)  to  be 
blackish,  Paus. 

'Ύπομε?ιανδρνώδης,  ες,  somewhat 
like  the  μελύνδρυον,  Epich.  p.  59. 

Ύπομελάνίζω,  f.  -ίσω,=^ΰπομε7ί.αί- 
νω,  Geop. 

'Ύπομέλΰς,  -μέλαινα.,  -μέλΰν,  some- 
what black,  blackish. 

Ύπομέμόομαι,  {υπό,  μέμφομαι) 
dep.,  to  blame  a  little  or  secretly,  Plut. 
Cat.  Min.  15. 

'Ύπομεμφίμοιρος,  ov,  {νπό,  μεμψί- 
μοιρος) somewhat  discontented  with  his 
lot,  Cic.  Att.  6,  1,  2.  [I] 

'Ύπομενετέον,  verb.  adj.  from  υπο- 
μένω, one  7nust  sustain,  abide,  endure, 
Thuc.  2,  88,  Plat.  Legg.  770  Ε  :  also 
νπομενητέον.  but  the  first  form  is 
better.  Lob.  Phryn.  440  ;  cf  ύπομον•. 

'Ύπομενετικός,  ή,  όν.=  νπομενητι- 
κύς,  Arist.  Eth.  Ν.  3,  6,  6. 

'Ύπομενητέον,^=νπομενετέον,(\.ν., 
Isocr.  117  C. 

'Ύπομενητικός,  ή,  όν,  {υπομένω) 
di.^posed  to  undergo,  submissive,  Def. 
Plat.  412  B,  416  B,  etc.  ;  v.  I.  ύπο- 
μον-. 

Ύπομενητός,  less  analogous  form 
for  ύπομον-.  Lob.  Paral.  494. 

'Υπομένω,  fut.  -μενώ,  (ύπό,  μένω) 
to  stay  behind,  Od.   10,  232.  258  :  to 
1571 


ΤΠΟΜ 

stay  at  home,  Hdt.  6,  51  ;  7,  209  :  also, 
to  remain  alwe,  Id.  1,  119  : — generally, 
to  be  pcrmaiteiil,  Arist.  Categ.  0,  8. — 
II.  trans.,  to  abide  or  await  another, 
esp.  to  await  his  attack,  bide  the  onset, 
c.  ace.  pers.,  11.  14,  488  ;  IC,  814,  etc. ; 
so  too  Hdt.  3,  i) ;  4,  3,  etc.  ; — never 
c.  dat.  pers., — lor  in  Xen.  Hell.  5,  4, 
40,  Schncid  has  altered  the  punctu- 
ation.— 2.  c.  ace.  roi,  to  abide,  submit 
to,  endure  any  evil  that  threatens  one, 
δονλτμην,  Hdt.  C,  12,  Thuc.  1,  8; 
κίνδυνον,  πόνον,  etc.,  Xen.,  Dem., 
etc.  ;  hence  ironically,  rue  δωρεάς 
ονχ  υπέμαΐναν,  they  coiild  not  abide 
the  gifts,  Lsocr.  GO  13  :— ύττ.  την  κρί- 
σιν, to  await  one's  trial,  Aeschin.  21), 
4,  cf.  Andoc.  IC,  10,  Lys.  158,  26:— 
generally,  to  wait  for,  την  έορτήν, 
Thuc.  5,  50 :  to  await  one.  Plat. 
Phaedr.  250  C,  etc.— 3.  absol.,  to 
stand  one's  ground,  stand  firm,  II.  5, 
408,  Hdt.  0,  90;  so,  ές  αλκην  νπ., 
Thuc.  3,  108  ;  νπομένων  καμτερεϊν, 
to  endure  patiently,  Plat.  Gorg.  507 
B. — 1.  c.  inf.,  to  abide,  venture,  under- 
take, boldly  resolie  to  do  a  thing,  like 
Lat.  posse,  suslinere,  οί'δ'  ντϊέμεινε 
γνώμεναι,  he  did  not  wait  to  become 
Known,  Od.  1,  410;  also  c.  part.,  ει 
ύπομενέονσι  χείρας  έμυΐ  άνταειρό- 
μενυι,  if  they  shall  dare  to  lift  hand 
against  me,  Hdt.  7,  101. — 5.  c.  part., 
also,  ovK  υπομένει  ωφελούμενος,  he 
cannot  bear  to  be  helped.  Plat.  Gorg. 
505  C. — 6.  to  uphold,  support,  maintain, 
δλβον.  Pind.  P.  2,  48  ;  λύγον,  Stallb. 
Plat.  Hipp.  Maj.  298  D. 

Ύπομερίζω,  fut.  Att.  -ΐώ,  (νττό,  με- 
ρίζω) to  subdivide,  make  subdivisions. 
Hence 

'Ύπομερισμύς,  ov,  6,  a  szibdivision. 

'Ύπομηκύυμαι,  dep.,  to  bleat  a  little ; 
but  V.  νπυμνκάομαι. 

'Ύπομ,ήκης,  ες,  gen.  εος,=νπόμα- 
κρος,  Diog.  L. 

'Ύηομη'λΰφέω,  ώ,  to  probe  Ιο  the  bot- 
tom, probe  thoroughly. 

'Ύπομιβίζω,  {ΰπό,  μη?ύζω)  to  be  or 
look  yellowish,  Diosc. 

'Ύπομήλΐνος.  η,  ov,  {ύπό,  μήλινος) 
yellowish,  esp.  light-yellow,  Diosc. 

'Ύπομήτριος,  ov,  in  the  m.other^s 
womb. 

'Ύπομίγνϋμι,  f.  -μίξω,  {νπό,  μίγνν- 
μι)  to  mix  under  or  among,  mix  up, 
Tivi  TL,  Plat.  Tim.  74  D  ;  ro  νπομε- 
μιγμενον,  the  admixture,  Id.  Phil.  47 
A. — II.  intr.  and  metaph.,  to  come 
near  to  or  into  secretly,  c.  dat.,  νπ-  τη 
γ?),  Thuc.  8,  102. 

'Ύπομιμνήσκω,  f.  νπομνήσω,  aor. 
υπέμνησα,  [υπό,  μιμνησκω): — Ι.  act., 
— 1.  c.  ace.  pers.,  to  jrut  one  in  mind 
or  remind  one  of,  νπέμνησεν  δε  έ  πα- 
τρός, Od.  1,  321  ;  cf.  15,  3,  Thuc.  6, 
19 ;  also  τινά  τι,  Thuc.  7,  64,  Xen. 
Cyr.  3,  3,  37,  etc. ;  νπ.  τινά  τι  βον- 
λεται...  Plat.  Phil.  31  C;  νπ.  τινά 
δη..,  πώς,  etc.,  Id.  Phaed.  88  D,  etc. 
— 2.  C.  ace.  rei,  to  bring  back  to  one^s 
mind,  mention,  suggest,  τι,  Hdt.  7, 
171  ;  Tivi  Ti,  Aesch.  Pers.  990.— II. 
pass.,  to  call  to  mind,  remember,  τινός  : 
but  also  Ti,  Plat.  Phil.  47  E,  Xen. 
Cyr.  6,  1,  24:  to  make  mention,  περί 
τίνος,  Aesch.  Pers.  329. 

'Ύπομϊσέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσυ,  to  hate  a 
little. 

'Ύπόμισθος,  ην,  {νπό,  μισθός)  serv- 
ing for  pay,  hired,  Luc.  Alex.  49,  etc. 

'Ύπομνάομαι.  contr.  -μνώμαι,  {νπό, 
μνάομαι)  dep.  mid.  :  to  court  a  woman 
clandestinely,  ζώυντος  νπ.  γυναίκα, 
Od.  22,  38.  [<2] 

'Ύπομνάομηι,  contr.  -μνώμαι,  Ion. 
pass,  of  {ΐ7Γ0,αίαΐ'7/σ;ίω.  [ά] 

'Υπόμνημα,  ατός,  τό,  {νπομιμνή- 
1572 


ΤΠΟΜ 

σκυ)  α  remembrance,  memorial,  Ιχειν 
νπ.  τίνος,  Thuc.  2,  44  ;  ϊν'  υπόμνημα 
τοις  ίπιγιγνομένοις  ή  της  των  βαρ- 
βάρων ασεβείας,  Isocr.  73  C.  cf.  55 
D,  etc.  : — mention,  notice,  Thuc.  4, 
126,  Xen.  An.  1,  6,  3.-2.  a  note  or 
memorandum  entered  by  a  tradesman 
in  his  day-book,  υπόμνημα  νπεγρά- 
■φατυ,  he  ordered  a  vote  to  be  made 
of  it,  Dem.  1193,  2,  cf.  837,  17  ;  so  of 
bankers,  υπομνήματα  γράφεσθαι  είώ- 
βασι  ών  διδόασι  χρημάτων...  Id.  1180, 
7  : — then  in  phir.,  generally,  memo- 
randums, notes,  Lat.  cnmmentarii.  Plat. 
Phaedr.  276  D,  Theaet.  143  A  :  also 
like  απομνημονεύματα,  memoirs,  Po- 
lyb.  1,  1,  1;  G,  32,4,  etc.— 3.  later, 
also  explanatory  notes,  commentaries. 
— 4.  a  sketch,  draught  or  copy  of  a  let- 
ter. Ep.  Plat.  3(33  E.     Hence 

'Ύπομνημάτίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  to  write  or 
note  down  for  remembrance,  enter  in  a 
memorandum- book  :  so  in  mid.,  of  the 
annates,  Polyb.  5,  33,  5.- — 2.  ΰπομνη- 
μάτϊζεσθαί  τίνα,  to  explain  οτ  interpret 
a  writer :  oi  νπομνηματισύμενοι, 
commentators.     Hence 

'Ύπομνηματικός,  ή,  όν,  serving  for 
explanation,  Diog.  L.  4,  5. 

Υπομνημάτων,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from 
υπόμνημα.  [«] 

'Υπομνηματισμός,  οϋ,  6,  {ύπομνη- 
μάτίζω) α  writing  or  noting  down,  mak- 
ing a  memorandum,  in  plur.  oi  μν., 
memoirs,  Lat.  commentarii,  σνντύσ- 
σειν  ύπ.,  Polyb.  2,  40,  4. — 2.  a  com- 
mentary on  an  author. — II.  a  decree  of 
the  Areopagus,  because  these  were 
kept  as  wruteti  records,  Cic.  I'"a!n.  13, 
1,  5,  Att.  5,  11,6. 

'Ύπομνημάτιστης,  οϋ,  ύ,  one  who 
writes  a  memoranilum. 

Ύπομνημάτογράφέω,  ώ,  to  write 
doiim  as  a  mcmorandinn  :  from 

'Ύπομνημΰτογράψος,  ov,  ivriting  in 
a  memorandum-book,  writing  down  for 
reference  or  to  hand  down  to  posterity. 

Ύπομνημονεύω,  to  notice  in  a  me- 
morial or  memoir  {υπόμνημα). 

'Ύπομνημνω,  v.  ύπεμνήμνκε. 

Ύπύμνησις,  εως,  ή,  {ύπομιμνήσκω) 
α  reminding,  Thuc.  4,  17,  95  ;  SO  Plat, 
calls  writing  ου  μνήμης  ύλλ'  νπομνή- 
σεως  φάρμακον,  Phaedr.  275  Α  : — α 
mentioniiig,  ΰπ.  ποιεϊσβαί  τίνος,  to 
make  mention  of  a  thing,  Thuc.  3,  54, 
Plat.,  etc. ;  ΰπ.  κακών,  a  tale  of  woe, 
Eur.  Or.  1032. 

'Ύπομνήσκω,  later  poet,  form  of 
ύπομιμνήσκω,  Or|)h.  H.  76,  6. 

'Ύπομνηστεον,  verb.  adj.  of  ύπο- 
μιμνήσκω, one  must  mention,  Arist. 
Rhet.  Al. 

'Ύπομνηστεύομαι,  {ΰπό,  μνηστεύω) 
as  ])ass.  and  mid.,  to  betroth  underhand 
or  beforehand,  την  θυγατέρα  ΰπ.  τινί, 
Arist.  Pol.  5,  4,  7 : — pass.,  ό  ύπομνη- 
στενθύς,  one  betrothed  beforehand,  i.  e. 
in  his  first  wife's  life-time,  lb. 

'Ύπομνησηκός,  ή,  όν,  awakening 
the  recollection,  ^suggestive,  Sext.  Emp. 
p.  496. 

'Ύπομνήστριαι.  al,  expl.  in  A.  B., 
as  al  ϋμνοϋσαι  την  θεον  ίέρειαι. 

'Ύπόμννμι,  {νπό,  όμννμι)  to  inter- 
pose by  oath,  νπομν'υς  φάναι.  Soph. 
Fr.  313. — II.  more  freq.  in  mid.,  νπό- 
μννμαι,  f.  ύπομονμαι,  to  swear  in  bar 
of  further  proceedings,  νπώμνυτο  ώς 
ην  'Βοιωτός,  Dem.  1006,  3: — then,  to 
make  oath  or  put  in  an  affidavit  that 
something  serious  prevents  a  person's 
appearing  in  court,  and  so  to  apply  for 
a  longer  than  the  legal  term,  Xen.  Hell. 
1,  7,  38,  Dem.  1151,  2,  etc.  :  so,  νπ. 
Tiva  άπεΐναι  δημοσία  στρατενόμενον , 
Dem.  1174,  6;  ύπωμόσητό  τις  τον 
Αημοσθένη  ώς  νοσονντα,  one  applied 


ΤΠΟΝ 

for  an  extension  of  the  term  for  Demos- 
thenes, on  the  plea  of  sickness,  Jd. 
1336,  10;  and  in  pass.,  νπομοθεν- 
τος  τούτον,  this  affidavit  being  put  im 
by  way  of  excuse,  id.  1174,  8:  —  cf. 
ύπωμοσία. 

'Υπομονή,  ής,  ή,  (υπομένω)  α  re- 
maining behind. — II.  α  holding  out  un- 
der, patience  under,  λύπης,  Del.  Plat. 
412  C  ;  πολέμου,  Polyb.  4,  51,  1  : — ή 
της  μαχαίρας  ύπ.  τών  πληγών,  the 
sword's  poiver  to  sustain  blows.  Id.  15, 
15,  8. — III.  a  giving  way  to  ill  doing 
in  others,  or  giving  a  loose  to  it  in 
one's  self,  TheO()hr.  Char.  C. 

Ύπομονητέος,  a,  ov,  =  νπομενε- 
τέος,  Diog.  L.  7,  126. 

'Υπομονητικός,  ή,  (>ν,=  νπομενετι- 
κός.  Arist.  Virt.  et  Vjt.  5,  1. 

Ύπϋμονητός,  όν,=  ύπομενητ(>ς. 

Ύπομορφάζω,=έπιμορφάζω. 

Ύπομοσία.  ας,  ή,=  νπωμοσία,  q.  ν. 

Ύπομοσχενω,  {ύπύ,  μοσχεί;ω)  to 
propagate  by  layers,  suckers  or  shoots  : 
generally,  to  propagate  or  extend  se- 
cretly, e.  g.  πέ)λεμον. 

Ύπομύχθηρυς,  ov,  {ΰπό,  μοχθηρός) 
baddish,  rather  hard,  Comic.  Ano». 
202. 

Ύπομσχλενω,  {νπό,  μοχλεύω)  to 
act  as  a  lever,  Hipp.  p.  805. 

Ύπομόχλιον,  ου.  τό,  the  fulcrum  oi 
a  lever,  Arist.  Mechan.  4,  i. 

Ύπομνζω,  to  groan  slightly. 

Ύπομνϋέομαι,  {ύπό,μνθέομαι)  dep. 
mid.,  to  say  before,  predict,  Ap.  Rh.  2, 
460. 

'Υπομνκάομαι,{νπό,μνκάομαι)άβρ. 
mid.,  to  bellow  in  answer  or  in  concert, 
Aesch.  Fr.  54 ;  v.  Herm.  Opuse.  5,  8. 

Ύπόμνξης,  ov,  {ύπό,  μύξα)  over- 
charged with  mucus,  Hipp. 

Ύπομύσΰρος.  ov,  {ύπό,  μυσαρός) 
rather  filthy  or  fetid,  Hipp,   [v] 

Ύπομύω,  {ύπό,  μύω)  to  close  a  little, 
όμματα  ύπομεμνκότα,  half -closed  eyes, 
Alciphr. 

Ύπόμωρος,  ov,  {νπό,  μωρός)  rather 
stupid  or  silly,  Luc.  Icarom.  29. 

Ύποναίω,  {νπό,  ΐ'αίω)  Ιο  dwell  un 
der,  χώρυν,  Anth.  P.  append.  268. 

Ύπονεάζω,  to  begin  to  grow  young 
again. 

Ύπονεάω,  ώ,  {ύπό,  νεύω)  to  break 
up  fallow  ground  with  the  plough, 
Lat.  novare,  Theophr. 

Ύπονείυμαι,  poet,  for  νπονέημαι, 

q•  V. 

Ύπονείφω,  {ύπό,  νείφω,  q.  v.)  to 
snow  a  little :  as  if  inipers.,  ύπένειφε, 
there  teas  a  little  snow,  Thuc.  4.  103: 
also  in  pass.,  νύξ  ύπονειώομένη,  a 
snowy  night,  Id.  3,  23. — Others  write 
ύπονίφω. 

Ύπονεμεσύω,  ώ,  to  be  somewhat 
wroth. 

Ύπονέμομαι,  {ύπό,  νέμω)  as  mid., 
to  eat  away  from  beneath  or  secretly, 
έ?.αβεν  πνρ  ύπονειμάμενον,  Anth.  Ρ 
7,  444. — Π.  to  go  under,  undermine ;  cf. 
υπόνομος. — 111.  to  deceive,  trick,  τινά 
Epich.  ψ.  4. 

Ύπονέομαι,  poet,  -νείομαι,  {ύπό, 
νέομαι)  dep.,  to  go  under,  enter,  Nic. 
Al.  190  :   ubi   Schneid.  ύπό  νείατα. 

Ύπονενω,  {νπό.  νεύω)  ίο  nod  se- 
cretly to,  Orph.  Lilh.  99. 

'Υπονέφελος,  ov,  {  ύπό,  νεφέλη ) 
under  the  clouds,  Luc.  Fugit.  25. 

Ύπονέω,  (ύπό,  νέω)  to  swim  under, 
dive.  Foes.  Oecon.  Hipp. 

Ύπονήϊος,  ov,  {ύπό,  Νήίον)  wider 
the  promontory  N^ior,  lying  al  its  base, 
Od.  3,81,  V.  1.1,  18G. 

Ύπονήφω,  {ύπό,  νήφω)  to  be  fasting 
or  abstinent,  Joseph. 

Ύπονήχομαι.  {ύπό,  νήχομαι)  dep., 
to  swim  under  water,  dive,  Plut.  An- 


ΥΠΟΝ 

fon.  29,  Brut.  30. — Π.  to  be  inferior 
in  swimming,  rivi,  to  one,  Ael.  N. 
A.  2,  6. 

Ύπονίπτο),  f.  -ψω,  (ΰ-ό,  νίπτω)  to 
wash  slightly  0Γ  beneath. 

'Ύπονίσκος,  ov,  δ,  dim.  from  νττο- 
νος,  q.  V. 

'ΎτΓονιτρώδης,  ες,  {νπό,  νιτρώδης) 
somewhat  alkaline,  Phllotim.  ap.  Ath. 
79  A. 

'Ύπονίφω,  worse  form  for  ΰ~ονεί- 
φω,  q.  V. 

ΎτΓΟνοέύ),  ώ,  (ΰίτό,  νοέυ)  Ιο  suspect, 
τι,  Hdt.  9,  88,  Eur.  I.  Α.  1132,  Thuc, 
etc. :  c.  ace.  pers.  et  inf ,  υπονόησαν- 
τες  τους  Έ,αμίονς  τα  των  'Ε/.?.ηνων 
φρονείν,  Hdt.  9,  99;  also  c.  gen.  pers., 
τών  λεγόντων ϋπενοειτε  ώςλέγονσι.., 
Thuc.  1,  68;  so,  ΰτ.  δπως..,  ότι-, 
Xen.  Cyr.  3,  3,  20,  Hell.  4,  8,  35.-2. 
generally,  to  conjecture,  guess,  Ar.  Lys. 
38  :  to  guess  at,  form  guesses  abotit,  Tu 
των  θεών,  Andoc.  18,  15:  also,  {'— . 
Ti  εις  Τίνα,  to  entertain  a  suspicion  ot 
one,  Ar.  Plut.  3C1  ;  so  too,  {'-.  -/ 
Tivi,  Id.  Lvs.  38. — 3.  to  get  wind  of  a 
thing,  Ar.  Eq.  652,  Lys.  1234.     Hence 

'Ύπονόημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  supposition, 
suspicion,  Hipp.  p.  84. 

'Ύπονοητέον,  verb.  adj.  from  νπο- 
νοέω,  one  must  suspect,  Strab. 

'Ύπονοητής,  υϋ,  6,  (νπονοέω)  a  sus- 
picious, jealous  man. 

'Ύπονόθί-νσις,  εως,  ή,  seduction. 

'Ύπονοθεντής,  οΰ,  ό,  α  seducer. 

'Ύπονοθενω,  {υπό,  νοθεύω)  to  se- 
duce, Nicet. 

Υπόνοια,  ας,  ή,  {νπονοέω)  :  —  α 
hidden  meaning  or  sense  ;  hence, — I.  a 
suspicion,  Dem.  1178,  2:  a  conjecture, 
guess,  supposition,  a  fancy,  Ar.  Pac, 
Thuc.  5,  87 ;  ?;  νπ.  τών  έργων,  the 
conception  entertained  of  the  actions, 
Thuc.  2,  41,  cf  Eur.  Phoen.  1133.— 
Π.  the  real  meaning  which  lies  at  the 
bottom  of  a  thing,  the  true  intent,  Xen. 
Symp.  3,  6  :  esp.,  α  covert  {allegorical 
or  symbolical)  meaning,  Stallb.  Plat. 
Rep.  378  D :  hence,  εν  νπονοία  and 
καβ'  νπόνοιαν,  allegorically, figurative- 
ly, Ruhnk.  Tim.  ^ 

'Ύπονοιιενω,  {υπόνομος)  to  under- 
mine, make  underground  passages  or 
mines,  Dinarch.  ap.  Suid.  : — metaph., 
to  stir  up  by  secret  arts,  stratagems  or 
intrigues,  νπ.  πό2.εμόν  τινι,  Dion.  Η. 
3,  23. 

Ύπονομή,  fjr,  η,  (νπονέμομαι)  an 
underground  passage,  mine,  Diod.  20, 
94. — II.  metaph.,  in  plur.,  secret  stra- 
tagems or  intrigues.     Hence 

'Ύπovouηδόv,  adv.,  underground,  by 
pipes,  Thuc.  6,  100. 

'Υπόνομος,  ov,  {υπό,  νέμω  Β,  νο- 
μός):— going  under  ground, under  ground, 
νπ.  τάί^ροι,  mines,  App.  :  ΰπ.  'έλκος, 
a  sore  that  spreads  under  the  surface, 
without  appearing,  Diosc. — II.  υπόνο- 
μος, ό,  as  subst.,  an  underground  pas- 
sage, mine,  Thuc.  2,  76,  Polyb.,  etc. : 
— a  waterpipe,  Arist.  Meteor.  1, 13,  11. 
— Cf  Lob.  Paral.  387. 

'Ύπονος,  ό,  (υπό,  όνος  VI)  a  wind- 
lass or  capstan  placed  under  a  thing ; 
dim.  νπονίσκος,  dub.  in  Hipp. 

Ύπονοσέω,  ώ,  {υπό,  νοσέω)  to  be 
rather  sickly,  Hipp.  p.  514,  Luc.  Tox- 
ar.  29. 

Ύπόνοσος,  ov,  subject  to  diseases, 
unhealthy. 

'Ύπονοστέω,  ώ,  {υπό,  νοστέω)  to  go 
hack  : — to  go  down,  sink,  settle,  Lat. 
s^ώsidere,  of  a  stack  of  wood,  Hdt.  4, 
62  :  of  a  river,  to  abate,  retire,  νπ.  uv- 
δρι  ώς  ες  μέσον  μηρόν,  Hdt.  1,  191, 
cf  Thuc.  3,  89,  Plut.  2,  366  Ε,  etc. 
Hence 
'Ύπονόστησις,  εως,  η,  a  return,  a 


ΎΠΟΠ 

retirement :  a  sinking,  s^ώsiding,  of  the 
sea,  Plut.  Anton.  3. 

'Ύποι'οτίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  to  water  under- 
neath, or  a  little. 

Ύποννμφίς,  ίδος,  ή,  (  νύμφη  )  a 
bride' s-maid. 

'Ύπονύσσω,  f.  -ξω,  (υπό,  νύσσω)  to 
prick,  goad,  sting  underneath  or  a  tittle : 
generally,  to  sting,  Theocr.  19,  3. 

Ύποννστύζω,  f.  -ύσω  and  -άξω, 
(νπό,  νυστάζω)  to  ncd  a  little,  fall 
asleep  gradually,  Plat.  Symp.  223  D. 

Ύπόνωβρος,  ov,  (  νπό,  νωθρός  ) 
somewhat  lazy,  sluggish,  or  dull,  Eust. 

'Ύπόξανθος,  ov,  {νπό,  ξανθός)  yel- 
lowish or  lightish  brown,  Diosc. 

'Ύποξενίζω,  {υπό,  ξενίζω)  to  tell  in 
a  foreign  accent,  τι,  Luc.  Icarom.  1. 

'Ύποξέω,  ί.  -ξέσω,  ( νπό,  ξέω )  to 
polish  underneath  or  a  little. 

'Ύποξηραίνω,  {νπό,  ξηραίνω)  tran- 
sit., to  dry,  dry  up  a  little,  Hipp.  p.  452, 
etc.     Hence 

'Ύποξηράσία,  ας,  η,  some  degree  of 
dryness,  Hipp.  p.  543. 

'Ύπόξηρος,  ov,  {νπό,  ξηρός)  some- 
what dry,  or  shrunk,  Hipp.,  v.  Foes. 
Oec. 

'Ύποξίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {νπό,  όξίζω)  to  be 
sourish,  Ath.  114  C. 

'Ύπόξνλυς,  ov,  {υπό,  ξύλ-ον)  wooden 
underneath,  i.  e.  of  wood  covered  with  a 
coat  of  some  precious  metal,  Xen.  Oec. 
10,  3,  cf.  Alex.  ΤΙον-ηρ.  7,  Meineke 
Menand.  p.  142:  hence,  spurious, 
counterfeit,  A.  B.  p.  67,  6. 

Ύποξϊφύω,  ώ,  or  -έω,  {νπό.  ξνράω) 
to  shave  or  cut  off  some  of  the  hair, 
ύπεξυρημένος.  Archil.  9,  2,  Luc.  D. 
Mort.  9.  4,  etc. 

'Ύποξύριος,  a,  ov,  (νπό,  ξνρόν)  un- 
der the  shears  or  razor,  Anth.  P.  6,  307. 

'Ύπόξΰρος,  oi'.=  sq.,  dub. 

"Υποξνς,  υ,  gen.  εος.  {νπό,  όξνς) 
somewhat  sharp,  sub-acid,  DiosC,  v. 
Lob.  Phryn.  541. 

'Ύποξνω,  {νπό,  ξνω)  to  scrape  a 
little,  to  graze  slightly,  ποταμός  πέζαν 
νάπης  ύποξύων,  Anth.  P.  9,  669  ;  cf. 
Dion.  P.  61,  385.  [ir] 

'Ύποπαιδοτρΐβέω,  ώ,  to  bean  under- 
παιδοτρίβης,  Inscr. 

Ύποπαίζω,  {νπό,  παίζω)  to  play  or 
joke  a  little,  Ael.  N.  A.  12,  21.— II. 
trans.,  νπ.  τινά,  to  jest  upon  one  a 
little  or  underhand. 

'Ύποπύλαίω.  {νπό,  παλαίω)  to  go 
down  voluntarily  in  wrestling,  Luc. 
Nero  8. 

Ύποπαράβο^βος,  ov,  {νπό,  ιταρά- 
βοβίιος)  somewhat  exposed  to  the  north, 
Theophr. 

'Ύποπαραληρέω,  ώ,  {ύπό,  παραλή- 
ρέω)  to  be  somewhat  mad  oi  silly,  Hipp, 
p.  1210. 

'Ύποπαρενθνμέομαι,  dep.,  to  flag  a 
little  in  attention,  Epict. 

Ύποπάρθενος,  ov,  {ύπό,  παρθένος) 
all  but  maiden,  Ar.  Fr.  190. 

'Ύποπαρωθέω,  ώ,  f.  -ωθήσω  and 
-ώσω,  {νπό,  παρωθεω)  to  thrust  aside 
by  degrees  or  underhand,  Isae.  73,  17. 

'Ύποπάσσω,  (.  -πάσω,{νπό,  πάσσω) 
to  strew  under,  Hdt.  1,  132;  to  plaister 
under,  ύργι?.ον,  Theophr. 

'Ύπόπαστον,  ου,  τό,^=νπόστρωμα, 
Plut.  2,  839  Α. 

'Ύποπάτάγέω,  ώ,  to  make  some 
noise  at  a  thing. 

'Ύποπαύω,  t.  -σω,  to  make  to  cease 
gradually. 

'Ύπόπΰχυς,  υ,  gen.  εος,  {υπό,  πα- 
χύς) somewhat  fat,  Hipp.,  Luc.  Bacch. 
2. 

'Ύποπείθω,  {ύπό,  πείθω)  to  persuade 
gradually,  dub.  in  Heliod.  7,  2. 

Ύποπεινάω,  ώ,  {ύπό,  πεινάω)  to 
begin  to  be  hungry,  Ar.  Plut.  536. 


ΤΠΟΙΙ 

Ύπόπειρα,  ή, ^απόπειρα,  Joseph. 

'Ύποπειράω,  ώ,  (ύπό,  πειρύω)  to 
try  to  seduce,  Ael.  Ν.  Α.  14,  5  ?, 
Alciphr. 

'Ύποπε?^ύζω,  to  be  or  grow  νποπέ• 
λιος. 

'Ύποπέ?Λδνος,  ov,  {νπό,  πε7,ιδνός) 
somewhat  blackish,  wan,  or  livid,  Hipp, 
pp.  452,  557  :  also  νποπέ?.ιος,  ov,  pp. 
76,  81. 

'Ύποπεμπτός,  όν.  dispatched  under- 
hand, as  a  scout  or  spy,  Lat.  sub- 
missus,  subornatus,  Xen.  An.  3,  3,  4 ; 
ubi  olim  ύποπτος  :  from 

'Ύποπέμπω,  f.  -φω,  {νπό,  πέμπω) 
to  send  under,  to  or  into,  C.  acc,  γήν 
νπ-,  Eur.  Hec.  208. — II.  to  send  se- 
cretly, Thuc.  4,  46,  Xen.  Cyr.  2,  4, 
21  : — to  send  as  a  spy,  send  m  a  false 
character,  Lat.  submittere,  subornare, 
Xen.  An.  2, 4, 22 ;  cf.  Thuc.  1.  c,  and 
V.  foreg. 

'Ύποπεπτηώτες,  Ep.  part.  pf.  of 
νποπτήσσω,  11. 

'Ύποπεπτωκότως,αύν.  part.  pf.  act. 
of  υποπίπτω,  submissively,  νπ.  και 
ταπεηώς,  Polyb.  35,  2,  13. 

'Ύποπέπων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  some- 
uAat  soft,  Hipp.  p.  1059. 

'Ύποπέρόομαι,  dep.,  c.  aor.  act. 
νπέπαρδον,  { νπό,  πέρδω )  to  break 
wind  a  little,  Lat.  suppedere,  Ar.  Ran. 
1095. 

'Ύποπερικλύω,  ώ,  to  break  or  bend 
round  a  little  or  gradually,   [ΰ] 

'Ύποπεριπ/.ννομαι,  {  ύπό,  περί, 
π/.ί'νω)  as  pass.,  to  have  a  slight  diar- 
rhoea, Hipp.  p.  75.  Ιπ?.ν] 

'Ύποπεριψύχω,  {νπό,  περιψνχω)  to 
shiver  a  little,  Hipp.  p.  73. 

'Ύποπερκάζω,  1.  -άσω  [α],  (νπό, 
περκύζω)  to  assume  a  dark  colour  by 
degrees,  esp.  of  grapes,  hence  to  begin 
to  ripen,  Od.  7,  126  ;  cf  Jac.  Ach.  Tat. 
p.  497. 

Ύποπετάννΰμι,  f.  -πετάσω,  {νπό, 
πετάνννμι)  to  .<ipread  out  under,  lay 
under,  Hipp.  p.  887  :  πεδίον  νποπε- 
πταμένον,  Luc.  Fugit.  25.     Hence 

'Ύποπέτασμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  cloth  to 
spread  under,  a  carpet,  rug,  Plat.  Polit. 
279  D. 

'Ύποπέτομαι,  {ύπό,  πέτομαι)  dep. 
mid.,  to  fly  under  or  to,  Paus. 

'Ύπόπετρος,  ov,  {ύπό,  πέτρα)  some- 
what rocky,  γη,  Hdt.  2,  12. 

'Ύποπέττενμα,  ατός,  τό,  {νπό,  πέσ- 
σω)  an  allurement,  Plut.  2,  987  Ε. 

'Ύποπηγννμι,  ί.  -πήξω,  {ύπό,  πή• 
γννμι)  Ιο  make  somewhat  firm  or  hard  : 
to  make  to  curdle  or  freeze  a  little,  Ael. 
N.  A.  3,  30  ;  14,  7. 

'Ύποπηδάω,  ώ,  {υπό,  πηδάω)  to 
bound,  spring  forth  Or  up,  Ael.  N.  A. 
12,  15. 

'ΎποπΙέζω,  f.  -έσω,  to  squeeze  gently. 

Ύποπϊθηκίζω,  {ύπό,  πιθηκίζω)  to 
play  the  ape  a  liltle,  Ar.  Vesp.  1290,  in 
tmesis. 

'Ύπόπικρος,  ov,  (νπό,  πικρός)  some- 
what bitter,  Theophr. 

'Ύποπίμελος.  ov,  {ύπό,  πΐμε/.ης) 
somewhat  fat,  Diphii.  Siphn.  ap.  Ath. 
121  C. 

'Ύποπίμπ?ιημι,  f.  -πλήσω,  {νπό, 
πίμπλ  ημι)  to  fill  a  little,  fill  by  degrees : 
— pass.,  τέκνων  ύποπλησθΐ/ναι,  to 
abound  with  children,  Hdt.  6,  138; 
πώγωνος  ηδη  ύποπιμπλάμενος.  just 
beginning  to  have  a  thick  beard.  Plat. 
Prot.  itiit.  ;  γαργαλ.ισμον  νποπλη- 
σθήναι.  Plat.  Phaedr.  253  Ε  ;  ύπο- 
πίμπλαμαι  τους  οφθαλμούς  δακρύων, 
Luc.  D.  Marin.  12,  2.— II.  in  pass, 
also,  to  become  pregnant,  Ael.  N.  A. 
12,21. 

'Ύποπίμπρημι,  f.  -πρήσω,  {υπό, 
πίμπρημι)  to  burn  from  below  or  grad- 
1573 


ΎΠΟΠ 

vally,  Hdt.  2,  107,  HI,  in  aor.  1  :— 
Ar.  Lys.  348  has  the  pres. 

ΎτοτΓί'ΐ'ω.  f.  -πΐονμιιι,  (νττό,  πίνω) 
to  drink  gradually  or  slowly,  honce  to 
drink  on  a  long  time,  soak,  Lat.  subbi- 
bere  (Sueton.),  Ar.  Av.  494,  and  Xen.: 
νποπιπωκώς,  rather  tipsy,  Ar.  Pac. 
874,  Lys.  395,  Xen.  An.  7,  3,  29.-2. 
to  drink  moderately,  Plat.  Rep.  372  D. 

'ΎποπΙπισκίΰ,  i.  νποπισω,  to  give 
to  drink  a  Utile. 

'Υποπίπτω,  f.  -πεσονμαι,  (υπό,  πί• 
ϊΓΤω)  to  fall  under  or  down,  Xen.  Cyn. 

10,  18.— 2.  to  fall  down  before  any  one, 
Tivi,  like  νπύκαμαί.  Plat.  Rep.  570 
A  : — hence,  to  be  subject  to  him,  fall 
■under  his  power,  νπό  τιΐ'α,  Isocr.  142 
Β  :  also  of  a  flatterer,  to  cringe  to, 
fawn  on,  τινί,  Isae.  59, 15,  Dem.  1 121, 
9  ;  1359,  18  ;  but  also  c.  ace,  νποπε- 
σων  τον  δεσπότι/ν,  Ar.  Eq.  47,  cf. 
Aeschin.  70,  1. — 3.  to  fall  or  drop  be- 
hind another.  Ισα  βαίνων  νμίν,  νπο- 
'πεπτωκως  εκείνω  ίί^άδιζεν,  Dein. 
1120,  23. —  II.  to  get  in  under  or  among, 
ίς  τους  ταρσούς,  Thuc.  7,  40. — HI.  of 
accidents,  to  fall  upon  persons,  to  hap- 
pen to,  befall,  visit,  τινί,  Eur.  Anliop. 
15  :  also  intr.,  to  happen,  fall  out,  Isocr. 
99  Β  ;  τά  νποπιπτοντα,  accidents, 
events.  Polyb.  1,  C8,  3.— IV.  to  fall  to 
pieces.  Plat.  Legg.  793  C.  —  V.  of 
places,  to  lie  under  a  mountain,  Polyb. 
3,  54,  2  -.—to  lie  behind,  Id.  C,  31,  1. 

'Ύποπισσόω,  Att.  -ττόω,  ώ,  (νπό, 
•πΐΰσόω)  to  pitch  slightly  over :  in  Ar. 
Pint.  1093  sensu  obscoeno,=/3ivew. 

Ύποπλάγιος,  ov,  (υπό,  πλάγιος) 
somewhat  across,  Hipp.  p.  842.  Adv. 
-ίως. 

'Ύποπλύκιος,  a,  ov,  (νπό,  ΠΛά/cof) 
under  the  Trojan  mountain  Placus, 
θήβη,  U.  6,  397,  cf.  6,  396,  425  ;  22, 
479 ;  cf  νπονήίος. — Ace.  to  others 
from  πλάξ.  lying  on  the  plain,  [ά] 

'Ύπόπλάκος,  oi',=  foreg. 

'ΤτϊΌττλΰΓΰ/έω,  ώ,(ί'7ΓΟ,  πλαταγεω) 
to  rattle  or  roar  under,  Q.  Sin.  3,  178. 

'Ύπόπλατυς,  v.  (νπό,  πλaτvς)some- 
■what  flat  or  extended,  Hipp.  p.  185. — 

11.  somewhat  salt,  Dicaearch.,  cf.  Wes- 
sel.  Hdt.  2,  108.^ 

'Ύποπλίκω,  (υπό,  πλέκω)  to  fasten 
vnder,  Lat.  subnectere,  Ael.  N.  17,  21. 

'Ύπόπλεος,  ov,  Att.  -πλεως,  ων, 
{νπό,  πλ.έος)  pretty  full,  c.  gen.,  όεί- 
ματος,  Hdt.  7,  47 ;  ΰπ.  τους  όψθα?.- 
μονς  δακρύων,  Luc. 

'Ύποπλεω,  ί.  -πλενΰομαι,  (υπό, 
ττ^ί,έω)  to  sail  under,  τινί,  Anth.  P.  9, 
296. 

'Ύποπλήθω,  to  be  pretty  full  (?) 

Ύποπληρόω,  ώ,^=νποπίμπλημι. 

'Ύποπλήσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  to  strike 
beneath  or  gently. 

'Ύπόπλυνς,  ov,  a,  (νποπλέω)  a  sail- 
ing under.  Plat.  Criti.  115  E. 

'Ύπόπλοντος,  ov,  (νπό,  π?ιοντος) 
rich  under  the  earth,  i.  e.,  in  metals, 
Strab. 

'Ύποπλώω,  poet,  and  Ion.  for  νπο- 
πλέω, Anth.  P.  9,  14. 

Ύποπνέω,  f.  -πνενσω,  (υπό,  πνέω) 
to  blow  gently,  N.  T. 

Ύπ•ο7Γθ(5ί^ω,=  αναποδίζω. 

'Ύποπόδίον,  ov.  τό,  (ν~ό,  πους)  α 
footstool,  Luc.  Hist.  Conscr.  27. 

'Ύποποιέω,  ώ,ί.  -ήσω,  (νπό,ποιέω) 
to  make  or  put  under,  τινί  τι,  Plut.  2, 
671  C  : — mid.,  to  subject  to  one's  self, 
Luc.  Toxar.  13. — 2.  to  produce  gradu- 
ally, Ti,  Plut.  Pericl.  5.-3.  in  mid., 
to  try  to  inake  one's  oicn,  esp.,  to  seek 
to  gain  by  underhand  tricks,  intrigue, 
etc.,  τινά,  Dem.  365,  11,  Arist.  Pol.  5, 
4,  2. — II.  to  interpolate,  introduce  forged 
documents,  Plut. — 111.  in  mid.,  to  as- 
1574 


ΤΠΟΠ 

sume,  affect,  put  on,  Lat.  simulare,  την 
του  Κάτωνος  παβ^ησίαν,  Plut.  Caes. 
41,  cf.  Alex.  5.     Hence 

'Ύποποίι/τος,  ov,  taken  to  one's  self, 
assumed,  affected. 

ΎποποίκΙλος,  ov,  somewhat  varie- 
gated. 

'Ύπόποκος,  ov,  (νπό,  πόκος)  woolly 
below  ;  woolly,  Philo. 

'Ύπηπόλιος,  ov,  (νπό,  πολιός) some- 
what grey,  Luc.  Here.  8,  Anacreont. 

ΎποπολΙτενυμαι,  (νπό,  πολιτεύο- 
μαι) dep.  mid.,  to  make  one's  measures 
in  government  subservient  to  anollier, 
Poll. 

'Ύ ποπολλαπλύσιος,  ην,  many  times 
smaller,  Arith.  Vett. 

Ύποπομπ//,  7}ς,  ή,  a  summons,  ut 
olim  Aesch.  Pers.  58  (ubi  nunc  νπο 
ποβπηϊς). 

Ύποπονέω,  ώ,  (νπό,  πονέώ)  to  la- 
bour or  suffer  a  little,  Hipp.  p.  1089. 

'Ύποπόνηρος,  ov,  (νπό,  πονηρός) 
somewhat  wicked  or  bad,  Hipp.  p.  1 194. 

'Ύποπορεύομαι,  {νπό,  πορεύομαι) 
dep.,  to  go  secretly,  Plut.  Timol.  18. 
Hence 

Ύποπόρενσις,  εως,  ή,  an  entrance, 
Plut.  2,  968  B. 

'Ύπόπορτις,  ιος,  ή,  (ϋπό,  πόρτις) 
with  a  calf  under  it,  of  a  COW  :  hence 
of  a  mother  ivith  a  child  at  the  breast, 
Hes.  Op.  601  ;  cf  νπαρνος,  νπόΙ){ίη- 
νος,  νπόπωλος. 

'Ύποπορφνρίζω,  fut.  Att.  -ιω,  to  be 
somewhat  purple. 

Ύποπόρφϊφος,  ov,  (υπό,  πορφύρα) 
somewhat  purple,  Arist.  H.  A.  9,  14,  1 ; 
1)όδον,  Anth.  P.  5,  84. 

'Ύπόπονς,  ό,  ή,  neut.  -πονν,  (νπό, 
πονς)  having  feet  under  one,  furnished 
with  feet,  ζωον,  Arist.  Metaph.  6,  12, 
10,  Incess.  An.  8,  2  :  ru  νπόποδα  (sc. 
ςώα),  Id.  H.  A.  3,  1,31. 

Ύποπρύννω,  Ion.  -πρηύνω,  (νπό, 
πρηννω)  to  appease  by  degrees,  Anth. 

Ύπόπρεμνος,  ov,  (νπό,  πρέμνον) 
under  the  stem  or  trunk  :  with  somewhat 
of  a  stem,  Theophr. 

Ύποπρεσβντερος,  ov,  somewhat  old, 
Ar.  Fr.  128.  [v] 

Ύπηπρήσω,  fut.  of  νποπίμπρημι : 
V.  πρήΰω. 

'Ύπυπρηννω,  Ep.  and  Ion.  for  ΰπο- 
πραννω. 

'Ύποπρίω,  (νπό,  πρίω)  οδόντας,  to 
gnash  with  the  teeth  secretly,  Luc.  D. 
Mort.  6,  3.  [i] 

'Ύποπροθέω,  f.  -θεύσομαι,  to  run 
forth  under. 

'ΎποπροΙφέω,  f.  -[ίυησομαι,  to  flow 
forth. 

'Ύποπροχέω,  (νπό,  προχέω)  to  pour 
forth  under,  Jac.  Anth.  P.  p.  529. 

Ύπόπρωρος,  ov,  (υπό,  πρώρα)  un- 
der the  prow  or  ste?n  ;  but  v.  νόπρωρος. 

Ύποπτάω,  ώ,  (ΰπό,  ύπτάω)  to  roast 
a  little,  Theophr. 

'Ύποπτερνίς,  ίδος,  ή,  (ΰπό,  πτέρνα 
II)  the  socket  for  the  mast. 

'Ύπόπτερος,  ov,  (νπό,  πτερόν) : — 
feathered,  winged,  ΰφιες,  Hdt.  3,  107  ; 
πέλεια.  Soph.  Phil.  288,  etc. :  also  of 
a  ship,  Pind.  O.  9,  36:  metaph.,  νπ. 
άνορέαι,  soaring  spirits,  Id.  P.  8, 130  ; 
Ίτω  νπόπτερον  (sc.  τι)  νεΐκος).  let  it 
pass  swift  as  flight.  Eur.  Hel.  1236; 
but,ii7r.  φpovτίς,flighty,g\όdy  thought, 
Aesch.  Cho.  603  : — proverb.,  νπ.  ό 
π?.οντος,  wealth  has  wings,  Eur.  Ino 
23.4. 

'Ύποπτεύω,  to  be  .inspicious,  c.  ace. 
pers.  et  inf ,  to  suspect  that..,  Hdt.  3, 
77  ;  8,  127  ;  c.  ace.  pers.,  foil,  by  ώς-., 
3,  68  ;  by  μ?'/..,  9,  90  ;  also,  νπ.  εις  τί- 
να, c.  inf,  to  have  suspicions  of  him 
that..,  Thuc.  4,  51  ;  cf.  νπόπτης : — 
but  also,  merely,  to  guess,  suppose,  as 


ΤΠΟΠ 

opp.  to  ίκανώς  (η>ννοώ,  Xen.  Hell.  5, 
4,  29,  Plat.  Theaet.  104  Α.— II.  tran- 
sit., to  suspect,  hold  in  .<rH.«y)icioH,  τη'ί 
ίς  τι,  Hdt.  3,  44,  cf  Thuc.  C,  92  :— 
to  have  suspicions  of,  τινά.  Soph.  El. 
43  : — pass.,  to  be  .fuspecled.  mistrusted, 
Thuc.  4,  86;  c.  inf.  Id.  6,  61.— 2.  c. 
ace.  rei,  to  suspect  a  thing,  Hdt.  6, 129, 
Enr.  I.  T.  1036,  Plat.,  etc.;  τι  περί 
τίνος.  Plat.  Crat.  409  D. 

'ΎπόπτΎΐς,  ου,  ό,  (νφορύω,  ί.  νττό- 
^|<oμιιι)  :— .suspicious,  jealous.  Soph. 
Phil.  136  -,'ϋπ.  εΙς  τίνα,  Thuc.  6,  60: 
—of  a  horse,  .thy,  Xen.  Eq.  3,  9,  cf 
Schol.  Thuc.  1.  c. 

'Ύποπτήσσω,  f.  -ξω,  (νπό,  πτ?/σσυ} 
to  crouch  or  cower  down  from  fear,  like 
hares,  partridges,  etc.,  πετηλοις  inso- 
πεπτηώτες  (Ep.  part,  pf  for  νποττε- 
πτηκότες),  II.  2,  312;  so,  νποτττήξας, 
Eur.  Or.  777,  Hel.  1203.— II.  metaph.. 
to  crouch  before  another,  bow  dttwn  to, 
τινί,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  5,  1  ;  also  τινά, 
Aesch.  Pr.  960  (cf.  29),  Xen.  Cyr.  1, 
6,  8,  Aeschin.  42,  1  : — absol.,  to  be 
modest  or  shy,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  3,  8. 

'Ύποπτίσσω,  f.  -ίσω,  (νπό.  πτίσσω) 
to  separate  by  winnowing,  Theophr.  H. 
PI.  4,  8,  14. 

"Υποπτος,  ov,  (νφορύω,  f.  νπόφο- 
μαι)  : — strictly,  looked  at  from  below, 
looked  askance  at,  viewed  with  suspicion 
or  jealousy,  Lat.  stispectus,  Aesch.  Ag. 
1637,  Eur.,  etc. :  νποπτον  καθεατή- 
κει,  it  was  a  matter  of  jealousy,  Thuc. 

4,  78;  νπ.  τινι,  an  object  of  suspicion 
to  him,  Eur.  El.  644,  Thuc.  4,  103, 
104. — 2.  act.,  suspecting,  fearing,  Lat. 
suspicax,  -ciosus,  c.  gen.,  αλώσεως, 
Pors.  Hec.  1117:  to  νπ.,  jealousy, 
Thuc.  0,  85 ;  so,  to  νπ.  της  γνώμης, 
1,  90. — II.  adv.  -τως,  with  sivipicion, 
suspiciously,  νπ.  διακεισθαι  or  έχειν, 
to  lie  under  suspicion,  τινί,  Thuc.  8, 
68,  Xen.  Hell.  2,  3,  40;  so,  εις  ύπο- 
πτα μο?^εΐν  τινι,  Eur.  El.  345. — 2 
act.,  ΰπ.  έχειν  προς  τίνα,  Dem.  381 
fin. 

'Ύποπτνσσω,  (ΰπό,  πτύσσω)  to  fold, 
wrinkle  under  or  a  little,  Hipp.  p.  565. 

'Ύποπτϋχίς,  ίδος,  ή,  (νπό,  πτυχή) 
α  joining,  βώρακος,  Plut.  Alex.  16. 

'Ύπόπτωσις,  εως,  ή,  (υποπίπτω) 
α  falling  under  :  submission. 

Ύποπτώσσω,=νποπτήσσω,  Q.  Sm. 

5,  368. 

'Ύπόπτωτος,  ov,  verb.  adj.  from 
υποπίπτω,  falling  or  coming  under, 
νπό  λύγον,  Diog.  L.  7,  165. 

'Ύποπυβμένιος,  a,  ov,=:sq.,  Ath. 

'Ύποπνβμήν,  ένος,  ό,  ή,  (νπό,  πν• 
θμήν)  under  the  bottom,  v.  1.  II.  Η, 
635;  cf  Eust.  ad  1.,  Ath.  492  A. 

"ΐποπνθμίδιος,  a,  ov,  =  foreg., 
Leon.  Tar.  13.  [I] 

'Ύποπνίσκω,  {νπό,  ττΰον)  to  make 
to  suppurate  a  little :  in  pass.,  to  begin 
to  suppurate,  Hipp.  p.  910. 

'Ύποπνκνάζω,  (ύπό,  πι>κνάζω)  to 
become  gradually  full,  τινί,  Luc.  Lex- 
iph.  14. 

'Ύπότηικνος,  ov,  (νπό,  πνκνός) 
somewhat  thick,  πνεύμα,  Hipp.  p.  1028 : 
somewhat  full,  Sueton. 

'Ύπόπνος,  ov,  {νπό,  ttCoi')  mixed 
with  pus,  )ύλη,  Arist.  H.  A.  3,  20,  9. 

Ύποπνρεταίνω,  (υπό,  πνρεταίνω) 
to  he  somewhat  feverish ,  Hipp.  p.  1217. 

Ύποπνριάω,  ώ,  to  -make  to  sweat  a 
tittle. 

Ύπόπνρας,  ov,  {νπό,  πνρ)  with  fire 
under,  with  secret  fire.  Soph.  Fr.  378 : 
somewhat  feverish,  Hipp. 

Ύποπνββίζω,  to  be  reddish,  Diosc. 

'Ύπύπνρβος,  ον,{νπό,  ττνββάς)  some- 
what red,  reddish,  Arist.  H.  A.  9,  14,2. 

Ύπύπωλος,  ov,  of  a  inare,  with  a 
foal  under  it,  Strah. ;  cf,  νπόπορτις. 


ΤΠΟΡ 

ΎίΓορΰΐζω,  νποράπτω,  ΰπορΰφη,  ν. 

'ΎΐίΟργάζω,  (νττό,  αργάζω)  to  knead 
a  little,  Hippon.  60  (sensu  obsc.) 

'Ύποργίζομαι,  (υπό,  οργίζομαι)  as 
pass.,  to  be  Ot  become  somewhat  angry. 

'Ύπορέγχω,  (ΰττό,  ρέγχω)  to  snore 
slightly  or  gently,  Hipp.  p.  119. 

'Ύπόρειος,  ov,  (.όρος)^νπώρειος, 
q.  V. 

'Ύιτορθόυ,  ύ.  Ιο  set  up  under.  Hence 

'Ύπόρθωμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  prop,  slay. 

'Ύτϊόρθριος,  ov,  also  a,  ov,  Aiia- 
creont.  9,  9  (νττό,  όρθρος) : — towards 
morning,  at  morning,  early,  ΰ~.  φωναί, 
of  the  cock,  L  c. 

ΎτΓορΙπίζο,  (νπό,  1)ίπίζω)  to  fan 
from  below  or  gently,  πνρ,  A  nth.  P.  9, 
443. 

'Ύπόρννμι,  f.-opaot:  aor.  1  -ώρσα 
(ΰπ^ό,  δρννμΐ)  : — to  rouse  secretly  or 
gradually,  ττάσιν  νφ'  ΐμερον  ώρσε  γό- 
ΟΙΟ,  11.  23,  108,  Od.  4,  113,  etc.  ;  so 
in  aor.  2,  τοίον  γαρ  νττώρορε  Μονσα, 
such  was  the  Muse's  power  to  move,  Od. 
24,  62  : — pass.,  to  rise  secretly  or  grad- 
ually, TolaLV  ϋφ'  Ιμερος  ώρτο  γόοιο, 
Od.  16,  215  :  so  also  in  2  plqpf-  7Γ0?.'υς 
δ'  ΰττό  κόμπος  όρώρει,  Od.  8,  380. 

Ύπόροφος,  ον,^=νπώροφος  :  but, — 
Π.  (from  όροφος,  a  reed),  νπ.  βοά,  the 
soft  note  of  the  pipe,  Eur.  Or.  147. 

'Ύττορβΰίζω,  to  grow  rather  easier,  be- 
gin to  grow  well. 

'Ύπο^Ιιάπίζω,  {νττό.  βαπίζω)  to  strike 
and  drive  on,  dub.  1.  Dion.  H. 

'Ύποβ/)άπτω,  f.  -Φω,  (υπό,  βύπτω) 
to  sew  or  stitch  underneath  ;  to  patch 
up:  nietaph.,tiir.  AOyov,  Eur.  Alc.537. 

'Ύποββύφή,  ης,  η,  a  sewing  or  stitch- 
ing underneath. 

'Ύπόρ^ΰχις,  εως,  ή,  the  hollow  in 
front  of  the  hip. 

'Ύποβ/)έω,  ί.  -βνήσομαί,  {νπό,  βέω) 
to  flow  away  or  inlo  under  :  hence, — 1. 
to  slipor glide  into  unperneived,  Lat.  sub- 
repere,  προς  τ<ϊ  ήθη,  Plat.  Rep.  424 
D  ;  φ?ιμη  νποββεΐ  πως,  Id.  Legg.  672 
Β  ;  cf.  Dein.  412,  12. — 2.  to  slip  away, 
ερείσματα  έκ  μέσον  ΰπορρεοντα, Plat. 
Legg.  793  C  ;  so  of  the  hi^ir,  to  fall 
off,  Luc.  Ep.  Sat.  24;  and  of  friends, 
Id.  Vit.  Auct.  27 : — of  time,  to  slip 
away,  glide  on.  At.  Nub.  1289. — II.  c. 
ace,  to  undermine,  and  SO  make  to  fall, 
Wolf  and  Schaf  Dem.  472,  2. 

'Ύποββί/γνϋμί,  f.  -βήξω,  (νπό,  βή- 
γννμΐ)  to  tear  underneath  : — in  pass., 
ονρανόθεν  νπεββάγη  αίθήρ,  the  ether 
was  cleft,  opened  itself  heavenward, 
II.  8,  558 ;  16,  300. 

'Ύπόββηνος.  ov,  (νπό,  βήν,  αρην) : 
— poet,  for  νπαρνος,  with  a  lamb  un- 
der it,  II,  10,  216  ;  cf.  νπόπορτις. 

'Ύπόββίζος,  ov,  (νπό,  βίζα)  under 
the  root,  Arist.  H.  A.  1,  13,  I. — II.  root- 
ed at  bottom,  Theophr.     Hence 

'Ύποββιζόω,  ώ,  Ιο  furnish  uith  a  root : 
metaph.,  to  found  or  strengthen.  Plut.  ? 

'Ύποββίνιον,  ov,  τό,  (νπό,  βίς)  the 
region  below  the  nose,  Hipp. 

'Ύπόββϊνος,  ov,  (υπό,  βίς)  under  the 
nose:  τα  νπ.,  the  moustaches,  Ctes. 
Pers.  53. — II.  speaking  through  the  nose, 
Hesych. 

'Ύποββίπίζω,  f.  -ίσω  Att,  -Γί5,  (νπό, 
βΐπίζω)  ίο  fan  from  below  or   gently, 

metaph.,  to  fan  the  flame,  νπ.  έπΙ 
στάσεις,  App. 

'Ύποββιπτέω,  ώ,  and  -πτω,  (υπό, 
ρίπτω)  to  throw  under,  add  to,  LXX. 
— II.  νπ.  Tiva  τοΙς  θηρίηις,  to  throw 
him  to  the  wild  beasts,  Plut.  Eumen. 
17. 

'Ύποβροιζέω,  ύ,  (νπό,  βοιζέω)  to 
rustle  or  whistle  gently,  Plut.  2,  590  C. 

'Ύποββνήσομαι,  fut.  pass.,  cf.  νποβ- 
Ρέω- 


ΤΠΟΣ 

'Χπόββϋσις,  εως,  ή,  (νπούβέω) : — α 
flowing  or  falling  away,  of  flesh.,  etc., 
Hipp. — II.  a  flowing  off  or  discharge  be- 
low.— III.  a  conduit,  underground  chan- 
nel, Strab. 

'Ύποββωδέω,  ώ,  (νπό,  όββωδέω)  to 
be  a  little  afraid  of ,  τι,  Eupol.  Α}/μ.  9. 

'Ύποββώξ,  ώγος,  ό,  η,=αποββώξ, 
dub. 

Ύπόρυγμα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which  is 
dug  below,  a  mine :  from 

'Ύπορυσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  (ΰπό,  όρύσ- 
σω)  to  dig  under,  undermine ,  Hdt.  5, 
115.  Polyb.  22,  II,  4,  Luc,  etc. 

Ύπορχέομαι.  f.  -ήσομαι,  (ΰπό,  ΰρ- 
χέομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  dance  with  or  to 
music.  Aesch.  Cho.  1025 ;  όρχησιν 
νπ.,  Plut.  Num.  13. — II.  to  sing  and 
dance  a  hyvorcheme,  Luc.  Salt.  16. 
Hence 

'Ύπόρχημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  hyporcheme 
or  choral  hymn  to  Apollo,  usu.  in  Cre- 
tic  verses,  and  therefore  near  akin  to 
the  paean,  Plat.  Ion  534  C  ;  (on  the 
I  difference,  v.  Miiller  Literat.  of  Gr. 
i  1,  p.  ICO).  It  was  of  very  lively  char- 
acter, accompanied  with  dancing 
(whence  the  name),  and  pantomimic 
action  ;  and  is  compared  by  Ath.  (630 
E)  to  the  κόρδαξ.  Pindar's  Frag- 
ments 71-82  are  remains  of  hypor- 
chemes.     Hence 

'Ύπορχημάτικός,  ή,  όν,  of  or  for  a 
ύπόρχημα:  ποίΫίσις  νπ.,  the  compo- 
sition of  ύπορχήματα,  that  style  of 
poetry,  Ath.  630  D. 

Ύπόρχησις,  εως,  ή,  (ύπορχέομαι) 
a  dancing  to  the  song  accompanied  by 
pantomimic  action  ;  v.  ύπόρχημα. 

'Ύποσάγής,  ες,  (υπό,  σάγη)  going 
under  the  panniers  or  packsaddle,  όνος 
νπ.,  an  ass  of  burden. 

'Ύπόσαθρυς,  ov,  ( νπό,  σαθρός ) 
somewhat  rotten,  Luc.  D.  Mort.  10,  1, 
Fugit.  32. 

'Ύποσαίνω,  (ΰπό,  σαίνω)  to  fawn  a 
little,  esp.  of  dogs:  metaph.,  νπ.  Ty 
γλώττ-η,  Ael.  N.  A.  9,  1,  etc.: — c. 
ace,  to  fawn  upon,  Plut.  2,  65  C. 

'Ύποσαίρω,  (νπό,  σαίρω)  to  grin  a 
little : — ύπ.  οδόντας,  to  shoiu  one's 
teeth  a  little,  0pp.  C.  2,  243 :— pf.  2 
νποσέσηρα,  in  pres.  signf,  to  burst, 
esp.  of  over-ripe  fruit,  Philostr.  Imagg. 
1,31. 

Ύποσακκίζω,  or  -σακίζω,  (νπό, 
σακκίζω)  to  strain  or  filter,  νπ.  oivov, 
Luc. :  metaph.,  to  reduce  gradually  : 
also  in  mid.,  A.  B.  p.  68,  30.— II.  like 
καλπάζω,  to  trot,  ύπ.  της  όδον,  to  trot 
along  the  road,  ap.  Phot.  s.  v. 

'Ύποσΰ?.ενω,  (νπό,  σαλεύω)  to  toss, 
agitate  a  little. — II.  intr.,  to  be  in  some 
motion  or  agitation,  to  be  restless,  App. 

'Ύπόσύλος,  ov,  (νπό,  σά?Μς)  shaken 
underneath,  γη,  v.  1.  Plut.  2,  434  C  : 
οδόντες  ύπ.,  loose  teeth,  Diosc. 

Ύπυσαλπίζω,  (νπό,  σαλπίζω)  to 
sound  the  trumpet  slightly,  Anth.  P. 
append.  372. 

'Ύπόσαπρος,  ov,  (νπό,  σαπρός) 
somewhat  putrid  or  rotten,  Hipp.  p.  41, 
etc. 

'Ύποσαρκίδως,  ov,  [i],  (νπό,  σαρξ) 
under  the  flesh  or  skin,  Hipp. 

'Ύποσάρκιυς,  ov,  (σάpξ)^ίoreg. 

'Ύπόσεισμα,  ατός,  τό,  (νποσείω) 
that  which  falls  through  the  sieve  in  sift- 
ing, Lat.  micae.  Medic. 

'Ύποσεισμός.  ov,  ό,  a  shaking  from 
below,  a  sifting  :   from 

Ύποσείω,  f.  -σείσω,  (ύπό,  σείω)  to 
shake  from  below  or  gently,  set  in  motion 
a  little,  Od.  9,  385,  in  Ep.  form  νποσ- 
σείονσιν. 

'Ύποσέληνος,  ov,  (νπό,  σελήνη)  un- 
der the  moon,  Xenocr.  ap.  Stob.  Eel. 
1,  p.  62. 


ΥΠΟΣ 

Ύπόσεμνος,  ov,  (νπό,  σεμνός)  mild- 
ly venerable,  grave,  etc.,  Philostr. 

'Ύποσεΰομαι,  as  pass.,  to  rush  under, 
V.  1.  Hes.  Sc.  373,  (or  νπο  σεν-. 

'Ύποσημαίνω,  (ύπό.  σημαίνω)  to 
give  a  sign  underhand,  throw  out  hints 
of,  νπ.  χρεών  άποκοπάς.  Plat.  Rep. 
566  A  :  to  indicate  or  intimate  to  an- 
other, ri,Thuc.  1,  82;  σάλπιγγι  νπ., 
to  make  signal  by  sound  ot  trumpet, 
Thuc.  6,  32 : — to  make  sigtis  of  ap- 
plause, Stob. 

'Ύποσημάσία,  ας,  ή,=νποσημείω- 
σις. 

'Ύποσημειόω,  ώ,  (ύπό,  σημειόω)  to 
note  down  one  after  another :  also  in 
mid.,  νπ.  τα  7\.εγόμενα,  Diog.  L.  2,  48. 
Hence 

'Ύποσημείωσις,  εως,  ή,  a  noting 
down,  νπ.  ποιεΐν,  to  take  notes  of  a 
conversation,  Diog.  L.  2,  122. — II.  a 
subjoined  remark,  note.  Iambi. 

Ύποσήπω,  (νπό,  σήπω)  to  make  to 
rot  below  or  α  little  : — pass.,  with  pf.  2 
νποσέσηπα,  to  rot  below  or  a  little,  to 
begin  to  rot  or  putrefy. 

Ύποσίγάω,  ώ,  (ύπό,  σιγάω)  to  be 
silent  to  or  during,  Aeschin.  50,  2. 

'Ύποσίδηρος,  ov,  (ύπό,  σίδηρος) 
having  a  mixture  or  proportion  of  iron 
in  it.  Plat.  Rep.  415  C  :  cf.  νπάρ-}-ν• 
ρος,  νπόχρνσος. 

ΎπόσΙμος,  ov,  (ύπό,  σιμός)  some- 
what flat-nosed,  Ael.  Ν.  Α.  12,  27. 
Hence 

ΎποσΙμόω,  ώ,  to  curve  or  bend  up- 
wards a  little,  Alciphr. 

'Ύποσϊωπάω,  ώ,  (ύπό,  σιωπάω)  to 
pass  over  in  silence,  Aeschin.  88,  7. 
Hence 

'Ύποσΐώπησις,  εως,  ή,  a  passing 
over  in  silence. 

'Ύποσκάζω,  f.  -άσω,  (ύπό,  σκάζω)  to 
halt  a  little,  Luc.  Tim.  20,  Plut.  2, 4  A. 

'Ύποσκαίρω,  (ύπό,  σκαίρω)  to  spring 
or  jump  up,  Nonn. 

'Ύποσκΰ?.ενω,  (ύπό,  σκαλενω)  to 
stir  underneath,  ύπ.  τυ  πϊ'ρ,  to  stir  up 
the  Are,  Ar.  Ach.  1014. 

'Ύποσκαλμίς,  ίδος,  ή,  the  lower  part 
of  a  σκαλμύς. 

'Ύπόσκαμβος,  ov,  somewhat  crooked, 
curved  or  bent. 

'Υποσκάπτω,  f.  -ιΐ'ω,  (ύπό,  σκάπτω) 
to  dig  under,  dig  about,  like  νποκονίω, 
Theophr. :  νπ.  μακρά  άλματα,  to  mark 
out  a  long  leap,  Pmd.  N.  5,  37  (20) ; 
cf.  σκάπτω  II,  βατήρ  2.     Hence 

'Ύποσκάφή,  ης,  ή,  a  digging  under  : 
a  place  dug  under  or  undermined,  θα- 
λάσσης, Diosc.  5,  106. 

'Ύποσκΰφιόκαρτος,  ov,  of  hair,  cut 
somewhat  in  the  σκάφίον  fashion  (v. 
σκάφων  II),  Nicostr.  Iiicert.  6. 

'Ύποσκάφισμός,  οϋ,  ό,  (ύπό,  σκα- 
φίς  II)  α  cleaning  of  corn  with  a  fan  or 
shovel,  winnowing,  Plut.  2,  C93  D, 
though  Others  read  ύποσκάρϊφισμός 
in  same  sense. 

'Ύποσκε?ιίζω,  (ύπό,  σκελίζω)  to  trip 
up  one's  heels,  Lat.  supplantare,  hence 
to  upset,  throw  down,  Eubul.  Semel.  1, 
12,  Dem.  1259,  10  :  metaph.,  to  over- 
reach, outwit.  Plat.  Euthyd.  278  Β ; 
νπ.  και  σνκοφαντεΐν,  Dem.  273,  21. 
Hence 

'Ύποσκέλισμα,  ατός,  τό,  α  fall  given 
by  tripping  up,  LXX. :  metaph.,  α  trick, 
cheat:  and 

'Ύποσκε?^σμός.  ov,  ό,  a  tripping  up,, 
supplanting,  LXX. 

'Ύποσκέπτομαι,  (ύπό,  σκέπτομαι) 
dep.  mid.,  to  suspect,  suppose,  Lat. 
suspicari,  Hipp.  p.  44,  etc. 

'Ύποσκενή,  ης,  ή,  a  foundation,  Lat. 
substructio. 

'Ύποσκήνιον,  ov,  τό,  (νπό,  σκηνή) 
usu.  in  plur.  τα  νποσκήνια,ρατί  of  the 
1575 


ΤΠΟΣ 

tcenes  in  a  theatre,  but  it  is  not  known 
what,  Alh.  631  F;  v.  Diet.  Antiqq.  p. 
969,  s.  V. 

ΎποσκΙάω,  poet,  for  sq.,  Aral.  854  : 
pass.,  Ap.  Rh.  1,  451. 

'ΎττοσκΙάζω,  (ΰτό,  σκιάζω)  ίο  shade, 
overshadow  gradually,  της  ώρας  νττο- 
σκιαζονσης,  when  the  lime  of  day 
gradually  made  it  dark,  i.  e.,  when  it 
began  to  grow  dark,  Proteas  ap.  Ath. 
130  A.     Hence 

'Ύποσκίάσις,  εως.  ή,  an  overshadow- 
ing, Hipp.  p.  1275.  [I] 

'Ύπόζτκϊος,  ov,  (νπύ,  σκιά) : — under 
the  shade,  overshadowed,  Theophr. :  vi- 
φύύι  νττόσκιος  χθων,  Aesch.  Fr.  182, 
8  :  νπ.  σώματα,  of  suppliants  shaded 
by  their  olive-branches  {ίκετηρίαί),  Id. 
Supp.  658,  cf.  354. 

"Χτΐοσκιρτάω,  ώ,  (νττό,  σκιρτάω)  to 
leap  up,  Ael.  N.  A.  7,  8,  Phiiostr. 

'Ύπόσκληρος,  ov,  {ν:τύ,  σκληρός) 
somewhat  hard,  Hipp.  p.  552. 

'ΎτίοσκΑηρννομαι,  [υπό,  σκληρύ- 
νω) as  pass.,  to  become  hardish,  Theo- 
phr. 

'Ύττοσκόλίος,  ov,  somewhat  crooked. 

Ύπόσκοττος,  ov,  (νπό,σκοπέω) 
looked  under,  χειρ  νπ-,  ol  a  hand  held 
to  as  to  shade  the  eyes,  Aesch.  Fr.  71. 

'Ύττοσκότεινος,  ov,  somewhat  dark. 

Ύποσκότως,  ov,  {σκότος)  ={oreg., 
Inscr. 

'Ύποσμΰρΰγέω,  ώ,  {υπό,  σμαραγέω) 
to  resound  under  or  with,  Q.  Sm.  12, 
97. 

'Ύποσμήχω,  to  rub  or  wipe  a  little. 

"Ύποσμος,  ov,  {νττό,  οσμή)  with  a 
keen  scent,  προς  τι,  Anst.  de  Anima  2, 
9,  8  : — metaph.,  of  keen  perception. 

'Ύττοσμνχομαι,  {υπό,  σμνχω)  as 
pass.,  to  smoulder  away,  Ap.  Rh.  2, 
445:  alsoof  the  fires  of  love,  Luc.  [v] 

'Ύποσοβέω,  ώ,  (νπύ,  σοβίω)  to  scare 
a  little,  Heliod. 

'Ύποσό/.οικος,  ov,  (υπό,  σόλοικος) 
somewhat  fault  y  in  speech  Οι  pronuncia- 
tion, guilty  of  a  slight  solecism,  Plut.  2, 
615  D. 

'Ύπόσομφος,  ov,  somewhat  spongy  or 
porous. 

'Ύπόσοφος,  ov,  (υπό,  σοφός)  some- 
what clever,  skilful  or  ivise,  Philostr. 

'Ύποσττΰθίσμής,  ov,  L•,  {νπύ,  σπα- 
θίζω)  '. — a  surgical  operation,  wherein  a 
kind  of  spatula  {σπαβίυν  or  νποσπα- 
θιστήρ)  is  introduced  under  the  skin  of 
the  scalp  to  loosen  it. 

'Ύποσπαίρω,  to  gasp  or  struggle, 
esp.  in  death :  of  the  pulse,  to  beat 
faintly. 

'Ύποσπάν'ιζομαι,  (υπό,  σπανίζω)β.5 
pass.,  to  suffer  want  a  little,  c.  gen.  rei, 
βοράς,  φόνου  νπεσπανισμένος,  stint- 
e<l  of  food,  of  blood,  Aesch.  Pers.  489, 
Cho.  577,  cf.  Soph.  Aj.  740. 

'Ύποσπάω,  ώ,  f.  -άσω,  {νπύ.  σπάω) 
to  draw  away  from  under.  Plat.  Euthyd. 
278  C,  Dem.  762,  4 : — to  draw  or  take 
secretly,  πο'ιμνης  νεογνόν  θρίμμ'  νπο- 
σττύσαζ•,  Eur.  El. 495;  ύπέσπασε  φυγ^ 
πόδα,  withdrew  his  foot  secretly,  stole 
away.  Id.  Bacch.  436: — mid.,  νπο- 
σπάσασθαι  τον  1~πον,  to  urge  one's 
horse  by  a  slight  check  of  the  rem,  Xen. 
Eq.  7,8.  [ύ]^ 

'Ύποσπειρίύιον,  ου,  τό,  the  base  of 
a  σπείρα. 

'Ύπόσπειρος,  ov,  (σπείρα)  wound  or 
wreathed  under. 

Ύποσπε'ιρω,  to  sow  under  or  after:  to 
sow  secretly. 

'Ύποσπληνίζομαι,  as  pass.,  to  have 
a  plaster  or  compress  laid  upon  one's 
wound. 

'Ύπόσπληνος,  ov,  {νπό,  σπλήν) 
enffering  in  the  spleen,  Hipp.  p.  50. 

'Ύποσπογγίζω,  {νπό,  σπογγίζω)  ίο 
1576 


ΤΠΟΣ 
'  wipe  a  little  with  a  sponge,  Hipp.  p. 

I  'Ύποσπούίζω,  {νπό,  σποόίζω)  ίο  be 
or  become  somewhat  ash-coloured,  Diosc. 
Ύ7ΓΟσ7Γ0ΐ'(5οζ•,  ov,  {νπό,  σπονδή) : 
— under  a  truce  or  treaty,  secured  by 
treaty,  etc.,  νπ.  ίκχωρεϊν,  κατελθείν, 
etc.,  Hdt.  3,  144;  6,  103;  esp.  )n 
phrases  of  taking  up  the  dead  from 
a  held  of  battle,  e.  g.  τονς  νεκρονς 
\  νπ.  άποδιδόναι,  to  allow  a  truce  for 
taking  them  up,  Thuc.  1,  63;  τους 
νεκρονς  νπ.  ΰναφεΐσϋαι,  αίτεϊν,άπο- 
λαμβάνειν,  etc.,  to  demand  a  truce 
1  for  so  doing,  which  was  an  acknowl- 
edgment of  defeat,  Thuc.  4,  44,  Xen., 
etc. :  also  νπ.  άφιέναι  τοϊ)ς  άφεστώ- 
Toc,  Xen.  Hell.  1,2,18. 

'Ύποσπονδύζω,  f.  -άσω,  {νπό,  σπου- 
δάζω) to  be  somewhat  favourable  or 
friendly  to  one,  take  part  with  one  a 
little,  τινά,  Joseph. 

'Ύποστάζω,  f.  -ξω,  {νπό,  στάζω)  to 
let  drop  slowly  :  intr.,  to  drop  slowly, 
v~.  εκ  βινών,  to  have  a  running  at  the 
nose,  Hipp.  p.  151. 

Υποστάθμη,  ης,  ή,  {νπό,  στάθμη) 
sediment,  lees,  Hipp.  p. 50,  Plat.  Phaed. 
109  C,  cf.  Wessel.  Diod.  3,  44;  εν 
Til  'Ρωμνλον  υποστάθμη,  to  translate 
Cicero's  infaece  Romuli,  Plut.  Phoc. 
3. — II.  xihey. 

Ύποσταθμίς,  ίδος,  i7,=  foreg.,  ap. 
Suid.  ^ 

'Ύπόσταξις,  ή,  {νποστάζω)  a  slow 
irickling  or  dropping. 
I  'Ύπόστάσις,  εως,  ή,  {υφίσταμαι): 
'  ■ — strictly,  α  standing  under ;  hence,  a 
\  remaining  under,  suppression,  as  of  hu- 
mours that  ought  to  come  to  the  sur- 
face, Hipp.,  V.  Foes.  Oecon. :  ΰπ.  κοι- 
λίης,  costiveness,  Id. — II.  any  thing 
set  under,  a  stand,  base,  bottom,  prop, 
support,  stay.  Id. — 2.  esp.  in  liquids, 
the  sediment,  lees,  dregs,  grounds,  freq. 
in  Hipp,  of  matter  deposited  in  the 
urine,  v.  Foes.  Oecon.  :  hence,  also, 
foul  water,  slime,  mud;  generally,  the 
solid  part  of  any  thing,  as  opposed  to 
that  which  drains  off,  lb. — 3.  inelaph., 
thai  which  lies  at  the  bottom  of  a  thing, 
esp.  of  a  narrative,  speech  or  poem, 
the  groundwork,  subject-matter,  argu- 
meni,  Polyb.  4,  2,  1,  cf.  Schweigh.  1, 
5,  3,  Diod.,  etc.  ;  also,  a  starting-point, 
beginning,  Diod.  1,  60. — 4.  subsistence, 
reality,  real  being,  like  ΰπαρξις,  as  opp. 
to  mere  appearance,  καθ'  νπόστασιν, 
opp.  to  κατ'  εμφασιν,  Arist.  Mund.  4, 
21  :  hence  substance,  nature,  essence, 
as  in  Luc.  Paras.  27. — 5.  in  Greek 
Ecclesiast.  writers,  =  Lat.  Persona,  a 
Person  of  the  Trinity. — 111.  the  quality 
or  property  of  undergoing  or  undertak- 
ing any  thing,  stedfastness,  endurance, 
firmness,  Lat.  fortitndo,  Polyb.  4,  50, 
10. — 2.  also  anundertaking,  enterprise, 
purpose,  κατά  την  ιδίαν  ύπ.,  Diod. 

Υποστάτης,  ου,  ό,  {υφίσταμαι)  that 
which  stands  under,  a  support,  prop, 
hat.  furca,  Plut.  Coriol.  24:  the  stand 
of  a  bowl,  cf.  ΰπυκρητηριδιον.  —  2. 
one  that  glides  foundation,  substance  or 
existence,  a  creator,  Eccl.  :  hence  fem. 
νποστάτις,  ιδος.  [d]     Hence 

'Υποστατικός,  ή,  όν,  placing  one's 
self  wider,  undergouig  or  undertaking  a 
thing,  c.  gen.  rei,  ύπ.  δεινών,  etc., 
-Metop.  ap.  Stob.  p.  10,  48  .  hence, 
sledfast,  firm,  Lat.  foriis,  Arist.  Eth. 
Eud.  2,  5,  5  :  —  adv.  -κώς,  Polyb.  5, 
16,  4. — II.  belongihg  to  substance:  in 
Greek  i]ccl.  also  Personal,  cf.  νπό- 
στασις  II.  5. — III.  belonging  to  a  υπο- 
στάτης. 

'Υποστατός,  όν,  or  υποστατός,  ov, 
verb.  adj.  from  υφίσταμαι,  set  under : 
TO  ΰπόστατον,  a  stand,  like  ντζοστά- 


ΤΠΟΣ 

της,  Paus.  —  II.  borne,  endured,  to  De 
borne  or  endured,  οΰχ  ΰποστατόιν,  Eur. 
Supp.  737,  Antig.  18,  2.— 111.  substan- 
tially existing,  Lat.  subsislens,  Sext. 
Emp.  p.  644. 

'Ύποστάτρια,  ας,  ή,  an  under-hand 
maid  of  a  temple,  Inscr. 

'Ύπυστΰχνομαι,  as  pass.,  (ύπό, 
στύχνς)  : — to  grow  up  or  teax  gradual- 
ly like  ears  of  corn  ;  metaph.,  ύποστα- 
χΰοιτο  βοών  γένος,  Od.  20,  212,  ubi 
al.  νποσταχνωτο,  as  if  from  ϋποστα- 
χυάομαι.  —  Later  we  find  an  act., 
νποσταχνεσκον  Ιουλοι,  as  v.  1.  in  Ap, 
Rh.  1,972. 

Ύποστέγασμα,  ατός,  τό,  an  under 
covering. 

Ύπόστεγος,  ov,  {υπό,  στέγη) : — 
under  the  roof,  in  the  house.  So])h.  Phil. 
34  ;  βεβάσιν  δωμάτων  ύπόστεγοι.  Id. 
El.  1385 ;  είςδέχεσβαί  τίνα  νπόστε- 
γον,  Id.  Tr.  376,  cf  Plat.  Criti.  117 
B. — 2.  covered  over,  άντρον,  Einped.  9. 

'ΤποσΓε)'ω,  f.  -ξω,  {ύπό,  στέγω)  to 
cover,  hide  under,  Xen.  Cyn.  5,  10. 

'Ύποστείχω,  (νπό,  στείχω)  to  ga 
under,  Philostr. 

'Ύποστέλλω,  f.  -στελώ,  aor.  ύπέ- 
στειλα  {ύπό,  στίλλω)  : — to  make  an- 
other let  down,  Ιστιον  ύπέστειλε, 
made  him  lower  sail,  Pind.  1.2,60: 
also  in  mid.,  ύποστέλλεσθαι  τα  ιστία, 
like  ύφίεσθαι,  Schaf.  Greg.  p.  347. — • 
2.  to  place  in  ambush,  hide,  τινάς  νπό 
τι,  Polyb.  11,  21,2. — II.  mid., /ο  draw 
or  shrink  back  from,  c.  acc,  χειμώνα, 
θέρος,  Hipp.  Aphor.  4,  6  and  7  ;  so, 
ύπυστελλεσθαί  τίνα,  to  coiver  with 
fear  before  any  one,  dread  him,  Di- 
narch.  91,  29:  —  also,  ύποστέλλειν 
έαντόν  ύπό  τι,  Polyb.  7,  17,  1,  etc.; 
(and  so  intr.  in  act.,  Id.  6,  40,  14).— 2. 
ύποστέλλεσθαι  τι,  to  cloak,  conceal  or 
suppress  a  thing  through  fear.  Plat. 
Apol.  24  A  :  hence  absol.,  to  cloak 
one's  true  thoughts,  dissemble,  ύπ. 
λόγω,  Eur.  Or.  607,  cf  Dem.  14.  4 ; 
esp.,  ούύέν  or  μηδέν  ύποστειλά/ιενος, 
with  no  dissi?nulation,  Isocr.  107  D, 
196  B,  Dem.  54,  fin.,  537,  7,  etc.— 3. 
generally,  to  withdraw,  leave  out  of  the 
question,  except,  Schiif.  Greg.  p.  347. 

'Ύποστενάζω,  f.  -ξω,  =  ύποστένω, 
ίο  sigh  or  moan  in  an  undertone.  Soph. 
Aj.  322,  1001.— II.  in  Aesch.  Pr.  430, 
Atlas  ούράνιον  πόλον  νώτοις  νποστε- 
νάζει  (as  in  the  MtiS.),  groans  under 
the  weight  of  heaven,  but  the  reading 
is  disputed  by  Herm  and  Dind.  ; — 
Herm.  proposes  ύποστεγάζει. 

Ύποστενάχίζω,  ■fto  groan  beneath 
OT  under,  j  II.  2,  781. 

'T7roarei^u;);ij,=.foreg. ,  Q.  Sm.  1 4, 37. 

'Ύπόστενος,  ov,  somewhat  narrow. 

'Ύποστένω,  {ύπό,  στένω)  to  sigh  or 
groan  in  a  low  tone,  begin  to  sigh  or 
groan,  Soph.  El.  79,  Ar.  Ach.  162. 

'Ύποστερέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  bereave 
secretly. 

'Ύπoστεpίσκω,=  foτeg. 

'Ύποστερνίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (ύπό,  στέρ• 
νον)  Ιο  lay  under  tlie  breast:  mid.,  to 
place  or  lay  under  one's  breast,  φελλούς, 
Plut.  2,  324  F. 

'Ύπόστερνος,  ov,  (στέρνον)  under 
the  breast. 

'Ύποστηλωμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  pillar  put 
under  as  a  prop. 

'Ύπόστημα,  ατός,  τό,  (ύφίστημι) : 
— sediment,  grounds,  Hipp. — II.  a  sta- 
tion of  soldiers,  Lat.  statio,  LXX. — • 
III.  =:περίνεον. 

'Υποστήριγμα,  ατός,  τό,  an  under- 
prop. LXX. :  Irom 

'Υποστηρίζω,  t.  -ξω,  (νπό,  στηρίζω) 
to  underprop,  Luc.  Hist.  Conscr.  3. 

Ύπυστιγμή,  i/ς,  ή,  in  Granim.,  α 
comma,  because  it  denotes  a  subdi* 


ΥΠΟΣ 

Tision  of  the  sentence  (subdistinctio), 
whereas  the  colon  was  called  μέση 
στιγμή,  media  distinctio,  and  the  full 
point  τελεία  στιγμή,  distinctio :  cf. 
νποόιαστολή :  from 

'ΎτΓοστίζω,  f.  -ξω,  {ν— 6,  στίζω)  to 
make  somewhat  variegated  or  spotted. — 

II.  in  Gramm.,  to  put  a  slop,  esp.  α 
comma  or  colon. 

'Υποστί/.3ω,  (ν~ό,  στί?.3ω)  to  shine 
a  little,  dub.  in  Luc.  D.  Mann.  14,  2. 

Ύποστο/^ή,  ης,  ?'/,  {νποστέ/.?.ω)  a 
letting  doivn,  lowering  :  hence,  a  lessen- 
ing, Plut.  2,  129  C. — II.  submission. — 

III.  prevarication. 

'ΎτζοστοΑίζω,  {y-ό,  στολίζω)  like 
ντϊοστέ?Λω,  to  let  down,  lower,  slacken, 
Poeta  ap.  Plut.  2,  169  B. 

Ύττοστόμια,  τά,  (υπό,  στόμα)  the 
bit  of  a  bridle. — II.  the  space  under  the 
mouth  of  a  vessel,  Geop. 

'Ύποστονύχίζω,  =  νποστεναχίζω, 
V.  1.  Hes.  Th.  843. 

'Ύποστορένννμι,  also  -στόρννμι, 
and  -στρώνννμι :  fut.  -στορεσω  and 
•στρώσω,  pf.  pass.  ν~έστρωμαι,  (ι'-ό, 
στορένννμι).  To  spread,  lay  or  strew 
under,  esp.  of  bed-clothes,  δέμνια 
ύποστορέσαι  τινί,  Od.  20,  139;  v-o- 
στρωνννναι  εννύς,  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  8, 
16  ;  νποστρώσεις  τρίκλινοι•,  Amphis 
Incert.  10  :  so  in  mid.,  νττοστόρεσαι 
της  οριγάνον,  strew  me  some  of  it  un- 
der. At.  Eccl.  1030 ;  ώ  χα/.κος  ί'-έ- 
στρωται,  which  has  copper  laid  under 
it,  Orac.  ap.  Hdt.  1,  47:  —  λέκτρα 
νποστρώσαί  τινι,  to  make  the  bed  for 
a  man,  i.  e.  serve  him  as  a  wife,  Eur. 
Hel.  59. 

Ύττοστρΰτενομαι,  {ν~ό.  στρατεύω) 
dep.  mid.,  to  perform  military  service 
under  any  one,  τινί,  App. 

Ύττοστράτηγέω,  ώ,  to  be  a  lieutenant- 
general  :  νττοστρ.  τινι,  to  serve  under 
one  as  lieutenant,  Xen.  An.  5,  6,  36, 
Luc. :  from 

'Ύττοστράτηγος,  ov,  ύ,  (not  oxj-t. 
-/of)  (t'TTO,  στρατηγός)  α  lieutenant- 
general,  Xen.  An.  3,  1 ,  32. — II.  used 
for  the  Roman  legatus. 

Ύποστράτοώνλαξ,  ακος,  ό,  {ΰπό, 
στρατοφί'λαξ)  an  under-guard  of  the 
camp  or  army :  a  subordinate  Of  lieuten- 
ant-general, Strab.  [Ϊ] 

'Ύήοστρέφω,  f.  -ψω,  {ν~ό,  στρέφω) 
to  turn  round  about  or  back,  guide  back, 
ίτττζονς.  11.  5,  581 ;  ττάλιν  νττ.  βίοτον 
είς'Άιόαν,  Eur.  Η.  F.  736. — Π.  intr.. 
to  turn  about,  turn  short  round,  esp.  of 
persons  flying,  II.  12,  71,  Hdt.  7,211  ; 
cf.  Eur.  Ale.  1019,  Thuc.  3.  24 :— so 
in  pass.,  αϋτις  νποστρεώθείς,  II.  11, 
567,  cf.  Hdt.  4,  129,  Soph.  O.  T.  728, 
Xen.,  etc.  —  2.  also,  to  turn  and  flee, 
φνγαδε  αύτις  νπ.,  II.  11,  446. — -3. 
generally,  to  return,  αντις  vtt-,  Od.  8, 
301, cf.  Hdt.  4. 120, 124 :  so  in  fut. mid., 
ov  γάρ  σε  νττοστρέ-φεσβαί  όίω,  Od.  18, 
23.  —  4.  to  turn  away,  etude  a  person, 
Eur.  I.  A.  363,  Xen.  An.  2,  1,  18. 

'Ύττοστροβέω,  ώ,  to  agitate  inwardly, 
Aesch.  Ag.  1215  (in  tmesis). 

'Ύττοστρόγγϋ'λος,  ov,  (ίιττό,  στρογ- 
γν?.ος)  somewhat  round,  roundish,  The- 
ophr. 

'Υποστροφή,  ης,  ή,  {υποστρέφω) : 
— α  turning  round,  Hipp. :  a  turning 
about,  whether  to  flee,  Hdt.  9,  22  ;  or 
to  meet  the  enemy ;  hence  εξ  υποστρο- 
φής. Lat.  converso  agmine,  Polyb.  2, 
25,  3,  etc. : — but  εξ  υποστροφής,  also, 
like  Lat.  denuo,  again,  anew,  Harm. 
Soph.  El.  715;  on  the  contrary,  ap. 
Dem.  283,  18. 

Υπόστροφος,  ov,  turning  or  coming 
back. 

'Ύποστροφώδης.  ες,  causing  a  re- 
lapse, Hipp.  pp.  385, 1027. 


ΤΠΟΣ 

'Ύπόστρυφνος,  ov,  somewhat  astrin- 
gent or  sour. 

'Υπόστρωμα,  ατός,  τό,  {νποστρών- 
ννμι)  that  which  is  spread  or  strewed 
under,  a  bed,  bedding,  litter,  Ιππον, 
Xen.  Eq.  5,  2. 

'Ύποστρώμνιος,  ov,  (στρωμνή)  ly- 
ing on  a  bed. 

Ύποστρό)νννμι,=νποστορένννμι. 

'Ύπόστν/Μς,  ov,  (νπό,  στν?Μς)  rest- 
ing on  pillars  underneath,  Diod.  ; — το 
νπ.,  a  covered  colonnade,  pillared  hall, 
Philo.     Hence 

'Ύποστν/.όω,  ώ,  to  prop  or  support 
by  pillars  underneath.     Hence 

'Ύποστνλ.ωμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  column 
or  pillar  standing  for  a  support  under- 
neath, [στϋ] 

Ύποστύφω,  f.  -ψω,  {νπό,  στύφω) 
to  be  astringent,  Diosc.  ;  νποστνφον 
ΐ'ΐδνσμα,  Plut.  Anton.  24  : — of  astrin- 
gent tastes,  to  screw  up  the  mouth, 
Nic.  Al.  17. — II.  to  thicken  somewhat, 
Theophr.  de  Odor.  17 ;  cf.  προστνφω. 
[στϋ]     Hence 

'Ύπόστνφις,  ή,  astringency,  The- 
ophr. 

'Ύποσνγκεχνμένως,  adv.  pf.  pass., 
confusedly. 

'Ύποσνγχέω,  {νπό,  συγχέω)  to  min- 
gle or  confuse  a  little,  LuC.  Soloec.  10 : 
ΰποσνγκεχνμένος,  somewhat  confused, 
indistinct,  Arist.  Audib.  28. 

Ύποσί'γχννω,  coUat.  form  from 
foreg.,  Joseph. 

'Ύποσύγχϋτος,  ov,  verb.  adj.  of 
νποσνγχέω,  rather  confused.  Adv. 
-τως. 

'Ύποσνλάω,  ΰ,  {νπό,  σνλίύω)  to 
take  away  secretly  or  softly,  Alex. 
Trail. 

'Ύποσΰμβολος,  ov,  {νπό,  σίμβολον) 
veiled  under  symbols,  Plut.  2,  673  B. 

'Ύποσνρίζω,  also  -ίττω,  f.  -ξω, 
{.νπό,  σνρίζω)  to  whistle  gently,  rustle, 
Aesch.  Pr.  126 :  to  make  a  slight, 
whistling  sound,  Hipp.  p.  1220,  etc. 

'Ύποσίφω.  {υπό,  σύρω)  to  draw  off 
doivnicards,  νποσίφεσθαι  νηόύν,  to 
purge,  Nic.  Al.  365. 

'Ύποσνστο/.ή,  ης,  ή,  =  υποδιαστο- 
λή U. 

Ύπόσνχνος,  ov,  {νπό,  συχνός)  some- 
what frequent,  Hipp.  p.  979 :  neut.  as 
adv.,  a  good  deal,  Theophr. 

Ύποσοάγιον,  ov,  τό,  {νπό,  σφαγή) 
the  part  where  an  animal  is  stabbed  from 
below,  [a] 

'Ύπόσφαγμα,  ατος,τό,  thebloodofan 
animal  mixed  with  divers  ingredients, 
like  our  black  puddings,  Erasistr.  ap. 
Ath.  324  A. — II.  a  place  blood-shot, 
esp.  a  suffusion  of  blood  in  the  eye 
from  a  blow. — HI.  the  ink-like  liquor  of 
the  cuttle-iish,  Lat.  sepia,  Hippon.  Fr. 
46  ;  cf  Foes.  Oecon.  Hipp.  :  from 

'Ύποσφύζω,  f.  -ξω,  {νπό,  σφάζω)  to 
slaughter  by  a  stab  from  below. 

'Ύποσφάξ,  άγος,  ή,  a  cleft,  like  δια- 
σφάξ,  Opp.  Η    1,  744. 

Ύποσφάττω,^=ίποσφύζω. 

'Ύποσφίγγω,  {νπό,  σφίγγω)  to  bind 
tight  below,  Christod.  Ecphr.  81. 

Ύποσφοΰγίζομαι.  {νπό,  σόρΰγίζω) 
mid.,  to  put  one's  seal  under,  Phalar. 

'Ύποσφραίνομαι,  {ύπό,  όσφραίνο- 
μαι)  dep.,  to  get  scent  of  a.  thing,  Lat. 
subodorare. 

Ύποσχύζω,  f.  -άσω,  to  trip  up. 

'Υποσχεθώ,  v.  sub  υπέχω,  σχέθω. 

'Ύποσχέσθαι,  inf  aor.  2  mid.  of 
νπισχνέομαι,  II. 

Ύποσχεσίη,  τ^ς,  ή,  Ερ.  for  -εσις,  α 
promising,  11.  13,  369,  Call. 

Ύποσχέσιον,  ου,  ro,=sq.,  Anth.  P. 
12,  24. 

'Ύπόσχεσις,  εως.  ή,  {νπισχνέομαι) 
α  promising,  promise,  II.  2,  286,  Od.  10, 


τποτ 

483  ;  ί'πόσχεσιν  έκπ/.ηρώσαι,  Hdt.  5, 
35 ;  κραίνειν,  Aesch.  Supp.  308 ; 
ΰποδιδόναι,  Isocr.  Antiil.  <j  81  :  νπ. 
άπο?ιαβεϊν,  to  receive  the  fulfilment 
of  a  promise,  Xen.  Symp.  3,  3  ;  νπ. 
■φενόεσθαι,  to  fail  in  its  performance, 
Aeschin.  20,  9  ;  μεγάλος  ποιεϊσθαι 
τάς  νπ.,  Isocr.  43  D,  etc. : — cf.  νπό- 
θεσις,  sub  fin.     Hence 

Υποσχετικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  Ιο, 
inclined  for  promising. 

Ύποσχημύτίζομαι,  νηίά.,=  σχημα- 
τέζομαι,  προςποιέομαι,  Ruhnk.  Tim. 
s.  v.,  σχηματίζομαι. 

Ύποσχίζω,  ί.  -ίσω,  {ΰπό,  σχίζω)  to 
split  underneath :  to  split  a  little. 
Hence 

'Ύπόσχισμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  kind  of 
man's  shoe. 

'Υποσχόμενος,  part.  aor.  2  mid.  of 
νπισχνέομαι,  Hom. 

'Ύποσχών,])ΆϊΙ.Άθτ.22ΐ€ί.οί  νπέχω. 

'Ύποσώζω,  {νπό,σώζω)  to  preserve  in 
some  measure,  Strab. 

'Ύποσωμάτόω,  ώ,  {νπό,  σωματόω) 
τινά,  to  renew  his  body  gradually,  Stob. 
Eel,  1,  p.  746. 

'Ύποσωρενω,  {νπό,  σωρεύω)  to  heap 
up  under,  Erotian. 

'Ύ ποσωφρον ιστής,  ov,  6,  an  inferior 
officer  or  under-teacher  in  the  gymnasia, 
Inscr. 

'Ύποτΰγή,  ης,  ή,  {υποτάσσω)  s1ώ• 
ordination,  subjection.  Ν  ,  Τ. 

Ύποταίνιος,  {ΰπό,  ταινία)  χώρα, 
ή,  land  that  runs  out  into  tongues  or 
points,  Philo. 

'Υποτακτικός,  ή,  όν,  {υποτάσσω) 
bringing  into  subjection. — II.  subjunc- 
tive ;  ό  υποτακτικός,  modus  sub juncti- 
vus.  Gramm. 

Ύποταμνόν,  ov,  τό,  a  plant  cut  off 
at  bottom  for  magic  purposes,  H.  Horn. 
Cer.  228 :  from 

'Ύποτύμνω,  Ion.  for  νποτέμνω, 
Hdt. 

'Ύποτάνύω,^νποτείνω,  poet. 

'Ύπόταξις,  εως,  ή,  {υποτάσσω)  sub- 
jection, submission,  Dion.  Η. 

'Ύποτΰράσσω,  contr.  -θράσσω,  Att. 
-ττω  :  f.  -ξω  {νπό,  ταράσσω) :  to  stir 
up,  trouble  from  below  or  α  little.  At. 
Vesp.  1285,  Plut.  Fab.  2,  etc,  :— pass,, 
to  be  somewhat  troubled,  LuC,  D,  Mort. 
7,  2, — cf  νποθολόω. 

'Ύποταρβέω,  ώ,  f,  -ήσω,  {υπό,  ταρ• 
βέω)  to  be  somewhat  afraid :  also  C. 
ace,  to  be  somewhat  afraid  of  a  thing, 
to  fear  a  little,  II.  17,  533. 

'Ύποταρτύριος,  ov,  {νπό.  Ύάρτα- 
ρος)  under  I'artarus,  dwelling  therein, 
θεοί,  11. 14, 279,  Hes.  Th.  85ί,  cf  Luc. 
Here.  1. 

'Ύπότΰσις,  εως,  ή,  {νποτείνω)  a 
stretching  under  : — extension,  Hipp.  : 
πεδίων  υποτάσεις,  the  plains  that 
stretch  below,  Eur.  Bacch  749. 

Υποτάσσω.  Att.  -ττω,  f.  -ξω,  (νπό, 
τάσσω)  to  place  or  arrange  under, 
Polyb.  3,  36,  7:  {■-.  ε'ις  τι,  Lat.  re- 
ferre  in  numerum.  Id.  17,  15,  4. — 11.  to 
post  under  or  behind,  νποτύσσεσΟαί 
TivL,  Luc.  Paias.  49;  οι  ύποτεταγ• 
μένοι,  subjects,  Polyb.  3,  13.  8,  etc. 

'Ύποταίφιον,  ov,  τό,  {νπό,  τανρος 
III)  the  part  between  the  scrotum  and 
fundament,  elsewh.   τραμ?)  and  τρά- 

μις- 

Ύποταφρενω,  {νπό,  ταφρενω)  to  Jig 
under,  undermine,  App. 

'Ύποτείνω,  f.  -τενώ,  {νπό.  τείνω) 
to  stretch  under,  put  under.  Plat.  Tirn. 
74  A  :  to  stretch  a  thing  by  way  of 
prop,  πράς  τι,  Thuc.  7,  36  :  in  pass., 
to  lie  undrr,  lie  as  a  foundation.  Hipp. 
— 2.  to  hold  out  before,  to,  or  towards, 
hence,  to  hold  out  hopes,  to  promise, 
offer,  c.  inf,  Hdt.  7,  158,  Thuc.  8,48: 
1577 


τποτ 

also,  υπ.  τινί  τι,  e.  g.  μισθούς,  Ar. 
Ach.  657,  etc. — 3.  to  lay  or  put  before 
one, suggest,  λόγους,  Eur.  Or.  905 ;  νπ. 
ελπίδας,  νποσχέσΐΐς,  Dein.  171,  2Ί  ; 
925,0;  ΰ-άτην,  Plut. 'i'liiiol.  10;— 
so  in  mid..  Plat.  Tlieaet.  17U  Ε  ;  in 
mid.  also,  to  propose  by  uay  of  question, 
Stallb.  Plat.  Gorg.  4ΊΗ  E. — i.  to  stretch 
or  strain  to  the  utmost,  make  intense  or 
violent,  όδύνας.  Soph.  Aj.  2G2. — U. 
intr.,  to  stretch  or  extend  out  under,  αϊ 
νπό  τάς  γωνίας  υττοτείνονσαι  πλεν- 
ραί,  the  sides  subtending  the  angles, 
Procl. : — ή  νποτείνονσα  (sc.  γραμμή), 
the  hypotenuse  or  tine  subtending  the 
right  angle.  Plat.  Tim.  54  D,  Euclid. 

Ύποτΐίχίζω,  f.  -ίσυ  Att.  -ϊώ,  {νττύ, 
τείχίζού)  to  build  a  wall  wider  or  across: 
to  build  a  cross-wall,  Thuc.  6,  99. 
Hence 

Ύποτείχΐσις,  εως,  ?/,  the  building  of 
a  cross-ivatl,  Thuc.  li,  100. 

'Ύποτείχιαμα,  ατός,  τό,  (νττοτει- 
χίζω)  α  cross-iratl,  Thuc.  G,  100. 

'Ύπυτειχισμός,ον,ό,=ύττοτείχισις. 

Ύττοτεκμαίμομαι,  {ί/ττό,  τεκμαίρω) 
dep.  mid.,  ίο  o-uess  at  a  thing,  Ar.  Fr.  1. 

Ύποτελέω,  ώ,  f.  -έσω,  {υπό,  τε'λέω] 
to  pay  off,  discharge,  esp.  a  tribute  or 
tax,  φόμοί'  υπ-,  Hdt.  1,  171,  Polyb. 
22,  7,  8,  etc. ;  and  absoL,  to  pay  trib- 
ute, Thuc.  3,  46  ;  ντϊ.  άξίτ/ν  βασιλέί 
(V.  sub  αξία),  Hdt.  4,  201. 

'Ύ7Γοτε?^ής,  ές,  gen.  έος,  (νπό,  τέ- 
λος IV')  ; — subject  to  pay  taxes,  taxable, 
tributary,  Lat.  vectigalis,  trtbutarius, 
Thuc.  5,  111  ;  in  full,  φόρου  υποτε- 
λής. Id.  1,  19  ;  7,  57.— 11.  act.,  receiv- 
ing payment,  C.  gen.,  μισθού,  Luc. 
Merc.  Cond.  36.— Cf.  sq. 

'Ύποτελίς,  ίδος,  ή,  a  name  given 
by  HeriUus  in  Diog.  L.  7,  165,  to  a 
man's  natural  talents,  etc.,  which  ought 
all  to  be  subordinate  to  the  attainment 
of  the  chief  good  (τέλος). 

'Ύ~οτε7ΰ.ομαι,  (ν::ό,  τέλλω)  dep. 
mid.,  to  come  forth  from  under,  arise, 
Ap.  Rh.  2,  83. 

'ΎτΓοτέμνω,  Ion.  -τάμνω,  Hdt.  :  f. 
-τεμώ  and  -ταμοϋμαι  [ύπύ,  τέμνω)  : — 
to  cut  away  under  or  before  :  to  cut  cun- 
ningly or  cheatingly,  Ar.  Eq.  316. — 
II.  to  cut  off,  Lat.  intercipere,  interclu- 
dere,  νπ.  πηγάς  τινι,  to  cut  them  off 
from  his  use.  Plat.  Legg.  844  A  ;  νπ. 
την  ελπίδα,  Xen.  Hell.  2,  3,  34 ;  7, 
1,  29; — but  more  freq.  in  mid.,  νπο- 
τεμνεσθαι  τάς  οδούς,  to  cut  off  one's 
way,  slop  one  short,  Ar.  Eq.  291  ;  νττ. 
τον  πλουν,  Xen.  Hell.  1,  6,  15  ;  also, 
νττοτέμνεσθαί  τίνα,  to  intercept  him, 
id.  Cyr.  1,4,  19;  νπ.  την  επίνοιαν, 
Polyb.  36,  1,  1,  etc.: — so  in  pass., 
νποτάμνεσθαι  το  άπύ  των  νέων,  to  be 
cut  off  from  the  ships,  Hdt.  5,  86. 

Ύποτέταρτος,  or,  (υπό,  τέταρτος) 
of  numbers,  in  that  relation  by  which 
one  is  less  than  another  by  a  fourth  part 
of  itself,  6.  g.  in  the  ratio  of  4  to  5 ; 
and  so,  just  the  converse  of  έπιτέ- 
ταρτος. 

'Ύποτετράγωνος,  ov,  almost  square 
or  rectangular,  [ώ] 

'Ύποτετραίνω,  f.  -τρησω,  to  bore 
through  below. 

'Ύπότεφρος,  ov,  somewhat  ash-col- 
oured. 

'Ύποτεχνάομαι,  {υπό,  τεχνύομαι) 
dep.  mid.,  to  come  to  aid  by  art,  Alex. 
Trail. 

'Ύποτηρέω,  ώ,  to  note  or  remark  un- 
derhand. 

'Ύποτίθημι,  f.  •θήσω,  {νπό,  τίθημι) 
to  place  under,  esp.  as  a  basis  or  foun- 
dation, TL  Tivi.  Plat.  Tim.  92  Α.— 2. 
to  lay  down  as  a  foundation,  assume  as 
a  principle,  take  for  granted,  suppose. 
Id.  Tim.  48  E,  61  D :  and  in  pass.,= 
1578 


ΥΠΟΤ 

ύπόκειμαι.  Id.  Legg.  812  A,  Arist., 
etc. — II.  to  suggest,  ελπίδα  νποΟεϊναι, 
Pors.  Or.  1184,  cf.  Xen.  Hell.  4,  8, 
28,  Dem.  638,  24;  νπ.  'λόγους,  τέ- 
χνας,  Eur.  I.  .\.  507,  Bacch.  675 : — 
but  more  usu.  in  mid.,  to  suggest,  hint 
a  thing  to  one,  νποθέσθαι  τινι  jiov- 
λ?/!',  11.  8,  36,  467  ;  έπος,  έργον  νπο- 
θεσθαι  τινί,  to  suggest  a  speech,  an 
action,  to  any  one,  advise  or  counsil 
him  thereto,  Od.  4,  163,  II.  11,  788; 
δό/.ον  νπεβήκατο,  Hes.  Th.  175,  cf 
Od.  3,  27  ;  so  also  freq.  in  Hdt.,  as  1, 
80,  156  ;  3,  36,  etc. ;  also  m  strengllid. 
signf ,  to  enjoin  a  thing  upon  one.  Id. 
4,  135  : — c.  dat.  jiers.  only,  νποβεσΟαι 
TLVl,  to  advise,  counsel,  admonish  one, 
Od.  2,  194;  5,  143;  and  in  Att.,  as 
Ar.  Av.  1362,  Plat.  Charm.  155  D  ; 
πνκινώς  νποθέσθαι  τινί,  U.  21,  293  ; 
άλλα  μοι  ευ  νπόθευ,  Od.  15,  310; 
also  c.  mf ,  to  advise  one  to  do  a  thing, 
Hdt.  1,  90;  νποβέσθαι  τινι  ώνεϊσβαί 
Ιππον,  to  instruct  him  how  to  buy..., 
Xen.  Eq.  3,  7 ; — and  so  later  some- 
times in  act.: — (hence  νποβήκη). — 
III.  to  place  under  a  certain  class. 
Plat.  Poht.  289  Α.— IV.  in  mid.,  also, 
to  lay  down  with  one's  self,  adopt  as  a 
principle  or  rule  for  one's  self,  take  for 
granted,  presuppose,  premise,  τι.  Plat. 
Phaed.  100  A,  101  D,  etc. ;  also,  νπ. 
τι  tlvat...,  lb.  100  B,  etc. ;  νπ.  διδακ- 
τον  άρετήν  (sc.  είΐ'αί).  Id.  Prot.  361 
Β. — 2.  to  propose  to  one's  self  as  a  sub- 
ject of  discussion  or  argument,  τι,  Xen., 
Plat.,  etc. ;  generally,  to  propose  to 
do,  c.  liif,  Aeschin.  6,  1. — V.  to  sub- 
ject to  the  influence  of  another,  Pind. 
O.  1,  30;  cf.  Plat.  Polit.  308  A,  Tim. 
45  A. — VI.  to  put  down  as  a  deposit  or 
stake,  paini,  pledge,  mortgage,  νποτι- 
θέναι  την  οΰσίαν,  την  οίκιαν,  Isocr. 
400  Β,  Dem.  842,  8  ;  1188,  2  ;  νποτι- 
ϋέναι  τινί  ταλάντον,  to  mortgage  /'or 
a  talent,  Aeschin.  68,  25  ;  cf  υποθή- 
κη : — but  in  mid.  νποτίθεσβαι,  of  the 
mortgagee,  to  lend  money  on  pledge, 
Dem.  841,  20,  cf  1223,  24,  and  cf 
Lob.  Phryn.  468. — 2.  to  stake,  hazard, 
venture,  hence  metaph.,  νποβεις  τάν 
Ίδιον  κίνδννον,  at  his  own  risk,  Dem. 
420,  25. — 3.  to  lay  in  store,  store  up, 
keep,  hence  νποθεΐναί  τι  Ty  γνώμ?/, 
to  keep  a  thing  in  the  memory,  Dem. 
550,  5. — Vll.  of  a  horse,  νπ.  τά  σκέ- 
λη, to  bring  his  legs  tinder  him  in  gal- 
loping, Xen.  Eq.  11,3;  τά  όπισθεν 
σκέλη  δίά  πολλού  νποθήσει,  will 
bring  up  his  hind  legs  so  that  they  are 
far  from  touching  the  fore,  lb.  1,  4. 

'Ύποτίλλω,  {υπό,  τίλλω)  to  tear 
out,  pluck  out,  Theophr. 

'Υποτιμάω,  ώ,  f.  -ί/σω,  (νπό,  τιμάω) 
to  estimate  at  less,  to  lower  the  price, 
Alex.  Leb.  3,  4,  si  vera  1.  —  II.  in 
mid., — 1.  to  uiake  a  return  or  assess- 
ment of  one's  property,  Arist.  Oec.  2,6 
and  36. — 2.  as  law-term,  to  propose  a 
less  penalty  for  one's  self,  Opp.  to  that 
proposed  by  one's  accuser,  to  endeav- 
our to  lower  the  damages  laid  against 
one,  make  a  counter-estimate,  Xen.  Apol. 
23,  V.  Buttm.  Dem.  Mid.  in  Ind.  ;  (but 
in  this  signf  άντιτιμύομαι  (q.  v.)  is 
the  more  regular  term). — 3.  topretcnd, 
allege,  iambi.     Hence 

'Ύποτίμησις,  εως,  ή,  an  uiider-esti- 
mating:  ehp.=  άντιτίμησις,  v.  foreg. 
II.  2. — II.  a  pretence,  pretext,  Plut.  Ca- 
mill.  40. 

'Ύποτϊμητής,  ov,  a.  {υποτιμάω)  one 
who  underbids. — 11.  as  a  transl.  of  the 
Lat,  subcensor,  Dio  C. 

'Ύποτίτθιος,  ov.=  sq.,  LXX. 

'Ύπότιτθος,  ov,  {νπό,  τίτθη)  like 
νπυμάζιος,  under  or  at  the  breast, 
sucking. 


ΥΠΟΤ 

'Ύποτιτράω,=  νποτετραίνω. 
*Ύποτλάω,   obsol.    pres.,    c.    fiit. 
νποτλήσομαι,  aor.  νπέτλην,  pf  νπο- 
τέτληκα,  to  bear,  endure,  Anth.  P.  5, 
302. 

'Ύποτμήγω,  -τμήσσω,  Ep.  for  νπο- 
τέμνω.  Αρ.  Rh.  4,  328,  Q.  Sm.  5,  244. 

'Ύποτοβέω,  ω,  {υπό,  ότοβέω)  to 
roar,  sound  under,  to  resound,  echo, 
Aesch.  Pr.  574,  in  tmesis. 

'Ύποτομεύς,  έως,  6,  {νποτέμνω)  one 
that  cuts  down  or  off:  an  instrument  for 
cutting  off,  LXX. 

'Ύποτυμή,  ης,  ή,  (.νποτέμνω)  :  —  a 
cutting  off  beloiv,  cutting  up,  Theophr. 
— II.  metaph.,  ο  cutting  off,  cutting 
short. 

'Ύποτονθορίζω  or  -ρύζω,  {νπό,  τον- 
θορνζω)  to  murmur  softly,  Luc.  Necy- 
om.  7,  etc. 

'Ύπύτονος,  ov,  {νποτείνω)  an  un- 
der-prop  :  esp.  a  pillar  to  prop  the  roof. 
Lob.  Soph.  Aj.  103. 

'Ύποτοξενω,  to  shoot  up  with  arrows 
from  below. 

'Ύποτοπάζω,^νποτοπέω.     Hence 

Ύποτοπασμός,  ού,  ό,  α  suspicion, 
surmise.  Joseph. 

'Ύποτοπεύω,—  sq.,  Thuc.  8,  76  :  in 
Gramm.,  to  doubt  the  genuineness  of  a 
passage. 

'Ύποτοπέω,  ώ,  to  suspect,  surmise, 
like  foreg.,  c.  ace.  et  inf,  Thuc.  1,20, 
51 ,  etc.  ;  νπ.  ότι..,  Id.  2,  13  ;  also,  νπ. 
Tiva,  to  suspect  him.  Id.  5,  116  ; — ear- 
lier we  have,  in  same  signf,  νποτο- 
πέομαι,  as  dep.,  c.  lut.  mid.  -τοπτ/σο- 
μαι,  aor.  pass,  νπετοπήθην,  Hdt.  6, 
70  ;  9,  116  (in  the  latter  place  c.  ace. 
rei),  to  suspect  a  thing,  and  so  Ar. 
Ran.  958,  Lysias  114,  32  ;  c.  inf,  Ar. 
Thesm.  496 ;  from 

'Ύπότοπος,  ov,  =  ύποπτος,  suspi- 
cimis,  susp.,  cf  καχυπότηπος. 

'Ύποτορεύω,  {νπό,  τορενω)  to  en- 
grave in  toreutic  work,  τινί,  Ael.  N.  A. 
10,  22. 

Ύ7Γ07ρΰ;ω(5εω,  ώ,  {νπό,  τραγωδέω) 
to  play  a  part  in  tragedy  under  or  second 
to..,  τινί,  Philostr.  —  II.  to  answer  in 
tragic  tone,  v.  1.  Luc. 

'Ύποτραυ7.ίζω,  (νπό,  τρανλίζω)  to 
lisp  a  little,  Luc.  Tim.  55. 

'Ύπύτρανλος,  ov,  (νπό,  τραν/ίός) 
lisping  a  little,  Hipp.  p.  1207. 

'Ύποτράχηλιον,  ov,  τό,  {νπό,  τρά- 
χηλος) the  lower  part  of  the  neck. — 11. 
the  neck  of  a  column,  Vllruv. 

'Ύποτρΰχννω,  f  -ννώ,  (νπό,  τρα- 
χννω)  to  make  a  little  rough  or  harsh. 
— 2.  to  grate  on  the  ear,  Dion.  H. 

Ύπότράχνς,  ν,  gen.  for,  (νπό,  τρα- 
χύς) somewhat  rough,  Archestr.  ap. 
Ath.  330  A  ;  metaph.,  somewhat  angry. 
Lob.  Phryn.  541,  Paral.  254. 

Ύποτρείω,  Ep.  for  νποτρέω,  Ti- 
mon  31. 

'Ύποτρεαω,  {νπό,  τρέμω)  to  tremble 
a  little,  Plat.  Rep.  336  E. 

'Ύποτρέπομαι,  (νπό,  τρέπω)  pass., 
to  turn  back  and  withdraw,  Plut.  2, 
77  E.         ^ 

'Ύποτρέφω,  (.  -θρέψω,  {νπό,  τρέφω) 
to  bring  up,  cherish  secretly  or  m  succes- 
sion, Xen.  Cyr.  2,  1,  17  ;  νπ.  την  χο- 
λήν,  Luc.  Calumn.  24. — pass., /ο grow; 
up  secretly,  or  in  succession,  Lat.  sub- 
nasri,  Stallb.  Plat.  Rep.  560  A. 

'TTrorpE;^'u,fut.  -Ορέξομαι  ami -δρα- 
μονμαι :  aor.  νπέδράμον  :  poet.  pf. 
νποδέδρομα.  {νπό,  τρέχω).  To  run 
in  under,  νπέδραμε  και  λάβε  γοννων, 
he  ran  and  fell  down  before  him,  arid 
clasped  his  knees,  II.  21,  68,  Od.  10, 
323  (though  it  may  be  only,  he  ran 
to  him),  cf  Eur.  1.  A.  631  :  νπέδραμε 
■ύπό  τονς  πόδας  τον  ϊππον,  Hdt.  7, 
138  ;  νπ.  νπο  την  τον  ακοντίου  φοράν. 


τποτ 

Antipho  121,  30. — Π.  to  run  under, 
stretch  aiiay  under,  νποόέδρομε βήσσα, 
Η.  Horn.  Αρ.  284.— III.  to  run  in  be- 
tween and  catch,  intercept,  like  ν~οτέ- 
μνομαι,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  2,  12. — IV.  to 
enter  unawares,  Lat.  subire,  Hipp.  : 
hence,  also,  to  enter  into  any  one's 
mind,  come  into  the  head,  occur  to  one, 
like  Lat.  succurrit  milii,  τινί,  Polyb. 
16,  6,  10,  etc.  : — also  c.  ace,  ΙΆεος 
νττοτρέχει  με,  pity  comes  over  or  steals 
upon  me,  Id.  9,  10,  7,  cf.  31,  8,  11.— 
V.  like  νττέρχομαι,  to  insinuate  one's 
self  into  any  one's  good  graces,  flatter  or 
deceive,  νττ.  TivH  θω~εία,  Lur.  Or. 
669 ;  cf.  Plat.  Rep.  426  B,  Legg.  923 
C,  Ae.schin.  76,  40. 

'Ύποτρέω,  f.  -τρέσω,  (ύττό,  τρέ(^)  to 
tremble  a  little :  to  shrink  back,  give 
ground,  II.  7,  217  ;  15,  636  ;  ν—οτρέσ- 
σαι,  Find.  Fr.  246:  — c.  ace,  to  be 
afraid  of  any  one,  dread  him,  II.  17, 
587. 

'Ύττότρητης,  ov,  bored  or  pierced 
through  below. 

'Ύήοτρηχύνω,  νπότρηχνς,  Ion.  for 
ϋποτραχ-. 

'Ύποτρίβή,  -ης,  ή,  a  rubbing  off  be- 
low, ΐττποί  χω?.εύοΐ'τες  έξ  ί'ττοτρίβτ/ς, 
Lat.  subtriti,  App.  Mithr.  75 :  cf.  sq. : 
from 

'ΎτΓΟτρίβω,  f.  -ι/ίω,  {ί'~ό,  τρίβω)  to 
Tub  beneath,  rub  off  or  wear  away  gradu- 
ally :  in  pass.,  ν-οτρίβεσβαι  τας 
ότΐ/.άς,  of  horses,  to  run  their  hoofs 
off,  Lat.  subterere  pedes,  Diod.  17,  94: 
of  foreg. — II.  to  rub  a  little  or  gently, 
Hipp.  p.  231  :  to  grate  or  pound  for  the 
dish  νττότριμμα,  Cratin.  Del.  7.  [i] 

ΎττοτρΊζω,  {ί'ττο,  τρίζω)  to  chirp  or 
whistle  softly,  cf.  ντΓΟτρνζω. 

'Ύπότριμμα,  ατός,  τό,  {νττοτρίβω) 
α  dish  compounded  of  various  ingredients 
grated  and  pounded  up  together,  Hipp., 
cf.  ΰ-οτρίόω  II :  its  general  taste  was 
sour  or  piquant,  hence  proverb.,  {rrro- 
τριμμα  β/.έ~ειι\  to  look  sharp  and 
sour,  Ar.  Eccl.  291  :  —  green  herb 
sauces  orsoups  {,ν-οτρίμματα χλωρά) 
were  also  called  φν'/.'/.άόες- 

Ύποτριμμύτιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from 
foreg.,  Telecl.  Amphict.  1. 

'Ύτΐοτριόρχης,  ov,  a,  a  kind  ofhawk, 
Arist.  H.  A.  9,  36,  1  ;  cf  τριόρχης. 

'Ύ~ότρΙτος,  ov,  (  ίητό,  τρίτος )  of 
numbers,  in  the  relation  by  which  one  is 
less  than  another  by  j  of  itself  {e.  g.  the 
ratio  of  2  to  3),  and  so  just  the  con- 
Terse  of  ετϊίτριτος. 

'Ύπότριψις,  εως,  ή,  {ΰτζοτρίβω)  α 
rubbing  under  or  among  one  another. — 
II.  νποτρίφεις  τριττόόων,  the  cross-hars 
to  the  legs  of  tables,  against  which  peo- 
ple rub  their  feet,  Math.  Velt. 

'ΎτΓοτρομέω,  ώ,  =  νποτρέμω,  to 
tremble  under  or  a  little,  II.  22,  241  : — 
C.  ace,  to  tremble  before  any  one,  II. 
20,  28. 

Ύττύτρομος,  ov,  (ί'τό,  τρέμω)  trem- 
bling a  little,  somewhat  timid  OT  fearful, 
Aescbin.  76,  18,  Luc.  D.  Deor.  19,  1. 
Hence 

'ΎτΓοτρημώδης,  ες,  (είδος)  subject  to 
tremor,  Hipp.  p.  1136. 

'Ύτζοτρο-άδην,ίνττοτρέττομαί)  adv., 
turning  back,  returning,  Upp.  H.  3,  274. 

C"^  ... 

'Ύττοτροττή,  ης,  η,  (νΰοτρεπομαι) 
a  turning  back :  esp.,  a  relapse,  access 
o/'i'/i/iess.  Foes.  Oecon.  Hipp. 

'ΎήοτροτΓΐύζω,  {ί'-οτροττίι/)  to  turn 
hack  :  to  recur,  return,  esp    ot  relapse,  j 
in  an  illness,  Lat.  recidiva  fieri,  Hipp. 
Hence 

'Ύτζοτροττιασμός,  ov,  b,  a  return :  a 
relapse  in  illness,  Hipp.  p.  1250. 

'Ύποτροτνίη,  7/,  poet,  for  νποτροτϊη, 
Αρ.  Rh.  1,  1052. 


ΤΠΟΤ 

'Ύττοτροπικός,  η,  όν,  {υπότροπος) 
turning  back,  returning,  of  an  intermit- 
tent disease,  Hipp.  p.  128. 

'Ύποτρόπίος,  a,  ov,  {νττό,  τρόττις) 
under  the  keel  of  a  ship,  0pp.  H.  1, 
224. 

'Υπότροπος,  ov,  ( νποτρέπίύ  )  :  — 
turning  hack,  returning  or  returned 
home,  11.  6,  501,  Od.  20,  332  ;  {'77.  av- 
τις,  II.  6,  367,  Η.  Αρ.  476  ;  νπ.  ο'ικαόε, 
Od.  21,  211.— II.  recurring,  like  υπο- 
τροπικός. 

'Ύπυτροφέω,  ώ,  to  bring  up  secretly 
or  gradually. 

'Υπότροφη,  ης,  η,  that  which  is 
reared  gradually,  a  plant,  Max.  Tyr. 

'Υπότροφος,  ov,  (νποτρέοω)  reared 
at  the  breast,  (cf.  νπόπορτις),  Eur.  I. 
A.  1204  ;  Markl.  reads  ΰπότροπον, 
but  V.  Musgr. 

'Υποτρόχΰ?Μς,  ov,  somewhat  round, 
roundish,  v.  1.  in  Hdt.  3,  8,  for  περί- 
τρόχα/.ος. 

'Υποτροχάω,  ώ,  poet,  for  νποτρε- 
χω,  Mosch.  7,  5. 

Ύποτροχίζω,  to  bring,  lay  under  or 
071  a  wheel. 

Ύπότροχος,  ov,  (νπό,  τροχός)  with 
wheels  under,  on  wheels,  πορεία,  Polyb. 
8,  36,  11,  cf.  Diod.  20,  48,  91. 

Ύπότρνγος,  ov,  (νπό,  Tpv^)full  of 
lees  or  sediment,  Hipp.  p.  1 129. 

Ύποτρνζω,  {νπό,  τρνζω)  to  mur- 
mur, hutn  in  an  under  tone,  of  a  chord, 
Anth.  P.  11,  352  (al.  -τρίζω) ;  also  of 
the  note  of  fowls,  Ael.  N.  A.  7,  7. 

Ύποτρνω,  {νπό,  τρνω)  to  wear  out, 
exhaust,  OT  fatigue  by  degrees. — II.  intr., 
/()  become  fatigued  by  degrees,  Nic.  Al. 
83. 

Ύποτρώγω,ί.  -ξομαι,  {υπό,  τρώγω) 
to  eat  with  other  things,  Xenophan.  ap. 
Ath.  54  E.  —  If.  to  eat  underhand  or 
secretly,  Xen.  Symp.  4,  9. — III.  me- 
taph.,  to  eat  away  from  below  or  gradu- 
ally, as  a  river  does  its  banks,  like 
νποξνω.  Call.  Epigr.  45,  4. 

Ύποτνγχύνω,  f.  -τεύξομαι,  {νπό, 
τν•}χάνω)  to  come  to  meet.  —  II.  like 
νπολαμβάνω,  to  interrupt,  reply,  an- 
swer. Pint.  2.  113  B,  etc. 

Ύποτνπόω,  ώ,  {νπό,  τνπόω)  to  form 
slightly  or  generally,  to  sketch  out,  Lat. 
adumbrare,  Arist.  Eth.  N.  1,  -7,  17, 
Polyb.  22,  13,  6.— II.  in  mid.,  to  por- 
tray to  one's  self,  imagine,  Plat.  Tim. 
76  E.       ^ 

Ύποτνπτω,  f.  -"φω,  {νπό,  τνπτω) 
to  strike  or  push  down,  κοντώ  νπ.  ες 
/.ίανην,  to  push  down  into  the  lake 
with  the  pole,  Hdt.  2,  136:  νποτ-ό- 
■φας  Kif/Λνηϊω  ΰντλέει,  he  draws  it 
dipping  with  the  bucket  into  the  wa- 
ter, Hdt.  6,  119:  so,  νποτνπτονσα 
<pta/.rj  τυν  χρνσον  έδωρέετο,  dipping 
deep  doivn  with  the  cup  she  gave  him 
of  the  gold.  Wess.  and  Valck.  Hdt.  3, 
130,  cf  Hemst.  Ar.  Av.  1145.— II.  in 
gen.,  to  strike  or  plunge  down,  i.  e.  dive, 
Xic.  Al.  499,  Th.  176. 

Ύποτνπωσις,  εως,  η,  (νποτνπόω) 
a  formation,  a  general  representation  ;  a 
sketch,  outline,  Lat.  adumbratio,  fN.  T. : 
and  so  an  example,  τινός,  unto  one, 
Id.t: — a<'Y7rori'-ufff(fwasthenarne 
given  by  Sext.  Empiricus  to  his  out- 
lines of  the  Pyrrhonic  philosophy,  cf 
Fabric.  Sext.  Enip.  p.  1,  Diog.  L.  9, 
78.  [ί•]     Hence 

Ύποτνπωτικός,  ή,  όν,  by  way  of 
sketch  or  outline,  compendious.  Adv. 
-κώς,  Sext.  Emp.  p.  65. 

'Ύποτί'ρίς,  ίδοΓ,  ή,  {νπό,  τυρός)  a 
kind  of  cheese-cake,  mitk  curdled  and 
pressed  in  moulds  with  honey,  Chrysipp. 
Tyan.  ap.  Ath.  647  F. 

Ύπότυφ'Λος,  ov,  {νπό,  τυφ/.ός) 
gomewhat  blirtd,  purblind,  Plut.  2,  53  E. 


ΤΠΟΤ 

Ύπότνφος,  ov,  somewhat  arrogant, 
Timon  ap.  Diog.  L.  9,  18 ;  but  cf. 
ϋπάτνφος. 

Ύποτίφω,  f.  -θνφω,  {υπό,  τνφω)  to 
heat  by  fire  from  beneath  :  metaph., 
to  inflame,  set  on  fire,  excite  to  pa.^sion 
gradually,  ύποτ.  διαβο'/.άς,  Polyb.  5, 
42,  3,  cf.  Luc.  Gymnas.  26  :— pass.,  to 
burn  under  Or  secretly,  έχθρα,  Ctes. 
Pers.  46.  [τν] 

Ύπονάτιος,  ov,  {ΰπό,  ονας)  under 
the  ears,  Orph.  Arg.  219.  [ώ] 

ΎπονόαΙος,  a  (Ion.  η),  ov,  {νπό, 
ονδας  )  under-ground,  subterranean, 
Plut.  2,  266  E,  0pp.  H.  3,  487. 

Ύπουθύτιος,  a,  ov,  {νπό,  ονθαρ) : 
— under  the  udder,  hence  sucking,  like 
ί'πομύζιος,  Anth.  P.  10,  101  : — also, 
νπονθατίας,  ov,  6.  [ά] 

'Ύπον/.ος,  ov,  {  νπό,  ον/.η  )  ; — of 
wounds,  festering  under  the  scar,  only 
skintied  over,  Hipp. :  so,  νπ.  οπ/.ήν. 
Plat.  Tim.  72  D:— hence,— 2.  me- 
taph., unsound,  rotten  underneath,  υίδεϊ 
και  νπ.  εστίν  ή  πύλις.  Plat.  Gorg. 
518  Ε,  cf.  480  Β  ;  νπ.  αντονομία,  α 
hollow,  unreal  independence,  Thuc.  8, 
64  ;  {'-.  ησυχία,  Dem.  327,  fin. ;  so 
this  epith.  was  applied  to  the  Trojan 
horse,  Soph.  Fr.  952 ;  κα/.'λος  κακών 
νπονλον,  a  fair  outside,  but  fraught 
with  ills  below.  Soph.  O.  T.  1396;  oi 
νπον/.οι,  of  false  friends,  Plut.  Caes. 
60,  etc.  ;  cf  Wytt.  2,  44  Α.  — Adv. 
-/.ως  διακεΐσθαί  τινι,  to  be  secretly 
hostile  to  one,  Polyb.  10,  35,  6 ;  νπ. 
άκροασθαι,  to  render  a  hollow  obedi- 
ence, Plut.  Lucull.  21  ;  etc.     Hence 

Ύπονλότης,  ητος,  ή,  secret  malice, 
treachery. 

Ύπονραΐος,  a,  ov,  {νπό,  οίφά)  un- 
der, behind,  0Γ  at  the  tail. 

Ύπονράνιος,  ov,  and  in  A  rat.  a, 
ov  {νπό,  οίψανός) : — under  heaven  or 
the  heavens,  11.  17,  675  :  reaching  up  to 
heaven,  κλέος,  11.  10.  212,  Od.  9,  264. 

Ί  πονργεω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {νπονργός) : 
— like  ΰπ7/ρετέω,  to  render  service  or 
help  to  one  in  a  thing,  to  serve,  help, 
succour,  Tiri,  Hdt.  7,  38,  etc.  ;  also, 
χρηστά  'λθηναίοισι  νπ.,  to  do  them 
good  service,  Hdt.  8,  143,  cf  Soph. 
Phil.  143,  Antipho  127,  31,  Thuc.  7, 
62 ;  so,  νπ.  χάριν  τινί,  Aesch.  Pr, 
635,  Eur.  Ale.  842  ;  νπουργείν  προς 
χάριν,  Anaxil.  Neott.  2,  2  : — hence, 
τά  νπονργημένα,  services  done  or  ren- 
dered, Hdt.  9,  109. — 2.  esp.,  to  attend 
as  a  physician,  Foes.  Oec.  Hipp. — 3. 
c.  dat.  rei,  to  forward  or  promote  a 
thing,  lend  a  hand  towards  it,  Hipp. — 
4.  ot  things,  to  be  serviceable,  τινί,  for 
a  purpose,  Lat.  subservire.  Id.,  cf. 
Foes.  Oecon.     Hence 

Ύπονρ^ημα,  ατυς,  τύ,  a  service  done 
or  rendered,'Hdt.  1,  137,  Andoc.  21, 
41,  Xen.  Hier.  8,  7  :  and 

Ύπονργησις,  εως,  ή,=  νπονργία. 

Ύπονρ-,ητεον,  verb.  adj.  from 
νπονργέω,  one  must  serve  or  be  kind  to, 
Luc. 

Ύπονργία,  ας,  η,  {νπονργέω) : — 
service,  help  ;  esp.  medical  attendance. 
Foes.  Oec.  Hipp.  :  dutiful  kindness, 
Soph.  O.  C.  1413  ;  and  in  bad  sense, 
obsequiousness,  compliance,  Xen.  Hier. 
1,  38,  Luc.  Pseudol.  25,  etc. 

'Υπονρ-/ΐκός,  η,  ov,  belonging  to  or 
like  a  υπουργός,  obliging,  kind,  cour- 
teous.    Adv.  -κώς :  from 

Ύπονρ}ός,  όν,  contr.  for  νποεργός, 
rendering  service,  serviceable,  promoting, 
conducive  to,  τφ  άποπηγννσθαι,  Xen. 
An.  5,  8,  15  ;  c.  gen.  rei,  Polyb.  5,  89, 
3  : — ready  to  serve,  kind,  obliging  ; — i•—. 
Τίνος,  a  servarit  of  any  one,  Polyb.  30, 
8,4. 

1579 


ΤΠΟΦ 

'Ύτζονρίς,  ίδος,  ή,  [οΐφα)  α  crupper, 
Lat.  postilena. 

'Ύττύφαίόρος,  ον,  iomewhat  cheerful 

'ΎτΓοφαίνω,  ι.  -φΰνώ,  (υττό,  φαίνω) 
to  show  or  bring  to  light  from  under, 
Opj/vvv  νπεφηνε  τραπέζϊ/ς,  he  drew 
the  stool  from  under  the  table,  Od. 
17,  409. — 2.  to  show  a  Utile,  let  appear, 
μικράν  V7T.  έλττίόα.  Dem.  379,  1  ;  cf. 
Polyb.  27,  10,  3,  etc.  :— and  in  pass., 
to  appear  a  little,  just  appear  (v.  infra 
III),  Lys.  131,  25,  Isocr.  60  A,  etc.— 
II.  pass.,  to  show  one^s  self  or  be  seen 
under,  ύπο  τάς  ττί'λας  πόδες  ττολλοί 
ΰτΓΟψαί'νοΓΓαί,  Thuc.  5,  10. — ΤΙΙ.  intr. 
(ν.  supra),  to  shine  forth  a  little,  just 
appear.  Plat.  Soph.  215  Ε  ;  τοσαυτας 
ορών  έλπίδαςνποφαίνονσας,  Dinarch. 
92, 43  : — esp.  of  the  dawn  of  day,  ύττο- 

iiaivtt  ήμερα,  εως,  the  day  gradually 
reaks  or  ]ust  begins  to  break,  Xeri.• 
An.  3,  2,  1  ;  4,  3,  9,  etc. ;  so,  ϊιδη  νπέ- 
φαινέ  η  ημέρας.  Plat.  Prot.  312  A; 
so  also  sometimes  ντζοφαίνει,  absol., 
Heind.  Plat.  1.  c. :  so,  too,  ΰττοφαίνει 
ίαρ,  Xen.  Hell.  3,  4.  16,  etc.,  cf  φαί- 
νω; also  in  pass.,  νποφαίνεται  lap, 
lb.  5.  3,  1. 

'Ύττύφαιος.  ov,  somewhat  grey. 

'Ύποφακυδης,  ες,  (νπό,  φακώδης) 
somewhat  of  a  lentil  colour^  Hipp.  p. 
1008. 

'Ύποφαρμάσσω,  Att.  -rrw,  f.  -ξω, 
(νπό,  φαρμύσσω)  to  spice  or  drug, 
olvov,  Plut.  2,  614  B,  cf  072  B. 

'Ύπόφάσις,  εως,  ή,  (νποφαίνω)  a 
being  half  seen,  νπ.  τών  δφθα?.μών,  of 
the  eyes,  when  in  sleep  they  show 
through  the  hall-opened  eyelids,  Hipp. 
p.  37  ;  cf  Foes.  Oecon. 

'Ύποφάτίς,  ως,  ή.  Dor.  for  νποφητις, 
fern,  from  νποψτ/της.  But  for  νπο- 
φύτιες,  in  Pmd.  P.  2, 140,  v.  sub  υπό- 
φαυτις. 

'Ύπόφαυ?.ος,  ov,  also  η,  ov,  Hipp. 
cf.  Lob.  Paral.  471  (υπό,  φανλος)  : — 
somewhat  vile  or  mean. 

'Ύπόφαυσις,  ή,  (  νπο,  φανσις )  a 
small  light  showing  through  a  hole  : 
generally,  a  narrow  opening,  Wess. 
Hdt.  7,  30. 

'Ύποφανσκο,  (ΰπό,  φανσκω)  ίο  be- 
gin Ιο  shine,  νποφανσκοντος,  at  day- 
break, Arist.  Prob.  8,  17,  1 ;  cf.  υπο- 
φώσκω. 

'Ύπόφαντις,  ιος,  ή,  Aeol.  for  νπό- 
άασις,  a  prob.  emendation  of  Bockh's 
in  Pmd.  P.  2, 7G  (140),  viz.  διαβυλιύν 
νποφαντιες,  for  ύποφάσιες,  secret  tales 
of  slander. 

'Ύποφείδομαι.,  f.  -σομαι,  (ΰπό,  φεί- 
δομαι) dep.  mid.,  to  spare  a  little,  Xen. 
An.  4,  1,  8:  νπ.  μη  ποιείν,  Luc.  Pe- 
regr.  6. 

'Υποφέρω,  f.  νποίσω  :  aor.  νπή- 
νεγκα  and  ύπήνεγκον,  (ύπό,  φέρω). 
To  bear  or  carry  airay  under,  esp.  to 
bear  out  of  danger,  to  rescue,  άλλα  μ' 
νπήνεικαν  ταχέες  πόδες  (Ion.  aor. 
for  νπήνεγκαν),  II.  5,  885.— II.  to  bear 
or  carry  by  bring  under,  to  bear  a  bur- 
den, νπ.  όπλα,  of  an  armour-bearer, 
Xen.  Cyr.  4,  5,  57  :  hence,  to  bear,  en- 
dure, suffer,  πόνους  και  κινδύνους, 
Isocr.  40  A ;  κ.  και  φόβους.  Plat. 
Theaet.  173  A ;  γί/ρας  και  πενίαν, 
Aeschm.  12,  37 ;  ύναλώματα,  Dem. 
1359,  7 :  absol.,  to  hold  out,  endure, 
Hipp. ;  and  so  in  pass.,  όρθοστύδ/μ• 
νποφέρεσθαι,  to  continue  standing.  Id. 
— III.  to  bring  or  place  under :  to  hold 
out,  suggest,  proffer,   tender,  USU.  with 

a  collat.  notion  of  secresy  or  deceit, 
νπ.  ελπίδα.  Soph.  El.  834  :— hence, 
to  pretend,  allege,  like  προφέρω,  Xen. 
HelL  4,  7,  2. — IV.  to  carry  down,  of  a 
river,  Plut.  2,  325  A,  etc. : — make  to 
1580 


ΥΠΟΦ 

.s7ip  οτ  fall,  lb.  459  Β  :  hence  pass.,  to 
sink,  fall,  give  way,  τά  σ/ίίλεα  νποφέ- 
ρεται,  Hipp.,  cf  Plut.  Sertor.  4  : — so 
also  sometimes  intr.  in  act.,  χωρία 
υποφέροντα,  slippery,  steep  places 
where  one  cannot  keep  one's  footing. 
Poll. — 2.  intr.,  also  to  let  the  courage 
flag,  lose  courage. 

'Ύποφενγω,  f.  -ξομαι,  (ΰπό,  φεύγω) 
to  fl£c  from  under,  shun,  τινά,  11.  22, 
200,  E'ur.  El.  1343:  to  retire  a  little, 
shrink  back,  Hdt.  4,  111,  120,  Thuc, 
etc. 

'Ύποφέως,  a  wild  ρΐ3ηΙ,=  ύτΓ7/Λθον, 
Diosc.  4,  68. 

'Ύποφητενω,  to  hold  the  office  of 
νποφήτης,  τινί,  Luc.  Bis  Ace.  1  : 
from 

'Ύποφητης,  ov,  b,  [ΰπό,  φημί) : — 
an  announcer,  interpreter,  expounder, 
esp.  of  the  divine  will  or  judgment,  a 
priest  who  declares  an  oracle,  11.  16, 
235  ;  Μ.ουσύων  ΰποφήται,  i.  e.  poets, 
Lat.  vates,  Theocr.  16,  29;  17,  115: 
cf  προφ/'/της.     Hence 

Ύποφητικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to  a 
ΰποφήτης  or  his  office,  proper  to  or  be- 
coming him. 

'Ύποφητις,  ή,  fern,  from  νποφήτης. 

'Ύποφήτωρ.  upor,  ό,  ίι.^νποφί]της. 
Αρ.  Rh.  tl,  22+;  of  poets,  Aiith.  P. 
14,  1  ;  κιθίιρης  νποφήτορες,  harp- 
players,  Manetho. 

'Ύποφθΰδόν,  (νποφθύνω)  adv.,  6ε- 
forehand,  like  παραφθαδόν,  0pp.  H. 
3,  145. 

'Ύποφθάλμιος,  ov,  {νπό,  ύφθα?ιμ6ς) 
under  the  eyes,  τά  νπ.,  the  parts  under 
the  eyes,  Hipp.  ;  v.  Foes.  Oecon. 

'Ύποφϋάνω,  ί.  -φθήσομαι,  later  also 
-φθάσω:  nor.  ϋπέφθΰσα  and  ΰπέφθην, 
inf  νποφθήναι,  part,  νποφθάς :  pf. 
νπέφθάκα,  (νπό,  φθάνω).  To  haste 
before,  be  or  get  beforehand,  νποφθάς 
δονρι  μέσον  περόνησεν,  getting  before- 
hand he  pierced  him  through  the 
middle,  II.  7,  144 ;  so  in  part,  mid., 
νποφθάμενος  κτεΐνεν,  Od.  4,  547 ; 
and  c.  ace,  to  be  beforehand  with  one, 
τον  Ιποφθαμένη  φύτο  μϋθον,  Od.  15, 
171 ;  cf.  Anth.  P.  9,  227.  [-άνω  Ep., 
-ΰνω  Att. :  in  the  other  tenses  a,  ex- 
cept in  aor.  part,  -φθάς,  where  it  is 
always  long.] 

'Ύποφθέγγομαι,  (νπό,  φθέγγομαι) 
dep.  mid.,  to  speak  in  answer  or  after : 
or,  to  speak  in  an  under-tone,  εντυς  νπ,, 
of  an  εγγαστρίμυθος.  Plat.  Soph.  252 
C,  cf  Luc.  Nigr.  13. 

'Ύποφβείρω,{ν~ό,  φθείρω)  to  destroy 
gradually:  —  pass.,  to  waste  or  piiie 
away,  Hipp.  p.  939. 

'Ύποφθονέω,  ώ,  (υπό,  φΟονεω)  to 
envy  a  little,  dub.  1.  Xen.  Cyr.  4,  1,  13. 

'Ύπόφθονος,  ov,  (υπό,  φθόνος)  a 
little  envious  or  jealous.  Adv.  -νως, 
νπ.  εχίΐν  προς  τίνα,  to  behave  some- 
what jealously  towards  one,  Xen.  Hell. 
7,  1 ,  26. 

'Ύποφθορενς,  εως,  b,  a  corrupter,  se- 
ducer. 

'Ύποφιλέω,  ω,  (νπό,  φι7ιέω)  to  love 
secretly  or  slightly,  Aristaen. 

'Ύποφλεγέθω,  poet,  for  νποφλέγω, 
Nic.  Ai.  282. 

'Ύποφ/ιεγμαίνω,  to  be  somewhat  in- 
flamed, to  swell  a  little. 

'Ύποόλέγω,  (νπό,  φ?^γω)  to  heat 
from  below,  Anth.  P.  9.  626. 

'Ύπόφ7.οισβος,  ov,  (νπό,  φλοίσβος) 
rushing  or  roaring  from  below,  Orph. 

'ΎποφοινΙκίζω,  f  -ίσω,  to  look  some- 
what of  a  dark  purple,  susp. 

Ύπο0οά'ίίζ,  a  corrupt  word  in  Soph. 
Tr.  840  I  V.  Dind.  ad  1. 

'Ύποφοινίσσομαι,  poet,  νπαιφ-,  as 
pass.,  {ΰπό,  φοινίσσω)  to  become  some- 
what purple,  Nic.  Th.  178,760. 


ΤΠΟΧ 

'Ύποφόνια,  τά,  (νπό,  φόνος) : — at 
Athens,  the  price  paid  by  the  murderer 
to  the  relations  of  the  deceased,  to 
buy  ofl"  their  vengeance,  Philostr., 
and  Aristid.,— the  same  as  Homer's 
ποινή,  and  Solon's  άποινα,  the  Saxon 
were-gdd  :  strictly  neut.  from 

'Ύποφηρύ,  ΰς,  ή,  (υποφέρω)  a  hold- 
ing under,  putting  forward  (by  way  of 
excuse),  ή  των  μηνών  νπ.,  Xen.  Hell, 
5,  1,  29  :— also,  that  which  is  held  forth, 
hence  an  objection,  Ernesti  Lex.Rliet. 
— II.  a  hollow  passage,  as  in  Medic,  a 
fistula  or  fistulous  sore,  Foes.  Oecon. 
Hipp. 

'Ύπόφορος,  ov,  (υπό,  φόρος)  subject 
to  tribute,  Lat.  tnbutarius,  rectigalis, 
Tivi,  Plut.  2,  774  C— 11.  {υποφέρω 
IV)  slipping  from  under  One,  steep, 
slippery. — 2.  with  hollow  passages,  fis- 
tulous. 

'Ύποφραδμοσννη,  ης,  ή,  (νπό,  φραδ- 
μοσύνη)  an  addressing  :  in  plur.,  coun- 
sels, Hes.  Th.  658,  though  the  read- 
ing varies. 

Ύποφρύζομαι,  (νπό,  φράζω)  as  mid., 
:=νπονοέω.  Αρ.  Kh.  1,  462. 

'Ύποφράσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  f.  -ξω,  to 
stop  or  block  up. 

'Ύπόφρικος,  ov,  (νπό,  φρίξ)  shud- 
dering a  little,  LXX.   [i] 

'Ύποφρίσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  f.  -ξω,  (νπό, 
φρίσσω)  to  shudder  a  little,  Luc.  Per- 
egr.  39.-2.  C.  ace,  to  feel  a  slight  or 
secret  dread,  before  or  of  any  one,  τινά, 
Euphor.  Fr.  73. 

'Ύποφρύγιος,  ov,  (ΰπό,  Φρύγιος) 
hypo-Phrygian,  a  mode  in  music,  Plut. 

2,  1142  F: — so  adv.  νποφρυγιστί,  in 
the  hypo-Phrygian  mode,  Arist.  Probl. 
19,48,  1. 

'Ύποφνγ?'/,  ης,  ή,  a  refuge,  θέρους, 
from  the  heat,  Joseph. 

'Ύποφνυμαι,  mid.,  with  aor.  2  and 
pf  act.,  (νπό,  φύω)  to  grow  from  below, 
grow  up  under  or  to,  Arist.  H.  A.  2,  2, 
1  ;  8,24,  1. 

'Ύποφϋσάω,  ω,  f.  •ήσω,  to  blow  under 
or  gently. 

'Ύπόφνσις,  εως,  ή,  (νποφνομαι)  an 
under- growth. 

Ύποφϋτενω,  (ύπό,  φυτεύω)  to  plant 
under,  τινί  τι,  Theophr. 

'Ύποφωλενω,  {ΰπό,  φω?.ενω)  to  lie 
hidden  under,  τινί,  Anth.  Ρ   7,  375. 

'Ύποφωλέω,=  foreg. 

'Ύποφωνέω,  ώ.  (νπό,  φωνέω)  ίο  call 
out  in  answer,  Plut.  Pomp.  25,  cf  2, 
53  B,  etc.  :  to  sing  in  answer,  Mosch. 

3,  49.     Hence 

'Ύποφώνησις,  εως,  ή,  a  calling  to : 
exhortation,  Plut.  2,  33  D. 

'Ύποφώσκω.=^νποφαύσκω,  νποφω 
σκονσης  έω,  Arist.  Probl.  25,  5. 

Ύποχύζομαι,  aor.  -κεκαδόμην, 
(ΰπό,  χάζομαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  give  way 
gradually  or  a  little,  in  tmesis,  ΰπό  δι 
Ύρώες  κεκύδοντο,  11.  4,  498,  like  the 
prose  νποχωρέω. 

'Ύποχαίνω,  {ΰπό,  χαίνω)  like  ΰπο• 
χάσκω,  to  gape  a  little,  Ael.  Ν.  A.  1 5, 1 

Ύποχαίρω,  to  rejoice  a  little  or  se- 
cretly. 

Ύττοχαλαρός,  ά,  όν,  somewhat  slack 
or  loose,  Hipp.  p.  865. 

'Ύποχΰλύω,  ώ,  {υπό,  χαλάω)  to 
slacken  a  little,  τινός,  from  a  thing, 
Ael.  N.  A.  12,  46. 

'Ύποχΰλεπαίνω,  to  become  a  little 
angry. 

'ΎποχάλΙνίδίος,  a,  ov,  (νπο,  χαλι- 
νός) under  the  bridle : — /)  ΰποχαλινι- 
δία  (sc.  i/via),  prob.  a  snaffle-bridle, 
Xen.  Eq,  1,1.         ^ 

'Ύποχαλκίζω,  (νπό,  χαλκίζω)  to 
look  somewhat  copper-coloured,  ap.  E. 
M. — II.  transit.,  to  change  for  copper, 
ap.  Hesych. 


τποχ 

'Ύπόχαλκος,  ον,  {ν-ό,  χά7.κός)  con- 
taining α  mixture  or  proportion  of  cop- 
per. Plat.  Rep.  415  Β  ;  metaph.,  Plut. 
2,  1  B,  65  A :  cf.  ϋττοσίδηρος,  etc. 
Hence 

'Ύ~οχα?.κόω,  ώ,  to  mix  or  alloy  ivith 
copper,  Lat.  subaerare. 

'Ύ~οχαράσσω,  Att.  -ττω,  f.  -ξω, 
(νττό,  γαρύσσω)  to  engrave  under,  Plut. 
Alex.' 69. 

Ύπογΰροττός,  όν,  somewhat  χαρο- 
-ίτός,  Xen.  Cyn.  5,  23. 

'Ύττοχάσκω,  {ν—ό,  χάσκω)  =^  vrro- 
χαίνω,Άτ.  Plut.  314,  Xen.  Eq.  6,  8. 
— II.  c.  ace,  to  gape  with  wonder  at,  τι, 
Hipp.  ^     ^ 

^Ύττόχαυνος,  ov,  (  νπο,  χάννος  ) 
somewhat  conceited,  Ath.  624  E.  Hence 

'Ύποχαννόω,  ώ,  to  make  somewhat 
conceited,  Plut.  2,  21  C. 

ΎττόχΒψ,  χειρός,  6,  ii,=sq.,  Soph. 
£1.  1092,  e  conj.  Musgr. 

Ύττοχείριος,  ov,  in  Hdt.  also  a,  ov, 
iv~o.  χειρ)  under  the  hands,  in  hatid, 
at  hand,  χρυσός  δτις  χ'  υποχείριος 
εΐη,  Od.  15,  448:  hence,  under  any 
one's  power  or  control,  subject  to  hiui, 
Tivi,  Hdt.  6,  33,  44,  etc. ;  υποχείρι- 
ους ττοιείσθαι  and  τναρέχειν,  to  make 
subject,  Hdt.  1,  106;  5,  91,  etc.  ;  ύπ. 
είίΐι,  γίγνομαί  τινι,  I  am,  become 
subject  to  any  one,  Hdt.  6, 1 19,  Aesch. 
Supp.  392,  Xen.  An.  3,  2,  3  ;  7.α3εΙν 
v~..  to  get  into  one's  power,  Eur.  Andr. 
736,  Lys.  101,  10,  etc.  ;  έχειν  τινά 
νπ.,  Thuc.  3,  II,  Xen.,  etc.;  v~.  πα- 
ραδιόόναί  or  ττοιεΐν  τινά  τινι,  Lv- 
curg.  148,  39,  Xen.  Cyr.  5,  3,  13:— 
tiTT.  τώ  ΐητρω,  under  medical  treatment, 
Hipp.' 

'Ύποχετενω,  {νπά,  όχετεύω)  to  con- 
vey aumy  under.  [Emped.  seems  to 
have  used  the  first  syll.  long  metri 
grat.,  Nake  Choeril.  p.  118.] 

'Ύττόχενμα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which  is 
poured  under,  a  gentle  stream,  Pind.  P. 
5,  134  ;  though  Bockh  writes  it  di- 
visim  :  from 

'ΎτΓοχέω,  f.  -χενσω :  aor.  νττέχεα, 
Ep.  νττέχενα — the  only  form  of  the 
word  used  by  Hom.  {ν-ό,  χέω)  : — to 
pour  under,  pour  to,  pour  out :  but  also 
of  dry  things,  to  strew  or  spread  tinder, 
βοείας,  βύπας^  11.  11,  843,  Od.  14,  49, 
cf  16,  47  :  φν/./.α  νποκεχνμένα  νπο 
τοΙς  Τΐοσί,  the  leaves /aWera  and  scat- 
tered under  the  feet,  Hdt.  7,  218:  — 
metaph.,  άπιστίη  νπεκέχντο  αντώ, 
doubt  teas  poured  secretly  intohim,  i.e. 
stole  over  him,  Hdt.  2,  152  ;  3,  66. 

Ύποχ?},  ης,  ή,  {υπέχω)  α  round  fish- 
ing-net, ΰρρ.  Η.  3,  81,  Ael.  Ν.  Α.  13. 
17?  Plut.,  etc. 

'ΎπόχηΆα,  τά.  (χηλή)  the  prominent 
bones  of  the  knuckles. 

'Ύποχθύνιος,  ov,  {νπό,  χθων)  under 
the  earth,  subterraneous,  Hes.  Op;  140 
(where  however  Spohn  reads  έπιχθ-), 
Eur.  Andr.  515,  Luc. 

'Ύπόχθων,  όνος,  o,^,=foreg.,  Anth. 

Ύποχίτων,  ωνυς,  ό,  ή,  {υπό,  χιτών) 
under  the  frock: — ό  νποχ.,  an  under- 
frock,  [ι] 

'Ύποχ/.ιαίνω,  ( νπό,  χλιαίνω  )  to 
warm  a  little  or  by  degrees,  Plut.  2, 
658  D. 

'Ύποχ?.ίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {νπό,  6χ?ύζω) 
to  lift  uith  a  lever,  Poela  ap.  Parthen. 
21. 

'Ύπόχ?.οος,  ov,  {νπό,  χ?.6ος)  of  a 
palish  yellow,  like  νπόχλωρθ€,  Call. 
Del.  80. 

'Ύποχ7.ωρομέ/.ΰς,  άνος,  ό,  {μέ?.ας) 
of  a  pale  black.  Foes.  Oec.  Hipp.  : 
from 

'Ύπόχ?Μρος,  ov,  {  νπό,  χ?.ωρός  ) 
greenish  yellow  :  palish,  Hipp. 

'Ύποχνοάζω,  f.  -ύσω,  to  begin  to  have 


ΤΠΟΧ 

down  (χνοϋς)  on  the  chin,  Meineke 
Com.  Fr.  2,  751. 

'Ύποχοιρίς,  ίόος,  ή,  a  plant  of  the 
succory  kind,  Theophr. 

Ύπόχη'λος,  ov,  [υπό,  χο7,ή)  some- 
what bilious,  Hipp.  p.  1210. 

'Ύποχονδριάκος,  ή,  όν,  affected  in 
the  νποχύνδριον. 

'Υποχόνδριος,  ov,  {νπό,  χόνδρος) : 
— under  the  cartilage  of  the  breast-bone  : 
hence,  το  νποχύνδριον,  τά  νποχόν- 
δρια,  the  soft  part  of  the  body  beticeen 
this  cartilage  (or  the  false  ribs)  and 
the  navel,  Lat.  hypochondria,  v.  Arist. 
H.  A.  1,  13,  1  ; — translated  praecordia 
by  Celsus,  cf  Foes.  Oecon.  Hipp. 

'Ύποχορηγέω,  ώ,  {υπό,  χορηγέω) 
to  furnish  expenses  ;  to  support  in  an 
undertaking.     Hence 

'Ύποχορηγία,  ας,  ή,  a  supplying, 
furnishing  expenses  :  generally,  a  sup- 
porting, succouring,  Strab. 

'Ύποχος,  ov,  {ίπέχω)  :  subject,  un- 
der control,  τινι,  Xen.  An.  2,  5,  7  ; 
also,  νποχοί  τίνος,  his  subjects,  Aesch. 
Pers.  24,'Dem.  1315,  11. 

Ύποχραίνω,  {νπό,  χραίνω)  to  spot 
or  soil  a  little,  Coluth.  232. 

Ύποχρεμετίζω,  fut.  Att.  -ϊώ,  {νπό, 
χρεμετίζω)  to  neigh  to  or  with,  Q.  Sm. 

8,  57. 

'Ύποχρέμπτομαι,  dep.  mid.,  to  ex-, 
pectorate  gently. 

'Ύπόχρεως,  ων,  gen.  ω,  {νπό,  χρέ- 
ος) : — indebted,  in  debt,  Ar.  Nub.  242: 
— νπ.  τίνος,  in  his  debt,  his  debtor, 
Plut.  Solon  13: — hence, — 2.  νπ.  τινι, 
dependent  upon  him,  Lat.  obnoxius  ali- 
cui,  Polyb.  6,  17,  1,  cf  4,  51,  2.-3. 
generally,  of  property,  involved,  Lat. 
obaeratus,  Isae.  81.  9A',  Dem.  1187,  18  ; 
obliged,  bound,  c.  gen.,  v~.  φι7.ιας  και 
χάριτος,  bound  by  ties  of  love  and  fa- 
vour past,  Plut.  Pomp.  76  ;  also  c. 
dat.,  νπ.χάριτι,  Polyb.  22,  2,  10;  cf 

9,  29,  7. 

'Ύποχρίω,  {νπό,  χρίω)  to  smear  un- 
der or  on,  to  besmear  or  anoint  a  little, 
Lat.  sublinere,  τινι  τι,  Hdt.  2,  86  : 
esp.,  to  paint  any  one's  /"ace  under  the 
eyes,  τινι,  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  8,  20:  —  in 
mid.,  to  paint  one's  own  face,  lb.  8,  1, 
41  :  cf  υπογραφή. 

'Ύπόχρνσος,  ov,  {νπό,  χρυσός)  con- 
taining a  mixture  or  proportion  of  gold. 
Plat.  Rep.  415  C  ;  so,  νπ.  νεανίσκος, 
Luc.  Tox.  16;  cf  νπάρ•}νρος,  -σίδη- 
ρος, -χα7.κος. — II.  laden  with  gold,  very 
rich,  έμπορος,  Heliod. 

'Ύποχρωμΰτίζω,  fut.  Att.  -Ζω,  to 
paint  under  or  in. 

Ύπόχΰμα,  ατός,  τό,  (νποχέω)  a 
humour  suffused  over  the  eye,  gutta  Se- 
rena, Hipp.  :  cf  sq. 

'Ύπόχνσις,  εως.  ή,  {νποχέω) : —  a 
pouring  under,    suffusion. — II.   esp.   of 

the  eye,  when  humours  settle  upon 
the  cornea  and  cause  blindness,  α 
suffusion  of  humours  over  the  eye,  Foes. 
Oecon.  Hipp. 

Ύποχϋτηρ,  ηρος,  ό,  (νποχέω)  a 
vessel  to  pour  oil  mto  a  lamp,  LXX. 

'Ύπόχντος,  ov,  verb.  adj.  from  νπο- 
χέω, poured  under  :  mixed,  adulterated, 
νπ.  οίνος,  a  sweet  wine,  to  which 
prob.  boiled  must  (έφημα)  was  add- 
ed, Phryn.  (Com.)  Incert.  13,  Ath. 
31  E. 

'Ύποχω7.αίνω,  (νπό,  χω7.αίνω)  to 
be  somewhat  lame,  Hipp.  p.  1223. 

Ύπoχω7.ε^'ω,=:ίoτeg. 

'Ύποχωρέω,  ώ,  f  -ήσω,  (h~o,  χω- 
ρέω)  to  go  back,  retire,  recoil,  II.  6, 107  ; 
13,  476 ;  c.  gen.  νπ.  τής  χώρης,  Hdt. 
1,  207;  so,  {'— .  τον  πεδίον,  to  retire 
from  the  plain,  Xen.  Cyr.  2,  4.  24  : 
νπ.  τινι  τον  θρόνου,  to  leithdraw  from 
one's  seat  in  honour  of  one,  give  it  up 


ΤΠΟΫ 

to  him,  Ar.  Ran.  790 ;  cf  νπανίστη- 
μι ."  νπ.  εις  τόπον,  Isae.  58,  19  : — oft. 
in  part^,  νποχωρών  ωχετο,  νποχωρή- 
σας  φεύγει,  Ια.  49,  25,  Dem.  613,  iin. 
— II.  to  go  or  pass  off  below,  hence,  7/ 
yaOTTjp  νποχωρεί,  is  open,  loose. — 111. 
είρεσία  νπεχώρησεν  έκ  πα/.αμάν,  the 
rowing  went  on,  stroke  afier  stroke, 
Pind.  P.  4,  360.     Hence 

'Ύποχώρημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  doivnward 
evacuation,  excrement.  Foes.  Oecon. 
Hipp. 

'Ύποχώρησις,  εως,  η,  (νποχωρέω) 
a  going  back,  retiring,  retreat,  Polyb.  1, 
28,  9. — II.  a  falling  back,  slackening, 
τινός,  Def  Plat.  412  C  :  τήςγαστρός, 
an  evacuation  of  the  body  by  stool. 
Foes.  Oec.  Hipp. :  also=i'— ο;^;ώρ?///ο, 
Arist.  H.  A.  8,  4,  2. 

'Ύποχωρίζω,  (νπό,  χωρίζω)  to  sep- 
arate partially  or  gradually,  App. 

'Ύπο-φάθνρος,  ov,  (νπό,  ψαθνρός) 
somewhat  crumbling  or  friable,  Hipp, 
p.  218  ;  al.  νποψάφαρος,  v.  Foes. 
Oecon.  [u] 

Ύποιρά7.ύσσω,  (νπό,  ■φα7Λσσω)  to 
handle  or  ftel  gently,  as  one  does  a 
beast  to  see  if  he  is  fat,  Ar.  Lys.  84. 

ΎτΓοψά/λω,  f.  -ιί'ώλώ,  {νπό.  ^'ύλ- 
7.ω)  to  touch  from  below,  touch  a  little 
or  softly,  esp.  the  strings  of  the  lyre  : 
metaph.  also  of  singing,  Philostr.  ; 
and  genersUy  of  speech,  νποψά7.7,ει 
την  Άτθιδα  ή  γλώσσα,  his  tongue 
has  a  twang  of  Attic,  Id. 

'Ύπόψαμμος,  ov,  (υπό,  -φάμμος)  like 
νφαμμος,  having  sand  under  or  in  it, 
mixed  with  sand,  sandy,  λίμνη  νπ., 
Xen.  Hell.  3,  2,  19.  Compar.  -ότε- 
ρος,  somewhat  sandy,  Hdt.  2,  12. 

Ύποψάομαι,  v.  νπο-ψάω. 

'Ύπόψάρος,  ov,  (νπό.  ψσρόο)  some- 
what variegated  or  spotted,  Strab. 

'Ύποτρανω,  to  touch  below  or  slightly. 

Ύπο-φάφάρος,   ov,  =  νποψάΰνρος, 

^■^■. 

'Ύποψαω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  also  as  dep. 

mid.  νποψάομαι,  (νπό,  -φάω)  to  wipe 


or  strip   off  below,   scrape  below,   τοις 
ποσί,  Ael.  Ν.  Α.  14,  5. 
slightly  or  gently,  [a] 


>w,   τοις 
wipe  off 


'Ύποφεκάζω,  (νπό,  φεκάζω)  to  trickle 
under,  v.  1.  Xen.  Symp.  2,  26  (for 
έπιψ-). 

'Ύποψελλίζω,  to  lisp,  stammer,  stut- 
ter a  little. 

Ύποφενδομαί,  f.  -σομαι,  (νπό,  ■φεν- 
δομαι]  dep.  mid.,  to  lie  a  little. 

'Ύποψη7Μψάω,  ώ,  Ion.  -έω.^ύποψα- 
7.άσσω. 

Ύποψηνίζω,  strictly,  to  prick  from 
below,  like  the  ψήν  (q.  v.),  metaph.,  to 
get  with  child. 

'Υποψήφιος, ov,  {υπό,  ψήφος)  chosen 
secretly. 

'Ύποψήφΐσις,  j],  a  reckoning,  calcu- 
lation ;  and 

'Ύποψηφιστής,  ov,  6,  (υπό,  ψηφίζω) 
a  calculator. 

Ύπόφηφος,  ov.  (νπό, ψήφος)  eligible 
to  an  office,  τινι,  Synes. 

'Υποψία,  ας,  Ion.  -ίη.  ης,  ή,  (νφο- 
ράω,  {.  νπόψομαι)  : — suspicion,  jeal- 
ousy, surmise,  doubt,  νποψίην  έχειν, 
Hdt.  9,  99  ;  ίς  τίνα.  Id.  3,  52,  cf.  Αη- 
tipho  116,  36,  sq.,  Thuc.  4,  27;  πρύς 
τίνα,  Plut.  Cic.  43  ;  so,  νπ.  7.αμβά- 
νειν  κατά  τίνος,  Dem.  852,  2  ;  kv  νπ. 
ποιείσθαι  τι,  Aeschiii.  2,  19;  εν  νπ., 
δι'  νποψίας  έχειν  τινά,  Plut.  Pyrrh. 
23,  Cat.  Maj.  23,  etc.  ;  so,  νπ.  γίγνε- 
ται,  είςέρχεταί  τινι,  Thuc.  2,  13, 
Plat.  Lys.  218  C  :  εις  νπ.  καθιστάναι 
τινά,  to  bring  him  into  suspicion, 
Thuc.  5,  29;  opp.  to  εις  νπ.  έμπε- 
σεΐν,  Antipho  116,  37:  —  of  things, 
έχειν  νπ.,  to  admit  of  suspicion  or 
doubt.  Plat.  Phaed.  84  C  ;  ίπ.  ένδι- 
1581 


ΥΠΤΙ 

δόναι  ύς...  Id.  Legg.  887  Ε  ;  νπ.  πα- 
ρέχειν  μη  είναί  τι,  Id.  Menex.  247 
Ε.  —  II.  α  jealous,  censorious  watch, 
Thuc.  2,  37. 

'ΎτΓοψιαστικός,  ή,  όν,  suspicious, 
surmising. 

'Ύποψίθϋρίζω,  to  whisper  secretly  or 
softly. 

'Ύπόψιος,  ov,  (νφορύω,  fut.  νπό- 
■ψομαι) : — viewed  from  below,  Lat.  sus- 
pecttis  :  hence,  viewed  with  angry,  sus- 
picious looks,  νπόψίος  άλλυί',  Π.  3, 
42  (where,  however,  Aristoph.  and 
Herodian.  read  επόψιος). — IF.  {νττό, 
όφις)  under  the  eye  or  view,  ίιλΧων,  Q. 
Sm.  13,  289;  cf.  0pp.  H.  1,  30. 

'Ύττοψοφέω,  ώ,ί.-τ/σω,  {νττύ,•φοφεω) 
to  make  a  slight  noise,  kv  τοΙς  ποτοίσι, 
Hipp. ;  ύττ.  και  νττηχείν,  Ael.  Ν.  Α. 
6,  24 ;  cf.  Niike  Choer.  p.  250. 

'Ύπό-φνχρος,  ov,  ( νττό,  ■φυχρός ) 
somewhat  cold,  coolish. 

'Ύπο^Ι'ΰχω,  (υπό,  ι}ινχω)  Ιο  make 
somewhat  cold,  cool  a  little  or  gradually. 

Ιφϋ] 

'Ύποψυνέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (νπό,  όψω- 
νέο))  to  cheat  in  the  purchase  of  victuals, 
Ar.  Ach.  842. 

'Ύπο-φωρώόης,  ες,  somewhat  itchy 
or  mangy. 

Ύπτιάζω,  f.  -ύσω,  (νπτιος): — to 
bend  one's  self  hack:  hence, — 1.  of 
haughty  persons,  to  carry  one's  head 
high,  carry  one's  chinintheair,  Aeschin. 
18,  34. — 2.  to  be  supine,  careless  or  neg- 
ligent, προς  τι,  Hdn.  2,8. — II.  transit., 
to  bend  back: — in  pass.,  νπτιάζεται 
κάρα,  it  lies  supine,  Soph.  Phil.  822. 
Hence 

'Ύητίΰσις,  ή,  —  νπτιασμός. 

'Ύπτίασμα,  ατός,  τό,  [νπτιύζω) : — 
that  which  is  laid  back,  νπτιύσματα 
χερών,  attitudes  of  supplication  with 
hands  upstrelched,  Lat.  siipinis  mani- 
bus,  Aesch.  Pr.  1005.-11.  a  falling 
backwards,  a  fall,  ν~τ.  κειμένου  πα- 
τρός, Aesch.  Ag.  1284. 

'Ύπτιασμός,  οϋ,  δ,  (ύπτιάζω)  α 
bending  or  laying  back,  Hipp.  :  ton 
its  meaning  in  gymnastic  contests  v. 
Diet.  Antiqq.  p.  724|. — II•  metaph., 
α  rejection,  aversion  to  food,  nausea, 
Galen. 

Ύπτιαστέον,  verb.  adj.  from  νπ- 
τιύζω, one  jnust  throw  back,  έαντύν, 
Xen.  Eq.  8,  8. 

Ύπτίάω,  ώ,  poet,  for  νπτιύζω, 
Arat.  789,  795. 

"T7r7iOf,  a,  ov,  bent  back,  laid  back, 
on  one's  hack,  Lat.  supimis,  resupinus, 
freq.  in  Horn.,  esp.  of  one  failing, 
opp.  to  πρηνης,  II.  11,  179;  24,  11  ; 
of.  Soph.  O.  T.  811,  etc.  ;  esp.  also 
of  persons  in  bed,  νπ.  κεΐσθαι,  etc., 
Hdt.  4,  190,  cf.  Ar.  Eq.  101,  etc.  ;  so 
of  a  quadruped,  opp.  to  ορθός,  Hdt. 
2,  33 : — εξ  ύπτιας  νεΐν,  to  swim 
backwards.  Plat.  Rep.  529  C  ;  hence, 
έξ  ύπτιας  διανείν  7.oyov,  to  retrace  an 
argument.  Id.  Phaedr.  264  A  :  ύπ• 
τίοις  σέλμασιν  ναντίλλεται,  i.  e.  he 
is  shipwrecked.  Soph.  Ant.  716  ;  cf. 
ύπτιόω. — 2.  in  the  body,  νπτια  μίρη 
are  the  upper  parts,  e.  g.  the  back 
compared  with  the  belly  ; — but,  γα- 
CTTjp  ύπτια,  the  belly  uppermost,  Eur. 
Cycl.  326  ;  and  so, — 3.  generally,  of 
any  thing  turned  up,  turned  the  contrary 
way  to  that  in  which  it  usually  is; 
hence,  κράνος  νπτιον  is  a  helmet 
turned  up,  with  the  hollow  uppermost, 
Aesch.  Theb.  459 ;  so,  ασπίς,  Ar. 
Ach.  583,  Lys.  185,  Thuc.  7,  82; 
whereas,  κΰλιξ  ύπτια  is  a  cup  with 
the  bottom  uppermost,  Ar.  Lys.  195  ; 
<ηρ\ς  ύπτια,  a  half-wheel  with  the  con- 
cave side  uppermost,  Hdt.  4,  72  :  ύπτια 
χειρ  is  sometimes  the  bark  of  the 
1582 


ΎΠΩΡ 

hand,  Lat.  manus  supina  (opp.  to  πρη• 
νί/ς  χ.,  the  palm  of  the  hand,  Lat.  m. 
prona)  ;  hut  also  the  hollow  of  the 
hand  turned  upwards,  Ar.  Eccl.  782  ; 
ύπτιας  χείρας  άνατείνειν,  etc.,  to 
lift  the  upturned  hands  to  heaven, 
Plut.  Philop.  et  Fiamin.  2: — hence, 
generally,  of  a  perpendicular  body, 
behind  ;  of  a  horizontal  one,  above. — 4. 
of  place,  sloping  away  from  one,  esp. 
of  an  almost  level  country,  sloping 
evenly  one  way,  sloping  evenly  and 
gradually,  Lat.  vergens  in  aliquam  par- 
tem, as  Aegypt,  Hdt.  2,  7,  App.  Civ. 
4,  2,  Ael.  N.  A.  16,  15.— II.  metaph., 
like  Liat.  stipinus,  supine,  careless. 
Slob. ;  of  the  sea,  calm,  Philostr. 
{"Ύπτιος  is  to  be  derived  from  ύπό, 
as  Lat.  supinus  from  sub:  akin  to 
ύφος.)    Hence 

'Ύπτιότης,  ητος,  ή,  the  posture  of  a 
body  laid  backwards,  Theophr.  —  II. 
metaph.,  supinentss,  calmness. 

'Ύπτιόω,  ώ,  (ύπτιος)  to  turn  over, 
upset,  ύπτιοντο  σκάφη  νεών,  Aesch. 
Pers.  418. 

'Ύπωάόιος,  ov,  (ύπό,  ώόν)  under  or 
in  the  egg,  unhatched,  opp.  to  έπωύ- 
διος,  Opp.  Η.  1,751.  [ΰ] 

'Ύπώί3ο?Μς,  ov,  (ύπό,  άβολος) : — 
mortgaged,  Pherccr.  Ιρη.  2  ;  al.  ύπή- 
•βόλος,  the  common  form  being  νπό- 
βολος,  v.  Meiiieke  1.  c. 

'Ύπωθέω,  ω,  (ύπό,  ώθέω)  to  push 
or  thrust  away,  ωσεν  ύπ'  ίκ  δίφροιο, 
11.  5,  854. 

'Ύπω?ιένισς,  ov,  also  a,  ov,  (ύπό, 
ώ?ίένη )  under  the  elbow,  φαρέτρα, 
Theocr.  17,  30  ;  also  as  v.  1.  H.  Horn. 
Merc.  510  (for  έπω7^-). 

'Ύπώμαιος,  ov,  (ύπό,  ώμος)  under 
the  shoulder,  πους  ύπ.,  the  forefoot, 
Arat.  144,1115. 

'Ύπωμία,  ας,  η,  (νπό,  ώμος)  the 
part  under  the  shoulders,  Galen. 

'Ύπωμοσία,  ος,  ή,  {ύπόμννμι)  a 
making  oath  to  bar  proceedings  at  law, 
an  application  for  delay  upon  affidavit, 
stating  a  sufficient  cause,  Dem.  260, 
24  :  it  was  resisted  by  an  ύνθυπωμο- 
σία  : — v.  ύπόμννμι,  and  cf.  Att.  Pro- 
cess p.  696,  Diet.  Antiqq.  pp.  354, 
358. 

'Ύπωπιάζω,  f.  -άσω,  (ύπώπιον) : — 
to  strike  one  under  the  eye,  give  him  a 
black  eye;  to  beat  black  and  blue,  Ar. 
Pac.  541,  in  pass. : — generally,  to  dis- 
cipline severely,  mortify,  N.  T.  ;  and, 
luclaph.,  to  vex  or  annoy  greatly,  lb. 

'Ύπωπιασμός,  ov,  b,  a  striking  under 
the  eye. 

'Ύπώπιον,  ov,  τό,  (ύπό,  ώφ)  the 
part  of  the  face  under  the  eyes,  ννκτΐ 
Ooy  ατάλαντος  νπώπια,  like  night  in 
countenance,  i.  e.  dark,  gloomy,  U.  21, 
463. — II.  like  ύπωπιασμάς,  a  blow  in 
the  face,  Ar.  Ach.  551,  Vesp.  1386, 
Lysias  101,  24,  etc.,— in  pUir.  —  III. 
the  bruise  caused  thereby,  any  bruise  or 
local,  Lat.  suggillatio,  suggillatum, 
Hipp. — IV.  a  plant,  the  rout  <f  which 
was  supposed  to  cure  bruises  or  weals, 
also  ύπωπίς,  elsewh.  ϋαφία,  Diosc. 
4,  157. 

'Ύπωπ'ις,  ίδος,  η,  =  foreg.,  signf. 
IV. 

'Υπώρεια,  ας,  ή,  in  prose  also  νπώ- 
ρεα.  Ion.  -έη  : — the  foot  of  a  mountain, 
the  skirts  of  a  mountain  range,  II.  20, 
218,  Hdt.  2,  158  ;  4,  23  (where  Gaisf. 
reads  νπώρεα),  etc.  ;  plur.  ύπωρέαι, 
Hdt.  1,  110;  usu.  c.  gen.,  ύπ.  ούρεος, 
οίφέων,  Κιθαιρώνος,  Hdt.  11.  cc,  9, 
19.  etc.  —  Opp.  to  ακρώρεια.  Plat. 
Leiig.  080  Ε  :  from 

'Υπώρειας,  ov,  Ion.  ύπώρεος,  ov, 
(ύπό,  όρος)  under  a  mountain  or  moun- 
tain-range:  also  written  ύπόρειος. 


ΎΡΤΑ 

'Ύπώρορε,  3  sing.  aor.  2  redupl. 
Ep.  of  νπόρννμι,  Od. 

'Ύπωρύφιος,  ov,  also  a,  ov,  Pind. 
P.  1,  1ΘΘ:  (tiTTO,  όροφος): — under  the 
roof,  dwelling  under  it,  under  cover,  in  a 
house,  II.  9,  640 ;  νήω  τόξα  κείται 
ύπωρόώια  (al.  νπο()β•).  Simon.  46; 
φόρμιγγες  ί'π.,  the  harps  sounding  in 
the  hall,  Pind.  P.  1,  189;  νπωρ.  φά- 
λαγγες (spiders),  Ar.  Ran.  1314  ;  etc. 
— 2.  ή  ύπωροφια  (sc.  χώρα),  a  chim- 
ney, Diod. : — hence  also,  ή  ύπ.,  like 
ύπερώον,  a  garret,  Lat.  coenaculurn, 
Diod.,  and  App.     Cf.  ύπόροφος. 

'ΎπώροφοΓ,  ov,  =  foreg.,  Eur.  El. 
1 166,  Phoen.  299,  H.  F.  107  ;  cf:  Lob. 
Phryn.  706. 

'Ύπωμνχία,  ας,  ή,  (ύπορνσσω)  a 
digging  under,  undermining.  —  II.  the 
part  undermined,  App.  Civ.  4,  111. 

'Ύπωχρος,  ov,  (ύπό,  ωχρός)  palish 
yellow,  Hipp.  p.  534,  Luc.  Tox.  19. 

ΥΎραΐος,  ov,  b,  Hyraeus,  son  of 
Aegeus,  Paus.  3,  15,  8. 

"Ύραξ,  άκος,  b,  a  mouse,  shrew- 
mouse,  Lat.  sorex,  Nic.  Al.  37.  (Perh. 
akin  to  ύς.)  [ν] 

'Ύράξ,  ύ/>βάξ,  or  νββαξ,  (Lob.  Paral. 
77),  adv.,  mingled  together,  among  one 
another,  Hesych.,  etc. ;  cf.  Lob.  1.  c. 
(Ace.  to  some  from  σύρω,  ace.  to 
others  from  φνρω.) 

ΥΎργις,  ως,  ό,  =  Σνργις,  Hdt.  4, 
57. 

ΥΎρία,  ας,  ή.  Ion.  -Ίη,  Hyria,  a 
small  city  in  I3oeotia  on  the  Euripus, 
II.  2,  490  ;  cf.  Strab.  p.  404.-2.  a  city 
of  lapygia  between  Brundisium  and 
Tarentum,  Hdt.  7,  170:  In  Strab.  p. 
282,Ot'p/a• 

'Ύριατόμος,  ov,  (vpiov,  τέμνω)  cut- 
ting beehives  or  honeycombs,  a  bee-mas- 
ter, Hesych. 

ΥΎριενς,  έως,  ό,  an  inhab.  of  Hyria. 
— H.  Ilyrieus,  son  of  Neptune,  Apol- 
lod.  3,  10,  1 :— father  of  Orion,  Strab. 
p.  404. 

"Ύριον,  ov,  TO,  dim  from  vpov, 
Hesych. 

Υ'Ύριον,  ov,  TO,  Hyrium,  in  Apulia, 
Dion.  P.  380 ;  v.  Ονρειον.  [ν] 

ΥΎρκανία,  ας, ;?,  Hyrcania,  a  coun- 
try of  Asia,  bordering  on  the  Caspian, 
Polyb.  10,  29,  2,  sqq. 

ΥΎρκάνιον,  ην,  τό,  Hyrcanium,  a 
stronghold  in  Judaea,  Strab.  p.  763. 

νΎρκίινιος,  a,  ov,  Hyrcanian  ;  ή  'Ύ. 
θάλασσα,  the  Hyrcanian  sea,  the  east- 
ern part  adjacent  to  H.,  Strab.  p.  509  ; 
also  =  Caspian,  Id. ;  οι  'Ύρκάνιοι, 
Hdt.  3,  117. 

ΥΎρκανίς,  ίδος,  fj,  =  'Ύρκανία, 
Arr. 

^'Ύρκανής,  ov,  ό,  Hyrcanus,  a  king 
of  Judaea,  Strab.  p.  762. 

νΎρμίνη,  ης,  ή,  Hyrmine,  a  city  of 
Elis,  II.  2,  616;  near  it  the  prom. 
"Ύρμινα  or  "Ορμινα,  Strab.  p.  341. — 
II.  a  daughter  of  Epens,  Paus.  5, 
1,  6. 

ΥΎρνηθώ,  ους,  ή,  Hymetho,  fem. 
pr.  n.,  Apollod.  2,  8.  5. 

ΥΎροιύδης,  ov  Ion.  εω,  δ,  Hyroea- 
dcs,  a  Mardian,  Hdt.  1,  84. 

'Ύρον,  ου,  τό,  a  beehive,  Hesych. 
(Akin  to  ύρβίς.) 

'\'Ύ^/)ύδιος,  ου,  ό,  Hyrrhadius, 
masc.  pr.  η.,  Anlh.  P.  7,  89. 

'Ύβρις,  7],  a  wicker  basket :  prob.  an 
obsol.  root,  whence 

'Ύββίσκος,  ύρίαος,  or  ν^ιβίχος,  [ι], 
ov,  b,  a  wicker-basket,  hand-basket,  Ar. 
Fr.  470,  5.  (Σνρίσκος,  σνρίχος,  βρί- 
σχος,  άββιχος  are  clearly  all  kin- 
dred forms.) 

ΥΎρταιάδης,  ov  Ep.  ao,  b,  son  of 
Hyrtacus,  1.  e.  Asius,  II.  2,  837. 

ΥΎρτακος,  ov,  ό,  Hyrtacus,  a  Tro- 


ΤΣΜΩ 

jan,  ApoUod.  3,  12,  5.  —  II.  -κός  or  | 
•κϊνος.  rj,  a  city  of   Crete,   Polyb. 
Hist.  Fr.  24. 

'Ύρτύνη,  ης,  ή,  a  pot-lid,  Hesych. 

Ύρτήρ,  ό,=  πλννενς.  Hesych.  I 

νΎμτιος,  ov,  b,  Hyrtius,  son  of  1 
Gyrtius,  a  Mysian,  II.  14,  511.  I 

°Ύρχα,  (not  ίφχη.  Lob.  Paral.  34),  \ 
j),  an  earthen  vessel  for  pickled  fish,  a  ; 
pickle-jar,  At.  Vesp.  676,  Fr.  367.  | 
(Akin  to  δρκη,  as  also  to  Lat.  orca  ; 
and  urceus,  Betitl.  Hor.  Sat.  2,  4,  66.)  ] 

'YpX?!,  or  ϋργη,  ης,  i/,=furca,  Lob.  I 
Paral.  34.  j 

'ΤΣ,  ό  and  ή,  gen.  νός,  ace.  vv, 
like  σνς,  a  swine,  pig,  both  boar  and  ] 
sow,  esp.  of  the  tame  kind,  not  seldom  j 
in  Horn.,  though  he  prefers  the  form  ] 
σϋς,  Nake  Choenl.  p.   157;  also  νς 
άγριος,  as  m  Hdt.  4,  192,  (who  like- 
wise uses  both  forms),  Xen.  Cvr.  1, 
6,  28;  cf  Lob.  Phryn.  381.  —  Prov-  | 
erbs,  νς  ποτ'  Άβηναίαν  ίριν  ηρισε,  j 
or  more  shortly  νς  ττρός  Άβηνύν  (as 
in  Lat.  sus  yiinervam),  of  dunces  set-  \ 
ting  themselves  up  against  wise  men,  ' 
Theocr.  5.  23  :  ονκ  uv  ττάσα  νς  γνοίη. 
Plat.  Lach.  196  D  :   νς  έκώμασε,  of  ; 
arrogant  and  insolent  behaviour  :  νς  \ 
ντϊό  ρόιταλον  όραμεϊται,  of  one  svho  | 
runs  wilfully  into  destruction  :  Τ7αχΐ}ς  \ 
νς  έκείτ'  επΙ  στόμα  (cf  βονς  IV), 
Atenand.  p.  10 :  —  νς  Βοιωτία,  Pind.  . 
Ο.  6,  153,  cf.  Fr.  51.  I 

°Ύσγη,  ης,  ή,  a  shrub  from  which 
comes  the  dye  ϋσγα•ον.  1 

'Ύσγϊνοβάφής,  ές,   (ι3ύτ:τω)  dipped  [ 
or  dyed  i?i   νσγη'ον,  that   is,   scarlet, 
Xen.  Cyr.  8,  3,  13,  Clearch.  ap.  Ath. 
255  E. 

'ΎσγΙνόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  scarlet,  Nic. 
Th.  870,  [where  however  i] :  from 

'ΎσγΙνον,  ov,  τό,  a  vegetable  dye 
of  bright  crimson  or  scarlet  colour,  be-  I 
tween  purpureus  and  coccineus,  perh. 
the  kermes  ;  from  a  shrub  νσγη,  which 
seems  to    have    been  the  Galatian  ι 
name  for  ττρΐνος  ΠΙ.  [t,  Nic.  Th.  51 1,  j 
Anth.  P.  6,  254.]  : 

'Ύσδος,  for  ΰσδος,  Aeol.  for  δζος,  , 
Sappho  4.  I 

^Ύσθ/]ν,  νσθηναι,  indie,  and  inf.  ■ 
aor.  pass,  from  vu.  I 

"Ύσθριξ,  τριχος,  6  and  η,^νστριξ.  ! 

ΥΎσιαί,  ών,  αϊ,  and  (in  Steph.  Byz.)  i 
'Ύσία,  ας,  η,  Hysiae,  a  city  of  Boeo- 
tia,  at  the  base  of  Mt.  Cithaeron, 
Hdt.  9,  15  ;  Eur.  Bacch.  751,  where 
it  is  accented  'Ύαίαι,  and  in  Thuc.  3, 
24,  V.  Poppo  Prolegg.  2,  p.  288  n.  4. 
— on  the  frontiers  of  Attica,  possessed 
later  by  the  Athenians  and  named  as 
a  deme  of  Atttca,  Hdt.  5,  74  v.  Bahr 
ad  1. — 2.  a  town  of  Argolis,  Thuc.  5, 
83. 

'Ύσιρις,  Aeoi.  for  Όσιρις. 

'Ύσις,  εως,  η,  (ίω)  α  raining. 

"Ύσκλος,  or  νσχ/.ης,  ον,  ό,  also 
Ισκ?.ος  or  ίσχ?.ος,  the  edge  (corrigiae, 
ansulae)  of  a  sandal,  which  was  laced 
over  part  of  the  foot,  so  as  to  leave 
the  greatest  part  bare,  Lob.  Paral.  34. 
'Ύσκ/.ωτός,  ή,  όν,  wearing  the 
νσκλος,  Dicaearch.  p.  16  Huds. 

"Ύσκνθα,  ή,  (ύς)  swine's  dung,  He- 
sych. :  perh.  a  compd.  from  σκώρ, 
σκατάς. 

'Ύσμα,  ατός,  τό,  {vu)  rain,  Hipp., 
in  plur.,  cf  Lob.  Paral.  420. 

'Υσμίνη,  ης,  ή,  a  fight,  battle,  combat, 
oft.  in  Horn.,  esp.  in  11. ;  usu.  κρατερή 
νσμ. ;  also.  ύ.  όηιοτί/τος,  II.  20,  245  ; 
—ρώτη  v.,  the  front  of  the  fight,  II.  15, 
340  ;  νσμίνηνδε,  to  thefigt'it,  11.  2,  477 : 
— in  II.  2.  863  ;  8,  56,  we  have  a  me- 
taplast.  Ep.  dat.  νσμΐνι  as  if  from 
νσμίν  or  ΰσμίς. — Ep.  word,  [i] 

νΤσμων,    ωνος,    ό,    Hysmon,    an 


ΥΣΤΕ 

Olympic  victor  from  Elis,  Paus.  6, 
3,9. 

νΎσπασίνης,  ov,  6,  Hyspasines, 
king  in  Charai  on  the  Er)  tliraeum 
Mare,  Luc.  Macrob.  16. 

'Ύς7Γέ?.εθος,  ov,  6,  swine's  dung. 

'Ύσ-'/.άγίς,  ίόος,  ή,  Dor.  for  νστν'/.η- 
•ής,  =  ΰσττληγξ,  Ar.  Lys.  1000 ;  cf 
Piers.  Moer.  p.  376. 

Ύστϊ/Μγξ,  αγγος,  ή,  and  ναπ'Ααξ, 
άγος,  ή,  Dor.  for  sq. 

"Ύσ-?.ηγξ,  ηγγος,  ή,  more  rarely 
ό,  Lob.  Phryn.  71  ;  also,  νσττληξ, 
ηγος,  ή,  though  Lob.  doubts  this: — 
a  rope  which  was  drawn  across  the 
bounds  in  a  race-course,  and  was  let 
doiun  when  they  were  to  start,  ώςτϊερ 
άπυ  νσττληγγος  θέειν.  Plat.  Phaedr. 
254  Ε,  cf  Luc.  Catapl.  4 ;  έττεσεν  ij 
νσττ/.η-',ξ,  Luc.  Tim.  20,  cf  Calumn. 
12  ;  στήναί  έφ'  ϋσ~/,ηγγος,  Joseph;^ — 
II.  the  snare  or  gi>i  of  a  bird-catcher, 
Theocr.  8,  58  ;  also  the  catch  in  a  trap 
which  falls  when  touched,  0pp.  Ix.  3, 
18. — Hi.  said  also  to  be  a  sivine-goad, 
(from  7τ?.ήσσω),  like  βουπ/.ήξ,  but 
this  signf  is  very  dub. 

Ύς~ολέω,  ώ,  to  keep  swine  :  from 

'Ύςτνό/.ος,  ov,  keeping  swine,  a  swine- 
herd, like  αίτϊό/.ος. 

"Ύςτϊορος,  ov,  ό,  α  swine-ford,  a  shal- 
low place  where  swine  can  wade  through, 
Nonn. ;  formed  like  βόςτζορος. 

"Ύσσύκος,  ov,  6,  and  νσσαξ,  άκος, 
ό,  {νς)  pudenda  foeminae,  like  χοίρος, 
Ar.  Lys.  1001.  (Cf  also  σύκ-ανδρος.) 

Ύσσός,  οΰ,  ό,  a  javelin,  the  Roman 
pi'um,  Polyb.  1,  40,  12,  etc. 

'Ύσσω-ίτΐ]ς  οίνος,  ό,  wine  prepared 
with  hyssop. 

'Ύσσω-ος,  ov,  ή,  an  aromatic  plant, 
hyssop,  Diosc.  3,  27,  LXX. ;  but  dif- 
ferent from  our  hyssop,  which  is  not 
found  in  Aegypt  or  Syria,  Sprengel, 

1.  c.     (Hebr.  hob.) 

'Ύσσωτός,  ή,  όν,  made  or  shaped  like 
a  νσσός  or  pilum. 

ΥΎαταίχμας,  ov,  b,  Hystaechmas, 
a  leader  ot  the  Persians,  Aesch.  Pers. 
972.  ' 

ΥΎστάνης.  ov  Ion.  εω,  ό,  Hystanes, 
a  Persian,  Hdt.  7,  77. 

ΥΎστάστΐης.  εος  and  ov,  Thuc.  1, 
115,  ό,  Hystaspes,  son  of  Achaeme- 
nes,  father  of  Darius,  Hdt.  1,  209.— 

2.  son  of  Darius,  leader  of  the  Bac- 
trians,  Id.  7,  64. 

'ΤστύτίΟζ•,  a,  ov,  strictly,  belonging 
OT  proper  to  the  last,  but  USU.  merely 
poet,  for  sq.,  like  μεσσάτιος  for  μέσ- 
σος,  τοσσύτιος  for  τόσσος,  etc.,  II. 
15,  634  :  neut.  νστάτιον  as  adv.,  last, 
at  last,  II.  8,  353 ;  τί  πρώτον  τι  δ' 
εττειτα  τί  δ'  νστάτιον  καταλέξω ; 
Od.  9,  14.  [ά] 

'Ύστατος,  η,  ον,  the  last,  utmost, 
hindmost,  of  space,  Horn.,  etc.,  oi 
πρώτοι  τε  καΐ  ύστατοι,  11.  2,  281  ;  a 
rudder  is  called  ενθνντηρ  ύστατος 
νεώς,  Aesch.  Supp.  717  :  • —  opp.  to 
πρώτος :  also  of  time,  τίνα  πρώτον 
τίνα  ό'  ύστατον  εξενάριξεν,  5,  703  ; 
ή  νστάτη  (sc.  ήμερα),  Hdt.  2,  151, 
etc.  ;  τον  ύστατον  με'/.'φασα  γόον, 
Aesch.  Ag.  1445  ;  etc. ;  c.  gen.,  ύστα- 
της ά/.ώσιος,  too  late  for  the  capture, 
Pind.  O.  10  (11),  50:— ύστατον  and 
ύστατα,  as  adv.,  last,  at  last,  of  time, 
Horn.,  who  also  joins  πνματόν  τε 
και  ύστατον,  Od.  20,  116;  ύστατα 
και  πνματα,  4,  685 ;  20, 13. — Compar. 
ύστερος,  q.  ν. 

Ύστερα,  ας,  ή,  Ion.  ύστερη,  the 
xcomb,  Arist.  Η.  Α.  Γ,  13,  3,  etc. ;  usu. 
in  plur.,  ai  νστέραι,  Ion.  gen.  -εων, 
Hdt.  4,  109,  Plat.  Tim.  91  B,  Hipp., 
V.  Foes.  Oecon.  (If  from  ύστερος, 
the  last  or-  lowest  part  of  the  female  in- 


ΤΣΤΕ 

testines,  it  cannot  be  connected  with 
Lat.  uterus,  which  is  prob.  akin  to 
έΐ'τερα  :  but  more  prob.  it  is  akin  to 
uterus,  and  not  to  ύστερος.) 

'ΎστεραΙος,  a,  ov,  {ύστερος) : — Inter, 
sttbsequent,  Hdt.  9,  3:  usu.  τή  ύστε- 
paia,  Ιοη.-αίτ),  (sc.  ημέρα),  oti  the  fol- 
lowing day,  the  next  day,  Lai.  postridie, 
Hdt.  1,  77,  126,  etc. ;  also,  ές  την 
νστεραίην,  4,  H3. 

^Χατ.£μαλγής,  ές,  {ύστερα,  ά'/.γος) 
causing  pains  in  the  womb,  Hipp.  p. 
394  :  also,  suffering  from  such  pains. 

'Ύστεpεί^ω,=  sq. 

'Ύστερέω,  ω,  f.  •ήσω,  {ύστερος) : — ■ 
to  be  behind  or  later,  opp.  to  προτερέω, 
c.  gen.,  V.  Lob.  Phryn.  237 :  hence, 
— 1.  of  place,  to  come  after  or  after- 
wards, νστ.  τη  διώξει,  Thuc.  1,  134  ; 
ύστ.  τίνος  εις  τόπον,  Xen.  Hell.  3, 
5,  25. — II.  of  time,  to  come  after,  come 
later  than,  come  too  late  for,  ύστ.  της 
μάχης  πέντε  ήμερης,  Xen.  An.  1,  7, 
12,  cf  Thuc.  3,  31  :— c.  dat.  pers.,  to 
be  too  late  for  him,  Thuc.  7,  29  :  absol., 
to  come  late  or  too  late,  Hdt.  1,  70,  Xen. 
Hell.  5, 1,  3,  Plat.,  etc.— III.  metaph., 
to  come  short  of,  be  inferior  to  another, 
νστ.  τίνος  εμπειρία.  Plat.  Rep.  539 
Ε  ;  also,  νστ.  εν  μηδενϊ  μέρει  αρετής, 
lb.  484  D. — 2.  ίο  come  short  of,  be  robbed 
of  Ά  thing,  τινός,  Dem.  447,  28  :  also 
in  fut.  ταιύ.,νστερήσομαι  παιδός,  Eur. 
I.  A.  1203. — 3.  to  be  in  want  of,  to  lack, 
miss,  τινός,  Ν.  Τ. :  esp.  in  pass.,  to  be 
in  want,  lb. — IV.  of  things,  to  fail,  be 
wanting,  Lat.  deficere,  c.  dat.  pers., 
and  absol.,  both  in  N.  T.     Hence 

'Υστέρημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  coming  short, 
inferiority,  deficiency,  want,  LXX.  :  a 
defect.  Id. — Opp.  to  προτέρημα. 

'Ύστέρησις,  εως,  ή,  {νστερέω)  α 
coming  too  late,  corning  short  :  gene- 
rally, =  foreg.  ;  want,  need,  N.  T. 
Hence 

'Ύστερητικός,  ή,  όν,  coming  after 
or  afterwards :  νστ.  τύπος,  of  a  fever 
u'hich  comes  on  later  each  following 
day. 

'Ύστερίζω,  (.  -/σω  Att.-ίώ,  (ύστερος): 
— like  νστερέω,  to  come  after,  come 
later  or  too  lale,  τινός  ;  of  time,  ήμέρτ/ 
μιη  της  σν/κειμίνης  νστερίζειν,  to 
come  one  day  short  of  or  behind  the 
day  appointed,  Hdt.  6,  89 ;  so,  νστ. 
τών  καιρών,  Dem.  50,  11  :  also  absol., 
Thuc.  6, 69,  Xen.  An.  6, 1, 18  :  hence, 
— II.  metaph.,  to  come  short  of.be  infe- 
rior to  any  one,  c.  gen.,  Isocr.  75  B, 
Xen.  Mem.  3,  5,  13 ;  τι,  in  a  thing, 
Id.  Cyr.  7,  5,  46. — 2.  to  sniffer  a  loss  in, 
or  be  in  want  of,  to  lack,  c.  gen.  rej, 
Isocr.  204  A,  Dem.  49,  1. 

Υστερικός,  ή,  όν,  {ύστερα)  of 
women,  suffering  in  the  tcomb,  hy- 
sterical, Hipp.,  cf.  Arist.  Gen.  .λη.  4, 
7,  6  : — νστ.  πνίξ,  passio  hysterica,  hy- 
sterics, Galen.  ;  so,  τά  υστερικά  (sc. 
πάθη),  Hipp.  Aphor.  p.  1254.  Adv. 
-κώς,  Diosc. — 2.  of  or  belonging  to  the 
womb,  πόρος,  Arist.  Gen.  An.  1,  15,3. 

'Ύστερο3ον?.έω,  ώ,  to  deliberate  after- 
wards or  after  the  fact :  and 

'Ύστεροβον?ία,  ας,  ή,  deliberation 
after  the  fact,  LXX.  :  from 

'Ύστερό3ον?.ος,  ov,  late-reflecting. 

'Ύστερο-;  ενής,  ές,  {ύστερος,  *γέΎ•ω) 
not  appearing  until  after  the  birth,  Arist. 
H.  A.  3,  11,  7  ;  20,  4 :  opp.  to  σύμφυ- 
τος. 

'Ύστερογονία,  ας,  ή,  {γόνος)  pos- 
terity. 

'Ύστερο?.ογέω,  ώ,  to  speak  Inst ;  and 

'Ύστερο'/.ογία,  ας,  ή,  α  speaking  last, 
speech  of  the  last  speaker :  esp.  the 
part  of  the  last  actor. — II.  in  rhetoric, 
=^πρωθύστερον :  from 

'Ύστερο?.όγος,  ov,  {ύστερος,  Άέγω) 
1583 


ΥΣΤΡ 

speaking  last :  esp.  the  actor  who  plays 
the  last  part. 

'Ύστερόμητις,  ό,ή,=  νστερύβονλος, 
Nonn. 

"Ύστερον,  v.  ύστερος. 

'Ύστεροπάθέω,  ώ,  {ύστερος,  ηύ- 
σχω,  τταθείν  )  to  suffer  afterwards. 
Medic. 

'Ύστερόποινος,  ov.  {ύστερος,  ποινή) 
avenging  or  punishing  after,  i.  e.  after 
the  act,  late-avenging.  'Εριννς,  'Ar//, 
Aesch.  Ag.  58,  Cho.  383 ;  cf.  ύστερο- 
φΰόρος. 

'Ύστερόττοτμος,  oi\  {ύστερος,  πότ- 
ίίος)  suppo.sed  dead  and  then  appearing 
alive,  Plut.  2.  2G5  A,  B. 

Ύστερόπονς,  ό,  ή,  neut.  -πουν, 
(ύστερος,  πους)  coming  late,  νατ.  βοη- 
θώ, Ar.  Lys.  326 ;  νστ.  Ί^^ίμεσις, 
Anth.  P.  12,  229. 

Ύστερόπρωτον,  ου,  τή,  {ύστερος, 
πρώτος)  m  inverted  order,  first  last  and 
last  first,  Lat.  praeposterum  ;  cf.  πρω- 
θύστερον. 

"Ύστερος,  a,  ov,  the  latter,  later,  fol- 
loiving,  etc.,  opp.  to  πρότερος,  11.  5, 
17  ;  for  δεύτερος,  II.  16,  479,  Antipho 
143,  7  : — oviStv  υστέρα  νεώς,  not  a 
whit  behind  (s/oiter  i/ia.-i)aship,  Aesch. 
Eum.  251. — II.  usu.  of  time,  after, 
later,  too  late,  Horn.,  etc.  ;  c.  gen.,  II. 
18,  333;  c.  gen.  rei,  too  late  for  a 
thing,  Hdt.  6,  120,  Plat.  Legg.  698 
Ε  : — ύστέρφ  χρύνφ,  Hdt.  1,  130,  etc. ; 
ίστέβο)  χρόνφ  τοντέων,  Id.  4,  166  ; 
5,  32:  ή  ύστερη  Ό?^υμπιάς,  the 
Olympiad  next  folloiving.  Id.  6,  103  : 
έξ  ύστερον,  afterwards,  also  εξ  ύστε- 
ρης. Id.  5,  106  ;  6,  85.-2.  ru  υστέρα 
iin  Medic  )=ro  χορίον,  the  after-birth, 
..at.  secandinae,  Hipp.  p.  420 ;  το 
νστερον,  Arist.  Η.  Α.  7,  10,  2.— III. 
metaph.,  standing  after,  inferior,  ύστέ- 

ίας  έχων  πώλους.  Soph.  El.  734  (cf. 
1.  23,  322)  :  c.  gen.,  second  to,  inferior 
to.  Soph.  Phil.  181,  cf.  1364;  γυναι- 
κός ί)στερος,  under  a  woman's  power, 
Id.  Ant.  746.— Cf.  the  superl.  ύστα- 
τος. 

Β.  instead  of  the  regul.  adv.  ύστέ- 
ρυς,  Horn.,  Hdt.,  and  the  Att.  prefer 
the  neut.  νστερον,  of  time,  after, 
afterwards,  hereafter,  in  future,  for  the 
future ;  also  ύστερα,  Od.  16,  319  ;  ές 
ύστερον,  Od.  12,  126,  Hes.  Op.  349, 
Hdt.  5,  41,  74  ;  c.  gen.,  νστερον  τον- 
τέων, Hdt.  2,  135,  elc,  cf.  1,  91  ; 
νστερον  ετι  τοντέων.  Id.  9.  83  ;  νστ. 
τον  δέοντος,  Ar.  Lys. 57,  cf.  Vesp.690. 
'Υστεροφημία,  ας,  ή,  {νστερος,  φή- 
μη) posthu7nous  fame,  Plut.  2,  85  C, 
ubi  V.  VVytt. 

'Ύστεροφθόρος,  ov,  {ύστερος,  φθεί- 
ρω) destroying  after  (i.  e.  after  the  act), 
late-destroying,  Έριννς,  Soph.  Ant. 
1074 ;  c{.  ύστερόποινος. 

'Ύστερόφωνος,  ov.  {νστερος,  φωνή) 
foundiiig  after,  echoing,  Anth.  Plan. 
153. 

'Ύστεροχρονέω,  ώ,  {ύστερος,  χρό- 
νος) to  be  later  in  time,  Clem.  Al.  Hence 
'Ύστεροχρονία,  ας,  ή,  a  later  lime. 
'Ύστέρω,  adv.  of  νστερος,  like  προ- 
τερω  of  πρότεοος,  afterwards,  too  late, 
Diog.  L.  3,  95'. 

'Ύστήρια,  ων,  τά,  {νς)  a  festival  at 
Argos  at  vjhich  swine  were  sacrificed  to 
Venus,  Zeiiod.  ap.  Ath.  96  A.  (Sus- 
piciously like  a  pun  on  μυστήρια.) 

'Ύστιακός,  ov,  ό,  a  kind  of  drinktug- 
cup,  Rhinthon  ap.  Ath.  500  F. 

"Ύστριξ.  ϊχος,  ό  and  ή,  also  νστριγξ 
and  νσθρίξ,  a  hedge-hog,  porcupine,  es^. 
a  Libyan  kind,  Hdt.  4,  192,  Arist.  H. 
A.  1,  6,  6;  6,  30,  2;  8,  17,  1.— 1I.= 
sq.  ( Usu.  deriv.  from  νς,  θρίξ,  bristles  : 
but  perh.  akin  to  6στ?ίΐγξ,  άστλιγξ, 
βόστρυξ.)  Hence 
1584 


ΥΦΑΙ 

'ΎστρΙχίς,  Ιδος,  ή,  α  whip  for  pun- 
ishing slaves,  Ar.  Ran.  619,  i'ac.  746. 

'Ύστριχυς,  ου,  o,=  foreg.,  Philo. 

'Ύφάγεν,  Dor.  for  νφηγοϋ,  imperat. 
pros,  from  νόηγέομαι. 

Ύφάδιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  ύφή, 
Lol).  Phryn.  74.  ^ 

Ύφαδρυς,  ον,{ντ:ύ,  αδρός)  somewhat 
thick,  stout  or  strong.  Poll. 

'Ύφύζω,=  νφάω,  υφαίνω. 

"Ύφιημος,  ov,  {ϋπό,  αίμα)  suffused 
with  blood,  bluod-shot,  όμμα,  Stallb. 
Plat.  Phaedr.  253  Ε  ;  νφαιμον  βλί- 
πειν,  Ael.  Ν.  Α.  3,  21. 

'Υφαίνω,  ί.  -άνω :  aor.  νφηνα,  Att. 
ύφάνα.  Lob.  Phryn.  26  :  pf.  νφαγκα  : 
— ilom.  has  only  pres.,  impf.,  and 
aor.  To  weave,  freq.  in  Ilom.,  who  al- 
ways joins  ίστον  νφαίνειν,  except  in 
Od.  13,  108,  φάρεα ;  so,  ίμάτιον  νφαί- 
νειν, νώαίνεσθαι.  Plat.  Hipp.  Min. 
368  C,  Phacd.  87  Β  : — absol.,  to  weave, 
ply  the  loom,  Hdt.  2,  35  ;  and  in  mid., 
Xen.  Mem.  3,  11,  6  and  7,  cf.  Piers. 
Moer.  p.  375 :— in  Theocr.  7,  8,  should 
prob.  be  read  (with  Heinsius)  αίγει- 
ροι πτε?.έαι  τε  ενσκιον  ύλσοζ•  νφαι- 
νον  (for  εφαινον),  like  Virgil's  vites 
umbracula  texunt. — II.  oft.  metaph.,  to 
spill,  contrive,  plot,  plan,  invent  cun- 
ningly, like  Ιίάπτειν,  ύποΙφάπτειν, 
Lat.  texere,  of  all  schemes,  good  or 
bad,  which  are  craftily  imagined,  freq. 
in  Horn.,  usu.  in  the  phrases μζ/τίν  or 
δύ?ίθν  ύφαινειν,  to  which  he  often 
adds  ένι  φρεσι,  II.  6,  187,  Od.  4,  678, 
739 ;  δόλους  και  μήτιν  νφ-,  Od.  9, 
422  ;  μύθους  καΐ  μήδεα  πύσιν  ύ.,  II. 
3,  212  ;  so  in  mid..  Soph.  Fr.  604,  cf. 
Nicoph.  Pandor.  1  : — νφαίνειν  τιν'ι 
τι  έπΙ  τνραννίδι,  to  lay  a  plot  against 
one  to  bring  in  a  tyranny,  Ar.  Lys. 
630. — 2.  generally,  to  prepare,  make, 
construct,  νφ.  οικοδομήματα,  Plat.  Cri-     υφαντά,  cloth  interwoven  with  figures, 


ΎΦΑΩ 

of  the  right  time,  take  advantage  of  it, 
Aeschin.  63,  12  :  {ip.  τι  aiyij,  to  keep 
a  thing  secret  by  silence,  Eur.  El.  271. 

'Ύφαλικός,  ή,  ύν,  {νπό,  άλικος) 
somewhat  salt,  Hipp.  p.  284. — II.  {ύπό, 
ΰ?ις)  near  the  sea,  but  dub.  in  this  signf. 

'Ύφάλλομαι,  {νπό,  ά'λλομαι)  dep., 
to  spring  up  from  below,  Lat.  subsilire. 

'Ύφαλμνρί^'•),  to  be  or  taste  somewhat 
salt,  Plut.  2,  669  Β  :  from 

'Ύφά?:μϋρος,  ov,  somewhat  salt. 

"Ύφαλος,  ov,  {ύπό,  ΰλζ•)  wider  the 
sea,  νφ.  Έρεβος,  the  darkness  of  the 
deep,  Soph.  Ant.  589 :  νφ.  πληγαί, 
τραύματα,  damages  to  a  ship  under 
water,  Polyb.  16,  3,  2 ;  4,  12.— 2.  me- 
taph., cunning,  like  νπονλος. — 11. 
scnnewhat  salt,  Diosc. 

'Ύφαλϊ'κός,  ή,  όν,=^ύφαλικός. 

'Ύφάλώδης,  ες,  {νφα'/.ος,  είδος) 
sumewhiit  like  the  sea,  rather  salt,  Diod. 

'Ύφαμμος,  ov,  {ύπό,  άμμος)  like 
νπόψαμμος,  having  sand  iinderneath  or 
a  sandy  botto7n ;  mixed  with  sand, 
sandy,  I'heophr. 

'Ύφάνάω,  ώ,  poet,  for  υφαίνω,  Ma- 
netho.   [{>] 

'Ύφανσις,  εως,  ή,  a  weaving,  [ί] 

νΎφάντειον.  ov,' τό,  Hyphanteum, 
a  mountain  of  Phocis,  Strab.  p.  424. 

'Ύφύντης,  ov,  ό,  {υφαίνω)  a  weaver, 
Phat.  Phaed.  87  B,  etc.    Hence 

'Υφαντικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  οτ  suit- 
ed to  a  weaver  or  weai-ing.  Plat  Crat. 
388  C  :— //  -κή  (SC.  τέχνη),  the  art  of 
weaving.  Id.  Gorg.  449  D,  etc.  Adv. 
-κώς.  Id.  Crat.  388  C.  [v] 

'Ύώαντοδόνητος,  ov,  {υφαίνω,  δο• 
νέω)  swung  in  the  weaving,  woven,  Ar. 
Av.  943. 

'Υφαντός,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from 
υφαίνω,  woven,  έσθής,  εϊματα,  Od.  13, 
136,   218;    16,   231,   and  Trag. :    τά 


ti.  116  B,  cf.  Tim.  72  ϋ:—ύφ.  όλβον, 
to  bring  about,  compass  it,  Pind.  P.  4, 
250  ;  θεμεί?Λα  Φοίβος  υφαίνει,  he  lays 
the  foundation.  Call.  H.  Apoll.  56 ; 
κηρον  ύφαινειν,  Tryph. :— also  like 
Lat.  texere,  to  write  a  book,  etc. — 
(Lengthd.  from  root  'ΤΦ•,  which  ap- 
pears in  ύφή,  ύφάω,  Sanscr.  vt,  vap, 
our  weave,  web,  cf.  Pott  Et.  Forsch.  I, 
230,  259).  {v,  except  in  augmented 
tenses,  Jac.  Anth.  P.  p.  189,  etc.] 

Ύφαίρεσις,  εως,  ή,  {ύφαιρέω) : — a 
taking  away  under  or  underhand,  steal- 
ing, or  pilfering  ;  νφ.  τού  γραμματείον, 
a  stealing  from  the  clerk's  ofticc,  ap. 
Dem.  1120,  4. — II.  ύφαίρεσίν  τίνος 
πυιείσΟαι,  to  undertake  the  modera- 
tion or  mitigation  of  a  thing,  Polyb.  15, 
8,  13. 

Ύφαιρέτρια,  ας,  ή,  a  midwife,  ap. 
Hesych. 

Ύφαιρέω,  ώ,  f.  -7/σω ;  aor.  νφειλον. 
Ion.  ύπαιρέω,  Hdt.  {ύπό,  αιρεω) : — 
to  draw  or  take  aiimy  from  under,  τι  τί- 
νος, Pind.  Ν.  7,  117,  Plat.  Theact. 
161  A. — 2.  to  diminish  gradually,  τι, 
Thuc.  3,  82  : — also  ύφ.  τίνος,  to  dimin- 
ish somewhat  of  a  thing,  id.  1,  42. — 
3.  to  draw  away,  seduce,  τους  ξνμμύ- 
χονς,  Thuc.  3,  13. — 4.  in  reckoning, 
to  subtract  from,  τι  τίνος. —  II.  mid.,  to 
take  away  from  undcrliand,  filch  away, 
steal,  Ar.  Eq.  745,  Nub.  179,  Dem. 
1119,  6,  sqq.,  etc.;  ύφ.  τί  τίνος,  to 
steal  it  from  him,  Hdt.  5,  83;  9,  116, 
Lys.  143,  17,  etc. ;  ύφ.  τι  εκ  τίνος, 
Piat.  Legg.  857  Β  :  also,  to  rob,  τινά 
τίνος,  Aeschin.  85,  30. — 2.  to  make 
away  with,  Aeschiii.  74,  13:  part.  pf. 
pass,  νπαραιρημένος,  one  who  is  put 
j  out  of  tlie  ivai/  or  made  away  with,  Hdt. 
1  3,  65. — 3.  to  appropriate  to  one's  self, 
make  use  of,  appropriate,  Br.  Ar.  Plut. 
I  1140:  νφ.  τονς  καιρούς,  Ιο  make  use 


υφαντά  τε  και  'λεία,  Thuc.  2,  97.  [ί•] 
'Υφαντουργός,    όν,   making    woven 

work,  [ν] 

Ύφάντρια,  ας,  ή,  fem.  of  νφάντηΓ. 

Ύφαπτω,  ι.  -ι/'ω.  Ion.  νπαπτω, 
{ύπό,  ίίπτω)  to  set  on  fire  from  under- 
neath, Hdt.  1,  176,  etc",  Eur.  Or.  621  ; 
πόλις  ύφάπτεται  πνρί.  Id.  Tro.  1274  : 
— metaph.,  to  inflajne  unperceived,  ex- 
cite, Xen.  Cyr.  5, 1,  16.— 2.  absol.,  to 
Ujiht  a  fire  under  or  in  a  place.  Ar. 
Thesm.  730. — II.  mid.,  to  tic  or  bind 
under  :  ύφάφασθαι  δειρήν,  to  tie  a  rope 
round  one's  neck,  hang  one's  self, 
Parthen. 

'Υφαρμόζω,  Att  -ττω,  {νπό,  αρμό- 
ζω) to  fit  under,  Philostr. 

'Υφαρπάζω,  f.  -άσω,  later  also  -άξω, 
Ion.  νπ.,  Hdt.  {ύπό,  αρπάζω) : — to 
snatch  away  from  under,  take  away  un- 
derhand, filch  away,  Lat.  surripere,  Ar. 
Eq.  56,  Thesm.  205,  etc. :  esp.,  to  take 
away  before  another,  νφ.  Aoyov,  to 
stiatch  away  a  word  just  when  one  is 
going  to  speak  it,  take  the  word  out  of 
one's  mouth,  Hdt.  5,  50 ;  9,  91  ;  so, 
absol..  Plat.  Euthyd.  300  C,  cf.  Ar. 
Nul).  490.     Hence 

Ύφάρπάσις,  εως,  ή,  a  snatching 
awai/  under. 

Ύφαρπάμενος,  poet,  for  ύφαρπα- 
σύμενος,  Anth.  P.  9.  619. 

Ύφάσία,  ας.  ή,  and  ύφάσις,  εως,  i/, 
=  νφ(ΐνσις.  [r] 

ΥΥφασις,  ιος,  ΰ,=  Ύπανίς,  Arr. 

'Ύφασμα,  ατός,  τό,  {νφαινω)  α  thing 
woven,  web,  Od.  3,  274,  Aesch.  Ag. 
1492,  Cho.  27,  elc.  [v] 

Ύφαστρίς,  ίδος,  ή,  =  ύφάντρια, 
Hesych. 

Ύφάω,  ώ,  poet,  for  υφαίνω,  hence 
ΙστονΓνφόωσι  (Ερ.  lengthd.  for  ύφώ- 
σι),  Od.  7,  105.  [ί•] 


ΤΦΗΓ 

"Ύφεαρ,  ΰτος,  τό.  Arcadian  name  ; 
for   ihe    mistletoe    of   pines    and   firs, 
Theophr. ,  cf.  στε/ύς. 

Ύώίίίρεί'ω.  {ν~ό,  έδρα)  to  lie  in  am- 
bush, Lat.  s^ώsιdere,  App.  illyr.  20. 

'Ύφ(όρία,  ας,  ή,  ο  sitting  under,  lower 
seat,  Suid. 

'Ύφέζομαι,  pass.  fut.  mid.  νφεδοϋ- 
uai,  (ί'ττό,  εζομαι)^=ύ<ρεόρενω.  0pp. 
Η.  2,  302. 

'Ύφειμένως,  adv.  part.  pf.  pass,  oi' 
νφέημι,  slarkli^,  less  violently  or  inso- 
lently, quietly,  Lat.  submisse,  Xen.  An. 
7,  7,  16. 

'Ύφεΐσα,  (ΰττό,  είσα)  I  placed  under 
or  secretly,  hence  Ion.  part.,  νπείσας 
άνδρας,  hnving  set  them  in  arnbush, 
Valck.  Hdt.  3,  126  ;  6,  103 :  of.  ΰφη- 
μαι,  and,  tor  the  signf.,  v.  ύφίστημι 
II.  2. 

'Ύφεκτίον,  verb.  adj.  from  ντϊέχω, 
one  must  support,  Xen.  Lac.  9,  5 ;  ί•φ. 
Χόγον.  one  must  give  account,  Arist. 
An.  Post.  1,  12,  2. 

'Ύφελκτέον,  verb.  adj.  from  ίψέλ- 
K(J,  one  must  draw  away  under  or  un- 
derhand, Ar.  Eq.  920. 

'Ύφελκνσμός,  ov,  6,  a  drawing  away 
under,  withdrawing  :  from 

'Ύφέλαω,  ί-  -ελξω  or  -ελκύσω  (v. 
sub  έλκω)  : — to  draw  away  under,  draw 
away  underhand  or  gently,  νφ-  τινά 
ΊΓοδοΙϊί',  Ιο  draw  one  away  by  the  two 
legs,  II.  14,  477  : — to  draw  a«;ay  earth 
by  undermining,  Thuc.  2,  76  ; — mid., 
ΪΙερσίκάς  νφέ'λκομαι,  I  trail  along  a 
pair  of  Persian  slippers,  Ar.  Eccl. 
319. 

'Ύφελοίατο,  Ion.  for  υφέλοιντο,  3 
pi.  opt.  aor.  mid.  η(  νφαιρέω. 

'Ύφέν,  adv.,  strictly  νφ'  εν,  into  or 
in  one,  together,  Theophr. — 11.  in 
Grainm.,  η  ύφέν,  a  sigji  for  joining  two 
syllables  (•.^),  α  hyphen. 

Ύφέττομαι,  {υπό,  ετίομαι)  dep.,  to 
folioio  closely,  App. 

'Ύφέρ-ω,  f.  -έρ-φω  or  -ερττνσω  (v. 
sub  έρπω) : — to  creep  onsecretty,  νφεΐρ- 
πε  πολύ,  the  report  spread  far.  Soph. 
O.  T.  786  ;  so  in  tmesis,  φθονερον  νπ' 
άλγος  ερπεί  Άτρείδαις,  angry  feel- 
ings creep  abroad  against  them,  Aesch. 
Ag.  450. — II.  c.  ace,  to  steal  upon, 
Coyne  over,  like  ύπερχομαι  II,  Lat.  si/6• 
ire  animum,  χαρά,  τρόμος  μ!  νφερπει, 
Aesch.  Ag.  27ϋ,  Cho.  464 ;  cf.  Soph. 
Fr.  786. 

"Ύφεαις,  εως,  ή,  (νφίημί)  a  letting 
down,  slackening,  Lat.  remissio.  Pint. 
2,  389  E,  etc.— 11.  in  Gramm.,  omis- 
sion, ellipse. 

'Ύφέσπερος,  ov,  (νπό,  εσπέρα)  to- 
wards evening  :  neut.  pi.  νφέσττερα  as 
adv.,  Anth.  P.  5,  305,  cf.  Dion.  P. 
450. 

'ΤΦΗ',  ής.  Τ),  a  weaving,  web,  usu. 
in  plur.,  Aesch.  Ag.  949,  Eur.  Ion  1 146, 
Plat.,  etc.  ;  so,  πέπλων  νφαί,  Eur.  1. 
Τ.  312.     (Cf.  υφαίνω  fin.) 

'Ύφηγεμών,  όνος,  δ,=:ήγεμών,  Mel. 
11,8. 

'Ύφηγέομαι,  f.  -ήσομαι,  (υπό,  ^γέο- 
μαι)  dep.  mid.,  to  go  just  before,  to  | 
guide,  lead,  τινί.  Eur.  El.  661,  Plat. 
Euthyd.  278  C,  etc.  ;  ahsol.,  togo  first, 
lead  the  way,  Thnc.  1,  78,  Plat.  Phaed. 
82  D. — 2.  νφ.  τι,  to  show  how  to  do,  in- 
struct in  a  thing,  Lys.  912,  5,  Plat. 
Rep.  403  E. — 3.  hence  also,  ίο  lead 
to,  prove  a  thing,  Aesch.  Eum.  192. 
Hence 

'Ύφήγτ^σις,  εως,  ή,  a  leading,  guid- 
ing, Dein.  277,  19  ;  καθ'  νφίρ,ησίν  τί- 
νος, Polyb.  10,  27,  3:  hul,  νφ.  των 
γραμμών,  the  tracing  of  lines  to  serve 
as  a  copy,  Lat.  ductus  literarum.  Plat. 
Prot.  326  D.— II.  α  drawing  off,  ϋδα- 
τος,  Hipp. 

100 


ΤΦΙΣ 

'Ύφηγητήρ,  ηρος,  o,=;sq.,  Soph.  Ο. 
C.  1588. 

'Ύφηγ7]τής,  ov,  6,  [ΰφηγέομαι]  one 
who  leads  the  nay,  a  guide.  Soph.  O. 
T.  1260,  O.  C  502  :  ο  leader,  adviser, 
Id.  O.  T.  966.     Hence 

'Ύφη}7ίτικός,  η,  όν,  fitted  for  guid- 
ing. Diog.  L.  3,  49. 

"Ύφημαι,  as  pass.,  to  sit  down: — 
strictly  pf  of  νφέζομαι,  as  νφείσα  is 
a  trans,  aor.  act.,  cf.  είσα. 

'Ύφημιόλιος,  ov,  of  two  numbers  in 
such  a  ratio  that  the  latter  contains  the 
whole  of  the  other  and  half  as  much  be- 
sides, (e.  g.  2  and  3),  Arist.  Metaph. 
4,  15,  3;— the  reverse  ol  ήμώλιος. 

'Ύφηνιοχέω,  ώ,  to  be  a  νφηνίυχος : 
generally, =7;i'<o^f'u,  Luc. : — pass.,  to 
drive  after  or  behind,  Dem.  1409,  24. 

'Ύφτ/νίοχος,  ου,  δ,  (νπό,  ηνίοχος) 
the  charioteer,  as  subject  to  the  warrior 
in  his  chariot,  II.  6,  19,  Xen.  Cyr.  6, 
4,  4  ;  cf  Lob.  Paral.  383. 

'Ύφτ/σσων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  {υπό,  ησ- 
σων)  somewhat  less  or  younger,  Hes. 
Sc.  258. 

'Ύφιόρόω,  ω,  {υπό,  ίδρόω)  to  per- 
spire slightly,  Hipp.  p.  1076. 

'Ύφιζάνω,  f.  -ζ>ισω,=^νφίζω,  Eur. 
Phoen.  1382.     Hence 

'Ύφίζησις,  εως,  ή,  a  sitting  down  :  a 
sinking  ov  falling  in. 

'Ύφίζω,  fut.  -ζήσω,  {νπό,  ΐζω)  to  sit 
down,  settle:  generally,  to  sink,  sink 
or  fall  in:  also  in  mid.,  Opp.  H.  4, 
246. 

'Ύφίημι,  Ion.  νπίημι,  Hdt. :  f  νφή- 
σω  {ύπό,  ϊτ/μι) : — to  send  down,  let 
down,  let  sink  down,  νφ.  ίστύν,  to  lower 
the  mast,  11.  1,  434  ;  νφ.  ιστία,  to  take 
in  the  sails,  Lat.  submiltere  vela,  H. 
Hom.  Ap.  504  (v.  sub  fin.) :  νφ.  τινι 
τάς  1>αβδονς,  of  the  liclors.  Pint. 
Pomp.  19. — 2.  to  send,  put  under,  νπό 
δε  βρηννν  ποσίν  ήκεν,  II.  14,  240,  Od. 
19,  57  :  to  put  a  young  one  to  its  dam, 
put  it  to  suck,  νφίητι  τά  μοσχία, 
Theocr.  4,  4,  cf  Od.  9,  245.  309  :  but 
in  raid.,  νφίεσβαι  μαστοϊς,  to  put  it  to 
one's  own  breasts,  to  suckle  it,  Eur. 
Phoen.  31. — 3.  νφ.  τινά,  to  engage  any 
one  secretly,  to  prepare  him  to  play  a 
part,  to  suborn,  Lat.  suhmittere.  Soph. 
O.  T.  387,  Plat.  Ax.  368  Ε  ;  cf  νφεί- 
σα :  hence  m  part,  pf  pass,  νφειμέ- 
νος,  lurking,  like  a  serpent.  Soph. 
Ant.  531. — 4.  to  give  up,  surrender,  σώμ' 
νφεϊσ' ά?.γηδόσι.Ευτ.  Med. 24: — νφιέ- 
vai  Ty  γλωττ-η  (sc.  τά  j/νία),  to  give 
reins  to  the  tongue,  Philostr. — II. 
intr.,  to  slacken,  relax  or  abate  from  a 
thing,  c.  gen.,  της  οργής,  της  άγνω- 
μοσννης,  Hdt.  1,  156;  9,  4,  cf  Eur. 
Ion  847:  also  absol..  <o  slacken,  give 
in,  abate,  ονδέν  ίιπιέντες,  Hdt.  7,  162  : 
—so  too  in  mid.,  νπιεσθαι  οργής, 
Hdt.  2,  121,  4,  cf  Ar.  Ran.  1220, 
Vesp.  337  ;  το  νδωρ  νπίεται  τον  ■ψν- 
χρού,  Hdt.  4,  181  :  hence,  to  yield, 
give  way  to  aiiv  one  in  a  thing,  τινί 
τίνος,  Plut.  2,'  54  C,  ubi  v.  Wytt.— 
HI.  in  pass.,  absol.,  to  submit,  surren- 
der, Xen.  An.  3,  1,  17;  3,  2,  3:— c. 
inf ,  to  submit  to  do  a  thing,  κατθανεΐν 
νφειμένη,  Eur.  Ale.  524  :  ττλείΐ'  νφει- 
μένη,  to  run  with  lowered  sails,  i.  e.,  to 
lower  one's  tone,  like  Lat.  summisse 
agere,  Soph.  El.  335  ;  σώζω  νεοσσούς 
όρνις  ως  νφειμένη...,  like  a  cowering 
hen, — or  peth.,  ivith  them  under  me, 
Eur.  H.  F.  72. 

Ύφίστημι,  f.  νποστήσω,  {νπό,  ισ- 
ττ/μι)  to  place  or  set  under,  τινί  τι, 
Hdt.  4,  152;  5,  16;  νπ.  προθίφω  κί- 
ονας, Pind.  Ο.  6,  1  ;  and  metaph., 
χώραν  νπέστασε  ξένοις  κίονα,  lb.  8, 
35  ;  νποστήσαι  το  πιστόν  τινι,  to  give 
one  sure  ground  of  confidence,  Aesch. 


ΤΦΟΡ 

Supp.  461. — 2.  submit  or  propose,  γνώ- 
μην.  Soph.  Aj.  1091.— 3.  to  leave  post 
ed  at  a  place,  τινά,  Xen.  Hell.  4,  1, 
26,  nisi  legend,  έπιστ-.— II.  the  mid., 
esp.  in  fut.  and  aor.  1,  has  an  act. 
sense,  to  substitute,  τί  τινι,  one  thing 
for  another,  Xen.  Ages.  9,  1.— III.  to 
conceive,  suppose,  like  ΰπολαμίΜνω, 
Diod.  1,  6,  12. 

B.  pass.,  with  aor.  2  and  pf.  act. 
(Hom.  uses  only  the  aor.  2) : — to  stand 
under,  be  under  or  beneath,  τινί,  Hdt.  2, 
153  ;  TO  νφιστάμενον,  the  milk,  opp. 
to  TO  έφιστάμενον  (the  cream).  Id. 
4,  2.  —  II.  to  place  one's  self  under  an 
engagement,  engage  or  promise  to  do,  c. 
inf  Int.,  II.  19,  195,  Od.  10,  483;  c. 
mf  aor.,  II.  21,  273  ;  also  c.  ace.  cog- 
nato,  νπέστην μνθόν  τινι,  I  made  him 
a  promise,  II.  5,  715  ;  νπ.  νπόσχεσιν, 
II.  2,  280  :  c.  ace.  object],  νπ.  τινι  τρί- 
ποδα, 11.  19,  243,  cf  II,  244;  absol., 
to  promise,  II.  4,  267;  15,  75;  τίς  άν 
μοι  τούτο  ΰποστάς  έπιτί?.έσειε,  Hdt. 

3,  127,  cf  128,  Lys.  153,  31,  etc.— 2, 
to  submit  to  any  one,  yield  to  him.  τινί, 
II.  9,  100 : — also  c.  inf  aor.,  to  submit 
to  do  or  be,  νπ.  ϋανεϊν,  Eur.  Η.  F. 
706,  cf  Ion  1415;  (3£A-7-(jp  υπέστης 
αίματος  (sc.  γενέσθαι),  Aesch.  Eum. 
204,  cf  Lys.  182,  9.-3.  c.  ace.  rei,  ίο 
submit  to,  έρωτα,  Eur.  Tro.  415;  πό- 
vov.  Id.  Snpp.  189;  κίνδννον,  Lys. 
115,  2,  Dem.,  etc. — 4.  νποστήναι  αρ- 
χήν, to  undertake  an  office,  Lat.  sus- 
ctpere  munus,  Xen.  An.  6,  1,  19. — III. 
to  put  one's  self  under  a  thinjj,  liide  one's 
self,  lie  concealed  or  in  ambush,  Hdt.  8, 
91,  Eur.  Andr.  1114;  cf  νφεΙσα.—Vf. 
to  support  an  attack,  hence  to  resist, 
withstand,  usu.  c.  dat.,  as  Aesch.  Pers. 
87,  Thuc.  2,  61,  etc. ;  rarely  c.  ace, 
as  Eur.  Cycl.  200,  cf.  H.  F.  1349;— 
absol-,  to  stand  one's  ground,  face  the 
enemy,  Lat.  subsisiere.  Id.  Phoen.  1470, 
Thuc.  8,68  ;  opp.  to  φεύγω,  Xen.  Cyr. 

4,  2,  31. —  V.  to  succeed,  come  after  an- 
other, τινά.  Plat.  Phileb.  19  Α.— VI. 
7/  κοιλία  υφίσταται,  the  bowels  are 
costive.  Medic. 

'Ύφόλμιον,  ov,  TO,  {ύπό,  όλμος)  a 
mortar-stand,  Ar.  Fr.  155. — II.  the 
mouth-piece  of  a  flute. 

'Ύφόράσις,  εως,  η,  a  looking  at  from 
brlow,  .suspicion,  Dlog.  L.  2,  99,  and 
Plut. :  from 

'Ύ φοράω,  ώ,  or  rather  as  dep.  νφο- 
ράομαι,  fut.  ΰπόψομαι  (cf  νπεΐδον) : 
— like  ύποβλέπω,  to  look  at  from  be- 
low, to  look  askance  at,  hence  general- 
ly, to  view  icith  suspicion,  keep  in  view, 
Lat.  suspicere,  suspicari,  Xen.  Mem.  2, 
7,  12,  Isae.  Menecl.  8,  Dem.  240,  13, 
Luc,  etc.  ;  cf  ύποπτος. — II.  to  keep 
in  view,  be  aware  of,  Thuc.  3,  40,  in 
pass. 

'Ύφηρβός,  ov,  b,  (ΰς,  φέρβω)  like 
σϋφ-,  νοφ-,  a  swine-herd.  freq.  in  Od. : 
+e.  g.  14,  3;  16,  1  ;  ΰνέρες  νφορβοί, 
14.410. 

Ύφορμέω,  ώ,  {ύπό,  όρμέω)  to  lie  se- 
cretly at  anchor,  cither  from  fear  or 
in  wait  for  others,  Polyb.  3,  19,  8, 
etc. :  metaph.,  tu  he  closely  attached  to, 
ύφ.  τω  πάθει  τινός.  Pint.  2.  01  Ε. 

'Ύφορμίζω,  ί.  -ισω  Att.  -ϊώ,  (νπό, 
όρμίζω)  to  bring  into  ho.rbour  secretly ; 
— pass.,  ύφορμιζοίΐαι,  to  come  to  an- 
chor secretly  ;  in  genl.,  to  come  to  an- 
chor, Thuc.  2,  83. 

Ύφόρμιον,  ov,  TO,  (όρμος)  a  neck- 
lace. 

'Ύφόρμΐσις,  εως,  ή,  (ύφορμίζω)  β 
place  for  ships  to  run  into,  harbour,  an- 
chorage, Anth.  P.  7,  699.— II.  a  run- 
ning or  putting  in. 

'Ύφορμιστήρ,  ήρος,  b,  (ύφορμίζω) 
one  who  makes  fast  below,  of  a  stone 
1585 


fastened  to  steady  a  raft,  0pp.  H.  4, 
421. 

"Υφορμος,  ov,  ό,  {νττό,  ορμυς  H)  an 
nnchoriiig-plncr,  anchorage,  A  list.  H.  A. 
5,  9,  2. — II.  as  adj.,  fit  fur  anchoring 
in,  τύπος,  Strab.  p.  CIS. 

"Ύφος,  εος,  τό,  (υφαίνω)  like  νφη, 
a  ueb,  Pint.  2,  396  Β.   [ϋ] 

'Ύφύωσι,  Ερ.  3  ρΙ.  of  νώάω,  Od.  7, 
105. 

"Ύφνγρος,  ορ,  (νπό,  υγρός)  some- 
what moist,  Arist.  Probl.  2,  17,  1. — II. 
filled  with  water,  like  sq.  11. 

"Ύφνόρος,  ov,  (νπό,  νόωρ)  under 
water,  of  a  diver,  Thuc.  4,  26. — W.full 
of  water,  χώρα,  Theophr.  :  dropsical, 

"*Pt'-      '  ,  ,        ,        „ 

'Ύψΰγόρας,  ov,  o.  Ion.  -γηρης,  (νψι, 
ΰγορενω) :  — a  big  talker,  a  boaster, 
braggart,  Od.  1,  385  ;  2,  85,  etc.  ;  also 
νψτίγόρας. 

'Ύφΰγορέω,  ώ,  to  talk  big,  vaunt, 
also  ύφι/γορέω- 

'Ύψύντυξ,  νγος,  ό,  ή,  (νψι,  ύντνξ) 
with  α  high  arch,  Νοηπ. 

Ύφανχενέω,  ώ,  (νψανχτμή  to  carry 
the  vech  high  ;  to  go  in  Mately  guise, 
prance,  Plut.  2,  324  E,  cf.  Ael.  N.  A. 
4,  29. 

'Ύ-ψανχενίζω,=ίοΐβ5-,  Anlh.  P.  9, 
777. 

Ύ-φανχέο),  ώ,  like  μεγαλανχέω,^= 
νφανχενέω.  Soph.  Fr.  953,  fPseudo- 
Phoc'.  56. 

'Ύφανχην,  ενός,  ό,  η,  {νφι,  ανχήν) 
carrying  the  neck  high,  ϊππος.  Plat. 
Phaedr.  253  D:  hence,  stately,  tower- 
ing, ελάτη,  Eur.  Bacch.  1061  ;  haugh- 
ty, A  nth.  P.  9,  611,  etc. 

Ύφερεφής,  ές,  (νφι,  έρέφω)  high- 
roofed,  high-vaulted,  (]ώμα,  U.  19,  333, 
and  oft.  in  Od.  ;  ναός.  Ar.  Nub.  305. 
— Also  ύφηρεφής  (q.  v.),  νφόροφος, 
but  never  νφίροφος. 

ί'Ύφενς,  έως  poet,  έος,  ό,  Hypseui, 
son  of  the  Peneus  and  the  nymph 
Creiisa,  king  of  the  Lapilhae,  Pind. 
P.  9,  23;  Apollod.  1,  9,2. 

'Ύψηγόρας,  νφηγορέω,  Ion.  for 
νφαγ-. 

Ύφηγορία,  ας,  ή,  big  talking. 

'Ύφιήγορος.  ov,  (νφι,  αγορεύω)  talk- 
ing big,  vaunting,  Aesch.  Pr.  318,  360. 

'Ύφήεις,  ήεσσα,ήεν,  poet,  for  ύφη- 
λόί•,  Nic.  Fr.  2,  62. 

ΥΎφ7]ίς,  ί(hς,  ή,  daughter  of  Hy- 
psens,i.  e.  Gyrene,  Call.  ApoU.  91. 

'Ύφηλανχένεια,  or  -iu,  ας,  ή,  a  car- 
rying the  neck  high,  Xen.  Eq.  10,  13  : 
from 

'Ύφηλανχην,  ενός,  6,  ή,  like  νφαύ- 
yi]v,  carrying  the  neck  high. 

'Ύφηλοβάτέω,  ώ,  to  go  or  walk  on 
high. 

'Ύφηλογνώμων.  ov,  gen.  όνος,  (νφη- 
7ώς,  γνώμη)  high-minded,  proud,  Ί  ne- 
mist. 

'Ύ-φη7.οκύρόιος,  ov,  (νφηλός,  καρ- 
δία) high-hearted,  proud,  LXX. 

'Ύφ7/λόκρημνος,  ov,  (νφ7]λός,  κρη- 
ανός)  high-cliffed,  πέτραι,  Aesch.  Pr. 
5. 

'Ύφηλυλογέομαι,  dep.,  to  talk  high, 
speak  proudly,  vaunt.  Plat.  Rep.  545 
Ε  :  and 

'Υι/'7/λολθ)ία,  ας,  ?},  high-talking, 
vaunting :  from 

'Ύφηλολόγος,  ov,  (νφη'λός,  λέγω) 
talking  high,  vaunting,  Theniist. 

'Ύ-φιβόλοφος,  ov,  V.  νφήλοφος. 

'Ύψηλόνοος,  ov,  contr.  -νους,  ovv, 
[νφηΤίόΓ,  νόος)  high-minded,  Stallb. 
Plat.  Phaedr.  270  A. 

'Ύφη/Μνωτος,  ov,  high-backed. 

'Ύ-ύη/λοπέτης,  ες,  high-flying. 

'Ύφηλοποιός,  όν,  (υψηλός,  ποιέω) 
producing  loftiness  or  sublimity,  Lon- 
gin. 

1586 


Ti-ir 

'Ύφηλόπονς,  δ,  ή,  ηευΙ.-ττοΐΦ,  high- 
footed. 

'Υψηλός,  ή,  όν,  (νφι,  νψος)  : — high, 
lofti),  on  high,  towering,  Lat.  altns,  sub- 
limis,  θάλαμος,  Od.  1,  426  ;  πύργος, 
II.  3,  384  ;  etc.  ;  of  a  highla^id  coun- 
try, ;^-ώρ7/  ορεινή  και  υψηλή,  Hdt.  1, 
110; — iiiPtaph.,  νψ.  ό'λβος,  άρεταί, 
κλέος,  Pind.  Ο.  2,  38  ;  5,  1,  Ρ.  3,  196, 
etc.  ;  ί•ψ7ΐ'λέι  κομπειν,  to  talk  high  and 
boastfully.  Soph.  Aj.  1230;  νψ.  ίπί 
Tivi,  Eur.  Hipp.  730  ;  έαντόν  υψτ/λό- 
τερον  λημμάτων παρέχειν,  Luc.Nigr. 
25  : — freq.  in  proverb,  phrases,  νψη- 
λ.όν  τίνα  (ΐίρειν,  Eur.  Supp.  555,  cf 
Andoc.  24,  18,  Aeschin.  51,  24  ;  άώ' 
νψ7βών  βραχνν  ώκισε,  Eur.  Heracl. 
613.     Hence 

'Ύψηλύτης,  ητος,  ή,  loftiness,  sub- 
limity. 

'Ύφηλοτράχηλος,   ov,  high-necked. 

'Ύψ7]Αοφαν'ης,  ές,  (υψηλός,  φαίνο- 
μαι) appearing  subli7nc,  Longin. 

'ΎύιιΊλοφος,  ov,  f.  1.  in  Hipp.,  to  be 
altered  either  into  νψί7.οφος,  which 
occurs  elsewh.,  or  into  ΰψι^λόλοφος, 
cf.  Bast  Ep.  Cr  p.  53. 

'Ύψηλοφρονέω,  ώ,  to  be  high-mind- 
ed, haughty  :  and 

'Ύφη?ιθφροσννη,  ης,  ή,  high-mind- 
ednc.'is  :  haughtiness  :  from 

'Ύψ7ΐλόφρων,  όνος,  ό,  ή,  (ύ^Ιηιλός, 

ίρήν)  high-mindtd,  high-spirited,  ϊινήρ, 
'lat.  Rep.  550  Β  :  haughty,  θυμός, 
Eur.  I.  Α.  919. 

'Ύφτ/λοφΰης,  ές,  (νφηλός,  φυή)  of  α 
high  growth,  Theophr. 

'Ύφη?^όφωνος,  ov,  with  a  high  or 
loud  i^oice. 

'Ύψήνωρ,  ορός,  ό,  ή,  (νφι,  ανηρ) 
raising  or  exalting  7nen,  Nonn.  Hence 

ΥΎφήνωρ,  ορός,  ό,  Hypsenor,  son 
of  Dolopion,  a  Trojan,  II.  5,  77. — 
2.  son  of  Hippasus,  a  companion  of 
Antilochus  before  Troy,  11.  13,  441, 
sqq.  ^   ^ 

'Ύφηρεφής,  ές,  gen.  έος,  (νφι,  ερε- 
φω)=  νψερεφής,  Π.  9,  578,  Od.  4,  15, 
etc. 

'Ύψηχέω,  ώ,  to  souTid  high  or  loud  : 
from 

'Ύψηχής,  ές,  gen,  έος,  (νψι,  ήχος) : 
— high-sounding,  clear-sounding,  ίπποι 
νψ-,  because  of  their  loud  neighing,  11. 
5,  772  ;  23,  27. 

^'Ύφηχίΰας,  a,  o,  Hypsechidas,  a 
Spartan,  Plut.  Sol.  10. 

'Ύψΐ,  adv.,  high,  aloft,  on  high,  ϋψι 
(ίναϋρώσκων,  νφι  βιβάς,  II.  13,  140, 
371  ;  Zfi'f  ήμενος  ϋψι,  20,  155  ;  νψι, 
at  .?£■«,  14,  77;  also  in  Hes.  (Hence 
ύψίων,  νφίτερος,  ύψιστος.  Cf.  υπό 
and  υπέρ.) 

'ΎψΙαίετος,  ου,  ό,  a  kind  of  eagle, 
Anton.  Liber. 

'Ύψίβαθής,  ές,  (ϋψι,  βαθύς)  very 
deep,  οφρύες,  Opp.  C  3,  26. 

'ΎψΙβύμων,  ov,  gen.  orof.=  sq.  [a] 

'Ύψίβύτος,  ov,  (νψι,  βαίνω)  going 
or  set  on  high,  standing  high,  liigh- 
placed,  πόλιες,  Pind.  N.  10,  88 ;  τρί- 
πονς,  Soph.  Aj.  1404.  [<] 

'Τι/'?;ίί'«ί•>  ov,  0,  Ion.  νψιβίης,  (νψι, 
βία)  high  and  mighty,  haughty,  arro- 
gant, C^orinna  ap.  Hephacst.  p.  108 
Gaisf.  [/] 

'Ύψϊβόας,  ov,  6,  (νψι,  βούω)  loud- 
shouter.  name  of  a  frog  in  Batr.  205. 

'Ύψιβρεμέτης,  ov,  ό,  (νψι,  βρέμω) 
high-ihimdering,  epith.  of  Jupiter,  11. 
1,'354,  Od.  5,  4,  etc. 

'Ύψίβρομος,  oi',=foreg.,  Orph.  H. 
18,  1. 

'ΎψΙγένεθλος,  ov,  of  high  birth  or 
origin. 

'Ύψΐγέννητος,  ov,  (νψι,  γεννάω) 
high-grown,  growing  aloft,  ίλ.αίας  νψι- 


ΤίΊΜ 

γέννητος  κλάόος,  its  topmost  shoot, 
Aesch.  Eum.  43. 

'ΎψίγονοΓ,  ov,  (νψι,  *γένω)  pro• 
duced  on  high,  Nonn. 

'Ύψίγνιος,  ον,(νψι,  γνιον)  with  high 
limbs,  high-stemmed,  high-grown,  άλ- 
σος, Pind.  O.  5,  30.  [i] 

'Ύψίί^μητος,  oi',=  8q. 

'ΎφίόομοΓ,  ov,  (ί'ψι,  δέμω)  high- 
built,  Coluth.  391.  [(] 

'Ύψίδρομος,  ov,  high-running,  mnv 
i7ig  on  high. 

Ύψίζνγος,  ov,  (ϋψι,  ζνγέιν) : — 
strictly  of  the  benches  in  ships,  sit- 
ting high  or  aloft  on  the  bench  ;  hence 
metaph.  as  epith.  of  Jupiter,  high- 
throned,  sitting  at  the  helm  and  guiding 
all,  11.  4,  166;  7,  69,  etc.,  Hes.  Op. 
18. 

'Ύψίζωνος,  ov,  (νψι,  ζών7ΐ)  high- 
girded.  Call.  Fr.  19,  1. 

'Ύψίθέμεθλος,  ov,  (νψι,  Οέμεθλον) 
with  deejj foundations,  Nonn. 

Ύψίθέων,  ονσα,  ov,  high-running : 
but  better  divisim,  νψι  θέων. 

'Ύψίθρονος,  ov,  (νψι,  θρόνος)  high- 
throned,  epith.  of  gods,  Pind.  N.  4, 
105,  1.  6,  (5),  23. 

'Ύψίθωκος,  oi'.=  foreg..  Synes.  [I] 

'Ύφΐκάρηνος,  ov,  ( νψι,  κύρηνον) 
with  a  high  head  or  peak,  δρνες,  Η. 
Hom.  Ven.  265.  [«] 

'Ύψϊκέλενθος,  ov,  (νψι,  κέ?Λνθος) 
wandering  on  high,  Anth.  P.  9,  207 

'Ύψικέρΰτα,  v.  sub  ΰψίκερως. 

'Ύφϊκέραννος,  ov,  lightning,  flashing 
on  high,  aloft. 

Ύψίκερως,  ων,  gen.  ω,  (νψι,  κέρας) : 
— high-horned,  έλαφος,  Od.  10.  158; 
ταύρος.  Soph.  Tr.  507:  —  we  have 
also  a  metapl.  ace.  -κέρατα  πέτραν,  a 
high-peaked  rock,  Pind.  (Fr.  285)  ap. 
Ar.  Nub.  597,  cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  685.  [I] 

ί'Ύψικλής,  έους,  ό,  Hypsiclcs,  masc. 
pr.  n. 

'ΎψΙκόλωνος,  ov,  also  η,  ov,  Q. 
Sm.,  (νψι,  κο?Μνη)  with,  on  a  high 
hill ;  generally,  high,  κίων,  Opp.  C 
4,  87.  ^ 

'ΎψΊκομος,  ov,  (νψι,  κόμη)  high- 
haired,  with  lofty  foliage,  lowering,  δρνς, 
II.  14,  398,  etc.,  and  in  Hes.  ;  ίλιιτιιι, 
Eur.  Ale.  585  ;  tfv  νψ.  όρεσσι,  Asiua 

4,  i.t  m 

'ΎΦϊκόμπως,  (ϋψι,  κόμπος)  adv., 
with  high  boasts,  arroga7itly.  Soph  Aj. 
766. 

'Ύψικρατέω,  ω,  to  rule  aloft  or  on 
high  :  from 

'Ύψικρύτης,  ου,  ό,  the  high-ruling, 
high-swaying,  [ΰ] 

ΥΎ^Ιιικράτης,  ονς,  ό,  Hypsicrales,  a 
historian  of  Amisus,  Luc.  Macrob. 
22;  Strab.  p.  311.    _ 

'Ύψικρεμής,  ές,  (ί'ιψι,  κρεμάνννμι) 
high-hovering,  Opp.  C  4,  93. 

'Ύψίκρημνος,  ov,  (νψι,  κρημνός) 
ivith  high  sleeps  or  cliffs,  Ep.  Horn.  6, 
5  :  high-beetling,  high-placed,  πό?.ισμα, 
Aesch.  Pr.  421. 

'Ύψϊλοειδής,  ές,  (είδος)  in  the  shape 
of  αηΎ :  cf.  νοειδής,  and  v.  Green- 
hill  Theophil.  p.  123,  9. 

'ΎψίΑοφος,  ov,  (νψι,  ?ιόφος)  with  a 
high  crest,  Αίτνα.  Pind.  O.  13,  159; 
θνρίδες,  Anth.  P.  5,  153;  v.  1.  Ar. 
Ran.  818: — ci'.  νψή?ίθφο ς.  [ι] 

'Ύψίλνχνος,  ov,  (νψι,  λύχνος)  high- 
shining,  αυγή,  illumination  by  a  light 
hung  on  high,  Philox.  ap.  Ath.  147  A. 

'ΎψΊμέδων,  οντος,  ό,  (νψι.  μέδων) 
the  high  ruling,  ruling  on  high,  Zf.if, 
Hes.  Th.  529  :  generally,  lofty.  Παρ- 
νασός,  Pind.  Ν.  2,29. 

'Ύψϊμέλαβρος.  ov,  (νψι.  μέ?.αθρον) 
high-built,  Η.  Horn.  Merc.  103,  134. 
399. 


Υ-ίΊΦ 

ΤΓ'ί'Ζι'ε^^Γ,  ίς,  {νψι,  νέφης)  divtlUng 
high  in  the  clottds,  Ζευς,  Pind.  Ο.  5,  40. 

'YVitvOjUOJ•,  Wt  feeding  0Γ  dwelling 
βΛ  high.  [ΐ\ 

'ΎχΙιίΐΌος,  ου,  contr.  -t^off,  ovv, 
(,ϋφΐ,  νόοζ)  high-minded,  Nonn.  [Z] 

'ΎψΙτΓΰγής,  ές,  (W't,  "τνήγνυμι)  high 
totvrrtd  ur  built-,  Antfi.  Plan.  132. 

'Ύφί~εόος,  ov,  (νψι.  ιτέόον)  with 
high  growid.  high-placed,  Pind.  I.  1,  42. 

'Ύ\ί>ΐτΓέτά?.ος,  or,  (ί'ψι,  7τέτα7,ον)τ= 
ΰφίκομος,  comically  of  κρύμβαι  in 
PoiyzeL  Mas.  2. 

^Ύ-φϊ-ίτήΐίς.  ε^σα,  ΐν-,=νφΐ7Γέ~7)£, 
II,  22,  308,  Od.  24,  538. 

Ύφίπέτηλοζ,  ov.  Ion.  and  Ep.  for 
ΰφιττέταλβς,  used  like  νψίκομος,  of 
Irees,  II.  13,  437,  Od.  4,  458  ^  1 1,  588. 

'ΎφΊτΐέπ/τ,  ov,  b,  {νψι•,  ττ^.τομαι) : 
-rriiigh-flyiHg,  soaring,  αίΐτός-,  11.  12, 
•201,  219.  Od.  20,  24.3,  Soph.  Fr.  423  ; 
νφ.  άνεμοι,  Pind.  P.  3,  189  :— ace.  to 
Granini.  νψιπΐτής  (contr,  from  ν-φι- 
K€r Τ/εις,  q.  v,) 

'ΎφΙτϊετής,  ές,  {ν-φι,  mTTTu,  €π-εσαν) 
fallen  from  heaven,  cf.  Αΐϊπΐτής. 

^ΎιΙ)Ϊ7τόδης,  qv,  b,  poet,  for  νψίτΐονς, 
Nonn. 

'Ύφίπ«?.ίζ,  ο,  η,  [ΰ-φι,  iro^.tf)  the 
highest  or  first  in  one^s  city.  Soph.  Anl. 
370. 

'Τψ/ίΓο?:.ο{• ,  cv,  (ϋΦι,  5Γ0?ιεω)  roam- 
ing on  high,  0pp.  C,  3,  Hi. 

'Ύ-φί~ορος,  ov,  {νψι,  ττορεύομαι) 
g«ing  on  high,  Opp.  C.  3,  497. 

'Ύψί'ττό'τητος,  ov,  like  t)^T£r??f, 
flying  aloft,  Noiin. 

'Ύφίττοντ,  ό,  i],  neut.  ττουν,  {νφι, 
ΤΓονς)  higk-feoted  ;  generally,  on  high, 
Lat.  siiblimis,  νόμοι,  Soph,  O,  T.  866. 

'Ύ-φίπρνμνος,  ov,  (υφι,  ττρνμνα) 
teilh  high  stern,  Slrab. 

^Ύφί~βω(>ος,  ov,  with  high  proic. 

ΥΎφιπυλη,  7}ς,  η,  and  'Ύφιττν/^ια, 
ης,  Pind-  Ο.  4,  35;  Αρ.  Rh.  1,  621  : 
Hypsifjjile,  daughter  of  Thoas,  wife 
of  Jason,  Π.  ?,  469:  from 

^Ύφίπϋλος,  ov,  {νφι,  πν?ιΐ3)  tvith 
high  gates,  II,  6,  416  ;   16,  698.  [i] 

"Ύψί-ίτνβγος,  ov,  {vipi,  ττίφγος)  high- 
lowered,  Simon.  87,  3,  Aesch.  Eum. 
688.  Soph,,  etc. ;  νφ-  έλπιζες,  tower- 
ing hopes,  Aesch.  Supp.  96.  [i] 

Ύφίροφος,  ov,  f  1,  for  νφόροφος. 
Lob,  Phryn.  685. 

νΎφισται  πν'λαι,  ai,  (strictly  the 
highest)  Hypsistae,  a  gate  in  Thebes, 
towards  the  east,  Apollod.  3,  6,  6  ; 
near  it  a  temple  of  Ζεΐ>ς  ΎψίσΓο<,•, 
Pans.  9,  8.  5. 

^Ύφίστολος,  ov,  {aro7J)  II)  high- 
girded,  girt  up. 

'Ύφιστος,  η,  ov,  suporl.  from  adv. 
νφί,  highest,  loftiest,  of  places,  Aesch. 
Pr.  720,  etc, — 2.  of  persons,  highest, 
dwelling  on  high,  Zsi'C,  Pind,  N.  1 1,  2, 
Aesch.  Eum,  28,  etc. — 3.  of  things, 
στέφανος,  κέρδος,  Pind.  P.  1,  fin.,  I. 
1,74;  κακών  ί ψ.,  Aesch.  Pers.  331, 
etc. 

'Ύφιτελεατος,  ov,  [υφι,  τελίω)  ini- 
tiated on  high,  Nonn. 

'Ύιρίτενί^ς,  ές,  stretched  on  high :  on 

'Ύφΐτένων,  οντος.  ό,  (βφι,  τένων)  : 
—  tcith  high-strained  sinews,  strong- 
necked,  ταϋμος,  Pseudo-Phocyl.  190: 
— hence  ace.  to  Hesych.,=t'i^';;/.ai'- 
χην. 

'Ύφίτερος,  a,  ov,  compar.  from 
adv.  νφι,  higher,  loftier,  Theocr.  8,  46. 

Pi     ,  -.        .       . 

'Ύφιτνχος,  ov,  reaching  a  height,  of 
high  fortune,  [i] 

'ΎφΙ(Ι>ύεννος,  ov,  Philo ;  and  νφΐ- 
φάής,  ές,  Anth.  P.  7,  701  {ϋφί,  ψάος)  ; 
— high-shining,  far-seen. 


Ύ2 

^ΎφΙφϋνι'ις,  ές,  (νφι,  φαίνομαι)  eon- 
spicuoits  on  high,  Anth.  P.  append. 
246. 

Ύφιφερής,  ές,^=νφιφόρητος. 

'Ύφίφοίτης,  ου,  ύ,  one  who  wanders 
or  moves  on  high. 

'ΎφΙοόρητος,  ov,  (νψι,  φορέω)  high- 
borne,  soaring,  Anth. 

'Ύψίόρίον,  ονυς,  ύ,  ή,  {νφι,  ώρην) 
like  υψηλόφρων,  high-minded, haughty, 
Pind.  P.  2,  94, 

'ΎψΐχαΙτης,  ov,  b,  {νφι,  χαίτη) 
long-haired,  άνέρες,  Pind.  P.  4,  306. 

'ΎψΙων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  poet,  com- 
l^ar.  Irom  νψι,  higher,  loftier,  Pind. 
Fr.  232  :  cf.  νψίτερος. 

νΎφόεις,  b,  Hypsois,  a  city  in  Elis, 
Strab.  p,  349, 

Ύψόθεν,  and,  later,  6e,  adv. : 
{{ιφος) '. — from  on  high,  from  aloft,  from 
above,  Lat.  desnper,  II.  11,  53,  Od.  2, 
147,  etc, ;  also  in  Hes.,  Aesch.  Supp. 
173,  Eur.,  etc.;  rare  in  prose,  as  in 
Plat.  Soph.  216  C— II.  like  νφον, 
high,  aloft,  on  high,  also  c.  gen,,  above, 
<M.w,  Pind.  0.3,21. 

'Ύψ'όθί,  adv,,  (νφος)  like  νφοϋ, 
high,  aloft,  on  high,  ίιφοθ'  εόντι  Αιί, 
II,  10,  16,  cf,  17,  676;  19,  376,-11.  c. 
gen.,  above,  Nonn. 

^Ύψοί,  adv.,  upwards,  Lat.  sursum, 
άείρειν,  Sappho  73, 

'Ύψ'όΛοφος,  ov,  =  ΰψίλοώος,  v.  1. 
Hipp,  p,  1278, 

'Ύψόττρνμνος,  ον,^νφίττρνμνος. 

^Ύφύττρωρος,  ov,  =  ίφίτνμωρος, 
Strab.  ^ 

'Ύφόροφος,  ov,  {tirpi,  οροφή) : — with 
high  covering,  high  roofed,  νψ.  βά- 
Λαμος,  οίκος,  II.  3,  423;  24,  192, 
Od.  2,  337,  etc. ;  cf.  νφερεφί/ς,  νφη- 
ρεψής- 

"Ύψος,  εος,  τό,  {νφι)  height,  first  in 
Hdt.  (V.  infra) ;  νιρος  κρεΐσσον  έκπη- 
όήματος,  Aesch.  Ag,  1376  ;  εις  νψος 
αίρειν,  Eur,  Phoen.  404;  v.  έχειν, 
?Μμβύν€ΐν,  to  rise  to  some  height, 
Thuc,  1,  91 ;  4,  13,  cf  2,  75 :  the  top, 
summit,  crown,  metaph.,  νψος  ΰμα- 
βίας,  Ep.  Plat.  351  Ε  : — όσον  νφος, 
how  high,  Xen.  Symp,  2,  8  ;  as  absol. 
ace,  in  height,  Hdt.  1,  50,  178;  ές 
νψος.  Id,  2,  135.  —  II.  metaph.,  siii- 
limiiy,  Longin.     Hence 

'Ύψόσε,  adv.,  ore  high,  upwards, 
aloft,  up,  II,  10,  461,  465,  Od,  9,  240, 
340,  etc, 

'Υφοτάτκύ,  adv,,  superl,  of  νφυν, 
most  highly,  Bacchyl.  26,  4. 

Ύφον,  adv.,  {νφος): — high,  aloft, 
on  high,  up,  II,  I,  486,  Od.  4,  785,  etc.  ; 
νφοϋ  ττατείν,  Pind.  Ο.  1,  184,  cf.  P. 
10,  109;  νψού  έξύραί  τι,  to  praise  it 
highly,  Hdt.  9,  79 ;  νψού  αΙρειν  θν- 
μόν.  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  914, 

νΤψυνς,  ονντος,  ό,  (prob.  conld. 
from  Ύφιόεις)  Hypsus,  a  town  of  Ar- 
cadia on  a  mountain  of  same  name. 
Pans,  8,  35,  7. 

'Ύφόφθαλμος,  ov,  {ΰφι,  οφθαΆμός) 
with  high  or  prominent  eyes. 

'Ύφόφωνος,  ov,  {νφι,  φ<ύνη)  with 
high,  shrill  voice,  Hipp.  p.  955. 

'Ύφόο,  ώ,  f.  -ώσΐί',  to  raise,  elevate, 
exalt,  Hipp,    Hence 

"Ύψωμα,  ατυς.  τύ.  high  pOsition,  ele- 
vation, fN.  T.  :  in  pi.  οί'ρανίοις  νφώ- 
uaat,  Pseudo-Phoc.  68  ;t  esp.,  the  as- 
cension of  a  star,  opp.  to  ταπείνωμα, 
Plut.  2,  149  A,  ubi  v.  Wyttenb. 

'ΎΦώροόος,  ov,=  νφόροφος,  Lob. 
Phryn.  706. 

'Ύφωσις,  εως,  ή,  {νψόω)  a  heighten- 
ing, raising,  exalting,  LXX. 

'ΤΩ,  i.  ϋσω :  aor.  pass,  νσθην  : — 
strictly,  to  wet,  water:  esp.,  to  rain, 
Ζενς  νε,  Jupiter  sent  rain,  II.  12,  25, 
Od.  14,  457,  Hes.  Op.  486,  Theogn. 


26,  Valck.  Hdt,  2,  13 ;  ό  θεός  νει, 
Hdt.  2,  13  ; — but  the  nom.  was  soon 
omitted,  and  {-ει  used  impers.,  like 
Lat.  pluit,  it  rams,  Hes.  Op.  550,  Hdt. 
4,  28  ;  ύόατι  νσαι,  Hdt.  1,  67  ;  ει  νε, 
ii  It  rained,  Hdt.  4,  185:  νοντος  πο?.- 
/ώ,  as  it  was  raining  heavily,  Xen. 
Hell.  1,  1,  16;  (so  the  Greeks  said 
νίφει,  σείει,  etc.,  with  or  without  ό 
θεός) : — also  sometimes  c.  ace.  loci, 
επτά  έτέων  ονκ  νε  την  Βήρην,  for 
seven  years  it  did  not  rain  on  Thera, 
Hdt.  4,  151,  cf.  Pans.  2,  29,  6,  (hence 
the  pass,  usage,  cf.  infra  B) : — more 
freq.  c.  ace.  cognafo,  ίσε  χρνσόν,  it 
rained  gold,  Pind.  O.  7,  91  ;  so,  νσαι 
τέφραν,  etc. ;  and  sometimes  c.  dat., 
νσαι  λιθοις,  βατράχοις,  etc.,  to  rain 
with.. ; — just  as  in  Lat.  we  find  some- 
times pluit  carnem,  sanguinem,  some- 
times pluit  lapidihus,  Valck.  Hdt.  4, 
151 :  ψ•ακαζέτο>  ό'  άρτοισιν,  νέτυ  ό' 
έτνει,  like  Falstaff's  '  Let  it  rain  po- 
tatoes,' Niceph.  Sir.  2. — II.  pass.,  c. 
fut.  mid.,  to  become  wet,  be  wetted,  esp. 
with  rain ;  ?.έων  νόμενος,  a  lion  drench- 
ed with  ram.  Od.  6,  131  ;  νσθι/σαν  ai 
θηβαι,  Thebes  was  rained  upon,  i.  e. 
it  rained  there,  Hdt.  3,  10  :  so,  ή  γή 
νεται,  i.  e.  it  rains  in  the  country, 
Hdt.  2,  13  ;  ;;  yy  ί'ΐται  όλίγυ,  it  rains 
little  or  seldom  there,  Hdt.  1,  193  : — 
also,  sometimes,  to  fall  down  in  rain, 
in  a  shower,  e.  g.  νεται  χρυσός,  άρτος, 
σίτος,  it  rains  gold,  bread,  corn,  etc., 
yet  prob.  only  in  late  writers,  as 
Philo.  Greg.  Naz.,  etc. 

(From  iif.)  come  first  νδος  νδωρ 
νόα'λέος  νδάτινος  νδατόεις  νδρα 
ί'δρος  ϋδερος  νδρωφ :  then  υγρός 
with  its  its  derivs. ;  and  Lat  humus 
hnmor  humeo  humesco  hiimidns  ;  as 
also  utnis  uvidus  tidits  unda,  and  fudo 
fundo  :  prob.  also  ίδος  ίδίω  ιδρός 
ίόρώς  ίδρόω,  Lat.  sado,  sudor  ;  and 
(from  its  watery  look)  νε7.ος.  να/^ς. 
Cf.  νδωρ. — The  root  may  perhaps  be 
further  traced  in  XT-,  χέω).  (ϋ  al- 
ways.] 

Ύώδης,  fr,  like  νοειδτ/Γ,  swinish, 
πάθος,  Plut.'2,  535  F.  [I] 

'Ύωδία,  ας,  η,  swinishness,  [ϋ] 


Φ,  φ,  φι,  τό,  indecl.,  twenty-first 
letter  of  the  Gr.  alphabet:  as  a  nu- 
meral ώ'=500,  but  ,9=500,000. 

The  consonant  Φ  arose  from  the 
labial  Π  followed  by  the  aspirate. 
Before  the  present  written  character 
came  into  use,  it  was  written  ΠΗ; 
and  is  e.xpressed  in  Lat.,  Engl.,  etc., 
by  the  Lat.  ph :  though,  F,f,  is  its 
proper  representative  : — for  in  Greek, 
Φ  was  used  to  translate  the  Lat.  F, 
as  Fabius,  Φάβιος,  etc. ;  in  Italian  all 
the  Latinised  Greek  words  (the  only 
ones  which  in  Latin  had  ph)  are 
spelt  with/;  and  in  Greek  and  Latin 
words  from  the  same  root  φ  and  / 
correspond,  e.  g.  oup,fur,  φάvaι,fari. 
— It  is  prob.  that  Φ  took  the  place  of 
the  older  F  or  digamma,  which  re- 
mained in  Latin  in  its  primitive 
form,  V.  Donalds.  New  Crat.  p.  105, 
124. 

Changes  of  Φ,  esp.  in  the  dialects. 
— I.  in  Aeol.,  Dor.  and  Ion.  the  aspi- 
rate was  usu.  dropped,  and  φ  became 
7Γ,  as  in  άσπάραγος  /.ίσπης  σ~όγγος 
σπονδν/.?/  ίοτ  άσφάρα-,ος  /.ίσφος  σοόγ- 
γος  σόονόυλη,  Koeu  Grog.  p.  344: 
this  was  esp.  the  case  with  thf  Ma- 
cedonians, who  called  their  Philip 
ΐΙί/ΛΤτπος:  the  Att.  on  the  othe;-  hand 
158T 


ΦΑΓΕ 

were  fond  of  the  aspirated  φ.  esp.  af- 
ter a,  though  not  without  exception, 
Lolj.  Phryn.  113,  399,  but  also  at  the 
beginning  of  the  radical  syllables, 
e.  g.  φανός  παιπΊς,  φύτρα  τΐύτμα  (cf 
father  paler),  φαίΐ'ό'ληςραηιιιία,φύρσος 
pars,  Jlagrui/i  πΑι/γη,  Buttn».  Lexil. 
8.  V.  φο'λκός  5  ;  just  as  the  fligh-Gcr- 
nian  Pferd  Pfalil  pfiifm  Damp/ are  in 
Low-German, Ptrj/'a/i/  peipm  Damp, 
whence  oviv  pad  pale  pipe  damp. —  II. 
in  Maced.,  φ  sometimes  changed  to 
its  nearest  labial  β.  Βίλιπττος  Bpv) τς 
for  Φί/ί7Γ-θί•  <^μν)Ες.  Hdt.  7,  73, 
Koen  Greg.  p.  285;  cf.  balaena  φά- 
λαινα.— ill.  in  Aeol.,  Dor.  and  Ion., 
φ  is  more  freq.  for  (',  as  φήρ  φλάι.), 
φλιβίύ  for  βι'ιρ  ϋλάω  θλίβω,  etc.,  Koen 
Greg.  p.  614. 

Older  Ep.  and  Eleg.  poets  consid- 
creil  φ  in  particular  cases  as  a  double 
consonant,  so  that  a  short  vowel  be- 
fore it  becomes  long  by  position,  e.  g. 
in  όφις  σκνφος  Ζεφίφιος,  Wolf  Praef 
]!.  Ix.wii,  Schuf.  Theogn.  1057, 
Mehlh.  Anacr.  35,  1 1. 

Φ(2,  Dor.  for  ίφα.  εφη,  v.  φημί. 

Φααΐ'θει•,  Ε  p.  lengthd.  for  φάνθεν, 
1.  e.  ίφάΐ'θησαν.  3  pi.  aor.  1  pass,  of 
φαίνω,  II.  1,  200.  [φι'ι] 

Φάάι^-αΓΟζ-,  Tj,  οι•,  irreg.  Ep.  snperl. 
of  όαεινής.  jiiost  bnltiant,  brightest, 
ύστηρ,  Od.  13,  93. 

Φαάντερος,  a,  ov,  irreg.  Ep.  corn- 
par,  ot  φαεινός,  more  brilliant,  brighter, 
Anth. 

Φαβύτπ'ος,  η,  ov,  made  nf  beans, 
from  the  Lat. /nfea,  late  word. 

■\Φάβιος,ον,  ύ,  the  Rom.  name  Ja- 
biax,  Strab.  p.  185;  Plut.  ;  etc. 

Φαβοκτόνος,  ov,  (φάψ,  κτείνω) 
killaiu;  doves,  a  dove-ktller. 

Ί'άβοτντΐος,  ov,  (φάψ,  τί}~~ω) 
striking  doves:  ό  φαβοτνπυς,  a  kmd 
of  \\■dwk.=φuσσoφόvor,  Arist.  II.  A. 
8,3.  1.  [v] 

ίΦά;ίpa.aς.ή,Phabra.Άsm■d\\is.\and 
ne;u  Attica,  Strab.  p.  398.  v.  1,  Φανρα. 

ίΦαβματερία,  ας,  ή,  Fahralena,  a 
town  of  Latium,  Strab.  p.  237. 

\Φαβρίκίος,  ov,  ό,  the  Rom.  name 
Fabricius,  Plut. 

ίΦαβωρΐνός,  ov,  ό,  Fai-orinus,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  esp.  the  rhetorician  of  Λ  relate 
in  Ciaul,  Luc.  Demon.  12  ;  etc. 

Φύγαινα,  ης,  ή,  ravenous  hunger. — 
ΙΙ.=  ώα)'ίί5αίν«  I. 

Φΰγάνβρωπος.ον,^ΰνθρωττοφάγος, 
devouring  men,  cannibal. 

Φά)άς  or  φayaς,  h,  [φαγείν)  a  de- 
vourrr,  glutton,  Cra.i\n.  incert.  137  b; 
cf  Lob.  Phryn.  431. 

Φΰγέόαινα,  ης,  ή,  a  cnnccro^is  sore, 
canker,  Aesch.  Fr.  231,  Dem.  798,  23  ; 
V.  Foes.  Oecon.  Hipp. — \1.=^φάγαινα 
1.    Hence 

ΦΐΓ/εόαινικός,  ?/,  όί>,  spreading  like 
a  cancer,  Diosc. 

Φάγεδαινόομαι,  pass.,  to  suffer  from 
φαγέϋαινα,  Hipp.  p.  1 125. 

Φάγέειν  and  φάγέμεν.  Ion.  and  Ep. 
for  η>α)είν.  Oil. 

ΦΑΓΕΓΝ.  inf  from  ίφα}ον,  with 
no  pres.  in  use,  used  as  aor.  2  of 
ίσΟίω  : — to  eat,  devour,  both  of  men 
a'nl  beasts,  oft.  in  Hom..  who  oft. 
joins  irielv  φay^μεv  re,  etc.  :  usu. 
constructed  c.  ace,  but  also  c.  gen., 
to  eat  of  {\.  e.  part  of)  a  thing,  Od.  9, 
102  ;  15,  373,  cf  Jelf  Gr.  Gr.  ()  537  : 
— generally,  to  eat  up,  waste,  squan- 
der, Od.  2,'  70;  4,  33.— Λ  later  Hel- 
lenistic fut.  is  φάγομαι,  which  was 
also  used  as  pres..  LXX.,  cf.  Lob. 
Phryn.  327,  but  no  pres.  φύγω  occurs. 
(Sanscr.  bhaksh  comedere :  hence, 
also  prob.  Lat.  jauc-es,  German 
liacken). 

1588 


ΦΑΕΙ 

Φΰγέσωρος,  ου,  ό,  α  glutton,  comic 
word. 

Φύ)7ΐμα,  ατυς,  τό,  (φυγείν)  food, 
victuals. 

Φύγι^σι,  Ep.  for  φάγη,  3  sing.  subj. 
aor.  2  act.  ot  ίσϋιω,  Hom. 

Φάγήσια,  τύ,  (sc.  αρύ),  (φαγείν) 
an  eating  festival,  Clearch.  ap.  Ath. 
275  B. 

Φΰγι/σιττόσια,  τύ,  (φαγείν,  πίνω) 
an  eating  anddrinking  festival,  Clearch. 
ap.  Ath.  275  B. 

Φάγησις,  ή,  (φαγεΧν)  an  eating  or 
devouring,  susp. 

Φύγϊ'λης,  ov,  ΰ,  a  lamb,  strictly 
either  when  it  begins  to  be  eatable  or 
to  eat  alone,  Arist.  ap.  Plut.  2,291  D.— 
Hesych.  gives  also  the  forms  φαγη- 
λός,  φαγαλός. 

Φάγομαι,  Hellenist,  fut.  of  φύγε'ιν, 
q.  V. 

Φάγος,  ov,  ο,  (φαγείν)  a  glutton, 
Ν.  'Γ.: — also  written  oxyt.  φΰγύς. 
Lob.  Phryn.  434. 

^Φύγρης,  ητος,  ή,  Phagres,  a  for- 
tress in  Macedonia  at  the  passes  of 
Mt.  Pangaeus,  Hdt.  7, 112  ;  Thuc.2, 
99. 

Φάγρος,  ov,  ό,  a  kind  offish,  An- 
tiph.  Probat.  1,  3. — II.  in  Cretan,  α 
whetstone. 

*Φάγω,  V.  sub  φαγείν. 

Φυγών,  6,  a  glutton. — II.  the  jaw. 

Φάγωρος,  ov,  ό,  also  φαγώριος,  an 
unknown^s/i,  perh.  the  sanie  as  φά- 
γρος, Strab. 

Φάί-,  3  sing.  aor.  from  φάω,  φαίνω, 
Avith  intr.  signf  like  έφάνη,  appeared, 
Od.  14,  502. 

Φύεθοντιάς,  ύδος,  !7,=sq.,  0pp.  C. 
1,219. 

Φύίθοντίς,  ίδος,  poet.  fem.  of  φαέ- 
βων,  shining,  Anth. —  fll.  of  or  relating 
to  Pharlhon,  Anth.  P.  9.  782. 

]Φaέl)oυσa,ης,ij,Phutthusa,dΆ\^g\\■ 
ter  of  Melius  and  Neaera,  Od.  12,  132. 

Φάίβω  (φάω.  φάας)  : — to  shine,  hvii 
prob.  only  used  in  part,  φύέθων,  beam- 
ing, radiant,  in  Horn.,  and  Hes..  al- 
ways as  epith.  of  the  sun,  II.  11,  735, 
Od.  5,  479,  elc. ;  and  so  Soph.  El. 
824,  Eur.  El.  404,  in  lyric  passages  : 
■κάνννχα  και  φαέβοντα,  nights  and 
dat/s.  Soph.  Aj.  930. — 2  llie  planet  Ju- 
piter, Arist.  Mund.  2.  9.    Hence 

Φαέβων,  οντος,  ύ,  Phai'lhon,  one  of 
the  light-bringmg  steeds  of  Aurora, Od. 
23,  246. — II.  as  masc.  pr.  n.,  son  of 
Aurora  and  Cephalus,  carried  off  by 
Venus,  Hes.  Th.  987  :  tin  Apollod.  3, 
14,  3,  son  of  'I'lthonusf. — 2.  son  of 
Helius  and  Clymene,  famous  in  later 
legends  for  his  unlucky  driving  of 
the  sun-chariot,  fEur.  Hipp.  740;  Aj). 
Rh.  4,  598,  623 ;  cf  Luc.  Dial.  D.  25.— 
3.  nppell.  of  Ahsyruis,  Ap.  Rh.  3. 1236. 

^Φαεινίς.  ίόης,  ή,  Phainis,  priestess 
of  .luno  in  Argos,  'I'huc.  4,  133. 

Φαεινής,  ή,  όν  ;  also  φαεννός,  v.  in- 
Ira  :  (φάος)  :  shining,  beaming,  radiant, 
Tivi,  with  any  thing,  oft.  in  Hom. ; 
esp.  of  burnished  metal,  κρητι/ρ.  II. 
3,  247,  etc. ;  χαλκός  12,  151  ;  σάκος, 
δόρν,  etc.  ;  and  of  bright  colours,  ζω- 
οτί/ρ  φοινίκι  φαεινός,  II.  6,  219,  cf 
15,538;  φ.πέπλος,  τύπ>]ς,5.315  ;  10, 
156;  also  of  lire,  11.5.215;  of  the  moon, 
II.  8,  555  ;  of  Aurora,  Od.  4,  188  ;  of 
the  eyes,  11. 13,  3, 7,  etc. ;  so  in  Pind. 
and  Trag.,  v.  sub  fin.:  —  coinpar., 
φαεινότερος,  II.  18,610. — 2.  later  also 
like  λαμπρός,  of  the  voice,  clear,  dis- 
tinct, far-sounding,  Pind.  P.  4,  505.— 
3.  generally,  splendid,  brilliant,  άρε- 
ταί,  ϋυσίαι,  etc..  Find.  Ν.  7,  75,  etc. 
— A  poet,  word — Pind.  always  uses 
the  form  φαεννός.  Bockh  v.  1.  Pind. 
O.  1,  6,  which  also  occurs  even  in 


ΦΛΙΔ 

Tambic  passages  of  Trag.,  Valck. 
Phoen.  84,  Ellendt  Lex.  Soph.;  but 
never  in  Ep. 

ΦύιΊνω.  poet,  f  ollat.  form  of  φαίνω, 
to  shine,  give  light,  Od.  12,  383,  L'85. 
etc.,  Hes'  Op.  52C,  Th.  372. 

ήΦαέΐ'να.  ας,  η,  Phaenna,  one  ol 
the  Graces,  Pa  us.  3,  18,  6. 

ΙΦαι  j'lif,  ίόος,  ή,  Phatnnis,  a  secr- 
ess,  Paus.  10,  12,  )(). 

tΦ«f1'^'0f,  ov,  ό,  PhaHnnns,  a  poet, 
Anth.  P.  4,  1. 

Φΰεννός.  ή,  όν,  collat.  form  of  φα- 
εινός, q.  V.  sub  fin. 

Φάεσίμβροτος,  ov,  {φύω,  βροτύς) : 
— bringing  li^hl  to  viorlnls,  .'diining  on 
them,  ηώς,  IL  24,  785,  'Μελιος,  Od.  10, 
138,  191,  Hes.  Th.  958  :  also  in  Eur. 
Heracl.  750. 

Φΰεσφορία,  ας.  Ion.  -///,  ης,  ή',  a 
bringing  of  light :  a  lighting,  illu7nina- 
tion.  Cail.  Dian.  11,  Musae.  300: 
from 

Φύεσφόρος,  ov,  (φάος,  φέρω)  :— 
light-bringing,  λαμπάδες,  Aesch.  Ag. 
489 ;  φλόξ,  Eur.  Hel.  029 ;  όχΰις.  Id. 
Cycl.  462  : — contr.  φωςόόρος,  q.  v. 

^Φαζημωνϊτις.  ιδος,ή.  PhazemonVis, 
a  district  of  Pontus,  Strab.  p.  560  : 
from 

"^Φαζημών,  ώνος.  ό,  Phazrmon,  a 
townol  Pontus.  later  Neapolis,  Strab. 
p.  560:  hence  o'l  Φαζημωνιται,  the 
mhab.  of  Ph.,  Id. 

ΦάΙΙι.  imperat.  of  φημί,  Ar.  [ΰ, 
though  Draco  writes  it  φάβι.] 

iΦaιύκιa,  ας.  Ion.  Φαιηκίη,  ης,  ή, 
in  Hom.  Φαιηκων  γαία.  Od.  5,  35, 
Phneacia,  the  land  of  the  Phaeacians, 
=  'Σχερία. 

Φαίαξ.  ΰκος.  ό,  Ep.  and  Ion.  Φηίηξ, 
a  Phiieacian  :  they  were  the  Homeric 
inhabilaiits  of  the  island  of  Scheria 
(i.e.  Corcyra.  now  Corfu,  famous  for 
their  seamanship,  riches  and  hospi- 
tality, Od.  t6,  3,  35,  etc  t— II.  fas 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Phneaxj,  name  of  an 
architect,  who  gave  his  name  (φαιά- 
κες  or  φαιύκοΊ)  to  conduits  or  siwers, 
Diod.  +S.  II,  25.-2.  son  of  Neptune 
and  Corcyra.  progenitor  of  the  Phae- 
acians. ace.  to  Diod.  S.  4.  72.-3.  son 
of  Erasistratus.  a  commander  of  the 
Athenians,  Thuc.  .5,  4  ;  Plut.  Nic.  11. 

iΦaιδίuη,  ης.  ή,  Pha'dima,  fem.  pr. 
n..  a  Persian  woman,  Hdt.  3.  69. 

Φαιδϊμόεις,  εσσα.  εν,  a  rarer  poet, 
form  lor  sq.,  II.  13,  686. 

Φαίδιμος.  ov,  also  η,  ov,  Pind.  P. 
4,  51,  N.  1,  101,  (nevcrused  bv  Hom. 
in  lem.) :  (φαίνω): — sbinijig.  beaming, 
radiant,  of  men's  limbs,  prob.  in  refer- 
ence to  the  common  use  of  oil,  φαί- 
διμος ώμος,  Od.  1 1, 127.  etc.  ;  φ.  γ  via, 
II.  6,  27  ;  φ.  κόμα,  Pind.  Ν.  1.  ΙΟΙ  ; 
πρόςοψις.  Id.  P.  4,  50  ;  also,  φ.  'ίπποι, 
1(1.  Ο.  6,  21. — 2.  of  heroes,  famous, 
glorious.  Lat.  clarus,  iliuslris,  oft.  in 
Horn.— The  word  is  rare  in  Trag., 
φαιδιμ'  Άχι/.λεν,  Ae-sch.  (Fr.  122) 
ap.  Ar.  Ran.  992;  φ.  ώμοι.  Soph.  Fr. 
403  ;  φ.  βραχίυνεΓ,  Achao.  ap.  Ath. 
414  D. 

^Φαίδψος,  ov,  ό.  Phaedimus,a  king 
of  the  Sidonians,  who  kindly  receiv- 
ed Menelaus,  Od.  15,  117.— 2.  son  of 
Amphion  and  Niobe,  Apollod.  3.  5,  6. 
— 3.  one  of  the  thirty  tyrants,  Dem. 
402,  16  ;  instead  of  vvhom  in  Xen. 
Φαιδρίας.  —  4.  a  Lacedaemonian, 
Thuc.  5,  42. — 5.  a  poet  of  the  Antho- 
logy.—Others  in  Pans.  5,  8.  11  ;  etc. 

^Φαίδρα,  ας,  ή.  Ep.  Φαιδρή.  Phae- 
dra, daughter  of  Miiio.s,  wile  of  The- 
seus, became  enamoured  of  her  step- 
son Hippolytus.and  by  her  misrepre- 
sentations caused  his  death,  Od.  11, 
325;  Eur.  Hipp. 


ΦΑΙΜ 

ίΦβκίρί'α,  ας,  ή,  Phaedria,  a  town 
of  Arcaciia,  Paus.  3,  35,  I. 

ίΦαιόρέας,  ου.  ό.  Phacdrias,  an 
Atheoian.  one  of  the  thirty  tyrants, 
Xen.  Hell.  2,  3,  2:  cf.  Φαίόιμυς  3. — 
Others  in  Diog.  L.,  etc. 

ίΦαιδριοί'.,  on,  ή,  P/taedrium.  a  fe- 
male attendant  of  Epicurus,  Diog.  L. 
6,21. 

^aidpoiiucji',  ov,  gen.  όνος,  (,είμα) 
in  clean  attire. 

Φαίδρόΐ'ονς,  ουν,  {φαιδρός,  νονς)  of 
cheerful,  joyous  mind,  Aesch.  Ag. 
1229. 

Φαιδρός,  ά,  όν.  (φάω.  Φαίνω) : — 
bright,  beaming,  φύος,  Pind.  Fr.  228; 
ήλιος,  σελήνη.  Aesch.  Euni.  926,  Ag. 
298. — 2.  metaph.,  beaming  with  joy, 
joi/ous,  jocund,  φ.  ττρόςωτΓον,  όμμα, 
tSolon  31,  3t,  Aesch.  Ag.  520,  Soph. 
El.  1297,  etc. :  then  of  persons,  of  glad 
countenance,  cheerful,  joyous,  Xen.  Cyr. 
3,  3,  59,  etc. ;  φ.  λύμ~οντί  μετώτζω, 
Ar.Eq.550;  φ.ε—ί  rivt.gladat  a  thing, 
Deni.  332,  8 :  hence,  φ.  ώτα,  of  a 
horse  that  pricks  his  ears,  Ar.  Pac. 
156.  Adv.  -δρώς,  joyously,  cheerily, 
φ.  βιοτενσαι,  Xen.  Cyr.  4,  C,  G  ;  neut. 
pi.  φαιδρά  as  adv.  in  Soph.  O.  C  319: 
opp.  to  σπ'γνυς,  Xen.  An.  2,  C,  11. — 
II.  as  masc.  prop,  ti.,  properispoin., 
Φαιδρός,  v.  sq.  :  and  the  fein.  Φαίδρα, 
Ion.  Φαιδρή,  is  paroxyt. 

tΦαί'^pof,  01',  o,  Phatdrus,  a  pupil 
and  friend  of  Socrates,  Plat.  Phaedr. 
— 2.  an  Athenian  commander,  Strab. 
p.  446. 

Φαιδρότης,  ητος.  ή.  (φαιδρός)  bright- 
ness, lustre. — 11.  metaph.,  cheerfulness, 
joi/ousness,  Isocr.  Antid.  ^141. 

Φαιδρύω.  ώ,  (  φαιδρός  )  to  make 
bright.  —  II.  metaph.,  to  cheer,  make 
cheerful,  gay  or  joyous: — pass.,  to  be 
so,  Xen.  Cyr.  2,2,16.  Cf  φαιδρνι•ω. 
Φαιδρνντής,  οΰ,  6,  (φαιδμννω)  one 
who  cleayises. 

Φαίδρνντρια,  ας,  ή,  fern,  of  foreg.,  : 
CKapyuvuv  φ.,  a  washer  of  baby-linen,  I 
Aesch.  Cho.  759.  j 

Φαιδρννω,  (φαιδρός)  to  make  bright, 
to  cleanse,  φ.  λ.οντρυΐς,  Aesch.  Ag. 
JlOO;  tieai  μορόάν  έφαίδρνναν,  gave  j 
me  (I  bright  form,  says  Helen,  Eur. 
Hel.  C78  : — so  in  mid.,  χρόα  φαιόρϋ- 
νεσθαι,  to  uash  one's  skin  clean,  Hes. 
Op.  751,  cC  Mosch.  2,  31.— II.  me- 
taph., to  cheer,  please,  Aesch.  Ag. 
1120 :  in  mid.,  φαιδρϋνασθαι  τον  εαυ- 
τού 3iov,  Plat.  Legg.  718  B: — jiass., 
to  brighten  up  with  joy,  Xen.  Cyr.  5, 
3,  37.     Hence 

Φαίδρνσμα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which 
makes  bright :  decoration,  dress,  Clem. 
AL 

Φαιδμωπός.  όν,  (φαιδρός,  ωφ) : — 
ivith  bright,  joyous  look,  of  a  young 
lion.  Aesch.  Ag.  725  ;  όμμα  φ.,  Eur. 
Or.  894. 

^Φαίδων,  ωνος,  6,  Phaedon,  of  Elis, 
a  pupil  of  Socrates,  Plat.  Phaed. — 
2.  an  Athenian  archon,  Plut.  Thes. 
36. 

^Φαιδώνδας,  ου,  ό,  Phaedondas,  a 
pupil  of  Socrates,  of  Thebes  or  Gy- 
rene, Plat.  Phaed.  59;  Xen.  Mem.  1, 
2,  48. 

Φαικάς,  άδος,  ή,  a  kind  of  white 
shoe,  worn  by  Athen.  gymnasiarchs 
and  Aegyptian  priests.  Anth.  P.  6, 
254  ;  and  we  have  a  dimin.  form  φαι- 
κάσιον,  τό,  in  App.  Civ.  5,  11,  Plut. 
Anton.  33. 

Φαικός.  ή,  όν.  Soph.  (Fr.  9.">4)  ap. 
Phot,  and  Hesych.,  who  explain  it  by 
φαιδρός,  ?Μμ~ρός,  so  that  it  must  be- 
long to  the  root  *φάω,  φαίνω. 

Φαϊμεν,  1  pi.  opt.  pres.  from  φτ^μί, 
for  φαίημεν,  II. 


ΦΑΙΝ 

[  ^Φαιναγόρη,  ης,  ή,  =  Φαναγορία, 
Ι  Dion.  Ρ.  552. 

ίΦαινηρέτη,  ης,  ή,  Phaenarete,  an 
Athenian  female,  mother  of  Socrates, 
,  Plat.  Theaet. 

j      ίΦαινέας,  ov.  6,  Phaeneas,  a  leader 
i  of  the  Aetolians,  Polyb.  17,  1,  4. 
I      Φαινέμεν,    Ep.   inf.   pres.  act.  for 

1  φαίνειν,  Od. 

Φαινέσκετο,    Ion.   for  έφαίνετο,  3 
!  sing,  nnpf  pass.,  Od. 
'       '[Φαινέστιος.   ov.    ό,    Phaenestius, 

masc.  pr.  n.,  Ath.  15  A. 
j      Φαινίνδά  παιζειν,  to  play  at  ball, 
elsevvh.  έφετινδα  and  ύρπαστόν,  An- 
tiph.  Incert.  8  ;  cf.  Ath.  14  F.    (From 
φαίνω) 

■\ΦαίνίΤΐπος.  ov,  ό,  Phaenippus,  an 
Athenian,  Hdt.  G,  121—2.  a  public 
secretary  at  Athens,  Thuc.  4,  118. — 
3.  an  individual  against  whom  one 
of  Demosthenes'  orations  was  di- 
rected. 

Φαινίς,  ίδος,  ή,  Laced,  for  ανε- 
μώνη. 

ίΦαινόκριτος,  ου.  ό,  Phaenocritus, 
masc.  pr.  η.,  Anth.  P.  7,  716. 

Φαινόλης,  ου,  ό,  the  Lat.  paenula, 
a  thick,  upper  garment  or  cloak,  N.  T.  : 
the  forms  φαιλόνης  and  φελόνης  are 
duh. 

Φαινολίς,  ίδος,  ή,  ( φαίνω )  light- 
bringing,  tight-giving,  ηώς,  Η.  Honi. 
Cer.  51  ;  αΰώς,  Sapph.  68  :  not  found 
in  genit. ;  cf.  μαινολίς. 

Φαινολοβήκη.  ης.  ή,  a  closet  οτ  place 
for  keeping  φαΐνόλαΐ  in. 

Φαινομέν^φΐ,  Ep.  dat.  for  φαινο- 
μέντ),  Hom. 

Φαινομηρίς.  ίδος,  ?/,  (φαίνω,  μηρός) 
showing-  the  thigh,  with  bare  thigh,  as 
Ibyc.  49  calls  the  Laconian  damsels, 
from  their  wearingthe  σχιστός χιτών, 
V.  Mailer  Dor.  4.  2,  3  :  we  find  it  also 
proparox.  φαινόμηρις,  and  in  the  form 
φανομηρίς. 

Φαινοττροςωπέω.  ώ,  (φαίνω,  πρός- 
ωπον)    Ιο  show   one's   face,   come   into 

public,  a  word  formed  by  Cic.  Att.  7, 

21,  1,  not  quite  ace.  to  analogy  ; 
for  it  should  strictly  be  φανεροπρος- 
ωπέω.  So  our  botanists  talk  of 
phaenogamoiis,  for  phanerogamous, 
plants.     Hence 

Φαινοτζροςω-ητέυν,  verb,  adj.,  one 
must   show   one's  face,    Cic.    Att.    14, 

22,  2: 

Φαΐνοψ,  οπός,  ό,  ή,  {φαίνω,  ώψ) 
=  φαινώ-ψ :  in  11.  only  as  pr.  η. : 
ν.  sq. 

\Φαϊνοι1ι,  οττος,  ό,  Phaenops,  son  of 
Asius  of  Abydus,  father  of  Xanthus 
and  Thoon,  II.  5,  152 ;  17,  582. 

ΦαίΊ'ω  (from  root  ΦΑ-.  which  ap- 
pears ill  φά-ος,  Sanscr.  bha  lucere)  : 
f.  φάνώ.\3\ιΐ  also  φΰνώ,  Diiid.  Ar.  Eq. 
300,  Eur.  Bacch.  528.  cf  Ap.  Dysc. 
de  Adv.  p.  600:  aor.  εφηνα.  inf  φη- 
vai :  later  pf  πέφαγκα.  Dinarch.  (in 
compd.  ίιττοφ.) :  intr.  pf  2  πέφιινα. 
Pass,  and  mid.  φαίνομαι :  fut.  φΰνον- 
μαι.  Horn.,  φανήσομαι,  Soph.,  etc.  : 
aor.  έφύνην,  Horn.,  who  also  has  intr. 
aor.  act.  φάνεσκε  [α]  (11.  1 1,  t;4.  Od. 
11,  587),  aor.  1  έφάνθτμ\  with  the  Ep. 
3  sing.  aor.  φΰάνθη,  and  3  pi.  ώάαν- 
θεν,  for  ίφάνθησαν,  11.  1,  200';  17, 
650.  cf  Lob.  Phryn.  420;  3  pi.  aor. 

2  φύνεν  for  ίφύνησαν.  Od.  18,  68 ; 
inf.  φΰνήμεναι  lor  φανήναι,  II.  9,  240  : 
pf  πέφασμαι,  3  sing,  ττέφανται,  inf. 
ττεφάνθαι,  Soph.,  Plat.,  etc.  ;  but  the 
pf  2  τϊέφηνα  is  also  used  in  pass, 
signf,  Soph.  O.  C.  329.  etc,  though 
sometimes  in  act..  Id.  Phil.  297:  no 
aor.  2  act.  εφΰνον  seems  to  have  been 
used,  Pors.  Or.  1266,  Meioeke  Phi- 
lem.  p.  416, 


ΦΑΙΝ 

To  bring  to  light,  bring  into  sight, 
make  to  appear,  τέρας  τινί  φ.,  to  make 
a   sign  appear  to  one,  11.2,  324,  Od. 

3,  173,  etc.  ;  σήματα  φαίνων,  II.  2, 
353  ;  φ.  όττώραν,  Pind.  Ν.  5,  10  ;  ές 
τό  φως  oavtiv.  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  1229  ;  φ. 
φονον,  lb.  853  ;  φ.  κακών  εκλνσιν, 
Eur.  Ι.  Τ.  899;  etc.  ;  ν.  sub  ς,ρονρά 
11.  2  :  —  to  show,  make  knoun,  όόόν 
τινι,  Od.  12,  334  :  φ.  μηρούς,  ίττιγον- 
νιδα,  to  show  by  baring,  i.  e.  to  uii- 
cover..,  Od.  18,  67,  74  ;  SO,  φ.  ηί'χένα, 
Hdt.  2,  131  :  but,  γόνον  Έλίνη  φ.. 
Ιο  show  her  a  child,  i.  e.  grant  lier  to 
bear  one,  Od.  4,  12 ;  so,  φ.  παράκοι- 
τίν  τινι,  to  show  (ί.  e.  give)  one  a 
wife,  Od.  15,  26 — 2.  of  sound,  to  make 
it  clear  to  the  ear.  ?nake  it  ring  clear, 
αοιδήν  φαίνειν,  Od.  8,  499 ;  σάλπιγξ 
νΰέρτονον  -γήρΐίμα  φαινέτω  στρατώ, 
Aesch.  Euni.  569 ;  cf  Soph.  Ant. 
1078. — 3.  to  show  forth,  display,  exhibit, 
νοήματα,  11.  18,  295  ;  ΰριτην,  Od.  8, 
237  ;  άεικείας,  Od.  20,  309  ;  βίην, 
Hes.  Th.  689;  ενμαχανίαν.  Pind.  I. 

4,  4  (3,  20);  εννοιαν,  Hdt.  3,  36; 
VjSpiv,  Hdt.  3,  127:  to  make  clear  or 
plain,  explain,  expound,  ?.όγον,  Hdt. 
1,  116,  117  :  also,  λόγων  όοονς,  Hdt. 
1,  95. — 4.  esp.  in  .^tt.,  to  inform  against 
one  ;  hence,  to  indict,  impeach,  οαινω 
σε  τοις  τνρντάνεσι,  Ar.  Eq.  300  : — 
esp.  to  inj'orm  o/ a  thing  as  contraband, 
Ar.  Ach.  819,  824,  sq.  ;  so.  φαίνειν 
πλοΐον,  Dem.  1324,20;  τα  φανβέντα, 
articles  informed  against  as  contra- 
band. Id.  1325,  fin. — 5.  aor.  mid.  φή- 
νασθαι,  in  signf  to  show,  di.iplay  as 
one's  own.  Soph.  Phil.  944. — II.  absol., 
φαίνειν  τινί,  to  light  or  give  light  to 
any  one,  carry  a  light  before  him,  Od. 
7,  102  ;  19,  25.-2.  to  give  light,  shine 
forth,  of  the  snn,  moon,  etc.,  φ.  εις 
τον  ονρανόν.  Plat.  Tim.  39  Β  ;  ϊί/Λά, 
σεΖύΐ'ο,  φαίνε  καλόν,  Theocr.  2,  11, 
cf  φύω  :  hence  the  planet  Salurn  is 
called  Φαίνων  (ν.  sub  voc.) : — so,  ηρ 
φαινον,  spring  when  it  shines  forth, 
Aesch.  Fr.  291,  4  (cf  νποφαίνω); 
and,  inetaph.,  έλπις  uyavd  φαινουσα, 
Aesch.  Ag.  101,  if  we  keep  the  old 
reading  ; — and  so  of  the  Dioscuri  ap- 
pearing in  midair,  Eur.  El.  1234, 
where  Seidl.  takes  ίΙ=φαίνομαι,  but 
needlessly.  In  all  these  intr.  usages 
we  may  easily  supply  the  cognate 
ace,  φως: — but, — 3.  Horn,  uses  the 
impf  φάνεσκε  really  intr.,  appeared, 
μετά  ττρώτοισι  φάνεσκε,  II.  11,  64; 
ΰτϊένερθε  όέ  γαία  φάνεσκε,  Od.  12, 
241,  cf  11,  586. 

Β.  pass,  φαίνομαι ; — to  come  to  light, 
come  to  sight,  be  seen,  appear,  φαίνεται 
ανγή,  11.  2.  45G,  cf  Od.  19,  39.  etc. ; 
esp.  of  the  appearance  or  rising  of 
heavenly  bodies,  to  appear,  II.  8,  556, 
Hes.  Op.  596;  most  frecf  of  the  first 
gieam  of  day-break,  ήμος  ό'  ήριγένεια 
φάνη  ^οδοδύκτυλος  Ήως,  11.  1,  477, 
Od.  2,  1,  etc.  ;  άμα  ήοι  φαινομένηφιν, 
at  break  of  day,  11.  9,  618,  Od.  4^  407, 
etc. :  also  of  a  rising  wind,  ονδέ  ποτ" 
ovpoi  —νειοντες  φαίνοντο,  Od.  4,  361 : 
— in  later  writers  φαινόμενα  are  the 
phaenomena  of  the  heavens,  as  the  times 
of  stars  rising  and  setting,  etc.,  Arat. 
— 2.  to  become  seen  by  baring,  11.  22, 
324,  Od.  18,  67.-3.  c.  inf,  to  appear 
to  be  SO  and  so,  δμωάων  ήτις  τοι  άρι- 
στη φαίνεται  είναι,  Od.  15.  25,  cf  11, 
335 ;  ού  yap  σΦιν  έφαίνετο  κέρδιον 
ηναι,  14,  355 ;  (this  inf  is  oft.  omitted, 
όςτίς  φαινηται  άριστος  (sc.  that), 
Od.  14,  106,  cf  II.  2,  5 ;  τοίος  έόαινε- 
το,  II.  5,  867):— in  Hdt.  and  Att.  we 
must  distinguish  between  φαίνεσΟαι 
c.  inf.,  and  φ.  c.  part.,  the  former  de- 
noting what  appears  or  is  likely,  the 
1589 


ΦΑΙΣ 

latter  what  is  apparent  or  manifest,  ] 
e.  g.  φαίνεται  είναι,  he  appears,  seems 
to  be  {\ike  όοκεϊ) ;  but  φαίνεται  ιών,  \ 
he  manifestly  is,  cf.  HiU.  7,  137,  175, 
Aesch.  Pr.  217,  Pers.  78G ;  so  too, 
φαίνεται  ύ  νόμος  ημαι;  βλύπτων,  the 
law  vttinifestiy  harms  us  ;  but,  (φαίνε- 
ται b  νόμος  ήμΰ,ς  β}  άχρειν,  it  appears 
likely  to  harm  us,  Wolf  Deni.  Lept.  p. 
259,  cf.  Jelf  Gr.  Gr.  'J  481  Obs.  2,  c  ; 
so,  o'vK  ΰκαιμα  φαίνεται  ί.έγειν, 
Aesch.  Pr.  1036;  φαίνομαι,  ύνο  καβο- 
ρύν  εΐόη.  Plat.  Soph.  235  D;  but, 
Ίτλαγκτύς  ονσ'  εφαινόμην,  Aesch. 
Ag.  593,  cf.  Pers.  786,  etc.  :  —  also 
with  the  part,  omitted,  πέφανται  άρ- 
ματηλάτας  σοφός  (sc.  ών),  Pind.  P. 
4,  154,  cf  Ν.  6,  25 ;  Κάρες  εφύνησαν 
(sc.  όντες),  they  were  fmind  (to  fee)  Ca- 
rians,  Thuc.  1,8:  —  In  like  manner 
we  have  φαινόμενος,  η,  ov,  (oi)ject- 
ively)  ol  that  which  is  evident,  jnanifesi, 
plain,  certain,  φαινόμενοι'  κακόν.  Ar- 
chil. 67  ;  φ.  ύτα,  Pind.  Ν.  9,  50 ;  but 
also  (subjectively)  that  which  seems  or 
appears  so  (to  us),  seeming,  apparent, 
opp.  to  TO  6v,  Plat.  Rep.  596  E,  Arist. 
Top.  1,  1,  3,  Eth.  N.  3,  4,  etc.  —  4 
freq.  in  Plato's  dialogue,  φαίνεται 
σοι  ταύτα  ;  does  this  appear  so  ?  is  not 
this  so  ?  Answ.  φαίνεται,  yes,  Prot. 
332  E,  Rep.  333  C,  etc.— 5.  ονύαμού 
φανΐ/ναι.  Id.  Phaed.  72  Β  ;  v.  sub 
ονύαμον. — 6.  Soph.  El.  1274,  has  φα- 
νηναι  ΰδόν,  which  is  a  pregnant  e.x- 
pression  for  ϊέναι  όδόν  ύςτε  φανϊ/ναι : 
somewhat  of  the  same  kind  is  κέ'λεν- 
θον  ^artt'f,  Aj.  878.  —  11.  strictly  as 
pass.,  c.  aor.  1  ίφάνθην,  to  be  de- 
nounced, informed  against,  tu  τ/μίσεα 
τών  φανθέντων  λαβείν,  Deni.  1325, 
28 :  —  in  Horn,  liowever  the  aor.  1 
pass,  is  always  used  in  the  signf.  of 
the  aor.  2. 

■\Φαινώ,  ονς,  η,  Phaetw,  a  nymph, 
playmate  of  Proserpina,  H.  Horn. 
Cef.  418. 

Φα/ι•ωΐ',  ό,  the  name  of  a  planet, 
the  Shiner,  our  Saturn,  Arist.  Mund. 
2,9,  Cic.  N.  D.  2,20. 

Φαινώττις,  ιόος,  ή,  pecul.  fern,  of  sq. 

Φαινώψ,  όπος,  ό,  ?/,  (φαίνω,  ώψ) 
bright-eyed,  conspicuous,  Manetho. 

ΦΑΙΟ'Σ,  ύ,  όν,  strictly,  of  the  hue 
of  twilight,  dusky,  dun,  haLfiiscus,  of 
any  colour  mixed  of  black  and  white. 
Plat.  Tim.  68  C,  cf.  Arist.  Top.  1.  15, 
7  :  of  mourning,  φαιά  ιμάτια,  Polyb. 
30,  4,  5  ;— but  opp.  to  both  μέλας  and 
'λευκός,  as  ύλυτοζ-  to  λν~ηρός  and 
ήόνς,  as  a  mere  negative.  Plat.  Rep. 
585  A.  —  2.  it  was  also  applied  to 
sound,  =  σημφός.  ace.  to  Arist. ;  but 
he  (1.  c.)  disapproves  the  usage. 

Φαιονρός,  υν,  (φαιός,  ονρά)  grey- 
tailed:  ace.  ♦)  others  from  φάος,= 
λάμπονρος.  Lye.  334. 

Φαιοχίτων,  υνος,  ό,  ;/,  {φαιός,  χι- 
τών)  dark-riibed,  Aesch.  Chi).  1049, 
where  the  second  syll.  is  long  in  arsis, 
cf.  ιαχέω,  and  v.  χ  sub  tine,  [t] 

\Φαιηάνά,  ας,  i/,  Phnesana.  a  city 
in  southern  Arcadia,  Pmd.  O.  6,  55. 

^Φαίστιος,  a.  ov,  of  Phaestus, 
Phaestian,  Plut.  Sol.  12;  cf.  Alh.  261 
Ε  :  with  pecul.  fein.  Φαισηάς. 

ίΦαιστίς,  ίδος,  //,  Phaestis,  mother 
of  Aristotle,  Ep.  Ad.  549;  in  Diog. 
L.  5,  1,  Φαιστιύς. 

Φαιστός,  or  Φαιστός,  η,  ov,  (φύω) 
shining,  bright,  dub. 

■\ΦαΙστος,  ου,  ό,  Phaestus,  son  of 
Borus  of  Tame  in  Maeouia,  an  ally 
of  the  Trojans,  II.  5,  43. — 2.  son  of 
Rhopalus,  grandson  of  Hercules,  ace. 
to  Steph.  Byz.  founder  of  II. ;  cf. 
Paus.  2,  6.  7;  2,  10,  1.— II.  v,  a  city 
1590 


ΦΑΛΑ 

of  Crete  near  Gortyna,  II.  1,  648; 
Strab.  p.  476. 

^Φαίσνλα,  ων,  τύ,  Faesulae,  a  city 
of  Etruria,  Polyb.  2,  25,  6;  also  ή 
Φαισο/.α,  3,  82,  1 :  and  Φαισυϋλαι, 
DioC. 

^Φαϊτος,  ov,  ό,  Phaetus,  a  writer, 
Ath.  643  E. 

Φάκας,  ό,  (φακή)  a  nickname,  de- 
rived fioni  leyilds. 

Φακία,  {/,  V.  sub  φακί/. 

Φάκελος,  ov,  ό,  η  bundle, fi got,  Lat. 
fasciculus,  φρν)ύνων,  (ιάβόων,  Hdt. 
4,  62,  67  ;  ξύλων,  Eur.  Cycl.  242  ; 
also  written  φάκελλυς,  Thuc.  2,  77. 
[«]  Hence 

Φάκελόω,  ώ,  tu  make  up  into  a  bun- 
dle, Nicet. 

Φύκι/,  ι/ς,  ή,  strictly  contr.  for  φα- 
κία, which  however  is  only  fuuncf  in 
Euphro,  Άπ•0(5.  1,  who  Ια\ι»1ΐ5  at  it ; 
V.  Meineke  : — the  fruit  of  lentils,  (φα- 
κός) :  esp.  a  dish  made  thereof,  dish  of 
lentils,  pulse,  porridge,  Ar.  Eq.  1007, 
Vesp.  811,  etc.  ;  cf.  φακός. 

|Φα«/7,  7/f,  ή,  Phace,  sister  of  Ulys- 
ses, Ath.  158  C. 

Φάκϊνος,  J),  01',  (φακή)  made  of  len- 
tils, άρτος,  Sopat.  ap.  Ath.  158  D. 

Φΰκίο?ιος,  ό,=^φάκελος,  susp.  in 
Dion.  H.  10,  16. 

Φάκιον,  ov,  TO,  (φακή)  a  decoction  of 
lentils,  used  in  emetics,  Hipp. ;  v. 
Foes.  Oecon.  [ή] 

iΦύκιov,  ov,  TO,  Phacium,  a  small 
town  of  Thessaly,  on  the  Apidarus, 
Thuc.  4.78. 

Φάκοειόης,  ές,  (φακή,  είδος)  like  len- 
tils, lenliform. 

ΦάκοπτΙσάνη,  ης,  η,  a  dish  of  shelled 
or  bruised  lentils  with  barley  :  a  decoc- 
tion thereof,   [u} 

ΦΑ'ΚΟ'Σ,  ov,  6,  the  plant  lentil; 
also  Its  fruit,  which  was  eaten  esp.  at 
funerals,  Solon  30,  3,  Hdt.  4,  17, 
Hipp.,  etc. :  when  made  into  porridge, 
it  was  u&u.  termed  φακή  (q.  v.),  Lob. 
Phryn.  455  :  φ.  6  ετά  τών  τελμάτων, 
the  lesser  duck-weed,  lemna  minor, 
Linn.,  Diosc.  4,88. — II.  a  lentil-shaped 
vessel,  aflattish  waTming-bottle,  Hipp., 
etc.  ;  cf.  Foes.  Oecon. — 111.  a  lenitl- 
shnped  spot  on  the  body,  α  mole,  freckle, 
Plut.  2,  563  A,  800  E. 

^Φακονσσα,  ης,  η,  or  Φάκονσα, 
Phncussa,  a  city  of  the  Delta,  Strab. 
p.  805. 

Φάκοχί'ΐς,  εως,  ό,  η,  with  molts  or 
freckles  on  the  face. 

Φΰκώδης,  ες,  contr.  for  φακοειδής, 
like  lentils,  lenticular.  Hipp. — II.  full  of 
lentil-shaped  spots  (φακός  111). 

Φάκωτός.  ή,  όν,  (φακός)  made  like 
lentils,  lentiform. 

Φάλαγγύρχης,  ov,  ό,  (φύλαγξ,  άρ- 
χω) a  leader  of  a  phalanx.   Hence 

Φάλαγγαρχία,  ας,  ή,  the  post  or 
rank  of  a  φαλαγ}  άρχης. 

Φΰλαγγύω,  ώ,^^φαλαγγιάω,  dub. 

Φΰλαγγηδόν.  (φύλαγξ)  adv.  in  pha- 
langes or  columns,  II.  15,  360,  Polyb. 
3,  115.  12. 

Φάλαγγιύω,  ώ,  (φαλάγγιον)  to  be 
venomous  or  malignant. 

Φύλαγγώδηκτος,  ov,  bitten  by  a 
veriomous  spider,  Diosc. 

Φάλύγγη/ν,  ov,  τά,  (φύλαγξ  W): 
— a  ."spider,  esp.  α  venomous  one.  Plat. 
Euthyd.  290  A,  Xen..  etc.— II.  pha- 
langium,  a  medicinal  herb,  said  to 
cure  this  spiiler's  bile,  Diosc.  3, 
122. 

Φΰ'λαγγιύπληκτος,  ov,  stung  by  a 
venomous  spider,  Galen. 

Φΰλαγγίτ7/ς,  υν,  ό,  (φύλαγξ)  a  sol- 
dier in  a  phalanx,  Lat.  leginnarius, 
Polyb.  4,  12,  12,  etc.— II.=.i;!iaZay- 
γιον  II,  Galen,  [il    Hence 


ΦΑΑΑ 

Φΰ7ιαγγϊτϊκός,  η,  όν,  like  aphalans 
Polyb.  18,  11,  10. 

Φά7.αγγομάχέω,  ώ,  to  fight  with  or 
in  a  phalanx  :  generally,  to  fight  in.  the 
ranks,  opp.  to  ί-τζομ-,  ττνργομ-,  Xen. 
Cyr.  6,  4,  18. — 11.  to  fight  with,  i.e. 
against  a  phalanx  :  from 

Φάλαγγομάχης,  ov,  ό,  (φύλαγξ,  μά- 
χομαι) one  that  fights  with  (1.  e.  either 
;/)  or  against)  a  phalanx,  ίλίφας,  Anth. 
P.  9,  285.  [μα] 

Φάλαγγοω,  Ci,  (φύλαγξ  II.  2)  to 
move  by  rollers.  Math.  Vett.     Hence 

Φάλαγγωμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  roller, 
A.  B. :   and 

Φά?.ύγγωσις,  εως,  ή,  a  disease  in  the 
eyelashes  when  they  grow  in  several  rows 
or  turn  inwards,  Paul.  Aeg. 

Φύλαγξ,  ay-j  ος,  ή,  a  line  or  order  of 
battle,  battle  array,  Hom. ;  but  only  in 
11.,  and  the  sing,  only  once,  Τρώων 
1)ήξε  φάλαγγα,  11.  6,  6 :  elsewh.  in 
plur.,  the  lilies  or  ranks  of  an  army  in 
battle,  phalanxes,  Aavaoi  1>ήξαντο  φύ- 
λαγγετ,  11,  90,  also,  φύλαγγΐς  αν- 
δρών, 11.  19,  158,  Hes.  Th.  935.-2. 
the  Greek  rnoite  of  drawing  up  infantry ^ 
esp.  in  later  times,  the  phalanx,  i.  e.  a 
close,  compact  mass  of  infantry,  drawn 
up  in  tiles  usu.  of  8  deep,  Thuc.  5, 
68,  etc. :  but  the  depth  was  oft.  much 
increased,  esp.  by  the  Theban.s,  who 
formed  25  deep  at  Delium  (Thuc.  4. 
93),  and  brought  the  phalans  t» 
great  excellence  under  Epaminon- 
das ;  though  Philip  of  Macedon 
brought  il  to  perfection  : — on  the 
Mared.  phalanx,  v.  Polyb.  18, 12,  sq., 
Niebuhr  R.  H.  3,  p.  466,  sqq.  : — έπΙ 
φάλαγγας  ίιγειν,  to  lead  in  phalanx, 
Lat.  (juudralo  agniine,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  6, 
43.  cf.  6,  3,21. — 3.  generally.  iAfineiJi 
body,  centre,  as  opp.  to  the  wings  (κέ- 
ρατα), lb.  7,  1,  5,  etc — 4.  in  Xen., 
also,  a  camp.  Ages.  2,  15,  Lac.  12,  3, 
Eq.  8,  12. — II.  α  round piice  of  ν  ood,  a 
trunk,  block,  or  log,  φάλαγ)ίς  έβίνον^ 
Hdt.  3,  97:  then,  generally,/!  pole, 
truncheon,  PIm.,  etc. — 2.  in  pinr., 
rollers  for  moving  heavy  loads,  Lat. 
palangae,  A.  B.  p.  1 15.  —  3.  the  beam  oj 
a  balance,  Arist.  Mechan.  1,  20;  20, 
1. — 111.  she  boyie  between  two  joints  oi 
the  fingers  and  toes,  Lat.  phalanx, 
intemodium.  Id.  H.  A.  1,  15,  3. — IV. 
a  spider,  trom  the  long  joints  of  its 
legs,  Ar.  Vesp.  1509,  Ran.  1314,  Arist. 
H.  A.  9,  1,  13;  cf.  φαλύγγιον.  (It 
has  been  suggested  that  the  sense  ol 
rollers  was  the  first,  and  that  hence 
arose  tlie  Homeric  usage  of  φύλαγ- 
γες,  ranks  of  men  rolling  one  behind 
another,  Diet.  Antiqq.  s.  v.  But  the 
sense  of  rollers  occurs  too  late  to 
allow  us  to  adopt  this  conjecture. 
It  seems  akin  to  φαλλός,  q.  v.  sub 
lin.,  and  cf  supra  II.)  [ώ«-] 

\Φάλαικος,  ov.  ό,  Phalaecus,  a  gen- 
eral of  the  Phocians  in  the  Sacred 
War,  Aeschin.  45,  20.— 2.  a  poet,  from 
whom  the  Phalaecian  verse  was 
named,  Suid. 

Φάλαινα,  ης,  η,  a  whale,  Lat.  hatae• 
na  :  hence,  of  any  devouring  monster, 
Lat.  bellua,  Ar.  Vesp.  35.  39  : — Lye. 
also  has  φύλη,  394  ;  and  no  doubt 
the  root  is  the  same  as  Scandinavian 
hvaln,  our  whale,  etc.— II.  (φαλ,ός)  a 
moth,  such  as  was  called  ;/  ~ετομένη 
ιρνχη,  Hesych.  [Prob.  aKvays  φα, 
as'in  Nic.  Th.  760,  Juv.  10,  14;  for 
the  places  of  .\r.  prove  nothing  :  and, 
if  so,  the  later  spelling,  φύλλαινα, 
arose  from  ignorance  of  the  quantity.] 

ΦΰλαΛ'ρα,  ας,  ή,  baldness,  a  bald 
head,  Luc.  Lexiph.  15. 

Φΰλακράω.  ώ,  to  he  bald-headed,  also 
φαλαιφιαω,  Phryn.  80. 


ΦΑΛΑ 

^(ΐ7.ακροειύτ/ς,  ές,  ((1>α/.ακρός,  εί- 
δος) bald  like,  like  a  bald  head,  Dio  C. 

ί^α/.ακρόν,  οϋ,  τό,  Phalacrum,  a 
promontory  of  Corcyra,  Strab.  p.  324. 

^α7.άκρόζ,  ά,  όν.  bald-headed,  bald- 
paled,  Hdt.  3,  12,  A r.  Nub.  540,  Pac. 
771,  etc-  —  II.  ό  φα/.ακρός  was  the 
name  ol  a  famous  fallacy,  of  the  same 
kind  as  the  Lat.  acervus,  cf  Horat. 
Epist.  2,  1,  45,  Diog.  L.  2, 108.  (From 
φα/.ός,  ψαλαρύς,  but  not  a  coinpd.  of 
άκρος.)  [αΛ:/)ίη  Ar.  Nub.  540.]  Hence 

Φάλακρότης,  ΐ)~ος,  ή,  baldness,  Lat. 
calvities,  Arist.  H.  A.  3,  11,  8.— II.  a 
bald  head. 

Φά?.ακρόυ,  ώ,  (όαΖα/tpoc)  lo  make 
bald  ;  pass.,  to  become  bald,  Hdt.  3,  12. 
Hence 

Φά?-ύκρωμα,  ατός,  τό,  that  u-hich  is 
made  bald,  a  bald  head,  LXX. :  hence 
used  for  a  bald  man,  Cic.  Att.  14,  2  : 
and 

Φά?.ύκpωσ^f,  εως,  ή.  a  becoming 
bald,  baldness,  Plut.  2,  652  F. 

Φά?.ανθίας,  or  -τίας,  ov,  ό,  a  bald 
man,  Luc.  Philops.  18. 

iΦύ'/M,vθo^>,  ον,τό,  Mt.  Phalanthus, 
in  Arcadia,  Paus.  8,  35,  9. 

^Φά}.ανβος,  ov,  ή,  Phalanthus,  a 
city  of  Arcadia,  Paus.  8,  35,  9. — II.  ό, 
son  of  Agelaus,  Paus.  I.e. — 2.  a  Spar- 
tan, leader  of  the  Partheniae  to  Ta- 
rentuni,  Strab.  p.  278  sqq. — Others  in 
Ath. ;  etc. 

Φύ/.ανθος,  ov,  =  Φαλακρός,  Anth. 
P.  9.  317  ;  cf  φαλανβίας. 

ΙΦύ/,αΐ'υα,  ης,  ή,  Phalanna,  a  city 
of  Thessaly,  Strab.  p.  440.— Lye.  904 
has  TO  Φύλανον. 

Φάλάρα,  τά.  {φά?ος): — once  in 
Horn.,  11.  16,  106,  as  parts  of  the  hel- 
met, prob.  the  cheek-pieces,  cf.  όά/.ος 
sub  fin.  :  the  sing,  occurs  in  the 
phrase  όά/.αίχιν  τιάρας,  the  head- 
dress of  the  old  Persian  kings,  only 
in  Aesch.  Pers.  661,  and  even  here 
prob.  to  be  understood  of  the  cheek- 
covering,  mentioned  by  Strab.  p.  734, 
and  still  to  be  seen  on  Parthian  coins. 
— II.  later,  mostly,  the  cheek-pieces  of 
horses  and  mides,  adorned  with  em- 
bossed straps,  Lat.  phalerae  (Jalerae), 
etc..  Hdt.  1,  215,  Xen.  Hell.  4,  1,  39; 
ΰατζνκτηρια  ό  ττώλων,  Soph.  Ο.  C. 
1070;  cf.  Eur.  Supp.  586.— Cf.  φα- 
λαρός.  [φα] 

\Φά?.αρα,  ων,  τά,  Pkalara,  a  town 
of  Thessaly,  Strab.  p.  60;  hence  ό 
Φα/.αρενς,  an  inhah.  of  P. 

\Φα/.αρενς,  έως,  ό,  Phalareus,  masc. 
pr.  n..  Paus.  5,  17,  10. 

Φΰ?.ύρίζω,  (Φά/αρις)  to  be  a  very 
Phalaris  for  cruelty. 

Φΰ7ι.ΰ.ρίς,  ίόος,  ij.  Ion.  φα'/.ηρίς,  (φα- 
7.αρός) '. — α  coot,  Lat.  fulica  atra,  so 
called  from  its  bald  white  head,  Ar. 
Acli.  875,  Av.  565  (m  Ion.  form),  Lat. 
phalaris,  phnllris.  Acc.  to  Buttin., 
Lexil.  s.  V.  φά/.ος  10,  the  bird  in  some 
parts  of  Germany  is  called  the  Bless- 
huhn,  from  the  white  patch  (Blesse) 
on  its  head. — II.  a  kind  of  grass,  the 
ears  of  which  prob.  were  like  the  plume 
of  a  lulmet,  Phal.  canariensis,  Diosc. 
3,  159. 

+Φύλαρίζ•,  ιος  and  ιδος,  ό,  Phala- 
ris, a  tyrant  of  .^grigentum  in  Sicily, 
notorious  for  his  cruelty,  Pind.  P.  1, 
187  ;  Luc.  Phalar. 

Φα/.ΰρισαός.  ov,  ό.  (Φα?.αρίζω)  cru- 
elly like  that  of  Phalaris,  Cic.  Att.  7,  12. 

Φύ'/αροχ•,  τό,  v.  sub  φά/.αρα. 

Φά/.άρός,  ύ,  όν.  Dor.  for  the  Ion. 
.  φαληρής,—αίβο  written  proparos. : — 
acc.  to  Buttm.  (Le.xil.  s.  v.  φάλος  10). 
having  a  patch  nf  while,  as  ό  κνυν  6 
φαϋαρος  is  (prob.)  a  black  dog,  with  a 
patch  of  white  on  his  head,  Theocr.  8, 


ΦΑΛΚ 

27  ;  so,  ό  Φάλαρος,  as  a  ram's  name. 
Id.  5,  103: — cf.  φαλαρίς.  So  Buttm. 
explains  όρη  χώνεσαι  φά7.ηρα\η  Nic. 
Th.  461,  hills  with  white  patches  of 
snow,  or  crested  with  snow,  cf  φαλη- 
ριύω.  Others  explain  it  simply  white ; 
but  V.  Buttm.  1.  c.  (From  φα'/Μς,  ή, 
■όν.) 

■\Φά7.άρος,  ov,  ό,  Dor.=  Φά/,^ροζ•, 
Phalu.rus,z  ram'sname,  Theocr.  5, 103. 
— II.  a  river  of  Boeotia,  Paus.  9,  34, 
5  :  cf  Φ/.ίαρος. 

^Φα7.άσαρνα,  ης,  η,  Phalasarna,  a 
city  of  Crete,  on  the  west  coast, 
Strab.  p.  474. 

!      ίΦα7.έα<•,  ov,  6,  Phaleas,  a  Chalce- 

[  donian,  Arist.  Pol.  2,  4,  1. 

I       ^Φα7.ερϊνος.  ov,  ό,  of  Falerii,  Fale- 

.  nan,  οίνος,  Ath.  27  A. 

!      \Φα7.έριαν,  ov,  τό,  the  city  Falerii 

,  of  the  Falisci,  Steph.  Byz. ;  cf  Strab. 

I  p.  226. 

j      ΦΑΆΗ.  Tj,  V.  sub  φά7.αινα. 

I  Φΰλ.ηριύω,  ώ,  {φαληρός)  to  be  or 
become  while,  κύματα  φα/.ηριόαντα, 
waves  crested  uilh  while  foam,  11.  13, 
799, — the  only  place  where  the  word 
occurs. 

\Φα7..ηρικός,  ή,  όν,  of  Phalenim, 
Phaleric,  e.  g.  to  Φα/ηρικον  τείχος, 
one  of  the  long  walls  of  Athens, 
reaching  to  Phalerum,  Thuc.  2,  13. 
Φά/.ημίς,  ίόος,  ή,  v.  όα7.αρίς. 
ίΦαληροϊ,  adv.,  at  Phalerum,  Plut. 
Thes.  17. 

Φάλ^ηρον,  ου.  τό,  +usu.,  and  Φα7.η- 
ρός,  ov,  of,  Phalerum,  the  western 
harbour  of  Athens,  fHdt.  6,  116:  8. 
91 1 :  Φα7.ηρό11εν,  from  Phalerum,  Plat. 
Symp.  172  A. 

ίΦα7.ΐφόν6ε,  adv.,  to  Phalerum, 
Thuc.  1,  107. 

fΦά7.^jpoς,  ov,  ό,  PhaUrus,  one  of 
the  Lapithae,  Hes.  Sc.  180. — 2.  son 
of  Alcon  of  Alliens,  an  .\rgonaut,  said 
lo  have  constructed  Phalerum,  Ao. 
Rh.  1,  96  ;  Paus.  1,  1,  4.-3.  a  Tro- 
jan, Qu.  Sm.  8,  293. — 4.  founder  of 
Soli  in  Cyprus,  Strab.  p.  683. 
Φα7^ηρός,  «,  όν,  Ion.  for  φα7.αρύς, 

ΦάΛ^ί•,  or  φά7ιης,  ητος.  ό,=  φα7.7Μς, 
q.  v.,  Ar.  Thesm.  291,  Lys.  771,  The- 
ocr. Ep.  4,  3  ;  φά7.ης  is  said  to  be  the 
Dor.  form,  0a/.^f  the  Att. — II.  Φάλτ/Γ, 
ήτος,  ό,  Phales,  an  inferior  deity,  as- 
sociated with  the  worship  of  Bac- 
chus, Ar.  Ach.  263,  sqq. 

■\Φa7.ίac,  ov,  ό.  Phalias,  son  of 
Hercules.'Apollod!  2.  7,  8. 

ίΦαλϊΐΌΓ,  ov,  0,  Phalinus,  a  Greek 
in  the  service  of  Tissaphernes,  Xen. 
An.  2,  1,  7. 

Φΰ7.ιό-ονς,  6,  ή,  neut.  -πονν,  gen. 
-ιτόόος,  (ττους)  white-footed:  from 

Φάλιος,  u,  ον,=-Φα7^αρός.  Call.  Fr. 
176.  [ά] 

^Φά7.ιος,  ov,  ό,  Phalius,  a  citizen 
of  Corinth,  of  the  race  of  the  Hera- 
clidae,  founder  of  Epidamnus,  Thuc. 
1,24:  cf.  Strab.  p.  316. 

Φώ/ίΓ,  ίύος,  ή,  the  priestess  of  Juno 
at  Argos,  prob.  from  φαλός,  because 
of  her  white  dress,  Euseh. 

\Φα7.ίσκοι,  ων.  ol,  the  Falisci,  a  peo- 
ple of  Etruria,  Polyb.  1,  65,  2.  Hence 

ΙΦα/.ίσκον,  ov,  τό,  and  Φύ7.ισκος, 
ov.  ή.^=Φα7.έμιον. 

Φάλκης,  ov,  6,  also  φά7.κις  and 
Φ07.κις,  ό,  a  piece  in  a  ship,  acc.  to 
Poll.  TO  Tij  στείρα  —ροςη7.ονμενον,  of 
which  the  inner  side  was  called  έττι- 
φο7.κίς,  έφο7.κίς  οτ  /ιηοτηρία.  (Prob. 
akin  lo  φά?.αγξ  II,  cf  Buttm.  Lexil. 
s.  V.  φολκός  8. 

iΦάλκης.  ov,  ό,  Phalces,  a  Trojan, 
II.  14,  513.— Others  in  Strab.  p.  389: 
Paus. ;  etc. 


ΦΑΝ 

Φο.7.7.αγώ•'/ια,  (sc.  ίεμύ),  τά,=φα7.- 
7.ηφυρια.  ν 

Φά7.7.αινα,  ή,  ν.  φά7.αινα : — φά7.λη- 
νος.  ον,  ν.  φα7.7.ός.  '^- 

Φα7.7.ηοορέω.  ώ,  to  solemnize  the 
φα7.ληφόριη,  Plut,  2,  305  C. 

Φα7.7.ηφόρια,  ων,  τά,  (sc.  ίεμύ),  α 
festival  of  Bacchqs  in  which  a-phallus 
was  carried  in  procesiiou.,  Plut.  2,  355 
Ε :  from 

Φαλ7.ηφόρος,  ον,^φα7.7.ηφόρος. 

Φα7ι7ακός,  ή,  όν,  of  or  for  the  φα?.- 
7.ός  : — το  οα7.7.ικόν  (sc.  μύ.ος)  the 
phallic  song,  Ar.  Ach.  261. 

Φα7.7Μ3ΰ.τέω,  ω,  to  mount  on  a  phal- 
lus-shaped-pillar :  from 

Φα7.7.ο3άτης,  ov,  ό.  {φα7.7^ός,  3ai- 
νω)  one  who  mounts  on  a  phallus-shaped 
pillar,  a  phallic  priest,  Luc.  Dea  Syr. 
29.   [βα\ 

ΦΚ.\\0"Σ,  ov,  ό,  membrum  virile, 
esp.  a  figure  thereof  which  was  borne 
in  solemn  procession  in  the  Bacchic 
orgies,  as  an  emblem  of  the  genera- 
tive power  in  nature,  Hdt.  2,  48,  49, 
Ar.  Ach.  243,  etc. : — the  worship  of 
the  Lingam,  still  found  in  Hindostan, 
is  of  the  same  nature.  The  όαλλόζ- 
was  strictly  of  wood.  esp.  of  fig  wood, 
cf  Meineke  St rattis  "^νχαστ.  4 :  hence 
the  adj.  φάλ7.ηνος,  ov,  is  used  for 
wooden,  Orac.  ap.  Oenom.  Euseb. 
(The  same  as  φύ7ης  or  φα7.ής,  Lat. 
palus.  Germ.  Pfahl,  oar  pale,  pole,  cf. 
φάλαγξ  II.) 

Φα7.7.οφομεω,  ύ,  to  celebrate  a  Bac- 
chic festival,  Ath.  445  Β  :  from 

Φα7.7.ούόρος,  ov,  {οα7.7.ός,  φέρω) 
bearing  a  phallus,  Ath.  622  D,  sq. 

Φαλός,  ή,  όν,  {ώύος)  light,  bright, 
shining,  white.  (Hence  ςιύλιος,  φη- 
7  αράς,  -ηρός,  φα7ηριάω,  φαλακρός, 
φά7.ανθος,  φα/Μρίς). 

Φ.\ΆΟΣ,  ον.  ό,  α  part  of  the  helmet 
worn  by  the  Homeric  heroes ;  but 
what  it  was.  is  very  hard  to  say.  It 
was  in  the  front,  since  sword-blows 
fall  on  It,  II.  3,  362  ;  16,  .338  ;  and  a 
spear  passes  through  it  into  the  fore- 
head, II.  4,  459;  it  was  just  under  Ihe 
plume  {λόφος),  II.  13,  614  ;  it  project- 
ed beyond  ail  other  parts,  so  that  the 
Φύλοι  of  two  helmets  touched  in 
front,  II.  13,  132;  16,  216:  we  also 
hear  of  a  helmet  being  άμφίφα/.ος,  II. 
5,743;  11,41.  From  these  passages, 
Buttm.  adopts  the  usual  notion  that 
the  φά/.ος  was  what  was  afterwards 
called  the  κώνος,  a  metal  ridge  in  which 
the  plume  was  fixed,  cf  Schol.  Victor. 
II.  10,  358.  But  It  is  evident  that  the 
Scholiasts  were  as  much  at  fault  as 
we  can  be.  And  to  us  the  passages 
seem  rather  to  show  that  the  φύλος 
was  the  shade  or  fnrcpiece  of  the  helmet  ; 
and  that  an  άμφιφα/  ος  κννέη  was  one 
that  had  a  like  projection  behind  as 
well  as  before,  such  as  may  be  seen 
in  the  representations  of  many  an- 
cient helmets :  then  the  ρύλαρα  would 
be  pieces  attached  lo  the  φά/.ος.  as  the 
cheek-pieces  usu.  are  :  but  τετραόύ- 
7ίηρος  prob.  comes  from  a  different 
root,  connected  with  φα7ηριάω,  etc., 
foiir-crested.v.  Buttm.  ut  supra9.  (φύ- 
7.ος  may  be  connected  with  φύλης, 
I  φύ7.7.0Γ,  from  the  notion  οί projection) 

i  t"3  /    .  ^     . 

Φύμα,  η.  Dor.  for  φήμη. 
I  Φύμεν.  Ion  for  ίφαμεν,  1  pi.  impf 
j  from  όημί,  Hom.— 2.  enclit.,  1  pi. 
I  pres..  il.  15,  735.  [ΰ] 
j  ^Φαμένωφ.  ωφος,  ό.  Phnmenoph ,ihe: 
Aegyptian  name  of  Memnon,  Paus. 
I  1,  42,  3. 

I      Φάμί.  Dor.  for  φημί. 
I      Φύΐ'.  poet,  for  εόησαν,  3  pi.  impf 
j  from  φημί,  Hom.  [u] 

1591 


ΦΑΝΗ 

^Φαναγόρας,  ον  Ion.  τω,  ό,  Phana-  \ 
goras,  father  of  Oenetas,  Hdt.  7,  214. 

*ΦαναγοΐΗα,   ας,    ή,  and  -γύμιον, 
ον,  τό,  Phanugoria  or  -oriiim,  a  Com- 
mercial   city    in    Asiatic    tsarinalia, 
Strab.  p.  404:  in  Dion.  P.  Φαναγόρ?/,  [ 
and  in  Scyl.  ;}  Φαναγορου  πόλίς.         j 

ΙΦαΐ'αί,  ώί^.  al,  Phnnne,  soulhern 
promontory  of  Chios,  and  a  port  near 
it,  Thuc.  8,  24  ;  Strab.  p.  G45.— In 
Ar.  Av.  IC'Jl  a  play  upon  this  with  al- 
lusion to  a  supposed  derivation  from 
φαίνω. 

ΦάναΊος,  a,  ον.  (φανή)  -.—giving  or 
bringing  light,  cpith.  of  Jupiter,  Eur. 
Rhes.  355  ;  also  of  Apollo. 

Φύ,νάριον,  ον,  τό,  dun.  from  φανός. 

^Φανάηοια,  ας,  ή,  Plianaroea,  a  dis- 
trict in  Fontus,  Strab.  p.  556. 

tΦύ)'αf,  o,  Phanas,  a  Messenian, 
victor  at  Olympia,  Paus.  4,  17,  9. 

ΦΰνΕΪμεν,  Alt.  1  pi.  opt.  aor.  2  pass, 
of  ψαά'ω,  Aesch. 

Φάνεν,  Aeol.  and  poet,  for  εφύνη- 
σαν,  3  pi.  aor.  2  pass,  of  φαίνο),  Od. 
18,68:  but  ^ώνέι;,  part.  neut.  of  same 
tense. 

Φΰνερολογία,  ας,  η,  an  open  speech. 

ΦάνερόμΙσος,  ον,  {φανερός,  μισίω) 
openly  hating,  an  open  enemy,  opp.  to 
φανερόφί?Μς,  Arist.  Eth.  N.  4,  3,  28. 

ΦάνερΟηοιέυ,  ώ,  to  7nake  manifest: 
to  illustrate,  explain.     Hence 

Φανερυποίησις,  ευς,  //,  and  φανερό- 
TTOiia,  ή,  a  making  rnanijest :  a  mani- 
festation, explanation. 

Φανερός,  ά,  όν,  also  ος,  ον,  Eur. 
Bacch.  991,  1011  {φαίνω): — open  to 
sight,  open,  φανεραΐ  εςβο'λαΐ  ές  Αίγν- 
τΓΤον,  Hdt.  3,  5  ;  φανερά  όύϋς.  Find. 
Ο.  6,  124  ;  vL-iible,  φανερός  όμμασι, 
Eur.  Bacch.  501,  etc. ;  φ.  ουσία,  real 
property,  opp.  to  money,  Andoc.  15, 
38,  leae.  59,  18,  Dem.  980,  25;  so, 
φανερόν  κεκτΐ/σβαι  μηδέν,  to  have  no 
real  property,  Dinarch.  99,  13: — φ. 
φι}φφ,  by  opeyi  vote,  opp.  to  κρνβόην, 
Dem.  1078,  19. — 2.  plain,  manifest, 
evident,  φανερόν  τιθέναι  τι.  Find.  Ο. 
13,  139  ;  ft  φανεροί  εγένυντο  εν  Ty 
Έλλάόί,  if  they  showed  themselves 
in  Hellas,  Hdt.  2,  14G:— in  Hdt.,  and 
Att.  very  freq.  c.  part.,  like  φαίνεσβαι, 
as,  φανεροί  είσι  άπικύμενυι,  they  are 
knoxim  to  have  come,  Hdt.  3,  26  ;  έπι- 
απίί'δων  φανερός  ήν,  Id.  7,  18 ;  φ. 
■έκβας  τον  πλο/οι»  (ίλλ'  ονκ  ε'ιςβας 
ιτύλιν,  Antipho  132,  10;  freq.  in  Flat., 
etc.,  Jelf  Gr.  Or.  «J  684;  but  φανερός 
{εστί  or  γίγνεταί)  is  also  followed  by 
ότι..,  όπως..,  Xen.  Cyr.  2,  2,  12,  Mem. 
1,  1,  17  ;  who  also  has  the  impers. 
φανερόν  έστιν  otl..,  lb.  3,  9,  2,  etc. : 
— φανερίιν  δέ,  as  an  independent 
clause,  usu.  followed  by  γύρ,  now 
this  is  evident,  for...  Wolf  Dem.  Lept. 
459,  28,  cf.  τεκμηριον,  μαρτύρων  : — 
έκ  τον  φανερον=^Άά\•.  φανερΰς,  Hdt. 
5,  96  ;  8,  126,  and  Att.  ;— so  εν  φάνε- 
ρω,  εν  τω  φηνερζ),  Xen.  Ages.  5,  7, 
Cyr.  7,  5,  55.  etc. ;  κατά  τό  φανερόν, 
Αγ.  Thesm.  525. — 3.  of  persons,  known, 
fatnous,.renowned,  Xen.  Cyr.  7,  5,  58. 
— II.  adv.  -ρώς,  first  in  Hdt.  9,  71. 

Φΰνερόφι?Μς,  ον,  {φανερός,  φίλος) 
openly  loving,  nti  open  and  undi.iguised 
friend,  opp.  to  φανερόμισος,  Arist. 
Eth.  N.  4,  3,28. 

Φάΐ'ερόω,  ώ,  {Φαΐ'ερός)  to  make  man- 
ifest, N.  T. — II.  to  make  knovm  or  fa- 
mous : — pass.,  to  become  so,  εφανερώ- 
θη  ές  τονς  Έ/Λτ/νας  μεγίστι^σι  δα- 
πάνησι,  Hdt.  6, 122.     Hence 

Φΰνέρωσις,  τ/,  α  making  visible:  a 
manifestation. 

Φάνεσκε,  v.  sub  φαίνω.  Horn,  [a] 
Φάνη,  ^r.  7/i  {φαίνω)  a  torch:  usu. 
1592 


ΦΑΝΟ 

in  plur.  al  ώαναί,  solemn  torch-pro- 
cessions, sued  as  took  place  in  the 
Bacchic  orgies,  Eur.  Ion  550,  Rlies. 
943. 

Φανήτ),  Ep.  for  φανη,  3  sing.  subj. 
aor.  2  pass,  of  φαίνω. 

Φηνημεναι,  tor  φαιηναι,  inf.  aor.  2 
pass,  of  φαίνω,  II. 

Φάνης,  1/τος,  ό,  Phancs,  a  mystic 
divinity  in  the  Orphic  rites,  repre- 
senting the  first  principle  of  the 
world. — 12.  masc.  pr.  n.,  of  Halicar- 
nassus,  Hdt.  3,  4,  11+.  [<2] 

Φύντ/τιόίω,  ώ,  desiderat.  of  φαίνο- 
μαι, to  wish  to  appear,  have  a  desire  to 
show  one's  self,  late  word,  Lob.  Fhryn. 
80. 

Φάνητίζω,=  φανερόω,  dub. 

Φΰνηφόρος,  ον,  {φανή,  φέρω): — 
torch-bearing  :  inotnph.,  having  charge 
of  sacred  riles  or  rnyslcries,  Ίερενς  Φοί- 
βον,  V.  1.  Anth.  F.  append.  164. 

'ΙΦανίας,  ον  poet,  εω,  ό,  Phanias, 
an  Athenian,  Xen.  Hell.  5.  1,  20.— 2. 
a  historian  of  Eresus  in  Lesbos,  a 
pupil  of  Aristotle,  Strab.  γ.  618 ; 
Plut.  Sol.  14.— 3.  a  poet  of  the  An- 
thology, Anth.  P.  4,  1,  54.— Others  in 
Diog.  L. ;  etc. 

^Φίινίον,  ον,  ή,  Phanium,  fem.  pr. 
n.,  Anth.  P.  12,  53. 

Φϊινίον,  ον,  τό,  dim.  from  φανός, 
Mel.  78,  4,  5  ;  79,  2. 

^Φανόδημος,  ον,  ό,  Phanodemus,  a 
writer,  Ath.  20  A. 

\Φανόδικος,  ον,  ό,  Phanodicus, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Diog.  L.  ;  etc. 

^Φανοθέα,  ας,  ή.  Phanothea,  an 
early  Epic  poetess,  Clem.  Al. 

^Φανοΐί'λής,  έονς,  ό,  Phanocles,  a 
Greek  elegiac  poet,  Plut. — Others  in 
Dion.  H. ;  etc. 

'\Φαΐ'όκριτος,  ον,  6,  Phanocritus,  a 
writer,  x\th.  161  C. 

^Φανύμαχος,  ον,  ό,  Phanomachus, 
an  Athenian  general,  son  of  Callim- 
achus,  Thuc.  2,  70. 

Φύνομηρίς,  ίδος,  η,^=φαινομηρίς. 

Φανόπτης,  ον,  ό,  ο?ί  opening  for 
light,  a  ivtndow. — II.  a  small  house: 
late  word. 

Φαvόf ,  ή,  όν,  (φαίΐ'ω) : — light,  bright, 
πυρ,  θεα.  Plat.  Phil.  16  C;,  Rep.  532 
C  :  TO  φανόν,  brightness,  light,  11).  518 
C,  Xen.  Cyn.  5,  18: — of  garments, 
washed  clean,  σισίφα,  χλαίνα,  Ar. 
Ach.  845,  Eccl.  347.-2.  clear,  bright, 
joyous,  like  φαιδρός,  φανοίς  kv  ενφρο- 
σνναις,  Aesch.  Pr.  540  ;  φ.  βίον  διά- 
γειν.  Plat.  Phaed.  256  D;  opp.  to 
σκοτώδης.  Id.  Rep.  518  A. — 3.  visible, 
manifest. — 1.  famous,  φ.  και  έ'λλόγι- 
μος,  Plat.  Symp.  197  Α. — II.  Φάνος, 
ό,  (properisp.)  the  name  of  a  sea-god. 
[u  always,  Draco  p.  8(i,  5 :  the  corn- 
par,  and  superl.  therefore  are  φανότε- 
ρος,  -ότατος,  not,  as  commonly  writ- 
ten, φανώτερος,  -ώτατος] 

Φίίΐ'όζ•,  οϋ,  ό,  (in  Aesch.  πάνός,  q. 
v.),  a  tamp,  lantern,  torch,  Ar.  Lvs. 
308,  Anth.  P.  12,  116,  cf.  Schol.  He- 
phaest.  p.  2. 

iΦάvός,  ov,  ό,  Phanus,  an  Atheni- 
an, secretary  of  Cleon,  Ar.  Eq.  1256. 
— 2.  a  Pythagorean,  Alex.  Tarant.  1, 
16. — 3.  a  relative  of  Aphobus,  Dem. 
851,22. 

^Φανοσθένης,  ονς,  ό,  Phanosthenes, 
a  general  of  the  Athenians  from  An- 
dres, Xen.  Hell.  1.5,  18. 

iΦavυστpάττj,  ■ης,  ή,  Phanostrate, 
an  Athenian  female,  daughter  of 
Stratius,  Dem.  1056,  27. — 2.  a  courte- 
san, Id.  610,  17. 

^Φανόστρατος.  ov.  ό.  Phanostratvs, 
father  of  Demetrius  Phalereus,  Paus. 
1,  25,6. — 2.  an  Athenian,  Dem.  1258, 
23. —Others  in  Isae. ;  etc. 


ΦΑΝΤ 

iΦavoτεϊς,  έων,  ol,  the  inhab.  of 
Phanotens,  the  Phanotians,  Polyb.  5, 
96,  4,  who  also  calls  the  city  ή  των 
Φανετέων  πόλις. 

iΦavoτtύς,  έως,  ό,  Phanotcvs,  a  city 
of  Phocis,  earlier  Fanoiieus,  Thuc.  4, 
89.— II.  an  hereditary  Inend  of  Ores- 
tes of  Phocis,  Soph.  El.  45. 

]Φανοτίς,  ίδος,  ή,  fem.  adj.,  of 
Phanoteus ;  the  territory  of  Ph.,  Thuc. 
4,  76. 

Φάνότης,  ητος,  ή,  brightness,  clear- 
ness, Aristid. 

Φΰνόω,  ώ,=  φαίνω,  Strab. 
Φαΐτύι^ω,  f.  -ύσω.  Ιο  make  vi.iihle, 
clear  or  manifest,  usu.  with  collat.  no- 
tion of  doing  It  frequently  :  later  also 
to  display,  present. — II.  usu.  in  pass., 
like  φαίνομαι,  to  becmne  visible^  op- 
pear,  show  one's  self,  Tivi,  Hdt.  4,  124  ; 
7,  15  ;  μηδέ  φαντάζον  δόμων  πύροιθε, 
Eur.  Andr.  876,  cf.  Phoen.  93  :—ta 
make  a  show  or  parade,  Lat.  se  osten- 
tare,  Schweigh.  Hdt.  7,  10,  5.-2. 
φαντάζεσθαί  τινι.  to  be  like  some  one, 
take  his  form,  Aesch.  Ag.  1511. — 3.  to 
appear  or  seem  so  and  so.  Plat.  Hipp. 
Maj.  300  C,  etc. — 4.  used  for  ονκο- 
φαντεΐσθαΐ,  to  be  informed  against,  in 
Ar.  Ach.  823. — 111.  mid.,  c.  ace.  rei, 
to  place  before  one^s  mind,  present 
or  represent  ail  object  to  otie's  self. 
Hence 

Φαντασία,  ας,  ή,  a  making  visible, 
showing  :  esp.,  a  displaying,  parading, 
Lat.  ostentaiio,  Posidon.  ap.  Ath.  212 
C.  —  II.  the  look  or  appearance  of  a 
thing  :  esp.,  η  showy  appearance,  show, 
display,  parade,  Polyb.  32.  12,  6. —  HI. 
as  a  term  of  philosophy,  the  power  of 
perception  and  presenilation  in  the  mind, 
by  which  it  places  objects  before  itself, 
presents  or  represents  them  to  itself, 
(the  object  so  presented  being  the 
φί'ίντασμα),  first  in  Plat.,  and  Arist., 
V.  Plat.  Soph.  260  E— 264  A  ;  ό.  καϊ 
αισβησις,  Theaet.  152  C;  cf.  Stallb. 
Phileb.  39  B,  Plut.  2.  1084  F.— 2. 
with  the  Stoics,  the  pirception  or  jni- 
pression.  received  by  the  niind.^ — (the 
object  producing  the  imp:ession  t]e- 
ing  TO  φηνταστόν, — and  τό  φαντα- 
στίκόν  the  same  passive  state  pro- 
duced by  unreal  or  imaginary  φαντα- 
στά, Plut.  2,  900  1),  E,  etc.) :— hence, 
in  id,ci,=z  φάντασμα,  the  object  produ- 
cing the  impression,  an  imnge,  Cicero's 
visum.  Plat.  Theaet.  161  E,  Chrysijjp. 
ap.  Plut.  2,  1046  F,  1055  F,  sqq. 

Φαντάσιαστικός,  ή,  ύν.=^  φανταστι- 
κός, Plut.  2,  431  Β,  432  C. 

Φαντασιοκοττέω,  ώ.  Ιο  conceive  vain 
fancies  or  hopes,  LXX.  :  from 

Φαντασιοκόπος,  ov,  conceiving  vain 
fancies  or  hopes. 

Φαντάσιοπλήκτως,  adv.,  in  a  man- 
ner that  strikes  the  senses  or  imagina- 
tion, M.  Anton.  1,  7. 

Φαντάσιόω,  ώ.  (φαντασία)  to  bring 
images  Of  presentations  before  the  mind  : 
— usu.  as  d.ep.  pass.,  φαντασιόομαι, 
to  have  or  form  images  or  presentations, 
c.  ace.  rei,  Plut.  2,  236  D:  generally, 
to  possess  the  faculty  of  presentation, 
lb.  960  D. 

Φύντασις,  εως,  ή,  {φαντάζω)=  φαν- 
τασία, an  appearing,  appearance,  Lat. 
visum.  Plat.  Tim.  72  β. 

Φαντασιώδης,  like  φαντασίαι,  full 
thereof,  Eusl. 

]Φαντασίωΐ',  ωνος,  ό,  Phantaston, 
a  name  formed  by  Luc.  Ver.  H.  2, 
33. 

Φάντασμα,  ατός,  τό,  {φαντάζω) : —  . 
an  appearance,  image,  phantom,  spectre, 
like  the   more   usu.   φάσμα,   Aesch. 
Theb.  710,  cf.  Pors.  Or.  401  :  a  vision, 
dream.  Theocr.  21,  30.  —  2.  esp.,  oi» 


ΦΑΟΣ 

image  presented  Ιο  the  mmd  hy  an  ob- 
ject, Lat.  visum.  Plat.  Phaed.  81  D, 
etc.  :  hence — 3.  a  mere  image,  unreal- 
ity, opp.  to  TO  01',  to  α/.ι/ϋίΐα,  etc.. 
Plat.  Parm.  1G6  A,  Rep.  598  B,  etc.  ; 
distinguished  from  είκών.  Id.  Soph. 
236  C  : — ct".  φαντασία  111. 

Φαΐ'τασμάτίον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from 
foreg.,  Pkit.  2,  7G6  B. 

Φαΐ'7ασ«όζ",  οϋ,  6,=  όύντασμα,  Ti- 
nion  ap.  Diog.  L.  9,  25. 

Φανταστής,  ov,  6,  one  who  makes  a 
parade,  a  boaster. 

Φανταστικός,  τ/,  όν,  (φαντάζω)  able 
to  present  or  represent.  Plat.  Soph.  267 
A :  ή  -κή  (sc.  τέχν7ΐ),  the  faculty  of 
representation,  lb.  236  1),  etc.  —  II. 
able  to  perceive  ;  cf.  φαντασία  HI. 

Φανταστός,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from 
φαντάζω,  acting  upon  the  φαντασία, 
q.  V.  (sigtif.  III). 

■^Φάντης,  ου,  ό,  Phantes,  one  of  the 
sons  of  Aegyptus,  Apoliod.  2,  1,  5. 

Φαντί,  Dor.  for  φασί,  3  plur.  pres. 
from  φημί. 

\Φαντίας,  ου,  ό,  Phantias.  a  cele- 
brated pilot  of  Athens,  Lys.  702,  5. 

tΦα^'ώ.  ους,  ij,  Phano,  daughter  of 
Neaera,  Dem.  1358,  5. 

Φάο,  Ep.  for  φάσο,  imperat.  pres. 
mid.  οίφ7]μί,  Od.  16,  168,  etc. 

Φάό,ίΙος,  ov,  {φάω,  βώς)  voith  glit- 
tering bow. 

ΦάοΛκόζ•,  όν,=φο?.κός,  late. 
Φάοί,  ίος,  τό,  conlr.  φώς.  Φωτός, 
and  then  resolved  (in  nom.  and  ace.) 
φόως :  plur.  φάεα,  rarely  φώτα,  as  in 
Strab.  : — Horn,  use.s  φάος  and  φόως, 
never  φώς,  and  forms  the  oblique 
cases  from  φάος  only  :  Piiid  has  only 
φάος,  and  so  the  Trag.  almost  always 
in  lyrics,  while  in  dialogue  they  have 
both  φύος  and  φώς,  whereas  only  φώς 
is  used  in  Att.  prose,  (however  we 
find  gen.  φάους  in  Xen.  Cyr.  4.  2,  9 
and  26) : — a  dat.  φω  is  quoted  from 
Eur.  by  E.  M.  p.  803  ;  and  a  dat  φαΐ 
occurs  in  Or.  Sib. :  (φάω).  Light, 
esp.  daylight,  ηύη  μεν  φάος  ήεν  ίπί 
χΟόνα,  Od.  23,  371  ;  κατέδυ  /.αμτ^ρόν 
φάος  τ/ελιοιο,  11.  1,  605,  «tc. :  also  of 
living  men,  ζώειν  και  όράν  φάος 
ίίελιοιο,  II.  18,  61,  442,  Od.  4,  540, 
etc.  ;  opp.  to  λείττειν  φύος  ηελίοιο ; 
so  in  Att.,  ζ^  τε  και  φάος  β7.έ7τει, 
Aesch.  Pers.  299  etc. ;  εν  φάει  είναι. 
Soph.  Phil.  415,  etc. ;  έν  Αιός  φάει, 
Eur.  Hec.  707  ;  τνέμττειν  τινά  ές  φώς, 
ίζ  "Αιδυυ  προς  φώς  άναπέμπειν,  άνά- 
γειν  εις  φώς,  Aesch.  Pers.  630,  Soph. 
Phd.  625,  Ar.  Αν.  699:— but,  είς  φώς 
ίέναι,  to  come  into  the  light,  i.  e.  into 
public,  Soph.  Phil.  1353;  so,  εις  φώς 
λέγειν,  ύγειν,  etc.,  lb.  581,  cf.  Fr. 
657,  Plat.  Prot.  .320  I);  to  φώς  κό- 
σμον  παρέχει,  light  (i.  e.  publicity).., 
Xen.  Ages.  9,  1  :  φώς  γίγνεται,  it  be- 
comes light,  i.  e.  day  is  breaking,  Plat. 
Prot.  311  A  ;  έως  ετι  φώς  έστι,  while 
there  is  still  light.  Id.  Phaed.  89  C  ; 
so  εν  φύει,  Od.  21,  429;  κατά  φώς, 
by  day,  Xen.  Cyr.  3,  3,  25.-2.  the 
light  of  a  torch,  etc.,  a  light,  τις  τοι 
φάος  οίσει ;  Od.  19,  24,  cf.  34,  64  ; 
Φύος  πάντεσσι  παρέξω,  18,316;  so, 
φώς  όαίειν,  Aesch.  Cho.  Η63  ;  ποιεΐν, 
Xen.  Hell.  6,  2,  29  ;  κατά  φώς  πίνειν, 
to  drink  hy  the  /ire,  Id.  Cyr.  7,  5,  27 : 
a  light.  Id.  Hell.  5,  1,  8. — 3.  a  window, 
φώτα  μετατιθέναι,  Plut.  2,  515  Β  : 
so  Lat.  lumen.— U.  light,  as  a  rnetaph. 
for  joy,  deliverance,  happiness,  vic- 
tory, and  the  like,  φόως  ό'  έτύροισιν 
ίθΐ/κεν,  II.  6,  6  ;  έπήν  φάος  εν  νηεσσι 
ϋι/τις,  II.  16,  95;  and  of  persons,  ην 
πού  τι  φόως  Αανάοισι  γένωμαι,  lb. 
Ά»,  cf.  8,  282,  etc.  ;  Άκραγαντίνων 
φύος,  Pind.  Ι.  2, 25,  etc. : — esp.  in  ad- 


ΦΑΡΙ 
dressing  persons,  (like  the  Oriental 
'  light  of  my  lile  !'  •  light  of  my  eyes  '.' 
etc. ),  ήλθες,  Ύη/.έμαχε,  γλυκερον 
φάος,  Od.  16,23;  17,  41;  ώ  φίλτα- 
τον  φώς,  Schaf.  Soph.  ΕΙ.  1224  ;  ώ 
μέγιστον  Έ/^.ησιν  φάος,  Eur.  Hec. 
841  ;  cf.  όμμα\\\  φέγγος  un.—\U.  in 
plur.  φάεα,  the  eyes,  like  Lat.  lumina, 
Od.  16,  15;  17,  39;  19,  417:  so,  in 
sing.,  of  the  Cyclops'  eye,  Eur.  Cycl. 
633.  [ύ  mostly  ;  but  Hom.  always 
has  α  m  nom.  and  ace.  plur.  φάεα; 
and  so  dat.  plur.  φάεσι  in  Call.  Dian. 
71,  whereas  in  φάεσσι,  a  is  short :  so 
in  the  coinpd.  περιφάεα  kvk7m,  Opp. 
H.  2,  6.] 

■[Φαουεντία,  ας,  η,  Faventia,  a  city 
in  northern  Italy,  Strab.  p.  217. 

Φάρ,  αράς,  τό,  spelt,  the  Lat./ar. — 
II.  a  kind  of  garment,  cf  φάρυς. 

ΙΦάρα,  ας,  7ί,=  Φαραί  1.• — 2.  a  city 
in  the  territory  of  Carthage,  Strab.  p. 
831. 

Φάράγγιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  φά- 
ραγξ. 

Φάραγγώόης,  ες,  {είδος)  like  a  chasm 
or  ravine,  full  of  chasms,  Arist.  H.  A. 
6,  28,  1  :  from 

Φάραγξ,    αγγος,  η,  a  mountain  or 

rock  with   clefts,  a   deep  chasm,  ravine, 

gully,  cleft,  Aesch.  Pr.  15,  142,  etc., 

thuc.  2," 67,  Xen.  Hell.  7,  2.  13,  Dem. 

I  793,  6  ;  akin  to  φάρνγξ.  [όώ] 

I       \Φάρηί,  ών.  αϊ,  Pharae.  an  ancient 

I  city  of  Achaia,  Polyb.  2,41  ;  in  Strab. 

p.  386  Φάρα;  hence  Φαρίϊς.\οη.  Φα- 

ρέες,  έων,   oi,   the  vnhab.   of  Pharae, 

Hdt.   1,   145;    or  Φαραιεΐς,  ίων,  οι, 

Polyb. 4. 6.9. — 2.  Ep. and  Ion.  Φ?/ραί,Ά 

city  of  Messenia  on  the  Nedon.  II.  9, 

151,  residence  of  Diodes,  Od.  3,488: 

also  in  sing.   Φΐίρή,    II.  5,   543,  and 

I  Φεραί,     Xen.    Hell.    4,   8,  7 :   hence 

οΐΦαραϊται.  the  inhab.  of  P.,  Paus   3, 

26,  wlio  assigns  it  to  Laconia  4,  16,  8, 

but  cf.  4,  3,  2. — 3.  a  city  of  Boeotia, 

Strab.  p.  405. 

!       ίΦαρανόάκης,  ου,  ό,  Pharandaces, 

j  a  Persian,  Aesch.  Pers.  31. 

iΦapnvδύτης.  ου,  ό.  Phurand'ites.a. 
leader  of  the  Colchians  in  the  Persian 
army,  Hdt.  7,  79. 

^Φάραξ,  ακος.  ό,  Pharax,  an  Ath- 
enian, father  of  Styphon,  Thuc.  4,  38. 
— 2.  a  naval  commander  of  the  Lace- 
daemonians, Xen.  Hell.  3,  2,  12. 
!       \Φαρασμάι:τις,  o?'f,  ό,  Pharasmanes, 
'  a  king  of  the  Chorasmians,  Arr.  An. 

i  "*'  15' 4• 

Φΰράω.  ώ,  to  plough,  ύφαρον  φαρόω- 
σι  (sc.  γήν),  Call.  Fr.  183  : — cf  ύφα- 
I  ρος,  άφάρωτος.  (Buttm.  Lesil.  s.  v. 
φολκός  5,  derives  it  not  from  άρόω, 
but  from  φύρω,  akin  to  φάρυγξ  and 
φαρσός.) 

\φαραώ,  ό,  Pharaoh,  a  common 
name  of  the  kings  of  Aegypt,  N.  T. 

Φύργνϋμι,  tnetaph.  for  φράγννμι, 
φράσσω,  nesych. 
'       ΐΦαρε'ζ-,   ό,   Phares,   masc.  pr.  n., 

I  ^'•  '^• 

Φαρέτρα,  ας,  η.  Ion.  φάρέτρη,  (0ε- 
'  ρω) : — α  quiver  for  arrows,  Lat.  pha- 
retra,  Ιοδόκος,  II.  15,  443;  it  had  a 
}  cover  (πώ/^α),  Od.  9,  314  ;  hence  call- 
ed άμφηρεφτ/ς,  II.  1,  45  ;  also  in  Pind., 
and  Att. 

Φάρετρεών,  ώνος,  o.=  foreg.,  Hdt. 
1,216;  2,  141,  etc. 

Φύρέτριον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  φαρέ- 
τρα, Mosch.  1,  20. 

Φύρετροφόρος,  ov,  (φαρέτρα,  φέρω) 
bearing  a  quiver.  Mel.  91. 

iΦάpζιρις,ή.a  Persian  name  which 
the  Greeks  changed  to  ΐίαρυσατις, 
Strab.  p.  785. 

Φάρικόν,οΰ,  τό,  some  kind  of  jioison, 
Nic. 


ΦΑΡΜ 

Φάρων,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  φΰpoc. 
[a] 

ίΦάρις,  ιος,  fj,  Phans,  an  ancient 
city  of  Laconia  on  the  Phellias.  II.  2, 
582  :  cf.  Strab.  p.  363  ;  Paus.  3,  20. 
3  :  its  territory,  ij  Φαραία,  Strab.  1.  c. 
— II.  0,  son  of  Mercury  and  Philoda- 
mia.  founder  of  Pharae  in  Messenia, 
Pans.  4,  30,  2. 

iΦaptσatoς,  ου,  ό,  α  Pharisee,  IS. 
τ.  ;  οι  Φαρισαϊοι,  the  Pharisees,  a  sect 
of  the  Jews,  proud  and  self-righteous, 
N.  T. 

iΦnpισμύvης.  ους,  ό,  Pharismanes, 
Persian  pr.  n.,  Arr.  An.  6,  27,  2  :  cf. 
Φαρασμάνης. 

ίφαρκάόών,  όνος,  ή,  Pharcadon,  a 
city  of  Thessaly,  on  the  Peneus, 
Strab.  p.  438. 

Φαρκίδόω,  ώ,  (όαρκίς)  to  wrinkle: 
— pass,  φαρκιδονμενος,  wrinkled. 

Φαρκίδώδης,  ες,  (φαρκίς,  είδος) 
wrinkled,  full  of  wrinkles.  Foes,  Oecon. 

^^PP-     ,  ,         ,  . 

ΦαρκίΓ,  ιδος,  η,  (φύρω)  : — a  wrinkle, 

fold.  Soph.  Fr.  955.  [/] 

Φαρκτός,ή,  όν,^φρακτός,  Hesych. 

Φάρκτω,=φράσσω,  Phot. 

Φαρμάκάω,  ώ,  {φύρμακοιή  : — to  suf- 
fer from  the  effect  of  poison,  be  ill  and 
out  of  one's  senses,  Dem.  1133,  26, 
Plut.  2,  1016  E,  etc.— II.  to  desire,  re- 
quire medicine,  Luc.  Lexiph.  4. 

Φαρμακεία,  ας,  ή,  (φαρμακείω)  :-• 
the  u.-ung  of  medicine,  esp.  o\  purgatives, 
pharmacy,  Hipp.,  and  Plat. :  in  geiil. 
the  use  of  any  kind  of  drugs,  jjotions, 
spells,  etc.,  Plat.  Legg.  933  Β  :— also, 
poisoning,  or,  tvitchery,  uilchcrafi,  Lat. 
reneficium,  Dem.  1025,  11,  Polyb., 
etc. 

Φαραάκεια,  ας,  ή.  =  φαρμακίς, 
Arist.  Ή.  Α.  6,  18,  10;  9,  17,  1. 

^Φαρμακεία,  ας,  ή,  Pharmacia,  the 
nymph  of  a  fountain  in  Attica,  Plat. 
Phaedr.  229  C. 

Φαρμακεΐον,  ov,  τό,  a  druggist's 
shop,  dub.  1.  in  Plat.  Phaedr.  268  C. 

Φαρμάκενμα,  aTOc,  τό,=φύρμακον. 

f^"i  .      ,       '.  .     ,         . 

Φαρμΰκευς,  έως,  ο,  one  who  deals  in 

medicines,  charms  Or  poison,  a  sorcerer, 

poisoner,  Soph.  Tr.  1140,  Plat.  Symp. 

203  D,  etc. 

Φαρμάκενσις,  εως,  η, ^φαρμακεία. 
Plat.  Legg.  845  D. 

Φαρμάκεντί/ς,  οϋ,  ό,^φαρμακενς. 
Hence 

Φαρμακευτικός,  ή,  όν,  of  or  for 
pharmacy,  medical.  Plat.  Tim.  89  B: 
/;  -Kij  (sc.  τέχνη),^^φαρμακεία. 

Φαρμύκεΰτρια,  ας,  ή,  fem.  of  φαρ• 
μακευτής,  cf.  φαρμακίς. 

Φαρμύκεύω,  (φύρμακον): — Ιο  ad- 
minister α  drug  or  medicine,  Plat.  Rep. 
459  C,  Tim.  89  D  :  —  to  use  enchant- 
ments, practise  sorcery  or  poisoning, 
φαρμακεύειν  τι  ές  τον  ποταμόν,  to 
use  it  as  a  charm  to  calm  the  river, 
Hdt.  7,  1 14  : — pass.,  to  administer  φύρ- 
μακα  to  one's  self,  use  medicines,  esp., 
purgatives,  Hipp.,  cf.  Fues.  Oecon. — 
II.  c.  ace.  pers.,  to  drug  a  person, giue 

him   a  poisonous   or   stupefying    drug, 
Eur.  Andr.  355,  Plat.  Legg.  933  D. 

Φαρμάκία,  ή,  poet,  for  φαρμακεία, 
Anth. 

Φαρμΰκικός,  ή,  όν,  of,  belonging  to 
a  φύρμακον. 

Φηρυάκων.  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  φάρ- 
μακον.  Plat.  Phaedr.  268  C,  TheaeU 
149  C.  [μύ} 

Φαρμάκίς,  ίδυς,  fem.  of  φαρμακενς, 
a  .'sorceress,  witch,  Lat.  venefica,  Ar. 
Nub.  749,  Dem.  793,  27,  Luc.,  etc.— 
11.  as  fem.  adj..  poisonous,  venomoui, 
σαύρα,  Nic.  .Al.  551. 

Φαρμύκίστρια,  ας,  ?/,= foreg. 
1593 


ΦΑΡΜ 

Φαρμΰκίτης  (φάρμακον)  οίνος,  ό, 
drugged  or  medicated  wine  :  όακτϋ'λίος 
φ.,  a  ring  containing  poison,  Eupol. 
Bapt.  22,  ubi  v.  Meineke  :  fem.  -ιτις, 
ιδος,  Galen. 

Φαρμάκύεις,  εσσα,  εν,—φαρμακώ- 
δης,  drugged,  Nic.  ΑΙ.  593,  where  we 
have  Φαρμακόεις  for  -όεσσα. 

Φαρμύκόμαντίς,  εως,  δ,  either  one 
who  is  at  once  φαρ/ιακός  and  μύντις, 
or  who  uses  φάρμακα  to  divine  from, 
name  of  a  comedy  of  Anaxandrides. 

ΦΑΤΜΑ'ΚΟΝ,  01•,  TO,  any  artifi- 
cial means,  asp.,  for  producing  physical 
effects:  hence, — I.  a  medicine,  drug, 
remedy,  in  Horn.  usu.  of  such  as  were 
applied  outwardly,  έττιβησει  φύρμαχ' 
ύ  κεν  ττανστισι  μελαινάων  ΰόννάων, 
11.  4,  191  ;  έπ'  up'  ήπια  φάρμακα  ττάσ- 
σε.  Π).  218;  έπιττύσσων  οόννηφατα 
φ..  5,  401,  cf  900  ;  15,  394  ;  φ.  νόσου, 
α  medicine  for  disease.  Aesch.  Pr.  249  ; 
etc. ;  cf.  infr.  IV. — Strictly,  the  φάρ- 
μακα applied  outwardly  were  χριστά, 
ointments,  salves,  and  τταστύ,  έττίττασ- 
τα  or  κατα-λαστά,  plasters,  Ar.  Plut. 
71G,  Theocr.  11,  1,  sq.  ;  those  taken  iyi- 
wardly  were  βρώσιμα  and  πότιαα  or 
ΤΓίστά,  cf.  omnino  Blomi.  Aescli.  Pr. 
488  ;  hence,  φάρμακον  πεπωκώς,  Hdt. 
4,  IGO,  cf.  Pind.  P.  3,  90,  sq.— II.  a 
poisonous  drug  (as  Shaksp.  uses  drug 
for  poison) :  hence,  a  deadly,  mischie- 
vous expedient  or  means,  φ.  κακά  or  7.υ- 
ypa,  οΐ'λόμενα.  άνδροφόνα,  Ονμοφβό- 
ρα,  II.  22,  94,  Od.  1,  261  ;  2,  329 ;  10, 
213,  2.36,  394  ;  φάρμακα  εςβύΤίλειν  ες 
TU  φρέατα,  Thuc.  2,  48. — III.  an  en- 
chanted potion,  philtre,  etc.  ;  also  a 
charm,  spell,  incantation,  enchantment, 
11.  1 1,  741,  Od.  4,  220,  230  ;  φαρμάκοις 
ufjvai  TLva,  Ar.  Thesm.  561  : — any  se- 
cret means  of  effecting  a  thing.  Hdt.  3, 
85. — IV".  generally,  aremedy,  Hes.  Op. 
483,  etc. ;  c.  gen.,  a  remedy  against 
something,  τίι  atyuv  φ.  βλάβης, 
Aesch.  Ag.  548 ;  φ.  πόνων,  φόβου, 
λύπης,  Eur.  Bacch.  283,  etc. ;  so,  φ. 
avpCiv  ipv\'par,  a  remedy  against  cold 
airs,  i.  e.  a  warm  cloak,  Pind.  O.  9, 
147:  and  so,  γράμματα  are  called 
φάρμακα  λήΐίης,  Eur.  Palam.  2.-2. 
also,  a  means  oj  producing  something, 
as,  φ.  σωτηρίας,  Eur.  Phoen.  893 ; 
ανήμης  και  σοφίας  φ..  P\at.  Phaedr. 
274  Ε,  V.  Stallb.  ib.  230  D  ,  so  Pind. 
calls  a  bridle  φαρμ.  πραν,  Ο.  13.  121. 
"V.  α  dye,  paint,  colour,  Emped.  84, 
Hdt.  1,  98,  Ar.  Eccl.  735,  Plat.  Rep. 
420  C. — VI.  a  stimulant  to  give  a  relish 
to  food,  a  spice,  seasoning:  also  me- 
taph.,  φάρμακον  άρετάς  έπι  θανύτω, 
the  zest  which  virtue  gives  even  to 
death,  Pmd.  P.  4,  332.  Cf.  φαρμάσ- 
σο).  [μΰ  usu.,  but  μά  in  some  old  Ion. 
poets.  V  Welcker  Hippon.  Fr  21, 
44,  Gaisf.  Hephaest.  p.  254,  Blomf. 
Aesch.  Pr.  981.] 

Φα[)μάκοποιέω,  ώ,  to  prepare  medi- 
cines, poisons  or  colours. 

Φαρμακοποιία,  ας,  ή,  the  preparation 
of  medicines,  etc. :  the  art  of  a  φαρμα- 
κοποιός :  from 

Φαρμακοποιός,  όν,  {φάρμακον,  ποι- 
έω)  making  medicines,  muing  poison, 
preparing  colours,  ΐθνος  φ-,  a  nation  of 
sorcerers,  Aesch.  Fr.  428. 

Φαρμΰκοποσία,  ας,  ή,  a  drinking  of 
medicine  or  poison,  Hipp.  p.  1258,  Xen. 
An.  4.  8.  21,  Plat.,  etc. :  from 

Φαρ/ιΰκοποτέω,  ώ,  (φάρμακον,  πί- 
νω) Ιο  drink  medicine  or  poison,  The- 
ophr. 

Φαρμάκοπω?.έω,  ώ,  to  deal  in  viedi- 
civrs.  poisons,  Ar.  Fr.  95:  from 

Φηρμάκοπώ7^ης,  ov,  o,  {φάρμακον, 
ηω'λέω)  a  druggist,  Ar.  Nub.  766. 

Φαομάκός,  ov,  ό,  ή,  {φάρμακον) : — 
1594 


ΦΑΡΝ 

like  φαρμακεί'ς,  a  poisoner,  sorcerer, 
magician,  Hippon.  44,  G  :  irreg.  superl. 
φαρμακίστατος,  η.  the  rnost  arrant  sor- 
cerer or  sorceress,  Suid. —  II.  one  who  is 
sacrificed  or  executed  as  an  atonement 
ητ  purification  for  others,  e.  g.  for  the 
city,  a  scape-goat,  Ar.  Ran.  733  ;— call- 
ed also  δημόσιος:  and,  since  crimi- 
nals and  worthless  fellows  were  re- 
served for  this  late,  0ap/in/cof  became 
a  general  name  of  reproach,  like  κά- 
θαρμα, Ar.  Eq.  1405,  Lysias  108,  5, 
Dem.,  etc.  [μά  sometimes,  e.  g.  Hip- 
pon. Fr.  44,  cf.  φάρμακον,  fin. J 

Φαρμΰκοτρίβης  [I].  Dem.  1 170, 29  ; 
and  -τρίπτης,  ov,  ό  {φάρμακον,  τρί- 
βω) : — one  who  grinds  and  prepares 
drugs  or  colours. 

ΦαρμάκότρηΙ'  ,Ιβος,  6=  foreg.,  susp.. 
Lob.  Phryn.  Cli.  ^ 

Φαρμάκονργός,  όΐ',=  φαρμακοποιός, 
Lye.  61. 

^Φαρμακονσσαι,  ών,  αί,  Pharma- 
cussae,  two  small  islands  near  Sala- 
inis,  Strab.  p.  395. 

Φαρμύκοφόρος,  ov,  producing  φάρ- 
μακα. Eust. 

Φαρμάκόω,  ώ,  ί.  -ώσω,  =  φάρμα- 
κενω :  esp.,  to  medicate,  endue  with  heal- 
ing power,  Pind.  P.  4,  393. 

Φαρμακτήρ,  ήρος,  ό,=  φαρμακενς, 
0pp.  Η.  2,  483. 

Φαρμακτήριος,  a,  ον,=^  φαρμακευ- 
τικός. Lye.  1138. 

Φαρμάκτης,  ου,  ό,  =  φαρμακτήρ, 
φαρμακενς,  ϋρρ.  Η.  4,  648. 

Φαρμακτός,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from 
όαρμύσσω,  poisoned,  drugged,  Man- 
etho. 

Φαρμύκώδης.  ες,  {φάρμακον,  είδος) 
of  the  nature  of  a  φάρμακον,  poisonous, 
or  medicmol,  etc.,  Arist.  Mirab.  77. 

Φαρμάκων,  ώνος,  ό,  a  dye-house. 
Soph.  Fr.  956. 

Φάρμαξις,  εως.  η,  =  φαρμακεία, 
medical  treatment,  Plat.  Phil.  46  A,  cf. 
sq.  :  from 

Φαρμάσσω,  Att.  -ττω ;  f.  -ξω  : — 
to  use  a  φάρμακον  or  artificial  means, 
of  what  kind  soever,  this  being  de- 
termined in  each  case  by  the  con- 
text :  Hom.  has  this  word  only  once, 
Od.  9,  393,  of  a  metal-worker,  who 
tempes  brass  by  plunging  it  in  cold 
water,  which  is  called  φάρμαξις  περί 
τον  χα/.κόν  by  Plut.  2,  395  Β  ;  cf. 
Meineke  Philem.  p.  385.— Usu.,— I. 
to  heal  or  relieve  by  drugs  or  medicine, 
to  use  medicines,  Plat.  Legg.  933  B. — 
II.  to  poison. — III.  to  enchant,  bewitch, 
esp.  by  spells,  charms,  love-potions, 
philtres :  also,  to  charm,  bewitch  by 
flattery,  Plat.  Symp.  194  A,  Meno  80 
A  ;  πεφάρμαχθε,  Ar.  Thesm.  534  ; 
— and  Aesch.,  by  a  strong  nietaph., 
speaks  of  a  lamp  φαρμασσομένη  χρί- 
σματος παρηγορίαις,  Ag.  94. — IV.  to 
dye,  colour,  paint:  generally,  to  adul- 
terate, alloy,  mix,  and  SO  spoil :  but, 
also,  to  season,  spice. 

iΦapvάβaζoς,  ov.  6,  Pharnabazus, 
a  Persian  satrap,  Thuc.  2,  67. — 2. 
another  of  Bithynia  and  of  Phrygia, 
Xen.  An.  7,  8,  25 ;  6,  4,  24 ;  5,  30; 
etc. 

ίΦαρναζύθρης,  ov  Ion.  εο>,  ό,  Phar- 
raaca/Zircs.  a  commander  of  the  Indians, 
Hdt.  7,  65. 

ίΦαρνάκη,  ης,  ή,  Pharnace,  mother 
of  Cinyras,  Apollod.  3,  14. 

\Φαρνάκης,  ov,  b,  Phnrnaces.a  Per- 
sian satrap  in  Mysia,  Thuc.  2,  67. — 
2.  the  lir.'it  king  of  Pontus,  grand- 
father of  Mithradates  the  Great,  Po- 
lyb.  3,  3,  6. 

iΦapvaκίa,  ας,  ?/,  Pharnacia,  a 
stronghold  in  Pontus,  the  earlier 
Κεράσους,  Strab.  p.  548. 


ΦΑΡΤ 

^Φαρναπύτης,  ov,  6,  Pharnapafe», 
a  general  of  the  Parthians,  Plut.  Ant. 
33  :  cf.  Dio  C.  48,  41. 

^Φαρνάσπης,  ov  Ion.  εω,  6,  Phar- 
naspes,  father-in-law  of  Cyrus,  Hdt. 
2,  1  ;  3,  2. 

^Φαρνονχης,  ου  Ion.  εω,  ύ,  Pharnu- 
ches,  a  Persian  cavalry  commander, 
Hdt.  7,  88.-2.  a  Lycian,  one  of 
Alexander's  officers,  Arr.  An.  4,  3,  7. 

^Φαρνονχος,  ov,  ό,  Pharnurhus,  a 
Persian  commander,  Aesch.  Per.s. 
313;  Xen.  Cyr.  6,  3,  32. 

Φάρος,  εος,  τό,  later  also  φάρος  (v. 
sub  tin.)  : — any  large  piece  of  cloth,  a 
cloth,  sheet,  etc.,  II.  18,  353,  Od.  13, 
108  :  a  shroud,  pall,  Od.  2,  97  :  sail- 
cloth, Od.  5,  258. — II.  e>p.  a  wide 
cloak  or  mantle,  without  sleeves,  worn 
mostly  by  men  loose  over  the  χιτών, 
περί  δε  μέγα  βάλ'/.ετο  φάρος,  11.  2, 
43  ;  πορφίψεον  μέγα  φάρος  έχων  έν 
χειρί,  8,  221  :  women  also  have  a 
φάρος,  Od.  5,  230  ;  10,  543  :  it  might 
be  thrown  over  the  head  as  a  hood 
or  veil,  Od.  8,  84— (The  Lat.  palla, 
pallium  is  prob.  from  the  same  root.) 
[ά  always  in  Horn.,  being  always  in 
arsis  :  α  first  in  Hes.  Op.  200  in  the 
form  φαρέεσσι.  The  Trag.  seem  to 
have  preferred  a  in  the  nom.  φάρος, 
φάρεα,  φάρτ/ ;  so  also  later  Ep.,  v. 
Draco  p.  35,5,  Hevne  II.  24,231,  Ap. 
Rh.  3,  863.  But  ά  also  in  Trag.,  as 
Aesch.  Cho.  11,  Fr.  200,  and  Eur.; 
cf.  Seidl.  Dochm.  p.  257,  Herodian 
in  Dind.  Gramrn.  p.  36.] 

Φάρος,  ov,  ή,  Pharos,  an  island  in 
the  bay  of  Alexandria,  Od.  4,  355, 
afterwds.  famous  for  its  lighthouse, 
+cf  Thuc.  1,  104;  Strab.  pp.  37, 
791t:  hence  as  appcll.,  ό  φάρος,  a 
lighthouse,  Anth.f — 2.  a  small  island 
on  the  coast  of  Dalmatia,  earlier 
Hupor,  Polyb.  5.  108,70:  in  Strab. 
p.  315,  Φαpίαt.  [«] 

Φάρος,  ό,^=φάρσος.  Lye.  154. 

iΦapovσίOί.  ων,  oi,  the  Pharusii,  a 
people  of  Africa,  Strab.  p.  826. 

Φπρόωσί,  Ep.  3  plur.  of  φαράω,  q.  v. 

iΦapσa'λίa,  ας,  ή,  Pharsalia,  a  fe- 
male dancer  from  Thessaly,  Ath. 
605  C. — 11.  v.  Φαρσάλιος. 

iΦ^ίpσά?.oς  Ion.  Φάρση?^ος.  ov.  ή, 
Pharsalus,  a  city  of  Thessaly,  in 
Phthiotis,  near  the  Enipeus ;  in 
Strab.  ή  νεά  Φύρσα'λος,  and  near  by 
ή  παλαιά  Φ.,  Thuc.  1,  111. 

^Φαρσάλιος,  a,  ov.  Ion.  -σηλιος, 
of  Pharsalus,  Pharsalian,  Arr.  An.  3, 
11:^  Φαρσα7ύα,  the  territory  of  Phar- 
salus. Strab.  p.  430. 

Φάρσος,  εος,  τό,  {*φάρω): — any 
piece  torn  off  or  severed,  a  part,  portion, 
division,  φάρσεα  πύλιος.  the  quarters 
of  a  city,  Hdt.  1,  180,  181,  186;  φ. 
βότρνος,  Anth.  P.  6,  299,  etc.  :— the 
Lat.  pars,  cf.  φάρος,  6. 

]Φαρνγαι,  ών,  αϊ,  Pharygae,  a  city 
of  Locris,  Strab.  p.  426,  the  Homeric 
Ύύρφη- 

Φΰρνγγίζω,  —  λαρνγγίζω. 

Φάρύγγεθρον  or  φάρνγεθρον.τό,-= 
φάρνγξ,  Hipp.  p.  915 ;  al.  φαρνγα- 
Opov.  [ν] 

Φύρνγίνδην,  (φάρνγξ)  adv.,  like  a 
gulf,  Meineke  Corn.  Fr.  2,  p.  290. 

ΐφαρνγιον,  ov,  τό,  Pharygium,  a 
point  of  land  in  Phocis,  Strab.  p.  324. 

Φάρνγξ,  ή.  more  rarely  ό  (v.  sub 
fin.),  gen.  φήρνγος  (as  always  in 
Horn.,  and  good  Att.,  Meineke  Com. 
Fr.  2,  p.  39,  107),  later  φάρυγγας 
{*φάρω): — strictly,  the  joint  opening 
of  the  gullet  and  uind  pipe  (acc.  to 
Galen,  ή  χώρα  εις  ην  ανήκει  τό  τε  τον 
στομάχου  και  το  τον  λύρυγγυς  πέ- 
ρας),   Lat.  fauces;    whereas    Arist. 


ΦΑΣΙ 

takes  it  for  the  wind-pipe  (7Μρνγξ, 
aarijpia)  as  opp.  to  the  gullet  (οισο- 
φάγος), Part.  An.  3,  3,  1,  cf.  Foes. 
Oec.  Hipp. : — generally,  the  throat, 
Od.  9,  373  :  also  even  of  the  outer  part 
of  the  throat,  the  neck,  Od.  19,  480  :  the 
dewlap  of  a  bull,  Lat.  palearia,  He- 
liod.— Cf  Greenhill  Theophil.  p.  293. 
— II.  xnetaph., =  φύβαγξ.  a  gulf,  cleft, 
chasm  in  the  earth. — In  Epich.  p.  9, 
φύβνγξ  is  masc,  but  in  Horn,  always 
fern.,  and  so  in  best  Att.,  though 
from  Arist.  downwds.  some  excep- 
tions are  met  with,  Thom.  M.  p.  570, 
Phryn.  65 :  no  nom.  φάρνξ  seems  to 
have  been  used.  [φΰ'\ 

iΦάpvκoς,  ov,  b,  Pharycus,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Polyb.  9,  34,  10. 

Φάρνμος  or  φαρννός,  is  said  to  be 
Α&ο\.=  τολμηρ(')ς,  θαββαλέος,  and  so 
prob.  from  ϋάββος,  Ούρσος. 

*ΦΑ'Ρί2,  f.  φύρσω,  pf.  πέφαρκα, 
like  σχίζω,  to  cleave,  cut,  sever  ;  prob. 
only  found  in  its  derivatives,  ό  φάρος, 
φάραγξ,  φάρυγξ,  φαρόω :  from  the 
fut.,  comes  φάρσος,  Lat.  pars :  from 
pf ,  φαρκίς,  φαρκίόόω  :  akin  to  πείρο, 
πέπαρμαί. 

Φάς,  ύ,  part,  from  φημί,  Horn. 

Φύσαξ,  ακος,  ό,  (φύω,  φαίνω)  ■ — an 
informer,  like  σνίίοφάντης,  Comic,  ap. 
Hesych. 

Φασνΰ^ί'ζ-,  i(5of,  η,  dim.  from  sq., 
Anth.  P.  6,  307. 

Φάσγ&ρον,  ου,  τό,  (σφάζω,  for  σ0ά- 
γανον) '. — α  cutting  instrument,  a  sword, 
oft.  in  Hom.,  much  the  same  (seem- 
iogly)  as  άορ  and  ξίφος,  Od.  11,  24, 
48,  82 ;  όώκεν  μέγα  ίράσγανον  ηρως 
σνν  κολεώ  τε  φέρων  καΙ  εϋτμήτφ 
τελαμώνί,  II.  23,  824  ;  κο?.εον  γνμνυν 
φ.,  Pmd.  Ν.  1,  80;  also  in  Trag.  :— 
poet.  word. — II.  a  plant,  like  ξιφίον 
II,  Theophr. 

Φασγάνονργός,  υν,  (φάσγανον,  *ερ- 
γω)  forging  swords,  Αίσα,  Aesch.  Cho. 
647. 

Φασγάνω,  (φάσγανον)  to  slaughter 
with  the  sword,  Hesych. 

ίΦαση?ύς,  ίόος,  ή,  also  Φάσηλις, 
Hdt.  2,  178  ;  Thuc.  2,  69:  Phnselis,  a 
city  on  borders  of  Pamphylia  and 
Lycia,  with  three  havens,  Strab. 
p.  606.     Hence 

^Φ<ιση7.ί.της,  ov,  6,  an  inhab.  of 
Phaselts,  Dem. 

Φάσηλος,  ov,  6,  also  written  φασή- 
ολος  and  φασίολος,  a  plant  with  eat- 
able pods,  a  sort  of  kidney-bean,  Lat. 
phaselus,  phaseolus,  Epich.  p.  100,  Ar. 
Pac.  1144.  —  II.  a  light  boat,  canoe, 
skiff,  prob.  from  its  likeness  to  the 
pod  of  the  φάσψ.ος,  CatuU.  4,  Horat. 
Od.  3,  2,  29.  [a] 

Φάσθαι,  Ep.  inf  mid.  of  φημί, 
Hom. 

Φάσθαι,  inf  pres.  mid.  from  *φάω, 
II.  1, 187,  Od.  11.  443  ;  or  rather,  perh., 
of  φΐ]μί, — for  otherwise  it  should  be 
properisp.,  φΰσθαι. 

Φάσίάνίκός,  ij,  όν,  like  Φασιανός, 
from  the  river  Phasis  ;  but  with  a  play 
on  φαίνω,  =  σνκοφαντικός,  Ar.  Αν. 
68  ;  cf  sq. 

ΦύσΙάνός,  όν,  (Φάσις)  from  the  river 
Phasis  in  Colchis  or  Pontus,  hence 
ό  φ-  (SC.  όρνις),  the  Phasiayi  bird, 
pheasant,  Lat.  phasianus,  Mnesim. 
Phil.  3  ;  but  in  Ar.  Nub.  109,  it  may 
be  taken  for  a  Phasian  horse,  cf  Lob. 
Phryn.  460:  again,  Φ.  ύνηρ,  with  a 
play  on  φαίνω,  =  συκοφάντης,  an  in- 
former, Ar.  Ach.  726  : — fin  pi.  oi  Φα- 
σιανοί, ών.  a  people  of  western  Ar- 
menia around  the  Phasis,  Xen.  An. 
4,  6,  5. 

iΦaσίμrJλoς,  ov,  ό,  Pliasimelus, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Ath.  539  A. 


ΦΑΣΣ 

Φάσιμος,  η,  ov,  belonging  to  outward 
appearance. 

Φησίολος,  {),=  φύσηλος,  q.  v. 

Φάσις.  εως,  ή,  (A)  (φύω,  φαίνω)  : — 
an  accusation,  information,  esp.  against 
smugglers,  Dem.  793,  16;  941,  14; 
φ.  περί  τι.  Id.  1323,  6. — H.  (φαίνομαι) 
an  appearance,  apparition,  dream,   [a] 

Φάσις.  εως,  ή,  (Β)  (φημί)  α  saying, 
declaration,  Arist.  Eth.  i\.  6,9,3;— 
Ά\5θ,=^κατύφασις,  affirmation,  opp.  to 
άπόφασις,  Plat.  Soph.  263  E. 

Φΰσις,  ιυς,  ό,  the  river  Phasis  in 
Colchis  or  Pontus,  first  in  Has.  Th. 
340.  (Sometimes,  but  wrongly,  ac- 
cented Φάσις,  Poppo  and  Kriig.  Xen. 
An.  4,  6,  4)  :  fin  Xen.  1.  c.  the  Araxes 
in  Armenia  is  meant. 

Φασκαίνω,  for  βασκαίνω,  fascino, 
E.  M. 

Φασκάς,  άδος,  η,  a  kind  of  duck, 
Alex.  Mynd.  ap.  Ath.  395  Ε  ;  written 
also  βασκάς,  cf  Arist.  H.  A.  8,  3, 15. 

Φύσκον,  ov,  TO,  a  long  hairy  rnoss 
on  trees,  Theophr. 

Φάσκω,  =  φημί,  to  say,  esp.  to  .tay 
yes,  affirm,  assert,  allege,  oft.  with 
coUat.  notion  of  alleging  what  is  un- 
true, to  pretend,  Lat.  prae  se  ferre : 
hence,  merely,  to  think,  suppose,  deem, 
oft.  in  Hom.  (esp.  in  Od.) ;  c.  inf  fut., 
II.  13,  100,  Od.  5,  135;  also  freq.  in 
Hdt.,  and  Att. :  ov  φ-,  to  deny,  c.  inf, 
Hdt.  3,  58  ;  φάσκονσα  καΐ  ov  φύσκον- 
σα.  Plat.  Theaet.  100  A  :  — pass.,  ώζ- 
έφάσκετο.  Soph.  Phil.  114.  —  Hom. 
only  uses  impf.  εφασκον,  ες,  ε,  with 
and  without  augm. :  the  Att.  have 
also  pres.  part,  inf  φύσκων  and  φά- 
σκειν,  (and  even  they  sometimes  use 
the  impf  without  augm.,  as  Ar.  Lys. 
5)9):  but  prob.  there  is  no  example 
of  the  pres.  indie,  save  φάσκονσι  in 
Plat.  Phaed.  113  C,  and  there  Heind. 
has  restored  λέγονσι,  cf  Elmsl.  Her- 
acl.  903 :  however,  φάσκω,  as  pres. 
subj.,  occurs  in  Aesch.  Cho.  93,  Ar. 
Vesp.  561. 

Φασκώλιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  sq. 

Φάσκω?ι,ον,  ov,  τό,  =  sq.,  Lys.  ap. 
Harp. 

Φύσκωλος,  ov,  6,  a  leathern  hag  for 
clothes  or  money,  etc.,  a  cloakbag, 
wallet,  scrip,  purse,  Lat.  pasceolus,  Ar. 
Fr.  303  :   also  written  φάσκα'λος. 

Φάσμα,  ατός,  τό,  (φάω,  φαίνω) : — 
an  apparition,  spectre,  phantom,  ghost, 
Hdt.  6,  69,  Aesch.  Ag.  415,  Soph., 
etc. ;  φάσμα  ννκτός,  of  a  dream, 
Soph.  El.  503 ;  ονείρων  φάσματα, 
Aesch.  Ag.  274 :  φάσμα  ανδρός,  the 
spectral  appearance  of  a  man,  Hdt.  4, 
15,  cf  8,  84.- — 2.  the  vision,  image  of  a 
thing,  as  opp.  to  the  thing  itself: 
hence,  φάσματα  were  shows,  myste- 
ries, as  images  or  types  of  realities, 
Plat.  Phaedr.250C;  cf  Lob.  Aglaoph. 
p.  57,  sq.  —  3.  α  sign  from  heaven,  a 
portent,  omen,  Pind.  O.  8,  57,  Aesch. 
Ag.  145.^4.  esp.,  a  monster,  prodigy, 
portent,  Hdt.  3,  10 ;  4,  79 :  hence, 
periphr.,  φάσμα  τανρον,  νδρας,  a 
monster  of  a  bull,  etc..  Soph.  Tr. 
509,  837 ;  Lat.  spectrum,  7nonstrum, 
ostentum,  portentum,  prodigium,  Wytt. 
ad  Julian,  p.  159. 

Φασμάτώδ7]ς,  ες,  like  a  spectre  or 
ghost,  spectral. 

Φάσομαι,  Dor.  for  φήσομαι,  fut. 
mid.  of  φ7]μί,  Pind.  [a] 

ΦΑ'ΣΣΑ,  Att.  φαττα,  ης,  ή.  the 
common  wood-pigeon,  ring-dove  or  cu- 
shat, Lat.  palumbus,  Ar.  Ach.  1105, 
A  v.  303,  Plat.  Theaet.  199  Β  :  —  the 
smaller  kind  was  called  φάψ. 

ίΦάσσος,  ov,  ό,  Phassus,  son  of 
liycaon,  Apollod.  3,  s,  1. 

Φασσοφόνος,  ov,  (φύσσα,  φονεύω) 


ΦΑΤΝ 
dove-killing,  Ιρηξ,  11.  15,  238.  —  Π- 
later  as  subst.,  the  specific  name  ol 
a  kind  of  hawk,  the  dove-killer,  like 
φαβοτύττος,  Arist.  H.  A.  9,  12,  4,  cf. 
8,  3,  1.  —  Φασσηφόνος  is  a  worse 
form,  rejected  by  Bekk.  in  Arist.  1.  c. 

Φασσοφόντης,  ov,  o,=foreg.,  dub. 
in  Ael.  N.  A.  12,  4. 

Φάσω,  Dor.  for  φήσω,  fut.  of  φημί, 
Pind. 

ΙΦάσων,  ωνος,  ό,  Phason,  an  Athe- 
nian, Plat.  Prot.  310  A. 

Φΰτειός,  ά,  όν,  poet,  for  φατέος, 
φατός  :  —  οντι  φατειός,  vin-utlerable, 
un-speakable,  of  horrible  objects,  Hes. 
Th.  310,  Sc.  144,  161. 

Φύτέον,  verb.  adj.  from  φημί,  one 
must  .say.  Plat.  Phil.  40  B. 

Φάτης,  ov,  b,  (φημί)  a  sayer. — 2.  a 
liar. 

Φάτί,  Dor.  for  φησί,  3  sing.  pres. 
from  φημί. 

Φάτίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (φάτις):—ΐο  say, 
speak,  report,  εφάτισαν  [tu  γράμματα] 
Φοινικηία  κεκ/.ησθαι,  they  spoke  of 
them  by  the  name  of  Phoenician.  Hdt. 
5,  58 ;  ουδέν  άνανδητον  φατίσαιμ' 
άν.  Soph.  Aj.  715:  το  φητιζόμενον, 
as  the  saying  is.  Soph.  O.  C.  139,  cf 
λέγω  IV.  8. — II.  to  promise,  er gage, 
betroth,  ttjv  παΐδά  τινι,  Ear.  I.  A. 
135.— III.  to  call,  name,  lb.  93C,  Ap. 
Rh.  4.  658.  _ 

Φάτιξις,  ή.  Dor.  for  φάτισις. 

Φάτις,  εως  Ion.  ιος,  ή,  (φημί) : — 
like  φήμη,  α  saying,  speech,  report,  Od. 
21,  323;  κατά  φάτιν,  as  report  goes, 
Hdt.  2,  102:  c.  gen.  objecti,  φάτις 
μνηστήρων,  a  report  of  the  suitors, 
Od.  23,  362:  φάτΐΓ  (εστί),  'tis  said 
that..,  Pind.  I.  8  (7),  88;  cf.  Soph. 
O.  T.  715  :  η  φάτις  έχει  uiv,  the  report 
goes  of  him..,  Wess.  Hdt.  7,  ,3;  8, 
94  ;  so,  Φάλαριν  κατέχει  όάτις,  Pind. 
P.  1, 187  ;  but  also,  reversely,  in  same 
signf ,  έχει  τινά  φάτιν  uvi/p  Έφέσιος, 
Hdt.  9,  84,  cf  Eur.  Hel.  251  ;  cf.  λό- 
γος A.  IV  :  φάτιν  φέρειν,  Aesch.  Ag. 
9  ;  κλΰειν.  Soph.  Aj.  850  ;  ί-έρχεται 
φ.,  Id.  Ant.  700  ;  etc.  ;  but  prob.  never 
in  Att.  Prose. — 2.  speech,  language, 
"Έλλην,  Aesch.  Ag.  1254. — II.  one^s 
(good  or  bad)  report,  reputation,  fame, 
εσβλή,  Od.  6,  29  ;  ill-report.  Soph.  Aj. 
173  ;  αστών  βαρεία  φ.,  Aesch.  Ag. 
456. — HI.  the  saying  of  an  oracle.  Soph. 
O.  T.  151  ;  άπό  θεσφέιτων  φ..  Aesch. 
Ag.  1132;  ύττ'  οιωνών.  Soph.  Ο.  Τ. 
310. — IV .  the  subject  of  a  .laying  or  re- 
port,'Νέστορα  και  Σαρπηδ(\ν',  ανθρώ- 
πων φάτις  (ι.  e.  φάτιας)  the  common 
talk  of  men,  the  themes  of  many  a  tale, 
Pind.  P.  3,  199:  φάτιν  άφραστοί',  a 
thing  nnspeakable,  Soph.  Tr.  694  ;  cf. 
λόγος  A.  IX,  ρήμα. 

ΦάτΙας,  η.  Dor.  φάτιξις, =  ioreg. 
[α] 

Φατνενω,  (φάτνη)  to  feed  at  the  man- 
ger, Oenom.  a  p.  Euseb. 

Φάτνη,  ης,  ή,  a  manger,  crib  or  feed- 
ing-trough for  horses,  ίππους  άτιταλλ' 
έπΙ  φάτνη,  II.  5,  271  ;  'ίππους  μεν 
κατ έδησ αν... φάτνη  έφ'  ιππείς,  1\.  10, 
568;  φ.  ένξέστω.' 11.  24,  280;  so  in 
Pind.,  and  Att. : — proverb.,  κνων  kv 
φάτνη,  '  the  dog  in  the  manger,'  Luc. 
Tim.'  14,  etc.:— for  όνων  φάτνη,  v. 
sub  όνος  V.  The  common  Greek 
form  was  πάθνη.  (No  doubt  from 
πατέομαι,  πύσασθαι.)     Hence 

Φατνίζω.  f  -ίσω,  to  keep  at  a  ?nanser 
or  stall  .—in  pass.,  ίππος  φατνιζόμε- 
νος,  a  stalled  horse,  Heliod. 

Φατνόω,  ώ,  (φάτνη)  to  hollow  out 
like  a  trough,  deepen. — H.  to  divide  into 
compartments,  pannel.     Hence 

Φατνώματα,  τά,  panntls,   compari•. 
meiits  in  a  cicting,  Lat.  Incunuria,  Po• 
1595 


ΦΛΥΛ 

lyb.  10,  27,  10,  Callix.  ap.  Ath.  19G 
C. — II.  Ilif  porthules  of  a  ship,  Mos- 
chio  ap.  Ath.  208  B.-lll.  ilie.  holes  or 
sncketn  of  the  teeth.  Cf.  Wyitenb. 
Plut.  2,  227  C.     Hence 

Φατι•ωματικός.  ■>/,  ύν,  parmelled, 
Plut.  Lycurg.  13,  Id.  2,  227  C. 

Φατνυτός,  //,  or,  verb.  avlj.,=foreg. 

Φύτός,  ή,  όΐ',  verb.  adj.  Irom  φτ/μί, 
said,  spoken  ;  that  may  be  spoken,  ut- 
tered or  named  :  usu.  c.  ncgat.,  ob  φα- 
τός,  On-speakable,  un-uHerable,  in-rffa- 
blc,  Hes.  Sc.  2.30,  Find.  O.  G,  62,  1.  7 
(6),  51  ;  ού  φατον  λέγειν.  At.  Αν. 
1713  ;  cf.  φατειός.  — 11.  metaph., 
named,  famous,  notable,  Hes.   Op.  3. 

[«] 

Φΰτός,  ή,  όν,  (*φΐνυ,  ττέφνον)  slain, 
dead,  ap.  Hesych. 

Φατμία,  η.  v.  φρατρία. 
Φατριάργ7/ς,  ου,ΰ,  ν.  φρατριάρχτ/ς. 
Φάττα,  η,  Att.  for  φύσσα. 
Φαττάγης,  ον,  ό,  an  animal,  sup- 
po.scd  to  be  the  pangolin,  or  sraly  ant- 
eater,  jnanis,  Linn.,  Ael.  N.  A.  10,  G. 

Φύττιορ,  ου,  τό.  dim.  from  φάττα, 
cf.  sub  νποκορίζομαί. 

ίΦανδα,  ή,  Phauda,  a  fortress  in 
Sidene,  Strab.  p.  548. 

Φηύι^ω  or  φανζω,^=φώζο),φώγω,  ace. 
to  Phot,  an  Att.  word,  but  known  to 
us  only  from  Gramm. :  hence  φαΰ- 
σιγξ. 

Φαυλεττίφανλος,  ον,  (φαϋλος,  επί, 
φαύλος)  bad  upon  bad,  bad  as  bad  can 
be,  Anth.  P.  11,  238:— cf.  λεπτεπί- 
λεπτος, παππεπίπαππος. 

Φανλίζω,  f.  -ίσω  Att.  -ϊω,  {φαύλος) 
to  hold  a  thing  cheap,  to  slight,  depre- 
ciate. Plat.  Legg.  667  A,  Xen.  Mem. 
1,  C,  5. 

Φαίιλιος,  a.  ον,=φαύλος,  but  φαν- 
λία  ίλαία,  a  large  fleshy  kind  o/ohve, 
the  Lat.  olea  regia,  Theophr.  :  μι'/λα 
φαύ7αα,  large  coarse  apples,  Teleclid. 
Amphict.  2,  cf.  Ath.  82  B. 

Φαν?ιίσμα,  ατός,  TO,=sq.,  LXX. 
Φαυ?Λσμός,ού,  6,  (φανλίζω)  a  slight- 
ing, depreciation. 

Φανλίστρια,  ας,  η,  a  deriding,  mock- 
ing woman,  LXX. 

^Φάϋλλος,  ου,  ό,  Phayllus,  a  Cro- 
toniat,  who  thrice  gained  the  victory 
in  the  Pythian  games,  Hdt.  8,  47  ; 
Ar.  Ach.  214. — 2.  a  general  of  the 
Phocians  in  the  Sacred  War,  Dem. 
661,  II. 

ΦανλόβΙος,  ον,  living  badly  or 
meanly. 

Φανλοκόλαξ,  ακος,  6,  {φαύλος,  κο- 
λάζ) a  flatterer  of  bad  jnen,  Nicet. 
Φανλόνονς,  ovv,  ill-disposed. 
Φαυλο()1)Τΐμάνως,?ίά.\ ., speaking  evilly 
or  ill. 

ΦΑΥ-ΛΟΣ,  Τ],  ον,  also  ος,  ον,  Eur. 
Hipp.  4.35,  Cresphoiit.  1.  8,  Thuc.  6. 
21  : — φλανρος  is  another  form,  con- 
sidered more  Att.,  and  prevailing 
even  in  Hdt.,  though  the  M.SS.  vary, 
V.  Schweigh.  ad  1,  120  :  φανρος  is  a 
more  rare  form  : — all  seem  to  he  akin 
to  πανρος,  Lat.  paalus.  PJvil,  bad, 
δαίμων  φ.,  bad  fortune,  Theogn.  103 
(the  lirst  example  of  the  word) ;  φ. 
■ψόγος,  ill  report,  Eur.  Phocn.  94: — 
worthless,  goodfor-nolhing,  Eur.,  etc.  ; 
φ.  καΐ  μοχθηρός,  etc.,  Plat.  Gorg.  486 
Β  ;  opp.  to  σπονόαϊος,  Isocr.  1  A  ;  φ. 
μάχεσβαι,  Eur.  1.  Τ.  305  ;  φαύλος  τά 
γράμματα.  Plat.  Phaedr.  242  C  ;  φαυ- 
λότερος Tivor.  worse  than  another, 
Hdt.  1, 126. — 2.  oit\\\n^s,  paltry,  mean, 
poor,  sorry,  Αίαίτα,  Eur.  Antiop.  45  ; 
9.  ασπίδες,  τείχισμα,  Thuc.  4,  9,  1 15, 
etc.— 3.  also  of  persons,  οι  φαύλοι. 
the  valgnr,  the  common  sort,  opp.  to  ol 
σοφοί,  Eur.  Hipp.  989,  Phoen.  496, 
etc. :  OL  φαυλότεροι,  opp.  to  oi  ξννε- 
1596 


ΦΑΩ 

τώτεροί,  Thuc.  3,  37,  cf.  83  ;  joined 
with  άκομψος,  Memeke  Com.  Fr.  2, 
p.  303—4.  of  outward  appearance, 
.■ihnbby,  ualy,  Ar.  Eccl.  017,  020,  702. 
— 5.  ni  Att.  often  without  any  bad 
sense,  like  ()άόίος,  opp.  io  χαλεπός, 
trifling,  slight,  easy,  φ.  πόνος,  Eur. 
Sujip.  317;  φανλον  πράγμα,  φαυλό- 
τατου έργον,  Ar.  Lys.  14,  Eq.  213  ; 
TO  ζήτημα  oh  φαν7.ον.  Plat.  Rep.  308 
C  ;  oh  φανλον  βασιλέα  κτανείν,  'tis 
no  slight  matter  to  kill  a  king,  Eur. 
El.  700  : — freq.  also  in  adv.  φαν'λως, 
easily,  φαυλότατα  και  βαστά,  Ar. 
Nub.  778  ;  φανλως  κρινειν,  to  make 
light  of,  Aesch.  Pers.  520  ;  φανλως 
φέρειν  τι,  to  bear  a  thing  tightly,  with- 
out much  ado,  Lat.  leviter  ferre,  Eur. 
I.  A.  850,  Ar.  Av.  901  ;  φ^  άποδιδρά- 
σκειν.  έκφενγειν,  to  get  οίϊ easily,  Ar. 
Ach.  215,  'I'hesm.  711. — 7.  7wt  exact, 
roughly  estimated,  to  φανλον,  as  opp. 
to  πάνν  ακριβές,  Thuc.  6,  18  ;  φαΰ- 
λως  λογίσασθαι,  to  estimate  roughly, 
not  accurately,  Ar.  Vesp.  656  ;  φ.  ει- 
πείν, Lat.  sirictim  dicere,  Stallb.  Plat. 
Rep.  449  C,  etc.  —  Cf.  φλανρος. 
Hence 

Φαν?.ότης,  Τίτος,  ή,  badness,  vileness. 
Plat.  Legg.  646  B,  Isocr.  71  B,  Dem. 
320,  fin. :  meanness,  φ.  στο7ιής,  Xen. 
Cyr.  2,  4,  5  ;  βρωμάτων,  lb.  5,  2,  16  ; 

ίτής  χώΐ)ας,  poorness  of  soil.  Plat, 
egg.  745  D. — 2.  want  of  accomplish- 
ments or  skill,  Eur.  Pol.  8,  10  :  ή  εμή 
φ.,  my  lack  of  judgment,  my  poor 
judgment,  Xen.  Mem.  4,  2,  39,  cf. 
Plat.  Hipp.  Maj.  286  D.— 3.  in  good 
sense,  jdainness ,  simplicity,  Xen.  Hell. 
4,1,30. 

Φαυλονργός,  όν,  {φαύλος,  *έργω) 
working  ill,  a  bad  workman,  Ar.  Fr. 
698. 

Φαϋρος,  a,  ov,  rarer  coUat.  form  for 
φαύλος,  hence  αφαυρυς. 

\Φαυρούσιοι,  ων,  οί,=  Φαρούσιοι, 
Dion.  P.  216. 

Φανσιβολέω,  ω,  {φανσις,  βάλλω) 
to  cast  rays,  shine,  Nicet. 

Φαυσίβροτος,  ον,  or  better,  φαυ- 
σίμβροτος.^^  φαεσίμβροτος. 

Φανσιγξ,  ιγγος,  ή,  {φάνω.  φανζω): 
α  blister  from  burning :  hence  ariy 
blister  or  pustule,  Lat.  pustula.  papula, 
Ar.  Fr.  699  ;  cf.  Foe.s.  Oec.  Hipp. 

ΦανσίμίίροτοΓ.  ov,=  φαεσίμβροτος, 
Pind.  O.  7,  71. 

Φαύσις,  εως,  η,  {φύω,  φαύω,  φαύ- 
σκω)  light,  splendour,  lustre. — ΙΙ.^ψύ- 
σις,  an  appearance,  σελήνης  φ.,  the 
form,  phase  of  the  shining  moon. — III. 
a  signal  given  by  lights,  signal  fire,  bea- 
con, LXX. 

Φαυσκω,  v.  φαύω. 

Φαυστήριος,  ον,  ό,  {φαύω)  epith  of 
Bacchus,  from  the  torches  used  in  his 
orgies.  Lye. 

ίΦαυσιύόης,  ου  Ep.  ao,  o,  son  of 
Phansins,  i.  e.  Apisaon.  11.  11,  578. 

^Φανστ/να,  ή,  the  Rom.  fem.  n., 
ΡαΗ.•<ΐΙηα,  Hdn. 

iΦavστϊvιάδης.  ov,  b,  son  of  Faus- 
tinas, Anth.  P.  15,  48. 

ίΦανστϊνοζ,  ov,  0,  the  Rom.  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Faustinas,  e.  g.,  Anth.  P.  15, 
48. 

■[Φανστνλος,  ov,  o,  the  Rom.  name 
Faust uliis,  Slrab.  p.  229. 

Φαύω,  like  φύω,  φαίνω,  to  shine,  but 
like  the  col  lat.  forms  φαυσκω,  φαύζω, 
φανζω,  prob.  only  in  Gramm. 

ΦΑ'Ϋ,  ή,  gen.  φάβας,  a  wild  kind  of 
dove  or  pigeon,  smaller  than  the  φύσ- 
σα. Aesch.  Fr,  194,  Lye.  580. 

ΦΑ'ίΙ,  orig.  root  of  φαίνω,  intr.,  to 
shine,  be  bright,  appear,  φύε  δέ  χρυσό- 
θρόνος  ΊΙώς.  Od.  14,  502  :  esp.  of  the 
beivenly  bodies,  cf.  φαίνω  II :  in  the 


ΦΕ1Δ 

same  intr.  signf.  Hom.  uses  the  futi 
πεφ/,σομαί  for  φανί.σομαι,  II.  17. 155, 
and  so  in  Att.  the  [larl.  pf.  πεψασμέ- 
νος,  manifest,  plain,  ivident.  q.  V. 
(Fiom  this  scarce  root  came  not  only 
φύος,  φύσις,  φαίνω,  with  all  their 
derivs.,  but  also  the  whole  family  oi 
φημί,  φήμη,  φάτις.  Lat.  fama,  fori, 
etc.  :  lor  the  fiisl  notion  in  all  is  to 
make  known  or  evident,  e.g.  by  words). 

+Φ(ί6)ν.  ωνος,  6,  Phaon,  a  beautiful 
youth  of  Mytilene,  beloved  by  Sappho, 
Palaeph.  49;  Ael.  V.  H.  \2,  18.-2.  a 
Pythagorean  philosopher,  Ath.   101 

ΦΕ'ΒΟΜΑΙ,  poet,  dep.,  used  only 
in  pres.  and  ίηφί.,—  φοβέυμαι,  to  he 
scared,  to  fea> .  hence  to  flee,  μένον  ίμ 
πεδον  ονδ'  έφέβοντο,  11.  5,  527  ;  υπό 
τινι,  for  fear  of  one,  11,.  121  :  also  c. 
ace,  to  fear  or^fe  any  one,  shun  him, 
5,232.  (Φέβομαι  is  the  root  υί  φόβος, 
φοβέω,  etc.,  as  φέρω  of  φόρος,  φορέω, 
λέγω  of  λόγος,  etc.) 

Φεγγαιος,  a,  ον,  shinivg,  dub. 

Φεγγίτης,  ov,  6,=  σε7.-ηνίτης. 

Φεγγοβολέω,  ω,  {φέγγος,  βύ?Λω) 
to  emit  light,  shine,  Manetho. 

Φέγγος,  εος,  τό,  light,  splendour,  lus- 
tre, first  in  H.  Hom.  Cer.  279,  and  in 
Pind.  :  —  esp.,  day-light,  sun-light, 
though  (ace.  to  Hesych.,  etc.)  φως  is 
properly  day-light,  and  φέγγος,  moon- 
light ;  but  it  is  never  so  used  in  Trag., 
who  usu.  speak  of  φ.  ή?ύου,  ημέρας, 
etc..  v.  esp.  Soph.  Aj.  673;  Xen.' 
however  does  use  it  so,  Symp.  I,  9, 
Cyn.  5,  4  ;  and  so,  νυκτερικά  φέγγη, 
opp.  to  ήμ.ερινον  φως,  Plat.  Rep.  508 
C  ;  (and  the  modern  Greeks  use^cy- 
γάριον,  of  the  moon  or  mhimshinr,  Co- 
ray  Heliod.  2,  p.  290)  -.—δεκάτφ  φέγ- 
γει ετονς.  i.  e.  in  the  tenih  year, 
Aesch.  Ag.  504  :  also,  φ.  πυρός,  Aesch. 
Eum.  1022  ;  φ.  ομμάτων,  Eur.  Hec. 
308,  1035.  —  II.  metaph..  lishi,  joy, 
health,  wealth,  etc.,  Pind.  P.  8,  138, 
Ar.  Plut.  040,  etc.,  cf.  Valck.  Ilipj). 
1 122  :— and,  of  persons,  a  tight  to  oth- 
ers, Pind.  N.  3,  113;  4,  21  ;  cf.  φύος 
II.  (Φέγγος  and  φύος  prob.  come 
from  the  same  root.) 

Φί}')ω,  -υφαίνω,  to  make  bright: — 
pass.,  to  shine,  gleam,  φλογί.  Ar.  Ran. 
344.  —  II.  intr.  to  shine,  Ap.  Rh,  4, 
1714.  (From  φέγγω  comes  φβέγγο- 
μαι,  by  the  same  connexion  as  φημί 
from  φάω,  ώαίνω.) 

Φεγγώδης,  ες,  light,  shining,  bright, 
luminous. 

+Φfίά,  (if,  //,  (and  in  Od.  15,  397, 
ai  Φεαί),  Phia,  a  city  of  Elis  on  the 
river  lardanus,  11.  7,  1,35 ;  Thuc.  2, 
25  ;  cf.  Strab.  p.  350:  also  a  point  of 
land  with  a  small  island  and  harbour 
of  Pisatis,  Strab.  p.  342;  in  Polyb. 
4,  9,  9  Φειάς. 

Φειδα'λφιστέω,  and  φειδα?.φΙτέω, 
ώ,  to  be  liparing. 

Φειδάλφϊτος.  ov,  strictly,  sparing  of 
barley  :  generally,  thrifty. 

iΦείδaς,  αντος,  ό,  Phidas,  a  leader 
of  the  Boeotians  before  Troy,  II.  13, 
691. 

Φειδασμός,  οϋ,  ό,  stingiyiess,  thrift, 
Liban. 

Φειδέοααι,  Ion.  for  φείδομαι,  cf. 
Valck.  Hdt.  8,  10. 

iΦειδιάδr/ς,  ου,  ό,  Phidiades,  a  sec- 
retary in  Athens;  an  oration  of  Di- 
narchus  against  him  is  cited  by  Dion. 
H.  Din.  10. 

^Φειδίας,  ου,  6,  Phidias,  the  cele- 
brated Athenian  statuary,  Plat.  Hipp. 
Maj.  290  ;  Ar.  Pac.  605— Others  in 
Plut.  Epicur.  15  ;  etc. 

Φειδιππίδης,  ου,    ό,   jPhidippides 


ΦΕΙΔ 

an  Athenian  courier,  Hdt.  6,  105 ;  in 
Luc.  called  ΦιλιππίόηςΛ — 2.  a  comic 
pr.  n.  ill  Ar.  Nub.  (from  φείδομαι,  ϊπ- 
TTOf),  V.  sq. 

"τΦείδι,ππίδιον,  ov,  a.  cajoling  dim. 
from  loreg.,  my  dear  Phidippides,  Ar. 
Nub.  80. 

■\Φίίόΐ7ΓΤΓος,  ov,  0,  Phxdippiis,  son 
of  Thossalus,  leader  of  the  Greeks 
from  the  Sporades,  II.  2,  678  ;  Strab. 
p.  444. 

ΦεώίτρΛον,  τό,=  ώειδίτιον. 

Φειδίτης.  ov,  ό,  α  member  of  the  φει- 
δίτιΟΓ,  Ath.  140  Ε. 

Φειδίτυη-,  ov,  τό,  nsu.  in  plur.  φει- 
δίτια,  τύ,  .spare  thrifty  meals  (frotn  φεί- 
δομαι),— being  the  public  tables  at 
Sparta  {συσσίτια),  at  which  all  citi- 
zens ate  together  the  same  frugal 
meal,  v.  Dicaearch.  ap.  Ath.  141  A, 
sq  — Midler,  Dor.  4,  3,  3,  plausibly 
suggests  that  this  word  may  be  a 
mere  comic  distortion  of  the  proper 
name  φι/ύτια,  i.  e.  lovefeants  ;  which 
is  also  borne  out  by  the  form  φίδίτια, 
as  we  find  it  written  in  Arist.  Rhet. 
3,  10.  7,  Pol.  2,  9,30.— At  Crete  they 
were  colled  άνόρεια.  v.  ανδρείος  11. 
— 2.  also  the  commna  hall  in  which  the 
public  fable  was  kept. 

^ΦειδόΆάος,  ου,  ο,  Phidolaus,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Pint. 

\ΦείδοΆάς,  o,=  foreg.,  Anth.  P.  6, 
135. 

ΦΕΓΔΟΜΑΙ  :  fut.  φείσομαι,  later 
also  φειδήσομαι,  Ep.  πεφϊόήσυμαι, 
11.  :  Ep.  rediipl.  aor.  2  ττεφίόυμην, 
hence  the  Homeric  inf  πεφίδέσθηι, 
opt.  πεόΐδοίμτ/ί'.  πεφι.()υιτο,  besides 
which  however  he  uses  the  aor.  1 
φείσατο,  Jl.  24,  2:i6  :— dep.  mid. 

To  xpare,  Lat.  parrcre,  c.  gen.,  II.  5. 
202,  Od.  9,  277  ;  22,  54,  etc. ;  so  in 
Hdt.,  and  Att. ;  /z?)  φείσ?]  βίου,  Soph. 
Phil.  749,  etc. ;— also  o'l  things,  φεί- 
oto  τών  νηών.  μηδέ  νανμαχίην  Τϊοιέο, 
Hdt.  8,  08,  l.cf.  ύφΐΐόής  ;  so.  οϋ  φεί- 
σατο νενρας  ΊΙρακλέης,  Pind.  1.  ϋ 
(5), 50: — esp.,  of  properly,  provisions, 
etc.,  to  spare,  use  spariiif^li/  or  ihrftilt/, 
II.  24,  23G ;  σίτην,  Hes.'  Op.  602,  cf. 
367;  τών  δντων,  Andoc.  21,  10;  ab- 
sol.,  to  be  thrifty.  Lys.  163,  8;  yttjp- 
γοϋντες  και  φειύομενοί,  Dem.  753, 
21. — 11.  to  draw  back  ux  Jrom,  turn  aiimy 
from,  Lat.  ahstinere,  κε7^ευβΐ)ν,  Pind. 
N.  9,  40  ;  τον  κινδΰνον,  τοϋ  ΰκολου- 
»eiv,  Xen.  Cyr.  5,5,  18,  Hell.  7,.,1,24; 
μη  φείδεο  τέχνης,  i.  e.  do  your  best, 
Theocr.  22,  67  : — also  c.  inf ,  to  spire 
or  cea.se^  to  do,  Eur.  Or.  393,  ubi  v. 
Pors.  (387),  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  6,  35;  al.so, 
φ.  μη  δρασαι.  Plat.  Rep.  574  Β  : — 
part,  ώΐΐδόμενος,  η,  ον,^=φείδω7ώς, 
Anth.  P.  5,  216,209,  etc. ;  adv.  -μένως, 
Ν.  Τ.     Hence 

Φείδός,  ή,  όν,  sparing,  thrifty  ;  also 
φιδσς,  Call.  Fr.  46». 

ίΦείδόστρατος,  ov,  ό,  Phidnstratns, 
a  grammarian  in  Athens,  Plat.  Hipp. 
Maj.  286. 

Φειδιν'λος,  comic  dim.  from  foreg., 
like  μικκνλος  for  μικκός  and  the  like, 
E.  M. 

Φειδώ,  oof,contr.  ους, ή, {φείδομαι) : 
—a  sparing,  ΐ'εκνων,  Π.  7,  409  :  of 
things,  esp.,  of  property,  etc.,  thrift, 
χρήματα  δαρδάτττονσιν  νπέρβιον, 
ονδ'  επι  όειδώ.  Od.  14,  92;  cf  16, 
315,  Hes.  iDp.  367;  βίον.  Eur.  Hipp. 
καλνπτ.  9 : — c.  inf,  φειδοί  μηδέν'  εύ 
ποιείν,  Eur.  Ιηο  16,  cf.  Thuc.  7, 
81. 

■\Φειδώ7.ας,  a,  b,  Phldolas,  a  Cor- 
inlluan,  Paus.  6,  13,  9.. 

Φηδυ7.ή,  ης,  ή,=  φείδώ,  II.  22,  244, 
Solon  5,  46. 
,   Φειδωλία,  ας,  7,=  foreg.,  Ar.  Nub. 


^  ΦΕΛΑ 

835,  Eccl.  750,  Plat.  Rep.  572  C,  Plat. 
(Com.)  ap.  A.  B.  p.  115. 

Φειδυ'λός,  ή,  όν,  (the  fem.  -λός  in 
Lys.  92,  23  is  prob.  corrupt),  {φειδώ) : 
—sparing,  thrifty,  niggard,  Ar.  Nub. 
420,  Plut.  237," Plat.,  etc. :  φ.  γλώσσα, 
asparingtongue,  i.  e.  sparing  of  words, 
Hes.  Op.  718  : — c.  gen.,  φ.  χρημύτ(.>ν. 
Plat.  Rep.  548  B.  Adv.  -λώς,  lb.  559 
D. 

Φείδων,  ωνος,  o,=foreg. — Π.  anoil• 
can  iiith  a  narrow  neck,  that  lets  only  a 
little  run  out. 

■\Φείδων,  ανος,  ό.  Phldon,  king  of 
the  Thespr.  tians,  Od.  14,  316.— 2.  a 
king  of  Argos,  descendant  of  Hercu- 
les, Hdt.  6,  127 ;  cf.  Strab.  p.  358.— 
3.  an  .Athenian,  lather  ol  Strepsiades, 
Ar.  Nub.  134. — 4.  one  of  the  thirty 
tyrants,  Xen.  Hell.  2,  3,  2.— Others 
in  Arist.  ;  etc. 

Φειδωνίδης,  ov,  ύ,  comic  prop.  n.  in 
Ar.  Nub.  65,  (from  φείδομαι,  ώνέο- 
μαι) :  fformed  as  a  patronym.  from 
foreg.  3. 

jΦειδώvtoς,  ov.  of  or  derived  from 
Phidon  (2),  Strab.  p.  358. 

Φεισμονί/,  ή,=  φείδώ. 

Φειστέον,  verb.  adj.  from  φείδομαι, 
one  must  spare.  Isocr.  299  C. 

Φέκλη,  ης,  ή,  salt  of  tartar,  the  Lat. 
faecidae,faex  vini  nsta. 

Φέλα,  φέ/.λα,  ή,  v.  ττελα  and  φε?.- 
λός  Π. 

Φε/ιλάτας  λίθος,  6,  a  kind  of  stone 
of  which  statues  were  made,  lapis pe- 
late.i  in  Cato ;  v.  sub  φελλός  11. 

Φελιλενς,  έως,  ό,  {φέ'λλ.ος  II) : — sto?iy 
ground  :  hence  as  natne  of  a  rocky  dis- 
trict of  Attica,  tPhelleust,  Ar.  Ach. 
273,  Nub.  71  :— in  Jsae.  73,  39,  Bekk. 
gives  (Ji/Zfuasneut.  p\.,s torn/ grounds. 

Φε/.λινω,  (φελΛύς)  to  float  like  cork. 

Φε'/Λεών,  ώνος,  ό,=  φε/νλεύς.  Lob. 
Phryn.  167. 

iΦε?J.ίaς,  ov,  0,  the  Phellias,  a 
river  of  Laconia,  Pans.  3.  20,  3. 

■\Φε7Αίη.  ης,  ή,  Phillin,  a  small 
town  of  Achaia,  Paus  7,  26.  10. 

Φελ.λίνας,  ov,  ό,  (ψε/.λός)  light  as 
cork-  hence  as  name  of  a  kind  of 
water-fowl.  Opp.  Ix.  3,  23.  [i] 

Φέ'λλΙνος,  η,  ov,  {φε7.7ιός)  made  of 
cork,  Luc.  V.  Hist.  2,  4. 

Φέ7ιλιον,  τό,=  φε7Λεύς,  nsu.  in 
plur.,  Xen.  Cyn.  5,  18. 

Φίλ/ίίζ-,  ίδος,  η,  {φε7ι7.ός  II)  γη  φ., 
α  stony  land  or  soil. 

ΦίνίΛίΓίΓ,  ίδος.  ή,  |7;,=  foreg. 

Φε7ί7\.όδρνς,  νος,  ή,  an  Arcadian 
evergeen  tree,  more  hardy  than  the 
πρίνος,  Theophr.  H.  PI.  3,  16,  3 : 
Dor.  άρια. 

Φε/ιλόπονς,  ό,  η,  -ττονν,  τό,  (φελ- 
7.ός,  ττούς)  cork-footed,  Luc.  V.  Hist. 
2,  4 :  to/  Φ.,  a  fabulous  race,  Luc. 
1.  c.  V.  Φελλώ. 

ΦελλΜς,  ov,  ό,  the  cork-tree,  Lat. 
quercus  suher,  Theophr. — 2.  its  bark, 
cork,  esp.  the  cork  on  a  net,  Lat.  cortex, 
Pmd.  P.  2,  146,  Aesch.  Cho.  506, 
Plat.,  etc.  (Perh.  akin  to  φλ^οιός, 
etc.) — II.  Macedon.  for  7ΰθος.  a  stone, 
prub.  of  a  very  porous  kind,  like  the 
pumice  or  tvfa,  whence  called  7.ί- 
θος  κισσηρώδί/Γ  by  Harpocr.  ;  ace.  to 
Hesych.  called  from  the  Attic  district 
Φε7ί.7.εί'ς,  though  the  reverse  seems 
more  prob.,  cf  Ruhnk.  Tim.  :  also 
written  φε/ιός.  φέ7.α,φέ7.7ία,  and  with- 
out aspirate  τΐέλ.α,  πέ7.7.α.  (Hence, 
φελ7ίενς,  φε7.7.εών,  φέ7.,7.ιον,  φε/.7.ίς, 
φελ7ιΐτίς,  rocky,  barren  ground;  also, 
άφε7ιής,  without  stones ;  and  φελλύ- 
τας). 

Ί^Φελλώ.  ovr,  ή,  Cork-island,  a  fab- 
ulous island,  abode  of  the  Φελλόπο- 
δες,  in  Luc.  V.  Hist.  2,  4. 

X 


ΦΕΡΒ 

Φελλώδης.  ες,  {φελ.λός,  εΐόος)  cork 
tike. 

iΦέ7.7ov,  ωνος,  ό,  the  Phellm.  a 
river  of  Triphylian  Elis,  Strab.  p.  343. 

Φε7.όνης,  ov,  ό,=  φαινόλης•  susp. 

Φελόνιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  φελιύ- 
νης,  susp.  in  N.  T. 

Φελός,  ό,  V.  φελιλός  II. 

Φέναγμα,  ατός,  τό,=  φενάκισμα,Ζ3 
if  from  φενάσσω.  Phot. 

tΦfl•αίύf,=  Φerfόf,  Call.  Del.  71. 

Φενύκη,  ης,  ή,  like  'πηνίκη,  false 
hair,  a  tvig,  Eust..  etc.  (it  is  doubt- 
ful whether  φενάκη  belongs  to  the 
root  φέναξ,  and  so  signifies  strictly  a 
deception,  fraud,  or  whether  τΐηνικη 
was  the  orig.  form).  [If  from  φίναξ, 
a  :  il  from  πηνίκη,  ΰ.] 

Φενύκία,  ας,  ή,=  φενακισμός,  dub. 

Φενύκίζω.  t.  -σω,  to  play  the  φίναξ, 
cheat,  lie,  Soph.  Fr.  792,  Ar.  Ach.  90. 
— 2.  trans.,  to  cheat,  trick,  τινά,  Ar. 
Pac.  1087,  Plat.  271,  Dem.  20.  5  :— 
hence,  in  pass.,  to  be  cheated,  Ar.  Av. 
921,  Dem.  73,  1. 

Φενάκικός,  ή,  όν,  {φέναξ)  deceitful. 

Φενάκισμα,  ατός,  τό,  α  deceit,  trick. 

Φενάκισμός,  ov,  6,  (φενακίζω)  cheat- 
ery,  qnnckeri/,  imposition,  usu.in  plur., 
Ar.  Kq.  633,  Dem.  59,  18,  etc. 

Φινάκιστής.  ov,  6,=  φέναξ. 

Φενακιστικύς,  η,  όν,—  φενακικός. 
Adv.  -κώς. 

Φενύκόμαντις,  εως.  6,  η,  {φέναξ, 
μάντις)  α  lying  prophet,  Nicet. 

ΦΕ'ΝΑΞ•  UKor,  ό,  a  cheat,  ipiack, 
impostor,  Ar.  Eq.'G34,  Ran.  909;  in 
Ar.  Ach.  89,  perh.  with  a  play  on  φοί- 
νιξ (the  bird). 

iΦέvεoς,  ov.  and  Φενεός,  ov.  ό  and 
ή,  Phcnei/s,?i  city  of  Arcadia  on  a  lake 
of  same  name,  11.  2,  G05  ;  Hdt.  6.  74  : 
hence  i'em.  adj.  Φενεΰτις,  ιδος,  esp. 
the  territory  of  Phevevs,  Alciphr. 

*ΦΕ'Ν12,  tnslay,  obsol.  root, whence 
comes  φόνος  and  some  compds.  like 
Άρείόατος.  μνληφατος.  όδννί,φατος. 
To  this  root  also  belongs  the  aor. 
έπεφνον,  πέόνον  (being  shorld.  from 
the  redupL  form  πέφενον,  like  λελα- 
βέσβαι,  λελ.αβείν,  πεπιθείν.)  Ηοιη.  ; 
infin.  πεφνέμεν,  11.  6,  180:  its  parr. 
πέφνωνίί  written  parox.  as  if  it  came 
from  a  pres.  π.'^'φνω,  li.  16.  827  (ubi  v. 
Spitzn.),  cf  17,  539:  and  this  pres. 
was  actually  adopted  by  Opp.  H.  2, 
133.  To  this  also  must  be  referred 
the  pf  pass,  πέφάμαι.  of  which  Horn, 
has  3  sing  and  ])1.  πέφΰται,  πέφην- 
ται,  and  inf  πεφάσθαι.  and  the  fat. 
pass,  πεφήσομαι,  πεφήσεαι,  II.  13, 
829,  Od.  22,  217.— (No  doubt  akin  to 
σφίι'ω.) 

'\Φεραί,  ων,  at,  Ph/rne,  a  city  ot 
Thessaly,  rerideiice  of  king  Adme- 
tus,  with  the  port  Pagasae,  II.  2,  611  ; 
Strab.  p.  436.— 2.=  Φαρί2ί  (2). 

ίΦεραΐος,  a,  ov,  of  or  relating  to 
Pherae,  Phernean,  01  Φεραίοι,  Thuc. 
2,  22  : — ή  Φερηίη,  appell.  of  Diana 
honoured  in  Pherae,  Call.  Diari.  259. 

Φερανθί/ς.  ες,  {φέρω,  ΰνθος)  flower• 
bringing,  lap,  Me\.  WO,  2. 

Φέράσπις,  ίδης,  ό,  ή,  {φέρω,  άσττίς) 
shield-bearing,  Η.  Horn.  7,  2,  Aesch. 
Ag.  093. 

ΦερανγΖ/ς.  ές,  {φέρω.  ανγη)  bringing 
light,  shining,  Anth. 

fφεpavλaς,  a,  ό.  Pheraulas,  a  Per- 
sian, Xen.  Cyr.  2,  3.  7. 

Φερβύ,  τίι,  dub.  1.  for  όορβά,  q.  v. 

ΦΕ'ΡΒΩ,  to  feed,  nourish,  τινά.  il. 
Horn.  30,  2,  Pind.  O.  2,  134,  and  Eur. ; 
also  of  shepherds,  φ.  βοτά,  Eur.  Η  ipp. , 
75  :  like  σώζω,  to  preserve,  Hr-s.  Op. 
375  :  rare  in  prose,  cf  Plat.  (Jriti. 
115  A.  — 11.  pass.,  with  intr.  plqpf. 
επεφόρβειν,  to  be  fed,  to  feed  upon  a 
•^  1597  \ 


ΦΕΡΕ 

wing,  βύτάνης  έττεόόρβίΐ  βοϋς,  Η. 
Ηοιη.  30,  4 ;  παρέξω  όαΐθ'  νφ'  ών 
έφί:ρβήαηΐ',  shall  make  food  for  those 
by  whom  /  fed  viysdf,  Soph.  Phil. 
037  : — hence,  to  eat,  consume,  c.  ace, 
like  I<at.  depasci,  ή  ipvxv  ~o  σώμα 
φέμ3εται,  Hipp.,  of.  Foes.  Occ.  :  me- 
taph.,  to  feed  on,  φίφβεσθαι  σοφίαν, 
Eur.  Med.  827  :  absol.,  to  line,  be,  Ap. 
Kh.  1,  ΐυΐ6.— III.  mid.,  c.  ace,  like 
τρέφω,  to  fiij^y,  have,  νόον.  Find.  P. 
5,  117;  νόαν  πρηντατον,  0pp.  Η.  2, 
613.  (Hence  φορβή  :  from  same  root 
comes  the  Lat.  herlm). 

Φέρε,  V.  φέρω  IX. 

Φερεαί'γής,  ες,  poet,  for  φερανγής. 

H'tpyioia,  ας,  //,  Phereboea,  iein. 
pr.  n.,  Plut.  Thes.  21) ;  etc. 

Φερέβοτρνς,  ν,  gen.  νος,  (φέρω,  βό• 
Τρνς)  bearing  bunches  of  grapes.  Norm. 

*ί>ειιέγγνος,  υν,  (φέρω,  tyyvti)  ■— 
givinjr  surety  or  bail,  or  able  to  do  so  : — 
hence,  generally,  to  be  depended  upon, 
sure,  saff..  Me,  capable,  sufficient,  c. 
inf.  φερέγγνος  τοσαί'την  όνι/αμιν  rra- 
ραΰχεϊν,  Hdt.  5,  30;  λιμτ/ν  φ.  διασώ- 
σαι  τάς  νέας.  Id.  7.  49,  1  ;  cf  Aesch. 
Thcb.  300,  Eum.  87  :— also  c.  gen., 
able  to  answer  sjijfieienlly  for  a  thing, 
Soph.  Kl.  942;  and  so,  φ.  προς  τι, 
Thuc.  8.  68  :  absol.,  trrtsti/,  φρούρημα, 
Aesch.  Theb.  449,  cf.  797  :— cf  e^;)'- 
γνος. 

Φερΐγλύ}'ής,  ες,  (φέρω,  ■\'?.ύγης) 
bringing  or  giving  milk,  Orpll.  Lith. 
216. 

Φερέί^ειτνης,  ov,  bringing  or  giving 
a  meal  OT  feast.     Hence 

]φρρίόει-νος,  ov,  ύ,  Phrredipmis, 
inasc.  pr.  n.  m  Ar.  Vesp.  401. 

Φερε^νγος,  ov,  (φέρω,  ζυγό}')  bear- 
ing the  yoke,  yoked,  'ίππος,  Ibyc.  2. 

Φερέζωος,  oi>,  {φέρω,  ζωή)  bringing 
life,  Nonn. 

Φερέκάκος,  ov,  (φίηω,  κακόΐ')  in- 
urcd  to  tiiil  or  hardship,  Polyb.  3,71,  10. 

Φερέκαρπος,  ov,  (φέρω,  καρπός) 
yielding  fruit,  Plut.  2,  495  C,  Anlh. 
P.  9,  778. 

■\Φερεκλης,  έονς,  b,  Pherecles,  an 
Athenian,  Andoc.  8,  18. — Others  in 
Plut.  Lys.  25;  etc._ 

ίΦέρεκλος,  υυ,  ό,  Phereclus,  con- 
structor of  the  ship,  in  which  Paris 
carried  off  Helen,  11.  6,  59 :  cf.  Plut. 
Thes.  17. 

iΦεpεκpά~ης,  ους,  ύ,  Pherecrales, 
an  Athenian  poet  of  the  old  comedy. 
Plat.  Prot.  327  :  cf.  Meineke  1,  p.  66 

sqq- 

ίΦκρεκνόης,  ονς,  ύ,  Pherecydes,  ο 
Σνμως,  son  of  Batys  a  philosopher 
from  Syros,  teacher  of  Pythagoras, 
Ael.  V.  H.  4,  28.-2.  a  historian,  of 
Athens,  before  Herodotus,  Plut. 
Thes.  20. 

Φερέμεν,  Ep.  inf  pres.  from  φέρω, 
for  φέρειν,  Horn. 

ΦερεμμελΊης,  ου,  ό,  l)oet.  for  φερε- 
μελίας,  (φέρω,  με?-ία)  α  spear-bearer, 
Mimnerm.  11,4. 

iΦεpεvόά-ης,  ov  Ion.  εω,  ό,  Phe- 
remlaies.  a  commander  of  the  Per- 
sians, Hdt.  7,  07. 

ΦερένΙκος,  ov,  (φέρω,  νίκη)  carry- 
ing fiff  victory,  victorious  : — ό  Φ-,  name 
of  racehorse  of  king  Hiero,  Pin<l. 
(The  fern.  pr.  n.  Βερεί'ίκτ]  is  merely 
Macedon.  for  Φερενίκη,  cf  B,  β.  VI). 

ϊΦερένΙκος,  ov.  h.Pkerenicus,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Ath.  78  Β  ;  etc. 

]Φνρεντίν()ν,  ov,  TO,  Ferentinum,  in 
Latium,  Strab.  p.  226. 

Φίρέοικος,  ην,  (φέρω,  οίκος)  bearing 
or  carrying  one's  house  with  one,  of  the 
Scylliians  in  Hdt.  4,  46:  hence  as 
subst.,  the  house-carrier,  i.  e.  snail,  Hes. 
Op.  5fi9,  Cicero's  domiporta;  also  a 
1598 


ΦΕΡΟ 

tortoise,  Interpp.  Hesych.  2,  p.  1500. 
Cf  φέροίκος. — II.  bringing  a  dowry. 

Φερέπολις,  ιος,  ύ.  Ι/,  (φέρω,  πίιλις) 
bearing  or  preserving  the  city,  Ύνχη, 
Pind.  Fr.  14:  only  poet. 

Φερεπανία,  ας,  ή,  patience  in  toil  or 
hardship,  App.  Prooem.  :  from 

Φερέπονος,  ov,  (φέρω,  πόνος)  bring- 
ing toil  and  trouble,  being  the  cause 
thereof,  ύμπλακίαι,  Pind.  P.  2.  56. 

Φερέπτερος,  ov,  (  φέρω,  πτερόν  ) 
bearing  ii'ings,  winged,  Ma.xim.  :  —  so 
φερεπτέρνγος,  ov,  0pp.  H.  2,  482 ; 
and  φερεπτέρνξ,  νγος,  ό,  ή. 

ΦερεπτοΧις,  ιος,  6,  ;;,  poet,  for  ^ε- 
ρέττολις,  Ορρ.  Η.  1,  197. 

ΦερέσβΙος,  ον,  (φέρω,  βίος)  bearing 
life  or  food,  life  giving,  food-giving, 
γαία,  ll.  Hom".  Λ  p.  341,"  Hes.  Th. 
093 ;  φ.  ονθαρ  άρονρης.  Hom.  Cer. 
450  ;  στύχνς,  Aesch.  Fr.  290  : — also, 
φ.  "ΗΪτ?,  Emped.  ;  Α/ι/ί?ιτήίΐ,  etc. 

Φέρεσκε,  Ion.  and  ί}ρ.  for  έφερε, 
impf  from  φέρω,  Od. 

Φερεσσακής,  ές,  gen.  έος,  like  φέ- 
ρασπις,  (φέρω,  σάκος)  shield-bearing, 
a  shield-bearer,  i.  6.  heavy-armed,  Hes. 
8c.  13. 

ίΦερεσσενης,  ov,  ό,  Pheresseues,  a 
Persian  leader,  Aesch.  Pers.  312. 

Φερεσσίπονης,  ov,  poet,  for  φερέπο- 
νος, vVelcker  Syll.  135,  5. 

ΦερεστύφνΧος,  ov,  yielding  bunches 
of  urapes,  Mel.  110.   [rt] 

Φερέστάχνς,  v.  gen.  νος,  (φέρω, 
στίίχνς)  bearing  ears  of  corn,  Nonn. 

Φερέστερος,  a,  ov.  said  to  be  poet, 
for  φέρτερος,  cf  προφερέστερος. 

ίΦερετίμη,  ης,  ή,  Pherelime,  wife 
of  Battus  111.  of  Cyrene,  Hdt.  4,  162. 

Φερετρενω,  to  carry  on  a  φέρετρον. 
Pint.  Marcell.  8,  in  pass. 

Φερέτρίος,  ov,  ύ,  Lat.  feretrius, 
cpith.  of  Jupiter,  Dion.  H.  2,  34,  etc. 

Φέρετρον,  ην,  τό,  (φέρω)  a  bier,  lit- 
ter, Lat.  feretrum,  Polyb.  8,  31,  4  ;— 
contr.  φέρτρον,  II.  18,  230. 

Φέρην,  Aeol.  for  φέρειν. 

^Φέρης,  ΐ]της,  6,  Pheres,  son  of 
Cretheus  and  Tyro,  founder  of  Thes- 
salian  Pherae,  Od.  11.  259;  Apollod. 
1,9,  14. — 2.  son  of  Jason  and  Medea, 
Id.  1,  9,  28. 

^Φερητιά(Ίης,  ov  Ep.  ao,  6,  son  or 
descendant  of  Pheres,  m  II.  2,  703  also 
Φι/ρηΤ; — in  Eur.  I.  A.  217  Eumclus 
as  grand.ton  of  Pheres. 

^Φερίας,  ου,  ό,  Pherias,  an  Aegine- 
tan.  Paus.  0,  14,  1. 

Φέριστος,  η,  ov,  like  φέρτατος, 
stoutest,  bravest,  best,  άνδρα  φέριστον, 
II.  9,  110:  but,  mostly  in  addresses, 
φέριστε,  11.  6,  12.3  ;  15,  247,  etc. ;  Φέ- 
ρ/στε  Καδμείων  άναξ,  Aesch.  Theb. 
39  ;  ώ  φέριστε  δεσποτών.  Soph.  Ο.  Τ. 
1149;  ώ  φέριστε.  Plat.  Phaedr.  238 
D  : — cf.  φέρτατος. 

Φέρμα,  ατός,  τό,  (φέρω): — that 
which  is  borne,  a  load,  burden  .•  esp.  the 
fruit  of  the  womb,  Acsch.  Ag.  118  ;  of 
the  earth.  Id.  Supp.  690. 

Φερνή,  ?}ς,  ή,  {φέρω) : — that  which  is 
brought  by  the  wife,  a  dowry,  portion, 
Lat.  dos,  Hdt.  1,  93,  and  fre(|.  in  Eur., 
usu.  in  plur.,  as  Or.  1602,  Meil.  950; 
φ.  θεραποντίς,  handmaids  given  as  a 
dowry,  Aesch.  Supp.  979;  φ.  πολέ- 
μου, what  the  war  brings  in,  booty  in 
war,  Eur.  Icm  298.     Hence 

Φερνίζω,  f  -σω  Att.  -ΐώ,  to  portion, 
endow,  LXX. 

Φέρνιον,  or  φερνίον,  ov,  τό,  (φέρω) 
η  fish-basket ,  Menand.  p.  220,  Alciphr• ; 
cf  φορμυς. 

Φίρνοφόρος,  ov,  bringing  a  portion, 
dowered. 

Φέρνω,=  φέρω,  dub. 

Φέροικος,  ov,  an  animal   like  the 


ΦΕΡ£2 

Γ  squirrel  (to  judge  from  the  description 
in  Phot.),  different  from  Hesiod's  φε- 
ρέοικος.  Cratin.  Cleob.  7. 

Φερόλβιος,  ov,  (φέρω,  όλβος)  bring- 
ing happiness,  Orph.  H.  03,  12. 

Φερυπλος,  ov,  bearing  arms. 

■^Φέρονσα,  ης,  ή,  Pherusa,  daughter 
of  Nereus  and  Dons,  II.  18,  48. 

Φερσεφάττιον,  Att.  Φείφεφάττιον, 
or  -τείον,  ov,  τό,  a  temple  or  sanctuary 
of  Proserpina,  Dem.  1259,  5,  cf  Lob. 
Phryn.  309. 

Φερσέφασσα,  Att.  -ττα,  and  Φεββέ- 
φαττα,  7/,=  ΤΙερσέφασσα,  -ττα,  Περ- 
σεφόνη,  So|)h.  Ant.  894  :— on  the  dif- 
ferent signfs.  of  this  prob.  foreign 
word.v.  Heiiid.  Plat.  Cratyl.  404  C. 

Φερσεφόνεια,  Φερσεφύνη,  poet,  for 
ΤΙερσεφόνη. 

Φερτάζω,  rare  collat.  form  of  φέρω. 

Φέρτατος,  η,  ην,  stoutest,  bravest, 
best,  Hom. ;  c.  dat.  modi,  χερσίν  τε 
βίι)φί  τε  φερτατοι  ησην,  Od.  12,  246; 
περϊ  (5'  εγχει  ''λχαιών  φέρτατίις  έσσι, 
II.  7,  289;  φέρτατος  όλβφ,  Pmd.  Ν. 
10,24:  ό  τι  φέρτατον  ανδρι  τνχεϊν, 
Id.  Ο.  7,  49:— also,  φέρτιστος,  Id.  Fr. 
92.  —  II.  compar.,  φέρτιρος,  a,  ov, 
stouter,  braver,  better ;  also,  higher  in 
rank,  mightier,  more  powerful,  Hom.  ; 
c.  dat.,  U.  3,  431,  Od.  6,  0;  also  c. 
inf  ,0d.  5, 170;  φ.  πατρός  yovof,  Pind. 
I.  8  (7),  70,  cf  Aesch.  Pr.  708:  πο7.υ 
φέρτερύν  έστιν,  'tis  much  better, 
Hom.;  c.  inf,  Od.  12,  109:— t/f  το 
φ.  τίθει  τό  μέλ7.ον,  Eur.  Hel.  310. 

'\Φέρτατος,  ην,  ο,  Phertatus,  an 
Athenian,  Dem.  887,  2. 

Φερτοί•,  Vi  όν,  poet.  verb.  adj.  from 
φέρω,  endurable,  Eur.  Hec.  159. 

Φέρτρον,  contr.  for  φέρετρον,  II. 
18,  236. 

ΦΕ'ΡΩ,  a  root  only  used  in  pres. 
and  impf,  act.  and  pass.  ;  though 
Hom.  has  also  several  irreg.  forms, 
imperat.  φέρτε,  II.  9,  171  ;  3  sing. 
φέρησι,  as  if  from  φέρημι,  0(1.  19.  Ill; 
Ion.  iinpf  φέρεσκε,  φέρεσκον,  Od.  9, 
429;  10.  108.  From  the  pres.  also 
comes  the  rare  poet.  verb.  adj.  φερ- 
τός, and  the  fretj.  collat.  form  φηρέω. 
— The  fut.  ηΐσω,  mid.  οίσομαι,  is  sup- 
plied by  the  root  *ΌΓί2,  only  in  mid. 
form  in  ffom  :  he  also  has  an  Kp. 
imperat.  οισε,  of  a  form  between  aor. 
1  and  2,  Od.  22,  100,  481  ;  and  this  is 
also  assumed  by  the  inf  fut.  οίσέμεν, 
Od.  3,  429,  οίσέμεναι.  II.  3, 120,  οισειν, 
Pind.  P.  4,  181  :— from  the  same  root 
come  thp  fiit.  pass,  οίσϋήσομαι  and 
verb.  adjs.  οίστόζ-,ο/σ-εοΓ,  post-Horn.: 
— also,  but  very  rarely,  we  fintl  an 
inf  aor.  ΐινώσαι,  with  the  verb.  adj. 
ανωστός,  Hdt.  1,  157;  6,  00;  and  pf 
pass,  προοΐσται  in  Luc.  Parasit.  2. — 
Lastly,  from  the  root  *"F,rKS'2  or 
'^'ENETKSi  come  aor.  1  ηνεγκα, 
chiefly  used  in  the  indie,  and  imperat. 
inrie.fions,  and  aor.  2  ήνεγκην,  chiefly 
used  in  inf  atid  part.: — but  Hom. 
uses  only  the  Ion.  aor.  ),  ηνεικα.  or 
(without  augm.)  ένεικα,  subj.  ίνείκω, 
inf  ίνεΐκαι  fiopt.  3  ένείκαι  occurs 
in  Theoer.  1,  131)t,  and  of  aor.  2  the 
Ep.  inf  ένεικέμεν,  II.  19,  ]9I.  3  sing. 
0|)t.  ενείκοί,  II.  18,  147:  the  Ion.  aor. 
pass.  ηνείχΙΙ?μι  is  post-Hom.,  Hes. 
Sc.  440  ;  3  pi.  aor.  mid.  ί/νείκαντο,  \\. 
9,  127:  from  the  same  root  are  the 
post-Hom.  tenses,  pf  act.  ίνηνοχα, 
fut.  pass.  ένεχΟησημίίΐ,  pf  pass,  ένη- 
νεγμαι  and  aor.  pass,  !/νέχβην  : — we 
And  even  a  [ires,  σννενίίκομαι.  (q.  v.), 
in  which  alone  the  root  ένείκω  is 
preserved. 

Kadic.  signf  TO  BE.\R  (which 
indeed  is  the  same  word  with  ΦΥ,'- 
ΡΩ,   Lat.   FERO,   Sanscr.   BHRJ, 


ΦΕΡΩ 
Pcrs.  BER,  etc. ;  cf.  Germ,  hahren, 
fahren). 

A.  Act. : — I.  to  bear  or  carry  a  load, 
ev  ταλύροίοι  Φίρον  αελιηόέα  κηρπόν, 
II.  Ιβ,  508,  ct.'S,  484,  Od.  4,  022,  etc. ; 
χεμσι  φ-,  φ-  ίττ'  ωμοις,  Sopli.  Ant.  429, 
Tr.  5G4:— ίο  bear  (as  a  device),  on 
one's  shield,  Aesch.  Theb.  559,  etc. ; 
— άγνας  αϊματος  χείρας  φ.,  i.  e.  to 
have  hands  clean  iroin  blood,  Eur. 
Hipp.  316,  ct,  Fhoen.  1529.  — II.  to 
bear,  with  collat.  notion  of  inotiov., 
very  freq.  in  Horn,  of  any  thing  that 
makes  one  move,  ττόδες  φέρον,  II.  C, 
514;  πέδιλα  τά  μιν  φέρον,  24,  341, 
etc. ;  so  horses  are  said  ίιρμα  φέρειν, 
II.  5,  232,  etc. ;  and  men,  μένος  or 
μένος  χειρών  ίθνς  τίνος  φέρειν,  to 
oring- one's  strength  to  hear  right  upon 
or  against  him,  11.  5,  506  ;  10,  602  : — 
hence  oft.  in  pass.,  v.  infra  Β  : — later, 
also,  metaph.,  lo  lead,  guide,  Plut.,  cf. 
infra  X. — ill.  to  bear,  endure,  suffer 
pain,  misfortune,  hardship,  etc.,  Άυ- 
γρά,  Od.  18,  135;  cf.  Hes.  Op.  213; 
άτην  φ-,  Hdt.  1,  32  :  also,  to  be  able  to 
bear  certain  foods,  etc.,  Xen.  Cyr.  8, 
2,  21. — 2.  esp.  freq.  with  an  adv.,  βα- 
ρέως, χαλεπώς,  δεινύς,  πικρώς  φέ- 
ρειν TC,  like  Lat.  aegre,  graviter  ferre, 
to  bear  a  thing  impatiently,  take  it  ill 
or  amiss,  Hdt.  3,  155;  5,  19;  also, 
βαρέως  φέρειν  τύ  φρόνιιμα,  Xen. 
Hell.  7,  1,  44;  —  expressed  in  one 
word  by  όνςφορεΐν ;  opp.  to  these 
are  κούφως,  φαύλως,  άττλώς,  πρύως, 
{)αδίοις,  τΐροϋνμως  φέρειν  τι,  Lat.  tev- 
iter  ferre,  to  bear  a  thing  cheerfully  or 
patiently,  take  it  easily,  quietly,  etc., 
Hdt.  1,  35  ;  9,  18,  40  :— these  phrases 
are  most  freq.  in  Att.,  usu.  c.  ace.  rei, 
but  also  έπί  τινι,  taking  φέρειν  in 
intrans.  signf.,  e.  g.  βαρέως  or  κον- 
φως  φέρειν  έ~ι  τοΙς  γεγενημένοις, 
Xen.  Hell.  7,  4.  21  ;  3,  4,  9  ;  cf.  Dem. 
1339,  20  ;  c.  dat.  only,  βαρέως  φέρειν 
τοις  παρονσι,  Xen.  An.  1,  3,  3,  cf. 
Hell.  5,  1,  29  ;  and  later  όιά  τι,  Bast 
Ep.  Cr.  105. — IV.  to  bring,  present, 
give,  δώρα,  Od.  8,  428,  etc.  :— mid.,  to 
carry  or  bring  with  one,  produce  or  fur- 
nt's/i  for  one's  own.  use,  Hdt.  4,  67  ;  7, 
50. — 2.  χάριν  Tivi  φέρειν,  to  grant  any 
one  a  favour,  do  him  a  kindness,  11. 
5,  211,  Od.  5,  307  :  in  like  signf..  i/pa 
and  έπίΐ]ρα  φέρειν,  U.  1,  572,  Od.  3, 
104,  etc.  :  alter  Hom.,  χάριν  rivl  φέ- 
ρειν, was  used  like  Lat.  gratiam  re- 
ferre,  lo  show  gratitude  to  him,  Pind. 
O.  10,  21.- — 3.  to  produce,  occasion, 
cause,  work,  κλέος  τινί,  Od.  1,  283  ;  3, 
204  :  κακόν  or  πημα,  uAyea,  etc.,  to 
work  one  woe,  II.  8,  541,  Od.  12,  231, 
427,  etc.  ;  διμοτητα  φ-  τινί,  to  bring 
war  upon  one,  Od.  6,  203  ;  so,  Άρηα 
φ.  τινί,  II.  3,  132;  8,  516;  and  so  in 
Att.,  who  use  it  only  in  such  phrases 
as  ru  ΊερεΙα  viKrjv  φέρονσιν,  the  vic- 
tims portend  victory  (as  if  this  neces- 
sarily brought  it) ;  also,  ώςπερ  το  δί- 
καιον έφερε,  as  justice  brought  with  it, 
brought  about,  i.  e.  as  was  just,  no 
more  than  just,  Hdt.  5.  58. — 4.  μϋθον 
or  άγγε?,ί7/ΐ'  φέρειν  τινί,  lo  bring  one 
a  speech,  report  a  message,  II.  10, 
288;  15,  175,  202,  Od.  1,  408;  έήΐσ- 
τολας  φ..  Soph.  Aj.  781  :  — in  Att. 
Φέρω  even  stands  by  itself  for  άγγέ?.- 
Λω,  to  tell,  announce,  Aesch.  Pers.  248, 
Lob.  Aj.  798.  —  5.  to  bring  in,  pay 
money,  etc.,  ΐιποινα,  II.  1,  13,  etc.  ; 
esp.  to  pay  something  due,  discharge  a 
debt,  etc.,  χρήματα,  Thuc.  1,  19  ;  <p. 
μίσθωσιν  τον  ένιαυτον,  to  yield  yearly 
rent,  Isae.  54,  27 ;  φ.  εννέα  ΰβολονς 
της  μνάς  τόκους,  Lys.  Fr.  2,  2,  cf 
Lycurg.  150,  42  ;  so,  φόρον  φέρειν,  to 
pay  a  tax  or  tribute,  Plat.  Polit.  298 


ΦΕΡί2 

A  ;  δασμόν,  Xen.  An.  5,  7,  10  ;  τιμήν 
φ.,  to  pay  a  fine  (but  cf.  V.  3). — 6.  to 
bear,  bring  forth,  produce,  whether  of 
the  earth  or  of  trees,  etc.,  Od.  4, 229  ; 
9,  110.  Hes.  Op.  117,  565;  ή  y?]  καρ- 
ττόν  φέρει,  Hdt.  6,  139  ;  cf.  Pind.  N. 
11,  52,  Eur.,  etc. : — of  SLniinals,  μητηρ 
Koi'pov  φέρει  γαστέρι,  II.  6,  59  ; — ab- 
sol.,  to  bear,  bear  fruit,  be  fruitful,  ή  yij 
φέρει,  Hdt.  5,  82  ;  at  αμττε'λοι  φέρον- 
σιν, Xen.  Oec.  20,  4  : — metaph.,  to 
bring  in,  yield, produce,  άγων  ό  το  πάν 
φέρων,  the  contest  that  carries  or  de- 
cides everything,  Hdt.  8,  100  ;  το  ττύν 
ήμίν  τον  ττολέμου  φέρονσι  αϊ  νήες, 
the  ships  give  us  our  main  strength 
in  the  war,  Hdt.  8,  62  ;  cf  Soph.  Phil. 
109. — -7.  ψηφον  φέρειν,  to  give  one's 
vote,  Lat.  ferre  siiffragium,  isae.  85, 
31  :  hence  φέρειν  alone,  to  elect,  ap- 
point or  nominate  to  an  office,  Dem. 
990,  20,  sq. — V.  to  bear,  carry  off  or 
away,  freq.  in  Hom.,  εκ  τίνος,  II.  14, 
429  ;  17,  718,  etc.  :  proverb.,  ίττος  φέ- 
ροιεν  ΰναρπάξασαι  ΰε'λλαι,  may  the 
winds   sweep  away  the  word,  Od.   8, 

409,  cf.  19,  565:— esp.,  — 2.  to  carry 
away  as  booty  or  plunder,  11.  2,  302, 
Od.  12,  99  :  esp.  in  the  phrase  φέρειν 
και  ίγειν,  v.  sub  άγω  I:  also,  simply, 
φέρειν  "^ινύ,  to  rob  one,  Thuc.  1,  7. — 
3.  to  carry  off,  gain,  11.  1,  301  :  esp.,  to 
gain  by  toil  or  trouble,  to  win,  achiere, 
η  κε  φέρ-ΐ/σι  μέya  κράτος,  II.  18,  308  ; 
εναρα,  τενχεα,  II.  6,  480  ;  17,  70  ;  τά 
αριστεία,  τά  νικητήρια  φέρειν.  Plat. 
Rep.  468  C,  Legg.  657  Ε  :—to  filch, 
II.  18,  191,  Od  2,  329  :— also,  to  receive 
one\s  due,  φ.  χάριν.  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  764  ; 
μισθον  φέρειν,  like  μισθοφορεϊν,  to 
receive  pay,  Thuc.  3,  17,  Xen.  Oec.  1, 
6,  cf  Meineke  Menand.  p.  126: — so 
in  mid.,  where  the  notion  of  doing  it 
for  o>ie's  self  is  strengthd.,  Od.  10, 
124;  so,  κράτος,  κύδος  φέρεσθαι,  11. 
13,  486;  22,  217;  ταντα  έπι  σμι- 
κρόν τι  έφέρυντο  του  πολέμου,  this 
they  received  as  a  small  help  to- 
wards the  war,  Hdt.  4,  129  :  άεΟλον 
φέρεσθαι,  to  carry  off,  win  a  prize,  11. 
9,  127  ;  23,  413  ;  τά  πρώτα  φέρεσθαι 
(sc.  άεθλα),  II.  23,  5.33,  663,  etc.: 
hence  metaph.,  τά  πρώτα,  til  δεύτε- 
ρα φέρεσθαι,  to  win  and  hold  the  rtrst, 
the  second  rank,  Hdt.  8,  104,  cf 
Valck.  Hdt.  9,  78 ;  πλέον  or  πλεϊον 
φέρεσθαι,  to  get  more  or  a  larger 
share/or  one's  self,  gain  the  advantage 
over  any  one,  τινός,  Hdt.  7,  21 1  ;  also, 
to  be  more  esteemed,  Plut.  : — the  mid. 
φέρεσθαι  Iherelbre  is  used  generally 
of  everything  ΐ('/ί!(-Λ  one  gets  for  one's 
self  for  one's  own  use  and  profit,  which 
one  takes  and  carries  away,  esp.,  to 
one's  own.  home.  e.  g.  II.  4,  97,  Od.  2, 

410,  Hes.  Fr.  39,  8: — hence,  φέρειν 
or  φέρεσθαι  is  freq.  added  to  the  inf 
aor.  δομέραι,  as  δ.  πολεμονδε,  οίκον- 
δε  φέρεσθαι,  etc.,  II.  11,798;  23,513, 
Od.  1,  317  :— ίο  take  home  what  one 
has  received  from  another,  παρά  τί- 
νος, Hdt.  5,  47. — 4.  esp.,  to  receive  tid- 
ings, hear,  learn,  like  Lat.  uccipere  (sc. 
nuntiwm),  Valck.  Phoen.  1450. — VI. 
absol.,  of  roads,  ways,  etc.,  to  lead  to 
a  place,  ή  όδος  φέρει,  like  Lat.  via 
fert  or  ducit,  USU.  εις  or  έπΙ  τόπον, 
Hdt.  2.  122,  138  ;  7,  31  ;  άπλΜνς  ol- 
μος  εις  "λιδου  φέρει,  Aesch.  Fr.  222  ; 
7/  εις  θτ/βας  φέρουσα  οδός,  Thuc.  3, 
24 ;  ή  θύρα  ή  εις  τον  κήπον  φέρουσα, 
the  door  leading  to  the  garden,  Dem. 
1155,  13,  etc. — 2.  then  of  a  district, 
tract  of  country,  etc.,  to  stretch,  ex- 
lend  to  or  towards,  φέρειν  έπι,  ές  or 
προς  ϋάλασσαν,  Hdt.  4,  99  ;  χωρία 
προς  νότον  φέροντα,  Id.  7,  201 ;  like 
Lat.  vergere  or  spectare. — 3.  to  lead  or 


ΦΕΡΙΖ 

tend  to  an  end  or  object,  ες  αίαχννην 
φέρει,  Hdt.  1,  10;  τα  ές  άκεσ'ιν  φέ- 
ροντα. Id.  4,  90;  τά  προς  το  vyiai• 
νειν  φέροντα,  that  which  leads  to 
health,  Xen.  Mem.  4,  2,  31  ;  txvtj  της 
ύποφιας  φέρει  εΙς  τίνα,  the  traces  of 
suspicion  lead  to  a  certain  person,  An- 
tipho  119,  7: — to  contribute  to  or  work 
with,   Markl.   Supp.   295,    Br.    Sopli. 

0.  T.  517. — 4.  to  aim  at  a  thing,  hint 
or  point  at,  refer  lo  it,  ΰς  or  προς  τι, 
oft.  in  Plat. :  esp.  of  oracles,  oinens, 
etc. ;  so,  ες  τι  νμίν  ταύτα  φαίνεται 
φέρειν ;  Hdt.  1  120  (who  in  like  man- 
ner uses  έχειν  εις  or  πριΊς  τι) ;  ές  άρη 
ίους  αγώνας  φέρον  το  μαντηιον,  Hdt. 
9,  33,  cf.  6,  19,  so,  έπί  τι,  Thuc.  1, 
79,  cf  Plat.  Charm.  103  D  ;  ή  τον  δή- 
μου φέρει  γνώμη,  ώς..,  the  people's 
opinion  inclines  to  this,  that..,  Hdt.  4, 
11  ;  των  i/  γνώμη  έφερε  σνμβάλλειν, 
their  opinion  inclined  to  givmg  battle, 
Id.  5,  118;  0,  110:  also  c.  dat.  peis., 
πλ.έον  εφερέ  οι  ή  γνώμη,  c.  inf.,  his 
opinion  inclined  rather  to..,  Hdt.  8, 
100,  cf  3,  77  :  similar  is  the  Lat.  fert 
animus,  c.  inf,  as  m  Ovid.  Met.  1,  1. 
— 5.  in  Hdt.  3, 134,  φέρει  is  used  much 
like  συμφέρει,  it  tends  (to  one's  inte- 
rest), IS  expedient,  φέρει  σοι  έπ'  αμφό- 
τερα ταύτα  ποιείν. — VII.  to  carry  or 
have  in  the  mouth,  i.  e.  to  speak  much 
of,  πολ.νν  φέρειν  τινά,  Aeschin.  85, 
33  :  more  freq.  in  pass.,  εν,  πονηρώς 
φέρεσθαι,  to  be  well  or  ill  spoken  of, 
Xen.  Hell.  1,  5,  17;  2,  1,  6.-2.  to  be 
carried  about,  be  in  circulation,  absol. 
φέρεται,  like  Lat.  fertur,  (the  report) 
is  carried  about,  i.  e.  it  is  said,  thei/  say, 
c.  acc.  et  inf,  τοιόνδε  φέρεται  πρή 
γμα  γίγνεσθαι,  Hdt.  8,  104  ;  hence, 
τα  φερόμενα=^τά  λεγόμενα,  Wylt. 
Ερ.  Cr.  ρ.  238. — V1I1.  the  impernt. 
φέρε  in  Hom.  keeps  its  orig.  signf., 
bear,  carry,  bring:  but,  like  άγε,  it 
soon  came  to  be  used  as  an  adv.,  come, 
now,  well.  esp.  before  the  1  pers.  sing, 
or  plut.  of  the  subjunctive  used  im- 
peratively, φέρε  ακούσω,  φέρε  στήσω- 
μεν,  Hdt.  1,  11,  97,  and  Ireq.  in  Alt.  ; 
V.  Elinsl.  Heracl.  559,  Med.  1242: 
more  rarely  before  2  pers.,  as  in  Hdt. 
4,  127,  Soph.  Phil.  300:  strengthd. 
φέρε  δή,  Hdt.  2,  14,  Ar.  Pac.  361,  959, 
and  freq.  in  Plat.— 2.  φέρε  γάρ,  for 
look,  only  see  now,  usually  mtioduces 
an  example  alleged  by  way  of  refuta- 
tion :  later  authors  used  φέρε  alone 
in  the  same  way,  and  indeed  it  occurs 
as  early  as  Ar.  Ach.  541.-3.  φέρε, 
εάν  ενρωμεν..,  come,  let  us  see  if  we 
can  find..,  quia  experiamur,  Stallb. 
Plat.  Crat.  430  Α.— 4.  φέρε,  c.  inf-, 
supposing,  admitting  tl'.at  so  and  so  is 
the  case,  like  Lat.  fac,  finge,  pone. — 
IX.  part.  neut.  το  φέρον,  as  subst., 
that  which  leads,  guides,  hence  fate,  as 
Lat. /ors  Άηά  fortima  come  from  fero, 
Wunderl.  Obss.  Cr.  p.  55  :  but  also  το 
φερόμενο v=^hat.  sors,  Keisig  Enarr. 
Soph.  O.  C.  1680.- X.  the  part,  φέ- 
ρων in  all  genders  is  freq.  joined  with 
another  verb,  so  as  to  seem  superflu- 
ous :  but  it  serves  to  define  the  prin- 
cipal verb  more  closely  ;  and  here 
two  cases  are  to  be  distinguished  ; — 

1.  the  part.  a<lds  a  bye  action  to  the 
main  action,  which  we  usually  ren- 
der by  two  verbs,  freq.  in  Horn.,  e.  g. 
έδωκε  φέρων,  he  brought  and  gave,  Od. 
22,  146;  δΰς  τω  ξείνφ  τούτο  φέρων, 
take  this  and  give  it  him,  17,  3-15; 
έγχος  έστησε  φέρων,  he  brought  the 
spear  and  placed  it,  1,  127  ;  σϊτον  πα- 
ρέθηκε  φέρουσα,  and  so  on  ;  but  if  the 
acc.  belongs  to  the  part,  we  usu.  ex- 
press it  by  the  prep,  with,  like  έχων 
(cf.  έχω  A.  I.  3),  7/?>.θον  τά  όπλα  ψ.ί• 

1599 


ΦΕΤ 

ροντες,  they  came  with  their  arms : 
but — 'Ζ.  φέιιων  also  denotes,  esp.  with 
verbs  ol  inotion,  a  degree  ot  speed  or 
haste  111  the  action  of  the  ()rincipal 
verb,  ct.  infra  B.  1.  fin. 

B.  Pass.,  lo  be  bunie  or  carried  from 
a  place,  esp.  involuntarily,  hence  in 
Hoin.  esp.  to  he  home,  cnrrird  along  by 
waves  or  w'mus.  ϋνέΑΛτι,  άνίμοις  φέ- 
ρεσβαΐ,  etc.  : — to  he  earned  awai/,  to 
be  hurried,  swept  away,  to  fall,  rush, 
roll,  fly  along,  like  L'dt.  Jerri,  always 
witii  collat.  notion  ol  great  speed, 
πάν  <y  ημο))  ιρίρομίμ',  of  Vulcan 
falling  from  Olympus,  II.  I,  592;  ήκε 
φκμΐσΙ)αι,  he  sent  him  flying.  11.  21, 
12U;  ίθυς  φερεσθαι,  to  rush  right 
upon,  II.  20,  J  72,  cf.  II.  15,  743  :  ήκα 
πύύας  καΊ  χείρε  φέμεσϋαι,  1  let  go 
my  haniis  and  feet,  let  them  .tivitig 
free  (m  the  leap),  Od.  12,  442,  cf.  19, 
408  ;  so.  ψερόαενοί  έςέ-ιττΓον  ες  τους 
Αίγίΐ-Ί/τας,  Udt.  8,  91,  cf.  9,  C2  ;  βια 
<ρέμεται,  I'lat.  Fhaedr.  254  A  ;  πνεύ- 
μα φεμοβενον.  Id.  Rep.  490  D,  etc. : 
— more  rarely  in  part.  act.  used  in- 
trans.,  φέρουσα  έΐ'έ;ίαλε  vr/t  ψίλί^, 
she  liore  down  upon  a  friendly  ship 
and  struck,  it,  Hdt.  6,  87  :  this  part, 
act.  is  more  freq.  later,  as  ώέμων, 
hurriedly,  in  haste,  Aeschin.  25,  4 ; 
readdy.  Id.  6G,  26,  cf.  Wess.  Diod. 
20,  16. — 2.  also  of  all  bodies  moved 
by  their  own  impulse  or  power,  to 
hasten,  run,  ride,  fly,  hnver,  swim,  sail, 
etc.,  ^εΐΐ'  και  φεμεσβαι,  Piat.  Crat. 
411  C;  όμόσε  τινί  φερεσθαι,  to  run 
against  one,  full  upon  him,  come  to 
blows  with  him,  Xen.  Cyn.  10,  21  : 
εΙς  την  έαντοϋ  ώνσιν  φέμεσβαι.  Ιο  fall 
back  into  one's  own  nature,  Aeschin. 
66,  21  :— of  a  word  let  fall,  μέγα  φέ- 
ρεται, it  comes  With  great  weight.., 
Pind.  P.  1,  170.  (Hence  φορά.)— 
3.  metaph.  εν,  κακώς  φερεσθαι,  of 
things,  schemes,  etc.,  to  turn  out, 
prosper  well  or  ill,  succeed  or  fail,  τά 
πράγματα  κακώς  φέρεται,  Xen.  Hell. 
3,  4,  25,  as  Plant,  at  se  nvnc  res  fortu- 
navque  tiostrae  fcrunt  ; — εν  φέρεται  7/ 
γεωργία,  Xen.  Oec.  5,  17;  of  a  person, 
ευ  φερόμενος  έν  στρατηγίαις,  being 
generally  successful..,  'rhuc.  5,  16; 
όλιγώρυς  εχει,ν  και  έάι>  ταύτα  φερε- 
σθαι, to  neglect  a  thing  and  let  it 
take  its  coarse,  Dein.  106,  12:  rarely 
of  persons,  as  in  collat.  form  φορέω, 
πατρός  Kaf  ενχίις  φομουμενοι.  firing 
in  accordance  wuh  their  father's 
curses,  Aesch.  Theb.  819  : — of.  supra 
A.  VIII. 

C.  for  the  chief  usage  of  the  mid. 
V.  supra  A.  V.  2. 

^Φερών,  ό,  Pheron,  son  of  Seso- 
stris,  a  king  of  Aegypt,  Hdt.  2,  111, 
V.  B;.hr  ad  1. 

'(Φερωνία,  ας,  ή,  Feronia,  a  city  of 
Etruria,  filrab.  p.  220. 

Φερωννμέομαι,  as  pass.,  to  bear  a 
name  from  ;— and 

Φεμωννμία,  ας,  ή,  the  name  received 
from  an  event  or  action,  Lat.  agnomen, 
0pp.  H.  1,  5i43:  from 

Φερώννμος,  ov,  (  φέρω,  όνομα  ) 
named  J  mm.  a  thing,  τινός :  well- 
named,  like  ίπώννμος,  NiC.  'I'h.  066, 
Nonn.,  etc.  Adv.  -μως.  Arist.  Mund. 
6,  20,  Heraclid.  Alleg.  22. 

Φετιύλεις,  οι,  also  Φητιάλεις  and 
Φιτιά'λιοι,  the  Lat.  Fetiales,  Schaf 
Plut.  Marcell.  5. 

ΦΕΤ~,  exclamation  of  grief  or  an- 
ger, ah  !  alas  !  voe  !  like  Lat.  heu, 
ha.  ah,  vah,  vae,  our/i/e  .'  o(t.  in  Trag.: 
— also  c.  gen.,  φευ  της  Έλλά(5οζ•,  woe 
for  Hellas!  Plut.  Artax.  22.— II.  of 
astonishment  or  admiration,  ah  !  oh  ! 
like  Lat.  phy  or  papae,  Schol.  Ar.  Av. 
1600 


ΦΕΥΓ 

162 :  also  c.  gen.,  φεϋ  τοϋ  ανδρός, 
oh  what  a  man!  Xen.  Cyr  3,  1,  39 
(where  however  there  is  also  a  sense 
of  grief)  :  but,  φεύ  το  και  λαβείν 
πμΐ)ςφθεγμα  τοιηνιΥ  άνδρας,  oh  to  get 
but  speech  of  such  a  man  !  Soph. 
Phil.  234  ;  cf.  I'lat.  Phaedr.  203  D, 
etc.     (Hence,  φενζω  :  cf.  φν-) 

Φενγέμεν  and  φενγέμεναι,  Ep.  for 
φενγειν,  inf.  pres.  act.  Irom  φεύγω, 
Hoin. 

Φενγεσκεν,  Ep.  for  ίφενγεν,  3  sing. 
impf.  from  φενγω,  Horn. 

Φενγνδρος,  ov,  {φεύγω,  ύδωρ)  shmi- 
iiing  water,  like  νδραφόιίος. 

ΦΕΥ'Γί2  (v.  sub  fin.) :  f.  φενξο- 
μαι.  Dor.  φενξονμαι.  also  in  Att.,  as 
Eur.  Hel.  1041,  Ar.  Ach.  203,  Plut. 
447,  496  (very  late  authors  have  also 
a  fut.  2  φνγώ) :  aor.  εφν)θν  :  pf  πέ- 
φενγα,  pf.  pass.  c.  act.  signf  πέφνγ- 
μηι ;  Ion.  impf.  φενγεσκον,  Hdt.  4, 
43:  verb.  adj.  φενκτός.  φενκτέος.  and 
in  II.  φνκτός. — Hoin.  uses  pres, impf., 
fut.  φενξομαι,  aor.,  pf  opt.  (II.  21, 
609),  pf  part.  (Od.  1,  12),  pf  pass, 
only  in  part,  πεφυγμένος  : — further, 
he  has  the  Ep.  part,  πεφνζυτες.  as  if 
from  φύζω,  11.  21,  6,  528,  532 ;  22,  1  ; 
cf.  φνζα. 

I.  absol.,  to  flee,  take  flight,  run  away, 
opp.  to  διώκω,  Hom.,  etc.  ;  βή  φεΰ- 
γων  έπι  πόντον,  II.  2.  665 ;  ττ//  φεύ- 
γ(ΐς ;  8,  94,  etc. ;  φ.  έκ  κακών.  Soph. 
Ant.  437,  cf  Hdt.  1,  05:  —  c.  ace. 
cognato,  φύγε  'Auiijj7jpov  δρόμον,  ran 
the  course  full  swiftly,  Piiid.  P.  9, 
215;  φενγειν  φυγι/ν,  Eur.  Hel.  1011  ; 
also,  φ.  την  παρά  θάλασσαν  (sc.  οδόν), 
to  flee  (the  way)  toward  the  sea,  Hdt. 
4,  12.  —  2.  oft.  however  φενγω  ex- 
presses only  the  purpose  or  endeavour 
to  flee,  when  the  coinpds.  αποφεύγω, 
έκφενγω.  προφεύγω,  are  oft.  added  to 
denote  the  flight  itself  as  accom|)lished, 
as,  βέ7ίΤερην,  ώς  φεύγωΐ'  προφνγτι 
κακυν  ήέ  άλώΐ],  it  is  belter  that  one 
should  run  off  and  escape  than  stay 
and  be  caught,  II.  14,  81  ;  so,  φίύγων 
έκφ.,  Hdt.  5,  95,  Ar.  Ach.  177;  φ. 
καταφ;  Hdt.  4,  23 ;  φ.  άποφ.,  Ar. 
Nub.  167;  cf.  Pors.  Plioen.  1231.— 3. 
I  φ.  νπό  τίνος,  to  flee  before  any  one,  II. 
21.  23,  554  ;  cf.  infra  ill.— 4.  φ.  εΙς..., 
to  liaee  recourse  to...,  take  refuge  in..., 
Eur.  Hipp.  1076.  —  5.  c.  inf.,  to  shun 
or  be  shu  of  doiiig,  shrink  from  doing. 
Hill.  4,  70,"  Plat.  Apol.  20  A:— absoi., 
in  same  signf.  to  fear,  flmrh.  Soph. 
Ant.  580:  — the  inf  oft.  has  a  seem- 
ingly pleonast.  //;)  put  with  it,  like 
all  verbs  containing  or  implying  a 
negation,  as  in  Soph.  Ant.  203,  cf 
Heind.  Plat.  Farm.  147  A.  Sojjh. 
235  B. — II.  c.  ace.  to  flee.  i.  e.  to  flee 
from,  shuji,  ai'oid,  φενγειν  τιΐ'ά. 
Horn. ;  so,  φ.  τινά  έκ  μάχης.  Hdt.  7, 
104  ;  also  φ.  τι,  as  φ.  θάνατον,  ϋλε- 
θρον,  ττύλεμον,  κακόν.  II.  6,  488  ;  22, 
219,  Od.  9,  455,  etc  ;  ένθ'  άλλοι  μεν 
πάντες  όσοι  φύγον  αίπνν  δλεθρον,  οί- 
κοι έσαν  πό'/.εμόν  τε  πεφενγοτίς  ήδέ 
θάλασσαν.  Oil.  1,  11  ;  so,  φ.  όνειδος, 
άμαχανίαν,  Pintl.  Ο.  6,  152.  Ρ.  9,  103  ; 
τάν  Αιός  μήτιν,  Aesch.  Pr.  907; 
όσμήν.-,μη  i^a?-fj,  πεφενγότες.  Soph. 
Ant.  412;  φν)?/  φενγειν  γί/ρας.  Plat. 
Symp.  195  Β;  etc.:  —  also  c.  ace. 
pers.  et  rei,  in  the  phrase  -οΙόν  σε 
έπος  φνγεν  έρκος  οδόντων;  II.  4, 
350,  Od.  1,  64,  etc. :  — metaph.  of  all 
rapid  movement,  ήνίοχον  φνγον  ήνί.α. 
the  reins  escaped  from  his  hands.  II. 
23,  405,  cf.  Od.  10,  131.— 2.  the  part, 
pf  pass,  also  retains  the  ace.  in  Horn., 
πεφυγμένος  μοίραν,  όλεθρον,  II.  6, 
488,  Od.  9,  455:  only  in  Od.  1,  18,  c. 
gen.,    πεφυγμένος    άέθλων,    escaped 


ΦΕΩΣ 

from  toils,  where  the  gen.  is  to  be 
explained  from  the  notion  of  release, 
Nitzsch  I.  c. — Hom.  joins  this  part,  al- 
ways with  eiuoi  or  γενέσθαι,  aiK\  then 
uses  it  much  like  the  pf  act.  πίοίν- 
γα. — 3.  in  Att.  also  φεν)ειν  is  some- 
times found  c.  gen.  pro  ace.  as  in 
Soph.  Phil.  1044,  cf  Schaf.  Schol. 
Ap.  Rh.  4,  80. — III.  to  flee  one's  coun- 
try for  a  crime,  II.  9,  478,  Od.  13, 
259  :  φ.  νπό  τίνος,  to  be  banished  by 
him,  Hdt.  4,  125;  5,  30;  φ.  νπό  τον 
δ'ημον,  Xen.  Hell.  1,  1,  27;  so,  φ. 
τινά,  Hdt.  5,  02:  hence,  to  go  into 
exile,  live  in  banishment,  Lat.  exulare, 
Hdt.  0,  103,  and  Plat.;  φ.  πατρίδα, 
for  the  more  usu.  έκ  πατρίδος,  Od. 
15,  228,  Xen.  Cyr.  3,  1,  24,  cf  Valck. 
Phoen.  1584;  φ.  άειΦν)ίαν,  to  be 
banished  for  life.  Plat.  Lcgg.  871  D, 
877  C,  881  B.— IV.  as  Att.  law-term, 
to  be  accused  or  prosecuted  at  law . 
hence,  ό  φνγών,  the  accused,  defendant, 
Lat.  reus,  ό  όιώκωΐ',  the  accuser,  pros- 
ecutor. Plat.  Rep.  405  B;  c.  ace,  φ. 
γραφ>'/ν  or  δί.κιγν,  to  be  put  on  o^^e's 
trial  for  something,  Ar.  Eq.  442,  Plat. 
Apol.  19  C,  etc. ;  the  crime  being 
usu.  added  in  gen.,  φ.  φόνου  (sc. 
δ'ίκην),  to  be  charged  with  munter, 
Lys.  118,  43,  Lycurg.  106,  40,  (the 
same  is  φ.  έφ'  α'ίματι,  Valck.  Hipp. 
35);  so,  φ.  δειλίας,  Ar.  Ach.  1129: 
φεύγει  δίκ7]ν  νπ'  έμον,  he  is  accused 
by  me,  Dem.  1184.  fin. :— but  in  Hdt. 
7,  214,  αΐτίην  φ.  has  still  the  orig. 
signf,  to  flee  from  a  charge,  φάι  one's 
country  on  account  of  a  charge  or 
crime.  (The  root,  is  strictly  ΦΤΓ-, 
as  in  aor.  φνγείν,  φν}7),  φνξις,  Lai. 
fuga.  fi'gio :  perh.  akin  to  Sanscr. 
biruj  inflectere,  our  budge.  —  Akin 
to  φενγω  are  φέβομαΐ,  φόβος,  φο• 
βέω.) 

Φενζω.  f.  -ξω,  to  cry  φευ,  cry  leoe, 
wail,  τι  ταντ'  εφενξας,  Aesch.  Ag. 
1308.  (From  φεϋ,  as  οίμώζω  from 
οιμοι,  οΐζω  from  οι,  etc.) 

Φενκταϊος,  a,  ov,  {φεύγω)  =  άπο- 
τρόπαφς. 

Φενκτέος,  α,  ον,  verb,  adj.,  to  be 
avoided,  shunned.  —  Π.  φενκτέον,  one 
mii.'<t  flee,  Eur.  Hel.  860,  Ar.  Av. 
392 :  tc.  ace.,  Xen.  Mem.  2,  6,  4. 

Φενκτιάω,  ώ.  desiderat.  from  φεν- 
γω, to  wish  to  flee,  Arist.  ap.  Schol. 
11.16,283. 

Φενκτικύς,    ή,    όν,   fugitive,    Lat. 

Φίνκτός,  ?;,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from  φεύ- 
γω, fled  from,  shun7ied,  avoided:  to  be 
shunned  or  avoided  :  that  can  he  e.tcaped 
or  avoided,  ov  φ.,  inevitable.  Soph.  Aj 
224  ;  cf  the  pool,  φνκτός. 

Φενξείω,  =  φενκτιάω,  Herm.  Eur. 
Η.  F.  627. 

Φινξίάω,  ώ,  dub.  for  foreg.,  Piers. 
Moer.  14. 

ΦεύξιμοΓ,  ov,  =  φνξιμος,  τόπος, 
Polyb.  13,  6,  9.^ 

Φεϋξις,  εως,  η,=  φνξις,  Soph.  Ant. 
362. 

Φενξομαι,  fut.  of  φεύγω  :  but 
φενξω,  of  φενζω. 

Φ.'ΐ/'ΰλοΓ,  ου,  ύ,  Ar.  Ach.  278.  008, 
Vesp.  227 ;  also  φε/φάλνξ,  νγος,  ό, 
Archil.  61,  Ar.  Lys.  107:  —  a  spark, 
piece  of  the  embers  or  hot  ashes  :  hence 
proverb.,  ονδέ  φε'ψάλνξ,  Ar.  Lys.  1.  c. 
Hence 

Φετρά7^όω,  ύ.  to  reduce  to  ashes,  to 
burn  up.  Aesch.  Pr.  303. 

Φειρά?,νξ,  νγος,  ό,  poet,  for  φέφα- 
λος,  q.  v.  ' 

Φέ-φελης,  ov,  δ,  Ton.  for  φέιΐιαλος- 

ΦΕ'$2Σ,  ω,  ό,  a  prickly  plant,  Lat. 
pheos,  elsewh.  also  στοίβη,  poterium 
spinosum,  Liiin.,  Theophr. 


ΦΗΜΗ 

Φή,  Ion.  for  εφη,  3  sing.  impf.  from  ' 
(Ρημί,  Horn. 

Φ^  for  φησί,  enclit.,  Anacr.  Fr.  38, 

I.  I 
Φ^  or  Φή,ζ=ώς,  as.  like  as,  read  by  [ 

Zenodotus  in  II.  2,  144  ;  14,  499,  and 
said  to  be  used  by  later  Ep.  poets,  as 
Antiin.,  and  Callim. :  on  this  autho- 
rity Herm.,  with  great  probability, 
reads  φή  βα,  for  όή  βα,  in  Η.  Horn. 
Merc.  241. — On  its  deriv.,  and  con- 
nexion with  ?;,  -αή,  rij,  v.  Buttm. 
Le.xil.  s.  V. 

^Φήγαια,  ας,  ή,  Phegaea,  a  city  of 
Arcadia,  late  Yij0tc,  q.  v. 

^Φηγεύς,  έως  Ep.  τ/ος,  6.  Phegeus, 
son  of  Dares,  priest  of  Vulcan  in 
Troy,  II.  5,  11.— 2.  a  king  of  Psophis 
in  Arcadia,  father  of  Arsinoe  and 
Agenor,  Hdt.  9,  26;  Apollod.  3,7,  5. 

Φ>1}ίνέθ€,  a,  ov,  contr.  φηγινοϋς,=^ 
sq.,  Anth.  P.  6,  33. 

ΦΖ/γινος,  η,  ov,  {Φηγός)  oaken,  II.  5, 
838. 

Φψ/Ινονς,^,οΰν,  contr.  for  φηγινέος. 

Φηγός,  οϋ,  ή,  a  kind  of  oak,  bearing 
an  esculent  acorn  (Theophr.  H.  PI. 
3,  8,  2),  peril,  quercus  esculus,  Linn, 
(not  the  hat.  fagus,  our  beech,  though 
the  names  are  identical, — for  the 
fruit  is  of  a  different  shape),  freq.  in 

II.  (not  in  Od.),  and  in  Hes.  Fr.  18  ; 
39,  7  :  Soph,  calls  the  oak  of  Dodona 
Tj  τ:α?.αια  φ.,  Tr.  171  ;  but  όρνς,  lb. 
1168. — II.  the  esculent  fruit  of  the  same 
tree,  Ar.  Pac.  1137,  Plat.  Rep.  372  C. 
(Perh.  from  φαγεΐν?) 

Φηγότενκτος,  ov,  {τενχω)  made  of 
the  tree  φηγός.  Lye.  1432. 

ίΦηγοΰς,  οΐ-ντος, ό, (φηγός) Phegus, 
an  Attic  deme  of  the  tribe  Erechthe'is; 
hence  Φηγονσιος,  a,  ov,  of  Phegus, 
Phegusian,  Andoc.  9,  25. 

Φηγών,  ώνος,  ό,  a  place  where  the 
tree  φηγός  grows  abundantly,  an  oak- 
grove  or  forest,  Lat.  esculetum. 

Φλ/ί/,  Ep.  for  φϊ),  3  sing.  subj.  pres. 
act.  from  φημί,  Od. 

Φηλέω,  susp.,  and  φιι?.ηκίζω,=  φη- 
?.όω. 

Φήληξ,  ηκος,  6,  a  wild  fig,  which 
seems  ripe  when  it  is  not  really  so, 
Ar.  Pac.  1165,  cf  Soph.  Fr.  792. 
(Prob.  from  φΐ]λός,  deceitful.) 

Φι/'/.ητενω,  to  cheat,  deceive,  H.  Hom. 
Merc   159  :  from 

Φη7.ητής,  ov,  or  φη'Κήτης,  ov,  b, 
(φη/.ός) : — a  cheat,  knave,  thief,  φώτες 
φηληταί,  Η.  Hom.  Merc.  67.  446  ; 
άντ/ρ  φ..  Aesch.  Cho.  1001,  Soph.  Fr. 
671  ;  'Έρμης  φη/.ητών  ύναξ,  Eur. 
Rhes.  217  :  in  Hes.  Op.  373,  Spohn 
and  Gbttl.  write  φιλήτης,  cf.  Jac. 
Anth.  P.  p.  122. 

ΦΗΛΟ'Σ,  ή,  όν,  οτ  φηλος,ον,  de- 
ceitful, knavish,  delusive,  v.  1.  Menand. 
p.  15.  (Prob.  akin  to  σφάλλω,  σόη- 
λαι,  and  Lat. /α//ο.)     Hence 

Φ?/λόω,  ώ,  to  cheat,  deceive,  έό7/?.ωσε 
φρένας,  Aesch.  Ag.  492 ;  γ'λώσααίς 
φη7.ονμενηι,  Eur.  Supp.  243;  cf  Lvc. 
785,  Ap.  Kh.  3,  983,  Meineke  Menand. 
p.  15.     Hence 

Φή/.ωμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  deceit,  decep- 
tion, cheat,  Antipho  ap.  Schol.  Ar. 
Pac.  1165:  and 

Φή?.ωσις,  εως,  ή,  a  deceiving,  cheat- 
i"g- 

Φήμα,  ατός,  τό,  (φημί)  that  which  is 
said,  a  word,  Hesych. 

Φήμη,  ης,  η.  Dor.  φάμα,  whence 
Lat. /amn  ;  (φημί) : — strictly,  like  όμ- 
φ?'/,  a  voice  from  heaven,  an  ominous  or 
prophetic  voice,  χαίρε  όε  φήμη  Όόνσ- 
σήος  φίλος  νιος,  Od.  2,  35,  ubi  v. 
Schol.  ;  so,  when  Ulysses  prays  to 
Jupiter,  φήμην  τίςμοι  φάσβω.  etc.,  he 
is  answered  by  a  voice  from  within, 
101 


ΦΗΜΙ 

Od.  2,  100-121 ;  20,  100,  105  :  an  ora-  I 
cle,  είτε  τον  θεών  φήμην  άκουσας  εΐτ' 
άττ'  ανδρός,  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  43,  cf.  86,  ι 
475,  etc.  ;  φήμη  ονείρου,  an  augury  , 
from  a  dream,  Hdt.  1,  43 ;  cf  3,  153,  , 
etc. ;  μάντεων  φήμαι,  Eur.  Hipp.  1056, 
cf.  Ion  180 ;  όήμας  τε  και  μαντείας. 
Plat.  Phaed.'  Ill  C,  etc.  :  cf  φύτος, 
κΑηδών. — II.  any  voice  or  words,  a 
speech,  saying,  Aesch.  Ag.  938,  Cho. 
1045,  etc.  ;  λόγων  φήμη,  a  poet, 
periphr.  for  Άόγοί,  Soph.  Phil.  840  . 
also,  a  song,  Aesch.  Supp.  696  : — esp., 
— 2.  a  common  saying,  Aesch.  Supp. 
760  :  an  old  tradition  or  legend,  ττο/ιαΐ 
φήμαι,  Eur.  El.  701,  cf  Plat.  Phil. 
16  C,  Legg.  713  C,  etc.— 3.  like  Lat. 
fama,  a  rumour,  report,  Hes.  Op.  759, 
761,  Hdt.  1,  31.  and  Att.  ;  τίν'  έχων 
φήμην  άγαθήν  ήκεις ;  Ar.  Eq.  1319  ; 
φήμης  υποδεέστερα,  i.  e.  exaggerated, 
Thuc.  1,11  : — hence,  a  man's  good  or 
bad  report,  his  fame,  reputation,  charac- 
ter, ύγαβαΐ  ς)άμαι,Ρίηά.  0.7, 18 ;  φήμην 
προςποιεΐσθαι.  Aeschin.  50,  26. — 4.  a 
message,  Aesch.  Cho.  741,  Soph.  El. 
1109,  cf  Wyit.  ad  Jul.  p.  150,  sq. 

ΦΗΜΓ,  φής  (not  φτ/ς  or  φής),  φησί, 
etc.,  inf  φύναί,  part,  φάς,  φάσα,  φάν, 
imperat.  φάθι  or  φαθί  (Schol.  Ar.  Eq. 
23):  impf.  έόην  :  fut.  φήσω  :  aor.  1 
έφησα.  Of  the  mid.,  we  have  inf 
and  part.  pres.  φάσθαι,  φύμενος,  the 
latter  also  in  Att. ;  impf  έφάμην  ;  fut. 
φήσομαι.  Dor.  φάσομαι,  Pind.  N.  9, 
102  ; — from  pass,  some  forms  of  the 
pf,  as  part,  πεφασμένος,  II.  14,  127; 
imperat.  πεφύσθω  :  verb.  adj.  φατός, 
φατέος,  φατειός.  The  impf  εφην  is 
used  just  like  an  aorist,=  fZ7rov  .•  and 
the  inf  φάναι  was  so  generally  re- 
ferred to  έφην  in  an  aorist  sense,  that 
?.έγειν  or  φύσκειν  are  used  instead  of 
the  inf  pres. :  the  same  holds  good 
of  the  impf  mid.,  with  the  inf  and 
part.  pres.  The  root  *ε~ω  supplies 
the  common  aor.  form  είπον,  as  well 
as  the  more  Ion.  είπα,  v.  sub  εΙπον  : 
and  the  root  *Λεω  gives  the  pf  είρη- 
κα,  pf  pass,  ειρημαι,  aor.  pass,  εββή- 
θην  and  έ^βέθτμ;  un-Att.  είρήθην  and 
είρέθην,  fut.  pass,  είρήσομαι :  while 
εμώ.  Ion.  έρέω,ίτονη  poet.  pres.  είρω, 
is  the  usu.  fut.  act.-^In  Horn.,  we 
have  to  remark  1  pi.  opt.  pres.  φαΐμεν 
for  φαίημεν,  II.  2,  81  ;  3  sing.  subj. 
φή-η  for  φτ),  Od.  11,  128;  sing,  impf 
Οήν  for  έφην,  φής  for  έφης.  φή  for 
έφη,  and  3  pi.  έφαν,  φάν  very  freq.  for 
εόασαν,  which  however  also  occurs; 
imperat.  mid.  φάο  for  φάσο,  Od.  16, 
168,  etc. 

Φημί  belongs  to  the  root  ΦΑΏ, 
whence  come  also  φαίνω,  φάος,  etc.: 
for  the  common  radic.  signf.  is  that 
of  bringing  to  light,  making  known,  and 
hence  many  forms  of  the  pf  pass,  of 
φημί  are  identical  with  those  of  φαί- 
νω. Ήμί  is  a  shortd.  form  of  φημί, 
and  όάσκω  a  synon.  collat.  form. — 
The  pres.  indie,  φημί  is  enclitic,  ex- 
cept in  2  pers.  φής. 

Radic.  signf:  to  declare,  make  known ; 
and  so,  to  say,  speak,  tell,  both  absol. 
and  c.  ace,  very  freq.  from  Hom. 
downwds.  :  φάτο  μνθον,  άγγε'/ύην, 
freq.  in  Hom.  ;  έπος  φάσθαι,  11.  9, 
100;  11,  788: — hence,  like  φάσκειν, 
to  say  (as  one's  belief),  i.  e.  to  think, 
φή  γαρ  oy'  αίρήσειν  Πριάμου  ποΜν, 
11.  2,  37  ;  φαίης  κε  ζάκοτόν  τέ  τιν' 
έμμεναι  άφρονα  τε,  you  would  say  he 
was..,  3,  220;  τί  φτις ;  or  πώςφ•ής; 
how  say  you  ?  i.  e.  can  you  really 
mean  what  you  say  ? — an  e.tpression 
of  astonishment,  Valck.  Phoen.  923  : 
Ισον  έμοί  όάσβαι,  to  say  he  is  (i.  e. 
fancy  himself)  equal  to  me,  11. 1, 187; 


ΦΗΜΙ 

15,  167;  μη. .φάθι  ?.εύσσειν,  think  noc 
that  you  see,  Theocr.  22,  50 :— but 
these  signfs.  of  thinking  and  saying 
run  continually  into  one  another,  so 
that  they  cannot  be  distinguished  ; 
nor  need  they,  cf  /,όγος  A  and  B. — 
The  mid.  has  all  the*e  signfs.  as  well 
as  the  act. — II.  special  phrases  : — 1. 
φησί  and  φασί  are  freq.,  esp.  in  prose, 
put  in  parenthetically,  like  our  they 
say,  it  is  said,  French  ou  dit,  Dem. 
050,  13 ;  cf  Schaf  Dion.  Comp.  p. 
29 :  just  so  in  Lat.  inquit  and  ait, 
Gronov.  Liv.  34,  3,  Bentl.  Hor.  Sat. 
1,  4,  79  : — esp.,  in  urging  an  objec- 
tion or  counter-argument,  v.  Interpp. 
Pers.  Sat.  1,  40. — 2.  φησί  and  εψη 
are  also  freq.  repeated  alter  /.έγει  or 
ύπεν,  somewhat  like  our  vulgarism, 
'  he  said,  says  he..,'  Heind.  Plat. 
Charm.  1C4  E,  cf  Xen.  Mem.  1,  6, 
4  ;  so  Lat.  ait.  etc.,  AVolf  Suet.  Caes. 
32. — 3.  φημί  is  sometimes  joined  with 
a  synon.  verb,  e.  g.,  εφηλέγων,  έλεγε 
φάς,  etc.,  Hdt.  3,  150  ;  5,  36,  etc.,  and 
not  seldom  in  Att. — This  verb  usu. 
goes  before  its  subject,  έφην  έγώ, 
έφη  ό  Σωκράτης,  said  I,  etc.,  but  the 
order  is  sometimes  inverted,  έγώ 
έφην,  ό  Σωκράτης  έφη,  Ι  said,  etc., 
as  is  shown  by  Bornem.  Xen.  Symp. 
3,  7.  against  Heind.  Cic.  N.  D.  1,  7, 
16 :  the  same  holds  οίείπεν,  Bornem. 
Xen.  Symp.  3,  8. — 4.  έφη  is  also  used 
impers.  c.  ace.  et  inf,  it  is  said  that.., 
Xen.  An.  1,  6,  6  ;  like  Lat.  ait,  inquit. 
— III.  in  a  more  definite  signf,  like 
κατάφημι,  to  say  yes,  affirm,  assert, 
maintain,  a.^svre,  in  Horn.,  as  well  as 
Att.,  Seidl.  Eur.  El.  33  ;  και  φημί 
κάπόφημι.  Soph.  Ο.  C.  317  ;  φάναι 
τε  και  άπαρνεϊσθαι,  Plat.  Theaet. 
165  A  ;  c.  irit.,  φ7}ς  ή  καταρνεΐ  μη  δε- 
δρακέναι  τόιδε.  Soph.  Ant.  442  : — on 
the  other  hand,  ου  φημι  or  φημί  ονχ'ι, 
to  say  no,  deny,  refuse,  c.  acc.  et  inf, 
Hdt.  1,  19;  2,  63,  etc.,  Aesch.  Eum. 
221,  etc. — In  this  definite  signf  the 
Att.,  besides  pres.,  mostly  use  fut.  φή- 
σω and  aor.  έφησα,  but  in  impf  and 
inf  and  part,  pre^.,  to  avoid  ambigu- 
ity, they  prefer  φάσκειν,  όύσκων  (the 
other  forms  of  which  are  foreign  to 
prose),  and  the  mid.  φάσθαι,  φάμίνος: 
there  was  usu.  a  distinction  between 
φάναι  and  φάσκειν,  e.  g.  έφη  σπονδά- 
ζειν,  he  said  he  ivas  in  haste,  έόασκε 
σπονδάζειν,  he  alleged  he  was  in  haste ; 
hence,  φάσκων,  maintaining,  affirming, 
oi)  φάμενος,  denying :  yet  we  find 
also  έφη  in  this  signf,  Xen.  An.  1,  6, 
7. — 2.  in  Plato's  dialogue  we  oft. 
have  φάθι  τ}  μή,  say  yes  or  no,  yes  or 
no  ? — answered  by  φημί,  yes,  or  ov 
φημι,  no,  Stallb.  Gorg.  500  D  ;  so, 
ovK  έφη,  he  said  no.  Id.  Phaed.  117 
E,  etc. — IV'.  to  bid,  order,  c.  acC.  et 
inf.,  Pind.  iS.  3,  49.  [a,  except  in 
φάσι,  and  in  masc.  and  fem.  part. 
O'if,  φάσα:  in  inf.  φάναι  ά  always, 
— for  in  Eubul.  Incert.  1,11,  φάναι 
is  no  doubt  corrupt,  and  cannot  be 
defended  (at  least  not  in  comic  dia- 
logue) by  the  example  of  τεθνάναι 
for  τεθνάναι,  cf  Meineke  1.  c]  (Φημί, 
φάναι  is  the  Lat.  fari,  Saner,  bha-sh, 
and  is  akin  to  βάζω.) 

Φημίζω  :  f  -ίσω  Att.  -ΐώ.  Dor.  -ίξω 
(φήμη)  '■ — to  speak,  utter,  φήμη  ov  τις 
πάμπαν  άπό/ι/.νται,  ην  τίνα  πολλοί 
λαοί  φημίξωσι,  Hes.  Op.  762  ;  ή  και 
λοξίας  έφήμισε,  Aesch.  Cho.  '  558  ; 
όνομα  φ..  Ορρ.  Η.  5,  476  : — to  promise,, 
τινί  τι,  Eur.  Ι.  Α.  1356 : — in  mid.,  to 
express  in  words,  συντόμως  έόημίσω, 
Aesch.  Ag.  629. 

^ΦήμιΟΓ,  ov,  ό,  Phemius.  a  famous 
singer  in  Ithaca,  Od.  17,  263. 
1601 


ΦΘΑΝ 

Φήμις,  ιος,  ή,  poet,  for  φήμη,  speech, 
talk,  discourse,  11.  10,  207  :  esp.,  report, 
one's  good  or  bad  report,  fame,  name, 
reputation,  Od.  6,  273  ;  24,  201  ;  δή- 
μοιο  φ7]μίς,  the  voice  or  judgment  of 
the  people,  Od.  Ifi,  75 ;  so,  in  ίς  βώ- 
κον  πρόμο'λον  δί/μυώ  τε  φί/μιν,  Od. 
15,  408,  the  words  δήμοίο  φι/μις  may 
be  merely  the  talking  of  the  people, 
i.  e.  the  buzz  and  noise  of  the  people 
in  the  assembly,  though  it  is  usually 
taken  to  mean  the  place  of  asseiribly  it- 
self, which  in  Od.  2,  150  is  called 
άγορή  πο/.νφημος.  In  Hdt.  1,  43  ;  3, 
153  the  reading  varies  between  φήμ7/ 
and  φήμις. 

Φημισμός,  οϋ,  ό,  {φημίζω)=φήμη, 
Suid. 

iΦημovόη,  ης,  ή,  Phemonot,  daugh- 
ter of  Apollo,  the  first  priestess  at 
Delphi,  Strab.  p.  419. 

Φ;/ΐ',  Ion.  for  εφην,  impf  from  φημί, 
Horn. 

Φήναι,  inf  aor.  1  oi  φαίνω,  Od. 

^ijveu,  3  sing.  opt.  aor.  1  of  ώαίνο), 
Od. 

Φήνη,  ης.  ή,  the  osprey  or  sea-eagle 
{ossifraga,  Plin.).  Od.  3."372  ;  16,  217, 
Ar.  Av.  304,  Arist.  H.  A.  9,  34,  2. 

tΦλ;^'ώ,  οϋς,  ή,  Pheno,  daughter  of 
Clytius  of  Athens,  Paus.  2,  6,  5. 

ΦΗ'Ρ,  ό,  gen.  φημός,  Aeol.  for  θήρ, 
hence  Lat. /era;  esp.  in  plur.  Φ/}ρ{τ, 
of  the  Centaurs,  II.  1,  268  ;  2,  743  ;  in 
sing.,  Pind.  P.  3,  8 ;  4,  2il  :~later 
also  of  the  Srtyrs. 

\Φηραί,  ύν,  αί,^^Φαραί. 

iΦr/paίa,  ας,  ή,  Pheraea,  a  city  of 
Arcadia,  Strab.  p.  357. 

Φήρεα,  τά,  a  swelling  of  the  parotid 
glands,  so  as  to  be  like  the  budding 
horns  of  Satyrs  (Φηρες),  Foes.  Oec. 
Hipp. 

ίΦηρητιύδης,  ov  Ep.  ao,  ό,=  Φερη- 
-rtiid)?!:,  Jl.  2,703. 

Φηρομΰνής,  ες,  gen.  έος,  (ψηρ,  μαί- 
<ν<ψ.αί) '■ — game-mad,  madly  fond  of 
.game  or  loild  animals,  epilh.  of  Bac- 
chus, Anth.  P.  9,  524. 

Φ?;^ ,  2  sing,  from  φημί :  but  φής  for 
ίφης  2  impf.,  both  in  Horn. 

Φήσθα,  Ep.  for  εφησΟα,  ίφης,  2  sing, 
impf  from  φημί,  Horn. 

ΪΦηστοι,  uv,  oi,  Ftsti,  a  city  of 
Latium,  Strab.  p.  230. 

Φητιύλεις,  οί,=φετιάλεις,  q.  v. 

Φήτρη,  ή.  Ion.  for  φύτρα,  v.  φρά- 
τρα. 

Φθαίρο),  Dor.  for  φθείρω,  Valck. 
Hdt.  5,  50. 

Φθύν,  Ep.  for  έφθασαν,  3  pi.  aor.  2 
oi  φθάνω,  11.  11,  51. 

ΦΘΑ'ΝΩ,  fut.  φθήσομαι,  II.  23, 
444,  Thuc.  5,  10,  later  also  φθάσω  : 
aor.  εφθ7]ν,  oft.  in  Horn.,  Ep.  3  pi. 
φθύν  for  έφθασαν,  II.  11,  51  ;  inf  φϋι}- 
vai,  part,  φθύς,  subj.  φθώ,  Ep.  3  sing. 
φθή?)  and  φθί/σιν,  II.  16,  8G1  ;  23, 
805;  Ep.  1  pl.  φθέωμεν,3ρ\.  φθέωσιν, 
Od.  16,  383  ;  24,  437,  opt.  φθαίην,  II. ; 
more  rarely  Ep.  3  sing,  παραώθαίησί, 
11.  10,  346  :  post-Hom.  aor.  1  εφθύσα  : 
— Ep.  part.  aor.  mid.  φθάμενος,  Ilom. : 
pf.  εφθακα.  Dor.  fut.  ψθύξω.  Dor. 
aor.  εφθαξα,  fTheocr.  2,  ]15t:— an 
inf  aor.  pass,  φθασθήναι,  not  φθαθή- 
vai,  occurs  in  Dion.  H.,  of.  Lob.  Pa- 
ral.  46. 

To  come  or  do  before  another,  to  be 
beforehand  with,  overtake,  outstrip,  an- 
ticipate, in  running  or  otherwise,  Lat. 
praevenire,  φθάνει  δέ  τε  και  τυν  άγον- 
τα, II.  21,  262  ;  cf  Has.  Op.  552,  568, 
Hdt.  7,  161,  Valck.  Phoen.  982  ;  εφθη- 
σαν  τον  χειμώνα,  they  aiiticipated  the 
storm,  Hdt.  7,  138. — 2.  absol.,  to  come 
first,  τοϋ  φθάσαντος  αρπαγή,  the  prey 
of  the  first  comer,  Aesch.  Pers.  752  ; 
.1602 


ΦΘΑΝ 

φθ.  εις  την  πό?.ιν,  Xen.  Cyr.  5,  4,  7. 
— 3.  the  action  in  which  one  outstrips 
another  is  expressed  by  the  part, 
agreeing  with  the  subject,  —  (Ate) 
πολλον  νπεκπρηθέει  φθάνει  δέ  τε 
τϊάσαν  επ'  α'ιαν  βλάπτυνσ'  ανθρώ- 
πους, and  is  beforehand  in  doing  men 
mischief,  II.  9,  506  ;  ΰ'λλ'  άρα  μιν 
φθή  Ύη'λεμαχος  κατόπισθε  βαλών, 
Telemachus  icas  beforehand  with  him 
in  strikhig,  Od.  22,  91,  cf  11.  10,  368, 
Od.  16,  383;  so,  freq.  in  Hdt.,  and 
Att.,  μόλις  φθάνει  θρόνοισιν  ίμπε- 
σονσα  μη  χαμαϊ  πεσείν.  Eur.  Med. 
1169,  cf.  Η.  F.  986:— folL  by  ττρίν ; 
εφθη  ορεξάμενος,  πριν  οντάσαι,  11. 
16,  322,  cf.  Xen.  Cyr.  3,  2,  4  ;  by  //, 
φθήσονται  τοντοισι  πόδες  και  γοννα 
καμύντα  η  νμίν,  11.  23,  444,  cf  Od. 
11,  58,  Hdt.  6,  108;  so  by  πριν  ή.., 
Hdt.  9,  70:  —  more  rarely  c.  part, 
pass.,  ή  κε  πολίι  φθαίη  πόλις  ά?ιθνσα, 
the  city  would  be  beforehand  in  being 
taken,  i.  e.  it  would  be  taken  first, 
,11.  13,  815:  so,  ει  κε  φθή-η  τνπείς, 
should  he  be  wounded  first,  II.  16, 
861,  cf  Hdt.  6,  108  :  sometimes  how- 
ever we  find  an  inf  instead  of  part., 
φθαίης  ετ'  εις  έκκλησίαν  έλθεΐν,  Ar. 
Eq.  935,  cf.  VVytt.  ad  Jul.  p.  181,  an- 
swering exactly  to  Lat.  occupare  c. 
inf  But,  generally,  our  idiom  re- 
verses the  phrase,  so  that  the  part, 
becomes  the  chief  verb,  and  φθύνειν 
is  rendered  by  an  adv.,  quicker,  sooner, 
first,  before,  beforehand,  etc.  (cf  'λαν- 
θάνω, τυγχάνω),  as,  he  struck  sooner 
or  first,  φθύν  κοσμηθέντες,  they  drew 
up  first  or  before  the  rest,  II.  11,  51  ; 
εφθην  αφικόμενος,  I  came  sooner  or 
first ;  φθάνω  εύεηγετώτν,  I  cm  the  first 
to  show  a  kindness,  etc. ;— just  in 
the  same  way,  Horn,  uses  the  part. 
aor.  mid.  φθύμενος,  like  an  adv.,  with 
another  principal  verb,  e.  g.  δς  μ' 
έβαλε  φθάμενθ€,  for  δς  μ'  εφθη  βα- 
λών, Π.  5,  119;  13,387,  cf  Od.  19, 
449  ;  and  in  later  writers,  esp.  Att., 
we  sometimes  find  part.  aor.  act.  in 
same  way,  as,  οϋκ  άλλος  φθάς  Ιμεν 
κατήγορος  έσται,  no  other  shall  be 
an  accuser  before  me,  Hdt.  3,  71 ; 
άνέωξύς  με  φθύσας,  you  opened  the 
door  before  me,  Ar.  Plut.  1102  ;  φθύ- 
σας προςπεσονμαι,  Thuc.  5,  9 : — still 
later,  we  have  the  pass.,  to  be  over- 
taken or  taken  by  surprise,  νπό  τίνος, 
Anth.  P.  9,  278.-4.  φθάνειν  with  ov 
and  part.,  followed  by  κηί  or  και 
ευθύς,  like  Lat.  simul  ac,  denotes  two 
actions  following  close  on  each  other 
or  happening  together,  ov  φθάνει  εξα- 
γόμενος και  ενθνς  δμυιός  εστί  τοις 
άκαθύρτοις,  no  sooner  is  he  brought 
out  than  he  becomes  unclean,  Xen. 
Ep.  5,  10 ;  ούκ  εφθη  μοι  σνμβάσα  ή 
ατυχία  και  ευθύς  έπεχείρησαΐ'  διαφο- 
ρήσαι  τάνδυθεν,  scarcely  or  no  sooner 
had  misfortune  befallen  me,  when.., 
Dem.  1073,  20,  cf  Mark!.  Eur.  Snpp. 
1219  ;  rarely  c.  inf,  Ar.  Nub.  1384, 
Thuc.  1,  33.  —  5.  in  questions  with 
ov,  φθάνω  denotes  impatience  to  have 
the  thing  one  asks  about  done,  and 
so  is  mostly  used  to  express  a  strong 
exhortation  or  urgent  command,  άπο• 
τρέχων  ουκ  uv  φθύνοις ;  make  haste 
and  run  oft'  be  ofi"  directly,  Ar.  Plut. 
1133;  είς  άγοραν  ιών  ουκ  άν  φθά- 
νοις ;  lb.  874  ;  ουκ  άν  φθάνοΐΓ  λέ- 
γων; Plat.  Symp.  185  Ε;  cf  Hdt. 
7,  162  ;  like  Lat.  quia  statim  in  ques- 
tions. In  a  like  signf ,  the  part,  φθά- 
σας  (like  άννσας)  is  used  with  im- 
perat.,  ?,έγε  φθάσας,  speak  quickly, 
τρέχε  φθάσας,  and  the  like :  some- 
times also  φθάσας  is  joined  with  an- 
other part,  dependent  on  it,  φθάσας 


ΦΘΕΙ 

άρπάσας,  Hdt.  6,  65. — 4.  in  answers 
with  ov  and  opt.  c.  uv,  ουκ  uv  φθύ- 
νοιμι,  1  could  not  be  too  quick,  i.  e.  I 
will  begin  directly,  Plat.  Symp.  214 
E,  cf  Phaed.  100  C,  Euthyd.  272  D. 
[a:  but  ά  of  pres.  in  Ep.,  as  11.  9, 
500;  21,  262;  later,  «  or  ά  to  suit 
the  verse,  Jac.  Anth.  P.  p.  884.] 

Φθέιρμα,  ατός,  τό,  (φθείρω)  that 
which  IS  corrupted :  an  outcast,  castaway, 
Joseph. 

Φθαρτικός,  ή,  όν,  {φθείρω)  perni- 
cious, deadly,  Def  Plat.  416  B,  Arist. 
Eth.  N.  6,  5,  6. 

Φθαρτός,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from 
φθείρω,  corruptible,  destructible,  perish- 
able, opp.  to  άίδιος,  Arist.  An.  Post. 
1,  8,  2,  etc. 

ΦΟαηΊω,=  φθάνω,  Hesych.,  cf  κα- 
ταφθατοϋμαι. 

^  ΦΘΕΤΓΟΜΑΙ,  f.  -ξομαι:  aor. 
εφθεγξάμην,  dep.  mid. : — to  utter  a 
Dound  or  voice,  esp.  to  speak  loud  and 
clear,  cry  or  shout  aloud,  freq.  in  Horn. 
(but  only  of  the  human  voice),  Hdt., 
etc. ;  φθ.  ψωντι  άνθρωπηί/),  Hdt.  2, 
57  ;  άπό  γλώσσης,  δια  στόματος  φ9., 
Pind.  Ο.  6,  21,  Fr.  238  ;  ]'φυχής  φθεγ- 
ξαμένης  άίων,  Xenophan.6,  5  Bgk.f: 
— also  of  Ά  weak,  small  voice,  όλίγτ^ 
όπ\  φθεγξάμενος,  Od.  14,  492  ;  τυτ- 
θον  φθεγξαμένη,  11.  24,  170: — also  of 
vowels,  etc.,  to  sound  so  and  so.  Plat. 
Crat.  394  C  ;  also  of  the  cries  of  ani- 
mals, e.  g.  of  a  horse,  to  neigh,  whinny, 
Hdt.  3,  84,  85  ;  an  eagle,  to  scream, 
Xen.  An.  6,  1,  23;  of  a  fawn,  to  cry, 
Theocr.  13,  62;  of  a  door,  to  creak, 
Ar.  Plut.  1099  ;  of  thunder,  Xen.  Cyr. 
7, 1, 3;  so  also  of  musical  instruments. 
Id.  An.  4,  2,  7;  5,  2,  14:  φθ.  παλά- 
μαις,  to  clap  with  the  hands,  Jac. 
Anth.  P.  p.  580. — 2.=  όνομάζειν,  to 
name,  call  by  name,  Plat.  Kep.  527  A, 
Phil.  34  A,  etc.,  cf  Heind.  Theaet. 
157  B. — 3.  TO  φθεγγόμενον^=φθι)γγος, 
Hdt.  8,  65. — II.  c.  ace.  cognato,  to  itt 
ter  or  say  a  thing,  ώθ.  έπος,  to  utter, 
Hdt,  5,  106;  7,  103;  of^j/zoi'f  κα) 
γόους  ανωφελείς,  Aesch.  Pr.  34  ;  καό 
pin,  Soph.  Phil.  862 ;  αράς,  Eur. 
Phoen.  475  ;  βοήν.  Id.  I.  T.  1385  ;  cf. 
Plat.  Phil.  49  B,  etc.— III.  c.  ace.  pers., 
to  praise,  sing  or  celebrate  one  aloud, 
Pind.  O.  1,59. — No  act.  form  φθέγγω 
occurs.  (Φθέγγομαι  is  prob.  cunnecl- 
ed  with  φέγγος,  as  φημί  with  φαίνω, 
φάος.)     Hence 

Φθεγγώδης,  ες,  (είδος)  like  a  voice., 
loud,  noisy  or  notorious,  Foes.  Oec, 
Hipp. 

Φθεγκτός,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from 
ώθέγγομαι,  sounding;  vocal,  Plut.  j2, 
1017  E. 

Φθέγμα,  ατός,  τό,  (φθέγγομαι) : — ί» 
voice,  Pind.  P.  8,  42,  Aesch.  Pr.  588, 
etc.,  and  in  prose,  as  Plat.  Rep.  616 
A  :  periphr.,  ώ  φθέγμ'  αναιδές,  for  ώ 
φθεγξάμενε  αναιδή.  Soph.  Ο.  C.  863, 
cf.  Aj.  14,  El.  1225  : — language,  speech, 
Soph.  Ant.  354  : — a  saying,  word,  Id. 
O.  C.  1177;  and  in  plur.,  accents, 
words,  and  of  birds,  cries.  Soph.  El. 
18,  Eur.  Hel.  747  :  generally,  a  sound, 
βροντάς  φθ.,  Pind.  P.  4,  351  ;  φθ.  θν- 
είαο,  Ar.  Pac.  235  :  of  musical  sounds. 
Plat  Legg.  812  D.     Hence 

Φθεγματικός,  ή,  όν,  sounding.  Max. 

Φθεγξις,  εως,  7),  (φθέγγομαι)  speech, 
■utterance,  Hipp.  ;  v.  Foes.  Oecon. 

Φθείομεν,  Ep.  for  φθώμεν,  1  plur. 
sul>j.  aor.  2  act.  oi  (βάνω. 

ΦΘΕΙ'Ρ,  ό,  later  (but  less  Att.)  ή. 
Lob.  Phryn.  307:  gen.  φθειρός: — a 
louse,  Lat.  pediculus,  Hdt.  2,  37  ;  4, 
168,  and  freq.  in  Ar. :  proverb.,  προς 
φθείρα  κε'φασθαι,  i.  e.  to  be  close 


ΦΘΕΡ 

shaven,  Meineke  Eubul.  Dol.  3. — II. 
a  sea-fish  that  sticks  on  other  fishes, 
Arist.  H.  A.  4,  10,  4;  5,  31,  8.— 111. 
the  small  friut  of  a  kind  of  pine,  cf. 
όθειραποιός. 

Φθΐΐριάζω,=<1ιθεφιύω,  dub. 

Φϋείρίάσίς,  εως,  ή,  the  lousy  disease, 
Lat.  morbus pedicularis,  Plut.  Sull.  36  ; 
cf.  Arist.  H.  A.  5,  31,3:  from 

Φθείβΐάω,  ώ,  f.  -άσω  [ώ],  (φθείρ)  to 
have  lice:  esp..  to  have  the  morbus  pe- 
dicularis, Diog.  L.,  Plut.  Sull.  36,  etc. 

Φθείριζάω,  u,=  sq.,  very  dub. 

Φθειρίζομαι,  {φθείρ)  pass.,  to  pick 
the  lice  off  one's  self,  to  louse  otie's  self, 
Vit.  Horn. 

Φθειρικός,  η,  όν,  (φθείρ)  of  or  oe- 
longing  to  lice. 

Φθείριστίκόζ,  ή,  όν,  (φθειρίζομαι) 
seeking  lice,  ή  -κή  (sc.  τέχντ/),  louse- 
hunting.  Plat.  Soph.  227  Β. 

Φθειροκομίόης,  ου,  6,  a  lousy  fellow, 
Hesych. 

Φθειροκτονέο),  ώ,  to  kill  lice. 

Φθειροποιός,  όν,  (φθείρ,  ττοιέω)  pro- 
ducing lice,  εριον,  Plut. — II.  ττίτυς  φθ., 
a  pine  that  bears  small  cones,  cf.  φθείρ 
III,  Theophr.  H.  PI.  2,  2,  6 ;  also 
φθεφοφόρος.  Id.  C.  PI.  1,  9,  2  ;  cf.  sq. 

Φβειροτράγέω,  ώ,  (φθείρ,  τρώγω) : 
— to  eat  lice,  Hdt.  4,  109 ;  others  in- 
terpret it,  to  eat  fir-cones  (cf  φθείρ  III), 
V.  Bahr  ad  1. 

Φθεφοτρωκτέω,=ίοτβ§.,  Arr.  Pe- 
ripl. 

Φθειροφάγος,  ov,  (φθείρ,  φαγεΐν) 
eating  lice  ;  joi  ΦΟ.,  Strab.  p.  492. 

Φθεφοφύρος,  ov,  {φθείρ  HI,  φέρω) 
V.  sub  φθειμοποιός  II. 

Φθείρω,  fut.  φθερώ,  Ep.  φθέρσω,  II. 
13,  625:  pf.  εφθαρκα,  pf.  2  εφθορα, 
pass,  έφθαρμαι,  3  pl.  έφθάραται  in 
Thuc.  3,  13  :  aor.  pass  έφθάρην,  3  pl. 
ίφθαρεν,  Pind.  P.  3,  60  :  (φθεω,  φθίω). 
To  corrupt,  spoil,  ruin,  Lat.  perdere, 
pessumdare,  μήλα  κακοι  φθέίροναι  vo- 
μήες,  Od.  17,  246,  cf  Hes.  Th.  876 : 
to  waste,  destroy,  Hdt.  1,  76,  and  freq. 
in  Att.  : — pass.,  to  go  to  rum,  perish, 
φθείρεσθε  (as  a  curse),  7nay  ye  perish  ! 
ruin  seize  ye!  II.  21,  128,  Saiinyr.  lo 
1  :  hence,  in  Att.,  φθείρου  was  a  com- 
mon imprecation,  go  and  be  hanged  ! 
away  with  thee  !  a  murrain  on  thee  !  Lat. 
abi  in  malam  rem !  Ar.  Ach.  460,  Plut. 
598,  610 ;  so,  ει  μη  φθερεί  τήςό'  ώς 
τάχιστ'  άττο  στέγης,  if  thou  depart 
not..,  Eur.  Andr.  709  (cf  φθόρος) ;  so, 
φθείρον  τήςόε,  off  from  her  !  i.  e.  un- 
hand her,  let  her  go,  lb.  715  ;  and 
hence  may  be  explained  φθείρεσθαι 
νεών  in  Aesch.  Pers.  450  (unless  or' 
εκ  νεών  be  read) :  but.  φθείρεσθαι  εις 
or  Ίτρός  τι,  to  run  headlong  into  a  state 
or  party,  e.  g.  πρυς  τους  π'λουσίονς, 
Dem.  560,  10 : — in  Att.  writers,  esp. 
used  of  persons  who  suffer  loss  from 
shipwreck,  Eur.  I.  T.  276,  Cycl.299, 
cf.  Abresch  Aesch.  Pers.  1.  c,  Brunck 
Soph.  O.  T.  1502.  The  pf  εφθορα 
sometimes  had  the  signf.  of  the  pass. 
(φθίνω  being  the  intr.  pres.) ;  but  the 
best  Att.  writers  always  use  this 
trans.,  like  εφθαρκα:  cf.  Phryn.  529. 
— 2.  of  men,  to  put  to  death,  kill,  slay, 
destroy,  Trag.  : — pass.,  to  be  slain,  per- 
ish, Aesch.  Pers.  272,  Soph.  Aj.  25, 
etc.— II.  of  a  maiden,  to  dishonour,  de- 
bauch, deflower  lier,  Lat.  viliare,  Eur. 
Melan.  Soph.  5.— IH.  of  colours,  to 
mix  together,  cf.  φθορά  III. 

Φθεφώύης,  ες,  {φθείρ,  είδος)  like 
lice:  lousy,  Arist.  H.  A.  5,  31,  4,  etc. 

Ι'Φί^είρώΐ'  όρος,  τό,  mountain  of  pines 
{φθείρ  HI),  a  mountain  of  Caria,  II.  2, 
868  ;  ace.  to  Strab.  p.  635  Mt.  Latmus. 

Φθερσίΐ3ροτος,  oi',  {φθείρω,  βροτός) 
destroying    men,    like    φθισίμβροτος. 


ΦΘΙΝ 
Epigr.  ap.  Paus.  3,  8,  9 ;  v.  1.  φθερ- 
σίμβρ-.  • 

Φθερσιγενής,  ές,  (φθείρω,  γένος) 
destroi/ing  the  race,  Aesch.  Theb.  1054. 

ΦΘΕΏ,=  φθίω,  old  root,  occurring 
as  V.  i.  in  Od.  11,330;  14,  117:  hence 
φθόη,  and  prob.  also  φθόνος. 

Φθέωμεν,  φθέωσιν,  Ep.  for  φθώμεν, 
φθώσιν,  1  and  3  plur.  subj.  aor.  2  act. 
oi  φΗάνω,  Od. 

Φθή.  Ion.  for  έφθη,  3  sing.  aor.  2 
act.  of  φθάνω,  Hom. 

Φί??)?/,  Ep.  for  φθέη.  φθ)),  3  sing, 
subj.  a'or.  2  act.  oi  φθάνω,  II. 

Φθΐ/σιν,  Ep.  for  φβ(ι,  3  sing.  subj. 
aor.  2  act.  of  ώθάνω,  II. 

Φθία,  ας,  η,  Ep.  and  Ion.  Φθίη, 
Phihia,  a  place  in  Thessaly,  the  home 
of  Achilles,  Hom.  : — hence,  Φθϊώτης, 
ov,  6,  a  niati  of  Phthia,  and  fetn.  Φ^ί- 
ώτις,  ιδος,  ή,  sub.  γ?/,  the  land  of 
Phthia :  also  adjective  Φθίος,  a,  ov, 
whence  Φθΐοι,—  Φθιύται,  II.  13,686; 
with  pecul.  fern.  Φθϊάς,  άδος,  ή,  Eur. 
tHec.  45 1  \  : — adv.,  Φθίηνδε,  to  Phthia, 
II.  1.  169.  etc.  ;  Φθίηφι,  at  Phthia,  11. 
19,  323.  [(] 

^Φθία,  ας,  ή,  Phthia,  daughter  of 
Amphion  and  Niobe,  ApoUod.  3,  5,  6. 
—2.  wife  of  Amyntor,  Id.  3,  13,  18.— 
3.  mother  of  Dorus  and  Laodocus  by 
Apollo,  Id.  1,7,6. 

Φθίδιος,  a,  ov,  (φθίω)  perishable, 
Hesych. 

Φθίμενος,  Ep.  syncop.  part.  aor.  2 
of  φθίνω,  φθίω.  [t] 

Φθίνα,  ή,  mildew. — II.  a  kind  of 
oUi'e. — III.  φθίνης  νόσος,^=φθινάς  or 
φθόη. 

Φθϊνάς,  ύδος,  ή,  (φθίνω)  : — intr.,  de- 
creasing, wasting,  waning,  μηνών  φ. 
ήμερα,  Eur.  Heracl.  779;  so,  φθ.  σε- 
λήνη, etc. — II.  act.,  causing  to  decline, 
wasting,  φθ»  νόσος,  decline,  consumption, 
=^φθίσις,  Foes.  Oec.  Hipp.  :  νόσοι 
ψΰίνύί^ες  (generally),  tijasim^  diseases. 
Soph.  Ant.  819. 

Φθίνασμα,  ατός,  τό,  as  if  from  φθι• 
νάζω,  a  declining,  wasting,  waning, 
sinking,  ήλιου  φθινύσματα,  Aesch. 
Pers.  2,  32.  [i] 

ΦΘΙνάο  and  φθινέω,  ώ,  to  waste  or 
j3i??e,  Luc.  Paras.  57. 

Φθϊνάκαρττος,  ov,  (φθίνω,  καρπός) 
having  lost  its  fruitfutness,  of  a  tree 
stript  of  its  branches,  Pind.  P.  4,  471. 

Φθίνόκω?Μς,  ov,  with  wasting  li?nbs. 

Φθινοπωρινός,  ή,  όν,  autumnal, 
Arist.  Η.  Α.  5,  11,  1  :  and 

Φθΐνοπωρίς,  ίδος,  pecul.  fern,  of 
foreg.,  Pind.  P.  5,  161:  and 

Φβινοπωρισμός,  o,=  sq.,  Anan.  1, 
30 :  from 

Φθίνόπωρον,  ov,  τό,  (φθίνω,  οπώ- 
pa) : — the  last  part  of  όπώρα,  i.  e., 
strictly,  the  time  between  the  rising 
of  Arcturus  ^jnd  that  of  the  Pleiads  : 
hence,  generally,  late  autumn,  the  fall 
of  the  year,  Lat.  bruma,  brumale  tem- 
pus,  Hdt.  4,  42  ;  9,  117,  Thuc.  2,  31, 
etc. ; — the  same  as/ζεΓόπωροΐ',  Schaf. 
Long.  p.  344. 

Φθϊνύθεσκε,  Ep.  lengthd.  impf. 
from  sq..  II. 

Φθιννθω,  poet,  for  φθίνω,  used  only 
in  pres.  and  impf ; — 1.  trans.,  to  waste, 
οίκον,  Od.  1,  250;  oivov,  14,  95;  φίλον 
κήρ,  αιώνα,  to  let  one's  heart  or  life 
pine  away,  10,  485  ;  18,  203. — 2.  in- 
trans.,  to  waste  away,  decay,  II.  17,  364, 
Od.  12, 131,  etc. ;  τούςόε  ία  φθιννθειν, 
as  an  imprecation,  II.  2,  346.  [ϋ] 

Φθίνυλλα,  ή,  {φθίνω) :— nickname 
for  an  old  woman,  skinny  old  hag,  Ar. 
Eccl.  935  ;  in  which  signf.  Hesych. 
has  ή  φθίσα.  [t] 

Φθίνω,  more  usu.  pres.  for  φθίω,  q. 
V.     [i  Ep.,  ί  Att.] 


ΦΘΙΩ 

Φθίνώδης,  ες,  {φθίνω,  είδος)  like 
consumption,  consumptive.  Foes.  Oec. 
Hipp.;   70  φθ.,  a  consumptive  habit,  lb. 

ίΦθϊος,  ου,  ό,  an  inhab.  of  Phihia, 
V.  sub  Φβία,  II. — Η.  as  masc.  pr.  n., 
Phthiiis,  son  of  Lycaon  in  Arcadia, 
ApoUod.  3,  8,  1. 

Φθίσήνωρ,  ορός,  ό,  ή,  (φθίω,  άνήρ) 
destroying  or  killing  men,  πόλεμος,  oft. 
in  II.,  and  Hes.:  latfr,  generally,  de- 
structive, deadly,  θυμός,  μηνις,  Anth. 

Φϋίσθαι,  Ep.  syncop.  form  of  the 
inf  aor.  pass,  of  φθίω,  Hom. 

Φθϊσίάω,  ώ,  to  be  consumptive,  Arist. 
Probl.  28,  1,  1,  Plut.  2,43  A. 

ΦθίσΙκενομαι,  dep..  to  be  consump- 
tive, Galen. 

Φθισικός,  ή,  ύν,  consumptive. — II. 
act.,  consuming. 

Φθισίμβροτος,  ov,  (φθίω,  βροτός) 
destroying  or  killing  men,  II.  13,  339, 
Od.  22,  297. 

Φθίσις,  εως,  ή,  {φθίω): — of  persons, 
consumption,  decline,  decay,  Lat.  tabes, 
Hdt.  7.  88  ;  cf.  Foes.  Oec.  Hipp.— 2. 
generally,  a  dwindling  or  wasting  away, 
decay,  καρπού,  Pind.  Fr.  74,  8  :  opp. 
to  αύξησις,  ανξη.  Plat.  Phaed.  71  B, 
Rep.  521  E. — 3.  of  the  moon,  a  wan- 
ing, Arist.  Gen.  An.  4,  2,  3,  etc.  [I] 

Φθίσίφρων,  όνος,  ό,  ή,  {φθίω,  φρήν) 
destroying  the  mind,  Opp.  C.  2,  423. 

Φθίτο,  Ep.  3  sing.  opt.  aor.  syncop. 
pass,  of  φϋίω,  Od.  11,  330. 

Φθίτός,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from  φθίω, 
ivasted,  decayed,  dead :  oi  φθιτοί,  the 
dead,  Aesch.  Pers.  220.  523,  Eum.  97, 
and  Eur. ;  cf.  Herm.  Soph.  Ant.  590. 

ΦθΙτόω,  ώ,^φθίνω,  transit.,  Lye. 
1159. 

ΦΘΓί2,  impf.  εφθιον,  both  tenses 
only  in  Hom.,  and  used  by  him  only 
once  each.  viz.  in  II.  18,  446,  Od.  2, 
368  :  transit,  in  the  former  passage, 
intr.  in  the  latter.  The  common 
pres.,  ΦΘΓΝΩ,  is  always  intrans.  in 
Hom.,  and  usu.  so  in  Att. ;  indeed 
Valck.,  Diatr.  p.  6,  altogether  denied 
its  transit,  usage,  but  v.  Herm.  Soph. 
El.  1406  :  φθίνω  seems  to  be  the  only 
form  used  in  prose. — The  fut.  φθίσω, 
aor.  έφθισα  are  always  transit. — The 
tenses  of  φθίνω  are  formed  from  φθίω, 
b\it  are  of  pass,  or  mid.  form,  viz., 
fut.  φθίσομαι :  pf  ίφθιμαι  :  plqpf. 
έφθίμτ/ν,  which  however  is  also  syn- 
cop. aor.,  and,  as  such,  has  the  inf. 
φθίσθαι  (not  φθϊσθαι,  Heyne  11.  9, 
246),  φθίμενος,  Horn.,  subj.  φθίωμαι, 
Ep.  φθίομαι,  φθίεται,  II.  20,  173,  and 
φθιόμεσθα  for  φθιώμεθα,  Π.  14,  87, 
opt.  φθίμην,  φθιο,  φθΙτο,  Od.  10,  51  ; 
11,  330. — 'There  is  a  lengthened  poet, 
form  φθινύθω  (q.  v.)  both  trans,  and 
intr. 

I.  intr.,  to  decay,  wane,  dwindle,  of 
tiine,  πρίν  κεν  νυξ  φθΙτο,  first  would 
the  sight  come  to  an  end,  Od.  11,  330  : 
in  this  signf  the  pres.  φθίνω  is  most 
usu.,  φθίνονσιν  νύκτες,  the  nights 
wane  Or  pass  away,  Od.  11,  183.  etc.; 
μηδέ  σοι  αιών  φθινέτω,  let  not  thy 
life  be  wasted,  Od.  5,  161  :  esp.  in  the 
monthly  reckoning,  μι/νών  φθινόν- 
των, in  the  moon's  wane,  i.  e.  towards 
the  month's  end,  Od.  10,  470,  etc. 
In  later  calendars  indeed  the  μην 
φθίνων  was  the  last  decad  (as  in  Thuc. 
5,  54, — ίστύυ,ενος  and  μεσών  being 
the  first  anci  second)  ;  but  there  is 
no  such  division  in  Horn. :  in  whom 
(Od.  14,  162;  19,  307,  τοϋ  μεν  φθί- 
νοντος μηνός,  τοΰ  δ'  ιστάμενο ίο). μην 
φθίνων  is  the  last  half  ot  the  month, 
as  is  made  quite  clear  by  Hes.  Op. 
778 : — of  the  stars,  to  wane,  set,  Aesch. 
Ag.  7  : — then  of  life,  strength,  etc., 
to  waste  away,  withei,  φθίνει  μεν  ία• 
1603 


ΦΘΟΙ 

χνς  γής  φθίνει  δέ  σώματος,  Soph.  Ο. 
C.  ϋΐυ,  cf.  Tr.  54CJ,  etc.;  οΰ  φθίνει 
άρετύ,  Piiul.  Ρ.  1,  184. — 2.  of  men,  to 
waste  away,  pine,  perish,  die,  cjf  γε  (5(3- 
λω  ψθιτις,  Od.  2,  3ϋ8  ;  —  mostly  in 
pass.,  αντος  φβίεται,  11.  2ϋ,  i'i3,  cf. 
14,  87  ;  but  more  freq.  in  fiit.  and 
aor.,  7/δη  φβίνονται,  11. 11,821,  cf.  lU, 
329,  Od.  13,  384  ;  τ7}λοθι.  πάτρης 
έφθιτο,  11.18,100 ;  όνο  γενεαΐ  μερόττων 
ανθρώπων  εφθίατο,  1,251 ;  νοΰσφ  νπ' 
άργαλέτι  φθίαθαι,  13,  ϋϋ7  ;  but  most 
freq.  in  the  part,  φθίμενος,  slmn,  dead, 
8,  359,  Od.  11,  557,  Find.,  and  Trag. : 
— so  the  jires.  in  Att..  Soph.  Tr.  558, 
Eur.  Ale.  203,  Flat.  Phaedr.  246  E, 
Phaed.  71  B. — II.  transit.,  to  make  to 
decay  OX  pine  away,  to  consume,  destroy, 
φρένας  εφθιεν,  li.  18,  446  ;  elsewhere 
only  in  fut.  and  aor.,  φθισει  σε  το  σον 
μένος,  6,  407  ;  τΐιν  Ώύτρϋκ?Μς  εμελ- 
λεν  φθίσειν,  16,  461,  cf.  22,  61  ;  οΐ 
μεμύασιν  Όδυσσήος  φθίσαι  γόνον. 
Od.  4,  741,  cf.  16,  369,  428 ;— rare  in 
Att.,  Moipac  φθίσας,  Aesch.  Eum. 
173,  cf.  Soph.  O.  T.  212,  Tr.  709. 

[Horn  has  i  in  pres.  subj.  φϋίο),  Od. 
2,  368  ;  ί  in  impf.  εφθιεν,  11.  18,  446; 
I  always  in  fut.  and  aor.  φθίσω,  φθί- 
σομαι,  εφθισα,  e.  g.  II.  16,  4()1  ;  24, 
86,  Od.  20,  67  ;  but  ί  always  in  pf. 
and  plqpf.  pass.,  and  in  aor.  sync, 
except  in  the  opt.  of  the  last,  Od.  10, 
51  :  11,  330  :~φθίνω  has  i  in  Ep.,  I 
in  Att.,  as  is  also  the  case  in  τίνω  : 
so  first  in  Find. ;  nay  the  Trag.  some- 
times use  I  even  in  fut.  and  aor.  act., 
Soph.  Aj.  1027,  Tr.  709.]  (Akin  to 
φθείρίύ  :  cf.  also  φθέω-} 

^Φθϊώτης,  Dor.  -ας,  αν  Ion.  εω,  δ, 
voc.  -τΰ,  an  inhabitant  of  Pht/iiolis  in 
Thessaly,  ot  Φϋ.  ΆχαιοΊ,  Hdt.  7,  132; 
Thuc.  8,  3  :— also  as  adj.,  of  Phthio- 
tis,  Phthiotic,  'λρης,  Eur.  I.  A.  236, 
'ϋννεώς.  Call.  Del.    112. 

■\Φθΐώτίος,  a.  ov,  adj.  from  foreg., 
ofPhthioiis,  tlv^ibor,  Christod.  Ecphr. 
202. 

iΦβ[ώτις,  ιδος,  ή,  fern,  from  Φθιώ- 
της,  Phihiotic,  γυναίκες,  Eur.  Andr. 
1047  ;  άκταί,  Tro,  1125  :— esp.  ή  ΦΘ., 
(with  or  without  γί/)  Phthiotis,  a  dis- 
trict of  Thessaly,  Hdt.  1,  56;  Eur. 
Andr.  664;  Slrab.  p.  430. 

Φθογγύζημαι,  {φθογγή)  dep.  mid., 
=:φθέ.γγομίη.  Ion  ap.  Philon.  2,  p. 
466  (Mangey),  Anth.  P.  9,  539. 

Φβογγύρων,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from 
φθογγή,  a  little  voice  or  sound. — II.  α 
tuning-pipe,  Math.  Vett.  [a] 

Φθογγή.  ης,  η,  {φθέγγομαι)  like 
φθόγγος,  the  voice,  esp.  of  men,  Hoin., 
and  Trag.  ;  οίκος  ει  φθογγί/ν  λύβοι 
σαφέστατ'  uv  λέξειεν,  Aesch.  Ag.  37 ; 
φθογγην  άφιέναι.  Eur.  Hipp.  418, 
etc.; — also,  of  animals,  Od.  9,  167, 
Eur.  I.  T.  293. — This  form  is  only 
poet.,  but  V.  sq. 

Φθόγγος,  ov,  6,  ( φθέγγομαι )  the 
voice,  esp.  of  men,  II.  5,  234,  etc. ;  of 
the  Sirens,  Od.  12,  41,  159;  also  in 
Ύτίι%.  ,Έ'λ'Α  άδυς  φβογγόν  χ^ειν,ΑβΒκΙι. 
Theb.  73,  etc.  : — also  of  birds,  Soph. 
Ant.  1001  ;  φθόγγος  ούτ^  ορνίθων 
ούτε  θαλάσσης,  Eur.  I.  Α.  9;  of  mu- 
sical sounds.  Id.  El.  716;  φβ.  ?.νρης. 
Plat.  Legg.  812  D.— This  form,  un- 
like φθογγή.  occurs  also  in  prose,  as 
Plat.  I.  c.  Soph.  263  E,  etc. 

Φθόη,  ης,  //,  {φθέω)=φθίσις.  Plat. 
Legg.  916  A,  Isocr.  386  U. 

Φθόίς,  ιης,  h,  nom.  pi.  φβοίς,  Ar. 
Pint.  077,  also  φθόεις :  Att.  contr., 
ό  φθοίς.  Piers.  Moer.  p.  386 :  also 
οθοις,  ΐδος,  ή,  nom.  pi.  φβοίδες.  A 
kind  of  cake.  prob.  round,  Ar.  1.  c, 
Anth.  P.  6,  258,  299.-2.  medic,  a  bo- 
lus  or  pill.  Foes.  Oec.  Hipp. — II.  in 
1604 


ΦΘΟΝ 

I  Eupol.  Incert.  71,  a  nip,  prob.  of  the 
same  shape,  φιάλη  όμφαλωτός,  cf. 
Ath.  502  0. 

Φθοίσκης,  ov,  ό,  dim.  from  foreg., 
a  little  cake  :  esp.  in  plur.,  pills.  Foes. 
Oec.  Hipp.:  elscwh.  τροχίσκοι. 

Φθονερία,  ας,  η,  the  disposition  of 
the  φθονερός,  enviousness,  Arist.  Magn. 
Mor.  1,  28,  1  :  from 

Φθονερός,  ά,  όν,  (φθόνος) : — e7uji- 
ous,  first  in  Theogn.  768,  more  freq. 
in  Hdt.,  Find.,  and  Att. ;  το  θείον 
πάν  Ιστι  φθονερόν,  the  gods  are  very 
jealous,  Hdt.  1,  32;  3,  40,  cf  7,  46. 
and  V.  φθονέω  sub  fin.  ;  c  dat.  rei, 
envious  at  a  thing,  Dion.  H.  6,  46. — 2. 
withholding  through  envy,  grudging,  re- 
served.— II.  Adv.  -ρώς.  φθ.  έχειν,  to 
be  envious.  Plat.  Phaedr.  243  C. 

Φθονέω,  ώ,  f  -7;σω,  faad  -έσω,  Pseu- 
do-Fhoc.65  Gaisf  ,but  Bgk.  φθυνέηςί, 
{φθόνος) : — to  be  envious  or  palons,  to 
envy,  hear  ill-will,  II.,  etc. — Construc- 
tion : — 1.  c.  dat.  pers.  only,  Find.  P. 
3,  124;  oft.  with  a  part,  added,  φθ. 
TU'i  εν  πρήσσοντι,  to  envy  his  good 
fortune,  Hes.  Op.  26.  Hdt.  7.  236, 
237  :  freq.  also  absol.,  II.  4,  55,  56  ; 
μη  φθονήσης,  bear  no  malice,  Lat.  nc 
graveris,  Stallb.  Plat.  Prot.  327  Α.— 2. 
c.  dat.  pers.  et  gen.  rei,  ov  tol  ήμιύ- 
νων  φθονέω,  I  envy  thee  not.  bear  thee 
no  grudge  for  the  mules,  Od.  6,  68, 
etc.,  cf  17,  400,  Hdt.  7,  236;  μηδέ 
μοι  φθονήσης  ενγμάτων,  Aesch.  Pr. 
583,  cf  Eur.  Hec.  238  ;  μη  μοι  φθο- 
νήσης τον  μαθήματος.  Plat.  Euthyd. 
297  Β,  etc.; — just  like  Lat.  invidere 
alicui  alicujus  rei,  Heiiul.  Hor.  Sat.  2, 
6,  84  :  cf.  μεγαίρω. — 3.  c.  ace.  rei,  to 
grudge,  refuse,  or  withhold  through  enri/ 
or  jealousy.  Soph.  O.  T.  310 :  much 
more  rarely  επί  τινι.  Xen.  Cyr.  2,  4, 
10,  cf  Schaf  Appar.  Deni.  3,  p.  276. 
—  4.  c  inf.,  ovK  uv  φθονέοιμι  άγορεν- 
σαι,  I  will  not  grud>j.e  to  tell,  refuse  to 
tell,  Od.  11,  381 ;  μή  φθονεί  κφνύμεν. 
Find.  1.  5  (4),  30  ;  Φθονείς  έπι.δονναι 
αντόν.  Ar.  Thesin.  249,  cf  Piat.  Gorg. 
489  A,etc. ;  sometimes  c.  part,  pro  inf., 
μηδέ  μοι  φθάνει  λέγων,  Aesch.  Theb. 
480. — 5.  loll,  by  εΐ..,  or  εάν...  to  take  it 
ill  or  arniss  that..,  Hdt.  3.  146,  Eur. 
Ion  1302,  Xen.  Hell.2,  4,  29;  by  ΰτι.., 
Xen.  Cyr.  3,  1,  39.-6.  c.  ace.  et  inf , 
ίφΟονησαν  [oi  θεοί]  άνδρα  'ένα  της 
τε  '' Κσίης  και  της  Έ,νρώπης  βασιλεν- 
σηι,  were  jealous  of  one  man's  being 
king...  Hdt.  8,  109,  cf.  Od.  1,  346; 
18,  16  ;  ov  φθονώ  σ'  νπεκφνγεΐν, 
Soph.  Ant.  553. — 7  pass.,  φθονονμαι, 
to  be  envied,  or  begrudged,  like  Lat. 
invidcor  (Hor.  A.  F,  50),  Eur.  El.  30, 
Polvb.  13,  2,  5.     Hence 

Φθόνησις,  εο>ς,  ή,  an  envying,  bei7ig 
jealous  or  grudging  ;  generally,=  sq., 
Soph.  Tr.  1212. 

Φθόνος,  ov,  6,  en7:y,  cnvimtsness, 
jealoiisi/,  at  the  good  fortune  of  an- 
other (Xen.  Mem.  3,  9,  8,  Arist.  Rhet. 
2,  10)  :  also,  an  envying,  being  jealous 
'f,  η  grudge,  malice,  Lat.  invidia,  first 
in  Hdt.,  and  Find,  -.—φθόνον  έχειν, 
ιΊ'λφάνειν,  ιιτασθαι,  to  incur  envy  or 
dislike,  Find.  P.  11,45,  Eur.  Med.'297, 
Flat.,  etc. :  φθόνος  (εστί),  c.  inf,  'lis 
invidious  to..,  I  dare  not..,  F^ur.  Hec. 
288  ;  φθόνος  μή..,  Eur.  Ale.  1 135  ;  ov- 
δείς  φθ-,  1.  e.  I  have  no  grudge,  scruple, 
or  objection,  Aesch.  Pr.  628, — of  a  per- 
son who  grants  a  request,  cf.  Plat. 
Fhaed.  61  D,  Legg.  664  A,  etc.  :  in 
pkir.  jealousies,  heart-burnings.  Plat. 
Legg.  870  C,  etc. :  c.  gen.  pers.,  envy 
from  another,  Plat.  Hipp.  Maj.  2S2 
A  :  c.  gen.  rei,  envy  for  or  because  of  Ά 
thing,  Lys.  195,  13,  cf  φθονέω  2.— 
On  the  φθόνος  or  jealousy  of  the  gods, 


ΦΙΑΛ 

cf  φθονερός,  and  v.  Valck.  Hdt.  3,40, 
Ruhnk.  Rut.  Lup.  p.75,  Blomf  Aesch. 
Pers.  368,  Ag.  921  :  hence  the  phrase 
τον  φθόνον  πρυςκνσον.  Soph.  Fhil. 
770  ;  ct.  προςκννεω,  νίμεσις.  (Prob. 
from  φθέω=φθίω,  φθίνω,  to  ilmiini.sh.) 

Φθορά,  άς,  ή.  Ion.  φϋορη,  (φθείρω) : 
— corruption,  decay,  φθορά  και  γενεσις, 
Plat.  Fhaed.  95  Ε,  etc.  :  deslruclwti, 
Hdt.  2,  161,  and  Trag.  :  hss,  rum,  per- 
dition, Hdt.  7,  18,  etc. :  and  of  iiiei), 
death,  esp.  by  some  general  visitation, 
as  pestilence,  Thuc.  2,  47,  Plat.  Legg. 
677  A  :  in  plur.,  Aesch.  Ag.  814.— 11. 
the  deflowering  of  a  maiden  ;  generally, 
conuption,  seduction,  Lex  ap.  Aeschin. 
2,  36. — HI.  α  mixing  of  colours  for  paint- 
ing, Plut.  2,  346  A,  ubi  v.  Wytt. 

Φϋορενς,  έως,  Ό,  (φθείρω)  a  corrupt- 
er: esp.,  α  seducer,  debaucher,  μητρός 
φθυρενς,  prob.  I.  Soph.  Fr.  155,  v.  El- 
lendt,  cf  Plut.  2,  18  C. 

Φθορικός.  ή,  όν,  (φθορά)  destructive,' 
pernicious,  C.  gen. 

ΦθοριμαΙος,  a,  ov,  of  the  nature  of  a 
φθόριμος,  having  such  pruperltes.  Lob. 
Phryn.  559. 

Φθόριμος,  η,  ov,  (φθορά)  destructive, 
Manetho.— II.  perishable. 

Φθυριος,  ov,  (φθορά)  destructive : — 
Tu  φθ.  (sc  φάρμακα),  medicines  to 
produce  abortion,  Plut.  2,  134  F. 

Φθοροεργός,  όν,^^φθοροποιός. 

Φθορόοικος,  ov,=  οίκοφθόρος. 

Φθοροποιέω,  ώ,  to  commit  injury, 
Diosc. :  from 

Φθοροποιός,  όν,  (φθορά,  ποιέω) 
causing  ruin,  ruinous,  Plut.  2,  911  A. 

Φθορος,  ό,  =  φθορά.  Thuc.  2,  52, 
Plat.  Euthyd.  285  Β  :  lience,  ες  ώϋό- 
pov,  OVK  ές  φθόρον ;  a  common  lorm 
of  cursing,  Aesch.  Ag.  1267,  Theb. 
252 ;  άπαγ'  ές  τον  φΟαρον,  Ejiich.  p. 
102;  cf  φθείρω. — 11.  like  όλεθρος,  a 
pestilent  fellow,  Ar.  Eq.  1151,  Dein. 
173,  16;  also  of  a  woman,  //  φθόρος, 
Ar.  Thesrn.  535. — In  the  latter  case 
U  is  sometimes  written  ^f?opof(uxyt.;, 
Lob.  Paral.  345. 

Φθορωδης,  ες,  of  corrupt  nature,  pes- 
tilent. 

ΦΘΥ'Ζ^ί,  V.  sub  έπιφθϋζω. 

-Φι,  -φιν,ιη  Ep.  poetry  a  very  freq. 
termin.,  mostly  of  the  dat.,  but  also 
of  genit.,  both  in  sing,  and  plur. : 
hence  used  as  a  mere  adverbial  ter- 
min., mostly  of  place,  V.  Buttm.  Ausf 
Gr.  i)  56  Anm.  2  :  fJelf  Gr.  Gr.  '^  82. 

Φιαλεϊν,  φιαλείς,  v.  φιύλλω. 

ΦΙΑΆΗ,  ης,  ή,  α  brood,  flat,  shallow 
cup  or  bowl,  esp.,  a  drinking  bowl  or 
bowl  fir  libations,  the  Lat.  patera,  11. 
23,  270,  616  ;  οίνοδόκος,  οινηρά,  Find. 

I.  6(5),  40,  JN.  10,  80;  ireq.  in  Hdt. 
and  Att.  :— also,  α  cinerary  vase,  urn, 

II.  23,  243,  253. —  It  was  never  a  meas- 
ure, Buttm.  Lexil.  s.  v.  υπερφίαλος  6. 
—II.  from  its  broad  Hat  shape,  Άρεος 
φιάλη  was  a  comic  metaph.  for  ασ- 
πίς, a  shield,  Aiitiph.  Koij'.  1,  Anax- 
andr.  Incert.  22  ;  cf  Arist.   Rhet.  3, 

II,  11;  so,  φιάλη  alone,  Paus.  5,  8. — 

III.  sunken  work  in  a  ceiling,  Lat.  lacu 
nar,  lectinn  laqueatum,  Diod.  3,  47. — 
The  form  φίέλη  was  less  Att.,  Piers. 
Moer.  3'JO. 

Φιά?ιηφόρος,  ov,  (φιάλη, φέρω)  bear- 
ing a  sacrificial  cup  .'—as  subst.,  a 
priest  at  Locri,  Polyb.  12,  5,  9. 

ΙΦίαλί'α,  ας,  ή,=Φιγηλια  ;  henco 
ό  Φια'λενς,  an  inhab.  of  Ph.,  Anth.  ap 
pend.  116. 

Φιά'λιον,  ov,  TO  [a],  Eubul.  Neott. 
1,3;  φιαλίς,  ίδος,  ή,  Luc.  Lexiph.  7 
— diminutives  of  φιάλη. 

Φιά/.ίτης,  ov,  ή,  (φιά/.η)  αριθμός, 
an  arithmetical  puzzle  co^iceming  a 
number  of  bowls  ■  cf.  μηϊάτης. 


ΦΙΛΑ 

Φιάλλω,  {.  -άλω,  to  take  in  hand, 
undertake,  set  about  a  thing  :  a  word 
only  found  twice,  and  both  times  in 
fut.,  ονΛέ  (ξααλείς,  Ar.  Vesp.  13Ί8  ; 
όπως  Ιργφ  φιαλονμρν-,  Ar.  Pac.  432. 
Ace.  to  Eust.,  it  is  a  shortd.  form  from 
εψιάλλω:  if  so,  it  should  be  written 
'φιαλεΐς,'φιαλονμεν,'ν.  Br.  (ap.  Dind.) 
Ar.  Vesp.  1.  c. 

Φιΰληειόης,  ες,  {φιάλη,  είδος)  bowl- 
shaped,  like  a  bowl. 

ΙΦίαλοζ•,  ov,  0,  Phialus,  son  of  Bu- 
cohon,  Paus.  8,  3,  2. 

Φιάλόω,  ώ,  {φίάΧη)  to  hollow  out  or 
excavate  like  aflat  bowl :  τα  δένδρα  φ-, 
to  trench  round  trees,  Lat.  ablaqueare, 
Geop. 

ίΦίαλώ,  ους,  ή,  Phialo,  daughter 
of  Alcimedon,  Paus.  8,  12,  3. 

Φίάλώδης,  ες,  contr.  for  φίαλοει- 
δής,  Ath.  488  F. 

Φία?ιωΓΟζ•,  ή,  όν  {φιαλόω)  : — θρίδα- 
κες  φίαλωταί,  lettuce  with  a  broad, 
fiat  head,  Lat.  lactucae  sessiles,  Geop. 

Φιάρός,  ύ,  όν,  Ion.  φιερός,  smooth 
and  shining;  esp.,  hke  λιπαρός, fair 
and  sleek  ;  of  a  plump,  youthful  body, 
hence  of  a  young  girl,  Φιαρωτέρα  όμ- 
φακός  ώμύς,  Theocr.  II,  21  ;  of.  31, 
4,  Call.  Fr.  257,  Nic.  Al.  387  ;  and  so 
of  shining  cream,  φιαρη  γρηύς,  Nic. 
ΑΙ.  91.  (Ace.  to  some  from  πΐαρ,  πι- 
αρός,  not  itnprob. :  others  from  φώς, 
as μνιαρός  irom  μνοϋς.  Buttm.  would 
connect  it  with  φύω,  compact,  firm, 
plump,  as  θίασος  with  βνω.) 

Φιάρόω,  ώ,  and  φιαρύνω,  to  make 
bright  and  clean. 

Φφαλέοι  Alt.  φίβάλεφ  (sc.  Ισχά- 
δες),  al,  a  kind  of  early  figs,  said  to 
be  called  from  Φίβαλις,  a  district  of 
Attica  or  Megaris,  Ar.  Ach.  802,  Co- 
miei  ap.  Ath.  75  B,  sq. : — also,  ώιβύ- 
λεα  σύκα,  Pherecr.  Crap.  1,  ana  Ga- 
len. ;  and  μνρβίναι,  Meineke  Com. 
Fr.  2,  p.  881. 

Φΐβάλεως,  ω,  ή,  the  tree  that  bears 
the  φιβύλεοι.  [ά] 

^Φιγαλία,  ας,  ?),  Phigalia,  a  city  in 
the  southwest  of  Arcadia,  later  Φια- 
λία,  Paus.  8,  3,  2  ;  in  Polyb.  4,  3,  8, 
Φιγαλία;  on  the  form  Φιγάλειαν. 
Biihr  ad  Hdt.  6,  83.     Hence 

iΦtγa?.εvς,  έως  Ion.  έος,  ό,  an  in- 
hab.  of  Phigalia  ;  oi  Φ.,  Hdt.  6,  83  ; 
Polyb.  4,  3,  7  ;  etc. 

iΦίγaλoς,  ov,  ό,  Phigalus,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Paus.  8,  3,  1. 

Φΐδάκνη,  ης,  ή.  Att.  for  πιθύκνη 
(q.  v.),  cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  113. 

^Φιόάλεια,  ας,  ή,  Phidalea,  fem.  pr. 
n.,  Anth.  Plan.  66. 

ίΦιόί/ναι,  ων,  αί,  Fidenae,  a  city  of 
the  Sabines,  Strab.  p.  226. 

\Φΐδίς,  ή,  Phidis,  fem.  pr.  n.,  Anth. 
P.  7,  429. 

Φιδίτων,  ov,  TO,  v.  φειδίτιον. 

iΦLδόλεως,  ω,  6,  Phidolaus,  mase. 
pr.  n.,  Dem.  1047,  28  Bekk.,  ubi  olim 
Φιλόλαος. 

Φίδομαί,=φείδομαι,  only  in  Anth., 
P.  15,  25. 

Φίδός,  ή,  όν,=φειδός.  Call.  Fr.  460. 

ΦΙέλη,  φίερός,  Ion.  forms  for  φιύ- 
?.η,  φιαρός,  q.  v. 

ίφίκιον  and  Φίκειον,  ov,  τό,  δρος, 
Mt.  Phicius,  a  mountain  of  Boeotia 
near  Thebes,  a  resort  of  the  Sphinx, 
Hes.  Sc.  33  ;  Apollod.  3,  5,  8. 

Ι-Φίλα,  ης.  ή,  Phila,  fem.  pr.  n.,  a 
courtesan,  Dem.  1351,  15. — Others  in 
Anth.  ;  Ath. ;  etc. 

ΦΙλύβονλος,  ov,  (φίλος,  ύβον?Μς} 
xviif  ally  unadvised,  Mel.  55,  Anth.  Plan. 
.33. 

Φίλαβρος,  ov,  (φίλος,  αβρός)  loving 
delicacy  or  refinement,  Heliod.  [i] 

ίΦίλαβρος,  ov,  ό,  Philabrus,  son  of  | 


ΦΙΑΑ 

Cyneas  in  Eretria,  Paus.  7,  10,  2:  v. 
-αγρός. 

Φΐλάγάθία,  ας,  ή,  love  of  goodness, 
Clem.  Al. :   from 

ΦΙλάγύθος,  ov,  (φίλος,  αγαθός)  lov- 
ing goodness,  Arist.  M.  Mor.  2,  14,  3. 

Φΐ?Μγέννητος,  ov,  (φίλος,  άγέννη- 
τος)  loving  the  Unbegotten  One,  Eecl. 

ΦΙλάγλΰος,  ov,  (φίλος,  αγλαός)  lov- 
ing splendour  OX  beauty,  like  φιλόκα- 
λος,  Pmd.  P.  12,  1. 

Φίλάγρανλος,ον,(φί7Μς.ύγρανλος) 
fond  nf  a  country  life,  Anth.  P.  6,  73. 

ΦΙλαγρετης,  ov,  ό,  (φίλος,  άγρα) 
fond  of  the  chace,  a  hunter  :  feni.  -έτις, 
ι,δος,  Anth.  P.  9,  396. 

ΦΙλαγρέω,  ώ,  (φίλαγρος)  to  love  the 
country,  Epicur.  ap.  Diog.  L.  10,  120. 

^Φίλύγριος,  ov,  ό,  Philagrius,  an 
orator  of  Rhodes,  Dion.  H.  de  Din.  8. 

Φίλαγρος,  ov,  (φίλος,  αγρός)  fond 
of  the  country,  Luc.  Lexiph   3. 

■\Φίλαγρος,  ov.  ό,  Philagrus,  son  of 
Cyneas,  one  of  the  betrayers  of  Ere- 
tria to  the  Persians,  Hdt.  6,  101 ;  in 
Pans.  7,  10,  2  Φίλαβρος.— 2.  son  of 
Eubulides,  an  Athenian,  Dem.  1057, 
15.— Others  m  Dem.  1355,  22;  etc. 

Φι7Μγρότις,  ιδος,  ή,^φιλαγρέτις, 
Orph.  Η.  35,  6. 

Φΐλάγρνπνος,  ov,  {φίλος,  άγρν- 
πνος)^ηά  of  waking,  wakeful,  λύχνος, 
Mel.  66 ;  πανννχίδες,  Anth.  Plan. 
309  ;  πόθος,  Anth.  P.  5,  166. 

Φΐλάγων,  ωνος,  6,  ή,  (φίλος,  άγων) 
fond  of  contests  :  used  in  contests,  con- 
nected with  them,  κισσός,  Anth.  P.  7, 
708.  [ά] 

^Φιλαδέλφεια,  ας,  ή,  (city  of  broth- 
erly love)  Philadelphia,  a  city  of  Lydia, 
at  base  of  Mt.  Tmolus,  so  called  from 
Attalus  Philadelphus,  now  Alahshar, 
Strab.  p.  579;  N.  T.  — 2.  a  city  of 
Coele-Syria,  earlier  Άμμανα,  Strab. 
p.  760. — II.  fem.  pr.  n.,  Anth. 

Φίλΰδελφία,  ας,  ή,  brotherly  or  sis- 
terly love,  Alex.  Incert.  76,  Luc. :  from 

Φί?Μδελφος,  ov,  {φίλος,  αδελφός) 
fond  of  one's  brother  or  sister,  brotherly, 
sisterly,  φ.  δάκρυα.  Soph.  Ant.  527  ; 
ef.  Plut.  Solon  27. —  II.  as  subst.,  α 
sweet-flowering  shrub,  perh.  our  jas- 
mine, Apollod.  ap.  Ath.  682  C. 

iΦlλάδελφoς,  ov,  ό,  Philadelphus,  a 
philosopher,  Ath.  1  D  :  —  also  as 
appell.  of  Ptolemy,  etc. 

Φίλΰδννάμιος,  ov,  or  -δύνΰμος,  ov, 
(φίλος,  αδύναμος)  soon  weakening, 
ύδωρ.  Foes.  Oec.  Hipp,  [ϋ] 

Φίλάεθλος,  ov.  Ion.  and  poet,  for 
φίλαθλος,  Anth.  P.  12,  143. 

Φϊλάθήναιος,  ov,  (φίλος.  Αθηναίος) 
fond  of  the  Athenians,  Ar.  Ach.  142, 
Plat.  Tim.  21  E,  Dem.  439, 27.  Hence 

Φΐλάθηναιύτης,  ητος,  ή,  fondness 
for  the  Athenians. 

ΦΙλαθλητής,  ov,  ό,  (φίλος,  αθλητής) 
fond  of  the  games,  Plut.  2,  631  A,  etc. 

Φίλαθλος,  ov,  {φίλος,  άθλος)  fond 
of  the  games,  Plut.  2,  724  B.  [t] 

Φΐλοί,  Ep.  2  sing,  imperat.  aor.  1 
mid.  of  0ίλέω,  II.  5,  117;  10,  280. 

ΙΦιλαί,  ών,  αί,  Philae,  a  small 
island  in  the  Nile  in  Upper  Aegypt, 
with  a  city  of  same  name,  Strab.  p.  818. 

Φΐλαίακτος,  ov,  (φίλος,  αίάζω)  fond 
of  wailing :  lamentable,  κακά,  Aesch. 
Supp.  803. 

iΦιλaiδaι,  ύν,  ol,  Philaidae,  an 
Attic  deme  of  the  tribe  Aegeis,  Plat. 
Hippareh.  228  B. 

ΦΙλαιόήμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  (φίλος, 
αΐδήμων)  loving  modesty,  Anth.  P.  7, 
450. 

■\Φιλαίδης,  ov,  ό,  Philaedes,  a  mes- 
senger from  the  Persian  king,  Epist. 
Plat.  363  C. 

Φίλαίμΰτος,  ov,  (φίλος,  αίμα)  :— 


ΦΙΑΑ 

fond  of  blood,  blood-thirsty,  φόβος, 
Aesch.Theb.45 ;  αλκή,  Eur.  Rhes.932; 
γης  φιλαιμάτον  χοαί,  Id.  Phoen.  174. 

Φιλαιμος,  ov,  [ϊ]  and  φίλαιμων,  ov, 
gen.  όνος,  (αίμα)=ίοκ^. 

^Φιλαίμων,  όνος,  ό,  Pliilaemon,  son 
of  Priam,  Apollod.  3,  12,  5. 

^Φι/Μΐνέτη,  ης,  ή,  Phitaenete,  fem. 
pr.  n.,  Ar.  Eccl.  42. 

^Φιλαίνιον,  υυ,  ή,  Philaenium,  fem. 
pr.  n.,  Anth.  P.  11,  18;  etc. 

]Φιλαινίς.  ίδος,  ή,  Philaenis,  fem. 
pr.  n.,  Anth.  P.  7,  480  ;  etc. :  cf.  Ath. 
270  E;335  C;  Polyb.  12,  13,  1. 

iΦιλaίvωv  Βωμοί,  ol,  Arae  Philae- 
norum,  the  Altars  of  the  Phitaeni,  a 
place  forming  the  boundary  between 
Carthage  and  Cyrene,  Strab.  p.  836; 
cf  Sallust  .lug.  79  :  m  Polyb.  3,  39, 
2  Φιλαίνον  Βωμοί. 

^Φιλαϊος,  ov,  ό,  Philaeus.  son  of 
Ajax,  alter  whoni  the  deme  Φιλαίδαι 
was  said  to  be  named,  Hdt.  6,  35. 

Φίλαίτερος,  and  φιλαίτατος,  irreg. 
compar.  and  superl.  of  φίλος,  q.  v. 
(sub  tin.) 

Φί/ίαίτίος,  ov,  (φί?.ος,  αιτία) : — 
fond  of  bringing  charges,  fault-finding, 
Aesch.  Supp.  485  ;  τινός,  against  one, 
Plat.  Legg.  903  A  : — censorious,  quer 
ulous,  discontented,  Xen.  Mem.  2,  8, 
0;  distinguished  from  φιλεπιτιμητής 
by  Isocr.  9  A.  —  II.  liable  to  blame  or 
attack,  Dem.  150,  9.    Adv.  -ίως,  Strab. 

Φίλακίζομαι,  =  χαριεντίζομαι,  Ε. 
Μ.,  Phot. :  an  obscure,  perh.  corrupt 
word  :  but  the  alteration  of  Ruhnk., 
φύ.ακκίζομαι,  is  against  analogy : 
Struve  conjectures  φίλ'  ακκίζομαι. 

Φΐλάκόλαστος,  ov,  {φίλος,  άκόλασ 
τος)  fond  of  intemperance,  Plut.  Timol. 
14. 

Φι?.άκόλονθος,  ov,  (φίλος,  άκόλον• 
θος)  readily  following,  Ar.  Ran.  415. 

Φιλάκράτος,  Ion.  -ητος,ον,  (φίλος, 
άκρατος)  fund  of  sheer  wine :  given  to 
wine,  said  of  Anaereon  by  Simon.  51, 
5 ;  Αιόννσος,  Anth.  P.  6,  169,  etc. 

ΦΙλακρϊβέω,  ώ,  to  be  fond  of  exact' 
ness,  to  be  very  exact. 

Φίλακροάμων,  ov,  fond  of  hearing, 
of  music,  speaking,  etc. 

ΦΙ/ιάλειπτέω,  ώ,  to  be  fond  of  anoint- 
ing one^s  self  for  wrestling. 

ΦΙλά/.έξανδρος,  ov,  (φίλος.  Αλέ- 
ξανδρος) a  friend  of  Alexander,  Strab. 
Plut.  Alex.  4. 

Φιλαλήθης,  ες,  gen.  εος,  ( φίλος, 
αληθής)  loving  truth,  a  friend  of  truth, 
Arist.  Eth.  N.  4.  7,  8.  Luc.  Pise.  20, 
etc.  —  II.  certain  philosophers  are 
called  φιλαλήθεις  by  Diog.  L.  1,  17, 
who  seems  to  intend  the  Epicureans. 
Adv.  -θϋ}ς. 

^Φιλαλήθης,  ονς,  6,  Philalethes, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Strab.  p.  580. 

Φϊλ,α/Ιλί/λία,  ας,  ή,  mutual  love. 

Φίλάλλι/λ.ος,  ov,  (Φίλος,  αλλήλων) 
fond  of  one  another,  Plut.  2,  977  C.  etc. 

ΦΙλαλ7.ογενής,  ες,  a  friend  of  for- 
eigners. 

ΦΏ.άλνπος,  ov,  (  φίλος,  άλνπος ) 
liking  to  be  free  from  pain  or  grief, 
Orph.  [a] 

Φιλαλνστής,  ov,  b,  (φίΧος,  αλΰω) 
one  who  easily  torments  himself,  Foes. 
Oec.  Hipp. 

Φίλάμα,  Dor.  for  φί?,ημα,  Theocr. 

Φϊ/.άμαρτήμων,  ov,  (φίλος,  αμάρτη- 
μα) loving  sin,  LXX. 

ίΦιλαμμονίδας,  a.  Dor.  for  -δης, 
ov,  ό.  son  of  Philammon,  i.  e.  Eumol- 
pus.  Theocr.  24,  108. 

^Φιλάμμων,  ωνος  ana  όνος,  ό.  Phil- 
ammon, an  early  minstrel  of  Thrace, 
father  of  Thamyris  and  Eumolpus, 
Eur.  Rhes.  916;  Apollod.  ),  3,3.-2. 
an  Athenian  boxer,  Dem.  331,  1. 
1605 


ΦΙΛΑ 

ΦΙλάμπελοςι  ον,  {φίλος,  ύμπελος) 
α  friend  of  the  vine,  φιλαμπελωτύττ]. 
At.  Pac.  308. — II.  rich  in  vineyards, 
Dion.  H. 

ΦΙλύναγνωστέω,  ώ,  to  be  fond  of 
reading,  Diod. :  from 

Φΐλάναγνώστης,  ov,  b,  {φίλος,  άνα- 
Ύίγνώσκω )  fond  of  reading,  Plut. 
Alex.  Θ. 

ΦΙλύ,ναλώτης,  ov,  b,  {φίλος,  ανα- 
λίσκω) fond  of  spending,  prodigal,  C. 
gen.  rei,  Plat.  Rep.  548  B. 

ΦΙλανάλωτος,  ov,  (=foreg.)/urid  of 
spending,  Dio  C.  [y«] 

Φιλανόρία,  ας,  ή,  (φίλανδρος)  love 
for  a  husband,  Luc.  Hale.  2, — or  for 
the  male  sex  in  general,  Eur.  Andr. 
228. 

■\Φίλανδρίδας,  ov,  b,  Philandridas, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Paus.  6,  2,  1. 

Φίλανδρος,  ov,  (φίλος,  ανήρ)  fond 
of  one's  husband,  conjugal,  LllC.  Hale. 
8,  cf.  Wytt.  Plut.  2,  57  D.— H.  loving 
men,  πεδον,  Aesch.  Theb.  902.  —  2. 
fond  of  men,  lewd.  Plat.  Symp.  191 
Ε  ;  also  of  a  masculine  woman,  Soph. 
Fr.  356. 

Φι?Μνθεμος,  ov,=  sq.,  Nonn. 

Φίλανθτ/ς,  ές,  {φίλος,  άνθος)  fond 
of  flowers,  Eur.  Incert.  115. 

■\Φίλανθος,  ου,  ό,  Philanthus,  masu. 
pr.  n.,  an  Elean,  Paus.  5,  2,  4. 

ΦΙλανθράκενς,  έως,  b,  {φίλος,  av- 
θρακενς)  a  friend  of  colliers,  Ar.  Ach. 
336. 

Φϊλανθρώπενμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  humane 
act,  Plut.  Solon  15,  etc:  from 

ΦΙλανθρωπενω,  {φιλάνθρωπος)  to 
be  a  friend  to  maiikind,  to  be  humane  or 
benevolent:  more  usu.  in  ιηκί.,φίλαν- 
Ορωπενομαι,  though  then  with  a  some- 
what different  signf.,  to  behave  or  act 
humanely,  kindly,  etc.,  προς  riva,  Dem. 
384,  11. — II.  transit., /oireai  humanely 
or  kindly,  Diod.  18,  18,  in  pass. — 2.  to 
grant  humanely,  Ti,  Heliod. 

Φίλανθρωπέω.  u,=foreg.,  LXX. — 
II.  transit.,  to  treat  kindly.  Polyb.  3, 
76,  2,  etc.  ;  pass.,  φί'λανθρωπηθείς. 
Id.  39,  3,  2. 

Φιλανθρωπία,  ας,  ή,  the  character 
or  conduct  of  a  φιλάνθρωπος,  friendli- 
ness, humanity,  benevolence.  Plat.  Eu- 
thyphr.  3  D,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  4,  1,  etc. ; 
opp.  to  φθόνος,  Dem.  507,  20 ;  to 
ώμότης.  Id.  490,  7  ;  //  τον  ονόματος 
φιλ..  Id.  748,  28 ;  φιλ.  εις,  προς  τίνα, 
Polyb.  1,  79,  8  and  11 ;  of  a  desert 
cownUy ,'εατερημένη  πύΰ7]ς φιλ.,  Diod. 
17,  50  -. — clemency,  Xen.  Cyr.  7,  5,  73. 
— 2.  liberal  conduct,  liberality,  Xen.  Oec. 
15,  9  ;  φ.  τέχνης,  Aeschin.  30,  14. 

Φιλανθρωπικός,  η,  όν,  and  -πινος, 
7],  OV,  belonging  to  or  becoming  a  φιλάν- 
θρωπος. Adv.  -νως,  Polyb.  33,  10, 
3  :  from 

Φιλάνθρωπος,  ov,  {φί?ίθς,  άνθρω- 
πος) loving  mankind,  humane,  kind,  be. 
nevoleut,  Epich.  p.  94  ;  ώ.  και  φιλαθη- 
ναΐος  και  φιλόσοφος.  Isocr.  416 ;  φ. 
τρόποι,  Aesch.  Pr.  11,  28  :  τό  φ.  — 
φιλανθρωπία,  said  of  animals,  Xen. 
Cyn.  3,  9  ;  so,  tu  φιλάνθρωπα,  Po- 
lyb. 10,  38,  3,  etc.— 2.  liberal,  Xen. 
Oec.  19,  17. — II.  adv.  -πως.  φ.  τινί 
χρήσθαι,  Dem.  411,  10  ;  cf.  Isocr. 
197  C. 

iΦιλavόpιov,  ov.  TO,  Philanorium, 
a  place  in  Argolis,  Paus.  2,  30,  3. 

ΦΙλύνωρ,  opor,  b,  ή,  Dor.  lor  φιλί}• 
νωρ,  {φίλος,  ανήρ)  fond  of  one's  hus- 
band, conjugal,  τρόποι,  στίβοι,  Aesch. 
Ag.  411,  856;  πόθος  φ..  Id.  Pers.  135. 
— ll./o/id  of  men,  βιοτίί,  Pind.  Fr.  260. 

iΦιλύ.vωp,  ορός.  b,  Philanor,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Paus.  6,  4,  7. 

Φϊλίοιδός,  όν,  {φί?.ης,  άοιδη,  αοι- 
δός) fond  of  singing  or  singers,  Theocr. 
iG06 . 


ΦΙΛΕ 
28,  23 ;  τέττιξ,  Anth.  P.  9,  372 :  mu- 
sical, κερκίς,  lb.  6,  47. 

Φΐλάπεπτος,  ov,  subject  to  bad  di- 
gestion, [ύ] 

ΦΙλάπεχθημοσννη,  ης,  ή,  fondness 
for  making  enemies,  quarrelsomeness, 
Isocr.  344  C,  D,  Dem.  1268,  16: 
from 

Φΐλάπεχθήμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  {φί- 
λος, άπεχθήμων)  fond  of  making  ene- 
mies, quarrelsome,  wrangling,  Lys.  170, 
27,  Isocr.  172  C,  etc.,  Dem.  701,  24. 
Adv.  -μέη'ως,  φ.  εχειν,  to  be  quarrel- 
some. Plat.  Rep.  5U0  B. 

ΦΙλΰπεχθής,  ες,  gen.  fOf.=  foreg., 
Polyb.  12,  25,  6.  Adv.  -θως.  Id.  32, 
20,  3. 

ΦΙλαπλοϊκός,  ή,  όν,  =  sq.,  Luc. 
Pise.  20. 

ΦΙλάπλοος,  ov,  contr.  -πλονς,  ovv, 
{φίλος,  ύπλόος)  fond  of  simplicity. 

Φΐλάπόδ}/μος,  ov,  {φίλος,  ΐιπέιδη- 
μος)  fond  of  travelling,  Xen.  Hell.  4, 
3,2. 

ΦΙ?,αργνρΕω,  ώ,  to  love  money,  be 
covetous,  LXX.  :  and 

ΦΊλαργίιρία,  ας,  ή,  love  of  money, 
covetousness,  Isocr.  178  D,  etc. :  from 

Φΐλάργϊφος,  ov,  {φίλος,  άργυρος) 
fond  of  7noney,  covetous.  Soph.  Ant. 
1055,  Fr.  512,  Xen.  Mem.  3,  1,  10, 
Plat.,  etc. 

Φϊ7Λρετος,  ov,  {φίλος,  αρετή)  fond 
of  virtue,  Arist.   Eth.  N.  1,  8,  10.  [a] 

Φΐλάριστείδης,  ov,  b,  a  friend  of 
Aristides,  Anth. 

Φιλαριστοτέλης,  ov,  b,  a  friend  of 
Aristotle,  Strab. 

Φϊλάρματος,  ov,  {φίλος,  άρμα)  fond 
of  chariots  or  the  chariot-race,  πόλΐς, 
Pind.  I.  8  (7),  43  ;  B/y/iai,  Eur.  H.  F. 
467. 

Φιλαρσάκης,  ov,  b,  a  frieiid  of  Ar- 
saces.  Strab. 

Φΐλάρχαιος  or  -χαϊος,  ov,  {φίλος, 
αρχαίος)  fond  of  what  is  old,  fond  of 
antiquity,  Plut.  2,  1107  E,  Ath.  126  B. 

ΦΙλαρχέω,  ώ,  to  be  fond  of  rule,  Po- 
lyb. 6,  9,  6  :  and  ^ 

ΦΙλαρχία,  ας,  ή,  love  of  rule,  lust  of 
power,  Polyb.  6,  49,  3,  etc. :  and 

Φϊλαρχικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  Ιο  or 
beseeming  a  φίλαρχος :  from 

Φίλαρχος,  ov,  {φίλος,  αρχή)  fond  of 
rule  or  power,  ambitious.  Plat.  Phaed. 
82  C,  Rep.  549  A,  Polyb..  etc.  [Ϊ] 

ΦίΛασf,  -άσας.  Dor.  and  poet,  for 
ίφίλησε,  φιλήσας. 

ΦΙλαστράγάλος,  ov,  {φίλος,  αστρά- 
γαλος) fond  of  playing  at  αστράγαλοι, 
Anth.  P.  6,  276. 

Φϊλάσωτος,  ov,  {  φίλος,  άσωτος  ) 
fond  of  a  profligate  life,  Mel.  60,  64.  [«] 

ΦίλΰΓο,  Ep.  3  sing.  aor.  mid.  of  φι- 
λίω,η.  20,  304.  [ί] 

Φίλαυθόμαιμος,  ον,=  φιλύδελφος. 
Lye.  5C6. 

Φίλαυλος,  ον,  {φίλος,  αν7ίός)  fond 
of  the  flute,  Μονσαι,  Soph.  Ant.  965; 
δελφίς,  Eur.  El.  435.  [i] 

iΦίλavλoς,  ov,  b,  Philaulus,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Anth.  P.  7,  470. 

Φίλαυτέω,  ω,  to  be  fond  of  self ;  and 

Φιλαυτία,  ας,  ή,  self-love,  self-re- 
gard. Plut.  2,  48  F:  from 

Φίλαυτος,  ov,  {φίλος,  αντον)  loving 
one's  self,  Arist.  Eth.  N.  9,  8,  4,  sq., 
in  bad  sense,  selfish,  lb.,  cf.  M.  Mor. 

2,  14,  3.     Adv.  -τως,  Luc.  Amor.  27. 
Φίλύω,  ώ,  to  rob,  plunder,  dub.,  cf. 

φιλήτης. 

^Φιλάων,  ωνος,  b,  Philaon,  son  of 
Chersis,  brother  of  king  Gorgus  in 
Cyprus,  Hdt.  8,  11. 

^Φι}.έας.  ov.  Ion.  -έης.  εω,  b,  Phileas, 
father  of  the  Samian  Rhoecus,  Hdt. 

3,  60.— 2.  V.  I.  for  ΦιλαΙος,  in  Plut. 
Sol.  10. — Others  in  Dem. ;  Lys'. ;  etc. 


ΦΙΑΕ 

ΦΙλέγγνος,  ov,  {φίλος,  έγγνη)  read- 
ily giving  security  or  bail,  Strab. 

Φιλεγκλ7'/μων, ov,  {φίλος,  έγκλημα) 
fond  of  accusing,  Clem.  Δ1. 

Φi?Jεσκε,  Ion.  and  Ep.  impf.  from 
φι7.έω,  Horn. 

Φΐλεθειρος,  ov,  (φίλος,  ίθειρα)  vsu- 
ally  worn  on  the  hair,  σίνδών,  Anth. 
P.  0,  307. 

ΦΙλειδήμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  (φίλος, 
ειδήμων)  fond  of  learning,  Strab. 

ΦΙλέκδηαος,  ov,  =  φιλαπόδημος, 
Strab. 

ΦΙλέλαίος,  ov,  loving  the  olive-tree. 

ΦΙλελεήμων,  ov,  gen.  ovof,=sq., 
LXX. 

ΦίλtλίΌf ,  ov,  (φίλος,  έλεος)  loving 
pity,  compassionate,  Eccl. 

Φϊλελενθέριος,  {φί7.ος,  ελενθέριος) 
loving  or  practising  liberality,  Dion. 
H. 

Φιλελεύθερος,  ov,  (φίλος,  ελεύθε- 
ρος) loving  Jreedom,  liberal,  Polyb.  4, 
30,  5. 

Φιλί  λ  λ  7/1',  ηνος,  6,  ή,  (^ίλος,  Έλ- 
λην)  fond  of  the  Hellenes  or  Greeks, 
Hdt.  2,  178,  Isocr.  107  A,  199  A, 
Plat.  Rep.  470  E,  Xen.,  etc. 

Φίλελπις,  ιδος,  ό,  ή,  readily  hoping, 
always  hoping.   [I] 

ΦΏίέμπορος,  ov,  (φίλος,  έμπορος) 
fond  of  traffic  and  travel,  Nonn. 

Φίλενδεικτέω,  ώ,  to  be  fond  of  show- 
ing, Nicet. :  from 

ΦΙλενδείκτης,  ov,  ό,  {φί?Μς,  ένδεί- 
κvυμι)fond  of  showing  off  or  boasting. 

Φίλένδοξος,  ov,  (φίλος,  ένδοξης) 
fond  of  renown,  ClC.  Att.  13,  19,  3. 

Φϊλένδοτος,  ov,  readily  giving  in  : 
opp.  to  ανένδοτος. 

ΦΙλένθεος,  ov,  (φίλος,  ενθεος)  fond 
of  revelling  or  enthusiasm,  Orph.  H. 
10,  5. 

Φίλένννχος,  ov,  {φίλος,  ενννχος) 
loving  night,  Paul.  S.  Ecphr.  410. 

Φιλέξοδυς,  ov,  (φίλυς,  έξοδος)  fond 
of  going  out  or  gadding  about,  Epich. 
p.  86. 

Φιλεορταστής,  ov,  b,  (εορτάζω)  = 
sq. 

Φιλέορτος,  ov,  {φί7.ος,  εορτή)  fond 
of  feasts,  ειρήνη,  At.  Thesm.  1147. 

ΦΙλεπιστήμων,  ov,  (φίλος,  επιστή- 
μη) fond  of  knowledge  or  science,  Philo. 

Φίλεπιτϊμητής,  ov,  b,  {φίλος,  επι- 
τιμάω) a  censorious  person,  Isocr.  9  A  ; 
ct.  φιλαίτιος. 

Φίλεραστέω,  ώ,  to  love  an  εραστής, 
be  amorous :  from 

ΦΙλεραστής,  ov,  b,  (φίλος,  εραστής) 
one  who  loves  an  εραστής,  fond  of  lov- 
ers, amorous.  Plat.  Symp.  192  B. 

Φίλερηστία,  ας,  ή,  passionate  love. 
Plat.  Symp.  213  D,  Aristaen. :  from 

ΦΙλέραστος,  ov,  (φίλος,  εραστής) 
loving  έρασταί,  amorous,  Polyb.  24,  5, 
7. — II.  agreeable  to  lovers,  [)οδον,  Mel. 
98  ;  πηκτίς,  Anth.  P.  app.  327. 

ΦΓλεράστρια,  ας,  ή,  pecul.  fern,  ol 
foreg.,/o?«i  of  intrigues,  Anth.  P.  5,  4. 

ΦΏ.εργέω,  ώ,  to  lore  work,  he  indus- 
trious, Plut.  2,  13  A  :  and 

Φΐλεργία,  ας,  ή,  love  of  labour,  in- 
dustry, Xen.  Oec.  20,  26  :  thrift,  Dem. 
945,  25,  Arist.  Rhet.  1,  5,  6:  from 

Φίλεργος,  ov,  (φίλος,  έργον)  loving 
work,  working  willingly,  industrious, 
Dem.  957,  28.  Adv.  -γως,  Ael.  V.  H. 
12,  45. 

Φϊλέρηαος,  ov,  (φίλος,  έρημος)  fond 
of  being  alone,  Anth.  P.  5,  9. 

Φΐλέρίθος,  ov,  {φίλος,  έριθος)  fond 
of  wool-spinning,  practised  therein,  ήλα- 
κάτη,  Theocr.  28,  1  ;  ΪΙαλλάο,  AntI». 
P.  6,  247. 

Φίλερις,    ιδος,  6,  ή.  (φίλος,   έρις'* 
quarrelsome,  Arist.  Soph.  ΕΙ.  11,  5. 
,   Φίλεριστέω,  ώ,  to  love  strife :  from 


ΦΙΛΕ 

Φΐ?^ρισ-ης,  οϋ,  ό,=φιλερίς,  Alex. 
Incert.  56.    Hence 

Φιλερισηκός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to,  be- 
seeming a  ψίλερίΰτης. 

Φΐλέριστος,  ον,=  φίλερις. 

Φίλερως,  ωτος,  ό,  ή,  (φίλος,  ίρως) 
prone  to  love,  full  of  love,  Mel.  64,  Luc. 
Amor.  12.  [i] 

Φϊλέσπερος,  ov,  {φίλος,  εσπέρα) 
fond  of  evening,  Anth.  P.  7,  31 . 

Φϊ?ιεταίρεία,  ας,  ή,  {φύΐταιρος) 
love  of  comrades,  friendship,  Xen.  Ages. 
2,21. 

Φίλεταιρία,  ας,  ^,=  foreg.,  Alex. 
Incert.  76. 

Φίλεταίβίον,  ov,  τό,  =  απαρίνη, 
Diosc.  4,  8,  cf.  Foes.  Oec.  Hipp. 

ΦΏ.εταιρις,  ιδος,  ή,  pecul.  fein.  of 
sq.,  Nic.  Th.  632. 

Φϊλέταφος,  ov,  (.φίλος,  εταίρος) 
fond  of  one's  comrades  or  friends,  true 
to  them,  Thuc.  3,  82,  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  3, 
49,  etc.     Adv.  -ptjf,  Aeschin.  15,  32. 

\Φύ'Λταίρος,  ov,  ό,  Philetaerus, 
brother  of  Euinenes,  founder  of  the 
kingdom  of  Pergamus,  Luc.  Macrob. 
12;  cf.  Strab.  pp.  543,  624.-2.  a 
poet  of  the  middle  comedy,  of  Athens, 
Meineke.l, p. 349.— Others  in  Strab.; 
etc. 

Φίλετνος,  ov,  (φΆoς,ετvoς)fondof 
pulse-soup,  A.  B.  p.  70.   [i] 

Φί?.ενόιος,  ov,  loving  a  clear  sky. 

Φΐλενίος,  01',  (φίλος,  ευοϊ)  loving 
the  cry  of  ενοί,  epith.  of  Bacchus, 
Anth.  P.  9,  524,  Nonn. 

ΦΙλενλαβης,  ες,  gen.  έος,  fond  of 
caution,  very  cautious. 

Φΐλεν7ιείχος,  ov,  (7Μχω)  fond  of 
(Zaiiiiics, Leon. Tar.  14,  econj.  Brunck., 
pro  -χείλος :  Lob.  Phryn.  573  pre- 
fers -Λοιχος. 

Φίλεννος,  ov,  (ώί?.ος,  εvvή)fυnd  of 
the  marriage-bed,  Anacreont.  1,  7. 

ΦΙλευπρόςωπος,  ov,  {φίλος,  εν, 
πρύςωπον)  loving  fair  faces,  or  wishing 
to  have  one. 

Φίλενριπίδειος,  a,  ov,  (φί?.ος,  Έΰ- 
ριπίδης)  fond  of  Euripides,  Plut.  ^, 
755  B. 

Φιλευριπίδης,  ow,=foreg.,  name  of 
a  comedy  of  Axionicus. 

Φίλεΰτακτος,  ov,  {φίλος,  εύτακτος) 
fond  of  order  and  decency,  Anth.  P.  6, 
282.  __ 

Φΐ7.εντρά•πελος,  ov,  {φίλος,  εντρύ- 
ττελος)  loving  wit,  Arist.  Virt.  et  Vit. 
6,5.^ 

Φΐλεύχειλος,  ov,  dub.  1.,  v.  φιλεν- 
Τείχος. 

Φΐλ.έφηβος,ον,  {φίλος,  έφηβος) fond 
of  youths,  Anth.  P.  12,  161. 

ΦΙλεχθής,  ές,  gen.  έος,=φίλεχθρος, 
Theocr.  5,  137. 

Φϊλεχθρέυ,  ώ,  to  exercise  enmity, 
LXX.:  from 

Φίλεχθρος,  ov,  {φίλος,  εχθρός)  ex- 
ercising enmity,  prone  to  enmity,  Paul. 
S.  74,  169.  Adv.  -θρως,  φ.  εχειν  προς 
TLva,  to  be  hostile  towards  any  one, 
Diog.  L.  3,  36.  [i] 

Φϊλέφιος,ον,  {φίλος,  iipia)fondof 
play,  Nonn. 

^Φίλε-ψιος,  ου,  ό,  Philepsius,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  an  Athenian,  Ar.  Plut.  177. 

Φϊ?.έω,  ώ,  {.  -ήσο :  besides  the  regul. 
aor.  ίφί7.ησα,  Horn,  has  in  the  same 
act.  signf  the  Ep.  aor.  έφιλύμην  in  3 
sing,  έφίλατο,  φί'λατο.  11.  5,  61  ;  im- 
perat.  φΐ/Μΐ,  11.  5,  117  ;  10,  280  (Wolf 
writes  φίλαι) ;  subj.  φίλωνται  [i],  H. 
Horn.  Cer.  117  ;  but  φί?.ατο  as  pass., 
Ap  Rh.  3,  66  ;  and  so,  φιλάμενος, 
Anth.  P.  append.  317: — Ep.  inf  pres. 
φίλήμεναι,  11.  22,  265  ;  inf.  fut.  φί?.η- 
οέμεν,  Od.  4,  171  :  Ion.  impf.  φΐλέε- 
σκε,  Hom.,  Aeol.  2  pres.  φίλησΟα  for 
φιλείς,  Sappho. — The  fut.  mid.  φιλή- 


ΦΙΛΗ 

σομαι  in  pass,  signf.  (for  φιληθήσο- 
μαι)  occurs, besides  Horn., in  Antipho 
113,28;  but  also  the  fut.  3  πεφιλή- 
σομαι  as  fut.  pass.-^A  pres.  φί?^ημι 
occurs  Sappho  43  ;  but  nowhere  φί- 
λ.ομαί  :  {φίλος). 

To  love,  very  freq.  from  Hom. 
dovvnwds.,  (but  rarely  of  mere  sexual 
love,  like  εοαμαι, — φιλείν  being  pro- 
perly usea  of  affection  generally, 
whence  Arist.  says  φι?Μνσίν  οι  ερω- 
μένοι, Anal.  Pr.  2,  27,  1,  cf  infra  I. 
2) ;  of  the  love  of  gods  for  ιηβη,μάλα 
τονς γε φιλεΐ  Άττόλ/ω?',  II.  16,  94,  cf 
7,  204  ;  of  parents  and  children,  kmgs, 
etc.,  Hom.,  etc. ;  πάς  τις  αντόν  τον 
πέλας  μάλ?Μν  φιλεΐ,  Eur.  Med.  86;  c. 
dupl.  ace,  φι7ώτητα  φιλεΙν  τίνα,  Od. 
15,  245  : — also  of  things,  to  approve  of, 
to  like,  sanction,  σχέτλια  έργα,  Od.  14, 
83  ;  φ.  άοιδύς,  δείπνων  τέρτριας,  Vmd. 
Ν.  3,  11,  Ρ.  9,  35 ;  etc. :— pass.,  to  be 
beloved  by  one,  en  τίνος,  II.  2,  668  ;  πα- 
ρά τίνος,  11.13,  627  ;  νπό  τίνος,  Hdt.  5, 
5;  also  τινί. — 2.  to  treat  affectionately  οτ 
kindly,  esp.  to  welcome  a  guest,  Od.  4, 
29  ;  5, 135,  II.  3,  207,  etc. ;  ξεϊνον  kvl 
μεγύροισι  φ.,  Od.  8,  42 ;  hence,  παρ' 
άμμί  φιAήσεaι,bethouwelcome  with  us, 
Od.  1,  123,  where  the  fut.  mid.  stands 
in  pass,  signf,  cf.  15,  281. — 3.  of  sex- 
ual love,  II.  9,  450,  Od.  18,  325,  Hdt. 
4,  176,  Ar.  Ran.  541,  Pac.  1138;  cf 
φιλότης. — 4.  to  show  signs  of  love,  esp. 
to  kiss,  φ.  τω  στύματί,  to  kiss  on  the 
mouth,  opp.  to  φ.  την  παρειών,  Hdt. 
1,  134 ;  so,  φ.  τό  κάρα,  Soph.  Ο.  C. 
1131 ;  and  in  Att.  freq.  absol.,  Aesch. 
Ag.  1560,  Ar.  Av.  671,  674,  Plat., 
etc.: — mid.,  to  kiss  one  another,  Hdt. 
1.  c.  —  Not  in  Horn.,  who  uses 
κνσω,  κϋσαι. — II.  c.  mf ,  to  be  fond  of 
doing,  be  wont,  used  to  do,  φιλέει  ό 
θεός  Tu  υπερέχοντα  κολονειν,  Hdt.  7, 
10,  5 :  and  then  freq.  of  things,  events, 
avpa  φιλέει  πνέειν,  Hdt.  2,  27  ;  esp., 
φιλεΐ  γίγνεσθαι,  it  usually  happens, 
as,  άπο  πείρης  πάντα  άνθρώποισι  φι- 
λ^έει  γίγνεσθαι,  every  thmg  comes  to 
man  by  experience,  Hdt.  7,  9,  3,  etc., 
cf  8,  128,  Thuc.  3,  42  ;— so,  μεμνα- 
σθαι  φιλεΙ,  Pind.  P.  3,  31 ;  cf  N.  1, 
15  ;  φιλείτίκτειν  νβρις  ύβριν,  Aesch. 
Ag.  764,  cf  Supp.  769;  τοις  θανοϋσί 
τοι  φιλονσι  πάντες  κειμένοις  επαγ- 
γελάν,  SoplL  Aj.  989 ;  etc. ; — also 
absol.,  ola  δη  φιλεΐ  (sc.  γίγνεσθαι), 
as  is  wont,  Lat.  ut  solet.  Plat.  Rep. 
467  Β  : — impers.,  φιλέει  σημαίνειν, 
Hdt.  6,  27  :  —  this  usage  is  post- 
Horn.  ;  the  Lat.  amare  is  used  in  the 
same  way,  as  in  Hoiat.  Od.  2,  3,  10. 
[i,  except  in  Ep.  aor.  έφΐλάμην,  but 
cf.  φίλος.} 

Φίλη,  ης,  ή,  fem.  from  φίλος,  a 
mistress,  like  εταίρα. 

Φίληβος,  ov,  {φίλος,  ίιβη)  loving 
youth,  [ί]     Hence 

^Φί'ληβος,  ου,  ό,  Philebus,  an  Athe- 
nian, after  whom  one  of  Plato's  dia- 
logues was  named. 

Φιλι^δέυ,  ώ,  to  love,  seek  or  find 
pleasure,  delight  in  a  thing,  c.  uat., 
μάχαις,  Ar.  Pac.  1130;  τροφ^  τινι, 
Polyb.  34,  10,  4  :  —  φ.  χώρα,  to  like  to 
dwell  in  a  place,  Ath.  312  Ε  ;  also,  φ. 
προς  χώρα,  Alciphr.  3,  24  :  from 

ΦΙληδής,  ές,  {φίλος,  ήδος)  fond  of 
pleasure,  Arist.  Eth.  N.  8,  4,  4. 

Φνληδία,  ας,  ii,fondness  for  pleasure, 
pleasure  in  a  thing,  delight,  νπό  φιλη- 
δίας  γρυλλίζειν,  of  pigs,  Ar.  Plut. 
307,  cf  311. 

Φίληδονέω,  ώ,  to  be  fond  of  pleasure, 
V.  1.  for  φιληδέω,  Ael.  N.  A.  2,  15 : 
and 

Φϊ?.ηδονία,  ας,  ή,  fondness  for  pleas- 
ure, Plut.  2,  12  C,  21  C,  etc. :  from 


ΦΙΑΗ 

Φιλήδονος,  ov,  {φί?^ος,  ηδονή)  fond 
of  pleasure,  Polyb.  40,  6,  11,  etc.: — 
TO  φιλ.=faIeg.,  Plut.  2,  1094  A. 

Φϊληκοέω,  ώ,  to  be  attentive,  Polyb. 
3,  57,  4  ;  and 

Φίληκοία,  ας,  7],  fondness  for  listen- 
ing or  hearing  discourse,  attentiveness, 
Isocr.  5  D  :  from 

Φίλήκοος,  ov,  {φίλος,  ακοή)  -.—fond 
of  listening,  esp.  to  conversation,  dis- 
courses, lectures,  etc.,  φ.  και  ζητητι- 
κός,  φιλόμουσος  καΐ  φ.,  φιλοθεάμων 
και  φ..  Plat.  R#p.  535  D,  548  Ε,  475 
D  :  fond  of  hearing  or  reading  for  mere 
pastime,  opp.  to  ό  φιλομαθών,  Polyb. 
7,  7,  8,  etc. 

ΦΙλη7Μκατος,  ov,  (φίλος,  ήλακάττ]) 
fond  of  the  spindle,  Anth.  P.  6,  160. 
[a] 

ΦΙλη7Λαστής,  ov,  6,  {φίλος,  ήλια- 
στης)  one  who  delights  :n  trials,  esp. 
as  a  juryman  {δικαστής)  in  the  He- 
liaea,  Ar.  Vesp.  88. 

Φίλημα,  ατός,  τό,  {φΛέω  I.  4)  a 
kiss,  Aesch.  Fr.  128,  Soph.  Fr.  482, 
Eur.  Andr.  416,  Xen.  Mem.  1,  3,  8, 
etc.  [i] 

Φΐ7.ημάτίον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from 
foreg. 

ίΦιλημάτιον,  ov,  ή,  Philematium, 
a  courtesan  in  Athens,  Luc.  Dial. 
Meretr.  11. 

ΦΙλήμεναι,  Ep.  inf.  pres.  act.  of 
φιλέω,  for  φιλείν,  II.  22,  265. 

■\Φιλήμενος,  ov,  ό,  Philemenu.f, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Polyb.  8,  26. 

Φί7ιημι,  V.  φι7ίέω. 

■\Φι7^.ημονίόης,  ov,  δ,  Philemonides, 
masc.  pr.  n..  Plat.  Theag.  129  B. 

Φΐλημοσννη,  ης,  ή,  {φιλέυ) :  — 
love,  friendship,  Theogn.  284,  where 
Brunck,  needlessly,  would  read  σνν- 
ημοσννη.  (Formed  from  φύ,ήμων, 
which  however  occurs  only  as  pr.  n.) 

iΦι7.ήμωv,  όνος,  6,  Philemon,  an 
Athenian,  father  of  Aminiades,  Thuc. 
2,  67. — 2.  a  barbarian,  who  wished  to 
pass  himself  off  for  an  Athenian  citi- 
zen, Ar.  Av.  763. — 3.  a  poet  of  the  new 
comedy,  of  Soli ;  there  were  tw  ο  of 
this  name,  ό  μείζων  and  ό  νεώτερος, 
Meineke,  1,  p.  446;  Luc.  Macrob.  16. 
^4.  an  actor,  Arist.  Rhet.  3,  12. — 
Others  in  N.  T. ;  etc. 

Φιλήνεμος,  ov,  {φίλος,  άνεμος)  lov- 
ing the  wind,  airy,  windy,  Plut.  2, 
676  A. 

Φι7.ήνιος,  ov,  (φίλ.ος,  ηνία)  follow- 
ing the  rein,  obedient,  tractable,  Aesch. 
Pr.  465. 

ΦΙλήνωρ,  ορός,  ό,  ή,  ν.  sub  φιλύ- 
νωρ. 

}Φι7^ηρατίς,  ίδος,  ή,  Phileratis, 
fem.  pr.  η.,  Anth.  P.  6,  347. 

Φϊλήρετμος,  ov,  (φί7.ος,  έρετμός) : 
—fo7id  of  the  oar,  as  epith.  of  the 
Phaeacians,  Od.  8,  96,  etc. ;  of  the 
Taphians,  1,  181. 

Φίληρις,  ιδος,  ό,  ή,=  φί7ιερις. 

f Φίλης,  6,  V.  1.  for  Φΰέης=^Φιλέας, 
Hdt.  3,  60. 

ΦΛησία,  ας,  ή,  {φιλάω)  thievishness, 
Hesych. 

^Φιλησίη,  ης,  ή,  Philesia,  fem.  pr. 
Π.,  Anth.  Append.  259. 

Φΐ7.ησίμο7^πος,  ov,  =  φύ.όμολπος, 
Pind.  Ο.  14,  19.  [ί] 

^Φιλήσιος,  ov,  ό,  Philesius,  a  leader 
of  the  Greeks  under  the  younger 
Cyrus,  an  Achaean,  Xen.  An.  3,  1, 
47. — 2.  a  statuary  of  Eretria,  Paus. 
5,  27,  9. 

Φίλησις,  εως,  ή,  {φιλέω)  a  loving, 
affection,  Arist.  Eth.  N.  9,  7,  6. 

Φί?.ησιστέφΰνος,  ov,  =  φιλοστέφα- 
νος,  Aristid. 

Φιλήσυχος,  ov,fondof  rest,  peaceful. 

\Φίλητας,  a,  b,  Philetas,  a  celebra- 
1607 


ΦΙΛΙ 

ted  grammarian  and  poet,  of  Cos, 
Theocr.  7,  40 ;  Slrab.  p.  657.  —  2. 
-ήτας,  a  Sybarite,  victor  at  Olympia, 
Paus.  5,  8,  9. 

Φιλητέον,  verb.  adj.  from  φιλέω, 
one  must  love.  Soph.  Ant.  524,  Arist., 
etc. 

Φίλητενω,  φίλήτης,  dub.  forms  for 
ώηλητ-,  Gaisf.  Has.  Op.  373,  Jac. 
Anth.  P.  p.  122. 

ΦΙλτ/τίκής,  η,  όν,  (^ί/lpw)  gwen  to 
loving,  affectionate,  Arist.  Eth.  N.  3, 
10,  2,  Eth.  Eud.  7,  i,  5.  Adv.  -κύς, 
Clem.  Al. — II.  fond  of  kissing,  Arist. 
Probl.  30,  1,8. 

\Φίλτ]τορί<^ης,  ου  Ep.  ao,  ύ,  son  of 
Philetor,  i.  e.  Demuchus,  II.  20,  457. 

Φίλ7;-ΟΓ,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from  0i- 
λίω,  to  be  loved,  worthy  of  love,  το  φ-, 
the  object  of  love,  Arist.  Eth.  N.  9, 
7,6. 

■\Φίλητος,  ov,  ό,  Philetus,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  N.  T. 

Φίλητρον,  ου,  τό,  an  amour,  in- 
trigue:  a\so=: φίλτρον,  Anth.  P.  11, 
218:  Niike  Choeril.  p.  98.  [I] 

ΦΙλήτωρ,  opor,  ύ,  a  lover ;  also  ή  φ. 
ηνός,  Aesch.  Ag.  1446. 

\Φιλ7/Γωρ,  ορός,  ό,  Philetor,  father 
of  Demuchus,  11.  20,  457.— A  Cretan 
name,  Strab.  p.  484. 

Φιλία,  ας,  ή,  Ion.  φιλί?/,  Hdt.,  («^ί- 
λεω) : — love,  affection,  friendship,  Lat. 
amicitia,  first  in  Theogn.  306,  600, 
1098,  Hdt.  3,  82,  etc. ;  φ.  προς  τίνα, 
Xen.  Mem.  2,  6,  29 ;  also,  φ.  τινός, 
Id.  An.  1,  3,  5:  φιλία  y  εμή,  i]  σή, 
friendship  for  me,  for  thee,  lb.  7,  7, 
29,  Eur.  Or.  138,  etc. ;  φιλίαν  λαβείν 
or  κτησασθαι  παρά  τίνος,  to  acquire 
one's  friendship,  Xen.  Cyr.  3,  1,28; 
ώ.  εις  αλλήλους  άνακίρνασθαι,  Eur. 
Hipp.  253 ;  ποιεϊσθαι  προς  τίνα, 
Xen.  Mem.  2,  6,  29.  —  II.  fern,  from 
φίλιος,  V.  sub  φίλιος- 

^Φιλιάδης,  ov,  ό,  Philiades,  a  tyrant 
of  Messenia,  Dem.  212,  26;  Polyb. 
17,  14,  3.— Others  in  Luc. ;  etc. 

ΦΙλιάζΐύ,  (φιλία)  to  be  or  become  a 
friend,  τινί,  LXX. 

ΦΙλιΰτρεω,  ώ,  to  be  a  friend  of  the 
art  of  medicine,  Diosc.  :  from 

Φίλίϋ,τρος,  ov,  a  friend  of  the  art  of 
ynedicine.   [Γ] 

Φιλικός,  ή,  όν,  (φίλος) : — belonging 
to  or  befittiiig  a  friend,  friendly.  Plat. 
Legg.  919  A.  and  Xen. :  φιλικά, proofs 
or  marks  of  friendship,  φιλικά  παθεΐν, 
Xen.  Cyr".  4,  6,  6,  An.  4,  1,9.  Adv. 
■κύς,  in  a  kind,  friendly  way.  Plat. 
Gorg.  485  E,  and  Xen. ;  φ.  εχειν  προς 
τίνα,  Xen.  Hell.  4,  8,  17 ;  superi. 
■κώτατα,  Id.  Symp.  9,  4. 

^Φιλίνη,  ης.  7/,  Philine,  mother  of 
Theocritus,  Theocr.  Ep.  3.  [iv] 

iΦίλιvva,  ης,  ή,  like  foreg.,  Phi- 
linna,  fem.  pr.  n.,  Ar.  Nub.  684  ;  Anth.; 
etc. 

\Φιλύννιον,  ου,  η,  Philinninm,  dim. 
from  foreg.,  fem.  pr.  n.,  Anth.  P.  5, 
121. 

■^Φιλΐνος,  ov,  ό,  Philinus,  an  Athe- 
nian, son  of  Nicostratus,  Dem.  566, 
25. — 2.  a  historian  of  Agrigentum 
in  Sicily,  Polyb.  1,  14,  sqq. — 3.  a 
herdsman,  Theocr.  2, 115.— Others  in 
Ath. ;  etc. 

Φίλιος,  a,  ov,  and  Att.  very  freq. 
Of,  ov,  (φίλος). — I.  act.,  of  or  like  a 
friend,  friendly,  kindly,  νμί'ος,  ίπη, 
etc.,  Pind.  P.  1,  116;  4,  51;  λόγοι, 
γνώμαι,  Hdt.  7,  103  ;  9,  4  ;  όμματα, 
φρην,  etc.,  Aesch.  Cho.  810,  etc.  ;  φ. 
Tivi,  friendly  towards  one,  Xen.  Cyr. 
6.  1,  19: — esp.  as  opp.  to  πολέμιος, 
friendly,  φ.  χώρα.  πο'λις,  στράτευμα, 
etc.,  Hdt.  7, 1 51 ,  Xen.,  etc. ;  φ.  τριήρης, 
a  friendly  ship,  i.  e.  one  belonging  to  a 
1608 


ΦΙΛΙ 

friendly  power,  Thuc.  4,  120  :  so  too, 
ή  φι/Λα  (sc.  γη,  χώρα),  a  friendly  coun- 
try, opp.  to  7/  πολέμια,  Thuc,  Xen. 
Cyr.  1,  6,  9,  etc. — 2.  Ζευς  ώίλιος,  Ju- 
piter as  god  of  friendship,  also  Φίλιος, 
without  Ζευς,  Ar.  Ach.  730,  Pherecr. 
Crapat.  16,  and  Plat. ;  cf.  Ruhnk. 
Tim.,  Stallb.  Euthyphr.  6  B.— II. 
pass,  like  φίλος,  loved,  beloved,  dear, 
of  persons  and  things,  φ.  άλίοχος,  βρε- 
φη,  etc.,  cf  Seidl.  Eur.  Tro.  243. — 
Hi.  adv.  -ίως,  Thuc.  3,  65,  Xen.  Cyr. 
6,  3,  13,  Plat.,  etc. 

iΦί?uoς,  ov.  I).  Philius,  masc.  pr.  n., 
Anth.  Append.  376. 

Φϊλίόΐύ,  ώ,  later  form  for  φιλόω,  to 
make  a  friend  o/;— pass.,  to  become 
friends,  Aesop. 

ΦΙλίππειος,  ov,  (Φίλιππος)  of  or 
from  Philip,  joTou,  Paus.  8,  30,  6t : 
ό  Φ.  (sc.  χρυσούς  or  στατήρ),  a  gold 
coin  coined  by  king  Philip,  worth  1/.  3s. 
5d.,  tabout  $5.10  of  our  money, t  Diod. 

^Φιλιππ7ΐνός,  οϋ,  ό,  Polyb.,  and 
Φιλιππήσιος,  Ν.  Τ.,  an  iyihab.  of  Phi- 
Itppi. 

Φΐλιππία,  ar,  ή,  (φίλιππος)  love  of 
horses  or  riding,  Stob.  Eel.  2,  p.  120. 

■[Φιλιππίδης,  ov,  6,  Philippides,  an 
Athenian,  pupil  of  Protagoras,  Plat. 
Protag.  315  A. — 2.  a  friend  and  par- 
tisan of  Midias,  Dem.  581,  14;  cf 
1332,  24,  perhaps  the  same. — 3.  son 
of  Phi  lodes,  a  poet  of  the  new  comedy, 
Ael.  V.  H.  12,  31  ;  cf  Meuieke  1,  p. 
470  sqq. — Others  in  Lycurg. ;  etc. 

Φϊλιππϊδόομαι,  as  pass.,  to  be  lean 
like  Philippides,  Alex.  Mandr.  5  :  fcf 
foreg.  3. 

Φϊλιππίζω,  f  -ίσω  Att.  -ΐώ,  (Φί• 
λίίππος)  to  be  on  Philip's  side  or  party, 
to  Philippize,  Dem.  287,  1,  Aeschin. 
72,  14. 

■[Φιλιππικός,  ή,  όν,  of  Philip,  Phi- 
lippic, πόλεμος,  Polyb.  3,  32,  7. 

■\Φιλ^ίππιoς,  ov,=toveg.,  η  Φ.  πηγή, 
Paus.  8,  7,  4.  ^ 

ΦΊλιππισμός,  οϋ,  b.  (Φϊλιππίζω) 
attachment  to  Philip  and  his  party. 

[Φίλιπποι,  ων,  οι,  Philippi,  a  city 
of  Macedonia  on  the  Nestus,  near 
Amphipolis,  earlier  Κρηνίόες,  Strab. 
p.  331  ;  etc.  :  an  inhab.,  Φιλιππενς, 
-ησιος,  and  -πηνός. 

[Φιλιππόπολις,  εως,ή,  Philippopn- 
lis.  a  city  of  Thrace  on  the  Hebrus, 
Polyb.  24,  6,  5.— 2.=  e^dat  Φθίας, 
Polyb.  5,  100,  8. 

Φίλ.ιπποΓ,  ov,fond  of  horses,  Pind. 
N.  9,  74,  Soph.  Fr.  523,  738,  Eur., 
Xen.,  etc. — 11.  as  masc.  pr.  n.,  Philip, 
V.  sq.   [φΐ] 

[Φίλιππης,  ov,  0,  Philip,  masc.  pr. 
n.. —  1.  a  Crotoniat,  honoured  after 
death  as  a  hero,  Hdt.  5,  47. — 2.  son 
of  Alexander  I.,  brother  of  Perdiccas, 
Thuc.  1,  57.— 3.  a  Theban,  Xen.  Hell. 
5,  1,  2. — 4.  son  of  Amynlas,  the  cele- 
brated king  of  Macedon,  Dem.  passim. 
— 5.  son  of  Demetrius,  father  of  Per- 
seus, Polyb. — Many  others  in  Dem. ; 
Polyb.  ;  etc. 

Φ/λί7Γ7ΓθΓρό0θΓ,  OVtfond  of  keeping 
horses,  Phalar. 

+Φίλί7Γ7Γθυ  νήσοι,  al.  islands  of 
Philip,  in  the  Arabian  gulf,  Strab.  p. 
773. 

Φιλίσκος,  ov,  6.  dim.  from  φίλος, 
Teles  ap.  Stob.  p.  516.  19. 

[Φιλίσκος,  ου.  ό,  Philiscus,  a  poet 
of  the  middle  comedy,  Meineke  1,  p. 
423. — 2.  a  citizen  of  Abydos,  Xen. 
Hell.  7,  1,  27.-3.  a  tragic  poet  of 
Corcyra,  Ath.  198  B.— Others  in  Diog. 
L.  ;  etc. 

iΦιλ.ιστείδης,ό,=Φιλιστίδης,Stτah. 
p.  445. 

[Φίλιστίδης,  ov,  ό,  Philistides,   a 


ΦΙΛΟ 

tyrant  of  Oreus  in  Euboea,  Dem.  1)9, 
22  :  in  Strab.  Φιλιστείδ/ις. 

[Φιλίστιον,  ov,  ή,  Philistitim,  fem. 
pr.  n.,  Anth.  P.  5,  114. 

Φιλίστιος,  lov,  Ion.  for  ώιλέστιος, 
fond  of  a  family,  sociable,  l•  oes.  Oec. 
Hipp. 

[Φιλιστίων,  ωνος,  ό,  Philistion,  a 
wonder-worker  of  Syracuse,  Atli.  138 
E.— Others  in  Ath.  115  D;  510  C; 
Anth. ;  etc. 

ΦΙλιστορέω,  ώ,  to  love  learning,  to 
investigate  curiously. 

[Φίλιστος,  ov.  ό,  Philistus,  son  of 
Pasicles,  who  with  Neleus  founded 
Miletus,  Hdt.  7,  97. — 2.  a  historian 
at  the  courtof  Dionysius  of  Syracuse, 
Paus.  1,  13,  9. 

ΦΙλ,ίστωρ,  ορός,  ό,  ή,  fond  of  learn- 
ing, curious. 

Φιλίτιον,  ov,  TO,  V.  sub  φειδίτιον. 

[Φιλιτις,  ιος,  b,  PhUitis,  an  Aegyp 
tian  herdsman,  after  whom  some  py 
ramids  were  named,  Hdt.  2,  128. 

Φιλιχβνς,  νος.  ό,  ή,  (φίλος,  ίχθνς) 
fond  offish,  Ath.  358  D. 

Φίλιων,  ov,  poet,  compar.  of  φίλος, 
Od.  19,  351  ;  24,  268. 

Φΐλίωσις,  εως,  ή,  (φιλιόω)  α  making 
friendly. 

ΦΙλιωτής,  ov,  b,  (φιλιόω)  one  who 
befriends,  or  makes  a  friendship. 

[Φιλλενς,  έως,  b,  Philleus,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Leon.  Tar.  96. 

[Φίλλ.ις,  ιος,  ό,  Phillis,  masc.  pr.  n., 
Anth.  7,  501.— 2.  a  Delian,  Ath.  21  F. 

Φιλλϊφεα,  ας,  ij,  a  tree,  phillyrea  lat- 
ifolia,  Dlosc.  1,  125. 

[Φιλλ.υρίδας,  b,  Όοτ.=Φιλνρίδης, 

q•  V. 

Φϊλόβακχος,  ov,  (φίλος,  Βάκχος) 
loving  Bacchus  Or  tvine,  Anth.  P.  7, 
222. 

Φίλοβάρβϊφος,  ov,  (φίλος,  βάρβα- 
ρος) fond  of  barbarians  or  foreigners, 
loving  barbarisms  in  language,  Plut.  2, 
857  A. 

ΦιλοβάρβΙτος,  ov,  (φίλος,  βάρβι- 
τον)  fond  of  the  barbiton  or  lyre,  Cri- 
tias  7,  4. 

Φίλοβασίλειος,  ov,  (φίλος,  βασι- 
λεύς) loving  the  king,  Plut.  Aemil.  24. 

ΦΙλΜβασϊλενς,  έως,  b,  (φίλ.ος,  βα- 
σιλεύς) a  friend  to  the  king,  Plut.  Alex. 
47. 

Φϊλοβάσκάνος,  ov,  envious. 

Φΐλόβιβλος,  ov,  (φίλος,  βίβλος) 
fond  of  books,  Strab. 

Φϊλόβορος,  ov,  (φίλος,  βορά)  fond 
of  eating,  Hermes  ap.  Stob.  Eel.  1,  p. 
960. 

ΦΙλόβοτρνς,  ν,  (φίλος,  βότpvς)fond 
of  bunches  of  grapes,  Plut.  2,  668  A. 

Φϊλοβονπαις,  b,  ή,  (φίλ.ος,  βονπαις) 
loving  full-grown  boys,  Anth.  12.  255. 

Φϊλόβρως,  ωτος,ό,  ή,=  φιλόβορος. 

ΦΏίογάθής,  ες.  Dor.  for  φιλογηθής, 
Aesch. 

Φΐλόγαιος,  ov,  (φίλος,  γαία)  loving 
the  earth,  Anth.  P.  6,  104. 

Φϊλόγΰμος,  ov,  (φίλος,  γάμος)  long- 
ing for  marriage,  μνηστήρες,  Eur.  I. 
A.  392. 

Φιλογαστορίδης,  ov,  6,  and  φίλο- 
γαστρίδίας,  ov,  b,  (φίλος,  γαστήρ) 
one  who  loves  his  belly,  a  glutton,  Anth. 
P.  8.  169. 

ΦΊλογελοιαστής,  ov,  ό,  a  friend  of 
jesters. 

Φΐλογέλοιος,  ov,  (φίλος,  γέ/ίΟίος} 
fond  of  the  ludicrous,  given  to  jesting, 
Arist.  Rhet.  2,  13,  15,  with  v.  1.  -γε 
λος. 

Φ1?ίόγελ.ως,  ωτος,  b,  ή,  (φίλος,  γέ~ 
?ως)  laiightfr-loving,fo7id  of  laughing. 
Plat.  Rep.  388  Ε  ;  εναντίον  το  όδνρ- 
τικόν  τω  φιλογέλωτι,  Arist.  Rhet.  2, 
13,  15. 


ΦΙΑΟ 

■^Φιλογένης,  ους,  ό,  Philogenes,  an 
Atiienian,  founder  of  Phocaea,  Strab. 
p.  633. 

ΦΙλογενναΙος,  ov,  (φί?.ος,  γενναίος) 
loving  the  noble  or  nobleness :  το  φ.,  the 
quality  of  loving  the  liable,  Diog.  L.  4, 
19. 

ΦΙλογεωμέτρης,  ov,  ό,  fond  of  geom- 
etry. 

Φΐλογεωργέω,  ώ,  to  be  fond  of  farm- 
ing or  a  country  life  :  and 

Φϊλογεωργία,  ας,  ή,  fondness  for 
farming  or  of  a  country  life,  Xen.  Oec. 
20,  25  :  from 

Φίλογέωργος,  ov,  {φίλος,  γεωργός) 
fond  of  fanning  or  a  country  life^  Xen. 
Oec.  20,  26. 

Φίλογηθης,  ες,  gen.  έος.  Dor.  -γύ- 
θής,  [φίλος,  γήβος,  γάθος) : — loving 
mirth,  mirthful,  Aesth.  Theb.  918. 

Φϊλόγλνκος,  ov,  =  sq.,  Arist.  Eth. 
Eud.  2,  10,  28. 

Φ1λόγ?.νκνς,  ν,  gen.  εος,  {φίλος, 
γλυκύς)  loving  sweet  things,  esp.  sweet 
wine,  Arist.  Probl.  3,  28  ;  cf.  Lob. 
Phryn.  p.  536. 

ΦΙλογονία,  ας,  ή,  love  of  children, 
Callistr. :  from 

Φϊλόγονος,  ov,  {φί?^ος,  γονή)  loving 
one's  children,  Joseph. 

Φΐλόγοργος,  ov,  wont  to  be  terrible 
or  gloomy. 

ΦΙλογραμμάτέω,  ύ,  to  love  books, 
Plut.  Aemil.  28. 

Φΐλογραμμάτία,  ας,  ή,  love  of  books, 
Stob.  Eel.  2,  p.  120. 

Φίλογράμαάτος,  ov,  {φίλος,  γράμμα 
III)  loving  bonks,  Plut.  2,  963   B. 

ΦΏΜγρΰφέω,  ώ,  {φί7•.ος,  γραφή)  to 
love  painting,  Plut.  2,  1093  D. 

ΦΆογρήγορος,  ον,^φιΧάγρυπνος. 

ΦΙλογυμνασία,  ας,  ή,  dub.  1.  for  φι- 
λογνμναστία. 

Φΐλογνμναστέω,  ώ,  to  love  gymnas- 
tic exercises.  Plat.  Prot.  342  C,  E, 
Rep.  452  Β  :  from 

ΦΙλογνμναστης,  ov,  ό,  {φίλος,  γυ- 
μναστής) fond  of  gymnastic  exercises, 
Hipp.  p.  280,  Plat.  Rep.  535  D,  etc. 
Hence 

ΦϋίΟγνμναστία,  ας,  ή,  fondness  for 
gymnastic  exercises,  Plat.  Symp.  182 
C, 205  D. 

Φίλογνμναστικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging 
to,  proper  to,  or  becoming  a  φίλ.ογνμνα- 
στης,  very  dub.  1.  in  Plat.  Rep.  455  E. 

Φϊλογνμναστος,  ov,  loving  gymnas- 
tic exercises. 

*Φΐλογνναίξ,  gen.  φιλογύναικος, 
δίθ.=φιλόγννος.  Plat.  Symp.  191  D : 
not  used  in  nom.  [v] 

Φϊλυγνναιος,  ον,=φίλόγννος,  Arist. 
Physiogn.  3,  14.  [i]  ^ 

Φΐ?ι.ογννεία,  ας,  ή,  =  φίλογννία, 
Cic.  Tusc.  4,  11. 

Φίλογίινης,  ov,  b,  {φίλος,  γννή) 
fond  of  women,  Antiph.  Zacynth.  ]. 

•  [^] 

Φΐ?ίθγϋνία,  ας,  t],  love  of  women, 
Plut.  2,  706  Β  :  from 

ΦΙλόγϋνος,  ov,  {φίλος,  γννή)  fond 
of  women,  Lob.  Phryn.  184. 

ΦΙλοδαίμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  {φίλος, 
δαίμων )  given  to  demons  or  idols, 
Eccl. 

ΦΙλοδάκρνος,  ov,  and  -δακρνς,  ν, 
gen.  νος.  {φίλος,  δάκρν)  loving  tears, 
given  to  weeping. 

Φίλούάμέω,  dub.  I.  ap.  Plut.  2,  745 
C. 

■^Φιλοδάμία,  ας,  ή,  Philodamia, 
daughter  of  Danaus,  Paus.  4.  30,  2. 

ΦΙλόδαφνος.  ov,  {φίλος,  δάφνη)  lov- 
ing the  laurel,  epith.  of  Bacchus,  Eur. 
Licynin.  4. 

ΦΙ'λοδΐίπν ίστής,  ov,  ό,  {φίλος,  δει- 
ττνίζω)  one  who  likes  giving  dinners, 
Diog.  L.  3,  98. 


ΦΙΑΟ 

Φϊλόδειπνος,  ov,  {φίλος,  δεΐπνον) 
fond  of  good  dinners,  Plut.  2,  726  A. 

ΦΙλοδέμνίος,  ov,  {φί'λος,  όέμνιον) 
loving  the  bed,  conjugal,  0pp.  0.  1,  161. 

ΦΙλόδενδρος,  ov,  {φίλος,  δένδρον) 
fond  of  trees  or  the  wood,  Anth.  Plan. 
233. 

Φίλοδετϊαστής,  ov,  b,  a  lover  of  cups 
or  drinking. 

Φίλοδέσποινος,  ov,fond  of  the  lady 
of  the  house. 

Φΐλοδεσποτενομαι,  {φίλος,  δεσπο- 
τενω)  dep.,  to  love  the  rule  of  a  master, 
Anaxil.  Incert.  9. 

Φίλοδέσποτος,  ov,  {φίλος,  δεσπό- 
της) loving  one's  lord  or  master,  The- 
ogn.  847  :  also  in  bad  sense,  ύνδρύ- 
ποδα  φ-,  slaves  that  love  a  master, 
crouching  slaves,  Hdt.  4,  142  :  of  dogs, 
Plut.  2,  491  C. 

Φίλοδημία,  ας,  ή,  love  of  the  people, 
popularity  :  from 

Φΐλόδημος,  ov,  {φίλος,  δήμος)  a 
friend  of  the  δήμος  or  people,  the  com- 
mons'friend,  Ar.  Eq.  787,  Nub.  1187. 

iΦιλόδ7lμoς,  ov,  ό,  Philodemus,  an 
Epicurean  of  Gadara  in  Syria,  Strab. 
p.  759  :  also  a  poet  of  the  Anthology. 
— 2.  an  Argive  at  the  court  of  Hiero- 
nymus  in  Syracuse,  Polyb.  7,  2,  2. 

Φίλοδημότης,  ov,  b,  {φίλόδηιιος)  a 
friend  to  the  people.     Hence 

ΦΙλοδημοτικός,  ή,  όν,  like  a  friend 
of  the  people,  Dion.  H. 

Φιλοδημώδης,  if,=foreg.,  Diog.  L. 
4,  22. 

Φΐλοδίκαιος,  ov,  {φίλ^ς,  δίκαιος) 
loving  the  right,  loving  justice,  Arist. 
Eth.  N.  1,8,  10,  Plut.  Aristid.  22. 

ΦΙλοδίκαστής,  ov,  b,  {φίλος,  δικα- 
στής) one  who  likes  being  a  judge,  name 
of  a  comedy  of  Timocles. 

ΦϊλοδΙκέω,  ώ,  {φιλόδικος)  to  be  fond 
of  law,  Thuc.  1,  77. 

■\Φί7.οδίκη,  ης,  ή,  Fhilodice,  daugh- 
ter of  Inachus,  ApoUod.  3,  10,  3. 

^Φιλοδίκης,  ov,  ό,  Philodices,  an 
Athenian.  Xen.  Hell.  1,  3,  13. 

Φίλ,οδΐκία,  ας,  ή,  fondness  for  hw- 
suits,  litigiousness  :  from 

ΦΙλόδΐκος,  ov,  {φίλος,  δίκη)  fond  of 
law-suits,  litigious,  Lys.  116,  21,  Dem. 
1287,  17. 

Φϊλοδίτης,  ov,  b,  {φίλος,  όδίτης)  a 
friend  of  travellers,  Jluv,  Anth.  P.  6, 
102. 

ΦΙλοδοξέω,  ώ,  to  love  fame,  seek  hon- 
our, επί  Tivi,  in  a  thing,  Arist.  Rhet. 
2,  10,  4 ;  τινί,  for  a  thing,  Polyb.  32, 
14,  10;  φ.  εις  τονς  "Έ,λληνας,  to  seek 
credit  fur  one's  conduct  towards  them. 
Id.  1,  16,  10:— 0.  kv  όξνβάώω,  i.  e.  to 
be  a  great  man  in  a  smalt  way,  Id. 
12,  23,  7  :  and 

Φϊ?Μδοξία,  ας,  ή,  love  of  honour  or 
glory,  Polyb.  26,  2,  8  :  from 

Φιλόδοξος,  ov,  {φίλος,  δόξα)  loving 
fame,  honour  or  glory,  Plat.  Rep.  480 
A  ;  περί  τι,  Arist.  Rhet.  2,  10,  3  ;  εις 
Tiva.  Polyb.  7,  8,  6,  cf.  φΛοδοξέω- — 
II.  attached  or  bigoted  to  an  opinion. 

Φΐλοδοσία,  ας,  ή,=φιλοδωρία,  Inscr. 

Φΐλόδονλος.  ov,  (  φίλος,  δονλος  ) 
loving  slaves,  Joseph. 

Φΐλόδονπος,  ov,  {φίλος,  δοϋπος) 
loving  noise,  Anth.  P.  0,  297. 

Φιλόδρομος,  ov,  {φίλος,  δρόμος) 
loving  the  course,  Orph.  H.  13,  11. 

Φΐλόδροσος,  ov,  { φίλος,  δρόσος ) 
loving  the  deiv,  Nonn. 

Φΐλ,όδνρμος,  ov,fond  of  lamentation. 

ΦΙΆόδνρτος,  ov,  {φίλος,  οδύρομαι) 
fond  nf  lamenting,  indulging  sorrow, 
Aesch.  Supp.  69. 

ΦΙλοδωρέω,  ώ,  to  be  fond  of  giving, 
be  bountiful.     Hence 

Φιλοδώρημα,  ατος,  τό,  a  liberal  gift, 
Nicet. 


ΦΙΑΟ 

iΦιλoδώpητoς,  ου,  b,  Philodoretus, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Ar.  Eccl.  51. 

Φι?.οδωρία,  ας,  ή,  fondness  for  giv• 
ing,  bounty  :  from 

Φϊ?.όόωρος,  ov,  {φί?.ος,  όώροιή  fond 
of  giving,  bountiful.  Plat.  Symp.  197  D, 
Xen.  Mem.  3,  1,  0,  Dem.  2G4,  5. 
Adv.  -ρυς.  Plat.  Theaet.  146  D. 

ΦΙλοεργύς,  όν,  or  φΐλόεργος,  ov, 
{φίλος,  έργον)  fond  of  work,  industri- 
ous, Anth.  P.  6,  48;  7,  423,  etc. 

Φΐ/ιοεστηίτωρ,  ορός,  b,  {φίλος,  έσ- 
τιύω)  one  who  is  fond  of  feasting  guests, 
Philo.   [a] 

ΦΙλοζέφνρος,  ov,  {φίλος,  Ζέφνρος) 
loving  the  west  wind,  Anth.  P.  10,  16-, 
12,  195. 

Φϊ?ιθζητητής,  ov,  b,  a  friend  to  in- 
quiry. 

Φίλοζωέω,  ώ,  like  φιλο'φνχέω,  to 
love  life,  Polyb.  11,2,  11,  etc. :  and 

Φϊλοζωία,  ας,  ή,  like  φΓλοψνχία, 
love  of  bfe,  with  collat.  sense  of  cow- 
ardice, Polyb.  15,  10,  5:  from 

Φιλόζωος,  ov,  (φίλος,  ζωή) :  like 
φιλόιρνχος,  fond  of  one's  life,  with 
collat.  sense  of  cowardly,  βροτοί,  Eur. 
Phoenix  9,  Arist.  Rhet.  2, 13,  8.— Π. 
{ζώov)fond  of  animals  Xeu.  Mem.  1, 
4,  7. 

Φΐλόθΰκος,  ov,  fond  of  sitting,  seden- 
tary, lazy. 

Φΐ?•,οθεάμοσννη,  ης,  ή,  fondness  for 
shows,  Joseph.  :  from 

ΦΏ.οθεύμων,  ov,  {  φίλος,  θέαμα  ) 
fond  of  seeing,  fond  of  shows,  plays  or 
spectacles,  Plat.  Rep.  476  A.  [ΰ] 

Φίλοθεέω,  ω,  to  be  a  φιλόθεος,  Eccl.: 
and 

ΦΙλοθεία,  ας,  ή,  the  love  of  God, 
Eccl. :  from 

ΦίΤιόθεος,  ov.  {ώίλος,  θεός)  loving 
God,  pious,  Arist.  Rhet.  2,  17,  6.— II. 
beloved  of  God,  Eccl.     Hence 

Φίλοβεότης,  ητος,  ή,  the  love  of  God, 
a  word  condemned  by  Poll.  1,  21 ;  cf. 
Lob.  Phryn.  351. 

Φιλόθερμος,  ov,  (φίλος,  θέρμη)  lov- 
ing warmth,  Theoplir.,  Plut.  2,  648  D. 

ΦΙλόθεσμος,  ov,  loving  law  and  order. 

Φίλοθεωρέω,  ώ,  to  love  speculation. 
Iambi.  :  from 

Φιλοθέο>ρος,ον,=φι}.οθεύμων,.\\βχ. 
Incert.  57.  Arist.  Eth.  N.  1,  8,  10.— 
li.  fond  of  philosophy. 

Φιλοβήβαιος,  ov.  friend  of  Thebes, 
name  of  a  play  of  Antiphnnes. 

Φιλόθηλνς,  V,  {φίλος,  Θή7.νς)  loving 
the  female  sex  or  females,  Ael.  N.  A. 
2,  43,  Lob.  Phryn.  536. 

Φΐλοθ7φέω.  ώ.  to  be  fond  of  hunting, 
Ael.  V.  H.  t9,  3t.— the  form  φιλοθη- 
ρύω  is  wrong.  Lob.  Phryn.  626 :  and 

Φϊλοθηρία,  ας,  ή,  love  if  hunting, 
love  of  the  chace,  Xen.  Cyr.  2,  4,  26, 
Plut,  2,  633  A :  from 

Φΐλόθηρος,  ov.  {φίλος,  θήρα)  fond 
of  hunting,  Xen.  Cyn.  5,  25,  Plat.  Rep. 
535  D,  etc. 

iΦ'Λόθηpoς.ov,b,Philotherus, masc. 
pr.  n.,  Anth.  Append.  54. 

Φίλοθόρΰβος,  ov,  fond  of  noise  or 
uproar. 

Φϋ.οθονκνδίδης,  ov.  b,fond  ofThu- 
cydides,  Anth.  Plan.  315. 

Φϊλοθρέμ.μων,  ov,  (φί?ιθς,  τρέφω) 
fond  of  rearing  animals,  Orac.  Sib. 

Φϊλοθρηνής,  t'f,=sq.,  Mosch.  4,  66. 

Φιλόθρηνος,  ov,  {φίλος,  θρήνος) 
fond  of  wailing,  given  to  lamentations, 
"Nonn. 

ΦΟ.όΟρησκος,  ov,  loving,  rites  and 
ceremonies,  a  formalist. 

Φιλόβνρσος,  ov,  {ώίλος,  θνρσος) 
loving  the  thyrsus,  Orph.  H.  53,  11 :  cf. 
ap.  Hephaest.  p.  68. 

Φί2.οβντης,  ου,  o,=  sq.,  Ar.  Vesp. 
82,  Antipho  117,  34. 

1609 


ΦΙΛΟ 

ΦΙλόΟντος,  ον,  {φ'ΰ.ος,θνω)/οη<1ο/ 
sacrificing:  φ.  δμγια,  sacrifices  offered 
with  zeal,  Aesch.  Theb.  180. 

Φΐλοΐατρος,  ον,=  ψί?ύάτμος.  [i] 

Φί?ίθίκειος,  ον,  (φίλος,  οικείος)  lov- 
ing one's  relations,  Poiyb.  32,  14,  9, 
Ael.  N.  Λ.  5,  28. 

Φΐ/ιοικόόομυς,  ον,  (φίλος,  οίκοόο- 
μέω)  fond  of  building,  Xen.  Oec.  20, 
29,  Plut. 

Φίλοικος,  ον,  {φί?.ος,  οίκος)  loving 
07ie's  home,  Arist.  Virt.  et  Vit.  8,  3. 

Φίλοικτίρμων,  ον,  gen.  όνος,  {φί- 
Τιος,  οίκτΊρμων)  prone  to  pity,  compas- 
sionate, Eiir.  I.  T.  345,  Plat.  Menex. 
244  E.     Adv.  -μύνως. 

Φΐλοίκτίστος,  ον,  =  sq.,  signf.  I, 
Soph.  Aj.  580. 

Φίλοικτος,  ον,  (φίλος,  οίκτος)  fond 
of  lamentation,  viournful,  piteous,  PiQSch. 
Ag.  240. — 11.=  φιλοικτίρμων.  [I] 

Φΐλοινία,  ας,  ή,  love  of  wine,  Hdt. 
3,  34  :  from 

Φί/Μίνος,  ον,  (φίλος,  οίνος)  fond  of 
wine.  Plat.  Lys.  212  D,  Rep.  475  A, 
etc. 

ΦΏνΟίστρομΰνϊις,  tV,=sq.,  Orph.  H. 
13,3. 

Φίλοίστρος,  ον,  (  φί/.ος,  οίστρος ) 
loving  frenzy,  esp.  loving  the  orgies  of 
Bacchus  and  Cybele,  Orph.  H.  26, 
13,  etc.  [<] 

Φΐ'λοίστωρ,  ορός,  δ,  ή,^φιλίστωρ. 

'ΙΦΛοίτι.ος,  ον,  ΰ,  Philoetius,  neat- 
herd of  Ulysses,  Od.  20,  185,  etc. 

Φϊλ.οίφης,  ον,  δ,  (φι'λος,  οΐφάυ) : — 
loving  sexual  intercourse,  a  lecher,  The- 
ucr.  4,  02: — also,  φί/οιφος,  ον. 

Φϊ/Μκάθάριος,  ον,  loving  cleanliness. 

Φΐλοκύθαρος,  ον,  loving  purity  or 
holiness,   [ΰ] 

ΦΙλ.όκαινος,  ον,  (  όίλος,  καινός  ) 
loving  novelty,  Dion.  Ή.,  Plut.  2,  731 
Β,  etc. 

Φΐλόκαισαρ,  αρος,  ό,  (φίλος,  Καί- 
σαρ) α  friend  to  the  Caesar  or  emperor, 
Inscr.  ap.  Osann  Auct.  Lex.  Gr.  p. 
163. 

Φΐλόκάκος,  ον,  loving  the  bad  or 
base. 

,φίλιοκάκονργος, ον,  (φίλιος,  κακούρ- 
γος) fond  of  doing  ill,  Eccl.  Adv. 
•γο>ς.  Eccl. 

Φϊλοκά'λεω,  ω,  (φιλ.όκαλος)  to  love 
what  is  beautiful,  to  indulge  a  taste  for 
the  refinements  of  Ife,  Thuc.  2,  40 :  to 
be  fond  of  show.  Pint.  2,  1044  D.— II. 
like  φύ.οημέομαι,  to  account  a  thing 
a7i  honour,  and  hence  to  be  eager  or 
zealous,  c.  inf ,  Plut.  Alex.  25. 

ΦιΑοκα7.ία,  ας,  ή,  love  for  the  beauti- 
ful. 

Φίλοκαλ^Μπιστης,  ον,  ό,  one  who 
loves  ornament. 

ΦΙλόκύ7.ος,  ον,  (φίλ^ς,  καλός)  lov- 
ing the  beautiful  (both  of  personal  and 
moral  beauty),  loving  beauty  and  good- 
nrss.  Plat.  Phaedr.  248  D,  Criti.  Ill 
Ε  : — fond  of  show  and  elegance,  Xen. 
Cyr.  1,  3,  3  ;  φ.  περί  τα  ό-λα,  lb.  2, 
1,  22  ;  φ.  τα  περί  τί/ν  ίσθΐ/τα,  Isocr. 
7  D.—ll.  fond  of  honour,  seeking  hon- 
our, φι/οκαλώτερης  kv  τοις  κινδύνοίς, 
Xen.  Symp.  4,  15. 

Φιλοκάμάτος,  ον,^φίλ.όπονος.  [u] 

Φίλοκαμπής,  ές,  gen.  έος,  (φίλος, 
καμπή)  easily  bent,  pliant,  Anth.  P.  6, 
294. 

ΦΙλοκηρποφόρος,  ον,  {φίλιος,  καρ- 
ποφόρος) rich  in  fruit,  βίρος,  Anth.  P. 
6,  42. 

ΦΏ.όκενος,  ον,  loving  emptiness,  fond 
of  empty  show. 

Φιλοκέρδεια,    ας,   ή,    love   of  gain, 
greed.  Plat.  Legg.  649  D,  Xen.  Cyn. 
13,  13:  and 
1610 


ΦΙΛΟ 

Φϊ/.οκερόέ(ΰ,  ώ,  to  be  greedy  of  gain, 
Xen.  An.  1,  9,  16:  from 

ΦΙλοκερύΖ/ς,  ές,  gen.  έος,  (φίλ,ος, 
κέρδος)  loving  gain,  greedy  of  gain, 
Theogn.  199,  Pmd.  1.  2,  9,  Ar.  Plut. 
591  ;  φ.  και  φύ^χρήματος.  Plat.  Rep. 
581  A  ;  etc.     Adv.  -δώς.     Hence 

Φί'λοκερδία,  ας,  ή,=  φιλοκέρδεια, 
Diod. 

ΦΙλοκέρτομος,  ον,  ( φίλος,  κέρτο- 
μος)  fond  of  jeering  or  mocking,  Od. 
22,  287. 

ΦΙ/ιοκηδεμών,  όνος,  δ,  ή,  (φίλος, 
κηδεμών)  fond  of  one^s  relatives,  Xen. 
Ages.  II,  13. 

ΦΙλοκηδής,  ές,  (φίλος,  κήδος)  loving 
sorrow.  Ar.  Fr.  700. — li.=lbreg. 

Φΐ'λύκ7)-ος,  ον,  (φίλος,  κήπος)  fond 
of  a  garden,  Diog.  L.  9,  112. 

ΦΐλοκιΗάριστΊΐς,  ον,  δ,  (φίλ.ος,  κιθα- 
ριστ/ίς)  α  lover  of  the  cithara,  Plut.  2, 
633  A. 

ΦΙλοκίνδϋνος,  ον,  (φίλος,  κίνδυνος) 
fond  of  danger,  venturous,  hold,  Xen. 
An.  2,  6,  7,  etc. ;  προς  τύ  θηρία  φιλο- 
κινδννότατος,  lb.  1,  9,6;  cf.  Dem. 
501,  16.  Adv.  -νως,  Xen.  Symp.  4, 
33. 

ΦΏ.οκισσοφόρος,  ον,  (φίλος,  κισσο- 

Ϊόρος)  fond  of  wearing  ivy,  epith.  of 
acchus,  Eur.  Cycl.  616. 

ΦΙλ.όκλιαυτος,  ον,  (φίλος,  κλαίω) 
fond  of,  given  ίο  weeping,  Nonn. 

Φ ιλ^ο Κλέαρχος,  δ,  fond  of  Clearchus, 
Plut.  Artax.  13. 

\Φίλ.οκ7^έων,  ωΐ'ος,  ό,  (friend  of 
Cleon.)  Philocleon,  a  character  m  Ar. 
Vesp. 

'\Φι7.θίΟα]ς,  έονς,  δ,  Philocles,  a 
tragic  poet  in  Athens,  son  of  Aeschy- 
lus' sister,  Ar.  Av.  281. — 2.  an  Athe- 
nian naval  commander  at  Aegospo- 
tami,  Xen.  Hell.  1,  7,  1.  Others  in 
Diod.  S. ;  Anth.  ;  etc. 

Φι?ΜΚν>}μ[ς,  δ,  ή,  fond  of  wearing 
greaves  :=φίλ.οπλος. 

Φϊλόκνϊσος,  ον,  (  φίλος,  κνίζω  ) 
fond  of  pinching  οτ  teazing,  Anth.  P. 
11,7. 

ΦΙ?Μκοινος,  ον,  (  φίλος,  κοινός ) 
fond  of  what  is  common,  Anth.  P.  9, 
546. 

ΦΙλοκοιρανίη,  η,  love  of  royalty, 
Orac.  Sib. 

ΦΙλοκόλαξ,  ΰκος,  δ,  ή,  (φίλος,  κό- 
λιαξ)  fond  of  flatterers,  Arist.  Eth.  Ν. 
8,  8,  1,  Rhe't.  1,  11,26. 

^Φιλυκόμμοδος,  ον,  δ,  a  slave,  fa- 
vourite of  the  Emperor  Commodus, 
Hdn.  1,  17,  6. 

ΦΏ.όκομος,  ον,  (φίλος,  κόμη)  fond 
of  one's  hair,  Synes. 

Φ'Λοκομπέω,  ώ,  to  be  fond  of  boast- 
ing :  and 

Φϊλοκομπία,  ας,  ή,  fondness  for  boast- 
ing :  from 

ΦΏιύκομπος,  ov,fond  of  boasting. 

ΦΓ/ΜΚοπρος,  ον,  requiring  manure, 
Theophr. 

Φϊ/Μκοσμέω,  ώ,  to  love  ornament  or 
show,  Clem.  Al. :  and 

Φίλ.οκοσμία,  ης,  ή,  love  of  ornament 
or  show,  Plut.  Pliilop.  9  :  from 

Φίλόκοσμος,  ον,  (φίλος,  κόσμος) 
loving  ornament  or  show,  Plut.  2,  976 
F,  LXX. 

^Φιλοκράτης,  ονς,  δ,  Philocrates, 
son  of  Deineas,  a  general  of  the  Athe- 
nians, Thuc.  5,  116.— 2.  son  of  Ephi- 
altes.  a  naval  commander  of  the 
Athenians,  Xen.  Hell.  4,  8,  24.-3. 
an  Eleusinian,  a  partisan  of  Philip 
of  Macedon,  Dem.  230,  23  ;  343,  20  ; 
etc —Others  in  Apollod. ;  etc. 

ΦΓ/.ό κρημνός,  ον,  (φίλος,  κρημνός) 
loving  steep  rocks,  of  goats,  Leon.  Al. 
12. 

ΦΏ.οκρΙνέω,  ώ,  to  make  nice  distinc- 


ΦΙΛΟ 

tions,  Luc.  Abdic.  4,  cf.  Phal.  11,  9; 
also  V.  1.  for  φνλ,οκρ•,  in  Thuc. 

iΦlλ.όκpιτoς,  ov,  δ,  Philocritus, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Anth.  P.  7,  76. 

Φΐ?Μκρόταλος,  ov,  loving  the  κρό- 
ταλα, Anth.  P.  9,  505,  8. 

Φίλύκροτος,  ov,  (  φίλος,  κρότος  ) 
loving  noise  or  din,  epith.  of  Pan,  H. 
Horn.  18,  2. — 2.  loving  applause. 

ΦΙλ.οκτέΰνυς,  ov,  poet,  for  φιλοκτή- 
μων,  φι'λοκτήματος,  loving  possessions, 
hence  greedy  of  gain,  covetous,  in  11.  1, 
122,  in  superl.  φιλοκτεανώτατος. 

Φίλοκτήματυς,  o;'.=foreg. 

Φίλοκτημων,  ov,  gen.  ονος,=^φΓΑο- 
κτέανος.  Solon  28,  19. 

^Φίλοκτήμυν,ονος,  δ,  Philoctemon, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Ar.  V^esp.  1250 ;  Isae. ; 
etc. 

ΦΙλοκτημοσυνη,  ης,  ή,  and  φΐλοκτη- 
σία,  ή,  love  of  possessions. 

^Φιλυκττ'/τι/ς,  ov  poet,  ao,  ό.  Phi- 
loctetes,  son  of  Poeas,  leader  of  the 
Greeks  from  Thessaly  before  Troy, 
friend  of  Hercules,  a  distinguished 
archer,  11.  2,  718;  Pind.  P.  1,  97; 
Soph.  Phil.  ;  etc. 

ΦΙ'λοκτίστης,  ov,  ό,  and  φιλόκτι• 
στος,  ov,  fond  of  building. 

ΦΐΡ.όκνβος,  ov,  (φίλος,  κvβoς)fond 
of  dice  or  gambling,  Ar.  Vesp.  75. 

Φίλιοκϋδής,  ές,  gen.  έος,  (φίλος, 
κνδος)  loving  splendour,  splendid,  joy- 
ous, ήί3η,  κώμος,  Η.  Horn.  Merc.  375, 
481. 

Φίλιοκννηγέτης,  ov,  6,  (φίλος,  κννψ 
γέτ/ις)  a  lover  of  hunting  or  the  chace, 
Xen.  Cyn.  5,  14;  12,  11. 

Φΐλ.οκννιρ/ία,  ας,  η,  love  of  ,the 
chace,  Stob.  Ecl.  2,  p.  120 :  from 

Φ1'λοκνν7/}ος,  ov,  (φίλος,  κννηγός) 
loving  the  chace,  Plut.  2,  310  F.   [i] 

Φΐλόκννος,  ov,  and  m  Plat.  Lys. 
212  D  φϊλοκνων,  gen.  κννος,  δ,  ή, 
{φίλ.ος,  κνων)  fond  of  dogs. 

^Φιλ.όκνπρος,  ov,  ό,  Philocyprus,  a 
king  of  Salamis  in  Cyprus,  Hdt.  5, 
113;  Plut.  Sol.  26. 

■ΙΦιλοκνων,  όνος,  δ,  Philocyon,  a 
brave  Spartan,  Hdt.  9,  71. 

ΦΏιΟκωΰωνιστιις,  ov,  δ,  fond  of 
tippling,  dub.  1.  Ath.  433  B. 

Φΐλόκωμος,  ov,  {φίλος,  κώμος)  fond 
offeastmg  and  dancing,  epith.  of  Ana- 
creon,  Simon.  51,  5  ;  πηκτίς,  Mel.  60. 

^Φιλόκωμος,  ov,  δ,  Philocomus, 
father  of  the  philosopher  Carneades, 
Diog.  L.  4,  62. 

Φϊλόκωπος,  ον,=φι?.τ/ρετμος,  lov- 
ing oars. 

ΦΓλόλ.αγνος,  ov,  (φίλιος,  λάγνος) 
fond  of  sexual  intercourse,  Hipp.  p. 
479. 

Φίλίολιάκων,  ωνος,  δ,  ή,  (  φίλος, 
Αάκων)  fond  of  the  Lacedaemonians, 
Plut.  Artax.  13;  epith.  of  Cimon, 
Id.  Pericl.  9,  Cim.  16. 

Φϊ'λόλα/.ος,  ov,  fond  of  talking, 
Diog.  L.  1,  92. 

ίΦιλύ?.αος,  ov,  δ,  Philolaus  (cf  Φί- 
δόλεως).  son  of  Minos  and  the  nvmph 
Paria,  ApoUod.  3,  1,  2.-2.  a  P'ytha- 
gorean  philosopher  of  Crotona,  Ael. 
V.  H.  1,  23: — a  Ph.  is  mentioned  in 
Plat.  Phaed.  61  D  as  teacher  ol 
Cebes  and  Simmias,  cf  Schol.  ad  1. 
—3.  a  Corhithian,  Arist.  Pol.  2,  9,  6. 

ΦΙ?Μ?Μμπύδος,  ov,  loving  torches, 
epith.  of  Diana. 

ΦΙλολήιος,  ov,  poet,  for  φιλόλ.ειος, 
{φί/ιος,  ληίη,  λεία)  loving  booty,  Η. 
Hom.  Merc.  335. 

Φίλόληπτος,  ov,  fond  of  taking  or 
receiving. 

Φΐλόλίθος,  ov,  (φίλος,  λίθος)  fond 
of  precious  stones,  Plut.  2,  462  C. 

Φΐλόλαχνος,  ov,  (φίλιος,  λύχνος)  lov- 
ing dai7ities,  dainty,  Leon.  Al.  30,  etc. 


ΦΙΛΟ 

Φίλο?.ογέ^),  ώ,  strictly,  to  love  talk- 
ing :  but,  usu.,  to  love  learning  and 
literaturt',  to  be  fond  of  learned  discus- 
sion, Plut.  2,  133  Β  :  and 

Φιλολογία,  ας,  ή,  strictly,  love  of 
talking  :  but,  usu.,  love  of  learning  and 
literature,  esp.  of  learned  discussion, 
Isocr.  Antid.  ^  316  ;  fondness  for  argu- 
mentation, Plat.  Theaet.  146  A : — 
later  esp.,  the  study  of  language  and 
history,  Plut.  2,  645  C  :  from 

Φΐ?^ό/.θ}ος,  ov.  strictly,  fond  of  talk- 
ing; talkative,  in  Ihis  signf.  first  in  Ath. 
39  B, — unless  he  isquoting  from  Alex- 
is.— II.  usu.,  fond  of  learning  and  litera- 
ture, fond  of  learned  discussion  or  argu- 
mentation. Plat.  Phaedr.  236  E,  etc. ; 
0.  VeI  και  χρηστός,\ά.'Τ\\&Ά&ί.  161  A  ; 
in  Rep.  582  E,  he  joins  the  φι?ιό?ιθ- 
yofwiththe^i/.offooof.v.  Lob.  Phryn. 
393  ;  so  Plut.  joins  it  with  φιλομαθής, 
2,  618  Ε  :  opp.  to  α~αί6ΐυ-ος,  ap. 
Stob.  p.  428,  53. — 2.  later,  esp.,  a  stu- 
dent of  language  and  history,  a  learned 
man,  in  which  signf.  the  name  was 
first  used  by  Eratosthenes  of  himself; 
so  too  it  was  applied  to  the  Roman 
Grammarian  Ateius  Capito,  because 
(says  Sueton.)  multiplici  et  varia  doc- 
trina  censebatur  :  hence.  φί7.ό7.ογα.  ζη- 
τήματα, Plut.  2,  737  D.  (Often  writ- 
ten paro.x.,  φίλο?.όγος,  which  E.  M. 
p.  406,  10  seems  to  favour  :  others,  as 
Gottling,  write  it  in  first  signf.  pro- 
parox.,  ς>ιλό?.ογος,  in  second,  parox., 
^ι?.ο?.όγος.  But  όί?.όλο)ος  in  both 
IS  supported  by  Arcad.  p.  69,  16,  and 
modern  critics,  as  Lob.  Phryn.  393 ; 
and  by  all  analogy  of  adjectives  in  ος 
compounded  of  a  verb  and  a  noun,  as 
in  μισό?.ογος,  etc.) 

ίΦί?  ό/.ογος,  ου,  ό,  Philologus,  masc. 
pr.  η.,  Ν.  Τ. 

Φίλολοίδορία,  ας,  ή,  love  of  abuse  : 
from 

Φϊλολοίδορος,  ov,  (φίλος,  λοιδορέω) 
fond  of  reviling,  abusive,  Dem.  269,  11, 
Plut.  2,  618  F,  etc. 

ΦΙ?,ολοντρέω,  ω,  to  be  fond  of  bath- 
ing, Hipp. :  from 

ΦΣλόλοιίΓροζ•,  ov,  (φίλος,  λοντρόν) 
fond  of  the  bath  or  bathing,  Hipp.  p. 
395  ;  cf  Foes.  Oec,  Lob.  Phryn.  594. 

Φι?.όλν~ος,  ov,  (φί?.ος,  λύπη)  fond 
of  pain,  Plut.  2,  600  C. 

Φΐλό/.νρος,  ov,  [φί/.ος,  ?.ύρα)  lyre- 
loving,  Epich.  p.  56. 

Φιλομάθεια,  ας,  ή ,  love  of  learning 
or  knowledge.  Plat.  Rep.  499  E,  Tim. 
90  Β  :  [ij  and 

ΦΏ.ομύθέω,  ώ,  to  be  fond  of  learning, 
eager  after  knowledge.  Plat.  Legg.  810 

A,  Polyb.  1,  13,  9,  etc. :  from 
Φί/ομΰθής,    ες,   gen.    έυς,    {φί.7.ος, 

μανθάΐ'ω)  fond  of  learning,  eager  after 
knowledge,  Lat.  docilis.  Plat.  Phaed.  67 

B,  82  D,  etc.;  cf.  φι7.ό7.ο)ος  II. — c. 
gen.  rei,  eager  after  a  thing.  Id.  Rep. 
485  D,  Xen.  An.  1,  9,  5.      Adv.  -Οώς. 

Φί/.ομάθία,  ας,  -ή,  =  φι7.ομάθεια, 
Strab. 

Φϊ7ομά7.άκος,  ov,  loving  effeminacy 
or  delicacy,   [a] 

Φΐ7.ομαντεντής,  ov.  b,  (φίλος,  μαν- 
Τενομαι)  one  ivho  takes  note  of  portents 
or  omens.  Plat.  Legg.  813  ϋ. 

Φ'ύ.όμανης,  εως,  ό,  ή,  (φί7ιθς,  μάν- 
τις)  fond  of  soothsayers  or  their  art, 
Luc.  Contempl.  11,  Astro!.  27. 

ΦΊ?.όμαστος,  ov,  {φί7.ος,  μαστός) 
lovins  the  breast,  Aesch.  Ag.  142,  720. 

Φι7.ομάχέυ,  ώ.  (φύ.όμαχης)  to  be 
fond  of  fighting,  Plut.  Fab.  5,  Pomp. 
65,  etc. 

■\Φι7.ομάχτι,     ης,     τ],    Philomache, 
daughter  of  Amphion,  Apollod.  1,  9, 
10. 
■    Φΐ7.όμύχος,  ov,  (φί7.ος,  μάχη)  loving 


ΦΙΛΟ 

the  fight,  warlike.  Pind.  Fr.  142,  Aesch. 
Theb.  129,  Ag.  230. 

Φί7.όμβριος,  ov,  Plat.  (Anth.  P.  6, 
43) ;  and  φιλομβρος,  ov,  Mel.  92  (φί- 
7^ος,  δμβρος)  : — fond  of  rain  or  mois- 
ture. 

ΦΏ.όμβροτος,  ov,  (φίλος,  βροτός) 
loving  mortals,  Maxim.  456. 

ίΦύ.όμβροτος,  ov,  ό,  Philombrotus, 
an  Athenian,  Plut.  Sol.  14. 

^Φι7.ομίάονσα,  ης,  ή,  Philomedusa, 
wife  of  Areithous  in  Arne  in  Boeotia, 
II.  7,  10. 

Φΰ.ομειδής,  ες,  {φίλος,  μειδάω) 
Anth.  P.  9,  524,  v.  sub  φιλομμειδής. 

Φίλομειράκιος,  ov,=sq.,  Diog.  L.  4, 
40. 

Φϊ7ιθμεΐραξ,  άκος,  ό,  ή,  loving  boys. 

Φΐ7ομεμφής,  ες,  (φίλος,  μέμφομαι) 
fond  of  finding  fault ,  censorious,  Plut.  : 
the  irreg.  superl.  φΓ/.ομεμφότατος,  as 
if  from  φίλόμεμφος,  occurs  in  Plut. 
Cim.  et  Lucull.  1  ;  v.  Lob.  Paral.  10. 

ΦνΑοβέ.ριμνος,  ov,  loving  care,  anx- 
ious and  serious. 

Φΐ7.ομετάβολος,  ov,  (φίλος,  μετά- 
βο7.ή)  fond  of  change,  variable,  Sext. 
Emp.  p.  234. 

ίΦι/Μμήδης,  ονς  {ov  ?),  ό,  Philome- 
des,  masc.  pr.  n.,  Plut.  Phoc.  32. 

^Φί7,ομή7Μ,  Ion.  -7^;?,  poet,  also  Φι- 
λ.ομήλεια,  Philomela,  d'aughter  of 
Pandion  king  of  Attica,  changed  into 
a  nightingale  ;  ace.  to  Apollod.,  3, 14, 
8,  into  a  swallow. 

ΦΊ7.ομήλά,  ή.  Ion.  -7.η,  the  jiightin- 
g-u/e,  because,  ace.  to  the  legend.  Phi- 
lomela was  changed  into  this  bird, 
Luc,  etc. 

iΦl7.0U7lλε^δης,  ov,  ό,  son  of  Philo- 
mela, Od.  4,  343  ;  17,  134. 

Φΐ7.ομήλείος,  a,  ov,  (φι7-ομή7Μ)  of 
the  nightingale,  Anth. 

'\Φι7.ομή7Λον,  ov.  τό.  Philomelium, 
a  city  of  Phrygia  on  the  borders  of 
Lycaonia,  Strab.  p.  577. 

Φΐ7.όμη7\.ος-,  ov,  (φί7.ος,  μή?.ov)fond 
of  apples  or  fruit,  Dorolh.  ap.  Ath. 
276  F. 

'\Φι7^όμη7Μς,  ov,  ό,  Philomelus,  an 
Athenian,  father  of  Philippides,  Plat. 
Prot.  315  A. — 2.  a  general  of  the  Pho- 
cians  in  the  sacred  war,  Paus.  10,  2, 
etc. — 3.  a  leader  of  the  Aetolians,  Id. 
10,  22,  13.— Others  in  Dem.  571,  4; 
etc. 

ΦΏ.όμηρος,  ov,  (φίλος,  Όμηρος) 
fond  of  Homer,  Strab. 

Φΐ7.ομήτωρ,  ορός,  δ,  ή,  {φίλος,  μή• 
τηρ)  loving  one's  mother,  Plut.  Solon 
27,  etc. 

Φϊλο^ϊσέω,  ώ,  to  hate  heartily  :  from 

ΦΏ.όμΙσος,  ov,  {φί7.ος,  μισέω)  hating 
heartily.     Adv.  -συς. 

ΦΐΑομμειδής,  ές,  poet,  for  φιλομει- 
δής,  laughter-loving,  epith.  of  \  e- 
nus,  Od.  8,  362,  II.  3,  421,  etc.,  and 
Hes. :  of  Bacchus,  Anth.  P.  9,524; 
etc. 

Φΐ7.ομμηδ7ΐς,  ες,  poet,  for  φιλομη- 
δής,  epith.  ot  Venus  in  a  prob.  spuri- 
ous line,  Hes.  Th.  200  ;  explained  by 
Gramrn.  genitalia  (μήδεα)  amans, 
from  the  story  of  her  birth. 

^Φι7.όμνηστος,  ov.  6,  Philomnestus, 
a  writer  cited  by  Ath.  74  F. 

Φί7.όμολπος,  ον,(φί7.ος,  μολ—ή)  lov- 
ing the  dance  and  song,  Pind.  N.  7,  12. 

Φϋ,ομονσέω,  ώ,  to  love  the  Muses, 
Anth. :  and 

Φΐ7.ημονσία,  ας,  ή,  love  of  the  Muses, 
Luc,  Plut. :  from 

Φΐ7.όμονσος,  ov,  (φίλ.ος,  Μοΰσα) 
loving  the  Muses,  loving,  learning  the 
arts,  etc.  Plat.  Phaedr.  259  B,  Rep. 
548  E,  Xen.,  etc  ;  0.  λό}0<,  Ar.  Nub. 
357. 

Φϊ7.ομόχθηρος,ον,(φίλος,μοχθηρός) 


ΦΙΑΟ 

loving  bad  men,  Philonid.  Incert.  1. — 
il.fond  of  toil  or  labour,  v.  1.  in  Plat. 
Rep.  535  D. 

Φϊ7.όμοχθος,  ον,=φι7.ότϊονος,  Pha- 
lar. 

Φΐ7,ομνθέω,  ώ,  to  be  fond  of  legends 
OT  fables,  Strab.:  and 

Φ77.ομνθία,  ας,  ή,  a  love  of  legends 
OT  fables:  from 

Φΐ7Μμνθος,  ov,  (όί'λοζ•,  μύθος)  fond 
of  legends  OT  fables,  Plut.  2,  30  D.— II. 
talkative,  Arist.  Eth.  N.  3,  10.  2. 

Φϊλόμνρος, ον,(φί7.ος,  μνρον)  loving 
unguents,  Alex.  Έκττωμ.  1. 

Φύ.όμωμος,  ov,  (φίλ.ος,  μώμος) given 
to  find  fault,  censorious,  like  φΰιόψο- 
■}'ος,  Simon.  12,  14,  Schneidew. 

Φϊλονάμΰτος,  ov,  {φίλος,  νάμα)  lov- 
ing water,  Orph.  7,  16. 

Φϊ7.οναύτης,  ov,  b,  (φίλος,  ναντης) 
loving  sailors,  Anth.  P.  6,  38. 

Φΐ7.ονεικέω,  ώ,  to  be  fond  of  dispute, 
be  quarrelsome  OT  obstinate,  φι7.οΐ'εικώρ 
ΤΓΟίεΐν  τι,  to  do  a  thing  out  of  conten- 
tiousness, party-spirit,  etc.,  Thuc.  5, 
43,  Plat.  Gorg.  457  E,  etc.  : — to  strive 
or  contend  with  one,  τινί.  Plat.,  etc. ; 
φ.  Ttvi  προς  τι,  to  strive  with  one  for  a 
thing,  Plat.  Legg.  731  A,  cf.  Rep.  338 
A,  Gorg.  457  Ε  ;  περί  τίνος,  Legg. 
935  C,  Isocr.  19  Ε  ;  προς  ά7.7.τ)7.ονς, 
Lys.  100,  1 ; — -τίχ  χείρω  φ.,  ίο  be  so  ob- 
stiyiate  as  to  choose  the  worst,  Thuc.  5, 
111,  cf  Stallb.  Plat.  Prot.  360  Ε  :  and 

ΦΏ.ονεικία,  ας,  ή,  love  of  strife,  con- 
tentiousness, rivalry,  party-.tpirit,  obsti- 
nacy, Thuc.  1,  41  ;  3,  82,  Plat.,  etc.  ; 
φ.  προς  τίνα,  rivalry  with  another, 
Xen.  Ages.  2,  8  ;  φ.  προς  τι,  obstinacy 
in  a  thing.  Plat.  Lach.  194  A  ;  περί 
τίνος,  Xen.  Cyr.  2,  1,  22:  όΰονεικί- 
av  εμβά7.7.ειν  or  εμποιείν  τινι,  to  ex- 
cite such  feelings  in  one,  lb.  7, 1, 18  ; 
8,  2,  26  :  from 

Φΐ7.όνεικος,  ov,  (φίλος,  vεϊκoς)fond 
of  strife,  conteiitious,  Pind.  O.  6,  32, 
Plat.,  etc.  :  emulous,  obstinate,  φ.  καΐ 
φύ.ότιμος.  Plat.  Rep.  582  Ε  ;  φ.  βίος, 
Lysias  192,  8: — το  φ.,—  φιλονεικία, 
Xen.  Cyr.  7,  5,  64.  Adv.  -κως,  φ. 
εχειν  προς  τι,  to  be  eager  after  it. 
Plat.  Gorg.  505  Ε  ;  φ.  εχειν  προς  τι 
να,  to  vie  with  him.  Xen.  Cyr.  3,  3, 
57  ;  8,  4,  4. — Cf  φιλ.όνικος. 

ίΦι7.όνεικος,  ov,  b,  Philonlcus,  an 
Athenian,  Dem.  434,  21 . 

Φϊ7ιόνεος,  ov,  (φί7.ος,  νέος)  loving 
youth  or  youths,  Luc  Amor.  24,  He- 
liod. 

tΦίλόl'εωf,  ω,  ό,  Philonaiis,  an 
Athenian,  Antipho. 

ΦΙλονΙκέυ,  ώ.  to  love  xnctory,  strive 
for  it,  Isocr.  57  E,  Bekk. ;  vulg.  φίλο- 
vein- :  so.  lb.  135  B,  Bekk.  reads  0<- 
λονικητέον  νπερ  τών  ένθύδε  -ψηφι- 
σβησομένων :  from 

ΦϊλόνΙκος,  ον,  (0ίλθ(•,  νίκη)  loving 
victory,  striving  for  it,  Xen.  Mem.  3, 
4,  3.  Isocr.  8  D,  Bekk. ;  v.  foreg. 

tΦίλόί'^^■Oζ•,  ov.  b,  Philonicus,  a 
philosopher  of  Megara,  Dion.  H. 

iΦι7.ovύη,  ης,  ή,  Philonoe,  daugh- 
ter of  Tyndareus  and  Leda,  Apollod. 

3,  10,  6.-2.  daughter  of  lobates,  Id. 
2,  3,  2,  elsewhere  'Αν-ίκ7.εια. 

^Φύ.όνομος,  ov,  b.  Philonomus,  son 
of  Eleciryon  and  Anaxo,  Apollod.  2, 

4,  5  ;  cf  Strab.  p.  36,  4. 
Φϊ7.ονοσίω,  ώ.  (φιΆος,  νόσος)  to  be 

usually  sick,  Alciphr.  2,  2. 

ΦΓλονύμφιος.  ov,  {φίλος,  ννμφίος) 
loving  the  bridegroom  or  oWcie,Anth.  P. 
10,  21. 

Φιλόξεινος,  ov,  poet,  for  φιλόξενος, 
Od.  ^ 

Φΐ7.οξενέω,  ώ,  {φύ.όξενος)  to  lore 
strangers,  be  hospitable. — -II,  to  love 
what  is  foreign,  Strab. 

16U 


ΦΙΛΟ 

+Φίλοζεν77,  ης,  ή,  Philoxene,  a  cour- 
tesan. Aeschin.  16,  19. 

Φιλοξενία,  ας,  ή,  (φιλόξινος)  love 
of  strangers,  hospitality,  Plat.  Legg. 
953  A,  Polyb.  4,  20,  1,  etc. 

^Φιλαξενίδης,  ov,  a,  Philoxenides, 
niasc.  pr.  n.,  Anlh.  P.  G,  1Ί9. 

Φιλόξενος,  ov,  poet,  -ξεινος  (φίλος, 
ξένος)  : — loving  strangers,  hospitable, 
Od.  (always  in  poet,  fomi),  Pind.  O. 
3,  1,  N.  1,  30,  Aesch.,  etc.  ;  τταθείν 
φίλ.  έργον,  to  meet  with  an  act  of 
hospitality,  Pind.  I.  2,  36: — in  Aesch. 
Cho.  656,  where  Porson  proposed 
φιλόξενη  (ad  Eur.  Med.  822),  Dind. 
now  reads  φι'λ,όξεν'  ίστίν  [sc.  τα  δώ- 
ματα] Αιγίσθου  βία.  Adv.  -vur, 
Isocr.  48  D. 

^Φιλ.όξενος,  ov,  6,  Philoxenus,  an 
Athenian,  satirised  for  his  vices,  Ar. 
Vesp.  Θ4  ;  cf.  Ael.  V.  H.  10,  9.-2.  of 
Pellene,  a  Greek  in  the  army  of  the 
ten  thousand,  Xen.  An.  5,  2,  15. — 3. 
a  poet  of  Cythera  at  the  court  of  the 
elder  Dionysius  in  Syracuse,  Luc. 
Cal.  14  ;  Paus.  1.  2,  3.-4.  another  in 
the  time  of  Alexander,  Arr.  An.  3,  6, 
4. — Others  in  Paus. ;  Ath. ;  etc. 

Φιλοξντονος,  ov,  (φίλος,  ύξντονος) 
usually  oxytone,  i.  e.  )iaving  the  acute 
on  the  last  syllable.  [C] 

ΦΏώοίνος,  ov,  poet,  for  φίλοινος, 
Anth.  P.  5,  261. 

Φϊλοπάθης,  ες,  fond  of(\.  e.  a  slave 
to)  one's  passions,  sensual,  Philo. 

Φΐλοπαιγμοσννη,  ης,  η,  a  love  of 
play  or  sport. 

ΦΙλοτταίγμων,  ov,  (φίλος,  παίζω)  : 
— fond  of  play  or  sport,  sportive,  όργη- 
θμός,  Od.  23,  134,  Hes.  Fr.  13,  3,  Ar. 
Ran.  333:  —  the  form  φι?.οπαίσμων 
occurs  in  Plat.  Rep.  452  E,  Crat.  406 
C,  but  with  V.  1.  -παίγμων. 

ΦΙλοτταίκτης,  ου,  ό,=  φιλοπαίγμων. 

Φίλόπαίζ•,  παίόος,  ό,  ή,  (φίλος, 
ηαϊς)  loving  one^s  children,  Anth. — II. 
loving  boys,  like  παιδεραστής,  Plat. 
Rep.  474  D,  Theocr.  12,  29,  Anth., 
etc.  :  0.  χέλυς,  Simon.  51,  6  ;  νόσος 
φ..  Call.  Epigr.  48,  6. 

Φΐλοπαίσμων,  ov,  v.  sub  φιλοπαί- 
γμων. 

ΦΙλοπαίστης,ον,ό,=:  φιλοπαίγμων, 
Ael.  Ν.  Α.  4,  34  ;  5,  39. 

ΦΙλοπύνννχος,  ov,  (φί?Μς,  πάννν- 
χοε)  fond  of  nightly  festivals,  Anth.  P. 
5,  123. 

^Φιλόπαππος  ου,  Ό,  Philopappus, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Ath.  350  C. 

Φΐλοπαρύβολος,  ov,  (φίλος,  παρά- 
βολος) fond  of  daring,  venturous,  Plut. 
Philopoem.  9.     Adv.  -λως. 

Φιλοπύρβενος,  ov,  loving  virgins  or 
the  virgin  state. 

ΦΙλοπάτορία,  ας,  ή,  (φι?^οπύτωρ) 
love  of  one's  father. 

Φιλοπατρία,  ας,  ή,  love  of  one's 
country :  in  Ar.  Vesp.  1465,  used  for 
love  of  one's  father. 

Φιλόπατρις,  ιδος,  6,  η.  (φίλος,  πα- 
τρίς) loving  one's  country,  Polyb.  1,14, 
4,  where  the  ace.  φιλόπατριν  occurs ; 
cf.  Anth.  P.  7,  235,  Cic.  Att.  9, 10,  5: 
cf.  φιλόπολις. 

Φ'ιλοπύτωρ,  ορός,  6,  ή,  (φίλος,  πα- 
τήρ) loving  one's  father,  Eur.  Or.  1605, 
I.  A.  638. 

Φΐ7.οπενβής,  ες,  (φίλος,  πένθος)  in- 
dulging in  mourning,  Plut.  2,  113  A; 
appropriate  thereto,  822  B. 

Φϊλοπένταθλος,  ov.fond  of  the  πέν- 
ταθλον. 

ΦΙλοπενθής,  ες,  (φίλ,ος,  πυνθύνο- 
μαΐ)  fond  of  inquiring,  curious,  Plut.  2, 
515  Ε.  ^ 

Φΐλοπενστεω,  ω,  to  be  inquisitive, 
Polyb.  3,  59.  6 :  from 
1612 


ΦΙΛΟ 

ΦΖλοτΓεί'σ"?;^,  ov,  δ,  =  φιλοπενθής. 
Hei\ce 

Φίλοπενστία.  ας,  ή,  desire  of  knowl- 
edge, curiosity,  Plut.  2,518  C.   Hence 

Φίλαπενστικός,  ή,  όν,  and  φΐλό- 
πενστος,  ον,=  φι'λοπενθης. 

ΦΙλόπικρος,  ον,  ( φίλος,  πικρός ) 
fond  of  what  is  bitter,  Arist.  Eth.  E.  2, 
10,  28. 

ΦΙλοπλάκουντος,  ox•,  (φίλος,  πλα- 
κονς)  cake-loving,  Ath.  644  A. 

Φί/Ιθ7Γλύτωί',  ωνος,  ύ,  ή,  (φίλος, 
ΐΐλάτων)  fond  of  Plato,  Diog.  L.  3, 
47.  [«] 

ΦΙλόπλεκτος,  ov,  (φίλος,  πλέκω) 
usually  braided,  κόμ7],  Anth.  P.  6, 
206. 

Φιλοπλόκαμος,  ov,  {φί7.ος,  πλόκα- 
μος) loving  tresses  of  hair  :  generally, 
=εύπλόκαμος,  Euphor.  Fr.  42. 

ΦΙλόπ?.οος,  ov,  contr.  -πλους,  ovv, 
(φίλος,  πλόος)  fond  of  sailing  or  swijn- 
viing,  Anth.  P.  6,  236. 

Φίλοπ7Μς,  ov,  (φίλος,  όπλον)  loving 
arms  or  war,  Anth.  P.  11,  195. 

Φΐλοπλονσιος,  ov,  =  φιλόπλοντος, 
Heliod. 

Φϊ/Μπλουτέω,  ώ,  to  love  or  seek 
riches  :  and 

Φίλοπλοντία,  ας,  ή,  love  of  riches, 
pursuit  of  them,  Plut.  Lycurg.  30, 
Crass.  2,  etc.  :  from 

Φΐλόπλοντος,  ov,  {φίλος,  πλούτος) 
loving  or  seeking  riches,  Luc.  Dom.  5, 
Plut.,  etc. ;  φ.  ίίμύ.λα,  eager  pursuit 
of  wealth,  wealth  eagerly  sought,  Eur. 
1.  T.  412. 

Φΐλοποιεω,  ώ,  (φιλοποιός)  to  make 
a  friend  of: — mid.,  to  make  any  one 
one's  friend,  attach  him  to  one's  self, 
Polyb.  3,  42,  2,  etc.     Hence 

Φίλοποίησις,  εως,  ή,  a  making  dear, 
gaining  a  friend. 

Φίλοποιητής,  ov,  b,  (φίλος,  ποιη- 
τής) a  friend  of  poets.  Plat.  Rep.  607  D. 

Φιλοποιία,  ας,  ή,  =  φιλοποίησις, 
Diog.  L. 

iΦιλoπoίμηv,  ενός,  ό,  Philopoemen, 
a  general  of  the  Achaeans,  of  Mega- 
lopolis, Polyb.  2,  40,  2,  and  freq. 

Φϊλοποίμνιος,  ov,  {φίλος,  ποίμνη) 
loving  the  flock,  TheocT.  5,  106. 

Φιλοποιός,  όν,  (φίλος,  ποιεω)  mak- 
ing friends,  Plut.  Cat.  Min.  25,  etc. 

Φι7Μπό7ιεμος,  ov,  poet,  φιλοπτ-, 
(as  always  in  Horn.)  (φίλος,  πόλε- 
μος) : — fond  of  war,  warlike,  ll.  16,  65, 
90,  etc.  (never  in  Od.) :  το  φ.,  love  of 
war.     Adv.  -μως,  Isocr.  178  E. 

Φΐλόπολις,  εως  and  ίδος,  Ion.  -ιος, 
ό,  ή :  Plat,  has  the  gen.  -ιδος.  Rep. 
470  D,  but  the  ace.  -iv,  Apol.  24  Β  ; 
cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  607,  Ar.  Plut.  726, 
Thuc.  2,  60  (φίλος,  πόλις)  : — loving 
the  city,  θεοί,  Aesch.  Theb.  176  : — 
loving  one's  city,  patriotic.  Plat.,  etc.  ; 
φ.  Άσνχία,  Pind.  Ο.  4,  26 ;  ώ.  άρετη, 
patriotism,  Ar.  Lys.  547  : — at  Atnens, 
φιλόπατρις  was  used  of  a  Greek  pat- 
riot (in  general),  φιλόπολις  of  an 
Athenian,  Stallb.  Plat.  Apol.  1.  c. 
Cf  φιλόπτολις. 

ΦΙλοπολίτης,  ου,  ό,  (φίλος,  πολί- 
της) loving  one's  fellow-citizens,  Plut. 
Lycurg.  20,  Flamin.  13,  etc. 

Φϊλοπολνγελως,  ωτος,  ό,  ή,  (φίλος, 
πολνγ ελως)  loving tnuch  laughter :  poet. 
φιλοπονλνγελως,  Anth.  P.  5,  243.  [ϋ] 

ΦΏ.οπονέω,  ώ,  {φύώπονος)  to  love 
labour,  work  hard,  be  diligent,  τι.  in  a 
thing.  Plat.  Rep.  535  D,  and  Xen.  : 
TO  φύΜπονεΙν,  =  φιλοπονία,  Xen. 
Oec.  21,6.     Hence 

Φΐ7.οπόνημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  labour  of 
love.  Phot. 

Φΐλοπονηρία,  ας,  ή,  a  love  of  had 
men  and  actions,  Theophr.  Char.  29  : 
from 


ΦΙΛΟ 

Φΐλοπόνηρος,  ov,  (φίλος,  πονηρός") 
a  friend  to  bad  men.  Plut.  Alcib.  24. 

Φιλοπονία,  ας,  ή,  love  of  labour,  pa• 
tietit  industry,  Plat.  Rep.  535  C,  D  ; 
φιλ.  και  καρτερία,  Ale.  1, 122  C  ;  φιλ 
περί  τι,  Isocr.  12  A:  φ.  rivor,  labo- 
rious practice  of  a  thing,  Deni.  1408, 
21  :  from 

Φιλόπονος,  ov,  (φίλος,  πόνος)  lov- 
ing labour,  toilsome,  indu.iirious,  Hipp, 
p.  280,  Soph.  Ai.  879,  Plat.,  etc.  ;  φ. 
περί  τι,  Xen.  Mem.  3,  4,  9.— II.  of 
thuigs,  toilsome,  laborious,  πόλεμος, 
Xen.  Cyr.  7,  5,  47.  Adv.  -νως.  Xen. 
Hell.  6,  1,4;  superl.  -ώτατα,  Polyb. 
10,41,3. 

Φιλόπορνος,  ov,  (  φίλος,  πόρνη ) 
loving  harlots  or  whoredom,  Eccl. 

ΦΏ.οπόρφνρος,  ov,  (ςιΐλος,  πορφυ- 
ρά) loving  purple,  Clem.  Al. 

Φίλυποσία,  ας,  ή,  love  of  drinking, 
drunkenness,  Lat.  vinolentia.  Plat. 
Phaed.  81  E,  Xen.  Mem.  1,  2,  22, 
etc. :  and 

Φίλθ7Γθτέ(<),  ώ,  to  be  fond  of  drinking, 
drink  much,  Ath.  438  C  :  from 

ΦΓΑοπότης,  ov,  ό,  (φί7Μς,  πίνω)  a 
lover  of  drinking,  fond  of  wine,  Lat. 
vinolentus,  Hdt.  2, 174,  Ar.  Vesp.  79. 

Φΐλοποτία,  ας,  ή,  =  φιλοποσία, 
Hipp.  ;  V.  Lob.  Phryn.  522. 

Φιλοπότις,  ιδος,  fern,  from  φίλο• 
πότης,  Ael.  V.  Η.  2,  41. 

Φϊ7ιόποτμος,  ov,  {φίλος,  πότμος) 
fond  of  misery,  unfortunate,  Phlt.  2, 
986  E. 

ΦΊλοπον7ίνγελως,  poet,  for  φι7.ο• 
πολνγελως,  q.  v. 

ΦΙλοπραγμάτίας,  ov,  b,  =  φιλο- 
πρύγμων,  Dio  C. 

Φιλοπραγμονεω,  ώ,  to  be  φι7.οπράγ- 
μων  : — φ.  τι,  to  seek  busily  after,  v.  1. 
for  φιλοφρυνεΐν,  Stob.  p.  426,  43. 

Φϊλοπραγμοσννη,  ης,  ή,  the  charac- 
ter or  nature  of  a.  φιλοπράγμων,  a  busy 
disposition,  meddlesomeness,  busy,  rest- 
less habits  of  life,  φενγοντες  τύς  τε 
τιμάς  και  αρχάς  και  δίκας  και  την 
τοιαύτην  πάσαν  φιλοπρ..  Plat.  Rep. 
549  C  ;  attributed  to  Philip  of  Mace- 
don  by  Dem.  13,  9  ;  52,  9  :  from 

Φΐλοττράγμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  {φί- 
λιος, πράγμα)  fond  of  business  ;  esp.  α 
meddlesome,  prying  fellow,  busy-body, 
Lycurg.  148,  12,  Isae.  49,  31  ;  much 
like  πολνπρύγμων.     Adv.  -μόνως. 

Φΐλόπρακτος,  ov,^ φιλοπράγμων, 
Procl. 

Φιλοπρεπής,  ες,  (  φίλος,  πρέπω  ) 
fond  of  propriety  or  decoriim,  v.  1.  Dion. 
H. :  suspected  by  Schaf.  Mel.  p.  48. 

Φΐλοπροςηγορία,  ας,  ή,  easiness  of 
address,  affability,  courtesy,  Isocr.  6  B: 
from 

Φΐλοπροςήγορος,  ov,  (φίλος,  προς- 
ήγορος)  easy  of  address,  affable,  cour- 
teous. Isocr.  6  A. 

Φ'ιλοπροςηνής,  ες,  (φίλος,  προς- 
ηνής)  usually  kind  and  gentle  :  superl. 
adv.  -έστατα,  Cic.  Att.  5,  9,  1. 

Φΐλοπρωτεία,  ας,  ή,  love  for  the  first 
rank  :  the  first  rank,  Diod.  :    from 

ΦΙλοπρωτενω,  (φιλόπρωτος)  to  wish 
or  strive  to  be  first,  N.  T. 

Φΐλοπρωτία,  ας,  ή, ■=  φΐλοπρωτεία, 
Julian. 

Φιλόπρωτος,  ov,  (φίλος,  πρώτος) 
fond  of  being  first,  Polyb.  Fr.  Gr.  115: 
TO φί7„.=^ φΐλοπρωτεία,  Plut.  Solon 29. 

Φϊλοπτόλεμος,  ov,  poet,  for  φιλο- 
πόλεμος, q.  v. 

Φι7.όπτολις,  b,  ή,  poet,  for  Φιλόπο- 
λις,  Eur.  Rhes.  158. 

Φΐλόπτορθος,  ov,  (φίλος,  πτόρβος) 
loving  young  shoots,  epith.  of  bees, 
Nonn. 

ΦΙλοπτωχία,  ας,  ή,  love  for  the  poor, 
Anth.  P.  15,  34  [ία],  Eccl. :  from 


ΦΙΛΟ 

Φιλόπτωχος,  ον,  {φί'/.ος,  πτωχός) 
loving  tke  poor,  Eccl. 

Φΐ/.όπϊφας,  ον,  {φί?.ος,  πυρός)  lov- 
ing tvhcat,  Anth.  P.  6,  30. 

ΦίΛοττυστέω,  -πνστος,  ον,=φι?Μ- 
τενστέω,  -πενστος- 

ΦΙλοπωριστής,  ον.  ό,  {<ί)ίλος,  οπώ- 
ρα)  loving  autumn-fruits,  Leon.  Tar.  45. 

Φΐλο-ωτεω,  ώ,  rarer  collat.  form 
of  φίλοποτέω. 

ΦΙλθ7τώτ}ΐς,  ον,  ό.  later  collat.  form 
of  φι'/.οπότης,  Lob.  Phryu.  456,  Pa- 
ral.  445. 

Φν.οργης,  ες,  or  φίλοργός,  όν,  {φί- 
λος, οργή)  passionate,  Nic.  ΑΙ.  175. 

Φ1?.ύργως,  ον,  {φίλος,  όργια)  fond 
of  secret  rites  or  orgies,  Anth.  P.  10, 
21. 

^Φιλοργός,  οϋ,  6,  Philorgxis,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Jsocr.  382  A,  with  v.  1.  Φύ^,ερ- 

ΦΙλορητωρ,  ορός,  ό,  7ί,=^<Ι>ι?.οββή- 

Φϊλόρθιος,  ον,  {φί7.ος,  όρθιος)  loving 
what  is  straight  or  right,  Anth.  P.  6, 
295. 

Φϊλοριστία,  ας,  η,  fondness  for  defi- 
nition, Galen. 

Φίλοραίστεψα,  ας,  η,  fern,  from  sq., 
Anth.  P^  10,  21. 

ΦϊΛορμιστήρ,  ηρος,  6,  one  who  loves 
the  harbour. 

Φίλορνϊ.θία.  ας,  η,  fondness  for  birds, 
Ar.  Av.  1300:  from 

Φίλορνις,  Ιθος,  ό,  ή,  (φίλος,  όρνις) 
fond  of  birds,  Plut.  Num.  4,  etc.— 2. 
loved  or  haunted  by  birds,  πέτρα,  Aesch. 
Eum.  23.  ^ 

Φΐλο()ί)ήτωρ,  ορός,  ό,  η,  loving  ora- 
tors or  eloquence. 

ΦΏ.ό^ϊινθμος,  ον,  {φί/ιος,  βνβμός) 
loving  time  {in  music),  Plut.  2,  1138  B. 

Φΐλοββώθων,  ωνος,  ό,  ή,  (φίλος,  βώ- 
θων)  usually  lying  on  its  nose,  κτ/μός, 
Anth.  P.  6,  246. 

ΦΙ?ι.ο/)/)ώξ,  ώγος,  6,  ή,  (φί7ίθς,()ώξΙΙ, 
δάξ) : — loving  grapes,  ΰμπε?.ος,  Anth. 
F.  7,  22. 

ΦΙλορτνγοτροφέω,  ω,  to  be  fond  of 
keeping  quails  ;  cf.  στνφοκόπος. 

Φΐ7.όρτνξ,  νγος.  ό,  ή,  (φί7.ος,  όρτνξ) 
fond  of  quails,  Plat.  Lys.  212  D. 

Φΐ7.ορχ'ημων,  ον,  gen.  oiOf,=  sq., 
Arr.  An.  6,  3,  10. 

Φϋιορχηστής,  ον,  ό,  {φί7ίθς,  ορχέ- 
ομαι)  loving  the  dance. 

ΦΏ.όρχηστος,  oi',=  foreg.,  dub. 

Φϊ7.ορώμαιος,  a,  ον,  a  friend  to  the 
Roma7is,  Strab. 

ΦΓΑΟΣ,  7/,  ov,  usu.  pass.,  loved,  be- 
loved, dear,  Lat.  amicus,  carus,  τινί,  to 
one,  Hom.,etc.  ;  μά7.α  οι  φίλος  ηεν, 
II.  1,  381  ;  φί7.ος  άθανάτοισι  θεοϊσι, 
20,  347,  etc.  : — φί7ιος  soon  came  to 
be  used  as  subst.,  like  Lat.  amicus,  a 
friend,  as  even  in  Horn. ;  so  that  for 
ό  έμοί  φί/.ος,  b  σοι  φίλος,  etc.,  we 
have  also  ύ  εμάς,  σος  φίλ.ος,  etc. ;  and, 
with  gen.,  ο  Αιός  φί7Μς.  Aesch.  Pr. 
304,  etc.  ;  so  also  very  freq.  in  ad- 
dressing others,  φί7ιθς,  φί7.ε,  φί7.οι, 
with  and  without  subst.,  Horn.,  etc.  ; 
also,  φί7.ε  τέκνον,  Od.  2,303  ;  3, 184, 
etc. ;  φί7^  ανδρών,  like  πότνια  θεάων, 
δια  γυναικών,  Theocr.  15,  74;  24, 
40  ;  cf.  Pors.  Praef.  Hec.  p.  Ixii.  : — 
in  Horn.,  a  husband  is  called  κονρί- 
ύιος  φίλος,  Od.  15,  22  ;  and  a  wife 
ώί7ίη  άνάεδνος,  II.  9,  146,  288  :  oi  φι- 
ΛΟΙ,  friends,  kinsmen,  one's  kith  and 
kin,  Horn.,  etc. ;  cf.  sub  φί7ι.τατος. — 
Proverb.,  κοινά  τά  τών  φί7.ων,  Plat. 
Phaedr.  fin.,  etc. — 2.  φί7.ον  εστί  μοι, 
'tis  dear  to  me,  pleases  me,  it  is  after 
my  own  heart,  Lat.  cnrdi  est,  Hom., 
etc. ;  so,  φί7.ον  γίγνεταί  μοι,  Od.  7, 
316,  II.  7,  387 ;  ερξον,  όπως  έθέ7^εις 
και  σοι  φίλον  επλετο  θνμω,  Od.  13, 


ΦΙΑΟ 

145,  335,  etc. ;  so  in  plur.  φίλα,  η 
γαρ  εμοΙ  φίλ'  ά7.ηθέα  μνβήσασθαι, 
Od.  17,  15 ;  sometimes  c.  inf ,  ενΟα 
φίλ'  όπτα7ίέα  κρεα  έόμεναι,  then  it 
delights  thee  to  eat  roast-meats,  II.  4, 
345;  cf.  Hdt.  1,108;  4,  97.— 3.  in  the 
simple  language  of  Hom.  and  early 
poets,  (^(λθ{•  is  used  of  one's  ou-n  limbs, 
life,  etc.,  φί7<.ον  ό'  εξαίνντο  θνμόν,Υ^β 
took  away  dear  life,  II.  5,  155  ;  κατε- 
π7.•ήγη  φί7.ον  ητορ,  3,  31  ;  ειςόκε-.-μοι 
φί7.α  γοννατ'  ορώρ-η,  9,  009  ;  φί7.ον 
κατά  ?.αιμόν,  19,  109 ;  esp.  of  one's 
nearest  kin,  πατήρ  φί/ιος,  22,  408  ; 
φίλη  ί7.οχος,  etc. ;  φίλην...ΰγεσθαι, 
to  take  as  his  own  wife,  9,  146  : — and 
it  became  a  regular  epilh.  of  many 
such  words,  even  when  no  affection 
can  be  implied  in  it,  as  e.  g.,  in  II.  9, 
555,  it  is  said  of  Meleager,  μητρί  φι- 
λί) Ά7ιθαί)ΐ  χωόμενος  κήρ : — also  to 
denote  possession,  e.  g.,  φί7ι.α  είματα, 
II.  2,  261  ;  φ.  πόνος,  their  wonted  la- 
bour.Theocr.  21,  20. — II.  more  rarely, 
and  only  in  poets,  in  an  act.  sense, 
like  φί7.ιος,  loving,  friendly,  fond,  τι- 
νί, Od.  1,  313  ;  also  τινός,  Dissen 
Pind.  N.  5,  7  (18) :  kindly,  kind,  φί/.α 
μ7/Αεα,1\.  17,  325;  φίλα  φρονειν,  to 
feel  kindly,  oft.  in  Hom. :  φίλα  ποιεΐ- 
σβαίτινι,  to  make/ne«(is,form/rie7iii- 
ship  with  any  one,  do  him  a  kindness, 
Hdt.  2,  152  ;■  5,  37  ;  7,  104  ;  ύαίμοσιν 
πράττειν  φί7.α,  Aesch. — In  compos., 
however,  this  is  far  the  commonest 
signf.— III.  adv.  φι7.ως,  in  Hom.  only 
once,  φίλως  χ'  ορόφτε,  ye  would /am 
see  it,  II.  4,  347  ;  also  in  Hes.  Sc.  45, 
Aesch.  Ag.  246. — IV.  φί7.ος  has  seve- 
ral forms  of  comparison  : — 1.  compar., 
φύ'ιων,  ov,  Od.  19,  351  ;  24,  208  :  su- 
perl.  φίλιστος,  η,  ov.  Soph.  Aj.  842. 
— 2.  compar.  φί7:τερος,  oft.  in  II. : — 
superl.  φί7ιτατος,  freq.  in  Hom. 
(mostly  ia  11.),  who  uses  only  this 
superl.  ;  v.  sub  voce. — 3.  compar., 
φιλαίτερος.  superl.  φι7Μίτατος,  Xen. 
An.  1,  9,  29,  Hell.  7,  3,  8,  Call.  Del. 
58,  Theocr.  7,  98—4.  regul.  compar. 
φιλώτερος,  superl.  φΰώτατος,  the 
former  in  Call.  Fr.  140.  [I:  how- 
ever Hom.  has  I  in  vocat.  φίλε-,  II.  4, 
155  ;  5,  359,  in  arsis  at  the  beginning 
of  the  verse.] 

Φί7ι()σαρκέω,  ώ,  to  be  given  to  fleshly 
lusis,  Eccl. :  and 

Φΐ7.οσαρκία,  ας,  ή,  love  of  the  flesh 
and  fleshly  lusts,  Eccl.  :  from 

Φί7.όσαρκος,  ov,  {φί7ιθς,  σαρξ)  given 
to  fleshly  lusts,  Eccl. 

Φϊλοσίγματος,  ov,  fond  of  the  σίγ- 
μα. 

Φί7ώσΙτος,  ov,  {φί7.ος,  σίτος)  fond 
of  corn,  occupied,  about  it,  Xen.  Oec. 
20,  27. — II.  fond  of  food,  fond  of  eating, 
Plat.  Rep.  475  C. 

Φΐλόσκαρθμος,  ov,  {  φΊ7.ος,  σκαρ- 
θμός)fond  of  leaping  or  dancing,  Nonn. 

Φΐλόσκεπος,  ov,  fond  of  shelter, 
Theophr. 

Φΐ7.όσκηπτρος,  ov,  {φί7•.ος,  σκηπ- 
τρον)  sceptcred,  βασιλεύς,  Anth.  P.  9, 
091. 

Φΐ7ιοσκήπων,  ωνος,  ό,  ή,  (φί7.ος, 
σκηπων)  loving  α  staff,  usjtally  carrying 
one.  of  Pan,  Anth.  6,  232. 

Φίλόσ/ciOf,  ov.  {φίλος,  σκιά)  fond 
of  the  shade,  Theophr. 

Φΐλοσκόπε7.ος,  ov,  (ψί'λος,  σκόπε- 
7~ος)  loving  rocks,  Anth.  P.  6,  32, 
Nonn. 

Φΐλόσκοπος.  ov,  {σκοπός  II)  usually 
hitting  the  mark. 

ΦΓ/Μσκνλαξ,  άκος,  ό,  η,  {φίλος, 
σκύ7.aξ)fond  of  dogs,  Nonn.  [ί•] 

Φΐ7.οσκωμμοσννη,  ?;(■,  ή,  fondness 
for  scoffing  or  jesting :  from 

ΦΏ.οσκώμμων,  ov,  (φί7Μς,  σκώμμα) 


ΦΙΛΟ 

fond  of  scoffing  or  jesting,  Hdt.  2, 
174. 

Φϊ7.οσκωπτέω,  ώ,  to  love  scoffing  or 
jesting,  Ath.  616  Β  :  from 

ΦΓΑοσκώπτης,  ov,  6,  =  φΰ.οσκώμ• 
μων,  Arist.  Virt.  et  Vit.  6,  5. 

Φϊλοσμύράγος,  ov,  (φί7ιθς,  σμαρα- 
γή)  loving  noise  or  din,  ?*<onn.  [ΰ] 

ΦΙλόσμηνος,  ov,  {  φί7.ος,  σμτ/νος  ) 
loving  beehives  or  swarms  of  bees, 
Nonn. 

Φιλοσοφεω,  ύ,  f.  -ησω,  to  be  a  φι7.ό- 
σοφος,  to  love  knowledge,  to  seek  to  be- 
come wise,  to  seek  after  knowledge  for 
its  own  sake,  Lat.  phtlosophari,  Hdt.  1, 
30,  Thuc.  2,  40,  Plat.  Apol.  28  E. 
etc.,  and  freq.  in  Isocr.  ;  θεών  ονόεις 
φιλοσοφεί  υνό'  επιθυμεί  σοφός  γενέ- 
σθαι, έστι  γάρ.  Plat.  Symp.  203,  ult. 
—  II.  φ.  τι,  to  discuss  or  examine  a 
subject  by  method  or  system,  to  inquire 
into,  study  a  thing,  Lat.  meditari,  Isocr. 
159  D;  φι7.ησοφιαν  φύ.οσοφεϊν.  to 
seek  out  a  philosophic  system,  Xen. 
Mem.  4,  2,  23,  Jac.  Ach.'Tat.  p.  935  : 
τα  φΛοσοφονμενα,  subjects  of  specula- 
tion, Diog.  L.  4,  49. — 2.  generally,  to 
study,  ivork  at  a  thing,  φ.  7.όγον,  Isocr. 
42  Β  ;  cf  φΛόσοφος.     Hence 

Φϋ.οσόφημα,  τό,  a  subject  of  scien- 
tific inquiry,  like  ζήτημα,  Arist.  Coel. : 
the  inquiry  itself,  an  investigation,  phil- 
osoph'ic  treatise,  Polyb.  34,  4,  4  : — α 
demonstration,  demonstrative  argument 
or  conclusion,  Arist.  Top.  8,  11,  12; 
cf.  επιχείρημα. 

ΦίΑοσοφητέον,  verb.  adj.  from  φιλο- 
σοφεω, one  must  pursue  wisdom.  Plat. 
Euthyd.  288  D,  Isocr.  Antid.  (j  304. 

Φΐ/.οσοφία,  ας,  ή,  {φΟ.όσοφος)  love 
of  knowledge  and  wisdom,  pursuit  there- 
of, study,  Plat.  Gorg.  484  C,  etc.  ;  ή 
φι7ι.  κτησις  επιστήμης.  Id.  Euthyd. 
288  D. — 2.  the  systematic,  methodical 
treatinent  of  a  subject,  investigation, 
study  thereof,  Lat.  meditatio,  also  in 
plur.,ei'  ταΐς  φύ•..  πο7.νν  χρόνον  όια- 
τρίιΙ>αντες,  Plat.  Theaet.  172  C  ;  τέχ- 
ναι  και  φΛησοφίαι,  Isocr.  219  Β:  ή 
περί  τάς  ίριδας  φ.,  .scientific  treatment 
of  argumentation.  Id.  209  Β.  cf.  42 
Β  ;  προς  φύ.οσοφίαν,  'philosophically, 
ορρ.  to  πΐ)ός  ύόξαν,  Arist.  Top.  1,  14, 
5.     Cf.  φιλόσοφος. 

Φΐ7.ησηφοΐί7ίής.  ό,  α  lover  of  Sopho 
cits,  Diog.  L.  4,  20. 

Φΐ7.οσοφομειρακίσκος,  ov,  6,  (cf. 
φι/.ομεϊραξ)  a  systematic  debaucher  of 
youths,  Ath.  572  B. 

Φιλόσοφος,  ov,  (φί/^ος, σοφός,  σοφία) 
strictly,  loving  η  handicraft  οτ  art.  prac- 
tising it  with  skill  and  dexterity,  cf. 
σοφός,  σοφία,  σοφιστής:  —  but  the 
first  actual  use  of  the  word  is  due  to 
Pythagoras,  who  called  himself  φιλό- 
σοφος, a  lover  of  knowledge  for  its  own 
sake,  a  lover  of  wisdom, — not  σοφός,  a 
sage,  Cic.  Quaest.  Tusc.  5.  3  and  4 ; 
τον  φιλοσ.  σοφίας  φήσομεν  επιθνμη- 
την  είναι  πάσης.  Plat.  Rep.  475  Β  : 
— it  was  then  used  in  a  wide  sense 
of  all  men  of  liberal  education,  scientific 
men,  learned  men,  etc.,  as  opp.  to  the 
vulgar  (oi  πο/:7.οί),  hence  joined  with 
φύ.ομαθής  and  φι7.ό7.ογος.  Plat.  Rep. 
376  B,  582  E. — 2.  esp.,  one  who  pro- 
fesses an  art  or  science,  a  professor  of 
logic,  rhetoric,  etc.,  cf.  Morus  Isocr. 
Paneg.  1,  Stallb.  Plat.  Symp.  182  Ε  : 
— the  pecul.  signf  philosopher,  i.  e. 
one  who  speculates  on  the  nature  of 
things,  man,  freedom,  truth,  etc.,  first 
came  into  general  use  with  the  va- 
rious philosophical  schools,  from 
wliich  time  φΟώσοφος  is  a  philosopher 
of  the  schools,  one  who  tenches  science. 
etc.,  according  to  his  own  system. — 
II.  as  aay, philosophic,  loving  knowledge, 
1613 


ΦΙΛΟ 

etc.,  φύσις,  ψυχή  φιλ.,  Plat.  Rep.  486 
A,  Β. — lil.  adv.  -φως,  φ.  διακεϊσθαι 
προς  τι,  Isucr.  Antid.  ()  290  ;  also 
Cic.  Att.  13,  20.  [Λγ.  Eccl.  571  has 
οφ  long  ;  cf.  φ  sub  fin.] 

Φ'Λοσπί/λνγξ,  υγγος,  6,  ή,  (φίλος, 
σττή'λνγξ)  fond  of  grottoes,  Anth.  P. 
11,  194. 

ΦϊλϋστΓοίΊ^οζ•,  ov,  (φίλος,  σπονδή) 
loving  drink-offerings  or  libations,  em- 
ployed in  them,  Aesch.  Clio.  292. 

ΦΙλόσπουδος,  ov,  (φίλος,  σπονδή) 
loving  zeal,  zealous,  Anth.  P.  5,  46. 

Φΐ/Μστάσιώτης,  ου,  6,  fond  of  sedi- 
tion or  rebellion. 

Φϊλοστάφύλος,  ov,  loving  the  grape- 
bunches,  Nonn. 

Φΐλοστεφΰνέω,  ώ,  to  love  crowns, 
i.  e.  honour  and  glory,  περί  Tl,  in  a 
thing,  Polyb.  7,  10,  2  ;  φ.  εις  τους 
"Ελληνας,  to  lay  one's  self  out  for 
crowns  of  honour  among  them,  Id.  1, 

16,  10  ;  cf.  Plut.  2,  1000  Β  :  from 
Φϊλοστέφΰνος,  ov,  (φίλος,  στέφα- 
νος) loving  crowns,  garlanded,  ^Αώρο- 
δίτη,  Η.  Horn.  Cer.  102:  κώμοι,  Eur. 
Cresph.  15,  8  -.—fond  of  crowns  of  vic- 
tory, Plut.  Lycurg.  23. 

^Φί7.οστεφανος,  ου,  ό,  Philostcpha- 
nus,  a  poet  of  the  new  comedy,  Mei- 
neke  1,  p.  498.-2.  a  historian  of  Gy- 
rene, Ath.  292  F.— Others  in  Plut. 
Lye.  23 ;  etc. 

ΦΙλύστονος,  ov,  (φίλος,  στένω)  lov- 
ing sighs,  indulging  in  them.  Adv. 
-νως,  Aesch.  Theb.  279. 

Φίλοστοργέω ,  ώ,  to  love  tenderly, 
esp.  of  the  love  of  parents  and  chil- 
dren, brothers  and  sisters,  Plat.  Legg. 
927  B,  cf  Polyb.  5,  74,  5  :  and 

Φιλοστοργία,  ας,  ή,  tender  love,  προς 
τίνα,  Polyb.  9,  13,  2  ;  32,  11,  1  :—af- 
fectionatrness,  Xen.  Cyr.  1, 4,  3  :  from 

Φιλόστοργος,  ov,  (φίλος,  στέργω, 
στοργή)  : — loving  tenderly,  affectionate, 
esp.  of  the  affection  of  parents  and 
children,  brothers  and  sisters,  etc., 
Xen.  Cyr.  1,  3,  2,  Theocr.  18,  13, 
Plut.,  etc.     Adv.  -γως,  Cic.  Att.  15, 

17,  1  and  2. 

Φίλοστρΰτιώτης,  ου,  δ,  ( φίλος, 
στρατιώτης)  the  soldier's  friend,  Xen. 
An.  7,  0,  4. 

ίΦιλόστρατος,  ου,  ό,  Philostratus, 
an  Athenian,  who  on  account  of  his 
deceptions  was  called  κνναλώπηξ, 
Ar.  Eq.  1069. — 2.  accuser  of  the  gen- 
eral Chabrias,  Dem.  535,  9. — 3.  anoth- 
er Athenian,  an  orator,  Id.  1045,  15. — 
Others  in  Paus. ;  etc. 

ΦΙλόστροφος,  ov,  loving  change, 
changeable. 

ΦΙλοσυγγενής,  ες,  (φίλος,  συγγε- 
νής) loving  one's  relatives,  Hierocl.  ap. 
Stob.  p.  449,  39. 

ΦΙλόσϋκος,  ov,  (φί?ίθς,  σνκον)  fond 
of  figs,  Plut.  2,  668  A. 

Φίλοσνμμαχος,  ov,  loving,  true  to 
one's  allies  or  confederates. 

Φϊλοσννήθης,  ες,  gen.  εος,  (φίλος, 
συνήθης)  loving  society,  Plut.  2,  56  C. 

ΦΙλοσννθεσία,  ας,  ή,  fondness  for 
comparison. 

ΦΙλοσννονσιύζυ,  (φίλος,  συνουσία- 
ζω)  to  love  intercourse,  esp.  of  the  sex- 
ual kind,  Diog.  L.  3,  98.     Hence 

Φΐλοσννουσιαστής,  οϋ,  ό,  a  lover  of 
sexxial  intercourse. 

Φΐλοσνντομος,  ov,  (φί?ιθς,  σύντο- 
μος) loving  brevity,  Pint.  2,  511  B. 

Φνιοσωαΰτέω,  ώ,  to  love,  cherish,  the 
body :  and 

ΦΙ?.οσωμΰτία,  ας,  ή,  love  of  the  body, 
attention  to  it :   from 

Φί?ίθσώμύτος,  ov,  (φί7.ος,  σώμα)  lov- 
ing the  body,  indulging  it,  opp.  to  φι?ιό- 
σοφος.    Plat.    Phaed.   68   Β  ;    distin- 
guished from  ώι?.ήδονος,  Plut.  2,  140 
1614 


ΦΙΛΟ 
Β  : — cherishing  or  training  the   body, 
lb.  593  D. 

Φΐ?.οσώφρων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  loving 
moderation  or  chastity. 

ΦΙλοτάρΙχος,  ov,  (φίλος,  τάριχος) 
fond  of  salt  fish,  Antiph.  Omph.  3.  [u] 

ΦΙλοτεκνία,  ας,  ή,  lore  of  one^s  chil- 
dren, Plut.  2,  14  Β  :  from 

ΦΙλότεκνος,  ov,  (φίλος,  τέκνον)  lov- 
ing one's  children  or  offspring,  Hdt.  2, 
66,  Eur.  Phoen.  356,  Ar.  Thesm.  752. 

^Φιλοτερία,  ας,  ή.  Philoteria,  a  city 
of  Palestme,  Polyb.  5,  70,  4. 

Φΐ?.οτεχνέω,  ώ,  (  φιλότεχνος )  to 
love,  cherish  or  practise  an  art.  Plat. 
Prot.  321  Ε  ;  περί  τι,  Epict.  :  φιλ. 
προς  τους  τεχνίτας,  to  converse  with 
them  in  art,  Polyb.  26,  10,  3,  cf.  Ael. 
V.  H.  2,  2. — II.  to  Ji.se  or  employ  art, 
Polyb.  10,  30,  2,  Plut.  2, 1050  C,  etc. : 
— to  effect  a  thing  by  art,  c.  inf ,  Diod. 
13,  82,  Plut.  2,  142  B.     Hence 

ΦΖλοτέχνημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  curious  or 
favourite  work  of  art,  Cic.  Att.  13,40,  1. 

Φι7Μτεχνήμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  and 
-τέχνης,  ov,  δ,^^φιλότεχνος. 

Φιλοτέχνησις,  ή,  worse  form  for  sq. 

ΦΙλοτεχνία,  ας,  ή,  a  love  of,  fond- 
ness for  art  and  works  of  art.  Plat. 
Criti.  109  C.  —  II.  art,  artficialness, 
Diog.  L  — III.  nietaph.,  artifice,  φιλ- 
και  δόλος,  Diod.  3,  37  :  from 

Φιλότεχνος,  ov,  (φίλος,  τέχνη)  fond 
of  art,  ingenious,  Plat.  Rep.  470  A  : 
— of  things,  artificial,  curious.  Adv. 
-νως,  Plut.  2,  104  B. 

Φίλότης,  ητος,  ή,  (φί7.oς)friendship, 
love,  affection,  Horn.,  etc.  ;  ξεΐνοι  δε 
διαμπερές  εύχομεθ'  είναι  t-κ  πατέρων 
φιλότητος,  Οά.  15,  197;  so.  Soph. 
Aj.  1410,  Phil.  1121;  φιλότητι  χει- 
ρών, Eur.  Or.  1048  ;  but,  διίι  την  λίαν 
φι7ίότητα  βροτών,  by  his  over  great 
love  for  men,  Aesch.  Pr.  123  ; — also 
in  Andoc.  19,  3 ;  27,  16,  Lys.  194,  7 
(Plat.  Legg.  757  A,  though  in  prose 
φιλία  is  the  usu.  form):  —  also  of 
friendship  between  nations,  II.  3,  73, 
94  ;  7,  302,  etc. ;  κατά  φιλότητα  συγ- 
γίγνεσθαι,  to  come  together  accord- 
mg  to  their /ri>iifi,'!/iip,  Hdt.  1,  172; 
so  of  the  bond  of  hospitality,  Od.  15, 
55,  197,  etc. — 2.  in  Horn.,  most  freq. 
of  se.xuaj  love  or  intercouse,  in  the 
phrases  φιλότητι  or  έν  φιλότητι  και 
evvy  μιγήναι,  etc.,  v.  sub  μίγννμι  Β. 
5^  also,  νπνος  καΐ  φ-,  II.  13,  636;  14, 
353,  more  rarely  c.  gen.,  φ.  γυναικός, 
Hes.  Sc.  31,  cf.  Th.  374,  405,  625, 
822  :  but  Pind.,  in  this  signf.,  always 
uses  the  plur.,  P.  9,  70,  N.  8,  2.— II. 
in  addressing  persons,  ώ  φιλότης,^ 
ώ  φίλε,  my  love,  friend.  Plat.  Phaedr. 
228  D. 

Φιλοτησία,  J],  v.  sq.  II. 

Φιλοτήσιος,  a,  ov,  also  ος,  ov,  The- 
ogn.  489  (φιλότης)  : — of  friendship  or 
love,  promoting  it,  φ.  έργα,  tvorks  of 
love,  i.  e.  sexual  intercourse,  like  έργα 
'Αφροδίτης,  Od.  11,  246:  φ  δίαιτα. 
Soph.  El.  1074  ;  0.  χορός,  Ar.  Fr. 
564.• — II.  ή  φιλοτησία  kv7uE,  the  cup 
sacred  to  friendship,  the  loving-cup,  Ar. 
Lys.  203,  Alex.  Incert.  24  ;  so  also, 
ή  φιλοτήσιος,  Theogn.  1.  c.  ;  or,  more 
usu.,  ή  φιλοτησία  (without  κνλιξ), 
φΛοτησίαν  7ιαβείν,  to  receive  a  health, 
have  one's  health  drunk,  Ar.  Ach. 
985  ;  φ.  προπίνειν,  to  driiik  a  health, 
Dem.  380,  fin. ;  cf  Alex.  Dor.  3,— 
where,  for  της  φι7.οτησίας,  it  is  pro- 
posed to  read  τρεις. 

ΦΙλύτησις,  ή,^^φιλότης,  dub. 
Φιλοτϊμέομαι,  ονμαι,  dep.  with  fnt. 
mid.  -ήσομαι  :  aor.  εφιλοτιμήθην, 
Xen.  Mem.  2,  9,  3,  Plat.  Lach.  182 
Β  ;  yet  also  aof.  mid.  ίφι7.οτιμησά- 
μην,  in  Isocr.,  and  Aristid. :  (φιλότι- 


ΦΙΛΟ 

μος).  To  love,  seek  honour,  Xen.  Hip- 
parch.  9,  6 :  hence  to  be  ambitious, 
emulous,  jealous,  often  much  like  φι- 
λονεικέω,  Ar.  Ran.  282  ;  φ.  ότι...,  to 
be  jealous  because...,  Xen.  An.  1,4,  7. 
— 2.  φιλ.  έττί  τινι,  to  place  one's  fame 
in  a  thing,  glory,  pride  one's  self  upon 
it,  Plat.  Rep.  553  D,  Xen.  Mem.  2,  6, 
11,  and  freq.  in  Isocr. ;  έν  τινι.  Plat. 
Lach.  182  Β  ;  φ.  τι  or  προς  τι,  to  be 
eager  or  anxious  for  a  thing,  pursue  it 
eagerly,  Xen.  Oec.  4,  24,  Hell.  1,  6,  5  ; 
so,  φ.  περί  τίνος,  Plut.  2,  760  Β,  etc. ; 
φιλ.  προς  τίνα,  to  vie  eagerly  with 
another,  rival  him.  Plat.  Symp.  178 
E. — 3.  C.  inf,  to  strive  eagerly  and 
emulously  to  do  a  thing,  endeavour  ear- 
nestly, aspire,  oi  πάνυ  uv  φιλοτιμη- 
θείεν  φίλω  σοι  χρήσθηι,  Xen.  Mem. 
2,  9,  3,  cf.'  Oec.  21,  6  ;— φιλοτιμούμε- 
vol  ίπιδείκνυσθαι  προς  ΰπαντας. 
Plat.  Phaedr.  232  A  :— c.  ace.  et  inf, 
to  be  anxious  that...  Id.  Hipparch.  1, 
25. — 4.  φιλ.  εΙς  τίνα,  to  make  a  dis- 
play towards  any  one  :  hence,  ahsol., 
to  swagger,  brag,  Ar.  Ran.  281  :  also, 
φιλοτιμεΐσθαί  τι,  to  make  a  present, 
Aristaen.  —  5.  to  contribute  emulously 
or  lavishly  to  an  object,  προς  τήν  πο- 
λιν,  Lycurg.  167,  39  ;  εις  τήν  τιμήν, 
etc.,  Ael.     Hence 

ΦΙλοτίμημα,  ατός,  τό,  an  act  of  am- 
bition, Plut.  Alcib.  16,  Id.  2,  822  A : 
and 

Φι?ΜΤΐμητέον,  verb,  adj.,  one  must 
be  ambitious,  Plut. 

Φιλοτιμία,  ας.  Ion.  -ίη,  ης,  ή,  the 
character  and  conduct  of  the  φιλότιμος, 
love  of  honour  or  distinction,  ambition, 
Pind.  Fr.  229,  Eur.  Phoen.  532  ;  φι- 
λοτιμία ενέχεται,  Eur.  I.  A.  527;  cf. 
Ar.  Thesm.  383,  Thuc,  etc. : — emula- 
tion, rivalry,  προς  τίνα,  with  another, 
Aeschin.  56,  7  ;  φ.  έπί  τινι,  pride  in 
or  at  a  thing.  Plat.  Symp.  178  D;  φ. 
τινός,  eagerness  for  a  thing,  Xcn.  Cyr. 
8,  1,  35: — hence, — 2.  in  bad  sense, 
presumption,  obstinacy,  Valck.  Hdt.  3, 
53  ;  whence  φιλοτιμίαι  and  φιλονει- 
κίαι  are  joined  by  Plat.  Rep.  548  C  ; 
also,  ostentatiousn.ess,prodigaUlij,  Dem. 
312,  26  :  and,  in  good  sense,  liberality, 
munificence. — 3.  honour,  dignity,  Xen. 
Hier.  1,  27,  Aeschin.  00,  4. — 11.  pun- 
ningly,  the  conduct  of  one  Phitotimus, 
Cic.  Att.  7,  11,  cf  6,  9,  2.-\[ϊ.=φι- 
λοτίμημα,  a  proof  of  glory,  Dem.  729, 
15 :  from 

Φιλότιμος,  ov,  (φίλος,  τιμή)  loving 
honour,  ambitious,  Eur.  Phoen.  567, 
etc. ;  (/).  βίος,  Lys.  192,  7  ;  φιλ.  επΙ 
σοφία,  έπ.  ό.ρετϊ).  Plat.  Prot.  343  C, 
Legg.  744  Ε:  τό  0.  =  foreg.,  Eur. 
1.  A.  22,  Thuc.  2,  44  :— hence,  zeal- 
ous, emulous,  earnest,  ευχή,  Aesch. 
Supp.  656  :  also,  splendid,  ostentatious, 
prodigal:  and,  in  good  sense,  much- 
hnnoιιrcd,\\k.eπoλΰτιμoς,A.esch.VJ\^m. 
1033. —  II.  adv.  -μως,  Lys.  147,  28, 
Isae.  07,  20  ;  φ.  έχειν  προς  τι,  to 
strive,  exert  one's  self  eagerly  after  a 
thing,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  0,  2β';  etc. 

iΦlλύτίμoς,  ου,  o.Philotimus,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Anth.  append.  351. 

Φϊλότμητος,  ov,  (  φίλος,  τέμνω ) 
fond  of  cutting :  φ.  ήμερα,  the  day  of 
circumcision,  Nonn. 

Φΐλοτοιοϋτος,  ου,  ό,  (φί?Μς,  τοιοϋ 
τος )  fond  of  such  and  such  things, 
whatever  they  may  be,  Arist.  Eth.  N. 
4,  4,  4,  ubi  v.  Zell. 

Φιλοτράγήμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος.  (φί• 
?ιθς,  τράγημα)  fond  of  sweetmeats  ο•Γ 
dessert,  Eubul.  Καμπ.  5. 

Φΐ7.οτράπεζοΓ,  ov.  (οίλοΓ,  τράπεζα) 
fond  of  the  table,  Ath.  113  K. 

Φϊλοτρΰ,φής.  ές,=^φιλοτρόφος,  Eur 
Aug.  14. 


ΦΙΛΟ 

ΦΙλοτροόέω,  ώ,  to  be  fond  of  feeding 
or  keeping  animals,  φι'λ.  κύνας,  Plut. 
2,  684  D  : — pass.,  to  be  well  fed,  fatted, 
LXX. :  from 

ΦΙλοτρόφος,  ov,  (ώίλος,  τρέφω)  fond 
of  feeding  or  keeping,  Orph.  H.  1,  5. — 
II.  (τροφή)  loving  food. 

ΦΙλυττάρίον,  ov,  TO,  poet,  for  φιλο- 
τάρίον,  dim.  from  φί'λύττίς,  a  little  pet, 
darling,  Ar.  Eccl.  891.  [u] 

Φίλοτύραρνος,  ου,  [φίλος,  τύραν- 
νος) friend  of  tyranny,  Plut.  Pericl.  4. 

ΦΏώτνφος,  ov,  {φίλος,  τύφος)  lov- 
ing pride,  arrogant,  Fhilo. 

ΦΙ?:ΟΤωθάζω,  to  be  fond  of  blaming, 
Hipp.  p.  1285.     Hence 

Φΐ/,οτώΟαστος,  ov,  fond  of  fault- 
finding, Hipp. 

Φίλοϋγιής,  ές,  gen.  έος,  ( φίλος, 
υγιής)  loving  health,  Arist.  Eth.  Eud. 
2,  5,  5;  V.  1.  φί?ιυγιής. 

Φϊ?ιόντΓνος,  ον,=  φίλυπνος. 

ΙΦίΛοϋρνοζ•,  ov,  ό,  Philurgus,  masc. 
pr.  η.,  Ar.  Lys.  266. 

ΦΙλοφαίαξ,  άκος,  6,  ή,  loving  the 
Phaeacians. 

^Φί7.οΦάνης,  ονς,  b,  Philophanes,  a 
sophist.  Plut.  2,  208  B. 

Φϊ?.όφθογγος,  ov,  {φίλος,  φθογγ?'/) 
loi'ing  noise,  noisy,  σκύ?Μξ,  Anth.  P. 
append.  6. 

ΦΙλόφθονος,  ov,  {φί?.ος,  φθόνος ) 
given  to  envy,  Diod.,  Plut.  2,  91  B. 

Φί?ΜφΙ?ύα,  ας,  η,  love  of  otie's 
friends :  from 

Φίλόφίλοζ•,  ov,  {φίλος,  φίλος)  lov- 
ing one's  friends,  Arist.  Rhet.  2,  4,  26, 
etc. 

Φΐλοφόρμιγξ,  ιγγος,  δ,  ή,  {φίλος, 
φόρμιγξ)  loving  the  lyre,  accompanying 
it,  of  song,  Aesch.  Supp.  696. 

Φΐλοφρονέομαι,  οΰμαι,  dep.,  c.  fut. 
mid.,  aor.  mid.  et  pass.  (v.  infra) : — 
{φιλόφρων).  To  treat,  use  or  deal  with 
affectionately ,  to  show  kindness  and  fa- 
vour to,  τινά,  Hdt.  3,  50  ;  also  me- 
taph.,  φ.  ήθη  κακά,  lofosterhad  habits. 
Plat.  Legg.  669  Β :  more  rarely  c. 
dat.  φίλοφρονήσασΰαί  τινί  τι,  to  show 
a  favour  to  one,  Xen.  Cyr.  3,  1,8; 
φι?ι..  προς  Τίνα,  Diod.  16,  91,  Strabo, 
etc. :  metaph.,  φ.  θυμύ.  to  indulge  pas- 
sion, like  θυμω  χαρίζεσθαι,  είκειν. 
Plat.  Legg.  93.5  C  ;  more  freq.  later 
c.  dat.,  as  in  Ath.,  and  Diog.  L. : — 
aor.  pass,  φιλοφρονηθήναι,  in  a  re- 
ciprocal sense,  to  show  kindness  to  one 
another,  to  greet  or  embrace  one  another, 
Xen.  Cyr.  3,  1,40;  for  which,  in  An. 
4,  5,  34,  lie  has  φιλοόρονήσασθαι 
αλλήλους,  cf.  Plat.  Legg.  738  D.— II. 
absol.,  to  be  of  a  kindly,  cheerful  tem- 
per, Xen.  Apol.  7.  The  act.  φιλοφρο- 
νέω,  only  as  i.  1.  for  φίλα  φρ.,  Od.  16, 
17,  and  dub.  in  Nicostr.  ap.  Stob.  p. 
426,  43. 

Φΐλοφρονέστερος,  a,  ov,  compar. 
of  φι7.όφρων.     Adv.  -ρως. 

Φίλοφρόνημα,  ατός,  τό,  friendly 
treatment,  Aeschin.  Epist. 

Φι7.οφρύν7]σί.ς,  ή,  a  treating  in  a 
friendly  manner. 

Φϊλοφρον7]τικός,  ή,  όν,  friendly, 
kirid. 

Φΐλ,οφροσύνη,  ης,  ?/,  (φιλόφρων)  : — 
a  friendly  temper  and  behaviour ,  friend- 
liness, kindliness,  affection,  II.  9,  256, 
Plat.  Legg.  628  C,  etc.  ;  φ.  τινός,  af- 
fection for  one,  Hdt.  5,  92,  3  : — esp., 
friendly  treatment,  greeting,  welcome, 
συν  φιλοφροσΰναις  δέχεσθαι,  Pind. 
Ο.  6,  165.  —  II.  cheerfulness,  gaiety, 
Xen.  Syrap.  2,  24. 

Φΐ7.οφρόσυνος,  η,  ov,  =sq.,  Anth. 
P.  append.  282. 

Φι7ιόφρων,  ovor,  ό,  ή,  {φίλος,  φρήν) : 
— kindly-minded  or  disposed,  kindly, 
Κροίσου  Φι7.όφρων  άρετύ,  i.  e.  his 


ΦΙΑΟ 

affability  and  hospitality,  Pind.  P.  1 , 
184  ;  φ.  Άσυχία,  lb.  8,  1  :  kind,  affable, 
as  one  of  the  qualities  of  a  general, 
Xen.  Mem.  3,  1,  6,  cf  Symp.  8,  16. 
Adv.  -φρόνως,  φ.  άσπύζεσβαι,  όέχε- 
σθαί  τίνα,  to  greet  kindly,  welcome, 
Hdt.  2,  121,  4;  3,  13,  51,  etc.;  φ. 
εχειν  προς  τίνα,  to  be  kindly-minded 
towards  one,  Xen.  Cyr.  3,  3,  10 :  φ. 
βλέπειν,  to  wear  a  kind,  friendly  look, 
Xen.  Mem.  3,  10,  4,  cf  Symp.  1, 
10. 

Φιλόφυνος,  ov,  {φίλος,  φωνή)  fond 
of  talking,  noisy,  Plut.  2,  967  B. 

^Φι7Μχύρης,  ους,  ό,  Philochares,  an 
Athenian,  brother  of  Aeschines,  Dem. 
414,  tin. 

^Φιλοχαρίδας,  a,  b,  Philocharidas, 
a  Spartan,  Thuc.  4,  119;  5,  19. 

Φϊλ,όχ7.αινος,  ov,  {φίλος,  χλαίνα) 
fond  of  a  cloak,  of  wearing  it,  Nonn. 

Φίλοχλος,  ov,  {φίλος,  6χ7Μς)  loving 
Oopular  favour,  Diog.  L.  4,  41  and  42. 

In 

Φΐλοχορευτής,  ov,  o,  {φί7•.ος,  χο- 
ρεύω) friend  of  the  choral  dance,  epith. 
of  Bacchus,  Ar.  Ran.  402,  etc. 

ΦΙ?ιόχορος,  ov,  (φίλος,  χορός)  loving 
the  choir  or  choral  dance,  epith.  of  Pan, 
Aesch.  Pers.  448;  of  Minerva,  Ar. 
Thesm.  1136;  φ.  κώμος,  κιθάρα,  lb. 
989,  Eur.  I.  A.  1037. 

ίΦΛόχορος,  ov,  b,  Philochorus,  a 
historian  of  Athens,  Plut.  Thes.  14. 

Φι7ίθχρ7]μάτέω,  ώ,  {φιλοχρήματος) 
to  love  money,  be  covetous.  Plat.  Legg. 
737  A,  Isae.  81,  29. 

Φΐ7Μχρημΰτία,  ας,  η,  {φΛοχρήμα- 
τος)  love  of  money,  covetousness.  Plat. 
Rep.  391  C,  Legg.  747  B,  Plut.,  etc. 

ΦΙλ.οχρημΰτιστής,  οΰ,  ό,  {χρ7]μα- 
τίζω)  fond  of  making  money,  joined 
with  φί7ιοχρήματος.  Plat.  Rep.  551 
A.     Hence 

Φϊ7.οχρ?ιμάτιστικός,  ή,  όν,  proper  to 
a  φι7ίθχρηματιστής.     Adv.  -κώς. 

Φιλοχρήματος,  ov,  {  φίλος,  χρή- 
ματα) loving  money,  covetous,  Andoc. 
33,  20,  Plat.  Phaed.  68  C,  82  C,  etc., 
cf  φΛοχρηματιστής  :—το  φ.=^φιλο- 
χρηματία,  Plat.  Rep.  435  Έ.  Adv. 
-τως,  φ.  ίχειν^=φιλοχρ7]ματεΙν,  Isocr. 
7  A,  Isae.,  etc. 

Φί/ιοχρημονέω,  ώ,  {φιλοχρήμων)^ 
φι7.οχρ7]ματέω,  Plat.  Legg.  729  A  ; — 
no  alteration  is  needed. 

Φίλοχρημοσννη,  ης,  ή,^φιλοχρη- 
ματία.  Plat.  Legg.  938  C. 

Φΐ/Μχρήμων,  ov,  gen.  ονος,=^φι?^ο- 
χρηματος. 

Φϊ7.όχρηστος,  ov,  {φίλος,  χρηστός) 
loving  goodness  or  honesty,  Xen.  Mem. 
2,  9,  4. 

Φΐλόχριστος,  ov,  {φίλος,  Χριστός) 
loving  Christ,  Eccl. 

ΦΙλόχροΐ'ος,  ov,  loving  or  seeking 
time. 

ΦΙλοχρϋσία,  ας,  ή,  love  of  gold : 
from 

ΦΙλόχρϋσος,  ov,  {  φίλος,  χρνσός ) 
greedy  of  gold,  Luc.  Gall.  13. 

Φίλοχωρεω,  ώ,  to  be  fond  of  a  place 
or  country,  to  abide  there  always,  liaunt 
it,  Hdt.  8,  111;  cf  Ar.  Fr.  198:  c. 
dat.,  φ.  τόττοις,  Polyb.  4,  46,  1  ;  so 
όρίσι,  7.όφφ,  etc.  ;  εν  and  km  τόπω, 
freq.  in  Dion.  H.  :  and 

Φΐ7Μχωρία,  ας,  η,  fondness  for  a 
place,  love  of  one's  haunts,  local  attach- 
ments, Ar.  Vesp.  834  :  fronr 

Φΐ7.όχωρος,  ov,  {φί7Μς,  χώρα)  fond 
of  a  place. 

Φΐ?Μ•φεύδεια,  ας,  ή,  propensity  to 
lying :  from 

Φΐ7.ο-φενδής,  ές,  gen.  έος,  {φί?.ος, 
ι1}ενδος,  ■φεύδoμaι)fond  of  lies  or  /ν'"•5Ί 
ί1.  12, 164  :  opp.  to  φΟ.όσοφος,  Plat. 
Rep.  485  D.    Hence 


ΦΙΛΤ 

Φΐλο\1)ευδία,  ας,  ή,=:φιλοψεύδεια, 
Hipp. 

Φΐ7,ο•φεύστης,  ov,  b,  (-ψενδομαι)  = 
φιλοφευδής. 

Φΐλϋψία,  ας,  ή,  {φίλοφος)  fondness 
for  dai7ities,  es^.fish,  Plut.  2,  730  A. 

Φϊλόιρίλος,  ov,  loving  the  last  place 
in  the  chorus,  cf  τριλενς,  Alcman  108. 

Φιλοφογέω,  ώ,  to  be  fond  of  blaming, 
be  censorious  :  from 

Φΐλόψογος,  ov,  (φί7.ος.  φόγος)  fond 
of  blaming,  censorious,  Eur.  Phoen. 
198,  El.  904,  Plat.  Prot.  346  C.  Adv. 
■γως. 

Φί7.ο'ψος,  ov,  {φίλος,  5^ov)fo7id  of 
dainties,  esp.  isA,  Plut.  2,  665  D,  etc. 

Φΐλοψοφος,  ov,  fond  of  Tnaki7ig  a 
?ioise. 

Φΐλοιρϋχέω,  ώ,  {φιλό-ψυχος)  to  be 
fond  of  one's  life,  hence,  to  be  cowardly, 
dastardly  or  faint-hearted,  Tyrtae.  1, 
18,  Eur.  Hec.  315,  etc.  ;  φιλ.  υπέρ 
της  αρετής,  Lys.  193,  5.     Hence 

Φϊ7ιθ-ψνχητέον,  verb,  adj.,  one  must 
love  life.  Plat.  Gorg.  512  E. 

Φΐ7ιθψνχία,  ας.  Ion.  -ίη,  ης,  ή,  love 
of  life,  cowardice,  faint-heartedness,  φι- 
'Au^vxi7iv  άναιρεεται,  he  becomes 
fond  of  life,  Hdt.  6,  29  ;  so,  πο7.7.η  φ. 
έχει  με.  Plat.  Apol.  37  C  :  from 

Φΐλόφϋχος,  ov,  {φί?ιος,  φνχή)  lov- 
ing one's  life  ;  hence,  cowardly,  das- 
tardly, faint-hearted,  γυνή,  Eur.  Hec. 
348;  πλούτος  φ.  κακόν,  Id^  Phoen. 
597.     Adv.  -χως.  [ν] 

Φΐ7ίόιρνχρος,  ov,  {φίλος,  -φνχρός) 
loving  the  cold,  Theophr.,  Plut.  2,  648 
D. 

Φΐλόω,  ώ,  f.  -ώσω,  [φίλος)  to  make 
a  friend  of. 

Φιλτύτιον,  τό,  comic  dim.  from 
φίλτατος,  dub. 

Φί7.τατος,  η,  ov,  irreg.  snperl.  of 
φίλος,  Hom.,  and  Hes. :  —  esp.  in 
Trag.,  TU  φί'λτατα,  07ie's  best  beloved, 
7icarest  and  dearest,  as  parents,  chil- 
dren, husband  or  wife,  brothers  and 
sisters,  Valck.  Phoen.  437,  1407; 
more  rarely  in  prose,  as  Plat.  Prot. 
313  E,  Gorg.  513  A,  Legg.  650  A,  cf. 
Valck.  Hipp.  901. 

\Φίλτατος,  ου,  ό,  Philtatus,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Anth.  append.  287. 

Φίλτερος,  a,  ov,  irreg.  compar.  of 
φίλος,  II.,  and  Hes. 

^Φιλτιύδης,  ov,  b,  Philtiades,  an 
Athenian,  son  of  Ctesias,  Dem.  929, 
25,  but  in  Id.  935,  1,  he  is  called  son 
of  Ctesicles. 

Φίλτρον,  ου,  τό,  {φίλέω)  a  love- 
char7n,  spell  to  produce  love,  whether  a 
potion  or  any  other  means,  φ.  Θί7.κτή• 
pia  έρωτος,  Eur.  Hipp.  509,  cf  Phoen. 
1260,  Andr.  541,  etc.  ;  said  of  the  robe 
of  Nessus  by  which  Deianira  hoped 
to  win  back  the  love  of  Hercules, 
Soph.  Tr.  584,  1142  :  cf  omnino 
Theocr.  2,  1,  sq.  : — in  genl.  a  charm, 
spell,  as  a  means  of  winning  or  influ- 
encing others,  Pind.  P.  3,  112;  hence, 
the  bit  is  called  φ.  ϊππίΐον.  Id.  Ο.  13, 
95  ^  Apollo's  oracles  are  φίλ.τρα  τόλ- 
μης, spelts  to  produce  boldness,  Aesch. 
Clio.  1029;  children  are  a  φι7^τρον 
of  love  to  their  parents,  Eur.  I.  A. 
917,  Alcnien.  7  ;  φίλτρον  ειρήνης,  a 
charm  to  promote  peace,  Plut.  Num. 
16;  so,  φί/.τρα  -^ύμου,  Anth.  P.  9, 
422  : — in  pi.  also,  love,  affection,  τα 
θεών  δε  φί7.τρα  φρούδα  Τροία.  P>ur. 
Tro.  859  ;  cf  Anth.  P.  7,  623,'  Herm. 
Orph.  p.  823.     Hence 

Φιλτροποιός,  όν,  [ποιέω)  preparing 
love-charms,  Aristaen. 

Φι7.τρόποτον,  ov,  TO,  {πίνω)  a  love- 
i  potion,  susp. 

I      Φίλνβρις,  b,  ή,  {φί7.ος,  v;3pic)  fond 
1615 


ΦΙΛΩ 

of  wanton  violence,  prone  thereto,  Crates 
ap.  Clem.  Al.  492  ult. 

Φϊ/.νβριστής,  ov,  o,=foreg.  Anth. 
P.  5,  49. 

Φϊλνγιής,  ές,  gen.  έος,  v.  1.  for 
ψιλοϋγιτ/ς,  q.  v. 

Φΐλνδρηλος,  ov,  {φί7>,ος,  ύδρηλός) 
loving  moisture,  always  moisf,  Anth.  P. 
6,21. 

Φΐλνόρίας,ον,δ,=  φίλνδρηι•.  Hence 

Φΐλνδριύω,  ώ,  {.  -ύσω  [ύ],  to  lore 
water. 

Φίλυδρος,  ov,  {φίλος,  νδωρ)  loving 
water  or  watery  things,  Plut.  2,  399  F. 

Φιλύκη,  ης,  i],  v.  φνλικη 

■\ΦιλνΆλιος.  ου,  ό,  Philyllius,  a 
poet  of  the  old  comedy,  Ath.  640  E, 
cf.  Meineke  1,  p.  258. 

Φύ.υμνος,  ov,  (φίλος,  νμνος)  loving 
song,  Anacreont.  35, 16.  [i] 

Φΐ'λΰπτικοος,  ov,  (φί'λος,  υπήκοος) 
loving  one's  subjects,  Plut.  Artax.  fin. 

ΦίλνπνοΓ,  ov.  {φίλος,  νπνος)  loving 
sleep,  Theocr.  18,  10.  [l] 

Φΐ'λνπόδοχος,  ov,  {φί'λος,  υποδοχή) 
fond  of  hospitality,  Diog.  L.  2,  133. 

Φΐλί^πόστροφος,  ov,  {φίλος,  v~o- 
ατροφή)  apt  to  return,  of  certain  com- 
plaints, Hipp.  p.  7G,  also  of  the  sea- 
sons which  bring  them  back,  Id.  p. 
50  ;  cf.  Foes.  Oec. 

Φϊ.λνποστροφώδης,  ες,  {(:Ιδος)  = 
foreg  ,  Hipp.  p.  1121. 

Φϊ?.ν7τυιρία,  ας,  ή,  a  propensity  to 
Suspicio7i,  susp. 

ΦΙλνρα,  (not  φί7.νρα.),\οη.  φιλίφη, 
τ/,  the  lime  Or  linden  tree,  Lat.  tilia, 
Hdt.  4,  67. — II.  the  bass  underneath  its 
bark,  used  to  make  paper  and  mats, 
and  to  tie  up  garlands.  Horat.  Od.  1, 

38-  [i'l 

ΙΦίλΰρα,  ας.  Ion.  -ρη,  ης,  η,Phιlyra, 
daughter  of  Oceanus,  mother  of  Chi- 
ron by  Saturn,  Pind.  P.  6,  21  ;  Ap. 
Rh.  2,  1233.— 2.  wife  of  Nauplins, 
Apollod.  2,  1,  4,  elsewhere  called 
Ciyiiiene. 

Φΐλνρέα,  ας,  ή,  a  kind  of  shrub. 
philyrea,  Diosc.  :  also  Written  φί'λλν- 
ρέα,  q.  V.  . 

■\Φί/Μρες,  uv,  ol,  the  Philyres,  a 
people  of  Pontus,  Ap.  Rh.  2,  393, 

\Φί7Λ)ρηίς,  ίδος,  ή,  fern.  adj.  ofPhi- 
lyra  or  the  Philyres  ;  esp.  ή  Φ.  νήσος, 
Philvreis.  an  island  in  the  Euxine, 
Ap.  Rh.  2,  1231. 

ΊΦιλνρίδης,  ov.  Dor.  -δας,  η,  ό,  son 
ofPhilyra,  i  e.  Chiron,  Hes.Th.  1002, 
where  on  account  of  I  in  first  syllable 
some  write  Φίλλιιρί(57?ζ-.  as  in  Pind. 
P.  3,  1  ;  cf.  Ap.  Rh.  1,  554. 

ΦΙλνρϊνος,  η,  ov,  {φι.λΰρα)  of  the 
lime  or  linden  tree,  light  as  linden  wood, 
Ar.  Av.  1377.  [i-] 

Φΐλΰριον.  ου,  TO,  dim.  from  φιλύρα, 
csp.  a  small  tablet  of  linden  wood,  Ael. 
V.  H.  11.  12.  [i] 

ΦΓ/υριος,  ον,=  όΛνρινος.  [ν] 

^Φΰνς,  νος,  ό.  Philys.  masc.  pr.  η., 
an  Elean,  Paus.  7.  14,  11. 

ίΦιλώ,  ονς,  ή,  Philo,  fem.  pr.  η., 
Anth.  P.  7.  463. 

Φί?Μδός^  όν,  {φί?Μς,  ζ>δή)  fond  of 
simiing  or  song,  song-loving,  Ar.  Vesp. 
270,  Ran.  241. 

iΦίλωv,  cjvoc,  ('),  Philo,  an  Athe- 
nian,  a  iriend  of  Phidippides,  in  Ar. 
Nub.  25.-^2.  father-in-law  of  Aes- 
chines,  Dem.  329. 15.— Others  of  this 
name  in  Dem.  384,  16 ;  Strab.  ; 
etc. 

ΙΦίλώνίαρ,  ov  and  a,  6.  Philondas, 
a  ^legarian,  a  resident  a  lien  at  Athens, 
Dem.  1 191,  27. — 2.  a  herdsman,  The- 
ocr. 4,  1. 

^Φΰ,ίονίδης,  ov,  h,  Philonides,  an 
Athenian  masc.  pr.  n.,  Ar.  Plut.  179; 
1616 


ΦΙΝΟ 

cf.  Dem.  831,  8.— Others  in  Diog.  L. ; 
etc. 

^Φιλωνίς,  ίδος,  ή,  Philonis,  fem. 
pr.  n.,  Anth. 

^Φίλωνος  κώμη,  ή,  {Village  of  Phi- 
lo). PhilOnoscome,  a  town  in  Aegypt, 
Strab.  p.  805. 

^Φιλωννμος,  ■  ου,  δ,  Philonymus, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Anth.  P.  7,  162. 

ΦΙλώραιος,  ov,  loving  the  beautifid. 

Φίλυρίίτης,  ov,  0,  {φίλος,  νρος)  a 
lover  of  mountains,  Anth.  P.  6,  96. 

iΦLλώτnς,  ov  and  a,  ό,  Philotas,  a 
descendant  of  Peneleus  from  Thebes, 
leader  of  a  colony  to  Priene,  Strab. 
p.  633  sq. — 2.  a  celebrated  general  of 
Alexander  the  Great,  son  of  Parme- 
nio,  Arr. 

ίΦιλωτάδης,  ov,  6,  Philotades,  an 
Athenian,  Aeschin.  16,  13. — 2.  a  per- 
son against  whom  was  one  of  the 
orations  of  Dinarchus,  Dion.  H.  de 
Din.  12. 

^Φιλωτερα,  ας,  ή,  Philotera,  a  port 
in  Aegypt  on  the  Arabicus  sinus, 
Strab.  p.  7C9. — II.  sister  of  the  second 
Ptolemy,  after  whom  the  city  was 
named,  lb. 

^ΦιλΜτή.  ης,  η,  Philote,  fem.  pr.  n., 
Plut   Rom.  29. 

■\Φιλώτίς,  ιδος,  ή,  Philolis,  fem. 
pr.  n.,  Polyb.  8,  30.^ 

Φίλΐύτρ,  ωττος,  ό,  ή,=  φίλος,  Hesych. 

^Φιμίίρίας,  ov,  δ,  the  Rom.  name 
Fimbria,  Strab.  p.  594. 

ΦΓΜΟ'Σ,  ov,  δ,  with  poet,  heterog. 
plur.  T(x  φίμύ,  any  instrument  for  keep- 
ing the  mouth  closed, —  1.  α  muzzle,  for 
dogs  to  prevent  their  biting,  for  calves 
to  prevent  their  sucking,  etc.,  Lat. 
capistriim,  fiscella,  φιμυν  περιθίΐναί 
τινί,  Luc.  Vit.  Auct.  22,  cf.  Anth.  P. 
6,  312:  elsewh.  κημός,  also,  ττνσσα- 
χος. — II.  the  nose-band  of  a  horse's 
bridle,  sometimes  fitted  (it  seems) 
with  pipes  through  which  the  horses' 
breath  made  a  whistling  sound, 
Aesch.  Theb.  463  ;  hence  called  φι- 
μοί  αΰλωτοί.  Id.  Fr.  330:  elsewh. 
7τνΐ}ενς. — 111.  a  kind  oiciip.  used  as 
a  dice-box,  hat.  fritillus,  Aeschin.  9,  9. 
— ]ν.=  φίμι,)σίς.  Diosc.    Hence 

Φϊμόυ,  ώ,  f.  -ώσω,  to  muzzle,  shut  up 
as  with  a  muzzle,  φ.  τώ  ξνλω  τον  αυ- 
χένα, to  make  fast  his  neck  in  the  pil- 
lory, Ar.  Nub.  592:  also  metaph.,  to 
muzzle,  put  to  .nlence,  τινά,  Ν.  Τ. 

Φίμώδτ/ς,  ες.  {.φιμός,  είδος)  like  α 
muzzle: — of  astringent  quality,  Nic. 
Th.  892. 

Φίμωσις,  εο)ς,  ή,{φΙμόω)  a  muzzling: 
η  shutting  or  stopping  up.  Foes.  Oec. 
Hipp. 

Φίμωτρον,  ου,  τά,  {φίμο»)  an  instru- 
nientfor  muzzling  or  stopping  up. 

Φίν,  a  Dor.  form  for  σφίν,  σφίσιν, 
used  by  the  Alex,  poets.  Call.  Dian. 
125,  213,  Fr.  183,  Nic.  Th.  725,  etc. 

^Φίνείδης,  ov,  δ,  son  of  Phinrus  ; 
oi  Φινηδαί,  i.  e.  Plexippus  and  Pan- 
dion.  Soph.  Ant.  971. 

ίΦίνεΐς,  ίδυς,  ή,  fem.  adj.  ο/ or  re- 
latin•;  to  Phineus,  at  Φινείδες  ΰκταί, 
the  Phinc'ian  coast  of  Thrace  near 
Salmydessus,  Eur.  L  T.  424 :  from 
sq.  2. 

^Φίνενς.  έως  Ep.  ήος,  ό,  Phineus, 
son  of  Belus,  brother  of  the  Aethio- 
pian  king  Cepheus,  Apollod.  2,  1,  4. 
— 2.  son  of  Agenor,  or  ace.  to  Apol- 
lod. 1,  9,  21  of  Neptune,  king  of 
Thrace  around  Salmydessus,  famed 
in  the  legends  of  the  Argonauts  and 
of  ihe  Harpies,  Aesch.  Eum.  50 ;  etc. ; 
Ap.  Rh.  2,  178. — 3.  son  of  Lycaon, 
Apollod.  3,  8,  1. 

Φίνις,  δ,^=φήνη,  Diosc. 

■\Φΐνόττο?.ις,  εως,  ή,  Phinopolis,  a 


ΦΑΑΣ 

city  founded  by  Phineus  at  the  en- 
trance of  the  Euxine,  Strab.  p.  319. 

■\Φίντας,  ου  and  a,  δ,  Phintas, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Paus.  4,  16,  2  ;  etc. 

Φίντερος,  φίντατος,  Dor.  for  φίλτε- 
ρος,  φίλτατος,  Epich.  p.  29. 

■[Φιντίας,  a,  δ,  (  Sicil.=  Φίλ7ίαf) 
Phintias,  a  Pythagorean  philosopher, 
Plut. 

Φίντις,  δ,  in  Pind.  01.  6,  37,  a  prop, 
n.,  being  Sicil.  for  Φίλτις,  like  Φιν- 
τίας, Φίντνλος,  etc.,  Bockb.  Expl.  p. 
156  ;  ace.  to  others  Dor.  for  φίλος. 

iΦιvτvλoς,  ov,  ύ.  Phintylus,  niasc. 
pr.  n.,  Anth.  P.  6,  192. 

1;Φιντώ,  ονς,  ή,  Phinto,  fem.  pr.  n., 
Anth.  P.  6,  288. 

^Φίντων,  ωνος,  ό.  Phinton,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Anth.  P.  7,  503. 

Φίξ,  ή.  gen.  Φΐκός,  Boeot.  for  "Ζφίγξ, 
V.  1.  in  lies.  Th.  326.  cf.  Plat.  Crat. 
414  D,  Lob.  Phryn.  72. 

■\Φίρμον  ΐίικηνόν,  τό,  Firmum  {Pi- 
cenum),  a  town  of  the  Piceni,  Strab. 
p.  241. 

^Φισινός,  ov,  δ,  Phisinus,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  of  Chios,  Arr.  An.  3,2,  5. 

Φιτίύλιοι,  οί,^^Φετιύλεις. 

Φίτρον,  ov,  ro,=  sq. 

Φιτρός,  ov,  ό,  Ihe  stem  or  stump  of 
a  tree,  Lat.  stipes  (Arist.  Plant.  1,  4, 
3) : — α  block,  log,  a  piece  of  wood,  11. 
12,  29,  etc.,  Od.  12.  11  :  elsewh. 
κορμός. — II.  α  fire-brand,  Lyc.  913. 
(Akin,  to  φϊιω,  φιτνω,  φυτεύω,  hence 
ace.  to  Damm.  contr.  for  φιτνρός.) 

Φίττα,  Aeol.  for  ιΐ'ίττα,  σίττα. 

Φιττάκια,  τά,  Aeol.  for  ι^ιττάκια. 

Φϊτν,  τό,  poet,  for  ώίτνμα,  Ar.  Pac. 
1164,  Eupol.  Autol.  8. 

Φίτνμα,  ατός,  τό,  (φϊτνω)  a  shoot, 
scion:  metaph.  of  a  son,  Aesch.  Ag. 
1281  ;  ovK  εμον  το  φίτνμα,  said  a 
Spartan  mother  of  a  cowardly  son, 
Plut.  2,  241  A  : — cf  φντενμα. 

Φϊτνποιμήν,  ένος,  ό,  poet,  for  φντο• 
κήμος,  a  tender  of  plants,  gardener, 
Aesch.  Eum.  910: — on  the  accent  v. 
Lob.  Paral.  195. 

Φίτνς,  υος,  ό,  a  begetter,  father,  Lyc. 
462,  486 :  from 

Φϊτνω,  f.  -ίσω,  {φίτυ)=φυτενω,  to 
sow,  plant,  beget,  call  into  being,  Aesch. 
Pr.  233,  Supp.  312,  Soph.  Tr.  310, 
Aj.  1290  ;  but  rare  in  prose,  as  Plat. 
Rep.  461  A,  Criti.  116  C;  in  mid.  of 
the  woman,  to  produce,  bear.  'Ht'if... 
Κεφάλφ  φιτνσατο  νΐόν,  Hes.  Th.  086 
[<  always,  whence  it  is  used  by  poets, 
metri  grat.,  for  φντενω.'\ 

\Φλύ,  ή,  Phla,  an  island  in  lake 
Tritonis  in  Africa,  Hdt,  4,  178. 
,  ^Φλάβιάνύς,  ov,  ό,  the  Rom.  name 
Flavianus,  Anth,  append.  381. 

]Φ?.άβιος,  ου,  and  Φ/Μονίος,  ου,  δ, 
the  Rom.  name  Flavius.  Plut. ;  etc. 

φΛα(5ύω,  ώ,=  9λύω,  Hesych. 

*Φλάζω,  intr.  form  from  φλάω,  to  be 
broken  or  reyit  with  a  noise,  hence  aor. 
2  ίφλαδον  (like  ιτέφραδον  from  φρά 
Co),  ίχαδον  from  ^άι,ω.  Ε.  Μ.  403,  47), 
λακίύες  εφλαδον.  Aesch.  Cho.  28. 
The  pres.  prob.  only  occurs  m  the 
redupl.  form  τΓαόλύςω,  cf.  Foes.  Oec. 
Hipp. 

φλαίνω,=  foreg. 

Φλάμέντας,  ου,  δ,  the  Lat.  Flamen, 

APP-  ,  . 

Φλάμενες,  also  φ/.αμινιοι,  οι,  the 
Lat.  flamines,  Plut, 

^Φλαμίνιος,  ου,  6,  the  Rom,  name 
Flaminius,  Polyb.  2,  21,  7;  in  Strab. 
Φ/ιομμίνιος. 

Φλύννσσω,  Dor.  for  φ?.ην'σσο>.- 

ΦλάσΐΓ,  εως,  ή,  {φλύω)  Ion.  for 
θ?Μσις,  Hipp.  p.  911.  [α] 

Φ?αισαα.  ατός,  τό,  Ion.  fo  θλάσμα, 
Hipp.  ρ'.  840. 


ΦΛΕΓ 

Φλασ/iof,  ον,  6,  {<^7.ύ.ζι.ο)  for  ~αφ/.α- 
ΰμβζ,  1  foaming,  frothing,  bubbling. — 
II.  nietaph.  empty  boasting. 

Φλαστΰς,  ή,  όν,  verb,  adj.,  Ion.  for 
βλαστός,  Hipp. 

Φλαττόθρατ,  and  φ?.αττοθραττο- 
^λαττόβρατ,  comic  words  in  Ar.  Ran. 
128G,  etc.  :  meant  to  paro(iy  an  empty 
high-flown  style  —  'sound  and  fury 
signifying  nothing.' 

Φ?.ανρίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  Att.  for  φαυλί- 
ζω,  Plut.  Pomp.  39.  etc.  :  from 

Φλαϊφος,  a,  ov,  collat.  form  of  φαϋ- 
Τίος,  q.  v.,  said  to  be  Att.,  but  found 
as  early  as  Solon  5,  15,  Find.  P.  1, 
170,  and  the  prevaihng  form  even  in 
Hdt.,  cf.  Schweigh.  ad  1,  120;— εΙ 
TL  ώλανρον  εΐόες,  Aesch.  Pers.  217  ; 
φλαύρ'  επη  μνβονμενος,  Soph.  Aj. 
1162,  cf.  1323;  φλαΐφον  ειπείν  τίνα, 
Ar.  Nub.  834,  Lys.  1043  ;  opp.  to  αγα- 
θός, Plat.  Meno  92  C,  etc.  Adv. 
-ρως,  ώλ.  εχειν.  to  be  >ll,  Hdt.  3,  129, 
and  Thuc. ;  but  φΤ^αίφως  εχειν  την 
τέχνην,  to  know  an  art  badly,  Hdt. 
3,  130  ;  όλ.  πμήξαι  τώ  στόλω,  to  fail 
with  the  fleet,  Hdt.  6,  94  ;  ώλ.  άκον- 
ειν,  like  Lat.  male  audire,  to  be  ill 
spoken  of,  be  blamed,  Hdt.  7,  10,  7. 
Hence 

Φλανρότης,  ητος,  ή,  Att.  for  φανλό- 

Φ7•.ανρονργος,  ov,  {φλανρος,  *εργ(ύ) 
working  badly  :  ό  ^λ.,  a  sorry  workman, 
Soph.  Phil.  35. 

ΦΑΑΏ,  f.  φλάσω,  Dor.  φ?.ασώ, 
(Theocr.  5,  148),  aor.  εώλασα  (lb. 
150) : — collat.,  esp.  Ion.,  form  of 
θλάω,  to  crush,  bruise  in  pieces,  Pind. 
N.  10,  128,  Ar.  Plut.  718,  cf.  Foes. 
Oec.  Hipp. :  in  genl.  to  hurt,  wound, 
Ar.  Nub.  1376,  Plut.  784,  Theocr.  II.  c. 
— II.  in  Att.  comedy,  to  bruise  with  the 
teeth,  eat  up,  swallow  greedily,  Ar.  Plut. 
694,  Pac.  1306,  Fr.  116,  Menand.  p. 
255.  [(2  in  aor.  in  Pind.  1.  c,  but  a 
Theocr.  11.  c] 

Φλεβάζω,  (  (^λεψ )  =  φ7.εω,  φ?.νω, 
βρύω,  Ε.  Μ. 

Φλεβικός,  η,  όν,  (φλί-φ)  of  α  vein, 
of  the  veins,  ώλ.  πόροι,  the  channel  of 
the  veins,  Arist.  H.  A.  3,  1,  13,  etc. 

Φλέβιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  όλεφ. 
Plat.  Tim.  65  C,  84  E.       ^ 

Φλεβοόηνώδης,  ες,  {φλεψ,  δονέο, 
είδος)  apt  to  disturb  the  veins,  dub.  1. 
in  Hipp.,  v.  Foes.  Oec. 

Φλεβονενρώδης,  ες,  gen,  εος,  (φλ.έψ, 
νενρον)  made  tip  of  veins  and  si/iews, 
Arist.  Respir.  16,  4. 

Φλεβοπΰλία,  ας,  ή,  {φλέψ,  πάλλω) 
α  beating  of  the  pulse,  pulsation,  De- 
mocr.  ap.  Erot. 

Φλεβη()^)άγία,  ας,  ή,  {φλί-ψ,  βηγνν- 
(Ιί)  the  bursting  of  a  vein,  Hipp. 

Φλί,εβοτομέω,  ώ,  to  open  a  vein : — 
pass.,  to  be  blooded,  Hipp.  :  and 

Φλεβοτομία,  ας,  ή,  the  opening  of  a 
vein,  blood-letting,  Hipp.,  Polybus  ap. 
Arist.  H.  A.  3,  3,  1 :  from 

Φλ.εβοτόμος,  ov,  (φ?ιέ•φ,  τέμνω)  cut- 
ting or  opening  veins,  letting  blood  :  το 
φλεβοτόμον,  sc.  σμιλίον,  a  lancet. 

Φλεβοτονεομαι,  as  pass.,  {φ?.έψ, 
τείνω)  to  have  the  veins  swollen,  as  in 
great  exertion  :  to  strain  or  exert  one's 
self,  A.  B.  p.  70. 

Φλεβώδης,  ες,  (.φλέ-φ,  είδος)  like 
veins  ;  full  of  veins,  or  with  large  veins, 
Arist.  H.  A.  7,  1,  15,  de  Somn.  3,  17, 
etc. 

Φλιεγέθω,  poet,  collat.  form  of  φ7ιέ• 
γω,  used  only  in  pres. — I.  transit.,  to 
burn,  scorch,  burn  up,  πυρ  πάλιν  φλε- 
χεθει,  II.  17,  7.38  :  pass.,  to  be  burnt, 
οφρα  πνρΐ  φλεγεβοίατο  νεκροί,  11.  23, 
197. — II.  intr.,  to  blaze,  flare  up,  be  on 
fire,  inflames,  II.  18,  211;  21,  358, 
103 


ΦΛΕΓ 

Hes.  Th.  846:  of  the  sun,  to  blaze. 
Soph.  Tr.  99,  Eur.  Phoen.  109:  me- 
taph.  like  hat.  flagrare,  Aesch.  Supp. 
87.     Only  poet. 

Φλε7ευΓ,  ά,  όν,^φλόγεος,  φλογε- 
ρός, dub.  I.  in  Galen. 

Φλέγμα,  ατός,  τό,  (^φλέγω)  aflame, 
fire,  heat,  II.  21,  337,  just  like  φλόξ. — 
II.  as  medic,  term,  from  Hipp,  down- 
wards.—  1.  inflammation,  heat.  —  2. 
phlegm,  Lat.  pituita,  a  cold  slimy  hu- 
mour in  the  human  body,  regarded  as 
the  matter  and  cause  of  many  dis- 
eases, Hdt.  4,  187,  Plat.  Tim.  83  C  ; 
cf.  Foes.  Oec.  Hipp.  The  Latin  med- 
ical writers  retained  flegma  in  the 
signf.  of  phlegm,  but  lor  inflamma- 
tion and  swelling  they  said^einen  and 
piemen. — 3.  λιενκόν  φλέγμα,  a  kind 
of  dropsy,  anasarca,  Hipp. ;  cf.  ?.ευ- 
κοφλ.εγματίας.  —  4.  whether  φλέγμα 
is  used  also  for;^;oA?/,  bile,  is  still  very 
dub. ;  for  in  Anth.  P.  7,  377,  it  may 
mean  merely  a  malignant,  poisonous 
humour. 

Φλεγμΰγωγός,  όν,  (φλέγμα  II.  1, 
(ΐγω)  carrying  off  phlegm. 

φλεγμαίνω,  aor.  έφλέγμάνα  and 
έφλέγμηνα,  (φλέγμα)  transit.,  to  heat, 
inflame,  make  to  swell  up  ;  also  of  food, 
to  fill,  nourish,  opp.  to  Ισχναίνω,  Hipp. 
—  II.  intr.,  to  be  heated,  be  inflamed, 
festered,  to  fester,  Ar.  Vesp.  276,  Plat. 
Tim.  85  B,  etc. ;  cf.  Foes.  Oec.  Hipp. 
V.  φλ.έγμα: — metaph.,  φλεγμαίνανσα 
ττόλίζ-,  opp.  to  νγιης.  Plat.  Rep.  372  E. 
— 2.  to  boil,  of  water,  M.  Anton.  4,  49  : 
metaph.  of  raging  passions,  Polyb. 
3,  86,  6;  so,  αρχή  φλεγμαίνανσα, =z 
σπαργώσακαΐ  θνμονμένη.  Plat.  Legg. 
691  Ε. 

Φ/.εγμαΐος,  a,  ov,^  φλεγματικός. 
dub. 

Φλέγμανσις,  εως,  ή,  =  φλεγμονή, 
Hipp.  p.  607. 

Φλεγμάσία,  ας,  ^,=foreg.,  Hipp. 

ΦλεγματιαΙος,  a,  ov,  {φλ.έγμα  11.  2) 
suffering  from  phlegm,  full  of  phlegm. 

Φλ.εγμάτίας,  ov,  b.  Ion.  -ίης  (φλέγ- 
μα II.  2)=foreg.,  Foes.  Oec.  Hipp. 

Φλ.εγμάτικέίς,  ή,  όν,  {φ?.έγμα  U.  2) 
like  phlegm,  full  of  it,  suffering  from  it. 

Φλεγμάτοειδής,  ές,  {φλέγμα  II,  εί- 
δος)  inflamed :  inflammatory,  Hipp.  p. 
602. — 2.  also  of  food,  filling,  nourish- 
ing.— II.  of  the  nature  of  phlegm,  full 
of  phlegm. 

Φλ.εγμάτόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  poet,  for 
φ/.εγματικός. 

Φλεγμάτώδης,  ες,  gen.  εος,  contr. 
for  φλεγματοειδής,  Hipp.  p.  227. 

Φλεγμονή,  ης,  ή,  (φλ^γω)  inflamma- 
tion beneath  the  skin,  an  inflamed  tu- 
mour, Foes.  Oec.  Hipp. — II.  metaph., 
heat  of  passion,  Plut.  2,  994  A,  etc. 

Φλεγμονώδης,  ες,  (φλεγμονή,  είδος) 
like  an  inflammation,  connected  with  or 
causing  it. 

Φ/..εγμός,  ov,  a,  =  φλ.ογμός,  blood, 
dub.  ace.  to  Hesych. 

Φλε)Όζ•,  τό,=  φλ.όξ,  Hesych. 

Φλε)'ρα,  ας,  ή,  Phlegra  :  Φλέγρας 
πεδίον,  a  plain  in  Thrace  famous  for 
underground  fire,  in  which  the  giants 
are  said  to  have  been  conquered  by 
the  gods,  Pind.  N.  1,  100,  Ar.  Av.  824  : 
also  in  plur.  Φλ.έγραι,  Pind.  I.  6  (5), 
49.  —  The  same  name  was  given  to 
the  volcanic  plain  of  Campania. 

■\Φλεγραΐος,  a,  ov,  of  or  relating  to 
Phlegra ;  το  Φλ.εγραΙον  πεδίον,  v. 
subforeg.,  Eur.  H.  F.  1194. 

^Φλεγνα,  ας,  ή,  Phlegya,  a  city  of 
Boeotia,  Pans.  9,  36,  2. 

^Φλιεγναι,  ών,  οί,  the  Phlegyae,  a 
robber  race  in  Boeotia,  who  had  re- 
moved thither  from  Thessaly  or 
Thrace,  and  who,  having  endeavour- 


ΦΛΕί- 
ed  to  destroy  the  temple  at  Delphi, 
were  destroyed  by  Jupiter,  II.  13, 
302  ;  H.  Horn.  Ap.  278  :  ace.  to  Strab. 
p.  330  and  442  they  dwelt  near  Gyr- 
ton  in  Thessaly. 

^Φλ^εγνας,  ov  and  a,  ό,  Phlegyas, 
son  of  Mars,  king  of  the  Lapithae, 
father  of  Coronis,  H.  Horn.  15,  3 ; 
Pind.  P.  3,  14. 

Φλ^εγνας.  ο  ν,  ό,  a  kind  of  vulture  or 
eagle,  Hes.  Sc.  134,  said  to  be  so 
named  from  its  being  flame-coloured. 

+Φλε)  17//V.  ίδος,  ή, daughter  of  Phle- 
gyas, i.  e.  Coronis,  Paus.  2,  26,  7. 

Φ/ιεγνρός,  ά,  όν,  (φλ.έγω)  like  φ/Μ- 
γερός,  burning,  flaming :  metaph.  hot, 
ardent,  Μοίσα,  Ar.  Ach.  665. — 2. 
flaming,  notorious,  φλ..  ι}'Τ/φος  βροτών, 
Cratin.  Drap.  1,  cf.  φλ.έγω  Β.  3. 

ΦΑΕΤΩ,  fut.  φλ,έξω.—Α.  trans.,  to 
barn,  scorch,  set  on  fire,  burn  up,  II.  21, 
13,  πνρΐ  φ?.έξον,  Aesch.  Pr.  582  ; 
φλ^έγων  άκτισιν  ί/λαος  χβόνα,  Id. 
Pers.  364,  cf.  504,  etc.  :— pass,  to  be- 
come hot,  lake  fire,  blaze  up,  πνιη  φλιέ 
γεσθαι,  II.  21,  365.-2.  metaph.  of 
rousing  vehement  passion,  to  kindle, 
inflame  to  rage,  love,  fear,  agony,  etc., 
τινά,  like  Lat.  urere.  Soph.  O.  T.  192, 
cf.  Jac.  A.  P.  p.  120  :  more  freq.  in 
pass.  φ?.έγεσθαι,  like  Lat.  uri,  to  be 
infiamed,  burn  with  rage,  love,  etc., 
Soph.  O.  C.  1695,  Ar.  Nub.  993,  Plat. 
Charm.  155  D;  κύεσθαι  και  φ?...  Id. 
Tim.  85  Β. —  II.  causal,  to  make  to 
flash,  Ζευς  δια  χερος  βέλος  φ/.έγων, 
Aesch.  Theb.  512:— ω  make  to  blaze 
up,  rouse  or  stir  up,  awake,  άταν  ov- 
paviav  φλέγειν.  Soph.  Aj.  196,  cf. 
Blomf.  Aesch.  Pers.  579  : — pass,  to 
blaze  up,  burst  or  break  forth,  νμνοι 
φλέγονται,  Bacchyl.  12,  12. — 2.  to 
make  illustrious  or  famous,  like  Lat. 
illustrare,  Pind.  P.  5,  60:  pass,  to  he 
or  become  so,  ύρεταΐς,  Μονσαις  φλέ- 
γεσθαι,  Pind.  Ν.  10,  4 ;  1.  7,  33,  cf. 
infr.  Β.  3. 

Β.  intrans.  to  bum,  flame,  blaze,  of 
fire,  the  sun,  etc.,  Aesch.  Theb.  388, 
433,  Soph.  Aj.  673,  O.  C.  1466,  etc.  : 
ώ7.έγειν  χρνσοϋ.  to  Haze  with  gold, 
Pind.  O.  2,  131.— 2.  metaph.  to  burst 
or  break  fortli  ;  φλ.  μανίαις,  Ar. 
Thesm.  680 ;  of  passion,  θνμός  αν- 
δρεία φλέγων,  Aesch.  Theb.  52,  cf. 
286:'  cf.  supr.  A.  II.  2.-3.  to  shine, 
forth,  become  famous,  Pind.  N.  6,  66, 
Br.  Ap.  Rh.  3,  773,  cf.  φ7.εγνρός.— 
The  word  is  rare  in  prose  ;  Plat,  uses 
only  φλέγομαι  in  the  sense  of  being 
inflamed,  v.  supr.  (Akin  to  La.t.fulg• 
eo,  flag-ro,  flamma,  and  to  A.  SaX. 
blican,  Sanscr.  bhraj  splendere.  Pott 
Et.  Forsch.  1,  236.  Hence  φλόξ, 
φλεγέθω,  φλ.έγμα,  φλ.εγμαινω,  etc.) 

Φλ.εδονεία,  ας,  i/,  idle  talk  ;  from 

Φλεδονενω,  (φλ.έδων)  to  babble:  also 
in  mid.  φ7ιεδονενομαι. 

Φλεδονέω,  <j,=fureg. 

Φλεδονώδης,  ες,  gen.  εος,  (είδος) 
talkative,  silly,  Hipp.  :  from 

Φλ.έδων,  όνος,  and  φλ.εδών,  ώνος, 
ό,  ή,  (φλ.έω)  an  idle  talker,  babbler,  of  a 
woman,  Aesch.  Ag.  1195. — II.  φλε- 
δών,  όνος,  ή,  idle  talk,  babbling,  Xen 
ophan.  ap.  Ath.  462  F  Dind. 

Φλέίΐ'ος,  η.  ov,  made  from  the  plant 
φλέως,  Lob.  Phryn.  293. 

Φλιέϊις,  εως,  ή,  an  unknown  bird, 
Ar.  Av.  883. 

Φλε^ίΓ,  εως,  ή,  (φλ.έγω)  a  burning. 

Φ7.έος,  ό,  =  φ/.έως,  φλονς,  Foe.s. 
Oec.  Hipp. 

ΦΑΕΤΏ,  prob.  only  found  in 
compd.  περιφλενω  in  Hdt. 

Φλέψ,ή.  later  ό.  Lob.  Paral.  113, 
gen.  φ7<ε3ός :  (φ7.έω):  —  α  vein,  in  a 
living  body,  11.  13,  546.   Hdt.  4,  2, 
1617 


ΦΛΙΑ 

187,  Aesch.,  etc. :  φλει/;  κυί?.η.  v.  sub 
κοίλος  I,  fin.  :  —  Hippocr.  and  the 
most  ancient  physiologers  did  not 
distinguish  the  veins  from  the  arte- 
ries ;  —  the  word  αρτηρία  being  by 
them  used  for  all,  v.  Fors.  Oec.  Hipp. 
— II.  lilie  τϊηγή,  any  vein  or  channel, 
a  vein  of  metal,  Xen.  Vect.  1,  5;  α 
spring  of  water,  the  grain  in  wood,  in 
stone,  etc.  —  HI.  γονίμ?]  φ?.έτρ,  mem- 
brum  virile,  Anth.  P.  6,  218 ;  also 
simply  φλέφ,  Xenarch.  Βονταλ.  1,  8, 
Leon.  Tar.  26. 

ΦΑΕ'ϋ,  to  gush,  teem  with  abun- 
dance, overfloxv,  Aesch.  Ag.  377,  1416. 
— II.  to  overflow  with  talk,  talk  idly, 
Hesych. 

(The  verb  φλέω  itself,  which 
seems  to  be  used  only  in  pres.  and 
impf.,  is  rare  :  it  is  more  important  as 
a  root  branching  off  in  many  direc- 
tions. From  the  radic.  notion,  to 
gush  or  overflow,  come  first  of  all  the 
forms  φλνω  and  /^λύω,  (Lat.  fluo, 
phui),  ψΛί'ω,  ώλίίϊάω,  φ?.οίω,  φλοί- 
σβος, and  Lat.  ^eo;  nearly  akin  are 
φλόος,  φλοιός,  Lat.  flos,  floreo,  also 
φλέψ,  with  the  epithets  of  Bacchus 
Φλεωχ-,  Φλένς,  Φ?Μος,  Φλνενς,  (all 
referring  to  a  fulness  of  the  generative 
powers  of  nature),  and  the  name  of  a 
Bacchante  Φ/.εί'ω  ;  hence  also  come 
φλνκτίς,  φλύκταινα,  φ?ιΰσις :  also 
prob.  φϋλ'λον,  florium,  flos,  florere : 
prob.  Lat.  ^are  is  akin  ;  as  no  doubt, 
rejecting  the  aspirate,  is  ηλέως, 
πιμ-πλημι,  πλήθω,  ττ/.ήρης,  hat.  ple- 
nus,  etc.  To  the  signf.  of  overflowing 
with  talk  or  words,  belong  0λ«ςω, 
παφλάζω,  with  the  coUat.  forms 
φλαίνω,  φ?ιαννσσω,  then  (ί>?^δων, 
φλήδω,  ώληόάω,  φ?.ήνω,  with  its  de- 
rive, φλοίαξ,  φ?.νος,  φ'λναξ,  φ7.ΰαρθΓ.) 

^Φλεών,  ώνος,  ό,  ν.  sub  foreg., 
epithet  of  Bacchus,  as  increasing  the 
growth  of  fruits,  Ael.  V.  H.  3,  41. 

Φλΐως,  u,  a,  Att.  for  the  Ion.  φ7ίθνς, 
a  marsh  or  water  plant,  ace.  to  Spren- 
gel  arundo  ampelodesmon,  Ar.  Ran. 
214,  Fr.  85  ;  φλονς  in  Hdt.  3,  98,  ubi 
V.  Wessel. ;  on  the  forms  v.  Lob. 
Phryn.  293.  —  It  must  not  be  con- 
founded with  φέως. 

Φλ7ΐδάω,  ύ,  f.  -ήσω,  (φλέω)  =  sq., 
Hesych. 

Φληνΰφάω,  ώ,  to  chatter,  babble,  Ar. 
Eq.  661,  Nub.  1475  ;  φληναφών  άνω 
κάτω,  Alex.  Άσωτ.  1,  1. — The  forms 
φ7^ηναφΐω,  -είω  seem  to  be  corrupt. 
Hence 

Φληνάφημα,  ατός,  τό,=φλήναφος, 
Eur.  Epist.  5.  [α] 

Φληνάφία,  ας,  ή,  α  chattering :  from 

Φληνάφος,  ου,  ό,  like  φληνος  or  η 

«λεδών,    idle    talk,    chatter,    nonsense, 
leiiand.  p.  169. —  II.   as  adj.  φλήνα- 
φος,  ov,  talkative,  silly,  Menand.  p.  42. 

Φληνάφώδης,  ες,  {είδος)  talkative. 

Φλΐ]νάω,  -νείιω,  and  -νέω,  (φλήνος) 
—  φλίινω.  Foes.  Oec.  Hipp. 

Φλήνος,  τό,=  φλήναφος. 

Φ/,ηΐ'ύσσω,  and  φληvύω,=^sq. 

Φλι'/νω,  ίο  talk  idly,  prate,  babble, 
Lat.  nugari. 

Φλΐά,  ας,  i},  in  plur.  φλιαί,  =  στα- 
θμοί, the  door-posts,  jambs,  Od.  17, 
221,  Polyb.  12,  12,  2 :  —  in  sing., 
Theocr.  18,  23:  also,  the  threshold. 
Id.  2,  60. — 2.  the  two  pieces  of  wood  by 
which  the  a.rle  is  attached  to  the  body 
of  the  chariot.  Foes.  Oec.  Hipp. 

^Φ'λιαί,  at,  V.  Φ7αοϋς. 

ίΦλίαρος,  ου.  ό,  the  Phliarus,  a 
river  near  Coronea,  Plut.  Lys.  29,  56. 

ΙΦλίαΓ,   αντος,   δ,   Phlias,   son  of 
Bacchus,  an  Argonaut  of  Araethyrea 
in    Argolis,   Paus.  2,  12,  6:   cf.  A  p. 
Rh.  1,  115.  [I  in  arsis  Ap.  Rh.  1.  c] 
1618 


ΦΑΟΓ 

\Φλΐάσίος,  a,  ov,  of  Phlius,  Phlia- 
sian,  Hdt.  9,  2Θ  ;  ή  Φλιασία,  the  terri- 
tori/  of  Phlius,  Thuc.  5,  83  ;  Strab.  p. 
382. 

ΦΖ<ι?ω,  Aeol.  and  Ion.  for  Θ?ύ3ω, 
Theocr.  15,  76,  v.  1.  Od.  17,  221 
(where  βλίψεται  now  stands),  cf. 
Foes.  Oec.  Hipp,  [i] 

ΦλΙδάω,  ώ,  like  φλνδύω,  to  overflow 
with  moisture,  fat,  etc.,  σνος  φλι- 
δόωντος  ύλαόή.  Nic.  ΑΙ.  569  :  hence, 
to  putrefy.  Id.  'Th.  363,  cf  Plut.  2, 
642  E. 

Φλ/(5ω,=  foreg.,  only  in  Gramm.  [Γ] 

Φ?.ιμέλια,  τά,  the  Liat.  flemina. 

^Φλίονντίς,  ίδος,  ή,  poet.  fern,  to 
foreg.,  7/  Φλ.  ala,  Ap.  Rh.  4,  508. 

^Φλίονς,  ούντος,  b,  (Xen.  Hell.  7, 
2,  1),  Phlius,  a  celebrated  city  on  the 
northwest  of  Argolis,  earlier  'kpav- 
τία  and  Άραιθνρέα,  Pind.  N.  6,  73  ; 
Thuc.  5,  58 ;  etc. :  m  Diod.  S.  14,  41 
ac  Φ?ααί. 

ΦλίχΙης,  ή,  (φλίβω)  Aeol.  for  θλίφις. 

ΦΑΙ'Ω,^φλιδάω. 

Φλόα,  heterocl.  ace.  sing,  of  φλόος, 
Nic. 

Φ?Μγεος,  a,  ov,  (φλόξ)  burniyig, 
flaming,  blazing,  glittering,  ΰχεα,  II.  5, 
745  ;  8,  389  ;  πνρος  ανγαί,  Eur.  Hec. 
1104;  χέρας  φλογέας  δα'λοίσι.  Id. 
Tro.  1257;  7.αμπάόες,  Ar.  Ran.  340: 
— inflamed,  red,  Focs.  Oec.  Hipp. 

Φ7.ογέονσα,  in  Orac.  Sib.,  prob. 
f.  1.  for  φ7.ογόεσσα. 

Φ7.ογερός,  ά,  όν,  {φλόξ)=φλόγεος, 
blazing,  flaming,  fiery-red,  σέλας,  Eur. 
Hel.  1126;  αίθηρ.  El.  991. 

Φλογερώννξ,  ϊ'χος,  ό,  ή,  {οννξ) 
with  fiery  hoofs. 

Φ/οΛ trof,  οϋ,  b,  (φλόξ)  a  burning, 
heal,  like  πυρετός. 

Φ7ιθ)ίά,  άς,  η,  poet,  for  ι^λό^,  Nic. 
Th.  54,  etc. 

Φλο}7άω,  ώ,  f.  -άσω  [ά],  to  take 
fire  :  to  become  inflamed  and  red,  Foiis. 
Oec.  Hipp. 

■\Φ7.ο-)ίδας,  a,  6,  Phlogidas,  a  Spar- 
tan, Plut.  Lys.  17. 

Φ7.ογίδιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  φ7.ο- 

Φλ.ογίζϋ),  f.  -ί'σω,=  ώ/1έ)'ω,  to  set  on 
fire,  burn,  burn  up.  Soph.  Ph.  1199: 
to  mast  or  broil  in  or  over  the  fire : — - 
pass.,  to  blaze,  flame,  ήλιος  φλογιζύ- 
μεΐ'ος.  Soph.  Tr.  95. 

Φ7.όγ^voς,η,ov,flami7lg,  firry, Ij'K'S..•. 
Tu  φλόγινα  {sc.  ιμάτια), flame-coloured 
garments,  Lat.  flammea,  Ath.  539  E. 
— II.  TO  0ZoynOX',=  sq.  II,  Theophr. 

Φ7.όγιον.  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  φλόξ, 
Longin. — II.  a  flower,  prob.  the  wall- 
flower, cheiranthus  cheiri,  Theophr.  : 
also  φ7ιό)  LVOV. 

]Φ7.όγιος,  ου,  b,  (φλέγο))  Phlogius, 
name  of  an  inhab.  of  ine  sun,  Luc. 
V.  Hist.  1,  20. 

Φλο}  if ,  ίδος,  ή,  (φ7-έγω)  a  piece  of 
roasted  or  broiled  flesh,  φ7,ογίδες  ταύ- 
ρου, beefsteaks,  Archipp.  'Ηρακλ. 
γαμ.  2  ;  so,  φ7.ογίδες  κάπρου,  Strat- 
tis  Καλ7.ιπ.  1. 

Φλόγΐσις,  εως,  η,  and  φλογισμός, 
ov,  ό,  {φ7.ογίζω)  α  roasting  or  broiling: 
αΐ80=φληγμός. 

Φλογιστός,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from 
φλογίζω,  burnt,  set  on  fire.  Soph.  El. 
58. 

Φ7ιογμός,  ov,  ό,  {φλέγω)  burning 
heat,  Aesch.  Eum.  940 ;  πνρος  φλ.  b 
Αώς,  i.  e.  lightning,  Eur.  Supp.  831: 
— inflammation,  Hipp. 

Φλογμοτνραννος,  ου,  ύ,  afire-king. 

Φ7ίθγοβάφ//ς,  ες.  {φ7.6ξ,  βύπτω) 
dipt  in  fire,  flame-coloured,  Jo.  Lyd. 

Φ7Μγογενής,  ές,  fire-born,  Lat. _^am- 
migena. 


ΦΑΟΙ 

Φλογοειδής,  ες,  {φλόξ,  εΐόος)  like 
flame,  flaming,  blazing,  fiery,  fiery-red, 
Plut.  2,  695  C,  etc.  ■.—mfiamed,  Hipp, 
p.  489. 

Φλογόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  =  φλοΎεος, 
Anth.  P.  12,225. 

Φλογόλενκος,  ov,  {φλόξ,  λευκός) 
fla7ne-colouredmixedwithwhtte.llei>ych. 

Φλογόφαιος,  ov,  {φ7ώξ,  φαώς)Ααιη6- 
coloured  mixed  with  grey,  Hesych. 

φΛθ}όω,  ώ,  f.  •ώσω,=  0λέ)'ω. 

Φ7ιογώδης,  ες,  contr.  for  φλογοει• 
δής,  Hipp. 

Φλόγωμα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which  is 
burnt  or  roasted. 

Φλογωπός,  όν,  {φ7,όξ,  ώψ)  fiery- 
looking,  fire-coloured,  fiery,  πνρ,  Aesch. 
Pr.  253  ;  φλ.  σήματα,  omens  or  to- 
kens by  fire,  lb.  498. 

Φλόγωσις,  εως,  ή,  {φλογόω)  a  burn- 
ing heat,  inflammatioyi,  Thuc.  2,  49. — 
11.  the  burning  part  of  a  torch,  v.  1. 
Diod.  17,  115. 

Φλθ)ώι/ί,  ό,  ?';,=  φλογωπός,  Aesch. 
Pr.  791  ;  cf  Pors.  Med.  1363. 

Φλοιύ,  ΰς,  ή,=  φ7αά.  v.  1.  Theocr. 
23,  18,  Αρ.  Rh.  3,  278,  etc.,  but  very 
dub. — II.  in  Lacon.  dialect,  an  epilh. 
of  Proserpina,  prob.  from  φλοιός, 
φλόος,  φ7.οΐ<ς,  the  blooming,  verdant. 

Φλοίαξ,  άκος,  ό,  {φλοίω)=φ7.ύαξ. 

Φλοιύρων,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  φλοι- 
ός, [α]  - 

Φλοιόάω,  u,=  sq.,  Hipp. 

Φ7ιθΐδιύω  and  φλοιδόω,  ώ,  {φ7Μίω, 
φλέω,  φ7νω)  to  make  ίο  swell  or  fer- 
ment. — II.  to  heat,  scorch,  burn ;  in 
pass.,  Lye.  35. 

Φλοίζω,  {φλόος)  to  strip  off  the  rind, 
to  peel,  Theophr. 

Φ7Μίνος,  η,  ov,  of  OT  from  the  water- 
plant  φλονς  or  φλέως,  έσθήτες  φ7.ύι- 
vai,  garments  thereof,  maz-gainients, 
Hdt.  3,  98. 

Φλοιοβάρής,  ές,  {φλοιός,  βαρύς) 
heavy  with  bark. 

Φ7.οιοββΰγέω,  ώ,  to  have  the  bark 
burst,  Diosc. :  from 

Φ7.οιο^βΰ-)'ής,  ές,  with  the  bark  or 
rind  burst,  Theophr.     Hence 

Φ7.οιοβ^άγία,  ας,  ή.  a  bursting  of 
the  bark  or  rind,  Theophr. 

Φλοιό(φιζος,  ov,  {φ7Μΐός,  ()ίζα)  hav- 
ing roots  covered  with  coals  of  rind  or 
peel :  tu  φ7.οιόββίζα,  bulbous  plants, 
Theophr. 

Φ7.οίός,  of',  0,  {φλέω,  φλοίω)  : — the 
rind  of  trees,  peel,  bark,  bass,  II.  1,  237, 
Hdt.  4,  67  : — also,  the  husk  of  certain 
fruits,  Plut.  2,  684  A  :— metaph.  as  a 
symbol  of  empty  pride,  Wyttenb. 
Plut.  2,  81  B.     Cf.  φλόος,  φλονς. 

Φ?ΜΐσβθΓ,  ov,  ύ,  {φλέω,  φλοίω)  : — 
any  confused,  roaring  noise,  esp.  the 
dull  noise  or  din  of  a  large  ?nass  of  men, 
the  battle-din,  II.  5,  322,  469  ;  10,  416 
(never  in  Od.) :  of  the  noise  of  the 
sea,  Aesch.  Pr.  792,  Soph.  Fr.  380 
(for  Horn,  has  it  not  in  this  signf  e.x- 
cept  in  compd.  πολνφλοισβος) ;  φ, 
ί7Λ)όεις,  foam,  0pp.  Η.  1,  777  : — of. 
άφ7Μΐσμός. — Poet.  word. 

Φλοίσμός,  oD,  b,  {φλοίζω)  a  strip- 
ping off  the  rind,  peeling,  Theophr. 

Φ7Μίστικός,  ή,  όν,  {φ7ΜΪζω)  suited 
for,  skilled  in  peeling  off  the  rind  ;  if 
•κή  (sc.  τέχντϊ),  the  art  of  making 
plaited-work  from  the  bass  of  trees,  mat- 
inaking.  Plat.  Polit.  288  D. 

Φλοί'ω,  {φ7.έω)  to  bur.^t  out,  swell,  be 
in  full  vigour  or  bloom,  Antimach.  Fr. 
69  (ap.  Plut.  2,  683  F). 

Φ7.οίώδης,  ες,  {φλοιός,  είδος)  like 
rind  or  bass  : — hence  metaph.  light- 
minded,  frivolous,  Plut.  2,  81  B,  ubi  v. 
Wyttenb. 

Φ7κθΐώτις,  ιδος,  ή,  (φ7^οιός)  made  of 
bark  or  bass.  Lye.  1422. 


ΦΛΤΑ 

Φλομ/f ,  ίδος,  ή,  cf.  sq.  ] 

Φ/.<)//ο{•,  ου,  ό,  mullein,  Lat.  verbas- 
cum,  of  which  the   ancients  knew  I 
several  kinds,  Cratin.  Incert.  135,  and  j 
Theophr. :    we  also  find  the  forms 
(^Άώμος.   φ/.όνος,   and    ττλόμος.  —  Its  1 
thick,  wool!)'  leaves  served  for  lamp-  j 
wicks,  whence  one  kind  was  called 
φ/.ομ.Ις  λυχνίτίς  or  θρυαλ/ύς.   ^  ! 

Φ7.οΐ'ίζ•,  ίόος,  η,  =  ψο/ύς,  /.επίς, 
Hesych. 

Φλοΐ'ίΓίζ•,    ιδος,  -η,   synonym,   for  ; 
άνυσμα,  in  Diosc.  3, 137,  where  some 
write  φλομϊτις,  and  derive  it  from 
ψλόμος.  I 

Φ'λόνος,  6,  V.  ψλ,όμος.  I 

Φλο^,  ή,  gen.  (φλογός,  (0?.i'ycj): — α 
fiame,  blaze,  any  bright,  blazing  fire,  Od.  ' 
24,  71,  and  oft.  in  11.  ;  όεινη  όέ  ψ7.οξ 
ώβτο  θεύου  καιομένοιο,  8,  135  ;  κατά 
πϊφ  έκάη  και  ο/.όξ  έμαρύνθη,  9,  212  ; 
Ireq.  also  in  Hes.,  etc.:  φ/.όγα  τταρα- 
κα/.εϊν,  έγείρειν,  to  raise  α  flame, 
Xen.  Cyr.  7,  5,  23,  Symp.  2,  24  :— 
more  fully,  <^λοξ  Ήοαίστοιο,  11.  17, 
88,- Od.  1.  c. ;  ^ννρός.  Find.  F.  4,  400  ; 
φλογός  σπέρμα,  of  live  charcoal.  Id.  I 
O.  7,  87  :  φλ.  κεραννία,  οίφανία,  etc., 
of  lightning,  Aesch.  Pr.  1017,  Eur. 
Med.  144  :  also  of  the  heat  of  the 
sun.  Soph.  Tr.  696,  Eur.,  etc.  :— met- 
aph.,  (^/.  olvov,  the  fiery  strength  of 
wine,  Eur.  Ale.  758  ;  ώλ.  ττήματος, 
Soph.  0.  Τ.  166.— The  plur.  ο/,όγες, 
flames,  fire,  is  not  rare  in  Anth.,  Ath., 
and  otlier  late  prose,  L.  Dmd.  Xen. 
Symp.  2,  24. 

Φ'λόος,  ου,  ό.  contr.  Μονς,  with 
metapl.  ace.  φ?.όα  in  N^c.  Al.  302, 
(^Λεω) : — rarer  form  of  9/.o<of,  Diosc: 
also  of  the  slough  of  serpents,  Nic.  1.  C. 
-II.  bloom,  the  blooming,  healthy  state 
of  a  plant,  h^Lflos,  Arat.  335. 

Φλονς,  ό.  Ion.  for  όλέως,  q.  v. — II. 
contr.  for  ολόος. 

iΦ/.va,  ας,  ή,  Phlya,  an  Attic  deme 
belonging  to  the  tribe  Cecropis  and 
later  to  Ptolemais  ;  adv.  ^7.vijGL,  at 
or  in  Phlya,  Isae.  72,  38 ;  hence  ό 
Φλυεΰς•,  έως,  an.  inhab.  of  Phlya,  a 
Phlyan,  Isae.  68,  44;  Plut.  Sol.  12. 
Φ7.νύκίον,  ov,  τό,=  φ/.νζάκιον.  [ά] 
Φλϋακογράάέω,  ώ,  to  write  jests  or 
farces :  and 

Φ?.ΰάκογρΰφία,  ας,  η,  a  writing  of 
jests  ΌΤ  farces  :   from 

Φ7Λ<ΰκο\ρά<^ος,  ον,{φ/Λ'αξ,  γράφω) 
writing  farces  :  b  φ7..,  a  farce-writer, 
Ath.  702  B. 

Φ7.ναξ,  ακος,  ό,  Dor.  form  for  φ7.ν- 
ύρος,  (ώ/,υω)  : — nonsense,  foolery ,  drol- 
lery .  hence, — 2.  α  kind  of  farce,  said 
to  be  invented  by  Rhinthon,  φ/.νακες 
τραγικοί,  Anth.  P.  7,  414  ;  also  called 
'ΰ.αροτραγωδία, — being  prob.  a  kind 
«f  travestied  tragedy. — 11.  of  persons,  a 
jester,  droll,  or  player  of  farces. 

Φ7-ϋΰρέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω.  Ion.  φ?.νηρ-, 
(φΆναρος)  : — to  talk  folly  or  nonsense, 
play  the  droll,  jest,  Hdt.  7,  103,  104, 
Ar.  Eq.  543,  etc.  ;  ΰεροβατοϋντα  και 
άλ/.;?ΐ'  7το7-?.ήν Q/.vapiav  φ?.ι<αροϋντα, 
Plat.  Apol.  19  C  :  also,  to  play  the 
fool,  trifle.  Lat.  migari,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  4, 
11,  Plat.,  etc.  : — ο7.ναρεΐς  έχων.  Plat. 
Gorg.  490  Ε  ;  cf.  έχω  A.  IV.  8.  Hence 
Φλνύρημα,  ατός,  το,  silly  talk,  fool- 
ery, Joseph,  [άρ] 

Φ7.νάρία.  ας,  ή,  (φ7.ναρος)  silly  talk, 
nonsense,  foolery,  Ar.  Lys.  159,  and 
Plat. ;  καττνος  και  φ7...  Plat.  Rep. 
581  D  :  generally,  a  playing  the  fool, 
whether  in  word  or  deed,  cf.  Stallb. 
Plat.  Symp.  211  E.  and  v.  sub  φλυα- 
ρέω  : — freq.  alsoin  plur.,  fooleries,  Lat. 
nugae,  Plat.,  v.  Heind.  Phaed.  66  C; 
λήροι  και  φλ.ναρίαι.  Id.  Hipp.  Maj. 
304  B. 


ΦΝΕΙ 

Φλϋαρογραφέω,  φλϋΰρογράφος,  =  f 
φ?\,νακογρ.  ^  j 

Φ/.l'£ίpo/co7Γfω,ώ:(,«όΓΓ-ω)strengthd.  | 
for  φ/.υαρέω,  to  practise  tom-foolery,  [ 
Strab.,  V.  Lob.  Phryn.  p.  416.    Hence  j 

Φ7Λ•άροκοπία,  ας,  ή,  tom-foolery.        | 

Φ7ΛαροΆογέω,  ώ,  -7ιογία,  ή,^φ?^ν-  j 
αρέω,  ό7.ναρια  :  from  j 

Φ/Λ•αρολόγος,  ον,  {λέγω)  ^=^  sq.,  ι 
talking  foolery.  \ 

Φ7.ί<ΰρός,  όν,  talkative,  gossiping. —  ' 
II.  as  subst.,  ό  (p/.i'apof( ρ roparox.),— 

1.  a  silly  talker,  prater.  Plat.  Ax.  369 
D. — 2.  silly  talk,  foolery,  like  φ7.υαρία,  I 
Ar.  Nub.  364,  Plat.  Ax.  365  Ε  ;  also  : 
in  \)\..  fooleries,  Strattis  Maced.  7.- — 
On  the  accent  v.  Lob.  Paral.  345.  [ί•] 

Φ'7.νΰρώδί}ς,  ες,  {φ7.υαρος,  είδος) 
fooling,  Plut.  Lycurg.  6. 

Φ7.νάσσω,^ο7.ναρέω,  Hesych. ;  in 
Laconic  ο7ονάσσω. 

ίΦ7.ν/ uoia,  ας,  ή,  Phlygadia,  a 
mountain  of  Noncuin,  Strab.  p.  207. 

^Φ7.ν}όνιον,  ov,  TO, and  Φ7.νγονια, 
ας,  ij,  Phlygonium,  a  city  of  Phocis, 
Paus.  10,  3,  2. 

Φ7.νδ(φός,  ύ,  όν,  like  ττ/.αδαρός, 
soft  or  flabby  :  {torn 

Φ/.νδάω,  ώ,  like  ΐϊ7Μδάω,  to  have 
an  exce.ts  of  moisture,  become  soft  or 
flabby.  Foes.  Oec.  Hipp. 

Φ7.νζάκιον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  of  φ7.ν- 
κταινη.  Foes.  Oec.  Hipp. 

Φ7.υζογράφος,  ον.=^φλυακογράφος. 
[ά] 

Φ/.νζω,  rarer  collat.  form  from 
φ7.νω,  Nic.  Al.  214,  cf.  Foes.  Oec. 
Hipp. ;  and  v.  όλι)ω  sub  fin. 

Φ7ινιΐρος,  φλ.υηρέω.  Ion.  for  φ7.να- 
ρος,  φ7.ναρεω. 

Φ7.νκταινα,  ης.  ή,  (ώλιίω,  φλύζω) : 
— ο  rising  on  the  skin  ;  whether,  a  blis- 
ter made  by  a  burn  or  some  outward 
cause  ;  or,  a  pimple,  pustule,  striking 
out  from  within,  Lat.  pustula,  Thuc. 

2,  49,  v.  Foes.  Oec.  Hipp.  ;  cf.  όλο- 
φλνκτίς,  όλυόνγδών. 

Φ/.υκταινίδιον.  ov,  τό,  dim.  from 
foreg..  Hipp.  p.  183.   [i] 

Φ7υκταινίς,  ίδος,  {j,={oTeg.,  Hipp, 
p.  994. 

Φ/.νκταινοειδής,    ες,    {φ7^νκταινα, 

είδος)  pimply,  pustulosis,  Hipp.  p.  641. 

Φ7.νκταινόομαι,  {ύ7.νκταινα,  είδος) 

as  pass.,  to  get  or  have  pustules,  Hipp. 

Φ/.υκταινώδης,  ες,  contr.  for  ^λυ- 

κταινοειδης. 

Φ7.νκταίνωσις,  η,  {φ7.νκταινόομαι) 
an  eruption  of  pustules,  Hipp.  p.  765. 

Φ7.νκτίς,  ίδος,  η,  {φ/.νω),  —  φ7.ν- 
κταινα.  Hipp. 

φΑννδάνω,=  ώ7Λ'δάω. 
Φ7.νος,  τό,—  φ?-ύαρος  II,  idle  talk, 
foolery.  Archil.  113. 

ΙΦλιιόζ-,   ov,  ό,  Phlyus,  a  son  of 
Earth,  Paus.  4,  1,  5. 
!       Φ/.νσις,  εως,  ή,  a  breaking  out,  erup- 
'  tion.  Foes.  Oec.  Hipp.  :  from 
'      Φλΰω,  f.  -σω,  and  ολΰΓω.  {φ7Λω) : — 
I  to   swell  over,   overflow,   bubble  or   boil 
'  over  or  up,  άνά  δ'  εφ7.νε  κα7.α  βέεθρα, 
ί  II.  21,  361.— II.   metaph..  to  overflow 
]  with  words,  talk  idly,  talk,  babble,  μύ- 
I  την  ώ7,νσαι,  Aesch.  Pr.  504  ;  γράμ- 
1  ματ"  έπ'  ΰσττίδος  φ7.ί•οντα,  Id.  Theb. 
i  661  :  later  also,  c.  ace.  cognato,  φή- 
μην  στνγερην  εο/.νσεν,  Anth.  P.  7, 
351  ;  so,  ό.  αισχρά,  0λ.  όνειδος,  lb. — 
Poet.  word. — Βλνω,   /3Λί\ω   is   the 
same  word  without  the  aspir. :    on 
this  whole  family  v.  sub  φλέω.     [ϋ  in 
pres.  and  impf.,  as  in  II.  21,  361,  ΰ  in 
fut.  and  aor.,  (v.  supra) ;  for  φ7.νσαι, 
Mel.  119,  4,  Anth.  1.  c,  maybe  refer- 
red to  φλνζω'\ 

Φνεί,  comic  imitation  of  the  snuff- 
ing, nasal  sound  phn,  Luc.  Lexiph. 
"9 ;— also  cited  from  Ar.  (Fr.  702)  by 


ΦΟΒΕ 

Gramm.  as  expressing  the  note  of  a 
certain  bird,  E.  M.  p.  796. 

Φοβέεσκε,  Ep.  and  Ion.  impf.  from 
φοβέω,  for  έφόβει,  Hes. 

Φοβερίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (φόβος)  to  terrify, 
scare,  dismay,  LXX.     Hence 

Φοβερισμός,  οϋ,  δ,  a  terrifying, 
fright,  LXX. 

Φοβεροειδής,  ες,  (φοβερός,  είδος) 
terrible  to  behold,  LXX. 

Φοβερός,  ύ,  όν,  fearful :  hence, — I. 
causing  fear,  dreadful,  frightful,  fear- 
fd, formidable,  χρηστήρια  φ-,  Hdt.  7, 
139,  and  freq.  in  Aesch.,  etc. ;  φ.  ΊδεΙν, 
ττροςιδέσθαι,  Aesch.  Pers.  27,  48 ; 
-λήθει  φ.,  formidable  only  from  num- 
bers, Thuc.  2,  98  ;  c.  inf.,  Φ.  ιτροςττο- 
λεμί/σαι,  Dem.  42,  12,  cf.  Theocr.  22, 
2. — 2.  causing  fear,  serving  as  matter 
of  dread,  οί'δέ  όρκος  φ-,  Thuc.  3,  83  ; 
ίτττΓος  φοβερός  μη  άνήκεστόν  τι  τζοιη- 
στ),  a  horse  tha.t  makes  one  fear  he  will 
do  some  mischief,  Xen.  Hier.  6,  15  ; 
so,  φοβεροί  ήσαν  μη  ττοιήσειαν.  Id. 
An.  5,  7,  2  : — φοβερόν  (έστι)  μή,  there 
is  reason  to  dread  that...  Id.  Cyr.  7,  5, 
22,  Hier.  1,  \2.—\\.  feeling  fear,  fright- 
ened, afl^righted,  afraid,  timid,  φρήν. 
Soph.  O.  T.  153;  όμμα,  Eur.  1.  A. 
620  ;  freq.  in  Plat.  :  τό  ξννηβες  ό.,  the 
feeling  of  fear  and  reverence,  Thuc. 

6,  55. — III.  caused  by  fear,  troubled, 
panic,  φ.  άναχώρησις,  Thuc.  4,  128  ; 
φοβερά  όσσοις  όμίχ7.η  πράσηξε,  a  mist 
of  fear..,  Aesch.  Pr.  144  :  φ.  φροντί- 
δες, anxious  thoughts.  Plat.  Theag. 
127  B.     Hence 

Φοβερότης,  ητος,  ή,  sternness,  Arist. 
Rhet.  1,5.  11. 

Φοβερωτνός,  όν,  Orph.  Fr.  8,  8,  and 
φοβερώψ,  ώπος,  ό.  τ}.  Η.  69,  8,  (φόβε 
ρός,  ώψ)  terrible  of  aspect. 

Φοβεσιστρύτη,  ης,  ή,  (φοβέω,  στρα- 
τός) scarer  of  hosts,  epilh.  of  Minerva, 
Ar.  Eq.  1177;  and 

Φοβέστράτος,  ov.  (φοβέω,  στρατός) 
dismaying,  scaring  armies,  Hes.  I"  r. 

Φοβέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (φόβος):  —  to 
strike  with  fear,  to  scare,  frighten,  dis- 
may, in  II.,  esp.  to  put  to  flight,  (never 
in  Od.) ;  Ζ,ενς  και  άλκιμον  άνδρα  φο• 
βεΐ,  II.  16,  689 ;  etc.  (cf.  infra  Β) ; 
once  in  Hes.,  Sc.  162;  then  in  Hdt. 

7,  235,  and  Att.,  μη  φιλονς  Φόβει, 
Aesch.  Theb.  262  ;  φοβε'ιν  7όγοις,  Id. 
Pers.  215;  ώμη'στι  δρώντι  τάρβος 
ονδ'  εττος  φόβεΐ.  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  206  ;  cf. 
Eur.  Hipp.  572  ;  ή  όίναμις  φοβονσα, 
Antipho  127, 23 ;  then  in  Thuc,  Plat., 
etc. 

B.  pass.,  φοβέομαι :  fut.  mid.  φο- 
βήσομαι,  and  fut.  pass,  φοβηβήσο- 
μαι,  used  indifferently,  Xen.  Cyr.  1, 
4,  19  ;  3,  3.  30  ;  8,  7,  15.  though  the 
former  more  freq.  :  aor.  έοοβήθην ; 
aor.  mid.,  έφοβησύμην,  only  in  late 
authors,  as  Anacreont.  34,  11  :  pf. 
pass.,  πεφόβημαι.  To  be  put  in  fear, 
take  fright,  be  affrighted,  to  fear,  dread, 
in  Horn.  esp.  to  flee,  freq.  in  li.,  once 
in  Od.,  16,  163  :"this  Homeric  sense 
mostly  in  part.  pf.  πεφοβημένος,  so 
in  Hdt.  9,  70,  and  freq.  in  Att.  Con- 
struct., absol..  καμ  μέσσον  τνεδίον  φο• 
βέοντο,  3όες  ως  ας  τε  λ.έων  ίφόβησε, 
II.  11,  172  ; — ν-ό  τίνος  φοβέεσθαι,  ίο 
flee  before  him,  II.  8,  149  ;  so,  νπό 
τινι,  11.  15,  637  :  also  c.  ace,  φοβεϊ- 
σθα'ι  τίνα.  to  flee  from,  dread,  fear  any 
one,  II.  22,  2o0,  and  Att. ;  so,  όοβεΐ• 
σθαί  τι,  Hdt.  1,  39,  and  Att.;  also, 
ώο3εΐσθαι  εις  or  Trpof  τι,  to  be  alarm- 
ed' at  a  thing.  Soph.  O.  T.  980.  Tr. 
1211  ;  but,  φ.  άμφΊ  τινι,  to  fear,  he 
anxious  about  a  thing,  Hdt.  0,  62  ; 
:7fpt  τίνος  or  tlv'i,  Thuc.  2,  90,  Plat., 
etc.  cf.  Heind.  Plat.  Euthyd.  275  B; 
ντίέρ  Tivor,  Stallb.  Plat.  Rep.  387  C 
1619 


ΦΟΒΟ 

— c.  ace.  cognato,  φόβον  φοβεΐσθαι. 
Eur.  Tro.  116ϋ,  cf.  Stipp.  548:— φο- 
βεΐσθαι μη-.,  to  fear  lest  a  thing  will 
be,  Lat.  vereri  ne..,  Eur.  Or.  770, 
Thiic,  etc.,  (cf.  μή  Β.  IV);  so,  φ. 
ϋττως  μή...  Thuc.  ϋ,  13,  Xen.  Mem.  2, 

9.  2  ;  φ.  μη  ον,  Xen.  Oec.  IG,  C,  (cf. 
μ//  ov  1)  :  also,  φυ3.  'ύτι..,  ώς..,  to  fear 
that..,  not  like  Lat.  verrri  vt..,  but  = 
φ.  μι},  perh.  a  little  stronger,  Poppo 
Xen.  Cyr.  3,  1,  1  : — c.  inl.,  in  fear  to 
do,  he  afraid  of  cluing.  Pint.  Gorg.  457 
E,  Soph.  230  E,  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  7,  15. 

ΦΟ'ΒΗ,  ης.  ή,  a  lock  or  curl  of  hair, 
Aesch.  Cho.  188;  βοστρύχων  άκρας 
φάβας.  Soph.  El.  449 :  generally,  one's 
hair,  Soph.  O.  C.  1464,  Eur.  Bacch. 
683  ;  δρακόντωι•  φόβαι,  i.  e.  the  Gor- 
gon's snaky  lochs,  Pind.  P.  10,  75: 
the  mane  of  a  horse.  Soph.  Fr.  587,  7, 

10.  Eur.  Ale.  429.— II.  nietaph.,  like 
κόμη  II,  Lat.  cnma,  the  tresses  of  trees, 
l\\p.'u  leafage,  foliaire,  Soph.  Ant.  419, 
Eur.  Ale.  172,  etc.  ;  Ιων  φόβαι,  tufts 
of  violets,  Pind.  Fr.  45,  16;  είιττετα- 
λοί  φόβαι,  Anth.  P.  6,  158.  (Damm 
refers  this  to  φοβέω,  as  σόβη  to  σο- 
βέω,  cf.  φρίσσω,  θρίξ.) 

Φόβιβεν,  Ερ.  and  Dor.  3  pi.  aor.  1 
pass  from  φοβέω,  lor  εφοβηΟησαν,  Od. 

Φόβημα,  ατός,  τό.  {φοβέω)  a  terror, 
object  of  affright.  Soph.  O.  C.  699. 

Φοβητεον,  verb.  adj.  from  φοβέω, 
one  must  frighten. — II.  from  φηβέομαι, 
one  must  fear,  Plat.  Rep.  452  B,  etc. — 
2.  φοβητέος,  a,  ov,  to  be  feared,  Id. 
Legg'.  746  E. 

Φοβητης,  ov,  b,  {φοβέω)  one  who 
scares  or  frightens. 

Φοβητικός,  ?'/,  όν,  {φοβέω)  frightful, 
terrible. — II.  liable  to  fear,  fearful,  timid, 
Arist.  Pol.  8,7,  5.  ^ 

Φόβητρον,  ov,  TO,  a  scarecrow,  bug- 
bear, fright.  Plat.  Ax.  3(j7  A  ;  Ύισιφό- 
νης  Tu  φόβητρα,  prob.,  tragic  masks 
of  the  Furies,  Lucill.  81. 

■ίΦόβίος,  ov,  0,  Phobiu.f,  son  of 
Hippocles,  Ale.x.  Aetol.  12,  1. 

Φοβί'ίδΐίΙ'ος,  ov,=^vύpoφόβoς,lίkeone 
bitten  by  a  mad  dog. 

Φόβος.ον,  b.{φέβoμaι)^.—fear,  terror, 
fright,  dismay,  in  Horn,  and  Hes., 
iHostly/i<;/!i,  freq.  in  II.,  once  in  Od., 
viz.  24,  57  ;  so  in  Hdt.  7,  10,  5  ;  so, 
generally,  to  be  distinguished  from 
δίης,  as  rather  the  outward  show,  than 
the  sensation,  nf  fear,  (cf.  sub.  όέος)  : 
c.  gen.  sulijecti,  φόβος  ανδρών,  the 
flishi  of  men,  II.  15,  310  ;  but  c.  gen. 
objerti,/far  or  dread  of  another,  cf. 
Aesch.  Pers.  115,  etc.;  so,  φ.  άτίό, 
Ικ  τίνος,  Xen.  Cyr.  3,  3,  53,  Aesch. 
Cho.  930  ;  vrro  τίνος,  Xen.  An.  7,  2  ; 
προς  Tiva,  Dem.  798.  3  ;  but  very 
rare  e.  ace.  objecti,  φόβος  Θηβαίους, 
=  τό  φοβεΐσθαι  θ-,  Dem.  366,  26  (si 
sanus  locus),  cf  Stallb.  Plat.  Rep. 
465  Β :  φύβονδε  ϊπττονς  ίχειν,  φό• 
βονδε  τρω~ΰσΟαι,  (Ίίσσειν.  like  φν- 
\αδε,  to  turn  the  horses  to  flight,  etc., 

11.  8,  139  ;  15,  666  ;  17,  579,  φύβονδε 
ά}ορενειν,  to  advise  ίο  flis;ht,  II.  5, 
252:  δονναί  τίνα  φόβω,  Pind.  P.  5, 
81  :  φόβον  βλέττειν,  Aesch.  Theb. 
498 ;  ώό/ioi'  πιιρέχειν,  also,  έμβύ?.- 
λειν,  ίντιθέναι  τινί,  to  strike  terror 
into  one,  Lat.  vietum  inrutere  olicui, 
Eur.  Hec.  1113.  Xen.  Cyr.  S,  7.  18, 
An.  7,  4,  1  ;  φόβος  έχει  με,  εμπίπτει 
μοι,  Aesch  Ag.  1243,  Eur.  Or.  1255, 
Xen.  An.  2.  2,  9 ;  νπέρχεταί  με  φ.. 
Soph.  Phil.  1231;  διαφόρου  έρχομαι, 
Eur.  Or.  757  ;  on  the  contrary,  φό- 
βον λύειν,  Eur.  Or.  104;  άπε?.αννειν 
τινί,  Xen.  Cyr.  4,  2,  10  ;  φόβου  άπα?.- 
λύττεσθαι,  to  get  rid  of  it,  lb.  5,  2, 
32 :  φόβος  {εστί),  e.  inf.,  Xen.  An.  2, 
4,  3;  μή...,  Mem.  2,  1,  25 :— also  in 

1620 


ΦΟΙΒ 

plur.,  mostly  poet.,  as  Pind.  N.  9,  64, 
Aesch.  Theb.  134,  Eui.,  etc.  ;  φόβονς 
Kul  κινδύνους.  Plat.  Theaet.  173  A. 
— 2.  an  object  of  terror,  a  terror,  Sojih. 

0.  C.  1652:  plur.  φόβοι,  like  Lat. 
terrorcs,  ην  φόβονς  λέγη.  Soph.  Ο.  Τ. 
917;  cf.  Xen.  An.  4,  1,  23.— 11.  Φύ,^οζ-, 
personified,  jPhobus,  Terrnr,\  II.  15, 
119,  son  of  Mars,  11.  13,  299,  and  of 
Cylherea,  Hes.Th.  934  ;  usu.  coupled 
with  his  brother  Δείμος,  \\.  4,440; 
11,37. 

Φοιβάζω,  f.  -ύσω,  {φιηβος) :  —  to 
cleana''.,  purify,  A  p.  Rh. — 11.  {Φοίβος) 
to  be  inspired,  prophesy,  utter  jirophelic 
ivnrds,  μυΟονς.  Lyc. — 2.  transit.,  to 
inspire,  Anth.  P.  9,  525  ;  πάθος  φοι- 
βύζον  τοϊ/ς  ?.όγ(/νς,  Longin. 

iΦυιβaίa  ?.ιμνη,  ή,  lake  Phoebaea, 
near  Troezene  in  Argolis,  Paus.  2, 
30,  7. 

Φοιβαί.νω,=φοιβύζω. 

Φοιβύς,  ύδσς,  ij,  the  priestcis  of 
Phoebus :  general  I  y ,  an  inspired  woman, 
prophetess,  Eur.  Hee.  827 :  also  as 
fein.  ΆΛ'].,—φοι(3ύζουσα. 

Φυιβαστήρ,  ηρος,  ό,  and  φοιβαστής, 
ov,  ύ,  an  inspired  person. 

Φοιβαστικός,  ή,  όν,  {φοιβάζω)  like 
inspiration,  enthusiastic,  Longin.  :  φ. 
χρησμών,  uttering  ovacles,  Plut.  Rom. 
21. 

Φοιβύστρια,  ας,  ή,  fern,  from  φσι- 
βαστήρ,  a  prophetess,  Lyc.  1468. 

Φοιβάω,  ώ,  f.  -ησω,  poet,  for  φοιβά- 
ζω, to  clea7ise,  wash,  χείρας  φοιβήσασα 
μνροις,  Theocr.  17,  134,  cf.  Call.  Lav. 
Pall.  11. 

Φοίβειος.  a,  ov,  also  ος,  ov.  Ion. 
Φοιβήιης,  {Φοίβος)  of  Phoebus,  belong- 
ing or  sacred  to  him,  tEur.  Ion  1089, 
Plioen.  225  ;  to  Φοιβήϊον  δάπεόον, 

1.  A.  756t  ;  hence,  prophetic,  inspired. 
Φοίβη.  ης,  ή,  Phoibe,  Lat.  Phoebe, 

one  of  the  daughters  of  Uranus  and 
Gaea,  who  bore  Latona  and  Asteria 
to  Coeus,  Hes.  Th.  136,  404  :  ace.  to 
others  the  mother  of  Phoebus  was 
so  called,  cf.  sub  Φοίβος  :  and,  later, 
Phoebe  is  a  freq.  epith.  of  Diana  : — 
cf  φοΐβος. — 12.  a  nymph,  wife  of 
Danaus,  Apollod.  2,  1 ,  5  — 3.  daughter 
of  Tyndareus  and  Leda,  sister  of  Cly- 
taemnestra,  Eur.  I.  A.  50. — Others  in 
Paus.  ;  etc. 

^Φoιβηioς,  η,ον,  \οη.=  Φοίβειος. 

Φοιβηίς,  ΐδος,  pecul.  poet.  fern,  of 
Φοίβειος,  Anth.  fP.  9,  201. 

Φοιβητενω,  to  be  a  φοιβ7]της. 

Φοιβητής,  ov,  ό,  a  soothsayer,  pro- 
phet. 

Φοιβητός,  η,  όν,  verb,  adj.,  prophe- 
sied,foretold. — II.  inspired, prophesying, 
Manclho. 

Φοί-βήτρια,  ας,  ή,  fem.  οί  φοιβητής, 
a  prophetess. — II.  =  καθύρτρια  II,  α 
cleanser,  purifier. 

Φοιβήτωρ.  ορός,  ό,  =  φοιβητής, 
Orph.  Lith.  383.  _ 

^Φοιβία,  ας.  ή,  Phoebia,  a  small 
town  of  the  Sicyonians,  Paus.  9,  15, 
4. 

ίΦοιβίδας,  a,  6,  Phoebidas,  a  com- 
mander of  the  Spartans,  Xen.  flell. 
5,  2.  24. 

iΦoιβίς,  ίδος,  rj,  Phoebis,  a  courte- 
san, Luc.  Dial.  Mer.  4. 

Φοίβίτης,  ου,  ό,=  φοιβητής.  susp. 

Φοιβόλαμπτος,  ov,  Ion.  for  sq.,  Hdt. 
4,  13. 

Φοιβόληπτος,  ov,  {Φοίβος,  ?ίαμβά- 
ΐ'ω)  rapt,  inspired  by  Phoebus,  Lyc. 
1460. 

Φοιβονομέομηι,  (Φοίβος,  νέμομαι) 
pass.,  to  be  ruled  by  Phoebus,  i.  e.  to  be 
purified,  Thessalian  word  in  Plut.  2, 
393' C. 

Φοίβος,  η,  ov,  pure,  bright,  radiant, 


ΦΟΙΝ 

ύδωρ,  Hes.  Fr.  78,  Lyc.  1009;  ήΐίσν 
φ'λόξ,  Aesch.  Pr.  22.  (Prob.  from 
ίρύος,  φώς ;  cf  the  old  Latin  fehrus, 
februus,  fihruarius.) — II.  as  proj).  n., 
ΦίΙί/ίοΓ,  ό,  Phoebus,  i.  e.  the  Bright  0Γ 

Pure  (cf  foreg.),  old  epith.  of  Apollo, 
freq.  in  Horn.,  who  iisu.  joins  Φοΐβος 
'Απόλλων,  but  also  has  ΦοΖ,.ίοζ-  alone: 
rarely  inverted,  Απόλλων  Φοίβος,  as 
in  II.  20,  68,  Hes.  ap.  Eust.  Od.  4, 
232.  Aesch.,  Evim.  8,  makes  the 
name  originate  with  llie  god's  mother 
Φοίβη.  But  in  no  case  must  Homer'a 
Φοίβος  be  taken  for  the  Sun-god 
("ΙΙλιυς),  for  Apollo  did  not  receive 
this  character  till  much  later.  The 
epith.  Φοίβος  refers  rather  to  the  pu- 
rity and  radiant  bcavttj  of  youth,  which 
was  always  a  chief  attribute  of  Ajiol- 
lo,  so  that  something  may  be  said  for 
Kannc's  hypothesis,  that  φηΐβος  is 
connected  with  ήβη,  cf  Muller  Dor. 
2,  6,  7.  The  notion  of  prophetic  at- 
taches to  the  person  of  the  oracular 
Apollo,  but  without  being  expressed 
in  the  name  Φοίβος. 

^Φο'δαΓ,  ov,  ό,  Phoedas,  a  ruler  of 
the  Theli'ans,  Piut.  2.  775  A. 

Φοΐδες.  cf.  sub  φωiς. 

'\Φοίζων,  ωνος,  ό,  Phoezon,  a  place 
in  Arcadia,  Paus.  8,  11,4. 

Φο<ν?7,  7;f,  ή,  Lacon.  for  θοίνη,  like 
φήρ  for  βήρ,  Alcman  11. 

Φοινήεις,  εσσα,  ετ,  {φοινός):  — 
blood-red,  deep-red,  δράκων,  11.  22,  202, 
220  ;  μνωιΙ),  Coluth.  43  : — cf.  δαφοι- 
νός. 

Φοίνιγμα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which  is 
made  red. 

Φοινιγμός,  ov,  ό,  (φοινίσσω)  a  red- 
dening or  making  red. — 2.  aji  irritating 
the  skin  by  blisters  and  the  like,  Foes. 
Oec.  Hipp. 

Φοινίζω,^  φοινίσσω. 

Φοινϊκάνθιμος,  ov,  {φοίνιξ,  ΰνθε• 
uov)  with  purple  flowers,  rosy,  φοιν. 
tap,  Lat.  purpureum  ver,  Pind.  P.  4, 
114. 

Φοινικάω,  ώ,=  φοινίσσω,  dub. 

Φοινϊκείμων,  gen.  όνος,  (  Φοίνιξ, 
είμα)  for  φοινικοείμων,  with  garment 
of  red,  Epich.  p.  25,  e  conj.  Porson. 

ΦοΛιίκειος,  ov,  v.  sub  ψοινϊκήϊος. 
[ί] 

Φοινΐκελίκτης,  ov,  δ,  a  cheat  or 
rogue,  Hesych. ;  so.  Φοίνιξ  άνήρ  άπα- 
τήλια  εΐδώς,  Od.  14,  288. 

Φοινίκεος,  έη,  εον,  contr.  ονς,  ή, 
ονν,  q.  ν.  :  {φοίνιξ)  : — purple-red,  pur- 
ple or  crimson,  and  (generally)  red, 
Lat.  punicens,  όόδα,  Pind.  I.  4  (3), 
30;  also  in  Hdt.  1,  98;  2,  132,  etc.: 
— cf  φοίνιξ  C.  fin. — Ιλ.^^ΦοινικίκύΓ, 
Diod.  ;  cf  Lob.  Phryn.  148.  [i] 

ίΦοή'ί«ε<:,  ων,  οί,  the  Phoenicians, 
on  the  eastern  shore  of  the  Mediter- 
ranean, II.  23,  744;  etc.;  for  their 
migration  hither  from  their  original 
abode  about  the  '¥.ρνβρή  θάλασσα, 
V.  Hdt.  1.  1  ;  7,  89,  v.  Φοίνιξ. 

^Φοινίκη,  ης,  ή,  (φοίνιξ,  date-land) 
Phoenicia,  on  the  eastern  coast  of  the 
Mediterranean  in  Asia,  Od.  4,  83  ; 
Hdt.  2.  44,  116;  etc.— 2.  a  city  on 
the  coast  of  Chaonia  in  Epirus,  Po- 
lyb.  2,  8.  [I] 

]ΦοινΊκήίος,  η,  ov,  Ep.  and  Ion.  for 
Φοινίκειος,  a,  ov,  of  Phoenicia,  Phoe- 
nician, τα  Φηινικίμα  γράμματα,  the 
letters  introduced  into  Greece  from 
Phoenicia,  Hdt.  5,  58. 

Φοινικήϊος,  η,  ov.  Ion.  for  φοινί 
κειος,=  Οοινίκινος,  nf  the  date  or  palm 
tree,  έσθης  φιιινικηίη,  a  garment  of 
palm  leaves,  Hdt.  4,  43  ;  φ  οίνος, 
palm-wine,  lb.  1,  194;  2,  86,  etc.: 
φοινικηΐη  νονσος  =  ελεφαντίασις, 
Hipp. 


ΦΟΙΝ 

ΦοινΙκηίς,  ΐύος,  pecul.  poet.  fem. 
01  t'oieg. — li. =φοινικίς. 

Φοινικιάς  άνεμος,  6,  a  Phoenician 
wind,  i.  e,  sauth-east,  Arist.  Meteor.  2, 
6,  10. 

iΦoιvίκίό7|ς,  ov,  6,  Pkoenicides,  a 
poet  of  the  new  coinedj',  Stob.  ;  cf. 
Meineke  1,  p.  481. 

ΦοινΙκιόίον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  Φοί- 
1>ΐξ,'α  young  or  lillle  Phoenician,  DiOg. 
L.  7,  3. 

Φοίνϊκίζω ;  f.  -ί'σω  Att.  -Ιώ,  {Φοί- 
νιξ) •■ — like  βαρβαρίζυ,  to  imitate  the 
Phoenicians  in  vianners  or  language, 
speak  Phoenician,  etc.  :  also  of  brutal 
lust,  Hesych. — II.  (φοίνιξ)  to  be  pur- 
ple-red. 

Φοινικικός,  ή,  όν,  {Φοίνιξ)  Phoeni- 
cian, Hdt.  6.  47 :  later,  also,  Punic, 
Carthaginian.  fThuc.  6,  46  ;  Φοινικι- 
κόν  τι,  something  Phoenician,  i.  e.  a 
falsehood,  for  the  Phoenicians  were 
charged  with  deception  from  Homer 
downwards  ( cf  sub  Φοίνιξ),  Plat. 
Rep.  414  Cf; — adv.  -κώς,  in  Phoeni- 
cian fashion,  Diog.  L.  7,  25. — II.  = 
φοινίκεος,  red ;  hence,  metaph.,  κακά 
φοιν.  (as  we  say,  '  of  deep  dye'),  Ar. 
Pac.  303 ;  v.  Br.  et  Dind.  lb.  1173. 

Φοινίκΐνος,  η,  ov,  (φοίνιξ  \\)^(poi- 
νικήίος,  φ.  μνρον,  palni-xinguent,  .4η- 
tiph.  θορικ.  1,  4;  ό  φ.  (sc.  οίνος), 
palm-viine.  Ephipp.  Epheb.  1,  Incert. 
3  (ubi  V.  Memeke). 

Φοίνίκιον,  ov,  TO,  a  rnusical  instru- 
ment invented  by  the  Phoenicians,  also 
φοίνιξ,  [vl] 

iΦuιvικιov,  ov,  TO,  όρος,  Mt.  Phoe- 
nicius,  near  Onchestus  in  Boeotia, 
Strab.  p.  410. 

Φοινικιάς,  a,  ον,=^φοα•ίκεος,  Polyb. 
C,  23,  12.  [vt] 

ΦοινΙκιονς,  ονσσα,  ονν,=^φοινίκεος, 
Ar.  Αν.  272,  Arist.  Color.  5,  19  and 
23  :  cf.  φοίνιξ  C.  fin. — II.  το  φοινι- 
κιονν,  a  court  of  justice  at  Athens, 
named /rom  its  colour,  Paus.  1,  28,  8  ; 
cf.  βατραχιονν. 

Φοινίκιόω,  ώ,^=φοινικόω. 

ΦοινΙκίς,  ίδης,  ή,  {φοίνιξ) : — α  dark- 
red,  crimson  or  purple  cloth,  Ar.  Phlt. 
735. — 2.  α  red  cloak,  Lat.  pvnicea  ves- 
tis,  esp.  a  dark-red  7nilitary  cloak  of  the 
Lacedaemonians,  Schol.  Ar.  Ach. 
320,  Lys.  1140,  Schneid.  Xen.  Lac. 
11,  3,  Thorn.  M.  p.  899;  φοινικίό' 
όξεΐαν  ~άνν,  a  red  cloak  as  bright  as 
bright  can  be,  Ar.  Pac.  1173,  cf  1175: 
— a  similar  cloak  worn  by  Persians, 
Schneid.  Xen.  Cyr.  6,  4,  1,  cf.  sq. — 
3.  α  red  curtain,  Aeschin.  64,  27. — i. 
at  sea,  a  red  flag  hung  out  by  the  ad- 
miral as  the  signal  tor  action :  g^i- 
erally,  a  red  banner,  φοινικίδα  άνα- 
σείειν,  a  form  in  solemn  curses  or 
excommunications,  Lys.  107,  40. — 5. 
a  red  ticket  under  high-hung  pictures, 
to  tell  their  subject. 

iΦoιvlκίς.  ίύος,  ή,  Phoenicis,  a  city 
of  Boeotia,  earlier  Μείίεών,  Strab.  p. 
410, 

ΦοινΙκιστής,  οΰ,  6,  {φοίνιξ):  —  a 
dyer  of  purple  or  red. — U.  with  the 
Persians,  a  wearer  of  purple,  i.  e.  one 
of  the  highest  rank,  Lat.  purpuratus, 
Xen.  An.  1,  2,  20;  W'hereas  the  ττα- 
ραλονργείς,  who  were  of  lower  rank, 
wore  only  facings  of  purple  : — Lar- 
cher  indeed  refers  it  to  όοινικίς  II, 
and  interprets  it  a  bearer  of  the  red 
sCandard.r—lll.  =  Φοινικίζων,  brutally 
lustful,  E.  M. 

Φοινϊκιστί,  {Φοίνιξ)  adv.,  in  Phoe- 
nician fashion  : — in  the  Phoenician  or 
Punic  tongue,  Polyb.  1,  SO,  6. 

ΦοινΙκίτης,  ov,  6.  {φοίνιξ  Β.  II)  φ. 
οίνος,  palm-wine,  Diosc.  5,  40. 

ΦθίνΙκοβά?.ανος,  ov,  ή,  {φοίνιξ  Β. 


ΦΟΙΝ 

II,  3ά7,ανος)  strictly,  palmacom,  the 
fruit  of  the  palm,  the  date,  Polyb.  12, 
2,  6,  and  Galen,  [ΰ] 

ΦοινΙκόβα~τος,  ov,  {φοίνιξ, βάπτυ) 
purple-dyed,  crimson,  εαΟημα,  Aesch. 
Eum.  1028. 

ΦοινΙκοβΰτέω,  ώ.  {φοίνιξ,  βαίνω) 
to  climb  palms,  Luc.  D.  Syr.  29. 

Φοινικο3ΰφής,  ές,  =φοινικόβαπτος, 
Philostr.  ■ 

Φοινϊκογενης,  ές,  {Φοίνιξ,  *γένω) 
Phoenician  born,  Eur.  Cret.  2. 

Φοίνίκοόάκτύ?.ος,  ov,  {φοίνιξ,  δάκ- 
τν'/ος )  crimson-fingered,  ap.  Arist. 
Rhet.  3,  2,  13. 

Φοινϊκοείμων,  ov,  cf  φοινικεί- 
μων. 

ΦοινΙκόεις,  εσσα,  tv,  poet,  for  φοι- 
νίκεος, {οοιί'ίξ)  dark-red,  purple  or 
crimson,  ll.  10,  133,  Od.  14,  500,  Hes. 
Sc.  95  ;  α'ιματι  ooiv-,  red  with  blood, 
II.  23,  717,  Hes.  Sc.  194.  Cf  φυινιξ 
C.  fin.     [Either  Hom.  and  Hes.  use 

I,  or  (which  is  jr.ore  prob.)  the  word 
must  be  pronounced  as  trisylL,  v. 
Heyne  11.  10,  133.] 

ΦοαΊκόκροκος,  ov,  {φοίνιξ,  κρόκη) 
with  purple  woof;  generally,  tiJOufn  o/" 
red  wool,  ζώνη,  Pind.  O.  6,  66. 

Φοινϊκυ/.ε'}νος,  or,  purple  or  crim- 
son-streaked, epith.  of  the  bird  πηνέ- 
λοφ. 

ΦοινΙκόλοφος,  ov,  {φοίνιξ,  2.όφος) 
purple  or  crimson-crested,  δράκων,  Eur. 
Phoen.  820 ;  of  a  cock,  Theocr.  22, 
72. 

ΦοινΙκοττύρειος,  ov,  and  Ion.  -ττά- 
ρτ}ος,  ov,  (φοίνιξ,  παρειά)  red-cheeked, 
like  μιλτο7:ύρηος,  epith.  of  ships,  the 
sides  of  which  were  painted  red,  Od. 

II,  124;  23,  271.   [a] 
ΦοινΙκο7:άρνφος,  ov,  ( φοίνιξ,  ττα- 

pvOTj)  with  a  purple  or  red  border :  τή- 
βενναι  πορφνραϊ  φ.,  the  Rom.  trabeae, 
Dion.  H.  6,  13. 

Φοινϊκόπεδος,  ov,  (φοίνιξ,  πέδον) 
with  a  red  bottom  or  ground,  of  the  Red 
Sea,  Aesch.  Fr.  178 ;  cf.  Herm.  Opusc 
4,  p.  267. 

Φοινίκόττεζα,  ης,  η,  {φοίνιξ,  πέζα) 
the  ruddy-footed;  and  so,  generally, 
ruddy,  epith.  of  Ceres,  Pind.  O.  6, 
159:  prob.  from  the  colour  of  ripe 
corn,  VirgiPs  rubicunda  Ceres,  cf. 
Bockh  ad  1.  (92). 

Φοινικόπτερος,  ov,  (φοίνιξ,  τΐτερόν) 
red-feathered  : — ό  φ-,  a  red  water-bird, 
perh.  the  flamingo,  Phoenicopterus, 
Linn.,  Ar.  Av.  273  :  also,  όρνις  φ., 
Cratin.  Nemes.  4. 

ΦοινΙκορόδιος,  t>i',=sq. 

ΦοινΙκόροδος,ον,(φοίνιξ,ρόδον)  red 
with  roses,  λειμών,  Pind.  Fr.  95. 

ΦοινΙκόρνγχος,  ov,  (φοίνιξ,  βνγχος) 
red-beaked,  Ar'lSt.  H.  A.  9,  24. 

ΦοινΙκοσκε/.τ/ς,  ές,  {φοίνιξ,  σκέ?^ος) 
red-legged,  Eur.  ion  1207. 

ΦοινΙκοστερό~ης,  ov.  ό,  Dor.  -ηας, 
{φοίνιξ,  στεροττη)  hurling  red  light- 
nings, Ζευς,  Pind.  Ο.  9,  10. 

ΦοινΙκόστο/.υς,  ov,  {Φοίνιξ,  στέλ- 
Λω)  sent  by  Phoenicians,  Φοιν.  έγχεα, 
i.  e.  εγχεα  τον  τών  Φοινίκων  στόλον, 
Pind.  Ν.  9,  G7. 

Φοινίκοτρυφος,  ον,  {φοίνιξ  Β.  II, 
τρέφω)  bearing  palms,  Strab. 

Φοινίκονρος,  ov,  ύ,  (φοίνιξ,  ουρά) 
α  red- tad,  rcd-start,  a  bird,  Arist.  H. 
A.  9,  49  B,  4. 

ΦοινΙκονς,  η.  ovv,  contr.  for  -κεος, 
Xen.  An.  1,  2.  16,  Cyr.  7,  1,  2,  etc.; 
cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  p.  148,  Paral.  286. 

ΦοινΙκονς,  ονσσα,  ovv,  contr.  for 
φοινίκόεις. 

ΦοινΙκούς,  ονντος,  ό,^=φοινικών,  a 
palm-grove,   Diod. 

iΦoιvlκovr,  ονντος,  δ,  Phoenicus,  a 
port  on  the  south  coast  of  Crete;  in 


ΦΟΙΝ 

N.  T.  Φοίνιξ,  cf  Strab.  p.  475—2.  a 
port  of  Messenia,  Paus.  4,  34.-3.  a 
port  of  Cjthera,  Xen.  Hell.  4,  8,  7.— 
4.  a  port  on  the  Ionian  coast  of  Asia 
Minor,  near  Mount  Mimas,  Thuc.  8, 
34. — Others  in  Strab.  ;  etc. 

^Φοινικονσσα,  ης,  ή,  Phoenicussa, 
one  of  the  Aeolian  islands,  Strab.  p. 
276. 

Φοινικοφάής,  ές,  {φοίνιξ,  φύος)  red 
shining,  πονς,  Eur.  Ion  163. 

Φοινϊκύφντος,  ov,  (  φοίνιξ,  φύω ) 
grown  tiiih  palms,  Diod. 

Φοινικτικός,  ή,  όν,  purpling,  redden- 
ing. 

Φοινίκων,  ώνος,  6,  {φοίνιξ  Β.  II)  α 
palm-grove,  Ael.  Ν.  Α.  16,  18,  Jo- 
seph. 

Φοίνιξ,  Ικος,  ό,  α  Phoenician,  Hom. : 
Φοίνιξ  άνηρ  άπατηλια  ειδώς,  Od.  14, 
288 ;  for  such  was  the  general  char- 
acter of  the  Phoenicians,  as  the  first 
commercial  nation  :  in  Hom.  they 
appear  as  the  first  slave-dealers  and 
kidnappers,  cf  Od.  13,  272,  sq. :  fem. 
Φοίνισσα,  ή,  Od. — 2.  a  Carthaginian, 
as  descended  from  the  Phoenicians, 
Bockh  E.xpl.  Pind.  P.  1,  72  (138). 

B.  Φοίνιξ,  Ικος,  ό,  as  appellat.,  a 
purple-red,  purple  or  crimson,  because 
the  discovery  and  earliest  use  of  this 
colour  was  ascribed  to  the  Phoeni- 
cians, 11.  4,  141;  6,  219,  Od.  23,  201, 
etc. :  cf  infra  C.  fin. — II.  the  palm, 
palm-tree,  dale-palm,  Od.  6,  163,  H. 
Ap.  117:  the  male  and  female  palms 
were  distinguished  by  Hdt.,  as  ό  φ. 
ερσην  and  ή  φ.  βαλανηφόρος,  1,  193  : 
yet,  he  often  makes  the  female  palm 
masc,  e.  g.  4,  172,  182. — 2.  the  fruit 
of  the  palm,  the  date. — 3.  a  musical  in- 
strument, like  a  guitar,  invented  by 
the  Phoenicians,  Hdt.  4,  192  ;  also 
φοίνίκιον. — IJI.  the  fabulous  Aegyp- 
tian  bird  photnii,  first  in  Hes.  Fr.  50, 
4,  then  in  Hdt.  2,  73 :  cf  Creuzer's 
Symb.  I,  p.  438. — IV.  a  kind  of  ^ass, 
lolinm  perenne,  called  also  ^ονς  and 
άγχίνωιΙ',  Diosc.  4,  43. 

C.  φοίνιξ,  Ικος,  ό,  as  adj.,  with 
pecul.  fem.  όοάνσσα  in  Pind.  P.  1,  45; 
4,  365  ;  but  φοίνιξ  as  fem.,  Eur.  Tro. 
815  ;  never  as  neut..  Lob.  Paral.  285  : 
— purple-red,  purple  or  crimson,  gene- 
rally, red  or  reddish,  hence  of  the 
colour  of  a  baij  horse,  11.  23,  454  ;  of 
red  cattle,  Pind.  P.  4,  365  :  also,  like 
Lat.  fulvus,  of  the  colour  of  fire,  φοί- 
νισσα φ'λόξ,  Pind.  P.  1,45;  φοίνιξ 
τϊνρος  πνοή,  Eur.  Tr.  815  :  cf.  φοινός, 
φοινήεις,  δαφοινός.  —  Φοίνιξ,  φοινί- 
κεος, φοινικόεις,  φοινικιονς,  was  a 
general  name  for  all  dark  reds,  from 
crimson  to  purple,  while  the  brighter 
shades  were  denoted  by  ττορονρα, 
πορφί'ρεος,  etc.,  or  ά?.ονρ-)ής,  where- 
as scarlet  was  κόκκινος,  κοκκοβαφης, 
V.  Arist.  (or  Theophr.)  Color.  10, 
etc. :  this  class  of  words  is  used  only 
of  actual  colour,  seldom  like  —ορφν- 
ρεος.  with  the  transferred  notion  ot 
brightness,  splendour,  etc.,  as  in  φ.  ηνία, 
Hes.  Sc.  95  ;  cf.  Lucas  Quaest.  Lesil. 
{)  151. 

D.  [In  all  signfs.  of  the  vv-ord,  ι  in 
genit. :  yet  several  Gramm.,  as  He- 
rodian,  Draco,  and  Priscian,  would 
write  it  properispom.  φοίνιξ  in  nom., 
Schaf  Hes.  Op.  69,  Soph.  Phil.  562, 
cf.  A.  B.  p.  70,  24  ;  14,  1429 ;  but 
Wolf  in  Horn.,  Herm.,  Soph.  O.  T. 
746,  and  others,  prefer  the  paro.xyt. 
φοίνιξ .-  the  signf  of  the  word  makes 
nodifference,except  that  Wolf  writes 
the  masc.  pr.  n.  Φοίνιξ,  though  this 
equally  has  ί  in  genit.] 

\Φοίνιξ,  Ικος,  ό.  Phoenix,  masc.  pr. 
n., — 1.  son  of  Agenor,  brother  of  Cad 
1621 


ΦΟΙΤ 

mus,  Apollod.  3,  1,  1 ;  ace.  to  II.  14, 
321,  father  of  Europa. — 2.  son  of 
Amyntor,  friend  and  instructor  of 
Achilles.  II.  9,  418,  sqq. ;  cf.  Ar.  Ach. 
421. — 3.  an  Athenian,  (riend  of  the  poet 
Agalhon,  Plat.  Symp.  —  Others  in 
Plut.;  Ath. ;  etc. — 11.  of  rivers, — La 
river  of  Locris  near  Thermopylae  on 
the  borders  of  Thessaly  ,1  Idt  7, 176.— 2. 
another  near  Aegium  in  .\chaia,Paus. 
7,  23,  5.— III.  a  city  of  Crete,  v.  Φοί- 
νικονς. 

Φοινίξΐζ,  εως,  η,  (φοινίσσω)  α  red- 
dening or  77iaking  red :  in  medic. ,= 
φοιίΊ^/ιός  II. — II.  redness,  red  colour. 

Φοίνιος,  a,  ov,  also  ος,  ov,  Pind.  I. 
4  (3),  59:  (φοινός)  : — blood-red,  αίμα, 
Od.  18,97  :  hence,  blood-stained,  bloody, 
murderous,  warlike,  φ.  ίιΑκή,  Pind.  I.  c. ; 
φοινία  ξννωρίς,  Aesch.  Ag.  u43  ;  πρέ• 
■κει  τ:aμηlςφoLvίoις^ιμvyβolς,\ά.C\\o. 
24  ;  χειρ  φ.,  Soph.  Aj.  772 ;  etc. — 
Only  poet. 

Φοίνισσα,  fern,  from  Φοίνιξ,  a  Phoe- 
nician woman,  Od.  15,  417. — II.  fem. 
from  φοίνιξ  C,  q.  v. 

Φοινίσσω,  f.  -ξω,  {φοινός)  : — to  red- 
den, 7nake  red,  αϊματι  πύντον,  Orac. 
ap.  Hdt.  8,  77  ;  σφάγια  φοιν  ,  Eur. 
Or.  1285  ;  φοινίσσονσα  παρ7~]ό'  έμην 
αΐσχί'να.  Id.  I.  Α.  187: — pass.,  ίο  6e 
or  become  so,  υύσηγι  φοινιχθείς.  Soph. 
Aj.  110;  και  χρόα  φοινίχϋιιν,  Theocr. 
20,  16. — 2.  in  medic,  to  redden  a7id 
irritate  the  skin  fei/  blisters  and  the  like, 
of.  Nic.  Al.  254,  bpp.  H.  2.  427.— II. 
intr.,  to  become  red.  Soph.  Fr.  C98  ;  to 
hlush,  Nic.  Th.  238,  303,  845. 

Φοινός,  7j,  ov,  (φόνος)  : — blood-red, 
φ.  αϊματι,  red  with  blood,  II.  16,  159: 
blond-stained,  bloody,  H.  Hom.  Ap.  362  : 
—deadly,  NlC.  Al.  187. 

Φοινώύ7]ς,  ες,  {φοινός.  εΐόος)  of 
blood-red  aspect,  Nic.  Al.  489. 

Φοίς,  ίδος,  ?/,  v.  φως. 

Φοιτα?ίέος,α,ον, also  ος,ον,{φοιτάω) 
roami7ig  about,  wandering,  Χνϋσας  μα- 
νίύδος  φοιταλέον,  Eur.  Or.  327  ;  φοι- 
ταλέοι,  distraught,  Anth.  P.  9,  603. — 
II.  act.,  driving  madly  about,  madden- 
ing, κέντρα,  Ae.sch.  Pr.  599;  μύστιξ, 
Opp.  H.  2,  513. — Poet.  word,  [a  in 
Eur.  1.  c.  ;  ύ  in  Anth.,  and  so,  seem- 
ingly, in  some  lyr.  passages  of  Trag., 
Seidl.  Dochm.  p.  38,  Blomf.  Aesch. 
Pr.  619.] 

Φοιτάλιενς,  έυς,  o,=  sq.,  Opp.  C. 
4,  236. 

Φοιτύλιώτης,  ov,  ό,  {φοιτύω)  epith. 
of  Bacchus,  a  roamer,  stroller,  Anth. 
P.  9,  524. 

Φοιτάς,  άδος,  ή,  {φοιτάυ) : — pecul. 
fem.  o{  φοίτα'/  εος,  a  strolling  ivoi7ia7i  : 
hence,  a  connnon  strtet-walker  : — me- 
taph.,  a  7nad,  crazed  woman,  Aesch. 
Ag.  1273  : — esp.  of  the  Bacchantes. 
Eur.  Baccli.  161. — II.  as  adj.,  7nad, 
raving  or  7naddening,  φ.  νόσος,  inad- 
ness,  frenzy.  Soph.  Tr.  980;  φ.  ττ^αιντι, 
Lye.  610  :— also  used  with  a  neut. 
subst.,  όοιτάσι  πτεροΐς.  on  wanderi7ig 
wings,  Eur.  Phoen.  1024  ;  v.  Pors.  ad 

1,  et  ad  Or.  2C4,  Lob.  Paral.  262. 
Φοίτάω,  ώ.  Ion.  ίω,  Hdt.  :  i.  -{/συ  : 

{φοϊτος)  : — ίο  go  to  and  fro,  go  vp  and 
do7cn,  go  in  and  out,  roam  or  slnlk 
about,  Lat.  grassnri,  always  with 
collat.  notion  of  repeated,  irregular 
or  hasty  motion,  oft.  in  Horn.,  and 
Has.,  φοίτα  δ'  άλλοτε  μεν  πρόσβ' 
"Έ,κτορος  άλ?.οτ'  οττισβεν,  II.  5,  595; 
φοιτών  ενβα  κηι  Ινβα  κατά.  στρατόν, 

2,  779  ;  έφοίτων  άλλοθεν  ά?Λος,  Od. 
9,  401,  etc.  ;  φοίτα  μακρά  βιβάς,  II. 
15,  686,  etc.,  cf.  Soph.  Tr.  11  :  so  of 
wandering  birds,  Od.  2,  182,  Eur. 
Hipp.  1059  ;  of  a  vanquished  bull, 
Soph    O.  T.  476 ;  δια  νηυς  φοιτάν, 

1622 


ΦΟΙΤ 

to  wander  up  and  down  the  ship,  Od. 
12,  420:  Hdt.  also  has  it  mostly  in 
signf.  of  repeated  going  or  coming,  as 
in  1,  37,  78,  etc.  :  so  of  young  men 
that  delight  to  show  their  persons  in 
the  streets,  /σ/ίττροί  τ'  εν  fj;hj  και 
ΤΓολ,ίωζ•  αγάλματα  φοιτώσ',  Eur.  Au- 
tol.  1,  10. — 2.  to  mam  wildly  about, 
ώοιτών  μανιάσιν  νόσοις.  Soph.  Aj. 
59,  cf.  O.  T.  1255  :  hence,  to  go  mad, 
rane,  like  u/.uo/uai.esp.  of  Bacchantes 
and  the  priests  of  Cybele,  to  mam 
about  in  frenzy  or  ecstasy,  Anth.  P.  6, 
172;  cf.  φοιταλέος,  φοιτάς:  so  too 
Lat.  error  mentis,  opp.  to  mens  con- 
stans. — 3.  of  fits  of  pain,  ί/δε  [νόσος] 
οξεία  φοιτά  και  ταχεί'  απέρχεται, 
Soph.  Phil.' 808.— 11.  also  with  collat. 
notion  of  co/istant,  regular  motion,  as 
esp.  of  objects  of  commerce,  to  come 
ill  constantlij  or  regularly,  be  imported, 
Hdt.  3,  115;  κερεα,  τα  ές  Έλ7.7μ>ας 
φοιτέοντα,  which  are  imported  into 
Greece,  Hdt.  7,  126  ;  so,  σΙτός  σφισι 
πολλός  έφοίτα,  corn  caine  to  them  in 
plenty,  Hdt.  7,  23,  cf.  Lys.  902,  lin., 
Xen.  Hell.  1,  1,35: — also,  oi  the  com- 
i7ig  in  of  tribute  or  taxes,  like  Lat.  re- 
dire,  τάλαντον  αργυρίου  'Α?.εξάνδρω 
ήμερης  εκάστης  έφοίτα,  a  talent  of 
silver  came  m  to  Alexander  every  day. 
Hdt.  5,  17,  cf.  3,  90.-2.  φοιτάν  τταρά 
τίνα,  to  go  to  visit  him,  Hdt.  1,  96; 
esp.  of  a  woman,  to  go  in  to  a  man, 
Hdt.  2,  111  ;  4,  1  : — φοιτάν  έπΙ  τας 
θύρας  τινός,  to  wait  at  a  great  man's 
door,  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  1,  8,  etc.,  cf  φοίτη- 
σις :  so,  of  a  dream  that  ιι.<ί/.5  one 
frequently.  Eur.  Ale. 356,  Plat.  Phaed. 
60  Ε  :  but  mostly,— 3.  φ.  εις,  παρά, 
πρής,  or  ώς  τίνα,  to  go  to  him  coii- 
stanlly,  resort  to  him,  esp.  to  a  teacher. 
Plat.  Ale.  1,  121  E,  Phaed.  59  D, 
Legg.  624  A,etc. ;  φοιτάν  εΙς  διδα- 
σκάλου (sc.  okol•'),  Ar.  Eq.  1235,  Plat. 
Prot.  32C  C,  Hemst.  Luc.  Somn.  1  ; 
των  διδασκάλων δποι  έφοιτώμεν.\5Άβ. 
77,  33  :  so,  φοιτάν  was  used  absol., 
to  go  to  school,  Ar.  Nub.  916,  938  ;  έδί- 
δασκες  γραψίματα,  εγώ  δ'  έφοίτων, 
Dem.  315,  7  ;  cf.  φοιτητής  : — so  also, 
φ.  ές  άγρας.  Hdt.  1 ,  37  ;  gf  τα  χρη- 
στήρια,  6,  125  ;  εις  πα7αίστραν,  Plat. 
Gorg.  456  D  ;  εις  το  Ιερόν,  Id.  Legg. 
794  Β. 

■\ΦοιτεΙαι,  ών,  αί,  Phoeteae.  a  city 
of  Acarnania  near  Stratus,  Polyb.  4, 
63,  7. 

]Φοίτεον,  ov,  TO,  Phoeteum.  a  small 
city  of  Aetolia,  Polyb.  5,  7.  7. 

ίφοίτεσκον,  iterat.  Ion.  impf.  3  pi. 
from  φοιτάω,  Asius  2,  1. 

Φοίτησις.  εως. ή,  (φοιτάω)  η  constant 
going  or  coming,  a  visiting.  Plat.  Legg. 
704  D,  784  D,  etc. ;  φ.  έπι  τάς  θίρας, 
Xen.  Hell.  1,  6,  7,  cf.  foreg.  H.  2—2. 
a  going  to  school ;  hence,  έκ  φοιτήσεως 
τινός,  of  his  school.  Pans.  5,  17,  4. 

Φοίτητέον,  verb.  adj.  from  φοιτάω, 
one  must  go  constaiitly,  Plat.  Theaet. 
161  E. 

Φοιτητην,  Ep.  for  εφοιτύτην,  3 
dual  impf.  act.  from  φοιτάω,  11.  12, 
266. 

Φοιτητής,  ov,  ό,  (φοιτάυ)  one  who 
constantly  goes  or  comes  ;  esp.  one  tvho 
goes  to  school,  a  disciple,  pupil.  Plat. 
Rep.  563  A,  Legg.  779  D  —also  φοι- 
τητήρ,  ήρος,  Coluth.  99. — Π.  as  masc. 
adj  ,  —φοιταλέος,  Nonn. 

Φοιτίζω,  poet,  for  φοιτάω,  Η.  Hom. 
25,  8,  Call.  Fr.  148.  Ap.  Rh. 

Φοίτος,  ov,  ό,  a  constant  going  or 
comuig,  a  roaming  about. — \\.  derange- 
ment of  mind,  madness,craziness,fre'nz7/, 
ai'v  φοίτω  φρενών,  Aesch.  Thel).  601. 
(Prob.  φοΐτης,  φοιτάω,  etc.,  belong  to 
the  root  ΟΓΩ,  οίσω,  and  so  are  akin 


ΦΟΝΕ 

to  οίτος,  οΐμος,  οΐμη,  οίστρος,  οίστός: 
— cf.  φολκός.) 

^Φολεγάνδριος,  α,  ον.  of  Pholegan- 
drus,  Pholegandrian,  Solon  16,  3 : 
from 

^Φολέγανδρος,  ov,  ή,  Pholegandru.'!, 
one  of  the  Sporades,  so  called,  ace. 
ti)  Stpph.  Byz.,  from  a  son  of  Minos  ; 
cf.  Strab.  p.  484  ;  αυχμηρή  Φ.,  Anth. 
P.  9,421. 

Φολΐδώδης,  ες,  (φολίς,  είδος)  with 
a  scaly  or  hard  surface,  Hipp.  p.  1 133. 

Φολιδωτός,  ή,  όν,  or  ός,  ύν,  Jac. 
Philostr.  Imag.  1,  19,  as  if  from  φολι- 
δόω :  {ώο?.ίς) : — armed,  clad  with  scales, 
of  reptiles,  λεπιδωτός  being  used  of 
fishes,  Arist.  H.  A.  1.  0,  4 ;  8,  4,  1, 
etc. ;  θώραξ  φ.,  a  coat  of  mail  of  small 
7netal  plates  overlapping  one  another, 
scri/e-armour,  v.  1.  lor  στολιδ-,  Xen. 
Cyr.  6,  4,  2,  Virgil's  pelHs  ahenis  in 
plumain  sqtiamis  co7iseTta. — II.  spotted. 

Φολ/'f,  ΐδος,  ή,  a  scale,  of  reptiles, 
as  opp.  to  ZtTTif  (of  fishes),  Arist.  H. 
A.  1,  6,  4,  cf.  Opp.  C.  3,  438,  etc.  ;— 
but  they  are  often  interchanged. — II. 
a  spot  07i  a  pajither's  or  leopard^s  skin, 
Heliod. :  hence  any  spot,  fleck,  point, 
like  κηλίς,  σπιλάς.  Αρ.  Rh.  1,  221. — 
III.  φολις  'λιβοκολ?.ητος,  a  cieling  i/i 
mosaic  work,  Diod.  18,  26.  (Prob. 
akin  to  oZoof,  as  λεπίς  to  λέπω,  λο- 
πός.) 

Φό7^κις,  ό,  ν.  φάλκης. 

Φολκός,  ό,  found  only  in  II.  2,  217, 
as  epith.  of  Thersites  :  it  used  to  be 
derived  from  oatti  έλκειν,  with  twist- 
ed, distorttd  eyes,  i.  e.  squint-eyed,  like 
στραβός:  but  Buttin.,  Lexil.  s.  v.  8, 
makes  it  very  prob.  that  φολκός  is  a 
verbal  form,  which  (like  φάλκης, φύλ- 
κις,  φο'/  κίς,  etc  )  may  be  referred  to 
έλκω,  ολκός,  etc.,  as  φοξός,  to  ύξνς, 
ώοίτος  to  οίτος,  φορμός  to  δρμιις.  etc. ; 
and  then  he  supposes  the  signf.  to  be 
bandy-legged,  Lat.  valgus,  which  (as 
he  well  remarks)  suits  the  whole  de- 
scription in  Hom.  far  better,  φο?.κύς 
iijv  χωλός  <5'  έτερον  πόδα.., — begin- 
ning with  the  lower  parts,  and  going 
upwards. 

Φόλλιξ.  ικος,  ij.  the  L.at.follis. 

Φόλλις,  εως,  ή,  also  ό,  a  singlepiece 
of  money,  as  a  sestertius,  etc.,  used  oi 
numbers  and  coins,  from  Lat.  follis, 
Anth.  P.  9,  528. 

■\Φο?.όη,  ης,  ή,  Pholoe,  a  woody 
mountain-range  between  Arcadia  and 
Elis,  Eur.  H.  F.  182  ;  Strab.  p.  336. 

iΦόλcJς,  ov,  a,  Phol-us,  a  centaur, 
son  of  Silenus  and  the  nymph  Melia, 
from  whom  foreg.  was  said  to  be 
iramed,  Apollod.  2,  5,  4  ;  Theocr.  6 
149. 

Φονάω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (φόνος)  to  be 
athirst  for  blood,  murderous,  Soph. 
Phil.  1209;  so  in  Ant.  117,  Bockh, 
Dind.,  etc.,  (from  the  Schol.)  read 
φονώσασ'  for  φονίαις :  cf.  Ael.  V.  H. 
2,  44  ;  3.  9. 

Φονεργάτης,  ov,  b,  a  doer  of  murder, 
murderer.  [aJ 

Φόνενμα,  ατός,  τό,  (φονενω)  that 
which  has  been  slaughtered  or  which  is 
destined  for  slaughter,  of  Ion,  Eur.  Ion 
1496. 

Φονενς,  έως,  Ep.  and  Ion.  ήος,  ό, 
(*φένω)  a  murderer,  slayer,  ho7nicide, 
II.  18,  335,  Od.  24,  434,  Hdt.  1,  45, 
and  Att.  : — also,  for  φονεντρια,  of  a 
woman,  τήν  έμήν  φονέα,  Eur.  I.  Τ. 
585  ;  μητέρα  φονέα  ονσαν,  Antipho 
111,45;  and  so  even  ό  φονενς,  lb. 
113.  29  : — metaph.,  φονεϊς  ευσέβειας, 
lb.  120,  35.  [Ace.  φονιά,  as  an  iam- 
bus :  but  Eur.  freq.  uses  it  φΰνεά, 
Pors.  Hee.  876,  cf.  Meineke  Philem. 
p.  387.] 


ΦΟΝΟ 

Φονεντής,  ον,  ό,=φονενς. 

Φονεντρια,  ας,  η,  fem.  of  φονεντης, 
ο  murderess. 

Φοίίΐίω,  f.  -σω,  {(ξιόνος)  to  murder, 
kill,  slav,  τινά,  Hdt.  L  35,  211,  Aesch. 
Theb.  341,  Soph.,  etc.  :  c.  ace.  cog- 
nato,  φόνοι•  φ.  ~^vύ.  Lob.  Paral.  515: 
— pass.,  to  be  slain.  Find.  P.  U,  25. 

Φονή,  ης,  τ),(*©εΐ'ω): — a  murder,  horn, 
icide,  slaughter,  usu.  m  plur.,  άστναί- 
ρειν  έν  άργαλέι^σι  όονϋσιν,  II.  10, 
521  ;  μαχήσασθαι  βοός  αβοί  ώον^σι, 
II.  15,  633  ;  ηθέναι  ηνύ  έν  φοναΐς.== 
ψονενεη•.  Find.  Ρ.  11,  57;  έΐ'  φονη- 
σιν  είναι,  to  be  engaged  in  slaying, 
Hdt.  9,  76;  έν  oovalc  ~εσών,  Aesch. 
Ag.  446,  Soph.  Ant.  696.  cf.  lb.  1314, 
Eur.  El.  1207  :  σ~άν  όοναϊς,  like 
έτΓΙ  ώόΐ'φ,  to  rend  in  murder,  i.  e.  mur- 
derously.  Soph.  Ant.  1003  ;  άττεστιν 
έν  φοναϊς  θηροκτόνοις,  he  is  absent 
a-killing  game,  a-huntmg,  Eur.  Hel. 
154. —  If.  α  place  of  murder  or  slaughter, 
field  of  battle,  V.  Bockh  E.xpl.  Find.  P. 
11,  37  (56;. — Rare  in  prose. 

Φονικός,  ή,  όν,  (,φόνος)  ■.  —  inclined 
to  slay,  murderous,  bloody,  Thuc.  7, 
29,  Plat.  Phaedr.  252  C— II.  concern- 
ing or  belonging  to  murder,  φ.  δίκαι, 
trials  for  homicide,  .\ntipho  125,  19  ; 
φ.  νόμοι,  laws  respecting  homicide, 
Dein.  122,  13,  etc.  ;  φ.  αδίκημα,  blood- 
guiltiness,  Lycurg.  154,  29  ;  τα  φ-, 
homicide. bloodshed,  Isocr.  48  C. — Only 
used  in  prose,  v.  sq. 

Φονίος,  a,  ov.  also  ας,  ov,  Aesch. 
Supp.  840  (ooiOf) : — of  blood,  p.  στα- 
γόνες, Aesch.  Cho.  400. — II.  bloody, 
blood-reeking,  χείρες,  Aesch.  Eum. 
317  ;  αίχμά.  Eur.  Tro.  819  ;  όνυξ.  Id. 
Hel.  1089;  etc. — 2.  bloody,  murderous, 
δράκων,  Aesch.  Pers.  82  ;  πληγή.  Id. 
Cho.  312;  φ.  Άϊδης,  Soph.  Ο.  C. 
1689  -.—also,  φ.  ύ/.γεα.  Find.  Fr.  97; 
ΰχεα,  οδύνη,  etc.,  Eur.  Fhoen.  1031, 
etc. — 3.  of  actions,  etc..  bloody,  mur- 
derous, deadly,  ά-,ύν,  Eur.  Or.  334; 
φ.  έργα,  deeds  nf  blood,  id.  El.  1178  ; 
φ.  κατάραι,  lb.  1324:  φονιά  νεφέλα, 
cf.  νεφέλη  I. —  Only  in  poets,  of. 
foreg. 

Φονοκτονεα,  Cs,  to  murder,  pollute 
with  murder  or  blood,  LXX.  :  and 

Φονοκτοιία.  ας,  ή,  murder:  a  deed 
of  murder,  LXX.:  from 

Φονοκτόνος,  ov.  {φόνος,  κτείνω) 
murdering,  slaughtering. 

Φονσ'/.ει3ής,  ές,=^sq.,  dub. 

Φονο/ΰβής,  ες,  {  φόνος,  λίί,5ω  ) 
blood- dripping,  blood-reeking,  Assch. 
Eum.  161  :  φ.  τύχη,  murder.  Id.  Ag. 
1427. 

Φοΐ'ό/4/iiirof,  ov,  {όόνος,  /5εω)  blood- 
reeking,  poet,  also  φονόρντος,  Aesch. 
Theb.  939. 

Φόνος,  ov.  6,  '.*φένυ) : — murder, 
homicide,  killing,  slaughler,  in    war  or 

the  chace,  freq.  in  Hom.,  etc.,  φόι-ον 
και  κηρα  φντενειν  rivi,  Od.  2,  165, 
etc. ;  σμικρ^σι  φόνον  φέρει  ορνίβεσαι, 
II.  17,  757,  etc.  ;  φόνον  πράσσειν. 
Find.  Ν.  3,  81  ;  and  so,  generally, 
bloodshed,  carnage,  Lat.  cacdes.  also  in 
plur.,  Od.  11,  612,  Hes.  Th.  228, 
Theogn.  51  ;  φόνος  'Ε/./.7μ'ίκύς,  a 
slaughler  of  Greeks,  Hdt•.  7,  170  ;  and 
then  freq.  in  Att.  :  also  in  plur.,  mur- 
ders. Soph.  0.  C.  1234,  El.  11,  etc.  ; 
φόνων  άτΐέχεσθαι,  Ar.  Ran.  1032  : — 
cf.  φανή. — 2.  blood  shed  in  murder,  gore, 
blood,  Lat.  caedes,  cruor,  II.  10,  298, 
Od.  22,  376,  and  Trag.  ;  κείσΰαι  έν 
φόνω,  II.  24,  610  ;  also,  φόνος  αίμα- 
τος. II.  16,  162  ;  μελάνι  φόνω  βαίνων 
πέδον.  Find.  Ι.  8  (7).  110  ;  cf  Aesch. 
Theb.  44  ;  etc. — II.  of  persons,  οόνον 
ίμμέναι  ήρώεσσι,  to  be  a  death  to  he- 
roes, U.  16,  144,  cf.  Od.  21,  24  :  so 


ΦΟΡΑ 

Find,  calls  Medea  ύ  Πελί'αο  φόνος, 
P.  4,  445. — 2.  a  rascal  that  deserves 
death,  a  gallows'  bird.  Lob  Paral.  345  ; 
cf.  βύραθρος.  (The  root  is  *φένω, 
whence  ττέονον  :  and  from  a  kindred 
root  comes  the  hat.  funus.) 

Φονόω,  ώ,  (  φόνος )  to  stain  u-ith 
blood,  πεφονωμένον  έγχος,  0pp.  C,  4, 
192. 

{Φόντης)=φονενς,  only  in  use  in 
compos.,  e.  g.  Άργειφόντης,  βροτο- 
φόντης,  etc. 

Φονώδης,  ες,  {φόνος,  ΐΐδος)  like 
blood:  οαμη  φ.,  a  smell  as  of  blood, 
Theophr. 

iΦoξίδaς,  ov,  b,  Phoxidas,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Polyb.  5,  63,  II. 

ΦοξΙνος,  (not  φόξινος,  Meineke 
Mnesim.  Ίπποτρ.  1,  33),  ov,  6: — a 
river-fish,  Arist.  H.  A.  6,  13,  3  ;  14, 
ο 

ΦοξίχεΛυς,  ό,  (φοξός,  χει/.ος)  nar- 
roicing  towards  the  lips,  narrower  at  the 
brim  than  below,  Sim.  187  ;  cf.  Lob. 
Phryn.  666.  [I] 

Φοξός,  7J,  ov,  pointed,  tapering  to  a 
point,  hence  in  the  description  of 
Thersites,  φοξός  έην  κεφα/.ήν,  he  was 
peaked  in  the  head,  had  a  sugar-loaf 
head,  II.  2,  219  ;  cf.  όξυκέόα/.ος,  σχι- 
νοκίφαλ.ος,  cf.  Foes.  Oec.  Hipp.  (Tne 
true  deriv.  is  from  όξνς,  cf.  όολκός. 
The  old  notion  of  its  being  a  compd. 
φύεα  and  όξνς,  sharp-eyed,  is  not 
worth  mentioning.) 

^Φόξος,  ov,  0,  Phoxus,  masc.  pr.  n., 
Arist.  Pol.  5,  3,  6. 

Φοξότης,  Tj,  {φοξός)  pointedness,  ta- 
pering shape,  Polemo  Physiogn. 

Φοξόχειλος,   ov,  v.  1.  for  φοξίχ-, 

q•'•    ^        ,      , 

Φορά,  ΰς,  η,  {φέρω)  : — Α.  as  an  act ; 
— I.  from  the  act.  φέρω,  a  carrying. 
Soph.  Tr.  1212  :  α  bringing,  -φήφον 
φορά,  the  giving  one's  vote,  voting, 
Eur.  Supp.  484,  cf.  Plat.  Legg.  918 
E. — 2.  a  bringing  in  or  paying  of 
money,  payment,  χρημάτων,  Thuc.  1, 
96;  δασμοϋ,  δασμών  φορά.  Plat.  Legg. 
706  Β,  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  6,  16;  aiv~OAoi- 
7Ϊ01  φοραί,  Lys.  Fr.  2,5  ;  cf.  infra  B.  2. 
— 3.  airiHo-uig-yor<A,esp.of  fruits  of  the 
field  and  itees,  productiveness ;  opp.  to 
άόομία.  Plat.  Rep.  546  A ;  cf.  Arist. 
Gen.  An.  3,  1,  15. — II.  (from  pass. 
όέρομαι)  a  being  borne  or  carried,  mo- 
tion, freq.  in  Plat.,  and  Arist. ;  ώ.  καΐ 
κίνησις.  Plat.  Crat.  434  C— 2.  the 
course,  career,  orbit  in  which  a  body 
moves,  φ.  ίστρων,  ή/ύον,  'φνχής, 
σφαίρας,  etc..  Plat. ;  ή  φ.  ακοντίου, 
the  javelin's  range,  Antipho  121,  34. — 

3.  rapid  motion,  a  ru.'ih,  Lat.  impetus, 
φορά  ΐέναι,  Flat.  Rep.  617  Β  ;  φ. 
πραγμάτων,  force  of  circumstances, 
Dem.  316,  27,  cf.  φέρω :  hence  of 
persons,  φορά  τον  π/.ήΟονς,  Folyb.  10, 

4,  3,  cf.  30,  2,  4  : — πινέτω  κατά  φοράν 
ήμικοτν/.ιον,  let  him  drink  j  acotyle 
at  a  draught  {a  go),  Hipp. 

B.  as  a  thing; — 1.  that  which  is 
borne  or  carried,  esp. — 1.  a  load,  freight, 
burden,  μίαν  φ.  ένεγκεϊν,  Plut.  Anton. 
68. — 2.  that  which  is  brought  in  ovpaid 
as  rent  or  tribute,  Lat.  vecligal,  Thuc. 
1,  96,  Xen.  Cyr.  3,  1,  34,  Dem.  547, 
17,  etc.,  V.  supra  A.  I.  2,  and  cf.  είςφο- 
ρά,  φόρος:  the  Athenians  would  not 
use  the  word  of  their  own  taxes, 
which  they  called  σνντάξεις.—'ί.  that 
which  is  brought  forth ,  fruit ,  produce,  a 
crop,  Lat.  proventus  :  nietaph.,  a  large 
crop  of  traitors,  Dem.  245,  16. — II.=r 
κύμιστρον,  Ar.  Fr.  293. 

Φορύδην,  {φέρομαι)  adv.,  borne  or 
hurried  along,  rushing,  Soph.  O.  T. 
1311,  Eur.  Andr.  1166.— Π.  borne  or 
carried  in  a  litter,  or  the  like,  as  a  sick 


ΦΟΡΕ 

'  person,  Eur.  Rhes.  888,   Dem.  1263, 
I  11.  [ά] 

Φοράς,  άδος.  ή,  {φέρω)  fruit-bearing, 
fruitful,  Theophr. 

I       Φορβαδικός,  ή,  όν,  feeding,  esp.  o( 
I  horses,  etc.,  feeding   ia  a  pasture,  φ. 
και   άγε/ΜΪοι,  Plut.  2,    713  Β ;    cf. 
φορβάς. 

Φορβαιά,ή,^φορβειά,  dub. 

ΦορβαΙος,  a,  ov,  (φορβή)  : — belong- 
ing to  a  pasture,  giving  pasture. — 11.  in 
the  pasture,  feeding  there,  grazing,  Lat. 
pascuus.  Call.  Lav.  Pall.  50. 

ίΦορβαντειον,  ov,  τό,  temple  of 
Phorbas,  Andoc.  9,  9. 

Φορβάς,  άδος,  ο,  ή,  (φέρβω)  : — giv- 
ing pasture  or  food,  ό.  γή,foodful  earth. 
Soph.  Phil.  700,  Fr.  285.— II.  in  the 
pasture,  feeding  there,  grazing  with  the 
herd  oxjlock,  ϊ—πος.  πώλ.ος,  βονς,  etc., 
Flat.  Legg.  666  Ε  :  also  simply,  ή 
φορβάς  (sc.  ϊππος),  a  mare  grazing  at 
large,  opp.  to  τροφίας  (stall-fed),  Eur. 
Bacch.  165  :  also  a  hog,  Lye.  670  ;  cf. 
φορβαδικός. — 2.  metaph.  of  women 
who  support  themselves  by  prostitu- 
'  tion.  Find.  Fr.  87,  11,  Soph.  Fr.  645. 
— Only  poet. 

^Φόρβας,  αντος,  ό,  Phorbas,  king 
of  Lesbos,  father  of  Διομήδη,  11.9, 
665.-2.  son  of  Argus,  father  of  Tri- 
opas,  king  of  .Argos,  Paus.  1,»2.  6. — 
3.  son  of  Triopas,  father  of  Pellen, 
H.  Hom.  Ap.  211. — 4.  a  Trojan,  father 
of  Ilioneus,  II.  14,  490.— Others  in 
Eur.  Supp.  680  ;  Paus. ;  etc. 

Φορβασία,  ας,  ή,=φορβειά,  dub. 

Φορβεά,άς,  ;7,=  sq. 

Φορβειά,  άς,  ή.  {φορβή,  φέρβω) : — 
pasture,  fodder,   food. — II.    a  feeding- 
string,  i.  e.  the  halter  by  which  a  horse 
is  tied   to  the  manger  :    hence, — 2.    α 
mouth-band  ot  leather  put  like  a  halter 
round  the  lips  and  cheeks  of  lifers,  or 
pipers,  to  assist  them  in  blowing,  and 
soften  the  tone,   Ar.   Vesp    582,  cf. 
Diet.  Antiqq.  p.  209  ;  elsewh.  κημός, 
στομίς,  χεύ.ωτήρ  :■ — hence,  ύτεροορ- 
βειάς  φνσάν,  to  blow  the  pipes  with- 
I  out  this  check,  i.  e. wildly,  irregularly, 
j  Soph.  Fr.  753,  translated  by  Cicero 
j  sine     modo :  —  the      Lat.     capistrum 
\  answers  to   the  last  signf.  m  both 
senses. 

Φορβή,  ής,  ή,  { φέρβω )  : — pasture, 
food,  esp.  of  horses  and  asses,  fodder, 
forage,  II.  5,  202 ;  II,  562;  but  in 
Hdt.  also  freq.  of  men.  food,  meat,  1, 
202  ;  4,  121,  etc. ;  φορβή  και  οίνος. 
Id.  1,  211  ;  ορνισι  φ.  παρα/.ίοις  γενή- 
σεται.  Soph.  Ai.  1065. 

Φορβίά,  άς,  η, ^φορβειά. 

Φορβόν,  ον,  τό,=φορβή  : — plur.  τά 
φορβά,  Orph.  Arg.  1118. 

ίΦόρβος.  ον.  ό,  Phorbus,  father  of 
Pronoe,  Λ  polled.  1,  7,  6. 

Φορέεσκε,  Ep.  and  Ion.  for  έφόρει, 
3  sing,  impf  act.  from  φορέω,  Horn. 

Φορέησι,  -rioiv,  Ep.  for  φορτ),  3 
sing,  pr'es.  sutj.  from  φορέω,  Od. 

Φορεία,  άς,  ή,= βόρβορος,ϊιβΏοβ  the 
Lat.jfon'fi,  conforeare. 

Φορειάφόρος,  ov,  ό,  {φορεϊον,  φέ- 
ρω) a  litter-bearer,  chair-man  :  a  porter, 
Diog.  L.  5,  73.  Plut.  Galb.  25;  aL 
φορειοφόρος.  v.  Schaf.  Plut.  1.  c,  Lob. 
Phryn.  p.  656. 

Φορεϊον,  ov,  TO,  {φορά,  φέρω)  a 
hand-barrow,  litter,  sedan-chair,  Lat. 
sella,  lectica.  lectulus,  Dinarch.  94,  41, 
Diog.  L.  5,  41,  Plut.,  etc.— II.  a  por- 
ter's wages.  Poll. 

Φορειοφόρος,  ov,  6 :  cf  φορειαφό- 
ρος. 

Φόρεμα,  ατός,  τό,  later  form  for 
I  φόρημα.  Lob.  Phryn.  250. 
I      Φορεσιά,  ας,  ή,  that  which  one  wears, 
[  a  dress,  garmtnt. 

1623 


ΦΟΡΚ 

Φόρετρον,  ον,  ~ό,  α  porter's  wages 
or  hire. 

Φορενς.  έως,  Ion.  ήος,  6,  (φέρυ)  α 
bearer,  carrier,  II.  18,  566  :  esp.,  α  lit- 
ter-bearer, Pint.  Arlax.  22;  ιπττος  φο- 
ρενς,  a  /lacAr-horse,  sumpter-horse,  Id. 
Aeinil.  19. 

Φορέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω  :  Ep.  inf.  pres. 
φορήναι,  II.  2,  107,  Od.  17,  224  ;  φορί/- 
μεναι,  II.  15,  310: — collat.  tbrm  of 
φέρω,  to  bear,  carrij,  'ίπτΓΟί  υΐ  φορέε- 
σκον  άμνμονα  ΐΐηλειωνα,  II.  2,  770, 
cf.  10,  323;  τά  τε  νηες  φορίονσίΐ', 
Od.  2,  390  ;  to  bear  along,  άχνας  άνε- 
μος φορέεί,  II.  5,  499  ; — ^liut,  strictly, 
φορέω  implies  a  constant  re[)etition 
of  the  simple  action  of  φέρω,  and 
theielbie  very  freq.  signifies  to  wear 
clothes,  armour,  etc.,  μίτρτ/ς  δ',  ΐ/ν 
ϊφόρει,  II.  4,  137;  θώρι/ξ χύλκευς,  of 
ώορέεσκε,  13,  372;  cf.  Od.  15,  127, 
Hdt.  1,  71.  etc. ;  so  in  Att.,  φ.  έμβά- 
δας,  Λγ.  Eq.  872  ;  Ιμάτίον,  Plat. 
Theaet.  197  Β  : — άγγελί)/ν  φέρειν,  to 
convey  a  message,  Hdt.  3,  53  ;  but, 
αγγεΤίίας  φορέειν,  to  convey  rjiessanes 
commonly,  serve  as  a  tnessenger,  lb.  34  : 
— then,  freq.,  of  qualities,  properties, 
etc.,  both  of  mind  and  body,  to  have, 
possess,  άγλαιας  φορέειν,  to  be  pomp- 
ous or  splendid,  Od.  17,  245  ;  σκέ?.εα 
φορ-  γ^ρύνου,  Hdt.  2.  76  ;  ίσχνράς  φ. 
τάς  κεφαλιϊς,  3, 12,  cf.  101  ;  so,  νποπ- 
τερον  δέμας  φ.,  Eur.  Hel.  6)8:  βοΰ- 
ριον  ?α/μα  φ-,  Ar.  Eq.  757  ;  so,  too, 
ev  ήθος  φ-.  Soph.  Ant.  705;  φορείν 
άνομη,  Id.  FV.  573. — φέρω  and  φορέω 
were  often  used  as  synon.,  esp.  poet., 
V.  Lob.  Phryn.  585.— II.  pass.,  to  be 
borne  violently  along,  be  hurried  along, 
Aesch.  Theb.  362,  819,  Soph.  El,  752, 
and  Eur.  :  to  be  storm-tost,  Ar.  Pac. 
144. — 111.  mid.,  like  έμφέρομαι,  προς- 
φέρομαι,  to  fetch  for  one's  self,  fetch 
regularly,  Eur.  El.  309  :  esp.,  to  take 
to  one's  self  eat,  λευκανίτμ'δε  φορεν- 
ιιενοΓ,  putting  food  into  one's  mouth, 
Ap.  Rh.  2,192. 

Φθ(>7ίδόΡ,  adv.,  like  φορύδι^ν,  bear• 
ing :  borne,  Luc.  Timon  21. 

Φόρημα,  ατός,  τό,  (φορέω)  that  which 
is  carried,  a  load,  freight.  Soph.  Phil. 
474  :  metaph.,  a  burden,  Aesch.  Fr. 
272,  Eur.  Polyid.  11.— II.  in  plur., 
things  worn,  wearing  apparel,  ornaments, 
rings,  etc.,  Ar.  Fr.  310,  cf  Plut.  De- 
mosth.  30. — HI.  as  a  transl.  of  Lat. 
ferculum,  Plut.  Sull.  38,  LucuU.  37. 

Φυρήμεναι,  Ep.  inf.  for  φορεΙν,  II. 
15,  310. 

Φύρημι,  poet,  collat.  form  from 
φορέω. 

Φορήναι,  Ep.  inf.  pres.  of  φορέω, 
Horn. 

Φόρησις,  εως,  η,  {φορέω)  a  bearing, 
wearing,  Dion.  H. 

Φορητός,  η,  όν,  also  ος,  ον,  verb.  adj. 
from  φορέω,  borne,  earned,  Pind.  Fr. 
58,  6. — H.  to  he  borne  or  endured,  bear- 
able, Aesch.  Pr.  979  ;  Κύπρις  ου  φο- 
ρητόν,  Eur.  Hipp.  443  ;  cf.  Lob.  Paral. 
483. 

Φόρΐμος,  ον,  (φέρω)  hearing,  fruit- 
ful, ίδένδρον,  Anth.  P.  9,  414:  profit- 
able, useful. — II.  7/  φορίμη,  a  kind  of 
CTVTTTijpia,  Diosc. 

Φορινη.  7]ς,  η,  the  shin  or  hide  of 
swine,  Hipp.,  V.  Foes.  Oecon. : — me- 
taph., the  thick  hide  of  a  stupid  fellow, 
thick-skin nedness,  Wyttenb.  Plut.  2, 
57  A.   [i]     Hence 

ΦορΙνυω,  ώ,  to  cover  with  a  thick 
hide: — pass.,  to  have  a  thick,  strong 
skin,  Lys.  ap.  Harpocr.  ;  cf.  Meineke 
Euphor.  143. 

Φορών,  ον,  τό,=φορεΐον,  LXX. 
Φορίς.  ίδος,  ή,^=  φοράς,  dub. 
Φορκίδες,  ίδων,  ui,  the  daughters 
1624 


ΦΟΡΜ 

of  Phorcys,  the  three  Gorgons,  Sthei- 
110,  Euryale,  and  Medusa,  Pind.  P. 
12,  24,  Aesch.  Pr.  794. 

Φορκός,  Tj,  όν,  white,  grey.  Lye. 
477. 

Φύρκος,  ον,  6,=Φόρκνς,  Pind.  P. 
12,  2A.—\\.=. 'Έρεβος,  hence  Lat. 
Orcits,  Phanocl.  1,  20,  et  ibi  Bach  ; 
V.  Midler  Orchom.  p.  155,  Welcker 
Aesch.  Triiog.  p.  383,  cf.  sq.  II. 

Φόρκνν,  ννος,  ό.^Φόρκνς,  Od.  1, 
72  ;  13,  96,  345  (always  in  genit.)— 
II.  like  Φόρκος  II,  the  Lat  Orcus, 
Euphor.  52;  here  also  in  genit.) 

^Φύρκννος  λ.ίμ'ην,  ό,  harbour  of 
Phorcys,  in  Ithaca,  on  the  southern 
coast,  Od.  13,  90. 

Φόρκνς,  νος,  ό,  Phorcyn  or  Phorcys, 
an  old  sea-god,  son  of  Pontus  and 
Gaea,  father  of  the  Graeae,  Gorgons, 
and  other  monsters,  by  Ceto,  lies 
Th.  270,  sq. 

ίΦόρκνς,  ϋνος,  ό,  Phorcys,  son  of 
Phaenops,  a  leader  of  the  Phrygians, 
11.  2,  862;  17,312. 

Φορμηδόν,  adv.,  (φορμός):  —  like 
mat-ivork  or  wattling,  Thuc.  2,  75 : 
crosswise,  athwart.  Id.  4,  48. 

^Φορμίαι,  ων,  ui,  earlier  "Ορμιαι, 
the  city  Formiae  in  Latium,  Strab.  p. 
233.     Hence 

^Φορμιΰνός,  ή,  όν.  of  Formiae,  For- 
mian,  οίνος,  Ath.  26  D. 

Φορμιγκτής,  ον,  δ,  =  φορμικτής, 
Inscr.  Orchom. 

Φόρμιγξ,  ιγγος,  η,  the  phorminx,  a 
kind  of  cithara  or  lyre  (v.  infra,  and 
cf.  κιθαρίζω),  the  oldest  stringed  in- 
strument of  the  Greek  bards,  oft.  in 
Horn.,  esp.  as  the  instrument  of  Apol- 
lo, II.  1,  603•;  24,  63,  cf.  Od.  17,  270, 
Hes.  Sc.  203  :  it  was  freq.  adorned 
with  gold,  ivory,  precious  stones  and 
carved  work,  hence,  περικαλλής,δαι- 
δαλέΐ],  etc.  ;  with  seven  strings  (af- 
ter Terpander's  time),  Pind.  P.  2, 
130,  N.  5,  43: — φ.  άχορδας,  metaph. 
for  a  bow,  Arist.  Rhet.  3,  11,  II. 
(Strictly  the  portable  cithara,  from 
φέρω,  φορέω,  φόριμος,  because  it  was 
carried  on  the  shoulder  by  a  strap  or 
belt,  7/  τοις  ώμοις  φερομένη,  Hesych. 
Others  connect  it  with  formica,  Lob. 
Paral.  144.) 

Φορμίδίον,  τό,  dim.  from  φορμός. 

[ί]  ,      ^   , 

Φορμίζω,  f.  ισω.  Dor.  ί^ω,  to  play 
the  φόρμιγξ,  Od.  1,  155;  4,  18;  8, 
266. 

Φορμι.κτής,  ον,  ό,  Dor.  -μικτής,  a 
lyre-player,  harper,  Pind.  P.  4,  314, 
Ar.  Ran.  231,  Anth.  P.  9,  308. 

Φορμικτός,  ή,  όν,  verb,  adj.,  played 
on  or  sung  to  the  φόρμιγξ:  τό  φ.  (sc. 
μέλος),  a  lyric  poem,  ode,  Soph.  Fr.  15. 

Φορμ'ιον,  τό,  also  proparoxyt.  φόρ- 
μιον,  dim.  from  φορμός,  any  small 
wickerwork  of  reeds  or  rushes,  a  mat, 
basket,  fishing-tveel  or  basket,  etc.  :  also 
a figot,  Diog.  L. — II.  α  plant,  perh. 
the  same  as  δρμινον. 

Φορμίς,  ίδος,  ή,  dim.  from  φορμός, 
a  small  basket,  Ar.  Vesp.  58  : — so  also 
φηρμίσκος,  δ.  Plat.  Lys.  206  Ε  ;  and, 
φορμίσκιον,  τό. 

\Φόμμις,  ιος,  Ό,  and  Φόρμος,  Phor- 
mis.  a  commander  of  Gelon  and 
Hiero  of  Syracuse,  Pans.  5,  27. 

ίΦορμίσιος,  ον,  δ,  Phormi.'iius,  an 
Athenian,  frequently  derided  by  the 
comic  poets,  Ar.  Ran.  965,  Eccl.  97  ; 
Philetaer.  Κνναγ.  2,  3  ;  cf.  Meineke 
Com.  Fr.  1,  p.  184. 

ίΦορμίων,  ωνος,  δ,  Phormio,  an 
Athenian  commander  in  the  Pelopon- 
nesian  war,Thue.  1,  65  ;  Ar.  Eq.  562. 
— 2.  a  wealthy  Athenian,  Dem.  565, 
12. — 3.  a  rich  trader,  against  whom 


ΦΟΡΟ 

is  Dem.  Orat.  p.  907  sqq.— 4.  a  bank- 
er, freedman  of  Pasion,  freq.  men- 
tioned in  Dem. ;  defended  by  him  in 
Orat.  p.  944,  sqq— Others  in  Dem. 
453,  14  ;  927,22;  etc.;  Ath.;  etc. 

Φορμοκυιτέω,  to  sleep  on  a  mat, 
Comicus  ap.  A.  B.  p.  70. 

Φορμοράφέω  or  -μο^ιβαφέω,  f.  -?^σω, 
to  stitch  mats  : — pass.,  to  be  done  up 
like  a  mat,  to  be  squeezed  up  or  straitm- 
ed.  Aeschin.  77,  28,  but  the  passage 
is  dub. 

Φορμορύφίς,  ίδος,  η,  a  needle  for 
sewing  mats  with. 

Φορμός,  ό,  any  thing  plaited  of  ru.^h- 
es  or  reeds :  hence,  a  wicker-basket, 
e.  g.  for  carrying  corn,  Hes.  Op.  480: 
for  sand,  Hdt.  8,  71  ;  φ.  άχίφων  σεσα- 
γμένοι,  Polyb.  1,  19,  18.-2.  plaited 
mat-work,  a  mat,  Lat.  .ttoren,  Hdt.  3, 
98  :  a  seatnan's  cloak,  of  coarse,  plaited 
stuff,  Theocr.  21,  13.  cf  Paus.  10,  29, 
8. — 11.  a  bundle  of  wood,  fagot. — -III.  α 
ineasure  of  corn,  Lys.  164,  33  ;  φ.  πυ- 
ρών, Ar.  Thesm.  813;  —  about  as 
much  as  a  medimnus,  Bockh  P.  £. 
1,  p.  111.  (Ace.  to  some  from  φέρω  : 
Passow  refers  it  to  δρμος,  ειρμός, 
είρω,  cf.  φυ?.κός  fin.) 

ίΦόρμος,  ον,  ό,  Phormus,  a  naval 
commander  of  the  Athenians,  Hdt.  7, 
182. 

Φορμοφορέω,  to  carry  baskets  or  fag- 
ots, to  be  a  porter,  Dio  C. 

Φορμοφόβος,  ον.  carrying  φορμηί :  a 
porter,  Diog.  L.  9,  14.  ΑΐΙ^  354  C  :  ol 
φ.,  name  of  a  comedy  by  Hermippus. 

Φορογράφος,  6,  a  toll-clerk. 

Φοροβετέω,-^sq. 

Φορο?.ο-}  έω.  Ιο  levy  tribute  : — c.  acc., 
to  levy  tribute  upon,  Polyb.  1,  8  1, 
Plut.  Sull.  24. 

Φηρολόγ7ΐτος,  ον,  verb,  adj.,  tribu- 
tary, LXX. 

Φορολογία,  ή,  the  collection  of  trib- 
ute. LXX. 

Φορο?ΛΊγος,  ον,  levying  tribute,  Plut. 
Pyrrh.  23,  etc. 

ήΦόρον,  ου,  τό,  the  Rom.  Forum, 
esp.  as  name  of  a  town,  as  Φόρον 
Άππίον,  Forum  Appii,  in  Latium, 
N.  T.  ;  Φόροι»  Ίυνλιον,  Forum  Ju- 
Hum,  in  Gaul,  Strab.  p.  184;  Φόρον 
Κορνήλιον,  Forum  Cornelium.  in  Gal- 
lia Cisalpina,  Id.  p.  216  ;  Φ.  Σεμττρώ- 
vtov.  Forum,  Sem/ironium,  in  Umbria, 
Id.  p.  227  ;  Φ.  Φλαμίνιον,  Forum  Fla- 
minium,  in  Umbria,  Id.  p.  227. 

Φορός,  όν,  bearing,  carrying,  esp.  ; — ■ 
1.  bringing  on  one's  way,  forwarding : 
hence,  of  a  wind,  favourable,  Lat.  se- 
cundus,  Polyb.  1,  60,  6,  etc.  ;  also,  vio- 
lent, boisterous. — 2.  bringing  in,  produc- 
tive, fruitful,  γη,  Theophr. ;  also  of  a 
woman.  Foes.  Oec.  Hipp. :  general- 
ly, serviceable,  προς  τι,  Strabo. — II. 
pass.,  borne  along,  prosperous  :  but 
also,  hurried  along,  forced  away. 

Φόρος,  ον,  δ,  (φέρω) : — strictly,  that 
which  is  brought  or  brought  in,  and  so 
usu.  tribute,  Lat.  tributiim,  first  in  Htit. 
1,6,27,  etc. :  properly  that  which  was 
paid  by  foreigners  to  a  ruling  state,  as 
by  the  islanders,  etc.,  to  Athens,  =: 
φορά  χρημάτων,  acc.  to  Thuc.  I,  96: 
^ φόρον  νποτε'λεϊν,  φέρειν,  to  pay 
tribute,  Hdt.  1,  171,  Ar.  Av.  191,  Xen. 
Ath.  2,  1,  etc.  ;  φ.  τάξασΟαι,  to  agree 
to  pay  it,  Hdt.  3,  13;  but,  φόρον  τάξαι, 
to  lay  on  or  impose  tribute,  Aeschin. 
31,  20;  90,  20;  δέχεσθαι,  to  (pceive 
it,  Xen.  Ath.  3,  2  ;  φ.  προς?)ει,  it  camo 
in,  Andoc.  24,  29  ;  ό  προςιων  άπό 
των  πόλεων  φ-,  Ar.  Vesp.  657: — φό 
ρου  υποτελείς,  subject  to  pay  tribute 
Thuc.  1,  56;  cf.  φορά  Β.  I.  2.— II 
for  Lat.ybr«7?i. 

^Φόρονλοι  πέτραι,  ai,  the  Sabine 


ΦΟΡΤ 

own  Foruli ;  a  barren  rock  ace.  to  ] 
Strab.  p.  228. 

^Φόμονη'α,  7/f,  ή,  Phorunna,  a  city 
of  Thrace,  Polyb.  9,  45,  4. 

Φορτά}•ω}'εί.),  to  carry  loads  or  bur- 
dens, Longin.  43,  4. 

'^ορτύγωγός,  όν,  carrying  loads  or 
burdens,  νανς  (p.,  a  ship  of  burden, 
merchantman,  elsevvh.  φορτίς :  also, 
a  seaman,  Anlh.  ;  cf.  φορτηγός. 

Φόρταξ,  άκος,  ό,  α  carrier,  porter. — 
II.  like  φορτικός,  a  tiresome  fool  or 
knaue. 

Φορτηγέω,=^φορταγωγέω,  Hdt.  2, 
96. 

Φορττ/γία,  η,  a  carrying  of  loads  or 
burdens  : — trajfic  in  merchant  ships,  a 
carrying  trade,  Arist.  Pol.  1,  11,  3. 

Φορτηγικός,  i],  όν,  belonging  te  the 
carrying  of  burdens  or  to  a  porter, 
πλοΐον  φ-,  a  ship  nf  burden,  merchant- 
man, Thuc.  6,  88  : — φ.  βρώματα,  pro- 
visions such  as  are  used  in  these  ships, 
i.  e.  sorry  fare,  Dionys.  (Com.)  Thesm. 
1,  42. 

Φορτηγός,  όν,  like  φορταγωγός, 
carrying  burdens:  a  carrier,  porter, 
Theogn.  679  :  a  trafficker,  merchant, 
Simon.  60  ;  νανβάτης  φ.,  Aesch.  Fr. 
242. 

Φορτίζω,  f.  -ί'σω,  to  load,  freight : — in 
Mid.,  Tu  μείονα  φορτίζεσθαι,  to  ship 
the  smaller  part  ofone's  wealth,  Hes. 
Op.  688. 

ΦορτΙκεύομαι,  dep.,  to  behave  in  a 
rude,  vulgar  manner. 

Φορτικός,  ή,  όν,  (φόρτος)  :— strict- 
ly, fit  for  carrying :  πλοΐον  φ.,  a  ship 
of  burden. — II.  USU.  of  men,  burden- 
some, tiresome,  making  one's  self  un- 
pleasant by  word  or  deed,  φ.  καΐ  επαχ- 
θής, Dem.  57,  fin.  :  then,  like  βάναν- 
ΰος,  coarse,  low,  vulgar,  common,  of  all 
persons  wanting  in  liberal  manners 
and  education.  Ar.  Nub.  524 ;  ώ.  καΐ 
βοιμό/.οχος,  Arist.  Eth.  Ε.  3,  7,  6 ;  φ. 
και  νεόπλοντον,  Pint.  2,  708  C,  cf. 
634  Β  ;  so  also,  φ.  κοιμφόία,  a  vulgar, 
low  comedy.  Ar.  V^esp.  66  ;  φ.  δίαιτα. 
Plat.  Phaedr.  256  Β  ;  φ.  ήόοναί,  τέ- 
χνηι.  Id.  Rep.  581  D,  Theaet.  176  C, 
ubi  V.  Heind. ;  φ.  και  όημηγορικά,  φ. 
και  όικανικά,  base,  low  arguments,  ad 
captandiim  valgus.  Id.  Gorg.  482  E, 
Apol.  32  A  ;  φ.  έπαινος,  Arist.  Eth. 
N.  10.  8,  7 ;  0.  καΐ  ναντικόν  δρχημα, 
a  rude  sailor's  dance,  etc.  ;  but  λέγω 
ov  τού  φορτικού  'ένεκα,  I  do  not  say 
it  out  of  vulgar  arrogance,  Aeschin.  6, 
27.  Adv.  -«ώζ•,  coarsely,  vulgarly,  not 
like  an  educated  man.  Plat.  Theaet. 
183  E,  etc.  ;  φ.  και  χύδην  λέγειν, 
Isocr.  238  A  ;  φορτικώτερον  ?}  φι?ο- 
σοφώτερον  διηλέγεσθαι,  to  discourse 
more  like  a  cloivn  than  one  of  liberal 
education,  Plut. 

Φορτικότης,  ητος,  ή,  the  character 
of  a  φορτικός,  Arist.  Rhet. 

Φομτίον,  TO,  a  burden,  load,  Ar.  Ach. 
209,  Lys.  312,  Xen.  Mem.  3,  13,  6, 
An.  7,  1,  37,  etc.  :— esp.  a  ship's  freight 
or  lading,  Lycurg  159,  43,  Dem.  156, 
6;  but  so,  more  commonly,  in  plur., 
the  wares,  merchandise,  Hes.  Op.  641, 
691,  Hdt.  1,  1;  2,  179,  etc.,  cf.  Ar. 
Ach.  910,  Ran.  573.— II.  of  a  child  in 
the  womb,  Xen.  Mem.  2,  2,  5.  (A  dim. 
only  in  form.) 

Φηρτίς  (sc.  νανς),  ίδης,  ή,  a  ship  of 
burden,  merchantman,  like  όλκάς,  >αυ- 
λός  II,  Od.  5,  250  :  9,  323. 

Φορτοβαστάκτης,  ov,  ό,  a  porter. 
Φόρτος,  ό,  {φέρω)  : — a  load,  burden, 
lading,  freight,  as  much  as  a  man, 
beast, or  ship  can  carry,  a  ship's  cargo, 
Od.  8,  163  ;  14,  296  ;  so  too  Hes,  Op. 
629,  etc.,  Hdt.  1,  1,  Soph.  Tr.  537; 
φ.  χρείας,  κακών,  Eur.  Supp.  20,  I. 


ΦΡΑΓ 

T.   1306.— II.  in   Att.,   tiresome  stuff,  ! 
something  common,  low,  coarse,  vulgar, 
Ar.  Pac.  748,  Plut.  796.— III.  later,=: 
ύλη,  matter,  Arelae. 

Φορτοστόλος,  ov,  (  στέλλω  )  :  — 
π?.οίον  εμπορικού  φ.,  sending  off  a 
freighted  merchantman,  Manelho. 

\Φορτοννατος,  ov,  6,  Fortunatus, 
Rom.  inasc.  pr.  n.,  N.  T. 

Φορτοφορέω,  to  carry  a  load,  Plut. 
Pericl.  2G.  e  conj.  Coraii : — of  a  wom- 
an, to  be  big  with  child. 

Φορτηφόρος,  ov,  carrying  a  load,  a 
carrier,  porter. 

Φορτόω,  (φόρτος)  : — to  load,  lade, 
freight,  like  φορτίζω,  used  also  in 
mid.  φορτόομαι,  cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  361. 

Φοριΐίιτόζ-,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from 
φορνσσω,  stirred  up  together,  mixed, 
stained,  Lyc.  863. 

Φορννω,^φνρω,  strictly  of  dough, 
to  knead  :  generally,  to  mix  up  ;  and 
so,  to  alloy,  spoil,  αϊτός  τε  κρέα  τ' 
όπτίί  φορννετο,  bread  and  meat  were 
mixed  up  and  spoilt,  Od.  22,  21  ;  ?.νϋρω 
έφορννετο  γαία,  Q.  Sm.  2,  356,  cf.  3, 
604 : — V.  Foes.  Oec.  Hipp.,  and  cf. 
sq.  [v] 

Φορνσσω,  f. -fcj,  =foreg.,  φορνξας 
αΐματι,  after  he  hath  defiled  thee  with 
blood,  Od.  18,  336  ;  also  in  Hipp. 

Φορντάς,  ό,  whatever  the  uiml  carries 
along ;  and  so,  like  συρφετός  (from 
σύρω),  rubbish,  sweepings,  refuse,  Lat. 
quisquiliae,  such  as  collects  m  a  farm- 
yard, etc.,  Ar.  Ach.  72  :  also,  chaff, 
chips,  etc..  such  as  is  used  for  pack- 
ing earthenware  to  keep  it  from 
breaking,  lb.  927;  but  in  Alciphr.  3, 
7,  βρωμάτων  φορυτός,  a  mish-mash  of 
all  kinds  of  meat. 

'\ΦορωνεΙδαι,  ών,  οι,  the  sons  of 
Phoroneus,  i.  e.  Amphiaraus  and  A- 
drastus,  Paus.  7,  17.  7. 

ΊΦορωνενς,  έως  Ep.  ήος,  ό,  Pho- 
roneus, son  of  Inachus  and  Melia,  fa- 
ther of  Apis  and  Niobe,  king  of  Ar- 
gos,  ApoUod.  2,  1,  1  ;  Paus.  2,  15,  5: 
01  Φ.  in  Theocr.  25,  200  (Ep.  dat. 
pi.  Φορωνήεσσι),=Αίγια/.εϊς  (in  20, 
174). 

ίΦορωνίς,  ίδος,  ή,  fem.  adj.,  of 
Phoroneus,  Phoronean  :  ή  Φ.,  the  Pho- 
ronid,  Strab.  p.  472. 

Φοϋ,  TO,  prob.  the  Pontic  name  of 
the  ylant  valerian. 

■\Φονκίνας  λίμνη,  η,  Lacus  Fucinus, 
in  the  territory  of  the  Marsi,  Strab. 
p.  240. 

iΦov?.βιoς  and  Φονλυνϊος,  ov,  6, 
the  Roman  name  Fulvius,  Polyb.  2, 
17,  1  ;  etc. 

Φονλλικ/Μς,  ov,  δ,  a  football,  Lat. 
folliculus. 

^Φούνδα,  Dion.  H.,  Φοννδοί,  Strab. 
p.  233,  Fundi,  a  city  of  Latium. 
Hence 

^Φοννδάνός,  ή,  όν,  of  Fundi,  olvor, 
Ath.  27  A. 

\Φονριο€,  ov,  6,  the  Roman  name 
Funus,  Polyb.  1,  39,  8. 

Φονρνοπλύστης.  ov,  u,  a  potter. 

Φούρνος,  ov,  ό,  an  oven,  fxirnace, 
L•a,\.furnus. 

Φούσα,  Boeot.  for  φνση.  aor.  2  part, 
of  φνω.  Corinna  ap.  Apoll.  Dysc.  de 
Pron.  325  A. 

Φοί'σΛ,ο,  ή,  Lat.  posca,  sour  wine. 

Φόως,  TO,  Ep.  lengthd.  from  φώς, 
which  is  itself  contr.  from  φάος,  light, 
oft.  in  Hom.,  but  only  in  nom.  and 
ace.  sing.,  and  therefore  indecl. : — 
ώόωςδε,  to  the  light,  to  the  light  of  day, 
II.  2,  309,  etc. 

^Φραάτης,  oi',  ό.  PhraStes,  name  of 
several  Parthian  kings,  Strab.  p.  702. 
[ur] 

^ΦραγγΙκός,  ή,  όν,  (adj.  from  Φρύγ- 


ΦΡΑΖ 

γοι,  ων,  οι,  the  Franks),  of  the  Franks, 
φϋ?Μ,  Anth.  append.  312. 

Φρύγδην,  adv.,  fenced,  mailed, 
armed. 

Φραγέλλη,  ης,  ^,=  sq. 
Φρα}έλ/.ιον,  ov,  TO,  the  Lat.  flagel- 
lum,  N.  T. 

Φραγε?.?.όω,  ω,  the  Lat.  Hngello, 
N.  T.^ 

Φράγμα,  ατός,  τό,  (φράσσω) : — that 
which  is  fenced  in. — II.  a  fence,  protec- 
tion, palisade,  like  σταύρωμα,  Hdt.  8, 
52,  Plat.  Polit.279  D  : — φρ.  μετώπων, 
of  a  stag's  horns,  Leon.  Tar.  32. 
Hence 

Φρηγμίτης,  ov,  6,  of  or  for  a  fence  : 
— growing  in  hedges,  Diosc. 

Φραγμός,  ov,  ό,  (φράσσω)  : — a  shut 
ting  up,  blocking  up.  Soph.  O.  T.  1387  : 
— α  fencing  or  hedging  in,  fortifying, 
Hdt.  7,  36, 142. — II.  also  like  φράγμα, 
a  hedge,  fence,  paling,  etc.,  Xen.  Cyn. 
11,  4: — an  inclosure,  Anth.  P.  9,  343. 
Φραγμών,  ώνος,  ό,  a  thorn-hedge. 
Φρύγνύμι,  rarer  collat.  form  from 
φράσσω,  mostly  poet.,  as  Ar.  Fr.  336: 
but  also  in  later  prose,  as  Plut.  Caes. 
24. 

Φράδάζω,  f.  -ύσω  and  -ύσσω,  poet. 
[φραδή,  φράζω)  : — to  make  knoum,  φρά- 
δασσε  -,άν,  Pind.  Ν.  3,  45  ;  cf.  sq. 

^Φραδασμένης,  ovr,  ό,  Phradasme- 
nes,  a  Persian,  Arr.  An.  7,  6,  4. 

Φρΰδάω,  ώ,  f.  -?/σω,  and  φράδεύω, 
=foreg.,  Hesych. 

Φρΰδή,  ης,  ή,  (φράζω) : — understand- 
ing, knowledge,  τών  δέ  με'/.λόντων  τε- 
τνφ7.ωνται  φραδαί,ΐίηά.Ο.  12,  13.— 
II.  advice,  α  hint,  warning,  βεόθεν  φρα- 
δαϊσιν,  Aesch.  Cho.  940,  cf.  Eur. 
Phoen  667,  Theocr.  25,  52:—άφβέ- 
γκτον  μηνντηρος  φραδαϊς,  i.  e.  by  the 
scent,  Aesch.  Eum.  245.  Poet.  word. 
Hence 

Φρΰδής,  ες,  gen.  εος,  understanding, 
shrewd,  cunning,  φραδέος  νόον,  U.  24, 
354  : — opp.  to  άφραδής. 

Φραδμοσννη,  ης,  ή,  understanding, 
shrewdness,  cunning,  usu.  in  dat.  pi. 
φραδμοσύνησιν,  Η.  Hom.  Αρ.  99, 
Hes.  Op.  243,  Th.  626,  etc.  Only 
poet. :  from 

Φράδμων,  ov,  gen.  ονος,=φραδής, 
Orac.  ap.  Hdt.  3,  57:  esp.,  having 
knowledge  of  a  person  or  thing,  wdi 
knowing  him  or  it,  II.  16,  638,  ubi  v. 
Spiizner.     Only  poet. 

iΦpάδμωv,  όνος,  ό,  Phradmon,  a 
statuary  of  Argos,  Paus.  6,  8,  1. 

ΦΡΑ'ΖΩ,  f.  φράσω  :  aor.  1  ίφράσα: 
Ep.  aor.  2  πέφράδον,  ες,  ε,  also,  ίττέ- 
φρΰδον.  Horn.  oft.  uses  aor.  2,  esp. 
in  3  pers.  πέφραδε,  έπίφραδε,  inf. 
πεφραδέειν  and  πεφραδέμεν,  Od.  7, 
49  ;  19,  477  ;  the  1  pers.  έπέφραδον 
only  in  II.  10,  127  ;  the  aor.  1  only 
once,  viz.  Od.  11,  22,  next  in  H. 
Hom.  Yen.  128,  Merc.  442.  Hes.  Fr. 
29,  and  then  from  Pind.  downwds. 
more  freq.  :  —  the  pres.,  im[if.,  fnt., 
and  pf.  act.  πέφρακα  are  post-Hoin. 
To  give  to  know  or  understand,  inti- 
mate, point  out  (the  only  signf.  in 
Hom.,  ace.  to  Aristarch.),  επειδή  δείξε 
και  εφρασε,  Η.  Hom.  Ven.  128  ;  if 
χώρον  όν  φρύσε  Κίρκ?],  Od.  11,  22,  cf. 
II.  23, 138  ;  y  oi  Άθήνη  πέφραδε  δίον 
νφορβόν,  Od.  14,  3;  so,  φράσσατε 
μοι  δόμονς,  show  me  them.  Pind.  P. 
4,  207  ;  εφρασε  την  άτραπόν,  Hdt.  7, 
213: — σήματα  πέόρΐιδε,  of  a  god,  he 
gave  signs,  Od.  19,  250  ;  23,  206  ;  φρ. 
χειρί.  to  make  signs,  to  sign  with  the 
hand,  Hdt.  4,  113,  cf.  Aesch.  Ag. 
Idfil  : — however,  in  some  passages 
of  Hom.,  it  comes  very  near  the  sense 
of  speaking,  μϊβον  πέφραδε  πΰσιν, 
Od.  1,  273;  πέΟραδε  μνβω,  8,  142- 
1625 


ΦΡΑΣ 

so,  φ.  λόγον  τινί,  Find.  Ο.  2,  108 :—  ι 
then  freq.,  to  speak,  tell,  declare,  rivi 
Ti,  Hdt.  6,  100,  etc. ;  τι  "προς  τίνα,  \ 
Hdt.  1,  68 ;  and  so  very  oit.  in  Att., 
though  it  always  differs  from  /.iyu, 
as  telling,  declaring,  from  simply  speak- 
ing, Hdt.  7,  213,  Soph.  Phil.  559  ;  cf 
also  sub  λαλεω.— 2.  c.  dat.  pars,  et 
inf.,  to  counsel,  advise,  bid,  order,  II. 
10,  127,  Od.  8,  68  ;  also  c.  dat.  pars, 
only,  Od.  10,  549:  —  absol,  to  give 
counsel,  advise,  Soph.  El.  197,  φράζε 
τι  φής  ;  Soph.  Ο  'Γ.  655;  —  of  an 
oracle,  Ar.  Eq.  1018,  Plut.  40.— 11. 
mid.  and  pass.,  φράζομαι:  fut.  φρά• 
σομαι :  aor.  ίφράσάμτ/ν.  pass,  έφρά- 
σΰην,  Od.  19,  485  ;  23,  260  :  pf  pass. 
■ΚΐφραΛμαι  and  ττΐφρασμαι :  —  Horn, 
freq.  has  pres.,  impf.,  fut.,  and  aor. 
mid.,  Ep.  impf  φραζέσκΐτο,  Η.  Horn. 
Αρ.  346  :  the  pf  pass,  is  post-Horn. : 
— strictly,  ίο  speak  with  one's  self,  i.  6. 
to  think  or  jnuse  upon,  consider,  ponder, 
debate,  τι,  Honi.,  etc.  ;  ευκηλος  τα 
φράζεαι  άσσ'  ίϋε'λησθα,  II.  1,  554  ;  cf. 
Aesch.  Cho.  113,  Soph.  Ant.  1048, 
etc.  ;  φράζεσΟαι  βούλας,  Od.  11,  510  ; 
sometimes  with  θυμώ  added,  II.  10, 
C46,  etc  ;  also,  φρ.  μετά  φρεσίν,  Hes. 
Op.  68C;  oft.  foil,  by  ει  with  the  iti- 
dicat.  fut.,  to  consider  whether..,  Od. 
10,  192,  cf  17,  279,  etc. ;  άμφίς  φρά- 
ζεσθαι,  to  think  differently,  li.  2,  14  : 
— c.  part.,  ov  φράζεται  τελέων,  he 
considers  not  that  he  will  die,  Pind. 
I.  1,  fin. — 2.  to  devise  or  plan  some- 
thing for  any  one,  purpose,  design  or 
intend  something  for  him,  φ.  τινϊ 
κακά,  θάνατον,  όλεθρον,  Od.  2,  307  ; 
3,  242;  13,  373;  φρ.  τινι  ήρίον,  to 
resolve  (to  set  up)  a  monument  to  any 
one,  li.  23,  126.-3.  c.  ace.  et  inf ,  to 
think,  s^uppose,  believe,  imagine  that.., 
Od.  11,  624. — 4.  to  remark,  perceive, 
notice,  II.  10,  339;  15,  671,  Od.  IJ, 
161,  Pind.  N.  5,  61  ;  εφράσβη  και  ες 
θνμον  έ,βάλετο,  Hdt.  1,  84,  cf  5,  92, 
3,  etc.  :  also  c.  inf,  Hdt.  3,  154:  c. 
part..  Find.  I.  1,  fin.  —  5.  to  come  to 
know,  learn,  become  acquainted  with,  see, 
understand,  both  of  persons  and  things, 
Od.  10,  453,  501,  etc. ;  φρ.  τι  οφθαλ- 
uolaiv,  Od.  24,  217,  φρ.  τι  θνμώ,  Od. 
24,  391. — 6.  Ιο  observe,  watch,  guard, 
keep  in  one's  eye.  Od.  22,  129  :  hence, 
to  mind,  heed,  take  care  or  heed  of,  c. 
ace,  Orac.  ap.  Hdt,  3.  57. — 7.  c.  gen., 
to  foresee,  forebode,  χειμώνας  ίφράσαα- 
το,  Aral.  744.  The  mid.  is  not  found 
in  any  prose,  save  in  that  of  Hdt. 
(The  simplest  form  of  the  root  is 
ΦΡΑΔ-,  as  it  appears  in  φραδή,  ττέ- 
φραόον.) 

Φράκτη  ρ,  ήρος.  o,=sq. 
Φράκτης,  ον,  ύ,(^φρύσσω)=: φράγμα, 
an  enclosure. — Π.  in   Procop.,  ο  sluice 
with  gates,  elsewh.  άρίς. 

Φρακτικός,  ή.  όν,=^κατύφρακτος, 
Alh.  214  Α. 

Φρακτός,  ί],  όν,  verb.  adj.  from 
φράσσο),  fenced  in. 

Φράν,  ή,  gen.  φράνος.  Dor.  for 
<^ρην.  [ά]     Hence 

Φράνίζω,  Ι)θϊ.=  φρενή(Δ. 
Φρύξις,   εως,  ή,  {φράσσω)  α  fence, 
fortification,  prob.  1.  Plut.  Arat.  18. 

\Φίΐηό()της,  ov,  6,  Phraortes,  father 
of  Deioces,  Hdt.  1,  96.-2.  son  of 
Deioces,  Id.  1,  102. 

\Φραβαόρτιις,  ov,  6,  Phrasaortes,  a 
Persian,  Arr,  An.  3,  8,  11. 
Φμάσδω,  Dor.  for  φράζω. 
^Φρασίας,  ov,  ό,  Phrasias,  an  Athen- 
ian. Xen.  An.  6,  3,  11. 

\Φρασίδημος.  ov,  ό,  Dor.  -δάμος, 
Phrasidemus,  a  Coan,  Theocr.  7,  3. 

^Φρασιηριδης,  ov,  b,  Phrasierides, 
an  Athenian  inasc.  pr.  n.,  Dem.  1219, 
1626 


ΦΡΑΣ 

20. — 2.  a  person  gifted  with  citizen- 
ship at  Athens,  to  gratify  Timolheus, 
Id.  688,  4. 

■ΪΦρασίκλείδης,  ov,  6,  Phrasicl'ides, 
an  Athenian  archon,  Dem.  1357,  15. 
— Others  in  Pans. ;  etc. 

iΦμaσίκλ^/ς,  έονς,  6,  Phrasicles, 
nephew  of  Themistocles,  Plut.  Them. 
32. 

\Φρασικρίδιις,  ov,  b,  f  1.  for  Φρα- 
σιηρίδης. 

ίφράσιμος,  ov,  b,  Phrasimus,  father 
of  Praxithea,  ApoUod.  3,  15,  1. 

Φράσιν,  Dor.  for  φρεσίν,  dat.  pi.  of 
φρήν,  Pind. 

ίΦράσιος,  ov,  ό,  ace.  to  Arcad. 
Φρασίος,  Phrasius,  a  seer  of  Cyprus, 
Apollod.  2,  5,  11. 

Φρασίς,  εως,  ή,  (φράζω)  a  speaking, 
speech,  Plut.  Cat.  Maj.  12. — II.  a  way 
of  speaking,  phrase,  Άττίκη  i]  φρ., 
Greg.  Cor.,  etc. 

ΦPA'ΣΣΩ,Att.  -ττω:  f.-ξω  .—Horn. 
uses  no  tense  but  aor.  act,  pass,  and 
mid. : — in  Att.  the  letters  are  some- 
times transposed,  e.  g.  φάρξασθαι  for 
φράξασθαι,  πέφαργμαι  for  πέφραγ- 
μαι,  φαρκτός  for  φρακτός,  cf.  Dind. 
Ar.  Ach,  95,  Vesp.  352,  Meineke  Eu- 
phor.  Fr.  83.  —  To  enclose,  fence  in, 
hedge  round,  usu.  with  collat.  notion 
of  protection  or  defence,  to  fence,  se- 
cure, defend,  fortify,  (jivolct  ι3θών  φρά- 
ξαντες  έ~ύ?ιξεις,  having  fenced  the 
battlements  with  shields,  11.  12,  263  ; 
φρύξαντίς  δόρυ  δονρί,  σάκος  σάκεϊ, 
joining  spear  close  to  spear,  shield  to 
shield  (so  as  to  make  a  fence),  11.  13, 
130  ;  φρά'ζαντες  τά  γ(βΙ)α,  havivg put 
?«/)  the  shields  as  a  fence,  Hdt.  9,  61  ; 
ίχβροΐς  πημονην  άρκνπτατον  φρύξαι, 
to  put  misery  round  them  like  a  net, 
Aesch.  Ag.  1376  :  so,  φράξαι  δέμας 
οπ/.οις,  Ιο  arm  one's  self,  Aesch.  Pers. 
450  :  also  of  ships,  σχεδίτ/ν  φράξε 
βίττεσσι,  he  secured  the  snip  with  wat- 
tling, in  order  to  keep  the  water  out, 
Od.  5,  256: — so  too  in  mid.,  φρύξαν- 
To  νήας  ερκε'ί  χα'λκείφ,  they  secured 
their  ships,  II.  15,  566  ;  and,  εφράξαν- 
To  TO  τείχος,  Hdt.  9,  70,  cf.  Aesch. 
Theb.  63,  etc. :  but  in  mid.  also,  to 
fence  one's  self,  strengthen  one's  fortifi- 
cations, Thuc.  8,  35  : — pass.,  φραχθέν- 
τες  σάκεσιν,  fenced  with  shields,  II. 
17,  2C8,  cf  Hdt.  7,  142,  Eur.  i.  A. 
826,  etc.  ;  so  absol.,  ττεφραγμένοι, 
fenced,  secured,  prepared  for  defence, 
Hdt.  5,  34,  Thuc.  1,  82.-2,  to  block 
up,  Hdt.  2,  99  ;  8,  7,  Thuc.  4,  13 : 
νπο  βενμάτων  φραχθείς{ο  π?,εύμων). 
Plat.  Tim.  84  D.— 3.  to  fill  quite  full, 
like  πνκνόω,  φράξαι  χίίρα  ερνεσι, 
to  fill  the  hand  fall  with  victorious 
branches,  Pind.  I.  1,  95.  [«  by  na- 
ture, for  it  does  not  become  η  in  the 
Ion.  Greek  of  Hdt.,  Lob.  Paral.  401.] 
Φραστίον,  verb.  adj.  from  φράζω, 
one  must  tell,  Ep.  Plat.  312  D. 

Φραστήρ.  ηρος,  b,  (φράζω)  a  teller, 
expounder,  informer,  τινός,  of  or  about 
a  thing,  Xen.  Cyr.  4,  5.  17 ;  φραστηρ 
δδών,  a  guide,  Xen.  Cyr,  5,  4,  40,  cf 
Plut.  2,  243  F  : — φρασττ/ρες  οδόντες, 
like  γνώμονες,  the  teeth  that  tell  the 
age,  Schol.  Ar.  Ran.  421  ;  cf  φράτηρ. 
Φρύστης,  ov,  ό,^=φραστήρ.  Hence 
Φραστικός,  ή,  όν,  suited  for  telling 
any  thing,  c.  gen.,  Def.  Plat.  414  D  : 
TO  φρ.,  power  of  speaking,  Plut.  2,  909 
A. 

Φραστνς,  νος,  η.  reflexion,  as  opp.  to 
άφραστύς,  Hesych, 

Φράστωρ,ορος,ό,=  φραστήρ,  a  guide, 
Aesch.  Supp.  493. 

'\Φμάστωρ,  ορός,  ό,  Phrastor,  a  vic- 
tor at  Olvinpia,  Find.  O.  10,  85.-2. 
an  Athenian,  Dein.  1362,  8, 


ΦΡΑΤ 

^Φραταγοίφη,  ης,  ή,  PhratagTme, 
wife  of  Darius  Hystaspis,  Hdt,  7, 
224. 

^Φραταφέρνης,  ους,  b,  Phratapher• 
nes,  a  Persian,  Arr.  An.  3,  8,  4. 

Φράτΐ]ρ,  ερος,  ό,  a  member  of  a  φρά 
τρα :  in  plur.,  those  of  the  same  φρατρα, 
chmsmen,  Lat.  cziriales,  x\esch.  Eum. 
656,  Ar.  Eq.  255;  είςάγειν  τον  νίόν 
εις  τους  φρύτερας  (which  was  done 
when  the  boy  came  of  age,  cf  ptiov 
II),  .\r.  .\v.  1609  -.—ονκ  εφνσε  φμάτε- 
ρας,  with  a  play  on  φραστημας  (v. 
sub  φραστήρ),  he  has  not  yet  got  Ids 
φράτερες.  i.  e.  he  has  been  entered  in 
no  φρατμία,  is  no  true  citizen,  Ar. 
Ran. 418,  cf  Av.705. — The  form  com- 
monly found  in  our  Edd.  is  φμάτωρ, 
ορός: — but  the  best  criticsnow  would 
restore  φμύτηρ,  ερος,  in  Att.  vi'riters, 
following  Eust.  p.  239,  33,  A.  B.  p. 
992:  v.  Dind.  Aesch.  I.e.,  Ar.  Eq. 
255,  Meineke  Hist.  Crit.  Comic,  p. 
218 ;  and  Bekk.  has  so  written  it  in 
many  places  of  Dem.,  though  he  re- 
tains the  other  form  in  p.  1054,  14  ; 
1305,  22,  as  also  in  Arist.  Pol.  2,  3, 
7. — On  the  accent,  v.  Meineke  1.  c, 
[ώ] 

Φράτορία,  ας,  ή,=  φρατρία,  φράτρα, 
susp, 

Φρΰτορικός,  ή,  όν,=  φράτριος,  Dem. 
1092,  fin, 

Φράτρα,  ας,  or  φράτρη,  ης,  ή.  Ion, 
φηήτρη,  11.,  and  Hdt.,  Dor,  πάτρα, 
also  φρατρία,  ή  : — Ι.  in  the  heroic 
age,  α  body  of  people  of  kindred  race,  a 
sept  or  clan,  κρϊν'  άνδρας. ..κατά  φρή- 
τρας,  ώς  φρήτρη  φρήτωιφιν  ύρ;/)?;, 
choose  men  by  darts,  that  clnn  may 
stand  by  clan,  11.  2,  362  ;  so  Hdt.  u§es 
it  to  denote  the  Persian  royal  inbe  or 
c/oji  (the  Achaemenids),  1,  125,^11. 
in  the  historical  times,  a  political  di- 
vision of  people,  which  no  doubt  took 
its  first  rise  from  tics  of  blood  and 
kinship  ;  at  Athens,  the  subdivision 
of  the  φυλή,  as  at  Rome  the  curia  in 
the  tribus,  Plat.  Legg,  746  D,  785  A, 
Isocr.  176  D;  φρατρίαι  καΐ  φυλαί, 
Arist,  Pol.  2,  5,  17,  cf.  5,  8,  19  ;  v, 
φράτηρ. — Every  φυλή  consisted  of 
three  φράτραι  or  φρατρίαι,  whose 
members  were  called  φράτερες  (as 
those  of  a  φυ7ιή  were  φυλέται,  and 
those  of  a  curia,  curiales),  and  were 
bound  together  by  various  religious 
rites  peculiar  to  each.  Every  φρά- 
τρα again  contained  30  γένη,  the 
members  of  which  were  called  γεν- 
νήται,  so  that  by  Solon's  constitution 
Athens  had  12  φράτραι  or  φρατρίαι, 
and  360  γένη  or  old  patrician  honses, 
V.  Herm.  Pol.  Ant.  §  98  sq— The 
Roman  curiae  exactly  answer  to  the 
Attic  φρατρίαι,  which  is  the  Greek 
word  used  to  express  them  by  Dion. 
H.2,7,etc.,Plut.Poplic.7.  (The  form 
of  the  word  φράτρα  is  much  disputed, 
as  well  as  its  deriv. :  in  Hdt.  1,  125, 
the  old  Edd.  have  φήτρη,  which  is 
supported  by  the  Dor.  ιτάτρα,  but 
later  Edd.,  with  the  best  MSS.,  give 
φρήτρη,  as  in  II. :  for  φρατρία  the 
Gramm.  give  φατρία,  appealing  to  the 
Ion.  τνατρίη,  and  later  prose  authors 
actually  use  this  form,  v.  Coray 
Heliod.  p.  324.— Π«τ7}ρ,  ττάτρα,  πα 
τρία  is  usu.  assumed  as  the  root, 
and  there  is  a  colour  for  this  in  the 
fact  that  the  Dor.  form  of  the  word  is 
πάτρα,  v.  sub  voc.  :  but  this  in  no 
way  accounts  for  the  ρ  after  φ  ;  and 
both  form  and  sense  seem  rather  to 
point  to  the  Lat. /ra/er,  Sanscr.  bhra• 
tri,  our  brother,  etc.  ;  so  that  the  orig. 
sense  of  the  word  would  be  brother- 
hood.— Cf   Buttmaiin  Mythol.  2,   p. 


ΦΡΕΑ 

304.)  [ά  by  nature,  as  is  shown  by 
the  Ion.  form  φρητρ?/.] 

Φράτρεία,  ας,  ή,^ψρύτρα,  v.  1.  for 
sq. 

Φρατρία,  ας,  η,  Ath.  141  F,  v.  sub 
φρύτρα.     Hence 

Φρΰτριάζο;  f.  -άσο,  to  belong  to,  be 
in  the  same  φρατρία,  μετά  τίνος,  Dem. 
1054,  3. 

Φρΰτριακός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to  a 
φρατρία.  like  φράτριος. 

Φρΰτρίύρχης,  ον,  ό,  and  φρατρίαρ- 
χος,  ον,  ό,  (άρχω)  president  of  a  φρα- 
τρία, Lat.  rnagtster  curiae, — the  latter 
in  Dem.  1305,  22. 

Φράτριαστής,  ον,  ό,=  φράτηρ,  Dion. 
Η.  4,  43. 

Φράτριαστικύς,  or  -ατικός,  ή,  όν, 
used  to  translate  Lat.  curiuius :  νό- 
μος φρατρ.,  lex  curiata,  Dio  C. 

Φρΰτριενς,  έως,  ό,=  φράτηρ,  Dion. 
Η.  2,  64.  _ 

Φράτρίζω,  f.  -ίσω,=φρατρίάζω. 

Φρατρικός,  ή,  όν,  =  φρατριακός  : 
ίκκλησια  φρατρική,  the  comitia  curi- 
ata of  the  Romans,  Dion.  H.  4,  20. 

Φρύτριος,  a,  ov,  belonging  to  or  con- 
cerning a  όρύτρα  :  at  Athens,  epith.  of 
Jupiter  and  Minerva,  as  tutelary  deities 
oftkephratriae.  Plat.  Euthyd.  302  D, 
Dem.  1054, 10,  Cratin.  (Jun.)  Χεφ.  1, 
5.  [α] 

Φρύττω,  Att.  for  φράσσω,  q.  v. 

Φράτωρ,  ορός,  ό,  τ.  sub  φράτηρ. 

Φρεάΐ'τ'/.7/ς,  ου,  ό,  (φρέαρ,  άντ?.έω) 
one  who  draws  from  a  ivell,  with  a  play 
on  the  name  Cleanthes,  Diog.  L. 

ΦΡΕ'Α'Ρ,  TO,  gen.  φρέατος,  contr. 
φρικτός,  etc. :  Ep.  φρεΐαρ,  gen.  φρείά- 
τος  : — a  well,  ττασαι  κρηναι  και  φρεί- 
ατα  μακρά  ι-άονσιν,\\.  21,  197  (the 
common  form  first  in  Η.  Horn.  Cer. 
99,  Hdt.  6,  119)  :— later,  nsn.,  a  water- 
tank,  cistern,  reservoir,  Hdt.  1,  68;  4, 
120,Thuc.  2,  49  ;  opp.  to  κρήνη,  Dem. 
186,  16  ;  metaph..  εις  φρέατα  και  πά- 
σαν  άτορίαν  είςττίπτειν,  Plat.Theaet. 
174  C  —an  oil-jar,  Ar.  Plut.  810.  [Ep. 
gen.  φρείΰτος  :  in  Att.  usu.  φρέατος, 
etc.,  Buttm.  Le.xii.  s.  v.  άάατος  2 
not.,  yet  with  some  exceptions  in 
comic  poets.] 

+Φρέα/^/^θί,  ων,  οι,  Pkrearrhi,  an 
Attic  deme  of  the  tribe  Leontis : 
hence  Φρεάόβιος.  ό,  one  of  Phrearrhi ; 
adv.  Φρεαβροθεν,  of  or  from  Phrearrhi. 

Φρεύτειος,  a,  ov,  (φρέαρ)  belonging 
to  a  lank,   [a  Att.] 

Φρεάτια,  ας,  ή,  a  tank  or  reservoir, 
Xen.  Hell.  3,'l.  7  (cf.  φρεατίας),  Po- 
lyb.  10,  28r  2.     Hence 

Φρεΰτιαϊος,  a.  ov,  belonging  to  a  well 
or  tank,  Theophr.  :  φρ.  νδωρ,  tank- 
water,  Hermipp.  Κερκ.  3.  [ά  Att.] 

Φρεάτίας,  ου,  6,  υπόνομος  φρ.,  an 
underground  channel  to  a  tank  or  reser- 
voir, "Schneid.  Xen.  dell.  3,  1,  7, 
though  the  passage  is  obscure,  and  ή 
φρεάτια  occurs  just  after. 

Φρεάτίδιος,  a,  ov,  f.  1.  for  φρεα- 
τιαΐος. 

Φρεάτων,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  φρέαρ. 
[α  Att.] 

Φρεάτιος,  α,  ον,  (φρέαρ)=^φρεατι- 
αϊος,  Geop.  [ά  Att.] 

Φρεύτομνκτης,  ον,  ό,^φρεωρύχος. 

Φρεάτοτνττάνον,  ον,  τό,  α  machine 
for  rai.nng  water,  a  swipe  or  water- 
tnheel.  Polyb.  Fr.  Gr.  135,  et  ibi  not.  [v] 

■^Φρεαττυς.  νος.  ή,  (in  Arist.  Pol. 
4,  13,  2,  TO  έν  ΦρεαττοΙ  δικαστήριον) 
Phreattys  or  Phrealto.  a  court  at  the 
Piraeeus,  where  the  Ephetae  tried  a 
persoti  for  committing  murder  during 
exile  for  an  unintentional  homicide, 
the  defendant  pleading  his  cause  from 
a  vessel  ;  cf  Diet.  Antiqq.  p.  407 ; 
Herin.  Pol.  Ant.  ^  104. 


ΦΡΕΝ 

Φρεάτύδης,  ες,  (φρέαρ,  είδος)  like  a 
tank. 

Φρεάτωρνχέω,  ώ,  φρεΰτωρνχος,= 
φρεωρνχέω,  φρεωρνχος. 

\Φρέγεν.7.αι,  ών,  αϊ,  Fregellae,  a 
town  of  Latiuin,  Strab.  p.  233.  Hence 

^Φρεγε/.λάνός,  ή,  όν,  of  Fregellae, 
Dion.  U.  ^ 

^Φρεγηνία,  ας,  -ή,  Phregenia,  a  city 
of  Etruria.  Strab.  p.  225. 

Φρεΐαρ,  ατός,  τό,  Ep.  for  φρέαρ,  II. 
21,  197,  Nic.  Th.  486. 

Φρενατϊάτάω,  ω,  f.  -ήσω,  to  deceive 
the  mind.  N.  T.  :  from 

Φρεναπάτης,  ov,  6,  (φρήν,  απατάω) 
one  who  deceives  the  mind,  a  seducer, 
N.  T. 

Φρενετίζω,  φρενητισμός,  dub.  for 
φρενιτ: 

Φρενήρης,  ες,  gen.  εος,  (φρήν,  *άρω) 
master  of  his  mind,  sound  of  mind,  sa?ie, 
Lat.  compos  mentis,  Hdt.  3,  25,  30,  35, 
etc.,  Eur.  Heracl.  150,  etc. 

ΦρενΙτϊαϊος,  a,  ov,  =  φρενιτικός, 
Hipp.  p.  1079. 

Φρεί'ίΓίίίω,  ώ,  f.  -aff(j,=sq.,  Plut. 
Alex.  75. 

ΦρενΙτίζω,  f  -ίσω,(φρενΐτις)  to  have 
a  violent  fever,  be  delirious  or  frantic, 
Plut.  2,  693  A,  1128  D. 

Φρενίτίκός,  ή,  όν,  suffering  from 
φρενίτις,  Hipp. :  from 

ΦρενΙτις,  ιδος,  ή,  (φρην)  ■ — the  de- 
lirium of  fever  :  frenzy,  raving,  Foes. 
Oec.  Hipp. — Strictly  a  fein.  adj.,  ή 
φρενΐτις  (sc.  νόσος),  a  disease  of  the 
mind. 

Φρενοβλάβεια,  ας,  ή,  damage  of  the 
understanding  ;  madness,  folly,  Philo  : 
from 

Φρενοβλαβής,  ες,  (φρήν,  βλάπτω) 
damaged  in  the  understanding,  crazy, 
Hdt.  2,  120,  Eupol.  Marie.  5,  8. 

Φρενοβλάόία,  ας,  ή,  poet,  for  φρεν- 
οβλάβεια. Manetho. 

Φρενόβ7.άβος,  ο  ν,  =  φρενοβλαβής. 
Or.  Sib. 

Φρενογηθής,  ες,  (Φρήν,  γήθoς)heart• 
gladdening,  Anth.  P.  9,  525. 

Φρενοδΰ?.ής,  ές,  (φρήν,  δη7ιέομηι) 
ruining  the  mind,  Aesch.  Eum.  330, 
343  ;  ubi  v.  Dind. 

Φρενοδίνής,  ές,  making  the  mind 
giddy. 

Φρενοθελγής,  ές,  (φρήν,  θέ?•.γω) 
flattering  or  charming  the  heart,  Nonn. 

Φρενόθεν,  adv.,=  sK  φρενός,  from 
the  heart,  of  one's  own  will  or  accord. 
Soph.  Aj.  183. 

Φρενοκηδής,  ές,  grieving  the  heart. 

Φρενοκλοπέω,  ώ,  to  steal  away  the 
understanding,  to  deceive :  from 

Φρενοκλόπος,  ov,  (φρήν,  κλέπτω) 
stealing  the  understanding,  deceiving, 
Anth.  Plan.  198. 

Φρενό7^7Ι~τος,  ov,  possessed,  mad, 
Lat.  menle  captus. 

Φρενολ.τιστής,  οϋ,  ό,  (φρήν,  λτ/στής) 
α  robber  of  the  understanding,  a  deceiver, 
Mel.  42. 

Φρενομΰνής,  ές,  (φρήν,  μαίνομαι) 
mad,  frenzied,  Aesch.  Ag.  1140. 

Φρενομόρως,  adv.  (φρήν,  μόρος) : — 
only  found  in  phrase  φρενομόρως  vo- 
σείν,  to  be  diseased  in  mind,  i.  e.  to 
be  mad,  Soph.  Aj  626,  where  some 
MSS.  have  wrongly  ^ρεί'ο/ζώρωζ•.•  the 
adj.  φρενόμορος  is  not  found,  any 
more  than  φρενόμωρος. 

Φρενοπ?ιηγής,  ές,  (φρήν,  πλήσσω) 
striking  the  mmd,  i.  e.  driving  mad, 
maddening,  μανίαι,  Aesch    Pr.  879. 

Φρενόπληκτος,  ov,  (φρήν,  πλήσσω) 
stricken  in  mind,  smitten  with  madness, 
frenzy-stricken,  astonied,  Aesch.  Pr. 
1054. 

Φρενυπ?.ήξ,  ήγος,  ό,  ή,  =  foreg., 
Anth.  P.  9,  141. 


ΦΡΗΝ 

Φρενοτέκτων,  ov.  gen.  όνος,  (φρήΐ'ί 
τέκτων)  making  with  the  mind,  inge- 
nious, Ar.  Ran.  820. 

Φρενοτερπής,  ές,  (φρήν,  τέρπω) 
heart-delighting. 

Φρενόω,  ώ,  {.  -ώσω,  (φρήν):  —  ίο 
make  wise,  make  to  understand,  instruct, 
inform,  teach,  τινά,  Aesch.  Pr.  335, 
Soph.  Ant.  754,  Eur.  Ion  526,  etc.  ; 
Φρ.  ονκέτ'  έξ  αινιγμάτων,  Ιο  leach 
plainly,  Aesch.  Ag.  1183  ;  also  in 
Xen.  Mem.  4,  1,  5;  φρ.  τίνα  εΙς  τι, 
lb.  2,  6,  1. — Π.  in  pass.,  to  be  high- 
minded,  elated,  LXX. 

iΦpεvτΰvoί,  ών,  οι,  the  Frentani  or 
Ferentani,  a  Samnite  race,  Polyb.  2, 
24,  12  :  ή  Φρεντΰνή,  the  territory  of 
the  Ferentarii,  Id.  3,  88,  3. 

Φρενώ/.ης,  ες,  (φρήν,  όλ/.νμι)  dis- 
traught in  mind,  frenzied,  Aesch.  Theb. 
757.   ^ 

Φρένωσις,  εως,  ή,  instruction,  teach- 
ing. 

Φρενωτήριον,  ov,  τό,  a  means  of  in- 
struction. 

Φρεορνκτέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,:=φρεωρν- 
χέω,  from 

Φρεορνκτης,  ov,  b,  =  φρεωρνχος, 
Lob.  Phryn.  232. 

ΦΡΕΏ,  f.  φρήσω,  in  signf.  akin  to 
άγω  or  ϊημι,  but  in  form  to  φέρω :  it 
occurs  only  in  the  compds.  όιαφρέω, 
έκφρέω,  είςφρέω,  έπειςφρέω,  qq.  v.  ; 
though  in  E.  M.  an  aor.  iinperat.  φρές 
is  cited,  as  if  from  φρημι. 

Φρεωρνχέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  ίο  dig  tanks, 
Plut.  2,  776  D  :— in  Ar.  Lys.  1033, 
ludicrously,  of  a  gnat:  and 

Φρεωρνχία,  ας,  ή,  a  digging  of  tanks : 
from 

Φρεωρνχος,  ov,  (φρέαρ,  ορνσσω) 
digging,  or  for  digging  tanks,  σκενη. 
Pint.  2,  159  C. 

Φρήν,  ή,  gen.  φρενός,  pi.  φρένες, 
gen.  φρενών,  etc. :  Dor.  φράν,  though 
Pind.  uses  φρήν,  but  in  dat.  plur.  he 
has  φρασ'ι,  φρασίν.  not  φρεσίν. — I. 
strictly  the  midriff,  later  διάφραγμα, 
i.  e.  the  muscle  which  parts  the  heart 
and  lungs,  (viscera  thoracis)  from  the 
lower  viscera  (  abdominis  ),  κραδία 
φρένα  λακτίζει  (as  in  Shaksp.  '  my 
seated  heart  knocks  at  my  ribs"), 
Aesch.  Pr.  881 ;  so  in  plur.,  τας  φρέ- 
νας  διάφραγμα. ..τιθέντες.  Plat.  Tim. 
70  A,  cf.  Foes.  Oec.  Hipp..  Arist. 
Gen.  An.  3,  )0,  1,  H.  A.  1,  17,  8  :— 
but, — 2.  in  Horn.,  the  physical  sense 
of  φρήν,  φρένες  is  merely  the  heart 
and  parts  about  the  heart,  the  breast, 
like  Lat.  praecordia,  ένθ'  άρα  τε  φρέ- 
νες ίρχαται  άμφ'  άδινόν  κήρ,  II.  16, 
481  ;  κραδίη  ενϊ  φρεσί,  II.  8,  413  ;  and 
even  the  parts  about  the  liver,  προς 
στήθος  δθι  φρένες  ήπαρ  έχονσιν,  Od. 
9.  301  ; — often  called  φρένες  άμφιμέ- 
λαιναι,  II.  1,  103,  etc. ;  this  is  the 
seat  of  fear,  τρομέοντο  δε  οί  φρένες 
αντώ,  II.  10,  10.  cf  22,  296  ;  of  joy  and 
grief,  φρένα  τέρπεσθαι  φόρμιγγι,  11. 
9,  186  ;  γάννται  φρένα  ποιμήν,  II.  13, 
493  ;  ύχος,  πόνος  φρένας  άμφεκάλν- 
■φεν,  etc.,  II.,  etc. ;  φρένας  ϊκετο  πέν- 
θος, άχοςπνκασε  φρένας.  etc. ;  of  love, 
II.  3,  442;  of  courage,  ένα  φρεσΙ  θυ• 
μόν  έχοντες,  II.  13,  487,  ές  φρένα  θυ- 
μός αγέρθη,  II.  22.  475,  cf.  8,  202, 
etc. : — but  also,  it  is  the  seat  of  the 
mental  faculties,  thought,  will,  un- 
derstanding, etc.,  φρενι  νοείν,  φρά- 
ζεσβαι,  έπίστασθαι,  μερμηρίζειν,  etc. ; 
κατά  φρένα  γνώναι,  εΐδέναι,  etc.  ; 
τιθέναι  τινί  τι  έπι  φρεσί,  to  put  in 
his  mind,  suggest  it,  11.  1,  55,  etc. ; 
ποιεΐν  τι  ένι  φρεσίν,  II.  13,  55;  θέ- 
σθαι  or  βάλλεσθαί  τι  ένϊ  φρεσί,  II. 
13,  121  ;  1,  297,  etc.  :  hence  also  the 
phrases,  Φρένας  τρέπειν,  ττείθειν 
1627 


ΦΡΙΚ 

παψαπείθείν,  έπιγνύμπτειΐ',  II.  7, 
ΓίίΟ  ;  9,  514,  etc.  : — the  word  is  used 
in  the  same  manner  in  Pind.,  and 
Trag.,  but  in  a  less  and  less  physical 
sense,  φρενι  ορβα,  έλενθερα,  Pind. 
Ο.  8.  31,  P.  2,  105  ;  όαιμόνων  θέλγε i 
φρέΐ'ας,  P.  1,  21  ;  μαινόμενα  φρενί, 
Aesch.  Theb.  484  ;  μίά  φρενί,  Id. 
Eum.  986  ;  Αώς  yup  όνςπαραίτητοί 
φρένες,  Id.  Pr.  34  ;  φρένες  yup  αυτού 
θνμον  οίακοστρόφουν,  Id.  Pers.  7ϋ7  ; 
//  γλώσσ'  όμώμοχ',  η  (5ί  Φρν^'  ΰνώμο- 
τος,  Eur.  Hipp.  C12  ;  and  so  on  : — we 
also  have  joined,  κατά  φρένα  και 
κατά  θνμόν,  as  in  Lat.  mens  atiinms- 
que ;  SO  in  Att.,  φρένες  και  νους.  Ar. 
Ran.  535  . — hence,  a  man  is  deprived 
of  his  φρένες,  i.  e.  of  his  wits  or  senses, 
πληγή  φρένας  ας  πύρος  είχεν,  II.  13, 
394 ;  εκ  γαρ  πλήγη  φρένας,  II.  10, 
403  ;  Τιενς  ι^λάπτε  φρενας  ημετέρας, 
II.  15,  724  (whence  ΐ3λα-ψίφρο)ν,  φρε- 
νοβλαβής); θεοί  φρένας  ύ?.εσαν,  II. 
8,  360 ;  and  freq.,  in  later  Greek,  of 
those  who  have  lost  their  wits,  φρε- 
νών έκστήναι,  μεταατήναι,  Eur.  Or. 
1021,  Bacch.  943;  φρενών  ίξεόρος, 
παρύκυπος.  Id.  Hipp.  935,  Bacch.  33  ; 
πού  ποτ^  ει  φρενών  ;  satisne  sarMs  es  ? 
Soph.  El.  390  :  and  of  persons  in 
their  senses,  ένδον  φρενών,  Eur.  He- 
racl.  709 ;  φρενών  έπήβο'λος.  Soph. 
Ant.  492,  etc. : — Hdt.  opposes  φρένες 
to  σώμα,  3,  134  ;  so,  al  σάρκες  κεναί 
φρενών,  Eur.  ΕΙ.  387  : — εκ  φρενός, 
from  one's  very  heart,  ύ  έκ  φρενός  λό- 
γος, α  hearty,  cordial  speech,  Aesch. 
Cho.  107  ;  έτύμως  δακρνχέων  έκ  φρε- 
νός, Id.  Theb.  919 ;  but,  έξ  άκρας 
φρενός,  superficially,  carelessly,  Id.  Ag. 
805  ;  φρενός  έκ  φιλίας,  lb.  1515,  cf. 
546:  — Horn,  also  atrributes  φρένες, 
sense,  instinct,  to  beasts,  II.  4,  245 ; 
16, 157,  etc. — 3.  in  Horn.,  again,  φρέ- 
νες appears  in  the  singular  signf. 
of  the  seat  of  life,  Or  life  itself,  as  opp. 
to  ιΐινχτ)  (the  departed  SOul),  11.  23. 
104,  Od.  10,  493,  cf.  II.  6,  352.— The 
word  is  seldom  used  in  prose,  as, 
συμφορά  τών  φρ.,  i.  e.  madness,  An- 
doc.  20,  29  ;  so,  παραλλάττει  τών 
φρ.,  Lys.  Vx.  58  ;  and  in  most  usages 
there  is  no  distinction  observable  be- 
tween the  sing  and  plur.  (The  strict 
signf.  of  φρένες,  midriff,  shows  that  it 
is  near  of  kin  to  φράσσω,  διάφραγμα  ; 
and  the  Lat.  renes  seems  to  come 
from  the  same  root,  rejecting  the  φ 
or  f-  (cf.  φράσσω,  frenum).  In  the 
mctaph.  signf.  soul,  mind,  both  φρε- 
νόω  and  φρονέω,  φρόνις,  φροντ'ις, 
φροντίζω  and  φράζω  are  connected 
with  it.  In  compos,  φρήν  changes 
into  -φρων,  -φρονος,  e.  g.,  ενφρων,  κα- 
κόφρων,  etc.) 
Φρήταρχος,  ό,  dub.  1.  for  φρήτραρ- 

Φρητία,  ij.  Ion.  for  φρεάτια. 

Φρήτραρχος,  ου.  ό,  Ion.  for  φρά- 
τραρχος,—  φρατρίαρχος,  Inscr. 

Φρητρη,  ης,  ή.  Ion.  for  φράτρα,  II. 
2,  3C2,  Hdt.  1,  125. 

Φρήτρηφιν,  Ερ.  dat.  from  foreg., 
II.  ' 

Φρήτριος,  η,  ον,  Ion.  for  φράτριος. 

ΦρΙγος,  εος,  τό,  poet,  for  σφρίγος, 
ν.  1.  in  Hermipp.  Strat.  1. 

ΦρΙκάζο),  f.  -άσω,  to  shudder,  shiver. 

Φρικαλέος,  a,  ov,  {φρίκη)  with  rough 
surface,  σπι'λάς,  Anth.  P.  7,  382  ;  cf. 
Try  ph.  195. — U .  dreadful,  horrid,  A.nU\. 
P.  7,  69  ;  9,  300. 

ΦρΙκασμός,  οϋ,  b,  (φρικύζω)  a.  shud- 
dering, shivering,  LXX. 

Φρίκη,  ης,  η,=  φρίξ,  of  the  rippling 

sea,  πορθμός  εν  φρΊκτ/  γελά  (like  Lat. 

inhorrescit),   Eur.    Incert.    140. — II.  a 

thuddering,  shivering,  Hipp. :  esp.  an 

1628 


ΦΡΙΞ 
aguish  shiver  or  chill.  Plat.  Phaedr. 
251  A,  Kic.  Th.  721.-2.  shivering 
ffar,  shuddering,  esp.  from  religious 
awe,  Hdt.  6,  134,  Xen.  Cyr.  4,  2,  15 : 
then,  any  fear,  φρ.  τρομερά,  Seidl. 
Eur.  Tro.  185  (183).  [<] 

Φρικιά,  τά,  [ϊ]  and  φρϊκίαι,  αϊ, 
aguish  shiverings,  Diosc. 

Φρικίας,  ου  and  α,  ό,  {φρίσσω) 
Bristler,  name  of  a  horse  in  Pmd.  P. 
10,  25; — prob.  from  his  upstanding 
mane. 

ΦρΙκίασις,  εως,  η,  and  φρίκιασμύς, 
οϋ,  ύ,  aguish  shivering,  Diosc.  :  from 

Φρΐκιάω,  ώ,  {φρίξ)  like  φρικάζω,  to 
shudder,  shiver,  esp.  to  have  an  aguish 
shiver,  DlOsc. 

^Φρίκιον  όρος,  τό,  Mt.  Phricius,  in 
Locns  above  Thermopylae,  Strab.  p. 
582. 

Φρικνός,7ί,όν,—  φρικα?.έος,ΙΙβ»γοΚ 

Φρϊκοποίός,  όν,  Κφρί^,  πυιέυ)  caus- 
ing a  shuddering  :  generally,  exciting, 
Diphn.  (Siphn.)  ap.  Ath.  74  C. 

Φρϊκος.  εος,  τό,-^φρίκη,  a  shudder- 
ing, shivering,  Hipp. 

ΦρΙκόω,  ώ,  {φρίξ)  to  make  to  .-shud- 
der:— p^ss.,=z  φρικάζω,  to  shudder  or 
shiver. 

Φρικτός,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from 
φρίσσω,  to  he  shuddered  at,  horrible, 
φρικτόν  σέ?ιας  Ιεις  γλήναις,  Anth.  P. 
15,  51  ;  φρ.  τάφος,  lb.  7,  405.  Adv. 
-τως,  LXX. 

Φρικώδης,  ες,  {φρίξ,  είδος)  rough, 
uyicven,  Lat.  horridus :  το  φρικώδες, 
roughness  of  the  skin,  Foes.  Oec.  Hipp. 
— II.  that  causes  shuddering  or  horror, 
awful,  horrible,  φρ.  κλΰειν,  Eur.  Hipp. 
1202,  cf  Andoc.  5,  5,  Dem.  644,  18  : 
— neut.  φρικώδες,  as  adv.,  horribly, 
Eur.  Hipp.  1216. — 2.  πυρετός  φρ.,  a 
fever  with  shivering  fits,  a  kind  oiague, 
Foes,  ut  supra.     Hence 

ΦρΙκωδία,  ας,  ή,  roughness.— -11.  hor- 
ribleness.  Phot. 

■\Φρίκων,  ωνος,  δ,  Phricon,  ruler  of 
the  Cymaeans  in  Aeolis,  Ep.  Hom. 
4,  4.  [i]  Cf.  Φρίκωνίς. 

^ΦρΙκωνενς,  έως,  ό,  a  Phriconian, 
i.  e.  aninhab.  of  Cyme,  in  Aeolis,  Strab. 
p.  621. 

iΦp[κωvίς,  ίδος,  η,  fern.  adj.  from 
Φρίκιον,  Phriconian,  appell.  of  Cyme 
in  Aeolis,  from  founders  having  de- 
layed some  time  at  Mt.  Phricius  in 
Locns,  Bahr  Hdt.  1,  149:  cf  Strab. 
p.  621. 

tΦpί«ωl'mζ•,^(5oί•,^,=foreg.,  Strab. 
p.  021. 

Φρϊμαγμός,  ov,  ό,  a  snorting  ;  gene- 
rally, of  any  motions  of  rampant  an- 
imals, Lye,  cf  sq.  :  from 

Φρ'ιμάσσομαι,  Att.  -ττομαι :  f.  -^Ό- 
μαι  ;  dep.  mid.  : — to  snort  and  leap  :  to 
jump  or  toss  about,  to  wanton,  of  goats, 
Theocr.  5,  141  ;  also  of  high-mettled 
horses,  φριμάξασθαι  και  χρεμετίσαι, 
Hdt.  3,  87,  cf  Anth.  P.  9,  281,— 
though  of  them  φρνάσσυμαι  is  more 
usu.,  Valck.  Ammon.  sub  v.,  Thoin. 
M.  p.  901,  Schiif  Dion.  Comp.  p. 
196:  also  of  dogs,  cf  Opp.  C.  1,491  ; 
etc. : — metaph.  of  men,  to  behave  or 
speak  with  wanton  insolence. — The  act. 
φριμάσσω  only  in  Nicetas.  (Akin  to 
Ι3ρνω,  βριμάω,  βρέμω  and  Lat.  fremo: 
but  it  has  nothing  to  do  with  φρίσ- 
σω.) 

Φρΐμάω,  ώ,  =  foreg.,  Opp.  C.  1, 
490. 

Φρίξ,  fi,  gen.  φρϊκός,  {φρίσσω) ; — 
the  ruffling  of  a  smooth  surface,  as 
esp.  of  smooth  water,  the  light  rufiing 
or  ripple  caused  by  a  gust  of  wind 
sweeping  over  the  smooth  sea,  Lat. 
horror,  II.  23,  692  ;  μέλαινα  φρίξ,  the 
dark  ripple,  II.  21,  126,  Od.  4,  402 ; 


ΦΡΙ  Σ 

'Ζεφνροιο  εχεύατο  πόντον  επι  φρίξ, 
ripple  spread  over  the  sea,  from  the 
west  wind,  11.  7,  63,  cf  sub  vv.  με- 
λύνει, φρίκη: — ^ο,μαλακη  φρίξ,  Leon. 
ΑΙ.  28,  2  ;  φρικί  χαρασσηιιενα  κύμα- 
τα, Anth.  Ρ.  10,  14,  cf  10,  2.-11.  α 
bristling  up  as  of  hair,  of  corn,  etc.  : 
of  one's  skin,  when  in  the  state  com- 
monly called  goose-skin  :  a  shivering, 
shuddering,  cf.  φρίκη.  (Hence  φρίσ- 
σω, φρίκη,  φριξός,  etc.) 

ίΦρίξα,  ΐ]ς,  ή,  Xen.  Hell.  3,  2,  30, 
and  Φρίξαι,  α/,  Hdt.  4,  146,  P//ru(^or 
PiiTixae,  an  ancient  city  of  Tri[)hylian 
Elis,  on  the  borders  of  Arcadia,  cf. 
Strab.  p.  343.— II.  Phrixa,  a  nymph, 
Pans.  8,  47,  3. 

Φρϊξαι,  aor.  1  inf  from  φρίσσω,  q.  v. 
sub  fin. 

Φριξανχην,  ενός,  ό,  η,  {φρίσσω, 
ανχήν)  with  bristling  mane,  ap.  Plut.  2, 
462  Ε. 

'ίΦρίξίον  or  ΦριξεΙον,  ov,  τό,  temple 
of  Phrixus,  Strab.  p.  499. 

Φριξόθριξ,  τρϊχος,  ό,  ή,  with  brist- 
ling hair. 

Φριξοκόμης,  ov,  ό,  {φρίσσω,  κόμη) 
=;foreg.,  Anth.  Plan.  291. 

Φρίξος,  ή,  όν,  {φρίσσω)  standing 
stiff  or  on  end,  bristling,  esp.  of  hair, 
Arist.  Physiogn.  5,  8  ;  6,  41. 

Φρίξος,  ov,  0,  like  φρίξ  and  φρίκη, 
a  shivering,  shuddering,  Lat.  horror. — 
II.  comic  name  for  the  genius  or  demon 
of  horror,  Anth.  P.  9,  617. 

^Φρίξος,  ov,  ό,  Phrixus,  son  of  Atha- 
mas  and  Nephele,  brother  of  Helle, 
with  whom  he  tied  to  Colchis  on  a 
gulden  ram,  Pind.  P.  4,  284  ;  Apollod. 
1,  9,  1  ;  cf.  Hdt.  7,  197.— 11.  a  nver, 
Pans.  2,  30,  6. 

ΦΡΓΣΣί2,  Att.  -ττω:  f  φρίξω  (v. 
sub  fin.):  pf.  πέφρίκα,  with  a  Dor. 
part.  πεφρΊκοντες,  Pind.  P.  4,  326. 

To  be  rough,  ruffled  or  uneven,  to  bris- 
tle, Lat.  horrere,  φρίσσονσιν  άρονραι 
(sc.  Ιισταχνεσσι),  the  corn-fieltls  bris- 
tle (with  ears  of  corn),  11.  23,  599  ;  so, 
φρίξας  κάρπιμος  στάχνς,  Eur.  Supp. 
31  ;  so,  ot  a  line  of  battle,  μάχη  εφρι- 
ξεν  έγχείτισιν,  11.  13,  339;  φάλαγγες 
σάκεσίν  τε  καϊ  έγχεσι  πεφρικνϊαι,  11. 
4,  282,  cf  7,  62  ;  just  like  Virgil's  hor- 
ret  ager  aristis,  and  Horace's  horrentia 
pilis  agmina  :  so  too,  χερσι  διξιωνν- 
μοις  έφριξεν  αίθί/ρ,  of^  a  crowd  hold- 
ing up  their  hands  to  vote,  Aesch. 
Supp.  608;  of  hair,  mane  or  bristles, 
to  bristle  up,  stand  on  end,  φρίσσονσιν 
τρίχες,  Hes.  Op.  538 ;  φρίσσονσιν 
έθειραι,  etc. :  φιύλα  χρνσω  πεφρι- 
κνϊα,  Pind.  I.  6  (5),  59  (Juvenal's  be• 
ryllo  inaequales  phialae)  : — but  also  c. 
acc,  φρίσσειν  λοφη)ν,  to  set  up  his 
bristly  mane,  Od.  19,  440  ;  so,  φρ.  τρί- 
χας, Hes.  Sc.  391 ;  φρ.  νώτον,  ανχέ- 
νας,  11.  13,  473,  Hes.  Sc.  171  ;  also, 
πτεροίσι  νώτα  πεφρίκοντες,  bristling 
on  their  backs  with  feathers,  Pind.  P. 
4,  326  ;  so,  'λέοντος  δέρος  χαίτη  πε- 
φρικός,  Eur.  Phoen.  1121,  etc.: — 
φρ'ισσοντες  όμβροι,  like  Virgil's  hor- 
rida  grarido,  Pind.  P.  4,  144  :  άσθματι 
φρίσσων  πνοάς,  ruckling  in  his  throat, 
of  one  just  dying.  Id.  N.  10,  140  :— so 
too  of  the  rippling  surface  of  smooth 
water,  ό  πόντος  πέφρικε,  cf  φρίξ : 
and  of  a  tree,  πενκη  φρίσσονσα  Ζε- 
φνροις,  Anth.  Plan.  13. — II.  freq.  of 
a  feeling  of  chill  when  one's  skin  con- 
tracts and  forms  what  we  commonly 
call  goose-skin,  or  the  hair  stands  up 
on  end,  as  in  Lat.  horrent  co7nae,  ste- 
!  terunt  comae,  etc. :  hence, —  1.  to  shiver 
j  with  cold,  Hes.  Op.  510  :  also  to  have 
1  a  shivering  fit. — 2.  to  shudder  with  fear, 
I  H.  Hom.  27,  8;  c.  part.,  ό-  σε  όερκο- 
!  μένη,  Aesch.  Pr.  540,  of.  695 :— also 


ΦΡΟΝ 
c.  ace,  to  shudder  a(  or  before  any  one, 
i.  e.  to  dread  him,  11.  11,  383  ;  24,  775, 
Find.  O.  7,  70,  etc.  :  and,  c.  ace.  et 
inf.,  ta  dread  that..,  Aesch.  Theb.  720 
sq. :  more  rarely  c.  gen.,  Ιψριξα  δα'ή- 
σαντος  Ισύκης],  lb.  490 ;  also  c.  dat., 
ιρρίξονσιν  έρετμοίς,  they  shall  shudder 
at  the  oars,  Orac.  ap.  Hdt.  8,  96, — 
where  others  propose  φρνξονσα-,  they 
shall  cook  with  the  (wood  of  the)  oars, 
V.  Bahr  ad  1. : — also,  part.,  ττέφρικα 
λενσσων,  I  shudder  at  seeing,  Aesch. 
Supp.  345 ;  and  so  c.  inf.,  to  fear  to 
do,  Dem.  559,  8. — 3.  to  feel  a  holy  shud- 
der or  au-e.  as  at  the  approach  of  a  di- 
vinity, Wytt.  Plut.  2,  276  E,  Jac. 
Aiith.  P.  p.  1057. — Ί.  to  thrill  or  quiver 
with  delight,  ί<ρρις'  ίρωτι.  Soph.  Aj. 
693,  cf.  Interpp.  ad  Eur.  Hel.  632.— 
The  word  will  hardly  be  found  in 
prose  save  in  the  sense  o{  shuddering, 
fearing,  Flat.  Rep.  387  C,  'Fhaedr. 
251  A.  Dem.  I.  c.  (The  root  is  strict- 
ly ΦΡΓΚ-:  hence  φρίξ,  φρίκη,  ψριξός, 
etc. :  akin  also  to  βϊγος,  ()ΐγέω,  βί• 
γόω,  as  also  to  Lat.  rigeo  and  frigeo, 
whence  the  French  fnssonner.)  [i  by 
nature,  wherefore  Herm.  has  written 
φρΐξαι,  not  φρίξαι,  in  Find.  [.  1,  16, 
Soph.  El.  1400.] 

Φροιμιύζομαι,  f.  -άσομαι,  dep.  mid., 
rontr.  lor  πρυοιμιάζομαι,  to  make  a 
prelude  or  beginning,  to  begin,  Aesch. 
Ag.  1354,  cf  Eur.  1.  T.  1162  :  also  c. 
ace,  φρ.  θεούς,  to  begin  with  iiirnking 
the  gods,  Aesch.  Eum.  20  ; — hence, 
as  pass.,  πεφροιμίασται  τα  νυν  είρη- 
μένα,  Arist.  Pol.  7,  4,  1  ;  ταύτα  εστυ 
ιτεφροίμιασμένα,ΐί).  7,  1,  13.     Hence 

Φροιμίαστέον,  verb,  adj.,  one  must 
make  a  prelude  or  beginning,  Arist. 
Rhet   Al.  36,  1  ;  38,  2. 

Φροίμιον,  ov,  TO.  contr.  for  ττροοί- 
μιον,  like  φρούδος  for  ττρο  όόον. 

Φρονέω,  ώ,  fut.  -7/σω,  —  the  verb 
which  expresses  the  action  of  the 
φρην  or  φρένες,  i.  e.  as  well  of  the 
heart  and  will,  as  of  the  understand- 
ing, thoughts,  etc.,  which  notions  are 
more  or  less  comprised  in  our  veib 
to  think,  i.  e.  either  to  think  to  do  a 
thing,  mean  to  do  it,  be  minded  so  and 
so,  or  simply  to  think,  consider,  reflect. 
Hence  arise  various  usages  ; — 1.  to 
think,  to  have  understanding,  to  be  sage, 
prudent:  Hom.  has  it  in  this  signf, 
but  rarely,  as  άριστοι  μάχεσθαί  τε 
φρονέειν  τε,  best  both  in  battle  and 
counsel,  II.  6,  79  :  but  this  is  tlie  most 
freq.  signf.  in  Att.,  φρονονντως  -ττρος 
φρονυϋί'τας  ίννέττεις,  Aesch.  Supp. 
204,  cf.  176;  φρονείν  yup  οι  ταχείς 
οί'Κ  ασφαλείς,  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  617  ;  το 
φρονεΙν,  like  φρόνι/σίς,  understanding, 
prudence,  Id.  Ant.  1348,  1353;  h/L• 
vi'v  φρονώ  Tor'  ov  ύρονών,  Eur.  Med. 
1329 :  so  also,  εν  φρονείν,  freq.  in 
Att.;  οι  εν  φρονοϋντες,  Hdt.  2,  16, 
etc.  ;  also,  ορβώς  φρ.,  opp.  to  κακώς 
φρ.,  Aesch.  Pr.  385;  ορθά  φρ-,  Eur. 
Med.  1129  ;  μώρα,  ττ'λύγια  φρ..  Soph. 
Aj.  594.  Eur.  1.  A.  332.-2.  but  in  Att. 
and  prose  very  oft.,  to  be  in  one's  sou7id 
senses  or  wits,  Soph.  Aj.  82,  344,  etc.  ; 
φρονών  οί'δϋν  φρονείς,  though  in  thy 
wiis  thou'rt  nothing  tvise,  Eur.  Bacch. 
332  ;  in  this  signf.  also,  ευ  φρονείν, 
Ar.  Nub.  817  ;  εξω  ελαύνειν  τινά  του 
φρονείν,  to  drive  one  out  of  his  j/n- 
derstanding  otwils,  Eur.  Bacch.  851  ; 
so,  έξΐστασθαι  τον  φρονείν,  to  lose 
one's  wits. — 3.  c.  ace.  rei,  to  have  in 
mind,  joined  with  γΐ)νώσκω,  Od.  16, 
136;  17,  193;  cf.  Hdt.  1,  46;  with 
νοέω.  Flat.  Phil.  11  B.— II.  to  be  mind- 
ed or  disposed  in  a  certain  way,  to 
mean,  intend,  purpose,  freq.  in  Hom. 
with  and  without  ace. ;  φρ.  ένι  θνμώ, 


ΦΡΟΝ 
Od.  6,  313,  etc. ;  άνά  θνμόν,  as  II.  2, 
36,  Od.  2,  116,  etc. ;  ένι  φρεσί,  Od.  14, 
82  :  φρονών  εττρασσον,  prudens  facie- 
bam.  Soph.  O.  C.  272 :— so  in  Att. 
prose,  φρονείν  τι.  Ιο  mean  or  intend  so 
and  so,  τοντο  φρονεί  ή  ίγωγη  ημών, 
this  is  what  your  bringing  us  here 


ΦΡΟΝ 
way,  H.  Horn.  Ap.  469  ;  ύλ'λα  opovi 
ειν  και  uA?m  λε-,ειν,  Hdt.  9,  54,  cf. 
Dmarch.  96,  15.— 111.  to  think  of  mind, 
heed,  hence  to  take  heed  of  a  ihmg, 
stand  in  aue  of  it,  ϋ-ιδα.  Od.  14.  82. 
— IV".  of  vital  impulses,  directly  for 
ζην,  to  be  sensible,  be  alive,  Ιμε  τον  ύν• 
means,  Thuc.  5,  85.-2.  c.  inf ,  to  think,     στηνον  ετι  φρονέοντ'  έλέησον,  lor  Itl 


mean,  be  minded  to  do  a  thing,  II.  1  , 
286 :  φο  c.  ace.  et  inf.,  II.  3,  98,  cf! 
9,  608 :  also,  ol  δ'  ίθνς  φρόνεον  (sc. 
ίέναι),  they  were  minded  (to  go)  right 
onward,  II.  12,  124;  13,  135.— 3.  to 
have  certain  thoughts  for  or  towards 
any  one,  to  be  so  and  so  minded  to- 
wards him,  oft.  in  Horn.,  esp.  αγαθά, 
φίλα  φρονείν  τινι,  to  be  well  or  kind- 
ly minded  towards  him,  Od.  1,  43,  307, 
U.  4,  219,  etc.  ;  opp.  to  κακά  φρονείν 
τινι,  to  be  e\i\-jntnded  towards  him,  II. 
22,  264 ;  so,  ό/.οα  φρ.,  II.  16,  701  (but 
in  II.  6,  162,  αγαθά  φρονέων  has  a 
moral  sense,  being  well  or  high  7nitid- 
ed,  having  good  or  noble  thoughts) ;  so 
too  with  advs.,  εν  φρονείν  τινι,  Od. 
7,  74,  Aesch.  Ag.  1436,  etc. ;  opp.  to 
κακώς  φρ.,  Od.  18,  168 ;  but,  τά  άμεί- 
νω  φρονέειν,  to  be  of  the  better  mind, 
be  on  the  better  side,  Hdt.  7, 145,  172. 
— 4.  but  usu.  c.  adj.  neut.,  sine  dat. 
pers.,  to  be  minded  so  and  so,  to  think 
or  purpose  such  and  such  things,  κρν- 
ΤΓτάδια  φρ.,  to  hare  secret  purposes,  11. 

I,  542  ;  άταλά  φρ..  to  be  gailv  disposed, 

II.  18,  567,  Hes.  Th.  989,  cf  "il.  6,  400  ; 
TiVKva  and  ττνκινά  φρ.,  to  have  wise 
thoughts,  be  cunningly  minded,  Od.  9, 
445  ;  εφημερία  φρ..  to  think  only  of  the 
passing  day,  Od.  21.  85. — The  com- 
monest phrase  of  this  kind,  both  in 
Hom.  and  Att.,  is  μέγα  φρονείν,  to  be 
high-minded,  have  high  thoughts,  also 
of  animals,  to  br  high-spirited  and  bold, 
II.  11,  325;  13,  156;  φρονεί  yap  ώς 
γννη  μέγα,  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  1078;— but, 
in  Att..  mostly  in  bad  sense,  to  have 
high  thoughts,  to  be  headij,  presumptu- 
ous, conceited  or  proud,  ptuuie  or  pride 
one's  self  έ~ί  Tivi,  at  or  of  a  thing,  like 
ΰβρννίσθαι,  καλλωπίζεσθαι,  etc., 
F'iat.  Symp.  217  A,  Prot.  342  D:  so 
also,  μείζον  φρ.,  to  have  over-high 
thoughts,  Xen.  An.  5,  6,  8  (but  also, 
simply,  to  pluck  up  courage.  Id.  Hell. 
3,  5,  21);  01  μ^γιστον  φρονονντες. 
Fiat.   Phaedr.  257   E:    σμικρά,  σμι- 


ζώντα,  II.  22.  59 ;  θανόντι  δ',  ov  φρο- 
νονντι,  δειλαία  χάρις  έττέμττετο, 
Aesch.  Cho.  517  ;  μηδέ  ζην  αντο  μηδέ 
φρονείν,  Plat.  Soph.  249  Α.  cf.  φρην 
sub  fin.     Hence 

Φρόνημα,  ατός,  τ6,  the  mind,  tvill, 
spirit,  Lat.  atiimus,  first  in  Hdt.  6,  109  ; 
9,  7,  2,  and  then  freq.  in  Trag. :  έστ' 
αν  Αιός  φρ.  /.ωφήση  χόλου,  Ae.«ch. 
Pr.  370,  etc.  -.—thought,  φβέγμα  και 
άνεμόεν  φρ.,  Soph.  Ant.  355:  freq. 
also  in  plur.,  thoughts,  purposes,  dispo- 
sition, character,  as  Hdt.  3,  122,  125: 
—  its  sense  is  limited  by  epithets, 
ν~έρτολμον  φρ.,  Aesch.  Cho.  595; 
εμήέδοις  φρονήμασιν,  Soph.  Ant. 
169  ;  τών  φρονημάτων  ό  Zti'f  κυλα- 
στης  τών  ά)αν  ντηρφρόνυν,  Eur.  He- 
racl.  388  ;  Φρονήματα  μεγά/.α,  high 
thoughts.  Plat.  Symp.  190  β  ;  ελενΟε- 
pov  φρ.,  Id.  Legg.  865  D  ;  τνραννικον 
φρ..  Rep.  573  Β  : — then,  it  is  also  used 
absol.  either  in  good  or  bad  sense,  as, 
— 2.  high  and  noble  feeling,  high-mind- 
edness,  high  spirit,  freq.  in  Thuc,  as  2, 
43;  δονλονν  το  φρ.,  id.  2,  61—3.  in 
bad  sense,  presumption,  arngance, 
Ae.sch.  Pr.  953,  Eur.  Heracl.  926, 
Thuc.  5,  43 :  insolence,  conceit,  Ar. 
Pac.  25.  cf.  Wyttenb.  Flut.  1  C— If. 
the  plur.  is  used  by  Aesch.,  as  = 
φρένες,  the  heart,  breast,  Eum.  478. 
Hence 

Φρονημάτ'ιας,  ov,  ό,  one  who  has 
much  self-confidence,  high  minded,  high- 
spirited,  Xen.  Ages.  1,  24. — II.  in  bad 
sense,  a  presmnptuons,  arrogant  person, 
Arist.  Pol.  5,  11,  5. 

Φρονηματίζω,  1.  -ίσω,  ίο  make  high- 
minded:  to  wake  presumptuous  w  proud : 
■ — pass.,  to  become  presnmptuous,  φρο' 
νηματισθίντις  εκ  τών  έργων,  Arist. 
Pol.  8,  6,  11  ;  πεφρονηαατισμένοι  διύ 
τι,  lb.  3,  13,  19;  έττί  τινι,  Polyb.  22, 
8,  8  ;  etc.     Hence 

Φρυνημάτισμός.  ov,  ό,  high-minded- 
ness ;  arrogance,  Polyb.  Fr.  Gr.  136. 
^  Φρονημάτώδης,   ες,=  φρονηματίας, 


κρον  φρ.,  to  be  hnx.jtiindid,  poor-spir-   Thiiostr 

ited,  Herm.  Soph.  Aj.  1^^^;  μείον  φρ.,  I      Φρήνησις,  εως,  ή,  (φρονέω)  α  mind- 

Xen.   ΑροΙ.  24,  etc.,   cf    φρονητέον  :  I  ing  to  do  so  and  so,  purpose,  intention, 


while  between  them  we  hii\e μέτρια 
μέτρων  φρ.,  to  be  of  moderate,  calm, 
and  sober  mind: — in  like  manner,  ov 
κατ'  ύνθρωτΓον  φρ.,  Aesch.  Theb.  425, 
Soph.  .Aj.  777,  cf.  Ant.  768  ;  θνητά, 
αθάνατα  φρ ,  Soph.  Fr.  515,  Eur., 
etc. ;  μηδέν  θνητον  φρ..  for  which 
Hom.  has  φρ.  Ισα  θεοίσι,  Π.  5,  441  : 
so  also  many  phrases  in  Att.,  τυραν- 
νικά φρ..  to  have  tyranny  in  mind,  Ar. 
Vesp.  507  ;  αρχαϊκά  φρ..  to  have  old- 
fashioned  notions,  Ar.  N'ub.  821  ;  νεώ- 
τερα φρ.,  to  meditate  innovations,  νεω- 
τεριζειν.  Flat.,  etc.  ;  also,  ov  παρδά- 
λιος  τόσσον  μένος  οσσον  ΤΙάνθον  νΐες 
φρονέονσιν,  the  panther's  courage  is 
not  so  great  as  is  the  spirit  of  the 
sons  of  Panthus,  II.  17,  23.  —  5.  τά 
τίνος  φρονείν,  to  6c (^another's  7nind, 
be  minded  like  him,  be  on  his  side  or 
of  his  party,  side  with  him,  Hdt.  2,  162  ; 
7,  102,  etc. ;  so,  τά  τζρός  τίνα  φρ., 
Xen.  Απ.  7,  7,  30  (Hom.  has  also  τά 
φρονέεις,  a  τ'  εγώ  περ,  II.  4,  361); 
also,  Ισον  έμοϊ  φρονέονσα,  thinking 
like  me,  II.  15,  50 ;  τά  αίτύ,  το  αντό 
φρ.,  to  be  like-minded,  Hdt.  1,  60  :  5,  3  ; 
opp.  to  άμφίς  φρ.,  to  think  differently, 
11. 13,  345 ;  ΰλλί)  φρ.,  to  think  another 


Soph.  0.  T.  664  ;  φρονησιν  / ωω  f.a- 
βείν,  to  think  better  of  it,  id.  Phil. 
1078.-  2.  high-niindcdyfess,  pride.  Eur. 
Supp.  216. — 3.  high  character,  Lat.  ex- 
istimatio,  Eur.  Temen.  13,  2. —  II. 
thoughtfulness ,  good  sense,  practical  wis- 
dom, prudetice,  being  the  virtue  con- 
cerned in  the  government  of  men, 
management  of  affairs,  and  the  like, 
Plat.,  and  Arist.  ;  v.  esp.  Plat.  Svmp. 
209  A,  Arist.  Elh.  N.  6,  5  arid  8, 
sq. 

Φρονητέον,  yexh.  adj.  from  φρονίω, 
one  Tnust  pride  one's  self,  τινί,  έπί  τινι, 
διά  τι,  Xen.  Ages.  8,  4,  Hell.  2,  4,  40, 
Apol.  26. 

Φρονίμενμα,  ατός,  τό,  v.  sub  φρο- 
νίμημα.  [ϊ] 

Φροι  t/^f  j)o/iflt,late  form  for  φρονέω, 
dep.,  to  be  wise  or  prudent.  Lob.  Phryn. 
386.  [ΐ] 

Φρανίμενσις,  ή,  late  form  for  φρό- 
νησις,  prudent  conduct,  [i] 

ίΦρονίμη,  ης,  ή,  Phronime,  daneh 
ter  of  Etearchus  king  of  Crete.  Hdt 
4,  154. 

Φρονίμημα,   ατός,  τό,  the  act  of  a 
φρόνιμος,  prudent  conduct.  Stob.   Eel 
2, 194  ;— but  Lob.,  Phryn.  386,  rejec 
1629 


ΦΡΟΝ 
this  form  and  writes  φρονίμευμα  in- 
stead, [i] 

Φρόνιμος,  ov,  (apr/v)  understanding, 
171  one\  senses,  Soph.  Aj.  259.  —  JI. 
staid,  utimoited,  Xen.  Cyr.  5,  2,  17 :  το 
φρ.,  presence  of  mind.  Id.  Hell.  2,  3, 
66.  —  III.  thoughtful,  practically  wise, 
sensible, prudent,  Lat.  priiderts,  Ar.  Lys. 
42,  Plat.,  and  Arist.,  cf.  (ρρόνησις  II: 
φρόνψος  ηερί  τίνος,  possessing  saga- 
city or  discernment  in  a  thing,  Xen. 
Cyr.  1,  (j,  15,  and  21,  sq. ;  Ktpi  τι. 
Plat.  Gorg.  490  Β  ;  εϊς  τι,  Id.  Ale.  1, 
125  A  : — TO  φμόνιμον,  practical  wisdom, 
prudence,  Eur.  Alex.  16,  and  Xen. ; 
so,  άπορος  έπϊ  φρόνιμα.  Soph.  Ο.  Τ. 
692  ;  used  of  bnds.  Id.  El.  1059.  Adv. 
-μως,  Ar.  Eq.  1364,  Av.  1333,  Plat., 
etc. 

Φρονιμώδης,  ες,  of  the  nature  of  a 
φρόνιμος,  very  dub. 

Φρονις,  εως,  ή,  (φρήν,  φρονεω) : — 
understanding,  prudence.  Od.  3,  244 : 
knowledge,  καταφρόνινί/γαγεπολλήν, 
he  brought  back  much  knowledge  from 
Trov,  Od.  4,  258:  — cf.  0pp.  H.  1, 
653,' Lye.  1450. 

Φρονοί<ντως,  adv.  part.  pres.  act. 
from  φρονέίι),  ui.^ely. prudently ^Aesch. 
Supp.  204,  Soph.  Ant.  682. 

Φρυντΐύοκοπέομ,αι,  {φροντίς,  κό- 
ίΤΓω)  as  pass.,  to  he  scourged  Or  harassed 
with  care,  υπέρ  τίνος,  Nicet. 

Φροντίζω  :  f.  -ίσω  Alt.  -ϊώ  .'  {φρον- 
τίς) ; — absol.,  to  think,  consider,  reflect, 
Hdt.  5,  24,  and  Att. :  to  take  thought, 
have  η  care,  give  heed,  much  like  Lat. 
secrim  repvlare,  Theogn.  908,  cf.  Aesch. 
Pr.  1034.  Soph.  El.  1370:— #.  οπυς.., 
to  take  thought  how  a  thing  may  be 
done,  c.  fut..  Plat.  Apol.  29  E,  cf. 
Hdt.  7,  8,  1,  etc.  ;  so,  φρ.  ει...  Id. 
Gorg.  502  E. — 11.  c.  ace.  rei.  to  think 
of,  consider,  ponder,  weigh,  Hdt.  7,  8, 
1  ;  16,  2,  and  Att. :  to  think  out,  devise, 
contrive,  invent,  Hdt.  5,  67  :  to  try  to 
discover.  Id.  1,  56. — III.  c.  gen.,  to  take 
thou '.iht  for,  to  give  heed  to  a  thing,  care 
about  it,  reck  of,  mind,  regard  it,  Hdt. 
3.  97,  100,  151,  and  Att.,  as  Eur.  He- 
raci.  242,  Cycl.  163.  Ar.  Lys.  915; 
μηδέν  φρ.  τών  θεών.  Plat.  Legg.  701 
C ;  and  reversely,  ol  θεοί  τών  άνβρω- 
Ίτίνων  ονδέν  φροντίζονσι,  lb.  888  C  : 
also,  φρ.  περί  τίνος,  to  be  concerned  or 
anxious  about  a  thing,  Hdt.  8,  36,  cf. 
Eur.  Hipp.  709  :  νπέρ  τίνος,  Plat. 
Enthyphr.  4  D,  so.  ο'ί  τονς  φί?.(ΐνς 
βλύτΓτοντες  οΰ  φροντίζετε,  who 
though  ye  do  mischief  to  your  friends 
reck  not  of  (it),  Eur.  Hec.  256;  μ?/ 
φρόντισες,  heed  (it)  not,  Ar.  Vesp. 
228  ;  oi',  μΐι  Δι',  ονδ'  εφρόντισα.  Id. 
Ran.  494,  etc. — IV. absol. ,tobe  thought- 
ful or  anxiotis,  πεφροντικυς  βλέπειν, 
to  look  thnughlfvl  and  careworn,  Eur. 
Ale.  773;  —  a  word  esp.  applied  to 
the  thoughtful,  worn  face  of  student.s 
and  philosophers,  cf.  φροντίς  II,  φρον- 
τιστής, -τήριον-  —  V.  pass.,  tn  be  an 
object  of  thought  Qr  care,  Xen.  Hier.  7, 
10  :  τΐεφροντισμένος,  carefully  thought 
out,  Lat.  exquisitus,  λόγος,  Philostr.  ; 
τρέφονται  τροφή  πεφροντισμέν^,  Ael. 
Ν.  Α.  7,  9. 

Φροντίς,  ίδος,  η,  {φρήν,  φρονέω) : 
— thought, care,  heed.allentionhestowed 
upon  a  person  or  thing,  SiM)on.  Fr. 
100,  10,  Pind.  P.  2,  170,  Hdt.,  etc. ; 
ΐΓα?Μΐσμάτο)ν  7.άβε  φροντίδα,  take 
thought  for  them.  Pind.  ]N.  10,  40; 
περί  τίνος,  Hdt.  7,  205  ;  kv  φροντίδι 
είναι  περί  τίνος.  Id.  1,  HI  ;  εκείνοις 
ονδ^  εΐΓ  περί  τούτον  'λόγος  ονδέ  φρ.. 
Plat.  Phaed.  101  Ε.— 2. absol.,  thought, 
reflexion,  meditation,  έν  φροντίδι  γίγνε- 
σθαι, Hdt.  2,  104 ;  εμβήσαί  Τίνα  ές 
φροντίδα,  to  set  one  α-thinking,  Hdt. 
1630 


ΦΡΟΥ 

I,  46;  φροντίδα  θέσθαι,  Aesch.  Pers. 
142  ;  ποϊ  τις  φροντίδας  ελθτ/.  Soph. 
Ο.  C.  170; — in  plur.,  thoughts,  ύπυ 
φροντίσιν  γλυκντάτα'ς  εβηκε  νόον, 
Pind.  Ο.  1,  31,  and  freq.  in  Att.  ;  επί 

ίροντίδων  ζην,  to  live  thoughtfully, 
',ητ.  Scyr.  2,  4  : — proverb.,  ai  δεύτε- 
ραί  πως  φροντίδες  σοφώτεραι,  Eur. 
Hipp.  436,  Cress.  13,  1 : — φρ.  εύφημος, 
devoutly  silent  meditation,  i.  e.prayer, 
Soph.  O.  C.  132:— esp.  applied  to 
Socrates  and  the  philosophers,  Ar. 
Nub.  138,  234,  etc.  ;  φροντίδα  φιλό- 
σοφον  έγείρειν.  Id.  Eccl.  572 ;  cf. 
φροντιστής.  —  3.  deep  thought,  care, 
anxiety,  trouble ^  concern,  Theogn.  1227, 
Aesch.  Ag.  102,  165,  etc.  ;  φρ.  έστι 
μοι,  'tis  a  care  to  me,  Hdt.  6,  129. — 

II.  power  of  thought,  mind,  ΰ.?.ώσιμον 
έμα  φροντίδι,  Soph.  Phil.  863  ;  νέα 
φροντίς  ουκ  άλγείν  φιλεΐ,  Eur.  Med. 
48.— III.  one's  heart's  desire,  Pind.  P. 
10,  96. 

tΦpόl'r^f,  ιδος,  ή.  Phrontis,  wife  of 
Panthous,  II.  17,  40. —II.  ό,  son  of 
Phrixus  and  Chalciope,  Ap.  Rh.  2, 
1157. — 2.  son  of  Onetor,  helmsman 
of  Menelaus,  Pans.  10,  25,  2. 

Φρόντισμα,  ατός,  τό,  {Φροντίζω) 
that  which  is  thought  out,  a  contrivance, 
invention,  Ar.  Nub.  155;  τα  φροντί- 
σματα,  of  elaborate  speeches,  Phi- 
lostr. 

Φροντιστέον,  verb.  adj.  from  φρον- 
τίζω, one  must  take  care,  Eur.  1.  T. 
408. 

Φροντιστήριον,  ov,  τό,  {φροντίζω) 
a  place  for  meditation,  a  thinking-shop, 
as  Socrates'  school  is  called  in  Ar. 
Nub.  94,  128:  — Dio  C.  uses  it  to 
translate  the  Rom.  Curia. 

Φροντιστής,  ov,  b,  {φροντίζω)  a 
deep,  hard  thinker,  a.s  Socrates  is  called 
in  derision  by  Ar.  Nub.  206  ;  so  too, 
φρ.  τών  μετεώρων,  τών  οίψανίων,  on 
supra-terrestrial  things,  X.en.  Symp. 
6,  6,  Mem.  4,7,  6  ;  also  c.  ace,  φρ. 
τα  μετέωρα.  Stallb.  Plat.  Apol.  18  Β  : 
—and  so,  it  became  a  regular  word 
for  a  philosopher,  Xen.  Symp.  7,  2, 
cf.  Hesych.  s.  v.,  and  v.  φροντίς  I.  2. 
— II.  one  who  takes  thought  or  care  fur, 
a  manager,  executor  of  a  will,  Inscr. 
Hence 

Φροντιστικύς,  ή,  όν.  suited  for  think- 
ing, thoughtful,  speculative,  Antiph. 
Incert.  33.- — II.  taking  care  of,  consider- 
ate, careful,  attentive.  Adv.  -Kwr,  Xen. 
Mem.  3,  11,  10. 

Φρούδος,  η.  ov,  also  ος,  ov :  (contr. 
from  πρί)  οδού,  as  φροίμιον  from 
προοιμίου  and  φρουρός  from  προορός) : 
— gone  away,  clean  gone,  (as  Horn,  says 
in  full  oi  δ'  ωχοντ'  ήδέ  προ  όδον  έ}έ- 
ί'οντο,  II.  4,  382) :  —  1.  of  persons, 
gone,  fled,  departed,  φροΰδός  εστι,  γι- 
γνεται,  Soph.  Ant.  15,  etc.  ;  φρ.  ίξ 
οίκων,  δόμων  ΰπο,  Eur.  Ale.  94, 
Andr.  73:  pleon.,  φρούδος  οΊχεται, 
Ar.  Ach.  210  ;  φρούδοι  ίξωκισμένοι. 
Id.  Pac.  197  :  also  c.  part.,  φρούδοι 
[εισί]  διώκοντές  σε,  they  are  gone  in 
pursuit.  Soph.  Phil.  561  :— esp.  of  the 
dead,  φρούδος  αυτός  ει  βανώΐ'.  Id.  El. 
1152;  Άντίλοχος  φρούδος  αντίΐ).  Id. 
Phil.  425;  an(j  freq.  in  Eur.  :— then, 
metaph.,  gone,  undone,  ruined,  Eur. 
Med.  722. — 2.  of  things,  gone,  vanished, 
φρούδα  τΰπεύ.ήματα.  Soph.  Ο.  C. 
600  ;  φρ.  λόγοι,  πίστις,  ελπίδες,  etc., 
Eur. ;  φρούδη  μεν  ανδή,  φρούδα  δ' 
iipflpa,  they  are  gone.  i.  e.  refuse  ι  heir 
ofuce,  Eur.  Andr.  1078. — Rarely  found 
in  any  case  but  the  nom.  sing,  and 
plur.,  for  It  is  almost  always  the  pre- 
dicate in  the  sentence  :  but  Soph,  has 
the  gen.  sing.,  Aj.  264.— Little  used 
save  in  Att.  poets;  though  Antipho 


ΦΡΟΤ 

has  it,  φρούδος  ην  π?.έων  εΙς..,  132, 
45. 

Φροννος,  ό,  late  form  for  φρϋνος. 

Φρουρά,  ας.  Ion.  φρονρή,  ης,  ή,  α 
looking  out,  ivatch,  guard,  as  a  duty, 
Hdt.  2,  30  ;  6,^26,  Aesch.  A|^  2,  etc.  ; 
φρ.  δόμων,  Eur.  Or.  1252  ;  φρονραν 
ϋχείν,  to  keep  ivatch,  Aesch.  Pr.  143 : 
—  φρ.  όμματος,  my  watchful  eye, 
Soph.  Tr.  225;  —  φρονρΰς  (ιδειν,  to 
sing  while  on  guard,  to  keep  one's  self 
awake  or  while  away  the  time,  Ar. 
Nub.  721. — 2.  a  ivatch  of  the  night, 
Eur.  Rhes.  5. — 3.  ward,  imprisonment, 
prison,  Plat.  Phaed.  02  B.— 11.  of  per- 
sons set  to  watch,  a  watch  or  guard  of 
a  garrison,  Hdt.  7,  59,  Thuc.  3,  51, 
etc. ;  εξήλθημεν  εις  ΐϊύνακτον  φρου- 
ράς προγραφεί.σης,  bemg  ordered  on 
garrison- duty,  Dem.  1257,  5.  —  2.  at 
Sparta,  a  body  of  men  destined  for  ser- 
vice, like  the  old  German  Bann, 
French  Ban,  so,  φρονραν  φαίνειν,  to 
give  notice  that  a  φρουρά  was  wanted, 
proclaim  a  levy,  '  call  out  the  Ban,''  of 
the  Ephori  and  Kings,  Xen.  Hell.  3, 

2,  23;  5,  1,  29,  etc.  —  Ci  φυλακή 
throughout.     (Cf.  φρουρός,  sub  fin.) 

Φρουράρχης,  ov.  ό,=  φρούραρχος. 

Φρηυραρχια,  ας,  ή,  tiie  office  or  post 
of  a  φρούραρχος,  place  of  commandant , 
Xen.  Mem.  4,  4,  17. 

]Φρουραρχίδας,  a,  6,  Phrurarchidas, 
a  Laconian,  Pans.  9,  13,  5. 

Φρούραρχος,  ό,  {φρουρά,  άρχω) : — 
α  commander  of  a  ivatch,  ojficer  on 
guard  :  esp.  the  commandant  of  a  gar- 
rison or  fortress,  Xen.  An.  1,  1,6,  etc. ; 
cf.  Poppo  Xen.  Cyr.  2,  1,  22. 

Φρουρέω,  ώ,  f.  •ήσω,  {φρουρός) : — 
intr.,  to  keep  watcit  or  guard,  έν  τόπω, 
Hdt.  2,  30,Thuc.,  etc.  ;  παρίι  λίμνη'ν, 
Hdt.  4,  133  ;  of  ships,  φρ.  περί  τόπον, 
Thuc.  2,  80 ;  εν  τόπω,  lb,  83  :  οι 
φρονρούντες.  the  watch,  guard,  like 
φρουρά  11,  Plat.  Legg.  703  D,  cf.  Rep. 
420  A,  etc. — II.  transit.,  to  watch, 
guard,  keep,  Hdt.  3,  90,  etc.  :  to  garri- 
son a  place,  0.  τήν  ΐίοτίδαιαν,  Thuc. 

3,  17  : — στόμα  φρ.  εϋφημον,  to  keep 
silence,  Eur.  Ion  98  :^pass.,  to  be 
watched  or  guarded,  Hdt.  7,  203,  Soph. 

0.  C  1013. — 2.  to  watch  for,  observe, 
φρουρών  τόδ'  ήμαρ,  Eur.  Ale.  27  ;  φρ. 
χρέος,  to  be  observant  of  one's  duty, 
Soph.  El.  74. — 3.  in  mid,,  like  φυλάσ- 
σομαι, to  be  on  one's  g-unrd  against,  be- 
ware of,  c.  ace,  φρουρούμενος  βέ/.εμ- 
va,  Eur.  Andr.  1136;  hut  he  uses 
the  act.  in  same  sense,  εφροίρει  μη- 
δέν έξαμαρτάνειν,  Supp.  900  : — fut. 
mid.  φρονρήσομαι,  in  pass,  signf ,  Id. 
Ion  603.     Hence 

Φρούρημα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which  is 
watched  or  guarded,  λείας  βονκόλων 
φρουρήματα.  the  herdsmen's  charge 
ofcattle,Soph.  Aj.  54,ubi  v.  Herm. — II. 
aguard.  Aesch.  Eum.  706  ;  of  a  single 
man.  Id.  Theb.  448;  ?.όγχαι,  δεσπο- 
τών φρουρήματα,  Eur.  ΕΙ.  798. — III. 
watch,  guard,  φρούρημα  εχειν.  Id.  Ion 
511. — Poet.  word. 

Φρούρησις,  εως,  ή,  {φρουρέω)  a 
watching  or  guarding. 

Φρουρητήρ,  ήρος,  ό.  {φρουρέω)  a 
watcher,  guard,  Manetho. 

Φρουρτ/Τίκός,  fj,  ov,  fit,  suited  for 
watching. 

Φρουρητός,  ή,  όν,  *|rb.  adj.  from 
φρουρέω,  watched,  guSded,  A  nth.  P. 
6,  230.     ^  '^ 

Φρουρήτωρ.  ορός,  6,=^  Φρουρητήρ, 
Anth.  P.  9,  812. 

Φρουρικός,  ή,  όν,  {φρουρά)  of ,  for  a 
watch,  guard  or  garrison.  Dio  C.  prob 

1.  in  Thuc.  5,  80,  where  Bekk.  φρυν 
piov. 

Φρουρίου,   ου,    τό,    {φοουρός)  : — α 


ΦΡΥΓ 

Viatch-pofit,  garrisoned  fort,  citadel,  ! 
Aesch.  Eum.  919:  esp.,  a  hill-fort,  a  | 
castle,  lower,  as  distinguished  from  a 
fortified  town,  Thuc.  2,  18  ;  3, 18,  51,  i 
Lys.  124,  1,  Xen.,  etc. — II.  the  guard,  ι 
garrison  οϊφΆ  place.  Aesch.  Pr.  801,  ' 
Eum.  949,-Eur.  Or.  760,  Thuc.  2,  93.  j 
(Dim.  only  in  form.)  | 

Φρονρίς.  ίδος,  f/,  a  guard-ship, Thuc. 
4,  13. 

Φρονρσύόμος,  ov,  (ώρονρέω,  δόμος) 
watching  the  house,  a  house-guard,  κνων, 
Anth.  P.  9,  245. 

ίΦροϋροι,  ων,  oi,  the  Phruri,  a  peo- 
ple on  the  borders  of  India,  Dion.  P. 
752. 

Φρονρός,  ov,  0,  a  watcher,  guard, 
Eur.  Ion  22:  oi  φρ.,  the  guard,  garri- 
son of  a  fort  or  city.  freq.  in  Thuc, 
Xen.,  etc.  (Contr.  for  ττροορός,  from 
ηροοράω,  as  φροίμιον  from  ττροοίμι- 
ov,  and  όρονδος  from  προ  όόοϋ.) 

ίΦρονσινον,  ov,  τό,  Frusinon,  a  city 
of  the  Hernici  in  Latium,  Strab.  p. 
237. 

Φρναγμα,  ατός,  τό,  (φρνάσσομαι)  a 
violent  snorting,  esp.  the  neighing  or 
whinnying  of  a  spirited  hor.se,  ί-ττι- 
καφρ.,  Aesch.  Theb.  245,475,  Soph. 
El.  717,  cf.  φριμάσσομαι :  used  also 
of  a  boar,  0pp.  C.  2,  457. — II.  metaph., 
wanton  behaviour,  hauteur,  το  έττ'  όφρύ- 
σι  φρ.,  Mel.  37  ;  σοβαρόν  φρ.,  Anth. 
Ρ.  5,  18;  τό  φρ.  αίρειν,  Ael.  Ν.  Α.  7, 
12  ;  φρ.  προς  τίνα,  Luc.  Catapl.  26  : 
cf.  φρυαγμοσέμνακος.  [ϋ]     Hence 

Φρϋαγμύ.τίας,  ov,  ό,  α  wanton,  hot, 
frisky  horse :  metaph.  also  of  men. — 
II.  as  adj.,  arrogant,  wanton,  βίος, 
PIuU  Ant.m.  2. 

Φρϊ'αγμός,  ov,b,=  φρναγμα,  of  he- 
goats,  Dion.  H. 

Φρναγμοσέμνΰκος,  ov,  wanton  and 
haughty,  a  word  coined  to  describe 
Bdelycleon  in  Ar.  Vesp.  135  ;  cf.  φρν- 
αγμα II. 

Φρνακτής,  ov,  ό,=φρναγματίας, 
Diog.  L. 

Φρνύσσομαι,  Att.  -ττομαι ;  f.  -ξο- 
μαι ;  dep.  mid. : — strictly,  of  spirited, 
high-fetl  horses,  lo  neigh,  whinny  and 
prance,  cf.  Thoin  M.  p.  901  ;  φρ.  ττρός 
τονς  άγύνας,  to  neigh  eagerly  tor  the 
race :  also  of  other  animals,  Ael.  N.  A. 
7,  7;  cf.  φριμάσσομαι. — II.  metaph. 
of  men,  to  he  wanton,  unruly,  haughty, 
insolent,  μή  yavpa  φβνάσσον.  Mel.  22  ; 
ίρυτίς  φρνασσόμενοι,  Anth.  Plan. 
215  : — φρ.  έτΐί  τινι,  to  be  proud  of  a 
thing.  Diod.  4,  74,  ubi  v.  Wessel.. 
and  cf.Wetstein  ad  Act.  4,  25  ; — but 
in  Menand.  p.  292,  it  is  explained  by 
κατατΐλήττειν. — The  act.  φρνάσσω 
occurs  only  in  LXX. — (Φρνύσσομαι 
is  akin  to  βρνω,  βρνάζω,  and  φριμάσ- 
σομαι.) 

Φρvγάvίζoμaι,(φpvγavov)dep.mid., 
to  gather  sticks  for  fuel. 

Φρνγάνικός,  ή,  όν,  (φρνγανον)  nf 
short,  dry  slicks,  of  fire-wood  :  also  := 
φρνγανώόης,  Theophr. 

Φρνγύνιον,  ov.  TO,  dim.  from  φρν- 
γανον, Diosc.  [ά] 

Φρϋγΰνίς,  ίδος,  ή,  =  φρνγανον, 
Eust. 

Φρύγα,νισμός,  οϋ,  ό,  (φρνγανίζομαι) 
α  gathering  of  dry  sticks  for  fuel,  a  col- 
lecting fire-wood,  Thuc.  7,  4,  13. 

Φρϋγανιστήο,  ηρος,  ό,  and  Φρι") ά- 
νιστής,  ov,  oJjbpVj  ανίζομαι)  one  who 
gathers fire-wooa,  Polyaet).  1,  18. 

Φρνγάνίστρια,  fern,  from  φρνγα- 
νιστήρ,  Ar.  Fr.  618. 

Φρνγΰνίτης,  ov,  6,  fern,  -ΐτις,  ιδος, 
Hehod. ,=  φρνγανικός. 

Φρνγΰνοί'.  ov,  τό,  {φρν••,ω)  : — α  dry 
stick,  Ar.  Pac.  1026;  usu.  in  plur., 
dry  sticks,  esp.  fngols,  fire-wood,  Lat. 


ΦΡΤΚ 

sarmenta,  virgulta,  Hdt.  4,  62,  Ar.  At. 
642,Thuc.3,  lU.Xen.  An.4,3,  11.  [ij 

Φρνγάνοφόρυς,  ov,  {φρνγανον,  φέ- 
ρω) gathering  dry  sticks,  Lys.  ap.  Poll. 
7,  130. 

Φρύγΰνώδης,  ες,  {φρνγανον,  είδος) 
like  switches  or  twigs,  shrubby  :  τύ  φρ., 
shrubby  plants,  Theophr. 

^Φρνγες,  ων,  oi,  the  Phrygians,  a  ' 
peopleof  Asia  Minor,  in  Horn,  around  ■ 
the  Sangarius,  II.  16,  717:  ace.  to  I 
Hdt.  7,  73  from  Thrace  ;  cf.  Βρνγοι :  j 
cf.  Strab.  p.  565  sqq.  1 

Φρνγετρον,  ov,  τό,  (  φρνγω  )  : — α  I 
vessel  for  roasting  barley  in,  prob.  like  I 
our  coftee-roasters,  Polyzel.  Dion.  1.  j 
Solon  ordained  that  brides  should  1 
carry  one  in  the  bridal  procession,  as 
a  symbol  of  household  duties,  Poll.  | 
1,  246;  cf.  Plin.  18,  3.— II.  a  stick  to  I 
stir  up  any  thing  roasting,  Hesych.  [£']  I 

Φρϋγενς,  έως,  ό,  {φρνγω)  a  vessel 
for  roasting,  like  foreg.  j 

Φρυγία,  ας,  ή,  {φρνγω)  a  female 
roaster,  very  dub.  | 

'\Φρυγία.  ας,  ή,  Phrygia,  a  province 
of  Asia   Minor,   where   the   Φρνγες 
dwelt,  II.  3.  185  ;  in  Horn,  the  coun- 
try  around   Lake   Ascania   and   the 
Sangarius  ; — later  divided  into  η  με- 
γάλη  Φρν/ια,    Greater   Phrygia,   be- 
tween   Bithynia,    Paphlagonia,    and 
Cappadocia,  Xen.  Cyr.  7,4  ;  Strab.  p. 
563  :  and  η  μικρά  Φ.,  Lesser  Phrygia. 
on  the  Hellespont,  comprising  Troas,  i 
called  also  η  παρ'  Έι'/.Άησπόντφ  or 
εφ'  Έλ/.ήσποντυν  Φ.,  Xen.  Cyr.  2.  1,  ' 
5  ;  Strab.  1.  c— ^2.  a  place  on  the  sum- ! 
mit  of  Mount  Oeta,  where  Hercules  j 
burned  himself.  Call.  Dian.  159;  cf. 
Steph.   Byz. — 11.  Φρυγία,  ων,  τά,  a  I 
place  between  Boeotia  and  Attica, 
Thuc.  3,  22. 

ίΦρν}ία,  ας,  η,  (prop.  fern,  of  Φρΰ- 
γιος)  gentile  as  pr.  n.,  Phrygia,  as 
female  attendant  in  comedy,  etc., 
Theocr.  15,  42. 

^Φρνγιακός,η,όν ,=Φρνγιος,  Strab. 

Φρνγίλος,  ov,  ό,  an  unknown  bird  in 
Ar.  Av.  763.  875  ; — perh.  a  finch,  Lat. 
frinsilla.   [t] 

Φρνγίνόα  παίζειν,  to  play  a  game 
with  roasted  beans. 

Φρνγιον,  ov,  TO,  fire-wood,  fuel ; 
strictly  neut.  from  sq. 

Φρι'•;  ioc,  a,  ov,  {φρνγω)  dry.  [ii\ 

Φρνγίος,  a,  ov,  Phryuian,  of,fTovi 
Phrygia  ;  Φρ.  νόμοι,  μέλη,  Phrygian 
music,  i.  e.  music  played  on  the  flute, 
said  to  be  invented  by  Marsyas,  Eur. 
Or.  1426,  Tro.  545;  Φρι•;ίοί  ανλοί, 
Eur.  Bacch.  127.  cf.  159.  It  was  of 
a  wilder,  more  stirring  character  than 
the  music  for  the  lyre,  cf.  Horat. 
Epod.  9,  5  ;  hence  used  in  the  wor- 
ship of  Cyhele(ru^;7-pilia),  and  some- 
times called  μητρώον  ανλημα.  v. 
MuUer  Eumen.  <j  19,  and  cf.  Φρνγι- 
στί.  [ν] 

ίΦρνγιος,  ov,  ό,  the  Phrygius,  a 
tributary  of  the  Hermus,  earlier  call- 
ed Hyllus,  Strab.  p.  676. 

Φρνγιστί.  adv.,  in  Phrygian  fashion ; 
but  usu.  of  music,  in  the  Phrygian 
mode.  Plat.  Rep.  399  A  ;  cf.  -γιης.  [τι] 

Φρνγμός,  ου,  ό,  α  drying,  roasting: 
from 

ΦΡΥΤΩ,  also  φρνσσω,  Att.  -ττω, 
f.  -ξώ  : — to  roast,  toast,  broil,  Ep.  Horn. 
14,  4,  V.  1.  Oiac.  ap.  Hdt.  8.  96  ;  πε- 
φρνγμέναι  κριβαί,  ronsled  barley, 
Thuc.  6.  22  :— also  of  the  sun,  to 
parch,  like  Lat.  torrere,  TheoCr.  12, 
9  ;  and  of  thirst,  έφρύγη  δίιρενς  νπο, 
Anth.  P.  7,  293.  (Φρί•)ω  is  the  San- 
scr.  bhrij  (torrere),  omt  parch.) 

Φρνκτενω,  to  set  on  fire,  kindle, 
Nicet. 


ΦΡΥΝ 

Φρνκτός,  η,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from  φρύ• 

γω,    dried,    roasted,   νμας φρνκτονς 

σκενάσω,  I'll  make  roast  meat  of  vou, 
Ar.  Vesp.  1330.— II.  as  subst.,  ό  φρνκ- 
τός, afire-brand,  torch  : — usu.  in  plur., 
an  alarm-fire,  signalfire,  beacon,  used 
as  a  telegraph  at  riight,  Aesch.  Ag. 
30,  292,  282  ;  φρνκτοι  πολέμιοι  αί- 
ρονται ες  τόπον,  fire-signals  of  an 
enemy's  approach  are  made  to  a 
place,  Thuc.  2,  94  ;  3,  22  ;  cf.  φρνκτω- 
ρέω,  φρνκτωρός,  πνρσός  II. — 2.  ό  φρν- 
κτός (SC.  κναμος).  α  lot,  because  roast- 
ed beans  were  sometimes  used  for  that 
purpose,  Plut.  2,492  A. — 3.  oi  Ορυκτοί 
(or  TO  φρνκτά),  small  fish  for  frying, 
small  fry,  Anaxandr.  Ό<5ι•σσ.  1,  11, 
ubi  V.  Meineke. — III.  η  φρνκτη,  a  kind 
of  resin.  Foes.  Oec.  Hipp. 

Φρνκτωρέω,  ω,  f.  -ήσω,  (φρνκτωρός) 
to  give  signals  by  fire :  in  pass.,  έφρν- 
κτωρήθησαν  νήες  προςπ'λέονσαι,  the 
approach  of  ships  wcu!  signalled  by 
beacon-fires,  Thuc.  2,  80. 

ΦρνΗτωρία,  ας,  ή,  {φρνκτωρός)  a 
gii'ing  signals  by  beacons  or  alarm-fires, 
telegraphing,  Aesch.  Ag.  28,  490,  Soph. 
Fr.  379,  5,  etc. — II.  a  night-watch,  to 
make  fire-signals,  Ar.  Av.  1161. 

Φρνκτώριον,  ov,  TO,  a  beacon-tower, 
Plut.  Pomp.  24.  —  II.  α  light-house. 
Hdn.  4,  2  :  from 

Φρνκτωρός,  ov,  ό,  {φρνκτός  II,  ov- 
ρος)  afire-watch,  i.  e.  one  who  xvatches 
on  a  height  to  give  signals  by  beacons  or 
alarm-fires,  Aesch.  Ag.  590  ;  see  the 
opening  scene  and  the  description  in 
vv.  281.  sq. — II.  Ihe  fire-signal  or  bea- 
con itself.  Lye.  345. 

Φρννη,  ή,  like  φρΐνος,  a  toad,  The- 
ophr. : — a  nickname  of  several  Athe- 
nian courtesans,  from  their  complex- 
ion, Ar.  Eccl.  1101.  [{■] 

^Φρίτη,  ης.  ή,  Phryne,  a  courtesan 
in  Athens,  whose  proper  name  was 
Μνησαρέτη,  Ael.  V.  H.  9,  32,  v.  sub 
foreg. 

Φρννιον,  ov,  TO,  a  plant,  also  βατρά- 
χων and  ποτήριον,  Diosc.  [{*] 

ίΦρϋνις,  ιόος,  ό,  Phryni.t,  a  cele- 
brated citharoedus  of  Mytilene.  Ar. 
Nub.  971. —  2.  a  Lacedaemonian, 
Thuc.  8,  6. 

ίΦρννίσκος,  ό,  Phryniscus,  of  A- 
chaia,  a  commander  in  the  army  of 
the  ten  thousand,  Xen.  An.  7,  2,  1. 

^Φρντίχειος,  ov,  of  or  relating  to 
Phrynichus,  to  Φρννίχεων,  Ar.  Vesp. 
1524. 

■\  Φρύνιχος,  ov,  ό,  Phrynichus,  an 
earlv  tragic  poet  in  Athens,  pupil  of 
Thespis,  Ar.  Nub.  556:  cf.  Hdt.  6, 
21. — 2.  a  poet  of  the  old  comedy,  τ. 
Meineke  1,  p.  146. — 3.  a  general  of 
the  Athenians,  opponent  of  Alcibi- 
ades,  Thuc.  8,  25  ;  cf.  Ar.  Ran.  689. 
Others  in  Ath. ;  etc. 

^Φpvvίuv,  ωνος.  ό,  Fhrynion,  an 
Athenian,  Dem.  1355,  2. 

Φρννοειδής,  ές,  {φρννη,  είδος)  like 
a  toad,  βάτραχος,  Arist.  Probl.  1,  22. 

Φρίΐ'ΟΛό^'ΟΓ,  ov.  {φρννη,  ?.έγω)  toad- 
catcher,  epith.  of  a  kind  of  liavvk, 
Arist.  H.  A.  9,  36,  1 :  there  is  a  v.  I. 
φρννολόχος,  ov,  {'/.οχάυ)  lying  in  wait 
for  toads. 

Φρννος,  ov.  ό,  like  φρννη,  a  toad, 
Arist.  H.  A.  9,  40,  41  :— also,  ή  φρν- 
νος in  Babrius  28,  Boissonade. 

iΦp{'vωv,  ωνος,  ό,  Phrynon,  a  The- 
ban,  father  of  Attaginus,  Hdt.  9.  15. 
—2.  a  general  of  theAthenians.Strab. 
p.  599. — 3.  an  Athenian,  a  partisan 
of  Philip,  Dem,  400,  15.  Others  in 
Paus.  :  etc. 

\Φρννύνδας,  6,  v.  sub  sq. 

Φρϋνώνδειος,  ό.  a  strindler,  cheat, 
rogue  (from  Phrvnondas,  a  famoui 
1631 


ΦΥΓΕ 

swindler  mentioned  by  Ar.  Thesm. 
861). 

<1'Ι)νξ,  ό,  gen.  Φρνγός,  a  Phrygian, 
11.  +v.  Φρνγΐς. 

ΙΦρύ^οΓ,  ov,  ό,  the  Phryxus,  a  small 
river  ot  Argolis,  Pans.  2,  36,  6 ;  v.  1. 
Φρίξος. 

Φρνσσω,  Att.  φρνττω,  =  φρνγω, 
q.  V. 

Φίλ_/Γί .'  fcivgh  !  an  exclamation  of 
disgust,  Ar.  Lys.  295,  305 ;  cf.  φεϋ. 

Φϋ,  Ep.  for  ίφυ,  3  sing.  aor.  2  from 
0ΰω,  Horn. 

Φνγΰγωγός,  αν,  {φυγάς,  άγω)  drag- 
ging alnng  fugitives,  aub.  1.  Polyaen. 

8,  16,  6;  Lob.  Phryn.383  would  read 
λαφνραγωγής. 

Φνγάόε,  adv.,  (φνγτ})  like  φήβονδε, 
to  flight,  to  flee,  φνγα(Υ  ίτραπε  μώνν- 
χας  Ιππους,  II.  8,  157,  257;  φνγαό' 
νποστρέψας,  11,  446;  άλλοι  φύγαδε 
μνώηντο  'έκαστος,  16,  697  ;  cf.  φν}όα. 

Φνγύόεία,  ας,  ή,  ( φνγαόενίο  )  α 
banishing  :  —  banishment,  Polyb.  6, 
14.  7. 

Φϋγΰδεΐον,  ου,  τό,  α  place  of  refuge, 
asylum,  LXX. 

Φνγύδενσις,  ή,=  φνγαδεία.  [«] 

Φνγάδεντήρίον,  ου ,  τό,  =φνγαδεΙον, 
LXX. 

Φνγΰδευτικός,  ή,  όν,  banishing, 
Heliod. 

Φυγαδεύω,  to  make  one  α  φιιγάς,  to 
drive  from  a  country,  banish,  Xen.  Hell. 
2,  3,  42;  5.  4,  19;  εκ  της  πόλεως, 
Dcin.  1018,  10.— Π.  intr.,  to  be  a  φυ- 
}άς,  live  in  banishmeiit,  Polyb.  10,25, 
1  ;  cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  385. 

Φϋγάδικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to  a 
φυγάς  :  φ.  προθυμία,  the  reckless 
boldness  of  a  refugee,  Thuc.  6,  92  ; 
01  φνγαδικοί=:οί  φυγάδες,  Polyb.  23, 
10,  6;  so,  70  φυγ.,  Dion.  H.  Adv. 
■κώς. 

Φϋ}άδοβήρας,  ου,  ό,  (φυγάς,  θη- 
ράω)  one  who  hunts  after  runaways  or 
exiles,  Plut.   Deinoslh.  28  :  in  Polyb. 

9,  29,  3  the  ace.  pi.  is  written  φυγα- 
δοβήρας,  as  if  from  φνγαδυβήρ. 

Φύγαίχμης.  ου.  ύ,  (φυγείν,  αιχμή) 
fleeing  from  the  spear,  iinwarlike,  cow- 
ardly, Aesch.  Pers.  1025,  Call.  Fr. 
117. 

Φϋγανθροπεύω,  to  shun  mankind, 
φ.  εις  έρημιαν,  Aretae. :  and 

Φϋγανβρωπία,  ας,  i/,  a  shunning  of 
mankind :  from 

Φνγάνθρωπος,  ov,  shunning  man- 
kind or  society. 

Φΰγαρσενία,  ας,  ή,  ο  shunning  of 
men,  Manetho. 

Φυγάς,  άδος,  ό,  ή,  (φεύγω,  φυγείν) : 
— α  runaway ,  fugitive,  esp.  from  one's 
country,  a  banished  man.  e.vite,  refugee, 
Lat.  exul,  profugus,  Hdt.  1,  150;  3, 
138,  etc.,  and  very  freq.  in  Att.  ;  φ. 
πάσης  χώρας,  Xen.  Hell.  4,  1,  7; 
της  πατρίδος.  Plat.  Ale.  2,  145  Β  ; 
φυγάδα  ποίείν  τίνα,  Xen.  Xell.  4,  1, 
40  ;  κατάγειν  φυγάδας,  to  recall  them, 
ol  φ.  κατίασι.  they  return  home,  etc.  : 
proverb.,  al  έλ.πίδες  βόσκουσι  φυγά- 
δας, Eur.  Phoen.  396  :  also,  a  deserter, 
ψ.  παρά  τίνος,  Xen.  Cyr.  6,  3,  11  : — 
m  Plat.  Legg.  855  C,  we  have  μηδένα 
εΙναί..  ύπερορίαν  φυγάδα,  where  Ste- 
phen, proposes  ύπερόριον. 

Φυγγάι>ω,  collat.  Ibrm  of  φεύγω, 
Aesch.  Pr.  513,  Soph.  El.  132.^ 

Φύγδά,  adv.,  contr.  for  φύγαδε, 
Aesch.  Eum.  256. 

Φύγδην,  adv.,  =  φύγαδε,  inflight, 
Nic.  Th.  21. 

Φύγεθλον,  ου.  τό,  a  swelling  and  in- 
flammation of  the  glands,  esp.  in  the 
groin,  like  βουβών,  Lat.  panus.  Foes. 
Oec.  Hipp.  (Should  prob.  be  φρύ- 
γεθλον,  from  φμύγω.) 
1632 


ΦΤΗ 

Φϋ)εργος,  ov,  shunning irork,  Ar  ap. 
E.  M.?  [i.j 

Φνγί/,  7/ς,  ή,  (φυγείν)  flight  in  bat- 
tle, Lat.  fuga,  Od.  10,  117  ;  22,  306; 
and  in  Att. ;  also  in  plur.  for  sing.. 
Eur.,  etc.,  Valck.  Hipp.  1043:  the 
dat.  φν)η  is  oft.  used  adverbially,  in 
hasty  flight,  hastily,  φυγ?)  ποόΐ  Ιχνος 
ίφερε,ΕΌΤ.Οΐ.  1468;  φυγγ  έξαλνξω- 
μεν  ποδί.  Id.  ΕΙ.  218;  φυγy  φεύγειν. 
Plat.  Symp.  195  Β. — 2.  flight  or  escape 
from  a  thing,  c.  gen.,  νόσων  αμήχα- 
νων φνγάς  ξνμπεφρασται.  Soph.  Ant. 
304,  cf.  0.  C.  280.— II.  banishment, 
Lat.  exilium,  νϋν  μεν  δικάζεις  έκ  πό- 
λεως φνγί/ν  έμοί,  Aesch.  Ag.  1412,  cf 
Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  659,  etc.  ;  όυ•}ήν  φεύγειν, 
to  go  into  or  live  in  baui.ihment.  Plat. 
Apol.  21  A  ;  φυγϊ/ν  έπιβάλλειν  τινί, 
to  impose  banishment  upon  any  one, 
Hdt.  7,  3  ;  ζημιούν  φυγή,  Eur.  Or. 
900;  φνγήν  καταγιγνώσκειν  τινός, 
Andoc.  14,  25,  Lys.  143,  19.~2.  as  a 
collective  ηοηη,=υΖ  φυγάδες,  a  body 
of  exiles  or  refugees,  Thuc.  8,  64,  Aes- 
chin.  47,  8  ;  κατάγειν  τΐ]ν  φνγήν.  to 
recall  them,  Xen.  Hell.  5,  2,  9  ;  also 
in  pi.  a'l  φυγαί.  Plat.  Legg.  682  Ε 
(ace.  to  the  best  MSS.),  Plut.  Fla- 
min.  12. 

Φύγτισι,  φύγ^σιν,  Ep.  for  ψύγη,  3 
sing,  siibj.  aor.  2  act.  from  φεύγω',  II. 

Φνγινδα  παίζειν,  to  play  at  running 
away.  Theogn.  ap.  A.  B.  3,  p.  1353. 

ΦϋγοδέμΐΊος,  ov,  (φυγείν,  δέμΐΊΟΊ•) 
shnnni/ig  the  bed,  of  Minerva,  Anth.  P. 
6,  10. 

Φνγόδεμνος,  ov,  =  foreg.,  oft.  in 
Nonn. 

ΦϋγοδΙκεω,  ω,  f.  -ήσω,  (φυγείν,  δίκη) 
to  shun  a  law-suit,  Dem.  1013,  7. 

Φϋγοδϊκία,  ας,  ή,  avoidance  of  a  law- 
suit. 

Φϋγόλεκτρος,  ov,  =  φνγοδέμνιος, 
Orph.  H.  31,  8. 

Φϋγομάχέο),  ώ,  to  shun  battle  or  war, 
Polyb.  3,  90.  10,  Plut..  etc. :  from 

Φϋγόμύ.χης,  ov,  (φυγείν,  μάχη) 
shunning  battle  or  strife,  opp.  to  φιλό- 
μαχος. 

Φϋγύξενος,  ov,  (φυγείν,  ξένος)  shun- 
ning slrangers,  inhospitable,  φ.  στρατός, 
of  Dorians,  Pind.  O.  11  (10),  18;  cf. 
ξενηλασία. 

Φνγόπολις,  εως,  ό,  ή,  fleeing  from  or 
shunning  a  city. 

Φνγοπονία,  ας,  ή,  aversion  to  work, 
Polyb.  3,  79,  4  :  from 

Φυγόπονος,  ov,  (φυγείν,  πόνος) 
shunning  work  or  hardship,  Polyb.  40, 
6,  10. 

Φϋγοπτόλ.εμος,  ov,  poet,  for  φυγο- 
πόλεμος.  (ώυγεΐν.  πόλιεμος)  shunni?ig 
war,  cowardly,  Od.  14,  213. 

Φΰγόπτολις,  ό,  ή,  poet,  for  φυγά- 
πολις. 

Φ)7ώΐ',  aor.  2  part,  of  φεύγω. 

Φύζα,  not  φϋζα,  ή,  (φεύγω,  πεφυ- 
ζότες)  poet,  for  φυγή,  flight,  φύζα,  φό- 
βου κρυόεντος  έταίρη,  11.  9,  2,  cf.  14, 
140  ;  άνάλκιδα  φύζαν  ένόρσας,  15,  62  ; 
Ζεϋς...φύζην  εμυΐς  έταροϊσι  κακήν 
βάλ.εν,  Od.  14.  269  ;  etc.     Hence 

Φυζΰκινός,  ή,  όν,  flying,  runaway, 
shy.  ε?Μφοι,  II.  13,  102. 

Φνζάλέος,  α,  ο7',=  foreg.,  Anih.  P. 
6,  237. 

Φνζάνω  or  φυζάω,  in  Hesych.  ;  and 
φύζημι,  collat.  forins  of  φεύγω:  hence 
part.  aor.  pass,  φυζηβέντες,  Nic.  Th. 
825. 

Φυζηλ,ός,  ή,  όν,=  φυζαλέος,  dub. 

Φυζίπυλις,ό,  ή,=ιφνγόπο'λις,Ορρ  ? 

Φι'?/,  ής,  ή.  (φύω) : — growth,  stature, 

shape,   outward    appearance,     esp.  flne 

I  growth,  fine  shape,  like  ευφυΐα,  oft.  in 

I  Horn. ;  but  he,  as  also  Hes.,  uses  it 

I  only  of  the  human  form,  and  always  j 


ΦΥΛΑ 

in  ace.  used  like  an  adv.,  as,  ov  iBh> 
εστί  χ,'ριίων  ού  δέμας  ουδέ  φνήν  ηϋτ' 
αρ  φμένας,  II.  1,  115,  cf.  Od.  5,  212  ;  8, 
168;  Ήέστο'ρι  δίω  εΙδός  τ  ε  μέγεθος 
τε  φν?/ν  τ'  άγχιστα  έώκει,  11.2.68; 
φνί/ν  γε  μέν  ον  κακός  εστί.  11.  7.  210  ; 
so  in  genit.,  οντε  φνής  έπιδενέες  ούτε 
νόοιο,  Theocr  22,  160;  once  only  in 
Trag..  φυαν  Τοργόνος  Ισχειν,  Kur. 
El.  461;  cf.  δέμας,  είδος': — in  Pind. 
also  of  oxen,  έμβάΧλίύν  ίριπ'λενρω 
φυά.κέντρον,  P.  4,  419. — II.  poet,  for 
φύσις,  one's  natural  powers,  parts,  ta- 
lents, genius,  Pind.  O.  2,  154,  N.  1,  38: 
generally,  nature,  Id.  P.  8,  62  ;  τό  δε 
φυα  άπαν  κρύτιστον.  Id.  Ο.  9,  151. — 
III.  tlie  ripe  age  of  manhood,  flower  or 
prime  of  age.  Id.  O.  1,  109.— IV.  ^ji?) 
μερόπων,  the  race  of  men,  Anth.  Plan. 
183. 

Φύη,  for  φυί7),  3  sing.  opt.  aor.  2  act. 
εφυν  of  φύω,  Theocr.  15.  94,  ubi  al. 
φυίη,  V.  Wiistem.  ad  1.  [v] 

^Φύη,  ης,  ή,  Phya,  an  Athenian  fe- 
male, of  the  (leme  of  Paeania,  Hdt.  1, 
60. 

Φνημα,  ατός,  τό,=  ώνμα,  a  sore,  ul- 
cer, Hipp.  p.  1200.  [ii] 

Φνκΰρ'ιζω^  φυκόω. 

Φύκη,  ης,  ή,  the  female  of  the  fish  φν• 
κης.  [ν] 

Φύκης,  ου,  δ,  (φύκος) : — a  lish  living 
insea-weed,  Arist.  Η.  A.  0.  13,8: — 
the  female  was  φνκίς,  ίδος,  Epicharm. 
p.38,Mnesim.Ίπ7Γorp.  1,38;  cf.  Arist. 

I.  c,  8,  2.  29,  Alex.  Κρατευτ.,  1,  12 
and  13  (where  he  mentions  both  to- 
gether). 

Φί'Λί'α,  ή,=  φϋκος,  dub. 

Φνκίδων,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  φυκίς, 
Anth.  P.  5,  185.  [irf] 

ΦνκΙόεις,  εσσα.  εν,  (φνκος)  full  oj 
sea-weed,  weedy,  θΐν'  ίπΐ  φνκΐόεντι,  II. 
23,  693,  cf.  Theocr.  21,  10. 

Φνκίον  or  Φύκιον.  ου,  τό,=  φϋκος, 
Arist.  Η.  Α.  6.  13,  13;  but  mostly 
used  in  plur..  Plat.  Rep.  611  D,  Arist. 
H.  A.  8,  2,  18,  etc.,  Theocr.  7,  58, 
Anth.,  etc. 

ΦνκΙοφάγος,ον.^=^φυκοφάγος,Αή8ΐ. 
Η.  Α.  8,  19.9. 

ΦνκΙοφόρος,ον,  (φνκίον,  ώέρω)  hear• 
ing  sea  weed,  άκτή,  Xenocr. 

Φνκϊοχαίτης,  ov,  ό,  with  hair  like  sea- 
weed. 

Φϋκϊόω,  w,=  φνκόω. 

Φϋκίς,  a  fish,  v.  sub  φύκης. 

Φνκογείτων,  όνος,  ό,  ή,  (φνκος, 
γείτων)  near  the  sea-weed,  dwelling  by 
the  sea,  Anth.   P.  6,  193. 

Φϋκόθριξ.  τρϊχος,  ό,  ή,  with  hair 
like  sea-weed. 

ΦΤ'ΚΟΣ,  εος,  τό.  Lat.  FUCUS, 
sea-weed,  sea-wrack,  first  in  11.  9.7,  cf. 
Alcman  2  ;  differing  from  βρύον  only 
in  size,  Arist.  H.  A.  8,  20,  6,  Theophr. 
From  a  red  kind  a  colour  was  pre- 
pared :  hence — 11.  a  paint,  cosmetic, 
used  by  Greek  women,  to  get  the 
ξανθός  or  florid  complexion, Theophr. 

ίΦΐ'Λοί)(•.  οϋντος,  ό,  Pliycvji,  a  pro- 
montory and  city  of  Cyrene,  Strab. 
p.  837. 

Φνκοφάγος.  ov,  eating  sea-weed. 

Φνκόω,  ώ.  (φνκος)  to  jiaint  or  colour 
red ;  m  pass.,  of  women  painting 
them.selves,  Plut.  2,  142  A,  693  B.— 

II.  to  slufl'  with  sea-weed.  Died. 
Φνκτος,  ή,  όν,  poet.  verb.  adj.  from 

φεύγω,  to  be  shunned  or  escaped,  avoid- 
able, υύκέτι  φνκτά  πεΚονται.  11.  16, 
128,  Od.  8,  299;  14,  489. 

Φϋκώδης,  ες.  (φνκος,  είδος)  full  of 
sea-weed,  τόποι,  Arist.  Η.  Α.  8,  19,  9. 

Φύλαγμα,  ατός,  τό,  =  φυλακή, 
LXX.  [ϋ] 

Φϋλάζω,  f.  -άξω.  to  divide  into  tribes, 
ap.  Plut.  Lycurg.  0. 


ΦΥΛΑ 

Φυλάκεία,  ας,  ή,  safety.  Poet,  de 
Herb.  181. 

Φϋ7.ύκειον  or  φν?.ακεΙον,  ov,  τό, 
(φνλακή)  a  place  where  soldiers  keep 
watch,  a  post,  esp.,  a  watch-tower,  fort, 
τά  φ-,  the  Rom.  stationes,  Polyb.  5, 
75,  10 ;  76,  3  :  a  watch,  party  consist- 
ing of  four  soldiers.  Id.  6,  33,  6.— II.  in 
Alex.  Greek,  a  menstruous  cloth,  [a] 

\Φνλακ(.Ις,  έων,  oi,  the  Phylaces,  a 
tribe  in  Tegea,  Paus.  8,  45,  1. 

Φνλάκενς,  Ό,  Ep.  for  φν/Μξ ;  in 
plur.  φνλακηες,  Opp.  C.  4,  290. 

Φϋλάκη,  ης,  ?/,  [φυΆίσσω) : — awatr.h- 
ing  ox  guarding,  keeping  watch  or  guard, 
watch  or  guard,  esp.  by  night,  φν?Μ- 
κής μνήσαοθε,  keep  watch  and  ward, 
11.  7,  371 ;  so,  φν?Μκας  εχείν,  II.  9,  1, 
471,  Eur.  Andr.  961 ;  φν'/.ακην  εχειν 
ττερί  Τίνα,  to  be  on  the  watch  on  ac- 
count of  any  one,  Hdt.  1,  39;  but, 
φνλακη  έχει  αυτόν,  watching  engages 
him,  Hes.  Fr.  47,  7  ;  later  also,  φύλα- 
κας φυλάττειν,  to  keep  guard  or  watch, 
Xen.  An.  2,  6,  10,  etc.  ;  so,  τάς  ο.  ποι- 
εΐσθαι,  lb.  6,  3,  21  ;  ύττως  αφανής  εΐη 
ή  φ.,  that  this  watch  might  be  left  in 
the  dark,  Thuc.  4,  67  ? ;  φνΟ.ακήν  των 
τειχών  ερημον  κατα/.ιττεϊν,  Lycurg. 
150,  4  ;  etc. — 2.  a  watch  or  guard,  of  a 
person,  like  Lat.  custodia  for  custos, 
φνλ.  τοΰ  σώματος,  a  body-guard,  Dem. 
622,  7,  Dinarch.  91, 15  ;  cf.  Wolf  Lept. 
p.  326  ; — later  also,  a  guard  or  garrison 
of  a  place  or  fortress,  Hdt.  2,  30. — 3. 
of  place,  a  watch,  station,  post,  II.  10, 
408,  416  ;  τάς  φν?.αιιας  ααταστήσα- 
οθαι,  to  set  the  watches.  At.  A  v.  841. 
— 4.  of  time,  a  watch,  e.  g.  of  the  night, 
φ.  δεντέρη,  Hdt.  9,  51  ;  so,  φ.  πρώτη, 
ττέμπτη,  Eur.  Rhes.  538,  543. — 5.  a 
place  for  keeping  others  in,  a  ward, 
prison. — II.  a  watching,  guarding,  keep- 
ing in  ward,  whether  lor  security  or 
custody,  εχειν  τινά  εν  φυλακή,  to 
keep  in  custody,  oft.  in  Hdt. ;  also,  έν 
φν?ιακ^σι  μεγά?.ι^σι  εχειν  τι,  Hdt.  2, 
99,  cf.  Pmd.  P.  4,  134;  -ov  Ίσθμόν 
έν  φυλακ-η  εχειν,  to  keep  the  Isthmus 
guarded  or  occupied,  Hdt.  7,  207  ;  8,  40  ; 
less  usu.,  τον  της  γ?.ώσσης  χαρακτή- 
ρα εν  φυλακή  εχειν,  to  preserve  the 
same  character  of  language,  Hdt.  1, 
57  ;  so  too,  εν  φ.  εχειν  νοον,  Theogn. 
439,  cf.  Blomf.  Pers.  598  :  φνλι^ιν 
ΐτοιεϊσθα'ι  τίνος,  Hdt.  2,  154  ;  φ.^α- 
τασχείν  τίνος,  Aesch.  Ag.  235.^111. 
φν7.ακήν  εχειν,  =  φν/.ύττεσθαι,  to 
take  heed  or  care,  be  cautious,  Hdt.  1, 
38  ;  δεινώς  εχειν  έν  φν?Μκι)σι,  to  be 
straitly  on  one's  guard,  lb.  3,  152. — IV. 
(from  mid.)  α  being  on  one's  guard 
against,  c.  gen.,  ή  ευλάβεια  φυλακή 
κακόν,  Def  Plat.  413  C— Cf  φρουρά 
throughout. 

^Φνλάκη,  ης,  ή,  Phylace,  a  city  of 
Phthiotis  in  Thessaly,  at  the  base  of 
Mt.  Othrys,  II.  2,  695  ;  subject  to  Pro- 
tesilaus,  Pind.  I.  1,  84. — 2.  a  city  of 
Arcadia,  Paus.  8,54, 1.— 3.  two  places 
in  Aegypt,  elsewhere  Heliopolis  and 
Thebais,  Strab. 

^Φϋ/.άκηϊς,  ίύος,  ή,  daughter  of  Phy- 
lacus,  i.  e.  Alcimede,  Ap.  Rh.  1,  47. 

\Φυ?Μκίδης,  ου  Ε  p.  ao,  ό,  son  of 
Phylacus,  i.  e.  Iphitus,  11.  2,  705  [ϋ  in 
arsis]. — 2.  masc.  pr.  n.,  Phylacides, 
son  of  Apollo  and  Acacallis,  Paus.  10, 
16,  5.-3.  an  Aeginetan,  victor  in  the 
Isthmian  games,  Pind.  I.  5,  22. 

Φυλακίζω,  f.  -ίσω  Att.  -ιώ,  (φυλα- 
κή) to  throw  into  prison,  N.  T. 

Φϋ?ΜΚΐκός,  ή,  όν,  {φυ?ΜΚ7/)  fitted 
for  watching  or  guarding.  Plat.  Rep. 
375  E,  etc.  :  φ.  τίνος,  taking  care  to 
keep  a  thing,  lb.  412  C,  E. 

Φυλάκων,  ov,  τό,=^φνλάκειον,  Po- 
lyb. 10,  30,  6.  [ώ] 
103 


ΦΥΛΑ 

^Φνλάκιος,  a,  ov,  of  Phylace  (1), 
Phylacian,  Luc.  Dial.  M.  23. 

Φνλάκίς,  ίδος,  fem.  of  φνλαξ,  a  fe- 
male watch  or  guard.  Plat.  Rep.  457  C  : 
ναϋς  φ.,  a  gi^ard-ship,  like  φρονρίς, 
Diod. 

Φύλάκισσα,  ^,=  foreg.,  LXX.  [a] 

Φϋ'λάκίττις,  ου,  ό,  a  prisoner,  Nicet. 

Φυ/Μκος,  ου,  ό,  poet,  and  Ion.  for 
φνλαξ,  11.  24,  566,  and  oft.  in  Hdt.,  in 
sing,  as  well  as  plur.,  e.  g.  1,  84,  89 ; 
2,  113.  (Ace.  to  Arislarch.  it  should 
be  written  oxyt.,  φυλακός,  Philem. 
Lex.  269,  p.  189,  Schol.  Ven.  II.  24, 
566;  c{.  άνακός.)  [ϋ] 

■\Φΰλακος,  ου,  ό,  Phylacus,  son  of 
Deion  and  Diomede,  father  of  Iphi- 
clus,  II.  2,  705  ;  Od.  15,  231.— 2.  a  hero 
of  the  Delphians,  Hdt.  8,  39:  cf.  Paus. 
10,  23,  2.-3.  son  of  Histiaeus  of  Sa- 
mos,  Hdt.  8,  85. 

Φνλακτίος,  a,  ov,  verb.  adj.  from 
φυλάσσω,  to  be  watched  or  kept.  Soph. 
0.  C.  1 180. — II.  φνλακτεον,  from  mid. 
φυλάσσομαι,  one  must  guard  against,  τι, 
Aesch.  Theb.  499  ;  φ.  μη...  Plat.  Rep. 
416  A  ;  όπως  μη..,  Xen.  Oec.  7,  36  : — 
also  in  plur.  φυλακτέα,  Eur.  Andr.  63. 

ΦϊΟΜΚτήρ,  ηρος,  ό,—φύ?Μξ,  II.  9, 
66,  80,  etc. 

Φϋλακτήριον,  ου,  τό,  α  post  for 
watchmen  or  a  garrison,  a  fort  or  castle, 
Hdt.  5,  52:  esp.,  an  outpost  communi- 
cating with  regular  fortifications,  Lat. 
statio,  Thuc.  4,  31,33,  110,  Xen.  Cyr. 
7,  5,  12,  etc. — 2.  α  preservative,  Dem. 
71,  24  ;  an  amulet,  Plut.  2,  378  B,  etc. : 
from 

Φνλακτήριος,  a,  ov,  (  φυλακτήρ ) 
guarding,  protecting.  Plat.  Legg.  842 
D. 

Φϋλάκτης,  ου,  ό,  =  φυλακτήρ,  a 
magistrate  at  Cuma,  Plut.  2,  291  F. 

Φϋλακτικός,  ή,  όν,  (Φυλάσσω)  fit 
for  preserving,  preservative,  ύγίείας,  of 
health,  Arist.  Top.  1,  15,10.— 2.  vigi- 
lant, observant,  τινός,  Xen.  Mem.  3, 4, 
9. — II.  (from  mid.)  cautious,  lb.  3,  1, 
6.     Adv.  -κώς,  Polyb.  6,  8,  3,  etc. 

iΦv/ιaκτpίς,  ίδος,  ό,  Phylactris,  a 
mountain  of  Arcadia,  Paus.  8,  48,  4. 

Φϋλάκτωρ,  ορός,  ό,  poet,  for  ψιΆα- 
κτήρ,  φύλαξ,  Norm. 

]Φϋλαν6ρος,  ου,  ό,  Phylander,  son 
of  Apollo  and  Acacallis,  Paus.  10, 
10.  5. 

Φνλαξ,  ακος,  6,  also  ή,  {φυλάσσω) : 
— α  watcher,  guard,  Horn,  (only  in  Jl.) 
always  as  masc.  and  in  plur. ;  also 
φύλακες  άνδρες,  11.  9,  477  ;  then  freq. 
in  Att.,  δωμάτων,  χώρας  φ.,  Aesch. 
Ag.  914,  Soph.  O.  T.  1418,  etc. :  but 
Hdt.  always  uses  φύλακας  instead, 
except  in  signf  II : — esp.,  α  sentinel, 
Lat.  excubitor,  Xen.  An.  4,  2,  5,  etc.  ; 
φύλακας  κατάστησαι,  Ar.  Αν.  8il, 
l)em.,  etc.  ; — oi  φ.,  the  garrison,  Thuc. 
6,  100,  Xen.,  etc. :  —  also  of  body- 
guards, Xen.  An.  1,  2,  12,  etc. : — as 
fem.  in  Eur.  Andr.  86,  Tro.  462  ;  cf. 
Lob.  Phryn.  p.  452.  —  II.  α  guardian, 
keeper,  protector,  Hes.  Op.  122,  251  ; 
φ.  παιδός.  Hdt.  1,  41  ;  κτεάνων,  Pind. 
P.  8,  81.  [ii] 

Φϋλάξίμος,  η,  ov,  (φυλάσσω)  defen- 
sible, Plut.  Pomp.  70  ;  Schaf  φύξιμος. 

Φύ?Μξις,  εως,  ή,  ( φυλάσσω  )  α 
watching,  guarding,  ύπνου.  Soph.  Fr. 
379,  6  :  occasion  for  caution,  Eur.  Hel. 
506. 

Φϋλαρχέω,  ω,  f.  -ήσω,  to  he  φύλαρ- 
χος,  Ar.  Lys.  561,  Arist.  Pol.  4,  11,5. 

Φνλάρχης,  ου,  6,=  φν7Μρχος. 

Φϋλαρχία,  ας.  ή,  the  office  of  a  φυ- 
?ιαρχος,  Arist.  Pol.  6,  8,  15  :  from 

Φνλαρχος,  ov,  ύ,  (φνλη,  {άρχω)  the 
chief  of  a  φϋ/.ή  ;  esp.  in  war,  a  com- 
mander of  cavalry,  Hdt.  5,  69;  joined 


ΦΥΛΑ 

with  Ίππαρχος,  in  Ar.  Av.  799,  Lysias 
146,  10,  Plat.  Legg.  834  C,  880  D, 
Dem.  47,  10,  etc. 

iΦΰ?Mpχoς,  ου,  6,  Phylarchus,  a 
historian  of  Athens,  or  Sicyon,  under 
Ptolemy   Philopator,  Polyb.  2,  56-59. 

iΦvλaς,  avTor,  ό.  Phylas,  king  of 
Ephyra  in  Thesprolia,  grandfather  of 
Tlepolemus,  11.  16,  180;  ApoUod.  2, 
7,  6  :— in  Diod.  S.  4,  36  Φνλενς.  — 2. 
son  of  Antiothus,  ApoUod.  2,  8,  3. 

Φυλασσέμεναι,  Ep.  for  φυλάσσειν, 
Horn. 

ΦΤ'ΛΑ'ΣΣΩ,  Att.  -ττω:  fut.  φυ- 
λάξω :  mid.  φν?Μξομαι,  sometimes 
also  in  pass,  signf ,  as  in  Soph.  Phil. 
48,  Xen.  Oec.  4,  9. 

A.  intr.,  to  watch,  be  sleepless,  Od. 
20,  52 :  esp.  like  φρονρεω,  to  keep 
watch  and  ward,  keep  guard,  φυλάσσειν 
πάνννχον  έγρήσσοντα,  Od.  20,  52 ; 
οϋό'  έΰέ'λουσι  νύκτα  φυλασσέμεναι, 
11.  10,312,  cf  419,  Od.  5,  466;  22,  195: 
so  in  mid.,  νύκτα  φν/.ασσομενοισι,  II. 
10,  188  ;  cf  Xen.  An.  6,  4,  27,  etc. 

B.  trans.,  to  watch,  guard,  defend, 
keep,  secure,  freq.  from  Hom.  down- 
wards :  of  persons,  cattle,  things,  φ. 
δώμα,  to  keep  the  house,  not  leave  it, 
Od.  5,  208  ;  πόλιν,  Aesch.  Theb.  136  ; 
φύλαττοί  σε  Τ,ενς,  Ar.  Eq.  500 ;  φυ- 
λάττειν τινά  άπό  τίνος,  to  guard  one 
from  a  person  or  tiling,  Xen.  Cyr.  1, 
4,  7. — 2.  to  walchfor,  lie  in  wail  or  am- 
bush for,  αυτόν  ίοντα  λοχήσομαι  ήδέ 
φυλάξω  έν  πορϋμώ  Ιθάκης,  Od.  4, 
670  ;  φ.  νόστον,  11.  2,  251  ;  φ.  τό  σύμ- 
βολάν,  to  look  out  for  the  signal-iire, 
Aesch.  Ag.  8;  so,  άριστοποιουμένονς 
φνλάξας  τους  στρατιώτας,  Dem.  675, 
17  ;  1^.  τους  τά  παράνομα  γράφοντας. 
Id.  1333,  6  ;  etc.  : — φ.  βρέτας,  to  cling 
to  the  image,  Aesch.  Eum.  440 ; — 
esp.,  to  watch,  to  wait  for  or  observe  the 
right  time,  Hdt.  1,  48  ;  8,  9,  etc.  ;  φ. 
τους  ετησίας,  Dem.  48,  fin. — 3.  me- 
taph.,  to  preserve,  keep,  maintain,  φ. 
χόλον,  to  cherish  anger,  II.  10,  30;  φ. 
αιδώ  και  φΛότητα,  to  preserve  reve- 
rence and  love,  11.  24,  111  ;  φ.  δρκια,- 
to  keep,  respect  oaths,  II.  3,  280;  φ.. 
έπος,  to  observe  a  command,  11.  16, 
686;  so,  φ.  βήμα,  Pind.  I.  2,  16;  φ. 
τελετάς.  Id.  Ο.  3,  74  ;  φ.  νόμον,  Soph. 
Tr.  616  ;  φ.  σιγήν,  Eur.  I.  Α.  542  ; 
ουκ  έφύ/.αξα  άπειλάς  υμετέρας,  Ι  re- 
garded not  your  threats.  Call.  Dei. 
204  : — pass.,  φνλάττεσθαι  παρά  τίνα, 
to  be  cherished  in  or  by  one,  Soph.  O. 
T.  383.— II.  in  mid.,  to  heed,  lake  heed 
or  care,  be  on  one's  guard,  in  Horn, 
only  in  pf  pass.,  πεφυ?Μγμένος  είναι, 
to  be  cautious,  prudent,  II.  23,  343  :  but, 

• — 2.  c.  ace,  to  keep  a  thing,  bear  it  in 
mind  or  memory,  Hes.  Op.  261,  559; 
also,  Φν?Μσσεσθαί  τι  έν  θυμώ,  lb. 
489,  cf.  Pind.  Ο.  7,  72,  Sopfi.  El. 
1012  : — C.  inf ,  to  take  care  to  do,  Hdt. 
7,  5,  Aesch.  Supp.  205  : — c.  gen.,  φν- 
λάσσεσθαι  νεών,  to  take  care  because 
of  the  ships,  be  chary  of  them,  Thuc.. 
4,  11  ;  so,  άρκτοι  πεφν?Μγμέναι  ώκε• 
ανοϊο,  Aral.  48.  —  3.  more  usu.,  911- 
λάσσεσθαί  τι  or  τινά,  to  take  heed,  he- 
ware  of,  be  on  one's  guard  against,  shwi, 
avoid  a  thing  or  person,  Hdt.  1,  108  ; 
7,  130,  Aesch.  Pr.  715,  etc. ;  also  προς 
τι,  Thuc.  7,  69  ;  άπό  τίνος,  Xen.  Cyr. 
2,  3,  9,  Hell.  7,  2,  10 :  c.  part.,  εΐςο- 
ρών  φυλάξομαι,  I  will  take  care  to 
look  on...  Soph.  Phil.  455: — also,  φ. 
μη  ποιεϊν,  to  take  care  not  to  do,  guard 
against  doing,  Hdt.  1,  65,  108,  etc.; 
but,  φ.  μη,  C.  subj.,  to  take  care  lest.., 
as  φ.  μή  ποτ'  άχθεσβή  κέαρ,  Aesch. 
Pr.  390,  cf.  Supp.  498,'  Eur.  I.  T.  67, 
Ar.  Eccl.  831 ;  so,  oft.  in  prose ;  so 
too,  φ.  όπως  μή..,  Xen.  Mem.  1, 2, 37 , 
1633 


ΦΤΑΛ 

cf.  ώνλακτέον.  —  4.  sometimes,  but 
rarely,  the  act.  has  this  signf,  of  the 
mid.,  first  prob.  in  Eur.  I.  A.  145,  Plat. 
Theaet.  154  D,  Gorg.  461  D;  more 
freq.  later,  Elmsl.  Med.  314,  Lob. 
Phryn.  363. 

ίΦυλείδης,  ου  Ep.  ao,  6,  son  of 
Phyleus,  i.  e.  Meges,  II.  2,  628.-2. 
masc.  pr.  n.,  PhyluUs.  father  of  Py- 
thangelus  of  Thebes,  Tliuc.  2,  2,  v.'l. 
Φυλλt'(5αf. 

Φϋ/Ιετίίίω,  to  make  a  member  of  a 
tribe,  adopt  into  a  tribe,  ξένοΐ'ζ  και  με- 
τοίκους, Arist.  Pol.  3,  2,  3  :  from 

Φνλέτης,  ov,  6,  {φυλή)  one  of  the 
same  tribe,  Lat.  tribulis.  At.  Ach.  542, 
Plat.  955  D,  etc.     Hence 

Φυλετικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to, proper 
to  a  φυλέτης,  Plat.  Legg.  768  C,  915 
C  :  ίκκλ,ησία  ώ.,  the  Roman  comiiia 
tributa,  Dion.  H.  7,  59.  Adv.  -κώς, 
like  the  tribesmen,  Arist.  Soph.  El.  1, 
2,  Schol. 

Φνλετις,  i(5of,  fern,  from  φνλέτης : 
also  for  φυλετική,  e.  g.  εκκλησία  φυ- 
λέτις,  Dion.  Η.  7.  59. 

^Φϋλενς,  έως  Ερ.  ήος,  ό,  Phyleus, 
ν.  Φίίλαζ•  (  1  ).  — 2.  son  of  Augeas  of 
Elis,  who,  being  driven  out  by  his 
father,  went  to  Dulichium,  II.  2,  628  ; 
Apollod.  2,  5,  5. — 3.  a  general  of  the 
Messenians,  Paus.  4,  13,  5. 

Φϋλ?;,  ης,  ή,  a  union  of  individuals 
into  a  community  or  state,  which  ace. 
to  Dicaearchus  was  the  orig.  signf.  : 
hence,  a  union  formed  among  the  citi- 
zens of  a  state,  a  class  or  tribe,  an- 
swering to  the  Roman  tribus;  and  like 
it, — 1.  a  union  of  men  according  to  ties 
of  blood  and  descent,  a  clan  or  guild, 
Xen.  Cyr.  1,  2,  5,  etc. —  2.  then  a 
union  according  to  local  habitation,  like 
our  hundred  or  county.  The  subdivis- 
dons  of  the  former  were  φρατρίαι,  of 
.the  latter  δήμοι.  The  change  of 
Athen.  φν7.αί  from  four  to  ten  by 
Clisthenes  (Hdt.  5,  66  sq.,  6,  131) 
was  prob.  an  abolition  of  the  first 
kind  and  institution  of  the  second, 
like  the  change  made  by  Servius  at 
Home,  cf.  Niebhr.  Hist,  of  R.  ],  p. 
294  sq.,  413  sq.,  Thirlw.  Hist,  of  Gr. 
2,  p.  4  sq.  and  73  :  the  members  of  a 
φυλή  were  φυλέται. — II.  a  division  in 
an  army,  the  soldiers  of  one  φνλή,  όττλί- 
τών,  Thuc.  6,  98,  Piat.  Legg.  755  C, 
D  :  also,  a  certain  number,  esp.  of  cav- 
alry, Xen.  Hell.  4,  2,  19  ;  cf.  φύλαρ- 
χος. — III.  generally,  a  kind,  class,  or- 
der, Id.  Oec.  9,  6. — Cf.  φϋλον,  fin. 

\Φνλή,  ης,  ή,  Phyle,  an  Attic  deme 
oelonging  to  the  tribe  Oeneis,  and  a 
fortress,  on  the  borders  of  Boeotia, 
Xen.  Hell.  2,  4,  2,  Strab.  p.  396. 

\Φυλ7]Ις,  ίδος,  ή,  Phyle'is,  a  daugh- 
ter of  Thespius,  Apollod.  2,  7,  8. 

Φϋλία,  ας,  ή,  a  wild  olive-tree,  Od. 
5,  477,  elsewh.  κότινος.  —  Ammon. 
takes  it  for  the  mastich-tree,  σχίνος. 

Φϋλίκη,  ης,  ή,  an  ever-green  tree, 
a  kind  of  rhamnus  :  ace.  to  others= 
loreg.  :  written  also  φιλνκη,  q.  v. 

Φϋλίον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  φυλή. 

Φνλλύζω,  f.  •ύσω,  to  have  or  get 
leaves. 

iΦv/.λaΐoς,  ov,  6,  Phyllaean,  appell. 
of  Apollo  from  Φνλλ.ος  in  Thessaly, 
Strab.  p.  435. 

Φυλλ.άκανβος,  ov,  (φν?.?Μν,  άκαν- 
θα) with  prickly  leaves,  Theophr.  [λΰ] 

Φν/.λΛίμττε/.ον,  ov,  τό,  [άμπελος)  a 
vine-leaf,  Lat.  pampinus. 

Φυλλύριον ,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  φυλ- 
λ.ον,  ο.  little  leaf,  [ά] 

Φΐ'λλάζ-,  άδος,  ή,  {φνλ7.ον)  α  heap  of 

leaves,  bed  or  litter  of  leaves,  φν'λλάδα 

έπί.βύ?:λειν,  Hdt.  8,  24  ;  φ.  στιπτή, 

Soph.  Phil.  33. — II.  the  leaves,  leafage, 

1634 


ΦΥΛΑ 

foliage  of  a  tree,  Aesch.  Ag.  966  :  me- 
taph.  of  man,  φν?.?.ύδος  ήδη  κατακαρ- 
φομένης,  lb.  79,  —  as  yhaksp.,  '  my 
way  of  life  is  fallen  into  the  sere,  the 
yellow  leaf.'  —  2.  α  tree  or  plant  itself, 
as  of  the  laurel,  etc.,  Soph.  O.  C. 
676,  Eur.  Andr.  1100:  a  branch  or 
bough.  At.  A'esp.  398. — 3.  a  leafy  grove, 
Soph.  Tr.  754.  —  4.  α  sallad,  Diohil. 
Άπηλιττ.  2,  4;  cf.  Poll.  6,  71. 

ΦυλλεΙον,  ου,  τό,  {φν?.λον)  usu.  in 
p\uT..  green  stuff,  esp.  small  herbs,  such 
as  mint,  parsley,  etc.,  that  were  given 
into  the  bargain,  Ar.  Ach.  469 ;  /la- 
φανίδων  φν^.λεΐα,  radish-ic>ps,  Ar. 
Plul.  544.  ^ 

iΦvλλεvς,  εως  and  εος,  6,  of  Phyl- 
bis,  Anth.  P.  6,  264. 

ίΦνλλη'ίον,  ov,  TO,  ορός,  Mt.  Phyl- 
lias,  in  Thessaly  near  the  Enipeus, 
Ap.  Rh.  1,  37;  poet,  for  Φν7ιλείον. 

'\Φνλ7.ηΐς,  ίδος,  ή,  fem.  adj.  of  οτ  re- 
lating to  the  Phyllis,  in  Bithyma,  Ap. 
Rh.  2,  652. 

Φνλλιύω,  ώ,  (φύλλον)  to  run  to  leaf, 
without  fruiting,  Aral.  333. 

iΦυλλiδaς,  ov,  6,  PhylUdas,  a  The- 
ban,  Xen.  Hell.  5,  4,  2  :  cf.  sub  Φν- 
λείδης. 

Φν7ιλίζω,  f.  -ί'σω  Att.  -Ιώ,  to  strip  off 
leaves. 

Φνλ7 ικός,  ή,  όν,  {φύλλον)  leafy, 
Theophr. 

Φνλ7.ίνος,  η,  ov,  (  φν7^7υθν  )  of  or 
from  leaves,  made  of  leaves,  Theocr. 
21,  8,  Luc.  Merc.  Cond.  13. 

Φύλλων,  ov,  TO,  =  φνλλεΐον. — Π. 
dim.  from  φύλλον,  Plat.  ( Com. ) 
'Ύπερβ.  6. 

ΦυλΛίς,  ίδος,  τ],=  φνλ7Μς  : — also  a 
dish  of  herbs,  Ath. 

'\Φύ7.λις,  ιης,  ό,  Phyllis,  a  writer 
on  music,  Ath.  636. — 2.  Φνλ/ύς,  ίδος, 
ή,  daughter  of  king  Sithon  king  in 
Thrace,  Luc.  Salt.  40.  —  Others  in 
Anth.  P.  5,  263  ;  etc.— II.  a  district  of 
Thrace,  at  the  base  of  Mt.  Pangaeus, 
Hdt.  7,  113.— III.  ό,  a  river  of  Bithy- 
nia,  V.  Φνλληις. 

Φν7^λίτης,  ov,  ό,  fem.  -ΐτις,  ιδος,=^ 
φνλλ.ινος : — uyuv  φ.,  like  στεφανίτης, 
ΰργνρίτης,  etc.,  α  contest  in  which  the 
prizes  were  leaf -wreaths. — 2.  //  φνλλίτίς, 
a  plant  with  leaves  and  no  flower,  a 
kind  oifern,  Scolopendriumofficinarum, 
Diosc.  3,  121. 

Φυ7.7.οι3ο7ιέω,  ώ.  to  shed  the  leaves, 
Ar.  Nub.  1007,  Call.  Epigr.  45,  The- 
ophr.—II.  to  deck  with  leaves,  Hdn.  8, 
7 :  and 

Φν7.λοβολία,  ας,  η,  a  shedding  of 
the  leaves,  Theophr.  —  II.  a  decking 
with  leaves  or  leafy  crowiis,  USU.  as  a 
token  of  applause  bestowed  on  the 
winners  in  the  games,  Hdn.,  cf. 
Bockh  Expl.  Pind.  P.  9,  130  (219) : 
from 

Φν7.7.οβόλος,  ov,  {φύλ7.ον,  βάλλίύ) 
shedding  leaves,  Theophr. 

Φυ7ιλόκομος,  ov,  (φνλ7ιθν,  κόμη) 
covered  with  leaves,  thick-leaved,  σμΐλιαξ, 
Ar.  Av.  215  ;  μελία,  lb.  742. 

Φνλ,λοκοπέω,  ώ,  to  cut  off  the  leaves. 

ΦνλλοκρΙνεω,  ύ,=ίκφνλλοφορέο). 

Φνλ7Μ7.ογέω,  ύ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  pick  or 
strip  off  the  leaves. 

Φι0.7.ομάνέω,  ώ,  f.  -ησω,  to  run  wild- 
ly to  leaf  without  fruiting,  Theophr. ; 
cf.  νλομανέω :  from 

Φν7ί7.ομΰνής,  ές,  running  wildly  to 
leaf,  cf.  νλομανής. 

Φύλ7.ον,  ου,  τό,  a  leaf;  in  plur., 
leaves,  foliage,  Horn.,  who,  like  Hes. 
and  Hdt.,  always  uses  the  plur. :  φύλ- 
λων γενέη.  proverb,  of  mankind  from 
II.  6,  146,  cf.  Ar.  Av.  685;  ττλεκτα. 
όΰ/λα,  wreathed  leaves,  Eur.  Hipp. 
807;— metaph.  of  choral  songs,  φύ/.λ' 


ΦΥΛΟ 

άοιδάν,  Pind.  I.  4,  46  (3,  45).— 2.  also 
ol  flowers,  νακίνθινα  φν7~.7ια,  λειμώ- 
νια φ.,  Theocr.  11,26;  1 8,  39  ;  cf  Jac. 
Anth.  2,  2,  p.  266.— II.  the  leaf-like 
seed  of  the  σί7.φιον,  Hipp. — HI.  a  kind 
of  plant,  prob.,  mercurialis,  Theophr.: 
generally,  a  plant,  Numen.  ap.  Ath. 
371  B. — 2.  esp.,  like  Lat.  folium,  of 
savoury  herbs,  Hipp.  (Prob.  from  φ/Ί{'ω, 
φλνω,  β7^νω,  our  bloom,  etc. ;  so  too 
Lat.  folium,  ffos,  florere.) 

Φυ7.7.ορβά}έω,  ώ,  to  cause  the  leaves 
to  burst  and  crack. 

Φν7^7ιορ(κίγία,  ας,  ή,  the  bursting  and 
cracking  of  leaves. 

Φνλλο^βοέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  shed  the 
leaves,  Pherecr.  Pers.  1,  10,  Arist.  An. 
Post.  2,  16,  1  : — hence  the  comic 
phrase,  φ.  ασπίδα,  to  shed,  drop  one's 
shield,  Ar.  Av.  1481  :  and 

ΦνλΛόύβοια.  ας.  ή,  a  falling  of  the 
leaves,  Theophr. :  from 

Φν7ι7.ο^[Μυς,  OT',  {φυ7.λον,  /5εω)  leaf- 
shedding,  φθινόπωρον,  0pp.  C,  1,  116. 

iΦv7.λoς,  ov,  ή,  Rhian.  ap.  Stepb. 
B_\z.,  and  ό,  Strab.  p.  435,  Phyllus,  a 
city  of  Thessaly  near  Pagasae  with 
a  temple  of  Apollo. 

Φν7.7.οσΙνής,  ες,  {φύλλον,  σίνομαι) 
damaging  leaves,  Nic.  ap.  Ath. 

Φν7Μσκεττος.  ov,  {φνλ7.ον,  σκέπας) 
covered  with  leaves,  Theophr. 

Φνλλοστρώς,  ώτας,  v.  sq. 

Φνλ7.όστρωτος,  ov,  (φύλλον,  στρών- 
νυμι)  strewed  or  covered  with  leaves, 
Eur.  Rhes.  9: — from  the  form  φνλ- 
λοστρώς, not  φυλλοστρώτις,  we  find 
only  dat.  φν7.7.οστρώτι,  Theocr. 
Epigr.  3  ;  cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  429. 

Φν7.7.οτόκος,  ov,  {φύλλον,  τίκτω) 
producing  leaves,  0pp.  C.  1,  116. 

Φνλλοτόμος,  ov,  chitting  off  leaves. 

Φνλλοτρώξ,  ώγος,  ό,  ή,  (φΰλλον, 
τρώγω)  nibbling  or  eating  leaves,  An- 
tiph.  Oenom.  1,  2  [with  ότρ  m  an 
anapaestic  verse]. 

Φν7ί7ίθφορέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  bear 
leaves,  Theophr. :  from 

Φν7ί7.οφόρος,  ov.  {φν7.7ιον,  φέρω) 
bearing  leaves,  φυ7•.7.οφ6ρος  άγών,= 
φνλλίτης  or  στεφανίτης,  Pind.  Ο.  8, 
100.  _ 

Φνλλοφνέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {φύ7.7.ον, 
φνω)  to  put  forth  leaves. 

φνλλ.οχοέω,  ώ,  f.  -7;σω,  to  shed 
leaves :  from 

Φνλλ.οχόος,  ov,  {φν7.7.ον,  χέω)  shed- 
ding the  leaves,  φ.  μήν,  the  leaf-shed- 
ding month,  Hes.  ap.  Poll.  ],  231,  cf. 
Plut.  2,  734  D,  735  D. 

Φν7.λόίο,  ώ,  (φνλλον)  to  clothe  with 
leaves,  Hipp. —  II.  to  make  into  a  leaf. 

Φν7^.ώδης,  ες,  [φύλλον,  είδος)  like 
leaves  :  rich  in  leaves,  Theophr. 

Φύ7ι/ιωμα,  ατός,  τό,  {φνλλόω)  foli- 
age, Diod. 

Φν7^οβύσΐ7.ενς,  έως,  b,  a  βασιλεύς 
chosen  from  each  φυ7ιή  to  perform  the 
sacrifices,  like  the  Roman  rex  sacrifi- 
cuius. 

iΦv7ιoδάμaς,  αντος,  ό,  Phylodamas, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Q.  Sm.  8,  403. 

Φνλοκρϊνέω,  {φν7ίθν,  κρίνω)  to  dis- 
tinguish races,  choose  by  races,  Thuc. 
6,  18.     Hence 

Φνλοκρίνησις,  ή,  distinction  of  tribes 
or  kinds,  Clem.  Al.  [i]    Hence 

Φϋ7.οκρϊνητικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to, 
skilled  in  the  distinction  of  races,  Clem. 
Al. 

iΦvλoμάχη,  ης,  ή,  Phylomache, 
daughter  of  Hagnias,  Dem.  1056,  25. 
— 2.  a  granddaughter  of  preceding, 
wife  of  Sositheus,  Id.  1058,  26. 

^Φυ7..όμαχος,  ov,  ό,  Phylomachus,  a 
Grecian  statuary,  Anth.  Plan.  239. 

Φί5/.0Γ.  τό,  hardly  used  save  in 
nom.  and  ace.  φν7.ον,  φΰλιΟ,  gen.  ψύ- 


ΦΤΗΗ 

?.ον  in  Xen.  Lac.  1,  4:  {φνω): — a 
stock,  race,  kind,  of  all  living  beings, 
oft.  in  Horn,  and  Hes. ;  φν'λορ  θεών,  U. 
5,  441,  ©.  θεάων,  Hes.  Th.  9C5,  <-)νλον 
άοιόύρ,  Od.  8,  481,  αθανάτων,  Hes. 
Op.  197.  γυναικών,  Hes.  Th.  1020. 
— 2.  usii.  ill  plur.,  to  denote  a  number 
of  one  kind,  a  troop,  host,  crowd,  φύλα 
θεών,  ανθρώπων,  11.  14,  361 ;  15,  54 ; 
όνλα  γυναικών,  ίπικοίφων,  Τίγάν- 
TO)v,  Π.  9,  130 ;  17,  220,  Od.  7,  206  ;  in 
11.  19.  30,  a  swarm  of  glials  (but  φϋ?.α 
με'λισσέ^ν  (oddly)  as  paraphr.  for  a 
single  bee,  Hes.  Fr,  22) ;  φϋλον  μα- 
ταιότατον,  Pind.  P.  3, 36 : — so  in  kit., 
φν'/.ον  ορνίθων,  the  race  of  birds.  Soph. 
Ant  342;  τττηνών,  Ar.  Av.  1088  ;  το 
•πτ-ηνον  ό..  Plat.  Soph.  220  Β ;  Όμη- 
ρος καλ  Ήράκ?^ειτο(;  καΐ  τζΰν  το  τοι- 
ούτον φν/.ον.  Id.  Theaet.  160  D;  το 
KvpvKiKov  φ.,  Id.  PoJit.  260  D.— 3.  a 
sex,  TO  γνναικείον,  το  ap/3ev  φ-,  Ar. 
Thesm.  786,  Xen.  Lac.  3,  4.— II.  in 
closer  sense,  a  race  of  people,  people, 
nation,  φν?.α  Πε/.ασ}ών,  IL  2,  "840, 
Aesch.  Pr.  809,  Soph.,  etc.,  and  in 
Att.  prose;  cf.  εμφυλος,  kptsv~/J.0Q, 
άτΓΟφί'/αος,  καταφυλαδόν- — III.  more 
closely  still,  a  race,  clan,  tribe,  of  men 
ace.  to  blood  or  descent,  κατά  Φύλα, 
by  races.  II.  2,  362,  363 ;  φϋ?.ον  Ελέ- 
νης, φν/.ον  Άρκεισίον,  Od.  14,  68, 
181. — The  word  denotes  a  three-fold 
distinction  according  to  kind,  country, 
or  kin:  of  these  signfs.  the  last  only 
appears  in  the  later  form  φν'/'η,  q.  v. 

\^ν'/.ονόμτ),  Ί)ς,  ή,  Fhylonome, 
daughter  of  Craugasus,  Paus.  10, 
14,  2. 

Φν?Μ~ις,  ιδος,  η,  the  battle-cry,  din 
of  battle,  battle,  oft.  in  Hom.,  who  be- 
sides the  common  ace.  φν/Μτζιν  once 
uses  the  form  φν^.όττιδα,  Od.  11,  314, 
as  in  Hes.  Sc.  114:  sometimes  he 
joins  φ.  -ηολέμον,  II.  13,  635,  Od.  11, 
314  ;  φ.  και  ττόλεαος,  II.  4,  15,  82  ;  νεϊ- 
κος  φν}.ό-ιδος,  Ιΐ.  20, 141. — Ερ.  word, 
used  also  by  tMimnerm.  1 1,  lOt,  Soph. 
El.  1071,  in  a  lyric  passage ;  and  in  a 
mock  oracle,  Ar.  Pac.  1075.  (Ace.  [ 
to  old  Gramm.  from  φν?.ον  and  δψ,  in 
signf.  oi  βοή.)  [r]  | 

Φνμα  or  φνμα,  ατός,  τό,  (φύω) : —  ' 
like  φυτόν,  a  growth,  produce  :  esp.,  an 
inflamed  sirelling  on  the  body,  a  tumour, 
boil,  etc.,  Lat.  tiiber,  vomica,  Hdt.  3, 
133,  Plat.  Tim.  85  C,  cf.  Foes.  Oec. 
Hipp. :  φνμα  φνειν,  φνμα  φύεται, 
Hipp.  [The  only  poet,  authority  is 
Marc.  Sid.  83,  where  we  have  φνμύ- 
τεσσι  ;  and  so  Draco,  p.  95,  23  ;  100, 
22,  makes  it ;  but  in  p.  57,  8,  he  adds 
that,  ace.  to  some,  the  Att,  wrote 
φϋμα ;  Lobeck  approves  v,  Paral. 
419  ;  and  so  it  is  written  in  most  edd. 
of  Hdt.  and  Hipp.] 

Φυμάτίας.  ov,  ό,  one  who  has  φνματα 
or  tu77wurs,  Hipp. 

Φνμάτιον,  ov.  τό,  dun.  from  φνμα, 
Hipp.  p.  648.  [ά] 

Φνμΰτόομαι,  {φνμα)  as  pass.,  ίο  have 
tumours,  Hipp.  p.  1229. 

Φνμΰτώόης,  ες,  [φνμα,  είδος)  like 
φνματα  or  tumours,  full  of  them,  σκέ- 
y^a.  ΰρβρα.  Foes.  Oec.  Hipp. 

Φΐ'ΐ'αί,  inf.  aor.  2  oi  φνω,  always  in 
intr.  signf. 

Φνξάνωρ,  ορός,  ό,  η,  {φενγω,  άνήρ) 
fleeing  men,  ό.  γάμος  ΑΊγν~τοι^  παί- 
δων, said  of  the  Danaidae,  Aesch. 
Supp.  8,  [d] 

Φνξΐίω,  desiderat.  from  φεύγω,  to 
be  fain  to  flee. 

Φνξί/'λιος,  ov,  {φεύγω,  τ/λιος)  shun- 
ning the  sun,  Nic.  Th.  660. 

Φνξηλις,  (Of  and  ιδος.  δ,  ή,  (φεύγω) 
fugitive,  shy. cowardly,  φύξηλιν ιόντα, 
il.  17,  143 ;  cf.  Nic.  Al,  472,  Lye.  943. 


ΦΤΡΤ 

Φνξίμηλα,  τά  : — δένδρα  φ.,  trees 
that  have  grown  too  large  to  be  hurt  by 
sheep  (μήλα),  Aesch.  Fr.  366. 

Φνξιμος,  ov,  (φεύγω) : — older  and 
poet,  form  for  φεύξιμος,  of  places, 
whither  one  can  flee,  or  where  one  can 
take  refuge  :  το  ό-,  a  place  of  refuge,  Od. 
5,  359  ;  φνξψον  ουδέν,  Polyb.  9,  29, 
4 ;  ιερόν  φ-,  an  asylum,  Plut.  Rom.  9  ; 
cf.  ψνλύζιμος- — II.  which  one  can  flee 
from,  avoidable,  νονσος.  Hipp.  :  also, 
from  which  one  would  flee,  i  e.  loath- 
some, όδμή,  Nic.  Th.  54  : — c.  ace, 
φύξιμέβς  τίνα.  abU  to  flee  from  or  escape 
one.  Soph.  Ant.  788. 

ΦνξΙί'ος,  ov,  6,  an  utiknown  fish, 
Mnesim.  Ίττ-οτρ.  1,  33. 

'^Φνζίον,  ov,  τό,  Phyxium,  name  of 
a  place,  Polyb,  5,  95,  8, 

Φνξιον,  ov,  TO,  like  φύξιμον,  a  place 
of  refuge,  an  old  word,  found  prob, 
only  in  Plut,  Thes.  36  ;  strictly  neut. 
from 

Φνξιος,  ov,  (φεύγω)  belonging  to 
flight,  promoting  it : — epith.  of  J  upiter, 
ApoUod.  1,  9,  1  ;  cf.  Staveren  Hygin. 
Fab.  3. 

Φνξί-ο7Λς,  εως,  ό,  ή,  (φεύγω,  πό- 
λ,ις)  fleeing  the  city,  banished,  0pp.  Η. 
1,  278. 

Φύξις,  εως,  ή,  older  and  poet,  form 
for  φενίις,  (Lob.  Phryn.  726),= 
ώνγή,  U.  10,  311,  447.— II.  a  refuge, 
Nic.  Th.  588. 

Φνρύδην,  Άάν.,= φύρδην. 

Φύραμα,  ατός,  τό,  (φνράω)  that 
which  is  mixed  or  kneaded,  paste,  dough, 
LXX. :  also,  bread  or  pastry,  Mnesim. 
Ίττΰοτρ.  \,n. 

Φύρΰσις,  εως,  η,  a  mixing  up,  knead- 
ing. 

Φνρΰτέον,  verb.  adj.  from  φυρύω, 
one  must  mix,  Diosc. 

Φϋράτής  or  φυράτης,  Ό,  (φνράω)  a 
confminder,  Cic.  Att.  7,  1,  9. 

Φϋρύω,  ώ,  f.  -άσω  Ion.  -ήσω : — 
lengthd.  form  from  ύύρω,  to  mix  up, 
mingle,  knead,  esp.  of  bread,  Hdt.  2, 
36  ;  οίνω  καΐ  k/.αίω  ττεφνραμένα  ΰλ- 
φιτα,  Thuc.  3,  49  ;  γη  νγρω  φνραθει- 
σα,  Plat.  Theaet.  147  C  ;'  but,  γί/ν 
φάνω  όνρΰν,  to  make βΆΐύι  intoa bloody 
paste,  Aesch.  Theb.  48: — metaph., 
μάλακην  φωνί/ν  προς  τους  έραστας 
φνράσαυθαι,  to  make  up  a  soft  voice 
towards  one's  lovers,  Ar.  Nub.  979; 
πεφύρησαι  χα/<.ε77ο7ς,  Philet.  8. — Φυ- 
ρΰν  and  φύρειν  are  the  same  word, 
but  the  former  means  to  jnix  or  k?iead 
up  with  something  wet,  the  latter  also 
to  mingle  confusedly  together,  confound, 
defile,  V.  Lob  Soph.  Aj.  230.  [d  in  fut.^ 
aor.  and  pf.,  Draco  p.  14,  24.] 

Φύρδην,  adv.,  (φύρω)  ■ — mixedly,  in 
utter  confusion,  Aesch.  Pers.  812  ;  φ. 
μάχεσθαι,  Xen.  Cyr.  7,  1,  37  ;  φ.  πάν- 
τα έπρύττετο.  Polyb.  30,  14,  6. 

Φνρκος,  τό.  Dor.  όονρκος,=  τεΊχος, 
akin  to  πύργος,  Hesych. 

^Φνρκος,  ov,  ό,  Phyrcus,  a  fortress 
in  Elis,  near  Lepreum,  Thuc,  5,  49  : 
cf.  foreg.,  and  ΙΙύργος. 

Φύρμα.  ατός,  τό,  (όνρω)  α  mixture ; 
of  poison,  Nic.  ΑΙ.  485,  cf.  Th.  723. 

Φνρμός,  ov,  6,  (φύρω)  α  mixture, 
confusion,  disorder,  LXX. 

\φνρμος,  ov,  δ,  Phyrmus,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  Anth.  Plan.  322. 

^Φνρόμαχος,  ov,  ό,  Phyromachus, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Alexis  ap.  Ath.  161  C ; 
etc.  :— in  Ar.  Eccl.  22  with  v.  1.  Σφν- 
ρόμαχος,  q.  V. 

Φνρσιμος,  ov,  (φύρω)  mixedup,  Nic. 
Al.  324. 

Φύρσις,  εως,  η,  (φύρω)  a  mixing, 
kneading.  Lob.  Phryn.  116. 

Φνρτός,  ή,  όν,  verb,  adj.,  mixed  up  : 
from 


ΦΤΣΑ 

ΦΥ'ΡΩ  ;  f.  φνρσω  :  fut.  3  pass,  πε 
φύρσομαι,  Pind.  Ν.  1,  104. 

To  mix,  mix  up,  mingle  together,  esp. 
to  7nix  with  something  wet.  γαϊαν  νδεί, 
Hes.  Op.  61  (cf.  φνράω  sub  fin.) :  esp., 
to  wet,  and  so,  to  soil,  defile,  foul,  δά- 
κρνσιν  ε'ίματ'  έφνρον,  11.  24,  162 : 
also  c.  gen.  pro  dat.,  στήθος  και  χεί- 
λ.εα  φνρσω  αίματος,  Od.  18,  2)  :  in 
pass.,  πεφνρμένος  αϊματι,  Od.  9,397, 
cf.  Aesch.  Ag.  732 ;  εν  αίμασι,  Eur. 
El.  1172  ;  δάκρνσι  πεφνρμένη.  Od.  17, 
103,  etc. ;  όμμα  δακρνοις  πεονρμένοι, 
Eur.  Or.  1411  ;  πάντα  βορβόρω  πε- 
φνρμένα,  Simon.  Amorg.  3. — 2.  also 
of  dry  things,  κόνει  φνρονσα  κάρα, 
Eur.  Hec.  496;  γαία  πεφνρσεσθαι 
κόμαν,  to  have  one's  hair  defiled  with 
earth,  Pind.  1.  c. — 3.  esp.,  to  mix  and 
knead  dough  for  bread  or  cakes,  ό  φν• 
ρων  (sc.  -α  ΰ/.φιτα),  one  who  kneads 
bread,  a  baker,  Xen.  Hell.  7,  2,  22. — II. 
metaph.,  to  mingle,  or  jumble  together, 
confound,  corf  use,  εφνρον  εική  πάντα, 
they  mingled  all  things  up  together, 
did  all  at  random,  Aesch.  Pr.  450,  cf. 
Ar.  Ran.  945  :  φύρειν  iv  ταΐς  όμι/ύ- 
αις,  to  speak  confusedly  among  one  an- 
other, M.  Anton.  8,  51  :— pass.,  to  be 
in  confusion  or  disorder,  fall  into  disor- 
der or  alarm,  Lat.  conturbari,  Plat. 
Phaed.  101  Ε ;  εκ  πεονρμένου  και 
θηριώδους,  from  a  confused  and  savage 
state,  Eur.  Supp.  201. — 2.  in  pass., 
also,  to  mix  with  others,  mingle  in  soci- 
ety. Plat.  Legg.  950  A ;  φνρεσθαι 
προς  τον  ΰνθρωπον,  to  associate,  have 
dealings  with  him.  Id.  Hipp.  Maj.  291 
A,  cf  Ruhnk.  Tim.,  μίγννμι  Β.  2  : — 
also,  πεφνρμένος  περί  γαστέρας  όρ- 
μήν,  wallowing  in  the  lusts  of  the  belly, 
0pp.  H.  3,  440.  [i]  (Φνράω  is  a  deriv. 
form,  v.  Lob.  Phryn.  205.) 

Φνσα,ης,  ή,  (φνω) : — a  pair  of  bellows, 
bellows,  II.  18,  372,  409,  etc.,  Hdt.  1, 
68,  Thuc.  4,  100.— II.  a  breath,  wind, 
blast.  Soph.  Fr.  753  : — esp.  crepitus 
ventris.  flatulency ,  Foes,  Oec.  Hipp., 
cf.  Plat.  Rep.  405  D  :  also  of  fire,  a 
stream  OT  jet,  φ/ώξ  φύσαν  ίείσα  πυρός, 
Η.  Hom.  Merc.  114;  cf.  άντμή. — III. 
the  crater  of  a  volcano,  any  volcanic 
aperture,  Strab.  (Hence  φυσάω,  φν- 
σιάω,  etc.) 

^Φυσάδεια,  ας,  ή.  Physadea,  a  foun- 
tain near  Argos,  Call.  Lav.  Pall.  47. 

Φνσά/.ίς  or  Φϋσα'/.λ.'ίς,  ίδος,  ή,  (φυ- 
σάω) a  bladder,  bubble,  Lat.  pusula, 
pustula,  Luc.  Contempl.  19. — II.  a 
wind  instrument,  a  kind  of  pipe,  Ar, 
Lys.  1245, — III.  a  plant  uith  husks 
like  bladders,  a  kind  of  στρνχνος. 

Φνσάλ.ος,  ov,  b,  (φνσάω)  a  kind  of 
toad  said  to  puff  itself  up  and  have  a 
poisonous  breath,  Luc.  Phiiops.  12. 
— II.  a  poisonous  fish,  which  puffs  it- 
self out. — III.  α  whale,  v.  φνσητηρ  I. 
3,  Opp.  H.  1,  368.  [v] 
'      Φνσάριον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  φνσα. 
[ώ]  , 
I      Φυσάς,  αντος,  ό,  part.  aor.  1  from 
I  φύω,  a  begetter,  father,  [fi] 
;      Φνσασμός,  οΰ,  ό.  (φνσάω)  a  blowing 
Ι  or  puffing,  Arist.  Probl.  34,  7.  2. 

Φϋσάτήριον,  ου,  τό.  Dor.  for  φνση- 
τήριον,  q.  V. 

Φνσάω,  ώ.  Ion.  -έω :  f.  -ησω :  (.φν- 
σα). Το  blow,  puff,  (opp.  to  breathing, 
όάζω,  Arist.  Probl.  34,  7,  1),  of  men, 
Hdt.  4,  2  ;  of  bellows,  II.  18,  470  ;  of 
the  wind.  II.  23,  218  -.—to  snort,  snuff, 
breathe,  bloiv ;  δεινά  φνσΰν,  to  snort 
furiously,  Eur.  I.  A.  381  ;  μέγα  φν- 
σΰν, Lat.  magnum  spirare,  to  be  puffed 
up,  elated,  lb.  125  ;  so  c.  ace.  cognato, 
ούσημα  πο7ατικον  φ-,  ίο  swell  with 
political  pride.  Plat.  Ale.  2,  145  Ε  ;— 
;  all  metaph.  from  a  flute-player,  ού 
1635 


ΦΥΣΙ 

σμικρηΐς  ανλίσκοις  φνσών,  Soph.  Fr. 
753,  cf.  Hyperid.  ap.  Ath.  591  F.— II. 
trans.,  to  puff  or  blow  up,  Lat.  inflare, 
Hdt.  4,  2  ;  φ.  κνστιν,  to  blow  up  a 
bladder,  Ar.  Nub.  404 ;  hence  φ. 
όίκτνον,  proverb,  of  labour  in  vain, 
A.  B.  p.  69 : — φ.  την  γνάθον,  of  one 
going  to  be  shaved,  Ar.  Thesm.  221  ; 
but  also,  φνσύν  τιις  γνάθους,  to  ptiff 
them  tip,  of  pride,  Dem.  442,  16  ;  πε- 
φυσημένοί,  puffy,  blown  out,  swoln, 
opp.  to  ενχροοί,  Xen.  Lac.  5,  8,  cf. 
An.  3,  5,  9. — 2.  metaph.,  to  puff  one 
up,  make  him  vain,  and  so  to  cheat  him, 
(as  we  say  to  bubble),  Dem.  169,  23; 
1357,  27  :■ — pass.,  to  be  puffed  up,  vain, 
έπί  Tivi,  at  a  thing,  Xen.  Mem.  1,  2, 
25,  Dem.  1378,  1.— 3.  to  blow  up,  kin- 
dle.— 4.  to  blow  out,  spurt  or  spout  out, 
discharge,  μένος,  αίμα.  Soph.  Aj.  918, 
El.  1385. — 5.  to  blow  a  wind-instru- 
ment, φ.  κόχλονς,  Eur.  I.  T.  303; 
and  so  φνσάν,  absol.,  Ar.  Av.  859. — 
6.  to  blow  upon,  τι,  Theocr.  19,  3. — Cf. 
φνσιύο). 

Φνσέχη,  ης,  η,  coined  by  way  of 
derivation  for  ψνχή,  Plat.  Crat.  400 
B. 

Φνσέω,  Ion.  for  φυσάω,  Hdt. ;  φν- 
σεώμενος.  Ion.  part.  pres.  pass,  for 
φυσώμενος. 

Φνση,  ης,  ή,  Ion.  for  φνσα.  [o] 

Φύσημα,  ατός,  τό,  {φυσάω),— that 
which  in  hlntvn  or  produced  by  blowing, 
a  breath,  Eur.  Phoen.  1438  :  any  sound 
made  by  blowing  or  snorting,  esp.  α 
stormy  U'ind,  Id.  Tro.  79,  Khes.  440; 
a  roaring,  raging,  πόντιον  φ-.  Id.  Hipp. 
121 1  ;  a  serpent's  hiss. — II.  that  which 
is  blown  or  puffed  up,  a  bubble  ;  of  hall- 
formed  shells,  Plin.  9,  54. — III.  a  blow- 
ing, puffing,  snorting,  of  a  horse,  Xen. 
Eq.  11,  12:  metaph.,  conceit;  v.  sub 
φυσάω  I. — IV.  μέλανος  αίματος  φυσή- 
υ,ατα,  blowing  forth  of  black  blood,  of 
slaughtered  cattle  in  the  death-throes, 
Eur.  I,  A.  1114. —  V.  in  Galen,  pine- 
resin,  elsewh.  /)ητίνη  ττιτυίνη.  [ϋ] 

Φϋσημύτιορ,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from 
foreg.,  a  little  bladder  or  bubble. 

Φΰσησις,  εως,  ή,  {φυσάω)  a  blowing: 
a  bloming  at  or  upnn,  Theophr.   [ϋ] 

Φυσητέον.  verb,  adj.,  from  φυσάω, 
one  must  blow  up,  το  τϊϋρ,  Ar.  Lys. 
293. 

Φϋσητήρ,  ηρος,  ό.  {φυσάω) an  instru- 
mentfor  blowing,  blow-pipe  or  tube,  Hdt. 
4,  2. — 2.  a  pair  of  bellows,  or  fan  for 
blowing  fire. — 3.  an  orifice  for  blowing 
through,  esp.  the  .spiracle  of  whales, 
etc.,  Arist.  H.  A.  6,  12,  1  :  the  orifice 
through  which  the  cuttle-fish  squirts 
its  ink,  lb.  5,  6,  4. — II.  one  who  blows 
a  pipe,  etc.,  a  piper,  Diosc. — 2.  a  kind 
01  whale. 

Φϋσητήριον,  ου,  τό,  a  pair  of  bel- 
lows.— II.  a  wind  instrument,  Ar.  Lys. 
1242,  in  Dor.  form  φνσατήριον. — III. 
an  air-hole,  Lat.  spiraculum :  strictly 
neut.  from  sq. 

Φϋσητήριος,  a,  op,  (φυσάω)  belong- 
ing to  blowing. 

Φυσητής,  οϋ,  ο,=^φυσητήρ,  a  blower, 
ίάλοιο,  Manetho. 

Φϋσητίκός,  η,  όν,  {φυσάω)  ft  for 
blowing  or  puffing  up,  Arist.  H.  A.  8, 
7,1;  φ.  κοιλίας,  Probl.  13,6,2.  Adv. 
■κώς. 

Φυσητός,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from  φυ- 
σάω, blown,  blown  or  puffed  up  :  to  φ., 
like  φυσητήμιον,  a  fan  for  kindling  the 
fire. 

Φνσήφρων,  or  φνσίφρων,  όνος,  Ό,  ή, 
{φυσάω,  φρί/ν)  puffed  up  in  mind,  con- 
ceited, ap.  Hesych. 

Φύσίύμα,  ατός,  τό,  (φυσιάω)  a  blow- 
ing, snoring,  like  φύσημα,  Aesch.Eum. 
53. 

1636 


ΦΤΣΙ 

Φϋσιασμός,  ov,  ό,=  φνσασμός,Α.ή5ΐ. 
Probl.  11,  41. 

Φνσιάω,  ώ,  Ep.  part,  φϋσιόων  : — to 
blow,  puff,  snort,  breathe  hard,  pant. 
Ιπποι  φυσιόωντες,  II.  4,  227  ;  16,  506  ; 
φ.μόχθοίς,Αβ3θ\\.  FjUni.248,cf  Soph. 
Ant.  Γ238: — to  Jiiss,  φυσιόωσα  εχις, 
Opp.  C.  1,262.— 11.  transit.,  to  blow, 
blow  or  puff  lip,  LXX.,  and  N.T. 

Φϋσίγγη,  ης,  ή,=^φνσιγξ  2. 

Φνσιγγόομαι,  as  pass.,  {φΰσιγξ) : — 
to  be  excited  by  eating  garlic,  strictly 
of  fighting  cocks,  like  σκοροδί.ζομαι : 
hence  in  Ar.  Ach.  526,  the  Megarians 
are  said  to  be  όί^νναις  πεφυσιγγω- 
μένοι, — not  without  a  hit  at  the  quan- 
tity of  garlic  grown  in  their  country. 

Φ^Ισίγνάθος.  ον,ό,  {φυσιάω,  γνάθος) 
Puff-cheek,  name  of  a  frog  in  Batr. 
tl7,  56,  etc. 

Φϋσιγνώμων,  ον,=^φυσιογνώμων, 
Theocr.  Epigr.  11,1. 

Φΰσιγξ,  ιγγος,  ή,  (φυσάω)  strictly, 
a  bladder,  bubble;  hence, — 1.  the  hol- 
low stalk  of  garlic,  Hipp.,  or  (acc.  to 
Erot.)  the  outermost  ski7i  or  coal  of  a 
clove  of  garlic,  v.  I^oes.  Oecon. — 2.  α 
particidar  kind  of  garlic. 

Φνσίζοος,  ov,  {φνω,  ζώη)  : — produ- 
cing or  sustaining  life,  life-giving,  γη, 
ala,  II.  21,  63,  Od.  11,  301,  Orac.  ap. 
Hdt.  1,  67  ;  and  so,  prob.,  we  should 
read  χθων  φυσ'ιζοος  in  Aesch.  Supp. 
585,  like  βιόύωρος,  ζείδωρος. 

Φίισι^ωοί,  oi',=ibreg.,Wem.Tryph. 
77. 

Φϋσικεΰομαι,  dcp.,  to  speak  like  a 
natural  philosopher. 

Φνσίκί'λ7ιος,  ου,  ό,  a  kind  of  bread, 
Lacon.  word  in  Ath.  139,A,  where  it 
is  written  proparuxyt.  φυσίκιλλος. 

Φυσικός,  ή,  όν,  (φύσις) : — natural, 
produced  or  caused  by  nature,  inborn, 
native,  opp.  to  διδακτός,  Xen.  Mem. 
3,  9,  1  ;  opp.  to  νομικός  (conven- 
tional), Arist.  Eth.  N.  5,  7,  1  :  φυσι- 
κώς και  άκατασκενως,  Polyb.  6,  4,  7. 
— II.  according  to  the  laws  or  order  of 
external  nature,  natural,  physical,  as 
opp.  to  moral,  metaphysical,  etc. :  for 
the  Greeks  divided  philosophy  into 
three  branches, 70  φυσικόν,  τό  ηθικόν, 
TO  λυγικόν,—  a  division  most  rigidly 
carried  out  by  the  Stoics,  cf.  Sext. 
Emp.  p.  69,  Wyttenb.  Plut.  97  A  :— 
hence,  oi  φυσικοί,  a  name  given  to 
the  first  (Ionic  and  Eleatic)  philoso- 
phers, who  were  wholly  occupied  in 
speculating  on  the  origin  and  exist- 
ence of  things,  not  regarding  the 
moral  nature  of  man. — III.  later, 
magical,  sympathetic,  e.  g.  φάρμακα  : 
oi  φυσικοί,  sorcerers  who  pretended  to 
special  knowledge  of  nature  and  her 
powers. 

Φύσιμος,  ov,  (φύω)  able  to  produce 
or  grow,  σπέρμα,  σίτος,  Theophr. 

Φυσιογνωμία,  ας,  ή,  rarer  form  for 
φυσιογνωμονία.  Lob.  Phryn.  383. 

Φϋσιογνωμικός,  ή,  όν,^-γνωμονι- 
κός,  Donat.  Ter.  Hec.  1,  1,  18. 

Φϋσιογνωμονέω,  ώ,  f.  -7/σω,  {φυσιο- 
γνώμων)  to  jud^e  of  a  man  by  his  fea- 
tures, know  or  detect  hiin  thereby,  Dem. 
799,  21  :  generally,  to  judge  of  the  na- 
ture of  any  thing  by  outward  signs, 
Arist.  An.  Pri.  2,  27,  8,  sq. 

Φυσιογνωμονία,  ας,  ή,  {φυσιογνώ- 
μων)  the  science  or  art  of  judging  of  a 
man  by  his  outward  look,  esp.  by  his 
features,  physiognomy  (or,  as  it  should 
be,  physiognomony),  Arist.  Physiogn. 
2,2. 

Φυσιογνωμονικός,  η,  όν,  skilled  or 
versed  in  φυσιογνωμονία,  apt  at  phy- 
siognomy .•  Tu  ψ.,  the  name  of  a  treatise 
that  passes  under  the  name  of  Aris- 
totle.    Adv.  -κώς. 


ΦΥΣΙ 

Φνσιογνωμοσύνη,  ης,  ή,=  φυσιο- 
γνωμονία. 

Φνσιογνώμων,  ον,  gen.  όνος,  {φύ- 
σις, γνωμών) : — strictly,  judging  of 
nature  :  USU.,  judging  of  a  man's  char- 
acter by  his  outward  look,  esp.  by  his 
features,  Arist.  Physiogn.  1,4;  2,  3, 
etc. 

Φϋσιολογέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (φυσιο7.ό- 
γος)  to  inquire  into  nature,  esp.  to  in- 
quire into  the  nature  and  origin  of  tilings, 
and  discourse  thereon,  C.  acc.  et  inf., 
Arist.  de  Anima  1,  3,  13. — 2.  to  explain 
from  natural  principles,  τι,  Plul.  2,  894 
F.     Hence 

Φΰσιολόγημα,  ατός,  τό,  an  inquiry 
into  yiature,  Epicur.  ap.  Diog.  L.  lU, 
87. 

Φνσιο?Μγητέον,  verb.  adj.  from  φν- 
σιολογέω,  one  must  inquire  into  nature, 
Diog.  L.  10,  86. 

Φυσιολογία,  ας,  ή,  an  inquiring  into 
nature,  esp.  into  the  nature  and  origin 
of  things,  physiology.  Pint.  2,  420  B, 
etc. :  from 

Φυσιολόγος,  ov,  {φνσις,  λέγω)  in- 
quiring into  nature,  esp.  inquiring  into 
the  nature  and  origin  of  things,  and  dis- 
coursing thereon  ;  a  natural  philosopher, 
physiologer,  Arist.  Metaph.  1,  5,  11, 
de  Anima  3,  2,  9. 

Φϋσιοποιέω,  ώ,  {φύσις,  -ποιέω)  to 
make  into  nature,  Clem.  Λ1. 

^Φύσιος,  ov,  ό,  Phy.sius,  son  of  Ly- 
caon  in  Arcadia,  ApoUod.  3,  8,  1. 

Φϋσιόω,  ώ,  f.  -ώσω,  {φύσις)  to  dis- 
pose one  naturally  to  do  a  thing,  c.  inf., 
Simplic.  : — part,  pf  pass,  πεφυσιωμέ- 
νος,  made  or  become  natural,  Arist. 
Categ.  8,  3.— -ΙΙ.=  ι;ί)ΐισίάω,  to  puff  up, 
make  proud,  N.  T. 

Φϋσιόων,  Ep.  part,  from  φυσιάω, 
q.  v.,  II. 

Φύσις,  εως  and  (in  Alt.  poets)  εος, 
η,  {φύω)  : — the  nature,  i.  e.  the  essence, 
inborn  quality,  property  or  constitution 
of  a  person  or  thing,  φαρμάκου  φνσις, 
Od.  10,  303,  (the  only  place  where 
Horn,  uses  it)  ;  φ.  του  Αιγύπτου, 
Hdt.  2,  5  : — φ.  αριθμών,  the  nature,  na- 
tural power  of  numbers,  like  Lat.  vis. 
Plat.  Phileb.  25  Α.— 2.  later  esp.  of 
the  mind,  one's  nature,  one's  natural  in- 
born powers,  parts,  temper,  disposition, 
etc.,  esp.  in  plur..  Soph.  O.  T.  674; 
cf.  Valck.  Diatr.  p.  76  B,  Stallb.  Plat. 
Rep.  375  D. — 3.  also,  the  out  ward  form, 
shape,  like  φυ?'/,  opp.  to  νόος,  Pind.  N. 
6,  5  ;  so,  μορφής  δ'  ούχ  όμόστο?.ος  φ., 
Aesch.  Supp.  490;  ci".  Soph.  Ο.  Τ. 
335,  Ar.  Vesp.  1071  :  generally,  look, 
appearance,  Ar.  Nub.  503. — 4.  a  natu- 
ral order  or  constitution,  φύσει  or  κατά. 
φύσιν,  by  nature,  naturally,  esp.  as 
opp.  to  νόμω  or  κατά  νόμον  (by  cus- 
tom, conventionally),  cf  Boekh  Pind. 
Fr.  151,  Stallb.  Plat.  Gorg.  482  E, 
Prot.  337  C  ;  άπας  ό  ανθρώπων  βίος 
φύσει  και  νόμοις  διοικείται,  Dem. 
774,  7  ;  so,  η  φύσει  τ)  τέχντι,  Id.  Rep. 
381  A  ;  κατά  φύσιν  πεφυκέναι,  to  be 
so  made  by  nature,  Hdt.  2,  38  ;  το  γαρ 
άποστηναι χαλεπον  φύσεος,  Ar.  Vesp. 
1458  : — φύσιν  is  also  freq.  used  as 
adv.,  e.  g.  δεξιοί  φύσιν,  Aesch.  Pr. 
489,  cf.  Pers.  440  ;  όντες  του  δήμου 
την  φύσιν,  Xen.  Mem.  3,  9,  3  ;  θήλυς 
ούσα  κούκ  ανδρός  φύσιν,  ύ\Λ).  in  Soph. 
Tr.  1062,  v.  Herin.  ad  1.  c.  (1051)  :— 
ό  κατά  φύσιν  θάνατος,  a  natural 
death  ;  ό  κατά  φύσιν  πατήρ,  υιός, 
άδε?ιφός,  etc.,  α  natural  (i.  e.  one's  own) 
father,  son,  brother,  Polyb.  3,  9,  6; 
12,  3  ;  11,  2,  2: — opp.  to  παρά  φύσιν, 
contrary  to  nature,  against  her  order. 
Plat.  Phileb.  32  A  :— so,  προδότης  έκ 
φύσεως,  a  traitor  by  nature,  Aeschin. 
50,  20 : — φύσιν  έχει,  c.  inf.,  like  πέ 


ΦΥΤΑ. 

φνκε,  e.  g.  κώς  φνσιν  exec  πολλάς 
μυριάδας  φονενσαι  τύν  Ήρακλέα ; 
how  is  it  natural  or  possible  for  h'lm..  ? 
Hdt.  2,  45  ;  so,  ονκ  έχει  φνσιν,  it  is 
contrary  to  nature,  not  natural,  Stallb. 
Plat.  Rep.  473  A. — 5.  a  kind,  sort,  ταυ- 
την  jiiorijQ  φύσιν,  Soph.  Phil.  165. — 
II.  nature  as  a  productive  and  generative 
power  ;  hence,  origin,  birth,  φύσει,  by 
birth,  Soph.  O.  C.  1295  ;  so  too,  φνσιν. 
Id.  El.  325. — III.  a  creature, — esp.  col- 
lectively, as  θνητή  ^., mankind.  Soph. 
Fr.  515,  of.  O.  T.  869  ;  πόντου  είνα- 
"λία  φ.,  the  creatures  of  the  sea.  Id.  Ant. 
346 ;  δ  ττΰσα  φύσις  διώκειν  πέφυκε. 
Plat.  Rep.  359  C,  etc.;  θηλεΐα  φ-, 
woman-kind,  Xen.  Lac.  3,  4  :  so  Lu- 
cret.  has  natura  animantum,  divom  : — 
hence  φύσις  is  oft.  used  as  little  more 
than  a  periphr.,  esp.  in  Plat.,  as,  ή  τον 
Ίϊτεροϋ  φ-,  for  το  πτερόν,  Phaedr.  251 
Β ;  cf.  Stallb.  Phaed.  87  Ε,  Symp. 
191  A,  Ast  Lex.  Plat,  sub  voc.  lin. 
(Φύσις  is  formed  from  φνο>,  like  natu- 
ra from  nascor,  and  ingenium  Iroril  geno, 
gigno.)  [C] 

Φνσίφρων,  όνος,  6,  η,  v.  φυσήφρων. 

Φυσιώδης,  ες,  flatulent,  Foes.  Oec. 
Hipp.  s.  V.  φϋσα. 

Φνσίωμα,  ατός,  τό,  natural  dispcsi- 
tion  or  be7it. 

Φνσίωσις,  εως,  ή,  {φνσιόω)  a  being 
puifed  up,  pride,  N.  T. 

\Φύσκα,  ης,  i],  Physca,  a  city  of 
Macedonia,  Thuc.  2,  99. 

Φύσκη,  ης,  ή,  the  stomach  and  large 
intestine  : — a  pudding  stuffed  therein,  a 
sausage  or  black-pudding,  Lat.  bottdus, 
Ar.  Eq.  364. — II.  a  blister  or  weal  on 
the  hand. 

Φνσκιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  φύσκη  : 
a  kind  of  bean,  Diosc. 

]Φνσκόα.  ας,  ή,  Physcoa,  fern.  pr. 
n..  Pans.  5,  16,  6. 

Φίισκος,  6,=^φύσκη  Π. 

■\Φύσκος,  ου,  ή,  Physcns,  a  city  on 
the  Carian  coast,  with  a  grove  of 
Latona. 

iΦvσκoς.  ov,  6,  Mt.  Physcus,  in 
Lower  Italy  near  Crotona,  Theocr. 
4,  23. — II.  a  river  of  Assyria,  by  the 
city  Opis,  Xen.  An.  2,  4,  25. 

Φϋσκων  or  φνσκών,  ό,  Fat-paunch, 
nickname  of  the  fifth  Ptolemy,  Diog. 
L.  1,  81  : — first  given  to  Pittacus  by 
Alcaeus. 

Φϋσό3αθρον,  ου,  τό,  (φυσά)  a  frame 
or  stand  for  bellows. 

Φνσοειδης,  ες,  (φϋσα,  είδος)  like  a 
bladder,  bladder-shaped. 

Φϋσόω,  dub.  1.  for  φυσάω- 

Φύσσα,  φνσσαλίς,  φΰσσα?.ος,  ώνσ- 
σητήρ,  etc.,  bad  forms  for  φύσα,  aris- 
ing from  ignorance  of  the  quantity. 

^Φυσσίας,  ov,  6,  Physsias,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Polyb.  5,  94,  6. 

Φνστή,  ής,  or  φνστη,  ης,  (sc.  μάζα), 
ή,  Alt.  name  for  a  kind  of  iar/ey-ca^f , 
the  dough  of  which  was  only  lightly 
mixed,  not  kneaded  firmly,  Chion. 
Ptoch.  4 ;  φ.  μάζα,  Ar.  Vesp.  610.— 
The  other  Greeks  called  it  φύραμα  ; 
and  φνστή  also  seems  to  come  from 
φνρω 

Φύστις,  εως,  ή,  (φύω)  poet,  for  φύ- 
σις III,  a  progeny,  race,  A.esch.  Pers. 
926;  but  dub. 

Φνστ'ις,  ίδος,  η,=φνστη. 

Φύσώδης,  ες.  (φΰσα,  είδος)  full  of 
wind,  iL'indy :  το  φνσώδες.  Plat.  Crat. 
427  Α. — II.  flatulent,  τροφή,  Ath. 

Φντΰγωγέω,  ώ,  to  raise  a  plant. 

Φντΰλιά,  ΰς,  ή,  a  planted  place, 
planting,  esp.  an  orchard  or  vineyard, 
as  opp.  to  corn-land  (upovpa),  II.  6, 
195;  12,314;  20,185.-11.  that  which 
is  planted,  a  plant,  φ.  ΐίαλλάδυς,  the 
olive,  Call.  Lav.  Pall.  26.— II.  plant- 


ΦΤΤΕ 

ing-time,  i.  e.  the  latter  part  of  winter, 
[ϋ  by  nature,  but  ϋ  in   Ep.,  metri 

^Φϋταλίδαι,  ων,  οι,  the  Phytalidae, 
i.  e.  descendants  of  Ρ hy talus,  an  Athe- 
nian family,  Plut.  Thes.  12,  22. 

Φϋτΰλίζω,  f.  -ί'σω,  =  φντεύω,  He- 
sych. 

Φντάλιμος,  ov,  v.  φντάλμιος. 

Φύτάλιος,  ov,  also  α,  ov,=sq.,  Ζευς, 
Herm.  Orph.  H.  14,  9.  [ϋ  1.  c,  metri 
grat.] 

Φϋτύλμιος,  ov,  also  a,  ov,  in  Lye. 
341  :  (φντός)  : — producing,  nourishing, 
fostering,  like  Lat.  almus,  epith.  of 
gods,  as  of  Neptune,  Plut.  2,  158  E,  j 
ubi  V.  Wyttenb.  :— but  also,  φ.  γέρον- 
τες, fatherly  old  men,  or  aged  fathers, 
Aesch.  Ag.  327,  yet  cf.  Reisig.  Enarr. 
Soph.  O.  C.  146  ;  φ.  πατήρ.  Soph.  Fr. 
957  ;  λέκτρα  φ.,  the  genial  bed,  mar- 
riage bed,  Eur.  Rhes.  920;  χθων  φ-. 
Lye.  1.  c. — II.  natural;  the  difficult 
passage  in  Soph.  O.  C.  150  should  be 
pointed  thus  (with  Coray),  e  έ  άλάων 
ομμάτων  άρα  και  ήσθα  φντά?ίμιος 
δνςαίων ;  woe  for  thy  blind  eyes ! 
say,  wast  thou  thus  miserable  by  na- 
ture, from  thy  birth  ?  (Φντάλμιος  is 
formed  by  metath.  from  the  obsolete 
φντύλιμος.) 

\ΦύταΑος,  ov,  ύ,  Phytalus,  an  Athe- 
nian, who  hospitably  entertained  Ce- 
res, Pans.  1,37,2. 

Φντάνη,  ης,  ή,=^φνταλιά  III,  dub. 
in  Galen. 

Φντύριον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  φντήν, 
Ath.  210  C.  [ώ] 

Φϋτάς,  άδος,  ή,  (φντόν)  α  young 
plant,  nursling,  Plut.  2,  411  D. 

Φυτεία,  ας,  ή,  {φντεύω)  α  planting, 
producing,  Xen.  Oec.  7,  20;  19,  1, 
Plat.  Theag.  121  C— Π.  the  growth 
of  a  plant,  Theophr. 

Φύτενθεν,  Aeol.  and  Ep.  for  έφυ- 
τεύθησαν,  3  pi.  aor.  1  pass,  from  φν- 
τεύω. 

Φύτενμα,  ατός,  τό,  (φυτεύω)  that 
which  is  planted,  a  plant,  Pind.  O.  3, 
32,  Soph.  O.  C.  698,  Plat.  Legg.  761 
B.  [ϋ] 

Φϋτεύσιμος,  ov,  (φυτεύω)  fit  for 
planting  or  for  rearing  trees,  Diod. 

Φύτενσις,  εως,  ή,=φντεΊα. 

Φϋτευτήριον,  ov,  τό,  (φντεύω)  α 
plant  grown  as  a  sucker,  or  in  a  nursery, 
Lat.  planta,  stolo,  viviradix,  Xen.  Oec. 
19,  13,  Dem.  1251,  23.— II.  a  nursery 
or  plantation,  Foes.  Oec.  Hipp. 

Φυτευτής,  ov,  6,  (φντεύω)  a  planter. 

Φΰτεντικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  toplant- 

Φυτευτός,  ή,  όν,  verb,  adj.,  planted, 
produced,  Plat.  Rep.  510  A ;  from 

Φυτεύω,  (φντόν): — ίο  plant  trees, 
etc.,  ούτε  φντεύυνσιν  χερσιν  φντόν 
οντ'  άρόωσιΐ'^  Od.  9,  108  ;  φ.  δένδρεα, 
18,  359  ;  άλσος,  Hdt.  2,  138  ;  πεφυ- 
τενμενα  δένδρα,  ορρ.  to  those  of 
spontaneous  growth,  Dem.  1275,  9. — 
2.  metaph.,  to  beget,  engender,  Hes. 
Op.  810,  Sc.  29  ;  so  too  in  Hdt.  4, 
145,  and  Trag. ;  ό  φντεύσας,  the 
father.  Soph.  Phil.  904,  etc.  ;  οι  φν- 
τεύσαντες,  the  parents.  Id.  O.T.  1007: 
— in  pass.,  to  be  begotten,  to  spring 
from  parents,  τινός,  έκ  or  άπό  τίνος, 
Pind.  P.  4,  256.  Ν.  5,  13.— 3.  general- 
ly, to  produce,  bring  about,  cause,  usu. 
of  evils,  as  φντεύειν  τινι  κακά,  μόρον, 
φόνον,  κήρα.  oft.  in  Od.  ;  in  11.  oidy 
once,  viz.  κακόν  φ.,  15,  134  ;  but  also 
of  goods,  φ.  γάμον,  δόξαν,  τιμάς,  etc., 
Pind.^  P.  9,  194,  L  6  (5),  16;  ύβρις 
φυτεύει  τνραννον.  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  873, 
etc. : — όλβος  φντευθείς,  Pind.  Ν.  8, 
28. — II.  more  rarely  to  plant  ground 
with  trees,  φ.  γήν,  Thuc.  1,  2;  φ. 


ΦΤΤΟ 

χωρίον  και  γεωργεΐν,  Isae.  77,  34  ; 
tabsol.  ά}αθην  φυτεύειν,  Tyrtae.  3,  3 
Bgk.  -f: — hence  in  pass.,  γη  πεφντεν- 
μένη,  opp.  to  ι^ιλή,  Hdt.  4,  127,  Xen. 
Hell.  3,  2,  10,  Dem.  491,  27  :— also 
fut.  mid.  in  pass,  sense,  to  be  planted 
with,  φυτενσεσθαι  1)Ίζαν  αστών,  Pind. 
P.  4,  26.— Cf.  φίτνω,  sub  fin. 

Φντηκομέω,  ώ,  to  take  care  of  plants, 
to  garden,  Opp.  C.  1,  122  ;  and 

Φϋτηκομία,  ας,  ή,  the  care  of  plants, 
gardening,  Opp.  H.  1,  309:  from 

Φντηκόμος,  ov,  ('  φντόν,  κομέω  ) 
raising  or  rearing  j-daiits,  trees,  etc.  :  ό 
φντηκόμος,  a  gardener,  vine-dresser, 
Nonn. ;  cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  053,  sq. 

■\Φυτία,  ας,  ή,=  Φοιτεϊαι,  Thuc.  3, 
106. 

Φυτικός,  ή,  όν,  (φυτόν)  coming  with 
plants  or  vegetables  :  τό  φ-,  the  principle 
of  mere  vegetable  life,  Arist.  Elh.  N.I, 
13,  18. 

Φύτιος,  ov,  (φύω)  generative,  epith. 
of  gods,  like  ^υ-άΛ^ίΟζ•,  Ζευς-, 'HXtof, 
Άρτεμις,  Hesych.,  etc.  [ϋ] 

Φντ?αι,  ης,  ή,  poet,  for  φύσις,  or 
rather  φυτόν  :  a  stock,  generation,  race, 
Pind.  0.  9,  81,  P.  9,  59,  Anth.,  etc. 

Φϋτοειδως,  adv.,  =  φυτωδώς,  like 
plants,  Zeno  ap.  Diog.  L.  7,  86. 

Φντοεργός,  όν.  poet,  for  αυτουργός, 
Dion.  P.  997,  Anth. 

Φντοκομεω,  -κομία,  -κόμος,  =  the 
older  poet,  φντηκ•. 

Φϋτόν,  υύ,τό,(φύω) . — that  which  has 
grown,  a  plant,  tree,  esp.  α  garden  plant 
or  tree,  φντών  όρχατοι,  U.  14,  123  ; 
τον  μεν  εγώ  θρέψασα  φντόν  ώς  γου- 
νώ  άλωής,  18,  57,  438  (cf.  φντεύω) ; 
so  in  Hes.,  Pind.,  and  Trag.  : — also, 
like  φϋμα,  a  growth  on  the  body,  tu- 
mour, Archil.  80.  —  II.  generally,  α 
creature,  mostly  in  Att.  poets,  as 
Aesch.  Supp.  281,  Eur.  Med.  231, 
Valck.  Hipp.  630;  also  in  Plat.,  cf. 
Stallb.  Theag.  121  B:— then,  like 
ίρνος,  ot  men,  a  descendant,  pupil, 
child,  Eur.  Heracl.  281 ;  Χαρίτων  φυ- 
τόν, Theocr.  28,  7  ;  φντόν  ονρύνιον, 
i.  e.  man,  Anth.  P.  10,  45.     Hence 

Φντόομαι,  as  pass.,  to  grow  into  a 
plant. 

Φντός,  ή,  όν,  adj.  verb,  from  φύω, 
grown,  growing : — of  a  wooden  statue, 
shaped  by  nature,  without  art,  Pind. 
P.  5,  55. 

Φύτοσκαφία,  ας,  ή, gardening,  Anth. 
Plan.  202  :  from 

Φντοσκύφος,  ov,  (φντόν,  σκάπτω) 
digging  round  plants  :  φ.  άνήρ,  a  delver, 
market-gardener,  Theocr.  24,  136  :  cf. 
Anth.  P.  6,  102.  [ώ] 

Φϋτοσπόρια,  ας,  ή,  a  planting,  esp. 
of  trees  and  vines,  Manetho  :  from 

Φϋτοσπόρος,  ov,  (φντόν,  σπείρω) 
planting  trees  and  vines : — metaph.,  be- 
getting ;  6  φυΤ;  a  father,  Soph.  Tr. 
358. 

Φύτοτροφέω,  ώ,  ίο  rear  plants,  Stob. : 
and 

Φντοτροφία,  ας,  ή,  a  rearing  of 
plants  or  trees,  gardening,  Geop.  : 
from 

Φί)ΓθΓρό0οζ•,  ov,  (  φντόν,  τρέφω  ) 
rearing  plants  or  trees,  Ap.  Rh.  3,  1-103. 

Φυτουργείον,  ov,  τό,  a  nursery-gar- 
den, Diod.  2,  10;  vulg.  φυτονργιον. 

Φντουργέω,  ώ,  (φυτουργός)  to  culti- 
vate plants,  Luc.  Bis  Ace.  1.     Hence 

Φντούργημα,  ατός,  τό,  the  care  of 
plants,  planting. 

Φΰτονργία,  ας,  ή,  the  cultivation  of 
plants,  gardening,  Theophr.  :  and 

Φϋτουργικός,  ή,  όν,  skilled  in  gar- 
dening: ή  -κή  (sc.  τέχνη),^  φΰτονργία, 
gardening:  from 

Φντονργός,  όν,  (φντόν,  έργω)  work 
ing  at  plants  or  trees  ;  a  gardener,  vine- 
1637 


ΦΥΩ 

dresser,  Anth.  Plan.  255. — II.  metaph., 
begetting,  generating,  πατήρ  φ.,  Aesch. 
Supp.  592,  Soph.  O.  T.  1482  :  so,  ό 
φ.,  a  father,  Ντ/ρέα  φντονργον  Θέτι- 
δος, Eur.  I.  A.  949,  cf.  Tro.  481  :— 
also,  ό  φ-,  the  first  natural  author,  of  a 
thing.  Plat.  Kep.  597  D.  Poet,  φν- 
τοεργός,  όν. 

Φντοφόροζ,  ον,  hearing  plants. 
Φύτρα,  ας,  ή,=φυτ'λη,  Hesych. 
Φντώ&ης,  ες,  like  α  plant  or  plants. 
Adv.  -^ώς. 

Φυτών,  ώνος,  ό,  α  place  planted,  esp. 
α  vineyard. 

Φντώννμος,  ον,  (  φντόν,  όνομα  ) 
named  from  a  plant  or  tree,  Anth.  P. 
14,  34. 

Φΰτωρ,  ορός,  ό,  a  begetter,  father, 
Hesych.  :  [i]     Hence 

Φντώρειον,  ον,  τύ,  and  φϋτώριον, 
ον,  τύ,  α  nursery,  Geop. 

ΦΥΏ,  fut.  φνσω  :  aor.  1  έφνσα- — 
Pass,  and  miil.  φύομαι :  f.  ώνσομαι, 
later  φνησομαι : — this  is  followed  in 
signf.  by  the  intr.  tenses  ;  viz.,  aor. 
2  έφνν  fas  if  from  *φνμι),  inf  φνναι, 
part,  φνς,  φνσα,  φύν,  later  έφνην, 
φνήναι,  φνείς  ;  and  pf.  πέφϋκα,  piqpf. 
ίπεφύκειν.  Horn,  uses  all  three  trans. 
tenses,  but  these  are  on  the  whole 
much  rarer  than  the  others :  he  has 
the  3  pi.  pf  πεφνάσι  for  πεώύκΰσι, 
and  part,  πεφνώς,  ώτος  (Od.  5,  477), 
πεφυυΐα  (II.  14,  288)  for  πεφνκώς, 
-Kvta,  etc. :  his  pIqpf.  is  always  re- 
dupl.  without  augm. :  Hes.  has  an 
irreg.  form  εττέφϋκον,  something  be- 
tween the  plqpf.  and  impf..  Op.  148, 
Sc.  76,  Th.  152,  C73  :— Parmen.  ven- 
tures an  inf.  φνν  for  φνναι :  the  3 
plur.  aor.  2  is  usu.  εφνν  for  εφνσαν, 
in  Ep.,  as  Od.  5,  481 :  and  the  opt. 
aor.  2  φνην  (for  φνίην)  is  now  read 
in  Theocr.  15,  94  :  Corinna  has  Aeol. 
part.  fern.  aor.  2  φονσα  (q.  v.)  for 
φΰσα. 

A.  trans.,  in  pres.,  fut.,  and  aor.  1 
act.  : — to  bring  forth,  produce,  put  forth, 
φ{ιλλα....{)λ7?  τηλεθόωσα  φύει,  11.  6, 
148  ;  τοΐσι  (V  νττό  χθων  δια  φύεν  νεο- 
θηλέα  ποίην,  14,  347  ;  cf.  1,  235,  Od. 
7,  119,  etc.  ;  so,  τρίχας  φνειν,  to  make 
hair  grow,  Od.  10,  393;  so,  πώγωνα 
φύειν,  to  put  out  a  beard,  Hdt.  8,  104, 
cf.  Aesch.  Theb.  535  ;  γλώσσαν,  κέ- 
ρεα  φ;  to  have  or  get  them,  Hdt.  2, 
68;  4,  29  ;  so  in  Alt.,  φ.  πτερά,  Ar. 
Αν.  106,  Plat.  Phaedr.  251  C,  (cf. 
πτεροφνέω) ;  hence  the  joke  in  φύειν 
φρύτερας,  Ar.  Ran.  418,  (cf.  φρύτηρ) : 
— but  also  of  a  country,  φνειν  καρπόν 
τε  θωνμαστυν  και  άνδρας  άγαβονς, 
Hdt.  9,  122 ;  όσα  yi]  φύει.  Plat.  Rep. 
621  A  : — then,  of  men,  to  beget,  engen- 
der, generate,  Lat.  procreare,  ύ  φύσας, 
the  begetter,  father  (opp.  to  ύ  φύς,  the 
son,  v.  infra  B),  Soph.  O.  T.  1019; 
and  of  both  parents,  τοις  γονενσιν 
ο'ί  σ'  εφνσαν,  lb.  436 ;  φ.  και  γεννάν. 
Plat.  Polit.  274  A  -,—φνσαι  is  some- 
times used  of  the  mother,  to  bear,  bring 
forth  (as,  reversely,  τίκτειν,  of  the 
lather),  Pors.  Phoen.  34. — 2.  metaph., 
φρένας  φνειν,  to  get  understanduig, 
Soph.  O.  C.  804,  El.  1463  ;  (but  also, 
θεοί  φνονσιν  ΰνθρώποις  φρενας.  Id. 
Ant.  683) ;  νουν  φύειν.  Soph.  Fr. 
118:  δόξαν  φνειν.  to  get  glory,  or  to 
gain  reputation,  Schweigh.  Hdt.  5. 
91 ;  πόνους  αντώ  φύσαι.  Soph.  Ant. 
647. 

Β.  pass.,  with  the  intr.  tenses  of 
act.,  viz.,  aor.  2,  pf.  and  plqpf  ; — to 
grow,  wax,  spring  up  or  forth,  arise, 
come  into  being,  esp.  of  the  vegetable 
world,  θάμνος  εφν  ε7.αίης,  Od.  23, 
190  ;  παντοϊαι  πρασιαϊ  πεφύασιν,  7, 
128  ;  τύ  y'  άσπαρτα  φύονται,  9,  109  ; 
1638 


ΦΩΓί2 

of.  H.  21,  352,  etc.  ;  φύεται  αυτόματα 
βόδα,  Hdt.  8,  138  ;  δένδρα  πεφνκότα, 
trees  growing  there,  Xen.  Cyr.  4,  3, 
5  ;  cf  Hdt.  2,  156  ; — so  also,  τώ  κέρα 
έκ  κεφαλής  εκκαιδεκάδωρα  πεφνκει, 
from  his  head  grew  horns  six  palms 
long,  11.  4,  109 : — in  this  sense  the 
aor.  2  is  rare,  but  freq.  metaph.  in  the 
phrase,  εν  δ'  άρα  οι  φν  χειρι  (ν.  sub 
εμφνω) ;  so,  εφνν  εν  χερσίν,  Od.  10, 
397  ;  etc. — 2.  also  of  men,  to  be  begot- 
ten or  born,  ανδρών  γενεί]  ήμέν  φύει 
7/(Γ  άπο'λήγει  (where  the  pres.  act.  is 
used  like  φύομαι),  II.  6,  149;  most 
freq.  in  aor.  2  and  pf.,  ό  λι-ιφτ/συν  ον 
πέφνκέ  πω,  Aesch.  Pr.  27  ;  τις  uv  εν- 
ξαιτο  βροτών  ϊισινεΐ  δαίμονι  φνναι, 
Id.  Ag.  1342;  μη  φνναι  νικά,  not  to 
have  been  born  were  best.  Soph.  O.  C. 
1225  : — φνναι,  πεφνκέναι  τινός,  to  be 
born  or  descended  from  any  One,  Aesch. 
Theb.  1031,  Soph.  O.  C.  1379,  etc.  ; 
SO,  φ.  ΰπό  or  εκ  τίνος,  Pirid.  Fr.  33, 
Soph.  Ant.  562,  Eur.  Heracl.  325  :— 
hence, — II.  the  pf ,  and  (sometimes) 
the  aor.  2,  takes  a  pres.  signf,  to  be 
so  and  so  by  nature,  be  formed  SO  and 
so,  πέφνκε  κακός,  σοφός,  etc..  Soph. 
Phil.  558,  1244,  etc. ;  εφνν  αμήχανος. 
Id.  Ant.  79 ;  φύντ'  άρετα,  born  for 
virtue,  i.  e.  brave  and  good  by  nature. 
Find.  O.  10  (11),  24;  cf  Aesch.  Ag. 
1331,  Plat.  Gorg.  479  D,  etc.  ;  τάλλα 
'έκαστος  ημών,  όπως  ετνχε,  πέφνκεν, 
Dem.  982,  fin.  :  simply,  to  be  so  and 
so,  φνναι  άγγε7Μν,  Aesch.  Pr.  969 ; 
and  very  freq.  in  Att.  :  —  τά  φύσει 
πεφνκότα,  mere  natural  products,  Lys. 
193,  21 ;  άνθρωπος  πεφυκώς,  man  as 
he  is,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,1,3;  etc.— 2.  πέ- 
φνκα  or  εφνν.  c.  inf.,  is  mostly  con- 
fined to  Att.  Greek,  to  be  formed  by 
nature,  be  by  nature  disposed  to  do  so 
and  so,  τα  δεύτερα  πεφνκε  κρατείν. 
Find.  Fr.  249 ;  πολλώ  y'  άμείνων 
τονς  πέλας  φρενονν  ίφνς  η  σαντόν, 
Aesch.  Pr.  335  ;  έφνν  γάρ  ονδέν  εκ 
κακής  πράσσειν  τέχνης.  Soph.  Phil. 
88,  Thuc.  2,  64  ;  3,  39,  Xen.  Cyr.  5, 
1, 10  ;  etc. : — also  pleon.,  ώΰσεί  πέφν- 
κα,  Soph.  Phil.  80,  cf.  Lob.  Paral. 
524,  Meineke  Philem.  p.  394 : — so 
too,  φνναι  επι  δακρύοις,  to  be  by  na- 
ture prone  to  tears,  Eur.  Med.  928; 
πεφνκέναι  προς  το  ά?.ηθές,  Arist. 
Rhet.  1,  ι,  11  : — impers.,  πέφνκε  γε- 
νέσθαι, it  is  wont  to  happen,  Schaf. 
Jul.  p.  ix. — 3.  c.  dat.,  to  fall  to  one  by 
nature,  be  one's  natural  lot,  θνατοίς 
εφν  μόρος.  Soph.  ΕΙ.  860 ;  χαίρειν 
πέφνκεν  ονχΐ  τοις  αντοΐς  άεί,  Id.  Tr. 
450 ;  cf  Valck.  Phoen.  923. 

(With  φύω  compare  the  Sanscr. 
bhu,  and  Pers.  bu,  esse  ;  old  Lat.  *fuo, 
whence  fui,  fuerim,  fuero,  the  fuas, 
fuat  of  Plautus,  and  fio,  then  also 
fetus,  foetus,  foejuis,  foenum,  perh.  too 
(undo  and  φέρω,  fero,  etc.)  [Gener- 
ally, V  before  a  vowel,  i.  e.  in  pres., 
impf.,  and  Ep.  forms  of  pf ,  πεφύασι, 
πεφυώς,  etc. ;  and  ϋ  before  a  conso- 
nant, i.  e.  in  all  the  remaining  tenses. 
But  late  poets,  like  ?iic.  Al.  14,  Dion. 
P.  941,  1013,  use  ν  also  in  pres.  and 
impf  ;  sometimes  even  in  thesis,  as 
Nic.  Al.  506,  Dion.  P.  1031.  So  in 
the  compds.] 

Φώ,  shortd.  for  φωτί,  dat.  from  φώς, 
Eur!  ap.  E.  M.  p.  803  ;  cf.  Valck. 
Diatr.  p.  140  B. 

Φώγάνον,  ον,  τό,  avesselfor  roasting. 

Φώ)  ri'Ui  and  φωγvvω.=zsq. 

ΦΩΤύ  and  ΦΩ'ΖΩ,  f.  -ξω  and  -σω; 
— to  roast,  toast,  parch,  Epich.  p.  100 
(in  imperat.  φώγε) ;  ίσχύδες  πεφω- 
γμέναι,  Pherecr.  Coriann.  2,  with 
v.  1.  πεφρνγμ.,  v.  Meinek.  ad  1. ;  cf. 
,  φωκτός. 


ΦΏΑΕ 

Φώίξ,  7),  dub.  form  of  πώϋξ. 
Φωίς,  ΐδος,  η,  contr.  φώς,  φωδός, 
but  only  found  in  plur.  φωίδες,  φώδες, 
and  (in  Arist.  Probl.  38,  7)  φοϊδες : 
(φώζω)  : — α  blister  or  ireal  on  the  skin, 
caused  by  a  biiri),  a  bum,  blister,  Ar. 
Plut.  535,  Fr.  124,  v.  Foes.  Oec.  Hipp. 

Φωκάδων,  ον,  τό,  dim.  from  φώκη, 
a  small  seal.  Lob.  Phryn.  74.  [a] 

Φώκαια,  ας,  ή.  Ion.  Φωκαίη.  Hdt. 
fl,  80,  etc.,  Phocaeaj,  a  city  ton  the 
Ionian  coast  of  Asia  Minor,  north  of 
the  Hermust,  H.  Honi.  Ap.  35 :  hence, 
Φωκαιενς.^ίόΐ.  1, 163, etc. f,  Att.  Φω- 
κάεύς,  fThuc.  1,  I3t,  and  Φωκαίτης, 
ό,  fid.  4,  52|,  a  Phocaean  :  στατ?/- 
ρεςΦωκαίται  or  Φωκαεις,  cf.  scb  στα- 
τήρ  .—fern.  Φωκαύς.  ίδος,  a  Phocatan 
woman,  fXen.  An.  1,  10,  2. 

^Φωκάϊκός,  η,  όν,  of  Phocaea,  Pho- 
caean, Strab. 

Φώκαινα,  ή,  also  φώκος,  ύ,  a  por- 
poise. 

Φωκαις,  ιδος,  η,ζ=φω'ίς. 

Φωκάρχης,  ον,  ό,  (Φωκενς,  ύρχο))  a 
Phociari  magistrate,  Inscr. 

^Φωκέαι,  ων.  ut,  Phoceae,  a  fortress 
of  the  Leontini  in  Sicily,  Thnc.  5,  4. 

"^Φωκενς,  έως  Ep.  and  Ion.  ήος,  ό, 
a  Phocian,  inkab.  of  Phocis  in  Greece, 
11.  2,  517. 

Φώκη,  ης,  η,  a  seal,  sea-calf,  Od.  4, 
404  sq.,  Ar.  Vesp.  1035,  etc.;  εσθητι 
χρασθαι  φωκέων  δέρμασι,  Hdt.  1, 
202. 

fΦωκίδης,  ον,  ό,  Phocides,  an  Athe- 
nian, Deni.  781,  17. 

^Φωκικός,  η.  όν,  of  Phocis,  Phocian ; 
esp.  TO  Φωκικόν,  the  gathering-place 
of  the  Phocians,  Paus.  10,  5,  1. 

Φωκις,  Ίδος,  η,  Phocis,  a  country 
on  the  Corinthian  gulf,  W.  of  Boeo- 
tia,  tSoph.  O.  T.  733 1 :  hence  Φω- 
κενς,  έως,  ό,  a  Phocian,  11.  (in  Ep. 
gen.  pi.  Φωκήων) :  Φωκικός,  η,  όν, 
Phocian. 

Φωκίς,  ίδος,  ή,  a  kind  of  pear,  The- 
ophr.,  Antipho  {γεωργ.)  ap.  Ath.  G50 
E. 

Φωκίων,  όνος,  ό,  an  unknown  bird. 

■\Φωκίων,  ωνος,  ό,  Phocion,  a  cele- 
brated Athenian  commander  and 
statesman,  Dem.  567, 17;  Plut.  Phoc. 

Φώκος,  ό,=^φώκαινα. 

iΦώκoc,  ον,  ό,  Phocus,  son  of  Aeacus 
and  the  nymph  Psammathe,  Hes.  Th. 
1094  ;  Find. ;  etc. ; — from  him  ace.  to 
the  legend  was  Φωκίς  named,  Paus. 
10, 1. — 2.  son  of  Ornytion  of  Corinth, 
leader  of  a  colony  to  Phocis,  Paus. 
2,  29,  .3.-3.  father  of  Phocion  in 
Athens,  Ael.  V.  H.  2,  16.— Others  in 
Plut.  Sol.  14  ;  etc. 

iΦώκpιroς,  ov,  ό,  Phocritns,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Anth.  P.  13,  18. 

Φώκται,  ών,  a'l,  some  kind  oi food, 
Luc.  Lexiph.  3,  prob.  from  sq. 

Φωκτός, ή.  όν,  verb.  adj.  from  φώγω, 
roasted,  broiled,  Nic.  ap.  Ath.  120  C. 

^ΦωκνλΛδι^ς,  ov  poet,  and  Ion.  eu, 
6,  Phocylides,  a  poet  of  Miletus,  Phoc. 
2,  1 ;  3,  1  ;  etc. 

^Φωκών  νήσος,  ov,  ή,  Phoccmriesus, 
i.  e.  island  of  seals,  in  the  Arabicus 
sinus,  Strab.  p.  773 :— another.  Id.  p. 
77C. 

Φωλάζω,~φ(ύλενω,  Hesych. 

ΦωΛύς•,  ύδος,  τί.=^φω?.ενονσα,  lurk- 
ing in  a  hole,  Anth.  P.  9,  233,  251, 
etc.  :  of  the  bear,  lying  torpid  in  its 
den,  Theocr.  1,  115;  c\'.  φω/,εύω. — II. 
as  subst.,  a  sea-animal  of  the  mollus- 
cous kind,  that  v\ahes  holes  in  stones, 
lithodomus,  Cuvier,  Ath.  88  A. 

Φω?.εά,  άς,  η,  also  paroxyt.  φωλέα, 
—  φωλεός,  Arist.  Mirab.  73. 

Φωλεία,  ας,  η,  (φωλί-ύώ)  life  in  a 
hole  or  cave,  esp.  the  winter-sleep  of 


ΦΩΝΗ 

wild  beasts,  such  as  bears  and  bad- 
gers, Arist.  H.  A.  8,  13,  14. 

Φωλείόζ•,  ό,  poet,  pecul.  Ep.  for 
φωλεός-,  JSic. 

Φωλείω,  dub.  1.  for  φω?^ενω,  Nic. 
Th.  394. 

Φω?.ΐός,  οϋ,  ό,  with  poet,  heterog. 
plur.  Tu  φυλεά  : — a  den,  lurking-hole, 
esp.  those  of  bears,  in  which  they  lie 
torpid  during  winter,  Pythag  ap. 
Plut.  2,  169  Ε  ;  and  N.  T.  ;  cf.  Wyt- 
tenb.  Plut.  1.  c,  v.  sub  φω?:άς.  φω- 
Αενω-  — 11.  Ion.  word  for  a  school- 
house,  Hesych. 

Φώ7.ευσις,  εως,  ή,  =  φωλεία,  Ael. 
Ν.  Α.  16,  15. 

Φω?.€νω.  and  Arist.  Η.  Α.  8,  15,  2 
φω/.ίω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (φωλεός)  to  lie  in  a 
hole,  den  Or  care,  to  lurk  in  a  hole,  of 
serpents,  κνώδα?.α  φω'λενοντα,  The- 
ocr.  24,  83  :  esp.  of  bears,  to  lie  torpid 
during  the  winter  in  a  hole  or  den, 
Arist.  1.  c,  etc. ;  cf.  φω/.άς. 

Φωλεώόης,  ες,  {φω7.εός,  εϊδος)  like 
a  hole  or  den,  Plut.  2,  418  A. 

Φωλητήρ.  ήρος,  ό,  {φωλεω)  one  who 
keeps  in  a  hole:  generally,  one  who 
keeps  in  one  place. 

Φω/ι.ητί/ρίον,  ov,  τό,  like  φωλεός 
II,  α  place  of  assembly. 

Φωλί'α,  ας,  ή,=^φωλεία,  Theophr. 

Φω'/.ίον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  φοι?.εός, 
a  small  hole  or  den,  fox's  hole,  Paus.  4, 
18,  7. 

Φωλίς,  ίδος,  η,=φωλάς  II,  Arist. 
Η.  Α.  9,  37,  15. 

Φωνάείς,  Aeol.  and  Dor.  ίοχφωνήείς, 
Sappho,  and  Pind.,  but  cf.  φωνήεις 
fin.  [a] 

Φωνάρων,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  φωνή, 
Clearch.  Cith.  2,  Anth.  P.  5, 132.  [a] 

Φωνασκέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (φωνασκός) 
to  practise  one's  voice,  learn  to  sing  or 
declaim.  Plat.  Legg.  665  E,  Dam.  328, 
11  ;  421,21. 

Φωνασκητής,  ov,  6,=φωνασκός. 

Φωνασκία,  ας,  ή,  {φωνασκός)  prac- 
tice in  singing :  skill  in  singing,  Dem. 
319,  9,  Theophr. 

Φωνασκίκός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to 
singing,  φ.  όργανον,  a  pitch-pipe, 
Plut.  T.  Gracch.  2 :  from 

Φωνασκός,  οϋ,  6,  {φωνή,  άσκέω) 
practising  the  voice  ;  a  singing-master, 
declaiming-master,  Quintil. 

Φωνέω,ώ,  f.  -7;σω,  [φωνή)  to  produce 
a  sound  or  tone,  to  sound,  esp.  ot  men, 
to  speak  loud  or  clearly,  from  Horn, 
downwds.  the  commonest  signf  :  he 
usu.  joins  it  with  another  verb  of  like 
signf.,  έπος  φάτο  φώνησέν  τε,  φωνή- 
σας  προςέφη,  φωνήσας  εττος  ηνδα, 
etc. ;  c.  ace.  cognato,  όττα  φωνήσασα, 
making  the  voice  sound,  Od.  24,  535  ; 
cf  fl.  2,  182;  10,512;  so,  βέκοςφ.,Ιο 
call  out  or  cry  βίκος,  Hdt.  2,  2  : — oft. 
c.  adj.  neut.,  μέγιστα  φωνεειν,  to  have 
the  loudest  voice,  Hdt.  4,  141  ;  7,  117  ; 
δρθίον  φ;  Pind.  Ν.  10,  142  ;  μέγα  φ.. 
Soph.  Phil.  574  ;  ύπνστα,  εύφημα  φ., 
Soph.  Ο.  C.  490,  Eur.  I.  Τ.  687  :— 
hence  in  pass.,  τύ  φωνηθέντα,  Plat. 
Soph.  262  C— 2.  to  sing,  Theocr.  16, 
44  :  of  a  musical  instrument,  to  sound, 
Eur.  Or.  146.  —  3.  τα  φωνονντα,  the 
vowels,  like  τα.  φωνήεντα,  Eur.  Palam. 
2. — II.  C.  ace.  pers.,  to  speak  to,  accost, 
address,  τινά,  II.  15.  145,  Od.  1,  122  : 
—  to  call  by  name,  call,  Χίαντα  φωνώ. 
Soph.  Aj.  7S,  cf.  Phil.  229  :— but  also, 
c.  dat.,  to  cry  to,  "Ζεν  άνα,  σοι  όωνύ, 
Id.  Ο.  C.  1485.  — III.  φ.  τίνα,  c.  inf., 
to  command,  σε  φωνω  μή-,  Soph.  Aj. 
1048,  ubi  V.  Schaf. 

Φωνή,  τ/ς,  ij,  a  sound,  tone,  properly 
the  sound  of  the  voice,  whether  of  men 
or  any  animals  with  a  laryn.x  and 
hings,  (Arist.  H.  A.  4,  9 ;  ή  φώνη  φό- 


ΦΩΡΑ 

φος  τις  έστιν  έμφνχον,  etc.,  Id.  de 
Anima  2,  8,  14,  cf.  18) :  — 1.  usu.  of 
men,  voice,  Lat.  vox,  first  in  Horn.  ; 
φωνή  άνθρωπηί?!,  Hdt.  2,  55  ;  ή  φ. 
των  γυναικών,  Jd.  4,  114: — esp.,  α 
loud,  clear  voice,  a  cry,  as  of  battle,  II. 
14,  400;  15,  686: — φωνί/ν  βηγνύναι, 
like  Virgil's  rumpere  vocem,  Hdt.  1, 
85 ;  φ.  ίέναι,  άώιέναι,  vocem  edere, 
Eur.  H.  F.  1295',  Stallb.  Plat.  Rep. 
475  A,  Dem.  293,  12,  etc. :  φων?), 
aloud,  Lys.  107,  38  : — φωνϊ^  όράι•,  pro- 
verb, of  a  blind  man,  Soph.  O.  C.  137  : 
(cf  όατιζω). — 2.  also  the  voice  or  cry 
of  animals,  as  of  swine,  dogs,  oxen, 
asses,  Od.  10.  239 ;  12,  86,  396,  Hdt. 
4,  129;  of  the  nightmgale,  Od.  19, 
521.- — 3.  any  arlicidate  sound,  as  opp. 
to  inarticulate  (ψό0ος) :  es^i.,  a  vowel- 
sound,  as  opp.  to  that  of  consonants, 
Schaf.  Dion.  Comp.  p.  155,  Stallb. 
Plat.  Theaet.  203  B,  Crat.  424  C— 4. 
rarely  of  inarticulate  sounds,  κερκί- 
δος  φ..  Soph.  Fr.  522 ;  συριγγών, 
Eur.  Tro.  127.  —  II.  the  faculty  of 
speech,  discourse,  Lat.  sermo,  ει  φωνήν 
7Αβοι,  Soph.  El.  548.  —  2.  language, 
Lat.  lingua,  Hdt.  4,  114,  117,  cf.  Hdt. 
2,  55.  —  3.  α  kind  of  language,  dialect, 
φωνή  βάρβαρος,  Aesch.  Ag.  1051 ; 
φωνήν  ήσομεν  ΐϊαρνησίδα,  Id.  Cho. 
563  ;  cf.  Thuc.  6,  5,  Stallb.  Plat.  Prot. 
341  B.  (Akin  to  φάος,  φώς,  v.  sub 
φαίνω  and  φημί.) 

Φωνήεις,  εσσα,  εν.  Dor.  φωνύεις 
[ά],  but  this  is  alsousedin  later  prose, 
as  Plut.,  etc..  Lob.  Phryn.  639  ;  contr. 
in  plur.  φωνΰντα,  Pind.  O.  2,  152 : — 
sounding,  uttering  a  voice  or  speech. 
Has.  Th.  584  :  endowed  with  speech, 
vocal,  τοΐ'το  γαρ  άθάνατον  φωνΰεν 
έρπει,  Pind.  I.  4,  68  (3,  58);  cf. 
Sappho  24,  Plat.  Legg.  700  Ε  -.—hav- 
ing a  voice,  speaking,  βέ?.η  (i.  e.  έπη) 
φωνΰντα  σννετοΐσι,  Pmd.  Ο.  2,  152: 
— of  a  song,  sounding,  Id.  O.  9,  2 : — tu 
φωνήεντα  (with  and  without  γράμμα- 
τα), vowels,  opp.  to  άφωνα  (conso- 
nants). Plat.  Crat.  393  D,  Soph.  253 
A,  etc. 

Φώνημα,  ατός,  τό,  (φωνέω)  a  sound 
made,  voice.  Soph.  Aj.  16,  Phil.  1295. 
— 2.  a  thing  spoken,  word,  speech,  lb. 
234,  O.  T.  324. 

Φώνησις,  εως,  ή,  (φωνέω)  a  sound- 
<■"§,  speaking,  calling. 

Φωνητήριος,  a,  ov,^sq.•.  φ.  όργα- 
να, organs  of  speech. 

Φωνητικός,  ?/,  όν,  (φωνή)  belonging 
to,  suited  for  sounding  OT  speaking  ;^^ 
φωνήεις,  Plut.  2,  898  E. 

Φωνίον,ον,  τό,  dim.  from  ψων^,  a 
small  voice  or  smmd. 

Φωνομάχέω,  ω,  {φωνή,  μάχομαι)  to 
dispute  about  words,  Sext.  Emp.  p.  48. 
Hence 

Φωνομάχία,  ας,  ή,  a  dispute  about 
words. 

Φωνόμιμος,  ov,  {φωνή,  μιμέομαι) 
imitating  the  voice,  Hephaest. 

ΦΩ'Ρ,  ό,  gen.  φωρός,  dat.  pi.  όωρ- 
σί ;— Lat.  FUR,  a  thief  Hdt.  2,  174. 
— II.  a  kind  of  oee,  prob.  the  robber-bee, 
aiSereni  ΐϊΟΧΆ  κηφίμ',  Arist.  Η.  Α.  5, 
22,  1  ;  9,  40,  20.— HI.  φωρών  λιμήν, 
a  harbour  at  Athens,  esp.  used  by 
smugglers,  Dem.  932,  13.  —  Sophron 
used  asuperl.  φώρτατος,  ?nost  thievish, 
ace.  to  Mus.  Crit.  2,  p.  351. 

Φωρά,  άς.  Ion.  φωρή,  ης,  ή,  a  theft, 
Η.  Horn.  Merc.  136,  e  conj.  Her- 
manni. 

Φώρα,  ας,  ή,  v.  φώρη. 

Φώρΰσις,  εως,  ή,  detection  of  α  theft. ■ 
and 

Φωρΰτής,  ov,  ό,  the  detector  of  a 
thief  or  theft :  from 

Φωρύω,  ώ,  ί.  άσω  [ώ]  :  {φώρ,  φωρά) : 


ΦΩΣΦ 

— to  trace,  search  after  a  thief  or  thejt, 
search  a  house  to  discover  a  theft,  Ar. 
Nub.  499,  Ran.  1363;  φωρΰν  παρά 
τινι.  Plat.  Legg.  954  A,  sq. :— gene- 
rally, to  trace,  delect,  discover.  Soph. 
Fr.  732,  Plat.  Tim.  63  C  :— pass.,  to 
be  caught,  detected,  discovered,  Dem.  21, 
3  ;  πεφωραμένος  έπΙ  πράξει,  Polyb. 
6,  56,  15:  but  mostly  with  part.,  φυ• 
ραβί/ναι  TU  -φενδή  μεμαρτνρηκώς, 
Dem.  1107,  4;  κλέπτης  ων  φ..  Dem. 
615,  19;  αδύνατος  ών  φ.,  Thuc.  8, 
56 ;  and  so,  κακός  [sc.  ών]  έφωράθη 
φίλ.οις,  Eur.  Or.  740  ;  also  of  things, 
άργνριον  έφωράθη  εξαγόμενου,  Xen. 
Vect.  4,  21. 

Φώρη,  ης,  ή,  Att.  φώρα,  ace.  to 
Hesj-ch.=  epeta'a,  φώρασις,  a  thorough 
search,  search  of  a  house,  H.  Horn.  Merc. 
385,  as  Wolf  reads  after  Herm.  :  a  de- 
tection, discovery,  Diog.  L.  1 ,  96. 

ΦωρΙάμος,  (gender  uncertain,  prob. 
ό)  : — a  chest,  trunk,  coffer,  esp.  for 
clothes  and  linen,  II.  24,  228,  Od.  15, 
104.  (Ace.  to  Erastosih.  from  φώρ, 
φώριος,  a  vessel  for  keeping  them  con- 
cealed :  Damm  connects  it  with  φέ- 
ρω, φορμίς.) 

Φωριάω,  ώ,^φωρύω,  dub. 

Φωρίδιος,  a,  ov,  poet,  for  φώριος, 
stolen,  Leon.  Al.  42.  [I] 

Φώριον,  ov,  TO,  a  theft,  Luc.  Her- 
mot.  38. 

Φώριος,  ov,  (φώρ)  stolen. — II.  me- 
taph.,  secret,  clandestine,  εννή,ΎΙίβΟ€ΐ. 
27,  67;  cf  Anth.  P.  5,219,  221. 

Φώρτατος,  superl.  from  φώρ,  q.  v. 

'{Φώρων  λιμήν,  ό,  i.  e.  harbour  of 
thieves,  Strab.  p.  395  :  v.  φώρ  III. 

Φώ^,  ό,  gen.  φωτός,  pi.  φώτες,  gen. 
φωτών,  poet,  for  άνήρ,  a  man,  very 
freq.  in  Horn.,  and  later  poets  ■  also 
a  mortal,  as  opp.  to  a  god,  προς  δαί- 
μονα φωτΐ  μάχεσθαι,  11.  17,  98  ;  so, 
φώτων  ύλαόν  )ένος,  Aesch.  Pr.  550, 
etc. : — sometimes  merely  as  a  de- 
scriptive periphr.,  α  man,  i.  e.  a  brave, 
good  man,  much  like  άνήρ,  Μαχάονα 
δενρο  κάλεσσον,  φώτ' ,  'Ασκληπιού 
νίόν,  II.  4,  193,  cf.  21,  545  ;  φώθ'  Ήρα- 
κ?.ήα,  Od.  21,  26,  cf  Herm.  Soph.  ΕΙ. 
45  : — generally,  a  person,  Eur.  Hel. 
1094,  cf.  Jac.  Anth.  P.  p.  110.— Poet, 
word.  (Probl.  from  φάω,  φημί,  one 
who  has  the  gift  of  speech,  like  μέροψ.) 

Φώς,  contr.  for  φύος,  q.  v. 

Φω£•,  ή,  pi.  φωδες,  contr.  from  φωΐς, 

Φώσκω,  {φώς)=^φανω,  φαύσκω. 

Φώσσων  or  ΦώσωΐΊ  ωνος,  ό.  α  coarse, 
linen  cloth,  linen  garment :  esp.  a  sail, 
sail-cloth,  Aegypt.  word  in  Lye. 

Φωσσώνιον  or  Φωσώνιον,  ov,  τό, 
dim.  from  foreg.,  a  piece  of  coarse  linen, 
Luc.  Lexiph.  2. 

Φωστήρ,  ήρας,  ό,  {φώς,  φώσκω) : — 
that  which  gives  light,  an  illuminator, 
?ιόγων  και  νόμων,  Anth. : — οι  φωστή- 
ρες, the  lights  of  heaven,  stars,  Anth.  P. 
15,  17,  LXX. — II.  metaph.,  an  open- 
ing for  light,  door  or  window,  as  some 
would  even  derive  fenestra  (quasi 
faestra)  from  φάος. 

Φωςφορέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω.  to  bear  or 
bring  light,  Manetho  :  and 

ΦωςφόριαοτΦωςφόρεια,  (sc.  ιερά), 
ων,  τύ,  a  festival  at  which  there  were 
processions  with  torches,  or,  which  was 
sacred  to  one  of  the  φωςφόροι  θεοί, 
Plut.  2,  1119  Ε:  from 

Φωςφύρος,  ov,  {φώς,  φέρω) : — bear- 
ing, bringing,  or  giving  light.  Έως, 
Eur.  Ion  1157  : — as  subst.  ό  φωςφόρος- 
(sc.  αστήρ),  the  light-bringer,  Lat.  Lu- 
cifer, i.  e.  the  morning-star,  Tim.  Locr. 
96  Ε  ;  ii.  ΰστήρ,  Ar.  Ran.  342  ;  cf 
φαεςφόρος,  έωςφόρος. — II.  torch-bear- 
ing, epith.  of  certain  deities,  esp.  oi 
1639 


ΦΩΤΟ 

Hecate,  Eur.  Hel.  569,  Ar.  Thesm. 
858  ;  φ.  θεά  (sc.  Άμτεμις),  Eur.  I.  T. 
21  ;  ή  Φωςφήρος,  Ar.  Lys.  443. — 111. 
φωςφοβοί  κόραι,  of  the  Cyclops'  eye, 
Eur.  Cycl.  till. 

Φώσων,  φωσώνιον,  v.  φώσσων, 
φωσσώΐΊον. 

Φωτάγυγέω,  ώ,  (φωταγωγός)  to 
guide  with  a  light,  show  the  way,  πρυς 
εϋσέβίίαν,  to  piety,  LXX. 

Φωτύγωγία,  ας,  ή,  a  guiding  with  a 
light,  illumination,  Eccl.  :  and 

Φωτύγωγικός,  η,  ov,fit  for  guiding 
with  a   light,  or    illuminating,  Eccl.  : 

Φωταγωγός,  όν,  {φως,  άγω)  guiding 
with  a  light,  enlightening,  illuminating, 
Eccl.  : — ή  φ.  (sc.  ϋνρα),  an  opening 
for  light,  a  window,  Luc.  Syrnp.  20,  etc. 

Φωτανγεια,  ας,  ή,  brightness  of  light : 
from 

ΦωΓαυ)7/^,  ες,  {φως,  ανγή)  beaming 
with  light. 

Φωταυγός,  oi',=  foreg.,  dub. 

Φωταψια,  ας,  ή,  {φως,  απτω)  akin- 
dling  of  lights,  like  the  modern  Greek 
taper-festival :  strictly  to  be  written 
φωθαφία- 

Φωτεα'οειδής,  ες,  {εΐόος)  like  light : 
from 

Φωτεινός,  ή,  όν,  {φώσ)  shining,  bright, 
Ίΐ'/Λος,  Xen.  Mem.  3,  10,  1  ;  4,  3,  4.— 
Π.  metaph.,  clear,  distinct,  opp.  to 
σκοτεινός,  /.όγος,  Plut.  2,  9  Β. 

Φωτεμιίο'λέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {φως,  εμ- 
βύ?,λω)  to  throw  light  on  a  thing, Clem. 
Alex. 

Φωτίγγιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  φώ- 
τιγξ,  Posidon.  ap.  Ath.  176  C,  Ael. 
N.  A.  6,31. 

Φωτιγγισττ'/ς,  ov,  o,  a  fifer. 

Φώτιγξ,  ιγγος,ί},αεοη  of  fife,  Plut. 
2,  961  E. 

Φωτίζω  :  f.  -ίσω  Att.  -ΐώ  (φως) : — 
intr.,  to  shine,  give  tight,  beam,  ό  άν- 
θραξ  οϋ  φωτίζει  ώςπερ  ή  φλόξ,  The- 
ophr. — 2.  of  glass,  to  transmit  light, 
Arist.  (An.  Post.  1,  31,  4.  ?)— II. 
transit.,  to  enlighten,  light  up  :  hence, 
to  bring  to  light,  make  knoivn,  publish, 
Polyb.  23,  3,  10 ;  γράμματα  έαλωκό- 
τα  και  πεφωτισμένα.  Id.  30,  8,  1. — 2. 
metaph.,  to  enlighten,  instruct,  teach, 
LXX.,  and  N.  T. :  and,  in  pass.,  to  be 
enlightened,  οτ  instructed. — 3.  in  Eccl., 
to  baptize. 

■\Φώτιος,  ov,  0,  Photius,  a  Chaonian, 
Thuc.  2,  80. 

Φώτισμα,  ατός,  τό,  (φωτίζω)  an  en- 
lightening.— 2.  in  Eccl.  baptism. 

Φωτισμός,  ov,  b,  (φωτίζω)  a?i  en- 
lightening:  hence  in  Kcc\.  baptism. — 
11.   that  which  enlightens,  light,  LXX. 

Φωτιστήριον,  ov,  τό,  (φωτίζω)  a 
place  of  enlightening: — in  Eccl.,= 
φώτισμα. 

Φωτιστικός,  η,  όν,  enlightening.  Adv. 
-κύς. 

Φωτοβολέω,  ώ,  f.  •7/σω,  to  throw 
light,  emit  rays.     Hence 

Φωτοβόλημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  pouring, 
burst  of  light. 

Φωτοβο/ύα,  ας,  η,  a  throwing  of 
light :  also  light  thrown,  a  beam,  ray. 

Φωτογονία,  ας,  ή,  the  production  of 
light,  Eccl. 

Φωτοδοσία,  ας,  ή,  a  giving  of  light, 
enlightening:   from 

Φωτοδότης,  ου,  ό,  (φως,  δίδωμι)  α 
giver  of  light,  like  φωςφόρος : — lem. 
φωτοδότις,  ιδος,  Eccl. 

Φωτοειδής,  ές,  like  light,  luminous. 

Φωτολαμτϊής,  ές,  blazing  with  light, 
hiscr. 

ΦωτοτΓοιέω,  ώ,  to  make  light,  Eccl. : 
from 

Φωτοποιός,  όν,  (φως,  ττοιέω)  making 
light,  enlightening,  Iambi. 
1040 


ΧΛΒΡ 

Φωτοφύνεια,  ας,  ή,  appearance  of 
light,  illumination,   [a] 

Φωτοφορέω,  ώ,  to  bring  light,  like 
φωςώορέω,  Eccl.  :  from 

Φωτοφόρος,  ov,  {φώς,  φέρω)  bring- 
ing light,  like  φωςφυρυς,  Eccl. 

Φωτοχυσία,  ας,  >/,  (φώς,  χέω)  aflood 
or  burst  of  light,  Eccl. 

Φωτωνϊψία,  ας,  ή,  {φώς,  όνομα)  α 
naming  or  being  named  from  light, 
Eccl. 

Φωχθείς,  part.  aor.  pass,  from  φώγω. 


X 


X,  χ,  χι,  τό,  indecl.,  twenty-second 
letter  of  the  Gr.  alphabet : — as  nu- 
meral, ;i;'=600,  but  ,;V=600'000:  also, 
in  Inscr.,  X  as  first  letter  οίχί/uoi, 
1000. — FurtherxwasusedbyGramm. 
and  Critics  to  mark  a  passage  or  book 
as  spurious,  Menag.  Diog.  L.  3,  65, 
66,  cf.  χιάζω,  χιασμός :  but  with 
points  on  each  side  (περιεστιγμένον), 
.χ.,  It  was  used  to  mark  fine  passages, 
and  in  this  case  stood  for  χρηστόν, 
χρί/σιμον. — since  passages  so  marked 
might  make  up  a  χρηστομάθεια, — 
though  for  this  purpose  the  mark 
y^i  was  also  used.  This  last  also 
stood  for  χρόνος.  Bast.  Comm.  Pa- 
lacogr.  p.  849  ;  and  later  was  the  usu. 
monogram  for  Χριστός. — In  the  old 
alphabet  ΧΣ  stood  for  H- 

Changes  of  χ,  esp.  in  the  dialects  : 
I.  Dor.  for  Θ,  as  δρνιχος  for  όρνιθος, 
Pind. ;  v.  Koen  Greg.  p.  218. — II.  Ion. 
very  freq.  into  κ,  as,  δέκομαι  (ίέγκω 
σκε?ύς  κιθών  κνθρα  for  δέχομαι  βέγ• 
χω  σχελίς  χιτών  χύτρα,  Koen  Greg, 
p.  399:  though  this  change  occurs 
also  in  Dor.,  and  older  Att. — III.  put 
belore  λ  to  make  a  new  form,  as 
χλαίνα  χλανίς  for  λαΐνη,  laena  lana, 
χλαρός  for  'kapor,  χλιαρός  for  λιαρός. 
— IV.  sometimes  interchanged  with 
φ,  as  τρΰχω  τρνφος,  όφις  έχις,  etc. — 
V.  χ  sometimes=the  Lat.  g,  as  χαλ- 
βάνη,  galbanum. 

By  reason  of  the  strong  guttural 
breathing  with  which  χ  was  pro- 
nounced, it  sometimes,  though  sel- 
dom, acted  as  a  double  conson.,  so  as 
to  make  a  short  syllable  before  it 
long  by  position, e.  g.  in  βpόχoς(q.y.), 
in  ίάχω,  ιαχή,  v.  sub  ίαχέω,  and 
cf.  φ. 

iXaa,  ας,  ή,  Chaa,  an  ancient  city 
of  Tnphylian  Elis,  Strab.  p.  348. 

^Χάηλλα,  ων,  τά,  Chaalla,  a  town 
of  Arabia,  Strab.  p.  782. 

ίΧάβακα,  ων,  τά,  Chabaca,  a  for- 
tress in  Sidene,  Strab.  p.  548. 

^Χύβης,  ους.  ό,  Chabes,  an  Athe- 
nian, of  the  deme  Phlya,  Ar.  Vesp. 
234. 

^Χαβλάσι^ι,  ων,  ol,  the  Chablasii, 
a  people  of  Arabia,  Dion.  P.  956. 

Χαβός,  b,  in  Hesych.=  «α/iπ■i)Λof  : 
cf.  χαμός. 

Χάβος,  ό,—  κημός,  Schol.  Ar.  Eq. 
1147. 

'ΙΧαβρίας,  ov,  6,  Chnbrias,  an  Athe- 
nian commander,  Xen.  Hell.  5, 1,  10  ; 
etc. — 2.  an    Athenian,  conqueror  in 
the  Pythian   games,  Dem.  1356,  4. — 
Others  in  Diod.  S  ;  etc. 
I       ^Χαβρίης,  ov,  b,  Ion.=  foreg.,  an 
i  earlv  king  of  Aegypt,  Diod.  S.  1,  64. 
I       ίΧαβρίον  κώμη,  f/,  village  of  Cha- 
I  brias,  in  the  Delta  of  the  Nile,  Strab. 
p.  803. 

^Χαβρίον χάραζ,  b,  Chahriac  castra, 
'  a  fortified  place  in  Lower  Aegypt, 
1  Strab.  p.  TOO. 


XAIN 

Χάδε,  Ep.  for  έχαδε,  3  aor.  2  of 
χανδύνω,  11.  11,  462. 

Χάδέειν,  Ep.  for  χαδείν,  inf.  aor.  2 
o(  χανδάνω,  II.  14,  34. 

\Χαδήσιος,  a,  ov,  of  Chadesia,  Cha- 
desian  ; — appell.  of  the  Amazons,  Ap. 
Rh.  2,  1000 : — from  Χαδησια  or  Xa- 
δισία,  ή,  Chadesia,  a  city  of  Poulus, 
in  the  Plain  of  Themiscyra. 

^Χαζηνή,  ?/f,  ή,  Chazene,  a  district 
of  Mesopotamia,  Arr. ;  ace.  to  Strab. 
p.  736  in  Assyria  around  Ninns. 

Χάζομαι,  f.  χάσομαι,  Ep.  also  me- 
tri  grat.  χύσσομαι :  aor.  1  έχασύμην, 
dep.  mid. :  besides  these  tenses,  we 
have  (in  II.  4,  497  ;  15,  574)  pi.  κεκά- 
δοντο  for  κεχάδοντο,  3  plur.  from  a 
redupl.  aor.  2  κεκαδυμ?ιν.—Ύ\\6  pies, 
act.  χάζω  is  very  rare,  v.  infr. — Radic. 
signt.  :  to  give  way,  give  ground,  draw 
or  shrink  back,  recoil,  retire,  very  freq. 
in  II.,  never  in  Od. ;  also,  αψ  χύζε- 
σθαι,  II.  3,  32;  11,  585,  etc.  ;  οπίσω 
χάζεσθαι,  11.  5,  702  ;  18,  160.— 2.  like 
the  equiv.  χωρέω,  C.  gen.,  to  draw  back 
or  retire  from,  πνλάων,  11.  12,  172  ;  κε• 
λενθον,  II.  11,  504  ;  μάχης,  II.  15,  426, 
etc.  ;  more  rarely  with  a  prep.,  χ.  έκ 
βελέων,  II.  16,  122;  νπ'  έγχεος,  II. 
13,  153  :  contrariwise,  χάζεσθαι  έτύ- 
ρων  εις  έθνος,  olt.  in  II. — 3.  ov  χάζο- 
μαι, in  Eur.  Or.  1116,  Ale.  326,  should 
be  written  ονχ  ΐίζομαι,  I  fear  not,  v. 
F^lmsl.  Heracl.  I.  c,  and  cf.  Aesch. 
Eum.  389. — The  word  is  poetic,  and 
mainly  Epic  :  however  the  compd. 
άναχάζομαι  is  found  in  Xen.  Cyr.  7, 

I,  34,  An.  4,  7,  10,  in  Homeric  signf. 
—The  act.  χάζω  is  prob.  only  found 
in  compd.  ύι^α^άι,'ω  in  Pind.  N.  10, 
129  (ace.  to  Wakefield's  conj.)  in 
signf  to  drive  back  ;  and  once  in  Xen. 
An.  4,  1,  16  in  signf  of  mid.— The 
aor.  κεκαδείν,  κεκαδών,  and  fut.  κε- 
καδησω,  to  rob,  bereave,  which  are 
sometimes  wrongly  referred  to  χάζο- 
μαι, belong  to  κί/δω.  —  (Χάζομαι  is 
lengthd.  from  the  root  ΧΑΔ-,  XA-, 
which  latter  appears  in  χάος,  χαι-νω, 
χά-σκω,  Lat.  hi-o,  hisco ;  and  the  for- 
mer in  χανδάνω :  v.  sub  χάος),  [ά 
always  in  fut.  and  aor.  :  when  there- 
fore it  is  required  long  in  Ep.,  the  a 
is  doubled,  as  χάσσονται,χάσσασΟαι, 
χασσάμίνος  in  11.] 

Χαίνω,  fut.  χάνονμαι,  besides 
which  Butlm.  Lexil.,  s.  v.  ύχέειν  4, 
assumes  a  fut.  χήσομαι,  and  would 
read  χήσεται  in  H.  Horn.  Veil.  252  : 
aor.  εχάνον,  Hdt.  2,  68  :  pf  ΐίέχηι/α, 
and  also,  ace.  to  Ap.  ΌγΒΟ.,κέχαγκα. 
— Hom.  has  only  aor.  opt.  and  part. 
χάνοι.  χανών.Άηύ  part,  pf  κεχηνότα : 
and,  generally,  the  pres.  χαίνω  is  only 
used  by  late  authors,  those  of  the  best 
ages  using  in  its  stead  the  pf  κέχηνα, 
or  the  form  χάσκω. 

Radic.  signf  :  to  yawn,  gape,  open 
wide,  τότε  μοι  χάνοι  ενρεία  χθων, 
then  may  earth  yawn  for  me  (i.  e.  to 
swallow' me;,  li.  4,  182;  8,  150.  cf. 
17,  417  :  esp.,  to  open  the  mouth,  αίμα 
uvu  στόμα  και  κατά  ^ίνας  πρησε  χά- 
νων, II.  16,  350.  cf  409;  of  a  lion, 
έύλη  τε  χανών,  20,  168  : — προς  κΐ'/ια 
χάνων,  gulping  down  sea-water,  ami 
so,  being  drovi'ned,  Od.  12,  350;  cf. 
infr. : — of  a  wound.  Soph.  Fr.  449. — 

II.  in  comic  poets,  etc.,  esp.  to  gap* 
or  yawn,  whether  from  weariness, 
ennui,  etc.,  Ar.  Ach.  30;  or  in  eager 
expectation,  lb.  10;  so,  χάσκοντες 
κονφαις  έλπίσι  τερπόμεθα.  Solon  5, 
36 : — so,  άνω  κΐχηνίΐΌί,  to  look  gaping 
up.  Id.  i\ub.  173.  Av.  51,  cf  PlaL 
Rep.  529  Β  ;  hence,  oi  κεχηνότες, 
gapers,  fools.  Ar.  Ran.  990;  cf.  Eq. 
261,  380,   Vesp.  6i7,  v.  sub  )Lΐχψ 


XAIP 

ναΐοι- — 2.  χ.  προς  τι,  to  gape,  i.  e.  look 
greedily  after,  to  gape  at  a  thing,  Ar. 
Nub.  996 ;  more  rarely  εις  τι :  also 
περί  τι,  Jac.  Ach.  Tat.  p.  847  :  so  too, 
χ.  τνρός  τίνα,  to  gape  in  wonder  or  ad- 
miration at  a  person,  like  Lat.  inhiare 
alicui,  Anacr.  15,  Ar.  Eq.  651,  803. — 
III.  more  rarely,  to  open  the  mouth,  to 
speak,  to  utter,  like  Lat.  hiscere,  c.  ace, 
δείνα  ()ήματα  κατά  τίνος  χανΰν,  to 
speak  foul  words  against  any  one,  be 
open-mouthed  in  abusing  him.  Soph. 
Aj.  1227,  ubi  v.  Lob.  :  τοντ'  έτόλμη- 
c εν  χάνε IV  ;  Ar.  Vesp.  342;  οιζνρόν 
τι  χανεϊν,  Callim.  Αρ.  24.  {Χαίνω 
belongs  to  the  root  ΧΑ-,  χάος,  our 
yawn  :  and  with  χάσκω,  cf.  Lat.  hisco, 
hio  : — akin  also  to  χαϋνος,  etc.,  v.  sub 
χάος.) 

ΧάίΟζ",  α,  ov,  genuine,  true,  good, 
Lacon.  word  in  Ar.  Lys.  91  ;  compar. 
χαϊώτερος,  lb.  1157; — with  a  play  on 
χαίνω,  χανδός,  said  of  loose  women  : 
we  also  find  the  forms  χαιός,  χαός 
and  χάσιος,  but  mostly  only  in 
Gramm.  ;  v.  Lob.  Phryn.  404.  [uj 

ΧαΙος,  6,  a  shephcrd'.f  staff,  A  p.  Rh. 
4,  972:  the  col  lat.  forms  χαβάς  and 
χαμός  only  in  Hesych. 

ίΧαιρέας,  ov,  a,  Chaereas,  an  Ath- 
enian naval  commander,  Thuc.  8,  74, 
86. — 2.  another  is  mentioned  in  Ar. 
Vesp.  687.-3.  a  historian,  Polyb.  3, 
20,  5. — Others  in  Paus. ;  etc. 

^Χαιρέδη/ιος,  ov,  ό,  Chaeredemus, 
father  of  Patroclus.  step-brother  of 
Socrates.  Plat.  Euthyd.  297.-2.  an- 
other Athenian,  Andoc.  8,  7.— Others 
in  Dem.  ;  Plut. ;  etc. 

Χαφεκΰκέω,  ώ,  =  επιχαφεκακέω, 
Philo. 

Χαιρεκακία,  ας,  ή,  =  επιχαιρεκα- 
κία,  ν.  1.  Arist.  Μ.  Mor.  1,  28,  1. 

Χαιρέκακος,  ον,^  έπιχαιρέκακος. 

'\Χαιρεκράτης,  ους,  ό,  Chaerecrates, 
an  Athenian,  brother  of  Chaerephon, 
friend  of  Socrates,  Xen.  Mem.  1,  2, 
48  ;  Plat. 

^Χαιρέλεως,  ω,  b,  Chaerelaus,  one 
of  the  thirty  tyrants  in  Athens,  Xen. 
Hell.  2,  3,  2. 

Χα'ιρεσκε,  £p.  and  Ion.  3  sing, 
impf.  from  χαίρω,  Horn. 

ίΧαιρεστρύτη,  ης,  ή,  Chaerestrate, 
an  Athenian  female,  Dem. 

iXaιpέστpaτoς,  ov,  6,  Chaerestra- 
tus,  an  Athenian,  Isae.  56,  5. —  2.  a 
potter  at  Athens,  Phryn.  κωμαστ.  1. 
— Others  in  Anth. ;  etc. 

Χαιρετίζω,  fut.  -ίσω  Att.  -Ιώ  :  — 
strictly,  to  say  χαίρε  :  generally,  to 
greet,  welcome,  τινά,  LXX.  : — esp., 
like  Lat.  salutare,  to  visit  or  wait  on  a 
person  of  rank,  τινά,  Diog.  L. 

ίΧαιρέτϊμος,  ov,  ό.  Chaeretimiis,an 
Athenian,  of  ill  repute,  Dem.  1266,  20. 

Χαιρετισμός,  ov,  ό,  (χαιρετίζω)  a 
greeting,  visit,  esp.  to  a  person  of  rank, 
the  Lat.  salutatio,  Polyb.  32,  15,  8. 

^Χαιρεφάνης.  ovr,  6,  Chaerephanes, 
an  Athenian  arehon,  Dion.  H.  10,53. 
—Others  in  Ath.  14  Ε  ;  etc. 

^Χαιρέψι?.ος,  ov,  ό,  Chaerephilus, 
an  Athenian,  Dinarch.  95,34. — Others 
in  Ale.xis  ;  etc. 

Χηίρέ0ΐ)λλον,  ov.  TO,cAfrfi7, which, 
like  Germ.  Kerbel,  French  cerfeuil.  is 
formed  from  the  Gr.  word  :  —  Colu- 
mella, 10.  110,  makes  it  chaerophylon, 
metri  grat. ;  and  Plin.,  19,  54,  Latini- 
zes it  into  caerifolium. 

■\Χαιρεφών,  ώΐ'τυς,  ό,  Chaerephon, 
an  Athenian,  a  friend  of  Socrates, 
Ar.  Nub.  104;  Plat.  Apol.  21,  etc.— 
Others  in  Ath.  ;  etc. 

Χαίβηδών,  όνος,  ή,  (χαίρω)  joy ,  de- 
light, comic  word  in  Ar.  Ach.  4,  form- 
ed after  άλγηόών. 


XAIP 

ίΧαφημονιΰνός,  ov,  ό.  Chaeremo- 
7nanus,  masc.  pr.  n.,  Plut.  2,  611. 

iXaipT/μων,  όνος,  ό,  Chaeremon,  a 
tragic  poet,  Arist.  Poet.  1,  9. — 2.  a 
Sicyonian,  Paus.  6,  3,  1. — 3.  an  Ae- 
gyptian  historian,  Joseph. — Others  in 
Anth. ;  etc., 

Xaipijv,  Dor.  for  χαίρειν,  Theocr. 

ίΧαιρησιλεως,  ω,  ό,  Chaeresilaus, 
son  of  lasius,  Paus.  9,  20,  1. 

ΧαιρΫίσιφονέω,  to  delight  m  murder, 
Nicet. ;  cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  770. 

ΊΧαιρι/τάδης,  ov,  b,  Chaeretades, 
masc.pr.  n.,  an  Athenian,  Ar.  Eccl.51. 

'\Χαιρίδας,  ov,  b,  Chaeridas,  an 
ephor  m  Sparta,  Xen.  Hell.  2,  3,  10. 

\Χαιριδενς,  έως,  b,  comic  dim. 
from  Χαίρις,  a  little  Chaeris,  Χαιριδής 
βομβανλιοι,  Ar.  Ach.  866. 

^Χαίριπτΐος,  ov,  b,  Chaerippus,  an 
Athenian,  Menand.  ap.  Ath.  644  F: 
cf.  Χάριππος. 

^Χαίρις,  ιδος,  b,  Chaeris,  a  wretch- 
ed Hute-player  in  Athens,  Ar.  Ach. 
16. — Others  in  Anth. ;  etc. 

Χαιροσννη,  ?),  joy,  Hesych. 

ΧΑΓΡί2:  ί.  χαιρί/σω  :  aor.  εχάρην : 
pf.  with  pres.  signf.  κεχάρηκα,  part. 
κεχαρηκώς,  freq.  in  Hut.,  but  the 
usu.  pt.  is  κεχάρημαι. — Of  these  Att. 
tenses,  Horn.  oft.  has  the  pres.  and 
impf.,  the  fut.  only  11.  20,  363 ;  the 
aor.  several  times  in  indic,  in  opt. 
χαρεί?!,  I'•  C>  481  ;  part,  χαρέντες,  II. 

10,  541  ;  the  pf.  only  in  part,  κεχαρη- 
μένος,  Η.  Horn.  6,  10. — Besides  these, 
from  an  Ep.  aor.  mid.  έχηράμην  he 
has  3  sing.  χ//ρατο,  II.  14,  270  (part. 
χηράμενος,  Leon.  Tar.  65,Opp.,  etc.) ; 
— and  from  a  redupl.  aor.  2  κεχαρό- 
μην  the  forms  κεχάροντο,  κεχάροιτο, 
κεχαροίατο,  U.,  and  Od.  :  the  Ep. 
part.  pf.  κεχαρι/ώς,  ότος,  II.  7,  312, 
Hes.  Fr.  49,  plqpf.  κεχάρηντο,  Η. 
Cer.  458,  and  the  Ep.  redupl.  fut.  κε- 
χαρησέμεν  (also  merely  Ep.),  II.  15, 
98,  and  κεχαρήσεται,  Od.  23;  266.— 
The  pf.  κέχαρμαι  first  occurs  in  post- 
Hom.  poets,  and  fut.  χηρήσοηαι  be- 
longs to  later  Greek  :  in  Plut.,  Lu- 
cull.  25,  we  have  an  aor.  act.  έχαίρη- 
σα,  cf.  Lob.  «Phryn.  740. — The  pres. 
mid.  χαίρομαι  is  mentioned  as  a  bar- 
barism by  Ar.  Pac.  291.  ubi  v.  Schol. 

To  rejoice,  be  glad,  be  delighted  or 
pleased,  Horn.,  etc.  :  he  oft.  joins  χ. 
θνμϋ)  or  έν  θνμΰ,  also  χ.  ψρεσιν  ήσι, 

11.  13,  609  ;  χ.  φρένα,  11.  6,  481  :  but, 
χαίρειν  νόω  is  to  rejoice  inwardly,  se- 
cretly, Od.'8,  78  ;  so,  χ.  εν  θνμφ,  Od. 
22,  411.— Π.  c.  dat.  rei,  to  rejoice  at, 
he  delighted  with,  take  pleasure  or  delight 
in  a  thing,  II.  7,  312,  Od.  2,  35,  Hes. 
Op.  356,  and  Att.  ;  in  Att.,  also,  χαί- 
ρειν επί  τινι ;  Soph.  Fr.  665,  Eur. 
Bacch.  1032,  Xen.  Mem.  2,  6,  35; 
rarely  h  τινι,  Aesch.  Eum.  996, 
Soph.  Tr.  1119:— but  also  c.  dat. 
modi,  χ.  γέ7.ωτι,  to  express  one's  joy 
by  laughter,  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  1,  33.-2. 
like  στέργω,  to  delight  in,  like,  love, 
but  always  c.  dat.,  e.  g.  of  a  plant, 
χαίρει  νφάμμοις  χωρίοις,  Theophr. 
Η.  PI.  6,  5,2. — 111.  rarely  c.  ace, χαί- 
ρει δε  μιν  δςτις  έβείρει  (ubi  male 
Heyn.,  χαίρει  δέ,  μιν  οςτις  έθείρει), 
11.  21,  347  ;  so,  χαίρω  δέ  σ'  εντνχονν- 
τα,  Eur.  Rhes.  390,  cf.  Hipp  1339 
(et  ibi  Valck.) ;  χαίρω  σ  έ/.ηλν(^ότα, 
Id.  Sisyph.  1  ;  so,  τίς  uv  τάδε  γηθή- 
σείε ;  II.  9,  77 ;  ησθην  ενλογονντά 
σε  (ν.  sub  ηδομαι)  ;  etc. : — this  usage 
(said  in  Ε.  Μ.  to  be  Oropian)  was  not 
quite  foreign  even  to  prose,  cf.  Dem. 
323,  7. — IV.  c.  part.,  χαίρω  άκουσας, 
1  rejoice  at  having  heard,  am  glad  to 
hear,  II.  19,  185  ;  χαίρονσιν  βίυτον 
νήποινον  έδοντες,   Od.  14,  377,  cf. 


XAIP 

Hes.  Op.  55 ;  χαίρω. ..κόμπον  ίείς, 
Pind.  Ν.  8,  81  ;  χαίρεις  όρων  φως,  πα 
τέρα  (5'  ον  χαίρειν  δοκΰς  ;  Eur.  Ale 
691 ;  χαίρω  φειδόμενος,  Ar.  Plut.  247; 
θωπενόμενος  χαίρεις.  Id.  Eq.  1116: 
freq.  in  Plat.,  etc.— 2.  with  part,  pres., 
χαίρω  sometimes  takes  the  signf.  of 
φι'λέω,  to  delight  in  doing,  i.  e.  to  be 
wont  to  do,  Valck.  Hdt.  7,  230,  Stallb. 
Plat.  Prot.  358  A :  cf.  φιλέω.—3.  so, 
χαίρειν  ότι..,  Pind.  Ν.  5,  85,  etc. :  χ. 
οίη>εκα..,  Od.  8,  200. — V.  in  2  pers. 
fut.,  with  negat.,  ov  χαιρησεις,  thou 
wilt  or  shall  nut  rejoice,  i.  e.  thoii  shalt 
pay  dearly  for  it,  shalt  repent  it,  ονδέ 
Tiv'  οιω  Ύρώων  χαιρήσειν,  II.  20,  303, 
V.  Hdt.  1,  128  ;  so,  ov  χαιρήσετον,  Ar. 
Eq.  235,  etc. :— cf.  intra  VII.  2.— VL 
the  imperat.  χαίρε  is  a  common  form 
of  greeting,  either  at  meeting,  hail, 
welcome,  Lat.  salve,  11.  9,  197,  Od.  13, 
229,  and  Att. ;  or  at  parting, /are  thee 
well,  farewell,  Lat.  vale,  Od.  5,  205,  and 
Att.,  cf.  Buckh  E.xpl.  Pind.  P.  2,  57  : 
so  in  pi.  and  dual,  χαίρετε,  χαίρετον  : 
— in  Horn.,  oft.,  strengthd.,  ov'/A  τε 
και  μά?.α  χαίρε,  Od.  24,  402  ;  χαίρε, 
γυνή,  φιλότητι,  good  luck  be  on  our 
union,  Od.  11,  248  : — hence  later  as  a 
form  both  at  the  beginning  and  end 
of  letters,  cf.  infra  V'lll. — 2.  the  no- 
tion of  parting  or  dismissing,  which 
χαίρε  thus  got,  appears  more  strongly 
in  the  3  pers.  sing,  χαιρετώ,  away 
with..,  down  with..,  expressing  (like  έ/3- 
βέτω)  absolute  renunciation  or  abomi- 
nation, Hdt.  4,  96,  Eur.  Med.  1044  ; 
so  Terence  has  valeat  for  pereat,  ahcat 
in  malam  rem  ; — C.  infra  VIII.  2. — VII. 
part,  χαίρων,  glad,  joyful,  delighted, 
oft.  in  Hom.,  for  which  Hdt.  usu.  em- 
ploys the  part.  pf.  κεχαρηκώς. — 2.  in 
Hdt.  and  \XX.,  χαίρων  is  oft.  joined 
with  another  verb,  in  the  sense  of 
safe,  tvith  impunity,  Lat.  i/npune,  χαί- 
ρων άπαλλύττει,  Hdt.  3,  69  ;  9,  106: 
more  freq.,  ov  χ.,  to  one's  cost,  ov  χαί- 
ροντες έμέ  γέλωτα  βήσεσθε,  ov  χ. 
απαλλάξετε,  Hdt.  3,  29,  Xen.  An.  5, 
6,  32  ;  cf.  Soph.  O.  T.  363,  Ar.  Acl). 
563,  etc. ;  ει  χαίρων  απαλλάξει  οντος, 
Dem.  748,  5 ;  also,  ούτι  χαιρήσων, 
Ar.  Vesp.  186  ; — cf  supra  V. — 3.  το 
χαΐρον,  joy.  Schiif.  Dion.  Comp.  p. 
205  ;  cf.  ηδομαι. — VIII.  inf  χαίρειν, 
in  phrase  χαίρειν  ?.έγω  or  κελενω  σοι, 
as  a  greeting,  like  χαίρε,  also  προς- 
ειπών  τίνα  χαίρειν,  having  bid  one 
χαίρε,  bid  one  welcome  or  fareiif.U, 
Xen.  Hell.  4,  1,  31 :  but  at  the  begin 
ning  of  letters  the  inf  usually  stood 
alone,  as  KCpof  Κναξύρη  χαίρειν, 
Xen.  Cyr.  4,  5,  27,  Lat.  salvcre  jnhet : 
hence  also, — 2.  in  bad  sense,  like  χαι- 
ρετώ, χαίρειν  εάν  or  κε7^ενειν  τινά 
or  τι,  to  say  farewell  to  a  person  or 
thing,  to  renounce,  set  at  nought,  Hdt. 
6,  63  ;  9,  41,  Hipp.  113  :  in  same  signf. 
we  have  χαίρειν.  πολλά  χαίρειν  ει- 
πείν τινι,  Eur.  Hipp.  1\3  ;  χαίρειν 
φράζειν,  προςειπεϊν,  Ar.  Nub.  609, 
Xen.  Hell.  4,  1,  31  ;  χαίρειν  χρηπρυς- 
αγορινειν.  Plat.  Legg.771  Α.  (Hence 
χαρά,  χάρις,  χάρμα,  and  Lat.  cams. 
Arist.  aerives  ^(t/cap  also  from ;^;αίρω.) 
[a] 

}Χαίρων,  ωνος,  b,  Chaeron,  son  of 
Apollo  and  Thero,  after  whom  Chae- 
ronea  was  named  ace.  to  Paus.  9,  40, 
5. — 2.  an  Athenian  polemarch,  Xen. 
Hell.  2,  4,  33.-3.  a  Megalopolitan, 
Plut.  Alex.  5,  made  by  Alexander  ty- 
rant of  Pellene  in  Achaia,  Dem.  214, 
20  :  cf  Ath.  509  B. 

ίΧαιρώνδας,  ov,  b,  Chaerondas,  an 
Athenian  arehon,  Dem.  243,  10 ;  with 
v.  1.  Χαιρωνίδας,  Id.  253,  12. 

iXaJ,ρώvείa,  ας,  ή,  Chaeronea,  a  city 
1641 


ΧΑΛΑ 

of  Boeotia  on  the  Cephisus,  in  the  | 
territory  of  Orchornenus,   Thuc.   1, 
113:  Slrab.  p.  407:  ace.  to  Paus.  9, 
40,  5  the  Homeric  Arne. 

iXaipuviKog,  ?/,  ou,  pecul.  fem. 
ϋηιρωνίς,  ίδος,  of  Chaeronea,  Chaero- 
nean :  and  'Κ.αιρωνενς,  έως,  ύ,  an  in- 
hab.  of  Chaeronea. 

Xa'iTij,  ης,  ή,  long,  loose,  flowing 
hair,  ξανθην  άττεκε'φατο  χαίτην  (v. 
sub  κείρω),  II.  23,  141  ;  τίλλορτο  δε 
χαίτας,  Od.  10,  567 ;  and  in  plur.  of 
a  single  person,  χαίτας  -εξαμίνη,  11. 
14,  175,  cf.  10,  15 ;  so  in  Pind.,  and 
Trag.  ; — of  a  horse's  mane,  θαλερή 
δε  μιαίνετο  χαίτη,  II.  17,  439,  cf.  19, 
405  ;  άμφί  δε  χαΐταί  ώμοις  άίσσονται, 
11.  6,  509;  15,  2ϋ6;  and,  later,  of  a 
lion's  mane,  Lat.  juba,  Eur.  Phoen. 
1121  ;  cf.  Ar.  Ran.  821  ;  and  so  in 
Arist.,  Part.  An.  2,  14,  4,  opp.  to  the 
horse's  λοφία.'  — metaph.  of  trees,  like 
Lat.  coma,  leaves,  foliage,  Theocr.  6, 
le,  in  plur. — Not  used  in  prose,  ex- 
cept in  the  signf.  of  mane,  Xen.  Eq. 
5,  5 and  7.  (Prob.akin  Ιο;^;£-ω.)  Hence 

Χ.αίτήείς,  εσσα,  εΐ'.  Dor.  χαιτάείς: 
— with  long,  flowing,  hair,  epith.  of  Apol- 
lo, Pind.  P.  9,  5  :  also,  with  a  long 
mane,  maned,  of  the  horse,  Ap.  Rh. ; 
of  bears,  shaggy,  Opp.  H.  5,  38 ;  also 
of  plants,  Nic.  Th.  60.  [ΰ] 

Χαίτόεις,  εσσα,  fi',=  foreg.,  susp. 

tXai>of,  on,  0,  Chaetus,  a  son  of 
Aegyptus,  ApoUod.  2,  1,5. 

Χαίτωμα,  ατός,  τό,  as  if  from  χαι- 
τόω,=χαίτη  :  the  plume  of  a  helmet, 
Aeseh.  Theb.  385. 

tXaZu,  ύς.  Dor.  for  χ?]?^ή,  ης,  ή, 
Eur.  Hec.  90. 

Χάλαζΰ,  ης,  ή,  (χαλάω) :— strictly, 
that  which  is  let  loose; — hail,  sleet,  11. 

10,  6;  15,  170,  etc.:  a  hail-shower, 
hail-storm,  in  plur.,  Xen.  Oec.  5,  18, 
Plat.  Symp.  188  Β  ; — metaph.,  a7iy 
shoiver,  ομβρία  χ..  Soph.  Ο.  C.  1503  ; 
a  pelting  storm,  Ar.  Ran.  852  :  χ.  αίμα- 
τος, Pind.  I.  7  (6),  39,  cf.  Soph.  O.  T. 
1279. — II.  a  pimple,  esp.  in  the  flesh 
of  swine,  Ar.  Probl.  34,  4,  2.-2.  a 
small  tubercle,  such  as  often  grows  on 
the  eyelid.  Foes.  Oec.  Hipp. — 111.  a 
knot  or  lump  in  ivory,  Philostr.  Vit. 
Apoll.  2,  13.  [χα]     Hence 

Χΰ7ιαζαΙος,  a,  ov,  braving  the  hail, 
φηγός,  Orph.  Arg.  764. 

Χά'λαζαω,  ώ,  (χάλαζα)  to  hail,  Luc. 
Bis  Ace.  2. — II.  to  have  pimples  or  tuber- 
cles, Ar.  Eq.  381  ;  χαλαζώσαι  νες,  Ar- 
ist. Η.  Α.  8,  21,5;  cf.  Foes.  Oec.  Hipp. 

Χάλαζεπής,  ές,  {χάλαζα,  εττος) 
hurling  abuse  as  thick  as  hail,  Anth.  P. 
7,  405. 

Χύ.ληζήείς,  εσσα,  εν,  Dor.  -ύεις, 
(χά/.αζίι)  like  hail,  thick  as  hail,  φόνος 
χ.,  mu/der  thick  as  hail,QX fierce  as  a  hail- 
«iorni,  Pind.  I.  5  (4),  64  ;  συρμός,  Leon. 
Al.  12  ;  όίστοί,  Nonn. : — but,  σκορ- 
TTtor  χ.,  a  scorpion  u'hosc  sling  causes 
an  icy  chill,  Nic.  Th.  13. 

Χΰλάζιον,  oil,  TO,  dim.  from  χάλα- 
ζα (siijnf.  11).  Foes.  Oec.  Hipp. 

ΧύΆαζιτης,  υν,  6,  fem.  -Ιτις,  ιδος, 
(χάλαζα)  like  had,  Geop. 

Χάλ.αζοίΒο/ίέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  strike 
with  hail,  -Vnth.  P.  5,  64  :  from 

Χύλαζοι3ό?.ος.ον,  (χάλαζα, βάλΛω) 
showering  hail,  νέφη,  Plut.  2,  499  F. — 

11.  proparo.x.  χαλαζόβολος,  ov,  pass., 
stricken  with  had. 

Χάλαζοκοπέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (χάλαζα, 
κότττω)  to  smite  with  hail,  Theophr. 
Hence 

Χΰ?Μζοκοττία,  ας.  η,  a  hail-storm, 
Lat.  calamitas,  Theophr. 

Χΰλαζύομαι,(χάλ.αζα)  as  pass.,  to  be 
hailed  upon. — II.  in  pass,  also,  to  have 
blotches  in  the  flesh,  Arist.  H.  A. 8, 21, 6, 
1642 


XAAA 

ΧΰλΜζοφί'λαξ,  άκος,  ό,  (χάλ.αζα, 
φύ/.αξ)  one  who  watches  hail,  so  as  to 
avert  it,  Plut.  2,  700  E.  [v] 

Χάλαζώδης,  ες,  (χάλαζα,  είδος)  like 
hail. — II.  of  pigs,  pimply,  measly,  Arist. 
H.  A.  8,  21,  4  ;— dolled,  σπέρμα,  lb.  7, 

I,  19;  cf.  Foes.  Oec.  Hipp. 
Χαλάζωσις,  εως,  ή,  (χαλαζόομαί) 

tuberculousness.  Foes.  Oec.  Hipp. 

Χίίλαίνω,  poet,  for  χαλ^άω,  βντα 
χαλαίνοντες,  Hes.  Sc.  308. 

ίΧάλαί,ον,  ov,  TO,  Chalaeum,  a  port 
of  the  Locri  Ozolae  on  the  Crissaeus 
sinus :  hence 

^Χαλαΐος,  a,  ov,  of  Chalaeum,  Cha- 
laean,  Thuc.  3,  101. 

ΧάλΜίπονς,  ο,  ή,  neut.  -πονν  (χα- 
λάω, τϊονς) : — with  loose,  trailing  feet, 
hailing,  'Ήφαιστος,  Nic.  Th.  458  ;  vv. 

II.  χωλοίπονς,  κνλοίττονς. 
Χΰλ.αίρνττον,  ov,  τό,  and  χΰλαίρν- 

ΤΓος,  ov,  δ,  suds  in  which  clothes  have 
heenwashed.  dirty  U'aier, Cratin.  Incert. 
1 17,  as  is  now  restored  from  the  faulty 
form  χαλέμνκος  in  Hesych. 

Χάλάνδρα,  ή,^=καλάνδρα. 

Χολαργός,  όν,  Dor.  for  χηλαργός. 
Soph. 

Χά?.αρός,  ά,  όν,  (χαλάω)  slackened, 
loosened,  ά'λνσεις,  Thuc.  2,  76;  χα?.ι- 
νός,  Xen.  Eq.  10,  3 :  —  slack,  loose, 
ν-οδ//ματα,  Ar.  Thesm.  263,  θώραξ, 
Xen.  Eq.  12, 1  ;  r.  κοτνληδών,  a  loose, 
supple  joint,  Ar.  Vesp.  1495  ;  χ.  άρμο- 
νίηι,  loose,  languid,  effeminate  music. 
Plat.  Rep.  398  E.  Adv.  -ρώς,  Polyb. 
34,  3.  5.     Hence 

Χάλάρότης,  ητος,ή,  slackness, slack, 
loose  consistency  or  nature,  Xen.  Eq.  9, 
9;   10,  13. 

Χάλασις,  εως,  ή,  (χαλάω)  a  letting 
loose ;  a  slackening  ;  χ.  άρθρων,  dislo- 
cation, Diosc.  : — also,  the  relaxing  or 
opening  of  the  pores,  Diosc. — 2.  a 
erowing  slack  or  loose,  flagging,  Plat. 
Rep.  590  B.  {χα] 

Χάλ.ασμα,  ατός,  τό,  (χαλάω)  that 
which  is  slackened  :  hence, —  1.  a  gap 
in  the  line  of  battle,  Polyb.  18,  13,  8. 
— 2.  a  dislocation. 

Χύλασμι'/ς,  ov,  6,=χά7ίασις,  Diosc. 

Χύλαστήρια  (sc.  σχοινιά),  τά,  ropes 
for  letting  down  a  trapdoor,  opp.  to  iiva• 
στταστί/ρια,  App.  Civ.  4,  78  :  cf.  σχα- 
στί/ρια. 

Χύλαστικός,  ή,  όν,  (χαλάω)  fit  for 
slackening  or  loosening. 

Χΰλαστός.  ?/,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from  χα- 
λ.άω,  slackened,  stack,  loose. — 2.  able  to 
slacken: — as  subst.,  to  χ,  a  chain, 
LXX. 

iXu/.άστρα,  ας,  ή,  Chalastra,  a  city 
of  Macedonia,  on  the  Axius,  Strab.  p. 
330;  in  Hdt.  7,  123  Χαλέστρη. 

Χάλ.αστρηϊος,  a,  ov,  of ,  from  Cha- 
lastra, fv.  foreg.t :  to  Χαλαστραΐον 
(sc.  νίτρον  or  βνμμα),  a  mineral  alkali, 
found  in  a  lake  near  that  place,  and 
used  by  way  of  soap.  Plat.  Rep.  430  A 
(ubi  al.  Χαλεστρ-),ο{.  Plin.  31 ,40.  ^ 3, 4. 

Χΰλάτονέω,  ώ,  to  relax  in  tension. 

Χΰλάω,  ώ,  f.  -άσω  [α].  Dor.  -άξω. 
■ — I.  transit.,  to  make  slack  or  loose, 
slacken,  loosen,  χ.  βιόν,  τάξη,  to  un- 
string the  bow,  H.  Horn.  Ap.  6,  Hymn. 
27,  12  ;  χ.  τιι  νενρα,  opp.  to  συντεί- 
νειν.  Plat.  Phaed.  98  D.—2.  to  let 
down,  let  sink,  fall  or  droop,  πτέρνγα. 
Pind.  P.  1,  12  ;  μέτωττον  χ-,  to  unbend 
the  bow,  Ar.  Vesp.  655  :  so  Lat.  vul• 
tus  solutus,  Ruhnk.  Rut.  Lnp.  p.  69. 
— 3.  to  lit  loose,  loose,  release,  τινά  έκ 
δεσμώΐ',  Aesch.  Pr.  176;  τινά  κακών, 
lb.  256. — 4.  esp.,  ήνίας  χ.,  to  slack  the 
reins,  esp.  in  metaph.  signf.,  ;^.  τάς 
ήνίας  τοις  λ.όγοις.  Plat.  Prot.  338  A, 
cf.  Eur.  Ino  21 :  also,  κ/.?/θρα  or  κλά- 
δας χ.,  to  loose  the  bars  or  bolts,  j.  'e. 


ΧΑΛΕ 

open  the  door.  Soph.  Ant.  1187,  cf. 
Valck.  Hipp.  808  ;  so,  ττνλας μοχλοϊς 
χα/,άτε,  Aesch.  Cho.  880 :  χ.  πυδα, 
of  a  ship,  Eur.  Or.  706;  οί.'παρίημι 
III.  2,  πονς  11.  2. — 5.  to  loosen  or  uttdo 
things  drawn  tightly  together,  χ. 
κρεμαστήν  άρτάντρ'.  Soph.  Ο.  Τ. 
12C0;  χ.  άσκόν,  Eur.  Cycl.  161;  χ. 
τό  στόμα,  Xen.  Eq.  6,  8. — 6.  me- 
taph., to  let  go,  give  iip,  χ.  την  οργή  ν, 
Ar.  Vesp.  727. — II.  intr.,  to  become 
slack  or  loose,  ζώναι  χαλώσί,  Eur. 
Bacch.  933  :  hence,  to  gape  open,  stand 
open,  πνλαι  χαλώσι,  Xen.  Cyr.  7,  5, 
29  : — metaph.  c.  gen.,  χ.  τίνος,  to  re- 
lax or  leave  off  from  a  thing,  to  cease 
from,  μανιών,  Aesch.  Pr.  1057;  φρο- 
νίΐματος,  Eur.  Tel,  25  ;  της  οργής,  Ar. 
A  v.  383 ;  cf.  Plat.Meno  86  E.— 2.  c.  dat., 
χ.  Tivi,  to  give  way  or  yield  to  any  one  : 
also,  to  be  indulgent  to  any  one,  pardon 
him,  Aesch.  Eum.  219,  Eur,  Hec.  403: 
— absoL,  like  είκω,  to  give  in,  yield, 
Aesch.  Pr.  58,  1057,  Soph.  O.  C.  203  • 
ε'ικειν  χα/ΜΡτα  τοΙς  κακίοσιν,  Eur. 
Ion  637  ;  to  grow  weak,  έπειδάν  a'l 
έπιθνμίαι  χαλάσωσι,  Plat.  Rep.  329 
C— 3.  as  medic,  term,  κηιλίη  νγρα 
χαλ.α,  the  bowels  are  relaxed.  Foe's. 
Oec!  Hipp. — 111.  in  pass,  just  like  the 
intr.  usage,  to  be  loosened  or  slackened, 
Aesch.  Pr.  991  ;  opp.  to  έπιτείνεσθαι. 
Plat.  Phaed.  94  C  :— in  Medic,  of  the 
bowels.  Foes,  ut  supra.  (Perh.  from 
the  root  XA-,  χάος.) 

Χαλβάνη,  ης,  ή,  l^at.  gnlbannm,  the 
resinous  juice  of  a  Syrian  umbellifer- 
ous plant,  Theophr.  (The  Hebrew 
helbenah  f) 

Χαλβάνίς,  ίδος,  ή,  of  ox  belonging  to 
χαλβάνη,  Nic.  Th.  938. 

Χαλβανόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  of  or  from 
χαλβάνη,  taken  from,  made  of  it,  Nic. 
Al.  568. 

ίΧά?.βης,  ov,  h,  Chalbes,  a  herald 
of  Busiris,  ApoUod.  2,  5,  11. 

^Χα7^δαια,  ας,  ή,  Chaldaea,  the 
southwest  part  of  Babylonia,  Steph. 
Byz,  :  cf.  sq.  • 

Χαλ.δαΙος,  ov,  b,  a  Chaldaean  ;  jo'i 
Χαλδαΐοι,  inhab.  of  foreg.,  Hdt.  3, 
153  : — originally,  a  nomadic  people  in 
northern  Assyria  and  the  Armenian 
mountains,  Xen.  Cyr.  3,  1,34. —  Strab. 
p.  739  places  them  in  the  south  ot 
Babylonia  on  the  Persian  gulf. — 
Xen.,  An.  4,  3,  5 ;  5,  5.  17,  mentions 
Chaldaeans  also  as  a  warlike  people 
on  the  borders  of  Armenia, — Later 
the  priests  of  the  Babylonians  were 
so  called,  famed  for  their  knowledge 
of  astronomy  and  astrology,  and  foi 
the  interpretation  of  dreams.  Hdt.  1, 
181  ;  Air.  An.  7,  17t.— II.  an  astrolo- 
ger, caster  of  nativities,  since  the  Chal- 
daeans were  much  given  to  such  pur- 
suits, Cic.  Divin.  1,  1  j  cf.  Juven.  6, 
553  ;  10,  94. 

Χαλειμάς,  άδος,  ή,  (χαλάω,  είμα) 
Lat.  ί.^xivestίs,  loose-robed,  ungirl,  epith. 
of  Bacchanalians,  as  Herm.  reads  for 
χαλιμάς  in  Aesch.  Fr.  376 ;  cf.  Eur. 
Bacch.  935. 

Χαλεπαίνω,  f.  -άνώ,  [χαλεττός) : — 
strictly,  to  be  hard,  sore,  grievous,  se- 
vere, of  violent  storms,  like  Lat.  in- 
gravescere,  II.  14,  399,  Od.  5,  485  :  usu, 
metaph,  of  men,  to  deal  severely,  harsh- 
ly, esp.  from  anger,  to  be  harsh,  ill- 
tempered,  bitterly  angry,  etc.,  Hom., 
and  Att. ;  οτε  τις  πρότερος  χαλεττήνγ, 
when  one  has  been  the  first  to  use  vi- 
olence, II.  19,  183  :  χ.  τινί,  to  vent  one's 
anger  upon  another,  "Ζενς  όνε  δή  f)' 
άνδρεσσι  κοτεσσάμενος  χαλεπαίνει, 
II.  16,  386 ;  cf.  Od.  5,  147,  Hdt.  1, 189, 
etc.;  so,  πρόςτι,  Thuc.  2,  59:  but, 
χ.  έπί  τινι,  to  be  angry  at  a  thing,  Od. 


ΧΑΛΕ 

1Θ,  415  ;  20,  323  :  c.  dat.  pers.  et  rei, 
χ.  TLvl  τοις  είρημένοις,  to  be  angry 
with  him  ^br  his  words,  Xen.  An.  5, 
5,  24  ;  also,  ύν  εμοί  χα/.επαίνετε, 
τούτων  τοις  θεοϊς  χάριν  είόέναι,  lb. 

7,  6,  32  -,—χαλ.  δτι..,  lb.  1,  5,  11  :  in 
this  signf.  we  have  the  aor.  pass. 
έχαλεπάνθ7;ν  in  Xen.  An.  4,  6,  2,  Cyr. 

3,  1,  38: — in  mid.,  χαλεπαίνεσθαι 
προς  άλ'λή/.ονς,  Id.  Cyr.  5,  2,  18. — II. 
rarely  trans.,  to  make  severe,  i.  e.  to 
make  angri/,  irritate,  provoke,  τινά : 
hence  in  pass.,  to  he  regarded  with  an- 
ger, treated  harshly,  Plat.  Rep.  337  A. 
— 2.  to  make  a  thing  hard  or  difficult, 
hinder  it,  τι. — Cf.  χαλέτττω. 

Χύλεπηρής,  ές,  poet,  for  χαλεπός, 
Mimnerm.  10. 

ΧΑΑΕΠΟ'Σ,  ή,  όν,  answers  near- 
ly to  the  Lat.  difficUis,  in  various  re- 
lations ; — 1.  in  Horn.  usu.  in  reference 
to  our  feehngs,  hard  to  bear,  sore,  se- 
vere, grievous,  as  epith.  of  κεραυνός, 
11.  14,  417  ;  θύελλα,  21,  335  :  άνεμοι, 
Od.  12,  286  ;  πόνος,  23,  250 ;  άλγος, 
πένθος,2,  193;  6,  169;  γί/ρας,  11.  8, 
103  ;  so  in  Atl.,  χ.  δύΐ],  Aesch.  Theb. 
228;  cf.  Soph.  Tr.  1273,  etc.;  το χα- 
λεπόν  τοϋ  πνεύματος,  the  severity  of 
the  wind,  Xen.  An.  4,  5,  4 ;  τα  χαλε- 
πά, hardships,  sufferings.  Plat.,  and 
Xen. ;  τερπνών  χαλεπών  τε  κρίσις,  j 
Find.  Fr.  96.-2.  hard  to  do  or  deal  ' 
with,  At.  Eq.  516,  Thuc.etc. :— c.  inf , 
χ.  ΰντιάσαι,  Pind.  Ν.  10,  135  :  χα'λε- 
πός  προςπολεμεΐν  ό  βασύ.ενς.  Isocr. 
69  Α  ;  ;<;.  ξνγγενέσθαι.  Plat.  Rep.  330 
C,  etc. : — esp.,  χαλεπόν  (έστι)  c.  inf, 
'tis  hard,  difficult  to  do,  II.  21,  184,  Od. 

4,  651  ;  so  also,  χ.  τινι  or  χ.  τίνα  ποι• 
είν  τι.  'tis  difficult  for  one  to  do..,  Od. 
11,  156;  20,  313.— 3.  dangerous,  θά- 
λασσα, Thuc.  4,  24,  cf  Xen.  An.  3, 
2,  2. — 4.  of  approaches,  roads,  etc.,  χ. 
πρόςοδος,  a  dfficult  approach,  Xen. 
An.  5,  2,  3  ;  χ.  πορεία,  lb.  5,  6,  10  :  χ. 
χωρίον,  a  place  difficult  to  take,  lb.  4, 

8,  2 ;  but  also  of  ground,  rough,  rug- 
ged, steep,  Thuc.  4,  9,  11. — II.  of  per- 
sons, hard  to  deal  with,  ill-disposed, 
hostile,  angry,  Horn.,  Hdt.,  etc.  ;  τινί, 
towards  one,  Od.  17,  388 : — harsh, 
cruel,  severe,  stern,  χαλεποί  τε  καί 
άγριοι,  Od.  8,  575 ;  so,  χα'λεπω  ήνί- 
παπε  μύθω,  11.  2,  245,  etc. ;  χ.  ονεί- 
δεα,  ομοκ'λαί,  11.  3,  438,  Od.  17,  189; 
— so  in  Att.,  esp.  of  judges,  Plat. 
Criti.  107  D,  Dem.  528,  10  ;  so,  χ.  τι- 
μωρία. Plat.  Apol.  39  C  ;  νόμοι,  Dem. 
941,  3  ;  see  the  character  of  Alcibia- 
des  in  Andoc,  33,  43,  sq. ;  χ.  είναι 
■προς  τίνα,  Arist.  Pol.  7,  7,  7  ; — χαλε- 
πώτεροι,  more  bitter  enemies,  Thuc.  3, 
40  : — mischievous,  Thuc.  3,  42  : — dan- 
gerous, troublesome,  of  neighbours. 
Id.  3,  113: — c.  inf,  strict  in..,  χαλε- 
πός φυ?.ύσσειν  το  δίκαιον,  Hdt.  1, 100. 
— 3.  ill-tempered,  angry,  testy,  χ.  και 
δύςκολος,  Ar.  Vesp.  942,  cf  Isocr. 
389  D  ;  χ.  κνων,  Xen.  An.  5,  8,  24. 

B.  adv.  -πώς,  hardly,  with  difficulty, 
χαλεπώς  δέ  σ'  εολπα  το  βέξειν,  11.  20, 
186  :  ου  χαλ.,  without  much  ado,  like 
{ιαδίως,  ί  hue.  1,2:  χ.  ην,  'twas  diffi- 
cult, c.  inf,  II.  7,  424  ;  so  in  Att.,  χ. 
ίχει,  εΙ\ε,  Thuc.  3,  53. — 2.  scarcely, 
Lat.  aegre.  Hdt.  7,  103,  Eur.  Med.  121. 
— 3.  painfully,  miserably,  χα?.επώτε• 
pov,  -ώτατα  ζην.  Plat.  Rep,  579  D. — 
II.  of  persons,  severely,  cruelly,  Hdt.  2, 
121,  4,  Thuc.  3,  46.-2.  angrily,  bitter- 
ly, Thuc.  5,  42,  cf.  Eur.  Hipp.  203  : 
χ.  ίχειν.  διακεϊσθαι  προς  τίνα,  to  be 
angru  with  one,  etc.,  Xen.  An.  7,  5, 
16,  Plat.  Rep.  500  β :  χ.  φέρειν  τι, 
like  Lat.  aegre,  graviter  ferre.  Plat. 
Rep.  330  A,  etc. — 3.  χ.  ίχειν,  to  be  in 
a  bad  way,  Lat.  male  se  habere,  χ.  έχ» 


ΧΑΛΙ 

νπο  τον  ποτον.  Plat.  Symp.  176  A,  | 
cf  Theaet.  142  Β.     Hence  ! 

Χάλε7ΓΟΓ7/Γ,  ητος,  ή,  roughness,  rug- 
gedness,  χωρίων,  Thuc.  4,  12,  33  : — of 
words,  difficulty,  Arist.  Anal.  Post.  2, 
10, 1. — 2.  usu.  of  men,  difficulty,  rough- 
ness, harshness,  τρόπων.  Plat.  Legg. 
929  D  ;  of  the  Lacedaemonians,  Isocr. 
251  C  : — severity,  rigour,  Thuc.  1,  84  ; 
χαλεπότητι  κολάζειν,  Isocr.  19  D ; 
μετά  χα'λεπότητος  άκούειν.  Id.  314 
Β  : — of  the  laws  of  Draco,  Arist.  Pol. 
2,  12,  13. 

Χύ?ιεπτνς,  νος,  ή.  Ion.  for  foreg.,  ! 
Hesych.  | 

ΧάλέτΓτω,  f.  -ψω,  poet.  (esp.  Ep.) 
for  χαλεπαίνω,  but  usu.  transit.,  to 
oppress,  distress,  harass,  τινά,  Od.  4, 
423  :  also,  to  bring  low,  debase,  humble, 
Hes.  Op.  5  : — to  provoke,  enrage,  irri- 
tate, τινά,  A  nth.  P.  5,  263  : — pass. 
χαλεφθείς  τινι,  enraged  at  one,  The- 
ogn.  155;  and  in  mk\.,  χαλειΙ>αμένης 
' \φροδΊτ7]ς,  Dion.  P.  484,  A  p.  Rh.  1, 
1341  ;  Q.  Sm.  3,  780,  may  be  either. 
— II.  more  rarely  intr.,  to  be  angry,  ir- 
ritated, vexed,  τινί,  at  a  person  or 
thing,  Bion  17,  2. 

+Χολεστρ!7,  ης,  ή,  =  Χαλάστρα, 
Hdt.  7,  123. 

Χά?.ΐδοφόρος,  ον,  =  άκρατοφόρος, 
Inscr. 

Χάλίκραιος,  α,  ον,  =sq.,  Nic.  ΑΙ. 
29. 

Χάλίκράτος,  ον.  Ion.  χάλίκρητος, 
ον,  poet,  for  άκρατος,  unmixed,  of 
wine,  like  Lat.  merus.  Archil.  88, 
Aesch.  Fr.  376: — irreg.  compar.  χα?.ι- 
κρότερος,  Nic.  Al.  59,  626  ;  cf  Schaf. 
ap.  Niike  Choeril.  p.  273  ;  though 
Lob.  Paral.  42  regards  this  as  regu- 
larly formed  from  χαλικρός,  the  root 
oi  χαλίκραως. 

Χάλικώδης,  ες,  (χάλιξ,  είδβς)  in 
small  Tnasses,  Theophr. 

Χά?/ικωμα,  ατός,  τό,  (^ χάλιξ)  usu. 
in  plur.,  small  stones,  rubble  for  filling 
up  in  building,  Lat.  caementa.   [(] 

ΧαλΙμάζω,  to  be  a  χαλίμη,  behave 
like  one. 

Χαλίμη,  ης,  ή,  {χάλιξ)  a  drunken 
woman,  esp.  α  Bacchante,  Gramm.  ; 
also  χαλιμάς  :  —  but  v.  sub  χα?ιεί- 
μάς. 

Χά?ΰμος,  ον.(χάλις)  drunken ;  fran- 
tic, Gramm.  [ΰ] 

Χά?ιΐμος,  δ.=φαρμακός,  Hesych. 

Χά?.ϊνΰγωγέω,  ώ,  {χαλινός,  άγω) 
to  lead,  guide  with  Or  as  with  a  bridle, 
Luc.  Salt.  70,  Tyrann.  4. 

Χάλίνίτης,  ον.  ό,  fem.  -ΐτις,  ιδος, 
ή,  {χαλινός)  of,  on,  belonging  to  a 
bridle;  bridling,  epith.  of  Minerva,  who 
bridled  Pegasus  for  Bellerophon,  Pans. 
2,4,1. 

Χαλινοποιϊκη,  ης.  (sc.  τέχνη),  ή, 

the  art  of  making  bridles,  Arist.   Eth. 

j  N.    1,    1,   4,    with   V.    1.   -ποιητική: 

from 
I      Χά?Λνοποίός,  όν,  { χα?ανός,  ποιέω) 

making  bridles,  a  bridle-maker. 

I      Χαλινός,  oi;  ό,  helerog.  pi.  τα  χα- 

•  λινά  in  Αρ.  Rh.,   and   later  poets : 

(  χαλάω): — a  bridle  or  rein,  esp.  the 

bit  of  a  bridle  (cf  Xen.  Eq.  10,  6  sq.), 

1  oft.  in  plur..  kv  δε  χαλινούς  γαμώη- 

I  λής  έβαλαν,  II.   19,  393.  cf  Hdt.'  1, 

!  215;  4,  64,  Aesch.  Theb.  393,  etc.; 

in  smg.,  Hdt.  3,  118,  Aesch.  Ag.  1066, 

'  etc.  : — χαλινον  εμβάλλειν,  Eur.  Ale. 

492,  and  Xen.  ;  χ.  έξαιρείν,  Xen.  Eq. 

'  3,  2  : — and,  of  the  horse,  χ.  λαμβά- 

'  νειν,  Xen.  Eq.  6,  10;  χ.  ίνδακείν,  to 

champ  the  bit.  Plat.  Phaedr.  254  D : 

— χαλινούς  διδόναι,  to  give  a  horse 

the  rein,   slacken   the  reins,   Xen.   Eq. 

j  10,  12  ;  of  χαλαίνω,  χαλάω  Α.  4. — 2. 

1  metaph.  of  any  thing  which  curbs,  re- 


ΧΑΛΚ 

strains  or  compels,  as  an  anchor  is 
ναός  χαλ.,  Pind.  P.  4,  42  ;  Δίός  χα7.ι 
νός..,  of  the  will  of  Jove,  Aesch.  Pr. 
672  ;  παρθενίας  χ.  /.νειν,  of  the  virgin 
zone,  Pind.  1.  8  (7),  95  ;  πέτρινοι  χ., 
of  Prometheus' bonds,  Aesch.  Pr.561: 
— also  metaph.  of  that  which  guides  or 
holds  fast.  Soph.  Fr.  712,  Jac.  Anth. 
P.  p.  555. — 3.  generally,  a  strap  or 
thong,  Eur.  Cycl.  4C1. — II.  in  plur., 
the  corners  of  the  mouth,  strictly  of  a 
horse,  the  bit  being  put  there  :  but 
then  also  of  a  man,  Gael.  Aurel. — 111. 
the  venomous  fangs  of  serpents,  from 
their  position  in  the  mouth,  Xic.  Th. 
234. 

Χύ?.ϊνονργός,  ον,  b,  a  bridle-maker. 

Χΰλίνοφάγος,  ον,  ( χαλινός,  φα- 
γεϊν)  biting  the  bit,  Ca.\l.  Lav.  Pall.  12. 

Χΰλίνοφόρος,  ον,  carrying  a  bridle 
or  rein. 

Χύλΐνόω,  ώ,  f.  -ώσω,  {χαλινός)  to 
bridle  or  bit  a  horse,  Xen.  Cyr.  3,  3, 
27,  An.  3,  4,  35  :  +metaph.  χ.  όργήν, 
Pseudo-Phoc.  51 1 : — pass.,  to  be  bridled 
or  curbed,  and  of  persons,  to  be  tongue- 
tied.  Foes.  Oec.  Hipp.     Hence 

Χάλίνωσις,  εως.  ή,  a  bridling,  Xen. 
Eq.  3,  11.  [i] 

Χΰλίνωτέον,  verb.  adj.  from  χαλι- 
νόω,  one  must  rein  or  curb,  Clem.  Al. 

Χΰ/.Ινωτήρια,  τά,  νεών,  cables  or 
ropes  to  moor  ships  to  the  shore,  Eur. 
Hec.  .539;  cf  0pp.  H.  1,  359. 

XA'AIS>  ϊκος,  ό  and  ή,  small  stone, 
gravel,  rubbish  for  filing  up,  rubble, 
Lat.  glarea,  caementa,  Ar.  Av.  839, 
Thuc.  1,  39,  Plut.  Cimon  13,  etc.; 
έστρωμένη  χάλίξιν  οδός,  Luc.  Tra- 
gop.  225.  (Akin  to  κάχληξ,  κόχλαξ, 
as  also  to  calx,  calculus.)  [u] 

Χά7.ις,  ιος,  ό,  sheer  nine,  Lat.  me- 
rum,  Hippon.  55.— II.  epith.  of  Bac- 
chus. (From  χαλάω,  as  ΑυαΙος  from 
λνω.)  [ί2] 

Χάλίζ•,  ό,=χαλίφρων,  Hesych. 

Χαλιφρονέω.  ώ,  {χα7.ίφρων)  to  be 
light-minded,  foolish,  silly,  χα'λιφρο- 
νέων,  Od.  23,  13. 

Χΰλιφροσννη,  ης,  ή,  levity,  thought- 
lessness, youthful  rashness,  Od.  16,  310: 
from 

Χά?.ίφρων,  όνος,  6,  ή,  ( ,γαΡ.άω, 
φρήν)  strictly,  of  loose,  unbridled  mind  ; 
hence,  light-minded,  silly,  thoughtless, 
joined  with  νηπιος.  Oil.  4,  371  ;  19, 
530  : — opp.  to  σώφρων,  πνκινόφρων. 
— Η.  of  a  yielding  temper,  pliable,  Mu- 
saeus  117. 

Χαλκανθές,  έος,  τό,  as  if  neut.  from 
χaλκavθής,=sq.,  Strab. 

Χα?.κάί•θη,  ης.  ή,  copperas-water, 
used  for  ink  and  shoeniaker's  black- 
ing, atramentum  sulorum  : — cf  χαλκός 
III. 

Χά?.κανθον,  ον,  τό,  and  χήλκαν• 
θος,  ον,  6  and  ?),=  foreg.,  Lob.  Phryn. 
761. 

Χα7.κανθώδης,  ες,  like  χύλκανθον. 

Χα?•,κάρμάτος,  ον,  {χαλκός,  άρμα) 
with  brazen  chariot,  epilh.  of  Mars, 
Pind.  P.  4,  155. 

Χαλκάς,  άδος,  η,  =  χρνσάνθεμον, 
Diosc.  4,  58. 

Χά/.κασπις,  ιδος,  ό.  ή,  {χ•αλκός, 
ασπίς)  with  brazen  shield,  Pinu.  Ο.  9, 
80,  etc..  Soph.,  and  Eur. :  esp.  as 
epith.  of  Mars,  Pind.  I.  6(7),  35,  Eur. 
I.  A.  764  :  —  also  of  one  who  ran  the 
armed  foot-race  {όπλιτυδρόμος),  Pind. 
P.  9.  1. 

Χαλκέγχης,  ες,  {χαλκός,  εγχος) 
with  brazen  lance,  Eur.  Tro.  143. 

Χα?.κεία,  ας,  ή,  {χαλκεύω)  a  for- 
ging ;  the  art  of  the  smith.  Plat.  Symp. 
197  B,  etc. 

iXa?^KEia,  ας,  ή,ζ=Χύλκη,  Polyb. 
5,  94,  8. 

1643 


ΧΑΛΚ 

"Χα/.κεϊον,  ον,  τό.  Ion.  γαλκ7/ϊοΐ',  η 
en.Jh's  shop,  forge,  smithy,  Hdt.  1,  08, 
Plat.  Euthyd.  300  B.— 11.  any  thing 
mnile  of  copper  ; — I.  a  copper  vessel,  a 
keltk,' caldron,  pot,  Hdt.  4,  81,  152, 
Plat.  Prot.  329  A  :  esp.,  the  copper  or 
boiler  in  baths,  also  called  ίττιστάτης, 
ίττνοΤίεβης- — 2.  α  concave  copper,  re- 
flector in  a  lamp,  Xen.  Symp.  7,  4. — 
3.  a  copper  badge,  worn  by  certain  of- 
licials  at  Athens.  Dem.  997,  18.— 111. 
ra  χαλκεία  (sc.  ιερά),  at  Athens,  a 
festival  at  the  end  of  the  month  Pya- 
nepsion,  Harpocr.,  and  Poll. — Strictly 
neut.  from 

Χά/ιΛ,-είοΓ,  α,  ox',  poet,  ior  χύλκεος, 
of  copper,  or  bronze,  brazen,  έγχος,  αι- 
χμή, 11.  3,  380;  4,  4(31,  etc. :  twice 
also  in  the  Ion.  form,  χαλκήία  ύττ'λα, 
Od.  3,  433  ;  χα'λκήίος  όόμο€,=χαλ- 
κείον,  a  forge,  Od.  18,  328.  --  II.  as 
subst.,  a  plant  like  a  thtstle,  Theophr. 

Χαλκέλάτος,  ov,  poet,  for  χαλκήλα- 
τος,  ττέ?ι.εκνς,  Pind.  Ο.  7,  60. 

Χαλκεμβολάς,  άδος,  poet.  fem.  of 
sq..  νανς;  Eur.  I.  A.  1320. 

Χαλκέμ3ο?ιος,  op,  {χαλκός,  εμβο- 
7.0v)  with  brazen  beak. 

Χαλκένδντος,  of,  brass-clad. 

Χαλκέντερος,  ov,  {χαλκός,  εντερον) 
of  brazen  bowels,  i.  e.  one  unwearied 
by  drudgery,  first  applied  to  the 
Grammarian  Didymus. 

ΧαΑκεντενς,  έως,  o,=  sq.,  dub. 

Χαλκεντής,  ες,  { χαλκός,  έντεα  ) 
armed  in  brass,  Pind.  N.  1,  23  ;  11,  45. 

Χαλκεόγομώος,  ov,  {χάλκεος,  γόμ• 
ώος)  fastened  with  brazen  nails,  Simon. 
7,  8. 

Χαλκεοθέμεθλος,  ov,  with  founda- 
tion of  brass. 

Χαλκεάθϋμος.  ov,with  heartof  brass, 
like  χαλκεοκάρόιος. 

Χαλκεοθώραξ,  άκος,  Ep.  and  Ion. 
-θώρηξ,  ηκυς,  ό,  ή,  {χάλκεος,  θώραξ) 
with  brazen  breast-plate,  II.  4,  448  ;  8, 
62. 

Χαλκεοκάρόιος,  ov,  {χάλκεος,  καρ- 
δία) with  heart  of  brass, 'Vheocr.  13,  5  ; 
as  in  Horace,  illi  robur  et  aes  triplex 
circa  pectus. 

Χα?^κεόμΐτος,  ov,  {χύλκεος,  μίτος) 
with  threads  of  brass,  Tzetz.  [who 
makes  <.] 

Χαλκεομίτρας,  and  -μιτωρ,  ορος,=^ 
χαλκοα-,  Herm.  ap.  Seidl.  Eur.  Tro. 
284.  [i] 

Χαλκεόνοτος,  ov,  {χάλκεος,  νώτος) 
with  back  of  brass,  Nonn. 

Χαλκεόπεζος,  ov,  {χάλκεος,  πέζα) 
orassfooted,  Anth.  P.  9,  140. 

Χαλκέοπλος,  ov,  {χάλκεος,  δπλον) 
with  nrrns  or  armour  of  brass,  Eur.  Hel. 
693. 

Χάλκεος,  έα  Ion.  έη,  έον,  also 
sometimes  ος,  ov,  II.  18,  222,  oft.  in 
Hdt.,  and  sometimes  in  Alt. :  contr. 
χαλκούς,  η,  οϋν,  the  more  strict  Att. 
form,  Lob.  Phryn.  207  :  poet,  χάλ- 
κειος,  ij,  ov,  (q.  v.),  which  is  the 
only  form  that  Hom.  uses  with  the 
fem.  terrnin. :  {χαλκός).  —  Of  copper 
or  bronze,  brazen,  Lat.  aeneus,  ούόύς, 
δόμος,  τείχος,  11.  8,  15;  18,  371,  Od. 
10,  4;  ci.  οίψανός  :  —  esp.  of  arms 
and  armour,  έγχος.  σάκος,  etc.,  11.  3, 
317;  7,  220,  etc.  ;  θώρηξ,  χιτών.  13, 
398,  440 :  χ.  Ζενς,  χ.  ΐίοσειδών,  α 
bronze  statue  of  them,  Hdt.  9,  81;  χά?^- 
κεον  ίστάναι  τινά  (ν.  sub  ΐστημι  Α. 
III.  1): — χ.  άγων,  a  contest /or  α 
shield  of  brass,  Pmd.  N.  10,  40. —2. 
metaph.,  like  brass,  i.  e.  hard,  stout, 
strong,  χά/.κεης  Άρης.  II.  5,  704,  etc., 
unless  this  is  better  understood  of  Aii 
tirazen  nriiiour  {c{.  χα/  κάρματος,  χάλ- 
κάστας),  as  it  certainly  must  in  the 
case  of  the  χάλκεοί  άνδρες,  in  Orac. 
1644 


ΧΑΛΚ 

ap.  Hdt.  2,  152  ;  so,  χ.  στονόεντ'  ομα- 
δόν, Pind.  I.  8  (7),  55:— but  the  me- 
taph. signf.  is  certain  in  χάλκεον 
ήτορ,  Λ  heart  of  bra.is,  II.  2,  490  ;  όψ 
χ.,  11.  18,222;  hence  a\so,  χάλκεον 
όξν  βοάν,  Hes.  Sc.  243;  χ.  νττνος, 
i.  e.  the  sleep  of  death,  II.  11,  241. 
[Χάλκεοι  is  used  as  dissyll.  in  Hes. 
Op.  149,] 

Χαλκεοτενχής,  ες,  {χάλκεος,  τεύ- 
χεα)  armed  in  brass,  Eur.  Supp.  999. 

Χαλκεοτέχνης,  ov,  a,  {χάλκεος,  τέ- 
χνη)  a  worker  in  metal,  epith.  of  Vul- 
can, Q.  Sm.  2,  440. 

Χαλκεύφωνος,  ov,  {χύλκεος,  φωνή) 
with  voice  of  brass,  i.  e.  ringing  strong 
and  clear,  II.  5,  785,  Hes.  th.  31 1. 

Χάλκενμα,  ατός,  τό,  {χαλκεύω)  any 
thing  made  of  brass,  e.  g.  an  axe,  Aesch. 
Cho.  576:  in  plur.,  brazeii  bonds.  Id. 
Pr.  19. 

Χαλκενς,  έως,  b,  {χαλκεύω)  a  ivorker 
in  copper,  a  coppersmith,  brazier,  fjv 
{ασπίδα)  χαλκενς  7/λασεν,  II.  12,  295, 
etc. ;  μίτρί],  την  χαλκήες  κάμον  άν- 
δρες, 4,  187,  216;  so  in  Hdt.  4,  200, 
Ar.  Αν.  490,  etc. — 2.  a  worker  in  metal, 
smith,  hence  even  of  a  goldsmith,  Od. 

3,  432:  but,  as  iron  superseded  all 
other  metals  for  common  use,  χαλ- 
κενς came  to  mean  solely  η  blacksmith, 
V.  Wessel.  Hdt.  1,  68;  4,  200,  Xen., 
etc. — 3.  metaph.,  any  maker  or  ivorker. 
— II.  a  sea-fish,  with  a  black  spot  be- 
hind, Opp.  H.  1,  133  ;  cf.  χαλκίς. 

Χαλκεντήρ,  ηρος,  ό,  =  χαλκεντής. 

Χαλκεντήριον,  ον,  τό,=^χα?.κείον. 

Χαλκεντής,  ον,  ό,  =  χα?^κενς,  α 
smith  :  σάλττίγξ,  χ.  ύμνων,  Anth.  Ρ. 
7,  34. 

Χα7ιΚεντικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to  the 
χα'λκενς  or  his  art,  έργα,  Xen.  Vect. 

4,  0. — 11.  skilled  in  metal-working.  Id. 
M-em.  1,  1,  7: — ή  -κή  (sc.  τέχνη),  the 
smith''s  art  Or  trade,  Lat.  ars  ferraria. 
Id.  Oec.  1,  1. 

Χαλκεντός,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from 
χαλκεύω,  wrought  of  copper  or  metal  : 
metaph.,  στίχος  ΤΙιερίδων  χ.  έπ'  άκ- 
μοσιν,  Anth.  Ρ.  7,  409. 

Χα?.κεύω,  {χα?^κός)  to  make  of  cop- 
per, or  (generally)  of  metal,  to  forge, 
Ti,  11.  18,  400,  Soph.  Aj.  1034.  Plat., 
etc.:  metaph.,  άψενδεΐ  προς  άκμονι 
χάλκευε  γλύσσαν,  Pmd.  P.  1, 167  : — 
in  mid.,  πέδας  χαλκεύεται  αντώ, 
Theogn.  539  : — pass.,  to  be  wrought  or 
forged,  Ar.  Eq.  469  ;  έξ  αδάμαντος  ήέ 
σιδάρον  κεχάλκευται,  Pind.  Fr.  88. — 
II.  intr.,  to  he  a  smith,  work  as  a  smith, 
ply  the  hammer,  Ar.  Plut.  163,  Thuc. 
3,  88,  Plat.,  etc. :  τό  χαλκενειν,  the 
smith's  art,  Xen.  Mem.  4,  2,  22. 

Χαλκεών,  ώνος,  ό,  Ep.  for;)^a/lKtioi^, 
a  forge,  smithy,  Od.  8,  273,  [where 
-εών   must  be    pronounced  as    one 

syii.]. 

Χάλκη,  ης,  ή,=:κάλχη. — Π.  an  un- 
known kind  of  ^oujer,  Nic.  (Cf.  sub 
κόγχη.) 

ΊΧάλκη,  ης,  η,  Chalce,  an  island  in 
the  Carpathian  sea  with  a  city  of 
same  name,  with  a  temple  of  Apollo, 
Thuc.  8.  41. 

^Χαλκηδών,  όνος,  η,  {Ιίαλχηδών) 
Chalceduv,  a  city  of  Bithynia  on  the 
Thracian  Bosporus,  opposite  Byzan- 
tium, now  Kadtkeva,  Hdt.  4,  85,  144  ; 
Thuc.  4,  75  ;  Xen.  ;  etc. 

■\Χαλκηδόνιος,  ov,  of  Chalcedon, 
Chnlcedonian,  Hdt.  4.  144  : — ή  Χαλκη- 
δυνία,  the  territory  of  Chalcedon,  Xen. 
An.  6.  6,  38. 

Χαλκήϊον,  χαλκήΐος,  Ion.  for  χαλ- 
κείην,  -ειης,  qq.  v. 

Χαλκή?ΛΪτος,  ov,  {χαλκός,  έλαννω) 
forged  out  of  brass,  of  beaten  brass,  κώ- 
δωνες,   σάκος,    όπλα,    etc.,    Aesch. 


XAAK 

Theb.  386,  539,  Soph.  Fr.  314,  etc.  ; 
— in  Pind.  χαλκέλατος,  q.  v. 

Χαλκήρης,  ες,  gen.  εος,  {χα7ικός, 
άρω  ?)  : — furnished  or  fitted  with  brass, 

in  Hom.  esp.  of  spears  and  arrows 
tipped  or  armed  with  brass,  11.  5,  145, 
Od.  1,  262,  etc. ;  also  of  helmets,  11. 
3,  316;  15,  ,535;  of  shields,  17,268; 
generally,  χ.  τεύχεα,  15,  544  ;  also, 
χαλκήρης  στόλος  {o{  a.  ship),  Aesch. 
Pers.  408. — Cf.  χαλκοήρης. 

^Χα?ιΚ7/τορες,  ων,  οι,  Chalcetores,  a 
city  of  Caria,  Strab.  p.  636. 

ίΧαλκία,  ας,  ή,=  Χ.άλκη,  Strab.  p. 
488. 

^Χαλκιδενς.  έως,  ύ,  a  Chalcidian, 
an  inhab.  of  Chalets  in  Euboca,  Hdt. 
5,  74  ;  in  Macedonia,  Thuc.  1,  65. — 
II.  Chalcideus,  as  masc.  pr.  n.,a  naval 
officer  of  the  Lacedaemonians,  Thuc. 
8,6. 

Χαλκίδίζω,  to  imitate  the  Chalcidians 
or  take  part  with  them. 

f Χαλκιδική,  ής,  ή,  Chalcidice,  a 
district  in  southern  Macedonia  with 
the  capital  Χαλκίς,  Hdt.  7,  185  :  and 

^Χαλκιδικόν  όρος,  τό.  the  Chalci- 
dian mount,  near  Messana  in  Sicily, 
Polyb.  1,  11,  8:  from 

Χαλκίδίκός,  ή,  όν,  {Χα?.κίς)  of  or 
from  Chalcis,  ■f Chalcidian,  Hdt.  7, 
185  :  αϊ  Χαλκιδικαί  πόλεις,  cities  in 
Sicily,  colonies  of  (the  Euboean) 
Chalcis,  Thuc.  3,  86.t  — H.  ή  χαλκι- 
δική,=χαλκίς  II,  Dorio  ap.  Ath.  328 
Ό.—2.=χαλκίς  HI. 

Χαλκίύιον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  oi  χαλκΊον 
I,  Herinipp.  Φορμ.  5. 

Χαλκίζω,  (χαλκός)  to  shine  or  ring 
like  brass  :  φωνή  χαλκίζονσα.  Poll.  2, 
117. — II.  to  play  the  game  χαλκισμός, 
Poll.  7,  206  ;  cf.  χαλκίνδα. 

Χάλκικος,  ή,  όν,  =  χάλκεος,  but 
very  dub. 

Χά/^κίαον,  ov,  τό,  an  unknown  plant 
in  Orph.Arg.  960. 

ΧαλκΙναος,  ov,  dwelling  in  brazen 
temple,  like  χαλκίοικος.  [I] 

Χαλκίνδα  παίζειν,  to  play  the  game 
χαλκισμός,  q.  v. 

iXu/,κΙνος,  ov,  ό,  Chalcinus,  a  de- 
scendant of  Cephalus,  Paus.  1,  37,  6. 

Χαλκίοικος,  ov,  {χαλκός,  οίκος) 
dwelling  in  a  brazen  house  or  temple, 
epith.  of  Minerva  at  Sparta,  Eur.  El. 
228,  245,  Thuc.  1,  134,  v.  Paus.  3,  17, 
3  ;  cf.  χαλκίναος,  χαλκόπνλος.  [I] 

Χαλκίον,  ov,  τό,  (χαλκός)  \\ke  χαλ- 
κεΙον  II,  a  copper  utensil,  vessel,  etc., 
Ar.  Ach.  1128,  Xen.  Oec.  8,  19: 
tcf.  Theocr.  2,  36.t — 2.  esp.  o{  copper 
money,  copper  coin,  πονηρά  χα?ίκία, 
Ar.  Ran.  724. 

1;Χαλκιόπη,ης,ή,  Chalciope,  daugh- 
ter of  Aeetes,  of  Colchis,  Ap.  Rh.  3, 
428. — 2.  daughter  of  Eurypylus  ot 
Cos,  Call.  Del.  161  ;  ApoUod.  2,  7,  8. 
— 3.  daughter  of  Rhexexior,  wife  ot 
Aegeus  king  of  Attica,  Apollod.  3, 
15,  6. 

Χαλκίς,  ίδος,  ή,  a  bird,  v.  sub  κν- 
μινδις  :—Anstot.,  Η.  Α.  9,  12,  4,  de- 
scribes it  as  a  black  mountain  bird 
of  prey,  of  long  and  slender  make, 
and  of  very  shy  habits,  cf.  Ar.  A  v. 
1181 :  some  derive  the  name  from  its 
copper-colour,  others  from  its  clear- 
ringing  voice.^ll.  a  fish,  of  which  one 
kind  lived  in  the  sea,  another  in  riv- 
ers, taken  by  Schneid,  to  be  a  kind  of 
herring,  clupea,  Epich.  p.  44,  Arist.  H. 
A.  6,  14,  2,  etc.  ;  cf  χαλκενςΙΙ,  χαλ- 
κιδική. — III.  a  lizard  with  copper-col- 
oured stripes  on  the  back,  elsewh. 
caUed  χα'λκιδίκή.  or  ζιγνίς,  Arist.  H. 
A.  8,  24,  7  ;  and  still  ca.\\eacicigna,  in 
Sardinia. — IV.  at  Lacedaemon,  a  fe- 
male slave,  Proxen.  ap.  Ath.  267  D. — 


ΧΑΛΚ 
V'.  as  pr.  η.,  XfiAKi'r,  ίδος,  ή,  Chalcis, 
a  city  in  Euboea,  II.  2,  537.  Hes.  Op. 
653,  said  to  have  its  name /com  neigh- 
bouring copper-mines  :  several  other 
cities  of  the  same  name  are  men- 
tioned by  Steph.  Byz.  :  cf.  sq. 

iXa/Μς,  ίδος.  ή,  Chalcis,  v.  foreg. 
V. — 2.  a  city  of  Aetolia.  at  the  mouth 
of  the  Euenus,  11.  2,  640  ;  ή  Κοριν- 
θίων τζολις,  Thuc.  1.  108.— 3.  a  city 
of  Triphvlian  Elis,  Strab.  p.  350  ;  cf. 
H.  Hom.'Ap.  426.-4.  capital  of  Chal- 
cidice  in  Macedonia,  a  colony  from 
Euboea,  Thuc.  2,  58.  —  Others  in 
Strab. ;  etc. 

Χ.α/.κισμός,  ov,  ό,  a  game  played  by 
spinning  a  copper  coin,  which  was 
stopt  by  the  finger  before  it  fell ;  cf 
χα'/.κίζω  11. 

'Χαλκίτης,  ov,  b,  fern.  -Ιτις,  ιόος, 
(χα/.κός)  containing  copper  :  ?.ίθος  ^., 
copper-ore.  worked  at  Cyprus-,  Anst. 
H.  A.  5,  19,  24—11.  ή  χα/.κΐτις,  a 
mineral,  rock-alum,  cf  Foes.  Oecon. 
Hipp.  s.  V.  στνττΓημία. 

Χα?.κοάρης,  ες,  gen.  εος,  poet, 
lengthd.  form  for  χαλκ//ρης.  Find.  I. 
4,  107  (3,  81).  5  (4),  51.  [u] 

Χα7.κο3αρής,  ές,  gen.  έος,(χα?.κής, 
βάοος)  heavij  or  loaded  with  brass,  ιός, 
II.  15,  465,  Od.  21,  423  ;  δόρυ,  Od.  11, 
532. 

Xa?.κoβάpειa,={oτeg.,  II.  11,96, 
Od.  22,  259;  but  no  masc.  -βαρνς 
occurs,  cf  Lob.  Phryn.  538. 

Χα/.κο3άτής,  ές,  gen.  έος,  {χα?^κός, 
βαίνω)  standing  on  brass,  ifith  brazen 
(i.  e.firm,  solid)  base,  or  with  floor  of 
brass,  χαΆκοβατες  όώ,  of  the  house 
of  Jupiter,  Horn. ;  and  in  Od.  13,  4 
of  that  of  King  AlcmiJus  :  cf  χα/.κό- 
"^τεδος. 

Χα/.κοβόας,  ov,  δ,  (χα7^κός.  βοή) 
like  χα/.κεόφωνος,  with  voice  of  brass, 
Άρης,  Soph.  Ο.  C.  1046. 

Χα/.κογένειος,  ov,  =  sq.,  Anth.  P. 
6,236. 

Χα/.κόγεννς,  ν,  { χα?.κός,  γέννς) 
with  teeth  of  brass,  ύγκνρα,  Pind.  P. 
4,  42. 

Χα?.κογ/.ώχίν,  ΐνος,  δ,  ή,  {χα}^κός, 
γ\ωχίν)  icith  point  or  barbs  of  brass, 
με/ύη.  Π.  22.  225. 

Χα/.κογράφος,  ov,  ( χα?.κός,  γρά- 
φω) like  τνττογρύόος,  a  modern  word 
invented  to  translate  printer  ;  but,  as 
letters  have  never  been  made  of  cop- 
per, novw  applied  to  an  engraver,  [u] 

Χα/.κοδαίδά?.ος,  ov,  (χα/.κός.  δαι- 
6ά7.Αω)  wrought  in  brass,  ασπίς,  Bac- 
chyl.  15. — U.  act.,  working  in.  brass, 
τέχνη.  Anth.  P.  9,  777. 

Χα'λκοδάμΰς,  αντος,  (  χα?.κός,  δα- 
μάω)  subduing,  j.  e.  sharpening  brass, 
a  word  of  masc.  termm.,  used  by 
Pind.  1.  6  (5),  108  with  fern,  subst., 
χα/.κοδάμαν~'  άκόναν,  cf.  Lob.  Paral. 
262.  [δα] 

Χα?.κόδεσμος,  ov,=sq. 

Χα7.κόδετος,  ov,  ( χα?.κός,  δεω  ) 
brass-bound,  σάκος,  Aesch.  Theb.  160 ; 
KOTv'/.ai.  Id.  Fr.  51;  χ.  αν?αί.  Soph. 
Ant.  945  ;  cf  Eur.  P'hoen.  114. 

Χα?.κόδονς,  and  χα/^κόδων,  οντος, 
δ,  ή.  dub.  for  χα/.κωδ-. 

Χα7.κοειδής,  ές,  like  brass  or  cop- 
per. 

Χαλκοθηκη,  ης,  ή,  {χα7,κός,  θήκη) 
α  case  for  brazen  vessels,  Ath.  231  D. 

Χα7.κόθροος,  ov,  (  χα7.κός,  θρόος  ) 
ringing  with  or  like  brass,  Nonn. 

Χα7.κοθώραξ,  άκος,  ό,  ή,=χα?Λεο- 
θώραξ.  with  brazen  breast-plate^  Soph. 
Aj.  179. 

Χα7.κοκεραννος,  ov,  Ι^χα7.κός,  κε- 
ραννός)  in  Aesch.  Fr.  178,  as  epith. 
of  the  sea  at  sunset,  hence  (ace.  to 
Voss,  Mythol.  Br.  2,  p.  161)  flashing 


ΧΑΛΚ 


ΧΑΛΚ 


'  like  brass  ;  hut  this  can  hardly  be  so.  i  ωπον)  with  brow  of  brass,  brazen-faced, 
1  as  κεμαννός  is  never  used  for  άστρα-  I  like  the /erroim  os  of  Catull. 
ττη,  a  flash,  v.  sub  voc. :  still,  an  epith.  }       Xa7.κό~pωpoς,ov,withρroυ  of  brass, 
of  some  such  kind  is  needed,  and  i  of  ships. 

Hermann's  conj.  χαΛκομύρανγος,  i  Χαλκόττ-ης,  ov,  δ,  for  χα7.κοκ077- 
gleaming  like  brass  (like  the  Homeric  τηΓ.=χα7.κότν~ος,  ace.  to  \V'elck. 
πο7.νχαλκος),  is,  at  least,  plausible;  Syll.  Epigr.  3,  p.  6;  but  ace.  to  Bockh, 
V.  Opusc.  4,  p.  208.  ^  I  Inscr.  1,  p.  837,  ος  δτττα  χα7.κόν. 

Χα/.κοκνΊ^μϊς,  ϊδος,  δ,  ή,  (χα?.κός,^      Χα7.κό-νγος,  ον,  {χαλκός,  ττνγή) 
κνημίς)  brass-greaved,  II.  7,  41.  Ι  with  brazen   rump,  of  a  sedentary  stu- 

Χα7ιΚθκόλλη-ος,  ov,  soldered  with  ]  dent ;  cf  χα/.κέντερος. 
copper.  ^  Χα7.κό-ν?.ος,  ov,  (χα?.κός.  ην7.η} 

Χα7.κοκορνστής,  ov,  δ,  {χα7.κός,  κο•  \  with  gates  of  brass,  or  bronze,  Hdt.   1, 
ρνσσω)  with  or  in  brazen  armour,  11.  5,  j  181 :  ;^αλκ.βεά,  epith.  of  Mmerva,  like 


699  ;  6,  398,  etc. 

Χα7.κόκράς,  άτος,  δ,  ή,  and  χαλκό- 
κρΰτος,  ον,  {χαλκός,  κεράνννμι)  mix- 
ed with  copper. 

Χα7.κόκροτος,  ον,  {χα7.κός,  κρο- 
τέω)  sounding  or  rattling  with  brass, 
epith.  of  Ceres  in  allusion  to  the 
cymbals  and  such  like  instruments 
used  in  her  worship,  Pmd.  I.  7  (0), 
3  : — χ.  ίτϊττοι,  horses  that  strike  the 
grou7id  with  hoofs  of  brass,  brazen-hoof- 
ed, Ar.  Eq.  552. — 11.  =  χα7.κή/.ατος, 
of  beaten  brass,  φύσγανον,  Eur.  Phoen. 
1577. 

Χαλκόκτϋπος,  ov,  {χα7.κός,  κτν- 
7rew)=foreg.  1,  Diog.  ap.  Ath.  636  A. 

Χα7^κο7.ί3ανον,  ov,  τό,  an  uncer- 
tain word  in  N.  T.,  usu.  taken  to 
mean  fine  or  glowing  brass  ;  but  the 
form  of  the  word  rather  favours  the 
other  interpr.  frankincense  of  a  deep 
colour,  opp.  to  apjvpo7u3-,  cf  Salmas. 
ad  Solin.  p.  810  A. 

Χα7.κο7.ογέω,  ώ,  to  collect  or  exact 
copper,  i.  e.  money  :  from 


the  us»,  χαλκίοικος,  Eur.  Tro  1113. 

Xa7.K0-uyuv,  ωνος,  δ,  {χα7.κός, 
τζώγωΐ')  transl.  of  the  Lat.  Ahenobar- 
bus.  Plut.  Aemil.  25. 

Χα?.κοττώ?.ης,  ov,  ό,  a  dealer  in  brass 
or  copper. 

Χα7.κός,  ov,  δ.  copper.  Lat.  aes, 
Hom.,  and  Hes. ;  called,  in  reference 
to  its  colour,  ερυθρός.  II.  9,  365;  and 
αίθοψ,  oft.  in  Horn.  Copper  was  the 
first  meial  that  men  learnt  to  smelt 
and  work,  whence  Hes.  (Op.  149,,  of 
the  ancients,  roio  δ' ην  xa/.Kta  μεν 
τεύχεα.  χάλκεοι  δέ  τε  οίκοι,  χαλκιά) 
δ'  έργάζοντο,  μέ/.ας  δ'  οίκ  έσκε  σίδη- 
ρος:  in  Horn.,  we  have  χα/.κός  τε 
χρυσός  τε  ~ο7.νκμητός  τε  σίδηρος,  11. 
6,  48  ;  cf  7,  473,  Plat.  Legg.  956  A  : 
— hence  the  word  was  used  for  metal 
in  general ;  and  later,  when  iron  be 
gan  to  be  worked,  the  word  χαλκός 
was  used,  esp.  by  poets,  for  σίδηρος. 
χά7.κεος  for  σιόήμεος,  etc. ;  cf  χαλ- 
κενς.  On  Homer's  χα7.κός,  v.  Hocks 
Kreta,  I,  p.  261,  sq— Later  χαλκός 


Χα7.κο7.όγος,  ov,  (χαλκός,  7.έγω)  i  was  distinguished  into  various  kinds. 
a  collector  of  money :  ajnoney-changer.    \  common  copper  being  called  χ.  μέλ.ας 

Χαλ.κόλοόος,  ov.  with  brazen  crest.    \  or  ερυθρός,  v.  supra,  cf  Callis.  ap. 

Χαλ.κομίτρας,  ov,  6,  (χαλκός,  μί-  [  Ath.  205  Β;  also,  χ.  Κν-ριος  (cf 
τρα)  tviih  girdle  of  brass,  Κάστωρ,  [  Κν-ρος,  χαλ.κϊτις) :  χ.  λενκός,  a  kind 
Pind.  is.  10,  fin.  ;  ΐίενθεσί/.εια,  Lye.  i  of  prmce's  metal,  Hipp.  ;  χ.  κεκραμέ- 
997.  νος,  brass  or    bronze,  etc. : — but  the 

Χα?^κόμνια,  ας,  ή,  (χαλ.κός,  μνΐα)  '  word  ;^a/.«of  alone  was  usu.  applied 
a  fly  of  bright,  metallic  hue,  Diod.  !  to  bronze,  a  inixture  of  copper  wtlh  tin. 

Χα7.κόνωτος.  ov.  (χηλ.κός.  νώτος)     in  which  state  it  is  harder  and  more 


with  brazen  back,  brass-bucked,  άσττίς, 
Ιτέα,  Eur.  Tro.  1136,  1193. 

Χαλ.κο-άγής,  ές,  {χαλ.κός,  πήγνν- 
μι)  compacted,  i.  e.  made  of  brass,  σύλ.- 
7ri)f,_Anth.  P.  6,  46. 

Χα7.κο77άρειος,  ov,  Ep.  -ττύρτιος, 
ov.  Dor.  -τϊάραος,  ov,  { χα7.κός,  ττα- 
ρειά)  with  cheeks  or  sides  nf  brass,  ep- 
ith. of  helmets,  II.  12,  183,  Od.  24, 
522  ;  also  of  a  javelin,  Pind.  P.  1,  84, 
N.  7,  105. 


fusible,  and  was  the  chief  metal  used 
by  the  ancients  in  the  arts  ;  but  our 
brass,  a  mi.xture  of  copper  and  zinc, 
is  said  to  have  been  quite  unknown 
to  the  ancients,  Diet.  Antiqq.  s.  v. 
Aes. — II.  in  the  poets  freq.  for  any 
thing  made  of  brass  or  metal,  esp.  of 
arms,  like  σίδηρος,  and  as  our  poets 
use  iron,  steel,  (hence  Pind.  calls  it 
■7:υ7.ιός.  the  proper  epith.  of  iron,  P. 
3,85);    of  an  axe,   II.   1,  236;   όξέΐ 


Χα7.κύ7Γεδος,  ov.  (χαλκός,  ττέδον)  ;  χαλκώ,  νηλ.έϊ  χ.,  of  a  spear,  sw^rd, 
with  floor  of  brass,  έδρα  θεών,  Pind.  1.     etc.,  oft.  in  11. ;  χαλ.κόν  ζώνννσθαι,  of 


7  (6),  61. 

Χαλκοττέτάλ.ος,  ov,  (χαλ.κός,  ττέ- 
τα7.ον)  with  leaves  or  plates  of  brass. 

Χα7.κο7τ7.άστης,  ov,  6,  {  χαλ-κός, 
πλΛσσω)  a  modeller  in  brass,  a  copper- 
smith. LXX 


a  warrior  girding  on  his  armour,  U. 
23, 130  ;  κεκορνβμένος  α'ιθο-ι  χαλ.κω, 
4,  495  ;  έδνσετο  νώροτζα  χ.,  2,  578  ; 
and  freq.  in  various  phrases,  but  al- 
ways in  sing.  : — of  α  brazeyi  vessel,  urn. 
Soph.   El.  758  ;    and  collectively  of 


Χαλ.κόττλ.ενρος,  ov,  {χαλ.κός,  ττλ.εν•  .  many  brazen  vessels,  plate  (cf  Lat.  ar 
pa)  with  sides  of  brass,  χαλ.κ.  τνττωμα,  Ι  gentum),  Pind.  Ν.  10,  84. — 2.  a  copper 
of  a  cinerary  urn,  Soph.  El.  54.  I  coin,  like  χαλικοΐτ  Η,  Plut.  2,  665  Β. 

Χαλ.κηιτλ.ηβής,  ές,  gen.  έος,  {χαλ,-  ι  — III.  χαλκον  άι'θος.  Lat.  aeris  flos, 
κός,  ττλ^ήθος)  filled  icith  brass,  armed  '  particles  thrown  oft'  by  copper  when 
all   in   brass,    στρατός,    Eur.    Supp.     cooling,  Diosc. :  χαλ.κον  λ.εττίς,  Lat. 

aeris  .iquama,  the  small  pieces  that 
scale  off  under  the  hammer.  Id.  ;  cf 
Plin.  34,  24.  (Prob.  from  χαλ.άω.  be- 
cause the  ductility  of  metal  was  first 
observed  in  copper,  and  that  in  a  very 
high  degree.) 

Χαλκοσκελ,ι'ίς,  ές,  (χαλ.κός,  σκέλος) 
with  legs  of  brass,  βοϋς.  Soph.  Fr.  320. 
Χαλ.κοστέφάνος,  ov.  {χαλ.κός,  στέ- 
φανος)  compassed,  decked  with  brass, 
Anth.  P.  append.  242. 

Χαλ.κόστομος.  ov,  (χαλκός,  στόμα] 

with  brazen  mouth, χ.  κώδωνΎνρσηνι- 

~     ■  II. 


1219. 

Χα7,κόπ7.ηκτος,  ov.  Dor.  -ττλ.ακτος, 
(χα7.κός,  ττλ.ήσσω)  smiting  with  brass, 
epith.  of  the  battle-axe,  Soph.  El. 
484  ;  others  take  it —χαλ.κήλΜτος, 
χαλ.κόκροτος  II. 

Χα7.κόπονς,  δ,  ή,  -πονν,  τό,  (χαλ.- 
κός. πονς)  brass-footed,  brass-hoofed, 
of  a  horse,  II.  8, 41  ;  13.  23  :— metaph., 
Έριννς.  Soph.  El.  491  : — χ.  τρίπονς, 
Eur.  Supp.  1196. — U.  with  steps, pave- 
ment of  brass,  solid,  οδός.  Soph.  O.  C. 


57,  cf.  1591 
Χαλ.κθ'π-ρόςω-ος,ον,(χαλ.κός,πρός-  I  κή,  i.  e.  a  trumpet,' Soph.  Aj.  1 

1615 


ΧΑΑΚ 

Krth  edge  or  point  of  brass,  ίμβολή, 
Aesch.  Pers.  410. 

'Καλκότενκτος,  ov,  {χαλκός,  τεύ- 
χω)  made  of  brass,  Eur.  I.  T.  99. 

Χ.αλκοτενχ?/ς,  ές,  v.  1.  for  χαλκεο- 
Τίνχτ/ς.  ^ 

Χαλκύτονον,  ov,  τό,  a  machine 
which  was  stretched  by  copper-bands 
{fibulae)  instead  of  strings. 

Χαλκότηξος,  ov,  (χα?.κός,  τόξον) 
armed  with  brazen  bow,  Pind.  N.  3, 
65. 

Χαλίίοτόρεντος,  ov,  (χαλκός,  το- 
ρεΰω)  wrought  nf  brass,  Orph.  H.  16,  2. 

Χαλκοτομέίύ,  ώ,  to  work,  form  of 
brass,  Anth.  Plan.  15:  from 

Χα?ιΚΟτορος,  ov,  {χαλκός,  τείρω, 
τορέο)  formed  of  ου  piercing  with  brass, 
ξίφος,  Pind.  P.  4,  261. — 2.  caused  by 
piercing  with  brass,  ώτείλαί,  0pp.  H. 
5,  329. 

Χαλκοτϋττεΐον,  ov,  τό,  a  forge, 
smithy. 

Χαλκοτνπέω,  ώ,  (χαλκοτύττος)  to 
forge  copper;  nietaph.,  to  forge,  beat 
up: — metaph.,  like  Lat.  conflare,  χ. 
τιμάς.  Pint.  2,  820  A. 

Χα?Μ0Γϋ7τία,  ας,  ή,  (χαλκότνπος) 
a  wounding  with  a  brazen  weapon,  with 
a  sword. 

Χαλκοτνπικη  (sc.  τέχνη),  ης,  η, 
the  art  or  trade  of  a  χαλκοτνπος.  Plat. 
Polit.  288  A,  Plut.  2,  1084  G. 

Χαλκοτΰπιον,  ov,  τό,  =  χαλκοτυ- 
ττεΊον. 

Χαλκοτνπος,  ov,  {χαλκός,  τνπτω) 
forging  or  ivorking  copper :  6  χ.,  a 
worker  in  copper,  coppersmith,  χ.  και 
σιδηρεΊς,  Xen.  Ages.  1,  26,  Vect.  4, 
6 :  generally,  α  smith,  like  χαλκενς, 
Dem.  781,  17. — 2.  striking  brass  to- 
gether,z^χaλκόκpoτ()ς  I,  χ.  μανίη,  of 
the  priests  of  Cybele,  Anth.  P.  6,  51  : 
but, — II.  proparo.x.,  χα?ιΚΟ-ΰπος,  ov, 
pass.,  struck  with  brass,  inflicted  with 
brazen  arms,  ώτειλαί,  II.  19,  25. 

Χαλκονργείον,  ov,  τό,  a  copper- 
mine. — II.  a  smithy,  forge  :  from 

Xal.Kovpyth),  ώ,  {χαλκονργός)  to 
forge  or  work  in  copper,  to  make  of  cop- 
per.    Hence 

Χαλκονργημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  work  nf 
copper,  forged  work  of  art,  Philo  ;  ο 
copper  utensil  or  instrument. 

Χαλκονργία,  ας,  ή,  a  working  in 
copper  :  and 

Χαλκουργικός,  ή,  όν,  for  a  copper- 
smith, fitted  for  his  art  OT  work  :  ή  •κη 
(sc.  τέχνη),  the  art  of  it'orking  in  brass 
or  bronze,  Arist.  Pol.  1,8,  1 :  from 

Χα7Μονργός,  όν,  (χαλκός,  *έργω) 
working  copper  : — ό  χ-,  a  brazier,  cop- 
persmith. 

Χαλκονς,  η,  ovv,  Att.  contr.  from 
χαλκεος,  q.  v. — II.  as  subst.,  ό  χαλ- 
κούς, a  copper  coin,  somewhat  less 
than  a  farthing,  Ar.  Eccl.  815,  818, 
Dem.  1045,  24. 

Χαλκοφύλύρος,  ov,  (χα?.κός,  φαλα- 
ρός)  shining,  adorned  with  brass  or  cop- 
per, δώματα,  Ar.  Ach.  1072.  [φΰ] 

Χαλκοφανι'ις,  ές,  gen.  έος,  {χα/,κός, 
φαίνομαι)  looking  like  brass  or  copper. 

Χαλκόφΐ,  Ep.  gen.  from  χαλκός, 
for  χαλκοϋ,  II.  11,  351. 

Χαλκοφύρος,  ov,  (χαλκός,  φέρω) 
producing  copper,  rich  in  copper. 

Χα?ΜΟφί.ινος,  ον,^=χαλκεόφωνος. 

Χα?ικοχύρμης,  ov,  ό,  ( χαλκός, 
χάρμη)  fighting  in  brass,  i.  6.  in  brazen 
arjuour,  ξένοι,  Ύε7Μμων,  Pind.  P.  5, 
109,  I.  6  (5),  39:  others  interpr.  it 
(from  χάρμα)  delighting  in  arms:  cf 
σιύηροχάρμιις. 

ΧαλκοχΊτων,  ωνος,  ό,  ή,  (χα?^κ6ς, 
χΐτώΐ'  )  ιη,  brazen  coat,  brass-clad, 
'Αχαιοί,  11.  2,  47,  etc. ;  Ύρώες,  5,  180, 
etc.  II]  '     Η     ί,    >       > 

1646 


ΧΑΜΑ 

Χαλκόχντος,  ον,  cast  in  brass  or 
copper. 

Χαλκόω,  ω,  f.  -ώσω,  {χα?ικός)  to 
bronze,  convert  into  bronze,  πόρτιν, 
Anth.  P.  9,  795  ; — pass.,  χαλκωθείς, 
clad  171  brass,  Pind.  O.  13,  123. 

Χαλκώόης,  ες,  gen.  εος,  contr.  for 
χαλκοειόής. 

ίΧαλκωδόνιον,  ov,  τό,  όρος,  Mt. 
Chalcodonius,  in  Thessaly  near  Phe- 
rae,  Ap.  Rh.  1,  59. 

iXaλκωδovτιύδης,  ov,  ό,  son  of 
Chalcodon,  i.  6.  Elphenor,  11.  2,  541. 

\Χαλκωδοντίδ?/ς,  ov,  o,  =  foreg.  ; 
ol  X-,  the  descendants  of  Chalcodon, 
i.  e.  the  Euboeans,  Eur.  Ion  59. 

Χα?ικώδων,  οντος,  ό,  ή,  (χαλκός, 
όδυνς)  with  brazen  teeth. 

\Χα7.κώδων,  οντος,  ό,  Chalcodon,  a 
king  of  the  Abantes  in  Euboea,  father 
of  Elphenor.  II.  4,  404  ;  Suph.  Phil. 
489  ;  Plut.  Thes.  27  ;  etc  ;— a  suitor 
of  Hippodamia,  Paus.  0,  21,  10  ;  Irom 
whom  he  distinguishes  another,  8, 
15,  6. — 2.  king  of  Cos,  son  of  Merops, 
ApoUod.  2,  7,  1  :  in  Theocr.  Χύλκων. 
— 3.  son  of  Aegyptus,  ApoUod.  2,  1,  5. 

Χάλκωμα,  ατός,  τό,  (χαλκόω)  any 
thing  jnade  of  bronze,  or  copper,  a  brass 
utensil,  r^essel.  instrument,  Ar.  Vesp. 
1214,  Lys.  154,  22,  Fr.  32,  etc. :— α 
copper  plate  for  engraving  on,  Polyb. 

3,  26,  1. 

Χαλκωμύτιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from 
foreg.  [a] 

ΙΧύλκων,  ωνος,  b,  Chalcon,=zXaλ- 
κώδυν  2,  Theocr.  7,  0. — 2.  a  Myrmi- 
don, father  of  Bathycles,  II.  10,  895. 

Χα?.κώνητος,  ov,  bought  with  brass 
or  money. 

Χαλκώννξ,  νχος,  ό,  ij,  with  brazen 
nails  or  hoofs. 

Χα?ικωρΐ'χεϊον,  ov,  τό,  a  copper- 
mine  :  from 

Χαλκωρνχέο),  ώ,  f.  -τ/σω,  (χαλκω- 
ρνχος)  to  dig  or  mi7ie  copper.  Lye.  484. 

Χαλκωρνχία,  ας,  ή,  a  digging  of 
copper. 

Χαλκωρύχιον,  ov,  τό,=χαλκυρν- 
χεϊον. 

Χα?^κωρνχος,  ov,  {χαλκός,  όρύσσω) 
digging  copper,  a  copper-miner,  [ϋ] 

ίΧύλος,  ov,  ό,  the  Chains,  a  river 
of  Syria,  near  Chalcis,  Xen.  An.  1, 

4,  9. 

Χάλνβδικός,  ή,  όν,=χαλνβικός : 
τυ  χ.,  steel,  Eur.  Heracl.  162;  so,  r. 
στόμωμα,  Cratin.  Χειρ.  14,  with  v.  1. 
Χαλνβικάν,  V.  Meineke  ad  I. 

]Χάλνβες,  ων,  οι,  the  Chalybes,  v. 
sub  Χύλνψ. 

+Χαλνι3η,  ης,  ή,  Chalybe,  a  city  of 
the  Amazons  in  Pontus.  ace.  to  Strab. 
p.  549  prob.=the  Homeric  Άλνβη. 

Χάλϋβτμς,  ΐδος,  pecul.  poet.  fern, 
of  sq,,  Maxim.  302. 

Χάλνβικός,  ή,  όν,  steel,  of  steel ;  cf 
χα?ινβδικός. 

■[Χά2Λ<βοι,οΊ,=  Χύλνβες,  Eur.  Ale. 
980,  y.  Χύλνφ  fin. 

Χά?.νφ,  ϊ<βος,  6,  one  of  the  nation  of 
the  Chalybes  in  Pontus.  who  were 
famous  for  the  preparation  of  steel, 
01  σιδηροτέκτονες  Χάλνβες,  Aesch. 
Pr.  715  ;  fin  Strab.  p.  549  the  earlier 
Alybes  ;  and.  as  in  Xen.  An.  4,  5,  34, 
on  the  borders  of  Armenia,=  XaA- 
δαίοι^  :  hence — II.  as  appellat.,  χύ- 
λΐιι/'•  hardened  iron,  steel,  Id.  Pr.  133. 
— Also,  χάλυβος  as  nom.,  χάλυβος 
Σκνθών  άποικος.  Id.  Theb.  729.  [ά] 

'{ΧαλωνΙται,  ών.  ol,  the  Chalonitae, 
a  people  in  southwest  of  Assyria, 
Dion.  P.  1015. 

ΙΧαλωΐ'Ζτίζ•,  ιδος,  ή,  Chalonitis,  i.  e. 
the  territory  of  the  Chalonitae,  Strab.  p. 
529. 

Χΰμάδϊς,  adv.,  poet,  for  sq.,  as  ol- 


XAMA 

καδις  for  οίκαδε,  on  the  ground,  to  the 
ground,  tu  μεν  τ'  άνεμος  χ.  χέει,  II. 
6,  147;  χ.  πέσε,  7,  16;  cf  Aesch. 
Theb.  358 ;  χ.  βάλε,  II.  7,  190;  etc. 
[μά] 

Χάμάζε,  adv.  {χαααί)  :  —  on  the 
ground,  to  the  ground,  Lat.  humi,  freq. 
in  Horn.,  έξ  όχέων  άλτο  χ.,  II.  3,  29, 
etc.;  ήκε  χ.,  8,  134;  χ.  κάππεσεν, 
15,  537  : — rare  in  Att.,  as  Eur.  Bacch. 
633,  Ar.  Ach.  341,  344;  χ.  π'ιπτειν, 
Id.  Vesp.  1012.  (Formed  like  έραζε, 
θνραζε,  'Καήναζε,  but  with  difi'erent 
accent.  Arcad.  indeed  quotes  χά- 
μάζε, but  Draco  and  others  expressly 
make  χαμάζε  an  exception.) 

Χύμάβεν,  adv.  (χαμαί) : — Ion.  and 
Alt.  for  the  less  good  χαμόθεν,  from 
the  ground,  Hdt.  2,  125  ;  4,  172,  Piers. 
Moer.  409.  (The  form  χαμάβεν  [u] 
is  disproved  by  the  lines  of  Eupol. 
Κολακ.  10,  Ar.  Vesp.  249,  Dind  ;  but 
it  is  still  retained  in  Hdt.) 

Χΰμαί,  adv.,  07i  the  earth,  on  the 
ground,  χαμαι  ησθαι,  Od.  7,  160  ;  cf. 
11.5,442;  11,145;  so  also  in  Pind., 
and  Trag. ;  and  in  prose,  θέντες  χα- 
μαί, Hdt.  4,  67  ;  χ.  καθίζειν.  Plat. 
Criti.  120  Β ;  cf  Rep.  390  C,  553  D, 
and  Xen.: — χ.  σιγά  καλνπτειν,  to 
bury  in  silence  underground,  Pind.  N. 
9,  14 : — εις  τό  χαμαί,  Ep.  Ad.  108. — 
2.=ζχαμΰζε,  to  earth,  εν  κονίησι  χ. 
πέσεν,  II.  4,  482  ;  χ.  βάλον  εν  Kovty- 
σιν,  5,  588,  cf  4,  526  ;  εκ  δίφροιο  χα- 
μαι Οόρε,  8,  320  ;  ον  χ.  πεσεΐται  δ  τι 
UV  ειπτις.  Plat.  Euthyphr.  14  D;  cf. 
χαμαιπετ?'/ς.  (Akin  to  χθων:  from 
χαμαί  come  χαμηλός,  χαμαλός,  χθα- 
μαλός  :  traces  of  an  old  root  χαμός, 
χαμοί,  χαμή,  are  preserved  in  χαμό- 
βεν  aim  χαμηλός.  To  the  same  root 
belong  Lat.  humus,  humi,  humilis.) 

Χαμαιάκτη .  ης,  ή,  the  low  growing 
άκτη,  the  dwarf  elder,  sambucus  ebulus, 
Linn.,  Theophr. 

Χΰμαιβά?.ανος,  ov,  ή,  the  earth-nut, 
a  kind  οϊ  spurge,  Diosc. 

Χάμαιβύμων,  ov,  {χαμαί,  βαίνω) 
going  on  the  ground,  low,  ISicet.   [liu] 

Χάμα'ιβάτος,  ον,ή,  a  prickly,  creep- 
ing plant,  like  our  bramble,  Theophr. 

Χάμαιγενής,  ές,  gen.  έος,  {χαμαί, 

'ένω)  earth-born,  epith.  of  men,  H. 

om.  Ven.  108,  Cer.  353,  Hes.  Th. 
879,  Pind.  P.  4,  175. 

Χΰμαιδάφνη,  ης,  ή,  the  dwarf  lau- 
rel, Diosc.  4,  149. 

Χΰμαιδίδάσκάλος,  ov,  b,  an  under- 
teacher,  school-master,  professor  artium 
secundarius. 

Χάμαιδΐκαστής,  ov,  b,  a  low  dicast. 
Pandect. 

Χάμαιδρνιτης  οινυς,  ό,  wine  fla- 
voured with  the  plant  χαμαίδρνς,  Diosc. 
5,  51. 

Χάμαίδρνον,  ov,  τό,  and  χάμαί- 
δρνς,  νυς,  η,  a  plant,  Lat.  trixagn,  or 
trissago,  our  Germander,  also  χαμαί- 
δρωιρ  and  λινόδρνς,  Theophr. 

Χΰμαιεννάς,  άδος,  pecul.  fem.  of 
sq.,  σνες  χαμαιεννύδες,  Od.  10,  243; 
14,  15,  [where  αι.] 

Χΰμαιεννης,  ov,  b,  (χαμαί,  εννή) 
lying,  sleeping  on  the  ground,  "Σελλοί, 
11.  16,  235,  [where  at] 

Χάμαιείφετος,  ov,  found  on  the 
ground. 

Χάμαίζηλος,  ov,  {χαμαί,  ζήλος) 
seeking  the  earth  or  ground,  growing 
low,  χ.  φυτά,  opp.  to  δένδρα.  Arist. 
H.  A.  6,  1,  7  ;  cf  Nic.  Th.  70  :  ό  χα- 
μαίζΐ]7ίθς  (sc.  δίφρος),  a  low  seat,  a 
stool.  Plat.  Phaed.  89  Β  :  also,  y  χα- 
ιιαιζί/7.7].  Hipp.  ;  v.  Foes.  Oec,  Lob. 
Paral.  406,  Ruhnk.  Tim.,  Wyttenb. 
Plut.  2,  150  Α.— If.  metaph.,  of  low 
estate,  humble;   το  χαα.,  humility  of 


Ζ 


ΧΑΜΑ 

demeanour,  Isocr.  Ep.  10,  3,  Bekk. — 
III.  TO  χαμαίζηλον,  a  plant,  the  vibur- 
num, or  genista,  Diosc. 

Χύμαϊθεν,  adv.,  rare  collat.  form 
from  χαμάθεν,  χαμόθεν. 

Χύμαίκαν?Μς,  ov,  (χαμαί.  καν?ιός) 
with  a  low,  creeping  stalk,  Theophr. 

Χΰμαικέβάσος,  ου,  b,  {χαμαί,  κέ- 
ρασος) the  dwarf  cherry-tree  :  or,  rath- 
er, a  low  groivivg  plant,  with  berries  like 
cherries,  Asclep.  ap.  Ath.  50  Ό,=μί- 
μαίκνλον,  ace.  to  Ath.  1.  c.  : — also 
χαμαικεράσιον,  τό,  Diosc. 

Χάμαίκισσος,  ov,  b,  ground-ivy, 
Diosc.  4,  126. 

ΧύμαικλΙνής,  ές,  (χαμαί,  κ71νω) 
lying  on  the  ground,  lying  low,  Strab. 

Χύμαικοίτεία,  ας,  ί/,=χαμαικοιτία, 
Eccl. 

Χάμαικοίτέω,  ώ,  ί  -ήσω,  to  lie  on 
the  ground,  Luc.  Dea  Syr.  55  :  from 

Χάμαικοίτης,  ου,  b,  {χαμαί,  κοίτη) 
'■^χαμα.ίεννης,  Σελ?.οί,  Sopb.Tr.  1166. 

Χύμαικοίτία,  ας,  ή,  α  lying  or  sleep- 
ing on  the  ground  :  from 

Χάμαίκοιτος,  ον,^χαμαίεύνης. 

Χάμαικνπάρισσος,  ov,  ή,  the  ground- 
cypress,  [ά] 

Χΰμαίλεος,  ov.  poet,  for  χαμαι- 
?.εων,  iSic.  Th.  656. 

Χΰμαιλεί'κη,  ης,  ή,=:χαμαίκισσος, 
Diosc.  4,  126. — 2.  ace.  to  others,= 
βτηχιον,  tussilago,  our  coltsfoot. 

ΧύμαΛεχής,  ές,  gen.έoς,  {χαμαί, 
λέχος)=^χαμαιεννης,  κοίτη,  Anth.  P. 
7,  413. 

Χΰμαι?.έ(ον,  οντος,  ό.  the  chameleon, 
a  kind  of  lizard  known  for  changing 
its  colour,  Arist.  H.  A.  2,  11,  1.— II. 
a  plant,  SO  caUed  from  its  leaves  chan- 
ging colour,  Theophr. 

^Χΰμαιλέ^ν,  οντος.  b.  Chamaeleon, 
a  writer  of  Heraclea,  hence  styled  b 
ΤΙοντικός,  Ath.  21  D. 

Χάμαίμηλέ/.αίον,  ov•  τό,  a  mixture 
of  χαμαίμη/.ον  and  oil,  Diosc. 

Χαμαιμί]7.ινος,  η,  ov,  made  of  χα- 
μαίμηλον,  Diosc. 

Χΰιιαίμη'λον.  ov,  τό,  (χαμαί, μη?ιθν) 
strictly  earth-apple,  our  chamomile,  SO 
called  from  its  flower  smelling  like 
apples,  Diosc. ;  also  άνβεμίς 

Χάμαιμνρσίνη,  ης,  ή,  the  dwarf 
myrtle,  Plin. 

Χάμαιμνρτη,  ης,  )').=foreg.,  susp. 
in  Diosc. 

Χαίιαιπΰγής,  ές,  (χαμαί,  πήγνυμι) 
clinging  to  the  ground,  low.  like  χαμαί- 
ζηλος,  Paul.  S.  Ecphr.  126. 

Χύμαιπέτεια,  ας,  ή,  a  being  χαμαι- 
πετής. 

Χΰμαιπετέω,  ώ,  to  fall  to  the  ground, 
γνώμα  χαμαιττετοϊσα,  a  thought  that 
falls  to  the  ground,  Pind.  N.  4,  66  ;  of. 
sq.  :  from 

Χάμαιττετης,  ές,  (χαμαί,  πί~τω) — 
strictly,  falling  to  the  ground,  χ.  ττίτν- 
τει  ττμός  υνύας,  Eur.  Bacch.  1111;  χ. 
φόνος,  blood  that  has  fallen  on  the 
earth,  Eur.  Or.  1491,  etc. ;  fallen  in  the 
dust,  δόμοι,  χαμαιττετείς  εκεισθ'  άεί, 
Aesch.  Cho.  964 ;  μη  χ.  βόαμα  ττρος- 
χάντις  εμοί.  i.  e.  salute  me  not  with 
these  cries  and  prostrations,  Aesch. 
Ag.  920. — 2.  lying  or  sleeping  on  the 
ground,  χαμ.  ϊιεί  ών  και  άστρωτος. 
Plat.  Symp.  203  D. — 3.  on  the  ground, 
χ.  στιβάς,  εννί],  Eur.  Tro.  507,  Cycl. 
385:  —  of  trees,  like  χαμαίζηλος, 
Polyb.  13,  10,  7.— II.  metaph.,/a//i>!V 
to  the  ground,  i.  e.  coming  to  nought, 
Pind.  0.  9,  19,  P.  6,  37  ;  cf  foreg.,  v. 
χαμαί  sub  fin.  Adv.  -τώς,  along  the 
ground,  like  a  goose's  flight,  Luc. 
icarom.  10. 

Χΰμαιττενκη,  ης,  η,  a  plant,  Staahe- 
lina  Chamaepeuce,  Sprengel  Diosc.  4, 
125  :  ace.  to  οί]ιβτ5,=χαμαι?.ενκη 


ΧΑΜΕ 

Χΰμαιπΐτνϊνος,  η,  ov,  of  οτ  from  the 
plant  χαμαίπιτνς.  e.  g.  οίνος  χ.,  wine 
flavoured  with  it,  Diosc.  5,  70. 

ΧΰμαίπΙτνς,  νος,  ή,  {χαμαί,  ττίτνς) 
literally  ground-pine,  a  genus  of  planis 
comprehending  several  species,  Lat. 
ajuga  and  teucrium,  Diosc. 

ΧύμαίτΓονς,  b,  ή,  -trow,  τό,  gen. 
ττοδος.  going  on  foot. 

Χάμαφύφΰνος,  ov,  ό,=χαμαιβά- 
λανος.  [a] 

Χΰμαιρεπής,  ές,  creeping  on  the 
ground  :  v.  sq. 

ΧάμαιρΙφής,  ές,  (χαμαί,  ()ίτ7τω) 
thrown  to  the  earth  Or  ground,  thrown 
away. — II.  φοίνιξ  χ.,  the  dwarfpa\m, 
Theophr.  H.  Pi.  2,  6, 11 ;  nisi  legend. 
χαμαφεηής. 

Χΰμαίρω-φ,  οττος,  ή,  a  plant,  cha- 
maerops,  in  Plin.  26,  27, — perh.=;^;a- 
μαίόρωφ. 

Χύμαιστρωσία,  ας,  ή,  a  bed  on  the 
ground :  from 

Χάμαίστρωτος,  ov,  lying  or  strewed 
on  the  ground. 

Χύμαισύκη,  ης,  η,  the  ground-fig,  a 
sort  of  spurge,  Diosc.  4,  170.  [{)] 

Χύμαίσνρτος,  ov,  (χαμαί,  σύρω) 
drawn,  trailed  on  the  ground,  Theophr. 

Χΰμαισχϊδ/'/ς.  ές,  divided,  cleft  from 
the  ground  upwards. 

Χΰμάίτης,  ov,  b,  fern,  -ΐτις,  ιδος,= 
χαμίτης,  -Ιτις. 

ΧάμαιτνττεΙον,  ου,  τό,  (χαμαιτν- 
πη)  α  brothel,  Luc.  Nigr.  22,  D.  Mort. 
10,  11. 

Χΰμαιτνττέω,  ώ,  to  strike  or  fell  to 
the  ground. 

Χάμαιτνττη,  ης,  η,  (χαμαιτνπος)  a 
common  harlot,  strumpet,  Menand.  p. 
272;    cf.    Wyttenb.    Plut.    2,    5   B. 

Χάμαιτϋτΐής,  ές,  gen.  έος,=χαμαι- 
τύ~ος- — II.  metaph.  like χαμαίζη?.ος, 
low,  Dion.  H. 

Χύμαιτϋπία,  ας,  η,  the  life  of  a  com- 
mon strumpet,  whoredom. 

Χάμαιτϋηΐκός,  ή,  όν,  like  a  harlot  or 
whoredom. 

Χΰμαιτνττίς,  ίόος,  η,=:χαμαιτύ-η. 

Χΰμαιτύττος,  ov,  (χαμαί,  τύτττω) 
striking  the  ground  :  b  χ.,  a  hau'k  that 
strikes  its  prey  on  the  ground,  Arist.  H. 
A.  9,  36,  3. — II.  also,  b  χ.,  a  fornicator, 
but  also  pathicus,  Theopomp.  (Hist.) 
ap.  Polyb.  ΐ,  11,  11  ;  cf.  χαμαιτύπη. 
[ί;] 

Χΰμαιφερής,  ές,  falling  to  the  earth 
or  ground. 

Χύμαιφνής,  ές,  growing  low  on  the 
ground. 

Χάμΰλός,  ή,  όν,  low,  Strab. ;  but 
χαμη?ιός  is  more  usu. 

\Χαμανηνη.  ης,  ή,  Chamanene,  a 
district  of  Cappadocia,  Strab.  p. 
534. 

^Χαμβδάς,  Ci,  ό,  Chambdas,  an  Ara- 
bian prince,  Anth.  Append.  134. 

Χύμελαία,  ας,  ή,  a  kind  of  dwarf- 
olive,  daphne  oleoides,  Diosc.  4,  172, 
Nic.  Al.  48. 

Χ-αμε'/.αίτης  οίνος,  ό,  wine  flavoured 
with  χαμελαία,  Diosc.  5,  79. 

Χύμερττης,  ές,  gen.  έος,  (χαμαί, 
έρττω)  creeping  on  the  ground,  Anth.  P. 
append.  39. 

Χΰμεταιρίς,  ίδος,  ή,=χαμαιτνπη. 

Χύμεννύς,  ύδος,  ή,=χαμαιευνύς. 
Lye.  Μ8.—\1.=χαμαιτΰτ!:η,  Id.  319. 
— ΙΙΙ.=-);α/ίίείιΐ'7;,  α  lair  of  beasts,  Nic. 
Th.  23. 

Χαμεννέω,  ώ.  Ιο  lie  on  the  ground, 
Philostr. :  from 

Χάμεύνη,  ης,  ή,  for  χαμαιευνη,  a 
bed  on  the  ground,  pallet-bed,  low  bed, 
δροίτης,  Aesch.  Ag.  1540,  Eur.  Rhes. 
9,  Theocr.  13,  33  :— generally,  a  bed- 
stead, At.  Av.  816. 


ΧΑΝΔ 

'       Χΰμεννης,  ov,  b,  one  who  sleeps  o/i 

the  ground. 
j      Χάμεννία,   ας,   η,   a  lying  on    the 
ground,  Galen. 
j      Χάμεννιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  χα- 
μεννη.  Plat.  Symp.  220  D,  Luc. 

Χύμεννίς,  ίδος,  7),=  foreg.,Theocr. 
7,  133. 

Χάμεννος,  ov,  (χαμαί,  εννή)  sleep- 
ing o>i  the  ground,  Maxim.  Tyr. 

Χάμη'Αός,  ή,  όν,  (χαμαί)  on  the  earth 
or  ground,  of  a  horse's  hoof,  Xen.  Eq. 
1,3;  τζίτυς,  etc.,  Nie. — 2.  diminutive, 
trifling,  Leon.  Tar.  70  : — metaph.,  χα 
μη/Λ  ■ηνέων,  one  of  a  low  spirit,  Pind. 
P.  11,  46. 

Χύμίτης,  ov,  a,  fem.  -ϊτις,  ιδος,= 
χαμη'λός  : — ΰμττε'λος  χ.,  a  vine  train 
ed  low  on  the  ground. 

Χάμόθεν,  adv.,  later  form  for  χα- 
μΰθεν,  Xen.  Hell.  7,  2,  7  ;  cf.  Lob. 
Phryn.  94. 

Χύμοκοιτέω,  ώ,  Χΰμόκοιτος,  later 
forms  for  χαμαικ-. 

Χυμός,  ό,  m  ϋβ5γ€Κ=καμπν?^ος : 
a  crooked  fish-hook,  the  Lat.  hamus. — 
II.=  κημός.  written  also χαβός,  Schol. 
Ar.  Eq.  1147. 

Χύμου?ίΚΟς.  ov,  6,  (χαμαί,  έλκω) 
a  windlass  for  hauling  ships  on  land. 

ίΧαμννη,  ης,  ή,  Chamyne,  epith.  ol 
Ceres  m  Elis,  Paus.  6,  21,  1. 

]Χύμννος,  ov,  b,  Chamynus,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  of  Pisa  in  Elis,  Paus.  6,  21, 
I. 

Χάμ-φαι,  ol,  the  Aegyptian  name 
for  κροκόδει?.οι,  Hdt.  2,  69 ;  and  the 
same  word  remains  to  this  day  in 
Coptic. 

Χαν,  η.  Dor.  for  χήν,  a  goose. 

iXavadv,  indecl.,  b,  Canaan,  the 
name  sometimes  of  all  Palestine, 
sometimes  of  a  portion  only,  N.  T. 

ή'ΧαναναΙος,  a,  ov,  of  or  from  Ca- 
naan, i.  e.  Phoenician,  N.  T. 

Χάνύομαι,  also  χύνόομαι,  as  pass, 
(χαίνω)  to  be  swallowed  up  by  an  abyss, 
Gramm. 

Χανδύνω,  lengthd.  from  root  ΧΑΔ- 
(cf.  ΧΑΏ),  which  appears  in  aor. 
εχάδον  :  pf  with  pres.  signf  κέχαν- 
όα :  f.  χείσομαι.  To  hold,  take  in, 
comprise,  contain,  εξ  μέτρα  χύνόανε 
κρητήρ,  II.  23,  742 ;  7.έβης  τέσσαρα 
μέτρα  κεχανδώς,  lb.  268  ;  ονκ  εδννή- 
σατο  τζάσας  αίγια'λος  νήας  χαδέειν, 
II.  14,34;  οίκος  κεχανδως  τΐολ'/Λί  και 
εσθλύ,  Od.  4,  96 ;  θάλαμος  γ/.ήνεα 
πο'/.λα  κεχάνδει,  II.  24,  192 ;  ονδος 
αμφότερους  οδε  χείσεται,  Od.  18,  17  ; 
'Hpj;  ονκ  έχαδε  στήθος  χό'/.ον,  the 
breast  of  Juno  could  not  contain  her 
rage,  11.  4,  24,  cf  8,  461  ;  ώςοί  χείρες 
έχύνδανον,  as  much  as  his  hands 
could  hold,  Od.  17,  344;  ήνσεν  όσον 
κεφαλή  χύδε  φωτός,  he  made  as  loud 
a  shout  as  the  head  of  a  man  could 
take  in,  endure,  II.  11,  462;  κεκραξό- 
μεσθύ  >'  ό~όσον  η  φύρνγξ  άν  ημών 
χανδύν?],  Ar.  Ran.  260  ;  cf  Anth.  P. 
7,  644  ;  βόττα/.ον  οι  έχάνδανε  χειρ, 
Theocr.  13,  57  : — with  collat.  notion 
of  boasting,  οϋκέτι  μοι  στόμα  χείσε- 
ται, no  more  will  my  mouth  open  with 
boasting,  H.  Horn.  Yen.  253  (as  Wolf 
and  Herm.  read  the  passage) ;  but,  as 
this  signf  does  not  strictly  belong  to 
the  verb  ^αΐ'(5άΐ'ω,  Buttm.  would  read 
χήσεται,  as  fut.  from  χάσκω. — Poet., 
and  chiefly  Ep.,  word.  (Akin  to  χαί- 
νω. χάσκω.) 

Χανδόθεν,  Άά•τ.,ζ=χανδόν,  dub.  in 
Hipp. ;  V.  Foes.  Oecon. 

Χανδόν,  (χαίνω)  adv.,  gaping,  with 
mouth  wide  open:  metaph.,  greedily, 
eagerly,  oivov  χανδον  έ'/.εΐν.Οά.  21, 
294  ;  χ.  πιέσθαι,  Luc.  Merc.  Cond.  7  ; 
χ.  ένεπίμπ?Μτο  ευχών,  Id.  Ales.  14. 
1617 


ΧΑΡΑ 

Χανδοκότ7ΐς,  ον,  ύ,  {χανδόν,  πίνω) 
ove  who  drinks s^ecdili/,  a  toper,  gzizzler, 
Anih.  P.  11,59. 

Xoi'diif,  η,όν,  (χαίνω)  gaping  wide, 
roomti ;  έκ  χανδΐ/ς  κν?Λκος,  Polemo 
ap.  Ath.  436  D;  cf.  Jac.  Anth.  P.  p. 
959. 

Χάνη  or  χάννη,  ης,  ή,  a  sea-fish, 
so  called  from  its  wide  mouth,  Lat.  hi- 
attdn,  and  still  called  catma  in  Italy, 
Epich.  p.  36,  Arist.  H.  A.  4,  11,  8, 
etc. : — also  χάι>νος,  ό. 

tXui'T^c,  ους,  δ.  the  Chanes,a.  branch 
of  the  Cyrus,  Strab.  p.  500. 

tXui'oi,  3  sing.  opt.  act.  from  χαί- 
νω,  II.  4,  182. 

Χάνόομαι,  v.  χανάομαι. 

Χάνος,  εος,  τό,  {χαίνω)=ζ χάσμα. 
Poll. 

Χΰνύσσω  and  χύνϋστίω,^ζΒ^. 

Χΰνύυ,  {χαίνω)  to  gape:  esp.  to 
speak  with  the  mouth  wide  open. 

tXiiof,  01),  TO,  όρος,  Mt.  Chaiis  in 
Argolis,  Paus.  2,  24,  6  ;  cf.  Strab.  p. 
389. 

\Χάονες,  uv,  ol,  the  Chaonians,  a 
people  of  Epirus,  Tliuc.  2,  18  ;  etc.  ; 
Strab.  p.  323.     Hence 

iXuovia,  ας,  ή,  Chaonia,  territory 
of  foreg. :  and 

^Χϋ,ύνιος,  a,  ov,  of  the  Chaones, 
Chnonian,  and  in  genl.  Epirotic ;  η 
Χαονίη  φηγός,  Orph.  Arg.  130. 

Χ.\ΌΣ,  εος,  τύ,  empty,  inmieastira- 
hlc  Space,  personified  by  Hes.  Th. 
llfi.who  represents  Chaos  as  the  first 
state  of  e.xistence,  the  rude,  unformed 
mass,  out  of  which  the  universe  was 
created  ;  cf  Epich.  p.  76,  Ar.  Av.  693, 
sq.,  cf  Plat.  Symp.  178  B.— 2.  infinite 
space,  space;  the  atmosphere,  Ibyc.  41, 
Ar.  Av.  192,  Nub.  627:  generally,  a 
gulf,  chasm,  like  χάσμα,  Opp.  C.  3, 
414. — 3.  applied  to  mfiaite  time,  M. 
Anton.  4,  3. — 4.  infinite  darkness,  the 
infernal  regions,  etc.,  Q.  Sin.  2.  "614. 
(From  this  root  XA-  conies  on  the 
one  hand  the  transit.  ΧΑΔ-  (with  χά- 
ζομαι)  χανδύνω,  χώρος,  χωρεω  ;  on 
the  other  the  intr.  χαίνω.  χάσκω,  cf. 
χαίνω  fin.  :  hence  also  χάζομαι.  χάν- 
νος, χύρυς  ;  σχάζω,  σχίζω  ;  χαλάω, 
χατέω.)  [ώ] 

Χάος,  όν,  like  χάϊος,  genuine,  true, 
good,  χαοί  οι  έπάνωθεν,  the  good  men 
of  past  limes,  Theocr.  7.  5  :  for  there 
is  no  rea.son  to  take  χαοί  itself  in  the 
sense  of  forefathers  or  ancestors. 

Χάόω,  =  ΰπόλ?ινμι,  fiTsl  in  Sim- 
plic. 

Χΰρά,  ΰς,  ή,  {χαίρω)  joy,  d'-Ii^ht, 
first  m  Att.  writers,  both  poetry  and 
prose:  χαρά,  with  joy,  Aesch.  Cho. 
233,  etc. ;  so,  χαράς  νπο,  Id.  Ag.  540  ; 
χαράν  λέγειν  tlvl,  to  wish  him  joy, 
Ar.  PUit.  637  : — c.  gen.,  joy  in  or  at  a 
thing,  Eur.  Ale.  579 ;  πρυς  χαράν 
λ.όγων,  in  accordance  with  joyous  ti- 
dings. Soph.  Tr.  178. 

Χαραγή,  ης,  ή,  an  engraved  trace  or 
character. 

Χάραγμα,  ατός,  τό,  {χαράσσω)  any 
mark  engraven,  imprinted,  etc.,  χ.  εχίδ- 
vr/ς,  the  serpent's  mark,  i.  e.  Us  bite, 
slins.  Soph.  Phil.  267  :  iv  Ισχίοις  μεν 
ί-ττοι  πυρός  χάραγμ'  εχονσιν,  Ana- 
creont.  28,  2,  cf.  κοππατίας,  σαμφό- 
μας: — χ.  χειρός,  i.  e.  writmg,  Anth. 
— II.  that  which  has  received  a  mark, 
stamped  money,  coin,  Anth.  P.  5,  30. 

Χάραγμη,  ης,  η,^^χαραγη,  dub. 

Χάραγμός,  ov,  ό,  (χαράσσω)  an  en- 
graving:  a  cut,  incision,  Theophr. 

Χάράδεύς,  ό.  Dor.  for  sq.,  Tabul. 
Heracl. 

Χαράδρα,  ας,  ή,  Ion.  χαράδρη,  like 
χε'ιμαββοΓ,  a  mountain-stream  or  tor- 
1648 


ΧΑΡΑ 

rent,  which  gushes  down  swoln  with 
rains  or  melting  snow  and  cuts  itself 
{χαράσσει)  a  way  down  the  moun- 
tain side,  Lat.  torrens,  II.  16,  390: 
hence,  a  hoarse,  rough,  brawling  voice 
i.s  compared  to  the  φωνή  χαράδρας 
ύλ.εβρον  τετοκυίας,  Ar.  Vesp.  1034  ; 
cf  κνκλοβορέω. —  II.  the  bed  of  such  a 
strearn,  a  deep  gully,  rift,  ravine,  such 
as  are  common  in  mountainous  coun- 
tries, κοιλ.ης  εντοσΟε  χαράόρης,  11.  4, 
454  ;  cf  Hdt.  9,  102,  Thuc,  etc.  ;  χ. 
κρημνώδης,  Thuc.  7,  78  ;  χαραδρόω. 
— 2.  an  artificial  cmiduit  lor  letting 
off  water,  Dein.  1273,6,  Aeschin.  50, 
36. 

^Χαράδρα,  ας,  ή,  Charadra,  a  city 
of  Phocis  on  the  Charadrus,  Hdt.  8, 
■33  ;  Paus.  10,  3,  2.-2.  a  city  of  Mes- 
senia,  Strab.  p.  360. — 3.  a  city  of  Epi- 
rus, Polyb.  4,  63,  4. 

Χάραδραΐος,  a,  ov,  of  or  from  a  χα- 
ράδρα, Ίλνς,  Leon.  Tar.  39  ;  βέεθρον, 
νιΦετός,  Nonn. 

Χάράδρειον,  ov,  τό,  poet,  for  χαρά- 
δρα, Nic.  Th.  389. 

Χάραδρεών,  ώνος,  6,  a  place  where 
there  are  many  χαράδραΐ,  ground  bro- 
ken up  by  nioiintain-streams, 

Χάραδρήεις,  εσσα,  εν,  =  χαρα- 
δρηίης,  Nonn. 

Χάράδριον,  ον,  τό,  dim.  from  χα- 
ράδρα, Strab. 

Χάραδριός,  ον,  ύ,  a  yellowish  bird 
dwelling  in  clefts  {χαράδραι),  perh. 
the  lapwing,  or  the  curlew,  Hippon.  36, 
Ar.  Av.  266,  1141.  It  was  very  greedy, 
whence  the  proverb,  χαραδριοϋ  βίον 
C?/i',  of  a  glutton.  Plat.  Gorg.  494  B, 
ubi  V.  Stallb.  The  sight  of  it  was 
held  to  be  a  cure  for  the  jaundice, 
Ael.  N.  A.  17,  13;  cf.  Ικτερος  II. 

Χάραδρος,  ov,  ό,— χαράδρα,  Plut. 
Agis  8. 

^Χάραδρος,  ov,  ό,  the  Charadrus,  a 
mountain  stream  in  Argolis  empty- 
ing into  the  Inachus,  Thuc.  5,  60; 
Paus.  2,  25,  2.-2.  a  little  stream 
near  Charadra  in  Phocis,  Paus.  10, 
33,  6. — Elsewhere  freq.  as  name  of  a 
mountain  torrent,  Paus.  ;  etc. ;  cf 
foreg. 

Χαραδρόω,  ω,  f.  -ώσω,  to  make  into  a 
χαράδρα  : — hence,  in  [)ass.,  in  be  bro- 
ken into  clefts  hi/  mountain  streams,  to 
be  full  of  rifts  and  gullies,  χώρη  κέχα- 
ραδρωμένη,  Hdt.  2,  25  ;  όις  αν  ό  χώ- 
ρος χαραδρωθείη,  Hdt.  7.  176:  ine- 
taph.,  ol  πόροι  χαραδροννται,  the 
pores  are  widened  into  large  channels, 

Hipp• 

Χΰραδρώδης,  ες,  (είδος)  like  a  χα- 
ράδρα, full  of  clefts,  rifts,  gullies.  Foes, 
ufic.  Hipp.  s.  V.  χαράδρα- 

Χάράκίας.  ov,  ό.  (χάραξ)  belonging 
to  or  fit  for  a  stake,  pale  or  palisade, 
Theophr. 

Χάράκίζω,  f.  -ί'σω  Att.  -ιώ,  {χάραξ) 
to  fence  with  pointed  stakes,  driven  in 
crosswise,  to  palisade:  generally,  to 
lay  across,  cross ;  and  so,  intrans.,  of 
a  fly,  χ.  τοις  προσθίοις  σκέλεσι,  to 
dress  itself  by  crossing  the  forelegs, 
Arist.  Part.  An.  4,  6,  14. 

Χαράκων,  ου,  τύ,  dim.  from  χά- 
ραξ. [ά] 

Χάράκισμος,  ον,  ο,  {χαρακιζω)  α 
palisading,  Pherecr.  Pers.  1 ,  2. 

Χάράκίτης,  ον,  ό,  in  Timon  ap. 
Ath.  22  D,  χαρακίται  βιβλιακοί  (from 
χάραξ,  a  fence  or  wall),  bookish  clois- 
terlings.  The  Edd.  of  Ath.  read  χα- 
ρακείται. 

Χάράκοβολία,  ας,  ή,  {χάραξ,  βάλ- 
λω) the  throning  up  of  a  palisade  0Γ 
rampart,  a  mound,  LXX. 

Χάρύκοποιέομαι,  f.  -ήσομαι,  {χά- 
ραξ,  τΐοίέω  )   dep.   mid.,   to   make  a 


ΧΑΡΑ 

palisade,  fortify  a  camp,  A  pp.  Civ. 
Hence 

Χάράκοποιΐα,  ας,  η,  the  makiiig  of 
a  vallum,  Polyb.  6,  34,  1. 

Χάράκόω,  ω,  f.  -ώσω,  (χάραξ)  to  pale 
round,  palisade,  barricade,  Aeschin.  73, 
29 ;  ;^.  aicari/aif,  Arist.  Part.  An.  4, 
5,  23  ;  άχίφοις  κεχαρακωμένη  μάζα, 
Antiph.  Incert.  1. —  II.  to  prop  with  a 
stake,  χ.  ΰμπελον,  Geop. 

Χΰρακτήρ,  ήρος,  b,  (χαράσσω) : — 
strictly,  an  instrument  for  marking  or 
graving  ;  also  the  person  who  does  tliis, 
the  etigraver,  Euryph.  ap.  Stob.  p.  556, 
8  :  but, — II.  usu.,  that  which  is  cut  in 
or  marked,  as  the  impress  or  stamp  on 
coins,  seals,  etc.,  άργνρον  λαμπρ()Γ 
χ.,  Eur.  El.  559;  cf  Plat.  Polit.  289 
Β  ;  χαρακτήρα  έπεμβάλλειν  τινί,  to 
set  α  stamp  upon  a  thing,  Isocr.  2  D, 
cf  χαρακτήρ  iv  τνποις  πέπληκται, 
Aesch.  Supp.  282  : — also  oi figures  or 
letters,  which  we  also  call  characters, 
these  being  at  first  graven  in  stone, 
etc.,  literarum  ductus,  Plut.  2,  577  E, 
1120  F. — 2.  metaph.,  like  τνπος,  the 
mark  or  token  impressed  (as  it  were) 
on  a  person  or  thing,  by  which  it  is 
known  from  others,  a  characteristic, 
distinctive  mark,  character,  χ.  γλ^ώσσης, 
of  a  particular  language  or  dialect, 
Hdt.  1,  57,  142,  cf  Soph.  Fr.  186,  Ar. 
Pac.  220;  χ.  προςώπον,  Hdt.  1,  116; 
so,  ανδρών  ουδείς  χαρακτήρ  'εμπέφν- 
κε  σώματι,  Eur.  IVIed.  525,  cf.  Hec. 
379,  Η.  F.  658  ;  hence,— 3.  the  peculiar 
nature  or  character  of  a  thing,  Plat. 
Phaedr.  263  Β  : — the  character  or  pe- 
culiar style  of  an  author,  Schiif  Dion. 
Comp.  P.  359.     Hence 

Χαρακτηρίζω,  ί.  -ίσω  Att.  -Ιώ,  to 
designate  by  a  characteristic  mark  : — 
metaph.,  to  delineate,  characterize,  Vit. 
Horn. 

Χάρακτηρικός,  ή,  όν,  serving  to 
mark. 

Χαρακτήρων,  ov,  τό, ^χαρακτήρ, 
Joseph. 

Χάρακτήρισμα,  ατός,  τό,  =  χαρα- 
κτήρ II.  2. 

Χαρακτηρισμός,  οϋ,  ύ,  {χαρακτη- 
ρίζω )  designation  by  a  characteristic 
7nark  : — a  characterising. 

Χαρακτηριστικός,  ή,  όν,  designa- 
ting, characteristic,  Dion.  H. 

Χαράκτης,  ov,  6,  ( χαράσσω )  one 
who  marks,  a  stamper,  coiner,  IMane- 
tho. 

Χάρακτός,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from 
χαράσσω,  graven,  cut  in,  notched,  tooth- 
ed, like  a  saw  or  file,  Hipp.  Leon. 
Tar.  4. 

Χάρακτρον,  ου,  τό,  (χαράσσω)  an 
instrument  for  cutting  in  pieces,  Nic. 
Al.  308. 

Χαράκωμα,  ατός.  τό,  { χαρακόω )  a 
place  paled  round  or  palisaded,  esp.  a 
fortified  camp,  Xen.  Hell.  5,  4,  38.— 
II.  like  σταύρωμα,  a  paling,  palisade. 
Id.  An.  5,  2,  26.  Dem.  71,  20:  the 
Roman  vallum,  Polyb.  9,  3,  2  ;  χ.  δι- 
πλονν.  Id.  10,  31,  8  ;  cf  χάραξ. 

^Χαρακωμήτης,  ov,  ό,  ποταμός,  the 
river  Characometes,  in  Lydia  near 
Tralles,  Ath.  43  A.    ^ 

Χάράκωσις,  εως,  ή,  {χαρακόω)  a 
fencing  with  pales ,  a  palisading,  fortify 
ing,  Lycurg.  153,  27. 

Χάραξ,  άκος,  ό,  also  ή,  (χαράσσω)  : 
— a  pointed  stake:  esp.,  —  I.  a  vine- 
prop  or  pole,  Ar.  Ach.  986,  the  κάμαξ 
of  Hom.  : — these  were  costly  articles 
in  Attica,  Ar.  Vesp.  1201,  Pac.  1263, 
cf  Thuc.  3,  70. — II.  like  σταΐφος,  a 
pale,  used  in  fortifying  the  rampart 
of  a  camp,  Ar.  Ach.  1178,  Dem.  568, 
16;  Lat.  vallus,  Polyb.  18,  1,  1  :  — 
then, — 2.  α  place  paled  in,  a  palisaded 


xapi 

cemp,  Menand.  p.  29  ;  the  Roman  val- 
lum, Polyb.  1,  29,  3,  etc. ;  cf.  χαρά- 
κωμα.— 111.  a  cutting  0Γ  slip,  esp.  ol  an 
olive,  Tlieophr. — IV.  α  sea-fish,  Opp• 
H.  1,  173.  (Ace.  to  the  old  Gramm. 
χύραξ  was  (em.  only  in  signf.  of  a 
vine-prop,  otherwise  masc. ;  but  this 
distinction  is  not  strictly  observed. 
Lob.  Phryn.  61.) 

tXapa^,  ακος,  ή,  Charax,  a  city  in 
the  district  Characene  on  the  sinus 
Persicus  at  the  mouth  of  the  Tigris, 
Dio  C— 2.  a  city  in  the  island  of 
Corsica,  Strab.  p.  224.  Others  in  Id. 
p.  836  ;  etc. 

Κύραξίποντος,  ov,  (  χαράσσω,  ττόν- 
7ος )  ploughing  the  sea,  Simon.  82, 
Bergk. 

Χάραξίς,  εως,  ή,  {χαράσσω)  an  en- 
graving, incisio7i,  Plut.  2,  698  C. 

fXapafof,  ov,  0.  Charaxus,  brother 
of  Sappho,  Hdt.  2,  135  ;  Strab.  p.  808. 

ΧάράΰΟίέω,  ώ,  late  word  for  χαραν 
ΤΓΟίέω,  to  delight,  gladden. 

ΧΑ'ΡΑ'ΣΣίί,  Att.  -ττω  :  f.  -ξω  .— 
to  make  vharp  or  pointed,  sharpen,  lohet, 
άρτιας,  οδόντας,  Hes.  Op.  571,  Sc. 
235  ;  χαρασσόμενος  σίδηρος,  Hes.  Op. 
385  :  also,  to  furmsh  with  notches  or 
teeth,  like  a  saw,  Arist.  Audib.  45. — 
2.  nietaph.,  to  exasperate,  irritate,  anger, 
hke  θηγω,  όξννω : — pass.,  κεχαραγμέ- 
νος  Tiui,  exasperated  at  any  one,  Hdt. 
7,  1 ;  χαράττεσθαί  τινί  τι,  to  be  angry 
at  one  for  a  thing,  Eur.  Med.  157. — 
II.  tocutintofurrous,  to  furrow,  scratch, 
στρωμνά  δε  χαράσσοισ'  άπαν  ΐ'ώτον 
κεντεϊ,  Pind.  Ρ.  1,  54;  κεκοπται  και 
χαράσσεται  πέδον,  Aesch.  Pers.  683  ; 
χαρύσσειν  άλ,α,  ύδωρ,  νώτα  θα/.άσ- 
στις,  Anth.,  etc. ;  κνματα  ψρικι  χα- 
ρασσόμενα,  Anth.  Ρ.  10,  14. — 111.  to 
engrave,  έπος  επΙ  τοίχου  χ.,  lb.  12, 
130;  εν  τνμβω  χ.  τάδε,  7,  710: — το 
χαραχθέν  νόμισμα,  stamped  monsy, 
coin,  Polyb.  10,  27,  13.  (Prob.  ono- 
matop.  ;  akin  to  γράφω,  and  our 
scratch  ;  hence  κάρχαρος.) 

Χαρήναι,  inf.  aor.  2  pass,  of  ;^;α/ρω  ; 
χαρί/σομαι,  fut.  mid.  of  same. 

ίΧάρης,  ητος,  ό.  Chares,  an  Athe- 
nian commander,  defeated  at  Chae- 
ronea,  Xen.  Hell.  7,  2,  18 ;  Dem.  ; 
etc. — 2.  a  statuary  of  Rhodes,  Strab. 
p.  652,  maker  of  the  Colossus.  Others 
in  Plut.  Alex. ;  Ath. ;  etc. 

■\Χαριάδης,  vv,  h,  Chariades,  an 
Athenian,  Isae.  46,  34.  Others  in 
Eubul.  Antiop.  3  ;  etc.  In  pi.  ol  Xa- 
ριάδαι,  the  Chariadae,  a  noble  family 
in  Aegina,  Pind.  N.  8,  79. 

ίΧαρίδας,  ov  and  a,  ό,  Charidas, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  a  Cyrenean,  Call.  Ep.  14. 
Cf.  Χαρίλας. 

^Χαρίδημος,  ov,  ό.  Dor.  -δάμσς, 
Charidemus,  a  commander  of  merce- 
naries in  the  service  of  Athens  from 
Oreus  in  Euboea,  Dem.  663,  5  ;  sqq. 
— 2.  an  Athenian  commander ;  sent 
also  on  an  embassy  to  Philip,  Id.  pp. 
19,  267,  etc.  Others  in  Dem.  1056, 
27;  1331,  22;  etc. 

ΧάρΙδώτης,  ου,  ό,  (χάρις,  δίδωμι) 
Joy-giver,  epith  ol  Mercury,  Η.  Hom. 
17, 12  :  also  of  Bacchus,  Plut.  Anton. 
24  (in  form  -δόττ/ς). 

Χάρΐδώτις,  ιδος,  fem.  from  foreg., 
Oφh.  H.  8,  9. 

Χαρίεις,  χαρίεσσα,  χαρίεν,  but  in 
Att.  χάριεν  (v.  sub  fin.),  gen.  εντός, 
(  χάρις) :  pleasing,  agreeable,  graceful, 
pretty,  lovely,  beautiful :  in  Hom.  only 
of  things,  πέπλος  χαριέστατος,  II.  6, 
271 ;  εϊματα,  5,  905  ;  δώρα,  8,  204  ; 
ipya,  άοιδή,  Od.  10,  223  ;  24,  197  ; 
τέλος  χαριέστερον,  9,  5  ; — but  also  of 
the  parts  of  a  person,  as  χ.  μέτωπον, 
Ίτρόςωπον,  κύρη,  11.  16,  798  j  18,  24  ; 
104 


XAPI 

22,  403  ;  and  so,  of  a  youth,  πρώτον 
νπηνήττι  τονπερ  χαριεστάτη  ίίιβη,  11. 
24,  348  : — of  actual  persons  first  in 
Hes.  Th.  246,  260,  to  denote  female 
grace  and  beauty  : — then, — 11.  Alt., 
χαρίεις  was  very  freq.  of  persons,  but 
usu.  in  metaph.  signf,  graceful,  ele- 
gant, accomplished,  SO  that  it  came  to 
be  used  as  a  familiar  term  for  σοφός, 
Lat.  venustiis,  festivus,  lepidus,  scitus, 
01  χαρίεντες,  men  of  taste,  men  of  edu- 
cation, Isocr.  234  C,  Plat.  Rep.  452 
B,  605  B,  cf  esp.  602  D  ;  opp.  to  oi 
πολλοί,  oi  φορτικοί,  Arist.  Eth.  N. 
1,  5,  4,  Pol.  2,  7,  10;  ol  χ.  και  νονν 
έχοντες,  lb.  6,  5,  10:— r.  τι,  accom- 
plished in  a  thing.  Plat.  Lach.  180  D  ; 
περί  τι,  Ep.  Plat.  363  C— 2.  so  of 
things,  nice,  neat,  pretty,  elegant,  agree- 
able, Lat.  scitus,  facetus,  Ar.  Plut.  145, 
etc. ;  χαρίεντα  σοφίζεσθαι,  Αν.  1401  ; 
so  in  ironic,  sense,  χαρίεντα  πάϋοιμ' 
ΰν.  Id.  Eccl.  794  ;  χ.  δώρα.  Id.  Plut. 
849;  χάριεν  yap,  that  would  be  a 
pretty  thing.'  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  4,  13,  Luc. 
Jup.  Trag.  26. — III.  adv.  -τως,  grace- 
fully, elegantly,  χ.  έχειν  TO  σώμα. 
Plat.  Phaed.  80  C  :  neatly,  cleverly, 
πάνυ  χ.  άποδέδεικται,  lb.  87  A,  cf. 
Polit.  300  Β  :  also  in  ironical  sense. 
— 2.  kindly,  courteously,  Isocr.  86  D. — 
3.  with  good  intention,  χ.  μεν,  άπειρο- 
τέρως  δε,  Id.  240  C— IV.  the  neut. 
was  also  used  in  Att.  as  adv.,  and 
then  only  (ace.  to  A.  B.  p.  570)  it 
was  written  proparox.  χάριεν,  cf. 
Stallb.  Plat.  Euthyd.  303  E.  (The 
orig.  form  was  χαριης,  like  νγιτ/ς,  as 
appears  from  the  compar.  and  superl. 
χαριέστερος,  -έστατος  :  but  the  Aeol. 
or  Boeot.  form  χαρίεις  soon  got  the 
upper  hand,  whereas  νγίεις  remains 
a  rare  poetic  word.)     Hence 

Χαριεντίζομαι,  f.  -ίσομαι  Att. 
■ϊονμαι :  dep.  mid.  : — to  art  or  speak 
with  grace,  neatness  or  freedom,  esp.  to 
be  witty,  to  jest,  Lat.  festive  loqui,  Ar. 
Fr.  212,  Plat.  Rep.  430  D,  etc.  ; 
σπονδή  χαριεντίζεσθαι,  _  to  jest  in 
earnest.  Plat.  Apol.  24  C.    Hence 

ΧάρΙέντισμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  witty  say- 
ing, jest,  bon-mot :  and 

Χάρϊεντισμός,  οϋ,  ό,  graceful  man- 
ners :  esp.,  witty  conversation.  Plat. 
Theaet.  168  D  ;  χ.  και  ευτραπελία, 
Id.  Rep.  563  Β. 

Χΰριεντότης,  ητος,  ή,  {χαρίεις) 
gracefulness,  like  foreg.,  Plut.  2,  441 
Β. 

Χάρΐέντως,  adv.,  from  χαρίεις,  q.  v. 

ΧάρΙεργός,  όν,  {χάρις,  *ερ}ω)  de- 
lighting in  handicraft,  epith.  of  Miner- 
va, as  protectress  of  artificers,  Leon. 
Tar.  4  ; — elsewh.  έργάνη. 

Χαρίζομαι,  dep.  c.  fut.  mid.  -ίσο- 
μαι Att.  -ιονμαι  (as  also  in  Hdt.  1, 
90) :  aor.  έχαρισύμην,  Hdt.  1,  91  :  pf. 
κεχάρισμαι,  both  in  act.  and  pass, 
sense,  cf.  Ar.  Eq.  54,  and  infra  (III) : 
— {χάρις).  To  say  or  do  something 
agreeable  to  a  person,  showhim  favour 
or  kindness,  oblige,  gratify  Or  favour 
him,  hat,,  gratificari,  c.  dat.  pers.,  first 
in  11.  5,  71,  Od.  13,  265,  etc. ;  and  in 
Att.,  as  Thuc.  3,  42,  Xen.  Mem.  4,  3, 
16 ;  Καλλί'α  χαριζόμενος,  to  oblige 
him,  Plat.  Prot.  362  A  ;  etc. :— more 
rarely  without  dat.,  to  make  one's  self 
agreeable,  court  favour,  c.  part.,  χαρί- 
ζετο  Ιερά  ^έζων,  Od.  1,  61,  cf.  Ar. 
Eccl.  1045;  ;^;.;(^«piraf,  Eur.  Erechth. 
17,  1  ;  to  comply,  Aesch.  Pers.  700 : 
— so  c.  dat.  modi,  χαρίζεπθαι  ■φενδε- 
σι,  to  court  favour  by  lies,  Od.  14,  387  ; 
so  too,  χαρίζεσθαι  φιλότητι,  Od.  10, 
43,  etc. — 2.  in  Att.,  mostly,  to  gratify 
or  indulge  a  humour  or  passion,  ίράν 
και  ερωσι  χ-,  Pind.  Fr.  236 ;  χ.  θνμώ, 


ΧΑΡΙ 

Soph.  El.  331  ;  όργ^,  Eur.  Aeol.  13, 
cf.  Or.  1514:  Tfi  έπιΟνμίςι,  Plat.  Rep. 
561  C;  χ.  ■)αστρί,  σώματι,  ήδονη, 
like  Lat.  indutgere,  Xen.  Cyr.  4,  2, 
39,  etc.  : — esp.  of  a  woman,  χ.  άνδρ'ι, 
to  grant  her  favours  to  a  man,  Lat.  co- 
piam  suifacere,  Ar.  Eq.  517,  Eccl.  629, 
Plat.  Syinp.  182  A,  Phaedr.  231  C, 
256  A,  etc.  ;  cf.  Ruhnk.  Tun.,  v.  sub 
χάρις  III.  2  :• — also,  to  humour  another 
in  argument,  i.  e.  let  him  have  the  best 
of  it,  Plat.  Meno  75  Β  ;  so,  χ.  τώ  Ιπ- 
ττω,  Xen.  Eq.  10,  12. — II.  c.  ace.  rei, 
to  offer  willingly,  give  gladly  or  cheer- 
fully, give  freely,  δώρα,  Od.  24,  283 ; 
άποινα,  II.  6,  49,  etc.  ;  χαρίζεσθαι 
τινί  τι,  Hdt.  1,  91,  Ar.  Ach.  437,  Eq. 
54  :  hence  also,  c.  gen.  partitivo,  to 
give  freely  of  a  thing,  χ.  αλλότριων, 
Od.  17,  452  ;  ταμίη  χαριζομένη  πα- 
ρεόντων,  giving  freely  of  such  things 
as  were  ready,  Od.  1,  140,  etc.  ; — on 
προικός  χαρίζεσθαι,  Od.  13,  15,  v. 
sub  Trpot^. — III.  pass.,  to  be  pleasing, 
agreeable  or  dear,  τινί,  to  any  one,  Od. 
8,538:  esp.  in  pf.  κεχάρισμαι,  and 
in  p\q\)t'.,  κεχάριστο  θνμώ,  was  dear  to 
her  heart,  Od.  6,  23  ;  τόίσι  Ενίίυέισ- 
σι  έκεχάριστο,  it  was  done  to  please 
the  Euboeans,  Hdt.  8,  5  ;  ταντα  μεν 
ovv  μνήμη  κεχαρισθω.  Plat.  Phaedr. 
250  C. — 2.  part.  pf.  κεχαρισμένος,  η, 
ov,  as  adj.,  pleasing,  acceptable,  wet- 
come,  Lat.  gratus,  acceptus,  εμώ  κεχα- 
ρισμένε  θνμίώ,  oft.  in  Hom.,  cf.  Hes. 
Th.  580  ;  δώμα  θίυΐς  κεχαρισμίνα,  II. 
20,  298,  cf.  Od.  16,  184;  κεχαρισμί- 
να θεϊναί  τινι,  to  do  things  pleasing 
to  one,  II.  24,661:  so  toowithe/cStVai, 
Od.  8,  584;  κεχαρισμένος  7/λθεν,  he 
came  ivishedfor,  was  welcome,  Od.  2, 
54,  cf.  Hdt.  1,  87  ;  κεχαρισμενα  θνρ- 
σφ,  Eur.  Η.  F.  889  ;  κεχαρ.  χοιρί- 
διην,  Ar.  Pac.  386  ;  πάσι  κεχαρισμέ- 
νος,  κεχαρ.  τοις  θεηϊς.  Plat.  Soph. 
218  A,  Enlhvphr.  14  Β  ;  λύγος  κεχαρ.. 
Dem.  178,  3.— The  whole  word  is 
rare  in  Trag.,  but  very  freq.  in  prose. 

iXapίκλεta,  ας,  i/,  Chanclea,  fem. 
pr.  n.,  Luc.  Tox.  13. 

}Χαρικ7.είδης,  ov,  6,  Chariclides,  an 
Athenian  archon,  Dem.  572,  13. 

iXapικλής,  έονς,  6,  Charicles,  an 
Athenian  naval  commander,  Thuc. 
7, 20  : — one  of  the  thirty  tyrants,  Xen. 
Hell.  2,  3,  2.— Others  in  Andoc. ; 
Luc.  ;  etc. 

iXapικλώ,ovς,ή.Chariclo, -anymph, 
mother  of  Tiresias,  Apollod.  3,  4,  7  ; 
Call.  Lav.  Pall.  67.-2.  a  daughter  of 
Perses  or  Apollo,  wife  of  Chiron,  Pind. 
P.  4,  184.— 3.  daughter  of  Cychreus 
of  Salamis,  wife  of  Sciron,  Plut.Thes. 
10.— Others  in  Anth. 

ίΧαρι?ιαος,  ov,  6,  Att.  Χαρίλεως, 
Dor.  Χαρίλας,  also  Χάρίλ/.ος,  Hdt. 
8,  131,  (Jharilaus,  son  of  Polydectes, 
nephew  of  Lycurgus,  a  Proclid,  Plut. 
Lye.  3  ;  etc. 

\Χαρίλας,  ό.ν.  foreg. — In  Ael.  V.  H. 
1,  27  formerly  XaptJof. 

^Χαρίλεως,  ω,  ό,  Charilaus,  a  citi- 
zen of  Samos,  Hdt.  3,  145.  Cf.  Xa- 
ρίλαος. 

tXapi?./.of,  ov,  6,—  Χαρί7.αος. 

Χάριν,  v.  sVib  χάρις  V.  I. 

'\Χαρινάδης,  ov,  ό,  Charinades,  an 
Athenian,  whose  slowness  became 
proverbial,  κρε'ιττων  έστί  σον  Xapi- 
νάδης  βαδίζειν,  Ar.  Vesp.  232. 

ΧάρΙνος,  ov,  ό,  name  of  a  comic 
dancer  in  Sparta,  a  standing  charac- 
ter in  the  Doric  comedy,  like  the 
Spanish  Gracioso,  Mviller  Dor.  4,  7 
<J  3. — til.  as  masc.  pr.  n.,  Charimis. 
an  Athenian,  Dem.  1334,  11. — 2.  an- 
other, Id.  927,  21.— Others  in  Arr.  •, 
etc. 

1649 


XAPI 

'  ^Χαριξένη,  ης,  ή,  Ckarixene,  an 
Athenian  female,  whose  name  be- 
came proverbial   for  simplicity,  Ar. 

,Eccl.  943. 

iXa()ίξεvoς,   ov,    6,    Charixenus,  a 
Sicyonian,  Luc.  Tox.  22. — Others  in 
Anth.  P.  7,  403  ;  etc. 
•  tXttpiTTrof,  ov,   0,    Charippus,    an 

'Athenian,  masc.  pr.  n.,  Ar.  Nub.  61. — 
Others  in  Andoc.  ;  Ael.  ;  etc. 

Χάρις,  7/,  gen.  χύμίτος :  acc.  ;^ά- 
piv,  in  later  poets  also;t;(ipir«,  which 
occurs  also  in  Hilt,  (i,  41,  Eur.  El.  CI, 
Hel.  1378 ;  f ami  always  so  of  the  prop. 

,n.,  infr.  B,  Kuhner  Gr.  Gr.  φ  273,  3, 
Anm.  It:  plur.  χάρίΓές ;  poet.  dat. 
jupiaffi.Pind.N.S,  tin.,  or χαρίτΐοσι, 
Id.:  {χαίρω.)  Favour, grace,  hat. gratia, 
— I.  HI  objective  sense,  outward  grace 
(as  we  say  tvell  or  ill  favoured),  grace, 
beauty,  esp.  of  persons,  oft.  in  Horn.  ; 

.  βΐσττΐσίην  ό'  άρα  τώγε  χάριν  κατε- 
Ύενατ'  Άβί/νιι,  Od.  2,  12,  etc.  ;  ^ύριν 
αμφιχέαι  τινί,  lies.  Op.  C5  ;  ενμύρ- 
φων  όέ  κολοσσών  ΐχθεται  χάρις  άν- 
όμί,  Aesch.  Ag.  416;  also  in  plur., 
κύλλεϊ  και  χύρισι  στίλβειν,  Od.  6, 
237  ;  μετά  χαρίτων,  gracefully,  Thuc. 

2,  41  : — more  rarely  of  things,  ίργοι- 
σι  χάριν  και  κνόος  όττάζειν,  Od.  15, 
320,  cf.  II.  14,  183;  ο( graceful  speak- 
ing, ov  οι  χάρις  άμφιπεριστέφεται 
επέεσσιν,  Ocl.  8,  175. — II.  in  subjec- 
tive sense,  grace, favour  felt ;  and  that, 
— 1.  on  the  part  of  the.  doer,  Ai7ii/?iess, 
goodwill,  τινός,  for  or  towards  one, 
Hes.  Op.  188;  της  παλαιάς  χάριτος 
εκβεβ/.ημένη.  Soph.  Aj.  808.— 2.  more 
usu.  on  the  part  of  the  receiver,  the 
sense  of  favour  received  or  enjoyed, 
thanks,  gratitude,  II.  4,  95  ;  τινός,  for 
a  thing,  ονδέ  τις  ΐστί  χάρις  μετόπι- 
σθ'  ενεργίων,  Od.  4,  695,  cf.  Hes.  Th. 
503  :  more  rarely  c.  inf ,  χάρις  μάρ- 
νασθαι,  lha7iksfor  lighting,  11.  9,  316  ; 
17,  147;  εγώ  δε  κέ  τοι  ίδέω  χάριν 
ήματα  nayfa,  Ι  should  ever  feel  the 
favour,  i.  e.  thank  thee,  II.  14,  235  ;  so 
χάριν  άπομνήσασθαί  τινι.  Hes.  Th. 
503;  χάριν  φίρειν  τινί,  Pind.  Ο.  10 
(11),  22; — in  prose  usu.,  χάριν  εΐδέ- 
vai  τινί,  Hdt.  3,  21,  and  Att. ;  so,  y. 
γιγνώσκειν,  επίστασθαι,  Pors.  Med. 
476  ;  χ.  ίχειν  τινί  τίνος,  to  feel  grati- 
tude to  one  for  a  thing,  Hdt.  7,  120, 
cf.  ],  71,  and  freq.  in  Att. ;  r.  οφεί- 
λ.ειν,  to  owe  gratitude,  be  beholden, 
Soph.  Ant.  331,  Xen.  Cyr.  3.  2,  30  ; 
χάριν  or  χάριτα  καταθέσθαι  τινί,  to 
lay  up  a  store  of  gratitude  in  a  per- 
son's heart,  i.  e.  earn  his /Λαηλχ,  Hdt. 
7,  178 ;  χάριν  λαμβάνειν,  to  receive, 
reap  thanks,  Soph.  O.  T.  1004,  etc. ; 
δητ7.ήν  εξ  έμον  κτήσει  χάριν.  Id. 
Phil.  1370  ;  so,  χ.  κομίσασθαι,  Thuc. 

3,  58 ;  χ.  άτϊέχειν,  and  so  on  ; — 
though  all  these  run  also  into  signf. 
Ill: — χάρις  {εστί)  τινι  οτι...,  as,  χά- 
ρις τοις  θεοίς  οτι...,  thank  the  gods 
that...,  Xen.  An.  3,  3, 14,  etc. ;  hence, 
— 3.  influence,  as  opp.  to  force,  χάρι- 
TL  πλείον  η  φόβω,  Thuc.  1,  9. — III. 
as  an  act.,  a  favour  whether  done  or 
returned,  a  grace,  kindness,  boon:  in 
gen.  that  which  is  acceptable,  pleasing 
to  one,  esp.,  χάριν  φέρειν  τινί,  to 
confer  a  favour  on  one,  do  something 
agreeable  to  him,  11.  5,  211,  874;  9, 
613,  etc.  ;  in  thi.s  signf  very  freq.  in 
Hdt.  ;  hence  in  the  same  phrase,  to 
please  or  humour  one,  do  a  thing  to  oblige 
him,  like  ηρα  ΆηΛίττΊηρα  φέρειν  τινί, 
in  prose  usu.  χάριν  Οέσθαι,  νέμειν, 
δράσαι,  etc.,  to  do,  confer  a  grace,  fa- 
vour, kindness,  Trag.,  cf.  Lob.  Phryn. 
18  ;  χ.  δονναι=:χαρίζεσβαι,  to  indulge, 
humour,  opyy.  Soph.  O.  C.  855 ;  so, 
χάριν  άμείβεσθαι,  άνηδοϋναι,  άπο- 

1650 


XAPI 

δούναι,  τίνειν,  έκτίνειν,  νπονργεϊν, 
—  χάριν  άπολαμβάνειν,  ύπαιτείν, 
etc.,  of  favours  returned,  or  to  be  re- 
turned, freq.  in  Att.,  see  the  verbs  — 

2.  esp.,  oi  favours  granted  by  women, 
(v.  sub  χαρίζομαι  I,  2),  χάριν  μνη- 
στής ΙδεΙν,  11.  11,  243  ;  so  in  Alt.  usu. 
in  plur.,  as  Xen.  Hier.  1,34;  7,6; 
and  in  lull,  vupirff  αφροδισίων  ερώ- 
των, Pind.  Fr.  90,  1  ;  cf  Plat.  Phaedr. 
254  A,  etc. — IV.  generally,  a  gratifi- 
cation, delight,τίvός,  in  ox  from  a  thing, 
φόρμιγγος,  συμποσίου,  Pind.  P.  2, 
129,  O.  7,  8  ;  ενοπτρα,  παρθένων  χά- 
ριτας,  like  Lat.  deliciae,  Kur.  Tro. 
1109;  opp.  io  λνπη.  Soph.  El.  821  ; 
ονδεμίαν  τω  3ίω  χάριν  εχω,  Ar.  Lys. 
805  ;  cf.  Plat.  (3org.  462  C,  etc.— 2. 
δαιμόνων  χάρις,  homage  due  to  them, 
their  worship,  majesty,  Aesch.  Ag.  182 ; 
so,  άθικτων  χ.,  lb.  372  : — also,  an  ac- 
knowledgment thereof,  an  offering,  gift, 
εί'κταία  χ.  τινός,  opp.  to  a  common 
gift  (δώρον  or  δωρεά),  Aesch.  Ag. 
1387,  Xen.  Hier.  8,  4  ;  τιμή  και  γέρα 
και  χ..  Plat.  Euthyphr.  15  A  ;  cf 
Lach.  187  A,  etc. — V.  special  usages  : 
— 1.  absol.  acc.  sing,  χάριν,  c.  gen., 
in  any  one's  favour,  for  his  pleasure, 

for  his  sake,  χάριν  Έκτορος,  11.  15, 
744  ;  φενδεσθαι  γλώσσης  χάριν,  to 
li€  for  one's  tongue's  pleasure,  i.  e. 
merely  for  the  sake  of  talking,  Hes. 
Op.  707,  cf  Aesch.  Uho.  206  :  also 
with  artic,  την  Άθιμ•αίων  χάριν, 
Hdt.  5,  99  ;  so  also  very  common  in 
Att.: — in  this  usage  it  soon  assumed 
the  character  of  a  prep.,  being  usu.  fol- 
lowed by  its  gemt.,=h'εκu,  Lat.  gra- 
tia, causa,  for  the  sake  of  a  person  or 
thing,  in  behalf  of ,  on  account  of,  τον 
χάριν  ;  lor  what  reason  ?  Ar.  Plut.  53  ; 
συγχωρώ  τον  λύγον  χ..  Plat  Rep.  475 
A  ;  χάριν  πλτισμυνης,  Id.  Phaedr.  241 
C,  etc.  ;  so,  εμην  χάρη',  σ'ην  χάριν, 
for  my,  thy  pleasure  or  sake,  Lat.  mea, 
tua  gratia.  Soph.  Tr.  485,  etc. ;  also 
την  ίμην,  την  σην  r.  ; — also  pleon., 
τίνος  χάριν  ένεκα.  Plat.  Legg.  701  D, 
tPseudo-Phoc.  188t,cf  ivt/ia; — also, 
χάριν  Τίνος,  as  far  asregards...,as  to..., 
like  ένεκα  II,  Soph.  O.  C.  444,  Fr. 
501,  cf  Valck.  Hdt.  0,  63,  Blonif 
Pers.  343. — Originally,  no  doubt,  tliis 
was  an  accus.  in  apposition  with  the 
sentence,  as  in  11.  15,  744,  etc.,  being 
a  favour,  since  it  is  {was)  a  favour,  cf. 
Jelf  Gr.  Gr.  §621,  obs.  2.-2.  εις  χά- 
ριν τινός,  to  do  one  a  pleasure,  Thuc. 

3,  37  ;  ουδέν  εις  χ.  πράσσειν.  Soph. 
Ο.  Τ.  1353  : — so, — 3.  προς  χάριν  λέ- 
γειν τινί,  Mem.  4,4,4,  cf  Hell.  C,  3, 
7  :  but,  προς  χάριν  εμάς  σαρκός,  for 
the  sake  of  my  flesh,  i.  e.  of  devouring 
it.  Soph.  Phil.  1150  ;  so,  προς  χ.  βο- 
ράς. Id.  Ant.  30 ;  Trpof  χ.,  opp.  to 
κλάων.  Id.  O.  T.  1152: — but  προς 
χάριν,  also,  just  like  χάριν,  Pind.  O. 
8,  10,  Eur.  Med.  538.-4.  iv  χάριτι 
κρίνειν  τινά,  to  decide  from  partiality 
to  one,  Theocr.  5,  69  :  iv  χ.  ποιεϊσθαί 
τί,  Stallb.  Plat.  Phaed.  115  0:  but, 
also,  for  one's  gratification,  pleasure, 
ποιησαί  τινί  τι  iv  χάριτι,  cf  Stallb. 
Phaed.  115  B. — 5.  ota  χαρίτων  είναι 
or  γίγνεσθαι  τινι,  to  stand,  be  on 
terms  of  friendship  or  mutual  favour 
with  one,  Xen.  Hier.  9,  1,  and  2. — 0. 
μετά  χάριτος  και  έθελοντί,  Polyb.  2, 
22,  5. 

Β.  as  a  mythological  pr.  n.,  usu.  in 
plur.  ai  Χάριτες,  the  Charites  or  (rra- 
ces,  goddesses  of  grace,  loveliness  and 
favour,  they  who  confer  all  grace, 
etc.,  even  the  favour  of  victory  in  the 
games,  Bockh  Expl.  Pind.  O.  2, 50(90) 
sq.,7, 12  (20).  In  Horn,  their  number  is 
Undefined,  cf.  II.  14, 267,  sq. ;  but  Hes. 


XAPI 

Th.  907,  reduces  them  to  three,  Agio• 
ta,  Euphrosyne,  Thalia ;  and  Pind., 
etc.,  follows  him,  O.  14,  19.  In  Od. 
18,  194  ;  Θ,  364,  they  are  the  attend- 
ants ol  Venus,  whom  they  bathe  and 
dress,  cf  Miiller  Archiiol.  §378,  1  ] 
and  are  introduced  to  personify  thel 
highest  grace  in  any  thing ;  e.  g.  a' 
veil  is  wrought  by  them,  II.  5,  338; 
and,  in  Od.  6,  18,  they  give  their 
charms  to  the  companions  of  Nausi- 
caa. — The  worship  of  the  three  Graces 
is  said  to  have  been  introduced  by 
Eteocles  at  Orchomenus  in  Boeotia, 
v.  Miill.  Orchom.  8,  p.  177,  sq.  :  while 
at  Lacedaemon  and  Athens  only  two 
were  orig.  worshipped, — at  Lacedae- 
mon called  Φάίΐ,Ία  and  Κλ.ήτα  (not 
Κλτ^τά),  Giver  of  Glory  and  Fame  ■  at 
Athens,  Ήγεμόΐ'η  and  Αί<ξώ,  Guide 
and  Nurse,  Pausan.  3,  18,  6  ;  9,  35,  2  : 
a  later  version  called  them  Χάρις  and 
Ώειθώ. — II.  in  sing.,  ή  Χάρις,  Charis, 
wife  of  Vulcan,  acc.  to  II.'  18,  382, 
whereas  Hes.  Th.  945.  makes  Aglaia, 
the  youngest  of  the  Charites,  his  wife. 

C.  (As  χάρις  is  of  the  same  root 
with  χαίρω,  χαρά,  χάρμα,  it  is  akin 
also  to  Lat.  carus  and  gratus,  gratis, 
grates,  gratia.)  [-.-«',  yet  Horn,  some- 
times has  the  acc.  χάριν  in  arsis,  as 
in  II.  5,874;  11,243.] 

^Χαρισθένης,  εος  contd.  ονς.  6, 
Charislhenes,  inasc.  pr.  n.,  Anth.  P.  6, 
150. 

jXapισιάδης,  ov,  6,  son  of  Charisius, 
Dem.  1304,  26. 

ίΧαρϊσίαι,  ων,  αί,  also  Χαρισία, 
Charisiae,  a  city  in  Arcadia,  Paus.  8, 
35,  5. 

Χάρίσιος,  a,  ov,  belonging  to  χάρις, 
like  χαριστήριος :  χ.  εδνον,  a  free  gilt, 
(/all.  Fr.  193;  χαρισία  βοτάνη,  love- 
plant. — II.  r.  πλακονς,  a  sort  of  cake, 
Ar.  Fr.  C;  but  as  subst.,  ό  χαρίσιυς 
in  Eubul.  Ά^,γ.  2.— III.  ru  Χαρισία 
(sc.  ίερά),^Χαριτήσια.  [pi] 

^Χαρίσιος,  ov,  b,  Charisius,  a  son 
of  Lycaon,  founder  of  Charisiae,  Paus. 
8,  3.  4. 

Χάρισμα,  ατός,  τό,  (χαρίζομαι)  a 
favour,  kindness:  esp.,  a  free  gift,  grace, 
N.T. 

Χαριστέον,  verb.  adj.  from  χαρίζο' 
μαι,  one  must  gratify,  indulge,  etc, 
Plat.  Phaedr.  227  C. 

Χΰριστήριος,  ov,  {χαρίζομαι)  in- 
clined to  showing  favour  ;  OX  for  giving 
thaiiks :  hence, — 1.  το  χ.,  a  favour, 
grace,  LXX. — 2.  Tu  χ.  (sc.  Ιερά), 
thank-offerings,  Xen.  Cyr.  4,  1,2;  7, 
2,  28 ;  χ.  θνειν,  άποδιδόναι,  Polyb. 
21,  1,  2,  Luc.  Patr.  Encom.  7. 

Χαριστικός,  η,  όν,  (χαρίζομαι)  giv- 
ing freely,  bounteous,  Plut.  2,  332  D, 
etc. 

Χάριστίων,  ωνος,  6,  an  instrument 
of  Archimedes /or  weighing. 

Χάρΐτήσια  (sc.  Ιερά),  τά,  the  feast 
of  the  Charites. 

ΧάρΙτία,  ας,  ή,  a  jest,  joke,  Xen. 
Cyr.  2,  2,  13. 

^ΧαριτΙμίδης,  ov,  b,  Charitimides, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Ar.  Eccl.  293. 

Χάρίτο  βλέφαρο  ς,  υν,  [Χάρις,  βλιέ- 
φαρον)  with  eyelids  or  eyes  like  the 
Charites,  όμματα,  Anth.  P.  append. 
209:  comically,  ;^;αρ../ίύς"α;ι;.,  Eubul. 
Ύιτθ.  2. 

Χάρίτογλωσσέω,  Att.  -ττευ,  ώ, 
(.χάρις,  γλώσσα)  to  speak  to  please, 
gloze  with  the  tongue,  Aesch.  Pr.  294  ; 
also  γλωσσοχαριτέω. 

ΧάρΙτογλωττίζω,  i.  -i'aij,=foreg. 

Χάριτοδότης,  ov,  ό,=χαριδότης, 
Wytt.  Plut.  2,  158  E. 

ΧάρΙτόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  =  χαρίεις 
Anacr.  129. 


ΧΑΡΜ 

'Χ.ΰρίΤόΦωνος,  ον,  {χάρις,  φωνή) 
tilth  charming  voice,  Phllox.  ap.  Ath. 
S64  E. 

Χ»/}ί~όω,  ώ,  f.  -ώσο).  (χάρις)  to  show 
favour  or  grace  to  any  one,  τίνά,  Ν. 
Τ. :  usu.  in  pass,,  lobe  highly  favoured, 
LXX.,  and  N.  'Γ. 

tXnptru.  oOr.  fj,  Charito,  fetn.  pr. 
n.,  Anih.  P.  5,  13. 

iXapiTuv  λόφος,  ύ,  hill  of  the  Gra- 
ces, in  Africa  at  the  source  of  the  Ci- 
nyps,  Hdt.  4,  175. 

\Χ.αρίτων,  ωνος,  ό,  Chariton,  an 
Agrigentine,  Ael.  V.  H.  2,  4. 

ΧάρΊ-ώπΐ]ς,  ov,  ό,  (χάρις,  ώψ) 
Sracefnl  of  aspect,  sweet-looking,  Orph. 

H.  16,  5;  i^m.  χαριτώπις,  ιόος,  Anih. 
P.  append.  209. 

Χάρμα,  ητος,  τό.  (χαίρω)  a  joy,  de- 
light, source  of  joy  to  any  one,  χάρμα 
TivL  Honn. ;  also,^.  τινός,  Eur.  Phoen. 
150G,  Supp.  282  :  in  plur.,  Od.  6,  185, 
Hes.  Op.  699,  Aesch.,  and  Eur. ;  esp. 
of  victory  in  the  games,  άπονον  χ. 
F/.aiSov,  Pind.  O.  10(11),  26;  ααλ- 
λίνικον  χ.,  Id.  I.  5  (4),  69  ;  etc. :  β 
source  of  malignant  joy,  11,  3,  51  ;  6, 
82,  etc  ;  ?Λ•πρά,  χάρ)αατα  ό'  έχθροϊς, 
Aesch.  Pers.  1034. — 2,  generally,  ^oy, 
delight,  pleasure,  Od,  19,  471,  H,  Ger. 
372,  Hes.  Sc,  400,  Trag.— Poet,  word. 
— (French  charme,  charmer,  etc.) 

ίΧαρμάν^ί),  ης,  ή,  Charmnnde,  a 
large  city  of  Mesopotamia,  on  the  Eu- 
phrates, Xen.  An.  I,  5,  10. 

^Χαρμαντίόης,  ov,  ό,  Charmantides, 
an  Athenian,  a  pupil  of  the  sophist 
Thrasymachus,  Plat.  Rep.  328  B.~ 
Others  in  Isocr. ;  etc, 

Χάρμη,  ης,  ή,  battle,  fight-,  strife,  war, 
oft.  in  Horn.  ;  μνήσαντο  δε  χάρμί/ς,  11. 
•4,  222,  etc. ;  μνησώμΐθα  χάρμης,  II, 
19,  148,  Od.  22,  73  ;  μηδ'  eiKtze  χάρ- 
μης 'Αργείοίς,  11.  4,  509  ;  εΐδάτΐ  χάρ- 
μης, 5,  tJOS  ;  ττροκα/.έσσατο  χάρμί),  7, 
218  : — χάιψ.*)  γηθό<τννοι  την  σφιν 
θεός  εμί3α?.ί'  θυμω,  where  it  seems  to 
mean  the  spirit  of  battle,  eagerness  for 
battle,  II.  13,  82:— in  Pind.,  like  χάρ- 
μα, victory  in  the  games,  O.  9,  129  : — 
in  phir,,  successes,  opp.  to  κακά,  Pseu- 
do-Phocyi.  110.  (The  root  of  χάρμη 
must  be  χαίρω,  so  that  the  primary 
sense  would  be  the  joy  of  battle,  'the 
rtern  joy  that  warriors  feel,'  etc. ;  see 
the  last  place  quoted  from  II.  in  the 
compds.  ίήττιοχάρμης  and  ίπποχάρ- 
μης,  μενεχάρμης  and  μενέχαρμος,  σι- 
δηροχάρμης,  χα?^κοχαρμης.  Schnei- 
der refers  to  a  remarkable  gloss  of 
Hesych.,  χαρά'  οργή  -η  όργίλος). — II. 
=  ίτηδυρατίς,  Stesich.  89,  Ibyc.  53. 

ίΧαρμίδας,  ov,  ό,  Charmidas,  a 
Spartan,  Paus.  3,  2,  7. 

iXapμίδηΓ,  ov,  ό,  Charmides,  an 
Athenian,  son  of  Glaucon,  uncle  of 
Plato,  Plat.  Charm.  ;  Prot.  315  ;  Xen. 
Hell.  2,  4,  19.— 2.  an  Elean,  victor  at 
Olympia,  Paus.  6,  7.  1. — 3.  father  of 
the  sculptor  Phidias,  Id.  5,  10,  2. 

ίΧαρμΐνος.  ου,  ό.  Charminus,  a  na- 
val commander  of.  the  Athenians, 
Thuc.  8,  .30. — 2.  a  Lacedaemonian,  an 
envoy  of  Thimbron,  Xen.  An.  7,  6,  1. 

■\Χάρμίθν,  ου,  //,  (Χαρμιόνη)  Char- 
mium,  fern.  pr.  n.,  Plut.  Anton.  86. 

'\Χάρμις,  ίδος,  ό,  Charmis,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  Anth.  P.  7,  519.— II.  ή,  a  city  of 
Sardinia. 

^Χαρμόθας,  6,  Charmothas,  a  port 
of  Arabia,  Strab.  p,  777. 

\Χαρμό/^εως,  ω,  ό,  Charmolaus,  a 
beautiful  youth  of  Megara,  Luc.  D. 
Mort.  10.— Others  in  Strab. ;  etc. 

Χαρμονή.  ης,  ή,^ χαρμόσυνη,  joy, 
delight,  bliss.  Soph.  Aj.  559,  and  in 
Eur. :  plur.,  joijir,  delights,  Eur.  Ion 
1379,  H.  F.  384,  742.     Poet,  word, 


XAPT 

yet  cf.  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  4,  22,  Plat.  Phil. 
43  C.     Hence 

Χαρμονικός,  η,  όν,  glad,  joyful. 

^Χάρμος,  ov,  ό,  Charmus.  an  Athe- 
nian, Plut.  Sol.  2;  Paus.  1,30,  ].— 
Others  in  Ath.  4  A  ;  344  D  ;  etc. 

Χαρμόσυνη,  ης,  {j.joyfulness,  delight, 
Plut.  2,  1102  A,  Orph.  H.  59,  4  :  from 

Χαρμόσυνος,  η,  ov,  (χάρμα)  joyful, 
glad,  χαρμόσυνα  ποιείν,  to  make  re- 
joicings, Hdt.  3,  27  ;  where  Schweigh. 
would  supply  ιερά,  cf.  Plut.  2,  362  D. 

Χαρμόώρων,  όνος,  ό,  ή,  (χάρμα, 
φρην)  heart-delighting,  or  of  joyous 
heart,  epith.  of  Mercury,  H.  Horn. 
Merc.  127, 

Χΰροδοτης,  ov,  b,  and  χάροδώτης, 
ov,  6.  (χαρά,  δίδωμι)  Giver  nf  joy,  like 
χαριδώτης  :  poet.  fein.  χαροδώτις. 

iXapoιάδ>]ς,  ov,  6,  Charoeades,  a 
naval  commander  of  the  Athenians, 
Thuc.  3,  86, 

\Χαροπϊνος,  ου,  ό,  Charopinus, 
brother  of  Aristagoras  of  Miletus, 
Hdt.  5,  99. 

Χάροποιέω,  ω,  to  cattse  joy,  to  de- 
light.    Hence 

ΧύροτΓοίημα,  ατός,  τό,  joy  caused  to 
any  one. 

Χΰροττοίός,  όν,  (χαρά,  ποιέω)  caus- 
ing joy,  gladdening,  v.  I.  for  χοροττ-, 
Eur,  Hec.  917,  Phoen.  768,  Ar.  Ran. 
353. 

Χαροπός,  η,  όν,  also  ός,  όν,  [χαρά, 
ύψ)  :  —  strictly,  glad-eyed  ;  hence, 
bright-eyed,  χαροηοΐ  λέοντεν,  Od.  11, 
61 1,  Η.  Merc.  569,  Hes.  Th.  321,  etc. ; 
κύνες,  l\.  Horn,  Merc.  194  ;  of  the 
eyes  of  Minerva,  Theocr.  20,  25,  cf 
Luc.  D.  Mort.  1,3,  etc, ;  of  monkeys, 
Ar.  Pac.  1065 ;  of  the  Germans  (cf 
sq.);  asepith.  οα/ώς,  σελήνη.  Αρ.  Rh. 

I,  1280  ;  of  the  sea,  Mel.  80,  Opp.  H. 
4,  312,  etc.— The  word  did  not  at  first 
denote  any  deliiiite  colour,  but  referred 
simply  to  the  brightness  of  the  eye,  usu. 
with  collat.  notion  of  fierceness  (Lu- 
cas Quaest.  Lexil.  "is  53  sq. ;  cf.  χάρ- 
μη):  but  as  such  eyes  usu.  have  a 
light-blue  or  greyish  lustre,  it  came, 
like  γ?.ανκός,  to  denote  colours  of 
this  kind.  What  the  special  shade 
was,  we  can  hardly  determine,  but  it 
is  distinguished  as  darker  than  γλαυ- 
κός (q.  v.,  signf  II.  2)  by  several  au- 
thors ;  yet  that  they  did  not  differ 
much  is  clear  from  the  line,  όμματα 
μυι  γ?ι,αυκάς  χαροττώτερα  τϊο/./ιόυ 
Άθάνας,  Theocr.  20,  25  ;  cf.  Foes. 
Oec.  Hipp.  Late  poets,  keeping 
solely  to  the  expression  of  such  eyes, 
use  it  generally  for  joyous,  gladsome, 
cf  Theocr.  12,  35,  Jac.  Anth.  P.  p. 
324. 

tXtipoTTOf.  ov,  ό,  Charopus,  father 
of  Nireus,  king  of  the  island  Syme, 

II.  2,  672  :— in  Luc.  D.  Mort.  25  Χά- 
ροφ. — 2.  an  Elean,  Xen.  Hell.  7,  4,  15. 

Χΰροττότης.  ητος,  η,  (χαροπός) 
brightness  nf  eye  :  a  light-blue  colour, 
used  by  Plut.  Marius  11,  to  designate 
the  eyes  of  the  Germans,  called  by 
Tacitus  truces  et  caerulei  oculi. 

Xapoip,  οτΓος,  6,  ή,  poet,  for  χαρο- 
πός, Opp.  C.  3,  114.  [a] 

ΪΧάροψ,  οπός,  ό,  Charops,=:Xupo- 
πος  1. — 2.  son  of  Hippasus,  a  Trojan, 
U.  II,  426.— Others  in  Luc,  etc. 

Χαρτάριον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  χάρ- 
της, Anth.  [ru] 

ίΧύρτας,  ό,  Chartas,  a  statuary  of 
Sparta,  Paus.  6,  4,  4. 

Χσρτηρία,  ας,  ^,=  sq.,  LXX. 

Χάρτη,  ης,  7),=  sq.,  a  sheet  of  paper, 
to  which  the  Stoics  compared  the 
soul  at  birth,  Plut.  2,  900  A. 

Χάρτης,  ov,  6,  (χαράσσω)  Lat. 
charta,  a  leaf  of  paper,  made  from  the 


ΧΑΣΚ 

separated  layers  of  the  papyrus  :  the' 
finest  paper  was  called  royal,  χάρτας 
βασιλικοί,  chartae  regiae  in  Catull. 
19,  6. — 2,  α  book  formed  of  such  leaves  : 
so  in  plur.,  as  we  say  papers.  Plat. 
(Com.)  Incert.  10.-3.  metaph..  any 
leaf  or  thin  plate,  χάρται  μολύβδινοι, 
Joseph. 

Χαρτίδιον,  ov,  70,=  sq.,  Alciphr. 
1,26.  [Z] 

Χαρτίον.  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  χάρτης, 
Plut.  2,  60  A. 

Χαρτογράφος,  ov,  writing  on  paper. 

Χαρτοπράτης,  ου,  ό,  a  dealer  in  pa- 
per. [«-] 

Χαρτοπώ'λης,  ov,  o,=foreg. 

Χαρτός,  η,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from  χαί- 
ρω, that  IS  matter  of  delight,  delightful. 
Soph.  Tr.  227,  Plat.  Prot.  358  A: 
χαρτά,  delights,  opp.  to  κακά,  χαρτοΐ• 
σι  χαίρε.  Archil.  14,  cf  Soph.  EI. 
1457;  rapru  πάσχειν,  Eur.  Phoen. 
618.     (Hence  prob.  the  Lat,  grains.) 

Χαρτοφνλ.άκιον,  ov,  τό,  a  case  or 
closet  for  keeping  papers  in. 

Χαρτοφν?Μξ,  άκος,  ό,  α  keeper  of 
papers,   [ϋ] 

Χάρνβόίζω.  f.  -ίσω  Att.  •ΐώ  : — to 
swallow  up  like  Charybdis,  Memeke 
j  Pherecr.  Κραπατ.  17. 
'  Χάρνβδις,  εως  Ion.  ιος,  ή,  Charyb- 
dis, a  dangerous  whirlpool  between 
I  Italy  and  Sicily,  opposite  the  rock 
!  Scylla,  Od.  12,  101,  sq. :  generally,  α 
I  whirlpool,  gidf,  Eur.  Supp.  500  ; — me- 
j  taph.  of  a  greedy,  rapacious  person, 
I  χ.  αρπάγης.  Ar.  Eq.  248.    (Prob.  akin 

to  βοιβοέω.) 
i  Χάρων,  ωνος,  ό.  ή,  poet,  for  χαρο- 
πός. Lye.  455  :— hence,  as  subst.,  α 
/ioii,  Euphor.  47,  et  ibi  Meineke  ;  an 
eagle.  Lye.  260,  et  ibi  Bachm.  ;  of  the 
Cyclops,  Lye.  660. — II.  as  prop,  n., 
Charon,  the  ferryman  of  the  Sty.K, 
prob.y>"oni  Λ;.^  bright,  fierce  eyes,  Eur., 
etc. ;  in  Ar.  Ran.  183,  with  a  play  on 
χαίρε. 

ίΧάρων,  ωνος,  ό,  Charon,  v.  foreg. 
II. — 2.  a  Thebaii,  a  friend  of  Pelopi- 
das,  Xen.  Hell.  5.  4,  3.-3.  a  historian 
ol  Lampsacus,  ό  Ώνθεω.  Paus.  10,  38, 
11  ;  cf  Strab.  p.  583. 

ίΧαρώνδας.  ov,  6,  Charondas,  a  cel- 
ebrated lawgiver  of  Catana  in  Sicily, 
Plat.  Rep.  599  ;  Arist.  Pol.  1,  1,  6. 

Χάρώνειος,  ov,  (Χάρων)  belonging 
to  Charon  or  the  nether  world,  ('haro- 
nean  :  hence, — 1.  X.  (?ί'ρα,  the  gate 
through  which  criminals  were  led  to 
execution. — 2.  X.  κλίμαξ,  a  staircase 
in  the  theatre,  leading  up  to  tlie  stage 
as  if  from  the  world  below,  by  which, 
ghosts,  etc.,  entered,  cf  Herm.  Opusc. 
6,  2.  p.  133. — 3.  X.  βάραθρα,  caverns 
filled  with  mephitic  vapours,  like  the 
Grotto  del  Cane  near  Naples ;  such 
places  being  looked  on  as  entrances' 
to  the  nether  world,  Galen,  cf  Foes. 
Oecon.  Hipp.  :  tand  Strab.  p.  578. 

Χΰρωνίς,  ίδος,  pecul.  poet,  fem.  of 
foreg. 

Χαρωνίτης,  ov,  b,  coming  from  the 
nether  world  ; — used  to  translate  Lat. 
Orcini.  the  low  persons  whom  Caesar 
brought  into  the  senate,  Plut.  Anton. 
15. 

Χαρωπός,  όν,  Arr.,  Lob.  Phryn. 
106  ;  and  χΰρώψ,  ώπος,  ό,  ή,  rare  late 
forms  for  χαροπός,  χάροφ. 

Χάσις.  εως,  ή,  α  chasm,  separation. 

Χασκάζω,  f.  -άσω,  frequentat.  from 
χάσκω,  χαίνω  (qq.  v.),  c.  ace,  to  gape 
at  or  for  a  thing,  Ar.  Vesp.  695. 

Χασκάνοί',  ου,  τό,  a  mask  with  ga- 
ping mouth. — II.  a  plant,  Diosc.  ;  else-' 
where  ξάνθίον. 

Χάσκαξ.  άκος,  b,  a  gaper,  gaby. 

Χάσκω,   εχασκον,   to  gape,    yawn, 
1651 


XATI 

forms  almost  always  used  for  the 
pres.  and  impf.  of  χαίνω,  in  the  best 
authors,  Solon  5,  30,  Achae.  ap.  Eust. 
753,  55,  Ar.  Eq.  1018,  1032,  Xen.  Eq. 
10,  7,  etc. — V.  sub  χαίνω. 

XaOKupeu),  ώ,=χασκύζω,  Hesych. 
Χάσμα,  ατος,τό,  {χαίνω)  : — η  yawn- 
inii  hollow,  a  chasm,  gulf,  Hes.  Th. 
740  ;  Y.  )'i}f.  Hilt.  7,  30  ;  χθονός,  πέ- 
τρας,ΕΌτ.  Ion  281, 1.  Τ.  G20  ;  ταρτύ- 
ρον  άβυσσα  χ.,  Μ.  Phoen.  1605 : — 
also,  the  open  moulh,  like  Lat.  Ticlus, 
r.  θηρύς.  Eur.  H.  F.  3C3  ;  cf.  Anth. 
P.  11,  379.  etc.— II.  generally,  any 
wide  space  or  expanse,  hence  used  of 
the  sky  and  sea,  as,  χάσμα  ττελύγεος 
το  (5;)  Aiyalov  καλέεται,  Hdt.  4,  85, 
cf  Plat.  Legg.  614  D,  etc.    Hence 

Χασμάω,  ώ,  or  usu.  as  dep.  mid., 
χασμάομαι,  f  -ήσομαι,  to  yaivn,  gape 
ti-iile.  oi  the  mouth,  όττύταν  χασμφ  (sc. 
Κ/αων),  Ar.  Eq.  824  ;  ol  τονς  χασμω- 
μενους  ορώντίς.  Plat.  Charm.  16!)  C; 
of  agate,  Alex.Φι)y.  1,7. — 11.  metaph  , 
to  be  confounded  or  amazed,  Plat.  Gorg. 
48C  B,  527  A. 

Χασμάτίης,ον,ό.=  $^;  Anst.  Mund. 
4,  30,  Diog.  L.  7,  154. 

Χασ//ΰ-ί/£ϋί-,οϋ,ό,  of  an  earthquake, 
which  leaves  vast  chasms. 

Χασμίομηι.  Ion.  for  χασμάομαι,  εϊς 
τι,  at  a  thing,  Theocr.  4,  53. 

Χάσμη,  ης,  ή,  a  yawning,  gaping,  in 
gen.  drowsiness,  P\al.  Rep.  503  0;  also 
in  plur..  Foes.  Oec.  Hipp. — 2.  an  ob- 
ject of  idle  gaping  or  staring,  a  gaz- 
ing-siock,  Antipat.  ap.  Stob.  p.  427, 
58. 

Χάσμημα,  ατός,  τό,  (χασμάω)  that 
which  is  opened  wide,  a  yawn,  gape,  Lat. 
rictns,  Ar.  Av.  61. 

Χάσμιισις,  εως,  ή,=χάαμη. 
Χασμός,   ό,=χύσμα,    Foes.    Oec. 
Hipp. 

Χασμωδέω,  ώ,  to  yawn  constantly:  to 
make  i^crses  thai  yawn,  i.  e.  have  hiatus  : 
from 

Χασμώδιις,  ες,  (χάσμη,  είδος)  al- 
ways yawning,  Diog.  L.  4,  32,  Plut.  2, 
92  D. 

Χασμωδία,  ας,  ή,  constant  yawning : 
— in  Gramm.,  an  hiatus  in  verses, 
when  one  word  ends,  and  the  ne.xt 
begins  with  a  vowel :  also  averse  full 
of  such  hiatus. 

Χαστάω,' ώ,=χωρέω,  Hesych. 
Χαστός,  ij,  όν,  wide  opened,  Hesych. 
(Lat.  vastus.) 

iXύτευoι,  Att.  crasis  for  και  έτε- 
ροι, Ar.  Nub.  34. 
Χύτενω=^χατέω. 

Χΰτέω,  ώ,  strictly  to  open  the  month ; 
hence, — I.  c.  inf ,  to  lorig,  desire,  wish 
much,  ουδέ  τις  ήμίν  δόρ-ον  μνήστις 
έηι\  μά?.α  ττερ  χατέυνσιν  έλεσθαι, 
Od.  13,280;  δμώες  χατέουσιν  άντία 
όεσποίν7ΐς  φύσθαι,  Od.  15,  376:  also 
ahsol.,  11.  9,  518,  Od.  2,  249.— II.  c. 
gen.,  to  crave,  want,  have  need  of  a 
thing,  πάντες  δε  θίών  χατέονσ'  άν- 
θρωποι, Od.  3,  48.— The  word  is 
merely  poet.,  esp.  Ep.,  and  seems  to 
have  been  used  only  in  pres.  and  impf 
— Cf  sq  (Prob.  from  root  XA-,;3;:aof, 
χάζομαι.) 

Χύτίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  like  foreg.,  c.  gen., 
to  long  for,  desire,  crave  a  thing,  νό- 
στοιο,  Od.  8,  156  ;  11,  350  :  to  want, 
have7ieedof,  11.  2,  225;  ΙΘ,  392;  έρ- 
μηνίων  χατίζει,  Pind.  Ο.  2,  154  ;  ov 
σον  χατίζων,  Eur.  Heracl.  465  : — also 
absol.,  11.  17,  221,  Od.  22,  351 :— γ. 
ίργοιο,  to  ivant  work,  i.  e.  to  be  idle, 
Hes.  Op.  21,  χατίζων,  one  who  is  in 
wait,  a  needy,  poor  person,  lb.  392. — 
The  mid.  is  usu.  received  into  the 
te.\t  of  Aesch.  Ag.  304  after  Pors.,  μη 
χατίζεσΟαι  for  μη  χαρίζεσθαι. :  but 
1652 


ΧΑΤΩ 


XELi 


Wellauer's    conject.    μηχαρίζεσθαι,  \  Media,  Diod.  S.  2,  13;— cf  Strab/p, 
q.  v.,  deserves  attention. 

Xan'f,  Tj.  and  χύτυς,  εος,  τό,  want, 
need,  less  usual  lorms  for  χητίς,χή- 
τος,  q.  v.  [u] 

tXarpa//if,  i(5of,  J7,=sq.,  Dion.  P. 
957. 

^ΧατραμωτΙτις,  ιδος,  ή,  Chatramo- 
titis,  a  district  of  Arabia  Felix,  Strab. 
p.  768. 

iXnττψ'ίa,  ας,  η,  Chattenia,  a 
district  of  the  Gerrhaei  in  Arabia,  Po- 
lyb.  13,  9,  1. 

\Χαττΐ]νοί.  ων.  ol,  the  Chatteni,  v. 
foreg.,  Polyb.  13,  9,  4. 

iXUTToi.  ων,  oi,  the  Catti,  a  Ger- 
man tribe,  Strab.  j).  291. 

iXaTTOvapioi,  ων,  oi,  the  Cattuarii, 
a  German  tril)e,  Strab.  p.  291. 

Χανλιόδονς,  oi^,=  sq.,  Arist.  Part. 
An.  3,  1,  6  ;  2.  4  ;  cf  Lob.  Paral.  248. 
Χαυλιοδων,  οδόντος,  b,  ή,  {χο,ΰ- 
λίος.  οδούς)  absol.,  udlh  outstanding 
teeth  or  iusks,  κάπρος,  Hes.  Sc.  387. 
— II.  Hdt.  2,  68  has  οδόντες  χαυλιό- 
δοντες  of  the  crocodile's  teeth  ;  in  2, 
71,  he  calls  the  hippopotamus  τετρά- 
τϊίΐνν  χανλιοδοντας  φαινυν,  where 
οδόντας  may  be  supplied  ;  so,  of  the 
boar,  Arist.  H.  A.  2,  1,  51,  cf  4,  11, 
14;  cf  foreg. 

Χαν'λιος,  ov,  and  χανλος,  η,  ov,= 
χάννος,  Gramm. 

^Χανλοταΐοι,  ων,  oi,  the  Chaulotaei, 
an  Arabian  tribe,  Strab.  p.  767. 

Χανναξ.  ΰκος,  ό.  (χάννος)  a  gaper, 
gaby  :  also  a  liar,  cheat.     Hence 

Χαννιάζω,  to  cheat,  beguile  : — pass., 
to  go  astray,  err,  Gramm. 

ΧαννοτΓολίτης,  ov,  b,  (χαϊινης,  πο- 
Τιίτης)  an  open-moufhed  citizen  who 
swallows  all  that's  told  him,  a  gaping 
cit,  cockney  (cf  Kt\ijvaloc),  Ar.  Ach. 
635  ;  cf  Lob.  Phryn.  601.  [t] 

Χαννόπρωκτος,  ov,  (χάννος,  πρω- 
κτός) wide-breeched,  Ar.  Ach.  104. 

Χαϋνος,  η,  ov,  but  of,  ov  in  Plat. 
Legg.  728  E,  Arist.  Probl.  23,  29,  1  : 
(;^;αά'ω) ;— strictly,  ;^ijpi>i^,/rt//i/ii'a4Jiii- 
der ;  hence,  slackened,  and  so  of  the 
consistence  of  bodies,  loose,  flabby, 
flaccid.  Plat.  Polit.  282  E,  and  Arist., 
cf  Foes.  Oec.  Hipp.:  usu., — If.  me- 
taph., empty,  vain,  idle,  siity.  νονς  χ., 
V.  I.  Solon  19,  6;  πραπίς,  Pind.  P.  2, 
112;  κενεάν  ε/.πιδων  χαννον  τέλος, 
id.  Ν.  θ,  78  ;  χαννα  φράσασθαι,  So- 
lon +26,   1+,  31   Bergk  ;  χ.  ττοείν 


312. 

tXdwv,  όνος,  ό,  ν.  Χάονες. 
Χεδροπες,  οι,  leguminous  fruits, 
pulse,  Arist.  Η.  Α.  8,  5,  3,  with  ν.  I. 
χέρδροτϊοι :  a\90  τύ,  χίδρηπαΜΎΥ^β- 
ophr.  C.  PI.  4,  7.2;  and  Hesych.  has 
κέδροπα,  κερδοπα  :  the  sing,  χίδροψ 
or  χεδι>ωιΐ!  is  quoted  from  a  very  dub. 
passage  in  Ath.  596  A,  (Said  to  be 
a  compd.  of  ;^fip,  δρέπω,  as  if  χειρό- 
δρο~α,  plucked  by  the  hand,  like  Lat. 
legumen;  hence  Nic.  Th.  752  says, 
χειροδρόποι  fi'  ira  φώτίς  άτερ  δρε- 
πάνοω  λέγονται  όσπρια,  χέδρυπύ  τ' 
ύ'λλα.) 

Χεδροπώδης,  ες,  (είδος)  like  χέδρο- 
πες,  Phanias  ap.  Ath.  406  C. 

Xiopmp,  οπός,  ό,  and  χέδρωψ, 
ωπος,  ό,  ν.  sub  χέδροπες. 

Χέε,  χέεν,  Ion.  and  Ep.  for  [χεε,  3 
sing,  impf  act.  from  χέω,  Horn. 

Χέεια,  ας,  ή,  Ep.  for  χειά,  Nic.  Th. 
79. 

Χεζΰνύγκη,  ης,  ή,  a  purgative  oint- 
ment, Paul.  Aeg. 

Χεζητιύω.  ω,  like  χεσείω,  deside- 
rat.  from  χέζω,  to  want  to  go  to  stool, 
Ar.  Nub.  1387,  Ran.  8,  etc. 

Χεζϊκηνικός,  ή,  όν,  in  Ar.  Pac. 
1176,  ace.  to  Markiand,  for  the  usu. 
Κνζικηνικός,  with  a  play  on  χέζω: 
but  V.  Schol. 

ΧΕ'ΖΩ  :  f  χεσονμαι,  Ar.  Vesp, 
941  ;  pf  κέχοδα :  aor.  έχεσα  and  εχε- 
σον.  To  ease  one's  self,  do  one's  need, 
freq.  in  Ar. : — in  mid.,  punningly,  ;j;e- 
σαιτο  γαρ  el  μα-χέσαιτο,  Eq.  1057. 
Pass.,  σπέλεθος  άρτίως  κεχεσμένος, 
dung  just  dropt,  Ach.  1170.  (The 
root  is  ΧΕΔ  ,  Sanscr.  had,  laxare  al- 
vum.  Hence  χόόος,  μνόχοδον,  etc.) 
Χείά,  ΰς,  ή.  Ion.,  and  Ep.  χειή,  a 
hole,  esp.  of  .serpents,  11.  22,  93,  95, 
Pythag.  ap.  Plut.  2,  169  Ε  :  ηβαν  νπσ 
χΐΐά  ονκ  έδύμασε,  he  buried  not  his 
youth  in  a  hole,  Pmd.  I.  8  (7),  fin. 
(Fromroot  X\-,  χάος,  Lat.  hio.) 

Χείλάριον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  χεΙ- 
ΤίΟς,  a  small  lip.   [ύ  j 

Χειλενω,  very  dab.  1.  tot  χιΤ,εύω. 
Χειλοποτέω,  ώ,  f.  -ησω,  (χείλος, 
πίνω  )  to  drink  with  the  lips,  to  sip, 
Anth.  P.  7,  223. 

Χεϊλος,  εος,  τό,  a  lip,  Horn.,  etc. ; 

proverb,  χείλεσι  γελάν,  to  laugh  with 

the  Itps  (only),  II.  15,  102  ;  χείλεα  μέν 

έδίην'   νττερώην    δ'   ονκ    εδίηνεν. 


να.  Plat.  I.e.;  cf  Arist.  Eth.  N.4,  3,  j  enough  to  vieX  the  lips,  but  not  the 
6,  etc. : — Ar.  Av.  819  plays  on  this  I  palate,  i.  e.  a  very  sparing  draught, 
double  sense.     Hence  j  II.  2'i,  495  ;  χείλεσι  διδονς  οδόντας, 

Χαννοτι/ς,  ητος,  ή,  looseness,  porons-  \  Eur.  Bacch.  621;  like  όδαξ  εν  χεί- 
ness,  Xen.  Oec.  19,  11.— II.  metaph.,  7.εσι  φνντες  (v.  sub  έμφνω). — 2.  of 
folly,  vanity.  Plat.  Theaet.  175  B,  l  beasts,  the  snout,  muzzle:  of  birds,  α 
Arist.  Eth.' N.  2.  7,  7.  j  bill.  beak.  Anth.  P.  9,  333.— II.  me- 

Χαννόω,ώ,ί.  -ώσω,  (χάννος)  to  make  |  taph.  of  things,  the  edge,  brink,  brim, 
loose,  flabby  ot  porous  : — hke  χάσκω,  to  |  rim,  e.  g.  of  a  cup  or  jar,  Od.  4,  616, 


open  the  inouth,  Ephipp.  'Κμπολ.  1,5; 
but  Meineke  suspects  the  word. — II. 
metaph.,  to  puff  up,  make  proud  and 
stlty,  Eur.  Andr.  931,  Plat.  Lys.  210 
Ε  : — pass.,  to  be  so,  Arist.  Virt.  et  Vit. 
7,  5.     Hence 

Χαί'νωμα,  ατός,  τό,  loosened  earth, 
Plut.  Sertor.  17. 

Χαννωσις,  εως.  ή,  (χαννόω)  a  mak- 
ing slack  or  loose. — II.  metaph.,  the 
making  a  thing  light,  weakening  its  force 
and  weight  (like  Lat.  elevare),  χ.  ΰνα- 
πειστηρια,  .\τ.  Nub.  875,  ubi  v.  Schol. 
Hence 

Χαννωτικός,  ή,  όν,  apt  to  make 
loose  or  flabby,  c.  gen.,  σαρκός,  Plut. 
2,  771  B. 

Χανών,  a  kind  of  cake,    LXX.: — 

1  prob.  a  Hebr.  word  ;  not  to  be  altered 

I  into  χάννων. 

I       iXavuv,  όνος,  ή,  Chauon,  a  city  of 


Hes.  Op.  97  ;  of  a  ditch,  II.  12,  52, 
Thuc.  3,  23  ;  fol  Oceanus.  Mimnerni. 
10,  7t  ;  of  a  river.  Hdt.  2.  70;  etc. 
(Perh.  from  root  X.\-,  χάος,  χεία, 
Lat.  hio  ;  strictly  therefore,  that  which 
ope?is.) 

Χη?.οστρόφιον,  ov,  τό,  ( χεϊ?.ος, 
στρέφω)  a  lip-screw,  instrument  of  tor- 
ture, Synes. 

Χει.λόω,  ώ,  (  χείλος  )  to  surround 
with  a  lip  or  rim. — II.  very  dub.  1.  for 
χιλόω. 

Χείλωμα,  τό,  cf.  sub  χίλωμα. 

Χεύ.ών,  ωνος,  ό,  ν.  χελών. 

■f Χειλών,  ωνος,  ό,=  Χι?.ων.    Hence 

■^Χειλώνειος,  ον,  of  Chilon,  Chilo- 
nean,  Χ.  τρόπος,  alluding  to  his  sen 
tentious  brevity  of  expression,  Diog. 
L.  1 ,  72. 

iXει?M^'ίς,  ίδος,  ή,  daughter  of  Chi- 
lon, Iambi. — 2.  as  fern.  pr.  n.,  Chilonis, 


XEIM 

«laughter  of  a  Leonidas,  Plut.  Ages. 
17. 

Χειλωτήρ,  ηρος,  ό,  very  dub.,  v. 
χιλωτήρ.  ,  ,, 

ΧεΙμα,  ατός,  το,  wmter-iveather,  cold, 
frost,  Lat.  hiems,  Od.  14,  487  :— thetu 
winter,  a  season  of  the  year,  ονττοτε 
καρπός  απολείπει  χείματος  οντε  βέ- 
ρευς,  Od.  7,  118;  cf.  Hes.  Op.  662, 
Aesch.  Ag.  5  ;  οντε  χείματος  οντ'  άν- 
θεμώόονς  ηρος.  Id.  Pr.  454  ;  χείματος 
ΰμη.  Has.  Op.  448,  and  Ath. : — χεΐμα 
in  ace.  as  adv.,  in  winter,  Od.  11,  190. 
' — 11.  a  storm,  Aesch.  Ag.  627  ;  κάλλί- 
στον  ήμηρ  είςίόεϊν  έκ  χείματος.  lb. 
900;  cf.  χεμίών.  (The  root  is  XI- 
ΟΓ  /it-,  which  appears  in  χιών  (q.  v.), 
Sanscr.  himan,  nuc,  —  whence  the 
Him-d  laya  mountains,  i.  e.  house  of 
snow ;  also  Mt.  Imaiis,  and  Emodus, 
=in  Sanscr.  Him-avat,  presented  with 
snow, — Lat.  hiems,  which  is  related 
to  χεΐμα,  as  hir  to  χειρ,  heres  herina- 
ceits  to  χήρ.) 

Χ.ειμάδενω,  =  χειμάζω,  Strab. ; 
formed  iilte  φυγαδεύω  from  φυγάς. 

Xειμίίδιζω,=  {oτeg.,  Joseph. 

Χειμύδίον,  ου,  τό,  (  χεΐμα)  a  win- 
ter-dwelling, winter-quarters,  χείμαδίφ 
χρησθαι  Κήμνφ,  Dem.  49,  3  : —  but 
usu.  in  plur.,  χειμάδια  πήγννσθαι,  to 
fix  one's  winter-quarters,  Plut.  Sertor. 
6;  cf.  Lucull.  3,  Eumen.  15,  etc. 

Χειμάζω,  (.  -άσω,  (χεΐμα): — tran- 
sit., to  expose  to  the  winter,  set  in  the 
frost  or  cold  :  —  pass.,  to  be  exposed 
thereto,  eridure  it,  pass  the  winter.  Soph. 
Fr.  446  ;  of  trees,  to  live  through  the 
luinier,  χειμασβέντα  δένδρα,  The- 
ophr. ;  χειμασβέντα  χειμώσι  ώραίοις 
και  κα?ΜΪς,  Id. — 2.  to  bring  into  winter 
quarters  : — pass.,  to  go  into  winter  quar- 
ters :  SO  also, — 3.  intr.,  to  pass  tlie 
winter,  Ar.  Av.  1098  :  to  go  into  winter 
quarters,  to  winter,  Lat.  hiemare,  Hdt. 
8,  133,  Xen.  Hell.  1,  2,  15,  Plut. 
Pyrrh.  30,  etc.  ;  cf.  χειμερίζω. — II. 
to  raise  a  storm  or  tempest,  θεού  ταύτα 
χειμάζοντος.  Soph.  Ο.  C.  1504 :  me- 
taph.,  to  trouble,  afflict,  distract,  O.  T. 
lUl : — Id.  absol.  χειμάζει  (sc.  ό  θεός), 
there  is  a  storm,  like  νει,  νίφει,  etc.,  εχεί- 
μαζε  ημέρας  τρεις,  Hdt.  7, 191,  cf.  Xen. 
Oec.  8,  10,  Wetstein  ad  Act.  27,  18. 
— 2.  pass.,  to  be  driven  by  a  storm^  over- 
taken by  it,  suffer  from  it,  Thuc.  2,  25  ; 
3,  69,  etc. ;  χειμασθείς  ΰνέμω.  Id.  8, 
99  ;  εν  θαλάττγ  χειμαζόμενου  π?ιθίου. 
Plat.  Ion  540  Β  ;  etc.  : — metaph.,  to 
be  tempest-tost,  distressed,  esp.  of  the 
state  considered  as  a  ship,  Eur.  Supp. 
269,  Ar.  Ran.  361  ;  δόμων  όλβος  χει- 
μύζεται,  Eur.  Ion  966; — also  of  single 
persons,  to  be  distracted  by  suffering, 
etc.,  Aesch.  Pr.  562,  838,  Soph.  Phil. 
1460  ;  ταϊς  σαΐς  άπειλαϊς  αίς  έχειμύ- 
σθην.  Id.  Ant.  391,  cf.  Monk.  Hippol. 
315,  Meineke  Menand.  p.  146 ;  χει- 
μύζεσθαι  ΰττ'  απορίας  εν  τοις  νΰν 
λόγοις,  Plat.  Phil.  29  Β ;  έν  στρατεί- 
αις  η  νόσοις  χ..  Id.  Theaet.  170  A  ; 
etc. ;  also,  to  toss  about,  from  fever, 
Hipp.,  cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  387.-3.  intr., 
like  the  pass.,  to  storm,  rage,  επί  τίνα, 
Plut. 

Χειμαίνω,  f.  •ανώ,=χείμύζω  II : — 
pass.,  to  be  driven  by  a  storm,  be  tem- 
pest-tost, of  a  ship,  Hdt.  8,  118;  me- 
taph., ώό/icj  κεχειμανται  φρένες.  Pind. 
P.  9,  57. — II.  intr.,  to  be  stormy,  χειμή- 
νασα  θάλαττα,  Leon.  Tar.  74 : — of 
passion,  Mel.  29,  45. 

Χειμύμίινα,  ης,  ή,  ( χεΐμα,  ύμννα  ) 
α  defence  against  winter,  storm  and 
rain  ;  esp.,  a  thick  winter-cloak,  a  dread- 
nought, Aesch.  Fr.  369,  Soph.  Fr. 
958.'  {jiu\ 

Χΐίμάρος,  ov,  6,  a  plug  in  a  ship^s 


XEIM 

bottom,  drawn  out  when  the  ship  was  I 
brought  on  land,  to  let  out  the  bilge-  ! 
water,  Hes.  Op.  6•ί4 ;  cf.  ενδίαιος. 

Χείμαρος,  used  for  χήμαρρος  or  for  | 
χείμερος,  χειμέριος,  dub.  | 

Χειμύβ()οος,  ov,  Att.  contr.  -ββονς,  1 
ovv,  {χεΐμα,  ]>έω)  ; — winter-flowing,  χ.  , 
ποταμός,  a  mountain-strea7n  swollen  by 
rain  and  melted  snow,  II.  13,  1.38  ;  and 
χειμάι^βονς  alone,  II.  11,  493,  Plat. 
Legg.  736  A:  —  metaph.,  συν  χει- 
ua^[ju),  borne  down  the  rushing  stream, 
Pind.'  Fr.  90  : — cf.  sq. — 2.  like  χαρά- 
δρα II.  2,  a  water-drain,  conduit,  Dem. 
1277,  5. — II.  m  Att.  poets,  really  as 
an  adj.,  παρά  ()είβροισι  χειμάβί)θΐ.ς. 
Soph.  Ant.  712  ;  φάραγγες  νδατι  χει- 
μύ})βφ  όέονσαι,  Eur.  Tro.  449  ;  δια 
χειμύ/^ρον  νάπης.  Id.  Bacch.  1093  ; 
so,  χαράδρα  χειμ.,  Polyb.  10,  30,  2. — 
In  Aesch.  Fr.  265,  πλεκτάνη  χειμάβ- 
/5oof  seems  to  be  stormy  lightnmg,  cf. 
πυρός  βόστρυχος.  Id.  Pr.  1044. 

Χείαα/^Ρος,  ov,  poet,  for  foreg.,  χ. 
ποταμός,  11.  4,  452  ;  5,  88  ;  cf.  Lob. 
Phryn.  234. 

^Χείμαββος,  ov,  δ,  the  Chimarrhus, 
a  little  river  of  Argolis,  Paus.  2, 
36,  7. 

Χειμαββώδ7ΐς,  ες,  (  χειμάρ/ίονς,  εί- 
δος) like  a  torrent,  rapid  or  raging, 
Strab. 

Χειμάς,  άδος,  ή,  pecul.  fern,  of  χει- 
μέριος: —  usu.  as  subst.,  —  1.  (sub. 
ώρα),  the  winter  season,  winter.  —  2. 
(sub.  έσθης),  a  unnter-garment. 

Χειμύσια,  ας.  ή.  Ion.  χειμασίη, 
(  χειμάζω)  a  passing  the  winter,  winter- 
ing ;  win'er-quarters,  Hdt.  2,  22,  Po- 
lyb. 2,  54,  14. — Μ.^χειμών,  a  storm, 
Arist.  Prohl.  26,  3. 

Χειμασκέω,  ω,  f.  -ήσω,  (  χεΐμα, 
ΰσκέω  )  to  exercise  one's  self  in  winter, 
01  soldiers,  Polyb.  3,  70,  4,  Arr.  Epict. 
1,  2,  32. 

Χείμαστρον,  ov,  τό,  ( χειμάζω  ), 
winter-clothing,  Ar.  Fr.  708,  ci.  θέρι- 
στρον. 

Χειμάτίζω,  f.  -ί'σω,=^εί//«ζω,  susp. 

Χειμάω  and  χειμέω,  ώ,  =  χειμάζω, 
χειμαίνω. 

Χειμεθλιάω,  χείμεθ?ίθν,  ν.  χει- 
μετλ-. 

Χειμεία,  ας,  ή,  alchemy,  and  χει- 
μευτής,  οΰ,  ό,  α7ΐ  alchemist,  ν.  sub  χυ- 
μικός. 

Χειμερεία,  ας,  η,  the  winter  season, 
Dion.  Η.;  cf.  θερεία:  from 

XεLμεpεvω,^sq. 

Χειμερίζω,  f.  -ίσω  Att.  -Ζω ; — like 
χειμάζω  II,  ίο  pass  the  winter,  winter, 
Hdt.  6,  31  ;  7,  37,  etc. 

Χειμερινός,  η,  όν,  (χεΐμα)  of  or  be- 
longing to  winter,  esp.  in  winter  time, 
(  cf.  sq.  sub  fin. ),  την  χ.  (  sc.  ώρην  ) 
Hdt.  1,  202  ;  Tu  χειμ.,  the  winter.  Plat. 
Legg.  683  C  ;  χ.  μήνες.  Thuc.  6,  21, 
cf.  τροπή  I :  ό  ,γ.  ήλιος,  the  sun  in 
winter,  Xen.  Mem.  3,  8,  9  : — χ.  χωρίον, 
a  bleak,  cold  place,  Thuc.  2,  70. 

'^Χειμέριοι',  Ol',  τό,  Chimerium,  a 
promontory  of  Thesprotia  with  a  har- 
bour, Thuc.  1,  30  ;  Strab.  p.  324. 

Χειμέριος,  a,  ov,  Att.  also  ος,  ov, 
Thuc.  3,  22  :  (  χεΐμα) : — in,  of.  belong- 
ing to  winter,  wintry,  stormy,  cold,  etc., 
νιφάδες,  II.  3,  222;  νδωρ,  23,  420; 
όμβρος.  He.s.,  Pind.  P.  6,  10,  Eur., 
etc. ;  ίόρη  χειμεριη.  the  winter  season, 
Od.  5,  485,  Hes.  Op.  492  ;  so,  ημαρ 
χ.,  Hes.  Op.  522,  563  ;  χ.  πνρ,  winter 
hre,  Pind.  P.  4,  473  ;  χειμερίτισι  (sc. 
ωραις),  in  winter  time,  Nic.  Al.  544  ; 
01  χειμεριώτατοι  μήνες,  the  most  win- 
try, stormy  months,  Hdt.  2,  68  ;  χ. 
ννξ,  a  stormy  night,  Thuc.  1.  c.  : — 
άκτά  χειμερία  κυματοπληξ,  a  shore 
strickeji  by  the  wintry  waves,  Soph. 


ΧΕΙΡ 

Ο.  C.  1241  : — metaph.,  γ.  λνπη,  raging 
pain.  Id.  Phil.  1194;';^.  πράγματα, 
punningly,  Ar.  Ach.  1141.  Hdt., 
Thuc,  and  the  best  prose  writers 
use  χειμέριος  for  wintry,  like  wintex, 
stormy  ;  χειμερινός  for  in  unnter-time, 
of  the  winter  season,  cf.  Lob.  Phryn. 
52. 

Χείμερος,  ov,  poet,  for  foreg. 

Χειμέτλη,  ης,  ή,  =  χείμετλον, 
Diosc. 

Χειμετλιάω,  ώ,  to  have  chilblains  or 
frozen  feet. 

Χείμετλον,  ου,  τό,  (χεΐμα)  a  chil- 
blain. V.  χίμετλον. 

Χειμεντής,  ov,  ό,  v.  χειμεία,  χνμι- 
κός. 

Χειμέω,  ώ,  ν.  χειμάω. 

Χειμιέω,  ώ,  to  freeze,  stand  the  frost. 
Foes.  Oec.  Hipp. :  from 

Χειμίη,  ης,  ή.  Ion.  for  χεΐμα,  the 
winter  season,  winter  cold,  frost.  Foes. 
Oec.  Hipp. 

Χειμοβνής,  ήτος,  ό,  η,  ( χεΐμα,  θνή- 
σκω)  frozen  Ιο  death,  Luc.  Lexiph. 
14. 

Χειμοσπορέω,  ώ,  to  sow  in  winter, 
Theophr.  :  from 

Χειμόσπορος.  ov,  (  χεΐμα,  σπείρω  ) 
sown  in  ivinter,  Theophr. 

Χειμοφνγέω,  ώ,  (χεΐμα,  φεύγω)  Ιο 
shun  the  winter,  the  rain  or  cold,  Strab. 

Χειμών,  ώνος,  ό,  ( χεΐμα) : — stormy, 
rainy  weather  ;  cold  winter  weather,  the 
season  of  winter,  winter,  opp.  to  θέρος, 
χειμώνος  δνςθαλπέος  δς  βά  τε  έργων 
ανθρώπους  άνέπαυσεν.  II.  17,  549; 
έν  χειμώνι,  in  winter,  Pind.  I.  2,  62  ; 
τον  χ.,  during  winter,  Hdt.  3,  117,  and 
Xen.  ;  χειμώνος,  in  winter-time,  Xen. 
Mem.  3,  8,  9,  etc. ;  and  so,  έν  τω 
χειμώνι,  lb.  4,  3,  8,  etc.  :  δρος  άβα- 
τον  νπό  χειμώνος.  in  consequence  of 
the  cold  weather,  Hdt.  8,  138,  cf.  Thuc. 

2.  101  ;  so  esp.  in  plur.,  Hdt.  4,  62. 
Plat.  Polit.  280  E,  etc. ;  opp.  to  καύ- 
μα, Id.  Tim.  22  Ε  : — Βαρέας  και  χ., 
to  denote  the  north,  Hdt,  2,  26.— 11. 
like  χεΐμα,  a  storm,  έπει  ovv  χειμώνα 
φνγον  και  άθέσφατον  όμβρον,  11.  3, 
4  ;  οϋ  νιφετός  ουτ  up  χειμών  πολνς 
οντε  ποτ'  δμβρος,  Od.  4,  566  ;  όπωρι- 
νον  όμβρον  και  χειμών'  έπιόντα,  Hes. 
Op.  673  ;  and  so  in  Hdt.,  etc. :  χ.  vo- 
τερός,  a  storm  of  rain,  Thuc.  3,  21  : 
— χ.  κατεόβάγη,  Hdt.  1,  87  ;  έπέπεσέ 
σφι  χ..  Id.  7,  188,  cf  Plat.  Prot.  344 
D;  έπιγίγνεται  χ..  Hdt.  7,  34;  ώρσε 
θεός  χειμώνα,  Aesch.  Pers.  496  ;  etc. ; 
— cf  όρνιθίας. — 2.  metaph.,  δορός  έν 
χειμώνι,  in  the  storm  or  fury  of  battle, 
Soph.  Ant.  670: — also,  a  storm  of  pas- 
sion. Soph.  Aj.  207  :  great  distress  or 
suffering,  Aesch.  Pr.  643  ;  χειμών  και 
κακών  τρικυμία,  lb.  1015;  etc. 

^Χεί^ιυν,  ωνος,  6.  Chimon,  an  Ar- 
give,  a  victor  at  Olympia,  Pans.  6,9,3. 

Χειμωνόθεν,  (χειμών)  adv.,  from 
winter  or  a  storm,  A  rat.  995. 

Χειμωνοτνπος.  ov,  (χειμών,  τνπτω) 
buffeting  stormUy,  ?.αΐλαψ,  Aesch. 
Supp.  34.  [t-] 

ΧΕΓΡ,  /),  gen.  χειρός,  pi.  χείρες, 
dat.  pi.  χερσι:  gen.  and  dat.  dual  χε- 
poiv :  but  in  the  other  cases  this 
shortening  is  only  in  poets  and  Ion. 
prose  χερός,  χερί,  χέρα.  χέρες.  etc.  ; 
never  in  comedy,  Meineke  Com.  Fr. 

3,  p.  56  :  the  poets  alone  use  gen.  and 
dat.  dual  χειροΐν,  χεροΐν,  and  dat.  pi. 
χείρεσι  and  χειρεσσι ;  Horn,  has  all 
the  regul.  forms  very  freq.^he  Ion. 
dat.  χερί  thrice  in  II.,  ace.  χέρα  only 
H.  Horn.  18,  40:  of  the  poet,  forms 
he  has  the  dat.  pi.  χείρεσι,  χειρεσσι, 
whereas  χέρεσσι,  χέρεσσιν.  occur  in 
Hes.  Th.  519,  747. — The  accent  χειρ 
found  in  many  editions  is  rejected  by 

1653 


ΧΕΙΡ 

the  best  Granim.,  Arcad.20,  18 ;  125, 
11,  A.  B.  1200. 

Tke  hand,  or  rather  the  hand  and 
arm,  the  arm  (cf.  Ildt.  2,  121,  5  ;  hence 
άκρα  χείβ  for  the  hand,  Xen.  C)  r.  8, 
8,  17, Or.  Greenhill  Theophil.  p.  277, 
sq.),  very  Ireq.  from  Hoiii.  downwds. : 
later  also  sometimes  of  animals,  the 
fore-foot ;  of  elephants  even  the  trunk, 
as  serving  for  a  hand  or  arm  :  χ.  σίύη- 
pa,  a  grappling  iron,  grapnel,  Thtic. 
4,  25  ;  7, 02. — Special  usages  : — 1.  the 
dat.  of  all  numbers  is  very  freq.  with 
all  verbs  which  imply  the  use  of 
hands,  χείρΐ  'Aa3dv,  χερσίν  ε/.εσβαί, 
etc.,  Horn.,  etc. ;  cf.  Lob.  Aj.  06,  Erf. 
Antig.  43  ;  cf.  έμψνω,  κατα()βέζ(^, etc. : 
— so  also  the  genit.,_:^; itpof  έχειντινά, 
to  have,  hold  one  6^  the  hand,  II.  4, 
154  ;  so,  χειρός  έ'λών,  1 ,  323,  etc. ;  γέ- 
ροντα όΐ  χειρός  άνίστ7],  he  raised  him 
by  the  hand.  24,  515  ;  cf.  Od.  14,  319  ; 
so,  χερΙ  χειρός  έ/MV,  Pind.  P.  9,  216  ; 
ΰνέλκειν  Tivu  της  χειρός,  Ar.  Vesp. 
569  ;  etc. :  χείρα  νπερέχειν  τινί,  to 
hold  the  hand  over  one  to  guard  him, 
II.  9,  620,  etc. ;  τινός,  24.  374  :  but  χεί- 
ρα έπιφέρειν  τινί,  to  lay  hands  on  one, 

1,  89  ;  so,  χείρας  εφιέναι  τινί,  oit.  in 
Od.  : — χείρας  άνασχείν  θεοίς,  i.  e.  in 
prayer,  Horn.,  cf.  άνέχο  init. ;  and  so 
χείρας αείρειν,  άνατεινειν,  αναφέρε iv 
in  same  sense  (for  Voss  should  not 
have  explained  χείρας  αείρειν,  Od. 
11,  423,  as  a  movement  in  self-de- 
fence, cf.  426) ;  in  Xen.  however  χεί- 
ρας αϊρειν  and  άνατεινειν  is  lo  hold 
up  hands  in  token  ol  assent  or  choice, 
An.  5,  6,  33,  cf.  7,  3,  6  :  χείρας  όρεζαι, 
ιζετάσαι  τινί  or  εις  τίνα,  to  stretch 
or  spread  the  arms  towards  any  one 
in  token  of  entreaty  or  love,  II.  4,  523; 
15,  371  ;  in  Att.  όρέγειν  ττ/ν  χείρα 
τινι,  to  reach  him  one's  hand  in  help, 
Xen.  Hell.  5,  2,  17:  χείρας  άπέχειν 
τινός,  to  keep  hands  off  a  person  or 
thing,  Lat.  abstinere  manus  ab  aliquo, 
Horn. :  so,  χείρας  παύειν  τινός,  11.  21, 
294.-2.  άγεσύαί  τι  ές  χείρας,  to  take 
a  thing  in  hand,  undertake  ii,  Hdl.  1, 
126  ;  4,  79  : — so  also,  έν  χερσι  εχειν 
τι,  to  have  a  thing  in  hand,  be  en- 
gaged in  it,  Hdt.  1,  35;  μετά  χείρας 
έχειν,  7,  16,  2,  Thuc.  1,  138  ;  δια  χει- 
ρός έχειν,  Thuc.  2, 13 : — hut,  literally, 
όιύ  χερών  εχειν,  to  have  in  both 
hands,  Aesch.  Supp.  193;  and  δια 
χειρός  έχειν.  Soph.  Ant.  1258,  Thuc. 

2,  76: — also,  έν  χειρί,  έν  χερσί,  in 
the  hand  or  hands,  and  so  in  the  pow- 
er, esp.  after  είναι  or  έχειν,  Hom.  ; 
so,  έν  χερσϊ  την  δίκην  έχων.  Plat. 
Theaet.  172  Ε,  etc. : — but— 3.  in  war- 
like sense,  έν  χερσί,  in  the  fray,  in 
close  fight,  Lat.  coininns,  έν  χερσι  γίγ- 
νεσβαί  τινι,  Thuc.  5,  72  ;  εν  χερσιν 
άποκτείνειν.  Id.  3.  66  ;  ήν  ή  μάχη  έν 
χερσί,  Id.  4,  43  :  this  Hdt.  e.xpresses 
by  ει;  χειρών  νόμφ,  8,  89,  cf.  Aeschin. 
1,  24. — 4.  εις  χείρας  έλθείν.  ικέσθαι 
τινί,  to  fall  into  any  one's  hands  or 
j)ower,  Xen.  Cyr.  7,  4,  10 ;  or,  gene- 
rally, to  have  to  do  with  any  one.  Id. 
An.  1,2,  26:  but  esp.  of  close  tight, 
έςχείρας  έλθείν,  Ίέναι,  σννιέναι  τινί, 
to  come  to  blows  with  him,  Thuc.  4, 
33,  72,  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  8,  22;  this  Hdt. 
expresses  by  ές  χειρών  νόμον  άττικέ- 
σθαι,  9,  48. — 5.  εκ  χειρός,  out  of  hand, 
off-hand,  forthwith,  Polyb.  5, 4 1 , 7,  etc. : 
— but  also,  Jiear  at  hand,  close.  Lat.  co- 
minas,  ek  χειρός  βάλλειν,  Xen.  An. 

3,  3,  15  ;  αμννεσθαι.  lb.  5,  4,  25  ;  μύ- 
χεσΟαι,  Id.  Hell.  7,  2,  14  : — άττό  χει- 
ρός λογίσασϋαι,  to  reckon  off-hand, 
roughly.  Ar.  Vesp.  656. — 7.  -po  χ^ει- 
ρών.  at  hand,  in  readiness,  Eur.  Ί  ro. 
1207. — 8.  II -o  χείρα,  or  χείρας,  under 

1654 


ΧΕΙΡ 

the  hands,  under  the  power,  like  vtto- 
χείριος,  υπό  χείρα  ποιείσθαι,  to  have 
uniler  one's  power,  Xen.  Ages.  1,  22  ; 
oi  VTTO  χείρα,  servants,  Dem.  74,  5. — 
9.  χειρ  IS  olt.  omitted  with  δεξιά,  αρι- 
στερά, etc.,  as  we  say  the  right,  the 
left  (v.  sub  δεξιός,  αριστερός,  σκαιός, 
λαιός) ;  ποτέρας  τΐ/ς χειρός, on  which 
hand  !  Eur.  Cycl.  680  : — cf.  also  vt^u- 
yiOf.^ll.  to  denote  act  or  deed,  as 
opp.  to  mere  words,  usu.  in  phir.,  εττε- 
σιν  και  χερσιν  άρήξειν,  II.  1,  77  ;  χερ- 
σιν ?}  λυγφ.  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  883,  etc. ;  so 
also,  Tj)  χειρι  χρΐ/σΟαι.  to  use  one's 
hands,  i.  e.  be  active,  stirring,  opp.  to 
άργόν  έττεστάναι,  Hdt.  3,  78;  9,  72: 
ττροςφέρειν  χείρας,  to  apply  force, 
Xen.  Mem.  2,  6,  31  : — also  in  sing., 
βούλευμα  μεν  τό  ιΐίον,  Ήφαίστυν  δέ 
χειρ,  Aesch.  Pr.  619;  μια  χειρί,  sin- 
gle-handed, Dem.  584,  27  ;  χειρϊ  καΐ 
πόδι  και  πάσrJ  δυνάμει.  Aescbin.  69, 
9,  cf.  43,  18  : — esp.  of  using  the  hands 
in  fight,  cf.  supra  3,  4,  and  5 : — also 
of  deeds  of  violence,  αδίκων  χειρών 
ύρχειν,  to  give  the  first  blow,  Xen. 
Cyr.  1,5,  13,  Antipho  126,  5,  Lys.  101, 
.32,  etc. — HI.  like  Lat.  manus  and  vis, 
a  number  or  body  of  men,  α  band,  quan- 
tity, number,  esp.  of  soldiers,  χειρ  πολ- 
λή, μεγάλη,  etc.,  Hdt.  1,  174  ;  5,  72; 
pleon.,  μεγάλ?]  χειρ  πλήθεος,  Hdt.  7, 
20 ;  οικεία  χειρ,  tor  χειρ  οίκετών,  Eur. 
El.  029. — IV.  one's  hand,  i.  e.  hand- 
writing, την  έαυτον  χείρα  άρνείσθαι, 
Hypeiid.  ap.  Poll.  2,  152: — and  in 
genl.,  the  hand  of  an  artist  or  work- 
man, -/λαφνρά,  σοφή  χειρ,  etc.,  The- 
ocr.  Epigr.  7,  5,  etc. : — more  rarely 
his  handy-work,  a  work  of  art  itself, 
and  then  always  in  plur.,  Jac.  Anlh. 
P.  p.  871. 

(Χείρ  is  the  old  Lat.  form  hir  (= 
υοΐα,  vumus)  in  Lucil.  ap.  Cic.  Fin.  2, 
8  ;  cf  χείμα,  ίΐη.  Prob.  the  root  is 
to  be  found  in  the  Sanscr.  hri  pre- 
hendere,  akin  to  α'ιρέω,  άγρέω,  αρ- 
πάζω, our  grip,  etc.) 

Χειράγρα,  ας,  ή,  gout  in  the  hand. 
(From  χειρ,  as  ποδάγρα  from  πους) 

Χειράγωγέω,  ώ,  f  -ήσω,  (χειραγω- 
γός)  to  lead  by  the  hand,  Anacre- 
ont.  1,  10,  Luc.Timon  32,  Plut.,  etc. 
Hence 

Χειρΰγώγημα,  ατός,  τά,  a  leading 
by  lite  hand  :  and 

Χειράγώγησις,  εως,  ^,=  sq.,  Nicet. 

Χειράγωγία,  ας,  ή,  ο  leading  by  the 
hand  :  from 

Χεψΰγωγός,  6v,  {χειρ,  άγω)  leading 
by  the  hand,  πλούτος,  Philem.  p.  409  ; 
,γ.  τυφλός  βίου,  Plut.  2,  98  Β,  ubi  v. 
Wyttenb. 

ΧεΙρακρα,  τά,  the  ends  of  the  hands, 
fingers. 

Χειραλγία,  ας,  ή,  hand-ache;  cf. 
χειράγρα. 

Χειρύλειπτέω,  ώ,  ι.  -ησω,  (χειρ. 
αλείφω)  Ιο  anoint  the  arms.  esp.  lor 
wrestling;  to  practise  wrestling,  Diod. 
Hence 

Χειράλειπτητός,  ή,  όν,  verb,  adj., 
practised  in  wrestling. 

Χειράμαξα,  ης,  ή,  a  hand-cart  or 
barrow,   [ρά] 

Χειράμάξιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from 
foreg.,  Petron.  28. 

Χειρύπάζω,  v.  1.  for  sq. 

Χειραπτάζω.  ί.  -άσω,  [χειρ,  απτω) 
to  touch  with  the  hand,  take  in  hand, 
handle,  Hdt.  2,  90. 

Χειρύς,  άδος,  η.  {χειρ)  '■ — «  chap, 
crack,  strictly  in  the  hands,  but  also 
in  the  leet ;  hence,  χειράδες  χειρών, 
ποδών,  chapped  hands  or  feet ;  also 

Χειραφετος,  ov,  (αφιημι)  set  Jree, 
Lat.  tnaiia  missus. 


ΧΕΙΡ 

Χειραφία,  ας,  ή.  {χείρ,  άπτω) : — « 
fight  hand  to  hand,  fray ,  χειραΦίαι  Koi 
πεζών  και  ιππέων,  ap.  Suid. — 11.  as 
a  term  of  wrestling,  the  clasping  of 
one's  antagonist  so  as  to  throw  him, 
also  άμμα  and  λαβή,  Plut.  2,  234  D. 
—  111.  a  touching  with  the  hands, 
scratching,  Lat.  manutigium.  Foes. 
Oec.  Hipp. 

Χειραω,  ώ,  in  Poll.  v.  1.  i'or  χειριάω, 
but  V.  Lob.  Phryn.  80. 

^\Xειpέδιoς,oυ,ό,C'hiredias,an  Attic 
orator,  Anlh.  P.  7,  573. 

Χειρεκμάγείον,  ου,  τό,  a  cloth  for 
wiping  the  hands,  a  towel. 

Χειρεπιβεσία,  ας,  ή,  imposition  of 
hands,  Eccl. 

Χειρεργύττ/ς,  ov,  6,  {χειρ,  εργάτης) 
one  who  works  by  hand,  Gramm. 

Χΐίρεργον,  ov,  τό,  work  by  hand, 
for  χειρών  έργον. 

Χειριάω,  ώ,  to  have  chaps  in  the 
liands ;  cf.  χειράω. 

Χειρίδιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  χειρίς. 

[pi] 

Χειρίδόω,  ώ,  ί.  -ώσω,  {χειρίς)  to  fur- 
nish With  sleeves.     Hence 

Χειρίδωτός,  όν,  having  sleeves, 
slewed,  κιθών  χ.,  Hdt.  7,  61  ;  also  χι- 
των  καρπωτός,  the  tunica  manuteutu 
of  Plautus.  The  χιτών  without  sleeves 
was  called  έξωμίς. 

Χειρίζω,  f.  -ίσω  Att.  -Ίύ,  (χειρ)  to 
have  in  the  hands,  to  handle,  manage, 
Lat.  administrare,  Polyb.  1,  20,  4  ;  75, 
l,etc. : — of  a  surgeon, /o  operate,  Hipp. 
Hence 

Χείριξις,  jy,  a  surgical  opeiatimt^ 
manipulation.  Foes.  Oec.  Hipp. 

Χείριος,  a,  σν,  {χειρ)ί^νπσχειριος, 
in  the  hands,  in  the  power  or  cofilrol, 
Eur.  Andr.  412:  usu.  with  a  verb, 
χείριόν  Tiva  άφιίναι  τινί,  to  leavo 
one  in  the  hands  of  another,  Sopl». 
Aj.  495 ;  χείριην  λαβείν  Ttva,  to  gel 
him  into  one's  power,  Eur.  Cycl.  177  ; 
χ.  ά?.ώναι.  Id.  Ion  1257. 

Χεφίς,  ίδος.  ή,  (χειρ)  a  cetTing  for 
the  hand,  a  glove,  Ού.  24,  230,  Xen. 
Cyr.  8,  8,  17  :  but  usu.  a  covering  for 
the  arm,  a  sleeve,  Lat.  manica.  Hdl.  6, 
72,  Xen.  Hell.  2,  1,  8;  cf.  KOfn)  IV. 
[Χειρϊδας,  Od.  I.  c. ;  yet  the  oblique 
cases  are  written  paroxyt.  χειρίδος, 
etc. ,  not  χειρΙόος.'\ 

ΧείρΙσις,  ή,=χειρισμός. 

Χειρισμα,  ατός.  το,  (χειρίζω•)  α  part 
handled  or  operated  upon.  Foes.  Oec. 
Hipp. 

Χειρισμός,  ov,  6,  (χειρίζΐύ)  a  hand- 
ling, treatment,  Lat.  administratin,  Po- 
lyb. 1,  4,  1  ;  2.  35,  3.  etc. :— esp  χει-- 
ριξις,  Foes.  Oec.  Hipp. 

Χίΐρίσοφος,  ov,=: χειρόσοφος,  Luc. 
Salt.  09,  Rhet.  Praec.  17.  [('] 

iXειpίσυφoς.  ov,  ό,  Chinsophus,  a 
Spartan,  one  of  the  commanders  of 
the  Greeks  under  the  younger  Cy- 
rus, Xen.  An.  1,  4.  3. — 2.  a  statuary 
of  Crete,  Paus.  8.  -53,  8. 

Χειριστέον,  verb.  adj.  from  χειρί- 
ζω,  one  m%tst  handle,  Diod. 

Χειριστής,  ην.  ό,  (χειρίζω)  a  mana- 
ger, Polyb.  3,  4,  13,  etc. 

Χείριστος,  η,  ov,  usu.  irreg.  superl. 
oi  χείρων,  q.  v. 

Χειριστότερος,  a,  ov,  for  χειρότε- 
ρος, χε'ψων,  susp.  in  Hipp. 

Χ'ειροβύλ'ιστρα,  ας,  η,  a  hand-sling, 
Lat.  fnlarica. 

Χειροβάνανσος,  οι•,  =  βάναυσος, 
Poll,  [ά] 

Χειροβΰρής,  ές,  {χείρ,  βάρος)  heavy 
for  the  hatid,  as  heavy  as  the  hand  can 
hold.  Philetaer.  Lampad.  1. 

Χειρόβϊος,  ov,  living  by  tiork  of 
hand. 

ΧειροβίΐΔτος,  or ,:^  foreg.  [t] 


ΧΕΙΡ 

■  Χΐ:ΐρ63λημα,  ατός.  τό,  and  χειρό- 
6/.t/Tov,  ον.  τό,=χΐ[βόβο?^ον. 

■  Κεφοβολέω,  ώ,  f.  -ησω,  'χειρ,  βά7,- 
λα')  /"  throw  tcith  the  hand.  Luc.  Lex- 
iph.  5. 

Xfipo.3o?.t(i,  «f.  η.=χ€ίρό3ο7.ον. 

Χ.ειρο3ο/.ιάζω,  to  make  bundles. 

ϋ.ειρό3ο?.ον,  ov,  TO,  a  handful,  bun- 
dle. 

Xf£po,.3oa«oc,  ov,  feeding  one^s  self 
bt/  wirk  of  hand. 

ji-sipo  3ρώς,  ώτοΓ,  ό,  »/,  gnawing  the 
arm.'!,  δεσμός. 

Χειρογάστωρ,  ορός,  ό,  ή,  (χειρ, 
γαστ7/ρ)  one  who  fills  his  belly  uith  his 
hands,  i.  e.  lives  by  uork  of  hand,  He- 
catae.  p.  71  :  o!  'Κείρογάστορες,  name 
of  a  play  of  Nicophon. 

Κειρογρΰφέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (χειρό- 
γραφος) to  write  with  the  hand,  give  a 
handwriting  or  note  of  hand. 

Χειρηγράόημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  hand- 
icriting,  note  of  hand,  bond,   [u] 

Xf  ipoypttciof ,  or,  ( χείρ,  γράφω  ) 
written  with  the  hand,  in  handwriting  : 
ro  j.,=  foreg.,  Polyh.  30,  8,  4. 

■  XfipoJai/iTOf ,  ov,  (  χειρ,  δαίζω  ) 
slain  by  the  hand,  σφάγια.  Soph.  Aj. 
219.  [ά] 

"Κειροδΐίκτέυ,  ώ,  to  show  with  the 
hand,  susp.  :  from 

Χ^ειρόδεικτος,  ov,  (χειρ,  δείκννμι) 
Lat.  digito  mnnstrattts,  1.  e.  plain,  man- 
ifest. Soph.  O.  T.  901. 

"Χείρόδεσμος,  ov,  o,  a  hand-cuff. 

Ιίειροδετέω.  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  bind  the 
arms,  Plut. :  from 

Χ,ειρόδετος,  ov,  (χείρ.  δέω)  bound 
by  the  arms.  —  2.  binding  the  arms 
round,  i.  e.  sleeved,  like  χειριδωτός, 
susp.  in  Joseph. 

^ειροδίκης,  ov.  ό,  (χείρ,  δίκη)  one 
who  asserts  his  right  by  his  hands, 
uses  the  right  of  misht,  Hes.  Op.  187. 
^11.  one  who  administers  justice. 

Χ.ειροδόσιον,  ov,  τό,  wages,  hire, 
Lat.  manupretiam. 

Ίίειροδοτέω,  ώ,  to  give  with  the  hand, 
Philo  :  from 

Χειρόδοτος.    ov,    ( χείρ,    δίδωμι ) 
given  by  hand:   χ.  δάνεισμα,  money  | 
lent   without    written    acknowledgment,  , 
Bockh  P.  E.  I,  p.  171. 

Χειροδράκων,  οντος,  ό,  (χείρ,  δρά-  Ι 
KUV)  with  serpent-hands,  serpent  armed, 
Eur.  El.  1345.  [ύ] 

"ΚειροΛρόττος,  ov,  plucking  with  the 
hands. 

Ιίειροήβεια,  ας,  ή,  tameness,  taming, 
Arisi.  Physiogn.  5,  2 :  from 

"Κειροήθης,  ες,  (χείρ,  ήθος)  accus- 
tomed to  the  hand,  manageable,  esp.  of 
animals,  tame,  Lat.  mansuetus,  χ.  κρθ• 
κύδει?.ος,  Hdt.  2,  69  ;  hence  the  Per- 
sian Cambyses  calls  the  bull-god 
Apis  χ.  θεός.  Id.  3,  28:  χ.  τινί,  sub- 
missive to  one,  Xen.  Oec.  7,  10 ;  τι- 
θασεύονσι  χειροήθεις  έαντοΐς  ~ol- 
ονντες,  Dem.  37,  9  ;  χειροήθης  νβρει, 
Luc.  Merc.  Cond.  35  •  ταπεινοί,  χ. 
καΐ  πράοι,  Plut.  Philop.  16,  etc. : — 
τα  όπλα  τοις  σώμασι  έγένοντο  χειρ., 
lb.  9. 

^ειροθεσία.  ας,  ή,  α  laying  on  of 
hands,  handling,  Artemon  ap.  Ath. 
637  C  :  from 

Χειροθετέω,  ώ.  f.  -ήσω,  (χείρ,  τίθη- 
μΐ)  to  lay  on  hands,  handle. 

^ειρόκμητος,  ov,  (χείρ,  κάμνω) 
wroiiifhl.  prepared  by  hand,  Tim.  Locr. 
94  E,  Arist.  Meteor.  2,  1,6.  etc. 

Ιίειροκνημίς,  ϊδος,  ή,  a  splint  for  a 
broken  arm. 

Χειροκοπέω.  ώ,  f.  -ί/σω,  (  χείρ, 
κόπτω)  to  cut  off  the  hand,  Strab.  if— 
in  pass.,  to  have  one's  hands  cut  off, 
Plut.  2,  305  C. 

Χεφοκρΰσία,  ας,  ή,  more  common 


ΧΕΙΡ 

form  of  γειροκρατία.  Dion.  H.  6,  65  ; 
8,  72,  Dion.  Excerpt.  Leg.  36,  Plut. 
2,  332  C  ;  so  άκρασία  for  ΰκρατία, 
etc. ;  cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  526  :  from 

Χειροκράτέω,  ώ,  f.  -ησω.  ( χείρ, 
κρατέω)  to  use  the  right  of  might. 
Hence 

'Κειροκρΰτία,  ας.  η,  the  right  of 
might,  club-law,  Polyb.  6,  9,  6 ;  cf. 
χειροκρασία.     Hence 

Χειροκρΰτικός,  ή,  or,  using  the 
right  of  might,  χ.  ποΆιτεία,  govern- 
ment ό^  club-law,  Polyb.  6,  10.  4. 

Χ.ειρόκτν-ος.  ov,  stricken  by  the 
hand ;  v.  sub  χορόκτυπος. 

Χειρολαβή,  ης,  ή,  and  χειρο/^βίς, 
ίδος.  Τ],  α  handle,  esp.  a  plough-tail. 

Χειρο/.ογέω,  ώ,  to  gather  by  hand. 

Χειρόμακτρον,  ov,  τό,  (χείρ,  μύσ- 
σω)  a  cloth  for  wiping  the  hands,  a  tow- 
el, napkin,  Lat.  mantile,  Hdt.  2,  122, 
Xen.  Cyr.  1,  3,  5 :  the  Scythians 
used  scalps  as  χειρόμακτρα.  Hdt.  4, 
64;  whence  the  phrase  ΣκνθιστΙ  χ. 
εκκεκαρμένος.  Soph.  Fr.  420  ;  cf 
Σκνθίζω.  —  II.  a  kind  of  head-cloth 
used  by  women,  Sappho  25,  Heca- 
tae.  ap.  Ath.  410  E. 

Χειρομαντεία,  ας,  -η.  divination 
from  the  palms  of  the  hand,  palmistry  : 
from 

Χειρόμαντις,  εως,  ό,  ή,  (χείρ,  μάν- 
Τΐς)  α  diviner  of  this  kind,  a  fortune- 
teller. 

Χειρομΰχέω,  ύ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  fight  with 
the  hands  : — to  do  work  by  hand,  Anth. 
P.  12,  22  :  and 

Χειρομάχία,  ας,  ή,  work  by  hand  : 
from 

Χειρομάχος,  ov,  (χείρ,  μάχομαι) 
fighting  with  the  hand  :  ή  χειρομάχα, 
the  physical-force  or  operative  Jaction  at 
Miletus,  opp.  to  ή  ΐΐλουτίς,  Plut.  2, 
298  C.  [a] 

\Χειρόμαχος,  ov,  6,  Chiromachus, 
son  of  Electryon  and  Anaxo,  Apol- 
lod.  2,  4,  5,  where  is  prop.  Χειρίμα- 

Χειρομν'/,η,  ης,  ή,  (χείρ,  μν7.η)  α 
hand-mill,  Xen.  Cyr.  6,  2,  31.  [i] 

Χειρόμϋ'λον,  ov,  τό,  and  χειρύμν- 
7.ος,  ov.  o.=foreg. 

Χεφομν/.ων,  ωνος,  ό,=χειρομύλη, 
Diosc.  [ν] 

ΧειρόνΙβον,  ον,  70,=  sq.,  Epich.  p. 
46. 

Χειρόνιπτρον,  ον,  τό,  (χείρ,  νίζω) 
α  basin,  or  water  for  washing  the  hands, 
Eupol.  Dem.  16 ;  cf.  χέρνιβον,  χέρ- 
viilf. 

Χειρονομέω,  ώ,  f.  ήσω,  (χειρονό- 
μος)  to  move  the  hands  regularly  and 
signifi,cantly,  esp.  in  dancing  or  pan- 
tomime, to  gesticulate,  Xen.  Symp. 
2,  19  :  σκΟ.εσι  χειρονομείν ,  of  one 
standing  on  his  head,  Hdt.  6,  129. — 
II.  as  pugilistic  term,  to  spar,  work 
the  arms,  like  σκιαμαχέω,  Plat.  Legg. 
830  C. 

Χειρονομησείω,  desiderat.  from 
foreg.,  to  wish  to  gesticulate,  Cratin. 
Incert.  100. 

Χειρονομία,  ας,  ή,  m.easnred  motion 
of  the  hands,  gesticulation,  Luc.  Salt. 
78  ;  cf  Foes.  Oec.  Hipp.— II.  as  pu- 
gilistic term,  sparring,  Itke  σκιαμα- 
χία  : — έν  χειρονομία, ^=έν  χειρών  νό- 
μω,  LXX. :  from 

Χειρονόμος,  ον,  moving  the  hands 
regularly  and  significantly,  so  gesticu 
rating :  ό  χ.,  the  pantomimus  of  the 
Romans. 

Χειρόνως,  adv.  from  χείρων,  worse. 

Χειροπέδη,  ης.  ή ;  and  in  LXX., 
-όπεδον,  ov,  τό  : — a  handcuff. 

Χειρόπ7.αστος,  ov,  formed  by  hand. 

Χειροπ7.?/θης,  ες,  (χείρ,  π7^/θω) 
filling  the  hand,  as  large  as  can  be  held 


ΧΕΙΡ 

in  the  hand.  7.ίβος,  Xen.  An.  3,  3,  17  ; 
κορννη,  Theocr.  25,  63. 

Χειροπ'/.ηθιαϊος,  a,  ov,  =  foreg., 
Theophr. 

Χειμοπόδης,  ov,  ό,  poet,  for  χειρό- 
πονς,  with  chapped  feet,  Alcae.  6  ;  cf. 
χειράς. 

Χειρνποιέω,  ώ,ΐ.-ήσω,  (χείρ,  ποιέω) 
to  do,  make,  or  perform  with  hands, 
Soph.  Tr.  891,  in  mid.     Hence 

Χειροποίητος,  ov,  made  by  hand, 
hence  artificial,  σκήπτρον,  λίμνη, 
Hdt.  1,  195;  2,  149;  οδός,  Xen.  An. 
4,  3,  5;  φλοξ χ.,  opp.  to  «ττό  ταντο- 
μάτον,  a  fire  that  was  made  on  purpose, 
Thuc.  2,  77.  Adv.  -τως,  Polyb.  10, 
10,  12. 

Χειροπόνητος,  ov,  wrought  by  hand. 

Χειροπονία,  ας,  ή,  (πονέω)  work  of 
hand.     Hence 

Χειροπόνια,  (sc.  ιερά),  τά,  a  holi- 
day of  workmen  and  artisans. 

Χειρόπονς,  b,  ή,  πουν,  τό,  having 
chapped  feet,  like  βαγόπονς. 

Χειρορρέκτης,  ov,  ό,=^χειρονργός^, 
Hesych. 

Χειροσϊδήριον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  fronri 
sq- 

Χειροσίδηρον,  ov,  τό,  for  σιδηρά 
χείρ,  a  hook  or  grapnel,   [i] 

Χειροσίφωνον,  ov,  τό,  a  hand-sy- 
ringe. [(-] 

Χειροσκοπικός,  ή,  or,  belonging  to 
a  χειροσκόπος  or  his  art,  skilled  there- 
in :  from 

Χειροσκόπος,  ov,  (χείρ,  σκοπέω) 
inspecting  the  hand ;  and  so=^χ^είpό- 
μαντις. — II.  counting  the  hands  in  vot- 
ing, Suid. 

Χειρόσοφος,  ov,  also  χειρίσοφος, 
(χείρ,  σόόος)  skilled  with  the  hands, 
esp.  geslicjilating ivell :  hence^Yitpo- 
νόμος,  Lesbon.  ap.  Luc.  Salt.  69. 

Χειροστρόοίον,  ov,  τό,  an  instru- 
ment of  torture  for  twisting  the  hands 
or  arms. 

Χειροτενων,  οντος,  b,  ή,  (χείρ,  τεί- 
νω) with  long,  outstretched  arms',  epith'. 
of  the  crab,  Batr.  299. 

Χειρότερος,  a.  ov,  poet,  compar 
for  χείρων,  II.  15,  513  ;  20,  436,  and 
Hes. 

Χειρότενκτος,  ov,  wrought  by  hand. 

Χειροτεχνέω,  ώ,  f.  -7/σω,  to  be  a 
χειροτέχνης.     Hence 

Χειροτέχνημα,  ατός,  τό,  the  work  of 
a  χειροτέχνης,  handicraft. 

Χειροτέχνης,  ov,  ό,  {χείρ,  τέχνη] 
a  handicraftsman,  artisan',  Hdt.  2,  107, 
Ar.  Plut.  533,  617,  Thuc,  etc.:  χ. 
ίατορίας,  a  chirurgeon,  surgeon,  Soph.' 
Tr.  996,  ubi  v.  Herm. ;  cf.  Foes.  Oec. 
Hipp.    Hence 

'Χειροτεχνία,  ας,  ή.  handicraft,  art. 
Plat.  Rep.  547  D,  590  C. 

Χειροτεχνικός. ή, όν,(χειροτέχνης) 
belonging  to  handicraft  or  a  handicrafts- 
man, skilful,  χειροτεχνικώτατος,  Ar. 
Vesp.  1276  ;  χ.  ξνμβό/.αια.  Plat.  Rep. 
425  D  : — ή  -κή  (sc.  τέχνη).=^χειροτε• 
χνία.  Id.  Polit.  259  C,  Phil.  55  D. 

Χειρότεχνος,  ov,  b,— χειροτέχνης. 

Χειρότμητος,  ov,  (χείρ,  τέμνω)  cut 
or  cut  out  by  hand,  Strab. 

Χειροτονέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (χειροτό- 
νος)  to  stretch  out  the  hand,  esp.  for  the 
purpose  of  giving  one's  vote  in  the 
Athenian  έκκ7.ησία  :  hence,  c.  ace, 
to  vote  for,  elect,  Ar.  Ach.  598.  .\v.  1571, 
etc.  ;  χ.  Tiva  στρατηγόν,  Xen.  Hell. 
6,2,  11,  Isocr.  169  Ό  ■.—χειροτονεΐ- 
σθαί  was  opp.  to  λαγχάνειν.  as  elec- 
tion to  appointment  by  lot,  χειροτονη- 
θείς ή  Ιαχών.  Plat.  Polit.' 300  A,  cf. 
Aeschin.  15,  11. — 2.  c.  ace.  rei,  <o  i-oir 
for  a  thing.  Ar.  Eccl.  297,  Isocr.  157 
A. — II.  in  Eccl.  also,  te  lay  hands  on, 
ordain.     Hence 

1655 


ΧΕΙΡ 

"Κειροτονητέον,  verb,  adj.,  one  must 
vote,  Ar.  Eccl.  266. 

^ειροτονητής,  οϋ,  ό,  ο  voter,  an 
elector. 

Χεφοτονητός,  η,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from 
χειροτονέω,  chosen,  elected  by  shmv  of 
hands,  Aeschiii.  57,  23  ;  άρχί/  χ-,  an 
elective  magistracy,  Id.  3,  35 ;  16,  6, 
etc. 

ΧεφΟΓΟί'ί'α,  ας,  ?/,  α  stretching  out 
of  hands,  esp.  at  Athens,  α  voting  or 
electing  by  show  of  hands,  Thuc.  3,  49  ; 
χειροτονίαν  μν7]στενΐίν,  to  court  or 
seek  election,  Isocr.  162  A  ;  χ.  τον  δή- 
μου, election  by  the  people,  Dinarch. 
105,  45. — II.  a  vote,  Lat.  suffrmrium, 
Plat.  Legg.  659  Β  :  also,  collectively, 
the  votes,  Lat.  suffragia,  οίς  uv  1/  τΐλεί- 
στη  χ.  ij,  lb.  755  D. — HI.  in  Eccl., 
imposition  of  hands,  ordination  thereby  : 
from 

'Κείροτόυος,ον,  {χείρ,τείν(ο)  stretch- 
ing out  the  hands  ;  λίταΐ  χ.,  offered 
with  outstretched  hands,  Aesch.  Theb. 
172. 

Χειροτρΐβέω,  ώ,  f.  ήσω,  to  rub  with 
the  hayids,  handle  much  and  often. 

'ΚειρυτρΙβίη,  ης,  ή,  steadiness  in 
operations,  medical  practice,  χείροτρί- 
βίης  ύτρεμεότης,  Hipp. ;  v.  Foes. 
Oecon. 

'Χ.ειροτϋπής,  ες,  (χείρ,τνπτω)  strik- 
ing with  the  hands  ;  χ.  τζάταγος,  a 
loud  clapping  of  hands,  Mel.  60. 

Χ.ειρονργέω.  ώ,  ί.-ήσω,  (χειρουργός) 
to  do  with  the  hand,  execute,  esp.  to  do 
acts  of  violence,  νεανίσκοι,  οίς  ίχρώντο 
εΐ  τι  που  δέοι  χειρονργεΐρ,  'rhnc.  8, 
69,  cf.  Aeschin.  43.  30. — 2.  tomakeby 
hand,  build.  Plat.  Criti.  117  C— 3.  to 
have  in  hand,  pursue  practically,  e.  g. 
of  music,  ίο /jMy  on  an  instrument,  to 
perform,  Arist.  Pol.  8,  6,  1. — 1.  to  do 
by  one's  self  without  help,  like  αντουρ- 
γέω,  Antipho  113,  34,  cf.  Lob.  Phryri. 
120. — IL  of  surgeons,  to  operate. — III. 
—χείρονομέω. — IV.  sensu  obscoeno, 
Diog.  L.  6,  46.     Hence 

Χειροίφγημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  work  done 
by  hand,  handiwork,  a  word  used  by 
Gorgias,  Plat.  Gorg.  450  B,  ubi  τ. 
Schol. 

Χειρονργία,  ας,  ή,  a  working  by 
hand,  practice  of  a  handicraft  or  art, 
Ar.  Lys.  673,  Plat.,  etc.  ;  opp.  to 
γνώσις  (the  theory).  Plat.  Polit.  259 
E. — II.  a  handicraft  or  art,  as  car- 
pentry, painting,  etc.,  lb.  258  D,  277 
C  :  a  trade, business,  Anaxandr.  Ό(5ι;σσ. 
1,  1. — 2.  esp.  the  art  of  chirurgery,  sur- 
gery :   and 

Χειρουργικός,  η,  όν,  belonging  to  a 
work  of  hand,  adapted  fur  or  inclined 
thereto  :  το  χ.  μέρος  της  μουακής,  the 
practical  part  of  music,  i.  e.  execution, 
Plut.  2,  11.35  E.— II.  esp.  belonging  to 
or  suited  for  a  surgeon  or  surgery,  sur- 
gical :  7]  -κή  (sc.  τέχνη),  surgery,  Diog. 
L.  3,  85,  who  characterizes  it  by  τέμ- 
νειν  και  καίειν.     Adv.  -κύς  :  from 

Χειρουργός,  όν,  {χειρ,  *ερ)  ω)  work- 
ing or  doing  by  hand,  practising  a  handi- 
craft or  art,  c.  gen.,  χ.  Τ7/ς  μονσικτ/ς, 
της  γραφικής. — 11.  ό  χειρυυρ}ύς,  an 
operating  medical  man,  a  chirurgeon,  sur- 
geon, Anth.  P.  1 1 ,  280. 

Χειρόχρηστος,  ov,  (χείρ.  χρηστός) 
skilful  or  practised  with  the  hand. 
Iambi. 

Χεφόχωλος,  ov,  (χειρ,  χω?Μς) 
maimed  in  the  hand,  Hippon.  100. 

Χειρόω,  ώ,  f.  -ώσω,  (χείρ)  to  treat 
ill,  maltreat,  to  overpower,  master,  sub- 
due, χειροϋν  ττρος  βίαν,  Ar.  Vesp. 
443  : — but  usu.  in  mid.,  ώς  έχειρώ- 
σαντο  τους  εναντίους,  Hdt.  1,211  ; 
cf  2,  70;  4.  103,  164;  τόξοις  χείβοϋ- 
σθαι,  Aesch.  Cho.  694  ;  οϋ  γύρ  ημάς... 
1656 


ΧΕΙΡ 

Trpof  βίαν  χειρώσεται.  Soph.  Phil. 
92  ;  cf.  Eur.  1,  Τ.  330,  .359,  Plat.,  etc. : 
also,  to  take,  take  prisoner,  τινά,  Xen. 
Hell.  2,  4,  26. — II.  χειρονμαι  is  also 
a  pass.,  to  be  mastered,  subdued,  etc., 
προς  βίαν  χειρονμενον  Τυφώνα, 
Aesch.  Pr.  353;  cf.  Eur.  El.  1108; 
so  aor.  έχειρώθην,  Hdt.  3,  120,  145  ; 
χειρωΟείς  βία.  Soph.  Ο.  C.  903  ;  pf. 
κεχείρωμαι,  Thuc.  5,  90  ;  κεχειμω- 
μένου  άγεσθαι,  to  be  led  captive, 
Aesch.  Theb.  326.  (The  root  seems 
to  be  χείρ,&3  implying/orce  or  violence, 
cf.  χειριος.  Others  refer  it  to  χέρης, 
χειρών.  But  the  root  of  both  is  prob. 
the  same      See  χέρης,  fin.) 

Χείρωμα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which  is 
overpowered  or  subdued,  a  conquest, 
Aesch.  Ag.  1326. — 2.  a  deed  of  violence, 
θανύσιμον  χ..  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  560.— II. 
τυμβοχυα  χειρώματα,  drink-otferings 
to  the  dead  poured  by  one's  own 
hand,  Id.  Theb.  1022. 

Χειρών,  ό,  η,  neut.  ov,  gen.  oi'Of ; 
poet.  dat.  pi.  χειρόνεσσι,  Pind.  N.  8, 
38  :  —  Ep.  χερείων,  ov,  gen.  όνος  : 
Dor.  χερήων :  also  χειρότερος,  χε- 
ρειότερος  (v.  sub  voce): — irreg.  corn- 
par,  of  κακός,  formed  from  *χέρης, 
q.  V.  : — worse,  meaner,  inferior,  Horn., 
etc.,  συ  μεν  έσ67ώς  h/i)  δε  σέβεν  πολύ 
χείρον,  II.  20,  434  ;  τον  γένετ'  έκ  πα- 
τρός πο?.ν  χείρονος  νιος  αμείνων,  15, 
641,  cf.  Od.  20,  82  ;  ίπεϊ  ov  εθεν  έστί 
χερείων  ον  δέμας,  etc.,  11.  1,  114  ;  cf. 
Od.  5,  211  ;  opp.  to  άρείων,  II.  10, 
238,  etc.  ;  lo  κρείσσων,  Pind.  I.  4,  56 
(3,  52)  ;  to  βελτίων,  ΰμείνων.  Plat., 
etc.  : — ΰλ/ά  σοι  αντώ  χείρον,  'twill 
be  worse  for  thee,  Od.  15,  514,  cf.  Xen. 
An.  7,  6,  4  :  ov  τι  χέρειον  εν  upy 
δείπνον  έλέσθαι  (where  the  notion 
of  comparison  almost  disappears,  as 
in  ov  γάρ  άμεινον),  Od.  17.  176,  cf. 
23,  262;....τιι  χερείυνα,  the  worse  ad- 
vice, ill  counsels,  II.  1,  576,  etc.  : — so, 
oil  χείρον  (έστί),  'tis  well,  Ar.  Eq.  37  ; 
cf.  Plat.  Phaedr.  248  E,  etc.  :— ό  χεί- 
ρω  ν,  οι  χείρον  ες,  men  of  lower  degree, 
rov  ολβίον  τόν  τε  χ.,  Eur.  Bacch. 
422  ;  so  in  Xen.,  etc. ;  so  too,  τίί  χεί- 
ρυνα,  Soph.  Fr.  204.  Eur.  Supp.  196: 
— έπι  TO  χείρον  τρέπεσθαι,  κ7ύνειν,  to 
fall  oft',  get  worse,  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  8.  4, 
Mem.  3,  5,  13. — 2.  χείρον,  as  adv., 
like  Lat.  pejus,  worse.  Plat.,  Xen.,  etc. 
— II.  superl.,  χείριστος,  η,  ov,  worst, 
Lat.  pessimus,  Plat.,  etc.:  esp.  ol 
χείριστοι,  men  of  lowest  degree,  Lys. 
92,  4,  Xen.  Mem.  1,2,  32.  (See  χει- 
ρόω fin.,  χέρης  fin.) 

Χείρων,  ωνος,  ό,  Chiron,  one  of  the 
Centaurs,  son  of  Saturn  and  Philyra, 
a  famous  soothsayer  and  chirurgeon, 
teacher  of  Aesculapius,  Achilles,  Ja- 
son, etc.,  11.  tll,832t,  and  Hes.  fTh. 
1001 1•  (No  doubt  from  χείρ,  in  signf. 
o{  χειρονργός  11.) 

Χειρωνάκτης,  ov,  6,  rarer  form  for 
χειρώναξ,  Hipp.  p.  384,  Dion.  H.  ; 
cf.  Lob.  Paral.  181. 

Χειρωνακτικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to 
handicrafts  or  a  handicraftsman,  χειρ. 
καΐ  βάναυσοι.  Plat.  Αχ.  308  Β  :  from 

Χειρώναξ,  ακτος,  ό,  (not  χειρώναξ, 
Lob.  Phryn.  674) : — one  who  is  masttr 
of  his  hands  (άναξ  τών  χειρών) ;  i.  e. 
a  handicraftsman,  artisayi,  like  δημι- 
ουργός, Hdt.  1,  93  ;  2,  141  :— as  adj., 
πάς  b  χ.  λεώς,  Soph.  Fr.  724 ;  cf. 
Foes.  Oec.  Hipp. — II.  in  gen.  one  who 
does  or  dealx  in  a  thing,  esp.  as  a  trade, 
τώνδε  χειρώνακτες  λόγων,  i.  e.  sooth- 
sayers, Eur.  Phil.  6.     Hence 

Χειρωναξία,  ας,  Ion.  -ίη,  ης,  i], 
work  by  hand,  handicraft,  trade,  Hdt. 
2,  167,  Aesch.  Pr.  45,  "Cho.  761. 

Χειρωνύξιον,  ov,  τό,  ( χειρώναξ)  a 


ΧΕΛΙ 

'  tax  paid  by  handicraftsmen,  a  tax  em 
I  labour,  Arist.  Oecon.  2,  1,  6. 

Χειρώνειος,  ov,  of  or  from  Chiron  : 
I  X.  έ?ιΚος,  a  malignant  sore. 
j  Χειρωνίς,  ίδος,  ή,  βίβλος,  i.  e.  a 
I  medical  book,  v.  1.  Ep.  Adesp.  579  : — 
I  ^ai  Χειρωνίδες  άκρα/,  the  Chironinn 
I  summits,  as  the  summits  of  I'llmn 
1  were  called  from  being  the  residence 

of  Chiron,  Call.  Del.  104. 
I       Χίίρωσις,  εως,  ή,  (χειρόω)  a  sub- 
duing, lip.  Plat.  332  A. 

Χειρωτικός.  ή,  όν,  (  χειρόω)  able  to 
subdue :  ή  -κή,  or  το  -κον.  skill  in  sub- 
duing or  taming.  Plat.  Soph.  219  D, 
221  B,  223  B. 

Χειρωτός,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from 
χειρόω,  subdued :  to  be  subdued. 

Χείσομαι,  fut.  of  χανόύνω,  q.  v. 
sub  fin.,  as  πείσομαι,  of  πάσχω. 

Χείω,  Ep.  for  χέω,  to  pour,  lies. 
Th.  83. 
I      Χέλειον,  ov,  τό,=χέ?ινον  :  also,  α 

crab's  shell,  Arat.  494,  Nic.  Al.  574. 
I      Χελεύς,  έως,  ό,^χε?ίυς,  Hesych. 
[      iXελιδόvεaι  νήσοι,  αϊ,  the   Cheli- 
doneae  insulae,  or  Chetidonian  islands, 
three  or  five  small  rocky  islands  off 
the  coast  of  Lycia,  Dem.  429,  1. 
Χελϊόόνειος,    ov,   v.   sub   χελιδό- 
'  νιος. 

Χε?Λδόνεως,  ω,  ή,  the  tree  which 
bore  the  χελιδόνια  σνκα,  ap.  Ath.  75 

j       ^Χελιδόνια,  ίκμα,  ή,  the  Chelido- 

I  nian  promontory  on  the  coast  of  Ly- 
cia, Qu.  Sm.  3,  234. 

ίΧε?Λδόνΐαι  νήσοι,  at,  =^  Χε?.  ιδό- 
νεαι  νήσοι,  .Diou.  P.  507;  Strab.  p. 

\  666. 

j  Χελίδονίας.  ov.  6,  a  kind  of  tunny- 
fish,  Diphil.  (Siphn.)  ap.  Ath.  350  F  : 
also  η  serpent.— 2.  χ.  ιχθύς,  the  7wrlh- 
ernfish,  a  constellation. — II.  the  spring 
wind,   Favonivs,   because  the  swallows 

:  come  with  it,  Plin.  ;  cf.  όρνιβίας. 

'  ΧελίδονΙδενς,  έως,  6,  a  young  swal- 
low. 

Χελίδονίζω,  f.  -ίσω  Alt.  -ϊώ,  {χε?Λ• 
όων)  to  twitter  like  a  swallow,  hence=: 

I  βαρβαρίζω,  Aesch.  Fr.  397  ;  cf.  χελι- 
δών  I. — 2.  to  go  about  singing  the  swal- 
low-song,  and  begging ;  cf.  χελιδό- 
νισμα. 

\       ^\Xελιδάvιov,oυ,ή,Chelidonium,{em. 

j  pr.  n.,  Luc.  Dial.  Meretr.  10. 

j  Χε^ϊδόνιον,  ου,  τό,  (χε?Λδών)  swal- 
low-wort, celandine,  of  which  there 
were  two  kinds,  χ.  κνάνεον  (οΓγλαυ- 
κόν),  Theocr.  13,  41  ;  χ.  χλωροί^, 
Anth.  P.  11,  130.  —  Strictly  neut. 
from 

Χε?ΰδόνιος,  a,  ov,  also  ος,  ov, 
Diosc.  (χε/.ιδών) : — of  or  from  the 
swallow,  like  the  swallow  ;  esp.  coloured 
like  the  sivallow's  throat  :  hence,  σνκαϊ 
or  ισχύδες  χελιδόνιαι,  a  kind  of  fig  of 
a  rusty  or  reddish  brown,  Ath.  652  Ε  : 
also,  χε?.ιδόνια  (sc.  σνκα),  Ar.  Fr. 
476 ;  and  so  χε/αδόνεια,  Epigen. 
Bacch.  1,  2  :  also  epith.  of  a  serpent, 
and  of  a  stone  of  this  colour,  Plm. ; 
and  of  the  common  hare,  Diphil.  'Ay- 
voi.  1. 

^Χελιδόνιος,    ov,    b,   Chelidonius, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Luc.  de  Merc.  Cond.  33. 
Χελίδονίς,  ίδος,  ή,  poet,  for  χελι- 
δών,  Jac.  Anth.  P.  p.  266. 

Χελϊδόνισμα,ατος,τό,  (χελιδονίζω) 
the  swallow-song,  an  old,  popular  song 
at  the  return  of  the  swallows,  which 
the  Rhodian  boys  went  about  singing 
in  the  month  Boedromion,  and  alter- 
wards  begged,  cf  Ar.  A  v.  1410,  sq. 
One  of  the  kind  has  been  preserved 
to  us  by  Athen.  360  C,  emended  by 
llgen,  Opusc.  Phil.  1,  p.  165.  A  simi- 
la••  song  is  still  popular  in  Greece, 


XEAT 

Fauriel   Chants  de  la  Giece,  1,  p. 
xxviii ;  cf.  κορωνίζω. 

Χε/ΰδονιστής,  ού,  ό,  (χε/.ιδονίζω) 
one  who  goes  about  singing  the  swaUow- 
song  and  begging,  cf.  foreg. 

Xe/.ίόών,  όνος,  ή.  the  swallow,  Od. 
21,  411  ;  22,  240,  Hes.  Op.  566,  Hdt., 
etc.  : — an  irreg.  vocat.  χε/.ίόοΐ  (q.  v.) 
as  if  frona  a  nom.  χε'/.ίόώ,  Simon.  1 18 
(ap.  Ar.  Av.  1411) :  the  Grainm.  also 
quote  an  Aeoi.  vocat.  χεΆιόόν,  cf. 
Anacreont.  9,  2,  and  Jac.  A.  P.  p. 
Ixvii.  The  twittering  of  the  swallow 
was  proverb,  of  barbarous  tongues  by 
the  Greeks,  ειπερ  εστί  μη  χε/.ιόόνος 
όίκην  άγνώτα  φωνην  3ύρ3αρον  κεκτη- 
μένη, Aesch.  Ag.  1050  ;  cf.  χελίόονί- 
ζω,  Blomf  1.  c,  Dind.  An  Αν.  1681  : 
proverb.,  μία  χε/^όων  έαρ  ού  τΐοιεΐ, 
Arist.  Eth.  Ν.  1,7,  15;  whence  Ar. 
says  όεΐσθαι  ό'  έοίκεν  ουκ  ολίγων  χε- 
λιδόνων. Αν.  1417. — II.  the  flying-fish, 
exocoetus  volitans  or  evolans,  Linn., 
Ephipp.  Κνδ.  1,  5. — III.  the  frog  in 
the  hollow  of  a  horse's  foot,  Schneid. 
Xen.  Eq.  1,  5:  inaccurately  explain- 
ed by  Hesych.  το  κοΓ/.ον  της  όττ'λής. 
—2.  the  like  part  of  a  dog's  foot. — 3.  a 
hollow  above  the  bend  of  the  elbow,  {χε- 
λίδών  is  no  doubt  the  same  as  Lat. 
hirwido, — ;f  being=A,  and  Λ  changing 
into  r.)  • 

tXeA/(5iJV,  όνος,  ή,  Chelidon,  fem. 
pr.  n.,  Ep.  Adesp.  696. 

■^Κελϊόωνίς.  ίδοΓ,  ή,  Chelidonis,  a 
Spartan  female,  Plut.  Pyrrh.  26,  v.  1. 
Χεΰ.ωνίς,  q.  v. 

Χελλαριης,  ov,  ό,  a  sea-fish,  Ath. 
118  C  ■,=  όνίσκος. 

Χε/.λΰσσω,  v.  χελΰϋσω. 

Χε?.λών,  and  χελμών,  ώνος,  δ,  ν. 
χε'/.ών. 

Χελούω,  Lacon.  for  χελ.ύω,  χε- 
?.νσσω. 

^Χελνδόρεα,  ων,  τά,  Chelydorea,  a 
mountain  in  Arcadia,  where  Mercury 
formed  from  a  tortoise  shell  the  first 
lyre,  Pans.  8,  17,  5. 
■  Χελυδρος,  ov,  b,  (χέλνς,  ϋδωρ)  an 
amphibious  serpent.  ISlc.  Th.  411,  sq. 

Χε'/.νκ/.ονος,  ov,  {χέλνς,  κίονος) 
resounding  with  tortoise-shell,  φόρμιγζ, 
Orph.  Arg.  381. 

Χε/.ννύζω,  also  σχε?.ννύζω,=^χ/-εν• 
άζω.  φ?.ναρέω- 

Χε'λννειον,  ου,τό,=χέ?,υςϊΙ,  Hipp, 
p.  1289.  [ϋ] 

Χελννη,  ης,  ή.=χεϊ?..ος,  the  lip,  χε- 
λύνην  έσθίειν  νπ'  όργης,  Ar.  Vesp. 
1083  ;  νττερωα  χ.,  the  upper-Zip,  Jo- 
seph.— II.  Aeol.  for  χε/Μνη,  Sappho 
ap.  Orion,  [v] 

Χελννιον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  foreg. 
— n.   the  chest,=χε'λvς  II. 

Χε/.ννοίδ7}ς,  ov,  ό,  {χεΛίψη,οίδάω) 
with  swollen  lips. 

Χέ/^νον,  ov,  TO,  tortoise-shell :  from 

XEAT  Σ,  νος,  ή,  like  χελώνη,  a 
tortoise,  Lat.  testudo : — and  as  .Mercury 
made  the  first  lyre  by  stretching 
strings  on  its  shell  (which  acted  as 
a  sounding-board).  H.  Horn.  Merc.  33, 
hence. — 2.  the  lyre  itself  made  there- 
of, as  in  Lat.  testudo  was  used,  H. 
Horn.  Merc.  25,153;  κατ  έτϊτύτονον 
όρείον  χ-,  Eur.  Ale.  449  ;  cf  Η.  F. 
683. — 11.  the  arched  breast,  the  chest. 
from  its  likeness  of  shape  to  the  back 
of  a  tortoise,  Eur.  El.  837  ;  cf.  Foes. 
Oec.  Hipp. 

Χε'/.νσκιον,  ου,  τό,  a  slight  cough. 
Foes.  Oec.  Hipp. 

Χέ/.νσμα,  ατος.τό,  {χέ2.νς)  a  sheath- 
ing to  cover  the  lower  part  of  a  ship,  like 
the  shell  of  a  tortoise,  Theophr. 

Χίλυσσω,  usu.  as  dep.  mid.,  χε7Λο- 
αομαι,  Att.  -τ^ομια :  f.  -νσομαι,  [ΰ], 
Nic.  Al.  81 :  {χέ?.νς  II) : — to  cough  up, 


ΧΕΟΫ 
expectorate.  Foes.   Oec.   Hipp,      like 
χρέμπτομαι : — Lye.  has  also  thi  form 
χελ/,νσσω,  727. 

Χε/.ϋτις,  ή,  a  name  of  Diana,  Clem. 
Al. 

ΧεΆών,  ώνος,  ό,  a  kind  of  fish  with 
a  long  snout,  of  the  genus  κεφα/ος, 
Lat.  labeo.  Arist.  H.  A.  5,  1 1.  3  ;  6,  17, 
3  ;  8,  2,  26  ;  with  v.  1.  χει?.ών.—11. 
as  root  o(  χε?.ών7ΐ  in  Hesych. 

Χε?.ωνάριον,  ov.  τό,  dim.  from  χε- 
?.ώνη,  a  svialt  tortoise-shell. — 2.  =;te- 
λώνη  III :  Hesych.  explains  it  by 
κω/Λ>μάτιον.  [ΰ] 

iXε/.ωvάτaς,  ό,  Chelonatas,  a  pro- 
montory of  Elis,  the  western  point 
of  Peloponnesus  now  Cape  Tornese, 
Strab.  p.  335;  in  Ptol.  Χελωνίτης. 
[aj 

Χελώνειον  and  χελώνιον,  ov,  τό,  a 
tortoise-shell,  Plut.  2,  400  A  :— also,  α 
crab's  shell,  like  χέ/.ειον. — 2.  χελω- 
νών, a  coin  of  Tenedos,  with  a  tortoise 
upon  it. — II.  the  arched,  convex  part  of 
the  back  : — also  a  spherical  mirror  : — 
in  gen.  an  arch,  vault,  convexity. — III. 
dim.  of  ;^;εΛώΐ'^  IV,  Vitruv.  :  from 

Χελώνη.  7?r,  ή.  \\ke χέλνς,  a  tortoise, 
H.  Horn.  Merc.  42,  48,  Hdt.  1,  47,  48  : 
proverb.,  Ιώ  χελώναι  μακάριαι  τον 
δέρματος.  Ar.  Vesp.  429,  1292:— also 
its  shell.  Lob.  Phryn.  187  :  hence,— II. 
like  χέ'λ.υς  I,  the  lyre. — III.  as  a  mili- 
tary term,  a  pent-house  formed  of  shields 
overlapping  each  other  as  in  a  tortoise's 
back,  like  the  Roman  te.itudo.esp-  used 
by  storming  parties  in  approaching  a 
city's  walls  :  generally,  a  shed,  move- 
able roof  for  protecting  besiegers  and 
their  engines,  χ.  ξύλινη.  Xen.  Hell. 
3,1,7 : — freq.  with  distinctive  epithets, 
Y.  χωστρίς,  used  to  protect  sappers 
and  miners,  Polyb.  9,  41,  1  ;  10,  31, 
8  ;  κριοόύρος,  to  cover  the  battering 
ram,  Diod. ;  cf.  also  -/ε^βοχε/.ώνη. — 

IV.  a  kind  of  frame  or  cradle  on  which 
heavy  weights  were  moved  by  means 
of  rollers  underneath.  Pappus  p.  489 : 
— also,  a  stool,  footstool,  νττοττοδιον. — 

V.  a  coin  bearing  the  impress  of  α  tor- 
toise, first  coined  at  Aegina,  and  then 
current  throughout  Peloponnesus, 
Hesych.  a.  v.,  Poll.  9,_74,  Muller 
Aeginet.  p.  95 ;  cf.  χελ^ώνεων  IV. 
(The  root  χελών  occurs  only  in 
Hesych.) 

■\Χ.ε?.ώνη,  ης,  η,  Chelone^  a  promon- 
tory of  the  island  Cos,  Paus.  1,  2,  4. 

Χελωνιάς,  άδος,  ή,  a  spotted  kind 
of  beetle,  also  κανβομίς. 

Χελώνιον,  ov,  τό,  v.  sub  χε?.ώ- 
vei'iv. 

Χελωνίς,  ίδος,  ή,  =  χελώνη  : — a 
lyre.  Posidon.  ap.  Ath.  527  F. — II.= 
χελώνη  IV,  α  stool,  Sext.  Emp.  p.  267. 
-HI.  a  threshold,  LXX.  ? 

Χελωνίτης,  ov,  ό,  fem.  -Ιτις,  ιδος, 
(χε'/.ώνη)  like  a  tortoise,  of  a  gem, 
Plin. 

Χελωνοειδης,  ές,  like  a  tortoise. 

Χε/.ωνοόά)θς.  ov,  eating  tortoises  : 
— foi  X.,  the  Chelonophagi,  a  people 
of  Africa,  Strab.  p.  773. 

iXέμuις.  εως  Ion.  ιος.  ό,  Chemmis, 
an  early  king  of  Aegypt,  ό  ^^μόίτης, 
Diod.  S.  1,  63. — II. ;},  an  ancient  city 
of  Aegypt.  in  the  ThebaVd,  Hdt.  2, 91 ; 
in  Diod.  S.  1,  18  Χεμμώ.  ονς.  η:  cf. 
Παΐ'ό-ολίζ•.— 2.  a  floating  island  in 
the  Butian  lake  in  Aegypt  with  a 
temple  of  Apollo,  Hdt.  2.  156. 

\Χεμμίτης,  ov  Ion.  εω.  6.  of  Chem- 
mis, Chemmitic ;  ό  X-  νομός,  Hdt.  2, 
165. 

Χέννιον,  ov,  τό,  a  kind  of  quail, 
salted  and  eaten  by  the  Aegyptians, 
Hipparch.  ap.  Ath.  393  C. 

ΙΧέοψ,  οπος,  ό,  Cheous,  a  king  of 


XEPM 

Aegypt,  constructor  of  the  largest  of 
the  pyramids,  Hdt.  2,  124. 

Χερά)ρα,  ας,  ή.^χειράγρα,  v.  Ca- 
saub.  Pers.  5,  58,  Heind.  Hor.  Sat.  2 
7,  15. 

Χέράδος,  τό,  like  χερύς,  and  χερ• 
μύς,  the  sand,  gravel  and  rubiush, 
brought  down  by  rivers,  like  φομντός, 
ύλις  χέραδος  τεριχενας,  II.  21,319: 
some  old  Gramm.  wrote  it  χειιάδος 
as  genit.  from  sq.,  dependent  on 
ύλις. 

Χεράς,  ύδος,  ή,  a  heap  of  stones,  gra- 
vel, etc.  :  esp.  the  deposit  of  a  river, 
sand,  stones,  gravel,  etc.,  Pind.  P.  6, 
)3,  cf.  foreg.,  and  χερμάς,  χερμάδιον. 
(Usu.  deriv.  from  χειρ,  as  if  a  stone 
which  the  hand  can  grasp  :  better,  as 
Others,  akin  to  χέ()()ος  and  ξηpός.^^\th 
the  radic.  notion  of  hard  :  cf.  the  kin- 
dred words  χερμάς,  χερμάδιον,  etc.) 

\Χέρασμις,  ιος.  ό,  Cherasmis,  a. 
Persian,  Hdt.  7,  78. 

Χέρεια.  v.  sub  χέρης. 

Χερειότερος.  a,  ov.  Ep.  compar.  for 
sq.,  11.  2,248;  12,270. 

Χερείων,  ό.  ή,  neut.  χέρειον,  Ep. 
form  of  χείρων,  q.  v. 

Χέρεσσι,  rare  poet.  dat.  pi.  from 
χείρ  for  χερσί,  Hes. 

Χέρηα,  v.  sub  χέρης. 

Xεpηpης,ες,geΩ.  εος,  fitting  together 
with  the  hand. 

Χέρης.  an  old  positive,  which  is 
prob.  the  root  of  χειρών,  χερειότερος, 
χείριστος,  irreg.  compar.  and  superl. 
of  κακός,  (cf.  άρείων  from  Άρης): — 
the  following  cases  occur  in  Horn., 
dat.  χέρηι  (or  χερήΐ),  11.  1,  80  ;  ace. 
χέηηα,  II.  4,  400  ;  nom.  pi.  χέρηες, 
θα.  15,  324  ;  ace.  neut.  χέρηα,  II.  14, 
382  (for  which  however  Wolf  in  Od. 
18,  229  ;  20,  310,  still  writes  χέρεια.) 
But  in  all  these  passages  the  word 
seems  to  have  a  comparative  signf^ 
as,  v'lov  γείνατο  είο  χέρηα  μάχη  αγό- 
ρι) δε  άμείνω,  II.  4,  400  (where  the 
gen.  follows) ;  οΐά  τε,  τοΙς  άγαθοϊσι 
τταραδρώωσι  χέρηες,  Od.  15,  324; 
έσθ/.ά  τε  καΐ  τά  χέρηα,  Od.  18,  229  ; 
20,  310;  but  above  all,  έσθλά  μεν 
έσθλ.ός  εδννε,  χέρηα  δε  χείρονι  δό- 
σκεν,  where  έσΟλά  έσθλός  and  χέρηα 
χείρονι  are  evidently  correlative. — 
Thus  no  real  example  with  a  po.sitive 
signf  remains,  notwithstanding  the 
opinion  of  Buttm.  Ausf  Gr.  ij  68,  2 : 
and  prob.  it  was  really  a  compar.  iti 
signf.  from  the  first,  being  originally 
=^χείριος,  ν—οχείριος,  subject,  subor- 
dinate, inferior  to  another  : — its  con- 
nexion with  χερνιις  is  far-fetched ; 
for  this  word  belongs  to  χήρος,  χη- 
ρεύω. 

Χερ•^ων,  ov,  gen.  όνος.  Dor.  for 
χερείων. 

Χεριάρης,  ov.  ό.=χερήρης,  dexter• 
oit.s  τέκτονες,  Pind.  P.  5,  47.  [ti] 

ΧερΙφϊφής,  ές,  (χείρ,  φνρω)  mixed 
or  kneaded  by  hand.  Anth.  P.  6,  251. 

Χέριια,  ατός,  τό,  =  the  more  usu. 
χερμάδιον.  χερμάς :  (v.  χέρας). 

Χερμάδιον,  ov,  τό,  (  χερμάς)  : — α 
stone,  large  ρί-bble,  such  as  were  used 
for  missiles,  oft.  in  Horn.  (esp.  in  II.) ; 
όκρίοεν,  II.  4,  518  ;  usu.  of  great  size, 
so  that  they  are  called  μεγάλα,  II. 
11,  265,  541,  etc.;  άνδραχΰέα.  Od. 
10,  121  ;  again,  ό  δε  χερμάδιον  λ.άβε 
χειρί--, μέ^,α  ερ\ον.  ό  ον  δνο  >•'  ΰνδρε 
φέροιεν.  II.  5,  302 ;  οι.  20,  285.  ( Not 
a  dim.  from  χερμάς,  but  neut.  from 
sq.)  [a] 

Χερμάδιος,  ov,  of  the  shape  or  size 
of  a  χερμάς.  μο7.ν3δαιναι  χερμάδιοι, 
leaden  balls/or  throwing,  Luc.  Lexiph. 
6  :  [u]  and 

Χερμύζω,  f.  -άσω,  to  throu-  χερμύ- 
1657 


ΧΕΡΝ 

iff,  esp.  to  throw  them  out  of  a  field, 
and  so  clear  it  for  cultivation,  Hesych. : 
from 

Χερ/ίάζ• ,  ύδος,  if,  a  stone,  large  peb- 
ble, esp.  for  throwing  or  slinging,  a 
sling-stone,  τη7\.ΐβθΑος,  Pind.  P.  3, 
86  ;  όκριόΐσσα,  Aesch.  Tlieb.  300 : 
κραταίιίολος,  Eur.  Bacch.  1094:  — 
also,  of  the  pebbles  on  the  sea-beach, 
Anth.  P.  7,  C93  :—  but,  in  Lye.  20, 
616,  of  large  blocks  of  rock,  so  that 
the  size  is  indefinite  ;  cf.  χ^ρμάδων. 
(Χερμάς  is  formed  from  χέρας,  by  in- 
serting//; thederiv.  (rom  χειρ,  which 
makes  it  a  stone  as  large  as  to  fit  the 
hand,  is  very  dub. ;  v.  sub  χερύς.) 

Χερμαστήρ,  ηρος,  6,  {  χερμύζω  )  α 
slinger,  χ.  βινός,  the  leather  ο/"  α  sling, 
out  of  which  the  stone  was  thrown, 
Anth.  P.  7.  172.  ^ 

Χερνής,  7/τος,  ύ ;  Dor.  χερνάς,  άτος : 
— one  teho  lives  by  his  hands,  a  day-la- 
hourer,  like  πένης,  hence  also  a  poor, 
needy  man,  Anth.  P.  7,  709  : — also  as 
adj.,  poor,  needy,  εν  όόμοις  χερνησι, 
Eur.  El.  205  ;  χερνήτα  βίου,  Anth. 
P.  6,  39. — The  accent  is  given  by  He- 
sych., χέρνης  ;  by  A  read.  96,  7,  χερ- 
νής .•  that  of  γυμνής  favours  the  lat- 
ter : — a  lem.  χερνήσσα  in  Arcad.  1.  c. 
(.\cc.  to  Hesych.  from  χί-ρνα,  poverty, 
akin  to  χήρος,  χηρεύω,  and  to  Lat. 
careo  :  but  ace.  to  Arist.  Pol.  3,  4,  12, 
ό  άκο  των  χειρών  ζών.) 

ΧερνήτηΓ,  ον,  o,=foreg.,  άνήρ  χ., 
Simon.  99,  Aesch.  Pr.  893. 

Χερνητίκός,  ή,  όν,  { χερνής)  of  like 
a  poor  man  or  day-labourer  :  το  χ.,  the 
poorest  class  of  day-labourers,  Arist. 
Pol.  4.  4.  21. 

Χερνήτις,  ιδος,  fern,  from  χερνήτης, 
a  workwoman,  esp.  α  woman  that  spins 
for  daily  hire,  γννή  χ.,  Η.  12,  433  ;  χ. 
γρηνς,  Anth.  P.  6,  203. 

Χερνητωρ,  ορός,  ύ,  poet,  for  χερνή- 
της, Manetho. 

Χερνίβι.ον,  ον,  τό,  dim.  from  sq., 
Ar.  F"r.  298  ;  cf.  sq.  : — a  chamber-pot. 
Foes.  Oec.  Hipp,  [vl] 

Χέρνΐβον,  ον,  τό,  ( χείρ,  νίζω, 
νίτττω  )  : — α  vessel  for  water  to  wash 
the  hands  or  for  holy  water,  a  hand- 
basin,  11.24,  304;  also  Andoc.  33,  3, 
cf.  Ath.  408  C  ;— though  Valck.  and 
Wolf  would  read  χερνίβιον.  The 
form  χέρνιβος,  6,  only  in  Ael.  N.  A. 
10,  50. 

Χέρνι.μμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  loashing  of  the 
hands  with  holy  water,  Meineke  Philo- 
nid.  Incert.  0  :  from 

Χερνίτττομαι,  f.  -φομαι,  as  mid., 
(χείρ,  νίζω,  νίπτω)  : — to  wash  one's 
hands  with  holy  water,  esp.  before  sa- 
crifice, il.  1,  419;  ίχερνίψατο  εκ  της 
ιεράς  χέρνιβος,  Lys.  108,  1:  —  to 
sprinkle  with  holy  water,  purify  thereby, 
esp.  for  sacrifice,  χαίτην,  Eur.  ].  T. 
607,  cf.  Anth.  P.  6,  156.  The  act. 
χερνίπτω,  to  sacrifice,  only  in  Lye. 
184. 

Χερνιπτρον,  ου,  τό,  =  χέρνιβον, 
Philem.  Lex.  286,  p.  200. 

Χερνίπτω,  f.  -ψω,  v.  sub  χερνίπτο- 
μαι. 

Χερνίτης,  ον,  6,  a  stone  like  ivory, 
Theophr.  [i] 

Χέρνι-φ,  Ιβος,  ή,  {χειρ,  νίζω.  νίπ- 
τω )  : — the  holy  water  with  which  the 
hands  were  washed,  esp.  before  a  meal, 
a  sacrifice  or  any  religious  rite,  oft. 
in  Od.,  but  always  in  ace.  χέρνιβα 
(v.  sub  κατάρχω  11,  etc.),  which  re- 
mained the  most  common  case  in  use 
of  the  sing. :  hut  the  nom.  occurs  in 
Aesch.  Eum.  656  ;  the  gen.  χέρνιβος 
in  Soph.  Fr.  708,  Ar.  Lys.  1129,  Ly- 
sias  108,  1  ;  the  dat.  χέρνιβι  in  Ar. 
Av,  897,  Thuc.  4,  97 :  cf.  κατύυχω, 
1658 


ΧΕΡΣ 

I.  2. — II.  in  plur.  χέρνιβες,  purifica- 
tions with  holy  water,  Lat.  malluviae, 
and  oft.  much  like  the  sing.,  Eur.  Or. 
1602,  Phoen.  602,  etc. :  the  use  of  holy 
water,  είργεσβαι  χερνίβωΐ',  to  be  ex- 
cluded therefrom,  as  was  done  with 
those  who  were  defiled  by  bloodshed, 
Dem.  505,  14;  χέρνιβας  νέμειν,  to 
allow  it.  Soph.  O.  T.  240  ;  χερνίβων 
κοινωνός,  a  partaker  therein,  i.  e.  an 
inmate  of  the  same  house  or  com- 
panion at  table,  Aesch.  Ag.  1037; 
εις  ιερόν  είςιών  και  χερνίβων  και 
κανών  ύψάμενος,  Dem.  61  Η,  7  (though 
this  may  belong  to  χερνίβον)  ;  cf. 
Eur.  1.  A.  675,  etc. : — after  a  funeral, 
no  one  entered  the  house  before  puri- 
fication therewith,  cf.  Eur.  Ale.  100. 
(Suid.  with  other  Grainms.  prefers 
the  paroxyt.  accent  χερνίβα,  χερνίβι, 
and  so  Dind.  in  Ar. :  but  Herin.  Eur. 
H.  F.  924,  after  Ath.  409  B,  makes  it 
proparoxyt.  χέρνιβα,  etc.) 

Χεροκενως,  (χείρ,  κενός)  adv.,  with 
empty  hands,  LaX. 

Χερομνσής,  ές,  (χείρ,  μνσός)  de- 
filing the  hand,  φόνος,  Aesch.  Cho.  74. 

Χερόνησος,  ή,  poet,  ίοτ χερσόνησος. 
Αρ.  Rh.  1,  925. 

Χερόνιπτρον,  ον,  τό,  =  χειρόνι- 
πτρον,  Inscr. 

Χεροπληθής,  ές,  poet,  for  χεφο- 
πληβής,  Nic.  Th.  94. 

Χερόπληκτος,  ον,  (χείρ,  πλήσσα) 
stricken  by  or  with  the  hand,  Soph.  Aj. 
631. 

Χερός,  Ion.  and  poet.  gen.  from 
χείρ,  for  χειρός.  ^ 

Χεββόνησος,  ή.  Aft.  for  χερσόνη- 
σος, q.  V.  So,  for  all  words  formed 
from  it,  V.  sub  χερσ-. 

Χεβ^ος,  Alt.  for  χέρσος,  q.  v. 

Χερσαίος,  a,  ov,  also  ος,  ον,  {χέρ- 
σος) •.—from  or  of  dry  land,  living  or 
found  thereon,  όρνιθες  χ.,  opp.  to  "λι- 
μναίοι, Hdt.  7,  118;  ζώα  χ.,  opp.  to 
θαλάσσια  and  πετεινά.  Id.  2,  123  ; 
also  of  landsmen,  as  opp.  to  seamen, 
Eur.  Andr.  458,  Thuc.  7,  67:  ή  χ.  πό- 
λις,  an  inland  city,  as  opp.  to  a  sea- 
port (έπιθαλαττίόιος).  Plat.  Legg. 
704  Β  : — metaph.,  κύμα  χερσαΐον 
στρατού,  Aesch.  Theb.  64. — II.  ή  χερ- 
σαίος, as  subst.,:=rfpffoi>//CTOf,  Lye. 
534. 

Χερσεία,  ας,  ή,  a  lying  waste,  tmcul- 
tivated  state :  from 

Χερσεύω,  (χέρσος)  intr.,  to  lie  waste 
or  barren,  Xen.  Oec.  5,  17 ;  16,  5. — 2. 
to  abide  on  dry  land,  live  thereon.  Soph, 
ap  Hesych.  (Fr.  417). — II.  transit.,  to 
place  or  leave  on  dry  land,  Eur.  Polyi'd. 
1,3. 

^Χερσίας,  ov,  b,  Chersias,  an  Epic 
poet  of  Orchomenus,  Paus.  9,  38,  0. 

ή'Χερσιόάμας,  αντος,  ό,  Chersida- 
mas,  a  son  of  Priam,  II.  11,  423. — 2.  a 
son  of  Pterelaus,  ApoUod.  2,  4,  5. 

iXερσικpάτης,  ονς,  ό,  Chersicrates, 
a  Heraclid,  leader  of  a  colony  to  Cor- 
cyra,  Slrab.  p.  269. 

Χερσιμαχια,  ας,  ή,  f.  1.  in  Plat. 
Legg.  633  13,  for  ταΐς  χερσί  μύχαις, 
cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  688. 

ΧέρσΙνυς,  //,  ον,=χερσαϊος. 

'\Χέρσις,  ιος.  ό,  Chersis,  father  of 
Onesilus,  son  of  Siromus.kingof  Cy- 
prus, Hdt.  5,  104.— 2.  father  of  Gor- 
gus.  Id.  7.  98. 

'ΪΧερσίίφρων,  όνος,  ό,  Chersiphron, 
a  celebrated  architect,  saiii  to  have 
built  the  temple  of  Diana  at  Ephe- 
SU.S,  Strab.  p.  640. 

Χερσοβίυς,  ov,  living  on  dry  land, 
opp.  to  λιμνόβιος. 

Χερσοειόής,  ές,  {χέρσος,  είδος)  like 
dry  land,  looking  like  land,  Dion.  H. — 

II.  like  waste  land :  barren,  waste. 


ΧΕΡΣ^ 

Χερσόθΐν,  (χέρσος)  adv.,  from  dry 
land,  as  opp.  to  sea,  Eur.  Heracl.429, 
Hel.  1269  :  from  the  earth  or  ground, 
as  opp.  to  water,  Pind.  O.  2,  131. 

ΧερσόϋΙ,  (χέρσος)  adv.,  on  dry  land, 
Anth. 

Χερσομύνέω,  ώ,  ί.  -ήσω,  to  run  wild, 
like  waste  land. 

Χέρσονδε,  adv.,  to  or  on  dry  land, 
II.  21,  238. 

Χερσονησι.ύζω,  f.  -άσω,  Strab. ;  and 
-σίζω,  {.  -ισω,  Polyb.  1,  73,  4, .etc.; 
Att.  χεββον-  :  to  form  a  χερσόνησος 
or  peninsula. 

Χερσυνήσιος,  a,  ov,  Att  χεββον-, 
{χερσόνησος}  of,  from  or  like  a  penin- 
sula, peninsular :  esp.  of  the  Thracian 
Chersonese,  jEur.  Hec.  8,  33 ;  etc. 

Χερσονησίτης,  ov,  ό,  Att.  χεβ^ιυν-, 
(χερσόνησος)  a  dweller  in  the  Cherso^ 
7iese,  Xen.  Hell.  1,  3,  10.   [i] 

Χερσονησ ιώδης,  ες,^χιρσονησοει- 
δής,  very  dub.  in  Strab. 

Χερσονησιώτης,  ov.  ό,  Att.  χε{)()ον-, 
^=χερσονησίτης,ν.Ι.Χ6Ώ.  Hell.  3,2,8. 

Χερσονησοειδής,  ές,  Att.  χεβρον-, 
{χερσόνησος,  είδος)  like  a  peninsula, 
peninsular,  of  Mount  Athos,  Hdt.  7,  22. 

Χερσόνησος,  ov,  ή,  Att.  χεββ-,  poet, 
also  χερό-  in  Ap.  Rh.  1,  925  (χέρσος, 
νήσος)  : — α  land-island,  i.  e.  a  penin- 
sula, Hdt.  4^  12  : — at  Athens  the  long 
strip  of  Thrace  that  runs  along  the 
Hellespont  was  esp.  called  the  Cher- 
sonese or  Peninsula,  fHdt.  6,  3  ;  Thuc. 
1,  11  ;  also  called  ή  εν  'Έ,λλησπόντω 
Χερσ.,  Hdt.  7,  33  ;t— 2.  the  Crimea 
was  also  called  the  Tauric  Chersonese, 
first  in  Hdt.  4,  99,  falso  ;/  Σκνθική 
and  ή  μεγάλη,  Strab.  p.  308,  sqq. — 3.  /) 
Μνβασσιη,  a  peninsula  on  the  coast 
of  Caria,  near  Bybassus,  Hdt.  1,  174  ; 
ή  Καρική,  Ael.  V.  Η.  2,  33  ;  cf.  Paus. 
5,  24,  7.-4.  ή  Χρνσή,  the  Golden,  m 
India  beyond  the  Ganges,  now  Ma- 
lacca, Dion.  P.  589. — 5.  in  Thuc.  4, 
42  a  point  of  land  on  the  coast  of  Ar- 
golis  between  Epidaurus  and  Troe- 
zene. — 6.  of  Sinope,  Slrab.  p.  544,  and 
of  Athos,  Id.  p.  331 1: — hence,  an  island 
with  a  bridge  to  it,  Paus.  5, 24, 1 .  Hence 

^Χερσόνησος,  ov,  ή,  Att.  Χε^β-, 
Chersonesus,  as  name  of  cities, —  1.  in 
Crete  on  a  small  peninsula,  Stiab.  p. 
749. — 2.  in  the  Tauric  Chersonese, 
later  Χερσών,  Strab.  p.  308,  sqq. — 3. 
a  strong  city  of  .^egypt,  near  Alex- 
andrea.  Id.  p.  799. — 4.  a  city  of  His- 
pania  near  Saguntum,  Id.  p.  159.— 
Others  in  Strab. ;  etc. 

Χερσονησωδης,  ες,  Att.  χεββον-, 
contr.  for  χερσονησοειδής. 

Χέρσος,  Att.  χεβρος,  ov,  ή,  also  ό, 
dry  land,  land,  as  opp.  lo  water  ;  έπΙ 
χέρσον,  opp.  to  έν  πόντω,  Od.  10, 
459;  χέρσον  ΙκέσΟαι  for  χέρσονδε, 
Od.  9,  486  ;  κύματα  μακρά  κνλινδό- 
μενα  προτί  χέρσον,  lb.  147  ;  cf  II.  14, 
394  ;  έν  πόντω  νάες,  έν  χέρσω  πόλε- 
μοι, Pind.  Ο.  12,  5  ;  etc.  :— in  Hom. 
always  as  subst.,  though  the  gender 
cannot  be  determined,  and  mostly  so 
in  Att.  poets :  Pind.  however  has  it 
as  fem.,  Fr.  45,  15,  and  so  Aesch. 
Supp.  31. — II.  also  as  adj.,  χέρσος, 
ov,  dry,  firm,  of  land,  Hdt.  2,  99  :  χέρ- 
σος ν.νρώπα,  the  main-land  of  En- 
rope,  Pind.  N.  4,  115:  so,  έν  κονία 
χέρσω,  opp.  to  πόντω,  lb.  9.  103. — 2. 
dry,  hard,  barren,  στνφλός  }ή  και  χέρ- 
σος. Soph.  Ant.  251  ;  waste,  barren, 
nsu.  of  lands,  Hdt.  4,  123;  χέρσα, 
waste  places,  .Resell.  Fr.  192  :  of  wo- 
men. Soph.  O.  T.  1502.— 3.  c.  gen., 
barren,  destitute  of  πνρά  χέρσος  άγλα- 
ϊσμάτων,  Eur.  El.  325.  (Akin  to  χή- 
ρος, ξερός,  ξηρός,  σχερός,  σχηρός,  χέ- 
ρας, χοιρύς,  χέρμα,  χερμάς,  etc.) 


ΧΕΩ 

Χερσόομαι,  (χέρσος)  as  pass.,  to  be 
left  dry  and  waste,  of  land,  γή  κεχερ- 
σωμένη,  Plut.  2,  10  D. 

Χέρσνδρος,  ου,  δ,  (χέρσος,  ϋί^ρος) 
an  amphibious  serpent,  iSic.  Th.  359. 

Χερσνΐ'ω,=^χερσόω. 

Xεμσώόης,ες,conlτ.(oτχεpσoειδης. 

ΙΧίρσών,  ώνος,  ή,=  Χερσόνησος  2, 

Χερνδριον,  αν,  τό,  dim.  from  χειρ, 
α  little  hand  or  arm,  Mosch.  1,  13. 

Χεσάς,  άντος,  ό,  one  who  goes  to 
stool:  also  written  paroxyt.  χέσας. 

Χεσείω,  desideret.  from  χέσα,  to 
want  to  go  te  stool,  l-at.  cecamrio,  like 
χεζητιάω,  Ar.  Eq.  888,  Nub.  295. 

ΧεσΙύχύνέϋ),  ώ,  to,  use  obscene  lan- 
guage. 

Χεναι,χεναν,χεϋε,  Ep.  inf  ,3plur., 
and  3  sing.  aor.  1  of  ^εω,  Horn. 

Χενμα,  ατός,  τό,  (χέω).  That 
which  is  poured:  lienc•, — 1.  a  gush, 
flood,  strearn,  χενμα  κασσιτέροιο,  Π. 
23,  561 ;  Σκαμάνδρου  χενματα,  its 
streams,  Find.  Ν.  9,94  ;  freq.  inTrag., 
both  in  sing,  and  plur. — 2.=  σπονόή, 
that  which  is  poured  in  honour  of  the 
gods,  a  drink-offering,  Lat.  libatio. — II. 
that  into  which  icater  is  poured,  a  basin, 
bowl,  Hdt.  1,  51 :  elsewh.  χοεύς. — 
Poet.  word. 

Χείω,  Ep.  pres.  for  χέω,  prob.  only 
found  in  compds.  καταχενομαι  and 
περιχεύομαι.  cf.  ττεριχέω :  but  the 
fut.  and  Epic  aor.  of  χέώ  are  of  this 
form,  V.  sq. 

XE'i2,  (root  XEY-  or  XEF-)  :  fut. 
χενσω.  and  perh.  sometimes  χέω, 
Meineiie  Com.  Fr.  2,  p.  638,  cf.  Isae. 
61,  22:  Att.  aor.  1  εχεα,  inf.  χέαι, 
imperat.  χέον,χεάτω.  mid.  έχεάμην  : 
pf.  κέχΰκα.  pass,  κέχνμαι :  aor.  pass. 
έχνθην  [ί'],  but  later  also  εχέθην, 
which  form  has  often  been  ignorantly 
changed  into  έχύθην.  Lob.  Phryn. 
731.— Of  these  (strictly  Att.)  tenses 
Horn,  uses  pres.  and  irapf  act.  and 
mid.,  always  uncontr.,  except ;^;εί(7^αί 
in  Od.  10,  518  :  3  pi.  aor.  έχεαυ  only 
in  U.  24,  799  :  pf.  and  plqpf  pass. 
more  freq. :  aor.  pass,  only  in  compds., 
except  3  opt.  χυθεί?;  in  Od.  19,  590. 
Further,  Horn.  oft.  has  the  merely 
Ep.  aor.  έχενα,  with  and  without 
augm.,  χενε.  χεναν,  inf.  χεϋαι,  part. 
χενας,  imperat.  χενον,  subj.  χενω, 
with  χεύομεν  and  χεΰωμεν,  11.  7,  336  ; 
(the  form  of  aor.  ίχενσα,  χενσαι, 
from  the  usu.  fut.  χενσω,  now  and 
then  still  quoted,  is  prob.  not  Greek) : 
Ep.  aor.  mid.  εχενάμην,  but  only  in 
3  sing,  εχενάτο,  and  that  in  pass, 
signf ,  11.  7,  03,  in  which  Q.  Sm.  imi- 
tates him,  13,  324,  536  :  and  from  the 
syncop.  aor.  pass,  εχνμην  [ϋ],  only  3 
sing,  and  pi.  χντο,  χύντο,γ^τΐ.  χυμέ- 
νη. Lastly  the  Ep.  subj.  aor.  χενω 
passed  into  the  rare  Ep.  fut.  χενω, 
Od.2,  222.  Moreover  we  find  an  Ep. 
pres.  χείω  in  Hes.  Th.  83  ;  fut.  χεώ 
only  m  compd.  εκχεω,  LXX.,  and  N. 
T. :  onthestill  \Ά\.&τΆθ\.εχνση,χνσαί, 
V.  Lob.  Phryn.  725. — Verb.  adj.  χυτός. 

Radic.  signf  to  pour: — strictly  of 
liquids,  to  pour  out,  pour,  κρήνη  κατ' 
αίγί'/.ιτΓος  τζέτρης  χέει  ύδωρ,  II.  9, 15  ; 
^  so,  Jupiter  χέει  ϋδωρ,  i.  e.  he  makes 
it  rain,  II.  16,  385;  so  ;j^£fi  χώνα,  it 
snows,  and  so  absol.  χεει,  II.  12,  281 
(though  νίψεμεν is  in  the  line  before): 
οίνον.-.χαμύδις  χέε,  II.  23,  220  : — esp. 
of  drink-otferings,  τνμβφ χέονσα  τάς- 
δε  κηδείονς  χοάς,  Aesch.  Cho.  87,  cf. 
92.  109,  Soph.  Ο.  C.  478,  El.  84,  etc.  ; 
and  in  mid.,  χοην  χείσθαι  νεκυεσσι, 
Od.  10,  518;  11,  26;  χοας  χέασθαι, 
Hdt.  7,  43,  Aesch.  Pers.  220,  Soph., 
etc. — 2.  χ.  δάκρυα,  to  shed  tears,  δύ- 


ΧΗΛΑ 

κρνα  θερμά,  χέον,  II.  7,  426 ;  16,  3  ; —  ' 
and  in  pass.,  of  the  tears,  to  povr, 
flow,  stream,  gush  forth,  δάκρναθερμα 
χέοντο,  Od.  4,  523,  11.  23,  385.-3.  in 
pass.,  also,  to  become  liquid,  melt,  dis- 
solve, Tu  κεχνμένα,  opp.  to  τα  σννε- 
στώτα.  Plat.  Tim.  60  C  ;  so  of  the 
ground  in  spring,  like  Lat.  resolvi, 
laxari,  Xen.  Oec.  16,  12. — II.  also 
very  freq.  of  solids,  to  pour  or  shoot 
out,  shed,  scatter,  (pv?./.a,  II.  6,  147 ; 
φϋκος,  II.  9,  7 ;  άλώιτα,  Od.  2,  354 ; 
but  καρττόν  χ-,  of  trees,  not  to  shed 
their  fruit,  but  to  let  it  hang  in  profu- 
sion, Od.  11,  588. — Esp.  hke  χώννυμι, 
to  throw  out  earth,  so  as  to  form  a 
mound,  etc..  σήμα  εχεαν,  11.  24,  799  ; 
χεΰαντες  δε  τό  σήμα,  lb.  801  ;  cf.  Od. 

1,  291,  etc.  ;  τύμβον  χ.,  II.  7,  336, 
etc. ;  θανόντι  χντήν  έττΐ  yalav  εχεν- 
αν,  II.  23,  256,  Od.  3,  258  ;  κόνιν  κακ 
κεφαλής  χ.,  II.  18,  24,  Od.  24,  317  .— 
χ.  κα?.άμην  χθονί,  to  strew  straw  on 
the  ground  by  mowing,  II.  19,  222. — 

2.  χ.  δοϊφα,  to  pour  or  shower  spears, 
U.  5,  618  ;  so  in  mid.,  βέλεα  χέοντο, 
thty  showered  their  arrows,  II.  8,  159  ; 
15,  590. — 3.  to  let  fall  or  drop,  ηνία 
έραζε.  II.  17,  619  ;  ε'ιδατα  ίραζε,  Od. 
22,    20 ;    όέσματα    άττό    κρατάς,    II. 

22,  468 ;  so,  χέειν  κρόκου  βαφας 
εις  χθόνα,  Aesch.  Ag.  239,  v.  sub 
βαφή. — 4.  in  pass.,  to  be  thrown,  heap- 
ed up  or  massed  together,  ίχθνες  ίττΐ 
Φαμάθοισι  κέχυνται,  Od.  22,  387,  cf. 
17,  298,  II.  23,  775,  etc. :— of  living 
beings,  to  pour  or  stream  in  a  dense 
mass  or  throng,  II.  5,  141 ,  etc.  ;  δακρν- 
όεντες  εχυντο,  Od.  10,  415,  etc. — III. 
metaph., — 1.  of  sounds,  e.  g.  of  the 
voice,  φωνήν,  ανδήν,  Od.  19,  521, 
Hes.  Sc.  396,  cf  Th.  83  ;  έ-ι  θρήνον 
εχεαν,  Pind.  I.  8  (7),  129 ;  Έ/.'λύδας 
φΰό}'}  ov  χέονσα,  Aesch.  Theb.  73,  cf. 
Supp.  632 ;  and,  of  wind  instruments, 
πνεύμα  χέων  εν  αίΟ.οΙς.  Simon.  72, 
8;  cf  Anth.  Plan.  226.-2.  also  of 
other  things,  αχ'λνν  κατ''  όφθα/.ιιών, 
to  shed  darkness  over  the  eyes,  II.  20, 
321  ;  χ.  ήέρα,  to  shed  a  mist  abroad, 
Od.  7,  15,  11.  17,  270,  etc.  ;  χ.  ύ-νον 
ε-ϊ  βλεφύροις,  II.  14, 165,  Od.  2,  395, 
etc.  ;  κακ  κεφαλής χενεν  κάλλος,  Od. 

23,  156;  δόλον  περί  δέμνια  χενεν, 
Od.  8,  282  : — so,  in  pass.,  άμφΐ  δέ  οι 
θάνατος  χντο,  was  shed  or  spread 
around  him,  II.  13,  544;  κατ'  όφθα?.- 
μών  κέχυτ'  ά^Ρ.ΰζ•,  II.  5,  696:  but, 
πά'/.ιν  χντο  άτ/ρ,  the  mist  dissob-ed  or 
vanished,  Od.  7,  143  ;  ov  κέ  uoi  ύπνος 
ίπι  βλεφάροισι  χνθε'ιη,  θα.  19,  590, 
ίμφΐ  δεσμοί  έχνντο,  Od.  8,  297  ;  φρίξ 
επΙ  πόντον  έχενατο  (mid.  in  pass. 
signf),  II.  7,  63;  πα-,οϋ  χνθέντος, 
when  the  frost  was  on  thfe  ground, 
Soph.  Phil.  293  : — also,  of  persons, 
άμφ'  αί'τω  χυμένη,  throwing  herself 
around  him,  to  embrace  him,  II.  19, 
284,  Od.  8,  527  :  and  so  in  mid.,  ΰμφϊ 
φί?.ον  νΐόν  έχενατο  πηχεε,  II.  5,  314  : 
so  also,  ΰμφι  δέ  δεσμοί  τεχνήεντες 
εχυντο,  Od.  8,  297. — But  these  usa- 
ges, though  we  call  them  metaphors, 
are  hardly  so  in  the  old  poets ; — the 
voice  is  to  tbem  really  a  stream,  beau- 
ty an  effluence,  death  a  mist,  etc.,  cf. 
Nitzsch  Pref  Od.  p.  xiii,  sq. — IV.  pf 
pass,  κέχνμαι.  to  be  uholly  engaged  in 
a  thing,  absorbed  in  it,  έν  a  κέχνμαι, 
Pind.  I.  1,  4: — so  κεχνμένος  εις  τι, 
given  up  to  a  thing,  e.  g.  ές  τΰφροδί- 
σια,  Lat.  effusus  in  Venerein,  Luc. 
Sacrif  5 ;  προς  ήδονήν,  Alciphr.  1, 
6 : — but  έχνθη  οι  θυμός,  his  mind 
overflowed  with  joy,  A  p.  Rh.  3,  1009. 

Χηλαργός,  όν.  Dor.  χίλ-,  (χήλ.η) : 
— with  fleet  hoofs :  χ.  ΰμι?./.αι,  the  ra- 
cing of  fleet  horses,  Soph.  El.  861. 


XHN 

Χηλΰς,  6,=χηλ.εντής,  Hesych. ;  cf. 
Lob.  Phryn.  435. 

Χήλενμα,  ατός,  τό,  (χη?.ενω)  that 
which  is  netted  or  plaited  :  a  cord.  Soph. 
Fr.  431. — 2.  a  netting-needle, ^χ'ηλή. 

Χήλ.ενσις,  εως,  ή,  (χηλ.εΰω)  α  nel- 
ting^ 

Χηλευτής,  οϋ,  Ό,  (χη/.ενω)  α  netter, 
plaiter. 

Χι/λεντός,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from  χη- 
7.ενω.  netted,  plaited,  Hdt.  7,  89. 

Χηλ^ενω,  (χηλή  III.  2) : — to  net, 
plait,  Eupol.  Incert.  110. 

Χη'/.ή,  ής,  ή,  a  horse's  hoof,  Hes.  So. 
62,  Eur.  Phoen.  42,  Ion  1242  ;  οί.χη- 
/.αργός  ;  χηλαΐ  ποδών,  of  bull's  hoofs, 
Eur.  Bacch.  619,  cf.  Ap.  Rh.  2,  667 ; 
τά  δέ  δισχιδή  και  άντΙ  των  ονύχων 
χηλας  έχει,  Arist.  Η.  Α.  2,  1,  30  :— 
bni  χη7.αΊ,  also,  of  fciVci's  ?a/ons,  Aesch. 
Pers.  208,  Soph.  Ant.  J 003,  Eur.  Ion 
1208,  cf.  Phoen.  808  ;  of  a  wolfs  claws, 
Theocr.  Epigr.  6,  4,  cf  Eur.  Hec.  90  ; 
of  a  crab's  claws,  as  opp.  to  its  feet, 
Arist.  H.  A.  4,  3,  2  ;  hence,  the  con- 
stellation Cancer  was  called  χηλαί, 
Lat.  Chelae,  Arat.,  and  Virg. — Cf  δί• 
χη/.ος,  τρίχη/.ος. — 11.  a  sea-bank  or 
breakwater,  Lat.  moles,  stretching  out 
like  a  claw,  Thuc.  1,  63,  ubi  v.  Schol., 
Xen.  An.  7,  1,  17  :  also  of  a  promon- 
tory or  a  ridge  of  rocks  answering  a 
like  purpose,  χη/.ή  γαρ  τον  Τίειραιώς 
Ήετιωνία,  Thuc.  8,  90.— III.  of  va- 
rious clovenimplements ; — 1.  a  surgical 
instrument,  a  sort  oi  forked  probe  or 
pliers.  Foes.  Oec.  Hipp. — 2.  a  netting- 
needle. — 3.  the  notch  of  an  arrow,  y/^v- 
φίς,  Lat.  creiia. — 4.  the  division  of  the 
eyelids,  when  closed  in  sleep,  Hesych, 
(The  later  usages  of  the  word  there- 
fore all  point  to  the  sense  oicloven, part- 
ed: but  little  of  this  appears  in  the  ear- 
lier authors  Perhaps  the  double  signf. 
of  the  root  XA-,  in  χανόάνω.  to  hold, 
keep  together,  and  in  χαίνω,  χάσκω,  to 
gape,  may  account  for  this,  ct.  χηλός.) 

Χηλΐνός,  η,  όν,^^χηλεντός,  ΰγγος, 
Anacr.  35. 

Χη?Λθν,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  χη?.ή. 

Χήλιυν,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  sq. 

Χηλός,  ov,  ή,  (ΧΑ-,  χανδάνω) : — α 
large  chest  or  coffer,  χηλοϋ  δ'  ύπο  πώμ' 
άνέωγεν  κα/.ής  δαιόαλέης,  11.  16,  221 ; 
ένϊέστει  ένΐ  χηλω,  Od.  13,  10,  etc. 

Χ.η7.όω.  ω,  ί.  -ώσω,  (χηλή  III.  2)  /ο 
7iet :  κεχή'/Μμαι  πόδας,  1  have  my  feet 
bound  together.  Soph.  Fr.  431. —  II.  ίβ 
cleave,  notch.  Math.  Vett.     Hence 

Χήλωμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  cleft, notch,  like 
χη/^ή.  Foes.  Oec.  Hipp. 

Χηλώτιον,  ov,  τό,— χη/.ή  III.  2. 

Χ7Ι?.ωτύς,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from  χη- 
λόω,  netted. 

Χημεία,  ας,  ή,  and  χημεντική,  ής, 
ή,  chemistry,  ν.  χυμικός. 

Χήμη,  ης,  ή,  (ΧΑ-,  χαίνω)  α  yawn- 
ing, gaping. — Π.  the  cockle,  from  its 
gaping,  double  shell,  Lat.  chama,  Ar- 
ist. H.  A.  5,  15,  14,  Ael.  N.  A.  15,  12, 
— 2.  a  measure,  of  about  the  size  ol 
such  a  shell  (cf  κόγχη)  ;  there  was  a 
larger  and  a  smallerTiind,  Foes.  Oec. 
Hipp.,  of.  χηραμίς.  Lob.  Phryn.  387. 

Χήμιον,  or  χημίον,  ου,  τό,  dim. 
from  foreg. 

Χήμωσις,  εως,  ή,  (χημη)  an  inflam- 
mation of  the  eyes,  when  the  cornea 
reddens  and  swells,  so  as  to  impede 
sight,  Foes.  Oec.  Hipp. 

XHN,  0,  and  ή,  gen.  χηνός :  an  ir- 
reg.  ace.  plur.  χένας  in  Anth.  P.  7, 
546  : — α  gander,  goose,  named  from  its 
u'ide  bill  [χην  π/.αταγίζων  και  κεχη- 
νώς,  as  Eubul.  hath  it,  Χαριτ.  1.3); 
oft.  in  Horn,  in  both  genders,  masc, 
Od.  19,  552  ;  fem.,  15,  161.  174  ;— the 
masc.  more  common  in  Att. : — v^  Of 
1659 


ΧΗΡΑ 

μα  τ'όν  χήνα  was  Socrates'  oath,  cf. 
Interpp.  ad  Ar.  Av.  521,  and  χηνειος. 
(Frob.  from  XA-,  ;^'αί)'ω,  cf.  Kiibul. 
1.  c. : — Willi  the  Dor.  χάν,  compare 
the  Sanscr.  hansa,  Gerin.  gans,  our 
gander,  as  also  Lat.  anser,  etc. ;  the  η 
is  dropt  m  Pars,  hay,  Scandin.  gaas, 
our  goose :  Pott  Et.  Forsch.  I,  141.) 

iXr'/v,  Χηνός,  ό,  Chen,  a  place  in 
Laconia,  where  Mysoii  the  sage  was 
born,  Steph.  Byz.  ;  ace.  to  Diog.  L. 
1,  9,  a  place  near  Oeta,  in  Thessaly  ; 
—in  Diod.  S.  Χ-ηναί,  ai,  so  Paus.  10, 
24,  1. 

Χηνάλώπτιξ,  εκος,  ύ,  {χήν,  ύ?Μπηξ} 
the  fox-goose,  an  Aegyptian  species, 
living  in  holes,  like  our  sheldrake, 
tadorna  vulpanser,  Linn,,  Hdt.  2.  72, 
Ar.  Av.  1295,  Arisl.  H.  A.  8,  3,  16. 

Χηνάριον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  of -^;//i',  like 
χηνών,  Granim. ;  cf.  νηττάριον. 

Χήνειος,  a,  ov.  Ion.  χήνεος,  η,  ov, 
{χην)  : — of  or  belonging  to  a  goose,  like 
one,  Lat.  ayisermus,  Hdt.  2,  37,  Eur. 
Cress.  13,  4:  χί/νεια  i'/πατα  were  a 
Greek  dainty,  Eubul.  Στεφαν.  5,  Ath. 
384  C. 

ΧηνέλωχΡ,  ό,^χηναλώπηξ,  Hesych. 

Χηνέος,  η,  ov,  Ion.  for  χ//νειος. 

Χηνέρως,  ωτος,  ή,  a  kind  of  goose, 
Plin. 

ή:Χηνενς,  έως,  6,  of  Chen  or  Chenae, 
Cheniau,  Plat.  Prot.  343  A. 

Χτμ'έω,  ώ,—χαίνυ,  dub. 

Χίμιημα.  ατός,  τό,  a  wide  gape,  esp. 
in  scorn  or  YHOckery. 

^Χηνίι'ϊας,  ov,  ό,  Chenidas,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Luc.  Dial.  Mer.  13. 

ΧτμΊδενς,  έως,  ό,  (χί/ν)  a  gosling, 
Aei.  Ν.  Α.  7,  47. 

ΧηνΙόής,  έως,  6,=  foreg.,  dub. 

Χηνίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (χήν)  to  cackle  like 
a  goose,  esp.,  to  bring  out  goose-like 
notes  from  the  fiule,  prob.  1.  Diphil. 
"Σ,ννωρ.  5. 

Χηνιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  χήν,  a 
gosling,  small  goose,  Ath.  t664  L•. 

Χήνιος,  a,  ον,=χήνειος. 

Χηνίσκος,  ό,  the  end  of  a  ship^s  stern 
which  turned  up  like  a  gooseys  neck,  Luc. 
V.  Hist.  2,  41,  cf.  Jup.  Trag.  47. 

Χτμ'οβοσία,  ας,  ή,—χηνοβοσκία. 

ΧηνοβοσκεΙον,  ov,  τό,  a  place  for 
feeding  geese,  goose-pen,  Varro  :  from 

Χηνοβοσκία,  ας,  η,  (χηνοβοσκός) 
a  feeding  of  geese. 

Χηνοβόσκίον,  ov,  τό,  =  χηνοβο- 
σκεϊον. 

Χηνοβοσκός,  όν,  {χην,  βόσκω)  feed- 
ing geese,  Cratin.  Dion.  12. 

Χιμ•οβωτία,  ας,  ή,  =  χηνοβοσκία, 
Plat.  Polit.  264  C  ;  v.  1.  -βοτία. 

Χηνομεγέβης,  ες,  gen.  εος,  (χήν, 
μέγιθυς)  as  large  as  a  goose,  Strab. 

Χηνόμνχος,  ov,  b,  a  plant,  Plin.  (?) 

Χηνοπλονμάτον ,  ov.  to,  {χτ'μ•,  Lat. 
plmna)  a  bed  of  goose-feathers,  Chry- 
SOSt. 

Χι/νοτροφεΐον,  ov,  τό,  -τροφός,  ov, 
=  -βοσκεϊον,  -βοσκός. 

Χτιννσσω,χηννστέω,=^χηννστρύω. 

Χηννστρα,  ας,  ή,  α  yawning,  gaping. 

Χηννστράω,  ώ,  to  yawn,  gape  :  me- 
taph.,  to  gape  about,  loiter. 

Χηννω.—  (οτβ§. 

Χηνώδης,  ες,  {χήν,  είδος)  like  a 
goose. 

Χήρ,  ό,  gen.  χψός,  a  hedge-hog, 
Lat.  her,  heres  ;  cf.  χείρ-  (Akin  to 
σχνρος,  χοίρος,  and  perh.  to  Lat.  hir- 
lus,  hir-sulus.) 

Χήρα,  ας,  ή,  Ion.  χήρη,  v.  χήρος  Π. 

Χ?/ράζω,=χηρόω,  dub. 

Χημάμβη,  ης,  ή,  a  kind  oimuscle. 
Archil.  47,  Sophron. 

Χηράμίς,  ίδος,  ή,—χηραμός. — II.  α 
broad,  flat  kind  of  nniscle,  or  scallop- 
thell,  used  for  measuring  liquids, 
1660 


ΧΗΡΩ 

Xanth.  p.  162;  in  Hipp,  also  χήρα- 
μυς.  Foes.  Oecon. ;  cf.  χήμη. 

Χηρύμοδντης,  ov,  h,  {χηραμός,δνω) 
one  who  creeps  into  holes,  Leon.  Tar.  91. 
[v.  but  made  long  in  arsis.] 

ΧηράμόΟεν,  adv.,  from  or  out  of 
holes :  from 

Χηρΰμός.  ov,  b,  (X.\-,  χαίνω)  := 
χείά,  a  hole,  cleft,  gap,  hollow,  κοιλήν 
είςέπτατο  πέτρην.  χηραμόν,  of  a  rock 
pigeon,  II.  21,  495;  χ.  σφηκών.  Lye. 
181.  In  later  authors,  as  Ap.  Rli.,  also 
V  XVP^l"K•  4.  1452  ;  cf  Jac.  Ach.  Tat. 
p.  523  :  we  find  also  the  hetcrog.  plur. 
τάχηραμά,  Nic.Th.  55,  149  ;  Hesych. 
has  also  ;^;opa|i<of.  Only  poet.  (Akin 
to  χώρος.) 

Χηρύμύς,  νδυς,  ή,—χηραμίς,  Strab. 

Χηρΰμών,  ώνος,  ό,=^χηραμυς,  Orph. 
Arg.  1264. 

Χήραντο,  poet.  3  pi.  aor.  1  mid.  of 
χαίρω,  Αρ.  Rh. 

Χηράσκω,^χηρόω,  to  make  an  or- 
phan. 

Χήρατο,  poet.  3  sing.  aor.  1  mid.  of 
χαίρω,  11. 

Χηράφίς,  ίδος,  >7,=sq.,  Nic.  Al.  394. 

Χήραψ,  άβος,  b,  a  sea-crab,  καρα- 
βίς,  V.  1.  for  χηρύμβη,  1.  c. — II.  perh. 
3.\80=χ7ΐραμις  II. 

Χηρεία,  ας,  η,  (χηρεύω)  widowhood, 
Thuc.  2,  45. 

Χηρείας,  a,  ov,  also  ος,  ov,  (χήρος) 
widowed,  Antim.  90. 

Χήρενσις,  εως,  ή,=^χηρεία,  LXX. 

Χηρεύω,  (χήρος) : — intr.,  to  be  be- 
reaved, c.  gen.,  νήσος  ανδρών  χ-,  Od. 
9,  124  :  esp.,  to  be  bereaved  of  a  hus- 
band or  wfe,  to  be  widowed,  to  be  a 
widower  or  widow,  Eur.  Ale.  1089, 
Isae.  61,  22,  Dem.  867,  4  :— hence, 
to  live  in  solitude,  Soph.  O.  T.  479. — 
II.  transit.,  to  keep  in  ividowhood,  Eur. 
Cycl.  440  ;  cf  σίφων. 

Χηρήϊος,  η,  ov.  Ion.  for  χήρειος. 

Χηρία,  ας,  ή,=χηρεία. 

Χήρος,  α,  ον,  also  of,  ov,  bereaved 
or  bereft,  τινός,  of  a  thing,  Arith.  P. 
6,  297  : — esp.,  bereft  of  a  husband  or 
wife,  widowed,  χήρα  μέλαβρα,  Eur. 
Ale.  862  : — in  comic  phrase  of  a  dish, 
widowed,  i.  e.  without  sauce,  Sotad. 
Έγκλεί.  1,  26  ;  cf.  ορφανός  fin. — II.  ή 
χήρα,  Ion.  χήρη,  a  ividow,  λείπειν 
τινίί  χήρην,  II.  22,  484,  etc.,  Soph. 
Aj.  653:  also  joined  with  a  subsl., 
χήραι  γυναίκες,  11.  2,  289 ;  μήτηρ 
χήρη,  II.  22,  499.  (The  root  XH-, 
ΧΗΡ-,  occurs  in  Sanscr.  ha,  hi, 
deserere :  so  that  χήρος,  like  ορφα- 
νός, is  strictly  deserted,  left.)     Hence 

Χηροσννη ,  ης,  ή,  bereavement,  esp. 
widowhood,  in  full,  χ.  πύσιος.  Αρ.  Rh. 
4,  1064. 

'{Χηρονσκοι,  ων,  οΐ,  the  Cherusci,  a 
German  people,  Strab.  p.  291,  sq. 

Χηρόω,  ώ,  f.  -ώσω,  (  χήρος  )  : — 
transit.,  to  bereave,  strip  bare,  make 
desolate,  άγνιύς,  H.  5,  642  ;  c.  gen., 
χήρωσεν  [αντόν'\  ηλίου,  Anth.  P.  7, 
172  ;  \πο%Αών  ανδρών  έχηρώθη  πό- 
λις,  Solon  28,  25t,  "Αργός  ανδρών 
έχηρώθΐ],  was  bereaved  οί  men,  Hdt. 
6,  83: — esp.  to  bereave  of  a  husband 
or  wife,  γυναίκα  χήρωσας,  thou  hast 
made  her  a  widow,  ll.  17,  36  ;  Άις 
ΤΙρίάμον  γαΐ  έχήρωσ'  'Ελλάδα,  Eur. 
Cv'cl.  304  : — in  mid.,  εχηρώσαντο 
πύληα,  Q.  Sm.  9,  351.-11.  intr.,  like 
χηρεύω,  to  live  in  widowhood,  Plut.  2, 
749  I)  : — to  be  bereaved  or  destitute  nf... 
Τινός,  Theogn.  950.— III.  also  c.  ace, 
to  deprive  one^s  self  of  ,  forsake,  ίιελίου 
χηρώσας  αΰγύς,  Arist.  ap.  Bergk 
Lyric,  p.  462.     Hence 

Χήρωσις,  εως,  ή,  bereavement,  wid- 
oiving,  etc. 

Χηρωστής,  οϋ,  ύ,  (χηρόω)  : — α  col- 


ΧΘΙΖ 

lateral  relation,  heir-at-law  in  default 
of  issue,  usu.  in  plur..  11.  5,  158,  Heo. 
Th.  607,  Q.  Sin.  8,  299.— 11.=όρ?)α- 
νιστής. 

Χήσεΐτε,  Dor.  contr.  for  καΐ  ήσετε, 
Alt.  from  ί?/μι. 

'[Χησιάς,  άδος,  ή,  Chesian,  appell. 
of  Diana  troin  Χήσιον,  ου.  τό,  Che- 
sium,  a  promontory  of  Samos,  Call, 
Dian.  288  ;  v.  Schol. 

Χητεία,  ας.  ή,  want,  need  :  from 

Χητενω,  (χήτος)  to  suffer  want,  be 
in  xtant  or  need  :  poet. 

Χήτη,  ης,  ή,  (ΧΑ-,  χαίνω)— κε- 
νεών. 

Χητίζω,—χατίζω,  Ε.  Μ. :  from 

Χήτις,  ιος  Att.  εως,  ή,  ν.  sq. 

Χήτος,  εος,  τό,  want,  need,  destitu- 
tion, usu.  in  dat.,  χήτεϊ  τοίονδ'  αν- 
δρός, frorn  want  or  loss  of  such  a  man, 
II.  6,  463  ;  χήτεί  τηιοϋδ'  νΙος,  II.  19, 
324;  χήτιι  ενενναίων,  Od.  16,  35; 
χήτεί  λαών,  Η.  Αρ.  78;  χήτεϊ  συμ- 
μάχων, Hdt.  9,  11  (where  Gaisford 
χήτι,  Ion.  dat.  from  χήτις) ;  χήτεί 
οικείων.  Plat.  Phaedr.  239  D :— Ti- 
mae.  also  gives  χήτις  as  iiom.  in 
Plat.,  but  the  word  seems  only  to  be 
used  in  dat.,  v.  Ruhiik,  Tim.  sub  v. 
Most  poet.,  but  freq.  in  late  prose. 
(From  XA-,  χύτος,  χατέω,  χατίζω.) 
Hence 

Χητοσύνη,  ης.  ή,  need,  destitution, 
loneliness,  Anth.  P.  9,  408. 

Χήφθά,  Dor.  for  καΐ  ήφθη,  aor.  1 
pass,  from  άπτω,  Theocr. 

Χβύμάλοπτήτης,  ov,  b,  (χθαμαλός, 
πέτομαι)  fli/ing  low  or  along  the  earth, 
a  kind  of  hawk,  Arist.  H.  A.  9,  36, 1. 

Χβύμΰλός.  ή,  όν,  near  the  grmind, 
on  the  ground,  low,  as  opp.  lo  what  is 
liigh  and  raised,  χθ.  ενναί,  Od.  11, 
194  ;  sunken,  flat,  σκόπελος  χΗαμα- 
λώτερος,  12,  101  ;  τείχος  χϋαμαλώ- 
τατον,  II.  13,  683 ;  so,  χβαμαλώτερα 
οίκοδομείν  τό  προς  ιιρκτυχ',  Xen. 
Mem.  3,  8,  9  ;  χθ.  Αίγυπτος,  Theocr. 
17,  79,  etc. — The  use  οί  χίΐαμαλή  as 
an  epith.  of  Ithaca,  αυτή  δε  χϋαμα?ι.ί/ 
πανυπερτάτη  ειν  άλι  κείται  (Od.  9, 
25,  cf  10,  196),  has  puzzled  all  the 
Commentators, — but  it  is  only  one  of 
the  many  difficulties  in  that  passage, 
V.  Nitzsch. — II.  metaph.,  low,  creep- 
ing, Isocr.  Epist.  10,  3  Bekk.  (From 
χαμαί,  χαμηλός,  with  θ  inserted  as 
in  χθες.)    Hence 

Χθάμά/ώτης,  ητος,  ή,  lowness,  flat- 
ness. 

Χθύμάλοφροσύνη,  ης,  ή,  a  low, 
worldly  disposUio7i. 

Χθΰμάλόω,  ώ,  {χθαμαλός)  to  make 
low,  to  loner,  level,  Joseph. 

ΧΘΕ'Σ,  adv.,  like  its  lengthd. 
form  εχθές.  Lob.  Phryn.  323: — yes- 
terday, first  in  H.  Horn.  Merc.  273, 
but  very  freq.  in  Att.  :  πρώην  τε  και 
χθες,  also  χθες  καΐ  πρώην,  the  other 
day  (v.  sub  πρώην)  :  so,  χθες  και 
τρίτην  ήμέραν,  Xen.  Cyr.  6,  3,  11  : — 
between  the  art.  and  subst..  ή  χθες 
ομολογία,  οί  χθες  λόγοι.  Plat.  Soph, 
init.,  Tirn.  26  Ε,  cf  χθεσινός,  χθι 
ζός.  (Χθες  is  the  Sanscr.  hyas,  L&t. 
hesi,  hesiternus,  afterwds.  hen,  hester- 
nus,  Germ,  gestern :  our  yesir-een, 
ye.ittr-i]a.y . — θ  is  inserted,  as  in  χαμαί, 
χθαμαλός.  In  χθιζός,  χθιζά,  ι  takes 
the  place  of  e.)    Hence 

Χθεσινός,  ή,  όν,=χθιζός,  of  yester- 
day, ό  χθ.  άνθρωπος  υς...  the  fellow 
yesterday  who..,  Ar.  Vesp.  28]  ;  τα 
σκόροδον  TO  χθ.,  yesterday^s  onion.  Id 
Ran.  987. 

Χθιζά,  adv.,  from  χθιζός,  q.  v. 

Χθιζϊνύς,ή,όν,=χοεσινός,Α\οίρ}ΐΓ. 
3,  67. 

Χθιζός,  ή,  όν,  (χθες):  — Ion.  and 


Χθί2Ν 

po§t  for  χθεσινός,  of  yesterday,  a  χθ. 
Τΐόνος,  yesterday's  labour,  Hdt.  1, 126  : 
— but  mostly,  like  the  adv.  χθες,  with 
verbs,  χθιζυς  εβ?/,  he  went  yesterday, 
II.  1,  424  ;  χθιζός  ηλνθες,  Od.  2,  202  ; 
χθιζός  έεΐκοστώ  φυγον  ηματι,  6,  170  ; 
etc. : — the  neut.  χθιζόν  is  also  used 
as  ζ.ύ^.=χθές,  II.  19,  195,  Od.  4,  656  ; 
also  TO  χθιζόν,  II.  13,745  :  so  in  neut. 
pi.  χθιζά,  χΟιζύ  τε  και  πρώϊζα,  the 
other  dat/.  lately,  like  χθες  και  πρώην, 

II.  2,  303;  cf.  πρώην.— Χθιζός  and 
χθιζινός  are  less  Att.  than  χθεσινός, 
Lob.  Phr);n.  323. 

Χθόα,  ή,  =  χθων,  and  χθόϊνος,  η, 
ον.=χθόνιος,  only  in  Hesych. 

Χθονήρης,  ες,=χθόνιος,  Hesych. 

■f  Χθόνια,  ας,  ή,  of  Ceres,  v.  subsq. 
—2.  as  fern.  pr.  n.,  Chlhonia,  daugh- 
ter of  Phoroneus,  Paus.  2,  33,  4. — 3. 
daughter  of  Erechtheus,  ApoUod.  3, 
15,  1. 

Χθόνιος,  a,  ov,  also  ος,  υν ;  {χθων) : 
—in  the  earth,  i.  e.  under  it,  like  κατα- 
χθόνιος, Hes.  Th.  697,  707,  and 
Trag. : — esp.  of  the  gods  below,  Ζευς 
χθόνιος,  i.  e.  Hades,  Hes.  Op.  463; 
whence  of  noises  from  beneath  the 
earth  it  was  said,  κτνπεί  Ζευς  χθό- 
νιος, Soph.  Ο.  C.  1006  ;  χθ.  βροντή- 
αατα,  Aesch.  Pr.  991;  cf.  Ar.  Αν. 
1750,  Valck.  Hipp.  1201  -.—θεοί  χθό- 
νιοι, the  gods  of  the  nether  world,  Lat. 
Inferi,  Aesch.  Ag.  89,  etc. ;  χθονίων 
μάνις,  Pind.  P.  4,  284: — χθόνιαι 
θεαί,  1.  e.  Ceres  and  Proserpina,  Hdt. 
6,  134  ;  7,  153,  t(and  so  ή  Χθόνια, 
absol.  of  Ceres,  Eur.  H.  F.  015)t; 
but  also  of  the  Erinyes,  Soph.  O.  C. 
1568  -.—χθ.  "Ερμής,  as  conductor  of 
the  dead,  Aesch.  Cho.  124.  Soph.  El. 

III,  Aj.  832: — χθόνια  όρενί,  said  of 
the  dead,  Pind,  P.  5,'l36.— Very  rare 
in  prose,  as  opp.  to  οίφύνιος.  Plat. 
Rep.  619  E.— II.  of  or  from  the  earth, 
κόνις,  Aesch.  Theb.  736. — HI.  in.  or 
of  the  country,  fired  or  settled  therein, 
native,  stronger  than  εγχώριος.  Soph. 
O.  C.  948,  Aj.  201. 

]Χθόνιος,  ου.  ό,  Chlhonius,  son  of 
Aegvptus,  Apollod.  2,  1,  5.  —  2.  one 
of  tlie  Sparti,  Id.  3,  4,  1. 

Χθηνοβρϊθής,  ες,  weighing  down  the 
earth. 

Χθονογηθής,  ες,  delighting  in  earthly 
things. 

Χθονόπαις,  παιδος,  δ,  ή,  earth-born, 
child  of  earth. 

Χθον07Τ?ι,ηστος,  ov,  formed  of  earth. 

Χθονοστΐβής,  ες,  {χθων,  στείΒω) 
treading  the  earth,  on  or  of  earth,  opp. 
to  ουράνιος.  Soph.  O.  T.  301. 

ΧΗονοτρεφής,  ες,  gen.  έος,  (χθων, 
Tpetfxj)  nourished  by,  growing  on  earth, 
έδανόν,  Aesch.  Ag.  1407. 

\Χθονο<ρν'λη,  ης,  ή,  Chthonophyle, 
daughter  of  Sicyon,  Paus.  2,  6,  6. 

Χθύπτης  or  θντττης.  ου,  ό,  an  un- 
intelligible word  quoted  as  from 
Thespis  by  Clem.  ΑΙ.,  χθνπτην  τυρόν 
μίξας  μέλιτι. 

Χθίί'Ν,  ή,  gen.  χθονός,  the  earth, 
ground,  oft.  in  Horn.,  Hes.,  Pind.,  and 
Trag.  ;  έπι  χθονϊ  κειτο  τανυσθείς,  II. 
20,  483  ;  ζώντος  και  έπϊ  χθονι  δερκο- 
ιιένοιο,  1,88;  έπι  χθονι  σίτον  εδΰντες, 
Od.  8,  222,  etc.  ;  χθόνα  δϋναι,  to  go 
beneath  the  earth,  i.  e.  to  die,  II.  6, 
411,  Hes.  Sc.  151;  so,  ΰπό  χθονός 
κεκευθένηι,  to  be  buried,  Aesch. 
Theti.  588 ;  κατά  χθονός  κρνπτειν 
τινά.  Soph.  Ant.  24  :  but, — 2.  οι  νπό 
χθονός,  i.  e.  those  in  the  shades  below, 
l,at.  inferi,  Aesch.  Cho.  833,  Soph. 
Ant.  65  ;  ai  κατά  χβονυς  θεαί,  i.  e.  the 
Erinyes,  Aesch.  Eum.  249  ;  εις  τους 
Ινερθε  και  κάτω  χθονός  τόπους,  lb. 
1023  :  etc.     Cf.  Herm.  Eur.  Hec.  70. 


XIAl 

— II.  Earth,  as  a  goddess,  Aesch.  Pr. 
205,  Eum.  6. — HI.  earth,  i.  e.  the  world. 
Soph.  Fr.  654. ^IV.  a  partictdar  land 
or  country,  Aesch.  Pers.  61,  485,  etc.  : 
so,  even  when  only  a  city  is  meant,  v. 
A^alck.  Phoen.  6,  Seidler  Eur.  Tro. 
4.  —  Merely  poet.  (Akin,  no  doubt, 
to  χαμαί,  Lat.  humi,  cf.  χθαμαλός, 
fin.) 

Χϊύ,  άς,  ίι,=χειά,  a  lurking-hole. 

Χϊάζο),  f.  -άσω,  to  play  the  Chian, 
esp.  to  imitate  the  Chian  musician  De- 
mocritus,  Ar.  Fr.  558. 

Χιάζω,  f.  -άσω,  to  mark  with  χ  {χι), 
i.  e.  to  mark  as  spurious  or  suspicious, 
V.  sub  χ.  —  II.  to  place  or  write  cross- 
wise, Lat.  decussare.  —  III.  to  form  a 
thing  like  a  X :  hence  of  a  surgeon, 
to  make  a  crucial  incision,  Chirurg. 
Vett.     Hence 

Χίασμα,  ατός,  τό,  the  mark  or  figure 
of  χ,  which  was  affixed  to  a  word  or 
passage  to  denote  that  it  was  spuri- 
ous.—  II.  τά  χιάσματα,  cross-pieces  of 
wood,  Math.  Vett.  [/] 

Χιασμός,  οϋ,  ό,  {χιάζω)  the  marking 
with  a  χ. — II.  a  crossing  ; — a  cutting 
cro.'iswise,  Chirurg.  Vett. 

Χϊαστός,  ή,  ov,  verb.  adj.  from 
χιάζω,  marked  with  αχ. — II.  crossed: 
laid,  or  to  be  laid  crossivise. 

Χιδρίας,  ό,  V.  sq. 

ΧΙδρον,  ου,  τό,  Alcman  28  ;  nsu 
in  pi.  τά  χΐδρα,  Ar.  Eq.  806,  Pac. 
595  : — a  dish  nf  unripe,  wheaten  groats 
toasted, — as  ΰλφιτα,  of  barley-groats: 
— πυρός  χιδρίας,  wheat  for  making 
this  dish,  Ar.  Fr.  548. — Usu.  written 
χίδρα. 

Χίέζω,  χΐεσμός,  Ion.  for  χιάζω,  χι- 
ασμός. 

tXt/.eor,  ov,  ό,  Chileus,  a  citizen  of  j 
Tegea,  Hdt.  9,  9. 

ΧΟί,ενω,  (χιλός)  : — to  supply  with 
fodder  or  provender,  feed,  υποζύγια, 
Theophr.  —  Π.  intr.,"  to  feed,  graze, 
Nic.  Th.  635. 

Χιλή,  ης,  ή,=  χιλός,  Suid. :  susp. 

Χϊ?.η}ονος,  ov,  {χι7ώς,  *γένω) 
grown  as  fodder  for  cattle,  Nic.  Al. 
424. 

ΧΟαύγωνος,  ov,  with  a  thousand 
corners  or  angles,   [a] 

Χίλιάκις,  adv.,  a  thousand  times, 
[ακ] 

ΧΟ.ίανδρος,  ov,  (χίλιοι,  ΰνήρ)  con- 
taining a  thousand  men,  πόλις,  Plat. 
Polit.  292  E. 

Χϊλιαρχέω,  ώ,  to  be  a  χιλιάρχης. 

Χίλιάρχης,  ου,  ό,  Hdt.  7,  81  ;  but 
in  Xen.  always  χίλίαρχος,  as  in 
Aesch  Pers.  304,  cf  Poppo  ad  Cy- 
rop.  2,  1,  22  (χίλιοι,  άρχω) : — the  com- 
mander of  a  thousand  men.- — II.  χιλί- 
άρχος  was  the  Greek  word  used  to 
translate, — 1.  the  Persian  vis'ir,  and 
was  so  used  also  by  the  Macedonians. 
— 2.  the  Roman  tribunus  militum,  N.  T. 
Hence 

Χίλιαρχία,  ας,  ή,  the  office  or  post  of 
a  χιλίαρχος,  Xen.  Cyr.  4,  1,  4. 

Χύύαρχος,    ου,     ό,  =  χιλιάρχης, 

q-v.     ^  ^  ♦ 

Χίλιάς,  ύδος,  ή,  (χί?Λθί)  the  num- 
ber one  thousand,  Aesch.  Pers.  341:  a 
thousand,  c.  gen.,  ταλάντων,  Hdt.  2, 
28,  90:— Att.  gen.  pi.  χιλιάδων. 

Χϊλιασμός,  οϋ,  ό,  in  Eccl.  the  doc- 
trine of  the  millennium  :  hence  o'l  χι- 
λιοστοί, the  advocates  of  this  doctrine, 
chiliasts. 

Χίλιετηρίς,  ίδος,  ή,  a  period  of  a 
thousand  years,  Suid. 

Χίλιετηρος,  ov,=  s(\. 

Χιλιετής,  ου,  ό,  or  χιλιετής,  έος, 
ό,  ή  (χίλιοι,  έτος)  : — lasting  α  thousand 
years,  περίοδος,  πορεία.  Plat.  Phaedr. 
249  A,  Re,.  615  A,  621  D. 


ΧΙΜΑ 

Χιλιοδύναμις,  ιος,  ό.  η,  α  ρΐαηΐ,τα 
πολεμώνιον,  Diosc.  4,  8. 

Χΐ'Αιοετηρίς,  ίδος,  ή,~χιλιετηρίς. 

ΧΓΛΙ01,  αι,  α,  α  thou!<and,  Lat. 
mille,  Hom.  :  χίλιαι  (sc.  δραχμαί),  α 
thousand  drachms,  Diog  L.  4,  37;  cf. 
χιλιόω.—Κ\&ο  the  sing,  occurs  with 
collective  nouns,  esp.  ϊππος  χιλία,  a 
thousand  horse.  Hdt.  5,  63  ;  7,  41, 
etc.,  and  Xen.  \_χι] 

Χίλιόκωμος,  ov,  (χίλιοι,  κώμη)  of  a 
thousand  villages  or  districts,  \Xl'aio- 
κωμον  πεδίον,  a  plain  near  Amasea, 
Strab.  p.  561. 

Χίλιόμβη,  ης,  η,  a  sacrifice  of  a 
thousand,  (as  εκατόμβη,  of  a  hundred), 
cf.  Valck.  Hdt.  7,  43;  — a  strange 
word,  as  if  one  were  to  form  quintuor 
from  quatuor.     (Cf.  εκατόμβη.) 

Χίλιόνανς,  κως,  ό,  ή,  (χίλιοι,  ναϋς) 
of  α  thousand  ships,  στρατός,  Eur.  Or. 
352  ;  ό  )^.  Έλλ«(5οΓ  'Apr/f,  Id.  Andr. 
106  :  r.  ε?.άται,  i.  e.  a  thousand  ships. 
Id.  I.  A.  174. 

Χιλιοναυτης,  ov,  ό.  Dor.  -τας,  (χί- 
λιοι, ναύτης)  with  or  of  a  thousand 
sailors,  with  fem.  subst.,  χ.  αρωγή, 
Aesch.  Ag.  45;  κώπα  χ.,  Eur.  I.  T. 
141. 

ΧΟιίονταετηρίς,  ίδος, ή,  later  form 
for  χιλιοετηρίς. 

Χϊλιοντάς,  άδος,  ij,  late  form  for 
χιλιάς. 

Χίλιόπύλαι,  (χί?αοι,  πάλαι)  adv., 
long,  long  ago,  comic  word  in  Ar.  Eq. 
1155. 

Χί?αοπλάσιος,  a,  ov,  adv.  -ίως, 
LXX.,=  sq.  [ύ] 

Χϊλίοπλάσίων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  a 
thousand-fold. 

Χίλιόπυυς,  ό,  η,  nent.  πουν.  (χί- 
λιοι, πους)  thousand-footed. —  11.  as 
subst.,  a  scolopendra,  the  millepede. 

Χιλιος,  a.  ov,  v.  χί?.ιοι. 

Χιλιοστός,  ή,  or,  [χίλιοι)  the  thous- 
andth. Plat.  Phaedr.  249  B,  Rep.  615 
C.     Hence 

Χϊλιοστύς,  ΰος,  ή,  a  thousandth  part. 
— II.  a  body  of  a  thousand,  Xen.  Cyr. 
2,  4,  3;  6,  3,31. 

Χίλιοτάλαντος,  ov,  (χί?αοι,  τά- 
λαντον)  costing,  or  weighing,  η  thousand 
talents,  Plut.  Pericl.  J2:  —  όφρνς  χ., 
comic  phrase  in  Alex.  Κυβερν.  1,  7. 

Χϊλιοφόρος,  ov,  (χίλιοι,  φέρω)  car- 
rying a  thousand,  πλυίον  χ.,  a  vessel 
of  a  thousand  αμφορείς  (as  we  say 
to7i.i),  Dio  C.  :  cf.  μνριοφόρος. 

Χίλιόω,  ώ,  t.  -ώσω,  (χίλιοι)  to  fine 
a  thousand  (drachms),  Lycurg.  ap. 
Harpocr. 

Χίλίωρσς,  ov.  (χίλιοι,  ώρα)  of  a 
thousand  years,  Lyc.  1153. 

ΧΙΛΟ'Σ,  01•,  ό,  green  fodder  for  cat- 
tle, esp.  for  horses,  fornnc,  provender, 
grass,  Hdt.  4,  140,  and  Xen.;  ~poif>- 
χεσθαι  έπι  χιλόν,  to  go  on  to  forage, 
Xen.  Cyr.  6,  3,  5;  χ.  ϊηρό'ς,  hai/, 
Xen.  An.  4,  5,  33. — Cf.  χόρτος.  (Akin 
to  χ?.όη,  χ?Μος.)     Hence 

Χι?.όω,  ώ,  t.  -ώσω,  to  feed  with  prov- 
ender, put  out  at  pasture,  Xen.  An.  7, 2, 
21.    Hence 

Χίλωμα,  or  χείλωμα,  ατός,  τό,  that 
which  is  taken  us  food,  proposed  by 
Valck.  (from  Hesych.)  in  Aesch.  Fr. 
255. 

iXί?.ωv,  ώνος,  6.  also  Χειλών,  Chi- 
Ion,  a  Spartan,  son  of  Darnagetes, 
one  of  the  seven  wise  men  of  Greece, 
Hdt.  1,59;  Plat.  Prot.  343  Α.— 2. 
another  Spartan,  brother-in-law  oi 
Archidamus,  king  of  Sparta,  Xen. 
Hell.  7,  4,  23. 

Χίλωτήρ,  ήρος,  ό,  a  nose-bag  for 
cattle  to  feed  from. 

Χίμαιρα,  ας.  ή,  a  she-goal,  Lat. 
1661 


XION 

rnpra,  11.  C,  181,  Hes.  Th.  322,  323, 
Trag.,antl  Xeii.;  ct,  χίμαρος.—\\-  Xi- 
μαιμα,  ας,  ή,  Chimaera,  a  (ire-spout- 
ing monster,  with  a  lion's  iieail,  ser- 
pent's tail,  and  goat's  middle,  killed 
by  Bellerophon,  II.  6,  179,  cf.  10. 
3.i8  ;— ace.  luHes..Th.  319, daughter 
of  Typhaon  and  Echidna,  with  the 
heads  of  α  lion,  goat,  ami  serpent : 
— tthis  fable  was  probably  derived 
from  either— a.  the  volcano  of  that 
name  in  Lycia  near  Phaselis,  Scyl., 
cf.  Plm.  H.  N.  5,  27:  or— b.  the 
volcanic  valley  at  the  egress  of  JNlt. 
Cragus,  Strab.  p.  CG5.  [ej 

ΧΙμαιρίς,  t'<5of.  ή,=χίμαιρα. 

ΧΙμαφο3ύτης,  ov,  ό,  ( χίμαιρα, 
βαίι-ω)  epith.  of  Pan,  he  who  mounts 
jfuais,  Leon.  Tar.  34.  [a] 

Χ'ιμαφοϋντης,  ov,  b,  {χίμαιρα,  θνω) 
one  who  sacrifices  goals,  Leon. Tar.  13. 

ΧΙμαιροφ'ονος,  ov,  (χίμαιρα,  ώο- 
■vevu)  slaying  goals,  Anth.  P.  9,  774. 
— 11.  slaying  the  Chimaera. 

tXtudpa,  ας,  ή,  VhimSra,  a  place 
in  Epirus,  Anth.  P.  7,  529. 

Χϊμάυαρχος,  ον,ΰ,  {χίμαρος,  άρχω) 
a  leader  of  goats,  τράγος  χ-,  the  he- 
goat  that  leads  the  flock,  Anth.  P.  9, 
744. 

ΧΊμύροκτόνος,  ον,=χιμαφοφόνος, 

Opp.  ,  , 

Χίμΰρος,  ov,  ο,  a  he-goat,  Lat.  ca- 
per, elsewh.  τράγος,  Ar.  Eq.  661  :  but 
also  ή  χίμαρος.  =  χίμαιρα,  Theocr. 
Ep.  6,  Anth.  P.  9,  403.— The  Atl.  and 
Dor.  both  had  this  word  :  but  the 
latter  are  said  to  have  called  only  the 
yiiiwg  she-goat  of  the  first  year  χίμαρος 
in  χίμαιρα,  an  older  one  αΐξ, — a  dis- 
tui'ction  which  seems  to  be  made  by 
Theocr.  1,6.  [<] 

Χίμΰρος,  ov,  ό,—χείμα()()ος.—ΙΪ.= 
χίίμαρος,  εϋόιαίος :  hence  also  lor 
jiudeiida  rmdiebria.   [i] 

Χίμΰροσφάκτης,  ov,  6,  {χίμαρος, 
σφάζω)  a  goat-slayer,  Anth.  P.  9,  558. 

Χϊμετλιάω,  ώ,  like  χίΐμετλιάω,  to 
have  chilblains,  Diosc. 

Χίμετ/iOV,  OV,  TO,  like  χείμετλον, 
a  chilblain,  kibe,  Ar.  Vesp.  1167  ;  έχων 
νπο  ποσσί  χίμετλα,  ap.  Arist.  Rhet. 
3,  11,  6.  [EJtrictly  ---,  but  poet, 
also  -'--.] 

Χίογενής,  ες,  ( Χίος,  *γένω )  of 
Chian  growth,  of  Wine,  Anth.  P.  11,  44. 

Xiov,  ov,  TO,  a  Chian  wine-vessel, 
holding  about  1  or  IJf  χονς.  Macho  ap. 
Ath.  579  E.     (Not  from  χέω.) 

ΧΙόνεος,  a,  or,  (χιών)  of  snow, 
snowy,  s7iowwhile,  χιτώΐ',  Asius  Fr. 
2  ;  νιφάδες,  Anth.  P.  9,  244 ;  etc.  [i 
Ep.  in  arsis.] 

iXiavr/,  ης,  ή,  Chione,  daughter  of 
Boreas  and  Orithyia.  ApoUod.  3, 15, 2. 

\Χιονίδ7/ς,  ov,  6,  Chionides.  a  poet 
of  the  old  comedy,  Meineke  1,  p.  27. 

Χιονίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (  χιών  )  to  snow 
upon,  cover  ivith  snow:  inipers.,  ει 
έχιόνιζε  την  χώρην  [sc.  ό  Ζευς  or  ύ 
θεός],  Hdt.  2,  22  :  also,  intr.,  to  snow, 
ίχιόνιζε,  it  snowed,  lb.  [The  first 
syll.  of  fut.  and  aor.  made  long  Ep. 
in  arsis.] 

Χίονικός,  ή,  όν,  and  χϊόνΐνος,  η,  ov, 
—χιόνεος,  the  latter  in  Ptolein.  ap. 
Ath.  375  D.  [t  Ep.  in  arsis.] 

Χϊόνιος,  a,  ον,=  χιόνεος.     [Xi  in 

■\Χίονις,  ιδος,  ό,  Chioiiis,  a  Lace- 
daemonian, Thuc.  5,  19.— Others  in 
Pans.  ;  etc. 

Χίονόβάς,  αντος,  ό,  (χιώι>^,  βαίνω) 
ttalktng  in  snow,  dub.  [t  in  Ep.] 

Χιονόβάτος,  ov,  (  χιών,  βαίνω  ) 
where  line  walks  in  snow,  όρεα,  dub.  in 
A  pp.  Indic.  Q. 

Χιονο'3λέφάρος,  ov,  {χιών,  β?ιέφα- 
1662 


ΧΙΤΩ 

pov)  with  eye  of  dazzling  white,  Ήώζ•, 
Dionys.  Hymn.  2. 

Χιονόβ'Α7ΐτος,  ov,  ϋχιών,  βά?.λω) 
snow-beaten,  covered  with  snowf,  Ar. 
Nub.  270:  fcf.  χιονόβολος. 

ΧΙονοβο/.έω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  strike 
with  snow,  snow  vpon  :  from 

Χΐονοβί'ιλος,  ov,  (χιών.  /3άλλω) 
snowing,  χ.  ώρα,  Plut.  2,  182  Ε. — II. 
proparos.  χιονόβο?ίθς,  ov,  snowed 
upon. 

Χίονοβοσκός,  όν,  [χιών,  βόσκω) 
fostering  stiow,  i.  e.  snow-clad,  7.ειμών, 
Aesch.  Supp.560,  \\ke  χιονοθρέμμων. 
[I  Ep.  in  arsis.] 

Χίονοειδής,  ες,  {χιών,  είδος)  like 
snow,snou'y,  Nic.  ΑΙ.  150. 

Χϊονόεις.  εσσα,  εν,  poet,  for  χιό- 
νεος, Nic.  ΑΙ.  512.  [ί  Ep.  in  arsis.] 

ΧϊονοΟρίμμων,  ην,  gen.  όνος,  {χιών, 
τρέφω)  fostering  snow,  snow-clad,  Ίδη, 
Eur.  He!.  1323 ;  like  χιονοβοσκός, 
χιονοτρόφος. 

Χίονύκτνηος,  ov,  {χιών,  τύπτω) 
snow-pelted,  drifted  o'er  by  snow,  Soph. 
Aj.  695. 

ΧΙονόμε}^,  ιτος,  τό,  {χιών,  μέλι) 
snow-honey,  Geop. 

Χΐονόπεζα,  ης,  ή,  {χιών,  ιτέζα)  with 
snow'-tvhite  feet,  Nonn.  [ί  Ep.  in 
arsis.] 

ΧΙονοτρόφος,  ov,  {χιών,  τρέφω) 
nursing  snow,  Κιθαιρών,  Eur.  Phoen. 
803  ;  cf.  χιονυθρεμμων. 

Χϊονόχροος,  ov,  contr.  -χρονς,  ovv, 
=  sq.,  Philox.  ap.  Ath.  147  A. 

ΧΙονόχρως,  ωτος  and  οης,  ό,  τ/, 
{χιώΐ',  χρως)  with  snow-white  skin : 
generally,  snow-white,  Eur.  Hel.  216. 

ΧΓοτ'όω,  ώ,{.-ώσω,=χιονίζω,ί•ΧΧ., 
in  pass. 

Χίονώδητ,  ες,  contr.  for χιονοειδί/ς, 
Eur.  Hec.  81. 

ΧΙονωτός,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from 
χιονόω,  snoived  upon  :  snowy,  Nonn. 

Χίος,  ov,  {/,  Chios,  an  island  in  the 
Aegean,  fon  the  coast  of  Asia  Mi- 
nor}, now  Scio,  Od.  3,  170,  etc. — 12. 
the  capital  was  also  so  called,  Strab. 
p.  601.  —  Other  cities  of  this  name 
are  mentioned  in  Steph.  Byz. 

ΧίΌζ•,  a,  ov,  Chian,  nf  or  from  Chios, 
tAr.  Eccl.  1139t  :  οι  Χίοι,  the  Chians, 
Hdt.  1,  142,  etc.—  II.  ό  χίος  (sc.  βο- 
Άος),  an  unlucky  throvv  on  the  dice  : 
hence,  the  side  with  the  ace-dot  was 
χιος  αστράγαλος .  more  rarely  χιάς, 
άδος,  η,  Poll.  9,  100  :  the  opp.  side 
with  the  size  was  called  KiDof,  cf. 
Diet.  Antiqq.  p.  949  ;  (though  some 
accounts  just  reverse  these  names). 
— The  proverb  ov  Χίος  άλ'λά  Κκ'οζ-, 
Ar.  Ran.  970,  is,  however,  said  to  re- 
fer not  to  this,  but  to  the  contrast  be- 
tween the  dishonest  Chians  and  the 
honest  Ceians,  Dind.  ad  1.,  Heind. 
Plat.  Plot  34]  E,  Meineke  Meiiand. 
p.  237.  [X7of  is  contr.  from  Χίϊος,  as 
ΔίοΓ  from  Μιος,  Draco  p.  101,  Jac. 
Aiith.  P.  p.  93,  696.] 

tXi'of,  ov,  b,  Chius,  son  of  Nep- 
tune, Paus.  7,  4,  8. 

Χίονργής,  ες,  { Χίος,  έργον )  of 
Chian  umrk,  Critias  Fr.  28. 

Χΐρΰλέης,  a,  ov,  chapped,  cracked, 
esp.  with  chapped  hands  :  from 

Χϊράς,  ύδος,  ή,— χείρας.     Hence 

Χΐροπόδΐίς,  ου,  ό,  and  χΐρόπονς, 
ποδός,  ό,  ή,  πυνν,  τό,=^  χίΐρόπονς, 
χειροττόδης,  with  chapped  feet. 

Χϊτώΐ',ιη  Ion.  prose  κιθών,  ώνος,  b: 
— nii  under-garment,  frock,  coat,  Lat. 
tunica,  both  of  men  and  women,  freq. 
from  Hoin.  downwds. :  it  was  strict- 
ly a  woollen  shirt  or  s??wck,  worn  next 
the  body,  χιτώνα  ττερί  χροί  δννεν, 
Od.  15,  60;  cf.  Hdt.  1,  155:— on  go- 
ing out,   they  threw  a  wide   cloak 


xaaz 

over  it,  called  φάρος  (Π.  2,  42,  etc.), 
χ7.αΙνα,  or  (later)  χλανίς,  also  ίμά- 
TLOV.  though  these  difl'ered,  v.  sub 
χλαίνα :  the  χιτών  was  usu.  short, 
yet  sometimes  reached  even  to  the 
feet,  cf.  sub  τερμιόεις,  τίοδήρης :  the 
ladies  of  Ionia  and  Attica  wore  a  κι- 
θών λίνεος  with  sleeves  {χειριδωτός), 
Hdt.  5,  87.  and  this  prevailed  among 
several  foreign  nations,  Hdt.  1,  195, 
2,  81  ;  7,  91.— On  the  χιτών,  v.  Mid- 
ler Archaol.  (J  337,  Diet.  Antiqq.  s.  v. 
tunica. — II.  of  soldiers,  η  coat  of  n\ail, 
cuirass,  II.  5,  113;  11,  100,  etc.,  Hdt. 
5,  106;  χιτών  χύλκεος,  11.  13,  439; 
κιθώνεςχειριδωτοιλεττίδοςσιδηρέης, 
coals  of  mail  or  iron  scales  with 
sleeves,  Hdt.  7,  61  ;  cf.  9,  22.— III.  in 
plur.,  the  pieces  of  a  shoe,  Poppo  Xen. 
Cyr.  8,  2,  5. — 1\'.  inetaph.,  any  coat, 
case  or  covering,  λάϊνος  χιτών  (cf.  sub 
λύινος) ;  τειχέων  κιθώνες,  i.  e.  walls, 
Hdt.  7,  139  ;  χιτώνες  τριγ?.οφύροι,  of 
fishing-nets,  Anth.  P.  6,  11;  χιτών 
αράχνης,  of  a  spider's  web,  Jac.  Ach. 
Tat.  p.  561  :  in  plur.,  the  coat.':  of  an 
onion,  elsewh.  νμην  and  μηνιγξ,  as  in 
Virg.  the  coalings  of  a  bud  are  called 
tunicae.  (It  is  an  oriental  word,  in 
Hebrew  kethoneth  ;  Gesenius  com- 
pares cotton.) 

ΧΙτωνύριον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  χι- 
τών, Menand.  p.  263,  Anth.  P.  11, 
154. 

Χίτώνη,  Tjr,  7],  a  name  of  Diana, 
who  is  usually  represented  as  a  hunt- 
ress in  a  short  χιτών.  Call.  Jov.  77, 
Dian.  225:  falso  Χιτωνέα  in  Syra- 
cuse, Ath.  629  Ε  :  cf.  Diet.  Antiqq. 
p.  244. 

ΧΙτωνία,  ας,  ή,  {χιτών)  clothing, 
dress,  a  late  word. 

Χϊτωνίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  to  cover  with  a  χι- 
τών. 

Χιτώνων,  ov,  ro,=sq.,  Ar.  Plut. 
984,  Lys.  48,  150. 

Χίτωνίσκιον,  ov.  To,  dim.  from  χι- 
τών. Osann  Syll.  Inscr.  1,  79. 

Χΐτωνίσκος,  ov,  b,  dim.  from  χι- 
τών, Ar.  Αν.  946,  955,  Lysias  117,  6, 
Plat.  Hipp.  Mm.  368  C,  etc. 

Χΐτωνο'ϊϊώ7ίΐις,  ov,  ό,  one  who  deals 
in  clothes. 

Χϊώ,  V.  χιόω,=χιάζω. 

ΧΓΩ'Ν,  όνος.  η,  snoiv,  in  Horn., 
esp.  fallen  snow, — for  falling  snow  is 
usu.  called  in  prose  νιφάς,  νιφετός 
(hence  νιφάδες  χιόνος  ττίπτονσι  θα- 
μειαί,  thick  fall  the  swouj-flakes,  II. 
12,  278);  yet  this  distinction  is  not 
always  kept,  for  Hdt.,  2,  22;  4,  31, 
50,  speaks  of  χιών  πίτττονσα ;  so, 
χιόνι  κατανίφει,  Ar.  Ach.  138;  βο• 
ρέπς  χιόνα  χέει,  Eur.  Cycl.  328,  cf. 
Bacch.  661  :  ace.  to  Arist.,  Mund.  4, 
7,  χιών  σφόδρα  και  αβρόα  φερομένη 
νιφετός  ώνόμασται :  —  χιών  τηκο- 
μένη,  melting  snow,  Hdt.  2,  22. — II. 
snow  walf.r,  ice-cold  tenter,  Eur.  Andr. 
214  ;  χ.  πηταμία,  Id.  Tro.  1067,  ubi 
v.  Seidl.  (1077).  (On  the  root  v.  sub 
;^;fi,ua.— Prob.  not  from  χέω,  though 
Hom.  does  use  χεΊν,=^νιφειν,  II.  12, 
281.)  [Though  I  by  nature,  yet  ϊ 
Ep.  in  arsis] 

]Χιων,  ωνος.  b,  Chinn,  an  Athenian 
archon.  Dem.  830,  5  ;  868,  21. 

^Χΐωνίδης,  ov,  b,  Chionides,  an 
Athenian,  Dem.  1356,  13. 

ΧΑΑ'ΖΩ,  to  sound,  ring,  shout,  a 
pies,  which  seems  only  to  occur  in 
the  redupl.  form  κοχλάζω  :  but  to 
this  root  are  commonly  referred  the 
Pindaric  forms  κεχ-λάδώς,  κεχλάδον- 
τες,  κεχλάδειν, — the  latter  two  be- 
longing in  form  to  a  redupl.  aor.  2, 
but  with  accent  of  pres. : — καλ?.ίνι- 
κος  κεχ?.αδώς,  Ο.  9,  4 ;  of  persons 


ΧΛΑΜ 

'Κεχλάδοντας  η3φ,  Ρ.  4,  319  ;  κεχ?.ύ- 
ΟΕΐν,  of  castanets,  Fr.  4S,  2. 

Χλαίΐ•α,  ης,  ή.  Ion.  χ/.αινη.  α  large, 
square  upper-garment,  a  cloak,  mantle, 
worn  loose  over  the  χιτών,  in  Horn, 
only  by  men  as  a  defence  against 
weather,  hence  called  άνεμοσκεττ-ης 
and  άλεξύνεμος,  11.  16,  224,  Od.  14, 
529  :  the  χλαίνα  was  of  wool,  as  ap- 
pears from  the  Homeric  epith.  ον'/-η 
and  φοινικόεσσα,  i.  e.  with  a  rough, 
crixped  surface  and  purple- coloured,  v. 
esp.  11.  10,  133,  where  a  double  man- 
tle (όιπ/.ή)  is  spoken  of,  the  single 
one  being  called  ύ,-λοίς,  II.  24.  230, 
Od.  24,  276:  it  was  thrown  over  the 
shoulders,  Od.  21,  118,  and  fastened 
with  a  clasp,  II.  10,  133  ;  but  it  served 
also  as  a  covering  in  sleep,  being  in 
fact  a  sort  of  blanket,  Od.  1 1,  189  ;  14, 
500;  20,  4,  95  ;— hence  of  husband 
and  wife,  μιας  ύττο  χλαίνης,  Soph. 
Tr.  540,  cf.  Theocr.  18,  19,  Anth.  P. 
5,  169  ;  cf.  χ).ανίς. — It  was  of  value, 
as  it  was  made  a  prize  in  the  games, 
II.  24,  230,  Hdt.  2,  91.— The  χλαίνα 
is  also  called  φάρος  by  Horn.,  in  later 
Greek  Ιμάηον,  cf.  Diet.  Antiqq.  s.  v. 
pallium.  The  τμίβων  was  a  coarser, 
commoner,  the  χ7.ανίς  a  finer,  softer 
kind  (though  Eur.,  Cycl.  80,  calls  a 
goatskin  cloak  τράγου  χ'καΐνα  με- 
λεά) ;  the  χλαμνς  was  chiefly  a  mili- 
tary cloak.  See  these  words  respect- 
ively. (No  doubt  the  root  was  the 
same  as  that  of  the  Lat.  lana,  laena, 
with  χ  prefi.xed,  whence  also  λήνος, 
λάχνη,  λύχνος,  7^αχμός,  /.άσιος, 
hence  also  χ7Μνίς  and  χλαμνς.) 

ΙΧλαα'έαζ",  ου,  6,  Chlaeneas,  an  Ae- 
tolian  envoy  to  the  Lacedaemonians, 
Polyb.  9,  31,  7. 

'K'/.atvtov  or  χλαίνίον,  ου.  τό,  dim. 
from  γλαίνα,  Anth.  P.  12,  40. 

'Κ.λαινοθήρας,  ov,  a,  a  stealer  of 
cloaks,  like  λωττοόντης. 

Χλαινουργική,  ής,  ή,  (se.  τέχνη), 
the  art  of  making  cloaks,  trade  of  a 
χλαινονργός . 

^?.αινονργός,  όν,  {χ?Μίνα,  *εργω) 
making  cloaks  :  ό  χ/•.•,  α  cloak-maker. 

\λαινόϋΐ,  ώ,  f.  -ώσω,  {χ/.αΐνα)  to 
cover  with  a  cloak  :  generally,  to  clothe, 
φάρεί,  Anth.  P.  9,  293.     Hence 

Χ,λαίνωμα,  ατος,τό,  a  clolhivg,  cover- 
ing, χλ.  λέοντος,  i.  e.  a  lion's  skin, 
Anth. 

Χλΰμΰδηφόρος,  ov,  (χ?.αμύς,  φερο) 
wearing  a  χλαμνς  :  hence  as  subst  ,  a 
horsenian,  cavalier,  Theocr.  15,  6. 

Χλάμύδιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  χλα- 
μνς. Menand.  p.  154,  Plut.  [v] 

Χλύμϋδοειδής,  ες,  like  a  χλαμύς. 

Χ./.ύμνδόομαι,  as  pass.,  to  wear  a 
χ?.αμύς,  Nicostr  Incert.  6. 

Χ.?Μμνδο~οιια,  ας,  ή,  the  making  of 
a  χλαμύς :  from 

Χ.λάμνδοποιός,  όν,  making  χ7,αμν- 
δες. 

Χ.λΰμϋδονργία,  ας,  η,  the  making  of 
χλαμύδες,  the  art  or  trade  of  a  χ?Μμν- 
δονργός,  Xen.  Mem.  2,  7,  6  :  and 

Χλΰμύδονργί,κύς,  ?'/,  όν,  skilled  in 
making  χ7.αμνδες :  from 

'Χ.7.άμί'δουργός,  όν,  {χ7Μμύς,*εργω) 
like  χ7Μμνδοποίός,  making  χλαμύ- 
δες .•  ό  χλ.,  α  maker  of  χ7Μμύδες. 

Χ.7.ΰμϋδο<ρορέο},  ώ,  to  wear  a  χ?.α- 
ανς. 

^λάμϋδωτός,  η,  όν,  verb,  adj.,  clad 
or  covered  with  a  χ7.αμνς. 

Χ.7.ΰμνς,  νδος,  ή,  a  cloak  or  mantle, 
esp.  worn  by  horsemen  and  the  έφη- 
βοι pertbrming  horsemen's  service  as 
περίπολοι,  who  laid  aside  the  χλα- 
μνς as  soon  as  they  became  men,  Jac. 
Anth.  1,  1,  p.  24,  Meineke  Menand. 
p.  367  :    generally,  a  military  cloak, 


ΧΑΗΔ 

esp.  the  general's  cloak,  like  the  Lat. 
patudumentum  ;  more  rarely  of  a  civic 
dress,  Locella  Xen.  Eph.  1,  8.— The 
χλαμύς  is,  first  mentioned  by  Sappho: 
It  was  shorter  than  the  χ7Μΐνα  or 
ίμάτιον,  being  narrower,  but  (like  it) 
was  fastened  by  a  brooch  on  the  right  j 
shoulder  so  as  to  hang  over  the  left : 
sometimes  it  had  side  pieces  set  on, 
called  πτέρυγες,  and  in  this  shape 
was  called  the  Thessalian  or  Mace- 
donian cloak,  V.  Diet.  Antiqq.  sub  v. 
(On  the  deriv.,  v.  sub  χ/.αΐνα.)  [ν] 

Χ.7Λνίδων,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  χ7.α- 
νίς,  Hdt.  1,  195,  Soph.  Fr.  400,  Eur. 
Or.  42,  etc.  [t] 

Χλΰΐ'ϊδισκιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from 
χλανίς,  Aristaen.  1,11. 

'Κ7ΜνΙδοποιια,  ας,  η,  the  art  or  trade 
of  a  χ7Μνιδοποώς,  Xen.  Mem.  2,7, 
6  :  from 

Χ7ιΰνϊδοποιός,  όν,  {χ7ίανίς,  ποιέω) 
making  χλανίδες. 

Χ/Μνϊόονργία,  ας,  ή,  =  χ7.ανιδο- 
ποιΐα. 

Χ7Μΐ'ΐδονργός,  όν,=χ7ίανιδοποιός. 

Χ/αΐ'ϊ<5όω,  ώ,  to  clothe  with  a  χλα- 
νίς.   Hence 

ΧλάνΙδωτός,  η,  όν,  verb,  adj.,  clad 
with  a  χ7Μνίς. 

Χ7.άνίς,  ίδος,  ή,  an  upper-garment  of 
wool,  like  the  χ7ιαϊνη,  but  of  finer 
make,  worn  by  women  as  well  as 
men,  and,  generally,  serving  more 
for  ornament  than  use,  first  in  Simon. 
7,  13,  Hdt.  3,  139,  140  :  χλανίδα  φο- 
ρειν,  as  a  mark  of  effeminacy,  Dem. 
958,  13,  cf.  558,  17,  Menand.  p.  127  : 
esp.  worn  on  festive  occasions,  as, 
χλανις  γαμική,  a  wedding  garment, 
χ/Μΐ'ΐς  7.ευκή,  the  toga  Candida  of  the 
Romans: — also  used  as  α  blanket, Me\. 
82,  2,  cf.  χ7.αϊνα.  (On  deriv.,  v.  sub 
χλαίνα.) 

Χ7.άνισκίδιον,  ου,  τό,  Ar.  Pac.  1002 ; 
χλΰΐ'ίσκιον.ον,  ro,  Ach.519,  Aeschin. 
18,  30;  χλάνίσκος,  ov,  ό: — diminu- 
tives from  χ7Μνίς. 

Χλαρόζ•,  ά,  όν,  only  in  Pind.  P.  9, 
65.  χλάρόν  }εΛί2ι•,  ace.  to  Herm., 
Dor.  for  χλωρόν,  to  laugh  fresh  and 
loud;  but,  ace.  to  Schneider  and 
Bcckll,  for  7.αρόν,  sweetly,  gently. 

^Χλέμος,  ov,  h,  Chlemus,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  Qu.  Sm.  8,  101. 

Χ7.ενάζω,  f.  -άσω,  {χλεύη)  to  joke, 
jest,  scoff,  Ar.  Ran.  376 ;  χ7^.  καϊ 
σκώπτειν,  Arist.  Rhet.  2,2,  12:— c. 
ace.  to  mock,  scoff  at,  jeer,  treat  scorn- 
fully, τινά,  Dem.  78,  12;  1149,  J9, 
etc. 

Χ7^εναξ,  ακος,  ό,  comic  for  χ7.ευα- 
στής. 

Χλενάσία,  ας,  η,  {χ7ί.ενάζ(Λ))  mock- 
ery, scoffing,  Dem.  705,  3. 

Χλεύασμα,  ατός,  τό,  {χλευάζω) 
mockery,  LXX. 

Χ7.ενασμός,  οϋ,  6,=χ7.ενααία,  Dem. 
254.  3,  Polyb.  8,  8,  5. 

Χλευαστής,υΐ',ό, {χλευάζω) a  mock- 
er, scoffer,  Arist.  Rhet.  2,  3,  9.    Hence 

Χ7.ευαστικός,  η,  όν, giventomockery, 
scoffing.     Adv.  -κώς. 

Χλεύη,  ης,  ή,  a  joke,  jest,  Η.  Horn. 
Cer.  202,  in  plur.  :  χλενην  ποιειν  or 
ποιείσβαί  τίνα,  to  make  one  a  jest,  or 
make  a  jest  of  one,  Anth.  P.  7,  345  ; 
;t;/i£i'7/f  άξιος,  Luc.  Paras.  40.  (Ace. 
to  Valck.  from  χε7.ΰνη  for;^;et7of,  lips 
twisted  so  as  to  express  scorn,  like  μν7^• 
/Μίνω,  μοιμν7ίλω  :  so  χε7.υνάζω,  σχε- 
7.ννάζω,=χ7.ενάζω.) 

^Χλευόχαρμος,  ου,  6,  Chleuochar- 
mus,  masc.  pr.  η.,  Luc.  (?)  Philopat. 
21. 

Χ7.ηδος,  ου,  ό,  or  oxyt.  χληδός,  ov, 
slime,  mud,  esp.  the  dirt  and  rubbish 
carried  down  by  a  flood  or  swept  out  of 


ΧΛΙΕ 

a  house,  Lat.  quisquiliae,  Aesch.  Fr.  14, 
Dem.  1278,  4  ;  1279,  12. 

Χλίαιί'ω,  f.  -άνώ,  pf.  κεχ7  ίαγκα, 
to  warm,  σεαυτύν,  Ar.  Lys.  386;  χλ. 
πάλιν,  to  warm  up  meat,  Alex.  Miles. 
1,  11  : — pass.,  to  warm  one's  self,  bask, 
Ar.  Eccl.  64  ;  to  grow  warm,  Hipp.  : — 
iomeZ?,  Mel.  13.  [i  usu.in  Att.  poets,a8 
Ar.  Lys.  and  Alex.  11.  c,  cf.  χ7.ιαρός : 
though  Ϊ  in  Soph.  ap.  Ath.  604  F,  Ar. 
Eccl.  1.  c,  and  five  times  in  Alel.] 
Hence 

Χ/.ίανσις,  εως,  ή,  a  warming,  soften- 
ing. [(■] 

Χλιαρός,  ά,  όν,  \on.  χλιερός,  warm, 
lukewarm,  Lat.  tepidus,  Epich.  (?)  p. 
124,  etc.  ;  χλιαρίπ'  ύδωρ,  Hdt.  4,  181. 
Adv.  -ρώς,  Hipp.  p.  890,  cf.  /.ιαρός. 
[I  usu.  in  Att.  poets,  cf.  Meineke  Cra- 
tin.  Odyss.  11,  Magnes  Dion.  2,  Br. 
Ar.  Lys.  386;  but  t  in  Ar.  Fr.  421, 
Epich.  (?)  1.  c,  and  Alcman  :  how- 
ever cf.  χλιαίνω.'\     Hence 

Χ7.ίαρότης,  ητος,  ή,  the  being  warm- 
ed or  warm,  warmth,   [i'] 

Χ7ύασμα,  ατός,  τό,  {χ^Λοίνω)  that 
which  is  warmed  or  softened. —  II.  a 
meatis  of  warming  or  softening,  a  fomen- 
tation, hat.  fomentum,  Hipp.  [TJ 

Χλΐάω,  ώ,  Ep.  χλΐόω,  to  be  warm, 
Nic.  Al.  110. 

Χλιδαίνω,  (χλιδή)  to  make  soft  or 
delicate  ■ — pass.,  άβρότητι  χ7.ιδαίνε- 
σθαι,  to  revel  in  luxury,  had  a  voluptu- 
ous, sensual  life,  Xen.  Symp.  8,  8. 

Χ7.1δΰνός,  η,  όν,  {χλιδάω)  soft,  deli- 
cate, voluptuous,  luxurious,  Aesch. 
Pers.  544,  Eur.  Cycl.  500;  also  in 
Pint.  Alcib.  23. 

Χ7ύδάνόσφϋρος.  ov,  { χ7.ιδανός, 
σφνριιν)  with  delicate  ankles^  Ana- 
creont. 

Χ7.1δάω,  ύ,  f.  -ησω,  {χ7αδ7/)  to  ht 
soft  or  delicate,  γλίτωσα  μολπή.  Pind. 
Ο.  10(11),  99:  but  usu.  in  bad  sense, 
to  be  delicate,  live  delicately  or  luxuri- 
ously, 10  revel,  luxuriate,  Aesch.  Supp. 
833  (?),  Ar.  Lys.  640  ;  τινί,  in  a  thing, 
Aesch.  Pr.  971,  Eur.  Incert.  92  ;  χλ. 
επί  τ IV ι,  to  pride  one's  self  upon  a 
thing.  Soph.  El.  360  :  hence  also,  to 
be  insolent  or  arrogant. — Only  poet. 

Χλίδειος,  a,  ov,  =  χλιδανός,  dub. 

[i] 

Χλΐδ?'/,  ης,  ή,  {χλίω)  : — softness, 
delicacy,  luxury,  voluptuousness,  first  in 
Hdt.  6,  127,  Aesch.  Pr.  466,  etc.  ;  χλ. 
και  ά3ρότης,  Plat.  Symp.  197  D  ;  cf. 
Ruhnk.  Tim. :  hence,— 2.  the  natural 
effects  of  such  habits,  ivantonness,  inso- 
lence, arrogance,  μή  τοί  x7.iOfi  δοκεΐτβ 
μήτ'  ανθαδία  σιγάν  με,  Aesch.  Pr. 
436;  cf.  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  888.-3.  any- 
thing belonging  to  such  habits,  luxuries, 
esp.  fine  raiment,  costly  ornnmeiits.  Lat. 
deliciae.  Eur.  Ion  26  ;  μυρίων  πέπ7.ων 
χ7.ιόή.  Id.  Rhes.  960 : — so  in  plur,, 
Id.  Hel.  424  ;  also  of  personal  charms, 
παρθένων  χ7.ιδαΙ  ενμορόοι,  Aesch. 
Supp.  1003;  καράτομοι  χ7Αδαί,  luxu- 
riant hair  cut  olf,  Soph.  El.  51,  cf. 
Valck.  Phoen.  230.  —  Only  poet. 
[Pseudo-Phocyl.  200  has  t.] 

Χ7Λδημα,  ατός,  τό,=^χ7ίΐδή,  Eur.  L 
A.  74.  [?] 

Χλίδος  or  χ7.ιδ6ς,  ό,  dub.  1.  for 
χ7!.ηδός  in  Dem. 

Χλίδος  or  χλϊδος,  εος,  τό,=χ7ιΐδή. 

Χ7Λδών,    ώνος,    ό,  ornament,   shoiv, 

fnmp  ;  esp.  α  bracelet  or  anklet,  Asius 
'r.  2,  6,  Ar.  Fr.  309,  11. 
Χλΐδωνόποΐ'ς,  ό,  ή,  πονν,  τό,  with 
costly  ornaments  on  the  feet. 

Χλίδωσις,  εως,  i],  costliness  of  dress, 
etc.,  Plut.  2,  145  A. 

Χλιεροθα7.πής,  ες,  {χλιερός,  Θύ7•.• 
πος)  lukewarm,  Philox.  ap.  Ath.  409 
Ε. 

1663 


ΧΛΟΟ 

X/.iff)of,??.  ήν.  Ion.  iorx/uapucq.  v. 

Χλί,ω,=χλίω,  dub. 

Χλΐύεΐζ,  εσσα,  EV,=  x?.tapoc,  v.  1. 
inNic.  Λ1.  110. 

Χλίόω,  Ep.  for  χλιάο).  q.  v. 

ΧΑΓί2,  to  becone  warm  or  soft: 
metaph.,  to  he  dclicale,  to  revel,  luxuri- 
ate, kv  τοΐαι  σοΐς  πήνηισι,  Aesch.  Cho. 
137  ;  στόλον  πέττλοισι  βαμβύμοίς... 
χλίοντα,  Supp.  236 ;  like  θρύπτω, 
τρυφάω.  {Χλίω  is  tiie  rare  radic.  form 
of  χλιύω,  x?u(h},  χλίδύω,  χλιερός, 
χλιαρός,  etc.)  [ϊ] 

Χ'λοα,  ας,  ή,  ν.  χλόη. 

Χλούζω,  {.  -άσω,  {χλόη)  to  be  pate- 
green,  like  young  shoots,  Arist.  Mirab. 
164,  Nic.  th.  576. 

ΧλοανθέΜ,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  bml,  become 
green :  from 

Χλοανθι/ς,  ές,  {χλόη,  άνθος)  bud- 
ding, sprouting,  Nic.  Th.  550. 

Χ'λοάνός,  ή,  όν,  greenish,  greenish 
yellow. 

Χλόασμα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which  buds, 
or  is  green,  Hipp.   (?) 

Χλοανγής,  ές,  {χλόη,  ανγή)  with  a 
greenish  lustre,  Luc.  Doin.  11. 

Χλούω.  ώ,  poel.  for  χ/.οίιζω,  Nic. 
Th.  777.  Anlh.  P.  5,  292. 

Χλοερός,  ά,  όν,  poet,  lengthd.  for 
χ?Μρός  (q.  v.),  όζος,  Hes.  Sc.  393  ; 
oft.  in  Eur.,  as  Hel.  244,  Bacch. 
866. 

Χ?Μεροτρόφος,  ov,  (χλοερός,  τρέ- 
φο))  producing  green  grass,  plants,  etc., 
πεδίον,  Eur.  Phoen.  826. 

Χ'λοερώτης,  ιόος.  ή,  (χλοερής,  ώψ) 
greenish  looking,  Paul.  S.  Ecphr.  255. 

Χλόη,  νς,  and  χ?Μα,  ας.  also  Ion. 
χλοίη.  7/f,  ή:  —  the  first  light  green 
shoot  of  plants  in  spring,  esp.  young 
green  corn  or  grass,  Hdt.  4,  34,  Eur. 
Hipp.  1138,  I.  A.  422,  etc.;  opp.  to 
the  καρποί.  Plat.  Tim.  80  Ε  ;  χ?Μτ/ς 
■γενομένης  άπο  τού  σπέρματος,  of  the 
corn  when  it  first  springs  up,  Lat. 
seges  in  herba,  Xen.  Oec.  17, 10 :  hence, 
poet.,  the  young  verdure  of  trees,  fnh- 
a^e,  leaves,  χλ.  αμπέλου,  Eur.  Bacch. 
J  2,  cf.  Hel.  180,  1360:  of  vegetables, 
greens,  Sotad.  Έγκλεί.  1,  9. — II. 
epith.  of  Ceres,  the  verdant,  from  the 
young  corn,  Ar.  Lys.  836 ;  cf.  ίΰ- 
χλοος.  (The  root  occurs  in  the 
Sanscr.  hari  (I  beinsi=r),  Lat.  itiri-dis, 
cf.  Pott  Et.  Forsch.  1,  141.  Hence, 
χλόος,  χλονς,χλ(ύρός,  χλοερός,  χλοη- 
ρός,  etc.) 

■\Χλόη,  ης,  fi,  Chlo'e,  fem.  pr.  η., 
Ν.  Τ. 

Χλοήβάφος,  ον,  dyed  light-green. 

Χλοηκομέω,  ώ,  (χλόη,  κόμη)  to  he 
green  as  a  young  leaf,  A  nth.  P.  9, 
750. 

Χλοήρης,  ες.  (άρω  7)  —  χλοερός, 
χλωρός,  Eur.  Bacch.  107 ;  ubi  olim 
χ7^ηηρ(]). 

Χλοητόκος,  ov,  (χ7~.οη,  τίκτω)  pro- 
ducing young  shoots,  Luc.  Tragop.  45. 

Χ/.οηφορέο),  ώ,  to  put  out  young 
shoots,  he  green,  Theophr. :  from 

Χλοηφόρος,  ov,  (χλόη,  φέρω)  put- 
ting out  young  shoots,  bearing  green 
grass,  leaves  or  plants,  yalu,  ερνεα, 
Eur.  Phoen.  647,  653. 

Χ?.οιύω,  ώ,  (χλοίη)  Ion.  ίοχ  χ^Μαω, 
χλούζω.  q.  v. 

Χλοώάω,  (j,=  foreg. 

Χλοίη,  ης,  ή,  Ion.  for  χλόη,  q.  v. 
Hence 

Χλοίόω,  ώ,=χλοίύω,  χλούω.  Hipp. 

Χλοιώδης,  ες,  gen.  εος,=χλοώδης, 
Hipp. 

Χ?ΜΟκαρπος,  ον,  (χλόη,  καρπός) 
with  green  fruit,  producing  green  fruits, 
epith.  of  Ceres. 

Χ'λοόμορφος,  ov.  (χλόη,  μορφή)  like 
^rass,  greenish,  Orph.  H.  83,  C. 
1664 


ΧΛΩΡ 

Χλοοποιέω.  ώ,  f.  -ί/σω,  to  bring  forth 
grass,  or  herbs. 

Χ?Μος,  ov,  0,  contr.  χλοΐις,  a  green- 
ish-yellow or  light  green  colour,  The- 
ophr.: — general  I  ν=γλό?7,  Αρ.  Kh.  3, 
298,  Nic.  Al.  583,  592. 

Χλούνειος,  a,  ov,  of  the  wild  boar  : 
from 

Χλοννης,  ov,  a.  Epic  epith.  of  the 
wild  boar,  χ?,.,  συς  άγριος,  Π.  9,  539, 
cf  Hes.  Sc.  168,  177:— later  as  subst., 
^=  κάπρος,  the  wild  boar,  Opp.  H.  5, 
35,  Nic.  Fr.  2,  6 ;  χλ.  κάπρος,  Call. 
Dian.  150.  Even  the  ancients  difl'cr- 
ed  as  to  the  meaning  and  deriv.  of 
the  word  ; — Arist.,  H.  A.  6,  28,  takes 
it  Ά5^  έκτομίας,  castrated,  because 
(he  says)  young  boars  in  this  case 
grew  very  large  and  fierce  ;  he  seems 
to  have  no  suspicion  of  any  other 
interpr.,  and  certainly  ;\^λονΐ'7/ζ•  seems 
to  be  used  of  a  eunuch  in  Aesch.  Fr. 
62,  Alex.  Aetol.  ap.  Ath.  699  C  ;  as 
also  χ?ιθννης  και  γίη^νις  are  joined  in 
Ael.  ap.  Suid.  s.  v.  ευνούχος  ;  cf.  also 
χλοϋνις.  But  Aristarcli.  makes  ;^;λοΰ- 
νης=μόνιος,  living  or  feeding  alone  ; 
the  Venet.  Schal.,=  a(;)pi(Tr»;f,  from 
a  Dor.  word  φλονδείν  =  άφρίζειν  ; 
and  Apollon.  takes  it  to  be  fat  χλοεν- 
νης.  i.  e.  ό  εν  τη  χλ07ΐ  ενναζόμενος. 

Χλοννιος,  ον,  (χλοννης) ^χλον- 
νειος. 

Χλοννις,  ή,  a  word  in  Aesch  Eum. 
189,  subject  to  the  same  doubts  as 
χλοννης  in  Horn.,  increased  by  the 
corrupt  state  of  the  passage.  The 
MSS.  have  κακού  τε  χ?.ούνίς  or  κα- 
κονται  χ?.οϋνις,  when  it  must  mean 
the  green  age,  youth,  freshness,^uκμή . 
Others  take  Stanley's  emend,  κακή 
τε  χλούνις  r/(5'  ΐικρωνία,  explaining 
it  castration  and  mutilation  ;  but  cf. 
ακρωνία. 

Χλυννός,  ό,  epith.  of  gold  in  He- 
sych.,  peril. =  γΛωρόξ•. 

Χλούς,  ό,  contr.  for  χ?.όος,  q.  v. 

Χ/.οώδης.  ες,  gen.  εος,  Ιυη.  χ?ιθΐ-, 
(χλόη,  είδος  )  grass-green,  greenish- 
yellow,  pale.  Foes.  Oec.  Hipp. 

Χλωρύζω,  ί.-ύσω,  to  eat  green  prov- 
ender. 

Χλωραίνω,  {χ7.ωρός)  to  make  green- 
ish-yellow or  pale : — pass.,  to  become  so, 
Soph.  Fr.  959. 

Χλώρο.σμα,  ατός,  τό,=^χλωρότης, 
Hipp.  ap.  Galen. 

Χλωρανχην,  ενός,  6,  ή,  (χλωρός, 
αϋχήΐ')  with  pale-green  or  olive-green 
neck,  of  the  nightingale,  in  Simon. 
158  ;  cf.  χ7.ωρηίς. 

Χλωρύω  and  χλωρέω,  ω,^^χλω- 
ριάω,  yet  both  are  dub. 

Χλωρεύς.  έως,  ό,  (χ?ιωρός)  a  green- 
ish or  yellowish  bird.  prob.  the  same 
as  χλωρίων,  Arist.  H.  A.  9,  1,  13  and 
17. 

Χλωρέω,  ώ,  v.  χλωράω- 

Χλωρηίς,  ίδος,  pecul.  poet.  fem.  of 
χλωρός,  for  χ?^ωρά,  pale-green,  olive, 
as  epith.  of  the  nightingale,  χ?Μρηϊς 
αηδών,  Od.  19,  518  ;  cf.  χλωρός,  χλω- 
ρανχην :  ace.  to  others,  haunting  the 
green  thickets,  ή  εν  χ?.ωροϊς  διατρί- 
jSovaa,  but  wrongly. 

Χ'λωριύζω.  f.  -άσω,=χλωρίάω. 

Χλωρίασις.  εως.  ή,  α  greenish  colour, 
pale-green,  Hipp.  :   from 

Χλωρίύω,  ώ,  (  χλωρός)  to  be  pale- 
green  :  to  be  pale,  Hipp.  p.  1134. 

Χλωρίζω,  f.  -ίσω.  {χλωρός)  to  be 
greenish  or  pale,  LXX. 

Χλωρί.ς,  ίδος,  η,  a  bird  with  a  green- 
ish be.lln,  the  female  of  the  χλωρίων, 
Arist.  H.  A.  8,  3,  4;  9,  13,  4. 

tX?.6jpif,  ιδος.  ή,  Chloris.  daughter 
of  Amphion  king  of  Orchomenus, 
mother  of  Nestor,  Od.  11,  281  ;  Apol- 


XNAY 

lod.  1,  9,  9:— ace.  to  Diod.  S.  4,  68 
and  Apollod.  3,  5,  6  daughter  of  Am- 
phion oi  Thebes. 

Χ7ι.ωρίτης  λίβας,  h,  chlorite,  a  grass- 
green  stone,  Plili.   [("] 

Χλωρίων,  ωνος.  ό,  (  χλωρός)  a  pah- 
green  or  yellowish  bird  (cf.  our  yellow- 
hammer),  Arist.  H.  A.  9,  15,  3;  22, 
1  :  cf  χλωρις. 

Χλωροειδης,  ές,  of  a  greenish  look. 

Χλωρόκομος,  ov,  ( χλωρός,  κόμη  ) 
green-leaved,  στέφανος  δάφνης,  Eur. 
1.  Α.  759. 

Χλωρομέλύς,  μέλαινα,  μέ?Μν, 
(χλωρός,  μέ/.ας)  pale-black,  Gnlen. 

Χλωροηοιός,  όν,  making  green  or 
pale. 

Χ7\.ωρόπτΙλος,  ov,  ( χλωρί>ς,  iztL- 
λον)  with  pale-green  or  yellowish  leath- 
ers, Ael.  N.  A.  16,2. 

Χ7ωρός,  ά,  όν,  whence  poet. 
length<l.  χλοερός,  ά.  όν  (q.  v.)  ;  cf 
also  χλυήρης  ;  (  χλόη.  χλόος  ) : — 
pale-green,  light-green,  greenish-y elhnv , 
strictly  of  the  colour  of  young  grass, 
corn,  etc.,  χ/,ωραι  ρώπες,  Od.  16,  47 ; 
όρος,  Η.  Αρ.  223,  y^otpof  όζος,  Hes. 
Sc.  .393,  cf  Sappho  2,  14  ;  έλάται, 
Pind.  Fr  148  ;  χ7υ.  υπό  βάσσαις. 
Soph.  Ο.  C.  673 ;  etc. :— also  of  the 
colour  of  honey,  μέλι  χ7Μρόν,  II.  11, 
631.  Od.  10,  234:  so  too  of  the  box 
or  laurel,  cf  χλωρόκομος. — II.  gen- 
erally, pale,  χ7.ωρός  άδάμας,  Hes.  Sc. 
231,  like  πο/αός :  χλωρόν  δέος,  pale 
fear,  II.  7,  470,  etc.  ;  χ7,ωρος  νπαΐ 
δειους,  II.  10,  376  ;  15,  4  ;  χλωρω  δεΐ- 
ματι,  Aesch.  Supp.  566;  άχ/Λς  χλω- 
ρή, grey  mist,  Hes.  Sc.  265  ;  χ^λωρίί 
ιρύ,μαθος.  Soph.  Aj.  1064  ;  χΑωρον 
νδ'ωρ,  Jac.  Anth.  P.  p.  615  : — hence, 
in  medic,  writers,  pn/e,  biliovs-looki7ig, 
Thuc.  2,  49;  cf.  Foes.  Oec.  Hipp.; 
TO  χλωρόν  =  χ7α,>ρότης.  Ibid.  But, 
as  the  paleness  of  southern  complex- 
ions verges  upon  olive,  the  Greek 
χλωρός  ditTers  from  our  pale  in  the 
objects  to  which  it  is  applied  :  cf. 
χίωριρς,  χ7.ωρανχην.  —  HI.  without 
regard  to  colour,  green,  i.  e.  fresh, 
opp.  to  dry,  esp.  of  wood,  μοχλός, 
()όπα7ον,  Od.  9,  320,  379;  opp.  to 
ανος,  Hes.  Op.  741  ;  χλωραί  έέρσαι, 
Pind.  Ν.  8,  69  ;  τυρός  χλ..  fresh 
cheese,  Ar.  Ran.  559,  cf.  Lysias  167, 
8;  and  so  of  meat,  fish,  etc.,  fresh, 
not  salted. — 2.  metaph.,  fresh,  bloom- 
ing, youthful,  χ7.ωρόν  γό^•ν,  χλοερά 
μέλεα,  Theocr.  14,  70  ;  27,  66,  whence 
Horace's  genua  virent  :  χ7.  αίμΐι. 
Soph.  Tr.  1055,  Eur.  Hec.  129:  ten- 
der, delicate,  χ7\,.  δάκρυον,  unless  it 
he  rather  taken  like  Homer's  Οαλε- 
pov  δάκρυ,  Eur.  Med.  906.  922.  Hel, 
1205;  so,  χ7ιωρά  δακρύων  άχνα. 
Soph.  Tr.  648  :  χ7ί.  οίνυς,  sparkling 
wine,  Eur.  Cycl.  67  (unless  it  here 
be  taken  of  the  colour,  like  κιΙΦογ). 

Χλωρός,  τό,  =  sq.,  Arcad.  69,  10: 
cf.  CJχpός,  ώχρος. 

Χ7.ωροσηΰρα,  ή,  the  green  lizard, 
late. 

Χλωρότης.  ητης,  η.  {χλωρός)  pale- 
greenness  :  hence — 2.  paleness,  LXX. 
— 3.  freshness. 

Χλωροφάγέω,  ώ,  f.  -ησω,^χλωρά- 
ζω.  Hippiatr. 

Χνανμα.  ατος.  τό,  (χνανω)  α  piece 
cut  off,  a  cut.  slice,  like  κνίσμα :  Λ 
dainty,  a  tit-bit,  Comici  ap.  Poll.  6, 
62;  cf.  Meineke  Com.  Fr.  3,  571, 
and  sq. 

Χνανμάτιον.  ov,  τό.  dim.  from 
χνανμα,  Ar.  Fr.  5,  Teleclid.  Άμφ. 
1,  14. 

Χναυρός,  ά,  όν,  ( χνανω  )  dainty, 
lickerish,  Pherocr.  Metall.  1,  17:  Poll. 
6, 59  has  it  χαννός. 


ΧΟΑΣ 

Κναυστικός,  ον,  ό,  one  of  a  sweet- 
tooih,  Posidipp.  ap.  Ath.  C62  A. 

Χιαύω,  strictly  =  κνύω,  to  scrape, 
hence  to  gnaw,  gnaw  off,  e.  g.  ilesh 
from  the  bones.  Eur.  Cycl.  358 :  but 
usu.  to  gnaw  at  dainties  and  sweet- 
meats, to  nibble,  eat  by  Utile  bits,  like 
τρώγω,  Epich.  p.  101,  Eubul.  Incert. 
15  a,  Ephipp.  Epheb.  1. 

Χνούζω,  1".  -άσω,  (  χνόος)  to  be  cov- 
ered with  fine  hair  or  doivn :  esp.  of 
youths,  to  get  the  first  down  on  their 
chin  •,  also  of  girls,  ανλητμίδες  άρτι 
χνοάζουσαι,  Metagen.  Ανρ-  1,3:  but, 
χνοάζων  ύρτί  λευκανθές  κάρα,  just 
sprinkling  his  hair  with  white  (like 
Shaksp.  '  s-dble-silvered' ),  Soph.  0. 
T.  742. 

Χνούο),  ώ,  poet,  for  foreg.,  χνοά- 
οντες  Ιονληι,  the  bloom  of  the  first  down 
on  the  chin,  Ap.  Rh.  2,  43 ;  χνοών 
την  τταρειάν,  Luc.  Bacch.  2  ;  σίκνον 
χνοάοντα,  a  gourd  with  the  bloom  on 
It,  Anth.  P.  6,  102. 

Χνύη,  ης,  ?/,  Ion.  ^^νοίη,  (κνάω) : — 
like  χοίνίκη,  χοινικις,  the  iron  box  of 
a  wheel  in  which  the  a.xle  turns,  the 
nave,  hence  also  the  axle  itself,  Lat. 
modiolus.  Soph.  El.  745  ;  D.aKOV  αξό- 
νων βρίθομένων  χνόαι,  Aesch.  Theb. 
153  ;  cf.  σϋρίγξ  11.  2,  χοΐνιξίλ.  1.— 2. 
metaph.,  χνόαι  ποδών,  the  joints  on 
which  the  feet  play,  as  the  wheels  on 
the  axle,  Aesch.  Theb.  371.     Hence 

Χνόϊος,  a,  ov,  downy,  παρειά,  An- 
acreont.  16,  19. 

Χνοόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  poet,  for  χνόϊος, 
χνοώδης. 

Χνόος,  ον,  6,  Att.  contr.  χνονς,  gen. 
χνού  :  a  dat.  χνοΐ  is  quoted,  but  it  is 
very  dub..  Lob.  Phryn.  454  :  ή  χνούς 
is  quoted  from  Eur.  in  Anecd.  Bach- 
mann.  1,  418,  24  {κνάω)  : — that  which 
can  be  scraped  or  rubbed  off,  any  light 
surface,  covering,  ά'λος  χνόος,  the  foam 
that  gathers  on  the  top  of  the  sea,  the 
same  as  ύλός  άχνη,  Od.  6,  226 : — 
esp.,  the  fine  down  or  bloom  on  the 
peach  and  such  fruits,  Theophr.  ;  μη- 
Άών  χνονς  έτηκαρπίδιος,  Anth.  P.  9, 
226  : — also,  the  first  down  on  the  chin, 
etc.,  of  youths,  Lat.  lanugo,  Ar.  Nub. 
978  : — hence,  wool  pidled  for  stuffing 
cushions,  flock.  Foes.  Oec.  Hipp. : 
also  the  dust  of  chaff,  etc.,  proverb., 
υνος  εις  άχυρα  καϊ  χνονν,  Αγ.  Fr. 
59. 

Χνοώδης,  ες,  (χνόος,  είδος)  like  fine 
down,  downy,  Lat.  lanuginosus,  The- 
ophr.    Adv.  -δώς,  Galen. 

Χοαΐος,  a,  ov,  holding  a  χοεύς,  Hip- 
pol.  ap.  Ath.  129  E. 

Χοάνενω,  contr.  χωνεύω,  to  melt 
and  cast  metal,  Ar.  Thesm.  57,  62,  and 
LXX.  :  from 

Χοάνη,  ης,  η,  contr.  χώνη,=:χόα• 
νος  III,  Ar.  Thesm.  18,  19.  [α] 

Χοάνιον,  ον,  τό,  contr.  χωνίον, 
dim.  from  χόανος.  [ά] 

Χόάνον,  ον,  τό,  contr.  χώνον,^^ι^. 

Χόάνος,  ον,  ό,  later  contr.  χώνος, 
{χέω)  : — the  hollow  in  which  metal  was 
placed  for  melting,  a  melting-pit,  φνσαι  iv 
νοάνοισιν  έφύσων,  II.  18,  470,  cf  Hes. 
Th.  863. — ^11.  the  earthen  mould  for  cast- 
ing metal  in,  Anth.  P.  9,  716;— also 
Τ^ίγδος. — III.  a  funnel,  though  this  was 
usu.  in  form  χώνη,  q.  v. : — hence — 2. 
in  medic,  a  funnel-shaped  hollow  in  the 
brain,  elsewh.  also  ληνός  and  ττνελος. 
— The  forms  χοάντ)  and  χόανον, 
contr.  χώνη  and  χώΐ'ον,  are  equiv.  to 
it,  though  signf  III.  belongs  chiefly 
to  χοάνη. 

ίΧοάσττης,  ον  Ion.  εω,  ό,  the  Choa- 

spes,  a  river  of  India,  joining  the  Co- 

phes.  Strab.  p.  697  ;  in  Arr.  An.  4,23, 

2  called  Χόης.—2.  a  river  of  Susiana, 

105 


XOIN 

Hdt.  1,  188  ;  Strab.  p.  728  :— in  Dion. 
P.  1073  Χόασπις,  ιος,  ό. 

Χόδάνος,  ον,  ό,  {χέζω,  χύδος)  the 
breech. 

Χοδϊτενω,:=χέζω. 

Χόδος,  ον,  ό,  {χέζω,  κέχοδα)  dung, 
ordure:  but  seemingly  only  found  m 
the  compd.  μνόχοδος. 

Χόες,  οί,  nom.  pi.  oi  χόος,  χονς,  q. 

V. 

*Χοενς,  V.  sub  χόος. 

Χοή,  ης,  ή,  {χέω) : — α  pouring,  esp. 
a  drink-offering,  Lat.  libatio,  such  es- 
pecially as  were  made  to  the  dead, 
{λοιβή  or  στΐονδή  being  that  made  to 
the  gods),  χοην  χείσβαι  νεκνεσσιν, 
Od.  IQ,  518;  11,  26,  where  it  is  mix- 
ed of  honey,  wine  and  water,  poured 
out  at  thrice:  but  this  usage  under- 
went various  changes,  v.  Stanl. 
Aesch.  Pers.  609,  Erf  Soph.  Ant. 
427  : — in  Trag.  always  in  plur.,  χοαί 
(as  in  Hdt.  7,  43) ;  they  use  it  very 
often  (V.  sub  χέω  1. 1),  the  Χοηφόροι 
of  Aesch.  is  so  called  from  the  cho- 
rus being  sent  to  pour  ;^;οαί'  to  the 
shade  of  Agamemnon.  Sometimes 
it  is  taken  for  the  whole  sacrifice  offered 
to  the  dead,  Lat.  inferiae.  Soph.  El. 
406,  Merrick  Tryph.  605  :— it  is  rare- 
ly used  of  any  other  than  funeral  li- 
bations, as  in  Soph.  O.  C.  470. 

Χοήρης,  ες,  gen.  εος,  {χοή,  *άρω  ?) 
furnished  with  drink-offerings  to  the 
dead,  άγγος  χ.,  avesselfilled  therewith, 
Eur.  I.  T.  960. 

^Χόης,  6,  V.  sub  Χοάσπης  1. 

Χοηφόρος,  ον,  offering  χοαί  ίο  the 
dead ;  cf.  χοή. 

Χοΐδιον,  ον,  τό,  contr.  χοίδιον, 
dim.  from  χους,  Lob.  Phryn.  88.  [ί] 

Χο'ίκός,  ή,  όν,  (χονς)  of  rubbish,  of 
earth  or  clay,  like  γήινος,  πήλινος,  Ν. 
Τ. 

Χοινίκη,  ης,  ή,  {χοΐνιξ)ζ=χνόη  : — 
generally,  ayiy  box  or  socket  of  like  kind. 
— II.  asurgical  instrument,  a  cylindri- 
cal borer  with  a  serrated  edge,  a  trepan. — 
2.  a  cave  in  a  rocky  shore,  Strabo.   [vi] 

ΧοινικαΙος,  a,  ov,  holding  or  con- 
taining a  χοινιξ. 

Χοινίκιον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  χοινί- 
κη   [Ζ] 

ΧοινΙκίς,  ίδος,  ή,  =  χοΙνιξ  II.  2, 
Αρρ.  Civ.  4,  30. — 2.  χοινικίδες,  iron 
rings  forming  stands  upon  which  crowns 
rest,  bem.  616,  1  ;  756,8. 

Χοινϊκομέτρης,  ου,  ό,  { χοΐνιξ,  με- 
τρέω)  one  who  measures  ivith  a  χοΐνΐζ, 
as  a  slave's  daily  allowance,  Ath.  272 
B. 

Χοΐνιξ,  ϊκος,  ή,  a  choenix,  a  dry 
measure,  oft.  in  Hdt. :  ace.  to  some, 
=four  κοτνλαι  or  two  sextani,  about 
a  quart  Engl. ;  but  ace.  to  others= 
only  three  κοτνλαι,  about  1^  pint 
Engl. :  (the  former  is  taken  by  Bockh 
Metrol.  Untersuch.  11,  9,  the  latter 
by  Hussey  W.  and  M.  13,  4):  the 
choenix  of  corn  was  one  man's  daily 
allowance,  Hdt.  7,  187 ;  though  it 
was  prob.  the  minimum,  being  what 
slaves  received,  cf  Thuc.  4,  16,  Ath. 
272  B,  (though  the  difference  of 
wheat-meal  and  barley-meal  will 
partly  account  for  different  allow- 
ances, V.  Arnold  Thuc.  1.  c.) :  hence, 
ός  κεν  ίμής  γε  χοΊνικος  άπτηται,  ί.  e. 
whoever  eats  of  my  bread,  Od.  19, 
28.  So  the  proverbs,  επι  χοίνικος 
καθήσθαι,  to  think  only  of  to-day's 
bread,  Ath.  452  E,  cf.  Perizon.  Ael. 
1,  26  ;  and,  κενεάν  άπομόιξαι,  v.  sub 
άπομάσσω  I.  2. — II.  from  the  likeness 
of  shape, — 1.  the  box  or  nave  of  a  wheel, 
χοινίκη,  χνόη,  σνριγξ. — 2.  a  kind  of 
shackle  or  stocks  for  fastening  the  legs 
in,  Ar.  Plut.  276,  Dem.  270,  8 :  cf 


XOIP 

πεντεσνριγγος.  [Draco  indeed  sajs 
that  ί  in  genit.  is  long,  but  all  exam- 
ples are  against  him.  He,  or  his 
transcriber,  seems  to  have  confound- 
ed χοΐνιξ  and  φοίνιξ.] 

Χοιράγχη,  ης,  ή,  =  νάγχη,  So- 
phion. 

'[Χοιράδες,  ων,  αϊ,  the  Choerades, 
rocky  islands  near  Tarentum  in  Low- 
er Italy,  like  our  Hog's-back,  Thuc. 
7,  33  :  v.  χοιρύς. 

Χοφΰδωδης,  ες, like  χοιράδες  {signf. 
U),full  of  them,  Plut.  2,  664  F. 

Χοιράς,  ύόος,  ή,  a  low  rock  just 
rising  above  the  sea,  like  a  hog's  back, 
very  dangerous  to  ships,  Virgil's  dor 
sum  immane  7naris ,  χ.  αμυδρά,  a  sunk- 
en rock.  Archil.  55 ;  χοιράς  πέτρα, 
Pind.  P.  10,  81  ;  cf  μνρμηξ  HI. :— but 
in  Aesch.  Eum.  9,  χ.  Αηλία,  the  De- 
lian  rock,  i.  e.  the  rocky  isle  of  Delos, 
cf.  Eur.  Tro.  89,  t(the  Schol.  and 
some  Comment,  take  it=  Mt.  Cynthus 
in  Delos)t ;  χ.  Σηπιύς,  Id.  Andr. 
1206  ;  χοιράδες,  of  the  Symplegades, 
Theocr.  13,  24. — II.  αϊ  χοφάδες,  the 
glands  of  the  neck  when  swollen  ana 
hardened,  Lat.  scrophulae.  Foes.  Oec. 
Hipp.  :  also  the  scrofula  or  any  scrofu- 
lous induration,  Celsus.  (The  deriv. 
from  χοίρος  is  most  prob.  Signf  II. 
is  usu.  explained  by  the  fact  of  swine 
being  subject  to  glandular  indura- 
tions, but  the  shape  and  hardness  of 
these  are  enough  to  connect  this 
signf  with  signf.  I. : — Passow  prefers 
connecting  it  with  χεράς,  χέ^βος, 
χέρσος,  as  Lat.  scrophula  with  scru- 
pv^,  scrupulus,  rupes.) 

]Χοιρέαι,  ών,  αϊ,  Choereae,  a  place 
in  the  territory  of  Eretria  in  Euboea 
Hdt.  6,  101.     Hence 

iXotρεάτaι,  ών  Ion.  έων,  ol,  the 
Choereatae,  a  Sicyonian  tribe,  Hdt.  5, 
68  :  from  χοίρος,  v.  Miiller  Dor.  3,  4, 

Χοίρειος,  a,  ον,Έρ.χοιρεος  :  (  χοΐ 
ρος)  : — of  a  swine,  κρέα  χοίρεια,  Ar. 
Ran.  338,  Xen.  An.  4,  5,  31  ;  χοίρεα 
(sc.  κρέατα)  hog's-nesh,  Od.  14,  81. 

Χοιρέλάφος,  ov,  ύ,  the  hog-deer,  an 
Indian  species,  Cosmas  Ind. 

Χοίρεος,  a,  ov,  poet,  for  χοίρειος, 

1-  *■•      , 

Χοιρίδιον,  ου.  τό,  dim.  from  χοίρος, 
Ar.  Ach.  521,  806,  sqq.  [pi] 

Χοιρίλος,  ov,  6,  dim.  from  χοίρος  : 
— but  usu.,  a  masc.  pr.  n.,  v.  Nake 
Choeril.  p.  57  :  v.  sq.  [i] 

■^Χοιρίλος,  ov,  6,  (v.  foreg.)  Choeri- 
lus,  a  poet  of  Athens,  Pans.  1,  14• 
etc. — 2.  an  Elean,  victor  at  the  Olym 
pic  games.  Id.  6,  17,  5. 

Χοιρίνας  (sc.  πλακονς),  b,  a  kind 
of  cake,  formed  like  γλυκίνας,  τνρα 
κίνας,  Meineke  Com.  Fr.  3,  p.  641. 

Χοίρινη,  ης,  ή,  a  .small  sea-miiscle> 
used  by  the  Athenian  dicasts  in  vo 
tinir,  perh.  the  porrelain-shell,  Ar.  Eq 
1332  ;  cf.  Vesp.  333,  349,  Poll.  8,  16, 

ID 

Χοίρινος,  η,  ov,= χοίρε  ιος. 

Χοιρίον,  ον,  τό,  dim.  from  χοίρος, 
α  little  pig,  Ar.  Ach.  740,  etc.  ;  cf. 
μνστικύς. — II.  dim.  from  χοίρος  II, 
Ar.  Vesp.  1353. 

Χοίριος,  a,  ov,  also  ος,  ov,  =  χοί- 
ρειος. 

Χοιρίσκος,  ov,  ό,  dim.  from  χοίρος, 
Luc.  D.  Meretr.  7. 

Χοιροβοσκός,  ov,  6,  a  swine-herd. 

Χοφόγρνλλος,  ov,  ό,  {  χοίρος, 
γρνλλος  )  the  porcupine  or  hedgehog, 
LXX. :  elsewh.  άκανθόχοιρος,  εχι- 
νος  χερσαίος,  νστριξ, — but  the  an 
cient  accounts  of  the  animal  do  not 
agree. 

Χοφόθλιώ,  ϊβος,  ύ,  ή,  {χοίρος  II, 
1665 


ΧΟΛΑ 

Θ7ύ3ω)   sensu   obscoeno,   Ar.  Vesp. 
1364. 

Χοιροκομεϊον.  ov,  ro,  (  χοίρος,  κο- 
uio))  a  sort  oi  wattled  fence  for  keeping 
sivine  iti,  a  pig-sty,  Ar.  Vesp.  844. — II. 
like  χοιρόσακος  atid  χοιροτροώεΐον 
i\,  a  bandage  used  by  females,  Ar.  Lys. 
1073 :  also  φνλαξ,  φυλάκειον,  σφεν- 
δόνη. 

Χοιροκτόνος,  ov,  ( χοίρος,  κτείνω) 
slaying  swine. — II.  proparox.  γοίρό/iro- 
νος,  pass,  καθαρμός  χ.,  pviritication  by 
the  sacrifice  of  swine.  Aesch.  Eum. 
283 ;  so,  αίμα  χ.,  blood  of  a  slain 
swine,  Aesch.  Fr.  329  ;  ct.  Miiller 
Eumen.  ^  59. 

Χοίρομύνδριον,  ov,  τύ,  a  hog-sty. 
Χοιροτνιθηκος,  ου,  6,  ( χηΐρος.  πί- 
θηκος) an  ape  with  a  hog's  snout,  Arist. 
H.  A.  2,  11,2.  [i] 

Χοιροκολέο,  ώ,  to  sell  swine. — II. 
of  harlots,  to  sell  or  prostitute  the  per- 
son. Pint. :  from 

Χοιροπώ?.7ΐς,  Dor.  -πώλας,  ov,  6, 
( χοίρος,  ττω'λέω )  α  dealer  in  swine, 
Ar.  Ach.  818,  Fr.  485. 

ΧΟΓΡΟΣ,  01',  0,  strictly,  a  young 
.iwine,  pig,  like  Lat.  porcus,  Od.  14, 
73,  elsewh.  όέΆφαξ :  then,  generally, 
like  νς,  συς.  a  swine,  hog, pig;  in  later 
poets,  also  ή  χοίρος,  Hippon.  22,  and 
so  in  Soph.  Fr.  217,  Ar.  Ach.  7G4, 
sqq. — II.  like  porous  in  Varro  R.  R. 
2,  4,  10,  of  the  pudenda  muliebria,  freq. 
in  comic  poets,  who  are  always  pun- 
ning on  the  word  and  its  compds., 
Ar.  Ach.  774,  etc.  (The  two  signi- 
fications of  χοΐοος  may  be  compared 
with  the  French  hure  dc  sanglier  and 
the  German  Hure  {whore).  The  re- 
semblance of  the  ancient  words  to 
the  modern,  and  of  the  modern  to 
one  another,  is  at  least  curious.) 

tXoipof,  ov,  6,  Choenis,  father  of 
Smicythus,  Hdt.  7,  170;  Paus.  5, 
26,  5. 

Χοιρόσάκος,  ov,  6,  =χοιροκομεΙον 
II. 

Χοιροσπέλεθος,  ov,  ό,  hog's-dung, 
Paul.  Aeg. 

Χοιροστρόφιον,  v.  χοιροτροφεΐον. 
Χοιροσφύγεϊον,    ov,    τό,   the  place 
where  a  suine  is  slaughtered. 

Χοιροσφάγος,  ov,  hilling  swine,  [u] 

Χοιροτροφεΐον,    ου,    τό,    (χοίρος, 

τρέφω)  α  place  for  keeping  swine  in,  a 

pig-sty.  —  11.  =  χοιροκομεϊον  II,  He- 

sych.,  ubi  al.  χοιροστρόφιον. 

Χοιροι}'ά?.ας,  ύ.  Dor.  for  χοφοφά- 
7.ης,=χοιρόθλιιρ,  epith.  of  Bacchus, 
Clem.  Al.  [ψΰ] 

Χοιρώδεια,  ας,  τ),  like  νωδία,  swi- 
nishness, filthiness. 

Χοιρώδιις,  ες,  like  swine,  swinish, 
hoggish. 

Χολάγωγός,  όν,  carrying  off  bile. 
Χο'λαίνω,^=χολύω,  Aesop. 
Χολαιος,  a,  ov,  (χο/.ή)  biliary,  of  οτ 
belonging  to  bile. 

ίΧύλαργος,  ov,  6,  Cholargus,  an 
Attic  deme  belonging  to  the  tribe 
Acamantis  ;  hence  Χολαργεΰς,  έως, 
ό,  one  of  (the  deme)  Cholargus,  a 
Cholargian,  Ar.  Ach.  855. 

Χο'λύς,  άδος,  ή,  usu.  in  plur.  al 
χο'/ίάδες,  the  bowels,  guts,  like  έντερα, 
11.  4,  526;  21,  181,  Η.  Merc.  123,  and 
Anth. : — in  Ath.,  we  find  also  plur. 
χολ?Μδες,  Meineke  Menand.  p.  11  ; 
and  χολικές.  Lob.  Phryn.  310. — II. 
in  sing.,  the  part  between  the  νττοχόν- 
δριον  and  Άαγών,  Arist.  Η.  A.  1, 
13,1. 

Χο7.άφινος,  η,  ov,  {χο7:ή)  bile-col- 
ourrd,  dub. 

Χολάω,  ώ,  (χοΐή)  like  μελαγχο- 
7mij,  to  be  full  of  black  bile,  to  be  mel- 
ancholy mad,  Ar.  Nub.  833;  of.  Mei- 
1666 


ΧΟΛΛ 

neke  Com.  Fr.  3,  p.  158. — II.  later 
also  =  χο?ιόομαι,  to  be  angry,  rage, 
Kic.  Th.  140,  Mosch.  1,  10,  Diog.  L. 
9,  66. 

Χο?.έδρα,  ας,  ?/,=xo?Jpa  II,  very 
dub. 

Χο7.εμεσία,  ας,  ή,  worse  form  for 
χο'λίΐμεσία. 

Χολεμετέω,  ώ,  worse  form  for  χο- 
1ΐ]μετεω,  Lob.  Phryn.  706. 

Χολέρα,  ας,  or  χολερά,  ΰς,  (Lob. 
Para).  355),  ή,  the  cholera,  a  disease 
in  which  the  humours  of  the  botly 
(  γολί/,  Lat.  bitis)  are  violently  dis- 
charged by  vomiting  and  stool,  Are- 
tae. :  whereas  the  ξηρά  χο?.έρα  is  an 
obstinate  obstruction,  v.  Foes.  Oec. 
Hipp.  (We  have  taken  the  deriv. 
from  χολή:  but  Alex.  Trail,  makes 
it  a  metaph.  word  from  χολίρα,  the 
gutter  of  a  roof  down  which  the  rain 
IS  discharged,  which  signf.  is  also 
given  by  Hesych.  ;  cf.  διαβήτης.) 
Hence 

Χολεριάω,  ώ,  to  haire  the  cholera, 
Plut.  2,  974  B. 

Χο?ιερικύς,  ή,  όν,  (χο7ιέρη)  belong- 
ing to  the  cholera,  svffering  or  labouring 
tinder  it,  Plut.  2,  831  A.  Adv.  -κώς, 
hence  χ.  7.ηφθήναι,  to  be  attacked  by 
cholera,  Diog.  L.  6,  76. 

Χο7.ερώδης,  ες,  ( χολέρα,  είδος)  of 
the  nature  of  cholera.  Foes.  Oec.  Hipp. 

XOAH',  7/ς,  ή,^χύλος,  gall,  bile, 
Lat.  bilis,  first  in  Archil.  48,  Aesch. 
Pr.  495,  Thuc.  2,  49,  etc  ;  v.  Foes. 
Oec.  Hipp. :  r.  μέλαινα,  black,  i.  e. 
diseased  bile.  Ibid.: — proverb.,  ττικραν 
χο7.ήν  κλίκονσι  φαρμάκφ  πικρώ. 
Soph.  Fr.  733  :  but  pi.  χο7Μί,  the  gall- 
bladder. Soph.  Ant.  lO'lO ;  called  δο- 
χαι  χολής,  in  Eur.  El.  828. — II.  me- 
taph., like  Lat.  bilis, bitter anger,wrath, 
bitterness,  Aesch.  Ag.  1660  ;  tj  δοκείς 
γνναιξϊν  ov  χο7ι.7ΐν  ενεΐναι,  Ar.  Lys. 
464  ;  ονδεις  χολΐ]ν  ονδ'  opyi/v  έχων 
φανήσεται,  Dem.  778,  8:-- -esp.  of 
disgust  or  aversion,  ττάνν  εστί  μοι  χο- 
λίή,  it  is  sickening  to  me,  makes  me 
sick,  Ar.  Ran.  4  ;  χολή  έττιζεϊ,  the  bile 
boils  over.  Id.  Thesm.  468  ;  χο7.ήν  κι- 
νεϊν  τινι,  to  stir  any  one's  bile.  Id.  Vesp. 
403  : — XO?.y  ά7.είφειν,  proverb,  oi  giv- 
ing one  a  disgust  for  a  thing,  from  the 
custom  of  mothers  putting  gall  to 
the  nipple  when  the  child  was  to  be 
weaned,  Diphil.  Σννωρ.  2. — Χολή  is 
rare  in  prose,  except  in  the  physical 
sense  of  bile  :  cf.  χόλος. 

Χο7~ήβαφος,  ov,  bile-coloured,  dub. 

Χοληγικύς.  ή,  όν,  belonging  to  the 
carrying  off  of  bile, \ery  dub.  l.in  Hipp., 
for  which  χο7.ηγαγικός  is  proposed, 
V.  Foes.  Oecon. :  from 

Χο7ιηγός,  όν,  {χο7ιή,  άγω)  carrying 
off  bile. 

Χο7.ηδόχος,  ov,  (χο7ι,ή,  δέχομαι  ) 
containing  bile,  Lob.  Phryn.  635. 

Χολημεσία,  ας,  ή,  a  vomiting  of 
bile. 

Χολημετέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  vomit  bile. 

Χολίκίον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  χόλιξ, 
Theophr.  Char.  9. 

Χο7λκογ,  ή,  όν,  {\ο7•.ογ)  bilious,  Plut. 
2,  101  C. 

ΧΟΆΙΞ,  Ικος,  ή,  later  ό  (Lob. 
Phryn.  310),  usu.  in  plur.  χολικές, 
like  χοΑάδες,  the  guts  or  bowels  of  ox- 
en, tripc,  Ar.  Fr.  52  (ap.  Amnion,  s.v.); 
χόλίκες  βοός,  Pherecr.  Μρταλλ.  1, 
13  ;  χολικές  έφϋαί,  Ar.  Pac.  717  ;  but 
also  in  sing.,  Ar.  Eq.  1175: — for  κρό- 
κης χό7Λξ,  cf.  sub  κρόκη. 

Χολίον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  χο7ά/,  Μ. 
Anton.  6,  57. 

Χ()?.ιος,  a,  ov,  also  ος,  ov,  (χόλος) 
raging,  angry,  Anth.  P.  9,  1G5. 

Χο7.7Λς,  ύδος,  ή,  v.  χολάς. 


ΧΟΑΩ 

ίΧο7.7ύδης  or  Χο7.λείδης,  ov,  ο,  of 
(the  deme)  Χολ7.εϊδαι  or  Χηλλιδηι 
(Chollidai),  an  Attic  tieine  of  ihe  tribe 
Leontis  or  ace.  to  others  Acamantis, 
Ar.  Ach.  406. 

Χολοβΰώής,  ες,  gen.  έος,  (χόλος, 
βύπτω)  dipt  in  gall  or  bile,  tinged  there- 
with ;  hence,  greenish  yellow,  yellow. 
Hence 

Χολοβύφΐνος,  η,  ov,  of  a  yellow- 
colour,  Anst.  Soph.  El.  1,  2. 

Χυλοδόχος.  ον,=χοληδόχος. 

Χο7.οειύ//ς,  ές,  (χό/Μς,  είδος)  like 
bile,  bilious,  Nic.  Th.  435. 

Χο7.οεις,  εσσα,  εν,  (χό7ίθς)  bilious, 
bitter,  JNic.  ΑΙ.  12,  17,  Opp.  C.  1,  381. 

-^Χολοζύγης,  ό,  comic  appell.  of  the 
statesman  Demosthenes  in  Athene, 
formed  from  χόλος  alter  Βονζνγης, 
Ar.  Lys.  .397. 

Χολ.οίβάφος,  ov,  poet,  for  χολοβα- 
φής,  Nic.  Th.  444. 

Χολοιβόρος,  ov,  (χόλ.ος,  βορά)  eat- 
ing or  corroding  like  bile,  Nic.  Th.  593  ; 
cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  648. 

Χο7.οτΓθΐός,  ()V,  producing  bile. 

ΧΟΆΟΣ,  ov,  ό,  \\kiixo7^^,gaU,  bile, 
11.  2,  241  ;  χό7.ω  σ'  upa  έτρεφε  μήτηρ, 
11.  16,  203:  later,  this  signf.  was  al- 
most confined  to χο7ιή : — metaph.,  ;j;6- 
7ιος  μόχθων,  the  bitterness  of  suftering, 
Aesch.  Pr.  313. — II.  nsu.  bitter  anger, 
wrath,  very  freq.  in  Hom.,  and  Hes., 
so  in  Hdt., etc. :  χόλοςλαμβύνει  τινά, 
11.  16,  30  ;  χόλον  καταττέι}>αι,  πέσσειν 
(ν.  sub  καταπέσσω,  etc.) ;  so,  χόλον 
σβέσαι,  ττανσαι,  εάν,  etc.,  Hom.  ;  χό• 
7ίθς  έμπεσε  θυμώ,  11.  9,  436  ;  χ.  έχει 
θνμόν,  lb.  C75  ;  έριδος  χόλος,  angry 
strife,  Solon  15,  38  ;  χόλον  ίνέχειν 
τινί,  Hdt.  1,  118;  6,  119;  8,  27  :—;^;. 
τινός  (gen.  subjecti),  a  person's  rage, 
Od.  3,145,  etc. ;  but  joAof  τινός  (gen. 
objecti),  anger  towards  any  one,  also 
χυλός  τινί,  Η.  Hom.  Cer.  351,  410,  cf. 
Schaf.  ad  Pors.  Phoen.  948,  Id.  H.  F. 
840  :  but  again  χόλος  τινός  (gen.  rei), 
anger  for,  because  of  a  thing,  Soph. 
Phil.  327,  Tr.  2G8.— Χόλος  is  the  old- 
er and  poet,  form  (cf.  χολή) ;  but  in 
prose,  only  used  by  Hdt.,  and  by  late 
writers,  as  Luc.  Amor.  2.  (Akin  to 
χώομαι  and  κότος.)     Hence 

Χϋλόω,  ώ,  t.  -ώσω,  to  stir  one's  gall 
or  bile,  i.  e.  7nake  hull  angry,  embitter, 
anger  him,  c.  acc.  pers.,  II.  1,  78  ;  18, 
Hi,  Od.  8,  205,  etc. ;  χ.  τινά  τινι,  to 
anger  one  by  a  thing,  Soph.  Tr.  1035. 
— il.  mid.  and  pass,  χολόομαι,  contr. 
χολονμαι,  f.  χυ7.ώσομαι,  in  Hom. 
more  freq.  κεχολώσομαι :  aor.  mid. 
έχο/ίωσάμην  :  pf.  pass.  κεχό7.ωμαι : 
aor.  pass,  έχολωθην :  Hom.  mostly 
uses  the  aor.  1  mid.  and  pass.,  and  pf. 
pass.,  and  this  mostly  in  part,  κεχο- 
λωμένος : — to  have  one's  bile  stirred,  be 
angered  or  embittered,  τινί,  at  any  one, 
very  freq.  in  Hom.,  who  oft.  adds  κη- 
ρόθι,  θνμώ,  ενι  φρεσί,  φρένα,  ήτορ, 
etc. ;  so  in  Hes.,  and  Hdt.  8,  31 :  κε- 
χολωμένος  τινί,  angry  at  or  luith  a  per- 
son, 11.  1,  9,  etc.  :  but,  κεχο/.ωμένος' 
τινός,  angry  for  or  because  of  a  person 
or  thing,  II.  11,  703;  13,  660,  Od.  1, 
69,  etc. ;  so,  δπλ.ων  χολωβείς,  Pind. 
Ν.  7,  37  ; — in  full,  εϊνεκα  νίκης,  Od. 
11.  544;  also  άμφί  τινι,  11.  23,  88, 
Pind.  Ν.  10,  111  ;  E/c  τίνος,  II.  9,  566  : 
— rare  in  Trag.. — χολ.ώσεται.  Eur. 
Tro.  730  ;  χολωθείς.  Soph.  Ant.  1235, 
Phil.  374,  Eur.  Ale.  5.  Also  in  late 
prose,  as  Plut.  2,  461  C,  etc.— Cf.  χώ- 
ομαι. 

Χο7ιώδης,  ες,  contr.  for  χο?,οειδής. 
Plat.  Tim.  71  B,  86  E. 

Χολωσέμεν,  Ep.  for  χο7.ώσειν,  inf. 
Alt.  act.  from  χο7.όω,  II. 

Χο7.ωτός,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from  χο- 


ΧΟΝΔ 

?.όο),  angry,  wrathful,  χο?ιωτοΐσιν  έ~έ• 
εσσιν,  II.  4,  241,  Od.  22,  2β,  etc. 

Χονδρύκαΐ'βος,  ον,  {χόνδρος,  άκαν- 
θα) with,  gristly  bones,  epith.  ot  the  σε- 
λάχη,  Arist.  Η.  Α.  3,  7,  10,  etc. 

^ονόρεϊον,  ον,  τό,  =  χονδροκο- 
ττεϊον.  Lob.  Phryn.  310. 

Χ.οι•όμενω,  {χόνδρος)  to  make  groats, 
give  the  shape  of  groats. — II,  to  make 
into  gristle,  Hesych. 

'K.ovopidu,  ώ,  (χόνδρος)  to  be  of  the 
shape  of  a  groat,  DlOSC. —  II.  to  be  gris- 
tly or  cartilaginous:  generally,  to  be 
lough  or  hard,  Hipp. 

^ονδρί?.?.η,  ης,  ή,  a  plant  which  ex- 
udes a  gum,  Diosc.  :  also  χύνδρυΆλα^ 
ij,  Schneid.  Tlieophr.  H.  PI.  7,  11,  4. 

Χονδρί/.βς,  Oil,  a,  written  also  χον- 
όρίβος .' — άρτος  χ. ,  α  kind  of  coarse 
bread,  ammunition-bread. 

Χόνόρϊνος,  η,  ον,  (χόνδρος)  made 
of  groats,  like  χονδρίτης,  Archestr. 
ap.  Ath.  112.^ 

Χονδρών,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  χόν- 
δρος. 

Χονδρίτης,  ου,  ό,  fern.  -Ιτίς,  ιδος, 
(χόνδρος)  made  of  groats,  άρτος,  Ath. 
115  D.  —  II.  of  the  shape  or  size  of 
groats. 

Χονδροβολέω,  ύ,  f.  -ησω,  to  inlay  a 
floor  with  small  stones  :  and 

Χονδροβολία,  ας,  η,  a  flxtor  inlaid 
with  small  stones,  a  mosaic  or  tessellated 
pavement,  Lat.  opus  tessellatum  or  spi- 
catum:  hence,  χονδρό  3ολίας  έδαφος, 
Lat.  pavimentum  :  Iroin 

Χονδροβά/.ος,  ον,  (χόνδρος,  βά?Λω) 
inlaying  with  small  siones. 

ΧονδροκοττεΙον,  ον,  τό,  a  place  where 
χόνδροι  are  made,  mill  for  making 
groats.  Lob.  Phryn.  310. 

Χονδροκοπία,  ας,  ή,  and  χονδροκό- 
πων,  ου,  ro,=foreg. 

Χονδρονενρώδης,  ες. (χόνδρος,  νεϋ- 
ρον,  είδος)  of  gristly  nature  or  quality, 
Hipp.  p.  842. 

ΧονόροτΓΤΪσάνη,  ης,  ή,  a  thin  gruel 
of  groats  as  a  drink  for  sick  persons. 
Foes.  Oec.  Hipp.  s.  v.  χόνδρος,  [ώ] 

Χόνδρος,  ου,  ό,  α  corn,  grain,  groat, 
any  small,  roundish  mass,  Lat.  gra- 
num,  mica,  grumus,  ά/,όζ"  χόνδροι, 
lumps  of  salt,  Hdt.  4,  181,  185,  Ar. 
Ach.  521  ( where  Elmsl.  χόνδρους 
άλας.  in  which  case^  is  an  adj.,  opp. 
to  /.ετττοί  άλες,  of.  Arist.  Meteor.  2. 
3,  37,  Phoenix  ap.  Ath.  359  E.— only 
it  should  then  be  written  o.xyt..  χον- 
δρούς άλας) : — λιβάνου  χ.,  grains  of 
frankincense  and  the  like,  Diosc, 
etc.,  Pliny's  thuris  manna;  cf  Foes. 
Oec.  Hipp. — 2.  esp.  wheat-groats,  also 
groats  of  spelt,  the  alica  ot  far  of  the 
Romans,  χόνδ.  ^Ιεγαρικός,  θετταλι- 
κός,  Antiph.  \\ντει.  I,  2.  Alex.  Πο- 
νηρ.  6  ;  cf.  Arist.  Probl.  21,  21,  Polyb. 
12,  2,  5  : — in  late  Greek  also  άλιξ. — 
3.  a  mucilaginous  drink  made  from 
groats  of  wheat  or  spelt,  a  kind  of  πτι- 
σάνη  or  gruel  (cf.  χονδρο—τισάνη), 
Ar.  Fr.  10,  364  ;  cf.  Foes,  ut  supra  : 
hence  proverb,  of  an  old  man,  χόν- 
όρον  /.είχειν,  Ar.  Vesp.  737.  —  II. 
^nifZe,"Lat.  cartilage,  Arist.  H.  A.  3, 
8,  1 . — 2.  esp.  the  cartilage  of  the  breast, 
which  ends  the  breast-bone  in  front 
between  the  false  ribs,  and  above  the 
navel,  Nic.  Al.  123;  —  technically 
called  χόνδρος  ζιφοειδής,  Lat.  carti- 
logo  ensfermis.  Foes,  ut  supra ;  (hence, 
νποχόνδριον,  τό,  q.  v.)  : — also  the  car- 
tilage of  the  nose  ;  that  at  the  head  of 
the  wind-pipe  ;  etc.  :  χ.  ώ?ίενίτης,  the 
shoulder-blade,Lyc.l55.— The  second 
signf.  is  explained  from  the  while  ins- 
cous  appearaice  of  gristle,  which  is 
sometimes  like  groats  when  washed. 

Χονδρός,  ά,  όν,  like  groats,  Arist. 


ΧΟΡΔ 

Probl.  21,  9  ;  χονδροί  αλες,  gramdar 
salt,  (v.  foreg.  1.  1). 

Χονδρότνπος,  ον,  (χόνδρος,  τύπτω) 
foryned  like  a  cartilage,  cartilaginous, 
Anst.  H.  A.  9,  22,  2. 

Χονδροφνής,  ες,  (χόνδρος,  (j)V^)like 
groats. — II.  cartilaginous, gristly ,Μ.Ά\.Χ0 
ap.  Ath.  135  B. 

Χόνδρυλ'/Μ,  ή,  a  plant,  cf  χονδμί?^- 
?.η. 

Χονδρώδης,  ες,  (χόνδρος,  είδης)  like 
groats.  —  ]Ι.  like  gristle,  cartilaginous, 
Arist.  Η.  Α.  1,  12,  1  ;  IG,  13.  etc. 

Χόνος  or  χόννος,  ον,  ό,  Cretan 
word  for  a  copper  cup,  Hennonax  ap. 
Ath.  502  B. 

iXovoΰ<ρις,  ιδος,  ό,  Chonupkis, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Diog.  L.  8,  90. 

Χοοττότης,  ον,  ό,  one  who  drinks  a 
whole  χόος,  a  great  drinker. 

Xoof,  contr.  γοί'ί•(Α),ό  ; — declined 
sometimes  like  ιίονς,  gen.  χοός,  dat. 
χοΐ,  ace.  χουν :  plur.  χύες,  χυυσέ, 
χόας ; — sometimes  like  νανς,  gen. 
χοώς,  ace.  χοα  [ΰ],  as  Elmsl.  Ar.  Ach. 
1013  (1000),  and  now  Diiid.  write 
these  forms,  v.  ad  Ar.  Pac.  5Ά7  : — the 
Gramm.  refer  this  latter  declens.  to  a 
supposed  nom.  χυενς,  and  write  the 
gen.  χοώς,  ace.  sing,  and  pi.  χοά, 
χοάς,  cf.  Lob.  Paral.  233,  Buttm. 
Ausf  Gr.  <j  58,  sub  v. : — (χέω).  Λ 
liquid  measure,  i\\e  Lat.  coiigius,^\2 
κοτν/,αι,  or  6  sextarii,  about  3  quarts, 
freq.  in  Ar. :  χόες  βα'/.ύττης,  like  μέ- 
τρα βα/:άττης,  proverb,  of  attempts 
to  measure  the  immeasurable,  Heind. 
and  Stallb.  Plat.  Theaet.  173  E.— 2. 
οι  Χόες.  the  Pitcher-feast,  the  second 
day  of  the  Athenian  Anthestena,  on 
the  twelfth  day  of  Anthesterion,  Ar. 
Ach.  961,  1076,  1211.  — II.  a  corn- 
mea.s\ire,= χοΐνιξ. — 11ί.=χεΐ'μα  3. 

Χόος,  usu.  contr.  χονς  (Η),  ό  .—de- 
clined like  βονς,  gen.  χοός,  dat.  χοΐ, 
ace.  χουν,  (χέω) : — a  bank,  mound  of 
earth,  earth  dug,  thrown  or  heaped  up, 
like  χώμα,  6  χους  ό  έξορνχθεις,  Hdt. 
2,  150 ;  7,  23 :  also,  alluvial  earth, 
Theophr.  —  Strabo  uses  it  as  fem.  ή 
χονς:  but  in  Nic.  Th.  103  ή  χόος  is 
interpreted  by  σταγών,  expressed  oil 
of  roses. 

Χοράγιον,  χοράγός.  Dor.  and  Att. 
for  χορηγ-,  q.  y. 

^Χυραζίν,  ή,  Chorazin,  a  city  of 
Galilee,  N.  T. 

iXopάσμιoι,  ων,  οι,  =  Χωράσμιοί, 
Ath.  706  Β. 

Χοραν/ιέω,  ώ,  to  accompany  the  cho- 
rus on  the  flute,  prob.  1.  Strab.  p.  796 : 
from 

ΧορανΑης,  ην.  ό,  (χορός,  ανλέω)  α 
chorus  flute-player :  hence,  one  ttho 
accompanies  a  chorus  on  the  flute  : — one 
who  keeps  a  chorus  of  his  oun  and  plays 
with  it  himself,  Anth.  P.  11,  11. 

Χορδάριον,  ον,  τό,  dim.  from  χορ- 
δή. Alex.Xeucad.  1.  [ά] 

Χόρδαιρος,  ον,  or  χορδαψός,  ον, 
(Lob.  Paral.  333),  ό  : — α  disease  in  the 
great  guts  (the  same  as  ειλεός  in  the 
small  ones) :  ace.  to  Aretae.  from 
χορδή  and  i\pu  ;  ace.  to  others  from 
χορδή    and    a— τω,    cf    Foes.    Oec. 

Χύρδενμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  making  of 
snusnses:  a  sausage  or  black-pudding, 
Ar.  Eq.  315:  from 

Χορδενω,  to  make  sausages  :  met- 
aph.,  χ.  Tu  rrpuyiaTa.  to  chop  up, 
make  mince-meat  cf  state-affairs,  Ar. 
Eq.  214;  cf  καταχορδενω  :  from 

Χορδή,  ης,  ή,  a  string  of  gut,  the 
string  or  chord  of  a  lyre,  etc.,  Lat. 
chorda.  Od.  21.  407,  H.  Merc.  51  ;  tv 
Αίολίδεσσι  χορδαϊς,  Pind.  P.  2,  128  ; 
and  Trag. :  metaph.,  κινούσα  χορδάς 


ΧΟΡΕ 

τας  ακίνητους  Φρενών,  ap.  Plut.  2, 
43  Ε  ;  χορδή  οξυτάτη  και  βαρύτατη, 
Plat.  Phaedr.  268  D  ;  (cf.  νεάτη,  με 
ση,  ντϊάτη)  : — also  α  bow-string,  Batr. 
225.  —  II.  later,  a  sausage,  like  χόρ- 
δενμα,  Ar.  Ach.  1119,  Nub.  454:  he 
puns  on  the  two  senses  in  Ran. 
339. 

'\Χορδίραζα,  ων,  τά,  Chordiraza,  a 
city  ot  theMygdonesinMesopotamia, 
Strab.  p.  747. 

Χορδο/.ο}έω,  ώ,  f.  •ήσω,  to  touch 
the  strings  belore  playing,  Plut.  2, 
87  F. 

Χορδο-οιέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  ίο  make 
strings  of  gut. 

Χηρδο~οιΐα,  ας,  ή,  a  making  strings 
of  gut,  the  trade  of  a  string-maker  for 
musical  instruments :  and 

Χορδοποιικός,  ή,  όν,  of.  belonging 
to  string  making,  fit  for  making  strings 

tor  musical  instruments:  from 

Χορδοποιός,  όν,  (χορδή,  ττοιέω) 
making  strings  for  musical  instruments, 
a  string-maker. 

Χορδο~ώ7..ης,  ον,  ή, (χορδή,  τϊω?ι.έω) 
α  dcatrr  in  struigs,  Critias  57. 

Χορδοστροφία,  ας.  ή,  α  twisting  of 
strings. — II.  strings  of  twisted  gut,  Ael. 
N,  A.  17,  6:  from 

Χορδοστρόφος,  ον,  (χορδή,  στρέφω) 
twisting  gut  for  strings  :  a  twister  of 
strings. 

Χορδοτονία,  ας,  ή,  a  stretchnig,  ten- 
sion if  strings :  from 

Χορδοτόνος,  ον,  (  χορδή,  τείνω ) 
stretching  or  tightening  strings  :  hence, 
TO  χ.  seems  to  be  that  part  of  the  in- 
strument where  the  strings  arc  strained 
or  screwed,  Arist.  Audib.  51. — II.  pro- 
parox.  χορδότονος,  ον,  pass.,  stretched 
with  strings,  strung,  λνρα,  Soph.  Fr. 
232. 

Χορεία,  ας,  ή,  (χορεύω)  a  dancing, 
esp.  with  joy. — 2.  the  choral  (or  round) 
dance,  and  music,  Pratin.  ap.  Ath.  617 
F,  Eur.  Phoen.  1265  ;  χ.  ενκνκλος, 
Ar.  Thesm.  968  ;  χορεία  όρχησίς  τε 
και  ωδή  τό  ξννο/.όν  εστί.  Plat.  Legg. 

654  Β. 

Χορεϊον,  ου,  τό,  α  dancing-place  : 
strictly  neut.  from 

Χορείος,  a,  ον,  (χορός)  of.  belonging 
to  a  chorus  or  a  dance. — II.  in  metre,  ό 
χορείος  (sc.  ττούς),  =  τροχαίος,  or 
sometimes  τρίβραχνς. 

Χόρενμα,  ατός,  τό,  (χορενω)  α 
choral  dance,  Pratin.  ap.  Ath.  617  C, 
Eur.  Phoen.  655,  etc.,  Plat.  Legg, 

655  C. 

Χόρενσις,  εως,  η,  a  dancing. 

Χορευτέον,  verb.  adj.  from  χορενω, 
one  must  lead  the  choral  dances,  one 
must  dance.  Eur.  Bacch.  324. 

XopevTijc.  ov,  b,  (χορενω)  a  choral 
dancer,  Piiid.  P.  12,  48,  Fr.  67,  Ar. 
Ach.  443.  etc. ;  τιι  εττινίκια  εβνεν  αυ- 
τός τε  και  οι  χορινταί.  Plat.  Svmp. 
173  A,  cf.  Rep.  373  Β  :—  metaph., 
θεού  χ.,  the  devoted  follower  of  a  god. 
Id.  Phaedr.  252  D:  fem.  χορεντις, 
ιδος.  Call.  Del.  .306.     Hence 

Χορευτικός,  ή,  όν,  able  or  disposed 
to  dance,  Ael.  N.  A.  2,  11. 

Χορενω  :  fat.  χυρενσω,  but  also ;^o- 
ρενσομαι,  Aesch.  Ag.  31,  cf.  Seidl. 
Eur.  El.  870  (875) ;  and  an  aor.  rnid. 
χορενσασθε,  Ar.  Thesm.  103 :  (χοβός). 
To  dance  a  round  or  choral  dance,  Pind. 
Fr.  82,  Soph.  Aj.  701,  etc.  :  to  forma 
chorus,  perform  its  part  and  office,  in 
honour  of  the  gods.  Soph.  O.  T.  896  : 
to  be  one  of  a  chorus,  Ar.  Ran.  388, 
Dem.  315,  8:  —  c.  ace.  cognato,  jo- 
ρείης  χορ.,  Plat.  Legg.  942  D;  φροί- 
μιην  χορενσομαι,  I  will  dance  a  pre- 
lude (of  festivities),  Aesch.  Ag.  31 ; 
hence  in  pass.,  κεχόρευται  ήμϊν,  our 
1667 


ΧΟΡΗ 

part  is  played,  Ar.  Nub.  fin. — 2.  gene- 
rally, to  dance,  esp.  from  joy,  Ar.  Plul. 
288,  761  ;  αντώτώ  σκέλη  χομενετοί), 
Id.  Pac.  325  :  hence,  lo  7>iake  merry, 
keep  holiday,  Hdl.  1,  191. — 3.  metaph., 
to  dance  in  the  chorus,  hence  to  practise 
a  thing,  be  versed  in  it,  tv  tlvi.  Plat. 
Theaet.  173  C,  cf.  Legg.  G5t  13.— 11. 
trans.,  to  celebrate  in  chorus,  Φοί,βον, 
Find.  I.  1,  7,  cf.  Soph.  Ant.  1153, 
Eur.  H.  F.  686  ; — and,  in  pass.,  to  be 
celebrated  in  chorus,  προς  ημών,  Soph. 
Ο.  Τ.  1095;  cf  Eur.  Ion  163:  — ;ί;. 
τονς  ΰγώρας,  to  celebrate  the  games, 
etc.,  Polyb.  4,  20,  9  : — τα  χυμενθίντα, 
things  represented  in  mimic  dance.  Plat. 
Legg.  655  D. — 2.  to  set  one  α  dancing, 
to  rouse,  wake  to  the  dance,  τινά,  Eur. 
H.  F.  686  :  so,  πόδα  χορεύειν,  Anth. 
P.  11,  33.  _ 

i  \ομζηνή,  ης,  ή,  Chorzene,  a  district 
of  Armenia,  Strab.  p.  528. 

ΧορηγεΙον,  ου,  τύ,  =  χορήγιον, 
Epicn.  p.  6. 

Χορηγέτης,  ov,  ό^=χορηγός,  Iambi. 

Χομηγέω,  ώ,  Dor.  -ύγέω  :  f.  -ήσω 
^χορηγός) : — to  lead  a  chorus,  c.  dat. 
pers.,  Plat.  Gorg.  482  C  (cf  signf  11) ; 
but  also  c.  gen.,  Id.  Legg.  654  A  : 
hence, — 2.  to  take  or  have  the  lead  of 
or  in  a  matter,  c.  gen.,  χ.  τυϋ  λόγου, 
Heind.  Plat.  Theaet.  179  D.— 11.  in 
Att.,  mostly,  of  the  χορηγός  at  the 
public  feasts,  to  defray  the  cost  of  bring- 
ing out  a  chorus,  χορηγών  Ατ/ναια,  Ar. 
Ach.  1155,  cf  Antipho  117.  32;  138, 
27,  etc. ;  χ.  natal  Αιοννσια,  Dem. 
535, 12  ;  χ.  άνδράσι  ές  Αίονύσία,  Lys. 
161,  38;  χ.  κωμφδοϊς,  'Π'υόβιχισταϊς, 
Id.  162,  2,  4  :— metaph.,  χ.  ταΐς  σεαν- 
τον  ήδοναΐς,  Aeschin.  88,  12  : — pass., 
to  have  choragi  found  for  one,  χορηγού- 
CIV  μεν  oi  πλονσίοί,  χορηγείται  δε  ό 
δήμος,  Xen.  Ath.  1,  13.  C(.  χορ7]γί.α 
11. —  III.  generally,  to  supply  tlie  cost 
of  any  thing,  hence  to  equip,  furnish 
abundantly  with  a  thing,  esp.  with  sup- 
plies for  war,  χ.  στρατοπεδον  τοις 
έπιτηδείοις,  Polyb.  3,  68,  8  ;  χρήμασί 
■προς  τι,  5,  42,  7  ;  etc.  : — pass.,  to  be 
largely  furnished,  τοΙς  έκτός  ίγαθοίς, 
Aiist.  Eth.  Ν.  1,  10,  15,  cf  10,  8,  11. 
— 2.  c.  dat.,  to  minister  to,  assist,  Po- 
lyb. 1,  83,  7,  etc.     Hence 

Χορήγημα,ατος,  τύ,  the  cost  of  bring- 
ing out  a  chorus  : — the  defraying  of  costs, 
c.  gen.  rei,  Plut.  Otho  9. 

Χορηγία,  ας,  ή,  the  office  of  a  χορη- 
γός, the  equipping  and  bringing  out  oj  a 
chorus.• — 2.  esp.  at  Athens,  the  defray- 
ing of  the  cost  of  the  solemn  public  cho- 
ruses, being  the  chief  of  the  Athenian 
λειτονργίαι,  Antipho  118,  34,  Thuc. 
6,  16,  etc.,  cf  Arist.  Poet.  14,  3  ;— but 
the  loc%is  classicus  for  the  χορηγίαι  is 
Lysias  p.  161,  cf  Bockh  P.  E.  2  p. 
207,  sq.,  Herm.  Pol.  Ant.  ί)  161,  2,  and 
V.  sub  χορός. — 3.  the  e.cpense  thereof ; 
and  so,  generally,  any  expe7tse  ;  abun- 
dance, plenty,  τών  αναγκαίων  τών  επι- 
τηδείων, Polyb.  1,  18,  9;  4,  71,  10, 
etc. : — and,  in  plur.,  al  χορηγίαι,  sup- 
plies for  war.  Id.  1,  16,  6,  etc. 

Χορηγικός,  ij,  ov,  of  or  for  a  χορη- 
γός, χ.  αγώνες,  rivalry  m  bringing  out 
choruses,  Xen.  Hier.  9,  11  :  χ.  τρίπο- 
δες, tripods  dedicated  to  a  god  by  vic- 
torious choruses,  Plut.  Aristid.  1. 

Χορήγιον,  ov,  to,  Uor.  and  Att. 
χοράγιον,  like  χορηγείον,  the  place  or 
room  where  a  chorus  was  taught  and 
trained  for  public  performance,  their 
dancing-school,  Dem.  403,  22. — II.  τα 
χορηγία,  =  χορηγία  II,  supplies, 
Schweigh.  Polyb.  1,  17,  5;  18,5. 

Χηρηγίς,  ίδος,  ή,   the  woman-chora- 
gus,  title  of  a  comedy  by  Alexis. 
Χορηγός,  ov,  b,  Dor.,  and  Att.  χο• 
1668 


ΧΟΡΟ 

ράγας.  Lob.  Phryn.  430;  {χορός, ήγί- 
ομαι)  '.  —  α  chorus-leader,  like  κορν- 
φαΙος,  θεονς  σνγχορεντύς  τε  και  χο- 
ρηγούς ημίν  δεδωκέναι  τόν  τε  Άπόλ- 
λωνα  και  τας  Μούσας,  Plat.  Legg. 
665  A  : — generally,  the  leader  of  a  tram 
or  band,  χ.  άστρων.  Soph.  Ant.  1147  ; 
χ.  δελφίνων,  Eur.  Hel.  1454. — 2.  at 
Athens,  one  who  defrays  the  costs  for 
bringing  out  a  chorus,  χορ.  κατεστάθην 
εις  Θαργήλια,  Antipho  142,  31  ;  χορ. 
τραγωδοϊς  καταστάς,  Lys.  101,  35,  cf 
162,  ί  ;  cf  χορηγία  11. — II.  generally, 
one  who  supplies  the  costs  lor  any  pur- 
pose, Φίλιππω  χορηγώ  χρώμενος, 
Dem.  408,  16;  χ.  τον  πάτερα  εχειν 
εΙς  τι.  Id.  1023,  13;  χορηγόν  λαμβά- 
νειν τη  έαντού  βδελνρία,  Aeschin.  8, 
27.      ' 

Χοριαμβικός,  ή,  όν,  choriambic. 
Χορίαμβος,  ου,  ο,  in  metre,  a  cho- 
riambus,  i.  e.    foot  of  four  syllables, 
consisting  of  a  chorius  (or  trochee) 
and  iambus  {-^•^-). 

^Χορυ'/νης,  ov,  ό,  Chorieiies,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Arr.  An.  4,  21  ;  hence  Χοριή- 
vov  πέτρα,  ή,  in  Paraetacene,  Id.  il). 
Χορικός,  ή,  όν,  {χορός)  of  or  for  a 
chorus  or  da?icing,  ή  χορική  μούσα. 
Plat.  Legg.  670  A;  oi  χορικοί,  Ar. 
Eq.  589  :  το  χ.,  the  choral  song  in 
tragedy  and  comedy,  cf  Arist.  Poet. 
12.  7. 

Χοριοειδής,  ές,  {χόριον  II,  είδος) : 
— like  the  afterbirth,  νμήν,  Arist.  Η.  Α. 
6,  3,  13. 

Χόριον  or  χορίον,  ov,  τό,  any  skin, 
leather,  the  Lat.  corium  :  proverb,  of 
inveterate  custom,  χαλεπον  χορίω 
κννα  γενσαι,  'tis  bad  lo  let  the  dog 
taste  leather,  Theocr.  10,  11, — Hor- 
ace's canis  a  corio  nunquam  absterrebi- 
tur  unctn,  like  our  ^  keep  the  cat  from 
the  cream.^ — II.  the  7nembrane  that  en- 
closes the  fetus  in  the  womb,  and 
which  folloyiis  it  from  the  womb,  the 
afterbirth,  Lat.  secundae,  Hipp.,  and 
Arist.  H.  A.  6,  3,  14,  etc.— 2.  any 
membrane  of  the  intestines  ;  hence  in 
plur.  χορία  or  χορεία,  a  dish  made  by 
stuffing  it  with  honey  and  milk,  Alex. 
ΐΥανννχ.  1,16,  Theocr.  9,  19,  ubi  v. 
Schol.  (Lat.  corium,  old  Lat.  scor- 
tum,  i.  e.  skin  drawn  off : — perh.  akin 
to  ξύω,  ξνρω,  Pott  Et.  Forsch.  1, 263.) 
Χόριος,  ov,  0,— χορείος  II. 
Χορίτης.  ο,υ,  ό,  lem.  -Ιτις,  ίδος,= 
χορεντ7/ς,  Call.  Dian.  13. 

Χοροβάτέω,  ώ,  to  go  in  a  choral 
train,  to  dance. 

Χοροδιδασκαλία,  ας,  ?/,  the  office  of 
χοροδιδάσκαλος,  Plat.  Ale.  1,  125  E: 
and 

Χοροδϊδασκάλικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging 
to  the  χοροδιδάσκαλος  :  ή  -κή  (sc.  τέ- 
;^;^7;),=  foreg.,  Plat.  Ale.  1,  125  D: 
from 

Χοροδιδάσκαλος,  ov,  6,  {χορός,  δι- 
δάοκαλος)  one  who  teaches  and  trains 
the  chorus  lo  dance  and  sing,  and  pre- 
pares it  for  public  performance,  the 
chorus-master,  Ar.  Eccl.  809,  Plat, 
Legg.  812  E,  655  A: — this  business 
iisu.  fell  on  the  poet  himself,  being 
called  ;(;οροϋ  or  χορών  διδασκαλία. — 
2.  ■Λ\^ο=-.χο ραγός,  κορυφαίος,  because 
the  older  tragic  poets  not  only  taught, 
but  led  their  own  choruses. 

Χοροειδής,  ες: — χιτών  χορ.,  the 
grape-coloured  coating  of  the  eye,  Lat. 
uvea  tunica,  elsewh.  ^)αγοειδής. 

Χηροηθ?ις,  ες,  {χορός,  ήθος)  uccus- 
tonied  to  choral  dances,  H.  Hom.  18, 
3. 

Χοροιθάλής,  ές,  {χορός,  βάλλω) 
flourishing  in  the  dance,  κυνρη,  Anth. 
P.  6,  287. 

ΧοροιμΓινία,  ας,  ή,  poet,  ίοϊ  χορομ-, 


ΧΟΡΟ 

{χορομανής)  rage  for  dancing,  furious 
dancing.  Anth.  Plan.  289. 

Χηροίτις,  ιδος,  ή,=^χορΙτις,  Nonn. ; 
cf  Ruhnk.  Ep.  Cr.  141. 

Χοροίτνπέω,  ώ,  to  beat  the  ground  in 
the  dance,  Opp.  H.  1,  472  :   and 

Χοροιτνπία,  ας,  -η,  a  beating  tlie 
ground  in  the  dance,  dancing,  11.  24,  261, 
in  plur.,  cf  Anth.  P.  12,  253  :  from 

Χοροιτνπος,  ov,  {χορός,  τΰπτω) 
healing  the  ground  in  the  choral  dance  ; 
generally,  dancing,  Pinil.  Fr.  57,  and 
Nonn. —  II.  proparox.  χοροίτνπος,  ov, 
pass.,  struck,  played  in  or  to  the  choral 
dance,  λνρα,  Η.  Horn.  Merc.  31. — On 
the  accent,  v.  Lob.  Paral.  557.  [i'] 

Χοροκϊβΰρίζω,  ί.  -ίσω  Att.  -ϊώ,  to 
play  the  cithara  to  a  chorus.    Hence 

ΧοροκΙβαριστής,  ov,  h,  one  who 
plays  the  cithara  to  a  chorus,  Sucton. 

Χοροκτνπος,  ov,  {χορός,  κτνπέω) 
sounding  in  the  dance,  prob.  I.  lor  χει- 
poKT-  in  Telest.  ap.  Ath.  616  F;  nisi 
[agena.  χοροιτντϊος. 

Χορολεκτης,  ov,  ό,  {χορός,  λέγω) 
one  uiho  chooses  the  chorus,  Ael.  N.  A. 
6,  1 1  ? 

Χορομάνής,  ές,  gen,  εος,  {χορός, 
μαίνομαι)  mad  after  dancing,  Ar. 
Thesm.  961.     Adv.  -εως,  Masim. 

Χορόνδΐ,  {χορός)  adv.,  to  the  festive 
dance,  11.  3,  393. 

ΧορόνΙκος,  ov,  {χορός,  νίκη)  victo- 
rious with  the  chorus,  Alex.  Άποβ.  1. 

Χοροπαίγμων,  ov,  gen.  ονος,{χορός, 
παίζω)  sporting  in  the  choral  dance,  dan- 
cing merrily,  Orph.  H.  23,  2 ;  so  χορό- 
παίκτης,  ov,  ό,  Anih.  P.  6,  108. 

Χοροπλεκής,  ές,  {χορός,  πλέκω) 
joining  the  dance,  Nonn. 

Χοροποιία,  ας.  ή,  the  institution  or 
arrangement  of  a  chorus  :  from 

Χαροποιός,  όν,  {χορός,  ποιεω)  in- 
stituting or  arranging  a  chorus,  Xen. 
Ages.  2,  17  :  leading  the  dance,  Tluv, 
Soph.  Aj.  699 ;  'Ήβη,  Ar.  Ran.  353. 

ΧΟΡΟ'Σ,  ov,  ό,  strictly,  a  dance  in 
a  ring, a  round  dance  (v.  sub  lin.) ;  then, 
generally,  a  dance  accompanied  with 
song,  a  choral  dance,  esp.  such  as  were 
danced  on  public  festivals,  m  honour 
of  the  gods,  etc.,  φαίης  τόν  γε...χο• 
ρόνδ'  ερχεσϋ'  ήέ  χοροϊο  νέον  λήγοντα 
καβιζειν,  II.  3,  393;  έν  χορώ  'Αρτέ- 
μιδος, 16,  183;  χορί^  καλή,  lb.  ISO; 
χορόν  στήσαι,  Pind.  Ρ.  9. 199  ;  cf  Ar. 
Nub.  271,  Αν. 219;  άψαι,  Aesch.Eum. 
307 ;  χορών  κατάστασις.  Id.  Ag.  23, 
Ar.  Thesm.  958  ;  etc. — 2.  a  cliorus, 
choir,  i.  e.  a  band  of  dancers  and  singers, 
who  jointly  performed  such  dances, 
Piud.  P.  10,  59  ;  cf  Fr.  213,  238,  etc. 
— 3.  generally,  a  troop,  band,  also  of 
things,  hence  we  find  not  only  χορός 
άστρων  (lor  the  stars  are  conceived 
as  really  leading  the  heavenly  choirs, 
cf  Soph.  Ant.  1147),  Dionys.  H.  2; 
but  also  χ.  σκευών,  a  row  of  dishes, 
Xen.  Oec.  8,  20  ;  χορός  κα?ιάμων  or 
δονάκων,  a  row  of  reeds,  i.  e.  Pan's 
pipe  ;  χ.  οδόντων,  a  rovv  of  teeth,  etc. ; 
whence  the  joke  of  oi  πρόσβιοι χοροί, 
inAr.Ran.  548,cf  Jac.  Anth.  P. p. 904, 
Ach.  Tat.  p.  469 :  proverb.,  πού  χο- 
ρού στήσομεν  ;  where  shall  we  put 
It  ί  Heind.  Plat.  Euthyd.  279  B.— 
The  ancient  choral  dance  of  Greece, 
which  originated  among  the  Dorians, 
reached  its  perfection  in  the  χορός 
κνκ?ιΐκός,  or  dithyramb  perfiDimecl  at 
the  .Athenian  Dionysia: — this  chorus, 
consistingof  50  persons,  was  of  pure- 
ly lyric  character,  sometimes  grave, 
sometimes  gay.  Hence  arose  the 
Attic  drama  (on  the  τραγικοί  χοροί 
at  Sicyon,  mentioned  liy  Hdt,  5,  67,  v. 
Bentl.  Phal.  p.  293),  which  consisted 
at  first  of  mere  tales  inserted  in  the 


ΧΟΡΤ 

intervals  of  the  dance  (έπειςόδια) ; 
these  were  told  by  a  single  actor,  but 
prob  by  way  of  dialogue  with  the 
chorus.  The  chorus  was  then  dis- 
tinguished into  three  principal  kinds, 
the  χ.  τραγικός,  consisting  of  12  or 
15  persons  [τών  τραγωδών,  Ar.  Pac. 
805,  Av.  787) ;  the  κυμικός  oi2A  (also 
called  τρυγικός,  τρνγωόικύς,  Ar.  Ach. 
628,  88C)  ;  and  the  σατυρικός.  When 
a  poet  wished  to  bring  out  a  piece, 
the  first  thing  was  for  the  archon  to 
grant  him  a  chorus  (χορον  όιδοναι, 
Plat.  Rep.  383  C,etc.) ;  the  expenses 
of  which,  being  great,  were  defrayed 
by  some  rich  citizen  (the  χορηγός  or 
χοραγός,  cf.  χηρτ/γία) ;  the  chorus, 
being  asked  and  obtained  {χορόν  ai- 
τείν,  λαμβάνειν,  Ar.  Eq.  513,  Ran. 
94),  was  regularly  trained  in  dancing 
and  singing,  usu.  by  the  poet  himself, 
hence  called  χοροδιδάσκαλος  or  χο- 
ρού δ.,  and  said  χορόν  διδάσκειν,  nis 
office  being  χορον  διδασκα?ύα  :  the 
bringing  it  on  the  stage  was  χορόν 
είςύγειν,  Ar.  Ach.  11.— In  tragedy, 
the  chorus  was  retained  till  its  fall ; 
but  in  comedy  it  was  little  used  after 
about  the  year  400  B.  C.  The  ap- 
plause bestowed  on  the  chorus  de- 
cided the  success  of  the  play.  (Cf 
Miiller's  Literat.  of  Greece,  c.  21  and 
22,  Diet  Antiqq.  s.  v.  Chorus ;  and  on 
the  poetical  meaning  of  the  chorus, 
A.  W.  Schlegel's  Lectures  on  the 
Drama,  2,  3  and  4.) — II.  a  place  for 
dancing,  λείηναν  δε  χορόν,  Od.  8, 260, 
cf.  204  ;  όβι  τ'  'Hoif  ήριγενείης  οΙκια 
και  χοροί  ήσαν,  Od.  12,  4  ; — Νυμφέ- 
ων  καλοί  χοροί  ηδε  θόωκοι,  lb.  318  ; 
cf  Pans.  3,  11,  9  ;  v.  sub  είψΰχορος  : 
— whether  this  is  the  signf  in  II.  18, 
590  is  rather  dub.,  cf  Thirlwall,Hist. 
of  Gr.  1,  p.  233.  (Ace.  to  Hesych.  ;t;o- 
ρός  is=/iii/i?;of,  στέφανος,  and  so  it 
orig.  denotes  the  movement  of  dances 
in  a  ring  :  akin  to  κόραξ,  κορωνός, 
Κορώνη,  χορωνύς,χορώνη,  l-ilit.cornu, 
corona,  corvus,  curvus.  Germ,  krumm, 
and  perh.  rund,  round :  perh.  also  akin 
to  χόρτος,  q.  v.,  sub  fin.) 

Χοροστάς,  άδος,  ή  : — εορτή  χορ.,  a 
feast  celebrated  with  choral  dances.  Call. 
Fr.  280. 

Χοροστΰσία,  ης,  ή,  the  institution  of 
choruses,  a  feast  solemnized  therewith  ; 
generally,  a  dance.  Call.  Lav.  Pall.  66, 
Anth.  P!7,  613;  9,603:  from 

Χοροστάτέο),  ώ,  f.  -ησω,  to  appoint 
or  lead  a  chorus :  from 

\οροστύτης,  ου,  ό,  the  leader  of  a 
chorus,  [ώ] 

Χ.οροτερττής,  ίς,  {χορός,  τέρπω)  de- 
lighting in  the  chorus  or  dance,  Nonn. 

Χορτάζυ,  f.  -ύσυ,  to  feed  or  fatten 
tn  a  stall,  βόας  ένδον  έόντας,  Hes. 
Op.  150  :  generally,  to  feed,  fatten, βίί, 
Ti.vi,  tvith  a  thing,  Ar.  Pac.  139 ;  τι- 
νός χ.,  to  fill  fidl  of  a  thing.  Id.  Fr. 
202  :  also,  χ.  τινά  τι,  Cratin.  Odyss. 
4,  Plat.  Rep.  372  D  :— pass.  ;^;ορτάζΌ- 
μαι,  to  feed,  fatten,  fill  one's  self;  hence 
later,  esp.  in  comedy,  to  feast,  be  full. 
Plat.  Rep.  586  A,  Nicostr.  Pandros.  3 ; 
cf.  Araros  Incert.  3,  Ath.  99  F,  sq., 
Lob.  Phryn.  64. 

Χορταϊος,  a,  ov,  (χόρτος  II) : — of 
graxs. — II.  χιτων  χ.,  a  shaggy  coat  of 
skins  worn  by  the  actor  who  played 
Silenus,  Dion.  H.  7,  72  : — generally, 
any  rough,  coarse  coat,  Ar.  Fr.  704  ; — 
also  μα'λλωτός  and  άμφίμα?.?Μς. 

Χορτάριον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  χόρ- 
τος, [ά] 

Χορτάσία,  nς,i/,afeedingat  thestall: 
generally,  a  feeding,  fattening,  Anth. 

Χόρτασμα,  ατός,  τό,  (χορτάζυ)  fod- 
der, forage,  Polyb.  9,  4,  3,  Pi.  T. 


ΧΟΩ 

Χορτασμός,  οϋ,  b,  =  χορτάσία, 
Anaxandr.  Incert.  27. 

Χορταστικός,  ή,  όν,  (χορτύζω) good 
for  feeding  ox  fattening. 

ΧόρτΙνος,  Tj,  ov,  {χόρτος  II)  of  grass 
or  hay. 

Χορτόβο?.ον,  ov,  ro,=  sq. 

Χορτοβολών,  ώνος,  ό,  [χόρτος  II, 
βάλλω)  α  place  for  throwing  grass  or 
hay  into,  a  hay-loft,  barn. 

Χορτόβωλον,  ov,  TO,=  sq. 

Χορτύβωλος,  ου,  ή,  a  clod  of  turf ,  a 
sod,  like  χορτόπ/ανθος. 

ΧορτοκοπεΙον  and  -κόπιον,  ov,  τό, 
a  place  where  grass  is  cut  for  hay,  a  hay- 
field,  late  words  ;  cf  Lob.  Phryn.  310. 

Χορτοκόπος,  ov,  cutting  grass. 

Χορτολογέω,  ώ,  ί.  -ησω,  to  collect 
grass,  forage,  App.  :  and 

Χορτολογία,  ας,  ή,  a  collecting  of 
fodder,  foraging,  Polyb.  18,  5,  1  ;  22, 
22,  12  :  from 

Χορτολόγος,  ov,  (χόρτος  II,  /ιέγω) 
collecting  fodder,  foraging,  Strab. 

Χορτομάνέω,  ώ,  to  run  wildly  to 
grass,  LXX.  ;  cf  ν?ιθμανέω. 

ΧορτότΓ?.ινθον,  ov,  TO,  and  -πλίν- 
θος, ov,  ή,=χορτόβωλος,  a  square  of 
turf,  a  sod. 

ΧΟ'ΡΤΟΣ,  ov,  6,  strictly,  a?i  in- 
closed place  (v.  sub  fin.),  but  seem- 
ingly always  with  a  collat.  notion  of 
a  feeding-place,  in  II.,  a  straw-yard, 
that  part  of  the  αυλή  in  which  the 
cattle  were  kept,  αν?,ί/ς  έν  χόρτφ,  11, 
774  ;  ανλής  έν  χόρτοισι,  24,  640  : — 
then,  generally,  any  feeding-ground, 
freq.  in  plur.,  e.  g.  χόρτοι  λέοντος, 
Pnid.  Ο.  13,  62  (cf.  βυτάνη)-,  χόρτοι 
ενδενδροι,  Eur.  I.  Τ.  134  ;  χόρτος  ου- 
ρανού, the  expanse  of  heaven,  poet, 
ap.  Hesych.  ;  cf  δύςχορτος,  σνγχορ- 
τος. — The  word  soon  passed  from  this 
orig.  signf  into  that  of — II.  food,  fod- 
der, provender,  esp.  for  cattle,  grass, 
hay,  Hes.  Op.  C08,  Hdt.  5,  16  ;  θηρών 
όρείων  χόρτον  ονχ  ίππων  /άγεις, 
Eur.  Ale.  495  ;  (but  the  properphrase 
for  hay  was  χόρτος  κούφος,  Xen.  An. 
1,5,  10):  opp.  to  σΐτος  (food  for  man), 
Hdt.  9,  41  ;  but  poets  use  it  ior  food 
generalIy,as,(5oiiiior,YOpTOi•,  Hippon.. 
20;  cf  Eur.  Cycl.  507  ;  and  χορτάζω 
is  common  of  meti.  (From  the  same 
root  as  χόρτος  conies  the  Lat.  chors, 
cohors,  as  also /iorius,  our^arf/-en,etC., 
Pott  Et.  Forsch.  1,  p.  143,  Schneid. 
Varro  R.  R.  1,  13:  also  akin  to 
χορός,  cour,  court.) 

Χορτόστρωμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  litter  of 
grass  or  hay. 

Χορτοτομία,  ας,  ή,  a  cutting  of  grass 
for  hay. 

Χορτοφόρος,  ov,  {χόρτος  II,  φέρω) 
carrying  grass  or  hay,  χ.  άμαξα,  Strab. 
p.  1031,  Polyaen.  3,  15. 

Χορτώδης,  ες,  (χόρτος  II,  είδος) 
like  grass  or  herbs,  LXX. 

Χορωδέω,  ώ,  f  -ήσω,  to  sing  in  or  to 
a  chorus,  Dio  C.  :  and 

Χορωδία,  ας,  ή,  a  choral  song,  opp. 
to  μονφδία.  Plat.  Legg.  764  Ε  :  from 

Χορωδός,  όν,  singing  in  or  to  a 
chorus. 

Χορώνη,  ης,  ?/,^sq. 

Χορωνύς,  οϋ,  υ,  for  κορώνη,  κορω- 
νός, α  crown,  Simon.  129  ;  as  in  Lat. 
chorona  for  corona,  Cic.  Orator  48, 
Quintil.  1,  5,20. 

Χορωφε7ίήτης,  ov,  ό,  (χορός,  ώφε- 
λέω)  helping  or  cheering  the  chorus,  κρό- 
τος χ.,  Ar.  Lys.  1319,  as  Herm.  reads 
for  -ωφελέτης. 

Χονς,  6,  V.  soh  χόος. 

^Χονζύς,  ύ,  ό,  Uhusa,  masc.  pr.  η., 
Ν.  Τ. 

Χόω,  inf.  χουν,  part,  χών,  older 
radio,  form  of  the  later  and  more 


XPAi2 

usu.  χώνννμι,  Hdt.  2, 137  ;  4,  71,  etc., 
Thuc.  2,  75,  102. 

Χραίνω,  t.  χρΰνώ.^=χράω  (A),  to 
toucti  slightly,  Pors.  Or.  909  :  hence, 
to  smear,  paint,  χρ.  η  άποχραίνειν, 
Plat.  Legg.  769  A,  v.  Ruhnk.  Tim.  : 
to  besmear,  anoint,  μέλιτι.  Anth.  P.  7, 
622  : — to  stain,  spot,  πεδία  δ'  αργή- 
στης  αφρός  χραίνει  στα?Μγμοϊς. 
Aesch.  Theb.  61 :  to  defile,  pollute, 
taint,  μιάσματι  μυχόν  έχρανας,Α€6θίι. 
Eum.  170  ;  αιμάτων  μιάσμασι  χρα•^- 
θεΐσα.  Id.  Supp.  266  ;  esp.  of  nzoral 
pollution,  λέχη  δε  τοΰ  θανόντος  έν 
χεροΐν  έμαΐν  χραίνω.  Soph  Ο.  Τ. 
822,  cf.  Eur.  Hipp.  1266,  Hec.  366 : 
also  of  words,  ί^εώΐ'  ονόματα  χρ., 
Plat.  Legg.  917  Β:  —  cf  μιαίνω. 
(From  χράω  (A),  q.  v.) 

*Χραισμέω,  a  verb  not  used  in 
pres.,  but  only  in  the  following 
(merely  Epic)  lorms, — fut.  χραισμή- 
σω  :  aor.  1  έχραίσμησα,  and  aor.  3 
έχραισμον.  Of  the  fut.,  Horn,  has 
onlv  χραισμησει  and  χραισμησέμεν, 
11.20,296;  21,  316;  of  aor.  1  only 
χραίσμησε  and  χραισμήσαι,  oft.  in 
II. ;  most  freq.  the  aor.  2  χραΐσμε, 
χραίσμτι,  and  χραίσμ^σι,  χραίσμωσι, 
inf  χραισμεΐν,  yet  only  in  11.,  and 
(except  in  II.  14,  66)  always  without 
augm.  Strictly,  to  ward  off  some- 
thing destructive  from  one,  like  up- 
κέω,  Lat.  defendere,  c.  ace.  rei  et  dat. 
pers.,  oh  κορννη  οι  ό?.εθρον  χραϊσμε 
σιδηρείη,  II.  7,  144  ;  ουδέ  τί  οι  χραι- 
σμησει λυγρόν  ύλεθρον,  20, 296  ;  τών 
οϋ  τις  δυνατό  χραισμήσαι  6?.εθρον 
Ύρώων,  11,  120: — more  freq,  c.  dat. 
pers.  only,  to  defend  any  one,  help,  aid, 
succour,  ακαίΠιΙηι,  (though  the  notion 
o{  warding  off  is  always  implied),  very 
oft.  in  II.,  as  1,  28,  242  ;  also  c.  neut. 
adj..  χραισμεΐν  τι,  to  assist,  avail  at 
all,  II.  21,  193,  etc.  ;  also  absol.,  II. 
14,  66;  15,  652. — Hom.  uses  χραι- 
σμεΐν only  with  negatives  ;  for  in  II. 
21,  193,  ft  δύναται  τι  χραισμεΐν  is 
ironical  for  ούτι  χρ.  δύναται.  In 
positive  clauses  first  in  Ap.  Rh.  2, 
249,  etc. ;  he  also  has  the  imperat. 
χραίσμετε  2,  218. — The  word  is  not 
found  in  Od.,  or  in  Hes.  (The  aor.  2, 
χραισμεΐν,  έχραισμον,  must  be  taken 
as  the  form  nearest  the  root,  to  which 
a  fut.  and  aor.  1  were  added  by  anal- 
ogy.— Thederiv.  from  χράω,χράομαι, 
χρηστός,  etc.,  is  clear  enough,  cf. 
Buttm.  Lexil.  s.  v.)    Hence 

Χραίσμη,  ης,  ή,  help,  succour,  Nic 
Th.  584.     Hence 

Χραισμήεις,  εσσα,  εν,  warding  off, 
defending :  helpiyig,  serviceable,  Nic. 
Th.  576. 

Χραισμήίον,  ου,  τό,  a  means  of  help, 
remedy,  Anth. 

Χραίσμημα,  ατός,  τό,  ^χραίσμη, 
Nonn. 

Χραισμησέμεν,  Ερ.  for  χραισμή• 
σειν,  inf  fut.  οί χραισμεΐν,  11. 

Χρα'ισμησι,  Ερ.  ίον χραίσμη,  3  sing, 
subj.  aor.  Όί χραισμεΐν,  II. 

Χραίσμησις,  εως,  ή,=χραίσμη,  Nic. 
Th.  926. 

Χραισμητωρ,  ορός,  ό,  (*χραισμέω) 
α  defender,  helper,  Nonn. 

Χραντός,  ή.  όν,  verb.  adj.  from 
χραίνω,  stained,  defiled. 

Χράαμαι,  v.  sub  χράω. 

Χραύσις,  εως,  ή,  an  anchor  with  a 
hook,  Hesych.  :  from 

Χραύω,  Aeol.  for  ^ράω  (A). to  graze, 
scratch,  II.  5,  138  ;  v.  sq. 

ΧΡαΏ  (A)  :  strictly,  to  touch  light- 
ly, touch  on  the  surface,  scratch,  graze, 
Lat.  radere,  stringere  ;  then,  generally, 
to  hurt,  plague,  harass,  c.  ace.  pers.  et 
inf.,  σος  νιος  έμον  ^όον  έχραε  κήδειν, 
16G9 


ΧΡΑΩ 

H.  21,  369  ;  τόόε  δώμα  έχράετ'  εσθιέ-  ' 
αεν  καΐ  πινέμεν,  0(1.  21,  69;  κακόν 
οι  έχραε  κοίτον,  Nic.  Th.  315  : — but 
also  c.  clat.  pers.,  to  do  a  harm  to  any 
one,  do  him  a  harm,  στυγεροί;  οι  εχραε 
δαίμων,  Od.  5,  31)6  ;  τις  τοι  κακός 
έχραε  δαίμων,  Od.  10,  (>4. — This  orig. 
signf.  of  the  word  never  passed  into 
prose  usage,  for  νιφετώ  πάντα  χρί- 
εται (Hdt.  4,  50)  must  liot  be  referred 
hereto.  Moreover  the  impf.  only 
seems  to  occur  uncontr.  (Hence 
come  χρόα  and  χροία,  χρως,  χρώζω, 
χρώμα,  χρώνννμι :  also  χρανω  (ι.  β. 
χρά^ω,  cf.  γράφω),  χραίνω  :  cf.  Lat. 
radere,  our  raze,  graze,  scratch,  being 
akin  to  ξΰρω,  ξνρόν,  etc.  :  χρίω  and 
χρίμπτω  belong  to  the  same  root  and 
liave  the  same  orig  signf,  v.  Ruhnk. 
Tim.  s.  V.  εγχρίμπτει.)  [u] 

ΧΡΑΏ  (B),  Ion.  χρεω  (Hdt.  7, 
111),  Ep.  χρειω  (Od.  8,  79,  H.  Ap. 
396):  imper.  ;^;pf(j  (Hdt.  1,155):  fut. 
χρήσω  :  aor.  έχρησα  :  f.  pass,  κεχρή- 
σομαι :  aor.  pass,  έχρήσθην  :  pf.  pass. 
κέχρησμαι  and  κίχρημαί,  of  which 
some  would  confine  the  former  to 
signf.  A,  the  latter  to  signf.  B.  II. — 
Χράω  contracts  αε  into  ?;,  as  χρήν, 
χρήται,  χρήσθαι,  but  Ion.  into  a,  as 
Xpd,  xpuv,  etc. ;  however  our  MSS. 
of  Hdt.  now  and  then  give  the  former, 
and  very  freq.  the  strict  Ion.  forms 
χρέεται,  χρέεσβαι. 

Radic.  signf.  To  furnish  what  is  need- 
ful :  hence, 

A.  in  the  earliest  examples  of  the 
act.,  of  the  gods  and  their  oracles,  to 
give  the  needful  answer,  give  a  response, 
declare,  pronounce,  proclaim,  absol., 
χρείων  μνθήσατο  Φοίβος,  Od.  8,  79, 
χρειών  εκ  δάφνης  γνά'λων  νπο  Παρ- 
νησυϊο,  Η.  Αρ.  396 ;  χρήσω  βονλήν 
Αιός  άνθρώποισί,  lb.  132  ;  cf.Theogn. 
805,  Find.  Ο.  7,  170  ;  Hdt.  1,  49,  55, 
67,  etc. ;  χρησεν  οίκιστήρα  Βάττον, 

froclaimed  him  the  colonizer.  Find. 
'.4,  10  : — also  in  Trag.,  χρήσειν  εοι- 
κεν  άμόι  τών  αυτής  κακών,  Aesch. 
Ag.  1083  ;  cf.  Soph.  El.  35,  Eur.  Hec. 
1268,  etc.  :  C.  inf.,  to  ivam  by  oracle, 
έχρησα  πέμ-ψαι,  Aesch.  Eum.  203  ; 
εχρησας  ωςτε  τον  ξένον  μ7]τροκτο- 
νεϊν,  lb.  202,  cf  Cho.  1030  :— rare  in 
Att.  prose,  τον  'Απόλλωνα  ταντην 
την  γήν  οίκείν  χρήσαί  τινι,  Thuc.  2, 
102,  cf.  Lycurg.  160,  14.— II.  pass. 
χράομαι,  pf.  κέχρησμαι  and  κέχρημαι, 
aor.  έχρήσθην,  of  the  oracular  re- 
sponse, to  be  uttered,  proclaimed  by  an 
oracle,  hence  το  χρησθέν,  the  divine 
response,  Hdt.  1,  63  ;  7,  178,  Find.  O. 
2,  72 ;  Tu  χρησβέντα  χρησθήναί  τίνος, 
to  be  so  declared  about  a  thing,  Schaf. 
Soph.  O.  C.  355.— HI.  imd.  χράομαι, 
f.  χρήσομαι,  aor.  εχρησάμην,  of  the 
person  to  whom  the  response  is 
given,  to  consult  a  god  or  oracle,  όϋ' 
νπέρβη  7mivov  ονδόν  χρησομενος, 
Od.  8,81  ;  cf  Η.  Αρ.  252,  292;— χρή- 
σθαι περί  τίνος,  to  consult  an  oracle 
about  a  thing,  Hdt.  4,  163;  7,  220; 
but  more  usu.  c.  dat.,  to  inquire  of  a 
god  or  oracle,  cons-ult  him  or  it,  ψνχή 
χρησόμενος  Θηβαίου  Ύειρεσίαο,  Od. 
10,  492,  565,  etc.  ;  χ().  μαντηΐφ,  χρη- 
στηρίφ,  Lat.  uti  oraculo,  Hdt.  1,  47, 
53,  157,  etc. :  οι  χρώμενοι,  the  con- 
stittors,  Eur.  Phoen.  957  ;  χρωμένω  έν 
ΑελφοΙς.  Thuc.  1,  126,  (where  we  see 
how  it  glides  into  the  more  common 
signf.  to  make  use  of  an  oracle)  : — ^also 
in  pf  pass,  κεχρημένος,  one  who  has 
received  an  oracular  response,  Arist. 
Rhet.  2,  23,  12 ;  and  so,  σωφρονείν 
κεχρημένοί,  being  divinely  warned  to 
be  temperate,  Aesch.  Fers.  829: — and 
so,  possiblv,  χμησΟείς  means  being 
1670 


ΧΡΑΩ 

warned,  being  advised,  in  Soph.  Ant.  24, 
(though  it  is  commonly  taken  as=;i-p7j- 
σάμενος,  cf.  Dmd.  ad  1.) — In  our  MSS. 
and  Edd.  of  Hdt.  we  have  all  the 
forms. — Horn,  has  the  word  in  this 
signf  only  in  Od.  :  the  act.  only  m 
pres.  part,  χρείων  or  χρέων,  and  fut. 
χρήσω  ;  the  mid.  only  m  part.  fut.  jp?;- 
συμενος.  Hence  come  the  words 
χρησμός,  χρήστης,  χρηστήρ,  with 
their  derivs. 

B.  to  supply,  furnish  with  a  thing, 
not  found  in  pres.  {κίχρημι  being  the 
pres.  in  use,  Dem.  1250,  11);  but 
only  in  aor.  χρήσαι,  etc.,  Hdt.  3,  58  ; 
6,  89,  and  Ar.  Ran.  1159,  Xen.  Mem. 
3,  II,  18  :  c.  ace.  rei,  lo  furnish  the  use 
of  a.  thing,  i.  e.  to  lend,  τινί  τι :  hence 
in  mid.,  to  have  furnished  one,  procure 
the  use  of,  borrow,  τι.  Eur.  El.  170  : — 
πόδας  χρήσας,  όμματα  χρησάμενης, 
having  lent  feet  and  burrowed  eyes,  of  a 
blind  man  carrying  a  lame  one,  Anth. 
P.  9,  13,  cf.  Plat.  Deinod.  384  B,  C. 

C.  χράομαι.  Ion.  χρέομαι,  as  dep. 
mid.  c.  pf.  pass,  κέχρι/μαι  .-^from  the 
sense  of  consulting  or  using  an  oracle, 
(supra  A.  Ill),  comes  the  common 
signf  of  simply  to  use.  Lat.  uti,  c.dat.: 
Hom.  has  the  pres.  only  once,  and  then 
absol.  in  Ion.  part.,  εξει  μιν  καΐ  πέν- 
τε περιπλομένονς  ένιαντους  χρεωμέ- 
νος (as  trisyll.),  II.  23,  834  :— later, 
esp.  in  Att.,  usu.  c.  dat.,  χρήσθαι  άρ- 
γνρίφ,  to  have  money  to  use  for  a  pur- 
pose ;  use  it  thereon  ;  χρήσθαι  Ιματίω, 
to  be  provided  with,  wear  a  garment  ; 
χρήσθαι  πό'λει,  to  hitve  dealings  with 
the  state,  etc. ;  έχρητο  Ty  τραπέζι] 
τοϋ  πατρός,  he  had  dealings  with  my 
father's  bank,  Dem.  1236,  13  ; — and, 
generally,  of  alt  Tntans  used  towards  an 
end : — cf  νομίζω  III  :  hence — II.  very 
freq.,  like  Lat.  uti,  to  have  or  be  pos- 
sessed of  a  feeling  or  faculty,  to  be  in  η 
state  or  condition  and  show  it,  esp.  in 
pf.,  V.  Buttm.  Catal.  s.  v. :  in  Hom. 
only  in  Od.,  and  in  the  one  phrase 
φρεσϊ  γαρ  κέχρητ'  άγαθήσιν,  Od.  3, 
266  ;  14,  421  ;  16,  398  ;  οργή  or  ό^ψώ 
χρήσθαι,  to  indulge  one's  anger,  give 
vent  to  it.  Hdt.  1,  137,  155;  άληθεί 
λόγω  or  άληθεία  χρ.,  to  speak  the 
truth,  Hdt.  1,  14,  116;  7,  101,  etc.; 
βοή  or  κραυγή  χρ.,  to  set  up  a  cry. 
Hat.  4,  134  ;  συμφορά,  σνντυχία,  ευ- 
τυχία χρ.,  Lat.  uli  fortuna  mala,  pros- 
pera,'Hdt.  7,  134  ;  5,  41,  etc.  ;  ομολο- 
γία χρ.,  to  come  to  an  agreement,  Hdt. 
],  150;  4,  118:  ώνή  και  πράσει  χρ., 
to  buy  and  sell,  Hdt.  1,  153  ;  άμαβία 
χρ.,  to  betray  ignorance,  Thuc.  1,  68  ; 
ζνγώ  χρήσθαι  δου'λίω,  to  be  under  sla- 
very, become  a  slave,  Aesch.  Ag.  953  ; 
Xp.  ευμάρεια,  to  be  at  ease,  Soph.  Tr. 
192  ;  xp.  γαληνεία,  to  have  fair  wea- 
ther, Eur.  I.  A.  546  ;  χρ.  χειμώνι,  An- 
tipho  131,  42  ;  χρ.  τνχΐ),  Andoc.  16, 
3  ;  etc.  ;— also,  χρ.  τέχνη  τινί,  to  car- 
ry on,  follow  a  trade,  Xen.  Mem.  3,  10, 
1,  Oec.  4,  4  :  νόμοις  χρ.,  to  live  under 
laws,  Eur.  Hipp.  98 ;  χρ.  ανομία,  to 
live  lawlessly,  Xen.,  etc. : — χρήσθαι 
thus  merely  paraphrases  the  verb 
cognate  to  its  dat.,  as,  μόρω  χρ.,  i.  e. 
to  die,  Hdt.  1.  117  ;  θείιι  πομπ-ή  χρε- 
ωμένος, Lat.  divinitus  missus.  Id.  1.  62, 
etc.  ;  xp.  φωνή  for  φωνεΐν,  διαβολή 
χρ.  ίοτ  δια'^ιιλλεσϋαι,  etc.,  cf  Stallt). 
Plat.  Apol.  18  D:  — the  part,  χρώμε- 
νης  may  sometimes  be  translated  with, 
(like  έχων,  φέρων,  λαβών),  as,  βία 
χρώμενος  είςήλβε,  he  entered  ivith  vi- 
olence ; — κτύσθαι  and  χρήσθαι  are 
very  often  used  convertibly  ;  yet  in 
the  former  the  chief  notion  is  that  of 
pure  possession,  in  the  latter  that  of 
actual  use,  presupposing  the  former, 


XPAi2 

as,  6  την  Ίατρικην  κεκτημένος,  a 
well-instructed  physician ;  6  τή  ίατρι- 
Ky  χρώμενος,  a  medical  practitioner, 
Schaf  Mel.  p.  18.— 2.  c.  dupl.  dat., 
to  use  a  thmg  as  so  and  so,  χ/),  σίτφ, 
όχΙ'ω,  Xen.  Mem.  3,  14,  4. — 3.  χρή- 
σθαι τινι  εις  τι,  to  use  for  an  end 
or  purpose,  Hdt.  1,34,  Xen.;  etc.; 
so,  προς  τι,  Xen.  Oec.  11,  13;  επί 
τι,  111.  Mem.  1,  2.  9;  άμφί  or  περί 
τι.  Id.  Oec.  9,  0,  An.  3,  5,  10:— also 
with  neut.  adj.  as  adv.,  χρ.  τινί  η, 
Hdt.  1,210  :  2,  95  (where  τοΟ-ο,  τάί5ε 
=^οντως,  ώδε) ;  so,  τι  χρήσομαι  τού- 
τω;  what  use  shall  I  make  of  him? 
Ar.  Ach.  935  ;  Xen.  An.  1,  3,  18  ;  χρ. 
τινι  ΟΤΙ  βονλ,εταί  τις,  to  make  what 
use  one  likes  o/him,  Hdt.  1,  210,  Ar. 
Nub.  438  ;  so,  ίιπορέων  ό  τι  χpήσtτaty 
not  knowing  what  to  make  of  it,  Hdt. 
7,  213  ;  ovK  έχω  ο  τι  χρήσομαι  τω  άμ- 
γυρίω,  Lat.  ηοη  habeo  quod  eo  faciam, 
Hemst.  Call.  Dian.  69.— III.  of  per 
sons,  χρήσθαι  τινι,  to  have  intercourse 
or  dealings  wtlh  any  one,  have  to  do  with 
him,  treat  him  so  and  so,  χρήσθηί  τινι 
ώς άνδρηΙΐίνστΊ),  Hdt.  7, 209 ;  χρήσθαι 
τινι  ώς  φιλώ,  ώς  πολεμίω.  to  treat  one 
as  a  friend  or  enemy,  regard  him  as 
such,  Xen.  Cyr.  4,  2,  8  ;  3,  1,  6 ;  but. 
φιλικώς  χρήσθαι  τινι,  Xeir.  Mem.  4, 

3,  12:  υβριστικώς  χρ.  τινι,  Dem. 
1286,  23  ; — whereas  ^ρ?/σ^αί  φί'λω  or 
πολεμίω  is  to  learn  to  know  a  person 
as  a  friend  or  enemy,  have  a  friend  or 
enemy,  Cyr.  3,  2,  4  ;  and  so,  χρήσθαι 
τοις  θεοίς  (sc.  ώς  φίλοις),  to  have  the 
gods  for  friends,  Valck.  Hipp.  996 ; 
but  ώς  is  oft.  omitted  without  altering 
the  signf.,  as  ού  σφόδρα  έχρώμην  Αν- 
κίνω  φίλω,  Antipho  136,  42,  Stallb. 
Pro't.  315  D;  316  Ε  .—χρήσθαί  τινι, 
(without  φίλω).  like  Lat.  ufi,  for  vti 
familiariter,  to  be  intimate  with  a  man, 
Xen.  Hier.  5,  2,  Mem.  4,  8,  1 1  :  hence 
absol.,  οι  χρώμενοι,  friends.  Id.  Ages. 
11,  13,  Mem.  2,6,  5. — 2.  esp.  of  se.xual 
intercourse,  χρήσθαι  γνναικί,  Hdt. 
2,  181  ;  cf  Xen.  Mem.  1,  2,  29;  2,  1, 
30,  Isae.  39,  5. — 3.  χρήσθαι  έαντώ, 
ίο  make  use  of  one's  self  or  one's 
powers,  Stallb.  Plat.  Crito  45  Β  ; 
— also,  τταρέχειν  έαυτ()ν  τινι  χρή- 
σθαι, to  place  one's  self  at  the  dispo- 
sal of  another,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  2,  13  ;  8, 

I,  5.  —  IV'.  absol.,  or  with  an  adv., 
οντω  χρώνται  οι  ΤΙέρσαι,  such  is  the 
practice  of  the  Persians,  Xen.  Cyr. 

4,  3,23,  cf.  Mem.  4,  6,  11.— V.  c.  ace. 
rei,  χρέεσθαι  πάντα  δι'  αγγέλων,  to 
negociate  or  transact  every  thing  by 
messengers,  Hdt.  1,99,  cf  Xen.  Ages. 

II,  11. — VI.  the  pf  κέχρημαι  (with 
pres  signf),  to  be  in  need  or  want  of  a 
thing,  τινός,  II.  19,  262,  Od.  1,  13, 
etc.  ;  which  signf.,  though  mostly 
Ep.,  is  sometimes  found  in  Att ,  e.  g. 
τον  κεχρημένοι ;  Soph.  Phil.  1264; 
βοράς  κεχρημένοι,  Eur.  Cycl.  88,  cf. 
Elmsl.  Heracl.  801  ;  cf  supra  A.  Ill : 
— moreover  in  this  signf.  the  part.  pf. 
only  seems  to  be  used,  which  when 
absol.  takes  an  adj.  signf,  wanting, 
needy,  poor,  Od.  14,  155  ;  17,  347, 
Hes.  Op.  315,  498  ;  so,  απορία  κεχρη- 
μένος in  Eur.  I.  A.  89. — 2.  but  in  Att. 
the  pf.  usu.  as  a  strengthd.  pres.,  to 
use  always  ;  hence,  to  hare,  possess, 
Buttm.  Catal.  s.  v.  : — Hdt.  has  the 
pf.  only  once  in  the  usual  signf  ol 
the  mid.,  σύμφορη  κεχρημένος,  1,  42 
— VII.  the  aor.  pass,  χρησβήναι  seema 
to  occur  in  this  signf  only  in  Hdt.  7, 
144,  and.  perh.,  in  Soph.  Ant.  24 
but  cf.  supra  A.  III. 

D.  for  χρή,  V.  sub  voc. 
(The   connexion   of   the  different 
signfs.  may  be  seen  by  looking  to 


XPEI 

the  head  of  each  principal  division.  I 
From  this  root  come  χρηστός,  χρήμα,  I 
χρι)ζω,  χραισμεΐν,  χρή.  χρεών,  χρέος 
and  χρείος,  χρεώ  and  χρειώ,  χρεία.  '■ 
— Buttm.  and  Passovv  further  con- 
nect   this    root    with   ΧΡΑΏ    (A), 
χραύω,  to  touch,  though  this  seems 
rather  far-fetched,  cf.  Buttm.  Catal. 
ε.  V.) 

Χρέΰ,  Ep.  syncop.  for  χρέεα,  ace. 
pi.  of  χρέος,  Hes.  Op.  645. 

Xpedyw}  of ,  όν,  carrying  a  debtor  to 
prison. 

2ίρεάρ~^.ξ,  άγος,  ό,  one  who  grasps 
at  money,  Manetho. 

Χρέεσθαι,  Ion.  for  χράεσθαι,  χρΰ- 
σβαί  and  χρΐ/σθαι,  inf.  from  χράομαι, 
Hdt. 

Χρεία,  ας,  ή,  {χράομαι,  χρέος) : — 
use,  Lat.  usus ;  and  that, — 1.  as  a 
propert)',  use,  advantage,  service,  first 
ill  Theogn.  62  ;  τον  τταιόύς,ο/ or  from 
the  boy,  Antipho  123,  44;  -//ζ•  ρητο- 
ρικής. Plat.  Gorg.  480  A,  etc.  ;  τα 
ονόέν  εις  χρείαν,  things  of  no  use  or 
service,  De;n.  1 162,  16  : — freq.  in  plur., 
uises,  services  received,  Pind.  N.  8,  71, 
Soph.  Fr.  742,  Dera.  253,  15.— 2.  as 
an  action,  nsing,  vse,  κτησις  και  χρ., 
Xen.  Mem.  2,  4,  1,  Plat.  Rep.  451  C  ; 
έν  χρεία  είναι.  Id.  Phaed.  87  C  ;  κατά 
την  χρ.,  for  use.  Id.  Rep.  330  C  ;  ττρός 
την  ανθρω-ίνην  χρ.,  Xen.  Mem.  4,  2, 
25. — 3.  of  persons,  acquaintaiicc,  inti- 
macy, τινός,  uiih  one,  Antipho  136, 
40. — 4.  in  rhetoric,  a  pregnant  sentence, 
borrowed  from  some  other  author, 
and  worked  out  by  certain  rules : 
such  χρεϊαι  we  still  possess  from  the 
hands  of  Hermogenes  and  Aphtho- 
nius ;  and  Macho,  the  comic  poet 
and  grainm.,  made  a  like  collection 
of  the  bon-mots  of  Greek  courtesans, 
many  of  which  still  remain  in  Athe- 
naeus ;  cf.  p.  577  D,  Diog.  L.  2,  85. — 
II.  like  Lat.  opus,  need,  7iecessity,  χρεί- 
ας v-Q,  Aesch.  Theb.  286  ;  ΐν'  εστα- 
μεν  χρείας,  considering  what  great 
need  we  are  in,  Soph.  O.  T.  1443 ; 
χρεία  ~ο7.εμεΙν,  to  war  with  necessity. 
Id.  0.  C.  191  ;  etc.  ;— and,  c.  gen., 
want  or  lack  of  a  thing,  φαρμάκων, 
φορβής,  Aesch.  Pr.  481,  Soph.  Phil. 
162,  etc. ;  so,  χρεία  εστί  (γίγνεται) 
μοι  τινός,  Lat.  opus  est  mihi  aliqua  re. 
Plat.,  etc. ;  έν  χρεία  είναι,  γίγνεσθαι 
τίνος,  Id.  Rep.  566  Ε,  etc. ;  χρ.  έχει 
αέ  τίνος,  Aesch.  Pr.  169,  Eur.  Med. 
1319;  and  so,  τίς  χρεία  σ'  έμον  [sc. 
έχει]  ;  Id.  Hec.  976,  cf.  χρεώ : — pro- 
verb., χρεία  διδάσκει,  κύν  3ραδνς  τις 
η,  σοφόν,  'necessity's  the  mother  of 
invention,'  Eur.  Teleph.  10,  cf.  El. 
376  ;  so  in  plur.,  ai  χρεϊαι  βιάζονται 
το'/μΰν,  Antipho  121,  12;  αϊ  τον  σώ- 
ματος χρ-,  Xen.  Mem.  3,  12,  5;  αί 
άναγκαΐαι  χρ.,  Dem.  668,  fin. — 2.  the 
result  nf  such  need,  waul,  poverty.  Soph. 
Phil.  175,  etc. ;  χρεία  και  ττενία,  Ar. 
Plut.  534. — 3.  a  request  of  necessity, 
opp.  to  άςίωσις  (a  claim  of  merit), 
Thuc.  1,  37,  cf.  33:  general!)•,  a  re- 
quest, Aesch.  Pr.  700 ;  χρ.  εχειν  τι- 
νός, to  make  a  request  of  or  from  an- 
other, Id.  Cho.  481  (almost=io  have 
need  nf  his  helpi. — 4.  a  needful  busi- 
ness, a  need.  Soph.  Aj.  740:  hence,  a 
business,  employment,  function,  Polyb. 
3,  45,  2,  etc. : — generally,  α  business, 
mailer,  like  χρίος,  and  so  of  a  battle, 
which  we  otten  call  '  an  affair,^  Id.  2, 
C9,  4,  etc.     Hence 

Χρειύκός,  η,  όν,  supplying  a  want, 
useful,  helping  : — hence,  χρειακοί,  ser- 
vants, Arrian.  Peripl. 

Χρειη,  3  sing.  opt.  pres.  o( χρή. 
ΧρεΙος,   τό,   Ep.  for  χρέος,  q.  v., 
HoiiJ-,  and  Hes. 


XPEO 

Χρεΐος,  ov,  {χρή) : — useful :  need- 
ful, fitting,  επη,  Aesch.  Supp.  194. — 
II.  act.,  needing,  being  in  want  of,  φί- 
λων, Eur.  H.  F.  1337  : — ahsol.,  yieedy, 
poor,  Aesch.  Supp.  202,  Eur.  Andro- 
med.  20,  3. — The  word  is  rare :  cf. 
αχρείος. 

Χρεωφελέτης,  ου,  6,  Ion.  for  χρεω- 
φε?.έτης,  Hipp. 

Χρειόω,  ώ,  f.  •ώσω,  to  have  force, 
avail,  προς  or  κατά  τι,  Sext.  Emp.  p. 
456,  etc. 

Χρείω,  Ep.  for  χρέω,  χράω,  to  de- 
liver an  oracle,  Od.  8,  79,  H.  Ap.  396 : 
cf  χράω  (Β)  Α.  fin. 

Χρειώ,  όος,  contr.  ονς,  ή,  Ep.  for 
χρεω,  q.  v.,  Horn.,  and  Hes. 

Χρειώδης,  ες.  {χρεΐος,  είδος)  of  use- 
ful nature,  τό  χρ-,  utility,  Luc.  Amor. 
38. 

Χρείως,  τό,  in  later  Ep.  for  χρέος, 
χρέως. 

ίΧρεμέτης,  6,  the  Chremetes,  a  river 
of  Africa.  Arist.  Meteor.  1,  13. 

Χρεμετίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  to  neigh,  whinny, 
Lat.  hinnire,  of  a  horse,  11.  12,  51,  Hdt. 
3.  86,  87,  Plat.  Rep.  396  B,  etc. :— in 
Hes.  Sc.  348  we  have  a  shorter  form 
(of  3  pi.  aor.  1)  χρέμισαν :  and,  in 
Call.  Fr.  352,  a  form  χρεμετάω  :  χρε- 
μέθω  is  also  quoted,  v.  Jac.  Anth.  P. 
p.  523.  (Hence  χρόμαδος: — onoma- 
top.,  like  βρέμω,  hit.  freino,  and  akin 
to  χμέμπτομαι :  but  no  such  root  as 
ΧΡΕ'ΜΩ  is  in  use.)    Hence 

Χρεμέτισμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  neighing, 
whinnying,  Αηύι.:  and 

Χρεμετισμός,  ov,  ό,  a  neighing, 
whinnying,  Ar.  Eq.  553. 

Χρεμετιστικός,  ή,  όν,  {χρεμετίζω) 
fond  of  neighing,  Philo. 

Χρέμης,  ητος,  ό,  freq.  name  of  old 
men  in  the  new  comedy,  v.  Χρεμνλος. 
— II.  a  sea-fish. 

Χρεμίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  v.  sub  χρεμετίζω. 
Χρέμμα,  ατός,  τό,  spittle,  expectora- 
tion :  from 

Χρέμτττομαι,  f.  -■φομαι,  de|).  mid., 
to  clear  one's  throat,  to  hawk  and  spit, 
Ar.  Thesm.  381 ;  c.  ace,  μήλα  χρ., 
Eupol.  Κο/.ακ.  17  ;  ττλατν  χρεμψά- 
μενος,  Luc.  Catapl.  12,  cf  Imagg.  20. 
(Akin  to  χρέμω,  χρεμετίζω,  cf.  Lat. 
screo. ) 

Χρεμπτόν,  ov,  τό,=χρέμμα. 
Χρεμν/.ος,  ov,  6,  like  Χρέμης,  a 
name  of  old  men  in  the  new  comedy, 
from  χρέμω,  χρέμήτομαι,  a  spitting, 
asthmatic  old  man. 

Χρέμνς,  νος,  ό,  also  κρέμνς,  a 
hard-headed  sea-fish,  also  λαοοκέφα- 
λος,  -A-rist.  ap.  .\lh.  305  D. 

Χρέμ-φ,  a  kind  of  fish,  coupled  with 
λάβραξ,  Arist.  H.  A.  4,  8,  18  (v.  1. 
χρέψ,  but  with  nothing  to  determine 
gender  or  declension.) 

Χρέμ-φις,  εως,  ή,  a  hawking  and 
spitting. 

ίΧοέμων,  ωνος,  ό,  Chremon,  one  of 
the  thirty  tyrants,  Xen.  Hell.  2,  3,  2. 
ίΧρεμωνίδειος,  ov,  of  Chremonides, 
Chremonidean,  Ath.  250  Ε  :  from 

^Χρεμωνιδης,  ov,  ό,  Chremonides, 
raasc.  pr.  n.,  Diog.  L.  7,  17. 

Χρεοκοπέω,  -κοπία,  -κοττίδης,  -κό- 
πος, worse  forms  for  χρεωκοη-,  Lob. 
Phryn.  390. 

Χφεολί'τέω,  worse  form  {οτχρεωλ-, 
V.  foreg. 

Χρέομαι,  Ion.  ίυτ  χράομαι,  Hdt. :  in 
Horn,  the  part,  χρεωμένος  from  χρέ- 
ωμαι  is  once  found  for  χρώμαι,  II.  23, 
834. 
Χρεόν,  Ion.  for  χρεών,  freq.  in  Hdt. 
Χρέος.  TO, gen.  χρέεος.αοηίτ.  χρέους 
(Eur.  I.  Α. 373);  the dat.  does  not  occur 
either  sing,  or  pl. :  Ep.  nom.  and  ace. 
ρΐ.χρέά,  Hes.  Op.  645,  λΐί.χρέά  :  Ep. 


-   ΧΡΕΩ 

nom.  sing,  χρεΐος,  Att.  χρέως,  q.  v. : 
{χράομαι,  χρή). — I.  like  χρεία,  want, 
need,  χρέος  εχειν  τινός,  Ar.  Ach.  454. 
— II.  a  business  of  necessity,  a  business, 
affair,  matter,  έμον  αντυϋ  χρεΐος,  έόν 
αυτού  χρεΐος,  Od.  1,  409  ;  2,  45  ;  κατά 
χρέος  τινός  έ/.θείν,  to  come  on  ac- 
count of  a  person  or  thing,  i.  e.  be- 
cause one  wants  it,  Od.  11,  479: — 
then  c.  gen.,  like  χάριν,  for  what  rea- 
son? wherefore?  Aesch.  Ag.  85;  so, 
έφ'  δ  τι  χρ.  έιιόλετε ;  Eur.  Or.  151  : 
— also,  just  like  χρήμα,  a  thing.  Soph. 
O.  T.  157,  Theocr.  24,  65;  25,  53; 
μέγα  τι  χρέος,  Call.  Dian.  100;  cf. 
χρήμα  II.  3. — HI•  that  which  one  needs 
must  do  OT  pay,  and  so  a  debt,  oft.  in 
Horn.;  χρέος  όφείλειν  τινί,  11.  11, 
688,  Od.  21,  17;  χρεϊος  όφεί/.εταί 
μοι,  11  11,  686,  Od.  3,  307:  χρεΐος 
άηοστήσασθαι.  to  weigh,  i.  e.  pay, 
back  a  debt,  II.  13,  746  ;  so,  χρέος  άττο- 
διδόναι,  Hdt.  2,  136  (where  also  we 
have  xp.  διδόναι,  to  lend  money,  χρ. 
λαμβάνειν,  to  borrow,  contract  debts ; 
χρέος  τό  έπΙ  την  τράττεζαν  [sc.  όφει- 
λόμενον],  Dem.  900,  14: — in  ρ\., debts, 
Hes.  Op.  645,  Ar.  Nub.  13,  etc. ;  χρέα 
ά-0/.αμβάνειν,  .A.ndoc.  25,  20  ;  χρέα 
έπί  τάκοις  οφειλόμενα,  Isae.  88,  23  ; 
την  ονσίαν  άπασαν  χρέα  κατέλιπε, 
left  all  the  property  in  outstanding 
debts,  Dem.  986,  24  : — cf.  αποκοπή, 
χρεωκοπέω.• — 2.  metaph.,  a  debt,  tres- 
pass, sin,  Theogn.  205,  Soph.  O.  C. 
235. — 3.  generally,  α  debt,  due,  τεόν 
χρ.,  Pind.  P.  8, 45,  cf  Eur.  Hec.  892  ; 
κατά  χρέος,  according  to  what  is  due, 
as  is  meet  and  proper,  H.  Hom.  Merc. 
138 ;  ήλθε  τωϋτ'  έπΙ  χρέος,  he  came 
to  the  same  office,  of  Ganymede,  Pind. 
0.  1,  71,  cf.  7,  72,  Soph.  El.  74  ;  οίς 
τόδ'  ην  χρέος,  they  who  had  this 
charge,  Aesch.  Pers.  777  : — a  promise 
due,  Pind.  O.  3,  12;  11  (10),  10;  «ατα 
χρέος  ΐ]περ  έώκει.  Αρ.  Rh.  3,  189 ; 
έχω  χρέος  ουδέν  ειπείν  Έ/./.ηνος,  Ι 
know  no  service  which  a  Greek  has 
done  me,  no  good  turn  which  I  owe  to 
one,  Hdt.  3,  110:  ΰράς  τινει  χρέος, 
pays  the  debt  (i.  e.  does  the  work)  of 
a  curse,  Aesch.  Ag.  457. — 4.  the  debt 
to  pay,  one's  destiny,  fate,  esp.  death. 
— IV.  m  Soph.  O.  C.  251.  Herm.  takes 
it  to  be^Lat.  necessitudo,  a  tie,  con- 
nexion. — V.  much  more  rarely,  like 
χρεία  I,  use,  profit. — Homer  uses  both 
χρέος  and  χρεΐος,  the  latter  much 
more  freq.  and  the  former  only  in  Od. 

Χρεοφειλέτης,  χρεοφεί/.ης,  worse 
forms  for  χρεωφ-. 

Χρέω,  Ion.  for  χράω  (Β)  A,  to  de- 
liver an  oracle,  H.  Horn.  Ap.  253,  293, 
oft.  in  Hdt. 

Χρεώ,  gen.  χρεόος,  contr.  ους,  η, 
only  poet. ;  Ep.  χρειώ:  {χρέος, χρεία) : 
— leant,  need ;  hence,  desire,  longing, 
urgent  wish,  freq.  in  Hom.  ;  ;/  τι  ,ωά/α 
χρεώ,  of  a  truth,  something  is  much 
7ieeded,  II.  9,  197,  cf.  10,  172;  χρειοί 
άναγκαίτι,  of  dire  necessity,  II.  8,  57  ; 
c.  gen.,  χρειώ  έμεΐο,  want,  need  of  me, 
II.  1,  341,  cf  Od.  4.  634;  iV  ov  χρεώ 
πείσματος  έστιν,  where  there  is  no 
need  of  Ά  cable,  Od.  9,  136. — 2.  χρειώ 
ίκάνεται,  want,  necessity  arises,  11.  10, 
118,  142,  Od.  6,  136 ;  so,  χρειώ  γίγνε- 
ται, II.  1,  341 ;  c.  ace.  pers.,  ότι  με 
χρειώ  τόσον  ικοι,  Od.  5,  189  ;  τίνα 
χρειώ  τόσον  ίκει;  Od.  2,  28  ;  so  έμέ 
όέ  χρεώ  γίγνεται  νηός,  Od.  4,  634 
(where  ίμέ  is  the  ace.  of  the  object 
towards  which, — and  γίγνεσθαι  like 
Ίκάνειν  is  used  as  a  verb  of  motion, 
cf.  γίγνομαι  II.  1);  so,  even  χρεώ 
έστι  is  used  c.  ace,  ουδέ  τι  μιν  χρεώ 
εσται  τνμβοχοής,  II.  21,  322.-3. 
hence  the  common  Homeric  elliptical 
1671 


ΧΡΕΩ 

nse  of  χμεώ  c.  ace.  pers.,  where  one 
would  have  expected  the  dat.,  τίπτε 
δέ  σε  χμεώ  (sc.  ίκάνει),  Od.  1,  225, 
II.  10,  85,— which  might  also  be  τίπτε 
δέ  σε  χρή  ;  why  must  thou  so  ? — and, 
in  this  phrase,  χρεώ  is  oft.  followed 
by  a  gen.,  ούτι  με  ταντης  χρεώ  τιμϊ/ς, 
no  need  of  it  touches  me,  11.  9,  608 
(which  might  also  be  ovtl  με  ταύτης 
χρή  τιμής) ;  so,  χρεώ  βουλής  έμε  και 
σε,  II.  10,  43,  cf.  9,  75  ;  11,  600;  but 
for  the  gen.  we  find  also  an  inf.,  τον 
ύε  μά'Αα  χρεώ  ίστύμεναί  κρατερώς, 
who  needs  must  stand  lirm,ll.  1 1,409  ; 
so,  ovor  TL  μιν  χρεώ  νΊ]ών  έπιβαινέ- 
μεν,  Od.  4,  707  ;  cf.  II.  18,  406,  Od.  15, 
201. — In  all  these  cases  Herm.  would 
supply  έχει,  but  this  phrase  is  not 
found  in  Horn. :  Eur.  has  once  imi- 
tated this  ellipse,  ά/ίλύ  τις  χρεία  σ' 
έμον  ;  Hec.  976,  cf.  Pors.  Or.  059.— 
II.  necessity,  destiny,  fate,  Λ  p.  Rh.  3, 
33. — III.  an  affair,  business,  lb.  4,  191. 
— The  word  is  Ep.,  used  once  by 
Eur.  H.  F.51. — Hom.  uses  both  forms, 
χρεώ  and  χρειώ,  equally :  but  in  the 
eilipt.  phrase,  mentioned  I.  3,  he  al- 
ways has  χρεώ,  and  that  as  a  mono- 
syll. :  hence  χρεώ,  II.  11,  006,  before 
a  vowel,  is  even  used  short,  cf.  Nake 
Choeril.  p.  161. 

Χρεωκοπέυ,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {χρεωκό- 
ΤΓος)  Att.  for  χρεοκοπέω,  to  cut  down 
debts,  i.  e.  to  lessen  or  cancel  them, 
Lat.  novas  tabulas  facerc,  Plut.  2,  829 
C  : — metaph.,  χρ.  τον  λόγον.  H).  764 
A  ;  xp.  μέρος  τ/μισν,  lb.  968  D  : — 
Plut. : — pass.,  to  be  cheated  or  defraud- 
ed, lb.  829  C. 

Χρεωκοπία,  ας,  ή,  (χρεωκόπος)  a 
cancelling  of  debts,  Polyb.  Fr.  Hist. 
68;  —  such  a  measure  was  Solon's 
σεισάγθεια,  called  χρεών  αποκοπή 
by  Plut.  Sol.  15. 

ΧρεωκοπΙδης,  ου,  δ,  one  who  cancels 
his  debts,  an  insolvent :  esp.  said  of 
those  friends  of  Solon  at  Athens,  who 
took  advantage  of  his  σεισύχΰεια, 
Plut  Solon  15  :  from 

Χρεωκόπος,  ov,  Att.  for  ;^;ρεο/ί07Γθζ• , 
(χρέος  II,  χρέως,  κόπτω)  : — cutting 
down  debts,  i.  e.  cancelling  them,  leav- 
ing them  unpaid,  insolvent : — formed 
after  κρεωκόπος. 

Χρεω'λϋτέω,  ώ,  (χρέος  Π.  χρέως, 
?\,νω)  '■ — to  discharge  a  debt,  Plut.  Ai- 
cib.  5  ;  xp.  τυν  μισθόν,  to  jiay  wages 
that  are  due,  Joseph. 

Χρεωμένος,  Ion.  part,  from  χρύο- 
μαι,  lor  χρώμενος,  II.  23,  834. 

Χρεών,  τό.  Ion.  χρεόν,  —  but  the 
Att.  form  is  also  freq.  in  the  MSS. 
ofHdt.  :  gen.  also  τον  χρεών,  Eur. 
Hipp.  1256,  H.  F.  21,  so  that  it  is  in- 
decl.,  though  little  used  save  in  noin. 
and  ace. : — strictly  a  part.  neut.  from 
γράω,  (Fon.  χρέω).  That  which  an 
oracle  declares,  that  which  must  be,  to 
χρεον  ■γίνεσθαι,  Hdt.  7,  17  :  hence, 
fate,  necessity,  like  χρεία  II,  Eur.  11. 
c,  Bacch.  515;  η  τε  ηλικία  και  το 
χρεών.  Plat.  Phaedr.  255  A  ;  etc.  :— 
but  usu.  χρεών  (or  χρεόν)  εστί,  much 
like  χρή,  'tis  fated,  necessary,  c.  inf., 
Theogn.  564,  Aesch.  Ag.  922,  Soph. 
O.  T.  633,  etc. ;— c.  ace.  et  inf.,  Pind. 
P.  2,  96,  Hdt.  1,  41,  57  ;  2,  133,  etc., 
and  so  in  Att.,  as  Soph.  Phil.  1439, 
Ar.  Eq.  138,  Thuc.  5,  49,  Plat.,  etc.  : 
— sometimes  also  absol.,  χρεών  [sc. 
εόν~\,  it  being  necessary ,  since  it  was  ne- 
cessary, Hdt.  5,  50;  9,  58.-2.  more 
rarelv,  that  ivhich  is  expedient  or  right. 
Soph.  Phil.  143:— so,  absol.  as  adv., 
oij  χρεών  άρχατε,  ye  rule  not-rightly, 
i.  e.  uiirightfidly,  Thuc.  3,  40. — Horn., 
and  Hes.,  do  not  use  it  at  all.  Od.  15, 
201,  being  f.  1.  i'or  χρεώ.  [In  poets 
1072 


XPH 

χρεών  is  sometimes  monosyll.,  v. 
JSiike  Choeril.  p.  161.] 

Χρέωνταί,  Ion.  3  pi.  from  χρύομαι, 
for  χρώνται,  Hdt. 

Χρέως,  TO,  Att.  for  χρέος  Π,  a  debt, 
Dem.  900,  14  (v.  1.  χρέος)  ;  v.  Lob. 
Phryn.  391  :  ace.  to  the  Atticists  the 
word  is  indecl.  and  χρέως  is  also  the 
lorm  o(  the  gen.  and  ace.  sing. — The 
pi.  is  borrowed  from  χρέος,  and  the 
dat.  sing,  and  pi.  are  not  found. 

Χρεωστενω,  and  -έω,  f.  -ήσω,  to  be 
in  debt : — pass,  χρεωστονμαι,  to  have 
a  debt  oxcing  to  one,  Heliod.  :  from 

Χρεώστης,  ov,  h,  {χρέως)  a  debtor, 
Luc.  Abdic.  15,  Plut.  2, 101  C.  Hence 

Χρεωστικός,  ή,  όν,  suitable  to  a 
debtor,  like  one.  Adv.  -κώς,  as  a  debtor, 
on  account  of  debts. 

Χρεωφειλ.έτης,  ov.  a,  a  debtor,  one 
in  debt,  tN.  T.,  cf.t  Lob.  Phryn.  691. 

Χρεωψείλημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  debt. 

Χρεωφείλι,ης,  ov,  ό,=χρεωφει.λέτης, 
susp. 

Χρεωφνλύκιον,  ov,  τό,  (φυλάσσω) 
the  archives  in  ivhich  the  lists  of  public 
debtors  are  kept,  Inscr. 

Χρή,  ή,  =  χρεία  II,  need,  necessity, 
but  prob.  only  to  be  found  in  the 
phrase  χρή  'σται.  Soph.  Ο.  C.  505 
(ubi  v.  Herm.),  Fr.  537  (ubi  v.  Dind.), 
Pherecr.  A?/p.  8,  Ar.  Fr.  329,  Phryn. 
(Com.)  Mus.  4 :— cf  βασίλη  for  βα- 
σίλεια. 

Χρή,  impers. :  subjunct.  xpy  :  op- 
tat,  χρείη :  inf.  χρήναι,  poet,  also 
χρήν,  Pors.  Hec.  204  : — impf.  έχρήν 
and  χρήν,  both  Att.,  Pors.  Suppl. 
Praef.  Hec.  (D),  though  the  former 
is  rare,  Wiistem.  Theocr.  18,  12:  — 
fut.  χρήσει:  —  v.  sub  fin.  Strictly 
from  χράω  (Β)  A,  /ο  deliver  an  oracle, 
χρή  (sc.  b  θεός)  ; —  but  always  used 
impers.  (somewhat  after  the  manner 
oi  νει,  ν'ιφει,  etc.),  ;/  is  fated,  necessa- 
ry, (ef.  Hdt.  1,  8,  and  χρεών)  ;  c.  inf, 
it  miist,  ?mist  needs  be,  it  is  good,  ft, 
meet  to  be,  etc.,  vi<v  δε  χρή  τετλύμεν 
εμπης.  Od.  3,  209 ;  τον  ννν  \ρή  κο- 
μέειν  6,  207;  cf.  II.  1,  216;  4,57, 
etc.  :  also  in  Att.,  σήμαιν'  δ  τί  χρή 
σνμπράττειν,  Aesch.  Pr.  295 ;  ο  τι 
χρή  πύσχειν  έθέλω.  lb.  1067;  ο  τι 
χρείη  ποιείν,  Stallb.  Plat.  Euthyphr. 
4  Ο,  9  A : — but,  more  often,  like  δεΙ, 
and  Lat.  oportet,  decet,  c.  ace.  pers.  et 
inf.,  one  must,  one  vmst  needs,  it  be- 
hoves, befits  one  to..,  Hom.,  etc. ;  χρή 
σε  πόλεμον  πανσαι,  II.  7,  331  ;  ov  σε 
χρή  νηλεές  ήτορ  έχειν,  II.  9,  496,  etc. 
— Sometimes  the  inl.  must  l)e  supplied 
from  the  context,  esp.  in  Hom.  in 
phrases  like  τίπτε  μύχιας  άποπανεαι ; 
υνύέ  τί  σε  χρή,  why  cease  from  bat- 
tle? for  it  behoves  thee  not  (sc.  άπο- 
πανεσθαι  μάχης),  II.  16,  721,  cf.  19, 
420 ;  so,  δθι  χρή  ττεζον  εόντα  (sc. 
μύρνασθαι),  Oil.  9,  50:  so  also  in 
Att.,  ποθείν  u  μή  χρή  (sc.  ποθείν), 
Aesch.  Ag.  342  ;  βνσαντες  οίς  χρή 
(sc.  βνσαι).  Plat.  Rep.  415  Ε  ;  etc. ; 
cf.  Stallb.  Plat.  Menex.  247  E.— The 
impf.  usu.  expresses  something  that 
ought  to  have  been,  but  has  not,  έν- 
θάδ'  ov  παραστατει,  ώς  χρήν,  'Ορέ- 
στης, Aesch.  Ag.  879  ;  έκανες  γ'  δν  ον 
χρήν,  1(1.  Cho.  930;  cf.  Soph.  Tr. 
1133,  etc.— 2.  also,  sine  inf.,  c.  ace. 
pers.  et  gen.  rei,  ονόέ  τί  σε  χρή  αφρο- 
σύνης, thou  hast  no  need  of  impru- 
dence, i.  e.  it  does  not  befit  thee, 
II.  7,  109;  ov  σε  χρή  ετ  αίδονς, 
Od.  3.  14  ;  τί  με  χρή  μητέρος  αί- 
νου, 0(Ι.  21,  110;  μνϋήσεαι  δττεό 
(i.  e.  ov  τίνος)  σε  χρή,  Od.  1,  124  ;  4, 
403:  —  this  usaji-e  is  denied  to  the 
Att.  poets  by  Pors.  Or.  659,  v.  also 
Dind.  Ar.  Av.  1406;   cf.  χρεώ. —2. 


XPHM 

very  rare  c.  dat.  pers.  pro  ace,  Soph. 
Ant.  736,  Eur.  Ion  1317.— II.  some- 
times also  in  a  less  strong  signf.,  one 
may,  one  can,πώς  χρή  τοντο  περύσαι ; 
how  is  one  to  get  through  this  Τ  The- 
ocr. 15,  45  ;  freq.  also  in  Dein.,  and 
Luc,  V.  Valck.  Adon.  p.  354  A. — HI. 
TO  χρήν,  fate,  destiny,  Eur.  H.  F.  828, 
Hec.  260,  ubi  v.  Dind.  —  IV.  εχρης. 
Dor.  χρήσθα,=  ώφε?.ες,  thou  ovghtest, 
Ar.  Ach.  778. — Cf  δεΙ.  —  Hom.  has 
only  the  pres.  indicat.  χρή,  and 
uses  it  short  before  a  vowel,  Od.  3, 14. 

Χρήεσσι,  Ep.  contr.  dat•  phir.  from 
χρέος  for χρεέεσσι.  Αρ.  Rh. ;  or  from 
χρήος. 

Χρτιζω,  in  Att.  used  only  in  pres., 
and  impf.  (unless  with  Herm.  and 
Ellendt  we  read  χρησθείς  in  Soph. 
Ant.  23,  Dem.  519,  29,  as  aor.  pass, 
from  this  verb,  being  asked  or  desired)  : 
Ep.  and  Ion.  χριμζω,  as  always  in 
Hom.,  though  in  Hdt.  both  forms 
commonly  occur:  Dor.  χρήσδω,χρήδ- 
δω,  Theocr.  8,  11,  Ar. 'Ach.  734: 
(χράω,  χρή,  χρεία).  To  need,  want, 
lack,  have  need  of,  τινός,  II.  11,  835, 
Od.  17, 121,  558,  Hdt.  5,  30,  and  Att. : 
absol.  in  part,  χρηίζων,  needy,  poor, 
Od.  11,  340,  Hes.Op.  349.-2.  to  desire, 
long  for,  τινός,  Hes.  Op.  365 :  to  ask, 
crave,  desire,  demand,  Lat.  solicitare, 
freq.  in  Hdt.  ;  usu.  c.  inf,  as  in  1,  41, 
112,  152,  etc.  ;  also,  χρ.  τινός  ποιεΙν 
τι,  lb.  5,  19,  65 ;  9,  55 ;  so  also  in 
Att.,  χρτιζω  άκονσαι,  Aesch.  Pr.  283, 
Soph,  and  Eur. ;  but  rare  in  prose, 
as  Thuc.  3,  109,  and  Xen.  ;  v.  Valck. 
Adon.  p.  328  B,  Pors.  Med.  1396:  also, 
Xp.  τινά  ποιείν,  Hdt.  1,  41  ;  4,83  : — 
c.  gen.  rei,  to  ask,  demand  a  thing,  lb. 
5,  30 ;  9.  87  ;  very  rarely  c.  ace.  rei, 
as  in  Hdt.  7,  38,  for  an  inf.  is  usu.  to 
be  supplied,  as  φράζ'  δ  τι  χρ-ήζεις  (sc. 
φράζειν),  Ar.  Nub.  359,  cf.'  Thesm. 
751,  Aesch.  Pr.  928:  —  sometimes 
also,  χρ-ήζειν  παρά  τίνος.  Vita  Hom. 
17.  —  3.  μή  έχρηζες  θανεΙν,λι^Β  μή 
ώφελες,  thou  oughtest  not  to  have 
died,  Ο  that  thou  hadst  not..  !  Soph. 
O.  C.  1713.  —  4.  the  part,  χρι/ζων  is 
used  absol.  for  f<  χρι^ζει,  if  one  will, 
if  one  chooses,  Theogn.  952,  Aesch. 
Cho.  340 :  hence,  wishing  well,  well 
inclined,  propitious,  πολλά  δ'  άλλα 
φανεί  χρηίζων  (sc.  Ερμής),  lb.  815, 
but  V.  Dind.  ad  1.  ;  ει  βεόν  χρηζοντ'' 
Ιχεί,  Eur.  Supp.  597.— Cf.  χρηΐσκο- 
μαΐ- — II.  the  signf.  of  ^ρύω,  to  deliver 
an  oracle,  has  been  wrongly  given  to 
this  verb,  v.  sq. — The  word  is  rare  in 
Att.  prose,  except  in  Xen. 

Χρτ/ζω,= χράω,  to  deliver  an  oracle, 
foretell,  Eur.  Hel.  516.— Several  forms 
oi  χρφζω  have  been  wrongly  referred 
to  thi's  signf,  v.  Herm.  Soph.  O.  C. 
1428,  Ellendt  v.  χρηΐζω  2. 

Χρτ/ια.ας,  ή,  Ion.  lor  rpf  m,  iise : yieed. 

Χρηΐζω,  Ep.  and  Ion.  for  χρ^ζω, 
q.  V.  sub  init. 

Χρηισκομαι,  Ion.  collat.  form  from 
χρύομαι,  to  use,  make  use  of,  τινί,  Hdt. 
3,  117. 

Χρήμα,  ατός,  τό,  (χράομαι) : — a 
thing  that  one  iises  or  needs  ;  hence,  in 
plnr.,  goods,  property,  money,  oft.  in 
I  Od.  (never  in  II.),  Hes.,  lldt.,  etc. ; 
[  cf.  sub  fin.  : — proverb.,  χρήματα  ψυ- 
χή βροτοΐσι,  a  man's  money  is  his  life, 
Hes.  Op.  684  ;  χρήματ'  άνήρ, '  money 
makes  the  man,'  Alcae.  50,  Pind.  I. 
2,  17  ;  έν  χρήμασιν  οίκεϊ  πατρώοις, 
j  Aesch.  Eum.  757  ;  χρημάτων  πένψ 
!  τες,  Eur.  El.  37  ;  χρήματα  πορίζειν, 
Ar.  Eccl.  236  ;  κρείσσων  χρημάτωνχ 
Thuc.  2,  00  ;  χρήμασιν  νικΰσΟαι,  lb.  ; 
μήτε  χρημιΊτων  φειδόμενος  μή  Τί 
πόνων.  Plat.  Phaed.  78  A  ;  etc.— Acc 


ΧΡΗΜ 

to  Poll.  9,  87,  the  Ion.  used  also  the 
sing,  in  this  signf.,  and  so  we  find  it 
once  in  Hdt.  3,  38,  but  this  was  not 
common  till  late,  as  in  Diod.,  and 
N.  T.  — 11.  generally,  a  thing,  matter, 
<^air,  event,  H.  Horn'.  Merc.  332,  Hes. 
Op.  342,  400  ;  τνμώτον χρ?ιμάτων  ττάν- 
τωΐ',  Hdt.  7,  145  :  κινεΐν  πάν  χρήμα, 
'  to  leave  no  stone  unturned,'  Hdt.  5, 
96 :  esp.  a  dealing,  business,  like  Lat. 
res  for  negotium. — 2.  χρήμα  is  often 
expressed  where  it  might  be  omitted, 
as,  δεινόν  χρήμα  έττοιεϋντο,  Hdt.  8, 
16;  οίον  τί  χρήμα  ηηιήσειε,  lb.  138, 
etc. :  so  too,  ίς  αφανές  χρήμα  άπο- 
στέλ?ίειν  ΰποικίαν,  to  send  out  a 
colony  without  any  certain  destina- 
tion. Id.  4,  150 :  and  so  oft.  in  Trag., 
τί  χρήμα  ;^Tc ;  what?  e.g.  Aesch. 
Pr.  298,  Cho.  10,  Soph.  Phil.  1231; 
esp.  τ  i  χρήμα  πάσχω;  Valck.  Hipp. 
909  ;  so  also,  πικρόν  τί.  μοί  χρήμα 
έδόκει  είναι,  Plat.  Gorg.  485  it. — 3. 
in  like  maimer,  χρήμα  is  used  in  per- 
iphrases to  express  something  strange 
or  extraordinary  of  its  kind,  μέγα 
σνος  χρήμα,  a  huge  monster  of  a  boar, 
Wess.  Hdt.  1,36;  νος  χρήμα  μέγι- 
στον.  Ibid.  ;  cf.  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  4,  8  ;  τοϋ 
χειμώνας  χρήμα  άφόρητον,  Hdt.  7, 
183  ;  το  χρήμα  των  νυκτών  ύσον,  of 
what  a  terrible  length  the  nights  are, 
Ar.  Nub.  2  ;  λιπαρον  το  χρήμα  τής 
πόλεως,  what  a  fine  city  !  Id.  Av.  826, 
cf.  Lys.  83  ;  κλέπτον  το  χρήμα  τάν- 
δρός,  a  thievish  sort  of  fellow,  Id. 
"Vesp.  933  ;  το  χρήμα  τον  νοσήματος, 
Id.  Lys.  1085  : — τυράννου,  a  horrible 
tyrant.  Plat.  Rep.  507  Ε  ;  χρ.  καλόν 
τι,  such  a  fine  thing!  Theocr.  15, 
23  : — also  to  express  a  great  number 
or  mass,  as  we  say  a  lot.  a  deal,  a 
heapof..,  πολλόν  τι  χρήμα  τών  όόίων, 
χρήμα  πολλών  άρδίων,  νεών,  α  vast 
deal  of  serpents,  javelins,  ships,  etc., 
Hdt.  3,  109  ;  4,  81  ;  6,  43  ;  όσον  το 
χρήμα  παρνόπων,  what  a  lot  of  lo- 
custs, Ar.  Ach.  150,  cf  Pac.  Π92  ; 
χρήμα  τΐολλόν  τι  χρνσοϋ,  Hdt.  3, 
130  ;  πο?ώ  χρήμα  τεμαχών,  Ar.  Plut. 
894  : — also  οί persons,  χρήμα  67ΐ?,ειών, 
Valck.  Phoen.  206 ;  σφενδονητών 
Ίτάμπολύ  τι  χρήμα,  Xen.  Cyr.  2,  1,5; 
μέγα  χρήμα  Αακαινάν,  Theocr.  18, 
4. — The  interchange  between  χρήμα 
and  κτήμα  is  freq.,  yet  the  same  dis- 
.  tinction  holds  as  between  χράυμαι 
and  κτάομαι,  so  that  κτήμα  is  strictly 
a  possession,  χρήμα,  what  one  wants  or 
uses,  V.  κτήμα  I.  fin.,  and  cf.  Schaf 
Mel.  p.  17,  cf.  Cic.  Fam.  7,  20. 
Hence 

ΧρημΰτΊας,  ov,  b,  a  rich  man,  Ma- 
netho. 

Χρηματίζω,  f.  -ίσω  Att.  -ιώ  :  (.χρή- 
μα) : — to  do  or  carry  on  business,  have 
dealings,  esp.  in  money-matters 
(though  this  special  signf.  is  mostly 
confined  to  the  mid.) :  generally,  to 
negociate.  transact  business,  Thuc.  1, 
87;  5,  61  ;  χρ.  τι.  Id.  6,  62,  Isocr.  73 
D  : — χρ.  περί  τίνος,  to  consult,  debate, 
hear  and  advise  about  a  matter,  περί 
τίνος,  Ar.  Thesm.  377,  Arist.  Rhet.  1, 
4,  4:  absol.,  to  consult,  consider,  πριν 
uv  άπαξ  γνώ  τυ  δικαστήριον,  πάλιν 
χρηματίσαι,  Dem.  717,  20,  cf  Aes- 
chm.  4,  10;  χρ.  ίδια,  Dem.  430,  24, 
etc.  : — to  give  an  answer  after  delibera- 
tion, Xen.  Ath.  3,  1,  Decret.  ap.  Dem. 
250,  10  : — generally,  to  have  dealings 
of  any  kind  with,  stand  in  any  relation 
to  a  person,  χρηματίζειν  τινι  προς  γέ- 
νος, to  stand  in  a  relation  of  affinity  to 
any  one,  Phot,  e  Ctes.  Pers.  2. — II. 
mid.  χρηματίζομαι :  fut.  -ιονμαι :  pf. 
κεχρημάτισμαι  (Dinarch.  92,  8): — to 
do  business  for  one's  self  or  to  one's  own 


XPHM 

profit ;  hence,  to  make  money,  οίόμενοι 
χρημαηείσθαι  μάλλον  ή  μαχείσθαι, 
Thuc.  7,  13;  esp.  by  base  arts,  Di- 
narch. 1.  c,  Isae.  77,  18;  χρ.  άπό  τί- 
νος, to  make  money  of  or  from  a  thing, 
Plat.  Soph.  225  E,  Arist.  Pol.  3,  15, 
12  ;  εκ  τίνος,  Isocr.  221  ;  c.  ace.  cog- 
nato,  χρ.  χρηματισμόν.  Plat.  Legg. 
949  E,  Gorg.  467  D  :  —  hence,  gene- 
rally, to  tra?isact  business,  have  deal- 
ings, negociate,  hold  conference  with 
another,  τινί,  Hdt.  3,  118  ;  7.  163  :— 
c.  ace.  ΤΘ^.χρηματίζεσθαι  το  νόμισμα, 
to  traffic  in  money,  like  a  money-lend- 
er or  banker,  Arist.  Pol.  1,  9,  14  ;  but 
c.  ace.  pers.,  χρ.  τίνα,  to  make  money 
of  any  one,  i.  e.  get  it  from  him  by  ex- 
tortion, Poiyb.  32,  21,  13  ;  and  so,  χρ. 
παρά  τίνος,  Isocr.  209  Β  ;  cf.  πρασ- 
σω  V.  2,  πλεονεκτέω.  —  HI.  in  later 
writers,  from  Polyb.  downwds.,  the 
act.  χρηματίζω  has  the  signf  to  take 
and  bear  a  title  or  name,  χρηματίζει  βα- 
σιλεύς, he  takes  the  title  of  king,  Po- 
lyb. 5,  57,  2  ;  30,  2,  4,  Diod.,  etc.  ; 
νέα  ^ϊσις  εχρημάτισε,  she  had  herself 
called  a  new  Isis,  Plut.  Anton.  54 ; 
εχρημάτιζε  Καρχηδόνιος,  Strabo  ;  μή 
πατρόθεν,  ά?.λ'  άπό  μήτρων  χρημα- 
τίζειν, to  call  themselves  not  from  the 
fathers,  but  the  mothers,  Plut.,  cf. 
Menag.  Diog.  L.  1,  48,  Interpp.  ad 
Act.  Apost.  11,  26. — Prose  word. 

Χρηματικός,  ή,  όν,  of  or  belonging 
to  χρήματα  or  money,  χρ.  ζημία,  a 
money  fine,  Plut.  Demosth.  27 ;  χρ. 
συμβόλαια,  money  contracts.  Id.  Ly- 
curg.  13  :  οι  χρηματικοί,  the  moneyed 
men.  Id.  Solon  14  ;  χρ.  πενία.  Id.  2, 
524  Ε. 

Χρημάτΐσις,  εως,  ?),  =  sq.,  Xen. 
Oec.  11.  11;  20,  22.  [α] 

Χρηματισμός,  οϋ,  ό,  (χρηματίζω)  α 
doing  of  business,  as  well  commer- 
cial as  public  :  esp.  a  negociation,  a 
giving  audience  to  ambassadors,  Polyb. 
28,  14,  10 ;  χρ.  εποιείτο  και  τους  λό- 
γους, lb.  10,  4  :  also  of  an  oracle,  a 
response,  LXX. — 3.  oi  χρηματισμοί, 
negociations  in  ivriting,  acts,  instru- 
ments, documents,  Diod.  14,  13. — II. 
(from  mid.)  a  domg  business  for  one's 
own  gain,  7no-ney -making,  oft.  m  Plat., 
ύμελήσας  χρηματισμού  και  οικονο- 
μίας, Apol.  36  is  ;  Ίάτρευσις  και  ό  άλ- 
λος χρ-,  Rep,  357  C  ;  χρ.  δια  βαναυ- 
σίας  και  τόκων,  Legg.  743  Ό ;  ό  έκ 
γής  χρ-,ϊύ.  949  Ε : — gain,  profit,  Isocr. 
37  ^  ;  XP-t  oil  λειτουργία  γέγονεν  ή 
τριηραρχία,  Dem.  568,  18.— III.  later, 
a  title,  style,  name,  Diog.  L.  1,  48. 

Χρημύτιστέον,     verb.    adj.     from 

Ϊρηματίζω,οηε  must  make  mojiey,  Xen. 
,ac.  7,  3. 

Χρημάτιστήρ,  ήρος,  ό,=χρηματι- 
στης.     Hence 

Χρημάτιστήριον,  ου,  τό,  α  place  for 
bttsiness  :  and  so, —  1.  a  council-cham- 
ber, Diod.  1,1. — 2.  a  banking-house, 
counting-house,  Plut.  Caes.  07. — 3.  an 
oracle,  LXX. 

Χρηματιστής,  οϋ.  δ,  (χρηματίζω) 
one  who  carries  on  business,  esp.  for 
making  money,  a  money-getter,  a  man 
in  business,  trafficker,  tradesman.  Plat. 
Gorg.  452  A,  Rep.  434  A,  etc.,  Xen. 
Oec.  2,  18.     Hence 

Χρηματιστικός,  η,  όν,  belonging  to 
or  fitted  for  χρηματίζειν  or  χρηματί- 
ζεσβαι :  hence, — ].  filled  for  traffic  and 
money-making.  Plat.  Rep.  581  C  :  χρ. 
οιωνός,  an  omen  portending  gain,  Xen. 
An.  6,  1,  23  :  ή  -κή  (sc.  τέχνη),  the 
art  of  money-making,  traffic.  Id.  Gorg. 
477  E,  Euthyd.  307  A  ;  v.  esp.  Arist. 
Pol.  1,3. — 2.  belonging  to  or  fitted  for 
the  dispatch  of  public  business,  χρ.  σκη- 
νή, πυλών,  a  tent,  hall  for  holding 


ΧΡΗΣ 

conferences,  giving  audience-  etc.,  Po- 
lyb. 5,  81,  5;  15,31,2. 

Χρημάτίτης,  ov,  6,  ( χρήμα  )  a 
wealthy  man,  Diod.  ;  άγων  χρ.,  a  con- 
test for  a  money  prize ;  cf.  χρηματι- 
κός, [i] 

Χρημύτοδαίτης,  ov,  ό,  {χρήμα, 
δαίω)  : — a  divider  of  money  or  wealth, 
κτεάνων  χρ.,  Aesch.  Theb.  730. 

Χρημάτοποιός,  όν,  {χρήμα,  ποιέω) 
money-making,  money-getting,  of  wo- 
men, Ar.  Eccl.  442,  Xen.  Oec.  20, 
15. 

Χρημάτοφθορικός,  ή,  όν,  fitted  for 
wasting  money,  spendthrift,  opp.  to 
χρηματιστικός.  Plat.  Soph.  225  D : 
from 

Χρημάτοφθόρος,  ov,  (χρήμα,  φθεί- 
ρω) wasting  or  squandering  money. 

Χρημάτοφνλάκιον ,  ου,  τό,  a  treasu- 
ry, [ά] 

Χρήμη,  ης,  η.  Ion.  for  χρεία,  a  re- 
quest,grayer, y.  1.  Archil.  15,  Vit.  Horn. 
13.  14. 

Χρημοσννη,  ης,  ή,  like  χρεία,  need, 
ivant,  lack,  Theogn.  389,  394,  etc.  ;  cf. 
also  χρησμοσννη. 

Χρήνννμι.=  χράομαι,  prob.  1.  in 
Theophr.  Char.  5. 

Χρήος,  εος,  τό,  Ep.  for  χρέος,  Ma- 
netho  ;  whence  dat.  d1.  χρήεσσι,  Αρ. 
Rh.  3,  1198. 

Χρ7)σδω,  Dor.  for  χρτ/ζω,  Theocr. 

Χρήσθα,  Dor.  2  sing.  impf.  from 
χρήναι,  for  εχρης,  Ar.  Ach.  778. 

Χρτ/σϊμενω,  to  be  useful  or  servicea- 
ble, τινί,  Theophr.,  cf.  Lob.  Phryn. 
386:  from 

Χρήσιμος,  η,  ov,  also  ος,  ov.  Plat. 
Gorg.  480  B,  Rep.  333  C  ;  (χράομαι) : 
— useful,  serviceable  ;  good  for  use,  good, 
apt  or  fit  in  its  kind,  first  in  Theogn. 
406,  then  in  Hdt.,  and  freq.  in  Att. ; 
χρ.  ε'ις  τι,  use  fid  for  something,  Hdt. 
4,  109,  Plat.  Rep.  333  Β  ;  επί  τι.  Id. 
Gorg.  480  Β  ;  προς  τι,  Eur.  Hipp. 
482,  Plat.  TO  χρ.,  use,  advantage,  Eur. 
Phoen.  1741 ;  to  αντίκα  χρ.,  Thuc. 
3,  56. — 2.  also  of  men,  serviceable,  fit, 
proper.  Soph.  Aj.  410  :  esp.,  like  χρη- 
στός, a  good  and  useful  citizen,  χρ.  πά- 
λει, Eur.  Or.  910;  χρ.  πολίτης,  Eu- 
pol.  Dem.  16  ;  χρ.  τινι,  Isae.  Fr.  2, 1  ; 
ίπί  τι,  Dem.  779,  15,  cf.  Wolf  Dem. 
Lept.  459,  6  ;  τους  εύπορους  δει  χρη- 
σίμους έαντονς  παρέχειν  τή  πόλει,  to 
show  themselves  useful  and  well  de- 
serving of  the  state,  Dem.  1045,  23, 
cf.  Eur.  Supp.  887,  Isae.  Fr.  3.  1  :— 
τοΙς  σώμασι  χρησιμώτεροι,  more  able- 
bodied,  Xen.  Lac.  5,  9 :  opp.  to  άρ- 
γαλέος  τήν  όψιν,  Aeschin.  9,  21. — 3. 
used,  made  use  of,  τέμενος  χρησιμώ- 
τατον,  a  much-frequented  sanctuary, 
Hdt.  2,  178. — 4.  χρήσιμη  διαθήκη,  an 
available  (i.  e.  authentic)  ViiW,  Isae.  59, 
18. — II.  adv.  -μως.  usefully,  χρ.  εχειν, 
to  be  serviceable,  Thuc.  3,  44.    Hence 

Χρησιμότης,  7]Τος,  ή,  usefulness. 

Χρήσις,  εως,  ή,  ( χράομαι  ):  —  α 
using,  employment,  wsemade  of  a  thing, 
τινός,  Pind.  O.  10  (11),  2:  also  in 
plur.,  uses,  advantages,  Id.  N.  1,43; 
ai  ες  τα  πο?ίεμικά  χρήσεις,  the  u.ies  οί 
war,  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  5,  7  : — opp.  to  κτή- 
σις.  Plat.  Menex.  238  Β  ;  cf.  χράομαι, 
fin.  — 2.  poiver  or  7tieans  of  using,  use- 
fulness, Thuc.  7,  5  ;  opp.  to  αχρηστία. 
Plat.  Rep.  333  D  ;  εχειν  χρήσιν,  to 
be  useful,  Dem.  154,  18. — 3.  intimacy, 
acquaintance,  Lat.  usus,  Isocr.  409  C  ; 
a'l  o'lKOt  χρήσεις,  i.  e.  intercourse  with 
a  woman.  Id.  386  C. — 4.  in  Gramm.,  α 
passage  quoted  as  authority  for  some 
special  usage,  Hemst.  Ar.  Plut.  p.  226. 
— II.  (χράω  (Β)  A),  the  response  of  an 
oracle,  άπό  κείνου  χρήσιος,  at  his 
bidding,  Pind.  0.  13,  108.  —  lU, 
1673 


ΧΡΗΣ 

χράω  (Β)  Β),  α  lending,  Polyb.  32, 
9,  i. 

Χρησμηγόρας,  ου,  ό,  {χρησμός,  ΰγο- 
οενω)  an  ulterer  of  oracles,  a  prophet : 
—■poet,  χρησμαγόρης,  Ληΐίι.  P.  9,  525. 
Hence 

'Χ.ρΐ]σμηγορέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  utter 
oracles,  Luc.  Dea  Syr.  10. 

Χρησμι/γόρος,  ov,=  χρησμηγόρας, 
χρησμυλόγος. 

Χρησμοδοσία,  ας,  ή,  α  giving  of  or- 
acles :  from 

Χρησμούοτέο),  ώ,  ίο  give  oracles. 
Hence 

Χρησμοδότημα,  ατός,  τό,  an  oracle 
given,  prophecy. 

Χρησμοδότης,  ov,  6,  {χρησμός,  δί• 
δωμι)  one  who  gives  oracles,  a  prophet, 
soothsayer. 

Χρησμολέσχης,  ου,  ό,=χρησμολύ- 
γος,  Lye.  1419. 

Xpr/σμολογέω,  ώ,  f.  -^/σω,  {χρησμο- 
Τίόγος)  to  utter  oracles,  divine,  Ar.  Λν. 
964,  991. 

Χρησμολογία,  ας,  ή,  an  uttering  of 
oracles. 

Χρησμολογική,  ης,  η,  (sc.  τέχνη), 
the  art  of  divination,  gift  of  prophecy. 

Χρησμολόγιον,  ου,τύ,  a  divination. 

Χρησμολόγος,  ov,  (χρησμός,  λέγω) 
uttering  oracles,  divining,  χ.  άνήρ,  a 
soothsayer,  diviner,  Hdt.  1,  62  ;  8,  96  ; 
of  Musaeus,  Soph.  Fr.  960. —  II.  an 
expounder  of  oracles,  Hdt.  7,  142,  143  ; 
and  in  7,  6,  prob.,  a  collector  of  oracles, 
oracle-monger  ;  cf.  Thuc.  2,  8,  21,  etc. 

Χρησμολΰτης,  ου,  ό,  an  expounder 
of  oracles,   [ij] 

Χρησμοποιός,  όν,  {χρησμός,  ποιεω) 
making  oracles  in  verse,  Luc.  Ale.x.  23. 

Χρησμός,  οϋ,  ό,  {χρύω  (Β)  Α  ) :  — 
ίΛ€  answer  of  an  oracle,  oracular  re- 
sponse, oracle,  Solon  28,  9,  Pind.  P. 
4,  100,  Hdt.,  and  freq.  in  Alt. :  χρη- 
σμον  φαίνΐΐν,  to  deliver  an  oracle, 
Hdt.  1,  159;  cf.  κίι]δη'λυς  U.  3:—ώς- 
Ίτερ  χρησμούς  γρύφΐΐν,  i.  e.  with  ail 
solemnity,  Lycurg.  159,  21. 

Χρησμοσύνη.  ης,  ή,  {χρ{)ζω)  like 
χρημοσννη,  need,  want,  poverty,  Tyr- 
tae.  1,8;  κόρος  και  χρ.,  Heraclit.  ap. 
Philon.  : — hence,  an  eager  request,  im- 
portunity, της  χρ.  μετίεσαν,  Hdt.  9, 
33  (where  some  wrongly  take  it  in 
the  signf.  of  μαντοσύνη,  others  no 
better  for  χρήσις,  use). 

Χρησμοφόρος,  ov,  (χρησμός,  φέρω) 
bringing  oracles,  Luc,  Paus. 

Χρησμοφύλαξ,  ύκος.  6,  {χρησμός, 
φνλαξ)  a  keeper  of  oracles,  Luc.  Alex. 
23. 

Χρησμωδέω,  ω,  f.  -ήσω,  {χρησμω- 
δός)  to  sing  oracles  or  give  them  in 
verse  :  to  give  oracles, prophesy,  Hdr..  7, 
6,  Ar.  Eq.  818,  Plat.,  etc.     Hence 

Χρηπμωδημα,  ατός,  τό,  an  oracular 
response,  esp.  in  verse. 

Χρησμφδία,  ας.  ή,  the  answer  of  an 
oracle,  esp.  given  in  verse  :  a  prophecy, 
Aesch.  Pr.  775,  Plat.  Prot.  310  D. 

Χρησμφδίκός,  η,  όν,  meet  for  a  χρη- 
σμωδός,  oracular,  Luc.  Alex.  22 : 
Irom 

Χρησμωδός,  όν,  ( χρησμός,  ώδη  ) : 
— strictly,  singing  oracles  or  delivering 
them  in  verse  :  prophesying,  prophetic, 
of  the  Sphinx,  Soph.O.  T.  1200:  ύ 
χρ.,  a  soothsayer,  prophet.  Plat.  Apol. 
22  C,  Ion  534  C.  etc. 

Χρηστέον,  verb.  adj.  from  χράομαι., 
one  must  use,  riv'i,  Plat.  Soph.  267  E. 

Χρηστεί'ομαι,  dep.  mid.,  to  behave 
like  a  χρηστός,  i.  e.  be  good,  kind  or 
merciful,  N.  T. 

Χρηστήρ,  ήρος,  ό,  =  χρήστης. 
Hence 

Χρηστηριάζω,  f.  -ύσω,  like  χρύω, 
to  give  oracles,  prophesy  :  USU.  in  mid., 
1074 


ΧΡΗΣ 

like  χράομαι,  to  have  an  oracle  given 
one,  consult  an  oracle,  χρτ/στηριάζεσθαι 
kv  Αε?.φοΙς,  Hdt.  1,  66,  cf.  91,  etc.  ; 
χρ.  βεώ,  to  consult  a  god,  like  ;^;ρ»^σσ- 
σβαι  θεώ,  Hdt.  7,  178  ;  Ίροΐσι  χρήστη- 
ριάζεσβαι,  to  consult  victims.  Id.  8, 
134,  cf  4,  00;  χρ.  επί  τι.  for  some- 
thing. Id.  1,  66  ;  περί  τίνος,  respecting 
something.  Id.  2,  52  :  χρ.  ει..,  to  ask 
the  oracle  whether..,  Id.  5,  67. 

Χρηστήριον,  ου,  τό,  an  oracle,  i.  e., 
■ — 1.  the  seat  of  an  oracle,  such  as  Del- 
phi, H.  Horn.  Ap.  81,  214,  etc.,  Hes. 
Fr,  39.  6,  Hdt.  l,etc. ;  to  εν  Αελφοϊς 
χρ.,  Hdt.  1,  13;  sometmies  distin- 
guished from  the  ναός,  when  it  is  the 
cclla  or  most  sacred  place,  Schweigh. 
Hdt.  0,  19: — freq.  in  plur.  for  sing., 
Aesch.  Theb.  748,  Eum.  194.— 2.  the 
a7iswer  if  an  oracle,  oracular  response, 
Hdt.  1,  63,  69,  etc.,  Eur.  Ion  532.— 
II.  an  offering  for  the  oracle,  as  made 
esp.  by  those  consulting  it ;  gener- 
ally, a  sacrificial  victim,  χρ.  Οέσθαι, 
έρδειν,  Pind".  Ο.  0, 119,  Aesch.  Theb. 
230  :  and  metaph.  (as  we  say)  a  vic- 
tim,  sacrifice,  Soph.  Aj.  220,  ubl  v. 
Lob.     Strictly  neut.  fi-om 

Χρηστηριος,  a,  ov,  also  ος,  ov, 
Aesch.  Eum.  241  ;  {χράω  (Β)  A)  :— 
of  or  belonging  to  an  oracle,  εφετμα'ι, 
Aesch.  1.  c.  :  oracular ,  foreboding,  όρνι- 
θες, Id.  Theb.  26. — 2.  of  or  belonging 
to  a  prophet,  prophetic,  ίσθής.  Id.  Ag. 
1270;  τρίπους  χρ.,  Eur.  Ion  1320; 
δόμοι χρ.^χρηστήρια. — II.  (χράομαι) 
like  χρηστικός,  fitted  or  designed  for 
use,  useful,  χρηστήρια  σκεύη,  house- 
hold utensils  01  furniture,  Plat.  (Com.) 
Hell.  0,  Strab. 

Χρηστηριώδης,  ες,  (  χρηστήριον, 
είδος)  after  the  manner  of  a  χριιστηριον, 
Philostr. 

Χρήστης,  ου,  ό :  gen.  pi.  χρηστών 
(parox.,  not  χρηστών,  to  distinguish 
it  from  the  gen.  pi.  of  χρηστός) ; 
(  χράω  (Β)  A)  : — one  who  gives  or  ex- 
pounds oracles,  a  prophet,  soothsayer. — 
II.  (κίχρημί),  a  creditor,  usurer,  dun, 
Ar.  Nub.  241,  433,  Lycurg.  150,  37.— 
2.  (  χράομαι,  κίχραμαι),  a  debtor,  Isae. 
36,  26,  Lvs.  910,  tin.,  Dem.  807,  13, 
etc. ;  cf  Phryn.  468. 

Χρηστικός,  ή,  όν,  {χράομαι)'. — of 
persons,  knowing  how  to  use,  under- 
standing the  use  of  a  thing,  τινός,  Ar- 
ist.  Pol.  1,  7,  4  ;  later  also,  τιν'ι  (like 
the  verb),  M.  Anton.  7,  .55.— II.  of 
things,  useful,  serviceable.  An.  Adv. 
-κώς. 

Χρηστογράφία,  ας,  ή,  good  or  beau- 
tiful painting,  Plut.  A  rat.  13. 

Χρηστοεπέω,  ώ,  =  χρηστολογέω, 
Eccl. 

Χρηστοήθεια,  ας,  ή,  goodness  of 
heart  :  from 

Χρηστοήθης,  ες,  { χρηστός,  ήθος  ) 
good-natured,  Alist.  Rhet.  2,  21,  16. 

Χρηστοοινέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {χρηστός, 
ο'ινος)  to  produce  good  ivine,  Strab. 

Χρηστοκαρπία,  ας,  ή,  the  bearing  of 
good  fruits.  Strab.  :  from 

Χρηστόκαρπος,  ov,  {  χρηστός,  καρ- 
πός) having,  beori?ig  good  fruits,  Strab. 

Χρηστολογέω,  ώ,  f  -ήσω,  to  speak 
good  words  or  kindly,  Eccl.  :  and 

Χρηστο/ιογία,  ας,  ή,  fair  speaking, 
Ν.  Ύ. :  from 

Χρηστολόγος,  ov,  {χρηστός,  λέγω) 
giving  good  words,  speaking  fairly . 

Χρηστομάθεια,  ας,  ή,  {  χρηστομα- 
θής)  desire  of  learning,  Longin.  44,  1. 
— II.  a  learning  of  things  useful  : — 
hence,  books  containing  a  summary 
of  things  most  worthy  to  he  known 
were  entitled  rrrpi  χρηστομάθειας : 
and  so  χρηστομάθειαι  were  collections 
of  the  best  things  from  other  authors, 


XPIM 

j  chrestomathies,  such  as  we  still  pos- 
sess of  Proclus  and  Helladius.  [ΰ] 

Χρηστομάθέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  be  de- 
sirous of  learning,  Longin.  2,  3  :  from 

Χρηστομάθής,  ές.  {χρηστός,  μανθά- 
νω)  desirous  of  learning. — II.  having 
learnt  all  things  useful  or  good,  Cic. 
Att.  1,  6,  2,  Clem.  Al.  p.  342. 

Χρηστομονσέω,  ω,  { χρηστός,  μον- 
σα)  to  be  good  or  apt  in  music,  Ath. 
633  B. 

Χρηστός,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from 
χράομαι : — hke  χρήσιμος,  useful,  good 
of  its  kind,  serviceable,  τιν'ι,  Hdt.  7, 
215  ;  τά  χρηστά,  as  subst.,  good  ser- 
vices, benefits,  kindnesses,  Hdt.  I,  41, 
42;  χρηστά  φέρειν.  Id.  4,  139;  έκτε- 
?.ο1το  όή  τα  χρηστά,  Aesch,  Pers. 
228 ;  etc.  : — ορρ.  to  μοχθηρός,  πονη- 
ρός. Plat.  Gorg.  504  A,  Prot.  313  D. 
— 2.  bestowing  health  or  iveallh,  θεοί, 
Hdt.  8,  111  ;  hence  also  τελεντή  χρη- 
στή, a  happy  end  or  issue,  Hdt.  7, 
157  :  of  victims  and  omens,  boding 
good,  auspicious,  lucky,  ιρά,  σόάγια, 
Hdt.  5.  44  ;  9,  01,  62.-3.  good,  whole- 
some for  a  thing,  των  νείφων,  for  the 
sinews,  like  αγαθός,  Ael.  —  4.  in 
Gramm.,  in  use,  current,  Schaf  Dion. 
Comp.  360. — 11.  of  men.  good,  esp.  in 
war,  as  we  say  a  good  inan  and  true, 
Hdt.  5,  109;  6,  13.  Soph.  Phil.  437, 
etc.  :  generally,  good,  honest,  upright. 
Soph,,  etc.  : — hence,  like  χρήσιμος, 
of  good  citizens,  useful,  deserving, 
Thuc.  3,  64,  Dem.  459,  10.-2.  ol 
χρηστοί,  like  oi  αγαθοί,  those  of  good 
family,  Lat,  optimates,  cf  αγαθός  1, 
Welcker  Theogn.  p.  xxvi. — 3.  good- 
natured,  plain,  simple :  hence,  some- 
times, in  bad  sense,  simple,  silly,  like 
ενήθης,  Rulink.  Tim.,  Plat.  Theaet. 
161  A,  166  A  :  also  ironically,  χρ.  εΐ, 
you're  a  nice  fellow,  id.  Phaedr.  264 
B,  cf.  sub  ήδί'ς. — 4.  esp.  of  a  man, 
strong,  able  in  body  for  sexual  inter- 
course, γνναικί  χρήσθαι  δυνάμενος. 
Foes.  Oec.  Hipp.  Cf  χράομαι  111.  4, 
χρήσις. — III.  adv.  -τώς,  well,  proper- 
ly, Hdt.  4,  117  ;  esp.  in  irony.  Id.  3, 
36  ;  χρηστώς  έχειν,  Ar.  Eccl.  219. 
Hence 

Χρηστότης,ητος,ή, usefulness,  good- 
ness.— II.  of  persons,  goodness,  excel- 
lence, honesty,  uprightness,  χρηστότη- 
τα άσκεΐν,  Eur.  Supp.  872  •  goodness 
of  heart,  kindness,  Isae.  Meiiecl.  ^  8  : 
simplicity,  silly  good-nature,  Menand. 
p.  215  ; — ήθους  ΰπλαστία  μετ'  άλογι- 
ατίας,  ace.  to  Def  Plat.  412  Ε. 

Χρηστονργία,  ας,  ή,  α  good  deed, 
benefit,  kindness. 

Χρηστοφιλία,  ας,  ή,  the  love  of  good 
men  or  good  deeds. 

Χ.ρηστόφΐλος,  ov,  loving  good  men 
or  good  deeds. 

Χρηστοψωνία,  ας,  ή,  a  good  voice  or 
speech . 

Χρήστωρ,  ορός,  ό,=χρηστήρ,  χρή 
στης,  Hesych. 

Χρΐμα,  ατός,  τό=χρϊσμα,  an  oint- 
ment to  be  rubbed  in  :  unguent,  oil,  v.  1. 
for  χρίσμα,  Aesch.  Ag,  94.  [i  Call. 
Lav.  Pall.  16,  Xenophan.  ap.  Ath. 
526  Β  t(3,  6  Bgk.)t,  Achae.  ib.  689 
Β :  the  accent  χρίμα  is  therefore 
wrong,  Schiif  Greg.  566.] 

Χρίμπτω,  f.  -ψω  .• — poet,  strongthd. 
for  χρίω,  to  pass  or  skim  lightly  over 
the  stirface  of  a  body  :  hence,  to  graze, 
scratch,  wound,  Lat.  radere,  stringere, 
like  χρανω,  χραίνω,  esp.  freq.  in  part, 
aor.  pass.,  χριμφθεις  πέλας,  grazing 
near,  close  even  to  touching,  Od.  10, 
516  ;  εκ  γενϋων  χριμφθεϊς  γόος,  the 
wail  or  cry  forcing  its  way  out  from 
the  clenched  jnws,  Pind.  P.  12,37: 
— then,  generally,  to  come  nigh,  draw 


ΧΡΙΣ 

near,  approach,  c.  dat.,  (5ouotf  χρίμτττε- 
σθαί,  Aesch.  Eum.  185;  ώσι  χρίμτττε- 
ταί  βοή,  Id.Theb.  84  ;  cf.  Eur.  Phoeii. 
809,  Cycl.  406  ;  so  also  in  aor.  1  mid. 
χρίμψασθαι,  Η.  Horn.  Αρ.  439. — II. 
also  intr.  in  act.,  αϋδώ  μη  χρίμτττειν 
θριγκοΐς,  Eur.  Ion  J56;  cf.  Phoen. 
99,  Andr.  530. — 2.  sometimes  also 
with  ττόδα  added  (like  βαίνω  II.  4), 
πόδας  χρίμπτονσα  βαχίαισι,  keeping 
close  along  the  shore,  Aesch.  Pr.  713  ; 
and  so,  ύττ'  έσχάτην  στή7.7]ν  ίχριμτττ' 
άεϊ  σύριγγα,  kept  the  axle  close  to  the 
post,  Soph.  El.  721  ;  also  in  mid., 
■πόδα  χριμπτόμενος  εΙνα?.ίφ  κώτντ/, 
Eur.  Hel.  520;  also,  τϊοτι  π/.ινρά 
χρίμφασθαι  κύρη,  Theocr.  25,  144. — 
Poet.  word.  CI',  έγχρίμπτω,  έπι- 
χρίμπτω,  Ruhnk.  Tim.  s.  v.  έ>- 
χρίμπτει. 

Xpi-T(j,=  {oreg.,  prob.  not  in  use. 

ΧρΐσίάζΌ),  f.  -ύσω,  to  anoint,  Eccl. 

Χρΐσις,  εως,  ή,  {χρίω)  an  anointing, 
unction,  LXX.  :  a  besmearing,  varnish- 
ing, colouring. — II.  a  colouring,  varnish, 
wash,  Ael.  N.  A.  6,  41.  (Usu.  wrong- 
ly written  χρίσις.) 

Χρίσμα,  ατός,  τό,  (χρίω) :  —  any 
thing  smeared  07i,  esp.  a  scented  un- 
guent, while  the  common  unperfumed 
anointing  oil,  such  as  wrestlers  used, 
was  called  simply  i/.uiov,  cf.  The- 
ophr.  Char.  5  :  the  άλειμμα  was  also 
scented,  hut  prob.  more  liquid  than 
the  χρίσμα,  hog's  lard,  grease,  Hices. 
ap.  Ath.  689  C,  cf  Salmas.  ad  Solin. 
p.  330:  in  Xen.  An.  4,  4,  \3,  χρίσμα 
is  distinguished  from  μύρον  not  by 
the  material,  but  as  being  of  thicker 
consistency  (cf  σνειος) ;  and  The- 
ophr.  distinguishes /yilpoz' and  χρίσμα, 
de  Odor.  16  and  27  sq., — but  how 
they  differ  he  does  not  say,  cf  Xen. 
Syinp.  2,  4 :  in  Aesch.  Ag.  94,  ττε- 
λανος  follows  as  equivalent. — 2.  a 
substance  for  smearing  or  colouring, 
white-wash  or  stucco.  (The  USU.  ac- 
cent χρίσμα  is  wrong.) 

Χριστέμττορος,  ov,  [Χριστός,  έμπο- 
ρος) making  a  trade  of  Christ  and  his 
doctrine,  perverting  it  for  lucre,  Eccl. 

Χριστεπώννμος,  ov,  {Χριστός,  έπώ- 
ννμος)  named  after  Christ,  Eccl. 

Χριστήριον,  ov,  τό,  an  unguent,  a 
bottle  of  ointment. 

Χριστής,  ov,  a,  a  white-washer  ;  also 
κονιατής. 

Χριστιανίζω,  f.  -ί'σω,  [Χριστιανός) 
to  profess  Christianity,  Eccl. 

Χριστιανικός,  ή,  όν,  adv.  -κύς, 
(  Χρίσ7ίαΐ'όζ•  )  befitting  Christians, 
Christian,  Eccl. 

Χριστιανισμός,  οϋ,  6,  [Χριστιανί- 
ζω) the  profession  of  Christianity, 
Christianity,  Eccl. 

Χριστιανός,  ov,  6,  a  Christian, 
N.  T.      ^ 

Χριστόγονος,  ov,  {Χριστός,  *γένω) 
proceeding  from  Christ,  Eccl. 

^Χριστάδωρος.  ov,  b,  Christodorus, 
a  poet  of  the  Anthology. 

Χριστοειδής,  ες,  gen.  έος,  adv. 
■δώς,  {Χριστός,  είδος)  like  Christ, 
Eccl. 

Χριστοκύπη?.ος,  ον,=Χριστέμπο- 
ρος,  Eccl.  [ά] 

Χριστοκίνητος,  ov,  (Χριστός,  κι- 
νεω)  moved,  influenced  by  Christ,  Eccl. 

m 

Χριστοκτονος,  ov,  {Χρίστος,  κτει- 
νω)  slaying  Christ,  Eccl. 

Χριστό'λι^πτος,  ov,  [Χριστός,  λαμ- 
βάνω) inspired  by  Christ,  Eccl. 

Χριστομάθεια,  ας,  ή,  a  learning  of 
the  doctrine  rf  Christ,  Eccl. 

Χριστομάχος,  ov,  {Χριστός,  μάχο- 
μαι) fighting  against  Christ,  Eccl.   [ύ] 

Χβίστομνστης,    ov,    δ,    [Χριστός, 


XPOI 

μνέω)  one  who  is  initiated  into  Christi- 
anity, Eccl. 

Χριστός,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from 
χρίω,  to  be  rubbed  on,  used  as  ointinent 
or  salve,  φάρμακα  χριστά,  salves, 
Aesch.  Pr.  480,  ubi  v.  Blomf— II. 
washed,  washed  over,  anointed,  LXX.  : 
TO  χρ-,  anointing  oil,  LXX. — 2.  esp. 
ΧΡΙΣΤΟ'Σ.  ύ,  the  Anointed  One.  the 
CHRIST,  as  a  transl.  of  the  Hebr. 
Messiah,  N.  T. 

Χριστοτε7•.εστής,  οϋ,  6,=^Χριστο- 
μνστης,  Eccl. 

Χριστοτόκος,  ov,  {Χριστός,  τίκτω) 
briiiging  forth  Christ,  Eccl. 

Χριστόφορος,  ov,  {Χριστός,  φέρω) 
bearing  Christ,  Eccl. 

Χριστώννμος,  ov,  (Χριστός,  όνομα) 
named  after  Christ,  Eccl. 

ΧΡΓΩ,  (.χρίσω,  etc. :  (v.  sub  fin.)  : 
■ — strictly,  to  touch  the  surface  of  a  body 
slightly,  esp.  of  the  human  body,  to 
graze,  hence — 1.  to  rub,  anoint  uilh 
scented  unguents  or  0(7,  as  was  USU. 
done  after  bathing,  freq.  in  Horn., 
χριεν  έλαίω,  11.  23,  186;  λόεον  και 
χρϊον  έλαίω,  Od.  4,  252 ;  έχρισεν 
λίπ'  έλαίω,  3,  466 ;  λυέσσαι  τε  χρί- 
σαί  τε,  19,  320;  mid.  χρίομαι,  aor. 
έχρισάμην,  to  anoint  one's  self,  Od.  6, 
96;  κάλλεϊ  άμβροσίο)  οιω  Κνβίρεια 
χρίεται,  18,  193;  cf.  Hes.Op.521  :  c. 
ace.  rei,  χρίεσθαι  ιονς,  to  anoint  (i.  e. 
poison)  one's  arrows.  Od.  1,  262  ;  cf 
Soph.  Tr.  675,  Eur.  Med.  789  :— me- 
taph.,  Ίμέρω  χρ.  οίστόν,  Eur.  Med. 
634. — 3.  to  rub  over  with  colour,  to  colour 
or  white-tvash,  κεχριμένος  έρενθεδά- 
νω,  Hdt.  4,  189  ;  κεχρ.  πίσσί),  lb.  195: 
so  in  mid.,  χρίεσθαι  τά  σώματα  μί/^- 
τω.  to  smear  their  bodies,  lb.  191. — 4. 
to  injure  the  skin  slightly,  prick,  sting, 
of  the  gadfly  in  Aesch.  Pr.  567,  598, 
880.  (Cf.  χρίμπτω,  and  v.  Ruhnk. 
Tim.  s.v.  έγχρίμπτει: — akin  to  ^ρώζ-, 
χρόα,  χροιά,  χρανω,  χραίνω.  [Ι  in 
pres.  and  impf.  always.  In  the  other 
tenses,  ι  in  signf.,  to  anoint,  colour, 
έχρισα,  χρΐσαι,  κεχρΐσθαι,  and  there- 
fore also  χρίσμα,  χρίσις : — but  ί  in 
signf.,  to  sting,  graze,  έχρισα,  χρΐσαι, 
κεχρΐσθαι,  cf.  I3uttm.  Catal.  s.  v.] 

Χρόα,  ή,=χροιά. 

Χρόα,  χροι,  heterocl.  ace.  and  dat. 
of  χρως,  q.  v. 

Χροιά,  ΰς,  7],  Ep.  and  Ion.  χροιή, 
II.,  Att.  χροία  and  χρόα,  the  latter 
always  in  Plat.,  Lob.  Phryn.  496  : 
(χρως)  : — the  surface  of  a  body.  esp.  of 
the  human  body,  the  ski?i ;  the  body 
ίί5Β\{,παραδραθέείν φιλότητι  y  χροι^, 
II.  14,  164;  κατά  χροιην  /}έει  Ιδρώς, 
Theogn.  1011  ;  ό^ειν  της  χρόας  έφα- 
σκεν  ήδν  μου,  Ar.  Plut.'  1020.  Cf 
χρως. — II.  the  surface,  as  the  seat  of 
colour,  the  colour  of  a  thing,  Aesch. 
Pr.  493,  Eur.  Cycl.  517,  Plat.,  etc.  : 
esp.  the  colour  of  the  skin,  the  complex- 
ion, χροιάς  άμεί-ψεις  άνθος,  Aesch. 
Pr.  23  ;  χροίαν  άλλάξασα,  Eur.  Med. 
1168  ;  Άενκην  χρ.  έχεις.  Id.  Bacch. 
457,  cf.  Ar.  Nub.  1012  ;  χρόα  αδή'λω 
των  δεδραμένων  πέρι,  with  colour  that 
gives  no  hint  of  what  has  passed, 
Eur.  Or.  1318  ;  so  in  Plat.,  etc.— III. 
in  the  Pythagor.  philosophy,  the  su- 
perficies of  a  body. — IV,  in  music,  a 
particular  kind  rf  melody,  like  χρώαα. 
Plut.  2,  1143  E.     Hence 

Χροιέω,  ω,  f  -ησω,  to  shape,  form, 
fashion,  c.  acc,  Eccl. 

Χροΐζω,  f.  -ίσω,  contr.  χρώζω,  to 
touch  or  graze  the  surface  ;  generally, 
to  touch,  χροίζ,ει  λέχος  "Υί3ας,  Eur. 
Heracl.915.cf  Pind.Fr.  104(Bergk): 
— mid.  χροίζομαΐ,  to  touch  another's 
skin  with  one's  own,  to  lie  with,  τινί, 
Theocr.   10,  18,  cf.  Valck.  Phoen. 


XPON 

1619. — II.  to  colour,  siaira.— Poet. word. 
Cf  Lob.  Phryn.  616. 

Χροιίζω,  {.  -ίσω,  poet,  for  foreg. : 
χροιίσθεΐσαι,  Nic.  Fr.  2,  26. 

Χρόμάδος,  ov,  ό,  a  grating  or  creak- 
ing noise,  jarring,  gnashing,  crashing, 
χρ.  γεννών,  11.  23,  688.  (From  χρέ- 
μω.) 

Χρόμη,  ης,  ή,  and  χρόμος,  ον,  ό,= 
foreg.  :  also  the  neighing  of  horses, 
Hesych. 

'\Χρομία,  ας,  ή,  Chromia,  wife  of 
Endymion,  Paus.  5,  I,  4. 

Χρόαιος,  ov,  ό,  Anan.  1,  Epich.  p. 
28  ;  and  in  Anst.  H.  A.  4,  8,  18,  etc., 
χρόμις,  ιος,  ό  : — a  sea-fish.  (From 
χρέμω,  because  said  to  utter  a  jarring 
son7id.) 

ίΧρομίος,  ov,  6,  Chromius,  son  ot 
Priam,  II.  5.  160;  Apollod.  3,  12,  .'>. 
—2.  son  of  Neleus.Od.  11,286:  prob. 
the  same  in  11.  4.  295. — 3.  a  Lycian, 
II.  5,  677. — 4.  another  Lycian,  II.  17, 
218—5.  a  Trojan,  11.  8,  275.-6.  an 
Argive,  Hdt.  1,  82. — 7.  son  of  Age- 
sidamus,  a  Syracusan,  a  victor  in  the 
Nemean  games,  Pind.  N.  1,  8. 

^Χρόμις,  ιος,  ό,  (same  name  as 
foreg.)  Chromis,  a  leader  of  the  Mysi- 
ans  in  the  Trojan  war,  11.  2,  858. — 2. 
a  herdsman,  Theocr.  1,  24. 

Χρόμος,  ov,  ό,  V.  χρόμη. 

ίΧρόμων.  ωνος,  ό,  Chromon,  a 
Messenian,  Thuc.  3,  98. 

Χρονέω  for  χρονίζω,  very  dub.  in 
Anth. 

Χρονιά,  ας,  ή,=χρονιότης,  dub. 
Hence 

Χρονιαΐος,  a,  ov,  =χρονίος,  very 
dub. 

Χρονίζω,  f.  -ίσω  -\tt.  -Ιώ  ;  [χρόνος). 
— I.  intr.,  to  spend,  time,  περί  Αίγνπ- 
τον,  Hdt.  3,  61  :  to  continue  or  last 
Inng,  hold  out,  Aesch.  Ag.  847  ;  χ. 
δρών,  to  persevere  in  doing,  Plat. 
Phaedr.  255  Β  : — esp.,  to  tarry,  linger, 
delay,  be  sloiv,  Aesch.  Ag.  1356.  Thuc. 
6,  49 ;  8,  16  ;  κεχρυνικώς  εν  'Ρώ/χτ?, 
Polyb.  33,  16,  6.— II.  to  prolong,  put 
off: — hence,  in  pass.,  to  grow  up.  χρο- 
νισθείς  δ'  άπέδείξεν  έθος,  Aesch.  Ag. 
727  :  —  to  be  prolonged  or  protracted, 
τώνδε  πνστις  ονκ  όκνω  χρονίζεται. 
Id.  Theb.  54,  cf  Cho.  957  ;  χρονισθέν- 
τος  πολέμον,  Andoc.  27,  1. 

Χρονικός,  ή,  όν,  (χρόνος)  of  οτ  con- 
cerning time,  κανόνες,  Plut.  Solon  27  : 
— τα  χρονικά  (sc.  βιβλία),  annals  ov 
(rather)  chronology.  Id.  Themist.  27. 

tXpox'iOf,  ov,  0,  Chronius,  inasc. 
pr.  n.,  Paus.  8,  47,  6. 

Χρόνιος,  a,  ov,  and  Att.  ος,  ov, 
Eur.  Ion  470,  Andr.  84,  etc.,  (χρό- 
I'Of)  : — after  a  long  time,  late,  χρόνιος 
έλθών,  Od.  17,  112  ;  χ.  φανείς.  Soph. 
Phil.  1446;  χρόνιον  είςιδΐον  όί?.ον, 
Eur.  Or.  475  ;  τρόπαια  χρονίφ,  Aesch. 
Theb.  706. — 2.  for  a  long  time,  a  long 
while,  χρόνιόν  τίνα  έκβάλλειν,  έλαί- 
νειν.  Soph.  Phil.  600,  Ο.  C.  441  ; 
χρόνιος  είναι,  άπείναι,  etc.,  Eur.  Or. 
485,  I.  Α.  1099 ;  χρόνιος  ειμί  ύ~ο  βο- 
ράς. Id.  Cycl.  349. — 3.  long,  lasting 
long,  long-enduring,  Pind.  P.  3.  204, 
and  Eur.  ;  γρ.  έτη,  Ar.  Ran.  347  ;  χρ. 
πόλεμοι,  'thuc.  1,  141,  cf.  6,  31  ;  χρ. 
δεσμά.  Plat.  Legg.  855  Β  : — lingering, 
άπλοιαι,  Aesch,  Ag.  149  ;  χρόνιοι 
μέλλετε  πράσσειν.  Soph.  Phil.  1449  ; 
δίκα  χρόνιος,  Eur.  Antiop.  15,  1. — II. 
adv.  -ίως :  also  neut.  pi.  χρόνια  as 
adv.,  Eur.  Or.  152,  Hel.  1232.  The 
word  is  rare  in  prose,  and  only  (as  it 
seems)  in  signf  I.  3.     Hence 

Χρονίότης,  ητος,  ή,  a  long  time  or 
while,  long  duration. 

Χρονισμός,  ov,  ό,  (χρονίζω)  long 
duration  ;  also,  a  tarrying  in  a  place, 
1675 


ΧΡΟΝ 

Polyb.  1,  50,  3. — II.  a  delaying,  coining  ' 
late. 

Χρονιστός,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from 
χρονίζο),  tarrying,  staying  long  ;  delay- 
ing, tardy,  Orac.  ap.  Ael.  V.  H.  3,  43. 
— II.  delayed. 

Χρονογραφία,  ας,  ή,  a  noting  of 
time,  annals,  Polyb.  5,  33,  5  :  from 

Χρονογράφος,  ov,  {χρόνος,  γράφω) 
recording  times  and  events:  6  χρ.,  a 
chronicler,  annalist,  Strab.   [u] 

Χρονοκράτωρ,  ορός,  ό,  (  χρόνος, 
κρατέω)  ruler  of  time,  astrolog.  term, 
Ptolem.  [u] 

Χρονόλι/ρος,  ov,  =  κρονόληρος, 
dub. 

Χρονο?ιθγία,  ας,  ή,  computation  of 
time,  chronology.     Hence 

Χρονο?.ογικός,  ij,  ov,  adv.  -κώς,  he- 
longing  to  chronology  ;  versed  therein  ; 
chronological. 

Χρονο?\.όγος,  ov,  ( χρόνος,  λέγω  ) 
coinputing  time:  6  χρ-,  a  chronologer. 

Χρόνος,  ov,  0,  time,  Hom.,  etc.  ; 
τών  δε  πεπραγμένων  άποίητον  ονδ' 
UV  χρόνος  δύναιτο  θέμεν  τέλος,  Pind. 
Ο.  2,  31  ;  etc.  : — also,  a  certain  definite 
time,  a  while,  period,  season,  τοις  χρό- 
νοίς  άκρι•3ώς,  ivith  chronological  accu- 
racy, Thuc.  1,  97.  Special  phrases, 
χρόνον,  for  a  while,  for  a  long  or  short 
time,  Od.  4,  599  ;  6,  295,  Hdt.  1,  175  ; 
7,  223,  etc. ;  so,  πολί'ν  χρόνον,  for  a 
long  time,  Od.  11,  161  ;  ουκ  ολίγον 
χρ.,  II.  19,  157  ;  (v.  infra  2) ;  τον  άει 
χρ.,  for  ever,  Eur.  Or.  207,  etc.  ;  'ένα 
γρ.,  at  once,  once  for  all,  II.  15,  511  : 
and  χρόνον  was  oft.  omitted  in  the 
phrases  τον  άει,  τον  έμπροσθεν,  τον 
ύστερον.  Br.  Soph.  El.  1075,  Schiif. 
Bos  EUips.  p.  546: — χρόνον  περιίόν- 
τος,  as  time  came  round,  Hdt.  4,  155; 
so,  χρ.  έπιγίγνομένον,  διεξελθόντος, 
προι^αίνοντος,  etc.,  Hdt.,  and  Att. : 
— ολίγου  χρόνον,  in  a  short  time,  Hdt. 
3,  134;  so,  ov  μακρόν  χρ-,  τον  λοι- 
πού χρ.,  etc..  Soph. :  πόσον  χρ. ;  for 
how  long  ?  Ar.  Ach.  83  -.—χρόνω,  in 
time,  at  last,  like  δια  χρόνον,  Hdt.  1, 
80, 176,  etc.,  and  freq.  in  Trag.,  Valck. 
Phoen.  313;  also,  χρόνω  ποτέ,  Hdt. 
9,  62,  and  Xen. ;  χρόνοις  ύστερον, 
long  after,  Lys.  99,  40  : — χρόνον  δει- 
ται,  it  needs  time,  will  take  a  long 
time,  Xen.  Symp.  2,  4  : — χρόνον  γε- 
νομένον,  after  a  time,  Diod.  20,  109 : 
— ό  άλλος  χρ.,  in  Att.,  is  always  of 
past  time,  ό  λοιπός  χρ-,  of  future.  Wolf 
Dem.  Lept.  p.  234  ;  so  too,  rp.  έφέρ- 
πων,  έπαντέλλων,  μέλλων,  rind.  Ο. 
6,  163;  8,  38;  10  (11),  9;  also,  ό 
Ιιινοΰμενος  χρ.,  Bast  Ερ.  Cr.  ρ.  169. 
— 2.  with  prepositions  : — kvu  χρόνον, 
in  course  of  time,  B.^hr  Hdt.  1,  173  ; 
δια  χρόνον.  after  a  time,  after  nn  in- 
terval, Ar.  Lys.  904,  Pint.  1055,  Thuc. 

2,  94  ;  δια  πο?ι?.ον  χρόνον,  Hdt.  3,  27, 
Ar.  Vesp.  1476  ;  so,  δια  μακρών  χρό- 
νων, Plat.  Tim.  22  Ό:—έκ  πολλον 
χρόνον,  long  time  since,  long  ago, 
Hdt.  2,  58  : — kv  χρόνω,  like  χρόνψ, 
in.  course  of  tijne,  at  length,  Aescn.  Ag. 
870,  Eum.  1000  ;  also  for  a  long  time, 
Stallb.  Plat.  Phaedr.  278  D  :  εντός 
χρόνον,  within  a  certain  time,  Hdt.  8, 
104  : — επί  χρόνον,  for  a  time,  for  a 
while,  II.  2,  299.  Od.  14,  193.  Hdt.  1, 
116;  πολλον  ίπΐ  χρ.,  Od.  12,  407; 
χρόνον  έπΙ  μακρόν,  Hdt.  1,81;  πο.ΰ- 
ρον  or  πανρίδίον  επΙ  χρ.,  Hes.  Op. 
132,  324  : — ες  χρόνοι',  hereafter,  Hdt. 

3,  72  ;  9.  89,  cf.  Aesch.  Eum.  484  :— 
ovv  χρόνω,  like  χρόνω  or  δια  χρόνον, 
Aesch.  Ag,  1378,  Eum.  555.— II.  life- 
time, an  age,  χρόνος  ΰνβρώπων.  Soph. 
Phil.  300  ;  χρόνω  πα7Λΐός,  Soph.  Ο. 
C.  112,  cf  375;  τοσόςδε  τω  χρόνω, 
βο  far  gone  in  years.  Plat.  Ax.  365  Β  : 

1676 


ΧΡΥΣ 

χρόνω  βραδύς.  Soph.  Ο.  C.  875. — III. 
in  later  writers,  a  year,  Valck.  Diatr. 
p.  135. — IV.  delay,  loss  of  lime,  χρόνον 
έμποιεϊΐ',  to  cause  loss  of  time  :  χρό- 
νον έχει,  it  makes  much  ado. 

ΧρονοτρΙβέω,  ώ,  (χρόνος,  τρίβω) 
to  ivaste  time,  loiter,  Anst.  iJhet.  3,  3,  3. 

Χρόος,  heterocl.  gen.  of  χρως :  but 
no  nom.  ό  χρόος,  χρονς  seems  to  oc- 
cur. 

Χροτίή.  ης,  ή,  late  poet,  form  for 
χρως,  Anth.  P.  15,  35,  2. 

iXpύσa,  Ep.  Χρύση,  ης,  ή,  Chrysa, 
a  city  on  the  coast  of  Troas,  with  a 
temple  of  Apollo,  11.  1,  390;  452:  in 
Qu.  Sm.  7,  402  ΧρΓσα. — Ace.  to 
Strab.  p.  604  sq.  the  later  Chrysa  lay 
more  inland,  [v] 

Χρνσΰγωγός,  όν,  (χρυσός,  άγω) 
carrying  gold,  Lob.  Phryn.  432. 

Χρνσαιγίς,  ίδος,  ή,  (χρυσός,  αίγίς) 
with  golden  aegis,  epith.  of  Minerva, 
Bacchyl.  21. 

Χρνσαίετος,  ov,  6,  (χρνσός,  αίετός) 
the  golden,  eagle,  Ael.  N.  A.  2,  39. 

Χρϋσάΐζω,  to  adorn  with  gold,  He• 
sych. 

Χρνσύκτιν,  Ινος,  ό,  η,  with  golden 
rays  or  beams,  poet. 

Χρνσύλάκατος,  ov,  Dor.  for  χρυ- 
σή?.-, Pind. 

Χρνσαλ7.ίς,  ίδος,  ή,  (χρνσός)  the 
gold-coloured  sheath  of  butterflies,  a 
chrysalis,  aurelia,  Arist.  H.  A.  5,  19,  5, 
etc. 

Χρύσαμμος,  ov,  (χρνσός,  άμμος) 
carrying  down  golden  sand  :  as  subst., 
ό  and  7]  χρ.,  gold  sand,  [ϋ] 

Χρνσύμοιβός,  ov,  ό,  (χρνσός,  αμεί- 
βω) changing  gold  or  gold  money,  cf. 
άργνραμοιβός :  metaph.,  Άρης  σω- 
μάτων χρνσαμοι.βός,  lie  u>ho  traffics  in 
men's  bodies,  Aesch.  Ag.  436. 

Χρϋσάμπνξ,  νκος,  6,  ή,  (χρυσός, 
άμπυξ)  with  a  fillet  or  frontlet  of  gold, 
epith.  of  horses,  in  II.  5,  358,  363,  etc. 
(never  in  Od.) ;  but  of  goddesses  in 
H.  Hom.  5,  5,  12,  Hes.  Th.  916,  Pind. 
O.  7,  119,  P.  3,  158,  etc.  ;  also,  χρ. 
χαλινός,  Pind.  Ο.  13,  92. 

Χρυσανθέμων,  ου,  TO,=sq.,  susp. 

Χρνσάνθεμον,  ov,  τό,  (χρνσός,  άν- 
θεμον)  the  chrysnnthemmn  or  gold-flow- 
er, a  plant  of  the  marigold  kind,  Diosc. 
4,  58  :  also  χρυσανθές ;  and  prob.  the 
same  as  χάλκανθος,  χαλκάνθεμον, 
etc. 

Χρυσάνθης,  ες,  gen.  έος,  (χρνσός, 
άνθος)  with  flower  of  gold,  κρόκος,  Mel. 
2,  7 :  TO  χpυσavθές,=^ίoτeg.,  Nic.  ap. 
Ath.  684  D. 

Χρνσάνθιμον,  ov,  τό,  for  χρνσάνθε- 
μον, Hesych. 

ίΧρϋσανθίς,  ίδος,  ή,  Chrysanthis, 
an  Argive  female.  Pans.  1,  14,  2. 

Χρνσάνιος,  Dor.  for  χρυσήνιος, 
Pind. 

}Χρνσάντας,  6,  Chrysantas,  a  Per- 
sian noble,  Xen.  Cyr.  2,  3,  5. 

Χρνσαντανγης,  ες,  (χρνσός,  άνταυ- 
γίΐς)  reflecting  golden  light,  πέταλα, 
Eur.  Ion  890. 

^Χρνσαορέον,  ov,  τό,  Chry.iaoreum, 
the  general  assemblage  of  the  Carian 
cantons  at  the  temple  of  Zei'f  Xpv- 
σαορενς,  Strab.  p.  660. 

Χρνσΰορεύς,  o,=  sq. ;  fepith.  of  Ju- 
piter, Strab.  p.  600. 

Χρνσάορος,  ov,  {χρνσός,  uop) : — 
like  χρνσάωρ,  with  sword  of  gold,  epith. 
of  the  gods,  usu.  of  Apollo,  as  11.  5, 
509;  15,  256,  H.  Ap.  123.  Pind.  P.  5, 
140  ;  but  also  of  Ceres,  H.  Hom.  Cer. 
4  ;  of  Diana,  Orac.  in  Hdt.  8,  77  ;  cf. 
Strab.  p.  660;  of  Orpheus,  Pind.  Fr. 
187. — The  signf.  7}>ay  differ  ace.  to 
the  attributes  of  the  different  gods, 
;  — uop,  like  δπ?ιον,  being  used  for  avy 


ΧΡΥΣ 

implement,  as  the  sickle  of  Ceres,  the 
bow  of  Diana,  the  lightning  of  Jupi- 
ter, cf.  Heyne  Apollod.  3,  10,  2, 
Bockh  Expl'  Pind.  P.  5,  82,  sq.,  p. 
293.  Yet,  as  this  general  usage  ot 
άορ  is  certainly  not  found  in  Horn., 
such  interpretations  arc  not  very  pro- 
bable: whereas,  it  was  natural  for  a 
warlikepeople,  like  the  early  Greeks, 
to  invest  all  their  gods  with  the 
sword,  cf.  Thuc.  1,  5,  6,  Voss  H. 
Horn.  Cer.  4.  [a,  except  in  Orph. 
Lith.  545,  and  there  the  word  is  re- 
jected by  Herm.] 

Χρνσαργνριον,  ου,  τό,  a  gold  mine, 
dub. 

^Χρϋσάριον,  ov,  ij,  Chrysarium, 
fem.  pr.  n.,  Luc.  Dial.  Mer.  1. 

Χρϋσάρμάτος,  ov,  (χρυσός,  άρμα) 
with  or  in  a  car  of  gold,  epith.  of  the 
moon,  Pind.  O.  3,  35  ;  also  of  heroes, 
Id.  p.  5,  10,  I.  6  (5)  27. 

Χρνσασπις,  ιδος,  ό,  ή,  (χρνσός,  ασ- 
πίς) with  shield  of  gold,  θήβη,  Pind. 
I.  1,  1  ;  ΐίαλλύς,  Eur.  Phoen.  1372. 

Χρϋσαστρύγάλος,  ov,  (χρνσός,  ασ- 
τράγαλος) tvith  ankle  or  foot  of  gold, 
φιάλα,  Sappho  100.  [τρά] 

Χρϋσάττικος  οίνος,  ό,  an  artificial 
wine. 

Χρνσανγέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  have  a 
golden  lustre,  LXX. :  from 

Χρυσαυγής,  ες,  gen.  έος,  (χρνσός, 
ανγή)  gold-gleaming,  with  gleam  of  gold, 
κρόκος.  Soph.  O.  C.  685 ;  δόμος,  Ar. 
Av.  1710. 

Χρνσανγίζω,  f.  -ίσω,=χρνσαυγέω. 

Χρνσάφιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  χρν- 
σός, Schaf  Greg.  p.  29,  1043.  [ΰ] 

Χρνσάωρ,  ορός,  6.  ή,  (χρνσός,  άορ) 
=χρνσέιορος  (q.  v.).  Η.  Horn.  Αρ.  123, 
Hes.  Op.  769,  Pind.  P.  5, 139, 1>Υ  187. 
[ά] 

^Χρνσάωρ,  ορός,  ό,  Chrysaor,  son 
of  Neptune  and  Medusa,  father  of 
Geryon,  Hes.  Th.  278,  287. 

Χρϋσεγχτ/ς,  ές,  (χρνσός,  εγχος) 
with  .ipear  of  gold,  Orph.  H.  51,  11  ; 
ubi  Herm.  θυρσεγχής. 

Χρϋσεΐον,  ov,  τό,  (χρυσός)  a  gold- 
smith's shop,  Strab. — 11.  a  gold  mine, 
Polyb.  34,  10,  10  :  usu.  in  plur.,  gold- 
mines, Xen.  Hell.  4,  8,  37,  Polyb.  3, 
57,  3  ;  in  full,  χρύσεια  μέταλ7.α  ;  cf. 
χρύσεος  I.  3. 

Χρύσειος,  η,  ov,  Ep.  for  χρνσεος 
(q.  V.),•  Hom.,  and  Hes.  [v] 

Χρνσεκλέκτης,  ov,  ό,  one  who  pir.hs 
gold-dust  from  river-sand,  Lat.  aurile- 
gulus. 

Χρϋσελεφαντήλεκτρος,  ov,  ( χρν- 
σός, ελέφας,  ηλεκτρον)  of  gold,  ivory, 
and  electrum,  overlaid  therewith,  ασπίς, 
Anth.  P.  append.  330. 

Χρνσελίφάντΐνος,  ov,  (  χρνσός, 
ελέφας)  of  gold  and  ivory,  overlaid 
therewith  : — on  the  chryselepliantine 
statues  of  Phidias,  (the  most  famous 
of  which  were  the  Olympian  Jupiter, 
the  Argive  Juno,  and  the  Minerva 
Parthenos  of  Athens)  v.  Quatremere 
de  Quinci's  Jupiter  ulympien. 

Χρνσέμβάφος,  ov,  dipt  in  molten 
gold,  gilt. 

Χρνσέμβο?ιθς,  ov,  (χρνσός,  έμβο- 
λος)  with  beak  of  gold,  of  a  ship,  App. 
Praef  10. 

Χρνσένδετος,  ov,  (χρνσός,  ενδέω) 
set  in  gold  or  with  gold  hilt,  σπάθη, 
Philem.  p.  378. 

Χρϋσεοβόστρνχος,  ον.=ζχρνσοβό- 
στρνχος.  Eur.  Phoen.  191. 

Χρϋσεόδμητος,  ov,  (χρνσεος,  δέμω) 
hiilt  or  formed  of  gold,  Aesch.  Cha 
616  ;  ubi  al.  χρνσεοκμήτοισι. 

Χμϋσεόκαρπος,  ov,  =^  χρνσόκοί» 
πος. 


ΧΡΤΣ 

"Χρϋσεόκμητος,  ον,  wrovght  of  gold, 
cf.  χβυσεύ<)μητος. 

Χβϋσίοκόλλητος,  ον,  =  χρυσοκό?.- 
λητυς,  Paul.  S.  Arubo  ]59. 

Χρνσεοκόμ7/ς.  ον,  ό,=^χρυσοκόμης, 
Simon,  ap.  Arist.  Rhet.  3,  8,  6. 

Xpi'fffOA'poraZof,  ον,  ==  χρνσοκρό- 
τα?ιος,  poet. 

Χρνσευκνκλος,  ον,  (χρνσεος,  κύ- 
κλος) with  disc  of  paid,  χρ.  φέγγος, 
i.  e.  the  sun,  Eur.  Phoen.  176. 

Χρνσεολόγχης,  ον,  ό,^=χρνσο?Μγ- 

χνς- 

Χρνσεό^α?.?.ος,ον,=χρνσόμα2,λος, 
ηοίμνη,  Lur.  ΕΙ.  725. 

'\Χρνσεόμα7^λθΓ,  ον,  ό,  Chryaeomal• 
bis,  niasc.  pr.  η.,  Anth.  P.  7,  563. 

Χρνσεομίτρης,ου,ό,=:χρνσομίτρης, 
Anth.  P.  9,  524. 

Χρϋσεόνίύτος,  ον,  =  χρυσόνωτος, 
άσ-ις,  Eur.  Antig.  19. 

Χρνσεοπή/.ηξ,  ΐ]κος,  b,  ?'/,=χρνσο- 
Ίτήλτ/ξ,  Η.  Horn.  7,  Ι. 

Χρϋσεοττήνητος,  ον,  {χρνσεος,  πή- 
νη)  with  woof  of  gold,  gold-inwoven,  φά- 
ρεα,  Eur.  Or.  840  ;  χρ.  γραόίς,  a  line, 
thread  of  gold  inwrought,  Anth.  P.  5, 
276. 

Χρϋσεόττηνος,  oi',=foreg. 

Χρνσεος,  η,  ον,  Alt.  contr.  χρν- 
σονς,  ά,  οϋν,  Ερ.  χρνσειος,  η,  ον  : 
Horn,  and  Hes.  use  both  χρνσεος  and 
-ειος,  but  never  χρνσοϋς,  though  the 
ace.  fern,  χρνσήν  is  still  found  in  the 
edd.  of  Hes. :  the  Att.,  besides  their 
own  contr.  form,  continued  sometimes 
to  use  the  o\aex  χρνσεος  —  even  in 
prose,  Lob.  Phryn.  207  ;  cf.  infra  I.  2  : 
— {χρνσός).  Golden,  of  gold,  decked 
or  inlaid  with  gold,  oft.  in  Horn.,  and 
Hes. ;  esp.  of  the  gods  and  all  be- 
longing to  them  ;  χρνσεη  Άφρούίτ?), 
II.  3,  64,  Od.  8.  337,  etc.  :  χρ.  σκή- 
πτρον,  11.  2,  268 ;  χρνσεος  for  έττί- 
χρνσος,  gilded,  gilt,  Hdt.  9,  82,  cf  80  : 
— χρνσοϋν  rira  ίστύναι,  cf  'ίστημι 
Α.  Ill :  • —  ό  χρνσονς  (  sc.  στατήρ  ),  a 
gold  coin,  Lat.  aureus.  Nicom.  ap.  Ath. 
781  F,  cf  Jac.  Anth.  P.  p.  779.-2. 
χρνσεια  μέταλλα,  gold  mines,  Thuc 
4,  105:  —  this  seems  to  be  the  only 
place  in  which  an  Ath.  writer  uses 
the  form  χρνσειος,  and  it  may  be 
doubled  whether  μέταλλα  (in  Thuc. 
1.  c.)  is  not  an  interpolation,  lor  χρν- 
σεια (  alone,  and  properisp.  )  is  the 
proper  word  for  gold-mines  ;  v.  sub 
χρνσίίον.  —  II.  gold-coloured,  golden- 
yellow,  εθεφαι,  11.  8,  42  ;  13,  24  ;  χρ. 
νέφος,  11.  13,  523,  etc. : — -ό  χρυσόνν 
τον  ώον.  the  yellow  or  yolk  of  an  egg. 
— 111.  metaph.  g-o/rfen,  i.  e.  precious,  ex- 
cellent:  hence  the  first,  best  Age  of 
Man  was  the  golden,  Hes.  Op.  108, 
sq. ;  and  Plato's  ideal  citizens  are  a 
χρνσοϋν  γένος,  Rep.  468  Ε,  cf  Crat. 
397  E.  [Χρνσέη,χρνσέην,  χρνσέον, 
χρνσέω,  etc.,  in  Hom.  must  be  pro- 
nounced as  dissyll.,  as  is  fully  proved 
by  such  passages  as  11.  1,  15,374: 
but  lyric  poets  sometimes  used  ν  in 
χρνσεος,  Bockh  de  Metr.  Pind.  p. 
289,  et  ad  Pyth.  4,  1 .  The  Trag.  bor- 
rowed this  license,  but  only  in  Lyric 
passages,  never  in  Iambics  and  Ana- 
paestics,  as  is  shown  by  the  examples 
from  Soph,  and  Eur.,  collected  by 
Erf.  Soph.  Ant.  103,  Seidl.  Eur.  Tro. 
536,  Elmsl.  Med.  618,  Bacch.  97. 
The  Elegiac  and  Epigramm.  poets 
sometimes,  though  seldom,  have  v, 
cf  Jac.  Anth.  P.  p.  197,  274.  The 
later  Ep.  seem  to  follow  Hom.  V. 
plura  sub  χρνσός.) 

Χρνσεοσύνδαλος,    ον,    ( χρνσεος. 


σάνόαλυν)  with  sandals  of  gold  :  Ιχνος 
χρ.,  the  step  of  golc 
Or.  1468,  I.  A.  1042. 


ξοΐα  :  ιχΐ'ος 
ndals,  Eur. 


ΧΡΥΣ 

Χρνσεοστέφάνος,  ov,=  χρνσοστέ- 
φανος,  κόρα,  Eur.  Ion  1085. 

Χρνσεόστι?.ι3ος,  ον,  gold-beaming. 

Χρνσεόστολμος,  ον,  (χρνσεος,  στέλ- 
λω) decked,  dig/it  with  gold,  όόμοί, 
Aesch.  Pers.  159. 

Χρνσεόστο?..0Γ,  ov,^ioTeg.,  φάρος, 
Eur.  Η.  F.  414. 

Χρνσεόταρσος,  ον,  (χρνσεος,  ταρ- 
σός) with  golden  feet  or  wi?igs,  Orph. 
Arg.  338. 

Χρνσεότενκτος,  ον,  =  χρνσότεν- 
κτος,  Eur.  Med.  984. 

Χρνσεοφά?ίΰρος,  ον,  (χρνσεος,  φά• 
λαρα)  with  trappings  of  gold,  Ιππος• 
Eur.  Tro.  520.  [ώ] 

Χρνσεοφεγγής,  ές,  (χρνσεος,  φέγ- 
γος) with  golden  lustre,  Orph.  Fr.  7, 
28. 

Χρνσεπώννμος,  ον,  named  from 
gold. 

Χρνσεραστής,  ον.  δ,  (χρνσός,  έρα- 
μαι)  α  lover  of  gold,  Babrius. 

Χρνσεργός,  όν,  (χρνσός,  *έργω) 
tcorking  gold,  Lyc.  1352  ;  cf.  λινερ- 
γός. 

^Χρύσερμος,  ον,  6,  Chrysermus,  a 
historian,  Plut. ;  etc. 

ίΧρνσεύς,  έως,  ό,  Chryseus,  a  Per- 
sian, Aesch.  Pers.  314. 

Χρϋσει}>ητ7/ς,  υϋ,  ό,  (χρνσός,  εψω) 
α  gold-melter,  Lat.  auricoctor. 

|Χρί'σ?7,  ης,  ή,  ν.  XpiVa.  —  II.  a 
small  island  near  Lemnos,  Pans.  8, 
33,  4. — 111.  as  fem.  pr.  n.,  daughter  of 
Halmus,  Id.  9,  36,  1.  — 2.  sister  of 
Xenopithea  in  Sparta,  Ath.  609  B. 

Χρνσήείς,  εσσα,  εν,  late  poet,  form 
for  χρνσεος. 

Χρνστμς,  ίδος,  ή,  patronym.  from 
Χρνστ/ς,  υν,  ό,  daughter  of  Chryses, 
ti.  e.  Astynome,  taken  captive  by 
Achilles  in  the  pillaging  of  the  city 
Chiysa.  II.  1,  111  ;  etc.— II.  as  pr.  n., 
Chrysets,  a  Nereid,  companion  of 
Proserpina,  H.  Hom.  Cer.  421. — 2. 
daughter  of  Thespius,  ApoUod.  2,  7, 
8.— Others  in  Polyb.  5,  89,  7  ;  etc. 

Χρνσηλάκατος•  ον,  {χρνσός,  ηλα- 
κύτη)  with  spiindle  or  arrow  of  gold, 
epith.  of  Diana  in  Hom.,  cf  Soph. 
Tr.  637;  of  Amphitrite,  the  Nereids, 
and  of  Latona,  Pind.  O.  6,  fin.  (ubi  v. 
Bockh),  N.  5,  05  ;  6,  62.  [a] 

Χρνσή/.άτος,  ον,  (χρνσός,  έλαννω) 
hainmered  out  of  cold,  of  beaten  gold, 
Trag..  as  Aesch.  theb."644.  Soph.  O. 
T.  1268,  Eur.  Phoen.  62. 

Χρνσι'Ρ^εκτρυν,  ον,  τύ,  (χρνσός, 
7/7.ε  κτρον)  gold-electrum,OT  gold-a?nber 
Plin. 

Χρνσί]νιος,  ον,  (χρνσός.  ηνία)  with 
reins  of  gold,  epith.  of  Mars,  Od.  8, 
285;  of  Diana,  II.  0,  205;  of  Pluto, 
Pind.  Fr.  12 ;  of  Venus,  Soph.  O.  C. 
693. 

Χρνσήρης,  ες,  gen.  εος,  (χρνσός, 
*άρω  ι  )  :  — furnished  Or  decked  with 
gold,  golden,  οίκος,  τίύ7^ος,  Eur.  Ion 
157,  1154;  ναών  βριγκοί,  I.  Τ.  129. 

^Χμνστ]ς,  ον  Ερ.  εω,  ό,  Chryses. 
priest  of  Apollo  in  Chrysa,  father  of 
Astynome,  II.  1,  11  ;  etc.— 2.  son  of 
Minos  and  the  nymph  Parea,  Apol- 
lod.  3,  1,  2. 

ΧρνσιαΙος,  a,  ov,  (χρνσός)  consist- 
ing of  gold  coin,  Diog.  L.  4,  38. 

^Χρνσίάς,  ύόος,  ή,  Chrysias,  fem. 
pr.  n.,  Andoc.  16,  41. 

ΧρνσΙδύρίον,  ov,  ro,=  sq.,  Ar.  Fr. 
64. 

Χρνσίδίον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  χρν- 
σίον,  a  small  piece  of  gold,  Isocr.  291 
E,  Dem.  818,  1.3.  [l] 

Χρνσίζω,  (χρνσός)  to  be  golden  or 
ZiAe^oW,  Hdn.  5,  6,  Ath.  322  Λ. 

iXpvσιλλa,  ης,  ή,  Chrysilla,  fem.  ' 
pr.  n.,  Anth.  P.  5,  3  ;  etc.— 2.  a  Cor-  | 


ΧΡΥΣ 

'  inthian  female,  daughter  of  Telcas. 
Ion  ap.  Ath.  436  F. 

ΧρνσΙνος,  η,  ov,  later  and  rarer 
form  for  χρνσεος. 

Χρνσίον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  χρνσός, 
a  piece  of  gold  ;  generally,  gold,  Hdt. 

3,  95,  97,  Plat.,  etc.  :— esp.,  any  thing 
made  of  gold,  wrought  gold,  gold  plate, 
ornaments  of  gold,  etc.,  Thuc.  2,  13, 
Dem.  816,  22:  1182,  26;  cf  Bockh 
P.  E.  1,  p.  35  :  hence  gold  coin,  mon- 
ey, upyvpiov  και  χρνσίον,  Ar.  Eq. 
472,  Plut.  808,  Ran.  720.  — IL  gold 
thread. — III.  as  a  term  of  endearment, 
my  bit  of  gold  !  my  little  treasure  !  Ar. 
Lys.  930. 

Χρϋσιοπλνσιον,  ov,  τό,  {χρνσίον, 
π/ίύνω)  a  gold-wash,  i.  e.  a  place 
where  gold  dust  is  washed  from  the 
river  sand,  Strab.  p.  214.  [π/Λ] 

ίΧρνσίππειος,  or,  of  οτ  relating  to 
Chrysippus  ;  —  o'l  Χρνσίππειοι,  the 
followers  of  Chrysippus,  Luc. 

ίΧρνσίππη,  ης,  η,  Chrysippe, 
daughter  of  Danaus,  Apollod.  2, 1,  5. 

iXpvσιππυς,  ov,  h,  Chrysippus,  son 
of  Pelops  and  Astyoche,  Apollod.  3, 
5,  5  :  cf.  Thuc.  1,9;  Plat.  Crat.  395  ; 
Paus.  6,  20,  7.-2.  son  of  Aegyptus, 
Apollod.  2,  1,  5.-3.  a  celebrated 
Stoic  philosopher  of  Soli  in  Cilicia, 
Plut. ;  etc.  ;  cf  Diog.  L.  7,  7,  who 
also  mentions  others  of  this  name. — 

4.  a  banker  in  Athens,  Dem.  907, 
sqq.— Others  in  Ath.  647  sqq. ;  etc. 

Χρνσίς,  ίόος,  i/,  (χρνσός)  a  vessel  o/ 
gold,  Ar.  Ach.  74,  Pac.  "425.  —  2.  α 
golden,  broidered  dress,  Luc.  Nigrin. 
11.— II.  as  ζά'].=χρνσ7τις.  Poll. 

ίΧρνσίς,  ίύος,  ?;,  Chrysis,  a  priest- 
ess of  Juno  in  Argos,  Thuc.  2,  2  ;  4, 
133.— 2.  a  courtesan,  Timocl.  ap.  Ath. 
567  E. 

iXpvσις,  ιδος,  ό,  Chrysis,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  Thuc.  2,  33. 

Χρνσίτης,  ov,  ό,  fem.  -ΐτις,  ιδος, 
(χρνσός)  like  gold,  containing  gold,  χρ. 
■φάμμος,  Hdt.  3,  102  :  χρ.  σποδός,  a 
yellow  powder  used  lor  the  eyes, 
Foes.  Oec.  Hipp. 

Χρνσυβά?Μνος,  ov,  η,  the  gold-date, 
Galen,  [ti] 

Χρνσοι^ύφτ/ς,  ες,  (χρνσός,  βύπτω) 
gold-coloiired ,  golden:  ζ\%0  =  χρνσο- 
γραφής, gold-embroidered,  Anth.  P.  15, 
22;  cf  Hernst.  Luc.  1,  p.  377. 

Χρνσοβέλεμνος,'  ov,  (χρνσός,  βέ- 
7.εμνον)  with  shafts  of  gold,  Anth.  P. 
9,  623. 

Χρνσοβόστρνχος,  ov,  with  locks  oj 
gold. 

Χρνσόβωλος,  ov,  (χρνσός,  βώλος) 
with  soil  of  gold,  i.  e.  containing  gold 
}?'/,  Eur.  Rhes.  921. 

Χρνσόγαιος,  ov,=  sq.,  dub. 

Χρνσόγειος,  ov,  and  -γιως,  ων, 
(χρνσός,  yij)  with  land  of  gold,  i.  e. 
having  gold-ore. 

ίΧρνσογένεια,  ας,  ή,  Chrysogenia, 
mother  of  Chryses,  Paus.  9,  36,  1. 

Χρνσόγ7ινφος  .ov,^^  χρνσοτόρεντος 

Χρνσο•^  νώμων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  (γνώ 
μη)  trying  or  assaying  gold. 

^Χρνσογόνη,  ης.  Dor.  -να,  ας,  η 
Chrysogone,  fem.  pr.  Π.,  Theocr.  Ep 
13,2. 

Χρναογονον,  ov,  τό,  a  plant,  Leon 
tice  chrysogonvm,  Diosc.  4,  56. 

Χ-ρνσό)ονος,  ov,  (χρνσός,  *γένώ) 
born  or  begotten  of  gold.  χρ.  γενεά, 
i.  e.  the  Persians,  because  (by  the  le- 
gend) they  were  descended  from  Per- 
seus, who  was  begotten  of  Jupiter  in 
the  form  of  a  shower  of  gold,  Aesch. 
Pers.  80  ;  but  with  v.  1.  χρνσόνομος. 

'ΙΧρνσόγονος,  ov,  ό,  Chrysogonus 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Polyb.  5,  97,3;  Ath 
535  D ;  etc. 

1677 


ΧΡΤΣ 

Ιίρνσόγραμμος,  ov,=sq.  I. 
Χρνσογρΰ<ρ>'/ς,  ές,  (χρυσός,  γράφω) 
gold-striped,       gold-embroidered.  —  II. 
written,  with  letters  of  gold. 

Χρνσογρΰφία,  ας,  ή,  a  writing  ivith 
letters  of  gold. 

Χρνσοόαίύύλος,  ov,  (χρυσός,  δαί- 
δαλος) decked  with  rich  work  of  gold, 
poet. 

Χρνσοδαίδα?^τος,  ov,  (χρυσός,  δαι- 
δάλλω)=forcg.,  Eur.  I.  A.  219. 

Χρϋσούακτύ?.ιος,  ov,  ( χρυσός, 
δακτύλιος)  with  ring  of  gold,  N.  T. 
[rO] 

Χρυσόδετος,  ov,  also  η,  ov,  Alcae. 
67,  (χρυσός,  δέω) : — bound  xuith  gold, 
set  in  gold,  Hdt.  3,  41  :  overlaid  or  en- 
riched U'ith  gold,  Soph.  Fr.  232,  Eur. 
Phoen.  805  :  χρ.  ερκίσι  γυναικών,  of 
the  golden  necklace  with  which  Eri- 
phyle  was  bribed.  Soph.  El.  837. 

Χρϋσοδίνι/ς.  ου,  ό,  (χρυσός,  δΐνέω) 
the  golden-eddying  or  whirling,  poet. 

Χρϋσοέθειρος,  ov,  (χρυσός,  ίθειρα) 
with  golden  hair  ;  or  with  gold-dust  in 
the  hair,  Heliod. : — poet,  form,  χρν- 
σοέθειρ,  ειρος,  ΰ,  ή.  Archil.  119. 

Χρϋσοειδής,  ές,  (χρυσός,  είδος)  like 
gold,  γη,  Plat.  Phaed.  110  C  ;  χρώμα, 
Xen.  Cyr.  7,  1,  2. 

Χρΰσοέ/.ικτος,  ov,  (χρυσός,  έ'λίσσω) 
twined  with  gold,  Paul.  S.  Anibo  255. 

ΧρϋσοεφητεΙον,  ου,  τό,  a  place  where 
gold  is  melted. 

Χρϋσόζνγος,  ov,  (χρυσός,  ζνγάν) 
with  yoke  of  gold,  H.  Horn.  31, 15,  Xen. 
Cyr.  8,  3,  12. 

Χρϋσόζωνος,  ov,  (χρυσός,  ζών7ΐ) 
with  girdle  of  gold. 

Χρνσύ)]λος,  ov,  with  nails  or  studs 
if  gold. 

■\Χρυσόθεμις,  ιδος  and  ίος,  ?;,  Chry- 
soiAe/n/i•,  daughter  of  Agamemnon  and 
Clytaemnestra,  II.  9,  145. 

ΪΧρϋσόθεμις,  ίδος,  ό,  Chrysothemis, 
of  Crete,  a  victor  at  the  Pythian 
games,  Paus.  10,  7,  2. — 2.  a  statuary 
of  Argos,  Id.  6,  10,  5. 

Χρυσοθήρας,  ου,  b,  a  gold-hunter, 
searcher  for  gold. 

Χρϋσόθριξ,  τρίχος,  6,  ή,  golden- 
haired. 

Χρϋσόβρονος,  ov,  (χρυσός,  θρόνος) 
with  throne  of  gold,  gold-enthroned, 
epith.  of  Juno,  Diana,  and  Aurora, 
Horn. ;  of  Gyrene,  Pind.  P.  4,  464. 

Χρϋσοθώραξ,  ΰκος,  ύ,  ή,  with  breast- 
plate of  gold. 

Χρϋσοκάνθΰρος,  ου,  ό,  the  cock-cha- 
fer, elsewh.  χρυσομηλολόνθης. 

Χρϋσοκάρηνος,  ov.  Dor.  -ΰνος,  (χρυ- 
σός, κάρηνον)  ivilh  head  of  gold,  Eur. 
H.  F.  375.  [ku] 

Χρύσύκαρπος,  ov,  with  golden  fruit. 

Χρϋσοκέρειος,  ov,=zsq.,  dub. 

Χρϋσόκερως,  ωτος,  ό,  ή,  and  -ρως, 
ων,  gen.  ω  (χρυσός,  κέρας): — with 
horns  of  gold,  έ'λαφος,  Pind.  Ο.  3,  52, 
Eur.  Hel.  382  ;  as  epith.  of  Pan,  Cra- 
tin.  Incert.  22 ;  of  the  new  moon, 
Anth.  P.  5,  16.— II.  with  gilded  horns, 
like  a  victim  just  ready  to  be  sacri- 
ficed. Aeschiri.77,12,cf.  Plat.  Ale.  2, 
149  C. 

Χρνσοκέφΰλος,  ov,  (χρυσός,  κεφα- 
?.ή)  with  golden  head,  epith.  of  a  fish, 
Phryn.  (Com.)  Tragoed.  2. 

Χρϋσοκίθάρις,  ιος,  o,=sq.,Hesych. 

[U 

Χρϋσοκίθάρος,  ov,  with  golden  κι- 
θάρα, Suid.  [tj 

Χρΰσόκλειστος,  ov,  enclosed  or  set 
in  gold,  dub.  1.  for  sq. 

Χρϋσόκλυστος,  ov,  (χρυσός,  κ?ιύζυ) 
xvasked  out  or  rinsed  with  gold.  i.  e.  gild- 
ed inside,  or  (generally)  gilded,  Ister 
ap.  Ath.  478  B,  Meineke  Nicom.  In- 
cert. 2,  ubi  np.  Ath.  χρυσοκλαύστα : 
1678 


ΧΡΥΣ 

— so  a  wooden  bowl  lined  with  wax 
is  called  κηρώ  κεκλνσμένος,  Theocr. 
1 ,  27. 

Χρϋσόκολλα,  (χρυσός,  κόλλα) gold- 
solder,  Theophr.  Lap.  26  and  40,  Plin. 
33,  26,  sq. — II.  a  dish  of  linseed  and 
honey,  Alcman  17. 

Χρϊ>σοκόλλ7]τος,  ov,  =  sq. :  gene- 
rally, of  gold,  golden,  δίφρος,  Eur. 
Phoen.  2. 

Χρϋσόκυλλος,  ov,  (χρυσός,  κόλ.λα) 
soldered  or  inlaid  with  gold,  εκττωμα, 
Soph.  Fr.  68,  κώττΐ],  Eur.  Palam.  9. 

ΧίΛσοκομάω,  and  -κομίω,  ώ,  (χρυ- 
σόκομος)  to  have  golden  hair,  Phiiostr. 

Χρνσοκόμη,  ης,  ή,  golden  hair,  a 
plant,  chrysocorna  linosyris,  Linn., 
Arist.  Plant.  2,  7,  1,  Diosc.  4,  55. 

Χμϋσοκυμης,  ου.  ό.  Dor.  -μας.  (χρυ- 
σός, κόμη)  the  golden-haired,  epith.  of 
Bacchus,  Hes.  Th.  947;  of  Cupid, 
Anacr.  15,  Eurip.  I.  A.  549;  of  Apollo, 
tTyrtae.  8,  4t,  Eur.  Supp.  975,  Ar. 
Av.  219,  etc. ; — whence  ό  Xp.,  absol. 
for  Apollo,  Pind.  O.  6,  71  ;  7,  58. 

Χρϋσυκυμος,  ov,  (χρυσός,  κόμ?ι) 
golden-haired,  Anth.  P.  6,  264  ;  also  of 
the  plumage  of  birds,  χρ.  πτερά,  Hdt. 
2,73. 

Χρϋσόκονις,  ιος  and  εως,  ή,  gold- 
dust. 

Χρϋσοκρήτάλος,  ov,  (χρυσός,  κρό- 
τα/.υν)  rattling  or  ringing  with  gold, 
Anth.  P.  5,  271. 

Χρνσολΰβτ)ς,  ές,  (χρυσός,  λαμβά- 
νω) with  handle  or  haft  of  gold,  έγχειρί- 
διον,  Menand.  p.  15. 

Χρΰσολαμπίς,  ίδος,  ή,=πυγο?.αμ- 
πίς,  strictly  the  golden-shining. 

Χρϋσολάχάνυν,  ου,  τό,  a  plant, 
orach,  Plin. :  elsewh.  άτραφαξνς. 

ΧρϋσόλίΟος,  ου,  ή,  (χρυσός,  λίθος) 
the  chrysoli/h,  or  gold-stone,  a  bright 
yellow  stone,  LXX. ;  cf.  Plin.  37,  42. 

Χρϋσόλΐνον,  ου,  τό,  gold-thread, 
gold-wire. 

Χυΰσο/ιΟγέω,  ώ,  to  speak  of  gold, 
Luc'.  Gall.  6. — II.  to  gather  gold:  to 
collect  gold,  i.  e.  money,  cf  αργυρο7ιθ• 
γέω :  from 

Χρϋσαλόγος,  ov,  (χρυσός,  λέγω) 
speaking  of  gold. — II.  gathering  gold. 

Χρϋσό?ιογχος,  ov,  {χρυσός,  λόγχη) 
with  point  or  spear  of  gold,  ΐΙαλ?Μς, 
Eur.  Ion  9,  Ar.  Thesm.  318. 

Χρϋσό?^οττος,  ov,  with  golden  scales. 

Χρϋσόλοφος,  ov,  (χρυσός,  λόφος) 
with  golden  crest :  the  fern,  χρνσολόφά 
ill  Ar.  Lys.  344,  as  epith.  of  Minerva. 

Χρνσολΰρης,  ου,  ό.  Dor.  -λύρας, 
(χρυσός,  λύρα)  with  lyre  of  gold,  of 
Apollo,  Ar.  Thesm.  315;  of  Orpheus, 
Anth.  P.  7,  617,  etc. 

Χρνσόμα?Λος.  ov,  (χρυσός,  μα?,,- 
λόο)  with  fleece  of  gold,  κριός,  Eur.  Or. 
998  ;  ποίμνα,  Id.  El.  725. 

Χρϋσομάνής,  ές,  (χρυσός,  μαίνομαι) 
mad  aflir  gold,  Anth.  P.  5,  302. 

Χρνσομηλο7.ύνβη,  ης,  η,  the  gold- 
beetle  or  cock-chafer. 

Χρϋσομηλολόνθιον  or  -όντιον,  ου, 
τό,  dim.  from  foreg.,  a  little  cock-chafer : 
as  a  term  of  endearment,  in  Ar.Vesp. 
1341. 

Χρνσόμηλον.  ου,  τό,  gold  apple,  a 
kind  of  quince,  Plin. 

Χρυσομήτρις.  ιόος,  ή,  a  kind  of 
bird,  Arist.  H.  A.  8,  3,  6 ;  with  v.  1. 
^νσομ-. 

Χρνσομίτρη,  pecul.  fem.  of  sq., 
0pp.  C.  2,  2. 

Χρνσομίτρης,  ου,  ό,  (χρυσός,  μίτρα) 
with  girdle  or  head-band  of  gold,  epith. 
of  Bacchus,  Soph.  O.  T.  209. 

Χρνσόμορφος.  ov,  (χρυσός,  μορφή) 
in  the  likeness  cf  gold,  of  Jupiter  de- 
scending to  Danae,  Soph.  Fr.  708  ; 
χρ.  είδος,  of  amber,  Paul.  S.  74,  123. 


ΧΡΥΣ 

Χρΰσόμφΰλος,  ov,  with  navel  or  boss 
of  gold. 

Χρνσόνημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  gold-thread, 
gold-wire. 

Χρνσόνημος,  ov,  (χρυσός,  νήμα)  in- 
woven with  golden-threads,  Suiii. 

Χρνσόνομος,  ov,  feeding  in  gold, 
hence  very  rich,  v.  1.  lor  χρυσόγονος, 
q.  V. 

Χρϋσόνωτος,  ov,  (χρυσός,  νώτος) 
with  golden  back  :—χρ.  ηνία,  a    reia 
studded  with  gold.  Lob.  Soph.  Aj.  846. 
Χρνσό^Ιφος,  ov,  with  sword  of  gold. 
Χρνσόξϋλον,  ου,  τό,  gold-wood,  an- 
other name  for  the  θά-ψος. 

Χρϋσοπάρϋφος,  ov,  with  border  of 
gold,  [a] 

Χρνσόπαστος,  ov,  (χρυσός,  ττάσσω) 
sprinkled  icilh  gold,  χρ.  τιήρης,  a  tur- 
ban of  gold  tissue,  Hdt.  8, 120  ;  κόσμος, 
Dem.  1217,  20;  τα  χρ.,  gilded  splen- 
dours, Aesch.  Ag.  760. 

Χρνσύπατρος,  ov,  (χρυσός,  πατήρ) 
sprung  of  a  golden  father,  epith.  ol  Per- 
seus, as  begotten  of  Jupiter  in  the 
form  of  a  golden  shower,  Lye.  838. 

Χρνσοπέδί?Μς,ον,(χρυσός,πέδιλον) 
golden-sandalled,  epith.  of  Juno,  Od. 
11,  604,  Hes.  Th.  454;  of  Aurora, 
Sappho  12. 

^Χρνσοπέλεια,  ας,  ή,  Chrysopelta, 
a  nymph,  Apollod.  3,  9,  1. 

Χρνσόπεπλος,  ov,  (χρνσός,πέπλος) 
with  robe^  of  gold,  κούρα,  Anacr.  80  ; 
Μναμοσύνα,  Pind.  1.  6  (5),  fin. 

Χρνσοπήληξ,  ηκος,  ό,  ή,  (χρυσός, 
πήληξ)  ivith  helm  of  gold,  Aescn.Theb. 
100,  Eur.  Phoen.  939. 

Χρνσύπηνος,  ον,=χρυσεοπήν7}τος, 
χρυσεόπηνος. 

Χρνσοπλόκάμος,  ov,  (χρυσός,  πλό- 
καμος) with  tresses  of  gold,  Η.  Hom. 
Αρ.  205. 

Χρνσοπλ.ύσιον,  ov,  τό,  =  χρνσιο- 
πλύσιον.  [πλν] 

Χρϋσοποίκιλος,  ον,^χρυσοδαίδα• 
λος,  Callix.  ap.  Ath.  198  D. 

Χρϋσοποίκι7.τος,  ov,^OTeg.,  Diod. 
18,  26. 

Χρνσοποιός,  όν,  (χρυσός,  ποιέω) 
working  in  gold  :  ό  χρ.,  a  goldsmith 
Luc.  Contempl.  \2.— U.  later,  making 
gold  :  ό  χρ.,  an  alchemist. 

Χρνσόποκος,  ov,  (χρυσός,  πόκος) 
U'ith  fleece  of  gold,  Nonn. 

Χρνσόπο?ας,  εως,  ή,  (χρυσός,  πό7ιΐς) 
name  of  α  plant,  Aristaen.  1,  10. 

\Χρϋσόπο7.ις.  εως,  ή,  Chrysopolis, 
a  city  of  Bithynia,  opposite  Byzan 
tium,  Xen.  An.  6,  3,  16;  Strab.  p. 
563. 

Χρνσόπορος,  ov,  (χρυσός,  πορεύο- 
μαι) golden-passing,  μίτοι  χρ.,  threads 
of  gold,  Paul.  S.  Ecphr.  388. 

Χρνσόπονς,  h.  ή,  neut.  πουν,  (χρυ- 
σός, πους)  gold-footed,  Polyb.  31,  3,  18. 
Χρϋσοπράσος,    ov,   ό,   the    chryso- 
prase,  a  precious    stone  of  a  yellow- 
green  colour,  N.  T.  ;  cf  Plin.  37,  34. 

Χρνσόπρυμνος,ον, (χρυσός, πρύμνα) 
with  poop  of  gold,  App.  Praef  10. 

Χρϋσόπρωρος,  ov,  (χρυσός,  πρώρα) 
with  prow  of  gold,  Phiiostr. 

Χρϋσόπτερος,  ov.  (χρυσός,  πτερόν) 
with  wings  of  gold,  of  Iris,  II.  8,  398  ; 
11,  185,  H.Cer.  315. 

Χρϋσοπτέρνγος,  ov,  =  foreg.,  Hi- 
mer. 

Χρϋσορΰνίς,  ίδος,  ή,  a  golden  eioer, 
ap.  Hesych. 

Χρϋσόρΰπις,  ό,  poet,  for  χρυσό^^α 
πις,  Pind.  P.  4,  316. 

^Χρνσορόας,  ov,  a,  the  Chrysoroas, 
a  river  of  Argolis,  Paus.  2,  31,  10. — 
2.  another  in  Syria,  written  Xpv- 
σοββόας,    Strab.  p.  755. 

ίΧρνσόρβη,  ης,  ή,  Chrysorthe,  nio 
ther  of  Coronus,  Paus.  2,  5,  8. 


ΧΡΤΣ 

Χρϋσορόης,  ον,  δ,  poet,  for  χρν• 
σο^βόης,  Eur.  Bacch.  154. 

Χρνσόροφος,  ον,  {χρυσός,  οροφή) 
with  golden  roof  or  cieliiig,  Luu.  Cynic. 
9  ;  cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  706. 

Χρνσοββΰγης,  ές,  {χρυσός,  ()ήγνν- 
μι)  ερνος,  α  golden  branch  plucked  οβ, 
Poet.  ap.  Hesych. 

Χρνσό()ρά-ις,  ιδος,  ύ,  ή,  {χρυσός, 
Ραπίς)  with  wand  of  gold,  epith.  of 
Mercury,  Od.  5,  87  ;  lO',  277,  H.  Horn. 
Merc.  539  ;  cf.  χρνσόραπις. 

Χρϋσο{)1)ήμων,  ον,  gen.  όνος,  of 
golden  words. 

Χ(ΐνσο()1)όης,  Dor.  -βόας,  ου,  6,  (χρυ- 
σός, βέω)  : — streaming  gold,  of  Jupiter 
descending  in  gold,  Anth. :   cf.  χρυσο- 

ρόης-      ^  ,        ,, 

Χρνσόββΰτος,  ον,  {χρυσός,  ρέω) 
flowing  with  gold,  vuua,  Aesch.  Pr. 
805. 

Χρνσορύκ-ης,  ον,  υ,  a  miner  of 
gold. 

Χρΰσόρντος,  ον,  =  χρνσόββντος, 
γοναί  χρ-,  of  Jupiter  and  Danae, 
Soph.  Ant.  950. 

ΧΡΥ'ΣΟ'Σ,  ον,  6,  gold,  Horn.,  etc. 
(v.  sub  χαλκός) ;  ov(j  χρνσοϊο  τά- 
λαντα, 11.  18,  507;  χρυσόν  κιρασιν 
ττεριχενας  (of  a  victim),  10,  291 ;  γρ. 
δαμασίφρων,  Pind.  Ο.  13,  111  ;  etc. : 
— χρυσός  κοϊ/.ος.  like  άργυρος  κοίλίος, 
gold  wrought  into  vessels,  vessels  of  gold, 
gold-plate  :  also,  άργυρος  καΐ  χρυσός, 
like  Lat.  argentum  et  aurnm,  gold  and 
silver  plate,  Heind.  Hor.  Sat.  1,4, 
28: — χρυσός  άττεφθος,  pure,  refined 
gold,  Hdt.  1,  50,  {χρ.  έφόμενος,  Pind. 
Ν.  4.  133)  ;  λευκός  χρυσός,  white 
gold,  i.  e.  alloyed  with  silver,  lb.,  ubi 
V.  Schweigh. : — freq.  used  by  poets 
to  denote  any  thing  dear  or  precious, 
κρείσσονα  χρυσού,  Aesch.  Cho.  372  ; 
and  so  Sappho,  Fr.  96,  formed  a 
compar.  adj.,  χρυσοτέρα  χρυσύ  (v. 
Lob.  Phryn.  234) ;  cf  esp.  Pind.  O. 
1,2;  3,  76,  and  v.  χρΰσεος  III  : — me- 
taph.  also,  χρυσός  επών.  At.  Plut. 
268  ;  χρυσφ  ττύττειν  τινά.  Id.  Nub. 
912.— II.  gold  coin,  gold.  (Prob.  a 
Phoenician  word,  cf  Hebr.  charuts, 
Pott  Et.  Forsch.  1,  p.  141.)  [t-  in 
χρυσός  and  all  derivs.,  though  lyric 
poets  took  the  license  of  making  it 
short  in  adj.  χρΰσεος,  q.  v. ;  and  once 
we  have  χρυσός,  viz.  in  Pind.  N.  7, 
115.] 

τΧρυσός,  οϋ,  δ,  Chri/sus,  name  of 
a  slave,  Ar.  Vesp.  1251. 

Χρϋσοσάτϊφείρος,  ου,  ή,  the  gold- 
sapphire  ;  cf  σά~φειρος. 

Χρϋσόστ/μος,  ον,  (χρυσός,  σήμα) 
with  stripe  or  edge  of  gold,  Dion.  H.  3, 
€1. 

Χρνσοσπόρος.  ον, {χρυσός,  σπείρω) 
sowing  gold,  Nonn. 

Χρϋσόστεγος,  ον,  with  roof  of  gold. 

Χρϋσοστεπτωρ,  ορός,  ύ,  r/,=  sq., 
poet. 

Χρϋσοστεφΰνος,  αν,  {χρυσός,  στέ- 

Ϊανος)  gold-crow7ied,  Η.  Ηοιη.  5,  1, 
[es.  Th.  17,  136;  from  Hes.  down- 
wards, asepith.  of  Hebe,  BockhExpl. 
Pind.  O.  6,  57  -.—χρ.  άεθλα,  Pind.  Ο. 
8,  1. 

Χρνσόστικτος,  ον,  {χρυσός,  στίζω) 
gold-spotted,  Clem.  ΑΙ. 

Χρυσόστομος,  ον,  {χρυσός,  στόμα) 
of  golden  mouth,  i.  e.  droppiyig  words 
of  gold,  hence  among  the  later  Greeks 
an  epith.  of  favourite  orators. 

Χρνσόστροφος,  ον.  {χρυσός,  στρέ- 
φω) twisted  with  gold  ;  of  a  bow,  strung 
with  twisted  gold.  Soph.  O.  T.  203. 

Χρϋσοτέκτων,  όνος.  6,  {χρυσός, 
τέκτων)  a  worker  in  gold,  a  goldsmith, 
Anth.  P.  6,  92. 

Χούσότερος,  a,  ov,  v.  sub  χρυσός  1. 


ΧΡΥΣ 

Χρϋσότευκτος,  ον,  {χρυσός,  τεύχω) 
wrought  of  gold,  Aesch.  Theb.  660,  Fr. 
171.  Eur.  Phoen.  220. 

Χρϋσοτενχής,  ές,  {χρυσός,  τεύχος) 
with  arms  of  gold,  Eur.  Rhes.  340. 

Χρνσότευχος,  ον,=^χρυσοτευχής. 

Χρϋσοτόκος,  ον,  {χρυσός,  τίκτω) 
laying  golden  eggs,  Aesop. 

Χρΰσότοξος,  ον,  {χρυσός,  τόξον) 
with  bow  of  gold,  of  Apollo,  Pind.  O. 
14,  15. 

Χρϋσοτόρευτος,  ov,  {χρυσός,  το- 
ρεύω)  inlaid  with  gold,  LXX. 

ΧρνσοτρΙαίνης,  ου,  o,=  sq.,  Arion 
3,  2,  Bergk. 

Χρϋσοτρίαινος,  ov,  {χρυσός,  τρίαι- 
να) with  trident  of  gold,  of  Neptune, 
Ar.  Eq.  559.  [t] 

Χρνσότνπος,  ov,  {χρυσός,  τύπτω) 
wrought  of  gold,  κράνος,  Eur.  El.  470, 
φιάλη,  Critias  1,  7. 

Χρνσουΰτος,  ov,  {χρυσός,  ονας) 
with  ears  or  handles  of  gold,  Fr.  Horn. 
68. 

Χρνσονργέω,  to  be  a  χρνσονργός. 

Χρνσουργός,  όν,  {χρυσός,  *εργω) 
working  in  gold :  ό  χρ-,  a  goldsmith, 
Critias  56. 

Χρϋσονς,  ή,  οΰν,  Att.  contr.  for 
χρνσεος,  q.  v. 

Χρϋσοΰφαντος,  ov,  interwoven  with 
gold. 

Χρϋσοϋφης,  ef,=foreg.,  Hdn.  5,  3. 

Χρνσοφάεννος,  ov,=sq.,  Anacr.  23. 
[a] 

Χρϋσοφάής,  ές,  {χρυσός,  φάος)  gold- 
shining,  ήλ.ιος,  Eur.  Hec.  636  ;  έρως. 
Id.  Hipp.  1276;  στέφανος,  Anth.  P. 
append.  352. 

Χρϋσοφάλΰρος,  or,  with  trappings 
of  gold,  [ά] 

Χρνσοφάνής,  ές,  shining  or  showing 
like  gold. 

Χρϋσοφάσγάνος,  ov,  {χρυσός,  φά- 
σγανον)  with  sword  of  gold,  Gramni. 

Χρνσοφεγγής,  ες,  {χρυσός,  φέγγος) 
gold-beaming,  σέλ.ας,  Aesch.  Ag.  288. 

Χρϋσοφορέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  wear 
gold  or  golden  apparel,  Hdt.  1,  82. — II. 
to  bear  gold,  bring  dovm  gold  dust,  as  ri- 
vers.— HI.  to  pay  gold  as  a  tax,  Diod. : 
and 

Χρνσοφορία,  ας,  ή,  a  wearing  of 
golden  apparel :  from 

Χρυσοφόρος,  ov,  {χρυσός,  φέρω) 
wearing  gold  or  golden  apparel,  Simon, 
ap.  Lycurg.  163.  32,  Hdt.  4,  104  ;  cf 
Pors.  Hec.  150. — II.  bearing  gold, 
bringing  down  gold  dust,  as  rivers. — 
III.  paying  gold  as  a  tax. 

Χρνσοφρνς,  νος,  b.  ή,  {χρυσός,  6φ- 
ρνς)  with  golden  eyebrows: — ό  χρ.,  a 
sea-fish,  with  a  golden  spot  over  each 
eye.  sparus  aurata.  Linn.,  Epich.  p.  35, 
Archipp.  Ichlh.  12,  Arist.  H.  A.  8,  13, 
3,  sq. 

Χρϋσοφϋλ.ΰκέω,  ω,  f  -ήσω,  to  watch 
gold,  Clem.  Al. :  from 

Χρϋσοφΰλιαξ,  ΰκος,  ό,  ή,  (χρυσός, 
φνλ.αξ)  watching  gold,  a  gold-keeper, 
epith.  of  the  Gryphons  in  Hdt.  4,  13, 
27  :  a  treasurer,  θεον,  Eur.  Ion  54.  [φν] 
Χρνσοχαίτης,  poet,  -χαΐτΰ.  ό.  (χρυ- 
σός, χαίτη)  golden-haired,  of  Apoilo, 
Pind.  P.  2,  29  ;  of  Cupid,  Anacreont. 
44,  12: — fem.  χρυσόχαιτος,  ιδος. 

Χρνσοχάλΰνος,  ov,  {χρυσός,  χαλι- 
νός) with  gold-studded  bridle,  usu.  of 
Persians,  Hdt.  9,  20,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  3, 
3,  etc.  ;  πάταγος  τΙ'α/Αων  χρυσοχάλ.ι- 
νος,  Ar.  Pac.  155.  [α] 

Χρνσόχειρ,  χειρός,  ό,  ή,  (χρυσός, 
χείρ)  with  golden  hands,  i.  e.  with  gold 
rings,  Luc.  Timon  20. 

Χρΐ'σοχίτων,  ωνος,  δ,  ή,  (χρυσός, 
χιτών)  in  coat  of  gold,  gold-robed,  θί/- 
βη,  Pind.  Fr.  207  :  with  rind  of  gold, 
έ/.αίη,  Anth.  P.  6,  102.  [l\ 


XPi2Z 

Χρϋσοχόας,  ov,  b,^^ χρυσοχόος. 

ΧρνσοχοεΙον,  ου,  τό,  the  shop  of  a 
χρυσοχόος,  Dem.  521,  27,  Polyb.  26, 
10,  3. 

Χρϋσοχοέω,  ω,  f.  -ήσω,  to  be  a  χρν 
σοχόος,  follow  the  trade  of  goldsmith, 
work  in  gold,  Ar.  Plut.  164,  Xen.  Oec. 
18,  9. — il.  to  smell  ore  to  get  gold  from 
it ;  and  so,  χρυσοχοεΐν  was  used  pro- 
verb, of  those  who  fail  in  any  tempt- 
ing speculation,  as  the  Athenians  did 
in  their  attempts  to  extract  gold  from 
their  silver-ores.  Plat.  Rep.  450  B,  cf. 
Schneid.  Xen.  A'ect.  4,  15. 

Χρυσοχοΐα,  ας,  ή,  a  casting  or  work- 
ing in  gold,  the  trade  of  a  χρυσοχόος, 
Lob.  Phryn.  493. 

Χρυσοχοικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to  a 
χρυσοχόος : — χρ.  τέχνην  έργάζεσθαι, 
to  follow  the  trade  of  a  goldsmith,  Dem. 
521,29. 

Χρυσοχύίον,  ου,  τό,^χρυσοχοεΐον. 

Χρυσοχόος,  ον,  {χρυσός,  χεω) : — 
melting  or  casting  gold,  a  worker  in  gold, 
of  one  who  gilds  the  horns  of  a  victim, 
Od.  3,  425  : — a  goldsmith,  Ar.  Lys. 
408,  Dem.  520,  3,  sq.— II.  smelting 
and  refining  gold  ore,  cf  χρϋσοχοέω  II. 
— III.  assaying  gold  or  gold  coin. 

Χρνσόχροος,  ov,  contr.  -χρονς, 
(χρυσός,  χρόα)  gold-coloured,  Anth.  P. 
9,  525. 

Χρϋσόω,  ώ,  f.  -ώσω,  (χρυσός)  to 
make  golden,  gild,  cf  καταχρυσόω  : — • 
pass.,  to  be  gilded,  Hdt.  2.  132,  Ar. 
Ach.  547,  Plat.  Euthyd.  299  E. 

Χρϋσΰποόέκτης,  ov,  b,  a  receiver  or 
collector  of  gold. 

Χρύσωμα,  ατός,  τό,  (χρυσόω)  that 
which  is  made  of  gold,  wrought  gold, 
Eur.  Ion  1030,  \430  ;  χρυσώματα,  gold 
plate,  Polyb.  31,  3,  16. 

Χρϋσωμάτοθήκη,  ης,  ή,  (χρύσωμα, 
θήκη)  α  plate-chest,  Callix.  ap.  Ath. 
199  F. 

Χρυσών,  ώνος,  ό,  a  treasure,  Nicet. 

Χρνσωνέω,  ώ,  (χρυσός,  ώνέομαί)  to 
buy  or  change  gold,  Isocr.  366  E. — II. 
to  buy  for  gold.    Hence 

Χρνσώνητος,  ov,  bought  for  gold. 

Χρνσώπης,  poet,  χρυσώπα,  ου,  ό, 
=  sq.,  of  Bacchus,  Eur.  Bacch.  553: 
— lem.  χρυσώπις,  ιόος,  of  Latona,  Ar. 
Thesm.  321  ;  of  fish,  χρυσώπιδες  Ίχ- 
θύες  ίλλοί.  Poet.  ap.  Ath.  277  D  (cf 
Eust.  p.  1389,  9),  where  the  fein.  is 
joined  with  a  inasc.  subst. 

Χρνσωπός,  όν,  (χρυσός,  ώφ)  with 
golden  eyes  or  face,  beaming  like  gold, 
of  the  sun,  Eur.  El.  740:  gold-colour- 
ed, Plut.  Sull.  6. — II.  a  fish,  the  same 
as  χρύσοφρυς.  Id.  2,  977  E. 

Χρνσωρνχεϊον,  ου,  τό,  a  gold-mine, 
Strab. 

Χρϋσωρϋχέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω.  to  dig  for 
gold,  Ael.  N.  A.  4,  27  :  and 

Χρνσωρΰχία,  ας,  ή,  a  digging  for 
gold,  Strab. 

Χρϋσωρνχιον,  ου,  τό,^^χρνσωρν- 
χεΐον ."  from 

Χρΰσο>ρΰχος,  ον,  (χρυσός,  όρίσσω) 
digging  for  gold,  a  gold-miner,   [pi] 

Χρνσωσις,  εως,  ή,  (χρυσόω)  a  gild- 
ing. Plut.  Poplic.  15,  Nic.  3,  etc.  [ΰ] 

Χρϊσωτίις,  ου,  b.  (χρυσόω)  a  gilder, 
Plut.  2.348  E. 

Χρνσωτός,  ή,  όν,  verb,  adj.,  gilded, 

Χρνσώφ,  ώπος,  ο,  ή,  (χρυσός,  ώ^Ο 
gold-coloured,  shining  like  gold,  χρ.  θνρ• 
σης  in  Enr.  Bacch.  553 ;  so  called 
(ace.  to  Herm.)  from  the  colour  ot 
the  ivy-flower. 

Χρύ,  contr.  from  χρύου,  imperat. 
pres.  from  χράομαι.  Soph. 

Χρω,  heterocl.  dat.  οί χρως,  q.  v. 

Χρώζω,  f.  χρώσω.  like  χροίζω.  to 
touch  the  surface  (fa  body  : — generally, 
1679 


ΧΡί2Σ 

ίο  touch,  τα  γόΐ'ατα,  Eur.  Phoen.  1625. 
— II.  to  impart  by  touching  the  surface : 
— hence,  to  tinge,  stain  :  to  taint,  defile, 
μάτην  κιχρώσμεθα  κακοϋ  προς  αν- 
δρός, Eur.  Med.  497. 

Χρώμα,  ατός,  τό,  (χρώνννμι) : — 
strictly,  the  surface  of  a  body,  esp.  of 
the  human  body,  the  skin,  δια  χρώμα- 
τος, Hipp. — Π.  the  colour  οί  tne  sur- 
face, esp.  of  the  skin  or  body,  the 
complexion,  Hdt.  2,  32  ;  3,  101,  Hipp., 
and  Att. ;  χρώμα  ΰλλύασκιν,  Eur. 
Phoen.  1216 ;  so.  μεβιστάναί  του  χρώ- 
ματος, Ar.  Eq.  399  ;  παντόδαπα  χρώ- 
ματα άφίέναι,  to  change  colour  con- 
tinually. Plat.  Lys.  222  Β  :— general- 
ly, colour,  paint,  dye,  έκ  χρωμύτυν  καΙ 
αχιιμύτων  βεωηεΐν,  to  look  to  the  out- 
side only,  Stallb.  Plat.  Kep.  GOl  Α.— 
III.  a  Syrian  root  from,  vhich  a  colour 
was  made,  Tlieophr.  Odor. — IV.  ine- 
taph.  in  plur.,  ornaments,  embellish- 
ments, άλλοτρίοις  χρώμασι  καΐ  κό- 
σμοι.ς.  Plat.  Phaedr.  239  D.  cf.  Gorg. 
465  Β  ;  also  in  language,  like  Lat. 
pigmenta  or  colores  orationis.  Plat.  Kep. 
601  A  ;  and  in  music.  Id.  Symp.  211 
E. — V.  as  a  technical  term  in  Greek 
music,  χρώμα  was  a  modification  of 
the  simplest  or  diatonic  music  :  but 
there  were  also  χρώματα  as  further 
modifications  of  all  the  three  common 
kinds  (diatonic,  chromatic,  and  en- 
harmonic), V.  Diet.  Antiqq.  p.  645 ; 
and  cf.  χρωματικός.     Hence 

Χρωμάτΐύω  and  χρωματίζω,  f.  -ίσω, 
to  colour  : — pass.,  to  be  of  such  aiid  such 
a  colour,  Soph.  Fr.  9  ;  cf.  Foes.  Oec. 
Hipp. 

Χρωματικός,  η,  υν,  {χρώμα)  suited 
for  colour. — II.  ή  -κ?/ (sc.  μουσική),  the 
chromatic  music  of  the  ancients,  differ- 
ing from  the  diatonic  in  having  the 
tetrachord  divided  into  less  snnple 
intervals,  cf.  Diet.  Antiqq.  p.  645. 

Χρωμύτΐνος,  η.  ov,  coloured. 

Χρωμύτίον,  ου,τό,  (χρώμα)  a  colour, 
paint,  Anlh.  P.  11,  423. 

Χρωματισμός,  ov,  L•,  a  colouring, 
dyeing. 

Χρωμάτογρΰφέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  dratv 
in  colours,  paint.     Hence 

Χρωματογραφία,  ας,  ή,  a  drawing 
in  colours,  painting. 

Χρωμάτοποίία,  ας,  ή,  a  laying  on  of 
colour  or  paint. 

ΧρωμάτοΊϊώ^,ης,  ov,  b,  a  dealer  in 
colours. 

Χρώνννμι  and  -ννω,^χρώζω. 

Χρως.  ό,  gen.  χρωτός,  ace.  χρώτα: 
Ep.  and  Ion.,  gen.  χροός,  dat.  χροί, 
ace.  χρόα,  as  always  in  Horn.,  and 
Hes.,  except  gen.  χρωτός  in  11.  10, 
575,  ace.  χρώτα,  Od.  18,  172,  179, 
Hes.  Op.  554  :  Att.  dat.  χρω  (but  only 
in  the  phrase  iv  χρω,  to  be  quoted 
below  :  Sappho  2,  10  has  a  contr.  ace. 

Strictly,  like  χρόα,  χροιά,  χρώμα, 
the  surface  of  any  body,  esp.  of  the 
human  body,  the  skin,  ov  σφι  λίθος 
χρως  ονδέ  σίδηρος,  II.  4,  510;  και 
γύρ  βίμ'  τούτω  τρωτός  χρως,  21,  5G8  ; 
χρώτ'  ΰπονιφαμένη,  Od.  18,  171  ; 
ακρότατον  (Γ  άρ'  όϊστυς  επέγρα-ήιε. 
χρόα,  11.  4,  139  ;  ταμεειν  χρόα  νηλεϊ 
χα7.κώ,\'}ι,  501 ;  εγχείη...  λιλαιομενΐ] 
χροος  άσαι,  21,  168;  κακά  χροϊ  εϊ- 
ματ'  έχοντα,  Od.  14,  506  ;  cf.  Soph. 
Tr.  605,  Eur.  Bacch.  821,  etc. :— esp. 
the  flesh,  as  opp.  to  the  bone,  φθινν- 
θει  δ'  ΰμφ'  οστεόφι  χρως,  Od.  16.  145; 
so,  ονδε  τι  οι  χρως  σήπεται,  II  24, 
414,  cf  19,33  (which  usage  is  said 
to  have  been  pecul.  to  the  Ion. 
writers,  cf.  Foes.  Oec.  Hipp.)  ;  gene- 
rally, owe's  body,  frame,  Pind.  P.  1, 
107,  Xen.  Symp.  4,  54 :— the  ace. 
1680 


ΧΥΛΟ 

plur.  χρώτας  is  found  in  Dion.  H. — 2. 
εν  χροί,  Att.  εν  χρω,  close  to  the  skin, 
έν  χροϊ  κείρειν,  to  shave  clo.se,  Hdt. 
4,  175,  Xen.  Hell.  1,  7,  8:  hence 
metaph.,  ξνρεΐ  έν  χρω,  it  touches  one 
nearly,  comes  home.  Soph.  Aj.  786 :  εν 
χρω  παραπλέειν,  to  sail  past  so  as  to 
shave  or  graze,  Thuc.  2,  84  :  also,  έν 
χρω  συΐ'άπτειν  μάχην,  to  light  hand 
to  hand,  Plut.  Thes.  27  ;  ή  έν  χρφ 
σννουσία,  close  acquaintance,  (intuset 
in  cute  novi,  Pers.  Sat.  3,  30),  Luc. 
adv.  Indoct.  3  : — also  c.  gen.,  έν  χρω 
τινός,  close  to,  hard  by  a  person  or 
thing,  e.  g.  της  γης,  v.  Jac.  Ach.  Tat. 
p.  675,  C.  F.  Herm.  Luc.  Hist.  Conscr. 
24  :  cf  έγκυτί.— 11.  the  colour  of  the 
skin,  complexion,  χρως  τρέπεται,  i.  6. 
he  turns  pale,  11.  13,  279;  17,733, 
Od.  11,529:  generally,  colour,  αμεί- 
βων χρώτα  πορφνρέα  βαφ-η,  Aesch. 
Pers.  317.  (From  χράω,  χρανω,  χραί- 
νω :  akin  to  χρίω,  χρ'ιμπτω :  hence 
χρωτίζω,  χρώνννμι.) 

Χρώσις,  εως,  ή,  (χρώζω)  α  touching. 
— II.  α  colouring,  tinting. 

Χρωστήρ,  ήρος,  ό,  (;ΐ'ρώςω)  one  who 
colours  or  dye.i :  χρ.  μό'λνβος,  a  lead- 
pencil,  Aiith.  P.  6,  68. 

Χρωτίδιον,  ου,  τό,άϊΐΆ.  ίχοχηχρώς, 
Cratin.  Incert.  23. 

Χρωτίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  like  χρώζω,  to 
colour,  dye,  tint ;  χρ.  τον  οίνον,  to  sea- 
son wine,  give  it  colour  and  flavour, 
Plut.  2,  693  C  : — mid.,  χρωτίζεσθαι 
την  φνσιν  τινί,  to  tinge  one^s  nature 
with...,  Ar.  Nub.  516. 

Χνδίΐίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  {χυδαίος)  tocroivd 
οτ  flock  together. — II.  metaph.,  to  be  or 
become  common,  Nicet. 

Χϋδΰίκώς,  Άύν.,=χνδαίστί. 

Χνδαιολογία,  ας,  ή,  (χυδαίος,  λέ- 
γω) common  or  low  language,  coarse- 
ness. Phot.  ;  cf  χυδαιότης. 

Χυδαίος,  ov,  (χύδην)  poured  out  in 
streams  or  masses,  atnindant,  Diosc, 
and  LXX. :  hence — II.  meiaph.,  com- 
mon, vulgar,  coarse,  λαλιά,  Polyb.  14, 
7,  8.     Hence 

Χϋδαιότης,  ητος,  ?/,vulgar>iy,  coarse- 
ness. 

Χΰδαιόω,  ώ.  Ιο  tnake  common  or 
vulgar. 

Χϋδΰίστί,  adv.,  in  coarse,  vulgar 
style. 

Χύδην,  adv.  (χέω) :  as  if  poured  out, 
in  floods  or  heaps  ;  hence, — I.  in  a 
heap,  without  order,  confusedly,  promis- 
cuously, χ.  βεβ'λήσθαι.  κεΐσβαι.  Plat. 
Rep.  537  C,  Arist.  Pol.  7,  2,  9  ;  πάν- 
τα χ.  έστω,  Anth.  P.  10,  100,  cf.  9, 
233  :  Tu  χ.  παιδεύματα,  Phaedr.  264 
Β  ;  φηρτικώς  και  χύδ//ν  λέγειν,  Isocr. 
238  Α,  cf.  Eplst.  9,  0.— II.  inflowing, 
unfettered  language,  i.  e.  in  prose,  opp. 
to  έν  ποιημασι.  Plat.  Legg.  811  D. — 
III.  abundantly,  wholly,  utterly,  Leon. 
Tar.  29,  8:  χ.  σεσαλαγμένυς  οίνω.  Id. 

Χϋλάριον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  χνλός, 
a  little  juice.  Foes.  Oec.  Hipp. 

Χϋλίζω,  ί.  -ίσω,  \\^e. χυλόω,  tomake 
into  juice: — pass.,  to  become  juice. — II. 
to  extract  the  juice  from  a  plant  by  infu- 
sion or  decoction.     Hence 

Χύ?ασμα,  ατός,  τό,  the  extracted 
juice  of  plants,  [ϋ] 

Χϋλισμός,  ov,  ύ,  an  extracting  of  the 
juice  of  plants,  v.  χνλίζω  II. 

Χνλοειδί]ς,  ές,  (χνλός,  είδος)  like 
juice. 

Χνλοποιέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  make  into 
juice,  like  χν7ιόω. 

ΧϊΟός,  ob,  ό,  (χέω): — juice,  moist- 
ure, esp.  juice  drawn  out  by  infusion  or 
decoction,  Cratin.  Incert.  Ill;  and  so 
in  Hipp.,  who  uses  it  of  barley-water, 
and  the  like,  as  opp.  to  the  πτισύνη, 


ΧΎΣΎ 

in  which  the  barley  was  not  strained 
off,  V.  Foes.  Oec. ;  so  also  in  Cratin. 
1.  c,  Ephipp.  Κνδ.  2  :— in.  Plat.  Criti. 
115  A,  we  have  χνλών  στακτών,  but 
with  V.  1.  χυλών  η  στακτών :  cf.  Ca- 
saub.  Ath.  686.-2.  also,  juice  drawn 
out  by  digestion,  chyle. — II.  like  χυμός, 
the  flavour,  taste  of  a  thing,  because 
this  lies  in  the  juices,  al  δια  χνλών 
ήδοναί,  Metrod.  ap.  Ath.  280  A  : — 
metaph.,  χ.  στωμνλμάτων,  φιλίας, 
Ar.  Ran.  943,  Pac.  997.     Hence 

Χνλύω,  ώ,  t.  -ώσω,  to  make  or  con- 
vert into  juice,  Tim.  Locr.  101  A. — II. 
to  extract  the  juice. — 111.  to  moisten  with 
juice. 

Χυλώδης,  ες,  contr.  for  χνλοειδ7'/ς, 
like  juice  :  juicy,  Diosc. 

Χνλωσις,  εως,  ή,  (χνλόω)  a  co7ivert- 
ing  into  juice,  or  chyle,  χ.  της  τροφής, 
Plut.  2,  700  Β,  cf.  Schneid.  Theophr. 
H.  PI.  7,  5,  1.— 2.  the  thickening  of  a 
juice  by  decoctio7i,  Diosc.  [fi] 

Χύμα,  ατός,  τό,  like  χενμα,  (χέω) 
that  which  is  poured  out  or  flows,  a  flood, 
stream,  Diod.  :  a  liquid,  fluid,  Arist. 
H.  A.  5,  19,  2.  [ii  ace.  to  Draco,  as 
also  the  deriv.  from  pf  κέχνμαι 
shows  ;  hence  the  accent  χνμα  is  in- 
correct, cf  Herm.  Orph.  H.  10,  22, — 
though  it  is  oft.  so  written,  cf  Lob. 
Paral.  419.]     Hence 

Χϋμάτίζω,  f.  -ίσω  Att.  -Ιώ,  to  dis- 
solve in  water,  moisten,  Schol.  Ar.  Plut. 
720. 

Χνμεία,  ας,  ή,=χύμενσις. 

Χυμένη,  Ep.  fern.  part.  aor.  syucop. 
pass,  oi χέω,  Horn. 

Χύμευσις,  εως,  ij,  a  mixture,  ming- 
ling^    [v] 

Χϋμευτικός,  ή,  όν,  disposed  to  mix, 
easily  mixing. 

Χνμενω,  (χυμός)  to  mix,  mingle. 

Χνμίζω,  f.  -ισω  Att.  -Ιώ,  (χυμός)  to 
make  savoury,  season  :  metaph.,  r. 
άρμονίαν,  to  soften  down  rough  music, 
Ar.  Thesm.  162. 

Χνμικός,  ή,  όν,  (χυμός)  of  or  con- 
cerning juices :  hence,  acc.  to  some, 
■η  χυμική  (sc.  τέχνη),  our  chymistry : 
others  prefer  the  forms  χημεία  and 
χημεντική,  v.  Salmas.  in  Solin.  p. 
772;  and  we  commonly  write  it 
chemistry. 

Χνμίον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  χυμός, 
Soiad.  Έγκλει.  1,  19. 

Χνμοειδης,  ές,  like  juice,  juicy. 

Χυμός,  οϋ,  ό,  (χέοή  : — like  χνλός, 
juice,  liquid,  Soph.  Fr.  162:  esp.  as 
extracted  from  plants.  Plat.  Tun.  59 
E,  60  B. — U.  taste,  not  only  as  the 
property  of  a  body  (residing  in  its 
juices),  but  also  the  sensation  caused 
thereby,  the  sense  of  taste ; — Arist.  de 
Anima  2,  3,  4,  Meteor.  2,  2,  22,  etc. : 
—•the  Greeks  distinguished  nine  vari- 
eties, χνμυς  αλμυρός,  πικρός,  οξύς  or 
όξινης,  οίνωδης,  λιπαρός,  στρυφνός, 
αυστηρός,  γ?ιυκύς,  δριμύς,  Theophr. 
C.  PI.  6,  4,  Plut.  2,  913  Β,  sq.    Hence 

Χϋμόω,  ώ,  ί.  -ώσω,  to  impart  a  taste 
or  flavour. 

Χυμώδης,  ες,  like  juice,  juicy. 

XvvTO,  3  pi.  aor.  syncop.  pass,  of 
χέω,  U. 

Χύνω,  later  and  worse  form  for 
χέω.  Lob.  Phryn.  726. 

Χνσις,  εως,  ή,  (χέω) : — a  pouring, 
shedding ,  pouring  out  or  forth,  metaph., 
a  squandering.  Alciphr.  1,  21. — 2.  α 
melting. — II.  like  χύμα,  a  flood,  stream, 
Aesch.  Cho.  97  ;  χύσις  λιβύνοιο,  Nic. 
Al.  107,  cf.  333,  etc.— 2.  of  dry  things, 
a  heap,  χύσις  φνλ7.ων,  Od.  5,  483, 487  ; 
19,  443  ;  καλάμου,  Nic.  Th.  297:  a 
quantity,  σαρκών,  Anth.  P.  5,  37. 

Χυστός,  ή,  όν,=χντός.  Dicaearch., 
but  prob.  f.  1.  for  χριστός. 


ι 


ΧΥΤΡ 

Χντήρ,  ηρης,  6,  and  χύτης,  ον,  ό, 
(;};έω)  one  that  pours  :  an  instrument  for 
pouring,  power,  [ϋ] 

Χντικός,  ή,  όν,  (χέω)  fitted  for  pour- 
ing, Galen. 

Χί'Γλίί^ω-,  f-  -άσω,  strictly,  to  pour, 
pour  out :  metaph.,  to  throw  carelessly 
down,  τά  yovar'  ίκτεινε  και  γυμνα- 
στίκώς  χντ?.ασον  σεαυτον  έν  τοΙς 
στρώμασιν,  Ar.  Vesp.  1213  ; — cf.  Vir- 
gil's fusus  per  herbam. — \\.=^xvrXo(j), 
Foes.  Oec.  Hipp. ;  cf.  χντ'λον. 

Χίι-λοΐί,  ου,  τό,  {χέί•))  ■ — any  tiling 
that  can  be  poured,  a  liquid,  fluid  ;  esp., 
—  1.  in  plur.  χύτ/Μ,  water  for  wash- 
ing or  bathing,  ap.  Suid.  ;  cf.  κατύ- 
ντ?.ος  ;  liut  also,  libations  to  the 
ead,  Lat.  inftriae,  Ap.  Rh.  1,  1075; 
2,  927,  and  Orph. — ^/..  a  mixtiure  of 
water  and  oil,  elsewh.  νόρέ?Μΐοι>.  rub- 
bed in  after  bathing,  as  being  more 
penetrating  and  lasting  than  pure 
oil,  cf.  Arist.  Probl.  5,  6;  and  ξηρά- 
ΤίΟΐφέΐύ. — -3.  river-water,  a  river,  run- 
ning water,  Lyc.  701.     Hence 

Χΐ)Γλ.όω,  <J.  f.  -ώσω,  to  wash,  bathe, 
anoint,  this  being  done  after  bathing  : 
USU.  in  mid.,  to  bathe  and  anoint  one's 
self,  Od.  6,  80,  cf  Call.  Jov.  17,  Ap. 
Rh.  4,  1311  ;  but  in  Galen,  χντ?.ώσα- 
cOat,  to  rub  one's  self  with  a  mixture  of 
water  and  oil ;  v.  χντλον  2. 

XvTO,  3  sing.  aor.  syncop.  of  χέω, 
c.  pass,  signf ,  Horn,  [v] 

Χνής,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from  χέω, 
poured,  shed,  αίμα  χντόν,  blood  shed, 
Aesch.  Eum.  682  : — and  of  dry  things, 
shot  out,  heaped  up,  Ηυιη.,  but  only  in 
phrase  χυτή  γαία,  a  mound  of  earth, 
esp.  a  sepulchral  mound,  like  ;^;ώ|Μα, 
11.  6,  464  ;  14,  114,  Od.  3,  258  -.—χυ- 
τοί =  χώματα,  mounds,  dikes,  dams, 
Hdt.  7,  37. — ]I.  made  liquid,  cast,  melt- 
ed, αρτήματα  ?ύθίνα  χυτά.  Hdt.  2,  69 
(v.  sub  να?ιθς  II)  ; — χ.  και  άττηκτον, 
Arist.  Η.  Α.  3,  17,  1.— ΠΙ.  generally, 
liquid,  fluid,  flowing,  νέκταρ,  Pind.  Ο. 
7,  12:  poet,  also  of  the  ban,  flowing, 
streaming,  Jvic.  Th.  503  :  and  so,  χ. 
ίρνος,  a  liuuriant  shoot  or  sprout,  lb. 
391. — IV.  washed  or  cast  up  by  water, 
alluvial. — V.  metaph.  poured  forth  on 
all  sides,  in  streams,  floods  or  heaps  : 
hence  χυτοί  ίχθύίς,  migratory  fish 
that  go  in  shoals,  Arist.  H.  A.  5,  9,  4  ; 
elsewh.  /)υύδίς. 

Χύτρα,  ας,  ή.  Ion.  κύθρα  and  κντρα 
(χέω)  : — an  earthen  pot,  Ar.  Ach.  284, 
Av.  43,  etc.  :  plur.  χύτραι,  the  pottery- 
market  : — children  were  often  exposed 
in  pots,  cf.  Ar.  Thesm.  505 ;  v.  sub 
χντριζω,  χντρισμέις. — 2.  ταντην  χν• 
τραις  ίι^ρντέον,  this  must  be  erected 
with  pots  of  pulse,  in  reference  to  the 
old  custotn  of  consecrating  altars  and 
statues  of  inferior  deities  with  pots 
full  of  boiled  pulse,  Ar.  Pac.  923,  sq. ; 
cf  Plut.  1197,  Fr.  215.— 3.  proverb., 
7ιημάν  χντραις,  to  have  swellings  as 
big  as  kitchen-pots  in  the  corners  of 
the  eye,  a  comic  exaggeration,  like 
7.τιμάν  κο7.οκύνταις,  Anticl.  ap.  Ath. 
473  C  : — cf  χύτρας.  —  II•  a  kiss  in 
which  one  held  the  other  by  the  ears  as 
by  handles,  Lat.  oscutum  Florentinum, 
/Λίβοϋσα  των  ώτων  φί/.ησον  την  χν- 
τραν,  Ennic.  Ant.  1,  cf.  Theocr.  5, 
133  ;  whereupon  Lil.  Gyraldus  wrote 
a  special  treatise,  to  be  found  in  Gru- 
ter's  Lampas,  2,  p.  410,  sq. — 111.  in 
pl.,=ot  χύτροί.  but  this  is  very  dub., 
though  Brunck  received  it  into  the 
text  of  Ar.  Ran.  218.— IV.=;j;i}Tpi- 
νος,  very  dub. 

Χυτραΐος,  a,  ον,=χντρεονΓ,  Ar.  Fr. 
399  ;— but  Lob.  Phryn.  147  rejects  the 
form. 

Χντρειος,  a,  ον,=χντρεονς,  χ.  πά- 
106 


X£2AE 

ταγός,  Ar.  Lys.  329  :  ru  χ.,  earthen- 
ware, pottery. 

Χυτρευΐς,  ή,  οϋν,  (χύτρα)  nf  earth- 
enware, Ar.  Nub.  1474  ;~"the  form  χύ 
τρεος,  contr.  ους,  is  condemned  by 
Pors.  Med.  675. 

Χυτρεύς,  έως,  6,  ( χύτρα)  a  potter. 
Plat.  Rep.  421  D,  Theaet.  147  A. 

Χντρεφός,  όν,  ( χύτρα,  έφω)  boiling 
in  a  pot :  as  subst.,  a  pot-boiler,  Par- 
menio  ap.  Ath.  608  A. 

Χντρίόίον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  irom χντρίς, 
Ar.  Ach.  463,  1175,  etc.  [t]; 

Χντρίζω,  f.  -ίσω  Att.  -ϊώ,  (χύτρα) 
to  put  in  a  pot :  esp.  to  expose  a  child  in 
a  pot,  Aesch.  Fr.  113,  Soph.  Fr.  476; 
cf.  εγχντρίζω. 

Χυτρίνόα  τταίζειν,  to  play  a  game 
with  pots.  Poll. 

Χντρϊνος,  η,  ov,  of  or  like  a  pot, 
earthen,  Lat.  testaceus. 

ΧύτρΙνος,  ov,  b.  Ion.  κύθρινος,= 
χύτρα,  a  pot.  Foes.  Oecon.  Hipp. — 
II.  α  deep  hole  with  water  in  it,  a  well, 
ap.  Hesych.  :  a  deep  hole  in  a  river, 
Arr.  Peripl. 

Χντρίον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  χύτρα 
or  χύτρος, — ace.  to  Br.  Ar.  Ach.  1138 
(1175)  without  example.  Hesych. 
indeed  has  it,  but  explains  it  by  κρα• 
νίον. 

iXvTpiov,  ov,  TO,  Chytrium,  a  place 
in  Ionia,  where  previously  Clazome- 
nae  stood,  Strab.  p.  645. 

Χντρίς,  ίύος,  ή,  dim.  (in  form  only) 
from  χύτρα  or  χύτρος,  Hdt.  5,  88, 
Baio  Andr.  2. 

Χντρισμός,  ov,  ό,  an  exposing  of  a 
child  in  a  pot. 

Χντρίτης,  ov,  6,  fern.  -Ιτις,  ιδος,  ή, 
mnde  in  a  pot. 

Χντρόγαν?.ος,  ov,  6,  {χύτρα,  γαν- 
}.ός)  a  kind  of  pot,  prob.  like  a  bucket, 
LXX. 

Χντροειίης,  ες,  like  a  pot. 

^Χύτραι,  ων,  oi,  Chytri,  v.  sub  χύ- 
τρας I. 

Χντροτϊ7:ύβος,  ov,  b,  a  potter,  [ΰ] 

XvTpoTTOdtov,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  sq., 
Hippon.  103. 

Χντρόττονς,  ττοδος,  b,  {χύτρα,  πονς) 
strictly,  α  pnt-foot,  i.  e.  a  pot  or  caldron 
with  fret,  Hes.  Op.  746  :  also,  a  kind 
of  chafing-dish,  or  small,  portable  stove 
with  feet,  for  putting  a  pot  upon, 
LXX.  ;  elsewh.  7.άσανον,  πύραννος, 
cf  Anth.  P.  append.  41. 

Χντρο7τω7.εΐον,  ov,  τό,  the  pottery- 
market  :  from 

Χντρητΐώ7^ης,  ov,  b,  (χύτρα,  πω- 
λέω)  a  pot-seller :  fern.  -TrwP.if,  ιόος. 

Χντρος,  ov,  ό.  Ion.  κνθρος  and  κν- 
τρος,  ( χέω)  : — an  earthen  pot,  esp.  a 
pot  for  boding,  Nic.  A  I.  136: — ol  χν- 
τροί.  the  name  given  to  the  hot  baths 
at  Thermopylae,  Hdt.  7, 176  ;  cf  also 
χύτρα. — II.  oi  χύτροι,  a  feast-day  at 
Athens,  as  if  the  pnt feast,  the  third 
day  of  the  Anthesteria,  and  thirteenth 
of  the  month  Anthesterion,  Ar.  Ach. 
1010.  Ran.  218;  οί.χύτραΙΙΙ.  (Peril, 
akin  to  κύτος.) 

Χντροφύρος,  ov,  bearing  a  pot  or 
pots. 

Χώ,  contr.  for  καΐ  b. 

^Χο)αρηνή,  ης,  ή,  Choarene,  a  Par- 
thian district,  Strab.  p.  725. 

Χωλαίιω,  f.  -ΰνω,  (χωλός)  to  be  or 
go  lame.  Plat.  Legg.  795  B,  Hipp. 
Min.  374  C — II.  trans.,  to  make  lame. 
Hence 

Χώλανσις,  εως.  η,  a  making  lame. — 
II.  η  bring  tame,  Epict.  Enchir.  9. 

Χώ7.ασμα.  ατός,  τό,  lameness. 

Χωλεία,  ας,  η,  α  being  lame,  lame- 
ness, Plat.  Hipp.  Min.  374  C  :  and 

Χώλενμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  lameness, 
Hipp.  :  from 


ΧΩΝΕ 

Χωλεΰω,  (  χω7.ός  )  Ιο  be  or  become 
lame,  to  halt,  limp,  11.  18.  411,417;  20, 
.37,  Xen.  Hell.  3,  3,  3.-11.  transit.,  to 
make  lame.  Foes.  Oec.  Hipp.  :  pass., 
to  be  lame ;  and,  generally,  to  b•  maim- 
ed or  imperfect,  Plat.  Phaedr  248  B. 
Cf  χω7.αίνω. 

Χω7.ίαμβος,  ov,  b,  ( χωλός,  ίαμβος) 
a  lame  or  halting  iambic,  i.  e.  one  that 
has  a  spondee  for  an  iambus  in  the  last 
place,  said  to  he  invented  by  Hippo- 
nax,  Dem.  Phal.  [t] 

Χω7.ογρύββΰτον,  ov,  τό,^^σκιμπά 
διον. 

Χωλοίπονς,  ό,  ή,  πονν,  τό,  lame 
footed,  poet,  ίοτ  χωλ,όπονς ;  οί.χαλαί- 
πονς. 

Χωλ.οπόδης,  ου,  ό,  =  χωλόπους, 
late. 

Χω7.οτΓθίός,  όν,  ( χωλ.ός,  ηοιέω  ) 
making  lame,  of  Euripides,  as  being 
fond  of  introducing  lame  men  upon 
the  stage,  Ar.  Ran.  846. 

Χω7.όπονς,  b,  τ/,  πονν,  τό,  (χωλός, 
πους)  lame-footed,  Manetho. 

Χωλός,  ή,  όν,  lame  in  the  feet,  halt- 
ing, limping,  χωλός  δ'  έτερον  πόδα,  II. 
2,  217  ;  cf.  9,  503,  Od.  8,  308,  Soph. 
Phil.  486,  1032,  etc. :— later  also  of 
the  hand,  like  κνλλός,  χω7.ός  την 
χείρα,  Eupol.  Incert.  61  ;  χω/ιην  την 
χείρα  έχειν,  Hipp.  ρ.  413. — 11.  me- 
taph., maimed,  imperfect,  defective,  Lat. 
mancus,  Plat.  Rep.  535  D ;  halting, 
hobbling,  uneven :  also,  lame,  dull  or 
stupid  m  mind.  (From  same  root  as 
Sanscr.  Λυα/ (titubare,  vacillare),  our 
halt,  halting,  Lat.  clodus,  claudus.  Pott 
Et.  Forsch.  1,  p.  265.)     Hence 

Χωλ.ότης,  ητος,  ή,  lameness. 

Χωλόω,ώ,ϊ. -ώσω,  { χωλός)  to  lame, 
make  lame,  Hipp.  p.  1258.     Hence 

Χώλ.ωμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  lameness,  Hipp. : 
and 

Χώλ.ωσις,  εoJC.  ή, a  laming:  lameness. 

Χώμα,  ατός,  τό,  (  χόω,  χώννναι) : — • 
earth  thrown  up,  a  bank,  mound,  thrown 
up  against  the  walls  of  cities  to  take 
them, Hdt.  1,162;  cf  LXX.2Sam.?0, 
15.  Isai.  37,  33,  Jerem.  6,  6  :  — α  dam, 
Hdt.  7,  130  ;  a  mound,  mole  or  pier, 
thrown  into  the  sea,  Lat.  moles.  Id.  8, 
97,  Dem.  1208,  4  :— esp.,  like  Lat.  tu- 
mulus, a  sepulchral  mound,  Hdt.  1,  93  ; 
9,  85.  Aesch.  Cho.  723,  Soph.  Ant. 
1216,  etc.  ;  τάφων  χώματα  γαίας, 
Eur.  Supp.  54: — also  earth  dug  out 
that  it  may  be  improved  by  exposure 
to  air,  for  planting  trees  in.Theophr. 
Cf.  χόω,  χώνννμι,  with  its  compds., 
e/c-,  δια-,  κατά-,  συγ-. 

Χωμΰτίας  ποταμός,  b,  a  river  charg• 
ed  with  mud,  Poll. 

Χωματίζομαι,  pass.,  to  be  upon,  or 
fenced  with  mounds,  of  cities,  LXX. 

Χωμάτιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  χώμα, 
Dion.  H.  1,  64.  [a] 

Χωνεία,  ας,  ή,  a  melting  and  casting 
of  metal,  Polyb.  34,  10,  12. 

Χωΐ'εί'ο;',  ov,  τό,=χωνεντηριον. — 
2.—χώνη. 

tXiJl'ff,  ων,  οι,  the  Chones^Chao• 
nes,  an  early  tribe  of  southern  Italy, 
Arist.  Pol.  7,  9,  3;  v.  Niebuhr  Hist. 
Rom.  1,  pp.  57,  sq.,  transl. 

Χώνενμα,  ατός.  τό,  cast  -  work, 
LXX.  [ 

Χώνενσις,  εως,  ή,=χωνεία,  LXX. 

Χωνεντήρ,  ηρος,  ό,^^χωνεντης. 

Χωνεντήριον,  ον,  τό,  (χωνιύω)  α 
melting-furnace,  foundry,  LXX. 

Χωνευτής,  ον,  b,  [χωνεύω)  α  meller, 
melal-casier,  LXX.     Hence 

Χωνευτικός,  ή,  ό  ν,  fitted  for  nitlting 
or  casting  metal. 

Χωνεντός,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.   from 
χωνεύω,  formed    of  cast    metal,   cast, 
LXX. — II.  thai  can  be  melted,  fusible. 
1681 


ΧΩΡΑ 

'Κωνΐύω,  contr.  from  χοανεύω,  to 
melt  or  cast  metal,  Polyb.  34,  9,  11. — 
2.  to  form  of  cast  metal. 

Χώΐ'τ;,  ης,  ή,  contr.  from  χούνη  : — 
ill  this  form  usu.  ο  funnel,  Pherecr. 
Metall.  1,  Piat.  Rep.  411  A. 

ΙΧώΐ'τ?,  -ης,  ή,  Chone,  a  city  of  Lu- 
cania,  Strab.  p.  254  :  cf.  Χώνες. 

ΙΧων/α,  ας,  ή,  Chonia,  land  of  the 
Chones,  iri  southern  Italy,  Lye.  983  ; 
Strab.  p.  255. 

Χωι^ί'οΐ',  01",  TO,  dim.  from  χώνη  or 
χώνος,  a  crucible. 

\ώνννμι  and  -vvu,  f.  χώσω :  pf. 
pass,  κέχωσμαι :  older  writers,  as 
Hdt.,  and  Thuc,  have  the  regul.  pres. 
χόΐύ,  q.  v.,  inf.  χουν,  part,  χών:  {χέω)- 
To  throw  or  heap  up,  esp.  of  earth, 
χώματα  χονν  or  χώσαι,  Hdt.  1,  162  : 

9,  85  ;  προς  πάλιν,  Thuc.  2,  75  :  esp. 
to  raise  a  sepulchral  jnound,  χ.  τύφον, 
τνμβον.  Soph.  Ant.  81,  1204,  Eur. 
1.  T.  702,  etc. — 2,.  to  block  up  by  earth 
thrown  in,  χ.  τους  λιμένας,  Dem.  795, 
14,  Aeschui.  69,  7,  cf.  χώσις  : — pass., 
to  be  filled  with  earth,  esp.  of  bays  in 
the  sea,  to  be  silted  up,  χωαθηναι, 
Hdt.  2,  1 1  :  also  of  cities,  to  be  raised 
on  mounds  or  moles.  Id.  2,  137,  cf.  Plat. 
Legg.  958  E. — 3.  more  rarely,  to  cover 
with  a  mound  of  earth,  bury,  χύσαί  Τίνα 
τάφω,  Eur.  Or.  1585;  cf.  Jac.  Anth. 
P.  pi  368  ;  also  χώσαί  τινα  λίθοις,  to 
cotter  one  over  with  stones,  Ar^  Ach. 
295: — hence,  in  pass.,  έχωνννμεθα, 
we  were  covered  over  with  earth,  I.  e.  a 
sepulchral  mound  was  heaped  up  or 
raised  to  us,  Anth.  P.  7,  136,  137. 

Χώνον,  ov,  TO,  and  χώνος,  ov,  b, 
contr.  for  χόανον,  χόανος,  =  χώνη, 
χοάνη. 

Χώομαι,  f.  -σομαι :  aor.  ίχοσύμην : 
dep.  mid.,  like  χολόομαι,  to  be  angry, 
beicroih,  freq.  in  Horn.  (esp.  II.),  often 
with  the  addition  of  θνμόν,  κήρ,  κη- 
ρόβι  or  φρεσϊν  yaiv,  also  χ.  θνμώ,  Η. 
Horn.  Cer.  33 1,';^;.  φρίνας,  Hes.  Th, 
554  :  more  rarely  to  be  troubled  or  dis- 
tressed ;  in  genl.,  to  be  in  violent  emo- 
tion.— Construction.: — I.  c.  dat.  pers., 
to  be  angry  at  one,  ΰτε  χώσεται  ύνδμΐ 
χέρηϊ,  11.  1,  80  ;  etc.— 2.  c.  gen.  pers. 
vel  rei,  to  be  angry  about  a  person  or 
thing,  II.  1,  429  ;  2,  689  ;  13,  165,  etc. : 
— more  rarely,  περί  τίνος,  II.  9,  449 ; 
14,  266  (though  in  these  two  passa- 
ges Wolf  writes  περιχώσατο  as  one 
word,  cf.  περιχώομαι)  ;  περί  τινι, 
Hes.  So.  12,  Η.  Horn.  Merc.  236.-3. 
c.  ace.  rei,  only  in  the  phrase  μή  μαι 
τόδε  χώεο,  be  not  angry  with  me  for 
this,  Od.  5,  215 ;  23,  213.  The  word 
is  merely  Ep.     (Akin  to  χολή). 

Χώρα,  ας,  i].  Ion.  χώρη,  {*χάω)  :  = 
χώρος,  the  space  or  room  which  a  thing 
fills  or  IS  in,  Lat.  f-ocus,  ονόέ  τι  πο/.?.η 
χώρη  μεσσηγνς,  II •  23,  521  ;  χώραν 
παρέχειν,  Lat.  locum  dare,  Arist.  Η.  Α. 

10,  3,  4. — 2.  esp.,  α  place,  the  proper 
place  of  a  person  or  thing,  στρεφθεις 
ΐκχώρης,  Od.  16,352;  ίν  χώρΐ)  'έζε- 
σθαι,  11.  23,  349  ;  Άρης  ovic  ενι  χώρα, 
the  spirit  of  war  is  not  in  his  -place, 
Aesch.  Ag.  78  ;  εν  ry  χώρα  γενέσθαι, 
Xen.  An.  4,  8,  15  -.—ένχώρα  πίπτειν, 
άποθνήσκειν,  to  die  at  one's  post.  Id. 
Hell.  4,  2,  20 ;  8,  39 :  έπι  χώρας  εσ- 
σαι,  to  set  it  in  its  place,  Pind.  P.  4, 
486:  so  also,  κατά  χώρι/ν  είναι,  εχειν, 
to  be  in  one's,  keep  in  its  place,  Hdt. 
4,  135  ;  6,  42,  Ar.  Plut.  367,  Ran.  793, 
etc. ;  κατά  χώραν  μένειν.  Hdt.  7,  95  ; 
8,  108,  Ar.  Eq.  1354,  Thuc.  4,  26, 
etc. ;  κατά  χ.  άπιέναι,  to  retire  in 
good  order,  Xen.  An.  6,  4,  11  ;  έΰν 
κατά  χώραν,  to  leave  in  its  place, 
leave  as  it  was,  Xen.  Hell.  0,  5,  6,  cf. 
Dem.  701,  16  : — ίχ  την  χώραν  παρεί- 

1683 


ΧΩΡΕ 

ναι,  W.  Gyr.  1,2,4,  cf.  Theocr.  15, 
57  :  also  Ικ  χώρας  ορμών,  ορρ.  to  πο- 
ρενόμενος  μαχεσθαι,  Xen.  An.  3,  4, 
33  : — χώραν  λαβείν,  to  take  α  posi- 
tion, find  one's  place,  ίως  αν  χώραν 
λάβΐβ  τά  πράγματα,  till  they  are 
brought  into  order,  Xen.  Cyr.  4,  5, 
37  ;  εις  χώραν  τίνος  καβίστασθαι,  to 
step  into  another's  place,  succeed 
him,  lb.  2,  1,  23  : — ώρα  καιχώρςι  τινί, 
at  a  certain  time  and  place,  freq.  in 
late  prose,  Lob.  Paral.  55. — 3.  me- 
taph.,  the  place  assigned  to  any  one  in 
life,  one's  post,  station,  office,  tv  χώρα 
τινός  είναι,  to  be  in  his  position,  be 
counted  the  same  as  he  is,  like  Lat. 
locum  nlicujus  tenere,  as,  εν  ΰνδραπό- 
6uv  or  μισθοφόρων  χώρα  είναι,  to 
pass,  rank  as  slaves  or  mercenaries, 
Xen,  An.  5,6,  13,  Cyr.  2,  1,  18;  εν 
ονδεμιά  χώρα  είναι,  to  have  no  place 
or  rank,  be  in  no  esteem,  nulla  loco  ha- 
beri,  Xen.  An.  5,  7,  28  ;  so,  χώρην 
μηδεμίην  τινός  θειναι,  Theogn.  152  ; 
όλίγη  χώρη  τινός  τε?^έθει.  Id.  820 ; 
τάς  μεγίστας  χώρας  εχειν,  Polyb.  1 , 
43,  1  : — cf.  αριθμός  Ι.  5. — II.  land, 
viz., — 1.  ο  land,  country,  tract,  Lat. 
regio,  ΰς  τινας  ϊκεο  χώρας  ύνβρώπον, 
Od.  8,  573  ;  cf  Hdt.  3,  107  ;  6,  97, 
etc. :  ή  χώρα,  absol.,  of  one's  country, 
as  of  Attica,  Lycurg.  147,  42,  etc. — 
2.  landed  property,  land,  an  estate, 
farm,  Lat.  ager,  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  4,  28  ; 
6,  4. — 3.  the  country,  opp.  to  the  town, 
Lat.  rus,  Tu  ίκ  της  χώρας,  ό  εκ  τϊ/ς 
χώρας  σίτος,  Xen.  Mem.  3,  6,  1 1  and 
13;  οι  iv  Ty  χ.  εργύται.  Id.  Hier.  10, 
5. — Χώρος  IS  anotner  form  :  in  signf. 
II,  χώρα  alone  is  used  in  Alt.  ;  while, 
jn  signf.  I,  χώρος  is  common,  except 
in  the  special  sense  of  ojte's  proper 
place  or  post.  (On  the  deriv.,  v.  sub 
χώρος.) 

Χο)ρύρχης,  ov,  6,  (άρχω)  lord  of  the 
land. 

^Χοφύσμιοι,  uv,  οι,  the  Chnrasmii, 
a  people  of  Sogdiana  on  both  banks 
of  the  Oxus,  Arr,  An.  5,  5,  2  :  cf. 
Strab.  p.  513,  and  Dion,  P.  746:— in 
Hdt.  3,  93  Χοράσμισι. 

Χωράσμιος,  ov,  b,  a  country  neigh- 
bour. 

Χώρανλος,  ov,  {αυλή)  dwelling  in 
the  country. 

Χωρύφιον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  χώρα, 
like  χωρίον,  a  small  farm,  Theophr. 

Χυρεπίσκοπος,  ov,  o,  {χώρος,  επίσ- 
κοπος) a  country-bishop,  i,  e.  coadju- 
tor, or  suffragan-bishop,  Eccl, ;  V.  Bing- 
ham's Antiquities  B.  2,  esp.  ()  13. 

Χωρέω,  ώ:  f.  -ήσω,  11.  16,  629,  but 
in  Att.  usu.  in  mid.  form  -ησομαι,  as 
Aesch.  Theb.  476,  Soph.  El.  404: 
aor.  ίχώρησα  :  ( χώρος ).  To  make 
room  for  another,  give  way  ;  draw  back, 
retire,  withdraw,  II.  16,  629;  πάλιν 
αντις  χωρεϊν,  11.  17,533;  γαία  ενερ- 
θεν χώρησεν,ί\ίβ  earth g-atie  way  from 
beneath,  i.  e.  opened,  H.  Horn.  Cer. 
430. — The  uncompounded  word  does 
not  occur  in  Od. — Construction  : — 1. 
c.  gen.  rei  vel  loci,  χώρησεν  τντθόν 
έπύλξιος,  II.  12,  406;  νεών  Ιχώρη- 
σαν,  11.  15,  655;  νεκρού  χωρησονσι, 
II.  16,  629  ;  like  ε'ικειν,  χάζεσθαι : — 
also,  από  νηών  εχώρησαν  προτί 
Ίλιον,  II.  13,  724  ;  από  κρατερής 
νσμίνης  χωρήσαντες,  II.  18,  244  ;  εξω 
δωμάτων  χωρείτε,  Aesch.  Eum.  180. 
— 2.  c.  dat.  pers.,  to  give  way  to  one, 
make  way  for  him,  retire  before  him, 
ονδ'  uv  Άχιλλήί  γωρήσειεν,  II.  13, 
324;  cf  17,  101.— II.  post-Horn.,  to 
make  room  for  one's  self  ajid  so  to  go 
forward,  advance,  move  on  or  along,  to 
go  on.,  come  on,  Hdt.   1,   10,  etc.  ;  χ. 


ΧΩΡΙ 

έπί  Τίνα,  Pind.  Ν,  10,  137 ;  χωπίΐν 
ττρος  έργον,  to  come  to  action,  come  on, 
begin,  Soph.  Aj.  116,  Ar.  Ran.  884; 
χωρεΙν  προς  ήτταρ,  to  go  to  one's 
heart.  Soph.  Aj.  938  ;  so  of  weapons, 
χ.  δια  τών  ασπίδων,  Xen.  An.  4,  2, 
28  :  τό  ί'δωρ  κατά  τάς  τάφρους  ί,γω- 
ρει,  it  went  off  by...  Id.  Cyr.  7,  5,  16 
—  όμόσε  χ.,  to  join  battle,  Xen.  (v 
sub  όμόσε) : — also  of  time,  ννξ  ϊχώ 
ρει,  the  night  was  passing,  near  an  end, 
Aesch.  Pers.  384  : — τά  χωρέοντα,  ex- 
crements, Hipp.  ;  v.  Foes.  Oec. — 2, 
esp.,  to  go  on  and  on,  be  continually  ad- 
vancing, get  on,  Lat.  procedere,  ού  χω- 
ρεί τονργον,  Ar.  Pac.  472  ;  τόκοι  χω• 
ρονσιν.  Nub.  J8;  χωρεί  το  κακόν, 
Ar.  Vesp.  1483,  Nub.  907:  impers., 
όταν  μηκέτι  χωρί)  αΰταίς  έργαζομέ- 
ναις,  Arist.  Η.  Α.  9,  40,  44  ; — also  in 
mid.,  to  flow,  Hipp.  p.  421 :  hence, — 
3.  to  come  to  an  issue,  turn  out  in  a  cer- 
tain manner,  εντνχέως  χ.,  Lat.  bene 
cedere,  Hdt.  3,  39  ;  but  freq.  absol.  like 
προχωρέω,  to  go  well,  succeed,  Id.  3, 42 ; 
5,  89,  Antipho  133,  2  ;  (cf  the  French 
fa  ira) :  —  κακώς  χ.,  male  cedere,  to 
turn  out  ill,  Plat.  Legg.  684  Ε  :  πάρα 
σμικρά  χ.,  to  come  to  little,  of  the 
event  of  oracles,  Hdt.  1,  120:  τα 
πράγματα  χωρεί  κατά  λύγον,  Polyb. 
28,  15,  12: — hence,  also,  to  be  possi- 
ble, Ael. — 4.  to  spread  abroad,  ή  φύτίς 
κεχώρηκε,  a  report  spread,  Hdt.  1 ,  122 ; 
δια  πάντων  χωρεϊν,  to  go  through  all, 
spread  among  all,  Xen.  Cyr.  3,  3,  62  ; 
όνομα  κεχωρηκός  διά  πάντων,  a  name 
generally  current,  Plut.  Rom.  1,  cf. 
19,  etc. — 5.  of  expenditure,  to  go  on, 
Xen.  Oec.  20,  21.  — III.  transit.,  to 
have  space  or  room  for  a  thing,  to  hold, 
contain,  esp.  of  measures,  ό  κρητήρ 
χωρεί  αμφορέας  έξακοσίονς,  Hdt.  1, 
51,  192;  4,  01;  cf.  Ar.  Nub.  1238, 
Plat.  Symp.  214  A  :  so,  ^y  πόλις  αυ- 
τόν ov  χωρεί,  Dem.  579,  3,cf..-\eschin. 
77,  11  :  όσον  at  κεφαλαί  αντοίσιν 
εχώρεον,  i.  e.  as  much  as  they  possi- 
bly could,  Arr.     Hence 

Χώρημα,  ατός,  το,  space,  room  ;  and 

]Χωρ^]νη,  ης,  ή,  Chorene,  a  district 
of  Parthia,  Strab.  p.  514  ;  cf.  Χωα- 
ρηνη. 

Χώρησις,  εως,  η,  α  holding,  contain- 
ing- 

Χωρητης,  ov,  ό,=^χωρίτης,  snsp. 

Χωρητικός,  ή,  όν,  fit  for  containing, 
capacious. 

Χωρητός,  ή,  όν,  verb  adj.  from  χω- 
ρέω, contained  :  to  be  contained. 

Χώρι,  poet,  for  χωρίς.  Call.  Fr.  48. 
So  μέχρι,  άχρι,  for  μέχρις,  άχρις. 

Χωριύζω,  ι.  -ήσω,  to  be  or  live  ιτι  the 
country. 

Χωρισμός,  ov,  6,=φωριαμός,  dub. 

Χωρίδιον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  χω- 
ρίον, Lys.  154,  27.  [i] 

Χωρίζω,  f.  -ίσω  Att.  -ϊώ :  (χωρίς): 
— to  separate,  part,  sever,  set  opart,  di- 
vide, Tt  τίνος,  Eur.  Phoen.  107,  Plat. 
Phil.  55  Ε  ;  Ti  άπό  τίνος,  Anaxag. 
Fr.  11,  Plat.  Polit.  268  C  :— o/  χωρί- 
ζοντες,  the  ISeparaters,  a  name  given 
to  those  Grammarians  who  ascribed 
the  Iliad  and  Odyssey  to  different  au- 
thors : — pass.,  to  be  separated,  severed 
or  divided,  and  so  to  differ,  κεχώρισ- 
μαί  Τίνος,  Hdt.  1,  140, 172,  etc.  ;  more 
rarely,  τινί.  Id.  4,  28 ;  and  absol.,  Id. 
1,  151  ;  3,  12,  etc. ;  νόμοι  κεχωρισμέ- 
voi,  laws  apart  from  others,  far  differ- 
ent, Id.  1,  172;  so,  κεχωρισμένος  τι- 
νός, different  from..,  Polyb.  32,  9,  11. 

Χωρίζω,  {.  -ίσω  Att.  -ΐώ,  (χώρος) : — 
to  place,  post,  bring  to  a  place,  put  in  a 
place,  τύξιν,  Xen.  An.  6,  5,  11. 

Χωρικός,  ή,  όν,=^χωριτικός.  Poll. 
Adv.  -κώς. 


ΧΩΡΟ 

Χωρίον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  (only  in  form) 
from  χώροζ  and  χώρα ; — I.  a  particular 
plac€y  a  place,  spot,  country,  very  freq. 
from  Hdt.  downwds. ;  έκ  τον  αντοΰ  χ., 
from  this  same  spot,  Hdt,  I,  11  : — 
hence  also,  β  place,  passage  in  a  book, 
Hdt.  2,  117;  cf,  Thuc,  1,  97,  Luc. 
Hist,  Conscr.  12. — 2,  a  place,  post; 
esp.,  a  fortified  post  or  town,  ThuC., 
Xen,,  etc— 3.  landed  property,  ati  es- 
tate, Thuc  1,  106. 

Χυριονόμος,  oi>,  (j^apoc,  νίμυι)  feed- 
ing on  or  plKodering  an  estate. 

Χί^ρίς,  adv.,  (  'χάω) : — separately, 
asunder,  apart,  by  one^s  self  or  by  them- 
selves, Horn.,  etc.;  χωρίς  μεν  πρόγο- 
νοι χί^ρις  ύέ  μέτασσαι,  χωρίς  ό'  ανθ' 
ΐρσαι,  Οά.  9,  221 ;  cf.  4,  130,  etc. ;  χω- 
ρίς ή  τψη  θεάν,  Aesch.  Ag.  637  ;  κεί- 
Tui  χωρίς  ο  νεκρός,  Hdt.  4, 62  ;  χ.  οΐ- 
K€ci>,  to  have  an  independent  estab- 
lishment, Dem.  50,  22;  1161,  15;  χ. 
γενόμενοι,  being  separated,  Xen.  Cyr. 
4;  1, 18  ;  χ,  ποιείν,  to di.stinguish,L•oct. 
342  D ;  opp.  to  Koivy,  Id.  266  D  :— 
sepafaiely,  One  by  one,  Lys,  165,  35  ;  χ. 
ϊ.ίγειν,  Aeschin.  5,  32,  cf  54,  3  ; — be- 
sides, χωρίς  oe  μηδαμύς.  Plat.  Legg. 
950  C  ; — χωρίς  ή  οκόσοι,  except  so 
many  as ,,  Hdt.  2,  77  ;  χωρίς  η,  ex- 
cept, χωρίς  η  ότι,  except  that,  Valck. 
Hdt-  1,  94,  130  ;  4,  01,  82 :— on  ;^ωρΙς 
ei,  χωρίς  ει  μή.  and  χωρίς  πλην,  v. 
Lob.  Phryn.  459.-2.  metaph.,  of  dif- 
ferent natvre,  kind  or  quality,  Simon. 
Amorg,  1 ;  cf  Schafer  Theogn.  91  ; 
χωρίς  ~ό  γ'  εΙνοΛ  και  το  μη  νομίζεται, 
Bur,  Ale,  528 ;  χωρίς  τό  τ'  ειπείν 
ϊΓβλλακαί  Taica<^ia,Soph.O.  C.  808; 
cf  Heind.  and  Stallb.  Plat,  Prot.  336 
B, — li-  as  prep.,  c.  gen,,  without, 
Aesch.  Ag.  926,  Soph.  El.  945,  etc. ; 
tUtkoui  the  help  or  ii'M  of,  χ.  βεον,  Lat. 
sine  Diis,  Eur.  Incert.  67. — 2.  separate 
from.,  apart  or  aloof  from,  far  from,  χ. 
ύβανάτων,  Pind.  Ο.  9,  61;  cf  Eur. 
Hec  2,  etc;  χωρίς  ομμάτων  εμύν, 
Ε  η  Γ,  Or.  272, — 3.  independent  of,  with• 
out  reckoning,  not  to  mention,  besides, 
Hdt.  1,  93,  106 ;  6,  58 ;  χωρίς  τε  γέ- 
νους ονκ  koTiv  δτω  μείζονα  μοϊραν 
νείμαιμ'  η  σοί,  Aesch.  Pr.  290;  cf 
Stallb.  Plat,  Apol.  35  B. — 4.  other  than 
a  thing,  different  from,  χ  μνρηρων 
τειχέων  πνειν,  Aesch.  Fr,  166,  Plat. 
Lach.  195  A;  etc, 

Xu/9tffif,  cue,  Φ,  [χωρίζω)  a  sepa- 
rating, separation. 

Χωρισμός,  ov,  ό,  {χωpίζω)=ΐoτeg., 
Άνσις  και  χ.  ^^νχής  άπό  σώματος, 
Plat,  Phaed,  67  D ;  cf,  Isocr,  Epist. 
10,  I,  —  II,  (from  pass.)  a  separating, 
jiarting,  departure,  Polyb,  5,  16,  6. 

Χωριστής,  ov,  ό,  one  who  separates 
or  sets  a.part. 

Χωριστός,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from 
Υ0)ρίζω,  separated:  separable,  alienable, 
κτήμα,  Arist.  Pol.  1,  4,  6. 

Χωρίτης,  ov,  6,  fern,  -ϊτις,  ιδος, 
( γύρος)  an  inhabitant  of  the  country, 
countryman,  Aesch.  Euin,  1035,  Leon. 
Tar.  98:  a  rustic,  boor,  Xen.  Hell,  3, 
2,  fin.  —  2.  one  dwelling  in  a  spot  or 
country,  χ.  δράκων,  Aesch,  Fr.  114. 
Hence 

Χωρϊτικός,  ή,  όν,  of  οτ  for  a  coun- 
tryman, rustic,  rural,  Plut.  Pericl.  34. 
Adv.  -κώς,  in  rustic  fashion,  opp,  to 
iv  X^ioy,  Xen.  Cyr.  4,  5,  54. 

Χωροβάτέω,  ώ,  f  -ήσω,  {χώρα,  βαί- 
νω) to  measure  a  country  by  paces, 
Strab. — 2.  to  wander  over  a  place,  walk 
in  it,  LXX, 

Χωροβάτης,  ov,  6,  {χώρα,  βαίνω) 
an  instrument  for  taking  levels,  Vitruv. 

[«] 

Χωρογμαφέω,  ω,  to  describe  coun- 
tries, Stiab.  p.  104  :  and 


Χωρογρΰφία,  ας,  η,  a  description  of 
countries,  Polyb,  34,  1,4:  and 

Χωρογρΰφικός,  ή,  όν,  of  or  for  the 
description  of  countries  :  from 

X(opo)/)a(^f,  ov,  {χώρα,  γράφω) 
describing  countries,  opp,  to  the  more 
special  term  τοπογράφος  (describing 
the  single  places), 

Χωροθεσία,  ας,  ή,  {  χώρα,  τίθημι  ) 
the  situation  of  a  country,  Plut.  2,  U50 
C, 

Χωρημετρέω,  ώ,  f,  -ησω,  {χώρα.,  με- 
τρέω)  to  measure  a  country,  Strab, 
Hence 

Χωρομετρία,  ας,  ή,  measurement 
of  a  country,  land-surveying,  Strab. 

Χωρονομέω,  ώ,  to  distribute  or  divide 
a  country. 

Χωρονομικός,  ή,  όν,  of  or  for  the 
distribution  of  a  district :  νόμος  χ., 
the  Roman  lex  agraria,  Dion.  H.  10, 36. 

Χώρος,  ov,  b,  space,  room,  a  place, 
spot,  land,  Lat.  regio,  Horn.,  etc. ;  ;^;ώ- 
pov μεν  πρώτον  διεμέτρεον,  II.  3,  315; 
χ.  νεκνων,  α  space  among  the  dead, 
i.  e.  not  filled  by  them,  II.  8,  491 ;  10, 
199:  —  χ.  νλήεΐΓ,  έρημος,  οίοπόλος, 
^ιαμαβώόης,  Od."  14,  2,  11,  10,  520; 
13,  473,  etc.  ;  χ.  πίων,  fles.  Op.  388  ; 
εναής.  Id.  597  ;  καταστνφελος,  Hes. 
Th.  806  ;  so  also  in  Hdt.,  Pind.,  and 
Trag. ;  Βρόμιος  δ'  έχει  τον  χώρον, 
Aesch.  Eum.  24  ;  θηρών  ους  δδ'  έχει 
χώρος,  Soph.  Phil.  1148  ;  etc. :  —  έν 
βραχεί  χώρω  ποιείν,  to  draw  within 
narrow  compass,  Polyb.  11,  1,3.  —  2. 
C  gen.,  the  land  or  district  belonging  to 
or  abcnit  a  place,  χ.  τον  ^λταρνίος, 
της  Άραβίης,  τοϋ  Βοσπόρου,  Hdt.  1, 
160;  2,  75;  4,  87;  also,  in  plur., 
lands,  9,  15. — 3.  landed  property,  an 
estate.  Xen.  Oec.  11,  18,  Cyr.  7,  4,  6. 
— The  word  is  rare  in  Att.  prose  ;  cf 
χώρα,  sub  fin.  {Χώρος  and  χώρα  be- 
long to  the  root  *χάω,  χανόάνω.  χά- 
ζομαι,  as  if  χύορος,  χαόρα  :  — hence 
χωρέω,  χωρίς,  χωρίζω:  perh.  also 
akin  to  χορός.) 

■^Χώρος,  ov,  ό,  the  Lat.  Caurus  or 
Corns,  the  north-west  wind ;  and  so 
met.,  the  north-ice$t,  N.  T, 

ΧωροφΙλέω,  ώ,  ί. -ήσω,=  φι?.οχω• 
ρέω,  to  love  a  place  or  spot,  haunt  it, 
Thales  ap.  Diog.  L.  1,  44,  Anlipho 
138,  28.     Hence 

ΧωροφίΤύα,  ας,  ή,  love  of  a  place  or 
country,  Philostr. 

Χωροφν?Μξ,  ύκος,  ό,  guardor  watch- 
er of  a  country,   [v] 

Χώς,  ώ,  ό,  Argive  word  for  the  At- 
tic συμβολή  (IV) :  strictly  Dor.  for 
χονς,χόος.  '  ■ 

Χώσί?,  εως,  η,  {χώνννμι)  α  heaping 
up,  esp.  of  earth,  raising  a  mound  or 
bank,  esp.  against  a  city,  Thuc.  2,  76  : 
a  filing  in,  up,  blocking  up  by  earth 
thrown  in,  χ.  των  λιμένων,  Id.  3,  2. 
Cf  χώμα. 

Χώσμα,  ατός,  τό,{χώνννμι)^χώμα. 

Χωστός,  η,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from  χών- 
ννμι, made  by  earth  thrown  up,  χωστή 
και  στενή  πάροδος,  Polyb.  4,  61,  7  ; 
iv  χωστοίς  τύψοις  κείνται,  i.  e.  έν 
χώμασι,  iv  τνμβοις,  Eur.  Rhes.  414. 

Χωστρίς,  ιδος,  ή,  (χώ^■^'vμι)  :—χε- 
λώνη  χ.,  a  shed  to  protect  besiegers 
in.  filling  up  the  ditch  of  a  town  ;  v,  sub 
χελώνη  111. 


Ψ 

"ί•,  t/',  ψϊ,  τό,  indecl,,  twenty-third 
letter  of  the  Gr.  alphabet:  as  a  nu- 
meral, ψ'=  700,  but  ,\b  =  700,000.— 
The  letter  t/)  is  a  double  consonant, 
compounded  of  σ  and  a  labial,=:7rCT, 


fATP 

βσ,  or  φσ :  the  preceding  syll.  is 
therefore  always  long.  The  character 
■φ  was  at  first  onjy  Ion.,  and  adopted 
at  Athens  in  the  archonship  of  Eu- 
clides  (Ol.  94,  2)  at  the  same  time 
with  η,  ω  and  ξ. 

Changes  of  )/i,  esp.  in  the  dialects• 
— I.  in  Aeol.,  the  older  πσ  was  re- 
tained, esp.  in  prop,  names,  as  Πέ- 
?.οπς  for  Πελοψ,  Άραπς  Άραφ, 
Greg.  Cor.  p.  613.— II.  φ  is  often  re- 
solved by  transposition  into  σπ,  and 
this  even  in  Att.,  as  σπάλιον  for  ψύ- 
λιον,  σπέλ?ιΐον  for  χρέλλιον,  άσπίν- 
θιον  for  άιΐ'ίνθιον,άσβολος  for  φόλος, 
φίν.  Dor,  for  σφίν,  ψέ  for  σφέ, — just 
as  in  Aeol.  and  Dor.  ξ  was  resolved 
into  σκ,  and  ζ  into  σδ. — III.  φ  is 
sometimes,  esp,  in  Att.,  put  for  σ  or 
σσ,  as,  φιττακός  tor  σιττακός,  κό-ψι- 
χος  for  κόσσνφος,  cf  φύμμος,  sand. — 
IV.  there  seems  to  be  an  interchange 
of  ψ  and  ξ  in  χρύω,  ξύω,  όι/',  Lat.  vox, 
*viTp  {νίφα),  Lat.  nix. — V.  φ  is  omit- 
ted or  added  in  άμμος  άμαθος,  -ψύμ- 
μος  ψάμαθός. 

^άγδάν,  άνος,  or  '^αγδάν,  άνος,  ό, 
Eubul.  Stephan.  6  ;  also,  ■ψάγδας,  ov, 
ό,  or  ψάγδη,  ή,  Eupol.  Marie.  14,  Ar. 
Fr.  7  ;  and  σάγδη,  ή,  Ath.  691  Β  : — a 
common  .Aegyptian  unguent,  χίγν- 
πτίω  -ψάγδανι,  Eubul.  1.  c. 

'ϋόΰρός,  ύ,  όν,  (-φάω)  =  ψαθνρός, 
q.  ν. 

'^'άδιος,  α,  ον,^=  κατάντης,  Hesych. 

Ψΰδνρός,  ά,  όν,  ν.  sub  -φαθνρός. 

"Ϋίθάλλω,  frequentat,  from  φύω,  to 
feel,  scratch,  Hermipp.  Incert.  4, 
Plat.  (Com.)  Cleoph.  4,  cf  άναψα- 
βάλλω. 

"^άΟΰρός,  ά,  όν,=φαδαρός :  cf  φα- 
θνρός. 

Ϋάθίφιον,  CV,  τό,  =  φώθιον,  Ath. 
646  C  :  in  Hesych.,  also,  φάθνρμα, 
τό.  [ϋ] 

Ψάβνρόομαι,  as  pass.,  to  be  friable, 
to  crumble  away. 

"•Ιτΰθνροπώλης,  ov,  6,  {φαθνρός, 
πωλέω)  one  who  sells  brittle  ware,  esp 
such  as  is  baked  or  dried,  Eccl. 

'Ϋάθνρός,  όν,  {φάω) :  —  like  φαδα- 
ρός,  friable,  crumbling,  falling  to  pieces, 
loose,  of  the  roe  in  fish,  Arist.  H.  A. 
3,  1,  23,  etc.;  cf  νποφάβνρος :  — 
opp.  to  γλίσχρος.  Id.  Meteor.  4,  9, 
23,  cf  Theophr.  C.  PI.  2,  4,  12 : 
hence  of  water  as  opp.  to  oil, 
Arist.  de  Sens.  4,  6 ;  of  air,  Id.  de 
Anima  2.  8,  7. — "^αδνρός  is  another, 
prob.  dialectic,  form  :  and,  later,  φα- 
θαρός,  φαδαρός :  but  the  form  most 
in  use  is  φαφαρός,  q.  v.     Hence 

Ϋάβνρότης,  ητος,  ή,  friableness, 
crumbling  nature  or  state,  looseness, 
Arist.  H.  A.  4,  1.21,  Probl.21,  11. 

"ίταιδρός,  ά,  όν,  =  φεδνός,  He- 
sych., from  φάω,  as  the  other  from 
φέω. 

Ϋαικάζω,  =  φακύζω,      φεκύζω, 
Gramm. 

'ί'αίκάλον,  ov,  τό  =  φάκα?.ον, 
Gramm. 

Ψαινί'ζω,  to  fan,  cool  by  fanning, 
Gramm, 

-ί'αιννθιος,  ov,=  sq,,  Hesych.  [ϋ] 

"Ϋαίννϋος,ον,  false,  deceitful,  lying, 
Lye.  1420. 

'Ϋαιννρω,  and  φαιννσσω,=φαινν- 
ζω,  q.  V. 

'Ψαίρω,  {φύω)  : — trans.,  to  graze  or 
touch  gently,  φ.  πτεροίς  οΐμον  αιθέρος, 
to  skim  the  path  of  ether,  Aesch.  Pr. 
394  ; — as  in  Virgil,  radere iter  liquidum ; 
cf  τρίβειν  οΐμον. — II.  (prob.  a  dialec- 
tic form  for  σπαίρω,  ύσπαίρω,  cf.  φ 
II  ) :  —  intrans.,  to  move  tightly  or 
gently,  to  quiver,  flutter,  palpitate,  of  an 
irregular  pulse  and  the  like,  Foe.< 
1683 


Oec.  Hipp. :  hence  to  rustle,  murmur, 
like  -φίθυβίζω,  of  the  rustling  and 
trembling:  of  leaves  in  the  breeze, 
Luc.  Tragop.  315. 

ΊταΙσμα,  ατός,  τό,  {φαίω)  a  small 
piece  rubbed  off,  a  crumb,  morsel. 

'Ψαιστών,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  ipui- 
CTOv,  Anth.  P.  5,  17. 

Ίταιστός,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from 
rpaiu,  grutind,  ψ.  μάζα,  a  cake  nf 
ground  barley  mixed  With  honey  and 
oil,  Hipp. :  tu  ψαιστύ  (sc.  πέμμητα, 
■ζητιάνα],  cakes  nf  this  kind,  used  in 
sacrifices,  Ar.  Plut.  13S,  1115,  Antiph. 
Timon.  1,3,  Anth.  P.  6,  190,  191  ;  v. 
Foes.  Oec.  Hipp. 

"Ϋαίστωρ,  ημος,  6,  Ιφαίοι)  one  who 
wipes  off,  σττύγγυς,  Anth.  P.  6,  295. 

Ϋηίω,  orig.  the  same  as  φάω,  but 
chierty  in  signf.  tv  rub  away,  «rind 
down,  pmind,  Theophr.  :  the  forms 
■φαίζω,  ψαίθω.  -φαίνω,  are  dab.     Cf. 

"ΫάκΜ^ιον,  later  ψεκάί^ον,  ov,  τό, 
dim.  from  φακάς  : — ^esp.,  a  small,  driz- 
zling rain,  Polioch.  Incert.  1,  The- 
ophr. 

"^ΰκάζω,  later  -φ^κάζω ;  f.  -άσω, 
(■φαΐίάς) : — Ιο  rain  in  small  drops,  driz- 
ele,  drip,  Ar.  Nub.  580:  %1ιακάζεί;  it 
drizzles,  φακαζέτω  ΰμτοισί,  let  it  rain 
loaves,  Nicoph.  'Σεψήν.  2,2: — as 
pass,  ψα/ίάζισθαο,  to  drip,  occurs  in 
a  very  dub.  place  in  Arist.  Rhet.  3, 
\ϊ,  12. 

'ί'άκάλον,  ov,  τό,  more  rarely  ψύ• 
κάλος,  ov,  6,  a  new-born  animal,  Ael. 
7,  47.  {Fmm  φακάς  ;  cf.  δρόσος,  ερ- 
ση)  [ψύ] 

''^ΰκαλοϋχος,  ov,  (φάκα?.ον,  εχω) 
having  young,  μητέρες  φ.,  mothers 
with  their  young,  Soph.  Fr.  9C2. 

"^ίκύς,  later  φεκάς.  (Ellendl  Lex. 
Soph.),  άόος,  ή  ;  (φύω)  : — any  small 
piece  rubbed  or  brokenoff,  a  grain,  crumb, 
morsel,  bit,  apyvpiov  μηόέ  φακύς,  J.  e. 
not  a  farthing,  like  μηόέ  ypv,  Ar. 
Pac.  121  ;  hence,  as  collective,  φάμ- 
μον  φεκύς,  grains  of  sand,  Anth.  P. 
12,  145. — 2.  usu.  of  liquids,  α  small 
drop,  and  then  as  collective,  α  quanti- 
ty of  drops,  a  small,  drizzling  rain,  opp, 
Ιοΰμβρος,  Aescli.  Ag.  1534  ;  to  νετός, 
Xen.  Cyn.  5,  4  ;  νσθησαν  at  Of/Sai 
■ώακάόί,  Hdt.  3.  10;  (what  Ael.  calls 
ρανίόεςΤ,επταί,  Ν.  Α.  6,  41  ?)  :— gen- 
erally, rain,  Soph.  Fr.  563,  Eur.  Hel. 
2,  cf.  Ar.  Thesm.  856  : — φοίνισσα  φα- 
κάς, a  shmver  of  blood,  Simon.  45,  cf. 
Aesch.  Ag.  1390: — hence,  also,  comic 
nickname  of  a  person  who  spits  in 
your  face  when  speaking,  Ar.  Ach. 
1150;  cf.  Suid.  8.  v. 

"Ϋΰκαστής,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from 
φακάζω,  let  fall  in  small  drops,  drip- 
ping, μίφον,  Ephipp.  ap,  Ath.  48  C 
(not  in  Meineke). 

"^άκιον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  φακάς,  a 
small  piece  or  drop,  Hesych. 

"Μάλαγμα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which  is 
touched  :  a  touch. 

"^άλάκανβα,  ης,  η,  fabulous  name  of 
a  plant,   [λα] 

'^ά7.ακτός,  η,  όν,  verb,  adj.,  touched, 
to  be  touched  :  from 

'Ϋΰ/.άσσω,  Att.  -ττω  :  f.  -ξω  : — like 
φάλλω,  to  touch,  feel,  and  so  to  put  in 
motion.  Lye.  139  :  φ.  κτύττον  νενρΰς, 
to  make  a  string  sound  by  touching 
it,  Ael.  N.  A.  3,  18.  (Formed  from 
ψύλλω,  as  σταλάζω,  σταλάσσω  from 
στάζω.) 

-^Τά'λίδιον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  φαλίς. 

"ίΰλΐδοειδής,  ες,  {φαλίς  II,  είδος): 
—rlike  a  vault  or  arch,  Galen. 

'Ϋάλϊδόστομος,  ov,  {φαλίς,  στόμα) : 
—having  a  mouth  or  head  like  a  pair  of 
1684 


■i-AAM 

shears,  comic  epith.  of  a  crab,  Batr. 
297. 

"ίτΰλϊδύω,  ώ,  f.  -ώσω,  {φαλίς  \\)  : — 
to  vault,  arch.  Math.  Vett.     Hence 

"Ϋύλίδωμα,  ατός,  τό,  that  which  is 
vaulted,  a  vault,  arch,  Strab. 

"ίτά/ΰδωτός,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from 
φαλίδόω,  arched,  bow-shaped,  Dion.  H. 

ΫΰΛίςω :  tut.  -ίσω  and  -ίξω,  Alt. 
•ΐώ  :  {φαλίς)  : — to  clip  with  shears  or 
scissors,  -Anacreont. — 1Ι.=  τ/;ηλί(ίύω. 

-^Τάλιον  or  (as  usu.  written)  φΰ- 
λίυν,  ov,  τό  : — strictly,  the  ring  in  a 
horsed•!  headstall  under  the  chin  to 
which  the  leading-rein  was  fastened, 
Xen.  Eq.  7,  1  :  but  used  by  the  poets 
in  plur.  as  =  χαλινός  :  esp.,  a  sharp 
bit  for  breaking  horses,  Eur.  Phoen. 
792,  H.  F.  381,  Ar.  Pac.  155:— gene- 
rally, a  bond,  band,  chain,  Aesch.  Pr. 
54;  so  in  sing.,  Plat.  Legg.  692  A  ; 
and,  nietaph..  acurb, constraint,  Aeach. 
Cho.  962. — Orig.  the  same  as  φέλιον, 
ψί'λλίον,  q.  V. :  but  the  form  φύλ- 
λίον,  which  arose  from  comparison 
with  φέλλιον,  must  be  rejected  ;  for 
all  passages  of  ihe  poets  make  the 
first  svll.  short,  cf.  Oudeiid.  Thorn. 
M.  p.  925,  Piers.  Moer.  p.  420,  Schaf. 
Dion.  Comp.  p.  253. 

"ίτΰλίς,  ί.δος,  η,  {  φάω,  ι/ιάλλω  )  :  — 
usu.  taken  for  a  pair  of  shears  ;  but 
rather,  a  simile-edged  instrument  fur 
shearing  or  shaving,  a  kmA  of  razor, 
Anth.  P.  1 1,  368  ; —  the  same  as  μια 
μάχαιρα  in  Ar.  Ach.  849;  cf,  He- 
sych. s.  V.  μία //.,  Poll.  2,  32,  cf,  10, 
140. — II.  α  vault,  arch,  Soph.  Fr.  336, 
Plat.  Legg.  947  D:  —  also,  a  semicir- 
cular building  with  a  vaulli.il  roof,  like 
άφίς ;  and  in  Poll,  an  arched  aipte- 
duct.  —  Galen  gives  as  a  reason  of 
this  second  sign!".,  that  the  lower 
end  oi  the  φαλίς  was  rounded. — III. 
=^ταχεϊα  κινησις,  Hesych. 

"ί'άλιστός,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from 
φαλίζω,  clipped,  docked,  Hierocl.  ap. 
Stob.  p.  415.  iin. — II.  Ιφα/,ίς,  φαλίζω 
II)  vaulted,  arched. 

'ί'αλληγενής,  ές,  {φάλλω,  *γένω) 
sprung  from  harp-playing,  coinic  epith. 
of  Archytas,  strictly  a  parody  ol  Wo- 
mer's  μοίρη)ει>ης,  Diog.  L.  4,  52. 

"ίτάλλω  (strengthd.  from  φάω) :  f. 
φυλώ :  aor.  εφηλα :  pf.  έχίπιλκα. 
To  touch,  feel,  stir  or  move  by  touching, 
esp.,  to  pull,  twitch,  φ.  ίθειμαν,  to  pluck 
the  hair,  like  τίλ'λειν,  Aesch.  Pers. 
1062. — 2.  to  pull  and  let  go  again,  to 
pull,  twitch  or  twang  with  the  fingers, 
τόξην  vevpav  φ-,  to  twang  the  bow- 
string, Eur.  Bacch.  784  ;  so.  φάλλειν 
κενόν  κρότον.  Lye.  1453;  βέλος  έκ 
κέραος  ψ.,  to  send  a  shaft  twanging 
from  llie  bow,  Anth.  Plan.  211  : — but, 
— 3,  usu.  of  the  string  of  musical  in- 
struments, to  piny  a  stringed  instru- 
ment uilh  the  fingers,  instead  of  With 
the  plectrum,'  Plat.  Lys.  209  B,  et  ibi 
Schol.,  cf,  Suid. ;  opp.  to  κιβαρίζω  in 
Hdt.  1,  155:  and  absol.,  φά7.λω,  like 
Lat.  psallere,  Hdt.  I.  c.  ;  φάλλειν  ονκ 
ενι  άνευ  λνρας,  Luc.  Paras.  Π  :  later, 
to  sing  to  a  harp,  N.  T. : — in  pass,  of 
the  instrument,  to  be  struck  or  play- 
ed, φαλλομένη  χορδή,  Arist.  Probl. 
19,  23,  1  : — but  also  of  persons,  to  be 
played  to  on  the  harp.  Macho  ap.  Alh. 
348  F,  cf.  ανλεω,  fin. — 4.  σχοΐνος  μιλ- 
τοφντ/ς  φ'αΑΛομένη,  a  carpenter's  red 
line,  which  is  twitched  and  then  sud- 
denly let  go,  so  as  to  leave  a  mark, 
Anth.  P.  6,  103.     Hence 

Ί'ύ/μα,  ατός,  τό.  a  tune  played  on. 
a  strinf>ed  instrument,  Anth.  P.  11,  34: 
— hence,  a  p.talm,  Eccl.     Hence 

Ίτα/ιμικός,  ή,  όν,  of  or  like  a  psalm. 
Adv.  -κώς. 


*AM.4 

"ίίαλψολογέω,  ώ,  ί.  -ησω,  Ιο  sing 
psalms,  Eccl. :  and 

Ϋαλ/ζοΛο;  ta,  ας,  ή,  Ihe  singing  of 
psalms,  Eccl. ;  from 

'ί'α/.μηλό}()ς,  ov,  {φύλμα,  λέγω) 
singing  psalms,  Eccl. 

Ya/./iof,  ov,  a,  (ι/χίλλω)  a  touching 
or  feeling,  esp,,  a  pulling  or  twitching 
or  twanging  With  the  finger»,  φα'λμοί 
τό^ων,  Eur.  Ion  173  ;  τοϊήμει  φα'/.μώ 
τοξενσας.  Id.  Η.  F.  1061:  but.— 2, 
usu.  of  musical  strings,  -πηκτίδων 
φαλυοϊς  κρέκον  νμνον,  Telest.  ap. 
Alh.  026  A,  cf.  Diog.  Trag.  lb.  636  Β  : 
— hence,  the  sound  ot  the  cilhara.harp, 
etc.,  Pind.  Fr.91,  3,cf,  Phryn,  (Trag.) 
ap.  Ath.  635  U  :  <iri_y  strain,  or  burst  of 
music,  Aesch.  Fr.  54  : — later,  u  song 
sung  to  a  stringed  instrument,  a  psalm, 

LXX..  and  iN.  T. 

'^αλμοχάρής,  ές,  {φαλμός,  χαίρω) 
delighting  in  harp-playing,  Anth.  P.  9, 
525. 

"ίίαλ^μφδάω,  ω,  to  sing  to  the  harp. — 
2.  to  sing  psalms,  Eccl. :  and 

"ίταλμωδια,  ας,  ή,  a  singing  to  the 
harp,  Arislul. — 2. psalm-singing,  Eccl. : 
from 

'Ϋαλμι.>δός.  ovr  {φαλμής,  ωδίι)  sing- 
ing to  the  harp. — 2.  singing  psalms, 
Eccl. 

'^ά}νσις,  εως,  ή,:=φαλμός,  Philo.'str. 

'i'a/.Trjp.  ί/ρος,  ό,  (φάλλω)  a  harper, 
etc.- — ^11.  also  his  instrument,  the  harp, 
etc.     Hence 

"ia/v-Tj/piOV,  ov,  TO,  a  stringed  inslrit- 
ment,  φ.  τμΓ,ωνον,  Anst.  Probl,  19, 
23,  2,  Apollod.  ap.  Ath.  636  F,  Plut., 
etc. 

"Ϋάλ.της,  ov,  ό,=φ'α7.τήρ,  Plot,  2, 
67  F,  233  F,  etc. 

"^άλτι,^ξ.  iyyoc,i),a  stringed  instru- 
ment, esp.,  tlie  Kt-tkipa. 

'^αλτίϋός,  ij,  όν,  (φύλλο)  belonging 
to  harp-playing,  etc. ,  skilled  therein  ;  φ. 
hpyavov,  a  stringed  jnstroment,  Ath. 

βαλτός,  7/,  ύν,  verb.  adj.  ίίοιηφά'λ- 
λ-ω,  to  t/e  played  upon  a  stringed  instru- 
ment :   TU  φ.,  music  for  the  harp, 

''^άλτρια,  ας,  //,  fem.  frtwn  φάλτήρ. 
Plat.  Prot.  347  I),  Ion  ap.  Atli,  634  F, 
Lnc.  Bis  Ace.  16,  Plwt..  etc. 

-^αλτωδέω,  ώ,  f.  -ησω,^^φαλμωόέυ, 
LXX.    Hence 

"ίταλτώδημα,  ατός,  70,=φηλμός. 

'^α7^τωδια,  ας,  7/,=φαλμωδία :  from 

'^αλτ{^δός,  όΐ',=.φαΑμωδύς,  LXX. 

i'Ya/.ϋχίδαι,  ών,  οι,  the  Psalychi- 
dae,  a  tribe  jn  Aegina,  Pirul.  I.  6,  92. 

^-^αμάθη,  ης,  i),  poet,  also  ■^αμά- 
θεια, Puid.  N.  5,  23,  Psamathe,  daugh- 
ter of  Nerens  and  Doris,  mother  uf 
Phocas,  Hes.  Tb.  260  :— wife  of  Pro- 
teus, Eur.  Hel.  7.-2.  daughter  of 
Crotopus  of  Argos,  mother  of  Linns, 
Paus.  1,  43,  7:-- -cf.  Anth.  P.  7,  154. 
— Others  in  Ath.  ;  etc. 

"ίΤάμάΟηδυν,  {φάμαθος)  adv.,  like 
sand  for  jnultiludr.  Or.  Sib. 

-^άμΰΟηΙς,ίδος,  ij,  {φάμαβος)  sandy, 
Nic.  Th.  887. 

'^ΰμάΟία,  ας,  ί],  the  sandy  sen-shore, 
Hesych. 

"ίΤύμάβιον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  φάμα- 
θος. [ά]  ,         ,  ,  ; 

"ίτάμαβίς,  ίι^ης,  ί],:=:φαμαΟία.  j 

■Ϋύμΰθις,  ίδος,  ij,  α  sea-fish,  elsewh. 
νς, — as  It  were  sand-fish,  Numen.  ap. 
Ath.  327  A. 

■^άμαθος,  ov,  ή  (poet,  form  of  φάμ 
μος,  q.  v.),  sand,  esp.  ol  the  seashore, 
also  the  sandy  shore  itself,  Ihe  beach; 
oft.  in  plur.,  νήα  έττ'  ?j7τείμoισ  ίρνσ- 
aav  νφον  ircl  φαμάθοις,  Jl.  1,  486; 
cf.  15,  362;  έττι  φααάθοις  άλίΐ)σιν, 
Od.  3,  38  ;  cf.  4,  438  :  'φ.  χλωρά,  Soph. 
Aj.  1064  ;  φ.  παράκτια.  Eur.  ;  etc.  :— 
proverb,  of  a  couiitles.s  multitude,  δϋα 


•5-ANO 

ψαμαθός  τε  κύνίς  τε,  ΤΙ.  9,  385  ;  φύλ- 
ί.οίΰιν  ίοικήτες  η  -φαμάθοισιν-,  2,  ΘΟΟ  ; 
όττοσαι  ψάμαΟυί  κλονέονταί  εν  θα- 
/.άσσα,  i.  β•  grains  of  sand,  Pind.  P.  9, 
84.  [ύ] 

^ΐταμαθονς,  οϋντος,  ό,  Psamathus, 
a  port  of  Laconia  near  Taenarum, 
Fans.  3,  25,  4  :— in  Strab.  Άμαθους. 
Ϋΰμύθώόης,  ες,=  -ψαμμώδης,  satidy, 
χώι)ος,  Η.  Horn.  Merc.  75,  347.  350. 

Ϋάμΰβών,ώνος,  ό,ϋ'ύμαθος)  asandy 
place,  sandpit,  Lat.  sabuletiim. 

•^άμμα,  ατος,τό,=-φάμμος,  Hesych. 
■Ϋαμμάκοσωγύργάροι,  αϊ,  a,  comic 
word  in  Ar.  Ach.  3,— an  exaggerated 
form  of  the  following  :  of.  γάργαρα. 

■^αμμΰκάσιοι  (not  -φαμμοκ-),  at,  a, 
a  comic  word  formed  from  -φύμμος, 
εκατόν,  like  the  cardinal  numbers 
διακόσιοι,  τριακόσιοι  (from  δις  εκα- 
τόν, τρις  εκατόν),  etc.,  to  denote  a 
countless  multitude,  strictly,  sand- 
hmuired,  -φ.  θεαταί,  Eupol.  Χρνσ.  γεν. 
16,  cf.  Ath.  671  A  ;  so,  ψ.  ονόματα, 
like  sf:squipedalia  verba,  Ath.  230  C  ; 
cf.  foreg. 

'Ϋαμμάτίζω,=  •φυμίζΐΛ,  Hesych.  ;. 
■Ϋάμμη,  ης,  ή,  rarer  form  of  -φάμ- 
μος,  Hdt.  4,  181,  whoelsewh.  always 
lias  the  common  form  :  Dor.  -ψάμμα, 
Ar.  Lys.  1261. 

^■ίαμμήνιτος,  ου,  b,  Psammenitus, 
son  of  Amasis,  king  of  Aegypt,  Hdt. 
3,  10. 

^-Ϋαμμήτιχος.  ov,  ό,^-^αμμίτιχος, 
Thuc.  1,  104;  Arist.  Pol.  5,  9,22. 

ΨάμμΊν^ς,  η.  ov.  (ιϊ^ύμμος)  of  sand, 
in  the  sa>id,  sandy,  Hdt.  2,  99. 

•^αμμίον,  ov,  70,  dim.  from  ιράμμος, 
Λ  grain  of  sand. 

^τάμμιος,  a,  ον,=  φάμμινος,  on  the 
taud,  m  a  dub.  place  in  Aesch.  Ag. 
985. 

fYa/t/ilC-  tof,  0,  Psammis,  son  of 
Neco,  king  of  Aegypt,  Hdt.  2.  160. 

Ίταμμισμός,  ov.  ό,  as  if  from  ψαμ- 
μίζο),  a  burying  in  the  sand. 

^αμμίτ^ς,  ov,  b,  of  sand,  tatidy, 
Anth.  P.  9,  551. 

^•ίαμμίτιχος,  ov,  b,  also  written 
^αμμήτιχος,  Psamnatichus,  one  of 
the  twelve  rulers  of  Aegypt,  in  SaT^, 
afterwards  sole  ruler,  Hdt.  I,  105; 
etc. — 2.  father  of  Inarus,  Hdt.  7,  7: 
cf.  Thuc.  1,  104. 

ίταμμόγεως,  uv,  with  a  xandy  earth 
or  soil. 

■ίταμμοδντης.ον,  ό,  like  ΰμμοδντης; 
strictly,  a  saiid-diver ;  hence  a  fish  that 
buries  itself  in  the  sand,  elsewh.  καλ- 
Τιίώνυμος: — alsoa  serpent  of  like  hal  its. 
[v] 

■ίαμμοειδης,  ές,  {-φύμμος,  είδος)  like 
sand,  sandy. 

"ίαμμοκόαιοι,  v.  -φαμμακόαιοι. 
■Ϋάμμος,  ov,  ή,  in  Archimed.  always 
h : — sand,  so  called  from  its  loose, 
crumbling  nature,  Horn,  only  in  Od. 
12, 243,  but  from  Hdt.  downwds.  very 
freq.  ;  φ.  παραλία,  Aesch.  Pr.  573  :— 
proverb.,  ιράμμος  αριθμόν  πιριπέφευ- 
γεν,  Pind.  Ο.  2,  178;  εκ  -φάμμον 
σχοινιού  πλέκειν,  of  labour  m  vain, 
Arislid. — 2.  any  thing  like  sand,  pow- 
der, flour,  meal,  etc. — II.  a  tract  of 
Λ•α«-/,  the  sand,  Hdt.  3,  25;  4,  173. 
(Prob.  from  ι}>άω :  without  the  iji, 
άμμος :  lengthd.  poet,  into  ^άμαθος, 
άμαθος:  cf.  hat.  sabulum,  our  .■-a/iii.) 

"Ιταμμοχυσία,  ας,  ή,  a  choking  up 
with  sand. 

-^αμμώδης,  ες,  contr.  for  ■φαμμοει- 
δΙ/ς,  sandy,  Hdt.  2,  32  ; — tu  ■»1ιαμμώ- 
ύεα,  sediment  in  the  urine,  Hipp. ; 
called  φ.  υποστάσεις  by  Galen. 

Ϋσμμωτός.  ή.  ύν,  as  if  from  -ψαμμόω, 
sandid,  LXX. 

"iu^-vg,  Dor.  for  ψηνός,  q.  v. 


"Ϋύρ,  ό,  gen.  ψαρός,  nom.  pi.  -φάρες. 
Ion.  φήρ,  φηρός,  a  starling,  Lat.  stur- 
mts,  II.  16,  5S3;  17,  755,— the  first 
time  in  Ep.,  the  second  in  .\U.  form  ; 
cf.  Gell.  13,20,  Lob.  Paral.  20.  (Perh. 
Irom  -φαίρω,  as  it  were  scraping- bird : 
for  ψαρός,  the  adj.,  comes  troin  ψάρ, 
not  -φάρ  from  -ψαρός.) 

Ϋάρος,  ό,=  foreg.,  Arist.  Η.  Α.  9, 
26. 

■ίτΰρός,  ά,  όν.  [ψάρ)  -.—strictly,  like 
a  starling,  ashen-gray  Or  speckled,  ψ. 
ίππος,  a  dappU-firay  horse,  Ar.  Nub. 
1225,  (where  others  explain  it  by  τα- 
χύς, as  if  from  ψα'ιρω.  cf.  Schol.  ad 
I.):  Arist.  H.  A.  9.  49  B,  2,  distin- 
guishes it  from  ποικίλος  (pied,  pie- 
bald), and  it  seems  to  have  been  used 
ofdili'erent  shades  of  the  snnie  colour, 
as  is  also  proved  by  Pliny's  transla- 
tion,— concolor,  cf.  Ael.  N.  A.  12, 
28. 

"ΫανκροπόδΊΐς.  ov,  b.  and  ψανκρό- 
ττονς,  ό,  ή,  -πουν,  τό,  (ψαυκρός,-πυνς) 
swift-footed,  epith.  of  the  horse  Anon 
and  the  Satyrs,  Noim. 

-^Τανκρος,  ύ,  όν,  stirring,  nimble, 
swift,  only  ill  Gramm. 

tYnC/iiC.  ίος,  b,  Psaiimis,  son  of 
Acron  of  Camarina  in  Sicily,  victor 
at  Olympia  in  the  chariot  race,  Pind. 
O.  4,  18,  sq.        ^  ^ 

"ίτανσις,  ευς,  ή,  (ψανω)  a  touching, 
touch,  Plut.  2,  6S3  C,  etc. :— esp.  of 
lovers,  a  caress,  ^ι/.ήματα  και  ψαύ- 
σεις. Id.  Alcib.  4. 

-ΐ-ανσμα,  ατός,  τό,=ψαΰσις,  touch, 
Xen.  Ephes. 

"^αυστός,  ή,  όν,  verb,  ^id].,  touched  : 
to  be  touched,  tangible:  from 

"ίαί-ω,  f.  ψαύσω :  pf.  pass,  εψαν- 
σμαι,  aor.  pass,  εψανσθην :  {ψάω) 
To  tench,  handle,  feel,  usu.,  τινός,  II. 
23,  519,  806,  Hdt.  2,  47,  Trag.,  etc. : 
more  rarely  τινί,  as  some  take  ψανον 
κόρνθες  φάλοισιν  (11.  13,  132;  16, 
216)  ;  but  here  φάλοισι  is  better 
taken  as  a  dat.  instrum.,  the  helmets 
touched  with  their  φάλοι,  cf  Hdt.  3, 
30,  Aesch.  Cho.'  182;  however  the 
dat.  for  the  gen.  must  be  allowed  in 
Pind.  P.  9,  213,  Q.  Sin.  8,  349  (as 
with  θιγγάνω  and  προςψανω,  qq-  v.): 
— it  is  also  usfd  c.  ace.  in  two  pas- 
sages of  Soph.,  εψανσας  άλγεινοτά- 
τας  έμοί  μέριμνας,  πατρός  τριπό7ιΐ- 
στον  οίτον,  .\nt.  857,  (where  εψαν- 
σας is  put  for  ί/.εξας  or  the  like) ; 
κείνος  έ-πέγνοι  ψανων  τον  θεόν  ίν 
κερτομίοις  γλώσσαις,  lb.  961,  (where 
ψανων  takes  the  signf.  of  7Μΐδορών) ; 
V.  EUendt  Lex.  Soph. :— however  the 
pass,  is  used  by  Hippocr.,  as  if  the 
ace.  were  properly  used  after  it,  cf. 
Foes.  Oec. — 2.  to  touch  lightly,  graze  : 
metaph.,  to  touch  upon  a  subject,  no- 
tice it  slightly.  Polyb.  1,  13,  8;  cf. 
Soph.  Ant,  857,-3,  to  touch  as  an 
enemy,  lay  handsupon,  Eur.  I.  A.  1559; 
ci.  Soph.  Ant.  961. — 4.  to  touch,  reach, 
affect,  ov  γαρ  άκρας  καρδίας  έψαυσε 
μου,  Eur.  Hec.  242  :  also,  to  reach, 
gain,  Pind.  N.  5,  76,  Mel.  123:  in 
this  signf  also  Diosc,  5,  27  has  it  in 
mid. — The  word  is  very  rare  in  Att. 
prose,  as  in  Antipho  123,  2,  Xen. 
Mem,  1,  4,  12. 
■^άφαξ,  άκος.  b.  Dor,   for  ψήφος. 

"ίταφΰρια,  ας,  ή.  {ψαφαρός)  looseness, 
crumbling. — 2,  dust,  dirt,  Diosc. 

"ίτύφάρίτης,  ov,  b,  fem.  ΐτις,  ιδος, 
=  sq.,Anth.  Ρ,  12,  192:  from 

"^άφύρός,  ύ,  όν.  Ion.  ψαφερός ; 
(ψάω) : — easily  reduced  to  powder.  Lat. 
friabilis :  loose,  powdery,  crumbling, 
σποδός,  Aesch.  Theb.  323:— also, 
loose,  having  no  consistency,  διαχωρή- 


ΫΕΔΝ 

ματα,  ίγκέφα/^ος,  Hipp.,  cf.  Foes. 
Oecon.  : — of  liquids,  thin,  watery,  Lat. 
ten/uis,  νάρδος,  Anth.  P.  6,  231  ;  cf. 
Galen,  ap.  Ath.  26  D,  cf.  Plin.  14,  8, 
3:  cf  ψαβνρός.  —  II.  dry,  and  so 
cracked,  rough  on  the  surface,  Meineke 
Euphor.  Fr.  18:  hence,  dusty,  sandy, 
of  the  ground,  ή  φαφαρά.  opp.  to  aZf, 
the  shore.  Anth.  P.  12,  145  : — and  so, 
dusty,  dirty,  Lat.  squalidus. — Cf.  ψα- 
θνρος,  fin. 

■ί'άοάρότρΐχος,  ov,  {ψαφαρός,  θρίξ) 
with  dry,  rough,  shaggy  hair  or  coat, 
μήλα,  Η.  Hom.  18,  32. 

Ϋάφαροχροος,  ov,  contr.  -χρονς, 
ovv,  {ψαφαρός,  χρόα)  rough  on  the 
."Surface,  squalid,  κάοα,  Eur,  Rhes, 
716. 

Ίτάφάρόχρως,  ωτος,  b,  ^.=  foreg, 

"^άφερός,  ύ,  όν,  Ion.  for  ψαφαρός, 
Hipp. 

•ίτάφιγξ,  ιγγος,  η,  and  φ<άφος,  ov,  η. 
Dor.  for  -φί/φος,  Pind. 

tYapif,  ιδος,  r,\  Psaphis,  an  Attic 
deme  of  the  tribe  Aeantis,  with 
the  oracle  of  Amphiaraus,  Strab.  p. 
399. 

'ί'ΑΏ  [α],  f.  φιήσω  :  pf.  pass.  εψη• 
μαι  and  εψησμαι :  aor.  pass,  εψ-ηθην 
and  hliTiaO)]v.  The  best  authors 
contract  the  2  and  3  pers.  of  the  pres. 
indie,  and  the  pres.  inf.  by  η,  ψ-ης, 
ψ-η,  ψήν :  later  sometimes  by  a,  ψάς, 
ψά,  ψάν  :  cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  61,  Buttm. 
Ausf.  Gr.  §  105  Anm.  14.  To  touch 
on  the  surface,  to  rub  :  esp., — 1.  to  rub 
doun  or  away:  and  intr.,  to  crumble 
away,  go  to  nought,  disappear.  Soph. 
Tr.  678  :  cf  ψαίω,  ψαθνρός,  ψαφαρός. 
— 2.  to  clean  by  rubbing,  wipe  up  or 
away,  cf  άπσύ)άω.  ττεριψάω,  σνμ-ύ'ύω. 
— 3.  to  rub  s7nooth :  to  stroke  with  the 
hand,  rub  down,  caress,  Lat.  mulcere : 
cf.  καταψάω,  ψήχω.  (From  this 
root  come  many  words,  some  follow- 
ing its  generic,  some  its  special 
signfs.,  ψαύω,  ψανκρός :  ψτιστός : 
ψΐφός :  ψήφος,  ψήχω  j  ψαίω,  Ήφαι- 
στος :  ψαίρω,  ψάρ  :  ψύλ.λω,  ψα/,τύς, 
ψαλμός:  -φαθάλλω,  ψαλύσσω,  ψη?.α- 
φάω  :  ψαλίς :  ψαδαρός,  ψαδνρός,  ψα- 
θνρός, ψαθαρής.  ψαφαρός,  ψαφερός  : 
ψύμμος,  ψάμαθος  :  ψακάς,  ψακάζω, 
ψύκαλον.  Nearly  collat.  forms  ψέω, 
ψίω,  ψώω,  ψώχω  :  perh.  also  ξάω  arid 
ξέω.) 

i'iracjv,  ωνος,  ο,  Psaon,  masc.  pr. 
η.,  Dion.  Η.  de  Din.  8. 

■5'έ,  Dor.  for  σςιέ,  σφέας,  like  ψίν  for 
σφίν,  Theocr.  4,  3,  Koen  Greg.  p. 
253 :  always  enclit. :  cf.  Lat.  ipse, 
eapse. 

\-^-εβώα,  ας,  ή,  and  "Ϋεβώ,  Pseboa, 
a  lake  in  Aelhiopia,  Strab.  p.  822. 

-Ϋέγμα,  ατός,  τό,  blame,  censure : 
from 

Ψέγω,  f  ψέξω :  pf.  εψογα :  {ψέω, 
ψήχΐχ).  Strictly,  to  make  smaller,  les- 
sen ;  but  always  metaph.,  to  lessen  or 
lower  by  evil  report,  to  blame,  disparage, 
τινά.  first  in  Theogn.  61 1,  Aesch.  Ag. 
186,  Soph,  O.  C.  977,  etc.  ;  ψ.  τινά 
περί  τίνος,  to  blame  one  for  a  thing. 
Plat.  Theaet.  177  B;  περί  τι.  Id. 
Legg.  634  C  ;  διά  τι.  Id.  Prot.  346  C; 
επί  Tin,  Xen.,  etc.  :— also,  c.  a4j. 
neut.,  ά  με  φιέγεις.  Plat.  Phaedr.  243 
C.cf  Gorg.  510  C,  Xen.  Eq.  6,  5, 
Jelf  Gr.  Gr.  I)  583,  162  -.—ψ.  τινά  οτι..., 
ει...,  Isocr.  409  D.  Xen.  Hell.  6,  5,  51 : 
—ψ.  ■4>όγονς.  Plat.  Gorg.  483  B. 

Ύεδνοκάριμ'.  ηνυς.  ό.  ή,  and  ψεδνο- 
κάρηνος,  ov,  Orph.  Lilh.  250  {ψεδνός, 
Kaptjvov)  : — bald-headed,  [ά] 

"ίεδνός,  ή,  όν,  {ψέω)  -.—rubbed  off, 

and  so  thin,  spare,  scanty,  λάχνη,   IL 

2,  219  ;  χαΐται,  Anth.  P.  9,  430  ;— so 

also  later,  of  the  head,  bald,  Luc.  D. 

16β5 


■ϊ-ΕΤΔ 

Mort.  25,    ]  ;    arnl,    generally,  bare,  1 
naked,  y?},  Aristid.  ;  cf.  ψιλός, ιΙ>ωλός: 
—for  Theogn.    122,   v.   sub  ■ψυδνυς- 
Hence 

'^εόΐ'όη]ς,  ητος,  ή,  baldness,  Phy- 
siogn. 

^Γεόνόω,  ώ,  f.  -ώσω,  to  make  bald. 

^iεδvί)ύςor■ιl)εθvf)ός,=:^ψιβυpός,ύub. 

1.  Aeseh.  Supp.  1042. 

"Ϋεδώί;  όν,=-ψίβνρύς,  Hesych. :  he 
also  quotes  φιδών,  -φυΟών. 

Ί'ίίά,  7/,=  ψίά. 

Ϋϊί'ω,  i".p.  lor  -ψέω,  ψάω. 

"Ϋεκάδιυΐ',  φεκάζω,  -φεκάς,  ν.  sub 
ψσκ-.  [ΰ] 

"ϋκ-της,  ον,  ό,  {ψέγω)  α  blamer,  cen- 
surer,  dispnrager.  Plat.  Rep.  589  C, 
Legg.  C39  C.     Hence 

'δεκτικής,  η,  όν,  censorious,  Arist. 
Rhet.  Al.  4,  1. 

"ίΤεκτύς,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from  -φέγω, 
blamed,  to  be  blamed,  blaiiieable.  Plat. 
Crat.  416  D,  Arist.  Eth.  N.  2,  9,  8, 
etc.     Adv.  --ώί•. 

'iiAiov,  ov,  tu,=4'^a7uov,  q.  v._ 

'^ελίοφόμος,  ov,  Ion.  for  ψίλλ-, 
{■ψέλλίον,  φέρω)  wearing  bracelets, Hut. 
Θ,  113. 

"ίτελιάω,  ώ,  f.  -ώσω,  (ψέ^αον)  Ιο 
twine,  wreath,  ψ.  αυχένα  στεφύνοίς, 
Anth.  P.  7,  234. 

■ψελλίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  (ψελλοί;)  '■ — Ό  fal- 
ter in  speech,  pronounce  indistinctly,  like 
a  child,  ψ.  και  τραυλίζειν,  Arist.  Η.  Α. 
4,  9,  17  ;  so  in  mid.  -ψελλίζομαι.  Plat. 
Gorg.  485  B,  C,  ct.  Arist.  Part.  An. 

2,  17,  3  ; — metaph.,  of  Empedocles 
and  the  early  philosophers,  to  speak 
obscurely,  Arjst.  Metaph.  1,4,3;  10, 
2. — II.  metaph.,  ■φεΌΛζείν  την  βύσιν, 
to  stumble,  trip,  totter  with  the  feet, 
Heliod. 

'ttl7uov  or  ψέλίον,  ov,  τό,  an  arm- 
let, bracelet,  Lat.  armilla,  Hdt.  4,  1C8  ; 
usu.  in  ρΙ.ψέλίο,  bracelets  ;  a  favourite 
ornament  of  the  Persians,  Hdt.  3,  20, 
22  ;  9,  80,  and  freq.  in  Xen.  Cyr.,  and 
Anab. — The  form  ψέ?ιλίον  is  prefer- 
red in  Att.,  -ψέλιον  in  Ion.  Greek,  v. 
Piers.  Moer.  p.  420,  Poppo  Xen.  Cyr. 

1,  3,  2  ;  though  Schneid.  has  written 
-ψέλιον  in  Xen.  :  contrariwise  in  the 
lorm  with  a  (which  was  orig.  the 
same  in  signf.),  ψαλίον  is  the  only 
true  form,  v.  sub  voc. 

"ΨελλΛοποώς,  όν,  making  bracelets. 

"ίτέλλισμα,  ατός,  τό,  (ψελλίζω)  that 
which  is  stammered  out,  or  uttered  sta7n- 
meringly,  Himer. 

■ψελλισμός,  ov,  ύ,  {ψελλίζω)  a  stam- 
piering, pronouncing  indistinctly,  Plut.  2. 
1066  D  :— ποδάγρας  ψ.,  nnpronounced 
(i.  e.  imperfect)  gout.  Id.  Sull.  26. 

'Ψελλός,  ;;,  ui',  faltering  in  speech, 
unable  to  pronounce  a  letter  or  syllable, 
like  a  child,  ψ.  καϊ  τραυ?ιθί,  Arist. 
Η.  Α.  1,  Η,  11  :  cf.  omnino,  Ar.  Fr. 
536,  Arist.  Probl.  11,  30;  and  v.  sub 
ψελ-λίζω. — II.  pass,  of  words,  indis- 
tinctly uttered,  obscure,  unintelligible, 
Aesch.  Pr.  816.  (From  ψέω,  as  if 
frittering  away  u}ords :  so  τμηνλός, 
Ορανλός.  from  Ορανω.)     Hence 

Ψελλϋτης,  τμος,  ή,  a  stammering, 
imperfect  pronunciation,  Arist.  Probl. 
11,  30  :  a  faltering,  ψ.  γλώσσης,  Plut. 

2,  963  C. 

^Ϋέ7.χ7ΐ,  ης,  or  Ψέλχις,  ιος,  η,  Psel- 
che,  a  city  of  Aethiopia,  Strab.  p.  820. 

Ψευδαγγε'λής,  ες,  gen.  έος,^=ψεν- 
δάγ-ίελος,  Ar.  Αν.  1310. 

Ψενδαγγε'λία,  ας,  ?/,  α  false  report, 
Xen.  Hipparch.  5,  8:  from 

Ίτενδάγγελος,  ov.  {ψενδ7'/ς,  ι'ιγγέλ- 
λω)  bringing  η  false  report,  a  fplse  or 
lying  messenger,  U.  15, 159,  Arist.  Poet. 
16,  10. 

Ψενδαγνοέ^,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  (ψεύδομαι, 
J686  I—    Γ   ~     . 


■ίΈΤΔ 

άγνοέω)   to  pretend  ignorance  falsely, 
to  dissemble,  Lat.  dissimulare,  Dio  C 

Ψενδάγχουσα,  ή,  false,  bastard  ύγ- 
χονσα,  Plin. 

Ψενδάδελφος,  ov,  Ό,  (ψευδής,  ΰδελ- 
φό(•)  α  false  brother  .  a  pretended  Chris- 
tian. Ν.  Τ.   [ά] 

Ψενδαιολικος,  ΐ],  όν,  in  false  Aeolic, 
of  dialect,  Gramm. 

Ψενδάλαζών,  όνος,  ό,  τ/,  (ψενδής, 
άλαζών)  α  lying  boaster  or  braggart,  as 
adj.,  ψ.  λόγοι,  Com.  Anon.  51. 

Ϋευδάλίος.  a,  ov,  and  ψενδάλίμος, 
η,  ov,  like  ψενδής,  false,  dissembled, 
counterfeit,  [a] 

Ψενύαλιος,  a,  ov,=  foreg.  [u] 
■ψευδάμύμαξϋς,  νος,  ό,  {ψενδής,  ΰμά- 
μαξνς)  α  false  tree-vine,  Ar.  Vesp.  326. 
\_μύ,μ\ 

Ψευδάνωρ,  ορός,  6,  (ψενδής,  άνήρ) 
α  shatn  man,  epilh.  of  Bacchus,  v.  Po- 
lyaen.  4,  1.  [«] 

Ψενδύττύτης,  ov,  ό,  a  lying  deceiver 
or  impostor,   [ά] 

Ψΐνδύπόστολος,ον,  ΰ,(ψενδής,  από- 
στολος) a  false  ambassador  ;  a  false 
apostle,  N.  T. 

Ψενδαπυφάσκων,  οντος,  ό,  (ψενδής, 
άττοφάσκω)  one  who  speaks  lies,  Arist. 
Top. ;  V.  Lob.  Phryn.  565. 

Ψευδάργυρος,  ου,  ό,  (ψευδής,  άρ- 
γυρος) false  .lilver,  in  Strab.  p.  610  ; — 
of  some  white  metal,  perh.  zinc. 

Ψευδάριον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  ψεύ- 
δος, [α] 

Ψενδαρτάβας,  comic  name  of  a 
mock- Persian  in  Ar.  Ach.  91,  99, 
False-measure,  cf.  άρτάβη. 

Ψενδατράφαξνς,νος,  ή,  false  orach, 
comic  name  of  a  plant  in  Ar.  Eq.  630  ; 
— formed  after  ψενδαμύμαξνς. 

Ψενδαττικός,  ή,  όν,  {ψευδής,  ^Ατ- 
τικός) false  Attic,  spurious  Attic,  Luc. 
Soloec.  7. 

Ψενδαντομο?ιία,  ας,  ή,  a  sham  de- 
sertion, Polyaen.  3,  9,  32  :  from 

Ψενδαντόμολος,  ό,  //,  (ψενδής,  ην- 
τόμολΜς)  α  sham  deserter,  Xen.  Hip- 
parch.  4,  7. 

Ψενδεγγράφής  δίκη  (perh.  rather 
γραφή),  ή,  an  action  brought  by  a  cit- 
izen to  show  that  he  has  been  wrongly 
entered  m  the  list  of  state  debtors.  Ac- 
tion for  false  entry,  Att.  Process  p.  337. 
Ψενδεγγρΰφος,  ov,  {ψευδής,  εγγρά- 
φω) falsely  enrolled  in  the  list  of  state 
debtors  :— falsely  registered,  of  interpo- 
lated decrees. 

Ψευδενέδρα,  ας,  ή,  (ψενδής,  ενέδρα) 
α  feigned,  sha?7i  ambuscade,  Xen.  An. 
5,  2,  28,  Hipparch.  5,  8. 

Ψευδεπέω,  ώ,  f-  ■ήσω,=ψενδοεπέω^ 
ψενδολυγέω. 

Ψενδεπής,  ες,  gen.  έος,=ψενδοε- 
τϊής,  ψενδολόγος. 

Ψενδεπιγρΰφέω,  ώ,  to  superscribe 
falsely,  furnish  with  a  false  superscrip- 
tion :  from 

ψευδεπίγραφος,  ov,  (ψενδής,  επι- 
γράφω) with  false  superscription  or  title, 
not  answering  thereto,  not  genuine,  Po- 
lyb.  24,  5,  5,  Dion.  H.,  etc. 

Ψενδεπίτροπος,  ου,  ό,  (ψενδής, 
επίτροπος)  α  false,  illegal  guardian, 
Polyb.  15,  25,3. 

Ψενδεργία,  ας,  ή,  α  lying,  deceitful 
act,  Clem.  ΑΙ. 

Ψενδέφοδος,  ov,  ii,  {ψευδής,  ΐφοδος) 
a  feigned  attack,  Polyaen.  3,  9,  32, 

ψίνδηγορέω,  ώ,ί.  -ήσω,  tospeakfalse- 
ty  or  untruly,  to  lie,  Aesch.  Pr.  1032, 
Poet.  ap.  Arist.  Khet.  2,  23,  1  :  and 

Ψινδηγορία,  ας,  ή,  false,  untrue  dis- 
course, tying,  .Alciphr. :  from 

Ψευδηγόρος,  ov,  (ψευδής,  άγορενω) 
speaking  falsely,  lying,  Lyc. 

ψενδηλογέω,  ώ,  =  ψευδυλογέω, 
Luc..  Ocyp,  63, 


ΫΕΤύ 

Ψενδηλόγος,  ον,=^ψενδο?ιόγος. 
Ψευδήμων,  ον,  gen.  όνος,  poet,  for 
ψευδής,  Νοηη. 

Ψενόηρακλής,  έους,  ό.  α  sham  Her- 
cules, name  of  a  comedy  by  Menander. 
Ψενδήριυν,  ov,  τό,=  κενήριον,  Lyc. 
1048,  1181. 

Ψενδής,  ές,  gen.  έος,  (ψεύδομαι)  : 
— lying,  false,  untrue,  of  persons  and 
things,  Lat.  mendax,  falsus,  opp.  to 
αληθής,  ψ.  λ.όγοι,  μνθοι,  Hes.  Th. 
229,  Trag.,  etc.  ;  επί  ψευδή  όδόν  τρέ 
πεσθαι,  to  betake  one's  self  to  false- 
hood, Hdt.  1,  117  :  ψ.  κατηγορίαι,  αί- 
τίαι,  false  charges,  Aeschin.  52,  36, 
Isocr.  Antid.  '^  146: — ψενδής,  a  liar, 
τους  θεούς  ψευδείς  τίθης.  Soph.  Phil. 
992  ;  ψευδής  φαινεσθαι,  to  be  detect 
ed  in  falsehood,  Thuc.  4,  27  : — τα  ψ., 
falsehoods,  lies,  ψευδή  λέγειν,  Aesch. 
Ag.  620,  etc. : — αίτίαν  ψευδή  έπιόέ- 
ρειν,  to  bring  α  false  charge,  Polyb. 
5, 41,  3  : — ψευδείς  λόγοι,  fallacies,  see 
a  list  in  Arist.  Top.  8,  12. — II.  pass., 
belied,  beguiled,  deceived,  Eur.  L  A. 
852. — III.  adv.  -δώς,  ψ.  λέγειν,  προς- 
ποιείσθαι,  Eur.  I.  Τ-  1309,  Thuc.  1, 
137. — IV.  Att.  irreg.  superl.  ψενΰ'ι- 
στατος,  most  lying,  on  arch-liar,  ap. 
E.  M. 

"Ψενδησιόδειος,  σν,  falsely  ascribed 
to  Hesiod,  Cic.  Att.  7,  18. 

Ψενδιερενς.  έως,  ό,  (ψεν&ής^  ιερεύς) 
α  false  priest,  Joseph. 

Ψεϋδις,  ιος,  ό,  ή,  poel.  for  ψενδής, 
Pind.  Ν.  7,  72. 

Ψενδισόδομος,  ον,  built  of  stonts  of 
unequal  size. 

Ψενδίστατος,  v.  ψενδής  IV, 
Ψενδοβυήθεια,  ας,  -ή,  (ψενδής,  βοή- 
θεια) faUe,unreal  help,  Xen.Hipparcli 
5,8. 

Ψενδοβοννισν,  ον,  τό,  bastard  βον- 
νιον.  a  kind  of  shrub,  f)iosc.  4,  125, 
and  Plin. 

Ψενδογλίΰττέΐύ,  ύ,=^ψενδολογέί>, 
Α.  Β. 

"ψενδογραόεω,  ώ,  f.  -r/ctt,  (ψενδο- 
γρύρος)  to  draw  falsely,  esp.  in  de^ 
scribing  mathematical  tigores,  Arist. 
Top.  1,  1,5,  etc. — 2.  to  write  false  ac- 
counts, Polyb.  12,  8,  6,  etc.     Hence 

Ψει.•δυγρύφ7/μα,  ατός,  τό,  thai  which 
is  untruly  drawn,  a  falsely  drawn  figure, 
Arist.  Soph.  El.  II,  3.  [ώ] 

Ψενδογράφία,  ας,  ή,  false  drawing 
of  a  line  or  figure,  Archyt.  ap.  Stob. 
Eel.  1,  724. — 2. false  description,  Ath. : 
from 

Ψευδογρύφος,  ov,  (ψιενδης,  γράφω) 
drawing  falsely,  esp.  of  persons  who 
give  false  geometrical  proofs,  Arist. 
Soph.  El.  11,6.  [<i] 

ψενδυδύκτνλος,  ov,  6,  a  false  dac- 
tyl. 

ψενδόδειττυον,  ev,  τό,  (ψενδής, 
δεϊπνον)  a  false,  unreal  food,  repast, 
Aesch.  Fr.  237. 

ψευδοδίδάσκΰλης,  ov,  b,  (ψεηιδής, 
διδάσκαλος)  a  false  teacher,  N.  T. 

Ψενδοδίκταμνοί',  ov,  τό.  bastard 
δίκταμνον,  Hipp.,  Diosc.  3,  38. 

Ψενδοδοξάζω,  f.  -άσω,  (ψευδής,  δο- 
ξάζω) to  fancy  or  imagine  falsely,  to 
err  in  one's  fancy  OX  opinion,  Polyb.  10, 
2,3. 

ψ^ενδοδοξέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  hold,  en- 
tertain a  false  opinion  or  notion,  like 
foreg.,  Polyb.  10,  12,  11  ;  and 

ψενδοδοξία,  ac.  -ή,  a  false  opinion  or 
notion,  Cei>es,  Plut.  2,  716  Β  :  from 

Ψενδόδοξος,  ov,  (ψενδής,  δόξα) 
holding  a  false  opinion  or  notion,  labour- 
ing under  a  delusion. 

Ψενδοενέδρα,  ας,  7/,=:ψενδενέδρα, 
Polyaen. ;  cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  676. 

Ψενδυέπεια,  ας,  ή,  a  false  discourse 
or  statement ^  lie. 


*ΕΥΔ 

"ίενδοΐπέω,  ώ,  L-ijuu,  to  speak  false- 
ly,  lie :  trom 

'ίτενόοΐπής,  ές,  gen.  έος,  speaking 
falsely,  lying. 

"ίενόιιι^μγια,  ας,  ή,=•ψενδεργία. 

■φενόόθϊφον,  ον,  τό,  {ipev<h/c,  θύρα) 
α  false  (ι.  e.  secret)  door,  Cic.  m  Verr. 
2  Act.  2,  20. 

Ψευδοϊερενς,  έω£•,  6,  v.  1.  for  τρεν- 
όιερεύς. 

Ψευόοίστορέω,  ύ,  f.  -r/σω,  <ο  narrate 
falsely. 

Ψευάοκύσία,  ας,  ή,  bastard  casia, 
Diosc.  1,  12. 

'Ϋενόοκατιρ/ορία,  ας,  ή,  β  false  ac- 
cusation, iManetho :  from 

'Ϋενδοκατήγορος,  or,  ό,  a  false  ac- 
cuser, slanderer. 

"ίτευδοκήρνξ,  νκος,  b,  {-φενδ/ις,  κή- 
ρυξ) a  false,  lying  herald.  Soph.  Phil. 
1307. 

'Ϋενόοκιννύμωμον,  ου,  τό,  bastard 
cinnamon,  Diosc.  1,  13. 

"ίενδοκλείδίον,  ου,  τό,  a  false  key. 

'^ευύοιύ-.ησία,  ας,  ή,  or  ■ψευδόκλ?/- 
σις,  εως,  i7,=sq  ,  Harpocr. 

'Ϋενδοκλητεία,  or  -κλητία,  ας,  ή, 
(ν.  Lob.  Phryn.  507)  : — afalse  citation 
or  summons,  before  a  tribunal ;  esp., 
afalse  indorsement  of  a  summons,  as  if 
the  indorser  had  witnessed  the  ser- 
vice of  It :  γραφή  ■ψενδοκ?ι7ΐτείας,  a 
prosecution  for  such  false  indorsement, 
■φευδοκλητίας    τρις  όφλείν,   Andoc. 

10,  22,  cf  Dein.  1251,21.^ 
'ίΤενδοΗ.ΐ'.ητήρ,   ήρος,    6,   (  ιρενόής, 

K?i,7j7ijp)  one  who  falsely  indorses  a 
summons  as  wittuiss  (v.  foreg.),  Ath. 
254  B. 

'Ϋευδοκλητωρ,  ορός,  ό,=^\1>ευδοκλη- 
τηρ. 

'ί'ενδοκόρη,  ης,  ΐ),  α  pretended  maid. 

'ίΤενόο/ίυπείρος,  ου,  6  and  ή,  spu- 
rious κνιταρος,  Plin.  [ν\ 

"ίενδοκνων,  κνι>ος,  ό,  afalse  dog. — 

11.  a  sham  Cynic,  [ϋ] 
"ίτευόολατρεία,  ας,  ή,  false  ivorship, 

superstition,  Eccl. 

-1Τενδό?ατρος,  ον,  (φευδής,  λίτρον) 
Att.  for  -φενδόνιτρος :  hence,  φ.  κο- 
Vt'o,  lye  or  soap  made  from  adulterated 
soda,  Ar.  Ran.  712. 

Ίτενδο?ιΛγέ(^,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {ψευδό λό- 
γος) to  speak  falsely,  spread  false  re- 
ports, Isocr.  209  D,  Aeschin.  43,  41, 
Polyb.,  etc. 

■itv6o7.oyta,  ας,  ij,  {φευδοΜγος)  a 
false  speech,  falsehood,  Isocr.  232  A, 
Dem.  933,  20,  etc. ;  and  in  plur., 
Isocr.  248  D. 

ΊΤενδολογιστής,  ον,  o,=sq.,  Luc. 

"ίενδολόγος,  ον,  {-ψευδής,  'λέγω) 
speaking  falsely,  lying,  Ar.  Ran.  1521, 
Polyb.,  etc. ;  ψ.  σοφίης,  Leon.  ΑΙ.  2. 

Ψεύδομαι,  v.  sub  ψεύδο). 

Ψενδόμανης,  εως,  ό,  ή,  (ψευδής, 
αάντις)  α  false  prophet,  Hdt.  4,  69, 
and  Trag.,  as  Aesch.  Ag.  1195,  Soph. 
O.  C.  1097. 

■ψευδομύρτυρ,  νρος,  ό,  ή,  worse 
form  for  -μάρτυς. 

■Ϋευδομαρτϋρέω,  ύ,  f.  -ήσο),  (ψεν- 
δομάρτυς)  to  he  a  false  witness,  bear 
false  witness.  Plat.  Rep.  575  B,  Legg. 
937  C. 

'ψευδομαρτυρία,  ας,  ij,  (ψευδομύρ- 
τυς)  false  witness,  Oe,m.  1033,  1  ;  ψtυ- 
δομαρτυρίαν  καταγνώναί  τίνος,  Isae. 
Fr.  1,  7  : — us\i.  in  plur.,  ψευδομαρτυ- 
ριών διύκρισις,  Plat.  Legg.  937  Β  ; 
•ιών  Ο.εϊν  τίνα.  to  convict,  and  άλω- 
να/, to  be  convicted,  oi  perjury,  Isae. 
52,  32,  Andoc.  2,  4,  Lys.  118,  18, 
Dem.,  etc.  ;  οφλεΙν,  Andoc.  10,  23 ; 
-ιών  έπισκήπτεσβαί  τινι,  to  make 
allegation  of  perjury  against  one, 
Dem.  846,  fin.  ;  etc. 

"ίευδομαρτϋριάω,  ώ,=^ψευδομαρτυ- 


■ίΈΥΔ 
ρέω,  V.  1.  Isae.  52,  14,  where  however 
Bekker   has   ψευδομαρτυριών   {gen. 
pi.  from  foreg.). 

Ψενδομαρτυρίον  δίκη,  an  action  for 
false  witness  or  perjury  :  also  in  dat. 
pi.,  ένοχος  τοις  ψευδομαρτυρίοις, 
Plat.  Th'eaet.  148  Β  :  v.  Att.  Process, 
p.  380. 

■ψευδομύρτνς,  νρος,  6,  ( ψευδής, 
μάρτυς)  a  false  witness.  Plat.  Gorg. 
472  Β  : — as  adj.,  τιμαι  ψ.,  honours 
resting  on  false  foundations,  Plut.  2, 
821  F. 

"ίΤενδόμενος,  ό,  v.  sub  ψεύδω  Β.  5. 

'Ϋενδομΰθέω,  ώ,  -μϋθία,  -μύθος, ^= 
ψευδολογέω,  -?Μγία,  -/.όγος. 

"Ψευδόναρδος,  ου,  ό,  false  nard, 
Plin. 

Ψενδόνειρος,  ον,  falsely  dreaming  : 
containing  afalse  dream. 

"Ϋενδόνιτρος,  ον,  Att.  ψευδόλιτρος, 
q.  V. 

Ψενδοννμφεντος,  ον,  (ψενδής,  νυμ- 
φεύω) : — γάμος  ψ-,  α  false,  feigned, 
unreal  marriage,  Eur.  El.  889. 

"ίτευδοπαιδεία,  ας,  ή,  false,  sham 
learning,  Cebes. 

"Ιτευδοττάνικά,  ών,  τύ,  ( ψευδής, 
ΐΐανικός)  pretended  panic  terror,  Po- 
lyaen.  3,  9,  32. 

"ίΤενδοπαρήχησις,  εως,  ή,  a  false, 
unreal  consonance. 

'Ϋευδοπάρθενος,  ον,  η,  ( ψευδής, 
παρθένος)  α  pretended  maid  or  virgin, 
Hdt.  4,  180. 

'Ψευδόπατρις,  ιδος,  δ,  ή,  claiming  a 
country  not  one's  own. 

'ί'ευδοπάτωρ,  ορός,  ό,  {ψευδής,  πα- 
τήρ) α  false,  unnatural  father.  Call. 
Cer.  98. 

'Ϋευδοπλύνης,  τ]Τος,  ό,  and  ψευδο- 
π?ίάνήτης,  ου,  ό,  one  u>ho  deceives  by 
lies  : — or,  a  sham  vagrant. 

"Ϋευδοπλάστης,  ον,  ό.  a  forger  of  lies. 

'Ψενδόπλουτος,ον,  feigned  to  be  rich. 

"ίευδοποιέω,  ώ,  f  -ήσω,  to  falsij'y, 
Polyb.  30,  4,  13.— II.  to  give  the  lie  to, 
expose  as  false,  τάς  αποφάσεις  τίνος, 
Id.  12,  25.  4. — 111.  to  deceive,  beguile, 
τινά,  Clem.  Al.  : — pass.,  to  be  deceived 
or  mistaken,  to  err,  Plut.  2,  899  F  : 
and 

Ψευδοποίΐα,  ας,  ή,  falsehood  :  from 

'^^ενδοποιός,  όν,  {ψενδής,  ποιέω) 
framing  lies,  v.  1.  Dinarch.  105,  23. 

'Ϋευδοποίμην,  ενός,  6,  a  false  shep- 
herd, Eccl. 

'¥ενδοπο7ύχνίθν,  ον,  τό,  a  pretended 
little  town,  Joseph. 

'Ϋευδοπρεσβευτής,  ον,  ό,  a  false, 
sham  ambassador. 

"Ψευδοπροδοσία,  ας,  ή,  ( ψενδτ/ς, 
προδοσία)  pretended  treachery,  Poly- 
aeii.  3,  9,  32. 

-ψενδοπροςποίησις,  εως,  ή,  false  af- 
fectation. 

Ψενδοπροφητενω,  to  prophesy  fahe- 
ly- 

'Ϋενδοπροφήτης,  ου,  ό,  (ψενδής, 
προφήτης  )  α  false,  lying  prophet, 
LXX. 

"Ψενδόπτωμα,  ατός,  τό,  (ψενδής, 
πτώμα)  technical  term  of  wrestlers, 
a  sham  fall  (sideways),  from  which 
one  starts  up  again  and  renews  the 
contest,  Plut.  Pelop.  et  Marcell.  1. 

'Ψενδόπνρα,  ων,  τύ,  false  watchfires. 

'Ψευδοραψωδός,  ον,  ό,  a  false  rhap- 
sodist. 

"ίτευδορκέω,  ώ,  f  -ήσω,  {ψεύδορκος) 
to  swear  falsely,  be  forsworn,  Ar.  Eccl. 
603,  Chrysipp.  ap.  Stob.  p.  197,  1. 

"Ψευδορκία,  ας,  ή,  false  swearing, 
perjury. 

Ψευόόρκιοί',  ου,  τό,  a  false  oath, 
perjury  :   from 

Ψευδόρκίος,  ον,  (ψευδής,  όρκος) 
per jured,  forsworn,  Hdt.  1,  165. 


•ΪΈΥΔ 

"Ψενδορκος,  ov,=  foreg.,  Eur.  Med. 
1392,  Pseudo-Phoc.  15. 

"Ψεύδος,  εος,  τό,  Ep.  dat.  pi.  ψεύ- 
δεσαι, II.  4,  235,  etc.  (ψεύδω)  : — β 
lie,  falsehood,  untruth,  Hom.,  etc.  ; 
ψευδός  κεν  φαϊμεν,  11.  2,  81  ;  ψιεϋδος 
<5'  ονκ  έρεε  ι,  Od.  3,  20  ;  είτε  ψεύδος 
νπόσχεσις  ήέ  και  ουχί,  whether  the 
promise  be  α  tie  or  no,  II.  2,  349,  cf. 
9,  115;  ψεύδει  τέγγειν  λόγον,  Pmd. 
Ο.  4,  29  ;  ψ.  ποικίλον,  αίόλον,  Id. 
Ο.  1,  45  ;  Ν.  8,  44  ;  ψ.  λέγειν.  Soph., 
etc.  ;  ορρ.  to  άληβές,  Heind.  Plat. 
Cratyl.  385  C  ;  ψ.  έπιφέρειν,  Aeschin. 
59,  21. — II.  as  neut.  adj.,  said  to  be 
=  ψενδής,  lying,  false,  deceitful,  ψεύ- 
δεα  μαντήία,  Hdt.  2,  174  ;  so,  ψεύδος 
όνομα,  Plat.  Polit.  281  Β,  Crat.  385 
C;  V.  ψνθος,  and  cf  Stallb.  Plat. 
Apol.  34  E. — But  such  a  form,  as  an 
adj.,  is  contrary  to  all  analogy ;  and 
in  Hdt.  we  ought  prob.  to  write  ψεν- 
δέα  (from  ψενόής),  and  in  Plat,  ψεν- 
δές,  cf  Lob.  Paral.  161. 

"Ψενδοσέληνον,  ου,  τό,  (ψευδής,  σε- 
λήνη) false  moonlight,  absence  of  the 
moon,  Hesych.,  and  Suid. 

'Ψενδοσέ?ΰνον,  ον,  τό,  false  σέλι- 
νον,  Lat.  apiastrum. 

"Ψενδοσοφία,  ας,  ή,  false  wisdom, 
Philostr.  :  from 

"Ψενδόσοφος,  ον,  (ψευδής,  σοφός) 
falsely  wise,  Philostr. 

"Ψευδοστιγμύτίας,  ον,  ό,  α  false  or 
pretended  στιγματΊας,  name  of  a  play 
of  Nicostratus. 

"Ψευδόστομα,  ατός,  τό,  (ψενδής, 
στόμα)  the  false,  blind  mouth  of  a  river, 
Strab. 

"Ψενδοστομέω,  ώ,  f  -ήσω.  to  speak 
falsely,  lie.  Soph.  O.  C.  1127,  Luc. 
Ocyp.  8  :   from 

"ψευδόστομος,  ον,  (ψευδής,  στόμα) 
speaking  falsely,  lying. 

"Ψευδόσφηζ,  ό,  afalse  wasp,  a  solitary 
kind  of  wasp,  Plin. 

"Ψενδοτάφιον,  ου,  τό,=κενοτύφιον, 
Philostr. ;  cf  ψευδήριον. 

"Ψευδοτεχνία,  ας,  ή,  false,  spurious 
art. 

Ψευδουργός,  όν,  (ψευδής,  *εργω) 
practising  deceitful  arts  or  juggling 
tricks.  Plat.  Soph.  241  B. 

"Ψευδοφάής,  ές,  {ψευδής,  φύος)= 
sq.,  Diog.  L.  2,  1. 

"Ψευδοφάνής,  ές,  (ψευδής,  φαίνω) 
shining  with  false  light,  Stob.  Ecl.  1, 
p.  564,  Anaxag.  ap.  Plut.  2,  892  A. 

"Ψενδόφημος.  ον,  (ψευδής,  φήμη) 
foretelling  falsehood,  of  false  divination. 
Soph.  O.  C.  1517. 

■ψενδοφ'ιλιππος,  ον,  ό,  afalse  Phil- 
ip, tthe  slave  Andriscus,  who  gave 
himself  out  for  Philip  son  of  Perseus, 
Strab.  p.  624. 

Ψευδόχριστος,  ον,  6,  afalse  Christ, 
N.  T. 

"Ψενδοχρϋσό^Λθος,  ου,  6,  a  false 
chrysolith,  Diod.  2,  52. 

■ψευδόχρνσος,  ον,  (ψενδής,  χρυσός) 
of  mock  gold,  Plut.  2,  50  A. 

"Ψευδυποβολιμαϊος,  a,  ov.  falsely 
held  to  be  supposititious  :  ό  "Ψενδνπ., 
name  of  a  play  by  Crobylus. 

Ψεύδω,  f.  ψεύσω :  pf  pass.,  εψεν- 
σμαι :  aor.  pass.,  έψενσθην.  To  be- 
lie, cheat  by  lies,  beguile,  τινά.   Soph. 

0.  C.  628,  1512  :  esp.,  ψ.  τινά  τίνος, 
to  cheat  one  of  a  thins;,  εψενσας  φρε- 
νών Πέρσας.  Aesch.  Pers.  472  ;  εφευ- 
σάς  με  ελπίδος.  Soph.  Aj.  13«2,  .^r. 
Thesm.  870;  alsoc.  ace.  rei,  ψ.  τινά 
ελπίδας,  Xen.  Cyr.  1.  5,  13.  cf  An. 

1,  3,  10:  also,  έ^πις  ψεύδει  τινά, 
Eur.  Hec.  1033  :— pass,  ψεύδομαι,  to 
be  cheated,  τινός,  of  a  thing,  to  miss  it, 
much  like  άμαρτάνω,  ψευσθήναι  έλ 
πίδος,  γάμου,  Hdt.  1,141;  5,  47,  and 

1687 


Att. ;  όήττνον.  At.  Nub.  618:— but 
also,  έψΐυσμένοι  της  τών  ' Χθηναίων 
όυνύμεος,  deceived  νι  their  notions  of 
the  Athenian  power,  Thuc.  4,  108,  cf. 
8,  103 :  more  rarely  c.  dat.  modi,  i/'fv- 
adqvat  γνώμη,  to  be  deceived  m  thi'ir 
judgment,  Hdt.  7,  9,  3 ;  whereas, 
έφΐυσμένος  γνώμης  is  deceived  m  what 
they  thought,  Hdt.  8,  40,  Soph.  Tr. 
712,  cf.  Elmsl.  Heracl.  385 ;— also. 
■ψενσΟήναι  ίν  τινι,  H<it.  9,  48 ;  ntpi 
τίνος,  Xen.  An.  2,  β,  28,  Plat.,  etc. : 
also,  TovTO  έψενσϋη,  Xen.  An.  1,  8, 
11,  etc.: — absol.,  ή  τρίτη  τών  οδών 
αάλιστα  ίψείισται,  the  third  mode  of 
explanation  is  most  tititrue,  most  mis- 
taken, Hdt.  2,  22  ;  cf.  Valek.  ad  7,  139. 
— II.  c.  ace.  rei,  like  ψενδοτταιέω,  to 
represent  a  thing  as  a  lie  or  delusion, 
■ψενδει  i/  'πίνοια  την  γνώμην,  after- 
thought gives  opinion  the  lie.  Soph. 
Ant.  389.-2.  to  belie,  falsify :  hence 
in  pass.,  ή  τΐ'ευσϋείσα  νττόσχεσις,  the 
promise  broken,  Thuc.  3,  06. 

B.  of  earlier  and  more  common  use, 
in  Horn.,  as  in  later  Greek,  is  the  dep. 
mid.  -ψεύόομαι,  f.  ιρενσομαι,  aor. 
ε'φενούμην  : — absol.,  tolie,  speakfalse, 
play  false,  Hom.,  Hes.,  and  Att. ;  opp. 
to  'ίτνμον  έμέω,  II.  10,  534,  Od.  4,  140  ; 
to  νημερτί/ς  είμι,  Η.  Merc.  369  ;  ov 
φεύσομαούμφΐ  Κορίνβφ,  Find.  Ο.  13, 
72. — 2.  to  he  false  OT  faithless,  to  be  per- 
jured OT  forsworn,  Hes.  Op.  281. — II. 
like  act.  11.  2,  to  belie,  falsify,  υρκια 
■ψεύσασθαι,  to  break  them,  11.  7,  352; 
so,  -ψ.  σννθήκας,  Xen.  Ages.  1,  12  ; 
γάμους,  Eur.  Bacch.  31,  245;  so  in 
plqpf.  pass.,  εψενστο  την  ξνμμαχίαν, 
Thuc.  5,  83  ;  so  also,  ονκ  έψενσαντο 
τας  άπειλάς,  they  did  not  belie,  i.  e. 
made  good  their  threats,  Hdt.  6,  32: 
also,  ψ.  Tiva  or  τι,  to  tell  lies  about  a 
person  or  thing,  describe  falsely,  Thuc. 
6,  17. — 111.  as  in  act.,  to  belie,  deceive 
by  lies,  cheat,  first  in  Aesch.  Ag.  1208, 
Eur.  Ale.  808,  Xen.  Hell.  3,  1,  25; 
also,  ψ.  τινά  τι,  to  deceive  one  ma 
thing,  Soph.  O.  C  1145.— IV.  ύ  ψευ- 
δόμενος (sc.  λόγος),  in  dialectics,  a 
famous  fallacy,  the  Lat.  mentiens,  in- 
vented by  Eubulides,  a  disciple  of 
Euclides  of  Megara,  Diog.  L.  2,  108, 
Plut.  2,  1070  C. 

(The  root  is  ΫΥΔ-  or  -ΫΎΘ-,  as  ap- 
pears in  -φυδρός,  ψνβος,  and  perh.  is 
akin  to  ψιθυρίζω,  to  whisper.) 

Ψενδωμοτέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  swear 
falsely  :  from 

'Ϋενδυμότης,  ου,  ύ,  (-ψευδής,  δμνν- 
ut)  a  false  swearer,  Lye.  523. 

"Ϋενδώμοτος,  ov,  {ψευδής,  όμννμι) 
falsely  sworn,  forsworn.  Lye.  932. 

■ψευδώνυμος,  ov,  (ψευδής,  όνομα) 
under  a  false  name,  falsely  called,  opp. 
to  επώνυμος,  Aesch.  Pr.  717,  Theb. 
070.     Adv.  -μως.  Id.  Pr.  85. 

Ψενμα,  ατός,  τό,—ψενσμα. — II.= 
ψνδράκιον,  Schol.  Theocr.  9,  .30. 

Ψεϋσις,  ευς,  ή,  a  lying,  cheating. 

Ψευσίστυξ,  ϋγος,  ύ,  ή,  (ψεϋσις, 
στυγέυ)  hating  Jalsehood,  Anth.  P.  9, 
525. 

Ψεϋσμα,  ατός,  τό,  (ψεΰδω)  α  lie,  un- 
truth, fraud,  Plat.  Meno  71  D,  Luc. 
Timon  55. 

"Ϋενστεφα,  ή,  fern,  of  ψεύστης,  Or. 
Sib. 

Ψευστέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  be  a  liar,  to 
lie,  cheat,  II.  19,  107:  from 

Ψενστης,  ου,  ό,  (ψεύδω) : — a  liar,  j 
cheat,  11.  24,  261  ;  ΰνήρ  ψ.,  Hdt.  7,  ] 
209  :  c.  gen.  rei,  ών  ψεϋσται  φανοΰ-  \ 
αεθα,  wherein  we  shall  be  found  to  ; 
lie.  Soph.  Ant.  1 195  ;  cf  Mel.  41,  etc.  i 
— 2.  also  as  adj.,  like  ψευδής,  lying,  I 
false,  ψ.  λόγος,  Pind.  Ν.  5,  53;  ψ. 
τύμβος,  i.  e.  cenotaph,  Anih.  P.  7, 275.  ! 
1688 


"i-HAH 

ΨεϋστίΓ,  fern,  of  foreg.,  Welcker 
Syll.  Epigr.  50,  3. 

Ψεύστρια,  ας,  ή,  fern,  of  ψενστης. 

Ψεφαίος,  a,  ov,=  sq. 

Ψεφάρός,  ύ,  όν,  gloomy,  cloudy,  dark, 
Galen. 

Ψεφας,  αος,  τό,  like  ψέφος,  κνέφας, 
gloo?n,  darkness. 

Ψεφαυγής,  ες,  gen.  έος,  (ψέφος,  αυ- 
γή) : — darkly  gleaming,  i.  e.  glimmering, 
dim, gloomy,  like κελαινοψαής, με?ίαμ- 
φαής,  νυκτιλαμττής,  etc.,  Seidl.  Eur. 
Tro.  .586,  1.  T.  110. 

Ψεφηνός,  ή,  όν,  (ψέφος)  dark,  ob- 
scure:  \\\&\Ά'{ι\\.,  unknown,  base,  mean, 
Pind.  N.  3,71. 

"Υεφοειδής,  ες,  (ψέφος,  είδος)  of  a 
dark  nature  or  quality,  Galen. 

•ίΈ'ΦΟΣ,  ΐος.  τό,  a\so  ψέφας,  dark- 
ness, vapour,  smo/ie.  Hesy  ch.,  and  Suid. 
(Akin  to  ζόφος,  νέφας  and  κνεφας.) 

Ψέφω,  to  darken,  obscure,  only  in 
Hesych. 

Ψέω,  rarer  Ion.  form  for  ψύω. 
Hence,  ψείω,  ψέγω,  ψέκτης,  ψεκτος, 
ψόγος,  ψεδνός,  ψηνός,  ψεκάς,  ψεκύ- 
ζυ.  ψε?ιλύς,  ψελλίζω;  ci.  ψηχω  and 
ψίω. 

Ίτή,  for  ψα,  3  sing.  pres.  from  ψύο>. 
Soph.  Tr.  678:— but  ψή  Ep.  for  εψη, 
3  sing.  impf. 

"Ψήγμα,  ατός,  τό\  (ψήχω) : — thai 
which  is  rubbed  or  scraped  off,  shavings, 
scrapings,  chips,  Lat.  ramentnm :  ψ. 
χρυσού,  goldiiw.vi,  Hdt.  4,  195;  and 
so  without  χρνσυϋ.  Id.  1,  93;  3,  94, 
sq.  : — ψήγμα  σπυδοϋ,  i.  e.  crumbling 
dust  or  ashes,  Aesch.  Ag.  442. 

Ψηγμάτων,  ov,  τό,  dim.  of  foreg., 
Heraclit.  ap.  Plut.  2,  883  B. 

Ψηκεδών,  όνος,  ή,  (ψύω,  ιΐκηχω)^ 
κονιορτός. 

Ψηκτήρ,  ήρος,  (;,=  sq. 

Ψήκτρα,  ας,  ή,  (^τ'/χω)  : — an  instru- 
ment fur  scraping  off,  a  scraper,  like 
στλεγγίς.  Soph.  Fr.  422,  Eur.  Hijip. 
1174  (ubi  V.  Valck.),  Anlh.  P.  6,  233, 
246,  etc. 

Ψήκτρια,  ας,  ^,=  foreg. 

Ψηκτρών,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  ψή- 
κτρα. 

Ψηκτρίς,  ίδος,  ή,=^ψήκτρα. 

ψηλΰφάω,  ώ,  to  feel,  grope,  like  a 
blind  man  or  as  in  the  dark,  χερσι 
ψηλαφόων  (Ep.  for  -φύων),  Od.  9, 
416;  cf  ψ7}λαφώδης :  c.  ace,  to  feel 
for,  grope  after,  εν  CKOTU  ψηλ.  Tu 
πράγματα,  Ar.  Pac.  691,  cf.  Eccl. 
315,  Plat.  Phaed.  99  Β  :— metaph..  to 
examine  closely,  πύσαν  έπίνοιαν,  Po- 
lyb.  8,  18,  4.— II.  to  stroke,  pat,  Lat. 
palpare.niulcere,  Xen.  Eq.  2,  4.  (Prob. 
from  ψύω,  ψύλ?,ω,  ψαθύ?Λω,  ψαλίίσ- 
σω  ;  the  -αφάω  being  a  mere  termin.) 
Hence 

Ψηλάφηυα,  τό,  a  touch :  a  caress, 
Xen.  Symp.  8,  23.  [a] 

Ψηλάφησις,  εως,  ή,  (ψη?.αφάυ)  a 
feeling,  touching,  handling,  Plut. Aemil. 
14,  tickling,  Id.  2,  125  C.  [ά] 

Ψ7ΐ?.ύφ7ΐτός,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from 
ψηλαφάω,  Jelt.  —  II.  that  can  befell 
or  known  by  feeling,  LXX. 

Ψηλάφία,  ας,  ή,^^ψηλάφησις,  fric- 
tion, Galen. 

Ψηλαφίζω.  (. -ίσω  Att.  -ϊώ,:=ψηλα- 
φάω,  Ana.xil.  Incert.  12. 

Ψηλΰφ'ινδά  πα'ιζειν,  to  play  a  game 
like  (lur  blind-man^ s  buff,  A.  B. 

Ψηλαφόων,  Ep.  for  -φύων.  -φων, 
part.  pres.  from  ψηλαφύω,  Od. 

Ψη'λΰφώδης,  ες,  (ψηλαφάω,  είδος) 
like  one  feeling  or  groping  in  the  dark, 
of  delirious  persons,  who  move  about 
their  hands  in  this  way,  Foes.  Oec. 
Hipp 

Ψήληξ,  ηκος,  ό,  a  comhless  cock. 
(Perh.  akin  to  ψηνός,  ψιλός.) 


ΨΗΦΙ 

■ίΉ'Ν,  ό,  gen.  ψηνός,  the gnll-insect, 
Cynips,  Linn.,  which  lives  in  the 
fruit  of  the  wild  fig  (ύ'λυνθης)  and 
ma!e  palm,  Hdt.  1,  193,  Ar.  Av.  590, 
Arist.  H.  A.  5,  32,  5;  cf.  sq.— 11.  an 
insect  injurious  to  the  vine,  Theophr, 
Hence 

Ψηνίζω,  f.  -Ίσω,  to  hang  wild  figs 
(όλννθοι)  on  the  cultivated  tree",  in 
order  that  the  gall-insects  (ψήνες)  liv- 
ing in  the  former  may  puncture  its 
fruit  also,  and  so  ripen  it,  v.  Biihr 
Hdt.  J,  193;  cf.  ίβίναζω  and  όλννθά- 
ζω. — 2.  of  sexual  intercourse,  Synes. 
— II.  to  play  the  ψήν,  alluding  to  a 
comedy  of  Magnes  so  called,  Ar.  Eq. 
523. 

Ψηνός,  b,  like  ψεδνός,  ψιλός, ^φα- 
λακρός, a  bald-head,  Simon.  218  : 
Dor.  ψανός. 

Ψήξις,  εως,  ή,  (ψήχο>)  α  rubbing  or 
scraping,  esp.  the  currying  of  a  horse, 
Xen.  Eq.  5,  3  and  10. 

Ψήρ,  6,  gen.  ψηρός.  Ion.  for  ψύρ 
(q.  v.),  a  starling. 

Ψηρός,  ύ,  όν,  crumbling,  dry.  (Fronft 
ψιίοί,  as  ξηρός  from  ξύω.) 

Ψήσσα,  ης,  ή,  Att.  ψηττα,  a  kind 
o(flnl-fish,  a  plaice,  sole  or  turbof,  Lat. 
rhombus,  Ar.  Lys.  115,  131,  Plat. 
Symp.  191  D: — also  as  a  nickname 
for  α  blockhead,  Plat.  (Com.)  Ώεριαλγ. 

Ψηστός,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from  ψάω, 
rubbed,  scraped,  wiped. 

Ψήττα,  ή,  Att.  for  ψήσσα. 

Ψηττάριον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  ψήτ- 
τα, Anaxandr.  Lycnrg.  1  :  not,  as 
usu.  written,  ψηττάδιον.  Lob.  Phryn. 
74,  Meineke  Menand.  p.  J81.  [a] 

Ψηττοΐΐδής,  ές,  (ψήττα,  ίΐδος)  like 
a  ψήττα,  Arist.  Incess.  An.  17,  4. 

■^Ψηττόποδες,  ων,  οι,  (ψήττα,  -πους) 
sole-  or  tiirbotfoofed,  oi  Ψ.,  a  fabulous 
people  in  Luc.  V.  Hist.  },  35. 

Ψήφαξ,  ακος,  ό,^ιΐηίφος,  Gramm. 

Ψ7μρηδΰκέω,  the  reading  of  several 
MSS.  in  Ar.  Ach.  376,  for  -ψτ/φω  δα- 
κεϊν  : — Schiifer  approves  it. 

Ψηφηφορεω,  -φορία,  -φόρος,  later 
form  ot  ψιιφοφ-. 

Ψηφίδοφόρος,ον,^=•^ηιφοφϋρος,  Hdt. 
6,  109. 

Ψηφϊδώδης,  ες,  (-^ηιφος,  είδος)  full 
of  pebbles,  pebbly,  stony,  Geop. 

Ψηφίζω,  f.  -ίσω  Att.  -ΐώ  ^ψήφος) : — 
to  count,  reckon  with  pebbles  or  counters 
(ψήφοι),  just  like  Lat.  caknlare  (from 
calculus),  Polyb.  5,  26,  13;  τ/ιι/φίζειν 
δακτύλοίς,  Plut.  2,  I4l  C  ;  ct.  ψήφος 
II.  1. — II.  more  freq.  as  dep.  ψηφίζο- 
μαι, with  fut.  mid.  ψι^φίσομαι ;  but 
pf.  pass.  Ιψήφισμαι  (Ar.  Vesp.  591, 
cf.  sub  fin.) : — strictly,  to  give  o?ie'i 
vote  with  a  pebble,  which  was  thrown 
into  the  voting  urn,  as  in  the  Athen- 
ian law-courts,  hence,  ψηφιζίσβαι  ές 
i>Jp/ni^,  Xen.  Hell.  1,7,9:  generally, 
to  vote,  ψήφω  ψηφίζεσθαι,  Hdt.  9,  55; 
ψηφίζεσθαί  τινι,  to  vote  for  any  one, 
Dem.  575,  18. — 2.  c.  ace,  to  vote  for, 
vote  a  thing,  ψηφίζεσβαί  τινι  τον 
πλουν,  to  vote  him  the  voyage,  Thuc. 

4,  29  ;  so,  ψ.  τινι  παρασκενήν.  Id.  6, 
25  : — but  also,  to  decide  by  vote,  to  vole, 
δίκην  ψ.,  Ar.  Vesp.  769,  Isae.  38,  32; 
διαδίκασμα  ψ.  ΤΜί,  Lys.  149,  7  ;  κλή- 
ρόν  τινι  ψ-,  to  adjudge  it  to..,  Dem. 
1052,  4.  —  3.  C.  inf ,  to  vote,  give  one's 
rote,  resolve  to  do  something,  c.  pres., 
Hdt.  7,  207  ;  9,  55  ;  ψηφίζομαι  τι 
δρΰν,  Aesch.  Ag.  1353;  c.  aor.,  Hdt. 

5,  97 ;  c.  fut..  Lob.  Phryn.  748.— ΙΠ. 
Ihe  act.  ιΐη/φίζειν,  in  same  sigiif.  as 
mid.,  occurs  prob.  only  in  Soph.  Aj. 
449,  and  late  : — but  the  aor.  ψιηφι- 
σβήναι  occurs  in  pass,  signf.,  to  he 
voted,  τοις  στρατ7/γοΙς  εΐ  τον  προς 


ΫίίΦό 

flfoivTo  ■φηφισβηναί  ΐίς  τυν  ίκπλονν,  ' 
Thuc.  β,  8  ;  το  ψ7/0ίσ,«α  ε•ψηφίσθη,  ; 
Lys.  132,  24  :— als-o,  έτΐηιφίσμένοί  θα-  ' 
νεϊν,  Eur.  Heracl.  141.  Ι 

ψήφη'ος,  η,ον,  made  of  pebbles,  susp. 

'Ϋηφίον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  Irom  τ}ιήφος,  a 
small  slone  or  pebble. — II.  ο  place  for 
deliberation  and  voting. 

'YJj(i>ir,  ΐ6ος,  ή,  like  τ)η/(ρυς,  a  small 
stone,  pebble.  II.  21,  260.-2.  a  pebble 
for  counting  or  reckoning  ;  a  pebble  for 
voting. — II.  the  gem  or  jewel  in  a  ring, 
Longus. 

Ψήφισμα,  ατός,  τό,  (ψηφίζω)  a  pro- 
position pas.'ied  by  a  majority  of  votes  : 
esp.  at  Athens,  a  measure  passed  or 
ratified  in  the  ίκκ?-ησία,  an  act,  statute, 
Aesch.  Supp.  601,  Ar.  Ach.  536,  etc. ; 
ψ.  γράφειν,  to  bring  in  a  bill,  Lat. 
suadere  legem,  Dem.  486,  3  ;  ψ.  νικάν, 
to  carry  it,  hat.  ferre,  Aeschin.  63,21  ; 
Y».  καθαιρΰν,  to  rescind  it,  Lat.  abro- 
g-nre,  Thuc.  1,140;  έξα'λείφειν,άφαι- 
ρεΐσθαι,  Andoc.  10,  30  ;  22,  37 :— A 
ψήφισμα  was  opp.  on  the  one  hand 
to  a  πμοβού'Αενμα  (decree  of  the  sen- 
ate), which  did  not  become  law  till 
ratified  by  the  έκκλι/σία,  and  on  the 
other  to  a  νόμος  (fundamental  law  of 
the  state),  cf.  Arnold  Thuc.  3,  36,  37, 
Herrn.  Pol.  Ant.  ^  67,  8.  A  προβον- 
λενμα  had  force  only  for  a  year,  a 
ψήφισμα  could  only  be  set  aside  by 
another  ψήφισμα,  unless  some  one 
challenged  it  as  contrary  to  law,  and 
accused  the  mover  {παρανόμων  γρύ- 
όεσβαι).     Hence  i 

ΊΤίΐφισμάτοπώ7.7ΐς .  ov,  ό,  (πωλέω) 
one  wito  drives  a  traffic  in  ψιιφίσματα, 
Ar.  Av.  1038. 

Ψηόισμάτώόης,  ες,  (ψήφισμα,  είδος) 
of  the  nattire  of  a  ψήφισμα,  Arist.  Eth. 
N.  5,  7,  1.  ^  I 

"ίιΐφιστής,  οϋ,  ό,  a  reckoner,  calcula-  ' 
tor.     Hence  i 

Ψηφισηκός,  ή,  όν,  of  or  for  reckon- 
ing. 

"ίΤηφύβολον,  ov,  TO,  a  horn  cup  used 
as  a  dice-box,  hat.  fritillus ;  cf.  κημός, 
-νργος. 

ίτηφοειόής,  ές,  (ψήφος,  ειόος)  like 
pebbles,  pebbly.  Theophr. 

■Ϋ2/φοβετεω.  ώ,  f.  -ήσω.  (ψηφοθέτης) 
to  make  inlaid  work,  esp.  to  inlay  floors, 
Lat.  tessellare.     Hence 

'Ψηφοθέτημα,  ατός,  τό,  inlaid  work, 
esp.  a  tesselated  floor,  Lat.  opus  tessel- 
latum. 

"Ψι/φοθέτης,  ov.  6,  (ψήφος,  τίθηαι) 
one  who  makes  inlaid  work,  esp.  a  maker 
of  tesselated  pavements,  hat.  tessellator, 
lessellarius. 

Ψιίφοκλέπτης,   ov,   6,  =  ψηφοπαί-  i 
κτης. 

'νηφο7ίθγεϊον,  ov,  τό,  an  account- 
board. — II.  α  board  for  play,  like  our 
draught-board,  Ar.  Fr.  127;  from 

Ψι/φο/.υγέω,  ώ.  f.  -ήσω,  (ψηφολό- 
γος)  to  play  juggling  tricks. — {\.^=ψη- 
φοθετέω,  LXX.     Hence 

"ίτηφολόγημα,  ατός,  τό,=  ψηφοθέ- 
τημα. 

'Ψτ]φολογητός,  ή,  όν,  verb,  adj.,  of 
inlaid  or  mosaic  work. 

"Ψηφο'λογία,  ας,  ή,  a  making  of  tes- 
selated pavements. 

-ίτηφολογικός,  ή.  όν,  juggling. 

"ίίηφολόγος.  ov. (ψήφος,  λέγω)  play- 
i)ig  juggling  tricks,  a  juggler. — 11.=^ 
ψτ/φοθέτης. 

'Ψηόοτταικτέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  play 
juggling  tricks.  Artemid.  3,  56 : — me- 
laph.,  ψ.  TO  δίκαιον,  to  juggle  away 
the  right,  make  a  juggle  of  n,  Lys.  Fr. 
7 :  from 

"ίτηφοτταίκτης,  ου,  ό,  (ψήφος,  τταί- 
J<j)  one  who  plays  with  pebbles  or  dice, 
a  juggler  who  makes  them  change  places 


"^ΗΦΟ 
&//  sleight  of  hand,  Eudoxus  Naucl.  1  ; 
cf.  Alciphr.  3,  20,  Senec.  Epist.  45. 
Hence 

"Ϋηφοπαιξ'ια,  ας,  ή,  a  juggler's  art, 
sleight  of  hand,  deception. 

"Ϋηφοττερίβομβήτρια,  ας,  ή,  sound- 
ing ns  with  ψήφοι  (cf.  κόγξ),  epith.  of 
a  cup,  Eubui.  Kv3.  1,  3. 

'^ηφοττοιός,  όν,  (ψήφος,  ποιέω) 
making  little  cubic  pebbles  for  dice  or 
mosaic  work. — II.  ynaking  votes  or  tam- 
pering with  them,  κ'λέπτης  αί'τοΰ  ψη- 
φοτϊοώς  ευρέθης,  Soph.  Aj.  1135. 

"Ψήφος,  Dor.  ψΰφος,  ov,  ή,  (ψύω, 
ψέω) : — α  small  round  worn  stone,  such 
as  are  found  in  river-beds  or  on  the 
sea-shore,  ο  pebble,  Lat.  calculus,  ψα- 
φης  ί/.ίσσομένα.  Find.  Ο.  10  (11),  13; 
ονκ  αν  είδειην  /.έγειν  ττοντιύν  ιΙ'άφων 
αριθμόν.  Id.  13,  65. — 2.  α  precious 
stone,  jewel  iu  a  ring,  Anth.  P.  11,  290. 
— 3.  a  small  stone  for  mosaic  works. — 
II.  ace.  to  the  various  uses  the  Greeks 
make  of  such  small  stones  or  peb- 
bles : — 1.  a  pebble  used  for  reckoning,  a 
counter,  ψήφοις  ?Μγίζεσθαι,  to  calcu- 
late or  reckon  by  arithmetic,  cipher, 
Hdt.  2,  36,  Diod.  12,  13,  Coray  Heliod. 
2,  p.  315:  hence,  to  reckon  exactly  or 
accurately,  opp.  to  άττό  χειρός  λ.,  Ar. 
Vesp.  656 :  also,  iv  ψήφφ  λέγειν, 
Aesch.  Ag.  570 ;  έν  ψήφου  ?.όγω  βέ- 
σθαι.  Eur.  Fvhes.  309  .—ψήφουςτιθέ- 
ναι,  Dem.  304,4:  hence,  ^r/diof  itself 
for  a  cipher,  number,  ψ.  άρτιος,  Epich. 
p.  76  : — in  plur.,  accounts,  καθαραι  ψή- 
φοι, i.  e.  where  there  is  an  exact  bal- 
ance, Dem.  303,  22  :— o<  περί  τας  ψή- 
φους, accountants. — 2.  a  pebble  used  for 
a  draught  or  chess  man,  Lat.  scrupus. 
Plat.  Rep.  487  C— 3.  a  pebble  used  in 
a  kind  of  divination,  ή  δηι  ψήφων  μαν- 
τική. Heyne  Apollod.  3,  10,  2,  p.  274  ; 
cf.  θριαί — 4.  most  freq.,  esp.  m  Att., 
a  pebble  used  in,  voting,  which  was 
thrown  into  the  voting-urn  (νδρία), 
first  m  Hdt.,  ψήφω  ψηφίζεσθαι,  9,  55  ; 
hence  also  the  vote  itself,  ψήφον  φέ- 
ρειν,  to  give  one''svote,  Lat.  suffragium 
ferre,  freq.  in  Att.,  as  Aesch.  Eum. 
680,  Dem.  1317,  27,  etc. ;  υπέρ  τίνος, 
Lycurg.  148,  29;  περί  τίνος.  Id.  149, 
13,  etc.  ;  ψήφον  φορά,  Eur.  Supp. 
484 ;  also,  ψ.  τίθεσθαι,  just  like  ψη- 
φίζεσθαι. to  vote,  c.  inf.,  Hdt.  3,  73, 
cf.  Aesch.  Ag.  816;  also,  ψ.  προςτί- 
θεσΟαί,Ύ\\ηο.  1,40;  ψ.  διανέμεσθαι 
Hdt.  8,  123  ;  διαφέρειν,  Thuc.  4.  74  : 
— ψήφω  διαιρεϊν,  to  determine  by  vote, 
Aesch.  Ε»ιτι.ύ30;&ο,ψήφφκρίνειν,δι- 
ακρίνειν,Ύ\\Μ0.  \,8',€ΐ€.•.—τήνψή<ίιον 
έπάγειν,  to  put  the  vote  or  question,  of 
the  president,  like  ίπιψηφίζειν,  Thuc. 
I,  119,  125;  so,  τήν  ψ.  προτιθέναι, 
Dem.  361,  fin. :— also,  that  which  is 
carried  by  vote,  a  vote  of  the  assem- 
bly, ψ.  καταγνώσεως,  a  vote  of  con- 
demnation, Thuc.  3,  82  ;  ψήφος  ίπή- 
κτο  αντώ  περί  φυγής,  α  vote  οΙ  banish- 
ment was  moved  for  agamst  him, 
Xen.  An.  7,  7,  57,  cf.  Aesch.  Theb. 
198,  Supp.  8  ;  hence,  any  resolve  or 
decree,  e.  g.  of  a  king.  Soph.  Ant.  60  ; 
λιΐθίνα  ψΰφος,  a  decree  written  on 
stone.  Find.  O.  7,  159;  διδοί  ψύφον 
παρ'  αντάς.  gives  judgment  of  itself. 
Id.  P.  4,  471  : — ψ.  φλεγνρά  βροτών, 
i.  e.  public  opinion,  Craiin.  Drap.  1  : 
cf.  ψιά,  στία. — The  ψήώος  Άθηνΰς, 
Calculus  Minervae,  was  a  proverb, 
phrase  to  express  acquittal,  prob. 
when  the  votes  were  even,  cf.  Miiller 
Eumen.  Append. — The  voting  by  ψή- 
φος, ballot,  must  be  carefully  distin- 
guished from  that  by  κυαμος,  lot ;  the 
former  being  used  in  inals.lhe  latter 
in  the  election  of  various  officers.  The 
ψήφοι  of  condemnation  or  acquittal 


i-ier 

were  sometimes  distinguished  by  be- 
ingrespectively  bored  (7εΓρΐ'7Γ7;//έναί) 
or  whole  (πλήρεις),  Aeschin.  12,34  • 
— χοιρίναι  or  shells  were  sometimes 
used  instead  (Ar.  A^esp.  333.  etc.), 
but  κναμοι  never  ;  cf.  κημός.  and  v. 
Philol.  Museum  1 ,  p.  4^0  :  the  degree 
of  secresy  is  rather  doubtful,  v.  Scott 
on  the  Athen.  Ballot  (Oxf.  1838).— 5. 
the  place  of  voting,  (as  πεσσοί  is  used 
for  the  place  of  play),  Eur.  1.  T.  947  ; 
cf.  Meineke  Com.  Fr.  2,  p.  19. 

Ψηφοφαγέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {ψήφος,  φα- 
γεϊν),  to  live  on  a  pebble  diet,  a  comic 
phrase  used  of  dicasts,  as  κναμοτρώς 
of  ecclesiasts,  Nicet. 

Ψηφοφορέω,  ώ,  to  give  one's  vote,  to 
vote,  Luc.  Timon  36  ;  and 

Ψηφοφορία,  ας,  ή,  a  voting  by  ψή- 
φοι, vote  by  ballot,  Arist.  Pol.  2,  8,  5  : 
generally,  voting,  Plut.  Coriol.  20, 
etc.  :  from 

Ψηφοφόρος,  ov,  (ψήφος,  φέρω)  giv- 
ing one's  vote,  voting. 

Ψηφώδης,  ες.  coiitr.  for  ψηφοείδης. 

Ψηφών,  ώνος.  ό,  (ψήφος  11)  ο  ready 
reckoner,  Manetho. 

Ψήφωσις,  εως.  ή.  as  if  from  ψηφόω, 
=ζψηφολογία.  ψηφολόγημα. 

Ψηφωτίις,  ή,  όν,  as  if  Irom  ψηφόω, 
inlaid  or  set  with  small  stones :  ή  ψη- 
φωτή  (sc.  γή).  a  tesselated  pavement. 

Ψηχρός.  ύ,  όν,  (ψήχω)  rubbed  thin, 
fine,  tender,  delicate. 

Ψήχω,  f.  -^ω,  from  ψάω,  ψέω,  (like 
νήχω  from  ι•άω,  νέω),  to  rub  down, 
curry  a  horse,  Ar.  Fr.  135,  Xen.  Eq. 
5,  5;  cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  254.-2.  (o 
smooth  down,  appease,  like  καταψάν, 
Lat.  dejnulcere,  pcrmulcere. — II.  to  rub 
down,  to  grind  down. 

Ψιά,  ή.  also  ψειύ,  (ψίω)  strictly 
=  ψακύς. — II.  game,  sport,  fun,  ap. 
Hesych.  (From  the  first  signf.  come 
ψΐί'ις,  ψιύω,  ψιάζω  I,  akin  to  στιύ  and 
στεία :  from  the  second,  ψιάζω  II, 
έψία.  έψιύομαι.) 

Ψιάζω,  Dor.  ψιάδδω,  (ψιά,  ψιάς) : 
— to  drop,  drip,  Hesych. — II.  to  play, 
sport,  dance,  be  merry,  Ar.  Lys.  1302'. 

Ψϊΰθηδάν,  adv.,  like  φορμηόόν,  like 
rush-mats. 

Ψΐΰθίόιον,  ov,  ro,=  sq.   [i] 

ΨΙιίθιον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  ψίαθος, 
a  little  rush  mat,  Philem.  p.  365. 

Ψϊάθοπ/.όκος,  ov,  plaiting,  weaving 
rush  mats. 

Ψίαθοποιός,  όν,  making  rush  mats. 

Ψίάθος,  ov.  ή,  more  rarely  ό,  Ion. 
ψίεθος,  a  covering  of  rushes  or  reed,  a 
ru.^h  mat,  Ar.  Ach.  874,  Ran.  567 ; 
like  φορμός.  [ϊ] 

Ψίάθώδης,  ες,  like  a  rush  mat. 

Ψιάθως,  Dot.  for  -θονς,  ace.  pi.  of 
ψίαθος. 

Ψιαίνω,^ψίω,  ψιάζω,  Gramm. 

Ψ'ιαξ,  ΰκος.  ή.  Dor.  for  ψιάς. 

Ψιαρός,  ά,  όν.^  ευώδης,  duh. 

Ψΐάς,  άδος,  ή,  (ψίω)  like  ψακύς, 

ήεκάς,  α  drop,  in  plur.,  II.  16,  459, 
es.  Sc.  384  :  only  poet.,  cf.  ψιύ. 

Ψιάω,  ώ.=^ψιάζω.  Gramm. 

Ψίδες,  αΙ,=  ψιάδες,  Gramm. — Π.= 
ψίχες,  Gramm. 

Ψιδνός,  ή,  όν,  also  ψιγνός  and  ψι- 
δών,  όν,  gen.  όνος,^ψεδνός,  Gramm. 

Ψίεθος,  ου,  δ,  and  ή.  Ion.  and  later 
for  ψίαθος.  Lob.  Phryn.  309. 

Ψίζω.=  ψιάζω,  Gramm. 

Ψίθιος  οίνος.  ό.  a  rough,  har.ih,  red 
wine,  like  the  οίνος  ΤΙράμνιος.  Eubui. 
Incert.  6.  iSic.  Al.  181  :  also  writtea 
ψ-ίθιος,  cf  Plin.  12.  60.  [l] 

*Ϋΐ'ΘΟΣ,  τό,  whispering,  slayider, 
in  Gramm.  as  the  root  of  ψιθνρός, 
ψιθυρίζω,  Gramm.     (Cf.  ψνθυς.) 

Ψιθΰζομαι,=  ψιθνριζω,  Gramm. 

Ψίθϊφίζω,  Dor.  -σδω  :  fut.  -tow 
1689 


ΫΙΛΟ 

Att.  •ίώ  .■  {■ψιθνρός).  Το  whisper,  say 
into  the  ear.  Plat.  Gorg.  485  D  ;  φ. 
ηρός  τίνα.  Id.  Eulhyd.  276  D  : — esp., 
to  whisper  tvhat  one  dares  not  speak  out, 
as  slander,  etc.,  LXX. ; — of  any  low 
whispering  tioise,  as  of  trees,  υταν  πλά- 
τανος τττίλέι,ι  ■φιθvβίζ7J,  Ar.  Nub. 
1008  ;  cf.  Theocr.  27,  07.     Hence 

"ΫΙΘύρισμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  whispering, 
Anth.  r.  9,  546  : — of  any  Ιοιυ  whisper- 
ing noise,  as  of  trees  rustling,  Theocr. 
1,  1. 

"Ψιθυρισμός,  οϋ,  ό,  (■ψιθυρίζω)  a 
whispering,  Luc.  Amor.  15,  Plut.,  etc.  : 
— esp.,  of  slander,  tale-telling,  Plut.  2, 
143  E,  etc.,  and  N.  T. :— of  any  low 
noise,  as  the  rustling  of  trees:  in  LXX., 
prob.,  a  murmured  charm,  an  enchant- 
ment. 

"ίτΐθνριστής,  ov,  δ,  {-φιθυρίζω)  a 
whisperer:  a  slanderer,  N.  T.  :  —  at 
Athens  as  epith.  of  Mercury,  Dem. 
1358,  6  ;  and  of  Έρως,  A.  B.'  p.  317. 

'Ψίθνρός,  όν,  whispering :  slanderous, 
Τί,όγοι,  Soph.  Aj.  148: — ύ  ψιθνρός,=^ 
%1>ΐΟνρΐ(7Τ7/ς,  a  whisperer,  slanderer. 
Find.  p.  2,  130,  Ar.  Fr.  213.— 2.  twit- 
tering, of  birds,  Anth.  P.  12,  130.— II. 
as  subst.,  ό  ■ψίθυρος,  (proparox.)  = 
ψιθύρισμα,  slander.     (Cf.  ψίύύω  fin.) 

Ίτΐλάγία,  ας,  ή,  the  leading  of  light 
troops :  from 

"Ψύ.αγός,  όν,  leading  light  troops. 

"ΫΊ/^αξ,  άκος,  ό,  one  who  is  smooth, 
bald,  for  ψιλός,  Ar.  Fr.  705  ;  cf.  Lo- 
beck  in  Wolfs  Anal.  3,  53.  [i] 

Ίτΐλάς,  ό,  epith.  under  which  Bac- 
chus was  worshipped  at  Ainyciae, 
Paus.  3,  19. 6  ; — he  derives  it  from  -ψί- 
?ίον  (Dor.  for  πτί?^}') ;  ace.  to  others, 
==l/;tA(jr7/f,  Attojei'CiOf,  the  smooth- 
chinned.  Lob.  in  Wolf's  Anal.  3,  53, 
Phryn.  435. 

YiAfuf,  έως,  ό,  one  who  stands  in 
the  first  row  of  a  chorus  ;  taken  from 
the  post  of  the  ψ;ιλ.οί  in  an  army. 

'^ύαΐτης,  ov,  ό : — in  plur.,  οι  ■ψι7.7]- 
ται,=^οί  ψιλοί,  the  light  troops. 

Ϋίλί'ζίω,  f.  -ίσω  Att.  -ϊώ,  later  forni 
for  ψίλόω,  Dio  C. 

Yi/iKOf,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to,  con- 
cerning a  ψ)ΐ7ι.ός,  Luc.  Zeuxid.  8:— -ό 
ιριλικάν,=^οί  ψιλοί,  the  light  troops. 

"ίΤίλινος,  η,  ov  :  —  στέφανος  ώ.,  a 
chapiet  of  palm-branches,  used  at 
Sparta,  Sosib.  ap.  Ath.  678  B.  (From 
t/)i?.ftJf,  because  first  worn  by  the 
leaders  of  their  choruses.) 

Ψίλισμός,  οϋ,  ό,  later  form  for  ■ψί- 
?Μσις. 

•ίτίλιστης,  οϋ,  ό,  later  form  for  ψιι- 
λωτής. 

\•¥ίλλις,  ιδος,  ό,  and  -ψίλις,  the 
Psillis,  a  river  of  Bithynia,  Strab.  p. 
513. 

'ί'ΐλογρύφέω,  ύ,  f.  -ήσίΐ,  to  write  a 
word  with  the  spiritus  lenis. — II.  to  write 
a  word  with  a  single  vowel,  as  opp.  to 
a  diphthong,  Gramin. 

'ί'ύ.όόύπις,ιόος,  ή,  a  smooth  carpet,  a 
teoollen  cloth  that  has  not  the  pile  on  both 
sides, Ά\5οψιλόταπις : — cf.  ψι?ιός\1.  2. 

"Ϋίλόόυρος,  ov,  {δορά)  smooth-skin- 
ned. 

'Ϋΐλοκϊθάριστής,  ov,  ό,=^ψιλος  κι- 
θαριστής, one  who  plays  the  κιθάρα 
without  sinking  to  it,  an  instrumental 
performer.  Chares  ap.  Ath•  538  Ε  ;  cf. 
ψιλός  fV.  3. 

Ϋίλοκΐβάριστική,^ης,  i),  (sc.  τέχνη), 
the  art  of  a  ^η'λοκιθαριστής,  Philo- 
chor.  ap.  Ath.  637  F. 

■fi7MiioM}eu  and  τΐηλοκορσέω,  ώ, 
f.  τήσφ.  to  be  bald-headed  :  from 

•ίΐ'λυκό()Ρ>ις,  or  -κόρσης,  ο,  bald' 
headed.  H(ln.  4,  8. 

"Ψΐλόκονρος,   ov,   smooth,   shorn  or 
shaved,  A.  B. ;  bare,  bald-headed. 
1090 


tlAO 

'Ψΐλόκρύ.νος,  ov,  bald-headed. 

"Ψΐλομετρία,  ας,  ή,  {ψηλός,  μέτρον) 
heroic  poetry,  as  not  being  accompanied 
by  music,  opp.  to  lyric,  Arist.  Poet.  2, 
5,  for  which  Plato  ha.sψ>ι'λή  ποίησις, 
(cf.  ψίλόζ-  IV,  2). 

"Ϋίλον,  τό.  Dor.  for  πτίλον,  a  wing, 
feather.  Pa  US.  3,  19,  6.   [I] 

"ίϊλός,  ή,  όν,  (ψίω) :  strictly,  rub- 
bed, rubbed  bare:  geneialiy,  bare,  na- 
ked :  and,  c.  gen.,  stript  bare  of  a  thing, 
but  this  usage  lirst  in  Ildt. — 1.  of 
land,  without  trees,  ψΰ.η  άροσις,  a 
bare  cornfield,  11.  9,  580  ;  πεόιον  μέγα 
τέ  και  ψίλόν,  Hdt.  1,  80,  cf.  4,  175  ; 
in  full,  )'//  ψηλ?/  δενδρέων,  lb.  4,  19, 
21  ;  cf.  Lys.  109,  4,  etc. ;  hence  τύ 
ψηλά  (sc.  χωρία),  Xen.  Cyn.  5,  7  ;  -ψ. 
τόποι,  lb.  4,  6  :  so,  ψιλή  γεωργία, 
the  tillage  of  land  for  corn  and  the 
like,  opp.  to  γ.  πεψντενμένη  (the  til- 
lage oi  It  for  vines,  olives,  etc.),  Dem 
491,27,  Arist.  Pol.  1,  11,  2.-11.  of 
animals,  stript  of  hair,  feathers,  etc., 
bald,  smooth,  δέρμα,  Od.  13,  437  ;  ήμί- 
κραιραν  ψιλήν  έχων,  with  half  the 
face  shaved,  Ar.  Thesm.  227,  cf.  583  ; 
cf.  λείος: — so,  stript  of  feathers,  bare, 
13ις  ψιλή  κεφαλήν,  Hdt.  2,  76  ;  but, 
ψηλήν  έχων  κεφαλήν,  bare-headed, 
without  helmet,  Xen.  An.  1,  8,  6  : — so 
also,  ψΌ.αϊ  ΐίερσικαί,  Persian  car- 
pets, which  were  shorn  on.  one  side,  also 
ψιλοδύπιδες  or  ιΐιιλοτάπιδες,  opp.  to 
αμφίταποι,  Calljx.  ap.  Ath.  197  B. — 
2.  generally,  unclad,  uncovered,  bare, 
naked,  νέκνς.  Soph.  Ant.  426  :  c.  gen., 
bare  of,  without,  ψι7ιή  σώματος  υιισα 
ή  ψ•νχή,  Plat.  Legg.  899  A,  cf.  Polit. 
258  D; — stript  of  appendages,  naked, 
ψι7.ή  τρόπις,  the  bare  keel  with  the 
planks  torn  from  it,  Od.  12,  421',  ■ψ. 
θρίδαξ,  a  lettuce  with  the  side-leaves 
pulled  off,  opp.  to  δασέα,  Hdt.  3,  32. 
cf.  108  :  ψ.  μάχαιραι,  naked  swords  ; 
V'.  νανς,  dismantled  ships,  etc.  —  III. 
very  freq.  in  Att.  prose,  as  a  military 
term,  oi  ψηλοί  (sc.  των  δ~7^ων),  sol- 
diers without  heavy  armour,  light  troops, 
such  as  archers,  slingers,  etc.,  like 
γνμνήτες,  opp.  to  όπλίται,  first  in 
Hdt.  9,  28,  then  freq.  in  Thuc,  Xen., 
etc. ;  so,  δύναμις  ψι7ιή,  Arist.  Pol.  6, 
7,2  ;  -ψιλός  στρατενσομαι,  Ar.  Thesm. 
232  ;  ψιύΜί  ιππείς,  etc.  ;  but,  ψι7ιός 
'ίππος,  a  horse  without  housings,  Xen. 
Eq.  7,  5;  cf.  Jac,  Anth.  P.  p.  789; 
σκευή  ψιλή,  light  armour  : — unarmed, 
defenceless.  Soph.  Phil.  953,  O.  C. 
866:  — talso,  unarmed,  without  weap- 
ons, ψηλός  τον  uvv  ύποπνίξας,  Anth. 
P.  11,  95.t  —  iV.  ψιλός  7Μγος,  bare 
language,  i.  e.  prose,  as  opp.  to  poetry 
which  IS  clothed  in  the  garb  of  metre, 
Plat.  Legg.  669  D,  cf  Gorg.  502  C, 
Herm.  Arist.  Poet.  1,7:  but,  in  Dem. 
830,  13,  -ψ.  7.όγος  is  a  mere  speech  un- 
supported by  witnesses  ;  and  in  .Plat. 
Theaet.  105  A,  Ψ>ι7μΙ  λύγοι  are  mere 
forms  of  argumentation  :  so,  ψη7,ώς 
7.έ}ειν,  to  speak  nakedly  (without  al- 
leging proofs).  Id.  Phaedr.  262  C. — 
2.  %ln7J/  ποίησις,  mere  poetry,  xviihout 
singing  or  music,  i.  6.  Epic  poetry,  as 
opp.  to  Lyric  {π.  εν  ωδ{}),  Heind. 
Plat.  Phaedr.  278  C,  ci.  ψιίλομετρία : 
so,  i/y,  φωνή,  the  mere  sound  of  the 
voice,  as  opp.to8inging((l)i5i/c/;  φωνή), 
Jac.  Ach.  Tat.  p,  488,— i.  of  musical 
instruments,  ψιλή  μουσική,  instru- 
mental music  unaccumpanied  by  Hing- 
ing, opp,  to  ή  μετά  μελωδίας,  Arist. 
Pol,  8,  5,  II:  go,  ψ.  κιθάρισις  και 
αν7.Ίΐαις.  Plat.  Legg,  609  Ε  ;  hence, 
■ψιλός  αν7.ητίις,  one  who  plays  a 
solo  on  the  riute,  cf  ψιλοκιθαριστής. 
Lob.  Phryn.  108  : — those  instruments 
also  were  called  ψιΤμί,  whieb  were 


-ΪΊΜΤ 

usu.  played  without  accompanimen  , 
Schiif.  Dion.  Comp.  p.  136. — V.  mere, 
simple,  alone,  -ψ.  αριθμητική,  as  opp. 
to  geometry  and  the  like.  Plat.  Polit. 
299  Ε  : — ψ.  ύδωρ,  Fotis.  Oec.  Hipp. : 
ψι.  άνδρες,  i.  e.  men  without  women, 
Antip.  ap.  Stob.  p.  417,  3  : — Oedipus 
seems  to  call  Antigone  his  ■ψηλόν 
όμμα,  as  being  the  one  poor  eye  left 
him.  Soph.  O.  C.  866 :  — adv. -λώ{•, 
merely,  only,  Plut.  Pericl.  15. — VI.  in 
Gramm.  without  the  spiritus  asptr,  i.  e. 
with  the  sp.  lenis.  —  2.  τά  ψίλύ  (sc. 
στοιχεία),  the  literae  tenues,  π  κ  τ: — 
hence,  ψύιώς  γρύφειν  or  καλειν,  to 
write  with  a  litera  tenuis  for  an  aspi- 
rate, e.  g.  1)άπυς  for  (κιφνς,  άσπάρα- 
γος  for  άσφάραγος,  etc.,  Ath.  369  Β  : 
V.  also  V  ψιλον. 

"¥ίλότύπις,  ιδος,  ή,=ψηλόδαπις. 

"Ψΐλότης, Τίτος,  ή,  (ιΙηλος) nakedness, 
of  a  plain,  Plut.  Fab.  11  :  —  baldness, 
Id.  Galb.  27  :  —  smoothness,  of  a  wo- 
man's body,  Id.  2,  651  A.  —  2.  in 
Gramm.  the  spiritus  lenis,  Polyb.  10, 
47,  10. 

'Ψϊλοτοπαρχία,  ας,  ή,  superintend- 
ence over  an  unplanted  field  {ψηλός  τό- 
πος), an  Aegyptian  magistracy. 

^Ιλόω,  ώ,  f.  -ωσω,  {ιΐηλός) : — strict- 
ly, to  rub  bare,  mostly  of  hair,  to  make 
bald,  ψ.  τήν  κεφαλήν  τίνος,  Hdt.  4, 
26  : — in  pass.,  to  become  bald,  Hes.  Fr. 
5,  3. — II.  C.  gen.,  to  strip  bare,  rob,  de- 
prive of  a  thing,  rp.  τίνα  τα  πλείστα 
τής  δννάμιος,  Hdt.  2,  151  ;  absol.  in 
same  signf.,  Xen.  Cyr.  4,  5,  19;— 
then,  generally,  to  leave  naked,  un- 
armed or  defenceless,  Thuc.  3,  109; 
tpass.  Xen.  An.  4,  3,  27t ;  to  ψίλοΰ- 
ptvov,  the  bare,  defenceless  part,  Xen. 
Oec.  17,  13  : — fin  pass,  to  be  left  bare 
of,  be  quite  deserted  by,  των  ιππέων, 
Xen.  An.  1,  10,  ISf. — 2.  also,  to  strip 
one  thing  off  another ;  as  in  pass., 
κρέα  έψηλωμένα  των  όστέων,  Hdt.  4, 
61. —  111.  ill  Gramm.,  to  write  with  the 
spiritus  lenis  or  a  litera  tenuis.    Hence 

■ψίλωθρον,  01»,  τό,  a  means  for  bring- 
ing hair  off,  used  esp.  in  the  bath  :  it 
was  made  chiefly  of  heated  arsenic 
and  unslaked  lime,  like  the  rusma 
now  used  by  the  Turks,  Galen.  [/:] 

■ψίλωμα,  ατός,  τό,  {ψ>ί7νόω)  a  place 
bared  of  hair  :  —  a  bone  laid  bare  of 
flesh.  Foes.  Oec.  Hipp,  [i] 

"ΨΛωσις,  εως,  ή,  {ψηλοω)  a  making 
bare,  stripping,  esp.  of  hair  or  flesh, 
Foes•  Oec.  Hipp.  — II.  in  Gramm.,  a 
writing  with  the  spiritus  lenis,  or  α  htera 
tenuis. 

■ψιλωτής,  ov,  6,  {ψJlλόω)  one  who 
strips,  esp.  of  hair,  one  ivho  makes  bald : 
— or  one  who  deprives  of  weapons. — II. 
one  who  writes  with  the  spiritus  lenis. 
Hence 

"ίτΐλωτικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  or  in 
clinedto  stripping  bare. — II.  in  Gramm., 
fond  of  writing  with  the  spiritus  lenis, 
like  the  Aeol.  and  Ion. 

■ψιμίθιον,  ■^ημιθιοφανής,  ψιμιβιόω, 
ψημιβισμός,  ■ψίμιθος,  later  forms  Ιοί 
ψιμ^ύθιον,  etc. 

■ψιμμίθιον,  ψιμμνθιον,  ν.  sub  ψ)ΐμ{>- 
θιον. 

Ψιμνθίζω,  ί.  -ίσω  Att.  -ϊώ,^ψημν- 
θόω,  ■ψιμνθιόω,  to  paint  with  white 
lead. 

"^Ίμύθιον  or  ■ψιμμ'υβιον,  ου.  τό, 
(and  later  -ψιμίθιον),  like  ιΐύμυθος, 
white  lead,  Lat.  cerussa.  used  as  a  pig- 
ment, esp.  to  whiten  the  skin  of  the 
face,  Ar,  Eccl.  878.  929,  1072  ;  even 
for  the  hair,  iu  Plat,  Lys.  217  D  ;  cf, 
Hemet.  Ar.  Plut.  1064,  Piers.  Moer. 
p.  419.  [ϋ  always  ;  though  ψημϋθος, 
Anth.  P.  11,  374,  408  ;  I  also  in  ψίμν 
θος,  11.  cc, ;  but  no  place  will  dccido 


ΨΟΤΙ 

tne  quantity  of  the  -φι-  in  ψιμνθιον, 
except  Xic.  Al.  75,  where  it  is  long 
in  arsis  :  hence  prob.  the  form  φιμμύ- 
θων.] 

'^Τιμνθίοφύ,νής,  ες,  gen.  έος,  looking 
like  while  lead. 

"ίΤίμϋθιόω,  ώ,  f.  -ώ<τω,  {φιμύθιον)  to 
paint  with  white  lead,  ψιμνθιοϋσθαι  το 
ηρόςωτΓον,  Lys.  93,  4,  20;  cf.  Plut. 
Ale  lb.  39. 

"Ϋιμϋθίσμός,  ov,  b,  a  painting  with 
white  lead,  Clem.  Al. 

'ϋμνθος.ον,  6,  radic.  form  oi  ■ώιμν- 
θίον,  but  only  found  in  Anth.  P.  11, 
374.  408.     [t  ■  V.  sub  ψιμνθιον.] 

Ψϊμνθόΐιΐ,  ώ,  f.  ■ώσο),  =  'ψιμυθιόω, 
■φιμνβίζω. 

"iriv,  Dor.  for  σφίν,  like  ψε  for  σφέ. 

^ηνάζω,=φίω,  Gramm. 

Ί^ινύς,  άδος,  i],  a  vine  that  sheds  its 
fruit  without  ripening  :  from  xpivouai. 

"ίτίνθος,  τό,=^τέβΐΙ}ΐς,  Hesych. 

"δίνομαι,  to  shed  the  fruit  before  ripen- 
ing, esp.  of  the  vine,  Theophr.  (Perh. 
akin  to  φθίνομαι.) 

Ψίξ,  ό,  and  ή,  gen.  -ψϊχός,  nom.  pi. 
φίχες,  a  crumb,  morsel,  bit,  esp.  of 
bread. — Hesych.  has  also  -ψίχη  and 
■ψίχι/νον. 

"ίτίς,  ή,  gen.  ■φιόός,=-φίξ,  dub. 

•ΫΙσις,  (not  ψίσις)  εως,  ή,  (ψί'ω)  ο 
rubbing,  rubbing  to  pieces. 

'iriTru.=  aiT-a,q-  v. 

"^ιττάζυ,  f.  -ύσω,  to  call  φίττα. 

Ψιττύκη,   ης,  ή,^φίττακος,   q.  v. 

"iiTTaKia,  τά,=^τηστακία,  q.  v. 

'ϋττύ.κος,  ov,  b,  a  parrot,  Plut.  2, 
972  F,  and  Ath. ;  also  φιττύκη,  ή, 
Arist.  Η.  Α.  8,  12,  13:— also  pro- 
nounced more  softly  σίττακος,  and 
σιττύκη,  and  βίττακος,  q.  v.  (Prob. 
a  foreign  word.) 

"Φιττίον,  ov,  ~ό,^=φιχίον,  Gramm. 

"^Ίχύρτταξ,  uyoQ,  b,  (φιξ,  άρττάζω) 
Cntmi-filcher,  name  of  a  mouse  in 
Batr.  t'24. 

i^iriotnv,  ov,  to,  dim.  from  φιχίον, 
φιξ.  Ε.  Μ. 

^Ιχίον,  ov,  ro, dim.  from  φιξ,  N.T. 
Hence 

'Ϋίχιώδης,  ες,  {είδος)  like  a  crumb  or 
crumbs. 

'i'ixn?i0}'i<j,  ω,  f.  •ήσω,  (φιξ,  λέγω) 
to  pick  up  crumbs. 

"ΫΙχώόης,  ες,  (φιξ,  εΙδος)=φιχιώ- 
δης. 

ϊ'Ζω,  rarer  collat.  form  of  φάω,  φέω, 
φήχω,ίο  rub  ίο  piece*  .'^hence,  also,  to 
chew  up,  φίσεται  πνμνον  γΐ'ύβω.  Lye. 
639;  έφισμένος,  Anth.  P.  9,  302. 
(Hence  φιά,  φειά,  φίζω,  φιάζω,  φιάω, 
στία,  στεία,  έφία,  έφιάομαι,  besides 
φιξ,  φιχίον,  and  φίλος,  with  its 
derivs.  and  compds. ;  akin  to  φώω, 
φωμός.)  [ί,  and  so  in  most  of  the 
aerivs.] 

■fa,  an  angry  exclamation,  our 
pshaw!  So])h.  Fr.  461. 

Ϋόα,  j),  usu.  in  plur.  at  φόαι,  also 
φοιαί  or  φναι,  the  muscles  of  the  loins, 
the  loins  themselves,  and  parts  adja- 
cent, Lat.  lumbi.  Foes.  Oec.  Hipp. 
All  the  forms  occur  in  Hipp.  ;  φοιαί, 
with  V.  1.  φύαι,  in  Polybus  ap.  Arist. 
H-  A.  3,  3, 2  ;  φύαι  in  Euphro  Theor. 
1  ;  V.  piura  ap.  Lob.  Phryn.  300.  [v 
in  φύαι,  Euphro  I.  c. ;  but  ii  in  an 
Epic  Fragm.,  Ath.  399  A, where  perh. 
φοιαί  should  be  written.] 

Yoyfpof,  ύ,  όν,  (φόγος)  fond  of 
blaming,  censorious,  Itbellnus,  of  Archi- 
lochus,  Pind.  P.  2,  100.— II.  blame- 
able. 

Ϋοχέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω.  {φόγος}=φεγω, 
dab, 

'λόγιος,  a,  ov,  (φόγος)  blaming, 
fond  of  blaming,   censorious,  first  re- 


ΫΟΦΟ 

stored  by  Bockh  in  Pind.  N.7, 102  (e 
conj.  Schneid.)  for  the  anomalous 
form  φεγιος. 

Yy)  Of,  ου,  b,  (,φέγω)  : — blame,  cen- 
sure, first  in  Simon.  139,  Pind.  N.  7, 
90,  and  Trag.  ;  τον  ΰνβρώπειον  a'l- 
δεσβεις  φόγον,  Aesch.  Ag.  937  ;  and 
in  plur.,  ov  φί?.ύ  φόγονς  κλνειν,  Eur. 
Ion  630  : — also  in  Att.  prose,  as  Thuc. 
1,  70  ;  2,  45,  Plat.,  etc.  ;  φό}ον  φέ- 
μειν.  Plat.  Symp.  182  A ;  φόγον  άμον- 
σίας  νφέξονται.  Id.  Rep.  403  C. 

'ίίοθύ?.?.ω,=φοφέω,  Gramm. 

'Πύθιος,  a,  ον,-=φολόείς,  Hesych. ; 
cf.  φόθυς  II. 

"ίτόθοιος,  ό,—  φόθος  II,  Aesch.  Fr. 
74,  cf  Ar.  Fr.  706. 

"ίτόθος,ον,  b,=φόφoς, θόρυβος,  akin 
to  φύθος,  φίθος,  Gramm.  (From  -ώό- 
φος,  by  a  dialectic  change,  like  αήρ 
from  φήρ.) — 2.=φό?.ος,  also  written 
φοίθος,  akin  to  σποδός,  Gramm.  : 
hence  adj.  φόθιος,  a,  ον,=φολόεις. 
(From  φόλος  by  a  dialectic  change, 
like  Lat.  lacryma  Irom  δάκρνον,  etc.) 

'ioia,  ή,  V.  φόα. 

Ϋοΐϋος,  ό,  ν.  ψόθος  2. 

"Ϋοΐτης  μνελος,  ό,  the  marrow  in 
the  lumbar  vertebrae. 

"^ολόεις,  εσσα,  εν,  (φό?.ος) : — sooty, 
smoky,  usu.  as  epith.  of  κεραυνός, 
smouldering,  Od.  23, 330  ;  24,  539,  Hes. 
Th.  515  ;  opp.  to  αίθός,  ISic.  Th.  129 
(where  φολόεις  is  the  fem.) ;  cf. 
Arist.  Mund.  4,  20.— II.  dusky,  dirty  ; 
hence  also  clad  in  mourning,  like  Lat. 
sordidus. 

'^ο7.οκομπία,  ας, ή,  (φόλος,κομπεω) 
big  talk  of  thunder  and  lightning,  i.  e. 
empty  noise  and  fury,  Ar.  Eq.  696, 
with  allusion  to  φο/.όεις  κεραυνός. 

"ΙΌ'ΑΟΣ,  ov,  b,  soot,  smoke,  έττιβω- 
μίω  φόλω,  Aesch.  Fr.  19  ;  also  light- 
ning that  scorches  without  setting  on  fire, 
Nic.  Th.  288  ;  cf.  Arist.  Meteor.  3,  1, 
10.     (Akin  to  φόβος  and  σποδός.) 

"Ϋόρος,  ov,  ό,  an  unknown  fish,  Nu• 
men  ap.  Ath.  313  Ε  ;  also  φύρος. 

Ϋοφέω,  ώ,  {.  -ήσω,  (φόφος)  to  make 
an  inarticulate  noise,  to  sound,  make  a 
noise,  Lat.  sireperr,  Eur.  Or.  137  ;  φο• 
φεί  άρβνλη.  Id.  Bacch.  638  ;  πύλαι 
φοφονσι.  Id.  Η.  F,  78  ;  so  εΙ  ai  θνραι 
ννκτωρ  φοφοίεν,  i.  e.  if  they  were 
heard  to  open,  Lat.  si  crepuissent,  Lys. 
93,  1,  19  ;  of  a  cracked  pot,  Ar.  Ach. 
933  ;  of  wood.  Id.  Pac.  612  ? ;  also, 
φοφεί  προς  τφ  δαπέδφ  ή  κοιλή  οπλή, 
Aen.  Eq.  1,3;  ποταμοί  φοφονντες. 
Plat.  Rep.  396  Β  ;  esp.,  of  an  empty 
noise,  άπαντα  γύρ  τοι  τώ  φοβονμένω 
φοφεΙ,  Soph.  Fr.  58  ;  cf.  φόφος. — ΐί. 
c.  ace,  φοφείν  τιις  θύρας,  to  knock  at 
the  door  inside  when  one  is  coming 
out,  Heliod.     Hence 

"Ρόφημα,  ατός,  τό,  like  φόφος,  a 
noise. 

"ίτόφησις,  εως,  ή,  (φοφέω)  the  making 
a  noise,  sounding,  ικρίων,  Cratin.  In- 
cert.  51,  Arist,  de  Anima  3,  2,  5. 
Hence 

'^οώητικός,  ή,  όν,  able  to  make  a 
noise,  of  animals,  opp.  to  τα  άφωνα 
and  φωνήεντα,  Arist.  Η.  Α.  1,  1,  29. 

'Ϋοφοδέεια,  ας,  ή,  fear  at  every  noise : 
from 

"ίτοφοδεής,  ες,  gen.  έος,  {φόφος,  δέος) 
frighttned  at  every  noise,  shy,  timid,  esp. 
of  animals,  Plut.  Fab.  27,  etc. ;  hence 
also  of  men.  Plat.  Phaedr.  257  D  ;  cf 
Meineke  Menand.  p.  183,  sq.  Adv. 
•εώς. 

"^οφοειδής,  ές,  like  a  noise,  noisy. 
Adv,  -όώς. 

"ίίοφομήδης,  ες.  gen.  εος,  (φόφος, μή- 
δομαι)  meditating  noise,  noisy,  uproari- 
ous, epith  of  Bacchus,  Anth.  P.  9, 
524, 


*ΤΚΤ 

"ί^οφσποιός,  όν,  making  a  noise  Oi 
din. 

"ί'ΌΦΟΣ,  ov,  ό,  any  inarticulate 
souyid,  as  opp.  to  φωνή,  Hemsterb. 
Luc,  1,  p.  84  :  a  noise, sound,  Lat.  stre- 
piius,  άτερ  φόφον,  Η.  Horn.  Merc. 
285 ;  πό/ας  φόφον  πλέα,  Eur.  Ion 
COl  ;  φ.  γλώσσης,  Id.  Η.  F.  229  ;  φι- 
λιιμύτων.  Soph.  Fr.  482  ;  άνεμων, 
Plat.  Rep,  397  A,  etc.  ;  esp.  of  a  door 
opening,  Ar.  Ran.  604,  Plat.  Symp. 
212  C,  etc.  ;  cf.  φοφέω : — α  crash, 
Thuc.  4,  115: — also  in  good  sense  of 
musical  instruments,  ψ.  ?ΜΤοϋ,  κιθά- 
ρας, Eur.  Bacch.  987,  Cycl.  443.-2, 
esp,,  a  mere  sound,  empty  sound  or 
noise,  τον  σον  φόφον  ουκ  αν  στραφεί• 
ην,  your  noise  will  never  turn  me, 
Soph.  Aj.  1116;  κενός  φόφος,  Eur. 
Rhes.  565  :  hence  also  tne  empty  ap- 
plause of  the  mob,  Valck.  Phoen.  397 ; 
φόφοι,  mere  sounds,  of  high-sounding 
words  or  names,  Bergl.  Alciphr.  2,  3, 
76,  Luc.  Dial.  Meretr.  15  ;  so,  φ.  βψ 
μάτων,  of  Aeschylus'  poetry,  Ar, 
Ran.  492,  cf.  ISub,  1367.  (Akin  to 
φόθος) 

'Ϋοφώδης,  ες,  contr.  for  φοφοειδής, 
(φόφος,  είδος)  noisy,  ποιητής,  Arist. 
Rhet.  3,  3,  3. 

'iva,  ή,=ζφόα,  φοιύ,  q.  v. 

'ίνγείον,  ov,  τό,  (φνχω)  a  place  for 
cooling,  a  cooler  ;  cf.  φνχεϊον. 

"^νγενς,  έως,  b,  (ψνχω)  a  cooler, 
like  φνκτήρ,  Alex.  Eifot*.  2,  Euphro 
'A/ToJid.  1. 

'ϋγμα,  ατός,  τό,  (ψύχω)  a  cooling. 
— II.  any  thing  that  cools  ;  hence, — 1. 
a  cooling  medicine  or  lotion,  Hipp. ;  ▼. 
Foes.  Oec. — 2.  a  fan,  Clearch.  ap. 
Ath.  257  B. — III.  a  breath  drawn,  res- 
piration, Dion.  Comp.  p.  279. — IV. 
cold,  chilling  behaviour ,  like  L•7Λ.frigt^s, 
Joseph. 

'Ψνγμός,  ov,  b,  (■ψύχω)  a  cooling, 
catching  cold  : — the  cold  fit  of  an  ague. 
— II,  a  drying,  LXX, 

^'ί'νγμον  λιμήν,  b,  harbour  of  Psyg- 
mu.i,  on  the  coast  of  Aetbiopia,  Strab, 
p.  774. 

'Ϋίη,'ω,  earliest  form  of  φνχω,  but 
only  in  very  late  Eccl. 

'Ϋνδνός,  ή,  όν,=^φνδρός,  only  found 
in  Theogn.  122.  Other  MSS.  have 
φεδνός,  which  can  give  no  sense ; 
most  edd.  follow  Ruhnk.  in  reading 
φνδρός  ;  but  φνδνός  is  a  good  word, 
formed  like  κνδνός,  which  exists  by 
the  side  oi  κνδρός,  Br.  Theogn.  1.  c. 

"^νδρύκιον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  sq., 

'^νδραξ,  ακος,  ό,  with  dim.  rfrvopa- 
KLOV,  TO,  a  white  blister  on  the  tip  of  ike 
tongue,  strictly  a  lie-blister,  because 
they  were  said  to  be  caused  by  one's 
telling  a  lie,  =  φενμα  (q.  v.),  Diosc, 
etc.  : — generally,  a  blister,  pimple,  id. 

"ίίνδρός,  ύ,  όν,  =  φενδής,  lying,  -un- 
true. Lye.  235,  1219 ;  cf.  Ruhnk.  Ep. 
Cr.  p.  215  ;  v.  sub  φνδνός. 

"^νθής,  ές,  or  φύνης,  ες,  —  φενδής, 
Aesch.  Ag.  999. 

Ίίνθίζω,  =  φιθνρίζω,  to  whisper, 
Gramm. 

'Πύθιος  οίνος,  ό,^=φίθιος. 

"ϋθιστής,  οϋ,  ό,  =  φιθνριστι'/ς, 
Gramm. 

Ϋιι^οξ•,  εος,  to,  poet,  collat.  form 
for  φενδος,  a  lie.  untruth,  Aesch.  Ag. 
478,  1089.  —  II.  as  adj.,  lying,  false, 
untrue.  Call.  Fr.  184.  (  Hence  φνθί- 
ζω,  V.  φείδομαι,  sub  fin.)  [ν] 

Ί^νθών,  όνος,  b,  a  bar,  Gramm. 

"Φνκτήρ,  ήρας,  b,  (φνχω)  a  wint- 
cooler,  which  stood  on  the  dinner-ta- 
ble on  a  tripod,  and  wns  used  some- 
times to  drink  from.  Plat.  Symp.  213 
E,  Coraici  ap.  Ath.  502  C,  sq. :  so 


tTXA 

^ρνχτηρες  γύ?ιακτος,  Philostr.  :  also, 
ψν)Γ.νς.  Cr.  Riihnk.  Tim.  s.  v., 
Hemsi.  Poll.  10,  74.— II.  oi  φνκτί/ρες, 
cool-,  shady  places  for  recreation. 

"Ϋνκτημίας,  ου,  =foieg.  1,  Euphro 
'kTTOO.  I. 

"Ϋνκτηρίδίον,  ov,  TO,  [i]=sq.,  Alex. 
Agon.  2,  7. 

"ivKTTipiov,  ov,  TO,  flim.  from  ψι•«- 
τήρ  I.  —  II.  as  neiit.  from  sq.,  like 
■φνκτήρ  II,  a  cool,  shadi/  plao:,  Hes.  Fr. 
47,  8,  Aesch.  Fr.  J  38,  ct.  Eur.  Phaeth. 
8.     (Ath.  503  C,  D.) 

'tvKTf/pioc,  a,  υν,  {ψυκτήρ)  cooling, 
shady,  ψ.  πτερά,  i.  e.  laris,  Achae.  ap. 
Ath.  690  B.     Only  poel.  ;  cf.  foreg. 

'Ψυκτικός,  ή,  όν,  (  ψύχω  )  =  foreg., 
cooling,  being  the  prose  form,  as  in 
Plut.  2,  652  C,  etc. 

"Ϋνκτός,  ή,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from  ■ψν- 
yc),  cooled :   to  he  cooled. 

"ίΎΆΑΑ",  7;f.  ή,  a  flea,  Lat.  pulex, 
Ar.  Nub.  145,  149,  etc. :  also,  ι/)ΰΛλοζ•, 
h,  Epich.  p.  Ill,  which  seems  to  be 
the  Dor.  form,  though  used  by  Arist. 
H.  A.  4,  10,  4  ;  cf  Lob.  Phryn.  332. 
— II.  a  kind  oi  spider,  Arist.  H.  A.  9, 
39,  1. 

Ό>λ?,ειον,  ov,  ΓΟ,=ψίιλλίον,  Orph. 
Arg.  959. 

'Ϋνλ?.ίζυ,  to  catch  fleas,  susp. 

\'^ν7ιΆικός.  ή,  όν,  of  the  Psylli,  6  Ψ. 
κόλτΓος,  Psyllicus  siims. 

Ψύλλιον  or  ■ψυλλίον,  ov,  ro,  ί-ήιν'Α- 
2.u)  flea-wort,  plantago  psyllium,  Linn., 
Diosc.  4,  70,  Luc.  Tragop.  157. 

Ί'ύ/.λο  or  φνλ/.ος,  barbarism  in  Ar. 
Thesm.  1180. 

■ί'υλλό.^ρωΓΟζ•,  01',  (ι/'ΰλλα,  βιβρώ- 
οκω)  eaten  of  fleas,  Theophr. 

+4ΊΊλ?,οι,  ων,  οι,  thePsylli,  a  people 
of  Africa  in  Cyrenaica,  Hdt.  4,  173  ; 
Strab.  p.  588. 

ί'ί'ύλλοζ-,  ov,  6,  Psyllus,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  Anth.  P.  7,  403. 

Ϋΰλλοζ•,  ό,^ψύλλα,  q.  v. 

"ίυ^'/ΜΤοξότης,  ov,  a,  (ψύλλα,  το- 
ξότης) a  flea-archer,  flea-hutght,  comic 
word  in  Luc.  V.  Hist.  1,  13. 

Ι'ί'υλλώ,  ονς,  ή,  Psyllo,  fem.  pr.  n., 
Anth.  P.  7,  607. 

'ί'ν?ιλώδ7/ς,  ες,  (είδος)  like  fleas  -.full 
of  fleas. 

■^ύλων,  b,  a  fish,  dub.  1.  for  t'umv. 

"Ϋνμνβώω,  ψνμνθος.  φυμνΟάω,  late 
and  bad  forms  of  φιμνΟ-. 

"ίΤνξις,  not  ψνξις,  εως,  ή.  (■ύινχω)  α 
cooling  or  chilling  :  a  becoming  cold,  ψ. 
ακρωτηρίων,  ψ.  ποδών,  Hipp.,  v. 
Foes.  Oec. :  also  in  plur.,  opp.  to  θερ- 
μότητες. Plat.  Legg.  897  .\.  ^ 

iirvpa,  ων.  τύ,  Psyra,  a  small  isl- 
and on  the  Asiatic  coast  near  Chios, 
with  a  city  of  same  name,  now  Ipsa- 
ra,  Strab.  p.  645. 

ίΨνρίη,  νήσος,  ή,  —  foreg.,  Od.  3, 
172. 

"^νρος,  δ,  V.  ■φόρος. 

'Ϋνττΰ,=ψίττα.  οίττα,  Eur.  Cycl. 
49. 

^■^υττάλεια,  ας,  η,  Psytlalea,  a  lit- 
tle island  in  the  Saronic  gulf  between 
Salamis  and  the  main  land  of  Attica, 
Hdt.  8,  76,  95;  Paus.  1,  36,  2:  cf. 
sq. 

f-irvTTaWia,  ας,  η,  =  foreg.,  Strab. 
p.  395. 

i'iJrrfj,  Dor.  for  πτύω,  the  Lat. 
spun,  to  spit. 

'Ϋϋχαγωγέω.  ώ.  f.  -ησω,  to  be  a  ψυ- 
\α)ω^ιός,  to  lead  departed  souls  to  the 
tiethrr  u'orld,  esp.  of  Mercury,  Luc. 
D  Deor.  7,  4.  etc. —  II.  to  emhe  or  con- 
jure up  the  dead  by  sacrifice,  -ψ.  τονς 
τεβνεώτας.  Plat.  Legg.  909  Β  :  — 
hence,  — 2.  to  lead  or  attract  the  souls 
if  the  living,  to  tiin  over,  persuade,  Lat. 
atlicere,  pelUcere,  abripere  animum,  Xen. 
1C92 


ΫΥΧΗ 

Mem.  3,  10,  6 ;  but  usu.  in  bad  sense, 
to  lead  away,  inveigle,  delude,  iji.  τονς 
άκροωμένονς,  Isocr.  24  D  ;  ψ.  τίνα 
?^όγοις,  Lycurg.  152,  12  ;  κολακείαις, 
θεραττείαψνχαγωγεϊσβαι.Οοιη.  1099, 
10;  1364,8;  ν-ο  ειδώλων  και  φαν- 
τασμάτων ψνχαγωγονμενος.  Plat. 
Tim.  71  Α.• — Ar.  Αν.  1555  plays  upon 
all  these  senses,  ov  Σωκράτης  ψνχα- 
γωγεϊ,  where  Socrates  plays  the  psy- 
chasogue :  cf.  Ruhnk.  Tim. — III.  m 
late  authors,  to  traffic  in  souls  or  lives, 
to  kidnap,  A.  B. — IV.  to  lie  nt  the  last 
gasp,  Lat.  animam  agere.     Hence 

'ί'νχύγώγημα,  ατός,  τό,  a  delight, 
refreshment. 

Ψυχαγωγία,  ας,  η,  (ψυχαγωγός)  a 
leading  of  souls  to  the  nether  world.- — • 
II.  an  evohing  them  from  it. — 2.  me- 
tapli.,  β  uinnijig  nf  jnen's  souls,  per- 
suasion, whence  rhetoric  is  called  a 
ψυχαγωγία  by  Plat.  Phaedr.  201  A, 
271  C  :  generally,  plensance,  pastime, 
Polyb.  32,  15.  5,  Luc.  Nigr.  18,  etc. 

'Ψυχαγωγικός,  η,  όν,  belonging  to  a 
ψνχα)ωγός,  proper  to  him :  uinning, 
persuasive,  Arist.  Poet.  6,  28  : — ή  -κή 
(sc.  τέχνη).— ψ'νχαγωγία  II.  2,  Plat. 
Minos  321  A. 

Ψνχάγώγιον,  ov,  τό,  like  ψνχο- 
μαντέΐυν,  η  place  where  departed  souls 
are  conjured  up  and  questioned. — II.  an 
air-hole  in  the  shafts  of  miries  to  admit 
fresh  air,  Lat.  spiraculnm,  Theophr. : 
from 

Ψυχαγωγός,  όν,  (  ψνχή,  άγω  ) : — 
leading  departed  souls  to  the  nether 
world,  esp.  as  epith.  of  Mercury,  like 
ψνχοπομττός,  ap.  Hesych.  —  II.  co7i- 
juring  up  the  dead  to  question  them, 
evoking  the  dead,  ψ.  }όθί,  Aesch.  Pers. 
687  : — as  subst.,  a  necromancer,  psycha- 
gogue,  Eur.  Ale.  1128;  oi  ψ.,  the  name 
of  a  play  by  Aesch. — 2.  metaph  ,  lend- 
ing or  persuading  the  souls  of  the  liv- 
ing ;  hence,  winning,  persuasive :  also 
in  bad  sense,  inveigling,  delusive. — III. 
in  late,  esp.  Alexandr.,  authors,  traf- 
ficking in  souls  or  lives ;  ό  ψ.,  α  kid- 
napper, Α.  Β. 

Ψί'χάί,ω,  f  -άσω,  (ψνχος)  to  refresh 
one^s  self  in  the  shade,  Alciphr. 

Ψνχαΐος,  a,  ov,  of,  belonging  to  the 
soul. 

Ψτιχύττάτης,  ov,  b,  (ψνχή,  απατάω) 
beguiling  the  soul,  όνειρος,  Mel.  103  : 
but  also  in  better  sense,  heart- delight- 
ing, Anth.  P.  12,  256,  etc.  [ά] 

Ψνχάριον,  ου,  τό,  dim.  from  ψνχη, 
Plat.  Rep.  519  A,  Theael.  195Ά. 
[a] 

Ψνχάρτταξ,  άγος,  ό,  a  kidnapper. 

Ψνχαστης,  οϋ,  ό,  (ψνχάζω)  one  who 
cools  himself  in  the  shade  :  hence  oi 
Ψνχασταί,  a  play  of  Strattis. 

Ψυχάω.  ώ,  to  cool,  Ael.  V.  H.  3,  1. 

Ψνχειί'ός.  ή,  όν,  (ψνχος)  cooling, 
cool,  fresh,  Xen.  Oec.  9,  3  and  4. 

Ψνχε'ιον,  or  ψνχί.ον,  ov,  τό,  (ψνχος) 
a  place  for  cooling  things,  esp.  water, 
Semus  ap.  Ath.  123  D. 

Ψϋχεμπορικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to  a 
seller  or  to  the  sale  of  souls  :  ή  -κ?/  (sc. 
τέχνη),  the  sale  of  souls,  or  rather  trade 
and  traffic  in  mental  wares,  Plat.  Soph- 
ist. 224  Β  :  from 

Ψνχέμπορος,  ov,  (ψνχή,  έμπορος) 
trafficking  in  souls  or  me7i. 

Ψυχή.  ης,  ή,  (ψνχω)  : — breath,  Lat. 
anima,  esp.  as  the  sign  of  life,  life, 
spirit,  Hom.,  etc. ;  as,  ψνχ?]  τε  μένος 
τε,  II.  5,  296,  etc. ;  ψνχή  τε  και  αιών, 
11.  10,  453.  Od.  9,  523  ;  ψνγή  και  θυ- 
μός. II.  11,334,  Od.  21,  154;  ψνχΐ/ς 
όλεθρος,  11.  22.  325  ;  τον  δ'  ίλιπε  ψν- 
χή, II.  5,  696.  Od.  14.  426:  it  leaves 
the  body  with  the  blood,  ψυχή  δε 
κατ"  οϋταμένην  UTei?J/v  Ισσντ'  έπεί- 


ΨΎΧΗ 

γομένη,  II.  14,  518;  άμα  ψνχήν  τε 
και  εγχεος  εξέρνσ'  αίχμήν,  16,  505; 
cf  7,  330,  etc. :— ψνχήν  παρθέμενος, 
staking  or  risking  one's  life,  Od.  3, 
74  ;  9,  255  ;  aitv  έμήν  ψνχήν  πάρα- 
βαλλόμενος  πολιμίζειν,  11.  9,  322 ; 
77fpi  ψνχής,  for  one's  life,  i.  e.  to  save 
it,  Od.  9,  423  ;  so,  μύχεσθαι  περί  ψν- 
χής. Od.  22,  245  ;  θέειν  περί  ψυχής, 
II.  22,  161,  τρεχειν  περιψυχής,\3^[ί. 
Hdt.  7,  39  ;  ό  περί  τής  ψνχής  άγων, 
a  struggle  for  life  and  death.  Soph. 
El.  1492  ;  περί  τής  ψ.  άγωνίζεσθαι, 
δρόμον  δραμείν,  Xen.  Hipparch.  1, 
19,  Ar.  Vesp.  376  ;  τής  ψνχής  πρία- 
σθαί  τι,  to  buy  a  thing  with  one's 
life  : — so  also  in  Hdt.,  etc.,  ποινήν 
τής  Αίσώπον  ψυχής  ύνελέσθαι,  to 
take  revenge  for  the  life  of  Aesop, 
Hdt.  2,  134,  cf  7,39;  ψινχύν  Άίδα 
τελέων,  Pind  I.  1,  99;  ψνχάς  βά?ιθν. 
Id.  Ο.  8,  51  ;  and  in  Att.,  ψυχήν  κτεί- 
νειν,  Eur.  Tro.  1214;  έκπίνειν.  At. 
Nub.  712  ;  etc.  :  of  the  life  of  aniinals, 
Hes.  Sc.  173,  Pind.  N.  1,  70.-11.  the 
soul  or  immortal  part  of  man,  as  opp.  to 
his  body  or  perishable  part,  in  Horn, 
only  in  the  signf  of  a  departed  soul, 
spirit,  ghost :  he  represents  it  as  bodi- 
less and  not  to  be  seized  by  mortal 
hands  (Od.  11,  207),  but  yet  keeping 
the  form  of  him  who  owned  it  in  life, 
ψ.  'Αγαμέμνονος,  Αίαντος.  etc.,  freq. 
in  the  Νεκνία  (Od.  11);  hence  also 
ψ.  και  είδωλον,  II.  23,  104,  cf  72,  Od. 
24,  14  :  v.  Vblcker  on  the  Homeric 
i/'i'^;^(Giessen  1825) quoted  in  Nitzsch 
Od.  vol.  3,  p.  188.— 2.  the  abstract 
notion  of  the  soul  or  spirit  of  man,  Lat. 
animus,  first  in  Hdt.,  άνθρωπου  ψν- 
χή αθάνατος  Ιστι,  2,  123,  cf  Plat. 
Phaedr.  245  C,  etc.:  —  hence  ψυχή 
τινης.  periphr.  for  the  man  himself, 
as,  ψ.  'Ορέστου=^Όρέστης,  Soph.  El. 
1127,  cf  Phil.  55  ;  also,  ψνχαί  absol. 
=άνβρωποι,  so  that  Ar.  could  say 
ψνχαΙ  πολλαΐ  εθανον,  many  souls 
perished,  Thesm.  864.  Lys.  963;  ψυ- 
χαΐ  σοφαί.  Id.  Nub.  94: — hence  in 
addressing  persons,  ώ  μελέα  ψ>νχή. 
Soph.  Phil.  714  ;  ώ  αγαθή  καΐ  πιστή 
ψ.,  Xen.  Cyr.  7,  3,  8.-3.  the  ψνχ•ή 
was  the  seat  of  θνμός,  i.  e.  of  the  will, 
desires,  and  passions,  the  soul,  heart, 
Hdt.  3,  14,  though  many  Homeric 
usages,  quoted  under  signf  I,  run 
into  this  signf  ;  ίκ  τής  ψνχής,  from 
the  inmost  soul,  with  all  the  heart,  έκ 
τής  ψ.  φίλος,  Xen.  An.  7,  7,  43  :  τίνα 
οίεσθέ  με  τήν  ψνχί/ν  εχειν  ;  how  do 
you  think  it  fares  with  me?  Dem. 
842,  15: — esp.,  .tens ual  desire,  propen• 
sion,  appetite,  δούναι  τι  τή  ψνχή.  like 
Lat.  indutgere  animo,  Aesch.  Pers. 
841,  Theocr.  16,  24  ;  δσα  ή  ψνχή  δέ- 
χεται, Hipp. ;  ή  ψυχή  ου  προςίεται 
σΐτον,  Xen.  Cyr.  8,  7,  4. — III.  as  the 
organ  of  νους,  i.  e.  of  thought,  and 
judgment,  the  soul,  mind,  reason,  un- 
derstonding,  first  in  Hdt.  5,  124,  cf. 
Stallb.  Piat.  Tim.  30  Β :— also,  the 
■loul,  spirit  of  an  author,  Lat.  ingenium, 
Dion.  H. — IV.  the  anima  mundi  or  liv- 
ing spirit,  which  was  supposed  in  the 
Ancient  Philosophy  ire  per  omnes  ter- 
rasqiie  tractusque  maris  coelumque  pro- 
fundum,  cf  Plat.  Tim.  30  B,  34  B, 
sqq.,  Ritter  Hist,  of  Philos.  1,  ])p. 
200,  205,  235  ;  2,  349.— V.  a  butterfly 
or  moth,  which  was  an  emblem  of  the 
immortal  soul,  by  reason  of  its  pass- 
ing through  a  kind  of  death  in  the 
chrysalis  form. —  VI.  also  as  a  prop, 
n..  Psyche,  the  mistress  of  Cupid,  or 
Love,  an  allegory  ingeniously  han- 
dled by  Appuleius,  Metaph.  Lib.  4, 
5,  and  6.  In  works  of  art,  Psyche  is 
represented  with  butterfly's  wings, 


ΫΥΧΟ 

or  even  as  a  butterfly,  Muller  Ar- 
chaol.  d.  Kunst,  ^391,9. 

Ϋνχήϊος,  η,  ov,  having  a  ψυχτι,  alive, 
living,  Luc.  Vit.  Auct.  6 ; — an  Ion. 
form. 

"•ti-xiSiov,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  ψνχή, 
Lat.  aniinula,  Luc.  Navig.  26. 

'Ϋϋχίζομαι,  only  used  as  pass.,  to 
grow  cold,  freeze. 

■ίΤνχίκός,  η,  όν,  (-ψυχή)  of  the  soul 
or  life,  e.  g.  όνναμις,  πνενμα,  the 
power,  spirit  or  breatli  of  life ;  ψ.  όρ- 
μαί,  Polyb.  8,  12,  9  : — living,  spiritual, 
mental,  opp.  to  σωματικός,  Anlh.  P. 
append.  282: — spirited,  lively,  Alex. 
Incert.  67  A:  but  also,— 2.  concerned 
with  this  life  o?dy,  animal,  natural,  opp. 
to  πνενματι.κός,  Ν.  Τ.  Adv.  -κώς, 
LXX. 

"ίτνχίνύς,  η,  όν,=τ^νχείνός. 

'^νχΊον,  ου,  τό,  ν.  -ιΐινχΐϊον. 

'1ίνχίον?.κός,  όν,=^ψνχονλκος. 

'^νχμός,  ου,  ό.  cold,  frost :  esp.,  the 
feverish  chill  of  an  ague. 

'^νχοβ?.ά3ής,  ες,  injuring,  or  in- 
jured in  the  soul. 

'ίνχοβόρος,  ον,^-φνχοφθόρος. 

Ίτϋχογονία,  ας,  ή,  {ψυχή,  γονή)  the 
generation  of  the  soul,  Flut.  2,  415  E. 

Ίί'νχογονικός,  ή,  όν,  belonging  to 
■>Ρνχογοΐ'ία. 

ίτϋχοόύικτης,  ov,  ό,  {-ψυχν,  όαίζω) 
destroying  or  killing  the  soul,  Anth.  P. 
D,  524. 

'ίνχο6ιύί3ΰ~ος,  ov,  going  through, 
piercing  the  soiJ. 

"ίτνχοδοτηρ,  ήρος,  ό.  {■φνχή,  όίόωμι) 
giver  of  the  soul  Or  life,  Anth.  P.  9,  525. 

"^νχοειδής,  ες,  {-ψυχή,  είόος)  of  the 
nature  of  soul,  spiritual,  Philo. 

Ί^νχόθίν,  adv.,  from  the  soul  or 
heart. 

Ψνχοκτόνος,  ov,  slaying  the  soul.     ' 

"ίτνχό/.είΐρος,  ov,  (ψυχή,  δλεβρος) 
soul-destroying :  6  V-j  ^^  subst.,  the 
death  nf  the  soul. 

"ίτνχο/.ίττής,  ες,  {■φνχή,  7.εί-ω)  life- 
less, όνναμις,  Anth.  Plan.  266. 

'ίΤνχομαΐ'τεϊον,  ov,  τό,  {φνχή,  μαν- 
Τεϊον)  α  place  where  the  souls  uf  the 
dead  are  conjured  up  to  be  questioned 
as  to  the  future,  like  ιΙ'νχο~ομτζεϊον, 
Plut.  2,  109  B. 

"Ϋνχόμαντις,  εως,  ό,  {χΡνχή,  μύντις) 
one  who  conjures  up  the  souls  of  the  dead, 
a  necromancer. 

"^ϋχομΰχεω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {"ψυχή,  μά- 
χομαι) to  fi<;ht  to  the  last  gasp,  fight 
desperately,  Polyb.  1,  53,  7,  etc.  Hence 

"ϊϋχομΰχία,  ας,  ή,  desperate  fighting, 
Polyb.  1,  59,6. 

"ίτνχοΰ/.ΰνής,  ες,  (ψυχή,  πλανάω) 
deluding  the  soul,  Anth.  P.  9,  524. 

ΊίΊ'χοπομττεϊον,  ov,  τό,  a  place  where 
departed  souls  are  conjured  up,  like  Tpv- 
χομαντεϊυν,  Plut.  2,  560  Ε  :  from 

Ψνχοπομτΐός,  or,  {-ψυχή,  -πέμπω) 
conductor  or  guide  of  souls,  of  Charon, 
Eur.  Ale.  362  ;  of  Apollo,  Plut.  2,  758 
Β  ;  of  Mercury. 

'^νχορά}έω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  and  -ψϋχο- 
ραγής,  ές,=-ψνχυβ^-. 

^νχη()^ΰγέω,  ώ,  ί.  -ήσω,  strictly  to 
let  the  .soul  break  loose,  hence  to  lie  at 
the  last  gasp,  Lat.  avimam  ngere,  Eur. 
Ale.  20,  H.  F.  324 ;  Ep.  -ψνχοραγέω, 
Αρ.  Rh.  2.  833:  from 

'ίνχη()^αγής.  ές,  gen.  ίος,  {'φνχή, 

έήγννμι)  letting  the  soid  break  loose, 
ence  lying  at  the  lastgusp,  γυναίκες εΐ' 
τόκοις  -φνχο^βαγείς,  Eur.  I.  Τ.  1466. 

'Ϋνχοΐ!)βΰγία,  ur,  ή,  the  death-strug- 
gle. 

Ψϋχο^βοφέω,  ώ,  f  -ήσω,  {ψνχή,  fio- 
φέω)  to  suck  out  the  soul  or  life. — II. 
(■φί'χος)  to  sip  cooled  wine.  Plat.  (Com.) 
Incert.  58. 

Ϋνχος,  εος,  τό,  {ψύχω)  : — coolness, 


■ίΎΧΡ 

cool,  Od.  10,  555,  \.esch.  Ag.  971  : 
cold,  frost,  oft.  in  Hdt.,  who  also  has 
plur.  τρύχεα,  like  Lat.  frigora,  in  4, 
28,  129 ;  and  so  φύχη,  Xen.  Oec.  5, 
4,  Cyn.  5,  9 : — εν  ψύχει,  in  winter. 
Soph.  Phil.  17,  cf  Hernupp.  Incert.  21. 

■^υχοσσόος,  ov,  (τ^νχή,σώζω)  saving 
the  soul,  Anth.  P.  9',  197  ;  15,  12. 

"ίτνχοστΰσία,  ας,  ή,  (ψνχή,  στύσις) 
α  weighing  of  souls  or  lives :  the  title 
of  a  tragedy  of  Aesch.,  in  which  The- 
tis and  Aurora  weighed  the  lives  of 
Achilles  and  Memnon  against  one 
another,  and  the  latter  was  found 
lighter,  Plut.  2,  17  Β  ;  cf  Schutz 
Aesch.  Fr.  263.  Aesch.  followed  the 
passage  in  U.  22,  210  sq.  ;  it  is  paro- 
died with  great  zest  in  Ar.  Ran.  1365, 

Ψϋχοστόλος,  ov,  sending  or  escort- 
ing the  soul. 

Ίτνχοτάκής,  ές,  {ψυχή,  τήκω)  melt- 
ing the  soul  or  heart,  χεί'λ.η,  δάκρυα, 
etc.,  Anth.  P.  5,  56.^  Plan.  19β. 

"ί^νχοτύμΊας,  ov,  ό,  (ψνχή,  ταμίας) 
the  ταμίας  of  souls,  Herin.  ap.  Stob. 
Eel.  1,  1084. 

'^νχοτροφέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  sustain 
the  soul  or  life,  enliven  :  from 

"ίΤνχοτρόοος,  ov,  {ψνχή,  τρέφω)  suis- 
taining  life  or  soul,  uvpai,  Orph.  H. 
15,  3. 

'^νχότροόος,  ov,  {ψνχος,  τρέφω) 
nourished  by  cold  or  frost,  thriving  there- 
in, Diosc. 

"Ϋνχον/^κέομαι, f.  -ήσομαι,όβρ. mid., 
to  be  at  the  last  gasp,  Lat.  animam  tra- 
here,  LXX.  :  from 

"^νχοϋ'/.κος,  ov,  {ψνχή,  έλκω)  at  the 
last  gasp. — II.  attracting  souls,  convey- 
ing them. 

'ί'νχοφθόρος,  ov,  {ψνχή,  φθείρω) 
suul-dfstructive,  deadly,  Orfih.  H.  67,  6. 

"^νχόω.  ώ,  1.  -ώσω,  {ψυχή)  to  give 
soul  or  life  to,  λ'ιβον,  Anth.  Plan.  159. 
— H.  (ψνχος)  to  cool,  make  cold,  Plut. 
2,  1052  F. 

■^υχραίνω,  f.  -ανώ,  {ψυχρός)  to 
make  cool  or  cold,  cool.     Hence 

"Ϋνχρύσία,  ας,  ή,  a  growing  cold, 
coldness,  Plut.  2,  1 1 10  A. — II.  a  making 
cold,  Epicur.  ap.  Diog.  L.  10,  107. 

"Ϋνχρενμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  cold,  frigid 
discourse,  Galen.  :  from 

"Ϋνχρενημαι,  {ψνχρός)  dep.  mid.,  to 
speak  or  act  coldly,  Hermogeti. 

"Ϋνχρή/Μτος,  ov,  {ψυχρός,  έλαννω 
III.  1): — cold  forged  :  ot  red-hot  iron 
quenched  in  cold  water,  and  so  harden- 
ed, Plut.  2,  434  A  ;  cf  Casaub.  Ath. 
501  B. 

'Ϋνχρία,  ας,  ή,  (ψυχρός)  cold,  frost- 
iness,  Plut.  2,  1038  F. 

"ίτνχρίζω,  f  -ίσω  Alt.  -ϊώ,  to  cool. 
Hence 

'ί'νχριστός,  ή,  όν,  verb,  adj.,  cooled. 

"Ϋνχροβάφής,  ές,  {ψνχρός,  βάπτω) 
dipt  in  cold  water,  Luc.  Lexiph.  5. — II. 
imparted  by  a  cold  tincture,  esp.  of  col- 
ours  and  scents,  ψ.  άνθη,  Theophr. 
de  Odor.  22  ;  cf  Salmas.  in  Solin.  p. 
807. 

"Ιτυχροδόχος,  ov,  (ψυχρός,  δέχομαι) 
receiving  what  is  cold,  οίκος  ψ-,  the 
cold-bath  room,  Luc.  Hipp.  7. 

"ΨνχροκοίΑΐυς,  ov,  {ψυχρός,  κοιλία) 
having  a  cold  stomach,  Procl. 

'ί'νχρο'λογέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  use 
frigid  phrases :  and 

'^νχρο/.ογια,  ας,  ή.  frigid  phraseolo- 
gy. Luc.  D.  Mort.  16,5:  from 

'Ϋνχρο/ιόγος,  ov,  (ψνχρός,  λ.έγω) 
u^ung  frigid  or  exaggerated  phrases. 

'ίνχρο?.ονσία,  ας,  ή.  bathing  in  cold 
water,  Theophr.  Fr.  9,  16. 

"Ϋνχρο/^ουτέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  bathe 
in  cold  water,  v.  1.  for  ψνχρολοντρέω, 
q.  V. :  from 


-ΪΎΧΩ 

^υχρολούτης,  ov,  6,  {ψνχρός,  ?.ού• 
ομαι)  a  bather  tn  cold  water. 

'ί'νχρυ/.οντρέω,  ώ,  with  uoUat  form 
ψυχμοΛοντέω,  to  bathe  in  cold  water, 
Ar.  Fr.  39  ;  cf.  Lob.  Phrjn.  594,  Wytl. 
Plut.  2,  52  E. 

■Ϋυχρομίγής,  ές.  (ψυχρός,  μίγννμι) 
mixed  with  cold,  Plut.  2,  892  A. 

"^νχροποιέω,  ώ,  f  -ήσω,  to  make 
cold  or  cool.    Hence 

"Ιτνχροποιητικός,  ή,  όν,  fitted  for 
cooling  or  refreshing. 

■Ϋνχροποιός,  όν,  making  cold,  cool- 
ing. 

"^νχροποσία,  ας,  ή,  a  drinking  of 
cold  water,  Plut.  2,  692  D,  etc. :  and 

"^υχμοπυτέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  drink 
cold  water,  Plut.  2,  60  A  :  from 

'^'νχροπότης,  ου,  ό,  (ψνχρός.  πίνω) 
α  cold-water  drinker,  Mel.  18,  Plut,  2, 
690  Β. 

'Ϋνχρός.  ύ,  όν,  (ψύχω) : — cold,  chill ; 
also  cool,  fresh ;  χαλαζα,  νιφάδες, 
χιών,  II.  15.  171;  19,358;  22,  152; 
ψ.  χαλκός  (as  we  say  '  cold  steel'),  5, 
75  :  ψ.  ύδωρ.  Oil.  9,  392,  etc. ;  τό  ψυ• 
χρόν  (sc.  νδωρ),  Theogn.  263;  ψυ- 
χρώ λοννται,  Hdt.  2,  37  (but  τό  ψ. 
Ά\9θ=.ψνχος,  cold.  Id.  1,  142);  ψ.  αί• 
θήρ,  ανραι.  Find.  Ο.  13.  125.  etc  : — 
esp.  of  dead*things.  Soph.  Ο.  C.  622  ; 
cf  Valck.  Phoen.  1448. — II.  inetaph., 
like  our  cold,  hal.  frigidus,  viz., — 1.  of 
things  and  events,  cntd,  vain,  fruitless, 
ψ.  ίπικονρίη,  Hdt.  6,  108  ;  νίκη,  9, 
49  :  also,  chilling,  dreary,  θερμην  έπΙ 
ψνχροισι  καμδιαν  έχεις,  Soph.  Ant. 
88.-2.  of  feelings,  ψνχρά  τέρψις,  έλ- 
πίς,  Eur.  Aic.  354,  1.  Α.  i014;  also, 
ψ.  βίος.  Ar.  Plul.  263.-3.  so  of  per- 
sons,  cold-heartfd,  heartless,  spiritless, 

indifferent,  without  life,  taste  or  feel- 
ing. Plat.  Euthyd.  284  E,  Xen.  Cyr. 
8,  4,  22  and  23.-4.  esp.  of  exaggera- 
ted, glittering  phrases,  or  thinas  told 
in  such  phrase, coW,/r;g-id,  A r.Tbesm. 
848  ;  έωλα  και  ψυχρά,  Dein.  551,  13  ; 
cf  Arist.  Rhet.  3,  3  :  so  adv.  -ρώς , 
ψυχρώς  ποιείν,  Ar.  Thesm.  170,  λέ 
Ύειν,  Heind.  Plat.  Euthyd.  284  Ε 
Hence 

"Ιτνχρότης,  ητος,  ή,  coldness,  cool 
ness,  chill,  cold.  Plat.  Rep.  437  E  — 
H.  metaph.  of  persons,  coldness  of 
heart,  indifference.  Dem.  312.  15. — 2. 
of  exaggerated,  glittering  phrases  ant! 
the  hke.J'rigidity,  Arislid. 

"^υχροφόβος,  ov,  (ψυχρός,  φοβέο- 
μαι)  dreading  cold  Water,  Galen. 

■Ϋνχροφόρος,  ov,  {  ψνχρός,  φέρω  ) 
carrying  cold  water,  to  ψ-,  a  cold 
bath. 

"ίί'νχρόω,  ώ,  f.  -ώσω,  (■ψυχρός)  to 
make  cold  or  cool :  pass.,  tu  grow,  be 
cold  or  cool,  Anth.  P.  12,  7. 

YT'XSi,  f  ψνίω  :  aor.  1  pass,  ίψν- 
χθην,  Jac.  Anth.  P.  p.  176;  aor.  2 
έψνγην  and  έψύχην.  Lob.  Phrvn.  318, 
Bultm.  Ausf  Gr.  ()  100,  Αηηι.'β  η.  :— 
strictly,  to  breathe,  blow,  ήκα  μά?.α 
ψνξασα,  U.  20,  440. — II.  usu.,  to  make 
cool  or  cold,  cool,  first  in  Hdt.  3,  104  ; 
opp.  to  θερμαίνω.  Plat.  Phaedr.  26S 
B,  etc.  : — hence,  to  refresh,  Lat.  fo- 
vere.  Soph.  Fr.  400;  cf  .Ales.  Άσω- 
τοδ.  1,  10,  Αρ.  Rh.  4.  1527  :— also,  to 
chill,  κέντρω  ψνχειν  ψνχαν  έμάν, 
Aesch.  Pr.  693. — 2.  pass.,  to  grow  cool 
or  cold,  Hdt.  4,  181,  and  Plat.  :  also 
of  fire,  to  be  put  out.  Plat.  Crili.  120 
Β  : — later,  an  iiitr.  act.  occurs,  to  seek 
the  cool  air,  Nic.  Th.  473. — III.  to  dry, 
make  dry.  (From  signf  I  comes  ψν- 
χή, like  Lat.  anima,  from  root  *άω 
άημι :  from  signf  II,  ψνχος.  ψνχρός, 
etc.)  [■ν  always,  exce!>t  in  aor.  2 
pass,  ψνγήναι,  v.  Ar.  Nub.  151. J 

YWWJif,  εως,  ή,  {ψνχόω)  a  giving 
1693 


•ΪΏΡΑ 

JWlI  or  life  in,  animating,  quickening, 
M.  Anton.  12,  24  : — also  the  soul  itself, 
ap.  Clem.  Al. 

Ψνχωφέλεια,  ας,  if,  profit  to  the 
soul. 

■ψυχωφελής,  ές,  (  ψνχη,  ώφελέω  ) 
profiting  the  xoul  or  spirit. 

*-tinj,  rare  coliat.  form  of  ^pάω, 
φέω,  occurring  only  in  Gramm.,  as 
the  root  of  φνθος,  τΙ'νβίζω,  ψιθυρίζω, 
ψυόρός,  -ψυόνός,  ψεύδος,  ψενδω,  etc.  : 
perh.  also  akin  to  ψύχω,  ψνχή,  ψύ- 
χος. 

Ϋώα,  Of,  ή,  (ψό)  rottenness,  putrid 
stench,  poet,  word,  only  found  ap. 
Suid.  el  E.  M.,  cf.  sq.,  and  ψώρα. 

■ϊώζα,  ή,=ψώρα,  Eupol.  Marie.  21. 

Ψωθια,  ας,  ?/,=sq. 

"ίτώβιον,  ου.  τύ,  {ψώω,  ψωμής)  like 
ψαΟχψιον,  α  small  crumb  or  bit,  Phe- 
recr.  CrapaU  4,  where  Meineke  writes 
it  as  a  dim.  ψωβίσν. 

'foiia.  Of,  ή,—ψώα.     Hence 

"^ύίζος,  ov,  >/,  slinking  ordure,  He- 
sych.,  of,  ψώα.  Others  make  it  an 
adv.,  ψώιζος,  ov,  putrid,  stinking. 

ΊΤωκτός,  η,  όν,  {ψώω)=ψαιστός. 

Ψωλή,  7/ς,  ή,  membrum  virile  prae- 
putio  rctracto,  Ar.  Lys.  143,  Av.  500. 

ίΤω?Μεις,  caaa,  ev,—B(\^,  dub. 

'ΫωΚός,  αν,  ό,  one  circumcised,  or  one 
with  the  prepuce  drawn  hack,  Ar.  A  v. 
507,  ubi  V.  Schol. — 2.  a.  letvd  fellow, 
Ar.  Eq.  904,  etc.  (Prob.  from  ψάω, 
ψώω.) 

■ίώ7.ων,  tivof ,  ό,  =  foreg.,  cf.  πό- 
σθων. 

■Ϋωμίζω,  f.  -ίσω  Att.  -Ιώ,  (ψωμάς) 
to  feed  6y  putting  little  bits  into  the 
mouth,  as  nurses  do  children,  Ar. 
Thesm.  692,  Lys.  19;  or  sick  peo- 
ple. Fo«;s.  Oec.  Hipp.:  —  generally, 
to  feed,  fatten,  ψ.  τινά  Tivi,  Ar.  Eq. 
715. 

ΊΤωμίυνοτ  ψώμιον,ον,  τό,  dim.  from 
ψω/iof,  rt  morsel,  LXX. 

ίτώμισμα,  ατός,  τό,  {ψωμίζω)  like 
ψωμΟ€.  a  morsel,  mouthful,  Arist.  Rhet. 
3,  4,  3,  Plut.  Rom.  27. 

Ϋωμυ κολακεύω,  to  be  a  flatterer  for 
mor.'rels  of  bread,  be  a  parasite,  Philip- 
pid.  Άνανεωσ.  4  ;  cf.  sq. :  from 

'ίωμοκόλ.αξ,  ύκος,  b,  (ψωμάς,  κό- 
λας) a  flatterer  for  morsels  of  bread,  a 
parasite,  cofnic  word  in  Ar.  Fr.  213  ; 
cf.  foreg. 

'^ωμοκά7.άφος,  ov,  6,  (ψωμάς,  κό- 
λαφος) one  who  takes  cuffs  for  the  sake 
of  bits  of  bread,  a  low,  mean  parasite, 
Diphil.  Thes.  1. 

"Ϋωμόλεθρος,  ου,  b,  a  bread-pest, 
bread-consumption,  comic  name  for  a 
greedy  parasite,  ap.  Suid. 

Ψωαοτζοιός.  ύν,  (ψωμάς,  ττοιέω) 
making  scraps,  Plut.  2,  224  A. 

'ΫωμοπωλεΙον,  ov,  τό,  a  place  where 
bread  is  sold. 

-ίωμός,  ov,  b,  (ψώω)  : — a  bit,  morsel, 
scrap,  mouthful,  esp.  of  meat  or  bread, 
ψωμοί  άνύρόμεοί,  bits  of  man's  flesh, 
Od.  9,  374,  Virgil's  sanies  ac  frusta  ; 
also  in  Xen.  Mem.  3,  14,  5. 

-ίώρα,  ας,  ή.  Ion.  ψώρη,  ( ψάω, 
ψώω) : — α  cutaneous  disease,  the  itch, 
scurvy,  scab  or  Tnange,  in  Plin.  scabies, 
impetigo,  psora,  of  men  and  horses, 
Hdt.  4,  90,  Plat.  Phil.  46  A,  etc.  ;— 
strictly  fern,  from  ψωρός  (sc.  νόσος) : 
also  called  κνησμονή  (from  κνάω,  to 
scratch) :  —  a  very  malignant  kind 
was  termed  αγρία  ψώρα,  LXX. ;  cf. 
also  λιμάψωρος. — II.  a  disease  of  trees, 
canker,  esp.  of  fig-trees,  when  they 
are  overgrown  with  moss,  Theophr. : 
also  of  the  olive,  Foes.  Oec.  Hipp.  ; 
though  in  the  olive-tree  it  was  prop- 
erly called  λειχί/ν,  Lat.  scabra  oliva. 
— HI.  in  very  late  writers,  α  moth; 
1694 


Ω 

elsewh.  called  φάλαινα  and  πνραν- 
στης. 

Ψωραγριύω,  ω,  to  have  a  malignant 
itch  (ψώρα  uypia),  LXX. 

'Ϋωρύλέος,  u,  ov.  (ψώρα)  itchy,  scab- 
by, mangy,  Lat.  scabiosus,  of  men  and 
animals,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  4,  11  :  of  trees, 
cankered. 

■ψωρα/.όεις,  εσσα,  εν,  =  foreg., 
dub. 

"ίωράω,  ώ,  =  ψωριάω,  q.  v..  Plat. 
Gorg.  494  G. 

"ίΤωρίΰσις,  εως,  ή,  a  being  itchy  or 
mangy, ^^ψώρα  :  from 

Ϋωριάω,  ώ,  f.  -ύσω  [ΰ],  (ψώρα)  to 
have  the  itch,  scab  or  mange,  Hipp.  p. 
1252,  and  v.  1.  in  Plat,  for  ψωράω  ; 
cf.  Lob.  Phryn.  80,  Wytt.  Plut.  2, 
126  B. — II.  of  trees,  to  be  cankered. 

'δωρικός,  Tj,  ov,  (ψώρα)  of  οτ  belong- 
ing to  the  itch,  scab  or  mange,  ψ.  ί:ξύΐ'- 
θημα,  Plut.  2,  671  Α. —  II.  τα  ψωρικύ, 
—  1.  (sub.  φάρμακα),  itch-salves,  com- 
posea  of  χα'λκίτις  and  calamine  boil- 
ed with  vinegar,  Diosc,  v.  Foes.  Oec. 
Hipp. — 2.  (sub.  νοσήματα),  cutaneous 
complaints,  Plut.  2,  732  A. 

Ψωριώόης,  ff,=sq. 

"^ωροειδής,  ες,  like  the  itch  or  scab, 
itchy,  scabby. 

Ϋωράς,  ά,  όν,  (ψάω,  ψώω)  itchy, 
scabby,  mangy,  Lat.  scaher,  in  gen. 
rough,  Diosc. :  hence  ψώρα,  q.  v. — II. 
—παιδεραστής,  Hesych.,  nisi  legend. 
ψωλός. 

"^ωροφθαλμία,  ας,  ή,  a  disease  of  the  \ 
eyes,    excessive   dryness   attended  with 
itching. 

Ψωρώδης,  ες,—ψωροειδής,  Galen. 

^Ψωφίδιος,  a,  ov,  of  Psophis,  Pso- 
phidian,  Polyb.  4,  71,  13: — ψ.  όρος, 
Anth.  P.  9,  341. 

tYufflif,  ίδος,  b,  Psophis,  son  of 
Arrhon,  Paus.  8,  24,  1. 

^'Ϋωφίς,  ίδος  or  ϊδος,  ή,  Psophis,  a 
city  of  Arcadia,  on  the  Arsanius, 
earlier  Φήγεια,  Polyb.  4,  68,  etc. ; 
Paus.  8,  24,  3.— II.  daughter  of  Xan- 
thus,  Paus.  1.  c. 

'Ϋώχος,  ov,  a,  any  thing  rubbed  small, 
dust,  sand.  (From  ψώω,  as  ψύμμος 
from  ψάω.) 

"Ϋώχω.  (ψώω)  (ο  rub  in  pieces,  grind, 
pound,  Nic.  Th.  629,  in  mid. :  whence 
the  softer  Ion.  form  σώχω  in  Hdt. 
4,  75. 

*'Ψώω,  coliat.  form  of  ψάω,  to  rub, 
grind,  etc.,  but  only  found  in  Gramni., 
as  the  root  of  ψώχω,  σώχω.  ψώχος, 
ψωμάς,  ψωρός,  ψώρα,  ψωλάς,  ψω'λη, 
etc.     Cf.  ψίω,  ψνω,  ψήχω. 


Ω 

Ω,  ω,  ώ  μέγα,  twenty-fourth  letter 
of  the  Greek  alphabet :  as  a  numeral 
ω'=ΘΟΟ,  but  ,ω=  800,000.  The  name 
oi  ώ  μέγα,  great  or  long  o,  given  at  a 
later  period,  distinguishes  it  from  the 
δ  μικρόν,  little  or  short  o,  cf.  Heind. 
Plat.  Crat.  416  B.  Its  written  char- 
acter is  said  to  be  due  to  Simonides, 
but  was  not  introduced  at  Athens  till 
the  Archonship  of  Euclides  (B.  C. 
403).  cf.  H.  The  oldest  form  was 
Ω;  then,  from  about  Hadrian's  time, 
ω,  i.  e.  00,  thus  making  its  form,  like 
its  sound,  a  double  o. 

Changes  of  ω  in  the  dialects:— I. 
in  Ion.  sometimes  for  a,  as  ώνθρω- 
■κος  ώριστος  for  άνθρωπος  άριστος, 
Koen  Greg.  p.  415.  421.— II.  in  Ion., 
also,  not  seldom  for  av,  as  θώμα  τρώ- 
μα  for  θαϋμα  τραύμα,  Greg.  p.  654. — 
HI.  in  Aeol.  and  Dor.,  ω  is  oft.  put  for 
ov,  as  ώρανός  Μώσο  κώρος  λ.ιπώσα 


ΩΓΕΝ 

for  ουρανός  Μονσα  κούρος  ^Λκοϋιτά»  ■ 
as  ov  and  ονς  in  gen.  sing,  and  acc. 
pi.  of  2d  decl.,  pass  into  ω  and  ως, 
Koen  Greg.  p.  191,  240.— IV.  in  Dor., 
u  becomes  ΰ,  as,  πρώτος  πρώτιστος 
θεωρός  become  πρΰτος  πράτιστος 
θεάρός ;  and  so,  gen.  plur.  of  first 
decl.  ων  becomes  ΰν,  Koen  Greg.  p. 
190. — V.  in  Aeol.,  sometimes,  ω  be- 
comes o,  as  opa,  ότειλή  for  ώρα, 
u7Ci?.^,Koen  Greg.  p.  615.— VI.  Aeol. 
sometimes  also  v,  as  χελννη  τέκτνν 
for  χελώντ\  τέκτων.  Bast  Greg.  p. 
586. 

ώ  and  ώ,  an  exclamation,  express- 
ing surprise,  but  also  joy  and  pain, 
like  our  Ο .'  oh  .'—2.  with  the  voca- 
tive it  is  a  mere  call  or  address,  esp. 
in  Att.  dialogue,  when  it  is  less  em- 
phatic than  the  Engl.  O.'— On  the 
position  of  ώ,  cf.  Herm.  H.  Horn.  Ap. 
14.  In  the  first  case  it  is  usually 
written  ώ,  in  the  second  ώ.  Hom., 
like  Hdt.,  oft.  has  ώ  with  voc,  ώ  as 
an  exclam.  more  rarely,  and  only  in 
forms  like  ύ  μοι,  ώ  μοι  ίγώ  and  ώ 
πάποι,  though  ώ  πόποι  is  also  found. 
In  the  Trag..  Reisig  would  write  ύ 
μοι,  Elmsl.  οι  μοι.  In  Enrip.,  when 
it  stands  alone  in  the  middle  of  a  sen- 
tence, it  must  be  written  ώ,  Seidl. 
Dochm.  p.  90,  412.  Acc.  to  Herm., 
Soph.  O.  C.  172,  1350,  ώ  before  άν- 
δρες is  omitted  only  in  an  angry 
speech,  cf  Xen.  An.  7,  3,30:  u.  Dor. 
for  ώς,  A.  B.  p.  591,  22  ;  617,  31. 

'ilia,  ή,  also  written  ώα.  (όϊς) : — α 
sheepskin  U'ith  the  rvool  on,  a  garment 
made  of  it,  Pherecr.  Ipn.  7  :  a  sheep, 
skin  scrip  or  wallet,  used  by  soldiers, 
Hermipp.  Στρατ.  4,  and  6. — II.  the 
edge  or  border  of  a  garment,  prob.  be- 
c'ause  edged  with  sheepskin  : — gene- 
rally, the  edge  or  skirt  of  a  garment  : 
in  this  sigiif,  Aurat.  and  Casaub. 
read  όφρα  μη  φην  in  Moschus  2,  123. 
Cf.  δα. 

Ώαίοί,  like  ώο<οί', an  exclam. of  pain. 

ΤίΙανις,  ιος,  b,  the  Oanis,  a  small 
river  near  Camarina  in  Sicily,  Pind. 

0.  5,  11  Bockh:  ubi  olim  Ώανος. 
'ίΐάριον,  ov,  τό,  dim.  from  ώόν,  a 

small  egg,  Ephipp.  Incert.  3.  [ΰ] 

Ώύρίων,  ωνος,  ό,  poet,  for  Ώριων, 
[ΐ]  :  hence  adj.  Ώ,αρΐωνειος^  a,  ov, 
Pind.  1.  4  (3),  84. 

'War,  ατός,  τό,  Dor.  for  οίας,  ους, 
the  ear.     Hence 

'ίΐάτοτίθημι.  Dor.  for  ονατοτίθημι, 
to  put  into  the  ear,  i.  e.  to  hear,  only 
quoted  by  Gramm.  in  fut.  pass,  ώατο• 
θήσομαι. 

^ίΐβύζω,  f.  -άξω,  to  divide  the  people 
into  ώβαί,  Lacon.  word  in  Plut.  Ly- 
curg.  6. 

'ίΐβάτης,  ου,  ό,  a  member  of  an  ώβή : 
— one  who  belongs  to  the  same  ώβή,  Lat. 
tribulis. 

Ώβή,  ης,  7],  in  Laconia,  a  subdi- 
vision of  the  three  original  Spartan  φν- 
λαί  (clans),  answering  to  the  Attic 
φματρία,  Plut.  Lycurg.  6.  Bockh 
Inscr.  No.  1272,  sqq.,  v.  Midler  Dor. 
3,  5,  {}  3.  (Perh.  akin  to  όίς,  ώα, — β 
being  the  digamma  ;  and  so  strictly, 
a  sheepfold,  pen,  Lat.  ovile,  cf  πνύζ, 
φρύτρα,  acc.  to  others=oia,  the  poli- 
tical unit;  explained  by  κώμη  in 
Hesych. :  cf.Thirlw.  Hist,  of  Greece, 

1,  p.  315  n.) 

ϊ'ίΐβήδ,  ό,  Obed,  Hebrew  masc.  pr. 
n.,  N.  T. 

Ώγαθέ,  with  "apostr.  ώγάθ\  contr. 
for  ώ  αγαθέ. 

Ώγΰνον,ον,τό,=  κνημιςϊ],Οηαηπ\. 

ΏγενόςΆηά  Ώγήν,ένος,ό,=^Ώκεα- 
νός.  Lye.  231,  hence  'ύγενίδαι,— 
Ώκεανίδαι. 


β(ΔΗ 

'Oy/iof,  Οΰ,  ό,  {ώζω)  α  crying  oh  ! 
Ώ>ί•}'ία,  ας.  ή,  Ogygia,  a  mythical 
island  in  the  Mediterranean,  the  abode 
of  Calypso,  fwith  νήσος,  Od.  1 ,  85  ;  6, 
172  ;  etc..  ace.  to  Strab.  p.  407=6rau- 
lus  near  .Maltaf. — II.  the  oldest  name 
of  Aegypt. — +2.  an  early  name  of  Boe- 
otia.  Strab.  p.  407. 

'ίίγνγιος,  a,  ov,  in  Att.  usu.  ος,  ov: 
— strictly,  Ogyginn,  of  or  from  Ogyges, 
an  Attic  tor  Theban  (v. 'fl>i'}Of)t 
king  of  the  earliest  mylhical  limes  ; 
fas  epith.  of  Thebes  ή  'ϋ-,τγίη  θήβη, 
Αρ.  Rh.  3,  1178;  cf.  Schol. ;  hence 
ai  'i2>  i'j  lac  7:v?.at  or  -yia  πνλώματα, 
the  Ogygian  gate  in  Thebes,  Eur. 
Phoen.  1113;  ApoUod.  3,  6,  6t  :— 
generally,  primeval,  primal.  Στυφός 
νόωρ,  Hes.  Th.  806  ;  ώγ.  πϋρ,  Em- 
ped.  280 ;  cf.  Find.  N.  6,  74,  Aesch. 
Theb.  321,  Pers.  974,  etc.  {Ώ}νγτις 
(perhaps,  a  Phoenician  who  came  by 
sea)  may  be  connected  with  Ώγήν, 
Ώγενός,  Ωκεανός.)  [ν] 

ΪΏγνγος,  ov.  ό,  Ogygus,  an  early 
king  of  Thebes  in  Boeotia,  Paus.  9, 
5,  1  :  cf.  Corinna  ap.  Schol.  Ap.  Rh. 
3,  1178:  ace.  toHellan.  lOearlyking 
of  Attica,  so  in  Acusil.  14  Miill. : — in 
Euseb.  'ύyvyης.—2.  the  last  king  of 
Achaia,  Polyb.  2,  41,  5  ;  4,  I,  5. 

\'Q,yvpLς,  ίόος,  ή,  Ogyris,  an  island 
in  the  mouth  of  the  Persicus  sinus, 
Strab.  p.  767  ;  Dion.  P.  607. 

'ίΐιύύριον,  ov,  TO,  dim.  from  ωδή,  a 
short  ode,  song,   [ά] 

'Ώδε,  Att.  ώδί  (q.  ν),  from  δδε,  de- 
monstr.  adv. ; — I.  of  manner,  in  this 
wise,  so,  thus,  also  so  very,  so  exceed- 
ingly, like  οντ(ύς  and  ΰς,  freq.  from 
Horn,  downwds. : — in  full  construc- 
tion, ώί5ε  is  answered  by  ώς,  so. ..as, 
as  in  II.  3,  300,  Od.  19, 312  :  esp.,— 2. 
of  a  state,  so,  as  it  is,  e.  g.  πρόμ.οΧ' 
ώδε,  come  forth  so,  i.  e.  just  as  thou 
art,  at  once,  11.  18.392,  cf.  Od.  1,  182; 
2,  28,  V.  however  signf.  II. — 2.  of 
something  following,  thus,  as  follows, 
esp.  to  introduce  another's  words, 
e.g.  II.  1,  181,  Od.  2,  111,  Hes.  Op. 
201,  etc.  ;  ώδ'  ήμείφατο,  Soph.  Phil. 
378  ;  cf.  τοιούτος,  τοιόςδε,  etc. — 4. 
pleon.  τόσον  ώδε,  Od.  9,  403,  also 
ώδε  τyδε,  Soph.  El.  1301.— 5.  c.  gen., 
ώδε  yέvovς,  Eur.  Heracl.  214  ;  cf. 
Pors.  Phoen.  372,  and  ούτω  I.  6. — II. 
oiplace, hither,  here : — the  old  Gramm. 
denied  this  usage  in  Hom.  altogether, 
and  so  does  Nitzsch  Od.  1,  182,  re- 
ferring the  passages  usu.  understood 
of  place  to  signf.  I.  1  :  but  Buttm., 
Ausf.  Gr.  ^  116  Anm.  24,  defends  the 
local  signf.  in  passages  like  II.  18, 
392,  Od.  1,  182  ;  17,  544,  and  would 
likewise  take  it  so  in  II.  2,  258  ;  12, 
346  ;  24,  398,  Od.  2,  28,  and  Hdt.  1, 
111,  115,  though  in  Hdt.  the  reading 
varies.  Some  examples  occur  also  in 
Trag.,  esp.  in  Soph.,  as  O.  T.  7,  144. 
298  ;  but  Meineke  Com.  Fr.  2,  p.  47, 
will  only  allow  this  usage  m  late 
Greek,  as  in  Theocr.,  etc.— Cf.  δδε 
A.  II. 

'Ώιδεε,  3  sing.  impf.  act.  from  οΐδέω, 
Od. 

Ώί(5ί iov,  ov,  TO,  the  Odeum,  a  public 
buildmg  at  Athens  built  by  Pericles 
for  musical  performances  (ώδαί),  but 
commonly  used  as  a  law-court,  Ar. 
Vesp.  1109  (ubiv.  Schol.),  Andoc.  6, 
14,  etc. : — for  its  shape,  etc.,  v.  Plut. 
Pericl.  13,  cf.  Theophr.  Char.  3. 

'ίΐδέν,  for  ονδέν,  barbarism  in  Ar. 
Thesm.  1197. 

Ώιδή,ής,  ij,  contr.  for  uouh}  {άείδω, 
άδω) : — a  song,  lay,  ode,  in  H.  Hom. 
Ap.  20,  Cer.  494  ;  θρήνων  ΰδαί.  Soph. 
El.  68,  cf.  Aj.  630,  etc. ;  opp.  to  λέξις, 


ΩΕΡΟ 

'  Plat.  Legg.  816  D ;  κιθαρίζειν  προς 
την  ωδήν,Ιύ.  Ale.  1,  108  A  : — in  plur., 
of  lyric  poetry,  ωδαΐ  και  ή  άλλη  ποίη- 
σις,  Plat.  Phaeilr.  245  A  : — also,  like 
έτζωδός,  Lat.  carmen,  a  magic  song, 
spell,  cf.  Schaf.  Long.  356. 

j  Ώδί,  .\tt.  strengthd.  form  of  ώδε. 
An,  Plat.  Prot.  353  C.  Gorg.  477  C, 
etc.  ;  never  in  Trag.  [i] 

I  Ώιδικός,  ή,  όν,  {ωδή)  fond  of  sing- 
ing, vocal,  musical,  Arist.  Eth.  Eud.  7, 
2.  41,  Plut.  2,  567  F.  Adv. -Kwf,  Ar. 
Vesp.  1240. 

Ώδίν,  ή,  a  bad  form  of  ώδίς,  q  v. 
sub  fin. 

ΏΛ'νάω,  ώ,  f.  ■ήσω,=^ώδίνω,  LXX. 
Hence 

'Ώ,δίνημα,  ατός,  τό,^ώδίς. 
Ώδϊνηρός,  ά,  όν,  painful,  susp. 
'ίΐδίνησις,  εως,  ή,=ώδίς.  [ϊ] 
Ώδίνω,  [ί],  f.  -ίΐ'ώ,  to  have  the  pains, 
pangs  or  throes  of  childbirth,  to  be  in 
travail,  Ar.  Thesm.  502  :  and,  c.  ace. 
to  be  in  travail  o{ a  child,  II.  11,269;  cf. 
271,  Eur.  J.  A.  1234.— 2.  generally, 
of  any  great  pain,  to  be  in  travail,  of 
the  Cyclops,  στενύχων  τε  και  ώδί- 
νων  όδυνησιν,  Od.  9.  415;  ώςτε  μ' 
ώδίνειν  τι  ότις.  Soph.  Aj.  794  ;  and 
c.  ace,  ώδ.  συμφοράς  βάρος.  Id.  Tr. 
325. — 3.  to  work  painfully  or  hard,  to 
travail,  μέλισσαι,  Mel.  110,  22. — 4. 
metaph.  of  the  mind,  to  be  in  the  throes 
or  agonies  of  thought.  Plat.  Theaet. 
148  Ε  ;  ώδ.  περί  τίνος,  lb.  210  Β  ; 
ώδίνειν  ίίς  τι,  to  long  painfully  for  a 
thing,  Heliod. 

Ώδίς,  ϊνος,  ή,  the  pain  of  childbirth, 
travail,  oft  in  plur.,  the  pangs  or  throes 
of  labour,  II.  11,  271,  H.  Ap.  92;  έν 
ώδισι,  έν  ώδίι•ων  άΐ'άγκαισι,  Eur. 
Supp.  920,  Bacch.  89  ;  αϊ  δι'  ώδίνων 
γοναί.  Id.  Phoen.  3.55: — but  in  sing., 
Pind.  O.  6,  74,  N.  1,  55.  Soph.  O.  C. 
533  ;  πικρύν  ώδϊνα  παίδων,  Soph.  Fr. 
670. — 2.  in  sing.,  also,  that  u:hich  is 
born  amid  throes,  a  birth,  child,  Pind. 

t  0.6,  51,  Aesch.  Ag.  1417,  Eur.  L  T. 

I  1 102  ;  άπτερον  ώδΙνα  τέκνων,  Eur. 

j  Η.  F.  1040;  in  plur.,  children,  Leon. 

I  AI.  16: — so,  ορτα/.ίχων  απαλή  ώδίς, 

ι  of  esgs,  Nic.  Al.  165;  ώδ.  θαλάσσης, 

ι  of  Venus.  Anth.   P.  9,  386  ;  ώδις  με- 

'  λίσσης,  of  honey,  Nonn. : — cf.  πόνος. 

I  • — 3.  generally,  travail,  pain,  distress, 

1  as  Aesch.  Cho.  211,  Supp.  770 ; — esp., 

1  like  πόθος,  of  love,  έμοί  πίκρας  ώδΐ- 

I  νας    αίτον    προςβαλών    άποίχεται, 

;  Soph.  Tr.  42 ;  cf.  Stallb.   Plat.  Rep. 

I  490  B,  Phaedr.  251  E.— 4.  a  laborious 

\  u-ork  of  the  mind,  Himerius. — II.  in 
Hellenistic  Greek,  e.g.  LXX.,  ώδίνες 

1  was  used  for  bonds,  cords,  Olshausen 
Act.  Apost.  2,  24.  (The  nom.  ώδίν, 
if  in  use  at  all,  is  at  least  bad  :  ώδίς, 
ώδίνω  is  akin  to  δνη,  οδύνη,  όδύρο- 

j  μαι,  όδνσσομαι.) 

I       ν^Ιδονίηθε,    adv.    from     Odonia= 

I  Edonia,  ap.  Ath.  683  B. 

I       Ώιδοποιός,  όν,  {ωδή,  ποιέω)  making 
songs  or  odes,  Theocr.  Epigr.  16,  4. 
Ώιδός,  ov,  ό,  contr.  for  ΰοιδός  {ΰεί- 

1  δω.  άδω)  a  singer,  minstrel,  Eur.  He- 
racl.  488 :    περί   τον    ώόον   όρνιθα. 

I  about  cock-crow,  Poll. — II.  the  cup 
passed  round  when  a  scolion  was  sung, 
Antiph.  Diplas.  1  ;  cf.  Ath.  503  D. 

Ώδνσίη,  and  ώδνσις,  ή,  anger,  ha- 
tred, dislike. 

Ώδώδει,  poet,  for  όδώδει,  3  sing, 
plqpf.  of  όζω. 

Ώέ,  exclam.  of  pain  or  grief,  Oh, 
woe  !  alas  !  Lat.  ohe  ! 

'      '£2εοΐ',  01',  TO,  poet,  for  ώϊον,  an  egg, 

I  Ibyc.  14  Bergk,  Nic.  Th.  192,  Arat.. 
Epich.  p.    100,    Simon.    135:  — also 

•  ώϊον,  Sappho  30  : — cf.  ώόν. 

I       t  ύερόη,  -ης,  ή,  the  Otrot,  a  .«mall 


ΩθίΣ 

river  in  Boeotia,  which  forms  with 
the  Asopns  an  island  at  Plataeae.  Hdt, 
9,  51  ;  Paus.  9,  4,  4.— 11.  daughter  of 
the  Asopus,  Hdt.  Paus.,  II.  c. 

Ώζω.  to  cry  oh  I  Aesch.  Eum.  124: 
hence  ώyμός.  (From  ω,  as  οΐζω  from 
oi,  οϊμώζω  from  οιμοι.) 

Ώή,  a  cry  or  call  to  another,  oh  !  oh 
there  !  holla  !  the  Lat.  ohe  or  heus, 
Aesch.  Eum.  94,  Eur.  Ion  907,  Xen. 
Cvn.  6,  19. 

ΏΘΕ  Ω,  ώ,  impf.  έώθονν,  Ep.  3 
sing,  ώθεσκε.  Od.  11,  596;  fut.  ωθή- 
σω, and  (as  if  from  *ώθω),  ώσω :  the 
other  tenses  follow  the  fut.  ώσω.  aor. 
ίωσα,  also  in  compos,  άπέωσα,  Od.  9, 
81 :  pf.  ίωκα,  pass,  έωσμαι  :  aor.  pass. 
έώσθην,  Pors.  Med.  336,  Plat,  Tim. 
79  Ε  : — in  Att.  the  augmented  tenses 
always  appear  with  the  augm.  εωθ-, 
but  in  Hom.  so  only  in  II.  16,  410,  and 
H.  Merc.  305 :  he  uses  prcs.,  impf,, 
and  aor.  act.,  (in  Ep.  form  ώσασκε, 
Od.  11,  599);  also  aor.  mid.  in  the 
forms  ώσατο,  ώσασθαι,  ώσαιτο,  etc. 

To  thrust,  push,  shove,  force  axoay  or 
from  a  place,  oft.  in  Horn.,  usu.  of 
human  powers,  as  of  Sisyphus,  σκη- 
ριπτόμενος  χερσίν  τε  ποσίν  τε  /.ΰαν 
άνω  ώθεσκε  ποτΊ  λό^ον,  he  kept  yush• 
ing  it...,  Od.  11,  596,  cf.  599  ;  έκ  μη- 
ρού δόρν  ώσε,  he  forced  the  spear  from 
the  thigh,  II.  5,  694  ;  ξίφος  άψ  ές  κον• 
7 εον  ώσε,  II.  Ι,  220;  τοισι  ό'  ΰπ' 
οφθαλμών  νέφος  ΰχλ.νος  ώσεν  Άθή- 
νη,  11.  15,  668;  ώί^.  ξίφος  διύ  τίνος, 
to  thrust  it  through  him,  Hdt.  3,  78  ; 
έςσφαγάς  τίνος,  Eur.  Or.  291  ; — esp., 
to  push  or  force  back  in  battle.  II.  8, 
336  ;  13,  193,  etc.  ;  ώσε  δ'  άύ'  ίππων, 
5,  19,  835 ;  also  of  the  waves  and 
winds/orc!»^  one  another  on,  U.  21, 
235,  241.  Od.  3.  295,  cf.  Ar.  Eq.  692: 
— ώσαι  έαντον  ες  το  πΐρ,  to  rush  into 
the  fire,  Hdt.  7,  167  ;  so  too,  ώθ.  τίνα 
έπΙ  κεφα/.TJv,  to  throw  him  headlong 
down,  Plat.  Rep.  553  Β  ;  and  in  pass. 
ώθεϊσθαι  έπΙ  κ.,  Hdt.  7,  136  : — absol., 
ώσα  παρέξ,  I  pushed  off  from  land, 
Od.  9.  488  -.—ώβ.  τίνα  ον-,ύδα,  to 
banish  one,  Stallb.  Plat.  Rep.  560  D  ; 
so,  ώθ.  έξω  δόμων,  Aesch.  Pr.  665  ; 
άττ'  οίκων,  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  241,  etc.  ; 
ώθούμεθ'  έξω.  Id.  Fr.  517,7;  ώθεΐν 
τίνα  ΰθαπτον.  Id.  Aj.  1307  : — ώσαι 
την  θνραν,  to  force  the  door,  Lys.  94, 
7 : — metaph.,  ώθ.  τά  πpήyuaτa,  to 
push  matters  on,  hurry  them,  Hdt.  3, 
81  : — in  pass.,  to  force  une^s  way,  ώθεϊ- 
σθαι εις  το  πρόσθεν,  Xen.  Hell.  7,  1, 
31,cf.  An.  5.2,18;  so,  ώθεϊσθαι  τινιείς 
χείρας,  Plut.  Thes.  5  : — mid.  mostly 
used  in  aor.  ώσασθαι,  to  thrust  or  push 
from  one^s  self,  push  OT  force  back,  esp. 
in  battle,  freq.  in  II.,  δώρα  τάχιστα 
ώσαιτ'  'Apyείυvς,  5,  691  ;  τείχεος  ινφ 
ώσασθαι,  12.  420,  etc.  ;  so  too  in  Hdt. 
3,  72,  etc.  ;  ώσασθαι  τινας  κατά  βρα- 
χύ, Thnc.  4,  96: — but  later  also  in 
pass,  signf.,  ώσασθαι  εις  το  ξίφος,  to 
fall  upon  one's  sword  ;  ώσασθαι  εις 
μέσους,  to  push  into  the  midst,  cf. 
Plut.  Poplic.  5.     Hence 

Ώβησις,  εως,  ή,=  ώθισμός. 

Ώθίζω,  f.  -ίσω,  =  ώθέω,  to  thrust, 
push  or  push  on  : — pass.,  to  push  against 
one  another,  justle,  struggle  :  metaph., 
to  be  in  hot  dispute,  Lat.  altercari,  Hdt, 
3,  76  ;  cf.  ώθισμός. 

Ώθϊσις,  εως,  ^,=sq, 

Ώθισμός,  ov,  ό,  (ώθίζω)  a  thrusting, 
pushing,  ασπίδων,  Thuc.  4,  96  : — and 
(from  pass.),  a  justling,  struggling,  ώθ. 
πο/.λός,  a  very  hot,  close  fight,  Hdt.  7, 
225 ;  άπικέσθαι  ές  ώθ.,  to  come  to 
close  quarters.  Id.  9.  62  :  metaph.,  ώθι 
σαδς  λόyωv,  a  hot  dispute,  Lat.  alter- 
calio,  Hdt.  8,  78  ;  9,  26. 

1695 


&2K1M 

'Slla,  tj,=^ua. 

Ώίγννντο,  Ep.  for  φγννντο,  3  pi. 
impf.  pass,  frotn  οϊγννμι,  II. 

Ώϊετο,  lor  φετο,  3  sing.  impf.  from 
οϊομηι,  Od.  [i] 

'UtC^i  (ώιον,  ώόν)  to  sit  on  eggs, 
brood. 

'ίΐϊξε,  ωίξαν,  Ep.  for  ί)ξε,  (ύξαν,  3 
sing,  and  pi,  aor.  1  act.  from  οιγννμί, 
Horn. 

'iiiov,  ov,  τό,^ύόν,  aji  egg,  V.  sub 
ώεον. 

'ίΐϊσθην,  Ep.  aor.  1  of  οίομαι,  Od. 

'ί2«α,  poet.  adv.  of  ΰκΰς,  quickly, 
swiftly,  fast,  very  freq.  in  Horn.,  never 
in  Tfag.,  Pors.  Med.  730.  (From 
ίίκνς,  as  τάχα  from  ταχνς.) 

ΥίΙκαλέα.  ας,  Ep.  -λίη.  ης,  η.  Oca- 
lea,  a  town  of  Boeotia,  between  Hali- 
artus  and  Alalcomenae  at  the  base  of 
Mt.  Tilphysiuin,  11.  2,  501 :— also  ai 
Ώκαλέαι,  Strab.  p.  410,  and  ή  Ώκά- 
λεία.  Apollod.  2,  4,  11. 

ί'Ωκύλεια,  ας,  ή,  Ocalea,  daughter 
of  Mantineus,  Apollod.  2,  2,  1. 

'ϋκΰλέος,  η,  ov,  later  Ep.  form  for 
ύκνς. 

Ώκέα,  Ep.  and  Ion.  ίοτ  ωκεΐα,  fern. 
from  ύκίις,  Horn. 

'ίΐκεύνειος,  ov,  ('fl«tavof)  sprung 
from  Ocean,  of  or  belonging  In  him. — 
II.  of,  from  or  out  of  the  sea.   [ΰ] 

Ώκεάνηϊάς,  ύόος,  ή,  and  'ύκεάνηίς, 
ίδος,  η,  Ερ.  fern,  of 'ί2«;εύΐ'είθζ•,  Νοηη. 

νίΐκεάνης.  ον,  ό,  ^='ί1κίανός,  the 
earliest  name  of  the  Nile,  Uiod.  S. 

1,  19. 

'ύκεύνίνη.  νς,  ή,  daughter  of  Ocean, 
Hes.  Th.  364,  389,  etc. :  hence  an 
Ocean-nymph.  (Formed  from  'ίΐκεα- 
νύς,  as  i^r/ftr/h'ri  from  Ι\ι/ι_>εύς.)  [ί] 

'ίΐκεάνίς,  i.oor,  ή,  =  'ίΐκεανίτίς. 
Find.  Ο.  2,  129. 

'ίΐκεανίτης,  ον,  ο,  fcm.  -ϊτίς,  ιόος, 
{^ίΐκεανός)  son  or  daughter  of  Ocean. 
—  II.  of,  from,  out  of  or  in  the  ocean. 

^ίίκεΰι>όν<^,  adv.,  to  the  ocean  or 
sea,  H.  Horn.  Merc.  68,  H.  Hom  31, 
IB:  from 

Ώκεϋ.νός,  ov,  o,  Oceamis,  ace.  to 
lies.  Th.  133,  son  of  Uranus  and 
Gaea,  god  of  the  great  primeval  wa- 
ter, the  source  of  all  smaller  waters, 
II.  21,  190,  Hes.  Th.  337,  368;  in- 
deed, in  II.  14,201,  he  is  even  called 
θεών  γένεσις  ;  and  in  246,  οςττερ  γε- 
νεάς ττάντεσσι  τέτνκται.  Homer's 
Oceanus  is  a  great  stream  which 
compasses  the  earth's  disc,  cf.  Hdt, 

2,  21  :  he  therefore  not  only  gives 
him  the  river-epithets,  <ΊκηΑαΙ)()ει- 
~τΐς,  άφο^βοος,  βαΟίφ^οος.  Init  calls 
hiin  outright  'Uk.  πυταμος,  Milton's 
'  Ocean-Stream,'  v.  esp.  II.  14,  245  ; 
20,  7,  Hdt.  2,  23  ;  and  so  Pind.  Fr.  6 
speaks  of  ωκεανού  παγαί  .—hence  in 
later  times  ocean  remained  as  the 
name  of  the  great  Outward  Sea,  opp. 
to  the  Inward  or  Mediterranean  ύΐά- 
λασσα,  πόντος).  Pind.  P.  4,  45,  440. 
(Prob.  from  ώκνς  and  vacj,  the  rapid- 
flowing :  perh.  also  akin  to  'ίΐγήν, 
ίίγενός,  ^ίΐγύγτ/ς.) 

'ilKKiuijv,  Ep.  gen.  plur.  from  ώκεϊα, 
fern,  from  ώκνς,  Hom. 

Υίΐκελ/.ος,  ov,  o.  Ocellus,  a  Lace- 
daemonian, Xen.  Hell.  5,  4,  22  : — cf. 
'ίίκνλλος. — 2.  ό  Αενκηνός,  the  Pytha- 
gorean phUosopher  Ocellus  Lacanus, 
Diog.  L. — In  Luc.  Όκελλος. 

Ι'Ωκελον,  ov.  70,  Ocelum,  a  city  of 
ΟΙββΙμΙηβ  Gaul,  Strab.  p.  179. 

'ίΐκέως,  adv.  from  ώκνς,  first  in 
Pind. 

'ίΐκήεις,  εσσα,  εν,  later  poet,  form 
for  ώκνς,  Leon.  Tar.  4. 

'ίΐκίμίνος.  η,  ov,  made  of  ΰκιμον, 
riosc. 

1696 


£2ΚΤΠ 

Ώκιμοειδής,  ες,  like  ώκιμον,  of  its 
sort,  Diosc. 

'ίΐκϊμον,  ov,  TO,  an  aromatic  plant, 
basil,  Lat.  ocimum,  Strattis  Incert.  1, 
5,  Eubul.  Κέρκωπ.  1,  2  ;  cf.  Schneid. 
in  Ind.  Theophr. :  also,  ώκ.  βασιλι- 
κόν. 

νΩκιμον,  ου,  ή,  Ocimum,  fetn.  pr. 
η.,  Ath.  507  C. 

'ίΐκίμώδης,  ες,  contr.  for  ώκιμοει- 
ό'ης. 

"ίΐκΐνον,  ον,  τό,  an  herb  for  fodder, 
perh.  clover,  Lat.  ocinum,  in  Cato,  and 
Varro. 

'ίΐκιστα,  neut.  plur.  from  ώκνς, 
used  as  adv.,  most  swiftly,  very  swift- 
ly, Od.  22,  77,  133. 

Ώκιστος,  η,  ov,  irreg.  superl.  from 
ώκνς,  II. 

'ilKiuv,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  irreg.  com- 
par.  from  ώκνς. 

^ίΐίκτείρησα,  a  bad  form  of  the  aor. 
1  act.  of  οίκτείρω,  only  in  very  late 
authors. 

'ίίκναλος,  ov,  {ώκνς,  ύ,λς): — sea- 
swift,  speeding  o'er  the  sea,  epith.  of  a 
ship,  11.  15,  705,  Od.  12,  182  ;  so  in 
Soph.  Aj.  710  : — later,  generally,  like 
ώκνς,  swift,  violeyit,  βίπη,  Opp.  H.  2, 
535.  [i'] 

ΫίΙκναλος,  ov,  6,  Ocyalus,  a  Phae- 
acian,  Od.  8,  111. 

Ώκνβόας,  ov,  ό,  quick  in  or  to  fight. 

'ίΙκνί3ύ?.ης,  ον,{ώκνς.  /9άλ,λω)  quick- 
hitting  or  (jujck-.ihot,  epith.  of  arrows, 
Soph.  Phil.  710 ;  but  also  of  the  hand, 
Anth.  Plan.  195. 

'ίίκνδήκτωρ,  ορός,  ό,  {ώκνς,  δύκνω) 
biting  sharply,  ()lvi],  Anth.  P.  6,  92. 

'ίΙκνίΥίδακτος,  ov,  {ώκνς.  διδάσκω) 
quickly  taught,  Anth.  9,  562.  [/"] 

'ϋκϋδίνητος,  ov,  Dor.  -δίνατος, 
{ώκνς,  δίνει,))  quick-whirling,  ίίμιλ'λαι, 
Pind.  I.  5  (4),  7. 

'ϋκνδρόμας,  ov,  ό,  =  ώκνδρόμος, 
Anth.  P.  append.  389. 

'ίίκνδμομέω.  ώ,  to  run  sii'iftly:  from 

Ώκνδρόμος.  ov,  or  ώκνδρυμος,  ov, 
{ώκί'ς,  δραμεϊ.ν) swift-running,  ΰελλαι, 
Eur.  Bacch.  871  ;  σκν?Μκες.  Anon  1,8. 

Ώκνετ:?)ς,  ες,  gen.  ίος.  {ώκνς,  έπος) 
speaking  quick,  Anth.  P.  9,  525. 

νίίκνθόη,  ης,  ή,  Oci/thoe,  one  of 
the  Harpies,  Apollod.  1,  9,  21. 

Ώκνθυος.  αν.  also  η,  ov,  Eur.  Snpp. 
993  {ώκνς,  θέω): — swift-running,  Nl)^- 
φαί,  Eur.  1.  c.  :  quick-growing,  τριπέ• 
Tj/λον,  Call.  Dian.  165. 

■\Ώκν?ιλος,  ov,  o,  Ocyllus,  a  Lace- 
daemonian, Xen.  Hell.  6,  5,  11  : — cf. 
''Ώ,κε7ι7Λ)ς. 

'ίίκνλόχεια,  ας,  ή,  {ώκνς,  λοχενω) 
she  who  gives  a  quick  or  easy  birth, 
Orph.  H.  1,  4. 

Ώκνμάχος,  ov,  {ώκύς,  μάχομαι) 
quick  to  fight,  Anth.  P.  6,  132.  [a] 

Ώκνμολος,  ov,  going  rapidly. 

'ίΐκύμομος.  ov,  {ώκνς.  μόρας)  quick- 
ly-dying, dying  early,  oft.  in  Hom., 
esp.  of  Achilles  ;  also  in  superl.,  ώκν- 
μορώτατος,  11.  1,  505. — II.  act.,  bring- 
ing a  quick  or  earli/  death,  ιοί,  11.  15, 
441.  Anth.  P.  append.  9,  0. 

'Ώκνναας,  o^',  {ώκνς,  νόος)  quickly 
marking,  Opp.  C.  I,  37. 

'ίϊκννω,^^άξννω,  Hesych. 

Ώκντνεδίλος,  ov,  {ώκύς,  πέδιλον) 
xnith  swift  sandals  ;  swift-footed,  Nonn. 

Ώκϋπετεια,  ας,  ?/,  pecul.  poet.  fern, 
of  ώκνπέτης. 

ί'ίίκνπέτη,  ης.  η,  Ocypete,  daughter 
of  Danans,  Apollod.  2,  1,  5. — 2.  one 
of  the  Harpies,  Hes.  Th.  267  :— cf. 
Ώκνβόη. 

Ώκνπέτης,  ov,  ό,  flying  or  running 
rapidly,  ϊκποι,  II.  8,  42  ;  13,  24  ;  Ιρηξ, 
Hes.  Op.  210 :  metaph.,  ώκ.  μόρος. 
Soph.  Tr.  1042. 


ΩΚΥΤ 

Ώκνπλανος,  ov,  {ώκνς,  πλάνη) 
quick-wandering,  πτέρνγες,  Eur.  Pei- 
rith.  3. 

'Ώ,κνπλοος,  ov,  {ώκνς,  πλέω)  faet- 
sailing,  Anth. 

'ίίκνποδέω,  ώ,  to  be  swift  of  foot : 
from 

'ίίκνπόδης,  ov,  ό,  poet,  for  ώκΰ• 
πονς,  Anth.  P.  5,  223  ;  9,  371. 

'ίίκνποινος,  ov,  {ώκνς, πoιvή)qvich^ 
ly-avenged,  παραβασία,  Aesch.  Theb. 
743. 

'Ώ,κνπομπος,  ov,  (ώκνς,  πέμπω) 
sending  or  conveying  rapidly,  of  ships, 
Eur.  I.  T.  1137;  πλάται,Ί\}.  1427. 

Ώκνπορέω,  ώ,  to  go  quick:  from 

'ί2κν~ομος,  ov,  {ώκνς,  πείρω)  quick- 
going,  in  Hom.  always  epith.  of  ships  : 
swift  flowing,  Aesch.  Ag.  1558: — gen- 
erally, swift,  βιπαΐ  κνμύτων,  Pind. 
P.  4,  345. 

'ίίκνπος.  ov,  rare  poet,  collat.  form 
of  sq.,  Anth.  P.  9,  525.  [tj] 

Ώκνπονς,  ό,  ή,  πονι>,  τό,  {ώκνς, 
πονς)  swift  footed,  in  Hom.  always 
epith.  of  horses  ;  of  the  hare,  Hes. 
Sc.  302;  ίλαφοι,  Soph.  O.  C.  1094; 
ιππικών  ώκνπονς  άγων.  Id.  ΕΙ.  099. 

Ώκνπτερος,  ov,  { ώκνς,  πτερόν  ) 
.'mift-winged,  sivift- flying.  Ιρηξ,  II.  13, 
62  ;  νήες,  Aesch.  Supp.  734  :  τά  ώκν- 
πτερά.,  the  long  quill- feathers  in  a  wing, 
Ar.  Av.  803;  ct.  Strattis  Maced.  7. 

ΥΟ,κνρόη,  ης,  ή,  (ώκνροας)  Ocyroc, 
daughter  of  Oceanus,  H.  Hom.  Cer. 
420  ;  Hes.  Th.  360  ;  Paus.  4,  30,  4. 

'Ώ,κνρόηΓ,  ov,  b.  Dor.  -poar,=  sq., 
Eur.  Bacch.  569. 

Ώκύροος,  ov,  poet,  for  sq.,  ποτα- 
μός, II.  5,  598  : — fem.  'ί2κΐφΰη,  ή,  an 
Oceanid,  H.  Hom.  Cer.  420,  Hes.  Th. 
300. 

'ίΙκύ()βοος,  ov,  {ώκύς,  (ώη,  /ιεω) 
quick-flowing. 

Ώκύς,  ώκεΐα,  ώκν,  gen.  εος,  είας, 
έος,  Ερ  and  Ion.  fem.  ώκέά,  in  Horn, 
more  freq.  than  the  common  fem., 
esp.  in  II.,  where  it  is  always  epith. 
of  Iris,  so  loo  Hes.  Th.  780  ;  in  Od., 
only  in  12,  374,  of  Lampetie  :  fem. 
ώκνς,  very  late.  Quick,  swift,  fleet, 
fast,  oft.  in  Horn.,  both  of  persons 
and  things,  esp.  arrows  and  ships, 
opp.  to  βραδύς,  Od.  8,  331  ;  also  in 
Pind.  P.  1,  1),  N.  3,  140,  etc..  Soph. 
Ant.  1200,  and  Eur. :  το  ώκν.  quick- 
ness, sharpness,  Eur.  Fr.  Incert.  8,  1. 
— II.  like  ΰξύς,  acting  quickly  on  the 
senses,  sharp,  ttj  άκόη,  Ael.  N.  A.  6, 
63,— III.  adv.  -έ'ως,  first  in  Pind.  P.  3, 
105,  etc.  ;— hut  in  form  ώκα,  formed 
like  τάχα,  very  freq.  in  Hom.— IV. 
degrees  of  comparison,  regul.  ώκντε- 
ρος,  ώκντατος,  Od.  8,  331  :  irreg. 
ώκίων,  ov,  gen.  όνος,  like  Lat.  ocyor, 
ocyvs ;  and  ώκιστος,  Horn.,  Aesch. 
Theb.  65. — The  word  is  poet.,  and 
mostly  Ep.  (Akin  to  οξύς,  άκή, 
ακμή,  Lat.  acer,  acutus).  [v  always.] 

Ώκνσκοπος.  ov,  {ώκνς,  ακοπέω) 
looking  or  aiming  quickly,  Anth.  P.  9, 
525. 

Ώκντης.  ητος,  ή,  {ώΐ(νς)  quickness, 
.■siviftness.  fleetness,  speed,  Pind.  P.  11, 
75  ;  also  in  Plat.  Ax.  304  C.  [v] 

Ώκντόκειος,  ov,  or  -τόκιος,  ov,  be- 
longing to  or  promoting  a  quick  and  easy 
birth  :  to  ώκντόκιον  (sc.  ψύρμακον),α 
medicine  for  this  purpose,  Ar.  Thesm. 
504,  where  the  Rav.  MS.  ώκντόκεια 
from 

'ίίκντόκος,  ov,  {ώκνς,  τίκτω)  cans 
ing  quick  and  easy  birth,  of  Diana, 
Poet.  ap.  Plut.  2,  282  C  ;  of  a  river, 
fertilising,  fertile.  Soph.  O.  C.  689:  το 
ώκντόκον,  a  quick  and  ea.sy  birth,  Hdt. 
4,  35.  —  II.  propaiox.  ώκντοκος,  ov, 


ί2ΛΗΝ 

pass.,  quickli/  born  or  produced,  as 
some  take  it  in  Soph.  1.  c,  but  v. 
Pind. 

ν^κντος,  ov,  0,  Ocytus,  a  Corinth- 
ian, father  of  an  Aeneas,  Thuc.  4, 
119. 

^βλαί,  ακος,  y,  Dor.  for  αύλαξ,  v. 
also  ώΛ^. 

'Ώλύφιον,  contr.  ΐοτώ  ίλάφιον,  Ar. 
Thesin.  1172. 

Υ^λέαρος,  ov.  ή,=  Ώ.?ύαρος. 

'ίΐλεκράνίζω,  f.  -ίσω  Att.  -ϊώ,  like 
Κνΐ3ιτίζω,  to  thrust  with  the  elbow,  to 
elbow.  Comic.  Anon.  316;  but  better 
ο7.εκμ-,  V.  Meineke  1.  c. :  from 

'ίΐλέκρύνον,  ου,  τό,  strictly  ώλενό- 
Κβανον,^^ώλένης  κράνον,  the  point  of 
the  elbow,  Anst.  H.  A.  1,  15,3;  in 
Horn,  άγκώνος  κεφαλή,  Od.  14,  494  ; 
in  Dor.  κΰβίτον,  Lat.  cubitus :  Ar. 
Pac.  443  has  also  the  form  όλέκρα• 
vov. 

ΏΛΕ'ΝΗ,  ης,  η,  the  elbow,  elsewh. 
ΰγκών  and  πήχνς,  Η.  Horn.  Merc. 
388  : — generally,  a?i  arm,  Aesch.  Pr. 
60,  Soph.  Tr.  926,  and  oft.  in  Eur.  ; 
ώλίνην  όρεξαι,  Med.  902,  of  I.  T. 
1158;  περί  ύλένας  δέρα  βάλλειν, 
Phoen.  165,  etc.  ;  ώ?.ένας  περιβύλ- 
λειν,  Ar.  Ran.  1322.  —  Π.  an  armful, 
bundle,  like  άγκα?.ίς.  Poll.  (Lat.  ul- 
na. Germ.  JS//ere-bogen,  our  e/-bow ; 
of  Ώλει-Όζ•). 

ΫίΙλενία,  ας,  ή,  poet,  -ίη,  appell.  of 
the  goat  that  suckled  Jupiter,  Arat. 
Phaen.  164  ace.  to  Schol.  ad  1.  (from 
ώλένη)  because  on  the  arm  of  Auriga; 
ace.  to  Strab.  from  "ίΐ/.ενος,  p.  387. 

ΥΩλενία,  ας,  ή,  πέτρα,  poet.  -Ίη, 
the  Olenian  rock,  11.  2,  617,  acc.  to 
Strab.  p.  341  the  summit  of  Mt.  Scol- 
lis  in  Achaia  on  the  confines  of  Elis. 

'Ι'αλενίας,  ov,  ό,  Olenias,  son  of  Oe- 
neus,  brother  of  Tydeus,  ApoUod.  I, 
8,5.^ 

'Ώ,λέΐΊος,  a,  ov,  in  the  arms. 

ί'ίΐ'λένιυς,  a,  ov,  of  Oleniis,  Olenian, 
Anth.  P.  7,  723  :— oi  'ίΐλένιοι,  thein- 
hah.  ofOlentis  (2),  Strab.  p.  386. 

'ίΐλενίς,  ίδος,  η,=  ωλένΊ]  II,  or  αγ- 
καλίς. 

^ίΐλενίτης,  ov,  ό,  fern,  -ΐτις,  ιδος, 
(ώλέίν;)  of  the  elbow  οτ  arm.  Lye.  135. 

Ώλίνοζ•,  ov,  7]  talso  ό,  Strab.  p. 
38Gt,  Olenos,  a  city  of  fAetolia,  II.  2, 
639;  Strab.  p.  451 1;  prob.  named 
from  its  lymg  in  the  bend  (ώ'λένη)  of  a 
hill,  like  the  Germ.  Ellnhogen  (elhow) 
near  Carlsbad. — 12.  a  city  of  Achaia 
between  Patrae  and  Dyme,  Hdt.  1, 
145  ;  Strab.  p.  386. 

Ώ?ιεσα,  aor.  1  act.  of  δλλνμι,  Horn. 

Ώλεσίβωλος,  ov,  {δλλνμι,  βύλος) 
crushing  clods  of  earth,  σφνρα,  Anth. 
P.  6,  104,  297. 

Ώλεσίθΰμος,  ov,  (  δλλνμι,  θνμός  ) 
smd-destroying,  Paul.  S.  Ecphr.   149. 

Ώλεσίκαρπος,  ov,  {δ/.λνμι,  καρπός) 
destroying  or  losing  the  fruits,  Ιτέα  ώλ., 
because  it  sheds  its  fruits  before 
ripening,  Od.  10.  510  :— metaph.,  ώλ,. 
τνμπανον,  the  kettle-drum  in  the 
mysteries  of  Cybele,  because  the  priests 
who  beat  it  were  eunuchs,  0pp.  C.  3, 
283.  [t] 

Ώλεσίοικος,  ov,  (δλλνμι,  οίκος) 
destroying  or  ruining  the  house,  epith. 
of  the  Erinys,  Aesch.  Theb.  720.— II. 
squandering  the  substance,  A.  B.  p.  318. 

Ώλεσίτεκνος,  ov,  {δλλνμι,  τέκνον) 
child-murdering,  Nonn.   [«] 

Ώλετο,  3  sing.  aor.  2  mid.  of  δλλν- 
Ui,  Horn. 

Ώλήν,  ενός,  ό,  rare  coUat.  form  of 
ώλένη,  ap.  Suid. 

i'ilXi/v,  ήνος,  6,  Olen,  an  early  poet 
107 


ΩΜΙΟ 
from  Lycia,  Hdt.  4,  35;   Call.  Del. 
305. 

+Ώ/ι.ίαροζ•,  ov,  ή.  Oliarvs,  a  small 
island,  one  of  the  Cyclades,  Sirab.  p. 
485,  V.  1.  Ό,7.έαρος. 

Ώ?ύγγη,  ης,  η,  and  ωλιγγία,  ας,  ?), 
=  ώλιγξ. 

'ί1?.ιγγιύο,  ώ,  to  form  wrinkles, 
wrinkle. 

'ίίλιγξ,  Ίγγος,  ή,  α  furrow,  wrinkle, 
esp.  in  the  face,  Gramm.  (Akin  to 
αύ?Μξ,  ώλαξ.) 

Ώ'λίσθησα,  later  form  of  aor.  1  act. 
from  όλισθύνυ. 

'Ώ,λλος,  ώλλοι.  Ion.  for  b  άλλοξ•,  oi 
άλλοι,  Hdt. ;  but  Schweigh.  always 
writes  'άλλοι. 

Ώλ^,  i],  poet,  syncop.  for  ώλαξ, 
ανλ,αξ,  a  furrow,  usu.  only  in  acc. 
ώλκα,  11.  13,  707,  Od.  18,375. 

Ώλοζ•,  ή,=  ώ?,ένν,  Hesych. 

νΏ,λπις.  ιος,  6,  Olpis,  an  Atheni- 
an, Anth.  P.  13,  20. 

*'Ω,λνγιος  or  *ώλνγος,  an  unknown 
radio,  word,  from  which  όιωλνγιυς  is 
derived.  (Perh.  akin  to  λιγνς,  λνζω, 
ολολύζω.) 

Ώμύδιος,  a,  ov,  {ωμός)  on  the  shoul- 
der OT  shotdders,  cf.  κατωμ-.  —  II.  as 
epith.  of  Bacchus,  =  ωμηστης,  ώμο- 
φάγος,  because  he  had  human  sacri- 
fices at  Chios  and  Tenedos,  Orph.  H. 
29,  5.  [a] 

Ώμ-άδίς,  adv.,=  sq. 

Ώμΰδόν,  adv.,  on  the  shoulder,  on  the 
shoulders. 

Ώμα?.θής,  ες,  {ωμός.  άλθω) : — έλκος 
ώμ.,  a  wound  scarred  over  too  soon, 
without  healing  properly,  ap.  Hesych. 

Ώμαμπέ/ΰνος,  η,  ov,  {ωμός,  άμπε- 
Acf)  of  the  colour  of  the  fresh  vine-leaf 
opp.  to  ξ-ηραμπέλινος. 

νΏ,μύρης,  ηνς,  ό,  Omares,  a  leader 
of  the  Greek  mercenaries  at  the 
battle  of  the  Granicus,  Arr.  An.  1, 
16.  3.  , 

Ώμαχθης,  ές,  loading  or  burdening 
the  shoulders. 

νΩββρόντητε,  Att.  crasis  for  ώ 
ίμβρόντητε,  Ar.  Eccl.  793. 

~'ίΐμες.  Dor.  for  ωμεν,  1  pi.  subj. 
pres.  from  εΙμί. 

Ώμήλ.νσίΓ,  εως,  ή,  strictly  ωμη  λν- 
σις,  bruised  meal  of  raw  corn,  esp.  bar- 
ley or  wheat  (hence  with  κρίθινη  or 
πύρινη  added),  used  chiefly  for  poul- 
tices, Foes.  Oec.  Hipp. 

'Ώ,μηστήρ,  ηρος,  o,=  sq. 

Ώμηστής,  ov,  ή,  {ωμός,  έσθίω) : — 
eating  raw  flesh,  οιωνοί,  κί'τες,  ίχβνς, 
11.  1 1,  454  ;  22,  67  ;  24,  82  ;  Κέρβερος, 
Hes.  Th.  311  ;  λέων,  Orac.  ap.  Hdt. 
5,  92,  2,  Aesch.  Ag.  827  (hence  ώμη- 
crr^/cabsol.  for  λέων,  Anth.  P.  6,  237); 
etc. ;  also  with  a  feni.,  'Έ,χιδνα  ώμη- 
στής, Hes.  Th.  300  : — generally,  sav- 
age, brutal,  ανήρ,  11.  24,  207. — II.  as 
epith.  of  Bacchus, =ώ/^ά(5ίθΓ,  Anth. 
P.  9,  524,  Plut.  2,  462  B.— Cf  ώμο- 
βόρος,  ώμοβρώς,  ώμοφύγος. 

Ώμια,  ας.  ή,^=ώμος,  LXX. 

'ίίμιαΐος,  α,  ον,  in,  on,  of  the  shoul- 
der. 

Ώμίας,  ov,  ό,  a  broad-shouldered  per- 
son. 

Ώμίύσις,  εως,  η,  =  ώμία,  ώμος, 
Philo. 

'Ώ,μίζω,  {.  -ίσω  Att.  -Ιω,  {ώμος)  to 
place  on  another^ S  shoulders: — mid.,  to 
take  on  one's  shoulders. 

"Άμιλλα,  ή,  a  game  in  which  dif- 
ferent persons  put  nuts,  birds,  etc., 
within  a  circle,  and  each  tried  to  get 
his  neighbour's  deposit  only,  Eupol. 
Tax.  1  ;  εΙς  ώμιλΛαν  παίζειν.  Poll. 
(Perh.  akin  to  6μι?ύα  or  to  άμιλλα- 

Ώμιον,  ov,  τύ,  dim.  from  ώμος, 
Anth.  P.  11,  157. 


ΩΜΟΑ 

fQ.utof,  ov,  6,  Omius,  masc.  pr.  n., 
Polyb.  4,  23,  5. 

'ίίμιστής,  ov,  6,  {ώμίζω)  a  porter. 

Ώμμένος.  part,  pf  pass,  from  όψο- 
μαι,  lut.  οίδράω,  Arist. 

'ίΐμοβοέος,  a,  ov,  or  -βόειος,  ov, 
{ωμός,  βοϋς)  of  raw,  untanned  ox-hide, 
Xen.  An.  4,  7,  22  and  26,  cf  ώμοβόϊ- 
νος: — ή  ώμοβοέη  (sc.  δορά),  a  raw  ox- 
hide, Hdt.  3,  9;  4,  65;  cf  λεοντέη, 
etc.  : — but,  ro  ώμοβόειον  (sc.  κρέ- 
ας), raw  ox-flesh.  Lucill.  73, — where 
we  also  find  the  compar.  ώμοβοείτε- 
pov. 

Ώμοβοεύς.  έως,  o.=  foreg.,  of  raw 
ox-hide,  Anth.  P.  C,  21. 

Ώμοβόινος,  η,  ov,  like  ώμοβοέος, 
of  raw  ox-hide,  Hdt.  7,  76,  79,  Xen. 
An.  4,  7,  22,  etc. : — ώμοβόϊος  and 
-βόειος  are  common,  v.  U.,  Valck. 
Hdt.  7,  91.   ^      ^ 

Ώμοβορενς,  εως,  ό,  =z  ώμοβόρος, 
Nie.  Th.  739. 

'ίΐμοβορία,  ας,  ή,  an  eating  of  raw 
flesh  :  from 

'ίΐμοβόρος,  ov,=  sq.,  Ap.  Rh.  1,  636. 

'ίϊμοβρώς,  ωτος,  6,  ή,  {ωμός,  βι- 
βρώσκω)  eating  raw  flesh.  Soph.  Fr. 
153,  Eur.  Tro.  436,  H.  F.'887. 

'ίΐμόβρωτος,  υν,  eaten  raw. 

Ώμοβίφσινος,  η,  ov,  {ωμός,  βίφσα) 
made  of  raw  leather : — also  ώμόβνρπος, 
ov,  Plut.  Crass.  25. 

Ώμοβύσσινος,  η,  ov,  of  undressed 
cotton ;  cf.  ώμόλινος. 

Ώμογέρων,  οντος,  ό,  η,  {ωμός,  -γέ- 
ρων):— afresh,  active  old  man,  11.  23, 
791  ; — cf.  Virgil's  cruda  viridisque  se- 
nectus. — II.  an  unripe  old  man,  one  un- 
timely old,  like  ώμον  γήρας  (cf.  ώμος 
ι.  2):  also  as  adj.,  βοστρνχοΓ  ώμ-, 
Anth.  P.  5,  264. 

^ίΐμοδύϊκτος,  ον,^ώμοσπάρακτος. 

Ώμοδάκης,  ές,  {ωμός,  δάκνω)  fierce- 
ly gnawing  or  stinging.  Ιμερος  ώμ., 
Aesch.  Theb.  692. 

Ώμόδάμος,  ov,  ό,  the  allegorical 
name  of  a  demon,  Ep.  Horn.  14,  10. 

Ώμοδέφητος,  ov,  raw-tanned. 

Ώμόδροπος,  ov,  {ωμός,  δρέπω)  pick- 
ed OT  plucked  unripe,  νόμιμα  ώμ..  strict- 
ly the  right  of  plucking  the  fresh  fruit, 
i.  e.  the  rights  of  the  marriage-bed,  the 
husband's  rights,  Aesch.  Theb.  333. 

Ώ,μοθετέω,  ω,  f.  -ήσω,  {ωμός,  τίθη- 
μι): — in  sacrificing,  to  place  the  raw 
pieces  cut  from  a  victim  on  the  thigh- 
bones {μηρία)  when  piled  in  order  and 
wrapped  in  the  fat  membrane  {διιμός), 
II.  1,  461  ;  2,  424;  Od.  3,  458;  also 
in  mid.,  ώμοθετειτο,  πάντοθεν  αρχό- 
μενος μελέων,  ές  πίονα  δημόν,  Od. 
14,  427  :  later,  generally,  to  offer  a 
sacrifice,  to  sacrifice,  Ap.  Rh.  3,  1033. 

Ώ,μόθριξ,  τρίχος,  ό.  ^,  {ωμός,  θρΊξ) 
with  rough,  wild  hair,  Lyc.  340  ? 

Ώμόθνμος,  ov,  {ωμός,  θυμός)  scni- 
age-heartcd.  Soph.  Aj.  885. 

'Ώ,μοι  or  ώμοι,  wrongly  also  writ- 
ten ώιιοι ;  cl.  ώ. 

Ώμοίδης,  ov,  b,  with  swollen  or  high 
shoulders. 

Ώμοκοτνλ.η,  ης,  ή,  the  shoulder- joint, 
elsewh.  έντνπωσις.  [{)] 

Ώμοκρατής,  ές,  gen.  έος,  {ωμός, 
κράτος)  strong-shouldered,  epith.  ol 
Ajax  (cf  II.  3,  227),  Soph.  Aj.  205. 

'ίΐμοκνδιάω,  ώ,  to  be  proud  of  broad 
shoulders. 

Ώμόλΐνον,  ov,  TO,  (ωμός,  λίνον) 
raw  flax,  which  is  stronger  in  the 
threads  than  the  dressed,  Lat.  crudum 
linnm,  Aesch.  Fr.  175,  cf  Salinas,  ia 
Solin.  p.  538 :  esp.  used  for  lint,  Hipp. 
— II.  strong  linen  made  thereof,  cf.  Mei- 
neke Cratin.  Archil.  8  :  a  barbel's  cloth, 
Plut.  2,  509  A. 

1697 


i2M0T 

'ίΐμόλίνοζ,  oi>,  made  of  ώμόλινον, 
Paul.  Aeg. 

Ώμολογημένωζ,  adv.  part.  pf.  pass. 
Irom  όμο/ιογέο),  confessedly,  without 
contradiction. 

'ίΐμύομαί,  as  pass.,  to  be  or  grow 
raw,  Lat.  crudcsco. 

Ωμοπλάτη,  ης,  η,  {ωμός,  πλάτη) ; 
— the  shoulder-blade,  usu.  ill  plur.  al 
ώμοπ'λάται,  Lat.  scapulae,  Xen.  Eq. 
1,  7,  Cyn.  4,  1,  etc. ;  but  also  in  sing., 
Theocr.  26,  22.  [a] 
'ίΐαοργός,  όν,  acti)igharshly,Gramm. 
'!ι2Μ0Σ,  01',  ό,  the  shoulder  with  the 
upper  arm,  Lat.  humerus,  ξίφεϊ  κ?ιηίόα 
παρ'  ώμον  πλί/ξ',  άπο  ό'  ανχένος 
ύμρν  ίέργαθεν  7/(5'  άπυ  νώτον,  11.  5, 
146  ;  μεταφρένφ  έν  δόρν  πϊ/ξεν  ώμων 
μεσσηγνς,  lb.  41  ;  τενχε'  άπ'  ώμων 
σνλάν,  15,544;  ώμοιν  epείδείv,λesch. 
Ργ.  350;  φέρειν  ώμοις,  έττ'  ώμοις. 
Soph.  Fr.  404,  Tr.  5G4  ;  so,  επ'  ώμων. 
Id.  Fr.  342,  Isocr.  392  Β  ;  cf.  esp. 
Hdt.  4,  G2 ;  ώμοισι  τοις  εμοίσι,  by 
the  strength  of  mine  arms,  Hdt.  2, 
lOG•.— usn.  of  men,  yet  also  of  ani- 
mals, as  of  a  lion,  Hes.  Sc.  430;  of 
a  dog,  Xen.  Cyn.  4,  1  ;  of  a  horse, 
like  Lat.  armus',  II.  15,  207,  Xen.  Eq. 
8,  6;  cf.  κατωμαδόν.  (From  the 
same  root  as  ώμος  comes  the  Lat. 
humerus.) 

ΏΜΟ'Σ,  ή,  όν,  raw,  undressed,  Lat. 
trudus,  esp.  of  flesh,  U.  22,  347,  Od. 
18,  87,  etc. ;  opp.  to  οπταλέος,  Od. 
12,  396 ;  ώμον  καταφαγεϊν  τίνα  or 
ώμον  ίσθίειν  τινός,  to  eat  one  raw, 
proverb,  of  savage  cruelty,  Xen.  An. 
4,  8,  14,  Hell.  3,  3,  6  ;  so,  ώμον  /3ε- 
βρώθοις  ΤΙρίαμον,  11.  4,  35.-2.  im- 
ripe,  untimely,  unseasonable,  properly 
of  fruits,  opp.  to  πίπων,  Ar.  Eq.  200, 
cf.  Arist.  Meteor.  4,  3,  4) ;  but  also 
of  a  man,  ώμον  γήρας,  an  unripe,  un- 
timely old  age,  Od.  15,  357,  Hes.  Op. 
703  ;  cf.  ώμογερων  : — ώμος  τόκος,  an 
untimely  birth,  Philostr. — 3.  like  Lat. 
crudus,  oi  undigested  food,  Plut.  2,  131 
C,  133  D.— II.  metaph.,— 1.  savage, 
cruel,  Aesch.  Ag.  1045,  Soph.  O.  T. 
828,  etc. ;  εΙς  τίνα,  Eur.  Hipp.  1264; 
and  so  in  prose,  as,  ώμ.  βοΆενμα, 
στύσις,  Thuc.  3,  36,  81  ;  ώμοΙ  καΐ  άνο- 
μοι. Plat.  Legg.  823  Ε  :— so  also  adv. 
ώμώς,  savageli/,  ώμώς  καΐ  απαραιτή- 
τως, Thuc.  3,"  84,  cf.  Xen.  Vect.  5,  6. 
— 2.  rough,  hardy.  Soph.  Aj.  548,  cf. 
Ant.  471. 
'ίΐμοαα,  aor.  1  act.  of  όμννμι,  Horn. 
ΏμοσΙτία,  ας,  ?/,  an  eating  of  raw 
food :  from 

'ΏμόσΙτος,  ov,  (ωμός,  σιτέομαι)  eat- 
ing of  raw  food  :  then,  generally,  s«i'- 
age,  epith.  of  the  Sphinx,  Aesch. 
theb.  541,  Eur.  Bacch.  338;  χηλαι- 
σιν  ώμοσίτοις,  Eur.  Phoen.  1025. — 
II.  pass.,  eaten  rani,  Lyc.  054. 

'ύμοαπύρακτος,  ov,  {ωμός,  σπα- 
ράσσω) torn  in  pieces  raw,  \r.  Eq.  345. 
^ίΐμοτάρίχος,  ov,  ύ,  {ωμός,  τύριχος) : 
— the  flesh  of  the  t^mny  pickled,  and  so 
eaten  (without  being  boiled),  Nicostr. 
Ά'3ρ.  1,2,  Alex.  Άπεγλ.ανκ.  1,4;  cf. 
Diosc.  2,  33. 

Ώμότης,  ητος,  \,  {ώμος)  : — rawness, 
esp.  of  unripe  fruit,  Arist.  Meteor.  4, 
3,  4. — II.  melaph.,  savageness,  cruelty, 
Eur.  Ion  47,  Xen.  Cyr.  4, 5,  19,  Isocr. 
64  A,  etc. 

'ίΐμοτοκέω,  ω,  f.  -ήσω,  to  bring  forth 
untimely,  miscarry,  LXX.  :  and 

Ώμοτοκία,  ar,  ή,  an  untimely  bring- 
ing forth,  miscarriage :  from 

'Ω,μοτόκος,  01',  {ωμός,  τίκτω)  bring- 
ing forth  untimely  offspring,  miscarry- 
ing, untimely,  ώδίνες,  Call.  Del.  120. 
Ώμοτομέω,  ω,  f.  -ήσω,  to  cut  raw  or 
unripe,  Paul.  Aeg. :  from 
1698 


ΩΝΕΟ 

^Ωμοτόμος,  ov,  {ωμός,  τέμνω)  cut- 
tins  what  is  raw  or  unripe. 

'ίίμυτρίβής,  ές,  gen.  έος,  {ωμός, 
τρίβω) : — brjiised  or  pressed  raw,  ώμ. 
ε'λαιον,  oil  from  unripe  olives,  The- 
ophr.  ap.  Ath.  67  B. 

'ίίμοτίφαννος,  ov,  ό,  (ωμός,  τύραν- 
νος) a  savage  tyrant,  LXX.   \y] 

'Ωμόνπνος,  ov,  {ωμός,  ΰπνος)  half 
asleep,  between  sleeping  and  leaking, 
ώμ.  άνιστάναι  τινά,  Eupol.  Incert.  8  ; 
ώμ.  άναπηδάν,  Philostr. 

'ϋμοφάγέω,  ω,  1.  -ήσω,  to  eat  or  de- 
vour raw :  and 

'ίΐμοώΰγία,  ας,  ή,  an  eating  of  raw 
fle^h,  Plut.  2,417  C:  from 

ΏμοφάγοΓ,  υν,  {ωμός.  φάγεΐν) : — 
eating  raiv.  esp.  eating  raw  flesh,  USU. 
of  savage  beasts,  ?ιέοντες,  θώες,  λύ- 
κοι, II.  5,  782  ;  11,  479  ;  16,  157  ;  ϋή- 
ρες,  Η.  Ven.  124  :  also  of  savage 
men,  Thuc.  3,  94. — II.  more  rarely 
proparox.  ώμόφαγος,  ov.  pass.,  eaten 
raw,  raw.  δαϊτες  ώμ-,  of  sacrifices  of- 
fered to  Bacchus,  Eur.  Cret.  2,  13  ; 
cf.  ώμάδιος,  ώμηστής  : — ώμ.  χάρις. 
Id.  Bacch.  139. 

Ώμοφορέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  carry  on 
the  shoulders  :  from 

Ώμοφόρος,  ov,  {ώμος,  φέρω)  carry- 
ing on  the  shoulders. 

Ώμόφρων,  όνος,  ό,  ή,  {ωμός,  ώρήν) : 
— savage-minded,  savage,  like  ωμοϋν- 
μος,  λύκος,  Aesch.  Cho.  421  ;  σίδα- 
ρος,  \Λ.  Theb.  730  ;  so  in  Soph.  Aj. 
931,  Phil.  194,  and  Eur.  Adv.  -ψρό- 
νως,  Aesch.  Pers.  911. 

'Ώ,μοχάραξ,  άκος,  ό  and  η,  {ωμός, 
χάραζ)  an  unpeeled  vine-pole,  Geop. 

"Ωιυωξε,  3  sing.  aor.  1  act.  from 
οίμώζω,  Horn. 

Ώγ,  Ion.  and  Dor.  for  ovv,  now, 
therefore,  Hdt.,  and  Pind.  ;  cf.  Jac. 
Anth.  P.  p.  387.— Hdt.  oft.  makes  a 
tmesis  by  putting  this  particle  be- 
tween the  preposition  and  its  verb, 
e.  g.  άπ'  ών  έδοντο,  '2,  39,  κατ'  ών 
έκάλνφε,  2,  47,  ϊιπ'  ών  έδωκαν,  2,  87, 
88,  etc., — in  which  cases  ών  merely 
denotes  the  sequence  of  one  action 
on  another. 

^Ωνα,  ώναξ,  poet,  and  Ion.  contr. 
for  ώ  άνα,  ώ  άναξ. 

Ώνάμην,  aor.  mid.  of  ονίνημι,  3 
sing,  ώνατο,  11.  17,  25,  cf.  Lob.  Pliryn. 
12. 

YQvapcir,  ov,  b,  Onarus,  masc.  pr. 
n.,  Plut.  Thes.  20. 

'ίΐνΰσα.  Dor.  aor.  1  of  ονίνημι, 
Theocr. 

"Ωνεμος,  Dor.  contr.  for  ύ  άνεμος, 
'ίΐνέομαι,  contr.  οϋμαι :  fut.  -ήσο- 
μαι :  it  takes  usu.  the  syllabic  augmt., 
asimpf.  έωνούμην  {E\ipo\.  Marie.  15); 
aor.  έωνησάμην  ;  pf.  έώνημαι,  etc. — 
But  good  Att.  writers  seldom  use 
ώνεομαι  except  in  pres.  and  impf., 
Lob.  Phryn.  138,  Meineke  Com.  Fr. 
2,  p.  533 ;  preferring  the  aor.  έπριά- 
μην, — whereas  they  never  have  πρία- 
μαι  as  a  pres. —  Dep.  mid.  To  buy, 
purchase,  opp.  to  πωλίω,  πιπράσκω, 
as  Lat.  emere  to  vendcre,  Hes.  Op.  339, 
Aesch.  Supp.  336,  and  oft.  in  Hdt., 
etc.  ;  ών.  τι  πηρά  τίνος,  Hdt.  5,  6, 
Plat.  Prot.  313  Ε,  Dem.  123,  21  ;  also 
c.  dat.  pers.,  to  buy  from  some  one, 
Ar.  Ach.  815,  Pac.  1261 ;  c.  gen.  pretii, 
for  so  much,  Eur.  Hec.  360,  Xen. 
An.  7.  6,  24,  etc.  ;  ώΐ'.  και  πωλ.είν 
προς  αλλήλους,  Plat.  Legg.  711  Β; 
ΐον.  έξ  αγοράς,  to  buy  at  market,  Xen. 
An.  3,  2,  21. — 2.  esp.,  to  farm  public 
taxes  or  tolls,  or  rather  to  bid  for  them, 
Andoc.  17,  28,  Lys.  108,  26,  etc.  ;  cf. 
ώνή,  and  Bockh  P.  E.  2,  p.  52.-3.  to 
wish  or  offer  to  buy,  to  bargain  or  hid 
for  a  thing,  Lat.  liccri,  Hdt.  1,  68,  69, 


Ω\ΟΣ 

165; — hence,  to  buy  off,  secure  one's 
self  against  a  thing  by  giving  vwney, 
ών.  TO  άδικείσβαι,  τον  κίνδιη'ον, 
Dem.  96,  7;  990,  17.-4.  metaph.,  to 
buy,  bribe,  τινά,  Dem.  309,  15,  cf. 
Schiif.  Appar.  2,  p.  322.— II.  very 
rarely  used  as  pass.,  though  Plat. 
Phaed.  69  B,  has  the  part,  ώνονμε- 
va,  (where  Heind.  gives  ώνού/ιεΟα, 
but  needlessly) ;  έωνημένα  might  be 
read,  for  this  part,  is  used  in  pass, 
signf.  by  Plat.  Rep.  563  B,  Lysias 
165,  16,  etc.,  ubi  v.  Markl.  (though 
also  in  act.,  Ar.  Plut.  7) ;  also  the 
plqpf.  έώνητο  in  pass,  signf.  occurs 
in  Ar.  Pac.  1182:  and  the  aor.  part. 
ώνηθείς,  Isae.  58,  15,  Plat.  Legg.  850 
A. 

Ώΐ'^,  7/ς,  ή,  {ώνος) : — a  buying,  Lat. 
emptio,  ώνή  και  πράσις,  buying  and 
selling,  Hdt.  1,  J53,  Soph.  Fr.  756, 
Plat.  Soph.  223  D  ;  ώνήν  ποιεϊσθαί 
τίνος.  Id.  Legg.  849  Β,  Dem.  894,  27. 
— 2.  purchase,  a  bargain,  Kvir.  Cycl. 
150  ; — esp.,  a  contract  for  the  farming 
of  taxes,  ώνήν  πρίασθαι  εκ  τον  δημο- 
σίον,  Andoc.  10,  16;  cf.  12,  28,  and 
v.  ώνεομαι  I.  2. 

'Ωνημα,  ατός,  τό,  {ώνεομαι)  α  pur- 
chase, Αρρ. 

Ώνήμτ/ν,  Ερ.  aor.  mid.  of  ονίνημι, 

•i-    "■  .       r  ,     , 

νΩνήρ,  Ion.  crasis  for  ο  ανήρ. 

'Ωνησα,  aor.  1  act.  of  oi'tt'7;//t,Hom. 

Ώνησείω,  desiderat.  from  ώνεομαι, 
to  wish  to  buy. 

Ώνησις,  εως,  ή,  {ώνεομαι)  a  buying, 
Lys.  ap.  Poll.  7,  15. 

Ώνητέος,  a,  ov,  verb.  adj.  from 
ώνεομαι,  to  be  bought.  Plat.  Legg.  849 
C,  Amphis  Atham.  1. 

'ίΐνητής,  ov,  6,  (ώνεομαι)  a  buyer, 
a  contractor,  Plat.  Eryx.  394  E,  Plut. 
Ages.  9. 

Ώΐ'7/Γίύω,  ώ,  f.  -άσω,  [ΰ]^=ώνησείω. 

Ώνητικός,  ή,  όν.  (ώνεομαι)  belong- 
ing to  buying,  inclined  to  buy,  Philo. 

'Ω,νητός,  ή,  όν,  also  of,  όν,  Eur. 
Hel.  816;  verb.  adj.  from  ώνεομαι: 
— bought,  Od.  14,  202  ;  δούλος  ονκ 
ώνητος  άλ?.'  οίκοι  τραφείς.  Soph. 
Ο.  Τ.  1123.— II.  to  be  bought,  that  may 
be  bought,  Eur.  1.  c,  cf.  Thuc.  3,  40. 

Ώΐ7)Γωρ,  ορός,  ό,  later  and  rare 
form  for  ωνητής,  Gramin. 

'Ω,νΟρωπε,  contr.  for  ώ  άνθρωπε. 

"Ωνθρωποι,Ιοη.  contr.  foroi  άνθρω- 
ποι. 

Ώνιος.  a,  ov,  (ώνος) : — to  be  bought, 
for  .■iale,  Lat.  vcnalis,  iirst  in  Epich. 
p.  39  :  πώς  ό  σίτος  ώνιος  ;  how's  corn 
selling?  Ar.  Ach.  758.  cf  Eq.  480  ί- 
ο. gen.  pretii,  αίματος  ή  αρετή  ώνία, 
Aeschin.  76,  27  :  ές  ώνιον  έ'λθεϊν,  to 
come  to  martset,  Theogn.  127 ;  so, 
ώνιος  είναι,  to  be  for  sale,  be  had  for 
money.  Plat.  Legg.  848  A  ;  ίστε  νρό- 
βονς  όντας  ώνίονς,  proverb,  of  great 
distress,  Dem.  598,  4  : — so  of  a  venal 
magistrate,  Dinarch.  92,  37  :  —  τα 
ώνια,  market-wares,  Xen.  An.  1,2,  17, 
etc. 

"Ωνομα,  ατός,  τό,  Aeol.  for  όνομα. 

Ώνομάδαται,  Ion.  for  ώνομασμένοί 
είσίν,  3  pi.  pf.  pass,  from  ονομάζω. 

Ώνημασμένως,  adv.  part.  pf.  jiass. 
from  ονομάζω,  by  name,  giving  a  7iame, 
Arist.  Rhet.  3,  2,  12. 

ΏΝΟΣ,  ov,  ό,  a  price,  value,  pay- 
ment, b  δ'  άξιον  ώνον  έδωκεν,  Od.  15, 
387 :  the  thing  bought  being  in  the 
genit.,  I!.  23,  746.— II.  a  buying,  like 
ώνή,  Od.  15,445. — III.  things  for  sale, 
market-wares.  (Orig.  it  had  the  /", 
cf.  Lat.  vennm,  venire,  venumdare,  ven- 
dere,  to  which  it  is  related,  as  οίνος 
to  vinum,  οίκος  to  vicus.) 

Ώνοσάμην,  aor.  1  mid.  of  όνομαι,  II. 


ΩΠΟΛ 

Ώινοχόει,  3  sing.  impf.  act.  from 
ρΙνοχοέ<ύ,  Horn. 

Ώξ,  Dor.  contr.  for  ό  εξ. 

^Ωιξε,  3  sing.  aor.  1  act.  of  οίγννμι, 
1. 

■\^Ωζος,  ov,  δ,  the  Oxus,  a  river  of 
Asia,  emptying  into  the  Sea  of  Aral, 
now  the  Amoo  or  Jihon,  Strab.  p. 
507  ;  Arr.  An.  3,  29. 

'Ωο/3ρΰ^'7/ζ•,  ές,  gen.  εος,  (ώόν,  βρέ- 
χω) soaked  in  white  of  egg,  Medic. ;  cf. 
'ε7.αίοβραχής. 

Ώό>'ΰλα,  ακτος,  τό,{ΰόν,  γάλα) 
milk  iiiixed  with  eggs,  Medic. 

'ii2o}TV^f,  ές,  born  of  an  egg. 

'Ώ,οειόής,  ές,  gen.  έος,  Ιώόν,  είδος) 
like  an  egg,  egg-shaped,  oval,  Arist.  H. 
A.  5,  28,  2. 

Ώοθεσία,  ας,  ?/,  {τίθημί)  a  setting 
eggs  on  the  table. 

Ώοιοί.  V.  uatai. 

ΏΟ'Ν,  ov,  TO,  an  egg,  Lat.  ovum, 
Hdt.,etc.  ;  ώον  τίκτειν.  Ιο  lay  an  egg. 
At.  Av.  ()95,  etc.  ;  ώον  ϊίτνας  γέγονεν, 
he  has  become  bald  as  an  egg,  Anth. 
P.  1 1 ,  398  : — ώα  νέ'λινα  τά  ιατρικά,  in 
Hero,  are  piob.  cupping-glasses  : — aii 
egg-shaped  cup,  Desnon  ap.  Ath.  503 
E.  Poet,  ώεόνοτ  ώίόν,(ν.  subojeof) ; 
ώίύν  gave  rise  to  the  old  way  of  wri- 
ting, ωόν,  which  the  etymology  will 
disprove.  (Orig.  it  was  ώΓόν,  dv-vm, 
Germ.  Ey,  A.  Sax.  aeg,  our  egg:  He- 
sych.  quotes  ύβεον  as  an  Argive 
form. ) 

'Qiov,  ro,  =i'-e/9(JOV,. quoted  by 
Eustath.  as  a  Lacedaem.  word. 

Ώόη,  also  ώότΓ  δττ,  a  cry  of  the  κε- 
λευστής to  make  the  rowers  stop  pull- 
in?,  avast.'  Ar.  Ran.  180,  208;  cf. 
Schol.  Av.  1395.  ^ 

ΏοτΓώ?.7ίς.  ov,  b,  an  egg-dealer :  fern. 
ύό^ωλις,  ίδος. 

Ώοσκο—ia,  ας,  ή,  inspection  of  eggs, 
divinatioyi  from  them. 

Ώοσκοτηκα.  τά,  a  treatise  on  ώοσκο- 
ττία,  attributed  to  Orph. 

'ίίοσκνφιοι-,  ov,  τό,  {ώόν,  σκύόος) 
an  egg-shaped  cup  with  a  double  bot- 
tom, Asclep.  ap.  Ath.  503  E.  [v] 

Ώοτοκενς,  έ<ύς,  ό,  poet,  for  ώοτό- 
κος,  0pp.  Η.  1,  750. 

Ώοτοκε'ω,  ώ,  ί.  -7/σω,  to  lay  eggs, 
Emped.  286,  Arist.  Η.  Α.  6,  11.  8, 
etc.  :  τα  ώοτοκυύμενα,  Id.  Gen.  An. 
2,  7,  8  :  and 

'Ωοτοκία,  ας,  ή,  a  laying  of  eggs, 
\rist.  Gen.  An.  ],  20,  11  :  from 

'Ώ,οτόκος,  ov,  {ώόν,  τίκτω)  laying 
eggs,  Arist.  Gen.  An.  1,  11,  4,  etc. 

Ώοφΰγέω,  ω,  f.  -ήσω,  to  eat  eggs. 

Ώοφόρος,  ov,  (ώόν,  φέρω)  bearing 
eggs  or  roe,  ΐχΟύες,  Arist.  H.  A.  9,  37, 
17. 

Ώοφνλΰκέω,  iJ,=sq.,  Arist.  H.  A. 
6,  14.  8,  etc. 

Ώοφνλακτέω,  ώ,  (ώόν,  φν?.άσσω) 
Ιο  watch  or  guard  eggs. 

Ώτϊάζομαί  and  ώτνάομαι,  f.  -ήσομαι, 
to  seek,  look,  0pp. 

Ώττερ,  adverb,  Dor.  for  ονπερ, 
where. 

Ώ,~ή.  ίίς,  ή,  (όίτωτΓΠ,  ωμμαι)  view, 
.-iight,  look,  Αρ.  Rh.  3,  821,  Nic.  Al. 
376. 

Ώττων,  TO,  dim.  from  ώ^p. 

ΏτΓίζ•,  ή,  Dor.  for  Oi-if,  epith.  of 
Diana. — 12.  a  Hyperborean  maiden, 
v.  ΟντΓίς. 

νΩττις,  ιδος,  ή.  Opts,  an  ancient 
rity  of  Assyria  on  the  Tigris,  Hdt.  1, 
189  ;  Xen.  An.  2,  4,  25  ;  now  perhaps 
Eski  Bagdhad,\.  Ainsworth's  Travels 
in  track,  etc.,  p.  116  n. 

"Ώ,πολλον,  poet,  contr.  for  ώ  Άπολ- 
7.0V. 

Ώττόλλων,  Ion.  and  Dor.  contr.  for 
ό  'Απόλλων. 


ΩΡΑ 

^Ώ,ττται,  3  sing,  pf  pass,  of  όράω. 

Ώρ,  ή,  contr.  for  6up:  dat.  plur. 
ώρεσσιν,  for  όάρεσσιν,  11.  5,  486. 

ΏΡΑ,  ας,  ή,  Ion.  ωρη,  care,  con- 
cern, heed,  regard,  τινός,  for  a  person 
or  thing,  Hes.  Op.  30 ;  ώραν  τινός 
εχειν,  ττοιείσθαι,  Hdt.  1,  4;  9,  8, 
Soph.  Ο.  C.  386,  cf  Valck.  Hdt.  3, 
155,  Theocr.  9.  20  ;  so,  νέμειν  ώραν 
τινός.  Soph.  Tr.  57.  Not  used  in 
Att.  prose.  (Akin  to  Lat.  cura:  also 
to  οίφος,  a  watcher,  ονρενς,  as  ap- 
pears from  the  form  of  ττνλονρος, 
-ωρος,  hence  also  θυρωρός,  όλίγωρος, 
etc.) 

"ΩΡΑ,  ar,  η.  Ton.  ώρη,  Lat.  HORA, 
orig.  any  limited  time  or  period,  esp.  as 
fixed  by  natural  laws  and  revolutions, 
Hom.  :  hence, — I.  a  season  generally  ; 
usu.  in  plur.,  the  seasons,  ότε  τέτρα- 
τον  η?.βεν  έτος  καΐ  έπη?ιυθον  ώραι, 
Od.  2,  107;  cf.  10,  469,  etc.,  Hes.  Th. 
58,  Hdt.  1,  32;  ώραι  Awf,  Pind.  O. 
4,  3  ;  ττεριτελλομέναις  ΰραις,  Soph. 
Ο.  Τ.  156  ;  cf  Ar.  Av.  709,  996  ;  ώραι 
ετών  και  ενιαντών,  Plat.  Legg.  906 
C  ;  cf  Symp.  188  A,  etc. ;  o'l  περί 
την  ώραν  χρόνοι,  Arist.  Pol.  7,  16, 
10  : — in  plur.,  also,  the  climate  of  a 
country  as  dependent  on  its  seasons, 
Hdt.  1,  142,  149,  cf  3,  106  :— esp.,  the 
blooming  season  of  the  year,  the  spring- 
time, II.  2,  468,  Od.  9,  51.  Homer 
and  Hesiod,  following  the  climate  of 
Ionia  or  Asia  Minor,  distinguish  three 
seasons ;  viz., — (a.)  spring,  lap,  ε'ια- 
poc  ώρη,  II.  6,  148  ;  or  ώρΐ)  είαρινή, 
II.  2,  471,  Od.  18,  367  ;  Att.  ηρος  ώρα 
or  ώραι,  Ar.  Nub.  1008,  Eur.  Cycl. 
508;  also,  ώρα  νέα,  Ar.  Eq.  419: — 
(6.)  summer,  θέρος,  θέρεος  ώρη,  Hes. 
Op.  582 ;  also,  ώρα  έτους,  Thuc.  2, 
52,  Plat.  Legg.  952  E,  Dem.  1213,27, 
cf  Bast  Ep.  Cr.  p.  108,  (though  this 
is  sometimes  also  used  of  the  other 
seasons,  cf  ώραΐυς  I.  3)  : — and, — (c.) 
winter,  χειμών,  χειμα,  χείματος  ώρη, 
Hes.  Op.  448  ;  ώρη  χειμερίη,  Od.  5, 
485  ;  Hes.  Op.  492  ;  ώραν  γειμώνος, 
in  winter.  Lys.  18,  4.  The  Athe- 
nians added  the  fourth  season,  όττώ- 
pa  or  autumn  :  but  later,  seven  sea- 
sons were  assumed,  εαρ,  θέρος,  όπώ- 
pa,  φθινόττωρον,  σττορητός,  χειμών. 
φυτα'λιά.  The  three  old  seasons 
prob.  were  all  equal,  but  the  Athe- 
nians reckoned  to  εαρ  and  ό~ώρα 
each  two,  to  θέρος  and  χειμών  eacli 
four  months,  Eur.  Incert.  90. — 2. 
later,  of  the  whole  year,  έν  Ty  ττέρυσιν 
ώρα,  last  year,  as  we  also  say  '  last 
season,'  Dem.  1283,  20;  εις  ώρας,  in 
the  future  year,  Plut.  Pericl.  13; 
also,  εις  ά'/Χας  ώρας,  hereafter,  Eur. 
1.  A.  122  ;  εις  ώρας  ετέρας,  Ar.  Nub. 
562  ;  εις  ώρας  κηπειτα,  Theocr.  15, 
74  ;  cf.  ώρασιΐ'. — II.  the  time  of  day  ; 
first  in  H.  Hom.  Merc.  67,  155,  400; 
όψέ  της  ώρης,  late  in  the  day,  Dem. 
541,  fin.; — also  in  full,  ώραι  ημέρας, 
the  times  of  day,  i.  e.  morning,  noon, 
evening  and  night ;  ώρα  νυκτός,  night 
time. — 2.  in  the  definite  signf.  of  aji 
hour,  it  is  much  later,  being  prob.  so 
first  used  by  the  astronomer  Hip- 
parchus  (about  140  B.C.),  cf  Idelers 
Chronol.  I,  p.  239  ;  cf  infra  B.— III. 
generally,  the  right,  fitting  time  or  hour, 
the  time  or  season  for  a  thing,  like  και- 
ρός, oft.  in  Hom.  ;  esp.  the  time  of  corn 
ripening,  εις  ώρας  άμώεν,  Od.  9,  135: 
fi;  ώρη,  in  good  time,  early,  Od.  17, 
176,  Ar.  Vesp.  242,  etc. ;  also  absol. 
in  ace,  ττ/ν  ώρην,  Hdt.  2,  2  ;  8,  19  : 
— oft.  c.  gen.  rei,  ώρη  κοίτοιο,  ύπνου, 
the  timeforhed  or  sleep,  bed-<nne,  Od. 
3,  334  ;  11,  379  ;  so,  ώρη  δόρποιο,  γά- 
μου, Od.  14,  407 ;  15,  126 ;  also,  άν- 


ΩΡΑΙ 

δρος  ώρα,  time  for  a  husband.  Plat. 
Criti.  113  D,  cf.  ώραϊος  III:  so,  ώρα 
άρότου,  άμήτον,  Hes.  Op.  458,  573  : 
— ώρα  (εστίν),  'tis  time  to  do  a  thing, 
c.  inf,  Od.  II,  330,  373,  and  Att.; 
and  c.  ace.  et  inf,  Od.  21,  428  ;  ώρα 
κης  οίκον  (i.  e.  ώρα  εστίν  καΐ  ελθείν 
εις  οίκον),  Theocr.  15,  147. — IV.  in 
plur.,  the  four  quarters  of  the  heavens, 
Hdt.  2,  26.— V.  in  Att.,  also,  the  time 
of  life,  age,  a  certain  liine  in  the  life  of 
man,  usu.  the  freshest,  fairest  time,  the 
spring  or  prime  of  life,  youth,  ώραν 
εχειν,  to  be  in  one's  prime,  Aesch. 
Theb.  13,  Supp.  997  ;  manhood.  Id. 
Theb.  537  :  hence  also,  youthful  beau- 
ty, φεϋ  φευ  της  ώρας!  του  κάλλους! 
Ar.  Αν.  1724;  cf  Plat.  Phaedr.  234 
A,  Xen.  Mem  2,  1,  22.  etc.,  Heind. 
Plat.  Phaed.  80  C  ;  though  it  was 
strictly  the  freshness  and  vigour  of 
youth  without  any  notion  of  beauty, 
V.  Stallb.  Plat.  Rep.  601  Β  ;  cf  ωραί- 
ος IV: — Pind.  personifies  Ώρα,  like 
"ΐΐ!3η,  Ν.  8,  1.— 2.  also  of  trees,  ώρα 
δενδρώτις,  Aesch.  Fr.  38. —  Vi.  in 
Att.  also  sometimes  for  τά  ώραΐα,  the 
fruits  or  produce  of  the  year,  ιιπό  της 
ώρης  έτρέφοντο,  Xen.  Hell.  2,  1,  1. 

Β.  αϊ  ^Ωραι,  the  Hours  ;  in  II.  5, 
749 ;  8,  393,  keepers  of  heaven's 
cloud-gate  ;  and  in  genl.  ministers 
of  the  gods,  II.  8,  433  ;  21,  450  ;  esp. 
of  Venus,  H.  Hom.  5,  5.  12:  ace.  to 
Hes.  Th.  902,  the  three  daughters 
of  Jupiter  and  Themis,  named  Euno- 
mia.  Dike  and  Eirene,  who  watch 
over  and  prosper  all  the  works  of 
men :  presiding,  chiefly,  over  the 
changes  of  time,  the  seasons  of  the 
year,  with  all  that  belongs  to  each 
period  ;  hence  the  source  of  ripe  per- 
lection  in  all  products  of  iiature,  esp. 
in  the  pritne  and  beaiity  of  human 
life  ;  oft.  theieiore  joined  with  the 
Χάριτες,  Η.  Hom.  Αρ.  194,  Hes.  Op. 
75. 

VQ'pa.  ων,  τά,  Ora,  a  city  of  India, 
Arr.  An.  4,  27. 

'Ωραία,  ας,  ή,  the  good  season,  spring 
and  summer,  v.  ωραίος  I.  3. 

Ώρΰίζω,  f  -ίσω,  contr.  ώράζω.  (ώρα 
V)  : — to  make  beautiful,  adorn,  decorate, 
dress  : — pass.,  to  be  beavtful,  to  bloom, 
Aristaen.  2,  10:  —  mid.  to  give  one's 
self  airs,  behave  affectedly,  Eupol.  In- 
cert. 23,  ubi  V.  Meineke.     Hence 

Ώραΐσμός.  ov,  a,  adornment,  elegance, 
Plut.  2,  972  D,  etc.  ^ 

Ώραιοδώτης,  ov,  ό,  giver  of  beauty : 
'=ώρεσιδώτης. 

Ώραιοκόμος,  ov,  studying  dress  or 
decoration. 

Ώραιόμορφος,  ov.fair  of  form. 

Ώραιόομαι,  as  pass.,  to  be  beautiful, 
LXX. 

Ώραιοπολέω,  ώ,  to  live  with  the  beau• 
tiful. 

Ώραιοπώλης,  ov,  ό,  selling  ripe 
fruits :  V.  sub  ωραίος  I. — 11.  making  a 
traffic  rf  one's  charms  or  person. 

Ώραιος,  a,  ov,  produced  or  ripened 
at  the  fit  season  (ώρα) :  esp.  of  ripe 
summer  fruits,  like  Lat.  hornus ;  βίος 
or  βίοτος  ώρ.,  a  living  on  ripe  fruits, 
Hes.  Op.  32,  309 :  ώρ.  καρποί,  the 
fruits  of  the  sraso7i,  hnt.  fructus  annui, 
hornotini  or  horaci,  also  annona,  Hdt. 
1,202;  so  (inore  commonly)  tu  ώραΐα, 
Thnc.  3,  58,  Plat.  Legg.  845  E.  etc. ; 
so  too,  τρωκτά  ώραΊη,  Xen.  An.  5,  3, 
12  :  h^ncc  also  of  fish,  etc.,  in  season, 
ώρ.  πηλαμύς.  Soph.  Fr.  446  ;  τάριχος 
ώραΐον,  fish  soiled  or  pickled  in  the 
season,  Alex.  Tlorrjp.  1,5;  ίχβί'ες  ές 
τάγηνον  ωραίοι,  Babrius  6.  4  ;  σαρ- 
γάνη  ώρ.,  the  pickling-Xah,  Poll.  7,  27: 
and  in  Hesych.  ώραιοπώλης  for  ταρι- 
1699 


βΡΕΟ 

χοττώλης : — but, — 2.  τα  ώβαΐα,=κα- 
'αμήνια,  Hipp. — 3.  ?}  ωραία,  as  subsl., 
like  (jpa  ετονς,  the  season  of  com  or 
fruit  ripening,  harvest-time,  esp.  the 
twenty  days  before  and  alter  the  ri- 
sing ot  the  dog-star  : — then,  the  good 
season,  spring  and  summer,  esp.  the 
four  or  five  months  during  which 
troops  kept  the  fielil,  Dem.  1C3,  10; 
1292,  5. — II.  generally,  happening  at 
the  right  or  fining  time,  suitable  to  or 
favoured  by  the  season,  favotirable,  fair, 
άμοτος,  ίργον.  Has.  Op.  015,  640; 
ϊτλόϋζ•,  lb.  028  :  ώραΐόν  ίση,  the 
weather  is  fair,  App.  : — and,  absol., 
την  opairjv  ονχ  vti,  it  does  not  rain 
in  the  (rainy)  season,  Hdt.  4,  28  ;  cf. 
ώρα  III. — 111.  of  persons,  etc.,  season- 
able or  ripe  for  a  thing,  c.  gen.,  παρ- 
θένος γάμου  ωραία,  Hdt.  1, 196,  Xen. 
Cyr.  4,  6,  9, —  Virgil's  jam  matura 
viro ;  so,  ώραϊος  γαμαΐν,  Eur.  Phoe- 
nix 1,2;  ωραίοι  γάμοι,  seasonable 
marriage,  Aesch.  ^r.  49,  Eur.  Hel. 
12  : — freq.  also  of  old  persons,  ripe  or 
ready  for  death,  Eur.  Ale.  519  ;  tv 
ώραίω  ιστασθαι  βιω.  Id.  Phoen.  908  ; 
ωραίος  ύποϋΐ'ήσκει,  Plut.  2,  178  D: 
—  geneially,  seasonable,  ft,  proper, 
ωραίων  τνχείν  =  νομίμων  τυχείν, 
Eur.  Supp.  175. — IV.  υ1  the  age  of 
man,  at  the  freshest,  fairest  age,  in  the 
spring  or  prime  of  life,  youthful,  Hes. 
Op.  093  :  hence  also  in  the  bloom  of 
youth,  blooming,  beuuCful,  and  so  oft. 
joineil  with  κα/.ός,  e.  g.  Find.  O.  9, 
141  ;  10  (11),  124,  Ar.  Ach.  1148, 
Av.  138,  Xen.  Mem.  1,13;— though 
strictly  it  did  not  necessarily  imply 
this,  for  Plat,  says,  ωραίων..,  καλών  όέ 
U7j,  Rep.  001  Β  ;  and  Arist.  speaks  of 
persons,  άνευ  κάλληνς  ωραίοι,  Rhet. 
S,4,  3  ;  cf.  ώρα  V. — "ί^ριος  is  another, 
but  only  poet.,  form.     Hence 

Ώρηί077/ζ•,  7/TOf,  ή,  the  ripeness  of 
the  fruits  of  the  year,  Arist.  Plant.?  — 
II.  the  bloom  of  youth,  beauty,  Xen. 
Oec.  7,  43,  in  plur. 

'ίΐρΰίσμής,  οΰ,  δ,  (  ώραίζω  )  gay 
dressing,  etc.,  usu.  in  bad  signf.,  LXX. 

Ώράιστής,  ov,  o,  a  dandy,  fop. 

'ίΐρΰκιαω,  ώ.  i.  -άσω  [ώ],  to  faint, 
swoon  away,  Ar.  Ran.  481,Pac.  702: 
— others  write  ώρακιάω  as  if  for 
ώχρίάω. 

'ϋρΰκίζω,  f.  ■ίσω,=  (oτeg.,  Suid. 

'ilpavuWi,  Aeol.  and  Dor.  for  ovpa- 
νόβι,  VVelcker  Alcman  5. 

'ίΐράνιος,  Aeol.  and  Dor.  for  ουρά- 
νιος, Sappho  52. 

'ίΐρά^'ος,  ό,  Dor.  for  ουρανός. 

"ίΐρασι,  ώράσιν,  adv.,  (ώρα):  —  at 
the  right  time,  is  now  read  in  Ar.  Lys. 
301,  ubi  V.  Dind. :  μη  ώρασιν  ίκοίμην, 
as  an  imprecation,  Luc.  D.  Meretr. 
10  :  cf  βύρασί. 

ΥίΙράτιος,  ου,  ύ,  the  Rom.  name 

Horatius,  Plut. 

ΥΩρειθνια,  ας,  ή,  {όρος,  θΰω  Β, 
roaming  wildly  over  the  mountains)  Ori- 
thyia,  daughter  of  Erechtheus  king 
of  Attica,  mother  of  Zetes  and  Ca- 
lais by  Boreas,  Hdt.  7,  189;  Ap,  Rh. 
1,  211.— 2.  one  of  the  Nereids,  11.  18, 
48. — Others  in  Anth. ;  etc. 

'ίίρείον,  ov,  TO,  (ώρα): — a  place 
where  siimmer-Jruits  are  kept,  a  grana- 
ry, Lat.  horreum,  also  ώριον,  ώββειον  ; 
cf.  ό[>εΙον,  υριον,  υρμεην. 

ΥίΙρείτης,  ov,  6,  an  inhab.  of  Oreus  ; 
oi  ΏρεΙται,  ών,  the  Orltae,  Xen.  Hell. 
5,  4,  57. 

Ώρείτροφος,  ov.  poet,  for  όρείτρο- 
φος,  Anth.  P.  9,  524. 

ί'ίίρεός,  ού,  ό  also  ?}.  Pans.  7,  26, 
Oreus,  a  city  of  Euboea,  earlier  call- 
ed Ιστιαία,  Thuc.  8,  9.) ;  Xen.  Hell. 
5,  4,  56 ;  Paus.  7,  26,  4. 
1700 


ΩΡΙΟ 

Ώρεσίδονπος,  ov,  poet,  for  όρεσί- 
δουτνος,  making  a  din  on  the  mountains, 
Anth.  P.  9,  524. 

Ώρεσϊδώτης,  ov,  6,  (ώρα,  ΰίδωμι) 
one  uho  brings  on  the  sea.sons,  or  who 
gives  the  ripe  fruits  in  their  season, 
epith.  of  Apollo,  like  ώρη^όρος,  Anth. 
P.  9,  525. 

Ώρεσίτροφος,  ov,=  ώρείτροφος. 

"ίίρεσσιν,  Ep.  contr.  dat.  for  όύρεσ- 
σιν,  II.  5,  486,  v.  ώρ.  δαρ. 

'Άρετο,  3  sing.  aor.  2  mid.  from 
δρνυμι,  11. 

'ίίρεύω,  {ώρα)  : — to  take  care  of,  at- 
tend to,  mind,  c.  ace,  Hes.  Th.  903; 
V.  Ruhnk.  Ep.  Cr.  p.  100,  et  ap.  Gaisf 
Hes.  1.  c. 

Ώρέω,  {ώρα)=^ώρενω. 

'ίίρη,  ή.  Ion.  for  ώρα,  Horn. 

"ilpv,  ή,  Ion.  for  ώρα,  Hes.,  and 
Hdt. 

'ίίρην,α,  ατός,  τό,  {ώρέω)  that  which 
is  taken  care  of,  minded  or  watched, 
Hesych. 

i  ίίρητανία,  ας.  ή.  Oretania,  a  dis- 
trict in  Hispania,  Strab.  p.  141  :  from 

iΏpητavot,  ών,  οι,  the  Orttani,  a 
people  of  Hispania,  on  the  Anas, 
Strab.  p.  139. 

Ώρηφόρος,  ov,  {ώρα,  φέρω)  leading 
on  the  seaso7is,  or  bringing  on  the  fruits 
in  their  seaso7i,  epith.  of  Ceres,  H. 
Hom.  Cer.  54,  192,  492. 

Ώρια,  7/,^=ώραιότης,  dub. 

f'ilpia,  ας,  ή,  the  territory  of  Oreus, 
Strab.  p.  445. — II.  Oria,  a  city  in  the 
territory  of  the  Oretani,  Id.  p.  153. 

Ώριαίνω,  -νομαι,^ώρα'ίζω,  -ζομαι, 
Clearch.  ap.  Ath.  554  B. 

'ίίριαίος,  a,  ov,  {ωρη  111)  an  hour 
long,  Plolem. 

'ί2ριύς,  άδος,  pecul.  poet.  fern,  of 
ώριος,  Orph.  H.  9,  19. 

ΥίΙριγένης,  ους,  δ,  Origlnes,  Origen, 
masc.  pr.  n.,  Anth.  P.  11,  15: — esp. 
the  celebrated  ecclesiastical  writer. 

^ίίριγξ,  ιγγος,  ■η,=  ώλιγξ. 

Ώρίζεσκον,  Ion.  impf.  from  οαρίζω, 
Η.  Hom.  Merc.  58. 

ΥΏ.ρίκιης,  a,  ov,  pfOricum,  Orician, 
alu,  Dion.  P.  399. 

fQ.piKOv,  ov,  TO,  in  Hdt.  9,  93 
'ίίρικος  λιμην,  Oricum,  a  port  of 
Epirus,  a  colony  of  the  Euboeans, 
Strab.  p.  316;  cf.  Polyb.  7,  19,  2; 
Plut.  Caes.  37:— in  Scymn.  440  Έλ- 
?.ηνις'ίΙρικος. 

Ώρΐκός,  η,  όν,  (ώρα)  : — ripe,  mature, 
in  one's  prime,  Ar.  Ach.  272: — in  the 
bloom  of  life,  youthful,  blooming,  Ar. 
Fr.  40,  etc.  ;  ώρ.  νέος,  Ael.  Ν.  Α.  14, 
5;  cf.  4,  8  ;  5,  J7. — 11  in  season,  sea- 
sonable, ώρικώς  πννθάΐ'ει,  you  ask 
seasonably,  Ar.  Plut.  963  ; — or,  ace.  to 
others,  so  maidenly  ί 

Ώρϊμύζω,  f.  -άσω,  {ώριμος)  to  ripen, 
late. 

Ώρΐμαία,  ή,  an  astrological  word. 

"ίΐρϊμυς,  ov,  poet,  for  ωραίος,  ripe, 
βότρνς,  Leon.  Tar.  29 :  timely,  in 
season,  of  fish,  Nicom.  ap.  Ath.  291 
Β  : — also  in  late  prose.  Lob.  Phryn. 
52.     Hence 

Ώρίμότης,  ητος,  ij,  ripeness,  season- 
ableness,  late. 

ΏριόκαρτΓος,  ov,  {ώριος,  καρπός) 
with  ripe  or  timely  fruit,  Orph.  H.  55, 
11. 

Ώριον,  adv..  Ion.  for  avpiov. 

'Ώριον,  TO,  V.  ώρείον- 

"ίίριος,  OV,  poet,  form  of  ωραίος, 
happening,  returning  at  fixed  times  and 
seasons.  Hes.  Op.  490,  511  ;  ώρ.  τελε- 
ταί,  Pind.  P.  9,  172:  ώρια  πάντα,  a\[ 
the  fruits  of  the  seas07is,  Od.  9,  131  : 
hence — 11.  timely,  seasonable, ripe,  Hes. 
Op.  392  :  c.  dat.,  ώριος  γάμω,  ripe  for 
wedlock,  Anth.  P.  7,  188,  etc.— III. 


ΩΡΟΝ 

'  at  the  right  time,  in  season,  seasonable, 
Hes.  Op.  390,  420,  695.— IV.  in  Anth^ 
at  night,  during  the  night,  v.  Meineke 
Euphor.  55. — This  poet,  form  is  also 
used  in  late  prose,  Lob.  Phryn.  p.  52. 

"ίίρισμα,  ατός,  τό,  contr.  for  όάρι- 
σμα. 

'ίίρισμένως,  adv.  part.  pf.  pass. 
from  δριζω,  definitely,  Polyb.  10,  46, 

"Ώ,ριοτος,  Ion.  for  ό  άριστος,  Horn., 
esp   in  11,  v.  11.  11,  288. 

Ώριων,  ωνος,  6,  Orion,  a  hunter, 
in  the  oldest  Greek  mythology,  the 
handsomest  of  his  race,  beloved  by 
Aurora,  but  slain  by  Diana,  Od.  5, 
121,  sq.,  11,  310:—  after  death  he 
hunted  in  the  nether  world,  Od.  II, 
572  (though,  no  doubt,  this  passage 
is  a  later  addition). — 11.  a  bright  con- 
stellation named  alter  him,  which  rose 
just  after  the  summer  solstice,  and 
was  usu.  followed  l)y  storms,  11.  18, 
480,  sq. ;  22,  29,  Od.  5,  274,  He.s.  Op. 
596,  607,  sq. ;  cf  Voss  Virg.  G.  1, 
205. — HI.  an  Indian  bird,  Ael.  N.  A. 
17,  22.  [i  Ep.,  ί  Att.,  v.  Eur.  Ion 
11.53,  Cycl.  213;  cf.  A.  B.  p.  1433.] 

Ώρμέύται,  -ύτο.  Ion.  3  pi.  pf.  and 
piqpf  pass,  from  ορμάω,  for  ώρμηνται, 
ώρμηντο,  Htit. 

'ίίρνυεν,  ώρνντο,  3  sing.  impf.  act. 
and  mid.  from  δρνυμι. 

'ίΙ{)θ)ράφεω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  write 
history  by  seasons,  write  annals  :   and 

Ώρυ)ράώία,  ας,  ή,  historical  narra- 
tive by  seasons,  annals,  Diod.  :  from 

'ίΐρογράφης,  ov.  {ώρα,  γράφω)  wri- 
ting history  by  years  :  an  annalist,  Plut. 
2,  809  A  ;  cf  Wess.  Diod.  1,26,  Foes. 
Oec.  Hipp,  [d] 

'ίϊρόδεσμος,  ov,  δ,  a  straw  rope  for 
binding  sheaves  of  corn,  like  ονλύόετον. 

Ώροϋίτέω,  ώ.  {.-ήσω,  {ώρα,  τίβημι) 
to  take  note  οίΛ\.\\\η^ιη  casting  a  nativi- 
ty or  observing  the  natal  hour,  Anth.— 
II.  to  be  in  the  ascendant  at  that  hour, 
of  one's  ruling  planet,  Anth.  P.  11, 
160,  161. 

Ώρο'λογέω,  ώ,  f.  -ησω,  {ώρα,  7\.έγω) 
to  tell  the  times  of  day  or  hours,  as  a 
dial  does.     Hence 

Ώρολογητής,  ov,  δ,  one  that  tells  oi 
counts  the  hours,  Timon  ap.  Ath 
406  E. 

Ώρο?Μγιον,  ov,  τό,  {ώρα,  λέγω)  a 
horologe,  i.  e.  an  instrument  for  telling 
the  hour,  a  dial,  clock  :  ώρ.  σκίοθηρι- 
κόν,  the  sun-dial  of  Anaximander, 
Plin.  2,  78  ;  ώρ.  νδραυλακόν .  a  vvater- 
clock,  —  κλε-φνδρα,  cf.  Aristocl.  ap. 
Ath.  174  C,  Plii,.  7,  CO. 

ΥίΙρομάζης,  ου,  δ,  liornmazes,  fa- 
ther of  Zoroaster,  Plat.  Ale.  1,  1•,:2  A. 

Ώρόμαντις,  εως,  δ,  {ώρα,  μάντις) 
the  hour-prophet,  said  of  a  cock,  dub. 
1.  in  Babnus. 

νΏ.ρομάσ&7]ς,ου,ό,  Oromasdes,  Per 
sian  masc.  pr.  n.,  Plut.  Alex.  3. 

νϋρομέδων,  οντυς.  ύ,  Oromednn,  a 
mountain  in  the  island  Cos,  beneath 
which  one  of  the  giants  lay,  Theocr. 
7,  40. — 11.  father  of  Syennesis,  Hdt. 
7,  98. 

ΏρονομεΙον,  ov,  τό,  and  ώρονόμιον, 
τό,^=ώρολόγιον,  from  ώρονομέω. 

Ώρονομενω,  poet,  for  sq.,  Mane- 
tho. 

Ώρονομέω,  ώ,  Ιο  mark  out  the  hours  : 
— to  rule  the  hour,  of  a  planet,  γένεσιν 
ώρυνομεϊ  Κρόνος,  Anth.  P.  11,  383  : 
and 

Ώρονομικός,  7/,  όν,  of  or  for  a  ώρο- 
νόμος :  ώρ.  κατασκεύασμα,  an  instru- 
ment for  dividing  and  marking  the 
hours :  and 

Ώρονόμιον,  ου,  τό,  v.  ώρονομείον : 
from 


ΩΡΩΠ 

'Ω,ρονόμος,  οι>,  {ώρα,  νέμω)  marking 
the  hours  of  the  day  :  ό  ώρονόμος,  a 
dial,  clock  ;  but  also  of  the  cock.  Ba- 
brius  ap.  Suid. — 11.  in  astrology,  ru- 
ling the  hour,  of  the  planet  which  is 
in  the  ascendant. 

Ώρορε,  3  sing.  aor.  2  redupl.  of  όρ- 
ννμι,  Horn. 

'Qpof.  ov.  6.  poet,  contr.  for  άωρος, 
sleep,  Call.  Fr.  150.— 11.  night,  Mei- 
neke  Euphor.  Fr.  55. 

^Ωρος,  ευς,  τό,  Dor.  for  όρος.  Ion. 
οϊ'ρος,  a  mountain. 

^ίΐρος,  ov.  6,  like  ωρα.  a  time,  sea- 
son. Foes.  Oec.  Hipp. :  theyear,  Plut. 
2,677  D:  hence  in  p!ur.,"a)!rta/.9.  v. 
sub  ώρογράόος,  and  cf.  Coray  Heliod. 
3,  p.  314. 

ϊ'Ωρος.  ov,  b,  Orus,  son  of  Osiris 
and  Isis,  a  king  of  Aegypt,  Hdt.  1, 
144,  156: — as  a  deity  corresponding 
to  the  Grecian  Apollo. — 2.  an  early 
Aegyptian  writer.  Luc.  Gall.  18. — 3. 
a  Grecian  before  Troy.  II.  11,  303. 

Ώροσκο—εΐοΐ',  or  -σκόπιην,  ov,  τό, 
=  ώροσκόττος  2. — II.  ==  ώρο'λόγιον, 
Heliod. 

Ώροσκοττέω,  ώ,  f.  -ησω,  {ώροσκό- 
ΛΌζ" )  ίο  observe  the  hours  :  esp.  in  as- 
trology, to  observe  the  hour  of  birth  and 
interpret  it,  dratv  a  horoscope.     Hence 

Ώροσκό-ησις,  εως,  ή,  and  ώροσκο- 
Ίτία,  ας,  ή,  observation  of  the  seasons  or 
hours :  esp.  in  astrology,  observation 
of  the  hour  of  birth,  casting  of  a  nativity, 
a  horoscope. 
Ώροσκόπιην,  ov,  τό.^ώροσκοπείον. 

'Ωροσκό—ος,  ov,  {ώρα.  σκοπέω)  ob- 
serving hours  or  times ;  esp.  in  astrol- 
ogy, observing  the  hour  of  a  birth,  cast- 
ing a  nativity,  belonging  thereto,  Plin. 
— '2.  b  ώρ.,  BiSS\ihst.,  a  nativity  so  cast, 
horoscope,  Porphyr.  ap.  Slob.  Eel.  2, 
386. 

■  Ώροτρόφος,  ov,  {ωρα,  τρέφω)  nurs- 
ing or  fostering  the  seasons,  bringing 
them  on,  Orph.  H.  7,  10. 

Ώ/^ρειον,  ov,  TO,  V.  ώρεϊον. 

Ώρσε,  3  sing.  aor.  1  act.  of  δρννμι, 
Horn. 

'Ώρτο.  Ep.  3  sing.  aor.  2  mid.  of 
δρννμι,  Horn. 

Ώρνγγες,  οι,  a  sort  of  pied  horses, 
0pp.  C.  1,316. 

Ώρί'γτ/,  ης,  ή,=  ώρυθμός,  Herme- 
sian.  5,  72,  Plut. 

Ώρνγμα.  ατός.  τό,  Anth.  P.  6, 233 ; 
and  ώρνγμός.  ov,  δ,=^ώΐ7νθμός. 

Ώρϊ'δόν,  [ώβύομαι)  adv.,  with  bel- 
lowing or  roaring,  Nic.  Al.  222. 

Ώρνθμός,  ov,  b,  a  bellowing,  roaring, 
Theocr.  25,  217 :  from 

'Άρνομαι.  fut.  -νσομαι,  dep.  mid., 
to  howl,  bellmv,  roar  ;  esp.  of  hungry 
dogs,  wolves,  lions,  etc.,  Lat.  rugire, 
Theocr.  2,  35,  Call.  Fr.  423,  Coluth. 
116; — ^also  of  men,  δρθιον  ωρνσαι, 
Pind.  Ο.  9,  163 ;  esp.  of  savages, 
either  in  mourning,  Hdt.  3,  117,  or 
joy,  lb.  4,  75 :  then  of  any  roaring 
sound,  as  of  the  sea,  Dion.  P.  83, 
Anth.  P.  II.  31.— II.  transit.,  to  howl 
over,  bewail,  Theocr.  1,  71. — The  act. 
only  in  Suid. — Not  found  in  good  Att. 
(Cf.  Sanscr.  ni,  rav,  arav,  Lat.  rugire, 
rudere,  etc.,  Pott  Et.  Forsch.  1,  p. 
213.)  [ϋ] 

Ώρνωμα,  arof,ro,=6Wft/<5f  ,LXX. 

[0] 

Ώρχαΐος,  Ion.  and  Dor.  contr.  for 
(5  άρ;ΐ(αΙος. 

ί'ύρωτΓία,  ας,  ή,  the  territory  of 
Oropus.  Thuc.  4,  91  :  from 

ΥΩρώπως,  a.  ov,  of  Oropus,  Oro- 
pian;  οι  Ώρώπιοι,  the  inhab.  of  O.  ; 
from 

+Ώρω7ΓΟζ•,  ov,  b,  Oropus,  a  strong 
city  of  Boeotia,  near  the  mouth  of  the 


ΩΣ 

Asopus,  late,  assigned  to  Attica,  now 
Ropo,  Hdt.  6,  100;  Thuc.  8,  60.— 
Other  cities  of  this  name  are  men- 
tioned by  Steph.  Byz.  in  Euboea,  etc. 

Ώρώρει.  3  sing,  piqpf  of  δρννμι,  11. 
18,  498,  Soph.  O.  C.  1622. 

Ώρωρέχΰται,  Ion.  for  bpωpεγμέvoι 
elciv,  3  pi.  pf.  pass,  from  όρέγω. 

Ώρώρνκτο,  3  sing,  plqpf.  pass,  from 
όρνσσω.  Hdt.  1,  186. 

ΏΣ  will  be  treated  of  under  the 
following  heads : —  A.  as  .\dverb  of 
?nanner  ;  and  that, — A  (a),  ως.  from 
the  demons! r.  pron.  δς,  b,  so,  thus, 
Lat.  sic,  like  τώς,  from  *τός,  όντως 
from  ούτος  :  but — A  (b).  ώς  (without 
accent)  from  the  relat.  pron.  δς,  as, 
Lat.  ut. — B.  ώς,  as  conjunction. — C, 
D.  various  usages  difficult  to  classify. 

A  (a),  ώς,  demonstr.  adv.  of  man- 
ner, so,  thus,  Lat.  sic,  freq.  in  Hom., 
and  in  Ion.  prose,  as  Hdt.  3,  13;  6, 
76,  etc.  ;  also  in  Att.  poets,  but  rare 
in  Att.  prose,  Valck.  Phoen.  841, 
Heind.  and  Stallb.  Plat.  Prot.  326  D, 
338  D  ;  cf.  mox  infra. — 2.  και  ώς,  even 
so,  nevertheless,  like  δμως,  II.  1,116, 
etc.  ;  opp.  to  ονό'  ώς,  /ιηό'  ώς,  not 
even  so,  in  no  way,  11.  7,  263,  Od.  1,  6, 
etc. ;  ονυέ  κεν  ώς,  II.  9,  386 : — the 
phrases  και  ώς,  ονό'  ώς,  μιιδ'  ώς.  are 
used  in  Att.  prose. — 3.  m  compari- 
sons, ώς...ώς,  so. ..as,  Lat.  sic.ut,  and 
reversely  ώς...ώς,  as. ..so,  II.  1,  512.  cf 
Valck.  Phoen.  1437  : — also.  ώςτε...ώς, 
as. ..thus,  H.  Hom.  Cer.  174-6. —  4. 
thus,  for  instance,  Od.  5,  121,  125,  129, 
H.  Ven.  219: — Herm.  indeed  prefers 
the  relat.  ώς,  as  for  instance  ;  but  this 
does  not  suit  Od.  5,  129. — II.  ώς  for 
ώς,  V.  sq. 

A  (b).  ώς,  relat.  adv.  of  manner,  as, 
Lat.  ut,  first  in  Hom.  In  full  con- 
struction it  is  relative  to  a  demonstr. 
adv.,  which  may  follow  or  go  before 
(v.  supra  A  (a.)  3).  but  is  very  oft. 
omitted  :  it  is  relative  not  only  to  the 
strictly  demonstr.  advs.  ώς,  τώς,  ώδε, 
αντως,  but  also  to  τόσον,  as  in  II.  4, 
130  ;  to  TavTtj,  Plat.  Rep.  365  D,  etc. 
— The  relat.  ώς  never  takes  the  ac- 
cent, except  at  the  end  of  a  sentence, 
or  when  it  follows  the  word  depend- 
ent on  it,  as,  θεδς  ώς  {ίοτ  ώς  θεός),  II. 
5,  78,  etc.  ; — a  usage  freq.  in  Hom., 
and  other  poets  ;  rare  in  Ion.,  and 
prol).  never  in  Att.  prose. — We  find  a 
collat.  Dor.  form  ώ  in  A.  B.  p.  591, 
617. — This  relat.  ώς  can  only  be  at- 
tached to  the  latter  part  of  a  propo- 
sition, viz.  to  the  predicate  or  object, 
and  that  by  way  of  apposition  : — 1.  in 
common  comparisons,  as,  like  as,  an- 
swering to  an  anteced.  so,  ώς,  όντως, 
11.  3,  415  :  sometimes  in  the  signf. 
according  as,  where  the  relat.  pron.  δς 
or  δσος  might  stand,  as,  ελών  κρέας 
ώς  (i.  e.  α)  oi  χείρες  έχύνδανον,  Od. 
17,  344  ;  ώκα  όέ  μητρί  έννεπον  ώς 
(i.  e.  όσα)  είδόν  τε  και  έκλνον,  Herm. 
Η.  Hom.  Cer.  172  ;  so  in  Att.  prose, 
as,  TO  βήμαμέμνημαι  «JCftTTP,  Aeschin. 
64,3;  cf  Schaf  Soph.  O.  C.  1124, 
Lob.  Phryn.  427. — On  the  tenses  and 
moods  used  by  Hom.,  etc.,  in  com- 
parisons, V.  Jelf  Gr.  Gr.  ^  402,  3  ; 
Θ68,  4.— Longer  similes  are  usu.  in- 
troduced by  ώς  δτε,  ώς  δ'  δτε,  where 
δτε  oft.  seems  superfluous,  as  in  II.  4, 
462,  ήριττε  δ'  ώς  δτε  ■πύργος,  but 
rather  there  is  an  ellipse  of  ήριτζε 
with  πύργος,  as  we  find  in  II.  13,  389, 
7/ριπε  δ',  ώς  δτε  τις  δρυς  ήριττε  :  ώς 
δτε  IS  rare  in  short  similes,  as  Od. 
11,  368. — This  ώς  is  very  seldom 
omitted.  Lob.  Soph.  Aj.  167  ;  and  is 
never  (strictly  speaking)  doubled, 
Seidl.  Eur.Tro.  147.— Lastly,  Buttm. 


ΩΣ 
Lexil.  s.  V.  φή  5  remarks  that  in 
Hom.,  ώς,  as,  when  put  before  the 
thing  compared,  always  has  a  verb 
or  partic.  expressed  after  it,  except 
in  such  manifestly  elliptic  places  as 
Od.  14,  441,  aW'  όντως,  ΕνμαΙε,  ψί- 
7.ος  All  πατρί  γένοιο,  ώς  έμοί  (scil. 
εγενον)  :  the  only  passage  where  it 
is  used  with  a  simple  noun,  like  Lat. 
insiar,  c.  gen.,  being  the  dub.  1.,  II.  2, 
144,  ώς  κύματα  μακρά  θαλάσσης :  for 
in  these  cases  it  either  follows  its 
noun  and  takes  the  accent,  as,  βεδς 
ώς.  λύκοι  ώς,  etc..  or  else,  before  the 
noun,  ώςτε,  εύτε  or  ήντε  is  used. — II, 
with  adverbial  clauses,  and  that, — 1. 
parenthetically,  to  qualify  a  general 
statement,  as,  ώς  ίμοϊ  δοκεΐ,  ώς  ίοικε, 
etc.,  as  I  think,  as  it  seems,  etc. ;  ώς 
ήμε/ς  φαΐμεν  άν,  as  we  might  say, 
and  so  on  :  in  Hdt.  this  qualifying 
clause  is  usu.  put  first.  In  these  cases 
γε  or  γονν  is  oft.  added,  ώς  yovv  b  /.ά- 
γος σ/ιυαιιει,  as  at  least  the  state- 
ment shows  : — in  oratione  obiiqua  c. 
inf.,  ώς  σφίσι  δοκεϊν,  Hdt.  2,  124,  etc. 
Also  ώς  is  oft.  omitted,  e.  g.  φασί, 
οΐμαι,  they  say,  I  think.  An  anaco- 
luthon  sometimes  occurs  by  the  verb 
of  the  principal  clause  being  made 
dependent  on  the  parenthetic  verb, 
as,  ώς  δε  Σκνθαι  ?ιέγονσι,  νεώτατον 
άττάντων  εθνέων  είναι  (for  ήν)  το 
σψέτερον,  Hdt.  4,  5,  cf  1,  58,  65,  etc. ; 
uvTfp  δδ'  ώς  έοικεν  ου  νεμεϊν  (for  ού 
νέμει,  ώς  εοικε).  Soph.  Tr.  1238  ;  two 
modes  of  expression  being  confused, 
V.  Schaf  and  Erf  Soph.  Ant.  736. 
Hdt.  gives  the  construction  in  full  in 
3,  56;  9,  32.-2.  with  elliptical  phra- 
ses, ώς  έμοί  or  ώς  γ'  έμοί  (sc.  δοκεΐ); 
so,  ώς  γ'  έμοι  κριτή  and  ώς  y'  έμοΙ 
χρήσβαι  κριτ?/,  Valck.  Hipp.  324  ;  ώς 
έμ})  <5ό%,  Xen.  Vect.  5,  2  ;  ώς  απ' 
δμμάτων  (sc.  είκάσαι)  to  judge  by 
eyesight,  Soph.  Ο.  C.  15:  cf.  Jelf 
Gr.  Gr.  >&  599,  4  :—  ώς  λακεδαιμόνιος 
(sc.  είναι),  for  a  Laced.,  Thuc.  4,  84, 
cf  Hdt.  2,  8;  4,  99;  also  with  άν, 
μεγάλα  έκτήσατο  χρήματα  ώς  ΰν  εί- 
ναι Ύοδώττιος,  to  be  but  Rhodopis, 
i.  e.  seeing  she  was  no  more.  Id.  2, 
135: — for  ώς  είττείν  and  the  like,  cf. 
infr.  B.  II.  3. — 3.  in  like  manner  ώς 
is  attached  to  the  object  of  the  verb, 
σνμπέμ-ψας  αντδν  ώς  φύλακα  (sc.  εί- 
ναι), having  sent  him  with  them  as 
{I.e.  for.  to  be)  a  guard,  Hdt.  1,44; 
ώς  ΰ)  αθδν  μέ")  ιστον  τιθέναι  τον  νό- 
μον.  Plat.,  etc.— (Here  might  come 
the  usage  of  ώς  with  participles  and 
prepositions,  but  for  convenience  it 
is  put  separately,  v.  infra  C.)— 4.  with 
adverbs,  and  that— a.  with  the  posi- 
tive, to  strengthen  it,  as,  ώς  αληθώς, 
strictly,  as  of  a  truth,  i.  e.  in  very 
truth  ;  so,  ώς  έτέρως,  etc.  ;  (unless  it 
be  taken  as  exclamation,  hoxv  truly ! 
how  differently  !  Lat.  quam  vere  !) :  in 
this  signf  with  advs.,  adjs.,  and  verbs, 
Valck.  Phoen.  150,  624,  cf  D.  I.  1. 
Thus  too,  ώς  follows  adverbs  ex- 
pressing any  thing  extraordinary,  βαυ- 
μαστώς  or  θανμασίως  ώς,  νπερψνώς 
ώς,  etc..  Plat.,  cf.  sub  voce.  :  these 
are  elliptic,  θανμασίως  ώς  μέγα.  etc., 
else  ώς  after  the  adv.  must  have  been 
ώς,  cf  Jelf  Gr.  Gr.  i)  823  Obs.  7  :  here 
ώς  is  sometimes  separated  by  several 
words  from  its  adv.,  ^s.  θανμαστως 
μοι  είπες  ώς,  Plat.  Phaed.  95  Α• 
ύπερφνώς  δή  το  χρήμα  ώς.  Id.  Alcib. 
2,  147  C. — b.  with  the  comparative, 
ώς  seems  to  be  very  doubtful,  v. 
Stallb.  Plat.  Rep.  347  E.—c.  with  the 
superlative,  ώς,  like  δτι  and  δπως.  is 
very  freq.=  Lat.  quam,  heightening 
the  superl.,  ώς  μάλιστα.  Lat.  quam 
1701 


ΩΣ 

ma:sime ;  ώς  βφστα,  Lat.  quam  facil- 
lime ;  ώς  τάχιστα,  Lat.  quam  celerrime ; 
very  freq.  from  Hilt,  downvvds. :  this 
is  also  elliptic  for  L•ς  εστί  δννατυν 
τάχιστα,  etc.,  as  we  find  in  full,  ώς 
ύννατον  άριστα^  Isocr.  265  A  ;  and 
not  rarely  with  the  verb  όυναμαι,  ΰς 
ίδΰνατο  κμάτιστα,  Xen.  An.  3,  2,  6 ; 
ώς  οΙόν  τε  μάλιστα,  etc. — We  find  a 
further  pleonasm,  ώς  οτι  μάλιστα,  in 
Plat.  Legg.  908  A.  Hither  may  also 
be  referred  the  phrases  ώς  το  πολύ, 
ώς  έτΓΐ  τι)  πολύ,  ώς  έπΙ  το  πλείστον, 
for  the  most  part,  commonly,  Lat. 
plerumque,  ut  plurimum. — 5.  with  su- 
perlative adjectives,  ώς  άριστος,  ώς 
βέλτιστος,  the  best  possible,  etc., 
very  freq. :  sometimes  separated  from 
the  adj.  by  a  prepos.,  as,  ώς  ες  ελάχι- 
στον, for  ές  ώς  ελάχιστον,  'fhuc.  1, 
63  ;  ώς  έν  βμαχυτάτοις,  for  έν  ώς 
βραχντάτοις,  Antipho  113,  21  ;  ώς  εν 
έχνρωτάτω,  for  έν  ώς  έχνρωτύτφ, 
Xen. ;  etc. 

Β.  ώς  as  Conjunction  :  viz., — L 
that,  ΟΤΙ,  Lat.  q^^od,  with  substantive 
clauses. — II.  that,^iva,  δπως,  Lat. 
iit,  with  final  clauses. — ΙΙΙ.=ώ!:τ£,  so 
that,  Lat.  adeo  ut. — IV.  causal,  as, 
since,  because,  for  δτι  or  έπεί,  like 
Lat.  ut  for  quia,  quippe,  quandoqmdem. 
—  V.  temporal,  when,  for  ΰτε,  like 
Lat.  uf  for  quando.—Vl.  modal,  how, 
for  δπως,  like  Lat.  ut  for  quomodo, 
quemadmodum.~\' Π.   local,  where. 

I.  with  substantive  clauses,  for  δτι, 
έπεί,  Lat.  quod,  that,  e.xpressing  a 
fact,  in  which  case  (as  usually  in 
Latin)  the  ace.  c.  inf.  might  be  put 
instead,  είπον  ώς  τούτο  εΐη,  or  είπον 
τούτο  είναι :  hence  a  sentence  be- 
ginning with  ώς  is  sometimes,  when 
interrupted,  resumed  by  δτι,  and  vice 
versa,  Poppo  Xen.  Cyr.  5,  3,  30, 
Heind.  Plat.  Hipp.  Maj.  281  C  :  so, 
tjfwith  a  finite  verb  passes  into  the 
ace.  c.  inf.,  or  vice  versa,  Hdt.  1,  82 ; 
8,  118:  but  the  two  constructions 
are  often  also  confounded  together, 
cf.  δτι  A.  II.  3.  —  In  this  signf.,  ώς 
may  be  used  either  with  indie,  or 
optat.,  V.  Jelf  Gr.  Gr.  <J  802,  and  cf. 
oTi. — II.  ώς  with  final  clauses,  just 
like  iva  or  δπως,  that,  iu  order  that, 
Lat.  ut ;  in  this  signf.  ώς,  as  also  ώς 
ύ,ν,  Ep.  ως  κεν,  like  other  final  con- 
junctions, is  read  with  the  subjunct. 
mood  alter  the  principal  ten.ses  of  the 
indie,  mood,  and  with  the  opt.  after 
the  past  tenses,  Jelf  Gr.  Gr.  ^  805  ; 
but  many  exceptions  occur  to  this 
general  grammatical  rule.  Ibid.  (^800- 
808.  —  2.  ώς  is  also  used  with  past 
tenses  of  the  indie,  mood,  to  express 
an  event  that  is  past  happening,  and 
therefore  impossible,  τι  μ'  ονκ  ίκτει• 
νας,  ώς  έδειξα  μήποτε..,  so  thai  I  nev- 
er should....  Soph.  O.  T.  1391,  Jelf 
Gr.  Gr.  ^  813.— 3.  ώς,  c.  inf ,  to  limit 
an  assertion,  as,  ώς  είπεϊν,  so  to  say, 
Lat.  ut  ila  dicam,  Hdt.  6,  95  ;  also,  ώς 
λόγω  εΙπειν,  Hdt.  2,  53  ;  or,  ώς  έπος 
ειπείν,  cf.  έπος  I.  4  ;  so,  ώς  συντόμως, 
or  ώς  σννελόντως  ειπείν,  to  speak 
shortly,  to  be  brief:  ώς  είκάσαι,  to 
make  a  guess,  i.  e.  probably,  Hdt.  1, 
34,  etc.  ; — similarphrasesoccnrwith- 
out  ώς,  cf  Hdt.  1,  61,  176,  etc. — To 
this  head  also  may  be  referred  the 
use  of  ώς  in  phrases  like  οϋ  πο?^λον 
χωρίον  ώς  είναι  Αιγνπτον,  not  large 
for  Aegypt,  Hdt.  2,  8,  cf.  135,  and 
Xen.  Cyr.  1,  5,  11,  cf.  supra  A  (b). 
II.  2. — 4.  after  verbs  of  waiting  or 
staying,  a  final  clause  with  ώς  is 
sometimes  found,  where  έως  would 
be  more  usual, — not  as  if  ώς  could  be 
put  for  έως,  but  because  waiting  in 
1702 


ΩΣ 

order  that  a  thing  may  be  done  implies 
waiting  till  it  be  done  :  so  also  ώς  άν, 
v.  Pors.  and  Schiif.  Phoen.  89  ;  cf. 
ώςάν  III. — III.  in  inferences,  just  like 
ωςτε,  so  that,  Lat.  adeo  ut,  ita  ut,  very 
freq.  in  Hdt.  c.  inf.,  εύρος  ώς  δύο  τριή- 
ρεας  πλέειν  δμον,  in  breadth  such 
that  two  triremes  could  sail  abreast, 
Hdt.  7,  24,  cf.  2,  135  ;  but  also  c.  in- 
die, Hdt.  1,  163  ;  2,  135,  etc. :  these 
clauses  are  in  their  nature  relative, 
and  presuppose  an  antecedent  όν- 
τως, ώδε,  δδε,  τοιόςδε  or  the  like  : 
and  Hdt.  sometimes,  when  these  an- 
tece<lents  are  expressed,  omits  the 
ώς,  just  as  we  leave  out  that  in  fami- 
liar discourse,  e.  g.  ούτω  Ισχνραί, 
[ώς^  μόγις  ίίν  διαββηξειας,  so  strong, 
[that]  you  could  hardly  break  them, 
Hdt.  3,  12;  βώμη  σώματος  τοιήδε, 
άθ?.οφόροι  έσαν  αμφότεροι  1,  31. — IV. 
causal,  like  δτι  or  έπεί,  as,  inasmuch 
as,  since,  Lat.  quia,  quippe,  qunndoqui- 
dem,  in  the  direct  construction  al- 
ways with  the  indicat. :  oft.  also  for 
γάρ,  Pors.  Phoen.  857,  1093  ;  esp. 
when  an  imperat.  goes  before  or  fol- 
lows. —  V.  temporal,  for  δτε,  έπεί, 
when,  Lat. -unjoined  with  past  tenses 
of  the  indie,  cf.  infra  D.  I.  4: — also 
with  the  optat.  to  express  a  repeated 
action,  Jelf  Gr.  Gr.  §  843,  6 ;  rarely 
with  the  subjunct.,  for  δταν,  to  de- 
note what  always  happens  under  cer- 
tain conditions,  των  δε  ώς  έκαστος  οι 
μιχθί],  διδοί  δώρον,  Hdt.  4,  172. — 2. 
in  orat.  obliq.  also  with  the  infin., 
mostly  in  Hdt.,  e.  g.  1,  86,  91.  etc.— 
VI.  modal,  how,  for  δπως,  like  Lat. 
ut  for  quomodo,  quemadmodum.  mostly 
after  verbs  of  fe^r,  όρΰν,  βλέπειν, 
έπιμελεΐσθαι,  δείδειν.  Jelf  Gr.  Gr.  ^ 
814,  Obs.  4.— VII.  local,  where,  Lat. 
ubi,  Theocr.  1,  13  ;  5,  101,  103  ;— like 
ut  in  Catull.  11,  3. 

C.  ώς  before — I.  participles.  —  II. 
prepositions  ;  and — III.  ώς  itself  as  a 
preposition. 

1.  with  participles  in  the  same  case 
as  the  subject,  to  give  the  reason, 
motive,  etc.,  of  the  action  expressed 
by  the  principal  verb,  άγανακτονσιν 
ώς  μεγάλων  τινών  απεστερημένοι 
(i.  e.  ηγούμενοι  μεγά/.ων  τινών  άπε- 
στερήσθαι).  Plat.  Rep.  329  A ;  ώς 
άπιοντες  (i.  e.  βονλόμενοι  ΰπιέναι), 
etc.  :  most  freq.  with  the  part,  fut., 
as  Hdt.  6,  28,  91  :— so  in  questions, 
παριι  Ώρωταγόραν  vvv  επιχειρείς  Ίέ- 
vai,  ώς  παρά  τίνα  άφιξσμενος  ;  Plat. 
Frot.  31 1  Β  ;  ώςτί  δη  θέλων  ;  Eur.  Ι. 
Τ.  557. — 2.  ώς  m  the  same  manner, 
with  participles  in  the  case  of  the 
object,  as,  τον  έκβαίνοντα  κολάζυν- 
σιν  ώς  παρανομούντα  (i.  e.  νομίζοντες 
παρανομειν  αυτόν).  Plat.  fiep.  338 
Ε  ;  Ινα  μί/  άγανακτί]  υπέρ  εμού  ώς 
δεινά  άττα  πάσχοντος  (i.  e.  νομίζων 
έμέ  δεινά  άττα  πάσχειν).  Plat.  Phaed. 
115  Ε;  cf  Hdt.  5,  20,  85;  9,54.— 
Hence  may  be  understood  how  both 
constructions  are  sometimes  found  in 
one  sentence,  as,  τους  κόσμους  εΐασε 
χαίρειν  ώς  αλλότριους  τε  όντας  καΐ 
πλέον  θάτερον  ήγησάμενος  άπεργά- 
ζεσβαι.  Plat.  Phaed.  114  Ε,— where, 
for  ήγησύμενος  άπεργάζεσθαι,  we 
might  have  had  άπεργαζομένονς, 
cf  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  5,  9.  —  3.  with 
participles  put  absolutely  it  must 
be  explained  in  the  same  way, 
usu.  c.  gen.,  as,  νύν  δε,  ώς  ούτως 
εχόντων,  στρατιην  εκπέμπετε  (i.  e. 
ηγούμενοι  δτι  ούτως  έχει),  Hdt.  8, 
144  ;  έρωτα  δ  τι  βονλει,  ώς  τάλτ/θή 
έρούντος,  (i.  e.  in  the  certainty)  that 
1  will  speak  the  truth,  Xen.  Cyr.  3, 
1,9;  cf.  Lob.  Soph.  Aj.  279  (281)  :— 


ΩΣ 

also  c.  ace,  as,  μισθον  αΐτοϋσιν,  ώς 
ούχι  αύτοϊσιν  ώφέλειαν  έσυμένην  έκ 
τού  άρχειν  (i.  e.  ηγούμενοι  ώς  ούχι 
ωφέλεια  έσται).  Plat.  Kep.  345  E,cf. 
Hdt.  1,84,  Valck.  Phoen.  1409.— This 
construction  is  most  freq.  after  είδε- 
ναι,  έπίστασθαι,  νοείν,  διακεΐσθαι 
τ}/ν  γΐ'ώμηχι,  έχειν  γνώμην,  νομίζειν, 
ήγεΙσΟαι,  νποτίβεσθαι,  etc.,  with 
which  verbs  we  should  rather  expect 
ώς  with  a  finite  verb  :  verbs  of  think- 
ing or  intending  usu.  have  ούτως 
added  ;  v.  Jelf  Gr.  Gr.  ()  701,  sq. — 
Jac.  Ach.  Tat.  p.  541,  gives  exam- 
ples of  ώς  άν  with  the  participle. — II. 
ώς  before  prepositions  must  be  ex- 
plained as  with  participles,  for  either 
the  prep,  with  its  case  is  put  lor  a 
partic,  or  one  may  be  supplied,  πα- 
ρασκενασάμενος  ώς  έπι  νανμαχίαν 
(i.  e.  ώς  νανμαχήσων),  Xen. ;  φρύγα- 
να σνλλέγοντες  ώς  έπι  πύρ  (i.  e.  ώς 
πΐ'ρ  ποιησύμενοι).  Id.  ;  απαγγέλλετε 
Τ7Ι  μητρϊ  χαίρειν  ώς  παρ'  εμού  (sc. 
ί'/κοντες),  which  is  implied  in  the 
prep,  παρά.  Id.  ;  so  too,  ώς  προς.-,  ώς 
ές..,  ώς  έπί..,  Jelf  Gr.  Gr.  ^  626  Obs. 
1  ;  also,  ώς  άπό  πομπής.  Plat.  Rep. 
327  C ;  ώς  έκ  κακών  έχάρη,  Hdt.  8, 
101.  — III.  hence,  as  ώς  most  freq. 
stands  in  connexion  with  the  preps. 
προς.  εις,  έπί  and  the  ace,  to  express 
a  purpose,  we  may  thus  best  explain 
its  usage  as  prep,  e  ace,  just  as  the 
Lat  usque  sometimes  is  used  only 
with  the  accns.,  for  usque  ad...  How- 
ever, usage  has  for  the  most  part  lim- 
ited this  ώς  as  a  prep,  e  ace  to  cases 
where  the  object  is  a  person,  not  a 
place  or  a  thing,  whereas  ώς  with  a 
prep,  is  usu.  of  things  rather  than 
persons,  Pors.  Phoen.  1415; — the  first 
example  of  this  uf  is  in  Od.  17,  218, 
ώς  αίεΐ  τον  δμοιον  άγει  θεός  ώς  τον 
δμοιον.  Doderlein  however  (Fhilol. 
Beytrage  aus  der  Schweiz,  pp.  303- 
320)  brings  instances  of  ώς  c.  ace  rei, 
(though  those  from  Thue  are  worth 
very  little,  as  the  edd.  of  Bekker  and 
Poppo  show,  cf  Poppo  Index  ad 
Xen.  An.  p.  584) ;  and  Herm.  himself 
(ad  Soph.  Tr.  365)  admits  this  usage 
where  a  person  is  implied  in  speaking  of 
a  thing,  as  when  a  country  is  put  for 
its  inhabitants,  which  very  well  suits 
ί  the  passages  quoted  by  Valck.  Annot. 
Ined.  ad  Thom.  M.p.  180  Tittm.  :  ώς 
TO  πρύσβεν  is  read  by  all  the  MSS. 
in  Ar.  Ach.  242. 

D.  ώς  before  sentences  seemingly 
independent : — 

I.  ώς  as  an  emphatic  exclamation, 
how,  as  also  Lat.  ut  is  used  for  quam, 
esp.  with  advs.  and  adjs.,  ώς  uvoov 
κραδίην  έχες,  how  silly  a  heart  hadst 
thou  1  U.  21,  441  ;  ώς  αγαθόν  καΐ 
παΐδα  λιπέσθαι,  how  good  is  it..,  Od. 
3,  196  ;  cf.  24,  194  ;  ώς  αστείος  ό  άν 
θρωπος,  what  a  nice  man  !  cf.  Heind. 
Plat.  Cratyl.  395  B.  Sometimes  ώς 
also  follows  an  adv.,  e.  g.  θανμαστώς 
ώς.  ύπερφνώς  ώς,  v.  Α.  (6.)  II.  4. — 2. 
when  it  is  joined  to  a  verb,  its  force 
extends  to  the  whole  sentence,  ως 
μοι  δέχεται  κακόν  έκ  κακού  αιεί,  II. 
19,  290,  cf.  21,  273  ;  ώς  ονκ  έστι  χά• 
pic  μετόπισθ'  ενεργέων,  how  little 
thanks  remain  I  Od.  22,  319,  cf.  Valck. 
Phoen.  150,  624.  But  in  such  expres- 
sions there  is  always  something  sup- 
pressed, to  which  ώς  refers,  as  may 
be  plainly  seen  I'rom  such  places  as 
Ar.  Av.  1119, — άλλ'  ώς  άπό  τού  τεί- 
χονς  πάρεστιν  άγγελος  ουδείς,  i.  e. 
θανμαστόν  έστιν  ώς  ούδεις  πάρεστιν, 
strange  that  no  one  comes  I — 4.  at 
the  beginning  of  several  clauses,  it 
may  denote  a  quick  succession  of 


ΩΣΑΝ 

events,  as,  ώς  ΐδεν,  ως  μιν  'Epuf  tcv- 
κινας  φρένας  άμφεκύ'λυφεν,  how  he 
saw,  how  did  Love..,  i.  e.  he  saw  and 
straightway  Love..,  II.  14,  294;  so, 
ώς  ϊδον,  ώς  εμάνην,  ώς  μεν  ττερι  θυ- 
μός Ιύφβη,  'I'heocr.  2,  82,  cf.  3,  42  ; 
as  ill  Virgil,  Eel.  8,  41,  ut  vidi,  ut 
peril,  ut  me  mains  absttdit  error  :  — 
Others  write  the  second  ώς  in  these 
passages  ώς,  thus,  then, — when  he  saw, 
then  Love,  etc.  The  passage  of  Bion 
1,  40,  is  diflerent,  ώς  Ιδερ,  ώς  ivorj- 
σεν  Άδώνίόος  άσχετον  έλκος,  ώς  Ιδε 
φοίνίον  αίμα  μαμαι.νομένω  ττερί  μ^ίρώ, 
πύχεας  άμπετάσασα  κινύρετο,  for 
here  the  clauses  beginning  with  ώς 
are  all  parts  of  the  protasis,  and  πά- 
χεας  ά.  κ.  is  the  apodosis,  when  she 
saw,  etc.,  she  bewailed. — II.  ώς.  to 
express  a  wish,  our  oh  that !  like  είθε, 
Lat.  utinam,  always  with  the  optat. 
alone,  ώς  έρις  άπόλοίτο,  II.  18,  107; 
ώς  άπόλοίτο  και  ά?ιλος,  Od.  Ι,  47,  cf. 
Soph.  El.  126:  also  ώς  αν  or  κε,  c. 
optat.,  ώς  uv  εττειτ'  άπο  σείο  ουκ  ίθέ- 
λοιμι  λεϊπεσθαι,  II.  9,  444,  cf.  Jelf 
Gr.  Gr.  ^  810,  1. — 2.  also  negatively, 
ώς  μη  Θάνοι,  oh  that  he  might  not 
die  !  Od.  15,  359. — 3.  ώς  joined  with 
other  words  of  wishing,  esp.  ώς  ώφε- 
λον,  Ep.  ώς  ώφε7.7.ον  or  ώς  δφελον, 
oft.  in  Horn.,  v.  οφείλω  II.  2.  In 
these  clauses  also  ώς  refers  to  some- 
thing suppressed:  but  that  in  a  wish 
ώς  olten  means  merely  as  or  since,  is 
taught  by  Herm.  Soph.  Aj.  904. 

E.  ώς  with  numerals  marks  that 
they  are  to  be  taken  only  as  a  round 
number,  about,  nearly,  like  Lat.  quasi 
or  admodum,  άπέθανον  ώς  πεντακό- 
σιοι, Xen. ;  also,  ώς  ττέντε  μάλιστα, 
about  five  at  most,  Hdt.  7,  30 :  and 
this  is  the  simplest  way  of  e.xplaining 
phrases  like  ώς  το  πολύ  or  ώς  επΙ  το 
πολύ.  and  ώς  έπι  τό  πλείστον,  for 
the  most  part :  so  too  οίον  was  used, 
cf.  οίος  V.  4,  and  also  εις  IV,  προς 
C.  L  5. 

F.  ώς  in  some  elliptical  phrases : 
— I.  ώς  τι  (sc.  γενηται) ;  in  order  that 
what  may  happen  !  for  what  end  f 
wherefore?  and  so='iva  τί ;  though  it 
may  also  be  explained  by  τί  βου'λό- 
αενος  ;  cf.  C.  II. — 2.  ώς  έκαστοι  (sc. 
τνγχύνουσι  or  ετυχον),  each  sepa- 
rately, Lat.  pro  se  quisque,  Thuc. ;  SO 
also,  ώς  έκάτεροι,  Thuc.  3,  74. 

V.  ώς  pleonast.  in  ώζ•  δτι,  ώς  οίον 
and  ώς  οία,  mostly  from  Plutarch 
downvvds.,  cf.  Bast  Greg.  p.  52,  Jac. 
Anth.  P.  p.  403,  Lob.  Phryn.  427  :— 
liso  οίον  ώς  and  ώς  οιονεί.  Bast  Ep. 
Cr.  p.  57,  and  Schaf.  ibid.  p.  277. 

G.  Etymology  ;  when  we  compare 
■1)ς  with  άτε,  οίον,  όσον,  and  the  old 
demonstr.  τώς  with  τώς  (the  Dor. 
ace.  of  article),  we  cannot  but  ac- 
knowledge ώς  also  as  an  old  accus. 
form  of  the  relat.  pron.  δς  ;  esp.  as 
the  Greeks  were  fond  of  using  the 
accus.  in  an  adverbial  sense,  e.  g. 
αρχήν,  δίκην,  τέλος,  etc. 

'Ώ,ς,  for  ώζ•,  barbarism  in  Ar.  Thesm. 
1192,  etc. 

Ώγ,το.  gen.  UTOf,Dor.  for  ovς,theear. 

Ώσα.  Ep.  and  Ion.  for  εωσα,  aor.  1 
act.  of  ώβέω,  Horn. 

Ώςάν,  or  better  ώς  uv,  Ep.  ώς  κε 
or  ώς  κεν,  being  ώζ- with  a  condition- 
al force  added,  v.  sub  ώζ-  Β.  II.  1. — 
II.  seemingly  absol.,  παϊύα  ώραΐον 
ώς  αν  Αίγύπτιον,  Ael.  Ν.  Α.  4,  54  ; 
— but  here  όντα  is  to  be  supplied, 
and  so  the  case  must  be  referred  to 
the  use  of  ώζ-  with  a  participle. — III. 
ώς  uv  is  also  used  in  certain  cases 
where  'έως  αν  might  be  expected,  cf 
ώς  Β.  II.  4. 


ΩΣΠΕ 

'Ώ,ςανεί  or  ώζ-  αν  ει,  like  as  if.  as  if. 
'Ω,σηννύ,   Hebr.   word   in   N.   T., 
save  now  !  save  we  pray  ! 

Ώσασκε,  Ep.  for  ώσε.  3  sing.  aor. 
1  act.  o(  ώθέω,  Od.  11,  599. 

Ώςαντως,  adv.  (ώζ-.  αύτως) :  — 
strengthd.  for  ώζ-,  m  like  manner,  ju.it 
so,  olt.  in  Hdt. ;  ώςαύτως  και...  in  like 
manner  as..,  Hdt.  7,  86 ;  sometimes 
also  c.  dat.,  ώςαντως  τοϊς  πολ7Μΐς, 
Arr.  ;  cf.  Soph.  Tr.  372 : — opp.  to  ώζ- 
έτέρως.  Arist.  Soph.  Elench.  7,  2 ; 
Plat.  Phaed.  78  D. — 2.  ώςαύτως  is 
further  strengthd.,  ώςαύτως  ούτως,  so 
in  like  manner,  Coray  ap.  Stallb.  Plat. 
Gorg.  460  D  ;  ώςαύτως  κατά  ταύτα, 
Stallb.  Phaed.  78  D.— Horn,  never 
uses  this  adv.  except  with  δέ  insert- 
ed, ώζ-  δ'  αύτως  for  ώςαύτως  δέ,  11.  3, 
339,  Od.  9,  31,  etc.  ;  and  so  we  find 
it  in  Hdt.  1,  215;  2,  67,  etc.,  and 
even  in  Att.  prose,  Heind.  Plat.  Phaed. 
102  E.  In  Od.,  Wolf  still  writes  ώζ- 
δ'  αντως  :  Bultm.,  who  will  not  allow 
this  repetition  of  the  demonstr.  ad- 
verbs ώς  and  αύτως,  takes  ώςη,ντως 
for  the  adv.  from  ό  αυτός,  which 
should  strictly  be  written  ώζ-  αύτώς, 
so  in  like  manner,  and  attributes  the 
usual  form  to  a  confusion  with  the 
well  known  form  αύτως,  v.  Lexil. 
s.  V.  αύτως  fin. 

'Ωσ(5ε,  Dor.  for  ώζε,  3  sing,  impf 
from  υζω. 

Ώςεί  or  ώζ-  ει,  adv.,  written  by 
Wolf  sometimes  joined  ώζ-fi,  as  in  II. 
11,  389,  467;  sometimes  divided  ώζ- 
ει,  as  in  II.  22,  410;  with  τε  added, 
ώζ-  είτε,  Od.  10,  420 ;  but  ώζ-εί  τε,  II. 
2,  780,  Od.  9,  314  .—as  if  as  though: 
— 1.  with  the  optat.,  Horn. — 2.  ώζ-fi 
τε  with  the  subj.,  II.  9,  481.— 3.  ώζ•«' 
τε  with  the  indicat.,  II.  13,  492.— II. 
in  mere  comparisons,  as  if  like,  just 
as,  11.  16,  59,  Od.  7,  36,  Hes.  Sc.  290, 
Aesch.  Supp.  782,  Soph.  Ant.  653, 
etc. : — so  with  a  part.,  11.  5,  374,  Hes. 
Sc.  194;  ώζ-εί  τε,  absol.,  II.  II,  474, 
Od.  14,  254  ;  ώζ-εί  περ,  with  a  part., 
Hes.  Sc.  189;  cf.  Theocr.  25,  163; 
ώζ-fi  περ  τε,  absol.,  Η.  Horn.  Cer. 
215,  like  ώςπερ. — III.  with  numerals, 
about,  cf  ώζ-  Ε. 

'Ώ,ςεπιτοπολύ,  for  ώζ-  επί  το  πολύ, 
for  the  most  part,  usually,  Lat.  ut  plu- 
rimum,  cf.  ώζ-  A  (a).  II.  4.  c. 

νίίσηέ,  6,  Hosea,  a  Hebrew  pro- 
phet, LXX.  ;  N.  T. 

Ώσί'α,  7/,  Dor.  for  ουσία,  Ocell.  and 
Archyt.,  cf.  Plat.  Crat.  401  C. 
'ίΐσίν,  dat.  pi.  from  ους,  Od. 
^Ωσις,  εως,  ή,^ώθησις,  a  thrusting  : 
a  thrust,  Aiist.  Ausc.  Phys.  7,  2,  3. 

νΩσις,  6,  Osis,  a  sycophant  at  the 
court  of  Hieronymus  of  Syracuse, 
Ath.  251  F. 

'ίίσιωμένως.  adv.  part.  pf.  pass, 
from  όσιόω,=  όσίως. 

"Ως  κε  and  ώζ-  κεν,  not  to  be  writ- 
ten as  one  word,  Ep.  for  ώζ-  άν,  Horn. 
^ΐΐσμαι,   pf.   pass,   of  ώθέω,   part. 
ώσμένος. 

Ώσμός,  ό,=  ώσίζ•. 

"Ωζ-ττερ,  adv.,  (ώζ-,  ττερ)  :  even  as, 
just  as,  Horn.,  etc.  :  used  to  intro- 
duce a  comparison,  II.  4,  263,  Od.  2, 
333,  etc.  :  Hoin.  oft.  puts  a  word  be- 
tween ώζ•  and  ττερ,  e.  g.  ώς  συ  ττερ 
αύτη,  ώς  τοττάρος  περ,  ώς  έσεταί  περ, 
etc.,  cf  Herm.  Η.  Ηοιη.  Αρ.  345. — 
Sometimes  also  of  time,  as  soon  as, 
Lat.  simtil  ac,  Ar.  Pac.  2t. — Ώζ-ττερ 
differs  from  ώζ-,  at  least  in  Horn.,  in 
that  it  always  begins  its  clause,  and 
never  refers  to  a  demonstr.  adv.  ;  in 
Hes.  Th.  402,  it  refers  to  ώζ-  δ'  αύ- 
τως ;  but  this  by  no  means  holds  good 
in  Att.,  where  ώςπερ  is  the  prevail- 


ΩΣΤΕ 
ing  particle  in  all  comparisons,  save 
such  as  are  nr^erely  put  in  for  illus 
tration :  so,  ώςπερ  uv,  with  the  sub 
junctive.  Soph.  O.  C.  1361:  — on 
ώςπερ  γε,  cf.  Schaf  Greg.  p.  877, 
1040. — 2.  to  limit  or  modify  an  asser- 
tion, like  ώσπερεί,  as  if,  as  it  were, 
Stallb.  Plat.  Phaedr.  270  E,  Phaed. 
88  E,  Crat.  384  C  :— and  freq.  with 
participles  used  absolutely,  ώςπερ 
εξόν,  as  if  it  were  in  our  power, 
Xen.  An.  3,  1,  14;  σιωπή  ίδείπνονν, 
ώςπερ  τούτο  έπιτεταγμένον  αντοϊς 
(for  ώςπερ  εΐ  τούτο  έπιτεταγμένον 
αντοίς  ύη),  Xen.  Symp.  1,  11,  ubi  v. 
Bornem. ;  that  this  absolute  case  is 
an  accus.  appears  from  Xen.  Mem. 
2,  3,  3.• — Cf.  ώςπερεί,  ώςπερ  ούν. 

"Ώ,Γπερ,  for  ώζ-ττερ,  barbarism  in 
Ar.  Thesm.  1185,  1192. 

"Ωζ-ττερ  εί,  or  ώςπερεί,  adv.  like 
οιονεί,  just  as  if,  even  as,  Lat.  tan- 
quam,  Trag.,  etc.  ;  ώζττερεί  φύναι,  so 
to  say  ;— so  too,  ώςπερ  uv  εί  or  ώζ•- 
περανεί.  Plat.  Gorg.  479  A,  Prot.  311 
B,  Isocr.,  etc. ;  cf.  Jelf  Gr.  Gr.  §  4.32  a. 

"Ώ,ςπερ  ούν,  adv.,  even  as,  just  as, 
ώςπερ  ούν  ά~ώ?^ετο,  Aesch.  Cho.  96, 
cf.  888,  Ag.  1171.  — II.  later  oft.  in 
one  word,  as  really,  as  no  doubt,  εί  δ' 
έστιν  (ώςπερούν  έστι)  θεός.  Plat. 
Phaedr.  242  Ε  ;  cf.  Apol.  21  D. 

'Ωζ-τε,  as  adv.,  bearing  the  same 
relation  to  ώζ-,  as  δζ-τε  to  δς,  and 
used  like  ώζ-  and  ώςπερ.  to  connect  a 
word  or  words  more  closely  to  what 
goes  before,  e.  g.  to  introduce  a  com- 
parison, as,  like  as,  just  α.ϊ,  freq.  in 
Horn.,  and  Hdt. ;  also  ώςτε  περ.  II. 
18,  518;  like  ώζ-ττερ,  always  at  the 
beginning  of  its  clause,  and  oft.,  like 
ώζ-,  answering  to  the  demonstr.  adv. 
ώζ-.  Though  this  usage  of  ώςτε  is 
strictly  poet.,  esp.  Ep.,  yet  it  occurs 
here  and  there  in  Att.,  esp.  of  the 
early  writers,  κατώρνχες  δ'  έναιον 
ώςτ'  ίιήσνροι  μύρμηκες,  Aesch.  Pr. 
452;  cf.  Theb.  J3,  Cho.  421,  Soph. 
O.  C.  343,  Ant.  1033  ;  cf.  Schaf. 
Long.  p.  333,  400,  Lob.  Phryn.  427.— 
2.  to  mark  the  power  or  virtue  by 
which  one  does  a  thing,  as,  as  being, 
like  Ιίτε,  and  Lat.  utpoie,  τον  δ'  εξηρ- 
παξ'  'Αφροδίτη  ^εΐα  μύ'λ',  ωςτε  θεός, 
II.  3,  381  ;  so  Hdt.  5,  83,  101  ;  Ο,  94. 

Β.  as  conjunction,  esp.  with  a  clause 
which  expresses  α  result  or  f^ffect  caus- 
ed by  the  action  in  the  principal  clause, 
c.  infin.,  as  or  for  to  do  a  thing,  much 
like  French  pour  before  an  inf,  in 
Hom.  only  twice,  εί  δέ  σοι  θυμός 
έπέσσυται,  ώςτε  νέεσβαι,  if  thy  heart 
is  eager  [/or]  /o  return,  11.9,42;  ού 
τηλίκος  ειμί.  ώςτε  σιιμάντορι  πάντα 
πιθέσθαι,  Ι  am  not  of  such  age  as  to 
obey  a  master  in  all  things,  Od.  17, 
21  ;  so  βηίδίως  κεν  έργύσσαιο,  ώςτε 
σέ  κ'  εις  ένιαντόν  έχειν,  Hes.  ϋρ. 
44  :  so  too  when  a  purpose  or  inten- 
tion is  to  be  expressed. — This  con- 
struct, is  very  freq.  in  Att.,  and  that 
oft.  where  ώζ-τε  seems  superii.ious, 
as  indeed  is  the  case  in  the  place 
just  quoted  (II.  9,  42),  cf.  Valck.  Hipp 
1327,  Markl.  Supp.  581  :  but,  reverse 
ly,  we  oft.  find  the  inf.  alone  where 
ώςτε  seems  wanted,  as  in  Hdt.  1,13 
82,cf.  Pors.  Or.387,  Med.l396,Schal. 
Soph.  O.  C.  1350  : — ώζ-  is  much  less 
freq.  in  this  usage,  as  in  Xen.  An.  2 
2.  4 ,  cf.  ώζ-  Β.  III. — 2.  ΰζ-τε  is  some 
times  also  put  with  a  part,  for  ώς  oi 
ύτε,  as  ωςτε  φυλασσομένων  των  οδών, 
as  or  since  the  ways  were  guarded, 
Hdt.  5,  35;  also  with  a  prep,  alone, 
ώζτε  περί  φνχής,  since  it  iras  for  life, 
Od.  9,  423  :  cf.  Arnold  Thuc.  7,  24. 
— 3.  after  ούτως,  τοιούτος,  τοσούτος, 
1703 


ΩΤΑΚ 

or  any  like  demonstr.,  ΰςτε  is  used 
c.  inf. — 4.  after  comparatives  with  ή, 
when  the  possibility  of  the  conse- 
quence is  denied,  μέζω  κακά  y  ώςτε 
άνακ?.αίειν,  greater  woes  than  that 
one  could  weep  for  them,  i.  e.  too 
great  for  tears,  \'alck.  Hdt.  3,  14: 
but  ΰςτε  is  sometimes  left  out,  as, 
μείζον  tj  φίρειν,  κρείσσυν^  f/  φέρείν 
κακά.  Soph.  Ο.  Τ.  1293,  Eur.  Hec. 
1107:  —  the  posit,  is  sometimes, 
though  rarely,  put  for  the  compar., 
■φνχρον  ίόςτε  λονσασθαι  (for  ijwxpo- 
τερον  η  υςτε..),  too  cold  to  bathe  m, 
Xen.  Mem.  3,  13, 3. — 5.  sometimes  it 
comes  to  unply  on  the  condition  that.., 
as  in  Thuc.  4,  37,  Xen.  An.  5,  6,  2G. 
— II.  but  ΰςτε  is  also  joined  with  the 
indie,  for  the  infin.,  βέβηκεν,  ΰςτε 
πάν  εν  ήσνχω  ίξεστι  φωνείν,  Soph. 
Ο.  C.  82,  cf  Ό.  Τ.  533  ;  this  is  very 
freq.  in  Xen.,  e.  g.  An.  1,  9,  28,  Mem. 
2,  2,  3,  etc. — For  the  distmction  be- 
tween ώςτε  with  the  indie,  and  the 
infin.,  V.  Jelf  Gr.  Gr.  ^  8G3.— III. 
ΰςτε  is  also  put  with  the  opt.  to  ex- 
press a  supposed  consequence,  either 
with  opt.  alone,  Xen.  Mem.  3,  1,9, 
Oec.  1,  13;  or  (more  freq.)  with  uv 
added,  as  Hdt.  2,  16,  Soph.  O.  T. 
857,  El.  325,  Ar.  Ach.  943;  v.  Jelf 
>^  865.— IV.  lastly,  with  the  past 
tenses  of  the  indie,  to  express  an  im- 
probable consequence,  Xen.  Ages.  1, 
26,  V.  Jelf  ()  866.— V.  ώςτε  also  stands 
at  the  beginning  of  a  sentence,  to 
mark  a  strong  conclusion,  and  so, 
ihertfore,  consequently,  with  the  indie, 
Pors.  Praef  Hec.  p.  xlvii:  also  with 
the  imperat.,  θνητός  ύ'  'Ορέστης, 
ΰςτε  μη  λίαν  στένε,  Soph.  ΕΙ.  1172; 
ώςτε  θάββει,  Xen.  Cyr.  1,  3,  18,  cf. 
Jelf  §  867. 

'ίΐστης,  ου,  6,  (ωθέω)  one  who  thnists 
or  pushes  :  σεισμός  ώστης,  an  earth- 
quake with  one  violent  shock,  Arist. 
Mund.  4,  31. 

^Ωστία,  ας,  ή,  and  Ώστια,  uv,  τά, 
Ostia,  the  harbour  of  Rome  at  the 
mouth  of  the  Tiber,  Strab.  p.  145, 
219,  etc. 

ΥίΙστιαΐοι,  ων,  ol,  the  Ostiaei,  name 
of  a  people,  ap.  Strab.  p.  63. 

Ώστίζω,  f.  -ί'σω,  frequentat.  from 
ώθέυ,  to  push  about,  prish  to  and  fro, 
like  Lat.  trusare,  trusitare :  hence  in 
pass.  usu.  c.  dat.  pers.,  ώστίζεσθαί 
Tiva,  to  justle  with  another,  justle  him 
and  be  justled  by  him,  Ar.  Ach.  24, 
844,  Lys.  330  ;  absol.,  ώστ.  εις  την 
προεδρίαν,  to  justle  for  the  first  seat, 
Ach.  42;  so,  comically,  πλακούντων 
ώστιζομένων  περί  την  γνάθον,  Tele- 
clid.  Amphict.  1,  13. 

'ίΐστικός,  ή,  ΰν,  {ώθέω))Ιί/οτ  thrust- 
ing, pushing,  etc.  :  inclined  to  do  so, 
violent,  impetuous,   Epict.     Adv.  -κώς. 

Ώστισμός,  ο,^=ωθιπμός. 

Ώστός,  Tj,  όν,  verb.  adj.  from  ωθέω, 
capable  of  being  thrust  or  pushed,  Lat. 
trusatilis. 

'ίίσφρόμην.  Ion.  όσφράμην,  Hdt.  1, 
80  ;  aor.  mid.  of  οσφραινομαι :  also 
ώσφρησάμην,    cf.    Lob.    Phryn.   741 

sq•  , 

"Ωσχη,  ης,  η,  and  ώσχος,  ov,  ό,= 
δσχος,  όσ:)^η. 

'ίΐσχοφορια,  τύ,^=όσχοφόρια,  Plut. 
Thes.  22,  23. 

Ώσχοφόρος,  ον,  =  δσχοφόρος,  Α1- 
ciphr.  3,  1. 

'ίΐσω,  Alt.  of  ωθέω,  nearer  the  root 
than  ωθήσω. 

Ώτύγρα,  ας,  ή,  {υνς,  άγρα)  an  in- 
strument nf  torture  for  the  ears. 

Ώτύκίς,  ίόος,  ή,  a  sea-plant,  0pp. 
Ix.  2,  7. 

Ώτΰκονστέω,  ώ,  ί.  -ησω,  to  hearken, 
1704 


ΩΤΩΕ 

listen,  watch  covertly,  Hdt.  8,  130,  Xen. 
Cyr.  5,  3,  56 ;  8,  2,  10 :  from 

Ωτακουστής,  ov,  ό,  {ονς,  άκονω) 
a  hearkener,  listener,  spy,  Arist.  Pol.  5, 
11,  7,  Mund.  6,  9. 

Ώταλγέω,  ώ,  ϊ.  -ήσω,  to  have  the 
ωταλγία,  Diosc. 

'ϋταλγία,  ας,  ή,  ear-ache. 

'ίΐτα'λγιύω,  ώ,=  ώτα7.γέω,  Diosc. 

'ίΐταλγικός,  ή,  όν,  of ,  for  or  belong- 
ing to  ωταλγία. 

Ώ  τάν  or  ώ  τύν,  ν.  τΰ,ν. 

Ώτάριον,  ον,  τό,  dim.  from  ους,  α 
little  ear,  A  nth.  P.  11,  75.  [ΰ] 

^ίΐταρύς,  ά,  όν,  {ονς)  large-eared. 

'ίΐτε.  Dor.  for  ύςτε,  Pind.  Ο.  10 
(11),  102,  Ρ.  10,  84.  (The  accent 
ώτε  is  wrong.) 

Ώτεγχύτης,  ον,  6,  an  ear-syringe, 
Foes.  Oec.  Hipp. 

^Ωτειλή,  ης,  ή,  a  wound,  esp.  an 
open  wound,  11.  (v.  infra) ;  εξ  ώτειλής 
έρβεεν  αίμα,  11.  4,  140:  also,  α  wound 
tlinl  is  healed  over,  a  scar,  Lat.  cicalrijc, 
Od.  19,  456,  Foes.  Oec.  Hipp. : — rare 
in  prose,  as  Xen.  An.  1,9.  6.  (No 
doubt  from  οντύω,  hence  also  οντά- 
μένη  ώτειλή,  II.  14,  518;  17,  86: 
and  so,  strictly,  a  Dor.  form  for  ού- 
τειλ/}.)     Hence 

'ίΐτείλήθεν,  adv., /rom  or  out  of  the 
wound,  Orph.  Lith.  647. 

Ώτιαφόρος,  ov,  v.  ωτιοφόρος. 

'ίΐτίκάς,  ή,  όν,  {ούς)  of  or  belonging 
to  the  ear.  Medic. 

'ίΐτίον,  ov,  TO,  like  ώτάριον,  dim. 
from  ονς,  a  little  ear,  LXX.  :  cf.  Lob. 
Phryn.  211. 

'ίΐτιοφόρος,  ου,  υ,=ώτοκαταξίας : 
but,  —  II.  ώτιαφόρος,  ov,  {ώτίς  111, 
φέρω )  wearing  ear-caps  or  ear-flaps 
{έπωτίδες),  Ε.  Μ.  :  cf.  Lob.  Phryn. 
656. 

Ώτίς,  ίδος,  ή,  (ονς)  a  kind  of  bust- 
ard with  long  earfi-.alhers,  prob.  our 
great  bustard,  French  out-arde,  Xen. 
An.  1,  5,  2  sq.,  Arist.  H.  A.  9,  33  ;  cf 
ώτος. — II.  in  architecture,  a  projection 
for  setting  something  on,  bracket. — III. 
prob.  also  =  έπωτίς,  an  ear-cap,  ear- 
flap.  Lob.  Phryn.  656. 

'ίΐτίτης,  ov,  ό,  fern,  -ΐτις,  ιδος,  (ους) 
furnished  with  ears,  eared. 

'Ω,τογλνφίς,  ίόος,  ή.  Plat.  (Com.) 
Symm.  3 ;  and  ώτόγλνφον,  ου,  τό, 
{ονς,  γλύφω)  : — an  ear-pick. 

Ώτοειδής,  ες,  gen.  έος,  {ονς,  είδος) 
like  an  ear,  ear-shaped. 

Ώτόεις.  εσσα,  εν,^^ώτώεις,  dub. 

'ίΐτοβλύόίας,  ον,  6,  =  ώτοκάταξις, 
Diog.  L.  5,  67. 

'ίΐτοκαταξίας,  ον,  o,=  sq. 

'ίΐτοκάταξις,  ιος,ϋ,  {ονς,κατάγνυ- 
μΐ)  α  boxer  whose  ears  are  battered  by 
the  boxing-gauntlet,  Ar.  Fr.  72  ;  cf.  κα- 
τάγννμι  Π. 

'ίΐτοκοπέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  {ονς,  κόπτω) 
to  stun  the  ears  by  talking,  Lat.  aures 
obtundere. 

Ώτοκωφέω,  ώ,  f.  -ήσω,  to  be  deaf. 

'ίΐτόλικνος,  ov,  with  ears  as  large  as 
a  shovel,  dub. 

Ώτόβ^ντυς,  ov,  {ονς,  /)έω)  having  a 
running  from  the  ears,  Hipp.  p.  1164. 

Ώτοζ•,  ov,  6,  also  ό)τυς,  οϋ,  6,  (ονς) 
the  horned  owl,  Arist.  H.  A.  8,  12,  12, 
Alex.  Mynd.  ap.  Ath.  390  F :  cf  ώτίς. 

Ώτος,  ov,  ό,  Otus,  son  of  Aloeus 
t(of  Neptune,  v.  ^ΑΑωείδαί)-\  and 
Iphiinedea,  brother  of  Ephialtes, 
whom  he  helped  to  bind  Mars,  II.  5, 
385,  Od.  1 1 ,  308. 

Ώτύτμητος,  ov,  {ονς,  τέμνω)  with 
ears  slit  or  cropped,  LXX. 

Ώτοχλέω,  ώ,  ί.  -ήσω,  to  distress  or 
distract  the  ears. 

Ώτώεις,  εσσα,  εν,  {ονς)  eared,  with 
ears  :  usu.  with  ears  or  haiulles,  τρί• 


ΩΦΕΑ 

πονς,  11.  23,  204,  513,  Hes.  Op.  655.— 
Only  poet. 

ίΐντός,  Ion.  and  Dor.  for  ύ  αντός 
11.5,396:  so  at  present  most  Edd. 
agree  in  writing :  but  we  find  also 
ώντός  or  ωντός  or  ώντός  or  even  ών• 
τός  or  ώντός,  cf  Heyne  11.  T.  5,  p. 
78,  Schweigh.  Hdt.  2,  79:  analogy 
would  be  in  favour  of  ωντός,  Bultm. 
Ausf  Gr.  ^  29  Anm.  12  n. 

Ώ0α,  ωφειν,  perf  and  plqpf  act.  of 
όράω,  from  the  root  *υπτω,  ύ-ψομαι, 
but  only  found  in  Grainm. ;  cf  ώμ• 
μένος. 

Ωφέλεια,  ας,  ή,  Ion.  ώφελίη,  also 
in  Att.  ώφελία,  as  in  Eur.  Andr.  539, 
and  always  in  Bekker's  Thucyd. ; 
{ώφελέω)  : — help,  aid,  succour,  esp.  in 
war,  ώφελίαν  πέμπειν,  παρεχειν, 
Thuc.  1,  26  •  3, 13  ;  ιατρική  ωφέλεια, 
medical  aid,  Plat.  Lys.  217  Α.— 2. 
use,  profit,  advantage,  gain,  Hdt.  5,  98; 
ει  τις  ωφέλεια  γε,  Soph.  El.  944  ;  and 
so  Plat.,  etc. ;  also  in  plur.,  services, 
Andoc.  20,  8,  Xen.  Mem.  4,  5,  10  ;  αϊ 
ϊιπό  τίνος  γιγνόμεναι  ώφ.,  Isocr.  46 
C  ;  etc. : — έπ'  ωφελεία  τινός,  for  his 
service.  Plat.  Rep.  334  B,  Xen.,  etc. : 
iv  ωφελεία  εστί,  'tis  of  use,  Xen.Vect. 
4,  35.-3.  esp.,  gain  made  m  war  ;  spoil, 
booty,  Polyb.  2,  3,  θ ;  3,  82,  8,  etc., 
Diod.,  etc.  ;  ώφ.  και  λε/α,  Plut.  2, 
255  Β  :  δι'  ωφέλειας  τίθεσθαι  τα  χρή- 
ματα, to  regard  as  booty,  Dion.  Η.  7, 
37. 

Ώφελες,  ε,  2  and  3  sing.  aor.  2  of 
οφείλω,  q.  v.,  signf  II.  2. 

'ίίφελέω,  ώ,  f  -ήσω,  (όφελος)  to  help, 
aid,  assist,  succour :  in  genl.  to  be  of 
use  or  service  to  any  one,  first  in  Hdt. 
— Construction  : — 1.  absol.,  to  be  of 
use  or  service,  ουδέν  ώφελεΐ,  Thuc.  2, 
87  :  c.  ace.  pers.,  like  Lat.  juvare, 
Hdt.  2,  95;  3,  126,  Aesch.  Pr.  507, 
and  very  freq.  in  Att.  ;  also  c.  adj. 
neut.,  ώφ.  τινά  τι,  ονόέν  τίνα  ώφ.,  to 
do  one  α  service  or  no  service.  Soph. 
Aj.  537,  Eur.  Ale.  875,  etc.  ;  and  ώφ. 
Tiva  εις  τι,  to  be  of  use  towards  a 
thing,  cf  Ep.  Plat.'  360  Β  :  c.  ace. 
cognato,  ώφ.  ωφελεί  ην.  Plat.  Euthyd 
275  Ε  :— seldom  c.  dat.  jiers.,  like 
Lat.  prodesse,  as  in  Aesch.  Pers.  842, 
Soph.  Ant.  560,  Eur.  Or.  665,  680, 
Heracl.  681,  Ar.  Av.  420;  Thorn.  M. 
p.  935  confines  this  usage  to  poets  ; 
yet  It  is  found  in  Arist.,  and  later 
prose,  and  so  the  conipds.  προςωφε- 
λέω,  ίπωφελέω,  σννωφελέω,  take 
both  constructions  :— lastly,  a  singu- 
lar construction  c.  gen.  occurs  ir» 
Soph.  O.  C.  436,  ονδείς  έρωτος  τονδ' 
έφαίνετ'  ώφελών,  but  there  the  part, 
is  prob.  taken  as  a  subst.,  a  helper. 

B.  pass,  ωφελούμαι,  usu.  c.  fut. 
mid.,  ώφε?ι.ήσομαι,  as  Thuc.  6,  18; 
more  rarely  ώφεληθί/σομαι.Άί  in  Xen. 
Cyr.  3,  2, 20,  Isae.  8  i ,  22  -.—to  be  helped, 
i.  e.  to  receive  help,  aid  or  succour,  to 
derive  profit  or  advantage,  Hdt.,  etc.  ; 
προς  τίνος,  from  a  person  or  thing, 
Hdt.  2,  68;  εκ  τίνος,  Aesch.  Pr.  222, 
Antipho  121,  31  ;  άπό  τίνος,  Thuc.  3, 
64,  Plat.  ;  υπό  or  παρά  τίνος.  Plat. 
Gorg.  512  A,  Rival.  132  D  ;  τινί,  by  a 
thing,  Thuc.  3,  67  ;  also  διά  τι,  Ep. 
Plat.  315  Ε  :  ώφελεισβαι  προς  τι,  to 
acquire  advantage  towards  a  thing: 
also  c.  part.,  ώφε?.εϊσθαι  ίδών,  to  be 
profited  by  the  sight  of  a  tiling,  Thuc. 
2,  39.     Hence 

Ωφέλημα,  ατός,  τό.  that  ivhich  is  of 
use,  a  useful  OT serviceable  thing.  Aesch. 
Pr.  251,  613  :  β  useful  innxim,  Pausan. 
— II.  generally,  a  service  done,  use,  ad- 
vantage, Soph.  O.  C.  260,  Eur.  Tro. 
698.  and  Xen. 

Ώφελήσιμος,  ov,  (ώφελέω)  useful.• 


ΩΧΡΑ 

serviceable,  profitable,  Soph.  Aj.  1022, 
Ar.  Av.  317. 

'Ώ,φΆησις,  εως,  η,  {ίιφε7Αώ)  a  help- 
ing, aiding ;  and  so  (generally)  like 
ιοφέ^.εια,  iise,  service,  advantage,  Soph. 
O.  C.  402,  El.  1031. 

'Ο,φελητέος,  a,  ov,  verb.  adj.  from 
ώφελέω,  necessary  or  proper  to  be  assist- 
ed, ΰφελητέα  ή  πόλις,  Xen.  Mem.  3, 
C,  3. — II.  ώφε?.ητέοΐ',  one  ?niist  assist, 
etc.,  ώφ.  την  πόλιν,  lb.  2,  1,  28. 

Ώφε?ύα,  V.  sub  ωφέλεια. 

Ώφέλιμος.ον,  sometimes  also  η,  ov. 
Plat.  Charm.  174  D  (ώφελέω) :—  help- 
ing, aiding :  useful,  serviceable,  profit- 
able, advantageous,  tlv'i,  to  one,  Eur. 
Ion  138,  Plat.,  etc. ;  ες  rt,  for  a  pur- 
pose, Thuc.  3,  68  ;  προς  τι.  Plat.  1.  c: 
κβίνειν  τί  ώφ.,  Thuc.  1,  22.  Adv. 
•μως,  Xen.,  and  Plat. ;  superl.  -ώτα- 
τα,  Xen.  Eq.  6,  1. 

ΥΏ,φελίων,  ωνος,  ό,  Ophelion,  masc. 
pr.  n.,  Anth.  P.  6,  315  ;  etc. 

Ώφε?Λον,  Ep.  for  sq.,  Horn.,  v. 
οφείλω. 

Ώφελον,  aor.  2  of  6φεί?.ω,  q.  v., 
Horn. 

■\^Ωφήμερε,  Att.  crasis  for  ώ  εφήμε- 
ρε, Ar.  Nub.  223. 

^Ωφλον,  aor.  2  of  δφ?ίΐσκάνω. 

^Ωιχα,  pf  of  olyvvut. 

Ώίχατο,  Ion.  for  ωγμένοι  ήσαν,  3 
plur.  plqpf.  pass,  of  όίγνυμι. 

ΥΏχος,  ου,  b,  Ochus,  appell.  of 
.■Vrtaxerxes  king  of  Persia,  Ael. — IL 
a  river  of  Bactria,  Strab.  p.  509. 

"Ωχρα,  ας,  ή,  (ωχρός)  a  yellow- 
coloured  earth,  ochre,  Arist.  Meteor.  3, 
6,  11. — II.  =ώ;ι;ρίασίζ•,  quoted  from 
Plut. 

Ώχραίνω,ίηΙ.  -άνω,  (,ώχρός)ίο  make 


ΩΧΡΟ 

pale  or  wan,  Orph.  Arg.  1305. — II.  in- 
trans.,  to  be  or  become  so,  Nic.  Th.  254, 
Al.  438.     Hence 

Ώχραντικός,  ή,  όν,  making  pale  or 
wan.     Adv.  -κώς. 

Ώχράω,  ώ,  f  -ήσω,  (ωχρός)  to  turn 
or  be  pale,  wa?i,  etc.,  ώχρ.  χροά,  to  be 
wan  of  countenance,  Od.  11,  529:  of 
the  moon,  A  rat.  i — cf.  ωχριύω. 

'Ώχρία,  ας,  ή,=ζώχρότης,  paleness, 
wanness,  susp. 

Ώχρίας,  ov,  6,  (ωχρός)  one  of  a 
pale  countenance,  Arist.  Categ.  8,  15. 

Ώχρίύ,σις,  εως,  ή,  a  turning  pale, 
paleness,  Plut.  2,  364  B,  etc.  :  from 

Ώχριάω,  ω,  ί.  -άσω  [α],  (ωχρός)  to 
turn  pale  or  to  be  of  a  pale  complexion, 
like  ώγράω,  Soph.  Fr.  115,  Ar.  Nub. 
103,  Pac.  642,  Ran.  307 :— of  wine, 
Plut.  2.  092  E.— Cf  Lob.  Phryn.  80. 

Ώχροείύής,  ές,  gen.  έος,  {ωχρός, 
εΐόος)  of  a  pale,  wan  countenance,  pal- 
lid.— II.  (ωχρά)  like  ochre,  ochrous. 

Ώχρό7.ευκoς,ov,(ωχpόr,7,ευκός)ofa 
whitish  yellow  or  yellowish  white,  Diosc. 

Ώχρομέλάς,  aiva,  av,  (ωχρός,  μέ- 
λας) yellowish-black,  Galen. 

Ώχρόμμάτος,  ov,  (ωχρός,  όμμα) 
pale-eyed,  Arist.  Physiogn.  6,  38. 

Ώχροποώς,  όν,  (ωχρός,  ποιέω) 
making  pale,  Gramm.,  v.  Heyne  II.  T. 
5,  p.  392. 

ΏΧΡΟ'Σ,  ύ,  όν,  pale,  wan,  Eur. 
Bacch.  438,  Ar.  Nub.  1016,  Plut.  422, 
etc. :  esp.  pale-yellow,  sallow,  (cf  χλω- 
ρός), TO  δε  ώχρόν  γίγνεται  λενκον 
ξανθώ  μεμίγμένον.  Plat.  Tim.  68  C  : 
—of  wine,  Plut.  2,  692  E.  Hence 
ώχρα,  ochre,  (ΰ-,γρ-ofis  prob.  the  same 
as  the  Sanscr.  hari,  with  ω  prefixed, 
Pott  Et.  Forsch.  1,  p.  141.)  Hence 


ΩΩΔΗ 

^Ωχρος,  ov,  6,  or  perh.  better  εος, 
TO  (Buttm.  Ausf  Gr.  ^  119,  41  d. 
note)  : — like  ώχρότης,  paleness,  wan- 
ness, esp.  the  pale  hue  of  one  scared, 
II.  3,  35. — II.  a  kind  of  pulse,  or  its 
pale-yellow  husk,  Lat.  ervilia,  Anax- 
andr.  Protes.  1,  43. 

Ώχρότης.  ?ιτος,  η,  (ωχρός)  paleness, 
wanness.  Plat.  Rep.  474  E. 

Ώχρόω,  ω,  f.  -ώσω,  (ωχρός)  like 
ώχραίνω,  to  make  pale  or  wan. — II. 
intr.,  to  be  pale  or  ivan.     Hence 

Ώχρωμα,  ατός,  τό,  paleness,  wan- 
ness. 

Ώιχωκα,  Ion.  pf  of  οίχομαι. 

Ώφ,  ή,  gen.  ώττός,  ace.  ωττα  : — the 
eye. face,  countenance,  Horn., and  Hes., 
though  they  only  use  the  ace.  sing. : 
εις  ώπα  ίδέσθαι  τιν'ι,  to  look  one  full 
in  the  face,  II.  9,  373  ;  εις  ώπύ  τίνος 
ίδέσθαι,  II.  15,  147 :  and  absol.,  εις 
ώπα  ίδέσθαι,  Od.  22,  405  ;  23,  107  : 
but,  θεγς  εις  ώπα  ίοικεν,  as  to  the 
face,  i.  e.  in /ace,  she  is  like  the  god- 
desses, II.  3,  158,  cf  Od.  1,  411  ;  so, 
θείίς  εις  ώπα  Ιίσκειν,  Hes.  Op.  62. — 
In'Plat.  Crat.  409  C,  the  masc.  ace. 
pi.  τους  ώπας  (though  also  in  Ath.  287 
A,  367  A,  and  confirmed  by  E.  M.  p. 
158)  is  rejected  by  Bekk.  and  Stallb,, 
who  read  the  neut.  τα  ώπα  with  the 
bestMSS.  (From  root  ΌΠ-,  whence 
also  όψομαι,  fut.  of  όράω,  ΰψις,  όμμα, 
etc.) 

Ι'Ωψ,  gen.  Ώπός,  6,  Ops,  son  of 
Pisenor,  father  of  Euryclia,  Od.  1, 
429  sqq. 

Ώώδτις,  ες.  gen.  εος,  contr.  for 
ωοειδής,  (ώόν,  είδος)  like  an  egg, 
egg-shaped,  oval,  Arist.  Gen.  An.  2,  1 
25. 

1705 


ί> 


ν 


">.- 


Ml 

Mr- 

iW.''  .■-.    .  ^     - 


w    "    fr    i    '^    ^ 


*  ■       .    ί•: 


\         -^ 


•'*// 


